Skip to main content

Full text of "The Standard Cyclopedia Of Horticulture Vol I"

See other formats


TIGHT  BINDING  BOOK 


CD 

OU1 66992 


Presented 
With  the  Compliments  of 


THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  STATE 

OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


THE  STANDARD  CYCLOPEDIA  OF 
HORTICULTURE 


THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

ATLANTA        SAN    FRANCISCO 

MAC  MILLAN  AND   CO  ,  LIMITED 

LONDON         aOMBW    .     CAI  CUTTA    -     MADRAS 
MELBOURNE 

THE  MACMIILAN  COMPANY 
OF  CANADA,  LIMITED 

TORONTO 


I.   The  azalea  walk.— Magnolia,  South  Carolina 


THE 

STANDARD  CYCLOPEDIA  OF 
HORTICULTURE 


A  DISCUSSION,  FOR  THE  AMATEUR,  AND  THE  PROFESSIONAL  AND 
COMMERCIAL  GROWER,  OF  THE  KINDS,  CHARACTERISTICS  AND 
METHODS  OF  CULTIVATION  OF  THE  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  GROTN  IN 
THE  REGIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA  FOR  ORNAMENT, 
FOR  FANCY,  FOR  FRUIT  AND  FOR  VEGETABLES;  WITH  KEYS  TO  THE 
NATURAL  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA,  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  HORTI- 
CULTURAL CAPABILITIES  OF  THE  STATES  AND  PROVINCES  AND 
DEPENDENT  ISLANDS,  AND  SKETCHES  OF  EMINENT  HORTICULTURISTS 


BY 

L.  H.  BAILEY 


Illustrated  with  Colored  Plates,  Four  Thousand  Engravings  in  the  Tcocty 
and  Ninety-six  Full-page  Cuts 


IN  THREE  VOLUMES 
VOL.  1— A-E 

PAGES  1-1200.    FIGS.  14470 
Being  Vols.  I  and  II  of  Original  Edition 


New  York 
THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 

1950 


COPYRIGHT.  1900,   1014,  BY  THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 

At\\  KI'ITKX,    ENIjARGH)    AND    RKSl/T 

COPYRIGHT,  1928,  1942,  BY  L.  H.  BAILEY 


All  rights  reserved — no  part  of  tint,   book  may  be  reproduced  in  any  form 
without  permission  in   writing  from  the  publisher,  except  by  a  re- 
viewer who  wts/ir<.  to  quote  brief  passages  in  eonnection  with 
a  review  wntten  for  inclusion  in  magazine  or  newspaper 


Vol  I  Set  up  and  Kle.tronpptl  I'uMisliwl  M»r«  h  25,  191  t  Vol  IT  Set  up  am 
and  Klectrotvped  Published  .Tuh  22.  1 CH  4  K.-pi  mted  May,  1917,  March,  191<) 
Reissued  with  corrections  March  1922  Jit-printed  (Vol  T  and  II  combined),  Jnn 
uar\,  1025,  January,  ll»27  Tulv,  1028,  Alav  105(1  Fehniarj,  1933,  Febrnarv 
1<>3-j  Popular  Edition,  Pubhslied  October,  19'?r. .  November,  lfH", ,  October,  1957, 
May,  l'!3f),  March  1941,  March,  1943,  April,  1914,  January,  1917,  NON  embei ,  l'»47, 
May,  1950 


PREFACE 

FOURTEEN  years  ago  the  present  Editor  wrote  the  preface  to  Volume  I  of  the 
Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture.  The  purpose  of  that  work  was  ''to  make 
a  complete  record  of  the  status  of  North  American  horticulture  as  it  exists  at 
the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century;"  it  was  the  effort  to  include  "all  the  species 
which  are  known  to  be  in  the  horticultural  trade,"  together  with  outlines  of  "the  horti- 
cultural possibilities  of  the  various  states,  territories  and  provinces/'  to  present  bio- 
graphical sketches  of  eminent  American  horticulturists  not  then  living,  and  in  general 
to  discuss  the  cultivation  and  handling  of  horticultural  crops.  In  the  preface  to  Volume 
IV  of  that  work  the  Editor  expressed  the  hope  that  the  Cyclopedia  would  never  be 
revised.  "If  new  issues  are  called  for,  mere  errors  should  be  corrected;  but  beyond  this, 
the  plates  should  be  left  as  they  are,"  for  it  was  the  purpose  of  the  book  that  it  should 
stand  as  a,  measure  of  that  time.  The  different  volumes  have  been  separately  reprinted, 
but  about  eight  complete  re-issues  of  that  Cyclopedia  have  been  made,  with  such 
corrections  of  errors  as  have  been  reported;  in  one  restricted  edition,  published  by 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  the  same  work  was  bound  in  six  volumes,  together  with  an 
enlarged  preface  and  a  key  to  the  families  and  genera. 

The  present  Cyclopedia,  although  founded  on  the  former  compilation,,  is  a  new  work 
with  an  enlarged  scope.  While  the  older  work  will  no  longer  be  published,  it  neverthe- 
less stands  by  itself;  and  the  two  should  be  quoted  as  independent  cyclopedias.  The 
geographical  boundaries  are  wider  in  the  present  work,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  United 
States  and  Canada  have  both  acquired  new  tropical  connections  and  interests  in  recent 
years.  It  has  not  been  the  effort  to  cover  completely  the  horticultural  floras  of  Porto 
Rico,  Hawaii,  and  other  islands,  for  that  would  involve  the  tropical  flora  of  the 
globe;  but  it  is  the  intention  to  include  the  most  outstanding  species  grown  in  a  horti- 
cultural way  in  those  islands.  A  fuller  treatment  has  also  been  given  of  the  plants  grown 
in  southern  Florida,  southern  California,  and  the  other  southernmost  areas  of  the 
continental  United  States. 

The  treatment  in  the  former  Cyclopedia  was  confined  closely  to  species  in  "the 
trade," — to  those  plants  "sold  in  the  United  States  and  Canada."  The  present  work 
accepts  this  basis  in  general,  for  the  lists  of  nurserymen,  seedsmen,  and  fanciers  indicate 
very  closely  the  plants  that  actually  are  grown,  and  it  would  manifestly  be  impossible  as 
well  as  undesirable  to  include  all  the  plants  that  may  be  found  in  botanic  gardens,  or  in 
the  grounds  of  specialists  and  amateurs  who  collect  specimens  from  original  sources, 
or  those  introduced  for  purposes  of  experiment  or  test  or  only  for  scientific  study  : 
but  "the  trade"  is  interpreted  more  liberally  in  this  work,  to  include  the  offerings  of 

(v) 


vi  PREFACE 

many  European  dealers  because  those  dealers  supply  American  customers,  to  account 
for  species  mentioned  prominently  in  European  horticultural  periodicals  as  well  as  in 
American  periodicals,  and  to  insert  such  plants  as  are  known  to  be  subjects  of  exchange 
or  to  be  frequently  in  cultivation  in  any  region,  even  though  their  names  may  not  be 
found  in  a  commercial  list.  While  it  is  intended  to  account  for  all  the  species  in  the 
trade,  it  is  not  intended  to  name  the  garden  varieties;  for  the  variety  lists  change  too 
rapidly  for  discussion  in  cyclopedic  works.  The  mention  of  varieties  in  the  leading 
group-articles  is  more  a  matter  of  record  than  of  recommendation. 

Care  has  been  exercised  to  exclude  species  that  are  evidently  not  now  of  interest 
to  horticulturists,  even  though  their  names  may  be  found  in  the  literature;  for  the 
introduction  of  many  dead  entries  would  not  only  violate  the  purpose  to  make  a  current 
record,  but  would  make  the  books  too  voluminous  and  would  confuse  the  student  with 
too  many  names  and  details.  It  is  desired  that  the  treatment  shall  be  contemporaneous, 
and  that  it  shall  be  rescued  as  far  as  desirable  from  the  older  glasshouse  method  of 
transatlantic  work.  The  Cyclopedia  aims  to  account  for  the  plants  horticulturally 
grown  within  its  territory  which  are  now  the  subjects  of  living  interest  or  likely  to  be 
introduced,  to  discuss  the  best  practices  in  the  growing  of  the  staple  flower  and  fruit 
and  vegetable  crops,  to  depict  the  horticultural  capabilities  of  the  states  and  provinces, 
to  indicate  the  literature  of  the  field,  and  incidentally  to  portray  briefly  the  lives  of 
the  former  men  and  women  who  have  attained  to  a  large  or  a  national  reputcition  in 
horticultural  pursuits. 

The  method  in  the  Cyclopedia,  in  other  words,  turns  about  two  purposes, — the 
identification  of  species,  and  the  cultivation  of  plants.  Both  are  essential  to  an 
understanding  of  horticulture.  The  former  lends  itself  readily  to  usual  cyclopedic 
treatment,  the  latter  expresses  itself  as  a  manual  of  practice.  The  combination  pro- 
duces an  irregular  literary  product,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  result  is  not  inharmonious. 

The  cultural  details  involve  special  difficulties.  The  North  American  continent 
presents  so  many  conditions  that  advice  for  outdoor  work  cannot  be  too  specific  in  a 
work  of  this  kind  without  leading  to  serious  mistakes.  What  is  advised  by  a  good 
grower  in  one  place  may  be  contradicted  by  a  good  grower  in  another  place.  Even  in 
under-glass  treatment,  in  which  conditions  are  largely  artificial,  difficulties  often  arise 
in  trying  to  apply  in  America  the  instructions  given  for  European  practice.  It  is  not 
possible  for  one  to  grow  plants  by  a  book;  in  this  work  the  cultural  details  are  not 
directions  so  much  as  statements  of  standard  practice:  this  practice  will  need  to  be 
considerably  modified  in  many  cases  if  the  best  result  for  special  conditions  or  objects 
is  to  be  secured.  In  the  former  Cyclopedia  the  culture  was  often  presented  by  two 
persons  of  unlike  experiences  for  the  express  purpose  of  meeting  the  needs  of  amateurs; 
but  readers  seem  to  think  this  to  be  confusing  and  the  practice  has  not  been  followed 
in  the  present  work.  However,  special  effort  has  been  made  to  secure  the  best  cultural 
advice  for  the  plants  requiring  peculiar  or  particular  handling,  and  this  advice  will  be 
found  in  the  discussion  of  the  different  crops  and  plants  under  their  respective  heads 


PREFACE  vii 

and  in  addition  many  practical  class-articles  have  been  prepared  for  the  aid  of  tht 
cultivator  and  designer.   These  class-articles  are  mostly  as  follows: 


Alpine  Plants 

Cuttings 

Greenhouse 

Nuts 

Annuals 

Design,  Floral 

Hedges 

Orchids 

Ants 

Diseases  and  Insects 

Herbs 

Packages 

Aquatics 

Drainage 

Horticulture 

Palms 

Arboretum 

Dwarfing 

Hotbeds  and  Coldframes 

Perfumery-Gardening 

Arboriculture 

Evaporating  Fruit 

House-Plants 

Pergolas 

Aut  umn-Gardemng 

Evergreens 

Inspection 

Planting 

Banks 

Everlastings 

Irrigation 

Pottirg 

Basket  Plants 

Exhibitions 

Kitchen-Garden 

Pruning 

Bedding 

Ferns 

Labels 

Railroad-Gardening 

Bees 

Fertilizers 

Landscape-Gardening 

Kock-Gardening 

Biennials 

Floriculture 

Layers 

Seeds  and  Seedage 

Birds 

Florists'  Plants 

Machinery  and  Implements 

.Storage 

Border 

Forcing 

Manure 

Transplanting 

Botanic  Garden 

Foi  ebtry 

Market-Gardening 

Transportation 

Bouquet 

Frost 

Marketing 

Vegetable-Gardening 

Bulbs 

Fruit-growing 

Muckland-Gardemng 

Walks,  Drives  and  Path- 

Conservatory 

Fungi 

Mushrooms 

Watering                      [ways 

Culinary  Herbs 

Grafting 

Nursery 

Windbreaks 

Cut-Flower  Industry 

Grasses 

Nut-Culture 

Window-Gardening 

There  is  marked  growth  in  outdoor  horticulture  in  North  America.  The  largest 
extension  in  the  present  Cyclopedia,  so  far  as  taxonomic  work  is  concerned,  is  in  the 
description  of  trees  and  shrubs.  There  is  widespread  interest  in  these  subjects.  We  are 
beginning  to  realize  our  native  resources  in  woody  plants,  to  understand  how  to  make 
use  of  our  many  climates  and  natural  conditions;  and  to  incorporate  freely  into  our 
cultivated  flora  many  of  the  trees  and  shrubs  of  China  and  other  regions,  under  the 
stimulus  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  and  other  agencies.  The  resources  of  the  Arboretum 
have  been  placed  at  the  command  of  the  Cyclopedia  through  the  careful  and  original 
work  of  Alfred  Render.  Similar  aids  have  been  extended  from  other  sources,  and 
particularly  from  the  Foreign  Seed  and  Plant  Introduction  service  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

While  hardy  plants  and  outdoor  gardening  seem  to  be  increasing  rapidly  in 
favor,  there  is  a  decided  tendency  toward  the  breaking-up  of  large  fanciers'  collections, 
in  private  establishments,  of  old-time  glasshouse  plants.  It  is  now  quite  impossible, 
for  example,  to  find  in  this  country  any  large  private  collections  of  the  species  of 
begonias  or  of  the  varieties  of  camellias  or  of  the  show  pelargoniums;  orchid  collections 
of  notable  extent  are  few.  The  demand  of  the  trade  is  for  relatively  few  species,  and  the 
commercial  collections  are  mostly  concerned  with  a  few  stock  kinds  and  florists'  plants, 
together  with  a  small  addition  of  annual  novelties,  rather  than  with  the  former  long 
lists  of  many  separate  and  interesting  species  and  varieties.  Even  private  places, 
especially  private  greenhouses,  are  devoted  very  largely  to  cut-flowers  and  florists* 
plants.  It  is  incumbent  on  a  cyclopedia  of  this  kind,  however,  to  preserve  the  accounts 
of  these  begonias,  orchids,  palms,  cacti,  succulents,  "stove  plants,"  and  others,  even 
though  many  of  them  may  be  known  to  very  few;  and  the  Editor  hopes  that  the 
amateur  will  regain  his  ascendancy  and  that  collections  of  plants  because  they  are 
plants  may  not  perish  from  amongst  us. 

There  has  been  great  extension  in  recent  years  in  commercial  floriculture  and  in  the 


viii  PREFACE 

forcing  of  vegetables.  We  now  think  in  terms  of  cropping  under  glass.  The  range  of 
species  of  plants  involved  in  these  industries  is  relatively  small,  but  the  areas  are  large, 
the  business  is  receiving  the  attention  of  able  men  and  women,  and  the  glasshouse 
industries  are  making  important  contributions  to  the  lives  of  the  people.  The  recent 
growth  of  the  commercial  fruit-growing  industry  is  also  notable.  Once  largely  restricted 
to  narrow  regions  and  to  "fruit  belts,"  the  growing  of  fruits  for  market  has  now 
assumed  the  proportions  of  a  great  industry  comparable  with  the  staple  agricultural 
productions.  An  effort  has  been  made  to  catch  something  of  the  spirit  of  all  these 
large  efforts,  as  well  as  to  provide  information  and  advice  for  the  amateur  and  the 
home  gardener. 

When  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  was  made,  there  were  few  special- 
ists in  the  systematic  botany  of  cultivated  plants.  The  Editor  hopes  that  the  publica- 
tion of  that  Cyclopedia  has  contributed  something  to  the  acceleration  of  interest  in  this 
long-overlooked  subject.  Howbeit,  the  number  of  competent  specialists,  and  of 
those  intelligently  interested  in  the  subject,  is  now  large  enough  to  have  enabled  the 
Editor  to  cover  many  of  the  important  groups.  The  cacti  have  been  placed  mostly  in 
the  hands  of  J.  N.  Rose;  a  number  of  tropical  plants  have  been  handled  anew  by 
W.  E.  Safford;  the  orchids,  aroids  and  bromeliads  by  George  V.  Nash;  euphorbiads 
by  J.  B.  S.  Norton,  Citrus  and  related  genera  by  Walter  T.  Swingle,  Nymphaeaceae  by 
H.  S.  Conard;  the  ferns  by  R.  C.  Benedict;  most  grasses  by  A.  S.  Hitchcock,  special 
groups  by  Norman  Taylor,  chiefly  among  the  composites,  palms,  and  tender  araliads; 
suggestions  on  cultivated  forms  and  on  cultivation  have  been  contributed  by  C.  P. 
Raffill,  of  the  tropical  department,  Kew;  the  survey  of  families  of  plants  and  most 
of  the  editorial  work  on  the  general  introductory  key  have  been  in  the  hands  of 
K.  M.  Wiegand;  and  many  small  groups  and  special  genera  have  found  new  treatment 
by  persons  who  have  given  them  careful  study  over  a  considerable  period  of  tune. 
The  results  of  modern  scientific  studies  are  now  beginning  to  be  positively  reflected  in 
the  identification  of  garden  plants,  and  in  the  advice  for  the  cultivation  and  handling 
of  horticultural  crops  and  products.  With  so  many  persons  partaking,  it  is  of  course 
impossible  to  secure  uniformity  of  taxonomic  handling  in  the  various  groups,  but  the 
gain  of  having  the  contributions  of  specialists  will  abundantly  offset  this  small 
technical  disadvantage. 

And  yet,  it  is  true  that  very  much  of  the  work  is  necessarily  compiled  from  litera- 
ture rather  than  constructed  from  a  direct  study  of  the  plants  themselves.  There  is  no 
herbarium  or  other  complete  and  authentic  repository  of  all  the  species  of  plants  sold  by 
dealers.  The  best  that  can  be  done  in  very  many  cases  is  to  accept  the  name  appearing 
in  a  catalogue  and  to  attach  to  it  the  most  authentic  or  most  adaptable  description  of 
a  recognized  botanical  species  of  the  same  name;  there  is  no  telling  whether  the  dealers' 
plant  is  properly  determined  or  whether  it  represents  the  botanical  species  bearing  the 
same  name.  It  is  impossible  now  to  know  how  many  wrong  determinations,  inaccurate 


PREFACE  ix 

and  insufficient  descriptions,  and  faulty  judgments  have  been  perpetuated  from  author 
to  author  through  long  series  of  years.  All  these  matters  must  be  worked  out  in  years 
to  come,  when  the  horticultural  plants  in  the  various  groups  shall  have  been  systemati- 
cally studied  with  care.  The  Editor  repeats  the  hope  expressed  in  the  preface  written 
fourteen  years  ago  "that  every  entry  in  this  book  will  be  worked  over  and 
improved  within  the  next  quarter  century." 

Many  persons  aside  from  the  leading  authors  have  contributed  to  the  enterprise  in 
the  most  helpful  spirit.  The  Editor's  daughter  has  borne  much  of  the  burden  of  the 
office  and  editorial  detail.  Gardeners,  fruit-growers,  florists,  vegetable-growers,  teachers 
and  experimenters,  botanists,  and  the  printers,  have  responded  with  good  fellowship 
and  with  something  like  patriotic  pride.  Their  names  will  be  recorded  in  the  concluding 
volume;  and  the  public  that  uses  the  book  will  reward  them  with  its  gratitude. 

Nor  should  the  institutions  that  have  afforded  all  these  persons  the  opportunities  to 
make  their  contributions  be  overlooked.  Aside  from  those  agencies  already  mentioned, 
the  Cyclopedia  is  under  special  obligation  for  the  use  directly  or  indirectly  of  books  and 
collections  to  Cornell  University,  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  the  Brooklyn  Botanic  Garden,  the  Missouri  Botanical 
Garden,  the  Gray  Herbarium,  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  the  agricultural 
colleges  and  experiment  stations,  and  others.  Seed  merchants,  nurserymen,  and  other 
commercial  establishments  of  standing,  have  been  very  ready  with  suggestions  and  help. 

Many  new  illustrations  have  been  added,  representing  the  work  of  several  artists. 
Most  of  the  new  work  has  been  made  by  B.  F.  Williamson,  New  York  City;  F.  Sohuyler 
Mathews,  Cambridge,  Mass.;  Miss  M.  E.  Eaton,  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden; 
Mrs.  M.  W.  Gill,  Washington;  C.  H.  L.  Gebfcrt,  Boston;  and  Miss  Matilda  Smith,  of  the 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  England,  whose  initials  will  be  recognized  on  the  plates 
of  the  famous  Botanical  Magazine.  By  permission  of  Professor  Sargent,  much  of  the 
accurate  and  beautiful  work  of  C.  E.  Faxon  and  others  in  Garden  and  Forest,  a  journal 
that  was  discontinued  more  than  fifteen  years  ago  and  is  now  out  of  the  market,  has  been 
adapted  and  made  available  for  the  present  reader;  record  is  made  in  the  text  of  the 
pictures  of  species,  at  the  places  where  they  are  used.  Some  of  the  work  in  the  old  govern- 
ment surveys  of  the  great  West  has  also  been  brought  to  the  use  of  the  general  public. 

It  is  not  wholly  with  satisfaction  that  one  puts  forth  a  work  of  this  magnitude.  The 
responsibility  increases  with  the  largeness  of  the  enterprise,  for  users  do  not  readily 
purchase  new  and  corrected  editions  of  a  work  of  this  extent.  Every  care  has  been 
taken  to  present  an  accurate  and  faithful  account,  and  this  is  as  far  as  the  responsibility 
can  extend.  The  Editor  can  not  expect  to  make  another  cyclopedia  of  horticulture; 
but  he  hopes  that  these  six  volumes  will  comprise  another  step  in  the  collecting,  assort- 
ing and  appraising  of  our  horticultural  knowledge. 

L.  H.  BAILEY. 

ITHACA,  NEW  YOUK. 
December  30. 


PREFACE  TO  SECOND  EDITION 

IN  THE  five  years  that  have  intervened  since  the  Standard  Cyclopedia  of  Horti- 
culture was  completed  and  published,  relatively  little  change  has  occurred  in  the 
general  introduction  of  plants  new  to  cultivation  in  North  America.  Many  species 
have  been  disseminated  in  an  experimental  way,  as  by  the  Office  of  Foreign  Seed 
and  Plant  Introduction  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and  other 
agencies,  but  for  the  most  part  they  have  not  yet  become  a  regular  part  of  the  commerce 
in  horticultural  plants  although  many  of  them  promise  important  results.  The  exten- 
sive discoveries  of  E.  H.  Wilson,  exploring  in  China  and  elsewhere  for  the  Arnold 
Arboretum  of  Harvard  University,  are  likely  to  add  many  riches  to  our  horticulture 
as  they  become  distributed  and  known.  The  unrecognized  or  improperly  named  species 
long  in  the  country  are  probably  many,  and  it  is  the  part  of  investigators  to  uncover 
them.  The  introduction  of  plants  from  many  parts  of  the  world  into  Florida,  southern 
Texas,  Calif oinia,  and  other  mild  regions  newly  settled  has  been  rapid  within  the 
past  generation,  and  the  material  has  not  been  sufficiently  studied.  The  cultivated 
flora  as  a  whole  is  in  need  of  careful  exploration.  The  more  than  27,000  Latin-named 
species  and  varieties  admitted  in  the  Cyclopedia  comprise  in  themselves  an  extensive 
flora.  How  many  of  these  things  are  now  in  active  cultivation,  what  their  adaptabilities 
may  be,  what  satisfaction  is  gained  in  the  growing  of  them,  are  problems  awaiting  the 
attention  of  thoughtful  students. 

If  to  this  imperfectly  known  flora  are  added  the  probabilities  of  introductions 
in  the  future  to  supply  the  vast  domain  of  the  continent,  together  with  the  wide  varia- 
tions and  the  hybridizations  likely  to  result,  the  imagination  scarcely  runs  to  the  limits 
of  the  subject.  In  the  marginal  regions,  as  along  northern  and  southern  boundaries 
and  in  the  developing  semi-arid  parts,  great  experiments  are  still  to  be  made  hi  the 
adaptability  of  plants,  undoubtedly  calling  for  the  introduction  of  species  yet  strange 
to  us.  Species  of  the  native  flora  are  now  regularly  collected,  grown,  and  introduced 
to  the  public,  and  many  of  these  will  probably  yield  important  variations  and  changes 
in  the  future. 

The  lists  of  horticultural  varieties  of  fruits,  vegetables,  and  flowers  undergo  constant 
changes  and  fluctuations.  Varieties  are  supplanted  by  new  and  often  by  better  ones; 
fashions  and  demands  change;  the  legitimate  desire  for  novelty  must  be  met.  It  is 
fortunate  that  the  vegetable  kingdom  is  plastic.  As  these  horticultural  varieties  are 
often  fugitive,  and  as  their  adaptation  varies  so  widely  in  different  parts  of  the  country, 
they  are  purposely  not  treated  in  this  Cyclopedia,  as  well  as  because  the  space  at  the 

(X) 


PREFACE  TO  SECOND  EDITION  3d 

command  of  the  volumes  precludes  such  extended  discussion.  Yet,  even  if  the  varieties 
come  and  go,  they  are  nevertheless  one  of  the  first  concerns  of  the  horticulturist,  par- 
ticularly in  these  days  when  it  is  so  necessary  to  meet  specific  requirements  of  markets 
and  connoisseurs.  This  knowledge  of  varieties  is  to  be  obtained  as  other  current  informa- 
tion is  acquired,  whether  in  horticulture,  engineering,  zoology,  or  medicine,— by  means 
of  the  trade  periodicals,  publications  of  commercial  firms  and  of  institutions,  corres- 
pondence, discussions  in  societies,  and  other  kinds  of  alertness. 

The  special  mark  of  the  horticulture  of  this  day  is  its  strong  commercial  trend. 
This  means  that  the  demand  is  good  for  plants  and  their  products.  Floriculture,  once 
the  exclusive  domain  of  amateurs,  has  now  become  a  staple  industry  and  a  source  of 
national  wealth.  The  same  is  true  of  fruit-growing  and  other  fields,  although  they 
developed  earlier.  The  investigations  of  experiment-stations  have  supplied  a  base 
of  fact  and  determinable  knowledge  on  which  to  build  and  to  protect  these  industries. 
Machines  and  many  clever  devices  have  aided  their  extension.  The  facilities  for  com- 
munication, transportation,  storage,  and  distribution  have  aided  them  as  they  have 
assisted  other  activities.  The  publication  of  technical  and  trade  journals  tends  always 
to  standardize  the  industries  and  to  make  men  resourceful.  The  commercial  movement 
in  horticulture  tends  to  reduce  the  number  of  species  and  varieties,  as  compared  with 
an  unorganized  amateur  activity. 

The  amateur  interest  in  horticulture  preserves  the  species  and  the  miscellaneous 
varieties,  inasmuch  as  the  plants  are  grown  for  the  human  interest  in  them.  This 
amateur  activity  is  large.  Probably  it  is  larger  than  ever  before,  although  it  may  be 
distanced  by  the  commercial  activities  and  by  the  market  movements.  In  fact,  to  a 
large  extent,  the  amateur  is  the  market.  This  is  true  of  the  trade  in  species  and  varieties 
of  iris,  peonies,  gladioli,  and  others.  By  every  means,  the  amateur  spirit  in  horticulture 
is  to  be  encouraged  as  a  resource  to  the  people  and  as  one  of  the  means  of  providing  a 
satisfying  background  to  life. 

The  first  volume  of  this  Cyclopedia  was  published  in  1914  and  the  sixth  in  1917. 
Those  years  saw  considerable  activity  in  the  introduction  of  plants.  These  introductions, 
numbering  89  species  and  Latin-named  varieties,  are  described  in  the  addendum  to 
Vol.  VI,  pages  3565-3573.  This  is  much  less  than  one-half  of  one  per  cent  of  the  total 
number  described  in  the  Cyclopedia.  In  1917,  the  United  States  entered  the  World 
War,  and  Canada  was  already  in.  We  are  not  to  expect  so  great  activity  in  plant 
introduction  in  those  fateful  years.  It  would  scarcely  be  worth  while  to  revise  the 
Cyclopedia  throughout  for  the  purpose  of  entering  the  novelties. 

Attention  should  be  called  to  the  Finding-List,  published  as  a  supplement  to 
Vol.  VI,  beginning  page  3575.  This  list  was  made  for  the  purpose  of  harmonizing 
current  trade  names  with  the  botanical  names  in  the  Cyclopedia.  It  was  compiled 
in  cooperation  with  the  American  Joint  Committee  on  Horticultural  Nomenclature 
representing  the  national  horticultural  associations  of  the  country,  and  it  was  separately 
published  by  the  Committee.  The  Finding-List  is  practically  a  current  trade  index 


xii  PREFACE  TO  SECOND  EDITION 

to  the  Cyclopedia,  and  it  also  includes  a  few  changes  in  nomenclature.    The  user  of  the 
Cyclopedia  should  understand  the  significance  of  this  List. 

In  the  present  issue  of  the  Cyclopedia,  certain  typographical  corrections  have 
been  made.  It  has  not  been  thought  necessary  to  introduce  such  changes  in  nomen- 
clature as  have  resulted  from  new  studies  of  certain  genera  by  different  authors,  par- 
ticularly as  some  of  the  changes  are  of  doubtful  significance  in  horticulture. 

L.  H.  BAILEY. 


CONTENTS 

VOL.  I 

Pa*** 

A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  VEGETABLE  KINGDOM  ........        i-  78 

Index  to  the  Synopsis 78 

KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 79-136 

Index  to  the  Key  .  137-147 

NAME-LIST:  English  equivalents  of  the  Latin  names  of  species  ....  148-159 
GLOSSARY  of  usual  botanical  and  horticultural  technical  words  ....  160-170 
TEXT,  A  AND  B 171-602 

FULL-PAGE  PLATES 

Facing  pftge 

I.  The  azalea  walk,  Magnolia,  South  Carolina  (in  color)        .         .          Frontispiece 

II.  Vegetation  areas. — Aquatic,  marsh  and  upland  floras,  and  showing  the  relation 

of  farm  lands     ...  .  ...  18 

III.  Desert  vegetation. — The  giant  cactus  (Carnegiea  giganted) ;  also  bushes  of  Opuntia 

fulgida,  and  in  the  foreground  the  low  fine  growths  of  Bigelovia  Hartwegii         .       42 

IV.  Upland  vegetation. — Trees  on  a  wind-swept  plateau  .          .          .  .79 
V.  Anemone  coronaria,  an  old  garden  favorite        .......     171 

VI.  A  good  example  of  aquatic  gardening,  with  water-lilies  and  Japanese  iris      .         .     230 

VII.  The  flowers  of  the  apple  tree  .  '    .         .     313 

VIII.  The  York  Imperial  apple  (in  color)  .  ....     331 

IX.  Arboretum. — Plantation  of  American  oaks  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum;  Solidago 

canadensis  underplanting  ...  .     352 

X.  Arboriculture. — Picea  pungens,  the  Colorado  blue  spruce    ....  373 

XI.  Arboriculture. — A  palm  plantation,  with  Corypha  wnbraculifera  in  the  foreground  389 

XII.  Asparagus,  variety  Colossal  .  ....  412 

XIII.  Bean.— The  bush  lima  (in  color)  .  ....  460 

XIV.  Foliage  begonias  well  grown  in  banks,  with  ferns  and  similar  plants     .         .         .  479 
XV.  The  American  blackberry. — The  Agawam,  about  natural  size               .          .          .  510 

XVI.  Botanic  garden. — The  formal  garden  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University         .         .  523 

XVII.  The  arrangement  of  bouquets          .                            ......  534 

XVIII.  Canadian  orchard  development. — The  tidewater  country  in  Nova  Scotia     .         .  562 

XIX    Canadian  orchard  development. — The  bench  lands  of  British  Columbia       .         .  575 

XX.  A  border  of  hardy  bulbs  (in  color) 594 


(xiii) 


Facing  page 

XXI.  Cherry. — Specimen  fruits  of  one  of  the  heart  cherries  (in  color)    .         ,         .612 

XXII.  Carnations. — Types  of  the  American  winter-flowering  varieties  630 

XXIII.  Cattleya  Lawrenceana       .         .                             .  686 

XXIV.  Coelogyne  cristata,  one  of  the  popular  and  easily  grown  orchids  710 

XXV.  Celery. — The  cultivation  under  field  conditions,  at  the  hillmg-up  or  banking 

stage  (in  color) 724 

XXVI.  Sweet  cherry  in  flower  and  fruit        .....  741 

XXVII.  Coconut  in  flower  and  fruit.   Southern  Florida.   (Fla.  Photo.  Concern)  773 

XXVIII.  Stowell  Evergreen  sweet  corn            .         .  803 

XXIX.  Cranberry-picking  in  a  New  Jersey  bog.   (Photo,  by  Elizabeth  C.  White)  832 

XXX.  Chrysanthemum. — Two  of  the  florist's  types  (in  color)  861 

XXXI.  The  White  Spine  cucumber                                                      .                   .  901 

XXXII.  The  Fay  currant,  one  of  the  leading  red  varieties  917 

XXXIII.  Cycas  circinahs,  the  male  plant.   (Photograph  by  Henry  Pittier)  931 

XXXIV.  Dahlia. — Jeanne   Charmet,  one  of   the  most  beautiful  Decorative  dahlias 

(in  color) 953 

XXXV   Dendrobium  superbum  as  grown  in  the  American  tropics                .          .  978 

XXXVI.  A  border  of  dianthus  and  digitalis                                                     .          .  1009 

XXXVII.  Draccena  Goldieana,  a  "foliage  plant"  from  tropical  Africa             .          .  1069 

XXXVIII.  The  California  poppy. — Eschscholtzia  calif ormca          .....  1120 

XXXIX.  Eucalyptus  viminahs  in  California 1148 


(xiv) 


EXPLANATIONS 


The  main  account  of  each  genus,  in  large  type  and 
separate  paragraph  for  each  species,  represents  the 
plants  probably  now  in  cultivation  or  at  least  of  major 
importance. 

The  "supplementary  lists"  in  smaller  type  at  the  end 
of  the  articles  include  names  of  plants  not  known  to  be 
in  the  trade  but  which  may  be  mentioned  in  horticul- 
tural literature,  and  also  such  Latin-form  names  of 
the  trade  as  are  imperfectly  understood  and  cannot  be 
placed  under  their  proper  species.  These  parts  are  less 
critical  finding-lists  of  other  or  extra  species. 

The  Cyclopedia  undertakes  to  account  for  the 
species  in  cultivation  within  its  territory  to  the  close 
of  the  year  1912;  but  in  practice  the  introductions  are 
included  to  the  date  of  the  closing  of  the  different 
pages. 

The  size-marks  on  the  illustrations,  as  (x  H), 
indicate  the  amount  of  reduction  as  compared  with 
natural  size,  this  scale  being  determined  merely  by 
measuring  the  flat  diameter  of  a  drawing  and  not 
representing  bulk  or  perspective. 

AUTHORSHIP 

The  practice  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horti- 
culture in  signing  the  leading  and  most  important 
articles  with  the  name  of  the  author  is  here  retained. 
The  original  author,  so  far  as  living  or  as  he  has  desired, 
has  revised  or  rewritten  his  articles  for  the  present  work. 
In  very  many  cases,  another  person  has  now  revised  the 
articles,  and  the  name  of  the  reviser  is  indicated  by  a 
dagger  (f)  If  the  revision  has  amounted  practically 
to  a  complete  rewriting  of  the  article,  the  original 
author's  name  may  not  appear,  even  though  some  small 
parts  or  features  of  the  original  article  may  be  retained; 
this  is  for  the  purpose  of  safeguarding  the  original 
author  as  well  as  recognizing  the  work  of  the  present 
author:  the  first  Cyclopedia  stands  as  the  record  of  ita 
own  work. 

A  name  in  parentheses,  as  "(G.  W.  Oliver),"  at  the 
close  of  a  paragraph,  indicates  that  the  person  is  the 
author  of  that  particular  paragraph  and  of  no  other  in 
the  article.  When  a  person  is  responsible  for  more  than 
one  paragraph  in  an  article,  his  part  is  set  off  by  a  sepa- 
rate heading  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  be  mistaken. 

It  is  desired  to  secure  experts  and  specialists  for  the 
articles;  when  this  has  not  been  accomplished,  the  task 
of  revision  has  fallen  to  the  Editor. 

Effort  has  been  made  to  bring  the  different  parts  of 
the  work  into  as  much  uniformity  of  plan  and  treatment 
as  is  possible  in  an  undertaking  of  this  kind;  references 
have  been  «ompared;  proofs  have  been  submitted  to 
two  or  more  persons  in  case  of  difficult  t>r  doubtful  sub- 


jects; and  the  advice  as  to  cultivation  has  been  checked 
by  practical  growers. 

NOMENCLATURE 

The  nomenclature  follows  in  the  mam  the  regu- 
lations of  the  "Vienna  code,"  being  the  principles 
adopted  by  the  International  Botanical  Congress  held 
in  Vienna  in  1905.  This  code  was  adopted  by  the 
International  Horticultural  Congress  held  at  Brussels 
in  1910,  with  adaptations  to  horticultural  practice. 
When  no  combination  has  yet  been  made  under  the 
Vienna  code,  the  prevailing  usage  for  the  particular 
genus  (as  expressed  in  latest  monographs)  is  followed. 
That  is,  there  is  no  attempt  to  reduce  all  names  to  one 
system  except  so  far  as  combinations  have  already 
been  made  under  the  international  rules,  both  because 
a  cyclopedia  of  horticulture  is  hardly  the  place  in 
which  to  make  original  combinations  (except  inci- 
dentally), and  because  there  is  little  likelihood  that 
any  of  the  formal  systems  \\ill  have  permanency  The 
subject  of  nomenclature,  and  the  attitude  of  the  Editor, 
will  be  discussed  under  "Names  and  Nomenclature" 
in  Vol.  IV.  Botanical  names  should  not  be  changed 
lightly,  or  for  the  purpose  of  regularizing  any  particular 
scheme  or  plan,  or  to  make  them  always  conform  to 
an  arbitrary  set  of  rules  Botanical  names  do  not  be- 
long to  botanists,  to  do  with  them  as  they  will.  The 
public  has  good  rights  in  these  names;  and  this  is  par- 
ticularly true  in  the  names  of  cultivated  plants,  for  they 
may  then  have  standardized  commercial  value.  The 
only  stability,  of  course,  is  usage;  and  usage  can  rarely 
be  forced  into  hard-and-fast  regulations  In  this  Cyclo- 
pedia, the  interest  is  in  stability  of  names  rather  than 
in  priority  of  naiaes,  therefore  it  accepts  the  principle  of 
the  "nomina  conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code,  so  far  as 
it  retains  generic  names  that  have  been  established  in 
general  usage  for  fifty  years  following  their  publication, 
even  though  the  particular  names  in  that  list  may  not 
have  been  adopted  in  every  instance. 

Not  all  the  changes  in  names  arise  from  the  applica- 
tion of  rules  of  nomenclature.  Many  of  them  are  the 
results  of  taxonomic  studies,  which  make  new  definitions 
for  genera  and  species.  In  this  Cyclopedia,  there  are 
marked  examples  of  such  changes  in  the  citrus  genera, 
in  the  cacti,  and  other  groups.  These  changes  are  to 
be  expected  as  a  result  of  closer  studies  of  the  various 
groups,  of  accumulation  of  specimens  from  many 
regions,  and  the  progressive  modification  of  views  as 
to  the  constitution  of  genera  and  species;  they  are 
expressions  of  a  living  botany.  Such  changes  will  be 
particularly  demanded  in  horticultural  plants,  foJ 
most  of  these  groups  have  not  yet  been  studied  with 
critical  care. 


(xv) 


EXPLANATIONS 


PRONUNCIATION 

Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  the  names  of 
genera  and  species  in  this  work  are  marked  to  indicate 
the  accepted  pronunciation.  The  indications  are  accent 
marks  placed  over  a  vowel.  The  accent  designates  (1) 
stress,  or  the  emphatic  syllable,  and  (2)  the  length  of 
the  emphatic  vowel.  Following  the  American  custom, 
as  established  by  Gray  and  others,  a  grave  accont  (^) 
is  employed  to  designate  a  long  vowel,  and  an  acute 
accent  (')  a  short  vowel 

Thus  officinale  is  pronounced  ofnci-nay-h;  micro- 
cdrpus  is  pronounced  micro-cdr-pus.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  the  final  e  terminates  a  separate 
syllable,  as  commii-ne,  vulga-re,  gran' -de  This  final  e 
takes  the  short  sound  of  i,  as  in  whip 

Ordinarily  in  diphthongs  the  mark  is  placed  over  the 
second  letter.  Thus,  in  aiirea  the  au  is  meant  to  have 
its  customary  long  sound,  as  if  written  awe.  In  eu- 
it  has  practically  the  long  sound  of  u,  as  m  Pseitdo- 
Quina,  Pseiid-Acdcia  Double  vowels  take  their  cus- 
tomary English  sounds,  as  ee  and  oo.  Thus,  the  oo  in 
Hodken  is  to  be  pronounced  as  in  hook.  In  most  cases, 
the  letters  01  (from  the  Greek,  meaning  like  to)  are  to 
be  pronounced  separately  if  the  z  is  the  penultimate 
syllable  (next  to  the  last),  it  is  long,  as  m  ywccoW/es; 
if  the  i  is  the  antepenultimate  syllable  (third  from  the 
end),  it  is  short,  as  in  rhomboi-dea  In  dioicus  and 
monoicus,  however,  the  01  is  a  true  diphthong,  as  in 
moist 

These  pronunciations  follow,  in  general,  the  common 
English  method  of  pronouncing  Latin  names.  However, 
many  of  the  Latinized  forms  of  substantive  and  per- 
sonal names  are  so  unlike  Latin  in  general  construction 
that  the  pronunciation  of  them  may  not  follow  the  rule 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  biological  nomenclature  is  a  lan- 
guage of  itself  thrown  into  a  Latin  form,  and  it  should 
not  be  a  source  of  regret  if  it  does  not  closely  follow 
classical  rules  in  its  pronunciation  of  outlying  or  non- 
Latin  names. 

It  has  seemed  best  to  make  an  exception  to  strict  liter- 
ary rules  in  the  case  of  personal  commemorative  names 
in  the  genitive:  we  retain,  so  far  as  possible,  the  pro- 
nunciation of  the  original  name.  Thus,  a  plant  named 
for  Carey  is  called  Ca-reyi,  not  Carby-i;  for  Sprenger, 
Spr6ng-eri,  not  Sprengbr-i;  for  Forbes,  Forbs'-n,  not 
Forbbs-ii.  It  cannot  be  expected  that  uniform  consis- 
tency has  been  attained  in  this  matter.  It  is  not 
always  known  how  the  person  pronounced  his  name; 
and  many  personal  names  do  not  make  conformable 
Latinized  words  No  arbitrary  method  of  pronouncing 
personal  names  is  likely  to  be  satisfactory. 

It  may  be  well  to  add  what  are  understood  to  be 
the  long  and  short  sounds  of  the  vowels 

as  in  cane  d  as  in  cone. 

as  in  can  6  as  in  con. 

as  m  mete.  ft  as  in  jute. 

as  in  met.  6  as  in  jut. 
as  in  pine. 
as  in  pin. 
y  is  often  used  as  a  vowel  instead  of  i. 


SPELLING 

The  original  spelling  of  generic  and  specific  names 
is  preferred;  that  is,  the  spelling  used  by  the  person 
who  made  the  name.  In  some  cases  this  original 
orthography  does  not  conform  to  the  etymology  of 
the  name,  particularly  if  the  name  is  made  from  that 
of  a  person  Such  a  case  is  Diennlla,  named  for  Diere- 
ville.  Ideally,  the  name  should  bo  spelled  Dieremllea. 
but  Tournefort  and  Linnaeus  did  not  so  spell  it 

In  accordance  with  the  best  authorities,  the  digraph 
SB  is  used  m  the  words  cacrulca,  caerulesccns,  caespitosa, 
cassia,  cc  is  used  in  ccclcstis  and  ccelestmum. 

The  type  ligatures  a?  and  &  have  been  dropped  from 
Latin-made  names  that  have  come  into  the  vernacular. 
Thus,  as  a  common  or  English  name,  Spiraea  becomes 
spirea,  Pseonia  becomes  peonia  or  peony,  Brodiaea 
becomes  brodiea,  Crataegus  becomes  crategus. 

THE  KEYS 

There  are  two  groups  of  keys  in  the  Cyclopedia, — 
the  main  key,  in  Vol  I,  to  leading  families  and  genera, 
and  the  keys  to  the  species  in  the  different  genera  in 
all  the  volumes.  The  user  of  the  Cyclopedia  should  forth- 
with familiarize  the  method  of  the  keys  Page  79 

To  facilitate  the  study  of  the  plants,  the  species 
have  been  arranged  systematically  or  horticulturally, 
under  the  genus,  rather  than  alphabetically,  and  in 
large  or  complex  genera,  an  alphabetical  index  has 
been  supplied  for  rapid  reference  The  grouping  of  the 
species  is  founded  preferably  on  horticultural  rather 
than  on  botanical  characters,  so  that  the  arrangement 
does  not  always  express  botanical  relationships. 

The  species-keys  are  arranged  primarily  to  aid  the 
gardener  in  making  determinations.  Every  effort  is 
made  sharply  to  contrast  the  species  rather  than  to 
describe  them  A  word  of  explanation  will  facilitate 
the  use  of  the  keys  The  species  are  arranged  in  cotirdi- 
nate  groups  of  various  ranks,  and  groups  of  equal  rank 
are  marked  by  the  same  letter.  Thus,  group  A  is 
coordinate  with  AA  and  with  AAA,  and  group  B  with  BB 
and  BBB;  and  the  B  groups  are  subordinate  to  the  A 
groups,  and  the  c  groups  to  the  B  groups,  and  so  on. 
Moreover,  whenever  possible,  the  coordinate  keys 
begin  with  the  same  catchword:  thus,  if  A  begins 
"flowers,"  so  do  AA  and  AAA;  and  this  catchword  is 
not  used  for  keys  of  other  rank.  As  an  example,  refer 
to  Abutilon,  page  177.  Look  first  at  A,  beginning 
"Lvs.,"  then  at  AA,  also  beginning  "Lvs."  Under  AA 
are  the  cobrdmate  divisions  B  and  BB,  each  with 
"Foliage"  for  the  catchword.  Under  B  there  are  no 
subdivisions,  but  under  BB  there  are  divisions  c  and 
cc,  each  with  "Fls."  for  a  catchword.  Under  c  there  are 
no  subdivisions,  but  cc  has  two  codrdmate  divisions, 
D,  DD,  each  with  "Blossoms"  for  a  catchword.  Again,  D 
happens  to  have  no  division,  but  DD  has  the  divisions 
E  and  EE  with  "Lf.-blades"  as  the  catchword.  In  other 
words,  if  the  plant  in  hand  does  not  fall  under  A,  the 
inquirer  goes  at  once  to  AA.  If  it  falls  under  AA,  then  he 
determines  whether  it  belongs  to  B  or  to  BB,  and  so  on. 


EXPLANATIONS 


A  display  of  a  scheme  would  stand  as  follows: 
A.  Leaves,  etc. 

B.  Flowers,  etc. 
c.  Fruits,  etc. 

D.  Pods,  etc. 
DD.  Pods,  etc. 

E.  Seeds,  etc 
BE   Seeds,  etc. 
cc.  Fruits,  etc. 
BB    Flowers,  etc. 
AA.  Leaves,  etc. 

B.  Roots,  etc. 

c.  Flowers,  etc 

D.  Margins  of  leaves,  etc. 
DD    Margins  of  leaves,  etc 
cc.  Flowers,  etc. 
BB.  Roots,  etc. 
BBB.  Roots,  etc. 
AAA.  Leaves,  etc. 

When  the  genus  is  large  or  the  treatment  is  compli- 
cated, the  key  may  be  placed  separately  at  the  begin- 
ning rather  than  to  be  divided  among  the  paragraphs; 
this  allows  the  student  to  see  the  entire  scheme  or 
plan  at  once.  See  Acer,  page  196 

ABBREVIATIONS  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 
AND  GENERAL  EXPRESSIONS 

caps capsule. 

cult cultivated,  cultivation. 

diam diameter. 

E East. 

jl flower 

fls flowers. 

fld flowered  (as  few-fld.). 

fr fruit. 

frs fruits 

ft foot,  feet. 

in inch,  inches 

incl including. 

infl inflorescence  (cluster). 

intro introduced. 

If leaf 

Ift leaflet. 

Ivd leaved. 

Ivs leaves. 

N North. 

Prop propagated,  propagation. 

S South. 

segm.,  segms segment.,  segments. 

st stem. 

sts stems. 

sub/am subfamily. 

syn synonym. 

Trop tropics,  tropical. 

var variety. 

W West. 

t reviser  (of! 

00  (sign  of  infinity) .     .     .  numerous,  many. 


BOOKS  AND  PERIODICALS 

To  aid  the  student  in  the  verification  of  the  work, 
and  to  introduce  him  to  the  literature  of  the  various 
subjects,  citations  are  made  to  the  portraits  of  plants 
in  the  leading  periodicals  to  which  the  American 
referrer  is  most  likely  to  have  access  These  references 
to  pictures  have  been  verified,  as  far  as  possible,  both 
in  the  MS  and  in  the  proof  A  uniform  and  regular 
form  of  citation  ib  much  to  be  desired,  but  is  extremely 
difficult  to  secure  because  periodicals  rarely  agree  in 
methods.  It  was  decided  to  omit  the  year  in  most  cases, 
because  of  the  pressure  for  space,  but  the  student  who 
lacks  access  to  the  original  volumes  may  usually 
ascertain  the  year  by  consulting  the  bibliographical 
notes  below. 

An  arbitrary  and  brief  method  of  citation  has 
been  chosen.  At  the  outset  it  seemed  best  to  indicate 
whether  the  cited  picture  :s  colored  or  not.  This  ac- 
counts for  the  two  ways  of  citing  certain  publications 
containing  both  kinds  of  pictures,  as  The  Garden, 
Revue  Horticole,  and  Gartenflora  The  figures  given 
below  explain  the  method  of  citation,  and  incidentally 
give  some  hints  as  to  the  number  of  volumes  to  date, 
and  of  the  number  of  pages  or  plates  in  one  of  the  latest 
volumes 

Standard  works  on  the  bibliography  of  botany 
are  Pntzel's  "Thesaurus"  and  Jackson's  "Guide  to 
the  Literature  of  Botany,"  also,  Jackson's  "Catalogue 
of  the  Library  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew  " 
Render's  "Bradley  Bibliography,"  a  guide  to  the 
literature  of  the  woody  plants  of  the  world,  is  invalu- 
able The  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Arnold 
Arboretum,  Harvard  University,  now  being  printed, 
will  afford  an  excellent  guide  to  the  literature  of  botany, 
particularly  as  it  relates  to  woody  plants 

AF.  ...  The  American  Florist  Chicago  A  trade 
paper  founded  August  15,  1885  The  vol- 
umes end  with  July  Many  pictures  re- 
peated m  "Giig  "  (14  1524=  vol  and  page  ) 

A.G.  .  .  .  American  Gardening  New  York.  Represents 
14  extinct  horticultural  periodicals,  includ- 
ing The  American  Garden  (1888-1890) 
(20-890— vol  and  page) 

B The  Botanist  Edited  by  Maund  No  years 

on  title  pages  Founded  1839  Eight  vols  , 
50  colored  plates  in  each  vol  (8.400=™ 
vol  and  col  plate.)  Cumulative  index 

B  B  ...  Bntton  &  Brown  An  Illustrated  Flora  of  the 
Northern  U  S  ,  etc  New  York,  1896-98 
Ed  2  in  19U  (3  5S8=vol  and  page  of  ed 
1,  (rd  2)  3  —vol  and  page  of  ed  2) 

B.H.  ...  La  Belgique  Horticole  Ghent.  35  vols. 
(1851-1885). 

B.M.  .  .  .  Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine.  London. 
Founded  1787  The  oldest  current  peri- 
odical devoted  to  garden  plants  The  vol. 
for  1912  is  vol  138  of  the  whole  work. 
Index  to  first  107  vols  by  E.  Tonka. 
London  (7690  =col  plate.) 

B.R.  .  .  .  Botanical  Register  (1815-1847)  Vols  1-14 
edited  by  Edwards,  vols  15-33  by  Land- 
ley  In  vols  1-23  the  plates  are  numbered 
from  1-2014  In  vols  24-33  they  are  num- 
bered independently  in  each  vol.  There  are 
688  plates  in  vols.  24-33.  "An  Appendix  to 
the  First  Twenty-three  Volumes"  (bound 
separately  or  with  the  25th  vol.)  contains 
an  index  to  the  first  23  vola.  An  index  to 
vols.  24-31  maybe  found  in  vol.  31.  (1198  — 
col.  plate.  33:70— vol.  and  col.  plate.) 


xviu 

B.S.D. 

B.T.    . 
C.L.A.. 

C.O.    . 

Em.  .  . 
F.  .  .  . 


EXPLANATIONS 


F.C.  . 

F.E.  . 

F.M.  . 

F.R.  . 

F.S.  . 

F.S.R. 

F.W.  . 


G.F.    .  , 
GL.    .  . 

G.M.  .  , 
Gn.  .  .  , 


Gng.    .  , 

Gn.  M. 
Gn.W. 

G.O.H.  , 


.  Bulletin  de  la  Socie'tfi  dendrologique  de  France 
Pans.  Founded  1906.  One  vol.  each  year. 
Illustrated  (1907: 198 —year  and  page.) 

,  Bntton.  North  American  trees.  New  York. 
1908  All  American  trees  illustrated 

,  Country  Life  in  America.  Founded  Nov.  1901. 
Two  volumes  a  year.  (12: 75 —  vol  and 
page  ) 

,  Cogmaiix  Dictionnaire  Iconographfque  des 
Orchid6es  Colored  plates,  with  descriptions. 
(6=col  plate  ) 

,  Emerson,  G  B  Trees  and  Shrubs  of  Mas- 
sachusetts. Boston.  2  vols.  149  plates 

,  The  Florist  London  1840-1884  (1884: 
192— year  and  page  opp  col  plate  )  Edi- 
tors and  title  pages  changed  many  times. 
Known  as  the  Florist,  Florist's  Journal 
and  Florist  and  Pomologist.  Sometimes 
improperly  called  British  Florist. 
Floral  Cabinet  Knowles  &  Westcott.  Lon- 
don 1837-1840  3  vols  ,  4to 

,  The  Florists'  Exchange  New  York  A  trade 
paper,  whose  pictures  sometimes  are  re- 
peated in  "A  G  "  Founded  Dec  8,  1888. 
(1 1 : 1298  —vol  and  page  ) 

,  Floral  Magazine  London  Series  I  1861- 
1871,  8\o  Series  II  1872-1881,  4to. 
(1881  450=year  and  col  plate  ) 

,  Florists'  Review  Chicago  A  trade  paper. 
Vol  1,  Dec.  2,  1897,  to  May  26,  1898.  Two 
vols  a  year  (4  oGO=vol  and  page  ) 

,  FloredesSeires.  Ghent  (1845-1880)  Incon- 
sistent in  numbering,  but  the  plate  numbers 
are  always  found  on  the  plate  itself  or  on  the 
page  opposite  Valuable  but  perplexing 
indexes  in  vols  15  and  19  23  vols.  (23 : 2481 
—vol  and  col  plate  ) 

.  Flora  and  Sylva  London  1903-1905  Edited 
by  W  Robinson  3  vols  (2.24=vol  and 
page  opposite  colored  plate  2,  p.  31— vol. 
and  page  containing  black  figure  ) 

.  The  Floral  World  and  Garden  Guide  Lon- 
don Edited  by  Shirley  Hibberd  1858- 
1880  No  plates  until  1868  (1875.33=year 
and  col.  plate  ) 

.  Gardening,  Illustrated  London  Founded 
March  1,  1880  Vols  begin  with  the  March 
number  (10.25=vol  and  page  ) 

.  The  Gardeners'  Chronicle  London.  Series  I. 
(1841-1873)  is  cited  by  year  and  page. 
Series  II  or  "New  Scries"  (1874-1886),  is 
cited  thus  II  26.824^=sencs,  volume  and 
page  Series  III  is  cited  thus  III  26*416. 
Two  vols  a  year,  beginning  1874  A  select 
index  is  scattered  through  1879  and  1880. 
Consult  II.  12.  vin  (1879),  and  similar  places 
in  subsequent  vols. 

.  Garden  and  Forest  New  York.  1888-1897. 
(10'518=vol.  and  page  ) 

.  Garden  Life  London  Incorporates  The 
Gardening  World  after  May  1,  1909  Cited 
only  from  vol  16  (16.54=vol  and  page  ) 

.  Gardeners'  Magazine  London  Ed  by 
Shirley  Hibberd  Founded  1860  Cited 
from  vol  31  on.  (42  872— vol  and  page  ) 

.  The  Garden  London  Founded  1871  Two 
vols.  a  year  through  1906  Since  then 
one  vol  (56: 458=- vol.  and  page  opp. 
sol.  plate,  56,  p  458 —vol  and  page  con- 
taining black  figure  )  An  Index  of  the  first 
20  vols  was  separately  published  Com- 
plete Index  of  Colored  Plates  to  end  of  1897 
in  vol.  54,  p  334. 

.  Gardening.  Chicago.  Founded  Sept.  15. 
1892.  Vols.  end  Sept.  1.  (7: 384 —vol.  and 
oage. ) 

.  The  Garden  Magazine.  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 
Founded  1905.  (7: 543 —vol.  and  page.) 

.  Gardening  World.  Founded  1884.  Incorpora- 
ted after  1909  in  Garden  Life.  (7: 118 —vol. 
and  page.) 

.  Guimpel,  Otto  &  Hayne.  Abbildungen  der 
f remden  in  Deutachland  ausdauernden  Hols- 
arten.  Berlin,  1825.  144  ool.  plates. 


G.W.H. 
G.Z.  . 
HBK. . 


H.H.    . 


Gt Gartenflora.  Berlin.  Founded  1852.  (Gt. 

48:1470— vol.  and  col.  plate.  Gt.  48,  p. 
670=  vol.  and  page  containing  black 
figure  ) 

.  Die  Gartenwelt.  Founded  1896  The  first 
year  it  appeared  under  the  title  "Hesdorf- 
fers  Monatshefte  fur  Blumen-  und  Garten- 
freunde "  (13.58=vol  and  col  plate.  13, 
p.  58=vol  and  page  ) 

.  Guimpel,  Willdenow  and  Hayne  Abbildung 
der  deutscher  Holzarten.  2  vols  Berlin 
1815-20  216  col.  plates. 

.  Illustrirte  Garten-Zeitung.  Founded  Oct  1856. 
One  col  plate  m  each  month.  (4: 88=- vol. 
and  coK  plate.) 

.  Hirnboldt,  Bonpland  &  Kunth.  Nova  Genera 
et  Species,  etc.  Paris.  1815-25  7  vols 
Folio 

.  Hooker,  Exotic  Flora.  London,  1823-7.  232 
col  plates 

.  L'  Horticulteur  Francais  1st  series  1851- 
1859  2nd  series  1859-1872  (1853  273  = 
1st  series,  year  and  col  plate  II  1860381 
=2rid  series,  year  and  col  plate  ) 

.  Hough,  Handbook  of  Trees  of  the  Northern 
States  and  Canada  Lowville,  N  Y  1907 
All  trees  of  the  region  illustrated,  all  parts 
of  the  trees,  including  bark  represented  by 
photographic  reproductions 

.  Hooker's  Icones  Plantarum  London. 
Founded  in  1837  Contains  up  to  1913 
3,000  black  plates  in  30  vols  The  plates 
with  botanical  descriptions  in  Latin 

.  L'Horticulteur  Univcrsel  Pans  1839-1845. 
8  vols  with  col  plates  The  first  6  vols 
edited  by  C  Lemaire  Vol  7  and  8  called 
Deuxifeme  and  Nouvelle  s6ne  (7. 28  =~ vol. 
and  plate  ) 

.  Hempel  and  Wilhclm  Baume  und  Straucher 
desWaldes  Wien,  1889-99  3  vols  GO  beau- 
tiful col  plates  and  numerous  black  illustra- 
tions m  the  text  (3.45=vol  and  col  plate, 
3,  p  113=vol  and  page  containing  black 
figure). 

.  L'lllustration  Horticole  Ghent  (1854-1896  ) 
(43  72==  vol  and  col  plate  )  The  volumes 
were  numbered  continuously,  but  there  were 
6  series.  Series  1  =  1854-63  Series  11  = 
1864-9  Series  111=1870-80  Series  IV 
=1881-6  Series  V  =  1887-93  Series  VI 
=1894-6  The  plates  \vere  numbered  con- 
tinuously in  the  fir.st  16  vols  from  1  to  614 
m  vols  17-33  they  run  from  1  to  619  in 
series  V  from  1  to  190  in  Series  VI  they 
begin  anew  with  each  vol  Valuable  indexes 
in  vols  10  and  20  Scries  V  in  4to,  the  rest 
8vo. 

.  Icones  Seiectie  Horti  Thenensis  Bruxelles, 
1899-1909.  6  vols  with  240  plates  (6  220  — 
vol  and  black  plate  ) 

.  Jardin,  journal  bi-mensuel  d'horticulture  gen- 
erale  Paris  Founded  in  1887  (10  36 
—vol  and  page  opp  col  plate,  10,  p  345 
=vol  and  page  containing  black  figure  ) 

.  Journal  of  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  Uni- 
versity Tokyo,  Japan  Founded  in  1886,  33 
vols  up  to  1913  Contains  black  plates  and 
figures  in  the  text  of  plants  of  E.  Asia. 
(6: 3 —vol.  and  plate) 

.  Le  Jardin  Fleuriste  Ghent  1851-1854. 
Edited  by  C  Lemaire  4  vols  with  430 
col  plates  and  black  figures  in  the  text. 
(4.421— vol  and  col  plate,  4,  p  66=-vol 
and  page  containing  black  figure.) 

.  Journal  of  Horticulture.  London  Founded 
in  1848  as  The  Cottage  Gardener.  Series 
III  only  is  cited,  beginning  1880  (III. 
39:504=senes,  vol  ,  page  ) 

.  Journal  de  la  Soci6te  d'horticulture  de  France 
Pans.  Founded  in  1827  as  Annales  et  Jour- 
nal de  la  Societe  roy  d'horticulture  de  Paris. 
Only  series  IV  is  cited,  beginning  1900  (IV 
1:209  —series,  vol.  and  page  containing 
black  figure.) 


H.W.  . 


I.H.     . 


J.C.T. 


J.F.  .  . 


J.H. .  . 


J.H.F. 


EXPLANATIONS 


xix 


JJEL8.  .  .  Journal  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of  Lon- 
don. Founded  in  1846.  9  vols.  from  1846- 
55.  A  new  series  started  in  1866  The  earlier 
series  is  cited  by  the  year,  the  new  series  by 
the  volume  (1846. 188«=-year,  page  opposite 
plate,  28.394,  fig.  96=vol ,  page  opposite 
black  plate  or  containing  black  figure,  and 
fig  in  case  of  several  figures  ) 

L.B.C.  .  .  The  Botanical  Cabinet  Loddiges  1817- 
33.  100  plates  in  each  vol  Complete  index 
inlastvol  (20.2000=vol  and  col.  plate.) 

L.D.  .  .  .  Loiseleur-Deslongscharnps,  Herbier  g6o£ral 
de  1'amateur  Pans,  1816-27.  8  vols  with 
574  col  plates  There  is  a  second  series, 
1839  -44  m  4  vols  with  309  plates  which  is 
very  rare  and  not  quoted 

L.I.  .  .  .  Lavaliee,  Arboretum  Segrezianum;  Icones 
seleetae  Pans,  1880-5  36  black  plates 
of  trees  and  shrubs 

Lind  .  .  .  Lmdcnm  Ghent  Founded  1885.  Folio. 
Devoted  to  orchids 

Lowe.  .  .  .  Beautiful  Leaved  Plants  E  J  Lowe  and 
Howard  London  1864.  (60«col  plate  ) 

M.  .  .  .  A.  B.  Freeman-Mitford  The  Bamboo  Gar- 
den London  1896  (224=page  ) 

M  D.  ...  Mitteilungen  der  Deutschen  dendrologischen 
Gescllschaft  Bonn  Founded  in  1892. 
(1912,  p  161-=«ycar  and  page  containing 
black  figure,  1910.1— year  and  page  opp. 
col  plate  ) 

M  D.G. .  .  Moller's  Deutsche  Gartner-Zeitung  Erfurt. 
Founded  IHHfl  (1X97  4 25  ==y ear  and  page  ) 

Mn  ....  Meohan's  Monthly  Gennantown,  Phila- 
delphia Founded  1891  (9  192=vol  and 
page  opp  col  plate  ) 

Mn  N.  .  .  Meehan  The  Native  Flowers  and  Ferns  of  the 
United  States  Philadelphia  1878-80.  4  vols. 
in  2  series  (II  2  J=series,  vol  and  plate.) 

MX Michaux     Histoire   des    arbres    forestiors  de 

1'Amenque  aeptentrionale  Paris,  1810—13 
3  vols  with  138  plates  The  English  trans- 
lation under  the  title  The  North  American 
Sylva  has  150  plates  (3  4=*vol  and  plate  ) 

N.D.  .  .  .  Nouveau  Duhamci  Traite.  des  arbres  et 
arbustes  Pans,  1801-19  7  vols  with  488 
col  plates  The  first  edition  by  Duhamel  du 
Monceau  \vas  published  in  1755  and  contains 
only  250  black  plates,  the  second  edition 
was  edited  bv  several  botanists  and  is  really 
an  entirely  new  work  (7  33  =«vol  and  plate  ) 

O Orchis      Beilagc  zur  Gartenfiora     (1910  88«=» 

year  and  col  plate  1910,  'p.  88=year  and 
page  ) 

O.K.  .  .  .  Orchid  Review  London  Founded  1893.  (18: 
169=  vol  and  plate.) 

PG  ...  Popular  Gardening  Buffalo.  1885-90.  (5:270 
—vol  and  page  ) 

P.M.  .  .  .  Paxton's  Magazine  of  Botany.  London.  1834— 
49  (16  376=vol  and  page  opposite  col. 
plate  )  Vol  15  has  index  of  first  16  vols. 

R Reichenbachia  Edited  by  Fred  Sander.  Lon- 
don. Founded  1886  Folio. 

R.B.  .  .  .  Revue  de  1'Horticulture  Beige  et  Etrangere. 
Ghent  Founded  1875.  (23:288«=*vol  and 
page  opp  col.  plate  ) 

R.F.G.  .  .  Reichenbach  Icones  Florae  Gennanicae  et  Hel- 
vetica? Leipzig.  Founded  in  1834  25 
vols.  with  more  than  3,000  col.  plates 
issued  up  to  1913. 

R.H.  .  .  .  Revue  Hortioole.  Dates  from  1826,  but  is 
now  considered  to  have  been  founded  in 
1829.  (1899:596—  year  and  page  opp.  col. 
plate  1899,  p.  596— year  and  page  opp. 
black  figure.) 

S Schneider.  The  Book  of  Choice  Ferns.  Lon- 
don. In  3  vols.  Vol.  1,  1892.  Vol.  2,  1893. 
Vol.  3,  1894.  (1  390— vol.  and  page  ) 

S.E.B.  .  .  Sowerby,  English  Botany  Ed.  3.  London, 
1863-1902.  13  vols.  with  1952  plates  The 
first  edition  was  published  1700-1814  m  36 
vols.  Only  the  third  edition  is  quoted. 


S.H.    .  .  .  Sexnaine  Horticole.     Ghent.      Founded  1897. 

(3 : 548  —  vol  and  page. ) 
S.I.F.  .  .  .  Shirasawa     Iconographie  des  essences  fores- 

tieres  du  Japon.    Tokyo.   1900-8.    2  vols, 

with     161    col.    plates.      (2: 73  =  vol.    and 

plate.) 
S.M.    .  .  .  Sargent.      Manual    of    the    Trees    of    North 

America      Boston    and    New   York,    1905. 

(810=page  con  taming  black  figure.) 
S.O.B.    .  .  Schmidt  Oesterreieh's  allgememe  Baumzucht. 

Wien,    1792-1822      4    vols     with   240    col. 

plates.    (4.237=vol   and  plate.) 
S.S Sargent.     The  Rilva  of  North  America.     13 

vols.   Vol   1,  1891     Vol   12,  1898     (12:620=- 

vol   and  plate,  not  colored  ) 
S.T.S. .  .  .  Sargent     Trees  and  Shrubs     Boston  and  New 

York,    1902-13      2   vols    200   black  plates 

of   trees   and   shrubs,    native  and  foreign. 

(2:147— vol   and  plate  ) 
8.Z Siebold   &   Zuccarini.     Flora  Japonica.    Vol. 

1,1835-44   Vol  2  partly  by  Miquel,  1845-70. 

(2.150=vol   and  plate) 
V Vick's  Magazine     Rochester,  N   Y.    Founded 

1878     Volt!  numbered  continuously  through 

the  3  series     Vols   begin  with  Nov.  (23 . 250 

=vol    and  page  ) 
V.F.     .  .  .  Vilmorin  &  Bois    Fruticetum  Vilmonmanurn. 

Paris,    1904      (205=- page  containing  black 

figure  ) 

V.O.     .  .  .  James  Veitch  &  Sons    A  Manual  of  Orchida- 
ceous   Plants,    cultivated    under    glass    in 

Great  Britain     London     1887-94. 
W.D.B.  .  .  Watson,  Dendrologia  Bntannica  London,  1825 

2  vols.  with  172  col.  plates  (2:160— vol.  and 

plate.) 

THE  AUTHORS  OF  BOTANICAL  NAMES 

By  common  consent,  the  Latin  name  of  a  plant,  in 
order  to  be  considered  by  botanists,  must  first  be 
regularly  published  by  a  reputable  author  in  a  rep- 
utable book  or  periodical  As  an  index  to  this  name, 
the  name  of  its  author  is  published  with  it  whenever  an 
accurate  account  of  the  species  is  given  Thus,  "Ber- 
bens  anstata,  DC."  (p.  490)  means  that  this  name  was 
made  by  De  Candolle.  This  citation  at  once  dis- 
tinguishes De  Candolle's  Berbens  anstata  from  any 
other  Berbens  aru>tata, — for  example,  from  Sims' 
(p.  492).  It  is  always  possible  that  some  other  author 
may  have  given  the  same  name  to  some  other  plant, 
in  which  case  the  older  name  must  stand  In  some 
cases,  the  fact  that  there  are  two  plants  passing  under 
one  name  is  indicated  in  the  citation.  "Berbens  sinensis, 
Hemsl,  not  Poir  "  (p.  490,  nos.  10,  11)  means  that 
Hemsley  and  Poiret  applied  the  name  B.  sinensis  to 
different  plants.  B  ihcifoha,  Forst ,  is  not  the  same  as 
B.iLicifoha,  Hort.  (p  492,  nos  27,  31);  "Hort  "  means 
that  the  particular  name  is  one  in  use  amongst  horti- 
culturists,— that  it  is  a  garden  name. 

The  citation  of  authorities  gives  a  clue  to  the  time 
and  place  of  publication  of  the  species  It  is  an  index 
'to  the  literature  of  the  subject.  It  is  no  part  of  the  idea 
merely  to  give  credit  or  honor  to  the  man  who  made 
the  name.  It  is  held  by  some  that  the  authority  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  name,  and  should  always  go  with 
it;  but  common  usage  dictates  otherwise,  for  the 
authority  is  never  pronounced  with  the  Latin  words 
in  common  speech.  The  authority  is  a  matter  of  iden- 
tification, not  of  language. 


EXPLANATIONS 
Following  are  the  authors  moat  frequently  c.ted  m      BK.  K Ut  N.  E.  Brown,  Roy..  Botanic  Garden.,  K«w; 


this  Cyclopedia: 

ADANS     Michael  Adanson,  1727-1806    France. 

AIT.    William  Alton,  1731-1793    England 

AIT    f.   William   Townsond  Alton,   the  son,    1766-1849. 

England. 

ALL.    Carlo  Alhoni,  1725-1804.   Italy. 
ANDERS  ,  T.   Thomas  Anderson,  Director  of  Botanic  Gar- 
den in  Calcutta 

ANDB  Henry  C.  Andrews,  botanical  artist  and  engraver, 
conducted  The  Botanists'  Repository  from  1799- 
1811,  and  illustrated  books  on  heaths,  geraniums  and 
roses 

ANDRE    Edward  Andre,  1840-1911,  first  editor  of  Illustra- 
tion Horticole,  later  editor-m-chief  of  Revue  Horticole. 
ANT.    Franz  Antoine,   director  of  the  royal  gardens  at 

Schdnbrunn,  1815. 

ARN.    George  Arnold  Walker  Arnott,   1799-1868.    Scot- 
land. 
ASCHERS      Paul  Ascherson,  professor  of  botany,  Berlin. 

1834-1913 

AUBL.    J  B  C   F.  Aublet,  1720-1778    France. 
AUCT  ,  AUTH.   Authors,  referring  to  usage  by  various  or 

many  writers. 

BACKH     J.  Backhous,  English  botanist  and  traveler. 
BAILL     H   Baillon,  author  of  the  great  natural  history  of 

plants  m  French 

BAKER     John  Gilbert  Baker,  formerly  keeper  of  the  Her- 
barium of  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  England. 
BALT     Charles   Baltet,    frequent    contributor   to    Revuo 

Horticole 

BART  William  P.  C  Barton,  1787-1856  Pennsylvania. 
BARTR  William  Bartram,  1739-1823  American  botartist. 
BATEM  James  Bateman,  writer  and  student  of  orchids. 

England. 
BEAUV.    Ambroise    Mane    Francois    Joseph    Palisot    de 

Beauvois,  1755-1820     Franco. 
BECC     O.  Beccan,  Italian  botanist  and  writer  on  E  Indian 

botany 

BECK     Lewis  C  Beck,  1798-1853.    New  York. 
BEISSN.    L    Beissner,  Inspector  of  the  Botanic  Gardens 
at  Bonn,  and  Instructor  at  Poppelsdorf.   Pub.  "Haud- 
buch  der  Nadelholzkunde  " 

BENTH     George  Bentham,    1800-1884,   one   of   the  dis- 
tinguished botanists  of  England,  one  of  the  authors 
of  Benthain  &  Hooker's  "Genera  Plantarum  " 
BENTH    &  HOOK.    George  Bentham  and  J.  D.  Hooker 

authors  of  "Genera  Plantarum."   England. 
BERQER.    Ernst  Berger,  died  1853.  Germany. 
BERNH     Johann  Jacob  Bernharch,  1774-1850     Germany. 
BERT     Carlo  Guiseppe  Bcrtero,  1789-1831.   Died  between 

Tahite  and  Chile. 
BIBB     Friedrich  August  Marschall  von  Bierberstem,  1768- 

1826    German  botanist,  lived  later  in  Russia. 
BIQEL     Jacob  Bigelow,  1787-1879.   Massachusetts 
BLUME     Karl  Ludwig  Blumo,  born  1796  at  Braunschweig, 
died  1862  at  Lcyden.     Wrote  much  on  Javan  plants. 
Bois.    D6sire  Georges  Jean  Marie  Bois,  editor  of  Revue 

Horticole    Paris. 
Boiss     Edmond  Boissier,  1810-1886    Switzerland.  Author 

of  "Flora  Onentahs"  and  other  works. 
BOJER     W  Bojer,  1800-1856,  author  of  a  Flora  of  Mauri- 
tius   Austria. 

BONPL     Aim6  Bonpland.   1773-1858.  France. 
BORKH.    Montz  Balthasar  Borkhausen,  1760-1806.    Ger- 
many 


England. 
BB.,  R.    Robert  Brown,  born  1773,  Scotland,  died  1858, 

London    Author  of  many  important  works. 
BRIT.    Nathaniel  Lord  Britton,  Director  of   New   York 

Botanical  Garden,  New  York  City. 
BRONON     Adolpho     Th6odore     Brongmart,     1801-1876. 

France. 
BUCH.-HAM      Francis  Buchanan,   later  Lord  Hamilton, 

wrote  on  Indian  plants. 
BUCKL     Samuel   Botsford   Buckley,    1809-1884.     United 

States 

BULL     William  Bull,  plant  merchant    London. 
BULL.    Pierre  Bulliard,    1742-1793,   author  of  the  great 

"Herbier  de  la  France"  in  12  folio  volumes,  with  600 

plates 

BUNGE     Alexander  von  Bunge,  1803-1890    Russia. 
BURM      Johannes     Burmann,     1706-1779,    professor     at 

Amsterdam,  wrote  on  plants  of  Ceylon  and  Malabar. 
BUHM   f    Nickolous  Laurens  Burmann,  1734-1793.    Son 

of  Johannes 
CARR.    Ehe  Abel  Carnere,  1816-1896,  distinguished  French 

botanist  and  horticulturist,  editor  of  Revue  Horticole. 
GASP     Robert  Caspary,  professor  of  botany  at  University 

of  Komgsberg    1818-1887 
CASS     Alexandre  Henri  Gabriel  Cassmi,  Comte  de    1781— 

1832    France 

CAV     Antonio  Jose  Oavamlles,  1745-1804.    Spain. 
CERV   Vmcentc  Cervantes,  1759 (?) -1829   Spanish  botanist. 
CHAM.    Adalbert    von    Chamisso,    poet    and    naturalist, 

1781-1838    Germany 
CHAPM     Alvan  Wcntworth  Chapman,  1809-1899,  authoi 

of  "Flora  of  the  Southern  United  States  " 
CHOIS     Jacques  Denys  Choisy,  1799-1859    Switzerland. 
CLOS     Dominique  Clos,  professor  of  botany  and  director 

of  the  gardens  at  Toulouse    Born  1821. 
COON     Alfred  Cogniaux,  French  botanist. 
COLEBR    Henry  Thomas  Colebrooke,  1765-1837.   England. 
COLLA     Luigi  Colla,  1766-1848     France 
COULTER     John  M  Coulter,  University  of  Chicago 
CUNN     Richard  Cunningham,   1793-1835      Colonial  bot- 
anist in  Australia 
CUNN  ,  A.    Allan  Cunningham,  born  1791,  Scotland,  died 

1839,  Sidney,  Australia    Brother  of  Richard 
CURT.    William   Curtis,    1746  1799     England      Founder 

of   the   Botanical    Magazine,    now   known   as   Curtis' 

Botanical  Magazine 

CURTIS.    Moses  Ashley  Curtis,   1808-1873.    North  Car- 
olina. 

DC     Augustm  Pyramus  De  Candollo,  1778-1841,  projec- 
tor of  the  Prodromus,   and  head  of  a  distinguished 

family      Alphonse  De  Candollc,  the  son  (1806-1893), 

and    Casimir    De   Candolle,   the  grandson,   are    also 

quoted  in  this  work. 

DECNE.    Joseph  Decaisne,  1809-1882.  France. 
D   DON.    See  Don,  D. 

DESF.  Ron6  Louiche  Desfontames,  1750-1833.  France. 
DESV.  Augustm  Nicaise  Desvaux,  1784-1856.  France. 
DEVR  Willem  Hendnk  de  Vriese,  1807-1862,  professor 

of  botany  at  Leyden     Wrote  on  medical  plants  and 

plants  of  the  Dutch  East  Indies. 
DICKS.    James    Dickson,    1738-1822,    Scotch    writer    on 

flowerless  plants 
DIELS     Ludwig  Diels,   professor    of    botany,   Marburg, 

Germany. 
DILL.    Johann  Jacob  Dillenius,  professor  of  botany  in 

Oxford.    1687-1747. 


EXPLANATIONS 


DIPP.    Dr.   L.   Dippel,  of  Darmstadt,   Germany.     Den- 

drologist,  pub.  "Handbuch  der  Lauhholzkunde  " 
DON.    George  Don,  1798-1856    England. 
DON,  D.    David    Don,    brother    of    George,    1800-1841. 

Scotland. 
DONN.    James  Donn,  1758-1813,  author  of  "Hortus  Can- 

tabrigiensis  "    England. 

DOUGLAS     David  Douglas,  1799-1834,  collector  in  north- 
western America    Scotland 
DRUDE     Prof  O.  Drude,  of  Dresden,  Germany. 
DRY     Jonas  Dryander,  1748-1810    Sweden. 
DUCHESNE     Antome     Nicolas     Duchesne,     1747-1827. 

France. 
DUMORT.    Barthelemy    Charles    Dumortier,    1797-1878. 

Belgium 

DUNAL.    Michel  Felix  Dunal,  1789-1856    France. 
DUNN.    Stephen  Troyte  Dunn,  Kew,  England 
DYER     W     T     Thistlcton-Dyer,    Director   of   Kew   Gar- 
dens, 1885-1905,  editor  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa, 
etc 

EATON,  A  Amos  Eaton,  1776-1842,  author  of  a  "Manual 
of  Botany  for  North  America,"  1st  ed.  1817;  8th  ed. 
1841 

EATON,  D  C  Daniel  Cady  Eaton,  professor  at  Yale  Col- 
lege, and  writer  on  ferns 

EHRH.    Fricdnch  Ehrhart,  1742-1795    Germany. 
ELL     Stephen  Elliott,  1771-1830    South  Carolina. 
ELLIS     John  Ellis,  1711- 1776    England 
ENDL     Stephan  Ladislaus   Endhcher,    1804-1849,   profes- 
sor at  Vienna    Numerous  works 
ENOELM     George  Engelmann,  1M)<)-1884     Missouri. 
ENQLER     Prof     A.    Engler,    of    Berlin,    joint    author    of 
Englcr  and   PrantPs   "Naturhrhen   Pflanzenfamihen." 
ESCH    Johann  Friedrick  Eschseholz,  1793   1831     Germany. 
FEE     Antonio     Laurent     Apollmaire     Fee,     1789-1874. 

France 

FENZL     Edward  Fenzl,  professor  and  custodian  of  botani- 
cal museum  at  Wiens,  1808-1879. 
FERN     Merntt  Lyndon   Fernald,   assistant  professor  of 

botany,  Cambridge,  Mass 
FISCH     Friedrioh  Ernst  Ludwig  von  Fischer,  1782-1854. 

Russia 

FORB     John    Forbes,    catalogued    heaths,    willows,    coni- 
fers, and  other  plants  at  Woburn  Abbey 
FORBK     Pehr    Forskal,    1736-1768,    collected    in    Egypt 

and  Arabia 
FORST     Johann  Remhold  Forster,  1729-1798     Germany. 

(Also  Georg  Forster,  the  son  ) 
FRANCH.   A    Frauchet,  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris     1834- 

1900. 
FRASER     John   Fraser,    1750-1811,   traveled  in  America 

1785-96    Had  a  son  of  same  name 
FROEL     Joseph  Aloys  Froehch,  1766-1841     Germany. 
F     v.    M     Ferdinand    von    Mueller,    royal    botanist    of 
Australia,  author  of  many  works  on  economic  plants. 
See  Muell. 

GABBTN.    Joseph  Gaertner,  1732-1791    Germany. 
GAONEP.    Francois  Gagnepam,    French  botanist,  writing 

chiefly  on  Asiatic  plants. 

GAUD.    Charles  Gaudichaud-Beaupre,  1789-1864    France. 
GAWL.    See  Ker. 

GMEL.    Samuel  Gottlieb  Gmelm,  1743-1774.    Russia. 
GOBFP.    Heinrich  Robert  Goeppert,  1800-1884,  professor 

at  Breslau.  Wrote  much  on  fossil  botany. 
GOBI*.    George  Gordon,  1806-1879,  author  of  the  "Pine- 
turn,"  London,  1858. 
GRAIBN     Paul  Graebner,  professor  of  botany    Berlin 


GRAY.  Asa  Gray,  1810-1888,  Harvard  University,  Massa- 
chusetts. America's  most  noted  botanist 

GREENM.  J.  M.  Greenman,  writes  from  ILirvaid  Uni- 
versity on  Mexican  plants.  Now  at  the  Field  Museum, 
Chicago 

GRIFF     William  Griffith,  1810-1845    England. 

GRISEB  ,  GRIS  Hcmrich  Rudolph  August  Gnsebach, 
1814-1879  Germany 

HARMS      Prof  Hermann  Harms      Berlin. 

HASSK     Justus  Karl  Hasskarl,  born  1811    Germany. 

HAYNE.  Fnednch  Gottlob  Huyne,  1763-1832,  professor 
at  Berlin  Medicinal  plants,  trees  and  shrubs 

HAW     Adrian  Hardy  Haworth,  1772-1833    England 

HBK  Fnedrich  Alexander  von  Humboldt,  1796-1859. 
Germany.  Aime  Bonpland,  1773-1858  France  Karl 
Sigismund  Kunth,  1788-1850  Germany  Authors  of 
a  great  work  on  plants  of  the  New  World 

HEMSL.  W.  Bottmg  Hcm&ley,  Keeper  at  Kew,  has  written 
many  reviews  of  genera  of  horticultural  value  in  The 
Gardeners'  Chronicle  and  elsewhere 

HENFR.    Arthur  Henfrey,  1819-1859     English  botanist. 

HENRY  Augustine  Henry,  collector  of  Chinese  plants. 
Cambridge,  England 

HENRY,  L.  Prof  Louis  Henry  Writer  on  woody  plants, 
Paris. 

HERB.    William  Herbert,  1778-1847    England. 

HOCHST  Christian  Fnedrioh  Hochstetter,  1787-1860, 
descnbed  many  African  plants 

HOFFM     Georg  Franz  Hoffmann,  1761-1826     Germany. 

HOOK.    William  Jackson   Hooker,    1785-1865.    England. 

HOOK,  f  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  the  son,  1817-1911 
England. 

HORT.  Hortorum,  literally  of  the  gardens  Placed  after 
names  current  among  horticulturists,  but  not  neces- 
sarily all  horticulturists  Often  used  Tvith  less  exact- 
ness than  names  of  authors  Frequently  indicates 
garden  or  unknown  origin  Many  of  these  plants  have 
never  been  sufficiently  described  ' 

Hoar     Nicolaus  Thomas  Host,  1761-1834    Germany. 

JACQ     Nicolaus  Joseph  Jacqum,  1727-1817    Austria 

JAUB  Hippolyte  Francois  de  Jaubert  French  botanist. 
Born  1798 

Juss  Antome  Laurent  Jussieu,  1748-1836,  the  first  to 
introduce  the  natural  families  of  plants  France. 

KARSTEN  Hermann  G  K  W.  Karsten  German  botanist, 
1817- 

KARW  Wilhelm  Karwinsky  von  Karwm,  collector  in 
Brazil,  died  1855 

KAULF.  Georg  Fnedrich  Kaulfuss,  professor  at  Halle,  died 
1830  He  described  the  ferns  collected  by  Chamisso 

KBR.    John  Bellenden  Ker,    1765  (*)-1871,  botanist,  wit 
and   man  of  fashion      First   known  as  John  Gawler. 
In  1793  was  compelled  to  leave  army  because  of  sym- 
pathy with  French  Revolution    His  name  was  changed 
in  1804  to  John  Ker  Bellenden,  but  he  was  known  to  his 
friends  as  Bellenden  Ker      First  editor  of  Edwards' 
Botanical  Register 
KER-GAWL.   See  Ker. 
KIRCHN     G.   Kirchner,   writer  of  the  botanical  part  of 

"Arboretum  Muscaviense  " 

KLATT    Friednch  Wilhelm  Klatt,  a  German  botanist. 
KLOTZSCH.    Johann   Fnedrich   Klotzsch,    1805-1860,   cu- 
rator of  Royal  herbarium  at  Berlin,  monographer  of 
Begoniaceae. 

KOCH.  Karl  Koch,  1809-1879    Germany. 
KOEHNE      Emil    Koehne,    professor    at    Berlin.     Pub. 
"Deutsche  Dendrologie." 


XX11 


EXPLANATIONS 


KOMAB.     Vlademir   Leontyevitch   Komarov,   writer    on 

plants  of  eastern  Asia    St.  Petersburg. 

KOST     Vmcenz  Franz  Kosteletzky.    Bohemian  botanist. 

KOTSCHY  Theodor  Kotschy,  assistant  curator  at  Vienna, 
1813-1866.  Wrote  on  oriental  plants. 

KRANZL  F.  Kranzlm,  Berlin,  writes  on  orchids  in  The 
Gardeners'  Chronicle. 

K.  Sen    See  Schumann. 

KUNTH      See  HBK. 

KUNTZB  Otto  Kuntze  German  botanist;  chiefly  known 
as  a  strong  advocate  of  priority  in  nomenclature. 
1843-1907 

LAG.  Mariano  Lagasca,  1776-1839,  one  of  Spain's  moat 
distinguished  botanists. 

LAM  Jean  Baptiste  Antome  Pierre  Monnet  Lamarck, 
1744-1829,  author  of  the  Lamarckian  philosophy  of 
organic  evolution  France 

LANOS  Georg  Heinrich  von  Langsdorf,  1774-1852,  Rus- 
sian consul-general  in  Brazil 

LAUTH  Thomas  Lauth,  1758-1826,  professor  of  anatomy 
at  Strassburg,  wrote  a  40-page  monograph  on  Acer 
in  1781 

LECQ  Henry  Lecoq,  born  1802,  once  professor  at  Cler- 
mont-Ferrand, wrote  an  elementary  botany,  a  dic- 
tionary of  botanical  terms,  a  book  on  hybridization,  etc. 

LECONTE    John  Eaton  LeConte,  1784-1860    Pennsylvania. 

LEDEB  Karl  Fnednch  von  Ledebour,  1785-1851. 
Russia 

LEHM  Johann  Georg  Christian  Lehmann,  1792-1860, 
professor  at  Hamburg,  wrote  several  monographs,  and 
described  many  new  plants 

LEHM  ,  F  C.  F  C.  Lehmann,  German  collector  in 
South  America 

LEIOHT.  Max  Leichthn,  horticulturist,  Baden-Baden, 
Germany 

LBM  Charles  Lemaire,  1800-1871,  works  on  cacti  and 
botany  of  cultivated  plants  Belgium. 

LEVEILLE  Augustine  Abel  Hector  Leveill6,  professor  of 
botany,  Le  Mans,  France 

L'HER     C  L  L'Hentier  de  Brutelle,  1746-1800    France. 

LICHTBT.  August  Gerhard  Gottfield  Lichtenstem,  1780- 
1851  Germany 

LIND  <fe  ROD  L  Linden  and  E  Rodigas,  once  adminis- 
trator and  editor,  respectively,  of  L'Ulustration  Hor- 
ticole 

LIND  J  Linden,  1817-1898  Belgium.  For  many  years 
director  of  L' Illustration  Horticole. 

LIND  ,  L  Lucien  Linden,  associated  with  J.  Linden  for 
some  years  on  L' Illustration  Horticole 

LINDL  John  Lmdley,  1799-1865,  one  of  the  most  illus- 
trious of  English  horticulturists. 

LINOELSH     Alexander  Lingelshenn    Breslau,  Germany. 

LINK     Heinrich   Fnednch   Link,    1767-1851.     Germany. 

LINN  Carolus  Linnaeus  (Carl  von  Lmn6),  1707-1778, 
the  "Father  of  Botany,"  and  author  of  binomial 
nomenclature  Sweden 

LINN,  f     Carl  von  Linn6,  the  son,   1741-1783.    Sweden. 

LIPSKY  Vladimir  Ippohtovitch  Lipsky,  writer  chiefly 
on  plants  from  Central  Asia.  St.  Petersburg. 

LODD  Conrad  Loddigos,  nurseryman  near  London,  con- 
ducted Loddiges'  Botanical  Cabinet  from  1817-33, 
20  vols  ,  2,000  colored  plates. 

LOBS    Theodor  Loesener,  professor  of  botany,  Berlin. 

LOISEL  Jean  Louis  Auguste  Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, 
1774-1849  France 

LOUD.  John  Claudius  Loudon,  1783-1843,  an  extremely 
prolific  English  writer. 


LOUR.    Juan  Louraro,  1716-1796,  missionary  in  China. 

Portugal. 

MAKING     Tomitaro  Makino.  Tokyo,  Japan. 
MARSH.    Humphrey  Marshall,  1722-1801.  Pennsylvania. 
MART.    Karl  Fnodnch  Phihpp  von  Martius,  1794-1868, 

professor  at  Munich,  monographer  of  palms,  founder  of 

the  great  Flora  Brasihensis,  and  author  of  many  works. 
MAST.   Maxwell  T.  Masters,  late  editor  of  The  Gardeners' 

Chronicle,  wherein  ho  has  described  great  numbers  of 

new  plants   of  garden   value,   author  of   "Vegetable 

Teratology,"  etc    1833-1907 
MATSITM     Jinzo  Matsumuro    Tokyo,  Japan 
MAXIM.    Karl  Johann  Maximowicz,  1827-1891,  one  of  the 

most  illustrious  Russian  systematic  botanists;  wrote 

much  on  Asian  plants 
MEDIKUS    Fnednch  Casmir  Mechkus,  1736-1808,  director 

of  the  garden  at  Mannheim,  wrote  a  book  of  96  pages 

in  German  on  North  American  plants  in  1792 
MEISN.     Karl    Friedrich    Meisner,   1800-1874      Switzer- 
land. 
METT.    Georg  Heinnch  Mettenms,  1823-1866,  professor  at 

Leipzig,  wrote  on  flowerless  plants 
MEY.    Ernst     Heinnch     Friedrich     Meyer,      1791-1851. 

Prussia 
MEY  ,  C  A     Carl    Anton    Meyor,     1795-1855,    director 

botanic  garden  at  St.  Petersburg,  wrote  on  Russian 

botany 
MEZ.    Dr    Karl  Mez,  director  of  the  botanic  garden  at 

Kdmgsberg,  monographer  of  the  bromohads 
MICHX     Andr6    Michaux,    1746  1802      France,    but    for 

ten  years  a  resident  of  North  America 
MICHX  f.    Francois  Andre  Michaux,  the  son,  1770-1855. 

France 
MILL     Philhp    Miller,    1691-1771,  of   Chelsea,  England, 

author  of  a  celebrated  dictionary  of  gardening,  which 

had  many  editions 
MIQ     Fnedrich     Anton     Wilhelm     Miquel,     1811  1871. 

Holland 
MITFORD.    A     B.    Freeman-Mitford,    English    amateur, 

author  of  "The  Bamboo  Garden  " 
MOENCH     Konrad  Moonch,  1744-1805    Germany 
MONCH      See  Moench 
MOORB      Thomas   Moore,   1821-1887,  curator  of  Chelsea 

Botanic  Garden,  author  of  "Index  Fihcum,"  and  other 

well-known  works. 

MOQ     Alfred  Moqum-Tamlon,  1N04-1803    France 
MORR     Charles    Jacques    Edouard    Morrcn,    of    Ghent. 

1833-1886 

MOTT     S    Mottet,   frequent  contributor  to  Revue  Hor- 
ticole, tianslutor  of  Nicholson's  "Dictionary  of  Gar- 
dening " 
MUELL  ARU     Jean  Mueller,  of  Aargau,  1828-1896,  wrote 

for  De  Candolle's  "Prodromus,"  vol    16 
MUELL  ,  C     Carl   Mueller,   1817-1870,  who  edited  vols. 

4-6  of  Walpers'  "Annuals  " 
MUELL  ,  F     Ferdinand   von   Mueller,   royal   botanist   at 

Melbourne,    has    written    much    on    Australian    and 

economic  botany    1825-1896 

MUHL.    Henry  Ludwig  Muhlenberg,   1756-1817.    Penn- 
sylvania 

MURR.    Johann  Andreas  Murray,  1740-1791    Germany 
MUHH.,  A.    Andrew  Murray,  1812-1878,  author  of  "The 

Pines  and  Firs  of  Japan."   London,  1863 
NAUDIN.  Charles  Naudin,   1815-1899,  botanist,  frajuent 

contributor  to  Revue  Horticole 
N.  E.  BR.     N.  E.  Brown  describes  many  new  plants  in 

Gardeners'  Chronicle.  See  Br.,  N  E. 


EXPLANATIONS 


xxin 


NEKS.    Christian  Gottfried  Neea  von  Eaenbeok,    177d- 

1858    Prussia 
NICHOLS     George  Nicholson,  curator  at  Kew,  author  of 

"The  Dictionary  of  Gardening."    1847-1908 
NUTT     Thomas  Nuttall,  1786-1859    Massachusetts. 
O'BRIEN     James  O'Brien,   current  writer  on  orchids  in 

The  Gardeners'  Chronicle 
OLIV      Daniel  Oliver,  once  curator  at  Kew,  and  founder 

of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa 
ORPH     Theodor  Georg  Orphamdes,  professor  of  botany  at 

Athens    Died  1886. 
ORTEGA,    ORT.     Casimiro     Gomez     Ortega,     1740-1818. 

Spam 

OTTO     Friedrich  Otto,  1782-1856    Germany. 
PALL.    Peter    Simon    Pallas,    1741-1811,    professor    and 

explorer  in  Russia    Germany. 
PAMPAN     Renato  Pampanim,  writer  on  Chinese  plants. 

Florence,  Italy 
PAV     See  Ruiz   &  Pav 

PAX     Ferdinand  Pax,  professor  at  Breslau,  Germany. 
PAXT      Joseph  Paxton,  1802-1865    England 
PERS    Christian  Hendnck  Persoon,  1755-1837    Germany. 
PHIL     Rudolph  Amandus  Philippi,  1808-1904.    Santiago, 

Chile 
PLANCH     Jules     Emile     Planchon,    professor    at     Mont- 

pclhcr     France     1833-1900 
POHL     Johann  Emmanuel  Pohl,  1782-1834,  professor  at 

Vienna,  wrote  a  large  book  on  travels  in  Brazil 
Pom     Jean  Louis  Mane  Poire  t,  1755-1834     France. 
PRAIN     Sir  David  Pram,  Director  of  the  Royal  Botanic 

Gardens,  Kew,  since  1905 

PRESL     Karri  Bomv  eg  Pr<  si,  1794-1852    Bohemia 
PUUHH     Frederick    T     Pursh     (or    Pursch),     1771-1820. 

Germany,  but  for  twelve  yeart>  in  vhe  United  States. 
RAODI     Guiboppc  Raddi,  \77(y  1829    Italy 
RAK     Constantino    Samuel    Rafiiu seme-Schmaltz,    1784- 

18-+2.      Profesbor  of    Natural     history,    Transylvania 

University     Lexington,  Kentucky 
R   Bit      Robert   Blown     born   1773,   Scotland,  died   1858, 

London    Author  of  many  impoitant  works 
RbuKL      Eduaid  von  Regel,  1H15-1892,  German,  founder 

of  Gaitfnflora,  Director  Botanic  Garden  at  St   Peters- 
burg 

REHD      Alfred    Rehdcr,   Arnold    Arboretum,    Massachu- 
setts 
REICHB      Hcinnch  Gottlieb  Ludwig  Reichenbach,   1793- 

1879     Germany 

REICHB   f     Ilomnch  Gustav,  1823-1889,  son  of  the  pre- 
ceding   Orchids 

RICH     John  Ru  hardson,  1787-1865.   Scotland. 
RKHAUD     Louis     Claude     Mane     Richard,     1754-1821. 

France 
RIDDELL     John  Leonard  Riddell,  1807-1865,  professor  of 

chemistry  in  Cincinnati  and  New  Orleans 
ROB.  B  L  Robinson,  Director  Gray  Herbarium  of  Harvard 

University   is  editing  "The  Synoptical  Floru  of  North 

America  " 
ROD     Emile   Rodigas,    for   some   years   connected   with 

L' Illustration  Horticole. 
RODR.     J.   B     Rodrigues,   Brazilian  botanist,  writer  on 

palms  and  Brazilian  botany 
ROEM.    Johann  Jacob  Roemer,  1763-1819.    Switzerland 

Also  M   J   Roemer 

ROSCOE     William  Roscoe,  1753-1831    England 
ROSE     J.    N     Rose,    assistant    curator,    United    States 

National  Herbarium,  Smithsonian  Institution.    Mexi- 
can plants. 


ROTH.    Albrecht  Wilhelm  Roth,  1757-1834.   Physician  at 

Vegesack,  near  Bremen. 

ROXBO.    William  Roxburg,  1759-1815    India 
ROYLE     John   Forbes   Royle,   born   1800,   at   Cawnpore, 

died  1858  London.    Professor  in  London.    Plants  of 

India. 
Ruiz  &  PAV     Hipohto  Ruiz  Lopez,  1764-1815,  and  Jose 

Pavon,  authors  of  a  Flora  of  Peru  and  Chile.    Spain 
RUPR     Franz  J    Ruprccht,  1814  -1870     Russia 
RYDB     Per  Axel  Rydberg     New  York  Botanical  Garden. 
8.  <fe  Z.    Sec  Sieb  &  Zucc 
SABINE     Joseph  Sabme,  1770-1837     England 
SAFFORD     W.  E    Safford,  United   States   Department  of 

Agriculture,  Washington 

SALISB    Richard  Anthony  Salisbury,  1761-1829    England. 
SALM-DYOK     Joseph,     Prince    and    High    Count     Salm- 

Reifferscheidt-Dyck,  born  at  Dyck,   1773,  died  1861. 

Wrote  on  Aloe,  Cactus,  Mesembryanthemum 
SAKO     Charles   Sprague   Sargent,  Director  Arnold  Arbo- 
retum, author  of  "Silva  of  North  America  " 
SAV     L   Savatier,  writer  on  Japanese  plants 
SAVI     Gaetano  Savi,  died  1841    Italy 
SCHEIDW.    Michael  Joseph  Scheidweiler,  1799-1861,  profes- 
sor of  botany  and  horticulture  at  Horticultural  Insti- 
tute of  Ghent 

St-HK      Christian  Schkuhr,  died  1811     Germany 
SCHLECHT     Diedrich    Franz    Leonhard    von    Schlechten 

dahl,    1794-1866.     Professor   at   Halle,   wrote   several 

memoirs  in  Latin  and  German 
SCHNEID     Camillo   Schneider,  author  of  "Handbuch  der 

Laubholzkunde  "    Vienna 
SCHOTT     Hcmneh   Wilhelm   Schott,    1794-1865      Wrote 

much  on  aroids  with  Nyman  and  JCot-schy 
SCHRAD.  Hemrich  Adolph  Schrader,  1767-1836    Germany. 
SCHULT     Joseph  August  Schultes,  1773-1831     Germany 
SCHUM     Christian     Friednch     Schumacher,     1757-1830 

Germany. 
SCHUMANN    Karl  Montz  Schumann,  1851-1904,  professor 

of  botany,  Berlin     Wrote  much  on  Cactacea? 
SCHUR     Phihpp    Johann    Ferdinand    Schur,    1785-1848 

Germany. 
Scuw ,  SCHWEIN     Lewis    David    von    Schweimtz,    1780- 

1834    Pennsylvania 

SCHWEINF.    George  Sthwemfurth    Germany     Born  1836. 
SCHWER.    Graf  Fritz  von  Schwerm,  German  authority  on 

Acer. 

SCOP     Johann  Anton  Scopoli,  1723-  1788    Italy 
SEEM     Berthold  Seemann,   Hanover,    182.5-1872      Wrote 

on  palms,  and  botany  of  the  voyage  of  the  Herald 
SIBTH.    John  Sibthorp,   1758  1796,  author  of  a  Flora  of 

Greece    England 
SIEB.  &  Zucc     Phihpp  Franz  von  Siebold,  1796-1866,  and 

Joseph  Gerhard  Zuccarmi,  1797-1848    Germany 
SIMS     John  Sims,   1792-1838     England,  for  many  years 

editor  of  Curtis'  Botanic  al  Magazine 

SMALL.  John  Kunkel  Small.   New  York  Botanical  Garden. 
SMITH.    James  Edward  Smith,  1759-1828    England. 
SOLAND     Daniel  Solander,  1736-1782    England 
SPACH.    Eduard  Spach,  born  1801  Strassburg,  died  1879. 

Author  of  "Histoire  Naturelle  des  Vegetaux." 
SPAETH.   L  Spaeth,  Berlin,  nurseryman,  died  1913.   H.  L. 

Spaeth,  the  present  head  of  the  firm 
SPRENO.    Kurt  Sprengel,  1766-1833    Germany. 
STEUD.    Ernst  Gottlieb  Steudel,  1783-1856.   Germany. 
STEV.    Christian  Steven,  1781-1863.   Russia. 
ST.  HIL.    Auguste  de  Saint  Hilaire,  1779-1853.    France. 
SWA.BTZ.    Olof  Swartz,  1760-1818.  Sweden. 


XXIV 


EXPLANATIONS 


SWEET.  Robert  Sweet,  1783-1835,  author  of  many  well- 
known  works,  as  "Geramacese,"  "British  Flower  Gar- 
den " 

SWINGLE  Walter  T  Swingle,  United  States  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  Washington 

TAUSCH     Ignaz  Friedrich  Tausch     Died  1848.    Austria. 

TENORE.     Michelo  Tenore,  1780-1861     Italy. 

THORE     Jean  Thore,  1702-1823,  physician  at  Dax. 

THUNB.  Carl  Peter  Thunberg,  1743-1822,  wroto  "Flora 
Japonica"  (1784)  Sweden. 

TOD.  Augustmo  Todaio,  director  of  the  botanic  gardens 
at  Palermo  1818-1892 

TORK     John  Torrey,  1796-1873     New  York 

THAUTV     Ernst  Rudolph  von  Trautvctter. 

TREL  William  Trelease,  professor  of  botany,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois 

TUCKM    Edward  Tuckerman,  1817-1886     Massachusetts. 

TURCZ     Nicolaus  Turczamnow     Died  1864. 

UNDERW  Prof  Lucien  M  Underwood,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York,  N.  Y  ,  has  written  much  on  ferns, 
etc 

URBAN  Ignatius  Urban,  of  the  Kongl  Bot.  Garten,  near 
Berlin,  writer  on  Brazilian  and  West  Indian  plants. 

VAHL.    Martin  Vahl,  1749-1804     Denmark 

VAN  HOUTTE.  Louis  Van  Houttc,  1810-1876,  founder 
and  publisher  of  Flore  des  Serres. 

VEITCH  John  Gould  Veitch,  1839-1867,  and  successors, 
horticulturists  at  Chelsea,  England. 

VENT     Etienne  Pierre  Ventenat,  1757-1808    France. 

VERL     B   Verlot,  contributoi  to  Revue  Horticole 

VERSCH  Ainbroise  Verschaffelt,  1825-1886,  founder  and 
publisher  of  L'lllustratioii  Horticole  at  Ghent,  Belgium. 

VILL     Dominique  Villars,  1715-1814     France 

VILM  Several  generations  of  the  family  of  Vilmonn, 
Paris,  seedsmen  and  authors  of  many  books  and 
memoirs  on  botany  and  horticulture  Pierre  Philippe 
Andre  Leveque  de  Vilmonn,  1740-1804  Pierre  Vil- 
monn, 1810-1860  Henry  L  de  Vilmonn,  died  1899 


Voss.    A.  Voss,  author  of  botanical  part  of  VUmorin's 

Blumengartnerei 

WAHL     Georg  Wahlenberg,  1781-1851.  Sweden. 
WALDST.    Franz  Adam,  Graf  von  Waldstem,  1759-1823. 

Austria. 
WALL.    Nathanael  Walhch,  born  1786,  Copenhagen,  died 

1854  London     Wrote  on  plants  of  India  and  Asia. 
WALP     Wilhelm  Gerhard  Walpers,  1816-1853. 
WALT.    Thomas    Walter,    about    1740-1788,    author    of 

"Flora  Carolmiana  "  South  Carolina 
WAKO.    Friedrieh  Adam  Julius  von  Wangenheim,  1747— 

1800.   Germany 
WANON.    Walter   Wangerm,  monographer  of   Cornace®. 

Germany 

WARBCZ     Joseph  Warsccwicz,  1812-1866 
WATS.    Sereno  Watson,  1826-1892    Harvard  University. 
WEB     Fnediieh  Weber,  1781-1823     Germany 
WEDD     H    A     World*  11,   wrote  for  De  Candolle's  "Pro- 

dromus,"  vol    16,  etc 
WELW.    Fnedrich  \V  ehvitsch,  1806-1872. 
WENDL.      Hermann   Wendland,    Director   Royal   Botanic 

Garden  at  Herrenhausen,  one  of  the  chief  writers  on 

palms. 
WIGHT.    Robert  Wight,  writer  on   Indian  plants.    1796- 

1872. 

WILLD.    Karl  Ludwig  Willdenow,  1765-1812    Germany 
WILSON.    Ernest  II    Wilson,  collector  of  Chinese  plants. 
WITH,    WITHER.    William    Withering,    1741-1799     Eng- 
land. 
WITTM.    Max   Karl   Ludwig   Wittmack,    editor   of   Gar- 

tenflora.   Professor  at  Berlin. 
WOOD.    Alphonso  Wood,  1810-1881     Of  his  "Class-Book 

of    Botany,"     100,000    copies    have     been     sold    m 

America. 
ZABEL     Hermann  Zabel,  wrter  on  woody  plants,  1832- 

1912.   Germany 
Zucc     Joseph    Gerhard    Zuccarmi,    1797-1848,    professo* 

at  Munich. 


The  Standard  Cyclopedia  of  Horticulture 

A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 

By  KARL  M.  WIEGAND 

Most  modern  botanists,  as  well  as  zoologists,  now  think  that  organisms  have  descended,  through  the  ages. 
from  ancestors  which  differed  in  many  ways  and  often  markedly  from  the  present  organisms,  out  were  in  general 
of  a  less  specialized  type  It  is,  indeed,  thought  that  the  original  life  was  of  an  exceedingly  simple  nature,  and  that 
during  the  countless  ages  its  descendants  have  gradually  diverged  from  one  another  much  as  the  branches  of  a  tree 
diverge  from  its  trunk,  until  we  have  the  enormous  wealth  of  species  and  extreme  diversity,  and  great  complexity 
of  structure  exhibited  by  the  plants  and  animals  existing  today  Just  as  through  descent  in  the  human  race  we 
have  groups  of  individuals  called  families,  the  members  of  which  are  more  closely  related  to  each  other  by  descent 
than  to  other  individuals,  so  we  have  groups  of  related  species  and  genera  forming  similar  natural  families  The 
attempt  of  the  so-called  systematic  botanist  of  the  present  day  is  to  interpret  the  evolutionary  history  of  plants, 
to  discover  these  natural  families,  and  to  represent  this  knowledge  of  history  and  relationship  in  a  synopsis  of  the 
plant  kingdom  Such  a  synopsis,  therefore,  attempts  to  show  an  actual  "blood  relationship,  —  the  real  genealogy 
of  the  plant  kingdom  Before  the  theory  of  evolution  became  widely  accepted  as  a  result  of  Darwin's  labors, 
systems  of  classification  were  either  wholly  arbitrary,  and  planned  simply  for  convenience  in  dealing  with  the  vast 
number  of  existing  organisms  (eg,  the  sexual  system  of  Linnaeus),  or  they  were  based  on  the  morphological 
relation  of  the  flower  to  a  certain  floral  plan  Since,  however,  the  floral  plan  depends  largely  on  descent,  these  last- 
named  systems  often  accidentally  approached  in  many  respects  very  closely  to  the  natural  svstems  based  on 
evolution  instead  of  placing  the  "highest"  tvpes  of  plants  (the  most  recent)  last  in  their  classification,  as  is  now 
done,  the  idealists  placed  them  first,  —  hence  the  Kanunculace.r,  with  parts  separate  and  hjpogynoUH,  and  there- 
fore most  ideal,  is  found  first  in  such  a  classification  The  fusion  of  parts  in  the  Composite,  and  (he  union  of  parts 
in  the  Gamopetahr  were  thought  to  represent  a  less  perfect  condition  Likewise,  the  Apetahe,  with  parts  lacking, 
were  still  less  peifeet,  and  therefore  were  placed  later  The  Gjmnosperms  were  somewha*  arbitrarily  placed  next, 
followed  by  the  Monocotyledons,  in  which  the  grasses  were  placed  last.  These  m  turn  were  followed  rjy  the  fernfe 
and  the  lower  groups  This  was  the  system  used  in  Bentham  and  Hooker's  "Genera  Plantarum,"  a  great  work 
which,  notwithstanding  the  change  in  s>stera,  is  still  a  standaid  authority  in  descriptive  botany 

In  the  system  adopted  for  the  present  synopsis,  that  used  by  Engler  and  Prantl  in  the  gieat  German  work, 
"Die  Naturlichen  Pflaiuenfamihen,  the  sequence  is  from  the  most  primitive  and  the  most  ancient  toward  the  most 
specialized  and  most  modern,—  from  the  lower  alga;  to  the  fungi,  mosses,  liverworts,  ferns,.  g>  rnnospcrms,  and 
flowering  plants  Here  the  Monoeotyledonous  line  culminates  in  the  highly  specialized  Orchidacese,  and  the 
Dicotyledonous  line  in  the  equally  specialized  Composite  These  two  families,  therefore,  are  now  thought  to  repre- 
sent the  present  culmination  of  nature's  handiwork  in  the  two  great  lines  of  development  in  flowering  plants. 

In  the  present  synopsis  of  the  Ptendophvta  and  Spermatophyta,  the  treatment  of  large  groups,  sequence 
of  families  arid  family  limits,  is,  except  in  a  few  cases,  that  of  our  most  recent  great  work  edited  by  Engler  and 
cited  above  Among  the  mosses  and  lower  plants,  an  abridgment  of  the  system  used  in  Strasburger,  Noll,  Schenk 
and  Karsten's  "Text-Book  of  Botany,"  and  other  text-books,  has  been  used  The  statistics  as  to  genera 
and  species  are  taken  from  Engler  and  Prantl,  and  aie  intended  as  general  information,  and  may  not  in  all  cases 
conform  to  the  limitations  as  worked  out  by  the  difteient  authors  in  the  Cyclopedia  In  some  cases,  particularly 
in  Cactacea?,  other  authorities  have  been  followed 

As  no  genera  of  the  Thallophyta  or  Bijophvta  are  definitely  treated  in  the  body  of  the  Cyclopedia,  these  two 
roups  have  been  introduced  into  the  synopsis  largely  as  a  background  and  as  a  proper  perspective  to  the  plant 
ingdom  Therefore,  in  these  groups  no  divisions  smaller  than  classes  have  been  considered  In  the  Ptendophyta 
and  Spermatophyta,  the  plan  has  been  to  include  in  the  synopsis  every  familv  that  has  at  least  one  genus  repre- 
sented in  the  body  of  the  original  Cyclopedia  A  few  other  families  of  minor  horticultural  value  have  found 
place  in  the  present  Cyclopedia  and  are  not  included  in  this  synopsis  Although  the  ti  eat  merit  in  each  case  has 
been  of  necessity  reduced  to  great  brevity,  it  is  hoped  that  the  condensed  account  of  important  structural  char- 
acteristics, size  of  family,  range,  and  economic  value  w  ill  be  of  aid  in  forming  a  conception  of  what  each  family 
represents  To  render  this  conception  more  \ivul,  a  list  of  the  important  cultivated  genera  and  their  common 
names  has  been  appended  to  the  treatment  of  each  familj 

The  number  of  species  in  the  plant  kingdom  is  not  definitely  known.  It  has  been  estimated  that  more  than 
120,000  species  of  Spermatophvta  and  more  than  60,000  species  of  lower  plants  are  described  According  to  the 
treatment  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  these  legions  are  classified  in  640  families,  of  which  278  are  of  the  higher  plants 
and  362  of  plants  below  the  Spermatophyta  The  number  of  known  species,  however,  is  being  rapidly  increased 
as  research  and  exploration  progress,  so  that  the  numbers  given  above  are  at  best  only  approximate.  The  fig- 
ures are  also  modified  by  disagreement  as  to  what  are  species  and  what  are  varieties,  some  persons  recognizing 
more  or  fewer  species  than  others  in  a  given  genus  or  group 

The  names  of  the  natural  families  are  mostly  derived  from  the  names  of  a  leading  genus  (as  Verbenacex. 
Ranunculacex)  or  from  some  marked  characteristic  of  the  group  as  a  whole  (e  g  ,  Composite,  composite  or  com- 
pound flowers,  Cruciferse,  cross-like  flowers).  Commonly  the  family  name  terminates  in  the  form  acex,  with 
the  accent  long  on  the  antepenultimate  syllable  (e  g  ,  Rosacex,  pronounced  Ro-say-si-ee)  .  The  simple  termina- 
tion se  is  used  mostly  for  subfamilies  and  tribes,  but  there  are  marked  exceptions,  as  in  Leguminos<f 

The  illustrations  accompanying  this  text  are  designed  to  show  mainly  such  structural  characteristics  as  are 
of  importance  in  the  separation  of  families  For  this  reason,  floral  diagrams  have  been  freely  introduced  These 

1  (1) 


g 
k 


2 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


diagrams  are  idealized  cross-sections  of  the  flower,  and  show  particularly  the  number  of  parts  in  each  floral  set  and 
their  exact  position,  both  of  which  are  very  frequently  of  diagnostic  importance  The  illustrations  have  been 
prepared  by  F.  Schuyler  Mathews  under  the  direction  of  the  writer.  They  were  in  part  drawn  from  life,  and 
m  part  adapted  from  standard  texts  The  most  frequent  *  urces  are  Baillon,  "Natural  History  of  Plants": 
Engler  and  Prantl,  "Die  Naturhchen  Pflanzenfamilien;5'  Sirs  urger,  Noll,  Schenk  and  Karsten,  'Text-Book  of 
Botany";  Warming,  "Systematic  Botany." 
The  following  is  an  outline  of  the  vegetable  kingdom  as  tre  xi  in  the  succeeding  pages: 


Division  I.  Thallophyta. 
Class  I  'Bacteria 

II.  Cyanophyceae. 

III.  Flagellata. 

IV.  Myxomycetes. 
V.  Pendmeaj. 

VI.  Conjugatae. 
VII    Diatomeaj. 
VIII.  Heterocontae. 
IX   Chlorophyceae. 
X.  Characeae. 
XI.  Phaeophycese. 
XII    Rhodophyceae. 

XIII.  Phycoinycetea. 

XIV.  Eumycetes. 
XV    Lichenes 

Division   II.  Bryophyta. 
Class  I    Hepatic®. 

II    Musci 

Division  III    Ptendophyta. 
Class  I    Fihcmse 

Sub-class  I    Eusporangiatae. 
Order  1    Ophioglossales. 

Family  Ophioglossacesc,  page  7. 
Order  2    Marattiales, 

Family  Marat tiacese,  7 
Sub-class  II    Lcptosporangiatse. 
Order  3    Filicales 
Family  Hymenophyllaceae,  8. 
Cyatheacese,  8 
Polypodiaceae,  8 
Ceratoptendaceae,  8. 
Schizoeaceae,  9 
Glcichemacese,  9 
OsmundacesD,  9 
Order  4    Hydroptendales. 
Family  Marsileacesp,  9 
Salvimaccso,  10. 
Class  II    Equisetinae 

Order  5    Kquisetales 

Family  Equisetaceae,  10 
Class  III.  Lycopodinse 

Order  6     Lycopodiales 

Family  Lyoopodiaeeac,  10. 
Order  7    Solagmellalos 

Family  Selagmellaoese,  10 
Division  IV    Spermatophyta  or  Siphonogamia  (Pha- 

nerogamia). 

Sub-division    I    GymnospermaB. 
Order  8    Cycadales 

Family  Cycadacese,  11. 
Order  9    Ginkgoalos 

Family  Ginkgoacese,  11. 
Order  10.  Comferales. 
Family  Taxaceae,  XI. 
Pmacejfi,  12. 
Order  11   Gnetales. 

Family  Gnetaceae,  12. 
Sub-division  II    Angiospermae. 
Class  I    MonocotyledonesB 
Order  12  Pandanales 
Family  Typhaceae,  13. 

Pandanacese,  13. 
Order  13.  Helobiae 
Family  Naiadacese,  13. 

Aponogetonacese,  13. 


Family  Ah'smaceae,  page  13. 
Butomacece,  14. 
Hydrochantacese,  14. 
Order  14.  Glumiflorae.  \S* 
Family  Gramme®,  14 
Cyperaccse,  15. 
Order  15   Pnncipes  ><./' 

Family  Palmaooac,  16. 
Ordor  16  Synanthce. 

Family  Cyclanthaceae,  17. 
Order  17  Spathiflor{e<VipXX" 
Family  Araoesr,  17 

Tx^mnaceaj,  18. 
Order  18  Farmosaj 

Family  Brornt^liaoese,  18. 

Commehnacese,  18. 
Pontodormceaj,  18, 
Order  19  Lihflonr 

Family  Juncacetfi,  19      ~ 

Lihaceae,  \^\^     ^ 
Amaryllidaoeffi,  20. 
Tacoacotp,  20 
Diosconaceae,  20. 
Lndaoeae,  21       /* 
Order  20  Scitammeee  ^ 
Family  Musacesp,  21 

Zmgiberaccse,  21. 
Cannace;e,  22 
Marantaeoir,  22 
Order  21    Microspormap        /" 

Family  Orchidaceae,  22  Y 
Class  II    Dicotyledonese 
Sub-clavss  I    Archichlamydeae  (Choripetal®  and 

Apotalsc). 
Order  22   Verticillales 

Family  Casuarinacea?,  23 
Order  23   Pipcralcs 

Family  Saururaceae,  23. 
Piporacoae,  23 
Chloranthacea3,  24. 
Order  24  Sahcales 

Family  Sahcaceae,  24 
Order  25   Mynoales 

Family  Myncacoie,  24. 
Order  26  Juglandales 

Family  Juglandace85,  25. 
Order  27  Fagalos 

Family  Botulaceae,  25. 

Fagaceas,  25. 
Order  28   Urticalos 

Family  Ulmaceae,  25.      S~ 
Moraceas,  26.  v^ 
Urticacesc,  26. 
Order  29  Proteales. 

Family  Proteaceifi,  27. 
Order  30  Santalales  \/^ 

Family  Loranthaceae,  27.  ^^^ 
Santalace33,  27 
Olacacese,  27. 
Order  31   Anstolochiales 

Family  Anstolochiaceae,  28 
Order  32  Polygonales. 

Family  Polygonacese,  28 
Order  33  Centrospermae. 
Family  Chenopodiaceae.  29X* 
Amarantaceae,  29     / 
Nyctagmaceac,  29  ^ 
Phytotaccaceae,  30 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


Family  Aizoaceee,  page  30. 
Portulacaceae,  30. 

Basellacese,  30. 
Caryophyllacese,  31. 
Order  34   Ranales.  / 

Family  Nymphaeaceae,  31. 

Trochodendraceae,  32. 
Rauunculaceae,  32. 

Lardizabalaceac,  33. 
Berberidacete,  33 

Menispermaceae,  SS./^ 

Magnohaceae,  33    ^^ 

Calycanthaceee,  34... 

Annonaceae,  34  ^-^^ 

Mynstieaceae,  35. 

Mommiaccae,  35. 

Lauraceae,  35 

Order  3^   Hho?adales  .X 

Family  Papaveraceae,  35.  ^^ 

Fumariaoea*,  36.  ^ 

Crucifera?,  36    \*s      s 

Cappandacea3,  36.  ^^ 

Rosedaceas,  37 

Monngaeese,  37. 
Order  36   Sarracemales. 
Family  Sarraceniaceae,  37. 

Nepenthaceas,  38. 

Droseracese,  38. 
Order  37   Resales 

Family  Crassulacece,  38. 

Cephalotaceae,  38. 

Saxifragaceac,  39. 

Pittosporaceie,  39. 

CunomaceiE,  39 

Brumaceo?,  39 

TJamamehdaceae,  40. 

Platanaceie,  40. 

Rosacece,  40.  .^ 

Legummosas,  41.  ^^ 
Order  38   Geramales. 
Family  Geramacea?,  42. 

Oxahdaceaj,  43. 

Tropaeolaceae,  43. 

Lmaceae,  43 

Erythroxylaceae,  44. 

Zygophyllacese.,  44>x' 

Rutaceffi,  44.     - — -^ 

Simarubacese,  44. 

Burseraceas,  45.  ^^ 

Meliacese,  45    ^ 

Malpighiaceae,  45. 

Tremandraceas,  46. 

Polvgalaceae,  46.         ^ 

Euphorbiaceae,  46.  ^^ 
Order  39    Sapindales 
Family  Buxacea?,  47. 

Empetraceae,  47. 

Conanacece,  47. 

Limnanthaceae,  48.        ., 

Anacardiacese,  48.  '^^ 

Cynllaeea3,  48 

Aquifohaceae,  48. 

Celastraceae,  49. 

Stackhousiacese.  49. 

Staphyleace®,  49. 

Aceraceae,  49 

Hippocastanaceae,  50. 

Sapmdaceae,  50 

Melianthaceaa,  50. 

Balsammaceas,  50. 
Order  40    Rhamnales 
Family  Rhamnaceas,  51. 

Vitaceae,  51. 
Order  41     Malvales. 

Family  Elaeocarpaceae,  51. 

Tihace«,  52.  \^^ 


Family  Malvaceae,  page  52 
Boxnbacaceie,  53. 
Stercuhacese,  53.  \* 
Order  42    Parietales 

Family  Dillemaceae,  53. 
Ochnaceae,  53. 
Ternstrcemiaceffl,  54. 
Guttiferae,  54 
Hyponcacese,  54 
Tamancace®,  55 
Fouquienaceae,  55. 
Cistaceac,  55. 
Bixaooae,  55 
Violacoae,  56 
Flacourtiacejfi,  56. 
Staohyuraceae,  56. 
Pafisifloraeeae,  56. 
Carirarogp.  57 
Loasaooir,  57 
Begomaeeae,  57. 
Order 43    Opuntiales 

Family  Cactacea1,  57. 
Order  44     Mvrtiflora? 

Family  Thymcliracece,  58. 
Ela'ugnaceae,  59. 
Lythracey?,  59 
Pumcaceap,  59 
Lecythidaceic,  59 
Rhizophoracese,  59.    ^* 
Combret  aeese,  60.  ^^. 
Myrtacea?,  60      ^^^"^ 
Molastomacea1,  60. 
Onagracojp,  61 
Hydroeai>ac<\r,  61. 
Halor;xgi(lacca%  61. 
Order  45    UinbclUfloia>    » 

Family  Arahaoea1,  f>2  ^*~ 

Umbolhfoi.T,  62.^^^^ 
Cornacouc,  63 

Sub-class  II    MctachlamydoaeorSympetalflB. 
Order  16    Eriralos 

Family  Clothracea?,  63. 
Pyrolarea1,  63 
Monotropaceac,  63. 
Encacejje,  64 
Epacridacesr,  64 
Diapensiaceas,  64 
Order  47    Prim  u  lales 
Family  Myrsmaeese,  64 
Primulaeea?,  64 
Phimbagmaceae,  65. 
Order  48    Ebenales  ^ 

Family  Sapotaccac,  65  ^^"^ 
Ebenaceae,  65 
Styracacese,  66 
Syrnplocaceae,  66. 
Order  49    Contorts?  ^*~ 

Family  Oleacetr,  66    ^^ 
Loganiaceac,  67. 
Gentianaceae,  67. 
Apocynaceaa,  67 
Asclepiadaceae,  67.^ 
Order  50    Tubiflora- 

Family  Convolvulaceae,  68. 
Polemomaceas,  68 
Hydrophyllaceae,  68. 
Boragmaceae,  69.  • 
Verbenaceae,  69. 
Labiatas,  70      v. 
Nolanaceae,  70. 
Solanaceae,  70    ' 
Scrophulanacese,  71. 
Bignomacese,  71    \^~ 
PedahaceiE,  72 
Martymaceffi,  72. 
GeenenaccsB.  72. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Family  Lentibulanacese,  page  73. 

Globulariace»,  73. 

Acanthaceae,  73.  v^x-""^ 

Myoporaceae,  74. 

Phrymaceae,  74. 
Order  51.  Plant  agmales. 

Family  Plantagmaceee.         ^ 
Order  52    Rubialea  ^^X^ 

Family  Rubiace<fi,  74  ^"^ 

Caprifohaoeae,  74. 

Valenanaceie,  75 

Dipsacaceae,  75  / 

Order  53.  Campanulales  / 

Family  Cucurbitaceae,  75   v 

Campanulacejp,  76  ^ 

Composite,  7C 


DIVISION  I    TIIALLOPHYTA 

Plants  characterized  rather  indefinitely  by  the  absence 
of  an  archegomum  around  the  egg,  and  the  absence  of 
the  type  of  a-ntheridium  found  among  the  highei  plants 
The  plant  body  is  rarely  differentiated  into  organs 
simulating  stem  and  leaves,  and  no  true  vascular 
tissue  is  found  in  the  group  Formeil^  the  Thallophyta 
were  divided  into  the  Algjp,  Fungi,  and  Lichens,  but 
this,  though  a  good  classification  on  physiological 
grounds,  docs  not  indicate  actual  relationship  so  well 
as  the  modern  division  into  fifteen  classes  founded  on 
structure,  as  follows 

CLASS   I     BACTERIA 

Unicellular  or  filamentous  organisms  without  green 
color,  possibly  "degenerated"  from  the  Cyanophyce.T, 
with  no  true  nucleus,  the  cell-wall  often  gelatinous  repro- 
duction wholly  asexual  by  division  into  two  equal. por- 
tions and  subsequent  separation  (fission),  or  by  asexual 
spores,  one  of  which  may  be  produced  in  each  cell  Bac- 
teria are  probably  the  smallest  known  organisms,  some 
being  not  over  .00003  inch  in  diameter  In  form,  the 
cells  are  either  oblong,  spherical  or  spiral,  and  may  be 
separate  or  united  in  groups  or  chains,  and  may  be  either 
motile  by  means  of  cilia  or  non-motile  Bacteria,  while 
showing  little  structural  diversity,  have  become  highly 
specialized  physiologically,  and  it  is  on  this  basis  that 
the  species  are  usually  distinguished  Many  cause  disease 
among  animals  and  human  beings,  while  others  cause 
disease  among  plants.  Nitrifying  bacteria  in  the  soil  are 
of  vital  importance  to  higher  plants  Bacteria  and  fungi 
are  the  causes  of  decay 

CLASS    II      CYANOPHYCE.E   (Blur-green  Algre) 

Unicellular  or  filamentous  algae  of  blue-green  color; 
true  nuclei  wanting  cell-wall  often  gelatinous 
reproduction  wholly  asexual  by  fission  or  by  asexual 
spores  borne  as  in  the  bacteria  The  blue-green  alga? 
inhabit  water,  damp  soil,  damp  rocks,  or  damp)  tree 
trunks,  where  they  often  form  filamentous  or  gelatinous, 
dark  green  patches  The  aquatic  forms  prefer  water 
containing  much  organic  matter  and  hence  are  abun- 
dant in  sewers.  Certain  species  inhabit  flower-pots  in 
greenhouses,  and  brick  walls 

CLASS   III     FLAGELLATA  (Flagellates) 

Simple  unicellular  aquatic  organisms  intermediate 
between  the  Thallophyta  and  Protozoa  During  a  por- 
tion of  their  life  they  possess  no  cell-wall,  and  often  show 
amoeboid  movements  The  cells  contain  a  nucleus, 
pulsating  vacuole,  and  chlorophyll;  and  one  or  more 
cilia  are  present  Some  reduced  forms  are  colorless 
and  saprophytic  Reproduction  is  wholly  asexual  by 
fission  and  thick-walled  resting  spores  Found  in 
waters  of  ponds  and  streams. 


CLASS    IV     MYXOMYCETES  (Slime  Molds) 

A  very  distinct  and  independent  group,  formerly 
often  classified  in  the  animal  kindgom.  The  plants 
consist  of  naked  masses  of  protoplasm  called  plasmodia, 
which  contain  many  nuclei  but  no  chlorophyll  These  are 
found  in  forests  and  damp,  shady  places  When  ready 
to  fruit,  the  plasmodia  move  toward  the  light  and  away 
from  the  water,  hence  ascend  grass  stems,  stumps  and 
logs,  where  they  transform  into  elaborately  constructed 
sporangia  The  asexual  spores,  each  enclosed  by  a  cell- 
wall,  are  distnbuted  by  the  wind,  germinate,  produce 
a  ciliated  bit  of  naked  protoplasm  which  swims  in  the 
soil  moisture,  multiply  by  division  and  at  length  fuse 
with  neighboring  protoplasts  to  form  the  plasmodmm, 
which  latter  may  be  sometimes  a  foot  in  breadth  Dur- 
ing unfa voi  able  weather,  the  plasmodia  are  often  trans- 
formed into  sclerotia  Plasmodiophora  bra^sicj?,  which 
is  the  cause  of  the  club-root  of  cabbage,  is  the  only 
Myxomyeete  of  great  economic  importance 

CLASS   V     PERIDINE^E 

A  small  group  mostly  inhabiting  the  sea,  more  rarely 
fresh  water  They  are  unicellular,  free-swimming 
organisms  with  nucleus,  vacuole,  chromatophores,  ana 
cilia  The  cell  is  usually  surrounded  by  a  cellulose, 
sculptured,  or  pitted  and  transversely  furrowed,  wall. 
Reproduction  is  by  cell-division  and  swarm-spores 
Sexual  reproduction  has  recently  been  discovered 
The  Peiidmrtp  often  form  an  important  part  of  the 
plankton  in  the  sea 

CLASS   VI     CONJUGATE 

Green  filamentous  or  unicellular  fresh-water  alg«: 
cell-wall  and  nuclei  present .  reproduction  by  division 
of  the  plant  body,  and  bv  sexual  spores,  which  latter 
result  from  the  union  of  two  body  cells  by  means  of  a 
connecting  tube  (conjugation)  Plants  of  the  sub-group 
Desmidiaceic  are  not  filamentous,  but  often  btar- 
shapcd,  lunate,  or  geminate  in  outline  The  Zygne- 
macese  are  filamentous  with  star-shaped  (Zygnema), 
spiral  (Spirogyra),  or  plate-like  chloroplastids  The 
Conjugate  are  of  little  economic  importance 

CLASS   VII      DIATOME.E  (Diatoms) 

Unicellular  alga?  of  very  peculiar  and  interesting 
habit  The  wall  consists  of  two  sihcious  valves,  one  of 
which  fits  over  the  other  like  the  lid  of  a  box  These 
valves  arc  frequently  very  beautifully  sculptured 
Through  division,  new  cells  and  new  walls  are  formed, 
which  are  always  smaller  than  before,  until  finally  as  a 
limit  a  sexual  spore  is  produced  which  reestablishes  the 
si/e  of  the  cell  Diatoms  inhabit  stagnant  water,  wet 
rocks,  and  the  sea  They  are  either  free-floating  or 
pedicclled  and  attached  The  sihcious  walls  will  resist 
burning  Diatoms  contain  little,  if  any,  chlorophyll, 
arid  are  mostly  saprophytic  A  large  part  of  the  oceanic 
plankton  is  composed  of  Diatoms 

CLASS   VIII     HETEROCONTvE,   or   CONFERVA 

A  small  group  of  green  algae,  inhabiting  wet  soil  or 
water,  but  of  little,  if  any,  economic  importance  The 
/oospores  have  unequal  cilia,  and  the  chloroplastids 
are  yellowish  green  and  oil-producing  Asexual  resting 
spores  also  occur  Conjugating  zoospore-hke  gametes 
are  found  in  some  genera  Botrydmm  and  Confervt 
are  examples  of  this  class 

•CLASS   IX      CHLOROPHYCE.E 

A  large  and  important  group  of  fresh-water,  or  rarely 
marine,  algae  Plant  body  unicellular,  filamentous,  or 
even  thalloid  the  cells  contain  chloroplastids  and  pro- 
duce starch  reproduction  sometimes  vegetative,  but 
also  by  asexual  zoospores;  sexual  reproduction  con- 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


eists  of  the  the  fusion  of  two  zodspore-like  gametes,  or 
the  fusion  of  one  such  gamete  and  a  specialized  non- 
motile  egg  The  latter  condition  is  characteristic  of 
the  higher  forms  in  nearly  all  the  sub-groups  of  the 
Chlorophyceae  The  plant  body  in  the  Order  Siphonales 
is  peculiar  in  that  it  consists  of  a  continuous  tube  with- 
out cross-walls.  Some  common  genera  in  this  class  are 
Volvox,  Chlamydomonas,  Pandorma,  Protococcus, 
Pediastrum,  Scenedesmus,  Ilydrodictyon  (Water-net), 
Ulothrix,  Ulva  (Sea-lettuce),  (Edogomum,  Cladophora, 
Caulerpa,  and  Vauchena 

CLASS    X.    CHARACE^   (Stoneworts) 

Attached  plants  (I  inch  to  1  yard  in  length)  of  fresh 
or  brackish  water,  consisting  of  a  slender  htorn,  which 
bears  at  each  node  a  whorl  of  branches,  usually  again 
bearing  whorled  branchlets  The  mternodes  consist  of 
one  immense  multmucleated  cell  often  as  much  as 
3  inches  long,  which  is  naked  or  inclosed  in  a  sheath 
of  smaller  cells  The  branches  are  similarly  constructed 
though  the  cells  are  correspondingly  smaller  Asexual 
spore-reproduction  is  absent  Sexual  reproduction  is 
by  means  of  an  egg-cell  inclosed  in  a  jacket  of  spiral 
wall-cells,  and  of  sperm-cells  inclosed  in  an  antheridmm 
which  has  a  multicellular  wall  These  sexual  organs 
are  borne  at  the  nodes  of  the  branchlets  The  fertilized 
egg  and  its  investment  becomes  a  thick-walled  resting 
structure  Many  species  of  Chara  and  Nitella,  the 
only  two  genera,  have  the  power  to  deposit  lime  from 
solution,  and  thus  become  mcrusted  with  that  substance, 
hence  the  popular  name  In  this  way  the  Characea) 
have  played  a  part  in  the  filling  up  of  calcareous  lakes 
and  the  production  of  new  land  They  are  mostly  in- 
habitants of  calcareous  waters 

CLASS    XI      PILEOPHYCE.E  (Brown  Seaweeds) 

A  large  group  of  salt-water  algse,  \vell  known  in  all 
waters  of  the  globe  but  most  abundant  m  the  colder 
regions  Plant  body  attached,  usually  thalloid  and 
branched,  but  very  diverse,  in  some  cases  filamentous, 
in  others  disk-shaped  or  globular  The  larger  forms  of 
Laminana  are  sometimes  200  feet  long  The  chroma- 
tophores  of  the  Phaeophyeeie  contain  a  brown  pigment 
which  gives  to  these  plants  a  brown  or  yellowish  color 
instead  of  green  The  thallus  is  often  very  tough  and 
cartilaginous,  to  resist  the  waves  Zoospores  are  often 
produced  In  sexual  reproduction,  the  j^amctes  are 
either  similar  and  motile,  rarely  non-motile,  or  more 
often  the  sperm  is  motile  while  the  egg  is  much  larger 
and  non-motile  Details  of  structure  in  respect  to 
reproduction,  however,  are  very  great 

The  thallus  of  various  species  of  Pha^ophyceac  yields 
iodine  and  soda  Some  species  (e  g ,  Laminana  sac- 
channa)  yield  mannitc  and  are  used  m  the  Orient  for 
food.  The  dried  stalks  of  L.  digitata  and  L.  Clou^oni 
have  been  used  m  surgery.  Fucus  and  other  genera 
are  used  as  manure. 

One  species,  Sargassum  bacciferum,  has  accumulated 
in  great  quantities  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  between  the 
Bermuda  Islands  and  the  Spanish  coast,  in  the  so-called 
"Sargasso  Sea  " 

CLASS  XII     RHODOPHYCE/E  (Red  Seaweeds) 

Mostly  marine  algaj,  a  few  only  inhabiting  fresh 
water,  widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics  and  temperate  region  at  lower  depths.  The 
thallus  is  very  diverse,  filamentous,  branched,  often 
thalloid,  attached  by  holdfasts,  and  red,  violet,  or 
purple  in  color,  rarely  green.  True  starch  is  not  found 
Asexual  spore-reproduction  is  frequent  These  spores 
are  non-motile  and  produced  m  fours  (tetraspores). 
Sexual  reproduction  is  by  dissimilar  gametes,  the 
anthendium  becoming  without  change  a  single  non- 
motile  sperm-cell.  The  egg-cell  is  prolonged  upward 
into  a  Blender  tube  (trichogyne).  The  fertilized  egg 


by  division  gives  rise  to  a  globular  mass  of  short  fila- 
ments (cystocarp)  which  produce  asexual  spores.  These 
spores  in  turn  give  rise  to  the  mature  plant  The 
cystocarp  and  its  spores,  thus  following  fertilization, 
suggest  the  alternation  of  generations  found  m  the 
mosses  and  liverworts  and  all  higher  plants.  About 
300  species  of  Rhodophycejje  have  been  described. 

Carragheen,  or  Irish  moss,  used  in  jellies  and  pud- 
dings, is  the  dried  thallus  of  Chondrus  cnspus  and  Gigar- 
tina  mamillosa  of  northwestern  Europe  Agar-agar, 
used  in  the  preparation  of  culture  media  in  bacteriology 
and  mycology,  is  obtained  from  various  species  of  this 
group 

CLASS   XIII     PHYCOMYCETES 

A  large  group  of  parasitic  or  saprophytic  organisms 
(fungi),  without  chlorophyll'  thallus  (mycelium)  of 
much-branched  filaments  (hypha?),  usually  without 
cross-walls  (non-septate),  as  in  the  algal  group  Si- 
phonezfi'  asexual  reproduction  by  motile  or  non-motile 
sporas  which  are  usually  borne  in  sporangia,  and  by 
conidia  which  are  cells  abstncted  from  the  tips  of 
specialized  hyphae  sexual  reproduction  diverse,  either 
by  the  conjugation  of  similar  gametes,  or  by  tne  con- 
jugation of  a  specialized  anthcndial  branch  (male)  and 
an  enlarged  oogomal  branch  (female)  which  contains 
the  egg,  free  sperm-cells  are  rare  The  order  O6*my- 
cetes,  with  differentiated  gametes,  contains  the  following 
important  fungi  Saprolegma  (water-mold),  a  whitish, 
aquatic  mold  growing  on  decaying  plants,  insects,  or 
living  fishes,  Olpidmm  6ross?ra°,  parasitic  in  cells  at  the 
base  of  the  stem  of  young  cabbage  plants  causing  their 
death,  Phytophthora  infe^lans  (potato  disease),  Plasmo- 
pnra  viticola,  downy  or  false  mildew  of  the  grape,  Albugo 
Candida,  white  rust  of  Cruciferac,  Pythiumde  Baryanum, 
causing  damping  off  of  seedlings  Order  Zygomycetes, 
with  similar  gametes,  contains  Mucor  mucedo,  white 
mold  of  bread,  fruits,  etc  ,  Rhizopus^nigncans,  a  mold 
on  bread,  fruit,  etc  ,  Empnsa  muscx.  parasitic  on 
housefhes,  causing  their  death  and  producing  a  white 
halo  about  them  on  the  surface  where  they  die. 

CLASS   XIV     EUMYCETES 

A  very  large  and  important  group  of  saprophytic  or 
parasitic  organisms  (fungi)  without  chlorophyll'  thallus 
(rn>cehum)  composed  of  fine  tubular  threads,  which  are 
septate  sexual  organs  usually  obscure  or  apparently 
wanting  asexual  reproduction  by  spores  or  by  conidia, 
a  modified  form  of  which  is  termed  basidia  The 
conidia  and  basidia  do  no ,  always  represent  homolo- 
gous organs  The  group  is  divided  into  Ascomycctes 
and  Basuhomycetes  The  Ascomycetes  are  character- 
ized by  a  group  of  usually  8  spores  inclosed  in  a  unicel- 
lular sac  (ascus),  which  is  produced  immediately  after 
the  imperfect  sexual  fertilization  The  asci  are  borne  in 
spherical  bodies  (perithecia)  or  in  open  cups  (apothecia) 
The  Pensporiacea?,  Discomycetes,  Pyrenomycetes,  and 
TubcracesB  arc  orders  within  this  sub-class  Among  the 
many  important  economic  fungi  belonging  here  are 
the  following  Erysiphea3  (Downy  Mildews);  Aspergil- 
lus  and  Penicilhum  (Fruit  Mold,  Blue  Mold);  Mor- 
chella  (Morel),  edible,  Nectna  (Currant  Cane  Rust  and 
Tree  Canker) ;  Clnvicepx  purpurea  (Ergot),  parastic  in  the 
ovaries  of  grams,  Taphrma  (including  Exoascus),  caus- 
ing witches'  broom,  leat  curl  of  peach,  plum  pockets, 
etc  ,  Saccharomyces  (Yeast),  causing  fermentation 
in  saccharine  solutions  The  Basidiomycetes  are 
characterized  by  the  production  of  four  spores  on  a 
special  hyphal  tip  or  thread  (basidium).  Each  spore 
is  raised  on  a  minute  slender  stalk  (stengma)  These 
spores,  in  some  cases,  if  not  in  all,  follow  immediately 
after  a  nuclear  fusion,  which  probably  represents  a 
reduced  sexual  act.  In  this  group  are  the  Ustilagmece 
(Smuts),  infesting  the  ovaries  of  grains,  etc  ,  the  Ure- 
dinea1  (Rusts),  which  infest  a  wide  variety  of  culti- 
vated and  wild  plants,  and  among  which  may  be  men- 


6 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


tioned  the  wheat  rust;  the  Hymenomycetes  (Mush- 
rooms, Toadstools,  and  Bracket  Fungi),  which  are 
saprophytic  or  inhabit  timber,  and  the  Gasteromycetes 
(Puff-balls),  which  are  saprophytic.  The  rusts  exhibit 
alternation  of  generations  to  a  most  remarkable  degree, 
the  different  generations  often  inhabiting  different  host 
plants  and  possessing  a  wholly  different  appearance,  as 
well  as  a  wholly  different  method  of  spore-formation 
The  Hymenomycetes  are  saprophytic,  except  the  genus 
Exobasidium  which  inhabits  the  living  foliage  of  various 
plants,  the  genus  Annillaria  which  infests  living  tree- 
trunks,  and  many  genera  of  the  Polypoiaoeae  (Bracket 
Fungi)  which  also  attack  the  wood  of  living  trees  The 
last-mentioned  fungi,  including  Arraillaria,  inhabit  the 
trunks  and  branches  of  forest  trees,  causing  their  death 

CLASS   XV.    LICHENES    (Lichens) 

Green,  gray  or  highly  colored  plants  of  very  diverse 
habit  and  habitat,  either  thalloid,  fruticose  or  crusta- 
ceous,  and  growing  on  the  soil,  bark  of  trees,  rocks,  or 
rarely  on  foliage,  propagation  by  division  of  the  thallus 
or  by  the  separation  of  special  minute  powdery  parts 
(soredia)  spore-reproduction  by  ascospores  borne  in 
penthecia  or  apothecia,  rarely  by  basidiospores.  Tho 
lichen  thallus  is  not  a  tangle  organism,  but  is  prob- 
ably a  symbiotic  btructure,  comprised  fundamentally 
of  fungus  hyphee  between  which  many  unicellular  green 
alga)  are  distributed,  usually  in  a  definite  fashion 
The  fungi  belong  to  the  Ascomycetes  in  the  great 
majority  of  cases,  rarely  to  the  Basidiomycetcs  The 
alga;  may  belong  to  the  Chlorophyceae,  in  which  case 
they  are  unicellular,  or  to  the  Cyanophyceap,  in  which 
case  they  are  either  unicellular  or  m  chains  Because 
the  symbiotic  structure  behaves  as  a  unit,  it  has  been 
decided  to  continue  to  treat  the  lichens  as  a  class  by 
themselves,  rather  than  to  consider  the  algal  and  fungal 
components  independently  in  their  respective  groups. 
Except  as  soil-producers,  lichens  are  of  little  economic 
importance*  Cetrana  islandica  furnishes  Iceland  moss; 
titicta  pulmonana  was  once  used  in  medicine,  Cladonia 
rangifenna  furnishes  the  mam  food  of  tho  reindeer  in 
Lapland,  and,  possibly,  of  other  arctic  animals;  Roccdla 
tmctona  of  Africa  and  the  East  Indies  is  the  source  of 
the  chemical  indicator,  litmus  and  of  the  dye  orchil  or 
orsedle. 

DIVISION  II    BRYOPHYTA 

(Mosses  and  Liverworts) 

Small  green  plants  of  simple  structure,  either  thalloid 
or  differentiated  into  stem  and  leaves  true  roots 
wanting  vascular  tissue  absent  alternation  of  gen- 
erations well  developed,  the  gamete-bearing  generation 
dominant  female  gamete  (egg)  inclosed  in  a  flask- 
shaped  multicellular  archegomum  male  gametes  (sperm- 
cells)  inclosed  within  a  multicellular  anthendial  wall: 
fertilized  egg  producing  the  bpore-beanng  generation 
(sporogomum)  which  consists  of  a  parasitic  or  semi- 
parasitic  capsule  usually  borne  upon  a  seta. 

The  Bryophytes  are  divided  into  two  great  classes, 
namely  the  Hepatic®  (Liverworts)  and  the  Musci 
(Mosses)  Each  of  these  in  turn  is  divided  into  several 
orders,  whichj  as  usual,  contain  one  or  more  families. 
Mosses  and  liverworts  are  widely  distributed  over  the 
earth,  the  latter  seeming  to  prefer  limestone  regions 

The  Hepaticse  are  characterized  by  a  spore-bearing 
generation  consisting  of  a  stalked  or  sessile  simple  cap- 
sule, which  contains  spores  and  elongated  sterile  elatera, 
and  splits  into  teeth  or  valves  at  maturity.  The 
plant  body  (gamete-bearing  generation)  consists  either 
of  a  thalloid,  algal-like,  dichotomously  branching, 
ribbon-like  structure,  or  of  a  slender  axis  bearing  the 
very  thin  leaves,  one  coll  in  thickness,  and  destitute 
of  a  rmdrib.  The  leaves  are  usually  arranged  in  two 
lateral  lows,  with  often  a  third  row  of  small  dissim- 


ilar leaves  on  the  under  side,  so  that  the  shoot  is 
strongly  dorsi-ventral.  The  lateral  leaves  frequently 
bear  at  the  base  a  curious  lobe  that  is  infolded  or 
even  flask-shaped,  and  probably  aids  in  the  conserva- 
tion of  water  on  the  dry  rocks  and  tree  trunks  which 
many  of  these  plants  frequent.  The  under  side  of  the 
stem  or  thallus  is  usually  provided  with  rhizoids  that 
take  the  place  of  roots  The  thalloid  hvei  worts  are 
inhabitants  of  damp  or  wet  situations,  some  being 
aquatic,  in  the  North,  they  are  found  on  damp  soil,  wet 
rooks,  or  among  damp  moss  The  majority  of  fohose 
liverworts  inhabit  similar  places,  only  comparatively 
few  genera  and  species  being  xerophytie  Filaments  of 
the  alga,  Nostoc,  pencil  ate  the  cavities  in  the  thallus 
of  Antnoceros  and  there  form  endophytio  colonies  Veg- 
etative reproduction  is  accomplished  by  the  branching 
of  the  thallus,  or  by  the  production  of  special  buds, 
called  gemma;,  either  on  the  edge  of  the  leaf  or  thal- 
lus, or  in  special  cup-like  receptacles  borne  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  thallus 

The  Hopatica;  are  divided  into  four  principal  orders 
as  follows  Older  I  — Ricciales.  Thalloid,  floating  or 
amphibious  sexual  organs  sunken  in  the  thallus. 
capsule  sessile,  thin-walled,  endophytio,  nregularly 
dehiscent  Order  II  — Marchantiales.  rl  halloid  areh- 
egonia  and  anthenrha  usually  borne  on  special  branches 
of  the  thallus  capsule  often  stalked,  usually  regularly 
dehiscent  Marchantia  was  foimerly  used  as  a  remedy 
in  diseases  of  tho  liver,  hence  the  name  liverwort. 
Order  111  — Anthocerotales.  Thalloid  one  ehloroplast 
m  each  coll  sexual  oigans  superficial  capsule  very 
slender,  chlorophyll-  and  stomatc-boarmg,  continuing 
to  elongate  by  ba^al  grow  th  Order  IV  -  -  Jungerman- 
niales.  Thalloid  or  fohose  capsule  usually  splitting 
to  the  base  into  four  valves 

The  Musei  (Mosses)  differ  from  the  Hepaticse  mainly 
in  the  more  olaboiato  capsule,  winch  in  the  -young 
state  commonly  contains  chloiophyll,  is  provided  with 
stomatos,  and  contains  a  central  column  of  sterile 
tissue  (columolla)  erienoled  by  tho  spore -bearing 
chamber  Tho  dohisconoo  of  tho  capsule  is  apical  and 
transverse,  and  consists  in  tho  format  ion  ot  a  lid  (oper- 
culum)  which  falls  off  exposing  the  mouth  of  the  an- 
nular spore-chamber  This  mouth  is  surrounded  by  a 
single  or  double  low  of  numerous  hygroscopic  teeth 
(poristome) ,  which,  by  their  bending,  regulate  the 
escape  of  spores  in  wot  and  dry  weather  No  elatcrs 
are  produced  Tho  sporogomum  of  the  moss  is,  there- 
fore, not  only  a  more  independent  structure  from  the 
standpoint  of  nutrition  than  is  that  of  most  liverworts, 
but  is  constructed  along  wholly  different  lines  On  the 
summit  of  the  capsule  is  usually  found  a  delicate, 
diversely  shaped,  hood-like  cap  not  organically  con- 
nected with  it  and  easily  detached,  called  the  calyptra 
This  is  the  enlarged  upper  portion  of  the  archegomum 
which,  after  rupture,  io  borne  aloft  on  the  summit  cf 
the  growing  sporogomum.  The  plant-body  (gamete- 
bearing  generation)  is  never  thalloid;  and  tho  leaves, 
which  are  provided  with  a  midiib,  are  frequently  of 
several  cells  in  thickness  Tho  germination  of  the  spore 
does  not  result  at  once  in  a  moss  plant,  but  produces 
a  creeping  filamentous  branched,  algal-like  growth 
(protonema)  on  which  at  length  are  borne  the  buds 
that  give  rise  to  the  moss-stem  proper 

The  Musci  arc  subdivided  as  follows:  Order  I  — 
Sphagnales  (Bog  or  Peat  Mosses) .  Structure  of  stem 
and  leaf  peculiar,  consisting  of  dead,  tracheid-like  cells 
without  protoplasm  and  provided  with  pits  or  thicken- 
ing bands,  regularly  interspersed  among  slender,  living 
cells  containing  protoplasm  and  chloroplastids.  Under 
ordinary  conditions,  the  tracheid-like  cells  are  filled 
in  part  with  air,  and  hence  the  plant  has  a  grayish 
hue.  In  the  presence  of  ram  or  abundant  soil-water, 
the  water  is  drawn  into  tho  cells  by  capillarity  until 
the  still  apparently  dry  plant  contains  a  surprisingly 
large  quantity  of  water,  which  will  flow  out  on  squeezing 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


in  the  hand.  The  capsule  possesses  no  penstome,  and 
the  spore-sac  is  continuous  over  the  top  of  the  colu- 
mella  Peat  mosses  are  large,  branched  plants  growing 
in  extensive  colonies  m  wet  or  damp  situations  in 
northern  countries  They  are  especially  abundant  on 
the  floating  moors  which  surround  certain  small  ponds, 
and  by  their  decay  play  an  important  part  in  the  filling 
m  of  these  ponds  They  continue  to  thrive  in  these 
"bogs"  until  the  conditions  at  length  become  too  dry. 
Peat  mosses,  therefore,  form  a  large  component  of 
"peat,"  and  m  this  way  the  Sphagriales  have  played  a 
very  interesting  part  in  the  evolution  of  the  present 
surface  of  the  earth  Because  of  the  power  to  retain 
water,  sphagnum  is  of  economic  importance  to  nursery- 
men and  florists,  who  use  this  moss  extensively  m  pack- 
ing stock  for  shipment,  in  germinating  seeds,  and  for 
other  purposes  Some  species  of  sphagnum  are  eaten 
m  Lapland  by  the  icmdeer  Mixed  with  the  hair  of  the 
reindeer,  they  are  used  for  stulhng  mattresses  Order 
II  — Andreales.  A  small  group  of  rook  mosses.  The 
spore-chamber  is  continuous  over  the  summit  of  the 
columella,  and  the  capsule  dehisces  by  four  longitudinal 
slits  Order  111  — -Phascales.  A  small  group  of  minute 
terrestrial  mosses  with  few  leaves,  but  a  persistent 
protonema  capsule  indehiscent,  at  length  decaying. 
Order  IV  — Bryales.  A  large  group  containing  the 
majority  of  the  mosses  capsule  dehiscing  by  an  oper- 
culum,  penstome  present,  spore-sac  interrupted  at 
the  summit  by  the  columella  Certain  species  were 
formerly  used  as  astimgents  and  diuretics  Le^kea 
i>ericea  has  been  used  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood  from 
wounds  Species  of  Hypnum  and  Fontenahs  are  used 
in  Norway  and  Sweden,  by  the  peasants,  to  fill  cracks 
in  the  walls  of  huts  Hypnum  tnqntlrum  is  sometimes 
used  in  place  of  sphagnum  for  packing  plants 

With  the  exception  of   sphagnum,  the  mosses  and 
liverworts  do  not  seem  to  be  in  the  trade. 


DIVISION   III     PTKHIDOPHYTA 

Eggs  borne  in  archegoma  sperm-cells  in  anthendia: 
alternation  of  generations  clearly  evident,  the  spore- 
bearing  generation  dominant  true  vascular  tissue 
present,  also  true  roots 


CLASS   I 


(Ferns) 


Sub-class  I.   Eusporangwia*    Sporangwl  watt  several 
celh  in  thickness 

Order  1    OPHIOOLOSSALES 

1  Ophioglossacese  (from  the  genus  Ophioglossum, 
adder's  tongue,  m  reference  to  the  fruiting  spike). 
ADDER'b-ToNGUE  FAMILY  lug  1  Plants  small  or  of 
medium  size,  often  somewhat  fleshy  leaves  various, 
entire  or  often  much  divided,  not  circulate  in  vernation; 
veins  forking  01  netted,  base  of  leaf  cap-like,  enclosing 
the  succeeding  leaf  sporangi  i  scattered,  borne  on  the 
margin  of  the  much  modified  fertile  portion  of  the 
leaf,  which  is  usually  separated  from  the  sterile  by  a 
stalk,  globular  in  form,  the  walls  several  cells  in  thick- 
ness, annulus  wanting,  dehiscence  by  a  straight  hori- 
zontal or  vertical  fissure  prothalhum  subterranean, 
tuber-like,  chlorophylless,  containing  mycorrhizal  fungi, 
saprophytic. 

Three  genera  and  about  50  species  occur,  of  general 
distribution  Several  species  of  Botrychium  and  one  of 
Ophioglossum  are  found  in  the  eastern  United  States. 
The  sheathing  base  of  the  leaf,  the  solitary,  thick- 
walled  sporangia  without  an  annulus,  and  the  subter- 
ranean saprophytic  prothalha  are  important  character- 
istics 

Two  genera  are  sometimes  grown  in  North  America. 
Botrychium  (Moonwort  Ferns,  Grape  Ferns)  and 
Ophiogloesum  (Adder's  Tongue) 


Order  2.   MARATTIALES 

2  Marattiaceae  (from  the  genus  Maraltia,  named  m 
honor  of  Maratti,  Italian  botanist).  MARATTIA  FAM- 
ILY Fig  1.  Stately  tropical  ferns  with  thickened, 
often  erect,  stems  leaves  usually  very  large,  from  nearly 
entire  to  several  times  pinnate,  circmate,  inclosed  when 
young  by  the  prominent  stipules  indusium  present  or 
absent  sporangia  in  son  on  the  under  face  of  the  leaf, 
either  separate  or  united  into  a  capsule-like  body  (syn- 
angium);  the  walls  several  cells  in  thickness,  annulus 
wanting,  or  greatly  reduced,  dehiscence  by  clef ts,  pores, 
or,  in  case  of  the  "synangia,"  first  by  valves  and  then 
by  slits  prothalhurn  a  gieen  heart-shaped  thallus  on 
the  surface  of  the  soil,  sometimes  branched 

Four  genera  and  about  23  species  are  found  in 
tropical  regions,  but  extend  into  the  south  temperate 


1.  MARATTIACEK  1  Angioptcns,  ^rus  2  Marattia,  synan- 
gmm  OPHIOQLOSSACE^E  3  Ophioglossum,  a,  whole  plant,  6, 
dehiscing  sporangia  4  Botrychmni,  sporangia  EQUISETACE  c 

5  Equisetum,  a,  cross-section  stem,  6,  fruit  stem,  r,  sterile  stem, 
d,  sporophyll  and  sporangia,  e,  spore  and  elater     LICOPODIACE*. 

6  Lycopodmm,  o,  fruit  branch,   6,  <»porophyll   and  sporangium 
SELAQINELI+AC^B     7.  Selaugmella,  a,  fruit  spike,  6,  spore  showing 
prothallium  and  archegoma 

zone.  The  fern-like  habit,  the  prominent  stipules,  the 
thick-walled  sporangia  borne  in  son  or  synangia,  the 
absence  of  a  well-developed  annulus,  and  the  green 
thalloid  omersed  prothalha,  are  important  characteris- 
tics. The  family  is  probably  very  old  geologically 

The  thick,  starchy  stem  of  Angioptens  and  some 
Marattiaa  are  locally  used  for  food  The  fleshy  stipules 
of  Marattia  fraxinea  are  eaten,  the  spicy  leaves  of  some 
species  are  used  to  season  food.  The  slime  from  the 
stipules  of  M  Douglasn  is  used  medicinally  by  the 
Hawaiians 

Three  genera  are  known  to  American  horticulture 
and  are  occasionally  grown  as  ornamental  greenhouse 
plants  Angioptens^  Danaja,  and  Marattia,  represent- 
ing less  than  a  half-dozen  cultivated  species 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Subclass  II.   Leplosporangiatse    Sporangia!  watt 
one  cell  in  thickness 

Order  3.  FILICALES 

3,  Hymenophyllaceee  (from  the  genus  Hymeno- 
phyttwn,  signifying  membrane-leaved).  FILMY-FERN 
FAMILY.  Fig  2  Very  delicate  ferns,  small  or  minute  in 
size,  frequently  epiphytic  leaves  entire,  1-3-pinnate.  or 
dichotomously  divided,  rarely  thalloid  or  orbicular, 


, 

reduced  in  thickness  to  a  single  layer  of  cells  between 
the  veins,  and  thus  often  resembling  the  leaves  of 
mosses,  stomates  absent;  ultimate  or  all  veins  dichoto- 


mous.  son  marginal,  raised  on  a  slender  columnar  pro- 


2  Ih  MKNOPHYLUM  EV  1  Hynicnophyllum,  Hor1,on  of  «oru-i 
CYATHEAC  FK  2  Alsophila,  sporangium  POLYPODIACEAB  .3  A*- 
puliuni,  a,  pinnule  with  son,  b,  section  of  sorus  4  Adiantum, 
prothallium  with  young  fern  plant  5  Polypodium,  a,  archego- 
nnim,  fe,  anthendium,  c,  sperm  6  Peranema,  sporangium.  GLEICH- 
FNIA.US4B  7  Gleichoma,  sporangium. 

jcction  of  the  veinlet.  indusium  cup-shaped:  sporan- 
gium thin-walled;  dchiscence  vertical  or  oblique; 
annulus  complete,  horizontal:  prothallium  thalloia  or 
filamentous,  often  much  branched. 

There  are  2  genera  and  about  200  species  growing 
upon  rocks  and  trees  in  the  damp,  shady  forests  of  the 
tropics,  and  in  New  Zealand.  One  species  reaches 
central  Europe  and  another  reaches  Kentucky.  The 
family  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  delicate  leaf, 
pedicelled  sorus  and  equatorial  annulus. 

The  Hymenophyllacese  require  a  warm  and  very 
humid  atmosphere,  and,  therefore,  most  species  are 
difficult  to  cultivate 

Several  species  of  Hymenophyllum  and  Tnchomanes 
are  m  cultivation  in  America. 

4.  Cyatheaceae  (from  the  genus  Cyathea,  signifying 
cup+c&ntain,  in  reference  to  the  cup-shaped  indusium). 
CYATHEA  FAMILY  Fig.  2.  Usually  tree  ferns  with 
large,  much-compounded?  circulate  leaves,  son  globu- 
lar, borne  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf:  veins  forking: 
indusmm  usuallv  present,  bi-valvular,  cupular  or  uni- 
lateral: sporangia  thin-walled,  sessile  or  short-pedi- 
celled,  obovoid ;  annulus  complete  at  the  pedicel, 
oblique,  dehiscence  transverse:  prothallium  ordinary, 
green. 

This  family  has  7  genera  and  about  300  species,  of 
which  115  belong  to  Cyathea,  112  to  Alaophila,  and  44 
to  Heinitelia  They  are  distributed  in  the  tropics  of 


both  hemispheres  The  Cyatheaceae  is  closely  related 
to  the  Polypodiace®  from  which  it  differs  only  in  the 
slightly  oblique  annulus  which  passes  just  at  one  side 
of  the  insertion  of  the  pedicel,  and  is  therefore  unin- 
terrupted at  that  point 

The  dense,  woolly  covering  of  the  stem  of  many  species 
is  sometimes  collected  for  stuffing  pillows  The  starchy 
pith  of  some  New  Zealand  Cyatheacese  was  formerly 
used  for  food  In  India,  an  intoxicating  drink  is  pre- 
pared from  the  pith.  Several  species  are  important 
greenhouse  ferns 

Five  genera  at  least  are  listed  in  the  American 
trade.  Alsophila,  Cibotmm  (Scythian  Lamb),  Cyathea, 
Dicksoma,  Hemiteha. 

5  Polypodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Polypodium,  signi- 
fying many  feet,  in  allusion  to  the  branched  rootstock 
of  some  species)  POLYPODY  FAMILY  Fig  2  Ferns  of 
very  diverge  habit,  rarely  arborescent  leaves  of  nor- 
mal texture,  entire  or  pmnatifidor  multisect,  circmate; 
veins  forking-  son  mostly  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf, 
indusmm  peltate,  fringed,  capillary,  cupular,  elongated, 
unilateral  or  wanting  sporangia  thin-walled,  long-  or 
short-stalked;  annulus  vertical,  interrupted  by  the 
pedicel;  dehiscence  transverse  prothallium  thalloid, 
green,  growing  upon  the  surface  ot  the  soil,  mostly 
bisexual 

Polypodiaccir  has  more  than  100  genera  and  about 
4,000  species  of  wide  distribution,  especially  abundant 
in  humid  regions  and  in  forests  The  largest  genera  are. 
Dryoptens  (or  Aspidium),  450  species,  Polypodium, 
500  sp  ,  Asplemum,  150-200  sp  ;  Elaphoglossum,  80- 
100  sp  ;  Adiantum,  80  sp  ,  and  Ptens,  Blechnum, 
Polystichurn  and  Aspidium  about  50-70  species  each 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Cyatheacese 
The  presence  of  son,  the  thm-wallod  sporangium  with 
vertical  interrupted  annulus  and  transverse  dehiscence 
are  distinctive-  This  comprises  the  larger  number  of 
ferns,  and  is  often  called  the  Fern  Family 

Some  of  the  most  striking  variants  are  the  walking- 
leaf  fern  with  undivided  lanceolate  leaves  which  take 
root  at  the  apex  and  repeat  the  process  several  times, 
all  the  plantlets  remaining  for  a  time  connected,  the 
hart's -tongue  fern  with  broadly  lanceolate  -  oblong, 
entire  frond;  the  epiphytic  staghorn  fern  with  erect, 
forked,  fertile  fronds  and  orbicular  entire,  sterile  fronds 
closely  imbricated  over  the  short  btem  and  support  In 
many  species  the  fertile  and  sterile  fronds  are  dimorphic 
The  stems  of  some  species  are  slender  and  climbing, 
others  long,  slender  and  creeping,  some  are  very  stout 
and  erect  (tree  ferns) 

The  ferns  are  of  little  economic  importance  except 
as  ornamental  plants  The  starchy  rootstocks  of  some 
species  are  eaten  locally,  as  are  also  the  young  shoots 
The  rootstock  of  Dryoptens  (Aspidium)  Fihx-mas  is  a 
reputed  vermifuge. 

About  60  species  are  m  cultivation  in  America 
Among  these  are1  Adiantum  (Maidenhair  Fern), 
Aspidium  (Shield  F.) ;  Asplenmm  (Spleenwort) ;  Camp- 
tosorus  (Walking-leaf  F.);  Dennstsedtia  (Dicksoma) 
(Fragrant  F.);  Onoclea  (Sensitive  F,  Ostrich  F.); 
Pelhea  (Chff  Brake) ;  Phegopteris  (Beech  F  ) ;  Platyce- 
num  (Staghorn  F);  Polypodium  (Polypody  F.), 
Polystichum  (Holly  F  ,  Christmas  F.) ,  Pteris  (Common 
Brake);  Scolopendrium  (Hart's-tongue  F.). 

b.  Ceratopteridaceee  (Parkenacesc)  (from  the  genus 
Ccratopteris,  meaning  horn-fern).  CERATOPTEBIS 
FAMILY  Aquatic  ferns  rooting  in  the  mud'  leaves  of 
two  sorts,  the  ones  less  divided  with  broader  segments 
and  veins  more  or  less  anastomosing;  the  more  aerial 
fertile  ones  much  divided,  with  narrow  segments,  and 
revoli'te  margins  which  later  almost  completely  inclose 
the  scattered  sporangia:  indusium  wanting,  sporangia 
globular,  thin-walled  with  a  very  diverse  broad  nearly 
complete  or  nearly  wanting  annulus;  rarely  the  annulue 
wanting;  dehiscence  transverse:  prothallia  unisexual, 
thalloid,  untheridia  not  superficial. 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


9 


Only  one  genus  and  a  few  species  of  tropical  distri- 
bution are  known,  the  only  aquatic  species  among  the 
true  ferns  The  habit,  the  absence  of  son,  the  variable 
annulus,  and  the  sunken  antheridia  are  distinctive. 

This  fern  is  sometimes  cooked  and  eaten  as  greens. 

One  or  two  species  are  frequently  grown  for  aquana 
and  aquatic  gardens. 

7.  Schizaeaceae  (from  the  genus  Schizsea,  cleft,  alluding 
to  the  leaves)  CURLY-GRASS  FAMILY.  Fig  3.  Ferns 
of  very  diverse  habit,  some  extremely  small,  others 
climbing,  stem  mostly  oblique  or  horizontal*  leaves 
very  diverse,  usually  pinnate  or  palmate:  veins  forking • 
sporangia  thin-walled,  usually  scattered,  at  first  mar- 
ginal, later  sometimes  exceeded  by  the  margin  of  the 
frond,  often  appearing  spiked  or  pamcled,  sessile,  no 
apparent  indiihium,  annulus  transverse,  apical,  com- 
plete, dehiscence  vertical,  fertile  portion  of  the  frond 
usually  much  modified  prothallmm  of  all  genera  ex- 
cept Schizaea  ordinary,  that  of  the  latter  genus  fila- 
mentous and  extremely  branched,  resembling  that  of 
the  filmy  ferns 

In  this  family  are  4  genera  and  about  70  species, 
mostly  tropical,  rare  in  the  colder  regions  Two  species 
reach  the  eastern  United  States,  one  of  which  extends 
to  Newfoundland.  The  solitary  sporangia  and  trans- 
verse apical  annulus  are  important  characteristics. 

The  curly  grass  (Schizxa  pusilla)  inhabits  bogs, 
where  it  may  form  extended  mats  of  dry,  woolly 
"grass"  1—3  inches  high  The  sterile  leaves  are  without 
laminae.  Lygodium  palmatum  is  the  "climbing  fern" 
of  eastern  America  The  leaf,  not  the  stem,  of  this 
plant  has  unlimited  growth,  and  twines. 

Four  genera  are  in  the  American  trade.  Anemia, 
Lygodium,  Mohria,  and  Schizsea. 

8  Gleichemaceae  (from  the  genus  Gleichenia,  named 
in  honor  of  W.  F.  Von  Gleichen,  1717-1783)  GLEICH- 
ENIA FAMILY.  Fig  2.  Terrestrial  ferns  with  peculiar 
foliage  leaves  several  times  forking  owing  to  the 
arrested  growth  of  the  mam  divi&ions  which  develop  in 
succeeding  boasons,  only  the  ultimate  branches  pinnate 
(except  in  one  genus)  indusium  none  sporangia  in  son 
on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf,  thin-walled,  sessile,  pear- 
shaped,  annulus  complete,  running  obliquely  around 
the  back  and  over  the  top,  line  of  dehiscence  extending 
vertically  down  the  ventral  side  from,  a  constricted 
apical  place  in  the  annulus  prothalhum  ordinary,  green. 

Two  genera  and  about  26  species  occur  in  tropical  lands 
and  the  south  temperate  zone  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Schiza?acese  but  the  habit  is  very  different.  The 
peculiar  forking  of  the  leaves,  as  well  as  the  unusual 
annulus  and  peculiar  dehiscence,  are  characteristic. 

A  few  species  of  Gleichenia  are  in  cultivation  in 
North  America. 

9.  Osmundacese  (from  the  genus  Osmunda,  derived 
from  Osmunder,  the  Saxon  name  of  the  god  Thor). 
OSMUNDA  FAMILY  Fig  3  Ferns  of  ordinary  habit, 
rarely  aboiesoent'  rhizome  mostly  vertical,  thick:  leaves 
large,  circulate,  1-3-pmnate,  rarely  thin  and  stomate- 
less,  petiole  somewhat  sheathing  at  the  base,  fibro- 
vascular  bundle  1;  veins  forking-  indusia  wanting: 
sporangia  scattered  on  the  under  side  of  the  ordinary 
leaf,  or  on  the  margin  or  on  both  sides  of  modified 
fertile  portions  of  the  leaf,  thin-walled,  short-stout- 
pedicelled,  globular;  annulus  imperfect,  consisting  of  a 
group  of  cells  on  one  side;  line  of  dehiscence  vertical, 
extending  from  this  group  up  over  the  summit:  prothal- 
hum  ordinary,  green. 

There  are  3  genera  and  10  or  12  species  of  general 
distribution,  and  others  in  the  Australian  region  Three 
species  occur  in  the  eastern  United  States  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Gleichemaceae  and  SchizaeacesD.  The 
peculiar  dehiscence,  and  the  scattered  sporangia  with 
the  annulus  consisting  of  a  group  of  cells,  instead  of  a 
ring,  are  distinctive 

The  family  has  practically  no  economic  importance, 
except  as  ornamental  plants,  except  that  the  root 


masses  are  used  as  matrix  on  which  to  grow  orchids 
and  other  epiphytic  plants  (see  Osmundine)  Some 
have  been  used  in  medicine,  although  their  virtues  are 
questionable.  The  family  contains  some  of  our  most 
stately  native  ferns. 

All  three  genera  are  in  American  horticulture: 
Leptopteris  (leaves  thin  and  no  stomates);  Osmunda 
(Royal  Fern,  Cinnamon  Fern),  Todea  (Grape  Fern). 

Order  4.  HYDROPTERIDALES 

10.  Marsileaceae  (from  the  genus  Marsilea,  in  honor 
of  Giavanni  Marsigli,  or  Aloysius  Marsih,  Italian  natural- 
ists )  MARSILEA  FAMILY  Fig  3  Perennial  marsh  or 
aquatic  plants  with  filiform  and  creeping  rhizomes, 
leaves  all  from  rootstocks,  circmate,  rachis  without 
blade  or  with  four  leaflets  borne  together  at  the  apox; 
leaflets,  when  present,  fan-shaped,  rounded  at  apex; 
veins  dichotomous  sporangia  of  two  sorts,  macro- 
sporangia  bearing  macrosspores  which  give  rise  to  egg- 
cells,  and  microsporangia  bearing  microspores  which 
give  rise  to  sperm-cells,  both  borne  together  in  tiny 
chambers  (son)  in  globular  capsule-like  conceptacles 
(sporocarps)  which  arise  from  the  rootstock  or  lower 
portion  of  the  leaf,  and  arc  either  stalked  or  sessile: 


4c 

3.  SCHIZJBACE.K  1  Aneimia,  sporangium  OSMCNDACE^J  2 
Osmuncla,  sporangium,  a,  front  view,  6,  back  view  SALVINIACE* 
3  Salvima,  a,  whole  plant,  6,  section  of  sporocarps  showing 
sporangia  MAHSILKACK^  4  Marsilea,  o,  whole  plant,  b,  sporo- 
carp  germinating,  c,  sporocarp  emitting  gelatinous  thread  with 
son  5  Pilulana,  a,  cross-section  of  sporocarp,  6,  sporocarp 
emitting  sporangia 

male  and  female  prothallia  very  much  reduced,  remain- 
ing inclosed  within  the  spore-wall,  which  in  the  case  of 
the  macrospores  early  becomes  ruptured  on  one  side  to 
expose  the  archcgoma 

Two  genera  (Marsilea  and  Pilularia)  and  about  60 
species  occur,  of  which  52  or  54  belong  to  Marsilea. 
The  distribution  is  general,  though  mainly  tropical. 
Marsilea  is  represented  m  the  United  States  by  one 
native  and  one  introduced  species  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Salvmiaceae,  but  the  peculiar  habit  an<) 
unusual  sporocarps  are  distinctive. 


10 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


At  maturity,  a  gelatinous  mass  escapes  from  the 
sporocarp,  and  on  this  mass  the  son  are  borne  in 
somewhat  characteristic  fashion  in  different  species. 
The  leaflets  of  the  clover-like  leaves  of  Marsifea,  in 
emersed  forms,  show  sleep  movement,  as  do  those  of 
clover.  These  leaflets  float  upon  the  water  to  the  vary- 
ing depths  of  which  the  petioles  accommodate  them- 
selves; but  the  plant  may  grow  emersed  on  mud,  in 
which  case  the  petioles  are  erect  like  clover  The  leaves 
of  Pilularia  are  filiform,  pointed,  and  destitute  of  blade. 

In  Australia,  the  sporocarps  of  Marsilea  Nardu  and 
M  Drummondu,  which  contain  much  starch  and  other 
nutritious  material,  are  used  by  the  natives  for  food. 
They  are  ground  into  a  powder,  mixed  with  water  and 
baked.  Fish  and  marsilca  "fruits"  form  almost  the 
sole  food  of  some  tribes. 

One  species,  Marsilea  quadnfoha,  is  in  cultivation 
in  America  for  aquatic  gardens. 

1 1  Salviniaceee  (from  the  genus  Salnma  in  honor  of 
A  M.  Salvmi,  Italian  scientist)  SALVINIA  FAMILY. 
Fig.  3.  Small,  floating  aquatic  plants,  resembling  large 
Lemnas  (Salvima)  or  fohaceous  liverworts  (Azolla). 
stem  reduced  -or  wanting  leaves  few,  orbicular  or  oval 
(Salvmia);  or  numerous,  minute  and  imbricated 
(Azolla)  sporangia  and  spores  of  two  sorts  as  in  Mar- 
silea,  but  borne  on  basal  columns  in  the  single  cavity 
of  the  sporocarp;  at  first  both  sorts  of  sporangia  are 
present  but  only  one  kind  matures  so  that  the  sporo- 
carp becomes  entirely  "male"  or  entirely  "female." 
prothallmm  partly  endosporoub,  only  a  portion  of  either 
the  male  or  female  prothallium  emerging  from  the 
spore  wall. 

The  family  has  2  genera  and  about  15  species,  of 
which  11  belong  to  Salvmia;  generally  distributed  but 
principally  tropical  Each  genus  is  represented  in  the 
eastern  United  States  by  one  native  species  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Marsileaceaj,  but  the  habit,  the 
structure  of  the  sporocarps,  and  the  separation-  of 
macrosporangia  and  microsporangia  in  different  sporo- 
carps are  distinctive 

The  "roots"  of  Salvmia  represent  a  modified  leaf 
Each  leaf  of  Azolla  is  two-lobed,  one  lobe  floating, 
the  other  submerged.  A  small  cavity  inclosed  by  the 
upper  lobe  is  always  inhabited  by  a  nostoc-hke  alga, 
between  which  and  the  Azolla  there  is  indication  of  a 
symbiotic  relationship  Azolla  possesses  true  roots. 

The  family  is  of  almost  no  economic  importance 

One  species  of  Salvmia  and  two  species  of  Azolla 
are  occasionally  grown  in  water-gardens. 

CLASS  II     EQUISETIISLE 
Order  5.    EQUISETALES 

12.  Eauisetaceae  (from  the  genus  Eqmsetum,  meaning 
horse-bristle).  HORSE-TAIL  FAMILY  Fig  1  Plants  of 
striking  appearance,  often  with  rhizomes  and  with  a 
straight,  aerial,  striated  axis  bearing  whorls  of  connate, 
scale-like  leaves  at  the  nodes'  from  the  nodes  also  fre- 
quently arise  slender  branches  of  different  structure 
which  bear  different  but  still  scale-like  leaves  the  stem 
is  hollow,  and  besides  the  central  canal  often  contains 
numerous  additional  large  canals  imbedded  in  the 
outer  tissue .  spores  of  one  kind  (not  microspores  and 
macrospores)  sporangia  5-9,  borne  on  the  under 
surface  of  peltate,  polygonal  scales  which  form  a 
terminal  cone,  dehiscence  longitudinal;  spores  green, 
provided  with  several  hygroscopic  "elaters  which  aia 
in  dissemination  prothalha  green,  unisexual,  the  female 
largest,  branched. 

A  single  genus  and  about  24  species  are  known,  of 
which  one  section  is  tropical,  the  other  of  temperate 
distribution.  Ten  species  are  native  in  the  eastern 
United  States  The  family  is  very  distinct  and  shows 
no  definite  relationship  to  any  existing  plants  The 
habit,  the  undifferentiated  spores,  the  peltate  sporo- 
phvlls.  and  the  dioecious  emergent  prothalha  are  dis- 


tinctive The  arrangement  of  the  canals  and  also 
of  the  stomates  along  the  stem  are  important  in  the 
distinction  of  species. 

The  stems  of  E.  hiemale,  rich  in  silica,  were  formerly 
much  used  for  scounng  and  for  polishing  woods,  and 
are  still  used  to  some  extent.  E.  arvense  and  E.  sylvati- 
cum  have  been  used  for  polishing  tin  vessels,  hence  the 
name  "tin weed  "  Several  species  have  been  used  in 
medicine,  as  diuretics.  E.  giganteum  is  employed  as  an 
astringent.  E  arvense  and  E,  palustre  are  bad  weeds 
in  parts  of  Europe. 

Several  species  have  been  advertised  by  American 
dealers  in  native  plants. 

CLASS  III.    LYCOPODIN^E 
Order  6.    LYCOPODIALES 

13.  Lycopodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Lycopodium,  wolf- 
foot,  from  a  fancied  resemblance)    CLUB-MOSS  FAMILY. 
Fig   1.    Branched  plants  of  moderate  size,  stems  often 
erect  when  short,  usually  prostrate,  pendent,  or  creep- 
ing   leaves  very  numerous,  small,  subulate  or  oblong, 
moss-like,  often  imbricated,  rarely  the  leaves  all  basal 
(Phylloglossum)      sporophylls  either    similar    to    the 
leaves,  or  much  modified  and  forming  terminal  "cones." 
sporangia  and  spores  of  one  sort  (not  macrospores  and 
microspores),  the  former  remform,  borne  at  the  base 
of  a  leaf  on  the  upper  side,  dehiscence  longitudinal 
prothalha  more  or  less  cylindrical  or  amorphous,  in  some 
species  green,  in  others  colorless,   saprophytic,  sub- 
terranean or  subcortical 

The  club-moss  family  contains  2  goncra  and  about 
100  species,  all  but  ono  of  which  belong  to  Lycopodium, 
distributed  m  all  parts  of  the  world  except  tne  very 
dry  regions  The  majority  of  the  epiphytic  species 
are  tropical,  but  several  terrestrial  species  extend  to 
the  arctic  circle  Twelve  of  the  species  are  native  in  the 
eastern  United  States  The  family  is  not  closely  related 
to  any  other  The  habit,  the  undifferentiated  spores, 
and  the  prothallmm  are  distinctive. 

The  branching  of  Lycopodium  is  of  two  types,  the 
dichotomous,  and  the  monopodial  (a  central  axis  from 
which  lateral  blanches  arise).  On  these  types  sub- 
genera  are  based. 

The  spores  of  Lycopodium  (principally  of  L  clava- 
tum),  which  are  produced  in  great  quantities,  are  used 
by  apothecaries  for  coating  pills,  and  by  metal-workers 
These  spores  are  highly  inflammable  and  were  formerly 
used  in  theaters  to  produce  flashlights.  L.  Selago  is 
emetic,  drastic,  vermifugal,  and  emmenagogue.  L. 
myrsimlis  and  L.  catharhcum  are  purgative  Several 
other  species  have  been  used  locally  for  various  com- 
plaints The  creeping  steins  of  L.  clavatum  and  L. 
complanatum  are  often  used  for  Christmas  and  church 
decorations 

Several  species  of  Lycopodium  (Club-moss,  Ground 
Pine,  Creeping  Pine)  are  gathered  or  protected  in 
America  for  decorative  purposes  or  for  the  spores. 

Order  7.    SELAGINELLALES 

14.  Selaginellaceae    (from     the    genus     SelagineUa, 
diminutive  of  Selago,  ancient  name  of  Lycopodium). 
SELAGINELLA  FAMILY.  Fig  1.  Moss-like  or  lycopodium- 
hke  plants,  often  of  moderate  size,  usually  profusely 
and  dichotomously  branched,  more  rarely  monopodial; 
creeping,  pendent  or  erect,  sometimes  climbing  and 
several  meters  long,   or  minute  and   1-3   cm.   long: 
leaves  moss-like,  very  small,  usually  densely  placed, 
often  imbricated,   often  of  two  sizes   (the  branches 
therefore  strongly  dorsiventral) ;  ligule  present,  borne 
at  the  base  of  the  leaf  on  the  upper  side  roots  borne  on 
"rhizophores"  which  are  probably  modified  branches: 
spores  of  two  sorts  (microspores  and  macrospores)  in 
separate  sporangia,  borne  m  the  leaf  axils:  sporophylls 
frequently  modified,  forming  a  cone  or  spike:  prothalha 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


11 


endosporous,  the  spore  wall  of  the  macrosporea  soon 
rupturing  and  exposing  the  archegoma 

The  one  genus;  Selagmella,  and  about  500  species 
are  widely  distributed,  but  mostly  tropical  The 
majority  prefer  damp  forests,  but  some  (e  g  ,  *S'  rupeb- 
tria)  are  xerophytic  Three  species  are  native  in  the 
eastern  United  States  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Lycopodiaccae  superficially,  but  not  in  the  spores  and 
in  the  prothalha.  which  are  more  closely  allied  to 
another  family,  the  Isoctacea?  The  habit,  the  foliar 
hgule,  the  undifferentiatcd  spores,  and  the  endosporous 
prothaUia  are  distinctive 

The  spores  of  Selagmclla  have  been  used  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  of  Lycopodium,  but  are  less  easily 
obtainable  >S  concinna  and  »V  obtusa  have  been  used 
for  diarrhea  and  dysentery  Several  Mexican  species 
are  used  locally  for  medicine.  *S.  convoluta  is  employed 
in  the  East  Indies  as  an  aphrodisiac  The  rosette-like 
£>'.  lepidophylla  of  Mexico  is  the  best-known  "resur- 
rection plant  "  When  dry,  it  rolls  into  a  ball  and 
becomes  brown,  when  the  air  is  humid,  the  branches 
spread  out  and  the  green  upper  surfaces  are  exposed 

Many  species  of  Sclaginella  are  in  choice  American 
collections,  but  very  few  are  commonly  in  tht  trade 
They  are  mostly  grown  for  greenhouse  and  for  table 
decoration  under  the  name  of  "l^copodium." 


SPERMATOPHYTA   or  SIPHONOGAMIA 
(PIIANEROGAMIA) 

SVB-DIVISION  I      GYMNOSPEKM^E 
Order  8     CYCADALES 

15  Cycadaceae  (from  the  genus  O/c«s,  the  Greek 
name  of  a  certain  palm)  CYCHS  FAMILY  Fig  4  Moic 
or  less  \voody  plants,  \\ith  thick,  unbranehed,  columnar 
or  tuberous  stem  leaves  alternate,  pinnate  .stamens 
and  carpels  borne  in  cones  or  in  temporarily  terminal 
clusters  scales  of  the  stammate  cone  bearing  veiy 
many  scattered  anthers  on  the  under  side  the  caipels 
open,  not  forming  a  closed  ovary,  either  leaf-like  pm- 
natifid  and  bearing  maigmal  ovules,  or  peltate  \\ith  2  or 
more  suspended  ovules,  the  latter  very  large,  often  1 
inch  long,  orthotropous,  with  1  integument,  becoming 
drupe-like 

Cyeadaeejr  has  0  genera  and  about  85  specie1*,  dis- 
tributed in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  Zamia 
is  the  largest  genus,  with  30  species  The  family  stands 
isolated  among  the  gymnosperms  The  palm-like 
habit,  pinnate  leaves,  vciy  numerous  scattered  stamens, 
and,  in  Cycas,  the  leaf-like  carpel,  aie  distinctive 
Differences  more  important  to  the  morphologist  aie  to 
be  found  in  the  cmbrjology,  especially  in  the  fertiliza- 
tion by  motile  sperm-cells  The  leaves  are  circulate 
when  unfolding,  like  tho.se  of  a  fern  The  CjeadaceiB 
represent  an  ancient  family  far  more  numerous  in  past 
geologic  ages  Many  fossil  .species  aie  known 

Various  species  of  Cycas  in  the  Moluccas  and  Japan, 
especially  C  reroluta,  yield  a  sago  in  the  pithy  part  of 
the  stem  which  the  natives  bake  into  bread  The 
Hottentots  eat  the  pith  of  Encephalartos,  making 
from  it  "Kafir  bread  '  The  seeds  of  Cycas  and  Zamia 
are  edible  The  leaves  of  Oycas  are  used  at  funoials 
and  church  festivals  as  "palm  branches  " 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  for 
greenhouse  use  and  outdoors  in  the  South  These  are 
Bowenia,  Ceratozarma  of  Mexico,  Cycas  (Sago  Palm)  of 
the  far  East;  Dioon  of  Mexico,  Encephalartos  of  South 
Africa,  Macrozamia  of  Australia,  Stangena  of  South 
Africa,  Zamia  (Coontie,  Comptie)  of  tropical  America 

Order  9    GINKQOALES 

16.  Ginkgoaceae  (from  the  genus  Ginkao.  the  Japanese 
name).  GINKGO  FAMILY.  Fig  4.  Much-branched  tree 


with  deciduous  leaves  secondary  wood  without  true 
vessels,  resin-tubes  present  leaves  alternate,  fan-shaped 
like  the  pinnules  of  Adiantum,  veins  forking,  anthers 
borne  in  pedicelled  pairs  on  a  slender  axis,  without 
bracts,  the  whole  somewhat  catkin-like  no  true  pistil- 
late cone,  ovules  borne  in  pairs  at  the  summit  of 
branched  peduncles,  each  ovule  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  a  fleshy  ring,  fruit  drupaceous  Fertilization  is  by 
means  of  motile  sperms 

A  single  genus  of  one  species  occurs  in  China  and 
Japan  Fossil  species  are  known.  The  family  is  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  Comferae,  but  the  peculiar  foliage, 
as  well  as  the  absence  of  cone  structure  and  the  great 
reduction  of  sporophylls,  is  distinctive 

(hnkqo  biloba  (gmkgo,  maidenhair  tree,  Kew  tree), 
the  only  species,  is  grown  as  a  park  tree. 


3c 


4  ("\(  \OAfB «  1  Cycis,  a 
snlo  \\ilh  anthers  2  Zamif 
Ginkgo,  a,  leaf,  6,  ovules,  c,  sti 


th  ovules,  c,  male 
GINKQOACE.E     3 


Order  10    CONIFERALES 

17  Taxaceae  (from  the  genus  Taxus,  the  classical 
name,  probably  from  the  Greek  meaning  boiv,  for  which 
the  wood  is  used) .  YEW  FAMILY  Fig.  5  Much-branched 
trees  or  shrubs,  with  resin-tubes  in  the  bark  and  no 
tine  vessels  in  the  secondary  wood  leaves  alternate, 
needle-like  or  scale-like,  persistent  stamens  borne  on 
the  protected  portion  of  more  or  less  apically  thickened 
or  peltate  scales  (sporopM  11s)  forming  a  small  cone 
pistillate  cones  wanting,  ovules  borne  singly  or  two 
together  on  a  fleshy  or  rudimentary  carpel  (sporophyll), 
mveited  or  straight,  the  outer  integument  forming  an 
.•inline  fnnt  a  div  seed  surrounded  by  the  fleshy  often 
highh  colored  anllus,  the  receptacle  also  of  ten  enlarged 
and  foinung  a  fleshy  part  of  the  fruit 

Taxaceac  has  8  genera  and  about  70  species  widely 
distributed,  of  which  40  belong  to  the  genus  Podocarpus 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Conifcrse,  but  differs  in  the 
reduction  of  the  pistillate  cone  to  a  single  ovule,  in 
the  modification  or  suppression  of  the  sporophyll,  and 
in  the  aril  or  anllus  The  closely  related  Ginkgoacea; 
has  a  different  st animate  inflorescence  fertilization  is 
by  means  of  pollen-tubes 

The  timber  produced  by  the  tropical  eastern  species 
of  Podocarpus  and  of  Dacrydium  (heron  pine  an« 


12 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


damion  pine)  is  highly  valued.  The  yew  wood  is 
hard  and  susceptible  of  a  high  polish.  It  is  used  in 
cabinet  work  and  for  bows.  The  seed  and  shoots  of  yew 
are  said  to  be  poisonous,  but  the  anllus  is  harmless. 

In  cultivation  in  America  are  a  few  genera  foi  orna- 
mental purposes1  Ccphalotaxus,  East  Asia,  Podocar- 
pus,  Chile,  Japan,  Australia,  grown  m  the  South,  Taxus 
(Yew),  Europe,  Asia,  North  America;  Torreya  (Cali- 
fornia Nutmeg) ,  California  to  Florida 

18.  Pinaceae  (from  the  genus  Pinus,  the  classical 
Latin  name)  PINE  FAMILY  Fig  5  Tiee  or  shrub,  with 
no  true  vessels  in  the  secondary  wood,  but  with  resm- 
tubes.  leaves  linear,  or  needle-like,  or  scale-like, 
alternate  or  opposite,  evergreen  or  deciduous  anthers 
and  ovules  both  in  true  cones  plainly  subtended  by 
scales  (sporophylls) ;  the  stiunmate  scales  usually 
bearing  2-6,  rarely  more,  anthers  on  the  under  side; 
the  pistillate  bearing  1-2,  rarely  many,  ovules  on  the 
upper  side,  or  peltate  and  ovule-bearing  under  the 
crown  or  at  its  base;  ovules  with  1  integument:  fruit 


tiit 


5  TAXACEB  1  Taxus,  o,  male  cone,  6,  fruit  (seed  and  aril) 
PINACEA:  2  Tsuga,  female  cone  3  Picea,  female  cone-scale  with 
ovules.  4  Pseudotsuga,  female  cone  5  Chamsecynans,  female 
cone  6  Sequoia,  female  cone  7.  Jumperus,  a,  female  cones 
(berries),  6,  cross-section  berry  GNETACE^B.  8  Ephedra,  a, 
female  inflorescence,  6,  male  inflorescence 

a  dry  woody  cone  with  dry,  often  winged  seeds  between 
the  scales;  or  berry-like  through  the  union  of  the  fleshy 
cone-scales 

Sub-family  1  Cupressmese — Cone-scales  opposite; 
ovules  erect  leaves  opposite  or  whorled. 

Sub-family  2.  Abietmeae — Cone-scales  alternate; 
ovules  inverted  leaves  alternate 

There  are  25  genera  and  about  240  species,  widely 
distnbuted  but  most  abundant  in  temperate  legions 
The  largest  genus  is  Pinus  with  70  species.  The  family 
is  related  to  the  TaxaceiE  and  Ginkgoaceae,  from  which 
it  differs  m  the  presence  of  true  stammate  and  pistillate 
cones  It  also  differs  from  the  latter  m  the  absence  of 
motile  sperm-cells. 

The  Pinaceae,  like  other  Gymnosperms,  is  an  old 
group,  more  abundant  in  former  geologic  ages  Many 
fossil  species  are  known  The  Sequoias  of  California 
were  formerly  more  abundant,  extending  to  Greenland. 
The  young  plants  of  many  Cuprcssineaj  possess  foliage 


lite  different  in  appearance  from  the  mature  foliage, 
the  leaves  being  longer  and  more  spreading  These 
juvenile  forms  have  been  called  Retimsporas,  a  name 
which  has  been  applied  also  to  all  cultivated  species  of 
Charncecypans  Juniper  "berries"  are  fleshy  cones 
with  peltate,  fused  scales  The  leaves  of  Larix,  Pseu- 
dolarix  and  Cedrus  are  deciduous.  The  branchlcts  and 
leaves  are  deciduous  in  Taxodium.  The  cone-scales 
of  many  Abietmese  are  double,  an  outer  thinner  3- 
toothed  scale,  and  a  thick  inner  scale  that  bears  the 
ovules  (see  Pseudotsuga) 

Among  the  Pinacecc  are  some  of  our  most  valuable 
timber  trees,  e  g  ,  cedar,  arborvitse,  spruce,  fir,  hem- 
lock and  redwood  The  resin  from  various  pines  when 
distilled  yields  spints  of  turpentine  and  rosin,  when 
dry-distilled,  it  yields  tar  Venice  turpentine  is  the 
reisinous  exudation  of  European  larches  Canada 
balsam  that  of  Abies  balsamea  Dammar  resin  is  from 
the  Malayan  Agathis  Dammara  Kauri  resin  is  the 
semi-fossilized  resin  of  Agathis  austrahs  of  Australia 
and  New  Zealand  Sandarac  resin  is  from  Callitris 
quadrivalvis  of  Northwest  Afnca  Amber  is  the  fos- 
silized resin  of  prchistonc  conifers  around  the  Baltic. 
Oil  of  savin  is  from  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  Jumperus 
sabina,  and  oil  of  cedar  from  Thuya  accidentally  Juniper 
berries,  from  J  commums  of  Europe  and  America,  are 
diuretic  and  also  used  for  flavoring  gin.  Edible  seeds 
are  produced  by  Pinus  Pinea  (stone  pine)  of  the 
Mediterranean,  P  Cembra  of  Europe  and  Sibena,  P. 
Parryana  and  P  eduhs  of  the  southwestern  United 
States,  Podocarpus  nenifoha  of  the  East  Indies,  Arau- 
caria  braziliana  of  Brazil,  and  A  Bidmlln  of  Australia 
Bread  is  made  by  the  Laps  and  Eskimos  from  the 
inner  bark  of  Pinus  sylvestns  and  Abiet*  alba,  also  from 
various  Pinacese  by  our  northwestern  Indians  Deodar 
(Cedrus  Deodnra)  is  sacred  to  the  Hindoos  Cedrus 
Libani  is  the  cedar  of  Lebanon.  Pine  bark  was  form- 
erly used  for  tanning. 

Many  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  Amenca  Among 
these  are  Abies  (Fir,  Balsam);  Araucana  (Norfolk 
Island  Pine,  Monkey  Puzzle),  Callitna  (Cypress  Pine), 
Cedrus  (Cedar  of  Lebanon,  Deodar),  Chamgecypans 
(White  Cedar,  Yellow  Cedar,  Hinoki  Cypress,  Sawara 
Cypress,  Retimspora,  Japanese  Cedar),  Cryptomena; 
Capressus  (Cypress,  Monterey  Cypress),  Jumperua 
(Red  Cedar,  Jumper,  Savin) ;  Larix  (Larch,  Tamarack, 
Hackmatack);  Libocedrus  (Incense  Cedar,  White  Ce- 
dar), Picea  (Spruce);  Pinus  (Pine,  Pmnon,  Soledad); 
Pseudolanx  (Golden  Larch),  Pseudotsuga  (Douglas 
Spruce,  Red  Fir);  Sciadopitys  (Umbrella  Pine),  Se- 
quoia (Big  Tree  of  California,  Redwood),  Taxodium 
(Bald  Cypress,  Deciduous  Cypress) ;  Thuya  (Arborvi- 
tae,  White  Cedar) ;  Thuyopsis,  Tsuga  (Hemlock  Spruce). 

Order  11.  GNETALES 

19.  Gnetacese  (from  the  genus  Gnetum,  derived  from 
Gnemon,  said  to  be  the  old  Malay  name  of  the  plant). 
GNETUM  FAMILY.  Fig  5  Very  peculiar  semi-woody 
plants  of  diverse  habit  leaves  large  and  broad,  or  modi- 
fied, or  reduced,  or  opposite,  or  whorled  no  resin-tubes 
m  the  stem,  secondary  wood  containing  true  vessels, 
true  flowers  present,  with  a  2-4-parted  perianth, 
unisexual,  rarely  bisexual;  stamens  2-8;  pistillate 
perianth  becoming  juicy  or  wing-like  in  fruit  and  inclos- 
ing one  naked  orthotropous  seed  with  1  or  2  integu- 
ments 

The  family  consists  of  3  genera  and  about  35-40 
species,  widely  distnbuted.  It  is  distinguished  from 
the  Coniferte  by  the  presence  of  a  perianth,  the  absence 
of  resin-tubes,  and  the  presence  of  vessels  in  the 
secondary  wood  The  endosperm  development,  also, 
approaches  that  of  the  Angiosperms.  The  fertilization 
is  by  means  of  pollen-tubes.  The  three  genera  are 
very  distinct.  Ephedra,  of  the  tropics  of  both  hemis- 
pheres, is  much  branched,  with  slender  jointed  striate 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


13 


equieetum-like  sterns,  leaves  scale-like  at  the  distant 
nodes;  Gnetum  of  South  Amenca,  except  one  species, 
is  a  group  of  vines  or  shrubs  with  large  broad  leaves 
like  those  of  an  Angiosperm,  Welwitschia  of  South 
Afnca  is  a  desert  plant  with  a  thick  subterranean  stem 
bearing  two  ribbon-like  leaves  6  feet  long,  lying  flat 
on  the  ground,  and  with  a  terminal  cluster  of  cone-like 
flower-spikes 

It  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  these  are  regularly  in 
the  American  i/rade 

SUB-DIVISION  II.    ANGIOSPERMJE 

CLASS   I     MONOCOTYLEDONEvE 

Order  12     P  AND  AN  ALES 

20  Typhaceae  (from  the  genus  Typtia,  the  old  Greek 
name).    CATTAIL  FAMILY     Fig.   6     Perennial  maish 
herbs,  with  creeping  rootstoeks,  and  long-linear,  erect, 
mostly  basal  leaves    flowers   monoecious,  naked,  in  a 
dense  terminal   spike,  which  is  btammate  above  and 
pistillate  below,  each  sex  subtended  by  one  bract-like 
spathe,  perianth  0,  stamens  2-5,  filaments  connate, 
bearing  long,   silky   hairs,   carpels  1,   ovaiy  1 -celled, 
raised  on  a  stipe  which  also  bears  long,  silky  hairs* 
ovule  1,  suspended;  style  slender,  fruit  a  nutlet;  seed 
albuminous 

A  single  genus  and  about  12  species  occur  in  the 
tropical  and  temperate  zones  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Spargamacesc,  with 
which  it  was  formerly  united  These  two  families  con- 
stitute a  very  distinct  group  of  simple-flowered  Mono- 
cotyledons The  habit,  the  flowers  borne  in  spikes  with- 
out perianth,  the  hairy  pedicels,  the  absence  of  bracts, 
and  the  simple  pistil,  aie  together  distinctive. 

The  starchy  root  stocks  are  sometimes  used  for  food 
The  leaves  are  woven  into  matting,  and  into  chau- 
bottoms,  and  are  used  for  calking  barrels  The  pollen 
has  been  used  as  a  .substitute  for  the  spores  of  Lyco- 
podium  The  rootstock  is  used  in  East  Asia  for  d>  seii- 
tery  and  urethntis,  and  the  leaves  in  various  localities 
for  thatching  cottages  A  vain  attempt  has  been 
made  to  utilize  the  .silky  hairs  of  the  fruit  for  making 
velvet 

Two  species  of  Typha  (Cattail  Flag,  Reed  Mace), 
both  native,  are  in  the  American  trade  for  water-gar- 
dens 

21  Pandanaceae  (from  the  genus  Pandanus,  derived 
from  a  Malay  name)     SCHEW-PINE  FAMILY     Fig   6 
Shrubby    or    arborescent    plants      stems     simple    or 
branched,  with   prop-roots    leaves    spirally  arranged, 
densely  placed,  sword-shaped,  often  canaliculate,  clasp- 
ing, stiff,  edges  and  midrib  often  spiny-serrate    flowers 
on   simple    or    branched    spadices,    dioecious,    naked, 
spathes  caducous,  stamens  densely  packed,  separated 
or  united  in  fascicles,  scattered  over  the  spadiv,  and 
not  in  definite  flowers,  pistillate  spadix  simple,  ovaiics 
numerous,  coherent  in  bundles,  or  isolated,  not  in  real 
flowers,  stigma  sessile,  ovules  solitary  or  several    fruit 
drupaceous,  cohering  in  multiple  fruits,  seed  albumi- 
nous. 

There  are  3  genera  and  about  350  species,  natives  of 
the  tropics  of  the  Old  World  The  family  is  unique. 
The  floral  structure,  while  much  like  that  of  Typha, 
suggests  also  the  Palmacea;  As  in  Typha,  actual  flowers 
cannot  here  be  distinguished. 

The  fleshy  pericarps  of  some  are  eaten  The  strong 
odor  of  the  stammate  flowers  is  either  agreeable  or  dis- 
agreeable, depending  on  the  species,  in  the  former  case 
the  flowers  arc  used  for  perfumery.  The  leaves  of  Patt- 
danus  utilis  are  made  into  bags  for  shipping  coffee, 
and  the  plant  is  now  cultivated  for  that  purpose  in 
the  West  Indies 

Ten  to  15  species  of  Pandanus  (Screw  Pine,  Cande- 
labrum Tree,  Chandelier  Tree)  are  in  greenhouse  cul- 
tivation in  America. 


Order  13.   HELOBI^E 

22.  Naiadaceas  (from  the  genus  Naias,  denved  from 
the  Greek,  meaning  a  water  nymph)  PONDWEED 
FAMILY  Fig  6  Immersed  aquatic  herbs  leaves 
mostly  cauhnc,  opposite  or  alternate,  the  floating  often 
differing  from  the  submerged  in  shape  and  texture: 
flowers  axillary  or  spicate,  bisexual  or  unisexual,  peri- 
anth of  4  herbaceous  segments,  or  wanting,  stamens 
1-4,  rarely  more,  carpels  1-0,  mostly  distinct,  1 -celled, 
1-ovuled  fruit  a  nutlet,  endosperm  none,  embryo 
curved,  rarely  straight. 

Naiadaceas  has  10  genera  and  about  100  species 
widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  temperate 
regions.  The  largest  genus  is  Potamogeton  with  50 
species  The  family  is  a  very  heterogeneous  one  which 
has  been  divided  or  united  in  many  ways  by  different 
authors  As  here  treated  it  is  distinguished  by  the 
aquatic  habit,  greenish,  often  reduced  perianth,  few 
stamens,  and  few,  separate,  1 -seeded  carpels  A  spathe- 
hke  bract  usually  incloses  the  inflorescence 

The  dried  leaves  of  Zostera  and  Posidoma  have  been 
used  since  ancient  times  in  Venice  to  pack  glassware. 
They  are  now  widely  used  for  packing  Plants  of 
Potamogeton  and  Zostera  are  employed  as  manure. 

Several  species  of  Potamogeton  (Pondweed)  and 
one  of  Zarmichelha  are  possibly  in  the  American  trade, 
tor  water-gardens 


4b 


'4  a, 


6  T\PHACE,B  1  Typha  a,  inflorescence,  6,  male  flower,  c, 
female  flower  PANDAN\OEE  2  Pandanus,  a,  portion  male 
inflorescence,  b,  female  inflorescence,  vertical  section  NAIAD- 
ACFK  3  Naias.a,  male  flower,  b,  female  flower.  4  Potamogeton, 
a,  flower,  6,  vertical  section  nutlet 

23  Aponogetonacese  (from  the  genus   Aponogeton, 
derivation  obscure)      APONOGETON  FAMILY     Aquatic 
herbs  with  tuberous  rhizomes,  and  basal,  submerged 
or   floating  leaves,   blade    linear    to  oval,   palmately 
parallel- veined,  with   transveisc  veinlets,   the  general 
tissue  between  the  veins  often  wanting,  thus  producing 
a  remarkable  openwork  latticed  effect,  flowers  spicate, 
bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous  penan th  of  several  petal- 
oid   parts;   stamens   usually   6,   rarely   more;   carpels 
mostly  3,  rarely  4-0,  separate,  ovules  2-€»,  mostly  basal, 
anatropous*  fruit  pouch-like,  endosperm  none 

The  single  genus,  with  its  15  species  oocurs  in  Africa, 
Madagascar,  tropical  Asia  and  Australia  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Naiadaceac,  with  which  it  was  formerly 
united,  and  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  petaf- 
oid  perianth,  several  ovules,  and  straight  embryo. 

The  roots  are  sometimes  eaten  by  natives. 

A  ponogeton  distachyus  (Cape  pondweed,  water  haw- 
thorn) is  cultivated  m  water-gardens 

24  Alismaceae  (from  the  genus  Ahsma,  the  Greek 
name).    WATER-PLANTAIN  FAMILY.    Fig.  7.   Herbace- 


14 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


ous  marsh  plants  with  milky  juice  loaves  mostly  basal, 
sheathing,  with  a  scale  m  the  axil;  blade  various,  float- 
ing or  erect,  often  sagittate,  varying  m  size  and  width 
with  the  depth  of  the  water,  palmately  parallel-veined 
with  cross  vemlets  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  reg- 
ular, hypogynous,  m  whorls  of  3,  sepals  3,  more  or  less 
hyaline,  petals  3,  white  and  petaloid,  stamens  C  to 
many,  in  several  whorls,  carpels  very  many,  separate 
or  rarely  coherent,  spirally  arranged  or  in  a  whorl, 
1-ovuled,  rarely  2-5-ovuled  fruit  dry,  rarely  dehiscent, 
seed  ba^sal,  anatropous,  exalbummous,  embryo  curved. 

The  family  has  10  genera  and  about  50  species,  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  warmer  and  temperate  zones 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Butomaeese  and  Junca- 
ginaeetc,  which  are  all  peculiar  m  having  an  axillary 
mtra vaginal  scale  The  whorled  flowers,  differentiated 
perianth,  numerous  carpels,  and  mostly  solitary,  basal, 
exalbummous  seeds  are  distinctive 

The  acrid  juice  formerly  led  to  the  occasional  use  of 
these  plants  in  medicine  The  tubers  and  rhizomes  of 
-Sagittana  were  eaten  by  the  American  Indians  as 
wappato;  and  arc  cultivated  in  China  They  are  said 
to  come  into  the  Chinese  market  at  San  Francisco,  pre- 
served in  liquid. 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  for  water-gardens: 
Ahsma  (Water  Plantain),  native,  and  Sagittaria 
(Arrowhead),  some  native 

25  Butomaceae  (from  the  genus  Hutormis,  signifying 
ox  -f-  to  cut,  in  reference  to  the  rough  leaves)  Fig  7 
Aquatic  or  marsh  herbs  leaves  basal,  with  an  axial 
scale,  sometimes  with  milky  juice  blade  linear  or 
oval,  veins  palmately  parallel  with  cross  vemlets,  or 
nearly  vemless.  flowers  solitary  or  umbelled,  bisexual, 
regular,  hypogynous,  sepals  3,  .subherbaceous,  petals  3, 
colored,  imbricated,  stamens  9  or  more,  whorled, 
carpels  6  or  more,  separate,  ovules  numerous,  borne 


"V! 


7  AU8MA<  KM  1  Alisma,  a,  inflorescence,  b,  flower,  c,  floral 
diagram,  d,  truit  2  iSatfittana,  a,  trmt,  b,  ac-hene  BuTOMAf'K«' 
3  Butomus,  flowor  HiDROciMRiTir  E«  4  Elodoa,  female  flower 
branch  5  Vallisnerm,  a,  halni  ai"t  flower,  b,  fern.ile  flower. 

between  the  rr:*igins  and  midrib  of  the  carpel'  fruit 
•iry,  dehiscent,  seed  anatropous,  exalbummous,  embryo 
straight  or  3urved 

The  family  contains  4  genera  and  about  5  species, 
natives  of  the  temperate  and  tropical  zones  of  the  Old 
World,  and  the  tropics  of  the  New  World  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Ahsmacesp  and  Juncagmacese,  from 
the  former  of  which  it  differs  principally  m  the  numerous 
ovules  and  their  peculiar  position 

The  roots  and  seeds  of  Butomus  were  once  used  as 
emollients  The  baked  roots  of  Butomus  are  eaten  m 
North  Asia. 


Two  genera  are  m  cultivation  for  water-gardens: 
Butomus  (Flowering  Rush),  and  Limnochans  (Water 
Poppy) 

2o  Hydrochantaceae  (from  the  genus  Hydrochans, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  wate?  and  rejoice). 
FHOG'S-BIT  FAMILY.  Fig  7  Submerged  aquatic  herbs, 
rarely  floating,  the  flowers  usually  at  first  inclosed  by 
a  2-bracted  spathic,  leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  very 
divcise,  cordate,  linear  or  ribbon-like  flowers  usually 
unisexual,  regular,  epigynous,  perianth  in  2  series, 
composed  of  ,3  imbricated  or  valvate,  calicoid  parts, 
and  3  convolute  petaloid  parts,  rarely  of  only  3  divisions, 
stamens  m  1  to  several  series  of  3,  some  often  stami- 
riodia,  carpels  2-15,  ovary  interior,  1-celled  with  parie- 
tal placentae,  or  imperfectly  several-celled,  stigmas  3- 
6  fruit  not  regularly  dehiscent,  submerged,  some- 
what fleshy;  seeds  many,  exalbummous 

There  aie  14  genera  and  about  40  species  widely 
distiibuted  The  family  is  related  to  the  Ahsmacere 
and  Naiadacew  The  differentiation  into  calyx  and 
corolla,  the  usually  numerous  .stamens,  the  inferior, 
1-celled  ovary  with  parietal  placenta1,  and  the  exalbumi- 
nous  seeds  are  together  characteristic  The  plants  of 
this  family  are  very  diverse  in  appearance  and  often 
striking  Fossil  species  are  known  The  pollination  of 
Valhsneria  is  very  remarkable  (See  Kerner  and  Oliver, 
"Natural  History  of  Plants") 

Etodca  canadensts,  introduced  into  Europe  from 
America,  has  there  become  so  abundant  as  to  impede 
navigation  The  plants  of  Hydrochans,  Stratiotes,  and 
Elodea  are  used  as  fodder  and  as  manuie  in  Europe 
The  starchy  rootstocks  of  Otteha  and  Boottia  are 
eaten  in  India  as  pot-herbs,  also  the  tubers  and  fruits 
of  Erialus  The  fibers  fiom  the  leaves  of  Enalus  are 
used  in  India  Valh^ntrui  altermfoha  is  employed  m 
India  in  the  pieparation  of  sugar. 

Five  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly  for 
aquaria  Elodea(  Water  weed,  Ditch-Moss,  Water  Thvme, 
Water  Pest)  ;  Hydrochans  (Frog's-Bit) ,  Limnobium 
(American  Fiog's-Bit),  Stratiotes  (Water  Soldier,  Water 
Aloe),  Valhsneria  (Eel-Grass,  Tape-Grass) 

Order  14    GLUMIFLORJE 

27.  Graminese  (from  the  Latin  signifying  grass) 
GRASS  FAMILY  Fig  8  Herbs,  or  sometimes  almost 
tiee-hke  stems  hollow  or  solid  leaves  usually  linear,  in 
2  ranks,  composed  of  a  sheath  which  is  usually  open 
down  the  front,  a  sessile  blade,  and  a  hgule  at  the 
junctuie  of  blade  and  sheath  flowers  bisexual  or  uni- 
sexual, naked,  or  with  the  perianth  reduced  to  1-3  tiny 
scales,  borne  in  specialized  spikelets  composed  of  3  01 
more  2-ranked  scales,  the  first  2  empty  (called  empty 
glumes),  the  others  termed  flowering  glumes  or  lem- 
mas, and  1  scale  on  each  secondary  flower-bearing 
axis,  called  a  palet  or  palca,  stamens  2-3,  "xserted  for 
wind-pollination,  carpel  1;  ovary  1,  1-cclled,  1-ovuled, 
stigmas  feathery,  usually  2  fruit  a  caryopsis,  seed 
with  endosperm,  and  embryo  with  an  absoibing  organ 

Grammejr  is  a  family  of  300-400  genera  and  per- 
haps 5,0(K)  species  distributed  all  over  the  eaith  The 
largest  genera  are  Pamcum  with  300-400  species,  Pas- 
palum  with  160  species,  and  Poa  with  100  species  The 
Grammes  and  Cyperaceac  form  a  verv  distinct  group 
The  usually  hollow  stem,  the  open  sheaths,  the  hgule, 
the  2-rankcd  leaves,  and  the  peculiar  spikelet-structure 
are  the  best  characters  to  separate  Grammeac  from  Cy- 
perace<£  The  Indian  corn  is  one  of  the  most  modified  of 
grasses  It  is  monoecious  The  stammate  spikelets  are  ar- 
ranged on  finger-like  branches  of  the  tassel  at  the  sum- 
mit of  the  plant ,  the  pistillate  spikelets  are  borne  on  the 
cob,  which  is  supposed  to  be  composed  of  similar  finger- 
like  portions  grown  together.  Each  spikelet  is  2-flowered, 
but  only  1  flower  bears  an  ovary.  The  kernel  is  this 
ovary,  and  the  chaff  on  the  cob  represent  the  glumes 
and  palets.  The  grasses  are  divided  into  13  tribes. 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


15 


The  grasses  are  among  the  most  useful  of  plants. 
The  following,  among  others,  are,  or  have  been,  used 
as  medicine  Rhizome  of  Agropyron  repens  (quick-  or 
quack-grass)  is  emollient,  and  aperient  (several  other 
grasses  have  the  same  properties)  Root  of  Arundo  Do  mix 
(reed)  is  diuretic  and  sudorific  Phragmites  commums 
was  formerly  considered  dcpurative  and  anti-syphilitic. 
Calamagrostis  was  used  by  the  French  peasants  as  a 
diuretic  Perotis  latifolui  IH  used  in  India  for  the  same 
purpose,  as  are  also  the  seeds  of  Coix  Lacryma-Jobi  in 
China.  The  roots  of  Mara  suns  granulans  are  used  in 
India  for  intestinal  troubles.  The  aromatic,  fragrant 
roots  of  various  Andropogons  (or  Cymbopogons)  are 
used  for  medicine  and  for  perfume  in  India  and  else- 
where, e  g  ,  A.  Nardus  (false  bpikenard,  citronella),  A. 
citratus  (lemon-grass).  A  lamer  arid  A  Schoenanthus 
(sweet  rush,  ginger-grass,  geranium-grass)  are  used  in 
Africa  and  Arabia  as  a  stimulant,  antispasrnodic  and 
diaphoretic,  and  for  perfume. 

The  following  are  used  for  food.  Seeds  of  wheat, 
barley,  rye,  oats,  rice,  Indian  corn  and  millet ,  also  seeds 
of  Andropogon  arundinacc  us  var  vulgar  e  (sorghum),  and 
var  Durra  (durra)  Pennibetutn  arnericanum  (pearl 
millet)  is  an  important  food  of  the  negro  races,  and  Poa 
abij^nnica  and  Kleusine  are  important  in  East  Africa 
Sugar  is  obtained  fiom  the  stems  of  heveral  species, 
most  important  of  which  arc  Saccfvirum  ojfficinaium 
(sugar-cane),  and  Andropogon  nrundinaceuss  var  sac- 
r  karat  us  or  A  Sorghum  (sugar  sorghum) 

Many  grasses  are  used  as  fodder  for  cattle,  as,  for 
instance,  our  pasture  and  hay  graces  Poa  pratenns 
(June  grass,  Kentucky  blue  grass),  Phlcum  prattitv> 
(timothy),  Festuca  ovmn,  etc  (fescue),  Agro^i^  alba 
(red-top),  Dactyhs  glomerala  (orchaid-grass),  Cynodon 
Dactylon  (Beimuda-giass)  Some  grasses  are  poisonous 
to  stock,  eg,  Loh um  innuludum  (darnel),  and  the 
Peruvian  Fet>luca  quadndintata 

Straw  from  cereals  is  used  for  matting,  upholstery, 
bedding,  hats  and  for  making  paper 

The  bamboos  yield  very  important  building  material 
in  the  East  Like  the  palms,  the  bamboos  are  used  for 
almost  every  conceivable  purpose,  and  are  among  the 
most  useful  of  plants 

Several  grasses,  ( ther  than  those  above  mentioned, 
contain  a  fragrant  principle,  e  g,  roots  of  Vttiveua 
zizamoidcs  (vetiver  or  kius-kus  of  India)  used  to 
perfume  rooms,  and  to  keep  insects  out  of  clothing 
Hierochloe  odorata  (vanilla-  or  holy-grass)  is  used  in 
Europe  in  religious  ceremonies,  and  by  the  American 
Indians  for  making  baskets  Anthoxanthiim  odoratum  is 
the  European  sweet-grass,  now  introduced  into  America. 

The  most  important  ornamental  species  are  Phalanx 
arundmatea,  Stipa  pennata,  Cortadena  argentea,  Lagums 
ovatus,  Hordeum  jubatum.  Aft  Acanthus  binensis,  Briza, 
Arundo,  Phragmites,  Enanthus,  Penmsetum,  Th>ba- 
nokena,  and  Bamboos 

In  America  70-80  genera  are  cultivated,  or  are 
important  as  natural  fodder  plants  or  weeds  Among 
these  are  Agropyron  (Quack-Grass,  Couch-G  ,  Quiek- 
G  ),  Agrostis  (Bent-G  ,  Red-Top,  Cloud-G  ,Tickle-G  , 
Fly-away-G  ) ,  Aira  (Hair-G  ) ,  Andropogon  (Silver- 
beard-G  ,  Johnson-G  ,  Lemon-G  ) ,  Anthoxanthum 
(Sweet  Vernal-G.) ,  Ammophila  (Beach-G  .  Marram-G  ) , 
Arundmana  (Large  Cane,  Switch  Cane,  Scotch  Cane) , 
Arundo  (Giant  Reed);  Avena  (Oats);  Bamboo,  Briza 
(Quakmg-G  ) ;  Bromus  (Brome-G  ,  Rescue-G.) ,  Cala- 
magrostis (Reed  Bent-G,  Blue-jomt-G.,  Pony-G.); 
Calamovilfa  (Purple  Bent-G  ) ,  Cenchrus  (Sand-bur, 
Bur-G  );  Chlons  (Fmger-G  );  Cmna,  Coix  (Job's  Tears, 
Tear-G  ,  Corn  Beads);  Cortadena  (Pampas-G  ),  Cyno- 
don (Bermuda-G ) ;  Cynosurus  (Crested  Dog's-tail, 
Silky-awned  Dog's-tail);  Dactyhs  (Cock's-foot,  Or- 
chard-G);  Dactyloctemum  (Crowfoot-G.);  Desmazena 
(Spike-G  ):  Deschampsia  (Hair-G  ,  Hassock-G.);  Dig- 
itana  (Crab-G  ,  Fmger-G  );  Distichhs  (Salt-G.,  Marsh 
Spike-G.),  Echmochloa  (Barnyard-G  ) ;  Elcusme  (Crab- 


G  ,  Yard-G  ,  Dog's-tail,  Wire-G.,  African  Millet);  Ely- 
mus  (Lyme-G  ,  Wild  Rye,  Terrel-G  ),  Eragrostis,  En- 
anthus  (Woolly  Beard-G  ,  Plume-G ,  Wool-G  ,  Ra- 
venna-G.);  Euchhrna  (Teosmte);  Festuca  (Fescue-G  ), 
Glycena  or  Pamculana  (Reed  Meadow-G  ,  Manna-G  ); 
Coitadena,  Hierochloe  (Vanilla-G  ,  Holy-G  ,  Seneca-G  , 
Sweet-scented-G  ) .  Holcus  (Meadow  Sof  t-G  ) ,  Hordeum 
(Squirrel-tail-G ,  Wild  Barley,  Barley);  Hystnx  or 


8  GRAMINE^E  1  a,  part  of  a  grass  panicle,  b,  apikflet 
2  A\cna,  a,  portion  of  paint  le,  b, spikckt,*-  g  .empty  glume,  jl  g  , 
flowering  glume  or  lemma,  pal ,  palet  or  palea,  c,  ground-plan  o 
spikolct.  3  Phleum,  spikelet  4  Phalans,  shpath  and  hgule 

Asprella  (Bottle-G.) ;  Lolmm  (Darnel,  Rye-G  ) ;  Mihum 
(Wild  Millct-G),  Miscanthus  (Eulalia,  Himalaya 
Fairy-G  ) ,  Ophsmenus;  Oryza  (Rice);  Oryzopsi.s  (Moun- 
tain Rice) ;  Panicum  (Panic-G  ,  Old-iWitch-G  ,  Millet. 
Broom  Corn  Millet) ,  Penmsetum  (Pearl  Millet) ;  Pha- 
lans (Canary-G  , Gardener's  Garters) ,  Phleum  (Timothy- 
G  ,  Herd's-G  ),  Phragrmtes  (Common  Reed);  Phyllos- 
tachys  (Bamboo,  m  part),  Poa  (Blue-G  ,  Kentucky 
Blue-G  ,  Meadow-G  );  Saccharum  (Sugar-cane),  Secale 
(Rye)  jSetana  (Millet,  IIunganan-G  ,  Fo\tail-G  ,  Pigeon- 
G  ),  Spartina  (Cord-G  ),  Sphenophohs,  Stenotaphrum 
(St  August ine-G  );  Stipa  (Feathered-G  ,  Esparto-G  , 
Porcupme-G  ) ,  Tnpsacum  (Gama-G.,  Sesarnc-G.); 
Triticum  (Wheat,  Spelt) 

28  Cyperaceae  (fiom  the  genus  Cyperus,  the  ancient 
Greek  name)  SEDGE  FAMILY  Fig  9  Herbaceous  plants 
with  grass-like  habit  and  solid  stems  leaves  alternate, 
in  3,  rarely  2,  vertical  rows,  linear,  sheaths  closed 
flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  hypogynous. 
boine  in  variously  disposed  spikelets,  subtended  and 
hidden  by  overlapping  scales  none  of  which  are  regu- 
larly empty  as  in  the  grasses,  no  true  palets,  perianth 
reduced  to  bn.stles,  scales,  or  0,  stamens  2-3; 
carpels  2-3;  ovary  1-celled,  1-ovulcd;  style  1;  stig- 
mas 2-3  fruit  an  achene;  seeds  basal,  anatropous, 
albuminous 

There  are  G5  genera  and  about  3,000  species,  inhabit- 
ing the  whole  earth  More  than  500  species  belong  to 
the  genus  Carex,  400  to  Cyperus,  and  200  to  Scirpus 
They  are  abundant  in  swampy  regions  The  family 
is  closely  related  to  the  Grammea*,  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  often  3-ranked  leaves,  solid  stem,  the  absence  of 
palets  and  of  regular  empty  glumes,  and  the  presence, 
in  most  cases,  of  a  perianth  and  3  carpels  Most 
divergent  from  the  ordinary  is  Carex,  the  flowers  of 
which  are  monoecious,  and  the  pistillate,  though  naked, 
are  inclosed  in  a  flask-shaped  structure  called  a  peri- 


16 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


gynium,  which  probably  corresponds  to  the  modified 
palet  of  the  grass  spikelet  The  elongated  perianth  forms 
the  wool  of  the  wool-grass  or  cotton-grass  The  scales 
of  the  spikelet  are  in  2  ranks  in  Cyperus  and  Duhchium; 
in  many  ranks  in  the  other  genera 

The  Cyperaceac  are  of  far  less  economic  importance 
than  the  Grammes  The  rhizomes  of  several  species 
of  Carex  were  formerly  used  as  a  remedy  in  syphilis. 
Scirpus  lacustris  is  astringent  and  diuretic,  but  other 


9  CYPERACETC,  1  Scirpus,  a,  poition  of  inflorescence,  b,  flower 
2  Enophorum,  spikelet  3  Carex,  a,  inflorescence,  b,  vertical 
section  pcrigymum  PALMAPEE  1  Chamserops,  a,  bpathe  and 
spadix,  6,  floral  diagram  CYCLANIHACE^E.  5.  Cyclanthus,  mflo- 
re«cence  b.  Curludovica,  inflorescence. 

species  also  possess  this  property.  The  foLage  of 
Enophorum  has  been  used  for  dysentery  The  spongy 
pith  of  the  Enophorum  stem  was  used  by  German 
peasants  for  tapeworm.  The  tubers  of  Cyperus  escu- 
lenlus,  now  a  weed  in  all  countries,  were  cultivated 
by  the  Egyptians  for  food  The  leaves  of  many  species 
of  CyperaceiE  have  been  woven  into  mats,  chair- 
bottoms,  and  the  like  The  Egyptians  made  parchment 
from  the  pith  of  Cyperus  Papyrus  The  rhizomes  of 
Eleochans  tubcrosa  arc  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
starch,  in  China  and  India  Ci/peru?  wanobus  and  C 
pertenms,  of  India,  are  fragrant  and  used  in  making 
perfumery  Some  cances  are  used  in  making  rugs 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly 
for  water-gardens,  table  decorations,  and  the  con- 
servatory Carex  (Sedge);  Cyperus  (Umbrella  Palm, 
Egyptian  Paper  Plant,  Egyptian  Papyrus,  Chufa); 
Duhchium,  Eleochans,  Enophorum  (Cotton-Grass, 
Wool-Grass);  Mapania;  Scirpus  (Bulrush  Sedge). 

Order  15    PRINCIPKS 

29  Palmaceae  (from  the  Latin  name  palma) 
PALM  FAMILY  Fig  9  Woody  plants  of  various  habit, 
low,  or  arborescent,  or  climbing,  usually  unbranched, 
sometimes  spmescent1  leaves  forming  a  crown  at  summit 
of  stem  except  in  Calamus,  alternate,  coriaceous,  pal- 
mately  or  pmnately  veined,  eptire  or  pinnatmd  or 
palmatifid,  often  very  large,  inflorescence  a  simple  or 


much-branched  spadix,  with  or  without  a  subtending 
spathe,  the  latter  often  woody,  flowers  unisexual, 
rarely  bisexual,  often  sunk  in  the  spadix,  perianth  of 
6  parts  in  2  series,  greenish,  often  woody,  valvate  in 
the  starmnate,  imbricated  or  convolute  in  the  pistillate 
flower;  stamens  6,  raicly  3  or  many,  on  or  around  a 
disk,  separate  or  united,  carpelb  3,  larely  fewer,  sepa- 
rate or  forming  a  1-3-celled  ovarv,  each  cell  1-ovulcd, 
but  all  except  one  seed  in  the  ovaiy  may  abort,  stigmas 
usually  3  fruit  a  berry  or  diupe,  pericarp  fleshy  or 
fibrous;  seeds  albuminous. 

Palmacesc  has  128  genera  and  about  1,000  species  of 
tropical  distribution,  10-15  species  are  found  in  the 
southern  United  States  The  laigest  genera  are 
Calamus  with  about  200  species,  Hactns  with  90 
species  and  Chamaxlorea  with  60  species  The  family 
is  very  distinct,  having  no  close  relatives,  but  it  evi- 
dently belongs  to  the  spathe-  and  spadix-beanng  group. 
Th°  habit,  eonaeeous  plicate  leaves  which  are  entire 
in  the  bud,  the  woody  flowers  and  inflorescence,  the 
3  sepals  and  3  petals,  the  usually  6  stamens,  and  the 
3  carpels,  each  with  1  seed,  are  together  distinctive 

Palm  leaves  are  always  entire  in  the  bud,  and  if 
later  pmnatind  or  palmatifid,  become  so  on  unfolding 
In  this  respect  the  palms  are  unique  The  leaves  are 
plicate  in  the  bud,  and,  on  opening,  the  plates  of  the  fan 
expand  and  either  remain  united  or,  more  frequently, 
split  down  along  the  folds  In  the  pinnate  species 
the  rachis  between  the  folds  elongates  so  that  the 
divisions  are  separated,  and  the  \vell-kno\vn  palm  leaf 
is  produced  The  splitting  may  be  at  the  top  of  the 
fold,  or  at  the  bottom,  depending  on  the  genus,  and 
is  an  impoitant  characteristic  in  classification  Some 
of  the  largest  seeds  in  the  plant  kindgom  belong  to  the 
Palmacese,  as,  for  example,  the  coconut  This  fnnt  is 
produced  from  an  originally  3-celled  ovary,  2  cells  of 
which  abort 

Next  to  the  grasses,  the  palms  are  the  most  generally 
useful  of  all  plants  It  is  said  that  probably  there  is 
not  a  species  but  that  is  useful  in  some  way  Many 
yield  textile  fibers  The  wood  is  used  to  build  houses 
and  the  leaves  to  thatch  the  roofs  The  leaves  are  also 
made  into  mats,  baskets,  hats,  and  the  like  The 
fibrous  bud-sheaths  are  used  as  hats,  or  for  fiber  Some 
species  contain  starch  or  sugar  in  the  trunk  The  fruits 
of  many  contain  sugar,  protein,  starch,  or  oil  Compara- 
tively few  arc  medicinal  "The  palm  is  called  King  of 
Plants  and  is  said  to  supply  all  me  wants  of  an  inhabi- 
tant of  the  tropical  zone  It  yields  sugar,  milk,  solid 
cream,  wine,  vinegar,  oil,  cordage,  cloth,  cups,  wood 
for  building,  thatch  and  other  products  "  Coconuts, 
tht  fruit  of  Cocos  micifcra.  form  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant foods  of  the  tiopics  The  date  fruit  (Phatnix 
dactyhfera  of  the  Sahara)  is  also  impoitant  Mctroxylon 
Rumphu,  and  other  species,  yield  sago  A  feimented 
liquor  known  as  palm  wine,  lay  mi  or  arrack,  is  made 
from  the  juice  of  Arcnga  sacchaiifera,  Bora^uv  flabelli- 
formis,  Metrocylon  Rumphu,  Maun  tin  miiifera,  and 
others  The  central  bud  of  the  cabbage  palm  and 
others  is  used  for  food  Most  palm  oil  is  from  the  fruit 
of  7?km  guineensis  of  West  Africa,  which  is  now  culti- 
vated in  America  It  is  used  like  olive  oil ,  or  vn  the 
North  for  making  soap  Vegetable  wax  is  obtained 
from  the  leaves  and  stems  of  Cerojryhm  andicolum  of 
Peru,  also  from  Copermna  cenfera  (carnauba  wax). 
The  famous  'giant  double  coconut  is  from  Lodoicea 
sechellarum  of  the  Seychelle  Islands  The  fruit  of 
Areca  Catechu  of  the  East  Indies  and  India  yields  an 
astringent  juice  which,  mixed  with  the  leaves  of  the 
betel  pepper  and  lime,  is  chewed  by  the  inhabitants 
of  tropical  Asia  Coconut  fiber  is  important  for  making 
ship  cables.  The  very  slender  stems  of  Calamus,  often 
300  feet  or  even  500  feet  long  (it  is  reported  1,200  or 
1,800  feet,  but  not  verified)  and  scarcely  larger  than  a 
pipe-stem  or  a  finger,  are  called  rattan,  and  used  for 
furniture.  Much  of  the  dragon's  blood  of  the  druggists 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


17 


is  the  rod  juice  of  the  fruit  of  Calamus  Draco  Palm- 
leaf  fans  are  made  from  the  palmately  veined  leaves  of 
several  species  The  saw  palmetto  (Sabal  wrrulata) 
of  the  southern  states  is  medicinal  The  seeds  of  Phy- 
telcphas  macrocarpa  have  a  very  hard  endosperm 
known  as  vegetable  ivory,  used  for  carving  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  ivory 

Probably  100  genera  are  in  the  trade  Except  in  the 
tropics,  they  are  almost  entirely  ornamental  greenhouse 
plants  Among  these  are.  Areca  (Betel  Nut),  Attalea, 
Bactns,  Calamus,  Caryota  (Fish-tail  Palm,  Wine 
Palm,  Toddy  Palm);  Ceroxylon  (Wax  Palm),  Chamai- 
dorea,  Cocos  (Coco  Palm,  Coconut,  Pindo  Tree), 
Corypha  (Talipot  Palm),  Dacmonorops,  JOlacis  (Oil 
Palm),  Erythea  (Blue  Palm),  Geonorna,  Hedyscepe 
(Umbrella  Palm),  Howea  (Flat  Palm,  Thatch  Leaf 
Palm,  Curly  Palm),  Livistona,  Oreodoxa  (RoyaV  Palrn, 
Cabbage  Palm),  Phoenix  (Date  Palm);  Phytdephos 
(Ivory  Palm);  Hhapis,  Khapidophyllum  (Blue  Pal- 
metto, Needle  Palmetto);  Sabal  (Dwarf  Palmetto, 
Blue  Palm,  Cabbage  Palmetto),  Serenaea  (Saw  Pal- 
metto), Thrmax,  Trachycarpus  (Fortune's  Palm); 
Washmgtonia  or  Pntchardia  (Weeping  Palm). 

Order  16    SYNANTILE 

30  Cyclanthaceae  (from  the  generic  name  Cyclan- 
thus,  which  has  reference  to  the  spiral  arrangement  of 
the  flowers)    CvrLANTiirs  FAMILY   Fig  9    Stemless  or 
caulescent,  palm-like,  somewhat  woody  plants,  often 
climbing    leaves  alternate,  coriaceous,  cleft  or  parted, 
flowers  in  a  dense  terminal  unbranched  spike  (spadix), 
with  several  bract-like  spathes  beneath,  staminate  flow- 
ers grouped  in  1  bundles  accompanying  the  pistillate, 
or  both  in  conspicuous  alternating  spirals,  staminate 
perianth  reduced   and  fimbnate,  or   0,  stamens  6  to 
many,  borne  in  groups,  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flo\\er 
0,  or  of  1  fleshy  parts  accompanied  by  4  long,  twisted, 
exerted  st.immodia,  carpels  4,  united  below,  sunken  in 
the  spadix,  ovary  1-eelled,  many-ovuled,  with  parietal 
placentae   fruit  multiple,  a  berry-like  spike    The  tissue 
of  the  spadix  splits  into  valves,  coiling  up  from  the  base 
to  apex   and   thus   inclosing  the  fruitlets  which  deli- 
quesce 

This  family  has  5  genera  and  about  50  species,  of 
which  35  belong  to  Carludoviea  They  are  confined  to 
the  tropics  of  America,  and  stand  intermediate  between 
the  PalmacecC  and  Araeea*  The  family  is  distinguished 
by  the  combination  of  palm-like  foliage,  numerous 
ovules,  thick  spadix,  and  closely  associated  staminate 
and  pistillate  flowers 

The  flowers  of  Oyc/an//ms  Inpartilus  of  Brazil  are 
vanilla-scented,  cultivated,  and  cooked  with  meat  as  an 
aphrodisiac  The  leaves  of  Carludomca  paltnata  furnish 
the  material  for  the  panama  hats 

Several  species  of  Cai  ludovica  are  in  the  American 
trade  as  greenhouse  plants 

Order  17    SPATHIFLOR.E 

31  Araceae  (from  the  genus  Arum,  the  ancient  name 
of  these  plants)   ARUM  FAMILY  Fig  10  Herbs,  shrubs, 
or  trees,  of  the  most  diverse  habit  and  appearance,  often 
climbing,  or  epiphytic  with  aerial  roots,  rarely  floating, 
usually  subflcshy,  juice  sometimes  milky    leaves  ensi- 
form  or  broad,   parallel-  or  netted-vemed,  entire  or 
variously   cut     flowers   bisexual   or  unisexual,   rarely 
reduced  to  a  single  stamen  and  carpel,  regular,  hypogy- 
nous  or  epigynous,  disposed  on  an  unbranched  fleshy 
axis  (spadix),  which  is  usually  subtended  by  a  special 
bract  (spathe);  perianth  0,  or  of  4-8  parts,  stamens 
1  to  many,  carpels  1  to  several;  ovary  superior  or  in- 
ferior, 1  to  several-celled,  1  to  many-ovuled;  style  and 
stigmas  various'  fruit  a  berry;  seeds  albuminous,  outer 
integument  fleshy 

Araceoc  has  over  100  genera  and  about  900  species, 
widely  distributed,  hut  most  abundant  m  the  tropics, 

2 


especially  as  epiphytes  in  the  deep,  damp  forests  The 
majority  in  the  temperate  regions  are  swamp-planta. 
The  largest  genera  are  Philodendron  with  100  species, 
and  Arisserna  with  50  species  The  family  stands  as 
the  type  of  the  spathe-bearmg  plants  Its  close  relatives 
are  the  Lemnaceae,  Palmaceae,  and  Cyclanthacece,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  more  by  general  habit  and 
texture  than  by  structural  details 

The  pollination  of  the  Araceae  is  often  complicated 
and  remarkable  (see  Kerner  and  Oliver)  The  transfer 
of  the  pollen  is  mostly  accomplished  by  flics,  which 
are  f recently  attracted  by  lurid  color  and  carrion 
scent  The  leaves  of  Monstera  are  remarkable  for 
their  peculiar  perforations,  while  the  massive  petioles 
of  other  Araceae  are  sometimes  mottled  like  snakeskm 
Pistia  is  a  much-reduced  floating  aquatic,  transitional 
to  the  Lemnaceao  The  aerial  roots  of  the  epiphytic 
species  are  frequently  covered  with  a  special  water- 
absorbing  tissue  The  unfolding  spathes  of  the  Araccse 
are  noted  for  the  heat  evolved  The  tissues  are  usually 
very  mucilaginous  and  filled  with  needle-like  crystals 
of  calcium  oxalate  These  crystals  are  supposed  to 
give  the  pungent  flavor  to  Indian  turnip  simply  by 
mechanically  penetrating  the  tongue 

Many  species  have  been  used  locally  for  medicine. 
Lagcnandra  toxtcaria  of  Ceylon  is  extremely  poisonous. 


10  ARACE,E  1  Anstpma,  spathe  and  spadix  2  Arum  spadix 
with  male  and  female  fltnveiN  LEMNACEA  3  Lemna,  a,  whole 
plants,  b,  male  and  female  floweis,  and  spathe  BROMUJAC*.  t.  4 
Bromeha,  flower  5  Ananas,  a,  fruiting  inflorescence,  b,  floral 
diagram.  COMMELINACI  «  6  Commchna,  flower  7  Tradcscantm. 
flower. 

Dieffcnbachia  Segwne  and  Anssema  tnphyllum  are 
violent  irritants  when  chewed,  causing  the  mouth  to 
swell  Arum  maculatum  of  Europe  was  used  by  the 
ancients  as  an  excitant  The  roots  of  Symplocarpus 
have  been  used  for  asthma  and  colds  The  roots  of 
Acorns  Calamus  (sweet  flag)  are  aromatic  and  used 
for  coughs,  colds,  and  the  like  The  thick  rootstocks 
and  roots  of  many  have  been  used  for  food,  e.  g  ,  Oron- 
tium  aquaticum  of  North  America,  Colocasia  antiquo- 
rum  of  India,  Aloca.na  macrorhiza  (taro)  of  the  Pacific 
Islands,  and  Pellandra  tnrgtmca  of  North  America. 
The  rhizomes  of  Arisxma  maculatum  and  Calla  valux- 


18 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


iris,  mixed  with  cereals,  according  to  Linmrus,  serve 
for  food  among  the  Laps  and  Finns.  Portland  arrow- 
root is  derived  from  Arums  The  delicately  flavored, 
micy  fruits  of  Monstera  delictosa  are  eaten  in  Mexico. 
The  shoots  of  Xanlhosoma  sagittifolium^  called  caraibe 
cabbage,  are  eaten  as  a  vegetable  in  the  Antilles.  The 
aerial  roots  of  aroids  are  used  to  tie  bundles  of  sarsa- 
panlla  sent  to  Europe  and  America. 

Because  of  their  odd  habit  and  strange  appearance, 
as  well  as,  in  some  cases,  for  real  beauty,  many  Aracese 
are  in  cultivation,  mostly  as  conservatory  plants. 
Many  genera  are  m  the  American  trade  Among  these 
are:  Acorus  (Sweet  Flag);  Alocasia;  Amorphophallus 
(Devil's  Tongue,  Snake  Palm,  Stanley's  Wash-Tub), 
Anthunum,  Ansaema  (Indian  Turnip,  Jack-m-the- 
Pulpit,  Dragon  Root,  Fringed  Calla),  Arum  (Black 
Cafla,  Solomon's  Lily,  Lord  and  Ladies,  Cuckoo  Pint, 
Wake-Robin  of  England);  Biarum,  Caladmm,  Calla; 
Colocasia,  Dieffenbachia;  Hehcodiceros  (Hairy  Arum) , 
Monstera  (Ceriman,  Shingle  Plant),  Nephthytis;  Oron- 
tium  (Golden  Club);  Peltandra  (Water  Arum) ;  Pistia 
(Water  Lettuce,  Tropical  Duckweed);  Pothos;  Sauro- 
matum;  Schizmatoglottis,  Spathiphyllum,  Symplocar- 
pus,  or  Spathyema  (Skunk  Cabbage),  Xanthosma 
(Malanga),  Zantedeschia,  or  Richardia  (Calla  Lily, 
Lily-of-the-Nile) 

32  Lemnaceae  (from  the  genus  Lemna,  an  old  Greek 
name  of  uncertain  origin)  DUCKWEED  FAMILY  Fig  10. 
Tiny  aquatic  plants  floating  or  submerged,  the  plant 
body  reduced  to  an  oval  or  oblong,  flat,  or  globular  thallus, 
which  multiplies  rapidly  by  marginal  buds,  and  may  or 
may  not  bear  1  or  more  roots  on  the  under  side:  flowers 
unisexual,  naked,  monoecious,  the  stammate  consisting 
of  1  stamen;  the  pistillate  of  1  flask-shaped,  1-celled 
pistil,  with  several  ovules,  the  latter  orthotropous  or 
anatropous,  the  micropyle  transformed  into  a  cap.  fruit 
a  several-seeded  utncfe 

There  are  3  genera  and  about  25  species,  distributed 
over  the  whole  earth,  except  the  arctics  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Araccsc,  from  which  it  is  supposed  to 
have  degeneratoxi.  The  flowers,  which  rarely  occur,  are 
borne  in  minuto  pits  in  the  edge  or  upper  surface  of 
the  thallus,  either  1  stammate  and  1  pistillate,  or  2 
stammate  and  1  pistillate  together;  m  some  genera 
provided  with  a  spathe  corresponding  to  the  spathe  m 
the  Araccse.  The  roots,  when  present,  are  balancing 
organs  to  resist  the  upsetting  of  the  plant  by  the  waves 
Wolffia  is  the  tiniest  flowering  plant,  the  whole 
plant  sometimes  in  size  only  half  the  diameter  of  a 
pmhead. 

By  the  very  rapid  vegetative  multiplication  of  some 
species,  ponds  are  often  completely  covered  with  a 
green  coating,  and  these  plants  may  then  become  of 
economic  importance 

Lemna  ana  Spirodela  are  often  grown  in  aquaria. 

Order  18.  FARINOSE 

33.  Bromeliacese  (from  the  genus  Bromeha,  in  honor 
of  Olaus  Bromel,  a  Swedish  botanist).  PINEAPPLE 
FAMILY.  Fig  10.  Herbs  or  subshrubs,  mostly  epiphytic : 
leaves  usually  basal,  alternate,  linear,  trough-like, 
sheathing  at  the  base,  mostly  stiff  and  spiny-serrate, 
usually  covered  in  part  or  all  over  with  peltate  scale-like 
hairs  or  glands,  flowers  in  spikes,  racemes,  panicles  or 
heads,  often  in  the  axils  of  imbricated,  highly  colored, 
bracts,  usually  bisexual,  regular,  epigynous  or  hypogy- 
nous;  perianth  of  6  parts,  definitely  differentiated  into 
calyx  and  corolla;  parts  free  or  united;  stamens  6,  often 
borne  on  the  perianth;  anthers  introse;  ovary  inferior 
or  superior,  3-celled;  ovules  many;  style  1;  stigmas  3. 
fruit  a  berry  or  capsule,  more  or  less  surrounded  by 
the  persistent  perianth;  seeds  albuminous 

The  family  has  40  genera  and  about  900  species, 
almost  exclusively  of  tropical  and  subtropical  Amer- 
ica. Tillandsia  usneoides  reaches  Florida  and  Texas. 


Tillandsia  is  the  largest  genus  with  120  species.  The 
family  is  closely  related  to  the  Liliacea)  and  Amaryl- 
hdaceae.  The  peculiar  stiff  leaves,  the  conspicuous 
bracts,  the  herbaceous  calyx,  the  mealy  endosperm, 
and,  in  general,  the  epiphytic  habit,  are  distinc- 
tive. There  are  few  families  more  easily  recognized 
than  this. 

The  most  important  economic  species  is  the  pine- 
apple (Ananas  sativus),  the  fruit  of  which  is  an  impor- 
tant article  of  commerce.  Its  unripe  juice  is  used  as  a 
vermifuge  and  diuretic.  Florida  or  Spanish  moss 
(Tiilandsia  usneoides)  is  used  in  the  preparation  of 
a  stiptic  ointment  It  is  also  used  to  stuff  mattresses, 
under  the  name  of  vegetable  hair  BiLlberqia  linctona  is 
the  source  of  a  dye  The  leaves  of  pineapple  yield  a 
beautiful  fiber  Bromeha  Pinguin  is  a  vermifuge  em- 
ployed in  the  West  Indies. 

There  are  several  genera  grown  in  America,  all  for 
ornamental  purposes  except  the  pineapple.  Among  these 
are:  ^Echmea,  Ananas  (Pineapple) ;  Billbergia,  Bromeha 
(Pinguin  of  Jamacia,  Wild  Pine),  Cryptanthus,  Dyckia; 
Guzmanma;  Nidularmm,  Pitcairma,  Tillandsia  (Span- 
ish Moss,  Florida  Moss.  Long  Moss),  Vriesia 

34  Commelinaceae  (from  the  genus  Commelma  dedi- 
cated to  J.  and  G  Commelm,  Dutch  botanists  of  the 
early  18th century).  SPIDERWORT  FAMILY  Fig  10  Herbs 
with  knotty  stems,  and  somewhat  sheathing,  alternate, 
flat  or  channeled,  cauline  leaves  flowers  usually  bisexual, 
almost  or  quite  regulai,  hypogynous,  perianth  of  6 
parts,  in  2  series,  differentiated  into  a  green  calyx  and 
colored  corolla;  the  petals  separate  or  united  into  a  tube, 
mostly  quickly  disappearing,  and  dissolving  into  a  viscid 
liquid;  stamens  6,  or  reduced  to  3,  with  or  without 
stammodia;  some  anthers  often  sterile  and  altered,  the 
filaments  usually  provided  with  characteristic  long 
hairs,  ovary  superior,  2-3-oelled,  few-seeded,  style  1, 
stigma  usually  captitate  fruit  a  capsule. 

Twenty-five  genera  and  about  300  species  occur, 
widely  distributed  m  the  tropics  and  subtropica 
Eleven  species  reach  the  northeastern  United  States. 
The  largest  genus  is  Commelma,  with  88  species  The 
family  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other  The  general 
habit,  the  complete  differentiation  of  the  perianth  into 
calyx  and  corolla,  the  slight  irregularity  of  the  flower, 
the  peculiar  stamen-hans,  and  the  transformed  anthers, 
are  together  distinctive  The  peculiar  deliquescent 
character  of  the  petals  in  many  genera  is  of  interest 

The  rhizomes  of  several  species  of  Commelma  con- 
tain starch,  besides  the  mucilage,  and  are  eaten  The 
rhizome  of  C  Rumphu  is  an  emmenagrogue  The  tubers 
of  Aneilema  medicum  are  used  m  China  for  coughs 
and  lung  diseases  A  decoction  of  ('yttnotix  axillans 
is  used  by  the  Indians  for  chopsy  The  family  is 
most  important  from  the  point  of  view  of  orna- 
mental use. 

Several  genera  are  grown  in  America,  all  for  ornament 
Among  these  are1  Aneilema,  Cochhostema,  Commelma 
(Day  Flower);  Diohonsandra,  Tradescantia  (Spider- 
wort,  Wandering  Jew);  Zebrma  (Wandering  Jew) 

35.  Pontederiaceae  (from  the  genus  Pontederia, 
named  in  honor  of  Pontedera,  professor  at  Padua  m 
the  18th  century)  PICKEREL-WEED  FAMILY  Fig  11. 
Upright  or  floating,  fleshy,  water-  or  swamp-plants- 
leaves  alternate,  petioles  sheathing;  blade  cordate, 
oval,  or  orbicular,  or  reduced  to  the  linear  flattened 
petiole:  flowers  not  bracted,  bisexual,  irregular,  hypogy- 
nous;  perianth  of  6  similar  parts,  in  2  whorls,  more  or 
less  connate,  persistent;  stamens  3  or  6,  rarely  1,  inser- 
ted unequally  on  the  perianth-tube;  anthers  introse; 
ovary  superior,  3-celled  and  ovules  many,  or  1-celled 
and  1-seeded,  style  1;  stigmas  3'  fruit  a  capsule,  or  an 
achene  enveloped  by  the  fleshy  persistent  base  of  the 
perianth;  embryo  as  long  as  the  endosperm. 

The  family  contains  6  genera  and  about  20  species,  of 
which  9  belong  to  the  genus  Heteranthera,  and  about 
5  to  Eichhorma.  They  are  distributed  m  the  swamps  of 


I 


s 

1 

8 


1 
§ 

3 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   SYSTEM 


19 


the  warmer  parts  of  the  earth,  except  Europe  The 
family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Liliaceac,  from  \vhieh 
it  diners  m  the  irregular  flowers,  m  the  syrnpodial 
method  of  growth,  in  anatomical  characters,  and 
principally  in  the  abundant  mealy  endosperm 

A  decoction  of  the  root  of  Monochona  vaym  iltf  of  the 
Far  East  is  used  for  liver  and  stomach  complaints,  the 
root  is  chewed  for  toothache;  pulverised  and  mixed 
with  sugar  it  is  used  for  asthma;  the  loaves  bruised 
and  mixed  with  milk  are  used  for  cholera,  and  the 
shoots  are  edible.  Eichhornui  cra,^ipe}>  is  a  floating 
fleshy  plant  with  beautiful  flowers  It  has  become  so 
abundant  in  Florida  as  to  interfere  senou>ly  with  steam- 
boat navigation  in  the  rivers  The  large  violet  flowers 
of  both  Eichhorma  and  Pontederia  are  valued  m 
cultivation  for  water-gardens 

Two  genera  are  frequent  m  cultivation*  Eiehhorma 
(Water  Hyacinth),  from  South  America;  and  Ponte- 
deria (Pickerel- weed),  native 

Order  19    LILIFLOU^K 

36  Juncaceae  (from  the  genus  Juncus,  classical  name, 
derived  Irom  j anyere,  to  join)  Rr.su  FAMILY  Fig  11 
Rush-like  or  grass-like  herbs  or  shrubs  flowers  numer- 
ous, very  small,  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  perianth 
of  ft  similar,  separate  parts,  greenish  or  brownish, 
chaffy;  stamens  3  or  b'  in  2  whorls,  carpels  3,  ovary  1- 


PONTEDLRI  \<  CA,  1  Pontodcna,  floral  dmj'i  im  Jt  M  \- 
CK*.  2  Lu/uU  flowci  J  Junrus  o.  flowir,  b,  tfoial  diagram 
LILIALIA.  1  DrncBcn.i,  flower  ">  Fntillarm,  floral  diagram 
A\H.HYIIID\CF  E  0  Lcucoium,  a,  flower,  6,  floial  diagram  7 
Narcissus,  flower 

or  3-celled,  ovules  3  to  many,  stigmas  3'  fruit  a  cap- 
sule; seeds  mostly  very  small,  albuminous,  anatropous 

JuncacejF  has  7  genera  and  about  175  species,  of 
which  100  belong  to  the  genus  Juncus,  widely  distrib- 
uted in  temperate  and  cold  regions,  both  north  and 
south,  but  rare  m  the  tropics  The  family  is  closelv 
related  to  the  Lihaeeie,  from  which  it  differs  only  m 
the  rush-  or  grass-like  habit  and  scanous  perianth 
Fossil  species  are  known  The  leaves  are  sheathing 
and  the  blades  are  either  flat,  or  tubular  and  nodulose 
Distichia  of  the  Andes  is  densely  heath-hke  or  moss- 
like 

The  stems  and  leaves  of  many  species  are  used  for 
binding,  or  for  weaving  into  mats  Light  hats  are 
made  from  the  pith  of  certain  species  m  India  and 
China  The  pith  is  also  used  for  candlewicks 

In  cultivation  in  America  are  2  genera  for  water- 
gardens  Juncus;  Priomurn,  woody.  Xanthorrho?a  is 
transferred  to  the  Lihaceie 

37.  Liliaceae  (from  the  genus  Lihum,  classical  Latin 


name).  LILY  FAMILY  Fig  11  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees, 
usually  with  lootstocks  or  bulbs,  sometimes  climbing 
leaves  alternate,  rarely  with  petiole  and  blade  flowers 
bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  rarely 
epigynous,  riot  subtended  by  spathes;  perianth  petaloid, 
of  6  similar  parts,  in  2  series,  the  parts  separate  or 
connate,  rarely  differentiated  into  a  green  calyx  and 
colored  corolla;  stamens  6,  rarely  fewer,  hypogynous,  or 
borne  upon  the  perianth;  carpels  3,  rarely  more  or  fewer, 
united,  rarely  free,  ovary  usually  3-celled,  ovules 
1  to  many  in  each  cell,  styles  and  stigmas  1-3  fruit  a 
capsule  or  berry 

There  are  about  200  genera  and  2,000  species,  distrib- 
u'ed  m  all  parts  of  the  world  The  large  genera  arc 
Smilax  with  200  species,  Alhum  with  250  species, 
Asparagus  with  100  species,  Aloe  with  85  species  and 
Scilla  with  SO  species  The  Lihacea?,  taken  in  the 
broader  sense,  as  is  done  by  Ben  I  ham  &  Hooker,  and 
by  Engler,  is  an  easily  iceogm/ed  group  except  in  unu- 
sual cases  The  regular,  b-parted  perianth,  0  stamens, 
and  .J-celled  superior  ovary  are  distinctive  The  family 
has  been  divided  by  Engler  into  1 1  tribes  The  Lihaceae 
furnishes  a  host  of  cultivated  plants 

The  following  plants,  among  others,  have  been  or  are 
used  in  medicine  Amianthwm  mtuscatoxicum  of  North 
America  as  a  narcotic  and  a  fly  poison,  various  species 
of  Uvulana  of  North  America  as  a  gargle  and  for  rattle- 
snake bites,  the  root  of  Poljgonatum  sp  in  Europe  as 
a  vulnery,  and  the  berries  as  an  emetic  and  purgative, 
the  berries  of  timdacnia  ractmosa  of  North  America  as 
a  tonic,  the  root  of  Convallana  majahs  of  Europe  as  a 
purgative,  the  leaves  of  titreptopus  amplexicauhs  of 
North  America  as  a  gargle,  the  roots  of  Ruscus  of 
Europe  as  a  diuretic  and  ernmenagoguc,  the  roots  of 
Srnilax  sp  of  the  tropics  (the  sarsapanllas  of  commerce) 
as  a  tonic  and  diuretic,  the  roots  of  Asparagus  oflicinalis 
in  Europe  as  an  aperient,  the  berries ^as  a  diuretic  and 
aphrodisiac,  and  the  shoots  as  a  seda'tive  and  cardiac, 
the  roots  of  Cordylme  of  the  southern  tropics  for 
dysentery,  the  flowers  of  C  deflcxa  as  an  eirimenagogue, 
the  resin  from  Xanthorhcra  hat,hh<>  (Botany  Bay  gum, 
with  a  fragrance  like  benzoin)  in  Australia  for  throat 
troubles,  the  resin  of  X  au^lrahs  (grass  tree  gum, 
eaith  shellac,  or  nut  pitch)  for  various  purposes,  the 
tubers  of  OpJnopogon  japonic  us  (serpent's  beard)  in 
China  and  .Japan  for  abdominal  troubles;  the  bulbs  of 
Gage.i  of  Europe  as  an  emetic,  the  flowers  of  Hemero- 
calhs  of  Europe  as  a  cordial,  the  leaves  of  species  of 
Aloes  of  the  Old  World  as  a  tonic,  puigative,  and  ern- 
menagogue  (A  Penyi  is  Socotrme  aloes,  A  vein  is 
Baibadoes  aloes,  and  A  spicata  is  Cape  aloes),  the 
bulb  of  Urginea  mantima  (squills)  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean as  a  diuretic,  expectorant,  and  emetic;  Alhum  sp 
as  a  vermifuge  and  carminative,  the  bulbs  of  Hya- 
cmthus,  Muscan,  and  Ormthogalum  of  Europe  as 
purgatives  and  diuretics,  Ormthogalum  altissimum  of 
the  Cape  as  a  remedy  for  asthma  and  catarrh;  Anthen- 
cum  and  Asphodelus  as  diuretics  and  emmenagogues; 
Tulbaghia  of  the  Cape  as  a  vermifuge  and  for  phthisis; 
the  poisonous  root  of  Vcratrum  album  (white  helle- 
boie)  of  Europe  as  a  violent  purge  and  emetic,  and  to 
exterminate  vermin,  V  mqruni  (black  h  )  of  Europe, 
and  V  viride  (green  h  )  of  the  United  States,  occasion- 
airy,  for  the  same  purpose;  fichcenoraulon  ojficinahs 
(cavadilla  or  sabadilla)  of  Mexico  for  vermin  and  as  a 
vermifuge,  the  narcotic,  poisonous  root  and  seeds  of 
Cohhicum  oflicinale  of  Europe  as  a  cathartic,  emetic, 
and  sedative,  and  Hclonias  bullata  of  North  America 
as  a  vermifuge  The  roots  of  Glonosa,  also,  are  poison- 
ous Dracitiia  Draco,  the  dragon  tree  of  the  Canaries 
and  Teneriffe,  famous  for  the  extreme  age  and  size  of 
the  trees,  was  superstitiously  revered  by  the  ancients 
The  red  resinous  astringent  exudation  of  these  plants 
was  called  di  agon's  blood 

The  following  have  been  used  for  food  Bulbs  of 
Camassia  esculenta,  western  United  States,  bulbs  and 


20 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


leaves  of  Alhum  ep.  (onion,  leek,  eschalot  or  shallot, 
rochambole) ;  shoots  of  Polygonatum,  Europe,  United 
States;  shoots  of  Asparagus  ojficinahs,  roots  of  Cordy- 
line  sp  .  in  South  Sea  Islands,  and  there  called  ti.  The 
seeds  01  Ruscus  are  a  substitute  for  coffee. 

A  few  have  been  used  for  other  purposes:  Hoots  of 
Yucca  for  soap;  fibers  of  New  Zealand  flax  (Phormium 
tenax)  for  fabrics;  and  the  fragrant  root  of  DianeUa 
nemorosa  for  incense. 

For  ornament,  great  numbers  of  genera  and  species 
are  in  cultivation. 

Very  many  genera  are  in  cultivation,  some  common, 
for  ornamental  purposes  unless  otherwise  stated  Among 
these  are  Agapanthus  (African  Lily,  Lily-of-tho-Nile) ; 
Aletns  (Colic  Root),  native,  Alhum  (Onion,  Chives, 
Cives,  Garlic,  Leek,  Shallot),  ornament  and  food; 
Asphodehne  (True  Asphodel,  King's  Spear);  Asphodelus 
(Branching  Asphodel; ,  Bessera  (Mexican  Coral  Drops) ; 
Brevoortia  (Floral  Fire-Cracker),  Brodiuea,  Calochortus 
(Star  Tulip,  Globe  Flower,  Manposa  Lily,  Butterfly 
Tulip);  Camassia  (Camass);  Chionodoxa  (Glory-of-t he- 
Snow);  Chlorogalum  (Soap  Plant,  Amole),  Chntoma, 
native:  Colchicum  (Meadow  Saffron,  Autumn  Crocus); 
Cordyhne  (Dracaena),  Dasyhnon;  Dracaena  (Dragon 
Tree);  Erythromum  (Dog's-tooth  Violet,  Adder's 
Tongue);  Eucomis  (Royal  Crown,  Pineapple  Flower); 
Fntillana  (Crown  Imperial,  Black  Lily,  Checkered 
Lily);  Funkia  (Day  Lily,  Plantain  Lily),  Galtonia 
(Giant  Summer  Hyacinth),  Gastena;  Glonosa  (Climb- 
ing Lily);  Haworthia,  Helomas  (Swamp  Pink,  Stud 
Pink),  Hemerocallis  (Yellow  Day  Lily,  Lemon  Lily), 
Hyacmthus  (Hyacinth);  Kniphoha  (Red-hot-poker 
Plant.  Torch  Lily,  Flame  Flower),  Lachenaha  (Cape 
Cowslip) .  Lapagena  (Chilean  Bellflowcr) ;  Leucocrmum 
(Sand  Lily) ;  Lilium  (Lily,  Easter  Lily,  Madonna  Lily, 
Tiger  Lily,  Japan  Lily,  Turk's-cap  Lily);  Littoma 
(Climbing  Lily),  Maianthemum  (False  Lily-of-the- 
V  alley,  Two-leaved  False  Solomon's  Seal),  native; 
Medeola  (Indian  Cucumber  Root),  native;  Molanthium 
(Bunch  Flower);  Milla  (Mexican  Star,  Mexican  Star  of 
Bethlehem,  Frost  Flower,  Floating  Star),  Muscari 
(Grape  Hyacinth,  Musk  Hyacinth,  Feathered  Hya- 
cinth); Narthecmm  (Bog  Asphodel) ,  Nohna,  Nothos- 
cordum  (Yellow  False  Garlic,  Streaked-leaved  Garlic) ; 
Oakesia  (Wild  Oats),  native;  Ormthogalum  (Star  of 
Bethlehem);  Paradisea  (St.  Bruno's  Lily,  St  Bernard's 
Lily),  Paris  (Herb  Pans,  Love  Apple,  True  Love); 
Phonnium  (New  Zealand  Flax);  Polygonatum  (Solo- 
mon's Seal);  Ruscus  (Butcher's  Broom);  Sanseviena 
(Bow-string  Hemp) ;  Scilla  (Squill,  Wild  Hyacinth,  Blue- 
bell, Harebell,  Spanish  Jacinth,  Sea  Onion,  Starry  Hya- 
cinth, Cuban  Lily,  Hyacinth  of  Peru,  Peruvian  Jacinth) ; 
Semele  (Climbing  Butcher's  Broom);  Smilacma  (False 
Solomon's  Seal),  native;  Smilax;  Strcptopus  (Twisted 
Stalk),  native;  Tricyrtis  (Toad  Lily),  Trillium  (Wake- 
Robin,  Birthroot,  Bethroot,  White  Wood  Lily,  Ground 
Lily),  native;  Tntelcia  (Spring  Star-Flower);  Tuhpa 
(Tulip) ;  Urginea  (Sea  Onion,  Squills) ,  Uvulana  (Bell- 
wort,  Wild  Oats),  native;  Veratrum  (False  Hellebore. 
White  Hellebore,  Green  Hellebore,  Black  Hellebore, 
Indian  Poke);  Xanthorrhcea  (Grass  Tree,  Grass  Gum, 
Black  Boy);  Xerophyllum  (Turkey's  Beard);  Yucca 
(Spanish  Bayonet,  Adam's  Needle,  Bear  Grass,  Silk 
Grass);  Zygadenus  (Fly-poison). 

38  Amarylhdaceae  (from  the  genus  Amaryllis 
named  for  a  nymph  celebrated  by  Virgil)  AMARYLLIS 
FAMILY.  Fig.  11.  Caulescent  or  acaulescent  herbs,  bul- 
bous- or  fibrous-rooted,  leaves  alternate,  elongated, 
entire:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous, 
usually  borne  singly  or  in  clusters  from  a  spathe-hke 
bract;  perianth  01  6  similar  parts  in  2  series,  usually 
connate  below  into  a  tube  and  sometimes  with  a  tubular 
or  cup-shaped  crown  in  the  throat;  stamens  6,  some 
occasionally  stammodial,  anthers  introrse;  ovary  inferior, 
3-celled;  ovules  numerous,  anatropous;  style  1;  stigmas 
1-3  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry;  seeds  albuminous. 


There  are  71  genera  and  about  800  species,  widely 
distributed  but  most  abundant  in  the  steppe  regions 
of  the  tropics  and  subtropics  Five  species  are  found  in 
the  northeastern  United  Statas  Ihe  largest  genera 
are  Crinum  with  60  species,  and  Hypoxis,  and  Hip- 
peastrum  with  50  species  each  The  family  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Lihaceae;  less  closely  to  tho 
Iiidace^e  The  6-parted  perianth,  6  stamens  with 
introrse  anthers,  and  inferior  3-celled  ovary,  are  together 
distinctive. 

The  bulbs  or  rootstocks  of  some  species  have-  been 
used  in  medicine  Those  of  Narcissus  Pseudo-Narcissus 
and  Leitcoium  vernum  arc  vigorous  emetics  Those  of 
Cnnuni  zeylnmcum  of  the  Moluccas,  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna, of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  Buphane  toxi- 
caria  of  South  Africa  are  violent  poisons  The  latter 
is  used  by  the  Kafirs  to  poison  their  arrows  In  South 
America  the  farinaceous  tubers  of  the  Alstrcemeriuo  are 
eaten.  The  most  important  plants  are  the  Yuccas 
From  the  terminal  bud  of  these,  a  sugary  liquid  is 
obtained  which  by  the  Mexicans  is  made  into  a  fer- 
mented drink,  called  pulque,  when  distilled  this  drink 
is  called  mescal  The  juic-e  of  the  leaves  has  been  used 
for  syphilis,  scrofula,  and  cancers  The  leaf-fibers 
yield  vegetable  silk  or  sisal  hemp,  and  are  also  made 
into  paper  Razor-strops  and  cork  are  made  from  the 
pith  The  flowers  are  sometimes  boiled  and  eaten 

Forty  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 
ornamental  plants  in  greenhouse  and  garden  Among 
these  arc.  Agave  (Century  Plant,  Sisal  Hemp,  Pulque 
Plant),  Alstroeineria,  Amaryllis  (Belladonna  Lily), 
Besehorneria;  Bomarea,  Bravoa  (Mexican  Twin 
Flower),  Cooperia  (Evening  Star,  Giant  Fairy  Lily); 
Crmum  (St  John's  Lily,  Flonda  Swamp  Lilv) ,  Euchans 
(Amazon  Lily,  Star  of  Bethlehem),  Eurycles  (Brisbane 
Lily),  Furcra?a,  Galanthus  (Snowdrop),  Gnfhnia  (Blue 
Amaryllis),  Hjemanthus  (Blood  Lily),  Hippeastrum 
(Amaryllis,  Lily-of-the-Palace.  Barbadoes  Lily),  Hy- 
menocalhs  (Spider  Lily,  Sea  Daffodil);  Hypoxis  (Star 
Grass),  native,  Leucomm  (Snowflake),  Lycons  (Golden 
Spider  Lily)  j  Narcissus  (Narcissus,  Jonquil,  Daffodil, 
Pneasant's  Eye) ;  Nerme  (Guernsey  Lily) ,  Pancratium 
(Spider  Lily,  Spirit  Lily);  Polianthes  (Tuberose); 
Sprekeha  (Jacobacan  Lily);  Tecophilsea  (Chilean  Cro- 
cus) ,  Vallota  (Scarborough'Lily) ,  Zephyranthes  (Zephyr 
Flower,  Fairy  Lily,  Atamasco  Lily) 

39  Taccaceae  (from  the  genus  Tacca,  from  the  Malay 
name)     TACCA  FAMILY     Pig    12     Herbaceous  plants 
leaves  large,  entire,  or  commonly  pmnatifid  or  bipmna- 
tifid,  all  basal'  flowers  saucer-  or  urn-shaped,  bisexual, 
regular,  epigynous,  penanth  of  6  nearly  separate  simi- 
lar parts  in  2  series,   stamens  6,  borne  on   the  base 
of    the   perianth ;    filaments   queerly   broadened    and 
cucullate,  ovary  inferior,  1 -celled,  or  incompletely  3- 
cclled,  ovules  numerous;  placentae  parietal;  style  um- 
brella-like, the  terminal  disk  variously  lobed,  and  bear- 
ing the  peculiar  stigmatic  pores  beneath:  fruit  a  capsule 
or  berry;  seed  albuminous. 

Taccaceae  has  2  genera  and  10  species,  inhabitants 
of  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres,  mostly  of  the 
Malay  archipelago.  A  very  distinct  family  of  doubtful 
relationship,  even  suggesting  several  Dicotyledonous 
families,  but  probably  close  to  the  Diosconaccse  and 
Amaryllidacesc.  The  acaulescent  habit,  the  epigynous 
bisexual  flowers,  the  six  queer  stamens,  and  the  1-celled, 
many-ovuled  ovary,  are  together  distinctive. 

Several  species  01  Tacca,  c.  g.,  T.  pinnatifida,  possess 
tubers  from  which  a  starchy  meal,  called  arrowroot,  ia 
made  in  the  East  Straw  hats  are  made  from  the  stems 
of  Tacca  by  the  Tahitians. 

Tacca  pinnatifula  and  T.  cristata  are  cultivated 
sparingly  in  America 

40  Dioscoreaceae  (from  the  genus  Dioscorea,  named 
in    honor    of   Dioscondes).    YAM    FAMILY.     Fig.    12. 
Chmbine  or  twining  herbs  or  shrubs*  leaves  alternate, 
mostly  arrowhead-shaped,   flowers  bisexual  or  umaex- 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


21 


ual,  regular,  small,  and  inconspicuous;  perianth  of  6 
similar  parts,  in  2  series;  stamens  usually  6,  or  the  3 
inner  stammodia,  ovary  inferior,  3-celled,  rarely  1- 
celled,  placenta)  axile  or  parietal;  ovules  2  m  each 
cell,  superposed,  anatropous,  stigmas  3,  or  each  2- 
parted.  fruit  a  capsule  or  berry,  seed  albuminous 

Nine  genera  arid  about  170  species,  of  which  150 
belong  to  the  genus  Dioscorca,  are  distributed  very 
generally  m  the  tropics  and  m  the  subtropics,  and 
extend  sparingly  into  the  north  temperate  zone  They 
are  most  abundant  m  South  America  and  the  West 
Indies  One  species  reaches  north  to  southern  New 
England  The  family  is  related  to  the  Amarylhdacejc 
and  Lihaeea)  The  climbing  habit,  peculiar  leaves, 
definite  stamens,  inferior  3-celled  ovary,  and  2  albumi- 
nous seeds  are  distinctive  Most  Dioscoriace®  spring 
from  a  tuberous  base,  which  is  sometimes  very  large 
and  conspicuous  Odd  tubers  arc  borne  in  the  leaf- 
axils  of  species  of  Dioscorea  and  llajama. 

The  tuberous  root  of  Dwscorea  Batatas  yields  the 
yams  of  eastern  commerce,  a  very  important  article 
of  food  in  the  Far  Eat>t  Those  of  several  other  species, 
including  our  own  native  D  villosa,  are  also  cultivated 
in  vanous  parts  of  the  tropics.  The  leaves  of  some 
species  are  used  in  intermittent  fevers  The  tubers  of 
Tamils  commums  were  formerly  employed  as  a  pur- 
gative, and  were  also  applied  to  bruises,  hence  the 
nam°  "beaten  woman's  herb."  The  shoots  are  eaten 
like  asparagus 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the  United  States, 
mostly  in  the  South  Dioncorea  (Yam,  Chinese  Potato, 
Cinnamon  Vine,  Air  Potato),  Testudmana  (Hottentot's 
Bread,  Tortoise  Plant,  Elephant's  Foot),  rarely  grown 

41.  Iridaceae  (from  the  genus  Ins,  the  rainbow) 
IRIS  FAMILY.  Fig.  12  Herbs  or  sub-shrubs  with  fibrous 
roots  or  often  tuberous  rootstocks  (oormb)  leaves 
mostly  basal,  equitant,  linear  flo\\orb  usually  showy, 
bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous,  each  with  2 
spathe-hke  bracts,  perianth  of  0  petaloid  parts  in  2 
scries,  usually  unlike,  generally  connate  into  a  tube; 
stamens  3,  the  inner  whorl  wanting,  separate  or  con- 
nate, anthers  extroise,  ovary  inferior,  3-celled,  rarely 
1-celled,  ovules  few  to  many,  anatiopouh,  style  1,  stig- 
mas 3  fruit  a  capsule,  seeds  albuminous 

The  ins  family  has  57  genera  and  about  1,000  species 
of  wide  distribution  The  two  mam  centers  are  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  subtropical  America  The 
family  is  not  plainly  related  to  any  other,  perhaps  most 
closely  to  the  Amarylhdacej?  The  ensiform  equitant 
leaves,  the  6-parteu  showy  perianth,  the  3  extrorse 
stamens,  and  the  inferior  3-celled  ovary,  are  together 
characteristic 

The  rootstocks  of  many  Iridaceae  are  purgative  and 
diuretic,  e  g  ,  Iris  florcnhna,  I  gcrm-amra,  I  palhda, 
and  /.  vert>icolor.  The  rootstock  of  /.  florentina  is 
fragrant  and  used  for  sachet  peifume  and  tooth-powder 
(orris  root).  /  Pt>eudacorus  and/  versicolor  have  been 
used  for  dropsy  and  diarrhea  /.  faetuhbsima  was  an 
ancient  remedy  for  scrofula  and  hysteria.  The  stigmas 
of  Crocus  sativus  have  been  renowned  since  earliest 
times  as  an  emmenagogue,  they  are  deep  orange  in 
color,  and  used  also  m  dyeing  and  as  a  condiment.  Iris- 
green  of  the  painters  was  prepared  by  treating  violet 
iris  flowers  with  lime  The  seeds  of  /.  Pseiulacorut*  have 
been  used  as  a  substitute  for  coffee.  The  rootstocks  of 
Homena  colhna  of  South  Africa  are  very  poisonous  The 
family  contauis  many  well-known  ornamental  plants. 
In  America,  many  genera  are  in  cultivation,  all  for 
ornamental  purposes  Among  these  are:  Belamcanda 
(Blackberry  Lily,  Leopold  Flower);  Crocus;  Freesia; 
Gladiolus;  Hermodactylus  (Sriake's-head  Ins);  Ins 
(Fleur-de-lis,  Iris,  Gladwin);  Ixia;  Morsea  (Wedding 
Iris) ;  Schizostylis  (Crimson  Flag) ;  Sisyrinchium  (Blue- 
eyed  Grass,  Satin  Flower,  Hush  Lily) ;  Sparaxis  (Wand 
Flower),  Tigndia  (Tiger  Flower,  Shell  Flower),  Tn- 
toma  (Blazing  Star). 


Order  20.  SCITAMINB^J 


42.  Musaoeae  (from  the  genus  Musa,  the  Arabic 
name)  BANANA  FAMILY.  Fig  12  Large,  semi-ligne- 
ous herbs,  the  stout  stem  enveloped  at  base  by  the 
sheathing  petioles,  unbrauched  leaves  alternate,  entire, 
convolute,  pmnately  parallel- veined:  flowers  bisexual, 
or  unisexual,  irregular,  cpigj  nous,  borne  m  the  axil  of 
a  bract  in  spikes  with  subtending  spathes,  nectaries 
ovarian,  perianth  of  6  parts,  in  2  series,  the  parts  un- 
equal in  size  and  shape,  separate  or  variously  united, 
stamens  0,  5  fertile  and  1  stammodium,  ovary  inferior, 
3-celled;  ovules  solitary  and  basal,  or  numerous  and 
axile,  anatropous,  style  1;  stigmas  usually  3  fruit 


12.  TA.CCACEE  1  Tacca,  flower  DIOSCOREVCEE  2  Dios- 
corea, leaf  and  fruit  IniDACfc^v  3  Crocus,  a,  vertical  section 
•ft hole  plant,  b,  floral  diagram  4  Sisynnchium,  flower  MUBA- 
o  E  5  Musa,  a,  flower,  it,  stamen,  b,  floral  diagram  ZIN- 
oinFRAct*.  6  Zmgibor,  a,  flower,  at ,  stamen,  b,  floral  diagram 

fleshy  and  pulpy  or  drupaceous,  indehiscent,  dehiscent 
or  separating  into  f nutlets,  seeds  with  pensperm; 
embryo  straight. 

Six  genera  and  about  60  species  occur,  30  of  which 
belong  to  the  genus  Hehcoma  and  20  to  Musa,  of  gen- 
eral tropical  distribution  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Marantacea),  Zingiberaceae 
and  Cannaceae;  with  the  la^t  it  is  often  united  These 
families  all  have  irregular  flowers  of  the  same  type,  and 
inferior  ovaries;  but  the  Musaceae  differ  in  their 
slightly  differentiated  calyx  and  corolla,  in  the  5  fertile 
stamens,  and  in  the  absence  of  aromatic  principles 

The  banana  (Musa  paradisiaca,  M  sapientum,  etc  ) 
is  the  most  important  economic  plant,  the  fruit  of 
which  is  widely  used  for  food.  The  pith  of  the  stem, 
top  of  the  floral  spike,  and  also  the  shoots,  are  eaten  as 
vegetables  The  fibers  from  the  petioles  of  Musa  textihs 
are  made  into  thread  and  fabrics  The  leaves  are  used 
to  thatch  huts.  The  traveler's  tree  (Ravenala  mada- 
gascanenais)  holds  sufficient  water  at  the  leaf  bases  to 
serve  for  drink  The  water  is  obtained  by  boring  the 
sheath  The  seeds  of  this  tree  are  eaten 

Four  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the  South  and  in 
conservatories,  for  ornament;  and  one  also,  Musa,  for 
the  fruit  Hehcoma  (Bahsier,  Wild  Plantain) ,  Musa  (Ba- 
nana, Plantain  Tree,  Chumpa,  Adam's  Fig) ;  Ravenala 
(Traveler's  Tree);  Strehtzia  (Bird  of  Paradise  Flower). 

43.  Zingiberaceae  (from  the  genueZingiber,  the  Indian 


22 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


name).  GINGER  FAMILY  Fig  12.  Herbs  with  creeping 
or  tuberous  rhizomes,  rarely  \vith  fibrous  roots  leaves 
basal  or  caulme,  alternate,  sheathing,  blade  with  ligulc 
at.  top  of  petiole,  linear  or  elliptic,  the  pmnately 
parallel  veins  strongly  ascending  flowers  bisexual, 
irregular,  epigynous,  perianth  of  0  parts,  in  2  series, 
differentiated  into  a  tubular  3-toothed  or  spathiform 
somewhat  herbaceous  calyx,  and  a  tubular  unequally 
3-lobed  corolla,  1  stamen  only  us  fertile,  opposite  this  is 
a  large  petaloid  staminodium,  and  there  are  sometimes 
other  smaller  ones,  ovary  inferior,  3-eellcd,  rarely  1- 
eelled,  ovules  many  in  each  cell,  style  1,  stigma  usually 

1  fruit  a  capsule,  seed  with  largo  pensperm,  small 
endosperm,  and  straight  ernbrjo 

There  are  24  genera  and  about  270  species,  distributed 
in  the  tropical  regions  of  the  eastern  hemispheie  Only 

2  genera  are  in  America.   The  largest  genera  are  Amo- 
mum,  with  50  species,  and  Alpima,  with    40  species 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Musaceae,   Marantace.e 
and  Cannacesc,  but  diffeis  in  the  hgule,  the  aromatic  oil, 
the   sharp  differentiation   of  the  perianth,   the  single 
stamen,  and  the  large  single  staminodium 

To  the  spicy  aromatic  flavor  of  the  rhizomes  and 
fruits  the  family  owes  its  useful  qualities  Ginger  is 
from  the  rhizomes  of  Zingiber  ojfficmale,  cultivated  from 
India  Cardarnon  fruits  are  from  Eletkina  Cardamo- 
mum  of  farther  India  Curcuma  or  turmeric  is  from 
the  rhizomes  of  Curcunui  longa,  cultivated  from  south- 
east Asia  This  is  used  in  medicine,  and  for  flavor- 
ing pickles  In  it  is  a  >ellow  dye  The  seeds  of  Amo- 
nium  Melegueta  of  west  Africa  aie  the  grains  of  paia- 


13.  CAN^ACEB  1  Canna,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram 
MARANTACE*:  2  Maranta,  a,  flower,  pistil  removed,  b,  floral 
diagram  ORCHIDACE-B:  3  Lyca.«to,  a,  flower,  b,  column,  front 
view,  r,  pollinia  and  gland,  d,  floral  diagram  4*  Cypriprdium. 
a,  flower,  b,  column,  under  side,  c,  column,  side  view,  d,  floral  dia- 
gram (tt  ,  fertile  stamen,  ster  ,  sterile  stamen,  stig  ,  stigma,  g, 
gland,  p.,  pistil). 


dise  of  commerce.    Galangal,  used  inperfumery,  is  the 
rootstock  of  Alpima  Galanga  of  the  East  Indies. 

Seveial  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly 
grown  for  ornamental  purposes  in  greenhouses  and 
principally  in  the  South.  Among  these  are  Alpima 
(Shell  Flower);  Ainomum;  Curcuma  (Curcuma,  Tur- 
meric), Klettaria  (commercial  Cardamon  seeds),  He- 
dychium  (Butterfly  Lily,  Ginger  Lily,  Garland  Lity); 
Kamipfena,  Zmgiber  (Ginger) 

44  Cannaceae  (from  the  genus  Canna,  the  origin  of 
the  name  not  clear).    CANNA  FAMILY.    Fig  13    Similar 
to  the  Marantaeeaj  in  all  but  the  following  structural 
details    no  joint  nor  hgule  at  summit  of  petiole,  ovulca 
many  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary,  embryo  stiaight 

This  family  contains  a  single  genus  and  25-50  species 
of  tropical  and  subtiopical  America 

The  starchy  rhuome  of  C  edidit,  is  grown  and  eaten 
in  the  \\est  Indies  and  Australia  The  arrowroot 
starch  of  the  English  and  French  is  derived  from  C 
cocctnea  of  the  West  Indies  and  South  America  The 
cannas  are  popular  ornamental  garden  plants 

45  Marantaceee  (from  the  genus  Maranta,  named 
for  Maranti,  a  Venetian  botanist  and  physician  of  the 
10th  century)    ARROWROOT  FAMILY    Fig  13  Herbs  with 
rhizomes    leaves  mostly  basal,  with  an  articulation  at 
the  summit  of  the  petiole,  blade  linear  to  oval,  pmnately 
patallel-vemed    inflorescence    usually    surrounded  by 
sputhe-hkcbraets;  floweis  bisexual,  irregular,  epigynous, 
perianth  of  6  parts,  plainly  differentiated  into  calyx  and 
coiolla,  the  latter  somewhat  irregular,  one  stamen  of  the 
inner  set  fertile,  petaloid,  with  lateral  anther,  the  two 
others  of  the  inner  whorl  tiansformed  into  enlarged 
stammodia,  usually  1   or  2  of  the  outer  whorl  also 
present  as  petaloid  stammodia,  ovary  inferior,  3-celled, 
rarely  1-2-celled,  ovule  1  in  each  cell;  style  flat  and 
twisted  or  lobed    fruit  a  capsule  or  beny,  seeds  with 
pensperm,  and  aril,  embryo  curved 

Marantaeeie  has  12  genera  and  about  160  species,  of 
damp  situations  in  the  tropics,  mostly  American  The 
laigest  genus  is  Calathea  with  GO  species  The  tamily 
is  related  to  the  Cannacea?,  Zmgiberacete,  and  Musa- 
eea?  The  joint  at  the  summit  of  the  petiole,  the  typo 
of  stamen-irregularity,  the  1 -seeded  cells  of  the  ovary, 
and  the  curved  embryo  are  distinctive 

The  rhizome  of  Mnranta  nrundmacea  is  cultivated  in 
t  ropical  America,  and  furnishes  themarant  a  arrowroot  of 
commerce,  rhizomes  of  some  other  species  are  eaten 
Many  species  are  ornamental,  mostly  for  conservatory. 

Five  or  6  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 
Calathea  (Rattlesnake  Plant),  Maranta,  Phrymum; 
Strornanthe;  Thalia 

Order  21.   MICKOSPKKMJB 

46  Orchidaceae  (from  the  genus  Orchis,  an  ancient 
name  of  these  plants)    ORCHID  FAMILY     Fig  13    Her- 
baceous plants  of  very  diverse  habit  and  structure;  ter- 
restrial, epiphytic  or  saprophytic,  somutimeH  climbing; 
the  terrestrial  with  fibrous  roots  or  with  thickened  tuber- 
like  roots,  the  epiphytic  often  with  the  base  of  the  leaf 
and  adjoining  stem  swollen,  forming  a  pseudobulb;  the 
saprophytic  without  chlorophyll ,  the  epiphytic  often  with 
aerial  hanging  roots  are  provided  with  a  water-absorb- 
ing layer  (velamen)     leaves  alternate,  succulent,  coria- 
ceous or  membranous,  linear  to  oval    flowers  bisexual, 
rarely  unisexual,  irregular,  epigynous,  perianth  of  6 
parts,  in  2  series,  usually  all  petaloid;  one  petal  larger, 
forming  the  lip  (labellum) ;  stamens  originally  6,  but  all 
except  1  or  2  wanting,  or  reduced  to  staminodia,  united 
with  the  pistil,  pollen-grams  compound,  granular,  or 
aggregated  into  masses  (polhnia)  which  are  either  free 
in  the  anther  or  attached  by  a  stalk  to  a  viscid  apical  or 
stigmatic  gland;  carpels  3;  ovary  inferior,  1-  or  3-celled; 
ovules  very  numerous,  style  united  with  the  stamens  to 
form  the  column;  stigma  in  the  front  of  the  column,  or 
on  a  projecting  lobe,  fruit  a  capsule,  seeds  very  minute. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


This  is  an  important  family  of  more  than  400  gencia 
and  between  6,000  and  10,000  species  Orchids  are  very 
widely  distributed,  except  in  the  arctics,  but  are  most 
numerous  m  the  tropics  Those  of  temperate  regions 
are  mainly  terrestrial,  those  in  the  tropics  commonly 
epiphytic  The  large  genera  are  Kpidendrum,  500  spe- 
cies; Habenana,  Dendrobium,  Bulbophyllum,  and  On- 
cidnun,  200-600  species  each;  Masdevalha,  Odonto- 
glossum,  and  Maxillana,  each  100  or  more  species 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  intricate  and  very  special 
mechanisms  evolved  in  order  to  insure  cross-pollination, 
the  orchids  are  the  most  wonderful  of  our  insect- 
pollinated  plants  For  a  detailed  account  see  Darwin's 
"Fertilization  of  Orchids,"  or  Keinerand  Oliver's  "Natu- 
ral History  of  Plants  "  In  general,  the  insect  visiting  the 
showy  flower  for  the  honey  comes  in  contact  with  the 
sticky  gland  above  the  stigma,  thereby  pulling  it  out, 
along  with  the  attached  pollen  masses  While  the  insect 
is  going  to  another  flower,  the  pollen  masses  dry  and 
bend  down  until  they  are  in  position  to  strike  the  viscid 
stigma,  which  tears  away  and  retains  some  of  the  pollen. 
The  method  of  pollination  in  Cypnpedium  is  fundamen- 
tally different  Some  orchids  (e  g  ,  Catasetum)  possess  a 
sensitive  explosive  mechanism  that  forcibly  ejects  the 
pollen  mass,  often  to  the  distance  of  2  or  3  feet  The 
minute  seeds  of  the  orchids  are  well  adapted  to  be 
disseminated  by  the  wind  and  find  lodgment  in  the 
crevices  of  the  bark  of  trees  and  on  other  supports. 

Orchids  are  divided  into  large  groups  as  follows 

Group  I  Diandnc  The  two  lateral  stamens  of  the 
inner  whorl  fertile,  the  dorsal  of  the  outer  whorl 
stammodial  or  fruitful,  the  others  absent  Cypnpe- 
dium, Selempedium,  Paphiopedilum,  and  others 

Group  II  Monandro;  The  dorsal  stamen  of  the 
outer  whorl  fruitful,  all  the  others  wanting  By  far 
the  majority  of  the  species  belong  here  .Subgroup  I. 
Polhma  connected  by  caudicles  with  a  gland  at  base 
of  anther  near  stigma  Subgroup  2.  Pollen  without 
caudicles  or  with  these  attached  to  a  gland  at  apex  of 
anther 

The  family  is  very  distinct  and  easily  distinguished 
Its  only  near  relatives  aie  the  Burmanmaceaj  The 
peculiar  structure  of  the  stamens  and  pistil,  together 
with  the  minute  exalbummous  seeds  arc  distinctive 

The  Orchidaeeir  is  perhaps  the  most  important 
family  from  the  standpoint  of  ornamental  gardening. 
To  grow  these  singular,  fantastic,  showy,  and  often 
sweet-scented  flowers  has  in  recent  years  become  almost 
a  craze.  It  is  estimated  that,  whereas  Lirmueus  knew 
but  a  dozen  exotic  orchids,  at  the  present  day  more 
than  2^500  are  known  to  English  horticulturists. 
Plants  in  the  family  useful  for  other  purposes  are  few. 
The  most  important  is  vanilla,  derived  from  the  capsule 
of  Vanilla  plamfoha  of  Mexico,  and  now  widely  culti- 
vated m  the  tropics  Faham  (Angrjecum  fragrans  of 
Bourbon)  has  a  fragrant,  bitter-almond-like  taste,  the 
leaves  are  used  for  indigestion  and  tuberculosis,  and  are 
known  as  Bourbon  tea.  Salep  is  derived  from  the 
roots  of  various  terrestrial  orchids  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean region  The  roots  of  hclleborme  (Epipactis  lati- 
folia)  are  used  for  rheumatism.  The  root  of  Spiranthes 
diuretica  of  Chile  is  renowned  as  a  diuretic.  The  flow- 
ers of  Habenana  conopsea  are  used  for  dysentery.  Spi- 
ranthes autumnahs  and  Habenana  bifolia  are  said  to 
be  aphrodisiac.  The  roots  of  Cypnpedium  pannflorum 
var.  pubescens  are  frequently  used  in  America  as  a 
substitute  for  valerian. 

CLASS  II     DICOTYLEDONE^E 
Sub-class  1.   Archichlamydese  (Chonpetalse  and  Apetalae) 

Order  22.   VERTICILLALES 

47  Casuarinaceae  (from  the  genus  Casuanna,  de- 
rived from  the  resemblance  of  the  branches  to  the 
feathers  of  the  bird  cassowary).  CASUARINA  FAMILY. 


Fig  14.  Shrubs,  or  much-branched  trees,  with  t\m  habit 
of  the  horse-tail  (Eqmsctum)  or  Ephedra  branches 
whorled,  jointed,  stnate  leaves  replaced  by  striate, 
many-toothed  sheaths  flowers  monoecious  or  dioecious, 
th.e  stammate  in  spikes,  the  pistillate  in  heads,  perianth 
of  the  stammate  flower  of  2,  rarely  1,  bract-like  parts; 
stamen  1;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flower  0,  ovary 
1-celled,  rarely  2-celled,  2-4-ovuled,  stigmas  2.  fruit 


14  CAStTAiiiVACK*  1  Casuanna,  a,  portion  of  male  inflores- 
cence, b,  diagram  of  whorl  of  flowors,  c,  female  flower,  d,  female 
flower,  cross-section  ,S\LRI;R\C  KK  2  Saururus,  a,  flower,  b, 
floral  diagram  PIPERACE  B  3  Piper  a  inflorescence  m  fruit,  b, 
portion  of  spike  with  flowers,  r,  female  flower,  vertical  section 
CHLORANTHACF«  4  Chloranthus,  a,  flower,  vertical  section,  b, 
floral  diagram 

dry,  often  samaroid,  inclosed  by  the  woody  valve-like 
bracts,  seeds  2,  or  3—4,  orthotropous,  ascending 

A  single  genus  containing  about  20.  species  occurs  in 
Australia  and  the  neighboring  islands,  extending  to 
Madagascar  and  to  southeast  Asia  The  family  is  very 
distinct  and  its  relationships  are  in  doubt  It  is  placed 
here  in  the  system  because  of  the  simple  flowers  The 

Eecuhar  habit,  reduced  stammate  flowers,  and  peculiar 
-uit  are  characteristic 

The  wood  of  Casuanna  cquisehfoha  is  very  hard,  and 
called  ironwood  It  is  used  in  ship-build  ing,  and  by  the 
Indians  for  war-clubs,  the  powdered  bark  is  used  to 
dress  wounds,  or  for  diarrhea  A  brown  dye  is  obtained 
from  the  same  plant 

A  few  species  of  Casuanna  (Beefwood,  She  Oak)  are 
cultivated  m  the  South  for  timber  and  ornament 

Order  23     PIPEKALES 

48  Saururaceae  (from  the  genus  Saururus,  meaning 
lizard's  tail,   in  allusion  to  the   long  slender  spike). 
LIZARD'S-T AIL  FAMILY    Fig  14   Herbs  leaves  alternate, 
large  and  broad    flowers  bisexual,  regular,  in  a  long, 
dense  spike,  perianth  0,    stamens  6  or  fewer,  hypo- 
gynous  or  united  with  the  pistil;  carpels  3-4,  separate, 
or  united  in  to  a  3-4-cellod  ovary,  ovules  2  to  several, 
parietal;    stigmas  as   many  as  the  carpels:    fruit  of 
follicles,  or  a  lobed  berry 

Three  genera  and  about  4  species  are  found  in  tem- 
perate or  subtropical  Asia  and  North  America  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Pipcrace«,  with  which  it  is 
frequently  united  From  that  family  it  differs  in 
having  several  carpels  in  each  flower  and  several 
parietal  ovules  for  each  carpel 

Saw  urns  cernuus  (lizard's  tail),  a  native  herb,  is 
in  the  trade  as  a  garden  plant  for  wet  soil 

49  Piperacese   (from  the  genus   Piper,  an  ancient 
name  of  pepper).    PEPPER   FAMILY    Fig    14    Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  rarely  trees,  leaves  alternate,  rarely  opposite 
or  whorled*  flowers  in  dense  spikes,  bisexual,  or  uni- 
sexual,   regular,    perianth  0,    stamens    1-10,    ovary 


24 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


l-celled,  ovule  1,  basal;  stigmas  1-4,  rarely  more,  sessile: 
fruit  a  dry  or  fleshy  berry 

There  are  9  genera  and  about  1,025  species,  confined 
to  the  tropics  The  largest  genera  are  Piper  with  600 
species  arid  Feperomia  with  400  species  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Saururacea),  with  which  it  is  often  united; 
otherwise  it  stands  alone  as  a  distinct  type,  the  system- 
atic position  of  which  is  uncertain  The  spicate  inflores- 
cence, naked  flowers,  and  l-celled,  1-seeded  ovary  are 
distinctive 

The  unripe  fruit  of  Piper  nigrum  (Java,  etc  )  yields 
black  pepper  The  ripe  fruit  of  the  same  plant  yields 
white  pepper  Long  pepper  is  the  whole  spike  of 
P  longuni  of  India  The  drug  cubebs  is  obtained 
from  P  Cubeba  Betel  consists  of  the  leaves  of 
P  Belle,  which  in  India  arc  mixed  with  the  areca  nut 
and  masticated  (p  16)  From  an  extraction  of  the  roots 
of  P  methysticum  (ava,  or  kava-kava),  mixed  with 
the  milk  of  coconuts,  an  intoxicating  drink  is  made  in 
the  Pacific  Islands  Some  species  of  Peperomia  are 
eaten  as  salads,  others  chewed  as  betel 

Some  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  as  green- 
house foliage  plants  Peperomia,  10  or  more  species, 
Piper  (Pepper,  Black  Pepper,  Japanese  Pepper) 

50  Chloranthacese  (from  the  genus  Chloranthus, 
signifying  qrecn  flower*,}  CHLORANTHUS  FAMILY  Fig 
14  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees  leaves  opposite  flowers 
bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  very  small,  subtended 
by  bracts,  and  mostly  borne  in  spikes;  perianth  0, 
stamens  in  the  bisexual  flowers  1-3,  united  \v  ith  each 
other  and  with  the  ovaiy,  in  the  stammate  inflorescence 
inserted  on  a  common  axis  and  forming  a  spike; 
carpels  1,  with  1  pendent  ovule,  stigma  sessile,  fruit 
drupaceous 

Three  genera  and  about  35  species  occur,  in  tropical 
America,  East  Asia,  and  the  islands  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean  The  family  is  related  to  the  Piperacea1  and 
Saururaceae  The  opposite  leaves,  the  few  starrtens, 
which  are  often  unilaterally  united  with  the  1-cellcd 
ovary,  and  the  suspended  ovule,  are  peculiar 

The  roots  of  Chtoranthut>  ojfficinahs  have  a  camphor- 
like  odor,  and  are  used  in  the  East  as  a  febrifuge 

One  species  of  Chloranthus  is  grown  m  greenhouses 
for  foliage  and  berries 

Order  24.   SALICALES 

51.  Salicaceae  (from  the  genus  Sahx,  the  classical 
Latin  name)  WILLOW  FAMILY  Fig  15  Shrubs  or 
trees,  creeping  in  the  arctics'  leaves  alternate,  simple: 
flowers  diux'ious,  both  sexes  in  catkins,  1  flower  to  each 
scale;  perianth  0;  disk  piesent,  cup-shaped  or  finger- 
like,  stamens  2-many,  separate  or  united,  ovary  often 
pedicelled,  l-celled.  placenta?  2,  parietal,  ovules  numer- 
ous; stigmas  2,  often  each  2-lobed  fruit  a  capsule; 
seeds  with  a  basal  tuft  of  long  hairs 

Sahcacea;  has  2  genera  and  about  180  species,  of 
which  160  belong  to  the  genus  Sahx,  inhabitants  of 
the  north  temperate  and  arctic  zones,  a  few  in  the 
tropics  and  in  South  Africa  The  family  is  not  definitely 
related  to  any  other  family,  though  possibly  to  the 
Tamancacece  The  flowers  of  both  sexes  in  catkins, 
the  glandular  disk,  and  the  dehiscent  many-seeded 
capsule  with  comose  seeds,  are  distinctive 

The  bark  of  many  species  has  been  used  for  inter- 
mittent fevers  and  for  tanning  leather  A  yellow  dye 
occurs  in  the  bark  of  Populus  alba  and  P  tremula, 
also  in  Srihr  alba,  S.  daphnoides,  and  others  The 
resinous  buds  of  P  balsamifera,  or  tacamahac,  furnish 
American  balm  of  Gilead  The  stammate  catkins  of 
8  xgypliaca  are  odoriferous  and  are  used  in  the  East 
in  medicinal  waters,  as  a  cordial,  and  as  a  sudorific 
Willow  and  poplar  wood  is  soft  and  light  The  twigs 
of  several  species  of  Salix  are  universally  used  in 
basket-making 

The  two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 


ornamental  plants  and  for  shelter-belts  and  basket- 
work  and  sometimes  for  timber  Populus  (Poplar,  As- 
pen, Tacamahac,  Balm  of  (iilead  [not  the  original], 
Cottonwood,  Abele);  and  Sahx  (Willow,  Osier). 

Order  25.   MYRI  CALKS 

52  MyricaceaD  (from  the  genus  Mynca,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  Tamarisk).  SWKICT  (!ALE  FAMILY  Fig  15 
Shrubs  or  trees  leaves  alternate,  usually  simple,  resin- 
ous1 flowers  monoecious  or  dio?cious,  *  in  catkins  or 
spikes,  single  for  each  bract,  perianth  0,  stamens  4-6, 
or  16,  in  the  axil  of  the  bract  (scale),  ovary  l-celled, 
1-ovuled,  stigmas  2  fruit  a  drupe,  usually  slightly 
horned  by  union  with  the  bracteoles,  seed  solitary, 
orthotropous,  basal 


IS.  SALICAOE,E  1  Sahx,  a,  mule  flower,  6,  female  flower,  r. 
cross-section  ovary  2  Populua,  a,  male  flowe  r,  6,  delude  ing  fruit, 
Mi  me  AC  EE  3  Mynca,  a,  male  flower,  b,  female  flower  Juo- 
I  ANDAC  Et,  4  Juglans,  a,  diagiam  male  flowci ,  b,  diagram  female 
flower,  c,  vertical  section  female  flow«r  BETULAI  ^x.  5  Oorylus, 
a,  diagram  male  flower,  b,  diagram  fern  lie  flo\urs  b  Uetula,  a, 
male  flowers,  b,  female  flowers,  c,  diagram  male  flowers,  d,  diagram 
female  flowers  7  Alnus,  a,  male  flowers,  b,  female  flowers,  c,  dia- 
gram male  flowers,  d,  diagram  female  floweis  (i,  scale,  a,  b,  and  c, 
bractiolea  of  the  first,  second  and  third  orders,  p,  perianth,  a, 
gland  ) 

One  genus  with  about  35  species  is  generally  dis- 
tributed over  the  more  temperate  parts  of  the  earth 
The  Myncaceui  are  related  to  the  other  amentiferous 
families,  e  g  ,  Juglandacea;.  Fagacete  and  Betulaceae 
The  indehiscent,  1 -seeded  fruit,  basal  seeds,  two 
carpels,  absence  of  perianth,  and  simple  leaves  are 
characteristic  of  the  family 

Mynca  Gale  and  other  species  are  used  for  tanning 
leather.  M  Gale  has  also  been  used  in  the  preparation 
of  beer.  The  wax  from  the  drupelets  of  M  cerifera 
and  M.  enrolments  is  used  for  making  candles  The 
fruit  of  M  sapida  and  M  Nagi  is  edible,  M  (Comp- 
tonia)  asplemfoha  has  been  used  as  a  tonic  A  volatile 
oil  is  obtained  from  the  fruits  of  M  Gale  The  root 
of  M  cerifera  is  emetic  and  purgative 

M.  Nagi  is  cultivated  in  California  for  the  edible 
fruit  M  asplemfolia,  native  in  the  United  States,  is 
grown  for  ornament.  Other  species  are  sometimes 
planted. 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Order  26.  JUQLANDALBB 

53.  Juglandaceae  (from  the  genus  Juglans,  a  con- 
traction of  the  Latin  Joins  glans,  the  nut  of  Jupiter). 
WALNUT  FAMILY.    Fig  15.  Trees  or  shrubs,  of  ten  resin- 
ous leaves  alternate,  exstipulate,  pmnately  compound: 
flowers  monoecious,  small;  the  stammate  in  drooping 
catkins  with  single  perianth  of  4  parts,  or  rarely  0,  one 
flower  for  each  bract,  the  pistillate  2-3  together,  with 
perianth  of  4  parts  adherent,  to  the  ovary  as  are  also 
the  bract  and  bracteole;  ovary  inferior,  1-celled;  ovule 
1,  basal,  orthotropous;  stigmas  usually  2-  or  4-branched: 
fruit  a  nut  with  a  fleshy  exocarp,  or  bursting  irregularly, 
or  4-valved,  or  winged 

In  this  family  are  6  genera  and  about  35  species  of 
the  north  temperate  zone  The  largest  genus  is  Carya 
with  10  species  The  family  is  related  to  other  Amen- 
tifenxj,  e  g.,  Myncaceac,  Fagaceai,  and  Betulacea*.  The 
indehiscent,  1-seeded  fruit,  basal  seeds,  2  carpels, 
perianth  and  pinnate  leaves  are  distinctive.  Fossil 
species  are  known 

The  wood  of  English  walnut  is  highly  valued,  but 
that  «f  Juglans  nigra  (black  walnut)  is  one  of  the 
most  valuable  of  woods  Hickory  wood  is  prized  for 
its  hardness  and  toughness  The  fruits  of  the  English 
walnut  (J  icQia),  butternut  (J.  cinerea),  and  of 
species  of  Carya  (hickory)  are  among  the  most  im- 
portant food-nuts  The  leaves  and  bark  of  Carya  and 
Juglans  are  purgative  Green  dyes  are  obtained  from 
Carya  tumaito^i,  and  yellow  from  C  ovata,  C  sui- 
cata,  and  C  ylabia.  Walnut  oil  and  hickory  oil  are  in 
the  trade 

The  cultivated  genera  m  America  are  Carya  or 
Hicoria  (Hickory,  Pecan,  Bitternut,  Pignut,  Mockernut, 
Shellbark,  Kmgnut),  native  and  hardy;  Juglans 
(Walnut,  Butternut,  English  Walnut),  ornamental,  fruit, 
and  timber,  Platycarya,  ornamental,  Pterocarya,  orna- 
mental. 

Order  27    FAGALES 

54.  Betulaceae  (from  the  genus  Betula,  the  ancient 
Latin  name  of  the  birch)    BIHCH  FAMILY    Fig  15    Trees 
or  shrubs,    leaves  alternate,  simple,  mostly  pmnately 
parallel-veined:    flowers    monoecious,    regular,    much 
reduced,  the  stammate  in  slender  catkins;  the  pistillate 
m  short  spikes,  rarely  in  flexuoua  catkins  or  geminate; 
3  flowers,  rarely  by  reduction  2  or  1  flower  behind  each 
bract;  perianth  of  the  siammate  flower  single,  2-4-lobed 
or  0;  stamens  2-10;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flower 
absent  in  Botula  and  Alnus,  m  other  genera  an  epigy- 
nous  crown  of  several  tiny  scales;  ovary  inferior,  origi- 
nally 2-cclled  and  each  cell  1-ovuled,  but  only  one  cell 
and  1  seed  maturing;  stigmas  2:  fruit  an  indehiscent 
nutlet,  often  winged;  either  separating  from  the  bract 
and  bracteoles  (Alnus,  Betula),  or  falling  with  them,  in 
which  case  these  organs  form  a  protective  involucre 
(Corylus),  or  a  winged  or  bladdery  organ  concerned  in 
seed -dissemination  (Carpmus,  Ostrya);  seeds  anatro- 
pous,  exalbuimnous. 

Six  genera  and  about  75  species  inhabit  the  extra- 
tropical  northern  hemisphere;  many  are  arctic,  some  of 
which  are  creeping.  Fossil  species  are  known  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Fagaceae  and  other  amentif- 
erous  families.  The  pistillate  flowers  in  spikes,  the 
presence  of  a  perianth  m  one  or  the  other  sex,  the 
cymose  group  of  flowers  for  each  bract,  the  2  carpels, 
and  the  single  integument  of  the  seed  are  characteristic. 

The  wood  of  Alnus  and  Betula  is  prized  by  wagon- 
makers,  cabinet-makers  and  turners'  charcoal  for  gun- 
powder is  made  from  this  wood  The  twigs  of  Betula 
are  made  into  brooms.  The  bark  of  Betula  papynfera 
strips  off  m  thin  plates  and  is  used  for  making  canoes 
and  for  writing-paper.  The  very  thin  bark-layers  of  B 
Bhojpattra  of  India  also  furnish  writing-paper.  Vinegar 
and  beer  are  made  from  the  sugary  sap  of  Betula,  which 
is  also  considered  an  efficient  antiscorbutic.  The  bark 


of  Alnus  and  Betula  is  used  in  tanning  Russia  leather, 
and  other  kinds  Hazelnuts  are  the  fruit  of  Corylus; 
filberts  of  Corylm  Avellana.  Oil  of  betula  has  a  flavor 
like  wintergreen.  The  wood  of  Ostrya  is  very  hard  and 
prized  for  beetles.  The  wood  of  all  the  Betulacese  is 
good  for  firewood. 

Several  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  America  for  orna- 
ment or  for  the  fruit  (Corylus)  such  as  Alnus  (Alder) ; 
Betula  (Birch),  Carpmus  (Hornbeam  Tree,  Blue 
Beech,  Water  Beech) ,  Corylus  (Hazel,  Filbert,  Cobnut) ; 
and  Ostrya  (Hop  Hornbeam,  Ironwood,  Leverwood). 

55.  Fagaceae  (from  the  genus  Fagus,  the  classical 
name,  in  allusion  to  the  esculent  nuts).  BEECH  FAMILY. 
Fig  16.  Trees  or  shrubs  leaves  simple,  alternate  flow- 
ers monrccious,  the  stammate  in  slender  catkins,  one 
flower  with  each  bract  and  a  perianth  of  4-6  parts,  the 
pistillate  solitary  or  in  groups  of  3,  epigynous,  the 

nanth  reduced,  ovary  mostly  3-  or  6-celled;  ovules 
i  each  cell,  suspended,  all  but  one  in  the  ovary 
aborting,  integuments  2,  stigmas  3    fruit  a  1-seeded 
nut,  which  singly,  or  in  a  group  of  2-3,  is  surrounded  by 
a  special  involucre. 

The  family  has  5  genera  and  about  600  species,  all 
natives  of  the  subtropical  and  temperate  northern 
hemisphere,  except  the  antarctic  genus,  Nothofagus 
The  largest  genera  are  Qucrcus  with  200  species,  and 
Pasania  with  100  species  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Betulaceae  and  other  amentiferous  families,  but  the 
stammate  flowers  alone  m  catknu,  the  indehiscent  1- 
seeded  fruit,  the  3  carpel^,  and  the  special  involucre 
are  distinctive  There  has  been  much  debate  as  to  the 
morphology  of  the  involucre, — whether  it  is  composed 
of  the  bracteolos  of  the  little  dichasium,  or  represents 
sterile  scales  of  the  condensed  catkin,  or  is  a  wholly 
new  outgrowth  of  the  subfloral  axis  The  latter  is  a 
recent  view  of  Engler  This  involucre  becomes  the 
bur  in  beech  and  chestnut,  and  the  cup  in  the  oak. 
The  \\oodof  white  oak,  red  oak  andmany  other  species 
is  very  valuable,  as  is  also  that  of  beech  and  chestnut. 
The  bark  of  Querciu*  Subcr  of  Spam  yields  bottle-cork 
The  bark  of  Q  vdutirui  of  America  is  called  quercitron, 
and  is  used  to  dye  yellow  The  kermes  insect,  which 
furnishes  a  crimson  dye,  lives  on  Q  coccifera  of  the 
Mediterranean  The  stings  of  gall  in&ects  produce  the 
commercial  oak-galls  from  which  tanmc  and  gallic 
aoid  are  obtained,  and  from  which  ink  was  made  Offici- 
nal creosote  is  distilled  from  the  tar  of  species  of  Fagus. 
The  nut-like  fruits  of  Castanoa,  Fagus,  Quercus  Ilex, 
Q  Robur,  and  Q  JUgilops  are  eaten.  The  cups  of  Q. 
jEgilops  are  sold  for  dyeing  black  and  for  tanning  The 
bark  from  many  species  of  this  family  is  used  for  tan- 
bark 

In  America  several  genera  are  cultivated  for  ornament, 
food,  and  timber:  Castanoa  me  (Chestnut,  Chinqua- 
pin); Castanopsis  Fagus  (Beech);  Nothofagus,  little 
Known;  Quercus  (Oak,  Black  Jack). 

Order  28.  URTICALES 

56.  Ulmaceae  (from  the  genus  Ulmus,  the  classical 
name).  ELM  FAMILY.  Fig  16.  Trees  or  shrubs  with- 
out milky  mice' leaves  alternate,  usually  oblique'  flow- 
ers bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  small ;  perianth  simple ; 
parts  4-5,  rarely  3-7;  stamens  of  the  same  number 
opposite  the  sepals,  rarely  twice  as  many,  not  elasti- 
cally  incurved;  ovary  superior,  1-cellod,  1-ovuled;  the 
ovule  suspended,  anatropous;  stigmas  usually  2.  fruit 
nut-like,  drupaceous,  or  winged. 

Thirteen  genera  and  about  140  species  are  generally 
distributed  in  all  but  the  polar  regions.  The  largest 
genus  is  Celtis,  with  60  species.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Urticacese  and  Moracefc.  Its  non- 
elastic  stamens,  and  suspended  anatropous  seeds  are 
important  distinguishing  characters 

The  seeds  of  some  species  of  Celtis  are  edible.  The 
wood  is  used  to  make  wind  instruments,  and  the  like. 


26 


SYN'OPSIS  'OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Elm  wood  is  of  use  in  the  crafts.  The  mucilaginous 
bark  of  slippery  elm  (  Vlmusfulva)  is  used  for  poultices 
and  coughs  The  fragrant  wood  of  Plnnera  Abelicea  of 
Crete  is  false  sandalwood 

There  are  several  genera  in  cultivation  m  America. 
Among  these  are.  Aphananthe,  ornamental;  Ccltis  (Net- 
tle Tree,  Hackberry.  Sugarberry),  hardy,  ornamental; 
Planera  (Water  Elm),  ornamental,  Ulmus  (Elm),  orna- 
mental, and  for  timber;  Zelkova,  ornamental. 

57  Moracese  (from  the  genus  Moms,  the  classical 
name)  MULBERRY  FAMILY  Fig  16.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or 
trees,  sometimes  climbing1  juice  milky:  leaves  alternate: 
flowers  dioecious  or  monoecious,  regular,  small,  mostly 
in  heads  or  spikes,  or  lining  the  hollow  pvriform  fleshy 
axis  of  the  inflorescence  (Ficus) ;  perianth  single,  of  4. 
rarely  2-6,  imbricated  parts,  more  or  less  united  ana 
fleshy  in  the  pistillate  flower,  stamens  of  the  same  num- 
ber and  opposite  the  sepals,  usually  inflexed  in  the  bud 
and  elastic;  ovary  superior,  sessile  or  stipitate,  1-celled, 
1-ovuled;  the  ovule  suspended,  amphitropous,  rarely 


16.  FAQACE^J      1    Quercus,  a,  male  flowers,  6,  fe  , 

c,  diagram  female  flower,  d,  fruit  2  Castanea,  a.  diagram  female 
flower,  b,  involucre  and  3  fruita  ULMACKK  3  Ulmus,  a,  flower, 
6,  fruit  MORACK^I  4  Morus,  a,  male  flower,  b,  fruit  5  Humu- 
lus,  a,  female  flower,  b,  vertical  section  fruit  6  Cudrania,  pistil 
7  Ficus,  vertical  section  female  inflorescence  (for  explanation  of 
letters  see  Fig  15) 

basal,  stigmas  1-2  fruit  an  achene  or  drupe  envel- 
oped by  the  fleshy  perianth,  or  on  a  fleshy  gyno- 
phore,  or  composed  of  achenes  in  a  fleshy  hollow  com- 
mon receptacle 

Moracese  contains  55  genera  and  about  950  species, 
mostly  of  tropical  distribution,  6  species  of  which  are 
native  in  the  eastern  United  States.  The  largest  genus  is 
Ficus  with  600  species.  The  family  is  frequently  united 
with  the  Urticaceae  and  differs  from  that  family  only 
in  the  presence  of  milky  juice,  in  the  two  stigmas,  and 
in  the  usually  suspended  seed  From  the  Ulmaceae  it 
differs  in  the  inflexed  elastic  stamens 

The  fruit  of  the  black  mulberry  (Morus  mgra)  has 
been  eaten  since  earliest  times  Those  of  M.  rubra  (red 
mulberry),  and  M  alba  are  also  used  for  food  The 
bread  fruit  (Artocarpus  incisa)  of  the  South  Sea 
Islands  is  now  cultivated  for  food  everywhere  m  the 


tropics  The  leaves  of  Morus  indica  are  eaten  in  India: 
those  of  M .  rubra  in  America  M  serrata  is  cultivated 
for  fodder  The  fig  is  the  fleshy  receptacle  of  the  inflo- 
rescence of  Ficus  Cunca.  For  the  structure  and  pollina- 
tion of  this  remarkable  plant  see  Kerner  and  Oliver's 
"Natural  History  of  Plants."  The  leaves  of  Morus  are 
diuretic  and  anthelmmtic  The  juice  of  Antians  toxv- 
cana  is  used  by  the  Javanese  to  poison  arrows  Hops 
are  used  in  medicine,  also  to  flavor  beer  Hashish, 
bhang  or  Cannabis  indica  is  obtained  from  Cannabis 
saliva,  and  is  much  used  in  the  East  as  a  narcotic  to 
chew  and  smoke  like  opium  The  fibers  of  C  tativa  are 
hemp.  The  bark  of  Broussonetia  furnishes  clothing  to 
the  South  Sea  Islanders  The  wood  of  Madura  auran- 
liaca  is  flexible,  the  yellow  juice  of  the  fruit  of  this 
plant  was  used  by  the  Indians  to  paint  their  faces. 
Cudrania  javanensit*  yields  a  dye  The  milky  juice  of 
Ficus  elaslica  and  other  species  yield  commercial  rub- 
ber. F.  indica  is  a  banyan  tree  of  India  F  religv* 
osa  is  the  sacred  fig  The  leaves  of  various  species  of 
mulberry  are  used  to  feed  silkworms  Shellac  is  ob- 
tained from  a  small  hemipterous  insect  which  lives  on 
F.  laccifera  and  F.  reliywsa  in  India 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  the 
majority  in  the  far  South  Among  these  are  Arto- 
carpus (Bread  Fruit,  Jack  Fruit),  cultivated  in  the 
West  Indies  and  in  botanical  gardens,  Brosimum 
(Bread  Nut),  tropical,  Bioubsonctia  (Paper  Mul- 
berry), ornamental,  semi-hardy;  Cannabis  (Hemp), 
grown  for  fiber  or  ornament,  Cudrania,  grown  for 
hedges;  Ficus  (Fig,  India  Rubber  Plant,  Banyan 
Tree,  Creeping  Fig,  Peepul  Tree),  grown  in  warm  re- 
gions and  in  the  greenhouses,  Humulus  (Hops),  grown 
for  the  fruit,  Maclura  (Osage  Orange),  for  hedges; 
Morus  (Mulberry),  for  fruit,  and  leaves  for  silkworms 

58.  Urticaceae  (from  the  genus  Urtica,  the  classical 
Latin  name  of  the  plant,  signifying  to  burn)  NETTLE 
P'AMILY  Fig  17  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  rarely  climb- 
ing leaves  alternate  or  opposite  flowers  unisexual, 
regular,  perianth  single,  rarely  0,  usually  green,  con- 
sisting of  4-5,  rarely  2  3,  separate  or  united  parts,  im- 
bricated or  valvate,  stamens  as  many,  and  opposite 
the  segments,  inflexed  and  uncoiling  elastic-ally,  ovary 
sessile,  or  pedicelled,  or  rarely  united  with  the  perianth, 
1-celled,  1-ovulcd,  style  1;  stigma  feathery  fruit  an 
achene  or  drupe;  seeds  basal,  orthotropous;  embryo 
straight 

The  41  genera  and  about  475  species  are  mainly 
tropical,  a  few  in  North  America  and  fewer  m  Europe. 
The  largest  genus  is  Plica,  with  100  species.  The  family 
is  very  closely  i  elated  to  the  Moracecc  and  Uhnaceae, 
with  which  it  was  formerly  united  The  apetalous 
anemophilous  flowers,  with  elastic  stamens  opposite 
the  sepals,  and  the  1-cellcd  ovary,  with  a  single  basal, 
orthotropous  seed,  are  distinctive  Many  of  the  Urti- 
caceae arc  covered  with  stinging  hairs  cont  aining  formic 
acid  The  common  nettles  are  examples  Cystoliths 
are  common  in  the  leaves 

Pariftana  diffusa  and  P.  erecta  contain  niter,  and 
have  been  used  as  diuretics  Nettles  were  used  by 
doctors  to  flog  patients  m  order  to  pioduce  a  counter 
irritation  of  the  bkm.  a  practice  called  "urtication." 
Other  species  have  been  used  locally  as  medicine. 
Laportea  stimulans  has  been  used  as  a  fish-poison  The 
bast  fibers  of  many  species  are  useful ;  e  g  ,  Urtica  dioica, 
U  cannabma,  Laportea  canadensis,  and  especially  the 
China  grass  or  ramie  (Baehmena  nwed).  The  fibers  of 
this  latter  have  long  been  used  m  the  Netherlands  The 
young  foliage  of  many  Urticacea?  is  used  as  spinach. 
The  tuberous  root  of  Pouzolzia  tuberosa  is  eaten 

The  following  are  in  cultivation  in  America;  three  of 
them  are  ornamental:  Pelhonia,  a  greenhouse  creeper; 
Pilea  (Artillery  Plant),  a  garden  and  greenhouse  plant; 
and  Urera,  a  greenhouse  shrub  The  other  genus, 
Urtica  (Nettle),  is  grown  for  fiber,  and  Boehmena 
occurs  occasionally  in  cultivation 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


2? 


Order  29.   PROTEALES 

59.  Proteaceae  (from  the  genus  Protea,  from  Proteus, 
a  self-transforming  sea-god,  in  allusion  to  the  great  di- 
versity of  the  genus).  PROTEA  FAMILY  Fig  17  Shrubs 
or  tiees,  rarely  herbs  leaves  alternate  flowers  bisexual, 
rarely  unisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  perianth  of  one 
series,  paits  4,  separate  or  variously  united,  or  labiate, 
valvate;  stamens  4.  opposite  the  perianth  parts, 
hypogynous  or  inserted  on  the  perianth;  hypogynous 
stalk  (gynophorc)  usually  developed,  often  bearing  a 
ring  of  scales,  or  swellings,  or  a  cup,  carpel  1,  ovary 
superior,  1-eelled,  ovules  1  1o  several,  style  slender, 
stigma  slender  or  enlarged  fruit  unsymmetrieal,  capsu- 
lar,  drupaceous,  or  nut-like,  or  a  samara  or  follicle, 
seeds  sometimes  winged 

There  are  49  genera  and  about  1 ,000  species,  mostly 
Australian,  but  many  also  in  South  Africa,  and  a  few 
in  South  America  The  largest  geneia  are  Grevillca, 
with  160  species,  and  ITakea,  with  100  species  The 
family  is  perhaps  distantly  related  to  the  Loranthaceae, 
Santalacea*,  and  Urlicacea?,  but  the  relationship  is 
little  understood  The  4  valvate  .sepals,  4  stamens, 
and  the  unsyrnmetrical,  1-eclled  ovary,  raised  on  an 
appendaged  gynophore  are  distinctive  The  ^mall 
flowers  are  usually  aggregated  in  heads  or  spikes 
surrounded  by  biacts  The  Proteacete,  for  the  most 
part,  inhabit  counti  ies  in  which  a  very  dry  windy  season 
alternates  with  a  ramv  season,  and  many  of  them  are 
white-hairy 

Grtvillca  robusto,  Kmghtia  exctha,  Embothnurn 
coccineum,  Lutco^pcrfnum  ronocarpum  (redwood),  and 
Protea  grandiflora  (wagen-boom)  are  useful  for  timber. 
The  wood  of  the  last  species  is  used  for  wagon- 
wheels  The  seeds  of  se\eral  species  are  eaten  A  bit- 
ter pnnciple  is  found  in  Ijititadtndion  argenteum  of 
Africa;  a  gum  resin  in  CrevtUea  lobusta  of  Australia 
A  golden  d\e  is  obtained  from  the  Australian  Pcr^ooma 
saccotn  Gcvuina  avellaiin  (Chilean  hazelnut)  furnishes 
an  edible  fruit,  as  does  also  lirabeium  btellatifohum 
(wild  chcslnut  of  South  Africa),  and  Mncndamia 
terrufvha  ((Queensland  nut)  Banksia  and  Protea  fur- 
nish important  bee-plants 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  are  mostly  the 
following  Banksia,  Gevuina  (Chilean  Nut,  Chile  Hazel), 
grown  in  California,  Grevillea  (Silk  Oak),  in  greenhouse 
and  California,  Leucadenclron  (Silver  Tree  of  the  Cape), 
grown  in  California,  Macadamia  (Australian  Nut),  in 
southern  California,  Protea,  in  southern  California; 
Telopea  (Waratah,  Warratau),  in  California 

Order  30.   SANTALALES 

60  Loranthacese  (from  the  genus  Loranthus,  meaning 
thong  flower,  significance  not  clear)  MISTLETOE  P'AMILY 
Fig  17  Herbs  or  subshrubs,  parasites  or  half- 
parasites,  with  or  without  chlorophyll,  rarely  rooted 
in  the  earth  leaves  usually  opposite,  rarely  alternate, 
thick  and  green,  or  reduced  to  scales  flowers  bisexual 
or  unisexual,  usually  regular,  receptacle  of  the  pistillate 
flower  cup-shaped,  united  with  the  ovary,  perianth 
undifferentiated,  usually  in  2  series  of  2  or  3  parts  each, 
of  which  the  outer  may  be  calyx  and  the  inner  corolla, 
stamens  as  many  as  the  parts  of  the  perianth  and  oppo- 
site them,  free,  or  united  with  the  perianth,  ovary  1- 
celled,  inferior;  ovule  1,  orthotropous;  stigma  1,  often 
sessile'  fruit  a  1-seeded  berry. 

The  21  genera  and  about  600  species  are  mostly 
inhabitants  of  tropical  countries,  but  extend  into  the 
temperate  zone.  One  species  reaches  Newfoundland. 
Loranthus,  the  largest  genus,  contains  200  species,  and 
Phoradendron  contains  80  species  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Santalaceae  and  Proteaceai  The  habit, 
the  cup-shaped  receptacle,  the  position  and  number  of 
the  stamens,  and  the  1-celled,  1-seeded  fruit  are  dis- 
tinctive The  fruits  are  often  very  viscid  and  easily 
become  fastened  to  the  branches  of  trees  where  they 


germinate  and  grow  The  inflorescence  is  often  much 
reduced  and  inconspicuous. 

The  viscid  substance  of  the  fruit  is  called  birdlime, 
and  is  used  for  catching  small  birds.  Various  species 
have  been  used  locally  as  medicine  The  mistletoe 
(Viscum  album)  of  Europe  was  worshipped  by  the 
Gauls  When  gathered  from  the  oak  it  was  considered 
sacred  by  the  Druids. 

Phoradendron  Jiavescens  (American  mistletoe)  is 
gathered  and  sold  in  the  market 

61  Santalaceae  (from  the  genus  Kantalum,  the 
Latin  name  for  sandalwood)  SANDALWOOD  FAMILY. 
A  family  closely  related  to  the  Loranthaceae,  from  which 
it  differs  only  in  the  more  numerous  ovules  and  the 
general  habit  The  Santalaceae  are  commonly  inde- 
pendent plants  or  root  parasites,  while  the  Loranthacese 
are  usually  aerial  parasites 

The  Santalacese  consists  of  26  genera  and  about  250 
species,  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  regions 


4b 

17.  URTICACE*:  1  Urtica,  a,  male  flower,  b,  female  flower,  c, 
female  flower,  vertical  section  PROTEACE^E  2.  Bankaia,  a,  in- 
florescence, b,  flower  3  Protea,  flower  4.  a  and  6,  pistils  of  Pro- 
teaceae LORANIHACE,«  5  Phoradendron,  a,  inflorescence,  6, 
vertical  section  inflorescence.  OLACACK.B  6  Linosma,  flower  7. 
Linosma,  floral  diagram. 

The  aromatic  and  sweet-scented  wood  of  the  tree, 
Santalum  alburn,  has  been  used  medicinally,  and  is 
used  in  perfumery  and  cabinet-making  Other  species 
of  Santalum,  also  of  Fusanus,  Acanthosyns,  Colpoon, 
and  Exocarpus  are  also  used  in  cabinet  work  The 
sweet  flesh  of  the  fruit  of  some  species,  the  thickened 
pedicels  or  oily  seeds  of  others,  are  edible 

Queer  tendril-like  brushes  on  the  fruits  of  the  reduced 
aerial  genus  My/odcndron  of  South  America  serve  as 
flying  organs  and  later  twine  about  the  support 

Buckleya  of  the  southeastern  United  States  is  some- 
times cult  i vated ,  also  Pyrulana 

62  Olacacese  (from  the  genus  Olax,  signifying  a  fur- 
row, application  unknown)  OLAX  FAMILY  Fig.  17. 
Trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  twining  or  climbing,  with 
alternate,  entire  leaves  flowers  mostly  bisexual,  regu- 
lar, perianth  single,  the  divisions  (sepals?)  4-5,  rarelv  B 


28 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


valvate;  stamens  4-10,  often  adnate  to  the  perianth 
or  connate,  disk  present,  diverse,  carpels  3,  rarely  2-5; 
ovary  superior,  1-celled,  rarely  falsely  3-5-cclled, 
ovule  1;  style  1:  fruit  usually  a  drupe  inclosed  in  the 
accrescent  and  persistent  perianth,  seed  albuminous 

Olacaceae  has  25  genera  and  about  140  species  of 
tropical  distribution,  two  of  which  reach  southern 
Florida  Olax  is  the  largest  genus  The  Olaeaceie  are 
related  to  the  Loranthacese  and  Santalacese 


8 

18.  ABISTOLOCHIAC.EE  1  Asarum,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram. 
2  Aristolochia,  flower  POLK. JON \t  b«  3  Fagopyrum,  u,  flower, 
b,  floral  diagram  4  Polygonum,  sheathing  stipule  5  Rumex, 
fruiting  calyx  CHENOPODIA<  t. «  b  Chenopodium,  a,  flower,  b, 
fruit  AMAHANTAtkE  7  Amar.uitua,  <z,  fruit,  6,  vertical  section 
aced.  8  Achyranthe'i,  flower 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance  Some 
species  are  valuable  for  their  hard  timber  The  drupes 
of  Ximenia  are  eaten  in  Senegal.  Olax  zeylanwa  has  a 
fetid  wood,  used  locally  for  fevers. 

One  species,  Ximenia  amencana  (hog  plum)  is 
native  in  Florida  and  the  tropics,  and  is  of  moderate 
value  for  the  fruit 

Order  31.     AKISTOLOCHIALES 

63  Aristolochiaceae  (from  the  genus  Aristolochia^ 
in  reference  to  its  supposed  medicinal  properties  in 
connection  with  child-birth)  BIKTHWORT  or  DUTCH- 
MAN'S PIPE  FAMILY  Fig  18  Herbs  or  woody  plants, 
the  latter  mostly  twining  leaves  alternate,  usually 
broad  and  entire  flowers  bisexual,  epigynous,  regular 
or  irregular,  perianth  of  one  series,  the  parts  mostly  3, 
connate,  often  petaloid,  very  diverse,  sometimes  regu- 
lar with  the  parts  nearly  separate,  sometimes  with  a 
long  tube  which  is  swollen  below,  abruptly  curved 
above,  and  with  an  abruptly  spreading  entire  border, 
stamens  6-36,  separate  and  inserted  on  the  ovary,  or 
united  with  the  style,  ovary  inferior,  rarely  superior,  4- 
or  6-,  rarely  5-,  celled,  ovules  many,  style  1;  stigmas 
4  or  6.  fruit  a  capsule 

Five  genera  and  about  210  species  are  known,  180 
species  of  which  belong  to  Aristolochia  They  are  dis- 
tributed in  the  warm  parts  of  the  earth,  but  are  most 
numerous  in  South  America  Seven  or  8  species  are 
native  in  northeastern  North  America.  The  family  is 


not  definitely  related  to  any  other,  but  is  placed  pro- 
visionally near  the  Polygonacesc,  not  however  because 
related  to  that  family,  but  because  equally  simple  in 
structure  Three  scale-like  organs  between  the  perianth 
and  stamens  in  Asarum  are  probably  tiue  petals  The 
flowers  of  most  Aristolochiaceae  are  lurid  in  color  and 
pollinated  by  flies  Many  are  cai  i  ion-scented  and  afford 
an  additional  attraction  for  thcbc  insects  The  perianth 
in  Anstoloehia  assumes  remarkable  shapes,  some  ot 
which  have  led  to  the  name  "Dutchman's  pipe  " 

The  rootstock  of  Asajum  canadensc  (Canada  snake- 
root  or  wild  ginger)  is  aromatically  peppeiy,  and  used 
to  flavor  wines,  the  breath,  and  the  like  Ari^lolochia 
reticulala,  of  Arkansas,  and  Anstolochia  Serpentana,  of 
the  eastern  United  States,  furnish  the  serpentaria  of 
medicine,  used  as  a  tonic  and  as  a  febrifuge  The 
latter  plant  is  Virginia  snakeroot  The  common  name 
arises  from  the  reputed  efficacy  of  these  plants  and 
other  species  of  the  family  as  remedies  for  snake-bites 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  are  Aristolo- 
chia  (Buthwort,  Virginia  Snakeroot,  Dutchman's  Pipe, 
Pelican  Flower,  Goose  Flower),  hardy  or  greenhouse 
twiners,  Asarum  (Wild  Ginger,  Canada  Sriakeroot), 
low  hardy  border  herbs. 

Order  32.    POLYGONALES 

64.  Polygonacese  (from  the  genus  Polyqonum,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  meaning  manykna">  in  reference 
to  the  swollen  joints  of  some  species)  Bu<  KWHEAT 
FAMILY  Fig  IK  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  sometimes 
twining  stem  often  knotty  leaves  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  bimple,  usually  with  a  sheathing  stipular 
growth  (ochrea)  at  the  base  fknvers  bisexual  or  unisex- 
ual, regular,  perianth  apparently  of  one  set,  though 
sometimes  in  2  whorls,  the  parts  usually  3,  5,  or  b,  dis- 
tinct or  connate  at  base,  the  inner  set  sometimes  much 
enlarged  and  modified  with  hooks,  spines,  \\mgs,  or 
tubercles,  stamens  1-15,  usually  6,  8,  or  9,  usually  op- 
posite the  perianth  parts,  mostly  separate  and  hypogy- 
nous,  ovary  superior  or  nearly  so,  compressed  or  3- 
angled,  of  2-1-carpels,  but  1-celled  or  falsely  3-celled, 
ovule  solitary,  styles  and  stigmas  2-4  fruit  a  flat,  an- 
gled, or  winged  achene,  seeds  usually  not  inverted 
(orthotropous) 

Thirty  genera  and  about  700  species  occur,  mostly 
in  the  noith  temperate  zone  of  both  continents  The 
largest  genera  are  Poljgonum,  150  species,  Coccoloba, 
125  species,  Enogonum,  120  species,  and  Rumex  with 
100  species  The  family  is  not  closely  related  to  any 
other,  but  is  usually  placed  near  the  Chenopodiaceac 
because  of  its  simple  floral  structure  and  for  want  of  a 
better  place  The  stipular  sheaths  or,  when  absent,  the 
involucrate  heads  (Enogonum),  arid  1-celled  fruit  with 
a  single  orthotropous  .seed,  aie  distinctive. 

The  foliage  of  the  Polygonacese  contains  an  acid,  for 
which  reason  it  is  frequently  eaten  as  salads  or  pot-herbs. 
Among  plants  used  for  this  purpose  are  several  species 
of  Rumex,  petioles  of  Rheum  Rhaponticum,  and  Oxyna. 
The  seeds  of  buckwheat  (Fagopyrum  esculent  urn)  con- 
tain much  starch  and  are  made  into  flour  In  medi- 
cine, rhubarb  (Rheum  officinalc) ,  employed  as  a  purge 
and  tonic,  has  been  in  use  since  earnest  times,  and  its 
origin  is  lost  in  antiquity,  though  probably  it  is  a  na- 
tive of  China  Yellow  dock  (Rumex  Crispins)  is  a  tonic. 
Smartweed  (Polygonum  Hydropiper)  has  an  acrid  juice 
that  will  produce  a  blister.  A  blue  dye  is  obtained 
from  P.  hnctonum  of  China.  The  roots  of  Cattigonum 
Pallasia  are  used  in  Siberia  to  stay  hunger,  and  the 
fruits  to  quench  thirst  The  astringent  drug,  bistorta, 
is  from  P  Bixtorta  The  leaves  of  P.  onentale  are 
smoked  like  tobacco  in  China 

Several  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  America  for 
ornament  and  food.  Among  these  are  Antigonon 
(Mountain  Rose,  San  Miguehto),  very  showy  climbers, 
Coccoloba  (Sea  Grape,  Shore  Grape,  Pigeon  Plum), 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


29 


trees  both  of  greenhouse  and  the  South,  used  for  timber 
and  edible  fruit,  Enogonum,  garden  plants,  Fagopyrum 
(Buckwheat),  grain,  Muenlenbeckia  (cultivated  as 
Coccoloba  or  Tapeworm  Plant),  greenhouse,  Poly- 
gonum  (Smartwced,  Jomtwced,  Knotweed,  Prince's 
Feather,  Kiss  -  me  -  over  -  the-gaiden  -  gate,  Lady's 
Thumb,  Mountain  Fleece,  Secalme),  hardy  ornamental 
herbs,  Rheum  (Rhubarb,  Pie-plant  Wine  Plant),  food, 
medicine,  and  ornament,  Ilumex  (Dock,  Sorrel,  Sheep 
Sorrel,  Canaigre,  Rais  Colorada,  Herb  Patience,  Spin- 
age  Dock,  Curly  Dock),  ornamental  plants,  food-plants 
and  weeds. 

Order  33    CKNTRORPEKM^B 

65  Chenopodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Chenopodium, 
which  means  goose  foot,  from  the  shape  of  the  leaves). 
GOOSEFOOT  FAMILY    Fig  18.   Herbs,  shrubs,  or  rarely 
small  trees,  often  very  fleshy  with  reduced  branching 
and  foliage,  and  very  diver.se  and  remarkable  in  form 
leaves  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  often  fleshy  or  reduced 
to  scales    flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  very 
small,  perianth  of  one  series,  the  parts  1-5,  separate 
or  united,  greenish,  imbricated,  persistent,  stamens  as 
many  as  the  perianth  parts,  or  fewer,  opposite  them, 
hypogynous  or  borne  on  the  perianth,  often  connate, 
hypogynous    disk    usually    present,  ovary    superior, 
1 -celled,    1-ovuled,  style  and  stigmas   1--4    fruit  dry, 
rarely  fleshy,  usually  indehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  very 
diverse   perianth   which   is   often   hard,   or   fleshy,   or 
thorny,  or  hooked,  embryo  coiled 

This  family  contains  73  genera  and  about  550 
species,  distiibutcd  all  over  the  world,  but  principally 
confined  to  .saline  or  alkaline  habitats  A  few  nave 
become  weeds  in  good  garden  soil  The  famil;,  is 
closely  related  to  the  Amai.intaeea),  Phytolaccaceiu, 
Caryoph  \llacHve  and  Port  ulacuceie,  all  of  which  have 
an  annular  embryo  The  fleshy  habit,  absence  of 
ecanous  bracts,  1-celled,  1 -seeded  ovary,  and  coiled 
embryo  arc  distinctive  V  remarkable  family  of  ht- 
toial  plants,  often  with  \\ater-storing  tissue,  spines, 
queer  fruits,  and  the  like 

The  most  important  economic  species  is  the  beet 
(Beta  vulqnris),  the  enlarged  loot  of  which  is  used  for 
food  and  for  sugar,  the  foliage  as  a  pot-herb  Species 
of  Chenopodium,  Atuplex,  Spinacia  and  others  are 
eaten  as  greens  Of  those  spinach  is  the  most  famous 
The  -\oung  shoots  of  Sahcorma  (gla-siswort,  marsh  sam- 
phire) are  eaten  as  a  pot-herb  and  are  pickled.  These 
shoots  are  also  used  foi  making  glass  and  soaps  be- 
cause of  the  soda  contained  The  seeds  of  Chenopodium 
Quinoa  are  made  into  flour  in  Peiu  The  foliage  of  Chen- 
opodium Bod  ?/s  and  Chcnopodnim  mnbroi>ioidc<i  is  fra- 
grant-scented The  seeds  of  Chenopodium  anthebmnii- 
ium  (wonnseed)  are  a  well-known  vermifuge  Cheno- 
podium mexicanum  yields  sapomn  Atnplcx  horlctisis 
(orach)  of  Europe  and  Asia,  yields  an  indigo  dye,  and 
the  leaves  are  edible  Soda  is  obtained  by  burning 
many  species  Salsola  Kali  var  tenui folia  (Russian 
thistle)  is  a  bad  weed 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  largely 
for  food,  but  some  for  ornament  Among  these  are: 
Atnplex  (Orach,  Sea  Purslane),  food  and  ornament; 
Beta  (Beet,  Mangel-wurzel,  Mangel,  Chard,  Swiss 
Chard,  Spinach  Beet),  food  and  ornament,  Chenopodium 
(Good  King  Henry,  Mercury,  Markery,  Feather  Gera- 
nium, Jerusalem  Oak,  Wormseed,  Mexican  Tea),  orna- 
ment, food,  medicine;  Cycloloma  (Cyclone  Plant), 
ornament,  Kochia  (Mock  Cypress),  ornament;  Spinacia 
(Spinach,  Spmage),  food 

66  Amarantaceae   (from  the  genus  Amarantus,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek,  signifying  unfading,  the  bracts 
are  scanous  and  unchanging)    AMARANTH  FAMILY.  Fig. 
18    Herbs,  shrubs,  or  rarely  trees    leaves  opposite  or 
alternate,  rarely  fleshy:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual, 
email,  regular,  usually  surrounded  by  scanous  bracts; 
perianth  simple,  in  one  series  of  5,  rarely  1,  2,  3,  or  4, 


separate  or  united  parts,  stamens  opposite  the  perianth 
parts,  of  the  same  number  or  fewer,  rarely  more  nu- 
merous, hypogynous  or  pengynous,  separate  or  united, 
the  stamen-tube  often  with  fringed  appendages  at  the 
top,  hypogynous  disk  usually  present;  ovary  superior, 
free  or  slightly  united  with  the  perianth,  1-celled, 
1  to  many-seeded,  style  0,  or  1,  or  several,  stigrnas  vari- 
ous fruit  a  berry,  an  achene,  or  dehiscent  by  a  lid; 
usually  surrounded  by  the  perianth,  embryo  coiled 

The  40  genera  and  about  450  species  are  distributed 
everywhere  except  in  the  arctics;  most  abundant 
within  the  tropics  The  family  is  very  closely  related 
to  the  Chenopodiaceae  and  Phytolaccaceie,  also  to  the 
Caryophyllaceaj  and  Portulacaceaj.  The  single  peri- 
anth, scanous  persistent  bracts,  and  1-seeded  fruit 
are  distinctive 

Many  species  of  Amarantus  are  eaten  as  greens. 
Gomphrensi  arborewens  is  a  tonic  Many  Amaran- 
taecue  are  weeds  in  cultivated  grounds  Some  are  im- 
portant ornamental  plants  The  garden  forms  of 
Celosia  cri^tala  are  remarkable  for  their  fasciated 
inflorescence 

In  cultivation  in  America  are  Amarantus  (Love- 
lies-bleeding, Prince's  Feather,  Joseph's  Coat),  gar- 
den annuals,  Bosea,  ornamental,  Celosia  (Cocks- 
comb), garden  annuals;  Gomphrena  (Globe  Amaranth, 
Bachelor's  Button),  garden  annual;  Ircsme  or  Achy- 
ranthes,  bedding  plants;  Telanthcra  (Alternant hera), 
bedding  plants,  Tnchinium  or  Ptilotus,  greenhouse. 

67  Nyctaginaceae  (from  the  generic  name  Nyctago, 
a  synonym  of  Mirabilis,  meaning  niyht,  in  reference  to 
the  crepuscular  or  nocturnal  flowering  of  the  Four- 
O'clock).  FouR-O'cLO(  K  FAMILY  Fig  19  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees  leaves  usually  opposite,  entire'  flowers 
bisexual,  rarely  unisexual  suriounded  by  an  involucre 
of  separate  or  united  bracts  which  incloses  1  or  several 
flowers,  corolla  absent;  perianth  parts  united,  very 
diverse  in  consistency,  form  and  color,  often  petaloid, 


19  NYCTAGINACE  *c  1  Mirabihs,  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram, 
2  Meea,  flower  PHYTOLACCACE*:  3  Phytolacca,  a,  flower,  6. 
floral  diaKram,  c,  vertical  section  of  seed  AIZOACE^B  4  Mollugo, 
a,  flower,  6,  vertical  section  of  seed  5  Aizoon,  floral  diagram  6. 
Mesembryanthemum,  flower.  PORTULACACEJO  7.  Calandnnm, 
flower 


30 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


valvate  or  plicate  persistent  after  flowering,  and  often 
woody  or  leathery,  enveloping  the  fruit,  stamens  1-30, 
united  at  the  has?,  unequal,  hypogynous,  ovary  of  1 
carpel,  1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  1,  stigina  1.  fiuit  an 
achene. 

The  family  has  18  genera  and  about  150  species, 
principally  natives  of  America  from  Colorado  to  Chile. 
A  few  are  scattered  in  other  parts  of  the  world  The 
largest  genus  is  Pisoma  with  40  species,  Neea  has  30 
species  The  family  is  related  to  the  Phytolaccacese. 
The  floral  bracts,  absence  of  corolla,  peisistent  peri- 
anth enveloping  the  very  thin-walled  fruit,  and  the 
1-seeded,  1-celled  ovary,  are  distinctive 

The  roots  of  Boerhavia  and  of  Mvabihs  Jalapa  are 
purgative,  and  are  sold  as  a  (substitute  for  jalap  The 
foliage  of  several  species  of  Bocihavia  is  used  as  vege- 
tables The  natives  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  catch 
birds  with  the  very  sticky  fruits  of  the  native  species 
The  leaves  of  Neea  theifcra  are  used  as  tea  in  Bia/il, 
also  as  a  black  dye 

In  America  3  genera  are  in  common  cultivation 
Abronia,  gafden  annuals;  BougamvilUea,  gieenhouse 
shrubs,  Mirabihs  (Four-o'clock,  Marvel  of  Peru). 

68  Phytolaccaceae  (from  the  genus  Phytolncca,   de- 
rived from  the  Greek  meaning  plant  and  Inc,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  red  juice  of  the  fruit)     POKEWEED  FAMILY. 
Fig  19     Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees    leaves  mostly  alter- 
nate, simple     flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regu- 
lar; perianth  of  one  series,  divisions  4-5,  separate,  per- 
sistent,  not  modified   m  fruit;  stamens  of  the  same 
number  as  the  parts  of  the  perianth  and  alternate  with 
them,  or  more  numerous,  often  connate  at  base,  hypog- 
ynous,  disk  obscure  or  annular,  ovary  usually  supe- 
rior, rarely  inferior,  caipels  1  to  many,  fiee,  or  united 
into  a  several-celled  ovaiy,   ovules  1  for  each  carpel, 
styles  as  many  as  the  caipels    fruit  a  berry,  utricle, 
nut,  or  samara;  embryo  curved. 

The  pokeweed  family  contains  22  genera  and  about 
100  bpecies,  mostly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  America 
and  South  Africa  One  species  reaches  the  eastern 
United  States  All  the  genera  are  small  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Aizoaeea?,  also  to  the  Caryophyllaceie, 
Chenopodiacea?,  Nyctagmacea1,  and  other  families 
with  curved  embryos.  The  several  1-seeded  carpels 
and  non-accrescent  perianth  are  usually  distinctive 

The  red  juice  of  the  fruit  of  Phytolncca  dccandrn  was 
used  by  the  American  Indians  for  staining  baskets,  and 
the  like  The  roots  of  this  plant  are  medicinal  (emetic, 
cathartic),  and  the  young  shoots  arc  eaten 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  Among 
these  are  Phytolacca  (Pokebeny,  Pokeweed,  Scokc, 
Garget,  Pigeonberry,  Inkberry),  native,  hardy,  rarely 
cultivated  as  a  pot-herb,  and  Rivma  (Rough  Plant), 
ornamental  garden  and  greenhouse  plants 

69  Aizoaceae  (from  the  genus  Aizoon,  derived  from 
the  Greek  meaning  always  alive,  in  reference  to  the 
persistence  of  life  in  desert  habitats)     CARPET-WEED 
or  ICE-PLANT  FAMILY     Fig    19    Erect  or  prostrate, 
often  fleshy  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  either  the  stem  or  the 
leaves,  or  both,  curiously  modified  to  reduce  surface 
and  store  water;  rarely  ordinary  herbaceous  plants: 
leaves  opposite,  alternate  or  whorled,  simple  and  mostly 
entire*  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous  or  epigy- 
nous,  perianth  of  one  set  of  4-5  separate  or  united 
parts,  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  penanth  parts, 
or  by  the  splitting  up  of  each  becoming  very  numer- 
ous, in  which  case  many  of  the  outer  are  changed  into 
long,  showy,  petaloid  stammodia,  the  whole  then  some- 
what resembling  the  head  of  an  aster;  ovary  2  -20-celled, 
superior  or  inferior;  placenta)  axial,  basal,  or  parietal, 
ovules  mostly  numerous,  stigmas  2-20:  fruit  capsular 
or  nut-like;  embryo  curved  or  annular. 

Eighteen  genera  and  about  500  species  are  known, 
of  *which  300  belong  to  the  genus  Mesembryanthemum; 
mostly  inhabitants  of  the  desert  or,  at  least,  dry  por- 
tions of  tropical  and  south-tropical  regions  The  large 


genus,  Mesembryanthemum,  is  almost  exclusively  South 
African,  but  reaches  the  Mediterranean  One  species 
of  Aizoacece  (Sesuvium)  is  native  in  the  eastern  United 
States  The  family  is  related  through  some  genera 
to  the  Phytolaccaceae,  through  others  to  the  Caryophyl- 
laceac  and  Poitulacaceie  The  annular  embryo  places 
the  Aizoaceae  in  this  group  The  apetalous,  often 
falsely  polypetalous,  flowers,  with  several-celled  ovary, 
and  curved  embryo,  are  characteristic 

The  fruits  of  Mesembryanthemiim  edule  (Hottentot 
fig)  are  edible  The  leaves  of  Mesembryanthemum  are 
used  as  a  vegetable  on  the  borders  of  the  African 
desert  Tctrngonia  ejcpansa  (New  Zealand  spinach)  is 
cultivated  as  a  pot-herb  Me^cnibryanthernum  crys- 
talhnutn  (ice-plant)  of  the  Mediterranean  region,  with 
leaves  covered  with  peculiar  vesicular  hairs  filled  with 
a  viscid  liquid,  which  sparkles  in  the  sunlight  like  frost, 
is  cultivated  as  a  cui  losity  Other  species  are  cultivated 
for  their  strange  appearance 

Many  species  of  Mesembryanthemum  (Fig  Man- 
gold, and  Ice-plant)  are  moie  or  less  cultivated  in 
America,  also  one  species  of  Tetragonn  (New  Zealand 
Spinach,  New  Zealand  Ice-plant) 

70  Portulacaceae  (from  the  genus  Portulaca,  an  old 
Latin  name  of  unknown  origin)  PUK?»L\NE  FAMILY 
Fig  19  Herbaceous  or  .suff rut icose  leaves  often  fleshy, 
sometimes  connate  flowers  bisexual,  usually  regular, 
sepals  2,  petals  4-5,  raiely  more,  sometimes  connate 
at  the  base,  fugaeeou.s,  .stamens  in  1  or  2  whorls,  hy- 
pog>nous  (except  m  Portulaca),  equal  in  number  to  the 
petals  and  opposite  them,  or  double  the  number  and 
alternating  with  them,  or  fewer,  or,  by  multiplication, 
very  man>  ,  ovary  1-celled,  with  a  f ice-central  or  basal 
placenta;  ovules  2  to  man>  ,  .style  2-.J-parted  fruit  a 
capsule,  opening  by  a  valve  or  lid,  rarely  mdehiscent, 
embryo  curved  or  annular 

Most  of  the  17  genera  and  about  150  species  are 
inhabitants  of  the  warmer,  dry  or  arid  regions,  for 
which  their  fleshy  stiucture  and  frequently  prostrate 
or  ca'spitose  habit  arc  an  adaptation  They  arc  most 
abundant  in  South  America  and  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  also  common  in  western  North  America  The 
Portulacacca1  are  most  closely  related  to  the  Carvo- 
phyllacese  and  Aizoaceae  The  2  sepals,  1-celled  ovary 
with  central  placenta,  sevcial  styles,  and  curved  or 
coiled  embryo  are  distinctive  In  the  common  pur- 
slane and  a  few  other  species,  the  capsule  opens  by  a 
terminal  lid,  which,  sepaiating  along  a  trans veise  line, 
falls  off  and  thus  allows  the  seeds  to  escape  In  Por- 
tulaca the  ovary  is  partly  inferior 

Most  of  the  Portulacacecc  are  mucilaginous,  some  are 
slightly  bitter  and  have  been  used  as  a  mild  tonic  The 
herbage  of  Portulaca  oleracea  is  eaten  as  a  salad  or  as 
greens,  and  is  also  said  to  be  sedative  and  an  antidote 
for  scurvy  Several  species  of  Calandnnia,  Tahnum 
and  Claytoma,  are  used  as  pot-herbs  The  roots  of 
Claytonia  tubcrosa  of  Siberia  are  edible,  as  are  also  the 
roots  of  the  western  Lewisia 

About  one-third  of  the  genera  are  in  cultivation  in 
America.  Portulaca  grandiflora  (Rose  Moss)  its  orna- 
mental, P.  oleracea  (Purslane  or  Pusley)  is  a  pot-herb, 
the  Montias  are  also  pot-herbs  Lewisia,  Tahnum, 
Spraguoa  and  Claytonia  arc  mostly  ornamental 

71  Basellaceae  (from  the  genus  I-lasella,  the  Malabar 
name  of  the  plant)  BA&ELLA  FAMILY  Fig  20.  Climb- 
ing, perennial  heibs,  rarelv  slightly  woody  leaves  alter- 
nate, broad,  often  fleshy,  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  2 
bracteolate,  sepals  2,  petals  5,  separate  or  connate, 
imbricated,  peisistent,  stamens  5,  opposite  the  petals 
and  attached  to  their  base;  ovary  superior,  l-celled, 
ovule  1,  basal,  curved;  style  and  stigma  1-3'  fruit 
mdehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  corolla;  embryo  spiral. 

There  are  5  genera  and  about  15  species,  all  except 
one  species  being  confined  to  tropical  America,  mostly 
m  the  Andes  Boussmgaultia,  the  largest  genus,  con- 
tcwxs  10  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Cheno- 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


31 


podiaceaB  with  which  it  has  been  united;  also  to  the 
Polygonaceac  and  Portulacaceae.  The  twining  stem, 
and  the  two  sets  of  floral  envelopes,  together  with  the 
1-celled  ovary  and  single  seed,  are  distinctive. 

Basella  alba  (red  and  white  spinach)  is  eaten  as  a 
pot-herb.  The  starchy  root  of  Ullucus  tubcrot>us  is 
eaten  in  Peru  It  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  potato, 
which  it  resembles 

The  genera  apparently  in  Cultivation  in  America  are. 
Anredera;  Basella  (Malabar  Nightshade),  grown  as 
ornamental  greenhouse  plants,  or  eaten  as  spinach,  and 
Boussingaultia  (Madeira  Vine,  Mignonette  Vine),  orna- 
mental garden  or  greenhouse  plants 

72  Caryophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Caryophyllut,  an 
old  botamral  name  for  the  clove  pink  [Dianthus],  the 
application  of  the  name  obscure)  PINK  FAMILY  Fig 
20  Herbs,  rarely  suffruticose,  with  opposite  entire 
leaves'  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular;  se- 
pals 5,  separate  or  united,  petals  5,  rarely  wanting, 
stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  rarely  fewer,  hy- 
pogynous  or  pengynous,  carpels  3-5;  ovary  superior, 
1-eelled  with  a  tree-central  or  basal  placenta,  ovules  1 
to  many,  styles  3-5'  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry, 
opening  by  valves  or  mdehiscent;  seed  albuminous, 
embryo  strongly  curved  or  coiled 

The  pink  family  consists  of  70  genera  and  from 
1,200-1,500  species,  distributed  over  all  parts  of  the 
earth,  though  most  abundant  in  the  temperate  and  sub- 


20  BAKSELiArtJE  1  Bousaingaultia,  flower  talyx  ronio\ed 
CAKYOPHYLLACI,*.  2  Silone,  flower  i  ARrostermna  (Lyohnis). 
seed  4  Areriana,  flower  5  Sagma,  flower  0  Spersula,  iloral 
diagram  7  Paronyohia,  flower 

arctic  zom  Many  have  become  weeds  in  cultivated 
ground  and  are  now  very  \\idely  dispersed.  The 
Caryoph}  llaceie  are  related  to  the  Chenopodiacca?, 
Amarantace:e,  Phytolaeeacese,  Portulacaceap,  Nyctagi- 
nacete  and  Aizoacca?,  all  of  which  have  a  coiled,  curved 
or  annular  embryo  Of  these,  the  Phytolaccace;e  proba- 
bly represent  more  nearly  the  ancestral  type  13y  most 
recent  authors  (see  Pax)  the  llleccbraceue  (Paronychia, 
Anychia,  Sclcranthus  and  Hermaria)  are  included  in 
the  Caryophyllacej?  The  curved  embryo,  the  1-celled 
ovary  with  several  styles  and  central  placenta,  the  10 
stamens,  the  5  separate  petals  and  the  opposite  entire 
leaves  are  together  distinctive 

The  family  is  very  naturally  divided  into  two  dis- 
tinct tiibcs.  Tribe  I  Silenoidex — Sepals  united  form- 
ing a  tubular  calyx;  stamens  hypogynous  This  in- 
cludes Silene,  Lychnis,  Dianthus,  Tunica,  Saponana 
and  Gypsophila. 

Tnbe  II.  Alsinoidesr  — Sepals  separate;  stamens 
mostly  pengynous  Includes  Spergula?  Ccrastium, 
Stellaria,  Arenana,  Sagma,  Paronychia,  Anychia, 
Hermaria  and  Scleranthus 

In  the  Silenoidese,  the  long-clawed  petals  often  have 
a  scale  at  the  top,  the  five  together  forming  a  tiny 
crown  Some  species  of  Silene  and  Lychnis  flower  only 
at  night  or  in  cloudy  weather,  and  are  pollinated  by 


night-flying  moths  The  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  flower 
in  Dianthus  are  distinctive.  The  petals  of  chickweed 
are  curiously  2-parted,  simulating  10  petals. 

The  Caryophyllacese  are  of  little  economic  impor- 
tance. Some  were  formerly  used  in  medicine,  but  have 
fallen  into  disrepute  The  roots  of  Saponana  officmalts 
contain  a  saponaceous  substance,  saponm,  and  have 
been  used  for  washing,  whence  the  common  name 
"soapwort  "  Saponm  is  a  powerful  local  irritant,  and, 
if  applied  strong,  is  said  to  kill  either  muscular  or  ner- 
vous tissue  Spergula  arvcniis  has  been  used  as  a 
fodder  plant.  Many  members  of  the  family  are  well- 
known  ornamental  plants,  of  which  the  most  famous 
is  Dianthus  Caryophyllus,  the  carnation  pink. 

Perhaps  20  genera  (including  Illecebraceae)  are 
grown,  mostly  for  ornament  Among  these  are'  Are- 
nana (Sandwort) ,  Cerast mm  (Mouse-ear  Chickweed), 
Dianthus  (Carnation,  Clove  Pink,  China  Pink,  Plumed 
Pink,  Sweet  William,  Picotee,  Grenadine).  Gypsophila 
(Baby's  Breath),  Lychnis  (Ragged  Room,  Maltese 
Cross,  Dusty  Miller);  Paronychia  (Whitlow-wort), 
Sagma  (Pearl-wort),  Saponana  (Bouncing  Bet,  Soap- 
wort,  Cow  Herb);  Silene  (Catchfly,  Campion,  Wild 
Pink),  Spergula  (Spurry),  Stellaria  (Chickweed,  Star- 
wort);  Tunica. 

Order  34    RANALES 

73  Nymphaeaceas  (from  the  genus  Nymphsea,  a 
name  intended  for  the  white  water-lilies;  dedicated  by 
the  Greeks  to  the  water  nymphs)  WATER-LILY  FAM- 
ILY Fig  21  Aquatic  herbs  leaves  alternate  flowers 
usually  bisexual,  regular,  the  organs,  in  part  at  least, 
spirally  arranged;  sepals  mostly  4,  rarely  3,  5,  6,  or  12, 
petals  3-many,  usually  very  numerous,  hypogynous, 
or  more  or  less  epigynous,  often  a  distinct  transition 
to  the  stamens,  stamens  very  numerous  (rarely  6), 
inserted  with  the  petals,  carpels  rarely  3-4,  usually 
many,  rarely  distinct,  usually  cohering  m  a  whorl  or 
sunken  m  the  enlarged  receptacle;  stigmas  radially 
arranged  on  a  sessile  disk  (as  in  poppy)  or  single 
fruit  mdehiscent  or  irregularly  dehiscent,  usually 
fleshy,  seeds  several. 

Nymplueacese  has  8  genera  and  about  60  species, 
distributed  m  all  parts  of  the  world,  but  more  especially 
in  tropical  South  America  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  other  families  with  spiral  structure  of  the 
flower,  as  the  Ranunculaceaj,  Magnohacetc  and  Dille- 
macere  There  is  also  a  relation  to  Podophyllum  o< 
the  Berber idaceap,  and  to  the  Papaveracese  The  habit, 
spiral  arrangement  of  floral  parts,  when  present,  the 
numerous  stamens,  the  usually  coherent  carpels,  and 
the  typo  of  fruit,  are  characteristic 

The  leaves  of  Nelunibo  are  raised  on  long  petioles, 
those  of  Nymphsea  usually  float,  those  of  Brasema  are 
covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  slime,  those  of  Victoria 
reqia  are  5-8  feet  in  diameter  and  floating.  The  recep- 
tacle of  Nelumbo  in  fruit  is  like  an  inverted  top  with 
the  ripe  1-seeded  carpels  loosely  rattling  m  small  cavi- 
ties on  the  flat  surface.  The  Nymphseacea?  in  stem 
structure  and  character  of  the  embryo  shows  a  transi  • 
tion  to  the  monocotyledons 

Because  of  their  unique  appearance  among  plants, 
some  species  were  venerated  by  the  ancients.  The  lotus 
of  the  Egyptians,  represented  on  their  monuments 
and  statues  of  their  gods  5,000  years  ago,  was 
Nymphsea  cserulea  or  N.  Ijotiis,  though  Nelumbo 
nucifera  has  long  passed  under  that  name.  (See  arti- 
cle on  Nympha?a  )  The  rootstocks  of  the  Nymphsea- 
ceac  contain  abundant  starch,  mucilage  and  sugar, 
which  render  them  nutritive  The  seeds  are  edible 
p,nd  the  negroes  of  the  Nile  used  them  as  millet.  The 
Egyptians  still  eat  the  seeds  and  rootstocks  The 
seeds  and  rootstocks  of  Euryale  ferox  are  cultivated 
and  eaten  m  China. 

In  the  American  trade  a  few  genera  appear.  Cabomba 
(Fish-Grass),  with  dissected  submerged  leaves  and 


32 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


white  flowers,  is  grown  in  aquaria;  Brasenia  (Water 
Shield)  is  grown  in  aquatic  gardens,  as  are  also  various 
species  of  Nuphar  (Yellow  Water-Lily,  Spatterdock, 
Cow  Lily);  Nymphca  (White  Pond-Lily);  Nelumbo 
(Indian  Lotus,  so-called  Egyptian  Lotus,  and  Water 
Chinquapin);  Victoria  regia,  and  the  similar  Euryale 
fercx.  The  white  water-lilies  have  latterly  been  called 
Castalia,  but  the  name  Nymphaea  as  applied  to  them 
has  good  historical  standing  and  is  retained  in  this 
work,  Nuphar  is  still  held  for  the  yellow  pond-lilies. 

74.  Trochodendraceoe  (from  the  genus  Trochoden- 
dron,  from  the  Greek  wheel,  plus  tree)  TROCHODEN- 
DRON  FAMILY  Trees  or  shrubs  leaves  alternate  or 
opposite,  with  oil-glands:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual, 


21.  NYMPH«ACE.S::  1.  Nelumbmm,  fruit  2.  Nymphsea,  flower 
3  Nuphar,  fruit  RANUNCULACE-B  4  Ranunculus,  a,  flower,  6, 
fruit  5  Aquilegia,  fruit  6  Clematis,  fruit  7  Petals  of  various 
genera,  o,  Coptis  ,  6,  Eranthis  ,  c,  Ranunculus,  d,  Aquilegia,  e, 
Aconitum 

regular,  hypogynous  or  pengynous;  sepals  and  petals 
wanting;  stamens  numerous,  spirally  arranged,  car- 
pels separate,  sometimes  half  immersed  in  the  recep- 
tacle, 2  to  many  in  one  whorl;  ovules  1  to  many,  fruit  a 
follicle,  or  mdehiscent. 

Only  3  genera  and  6  species  are  known,  all  of  Eastern 
Asia.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Magnoli- 
acese,  in  which  it  has  been  included  by  many  authors. 
It  has  the  same  spiral  structure  of  the  flower,  and  sepa- 
rate carpels,  but  the  perianth  is  wanting 

Trochodendron  is  one  of  the  very  few  angiosperms 
in  which  the  secondary  wood  is  made  up  entirely  of 
tracheids  with  bordered  pits,  without  true  vessels,  as 
in  the  Coniferae. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  value  The  wood  of 
some  species  is  used  locally.  In  America,  Cercidiphyllum 
japonicum  and  Euptelea  polyandra  are  in  cultivation 
as  hardy,  ornamental  woody  plants 

75.  Ranunculaceae  (from  the  genus  Ranunculus, 
from  the  Latin  signifying  a  little  frog,  because  many  of 
these  plants  are  aquatic  or  marsh  plants)  BUTTERCUP 
FAMILY.  Fig.  21 .  Herbs  or  shrubs  of  diverse  habit  *  flow- 
ers bisexual  rarely  unisexual,  spirally  constructed  except 
often  the  perianth,  regular  or  irregular;  sepals  3  to 
many,  usually  5,  separate,  often  petaloid;  petals  3  to 


many,  or  0,  often  in  the  form  of  honeyglands;  stamens 
usually  very  numerous,  hypogynous,  carpels  1  to  many, 
usually  separate  fruit  an  achene  or  follicle,  rarely  a 
capsule  or  a  berry,  seeds  with  endosperm 

The  27  genera  and  about  680  species  are  distributed 
mainly  in  the  north  temperate  and  subarctic  regions. 
Clematis,  Anemone  and  Delphinium  cross  the  equator 
southward  The  largest  genus  is  Ranunculus  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Magnoliaceae,  Annonacese,  Dil- 
lemaceso,  Nymphseaceae,  and  other  families  with 
acyclic  flowers  and  numerous  carpels  The  spiral 
floral  structure,  the  numerous  hypogynous  stamens, 
and  the  usually  separate  carpels  are  the  most  dis- 
tinctive characteristics  The  Ranunculacese  is  proba- 
bly a  very  old  f amilv,  and  by  some  authors  is  thought 
to  represent  more  closely  than  others  the  stock  from 
which  the  dicotyledons  have  sprung 

The  floral  structure  is  very  interesting  and  very 
variable  The  petals,  when  not  wanting,  are  rarely 
normal  In  one  series  a  transition  is  shown  from  the 
stannnode-like  nectary  of  Coptis  to  the  petal-like 
nectary  of  Ranunculus,  in  another  series  the  nectar- 
bearing  petals  are  spurred  or  variously  irregular,  as  in 
Aconitum,  Delphinium  and  Aquilegia  In  the  last 
two  genera,  the  flowers  also  have  become  extremely 
irregular.  The  fruits  show  an  equally  great  diversity. 
Fiom  the  primitive  follicular  type,  they  have  become 
modified  into  achenes  with  a  suspended  or  erect  ovule, 
into  a  berry,  or,  in  Nigella,  even  into  a  several-celled 
capsule  by  the  fusion  of  the  carpels  The  wind-pol- 
linated  Thahctrum  shows  great  reduction  and  modi- 
fication on  that  account  The  stalked  carpels  of  Coptis 
vsmiulate  an  umbel  of  separate  fruits  Finally  the  foliage 
of  several  species  of  Ranunculus  has  become  very  much 
dissected  on  account  of  the  aquatic  habit,  and  the 
plants,  therefore,  simulate  a  Mynophyllum 

The  Ranuncufaceifi  is  divided  by  Prantl  into  three 
tribes  as  follows* 

7V? be  I.  Fruit  follicular,  carpels  fleshy,  outer  seed- 
coat  long,  e  g  Pacoma  and  Hydrastis 

Tribe  II  Fruit  usually  follicular,  carpels  rarely  fleshy, 
outer  seed-coat  not  longer  than  the  inner,  e  g  ,  Caltha, 
Helleborus,  Coptis,  Actsea,  Aquilegia,  Delphinium,  etc 

Tribe  III  Fruit  an  achene,  e  g  ,  Anemone,  Clematis, 
Ranunculus,  Thahctrurn,  etc. 

The  family  contains  many  plants  useful  to  mankind. 
Many  are  cultivated  for  their  ornamental  flowers 
The  seeds,  leaves  and  roots  contain  a  bitter  acid 
principle  which  is  very  irritating  and  in  many  cases 
poisonous.  Because  of  this,  many  species  of  Anemone, 
Clematis,  and  so  on,  have  been  used  to  produce  blisters, 
and  beggars  are  said  to  have  made  use  of  C  Vitalba  to 
produce  artificial  sores  and  thus  excite  pity  The 
roots  of  Coptis  (gold-thread)  are  bright  yellow,  and 
have  been  used  both  as  bitters  and  for  the  dye-stuffs 
contained  Hydrastis  (golden  seal)  is  a  well-known 
tonic  and  stomach  corrective  Aconite  is  a  powerful 
narcotic  drug  much  used  to  allay  fever  Slow  cooking 
usually  dissipates  the  poisonous  properties  of  the  Ran- 
unculacete,  thus  enabling  the  vegetative  portion  m 
many  cases  to  be  eaten  as  greens.  Ranunculus  Thora 
and  R  sceleratus  were  named  by  the  Romans  "sar- 
donia"  because  they  are  said  to  excite  convulsive 
sardonic  laughter. 

Two  dozen  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in 
America,  almost  entirely  for  ornamental  purposes. 
Among  these  are  Aconitum  (Aconite,  Monkshood, 
Wolfsbane);  Actsea  (Baneberry,  Red  and  White  Co- 
hosh);  Adonis  (Pheasant's  Eye,  Adonis);  Anemone 
(Anemone,  Windflower,  Patens,  Pasgue  Flower) ;  Aqui- 
legia (Columbine) ,  Caltha  (Marsh  Mangold,  American 
Cowslip);  Clematis  (Virgin's  Bower);  Coptis  (Gold- 
thread) ;  Delphinium  (Larkspur) ;  Eranthis  (Winter  Aco- 
nite) ;  Helleborus  (Christmas  Rose) ,  Hydrastis  (Golden 
Seal,  Orange  Root);  Nigella  (Love-m-a-Mist,  Devil-in- 
a-Bush,  Fennel  Flower);  Paeoma  (Peony,  Pmey); 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


33 


Ranunculus  (Buttercup,  Crowfoot) ,  Thahctrum  (Mea- 
dow Rue);  Trautvetteria  (False  Bugbane);  Trolhus 
(Globe  Flower),  Xanthorrhiza  (Shrub  Yellow  Root). 

A  considerable  industry  has  recently  sprung  into 
existence  in  which  Hydrastis  is  grown  for  the  medici- 
nal value  of  the  roots 

76  Lardizabalaceae    (from   the    genus    Lardizabala, 
named  in  honor  of  a  Spanish  naturalist,  Lardizabala  y 
Unbe)     LARDIZABALA  FAMILY    Mostly  twining  plants 
with  palmately  compound  leaves  flowers  polygamous  or 
unisexual,  rudiments  of  the  other  sex  organs  present, 
regular,  hypogynous,  sepals  6,  petaloid,  in  two  whorls, 
petals  hone,    stamens    6,    hypogynous;    usually  with 
nectaries    between    stamens    and    petals,    carpels   3, 
rarely  6-9  or  numerous,  separate,  ovules  many  rarely 
one,  parietal;  fruiting  carpels  baccate,  indehiscent  or 
dehiscent 

This  family  has  8  genera  and  18  species,  inhabitants 
of  the  Himalayas,  China,  Japan,  and  Chile  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Berberidacese,  with  which  it  was  for- 
merly united,  and  to  the  Memspermaceae,  from  both  of 
which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  several-seeded  fruit 
and  by  other  characters 

The  fruits  of  most  species  arc  edible.  The  stems  of 
Boqinla  and  Lardizabala  are  used  as  cordage 

Lardizabala,  Stauntoma,  Akebia  and  Sargentodoxa 
are  in  the  Amencan  trade 

77  Berberidaceae  (from  the  genus  Herberts,  derived 
from  Berberys  which  is  the  Arabic  name  of  the  fruit) 
BARBERRY  FAMILY      Fig.  22      Herbs  or  shrubs  with 
large,  compound  leaves,  or  small  and  simple,  or  spine- 
like  leaves   flow ers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  sepals 
3-9  in  1-3  series,  petals  4-9  or  more,  in  several  whorh, 
often   changed   to  nectaries,  stamens  as  many  as  the 
petals  and  opposite  them,  rarely  twice  as  many,  anthers 
peculiar,  opening  by  valves  which  roll  upward,  ovary 
1-celled  with  several  ovules,   style   almost  0,  stigma 
mostly  peltate    fruit  a  beiry  or  capsule 

The  family  Berberidaceae  has  8  genera  and  about 
200  species,  distributed  through  north  temperate 
Europe,  Asia  and  America  Bcrberis  extends  along  the 
Andes  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan  Fossil  spceie-s  in  the 
Tertiary  are  known  The  family  i&  related  to  the 
Ranunculacese,  Papavcracete  and  Fumanacese  There 
is  also  an  evident  relation  to  the  ^lagnohacese  and 
Annonaceiv  The  cyclic  flowers,  definite  stamens 
opposite  the  petals,  the  solitary  carpel,  and  usually 
the  dehiseence  of  the  anthers  are  distinctive  In 
Podophyllum,  the  anthers  open  longitudinally  in  the 
ordinary  way,  and  the  stamens  are  twice  the  number 
of  the  petals  The  stamens  of  Berbens  are  irritable, 
flying  toward  the  stigma  when  touched,  and  then 
scattering  the  pollen 

The  fruit  of  the  common  barberry  (Berbens  vulgans) 
contains  oxalic  acid  and  is  used  as  a  preserve,  the  yel- 
low inner  bark  and  stems  are  astringent  and  yield  the 
yellow  "berbenne,"  which  is  also  a  purgative  This 
yellow  color  formerly  induced  doctors  to  administer 
Berbens  for  jaundice  The  fruits  of  the  mahomas  of 
California  are  also  eaten  as  a  preserve  The  wood  of 
the  Indian  and  South  American  species  of  Berbens 
is  used  as  a  dye  The  root  of  Podophyllum  (mandrake 
or  May  apple)  is  purgative  and  poisonous,  the  ripe 
fruit  of  this  plant  is  fleshy  arid  edible  Many  other 
species  have  been  used  for  medicine  in  various  parts  of 
the  world  Berbens  vulgaris  is  the  famous  host-plant 
of  the  secidial  stage  of  the  wheat  rust 

The  genera  that  are  in  the  American  trade  are 
mostly  grown  as  unusual  herbaceous  plants  in  gardens 
and  are  not  widely  known  Many  species  of  the 
shrubby  and  spiny  Beibens,  and  also  of  Mahonia, 
are  grown  for  ornamental  purposes  Akebia,  a  well- 
known  woody  twiner  with  palmate  leaves  and  curious 
purple  flowers,  is  now  placed  in  the  Lardizibalacese, 

78  Menispermacese  (from  the  genus  Memspermum, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  moonseed).    MOON- 


SEED  FAMILY.  Fig  22.  Woody  climbers,  leaves  alternate: 
flowers  dioecious,  regular,  sepals  usually  6,  in  2  series; 
petals  6,  in  2  series,  stamens  6,  hypogynous,  opposite 
the  petals,  sometimes  monadelphous;  carpels  usually 
3,  rarely  more,  separate,  1-ovuled,  much  curved  m 
fruit,  seed  half-inverted,  embryo  usually  curved:  fruit 
compound  of  sessile  or  stipitate  drupelets 

There  are  56  genera  and  150  species,  distributed 
mostly  in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  portions  of  both 
hemispheres  None  are  found  in  Europe  Three  species 
are  native  in  the  northeastern  United  States  The 
Memspermaceae  are  related  to  the  Berbendaeese,  the 
Annonacejje  and  the  Magnoliaeeie  The  numerical  plan 
of  3,  the  2  whorls  of  sepals  and  petals,  the  curved  seed, 
the  drupelets,  and  the  absence  of  oil-glands,  are  dis- 
tinctive. Cross-sections  of  the  twining  stems  often 
present  peculiar  patterns  due  to  the  unequal  growth 
of  the  cambium 

Several  species  are  used  in  medicine  Joteorhiza 
palmatus  of  tropical  Africa  has  a  turnip-shaped  root 
which  was  much  used  as  a  tonic  The  roots  of  species 
of  Cissampelos  are  administered  in  Brazil  in  cases  of 
snake-bites  The  bark  of  several  species  yields  a  yellow 
dye  Arwimirta  Cocculus  of  tropical  Asia  has  extremely 
poisonous  fruits  (fish-berries  or  cocculus)  used  to 
intoxicate  and  poison  fibh  which  are  thus  obtained  m 
abundance,  but  are  sometimes  dangerous  to  eat  The 
narcotic  principle,  nicrotoxine,  is  almost  as  poisonous 
as  strychnine  In  England,  beer  is  said  sometimes  to 


1 


4b 

22  BERBERIDA.CEAS  1  Berberis,  flower  MENIRPERMACE«: 
2  Mermpermum,  fruit  MAONOLIACE^B  3  Magnolia,  a,  flower; 
b,  floral  diagram,  L,  fruit  CALYCANTHACE.B  4  Calycanthus,  r 
flower,  b,  fruat 

be  adulterated  with  the  fruit  (called  cocculus  indicus) 
of  this  plant. 

Few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  for  orna- 
mental purposes,  mostly  m  the  southern  states,  and 
especially  Florida.  Cissampelos  (Velvet  Leaf  or  Pareira 
Brava),  tonic  and  diuretic,  m  Florida,  Menispermum 
(Moonseed  Vine,  from  the  curved  fruit),  hardy,  native; 
Cocculus  carohnus  of  the  southeastern  United  States, 
semi-hardy;  C  tnloba,  E.  Asia,  hardy 

79  Magnoliaceae  (from  the  genus  Magnolia,  which 
was  dedicated  to  P.  Magnol,  a  professor  of  Botany  at 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Montpelher  in  the  17th  century.)  MAGNOLIA  FAMILY. 
Fig  22  Woody  plants  with  alternate,  entire  or  lobed 
leaves,  and  usually  large  stipules,  each  pair  of  which 
forms  a  hood  over  the  young  growth  above,  the  outer 
pair  of  stipules  serving  as  bud-scales,  and  each  pair  leav- 
ing a  scar  which  completely  encircles  the  stem  flowers 
usually  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  the  parts 
spirally  arranged  except  sometimes  the  sepals  and 
petals;  sepals  3,  petals  6  to  many,  separate,  stamens  very 
numerous,  carpels  usually  many  and  usually  separate; 
ovary  1-celled,  1-  to  several-seeded,  arranged  spirally  or 
in  a  whorl  (Ilhcium)  at  the  top  of  the  receptacle  fruit 
a  follicle,  or  samara,  or  indehiscent  and  fleshy 

Ten  genera  and  about  80  species  are  distributed 
principally  in  the  subtropical  and  temperate  portions  of 
Asia  and  America,  but  are  absent  in  Africa,  Europe  and 
the  arctic  regions  The  Magnohaceic  are  most  closely 
related  to  the  Annonaccsc  and  Calycanthacete  The 
peculiar  stipules,  the  spiral  structure  of  the  hypogyn- 
ous flower,  and  the  separate  carpels  are  distinctive 
In  Magnolia,  the  outer  seed-coat  is  fleshy  and  red, 
when  ripe  the  seeds  fall  out  biiu  remain  suspended  by 
the  uncoiled  'spiral  vessels  of  the  raphe  and  funiculus 

The  wood  is  generally  valuable  for  timber,  while  all 
parts,  such  as  leaves  and  bark,  contain  a  bitter  resin, 
which  m  some  species  is  fragrantly  aromatic  Michelia 
Champaca  is  cultivated  m  tropical  Asia  for  its  sweet 
flowers  which  are  carried  about  as  a  perfumery  Its 
aromatic  and  acrid  bark  and  buds  are  used  in  rheuma- 
tism. The  bark  of  Talauma  elegant  is  Ubed  in  Java  as  a 
stomachic.  The  seeds  of  Magnolia  Yulan  have  been 
used  from  prehistoric  times  m  China  as  a  febrifuge  It 
is  said  that  the  aromatic  bark  of  the  tulip  tree  is  a 
substitute  for  cascanlla  and  quinine  Drimys  Wmteri 
has  long  been  used  as  a  stimulant  in  Central  and  South 
America,  and,  by  importation,  m  Europe  The  fruit 
of  Ilhcium  verum,  a  Chinese  shrub,  is  very  pleasantly 
aromatic,  resembling  anise,  from  which,  and  its  remark- 
able star-like  whorled  carpels,  it  is  called  "star  anise  " 
It  is  much  used  as  a  condiment  in  oriental  countries. 
The  bark  of  Ilhaum  amsatum  (I  religiot>um)  was 
formerly  burned  as  incense  in  the  temples  of  Japan 
For  a  long  period  the  name  llhcium  animtum  was 
thought  to  apply  to  the  star  anise,  but  this  mistake  was 
rectified  in  the  B  M.  7005  Linodendron  Tuhpijera 
furnishes  the  valuable  "whitewood"  or  "yellow  poplar" 
of  commerce.  The  wood  of  various  species  of  Mag- 
nolia is  used  in  cabinet-work 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  all  except 
Ilhcium  as  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs.  Among  these 
are  Ilhcium  (Star  Anise);  Linodendron  (Tulip  Tree); 
Magnolia  (Magnolia,  White  Bay,  Beam  Tree,  Cucumber 
Tree) ;  and  Schizandra,  a  procumbent  warty  shrub 

80  Calycanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Calycanthus, 
derived  from  the  Greek,  which  means  a  cup  and  flower, 
referring  to  the  peculiar  receptacle)  CALYCANTHUS 
FAMILY.  Fig  22  Shrubs  with  opposite  leaves  and  aro- 
matic bark  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  pengynous,  spirally 
constructed,  parts  of  the  perianth  numerous,  petaloid, 
not  clearly  differentiated  into  calyx  and  corolla, 
stamens  10-30  (5  m  Meratia);  carpels  numerous,  sepa- 
rate, inserted  on  the  inner  face  of  the  hollow  receptacle, 
each  1-2-ovuled,  in  fruit  forming  1-seeded  achenes, 
which  are  completely  inclosed  by  the  fleshy  recep- 
tacle; seeds,  exalbummous,  cotyledons  spirally  rolled. 

Calycanthus,  with  4-6  species,  is  confined  to  the  south- 
ern United  States  and  California,  Meratia  has  two 
ries  in  China  and  Japan  The  family  is  related  to 
MagnohacesB  and  the  Annonaceae  in  the  spiral 
structure  of  the  flowers,  but  differs  in  the  exalbummous 
seed,  the  perigynous  flowers  arid  the  opposite  leaves. 
By  some  authors  the  family  has  been  placed  near  the 
Rosacea)  because  of  the  pengynous  flowers,  but  the 
spiral  arrangement  is  not  that  of  this  latter  family. 
The  aromatic  bark,  the  magnolia-like  flowers,  and  the 
peculiar  rose-like  fruits  are  distinctive. 


The  bark  of  Calycanthus  flondus  is  used  in  America 
as  a  tonic  under  the  name  Carolina  allspice. 

All  the  species  are  in  cultivation  m  the  northern 
United  States  as  ornamental  shrubs 

81.  Annonaceae  (from  the  genus  Annona,  which  is 
from  Mcnona,  its  Banda  name)  CUSTARD-APPLE 
FAMILY  Fig  23  Tiees  or  shrubs,  with  simple  and  en- 
tire alternate  leaves  flowers  usually  bisexual,  regular, 
hypogynous;  sepals  3;  petals  usually  6,  commonly 
valvate,  rarely  imbricated;  stamens  spirally  arranged; 
numerous,  carpels  usually  numerous  and  separate 
(united  in  Monodora),  1-  to  several-ovuled  fruit  berry- 
like,  rarely  capsular,  often  constricted  between  the 


seeds. 

From  500-600  species  in  46  genera  are  found 
mostly  in  the  tropical  regions  of  Asia,  Africa  and  Amer- 
ica, the  majority  occurring  in  the  Old  World.  Only 


the  genus  Asimina  is  extra-tropical  in  Atlantic  North 
America  and  in  Australia  The  family  is  most  closely 
related  to  the  Magnohaceae,  but  also  to  the  Myristi- 
caceae,  Memspermaceae,  Calyeanthacese  and  Dilleni- 
aceai  The  plan  of  3  in  calyx  and  corolla,  the  nu- 
merous spiral  stamens,  the  usually  separate  carpels,  the 
berry-like  fruit  and  ruminate  endosperm  are  dis- 
tinctive There  is  great  structural  diversity  m  the 
family 

The  Annonaceae  is  rich  m  useful  plants.  The  Malayans 
use  the  bark  of  several  species  for  rheumatic  pains, 
and  the  fruit  of  others  as  a  stomachic  With  the 
flowers  of  Uvana  they  prepare  an  ointment  to  ward  off 
fevers  European  women  in  India  formerly  used  the 
scented  flowers  of  this  plant  in  hair-oil  Many  species 
of  Annona  and  Asimina  produce  edible  fruit,  as  for 
example,  the  sweet-sop  (Annona  squamosa),  the  sour- 
sop  (Annona  muncata),  the  custard-apple  (Annona 
reticulata),  and  the  northern  papaw  (Asimina  tnloba). 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  m  America,  mostly 
m  Florida  and  southern  California.  Annona,  cultivated 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


35 


for  the  fruit;  Asimma,  ornamental,  in  the  North;  Arta- 
botrys,  climbing,  ornamental,  sweet-scented,  used  for 
perfume,  Duguetia,  cultivated  for  the  fruit  in  Florida 

82  Myristicaceee  (from  the  genus  Myristica,  mean- 
ing an  anointing  medium,  in  reference  to  the  fragrant 
fruit).    NUTMEG  FAMILY.    Fig   23.    Trees  or  shrubs 
leaves  alternate,  coriaceous,  entire    flowers  dioscious, 
regular,  small,  perianth  of  one  series,  the  3  parts  con- 
nate, 3-lobed,  stamens  3-18,  monadelphous,  carpel  1, 
superior,  ovary  1 -celled,  ovule  1,  stigma  sessile,  entire 
or  lobed.  fruit  a  fleshy  capsule,  seed  with  a  fleshy, 
lacimate  aril 

The  family  contains  1  genus  and  about  80  species, 
of  tropical  distribution,  principally  in  tropical  Asia 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Annonaceue 
The  dioecious  flowers  with  only  one  set  of  floral  envel- 
opes, and  that  consisting  of  3  parts,  the  monadelphous 
stamens,  the  1-celled,  1-ovuled  ovary  and  the  aril  are 
distinctive 

All  parts  of  Mynstieacese  contain  a  fragrant  oil, 
which,  however,  is  most  abundant  in  the  fruit  The 
seeds  of  Mynstica  fragrant,  of  the  Moluccas,  furnish 
the  well-known  nutmeg,  used  as  a  condiment  The 
aril  of  the  same  fruit  is  mace  The  fruits  of  other 
species  are  also  sparingly  used  as  condiments 

Myrif>tica  fiagrans  is  cultivated  and  naturalized  in 
the  West  Indies 

83  Monimiaceae  (from  the  genus  Mommia,  named 
for  the  wife  of  Mythndates)    MOMMIA  FAMILY    Fig  23 
Trees  or  shrubs  with  aromatic  glands    leaves  opposite 
or  whorled,  rarely  alternate'    flowers  usually  bisexual, 
regular,    pengjnous,  the    more    or    less    cup-shaped 
receptacle    conspicuous,     variously    formed;  perianth 
of   1   or  2  whorls,   inconspicuous,  stamens  numerous, 
rarely  few,  scattered  over  the  inner  face  of  the  recep- 
tacle, anthers  often  opening  by  uplifting  vahes,  caipels 
numerous,  all  separate,  also  scattered  over  the  recep- 
tacular  cup,  ovaries  1-ovuled,  style  and  stigma  1  for 
each  carpel    fruit  an   achene  or  drupe,  borne  on  the 
receptacle  and  sessile  or  pedicelled,  or  immersed  in  the 
fleshy  often  urn-shaped  receptacle  \\hich  becomes  part 
of  an  aggregate  accessory  fruit  and  frequently  com- 
pletely incloses  the  achcncs 

Contained  in  this  family  arc  31  genera  and  about 
150  species,  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution, 
principally  of  the  South  Sea  Islands  and  Australia: 
borne,  however,  reach  South  America,  Africa,  and 
other  countries  The  largest  genus  is  Siparuna,  con- 
taining GO  species  The  family  is  related  to  the  Caly- 
canthacea?,  as  is  plainly  evident  in  the  fruit  The  usu- 
ally enlarged  receptacle,  the  peculiar  fruit,  and  the 
1-seeded  carpels  are  distinctive 

The  Mornmiaceuc  have  {stimulating  properties  Peu- 
mus  leaves  are  used  to  promote  digestion,  like  tea 
and  coffee  The  fruits  of  this  plant  are  edible,  as  are 
also  those  of  Lauretta  btmpemrens  The  wood  of 
Atherotpcrma  moschalum  is  much  sought  for  ship- 
building, the  bark  is  a  substitute  for  tea 

Peumus  (Chilean  Holdo)  is  advertised  in  California: 
valuable  for  its  timber,  edible  fruits,  and  ornamental 
qualities 

84  Lauracese  (from  the  genus  Laurus,  the  old  Latin 
name).  LAUREL  FAMILY  Fig.  23  Trees  or  shrubs 
with  fend  or  aromatic  bark  leaves  alternate,  rarely 
otherwise,  sunple,  punctate  flowers  bisexual  or  unisex- 
ual, regular,  parts  of  the  perianth  similar,  usually  6,  in 
2  whorls;  stamens  in.  3-4  whorls  of  3  each,  pengynous 
or  epigynous,  some  often  stammodial  and  glandular; 
anthers  opening  by  uplifting  valves,  ovary  superior  or 
very  rarely  inferior,  1-celled,  1-ovuled,  style  1,  stigma 
2-3-lobcd  fruit  a  berry ;  drupe,  or  dry,  often  seated  on 
a  thickened  pedicel  or  inclosed  in  a  nollow  receptacle 

The  39  genera  and  about  900  species  inhabit  mostly 
tropical  regions,  but  extend  into  the  temperate  re- 
gions Six  species  are  found  in  the  northeastern  United 
Stat'-s  The  largest  genera  are  Ocotea  with  200  species. 


and  Litsea  with  100  species  The  family  is  related  to 
the  Mommiaceai,  and  stands  between  that  family  and 
the  Thymelseacefle  The  undifferentiated  perianth,  nu- 
merous stamens  with  uplifting  valves,  and  1-celled, 
1 -seeded  ovary  are  distinctive 

The  Lauracoae  are  useful  on  account  of  the  aromatic 
oil  The  leaves  of  laurel  (Laurus  nobilis)  are  used  for 
flavoring  and  for  packing  figs  Cinnamon  is  from 
the  bark  of  Cinnnmonium  ztylamcum,  Cinnumomum 
Ormia  yields  cassia  cinnamon  The  bark  of  the  root 
of  Sassafras  variifolium  is  the  sassafras  of  commerce 
Camphor  is  obtained  by  distillation  from  Cinnamomum 
CV/w/,Wa  The  fruit  of  Per  sea  yratissinui  is  the  avo- 
cado of  South  America,  eaten  by  both  men  and 
animals  Many  fragrant  woods  are  obtained  from 
this  family,  as,  for  example  anise  wood  (Ocotea 
cymbarurn),  bebeeru  wood,  greenheart  (Nectandra 
Rodxei),  or  clove -cassia  pepper  wood  (DicypeLlium 
raryophyllatum)  so  named  because  of  the  pungency  of 
the  dust,  Madeira  mahogany  (Persea  indica),  fetid  till 
(Ocotea  fietens),  sweet  wood  (Nectandra  exaltata),  and 
fatinkwood  (Ocotea  buUata) 

Among  thft  genera  in  cultivation  in  this  country 
are  Benzoin  (Spice  Bush,  Benjamin  Bush,  Wild  All- 
spice, Fever  Bush),  native,  ornamental,  Cinnamomum 
or  Camphora  (Camphoi  Tree),  introduced  in  Florida 
and  California,  Cinnamomum  (Cinnamon,  Cassia 
Buds),  cultivated  under  glass,  Laurus  (Sweet  Bay), 
ornamental,  conservatory,  Persea  (Red  Bay,  Bull  Bay, 
Avocado),  greenhouse  and  South,  Sassafras,  native 
ornamental,  and  Umbellulana  (California  Laurel), 
ornamental,  in  the  South  and  California. 

Order  35.   RHGBADALES 

85  Papaveraceae  (from  the  genus  Papaver,  derivation 
obscure)  POPPY  FAMILY  Fig  24  Annual  or  perennial 
herbs,  or  rarely  shrubs,  with  jellow  (Chehdomum), 
white  (Papaver),  or  red  (Sangumaria),  or  rarely  watery  ^ 
(Esehscholtzia)  mice  leaves  usually  alternate,  often ' 
crenately  toothed  or  lobed  or  divided  flowers  bisexual, 
regular,  sepals  2,  rarely  '3,  petals  4,  rarely  6  or  more, 
rarely  wanting,  stamens  numerous  in  many  whorls, 
h>  pogynous,  carpels  1  to  many,  connate  into  a  1-celled 
ovary,  with  the  parietal  placentae  as  many  as  the  stig- 
mas, ovules  1  to  man> ,  stvles  as  many  as  the  carpels, 
usually  wanting,  stigmas  distinct,  or  in  a  radiate  disk, 
or  lobed  fruit  capsular  or  sihquose,  seed  albuminous 

The  23  genera  and  about  80  species  are  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  north  temperate  zone,  but  are  especially 
numerous  in  central  and  eastern  Asia,  the  Mediter- 
ranean region  and  vvestein  Noith  America  One  species 
of  poppy  is  found  in  the  south  temperate  region  in 
South  \frica  and  Australia  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Fumanaceie  (which  see),  with  which  it  is 
united  by  many  Eun>pean  authors  It  is  also  related 
to  Cappandaceae  and  Crucifero?  There  is,  on  the  other 
hand,  an  affinity  with  the  Berbcridaceae  The  milky 
juice,  numerical  plan  of  2  or  3  in  the  perianth,  numerous 
stamens,  and  1-celled  ovary  with  parietal  placenta  are 
characteristic. 

In  Papaver,  an  orbicular  disk  crowns  the  ovary  on 
the  top  of  which  radiate  the  numerous  stigmatic  lines 
The  capsules  open  by  means  of  small  valves  between 
the  placenta1  and  underneath  the  disk  The  capsule 
of  Chehdomum  is  like  a  mustard  fruit  (sihque),  in 
being  long  and  slender  and  the  lateral  walls  springing 
upward  as  valves,  leaving  the  placentae  exposed 

Many  of  the  Papaveraceae  are  cultivated  as  orna- 
mental plants  Some  poppies  are  bad  weeds  in  cul- 
tivated ground  in  Europe  Papaver  sommferum,  a 
native  of  Asia,  furnishes  the  opium  of  commerce, 
which  is  obtained  by  incisions  made  in  the  capsules 
Poppy  oil  is  derived  m  France  from  the  seeds  of 
Papaver  sommferum  Sangumaria  root  is  used  in 
medicine  as  a  sodatiV? 


36 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


A  score  of  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  all 
as  garden  plants  Some  of  these  are  Boccoma  (Plume 
Poppy  of  eastern  Asia),  Chehdonmm  (Celandine), 
a  weed  from  Europe;  Dendromecon,  shrubby,  Esch- 
seholtzia  (California  Poppy),  Mecanopsis  (Welsh 
Poppy  of  western  Europe),  Papa ver  (Poppy);  Platy- 
stemon  (Cream  Cups),  Plat  y  stigma,  Sanguinana 
(Bloodroot),  native,  Stylophorum  (Celandine  Poppy), 
native 

86.  Fumariaceee  (from  the  genus  Fumana,  which  is 
from  the  Latin  fumus,  smoke,  presumably  referring  to 
the  nitrous  odor  of  the  roots  when  pulled  from  the 
ground).  FUMITORY  FAMILY.  Fig  24.  Herbaceous 
plants  with  alternate,  dissected  leaves  flowers  bisex- 
ual, regular  or  irregular,  hypogynous;  sepals  2,  petals 
4,  free  or  connate,  in  2  unlike  pairs,  outer  pair  larger, 
either  one  or  both  petals  of  which  are  spurred  or  gib- 
bous, the  two  inner  crested  and  united  over  the  an- 
thers and  stamens;  anthers  6,  borne  on  2  filaments, 
carpels  2,  united;  ovary  1-celled,  1-  to  many-seeded, 
fruit  a  sihque,  vesicular  or  mdehiscent,  or  transversely 
jointed,  seeds  albuminous. 

There  are  6  genera  and  130  species,  mostly  from  the 
north  temperate  regions  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Papaveraccse  with  which  it  is  often  united  The 


Ra 

24    PAI»AVERACF«      1.  Papavcr,  a, 
Chelidomum    fruit   FUMARIACKE    3   Di 
flower  1,  corolla  removed     CKLCIFUMS 
moved,  b,  floral  diagram     G    Fruit,    a, 
Lunaria,  d,  Raphanus    7   C'r 


wer,  b  and  c,  fruit  2 
e  out  m,  flower  4  Fumaria 
5  Flower,  a,  perianth  re- 
Brassica, b,  Lepidium,  c, 
ds  of  Cruciferse,  showing 


,    ,  , 

types  of  embryos,  a,  atcumbent,  b,  incumbent,  r,  couduphcate. 
CAPPAHiDACfc,jE  8  Cleome,  flower 

bleeding-hcart-like  flower,  the  plan  of  2,  the  G  anthers 
on  2  filaments,  the  1-celled  ovary,  and  the  absence  of 
milky  juice  are  distinctive 

Fumana  officinalis  and  some  species  of  Corydahs 
have  been  used  as  medicine,  but  the  family  is  of  little 
economic  importance,  except  for  the  few  ornamental 
species 

Following  are  the  genera  best  known  in  cultivation: 
Adlumia  (Allegheny  Vine,  Climbing  Fumitory),  a 
graceful  native  garden  climber;  Corydahs,  with  1- 
spurred  corolla;  Dicentra  (Bleeding  Heart,  Squirrel 
Corn,  Dutchman's  Breeches),  with  2-spurred  corolla, 
and  Fumaria  (Fumitory),  with  1-spurred  corolla. 


87  Cruciferae  (from  the  Latin  signifying  cross- 
bearers,  in  reference  to  the  cross-like  appearance  pro- 
duced by  the  four  petals)  MUSTARD  FAMILY  Fig  24 
Herbs,  rarely  shrubby  leaves  usually  alternate,  simple, 
often  varying  from  entire  to  palmate  or  pinnatifid 
within  the  same  genus  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  se- 
pals 4;  petals  4,  larely  wanting,  stamens  6,  4  long  and 
2  shorter  (tetradynamous),  rarely  fewer,  very  rarely 
more,  hypogynous,  carpels  2,  united,  ovary  superior, 
2-,  rarely  1-,  celled  with  2  parietal  placentae  at  the 
edges  of  the  septum  fruit  a  silique  (long;,  or  a  silicic 
(short),  rarely  mdehiscent,  seeds  exalbuminous;  the 
embryo  variously  curved  and  folded 

In  the  family  are  208  geneia  and  1,600  species,  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  cold  and  temperate  parts 
of  both  hemispheres,  but  especially  abundant  around 
the  Mediterranean  Sea,  a  few  are  tropical  The  Crueif- 
era)  are  closely  related  to  the  Cappandaeeip,  Papavor- 
aceic,  and  Fumaiiacea*  The  4  sepals,  4  petals,  (>  sta- 
mens (4  long  and  2  short),  and  the  peculiar  fruit  are 
distinctive 

The  6  stamens  probably  represent  a  reduction  from 
2  sets  of  4  each  In  Lepidium  and  other  genera,  there 
may  be  only  2  stamens  The  septum  of  the  fruit  re- 
mains upon  the  plant  when  the  seeds  and  valves  full 
The  sihcles  are  often  flattened,  either  perpendicular  or 
parallel  to  the  partition  (in  different  genera)  The 
embryos  in  the  seed  are  folded  so  that  the  hypocotyl 
(radicle)  and  cotyledons  lie  side  by  side  Distinct  pat- 
terns are  thus  produced  which  are  so  constant  as  to  be 
of  great  \alue  in  the  classification  within  the  family 
Three  principal  types  are  reeogm/ed  cotyledons  ae- 
cumbent,  when  the  edges  of  the  cotyledons  are  applied 
to  the  hypocotyl,  incumbent,  when  the  back  of  one 
cotyledon  is  applied  to  the  hypocotyl;  and  conduphc- 
ate.  when  the  cotyledons  themsehes  are  also  folded 
and  enwrap  the  hypocotyl.  In  Leavenworthia,  alone, 
the  embryo  is  straight 

The  flower  of  Crueiferse  is  of  little  value  in  classi- 
fication within  the  family;  the  important  characters 
are  in  connection  with  the  fruit  and  seeds. 

Many  have  become  well-known  weeds  as,  for  exam- 
ple, charlock  (Brassica  am-mis),  shepherd's  purse 
(Capstlla  Bursa-pastons),  pepper  grass  (Lepidium), 
spring  mustard  (Barbarea),  wild  radish  (Raphanus 
Raphamstrum).  Many  others  are  among  the  well- 
known  old-fashioned  ornamental  plants  of  the  garden, 
eg,  rocket  (Het,pens  matronali*),  stock  or  gilh- 
flower  (Matthiola),  wallflower  (Cheiranthus),  honesty 
(Lunaria)  with  large  orbicular  flat  pods,  candytuft 
(Iberis),  sweet  alyssum  (Alyssum)  Others  are  used  as 
food,  of  which  Brassica  oleracea,  a  very  variable  species, 
is  the  most  important,  furnishing  cabbage,  cauliflower, 
kohlrabi  and  Kale.  Brassica  campcstn?  furnishes  the 
various  forms  of  rutabaga  Brassica  alba  furnishes 
white  mustard,  and  Brassica  myra,  black  mustard 
Railicuta  N  a^turtium-aqualicum  is  water-cress;  Radi- 
cula  Armoracia  is  horse-radish  The  rootstocks  of 
Dentana  are  eaten  in  America  under  the  name  "crinkle 
root"  Raphanus  sativus  is  the  garden  radish;  Lepid- 
ium sativum  is  garden  cress  The  various  organs  of 
most  Cruciferae  contain  an  oily  substance  which  is 
very  pungent  to  the  taste  and  which  gives  the  peculiar 
flavor  to  the  various  cresses  This  oil  is  abundant  in 
the  seeds  from  which  it  is  extracted  (oil  of  mustard). 
The  foliage  of  the  various  maritime  Cruciferae  have 
been  found  a  useful  article  of  diet  in  counteracting 
scurvy,  for  which  reason  the  arctic  Cochleana  is  called 
"scurvy-grass  "  The  leaves  of  the  woad  of  western 
Europe  (I satis  tinctoria)  yield  a  blue  dye  Anastatica 
Hierochuntica  is  the  original  "rose  of  Jericho,"  the 
branches  of  which  close  and  open  when  alternately 
dried  and  wetted.  (See  article  on  Resurrection  Plants  ) 

88.  Capparidaceae  (from  the  genus  Cappans,  the 
Greek  name,  from  the  Arabic  kapar,  capers).  CAPER 
FAMILY.  Fig  24.  Herbs  or  rarely  shrubs,  flowers  bisex- 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


37 


ual,  more  or  less  irregular,  sepals  3-8,  usually  4;  petals 
4-8,  rarely  0,  hypogynous  or  pengynous,  disk  ring-like 
or  scale-like  or  tubular  at  the  base  of  the  petals,  sta- 
mens 6,  rarely  4  or  many,  carpels  2  or  more,  ovary 
1-  to  several-celled,  usually  raised  on  an  outgrowth 
(gynophore)  of  the  pedicel-like  axis,  which  may  become 
much  elongated  in  fruit,  ovules  numerous,  style  1  orO; 
stigmas  1  to  several  fruit  a  capsule,  silique,  berry  or 
drupe,  embryo  usually  coiled. 

Thirty-four  genera  and  about  350  species  occur, 
mostly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution  Thej' 
extend  to  Australia,  the  African  deserts  and  into  the 
western  and  eastern  United  Slates  The  family  is  very 
closely  related  to  the  Cruciferae  and  certain  forms  are 
difficult  to  distinguish  from  that  family  The  non- 
tetradynamous  stamens,  and  commonly  1-cellcd  ovary 
are  distinctive  The  gynophore  is  often  very  long, 
slender  and  conspicuous,  and  sometimes  (Cynandrop- 
sis)  carries  up  the  stamens  along  with  the  pistil  The 
detailed  variation  in  the  flower  is  very  intricate 

Several  genera  are  cultivated  as  ornamental  plants 
The  acrid  oil  in  the  fruit  is  stimulating,  as  in  the  Cruci- 
feraj,  and  for  this  reason  sevoial  genera  have  been  used 
in  medicine  (Cleome,  Polamsia,  Cappans,  etc)  Cap- 
pans  spnwsa  of  the  Mediterranean  region  furnishes  the 
capers  of  commerce,  which  are  flower-buds  preserved 
in  salt  and  vinegar 

As  garden  plants,  a  few  genera  are  in  the  American 
trade  Cleome  (Bee  or  Spider  Plant),  ornamental, 
Gynandropsis,  ornamental,  Cappaiis  (Caper  Plant), 
shrubby,  grown  in  this  country  for  ornament  as  well  as 
for  food,  and  Cratava,  shrubby,  grown  in  southern 
California 

89.  Resedaceae  (from  the  genus  /fcWa  which  is  from 
the  Latin,  to  calm,  in  allusion  to  supposed  quieting 
properties)  MKJNONFTTL  FAMILY  Horbs  or  shrubs: 
leaves  usually  alternate  flowers  mostlv  bisexual,  more 
or  less  irregular,  cal\\  persistent,  4-8-parted,  irregu- 
lar, petals  0-8,  alternating  with  the  sepals,  stamens 
3-40,  inserted  within  an  irregular  fleshy  disk,  carpels 
2-b,  free,  or  united  into  a  1-celled  ovary  which  is  often 
imperfectly  closed  at  the  top,  placenta  2-0,  parietal; 
ovules  manv,  st>les  or  sessile  stigmas  3-6  fruit  usually 
a  dehiscent  capsule,  rarely  a  berry,  or  composed  of 
separate  follicles;  seeds  remform,  without  endosperm; 
embryo  curved 

About  15  species  and  6  genera  occur,  mainly  dis- 
tributed about  the  Meditenanean  Sea  This  family  is 
allied  to  the  Crucifera*  and  Cappandaeese,  from  which 
it  differs  principally  in  general  character  The  extra- 
fitammal  disk,  the  numerous  stamens,  the  1-celled 
ovaiv  or  ovaiies  with  parietal  placenta?,  and  the  usually 
gaping  summit  of  the  ovary  aie  distinctive 

Reseda  Lutcola  (Dyei's  weed)  jields  a  yellow  dye 
which  was  formerly  much  used  R  odorata  (mignon- 
ette), a  plant  cultivated  since  early  times,  and  whose 
origin  was  long  considered  unknown,  although  probably 
Egyptian,  is  extensively  cultivated  for  the  fragrance  of 
its  flowers 

90  Mormgacese  (from  the  genus  Monnga^  derived 
from  the  Malabar  name  of  the  plant)  MOKINGA 
FAMILY  Trees,  with  2-3-pmnate  alternate  leaves: 
flowers  bisexual,  irregular,  pengjnous,  sepals  5, 
imbricated,  petals  5,  imbricated,  unequal,  lower 
reflexed,  stamens  8-10,  separate  or  united  at  the  base, 
alternate  ones  shorter  or  reduced  to  stammodia;  sub- 
ovarian  disk  present,  lining  the  cup;  ovary  borne  on  a 
gynophore,  1-celled,  placentae  3,  ovules  numerous, 
style  1.  fruit  a  silique-hke  capsule 

There  is  but  one  genus,  containing  3  species,  natives 
of  northeastern  Africa  and  India  The  family  is  dis- 
tinct, not  related  closely  to  any  other,  perhaps  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  Bignoniaceie,  the  Cappandaceae. 
the  Violacese,  or  the  Legummoseae  Provisionally  placed 
by  Engler  and  Prantl  between  the  Poppy  group  of 
families  and  the  Rose  group. 


Monnga  arabica  of  Arabia  (ben-nut)  yields  a  useful 
oil  which  does  not  become  rancid  The  root  of  one 
species  is  used  in  intermittent  fevers.  A  tragaranth- 
hke  gum  exudes  from  the  bark  of  M  oleifera. 

M  oleifera  (horse-radish  tree)  is  grown  sparingly 
in  the  southern  United  States.  The  fruits  and  the 
roots  are  edible. 

Order  36    SARRACENIALES 

91  Sarraceniaceee  (from  the  genus  Sarracema.  in 
honor  of  Dr  Sarracin,  an  early  physician  of  Quebec, 
who  sent  the  northern  species  to  Kurope).  PrrrnER- 
PLANT  FAMILY  Fig  25  Perennial  herbs  inhabiting 
bogs  leaves  all  basal,  tubular  scapes  1-flowered,  flow- 
ers bisexual,  regular,  sepals  4-5,  imbricated,  petals  5, 
hypogynous,  or  0,  stamens  many  but  not  apparently 
either  cyclic  or  spiral,  ovary  superior,  3-5-,  rarely  6-, 
celled,  ovules  numerous,  style  1,  stigmas  1-5  fruit  a 
capsule 

The  Sarracemacesp  has  3  genera  and  8  species,  of 
which  6  belong  to  the  genus  Sarracema,  all  American. 
Hchamphora  is  in  British  Guiana,  Darhngtonia  in 
California,  and  Sarracema  in  Atlantic  North  America 
from  Newfoundland  to  Florida  The  family  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Droseraceap  and  Nepenthaceae, 
but  also  to  the  Papaveracejp  and  Nymphjcacesc 

The  Sarraeeniacea*  are  far-famed  as  insectivorous 
plants  The  pitchers  are  partly  filled  with  a  liquid  con- 
taining a  digestive  enzjme  Small  insects  which  fall 
into  the  liquid,  or  are  attracted  by  a  sugary  secretion, 
and  are  unable  to  escape  because  of  various  devices, 
are  at  length  digested  and  absorbed  Like  the  sun- 


25  SAURACENHCEE  1  Sarracema,  a,  flower,  b,  leaves  NBPEN- 
THA(.K«  2  Nepenthes,  a,  fomalr  flower,  b,  leaf  DROSERACEA 
3  Drowra,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram  ,  c,  leaf  4  Dionaea,  leaf  5 
Aldrovanda,  leaf 

dews,  these  plants  can  inhabit  soils  poor  in  nitrates. 
The  remarkable  umbrella-shaped  style,  and  fiddle- 
shaped  petals  of  Sarracema  are  part  of  a  very  interest- 
ing mechanism  for  cross-pollination 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  The 
rhizome  of  Sarracema  purpurea  wras  used  in  Canada  as 
a  specific  against  smallpox,  but  did  not  prove  of  value. 
Darhngtonia  calif  arnica  and  species  of  Sarracema 
are  in  the  trade  because  of  their  peculiar  habits  and 
structure,  and  their  botanical  interest.  They  are  grown 
mainly  in  the  greenhouse. 


38 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


92.  Nepenthaceee  (from  the  genus  Nepenthes,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  signifying  a  magic  potion,  prob- 
ably in  reference  to  the  pitchers)  NEPENTHES  FAMILY. 
Fig.  25  Slightly  woody  or  herbaceous  plants,  leaves 
alternate,  consisting  of  a  winged  basal  portion,  a  slender 
stalk-like  intermediate  portion,  and  a  terminal  urn- 
shaped  pitcher  with  a  rolling  fluted  border  and  a  lid, 
the  pitcher  containing  a  watery  fluid  flowers  dioecious, 
paniculate,  regular,  perianth  of  4  parts,  possibly  2 
sepals  and  2  petals,  imbricated,  stamens  4-10,  mona- 
delphous,  ovarv  superior,  3-4-celled,  ovules  numerous 
in  each  oell,  fatigma  sessile,  discoid  fruit  a  capsule 

A  single  genus  with  about  40  species  occurs  m  the 
East  Indies,  Madagascar,  the  Seychelle  Islands,  and 
New  Caledonia.  Borneo  has  the  gieatest  number  of 
species  The  family  is  related  to  the  Sairaeemacea;  and 
Droseraceae,  although  formerly  considered  related  to 
the  AnstolochiacofT  The  habit,  the  undiffcrcntmted 
perianth,  the  monadelphous  stamens,  and  the  3-4-celled 
ovary,  are  distinctive  A  remarkable  family  of  insectiv- 
orous plants.  Along  with  the  water  secreted  m  the 
cavity  of  the  pitcher  is  a  pepsin-like  substance,  by  the 
aid  of  which  insects  are  digested,  the  dissolved  material 
being  later  absorbed  The  slender  part  of  the  leaf 
in  some  species  coils  and  serves  as  a  tendril  by  means 
of  which  the  plant  climbs. 


3b 


4b   A 


26  CR\88UL\CE,E  1  Sedurn,  flower  SAXiKRAGAGb/E  2 
Saxifrnga,  flower  3  Ribes,  a,  floral  diagram,  b,  flower  4  Par- 
nassia,  a,  floral  diagram,  6,  flower  CEPHALOTACE^E.  5  Cephalo- 
tus,  leaves 

In  American  greenhouses,  many  kinds  of  Nepenthes 
(Pitcher  Plants),  some  of  hybrid  origin,  are  cultivated 
because  of  their  curious  habit 

93  Droseraceae  (from  the  genus  Drosera,  derived 
from  the  Greek,  meaning  dewy)  SUNDEW  FAMILY.  Fig. 
25  Very  glandular  herbs  or  sub-shrubs  with  alternate 
leaves  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogyrious,  rarely 
pengynous,  sepals  4-5,  imbricated,  petals  5,  imbri- 
cated; stamens  in  1  or  more  whorls  of  5;  carpels  2-5; 
ovary  superior,  1-3-celled.  fruit  a  capsule  with  nu- 
merous seeds 

The  6  genera  and  about  100  species,  90  species  of 
which  belong  to  the  genus  Drosera,  arc  widely  scat- 
tered over  the  earth.  The  family  is  related  m  floral 
structure  to  the  Cistacece  and  Violaceae,  and  to  the 
Saxifragacese. 

The  Droseracese  are  noted  as  insectivorous  plants. 
Drosera  has  a  rosette  of  small  basal  leaves  covered 
with  sensitive  motile  tentacles  that  secrete  a  terminal 
drop  of  clear  sticky  fluid,  the  so-called  dew,  in  which 
small  insects  are  caught  as  on  sticky  fly-paper  A 
digestive  substance  is  then  secreted  and  the  organic 
matter  absorbed.  The  leaves  of  Dionaea  (the  famous 
Venus'  fly-trap  of  Carolina;  have  a  conduplicate  ter- 


minal lobe  which  closes  violently  when  a  fly  alights  upon 
the  upper  (inner)  surface  A  marginal  fringe  prevents 
the  escape  of  the  insect;  and  it  is  in  tune  digested 
Aldrovanda  of  South  Europe  hah  tiny  traps  similar 
to  those  of  Dionaea,  but  the  whole  plant  is  aquatic,  and 
resembles  Utriculana 

Drosophyllum  and  Rorulula  arc  said  to  be  used  in 
Portugal  and  the  Cape  for  the  practical  capture  of 
flies  in  the  house  The  leaves  of  some  Droserae  yield 
a  purple  dye.  The  liquids  known  as  aqua-aim  and 
rosogho  (Italian)  contain  Drosera  rotumhfolia  as  an 
essential  ingredient. 

Drosera  and  Djomea  arc  in  the  American  trade, 
mostly  grown  as  greenhouse  curiosities. 

Order  37.   RO^ALES 

94  Crassulaceee  (from  the  genus  Crass  w/a,  diminu- 
tive of  cra&sus,  meaning  thick)     ORPINE  FAMILY     Fig. 
20    Herbs  or  .sub-shrubs    leaves  mostly  alternate,  com- 
monly fleshy    flowers  mostly  bisexual,  regular,  sepals 
5,  rarelv  3-30,  imbricated,  petals  as  many,  rarely  con- 
nate, stamens  as  many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  petals, 
epipetalous  or  hypogjnous,  rarely  pengynous,  separate, 
caipels  as  many  as  the  petals,  separate  with  a  scale 
at  the  base  of  each,  ovules  numerous,  rarely  few  or 
one    fruit  a  gioup  of  follicles,  rarely  the  carpels  some- 
what united  and  ovary  half-mfenoi 

Thirteen  genera  and  about  500  species  inhabit  the 
drier  parts  of  the  earth,  but  principally  South 
Afuca  and  South  Europe  The  genus  Sedum  contains 
140  species,  and  Crassula  120  spe<  ies  This  is  a  very 
definite  familv,  but  closely  related  to  the  Sa\ifragace,c, 
from  which  it  differs  in  the  regular  numerical  plan, 
almost  constantly  separate  ovaries,  and  predominat- 
ingly fleshy  habit 

The  Crassulaceic  are  well  adapted  to  a  dry  climate 
The  fleshy  leaves  are  provided  with  water-storage 
tissue  and  a  thick  cuticle,  and  are  often  odd  in  shape 
and  appearance  These  leaves  lose  water  very  slowly 
when  separated  from  the  plant,  and  will  often  remain 
fresh  for  weeks  \\hen  pinned  to  the  wall,  the  leaf  of 
Bryophyllum  sends  forth  plant  lets  from  the  margin, 
and  the  stem  of  live-forever  may  grow  and  flower,  so 
efficient  is  the  protection  against  loss  of  water  aiToided 
by  the  cuticle  These  plants,  likewise,  will  grow  for 
weeks  or  months  in  the  collector's  press 

The  herbage  contains  much  tannin  and  sometimes 
acid  A  refreshing  dunk  has  been  made  from  Semper- 
invum  tectorum  (houseleek)  The  fleshy  leaves  of  the 
Crassulacese  are  cooling  to  wounds  and  burns  Sedum 
Tdephium  was  formerly  cultivated  as  a  pot-herb 
Other  species  have  been  used  for  neaily  similar  pur- 
poses 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  Of 
these,  Scmpervivum  is  the  well-known  Houseleek  or 
Old-hen-ana-chickens,  Cotyledon  is  somewhat  similar 
m  growth,  Scdum  acie  is  Moss  Stonecrop,  and  Sedum 
tnphyllum  (X  Telepfnum)  is  Live-forever,  or  Orpine. 

95  Cephalotaceae  (from  the  genus  Celphalotus,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  headed,  said  to  refer  to  the 
capitate  hairs  at  the  base  of  the  flower)     CEPHALOTTH 
FAMILY     Fig  26    Perennial  scapose  herbs    leaves  of  2 
kinds  in  a  basal  rosette,  one  lanceolate  and  ordinary, 
the  other  a  petioled  pitcher  with  winged  sides,  fluted 
mouth  and  a  lid .  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  pengynous, 
perianth  of  6  parts,  apparently  in  one  series,  valvate. 
stamens  12,  in  2  whorls,  carpels  6,  separate,  arranged 
around  the  woody  apex  of  the  axis;  1-2  basal  ovules  m 
each:  fruit  dry,  somewhat  inflated. 

The  family  consists  of  but  1  genus  and  1  species 
(Cephalotiis  folhculans) ,  found  in  the  swamps  of  King 
George's  Sound,  West  Australia  This  family  is  related 
to  the  Saxifragacece,  and  was  formerly  united  with  that 
family,  but  differs  in  the  peculiar  habit,  the  wholly 
separate  carpels  arranged  around  the  apex  of  the  axis, 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


39 


and  the  basal  seeds,  related  also  to  the  Crassulaeejc, 
but  lacks  the  hypogynous  scales  and  has  basal  seeds 

This  remarkable  little  insectivorous  plant  is  culti- 
vated in  greenhouses  as  a  curiosity. 

96  Saxifragaceae  (from  the  genus  Saxifraga,  derived 
from  the  Latin  signifying  to  break  rocks,  in  allusion 
to  the  habit  of  growing  in  the  clefts  of  rocks).  SAXI- 
FRAGE  FAMILY  Fig  2G.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  small  trees 
leaves  alternate,  rarely  opposite  flowers  bisexual,  usu- 
ally regular,  hypogynous  or  pengynous,  rarely  epigyn- 
ous,  sepals  4-5,  rarely  more  or  fewer;  petals  usually  of 
the  same  number,  valvate  or  imbricated,  inserted  with 
the  stamens  at  the  edge  of  a  receptacular  nectariferous 
disk,  stamens  of  the  same  number  as  the  petals  and 
alternate  with  them,  or  twice  as  many  and  the  outer 
opposite  the  petals,  carpels  2,  rarely  5,  partly  united, 
rarely  separate,  superior  or  half  inferior,  ovules  nu- 
merous, styles  and  stigmas  as  many  as  the  carpels  fruit 
a  capsule  or  berry 

There  are  about  70  genera  and  home  700  species, 
widely  distributed  but  more  abundant  in  temperate 
regions  Many  reach  the  arctics  Some  are  fossil 
Saxifraga  is  the  largest  genus,  with  200  species  in  the 
north  temperate,  arctic  and  Andean  regions.  Ribea 
has  oO  species  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Rosaceap,  differing  in  the  more  abundant  endosperm 
and  constantly  few  carpels  and  few  stamens,  related 
also  to  the  Crassulacea1,  which  has  a  regular  numerical 
plan  and  hypogynous  scales;  and  to  the  Cunomaceie 
and  Hamamphdarea? 

The  ovaries  of  Ribes,  Philadelphia,  Chrysosplemum, 
Deutzia,  Hydrangea,  and  some  Saxifragas,  and  a  few 
other  genera  are  almost  wholly  inferior  Parnahsia  has 
stammocha  in  clusters  at  the  base  of  each  petal  The 
fruit  of  Ribes  is  a  berry  Some  Heucheras  have  irregu- 
lar flo\\ers,  also  some  Saxifragax,  .some  Hydrangeas 
and  Tolmieas  The  peripheral  flowers  of  Hydrangea 
often  have  enlarged  corollas  and  are  sterile  Water- 
glands  in  the  axils  of  the  foliar  teeth  of  some  Saxifragas 
secrete  a  deposit  of  lime. 

The  rough  leaves  of  Deutzia  scabra  are  used  in  Japan 
to  polish  \\ood  The  fruits  of  several  species  of  Ribes 
are  edible,  R  vulgare  yields  the  red  currant,  R. 
Grobsulana,  the  English  gooseberry,  and  also  native 
goosebenies,  R  mqrum,  the  black  currant  Otherwise 
the  family  is  of  economic  importance  only  for  its 
ornamental  species,  which  are  numerous  and  largely 
hardy 

Many  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this  country. 
Among  these  the  following  well-known  names  mav  be 
noted  Deutzia,  Dccumana,  climbing  shrub,  Golden 
Saxifrage  (Chnsosplenium),  Astilbc;  Hydrangea; 
Mock-orange  or  Synnga  (Philadelphia),  Currants  and 
Gooseberries  (Ribes),  False  Mitre\\ort  or  False  Bish- 
op's-oap  or  Foam-flower  (Tiarella),  Grass  of  Parnassus 
(rarnassia) ;  Mitrewort  or  Bishop's-cap  (Mitella); 
Alum  Root  or  Coral  Hells  (Heuchcra);  Saxifrage  and 
Strawberry  Geranium  (Saxifraga) 

97  Pittosporaceae  (from  the  genus  Pittosporwn, 
the  name  referring  to  the  viscid  coating  of  the  seeds) 
PITTOSPORTJM  FAMILY  Trees  or  shrubs,  often  climb- 
ing- leaves  alternate,  mostly  leathery  flowers  bisexual, 
regular;  sepals  or  divisions  of  the  calyx  5,  imbricated; 
petals  5,  imbricated  in  the  bud,  claws  often  conmv- 
ent,  or  coherent,  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  petals, 
hyocgynous,  no  disk  at  the  base;  carpels  2,  rarely  3-5; 
ovary  1- to  several-celled,  placentas  parietal  or  axial; 
style  1 ;  stigmas  1  to  several  fruit  a  capsule  or  berry: 
seeds  numerous  or  few,  unmet  sod  m  a  pulp  or  viscid 
juice. 

All  the  9  genera  and  about  90  species  are  natives  of 
Australia,  except  the  genus  Pittosporum,  which,  how- 
ever, is  of  the  Old  World.  The  laigest  genus  is  Pittos- 
porum containing  70  species  The  relationship  of  the 
family  is  doubtful.  Though  in  the  past  supposed  by 
different  authors  to  be  related  to  the  Celastraceae, 


Polygalaceae,  Caryophyllacese,  Rutaceae,  Saxifragaceue, 
Ericaceae,  and  so  on,  it  is,  according  to  Pax,  most 
closely  related  to  the  Saxifragaceae. 

The  Pittosporaceae  all  contain  resinous  aromatic 
bitter  material  in  organized  resin-canals  or  chambers. 
These  give  the  fruit  a  disagreeable  flavor.  In  spite  of 
this  disagreeable  taste,  it  is  said  (Lemaout  and  De- 
came)  that,  ''The  natives  of  Australia,  who  to  ap- 
pease their  hunger  are  reduced  to  filling  their  stom- 
achs with  clay  mixed  with  organic  detritus,  eagerly 
devour  the  fleshy  fruits  of  this  family." 

Most  of  the  genera  are  in  cultivation'  Bellardiera; 
Bursana,  a  spiny  shrub;  Hymenosporum,  a  shrub  with 
yellow  flowers,  Pittosporum  (Pittosporum,  Karo.  Taw- 
hiwhi,  Tarata,  Tobira),  evergreen,  fragrant  shrubs; 
Sollya  (Australian  Bluebell  Creeper). 

98  Cunoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Cunonia,  named 
after  John  Christian  Cuno,  an  Amsterdam  botanist  of 
the  18th  century)  CUNONIA  FAMILY.  Fig  27  Trees 
or  shrubs:  leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  simple,  ternate 
or  pinnate:  flowers  small,  densely  crowded,  usually 
bisexual,  hypogynous,  sepals  4-5,  rarely  6,  usually  val- 
vate, petals  4-5,  small,  usually  wanting;  stamens  twice 
as  many  as  the  sepals,  rarely  just  as  many  or  more  nu- 


27.  CUNONIACEE  1  Cunonia,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram 
BRUMACE^B  2  Brunia,  a,  flower  branch,  b,  flower  HAMAMFLIDACEE 
3  Hamamehs,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram,  c,  fruit  4  Liquidam- 
bar,  fruit 

merous,  exsertcd,  attached  near  the  edge  of  an  intra- 
stammal  disk,  ovary  mostly  2-celled,  superior;  ovules 
numerous,  rarely  few,  styles  1-2;  stigmas  2.  fruit 
usually  a  capsule,  rarely  a  drupe  or  nut. 

Nineteen  genera  and  120  species  are  known,  70  spe- 
cies of  which  belong  to  Wemmannia;  all  of  South 
America  or  the  Australian  region,  except  one  in  South 
Africa. 

The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Saxifragaceae, 
with  which  it  was  formerly  united,  but  because  of  the 
uniform  floral  structure  and  the  position  of  the  leaves, 
as  well  as  the  geographical  distribution,  it  is  now 
treated  as  distinct. 

The  wood  of  some  species  is  useful;  otherwise  the 
Cunoniaceae  are  of  little  economic  importance  Acro- 
phyllum  venosum,  an  Australian  evergreen  shrub,  is 
cultivated  in  greenhouses 

99.  Bruniaceae  (from  the  genus  Brunia,  named  in 
honor  of  Cornelius  Brun,  a  traveler  in  the  East). 
BRUNIA  FAMILY  Fig  27.  Heath-like  shrubs-  leaves 
alternate*  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  epigynous;  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated,  petals  4-5,  imbricated,  stamens  4-5, 


40 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


alternating  with  the  petals,  free  or  united  with  the 
petals,  or  with  each  other,  rarely  an  mtrastammal  disk 
present;  ovary  inferior,  1-3-celled;  ovules  1-2  in  each 
cell:  fruit  dry,  mdehiscent,  or  capsular. 

Twelve  genera  and  about  50  species  occur,  all  natives 
of  South  Africa.  The  family  is  related  to  various  fami- 
lies of  the  Saxifrage  group,  as  for  instance,  the  Hama- 
mehdacese,  but  is  distinct  because  of  its  heath-like 
habit  The  flowers  are  mostly  in  dense  heads 

The  family  is  of  no  economic  importance.  One 
species  of  Audouima  (A  cajntata)  is  said  to  be  some- 
times in  cultivation  as  Diosma  capitata 

100  Hamamehdaceee  (from  the  genus  Hamamelis, 
an  ancient  Greek  name  applied  to  some  tree).    WITCH- 
HAZEL  FAMILY    Fig  27    Trees  or  shrubs  leaves  simple, 
alternate,    flowers  unisexual  or  bisexual,  hypogynous, 
pengynous  or  epigynous;  sepals  4-5;  petals  4-5,  or  0; 
stamens  4-5,  rarely  more,  sub-ovarian  disk  rare,  ovary 
2-celled;  ovules  1  or  several  in  each  cell,  fruit  a  woody, 
2-valved  capsule,  with  a  separating  inner  layer  of  dif- 
ferent texture,  seeds  often  winged 

Twenty  .genera  and  50  species  are  known,  widely 
distributed  in  subtropical  or  warm  temperate  regions 
of  both  hemispheres  It  is  an  ancient  family  more 
abundant  in  former  ages,  related  to  the  Saxifragacese, 
and  by  some  considered  related  to  the  Cornaceae  or 
Araliaceae.  Many  fossil  species  are  known  The  peculiar 
fruit  is  distinctive 

In  some  genera,  as  in  Hamamelis,  the  seeds  are 
forcibly  expelled  when  the  fruit  opens,  often  to  a  dis- 
tance of  10  feet  or  more,  much  as  wet  apple  seeds  may 
be  shot  from  between  the  thumb  and  finger. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance  Extract 
of  the  bark  of  Hamamelis  is  used  as  a  liniment 
(witch-hazel)  The  twigs  are  supposed  to  have  super- 
normal properties,  especially  m  the  detection  of  water 
in  the  earth  They  are  frequently  used  in  rural  difctricts 
in  the  attempt  to  detect  underground  springs.  Liquid- 
ambar  Slyraciflua  (sweet  gum),  of  the  southern 
United  States,  yields  a  balsam  The  oriental  balsam, 
Styrax,  is  obtained  from  the  eastern  L.  onentahs.  This 
was  formerly  used  in  medicine. 

Perhaps  half  the  genera  are  in  cultivation,  all  for 
ornamental  purposes  Of  these,  Fothergilla,  Corylopsis 
Hamamelis,  and  Liquidambar  are  the  best  known. 
Most  of  the  species  are  hardy 

101  Platanacea;  (from  the  genus  Platanus,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  tree,  signifying  broad)    PLANE-TREE  FAM- 
ILY    Fig  28    Trees  with  alternate,  broad,  palmately 
veined  leaves,  flowers  m  dense  heads,  monoecious,  regu- 
lar, pengynous,  sepals  usually  3-8,  separate,  thick,  often 
with  bracts  at  the  base,  petals  of  the  same  number, 
glabrous,  stamens  of  like  number  alternating  with  the 
petals,  connective  peltate  at  the  top;  extra  stammodia 
often    present;  carpels    several,     distinct,     1-seeded. 
fruit  a  caryopsis,  angled  from  pressure,  and  truncate 
at   top,  surrounded  by  long  hairs  at  the  base;  seed 
orthotropous. 

A  single  genus  and  about  6  species  are  distributed  in 
southern  Europe,  southern  Asia,  and  in  North  America. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Saxifragacese  and  Hama- 
melidacea;  The  polypetalous  pengynous  flower, 
with  as  many  stamens  as  petals,  the  separate  carpels, 
and  especially  the  peculiar  inflorescence  and  leaf,  are 
distinctive  Fossil  species  are  known 

The  wood  of  Platanus  is  similar  to  maple  and  of 
value,  but  the  most  important  use  is  for  ornament  Two 
species  of  Platanus  (Plane-Tree,  Buttonwood,  Button 
Ball,  Oriental  Plane,  Sycamore)  are  in  cultivation  in 
America. 

102  Rosaceae  (from  the  genus  Rosa,  the  ancient  name 
of  the  rose)     ROSE  FAMILY.    Fig  28.   Herbs,  shrubs,  or 
trees,  often  thorny,  sometimes  climbing    leaves  alter- 
nate, rarely  opposite  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual, 
usually  regular,  pengynous;  calyx  of  4-5  imbricated 
or  valvate  sepals;  corolla  of  as  many  imbricated  petals, 


or  0;  stamens  5  to  many,  in  whorls  of  5,  borne  on  the 
cup  of  the  receptacle  at  some  distance  from  the  carpels; 
cup  lined  with  a  glandulai  disk;  carpels  1  to  many, 
separate  and  supenor  or  united  and  inferior,  ovaries 
1  to  several-ovuled;  styles  as  many  as  the  carpels,  fruit 
a  follicle,  achene,  drupe,  pome,  or  hip:  seeds  usually 
exalbummous 

There  are  about  90  genera  and  1,500  species,  widely 
distributed  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  most  abundant, 
perhaps,  in  the  temperate  regions  The  largest  genera 
are  Rubus,  180-200  species,  Potentilla,  200  species; 
and  Rosa,  100  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Saxifragaceae  ana  the  Legummosjc,  also  to  the  Caly- 
canthacesc  The  pengynous  flower  with  cup  lined  by 
the  glandular  disk,  the  numerous  cyclic  stamens,  and 


10 


28  PLATANACE*:'  1  Platanus,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram 
ROSACES  2  Fragana,  a,  flower,  6,  fruit  3  Geum,  fruit  4 
Rosa,  o,  floral  diagram,  6,  fruit  5  Spiraea,  fruit  6  Prunus,  a, 
flower,  6,  fruit,  7.  Pyrus,  a,  flower,  6,  fruit  LEGUMINOS^E  8. 
Pisum,  a,  flower,  b,  flower,  petals  removed,  c,  fruit  9  Des- 
modium,  fruit  10.  Cassia,  flower.  11.  Acacia,  flower 

the  separate,  usually  cyclic,  carpels,  are  distinctive. 
The  Ranunculacete  is  similar,  but  acyclic  and  hy- 
pogynous. 

The  family  is  divided  into  6  very  distinct  sub- 
families, some  of  which,  by  certain  authors,  are  con- 
sidered of  family  rank,  as  follows:  I  Fruit  folhcular. 
e  g ,  Spiraea,  Physocarpus.  Aruncus,  Sorbana,  and 
so  on  II  Ovary  compound,  inferior:  fruit  fleshy,  e  g., 
Pyrus,  Crataogus,  Cotoneaster,  Cydonia,  Amelanchier, 
Mespilus,  and  the  like  III  Fruit  of  achenes  or 
separate  drupelets,  eg ,  Rubus,  Fragana,  Potentilla, 
Geum,  Cercocarpus,  Ulmana,  Alchemilla,  Agnmonia. 
Sanguisorba,  and  Rosa.  IV  Carpels  connate,  ana 
adnate  to  the  hollow,  but  dry,  receptacle,  e  g  ,  Neurada 
and  Grielum.  V.  Carpel  1,  superior:  fruit  a  drupe: 
style  terminal,  e  g.,  Prunus.  VI.  Same  as  the  last,  but 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


41 


tyle  basal  and  flowers  often  irregular,  e.g ,  Chryso- 
lalanus. 

The  fruitlets  of  Rubus  have  a  fleshy  ovarian  wall  and 
xe  drupelets  The  strawberry  has  a  fleshy  receptacle 
vith  dry  achenes  scattered  upon  it.  The  rose  fruit 
:onsists  of  a  hollow,  fleshy  receptacle  bearing  achenes  on 
ts  inner  face,  that  of  Pyrus  is  similar,  but  the  recep- 
acle  and  carpels  have  grown  together  into  one  struc- 
ure.  The  peach,  cherry,  and  plum  are  each  the  pro- 
luct  of  one  superior  carpel. 

The  following  plants  are  cultivated  for  their  fruits, 
ipple,  pear,  quince,  cherry,  plum,  apricot,  peach, 
Jmond,  raspberry,  blackberry,  strawbeiry,  arid  medlar 
These  fruits  are  eaten  fresh,  preserved  in  sugar,  or 
ermented  into  vinegar  or  eider  Rose  fruits  are  also 
Deserved,  and  the  fruits  of  mountain  ash  are  used  for 
naking  a  spirituous  drink  The  petals  of  Rosa  damn- 
\cena  and  R.  galhca  are  macerated  with  oil  of  sesame  to 
orm  attar  of  roses  The  petals  themselves  yield 
)il  of  rose,  from  which  rose-water  is  made.  Many  species 
mve  been  used  in  medicine,  e  g  ,  rose,  the  seeds  of  which 
ire  vermifugal  Quince  seeds  contain  mucilage  and 
ire  emolhent  The  conserve  of  rose  is  astringent 
\gnmony  is  nephritic,  and  is  also  used  for  pulmonary 
Catarrh  and  angina  Alehemilla  is  astringent  and  A  ul- 
lerary.  The  root  of  Fragana  is  diuretic  and  astringent 
Flowers  of  llagenw  abywnica  are  a  famous  remedy 
or  tapeworm  Flowers  of  Ulmana  are  used  to  give  a 
xwquet  to  wine,  also  as  a  sudorific  and  cordial  The 
jark  of  Prunutt  t>erotina  (wild  cherry  bark)  is  tonic  and 
jectoral.  The  bark  of  Quillajn  Saponana  (soap-bark 
^ree)  of  Chile,  is  a  stimulant,  diuretic  and  irritant,  con- 
tains sapomn,  and  is  used  for  washing  delicate  fabrics 
Griimmy  exudations  from  the  bark  of  cherry  are  some- 
Limes  used  in  medicine  Sanguisorba  has  been  used  for 
Forage,  and  as  a  condiment  The  seeds  of  many  species  of 
Primus  and  others  yield  oil  in  quantity 

Fifty  or  sixty  genera  are  cultivated  in  America. 
Among  these  are  Agnmonia  (Agrimony),  Alehemilla 
(Lady  s  Mantle),  Amelanchier  (Shadbubh,  Juneberry, 
Service-berry),  Aroma  (Chokc-berrv) ,  Aruncus,  Ccrco- 
c-arpus;  Chrysobalanus  (Cocoa  Plum),  Comarum 
(Marsh  Cmquefoil);  Cotoneaster,  Crataegus  (Haw- 
thorn, Scarlet  Thorn,  Washington  Thorn);  Enobot- 
rva  (Loquat,  Japan  Plum),  Exochorda  (Pearl  Bush), 
Fragana  (Strawberry),  Geum  (Avens),  Gillema  or  Por- 
teranthus  (American  Ipecac;  Bowman's  Root),  llolo- 
discus  or  Schizonotus,  Kerna  (Globe-flower,  Japanese 
Rose) ;  Margynearpus  (Pearl  Fruit),  Mespilus  (Medlar, 
Mespil);  Ncviusiii,  (Snow  VNreath),  Photima  (Toyon, 
Tollon);  Ph)soearpus  (Nmebark),  Potent  ilia  (Cinque- 
foil,  Five-finger,  Silver-weed) ,  Pyracantha,  Pyrus  (Pear, 
Apple,  Crab),  Quillaja  (Soap-bark  Tree);  Raphiolepis 
(Indian  Hawthorn),  Rosa  (Rose,  Eglantine,  Sweet- 
brier);  Rubus  (Bramble,  Blackberry,  Raspberry,  Cloud- 
berry, Baked-apple  Berry,  Yellow  Berry,  Salmonberry, 
Wineberry,  Blackcap,  Thimbleberry,  Dewberry);  San- 
guisorba (Burret);  Sorbana;  Sorbus,  (Mountain  Ash, 
Rowan  Tree,  Dogberry,  Service  Tree,  W7hite  Beam- 
tree);  Spiraea  (Queen  of  the  Meadows,  Meadowsweet, 
Hardback,  Steeple-bush,  Bridal  Wreath);  Ulmaria 
(Meadowsweet,  Queen -of -the -Prairie,  Queen-of-the- 
Meadows);  Waldstemia  (Barren  Strawberry,  Yellow 
Strawberry). 

103.  Le^uminosae  (from  legume,  the  name  of  the 
type  of  fruit  characteristic  of  this  family)  PEA  FAMILY. 
Fig  28.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  often  twining  leaves 
alternate,  compound,  rarely  simple*  flowers  regular  or 
irregular,  usually  bisexual,  hypogynous  or  pcngynous, 
fundamentally  polypetalous;  sepals  5,  more  or  less  con- 
nate, often  unequal ;  petals  5,  rarely  fewer,  nearly  equal,  or 
unequal,  or  more  commonly  papilionaceous  (i.  e  ,  1  dor- 
sal standard,  2  lateral  cleaver-shaped  wings,  and  2  ven- 
tral, more  or  less  connate,  petals  forming  the  keel); 
stamens  10  or  very  numerous,  rarely  5,  included  or 
exserted,  often  inserted  around  a  glandular  disk,  mona- 


delphous,  9  united  and  1  separate,  or  all  separate;  car- 
pel 1,  rarely  2-15,  superior;  ovary  1-celled,  inequilat- 
eral, the  single  parietal  placenta  ventral  but  turned 
dorsally,  ovules  1  to  many  fruit  a  legume,  or,  by  re- 
duction, mdehiscent,  or  folhcular,  or  fleshy,  often 
jointed  between  the  seeds,  and  sometimes  filled  with 
pulp,  seeds  exalburnmous 

Lcguminosae  contains  429  genera  and  about  7,000 
species,  distributed  over  the  whole  earth,  but  most 
abundant  in  the  tropics.  This  family  and  the  Orchida- 
cese  are,  next  to  the  Composite,  the  largest  families 
of  flowering  plants  The  large  genera  winch  contain 
100  or  more  species  arc  Astragalus,  1,200  species, 
Acacia,  450  sp  ,  Cassia,  380  sp  ,  Mimosa,  300  sp  ,  Cro- 
tolana.  250  sp  ,  Indigofera,  250  sp.;  Trifohum,  250  sp  , 
Bauhima,  150  sp  ;  Aspalanthus,  150  sp  ;  Oxytropus, 
150  sp  ;  Desmodmm,  150  sp  ,  Inga,  140  sp  ;  Tephrosia, 
120  sp  ,  Vicia,  120  sp  ,  Pithecolobium,  110  sp  ,  Lupi- 
IHLS,  100  sp  ,  Psoralea,  100  sp  ,  Dalea,  100  sp  ,  Lathy- 
ru,s,  100  sp  ,  Rhynchosia,  100  sp  ;  and  Phaseolus,  100 
sp  Taken  in  the  broad  sense,  the  family  is  a  very  nat- 
ural one,  the  nearest  relatives  being  the  Chrysobalanus 
section  of  the  Rosarex  The  most  constant  distin- 
guishing character  is  the  leguminous  type  of  fruit 
When  this  occasionally  var'es,  the  papilionaceous 
corolla,  or  the  general  Mimosa  type  of  flower,  is  distinc- 
tive Except  in  the  fruit,  the  family  is  very  diverse, 
and  the  following  sub-families  have  often  been  treated 
as  distinct  families 

Sub-family  I  Mimosa  — Flowers  regular;  corolla 
valvate,  stamens  5-10,  or  very  numerous,  exserted. 
e  g  ,  Pithecolobium,  Albizzia,  Mimosa,  and  Acacia 

Sub-family  II  Ca;salpinir  — Flowers  irregular,  not 
papilionaceous,  stamens  10  or  fewer,  not  conspicuously 
exserted,  corolla  imbricated  e  g  ,  Copaiba,  Tamarmdus, 
Cercis,  Bauhmia,  Cassia,  Gleditsia,  Gymnocladus, 
Csrsalpmia,  and  the  like 

Sub-family  III  Papihonateae  — Corolla  papiliona- 
ceous, imbricated;  stamens  5-10,  included  e  g  ,  Pisum, 
Lathyrus,  Robinia,  Vicia,  Phaseolus,  and  so  forth 

The  leaves  of  many  Ixjgurnmosap  are  motile  Mimosa 
pudica,  Cassia  nictitant*,  and  others,  are  sensitive  to 
touch,  the  leaflets,  and  often  the  leaves,  q"uickly  drooping 
when  disturbed  A  great  number  show  sleep  movement, 
the  leaflets  drooping  at  nightfall  The  motile  organ  is 
the  pulvmus  at  the  base  of  the  leaflet  or  leaf  The  lat- 
eral leaflets  of  De^modium  gyrans  are  rhythmically  and 
spontaneously  motile  The  pollination  of  the  papiliona- 
ceous flowers  is  complicated  and  interesting  (See  Kerner 
and  Oliver's  "Natural  History  of  Plants  ")  The  legumes 
of  Desmodmm  separate  into  1-secded  joints  which  are 
covered  with  hooked  hairs,  and,  therefore,  bur-like 
The  roots  of  the  Legummosac  commonly  bear  tubercles 
containing  nitrogen-fixing  organisms,  the  product  of 
which  is  uset1  by  the  plant 

The  economic  plants  are  almost  innumerable.  The 
following  are  the  most  important. 

Plants  used  for  food'  Detanum  senegalense  of  Sene- 
gambia,  edible  drupe,  Castanospermum  australe  (Aus- 
tralian chestnut),  Dolichos  Lablab  (black  bean), 
Phaseolus  vidgans  (bean),  Cicer  anetmum  (chick  pea), 
Pitum  satwum  (pea),  Ervum  Lens  (lentil)  and  Lupinus 
sps ,  all  have  edible  seeds,  Apios  tubercsa,  Psoralea 
hypogxa,  and  P.  escidenla,  edible  tubers;  A rachis  hypo- 
gsea  (peanut),  and  Voandzeia  sithterranea,  subterranean 
seeds;  Lathyrus  tuber  osa,  sugary  tubers,  much  used 
before  potatoes  were  known;  and  Cytisus  scopanus, 
buds  used  as  capers. 

Plants  used  as  forage:  Ceratonia  Siliqua  (St.  John's 
bread),  Onobrychis  saliva  (sainfoin),  Vicia  sativa 
(vetch),  Medicago  sativa  (alfalfa),  Medicago  lupulma 
(medick),  Tnfohum  species  (clover),  Glycine  hispida 
(soy  bean),  Vigiia  Catjang  (cowpea),  Lotus  corni- 
culatw,  Lupinus  sps ,  Anthylhs  Vulnerana,  Hedy- 
sarum  coronanum,  Urmthopua  safavus,  Pisum  nativum^ 
Ulex  europseus 


42 


A  SYNUFS1S  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Plants  used  for  medicine:  Acacia  Senegal  (gum  aca- 
cia); A  Catechu  (catechu),  astringent,  tonic;  Swartzia 
tomentosa,  sudorific;  Copaiba  Langdorfu  (balsam  of 
Copaiba),  of  Brazil,  for  catarrh,  Cassia  sps  ,  Orient, 
India,  etc.,  leaves  purgative;  Tamanndus  indica 
(tamarind),  pulpy  pods  used;  Sophora  tomentosa, 
India,  seeds  arrest  choleric  vomiting,  Toluifcra  Balsa- 
mum  (balsam  of  Tolu),  South  America,  bronchial; 
Andira  sps ,  tropical  America,  emetic,  purge,  narcotic, 
vermifuge;  Ptcrocarpus  Draco  (dragon  s  blood),  West 
Indies,  astringent;  P.  Marsupium  (gum  kino),  Butea 
frondosa  (eastern  kmo),  Asia,  Mucuna  prunens  (cow- 
itch  or  cowage),  India,  stinging  hairs  on  pod,  anthel- 
mintic,  Astragalus  gummifer  (gum  tragacanth),  of  the 
Onent;  Colutea  arborescent  (bladder  senna),  purgative, 
emetic;  Glycyrrhiza  glabra,  (licorice),  Europe,  emol- 
lient, Genista  tinctoria,  purgative;  Cytisus  scopanus. 
diuretic,  Trigonella  Fcenum  -  grxturn  (fenugreek),  Old 
World,  food,  condiment,  horse-remedy,  and  so  on; 
Anagyris  fwtida  (stinking  wood),  purgative  and  poi- 
sonous, Physostigma  venosum  (calabar  bean),  sedative, 
contracts  the  , pupil,  poisonous;  Astragalus  sps ,  and 
Crotalana  sps  are  loco- weeds,  and  poisonous  to  cattle; 
arrow-poisons  are  furnished  by  ErythrophloKim, 
Afceha,  and  Pithecolobmm  Fifteen  genera  furnish 
fish-poison 

Dye -stuffs  Cxsalpinw  echinata  yields  brazihne; 
Sophora  japonica  yields  yellow  dye,  Indigofera  linc- 
tona  yields  indigo,  Genista  tinctona,  yields  a  dye; 
Hsematoxylon  campechianum  yields  logwood  and  haema- 
toxylm  Pterocarpus  santahnum  yields  red  sandal- 
wood,  a  brown  dye 

Other  purposes  Copal  varnish  from  Hymensea  sps  , 
Trachylobium  sps  ,  and  Copaiba  sps  Many  species  are 
valuable  timber  trees  A  snuff-perfume  as  obtained 
from  seeds  of  Coumarouna  (tonka  bean)  Rosewood 
is  from  Dalbergia  mgra,  and  other  species  African 
rosewood  is  from  Pterocarpus  erinaceus  Red  seeds  of 
Abrus  precatonus  (jequinty)  are  used  for  necklaces,  as 
are  also  those  of  Adenanthera  Pavonina  (Circassian 
seeds).  Branches  of  Cytisus  scopanus  (broom)  are  used 
for  basket-work.  Ulex  europs'us  (furze)  is  used  as  fire- 
wood in  France  Many  species  furnish  fibers  for  spin- 
ning Oil  is  obtained  from  seeds  of  peanut  and  others. 
Many  are  ornamental 

About  150  genera  are  cultivated  in  America,  or  are 
important  to  American  agriculture  Many  of  the  spe- 
cies are  among  our  most  valuable  ornamental  and 
food-plants  Some  of  these  genera  are  Abrus  (Crab's- 
eye  Vine,  Weather  Plant);  Acacia  (Wattle,  Kangaroo 
Thorn,  Weeping  Myall,  Australian  Blackwood,  Mulga, 
Popinac,  Opopanax,  Cassie,  Huisache,  Espmo,  Cavan, 
Gum  Arabic  Tree);  Adenanthora  (Red  Sandalwood); 
Albizzia;  Alhagi  (Camel's  Thorn),  Amphicarpaea  (Hog 
Peanut) ;  Amorpha  (Lead  Plant,  Bastard  Indigo) ,  An- 
thyllis  (Kidney  Vetch,  Sand  Clover,  Woundwort,  Jupi- 
ter's Beard) ;  Apios  (Groundnut,  Wild  Bean) ;  Aracms 
(Peanut,  Goober);  Astragalus  (Milk  Vetch);  Baptisia 
(Wild  Indigo),  Bauhima  (Mountain  Ebony),  Ca?sal- 
pinia  (Brasilleto,  Barbadoes  Pride,  Barbadoes  Flower- 
fence,  Dwarf  Pomeiana);  Canavaha  (Jack  Bean. 
Chickasaw  Lima) ;  Caragana  (Pea  Tree) ;  Cassia  (Wild 
Senna,  Partridge  Pea,  Pudding  Pipe  Tree) ;  Centrosema 
(Butterfly  Pea) ;  Cercis  (Judas  Tree,  Red  Bud) ,  Chori- 
zema;  Cicer  (Chick  Pea),  Cladrastis  (Yellow-wood); 
Chanthus  (Glory  Pea,  Glory  Vine,  Parrot's  Bill) ;  Ch- 
tona  (Butterfly  Pea);  Colutea  (Bladder  Senna),  Coro- 
nilla  (Crown  Vetch.  Scorpion  Senna),  Crotalana  (Rat- 
tle-Box) ,  Cytisus  (Broom,  Genista) ;  Desmodium  (Tick 
Trefoil,  Telegraph  Plant);  Dolichos  (Hyacinth  Bean, 
Taukok,  Black  Bean),  the  species  still  much  con- 
fused; Erythnna  (Coral  Tree);  Galega  (Goat's  Rue); 
Genista  (Dyer's  Greenwood);  Gleditsia  (Honey  Lo- 
cust, Sweet  Locust,  Three-thomed  Acacia);  Glycine 
iSoy  Bean)-  Glycyrrhiza  (Licorice);  Gymnocladus 
(.Kentucky  Coffee  Tree);  Halimodendron  (Salt  Tree); 


Hedysarum  (French  Honeysuckle);  Hosackia,  Indigo- 
fcra  (Indigo);  Kennedya,  Laburnum  (Golden  Cham, 
Bean  Tree,  Scotch  Laburnum),  Lathyrus  (Sweet  Pea, 
Tangier  Scarlet  P  ,  Pride  of  California,  Everlasting  P  , 
Two-flowered  P.,  Flat  P,  Perennial  P.  Lord  Anson's 
P  ,  Marsh  P  ,  Sea  P  ,  Beach  P  ,  Prairie  Vetchlmg,  Black 
P.,  Black  Bitter  Vetch,  Spring  Bitter  Vetch),  Lens 
(Lentil);  Lespodeza  (Bush  Clover,  Japan  Clover,  lloop- 
kpop),  Leueajna  (White  Popinac);  Lotus  (Bird's-foot 
Trefoil,  Babies'  Slippers,  Winged  Pea),  Lupinus  (Lu- 
pine, Sundial,  Deer  Cabbage),  Millettia  (Ironwood); 
Medicago  (Alfalfa,  Lucerne,  Black  or  Hop  Medick, 
Nonesuch,  Snails,  Tree  Alfalfa,  Moon  Trefoil) ,  Meli- 
lotus  (Sweet  Clover),  Mimosa  (Sensitive  Plant,  Hum- 
ble Plant),  Mucuna  (Cowitch,  Cowage,  Velvet  Bean, 
Banana  Bean),  Onobrychis  (Sainfoin,  Holy  (Clover); 
Ononis  (Rest-Harrow,  Goat  Root),  Parkmsoma  (Jeru- 
salem Thorn);  Parochetus  (Shamrock  Pea,  Blue  Oxa- 
hs),  Potalostemon  (Prairie  Clover),  Phaseolus  (Bean, 
Caracol,  Snail-flower,  Corkscrew  Flower,  Scarlet-run- 
ner, Dutch  Casekmfe  B  ,  Metcalfe  B  ,  Moth  B  ,  Gram, 
Silva  B.,  Civet  B  ,  Lima  B  ,  Kidney  B  ,  Bush  B  );  Pis- 
cidia  (Fish-poison  Tree,  Jamaica  Dogwood),  Pisum 
(Garden  Pea,  Field  P  ),  Pithecolubium,  Prosopis  (Mes- 
quite,  Screw  Bean,  Tormllo),  Pomciana  (Royal  Poin- 
ciana.  Peacock  Flower,  Flomboyant),  Psoralea  (Scurfy 
Pea,  Pomme  Blanche),  Puorana  (Kudzu  Vino),  Robi- 
ma(  Locust,  False  Acacia,  Black  Locust,  Rose  Acacia, 
Clammy  Locust),  Schrankia  (Sensitive  Brier);  Sophora 
(Japan  Pagoda  Tree);  Spartium  (Spanish  Broom); 
Sutherlandia  (Bladder  Senna),  Swamsona  (Winter 
Sweet  Pea);  Tamanndus  (Tamarind);  Templetonia 
(Coral  Bush);  Tephrosia  (Goat's  Rue,  Catgut,  Wild 
Sweet  Pea,  Hoary  P.);  Thermopsis,  Tnfolium  (Clover, 
Alsike,  Cowgrass);  Trigonella  (Fenugreek),  Ulex 
(Gorse,  Whin,  Furze),  Vicia  (Vetch,  Tare,  Broad  Bean, 
Windsor  B  ,  English  Dwarf  B  ) ;  Vigna  (Cowpea,  Black 
Pea,  China  Bean),  Wistaria  (Chinese  Wistaria,  Kid- 
ney-bean Tree). 

Order  38.   GERANIALES 

104  Geraniaceae  (from  the  genus  Geranium,  Crane's- 
bill,  from  geranos,  a  crane,  in  allusion  to  the  cranelike 
beak  of  the  fruit)  GERANIUM  FAMILY.  Fig  29  Herbs 
and  shrubs,  sometimes  fleshy  leaves  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, very  diverse  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  slightly 
irregular,  sepals  .5,  imbricated,  persistent;  petals  5, 
rarely  fewer,  imbricated  or  convolute;  stamen*  usually 
10,  rarely  more,  hypogynous  or  pengynous,  the  outer 
set  opposite  the  petals,  some  frequently  antherless, 
somewhat  monadelphous  below,  often  glandular  at  the 
base,  carpels  5,  ovary  5 -celled,  rarely  2-3-celled,  5- 
lobed,  prolonged  into  a  beak  termmatd  by  the  5  styles; 
ovules  1  to  many  in  each  cell  fruit  rarely  a  capsule, 
more  commonly  splitting  into  5  beaked  sections,  seeds 
with  endosperm,  straight  or  curved 

The  family  has  10  genera  and  360  species,  widely 
distributed  over  the  whole  globe  The  largest  genera  are 
Pelargonium  (South  Africa)  with  175  species,  and  Ge- 
ranium with  160  species.  Some  fossil  fruits  of  Gerani- 
acese  are  known.  The  Geraniaceae  are  related  to  the 
Oxalidaceae,  Tropeeolaccse  and  Balsammacese ,  also  to  the 
LinacesD  and  Rutaceai  The  5  sepals  and  petals,  the 
10  stamens,  the  5  carpels,  and  the  more  or  less  beaked 
or  lobed  fruit  with  its  peculiar  dehiscence,  are  together 
distinctive 

The  flower  of  Pelargonium  is  slightly  irregular,  with 
a  dorsal  receptacular  spur  at  the  base  of  the  calyx  The 
fruits  of  all  but  40  Geraniaceae  dehisce  elastically, 
throwing  the  seeds  to  a  distance.  The  5  carpels 
split  away  at  base,  coil  up  violently,  and  remain 
attached  to  the  summit  of  a  column  which  projects 
from  the  receptacle  This  method  of  dehiscence,  when 
present,  is  characteristic  of  the  Geramacese. 

The  Geramaceee  are  astringent,  several  contain 
resin,  and  others  contain  free  acids  Several  species  of 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


43 


Geranium  have  been  used  as  remedies  for  wounds, 
others  for  dysentery,  and  the  like,  some  have  been  used 
as  stimulants.  Erodiwm  mow  hat  um  is  valued  because  of 
a  very  strong  odor  of  musk  The  resinous  stems  of  Mon- 
sonia  (South  Afnea)  bum  readily,  and  have  been  used 
for  torches  The  most  important  economic  genus  is 
Pelargonium,  cultivated  for  ornament  The  foliage  of 
some  Pelargoniums  is  glandular  and  very  fragrant 
("rose  geraniums")  Some  species  of  Geranium  also 
are  ornamental  The  awn-like  beak  of  Krodium  fruits 
have  been  used  as  hygrometers 

Few  genera  arc  in  cultivation  in  America  as  orna- 
mental plants  Erodium  (Stork 's-bill),  Geranium, 
(Crane's-bill),  Pelargonium  (so-called  "Geraniums") 
Several  cultivated  genera,  formerly  included  in  the 
Geramaceac,  are  now  placed  in  separate  families,  which 
see,  eg,  Irnpatiens  (Halsammaceie),  Tropa>olum  (Tro- 
pajolaceic),  Oxalis  and  Averrhoa  (Oxahdacea?) 

105  Oxahdaceae  (from  the  genus  Oxalic,  signifying 
acid,  from  the  sour  taste  of  the  foliage)     OXALIS  FAM- 
ILY    Herbs,  rarely  shrubby    leaves  usually  compound, 
flowers  bisexual,  regular,  sepals  5,  persistent,  imbri- 
cated, petals  5,  convolute  or  imbricated,  rarely  united 
at  the  base,  stamens  10  in  2  whorls,  the  outer  set  oppo- 
site the  petals,  filaments  coherent  below,  those  of  the 
outer  set  shorter,  one  or  both  sets  with  external  glandu- 
lar appendages  at  the  base,  hypogynous,  ovary  superior, 
5-celled,  with  a  persistent  central  column  (as  in  Ge- 
ramacea*))   styles  separate    fruit   an  ordinary  capsule 
with  each  cell  dorsally  dehiscent,  or  a  berry 

The  Oxalis  family  contains  7  genera  and  about  230 
species,  of  which  220  belong  to  the  genus  Oxahs  They 
are  mostly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution. 
Oxahs  occurs  chiefly  in  South  Africa  and  South 
America  The  Oxahdaceae  were  formerly  united  with 
the  Geramaeeu',  but  differ  in  the  fruit,  which  is  a  dehis- 
cent capsule  or  a  berry  and  does  not  break  up  into 
separate  carpels 

The  species  of  Oxahs  are  often  bulbous  or  tuberous, 
or  the  roots  are  enlarged  as  water-storage  tissue  The 
leaflets  usually  have  a  sensitive  cushion  at  the  base 
(pulvmus)  and  show  sleep-movements  The  flowers  of 
many  are  dimorphic  or  tnmorphic,  i  e  ,  have  stamens 
or  styles  of  2  or  3  lengths  in  the  same  species  The 
seeds  are  forcibly  ejected  through  the  dorsal  suture  of 
the  capsule  by  the  elastic  separation  of  the  outer  layer 
of  the  testa 

Oxalis  contains  much  oxalic  acid,  which  may  be 
extracted  for  economic  purposes  It  is  somewhat  seda- 
tive, and  the  sour  taste  has  made  some  species  useful 
as  salads  The  starchy  roots  of  some  South  American 
species  are  used  for  cattle-fodder  The  fruits  of  Aver- 
rhoa are  used  in  the  tropics  as  a  substitute  for  goose- 
berries, which  they  resemble  m  flavor 

Two  genera  are  grown  m  America  Averrhoa  (Caram- 
bola),  1  species  grown  for  shade  and  fruit,  and  Oxahs. 

106  Tropaeolaceae  (from  the  genus  Tropscolum,  from 
tropaion,  a  trophy,  the  leaves  are  shield-like,  and  the 
flowers  resemble  a  helmet)     NA&TURTIUM  FAMILY     F'g 
29    Diffuse  or  climbing  succulent  herbs  with  alternate, 
peltate   or   lobcd   leaves     flowers  bisexual,    irregular, 
spurred;  sepals   5,    imbricated,  petals    5,    imbricated, 
the  upper  two  differing  in  shape  from  the  lower  three; 
stamens    8,    separate,    somewhat    pengynous,    ovary 
superior,  3-celled,  3-lobed,  each  cell  1 -seeded,  style  1; 
stigmas  3    fruit  splitting  into   1-seeded,  mdehiscent 
nutlets  or  drupelets. 

A  single  genus  of  about  35  species  is  found  in  the 
mountainous  regions  from  Mexico  to  Chile  The  family 
was  formerly  included  in  the  GeramaccsD.  but  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  separate  stamens,  its  mdehiscent  f nut- 
lets, and  a  very  peculiar  method  of  embryo  develop- 
ment, in  which  the  suspensor  divides  into  three  parts, 
one  part  growing  into  the  placenta,  another  out  into 
the  ovarian  cavity,  and  the  third  producing  the  embryo 
on  its  apex.  The  spur  of  the  flower  is  an  outgrowth  of 


the  obliquely  cup-shaped  receptacle  at  the  base  of  the 
calyx,  as  in  Pelargonium 

The  herbage  of  Tropa?olum  has  an  acrid  taste  like 
cress,  and  is  often  used  for  salad,  hence  the  common 
name  "nasturtium"  or  "Indian  cress." 

In  America,  several  species  are  grown  for  their  showy 
flowers  Tropjcolum  majus  is  the  most  widely  known 
species  T  peregnnum  is  the  "canary-bird  flower  " 

107  Lmaceae  (from  the  genus  Linum,  the  Latin  name 
for  flax,  from  the  old  Celtic  lint,  a  thread)  FLAX  FAM- 
ILY Fig  29  Woody  or  herbaceous  plants  leaves  alter- 
nate or  opposite,  rarely  whorled,  simple,  entire  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  calyx  of  5,  persistent,  imbricated 
sepals,  rarely  1-parted,  with  .J-hd  lobes,  petals  r>,  rarely  4, 
convolute,  clawed,  the  claw  sometimes  crested,  stamens 
5,  alternate  with  the  petals,  with  sometimes  5  additional 
stammodia,  or  10,  15.  or  20,  hypogv  nous,  usually  united 
at  the  often  glandular  base,  ovary  .5-,  rarely  3-  or  4-, 
celled  or  falsely  10-celled  by  the  intrusion  of  the  mid- 
rib, ovules  few,  styles  as  many  as  the  cells  of  the 
ovary  fruit  a  capsule  or  drupe 

There  are  9  genera  and  about  120  species,  of  which  90 
species  belong  to  Linum  The  Linacea3  are  related  to 


29  G*RANHCE,E  1  Geranium,  a,  floral  dngram,  ft,  fruit, 
r,  fruit  dohihcmg  Tnop^oLArtE  2  Tropueolum,  flower  LINA- 
C&JK.  3  Linum,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram 

the  Geramacea?  and  Ovahdacen?,  but  also  show  a  rela- 
tion to  the  Silenes  in  the  Carv  oph\  llacea1  The  many- 
stamened  genera  suggest  the  Ternstrurmaceap  The 
family  is  most  easily  recogm/ed  by  the  simple,  regular 
pattern  of  the  flower,  and  the  numeucal  plan  of  5  (or  4) 
which  is  carried  through  all  the  floral  parts  For  this 
reason,  the  flax  was  taken  by  the  older  botanists  as  a 
pattern  flower. 

Linum  aithnrlicum  (Europe)  was  formerly  used  as  a 
puigative  A  fixed  oil  is  exti acted  from  the  seeds  of  the 
common  flax  (Linum  uf>itnti*>simuni),  which  is  used  m 
medicine  as  an  emollient  The  most  extensive  use  of  this 
oil  is  in  painting,  its  value  being  due  to  the  property  of 
drying  into  a  hard,  waterproof  coating  Flaxseed  ineal, 
from  which  the  oil  has  been  expressed,  is  used  for  fodder 
and  for  poulticing  The  seed-coats  of  flax  become  very 
mucilaginous  when  soaked,  on  which  account  flaxseed 
has  also  been  used  as  an  emollient  m  the  treatment  of 
coughs  and  colds  The  cortical  bast-fibers  of  the  flax 
have  been  used  since  earliest  times  in  textile  industries 
As  the  basis  of  linen  cloth,  flax  is  one  of  the  most  useful 
of  cultivated  plants  Flax  was  probably  Asiatic  in  its 
origin  Many  species  of  Linum  are  ornamental,  but 
are  little  grown. 

Two  genera  are  cultivated  in  America'  Linum, 
with  species  of  annual  garden  plants;  and  Rcinwardtia, 
with  species  of  conservatory  sub-shrubs  from  India. 


44 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THPJ  PLANT  KINGDOM 


108  Erythroxylaceae  (from  the  genus  Erythrotylon, 
the  name  signifying  red  wood,  the  wood  of  some  species 
being  red).  COCA  FAMILY  Fig  30  Shrubs  and  small 
trees,  leaves  alternate  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  incon- 
spicuous, sepals  5,  persistent,  imbricated  or  valvatej 
petals  5,  convolute  or  imbricated,  with  appendages  on 
the  inner  face,  or  with  projecting  callosities,  stamens  10, 
in  2  whorls,  more  or  less  connate  into  a  tube,  and 
externally  glandular,  ovary  3-4-celled,  usually  but 
1  cell  developing  in  fruit,  1-2  ovules  in  each  cell;  styles 
3-4.  fruit  drupaceous,  1-2-seeded. 

Two  genera  and  about  90  species  arc  known;  all 
tropical,  and  reaching  their  greatest  development  in 


30.  EHYTHROXYLACEI        1     Erythroxylon,    a,     flower    of    E 

n"  hrum,  b,  flower,  pennnth  icmoved.of  E  Coca    ZYOOPHYI  L^CE^E 
ygophyllum,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram    RUTACFE      3    iluta, 
a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram,  c,  loaf. 

tropical  South  America,  but  extending  northward  to 
Mexico  and  southward  m  the  Old  Woild  to  Natal 
The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Lmacozc  with  which 
it  was  formerly  united,  but  differs  in  the  more  promi- 
nent stamen-tube,  the  appendages  on  the  petals,  and 
the  drupaceous  non-capsular  fruit 

The  only  important  economic  plant  is  the  coca  plant 
(Erylhroxi/lon  Coca),  a  shrub  famous  as  the  source  of 
cocaine  Its  origin  is  unknown,  but  it  was  eaily  used  by 
the  Peruvians  as  a  stimulant  Coca  is  now  grown  to 
a  limited  extent  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  Cali- 
fornia, as  well  as  in  most  tropical  countries 

109.  Zygophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Zygophyllum, 
denv  ed  from  the  Greek  signifying  a  yoke  and  leaf,  the 
leaflets  are  in  pairs)  CALTROP  FAMILY  Fig  30  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees  leaves  opposite,  rarely  alternate,  mostly 
pmnately  compound,  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  rarely 
irregular,  r«pals  4-5,  persistent,  imbricated  or  rarely 
valvate;  petals  4-5,  rarely  0,  imbricated,  rarely  valvate; 
disk  present,  diverse,  rarely  wanting,  stamens  usually 
8  or  10,  hypogynous,  the  outer  opposite  the  petals, 
usually  scales  at  the  base  of  the  filaments,  ovaiy  supe- 
rior, 4-5-celled,  rarely  falsely  many -celled,  ovules 
2  to  several  in  each  cell,  style  and  stigma  1  fruit  a 
capsule  or  sepaiatmg  into  fruitlets 

Twenty-one  genera  and  about  150  species  occur  as 
natives  of  the  wanner  paits  of  the  world,  especially 
the  dncr  desert  regions  They  are  especially  abundant 
in  North  Africa  and  the  Mediterranean  region  This 
family  is  very  closely  related  to  the  Rutaceir,  fiom  which 
it  diffeis  in  the  absence  of  glandular  dots  and  oil,  and 
in  the  presence  of  stipules  The  fruits  are  usually  more 
or  less  lobed  and  sometimes  winged  or  covered  with 
prickles 

The  hard,  faintly  aromatic  wood  (hgnumvitai) 
of  Guaiacum  ojficmale  is  used  for  cabinet  work  and 
for  pulleys  The  wood  of  this  plant  yields  a  resin  used 
as  a  diaphoretic  and  purge  The  flower-buds  of  one 
species  of  Zygophyllurn  arc  used  in  place  of  capers. 

The  Arabs  use  Z  simplex  to  remove  freckles.  The 
fetid  smell  of  this  plant  is  so  strong  that  even  camels 
are  said  to  reject  it.  Soda  is  obtained  from  species  of 
Nitrana,  which  inhabit  alkaline  soil. 


Guaiacutn  offianale  is  sometimes  grown  in  southern 
Florida  and  southern  California  for  ornament.  Zygo- 
phyllum  may  be  in  cultivation 

110  Rutaceae  (from  the  genus  Hula,  the  ancient 
name)  RLTE  FAMILY.  Fig  30  Herbs,  shrubs,  trees: 
leaves  usually  alternate,  simple  or  variously  cut  or  com- 
pound, usually  with  pellucid  dots  flowers  bisexual, 
usually  regular,  sepals  4-5,  otten  coherent,  imbricated, 
petals  4-5,  imbricated  or  valvate,  usually  sepaiate;  sta- 
mens 8-10,  rarely  15,  inserted  at  the  base  of  a  thick  disk, 
usually  distinct;*  ovary  superior,  2-5-lobed,  2-5-celled, 
each  cell  1  to  many-ovuled,  nused  on  a  prolongation  of 
the  receptacle,  a  glandular  disk  .it  its  base,  styles 
usually  connate,  fruit  a  capsule  opening  by  valves,  or 
fleshy  and  indehiscent,  or  sepaiatmg  into  fruitlets, 
rarely  winged. 

RutaeeiB  contains  over  100  geneia  and  about  900 
species,  mostly  of  tropical  countries  but  extending  into 
temperate  parts  of  Europe  and  Amenca  Fagara,  with 
more  than  130  species,  is  the  largest  genus  The  Ruta- 
cea?  are  related  to  many  of  the  Geranium  group,  especi- 
ally to  Simarubaceae,  Zygophyllamc,  and  Mehacea* 
The  transparent  dots  in  the  leaves,  the  numerical  plan, 
and  especially  the  lobed  ovary  raised  on  the  disk  or 
stalk,  aie  together  distinctive  The  di.sk  is  often  much 
developed  and  very  diversely  constructed  The  outer 
stamens  are  usually  opposite  the  petals  not  alteinato 
with  them  as  might  be  expected  In  some  cases  the 
carpels  aie  entirely  free  below  and  united  only  by  the 
styles  or  stignuH  The  seeds,  except  in  the  berry  fruits, 
are  only  1  or  2  The  great  development  of  oil-glands 
containing  a  fragiant  oil  is  one  of  the  most  character- 
istic features  of  the  family  The.se  glands  aie  produced 
on  all  parts  of  the  plant ,  ev  en  on  the  floral  parts  and  sur- 
face of  the  fiuits  The  orange  and  lemon  are  examples 
of  Rutaceu*  with  berry  fruits,  and  they  are  widely  cul- 
tivated and  peiplexmgly  vaiiable 

The  volatile  oil  of  the  Rutacea1  has  been  used  to  some, 
extent  foi  medicine  and  also  for  perfumeiy  Extiaet 
of  me  has  been  used  o.s  a  vermifuge  The  Romans 
used  rue  as  a  condiment  Some  species  of  me  are  .so 
pungent  a*>  to  produce  a,  poisoning  of  the  skin  .similai  to 
that  pioduced  by  poison  ivy  The  volatile  oil  is  so 
copious  in  Dictamnus  as  to  ignite  readil>  Several 
hIMicies  of  Barosma  (buchu)  are  tonic  and  diuretic  The 
genus  Citrus  is  the  most  useful  It  includes  the  orange, 
the  bitter  orange,  the  citron,  the  lemon,  the  lime,  the 
grape-fiuit,  the  kid-glove  oiange  or  tangerine,  and  the 
bergamot  from  the  rind  of  which  bergamot  oil  is  manu- 
factured, used  in  perfumery  The  baik  of  the  prickly 
shrub,  Zanthoxvlum,  is  sometimes  used  as  a  tome 
The  seeds  of  some  species  of  Zanthoxylum  are  used  to 
poison  fish 

In  cultivation  in  America  or  worthy  of  tiial  are  20 
to  30  genera,  used  mostly  for  ornament  and  fruit. 
Among  these  are1  Adenandra  (Breath  of  Heaven); 
-<Egle  (Bael  Fruit,  Bengal  Quince);  Atalantia,  Balsam- 
ocitrus  (African  Bael-Funt);  Caloderidron  (Capo 
Chestnut);  Casmnroa  (White  Sapota),  Citrus  (Oiange, 
Lemon),  Dictamnus  (Dittany,  (!as  Plant,  Burning 
Bush),  Fagara  (Prickly  Ash),  Feronia  (Wood  Apple); 
Murray  a  (Orange  Jessamine,  Satinwood),  Phellodcn- 
dron  (Chinese  Cork  Tree),  Poncirus  (Trifoliate 
Orange),  Ptelea  (Hop  Tree),  Rut  a  (Rue),  Tnphasia 
(Bergamot  Lime,  Lime  Berry),  Zanthoxylum  (Prickly 
Ash,  Chinese  or  Japanese  Pepperwood,  Toothache 
Tree) 

111  Simarubacese  (from  the  genus  Sttnajuba,  which 
is  the  Caribbean  name  of  Simaruba  ojfficinali>>)  QUAS- 
SIA. FAMILY.  Fig.  31  Shrubs  or  trees  leaves  alternate  or 
rarely  opposite,  pinnate,  rarely  simple,  dotless  flowers 
unisexual,  regular;  sepals  3-5,  more  or  less  connate, 
imbricated  or  valvate;  petals  3-5,  rarely  0,  free  or  con- 
nate, vaiiouslv  arranged  in  the  bud,  disk  prominent, 
very  diverse,  miely  0,  stamens  usually  twice  the  petals, 
filaments  naked  or  with  a  scale;  carpels  2-5,  free,  or 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


45 


connate  at  the  base  or  by  the  styles,  or  completely 
united  into  a  2-5-ccllod,  supcnor  ovary;  each  cell  1-, 
rarely  several-,  ovuled;  carpels  m  fruit  drupe-like, 
rarely  forming  a  berry  or  samaras 

About  28  genera  and  140  species  are  generally  distrib- 
uted in  the  tiopies,  but  extend  into  the  temperate 
regions.  The  center  of  distribution  is  in  tropical 
America  Some  fossil  species  are  known.  The  family 
is  closely  related  to  the  Hutacete,  but  differs  in  the 
absence  of  foliage-glands  and  in  the  presence  of  scales 
on  the  filaments  It  is  also  closely  related  to  the  Zygo- 
phyllaeetr 

Most  of  the  Simarubacea'  contain  a  bitter  principle, 
also,  sometimes,  a  lesmous  matter  and  an  oil  which  is 
of  value  as  a  tonic-  Qua^id  anmra  of  tropical  America 
furnishes  the  quassia  wood,  famous  as  a  bitter  tonic 
Puraimu  ctftha,  of  Jamaica,  also  furnishes  quassia 
of  equal  quality  Branches  of  quassia  and  the  pulver- 
ued  bitter  wood  of  species  of  Snnaniba  are  used  in 
tropical  America  to  drive  away  insects  The  seeds 
of  tfitnuruhd  C<  dron  are  used  for  the  same  purpose 
Various  species  are  used  for  snake-bites  The  leaves 
and  sap  of  species  of  Puramnia  furnish  a  beautiful 
violet  ove 

Very  few  are  in  cultivation  in  America'  Picrasrna,  a 
serni-haidy  shrub,  and  Ailanthus  (Tree  of  Heaven),  a 
well-known  tree 

112  Burseraceae  (from  the  genus  Rursera,  named  in 
memoiy  of  Joachim  Bursei,  a  botanist  in  Naples). 
BUUSKKA  FAMIIY  Fig  .-51  Trees  or  shrubs,  often  very 
large,  with  usually  alternate  compound  leaves  flowers 
bisexual,  regtthr,  usually  small  and  \ery  numerous; 
sepals  3-5,  moie  or  less  connate,  imbricated  or  often 
valvate,  petals  3-5,  usually  separate,  imbricated  or  val- 


—f    i  \  — 

31  SIMARUB\CK*  1  \ilanthus,  a,  flower,  section  l>,  flower, 
coking  in,  c,  fruit  BuHMiRACt*  2  Bur&era,  a,  flower,  /,  floral 
ImKram  MMIACKIC  J  Hwietenia,  flower  4  Cedrela,  lower 
>  Mcha,  floral  diagram  MALPIGHIACI^B  G  Caniarea,  llower. 
'  Mnlniehin..  floral  diagram 


look 

di 

5 

7    Malpighia,  floral  diagram 

vate;  stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  hy- 
pogynous, sometimes  unequal,  separate,  the  outer  oppo- 
site  the  petals,  disk  present,  annular  or  cup-shaped, 
rarely  0,  sometimes  adnate  to  the  calyx,  ovary  superior, 
2-5-celled,  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell,  style  1  or  0. 
fiuit  drupe-like  with  2-5  stones  or  with  a  bony  endo- 
carp  or  a  capsule  with  the  epiearp  opening  and  expos- 
ing the  connate  bony  pits,  seeds  cxalbummous 

The  1G  genera  and  about  270  speeies  are  widely  dis- 
tributed in  tropical  regions  One  species  of  Bursera 
reaches  Florida  The  family  is  related  to  the  Rutacea? 
and  Simarubaceae,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  presence 
of  resin-chambers  in  the  bark.  It  is  also  very  closely 
related  to  the  Anacardiacese. 


The  family  is  very  rich  in  resin  and,  therefore,  is  of 
considerable  economic  importance  These  resins  are 
frequently  aromatic  or  fragrant,  hence  many  have  been 
used  as  incense  The  resin  myrrh  is  obtained  from  species 
of  Cornmiphora  of  Arabia  and  Africa  Mecca  balsam 
is  from  the  same  genus  Ohbanurn  incense  is  derived 
fiom  trees  of  the  genus  Boswelha,  of  India  Frankin- 
cense is  either  this  ohbanum  or  the  resin  from  Bos- 
welha Carten  A  substitute  foi  dammar  and  copal 
has  been  obtained  from  the  Burseraceae. 

Few  species  of  the  Burseraeeje  are  in  cultivation  in 
America1  Bur^cra  tiinunuba,  as  an  ornamental  green- 
house tree,  and  (Jaruga  piimata,  which  is  grown  in 
Florida  and  California  for  the  gooseberry-like  fruit 

113  Meliacese  (from  the  genus  Melia,  the  Greek 
name  of  the  somewhat  similar  rnanna-ash).  MAHOGANY 
FAMILY.  Fig  31  Trees  or  shrubs  leaves  usually  alter- 
nate, pinnate  or  rarely  simple  flowers  bisexual,  rarely 
unisexual,  pamcled,  sepals  4-5,  usually  partly  connate, 
imbricated,  petals  1—5,  rarely  3-8,  separate,  or  con- 
nate or  adnate  to  the  stamens,  stamens  8-10,  rarely 
5.  or  numerous,  hypogynous,  filaments  usually  connate 
into  a  tube  which  is  entire  or  lacerate,  rarely  free,  disk 
present;  ovary  superior,  2-5-celled,  rarely  I-  or  many- 
celled,  each  cell  2-,  raiely  several-,  ovuled,  style  and 
stigma  1  fruit  a  drupe,  berrv,  or  capsule 

There  are  42  genera  and  about  bOO  species,  all  con- 
fined to  the  tropics  They  enter  the  United  States 
only  in  southern  Florida  Some  fossil  species  are 
known  The  family  is  related  to  the  Rutacea?,  but 
lacks  the  resin  and  oil-glands  It  is  closely  related  to  all 
of  the  disk-bearing  families,  but  is  distinguished  by  the 
peculiar  stamen-tube  with  teeth  and  fringe 

There  is  the  greatest  diversity  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  anthers  on  the  stammal  tube  and  the  dentation 
or  fringing  of  the  latter  Very  commonly  there  are  2 
stipule-like  teeth  just  below  the  anthers  The  seeds 
are  sometimes  winged  (in  mahogam )  'The  leaves  are 
rarely  transparent-dotted  (Fhndersia). 

Mdia  Azetlarafh,  iln  Asiatic  tree,  is  bitter,  and  has 
been  used  m  medicine  as  a  purgative  and  vermifuge. 
Other  species  of  Mehaceau  are  purgative  and  emetic,  or 
arc  used  for  hcai  tburn,  and  the  like  Sonte  have  the  odor 
of  garlic  The  bark  of  the  Asiatic  Wahura  piscidia  is 
used  to  stupefy  fish  The  pulp  of  the  fruit  of  Aglaia 
edidi?  is  said  to  be  delicious  The  bitter  bark  of  mahog- 
any has  been  used  m  place  of  quinine.  The  most  cele- 
brated member  of  the  family  is  Swieleiiin  Muhogani  of 
the  West  Indias  and  Peru,  which  furnishes  the  mahog- 
any timber  of  commerce  The  wood  of  the  West  Indian 
Cednla  odorala  is  fragrant,  and  is  the  so-called  cigar- 
box  cedar,  fiom  which  these  boxes  are  made  The 
sawdust  of  the  South  African  sneezewood  (PLcrorylon 
obliquum)  causes  sneezing,  hence  the  popular  name 

Five  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  Ameiica,  all 
confined  to  southern  California  arid  southern  Florida, 
except  Melia,  which  is  common  throughout  the  southern 
states,  and  Cttlrela  \iruntas,  hardy  in  Maws  Among 
these  are  Cedrela  (West  Indian  Cedar),  Melia  (Pride 
of  India,  China-berry  Tree,  Texas  Umbrella  Tree), 
Ptceroxylon  (Sneezewood),  Swietema  (Mahogany) 

114  Malpighiaceae  (from  the  genus  Mnlpigfna,  in 
honor  of  Marcello  Malpighi,  once  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Pisa)  MALPKJHIA  FAMILY  Fig  31  Trees  or 
shrubs,  most  often  climbing  leaves  usually  opposite, 
often  with  pctiolar  glands  and  jointed  petioles  flowers 
commonly  bisexual,  usually  obliquely  inegular,  sepals  5 
mostly  separate,  some  or  all  with  large  glands,  petals 
5,  fringed  or  toothed,  slender-clawed,  stamens  10,  m 
part  stammodial,  rarely  fewer,  the  outer  opposite  the 
petals,  hypogynous  or  nearly  so,  usually  connate  below, 
anthers  very  diverse  and  odd;  ovary  superior,  2-3- 
cclled  and  lobed,  rarely  5-celled,  the  cells  1-ovuled, 
styles  2-3,  rarely  connate  fruit  commonly  separating 
into  2-3  nut-like  portions  which  are  entire,  or  pectmately 
winged,  or  naked,  rarely  a  single  nut  or  drupe,  seeds 


46 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


exalbummous;  embryo  variously  curved  or  spiral, 
rarely  straight. 

This  family  has  55  genera  and  about  650  species, 
generally  distributed  m  the  tropics,  but  reaching  to 
Texas  and  California  in  North  America,  and  Port 
Natal  m  Africa  They  are  most  abundant  in  the  tropi- 
cal forests  of  South  America  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Zygophyllaceae,  Sapindacere,  and  Ery- 
throxylaccae,  as  shown  by  the  lobed  and  winged  fruit, 
or  clawed  petals.  The  glandular  calyx,  clawed  petals, 
the  outer  stamens  opposite  the  petals,  peculiar  anthers, 
queer  fruit,  and  curved  embryo  are  together  distinctive. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance  Various 
coloring  matters  and  astringent  tannins  are  contained 
in  the  bark,  for  which  reason  borne  of  the  Malpighiaceae 
have  been  used  for  dysentery  and  intermittent  fever. 
Some  are  used  as  a  remedy  for  snake-bites  The  fiuits 
of  certain  Malpighiacese  are  sour,  juicy  and  refreshing. 

Few  species  are  m  cultivation  in  North  America, 
all  in  California,  Florida  or  the  West  Indies.  Gal- 
phimia  and  Stigmaphyllon  are  ornamental,  MaJpighia 
glabra  is  the.Barbaaoes  cherry,  cultivated  in  the  West 
Indies  for  the  cherry-like  fruit 

115  Tremandraceae  (from  the  genus  Trcmandra, 
which  is  from  the  Latin  tremble  and  the  Greek  male, 
probably  in  allusion  to  the  anthers)  TREMANDRA 
FAMILY  Fig  32  Shrubs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  opposite, 
whorled  or  alternate  leaves,  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  4-5,  rarely  3,  valvate,  petals  of  the  same  number 
as  the  sepals  and  alternating  with  them,  colored,  entire, 
separate  induplicate- valvate,  stamens  8  or  10,  rarely 
6,  hypogynous,  m  1  or  2  whorls,  anthers  opening  by  a 
transverse  terminal  valve,  or  more  or  less  prolonged 
into  a  beak  with  terminal  pores,  ovary  superior, 
2-celled,  style  1,  stigma  1.  fruit  a  capsule;  seeds  1  or  2 
in  each  cavity 

In  this  family  are  3  genera  and  about  23  species,  of 
which  20  belong  to  the  genus  Tetratheca  All  are 
native  of  south  and  west  Australia.  The  family  is  very 
similar  to  the  Polygalacese,  and  separated  from  that 


1    Platythcca,    floral    diagram 
y,  6,  flower,  vortical  section 


POLT- 

:,  floral 


OALACE^:  2  Polygala,  a.  flower,  b.  flower,  vortical  section;  c,  floral 
diagram  ECPHOHBIAC-I!.,*;  3  Euphorbia,  a,  involucre  and  flowers, 
b,  involucre,  vertical  section  4  Croton,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  dia- 
gram, male  flower,  c,  floral  diagram,  female  flower 

family  only  by  the  regular  flowers.  Platytheca  is 
remarkable  in  having  the  four  anther  cells  all  in  one 
plane 

Two  genera  are  in  the  American  trade,  both  tender 
heath-like  plants  Platytheca,  and  Tetratheca. 

116  Polygalacese  (from  the  genus  Polygala,  an  old 
Greek  name  applied  later  to  this  genus  by  botanists 
because  of  the  supposed  stimulative  action  of  the  plant 
on  the  lactation  of  cattle).  MILKWORT  FAMILY.  Fig.  32 


Herbs,  shrubs,  or  small  trees,  sometimes  climbing  or 
twining  leaves  mostly  alternate,  flowers  bisexual,  irreg- 
ular, sepals  5,  imbricated,  separate  or  somewhat  coher- 
ent, the  2  inner  largest  and  often  winged  or  petaloid ; 
petals  rarely  5,  commonly  3,  at  least  the  2  upper,  and 
sometimes  all  more  or  less  coherent  with  each  other  and 
with  the  stamen-tube,  inner  petal  concave  and  often 
with  a  fringed  crest  (keel) ,  stamens  8,  rarely  fewer,  in  2 
whorls,  hypogynous,  usually  adherent  to  the  keel  petal 
and  coherent  into  a  tube  which  is  slit  dowi  and  open 
behind;  anthers  usually  opening  by  terminal  pores  or 
slits,  ovary  superior  usually  2-celled,  ovule  usually 
1  in  each  cell;  style  1,  dilated  above;  stigmas  1-4: 
fruit  usually  a  capsule,  rarely  a  drupe  or  samara,  seeds 
pendulous,  albuminous. 

Polygalacese  has  10  genera  and  about  500  species, 
450  of  which  belong  to  the  genus  PolygaJa,  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  earth  but  absent  m  New  Zealand, 
Polynesia,  arctic  North  America  and  arctic  Asia  The 
family  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other.  The  peculiar 
perianth  and  stamens,  and  the  2-celled  ovary,  are  to- 
gether very  distinctive  The  floral  parts,  though  simu- 
lating those  of  the  Legummosae.  are  not  homologous 

A  bitter  principle  gives  the  Polygalacea?  tonic  and 
astringent  properties  Some  species  arc  emetic  The 
root  of  Polygala  Senega  (North  America),  so-culled 
"Senega  or  Seneca  snakeroot,"  is  used  as  an  emetic 
and  cathartic,  but  more  especially  as  an  expectorant 
This  and  many  other  species  of  Polygala  are  reputed 
antidotes  for  snake-bites,  hence  the  name  "snakeroot  " 

Only  the  genus  Polygala  is  m  cultivation  in  N  Amer- 
ica, or  which  9  or  10  species  are  g^rown  for  ornamental 
purposes.  Some  are  shrubs  and  1  is  an  evergreen  trailer 

117.  Euphorbiaceae  (from  the  genus  Euphorbia, 
named  in  honor  of  Euphorbus,  physician  to  King  Juba) 
SPURGE  FAMILY  Fig  32  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  of 
greatly  varying  habit,  sometimes  fleshy  and  cactus-like, 
often  with  milky  juice:  leaves  mostly  alternate  flowers 
monoecious  or  dioecious,  regular  or  irregular,  both 
calyx  and  corolla  present,  or  the  latter  absent,  or 
both  absent,  or  both  much  reduced,  valvate  or  imbri- 
cated, the  parts  free,  rarely  united,  mtrastarninal 
disk  usually  present  in  the  stammate  flowers,  often 
changed  to  glands;  stamens  as  many  as  the  sepals,  or 
twice  as  many,  or  reduced  to  1,  separate  or  monadel- 
phous;  hypogynous  disk  in  the  pistillate  flowers 
annular  or  cup-shaped  or  m4he  form  of  glands,  ovary 
superior,  usually  3-celled,  rarely  1-,  2-,  or  4-celled, 
style  and  stigma  various,  ovules  1-2  in  each  cavity, 
side  by  side,  suspended,  anatropous;  micropyle  external, 
covered  with  a  caruncle  fruit  splitting  into  three 
portions,  leaving  a  central  column,  rarely  indehiscent 
and  berry-like,  or  drupaceous,  seeds  albuminous 

The  208  genera  and  about  4,000  species  arc  widely 
distributed,  mainly  in  the  tropics,  but  extend  into 
temperate  regions  The  largest  genera  are  Euphorbia 
with  about  700  species,  Croton  \vith  500-600  species, 
and  Phyllanthus  with  400  species.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Geramales,  as  shown  by  the  fru/t.  The 
only  constant  characters  of  this  great  polymorphic 
family  are  the  collateral  anatropous  ovules  with  micro- 
pyle external,  the  caruncle,  the  usually  persistent  axis 
of  the  fruit,  and  the  albuminous  seeds  In  Euphorbia, 
some  sessile  stammate  flowers  and  a  pedicelled  pistillate 
flower  are  inclosed  m  a  common  involucre  which  bears 
various  horn-like,  or  gland-like,  or  petaloid  appendages. 
The  variation  in  the  inflorescence  and  floral  structure 
throughout  the  family  is  very  intricate 

The  family  is  of  great  economic  importance.  Only 
the  most  important  plants  can  be  mentioned  here  The 
following  are  used  in  medicine  The  juice  of  Euphorbia 
Esula,  E  Cypansaias,  E.  Lathyns,  E  hehoscowa,  and 
others,  is  purgative,  as  is  al?o  that  of  Mercunalis  Cro- 
lon  Tiglium  yields  the  purgative  croton  oil.  Ricinua 
communw  yields  castor  oil  Jatropha  Curcas  (physic 
nut)  is  purgative.  Euphorbia  Hyberna,  Jatropha 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


47 


officinahs,  Croton,  and  Stilh'.^ia  sylvatica  (queen's 
root)  are  used  for  syphilis  Euphorbia  corollata  and  E. 
Ipecacuanhas  are  emetic  E.  thymifoha  is  used  as  a  ver- 
mifuge in  India.  Croton  Elutcria  yields  cascanlla  bark, 
a  tonic  The  hairs  of  the  capsule  of  Mattotus  philip- 
pinenxim  are  in  the  trade  as  kamala  The  juice  of  E 
cotinifolia  is  used  by  the  Caribbeans  to  poison  arrows; 
that  of  Exaecaria  Agallocha  (blinding  tree)  is  so  acrid 
as  to  blind  the  eye  into  which  it  may  chance  to  fall 
The  juice  of  E  balsarmfera,  of  the  Canaries,  is  cooked 
and  eaten  as  jelly.  The  seeds  of  Aleuntes  tnloba  are 
called  "almonds,"  and  eaten,  as  are  also  those  of  Con- 
ceveiba  guyanensis.  The  fruit  of  E  disticha  is  edible 
E.  Emblica  has  fleshy,  sweet  fruit  The  most  useful 
as  food  are  the  tuberous  roots  of  the  sweet  manioc 
(Mamhot  palmata  var  Aipn),  eaten  cooked  or  raw,  and 
of  the  bitter  manioc  (M  utilivsima),  which  is  poisonous 
when  raw,  but  when  cooked  is  very  widely  used  for 
iood  in  the  tropics  This  root  is  the  source  of  cassava 
bread,  and  tapioca.  Phosphorescent  juice  is  obtained 
from  E  pho^phorea  of  Brazil  The  fruit  of  Hura  crepitans 
(sand-box)  opens  with  a  report  like  a  pistol.  It  is 
cooked  in  oil  to  prevent  dehisccnce,  and  used  as  a  sand- 
box India  rubber  is  obtained  from  the  juice  of  Hcvea 
guyanensib,  and  other  species  Omphaka  truindra  yields 
a  blackening  mice  used  as  ink  Soap  is  made  from  the 
seminal  oil  of  Jatiopha  Curcas  Oil  from  the  seeds  of 
Aleuntes  cordata  (Japanese  oil  tree)  is  used  for  light- 
ing. Turnsole  (Crozophora  tinctona),  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean, yields  a  dye  used  to  color  Dutch  cheese  Other 
Euphorbiaceae  yield  dyes  Sapium  sebifcrum  (Chinese 
tallow  tree)  yields  a  fat  used  for  burning,  and  other 
purposes. 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America 
for  various  purposes.  Among  these  are:  Aealvpha, 
ornamental;  Aleuntoy  (Candlenut,  Candleberry  Tree), 
California,  Oodurum  (Croton),  ornamental;  Euphorbia 
(Spurge,  Snow-on-the-Mountam,  Scarlet  Plume,  Pom- 
settia,  Mexican  Fire  Plant,  Hypocrite  Plant,  Painted 
Leaf,  Fire-on-the-Mountam,  Crown  of  Thorns, 
Medusa's  Head,  Caper  Spurge,  Mole  Plant),  green- 
house, garden,  ornamental,  Hevea  (South  Ameri- 
can Rubber  Tree),  botanical  gardens  and  Florida, 
Jatropha  (French  Physic  Nut),  South;  Mamhot 
(Ceara  Rubber  Tree.  Cassava,  Manioc  Plant),  South, 
food  and  ornamental,  Pedilanthus  (Hird  Cactus,  Jew 
Bush),  greenhouse,  Phvllanthus  (Snow-bush,  Emblic 
Myrobolan,  Otaheite  Gooseberry),  greenhouse,  garden, 
Putranjiva  (Indian  Amulet  Plant),  South;  Ricinus 
(Castor-Oil  Plant,  Palma  Chnsti),  garden,  ornamental; 
Stilhngia  (Queen's  Root,  Queen's  Delight);  Sapium 
(Tallow  Tree),  South. 

Order  39    SAPINDALES 

118.  Buxaceee  (from  the  genus  Buxus.  the  ancient 
name  of  the  box).  Buxus  FAMILY.  Herbs,  shrubs  or 
trees  leaves  opposite  or  alternate  flowers  monoecious, 
inconspicuous,  hypogy  nous  disk  wanting;  corolla  absent, 
calyx  4-parted,  or  in  the  pistillate  flower  4-1^2-parted 
or  0,  imbricated;  stamens  4,  opposite  the  lobes  of  the 
calyx,  or  numerous,  ovary  superior,  3-celled,  rarely  2-4- 
celled,  ovules  2,  collateral,  rarely  1,  suspended,  micro- 
pyle  turned  toward  the  axis;  styles  2-3  fruit  capsular 
and  opening  elastically,  or  fleshy;  seeds  with  endo- 
sperm, with  or  without  a  caruncle. 

About  6  genera  and  30  species  inhabit  the  tropics  and 
subtropics  One  species  is  native  in  the  southeastern 
United  States.  The  largest  genus  is  Buxus  with  19 
species  Fossil  species  are  known.  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Euphorbiaccie,  with  which  it  is  united  by  some 
authors,  and  to  the  Celastracece  and  Empetraceee. 
The  absence  of  milky  juice,  the  calycoid  perianth,  the 
3-celled  ovary  with  collateral  suspended  albuminous 
eeeds,  and  the  axially  directed  micropyle  are  together 
characteristic. 


The  wood  of  the  box  (Buxus  sempervirens)  of  Europe 
is  close-grained  and  homogeneous;  used  for  engraving 
and  for  the  manufacture  of  musical  instruments.  A 
decoction  of  the  wood  was  formerly  used  in  medicine 
for  fevers.  Its  leaves  and  seeds  are  purgative.  Oil 
from  the  seeds  of  Simmondsia  is  used  as  a  hair-tonic. 

Four  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  m  America. 
These  are-  Buxus  (Box)  ornamental;  Pachysandra 


33  EMPETRACEK  1  Empetrum,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram. 
CORIARIACE*  2  Conana,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram  ANA- 
CARDiAct««  3  Rhus,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram  4  Anacardium, 
frvut  CYRILLACKA  5  Cynlla,  flower 

(Mountain  Spurge),  garden,  ornamental;  Sarcococca, 
greenhouse,  ornamental;  ana  Simmondsva,  California, 
for  oil. 

119.  Empetraceae    (from  the  genus   Empetrum,   an 
ancient  name  signifying  upon  a  rock)     CROWBERRY 
FAMILY.    Fig   33     Small  encoid  shrubs,  leaves  alter- 
nate, deeply  furrowed  beneath    flowers  polygamous  or 
dioecious,  small,   regular,  hypogynousf  disk  wanting, 
sepals  2-3,  imbricated,  petals  2-3,  or  0,  stamens  of 
the  Scome  number  as  the  petals  and  alternate  with  them; 
ovary  superior,  2-9-celled,  each  cell  1-ovuled,  style- 
branches  2-9,  often  fringed  or  toothed,  fruit  drupa- 
ceous, seed  ascending,  anatropous,  albuminous,  micro- 
pyle turned  toward  the  outside. 

In  the  north  temperate  and  arctic  regions,  and  in  the 
Andes,  are  found  3  genera  and  about  5  species.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Buxaceac,  and  more  distantly 
to  the  Euphorbiaceie  and  Celastraceae.  The  habit, 
the  reduced  or  absent  corolla,  the  few  stamens,  the 
1-scedcd  ovary,  the  external  micropyle,  and  the  absence 
of  the  disk  and  aril  are  together  distinctive 

The  acid  berries  of  Empetrum  are  eaten  m  north 
Europe  and  Kamtschatka,  and  also  used  to  prepare  a 
drink  The  fruit  of  Corema  album  has  been  used  as  a 
fever  remedy,  An  acid  dnnk  is  prepared  from  it  in 
Portugal 

In  North  America,  2  genera  are  in  cultivation*  Cera- 
tiola,  not  hardy;  and  Empetrum  (Crowberry),  grown 
in  rock-gardens 

120.  Coriariaceae  (from  the  genus  Conana,  derived 
from  the  Latin  meaning  a  hide,  used  for  tanning). 
COUH.RIA  FAMILY.    Fig   33.  Shrubs  with  opposite  or 
whorled,  entire  leaves,  flowers  bisexual,  or  unisexual, 
regular,  sepals  5,  imbricated;  petals  5,  smaller,  but 
enlarging  in  fruit,  fleshy,  keeled  within  and  pressed 
between  the  carpels;  stamens  10,  hypogynous;  carpels 
5-10,  superior,  separate:  fruitlets  indehiscent,  1-seeded, 
dry. 

This  family  consists  of  a  single  genus  containing  8 
species,  widely  distributed  in  warm-temperate  zones. 
Conariacese  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other  family; 


48 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


perhaps  most  closely  to  the  Empetraceee.  Some  authors 
place  it  near  the  Sapindacctc  or  Phytolaocacece,  or 
Rutacese  It  represents  an  ancient  group.  Fossil  spe- 
cies are  known. 

Conana  myrtifoha  (myrtle-leaved  sumach)  of  the 
West  Mediterranean  region,  contains  much  tannin  and 
is  used  by  curriers;  its  leaves  and  fruits  are  poisonous 
The  fruit  of  C.  ruscifoha  of  New  Zealand  contains  a 
vinous  juicej  which  is  drunk  as  a  beverage,  but  its 
seeds  are  poisonous.  C  ruscifoha  also  yields  a  black 
color  used  by  shoemakers 

Two  species  are  grown  for  ornamental  purposes  in 
eastern  North  America  They  are  semi-hardy 

121.  Limnanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Limnanthus,  the 
name  signifying  marsh  flower)     LIMNANTHUS  FAMILY. 
Herbs  with  alternate  leaves,  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  3  or  5,  valvate,  petals  3  or  5,  convolute,  separate; 
stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  the  outer  opposite 
the  petals,  often  glandular  at  base;  ovary  superior,  3- 
or  5-lobed,  3-  or  5-celled,  ovules  1  in  each  cell,  ascend- 
ing, micropyle  directed  downward  and  outward,  stig- 
mas 3  or  5:  fruit  dry,  separating  into  segments 

This  is  a  small  family  of  2  genera  and  5  species,  all  of 
North  America.  The  family  was  formerly  united  with 
the  Geramacese,  to  which  the  floral  structure  boars  a 
superficial  resemblance  It  is  also  related  to  the 
Anacardiacese  and  Sapindaceso  It  may  be  said  to  pos- 
sess the  general  floral  structure  and  lobed  ovary  of  the 
Geramacese,  but  the  seed  position  of  the  two  families 
last  named 

Limnanthus  Douglasii,  of  California,  is  grown  for 
ornamental  purposes. 

122.  Anacardiaceae  (from  the  genus  Anacardium,  the 
name  meaning  heart-like,  in  reference  to  the  shape  of 
the  nut)     CASHEW  FAMILY     Fig    33    Trees  or  shrubs 
with  resinous  bark,  and  alternate,  simple  or  compound 
leaves'  flowers  bisexual   or  unisexual,   regular,  small, 
and  numerous,  epigynous,  pengynous  or  hypogynous; 
sepals  3-5;  petals  3-5,  mostly  imbricated,  or  0,  sta- 
mens 5  or  10,  rarely  many,  inserted  with  trie  petals  at 
the  edge  or  base  of  an  annular,  intra-stammal  disk; 
ovary  1-,  rarely  2-6-,  celled,  with  1  ovule  in  each  cell; 
styles  1-6   fruit  a  drupe  or  nut,  rarely  dehiscent;  seeds 
usually  exalbummous 

There  are  58  genera  and  about  400  species,  most 
abundant  in  the  tropical  zone  of  both  hemispheres,  but 
represented  by  the  genus  Rhus  as  far  north  as  Europe 
and  the  United  States.  Rhus  is  the  largest  genus, 
containing  120  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Sapindaceae,  but  contains  resin,  and  has  an  intra- 
stammal  disk.  It  is  also  related  to  the  Burseraceae 
and  Simarubaceffi 

The  disk  m  some  genera  becomes  elongated  into  a 
stalk  on  which  the  ovary  is  raised.  The  drupe  is  some- 
times edible  (Mangifera).  In  Anacardium,  the  nut- 
like  fruit  is  situated  on  top  of  a  fleshy  edible  receptacle. 
Sometimes  the  nut  is  surrounded  by  the  edible  recep- 
tacle In  Cotinus.  the  pedicles  become  plumose  and 
the  whole  much-branched  inflorescence  breaks  off, 
and  blows  about,  distributing  the  seeds.  In  Swm- 
tonia,  the  calyx  or  the  corolla  becomes  enlarged  and 
persistent  and  serves  as  a  parachute  in  seed-dissemi- 
nation.  Rhus  Toxicodendron  (poison  ivy)  and  R  Vermx 
(poison  sumach,  poison  elder,  poison  dogwood)  con- 
tain in  all  their  parts  an  oily,  extremely  irritating 
substance,  which  often  produces  a  very  painful  vesic- 
ular eruption  that  may  last  for  several  days. 

The  Anacardiacese  is  a  family  of  considerable  eco- 
nomic importance  Because  of  the  resinous  juice,  it 
yields  medicinal  substances  and  varnishes.  It  also 
yields  important  edible  fruits.  Pistacia  vera  of  Syria 
furnishes  the  pistachio  nut;  Pistacia  Terebinthus  of  the 
Mediterranean  yields  Cyprus  turpentine,  formerly  medi- 
cinal. The  leaves  of  Rhus  Conana  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean are  used  for  tanning  fine  leather.  Rhus  succedanea 
of  Japan  yields  vegetable  wax,  which  coats  the  seed 


within  the  capsule  Melanorrhaea  usitata  yields  a  cele- 
brated black  varnish  of  Burmah  Mangifera  indica  of 
the  East  Indies  is  the  mango  tree,  the  fruit  of  which 
is  large,  juicy,  sugary-acid  and  agreeable.  Anacardium 
occidentals  of  tropical  America  is  the  cashew.  This 
plant  yields  edible  nuts  and  an  edible  receptacle.  From 
it  vinegar  is  made,  also  a  peppery  oil  used  as  a  condi- 
ment; and  the  trunk  yields  a  valuable  acacia-like  gum. 
The  seeds  of  Semecarpus  (marking-nut  tree)  give  an 
indelible  black  dye  used  in  marking  linen.  Spondias 
purpurea  is  the  so-called  Spanish  plum  of  the  West 
Indies  The  fruit  of  Rpondias  dutcis  of  the  Pacific 
Islands  is  also  frequently  eaten  Other  species  furnish 
the  hog  plum  of  the  West  Indies  The  mastic,  a  fra- 
grant gum-resin  of  the  pharmacist,  is  obtained  from 
Pistacia  Lentiscus  of  the  Orient 

Eight  to  12  genera  arc  in  cultivation  m  N.  America, 
but  with  the  exception  of  Rhus  and  Cotinua,  mostly  in 
the  southern  states,  especially  m  southern  Florida  and 
southern  California  Among  these  are:  Anacardium 
(Cashew  Tree),  Cotinus  (Smoke-bush);  Cyrtocarpa, 
fruit  edible;  Mangifera  (Mango);  Pistacia  (Pistachio 
Nut) ;  Rhus  (Sumach,  Poison  Ivy,  Poison  Oak,  Poison 
Elder,  Poison  Dog  wood),  15  species;  Schinus  (California 
Pepper  Tree,  Peruvian  Mastic),  Semecarpus  (Marking- 
nut  Tree). 

123  Cynllaceae  (from  the  genus  Cynlla,  named  in 
honor  of  Dommico  Cynllo,  a  professor  of  medicine  at 
Naples).  CYRILLA  FAMILY.  Fig  33.  Shrubs  with 
alternate,  entire  leaves  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  small, 
sepals  5,  often  enlarged  in  fruit,  imbricated;  petals  5, 
imbricated,  slightly  connate  at  base  or  separate;  sta- 
mens 5  or  10,  hypogynous,  the  inner  sometimes  want- 
ing, filaments  dilated;  ovary  superior,  2-4-celled, 
ovules  1,  rarely,  2-4  in  each  cell;  style  short;  stigmas 
2'  fruit  a  fleshy  or  dry  capsule,  or  nearly  dry  drupe 
with  wings,  seeds  albuminous. 

The  3  genera  and  only  5  species  are  all  American, 
ranging  from  Virginia  to  Brazil  The  relationship  of 
the  Cynllaceac  is  doubtfully  understood.  It  is  probably 
closely  related  to  the  Aquifohacese,  although  some  have 
placed  it  with  the  Ericaceae.  The  small  polypetalous 
flowers,  the  few  stamens,  the  several-celled,  few-seeded 
ovary,  the  dry  fruit  and  the  non-anllate  seeds  are 
important  characteristics. 

Cynlla  racemiflora  (leatherwood,  black  ti-ti)  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  is  occasionally  culti- 
vated for  ornamental  purposes. 

124.  Aquifohaceae  (from  Aqui folium,  Tournefort's 
name  for  the  genus  Ilex,  application  obscure)  HOLLY 
FAMILY.  Fig  34  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate  or 
opposite,  simple,  often  evergreen  leaves  flowers  bisex- 
ual, rarely  unisexual,  very  small,  axillary,  solitary  or 
fascicled,  rarely  cymosc,  sepals  3-6,  more  or  less  con- 
nate; petals  4-5,  nearly  separate,  imbricated,  stamens 
4-5,  alternating  with  the  petals,  and  sometimes  adher- 
ing to  them,  hypogynous  disk  wanting;  ovary  superior, 
3  to  many-celled,  each  cell  1-2-ovulcd,  stigma  subses- 
sile,  lobed.  fruit  berry-like,  seeds  albuminous 

Three  genera  are  known  and  about  280  species,  of 
which  275  belong  to  the  genus  Ilex.  These  are  widely 
distributed,  but  rare  in  Europe,  the  center  of  distribution 
being  in  Central  and  South  America.  Ten  species  are 
found  wild  in  the  northeastern  United  States.  The 
Aquifohacesc  are  related  to  the  Celastracese  and  the 
Anacardiaceae,  from  which  they  are  distinguished  by  the 
absence  of  the  hypogynous  disk  and  by  the  general 
appearance. 

Ilex  Aquifolium  of  Europe  is  used  there  for  hedges 
and  for  indoor  decoration.  I.  opaca  is  used  for  indoor 
decoration  m  this  country.  The  leaves  of  both  are 
thick,  glossy,  evergreen  and  spiny-toothed.  /.  para- 
guanensis  furnishes  mate,  which  is  the  tea  of  South 
America  It  was  early  cultivated  by  the  Jesuits  (1609- 
1768),  and  is  even  yet  one  of  the  most  important  culti- 
vated plants  of  South  America,  Other  species  of  Ilex 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


have  been  used  m  various  parts  of  the  world  for  medi- 
cine because  of  their  astringent  qualities  and  bitter 
principle. 

Many  species  of  Ilex  (Holly,  Dahoon,  Cassena, 
Yaupon,  Winterberry,  Black  Alder),  and  one  of  Nemo- 
pan  thus  (Mountain  Holly)  are  grown  as  cultivated 
plants  in  America,  all  for  ornamental  purposes. 

125  Celastraceee  (from  the  genus  Celastrus,  an  ancient 
Greek  name).  STAFF-TREE  FAMILY.  Fig.  34.  Shrubs  or 
trees,  often  climbing:  leaves  alternate  or  rarely  opposite, 
simple,  not  lobed.  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  small 
and  greenish,  regular;  sepals  4-5,  imbricated;  petals 
4-5,  imbricated ;  stamens  4-5,  alternate  with  the  petals, 
rarely  10;  disk  present,  lining  the  bottom  of  the  calyx, 
sometimes  adnate  to  the  ovary,  ovary  superior,  2-5- 
celled,  buried  in  the  disk,  or  distinct  and  disk  small; 
1-2  ovules  in  each  cell;  style  1,  short;  stigmas  2-5-lobed: 
fruit  a  drupe,  or  samara,  or  a  capsule;  seeds  albuminous, 
usually  with  a  pulpy  aril. 

Thirty-eight  genera  and  about  375  species  are  dis- 
tributed in  all  parts  of  the  world  except  the  arctic  zone. 
They  are  especially  numerous  in  the  tropics.  Euony- 
mus,  Maytenus,  and  Celastrus  are  the  largest  genera 
The  Celastracese  are  in  some  respects  related  to  the 
Cyrillaceffi,  in  others  to  the  Aquifohacese  and  Rhamna- 
ccaj.  The  small  greenish  flowers,  the  stamens  alter- 
nating with  the  petals,  the  ovary  sunken  in  the  disk, 
and  the  aril  are  in  general  distinctive.  There  are  excep- 
tions to  all  these  characters 

The  capsule  of  Celastrus  and  Euonymus  frequently 
remains  on  the  plant  through  late  fall  and  early  winter. 
It  splits  into  from  3-5  valves,  which  become  reflexed 
and  expose  the  aril  of  the  seeds  The  contrast  in 
color  between  aril  and  pericarp  is  often  very  striking 
and  ornamental  The  Cclastraeese  are  mostly  pollinated 
by  ants  and  flies  which  run  over  the  disk  for  the  honey. 

The  Celastraceae  are  of  but  slight  economic  impor- 
tance Some  have  been  Ubed  for  then  emetic  and  pur- 
gative properties.  Catha  eduhs  of  East  Africa  has  been 
long  cultivated  by  the  Arabs  under  the  name  khat;  the 
leaves  produce  an  agreeable  excitement  and  it  is  con- 
sidered a  very  valuable  remedy  for  plague  The  drupes 
of  an  Elreodendron  are  baid  to  be  eaten  in  South  Africa. 
The  wood  of  some  Celastraoeae  is  much  valued  for  carving. 

In  North  America  6  or  more  genera  of  Celastraceae  are 
grown  for  ornamental  purposes  Elaeodendron  in  warm- 
houses  and  in  southern  parts,  Euonymus,  hardy  North; 
Gymnospona  and  Maytenus  grown  in  southern  regions; 
Pachistima,  hardy,  and  Celastrus,  a  hardy  vine 

126  Stackhousiaceae  (from  the  genus  Stackhousia, 
named  in  honor  of  John  Stackhouse,  a  British  botanist) 
STACKHOUSIA  FAMILY    Fig  34    Herbs  with  rather  thick, 
alternate  leaves    flowers  bisexual,  regular,  in  spikes,  ra- 
cemes or  fascicles,  sepals  5,  imbricated ;  petals  5,  more  or 
less,  pengynous,  long-clawed,  the  claws  separate  below, 
connate  above;  disk  thin,  clothing  the  msuie  of  the  cup- 
shaped  receptacle,  stamens  5,  pengynous,  alternating 
with  the  petals,  often  unequal;  ovary  superior,  2-5- 
lobed,  2-5-celled,  each  cell  1-ovuled,  styles  2-5,  free  or 
connate  fruit  of  2-5  separate,  globose,  angular,  reticu- 
lated or  winged,  mdehiscent  portions  which  separate 
from  a  central  persistent  column ,  seeds  albuminous 

This  is  a  very  small  family  of  2  genera  and  14  species; 
natives  of  Australia  and  adjacent  islands  It  is  probably 
related  to  the  Celastracese  more  closely  than  to  any 
other  family. 

One  species  of  Stackhousia  is  grown  for  ornamental 
purposes  in  California. 

127  Staphyleaceae  (from  the  genus  Staphylea,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  meaning  a  cluster,  probably  in 
reference  to  the  flower-cluster)     BLADDERNUT  FAMILY. 
Fig.  34.   Trees  or  shrubs :  leaves  opposite  or  alternate, 
pinnately  compound,  stipulate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  5;  imbricated,  petals  5,  imbricated;  stamens  5, 
alternating  with  the  petals,  inserted  outside  the  large, 
cup-shaped  disk;  ovary  usually  3-celled;  styles  3,  sepa- 


rate or  connate:  fruit  a  capsule,  often  deeply 
sometimes  mdehiscent  and  berry-like;  seeds  usually 
many  in  each  cell,  albuminous,  sometimes  with  an  aril. 

This  family  contains  5  or  6  genera  and  about  22 
species,  in  the  north  temperate  zone,  extending  rarely 
to  northern  South  America  and  to  the  Malay  region. 
Fossil  species  are  known  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Sapindacesc,  in  which  it  was  formerly  included, 
and  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  abundant  endo- 
sperm, the  mtra-stammal  disk,  the  more  numerous 
seeds,  the  straight  embryo,  and  various  anatomical 
differences.  The  fruits  of  the  bladderaut  are  an  inch 
long,  membranous  and  bladdery;  the  seeds  become 
loosened  and  the  fruit  then  is  interesting  to  children 
as  rattle-boxes. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  Three 
genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America  for  ornamental 
purposes.  These  are:  Euscaphis,  Staphylea  (Bladder- 
nut),  and  Turpima. 

128.  Aceracese  (from  the  genus  Acer,  the  classical 
name  of  the  maples,  from  the  Celtic  meaning  hard). 


34.  AQUIFOLIACE<*-  1.  Ilex,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram  CELA&> 
TRACE-K  2  Euonymus,  a  flower,  b,  floral  diagram  STACKHOI'BI- 
ACEK  3  SlackhouBia,  flower.  STAPHYLEACE*;  4  Staphylea,  o, 
flower,  b,  fruit. 

MAPLE  FAMILY.  Fig. 35.  Trees  or  shrubs- leaves  oppo- 
site, exstipulate,  simple  or  compound,  flowers  mostly 
unisexual,  often  bisexual  ones  intermixed,  regular; 
sepals  4-5,  separate  or  somewhat  connate,  imbricated; 
petals  4-5,  or  0,  imbricated,  disk  either  extra-stammal 
or  intrastaminal,  usually  flat,  and  sometimes  lobed  or 
divided,  stamens  4-10,  mostly  8,  separate,  inserted  at 
the  edge  of  the  disk,  ovary  superior  2-celled,  2-lobed, 
much  flattened  contrary  to  the  partition,  style  1,  stig- 
mas 2  fruit  splitting  into  two  portions,  each  a  samara; 
seeds  2  in  each  cell,  exalbuminous. 

There  arc  2  genera  and  about  110  species;  all  but 
1  belong  to  the  genus  Acer  They  are  mostly  natives 
of  mountainous  or  upland  countries  of  the  northern 
hemisphere  Some  fossil  species  have  been  discovered. 
The  Aceracca;  are  closely  related  to  the  Sapindacese, 
with  which  they  were  formerly  united,  and  from  which 
they  differ  in  the  opposite,  usually  palmate  leaves,  the 
peculiar  fruit,  and  regular  flowers  In  position,  the 
disk  shows  a  transition  between  the  Sapmdaceae  and 
other  families.  The  family  is  easily  recognized  by  the 
opposite,  exstipulate  leaves,  and  peculiar  fruit 

The  wood  of  Acer  saccharum  (sugar  maple,  hard 
maple)  is  of  great  value  for  timber  Bird's-eye  maple 
and  curly  maple  are  forms  of  this  species  in  which  the 
growth  of  the  cambium  is  irregular  The  manufacture 
of  sugar  from  the  sap  of  the  sugar  maple  is  an  important 
industry  in  the  northern  states  in  early  spring  The 
sycamore  of  England  is  Acer  pseudoplatamis]  that  of 
America  is  a  species  of  Platanus  The  juice  of  Acer 
platanoides  (Norway  maple),  and  probably  of  others, 
is  milky. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Forty  or  more  species  of  Acer  (maple)  are  in  cultiva- 
tion in  N .  America? or  ornamental  purposes.  A  cer  Negun- 
do  (box  elder)  is  exceptional  in  having  compound  loaves. 

129.  Hippocastanaceae  (from  the  genus  Hippocat>- 
tonum,  the  old  generic  name  of  the  genus  -/Eseulus, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  horse  and  chestnut). 
HORSE-CHESTNUT  FAMILY.  Fig.  35.  Trees  or  shrubs: 
leaves  opposite,  exstipulate,  palmately  3-9-fohato1  flow- 
era,  some  bisexual,  some  stammate,  irregular,  sepals  5, 
separate  or  connate,  imbricated,  petals  4-5,  unequal, 
clawed;  stamens  5-8,  separate;  disk  present,  extra- 
Btaminal,  often  inequilateral;  ovary  3-celled;  ovules  2 
in  each  cell;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  usually  1-cellcd 
and  1 -seeded,  capsular,  3-valved;  seeds  very  large, 
exalbummous. 

There  are  2  genera  and  22  species  of  general  dis- 
tribution in  the  north  temperate  zone.  Tho  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Sapindaceae,  with  which  it  is  often 
united,  and  from  which  it  differs  only  in  its  larger 
flowers,  palmately  compound  leaves  and  large  seeds 
The  Hippocastanacese,  Sapindacese,  Mehanthacese, 


35.  AcERACEJE'  1    Acer,  a,  flower,  b,  fruit    HIPPOCASTANACE*:- 

2  ^Esculus,   a,  flower,    b,  floral  diagram,  c,  fruit     SAPINDACE* 

3  Sapmdus,  flower    4.  Kcelreutena,  vertical  section  fruit 

and  some  Acoracese  are  almost  the  only  plants  with 
extra-stammal  disks. 

The  horse-chestnut  (/Esculus  Hippocastanum)  is  a 
well-known  shade  tree,  said  to  have  been  introduced 
into  Europe  by  Clubius  in  1575.  The  seeds,  rich  in 
starch,  have  been  used  for  fodder.  They  have  also  been 
used  to  form  the  principal  part  of  a  certain  kind  of 
snuff,  and  the  oil  contained  has  been  used  to  a  slight 
extent  in  medicine  The  roots  of  viUsculus  contain  sapo- 
nm  and  have  been  uscd^  like  soapberry,  for  washing 

Several  species  of  Asculus  are  in  cultivation  in 
N.  America.  M  glabra  and  M  octandra,  natives  of  the 
central  United  States,  are  called  buckeyes 

130  Sapindaceae  (from  the  genus  Sapmdus,  a  con- 
traction of  the  Latin  sapo-wdicus,  Indian  soap).  SOAP- 
BERRY FAMILY.  Fig  35.  Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  herbs, 
often  climbing*  leaves  usually  alternate,  mostly  com- 
pound, sometimes  ternately,  sometimes  pmnately  de- 
compound' flowers  unisexual  or  polygamous,  regular  or 
irregular  (i.e.  obliquely  unsymmetncal),  small;  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated  or  rarely  valvate;  petals  4r-5,  small  or 
wanting,  usually  with  scales  or  hairs  at  the  base  inside: 
disk  well  developed,  situated  between  the  petals  ana 
the  stamens  (extrastammal) ;  stamens  usually  10  in  2 
whorla,  more  or  less  united  at  the  base;  ovary  superior, 
mostly  3-celled  and  deeply  3-lobed;  ovules  typically 
1  in  each  cell;  style  1*  fruit  very  diverse,  a  firm  or 
bladdery  capsule,  a  berry,  nut,  or  winged  fruit;  seeds 
without  endosperm. 

The  118  genera  and  about  1,000  species  are  of  trop- 


ical distribution.  Only  one  species  reaches  northward 
as  far  as  Kansas.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Staphyleacete,  Hippocastanacea*,  and  Aceracese,  which 
see  for  differences;  and  more  distantly  to  the  Celastra- 
ceae.  The  small  flowers,  usually  appendaged  petals, 
10  stamens,  extra-staminal  disk,  and  3-celled,  few- 
seeded  fruit  are  usually  distinctive. 

The  climbing  Sapindacea;  often  have  very  peculiar 
stems  in  which  many  separate  cambium  rings  have 
taken  part.  This  renders  the  cross-section  very  peculiar, 
making  it  appear  sometimes  as  a  bundle  of  woody 
ropes  tied  together,  with  bark  between  them 

Tho  Sapmdacejc  are  of  considerable  economic  impop 
tance.  The  fruits  of  many  are  used  locally  for  food, 
sometimes  the  flesh  of  the  fruit,  sometimes  the  aril 
being  of  importance  The  seeds  of  Sapmdus  and  other 
genera  are  often  roasted  and  eaten  as  food  Oil  is 
obtained  from  the  seeds  of  others  Some  are  used  locally 
for  medicine.  The  seeds  and  other  parts  of  many  species 
are  very  poisonous,  the  fruits  of  species  of  Sapmdus  be- 
ing used  to  poison  fish  The  juice  of  Paulhnia  pinnata 
(cururu)  is  used  by  savages  in  Guiana  to  poison  their 
arrows  The  Lechcheuquana  bee  collects  honey  from 
tSerjania  lelhahs  which,  when  eaten  even  in  small 
quantities,  produces  raving  madness  or  even  death 
The  bark  and  berries  of  many  species  (e  g ,  the  soap 
tree,  Sapmdus)  contain  saponm  which  reacts  like  soap, 
on  which  account  they  are  used  for  washing  Yellow 
and  black  dyes,  used  as  cosmetics,  are  obtained  from 
certain  species.  The  very  hard  wood  of  certain 
Sapmdacecc  is  much  prized  for  timber  The  hard, 
spherical,  black  seeds  of  Sapindus  tiaponarw  are  btrung 
as  beads. 

There  are  15  or  more  genera  of  true  Sapmdarojp  grown 
m  America  Ko?lreutena  (Varnish  Tree)  is  hardv  and 
ornamental  Cardiospermum  (Balloon  Vine)  is  a  tender 
annual  with  queer  fruit  Xanthoceras  is  a  hardy  orna- 
mental tree  Paulhnia  is  a  greenhouse  climbing  shrub 
The  following  are  grown  only  in  the  southern  .states  or 
California  Grcyia,  Melicocca  (Spanish  Lime);  Bhghia 
(Akee  Tree),  Dodomea,  Ungnadia  (Mexican  or  Spanish 
Buckeye) ,  Sapindus  (Soapberry) 

The  following  cultivated  genera  are  now  referred  to 
other  families.  Melianthus  (Mehanthaceae),  yEsculus 
(Hippocastanaceae);  Acer  (Aeeracca>),  Ptzrroxylon 
(Meliaceip);  Staphylea  (Staphyleacea>) ;  Kuscaphis 
(Staphyleacerc) ,  Turpima  (Staphyleacese) 

131  Mehanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Mehanthus, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  honey  and  flower). 
MELIANTHUS  FAMILY.  Shrubs  or  trees4  leaves  alter- 
nate, entire  or  pinnate*  flowers  bisexual,  irregular, 
soon  inverted,  sepals  5,  imbricated,  petals  4-5,  sta- 
mens 4-5,  or  10,  free  or  slightly  connate  at  the  base, 
alternating  with  the  petals,  disk  present,  extrastammal, 
crescent-hhaped,  or  annular  with  10  projections,  carpels 
4-5,  ovary  4-5-eelled,  ovules  1  to  many  in  each  cell, 
style  1,  stigma  4-5-lobed  fruit  a  capsule,  seeds  albu- 
minous, sometimes  anllate 

All  the  3  genera  and  17  species  are  natives  of  Africa 
The  Melianthacese  were  formerly  united  with  the 
Sapindaceae,  with  which  they  agree  in  the  extra- 
stammal disk,  but  they  differ  in  the  vertically  bisym- 
metncal,  not  obliquely  bisymmetrical,  flowers,  and 
more  abundant  endosperm. 

In  southern  California,  species  of  Melianthus  are 
grown  for  ornament 

132.  Balsaminaceae  (from  Balsamina,  the  old  name 
of  the  genus  Impatiens,  probably  derived  from  balassant 
the  Arabic  name  of  these  plants) .  BALSAM  FAMILY  Fig. 
36  Herbs,  very  rarely  epiphytic  •  leaves  various '  flowers 
bisexual,  irregular,  spurred,  nodding;  sepals  3-5,  irreg- 
ular, imbricated  often  petaloid,  the  posterior  very 
large  and  sack-like,  and  gradually  prolonged  backward 
into  a  honey-spur;  petals  5,  alternate  with  the  sepals, 
separate,  or  united  so  as  to  appear  as  3,  lower  petals 
much  the  larger,  stamens  5,  hypogynous,  closelv 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


51 


covering  the  ovary  like  a  hood;  anthers  coherent; 
ovary  superior,  5-celled;  ovules  3  to  many  in  each  cell, 
stigmas  sessile,  fruit  a  5-valved  capsule,  the  valves  of 
which  coil  up  elastically  and  forcibly  distribute  the 
seeds,  or  sometimes  a  5-cclled  drupe-like  structure 

Contained  in  this  family  are  2  genera  and  about  220 
species,  of  which  all  but  1  belong  to  the  genus  Impa- 
tiens,  widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World,  wanting  in  South  America 
The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Geramaceac,  with 
which  it  was  formerly  united,  but  is  distinguished  by 
the  5  peculiar  hypogynous  stamens  The  honey-spur 
in  this  family  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  sepals,  and  not  of 
the  receptacle  as  in  Pelargonium  and  Tropa;olum. 
There  are  extra-floral  nectaries  on  the  foliage  of  some 
species,  which  attract  protective  ants 

The  sap  of  several  species  of  Impatiens  has  been  used 
as  a  dye  to  color  red  or  yellow  that  of  /  biflora  (North 
America)  staining  yellow,  that  of  /.  Balsamina  (India) 
staining  red,  and  used  to  color  the  skin  and  finger- 
nails The  tubers  of  7  hnctona  of  Abjssima  are  used 
for  dyeing  the  feet  and  hands  red  or  black  Some  species 
have  been  used  as  medicine  Many  are  ornamental. 

There  are  several  species  of  Impatiens  in  the  North 
American  trade  /  anrea  and  7  biflora  are  the  east 
American  touch-me-nots  or  jewel-weeds;  7.  Balsamina 
is  the  garden  balsam;  the  other  species  are  greenhouse 
plants 

Order  40.   RHAMNALES 

133  Rhamnaceae  from  the  genus  Rhamnus.  the  old 
Greek  name)     BUCKTHORN  FAMILY.   Fig  36    Trees  or 
shrubs,    rarely   herbs,   sometimes   spiny   or  climbing: 
leaves  simple,   mostly   alternate    flowers   bisexual  or 
unisexual,  regular,  pengynous,  small,  greenish,  mostly 
axillary,  sepals   5,    rarely   4,   valvate,  petals  5,   or  4, 
alternate  with  the  sepals,  stamens  of  the  same  number 
as  the  petals  and  opposite  them;  an  mtrastammal  disk 
lining    the    cup-shaped    receptacle;    ovary    2-4-celled, 
superior  or   inferior,   colls  1-,  rarely  2-,  ovuled,  styles 
2-4,  more  or  less  connate    fruit  drupaceous,  or  winged, 
or  capsular 

Hhamnacea1  has  40  genera  and  about  550  species 
very  generally  distributed  over  the  earth  Rhamnus  is 
the  largest  genus  (70  species),  and  the  most  widely 
distributed  The  family  is  represented  by  6  native 
species  in  northeastern  North  America  It  is  mo&t 
closely  related  to  the  Vitacea*  and  Cclastracea?,  differing 
from  the  former  in  the  simple  entire  leaves  and 
strongly  pengynous  flowers,  and  from  the  latter  in  the 
stamens  being  opposite  the  petals 

The  family  is  not  of  great  economic  importance  The 
berries  and  bark  of  Khaninus  cathartics  (buckthorn) 
contain  a  bitter  principle  which  is  purgative.  The 
fruits  of  some  species  of  Hhamnus  yield  yellow  or  green 
dyes  of  some  importance  H  dahurica  and  R.  tinc- 
tona  give  Chinese  green  The  bark  of  7?  cathartica 
and  R  Franqula  (Europe)  is  used  to  dye  yellow  R 
Purshiana  (California;  is  the  cascara  segrada  of 
medicine,  a  strong  purgative  The  fruits  of  Zizyphus 
Lottie  arc  pulpy  and  agreeable,  and  were  much  prized 
by  the  ancients  The  fruits  of  several  species  of  Zizy- 
phus are  eaten  in  various  parts  of  the  Old  World  The 
spiny  branches  of  Paliurus  Spina-Chnsti  or  Zizyphus 
Spwa-Chnsti  are  thought  to  have  been  those  from 
which  the  crown  of  thorns  was  made. 

Nine  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N  America 
for  ornamental  purposes  These  are.  Ceanothus  (New 
Jersey  Tea);  Bercherma  (Supple  Jack);  Gouania; 
Hovenia,  Pahurus,  Pomaderns,  Rcynosia;  Rhamnus 
(Buckthorn),  Zizyphus  (Jujube) 

134  Vitacese  (from  the  genus    Vitis,   the  classical 
name)    GRAPE  FAMILY   Fig  36    Mostly  climbing  shrubs 
with  tendrils,  seldom  upright  shrubs  or  small  trees, 
leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  very  diverse,  flowers  bisex- 
ual, or  unisexual  small,  numerous,  regular;  sepals  4-5, 


rarely  3-7,  minute  or  obsolete;  petals  4-5,  rarely  3-7, 
valvate,  separate  (gamopetalous  in  Leea),  stamens 
4-5,  rarely  3-7,  opposite  the  petals,  somewhat  pe- 
ngynous; disk  evident  annular  or  of  separate  lobes; 
ovary  superior,  2-,  rarely  3-6-,  celled,  with.  2,  or  rarely 
1,  ovule  in  each  cell;  style  1  or  0,  stigma  capitate  or 
peltate  fruit  a  berry:  seeds  albuminous. 

The  11  genera  and  about  450  species  are  mostly  of 
tropical  and  subtropical  distribution.  Fourteen  species 
reach  the  northeastern  United  States  The  largest 
genus  is  Cissus  with  250  species.  Some  fossil  forms 
are  known  The  Vitacea)  are  closely  related  to  the 
Rhamnaccce.  The  climbing  habit,  the  few  stamens 
opposite  the  petals,  the  2-carpelled  berry,  and  the 
capitate  stigma  are  distinctive 

The  petals  in  Vitis  remain  connate  at  the  tip  as  in 
the  bud,  but  separate  from  each  other  at  the  base,  and 
fall  off  as  a  cap  The  tendrils  of  the  Vitacea?  are  borne 
at  the  nodes  and  opposite  the  leaves  There  has  been 
much  discussion  as  to  whether  the  tendrils  are  apical  or 


36  BAIS\MINACE^S  \  Impations,  a,  flower,  b,  fruit  RHAM- 
NACF.C  2  Khartum's  a,  flowtr,  b,  floral  diagram  VITACE^E: 
3  \ius,  flower  TILIACEE  4  Tiha,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram 
c,  fruit. 

lateral,  i  e  ,  whether  the  plant  is  sympodial  or  mono- 
podial  The  tips  of  the  tendrils  are  in  some  species 
expanded  into  disk-like  holdfasts  The  species  of  Cis- 
sus are  mainly  desert  plants  They  arc  often  cactus- 
hke,  with  fleshy,  angled,  jointed,  or  terete  stems,  or 
have  tubers  or  tuberous  bases. 

The  most  important  economic  plant  in  the  family  is 
the  grape  (Vitis),  which  has  been  cultivated  since  early 
times  V  vimfcra  is  the  wine  grape  of  Europe  and 
southern  California,  and  has  given  rise  to  our  green- 
house grapes;  not  hardy.  V.  Labrusca  is  one  of  the 


.        . 

parents  of  most  of  our  hardy  grapes  V  vulpma  and 
V  cordifoha  are  frost  or  fox  grapes  Several  species 
f  Vitis  arc  grown  for  ornamental  purposes  only.  Rai- 
ins are  the  dried  fruit  of  certain  species  of  Vitis,  mostly 


V  vimfera  Virginia  creeper  or  woodbine  (Parthenocis- 
sus  [Arnpelopsis]  quinqut  folia}  and  Boston  ivy  or  Jap- 
anese ivy  (7*  tnrutpidnta)  are  ornamental. 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America:  Ampe- 
lopsis,  Parthenocissus  or  Psedera;  Cissus  (Kangaroo 
Vine),  and  Vitis. 

Order  41.   MALVALES 

135.  Elceocarpaceae  (from  the  genus  Elaeocarpus, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  olive-fruit)  .  EL^OCAB 
PUS  FAMILY.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  entire  alternate  or 
opposite  leaves  without  slime-cells  flowers  usually  bi- 
sexual, regular,  hypogynous,  involucre  0;  sepals  4-5, 
separate  or  connate,  valvate,  petals  1-5,  or  0,  separate, 
rarely  connate,  usually  valvate,  often  incised;  stamens 
many,  anthers  opening  by  terminal  pores;  hypogy- 


52 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


nous  intra-stammal  disk  present;  ovary  superior,  2- to 
many-celled,  rarely  1 -celled,  ovules  many  m  each  cell; 
style  1 ,  stigmas  1  to  several  fruit  capsular  or  drupaceous. 

Seven  genera  and  about  120  species  are  distributed 
in  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres.  Elaeocarpus  contains 
60  species  and  Sloanea  44  species.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Tiliacete,  with  which  it  is  often 
united  and  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  anatomical 
characteristics,  and  usually  albo  by  the  often  hairy  and 
firm,  or  incised,  petals,  or  by  the  absence  of  petals. 

A  vegetable  ivory  used  in  carving  is  obtained  from 
the  large  stone  of  the  drupe  of  Elxocarput*  snhsericus  of 
India.  Those  of  E.  tuberculatus  (India  ana  Java)  are 
worn  as  amulets.  The  seeds  of  Sloanea  dentata  of 
Guiana  arc  eaten  like  chestnuts  The  bark  of  Cnno- 
dendron  Patagua  of  Chile  is  used  for  tanning  The  wood 
of  Anstoleha  Maqui  of  Chile  is  variously  used  Its 
leaves  are  medicinal  and  its  berries  are  edible 

Two  genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America:  Aris- 
totelia,  California;  Elaeocarpus,  not  hardy 

136.  Tihaceae   (from   the  genus  Tiha,   the  ancient 
Latin  name  of  the  Linden)      LINDEN  or  BASSWOOD 
FAMILY.     Fig    36.    Trees,   shrubs,    or  herbs,    leaves 
mostly  alternate,  entire  or  variously   lobed1    flowers 
bisexual,  regular:  sepals  5,  rarely  3  or  4,  free  or  con- 
nate, usually  valvate;  petals  as  many  as  the  sepals, 
convolute  or  imbricated,  or  valvate,  rarely  wanting  or 
modified,  stamens  10  or  more,  hypogynous,   usually 
very  numerous,  filaments  separate,  or  connate  only  at 
the  base,  or  in  5-10  fascicles,  some   may  be  stami- 
nodia;  anthers  4-celled,  opening  by  slits  or  pores;  ovary 
superior,  2-10-celled;  ovules  1  to  several  in  each  cell; 
style  1;  stigma  rayed:  fruit  a  capsule,  or  indehiscent 
and  nut-like,  or  a  drupe,  rarely  a  berry,  or  separating 
into  drupelets;  seeds  usually  albuminous 

Most  of  the  35  genera  and  270  species  are  tropical. 
The  most  important  extra-tropical  genus  is  Tiha 
(linden,  basswood),  which  is  widely  distributed. 
Fossil  species  are  known  The  Tihacese  are  related  to 
the  Malvaceae  and  Stercuhaceae,  from  which  they  are 
distinguished  by  the  nearly  distinct  stamens,  and 
4-cclled  anthers  The  stamens  are  sometimes  borne, 
along  with  the  ovary,  on  a  long  stipe-like  projection  of 
the  receptacle,  sometimes  cover  the  whole  surface  of  a 
discoid  receptacle,  and  sometimes  are  enveloped  by 
the  petals 

The  Tihaoeie,  like  the  Malvacea?,  are  mucilaginous. 
For  this  reabon,  many  have  been  used  more  or  less  in 
medicine  The  genus  Tiha  and  other  arborescent  genera 
furnish  very  valuable  timber;  that  of  Grewia  asiatica 
is  flexible  and  used  for  bow-making  In  the  tropics 
the  foliage  of  Corchorus  ohtonus  is  used  as  a  pot-herb. 
The  fruits  of  species  of  Grewia  are  used  m  India  as 
a  sherbet  because  of  their  agreeable  juice  Some  mem- 
bers of  the  family  yield  cordage  The  beautiful  seeds  of 
many  species  are  made  into  necklaces  by  the  Indians. 

In  North  America  6  or  more  genera  are  m  cultivation. 
Thev  are  all  warmhouse  plants,  or  are  grown  m  south- 
ern California,  except  the  Tihas  (Rasswood,  Lime,  Lin- 
den), of  which  many  species  are  grown  in  America 
The  Tihas  furnish  some  of  our  best-known  hardv ,  orna- 
mental trees.  Other  genera  are  Entelea,  Luehea, 
Grewia  (with  some  half-hardy  species),  and  Sparmanma 

137.  Malvaceae  (from    the    genus    Mallow,    altered 
from  the  Greek,  m  allusion  to  the  mucilaginous  emol- 
lient qualities).    MALLOW  FAMILY     Fig    37     Herbs, 
shrubs  or  trees,  with  alternate,  simple,  usually  pal- 
matcly  veined  leaves    flowers  bisexual,  regular,  sepals 
5,  often  united,  valvate,  frequently  bracteolate  at  the 
base;  petals  5,  convolute,  often  adnate  to  the  stamens, 
stamens    very   numerous,  hypogynous,  the  filaments 
united  into  a  tube  (monadelphous),  anthers  1-celled, 
pollen  spiny;  ovary  superior,  2  to  manv-celled,  rarely 
1-celled,  ovules  in  each  cell  1  to  many;  styles  and  stig- 
mas usually  as  many  as  the  carpels'  fruit  a  capsule  or 
separating  into  drupelets,  very  rarely  fleshy. 


The  Mallows  include  39  genera  and  from  800  to 
900  species,  distributed  over  the  whole  earth,  except 
in  the  arctic  zone,  but  most  abundant  in  tropical 
America.  The  Malvacea)  are  closely  related  to  the 


37.  MALVVCEJE  1  Malva,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diaRram,  c,  fruit; 
d,  croBs-scction  fruit  2  Hibiscus,  flow  or  BOMBACACE.E  3 
Adansoma,  flower  STERCUIIACE*  4.  Thcobroma,  flower  DIL,- 
LKNIACE^E  5  Dillema,  flower 

Stercuhaceae  and  Tiliacea?  From  the  former  they  arc 
distinguished  by  their  1-celled  anthers  and  lough  pollen, 
and  from  the  latter  by  their  monadelphous  stamens  as 
well  as  the  1-celled  anthers  The  hollyhock-like  flower 
is  characteristic 

The  foliage,  stems,  and  seeds  of  most  Malvaceae  con- 
tain abundant  mucilage  for  which,  in  some  countries, 
they  have  been  used  as  medicine  Pungent  and  poi- 
sonous properties  are  apparently  wanting  Allhya  ojftct- 
nahs  (marsh  mallow  of  Europe),  Malva  sylvestns  and 
M.  roiundifoha.  both  of  Europe,  have  been  used  as 
emollients  Hibiscus  Sabdanffn  and  //  digitalus  (white 
and  red  kotmies  of  tropical  Africa)  have  acid  juice 
and  are  used  in  the  preparation  of  refreshing  drinks 
The  capsule  of  //.  (Abelmoschus)  esculentus  (okra  or 
gumbo)  of  the  tropics  is  eaten  in  soup,  or  cooked  and 
seasoned  The  seeds  of  H.  Abclmoschus  of  India,  now 
widely  cultivated  in  the  tropics,  are  used  for  perfum- 
ery H  Aow-nnensts  (Chinese  hibiscus  or  shoeblack 
plant)  contains  a  coloring  matter  in  the  flower  with 
which  the  Chinese  blacken  shoes  and  eyebrows  Al- 
thaea cannatnna  of  southern  Europe  has  fibers  which 
may  be  used  in  place  of  hemp.  The  fibers  of  Urena 
lobata,  Abutilon  indicum,  Sida,  Hibiscus  cannabinus,  H 
tiliaceus,  and  others,  are  also  used.  The  most  useful 
genus  is  Gossypium  (cotton)  of  Egypt,  India,  and  trop- 
ical America,  the  abundant,  long,  woolly  hairs  on  the 
seeds  of  which  furnish  the  cotton  of  commerce.  Cot- 
ton seed  yields  an  oil  which  is  used  for  fuel,  cattle-food, 
soap,  artificial  butter,  and  many  other  purposes.  Sev- 
eral mallows  are  weedy  plants. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


53 


Many  of  the  genera  in  cultivation  in  N  America  are 
among  the  most  important  old-fashioned  cultivated 
garden  plants  Among  these  are'  Abutilon  (Indian 
Mallow,  Velvet  Leaf) ;  Altha>a  (Marsh  Mallow,  Holly- 
hock), Calhrhoe  (Poppy  Mallow),  Gossypmm  (Cot- 
ton); Hibiscus  (Bladder  Ketmia,  Roselle,  Jamaica 
Sorrel,  Okra,  Gumbo,  Rose  of  Sharon,  Mountain 
Mahoe,  Shoeblack  Plant),  Malope,  Malvastmm;  Pavo- 
ma,  Sida;  Spharalcea 

138  Bombacaceae  (from  the  genus  Bombax,  from 
the  Latin  meaning  silk  or  cotton)  BOMBAX  FAMILY 
Fig  37  Trees  leaves  mostly  alternate,  entire  or  digi- 
tate, often  with  slime-cells  and  stellate  hairs  flowers 
bisexual,  regular  or  slightly  irregular,  involucre  often 
present,  sepals  5,  separate  or  connate,  valvate,  petals 
5,  twisted  in  the  bud,  stamens  5  to  many,  separate  or 
monadelnhous,  anther  cells  1  -2  or  more,  pollen  smooth; 
stammodia  often  present,  ovary  superior,  2-5-ccllcd, 
ovules  2  to  many;  style  1,  stigmas  1-5.  fruit  dry  or 
fleshy,  dehiscent  or  mdehiseent 

There  are  20  genera  and  about  100  species,  of  tropical 
distribution,  mostly  in  America  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Malvaceae  and  often  united  with  that 
family  It  is  distinguished  most  easily  by  the  smooth 
pollen  and  the  often  several-celled  anthers 

Many  Bombacacea-  are  very  large  trees  The  trunk 
of  the  baobab  tree,  or  monkey's  bread  tree  (Adansonia 
digitata)  of  tropical  Africa  is  often  100  feet  in  circumfer- 
ence The  wool  produced  in  the  fruit  is  of  little  value. 
The  fruit  of  Duuo  zibcthinu^  contains  a  cream-like  sub- 
stance and  is  eaten  The  seeds  of  the  green  fruit  of 
Mati^ta  cordala  of  the  Andes  is  edible  The  sour  cucum- 
ber tree  or  cream  of  tartar  tree  is  Adanwma  Grcgorii 
The  fruit  contains  tartanc  acid 

Five  or  (j  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  this  country  m 
the  South  and  m  greenhouses  Adansoma  (Boabab 
Tree,  Monkey's  Bread),  Bombax  (Silk  Cotton  Tree); 
Chonsia  (l< loss-silk  Tree),  Fnodendron;  Pachira 

130  Stercuhaceae  (from  the  genus  filfnuha,  deriva- 
tion obscure^  STEHCTLI\  FAMILY  Fig  37.  Trees, 
shrubs,  or  herbs,  sometimes  \ines  leaves  alternate, 
simple  or  digitate  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  usu- 
alh  regular,  sepals  3-5,  somewhat  united,  vahate; 
petals  wanting  or  reduced,  stamens  \ery  remarkable 
and  wonderfully  diverse,  in  2  whorls,  those  opposite 
the  sepals  reduced  to  stammodia  or  wanting,  the  1  to 
man>  others  united  into  a  tube,  the  anthers  frequently 
alternating  with  sterile  teeth,  or  variously  arranged 
on  the  back  of  the  tube,  ovary  superior,  4-5-celled; 
ovules  several,  stjles  4-5,  distinct  or  connate  fruit 
dry,  raiely  fleshy,  or  splitting  into  separate  berries 

The  48  genera  arid  about  750  species  are  almost 
entirely  confined  to  the  tropics  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Malvaceie  in  the  inonadelphous  stamens,  but 
differs  m  the  2-celled  anthers,  also  related  to  the  Bom- 
baeacea*  and  Tihaceie  The  valvate  sepals,  reduced 
petals,  4-5-celled  ovar>,  and  especially  the  peculiar 
stamens,  are  distinctive 

The  StercuhacesB,  like  the  Malvaceae,  contain  abun- 
dant mucilage  They  also  contain  a  bitter  principle 
which  renders  them  emetic  and  stimulant.  The  seeds 
of  Theobroma  Cacao,  native  of  central  and  northern 
South  America,  furnishes  cocoa,  chocolate,  and  cocoa- 
butter  Cola  acumwata  of  Africa  furnishes  the  cola 
nut,  now  very  popular  as  an  ingredient  m  a  mildly 
stimulating  drink  It  is  said  to  form  the  mam  con- 
stituent of  the  drink  called  "coco-cola  " 

There  are  about  12  genera  in  cultivation  in  America, 
all  either  in  tropical  agriculture  or  in  greenhouse  cul- 
ture Ruhngia,  Reevesia,  and  Pterospermum  in  south- 
ern California;  Stercuha  (Japanese  \arnish  Tree,  Chi- 
nese Parasol  Tree.  Flame  Tree),  Fremontia  and  Gua- 
zuma  in  the  South;  Theobroma  and  Cola  in  the  West 
Indies;  Abroma,  Dombeya,  and  Maherma  (Honey  Bell) 
mostly  in  the  greenhouse.  All  are  grown  for  orna- 
mental purposes  except  Theobroma  and  Cola. 


Order  42.   PARIETALES 

140  Dilleniaceae  (from  the  genus  Lhllenia,  in  honor 
of  John  James  Dillemus,  a  professor  of  botany  at 
Oxford).  DILLENIA  FAMILY  lig  37  Trees  or  shrubs, 
often  climbing,  leaves  alternate,  very  rarely  opposite1 
flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  sepals  5,  rarely 
more  or  fewer,  imbricated,  persistent,  petals  5  or  fewer, 
imbricated,  deciduous,  stamens  numerous,  often  very 
numerous,  free  or  united  in  groups,  anthers  opening  by 
slits  or  pores,  carpels  several,  usually  distinct,  but 
often  united,  ovules  numerous  fruit  a  follicle,  or  a 
berry  or  a  capsule,  or  inclosed  in  a  fleshy  calyx,  which 
simulates  a  berry,  seed  albuminous,  usually  with 
an  aril 

Nearly  all  the  11  genera  and  about  200  species  are 
tropical,  distributed  chiefly  in  Australia,  India,  and 
tropical  America,  rarely  in  Africa  Of  these  Dillema, 
Hibbertia  and  Tetracera  are  the  largest  genera  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Rammculacea}  and  Magnoha- 
ceae  on  the  one  hand,  and  to  the  Theaceae  on  the  other. 
Its  closest  affinity  is  with  the  latter  family.  The  woody 
habit,  polypetalous  flowers,  very  numerous  stamens, 
usually  separate  carpels,  albuminous  seeds  with  arils, 
and  straight  embryo,  are  characteristic 

The  Dilleniacea;  are  astringent,  for  which  reason  some 
are  used  medicinally,  the  fruits  of  some  are  eaten 
because  acid,  others  are  used  as  tonics  Davilla  of 
Brazil  has  been  used  for  wounds;  Curatella  for  ulcers; 
Tetracera  a<spera  of  Guiana  as  a  sudorific  and  diuretic, 
also  for  syphilis,  intermittent  fevers  and  scurvy  The 
astringent  bark  of  a  species  of  Dillema  is  said  to  have 
been  used  in  Asia  for  ulcerated  sores  The  acid  and 
inedible  fruit  of  Ihllcina  i^penosa  serves  to  season 
dishes,  and  a  syrup  of  the  juice  of  the  unripe  fruit 
allays  coughs,  assists  expectoration  and  is  said  to  cure 
angina,  the  bark  is  also  used  for  tanning  Many  species 
of  Dillema  furnish  timber  in  the  Indo  region  The  rough, 
silicioua  leaves  of  many  of  the  tribe  Tetracera;,  espe- 
cially Curatella  amcruana,  have  been  used  m  Brazil 
to  polish  wood  m  place  of  sandpaper  Some  of  the 
climbing  species  furnish  drinking-water  by  incisions  in 
the  stem 

The  flowers  of  many  species  are  very  beautiful,  but 
few  forms  are  in  cultivation  In  this  country  the  only 
one  apparently  is  Dillema  indica,  a  large  magnoha-hke 
tiee  with  flowers  9  inches  in  diameter,  grown  in  south- 
ern California  and  in  Florida 

By  recent  authors  (Gilg,  in  Engler  and  Prantl), 
Actimdia,  a  genus  of  vines  from  eastern  Asia,  has 
been  placed  in  this  family,  although  formerly  included 
m  the  Theaceac  A  few  species  of  Actmidia  are  in  the 
American  trade 

141.  Ochnaceae  (from  the  genus  Ochna,  which  is 
from  ochne,  the  Greek  name  of  a  wild  pear  tree;  the 


38.  OCHNA.CE.SI:  1    Ochna,  fruit    TERNSTRCEMIACE/E    2.  Gordonia, 
Sower    3    Thoa,  floral  diagram 

resemblance  is  probably  in  the  foliage).  OCHNA  FAMILY. 
Fig  38.  Shrubs  or  trees,  with  alternate,  simple  or  pin- 
nate, coriaceous  leaves*  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated,  rarely  10;  petals  5,  rarely  3-4,  or  10. 
usually  convolute;  stamens  1-3  times  the  number  of 
the  petals,  sometimes  with  1-3  series  of  stammodia, 
hypogynous,  separate;  anthers  usually  opening  by 
tenmnal  pores;  an  hypogynous  stipe  usually  present 
(gynophore);  ovary  4-5-celled,  often  deeply  lobed, 
ovules  1  to  many  m  each  cell;  style  and  stigmas  1-5: 


54 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


fruit  coriaceous  and  mdehiscent,,  or  fleshy,  or  a  capsule, 
or  composed  of  the  1-seeded  drupe-like  lobes  of  the 
ovary  which  are  whorled  on  the  enlarged  fleshy  recep- 
tacle (Ochna). 

The  family  has  17  genera  and  100  or  more  species,  dis- 
tributed in  the  tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres, 
most  abundant  perhaps  in  Brazil,  but  also  abundant  in 
Afuca  The  family  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other  but 
seems  to  stand  between  the  Ranunculus  group  and  the 
Hypencum  group  of  families  The  many  sepals,  petals 
and  stamens,  the  gynophore,  and  usually  the  lobed 
ovary,  are  distinctive 

The  wood  of  some  species  of  Ochnacezp  has  been 
used  locally  for  timber,  and,  because  of  the  pronounced 
astringent  properties  of  some  species,  they  have  been 
used  locally  for  fly-bites,  ulcers,  and  so  on 

Ochna  multi flora,  of  Tipper  Guiana,  is  cultivated  in 
America  This  is  grown  occasionally  in  greenhouses 
because  of  the  peculiar  fruit,  for  an  account  of  which  sec 
the  article  on  Ochna 

142  Ternstrcemiaceae  (or  Theacese)  (from  the  genus 
Ternstr&mia ,  in  honor  of  Ternstroem,  a  Swedish  natuial- 
ist  and  traveler  who  died  in  1745).  TEA  FAMILY  Fig  38 
Large  or  small  trees,  with  alternate,  entire,  leathery 
leaves  flowers  solitary  or  scattered,  usually  bisexual,  reg- 
ular, sepals  5-7,  imbricated,  persistent,  petals  5,  raiely  4 
or  more,  nearly  or  quite  separate;  stamens  very  many, 
rarely  15  or  fewer,  usually  hypogynous,  separate  or 
united  at  the  base,  or  in  5  fascicles,  usually  adnate  to 
the  corolla  below;  ovary  superior,  2-10-celled,  ovules  1 
to  many  in  each  cavity;  styles  as  many  as  the  cells  of 


39.  HYPEHICACE.E     1    Hyporirum,  species,  a,  flower,  b,  flower, 

rtals  removed,  c,  fruit     2    \  ismia,  floral  diagram     GUTTIFER.E 
Garcmia,  a,  flower,  6,  flower,  perianth  remo\ed     TAMAUICACE^E 
4  Tamarix,  a,  flower  ,6,  flower,  pcmuth  removed,  c,  floral  diagram 

the  ovary,  or  united  into  one  fruit  a  capsule  or  inde- 
hiscent,  dry  or  drupaceous;  embryo  more  or  less  curved. 
In  this  family  are  16  genera  and  174  species  of  tropical 
and  subtropical  distribution.  Stuartia  reaches  Vir- 
ginia and  Kentucky,  and  Gordoma  reaches  Virginia 
This  family  is  related  to  the  Hypencaceac  and  Gut- 
tifene,  also  to  the  Dillemaceso  From  it  are  now  usually 
excluded  several  genera  which  were  formerly  included. 
Of  importance  to  us  in  this  connection  are  Actimdia 
(transferred  to  the  Dilleniaceae),  and  Stachyurus 


(transferred  to  the  Stachyuraceae).  The  very  numerous 
stamens,  the  type  of  ovary  and  the  curved  embryo  are 
distinctive  The  numerous  stamens  have  probably  been 
produced  by  the  splitting  up  of  one  set  of  5,  as  in  the 
Hyperieaeea1 

Various  glucosides  and  alkaloids  are  found  in  the 
foliage,  on  account  of  which  Gordoma  has  been  used 
for  tanning  leather,  and  other  species  have  been  used 
m  medicine  The  most  important  species  is  Thea 
chinensis  (tea)  The  bitter  taste  of  tea  is  largely  due 
to  a  glucoside,  and  the  stimulating  properties  to  an 
alkaloid,  theme 

Exclusive  of  Actimdia  and  Stachyurus,  8  or  10  genera 
are  in  cultivation  in  N  America  Stuart  la  and  Gordoma 
(Loblolly  Bay)  aie  hardy  Visriea,  Ternstnrmia  and 
Clcyera  are  grown  in  Florida  Eurya  and  Schuna  are 
Camellia-like  warmhouse  shiubs  Camellia  (Thea)  is 
a  famous  genus  of  old-fashioned  greenhouse  shrubs 

143  Guttiferae  (from  the  Latin  signifying  drop- 
bearing,  in  allusion  to  the  resinous  exudation)  GAR- 
CINIA  FAMILY  Fig  39  Trees  or  shrubs,  \vith  opposite 
or  whorled,  rarely  alternate  leaves  flowers  legular, 
usually  some  bisexual  and  others  unisexual  on  the 
same  plant,  rarely  all  bisexual,  styles  usually  united 
and  stigmas  sometimes  shield-shaped, — otherwise  as  in 
the  llypencacea1,  to  which  family  it  is  closely  related, 
and  with  which  the  Guttifeia*  is  united  by  many  authors 

Thirty-five  genera  and  about  370  species  inhabit 
the  tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres  Clusia 
(America),  with  80  species,  and  Garcmia  (Old  World), 
with  150  species,  are  the  largest  genera  Many  species 
are  tropical  trees  of  majestic  size  and  handsome  form, 
useful  for  timber  The  Clusias  are  mostly  epiphytic 
shrubs  w  ith  aerial  roots  and  evergreen  leaves 

The  Guttifera?  yield  a  yellow  or  greenish  resinous 
juice  when  incisions  are  made  Gamboge  is  an  intensely 
yellow  resinous  pigment  extracted  from  (larcinia 
Manila  (Ceylon)  It  is  also  a  powerful  purgative. 
The  blackish  bitter  juice  of  Clusia  ro^ta  (West  Indies) 
is  al&o  a  purgative  The  juice  of  species  of  Clusia  (West 
Indies)  may  be  used  as  a  vaimsh  The  resin  ol  ('  flava 
(hog-gurn)  is  a  wound  remedy  Wounded  swine  smear 
themselves  with  the  gum  by  rubbing  against  the  plant, 
hence  the  name  The  pulpy  fruit  of  (jarcinia  Mangos- 
tana  ("mangosteen"  of  the  Moluccas),  and  Mammea 
amencana  (West  Indies)  are  delicious  to  many  people. 

There  are  3  or  1  genera  in  cultivation  in  warm  Amer- 
ica Garcmia  including  the  Mangosteen,  cultu  ated  m  the 
West  Indies,  and  the  Gamboge  Tiee  cultivated  in  the 
West  Indies  and  Florida,  Calophyllum,  cultuated  in 
southern  Florida  and  bouthern  California,  Mammea 
amencana  (Mammee  Apple  or  St  Domingo  Apricot), 
cultivated  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California 

144  Hypericacese  (from  the  genus  IIy]>encnrn,  an 
ancient  Greek  name  of  unknown  origin)  ST  JOHN'S- 
WORT  FAMILY  Fig  39  Herbaceous  or  woody  plants 
leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  often  pellucid  punctate  or 
black-punctate  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  cymose,  sepals 
4-5,  more  or  less  connate,  the  outer  smaller,  rarely  4, 
with  the  2  outer  much  larger,  petals  as  many  as  the 
sepals,  sessile  or  clawed,  claw  naked  or  with  a  honey- 
furrow  or  -pit;  stamens  many,  hypogynous,  usually  in 
3-5  bundles  the  members  of  which  are  often  more  or 
less  united,  rarely  monadclphous;  ovary  superior  3-5-, 
rarely  1-,  celled,  placenta?  usually  parietal,  ovules 
numerous,  styles  1-5,  usually  3-5.  fruit  a  capsule, 
rarely  fleshy. 

About  8  genera  and  260  species  are  known,  of  which 
200  are  in  the  genus  Hypencum,  of  the  tropical  and 
temperate  regions  throughout  the  world,  but  especially 
abundant  in  the  north  temperate  zone  The  family  is 
very  closely  related  to  the  Guttiferae,  with  which  it  is 
united  by  Engler  and  Prantl  under  the  latter  name, 
also  related  to  the  TernstroemiaceaB  (Theacea^)  The 
fascicles  of  stamens  probably  represent  individual 
stamens,  each  of  which  has  become  divided  into  many. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


55 


The  opposite  pellucid-dotted  leaves,  fascicled  sta- 
mens, and  3-5-celled  ovary  with  separate  styles  are 
characteristic. 

The  balsamic  exudations  from  the  bark  and  wood, 
especially  of  the  shrubby  .species,  were  formerly  used 
to  some  extent  in  medicine  as  an  astringent. 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  for  ornamental 
purposes  are.  Ascyrum  (St  Andrew's  Cross,  St.  Peter's- 
wort),  and  Ilypencum  (St  John's- wort)  Some  of  the 
species  are  herbaceous  and  some  are  shrubby.  Some 
of  the  Hypencums  are  very  showy 

145.  Tamaricaceae  (from  the  genus  Tamartx,  said  to 
have  been  named  from  the  river  Tamans,  now  Tambro, 
on  the  border  of  the  Pyrenees).  TAMARISK  FAMILY. 
Fig  39  Shrubs  or  small  trees,  with  alternate,  mostly 
needle-like  or  scale-like,  encoid  leaves  flowers  bisexual, 
regular,  sepals  4-5,  petals  5,  imbricated,  withering 
and  drying  persistent,  stamens  equal  to  and  alternate 
with  the  petals  or  double  the  number,  inserted  on  a 
more  or  less  evident  disk,  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  with 
3-4  parietal  placentae,  or  placenta  basal,  ovules  2  to 
many,  styles  ,3-4,  or  stigmas  sessile,  seeds  densely 
bearded  at  distal  end,  rarely  winged  fruit  a  capsule,  some- 
times becoming  falsely  and  incompletely  several-celled. 

The  5  genera  and  about  90-100  species  are  mainly 
distributed  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and  in  central 
Asia  The  family  is  related  to  the  Frankeniaeese  and 
Elatmaeeae,  possibly  also  to  the  Sahcacese  The  eri- 
coid  habit,  withering-persistent  petals,  definite  sta- 
mens, 1-celled  ovary  and  bearded  seeds  arc  distinctive. 
By  means  of  small  leaves,  sunken  stomata,  water- 
storing  tissue,  and  other  contrivances,  the  Tamarica- 
cesc  are  adapted  for  life  in  the  dry  saline  regions  in  which 
they  live  Foliage-glands  excrete  an  excess  of  absorbed 
mineral  matter,  and  this  verv  hygroscopic  excretion 
accumulates  on  the  surface  of  the  plant 

The  Tamancacea?  contain  much  tannin,  resin  and 
oils,  which  render  them  bitter  and  astringent  The 
bark  of  Myncana  gcrmamca  has  been  used  for  jaund^e; 
the  galls  of  some  species  are  used  because  astringent 
Tamarix  mannijcra,  "which  grows  on  Mount  Sinai 
and  elsewhere  in  Arabia,  secretes,  as  the  result  of  the 
puncture  of  a  cynips,  a  saccharine  mutter,  supposed 
by  some  to  be  the  manna  which  fed  the  Hebrews  in  the 
desert  "  (See  also  Fraxinus  Ornus  } 

None  of  the  genera  in  cultivation  in  N  America  is 
very  hardy  Tamanx  (Tamarisk),  M>riearia,  all  grown 
for  the  queer,  fluffy  foliage,  and  small,  abundant  flowers 

146  Fouquienaceae    (from    the    genus    Fouquieria, 
named  in   honor  of   Pierre  E    Fouquier,  professor  of 
medicine  at  Paris).   CANDLEWOOD  ¥ \MILY    Similar  to 
the  Tamaricaceae  and  formerly  united  with  that  family, 
but  differing  in  the  gamopetalous  corolla,  the  hgule- 
beanng,  hairy  stamens,  partially  united  styles,  median 
ovules  instead  of  basal,   and  leaves  without  crystal 
glands  or  epidermal  glands. 

The  single  genus  and  about  4  species  are  natives  of 
Mexico  and  the  southwestern  United  States. 

F  splendent  is  the  ocotilla,  coach- whip  cactus,  vine 
cactus,  or  Jacob's  staff  of  the  Southwest,  a  spiny 
cactus-like  shrub  used  by  the  Mexicans  to  make  im- 
penetrable hedges  A  useful  wax  is  obtained  from 
the  cortex  of  this  species.  The  cortex  is  also  used 
medicinally  This  species  is  in  cultivation  in  the  larger 
rockeries  of  California 

147  Cistaceae  (from  the  genus  Cistus,  derived  from 
the  Greek,  meaning  a  box  or  capside,  on  account  of  the 
shape  of  the  capsule)     ROCK-ROSE  FAMILY.    Fig.  40. 
Herbs  or  shrubs  leaves  mostly  opposite'  flowers  bisex- 
ual, regular;  sepals  3  or  more,  in  f  phyllotaxy;  petals  5, 
rarely  3  or  0,  quickly  falling;  convolutions  of  corolla 
and  calyx  in  opposite  directions;  stamens  numerous, 
hypogynous;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  with   3-10  pa- 
rietal placentae,  or   falsely  5-10-cclled  by  ingrowing 
partitions;   ovules  2  to  many,  orthotropous,  style    1; 
stigmas  1-3:  fruit  a  capsule. 


In  North  America  and  around  the  Mediterranean 
Sea,  4  genera  and  about  70  species  are  distributed,  also 
a  few  species  in  eastern  Asia  and  in  South  America, 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Violaceae 
and  the  Bixaceae,  and  more  distantly  to  the  Hyperi- 
caceae.  The  quickly  falling  convolute  petals,  many 


40.  CiBTACB^fi  1  Helianthemum,  flower  2.  Cistus,  floral 
diagram  BIXACE^  3  Bixa,  floral  diagram  VIOI.ACE*  4. 
Viola,  a,  flower,  b,  flower,  perianth  r<>mo\ed,  c.  fruit,  d,  floral  dia- 
gram PABBIFLORACE*.  5.  o,  flower ,  6,  cross-section  of  ovary. 

hypogynous  stamens,  1-celled,  many- seeded  ovary, 
parietal  placentse  and  copious  endosperm  are  dis- 
tinctive features. 

In  the  dry  region  about  the  Mediterranean,  the 
shrubby  forms,  especially  Cistus  ladaniferus  and 
C  monspthensis  take  part  in  forming  extensive 
"maquis,"  or  impenetrable  evergreen  thickets,  where 
they  alone  form  great  stretches  of  vegetation.  The  Cis- 
tace^e  prefer  dry,  sunny,  sandy  or  alkaline  soil.  In 
America,  Hudsoma  forms  carpets  on  the  sand-dunes 
which  are  often  strikingly  beautiful  when  in  flower. 
The  family  includes  also  Lechea  (pin weed),  and  Helian- 
themum (rock-rose) 

In  North  America  several  species  of  Cistus,  all 
shrubs,  and  of  Helianthemum,  are  grown  for  orna- 
mental purposes,  although  they  have  no  marked 
importance  in  this  country. 

148  Bixaceae  (from  the  genus  Bixa,  a  name  of  South 
American  origin)  BIXA  FAMILY.  Fig  40.  Trees  or 
shrubs  leaves  alternate,  simple  or  compound,  flowers 
unisexual  or  bisexual,  regular,  "sepals  4-5,  imbricated: 
petals  4-5,  large  and  colored,  imbricated  and  twisted 
in  the  bud,  stamens  numerous,  anthers  opening  by 
slits,  or  rarely  by  pores  (Bixa),  hypogynous;  carpels 
1  to  several,  united,  ovary  1-celled,  with  1  to  several 
parietal  placenta?,  or  falsely  3-celled;  seeds  many,  with 
endosperm  fruit  fleshy  or  dry,  mdehiscent  or  val- 
vular, in  Bixa  large  and  bristly-prickly  all  over 

All  the  4  genera  and  19  species  (excluding  the  Fla- 
courtiaceae  and  other  small  families  often  here  included) 
are  tropical,  from  Mexico  to  Brazil  and  m  Africa, 
Madagascar  and  Australia  Bixa  is  now  widely  dis- 
tributed through  the  tropics.  The  Bixaceae  are  related 
to  the  Violaceae  and  Cistaceae,  as  well  as  to  the  Tihacese. 
The  numerous  stamens,  compound  but  1-celled  ovary 
with  many  placentae  are  all  important  distinguishing 
characters 

Bixa  Orellana  furnishes  the  coloring  matter  known 
as  "anatto,"  extracted  from  the  pulp  around  the  seeds, 


56 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


which  is  much  used  to  give  butter  a  rich  yellow  color 
and  is  also  used  in  dyeing  silks.  The  Canbbeans  formerly 
tatooed  themselves  with  this  dye  in  order,  it  is  said,  to 
prevent  mosquito-bites.  The  wood  is  very  soft  and 
serves  only  for  tinder;  the  roots  are  aromatic  and  have 
been  used  to  color  and  flavor  soups.  Maximilianea 
Gossypium  furnishes  a  substitute  for  gum  tragacanth 
in  farther  India. 

Bixa  OreUana  is  in  cultivation  in  the  West  Indies, 
where  it  is  grown  for  the  fruit.  Several  other  genera 
in  the  American  trade,  which  were  formerly  included 
in  the  Bixaceae,  are  now  placed  by  Warburg  in  the 
Flacourtiaceae. 

149.  Violacese  (from  the  genus  Viola,  the  ancient 
Latin  name).  VIOLET  FAMILY.  Fig.  40  Herbs,  shrubs 
or  small  trees,  rarely  climbing  leaves  usually  alternate: 
flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  sepals  5,  separate 
or  nearly  so;  petals  5,  1  often  spurred,  stamens  5, 
hypogynous  or  slightly  pengynous,  closely  conmvent 
around  the  style,  similar  or  dissimilar  (2  spurred); 
ovary  1-celled;  placenta  2-5,  usually  3,  parietal;  ovules 
many;  style  1:  fruit  a  firm  capsule  with  placenta?  on  the 
middle  of  the.  valves,  rarely  a  berry  and  indehiscent. 

Violacece  has  15  genera  and  about  300  species,  of 
which  about  200  belong  to  the  genus  Viola  These 
genera  are  grouped  in  three  tribes?  the  Violese;  with 
irregular  flowers,  found  chiefly  in  Europe,  Siberia  and 
North  Amenca;  although  the  woody  species  are  mainly 
natives  of  tropical  America;  the  Paypayrolete  and  Rm- 
oreeae?  with  regular  flowers,  are  principally  found  in  South 
America,  Africa  and  Australia  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Cistacese.  The  tendency  to  irregular 
flowers,  the  peculiar  stamens,  the  1-celled  ovary  with 
usually  3  parietal  placentae,  and  the  anatropous  ovules, 
are  distinctive 

In  the  genus  Viola  and  some  other  genera,  a  finger- 
like  curved  nectar-secreting  horn  projects  backward 
from  the  connective  of  each  of  the  two  lower  anthers 
into  the  spur  of  the  lower  petal  In  many  species  of 
Viola,  almost  all  the  seeds  are  produced  by  small 
apetalous  cleistogamous  flowers  on  short  pedicels  near 
the  ground  in  midsummer,  after  the  normal  flowering 
period  is  over  Thehe  are  very  fertile,  and  quite 
diverse  in  structure,  and,  therefore,  useful  in  classifica- 
tion Cleistogamous  flowers  are  also  produced  m  the 
genus  Hybanthus.  The  capsules  of  most  Violacese 
open  elastically  when  ripe,  the  valves  springing  back 
and  at  the  same  time  folding  on  the  midrib  so  that  the 
seeds  are  forcibly  ejected  as  one  would  shoot  a  wet 
apple  seed  from  between  the  fingers. 

The  Violaceae  have  been  used  to  a  certain  extent  in 
medicine,  their  virtues  being  due  to  an  alkaloid  having 
emetic  and  laxative  properties  Hybanthus  ipecacuanha 
("white  ipecacuanha  of  commerce)  funushes  a  substi- 
tute for  ipecac.  Various  species  of  Viola  and  other 
genera  have  been  used  in  many  countries  for  skin 
diseases,  as  emetics,  laxatives,  and  the  like.  Several 
species  are  ornamental ' 

Three  genera  are  in  the  American  trade:  Corniostyhs 
or  Calyptnon,  a  species  of  greenhouse  woody  climbers; 
Hybanthus  or  Solea,  of  the  garden;  and  Viola  (Common 
Pansy,  Horned  Pansy,  Sweet  English  Violets,  Wild 
Violets) 

150  Flacourtiaceee  (from  the  genus  Flacourtia, 
named  in  honor  of  E  de  Flacourt,  a  governor  of 
Madagascar).  FLACOURTIA  FAMILY.  Trees  or  shrubs, 
rarely  climbing:  leaves  usually  alternate  and  in  2  ranks: 
flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular;  sepals  2-6, 
commonly  4-5,  unbncated,  rarely  otherwise,  petals 
0,  or  equal  to  the  sepals,  or  many,  unbncated  or  con- 
volute; stamens  numerous,  hypogynous  or  pengynous; 
receptacle  enlarged  and  vanously  modified,  often  sur- 
mounted by  a  diversely  formed  disk;  ovary  superior 
or  nearly  so,  1-celled;  placenta)  parietal;  ovules  numer- 
ous; styles  and  stigmas  1  to  several:  fruit  dry  or  fleshy, 
dehiscent  or  mdehiscent. 


There  are  70  genera  and  more  than  500  species  of 
tropical  distnbution.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Violacese,  PassifloraceaB,  and  other  families  with  similar 
parietal  placentation,  but  is  most  closely  related  to  the 
Bixacese  with  which  it  has  often  been  united,  and  from 
which  it  differs  mainly  in  the  absence  of  slime-cells. 
In  general,  the  peculiar  ovary,  the  numerous  stamens, 
the  regular  flower,  and  the  enlarged  receptacle  are 
characteristic. 

The  sour  fruit  of  several  species  is  eaten,  or  preserved, 
in  the  tropics  The  seeds  01  Pangium  edule  are  roasted 
and  used  for  baking.  The  leaves  of  Caseana  esculenta 
are  eaten  in  India.  The  wood  is  little  used.  The  bark 
of  Neumannw  theiformis  is  used  like  ipecac  in  Madagas- 
car. Chaulmugra  oil  is  obtained  probably  from  Gyno- 
cardia  odorata  of  farther  India.  A  peculiar  resin  is 
secured  from  species  of  Laetia  of  Cuba.  Coccos  oil, 
used  in  perfumery,  is  obtained  from  the  Polynesian 
genus  Myroxylon.  The  fixed  oil  of  species  of  Pangium 
is  used  in  cooking. 

Probably  5  or  6  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  North  America*  Aberia  (Kei  Apple); 
Azara;  Carriena;  Flacourtia  (Rambustan,  Governor's 
Plum);  Idcsia,  hardy  in  Mass.,  Oncoba;  Xylosma. 

151.  Stachyuracese  (from  the  genus  titachyurus,  signi- 
fying -s pike-tail,  in  reference  to  the  form  of  inflorescence). 
STACHYURUS  FAMILY.  Shrubs  or  small  trees  with  alter- 
nate leaves*  flowers  bisexual  or  polygamous,  regular; 
sepals  4,  imbricated,  petals  4,  imbricated,  stamens  8, 
separate;  carpels  4,  ovary  superior,  1-celled.  or  falsely 
4-celled  by  the  intrusion  of  the  large  parietal  pkcentae; 
style   and   stigina   1,   ovules   many:  fruit   berry-like, 
pericarp  leathery 

Only  one  genus  and  4  tipecies  occur  in  Japan,  China, 
and  the  Himalayas  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Ternstroemiacejc  with  which  it  was  formerly  united 
and  from  which  it  differs  in  the  fewer  stamens,  1-celled 
ovary  and  entire  stigma  Useful  apparently  only  as 
ornamental  plants 

Two  species  are  occasionally  cultivated  in  America. 

152.  Passifloraceae  (from  the  genus  Pas^flora ,  early 
travelers  thought  they  had  found  emblems  of  the  cruci- 
fixion in  the  flower,  for  a  detailed  account  of  which  see 
article  on  Passiflora)   PAS^ION-FLCW  ER  FAMILY  Fig  40. 
Herbaceous   or   woody    plants,   usually   climbing    by 
axillary  tendrils    leaves  alternate,  simple  or  compound : 
flowers    bisexual,    or   unisexual,    usually    involucrate, 
perigynous,  calyx  and  corolla  sometimes  similar,  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated,  often  petaloid,  petals  4-5,  rarely  0, 
imbricated,  often  smaller  than  the  sepals,  sometimes 
fringed;  a  crown  (outgrowth  of  receptacle)  of  many 
filaments  between  the  petals  and  stamens,  sometimes 
tubular  or  scale-like;  stamens  4-5,    usually   opposite 
the  petals,  inserted  on  the  edge  of  the  cup-shaped 
receptacle,  or  at  the  base  of  the  corona,  or  at  the  base  of 
the  pistil  at  the  summit  of  a  long  gynophore,  separate 
or  connate;  ovary  superior,  raised  on  a  more  or  less 
distinct  stalk  (gynophore),  1-celled  with  3-5  parietal 
placentae,  ovules  numerous;  styles  3-5:  fruit  a  berry  or 
capsule. 

This  family  contains  18  genera  and  about  350  species, 
inhabitants  principally  of  the  tropical  regions,  especially 
of  the  New  World  Two  hundred  and  fifty  species  be- 
long to  the  genus  Passiflora,  which  extends  as  far  north 
as  southern  Pennsylvania.  The  family  is  not  closely 
related  to  other  families,  but  finds  its  nearest  affinities 
m  the  Loasacese,  Turneracese  and  Begomaceae.  The 
remarkable  floral  structure  is  distinctive. 

The  pulpy  aril  of  the  seeds  of  Passiflora  is  used 
m  tropical  America  in  the  preparation  of  cooling 
drinks.  The  flowers  and  fruit  of  P.  rubra  are  narcotic. 
The  roots  of  P.  quadrangulans  are  very  poisonous  and 
sometimes  used  in  small  doses  as  a  vermifuge.  Many 
Passifloras  are  cultivated  in  the  tropics  as  fruit  plants. 

Many  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  namely  Pasai* 
flora  and  Taesoma  (Granadilla,  Jamaica  Honeysuckle, 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Water  Lemon,  May-Pop),  some  for  the  beautiful  and 
odd  flowers,  some,  especially  in  the  South,  for  the  fruit. 

153.  Caricaceee  (from  the  genus  Canca,  erroneously 
supposed  to  be  a  native  of  Caria;  or  from  the  Latin 
meaning  a  kind  of  dry  fig).  PAWPAW  FAMILY.  Fig.  41. 
Peculiar  trees  with  straight,  rarely  branched,  palm-like 
trunks,  very  abundant  milky  juice,  and  a  terminal  crowri 
of  very  large,  alternate,  palmately-lobed,  rarely  entire, 
leaves,  flowers  unisexual,  small,  nearly  regular,  sepals 
5;  petals  5,  m  the  staminate  flowers  connate,  in  the 
pistillate  nearly  separate;  stamens  about  10,  inserted 
on  the  corolla;  ovary  superior,  1-  or  5-celled,  many- 
seeded;  styles  5:  fruit  a  large  melon-like  berry. 

This  is  a  small  family  of  2  genera  and  27  species,  con- 
fined to  tropical  and  subtropical  America;  mos>t  abun- 
dant in  the  Andes.  The  Caneacete  is  united  with  the 
Passifloraceae  by  some  authors,  but  is  similar  only  in 


41  CARICACE^B  1.  Canca,  one  form  of  flo\vcr  opened  LOASV- 
CE^E  2.  Loasa,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram  3  Mentztlm,  a, 
flower,  6,  c,  and  d,  typos  of  foliage  Lairs  BEGONIACE-E  4  lit'Konm, 
o,  male  flower,  6,  female  flower,  c,  cross-section  ovary  CACTACt.*- 
5.  Pilocercus,  flo\ver.  6.  Opuntia,  flower 

the  fruit.  It  is  also  related  to  the  Cucurbitacese  by  the 
fruit.  The  peculiar  habit  and  abundant  milky  juice  are 
very  distinctive. 

'1  he  large  melon-like  fruits  of  Canca  Papaya  are  now 
cultivated  and  eaten  throughout  the  tropics;  those  of 
other  species  are  also  eaten.  The  milky  juice  of  C. 
Papaya  contains  a  pepsin-like  substance  which  will 
curdle  milk.  This  substance  will  separate  the  fibers  of 
meat,  and  hence  the  leaves  and  fruit  are  cooked  with 
too  fresh  tough  meat  to  make  it  tender.  The  juice 
has  also  been  used  as  a  remedy  for  dyspepsia 

Canca  Papaya  (South  American  pawpaw)  is  com- 
monly grown  in  greenhouses;  and  it,  as  well  as  two 
other  species,  are  grown  in  southern  California  and 
Florida  in  the  open. 

154.  Loasaceffi  (from  the  genus  Zxxwa,  the  meaning 
unknown).  LOASA  FAMILY.  Fig.  41.  Erect  or  climbing 
herbs,  rarely  shrubby,  with  very  peculiar  and  character- 
istic nairs,  some  hooked,  some  stinging:  leaves  oppo 
site  or  alternate,  very  diverse:  flowers  bisexual,  regular, 
mostly  pengynous  (i  e ,  receptacle  usually  extended 


beyond  the  ovary);  sepals  4-5,  imbricated,  petal*- 
4-5,  flat  or  cucullate;  stamens  4-5,  alternating  with  th< 
petals,  or  more  commonly  very  numerous  through 
doubling,  the  outer  often  converted  into  stammodia 
which  resemble  the  petals;  ovary  usually  inferior,  and 
1-celled,  with  3  parietal  placentae;  ovules  numerous, 
fruit  a  capsub,  rarely  indehiscent,  often  spirally  con- 
structed. 

There  are  13  genera  and  about  120  species  confined 
to  America  from  the  Great  Plains  to  Chile;  most  abun- 
dant in  South  America.  This  is  a  distinct  family  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  Passifloraccse  and  the  Begomaceip 
The  very  peculiar  hairs  constitute  a  good  recognition 
character  On  Mentzeha  there  are  three  types  of  hairs: 
(1)  Chinese  pagoda-hko,  broad  at  the  base,  (2)  tuber- 
culate  stem  and  harpoon-like  top;  (3)  smooth  stem  and 
harpoon  top  The  flowers  with  many  stammodia  are 
often  large  and  cactus-like  Very  queer,  grotesque,  com- 
plex scales  are  produced  in  the  flowers  of  certain  genera 
(e  g  ,  Loasa)  through  the  union  of  several  stammodia 

Mentzfha  hispida  is  a  strong  purgative,  and  is  used 
by  the  Mexicans  for  syphilis. 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America  Of 
these,  Loasa  is  like  a  nettle,  and  the  sting  is  very  painful, 
but  the  flo\\ers  are  queer  and  interesting.  Mentzeha 
comprises  a  number  of  garden  annuals  or  biennials 
often  with  large  showy  flowers 

155.  Begoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Begonia,  named  in 
honor  of  Michael  Begon,  a  French  promoter  of  botany). 
BEGONIA   FAMILY.     Fig    41.    Herbs,    rarely  shrubby, 
hairs  usually  scale-like  or  branched   leaves  alternate, 
usually  oblique*  flowers  monoecious,  regular,  epigynous, 
cymose,  the  staminate  opening  first,  perianth  of  the 
staminate  flowers  of  2  valvate  sepals  and  2  petals,  all 
petaloid;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flowers  of  2  to  many 
similar  petaloid  parts,  stamens  numerous,  separate  or 
nearly  so;  ovary  inferior,  2-3-celled,  usually  sharply 
angled  and  winged,  ovules  numerous;  styles  3,  more  or 
less   branched    and   bearing   very    peculiar   crescent- 
shaped,  kidney-shaped,  or,  more  often,  spiral,  velvety 
stigmas,  rarely  straight    fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry 

The  Begonia  family  has  4  genera  and  about  500 
species,  most  of  which  belong  to  tht  genus  Begonia 
1  hey  are  widely  distributed  throughout  the  tropics,  but 
perhaps  most  abundant  in  South  America  along  the 
Andes  to  Mexico,  and  in  the  eastern  Himalayas  south- 
eastward to  the  Malay  Peninsula  The  Begoniaceae 
constitute  a  distinct  group  remotely  related  to  the  Cac- 
taceie,  Loasacea?,  Pasbifloraceaj  and  Cucurbitaces> 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance  except 
for  ornamental  purposes  Many  species  contain  oxalic 
acid  and  arc  eaten  as  salad,  and  as  a  remedy  for  scurvy. 
The  roots  of  some  are  astringent;  others  have  a  purga- 
tive root,  used  in  certain  tropics  for  syphilis  and  scrofula. 
The  Begoniaceae  is  one  of  the  most  important  orna- 
mental families 

Very  many  species  and  hybrids  of  Begonia  are  grown 
for  greenhouse  and  bedding  purposes,  both  for  the 
flowers  and  the  foliage. 

Order  43.  OPUNTIALES 

156.  Cactacese  (from  the  old  Lmncean  genus  Cactus. 
a  name  \ised  by  the  ancients  to  denote  any  spiny  plant). 
CACTUS  FAMILY.  Fig.  41.  Fleshy  plants  with  watery  or 
milky  juice,  a  great  reduction  or  complete  absence  of 
foliage,  and  very  thick,  rather  sparingly  branched,  rarely 
unbranched    stems,    which    are    cylindrical,    globular, 
flattened,  or  fluted,  and  often  constricted  or  jointed 
leaves  alternate,  flat  and  leaf-like  in  Pereskia.  scale-like 
or  absent  m  other  genera,  usually  bearing  bundles  of 
spines  m  the  axils,  which  are  triohomes,  and  which  are 
of  two  kinds,  long  and  stout,  or  minute  and  needle-like1 
lowers  bisexual,  mostly  regular,  pengynous  or  epigy- 
xious,  sepals  and  petals  rarely  8-10,  usually  very  many, 
similar,  stamens  many,  inserted  spirally  or  in  group? 


58 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


on  inside  of  the  receptacle;  ovary  inferior,  1-celled, 
with  3  to  many  parietal  plaoentac;  ovules  numerous; 
style  1;  stigmas  as  many  as  the  placentae  fruit  a  berry; 
embryo  straight  or  curved. 

The  Cacti  are  almost  entirely  confined  to  the  dry 
regions  of  tropical  and  subtropical  America  Mexico 
is  the  center  of  this  distribution,  but  the  Cactacese  ex- 
tend from  New  York  to  Patagonia.  A  species?  of  Rhip- 
sahs  has  lately  been  found  indigenous  in  West  Africa. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Begomacete,  Loasaceae,  and 
Passiflorace®.  The  peculiar  habit,  perianth  of  many 
similar  parts,  many  stamens,  and  inferior  1-cclled  ovary 
are  distinctive.  The  Cactacea)  is  divided  into  throe 
groups:  (1)  Cereus  group,  with  receptacle  extended  in 
a  tube  beyond  the  ovary  (pengynous),  and  no  hooked 
spines,  (2)  Opuntia  group,  tube  of  the  receptacle  want- 
ing, hooked  spines  usually  present;  (3)  Pereskia  group, 
with  fohaceous  leaves,  pamcled  flowers,  and  no  hooked 
spines. 

The  seeds  of  Rhipsalis,  an  epiphytic  genus,  are  often 
viscid  so  as  to  adhere  to  tree  trunks  and  the  like.  The 
ovaries  of  some  Cactacea)  are  imbedded  in  the  tisbue 
of  the  stem  In  this  family,  the  thick  stem  is  a  watcr- 
storing  organ.  The/flatttened  or  fluted  condition  of  the 
stem  of  most  species  is  probably  an  adaptation  which 
allows  these  stems  to  swell  when  wuter  is  abundant 
and  contract  when  it  is  scarce  without  danger  of 
rupturing  the  cuticle  The  variation  in  size  and  form 
among  cacti  is  very  great.  The  largest  species  is 
Carnegiea  giganteus  of  Mexico,  candelabra-like,  60  feet 
high. 

The  fruit  of  Opunfia  Ficus-indica,  now  naturalized 
in  the  Mediterranean  region,  is  there  eaten  under  the 
name  of  Indian  fig.  Opuntia  Tuna  of  tropical  America 
is  the  prickly  pear,  an  edible  fruit  Opuntia  vulgans  of 
the  eastern  United  States  is  also  eaten  under  the  name 
of  prickly  pear  or  Indian  fig  Fruits  of  Cereus  trian- 
gulans,  C  gigantcus,  and  C  Thurben  are  much  prized. 
The  stem  and  flowers  of  C.  grandiflorus  are  used  in 
medicine,  producing  an  action  on  the  heart  Vermif- 
ugal  properties  are  found  in  many  Cactaccce  An 
alcoholic  drink  is  made  by  the  Mexicans  from  the  hap  of 
species  of  Cereus  The  cochineal  insect,  a  scale  insect 
yielding  the  well-known  dye,  cochineal,  lives  upon  spe- 
cies of  Opuntia,  Pereskia,  and  Nopalca,  in  tropical 
America. 

The  total  number  of  genera  of  Cactacecc  which  have 
been  described  up  to  the  present  time  is  about  70. 
although  Dr.  Karl  Schumann,  who  monographed 
the  family  m  1899,  recognized  but  21.  Of  the  many 
genera  described,  most  are  good  and  will  probably 
stand  A  rational  and  uniform  treatment  of  the  family 
will  doubtless  show  that  there  are  no  less  than  75  ten- 
able genera  The  total  number  of  names  published  is 
something  over  3,800  This  includes  many  specie?  that 
have  been  transferred  from  one  genus  to  another.  The 
number  of  species  recognized  by  Schumann  is  some- 
thing less  than  700  Many  of  these  species  of  Schumann, 
however,  are  known  to  be  aggregates,  and  it  is  not 
unlikely  that  there  are  about  1,200  species  in  the 
family 

The  number  of  genera  treated  in  this  work  is  35. 
They  are  in  cultivation  in  America  as  odd  plants  for 
desert  gardens,  and  as  greenhouse  curiosities  Many 
have  beautiful  showy  flowers,  those  of  Cereus  grandir 
florus  (night-blooming  cereus)  being  nearly  one  foot 
across,  and  opening  only  m  the  night. 

The  reader  will  find  the  cacti  described  m  this 
Cvclopedia  under  the  following  names:  Acanthoccreus; 
Anhalomum  =  Anocarpus;  Aporocactus:  Anocarpus; 
Bergerocactus,  Cactus;  Carncgiea;  Cephalocereus; 
Cereus,  Disocactus;  Echinocactus;  Echmocereus;  Echi- 
nopsis;  Epiphyllum  =  Zygocactus;  Escontria,  Hanota; 
Harnsia,  Heliocereus;  Hylocereus;  Lemaireocereus; 
Leptocereus;  Leuchtenbergia;  Lophophora;  Mamil- 
lana;  Melocactus  =  Cactus,  Myrtiflocactus:  Nopalea; 


Opuntia;  Pachy cereus;  Pelecyphora;  Pereskia;  Per- 
eskiopsis;  Phyllocactus  =  Epiphyllum;  Pilocereus  =» 
Cephalocereus,  Rathbuma;  Selemcereus;  Schlumber- 
gera;  Wilcoxia,  Wittia;  Zygocactus. 

Order  44.   MYRTIFLOIMS 

157.  Thymelaeaceae  (from  the  generic  name  Thym* 
elsea,  a  Greek  name  meaning  thyme  +  oh»c  or  ml).  ME- 
ZEREUM  FAMILY.  Fig  42  Shrubs  or  *rees,  raicly 
herbs  leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  simple,  entire: 
flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  receptacle  devel- 
oped into  a  long  tube  which  bears  appendages  in  the 
throat,  perianth  umlifferentiated,  often  petuloid,  parts 
4-5,  imbricated,  pengynous,  stamens  ua  many  as  the 
sepals  and  alternate  with  them,  or  twice  as  many,  or 


42  THYMEL-^ACUE  1  Daphne,  flower.  EI,«AGX«:E,E.  2. 
Eltragnus,  a,  male  flower,  b,  bisexual  flower,  c,  floial  diagram,  d 
and  e,  hairs  from  surface  of  leaf.  LYTHKACK^  3  lythrum,  a, 
flower,  b,  tnmorphic  flowers  of  L  Sahiana,  c,  floral  diagram. 
PUNIC ACF^C.  4.  Pumca,  a,  flower,  b,  fruit,  upper  story,  c,  fruit, 
lower  story. 

reduced  to  2,  perigynous;  ovary  superior,  1-celled, 
rarely  2-celled;  ovule  solitary,  pendulous;  style  1  or  0, 
stigma  1:  fruit  indehiscent,  a  nut,  drupe,  or  berry; 
rarely  a  capsule. 

About  37  genera  and  425  species  arc  widely  distrib- 
uted over  the  earth.  One  species  is  native  in  north- 
western North  America.  The  largest  genera  are  Gmdia 
with  80-90  species,  and  Pimelea  with  75  species  The 
family  stands  between  the  Myrtiflorae  and  the  Cactalcs, 
and  also  somewhat  suggests  the  Passifloraceae  The 
single  perianth,  the  tubular  receptacle,  perigynous,  defi- 
nite stamens,  the  appendages  in  the  tube  of  the  recep- 
tacle, and  the  superior  1-celled,  1-ovuled  ovary  are 
distinctive 

Gnidia  cannata  of  South  Africa  and  Daphne  Meze- 
reum  (mezereon)  of  Europe  have  been  used  as  a  purge; 
as  has  also  the  spurge  flax  (Daphne  Gnidium)  of 
South  Europe,  the  caustic  juice  of  which  is  used  in  a 
blistering  ointment  A  blistering  principle  is  obtained 
from  the  bark  of  Fumfera  utihs  of  Brazil;  also  from 
Dirca  palustns  The  roots  of  Thymelxa  tinclona  yield 
a  j'ellow  dye.  Paper  is  made  from  the  cauline  fibers  of 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


59 


several  species,  e.g ,  Daphne  cannabina  of  India,  Dirca 
palustris  of  the  United  States,  Gnidia  of  Madagascar, 
and  Lagetta  of  Jamaica.  Cord  is  made  from  Lagetta 
fumfera  and  L  linteana  of  South  America  The  wood 
of  Aqmlana  Agallocha  of  India  is  aromatic,  called 
aloewood  One  Pirrielea  yields  a  balsam.  Lace-bark  is 
the  product  of  Lagetta  hnteana. 

Six  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this  country 
for  ornament  Among  these  are  Daphne  (Mezereon), 
greenhouse  and  garden,  Dirca  (Leatherwood,  Moose- 
wood),  native,  hardy;  and  Pimelea  (Rice  Flower), 
greenhouse. 

158  Elaeagnaceae    (from  the  genus   Elxagnus,    de- 
rived from  the  Greek  name  of  the  olive  combined  with 
that  of  the  Chaste  tree).    OLEASTER  FAMILY.    Fig  42 
Trees  and  shrubs,  covered  with  silvery  and  brown,  pel- 
tate or  stellate  scales    leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  sim- 
ple, entire    flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  pen- 
gynous,  receptacle  developed  into  a  long  tube  beyond 
the  ovary,  more  or   less  persistent,  and  inclosing  the 
fruit,  perianth  of  1  series,  parts  4,  rarely  2  or  6,  val- 
vate,  stamens  of  the  same  number  or  double  the  num- 
ber, inserted  in  the  tube;  pengynous  disk  prominent, 
lobed;   ovary    superior,    1-celled,    1-ovuled,   style    1; 
stigma  1     real  fruit  dry,  mdehiscent,  but   appearing 
drupe-like  because  of  the  fleshy  investing  receptacle. 

Throe  genera  and  about  30  species  are  found,  of 
which  about  25  belong  to  Elaeagnus,  mostly  steppe  or 
rock  plants,  chiefly  of  south  Asia,  Europe  and  North 
America  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Thymeke- 
acea»,  which  see  for  further  relationship.  The  peculiar 
scales,  the  pengynous  flowers,  the  1-celled,  1-seeded 
ovary,  and  the  fleshy  but  free  receptacle  are  distinctive. 

The  acid  fruits  of  El&agnus  angustifolia  of  Persia  are 
eaten,  also  those  of  E  lalifolia  of  India,  and  the  seeds 
of  tihfphtrdia  argentea  of  North  America 

There  are  3  genera  in  cultivation  in  America,  prin- 
cipally as  hardy  ornamental  plants  with  silvery  foliage: 
Elsragnus  (Oleaster,  Goumi),  Hippophae  (Sea  Buck- 
thorn, Swallow  Thorn),  Shepherdia  (Buffalo  Berry) 

159  Lythraceas  (from  the  genus  l/ythrum,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  blood,  in  reference  to  the  pur- 
ple flowers)     LOOSESTRIFE  FAMILY    Fig    42     Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees    leaves  usually  opposite  or  whorled 
flowers  bisexual,  usually  regular,  pengynous,  recepta- 
cle ("calyx-tube  )  tubular,  ribbed,  free  from  the  ovary, 
bearing  the  4  or  8  valvate  sepals  on  its  margin;  petals 
of  the  same  number  as  the  sepals,  or  0,  and  inserted  with 
them,  imbricated,  stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as 
the  petals,  rarely  more  (up  to  200),  or  fewer  (to  1), 
outer  set  alternate  with  the  petals,  and  inserted  some 
distance  below  them;  ovary  superior,  2-6-celled,  many- 
ovuled    fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  indehiscent. 

There  are  22  geneia  and  about  450  species  known; 
generally  distributed,  but  more  abundant  in  the  trop- 
ics, especially  in  America.  The  largest  genus  is  Cuphea 
with  about  160  species  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Onagracea1,  but  differs  in  the  superior  ovary;  it 
is  albo  related  to  the  Melastomaceaj,  but  the  sta- 
mens are  normal 

Ly thrum  Salicana  has  been  used  as  an  astringent; 
Ileimia  and  Cuphea  have  been  used  as  purgatives  and 
emetics  Lawsonia  inermis  of  Egypt  is  the  famous 
henna,  the  perfume  of  the  flower  of  which  is  renowned 
throughout  the  East,  with  an  orange-red  dye  obtained 
from  the  leaves  of  this  plant,  women  of  the  orient  dye 
hair  and  nails  Pemphis  acidula  is  used  as  a  pot-herb 
in  Asia  The  flowers  of  Woodfordiaflonbunda  yield  the 
red  dye  of  India  called  dhak.  Lagerstrcemia  furnishes 
very  valuable  timber 

In  cultivation  in  N  America  are  several  genera*  Cu- 
phea, species  of  garden  annuals,  Decodon  (Swamp 
Loosestrife),  native,  but  used  for  water-gardens  ;  Lyth- 
ium  (Loosestrife);  Lawsoma  (Henna),  cultivated  in 
southern  Florida  and  southern  California;  Lagerslrce- 
mia  indica  (Crape  MynJe)  cultivated  in  the  South. 


160.  Punicaceae  (from  the  genus  Pumca,  derived 
from  the  Latin  m  reference  to  Carthage,  near  which 
city  the  plant  is  said  to  have  grown,  or  from  the  Latin 
meaning  scarlet,  in  reference  to  the  flowers)  POME- 
GRANATE FAMILY.  Fig  42  Shrubs  or  commonly  small 
trees,  leaves  mostly  opposite,  flowers  bisexual,  usually 
pengynous;  receptacle  campanulate  or  tubular,  thick- 
ened above  the  ovary;  sepals  5-8,  fleshy,  valvate; 
petals  5-7,  imbricated,  inserted  with  the  sepals  on  the 
edge  of  the  receptacle,  btamens  very  numerous,  clothing 
the  tube  of  the  receptacle;  carpels  in  1-2  (rarely  3) 
superimposed  series,  3  m  the  lower  and  usually  5-7  in 
the  upper,  ovary  more  or  less  inferior,  with  as  many 
cells  as  carpels;  placenta?  of  the  lower  series  axile,  of  the 
upper  parietal,  the  cells  many-ovuled;  style  and  stigma 
1  fruit  a  berry,  the  pulpy  central  mass  of  which  is 
formed  from  the  fleshy  outer  seed-coats. 

This  is  a  family  of  only  1  genus  and  2  species,  na- 
tives of  the  Mediterranean  region  and  eastward  to  the 
Himalayas  It  was  formerly  united  with  the  Lythra- 
ceae,  but  the  peculiar  ovary  ib  unique.  Pumca  Grana- 
tum  is  the  famous  pomegranate,  cultivated  for  its  fruit 
since  the  earliest  times,  and  now  widely  spread  over 
the  tropics.  This  species  is  cultivated  in  the  southern 
states  and  in  greenhouses  It  has  escaped  in  Florida 
161  Lecythidaceae  (from  the  genus  Lecythia,  derived 
irom  the  Greek  meaning  an  otl-jnr,  in  reference  to  the 
fruit)  LECYTHIA  FAMILY  Fig  43.  Trees,  leaver  alter- 
nate, large  arid  striking  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  pengy- 
nous  or  epigynous,  sepals  4-6,  rarely  fewer,  valvate; 
petals  4-6,  imbricated,  rarely  more  or  fewer,  stamen^ 
very  numerous,  somewhat  monadelphous,  many  anther- 
less;  intra-stammal  disk  often  present,  ovary  inferior, 
2-6-celled,  several  ovules  in  each  cell'  fruit  a  hard- 
shelled  berry  or  a  capsule  dehiscing  by  a  lid 

The  family  has  18  genera  and  about  225  species, 
with  a  somewhat  isolated  distribution  in  various  parts 
of  the  tropics,  e  g ,  North  Bra/il,  west  coast  of  Africa, 
Malay  Peninsula,  Mozambique,  and  Samoa.  The  fam- 
ily was  formerly  united  with  the  Myrtaceae  but  is  dis- 
similar in  some  important  details  of  vascular  structure, 
and  in  the  absence  of  volatile  oils 

The  most  important  economic  plant  is  the  Brazil- 
nut  or  para-nut  (Berthollclia  excelsa)  of  northern 
South  America,  the  oily  seeds  of  which  are  an  impor- 
tant article  of  food.  The  seeds  are  in  a  box-like  capsule, 
the  lid  of  which  falls  off.  The  oily  seeds  of  several  other 
species  are  eaten,  e  g  ,  the  monkey-pot  tree  (Lecythis). 
Ihe  fruits  and  roots  of  a  number  of  species  of  Bar- 
ringtoma  are  used  m  Java  and  China  to  stupefy  fish. 
The  flowers  of  Gna*>  cauhflora  of  the  West  Indies  are 
used  for  tea.  A  cooling  drink  is  made  from  the  fruit  of 
Couroumta  guianemis  of  the  West  Indies. 

The  Brazil-nut  or  nigger-toe  is  sparingly  planted  m 
southern  California,  Florida  and  the  West  Indies. 

162.  Rhizophoraceae  (from  the  genus  Rhizophora, 
root-beanng,  because  of  the  numerous  aerial  roots). 
MANGROVE  FAMILY.  Fig  43.  Trees  or  shrubs-  leaves 
usually  opposite,  coriaceous  flowers  bisexual,  epigynous 
or  pengynous;  sepals  3-14,  more  or  less  connate,  valvate; 
petals  of  the  same  number,  small,  often  lacerate; 
stamens  2-4  tunes  as  many,  often  in  pairs  opposite  the 
petals;  ovary  inferior,  usually  2-5-celled:  fruit  some- 
what juicy,  crowned  with  the  calyx,  rarely  dehiscent, 
usually  a  berry,  rarely  a  drupe 

The  15  genera  and  about  50  species  are  distributed 
throughout  the  tropics  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Combretaceaj  and  Lythraceae;  more  distantly  to  the 
other  families  of  the  myrtaceous  group. 

This  is  a  small  family  of  remarkable  plants,  mostly 
inhabiting  mud-flats  along  the  coast  in  the  tropics. 
The  stem  soon  perishes  at  the  base  and  then  the  plant 
is  supported  by  its  numerous  prop-roots  alone  The 
mud  is  so  soft  that  otherwise  the  plants  could  probably 
not  remain  erect.  The  genus  Rhizophora  is  almost 
unique  in  the  vegetable  kingdom  because  the  seeds  germi- 


60 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


natr  on  the  plant.  The  hypocotyl  may  reach  (he 
length  of  3  feet,  although  usually  less;  it  is  club-shaped 
and  heaviest  at  the  apex,  so  that  when  the  seedling 
eventually  falls  from  the  tree,  it  sticks  in  the  mud 
vertically,  with  the  h>pocotyl  down,  ready  to  giow. 

The  Rhizophoracese  are  ot  little  economic  importance 
Land  is  held  in  place  and  protected  from  the  waves  hy 
the  mangrove  The  fruits  of  Amsophylluin  are  pluin- 
l:ke  but  poor.  The  mangrove  grows  wild  on  the 
Florida,  Texas,  and  Mississippi  coast,  and  has  been 
offered  for  sale  in  California 

163  Combretacese  (from  the  genus  Combretitm,  a 
name  given  to  this  plant  by  Pliny).  COMIWKTUM  FAM- 
ILY. Fig  13  Trees  or  shrubs,  erect  or  climbing  leaves 


43    LFCTTHIDACE^E'      1    Leoythis    flower       RTTIZOFHOHACB.K: 

2  Rhizophora,  a,   flower,   6,   gunrunafinK  fruit      CoMBREr\th  « 

3  Combretum,    a,    flower,     6,    floral    diagram      MYRT \ct-f.      4. 
Jambosa,  a,  flower,  b,  verticil  it  ( lion  flowi  r-bud     r>    Eucalyptus, 
a,   flower-bud    und    lid,   b,   \ertieul    section   flower-bud.     AltLAS- 
TOMACE-E     0    Melautoma,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram. 

alternate  or  opposite,  simple  or  coriaceous*  flowers 
bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  usually  perigynous, 
receptacle  enveloping  the  ovarv  and  often  projecting 
into  a  slender  tube;  sepals  4--5,  valvate,  connate,  petals 
4-5,  or  0,  stamens  4-5,  alternating  with  the  petals,  or 
twice  or  thrice  as  manv;  ovary  1-celled,  infenor,  2-4- 
ovuled'  fruit  a  drupe,  or  dry  and  winged,  rarely 
dehiscent 

In  this  family  are  15  genera  and  about  280  species, 
mostly  confined  to  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Cornacete  and  the  Rhi- 
zophoracesp,  as  well  as  more  distantly  to  the  Onagraceie. 

The  trees  are  valuable  for  their  hard,  close  wood; 
the  tannin-containing  bark  and  galls  are  used  locally 
for  tanning  leather  The  seeds  Known  as  myrobalans 
(Tcrminalia  Chebula  and  T.  Calappa)  are  much  eaten 
in  India  A  useful  oil  is  obtained  from  these  seeds. 
Black  and  yellow  dyes  are  furnished  by  several  species. 

Four  to  6  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  the  Southern 
States  arid  the  West  Indies  Tcrminalia  Catfippa 
(tropical  almond,  myrobalan)  is  grown  for  nuts  and 


shade  Poivrea  is  a  red-flowered  shrub  grown  in 
southern  Florida.  One  species  of  Combretum  is  a 
warmhouse  climbing  shrub  Quisquahs,  or  rangoon 
creeper,  is  a  peculiar  climbing  shrub  grown  in  the 
warmhouse.  It  is  at  first  erect,  later  climbing 

164  Myrtacese  (from    the    genus    Myrtus    derived 
from  the  classical  name  myrtle,  which  probably  meant 
perfume)    MYUTLB  FAMILY    Fig  43.    Usually  shrubby 
or  aiboresccnt  aromatically  fragrant  plants   leaves  usu- 
ally opposite,  thick,  entire  and  pellucid-dotted    flowers 
bisexual,    regular,    rarely    perigynous;    sepals    mostly 
4-5,  imbricated,  petals  1-5,  imbricated,  stamens  very 
numerous  by  splitting,   often  in  fascicles   which   are 
opposite  the  petals,  ovary  inferior,  1-  to  many-celled 
fruit  usually  a  berry,  rarely  a  drupe  or  nut,  seeds 
1-  to  many 

The  72  genera  and  2,750  species  are  confined  almost 
entirely  to  the  tropics,  but  with  two  great  centers  of 
distribution,  one  m  tropical  America  and  the  other  in 
Australia  Eugenia  contains  625  species,  and  Euea- 
lyptus  moie  than  130  species  This  is  a  laige  family  re- 
lated to  the  MelastomaceiE,  Onagraceae,  and  Lythiaceie 
The  very  rmmeious  stamens,  derived  by  the  solitting  of 
the  few  original  stamens,  and  the  oil-glands  are  dis- 
tinctive The  petals  of  Eucalyptus  remain  hrmlv  grown 
together,  and,  when  the  flower  opens,  they  separate 
along  a  transverse  line  and  are  thrown  off  as  a  lid 

The  Mvrtacea*  are  rich  in  volatile  oils,  also  in  tannin, 
acids,  sugars,  mucilage,  and  fixed  oils.  Cloves  are  the 
flo\\er-buds  of  Jamhovi  caryophyllus  The  fruit  of 
Pimenta  oflidnalit  i^  thought  to  combine  the  flavors 
of  the  nutmeg,  cinnamon,  and  clove,  and  is  therefore 
termed  allspice  Psuhntn  (tiinjava  is  a  tree  cultivated 
in  the  tiopics  for  the  much-pi ized  fruits  Oil  of  in)  rica 
is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of  Pimenta  acns  of  the 
West  Indie?,  and  is  used  in  making  bay  rum  Oil  of 
cajeput,  a  fragrant  oil  used  in  medicine,  is  secured 
from  the  leaves  and  t\\igs  of  the  East  Indian  Mclaleuca 
Lcucadtndron  The  leaves  of  the  European  myrtle 
(Myrtnx  comtnutiis)  yield  a  distilled  preparation  known 
as  oau-d'ange,  used  as  a  toilet  article  Other  edible 
fruits  are  ro^e  apples  (Jambosa  nuilttccensis  and  J  vul- 
gant,)  of  the  East  Indies  and  Pacific  Ocean  Jambos 
berries  are  obtained  from  Jambof>a  vulgaris,  which  is 
extensively  cultivated  in  the  tropics  Oil  of  eucalyptus 
is  an  important  aromatic  oil  obtained  from  the  foliage 
of  various  species  of  that  genus  The  wood  of  Eu- 
calyptus is  hard,  firm  and  elastic,  and  is  much  prized 
in  wood-carving  Many  other  species  of  this  family 
are  in  use  locally  for  food,  condiments,  medicine, 
timber,  and  so  on 

About  20  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  North  America, 
mostlv  in  the  South  or  Southwest  Among  these  are 
the  Bottle-brush  (Callistemon),  Cajaput  Tree  (Mela- 
leuca),  Eucalyptus  or  Australian  Blue-gum,  Hose  Apple 
or  Jambos  (Jambosa),  Cayenne  Cherry  (Eugenia), 
Myrtle  (Myrtus),  Guava  (Psidium),  Allspice,  Pimento 
(Pimenta),  Brisbane  Box  (Tnstama),  Turpentine  Tree 
(Syncarpia),  and  Downy  Myrtle  (Hhodomyrtus) 

165  Melastomaceae  (from    the    genus    Melastoma, 
derived  from  the  Greek  block-mouth,  because  the  berries 
of  some  of  the  species  when  eaten  stain  the  mouth 
black)     MELANOMA  FAMILY.    Fig   43    Herbs,  shrubs 
or  trees,  erect,  climbing  or  epiphytic  branches  often  4- 
sidcd  leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  simple,  mostly  entire, 
usually  palmately  nerved  throughout  with  transverse 
nervelets.  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  slightly  irregular, 
often  pcngynous,    sepals  3-6,  mostly  5,  valvate,  im- 
bricated or  united  into  a  calypt  ra-like  hood,   petals 
commonly    5,    convolute;  stamens    usually    twice    as 
many  as  the  petals,  rarely  just  as  many;  anthers  mostly 
opening  by  terminal  pores,  indexed  in  the  bud,  often 
curved,   connective  very   peculiar  and  diverse,   with 
various  appendages;  often  one  anther  cell  wanting,  the 
other  mounted  on  the  end  of  the  lever-like,  versatile, 
curved  connective,  ovary  usually  4-5-celled,  more  or 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


61 


less  inferior;  ovules  numerous  m  each  cell;  style  and 
stigma  I'  fruit  a  berry,  drupe  or  capsule,  or  dry  and 
indehiscent,  usually  inclosed  in  the  calyx 

Most  of  the  148  genera  and  about  2,800  species,  are 
found  in  tropical  America,  wheic  the  species  are  very 
abundant  and  form  a  characteristic  component  of  the 
vegetation;  represented  in  the  eastern  United  States 
by  4  species  of  Rhexia  (deer-gras,s,  meadow  beauty) 
Melastomacea?  is  a  very  distinct,  stnkmg  and  pecu- 
liar tropical  family  related  to  the-  Myrtaceaeie  and  the; 
Lythraceap,  recognized  by  the  venation  of  the>  leaves, 
and  the  unusual  stamens  The  so-called  "cauliflower" 
species,  with  the  flowers  borne  duectly  on  the  tree- 
trunks,  are  polunate'd  by  butterflieis  in  the  deep  tropi- 
cal forests.  Some  Mtlafetomacc\r  are  myimeeophilejus, 
i  e  ,  furnish  habitations  or  food  for  ants,  which  m  turn 
protect  the  plant 

The  fruits  of  several  species  are  eaten  The  berries 
and  bark  of  some  yield  cole)rmg  matter  of  some  impoi- 
tance  A  jellow  dye  is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of 
Memecvlon  of  the  East  Indies  and  Africa,  red  and 
black  fives  are  seemed  from  the  berries  of  Tamonea 
(tropical  America),  Me'lastoma  (East  Indies),  and  so  on 
The  leaves  of  Tamonea  thtvznn^  are  used  by  the 
Peruvians  in  place  of  tea  Some,  because1  of  astringent 
properties,  are  locally  used  as  medicine  The  most 
important  use  of  the  Melastomaoeic  is  ornamental 
The  large',  showy,  queer  flowers  and  striking  foliage 
render  them  popular  greenhouse  plants  in  the  North 

Some  20  geneia  are-  cultivated  in  N  America,  mostlv 
as  warmhouse  decorative  plants,  or  foi  summer  bed- 
ding Few,  if  Miy,  ha\e  popular  names 

166  Onagr&cese  (from  the  genus  Onar/ra,  now  a  part 
of  (Knothera,  domed  fiom  the  Gre-ek,  a  j/vW  «s.s, 
in  reference  to  a  fancied  resemblance  between  the1 
eais  of  that  animal  and  the>  lea\es  of  these  plants) 
EVEN-IXC,  PniMROhi:  FVMILY  Fig  11  Mostly  heibs, 
rarely  shrubs  leaves  opposite  or  alternate  flowe«rs 
bisexual,  regular,  pengjnous  01  epigvnous,  sepals  1, 
rarelv  2-3,  sep.uate  or  united,  valvate,  petals  4,  or 
rarelv  2  or  0,  mostlv  el  iwed,  convolute,  stamens  of  the 
same  number  as  the  petals  or  twice  as  maiiv,  outer 
alternate'  with  the  petals,  o\arv  2-4-celled,  inferior; 
ovules  numerous,  stvle  1,  stigmas  1-1  fruit  a  capsule, 
rarely  a  bony  or  nut 

The  ,'iO  genera  and  170  sp<  <-ies  ^re  mostlv  natives  of 
the  temperate  portion  of  the  New  \\  orld  (western  United 
States  and  Mexico),  but  aie  also  abundant  in  South 
America  Epilobium,  containing  !(>()  species,  is  widely 
distributed  in  the  cooler  legions  of  be>th  hemispheres 
This  is  a  distinct  familv,  roeogm/<  d  bv  the  numerical 
plan  of  2  01  1,  1he%  usu  illv  pengvnous  flowers,  ancl  the 
inferior  ovarj  with  many  ovules  It  is  le'latodto 
Lvthracoo*,  Melastomaooio,  Mjrtacoo?,  and  other  fami- 
lies of  this  group 

Fuchsia  is  shrubbv  or  even  arborescent,  and  its 
fruit  is  a  berry  The  tubular  receptacle  is  piolonged 
beyond  the  enaiy  in  most  genera,  but  not  m  Jussieua, 
Ludwigia,  and  Epilobium  The  seeds  of  Epilobium  are 
comose,  and  are  distributed,  paiachuto-like,  by  the 
wind.  The  flowers  of  a  number  of  specie's  of  (Enothera 
open  only  at  night  or  m  dark  weather,  and  are  pollinated 
by  night-flying  moths;  hence  the  name  evening  prim- 
rose 

The  wood  of  several  species  of  Fuchsia  furnishes  ink 
and  a  black  dye  Ju^una  pihw  >ields  a  yellow  dve. 
The  berries  of  many  Fuchsias  are  eaten,  and  preserved 
with  sugar  The  y.mng  shoots  of  E  {niobium  latifohum 
are  eaten  as  gieens  The  roots  of  (Knot hern  biennis 
have  been  unproved  in  Europe  and  furnish  "rha- 
pontic"  roots,  which  are  eaten  like  celery  The  coma 
of  the  seeds  of  Epilobium  has  been  used  in  Lapland  to 
make  lamp-wicks  and  has  been  spun  into  cloth,  but 
without  great  success  Many  genera  are  cultivated  for 
ornamental  purposes  because  of  the  showy  flowers 

About  a  dozen  genera  are  cultivated  in  N   America, 


among  which  are  the  following-  Cirogpa  (Enchanter's 
Nightshade),  Epilobium  (Willow  Heib,  Fire  Weed), 
Fuchsia,  Ludwigia  (Water-purslane,  Seed-box  or  Hat  tie- 
box)  ,  Clarkia,  Q^notheia  (Evening  Primrose,  Sundrops) , 
and  Godotia  These  are  mostly  grown  in  the  open  as  an- 
nuals or  as  hardy  perennials,  except  Fuchsia,  which  is  j 
greenhouse  plant  but  often  bedded  out  in  summer 

Ib7  Hydroc  aryaceae  (from  the  Greek  signifying 
water-walnut)  W  MLR  Cm  si  NUT  FAMILY  Herbaceous, 
aquatic  plants  mostlv  floating  stems  slender,  clothed 
with  opposite,  pmnatif'd  roots  leaves  alternate 
crowded  at  the  summit  of  the  stem,  floating,  rhomboid, 
petiolod,  petioles  foimmg  thick,  hollow  floats  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  shghth  pengynous,  axillary,  sepals 
4,  petals  1,  stamens  1,  all  sets  alternating,  ovary  sur- 
rounded bv  an  erect,  corona-like  disk,  half-mferiejr, 
2-oelled,  cells  1-ovuled,  st\le  and  stigma  1  fiuit  a 
woody  1 -celled,  1 -sec-tied  nut  hearing  on  the  surface 
the  four  divergent  ,voody  horn-like  sepals  and  capped 
by  the  woody  disk 

A  single  genus  and  3  species  occur,  distributed  in  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  eastwaid  to  eastern  Asia. 
This  is  an  ancient  family,  more  common  in  the  tertiary. 
The1  family  is  related  to  the  Onagracoa?,  with  which 
it  is  frequent lv  united,  and  to  the  Haloragidaceae, 
ind  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  these  two 
families  The  fruit,  disk,  and  habit  are  peculiar 

The>  starchy  seeds  have  a  chestnut-like  flavor  and 
are  eaten  raw  or  cooked,  for  which  reason  the  plants 
aie  often  cultivated  The  fruits  are  regulaiK  sold 


2c 


44  ONVGRA.O  JT  1  (Enothera,  o,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram 
2  Epilobium,  a  flea, or,  b,  dphiscing  fruit,  c,  seed  3  Circa>a, 
flouil  diagram  Hvu>u\umvcfc*.  4.  Myriophyllum,  a.  portion 
of  flowering  plant,  6,  female  flower,  c,  male  flower,  petals  removed 

in  the  markets  of  India;  those  of  Trapa  natans  var. 
v<  ibancn&is  are  used  as  beads 

Trajm  natans  (\\ater  Chestnut,  Water  Caltrops) 
and  T  bis  pi  now  (Smghara  Nut)  are  giown  in  this 
countiy  as  aquarium  plants  See  article  on  Trapa 

108  Haloragidacese  (fiom  the  genus  Haloragis, 
meaning  &m  +  a  beinj)  WATER  MILFOIL  FAMILY. 
Fig  44  Heibs,  aquatic  or  terrestrial,  of  very  diverse 
appearance'  leaves  opposite  or  alternate,  often  in  the 
same  genus,  pectinate  (aquatic)  to  very  large  and 


62 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


divided:  flowers  Bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular;  sepals 
4,  petals  4  or  0;  stamens  8,  the  outer  opposite  the 
petals,  or  4,  rarely  fewer;  ovary  inferior,  1-4-celled, 
each  cell  1-ovuled:  fruit  nut-hke,  often  crowned  by  the 
calyx. 

Eight  genera  and  about  100  species  are  known,  of 
general  distribution.  These  are  most  abundant  in  the 
southein  hemisphere  of  the  Old  World.  They  are  repre- 
sented In  South  America  and  elsewhere  by  the  queer 
Gunnera  and  in  the  eastern  United  States  by  Hippuris, 
Mynophyllum  and  Proserpinaca.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Onagraceac,  but  differs  in  having  but  1 
ovule  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary. 

The  aquatic  forms  are  Utnculana-hke  and  floating, 
with  slender  stems  and  either  finely  pectinate  leaves 
with  filiform  divisions  (Mynophyllum)  or  linear  and 
entire  leaves  (Hippuris).  Gunnera  of  South  America 
has  broad  kidney-shaped  leaves  varying  from  small  to 
gigantically  large.  The  leaves  of  this  genus  in  Costa 
Ilica  are  said  to  be  so  large  as  to  give  shelter  to  three 
men  on  horseback. 

The  fruits  of  Gunnera  macrophylla  are  used  as  a 
stimulant  m  Java.  The  giant  leaves,  six  feet  broad,  of 
Gunnera  chilensis  are  used  in  Chile  for  tanning  skins. 

Two  species  of  Gunnera  are  almost,  or  quite,  hardy 
in  the  mid-eastern  United  States,  and  are  grown  for 
luxuriant  lawn  foliage.  Several  species  of  the  aquatic 
Mynophyllum  are  in  cultivation,  one  of  which  is 
parrot  s  feather  (M.  proserpinacoides). 

Order  45.  UMBELUFLOR<E 

169  Araliacese  (from  the  genus  Aralia,  the  meaning 
of  which  is  unknown).  GINSENG  FAMILY.  Fig  45.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees,  often  prickly  or  climbing,  stems  solid, 
pithy  leaves  usually  alternate,  simple,  or  pinnately 
or  ternately  compound*  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual, 
small,  regular,  epigynous,  commonly  m  umbels;  sepals 
minute,  often  almost  wanting;  petals  5,  rarely  more, 
valvate  or  imbricated,  sometimes  cohering  at  the  apex 


7b 


45  ARALIACE^;  1  Aralia,  a  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  2 
Hedera,  portion  -»f  inflorescence  UMBELLIFER.B-  3  Ciouta, 
inflorescence  4  Foeniculura,  a,  flower,  b,  dehiscing  fruit  5 
Artedia,  fruit  6  Apmm,  fruit  7.  o,  6,  and  ct  fruits  of  Umbel - 
hferse,  croea-aectioa 


and  deciduous  as  a  cap;  stamens  usually  5,  alternate 
with  the  petals,  and  inserted  at  the  edge  of  an  epigynous 
disk,  rarely  twice  or  thrice  as  many;  ovary  inferior, 
2-15-celled;  cells  1-ovuled;  styles  as  many  as  the  car- 
pels: fruit  a  berry,  rarely  splitting  into  segments. 

Fifty-one  genera  and  aoout  400  species  are  dis- 
tributed in  tropical  and  temperate  regions  of  both 
hemispheres.  The  two  great  centers  of  distribution  are 
tropical  America  and  the  Malay  Peninsula.  The  family 
is  very  closely  related  to  the  Umbelliferffi,  but  differs  in 
the  berry-like  fruit  with  more  numerous  carpels. 

The  leaves  of  the  English  ivy  (Hedera  Helix)  were 
used  in  medicine  in  olden  times.  The  roots  of  ginseng 
i  >Jnnax  Ginseng  and  Sartor  quniqmjoluun)  arc,  mui^ 
prized  in  China  where  they  are  carried  about  on  the 
person  as  a  charm  against  disease  Those  roots  are 
now  extensively  and  profitably  cultivated  m  America 
for  the  Chinese  trade.  The  roots  of  Araha  nwiiundis 
(American  sarsaparilla)  are  considered  a  tonic  Chinese 
rice-paper  is  made  from  the  pith  of  Tetrapnnax  papyn- 
ferum  simply  by  cutting  the  pith  spirally  into  thin  sheets. 
Many  Araliaceso  are  grown  as  ornamental  plants. 

Many  genera  are  cultivated  in  America.  Among 
these  are  Acanthopanax;  Araha  (including  Spikenard, 
Hercules'  Club  or  Devil's  Walking-club,  Wild  Sarsapa- 
nlla, Bristly  Sarsaparilla,  Chinese  Angelica  Tree); 
Dizygotheca,  Fatsia,  Oreopanax,  Polyscias,  Pseud  o- 
panax;  Hedera  (English  Ivy),  and  Panax  (Ginseng) 

170.  Dxnbelliferae  (from  the  predominating  typo  of 
flower  cluster).  PARSLEY  FAMILY.  Fig  45  Herbs  or 
rarely  shrubs  stems  often  hollow,  leavos  alternato, 
rarely  simple,  usually  ternately  or  pinnately  compound . 
flowers  minute,  bisexual,  regular  or  the  outer  irregular, 
epigynous;  borne  m  simple  or  compound  umbols; 
sepals  minute  or  wanting;  petals  5,  valvato  and 
incurved  in  the  bud;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the 
petals,  inserted  around  an  epigynous  disk,  ovary 
2-celled,  inferior,  each  cell  1 -seeded,  styles  2  fruit 
very  special,  consisting  of  2  dry,  ribbed  or  winged, 
1-seeded,  mdemscent  carpels  (moncarps),  which  sep- 
arate at  the  base  but  remain  attached  at  the  top  to  a 
very  slender  and  flexuous  Y-shaped  stalk  (carpophore) 
from  which  they  dangle;  between  or  under  the  ribs 
are  oil-tubes. 

About  231  genera  and  1,500  species  are  very  com- 
monly found  in  all  boreal  temperate  and  subtropical 
lands,  but  are  rare  in  the  tropics  except  in  tho  moun- 
tains. The  Umbelliferse  is  a  distinct  family,  closely 
related  to  the  Arahacese,  and  more  distantly  to  the 
Cornacese.  The  umbels,  the  infenor  ovary  and  the 
peculiar  fruit  are  distinctive. 

The  leaves  are  exceedingly  diverse  in  sizo,  shape 
and  extent  to  which  compounded  Those  of  Eryngium 
are  sword-shaped,  or  yucca-like,  often  spiny,  those  of 
Hydrocotyle  are  simple  and  often  peltate.  Azorella 
of  the  Andes  and  New  Zealand  is  turf-like  or  oushion- 
hke,  a  xerophytic  adaptation  Some  species  of  Angelica 
are  immense  herbs  many  feet  high  with  enormous 
leaves.  The  flowers,  in  genoral,  are  uniform  in  structure 
and  appearance,  the  greatest  diversity  being  in  the  fruit 

Economic  plants  are  abundant  m  the  Umbelhferap; 
between  40  and  50  have  been  listed  by  some  authors 
Various  alkaloids  and  other  compounds,  some  very 
poisonous,  together  with  many  kinds  of  resins,  pro- 
duced in  the  foliage,  roots  or  seeds,  form  tho  basis  of 
their  economic  importance.  Plants  used  for  food  are 
celery  (Apium  graveolens),  carrot  (Daucus  Carota),  and 
parsley  (Petroselinumsativum).  Those  used  for  flavoring 
are  caraway  (Carum  Carui),  anise  (Pimjnnella  Amsum), 
sweet  Cicely  (OsmorhizaorScandix).  chervil  (Anthnscus 
Cerefohum),  dill  ( Anethum  graveolens),  fennel  (Fcemculum 
vulgare),  lovage  (Lewsticum  officinale)  Very  poisonous 
plants  are  poison  hemlock  (Comum  maculatum) ,  fool's 
parsley  {Mthu&a  Cynapiurn)  and  others  The  following 
drugs  are  obtained  from  this  family,  coriander  (Conun- 
drum sativum),  ammoniac  resin  (from  Dorema  Ammon- 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


63 


ittcura),  galbanum  (a  rosin  from  species  of  Ferula). 
From  various  species  of  Ferula  is  obtained  the  vile- 
smelling  gum-resin  asafetida,  used  in  medicine,  which 
the  Persians  are  .said  to  piai.se  a,s  a  delicious  condiment. 

There  are  40-T>0  genera  in  cultivation  in  America, 
mostly  hardy  Some  are  grown  for  food,  others  for 
ornament  Sea  Holly  (Krjngium),  Saniele,  or 
locally  Black  Snakeroot  (Samcula),  Carrot  (Daucus), 
Coriander  (Conandrum) ;  Cumin  (Cummum),  Celery 
(Apium),  Caraway  (Carum),  Gout-weed  (/ICgopodium.), 
Sweet  Cicely  (Osmorhi/a),  Mynh  (not  of  medicine)  or 
European  Sweet  Cicely  (Myrrhis  or,  more  properly, 
Scandix),  Fennel  (Fu-mculum),  Lo\age  (Levistieurn), 
Angelica  (Angelica),  Cow-parsnip  (lleiaeleum)  Poison 
hemlock  (Comum)  is  a  roadside  weed 

171  Cornaceae  (fiom  the  genus  Connix,  derived 
from  the  Latin  horn,  referring  1o  the  hardness  of  the 
wood)  Do(j\\<x>n  FAMILY  Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely 
herbs  leaver  opposite  or  altern.it e,  entire,  evstipulatc 
floweis  bisexual,  lately  unisexual,  regular,  epigynous, 
sepals  1,  minute  or  absent,  petals  i,  usually  v  ah  ate, 
stamens  commonly  of  same  number  as  petals  and 
alternate  with  them,  separate,  cpigynous  disk  usually 
present,  ovary  inferior,  2-eelled,  rarely  1-10-celled, 
ovuleh  in  each  cell  1,  rarely  2  fruit  a  drupe  or  berry 

The  lo  genera  and  about  120  species,  of  which  45 

r'les  belong  to  the  genus  Corn  us,  are  distributed  in 
temperate  portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
principally  in  North  America  and  Asia,  some,  how- 
ever, occur  in  South  Afrua  and  New  Zealand.  The 
relationships  of  the  fannlv  aie  doubtful  Cornus  is 
related  to  the  Capiffohacea-,  but  some  other  genera 
suggest  the  Aralme<  a1  The  woody  or  sub-ligneous 
habit,  1-merous-,  pohpetalous  epigynous  flowers  and 
the  berry-like  fruit  with  one  seed  in  each  cell  are  dis- 
tinctive. 

Many  species  of  Cornus  have  capitate  flowers  sur- 
rounded bv  a  large  pttaloid  imolucre  (eg,  Cornus 
tnat>,  C  flonda,  ('  <  oiiadtn^i^)  ('  ((tiuultTiMi*  and  C. 
sutaca  are  herbaceous  dogwoods  lltlmnqui  iuvi flora, 
of  China  and  Japan,  is  a  most  remarkable  plant  with 
flowers  borne  at  the  centei  of  the  leaf-blade  attached  to 
the  midiib  on  the  upper  side 

The  acid  fruits  of  ('  ?/ws  are  edible,  and  are  used 
as  a  sherbet  in  the  East  'I  hose  of  <"  cnpilata  of  the 
Himalayas  have  a  Ihnor  like  strawberries  and  are 
eaten  Manv  Cornaee.e  are  oinamental  woodj  plants 

Several  genera  aie  in  cult i\:i1  ion  here,  of  which  mav 
be  mentioned  Cornus  (Dogwood,  Osier  Dogwood), 
Aueuba,  fiom  Japan,  Garrvo,  from  southern  United 
States,  Griselima  from  New  Zealand,  Nvssa  (Sour 
Gum,  Pepperulge,  Tupelo)  from  the  eastern  United 
States  Garrya,  Nyss.i  md  otheis  have  been  separated 
by  some  into  other  families 

Sub-class  II    MtiachUnnydiJ3,  or  Sympftalx 
Order  10     Emr  vi  i  s 

172  Clethracese  (fiom  the  genus  Cltthra,  the  anrient 
Greek  name  of  Alder)  PLPPKUBI  sn,  or  \\  HIT*,  AU>KU 
FAMILY  Fig  46  Tall  shrubs  or  low  trees  leaves 
alternate*  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hvpogvnous,  disk 
absent,  calyx  5-paited,  persistent,  eoiolla  saiuer- 
shaned,  of  o  separate  petals,  stamens  10,  hvpogvnous, 
anthers  opening  by  terminal  poies,  at  first  inverted, 
later  erect;  ovary  superior,  3-celled,  stjle  1,  stigmas 
3;  ovules  numerous  fruit  a  capsule 

A  single  genus  and  about  30  species  are  distributed 
in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  both  hemi- 
spheres, mostly  American  Two  species  reach  the 
eastern  United  States  The  family  is  eloselv  related 
to  the  Pyrolaceaj  and  Eneacea?  The  polvpetalous 
corolla,  temporarily  inverted  anthers  and  the  3-celled 
ovary  are  important  characteristics  There  is  one 
fossil  species  known 

A  few  species  of  Clethra  are  grown  in  North  America 


for   ornamental   purposes     C    almfoha  is  the  native 
white  alder  or  sweet  pepperbush 

173  Pyrolaceae  (from  the  genus  Pyrola,  diminutive 
of  Pjrus,  possibly  a  resemblance  in  the  foliage)  SHIN- 
LEAF  FAMILY.  Fig.  46  Very  low  perennial  herbs: 


46 


ary. 


THR^CE*:'    1    Clcthra,  a,  flower,  fe,  c 

E      2    Pyrola,    HI    flower,    b,    floral    diagram       ERJC 
<t*       ,i     \ndronnda,  flowc-r     4    Kaltnia,   flower     5    Rhododen- 
dron, flower    0    Lnca,  stamen    7    Vaccimura,  a,  flower,  b,  stamen. 

leaves  alternate,  basal  or  scattered,  thick  and  ever- 
green in  most  species  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  with  or 
without  a  hypogvnous  disk,  calyx  5-parted,  persistent; 
corolla  waxy,  saucer-shaped,  of  5  separate  petals,  sta- 
mens 10,  Inpogvnous,  anthers  opening  by  terminal 
pore1*,  inveited,  ovary  superior,  5-celled,  many-ovuled; 
fat  vie  and  stigma  1  fruit  a  capsule 

Theie  are  3  genera  and  20  species  distributed  in  the 
boreal  and  temperate  parts  of  Europe,  Asia  and 
America  The  polvpetalous  flowers,  inverted  anthers 
and  5  carpels  are  characteristic  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Ericaceae  and  Clethraeeae 

Two  species  ot  Chimaphila  (Pipsissewa.  Prince's 
Pine),  one  species  of  Moneses  (One-flowered  Pyrola), 
and  a  few  species  of  P>  rola  (Shmleaf)  are  offered  in  the 
American  trade  for  oinamental  purposes.  Otherwise 
the  family  is  of  no  economic  importance 

174  Monotropaceae  (from  the  genus  Monotropa, 
meaning  one  turn,  in  reference  to  the  nodding  flower). 
INDIAN-  PIPE  FAMILY  Low,  saprophytic  herbs,  without 
chlorophyll,  white,  yellowish,  brownish,  or  blood-red 
in  color  leaves  alternate,  reduced  to  scales  flowers 
1  to  several,  bisexual,  regular,  a  lobed,  hypogynous  disk 
sometimes  present,  calyx  5-parted,  rarely  0,  corolla  of 
4-5,  separate,  gibbous  petals,  these  rarely  coherent; 
stamens  cS-10,  hypogynous;  anthers  opening  by  slits, 
1-2-ceIled,  often  appendaged,  ovary  4-5-celled,  supe- 
rior, many-ovuled;  style  and  stigma  1  fruit  a  capsule. 

The  Indian-pipe  family  contains  8  genera  and  about 
12  species,  all  North  American  except  1  Himalayan 
species  and  1  found  in  both  Europe  and  America; 
most  abundant  in  the  West  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Ericaceae,  Pyrolaceap  and  Clethraceaj, 
from  which  it  differs  mainly  m  method  of  nutrition. 


64 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


Snrcodes  sanguinea,  the  Sierran  snow  plant,  is  bright 
red  in  color 

The  Monotropacefo  arc  not  known  to  be  m  cultiva- 
tion. 

175  Ericaceae  (from  the  genus  Erica,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  heath,  from  enco,  to  break).  HKATII 
FAMILY.  Fig  46  Shrubs  or  sub-shrubs  leaves  alter- 
nate, often  evergreen,  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or 
slightly  irregular,  calyx  4-5-fid,  persistent  corolla 
gamopetalous,  rarely  polypetalous,  often  urccolate,  4- 
5-lobed,  convolute  or  imbricated,  stamens  alternate 
with  the  petals,  of  the  same  number  o-  double  the 
number,  inserted  at  the  bahe  of  a  hjpcgynous  disk, 
not  epipetalous,  anthers  sometimes  appendaged,  open- 
ing by  terminal  pores,  rarely  by  longitudinal  slits, 
ovary  superior  or  infoiior,  4-5-celled  or  falsely  10- 
celled,  many  ovuled,  style  and  stigma  1  fruit  a  cap- 
sule, rarely  a  berry  or  drupe 

The  67  genera  and  about  1,400  species  are  very  gen- 
erally distributed  Erica,  the  largest  genus,  with  420 
species,  is  confined  to  the  Old  \Vorld  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Pyrolaceie  and  Clethraceir,  also 
to  the  Epacridaceae  and  Diapen&iacea?  The  northern 
Ericaceae  are  largely  evergreen  and  variously  adapted 


47  DIAPENSIACF^:  1  Diaprnsia,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram 
PRIMULA™*  2  Primula,  a,  flower  b,  floral  diagram  PLI  «, 
B\GIVACFB  3  Armona,  flower  4  Statice,  calyx  G  Plun  bago, 
floral  diagram 

in  foliage  to  a  xerophytic  habitat  Ledum  is  polypeta- 
lous Rhododendron  has  a  funnel-form  corolla,  Kal- 
mia,  a  cup-shaped  corolla  with  elastic  stamens  in  pock- 
ets The  anthers  of  Epigaca  dehisce  longitudinally. 

Arctostaphylo*  Uva-UrM  (bearberry)  of  Europe  and 
America  is  medicinal  The  volatile  oil  of  wmtergieen  is 
obtained  from  the  leaves,  and  stems,  of  the  North 
American  Gaulthena  procumbens  A  very  poisonous 
substance  is  found  in  some  species  of  Rhododendion, 
Lyoma  and  Leucothoe,  and  possibly  the  poisonous 
quality  of  Kalmia  and  Rhododendron  honey  is  due  to 
this  Species  of  Gaylussacia  (North  America)  yield 
huckleberries,  species  of  Vaccimum  yield  blueberries 
The  fruits  of  V  Myrlillua  (Europe)  are  bilberries  The 
European  heaths  furnish  commercial  honey  Cranber- 
ries are  the  fruit  of  V  macrocarpon  and  V  Gxycoccus 
Many  species  of  Eiicacese  are  ornamental 

Forty  to  50  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N  America. 
Among  these  are  the  Strawberry  Tree  or  Madrona 
(Arbutus),  Bcarberry  (Arctostaphylos),  Heather  (Ca- 
luna);  Heath  (Erica),  Trailing  Arbutus  or  Mayflower 
(Epigsea) ,  Labrador  Tea  (Ledum) ;  Sourwood  of  Sorrel 
Tree  (Oxydendrum),  Azalea,  Rhodora,  Rhododendron 
or  Pinxter  Flower  (Rhododendron),  Laurel  (Kalmia); 
Blueberry  and  Cranberry  (Vaccimum);  Huckleberry 
(Gayluseacia) ,  also  Men/iesia,  Chamacdaphne,  Cassiope, 
Andromeda,  and  others 

176.  Epacridaceae  (from  the  genus  Epacm,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  on  the  top,  many  species  grow- 


$ 


ing  on  hilltops).  EPACRIS  FAMILY.  Shrubs  or  small 
trees,  leaves  alternate,  usually  stiff,  small,  and  heath- 
like  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  disk  pres- 
ent; calyx  of  4-5  sepals,  bracted  at  the  base,  corolla 
gamopetalous,  4-5-looed,  stamens  4-5,  hypogynous  or 
epipetalous,  anthers  opening  by  longitudinal  slits; 
carpels  4-5,  ovary  superior,  1-10-cellcd,  ovules  solitary 
or  many;  style  and  stigma  1.  fruit  a  drupe  or  capsule. 

The  21  genera  and  about  300  species  are  almost 
exclusively  confined  tc  Australia  and  New  Zealand. 
One  species  is  found  in  South  America  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Ericaceae,  but  has  one  whorl  of 
stamens.  The  genus  Styphelia  contains  172  species. 
S.  ^apula  furnishes  edible  berries 

A  few  species  of  Epacns  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants  in  the  greenhouses  of  North  America. 

177  Diapensiaceae  (from  the  genus  Diapensia,  the 
derivation  of  which  is  obscure).  DIAPP:NSI\  FAMILY 
Fig  47  Low  shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  evergreen,  rem- 
forin  or  imbricated  or  moss-like  flowers  bisexual,  reg- 
ular, hypogynous,  disk  absent,  calyx  of  3-5  sepals; 
corolla  with  5  separate  petals,  or  gamopetalous,  lobes 
imbucated;  stamens  5,  epipetalous  or  hypogynous,  al- 
ternating with  the  corolla  lobes,  often  also  alternating 
with  5  staminodia,  anthers  opening  by  a  longitudinal 
slit,  ovary  superior,  3-celled,  ovules  very  numerous, 
style  1,  stigmas  1-3  fruit  a  capsule 

Diapensiacea)  has  6  genera  and  about  10  species 
of  circumpolar  distribution,  extending  southward  to 
Carolina  and  the  Himalayas  The  family  is  related  to 
theP^ricaccsc,  and  to  the  Epacndacea  The  3  carpels  and 
5  stamens  are  important  distinguishing  characteristics. 
Four  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America; 
of  these,  Galax  aphylln  (Galax)  of  North  Carolina  hap 
remform  leaves;  Pyxidanthera  barbulata  (Pyxie,  Flow- 
ering Moss,  or  Pine-barren  Beauty)  of  southern  New 
Jersey  has  subulate  leaves;  Short  la,  of  North  Carolina 
and  Japan,  and  Schizocodon  soldanelloides  (Fringed 
Galax)  of  Japan  both  have  orbicular  leaves. 

Order  47.   PRIMULALES 

178.  Myrslnaceae  (from  the  genus  Myrsine,  the 
Greek  name  of  Myrrh).  MYRSINE  FAMILY.  Trees  or 
shrubs  leaves  usually  alternate,  coriaceous,  glandular- 
dotted,  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  often 
very  glandular;  calyx  4-5-parted,  peisistent,  corolla, 
gamopetalous,  rarely  of  separate  petals,  4-5-lobed; 
stamens  5,  opposite  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  mostly 
epipetalous,  separate  or  monadelphous;  alternating 
fetammodia  often  present,  ovary  superior  or  inferior, 
1 -celled,  placenta  basal  or  free-central,  ovules  few  or 
numerous,  style  and  stigma  1.  fruit  a  few-seeded  berry 
or  drupe 

Widely  distributed  in  the  tropics  are  32  genera  and 
about  550  species.  Two  species  reach  Florida.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Primulacea?,  but  is  woody, 
glandular,  and  has  indehiscent  fruits,  also  related  to 
the  Sapotaceae 

The  leaves  of  Jaequmia  are  used  in  America  to 
stupefy  fish,  the  fruits  of  this  genus  are  poisonous. 
The  fruits  of  some  species  of  Ardisia  are  edible.  Bread 
is  made  in  San  Domingo  from  the  crushed  seed  of 
Theophrastti  Jussieui 

About  a  half-dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this 
country,  but  are  little  known.  Jaequmia  and  Myrsine 
are  grown  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California; 
Ardisia  is  a  genus  of  greenhouse  shrubs.  The  species 
ascribed  in  the  trade  to  Theophrasta  on  further  study 
have  been  referred  to  other  genera 

179  Primulaceae  (from  the  genus  Pnmida,  from 
Latin  primus  (first),  in  reference  to  the  early  flowering 
of  some  European  species).  PRIMROSE  FAMILY  Fig  47. 
Herbs  leaves  mostly  opposite  or  whorled,  otten  dotted 
or  mealy  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  rarely  slightly  irreg- 
ular, calyx  not  bracteate,  mostly  5-parted;  corolla 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT    KINGDOM 


65 


gamopetalous,  5-lobed,  rarely  of  separate  petals; 
stamens  5,  epipetalous,  opposite  the  corolla  lobes,  often 
alternating  with  stammodia;  ovary  superior,  rarely 
half-inferior.  1-celled,  many-ovuled,  placenta  free- 
central,  style  and  stigma  1  fruit  a  capsule  opening 
by  valves  or  by  a  transverse  lid 

The  family  has  28  genera  and  about  320  species  of 
more  or  less  cosmopolitan  distribution,  but  most 
abundant  in  north  temperate  regions  It  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Myrsmacea;  and  Plumbagmaceie 
The  herbaceous  habit,  dehiscent  fruit,  and  many  seeds 
are  important  distinguishing  chara<  tenstics  The  Mow- 
ers of  this  family  often  have  styles  and  stamens  of 
different  lengths  in  the  same  species  (heteromorphic), 
e  g  ,  Primula  The  free-central  placentation  is  charac- 
teristic of  this  and  related  families 

Rhizomes  of  Primula  were  formerly  used  for  diseases 
of  the  bladder  Primrose  wine  is  made  from  the  floweis 
of  Primula  oflinnalit*  and  P  vulgans  Rhuomes  of 
Cyclamen  are  purgative  and  emetic  In  some  countries 
these  rhizomes  are  used  to  stupefy  fish,  roasted  they 
become  good  food  for  pigs  (sowbread  of  Europe) 
Other  species  have  been  used  in  medicine  Many  are 
ornamental  plants 

Twelve  to  18  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North 
America  Among  these  are  the  following  well-known 
names  Cyclamen,  Dodecatheon  (Shooting-star),  An- 
drosacc  (Rock  Jasmine);  Anagalhs  (Pimpernel,  Poor 
Man's  Weather-glass);  Ilottoma  (Featherfoil,  Water- 
Violet,  Water-Yarrow)  with  aquatic  inflated  steins 
and  fine  leaves;  Lysimachia  (Loosestrife,  Monevwort, 
Creeping  Charlie),  Primula  (Primrose),  Soldanella, 
Stieronema  (Loosestrife) ;  Tnentahs  (Star  Fkwer) 

180  Plumbaginaceae  (from  the  genus  Plumbago, 
from  plumbum,  lead,  perhaps  in  reference  to  the  lead- 
like  stain  given  by  the  roots  to  the  fingers)  LE \U\\OKT 
FAMILY.  Fig  47.  Herbs  or  shrubs  leaves  alternate, 
linear  or  lanceolate-  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  ca]yx 
bracteate,  5-fid,  usually  scarious,  and  plicate,  angled  or 
winged,  sometimes  eolored,  persistent,  corolla  gamo- 


sometimes  with  intermediate  stammodia,  or  twice  ac 
many,  epipetalous,  ovary  superior,  4-  to  many-celled; 
ovules  1  in  each  cell,  basal,  style  and  stigma  1  fruit 
a  berry. 

There  are  31  genera  and  about  400  species,  of  tropica/ 
distribution,  rarely  reaching  the  warm  temperate  zone 
One  species  extends  to  Virginia  and  two  to  Illinois. 
This  is  a  distinct  family,  distantly  related  to  the 
Myrsmaccae,  Ebenacejp,  and  Styracacete 

The  fruits  of  Lucuma  mammosa  (marmalade  plum) 
and  Achra*>  Sapota  (sapodilla),  are  very  agreeable. 
Fruits  of  Illipe  and  Mimusops,  both  Asiatic,  are 
edible  The  oil  from  the  seeds  of  the  oriental  Illipe 
butyracea  and  of  other  species  is  galam  butter,  and  shea 
butter  It  is  used  for  food  and  soap  The  wood  ot 
many  species  is  very  hard  and  valuable — so-called 
ironwoods  Several  species  of  Palaquium  of  the  East 
Indies  yield  gutta  percha,  as  do  other  species  of  the 
family  Gum  chicle  is  obtained  from  Achras  Sapota. 
Star-Apple  is  Chrywphyllum  Caimto.  West  Indian 
medlar  is  Mimui>op)>  Elangi 

Six  to  10  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
mostly  in  the  warmer  parts  Mimusops,  Lucurna  (Mar- 


,  , 

petalous,  or  of  5  nearly  separate  petals,  mostly  con- 
volute, stamens  .5,  epipetalous,  opposite  the  lobes  of 
the  corolla;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  ovule  1,  basal, 


,  , 

styles  5  fruit  a  capsule  or  utricle,  invested  bj  the  calyx 

The  ten  genera  and  about  250  species,  of  almost 
cosmopolitan  distribution,  are  found  usually  inhabiting 
seacoasts  and  alkaline  regions,  they  are  most  abundant 
in  the  Mediterranean  region,  and  in  Central  Asia  The 
family  is  closely  related  to  the  Primulacetc,  but  has  only 
one  seed 

A  fatty  substance  in  the  root  of  certain  Plumbagos 
gives  a  lead-colored  stain  to  the  fingers  and  paper 
These  roots  were  formerly  used  for  toothache,  ulcers, 
and  the  like  Beggars  are  said  still  to  use  them  to 
produce  sores  The  roots  of  Stalice  lattfolui  of  Russia 
contain  tannin  and  have  been  used  for  tanning 

There  are  5  or  6  genera  in  cultivation  in  North 
America,  Acanthohmon  from  Armenia,  hardy,  Armeria 
(Sea  Pink,  Thrift)  of  Europe  and  Asia,  hard>  ,  Ccra- 
tostigma  of  China,  hardy,  Plumbago  (Leadwort),  of 
Asia,  Africa,  Australia,  mostly  of  the  greenhouse,  Statice 
(Sea  Lavender),  of  Europe,  Asm,  North  America, 
hardy  Some  species  of  this  family  are  used  for  dry 
bouquets. 

Order  48    EBENALES 

181  Sapotaceae  (from  the  old  generic  name  Sapota, 
derived  from  a  native  name  of  Achras  Sapota)  SAPO- 
DILLA  FAMILY  Fig  48  Trees  or  shrubs,  juice  milky 
leaves  alternate,  entire,  coriaceous  flowers  usually  bi- 
sexual, axillary,  regular,  calyx  mostly  of  separate  sepals 
m  two  whorls  of  2,  3,  or  4,  or  in  one  whorl  of  5,  corolla 
gamopetalous,  lobes  as  many  as  the  sepals,  or  twice  as 
many,  in  one  or  two  series,  imbricated,  sometimes  with 
appendages  which  simulate  extra  corolla-lobes;  stamens 
as  many  as  the  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  opposite  them, 

5 


*—-      —  -wav        •  w        ^w.  n      -j-t  |    |   «-j-^ 

48  SAPOTACE-E  1  Lutuma,  flower  2  Sideroxylon,  floral 
diagram  RIUNA<F;E  3  Diospyros,  a,  female  flower,  b,  floral 
diagram,  feimle  flower  ST^RACVCK*,  4  Styiax,  a,  flower,  6, 
cm ^-section  ovary,  c,  fruit  SYMPLOCALE,E  o  Symplocos,  a, 
(lower.  6.  cross-section  fruit 


«i-.«.- 
(lower,  6,  c 

malade  Plum)  and  Sideroxylon  are  grown  in  southern 
California  and  Florida,  Dichopsis  or  Palaquium  (wrongly 
called  Isonandra),  the  commercial  gutta  percha  tree,  is 
cultivated  m  the  South  Burneha  and  Chrysophyllum 
are  ornamental,  the  former  hardy  to  Massachusetts 

182  Ebenaceae  (from  the  Latin  ebenus,  meaning 
ebony)  EHON\  FAMILY  Fig  48  Trees  or  shrubs  leaves 
alternate,  coriaceous,  entire  flowers  rarely  bisexual, 
usually  dioecious,  regular,  calyx  3-6-parted,  persistent; 
corolla  3-6-lobed,  hypogynous,  gamopetalous,  urceo- 
late,  coriaceous,  mostly  imbricated  and  twisted; 
stamens  short,  usually  double  the  number  of  the  corolla- 
lobes,  rarely  as  many  or  more  numerous,  hypogynous  or 
epipetalous,  separate  or  united  in  pairs,  ovary  superior, 
2-10-celled,  with  1-2  suspended  ovules  in  each  cell, 
styles  and  stigmas  2-8  fruit  berry-like,  rarely  sub- 
dehiscent 

In  this  family  are  5  genera  and  about  280  species, 
of  which  180  belong  to  the  genus  Diospyros,  they  are 
inhabitants  of  tropical  and  subtropical  regions, 
principally  of  the  eastern  hemisphere  The  greatest 
development  of  the  family  is  m  the  East  Indies  and 
Malay  Archipelago  One  species  of  Diospvros  occurs 
in  the  eastern  United  States,  from  Rhode  Island  south- 
ward. The  family  is  related  to  the  Styracaceae,  Synv 


66 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


plocaceae  and  Sapotacese.  The  superior  several-celled 
ovary,  unisexual  flowers  and  absence  of  milky  juice 
are  important  distinctive  characters. 

The  wood  of  many  species,  especially  of  the  genus 
Diospyros,  furnishes  the  ebony  of  commerce  The 
fruit  of  Diospyros  Lotus  is  known  as  date  plum  in 
Asia  The  fruit  of  the  persimmon  (Diospyros  virgin- 
lana)  is  also  edible  The  bark  of  persimmon  is  some- 
times used  in  medicine 

Three  or  4  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America 
for  ornamental  purposes  Maba,  from  Natal,  and 
Royena,  from  South  Africa,  are  not  haidy  Diospyros 
(Common  Persimmon  and  Kaki),  hardy  or  tender, 
depending  on  the  species,  is  grown  for  ornament  or  fruit 

183  Styracacese  (from  the  genus  Styrax,  the  ancient 
Greek  name  of  the  storax  tree)     STORAX  FAMILY    Fig 
48.   Shrubs  or  small  trees  leaves  alternate,  simple  flow- 
ers bisexual,  regular;  calyx  4-5-cleft,  corolla  mostly  4-5- 
lobed,  the  lobes  almost  separate,  imbricated  or  valvate; 
stamens   in   one    series,    hypogynous   or  epipetaloua, 
twice  as  many  as  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  rarely  just  as 
many,  separate  or  more  or  less  united,  ovary  superior, 
rarely  half-inferior,  1-celled  at  the  top,  3-5-celled  at 
the  bottom,  1,  rarely  several,  ovules  in  each  cell,  style 
1,  stigmas  1-5    fruit  a  capsular  diupe 

Six  genera  and  about  100  species  are  distiibuted  in  the 
warmer  regions  of  South  and  Central  America,  south- 
eastern United  States,  eastern  Asia,  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean region  The  family  is  very  closely  related  to  the 
Sy  mplocacea; ,  also  to  the  Ebenacejp  and  Sapotaeeie. 
The  superior,  imperfectly  several-celled  ovarv,  bisexual 
flowers  and  absence  of  milky  juice  are  distinctive 
Fossil  species  are  known 

Styrax  Benzoin  of  the  East  Indies  yields  the  fragrant 
resin  known  as  benzoin  It  is  a  pathological  product 
of  the  tree  Some  Brazilian  species  of  St>ia\  and  some 
species  of  Pamphiha  also  yield  a  fragrant  resin  which 
is  burned  as  incense  in  the  churches  The  storax  6f 
the  ancients  was  obtained  from  Liquidambar  orientals 
(family  Hamamehdacese). 

Two  or  3  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America* 
Halesia  (Silver  Bell,  Snowdrop  Tree),  of  eastern  United 
States,  is  hardy,  Styrax  (Storax)  of  China,  Japan,  and 
America,  is  semi-hardy.  Pterostyrax  of  Japan  is  by 
some  referred  to  Halesia. 

184  Symplocacese  (from  the  genus  Symplocos,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek,  meaning  connected,  referring  to 
the  stamens).    SYMPLOCOS  FAMILY.    Fig  48     Trees  or 
shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  simple   flowers  bisexual,  or  less 
commonly  unisexual,  regular,  calyx  5-lobed,  gamosepa- 
lous,  imbricated,  corolla-lobes  5  or  10,  in  1  or  2  scries, 
gamopetalous,  imbricated,  stamens  15  to  many  in  1-3 
or  many  series,  separate,  or  slightly  united  with  each 
other   and   the   corolla,    hypogynous   or   epipetalous, 
ovary  inferior  or  half-inferior,  2-5-ccllcd,  with  about 
2  ovules  in  each  cell,  style  1;  stigmas  1-5    fruit  dru- 
paceous 

Only  one  genus  and  about  275  species  arc  found  in 
tropical  lands;  they  are  most  abundant  in  the  Malay 
region  and  East  India  A  few  species  in  Japan,  and 
one  in  North  America,  extend  the  family  into  the 
temperate  zone  Symplocos  tinctona  reaches  Delaware. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Styracaceae,  and  is  often 
united  with  it  The  inferior,  completely  several-celled 
ovary,  and  numerous  stamens,  are  important  charac- 
teristics Fossil  species  are  known 

The  bark  of  Symplocos  racemosa  is  used  as  a  medicine 
in  the  East  Indies  under  the  name  lotus  bark  The 
leaves  of  S  spicata  and  the  roots  of  S  tinctona  are 
used  in  the  preparation  of  yellow  dye-stuffs  S  cratse- 
goides  is  a  hardy  ornamental  shrub  from  Japan 

Order  49    CONTORTS 

185.  Oleacece  (from  the  genus  Olea,  derived  from 
the  Greek  meaning,  originally,  olive  tree,  and  later  oil, 


i  e ,  olive  oil)  OLIVE  FAMILY.  Fig  49.  Trees  or 
shrubs  leaves  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate,  flowers  bi- 
sexual or  unisexual,  regular,  small  and  numerous,  calyx 
4-lobed,  larely  4-1 5-lobed,  valvate,  corolla  4-lobed, 
raiely  6-12-lobed,  gamopetulous,  rarely  polypetalous, 
or  0,  hypogMious,  valvate,  stamens  2,  rarely  3-5, 
epipetalous,  alternate  with  the  corolla-lobes,  ovary 
superior,  2-celled,  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell,  style  1 
or  0,  stigmas  1-2  fruit  a  drupe,  berry,  capsule,  or 
samara 

Oleaceac  has  20  genera  and  more  than  400  species, 
of  temperate  and  tropical  lands;  these  are  especially 
abundant  in  the  East  Indies  and  East  Asia  About  10 
species  are  native  in  northeastern  North  Amenca. 
Fossil  species  are  known  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Logamacea>,  possibly  also  to  the  Celastraeeie  and 


49  OLEACE*:  1  Oloa,  a,  flow <  r,  b,  floral  diagram  2  Frnxi- 
iius,  fruit  LCKMMM  *  i  3  F  oKiima,  flowr  r  Gi  NTIA:\AC  t-i  4 
C<  ntmna.  a,  flowrr,  >>,  floral  diagram  Ai-or\\Af  *  x.  5  Apocy- 
nuxn,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram,  (,  fruit  G  \ mca,  pistil. 

Rubiacese  The  numerical  plan  of  4,  the  2  stamens  and 
the  supenor  ovaiy  are  important  distinctive  character- 
istics 

The  most  useful  plant  is  the  olive  (Olca  europsca) 
of  the  Orient,  long  cultivated  m  the  Mediterranean 
region  The  oil  expressed  from  the  fruit  is  used  as  food, 
and  for  other  purposes.  The  unripe  fruits,  preserved 
in  brine,  are  the  olives  of  commerce  The  bark  of  tho 
fringe  tree  and  privet  contains  medicinal  pnnciples  of 
minor  importance,  as  do  also  the  leaves  of  the  lilac. 
A  saccharine  exudation  from  the  bark  of  Fraxinus 
Ornus  of  Sicily,  induced  by  the  puncture  of  a  cicada, 
is  manna  (See,  also,  Tarnaruc  mannifera)  The  wood  of 
olive  and  ash  are  valuable  The  flowers  of  Osmanthus 
fragrans  have  been  used  to  scent  tea  in  China. 

A  dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  m  North  America: 
Chionanthus  (Fringe  Tree),  hardy,  torsythia  (Golden 
Bell),  hardy;  Fontanesia,  hardy;  Fraxmus  (Ash),  hardy: 
Jasmmum  (Jasmine,  Jessamine),  of  the  greenhouse  and 
the  South;  Ligustrum  (Privet),  hardy,  Olea  (Olive), 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


67 


not  hardy;  Osmanthus  (Fragrant  Olive  and  Devil- 
wood),  not  hardy;  Phillyrea,  not  hardy,  Schrebera, 
not  hardy;  and  Synnga  (Lilac),  hardy. 

186  Loganiaceae  (from  the  genus  Logania,  named  in 
honor  of  J  Logan,  a  botanist).  LOGANIA  FAMILY.  Fig 
49.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees'  leaves  opposite,  simple 
flowers  usually  bisexual,  regular,  calyx  4-5-lobcd  or 
-parted,  corolla  4-5-,  or  10-lobed,  imbricated  or  con- 
volute; stamens  epipetalous,  of  the  same  number  as 
the  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  usually  alternate  with  them, 
rarely  reduced  to  1;  ovary  superior,  usually  2-celled, 
rarely  1-or  4-celled,  ovules  usually  numerous,  styles  1; 
stigmas  1-2  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry  or  diupe. 

The  family  contains  32  genera  and  about  360  species, 
of  tropical  distnbution  A  few  genera  only  reach  the 
temperate  zone,  4  species  of  which  are  native  in 
northeastern  North  America  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Apocynaceaj,  Gentianaceae, 
Solanaeeao,  Rubiacea,  and  Scrophulariacese.  The  oppo- 
site stipulate  leaves,  and  2-celled  superior  ovary,  are 
important  distinctive  characters 

The  seeds  and  bark  of  Strycknos  nux-vomica  contain 
a  very  poisonous  alkaloid,  strychnine,  used  as  a  nerve 
tonic  Curare,  with  which  the  Indians  of  South 
America  poisoned  their  arrows,  is  probably  obtained 
from  the  bark  of  S  toxifer.  Other  species  of  Strychnos 
are  used  in  Java  to  poison  arrows.  The  root  of  Spigelia 
(pink-root),  an  American  plant,  has  been  used  as  a  ver- 
mifuge It  is  also  poisonous  Strychnos  Ignatw,  yields 
the  poisonous  Ignatius  bean  of  India  The  nut  of  <S' 
potatorum  is  the  clearing  nut  of  India,  which  is  used  to 
purify  foul  water,  by  rubbing  it  on  the  inside  of  the 
vessel  The  roots  of  yellow  jasmine  (Gekrmium  sem- 
pervirens)  of  the  southeastern  United  States  are  used 
as  a  nerve  tonic 

Three  or  4  genera  are  in  the  North  American  trade, 
all  ornamental'  Buddleia,  semi-hardy;  Gelseinium 
(Yellow  Jessamine),  woody  vine,  semi-hardy,  Spigelia 
(Pink-Root),  herbaceous,  hardy 

187.  Gentianaceae  (from  the  genus  Gentiana,  named 
m  honor  of  King  Gentius  of  lllyna,  who,  according  to 
Pliny,  first  discovered  the  medicinal  properties  of  these 
plants).  GKNTIAN  FAMILY  Fig  49.  Herbs,  rarely 
shrubs  or  small  trees'  leaves  opposite,  rarely  alternate 
or  whorled,  exstipulate  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  calyx 
4-5-parted,  persistent,  corolla  4-8-lobed,  gamopetalous, 
hypogynous,  convolute  or  induphcate,  rarely  valvate: 
btomons  of  the  same  number  as  the  corolla-lobes  and 
alternate  with  them,  epipetalous,  hypogynous  disk 
usually  present;  ovary  superior,  1-cclled,  with  2 
parietal  placentae,  rarely  2-celled,  ovules  numerous 
fruit  a  capsule. 

The  63  genera  and  about  750  species  are  almost  cos- 
mopolitan in  distribution  Three  hundred  species 
belong  to  the  genus  Gentiana,  distributed  mostly  m  the 
mountains  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  m  the  arctic 
zone  and  in  the  Andes,  they  are  wanting  in  Africa 
Fossil  species  of  Menyanthes  are  known  The  family 
is  closely  related  to  the  Logamacea;  The  commonly 
1-cclled  ovary,  exstipulate  leaves  and  the  presence  of 
a  bitter  principle  are  important  characters. 

The  general  occurrence  of  a  bitter  principle  renders 
the  majority  of  Gcntianacese  valuable  as  tonics,  and 
appetizers.  Most  of  the  drug,  gentian,  is  obtained 
from  Gentiana  lutea  of  Europe  G  punctata,  G  purpurea, 
and  G.  Pannonica  are  also  used.  Erythr&a  Centaunum 
(centaury)  furnishes  a  medicinal  bitter  principle. 
Tarhia  guianensis  is  used  as  bitters  in  South  America, 
under  the  name  quassia.  The  b'tter  principle  of  Men- 
yanthes is  used  as  a  medicine,  and  also  as  a  substitute 
for  hops  m  flavoring  beer.  The  Gentianaceae  are  used 
medicinally  in  all  parts  of  the  globe. 

Several  genera  are  m  cultivation  m  North  America: 
Erythnca,  Eustoma,  Frasera;  Gentiana  (Gentian); 
Menyanthes  (Buckbean),  Sabbatia;  and  Swertia. 
Nymphoides  (Limnanthemum)  (Floating  Heart,  Water 


Snowflake)    is  a  genus  of    peculiar    aquatic    plants. 
Villarsia  is  a  close  relative  of  Nymphoides. 

188  Apocynaceae  (from  the  genus  Apocynum,  the 
ancient  name  of  the  dogbane,  from  the  Greek).  DOG- 
BANE FAMILY  Fig  49  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees  with 
milky  juice,  often  climbing  leaves  opposite  or  whorled, 
rarely  alternate,  entire,  exstipulate  flowers  bisexual, 
regular;  calyx  4-5-parted,  corolla  4-5-lobed,  hy- 
pogynous, gamopetalous,  usually  with  appendages  or 
folds  in  the  throat,  convolute  or  valvate,  stamens  4-5, 
epipetalous,  alternating  with  the  corolla  lobes,  anthers 
usually  sagittate  and  acute,  pollen  granular,  hy- 
pogynous disk  usually  present  and  variously  lobed; 
ovaries  usually  2,  rarely  more  or  less  united,  mostly 
superior,  each  1 -celled,  many-seeded,  style  1,  usually 
bearing  a  fleshy  ring  below  the  solitary  stigma  fruit 
follicular  with  comose  seeds,  or  indehiscent,  or  berry- 
like,  or  of  nutlets,  sometimes  winged  or  prickly 

One  hundred  and  thirty  genera  and  about  1,000 
species  occur,  mostly  in  tropical  countries  in  both 
hemispheres  Five  or  G  species  reach  northeastern 
North  America  The  family  is  related  to  the  Asclepia- 
daceae  and  Gentianaeca?  The  milky  juice,  sagittate 
anthers,  absence  of  corona,  stjlar  ring,  and  usually 
separate  ovaries  but  connate  stales  and  stigmas,  are 
important  characteristics 

Many  species  of  Landolphia  yield  commercial  caout- 
chouc, as  do  also  other  genera,  such  as  Urceola  and 
\\  illoughbya  Some  are  very  poisonous,  e  g  ,  Tan- 
ghinia  of  Madagascar,  also  Cerbera  and  Acocanthera 
Tanghima,  the  ordeal  trooof  Madagascar,  "is  the  most 
poisonous  of  plants,  a  soed  no  larger  than  an  almond 
suffices  to  kill  twenty  people  "  Death  has  followed 
the  use  of  oleander  \\oon  as  meat-skewers  An  infusion 
of  its  leaves  is  an  insecticide,  of  its  bark,  a  rat-poison. 
Some  are  heart-poisons,  for  example  Strophanthus  and 
Aspidosperma  (quebracho  bark)  The  bark  of  Alstoma 
is  a  tonic  Allamanda  cuthartica  is  purgative  Several 
species  furnish  edible  fruits  tasting  like  citron  Wnghtia 
tinctona  furnishes  an  indigo,  W  tomentosa,  a  yellow  dye 

About  20  to  25  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  N  America 
as  ornamental  plants,  mostly  in  the  South  or  in  the 
greenhouse.  Among  these  are*  Allamanda,  Canssa 
(Caraunda,  Christ's  Thorn);  Amsoma;  Apocynum 
(Dogbane),  Nermm  (Oleander);  Tabernaernontana 
(Crape  Jasmine,  Nero's  Crown),  Trachelospermum 
(Star  Jasmine);  and  Vinca  (Periwinkle). 

189  Asclepiadaceae  (from  the  genus  A^depias,  dedi- 
cated to  JSsculapius)  MILKWEED  FAMILY  Fig  50. 
Herbs  or  shrubs,  sometimes  fleshy,  often  climbing,  gen- 
erally with  milky  juice  leaves  opposite,  rarely  otherwise, 
exstipulate.  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  very  frequently 
in  umbels,  calyx  5-parted,  imbricated,  corolla  5-parted 
or  -lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  a  crown  present, 
which  is  either  an  outgrowth  of  the  corolla,  or  of  the 
stamens;  or  of  both;  stamens  5,  mostly  hypogynous, 
alternating  with  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  usually 
monadelphous,  sometimes  united  with  the  styles,  pollen 
usually  agglutinated  into  polhnia,  which  are  attached 
to  glandular  appendages  of  the  stigma;  disk  absent; 
ovaiies  2,  superior,  each  1-cclled,  many-seeded,  styles  2; 
stigmas  united,  fruit  of  two  follicles,  seeds  usually 
comose 

There  are  217  genera  and  about  1,900  species,  prin- 
cipally of  the  tropics,  but  many  reach  the  temperate 
zone  The  family  is  distinct,  and  closely  related  only 
to  the  Apocynacesc.  The  Asclepiadaceae  is  one  of  the 
most  extraordinary  of  families  Most  species  have  a 
milky  juice  Many  in  South  Africa  are  fleshy,  cactus- 
like  plants  Some  are  epiphytes  with  variously  modi- 
fied foliage.  One  genus  of  epiphytes?  bears  foliar  pitchers 
that  catch  and  hold  ram-water  Some  species  are  like  a 
bundle  of  leafless  whip-lashes,  others  have  remarkable 
tuberous  bases  to  store  water  The  floral  crown  is 
most  diverse;  and  the  details  of  insect-pollination, 
especially  the  behavior  of  the  polhnia,  is  very  compli- 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


cated    The  union  of  the  two  carpels  by  the  stigma  only 
is  unique 

Pleurisy  root  (Asdepias  tubfro^a)  was  formoily 
used  extensively  for  lung  and  catarrhal  disoiders 
Condurango,  from  the  bark  of  Maiuienui  Conduranyo,  is 
a  stomach  tonic.  The  milky  juice  of  many  is  medici- 
nal, some  are  emetics  (Vineetoxicmn,  Gomphocaipus, 
Secamone);  others  are  purgative  (Solenostcmma, 


Bcction,  c,  itamcns,  d,  pistil  ami  polliniii,  i,  pollinifi  and  uland,  /, 
floral  diagram  CONVOI  VX.T  <u  i*  2  Convolvulus,  floral  ih  i- 
gram  POIEMONIACE*  -\  Phlox,  flower  4  Polomonium,  floral 
diagram  HYDHOPHYLLAC  t  *  />  Hydrophyllurn,  flowrr  G  Phirc- 
ha,  a,  and  b,  ovary  of  two  species 

Cynanchum);  others  are  sudonfies  (Hemulesmus) 
The  acrid  juiee  of  Gonolobus  is  used  to  poison  arrows, 
that  of  Penploca  to  poison  wolves,  hence  the  name 
wolfbane  and  dogbane.  The  milk  of  (iytnnana 
lactiferum,  the  cow-plant  of  Cevlon,  is  edible,  also 
that  of  the  Cape,  ()joit>tclma  fVHhntum  Some  Indian 
species  yield  good  bast  fibers  Aldisdenm  tindoiui 
yields  a  "dye  Seveial  species  yield  caoutchouc  The 
oschur  or  modar  (Calotiopi^  pwruo)  is  probably  the 
Bodom  apple  of  the  Bible  The  herbage  of  seveial 
species  is  cooked  and  eaten  The  acid  stem  of  Sareos- 
temma  is  eaten  as  a  salad  In  East  Africa,  Cynamhum 
narcotttemntoides  is  used  to  poison  fr-h  Many  Ascle- 
piadacejp  are  ornamental  plants 

About  20  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N  America, 
mostly  in  the  tropical  horticulture  of  Floiida  and 
California  More  genet allv  cultivated  and  better 
known  are  A sclepias  (Milkweed),  Cynam hum  (Mos- 
quito Plant,  Cruel  Plant),  Hoya  (\\ax-plant),  and 
Penploca  (Silk  Vine). 

Order  50.   TUBIFLOR^ 

190  Convolvulaceae  (from  the  genus  Convolvulus, 
signifying  to  entwine)  MOUMMJ-GLOHY  F  \MILY  Fig 
50  Herbs,  shrubs  or  small  trees,  twining  or  erect,  turf- 
forming  shrubs,  thorny  shrubs,  "switch  plants,"  or 
yellow,  leafless,  twining  parasites,  often  \\ith  milky 
juice  leaves  alternate.  flo\\ers  bisexual,  regular,  pe- 
duncles very  often  bi-bracteate;  calyx  5-parted,  per- 
sistent, corolla  more  or  less  5-lobed,  usually  plaited, 


gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  convolute;  stamens  54 
slightly  epipetalous,  alternating  uith  the  corolla-lobes; 
hypogynous  disk  present,  usually  lobed,  ovary  superior, 
2-celled,  rarely  more  or  fewer  celled,  each  cell  1-2- 
ovuled,  nucropyle  duected  downward  and  outward, 
styles  1-2,  stigmas  1-2  fruit  a  capsule  or  a  berry,  very 
rarely  bieakmg  into  4  1-seeded  nutlets 

Convolv  ulace*  has  40  genera  with  about  1,000 
species,  of  which  300  species  belong  to  the  genus 
Ipomoea  and  160  species  to  the  genus  Convolvulus 
They  are  distributed  in  all  regions  except  the  arctics, 
but  are  especially  numerous  in  tropical  Asia  and  tropical 
America  The  family  is  i  elated  to  the  Solanaceie  and 
Boi  agmacea^,  but  also  to  the  Polemomacea'  and  Hydro- 
phyllacea1  The  absence  of  a  circulate  inflorescence, 
the  plaited  corolla,  the  duection  m  which  the  mieiopyle 
is  turned  and  the  feu -seeded  fruit  are  impoitant 
distinguishing  chaiacteiistics  The  genus  Cuscuta  is 
parasitic  and  chloiophylless,  receiving  its  nutriment 
by  means  of  haustona  from  the  plant  upon  which  it 
twines 

Because  of  the  substances  contained  in  the  milky 
juice,  many  species  {ire  medicinal  The  following  are 
puiges  jalap  (Eioguninm  Pwga),  of  Mexico;  turbith 
(Opticulina  Tuipct'lnini),  of  tin4  East  Indies,  and  seam- 
mony  (Conrolvulus  ticarnmonin),  of  the  oiient  The 
fleshy  roots  of  Ipomam  Batatas  (sweet  potato)  are  edible, 
also  those  of  Convolvulus*  Septum  I  pomcrn  Pe^-capr^e 
is  used  in  India  to  bind  the  sands  along  the  coast. 
Convolvulus  (uopanus  of  the  Canaries  furnishes  the 
fragrant  oil  of  ihodium,  used  to  adulterate  oil  of  rose, 
and  sold  also  to  rat-catchers  as  a  hue  for  rats  C>M  uta 
Epihnum,  and  seveial  other  species,  are  bad  pests  in 
cultivated  fields 

Several  geneia  aic  in  cultivation  in  N  America 
Argyreia,  tender  twiners,  Brewena,  trailing,  grown  in 
Florida,  Convolvulus  (Bindweed,  California  Ko.se, 
Rutland  Beauty),  mostly  twining  ,  Ipomoea  (Morning- 
glory,  Moonflouer,  Cypress  Vine,  Indian  Pink,  Man-of- 
the-Earth,  Blue  Dawn  Flower,  Sweet  Potato,  Jalap), 
mostly  turning,  Jacquemontia,  garden  twmeis,  Lett- 
somia,  turners,  grown  in  Florida 

191  Polemomacese  (from  the  genus  Folcmomum,w\ 
ancient  name  of  doubtful  application)     POLEMONIUM 
FAMILY.    Fig    50     Herbs,  raiely  uoodv    leaves  alter- 
nate, 01  the  louer  sometimes  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate 
flowers  bisexual,  regular,  01    nearly  so,  calyx  o-cleft ; 
corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  convolute, 
stamens    5,    epipetalous,    olteinate    with   the   corolla- 
lobes;    hypogynous   disk  present,    ovary  superior,  .3-, 
raiely  2-  or  5-,  celled,  ovules  in  each  cell  mariv,  larely 
1,  style  1,  3-hd,  rarely  5-fid,  stigmas  3,  larely  5    fruit 
a  capsule 

About  8  genera  and  200  species  are  known,  these 
aie  almost  entirely  American  and  principally  North 
Ameiican  Nearly  100  bpecies  belong  to  the  genus 
Giha  The  family  is  closely  i  elated  to  the  Convolvula- 
ceze,  and  difficult  to  sepaiate  from  that  family.  The 
3  rnany-ovuled  cells  of  the  ovary  are  impoitant  The 
disk  of  Cobaea  is  large  and  5-lobed  The  terminal 
leaflet  of  this  plant  is  a  branched  tendril 

Many  Polemomacea)  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants  Polcmonium  tjiuleum  (Jacob's  ladder,  or  Greek 
valerian)  is  used  in  borne  countries  as  a  remedy  for 
various  ailments 

About  0  to  8  genera  are  cultivated  in  this  country  as 
omamental  plants.  Cantua,  a  shrub  in  the  greenhouse; 
Cohaea,  a  climbing  herb,  mostly  in  the  gieenhoufee, 
Giha,  many  species,  for  bedding,  Lo?seha  in  the  cool- 
house,  Phlox  (Phlox,  Ground  or  Moss  Pink),  for  bed- 
ding; Polemonmm,  for  bedding. 

192  Hydrophyllaceee  (from   the   genus   Hydrophyl- 
lum,  meaning  water-leaf).  WATER-LEAF  FAMILY    Fur  50 
Annual  or  perennial  herbs    leaves  mostly  alternate, 
often  lobed  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  mostly  in  circulate 
raceme-like  clusters,  calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5-lobed,  often 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF   THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


with  scales  in  the  throat,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous, 
imbricated;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  corolla- 
lobes,  slightly  epipetalous,  hypogynous  disk  present, 
ovary  superior,  1-celled,  rarely  incompletely  2-eellcd, 
ovules  2  to  several,  style  1,  stigmas  2.  fruit  a 
capsule. 

The  17  genera  and  about  170  species  are  found  most 
abundantly  in  temperate  North  America,  less  com- 
monly southward  to  Patagonia  A  very  few  are  found 
in  south  and  east  Africa,  India,  Japan,  and  the  Hawai- 
ian Islands  The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the 
Boragmaceir,  but  has  a  1-celled  ovary,  more1  distantly 
related  to  the  Convolvulaceje  and  Polemomacea* 

Enodicii/on  glulino^utn  (yeiba,  sail t a)  of  California 
has  lately  corne  into  use  as  an  expectorant  m  throat  arid 
lung  trouble  IlydropJiijllum  tan<id(n\e  has  long  had  a 
reputation  as  a  remedy  for  snake-bites  poison-ivy 
poisoning,  erysipelas,  and  other  skin  troubles 

About  a  halt  dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  X 
Ameneaas  ornamental  plants  They  are  used  principally 
for  outdoor  bedding  Ernrnenarithe  (California  Yellow  or 
Golden  Bells),  Hesperoehiron,  H> droph> Hum  (\\ater- 
leaf),  Nemophila,  and  Phaceha 

193  Boragmacese  (from  the  genus  Borayo,  an 
ancient  name  having  reference  to  the  roughness  of  the 
foliage)  HORACE  FAMILY  Fig  51  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs 
or  trees  leaves  usually  alternate,  very  frequent lv 
rough-hairy  floweis  bisexual,  regular,  rarely  irregular, 
inflorescence  usually  circulate,  calvx  4-5-cleft,  persist- 
ent; corolla  1-5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hvpogwious, 
imbricated,  often  with  scales  or  folds  in  the  throat, 
btamens  5,  epipetalous',  alternating  with  the  corolla- 
lobes,  hypogvnous  disk  usually  present;  carpels  2, 
ovarv superior,  4-celled, either  entne  and  style  terminal, 
or  2-lobed,  or  more  commonly  deeply  4-lobed  witli  the 
style  basal  between  the  lobes,  each  cell  1-ovuled, 
stvle  1,  stigmas  usuallv  2  fimt  rarelv  a  berrv,  usuallv 
of  4  1 -seeded  nutlets,  with  the  surface  variously  smooth, 
polished,  wrinkled,  barbed,  winged,  or  crested 

There  aie  S5  genera  and  about,  1,500  species  widely 
distributed  in  the  temperate  and  t topical  /.ones,  most 
abundant  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and  in  western 
North  America  The  largest  gc'iieta  are  Cordia  with 
230  species,  and  Hehotropium  with  220  specie's  Ihe 
family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Hydrophvllaceo?, 
also  related  to  the  Verbenacea.1  and  Labiatie  The1  e  ir- 
cmate  inflorescence,  and  2-carpelled,  1-celled  ovary 
with  1  seed  m  each  cell,  are  distinctive  character- 
istics. The  fruit  ot  the  Boragmaceve  is  most  diverse, 
arid  very  important  m  classification  within  the  farnilv 

Many  species,  native  in  Euiope,  weie  formerly  u*cd 
tor  medicine,  for  example,  e'omfrev  (fiympht/httn  olfui- 
nalc),  borage  (liorago  ojfuinali^),  hound's-tongue  (('//- 
noglobsuiti  officinale),  lungwort  (Pulmonauo  officunili^), 
viper's  bugloss  (Erfnum  vidnare],  bugloss  (Andiuvi  offi- 
cinalii*},  groin  well  (Lilhosperntuin  ojfiiinalt},  and  helio- 
trope (llrliolropiumenropxum)  Tourntfolia  umbdlala 
was  used  in  Mexico  as  a  febrifuge  The  roots  of  alkanet 
(Alkanna  tinctoria)  of  South  Europe  and  Asia  contain 
a  reel  dye  of  commercial  importance  The  roots  of  some' 
species  of  Anchusa,  Onosma,  Lithospermum  and.  \i- 
nehia  also  contain  a  red  pigment  The  wood  of  some; 
species  of  Cordia  is  of  value,  as  are  also  its  bast  libers 
The  wood  of  several  species  of  Ehretia  is  valuable*,  and 
the  fruit  is  edible. 

About  30  genera  arc  in  cultivation  in  N  America, 
mostly  as  hardy  ornamental  border  plants  Among 
these  are  Arnebia  (Prophet's  Flower,  Arabian  Piirn- 
rose);  Anehusa  (Alkanet,  not  the  real),  Boiago  (Bor- 
age), used  as  a  pot-herb  or  bee-plant,  Cermthe1  (ITonev- 
wort) , Cynoglossum  (Hound's-tongue),  Echium  (Vipe>r's 
Bugloss),  Lithospermum  (Gromwell,  Pueeoon,  Indian 
Paint),  Myosotulium  (Giant  Forget-me-not),  Mvosotis 
(Forget-me-not);  Mertensia  (Virginian  Cowslip,  Vir- 
ginian Lungwort);  Omphalodes  (\ave-lwott,  Creeping 
Forget-me-not) ,  Onosma  (Golden  Drops) ,  ( hiosmodium 


(False  Gromwell);  Pulmonana  (Lungwort,  Bethlehem 
Hage),  and  Sjmphytum  (Comfrey) 

194  Verbenacese  (from  the  genus  Verbena,  the  Latin 
name  for  any  sacred  herb,  application  obscure)  VER- 
VAIN FAMILY  Fig  31  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees  leave* 
opposite,  rarely  whorled  or  alternate,  simple  or  com- 


, 

pound  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  regular,  usually  oblique 
or  2-hpped,  calyx  4-5-,  rarely  6-8-,  toothed,  corolla 
4—  5-lobed  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  lobes  imbri- 


cated, stamens  4,  did^namous,  rarely  5  or  2,  epipetalous, 
hypogynous,  disk  present,  ovary  superior,  of  2, 
rarely  of  4  or  .1,  carpels,  2-.r>-eelled,  but  by  false  par- 
titions 1-10-celled,  entne  or  2-4-lobed,  ovule  usually 
solitary  in  each  cell,  stvle  1,  stigma  usuallv  1  fruit  a 
drupe  or  beirv,  often  separating  into  drupelets 

Verbenacea1  has  67  genera  and  about  750  species, 
mainly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution  Eleven 
species  reach  the  northeastern  United  States  Lippia 
is  the  largest  genus  with  100  species,  Clerodendron 
has  90  spceu's,  and  Verbena  SO  species  The  family  is 
closelv  related  to  the  Labiata-  and  not  clearly  distinct 
from  that  family  The  predominatingly  terminal 
stvle,  and  not  deeply  lobed  ovary  are  the  only  differen- 
tiating characters 

Many  speries  have  been  used  in  medicine  Verbena 
ha^tala  as  bitters,  species  of  Lippia  as  tonics,  /Egiphila 
<i(ilut(tri  <?  as  a  purge  and  remedy  for  snake-bites  Species 
of  Clerodendron  ha\  e  very  sw  eet  -scented  flowers  They 


10 

51  BOH<U.I\A«H  1  H..I  IKO,  pistil  2  Syniphy  turn,  flow  or 
I  (  ynoKlovumi,  fruit  t  OniphnUwlc's,  fruit  \vmus  Act*  T 
\«ilwnn,fl«ra,T  <»  L«intanii,  floial  digram  IMHI  VTJF  7  Mrntha. 
flo\(r  S  1  hymn-,,  pistil  '•  S  iK  i-i,  flown  1C)  I  annum,  floral 
diiKram  Noi  \N\CET.  It  \olanu,  a,  flow  or,  b  jnd  c,  pistils  ot 
different  species 

are  used  as  purges,  diuretics,  and  for  liver,  stomach, 
and  lung  complaints  Lippia  citriodora  v-ields  a  fra- 
grant substance  used  in  flavor  ng  cream,  and  other 
toods  Several  species  have  been  ised  as  tea  m  America 
Duntnta  Elhvr  ,md  species  of  Lantana  have  edible 
fruit  Verbena  officinali*  of  Europe  is  a  tome,  but  more 
famous  for  its  use  in  witchciaft  It  was  celebrated 
among  the  Romans  and  Druids  of  Gaul  and  used  by 
them  in  religious  ceremonies  The  very  valuable  teak- 


70 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


wood  is  obtained  from  Tectona  grandis  of  farther  India 
and  the  East  Indies.  The  white  mangrove  trees  of 
Brazil  belong  to  various  species  of  the  tribe  Avicenmse 

A  score  of  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America. 
Among  thcbe  are.  Amsonia,  a  greenhouse  shrub,  Calh- 
carpa,  greenhouse  or  hardy  shrubs,  Caryoptens,  a 
shrub,  not  hardy,  Clerodendron  (Turk's  Turban), 
greenhouse  or  hardy,  Duranta  (Golden  De\vdiop),  cul- 
tivated in  the  South,  Lantana,  greenhouse  or  bedding 
herbs  or  shrubs,  Lippia  (Lemon  Verbena),  greenhouse 
or  hardy  shrubs  or  herbs,  Petnca  (Purple  Wreath), 
greenhouse  climber,  Verbena,  bedding  or  greenhouse 
herbs;  Vitex  (Chaste  Tree,  Hemp  Tree,  Monk's  Pepper 
Tree),  semi-hardy  shrubs  or  trees 

195  Labiate  (the  name  refers  to  the  2-hpped  [bila- 
biate] character  of  the  corolla  of  most  species)  MINT 
FAMILY  Fig  51  Herbs  or  shrubs,  commonly  with  a 
four-angled  stem,  and  usually  containing  a  fragrant 
oil  leaves  opposite  or  whorled.  flowers  bisexual,  very 
rarely  unisexual,  irregular,  rarely  regular,  usually 
bilabiate,  calyx  5-toothcd  or  cleft,  regular  or  2-hpped: 
corolla  5-lobed,  rarely  4-lobed,  gamopetalous  and 
hypogynous,  1  lip  sometimes  obsolete,  the  lobes  im- 
bricated, stamens*  4,  didynamous,  or  only  2,  epipet- 
alous,  hypogynous  disk  well  developed,  thick,  entire 
or  lobed,  ovary  superior,  of  2  carpels,  deeply  4-lobed, 
4-cellcd,  each  cell  1-ovuled,  style  basal  or  sub-basal; 
stigmas  2  fruit  of  4  1 -seeded  nutlets;  the  ectocarp 
rarely  fleshy 

One  hundred  and  fifty-seven  genera  and  about  2,800 
species  are  distributed  over  the  \vholc  earth,  but  are 
especially  abundant  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and 
the  orient,  they  are  also  abundant  in  the  mountains 
of  the  subtropics  The  larger  genera  are  Salvia,  500 
species,  Hyptis,  300  species,  Stachys,  180-200  species, 
Scutellana,  ISO  species;  Nepeta,  150  species,  Satureia, 
130  species,  and  IVucnum,  100  species  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Verbenace^e  and  to  the  Boragmacesr, 
also  to  the  Scrophulanacea?  and  Acanthacesc  The  4- 
angled  stem,  fragrant  oil,  4-lobed  ovary,  the  solitary 
ovules,  and  the  nasal  style  are  distinctive  This  is  a 
difficult  family  for  the  student  The  characters  for 
separating  the  genera  reside  mostly  in  the  calyx,  co- 
rolla and  stamens  The  nutlets  are  less  important  in 
classification  than  in  the  Boragmaceae 

Owing  to  the  volatile  oil  and  bitter  principles,  the 
Labiatse  are  of  more  than  usual  economic  importance 
Scutellana  latfnflora  (skullcap),  tonic,  nervine,  Salvin 
officinahn  (garden  sage),  tonic,  also  used  as  a  condi- 
ment, Marrutnum  vulgare  (hoarhound),  tonic,  anthel- 
mintic,  and  expectorant;  Hedeoma  pulcgioides  (Ameri- 
can pennyroyal),  carminative  and  stimulant;  Mentha 
spicata  (spearmint)  and  Mentha  pipenta  (peppermint), 
carminative;  Mentha  Pulcgium  (European  penny- 
royal), carminative,  mints  are  also  used  as  condiments. 
The  following  oils  are  from  Labiatse.  Oil  of  thyme 
( Thymus  Serpyllum) ,  rosemary  (Rosmannut>  offi.nnalii>) ; 
Lavender  (LavnnduUi  officmah^)\  spike  (iMvandula 
Spica),  origanum  (Origanum  Mnjorana)  Catnip  (Ne- 
pcta  Cntaria)  is  a  family  sudorific  Mother-wort  (Leo- 
nurus  Cardiaca}  is  a  family  stimulant  and  bitters  The 
leaves  of  lavender  and  patchouli  (Pogo^temon  Patch- 
ouli} are  used  to  keep  insects  from  woolens,  furs,  and 
the  like.  Many  other  species  have  been  used  locally 
for  various  purposes 

Fifty  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North 
America  Most  of  these  arc  garden  annuals  or  hardy  per- 
ennials cultivated  for  the  flavor  or  odor,  for  ornamental 
purposes,  or  for  medicine  Among  these  are  Acantho- 
mintha  (Thorny  Mint),  Ajuga  (Bugle  Weed);  Cedro- 
nella  (Balm  of  Gilead);  Colons,  Colhnsoma  (Horse- 
balm,  Horse-weed,  Stonewort) ;  Cumla  (Maryland  Dit- 
tany), Hedeoma  (American  Pennyroyal);  Hyssopus 
(Hyssop),  hardy  shrub;  Larmum  (Dead  Nettle);  Lav- 
andula  (Lavender);  Leonotis  (Lion's  Ear,  Lion's  Tail); 
Lophanthus  (Giant  Hyssop),  Marrubmm  (Hore- 


hound);  Melissa  (Balm);  Mentha  (Mint,  Spearmint, 
Peppermint,  Japanese  Mint,  Bergamot  Mint,  Black 
Mint,  White  Mint,  European  Pennyroyal);  Micromeria 
(Yerba  Buena),  Moluccella  (Shell  Flower,  Molucca 
Balm),  Monarda  (Horsemint,  Oswego  Tea,  Bee-balm, 
Fragrant  Balm,  Wild  Bergamot);  Nepeta  (Catnip, 
Ground  Ivy,  Gill-run-over-the-ground) ;  Ocimum  (Ba- 
sil) ;  Origanum  (Marjoram) ;  Phlomis  (Jerusalem  Sage) ; 
Physostegia  (False  Dragonhead,  Obedient  Plant) ,  Plec- 
tranthus  (Cockle-spur  Flower),  Pogostemon  (Patch- 
ouli Plant),  Prunella  or  Brunella  (Self-heal,  Heal-all), 
Pycnanthemum  (Mountain  Mint).  Rosmannus  (Rose- 
mary, Old  Man) ;  Salvia  (Sag^e,  Clary,  Scarlet  Sage) ; 
Satureia  (Savory);  Scutellaria  (Skull-cap),  Stachys 
(Woundwort,  Choro-gi,  Chinese  or  Japanese  Artichoke, 
Knot-root,  Betony);  Teucnum  (Germander),  Thymus 
(Thyme,  Mothcr-of-Thyme) ;  Trichostema  (Blue  Curls, 
Bastard  Pennyroyal,  Ramero),  Westnngia  (Victonan 
Rosemary) 

196.  Nolanaceae  (from  the  genus  Nolana,  derived 
from  nola,  a  little  bell,  in  reference  to  the  corolla). 
NOLANA  FAMILY  Fig  51  Herbs  or  small  shrubs 
leaves  alternate,  or  opposite,  flowers  bisexual,  regular, 
calyx  5-cleft,  corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypog\- 
nous,  plicate  in  the  bud,  stamens  5,  slightly  epipeta- 
lous,  alternating  with  the  lobes  of  the  corolla;  hypogy- 
nous disk  well  developed,  often  lobed;  ovary  superior, 
typically  of  5  carpels,  radially  lobed,  or  both  radially 
and  transversely  lobed,  lobes  5-30,  m  fruit  forming  5  - 
30  nutlets  which  are  each  1-7-seeded,  or  sometimes 
both  radially  and  transversely  lobed 

There  occur  3  genera  and  50  species,  confined  to  the 
west  coast  of  South  America  Many  species  are  mari- 
time. The  family  is  related  to  the  Convolvulacea>,  also 
to  the  Boragmaceai  and  Solanaceir.  The  plicate  corolla 
and  very  peculiarly  lobed  ovary  derived  from  5  carpels 
are  distinctive 

A  few  species  of  Nolana,  all  prostrate  plants,  are  cul- 
tivated in  this  country  for  ornamental  purposes. 

197  Solanaceae  (from  the  genus  8ol<mum,  the  sig- 
nificance unknown)  NH.HTSHADE  FAMILY  Fig  52 
Herbs,  erect  or  climbing  shrubs,  or  small  trees  leaves 
usually  alternate,  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  reg- 
ular, rarely  irregular;  calyx  5-cleft,  corolla  5-lobed, 
gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  usually  plicate  in  the  bud, 
the  folds  twisted  to  right  or  left,  rarely  the  tips  of  the 
folds  valvate  or  imbricated;  stamens  5,  epipetalous, 
alternating  with  the  corolla-lobes,  hypogynous  disk 
present,  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  raicly  falsely  1-,  or 
moie,  celled,  ovules  in  each  cell  1  to  many;  style  1; 
stigmas  1-2 :  fruit  a  berry  or  capsule 

About  70  genera  and  1,600  species,  900  of  which  be- 
long to  Solanum,  arc  distributed  in  the  tropical  and  warm 
temperate  regions,  the  greatest  number  being  in  Cen- 
tral and  South  America.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Scrophulanacese,  Convolvulacear  and  Nolanacete.  The 
regular,  plaited  corolla,  and  usually  numerous  seeds  ai  o 
important  distinguishing  characteristics  Datura  has  a 
prickly  fruit  The  calyx  of  Physahs  is  accrescent  and 
inflated,  surrounds  the  fruit;  and  is  often  colored. 

Many  Solanaceso  contain  narcotic  or  poisonous 
alkafoids  and  are  used  in  medicine  Belladonna  (alka- 
loid atropme)  is  obtained  from  the  roots  of  Atropa 
Belladonna,  it  was  formerly  used  by  women  to 
dilate  the  pupils  of  the  eye,  hence  the  specific  name. 
The  leaves  and  flowers  of  Datura  Stramonium  (Jimson 
weed)  constitute  the  stramonium  of  medicine  (alka- 
loid daturme)  Stramonium  seeds  were  formerly 
used  by  magicians  to  produce  fantastic  visions,  and  by 
thieves  to  stupefy  their  victims.  Henbane  (alkaloid 
hyoscyamme)  consists  of  the  leaves  and  tops  of  Hyos- 
cyamus  mger  and  is  narcotic  Mandragora  is  similar 
in  effect  to  belladonna.  It  was  used  by  sorcerers  to 
produce  hallucinations  in  their  victims  Scvpoha 
carniohca  and  Solanum  carohnense  (horse-nettle) 
have  been  used  in  medicine-  The  remedy,  pichi,  eon- 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


71 


sists  of  the  dried  twigs  of  Fabiana  imbncata  of  Chile 
European  bittersweet  (<S  Dulcamara)  has  been  used 
as  medicine,  it  is  poisonous  Black  nightshade  (>S 
mgrutn]  and  others  are  poisonous  Tobacco  is  the  dried 
leaves  of  Nicotiana  Taba<  utn  Winter  cherry  (I'hyytli^ 
Alkekengn)  is  diuretic  Chilli  is  a  name  for  the  fiuits  of 
Capsicum  annuurn  ot  South  America  Cayenne  pepper 
is  the  innt  of  various  species  of  Capsicum  Tomato,  or 
love  apple,  is  the  fruit  of  Ltjcopcr^icurn  (scuhndnn 
(  =  Solatium  Lycopi  mcuw)  Species  of  nightshade,  when 
cooked,  are  eaten  as  greens  EggpLtnt  is  the  fruit  of 
<S  Mdongena  of  Asia  Potatoes  are  the  tubers  of  8. 
tubvrosutn  of  Peru  and  Chile 

About  30  genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America  as 
ornamental  plants  01  foi  lood  4mongthe.se  are  Atiopa 
(Belladonna),  Capsicum  (Red  or  Cayenne  Peppei), 
Cost  rum,  Cyphomandia  (Tioe  Tomato),  Datuia 
(Angel's  Trumpet,  Datura),  Ihoseyamus  (Henbane), 
L>eium  (Matnmony  Vine,  Box  Thoin),  Lycopeisicum 
(Tomato),  [Knglei  and  Pi  ant  1  unite  this  with  Solanum); 
Mandragora  (Mandiake  ot  history;;  Nicotiana  (Nico- 
tina,  Tobacco),  Nicandia  (Apple  of  Peru),  Nierern- 
bergia  (Cup-fio\ver,  A\  lute  Cup);  Petunia,  Phjsahs 
(Ground  Cheny,  Stiawbeny  Tomato,  Alkekengi,  Blad- 
der Cherry,  Cape  (Joosi  Ixny,  Chinese  Lantern  Plant); 
Salpiglossis,  Schuanthus  (Butterfly  Flower,  Poor  man's 
Orchid),  Stieptosolen,  Solandra,  and  Solanum  (Night- 
shade, Potato,  Pepmo,  Mtlon  Pear,  Melon  Shrub, 
Eggplant,  Guinea  Squash,  Aubeigmc,  Jerusalem 
Cherry,  Potato  Vine,  Bittersweet) 

19S  Scrophulanaceae  (fiom  the  ^erius  tiiiophulana,  a 
reputed  remedy  for  scrofula)  FK.WOKT  FAMILY  Fig  52 
Herb,0,  shrubs,  or  small  tiees  leaves  alternate,  opposite 
or  whorled  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  commonly 
irregular,  often  bilabiate,  m  which  case  the  throat  is 
often  closed  b>  a  palate,  calv\  5-cleit,  corolla  "3-lobed, 
gamopetalous,  h\pog\noas,  iarel\  spurred  at  the  base, 
imbricated,  fertile  stamens  iaiel>  5,  Usually  4  and 
didynamous,  larelj  2,  steiile  often  present  as  stannno- 
dia,  epipetalous,  h\pog\nous  disk  annulai  or  uni- 
lateral, ov.ii>  supenoi,  2-eollod,  ovules  man\  ,  stvle  1; 
stigmas  1-2  fruit  geneiallv  a  Capsule,  rarely  a  berry 
Scrophuhuiacex  is  a  famil\  ot  170  geneia  and  about 
2,500  species,  distributed  veiy  generally  over  the  whole 
earth  A  few  are  aquatic  and  have  finely  divided 
leaves  Some  are  half-parasites  on  the  roots  of  other 
lants  A  few  are  total  parasites  without  (hlorophvll 
he  largest  genera  are  V»  rbascum  containing  IbO 
species,  Calceolaiia  with  1  44  species-,  Veronica  with 
200  species,  and  Pediculans  with  250  species  The 
family  is  i  elated  to  the  Solanacea1,  to  the  Orobanohaooje 
and  Gesnenacose  The  non-plicate  imbiicated  usually 
irregular  corolla,  reduced  numbei  of  stamens,  and 
2-celled,  manv,  -ovulod  ovary,  are  distinctive  characters. 
The  economic  uses  of  the  Scrophularmcea^  are 
medicinal  and  ornamental  \\iottica  officinah^  has 
been  used  as  a  tonic  and  an  astringent  Virotuca 
Bectabunga  has  been  used  foi  scurvy  Suophulmia 
nodot>a  was  a  remedy  for  fever  s  Antirrhinum  was 
used  as  a  diuretic  Kupfira^ui  officmalis  was  used  m 
ophthalmia,  and  hence  the  name  "eye-bright  " 
(jraliola  oflicmahb  (poor  man's  herb)  is  a  violent 
purgative  Digitalis  put  puna  is  the  most  valuable 
medicinal  plant  m  the  family  It  is  poisonous,  and  a 
well-known  diuretic  and  sedative-narcotic  The  trop- 
ical Scopana  duUi*  is  a  febrifuge  Veronica  virgimui 
(Culver's  root),  Vcrba^nim  Thapsus,  Linana  vul- 
ganSj  and  Chclone  qlabia  have  also  been  used  in  med- 
icine The  snapdragon  and  foxglove  are  well-known 
garden  plants  of  this  family 

Because  of  the  showy  flowers,  30  to  40  genera  are 
in  cultivation  m  N  America  for  ornamental  purposes 
Among  these  are  Antirrhinum  (Snapdragon),  garden 
and  greenhouse,  Calceolaria,  greenhouse  plants, 
mostly  from  South  America,  Castillera  (Painted  Cup), 
garden  plants;  Chelone  (Turtlehead),  hardy 


plants,  Collmsia,  garden  annuals;  Digitalis  (Foxglove), 
hardy  garden  plants,  Erin  us,  hardy;  Gerardia, 
harv.y,  Gratiola,  hardy;  Hallena  (African  Honey- 
suckle), cultivated  in  the  southern  borders,  Lmana 
(Butter-and-Eggs,  Kemlworth  Ivy,  Mother-of -Thou- 
sands, Toad-flax),  hardy  and  greenhouse,  Mimulus 
(Monkey  Flower,  Musk  Plant),  garden  annuals  or  hardy; 
Paulownia,  semi-hardy  tree;  Pediculans  (Lousewort, 
Wood  Betony),  hardy;  Pentstemon  (Beard  Tongue, 
Pentstemon),  hardy;  Phy go-bus  (Cape  Fuchsia),  mostly 
greenhouse,  Rhorlochiton  (Purple  Bells),  vine,  garden 
annual,  Russeha,  greenhouse,  Scrophulana  (Figwort), 
hardy,  Tetranema  (Mexican  Foxglove),  greenhouse; 
Tor ema,  garden,  Verbascum  (Mullein),  hardy,  Veronica 
(Speedwell,  Culver's  Root,  Fluellen,  Ground  Hele, 
Angel's  Eyes,  Bird's  Eyes),  garden,  mostly  hardy 
or  annual 

199    Bignoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Biqnoma,  named 
for  the  Abbe  Jean  Paul  Bignon,  court  librarian  at  Pans, 


pla 
Th 


52  SOLANACEB  1  Solanum,  a,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram  2. 
Nieotiaiia,  flower  SCROPHULARI^CF «  3  Verba«cum,  flower  4 
Antirrhinum,  a,  flower,  b,  floral  diagram  5  Strflphulana,  flower 
KIGNOMACK*:  6  Campus,  a,  flo\\ or,  b,  floral  diagram,  c,  fruit  and 
seeds  FEDALIACEE  7  Sesamum,  floral  diagram 

and  a  friend  of  the  botanist  Tournefort).  BIQNONIA 
FAMILY  Fig  52  Woody  plants,  rarely  herbs,  usually 
climbing  or  twining  in  the  tropical  forests  leaves  oppo- 
site, rarely  alternate,  usually  compound  flowers  bisexual, 
more  or  less  irregular,  scarcely  bilabiate,  calyx  5-cleft, 
rarely  bilabiate  or  soathc-hke,  sometimes  with  appen- 
dages, corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous, 
imbricated,  stamens  4,  didynamous,  or  only  2,  the 
others  stammodial,  epipetalous,  anthers  various;  hy- 
pogynous disk  present,  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  rarely 
1 -celled,  many-ovulod,  st>le  1 ,  stigmas 2*  fruit  a  woodv 
capsule,  seeds  usually  winged  and  very  compressed; 
endosperm  0 

The  family  contains  100  genera  and  from  500-600 
species,  principally  natives  of  the  tropics,  these  are 
most  abundant  m  America  Three  species  reach  the 
northeastern  United  States,  from  Now  Jersey  and 
Ohio  southward.  The  largest  genus  is  Tabebuia  with 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE 


T   KINGDOM 


80  species  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scrophulan- 
accac;  but  the  peculiar  fruit  with  winged  seeds  and  the 
absence  of  endosperm  are  distinctive  The  climbing 
species  may  or  may  not  have  foliar  tendrils  These, 
when  present,  terminate  in  adherent  disks  The  woody, 
tropical,  climbing  Bignomacea-  are  famed  for  the 
peculiar  cambium  growth  which  produces  secondary 
thickening  of  such  a  nature  as  to  give  to  the  cross- 
section  very  odd  and  very  diverse  patterns,  some  of 
which  are  almobt  geometrical  in  their  regularity  The 
wood  in  these  patterns  may  be  eithei  divided  into 
four  wedges  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  or  four 
wedges  may  be  superimposed  on  a  .smaller  circle  of 
wood,  or  the  wedges  may  be  divided  toward  the 
periphery  into  peculiar  finger-like  portions,  or  there 
may  be  concentric  rings  of  wood 

Catalpa  and  Tecoma  have  been  used  in  medicine 
but  are  not  officinal  Caraboa  (Jacaranda  Copaia) 
contains  an  aromatic  resin  of  the  odor  of  coumann 
Many  are  ornamental  plants  with  large,  handsome 
flowers 

About  20  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
all  as  ornamental  plants.  Among  these  are  Bignoma 
(Trumpet  Flower,  Cross  Vine,  Quarter  Vine),  mostly 
greenhouse  climbers,  Catalpa,  semi-hardy  or  hardy 
trees,  Chilopsis  (Desert  Willow,  Flowering  Willow, 
Mimbres)  cultivated  in  the  South;  Creseentia  (Cala- 
bash Tree),  cultivated  South  Others  are  Campsis 
(Trumpet  Creeper,  T  Vine,  T  Honeysuckle) ,  Tecoma 
(Yellow  Elder),  Pandorea  (Wonga-Wonga  Vine,  Bower 
Plant  of  Australia) ,  Tecomana  (Cape  Honeysuckle, 
climbing  or  erect  shrubs  or  trees,  cultivated  mostly 
in  the  South,  only  one  of  which  is  fully  hard}  North 

200  Pedaliaceae  (fiom  the  genus  Pcdalium,  signify- 
ing a  rudder,  in  reference  to  the  winged  angles  of  the 
fruit).  PEDALI  i  JM  FAMILY  Fig  52  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs, 
covered  with  peculiar  slime-secreting  glands  leaves 
opposite,  or  alternate  above  flowers  bisexual,  irregular; 
calyx  5-cleft,  corolla  5-lobed.  gamopctalous,  moic  or 
less  curved  but  indistinctly  if  at  all  2-hpped,  stamens 
4,  didynamous,  often  with  an  extra  staminoduim,  sub- 
epipetalous,  hypogynous  disk  inequilateial,  ovary  su- 
perior or  rarely  inferior,  2-4-celled  or  falsely  1 -celled, 
style  1;  stigmas  2-4.  fruit  a  capsule,  or  a  hard  indehis- 
cent  structure  which  is  often  covered  with  stiff  or 
hooked  spines  or  wings,  seeds  1  to  several,  attached  to 
central  placenta 

In  this  family  are  14  genera  and  about  50  species,  of 
tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  Africa,  Arabia, 
farther  India,  Ceylon,  Austiaha,  and  East  Indies 
They  are  mostly  strand  or  xerophytic  plants  The 
family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Scrophulanaceac, 
and  to  the  Martymacea?,  with  winch  latter  family  it 
is  often  united  The  peculiai  slime-glands,  the  queer 
fruit,  and  the  axial  seeds  are  important  characters. 

The  heeds  of  £>et>amutn  indicant  yield  an  oil  called 
benne  oil  or  oil  of  sesame,  which  is  used  as  food  after 
the  manner  of  olive  oil  The  oil  is  also  used  as  a  cos- 
metic and  as  a  medicine.  This  plant  has  been  culti- 
vated for  ages  in  the  orient,  and  is  now  cultivated  in 
other  lands,  the  oil  being  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
soap  Har  pa  go  phylum  procumbens  is  the  famous 
grapple-plant  of  South  Africa,  the  fruits  of  which  are 
difficult  to  separate  from  wool  and  clothing  The  fruits 
of  several  species  of  Uncarma  are  almost  as  bad  A 
mucilaginous  medicinal  drink  is  made  from  the  leaves 
of  Pedahum  Murex  in  India.  These  leaves  are  also 
used  to  thicken  milk,  to  which  they  give  a  rich  appear- 
ance 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  N  America  are1  Cera- 
totheca,  ornamental  greenhouse  plants,  and  grown  in 
Florida,  with  indistinctly  hooked  capsules,  Sesamum, 
grown  for  oil,  medicine,  or  ornament,  outdoor  annual, 
capsule  not  hooked 

201.  Martyniacefle  (from  the  genus  Marlynia,  in 
honor  of  Prof.  John  Martyn  of  Cambndge,  England). 


MARTYNIA  FAMILY.  Fig.  53.  Annual  or  perennial,  glan- 
dular-hairy herbs,  leaves  opposite,  or  alternate:  flowers 
bisexual,  irregular,  but  not  bilabiate;  calyx  5-cleft; 
corolla  5-lobeel,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous;  stamens  4, 
didynamous,  rarely  2,  the  others  stammodial,  epipetal- 
ous,  alternating  with  the  corolla-lobes,  hypogynous  disk 
present,  regular;  ovary  superior,  of  2  carpels  but 


53  M<umNiACE,E'  1  Martynia,  , 
c.  fruit  Gt-sNEHiACExE-  2  Gesuerta,  flower 
diagram  LIVTIBUI  ARIACE«  4  Utricularu 
blarkhr,  b,  flower,  c,  flower  duiRrani  Gioi 
uluna,  flo\v«>r  fa  Cofkburma,  vertical  necti 


b,  floral  chaRram, 
Achimones,  floral 
part  of  leaf  with 

KlA<h«      5      Glob- 

ary 


1-celled,  placenta-  parietal,  ovules  several,  style  1, 
stigmas  2  fruit  a  more  or  less  long,  eui  ved,  beaked  cap- 
sule, with  a  Meshy  pericarp,  becoming  falsely  4-celled 

About  3  genera  and  10  species  inhabit  tropical  and 
subtropical  America  One  species  reaches  southern 
Indiana  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Pedah- 
acete,  with  which  it  has  generally  been  united  The 
homed  fruit,  1-cellcd  ovary,  parietal  placenta?  and 
less  slimy  pubescence,  are  distinctive  characters 

The  turnip-like  root  of  Cramolfina  annua,  known  in 
South  America  as  escorzonera,  is  cooked  with  sugar 
or  eaten  as  a  vegetable  The  fruits  of  Martyma  (or 
Probobcidea)  louisiana  (M  pruboscidea)  are  sometimes 
used  as  pickles 

One  jjjenus  is  in  cultivation  in  this  country,  namely 
Martyma  (Unicorn  Plant,  Proboscis  Flower),  of  which 
3  or  4  species  are  grown  The  Cramolarias  of  the  trade 
seem  to  be  Marty  mas 

202.  Gesnenaceae  (from  the  genus  Gesnena,  named 
after  the  early  botanist  Conrad  Gesner  of  Zurich). 
(JESNERIA  FAMILY  rig  53  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs  or 
small  trees,  sometimes  climbing  leaves  usually  oppo- 
site or  whorled,  simple*  flowers  bisexual,  irregular, 
often  bilabiate,  calyx  5-parted;  corolla  5-lobed,  gamo- 
petalous, hypogynous,  often  gibbous  below,  imbricated; 
stamens  rarely  5,  usually  4  and  didynamous,  rarely  2, 
the  sterile  usually  present  as  stammodia,  cpipetalous; 
hypogynous  disk  present,  diverse;  ovary  superior  or 
inferior,  of  2  carpels  but  1-celled  with  2  parietal  pla- 
centae, often  falsely  2-4-celled;  ovules  numerous;  style  1 ; 
stigmas  1-2.  fruit  fleshy  with  pulpy  placentae,  or  cap- 
sular,  or  sihque-like  with  twisted  valves. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


73 


Eighty-four  genera  and  about  500  species  arc  widely 
distributed  in  the  tropics  and  subtropics  of  both 
hemispheres  The  largest  genera  are  Cyrtandra 
containing  180  species  and  lla-ttlera  with  about  100 
species  The  family  IH  related  to  the  Scrophulanaccse, 
Orobanchaee^fi  and  Bignouiaceu*  The  1-celled  ovary 
without  winged  seeds,  and  the  non-paraHitic  habit  are 
distinctive 

The  only  economic  plants  in  the  family  are  the 
ornamental,  of  which  there  are  many  The  flowers 
throughout  the  family  arc  uncommonly  large  and 
showy. 

Twentv  or  more  genera  are  in  cult  ivation  in  N  Amer- 
ica Arno'ng  these  are  the  following,  all  of  greenhouse 
culture-  Agalmjla,  climbers,  Kpiscia,  Gcsnena,  Iso- 
loma  (Kohlena),  Na-geha  (Snulliianlha),  Samtpaulia 
(Usambara  Violet,  African  Violet),  Smningia,  includ- 
ing the  Gloxinias;  Streptocarpus  (Cape  Primrose), 
Tiiehosporum  (01  /Kschvnanthus),  trailing  or  drooping 

203  Lentibulariaceae  (from  the  old  generic  name 
Ltntibukirin,  said  to  mean  /<ns,  -j-  a  small  pipe,  signifi- 
cance obscure)  Bi  Annr.RwmT  FAMILY  Fig  53 
Aquatic  or  marsh  herbs,  or  epiphytes  leaves  alter- 
nate, raiely  \vhorled,  \ery  <liverse,  sometimes  finely 
dissected,  or  peltate,  or  o\ul,  or  lanceolate,  .sometimes 
of  two  very  distinct  kinds,  usually  with  very  small 
scattered  bladder-like  lobes  consisting  of  a  complicated 
trap-like  mechanism  for  catching  tiny  swimming  organ- 
isms, or  with  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  undivided 
leaf  very  glutinous  so  that  insects  stick  fast  to  it,  either 
all  basal  01  all  cauhrie,  or  both  flowers  bisexual,  irregu- 
lar, calyx  2-5-cleft ,  persistent,  eoiolla  5-lobed,  more  or 
less  2-hpped  and  with  a  spur  or  sack  at  the  base,  upper 
hp  2-lobed,  lower  3-lobed,  often  with  a  palate  in  the 
throat;  stamens  2,  epipctalous,  ovarv  superior,  of  2 
carpels  but  1-celled,  placenta  free- cent lal,  style  1, 
fctigmas  2  fruit  a  (apsule 

Belonging  to  this  familv  are  5  genera  and  about  300 
species,  of  which  at  least  200  belong  to  I  tnculana, 
they  are  distributed  in  all  parts  of  the  globe  but  are 
more  numerous  in  the  tropics  One  fossil  species  is 
known.  The  f.umlv  is  related  to  the  Scrophukiriaee;e 
The  irregular  corolla,  2  stamens,  and  1-celled  ovary 
with  cential  placenta,  are  important  chaiacter.s  This 
is  a  most  interesting  family  of  insectivorous  plants, 
with  the  exception  of  Pmguicula,  they  are  adapted  to 
catch  organisms  that  swim  in  the  water  of  ponds,  or, 
in  ease  of  the  epiphytes,  in  the  rain-water  in  the 
cracks  ami  crevices  of  the  host  plant 

Ulncularias  were  formerly  used  locally  as  medicine. 
The  secretion  of  the  leaves  of  Pmguicula  contains  a 

1)epsm-like  digestive  ferment  The  Lapps  use  these 
eaves  to  curdle  the  reindeer  rnilk,  hence  the  common 
name,  butterwort  Danish  peasant  girls  are  said  to  use 


the  juice  as   a   hair-pomade     Another  account  says, 
ngmeula  leaves,  whether  fresh  or  dry,  are  used  by 
the    Lapps   to  thicken    fresh    still-warm    milk,   which 


neither  curdles  nor  gives  cream  thereafter,  but  forms  a 
delicious  compact  tenacious  mass,  a  small  portion  of 
which  will  act  similarly  on  another  quantity  of  fresh 
milk  " 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America  for  their 
peculiar  habit  and  curious  orchid-like  flowers,  which 
are  often  very  showy  Pmguicula  (Butterwort);  and 
Utnculaiia  (Bladderwort),  mostly  epiphytic 

204  Globulariaceae  (from  the,  genus  (Hobnlana,  so 
named  because  the  flowers  are  borne  in  heads)  GLOB- 
ULARIA  FAMILY  Fig  53  Shrubs  or  herbs  leaves 
alternate,  simple  flowers  bisexual,  bilabiate,  borne  m 
mvolucrate  heads  on  a  chaffy  receptacle;  calyx  mostly 
5-parted,  bilabiate  or  regular,  corolla  5-lobed,  gamo- 
petalous,  hypogynous,  upper  lip  sometimes  obsolete, 
the  lobes  imbricated,  stamens  4,  didynamous,  enipeta- 
lous,  anthers  exserted,  by  constriction  often  falsely  4- 
celled;  hypogynoua  disk  usually  reduced  to  a  gland  on 
one  side;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  ovule  solitary;  style 


1 ;  stigmas  1-2 .  fruit  a  nutlet  inclosed  in  the  persistent 
calyx 

The  3  genera  and  20  species  are  confined  to  the 
Mediterranean  region  Seventeen  species  belong  to  the 
genus  Globularia  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scroph- 
ulariaeeae,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  solitary  ovule 
and  1 -celled  ovary  Globulanas  are  easily  mistaken 
for  Scabiosas,  because  of  the  mvolucrate  heads  and 
exserted  stamens 

Some  species  are  locally  used  as  remedies 

A  few  species  of  Globularia  are  in  cultivation  in 
this  country,  two  are  hardy,  and  a  third  is  a  green- 
house plant 

205  Acanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Acanthus,  derived 
from  the  Greek,  a  spine,  some  of  the  plants  are  spiny). 
ACANIHITS  FAMILY  Fig  54  Herbs,  or  rarely  shrubs 
or  trees  leaves  opposite,  rarely  whorled  flowers  bisex- 
ual, irregular,  usually  bilabiate,  cal> x  5-cleft ,  corolla  5- 
lobed,  garnopetalous,  hypogynous,  the  lobes  imbricated; 
stamens  usually  4,  didvnamous,  rarely  2,  sometimes  a 
starnmodium  present,  epipetalous,  hjpogynous  disk 
present,  mostly  small,  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  each 
cell  2-4-,  rarely  many-,  ovuled,  style  1,  stigmas  1-2, 
one  lobe  often  small  or  wanting  fruit  a  capsule,  seeds 
exalbummous,  aided  in  distribution  by  peculiar  out- 
growths of  the  funiculus 

A<a,nthacea3  has  173  genera  and  about  1,500  species, 
of  tropical  distribution  Few  species  extend  into  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  into  the  United  States  Six 
species  are  found  in  the  northeastern  United  States 
Two  hundred  species  belong  to  the  genus  Ruelha,  and 
250  to  Justicia  The  family  is  related  to  the  Bignom- 
acea?,  and  to  the  Scrophulariaceaj,  as  well  as  to  the  other 


54  ACANTHACEF,  1  Ruollia,  flower  2  Justicia,  opened  fruit 
MYOPOIIA.CE«*  3  Myoporum,  a,  flower,  b,  \ortioal  section  ovary. 
PHUYMA.CE/B  4  Phrynm,  a,  flower,  b,  fruiting  calyx  PLANTAGI- 
NACE^E.  5.  Plantago,  a,  flo\vei,  b,  vertical  section  ovary,  c,  fruit. 

families  of  this  group.  The  2-celled  ovary  with  2-4 
ovules  and  the  queer  outgrowths  of  the  funiculus  are 
distinctive 

Many  species  are  used  in  the  tropics  for  medicine; 
for  example,  Astcracantha  longifoha,  a  purge  and  su- 
dorific, Ju&ticia  Gendarufsw,  astringent,  used  in  India 
for  rheumatism,  and  the  leaves  sprinkled  in  clothing 
to  keep  insects  away,  Justicia  pectorals,  used  for  lung 
troubles.  The  young  flowers  of  Blephans  edulis  and 
Abysfasia  gangdica  are  eaten  as  vegetables  Ruellia 
cihoba  of  the  United  States  has  recently  been  sold 
spuriously  as  Spigcha  (pink  root) 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  m  N  America, 
except  m  a  few  cases,  as  ornamental  greenhouse  plants. 
Among  these  are.  Acanthus  (Bear's  Breech),  hardy 


74 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


herbs;  Adhatoda,  shrubs;  Aphelandra,  shrub*,  Cros- 
sandra,  shrub,  Fittonia,  herbs,  Graptophyllum  (Cari- 
cature Plant),  shrubs,  Jacobmia,  herbs;  Justieia,  re- 
ferred to  other  genera,  Pcristrophc,  Ruelha,  herbs  or 
shrubs;  Strobilanthes,  often  used  also  for  bedding 

206.  Myoporaceae  (from  the  genus  Myoporum,  sig- 
nifying to  shut  a  poie,  in  reference  to  the  spots  in  the 
leaves  which  ure  closed  by  a  membrane)  M IOPOIUJM 
FAMILY  Fig  54  Shrubs  or  trees  leaves  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  usually  glandular  or  coolly  floweis  bisexual, 
regular  or  irregular,  calyx  5-eleft,  persistent,  coiolla 
5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  stamens  t,  didyn- 
amous,  the  fifth  a  stammodmm,  epipetaloiis;  ovaiy 
superior,  2-celled  or  falsely  3-10-celled;  usually  1-2, 
rarely  8,  ovules  in  each  cell,  style  1,  stigmas  1-2  fruit 
drupaceous 

There  are  5  genera  and  about  90  species,  of  which  57 
belong  to  Phohdia  and  25  to  Myoporum  Thev  are 
maml>  natives  of  Australia,  but  scattered  species  occur 
in  the  West  Indies,  Japan,  China,  Hawaiian  Islands, 
and  elsewhere  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scrophulari- 
aceae  and  to  the  Verbenaceo?.  Tne  few  ovules,  the 
presence  of  oil-glands  and  the  pendulous  seeds  are  dis- 
tinctive 

Myoporuin  platycarpvtn  is  the  sandal-tree  or  sugar- 
tree  or  dogwood  of  Austialia  From  it,  a  kind  of  manna 
is  secreted,  also  a  resin  that  is  used  like  sealing-wax. 

Two  species  of  Myoporum  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants  in  this  country 


55  RuaiAri  K  1  Galmm,  a,  flower,  ft,  fruit  2  Houstonm, 
rtowor  3  Bouvardia,  floral  di-inram  CAI-IUKM  IACF  E  4  Loui- 
cera,  flower  VALEUIANACEK  f>  \alenann,  flower 

207  Phrymacese  (from  the  genus  Phrymn,  a  name  of 
unknown  derivation)     LOPSEED  FAMILY     l*ig  54    Per- 
ennial herbs  leaves  opposite,  simple  fio\\  ens  bisexual,  bi- 
labiate, calyx  5-cleft,  2-lipped,  corolla  5-lobed,  2-lipped, 
gamopetalous,  hypogynous;  stamens  I,  dielvnamous,  in- 
cluded, epipetalous,  ovary  superior,  1 -celled,  ovule  1, 
sub-basal,  straight  (orthotropous),  style  1,  stigmas  2 
fruit  dry,  indehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  abruptly  reflexed 
calyx,  the  teeth  of  which  are  hooked 

A  single  genus  and  species  occuis  in  the  eastern 
United  States  and  Kast  Asia  The  family  is  related  to 
the  Verbenacea?  and  was  formerly  united  with  that 
family,  but  the  peculiar,  1 -seeded  fruit,  with  a  straight 
orthotropous  seed  is  distinctive 

Phryma  Lcpto^tachyu  (lopseed)  has  been  in  the 
trade  as  an  ornamental  garden  plant 

Order  51.   PLANTAQINALES 

208  Plantaginaceae  (from  the  genus  Plantago,  the 
Latin  name  of  the  plant)     PLANTAIN  FAMILY    Fig.  54. 
Annual  or  perennial  herbs   leaves  alternate  or  opposite: 
flowers   bisexual,   or  rarely  unisexual,  regular;   calyx 
4-cleft;  corolla  4-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  scar- 
ious,  imbricated;  stamens  4,  epipetalous  or  hypogynous, 
exserted,     alternate    with     the     corolla-lobes'     ovay 
superior.  1-2-celled,  rarely  4-celled,  ovules  1  to  many  in 
each  cell,  style  and  stigma  1   fruit  a  circumscissile  cap- 


sule, or  an  indehiscent  nutlet,  invested  by  the  persistent 
calyx;  seeds  usually  peltate 

Three  genera  anel  about  200  species,  of  which  all 
but  3  belong  to  the  genus  Plantago,  are  distributed 
over  the  whole  earth  The  centers  of  distribution  are 
the  Me'diteiranean  region  and  the  Andes  This  is  a 
very  distinct  gamopetalems  family  of  doubtful  relation- 
ship, possibly  allied  to  the  Labiatac 

Many  European  species  were  forme>rly  used  in 
medicine,  the  see^els  a»s  mucilaginous  emollients  in 
inflammatory  ophthalmia,  and  the  like,  the  leaves  as 
bitter*.  The  seeds  are  used  in  India  to  stiffen  muslins 
Plcintago  lanceoldta,  P  Coronopns  and  P  major  are 
eaten  as  greens  The  seeds  of  several  species  are  sold 
for  feeding  buds  P  lanceolata  is  used  foi  early  pas- 
turage 

The  family  is  not  cultivated  in  N  America,  except 
possibly  for  birei-seed,  pasturage,  e)r  pond-border 
planting 

Order  52     RUHIALKS 

209  Rubiacese  (from  the  genus  Rttbia,  signifying 
red,  fiom  the  color  of  the  roots  of  some  sp<  cies)  M  \D- 
DEH  F\MIL\  Fig  55  Tiee^s,  shiubs  or  he-rbs  leaves 
opposite  or  whoiled,  simple,  usually  entire  flowers  bi- 
sexual, larely  unisexual,  regular,  larely  slightly  irregular, 
calv  x  2-6-eieft,  e>r  0,  e'orolla  gamopetalous,  4-G-lobeel, 
mostly  valvate,  stamens  4-G,cpipetalous,  ovary  inferior, 
1  to  man}-,  commonly  2-,  celleel,  ovule's  1  te>  many 
in  each  cell,  stjlc  I,  stigma  1,  capitate  or  scveral- 
brane'hed  fruit  a  capsule,  beiiy,  or  drupe 

RubiaeeH1  is  a  family  erf  343  genera  and  about  1,500 
spe'cies-,  mainly  tiopienl,  about  34  specie's  reach  the 
noitheastern  1'mted  States  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Capiifoliaceve,  but  usually  has  stipule's  or 
whorle-d  leaves,  it  is  also  related  to  the  Cornaee'ie, 
Valemnee.r,  Composite,  and  the  like 

A  numbei  of  tropical  Rubuceve  are1  myrmecophile)us, 
i  e  ,  provide  a  dwellmg-plae'e  for  ])rotective  ants  rl  he 
whorle-d  leaves  of  some  species  have  probably  been 
developed  from  stipules 

This  is  an  important  economic  family.  Coffici 
atdbtcd  (Ab>ssima  cofTe-e)  is  generally  cultivated  in  the 
tropus  and  used  elsewhere  as  a  beverage  Cinchona 
Ltnlfldiana  and  ('  \urcuiibra  of  the  Aneles  furnish 
quinine1  ('uujoga  (Caphslit*)  Ipfracuanha  of  Brazil  is 
the  source  of  the  e'metic  ipee-ac  Ccphalanthusejf  Ne>rth 
America,  and  several  species  of  (Jahurn  have  be>en 
use>el  in  medume  Rubin  linctona  (Mediterranean) 
fuinishe'S  the  red  dye,  madder  Roots  of  Asperula  and 
home  speeies  of  Cahum  yield  ml  eije-s  Monnda 
citnfoha  (tre)pics)  yielels  a  yellow  dye,  mormdin 
Oiuonpana  Garnbir  (Malay)  yields  the  d>e  known  as 
cutccu,  gambir,  or  terra  japomca  The  foliage  e>f 
Abpanda  odorata  has  the  fragrance  of  sweet  grass,  anel 
is  usenl  for  a  similar  purpose,  and  for  flavoring  wines 
Gahum  tnflorum  has  a  similar  odor.  Gahum  verum,  the 
yelle>w  bedstraw  (Europe)  contains  a  milk-cureihng 
fcrmemt,  hence  the  name,  "gahum,"  also  formerly  given 
to  women  to  increase  lactation  Berne's  of  Mitchella 
contain  a  sapomn-hke  substance  The  fruits  of  Van- 
guaria  edulib  and  seve'ral  other  specie's  of  Rubiacese  are 
eehble  The  we>oel  of  many  species  is  valuable 

Forty  to  50  genera  anel  a  great  many  species  are1  in 
cultivation  in  N  America,  mostly  in  the  gieenhouse  and 
in  tropical  horticulture  Among  these  arc  Indian  Mul- 
berry (Monnda),  Cape  Jasmine  (Gaidema),  Bluets 
(Hemstoma) ;  Manettia  Vine  (Manettia),  Madder 
(Ruhia);  But tonbush  (Cephalanthus, hardy),  Bedstraw 
or  Cleavers  (Gahum),  Coffee  (CofiVa),  Cinchona  (Cin- 
chona), and  Partridge  Berry  (Mitchella) 

210  Caprifohaceae  ^from  the  old  genus  Capnfohum, 
meaning  a  goat-leaf,  possibly  in  reference  to  the  climb- 
ing habit)  HONEYSUCKLE  FAMILY.  Fig  55  Shrubs, 
very  rarely  herbs  leaves  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate: 
flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  calyx  4-5-toothed, 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


or  4-5-fid,  corolla  gamopetalous,  4-5-lobed,  tubular  or 
rotate;  stamens  of  the  same  number  as  the  corolla- 
lobes  and  alternate  with  them,  epipetalous,  euai\  in- 
ferior, 1-5-celled,  each  cell  1  to  many-ovuled ,  st>le-  1 
or  obsolete,  stigmas  !-">  fnnt  a  beiry  or  capsule 

The  11  geneia  anel  about  350  specie's  are'  distributed 
principally  in  the-  imrth  temperate  zeme'  rlhe  tropical 
species  are  mostly  eonhncei  te>  the  mountains  \  fc'w 
species  of  Sambucus  and  Viburnum  occur  in  thesouthein 
hemisphere  1  he  family  is  veiy  closely  related  to  the 
Rubiace^e  but  the  leaves  arc  exstipulate;  al«o  to  the 
Comacea)  and  Valerianaeeaj  Sejme  fossil  species  ha\o 
been  found 

Many  species  of  Honeysuckle  exhale  a  sweet  odor 
after  sunset  The  berries  of  Lomccra  Caprtfolium  are 
paid  to  be  diuretic,  those-  e>f  L  Xylobtmm  are  laxative 
The  bellies  of  the  European  elde>r  (Xambucub  ntyra), 
and  of  tho  American  elder  (S  c(infidtti^i^)  are  cooked 
anel  e>aten  and  aie  also  maele  into  wine  Thcelneel  flowers 
e>f  elder  were  fenme'ih  useel  in  c-asesof  fe\er  The  roots 
of  the  North  Ameiican  Trw&teuin  prrfolwtnm  furnish  a 
kmel  of  ij)ee-ac  Othei  species  are  locally  used  in  meeh- 
cine-  Man}  are1  ornamental 

Eight  e>r  10  geMie-ra  are  in  cultivation  in  N  America 
Viburnum  (She'<  pbeiry,  Hobble-bush,  VVa\ faimg  Tree, 
Arrow we>ejd,  High  Cranberry,  Snowball  Hush),  Sam- 
bucus (Eldei),  Tnoste-um  (Fevmvort,  Horse  Gentian, 
V\  ild  Ipeeae'),  S>mphoiicarpos  (Snowbe'rry,  Coral 
Berry),  Abelia,  Drenilla  (\V  e'ige>la,  Hush  Hone-\ sue  kle), 
Linna-a  (Twin-flowe'i ),  Lomcera  (Hush  and  Climbing 
HonevMuklcs,  \Voodbmc,  Trumpet  Honeysuckle) 

211  Valenanaceae  (from  the  ge-nus  YahmttKt,  a  worel 
of  uncertain  eingm)  V  ALHU\N  FAMIIA  Lig  55  An- 
nual or  perennial  he-ibs,  oftem  strongh  scented  leave's 
basal  anel  cauhne,  the  latter  opposite1,  simj)le  or  pinnate' 
fle)weirs  bisexual  e>i  unisexual,  regular  or  niegulu, 
e-pig>nous,  e-al}  \  of  1-3  minute',  but  often  {ice-rescent , 
sepals,  corolla  5-,  r.ueh  3-1-,  leibenl,  gamopetalons, 
often  producexl  mte)aspui  at  the  base-,  lobe's  imnneati  d, 
stamens  1  1,  Kireh  5,  epipetalous,  e'xseite'd,  o\aiv 
inferior,  3-celleMl,  only  1  eell  maturing,  se'exl  1,  bt\le  1, 
stigmas  3  fruit  dry,  mdehiscent,  l-seieele'el 

Eight  geru'ia  and  about  2SO  spee'ies  are  known,  mostly 
in  the  north  tempe>rate  re  gie)iis  of  the  Old  World,  espei  i- 
allv  m  the  region  just  north  e)f  the  Mediterranean,  and 
in  South  Ame^ie-a,  where  the  genus  Valenana  is  nuMh 
elistributenl  The  family  is  related  to  the  Dipsticae  e  e 
anel  the  Caprifohace'a',  and  more  remotely  to  the  Cemi- 
positjp  The  epiguious,  gameipetalous  flower,  separate 
stamens,  3  carpels  anel  1-sc'edeel  fnnt  are  distmctne 

\<ildi<nui  <>l/it ninlis  is  a  powerful  ne-ne  sedatne 
with  a  peculiar  exleir  Main  other  Valeiianacea1  aie 
use'd  as  loe-al  renuHlic's  for  the  same  purpose  ihe 
foliage  of  \anous  species  of  Valenanella  (lamb's 
lettuce,  corn  salad)  is  eaten  as  a  salael,  less  commonly 
as  a  pot-herb 

In  this  count  t  y  few  genera  are  m  cultivat  ion  Pat  rmia 
as  a  pot-herb,  Ccntranthus  (Heel  Valerian,  Jupiter's 
Beard)  anel  Valenana  (Valerian)  as  ornamental  plants, 
and  Valenanella  (Corn  Salael,  Fetticus)  for  food. 

212  Dipsacaceae  (from  the  genus  Dipsftcnt,  demed 
fre)in  the  (licek  /o////rs/,  in  allusion  to  the  water-holding 
leaf -bases)  TE\SLU  ¥  \MII,Y  Fig  5t>  Annual  or  per- 
ennial he'ibs  le\i\e'h  oppe)sitr,  roreh  whoiled  floweis 
small,  bisexual,  mostly  niegulai,  epigMious,  in  elense 
nnolucrate  he:ids,  each  flower  also  hiirroundeel  by  a 
cujvshape'd,  me>re'  or  less  scanous,  involucre,  which  is  a 
metamorphosed  bracteole,  calvx  e>f  setaceous  segments 
or  crown-like,  or  plumose,  or  various,  corolla  l-5-le>beel, 
gamojietalous,  usually  irregular,  le>bes  imbricated, 
stamens  1,  rarefy  2-3,  mostly  epipetalous,  ovary 
inferior,  1-celled,  1-ovulcd;  style  1,  stigmas  2  fruit  an 
achene 

The  family  has  10  genera  and  about  150  species,  all 
natives  of  warm-temperate  regions  of  the  Old  \V  oriel, 
and  me>stly  e>f  the  eastern  Mediterranean  region  The 


family  is  related  to  the  Valenanacea1,  and  more  dis- 
tantly to  the  Composite  The  gamopetalous  corolla, 
2  carpels,  mvolucratc  heads  anel  mvoluciate  flowers  are 
ehstmctive 

Dip^afus  and  Scal)iosa  have  been  used  m  medicine 
The  spiny  hooked  braets  of  Diftsacus  ferox  (fuller's 
teasel  of  southwe>stern  Asia)  have  been  use-d  to  full 
cloth,  whence  the  common  name;  and  the  plant  was 
once  cultivateel  extensively  for  this  puipose  The 
cejnnate  leaf-bases  erf  Dtpsacus  .s?//reA/r?s  hold  several 
ounces  of  ram-water  unt  il  e-\  aporated  This  contrivance 


56  DiFBACACt*  1  Dipsacus,  a,  flower,  b,  fruiting  head  2 
N  iUo-,,1,  fruit  Crctnnir  ti-  t  i  C»uurl>ita  <t,  male  flower, 

p'iunili,  flower     5  '  Lobch  i,  <»,  flower,  6,  floral  diagram 

may  be  of  benefit  in  presenting  the  ascent  of  harmful 
insects 

Four  genera  are  m  cultivation  in  North  America 
CYphalarm,  Morma,  and  Scabiosa  a,s  e>rnamental  plants, 
7Jips<7f(/s  /<?oj-  (1)  julloniim),  locally  cultivated  m 
New  York  state  fe>r  fulling  cloth. 

Order  53    C  \MPANULALES 

213  Cucurbitaceae  (from  the  genus  Cucurbita,  the 
classical  name  for  the  gourd)  GOURD  FAMILY  Fig 
f>lj  Herbs,  rarely  shiubs,  climbing,  usually  writh 
branched  tendrils  leaves  alternate,  more  or  less 
remneled,  vevms  palmate  flowers  usualh  unisexual, 
)>engvnous,  regulai ,  stamens  5,  rarely  separate,  usually 
cemnate  in  2  pairs  and  1  fiee  stamen  (thus  appar- 
e-nth,  stamens  3),  or  monaelelphous,  insert  eel  at  the 
summit  ejf  the  ovary,  anthers  ^-ce^lleul,  the  e*ells  e)ften 
(pieeilv  curved  and  contorted,  caipels  usually  3, 
larelv  more  or  fewer,  ovarv  inferior,  inohtly  .J-celled, 
many-ovuled  fnnt  a  elry  berry  \\ith  thick  rind  and 
spongy  center  (Pepo),  or  juicy  with  hard  rind,  very 
exceptionally  elehisccnt 

There  are  87  geneiu  and  about  650  species,  widely 
distributed  over  the  earth  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics,  thev  aie  wanting  in  the  cold  ic^giems  Several 
are  wild  in  the  east  em  United  State's  The  famih  is 
related  te>the  Campanulacea',  possibly  also  to  the  Paasi- 


76 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


floracese.  The  tendrils  are  usually  borne  singly  at  the 
nodes  and  are  thought  to  be  modified  axillary  branches 
The  fruits  are  exceedingly  diverse  and  odd  Some  are 
the  largest  fruits  of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  otheis  are 
very  tiny  The  gourds  are  very  diverge  m  shape  and 
color, — club-shaped,  globular,  or  flattened  from  above, 
or  curiously  curved 

The  family  is  of  considerable  economic  importance 
The  fruits  of  many  are  edible;  e  g  ,  Cucurbita  Pepo 
(pumpkin,  bummer  crookneck  squash),  C  ma  tuna. 
(squash),  C  moschnta  (winter  crookneck  squash), 
Cucumib  Mdo  (muskmelon  and  other  melons),  C 
saliva  (cucumber),  Citrullm*  t'ulganx  (\\aterinclon). 
The  gourds  are  cultivated  as  curiosities  and  for  the 
fruit  to  boused  as  household  utensils,  e  g  ,  hot  tie-gourds 
and  calabash  (Lagenana)  The  leaves,  stems,  or  loots 
of  very  many  species  contain  bitter,  subresmous  sub- 
stances which  render  them  drastic  purgatives  The 
roots  of  Bryouia.  alba  (bryony)  of  Europe  are  highly 
purgative  The  fruits  of  colocmth  (('ilrullus  Colo- 
cynthis)  of  the  orient  and  North  Africa  furnish  a  purga- 
tive known  to  the  ancients.  The  fruit  of  Luffa  of  India 
and  Arabia  is  purgative  \\hen  ripe  but  edible  when 
green  The  outer  portion  of  the  fruit  of  LufTa  is  very 
fibrous  and  reticulated,  and,  when  cleaned,  .serves  as  a 
sponge  or  dish-cloth  in  the  Antilles  (lufla-sponge  or 
Egyptian  bath-sponge)  The  small  gourd  of  Benin- 
rasa  fntpida  (wax  gourd  or  Chinese  watermelon)  of 
tropical  Asia  is  considered  an  emblem  of  fertihtv  m 
India  and  is  presented  to  new  ly  married  couples  Vean- 
thosicyos  of  the  South  African  deseit  is  remarkably 
eiect  and  spiny,  but  the  small  fruit  is  considered  a 
delicacy  Elatermm  is  a  drug  obtained  from  the  juice 
ot  Ecbalhum  Elattnum 

The  most  remarkable  fruit  is  the  squirting  cucumber 
(Ecballium  Elattriurn)  of  the  Mediterranean  region 
The  prickly  fruit,  about  2  inches  long,  becomes.  \  cry 
turgid  and  finally  explodes  with  a  considerable  report 
The  basal  end  is  blown  out  like  a  cork  from  a  bottle, 
and  the  pulpy  interior,  containing  the  seeds,  is  pro- 
jected to  a  considerable  distance 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N  America 
Among  these  are  the  vanous  melons,  squashes,  gourds, 
and  the  like,  mentioned  above,  also  Brjony,  Wax 
Gourd,  Balsam  Pear  or  Balsam  Apple  (Momordica), 
Dish-cloth  Gourd,  Squirting  Cucumber,  Curuba 
(Sicana),  arid  Snake  Gourd  (Tnchosanthes) 

214  Campanulaceae  (fiom  the  genus  Campanula,  a 
diminutive  of  rampana,  a  little  bell)  BELLFLOWER 
FAMILY  Fig  56  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  mostly  with 
milky  juice  leaves  usually  alternate,  exstipulate,  rarely 
lobed  or  divided  floweis  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual, 
regular  or  irregular,  often  bilabiate  and  split  dovui  the 
back,  usually  epigynous,  calyx  of  usually  5,  separate, 
valvate  sepals,  corolla  usually  5-lobed,  gamopetalous, 
very  rarely  polype talous,  stamens  as  many  as  the  lobes 
of  the  corolla,  often  slightly  epipetalous,  sepaiate  or 
united;  ovary  usually  inferior,  2-5-celled  or  (V-10- 
celled,  rarely  1-celled,  ovules  many,  style  1,  stigmas 
1  to  several  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry 

Campanulaceae  has  59  genera  and  about  1,500 
species,  occurring  in  all  parts  of  the  world  but  mostly  in 
the  temperate  regions  A  large  part  are  alpine.  Arbo- 
rescent forms  occur  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  The  family 
is  rather  distantly  related  to  the  Compositjr,  Dipsaca- 
cese,  Capnfoliaceae  Formerly  the  Lobeliaceae  were  sepa- 
rated as  a  distinct  family,  but  the  only  differences 
are  m  the  irregular  flowers  and  syngenesious  or  mona- 
dclphous  stamens,  both  of  whieh  show  abundant  tran- 
sitions When  united,  the  family  constitutes  a  very 
distinct  group  The  gamopetalous  epigynous  flower, 
the  many  ovules  and  the  frequently  united  stamens 
are  distinctive  The  stamens  are  sometimes  united  by 
their  filaments  with  the  anthers  free  (monadelphous),  or 
by  the  anthers  with  the  filaments  free  (syngenesious), 
or  by  both  filaments  and  anthers. 


Ijobdia  inflata  (lobelia,  Indian  tobacco  >  of  North 
Amenta  is  poisonous  The  foliage  fui  rushes  the 
medicinal  lobelia  L.  t>yphditica  was  used  for  syphilis 
by  the  Indians,  but  is  of  no  value  The  roots  of  this 
latter  plant  and  of  the  cardinal  flower  (L  cardinalis) 
are  more  or  less  poisonous  The  berries  and  fleshy 
roots  of  some  Campanulacecc  have  been  used  as  food. 

In  cultivation  in  N  America  aie  some  20  genera 
Among  these  are  Shepherd's  Scabious,  or  Sheep's-bit 
(Jasione);  Chinese  or  Japanese  Bellflower  or  Balloon 
Flower  (Platycodon),  Venus's  Looking-glass  (Spccu- 
laria),  Horned  Hampion  (Phyteuma);  Giant  Bellflower 
(Ostnnvskia),  Lobelia  and  the  Cardinal  Flower  (Lo- 
belia) ,  and  the  Bellflowers  or  Bluebells  (Campanula) . 


10 

57  COMPOSITE  1  Vernonia,  fruit.  2  Euputonum,  hood  3. 
Erigeron,  disk  flower.  4.  Ambrosia,  fruiting  involucre  5  Xun- 
thium,  fruiting  involucre.  6  Coreopsis,  head.  7  Dahlia,  ray 
flower  8  Bidens,  fruit  9  Cosmos,  disk  flower,  corolla  removed 
10  Helenmm,  disk  flower,  vertical  section  11  Mutism, head  12. 
Srncojo,  floial  digarnm  13  Cichonum,  a,  head,  6,  fruit  14. 
Lnctuca,  fruit  15  Ilicracium,  ray  flower. 

215  Composite  (name  having  reference  to  the 
aggregation  of  the  flowers  into  heads  or  false  flowers,  i  e., 
composite  flowers)  COMPOSITE  FAMILY  Fjg  57.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  rarely  trees,  sometimes  twining,  often  with 
milky  juice  leaves  alternate,  opposite  or  whorled. 
very  diverse  m  shape,  size  and  texture  flow  ers  bisexual 
or  unisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous,  subtended 
by  a  bract  called  chaff,  aggregated  into  1-  to  many- 
flowered  involucrate  heads;  calyx  (pappus)  reduced  to 
haus,  scales,  awns,  or  a  border,  or  wanting;  corolla 
gamopetalous,  normally  regular,  4-5-lobed.  the  lobes 
valvate,  in  one  tribe  bilabiate,  often  enlarged  and 
split  down  one  side,  and  flattened  out  (ligulate  or  ray 
flowers),  stamens  usually  4-5,  epipetalous,  syngc- 
nesious,  alternating  with  the  corolla  lobes,  carpels  2; 
ovary  1-celled,  1-ovuled,  inferior,  style  1-  stigmas  2, 
rarely  1  fruit  an  achene,  often  crowned  by  the  persistent 
pappus,  seed  exalbummous. 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


77 


This  is  the  largest  family  of  flowering  plants,  consist- 
ing of  more  than  800  genera  and  10,000  to  12,(KM)  species, 
distributed  over  all  parts  of  the  earth,  each  tribe  usually 
having  a  definite  center  of  distribution.  The  largest 
genera  are.  Senecio,  1,200  species,  Centaurea,  470, 
Vernoma,  450,  Ilieracium,  400,  llehchrysum,  300, 
Bacchans,  275,  Cousmia,  210,  Aitemisia,  200,  Cre- 
pis,  170;  Erigeron,  150,  Chrysanthemum,  140,  Saus- 
surea,  125,  Gnaphahum,  120,  Circmm,  120,  Scoizori- 
era,  100,  Anthemis,  100  The  Composite,  taken  in 
the  broad  sense,  is  a  well-defined  family  not  closely 
related  to  any  other  large  families  Its  affinities  aie 
with  the  Campanulaeea',  Dipsaeaeea?,  and  Valen- 
anacea'  In  general,  the  mvolucrate  heads,  epigy- 
nous  gamopctalous  flowers,  syngcnesious  stamens, 
1 -seeded  diy  flints  and  exalbummous  seeds  are  dis- 
tinctive In  some  genera  the  heads  have  no  ray 
flowers  (discoid),  in  others  they  have  a  marginal 
row,  and  in  still  others  all  the  flowers  are  hgulate 
Except  in  the  last  case,  the  ray  flowers  are  without 
stamens,  and  frequently  without  a  pistil  (neutral) 
The  style-branches  are  very  diveise,  and  are  im- 
portant in  the  characterization  of  tribes  They  are 
often  provided  with  sweeping  hairs  which  push  the 
pollen  from  the  mtrorse  antheis  up  out  of  the 
anther  tube  as  the  style  elongates  The  anthers  are 
caudate  in  two  tribes,  and  in  some  genera  the  fila- 
ments contiact  abiuptly  when  stimulated  by  touch 
In  Ambiosia  and  Xanthium,  the  anthers  are  sepa- 
rate, and  the  bracts  of  the  1-2-flowered  pistillate 
involucre  are  fused,  woody,  mdehiseent,  and  covered 
with  .spines  or  hooks 

The  family  is  divided  by  Hoffman  into  13  tribes, 
several  of  which  are  by  some  authors  considered  sepa- 
rate families. 

Sub-family  I.  Disk  flowers  not  hgulate,  no  milky 
sap  Consists  of  twelve  tubes,  separated  on  a  basis  of 
st> le-branchc«J,  anther-tails,  <  haff  on  the  receptacle, 
and  so  on,  as  follows  Ironweed  Tube,  Boneset  T. 
Aster  T,  Elecampane  T,  Sunflower  T  ,  Sneezeweed 
T  ,  Chamomile  T  ,  Senecio  T  ,  Pot  Marigold  T  , 
Arctotis  T  ,  Thistle  T  ,  Mutisia  T 

Sub-family  II  All  floweis  hgulate,  juice  milky 
One  tube, — the  Dandelion  or  Lettuce  Tribe 

Medic  mal  Plant  s  rl  he  Cornposita'  are  i  ich  in  ethereal 
oils,  fatty  oils,  resins  and  bitter  principle's,  and  therefore 
man v  species  are  used  in  medic  me  Among  otheis  of 
less  importance,  the  following  may  be  noted  Ait<  nu^ia 
Absinthium  (wormwood),  tonic,  febrifuge,  anthelmmtic, 
A,  Cina  which  furnishes  santomca  from  which  santonin 
is  extracted,  anthelmmtic,  stimulant,  i  vulgari^  (mug- 
wort)  has  been  used  as  an  emmenagogue  and  for  epi- 
lepsy, Antftcwj1*  nobilin  (Roman  chamomile),  tonic,  nei- 
vme,  emmenagogue,  Matncana  Charnomilla  (German 
chamomile),  with  similar  properties,  Tanacctum  vulgare 
(tansy),  tome,  anthelmmtic,  emmenagogue.  diuretic, 
Arnica  montana  (arnica,  leopard's  bane),  skin  stimu- 
lant, diuretic;  Irtula  Hchnium  (elecampane),  skin 
stimulant,  Eupatonum  pcrfohatum  (boneset,  thorough- 
woit),  tome,  diaphoretic,  laxative,  many  Eupatoriums 
of  the  tropics,  famed  remedies  for  snake-bites,  Tu^i- 
lago  Farjara  (coltsfoot),  sedative;  At  ilium  Lappa  and 
A  minus  (burdock),  diaphoretic,  alterative,  used  for 
rheumatism,  Calendula  officinalit*  (marigold),  diapho- 
retic, alterative,  Lactuca  saliva  (lettuce),  the  thickened 
mice  a  narcotic,  a  substitute  for  opium,  L  virot>a  (wild 
lettuce),  furnishing  lactucanum  or  lettuce  opium,  a 
poisonous  anodyne,  hypnotic,  and  sedative,  Taiaiacum 
officinale  (dandelion),  tonic,  but  injurious  to  digestion, 
species  of  Grmdeha,  tome,  sedative,  used  for  asthma 
and  rheumatism,  Enqtron  canadtnsc  (fleabane),  used 
for  diarrhea  and  uterine  hemorrhage;  Anacyclus  Py- 
rLthiim  (pellitory),  skin  irritant,  Achillca  Millefohum 
(yarrow),  an  old  remedy,  styptic,  tonic,  sudorific, 
antispasmodic  Braunena  (Echmacea),  Prenanthes, 
Xanthium,  Helcmum,  Spilanthes,  Bacchans,  and 


Chrysanthemum  Leucanlhcmum  have  been  used  locally 
to  some  extent  The  pollen  of  ragweed  (Ambrosia 
artemikifolid),  less  commonly  of  species  of  Sohdago  and 
other  Composite,  is  said  to  be  the  cause  of  autumnal 
hay-fever. 

The  following  are  used  for  food,  as  salads  or  cooked 
in  various  ways  Young  foliage  of  Circmrn  (thistles), 
Cynara  CurdumiduA  (cardoon),  Taraxacum  officinale 
(dandelion),  Cicfiorium  Inlijbws  (chicory),  Lactuia  saliva 
(lettuce),  Cichoninn  Eiuhna  (endive,  succory),  Paiou- 
rin<i  edulii,  and  ,S'to/y?/nis  hivpamcus,  (Spanish  oyster 
plant),  young  flower  heads  oi  Cunara  Kiolymus  (globe 
artichoke),  roots  of  Trayonoqon  pornfohut  (vegetable 
oyster,  salsify),  ticorzontra  hi^panua  (Seor/onera,  black 
salsify),  lldianlhu^  <u6cro,sus  (Jerusalem  artichoke) 
Roots  of  chicory,  roasted,  are  a  substitute  for  coffee 

The  following  yield  d\es  Carthamus  tinclortus, 
(safflower)  yields  the  red  dye,  cartharnme,  Serralula 
tindoria  (dyer's  savory)  vields  a  yellow  dye 

The  powdered  heads  of  species  of  Chrysanthemum 
furnish  insect  powder  An  oil  is  obtained  from  the 
seeds  of  Guizolia  aby^imca  (niger  seeds)  of  India  and 
Abyssinia,  used  for  food,  painting,  and  burning  Seeds 
of  Madia  saliva  fuimsh  an  oil  similar  to  olive  oil, 
edible,  illuminating,  and  lubricating  The  seeds  of 
Ht'haniftuv  annuus  also  furnish  a  commercial  oil. 

Many  Composite  are  ornamental  The  species  oi 
Helithrjsum,  Anaphahs,  and  related  genera,  have 
paper}  involucres,  and  furnish  w  ell-known  everlastings 
More  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  genera  3^9  m  culti- 
\  ation  in  N  America,  or  are  impoitant  weeds  Many  of 
our  most  important  and  most  showy  ornamental  plants 
belong  to  the  Composite  Among  these  genera  are 
Achillea  (Milfoil,  Yarrow,  Sneezewort),  Ageratum,  Ana- 
phahs (Everlasting,  Moonshine);  Antennaiia  (Everlast- 
ing, Cat's-car,  Pussy's  Iocs,  Ladies'  Tobacco),  An- 
themis (Chamomile,  Mavweed,  Golden  Marguerite); 
Arctium  (Burdock),  Arnica  (Mouatam  Tobacco, 
Mountain  Snuff),  Artemisia  (\\oimwood,  Tarragon, 
Estragon,  Southernwood,  Roman  Wormwood,  Old  Man 
and  Old  Woman,  Sage  Brush);  Aster  (Aster.  Starwort, 
Mieha'lmas  Daisy),  Bidens  (Bur  Mangold,  Beggar's 
Ticks,  Pitchfork  *  Bur)  ,  Boltoma  (Fake  Chamomile); 
Brachvcome  (Swan  River  Daisv),  Bnckelha  (Tassel 
Flow  er)  ,  Buphthalmum,  Calendula  (Marigold)  ,  Calhste- 
phus  (China  Aster),  Cmeus  or  Carbema  (Blessed 
Thistle),  Carthamus  (Safflower,  False  Saffron),  Cen- 
taurea (Centaury,  Dusty  Miller,  Bachelor's  Button. 
Cornflower,  Knapweed,  Bluebottle,  Bluet,  Raggea 
Sailor,  Sweet  Sultan,  Basket  Flower,  Hardheads), 
Chipnactis,  Chrysanthemum  (Feverfew  ,  Golden  Feather, 
Turfing  Daisy,  Marguerite,  Pans  Daisy,  Costmary, 
Mint  Geranium,  Giant  Daisy,  Ox-eje  Daisy,  White- 
weed);  Ciehonum  (Chicory,  Succory),  Cineraria,  Cir- 
cium  or  Cmcus  (Common  Thistles),  Coreopsis  (Tick- 
seed,  Golden  Wave);  Cosmos,  Cynara  (\rtichoke,  Car- 
doon) ,  Dahlia,  Doromcum  (Leopard's-Bane)  ,  Echmacea 
or  Braunena  (Purple  Coneflovver),  Echmops  (Globe 
Thistle),  Emilia  (Tassel  Flower),  Erigeron  (Flea- 
bane,  Poor  Robin's  Plantain),  Kupatonum  (Boneset, 
Joe-Pye  Weed,  Thoroughwort,  White  Snakeroot), 
Felicia  (Blue  Daisy,  Blue  Marguerite);  Gaillardia, 
Gazania  (Peacock  Gazama),  Grmdeha  (Gum  Plant), 
CJynura  (Velvet  Plant),  Helemum  (Sneezeweed),  He- 
hanthus  (Sunflower,  Indian  Potato,  Jerusalem  Arti- 
choke), Hehchrysum,  Hehopsis;  Helipterum,  Hidalgoa 
(Treasure  Vine);  Hieracium  (Hawkweed,  Rattlesnake 
Weed,  Devil's  Paint-brush)  ,  Inula  (Elecampane)  ,  Krigia 
(Dwarf  Dandelion),  Lactuca  (Lettuce),  Leontopodium 
(Edelweiss);  Leptosyne;  Liatris  (Blazing  Star,  Button 


Snakeroot),  Ixmas  (African  Daisy);  Madia  (Tarweed) 
Matriearia,  Mikama  (Climbing  Hempweed,  Climbing 
Boneset),  Onopordon  (Scotch  Thustle),  Parthemum 


(American  Feverfew,  Prairie  Dock),  Pcntacha?ta;  Peta- 
sites  (Winter  Heliotrope,  Sweet  Coltsfoot),  P'queria; 
Podolepis,  Polymnia  (Leaf-cup),  Prenanthes  (Rattle 


78 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    THE    PLANT    KINGDOM 


snake  Root):  Rudbeckia  (Black-eyed  Susan,  Yellow 
Daisy,  Conenower,  Golden  Glow) ,  Santohna  (Lavender 
Cotton);  Scolymus  (Golden  Thistle,  Spanish  Oyster 
Plant) ;  Scorzonera  (Black  Salsify) ;  Senecio  (Groundsel, 
Canada  Plant,  Ragwort,  German  Ivy,  Leopard  Plant, 
Dusty  Miller) ,  Silphmm  (Rosin-Weed,  Compass  Plant, 
Prairie  Dock,  Cup  Plant),  Sohdago  (Goldenrod);  Spil- 


anthes  (Para  Cress);  Stokesia  (Stoke's  Aster);  Tagetea 
(French  Marigold,  African  Marigold);  Tanacetum 
(Tansy) ;  Taraxacum  (Dandelion) ,  Thelysperma;  Town- 
sendia,  Tragopogon  (Salsify,  Goat's  Beard,  Vegetable 
Oyster,  Oyster  Plant);  Trihsa  (Vanilla  Plant);  Tussi- 
lago  (Coltsfoot);  Verbesina  (Crownbeard) ;  Vernonia 
(Ironweed),  Zinnia  (Zinnia,  Youth-and-Old-Age). 


INDEX  TO  THE  FOREGOING   FAMILIES   (PAGES) 


Acanthacese,  73. 

Cunomacpap,  39 

Loiantharea),  27 

Polypodiaceoe,  8. 

Aceracpse,  49. 

Cyatheacea),  8 

Lycopodiacpjc,  10. 

Pontederiacese,  18. 

Aizoacese,  30 

Cycadaeeae,  11 

LythraccoD,  59 

PortulacaccsB,  30. 

Ahsmaceae,  13. 

Cy<  lanthaceae,  17. 

Magnohaceoe,  33 

Primulacaj,  64 

Amarantacpffi,  29. 

Cypcraoea;,  15 

Malpighiaceoe,  45. 

ProtPacpaj,  27. 

Amaryllidaceaj,  20. 

Cyrillacea?,  48 

Malvaceaj,  52 

Punirarea1,  59 

Anacardiacea},  48 

Diaporusiucece,  64 

Marantaopffi,  22. 

Pyrolacp®,  63 

Andreales,  7.  • 

Dillpmacea),  53 

Murattiacpae,  7 

Ranunrulacpffi,  32. 

Annonaceffi,  34 

Diosconacpa?,  20. 

Mart  hantiales,  6 

Rosi-daceae,  37. 

Anthoccrotales,  6. 

Dipsacacpaa,  75 

MursileaceaB,  9 

RhamnacesB,  51 

Apocynaceae,  67 

Dr-jspracece,  38 

Martyniacese,  72 

Rhizophorarete,  59. 

Aponogetonacese,  13. 

Ebenacea?,  65 

Melastomaceae,  60. 

Riccialps,  6 

Aquifoliac*ese,  48. 

Elieaj^nacpse,  59 

Mphacpjc,  45 

Rosafpa*,  40 

Araceae,  17 

Elicocarpacese,  51 

Mehantharete,  50 

Rubiaopop,  74 

Araliacece,  62 

Empetracese,  47 

Menispennacpoe,  33. 

Rutacece,  44 

Aristolochiaop£B,  28. 

Eparndacoiu,  64 

Motuiniaceu',  35 

Salictueos,  24 

Asolepiadaceae,  67 

Equis>Ptacpa>,  10 

Monotropaopse,  63 

Sah  iniucpoe,  10. 

Balsaminacese,  50. 

Ericacp8?,  64 

Moracej?,  2b 

Santalaceffi,  27. 

Basellareae,  30 

Erythroxylacece,  44. 

Moimgaeete,  37. 

Sapindaceaj,  50. 

Begomaceae,  57. 

Euphorbuiceae,  46 

Musacpcr,  21 

Sapotacea),  65 

Berbpndace£E,  33. 

Fagac-rae,  25 

M>oporacpa3,  74 

Sarracenmcpa;,  37. 

Betulacea?,  25 

Flacourtiacpa1,  56 

M>ncacetD,  24 

Saururacere,  23 

Bignomacece,  71 

FoxuiuieriacpfE,  55 

MynstK  'i(  ete,  35 

SaxifraKiicpsB,  39 

BixaceaJ,  55 

Fumarmcpsp,  36 

M\  rsinac  ese,  04 

Srhizaiti^ete,  9 

Bombacaceee,  53. 

Gcntianacpae,  67. 

Myrtatoj?,  00 

Srrophul'inacpse,  71. 

Boragmacoie,  69 

GernnmcPJB,  42 

Naiadacouo,  13 

SplaRinplluepse,  10. 

Bromehaceae,  18 

Gesnenacece,  72 

Nepenthacpaj,  38. 

Sirnarubaooce,  44 

Bmniaccoi,  39. 

Ginkpoarpac,  11 

Nolanacpse,  70 

Solanaffse,  70 

Bryalcb,  7 

Gleiehpmaf  ca\  9 

Nycta^inaopcp,  29 

Sphannalpb,  6 

Burseracese,  45 

Globulanac  ea?,  73 

Nvmplueacecp,  31. 

Stachyuiaopac,  56 

Butomacete,  14 

Gnotac-pto,  12 

Ochnaoeae,  53 

Sta(  khousiacete,  49. 

Buxacese,  47 

Granunrse,  14 

Ola(  acece,  27. 

Staploleacoie,  49 

Cactacea;,  57 

GuttifVrjp,  5i 

Qlpacpaj,  66 

Stercuhaccae,  53 

Cal>  canthaceuc,  34. 

Haloragidaceaj,  61 

OnaKrarpse,  61 

StyraoaceiE,  06 

Campanulacea;,  76 

Hainaiuriid.ircie,  40 

()orn\  cetes,  5 

Syinploracpu1,  66 

Cammtese,  22 

Hippooa^tanacca1,  50 

OphiojilossacpjB,  7. 

Taccuopjp,  20 

Capparidacene,  36 

Hydrocaryaoeie,  61 

Orrhidaceae,  22. 

Tainanoacea},  55. 

Caprifohacefp,  74 

Hydroohantac  ca1,  1  4 

Osmund  icese,  9 

Taxacpn-,  11 

Caricaceie,  57 

HydrophyllaoeiK,  6H 

Oxahilacete,  43 

Ternstrtt-imaceffl,  54. 

Caryophyllaces?,  31. 

Hymonophyllacpsp,  8 

Palmacpse,  16 

Thpafece,  54 

OafeuarinaceaJ,  23 

Hypcricaceui,  54 

Pandanacpa*,  13 

Thyniplu-af  eaj,  58 

Celastracesp,  40 

IruiacetP,  21 

PapaverifPte,  35 

Tiliareuj,  52 

Cephalotarue,  38 

Juglandarea1,  25 

Passiflorarpa;,  56. 

Trtmandracese,  46. 

Ceratoptpndacece,  8. 

Juncacp.T,  19 

Ppdaluicpae,  72 

Troehodendraceae,  32. 

Chenopodiarra;,  29 

JunReimanmales,  6 

Phase  ales,  7 

Tropceolaoea;,  43. 

C'hloranthacea?,  24 

Labmtie,  70 

Phrymacece,  74 

Typhacese,  13 

CistacpiE,  55 

Larch  zabalaopae,  33. 

Phvtolacract^ce,  30. 

Ulmacecp,  25 

Clethracece,  63 

Laurac-ece,  35 

Pinacuaj,  12 

Uml)ellif.  ra>,  62. 

rornbretacese,  60 

Lecythidacese,  59. 

Pipcraceae,  23. 

Urticaceae,  26 

Commelmacpa1,  18. 

Leguminosas,  41. 

Pittosporacea3,  39 

Valenanaceae,  75. 

Composites,  76 

Lpmnaceae,  18 

Plantagmaceae,  74. 

Verbenaceje,  69. 

Convolvulaceaj,  68. 

Lentibulanaceae,  73. 

Plata  nac-eaj,  40 

Violac-ese,  56. 

Coriariaceo1,  47. 

Lihacpse,  19 

Plumbaginaopffi,  65. 

Vitaccse,  51. 

Cornacpffi,  63 

Limnanthacpse,  48. 

Polemomaceaa,  68. 

Zmgiberaceffi,  21. 

Crassulaeeie,  38. 

Linaceee,  43 

PolyKalacese,  46 

Zygomycetes,  5. 

Cruciferse,  36. 

Loasacese,  57. 

Polygonaceae,  28. 

ZygophyllacecB,  44. 

Cucurbitace®,  75. 

Logamacese,  67. 

. 

I 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 

In  one  of  the  editions  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture,  a  key  to  the  families  and  genera 
contained  therein  was  placed  in  the  introductory  part  to  Vol.  I  This  key  is  now  modified  and  adapted  to  the 
present  work.  The  original  key  was  prepared  oy  Wilhelm  Miller,  Associate  Editor  of  that  Cyclopedia  The 
main  part  of  Dr.  Millers  introduction  to  that  key  is  here  reprinted,  with  adaptations,  as  explaining  the  purpose 
of  a  key  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  constituted. 

The  key  has  now  been  extensively  revised,  but  the  original  form  and  method  are  still  retained. 


The  purposes  of  the  key. 

The  following  key  attempts  to  supply  what  is  proba- 
bly the  greatest  deficiency  in  cyclopedic  works  on 
horticulture: 

(1)  It  helps  the  gardener  to  determine  the  name  of 
any  plant  cultivated  in  America,  including  the  wild 
flowers  and  other  plants  native  to  the  United  States 
and   Canada  that  are  commonly  or   even  frequently 
offered  for  sale. 

(2)  It  helps  the  student  towards  a  scientific  knowl- 
edge of  the  plant  world,  since   it  gives  a  condensed 
and   orderly  catalogue  of   that  part  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom  which  is  of  interest  to  gardeners,   farmers 
and  foresters 

No  merely  alphabetical  work  can  accomplish  either 
of  these  results  For  example,  suppose  the  person  has 
a  flower  that  is  known  to  be  an  Ins,  but  of  what  species 
of  Ins  is  not  clear  to  him;  and  that  he  wishes  to  find 
the  name  If  he  were  to  consult  the  best  works  in  w  hich 
the  species  of  Ins  are  arranged  alphabetically,  it  might 
require  hours  to  read  the  pages  of  description,  com- 
paring the  items  with  the  specimen,  and  the  chances 
are  that  in  the  end  he  would  not  be  sure  of  a  determi- 
nation, since  related  species  are  not  compared  and 
contrasted 

It  was  to  provide  a  short-cut  to  such  information 
that  every  large  genus  or  group  of  plants  described 
in  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  was 
classified  according  to  shape,  color,  size,  season, 
height  or  other  characters  of  interest  to  the  gardener 
These  short-cuts,  or  "keys,"  have  long  been  in  common 
use  with  students  of  botany,  and  are  a  feature  of  all 
floras,  but  they  have  not  been  sufficiently  employed  in 
writings  on  horticultural  subjects 

No  valid  objection  can  be  made  to  keys,  synopses 
or  other  classified  arrangements,  since  they  do  three 
things  more  clearly  and  briefly  than  any  other  device: 
(1)  They  hslp  one  to  find  out  the  name  of  a  plant  ^2) 
They  show  the  difference  between  the  given  species 
and  other  sp)ecies  of  the  same  genus  (3)  They  show 
the  relation  of  each  species  to  every  other,  i.  e.,  some 
of  the  points  of  likeness  and  unhkeness. 

But  classified  schemes  alone  have  one  serious  limi- 
tation They  are  not  so  convenient  for  ready  reference 
if  one  knows  one's  plant  and  merely  wishes  to  find  out 
the  native  country  or  how  to  spell  the  name.  The 
Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  met  this  need  by 
numbering  the  species  and  providing  an  alphabetical 
list  or  index  m  each  large  genus.  It  therefore  met 
the  needs  by  presenting  both  systems — the  classified 
and  the  alphabetical — one  for  taxonomic  study,  the 
other  for  convenience. 

All  this  supposes  that  one  knows  the  genus  to  which 
the  plant  belongs, — whether  it  is  an  Ins,  Psoonia  or 
Rhododendron.  But  he  may  not  know  the  genus:  the 
key  will  aid  him  to  determine  it.  The  key  leads  to  the 
family  and  the  genus;  having  the  genus,  he  can  run 
down  the  species  in  the  Cyclopedia  itself,  for  the 
genera  are  to  be  found  in  alphabetical  order.  This 
key,  therefore,  deals  only  with  families  and  genera, 


since  the  species  are  described  and  distinguished  else- 
where It  ties  the  whole  work  together  and  makes  it 
an  organism,  instead  of  a  series  of  detached  articles 
on  Iris,  Rosa,  Solanum,  and  other  genera.  In  other 
words,  the  key  is  not  merely  supplementary:  it  if* 
structural  and  even  fundamental. 

The  preparation  of  the  key. 

It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  the  preparation 
of  the  key  was  undertaken  with  serious  misgivings. 
During  the  preparation  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American 
Horticulture,  the  Editor  was  often  importuned  for 
something  of  the  kind,  by  btudents,  botanists,  and 
others  who  made  increasing  use  of  the  volumes  as 
issued  In  response  to  these  urgent  appeals,  it  was 
necessary  to  point  out  three  objections.  (1)  Such  a 
key  would  necessarily  be  highly  technical  (2)  It 
would  have  to  use  a  scheme  of  arrangement  that  may 
pass  with  another  generation  (3)  The  labor  and  ex- 
pense would  be  great. 

In  response  to  this  demand  the  following  key  has 
been  prepared  It  is  based  on  the  system  of  Bentham 
and  Hooker  as  set  forth  m  their  "Genera  Plantarum," 
a  work  published  in  parts  from  1862  to  1883  The 
system  of  Bentham  and  Hooker  is  not  now  the  lat- 
ent, but  it  is  the  only  one  that  was  ^in  general  use 
at  the  time  the  firbt  Cyclopedia  was  begun.  The 
system  of  Englcr  and  Prantl  m  "Die  Naturlichen 
Pflanzenfamilicn"  is  now  well  known;  this  no  doubt 

E  resents  the  best  system  for  the  present  generation, 
ut  in  its  turn  it  is  likely  to  be  superseded  In  Engler 
and  Prantl's  system  the  plants  are  arranged,  as  far 
as  possible,  in  the  order  in  which  the  various  fam- 
ilies probably  have  made  their  appearance  on  the 
earth  s  surface,  or  at  all  events  in  accordance  with 
the  evolution  from  simple  to  complex  Perhaps  the 
new  system  is  better  adapted  for  showing  relation- 
bhip  or  likeness,  while  the  old  system  is  well  adapted 
for  bringing  out  differences.  This  furnishes  an 
additional  reason  for  the  use  of  the  older  system  on 
the  present  occasion,  as  most  of  those  who  use  this 
part  of  the  Cyclopedia  will  probably  be  m  search  of 
differences. 

In  the  present  revision,  the  Bentham  and  Hooker 
key-plan  has  been  retained  The  authors  of  the 
main  groups  in  the  new  Cyclopedia  have  made 
revisions  and  adaptations  to  meet  the  changes  and 
requirements  of  their  own  work.  New  conceptions 
of  the  limitations  of  families  and  genera  have  naturally 
found  expression  m  the  revision  It  is  not  designed  to 
insert  in  the  key  all  the  genera  that  are  mentioned 
in  a  minor  or  incidental  way,  for  to  include  them  all 
would  unnecessarily  encumber  and  complicate  the 
lists  and  tend  to  make  them  unworkable;  but  it  is 
intended  to  include  all  the  genexa  that  afford  species 
prominently  m  the  trade  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  When  it  has  seemed  to  be  desirable  to  omit 
genera  from  the  key,  the  relatively  unimportant 
native  groups  have  often  been  left  out,  for  they  may 
be  readily  traced  in  the  current  botanies. 


(79) 


Su 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


The  way  to  use  a  key  is  explained  in  the  prefatory 
part  to  this  volume  (page  xu). 

The  general  plan. 

The  key  is  divided  into  two  mam  parts'  a  key  to  the 
families  (page  80),  and  a  key  to  the  genera  (page  86) 
When  the  student  has  determined  the  family  to  Tfhich 
the  plant  belongs,  the  further  tracing  of  it  is  to  be  made 
m  the  key  to  the  genera,  when  the  genus  has  been 
found,  he  turns  to  its  alphabetic  place  in  one  of  the 
volumes  and  there  runs  down  the  plant  to  its  species. 

The  families  are  arranged  in  accordance  with  the 
following  framework  (for  another  and  fuller  outline  of 
the  vegetable  kingdom,  see  pages  2—1). 

Families 

Division  1    Flowering  Plants  or  Phanerogams  . .    .           1-209 

Subdivision  1    Dicotyledons  or  Exogens  .          .     1-181 

Claws  1    Angiosperms  1-176 

Subclass  1    PolypetaliP  1-101 

Series  1    Thalanuflone  1-  39 

Cohort  1    Ranales  1-  12 

Cohort  2    Panetules                                .  13-22 

Cohort  3    Polygalales  23-  25 

Cohort  4    Caryophyllales  26-  29 

Cohort  5    Guttiferales  30-  34 

Cohort  6    Malvales                  .  .                35-39 

Series  2    Disoiflone  40-  (.9 

Cohort  1    Geramales  40-  53 

Cohort  2    Olacalcs  54-  56 

Cohort  3    Cclastrales  57-  60 

Cohort  4    Sapindales  61-  69 

Series  3    Calyufiora  70-101 

Cohort  1    lloaalos  70-  79 

Cohort  2    Myrtalcs  80-  88 

Cohort  3    Passiflomles  89-  93 

Cohort  4     ticoirlales  94-95 

Cohort  5    Umbellate*  96-101 

Subclass  2    Gamopetalffi  102-144 

Series  1    Infer*  102-107 

Cohort  1    Rubiales  102  -103 

Cohort  2    Asterales  104-106 

Cohort  3    Campanales  107 

Series  2    Hetcromena  108-120 

Cohort  1    Encates  NH-113 

Cohort  2    Primulales  114-116 

Cohort  3    Ebenales  117-120 

Series  3    Bicarpellatse  121-144 

Cohort  1    Gentianales  121-125 

Cohort  2    Polemoniales  126-131 

Cohort3    Personales  132-138 

Cohort  4    Lamiales  139-144 

Subclass  3    ApetahB  or  Monochlamydese  14.5-176 

Series  1    Curvembiyese  145-149 

Series  2    Multiovulatse  Terrestres  150-151 

Series  3    Micrembrye*  I  "52-1 56 

Series  4    Daphnes  157-100 

Series  5    Achlamydosporese  161-162 

Series  6    Umsexuales  164-174 

Scries  7    Anomalous  Families  175-176 

Class  2    Gymnosperms  177-181 

Subdivision  2    Monocotyledons  or  Endogens  182-209 

Senei  1    Mlorospermss  182-183 

Se-iM2    Epigynse  184-193 

Series  3    Coronanew  194-196 

Series  4    Calycime  197-198 

Series  5    Nudiflors)  199-203 

Series  6    Apocarpa-  204-207 

Series?    Glumace®  208-209 

Division  2    Ptendophyta  210-223 


PART  I.— KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES 

(See  page  86  for  Part  II  ) 

Division  1.  FLOWFRINQ  PLANTS  OR  PHANEROGAMS  OR  SPEB- 
auTOPHYTEB.  those  producing  real  flowers  and  seeds  (pages  80 
to  86) 

Subdivision  1.  DICOTYLEDONS  Sts  formed  of  bark,  wood 
and  pith,  the  wood  forming  a  zone  between  the  other  two,  and 
increasing  when  the  st  continues  from  year  to  year  by  the  annual 
addition  of  a  new  layer  to  the  outmde  next  to  the  bark  Ivs  usually 
netted^vemed  embryo  with  a  pair  of  opposite  cotyledons,  or,  in 
Subdivision  2,  often  3  or  more  in  a  whorl  parts  of  the  fl.  mostly 
in  4's  or  5's  (pages  80-84) 

Class  1.  ANGIOSPERMS  Pistil  consisting  of  a  closed  ovary, 
which  contains  the  ovules  cotyledons  2 

Subclass  1.  POLY  PET  A  L«  Calyx  and  corolla  both  present, 
the  latter  of  separate  petals  (See  exceptions  1  sted  under  Sub- 
class 2,  Qamopetalte,  page  82  ) 

Series  1.  THALAMIFLOB^E  Calyx  mostly  inserted  Under  the 
ovary,  petals  often  in  2  or  more  series,  sometimes  1  series;  stamen* 


oo  or  definite,  inserted  on  the  often  small  or  raised  or  stipitate 
receptacle,  which  is  not  developed  into  a  glandular  disk,  ovary 
very  generally  free 

Cohort  1  RANALES  Stamens  °° ,  or  if  definite  then  the  perianth 
in  3-oo  series,  carpels  1  or  more,  usually  distinct,  rarely  united. 
(See  exceptions  in  Saxifragaceee,  also  hypogynous  Leguuunosse.) 

A.  Sepals  5,  or  fewer,  or  0,  petals  in  about 

1  series. 
B  Seeds  not  arillate    sepals  deciduous, 

usually  colored   herbs  or  shrubs  1.  RAN 

BB  Seeds  not  anllate  calyx  and  corolla 
wanting,  ovary  of  2  carpels  but 
1-cclled  7  EocoMMiACHua. 

BBB   Seeds  arillntn    sepals  persistent,  her- 
baceous shrubs  or  trees  2  DiLLBNrACBai. 
AA  Sepals  or  petals  in  2-°°  series,  rarely 

wanting 
B.  Plants  not  aquatic 

c   Perianth    wanting,     stamens    nu- 
merous,   OH     polygamous,  dius- 
cious,  or  perfect 
D  Lvs  pmnately  veined,  alternate    5.  THOCHODBNDRA- 

[CKM. 

DD   Lvs  palmately  veined,  opposite     6.  CKRCIDIPHYL- 
cc   Perianth  present  [LACIUI. 

D.  Petals  and  stamens  mostly  <»: 

ovules  l-oo 

B   Torus  tubular,  inclosing  car- 
pels   endosperm  0    Ivs    op- 
posite   shrubs  3.  CALYCANTHACBm 
EE   Torus  short  or  long,  bearing 
carpels  outside     endosperm 
copious       Ivs       alternate 
woody                                        4  MAQNOLiACBJh 
DD.  Petals    o     stamens    10     carpels 
5  10    ovule  solitary    IVH    op- 
posite      (See    No     68,     Cori- 
anaccn>  ) 

ODD.  Petals  and  stamens  mostly  mul- 
tiples of  3  or  2 

B.  Stamens  and  carpels  usually 
numerous  ovules  1-°°. 
sepals  3,  petals  t>,  fls  bisex- 
ual shrubsortr«s  8  ANNONACBA 
EE.  Stamens  usually  (,  ovule 
solitary  carpels  3,  sepals 
and  petals  usually  h  fls 
dioecious  mostly  woody  or 

herbaceous  vines  9   MENI8PERMACH2* 

BEG.  Stamens  4,  6,  or  9,  anthers 
opening  by  2  lids  rarely 
bmmo'sc  <arpel  1  ovules 
2-00  rh  bi-rxual  herbs 
or  shruku  10  BKRBXRIDACEJD. 

EEEE.  Stamens  usually  6,  anthers 
binmose  carpels  mostly  3 
o/ules  many  fls  unisexual 

vines  or  erect,  woody  11   LARDIZABALACBJB. 

BB.  Plants  aquatic  12   NYMPH^ACE.B 

Cohort  2.  PARIETALES  Stamens  definite  or  <»  ovary  1-celled, 
or  several-celled  by  spurious  partitions,  carpels  several,  placenta 
parietal  (See  Acttea  in  Ranunculacese,  al«o  Berberidaceas  ) 

A   Embryo  minute,  near  the  base  of  the 

flonhy  endosperm 

B   Pitcher  plants  13  SARRACENIACBJK. 

BB    Not  pitcher  plants 

c   Petals  all  alike,  or  nearly  so  14  PAPAVERACB*. 

cc   Petals  in  2  series,  the  inner  unlike 

the  outer  15  FUMARIACK* 

AA.  Embryo  cuived,  endosperm  0 

B   Stamens  6,  tetradyriamous,  rarely  4     16  CRUCIFKH^C 
BB   Stamens  ooiOr,  if  few,  not  tetradyna- 

mous  17  CAPPARIUACK*. 

BBB  Stamens  usually  <»,  not  covered  in 
aestivation  by  the  small  petals 
ovary  often  open  above  18  RESEDACBJB. 

AAA  Embryo    not    curved,     rather    large, 

endosperm  fleshy 
B   Radicle   remote    from   lulum     ovule 

generally  orthotropous  19   CISTACBJB. 

BB   Radicle  very  near  hnum    ovule  ana- 

tropous,  or  amphitropous 
C.  Anthers  dehisce  mtrorsely   mostly 

herb*  20  ViOLACBJB. 

CO.  Anthers   dehisce    extrorsely  or   at 
apex    insectivorous  plants  with 
capitate  glandular  tentacles  on    • 
Ivs     (See  No   76,  Droseracese  ) 
COO.  Anthers  demsee  by  apical  cracks  or 

pores  woody 
D.  Shme-cells    present,    receptacle 

not  enlarged  21.  BIXACBJD. 

DD.  Shme-tiella     absent,     receptacle 

enlarged  22.  FLACOUBTIAOBA. 

occc.  Anthers  versatile,  dehiscing  by 
longitudinal  fissures  woody. 
(See  No.  34,  Staohynracee.) 


KEY  TO   THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Cohort  3.  POLYOALALBS,  Stamens  as  many  or  twice  as  many 
as  petals  carpels  usually  2  ovary  usually  perfectly  or  imperfectly 
2-colled,  usually  compressed. 

A   Fls  regular  or  slightly  obhquo 
B   Stamens   5,    as   many   as   sepals   or 

petals  woody  23  PITTOBPORACEJB. 

BB  Stamens  twice  as  many  &n  sepals  or 
petals,  which  arc  usually  4  or  6, 
rarely  3  woody  24  TREMANDRACB«. 

AA   Fls  irregular  herbaceous  or  woody        25  POLYOALACE* 

Cohort  4  CARYOPHYI  LAI.KH  Stamens  definite,  rarely  «• 
ovary  1-ceIIc-d  or  imperfectly  septate,  placenta  central,  rarely 
parietal  embryo  curved,  or  coileef,  rarely  straight 

petals 
,centa  1, 
>etals 


26  CARYOPHYLLACE.E 


28.  TAMARICACE* 


29    FotTQTJIEJHACBai. 


A   Sepals    of    same    number    ai 

placenta  1,  <  mitral    herbs 
AA    Sepals  fewer  than  petals    pi; 

central    herbs 
AAA    Sepals    of    same     number    as    petals 

placenta:  several    mostly  woody 
B   Corolla  polypetalous,  stamens  with- 
out scale,  glabrous,  fls   spicate  or 

BB.  Corolla  gamopetalous,  stamens  with 
scale,  hairy,  flu.  thyrsoid-panicu- 
late 

Cohort  S  GUTTIFERALEH  Stamens  usually  co.  sepals  imbri- 
cated ovary  septate,  placenta?  on  the  inner  angles  of  the  cells,  i  e  , 
axile  (See  also,  as  exceptions  with  disk  absent,  the  Linaoese, 
Erythroxylaeea1,  Mulpighiacea1,  Geraniaoeffi,  Tropasolaceee,  Lim- 
nanthacese.  Oxahdaeesn,  Balsaminacea",  Ochnacato.  Rutacen,  Ana- 
cardiace-ds  and  Sapmclacca',  all  belonging  to  the  Diaciflor®  (See 
also  Nigella  of  the  Rauuuculaeese  ) 

A.  LVH   opposite  or  whorled,  herbaceous 

fls  eymose  or  paraded,  bisexual  30  HYPERICACE*. 

AA    Lvs    opposite  or  whorled,  coriaceous 

fls    eymose   or  panic  ltd 
B    Receptacle    not    enlarged,    fls     um- 

BB  Ku-fptdcle  enlarged,  barre  1-shaju  d 
t><  tween  pistil  and  corolla,  b<  aring 
thestame  rm,  fls  bixrxini  32  EUCHYPHIACE/E 

AAA    Lvs    alternate,  coriaceous    fls    mostly 


Cells  of  ovary  2-10 

ous 
Cellsof  ovary  1   xtam 


Cohort  6     MAiviLf.,8     Stamens  usually 
vahatc   ovary  septate,  placentae  axile 


sepals 

A.  Anthers  l-ce>ll<d,  pollen 

or  woody 
AA.  Anthers    1-    to    sov 


S3    ItRNSTnCKMIACE^E 

jnadclphous, 


31 


FF.  Disk  well  developed,  rogu- 

lar  petals  regular    ovary 

closed    woody  plants       .  50.  SlMAKVBACBjC. 

m.  Dwk    indistinct,    otherwise 

as  in  the  last   herbaceous 

Q.  Ovule   solitary     stamens 

6-10 

H.  Fr  dehiscent   stamens 
connate  at  base,  fls 
regular  or  irregular     44.  GERANIACE.S. 
HH   Fr      mdehuscent      sta- 
mens free,  fls  irregu- 
lar ovule  pendulous  45.  TKOPJEOLACBJE. 
HHH    Fr      mdehiseent     sta- 
mens free     fls    regu- 
lar ovule  asu  ndmg   46  LIMNANTHACBJB, 
GCJ.  Ovules  several    fr   dehis- 

cent 
H   Stamens  10    fls.  regu- 

lar 47.  OXAUDACBJB. 

HH   Stamona  5    fls    irregu- 

lar 48.  BAUAMIMACBJL 

AA  Ovary  entire 

B   Stamens     monadelphous,     at    least 

below  woody  plants 
c   Stamen-tube  stipitate,  disk  vari- 

ous .  53  MBLIACBA. 

cc  Stamen-tube  sessile,  disk  0 

D   Petals  not  appcndaged    fr   cap- 

sular  40  LINAGE*. 

DD  Petals  appendaged  fr  drupace- 

ous 41.  ERYTHHOXTLACB*. 

BB   Stamens  free 

c   Ovules  several  or  many 

D   Mostly  herbaceous  plants     (See 

No   17,  Cappanelace*  ) 
DD   Woody    plants      (See    No.    22, 

Flacourtiacese  ) 
cc  Ovules  1-2  .  52 


Cohort  2  OIATAIES  Dink  cup-shaped  or  ring-shaped,  free,  or 
bearing  the  stamens  and  petals  on  its  edge  ovary  1-co-celled, 
entire,  o\  ule  solitary,  pendulous,  raphe  away  from  axis. 

A   Petils  or  corolla-lobes  usually  valvate 

woody  54  OLACACE^E. 

AA    Petals    or    corolla-lobes    imbricate    or 
olute 


B    IT    elrupaeeous,  slightly  fleshy,  3-18- 
stoned,    stones    l-sec',ded      fls 


racemose    w  oody 


not 


BB.  Fr     crustaceous    or     spon>jy,     2-4- 
-seeded     fls     racemose 


55  AQOIFOUACE* 


Igh     herbs 

35   MAI  VAC  +  x. 

.  .    _      .  _  ral-celled,    pollen 

>th    woody  plants  36  BOMBACACE-B 

AAA.  Anthers  2-celleel  fls  with  staimnodia 
and  queer  stamen-tube  woody 
plants  37  STEHCULIACE.*. 

AAAA  Anthers  2-celled,  stamens  nearly  free, 
no  starrnnodia  ovule  often  pendulous 
with  ruphe  toward  axis 

B    Petals  ordinary   herbs  or  woody  38   TIUACE.E 

BB   Petals  firm,  often  hairy  or  incised 

woody  plants  39  EL^OCARPACEJS. 

Anomalous  Group  Stamens  «>,  sepals 
valvat*  tarpe!  1  ovary  1 -celled  fls  reg- 
ular Ivs  compound  herbs  or  woody 

(Mimocsse,  mcl   in  JyCguminowe  ) 

Series  2  J):SCJFLOKE  Calyx  usually  inserted  under  the  ovary, 
petals  in  1  series  stamens  usually  de  finite,  inserted  within  or  upon 
or  around  the  receptacle,  which  is  usually  expanded  as  a  disk  within 
the  calyx  o\ary  usually  free,  or  imbedded  in  the  disk  (See  Fla- 
courtiaceas  and  Trapacete  ) 

Cohort  1  G&RIMALKS  Disk  usually  a  nng  between  stamens, 
or  adnato  to  staminal  tube,  or  reduced  to  glands  alternating  with 
the  petals,  rarely  0  o\aiy  commemly  lobed,  rarely  entire  or  sub- 
apocarpous,  ovules  1-2  in  each  cell,  pendulous,  rapho  toward  axis 
(Seo  Stackhousiaceic  ) 

A   Ovary  more  or  less  lobed  or  grooved 
B.  Anthers  elongated,  disk  enlarged  in 

fr  51.  OCHNACEA. 

BB.  Anthers  normal 

c  Calyx-lobes  5,  all  or  mostly  with  2 

glands  outside  woody  42  MALPIQHIACEJB. 

CC,  Calyx-lobes  not  biglandular 

D.  Foliage    glandular-dotted     car- 
pels sometimes  separate  49  RuTACB^B 
DD.  Foliage  not  glandular-dotted 
B.  Lvs    usually   opposite,    com- 
pound                                  43.  ZTOOPHTLLACKAI. 
EE  Lvs.  alternate 

F  DisK  well  developed,  irregu- 
lar, petals  often  irregular, 
ovary  usually  open  above, 
herbs,  rarely  shrubs. 
(See  No.  18,  Resedacete.) 


celled,  1-1-seede 
woody 


56  CYBILLACE.E 


Cohort  3  CkiiSTKVLES  Disk  tumid  or  adnate  to  the  calyx 
or  covering  its  base  stamens  inserted  around  the  dibk  or  affixed  to 
its  margin  ovary  usually  entire,  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell,  erect, 
raphe  turned  tow  ard  axis  Ivb  simple  or  rarely  compound 

A   Calyx  valvate,  petals  small,  concave, 

stamens  opposite  the  petals  woody     59  RHAMNACE/E 
AA   Calyx  imbricate 

B   Stamens   alternate  with  the  petals, 

tlie  latter  imbricate 
c   Petals     spreading      calyx     small 

woody  67  CELASTRACE*: 

cc   Pctnls  ere<t,  often  connate    calyx- 
tube  hemisphciicul  lu  rbs  58  STACKHOCSIACEE 
BB   Stamens  opposite  the  p«  tals,  the  lat- 
ter   valvate,    dropping    off    early 
woody,  rirely  herb-ire  ous  60  VITACE« 

(IncL  Leeace«e  ) 

Cohort  4  SAPiNDMhs  Disk  vinous,  stamens  variously 
m-crtexl  on  the  disk  ov  'ir>  intirc,  or  more  often  lobed,  or  auba- 
pocarpus,  ovules  commonl>  1  2  in  each  tell,  ascending,  with  raph; 
toward  avis,  or  rev ersed,  or  suht-iry  and  pendulous  from  an  ascend- 
ing fumele,  rare>ly  «:  an(\  hon/ontul  Ivs  pinnate,  rarely  simple 
(No  6J),or(No  h5)  diBitate 

A   Carpels  2  fr  a  samara  62  ACERACBJB. 

AA    C»r{>el»2-3   fr  a  drupe,  I -seeded  61    SABIACE.K. 

AAA    Carpels    3-5     fr     rarely    samaroid    in 

B   Bark  containing  resin     disk    intra- 

btammal  67.  ANACABDIACBJB. 

BB   Bark   not   re«mous,   or,    if   so,   disk 

extraatammal 
C.  Endosperm     abundant,     embryo 

straight 

D   Disk  intrastammal,  carpels 3        63  STAPHYLBAC**. 
DD   Disk  extrastammal,  carpels  4-5  64  MELIANTHACBJB. 
CC.  Endosperm    sparse    or    wanting, 
embryo     curved       disk    extra- 
stauunal     (See   Sapindacea?, 
No  66) 
D.  Lvs    opposite,  palmately  oom- 

pound  .       65  EiPPOCASTA- 

DD.  Lvs    alternate,  variously  com-  (NACBA 

pound,  or  simple  ....  .  66.  SAJPINDACBAI. 


82 


KEY   TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


Anomalous  Families  Disk  0  sepals  and 
petals  5  stamens  10,  carpels  5-10,  distinct 
ovule  solitary,  pendulous,  raphe  away 
from  axis  Approaches  Thalanunone.  68  CORIARIACE.A). 

Disk  investing  calyx-tube  stamens  10, 
of  which  5  have  no  anthers  ovary  1-oelled, 
with  J-panetal  placentae,  ovules  oo.  Ap- 
proaches Calyciflorsc  69  MORINQACE-B. 

Series  3  CALYCIFLORE  Petals  in  1  series  stamens  °o  or 
definite,  inserted  with  the  petals  ana  sepals  on  the  edge  of  the  cup- 
ehaped  receptacle  (hypanthium),  or  on  a  disk  lining  the  latter: 
ovary  ofton  adnato  to  this  receptacle,  and  therefore  inferior  (See 
also  Calycanthacese  ) 

Cohort  1  ROSALES.  Carpels  superior  solitary  or  free  or  united 
only  at  base,  sometimes  to  the  apex  and  then  rarely  inferior  styles 
distinct,  rarely  united  in  a  column  and  easily  separated  (styles 
connate  in  some  Brumacete  and  Saxifragacese)  (See  also  Tropa>o- 
laceffi  and  Capparidaceaj. ) 

A.  Endosperm  rare 

B.  Fr   a  legume,  when  rarely  otherwise 
the  corolla  is  either  papilionaceous 
or  the  stamens  are  vtry  numerous 
and    oxserted     Ivs     usually    com- 
pound with  pulvim  70  LEQUMINOSE/EB. 
BB   Fr    not  a  legume,  either  a  follicle, 
drupe*,  pome,  achene  or  aggregate 
Ivs   simple  or  compound  without 
pulvim  71  ROSACEJB. 
AA.  Endosperm  moderate  or  copious 
B   Plants  insectivorous 

c  Lva  bearing  many  tentacles  tipped 
with  capitate  viscid  glanda 
herbs  70  DROSERACE*: 

cc  Lvs  bearing  pitchers  74  CKPHALOTACE^B. 

BB   Plants  not  insectivorous 

c.  Carpels  5,  rarely  3  or  more,  sepa- 
rate, with  a  scale  at  the  base  of 
each,  superior  ovules  many 
of  ten  fleshy  plants  herbs  75  CRASSULACE^E. 

cc  Carpels  2  to   several,  rarely  sepa- 
rate, no  scale  at  the  base    plants 
not  conspicuously  fleshy 
D.  Ovary  usually  2-celleu,   usually 
superior,    o\  ules     oo,    usuilly 
axile    fr    a  caps    or  berry  or 
follicle 

E   Lvs  opposite,  stipulate  73  CUISONH.CEJS 

EE   Lvs  alternate,  or  opposite  and 

exstipulate  72  HAXIJRAOACE^; 

DD.  Ovary  2-celled,  inferior  or 
rarely  superior,  ovules  l-oo, 
pendulous  or  axilc  fr  A  woody 
2-valved  caps,  with  a  sepa- 
rating inner  layer  of  different 

texture  77  HAMAMELIDACE^K. 

ODD.  Ovary  1-4-eelled,  usually  infe- 
rior, ovules  1  to  several,  pendu- 
lous fr  .ndohisoent  or  corn 
irregularly  and  tardily  dehis- 
cent 
E.  Plants  heath-like  stamens 

and  petals  5  78  BRUNIACE/K. 

BE  Plants      ordinary       stamens 

often  many  79  HAI/)RAGIDACE<E 

Cohort  2  MYHTALES  Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior  or  inclosed 
in  a  cup-shaped  receptacle,  usually  divided  into  cells,  stylo  undi- 
vided, ovules  2-°°  in  the  colls. 

A.  Ovules  pendulous  from  apex  of  cells 

woody 

B  Ovary  2-6-celled        .  80  RmzopHORArE.*: 

BB   Ovary  1-celled  81   COMBRETACE^E 

AA   Ovules  affixed  to  the  inner  angles  of  the 
cells  or  to  basilar  placenta-,  ascending, 
homontal  or  pendulous 
B.  Stamens  co,  rarely  definite   woody 
c  Oil-glands  in   foliage,   sieve-tubes 

m  pith-rays  82  MYRTACEJB. 

cc.  Oil-glands  absent,  no  sieve-tubes 

in  pith-rays  83  LECYTHIDACK^HJ. 

BB.  Stamens  definite,  rarely  °o 

C.  Calyx-lobes  usually  imbricate  or 
open,  anthers  curved,  usually 
opening  by  pores  at  the  apex, 
connective  usually  appendaged 
or  thickened  84.  MELASTOMACB^I. 

CC.  Calvx-lobos        usually       valvate, 
anthers  normal,  not  appendaged, 
opening  longitudinally 
n  Ovary    superior,    petals    corru- 
gated 85  LTTHHACE*. 
DD.  Ovary  inferior  or  half-inferior 
B.  Carpels   in   stories,   superim- 
posed petals  corrugated       86  PUNICACCJB. 
BE.  Carpels    in    1    whorl     petals 

convolute  87  ONAORACE^D. 


BBX.  Carpels  in  1  whorl  petals 
imbricate,  a  dentate  or 
wavy  cup-shaped  disk  under 
ovary  water-plants  88.  THAPACBJB. 

Cohort  3  PASSIFLORALES  Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior,  semi- 
inferior,  or  inclosed  in  the  hollow  receptacle,  rarely  exserted,  1- 
celled  with  parietal  placentation.or  divided  into  cells;  ovules  !-"»• 
styles  united  or  distinct  from  the  base. 

A  Crown  inserted  on  calyx-tube  or  within 

petals,  single,  double  or  multiple  90.  PASBIFIX>RACB£). 

AA  Crown  0 

B.  Fls  bisexual  (see  Cancaccae),  petals 
unlike  the  sepals  foliago-hairs 
stinging  or  rigid  or  qucerly  con- 
structed 89  LOABACEJB. 

BB   Fls   unisexual 

c  Stamens  5  or  10    perianth  of  tho 

2  sexes  unlike  91   CAKICACE^K 

cc.  Stamens    usually    3     perianth    of 

both  sexes  similar  92  COCUHBITACEJS. 

ccc   Stamens  °°   perianth  of  tho  2  sexes 

often  unlike  ....       93.  BI/UONIACE^B 


vary  syncarpous,  inferior  or  superior, 
basilar  plarontution,  or  rarely  1-rclled 

.       -     -  ......  .     .    . 


divided  into  colls  with  sub-b , _  

•with  parietal  plie  I'litas,  entiles  l-oo,  styles  distinct  or  united  to 
near  apex,  embryo  curved  or  exeentnc 

A.  Calyx-lobes,  petals  and  stamens  usually 

oo    ovary  1-celled  94  CACTACK/K. 

AA   Calyx-lobes   usually  1-5     ovary  2-«- 

celled  95  AIZO\CE,«. 

Cohort  5  UMHhLivU'S  Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior,  crowned 
by  the  ehsk,  divulevl  into  colls,  or  l-e-arpclled,  styles  distinct  or 
united  part  way,  ovules  solitary  and  pendulous  in  the  cells. 

A   Fr    separating  into  2  dry  indrhiseont 

carpols  96  UMBELLIFER^B. 

AA    Fr   usually  drupaceous,  tho  stones  dis- 
tinct but  not  sonar  iting  naturally 
B    Lvs    c  ennpoumf,  or  simple,  ami  pal- 

rmitoly  veined  97  ARALIACSJB 

BB    Lvs  simple,  pmnately  veined 

C  Ovules  2  in  each  oc  11  ovary  1- 
<  oiled  raphe  tew, ml  axis  tts  in 
catkins  Ivs  oppe>site  .  98  GARRYACE.*. 

CC   Ovule  1  in  each  tell 

D    Raphe    toward    axis     ovary    1- 
oelle-d       fls      in     heads       Ivs 

DD    Raphe  lattral    ov  ary  1  -2-cellcel, 

fls  in  cymes  Ivs  alternate         100  ALANQIA<  E.*: 
ODD    Raphe     exterior       ovary      1-5- 
colled    fl"   in  heaels  or  cymes 
l\s  opposite  or  alternate  101.  COKNACK^ 

Subclass  2  GAMeiptTAi  «  Calyx  and  corolla  both  present, 
the  petals  usually  moio  or  less  united  stipules  present  only  in  the 
Rubiaeeie  and  Logamaoeas,  rarely  in  tho  Oapnfe>liacea>  corolla 
polype  talous  in  some  Ericar  eas,  m  Monotropae  ote,  Pyrolioojp,  C  loth- 
raee»ffi,  some  Myraea-ce-je  and  Olcacea>,  also  in  (lulax,  Matire, 
Lysirnae  hid.,  corolla  g.urwpetalous  in  some  FoiKjuienaoc.r,  Stack- 
he)usiaeeu>,  LoKummosir,  Fumanaeo^,  Pe>lygalaeeir,  and  Oxah- 

Series  1  IVJRR*,  Ovary  inferior  (see  Kricacose)  stamens  as 
many  aa  lobes  ot  the  corolla,  rarely  fewer 

Cohort  1  RtrnrAiK.8  Stamens  affixed  to  the  corolla'  ovary 
2-  oo  -celled,  cells  l-oo-ovulexl  Ivs.  opposite  or  whorled 

A   Fls      regular     or     irregular      stipules 

usually  absent  102  CAPRIFOIIACEJB. 

AA  Fls  regular  stipules  present,  \ntor- 
or  mtrapetiolar,  various  in  form, 
sometimes  like  the  Ivs  aiiel  ehsposeel 
m  the  same  whorl  with  them  .  .  103  RUBIACE^. 

Cohort  2  ASTER  \LEH  Stamens  affixed  to  corolla  ovary  of  the 
2-merous  pist  il  1-celled,  1-ovuleel 

A  Anthers  free   Ivs   opposite  or  whorled 

B  Endosperm  0  104  VALERIANACE^I 

BB  Endosperm  present  105  DIPSACACE* 

AA.  Anthers  united  m  a  ring  around  the 
style  except  in  a  few  genera.  Ivs. 
alternate  or  opposite  .  .  106  COMPOSITE 

Cohort  J.  CAMPANALES  Stamens  usually  free  from  the  corolla: 
ovary  2-6-celled,  the  cells  usually  oo -ovuled  Ivs  usually  alternate. 

107    CVMPANULACE^B 

(Iiicl   Lobelmceae  ) 

Series  2.  HI,TEROMEH«  Ovary  usually  superior-  stamens  free 
from  the  corolla,  or  opposite  the  lobes  or  twice  as  many,  or  <»,  or, 
if  borne  on  the  corollan,  the  alternate  with  its  lobes  and  equal  m 
number  to  them,  carpels  more  than  2 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


83 


Cohort  1.  ERICALES  Staraenn  twice  as  many  as  the  corolla- 
lobes,  or  as  many  and  opposite  them  ov  try  2-°°-celle-d,  ovules 
numerous  (except  in  Epacndacese)  fr  fleshy  or  berry-like 

A  Anthers  dehisce  by  an  apical  crack  or 
pore,  often  produced  into  a  tube,  sta- 
mens usually  8  or  10  (5  in  some 
Encacea?) 

8  Chlorophylless  plants   polypetalous  108  MoNOTRejpACL^B 
BB   Chlorophyll-bearing  plants 

c   Anthers  inverted,  at  least  at  first, 

polypetalous 

D    Ovary  {-celled    shrubs  109  CrFrnHACE« 

DD   Ovary  5-celled    low  or  acaules- 

cent  plants  110  PYHOLAC;]  A. 

cc  Anthers  erect,  rarely  polypetalous 

(Lodum)  111   LKICACI.*- 

AA  Anthers  dehisce  by  longitudinal  fis- 
sures (see  also  Epigaea),  stamens  5 

B    Plants  shrubs  or  trees  carpels  4-5       112  F,PAr  RJDAC  r  *• 
BB   Plants  low  or  acaulescent  carpels  3     113   DIAPENHIACF  K 

Cohort  2  PiuMurArm  Stamens  OH  many  as  the  coroll  i-lobes 
and  opposite  them,  ovary  1-celled,  placentae  free-central  or  banal 

A    Ovary  1-ovuled  114   PivrviBAGiVArE  B 
AA    Ovary  2  to  many-ovuled 

B    Fr   capsular    herbs  115  PRIMTII  AC  i  v 

BB   IT  indchisoeut    tree-s  or  shrubs  110  MYHHINAC-I-.E 

Cohort  3  KuhvvLEw  Stamens  as  many  as  lobes  of  the  corolla 
and  opposite  the  m  or  twice  us  many,  or  o°  ,  ovary  2-o°-colied,  seeds 
usually  few  and  rather  large  woody 

A    Fls    usually  bisexual,  stamens  usually 

borne  on  the  corolla 
B    Stamens  15-°°     ovary  inferior,  2-5- 

celle-d  117  SYMPLOCACEK 

BB   Stamens  V-10   ovary  superior 

e-    Ovary  1-oelled  at  top  US   SxYRvrvcEE 

re  entry  i-co-cellcd  ll'J  SvpejrvcEE 

AA    Fls     dici  cious,    stamens    usually    free 

from  corolla  120  EBEXACEE 


Series   3      Hie  VHPFLI  vi  e     O\ary   usu  il'y    ^UJM 
or  rarely  Tor l/°r°   **   °  Jt "'  aS   mMiy  ^     iem  or 


stamens 
:arp<  Is  2, 


Cohort  1  GE\TIV> 
with  corolla-lobe-  md 
usually  alternate  with 


FS  Corolla  regular  stamens  alternate 
ual  to  them  m  number,  or,  if  fewer, 
>cls  Us  usually  opposite 


Stam<  us  2,  altorn  ite  with  the  carpels. 

en 
upt 


, 

rarely  4,      stigmi      terminal,      en  iry 
2-cillcd,    ovules    affixed    to    upturn 


, 

rarely  he  rb  iceous  121    Oit-ACEB 

AA   Stamens    md   eorolla-lobes   usually   ~>, 

som«  limes  4,  Mr.  ly  oo 
B    Ovary  usually  re.mpo.md.  with  2  or  3 

(rarely  4  or  ;>  )  cell,  or  pheenfr 
c   Caps     mostly    2-cdlcd      hs     eon- 

ules  122  LeiOAMACE^; 

cc  Caps  mostly  1  -colled,  with  parie- 
tal pi  tffiit.c  Ivs  not  connected 
asabove  12i  C.i-jsrivNAe  FE 

BB   (Ovaries  2,  usually  becoming  follu  le  s 
C    Anthers  pe  rmanently  attached  to  a 
large     stigmatic      body,      polkn 
mostly  in  waxy  mosses  124  ASCLEPIADVCI- 

cc   Anthers    distinct    or    merely  con- 

mvent,  pollen  ordinary  125   APOCINVCEE 

Cohort  2     PoihMONiviFs     Coroll  i  regular    stamens  as  ma 
as  lobes  of  corolla   Ivs.  usually  alternate   ovary  1—  co-en  uled 


A    Pistil     3-merous,     corolla-lobes     con- 
volute 126    POLEMONIACF  « 

AA   Pistil  not  3-merous 

B  Corolla-lobes    imbricated    or    rarely 

convolute 

C  Style  usually  deeply  2-cut,  or  even 
split  into  2  distinct  styles  caps 
1-celled,  2-valved,  with  2  parie- 
tal or  mtroflexed  placenta-,  or 
sometimes  2-eelled  127  HYDBOPHYIL- 

CC.  Style  usually  entire  or  shortly  2-  [ACE«. 

cut,  rarely  otherwise,  ovary  4- 
ovuled,  usually  4-lobed  and 
maturing  as  4  separate  or 
separable  nutlets,  or  not  lobed, 
3-4-celled,  and  separating  when 
ripe  into  2  or  1  nutlets  128  BORAOINACEJB 

BB.  Corolla-limb  more  or  less  ohcate  or 

C.  Ovary   2-eelled    (sometimes   3-  or 

EDUsly  4 -relied,  becoming  R 
lar  4  -G-seeded  caps     seeds 
129.  CONVOLVULACEA.* 


CC   Ovary  2-celIed  (rarely  3-5-celled), 
with    numerous  ovules  on  ex- 
panded   axillary    placentae,    be- 
coming a  pod  or  berry  130  SOLANACEJC 
CCC   Ovary      o   iO-celled,      5-30-lobed, 
often    transversely    as    well    as 
longitudinally  so  131   NOLANACE-B 

Cohort  3  PERSON  VLLH  Corolla  usually  irregular  or  oblique, 
posterior  stamen  chffc  ring  from  the  others,  abortive  or  even  absent 
carpeU  co-ovulcd,  or  with  2  ovules,  one  above  the  other 

A   Seeds  usually  with  endosperm    ovary- 
pi  rfectly  2-cellod,  place  tH.e  central       132  SCHOPUULAHIA- 
AA   Se  eds  without  endosperm  (CEK 

u    Plants  insectivorous,   often  aquatic 
ovary  1-celled,  globose ,  with  a  free- 
central   or   basal    plac  •  nta  133  LENTIBULAHIA- 
BH    Plants  not  insectiv  orou-.,  not  aepiatrc  [CEX 
c   Seeds  wingenl    ov  ary  2-,  rarely    1-, 

celled  trees  or  climbing  shrubs     134   BIQNONIACE.B 
cc   Seeds  not  winged 

D   Ovary    1-celled   or   falsely  2-4- 

cellcd 

t   Fr  straight  or  spiral  135  GESNEHIACKJE 

Et    Fr   falcate-rostrate  136  MAKTYNIACE^B 

DD   Ovary  2-4-crlled 

B  Plant  very  i^ucilagmous  no 
hooks  among  si  cds  fr  often 
hooked  or  spiny  137  PEDALIACE« 

eilagmous      hooks    jri    caps 

aiding  in  nced-rlisscmination  138  ACANTHACE/E. 

Cohort  4  LAMIU  FS  Corolla  usually  irregular  or  oblique  pos- 
terior stamen  smaller  thuri  the  others,  usually  abortive  or  quite 
dchcicn'  carpels  with  2  ov  ule  1  placed  side  by  sule,  01  elae  1-ovuled 

A   Fr    not  divided  into  4  nutlets    ovary 

not  4-lobod 
B    Ovary  1 -celled.  1-ovuled 

c    Ms    in  heads    plant  often  heath- 
like  130    CiIOBULARIACEjE 

cc   Fls  in  slender  interrupted  spikes      110  PHRYMACE^B. 
BB   Ov  iry  2  -K>-cclleel 

c   Cells   with   2-10   ovules     trees  or 

shrubs  141   MYOPORACE-B 

cc   Cells  w  ith  1  ovule  herbs  or  shrubs  142  VERBENACE^K 
\v   Fr    divided    into  4  nutlets    ovary  4- 

lobcd  143  LABIATE 

Anomalous    Family        Remarkable     for 
its   scinous    4-lobed    corolla     stamens    few, 
ovary    l-4-<elled    fr    a   urcumscissile   caps  ,     . 
or  rarely  indehiscent ,  seeds  peltate  144    PLANTAGINACE  « 

Subclass  3.  APH-M  *•  em  MONOCHI  VMYDLE  Ce>rolla wanting 
or  uintilT(  rentnted  from  the  calyx  (except  in  some  Kuphorbiaceae 
and  one  genus  of  Phytolaccaceu;),  and  sometimes  also  the  calyx 
wanting,  perianth  simple,  the  lobes  or  segrns  in  1  or  2  srnes, 
similar  among  themselves  and  usually  calyx-like,  sometimes 
minute  or  wanting  (See  aKo  Ilanunculacese,  Macourtiaccir, 
Memspermae  ejp,  7  rochodendrie  e«p,  Kovacea1,  I  ythraceas  Om- 
gricpp,  Hamamelidaceuf,  J?utacea«,  Aceracea-,  Rhamnacca?,  Lueom- 
miace.p,  C'ornacece,  and  Caryophyllacuje  with  corolla  sometimes 
absent  ) 

Series  1  CLRVI-IBRIKE  Embryo  curved,  excentnc,  lateral  or 
peripheral,  rarely  straightisa,  subeentral  and  narrow  (Polygon- 
aceii-i,  ovule  solitary  in  the  ov  iry  or  in  each  carpel  or  in  the  Ama- 
rantace.e  more  then  2  ovules  erect  in  the  center  of  the  cell  fls 
bisexual  or,  in  a  few  genera,  unisexual  or  polygamous,  petals  very 
rarely  present,  stamens  as  many  as  the  penanth-segms  or  fewer, 
rarely  more 

A  Fr  the  hardened  or  membranous 
closed  base  of  the  coiolla-hke  peri- 
anth with  a  utricle  inclosed  145  NYCTAQINACE  «. 
AA  Fr  a  utricle,  ovule  not  orthotropous, 
embryo  annul  ir  or  spiral  perianth 
rncjstly  persistent,  sm  ill  4  5-lobed, 
or  parted,  or  0 

B  Perianth  herbaceous,  or  scarious  at 
the  margin,  persistent,  stamens 
pengynous,  style  branched  or 
styles  2-3  st  ipules  scanous 

(IllecebraceJB,  mcl   m  Caryophyllaceae). 
BB   Penar*,h  dry,  chaff-like,  not  herba- 
ce-ous,  subtended  by  a  bract  arid  2 
bractlets,  stamens  hypogynous  or 


pengynous,  lilarnonts  connate  at 
base,  style  simple  or  2-3-tV 
stipules  (• 


mple    or     2-3-fid 

HG  AMARANTACB^. 
BBB  Perianth-lobes  or  -^egrns  membtan- 
ous  or  herbaceous,  stamens  hypogy- 
nous or  perigynous,  nearly  always 
free,  style  simple  or  2-3-lobed,  or 
,'ylea  2-5  stipules  iione  147  CHENOPODIACBJB. 


84 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


AAA.  Fr.  composed  of  1  to  several  carpels, 

which  are  crowded  or  connate  in  a 

nng,  each  with  a  style,  baccate,  cori- 

aceous or  samaroid  ,  ovule  Dot  ortho- 

tropous,     embryo     coiled      stamens 

hypogynous,  perianth  herbaceous  or 

coriaceous,  rarely  membranous  148  PHTTOLACCACBA. 

IAAA   Fr    an   achene,    triangular   or   lens- 

ahaped,  style  branched  or  styles  2-3, 

ovule  orthotropous,  embryo  straight. 

perianth  herbaceous,  membranous  or 

colored,   rarely  adherent  to  base  of 
vary    usually  a  stipular  sheath  at 


each  If  -node 


149.  POLTQONAC 


Series  2  MULTIOVULATJB  TERRESTRES  Terrestnal  herbs  or 
shrubs,  often  climbers  ovary  ayncarpous;  ovulea  in  each  cell  or  on 
each  placenta  numerous 


A.  Fls     dioecious,    ovary    superior     Ivs. 


, 

beanng  tendrils  and  pitchers 
AA.  Fls  bisexual,  ovary  inferior   Iv 
out  tendrils  and  pitchers 


ith- 


. 
150.  NEPENTHACEJB. 


152  SAURURACB-W 


151.  ARISTOLOCHIA- 

(CKM 

Series  3.  MICREMBRYE*  Ovary  syncarpous,  monocarpous  or 
apocarpous,  ovules  solitary  for  each  carpel,  rarely  2  or  few,  endos- 
perm copious,  fleshy  or  mealy,  embryo  minute 

A.  Penanth  0 

B   Lvs  alternate   carpels  3-4   ovules  2 

to  several  stamens  3-6 
BB   Lvs     alternate,    rarely    opposite 

whorled    carpel  1    ovule  1,  basal 
stamens  2-8  153  PIPERACE<« 

BBB   Lvs    opposite     carpel    1     ovule    1, 

pendent  stamens  1-3  154  CHLORANTHACE  « 

AA  Penanth  calyx-like 

B  Carpel  solitary    perianth  of  3  parts, 

connate  155  MYRISTICACE^S 

BB  Carpels  several,  together  with  the 
stamens  scattered  over  the  face  of 
the  cup-shaped  receptacle  156  MONIMIACE/B 

Series  4  DAPHNE*  Ovary  monocarpous,  1-celled,  rarely  syn- 
carpous with  2-4  cells,  ovules  solitary,  or  twin  and  side  by  side  m 
the  ovary  or  in  each  cell,  rarely  a  few  pairs  superposed. 

A.  Radicle  superior,  ovule  solitary,  pendu- 

lous 

B  Anthers  dehiscing  by  uplifting 
valves,  rarely  laterally  dehiscent 
perianth-tube  short,  lobes  6  or  4, 
in  2  series,  usually  imbricated' 
ovary  1-celled  woody  157  LAURACEA). 

BB  Anthers  normal  penanth-tube  long, 
lobes  4-5,  imbricated:  ovary  1-2- 
celled  woody  158  THTMELAACE^:. 

AA.  Radicle  inferior 

B  Penanth-tube  cyhndraceous,  lobes 
4,  valvate,  stamens  as  many  and 
opposite  them  ovule  erect  or  pen- 
dulous, or  geminate,  rarely  °°  159  PROTEACE^B 
BB.  Penanth-tube  medium,  constricted 
above  the  ovary,  persistent  at  base, 
deciduous  above,  lobes  2  or  4,  sta- 
mens twice  as  many  as  the  lobes 
«lvery-«caly  plants  woody  160  EI-JCAONACE/B 

Series  5.  ACHLAMYDOSPOREJE.  Ovary  1-cclled,  cells  1-3-ovuled, 
cells  and  ovules  often  inconspicuous  before  anthesis,  endosperm  of 
seed  without  a  coat,  either  free  in  the  pericarp  or  attached  to  its 
walls  plants  often  parasitic. 

A  Ovule    1,    not    easily    distinguishable 

from  ovary  161  LORANTHACE.B 

AA.  Ovules  1-3,  pendulous  from  summit  of 

free-central  placenta       .   .         .         162.  SANTALACE^S 

Series  6.  UNISEXUALES  Fla  unisexual:  ovary  ayncarpous  or 
monocarpous,  ovule  solitary  or  in  pairs  side  by  side  in  the  ovary  or 
m  each  cell,  trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  herbs. 

A.  Ovary  1-celled 

B.  Ovule  solitary,  stamens  2  to  many. 
c.  Fls  of  both  aexes  in  globose  long- 
peduncled  pendent  heads, 
crowded  very  densely  on  a  cen- 
tral receptacle  radicle  inferior 
woody  163  PLATANACBJB. 

cc  Fls  not  as  above  radicle  superior 
D  Male  perianth  free  from  the 
bract,  stamens  as  many  as  its 
lobes  and  opposite  them,  or  by 
abortion  fewer,  rarely  numer- 
ous 

B.  Stamens  uncoiling  elastically 
v  Ovule    suspended,    anatro- 

pous  164.  MORACXJB 

IT.  Ovule  basal,  orthotropous    165  URTICACBJL 


BE.  Stamens    not    elastic     ovule 

suspended,  anatropous          166  ULMAOBJi. 
DD.  Male  perianth   wanting,   some- 
times grown  to  the  bract  in 
Juglandacete;      stamens      Q0, 
often  2  in  Myricacese. 
B  Lvs     pinnate     male    fls     in 

catkins  woody  167.  JUOLANDACBA 

BB.  Lvs  simple   male  mfl  spicate, 

subamentaceous    woody 
F.  Carpel  1,  placenta  parietal 

ovule  amphitropous  168  LCITNERIACEA. 

FF.  Carpels  2,  placenta  basal 

ovule  orthotropous  169  MYRICACE« 

BB.  Ovules  2,  stamen  1    equisetum-hke 

plants,  woody  170  CABTTARINACBAI. 

AA   Ovary  2-3-celled,  rarely    more-relied 
B   Endosperm     usually      copious       fr 
usually   separating    into    2-valved 
berries,  sometimes  fleshy  and  inde- 
hiscent,  or  various    mfl   various 
c    Hypogynous  disk  present    micro- 
pyle    externally    directed,    juice 
often  milky  171  EUPHORBIACEA. 

cc   Hypogynous   disk    absent     nncro- 

pyle  toward  axis,  no  milky  juice   172  BUXACEA 
BB   Endosperm  0     fr    a  nut     male  mfl 

usually  m  c  atkins    woody 
C  Carpels  2    pistillate  fls   usually  in 

spikes  173  BETCLACE*!. 

cc   Carpels    3     pistillate    fls     not    in 

spikes  174  FAOACE.S 

Series  7    Anomalous  Families     Somewhat  related  to  the  Uni- 
sexuales 


Fls      in     catkin 
woody 


aps      2-4-valved: 


Fla  axillary,  or  rarely  in  a  terminal 
head  drupe  2-°°  -stoned,  stones 
1-seedod  low  shrubs 


175  SALICACE^B. 


176  EMPETRACE-B 


Class  2    GYMNCHPERM^     Ovules  naked  upon  a  scale,  bract  or 
disk   cotyledons  2  or  more   fls   unisexual. 

A    Lvs   undivided 

B  The  Ivs  fan-shaped  fls  in  pairs  177.  GINKOOACEJC 

BB   The  Ivs   not  fan-shaped 

c   Ponanth   present     no  resin-tubes, 

but  true  vessels  in  wood  178  GNETACEJK. 

cc   Perianth  wanting    no  true  vessels, 

but  ream-tubes  present 

D  Ovule  solitary,  arillate  179  TAXACE^J 

DD   O\  ulos  in  conos,  not  arillate  180  PINACE^I 

AA  Lvs  pmnatiscct,  ample,  crowded  at 
apex  of  the  woody  st  fls  of  both 
sexes  in  cones  181.  CYCADACEJE 


Subdivision  2  MONOCOTYLEDONS  St  without  central  pith 
or  annular  layers,  but  ha\mg  the  woody  bundles  distributed  irregu- 
larly through  it  (a  transverse  section  showing  the  bundles  as  dots 
scattered  through  tho  cellular  tissue)  embryo  with  a  single  cotyle- 
don early  Ivt  always  alt*  rnatc  parts  of  tho  fl  usually  in  3's, 
never  in  o's  l\s  mostly  parallel-veined 

Series  1  MICROSPFRME  Perianth  corolla-like,  at  least  inside: 
ov  try  inferior,  1-celled  with  3  parietal  placentas,  or  rarely  3-celled 
with  axile  placentro  seeds  very  small  and  numerous,  without 
endosperm 

A   Fls     regular,    usually    unisexual,    sta- 

mens usually  2,  0,  or  9  aquatic  herbs  182  HYDROCHARI- 
AA   Fls  usually  very  irregular,  stamens  and  [TMVV 

stylos  connate  into  a  column,  anther 
1,  rarely  2  terrestrial  or  epiphytic 
herbs,  rarely  climbers  183  ORCHIDACEJR. 

Series  2  EPIOYN^B  Penanth  corolla-like,  at  least  within,  ovary 
generally  inferior  endosperm  copious. 

A  Fls  normally  unisexual,  stamens  6,  or 
those  opposite  the  inner  perianth- 
lobes  imperfect  or  deficient,  ovary 
3-celled  seeds  2  .  1 

AA.  Fls      normally     bisexual,     sometimes 


184.  DiOBCOHEAcaan. 


, 

polygamous  or  otherwise 
.  Stamens 


regular,    perianth    regular 
nearly   so     embryo   small,   in- 
cluded in  the  endosperm 
c.  Ovary   1-celled,   endosperm  solid; 
embryo     minute,     stamens     6, 
hooded  .    .   .     185.  TACCACBJB. 

CC.  Ovary  usually  3-celled. 

D.  Stamens  3,  opposite  the  outer 

lobes  endosperm  horny  186  IRIDACE.A 

DD  Stamens  6,  rarely  3  and  opposite 
the    inner    lobes,    rarely    «»: 
endosperm  fleshy. 
B.  Placentae  scarcely  intruding..  187  AMARTLUDACEA 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


85 


BE.  Placentse   intruding    lamella- 
like,  and  peltate  188.  VELLOBIACEJS. 
BB.  Stamens  1  or  5  perfect,  the  other  5 
or     1,     variously     changed     into 
antherless  Htairunodia,  fin.  irregu- 
lar   embryo  in  a  central  canal  of 
endoHperm,  straight,   incurved,  or 
horseshoe-shaped 

C  Fertile  Htamens  5  189.  MUSACE.SJ. 

cc  Fertile  stamen  1 

D.  Staminodmm  1,  often  traces  of 
more,  a  hgule  at  top  of 
petiole,  anther  2-cellcd  190.  ZINGIBERACEAS 

DD  Stammodia  5,  no  hgule,  anther 

1-celled 
E  Ovary-cells  1 -seeded    a  joint 

at  Hurnrmt  of  petiole  191    MARANTACt^s 

EE  Ovary-cells  °° -seeded  nojoint  192  CANNACEJK. 
BBB.  Stamens  regular  or  nearly  HO  peri- 
anth regular  embryo  in  a  Hmall 
marginal  cavo  or  pit  of  endosperm, 
rarely  much  intruded,  never 
wholly  included 

C.  Endosperm  mealy  perianth  calyx- 
like  outside,  Htamens  0.  Ivs. 
rigid  .  193.  BROUELIACEJK. 

CC.  Endosperm  fleshy  perianth 
corolla-like  or  woolly  outside, 
Btamens  sometimes  0  and  equal, 
sometimes  1-3  and  slightly  dis- 
similar, or  3  opposite  the  inner 
lobes 
(Hsemodoracese,  mostly  mcl  in  Lihacese  and  Amaryllidacese  ) 

Series  3  COKONARIB*  Perianth  corolla-like,  at  least  inside 
ovary  free,  rarely  shortly  adnate  at  the  base  endosperm  copious 

A  Embryo  minute  or  more  or  leas  elon- 
gated, included  in  fleshy  or  horny 
endosperm  perianth  regular  sta- 
mens b  ovary  usually  3-celled  194  LiLlACE^C 
AA.  Embryo  Htraight,  in  a  central  canal  of 
mealy  endosperm  perianth  regular  or 
irregular,  from  a  spathe,  stamens  3 

or  0   ovary  1-  or  3-celled  195  PONTEDERIACE*. 

AAA  Embryo  marginal,  lying  in  mealy  en- 
dosperm and  under  a  little  callosity 
of  the  seed-coat  perianth  regular  or 
slightly  irregular,  of  3  herbaceous 
sepals  and  3  deliquescent  colored 
petals  some  stamens  usually  sterile 
and  altered,  stamen-hairs  conspicu- 
ous 196  COMMKLINACE* 

Series  4  CALYCINB-B  Perianth  calyx-like,  small,  somewhat 
rigid  or  glumaceouB,  or  rarely  herbaceous  ovary  free,  endosperm 
copious 

A  Fr  a  3-valved,  many-seeded  cans  , 
embryo  included  in  more  or  less 
fleshy  endosperm  plant  graas-hke  1<J7  JUNCACE-K 
AA  Fr  berry-  or  drupe-like,  1-seeded. 
rarely  2-3-seeded,  embryo  immersed 
in  a  small  pit  near  the  periphery  of 
the  endosperm  palm-like  plants  198  PALMACE* 

Series  S  NUDIFLOR^S  Perianth  0,  or  reduced  to  scales  or  bris- 
tles, ovary  superior,  carpels  sohtaryor,  if  more,  syncarpous,  l-oo- 
ovuled  seeds  usually  with  endosperm 

A.  Plants  minute,  thalloid,  1-3  hnes  wide, 
aquatic  fls  solitary  or  in  pairs  from 
marginal  fissures  199  LEMNACEJR. 

AA   Plants  larger    fls  on  spadices 

B  Fls  dioecious,  perianth  0,  carpels 
usually  confluent  m  clusters, 
spadues  clustered  or  pameled 
stiff  plants  200  PANDANACE^I. 

BB.  Fls  dujecious,  or  monoecious  in  differ- 
ent spadices,  perianth  0,  or  the 
short  segms  distinct  or  connate, 
spadices  solitary  stiff  plants  201  CYCLANTHACEJC. 

BBB.  Fls.  monoscious  m  different  spiuhces 
rarely  dioacious,  perianth  reduced 
to  membranous  scales  or  thread- 
like chaff,  spadices  rarely  solitary 
reed-like  marsh  plants  202  TTPHACKJB. 

BBBB.  Fls  bisexual,  or  monoecious  in  same 
spachx,  rarely  dioecious,  perianth  0, 
or  of  4  membranous  or  fleshy  im- 
bricate scales,  spadices  solitary 
herbaceous  or  fleshy  plants  203  ARACE^J 

Series  6  APOCARP^S  Perianth  in  1-2  series,  or  0'  ovary  supe- 
rior; carpels  solitary,  or,  if  more,  distinct  seeds  without  endosperm. 

A.  Embryo     complicate     or     horseshoe- 
shaped   pcrianth-Hcgins  6,  in  2  series, 
the  inner  petaloid 
B.  Ovules  1,  rarely  2-5,  basal  204.  ALISUACDA. 


BB.  Ovules  numerous,  borne  between  the 

margins  and  midrib  of  the  carpel...  205  BUTOMACEJB. 
AA.  Embryo   curved     perianth   of  4   her- 
baceous segms  ,  or  0  ovule  solitary      206  NAIADACEJB. 
AAA.  Embryo  straight    perianth  of  several 

petaloid  parts  ovules  2-6  207.  APONOQETONA- 

[cue. 

Series  7  GLUMACE.®  Fls  disposed  in  spikes  or  spikelets  which 
are  variously  arranged,  bracts  of  the  spikelet  scale-like  (glumes), 
usually  imbricate,  penanth-segrns  small,  scale-like,  bristle-like, 
or  0,  ovary  1-celled,  1-ovuled  seeds  with  endosperm 

A   Fr  an  achene,  seed  free  from  the  pen- 
carp,  palets  and  lodicules  0  208.  CYPERACE^B. 
AA.  Fr   a  caryopsis,  seed  usually  adherent 
to    pericarp,     palets    and    lodicules 
present                             .  209  GRAMINE^I. 

Other  families,  of  which  plants  are  more  or  less  in  cultivation 
and  described  in  this  Cyclopedia,  are  Adoxacese  (Adoxa),  Basel- 


laceie  (Anredera),  Candolleacea*  (Candollea),  Caryo<arace» 
(Caryo<ar.),  Datiscaceie  (Datisci),  Frankemaceff  (1<  rank* ma), 
joodeniaopir  (Cioodema,  Sc^vola),  Ineacinaeese  (Pyrenacantha), 


Orobam  hau  '«•  (Aphyllon),   Restiacoa*  (Restio),  Turn 
a;,  V  ochysiacese  (Vochysia) 

Division  2.     PTERIDOPHYTA     Beanng  spores  instead  of  seeds, 
ut  with  a  usuall 
sexual  organs   Fer 

ith 


, 

but  with  a  usually  separate  more  insignificant  stage  which  beam 
Ferns,  lycopods,  horsetails  and  the  like 


A    Plants    like    large    moss-plants, 

scale-  or  needle-like  Ivs 

n   Spore  sail  alike  .minute  210  LYCOPODIACK*. 

BB    Spores   of  two    kinds,  larger    (mega- 

spores)  and  smaller  (mu  rospores)  211   SELAQINELLACE.* 
AA    Plants    consisting    mainly    of    slender- 
jointed  herbaceous  sts    witli  whorls 
of    Hcalc-hkf     appressed    IVH     at    the 
joints  212  EQUISETACEA. 

AAA  Plants  true  ferns,  with  usually  ex- 
panded Ivs  (Azolla,  a  moss-like 
water-plant  is  exceptional  )  (Fih- 
eales  ) 

B   Ferns   epiphytic   or  terrestrial    (one 
Ci  ratoptens      partly     aquatic). 

c  Sporangia  with  thick  walls,  aris- 
ing from  tissues  beneath  the 
epidermis 
The  sporangia  in  spike 


The     spora 
panicles 


213  OPUIOQLOSSACEJB. 
DD  The  sporangia  in  round  or  oval 
son  on  under  nurface  of  ordi- 
nary If  214-  MARATTIACE^I. 

CC    Sporangia  walls  only  1  cell  thick, 

derived  from  epidermis 
D.  Small  membranous  ferns    spor- 
angia borne  on  thread-like  pro- 
jections along  margin  of  Ivs     215  HYMENOPHYLL- 
DD.  Usually  larger,  thitker-lvd  ferns  [ACEJB. 

sporangia    not   on  thread-like 
projections 
E   Plants  terrestrial 

F  Ring  of  sporangia  obsolete, 

sporangia  in  panicles         216  OSMUNDACEJD 
FP   Ring   of   sporangia   apical, 

sporangia  ovate,  sessile      217  SCHIZ.SACEB. 
FFF  Ring  of  sporangia  vertical 
G.  The     sporangia     mostly 
long-stalked     h  s     pin- 
nate or  palmate  218  POLYPODIACEJB. 

GO.  The  sporangia  mostly  >-es- 
sile  or  very  short- 
stalked 

H.  Sporangia  in  son  of 
2-8,  radiating  in  a 
single  plane,  If  - 
branching  often  di- 
chotomous  growth 

indeterminate  219  GLEICRENIACBJU 

HH   Sporangia     numerous 
in    the   globose    son 
mostly  arborescent     220  CYATHEACEJB. 
BB.  Plants  aquatic,  with  floating 
sterile     Ivs      and    pod-like 
sporophylls    sporangia   ses- 
sile w  ith  broad  nnjj  or  0         221  CERATOPTERI- 
BB.  Ferns,  aquatic,  unfern-like  in  appear-  [DACBJB. 

ance,    spores    of    2    sorts,  —  large 
macrospores    and    nunute   micro- 

c  Plants  floating  Ivs  simple,  folded 
microspores  and  macrospores  in 
separate  sporocarps  222  SALVINIACEJE. 

CC  Plants  rooting  in  mud  h  s  quadri- 
foliate,  cloverhke  microspores 
and  macrospores  in  the  same 
gporocarp  .  223  MARBIUEACE.JB. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


PART  II.— KEY  TO  THE  GENERA 

1.  RANUNCULACE>E. 

A  Sepals  usually  valvate   Ivs  opposite  .    .  1.  Clematis 

AA.  Sepals  imbricate 

B   Carpels  1-ovuled  fr  an  indehiscent  ccheno. 
c  Ovule  pendulous,  ruphe  dorsal 

u   Petals  conspicuous  2  Adonis 

DD  Petals  0,  or  very  small 

E   Fls   not  subtended  by  involucres          .1   Thahctrum 
EE  Fls   subtended  by  m\  olucres  remote 

from  the  calyx  or  dose  under  it 
F  Involucre  remote  from  calyx  4   Anemone 

FF  Involucre  of  J  wimple,  sessile  Ivs 

closer  under  the  fl  5   Ilepatica 

FFF   Involucre   of    3    compound   sessile 

Ivs  6  Syrulesmon 

CC  Ovules  ascending 

D   Petals  wanting  7   Trautvet- 

[teria 

DD   Petals  3  to  many  8  Ranuncitlut 

BB    Carpels  several- or  many-ovuled    fr  usually 

dehiscent  at  maturity,  rarely  berry-like 
c.  Petals  large  and  showy  9   Pyorna 

CC.  Petals  medium  small,  deformed,  or  0 
D   Fls'  irregular 

E   Posterior  sepal  forms  a  spur  10  Delphinium 

EE   Posterior  aepal  forma  a  hood  11    Acumtum. 

DD    Fls   regular 

E   Iiifl   racemose 

F  Stamens  5  or  10   shrubs  12  Xanthorrh- 

FF   Stamens  numerous    herbs  [via 

a   Fr  a  berry  13   Actaa 

QQ  Fr   consisting  of  follicles,  dehis- 
cent •  14   Cimicifuga 
EE.  Infl  paniculate,  or  fls   solitary 

F  Lvs   palmately  veined  or  cut,  not 

ternate 
o   Petals  wanting 

H   Ovules     many,     in     2     series 

along  the  ventral  suture        15  Caltha 
HH  Ovules  only  2  10  Hydiastis 

GG.  Petals  small  or  narrow,  mostly 

nectar-bearing 

H  Sepals  commonly  deciduous, 
petals  not  2-hpped,  nor 
scale-bearing  17  Trolhus 

HH   Sepals  persistent ,  broad  petals 

2-hpped  or  bearing  a  scale      18   Ilclleborus 
HHH   Sepals      deciduous,      narrow, 

petals  bearing  a  scale  19  Erantfus 

FF.  Lvs   ternately  or  subpmnatcly  de- 
compound 
O    Sepals  0-6 

H   Pf  tals  spurred  20   Aquilegia 

an   Petals     not     spurred,     often 

small  or  0 
i   The  carpels  connate  at  the 

base  or  higher  21   Nigella 

n   The  carpels  free 

j   Carpels  stalked  22  f'opha 

JJ   Carpels  not  stalked  2.1  Itopyrum 

QO   Sepals  and  petals  numerous          21   Antmonop- 

The  genus  Calhanthemum  is  also  in  cultivation 


2.  DILLENIACEJS. 

A  Anthers  adnatc.  linear    carpels  5-20,  partly 

connate  upright  trees  or  hhrubs  1   Dillemn 

AA   Anthers  oblong  or  rarely  orbicular,  the  tells 

parallel  and  contiguous  2  Hibbertia 

AAA  Anthers  versatile,  emarginato  at  the  base, 
carpels  completely  connate  fr  a  berry 
twining  shrubs. 

B   Stamens   and   carpels    oo     winter-buds  in- 
closed m  the  swollen  base  of  the  petiole       .  3   Actinidia 
BB   Stamens  10   carpels  5.  winter-buds  free        .  4  Clemato- 

[clethra. 

3.  CALYCANTHACE^E. 

A.  Stamens  10- co    all  sepals  brownish  red.          .    1.  Calycanthus. 
AA  Stamens  5  outer  sepals  white,  inner  purple        2  Meratia. 


4.  MAGNOLIACEJE. 


A.  Stamens  <».  perianth-segms  6-°°. 
B   Fls  bisexual   upright  trees  or  shrubs, 
o.  Stipules  0 


l.IUicium, 


cc  Stipules  present,  inclosing  young  Ivs.  in 

tne  bud 

D.  Anther-  face  out     .         .  .    .   2.  Lirtoden- 

DD   Authors  face  in  [dron. 

E   Structure  bearing  the  carpels  stalked    3  Mirheha. 
EE    Structure  bearing  the  carpels  sessile 

F   Dehiscence  of  carpel  circumscissle    4    Tnlauma. 
JK   Dehiscence  2-vahed  5  Magnolia. 

BB   Fls  unisexual    twining  shrubs 

c  Carpels  after  anthosis  tpicale  6  Schizandra, 

cc   Caipels  after  anthesis  globose-capitate          7  Kadsura 
AA.  Stamens  4    penanth-segms    4,  fls    in  slender 

spikes,  small    Ivs   palmmerved    tree  8  Tetracen- 

[tron. 
Members  of  the  genus  Drimys  are  sometimes  cultivated 


5.  TROCHODENDRACE.E. 

A   Carpels  5-8,  sessile,  with  many  seeds    fls  per- 
fect  evergreen  tree  1   Trochoden- 
AA   Carpels  °°,  stipitate,  developing   into  winged  [dron. 
nutlets  with  1  or  few  seeds    fls   polygamous 
deciduous  tree                                                         2  Euptelea 


6.  CERCIDIPHYLLACEvE. 

The  only  genus  Cerndiphyllum. 


7.  EUCOMMIACEjE. 

The  only  genus  Eucomm\a. 

8.  ANNONACE^E. 

A.  Fr  an  aggregation  of  many  carpels  closely 
crowcleel  into  a  spheroid  or  ovoid  mass, 
ovules  solitary 

B  Carpels  fused  together  with  the>  receptacle 
(tot us)  into  a  fleshy  (often  edible)  syn- 
carpium 

C  Corolla  gamopetale>us,  ,Mobed  or  3- 
spurred,  almost  dosed,  with  c>nly  a  mi- 
nute opening  above  the  stamens  and 
pistils  1  Rollinia 

CC  Corolla  polypctalotis,  petals  u  in  2  series, 
inner  series  sometimes  minute  or  even 
wanting,  outer  petals  valv  ate  2  Annona. 

BB  Carpels  distinct,  rigid,  polygonal,  becoming 
detached  from  the  iceepticle  when 
mature,  corolla  polypetalous,  the  petals 
imbricate  or  ove?  lapping  3  Duguetia 

AA   FT   a  eluster  of  distinct  carpels,  usually  stip- 
itate,   never    crowded    so    closely  as  to  be- 
come   polygonal    e>r    prism-shaped,    ovules 
geminate  or  many  in  1  or  2  seru  s 
B    Ovules  geminate,  vertical,  paralle  1 
BB    Ovules  horizontal  or  in  2  vertical  rows 

c   Petals  narrow ,  long,  strap-shaped 
cc    Petals  suborbieular  to  obovaU -oblong 
D    Inner  pe  tils  with    their  margins    invo- 
lute, ear-shaped  or  boat-shape  el  fifCymbopet- 

[alum 
DD    Itmer  petals  with  margins  not  involute     7   Asimina 

Fussea,  Unona,  Uvana,  and  Xylopia  arc  also  slightly  in  cul- 
tivation 


9.  MENISPERMACEJE. 

A.  Filaments  coalesced  into  a  column  which  is 

subpeltate  at  apex 
B   Sepals  fi,  petals  0  1   Anamirta 

(See  article  Cocculus.) 
BB  Sepals  4,  petals  grown  together,  making  a 

small  cup  2  Cissampelos. 

AA   Filaments  free,  either  at  base  or  apex 
B   Stamens  9-20 

c  Sepals  and  petals  6,  in  whorls,  stamens 

9-12  3  Sinomen- 

cc.  Sepals  and  petals  irregularly  arranged,  [turn. 

sepals 4-10,  petals  6-9,  stamens  12-24      4  Memsper- 
BB   Stamens  6.  [mum. 

c.  Petals   6,   shorter   than   sepals,   stamens 

high-monadelphous  5  Cocculus. 

cc  Petals  0,  unless  the  3  inner  and  larger  se- 
pals are  regarded  as  petals,  outer  sta- 
mens free  6.  Abuta. 

Calyocarpum  and  Jatrorrhua  are  sometimes  cultivated. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


87 


10.  BERBERIDACE&. 


A.  Venation  or  lobmg  pinnate,  Ivs  penmnerved, 
mnatise         nne     2-3-ern  - 


AA Stigmas  confluent   Ivs  alternate,  ternately  de- 
compound    sepals    2,    petals    4     placentae 
remain  attached  to  the  margin  of  the  valves 
B  Sepals  coherent  and  covering  fl   like  a  can- 


pmnatisect,  pinnately  2-3-ternate  or  decom- 
pound 
B  Ovules  few,  erect  from  the  base 
c  Plants  are  shrubs 
D  Fohage-lvs      simple,     often     fascicled 
branches    usually     bearing    reduced 
spine-lvs                                                     1   Berberit 
DD  Fohage-lvs  pinnate  evergreen  branches 
unarmed 
K   Lfts  serrate,  Ivs  simply  pinnate            2  Mahonta. 
KB   Lfts  entire,  Ivs  2-3-pmnate                    3  Nandina. 
cc  Plants  are  herbs 
D   Petals  0,  reduced  to  small  nectaries           4   Leontice 
DD   Petals  0,  scarce  ly  smaller  thun  sepals 
and  flat                                                            5   LeorUtce,  § 
BB    Ovules  placed  ventrally  in  2  series    hr  rbs              [Bongardra. 
c   Sepals   12-15,   petals  0,   reduced   to  nec- 
taries                                                                6    Vancouterta 
cc   Sepals  8,  petals  4,  reduced  to  nectaries          7  Epimedium 
ccc   Sepals  7-8,  petals  i,  a  little  smaller  flat        8  Aceranthus 
AA    Venation  or  lobing  palmate,  Ivs   palmmerved, 
palmilobed,  or  2-parte.el 
B    Sepals  6,  petals  (j   ovules  in  2  series                       Q   Diphyllna 
HB   Sepals  6,  petals  to  9   ovules  m  many  st  nes       10   Podophyl- 

BBB    Sepals  4,  petals  8                                                    11    Jeffersoma 
BBBB    Sepals  and  petals  0                                                 12    Acfilyg 

die-extinguisher                                                4  Eschscholtz- 
BB   Sepals  separate                                                                            [to. 
c   Lobes  of  stigma  2,  erect                                   5  Dendrome- 
[c»/i. 
cc   Lobes  of  stigma  4,  spreading                          6   Hunne- 
AAA   Stigmas  confluent    Us  alte  mate  or  mainly  so                Imannia. 
fls  rarely  3-m<  rous    caps  dehiscing  by  pores 
or  valves,  the  placenta?  re  uuunmg  as  a  frame 
alternate  with  and  free  from  the  valves 
B   Caps  dehiscent  by  pores  neir  the  top             7.  Papaver. 
BB   Caps  shortly  dehiscing  by  valves 
C    Stigmatic     lobes     radiating    on     the    de- 
pressed summit  of  a  v  e  ry  short  style           8   Arjemone. 
cc   Stigmatic    lobes    radiating    em    the    club- 
shaped  top  of  a  distinct  style                     9   Meconopnt. 
BBS   Caps    dehiscing  by  valves  to  the  base  or 
nearly  so 
c   The  caps   long  arid  linear 
D   Seeds  pitted                                                  10  Glaucium 
DD   Seeds  crested                                                11   Chchdon- 
cc   The  caps   ovoid,  oblong  or  cylindrical                              [turn. 
D   Petals  4 
t    Style  distinct,  but  short                          12   Stylo  ph- 
|  or  urn. 
EE   Style  long                                                  13  Komecon 
DD    Petals  8-12                                                      14   t>ari(jum- 
[arto. 

The  species  of  Caulophyllum  may  be  expected  in  wild  gardens 

11.  LARDIZABALACE-ffi. 

A   Lvs  pinnate    upright  shrub                                    1   Decaisnea. 
AA   Lvs  digitate    twining  «hrubs 
B   Carpels  3,  many-seeded 
c   Stamens  monadelphous 
D   Sepals  b,  petals  6,  much  smaller               2  Lardizabala. 
DD   Sepals  6,  petals  0                                            3  Mauritania 
cc  Stamens  free 
D   Sepals  to,  petals  0 
E    Peeln  e  Is  elongated  ,  sepals  acuminate, 

Hypecoum  is  in  the  trade 

15.  FUMARIACEJE. 

A   Corolla  2-spurreel  or  bigibbous,  the  2  outer  and 
larger  (lateral)  petals  bimil  tr 
B    Seeds  ere  st  less    petals  permanently  united 
into  a  Hubtordate  persistent  corolla  which 
me  loses  the  ri{>e  caps                                           1    Adlumwi, 
BB   Seeds  mostly  crested    petals  less  or  «-hghtly 
united    into    a    2-spurrcel    or    bigibbous 
corolla                                                                   2  Dicentra. 

connective     produced     above     the 
anthers                                                     4   HoUmttvi. 
EE    Pedicels  short,  sepals  rounded,  con- 
nective  not  produced,  race  mes  very 
long                                                           5  Smofranch- 
[eha 
DD   Sepals  3,  petals  0                                         6   Akebia 
BB    Carpels    «,    1-seeded,    stamens    free     Ivs 
deciduous                                                             .    7   Sargento- 
[doxa. 

12.  NYMPHJEACEjE. 

A.  Fls   small  (  <^-l  in  ) 
B   Stamens  3  6  submerged  Ivs  dissected              1   Cabomba. 
BB   Stamens  12-25  Ivs  all  peltate                            2   Brasenta. 
AA    Flu     large    and    showy    (Hi-  12   m  ),    sepals 
4-5,  petals  and  stamens  °o 

or  gibbous  by  te>rsion  becoming  posterior    a 
nectariferous  spur  from  the  base  of  the  fila- 
m<  nts  proje  cts  into  the  petal-spur 
B    Style  mostly  persistent                                           3   Corydalit. 
BB   Style  deciduous    fl   emaller                                 4   Fumaria. 

16.  CRUCIFERJE. 

A   The  sihque  trans\  crsely  2-jomted 
B    Lower  joint  indehiscent  pe>dicel-shaped,  the 
larger  joint  globose,  1-lociiled.  1-seeded         1   Crambe. 
BB    Lower    joint     dehiscent,     2-valved,     many 

AA    1  he  silique  n  it  2-jomteel,  melehisceut 
B    Sihque  s  in  pairs                                                         J   Senebiera. 
BB   Nhques  not  in  pairs 
e     IVxture  horny  or  bony                                     4  laatis 

BB   Carpels    forming    a    distinct    many-seeded 

c   Plants  prickly 
D   Stamens,  inner  once,  sterile                        4    Victoria. 
DD   Stamens  ill  fertile                                         5  Euryale. 
cc.  Plants  not  prickly 

D   Shipe  straight                                                5  Raphanus 

DDU    Shape  orbicuhr                                                7   Pcltaria 
AAA    The    sihque    dehiscent    for    its    whole    length 
(except  that  w>me  lirassiea-s  are  not  dehis- 
cent it  the  apex) 

D  Ovary  <v  holly  free  and  superior                6  Nuphar. 
DD   Ovary  with  stamens  and  inner  petals 
inserted  on  it                                         .   7.  Nymphsea 

13.  SARRACENIACEJE. 

A.  Style  umbrella-shaped                                              1   Sarracenva. 
AA.  Style  5-cut  at  apex                                                 2  Darhna- 
[tonia. 
Hehamphora  may  be  expected  in  choice  botanical  collections. 

14.  PAPAVERACEJE. 

A.  Stigmas    distinct     Ivs     mainly    opposite    or 
wnorled    sepals  usually  3.  petals  usually  6, 
in  2  series  placentas  never  separate  from  the 
valves 
B   Lvs  lobed                                                             1.  Romneya. 
BB  Lvs  entire 
c   Filaments    dilated      stigmas    °°,  linear, 
fr  not  oapsular                                          2.  Platystemon. 
cc   Filaments    slightly    dilated,    stigmas    3, 
broader,  fr.  capsular  ....           .    .      .3.  Pbtiy»t\gma. 

trary  to  the  septum,  which  is  often  very 

c   Cotvledons  accumbent. 
D    Sts    leafy                                                            8  Ibens 
DD   St  s   s(  apes                                                      9  Hutchinsia. 
cc   Cotyledons  incumbent 
D   'I  he  v  ilvc  &  usually  wingless 
E    Fls   rosy  01  violet                                   10  lonopeid- 
[ium. 
FK    Fls   white                                                  11    Lepidium. 
DD   The  valves  wmgeel                                      12  &thionema. 
BB   Valves  (transversely  septiferous  in  Anastat- 
ica),    flat  or  concave,  not  compressed  con- 
traryto  the  septum  (Smeleiwskia  and  cer- 
tain Vesicanas  are  laterally  compressed) 
septum  as  wide  as  the  valves,  sihque  long 
or  short 
c  Cotyledons  longitudinally  conduphcate 
D   Seeds  in  1  seues                                           13   Bratnca. 
DD   Seeds  in  2  series                                           14  Eruca. 
CC   Cotyledons  nccumbent  (sometimes  incum- 
bent or  convolute  in  Cheiranthus) 
D  Seeds  in  1  series  (except  certain  species 
of    Radicula     and     Arabis     sihquos 
long  and  narrow  (except  in  Anastatioa 
and       sometimes       Radicula       and 
Parrya). 

88 


KEY   TO   THE  FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


B.  Valves  appendaged  15  Anaatatica. 

(See  article  Reaurrectiou  Plants  ) 
BE.  Valves  not  appendaged 

p.  Stiginatio  lobes  erect,  connate  or 

deturrent  along  the  style 
G.  Plants    are    herbs   or    branched 

sub-shrubs    woolly  16  Matthiola. 

GO  Plants  are  tufted,  scape-bearing 

herbs  17   Parrya. 

FF.  Stigma       undivided      or     shortly 

lobed 
a  Valves  elastic    seeds  in  1  or  2 

series,  silique  long  and  linear     18  Arabia. 
QG  Valves  not  elastic 

H  Sepals    unequal,    the    lateral 

ones  sac  rate  at  the  base        19  Cheiranthus. 
HH  Sepals  equal 

I   Seeds  in  2  series       .  .  20  Radicula 

II.  Seeds  in  1  series 

jr   Fls   yellow  21   Barbarea. 

jj   Fls   w  hite  or  purple 
K.  Khizomo     not     scaly 
•valves  drheately  net- 
ted-m>rvcd  22  Cardamtne. 

KK  Rhizome  scaly  valves 
with  very  delicate 
midrib  23  Dentana. 

DD.  Seeds  in  2  series  and  sihquei  short  and 
broad    (except    in    some    species    of 
Dnha    and    Corhleana) 


Aubnetia, 
B.  Sihqucs 

seeds  much 
argined 


-locular, 
inpr 


eded, 
mgtd  or 


F   Lvs     entire     or    dtntute.      sihques 

long-stalked,  v<  ry  broad  24  Lunaria. 

FF  Lvs  pmnatisoct   sihques  sessile        25  tielenia. 
EE.  Sihques    1-2-loc  ult  d,    2-    to    many- 
seeded,  seeds  ran  ly  \vingod,  vahes 
often  turgid 
F  Sepals   often   unequal,  the  lateral 

saccate  at  the  base 
G   Fls      purple      sihques     oblong 

lateral  sepals  nau  ate  20   Aubnetia. 

GO   Fls     generally    yellow      sihquos 
mostly  oblong    sepals  equal  or 
unequal  27    Vesicaria. 

FF  Sepals  equal 

G   Stamens  often  appendaged  28  Alysfum. 

GG  Stamens  not  appendaged. 

H  Plants  tomentose  29  Draba 

HH  Plants  glabrous  30  Cochlearia. 

(See  also  Kernera  ) 
CCC.  Cotyledons     incumbent,     straight,     con- 

volute or  transversely  plicate 

D.  The  cotyledons  trans\  ersely  biphcate     31   Hehophila. 
DD.  The  cotyledons  not  transversely  biph- 

cate 

E  Petals  pmnatifid  32  Schizopet- 

EE  Petals  not  pinuatifid  [alon 

F  Stigmas  erect,  free  or  connate  into 
a  cone,  sepals  long  and  straight 
a  The     stigmas     bilamellate,     la- 

mella) erect  33  Hesperis. 

GO  The     stigmas    bilamellate,     la- 
mollse    conmvent  or    connate 
into  a  cone  34  Malcomia. 

FF.  Stigma   simple,    capitate,   emargi- 
nate  or  shortly  2-lobed    cotyle- 
dons straight 
G  Sihque  stipitate  ...........  35.  Stanleya. 

GO   Silique  sessile 

H  Sepals  equal         .........   36  Smelowakia. 

HH   Sepals  unequal   ........  37.  Erysimum. 

The  additional  genera  are  also  treated.    Braya,  Physana,  and 
Physoptychis. 

17.  CAPPARIDACE.E. 

A.  Fr.  capsular,  1-loculed   herbs. 
B.  Torus  short,  often  produced  into  a  posterior 

appendage  ...  1.  Cleome. 

BB.  Torus  long,  produced  into  a  gynophore 
which  is  elongated  at  the  middle  and  bears 
the  pistil  to  which  the  filaments  are 
united  2  Gynandrop- 

JLA.  Fr  berry-like  or  drupe-like  [m. 

B  Lvs  simple  3  Capparit. 

BB.  LVB.  with  3  Ifts  4.  Cratxva. 

Polanisia  is  also  to  be  expected  m  cultivation. 


19.  CISTACEJE. 

A.  Placenta*  with  many  seeds    Ivs    opposite  at 

least  below,  flat. 

B  Valves  5,  rarely  3,  embryo  circmate  or 
spiral  fls  solitary  or  cymose,  rarely 
racemose  1.  Cistus. 

BB  Valves  3,   embryo  biphcate,   runcmato  or 

circumflex  fls  commonly  racemohe  2  Hehanthe- 

AA  Plaoentse  with  2  seed*  hs  alternate,  scale-like  [mum. 

or  awl-shaped  heath-like  shrubs  ...  3  Hudtonia. 


20.  VIOLACEJE. 

A.  Sepals  subequal,  produced  or  spurred  at  base, 

lower  petal  spurred  or  saccate    herbs       .        1.  Viola. 
AA   Sepals  not  produced  at  base 

B   Lower  petal  spurred  or  enlarged 

c   With  a  vi- ry  large  spur   seeds  complanate 

woody  i  limber  2  Corynos- 

cc  With  lower  petal  merely  gibbous    seeds  [tyh$. 

obovoid-subglobosc    herbs  3  Solea 

BB   Lower  petal  not  greatly  unlike  the  others 

shrubs  or  trees  4  Hymenan- 

[thera. 


21.  BIXACE^E. 


naked 


A.  Caps     2-valvod,    seeds    straight    and       

Ivs  entire  1   B\xa 

AA   Caps    3-vul\ed    seeds  spiral,  hairy  or  woolly 

Ivs   digitate  or  palm  itely  lobed  2  Maximih- 

(anec 


22.  FLACOURTIACEJE. 

A.  Sepals    ind   petils    alike,    9-15,    spirally   ar- 
ranged, red,  stamens  7-10    twining  shrub      1.  Berberidop- 
AA.  Sepals  3-6,  whorled,  stamens  usually  numer-  [sit. 

ous  (ex<  ept  m  No  1 )  upright  trees  or  shrubs 
B   Petals  1-10,  Mpils  3-5  2  Oncoba. 

BB.  Petals  wanting 

C   Infl    axillary    Ivs    penmnerved,  leathery 

fr  a  btrry  or  drupe 
D   Style  Mmple,  sometimes  lobed  at  apex, 

ovary  1-cclled 

E  The  sepals  imbricate,  stylo  short        .  3  Xylosma. 
EE   The  sipals  vilvatc,  stylo  elongated, 

stiuneny  sonif  turn  s  .-»  or  10  4.  Atara. 

DD   Styles      se\eral,       ovary      irregularly 

divided 
E.  Fls  perfect  or  polygamous,  in  axillary 

racemes  or  panicles   fr  a  drupe  5   Flacouriia. 

EE   Fls    duJtuout,   the    pistillate  solitary 

or  few    fr   a  berry  0   Aberia 

cc.  Infl     terminal     Ivs     hand-nerved    or   3-     (or  Doryahs. ) 

nerved  at  base,  long-stalked,  deciduous 
D    Fr    a  berry,   styles  usually    r>,   sepals 

imbricate  7.  Idesta. 

DD.  Fr  a  caps 

E.  Styles  3,   2-parted   at   apex,   sepals 

valvate  8.  Pol\othyra\t. 

BE.  Styles  3-4,  3-parted  at  apex,  sepals 

reduplicate,  large 9.  Camerea. 


23.  PITTOSPORACE^:. 

A.  Fr  indehiscent 

B  Filaments  longer  than  anthers,  petals  more 
or  less  conmvent  from  the  base  to  beyond 
the  middle  1.  Billardiera. 

BB   Filaments    shorter    than    anthers,    petals 

spreading  from  the  base  .     2  Sollya. 

AA.  Fr  a  caps  which  is  locuhcidally  dehiscent 
B   Caps   thick-coriaceous,  seeds  numerous 
c  Seeds  not  winged,  thick  or  sligntly  com- 
pressed 3  Pittogporum. 
CC  Seeds  winged,  flat,  compressed,  horizontal    4   Hymenoa- 
BB.  Caps  thinly  coriaceous    seeds  1-2  in  each  (porum 
locule,  compressed,  not  winged,  vertical        5.  Bur  tana 


24.  TREMANDRACE-ffi. 

A.  Anthers  2-celled,  or  4-eelled  m  2  planes  1   Tetratheca. 

AA.  Anthers  4-celled  m  1  plane  2.  Platytheca. 


18.  RESEDACE&. 
la  cultivation Rtteda. 


25.  POLYGALACE&. 
In  cultivation Polygala. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


26.  CARYOPHYLLACE*. 

A.  Ovary  1-ovuled:  corolla  absent 
B.  Segms  of  involucrate  perianth  hooded  near 

apex  and  mucronate  on  back  1.  Poronychw. 

BB.  Segms    of  hardly  involucrate  perianth  not 

hooded,  and  blunt  2.  Herniana. 

AA.  Ovary  several-ovuled   petals  usually  present 
B.  Sepals  coalesced  into  a  toothed  or  lobed 
calyx,  petals  and  stamens  hypogynous, 
being  raised  with   the  ovary  on  a  gyn- 
ophore,  rarely  sessile,  petals  with  or  with- 
out a  scale  at  the  apex  of  the  claw. 
c.  Hilum  facial,  embryo  straight 

D  Calyx  tubular,  multistnate  3.  Dvinthut. 

DD  Calyx  top-shaped  or  long-tubular,  6-  or 

15-nbbed  plants  and  flu  smaller  4.  Tunica. 

OC.  Hilum  lateral,  embryo  peripheral. 

D.  Calyx    10-nerved,    rarely    with    many 

parallel  nerves 
E   Styles   commonly    3     caps     shortly 

i-  or  b-valved  5  Silent. 

EE  Style*    commonly    5    or    4      caps 

shortly  5-10- or  4-8-vaived    .  6.  Lychnu. 

DD  Calyx  obscurely  veined  7  Saponaria. 

ODD  Calyx  broadly  or  obscurely  5-nerved         8  Qypsophila, 
BB  Sepals  free  or  only  coalesced  at  the  very 
base,    petals    and    stamens    hypogynous 
on  a  short  torus  or  usually  very  shortly 
pengynous 

c  Stipules  small,  scarious  9  Spergula. 

cc   Stipules  0 

D   Valves   (or  rather  teeth)  of  the  caps 

twice  as  many  as  the  styles,   .  10  Cerattium. 

DD  Valves  of  the  caps    as  many  as  the 

styles 

E  Petals  2-fid,  styles  commonly  3  11   Stellana 

EE   Petals  entire,  styles  commonly  3          12  Arenaria. 
KKK   Petals  entire  or  0,  styles  as  naany  as 

the  sepals         .  .  13  Sat/ina 

Alsine  is  also  cultivated 


27.  PORTULACACEJS. 

..  Ovary  cohering  below  with  the  calyx-tube  1   Portulaca. 

.  Ovary  free  from  the  calyx 

B.  Embryo  arched ,  endosperm  scant  2  Anacamp- 

BB  Embryo  more  inouned  or  annular,  mclud-  [seros. 

ing  the  endosperm 

c.  Sepals  usually  deciduous  3   Tahnum. 

cc   Sepals  persistent,  at  least  usually  in  Cal- 

andrmia 

D    Number  of  sepals  5-8  4  Levnsia 

DD.  Number  of  sepals  2 

E   Shape    of    sepals    roundish    heart- 
shaped,  scarious  5  Spraguea. 
EE   Shape  of  sepals  o%  ate,  herbaceous 

F  Stamens  3,  rarely  5  6  Montia 

FF.  Stamens  definitely  5  7  Claytonw. 

FFF  Stamens  indefinitely  5  to  many        8  Calandnnia. 


28.  TAMARICACE.fi. 


A.  Stamens  4-5,  free  1    Tamartx 

M..  Stamens  10,  connate  below  2  Af  yricorw. 


29.  FOUQUIERIACE.fi. 

The  only  genus  Fouqu\er\a. 


32.  EUCRYPHIACE.fi. 


The  only  genus 


Eucryphta. 


30.  HYPERICACEJB. 


A.  Fls.  4-meroua 
AA.  Fls.  6-meroua 


1  A«c]/rum. 
.   2.  Hypencum. 


31.  GUTTIFER-fi. 


A.  Style  very  short  or  0    ovules  solitary  in  each 

locule  of  the  ovary. 

B  Sepals  4  1.  Garcinta. 

BB.  Sepals  2  .  .      .     2.  Rhtedia. 

AA.  Style  elongated*  ovules  solitary  or  2 

B  Ovary  1-loculed,  1-ovuled  .     3  Calophyl- 

[lum. 
BB.  Ovary  2-4-loculed,  4-ovuled  .  4.  Ma\ 

The  genera  Ochrocarpus  and  Platonia  are  also  treated. 


33.  TERNSTRCEMIACEJE. 

A.  Anthers  baaifixed. 
B.  Calyx  of  5  sepals,  sub-connate  at  the  base,  at 

length  fleshy  and  adhering  to  the  ovary          1    Yitnea. 
BB.  Calyx  inferior,  sepals  free 

c.  Fls  rather  large,  petals  coalesced  at  base, 
anthers  glabrous  ovules  2-4  in  each 
locule,  pendulous  from  the  apex  ...  2.  Ttrnttrctm\&. 
cc.  Fls  medium-sized,  petals  free  or  hardly 
coalesced,  anthers  pilose  ovules  °°  in 
the  middle  of  the  locule  3  Clever  a. 

COO.  Fls.  small,  dicecious,  petals  coalesced  at 
base ,  anthers  glabrous  ovules  °o  in  the 
middle  of  the  locule  .  .  4.  Eurya. 

A  A.  Anthers  versatile 
B.  Radicles  inferior 

c  Ovules     ascending,     seeds     lens-shaped, 

embryo  straight  5  Sttutrt\a. 

CC.  Ovules  laterally  affixed,  seeds  flat,  winged 
on  back,  cotyledons  flat  and  radicle 
mflexed  .  6  Schima. 

BB.  Radicles  superior. 

c   Ovules  » ,  seeds  winged  above  7  Gordon\a. 

cc.  Ovules    few    in   each    locule,    seeds   not 

winged 

D   Fls  sessile,  sepala  deciduous  .  8  Camellia. 

DD   Fls.  pedicellea,  sepals  persistent  9.  Thea 


34.  STACHYURACE^E. 


The  only  genus 


Stachyunu. 


35.  MALVACEAE. 


A.  Fr    a  caps  ,  locuhcidally  dehiscent  (in  Adau- 

sonia  mdehiscent,  and  woody) 
B.  Seeds   usually   kidney-shaped     etigmas   or 

style-branohos  finally  spreading 
C  Bractlets  5  to  many,  rarely  0,  or  reduced 
to  teeth    style-branches  finally  spr*ead- 
mg  1  H\bi$cut. 

CC  Bractlets  0  or  3    stigmas  distinct,  free, 

radiating  2.  Layunaria. 

BB.  Seeds  obovoid  or  angled  style  club-shaped 
at  apex,  undivided  or  with  short  erect 
branches 

C.  Bractlets  3-5,  small  .  3   Theipetia. 

cc  Bractlets  3,  large,  cordate  4  Gosiypwm. 

AA.  Fr    composed  of  carpels  which  separate  at 

maturity 

B   Stammal    column    anther-bearing  outside, 
truncate  or  5-toothed  at  the  apex,  atyle- 
branches  10 
C   Bractlets    5-8,    herbaceous    or    setiform, 

carpels  with  or  without  1-3  awns  5.  Pavonta. 

cc  Bractlets  °° ,  herbaceous  or  setiform ,  car- 
pels fleshy  outside,  connate  into  a  berry, 
later  separating  .  6  Afalvavucui. 

ccc  Bractlets  4-6,  large  and  colored,  carpels 

naked,  muticous  .  7  Oaelhea. 

BB.  Stammal  column  bearing  anthers  at  or  near 

the  apex 
c.  Carpels  cx> ,  crowded  into  a  mass  without 

order 

D  Bractlets  3  ...  .8  Malope. 

DD.  Bractlets  0  9.  Palata. 

CC.  Carpels  m  a  single  whorl 
D.  Ovules  2  or  more 

E   Bractlets  4-6  10  Kydva 

EE   Bractlets  0  11   A  bullion. 

EEE   Bractlets  3  12  Sphxralcea. 

DD  Ovule  solitary 

E   The  ovule  ascending 

r.  Styles    longitudinally    stigmatose 
inside 

o.  Fls  dioecious 13.  Naptea. 

QQ  Fls.  bisexual.  (See  article  Sida.) 

H  Stammal  column  double,  the 

outer  of  5  clusters  14  Sidalcea. 

HH   Stammal  column  single 

I.  Bractlets    3-9,  connate    at 

base, 
j.  Axis  of  fr.  not  surpassing 

carpels  .  15.  AVuta. 

jj.  Axis     of     fr     surpassing 

carpels  16  Lavatcra. 
XL  Bractleta  0-3.  distinct. 
j.  Carpels    with    transverse 
appendages  inside  un- 
der the  beak 17.  < 


90 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Jj  Carpels  not  appendaged    18  Malva. 
n.  Style-branches  tipped  with  small 

capitate  or  club-shaped  stigmas    19  Mahastrum. 
XX).  The  ovules  pendulous 

F.  Style-branches  longitudinally  stig- 

rnatose  inside  20.  Plagianthus. 

TV.  Style-branches  truncate  at  apex  or 

with  small  capitate  stigmas.     .  21.  Stda. 

Other  genera  described  are  Hohena,  Ingenhousia,  Kitaibelia, 
and  Koateletakya. 


42.  MALPIGHIACEJE. 


A.  Fr  a  fleshy  3-stoned  drupe  , .  1   Malpighia. 

AA.  Fr   a  caps   composed  of  3  dehiscent  berries 

2  Galphimta. 
umbel-like 

.   3.  Stigmaphyl- 

Other  genera  described  are  Byrsomma,  Janusia,  Sphedamno- 
carpus  and  Tristellatem. 


fls  in  terminal  racemes 
AAA.  Fr.  consists  of  1-3  samaras, 
corymbs      .   . 


36.  BOMBACACEJS. 

L.  Lvs     digitate:    cotyledons    conduphcate    or 

convolute 
B.  Stanunal    column    separated    above    into 

numerous  filaments 

c  Caps  5-valved,  densely  woolly  within  .       1.  Bombax. 
cc  Caps  woody,  not  woolly  within. 

D  Calyx  5-cut  .  .  2  Adansonia. 

DD  Calyx  truncate  3  Pachira. 

BB  Stanunal  column   5-cut  or  5-toothed,   the 

branches  bearing  2-3  anthers 
c.  Column  outside  below  the  middle  annu- 

lately  5-10-lobed  4  Chonsta. 

cc  Column  not  annulate  5  Ceiba. 

k.  Lvs  simple,  feather-veined,  entire  cotyledons 

plane,  leafy  or  fleshy  6  Duno. 


37.  STERCULIACEJE. 

A.  Petals  concave  or  hooded  at  the  base 

B  Anthers  solitary  between  the  stammodes  1.  Ruhngia 

BB  Anthers  2  or  more  between  the  stammodes 

c   Fr   a  membranous  caps  2   Abroma 

cc   Fr   a  woody  caps.  3  Guozuma 

ccc  Fr  drupaceous     .  .  4  Theobroma. 

AA.  Petals  flat 

B.  The  petals  deciduous 

c.  Anthers  sessile,  calyx  club-shaped  or  bell- 

shaped  5  Reewsia. 

cc  Anthers  stipitate,  sepals  at  length  free.    6  Pterosper- 

[mum. 


, 

BB.  The  petals  persistent  or  marcescent. 
c.  Anthers  10  or  15,  rarely  20 
D  Ovules  2  in  each  locule  . 
DD  Ovules  °° 
cc  Anthers  5 
AAA.  Petals  0. 

B  Fls  bisexual 
BB  Fls  unisexual  or  polygamous 

c  Anthers   crowded   without   order     seeds 

without  endosperm  11   Stercuha 

cc  Anthers  in  a  single  ring    seeds  with  en- 

dosperm 12  Cola 

Brachychiton,  Chiranthodendron,  and  Hentiera  are  also  treated 


7  Dombeya 

8  Pentapqtet 

9  Mahernta. 

10  Fremontia. 


43.  ZYGOPHYLLACE^. 

A.  Ovary  sessile    Ivs   with  2  Ifts  ,  rarely  1  1ft         1  Zygophyl- 

[lum. 
AA.  Ovary  stalked    Ivs   abruptly  pinnate  '2   GuaMcum 


44.  GERANIACEJE. 

A.  Fla.  irregular,   the  posterior  sepal  spurred; 

spur  adnate  to  the  pedicel  1  Pelargonium, 

AA   Fls   regular  or  neai  ly  so 

B.  Stamens  10,  usually  all  fertile    tails  of  car- 


SB   81 


pels  usually  not  bearded  inside 
itamens,  5  fertile  and  5  reduced  to  s 


2  Geranium. 
.--Jes, 

tails  of  carpels  usually  bearded  inside  3  Erodium. 

BBB  Stamens  15,  anther-bearing,  in  groups  of  5      4  Monioma. 


45.  TROPJEOLACE/E. 

The  only  genus  Tropaeolum. 

46.  LIMNANTHACE.fi. 

In  cultivation  Limnanthet. 

47.  OXALIDACE^E. 

A.  Fr  a  locuhcidal  caps 

B  Valves  of  caps  separating  to  the  middle  1  OxoZie. 

MB   Valves  of  caps  separating  to  the  base  2  Bwphytum. 

AA.  Fr  an  mdehiscent  berry  3  Averrhoa. 


48.  BALSAMINACEJS. 


In  cultivation    . 


Impatient. 


38.  TILIACE^E. 

A.  Calyx  bell-shaped,  3-5-cut  1  Berna. 

AA  Calyx  composed  of  distinct  sepals 

B  Petals  pitted  at  the  base,  inserted  around 
the  base  of  a  more  or  less  elevated  toru? 
c  Fr   unarmed,  glabrous,  or  tomcntose  2  Greuna 

cc  Fr   echmate  or  setose  3   Tnumfetta 

BB  Petals    not    pitted,    inserted    immediately 

around  the  stamens 

c  Fr  mdehiscent  globose,  usually  1 -seeded  .    4   Tilia 
cc  Fr  a  caps 

D  Caps  locuhcidally  dehiscent 
E  The  stamens  all  bear  anthers 

F  The  caps  globose,  echmate  5  Entelea 

rr  The  caps  pod-hke,  usually  naked      6  Corchorus. 
BB  The  outer  stamens  have  no  anthers       7  Sparmannu 
DO  Capa  dehiscing  at  the  apex  8  Luehea 


39.  ELvEOCARPACE^. 


A.  Fr.  a  berry 
AA.  Fr  a  drupe 
LAA.  Fr  a  dehiscent  locuhcidal  c 


1  Anslotelia. 

2  Elseocarpu*. 
...       3.  Tricuapid- 

[orto. 


40.  LINACEJE. 

A.  Styles  5  Ivs  entire,  glands  equal  1.  Linum. 

AA.  Styles  3-4  Ivs  usually  serrate-  glands  usually 

unequal  or  absent.   .  .  2.  Rnnvxirdtta. 


41.  ERYTHROXYLACEJE. 
In  cultivation  Brythroxvlon. 


49.  RUTACEJE. 

A  Ovary  entire  or  slightly  2-5-lobed,  style  ter- 
minal, entire  at  base   fr  drupc-hkc  or  berry- 
like,  but  leathery,  usxially  mdehiscent 
B  Fls     hermaphrodite,    petals    and    stamens 
free  or  connate,  ovules  1,  2  or  many    fr 
usually  with  u  cortex  outside  and  pulpy 
within,  seeds  ex-albuminous     (Subfamily 
Citrate.; 
c  Cotyledons  thin  and  twisted  in  seed    frs 

dry  1  Aficromclum. 

CC.  Cotyledons  thick  and  fleshy,  plano-con- 
vex   frs.  more  or  less  fleshy  or  pvilpy 
D  Thorns  absent    Ivs   pinnate,  Ifts   alter- 
nate on  rachis    frs   fleshy  berries 
E  Styles  very  short  and  thick,  persis- 
tent,  fls    small,   ureeolate     young 
growth  denwely  covered  with  brown 
velvety  pubescence  2  Glycosmii. 

EE.  Styles  long  or,  if  short,  dehiscent 
F  Fls   small    ovanal  cells  with  scat- 
tered hairs    frs   with  thick  fleshy 
dissepiments  3  Claucena, 

FF.  Fls  large  ovarial  cells  with  tufted 
conducting  hairs  frs  fleshy  but 
with  thin  dissepiments  4.  Chalccu. 

DD.  Thorns  usually  present    Ivs   simple  or, 
if  compound,   with   the   lateral   Ifts 
exactly  opposite     (Tribe  Citretp  ) 
B.  Frs    largo,   hard-shelled,  cells  filled 
with  mucilage    (Subtnbe  ^Eghnse  ) 
F.  Lvs    pinnate    ovary  5-celled   but 
by  confluence  becoming  1-celled. 
o.  Seeds   woolly,   exocarp   woody, 

continuous  5  Feron\a. 

oa.  Seeds  smooth,  exocarp  prismatic.  6  FeronmUa. 
n.  Lvo    trifoliate   or  simple:   ovary 
6-15-oell«d. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


O.  The  Ivs  always  simple  fr  with 
thin  dissepiments,  G-celled, 
seeds  nmoot  h  7.  /Eglopsia. 

00.  The  Ivs  trifoliate  fr  8-15-celled. 
H   Seeds  woolly 

I  The  frs  hard-shelled,  10-15- 

celled  8  &glc. 

ii  The  frw   long-oval,  leathery, 

8-10-celled  9.  Chxlosper- 

HH  Seeds  smooth    fr    tmbglobose,  [mum. 

very  hard-Mhelled  10  Balsamo- 

EE  Fr«      not     hard-shtlled        (Subtnbe  [ntrus 

LavangmsL'  ) 

F  The  frs   smdll,  fleshy  or  with  rnu- 
cilago    in    cells,    without    pulp- 
vesicles 
a  Petioles  very  long,  Ivs  trifoliate 

climbing  shrubs  11   Lavanga. 

CK>  Petioles  short,  often  winged 

H  The  hs  pinnate,  rachis 
broadly  winged  frs  J^in 
diam  12  Hespere- 

HH.  The  Ivs    trifoliate  or  simple  [thusa. 

I.  Lvs     tnfohat*     or    bifoliate 
J  Petiol.s  of  medium  length, 
narrowly  \unged    fr«    1 
m   diam  13   Pleioaper- 

jj  Petiole^  very  short,  wing-  [m\um. 

I  tin    diam  14    Trip/wiato 

II.  LVH   simple  or  umfoliate 
l   Frn     angl  d,    seeds    very 

long,  flattened  16    Merope 

33   Frs    not  ariKl'  d 

K  Plant  a  climbing  shrub 

petioles  long  16   Paramignya 

KK  Plant  a  shrub  or  tree 

petioles  short 
L.  Diam    of    frs      J^n 
Ivs      \enose      crlls 
not     filled     with 
mucilage  17   Seven  iia 

LL  Diam    of   frs    1    in 
cells      filled      with 
mudlage       Ivs 
smooth  18  Pamburus 

TT  The  frs  hespendri,  the  cells  filled 
with   stalked    pulp-\esicles    con- 
taining juice    (Subtnbe  Citnnse  ) 
o   L-vs      puinite,     rachis    broadly 

winged    ovules  1  m  fach  cdl  .19   Citropsis. 

usually  2  or  n.ore  in  each  cell 
u  The  Us   tnfoh'tte,  dtculuous  20.  Poncirus 
HH   The  Ivs    simple,   p<rsi-,t<nt 
I  Stamens  S  or   10,   twice  as 

many  as  the  petals  21.  Atalanha 

n  Stamens   10-40.   4   or  more 
times  as  many  as  petals 
j.  Lvs   isof'icial,  gray-green, 
with  stomites  and  hairs 
on  both  faces  frs  small, 
3-4-cellcd  22.  Eremocitrus 

33  Lvs  not  nofacial,  without 
stornates  on  upiier  sur- 
face 
K.  Ovary  3-5-celled     hs 

pale  below  ,  punctate    23    Fortuntlla 
XK  Ovary  t>- 1 5-ct  lle-d 

L.  The     stamens    poly- 

adelplious  24   Citrus 

LU  Stamens  fiee 

M   Cotyledons    aenal 


gen 


lation, 


first  foliage  h: 
opposite  fr 
small,  10-12- 
celled  25  Papeda 

MM.  Cotyledons  hypog- 
eous,    fin,t    foli- 
age-Ivs     alter- 
nate  cataphylls 
fr«  5- orb-celled  26  Microctinu. 
BB.  Fla.  usually  polygamo-fluBcious,  petals  and 
stamens  free,  ovules  2,  except  in  the  first 
2  genera   seeds  usually  albuminous 
c  Ovules  solitary 

D.  Petals  4-5,valvate,  stamens 4-5.  drupe 

2-4-stoned  27.  Skimmia. 

DD.  Petals  5,  valvate,  stamens  5,  ovary  5- 

lobed,  stigma  sessile  .  28  Casimiroa. 

cc  Ovules  twin 

D  Petals  2-5,  valvate  or  imbricate,  sta- 
mens 2-5    fr   4-7-loculed  29.  Toddaha. 
DD  Petals  5-8,  valvate,  stamens  5-S   fr.  a 

5-stoncd  drupe  30  Phettoden- 

DDD.  Petals   4-5,    imbricate,    stamens   4-5.  [dron 

fr  a  2-3-loculed  samara  31.  Ptelta 

IUL..  Ovary  deeply  2-5-lobed ,  styles  basilar  or 
ventral,  or  the  stigmas  connate*  fr  capsular 
or  3-6-berried. 


B  Ovules  3  or  more  in  each  locule 

c  Petals  4-5,  equal,  stamens  8-10,  straight  32 
cc  Petals  5.  unequal,  stamens  10,  decimate  33 
BB  Ovules  2  in  each  locule 

c   Fls    irregular  34 

CC  Fls   regular 

D  The  fin  unisexual  or  polygamous. 
E   Lvs   alternate 

K  Foliage  pinnate    fls  polygamous     35 
FF  Foliage  simple    fls   unisexual  36 

BE    Lvs   opposite    fls   unisexual  37 

DD  The  fls   hcrmaphrodit 


01 


Ruta. 
Dictamnua. 


>  The  fin   hermaphrodite 
E  Albumen fl(  shy  (uiiknow nmChoisya) 
v,  Petal-i  en  c  t,  long,  connate  or  cou- 
mverit,    forming    a    cylindrical 
tube 

FF.  Petals  free,  spreading 
o  The  petals  imbricate 

H  Stamens  S,  pe  tals  4   Ivs  oppo- 
site 39. 
HH   Stamens  8-10,  petals  4-5    Ivs 

alternate  40 

HHH  Stamens    10,    petals    5     Ivs 

opposite  4 1 

GO  The  petals  vah  ate  42 

EE   Albumen  0 

F  Theeaps  5-kxuled  43 

FF  The  o%  ary-lobes  l-r>,  free 

o   StammodrsO  44 

or.   Stannnodcs  ') 

a  Style  short ,  stigma  capitate, 

fls    terminal  45 

HH  Style  long,  stigma  simple,  fl<? 

axillary  46 

The  following  genera  arc  also  described     Amyns, 
Diplolaena,  Limonia,  and  Sputheka 


Xanthoxy- 
Onxa     [lum. 
Evodia 


38  Correa, 


Boronia. 
Enostemon. 


Choisya 
Pilocarpua. 

Caloden- 

[drum. 
Diosma. 


Adenandra. 
Ckloroxylon, 


50.  SIMARUBACEvB. 

A    Stamens  10,  twice  as  many  as  petals. 

u   Petals  united  into  a  tube 
BB   Petal«  spreading 
IA    Stamens  4-5,  as  many  as  petals 


1  Qua«sta 

2  Ailanthus 

3  P icraama. 


51.  OCHNACEJE. 

A  Ovary   3-10-loculed     locules   1-ovuled,   i 

without  endosperm 
B   Stamens  many,  parade  lateral 
BB   Stamens  10,  panicle  terimnil 
AA   Ovary  2-5-loculed,  many-ovuled,  with  ( 
sperm 

52.  BURSERACEJE. 

A   Calyx-tube  broadly  urn-nhaped,  covered  by 

the  torus 
AA   Calyx  small,  4-0-parted 


1  Ochna 

2  Ouratec 


1    Caruga 
2.  Burstra. 


bJ.  MELIACEJE. 

A  Stamens  free 

B   Ovary  4-5-eelled,  cells  8-12-ovulod  .      1    Cedrela 

BB   Ovary  2-celled,  cells  l-o\ulcd  2   Ptjroxylon. 

AA    Stamens  coalesced   into  a  tube,   at  least  at 

base 

B   I  ocules  of  the  ov  ary  many-ovuled  3  Swetenia. 

BB   Locules  of  the  ovary  1-2-ovuled 

c    L\s   simple  4    Turned. 

cc,   Lvs   3-foholatc  or  1-3-pmnate. 

D   Anthers  5  .  .5  Aglaia. 

DD.  Anthers  b-12 

*.   Disk  cup-hke            .  6  Meha 

KK  Disk  ring-like 7.  Tnchiha. 


54.  OLACACEJE. 

A  Stamens  twice  as  many  aa  the  petals,  all  fertile    1  Xtmenia. 
AA  Stamens  anther-bearing,  3-5,  staminodia  6  or 

less.  2  Olax 


55.  AQUIFOLIACEjE. 

A.  Petals  connate  at  base,  ovary  4-5-loculed          1  Ilex. 
AA  Petals  free,  linear,  ovary  3-5-loculed  2  Nemopanth- 


56.  CYRILLACE-ffi. 

A  Racemes  terminal ,  stamens  10  caps  winged       -   

AA.  Racemes  lateral,  stamen*  5.  caps,  not  winged.  2.  Cyr*Ua. 


92 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


57.  CELASTRACEJ5. 

A.  FT.  indehtsoent  .  1.  Elseode*- 

AA.  Fr.  a  dehiscent  caps.  [dron. 

m.  Lvs.  opposite. 

c  Ovules  1-2,  in  the  axis  of  the  locule  2  Bvonymut. 

cc  Ovules  2,  in  the  loculea,  erect        .  3.  Pachystima. 

BB.  Lvs.  alternate. 

C.  Ovary  confluent  with  the  disk. 

D.  Loculea  generally  1-ovuled  plants  un- 
armed fls  aohtary,  clustered  or 
cymose  4  Maytenus. 

DD.  Locules  2-ovuled.  plants  often  armed 

fls  cymose  .    .  5.  Gymnos- 

[pona 

OC.  Ovary  free  6  Celattrut. 

Other  genera  treated  are  Cassine,  Catha,  and  Tnpterygium. 


58.  STACKHOUSIACE^E. 


Slackhouna. 


59.  RHAMNACE^ffi. 

A.  Calyx-lobes  persistent,  the  often  star-shaped 
disk  joining  its  tube  to  the  entire  surface  of 
the  ovary  fr  dry,  3-wmged  .  1  Gouania. 

AA.  Calyx-lobes  deciduous 

B.  Disk  lining  the  shallow  calyx-tube  nearly  or 
quite  free  from  the  ovary,  fr  drupaceous, 
mostly  fleshy  and  often  edible,  with  a 
single  1-4-celled  stone  inclosing  as  many 
seeds,  or  1 -seeded  by  abortion,  seed-coats 

c  Petals  0   endosperm  copious,  ruminate        2  Reynoaia 
cc.  Petals  5 

D.  Fr      winged,     dry,     leathery      plants 

pnckly    Ivs   3-nerved  3  Pahurus. 

DD.  Fr.  a  fleshy  drupe   plants  pnckly   Ivs 

3-nerved  4  Zizyphus 

DDD.  Fr    a  drupe  with  leathery  sarcocarp 

plants  unarmed  Ivs  penmnerved          5  Berchemia 
BB.  Disk  lining  the  calyx-tube,  or  both  adherent 
to  ovary  fr  drupaceous  or  becoming  dry, 
c  Lvs  very  small  or  wanting,  the  spines  If  - 

like  6  Colletia 

cc.  Lvs  ordinary 

D  Fr  a  fleshy  drupe  free  from  calyx,  con- 
taining 2-4  separate  nut-like  stones  7  Rhamnus 
DD.  Fr  becoming  nearly  or  quite  dry, 
partly  inferior,  separating  into  3 
nutlets  ovary  adnate  to  disk  at  its 
base  8  Ceanothut 

DDD.  Fr  a  caps  with  membranous  covering, 
mfenor,  separating  into  3  cocci, 
which  are  dehiscent  inside  9  Pomaderr\t. 

DDDD.  Fr    indehiscent,   pea-shaped,   3-celled, 

3-seeded   ovary  free  10.  Hovenia. 

The  genus  Rhamnella  is  sometimes  cultivated 


60.  VITACE-fi. 

A.  Stamens  free  climbing  shrubs  or  herbs 
B.  Petals  expanding,  fls  in  cymes   bark  close; 


pith  white 

c.  Plants  climbing,  mostly  by  adhesion  of 
dilated    and   disk-shaped    tips    of  the 


tendril-branches  no  distinct  disk  or 
free  nectariferous  glands,  but  a  nec- 
tariferous and  wholly  confluent  thick- 
ening of  the  base  of  the  ovary,  or  even 
this  obsolete  Ivs  never  pinnate  1.  Partheno- 

CC.  Plants  climbing  by  the  prehension  and  [cisrua. 

coiling  of  naked-tipped  tendrils,  nec- 
tariferous disk  or  glands  surrounding 
the  ovary  or  its  base,  and  at  least  partly 
free  from  it 
D.  Fls.  5-merous:  woody  plants,  mostly 

hardy  .  2.  Ampeloprit. 
DD.  Fls    4-merous     more    or    less   fleshy, 
woody  or  herbaceous,  mostly  tropi- 
cal or  subtropical                     ...     .3.  Ctsnu. 
BB.  Petals  cast  off  from  the  base  while  cohering 
by   their   tips,    hypogynous   disk   or  o 
nectariferous  glands  alternate  with  the 
stamens,  fls    in  panicles:  berries  usually 
edible    Ivs.  rarely  compound,  never  pin- 
nate                               ^ ..  4.  Vths. 

AA.  Stamens  with  connate  filaments:  ivs.  1-3-pm- 

nat«.  upright  trees  or  shrubs 5.  Leea. 

Tetrastigma  is  also  briefly  treated. 


61.  SABIACBJB. 


62.  ACERACE.fi. 


Mehovna. 


A.  Nutlets  winged  all  around.  Ivs  pinnate,  with 

9-15  Ifts.  1.  Dipteronia, 

AA.  Nutlets  with  an  elongated  wing  on  one  side: 

Ivs.  simple  or  compound  .  ...         2.  Acer. 


63.  STAPHYLEACE.fi. 

A.  Lvs  opposite   several  seeds  in  each  cell 
B.  Ovary  2-3-parted  at  base. 

c   Caps    vesiculose  1   Staphylea. 

cc   Follicles  coriaceous  2  Euvcaph\f. 

BB  Ovary  3-lobed   fr   fleshy  or  leathery  3   Turpima. 

AA.  Lvs  alternate    1  seed  in  each  cell    fr   berry- 

hke  4  Tapiscm. 


64.  MELIANTHACEJB. 

A.  Calyx   subsaccate,  the   segms    narrow,  very 

unequal  at  base  ovules  in  the  locules  2-4          1.  Mel\anthut. 
AA.  Calyx    of    5    free,    roundish    sepals     ovules 

numerous  m  2  series  on  the  placentas 2.  Greyw. 


65.  HIPPOCASTANACE.fi. 


66.  SAPINDACEjE. 

A.  Fls  irregular 
B   O-vules  solitary  in  the  locules  (rarely  2  in 

Paulhma)    plant  climbing 

c   Fr  a  winged  samara  1  Serjama 

cc  Fr  bladdery,  membranous,  loculacidal.         2  Cardiosper- 

[mum. 

ccc   Fr   a  pear-shaped,  septindal  caps  3   Paullinia 

BB   Ovules  2  or  more  in  the  loruJcs  plant  erect 

c   Sepals  valvate,  petals  3-4  4   Kaslreuteria. 

cc  Sepals  imbricate,  petals  4-5  .      5    Ungnadia. 

AA   Fls  regular,  or  nearly  so 

B.  Stamens  inserted  at  the  base  of  the  ovary 

inside  the  disk,  often  umlatf  ral 
c   Fr  dehiscent,  ovules  2  or  more  in  cells 
D   Disk   produced   into   5   horns,    fls     in 

racemes  before  the  1\  s  ,  showy  6  Xanthocerai. 

DD   Disk     annular     or     cup-shaped,     fls. 

usually  in  panicles 
E   Lvs    ternate    sepals  glabrous;  disk 

cupular  7  Delavaya 

EE.  Lvs  pinnate 

F  Petals  5,  sepals  imbricate,  pubes- 
cent 8  Bltghia 
FF.  Petals  0,  sepals  valvate                       9  Stadmannia. 
cc.  Fr  indehiscent 

D  Anl  present,  fr  edible 

E   Calyx    deeply    5-parted,    imbricate, 

petals  present  10  Euphoria. 

EE.  Calyx   with   small   valvate   lobes  or 

obsoletely  toothed,  petals  0  11    Litchi. 

DD.  Anl  wanting 

E.  Fr  deeply  lobed  or  divided  into  3 
(-1)  cocci  sepals  5  Ifts  usually 
many  12  Sapindus. 

EE.  Fr    not  deeply  lobcd    sepals  4    Ifts 

2-4  13    Mehcocca. 

BB.  Stamens  inserted  outside  the  disk  or  di«k 
wanting,  petals  0  caps  winged,  papery 
or  leathery  Ivs  simple  or  pinnate  14  Dodonxa 

Additional  genera  are  somewhat  cultivated,  as  Alectryon,  Ber- 
samo,  and  Diploglottis. 


67.  ANACARDIACEJE. 

A.  Lvs  simple 

B.  Stamens  5,  styles  3 
BB.  Stamens  8-10   (all  or  some  fertile),  style 

eccentric,  stigma  a  mere  dot 
BBB.  Stamens  1-5,  style  lateral,  stigma  simple. 
IA.  Lvs.  pinnate  or  composed  of  3  Ifts 
B  Ovary  1-celled 

c.  Ovules  suspended  at  or  near  the  apex. 
D.  Styles  m  the  pistillate  fls    short,  in 
the  stammate  fls.  4-5    . 

DD  Styles  3 
cc  Ovules  suspended  by  a  basiiar  funloulus. 


1.  Stmecarpum. 


2.  Anacardium. 

3.  Afcnfftftra. 


4.  Tapina. 

5.  Cyrtocarpa. 
0.  8ch\nu». 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


93 


»D.  Petals  4-6  or  more. 

B  Stamens  in  a  single  whorl 

r  Tho  petals  valvate         8.  Sorindeia. 

rr.  The.  petals  imbricate 

o  Stylo  lateral  m  fr  ,  pedicels  be- 
coming plumose  Ivs  simple        9.  Cot\nus. 
GO.  Style  terminal  in  f  r  ,  pedicels  not 
plumose  in  fr.   ivs  compound, 
rarely  simple  .  10.  Rhu». 

KB.  Stamens  in  2  whorU,  tho  outer  alter- 
nate with  tho  petals,   petala  val- 
vate .  .  11.  Lithrxa. 
BB  Ovary  2-5-celled 

c   Via    polygamous;  stamens  8-10,  petals 

subvalvatc  12.  Spondiaa. 

cc  Fls    dia-uous,  stamens  8-9,  petals  im- 
bricate 13  Harpehyl- 

The  genera  Coryxocarpus  and  Bmodtngiura  are  also  described  in 


p.  The  pod  jointed,  rarely  1-jomted  , 
1-seeded  by  abortion  Other- 
wise like  the  Lotus,  Galoga 
and  Phaseolus  Tribes  An 
artificial  division  8.  HBDYSARUM 

D».  The  pod  not  jointed  [TRIBB. 

B.  Pod  indehiscent,  larger  than 
calyx,  membranous,  leath- 
ery, wo<xjy  or  drupaceous 
Ifts  6  or  more,  rarely  3-1 
trees  or  tall  shrubs  or 
climber*  9  DALBERQIA 

EE.  Pod  dehiscent  or  if  mdehu-  [T»iBE. 

cent  usually  of  small  size, 


generally  2-valvcd 
F.  Fls     in    heads   or    umbels, 


The  only  genus 


The  only  genus 


68.  CORIARIACEJB. 


69.  MORINGACEJE. 


70.  LEGUMINOSJE. 


Monnga. 


I.  Summary  of  Suborders  and  Tribes. 

Ignoring  exceptions  and  six  tribes  of  which  no  examples 
appear  to  be  cult  in  \merica  (Other  genera  of  Logummosw 
may  be  met  with  now  and  then  in  cultivation,  but  they  are  so 
little  grown  and  so  m  tny  th-it  the  mtrexlur  tion  of  them  here  would 
make  the  key  unnecessarily  complicated,  some  of  these  are  men- 
tioned at  the  end  of  the  Legumiriosse,  p  05  ) 

Suborder   I  — MIMOSE4E. 

A.  Fls  regular,  small,  (alyx  garnosepaloua 
or  vahately  parted,  petals  valvate, 
often  connate,  below  the  middle 
B  Stamens  numerous,  °° 

c.  The  stamens  free  1   ACACIA  TRIBE 

cc  The  stamens  monadelphou-?  2  INOA  TRIBE 

BB.  Stamens  fewer,  d«  finite 

c  Anthers  usually  appendage d  with  a 
stalked  gland,  stamen-,  twice  as 
many  as   the   petals,    rarely   as 
many  fls  generally  Vmerous         3  ADKNANTHERA 
CC   Anthers  not  glandular   ht.imens  «s  [TRIBE. 

many  a*  the  p<  tals,  r-irt  ly  twice 
as  many  fi-i  4-5-mcrous,  nrely 
3-  or  h-merou«  4  MIMOSA  TBIBB. 

AA.  Fls  irregular  ami  truly  papilionaceous, 
i  e  ,  like  a  swett  pen,  the  standard 
outride  of  the  other  p<  tuls  and  inclos- 
ing them  in  the  bud,  sepals  more  or 
less  united  abo\e  the  disk  into  a 
tube  or  cup.  radicles  in  flexed,  accum- 
bent  or  rarely  %  ery  short  and  straight 
(Compare  AAA  ) 

Suborder  II  —  PAPILIONEJB. 

B.  Lvs  simple,  or  else  digitately  com- 
pound (Exceptions  A  few  mem- 
bers of  the  Trifohum  Tribe  are 
digitately  compound  and  some  of 
the  Phaseolus  Tribe  are  subdigi- 
tately  compound  Some  Ivs  that 
appear  to  be  simple  have  been  re- 
duced from  several  Ifts  to  1,  gener- 
ally leaving  a  gland,  joint  or  other 
indication  of  the  reduction  ) 
C.  Stamens  10,  free  shrubs,  rarely 

herbs  5.  PoDA.LYB.iA.  TRIBE. 

CC.  Stamens  10,  monadelphotm,  rarely 
diadelphous  racemes  terminal  or 
opposite  the  Ivs   or  the  fls   soli- 
tary or  subfase\cled  at  the  axils      6.  GENISTA.  TRIBE. 
BB.  Lvs.  pinnate,  rarely  digitate  in  the 
Trifohum  Tribe,  or  subdigitate  m 
the   Phaseolus   Tribe  or   the   Ivs. 
sometimes  reduced  to  a  single  Ift. 
O.  Stamens  10,  free    Ifts.  5  or  more, 
sometimes    reduced    to  1    large 
1ft ,  rarely  3  7.  SOPHOBA  TBIBB. 


, 

rarrly  solitary  Ifts  3  or 
more,  entire  alternate 
filaments  usually  dilated 
at  the  aptx  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs  10  LOTUS  TBIBB. 

rr.  Fls  sohtaiy  or  racemose, 
sometimes  panicled  or 
fascicled 

O  Plants  typically  climbing 
herbs,  raising  them- 
selves by  means  of 
tendrils  at  the  tips  of 
the  petioles  some- 
times there  is  a  mere 
bristle  Ifts  often  den- 
ticulate at  apex  11.  VICIA  TBIBB. 

00    Plants  twining  or  erect, 
not    climbing    by   ten- 
drils 
H  Lfts  generally  3 

I    Habit  of  plants  most- 

ly twmmg  12  PHASEOLUB 

n   Habit       of       plants  [TniBE 

mostly  erect  13  TRJFOLIUM  TRIBE. 

HH  Lfts  mostly  3  or  more  14  GALEOA  TRIBE. 
AAA  Fh  more  or  less  inegular,  but  not 
truly  papilionaceous  \\  hen  they 
seem  to  be  so,  the  petal  answering 
to  the  standard  will  be  found  within 
the  other  petals  instead  of  outside 
as  in  AA  radicle  straight,  \ery  rarely 
slightly  oblique 

Suborder  HI  —  C-ESALPIN$JE. 

B  Calyx  gamosepalous  beyond  the  disk 
or  \ahat*]y  parti  d  Us  simple  and 
entire  or  2  lobed,  or  rartly  cut  into 
2  Ifts  stipe  of  o\  ary  free  or  adnate 
totalyx-tube 
BB  Calyx  usually  p-irted  to  the  v 

disk  and  the  se«ms   imbricate 
c  tftipf  of  o\ury  idnate  to  the  disk- 
bearing  calyx-tube    hs    mostly 
abruptly  pinnate  16  AMHERSTIA  TRIBE 

cc  Stipe  of  o\  ary  free  in  the  bottom  of 

the  calyx 
D  Anthers    versatile     Ivs     mostly 

bipmnate  17  C.BSALPINIA  TRIBE. 

DD  Anthers  basihxed,  erect  but 
longitudinally  dehiscent  by  2 
pores  or  short  cracks  18  CASSIA  TRIBE. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Acacia  Tnbe. 
The  only  genus  .    .  1  Acacia. 

2.  Inga  Tnbe. 

A.  Lvs  once  pinnate 
AA   Lvs.  mostly  twice  pinnate 


15  BAUHINIA  TRIBE. 


.     2  Inga. 


Shape  of  poda  circulate,  arched  or  variously 

twisted 
c.  Pod    usually    2-valved,    needs    generally 

surroxinded  by  a  thin  pulp  3  Pithecolob- 

cc  Pod  indehibcent,  visually  septate  between  (»ut». 

the  seeds  4  Enterolob- 

BB.  Shape  of  pods  straight,  or  at  most  slightly  [mm. 

sickle-shaped 
c.  Vahes    separating    from    the   persistent 

sutures  5  Lynloma. 

CO,  Valves  elastically  dehiscent  and  revolute 

from  apex  to  base  6.  Cattiandra. 

ccc.  Valves  not  elastic  pod  often  indehiscent  .  7.  AUn&na 


3.  Adenanthera  Tribe. 


A.  Fls  short-pediceled     . 
AA,  Fls.  sessile 

B.  The   pod   indehiscent    (presumably   so  in 
Stryphnodendron). 


.......  8.  Adenanth- 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


c  Pod  straight,  thick-compressed,  trans- 
versely septate  inside  between  the 
seeds  9  Stryphno- 

cc.  Pod  straight,  falcate  or  variously  twisted,  [dendron 

thick-compressed  or  subterete,  usually 
septate  inside  between  the  seeds  10  Protopia. 

BB  The  pods  2-valved     (See  also  BBB  ) 

c  Pod  straight  or  arched,  flat ,  valves  entire, 

continuous  within    shrubs  or  trees          11   Piptodenia. 
cc  Pod  obliquely  oblong,  deflexed  from  the 
stipe   herbs  or  diffuse  sub-shrubs,  pros- 
trate or  floating  12  Neptuma. 
BBB  The    pod    flat,    with    thickened    persistent 
continuous    sutures,    the    valves    trans- 
versely jointed  between  the  sutures,  the 
joints  1 -seeded      ...                 .13  Entadn 

4.  Mimosa  Tribe. 

A.  Pods  provided  with  a  replurn,  i  e  ,  a  frame- 
like  placenta,  which  remains  after  the 
valves  have  fallen  away  frc 


B   Valves  wider  than  replum 
BB   Valves  narrower  than  the  replum  or  hardly 


wider 
Pods  2-valved 


i  the  ordinary  fashion 
5.  Podalyna  Tnbe. 


15  Schrankia. 
Ib  Leucsena. 


A.  Keel-petals  free  or  slightly  connate    foliage 

herbaceous 

B  Pod  linear  or  oblong-inflated  17   Thermopsis. 

BP   Pod  globose  or  ovoid,  turgid  or  inflated  18  Baphiia 

AA   Keel-petals    connate    on    the    back     foliage 

mostly  leathery 
B   Ovules  4  or  more 

c    Keel  about  as  long  us  the  wings  .    19  Orylobium. 

cc  Keel  much  shorter  than  wings  20  Chomema 

BB   Ovules  2 

c   Pod  indehiscent    calyx  shortly  5-toothed    21    Viminaria. 
cc  Pod  2-valved  calyx  5-fid,  or  bilabiate          22  Pultensea. 

6.  Genista  Tribe. 

A  Stamens  coalesced  into  a  sheath  which  is  split 

above  the  middle 
B    Seeds  strophiolate 

c  Lvs  simple  or  reduced  to  mere  scales 


23  Templf- 

[tonw 

24  GoodiA 

25  t'rotalana 


cc  Lvs  pinnate,  Ifts  3 
PB   Seeds  not  strophiolate 
AA  Stamens  coalesced  into  a  closed  tube. 
B   Seeds  not  strophiolate 

c  Calyx-lobes  or  lips  much  longer  than  the 

tube  26  Lupinus 

cc  Calyx-lobes  or  -teeth   shorter  than   the 

tube,  rarely  somewhat  longer 
D   Lfts  3 

B   Pod  stalked  27  Laburnum 

EE   Pod  sessile 

F  Claws  of  petals  adnate  to  stam- 

inal  tube  28  Petteria 

FF  Claws  of  petals  free 

a   Shrubs  unarmed     upper  calyx- 
lobes  distinct  29   Adenocar- 
oo   Shrubs  usually  spmeacem    calyx  [pus 
short,  truncate                             30  Calycotome. 
DD  Lfts   usually  all  wanting,  ran  ly  3  or  1 
shrubs     with     *.piny     or     rush-like 
branches 

E   Shrub  with  rush-like  branches  31    Spartium 

EE   Shrubs  spiny  or  unarmed     Ifts    re- 
duced to  1  or  0,  rarely  3 

F.  Fls  yellow  ,  calyx  not  inflated         32  Genista 
FF  Fls  violet  or  bluish,  calyx  inflated 

spiny  shrub  33.  Ennacea 

BB  Seeds  strophiolate 

c  Culyx  colored,  2-parted,  the  upper  segms 
2-toothed,  lower  J-toothed  leafless 
shrubs,  the  branehlets  and  petioles 
transformed  into  npines  34.  Ulex. 

CC.  Calyx  with  the  2  upper  lobes  or  teeth  con- 
nate or  free,  the  3  lower  connate  into  a 
lower  hp  .  35.  Cytinv*. 

7.  Sophora  Tnbe. 

A.  Fl  with  petals  all  nearly  alike 36.  Cadm. 

AA.  Fl  distinctly  papilionaceous 

B.  Pod  2-valved  37.  Caatano- 

BB.  Pod  indehiscent  or  at  most  tardily  dehiscent  [spermum 

to  a  slight  extent 

c  The  pod  momliform  38.  Sophora 

CC  The  pod  not  momliform,  linear 

p  Color  of  fls  yellow  in  axillary  racemes     39  Calpurnia. 
DD  Color  of  fls  white,  pamcled 

K  Winter-buds  moloxod  m  the  base  of 
the  enlarged  petiole  panicle  loose, 
drooping  40  Cladrattig. 

BE  Winter-buds    free     panicle    dense, 

upright  41.  Maackva. 


8.  Hedysarum  Tribe. 

A   Stamens  all  free  among  themselves  42 

AA   Stamens  all  connate  m  a  closed  tube  43 

AAA,  Stamens  nearest  the  standard  free  or  connate 
with  the  others  only  at  the  base  or  at  the 
middle 

B.  Filaments  all  dilated  above  or  only  alter- 
nate ones 

c   Keel  obtuse  ...  44 

cc   Keel  acute  or  beaked  45 

BB.  Filaments  normal 

C.  Wings  short  or  very  short,  rarely  as  long 
as    the    keel    Ifts    not    provided   with 
minute  stipules 
D   Pod  flat  or  <  ompreswed 

E   Joints  many,  rniely  2    standard-sta- 
men free  46 
EE.  Joints   2     standard-stamen   connate 

with  others  at  middle  47 

DD   Pod  thickish,  subterete  48 

CC.  Wings  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  keel 
partial    petioles    of    11  ts     bear    mmuto 
stipules  (except  in  Lespodeza  0) 
D   Pod  indehisctnt,  nm  ly  opening  at  the 

lower  suture,  joints  Hat  49 

DD  Pod  of  about  1  small,  distinct,  1-sceded, 
smooth,  veined  joints  included  in 
the  calyx  50 

DDD   Pod  l-secded.mdohiscent,  no  joints        51 

9.  Dalbergia  Tnbe. 

A    Fr   drupaceous,  globose,  or  o1  Jid,  indehiscent, 

the  emlotarp  woody  52 

AA    Fr   not  drup  ic «  ous 

B    Lfts    mostly  .ilti  rmitt 

C   Anthers    veisatile,    the    locules    parallel, 

longitudinally  dclns<  ent 

cc  Anthers  small,  crtct,  didymous,  the 
locules  placed  back  to  baek,  generally 
dehiscent  at  apex  by  a  short  cratk  i 

BB    Lfts    opposit 


Adesmuj. 
Arachia. 


Ornithopus. 
Coromlla. 


Onobrychit. 
Alhagi. 


Urana 
Lespcdeza. 


c   Pod  longitudinally  1-wmged  C 

CC    Pod  with  a  narrow  wing  along  the  upper 
suture  or  both  sutures  £ 

10.  Lotus  Tribe. 


5J    Tipuana 

•.    Dalbergia 

>  Dern* 


A   Pod  indehiscent  or  tardily  2-valved  57  Anlhylha. 

AA    Pod  2-valved 

B   Calyx-lobes  usually  longer  than  tube,  keel 

rostrate  5S   Lotus 

BB.  Calyx-teeth  shorter  than  tube,  keel  obtuse    59  Uosuckia. 

11.  Vicia  Tribe. 

A   St    woody    mfl    subtermmal,  hlamens  9,  the 

standard-st  imon  abxf  nt  GO   Abrus 

AA   Kt   herbaceous   fls  hohtaiy  or  racemose  in  the 

axils,  stamens  10 
B   Wings  adherent  to  the  keel  01   Lfnt 

(See  article  Lentil.  ) 
BB   Wings  frte  or  only  slightly  adherent 

C    Sheath  of  stamens  oblique  at  the  mouth, 
style  slendi  i,  b<  udul  or  hairy  only  at 
the  apex  or  all  around  thi_  upper  part       02    Vicia 
cc   Sheath  of  stamens  equal   it  the  mouth 
D    Calyx-lobes   Iraty,   styl.    rigid,   diluted 
above  and  the.  margins  retl«  xed  and 
joined    together   ^o   that   it    becomes 
flattened  laterally,  bearded  down  the 
inner  eelge  03   Pisum. 

DD  Calyx-lobes  not  leafy,  style  flattened 
above  on  the  back  and  front,  bearded 
down  one  face  64  Lathyrua. 

12.  Phaseolus  Tribe. 

A  Style   longitudinally   boarded   above   on    the 
inner  side  or  ran  ly  pilose  only  around  the 
stigma,    petals    normal    01    the    keel    long- 
beaked  or  spiral    mfl    noelose-rac  emose 
B    Calyx-tub<   not  longer  than  lobe 

c    Keel  bpiral  05  Phaseolua. 

cc   Keel  obtuse  or  arc  heel  beaked 

D   Stigma  strongly  oblKtue  or  mtrorse          00    Vigna 
DD  Stigma  subglobose  on  inner  face,  style 

flattened  out  at  apex  67    Pachyrhinu 

DDD   Stigma  small,   terminal,  s>tyle  filiform 

or  subulate  at  apex  08  Dohchos. 

BB  Calyx-tube  cylindrical,  longer  than  lobes        fa9  Chtoria. 
AA.  Style  not  bearded 

B.  Standard-stamen  free  only  at  the  very  base. 
thence  connate  with  the-  rest  into  a  closed 
tube,  calyx  mostly  4-lobed 
c  Calyx  bell-shaped 

D  Pod  broad,  the  upper  suture  thickened 

or  2-wmged.  70  Diodea. 

DD.  Pod  linear,  narrow  or  flat         .      ...  71.  Puerana, 


KEY  TO   THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


95 


CO.  Calyx  bilabiate,   the    upper    lip    larger, 

entire  or  2-lobed  or  2-parted     .  72.  Canavoha. 

BB.  Standard-stamen  free  or  connate  only  at 

the  base 

c.  Calyx  4-lobed  ...  73.  Oalactia. 

00.  Calyx  not  4-lobed. 

D   Infl  UHually  racemose,  the  rachia  of  the 

racorne  jointed 
B.  Standard     much     larger     than     the 

wings  and  keel  .  . .   74  Brythnna. 

BB.  Standard  smaller  than  the  keel. 
F  Pod  2-valved 

G  Anthers  of  2  kinds  75  Mucuna. 

QQ  Anthers  uniform  76  Apiot 

FF.  Pod  not  dehiscent,  except  at  the 

top  77  Butca. 

DD.  Infl      sometimes     racemose     but     the 

rachis  of  the  raceme  not  jointed 
B   Lvs ,    especially  beneath,  with    mi- 
nute resinous  dots   mil   racemose 
or  subumbellate  or  the  flu  solitary 
F  Ovules  2  78  Fltmingvi. 

FF.  Ovules  4  or  more 

o   Pod  turgid,  seeds  strophiolate.     79  Fagelta. 
QQ   Pod  compressed,  seeds  not  stro- 

phiolate  80  Cajanua. 

BE.  Lvs  without  minute  resinous  dots 
fls  clustered  or  racemose  in  the 
axils,  solitary  or  twin  along  the 
ra<  his 

F   Fls    showy,   standard   large,   flat- 
tened out ,  bracts  persistent  81   Centrosema. 
FF  Fls      medium-sized,     standard, 
erect,    complicate,    sides    often 
rcflexed  brae  ts  persistent  82  Amphi- 
FFF.  Us    small   (showy  in   Keunedya),  [corpora 
standard  spreading  or  rcflexed, 
bracts   persistent   or   small   and 
deciduous 

o   Seeds  not  strophiolate  83  Glycine 

GO    Seeds  strophiolate 

H   The    fls     small,    keel    usually 

much  smaller  than  wings       81    Hardtn- 
HH   The  fls    showy,   keel  usually  [bergia 

equaling  or  surpassing   the 
wings  85  Kennedya. 

13.  Tnfohum  Tnbe. 

A.  Standard-stamen    connate    with    the    others 

into  a  closed  tube,  keel  beaked  80  Ononia. 

AA.  Standard-stamen  free,  keel  obtuse  or  in  Paro- 

chetus  atutish 

B.  Lfts   digitate  (rarely  pinnate  in  Trifohum) 
c    Pod    2-valved     keel   acutish,   petals   not 

ad n ate  87  Parochetua 

cc  Pod  usually  indehiscent  claws  of  all  or 
the  lower  petals  adnate  to  the  stammal 
tube  88  Trifohum 

BB   Lfts   3,  pinnate 

C  Pod  straight,  sic  Kle-shape d  or  arched, 
sometimes  thick  and  beaked,  some- 
times linear,  sometimes  broad  and  il  it, 
indehisrent  or  folliculately  gaping  or 
rarely  2-\ul\ed  89  Tngonella 

cc    Pod       spirally      falcate,       circinnate      or 

cochleate  90   Medicago. 

OCC.  Pod  small,  subglobose  or  ovoid,  thick,  in- 
dehiscent  or  tardily  2-valvcd  91.  Melilotus. 

14.  Galega  Tnbe. 

A.  Connective  of  the  anthers  anpenjaged  with  a 
small  gland  or  niucro  o\  ultM  mostly  o° ,  1-2 
m  a  few  species,  pod  2-\alved  92  Indigofera 

AA.  Connective  not  appendaged 

B.  Ovules  1-2,  rarely  .4-4    (See  also  BB  ) 

C    Number  of  ovules  1  93   Psoralea 

CC   Number  of  ovules  2,  rarely  3-4 

D   Stamen*  10  94   Amorpha 

DD   Stamens  5  95  Pctaloste- 

BB.  Ovules  oo   (1-2  m   a  few  species  of  Teph-  (man. 

rosia) 

c.  Infl  terminal  or  opposite  the  Ivs  ,  mostly 
racemose  (in  Galega  both  axillary  and 
terminal,  m  some  Tephrosias  axillary) 
pod  2-valvc-d 

D.  Style  longitudinally  boarded  on  the 
inner  side,  calyx  long-tubular,  petals 
very  long-clawed  96  Barbiena. 

DD.  Style   glabrous    (or  merely  pemcillate 

at  the  stigma  in  some  tephrosias) 
B.  Standard -at  amen   connate   with   the 

rest  from  the  bane  97  GaUga 

•X.  Standard-stamen    free    or    connate 
with  the  others  from  the  middle. 


F.  The  pod   narrow  or  short,   with 

slender  valves  and  nerviform  or 

hardly  thickened  sutures  98   Tephrona. 

FF.  The  pod  thick,  leathery  or  woody 

O.  Pod   usually  tardily  dehiscent 

mfl   mostly  pamcled  99.  Mittetia. 

QQ  Pod  easily  dehiscent    mfl    race- 
mose 100.  Wistana. 
CC   Infl    axillary,  except  where  noted  below 
D   Pod  flat,  except  where  the  seeds  finally 

make  it  turgid  101  Rob\n\a. 

DD.  Pod  inflated,  turgid  or  terete,  longitudi- 
nally   septate    or    undivided,    rarely 
flat  and  when  so  always  longitudi- 
nally septate 
B  Styles  variously  bearded  above 

y   Petals  acuminate  102  Clmnthut. 

FF   Petals  not  acuminate 

a   Standard  erect  103  Suther- 

ou  Standard  spreading  or  re  flexed.  [landia. 

H   Stigma  small  .          104   Swainsona. 

HH   Stigma  prominent  105.  Colutea. 

ICE   Style  not  bearded 

F.  Lvs  even-pinnate   shrubs  or  trees 
Q   The   pod   stipitate,   obovoid   or 

oblong  106  Halimoden- 

[dron. 

QQ  The  pod  linear,  usually  acute        107  Caragana. 
FF.  Lvs    odd-pinnate  or  with  a  spiny 

petiole  instead  of  an  odd  1ft 

a   Anther-cells  confluent  at  apex      108  Glycj/rrh- 
oo   Anthers  uniform  [iza. 

H   Petals    not    all    narrow,    the 
standard  obovate  or  orbicu- 
lar 109  Calophaca. 
HH   Petals  narrow 

I   Keel  blunt  110  Astragalus. 

Il    Keel  acute  111   Oxytropit. 

15.  Bauhima  Tnbe. 

>   Petals    erect    or    spreading,     only    slightly 

unequal  112  Bavhinia. 

AA.  Petals  falsely  pea-like,  the  standard  inmost .     113  Cercta. 

16.  Amherstia  Tnbe. 

A   The  petals  absent,  sepals  4  114.  Saraca. 

AA   The  petals  present 

B    Bractlets  persistent,  inclosing  the  bud. 

c   Petals  5,  slightly  unequal  115.  Browned. 

cc  Petals  unequal,   1  very  wide,  2  narrow, 

2  minute  and  rudimentary  116  Amherstia. 

BB   Bractlets  small  or  deciduous 

c   Lfts   1  pair  117  Hymeruea. 

cc   Lfts   2  or  more  pairs 

D   Petals  5,  3  perfect,  2  rudimentary          118   Tamarin- 

[dus. 
DD   Petals  5,  slightly  unequal  119  Schotia. 

17.  Caesalpmia  Tribe. 

A   Calyx-lobes  strongly  imbricate,  disk-bearing 

tube  short    seed  not  albuminous 
B   Pod  indehiscent    stigma  peltate         .  120  Peltoph- 

[orum. 

BB   Pod2-\alved  stigma  not  peltate  121   Cxsalpmia. 

AA   Calyx-tube  long,  or  top-shaped  or  beli-shaped, 
segms    short   or  narrow   and  open    seeds, 

B   Pod  turgid  or  subterete  122  Oymnoc- 

[ladiu. 

BB   Pod  flattish  123  Gledilsia. 

AAA   Calyx-segms   valvate 

B   Segms    4,  the  upper  ones  connate,  highest 

petal  widest,  lowest  narrow  124  Colvittea. 

BB   Segms  5,  petals  roundish,  abo  it  equal  125  Poinciana. 

AAAA   Calyx-segms    slightly  imbricate  or  valvate 

B  Ovary  adnate  to  calyx-tube  126  Schizolob- 

(tum. 
BB  Ovary  free  in  bottom  of  calyx  ...         127  Parkin- 

[aonia. 


18.  Cassia  Tnbe. 


A  Petals  5,  fls  hermaphrodite 
AA  Petals  0,  fls  polygamous 


128  Cassia. 

129  Cerafonta. 


The  following  genera  also  are  described  as  having  more  or  less 
horticultural  interest  Afzelia,  Amicia,  Aotus,  Baikieea,  Baphia, 
Brachysema,  Camdensia,  Carmichteha,  Cicer,  Copaitera,  Dalea, 
Desmanthus,  Dichrostachys,  Diphysa,  Ebenus,  Eutaxia,  Galedupa. 
Ghricidia,  Haematoxylon,  Hippocrepis,  Hoffmanseggia,  Hovea, 
Jacksoma,  Kerstingiella,  Kramena,  Lonchocarpus,  Almkelersia, 
Piptanthus,  Podalyria,  Pterocarpus,  Pterolobium,  Rhynchosia. 
Scorpmrus,  Sesbama,  Toluifera,  Vouapa. 


96 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


71.  ROSACEJE. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes* 

A.  Ovary  inferior;  carpels  2-5,  more  or 
lean  connate  and  adnate  to  the  cup- 
shaped  receptacle,  the  whole  develop- 
ing into  a  fleshy  fr  (pome):  trees  or 
shrubs  with  free  stipules.  .  .  4.  POMB  TRIBI. 

AA.  Ovary  superior 

B.  Carpels  usually  many,  if  1  or  2,  fr 

not  drupaceous   calyx  persistent, 
c  Fr  folhcular,  dehiscent 

D  Seeds  not  winged   fls  small  ...  1.  SPIRMA  TBIBB. 
DD.  Seeds    winged,     flattened:    fla. 

rather  large      .  2.  QmuJJA  TBIBB. 

CC.  Fr    not  folhcular,  indehiacent,  or 

carpels  growing  into  drupelets. 
D.  Pistils    borne   on    a  Hat,  hemi- 
spherical or  convex  receptacle, 
subtended    by    a    cup-shaped 
portion  of  the  receptacle  (hy- 
panthium), usually  many. 
B.  The  piatils  2-5.  shrubs,  with 

simple  Iva 
r.  Stipules  wanting   fls  small, 

in  large  panicles  3  HOLODISCUS 

FF.  Stipules  present    fls     soli-  THIBB. 

tary  or  m  few-fld 
corymbs  .  5.  KERRIA  TRIBE. 

BB.  The  pistils  many  (if  few,  Ivs. 
compound)  herbs  or  shrubs. 
r.  C  a  r  p  el  s     becoming     dry 

achenes. 

0.  Ovules  2,  carpels  5-15 
calyx  without  bractlets 
herbs  9  ULMARIA  TRIBE. 

GO.  Ovules  1  carpels  many, 
calyx  usually  with 
bractlets  alternating 
•with  the  lobes  6.  POTENTILLA 

IT  Carpels  becoming  drupelets  [TBIBB. 

ovules  2,  but  seed  solitary    7.  RUBUS  TBIBE. 
»D.  Pistils  inclosed  in  the  tubular- 
or  urn-shaped  receptacle  (hy- 
panthium) 
E  Number    of    pistila    1    or    4, 

petals  sometimes  wanting 
p.  Hypanthium  tubular  or  cam- 
panulate,  the  achenes 
loosely  and  usually  only 
partly  inclosing,  pistils 
usually  1  shrubs  8  CEBCOCABPUS 

FF  Hypanthium  urceolate,  com-  [TBIBB. 

pletely  inclosing  the  1-4 
achenes,  sepals  usually  4 
herbs  or  shrubs  10  SANOUISORBA 

BE.  Number  of  pistils  many ,  calyx-  [TRIBE. 

tube  becoming  fleshy ,  petals 
present     shrubs  with   odd- 
pinnate  Ivs  11.  ROSE  TRIBE. 
BB.  Carpels  1,  rarely  2    fr   drupaceous: 

calyx  usually  deciduous 
C.  Fls     symmetrical,    stylo     subter- 
mmal  ovules  pendulous,  radicles 
superior  , .         12.  PRUNUS  TBIBB. 

CC.  Fls  often  unsymmetncal,  style 
basilar  ovules  ascending, 
radicles  inferior  . .  13.  CRBTBOBALANTTS 

[TBIBE. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Spiraea  Tribe. 

A.  PiBtila  opposite  to  the  petals  or  less  than  5 

B.  Lvs   simple,  often  lobed,  rarely  pmnatifid: 

stamens  inserted  on  the  margin  of  the 

hypanthium    shrubs,  rarely  undershrubs 

c.  Stipules  large,   caducous    stanunal  disk 

wanting  seeds  shining,  crustaceous 
D.  Follicles  dehiscent  along  both  sutures, 
often  inflated,  1-5    fls.  in   terminal 
corymbs  1.  Physoearp- 

DD.  Follicles  dehiscent  only  along  the  ven-  [vs. 

tral  suture,  1-2,  not  inflated 
B  Fls    in  terminal  panicles,  style  ter- 
minal, pistils.  2,  rarely  1.  follicles 
usually  5-aeeded  2.  Netttva. 

BB.  Fla  in  small  terminal  corymbs,  style 
lateral ,  pistil  1  follicles  1-or  rarely 
2-seeded  . .  3.  StephaMn- 

CC.  Stipules  wanting,  stanunal  disk  usually  (oro. 

present'  seeds  dull. 

D.  The  Iva   entire,  serrate  or  lobed:  sta- 
mens free. 
B.  Carpels  free. 

F.  FIB  In  panicles,  corymbs  or  umbel- 
like  racemes,  carpels  dehiscent 
:  the   ventral  suture;  Ivs. 
r  serrate  or  lobed 4.  Spirua. 


FF.  Fls.  in  racemes;  «arpeln  dehiscent 
on    both    sutures'    Ivs     entire, 
evergreen  •  cespitose  undershrub     5  Pttrophu* 
BB.  Carpels  connate  at  the  base,  fls  poly-  [turn. 

gamo-diQBCious,   in    panicles      lv». 
entire,  deciduous   upright  shrub    .  6  Sibtrma 
DD.  The  Ivs.  twice  trifid .  stamens  connate  at 
the  base    fls.  m   racemes    prostrate 
underahrub.         .  ...  7.  Luetkea. 

BB.  Lvs.  2-3-pinnate .  fls.  dioecious,  in  ample 
panicles  composed  of  slender  spikes, 
herbs  ...  .  8  Aruncui. 

AA.  Pistils  opposite  to  the  sepals,  5. 

B.  Petals  roundish,  imbricate  in  the  bud,  car- 
pels connate  at  the  base  Ivs  pinnate  or 
bipmnate*  shrubs 

c.  Lvs  pinnate,  If ts  coarsely  serrate  9  Sorbaria. 

cc  Lvs  bipmnate ,  segms  minute,  entire        .10  Chammbat\- 

BB.  Petals  strap-shaped,  convolute  in  the  bud:  [ana. 

carpels  distinct   Ivs   ternate   herbs     . . .  .11.  G\Uen\a. 

2.  Quillaja  Tribe. 

A.  Carpels  free,  spreading,  star-like  at  maturity: 

evergreen  tree*. 

B  Stamens  10  .  12  Quillaja. 

BB  Stamens  20  .13  Kagcneckia. 

AA.  Carpels  connate  into  a  5-celled  caps  :  sta- 
mens 15-20  deciduous  shrub  ...  14  Exochorda. 

3.  Holodiscus  Tribe. 
Lvs.  doubly  serrate  or  slightly  lobed  15.  Holod\»au. 

4.  Pome  Tnbe. 
A.  Carpels  bony  at  maturity   fr  hence  with  1-5 

stones 
B.  Pistils  with  2  fertile  ovules.  Ivs.  entire  or 

crenate 

c   Lvs  entire  spineless  shrubs  styles  2-5       16  Cotoneaster. 
cc.  Lvs.   crenate,    persistent     usually   spiny 

shrubs    styles  5  17.  Pyracantha. 

BB  Pistils  with  only  1  fertile  ovule   Ivs  usually 

doubly  serrate  or  lobed 
C.  Ovules  2,  1  fertile  and  1  sterile    'vs   sim- 


pie, often  pmnately  lobed 
D.  Number  of  carpels  *>.  wholly  connate 
and  covered  at  the  top  by  the  flesh  of 
the  fr     fls   solitary,  2  m    across   Ivs 


along  tb 
usually  s 


entire  or  occasionally  dentate  18  Metpilua. 

DD.  Number  of  carpels  1-ft,  more  or  less  dis- 
tinct at  the  ventral  suture  and  free  at 
the  top  fls  1  in  or  less  across,  usually 
in  corymbs  Ivs  often  lobed  19  Cratxfftu. 

CC  Ovule  but  1,  stones  5  Ivs  pinnate  (the 
simple-l\  d  species  belong  to  Hespeco- 
meles,  which  is  not  in  cult  )  20  Otteomekt. 

AA.  Carpels   with    leathery   or   papery   walls   at 
maturity   fr  hence  1-5-celled,  each  cell  with 
1  or  2,  rarely  many  seeds 
B   Fls  in  compound  corymbs 

c  Styles  1-5,  distinct   or   connate,    carpels 

partly  free 

D  Fr  solid  and  pointed  at  the  top,  walla 
of  cells  leathery  Ivs  deciduous,  sim- 
ple or  pinnate 

E.  Sepals  deciduous  IYH  always  simple, 
eerrate  with  excurrent  veins  styles 
2-3  21  Mtcronulea. 

BB.  Sepals  persistent 

F.  Number  of  styles  usually  2,  rarely  3 
or  5,  free  or  connate  Ivs  pm- 
nate  or  simple  and  serrate  or 
lobed  with  excurrent  veins, 
deciduous  22  Sorbus. 

FT  Number  of  styles  3-5  Ivs  serrate 
to  crenulate,  with  curving  veins. 
O.  Lvs    deciduous,  with  glands  on 
the    midrib    above     stylos    5, 
connate  below  endoearpthm  23  Aroma. 
OO.  Lvs    evergreen,  without  glands 
on    the    midrib      styles    3-5 
endocarp  firm  24  Stranvmna. 

PD.  Fr.  hollow  and  rounded  at  the  top, 
small,  1-  or  2-seeded,  walls  usually  pa- 
pery styles  usually  2  Ivs  simple, 
deciduous  or  evergreen  with  curving 
veins  .  25  PAohma. 

cc.  Styles  5,  distinct,  carpels  wholly  connate 
fr    pear-shaped,   rather   large,   yellow. 
Ivs.  evergreen  with  excurrent  veins..         26  Enobotrya. 
BB.  Fls  in  umbels,  racemes  or  solitary 
C.  The  carpels  4-  to  many-seeded 

».  Styles  free  Ivs  entire  .       27.  Cydon»a. 

DD.  Styles  connate  at  the  base  Ivs.  serrate 

or  serrulate. 

B.  Ovules  many  in  each  cell-  calyx  gla- 
brous outside  .       28.  Ctonomstec. 
BB.  Ovules  4-6  in  each  cell,  calyx  densely 

tomentose  outside 29.  Doeynia. 

cc.  The  carpels  1-2-eeeded. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


97 


D.  Cells  of  the  ovary  as  many  as  styles, 

each  with  2  ovules. 

a.  Orary      2-celled:      fr       1-2-seeded, 
black      fls     in    upright    racemes, 
sometimes  panieled  Ivs.  evergreen  30.  Raphiolepia. 
BB.  Ovary  3-6-celled.  fls  in  umbeb   Ivs 

deciduous  31.  Pyrut. 

DD.  Cells  of  the  ovary  twice  as  many  as 

stylos,  each  with  1  ovule 
B.  Styles  usually  5,  fla.  in  racemes   Ivs 

serrate,  or  crenate  at  the  apex  32.  Amtlan- 

BB.  Styles  2-3,  fls    in  few-fid    umbels,  (c/uer. 

calyx-tube  cylmdnc.  Iva   entire  or 

denticulate,  narrow 33.  Peraphyl- 

Uum. 

5.  Kerria  Tribe. 

A.  Petals    wan  tine;    fls.    in    few-fld     corymbs- 

achenes  2-5,  drupaceous  34.  Nenuaa. 
AA  Petals  present,  fls  solitary,  large 

B.  Lvs      alternate      fls      5-merous,  yellow: 

achenes  drupaceous,  yellow  35  Kerria 

BB.  LVH  opposite    fls  4-merous,  white  achenes 

dry,  black  36  Rhodotyput 

6.  Potentilla  Tribe. 

A.  Style  deciduous 
B   Receptacle  m  fr  much  enlarged,  colored. 

c   Fla  white  receptacle  pulpy,  juity  37  Fragana 

cc    Fls  yellow   receptacle  dry  38   Duchttnea 

BB.  Receptacle  not  fleshy,  even  in  fr. 
C    Pistils  only  1-12 

D   Stamens  5,  petals  minute  39   Srtbatdia 

DD   Stamens  numerous,  petal*  conspicuous  40    WaLitleinia. 
CC   Pistils  very  numerous 

D   Petals  white  or  yel'ow,  obtuse  or  einar- 

gmate  41   Pottntilla 

DD   Petals     purple,     abruptly     acuminate, 

much  smaller  than  t  alyx  42   Comarum 

AA   Style  elongated  after  anthesis,  often  plumose 
B    Fls   5-merous    Ivs   pinnate  or  pinnatifid 

c   Sepals  \alvate,  hypanthium  flat    herbs     43   Geum 
cc   Sepals    imbricate,    hypanthium    concave 

shrubs 

D   Calyx  with  bracts  outside  44   FaUugia 

DD   Calyx  without  bracts  45   Cowania 

BB.  Flu    8-y-merous    l\s    undivided    prostrate 

undershrub  46.  Dryas 

7.  Rubus  Tnbe. 

A.  Drupelets  pulpy  47  Rubut 

AA.  Drupelets  nearly  dry,  inclosed  by  calyx      .        48  Daltbarda. 

8.  Cercocarpus  Tnbe. 

A.  Fls.  apetalous,  style  elongated  and  phimose 

m  fr  ;  hypanthium  tubular  49  Cercocarpus. 

AA.  Fls  with  petals 

B.  Style    with    terminal    stigma:    Ivs.    linear, 

needle-shapid  ..  50.  Adenostoma. 

BB   Style  with  decurrent  stigma 

c   Lvs    3-fid   at  the  apex     nopal*  imbricate 

fr  inclosed  about  half  51    Purshia 

cc.  Lvs     bipmnate     sepals    valvate.    fr    in- 
closed 52.  Chamtcbatta. 

9.  Ulmana  Tnbe. 

Herbs  with  large  pinnate  Ivs   and  lirge  stipules 
and  small  white  or  pink  fls.  m  large  pauiclea .    .  .53.  Fthpendula. 

10.  Sanguisorba  Tnbe. 

A.  Calyx  with  5-6  bractlets  or  10-12-cut  in  2 

series  or  in  Agrimoma  with  a  setose  limb. 
B.  Petals  0  . .      54   Alchemilla 

BB   PetaU  4  or  5  .       55  Agrimonta. 

AA  Calyx  without  bractlets ,  petals  0  Ivs  pinnate. 

B   Fls   axillary,  solitary  56  Margyn- 

BB.  Fls,  spicatc  or  capitate  (corpus. 

C.  The  calyx  valvate,  stamens  1-10,  short, 

carpels  1-2  .  67.  Acxna. 

CC.  The  calyx  imbricate 

D.  Fr   rarely  rugose    fls   usually  bisexual; 

carpel  1 ,  stamens  4-12  58.  Sanguisorba. 

DD.  Fr.  often  rugose  fls  polygamo-dace- 
cious,  rarely  bisexual;  carpels  2, 
stamens  oo  .  59.  Potenum. 

11.  Rose  Tribe. 
The  only  gentu 60.  ROM. 

12.  Prunus  Tribe. 

A.  Sepals  usually  10,  small,  petals  often  wanting 
or  small .  carp*ls  in  the  stanunate  fl.  2,  1  in 


AA.  Sepals  5 

B.  Carpels  solitary 

c.  Style  terminal:  Ivs.  usually  serrate-  pith 

of  branches  solid  .         62  Pruntu. 

cc.  Style  lateral.  Ivs   entire,  pith  lamellate.  03.  Printep%a. 
BB.  Carpels  5   Ivs.  entire  . .  64  Oamaronia. 

13.  Chrysobalanus  Tribe. 

Anthers  small,  short,  didymous,  ovary  1-loculed, 
inserted  in  the  base  of  the  calyx-tube,  stamens 


The  genus  Plagiospermum  IB  also  cultivated. 


72.  SAXIFRAGACEJE. 


65.  Chrvsobal- 
[anut 


/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 


HYDRANGEA  TRIBB, 


or  small .  carp 
the  fertile  fl. . , 

7 


\  Plants  are  trees  or  shrubs 

B   Lvs  opposite 
BB   Lvs   alternate 

c  Stipules  absent  Ivs  often  coria- 
ceous or  glandular-serrate  sta- 
mens usually  i^omerous  with 

petals  2  ESCALLONIA  TBIBB 

cc.  Stipules  absent  or  adrmte  to  petiole 
at  base  fls  generally  racemose, 
ovary  1-locular,  2-merous,  seeds 
immersed  m  pulp  3  RIBES  TBIBB. 

AA   Plants  are  herbs 

B  Fls  4-merous  4  FRANCOA  TRIBE. 

BB  Fls  generally  5-merous  5.  SAXIFRAGE  TKIBB. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Hydrangea  Tnbe. 

A   Ovary  superior 
B   Number  of  petals  4,  stamens  10,  filaments 

2-lobed,  styles  3  1   Fendltra. 

BB    Number  of  petals  5  or  G 

c   Ovules  solitary   stamens  4-12,  styles 3-5     2    Whipplea. 
cc    Ovules  4   stamens  lr>,  carpeb  2,  separate      3   Lyono- 
ccc   Ovules  numerous  [thamnus. 

D   Petals  5,  convolute   stamens  10,  styles 

3-5  '     4.  /omemo. 

DD  Petals  5  or  6,  imbricate  stamens  nu- 
merous, style  1,  with  a  5-7-lobed 
stigma  5.  Carpentena. 

AA    Ovary  inferior  or  semi-buperior 
B    Stamens  8,  10  or  12 

c.  Petal*  mduplicate  or  imbricate'  fr    cap- 

sular  .        .     G.Deutna. 

cc   Petals  valvate 
D   Fr  a  caps 

E  Styles  4  or  5,  free  or  connate  at  the 

base,  petals  4  or  3  7  Hydrangea. 

KE   Style    1,    with   a   4-5-lobed   stigma, 

petals  5  8.  Sch\zo- 

DD    Fr    a  berry    petals  5  or  6    styles  3—5,  [phragma. 

club-bhaped  9   Dvchroa. 

BB.  Stamens  °o 

c   Petals  mduplicate,  7-10,  style  1 10.  Decumaria. 

cc  Petals  imbricate,  styles  1-5    11   Philadel- 

ccc   Petals  valvate  [phut. 

D  Styles  2,  petals  4 12  Platycrater. 

DD.  Styles  3,  petals  5     13.  Cardiandra 

2.  Escalloma  Tribe. 

A.  Petals    imbricate,   style  1,  ovary    2-  or    3- 

loculed  14.  Escallon\a. 

AA   Petals  valvate,  styles  divisible  into  2,  ovary 

2-Ioculed  15.  /tea. 

3.  Ribes  Tribe. 

The  only  genus  .       16  Ribes. 

4.  Francoa  Tnbe. 

Sepals  and  petals  equal       17.  Francoa. 

5.  Saxifrage  Tribe. 

A.  Ovary  1-loculed 

B   Placentas  basilar  or  nearly  so  18   TiareUa. 

BB  Placentas  parietal,  opposite  the  stigmas,         19.  Parnaana. 
BBB.  Placentae  panetal,  alternate  with  stigmas 

c  Stamens  3 ,  petals  5,  capillary  .     20.  Tolm\ea, 

cc  Stamens  5-10 

D.  Caps    not  beaked,  superior    petals  5, 

3-cut  or  pinnatifid       .  21.  SfUttta. 

DD    Caps   2-beaked. 

E.  Number  of  stamens  5;  petals  5  or  0: 

eaps.  inferior 22.  Heuchera. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


BB.  Number  of  stamens  8  or  10:  caps. 

semi-superior 

F.  Petals  0,  stamens  8  or  10;  fls.  soli- 
tary .   .  ,23.  Ckryaoa- 
FF.  Petals  entire  or  lobed,  stamens  10,  \plen\um. 

fis  racemose  24.  TeUimv. 

AA.  Ovary  2-  cr  3-loculed,  the  placentse  in  the  axis 
of  the  f  r  ,  rarely  composed  of  distinct  carpels. 
B   Stamens  5     (See  also  BB  ) 

c  Carpels  united  at  base,  adnate  to  hypan- 

thium  .  25  Suttivantia. 

cc  Carpels    united    and    wholly    adnate    to 

hypanthium  .  26  Suksdorfia. 

ccc  Carpels  2.  united  at  base,  free  from  but 

included  in  the  inflated  hypanthium      27.  Bolandra. 
BB.  Stamens  10,  rarely  8  (sometimes  5  in  Boy- 

kima) 
c.  Sepals  valvate 

D  Petals  0  .  .28  Rodgerna. 

DD  Petals  5,  deciduous,  stamens  5  or  10     29  Boykima. 
cc  Sepals  imbricate 

D  Styles  erect,  petals  5  or  0;  stamens  8 

or  10  30  Aetilbe 

DD.  Styles  mostly  recurved  in  fr  ,  petals  5      31  Saxifraga. 

The  following  genera  also  are  treated      Abrophyllum,  Anop- 
terus,  Bauera,  Demanthe,  Leptarrhena,  and  Tauuktea. 


73.  CUNONIACE-ffi. 

A  Calyx  valvate 

B  Stamens  hypogynous,  very  long 

BB  Stamens  pengynous 
AA.  Calyx  imbncate,  the  lobes  very  short 


ivl- 
(lum. 


1   Acrop) 


2  Cerato- 

[petalw 

3  Cunorua 


BB.  Calyx-tube  urn-shaped,  much  longer 
than   ovary,   sepals  and   stamens 
5,  fls  in  long  and  slender  racemes  .     5.  S\now\l- 
BB.  Petals  as  many  as  calyx-lobes  [sonia, 

c  Fls  borne  in  catkins,  5-merous. 

D  Shape  of  petals  broad,  st  mens  with 

long-filament ,  disk  present  .   6.  Corylopm. 

DD.  Shape  of  petals  subulate,   as  long  as 

sepals ,  stamens  nearly  sessile ,  disk  0. .   7.  Fortuneana, 
cc.  Fls  in  clusters,  4-merous 

D   Lvs    deciduous,    crennto     anthers  ob- 
tuse, the  loonies  opening  with  1  valve.  8.  Hamamd\at 
DD  Lva  persistent,  entire   authors  beaked, 

the  locules  opening  w ith  2  valves.        .   9.  Loropeta- 
AA  Ovary-locules  2-  or  moro-o\  uled  [lum, 

B   Fls  unisexual  .   .  .10.  L%quidam- 

BB  Fls  bisexual  [bar. 

C  The  fls  5,  in  a  head,  surrounded  by  an  in- 
volucre of  which  the  outer  bracts  are 
small,  the  inner  gradually  larger  11  Rhodofaa. 

cc.  The  fls  2  together  with  very  short  bracts 

at  the  base  12  Dwanthut. 


78.  BRUNIACE^B. 


(See  article  Diosma.1, 


79.  HALORAGIDACE^E. 

A   Stamens  1-2,  calyx  3-4-lobed,  ovary  1-loeulod  1    Gunnrra 
AA   Stamens  2-X,   calyx   truncate   or  4-toothed, 

ovary  deeply  2-  or  4-grooved  2   Mynophi/l- 

\liim. 
AAA  Stamen  1,  calyx  truncate,  ovary  1-loculed  .       3  fhppuris 


74.  CEPHALOTACE.fi. 


The  only  genua 


Cephalotus. 


75.  CRASSULACE.E. 


A.  Stamens  usually  as  many  as  the  petals 
B  Petals  free  or  connate  only   at  the  base; 

floral  parts  in  5's  1  Crassula. 

BB  Petals  usually  connate  to  the  middle  or 

beyond 

c.  Calyx  bell-shaped,  as  long  as  the  corolla- 
tube  2  Gramman- 
cc  Calyx  many  times  shorter  than  the  co-  [thea. 

rolla-tube  3.  Rochea 

AA  Stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as  the  petals 
B   Petals  free  or  connate  only  at  the  very  base 

c  Fls  usually  4-5-tnerous  4  Sedum 

cc  Fls  0-merous  or  more  5  Semper- 

BB   Petals   usually    connate   to   the    middle   or  [vivum 

beyond 
c  Calyx  large,  inflated  shortly  4-fid    .  6  Bryophyl- 


cc  Calyx  4-parted 
ccc  Calyx  5-parted 


.. 

7  Kalanchot 

8  Cotyledun. 


The  following  are  also  described  Altamiranoa,  Dudlpya, 
Echeveria,  Kitchmgia,  Lenophyllum,  Ohveranthus,  Pachyphytum, 
Stylophyllum,  Tillsoa,  and  Urbima. 

76.  DROSERACEJE. 

A.  Stamens  4-8,  styles  2-5,  placentse  panctal  1  Drotera. 

AA.  Stamens  about  15,  style  columnar,  placenta 

basal  .      .  2  Dionsea. 

AAA.  Stamens  10-20,  styles  5,  filiform  .  3.  Drosophyl- 

[lum. 

77.  HAMAMELIDACB4S. 

A.  Ovary-locules  1-ovuled 
B.  Petals  0 

C.  Lvs  evergreen 

D.  Stamens  2-8,  with  long  filaments,  fla.  in 

racemes  1.  Diatylium. 

DD.  Stamens  »  W1th  short  filaments,  fls  in 
heads,  calyx-tube  in  the  pistillate  fl. 
tubular  2.  Sycopna. 

CC.  Lvs  deciduous 

D  Number  of  stamens  about  24;  fls.  in 

dense  spikes  3.  FothergiUa. 

DD.  Number  of  stamens  5-7 


x.  Calyx-tube   not  urn-shaped,  sepals 
'  •  "     -      in   ahort 


and    stamens    5-7,    fla. 
bead-like  racemes 


80.  RHIZOPHORACEvE. 


A.  Anthers  8,  suhscssilo 
AA  Anthers  15-30.  on  iilanu 


1  Jihizophora. 

2  C'asgi poiwca. 


81.  COMBRETACEJE. 

A  Petals  0,   calyx-tube  not  produced   beyond 

ovary  1    Terminals. 

AA    Petals  5  (0  in  a  few  upeues  of  Combretum) 
B   Calyx-tube     straight,     constricted     above 

ovnry 

c   Cotyledons  comolute  2   Ponrea. 

cc   Cotyledons  detply   furrowed   or   twisted 

and  plaited  3   Combrdum. 

BB    Calyx-tube  produced  to  a  great  length  be- 
yond the  o\  dry  4  Quinquaha 


82.  MYRTACE^. 

A   Ovary  1-loculed  .  1    Thrypto- 

AA   Oviiry  2-  or  more-lotuled  [mene. 

B  Fr  a  caps  ,  which  is  lt>c\ilicidf\lly  dehiscent 
at  apex,  rarely  1-2-seeded  and  tmb- 
mdchisccnt 

c  Anthers  basifixed  2.  Calotham- 

cc.  Anthers  versatile  [ntw. 

D   Individual  fls  pedicelled. 

E  Stamens  5-adelphous     3.  Tnstania. 

KE   Stamens  free 

F   Fls   in  globose  he  ads     4  Syncarpvi. 

rv   Fls  in  forking  rymos  .      ...   5  Metrostd- 

DD.  Individual  fls   not  pedicelled.  [eroa. 

B   Fls   solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  floral 

Ivs   or  brnrts 
F  Stamens  distinct,  not  longer  than 

petals          .  6  Leptoai 


toaper- 
\murn 


.   4.  Parrolta. 


FF  Stamens  distinct,  long-exserted          7.  Calhster 
FFF  Stamens  united  in  clusters,  long- 
exserted  .    .  8  Melaleuca. 
BE  Fls  in  cymose  or  umbellate  heads 

F  Petals  distinct  9.  Angophora. 

FF  Petals  wanting  (or  adnate  to  the 

calyx-hd)  .10  Eucalyptui. 

BB  Fr.  a  berry  or  rarely  an  indchiscent  drupe: 

Ivs  opposite,  punctate 
c.  Stamens   straightmh   in   the   bud.   seeds 

with  endosperm  ...      11.  Petjoa. 

cc  Stamens  in  flexed  or  involute  in  the  bud: 

seeds  without  endosperm 
D.  Calyx-limb     closed    in    bud,     deeply 

divided  m  anthesis  .      .    .  12  Pttdtum. 

DD.  Calyx  4-5-lobed  or  -parted  m  the  bud, 
not  out  deeper  in  an  theses 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


99 


B.  Ovules  pendulous 13.  Pimento. 

SB.  Ovules  not  pendulous 

F  Embryo  thick  and  fleshy  14   Eugenia. 

VT.  Embryo  cui  ved,  circular  or  spiral 
a  The  ovary  2-3-  rarely  4-loculed: 

ovules  in  each  locule  °°  15.  Myrtus. 

ao  The  ovary  several-loculed  by 
false  septa,  each  ultimate  lo- 
cule 1-ovulcd  16.  Rhodomyr- 

[tus 

Other  genera  treated  incidentally  are      Backhousia,  Barnng- 
yx,  and  Kunzca. 


toma,  Beaufortia,  Blephai 


83.  LECYTHIDACE^E. 


A.  Fr   woody   calyx  mostly  imbru  ate 
B  The  fr  large  and  spheric  al,  not  opening 
BB   The  fr   opening  by  a  hd. 
c  Style  elongated 
co  Style  short 
AA  Fr    fibrous    calyx  subvalvate  or  imbricate 
«   Petals  b-S 
MB  Petals  4  dartly  5) 
AAA  IT   fleshy    ealyx  mostly  valvate  or  entire 
B   Ovary  4-loeulcd 
BB  O\ary  5-loculcd 

1   Couroupita. 

2    Brrtholletw 
3   Lfcythis 

4  Japarandiba 
I    Gr^0nV1' 

84.  MELASTOMACEJE. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Excluding  five  tribes  not  represented  in  this  work,  and  following 
Cogmaux  in  D   C   Monog   Phaner   vol    7  (1H91) 
A.  Fr     capsular    (rupturing    regularly   in 
Melastoma)      stamens    usually     un- 
equal 
D   Caps      and     ovary     .i-5-angleel 


aps      and     ovary     .v-->-angleel     or 
winded,  much  diluted  ami  hollowed 

4    2 


r   Ovary-eells  as  many  as  petals  1   SONERIIA  TRIBE. 

Cc    Ovary  Mooulfd    petals  r>,  ran  ly 


BB   Caps,  and  ovary  tente 


c   Conncftive  rarely  produced  belo\ 
the    leicules.    usually  with   poste 


[TRIBE 
3   RHEXIA  THIBE 


the  leicules.  usually  with  ] 
nor  spur  or  appi  nelagt 
CC  Conneetive  usually  elongated  at 
th<  base,  product  .1  beyond  the 
insertion  of  the  filament  into  an 
npp<  nelagc  or  win*  on  the  ante- 
rior side 

D    beech  shaped  like  a  snail-she  11 
t   Ovary     generally     partly     or 
wholly    inferior    sep-ils 
usually      alternating      with 
long,  stellate  IMIIS  4  OBBECKIA  TRIBE 

EE  Ovary  g<neially  -ui>cnor,  no 

stellate  hairs  5  TIBOL THIN  \TRIBE. 

DD  Seeds  oblong  or  ov oid  t>   MICROI  ICIA  THIBK. 

AA.  Fr    berry-like   or  leathery,   rupturing 

irregularly  stamens  gem  rally  equal 
B   Lvs    not   finely   stnate   between   the 

primary  nerves 
C    Couruttue  usually  appendage. d  or 

spurn  d  em  the  posterior  side          7    DISSOCH.ETA 
cc   Connective  rarely  produced  at  the  [TRIBE. 

base,  usually  not  appendaged        X   MICOMA  TieiBh.. 
BB.  Lvs    finely  stnate  between  primary 
nerves  with  very  numerous  trans- 
verse nervtlets  9  BLAKE  v  TRIBE. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Sonerila  Tribe. 

A.  Fla.  5-merous,  stamens  equal,  connective  with 

a  posterior  spur  but  ne>  anterior  appendage 
AA.  Fls   mostly  .-J-merous,  stamens  une<ivial,  those 

opposite  petals  smaller 

AAA.  Flu.   mostly  4-merous,  stamens  equal,  con- 
nective not  produceel 

2.  Bertolonia  Tribe. 

A.  The  connective  not  appendaged  on  the  an- 
terior side. 
B.  Connective    tuberculate   on   the   posterior 

side  at  the  base  .  ...  *>  Bertolonw. 

BB.  Connective  with  a  short  posterior  spur  and 

a  long  ascending  appendage  .  .         5.  Salpinga. 

AA.  The  connective  with  a  spur  on  the  anterior  side 

and  a  tubercle  on  the  posterior  side 6.  Monolena. 

3.  Rhezia  Tribe. 
Stamens  equal  or  cubequal:  ovary  glabrous 7.  Rhexia. 


1  Gravesia. 

2.  Sanerila. 

3.  Phyllag- 

[ath\ 


4.  Osbeckia  Tribe. 

Stamens  unequal,  connective  of  the  larger  ones 
long-produced  at  base:  fr.  baccate  fls.  not 
involucrate 8.  Melastoma. 

5.  Tibouchma  Tnbe. 

A.  Stamens  unequal  ovary  2-4-celled,  usually 
glabrous,  petals  neit  acute,  connective  of 
larger  stamens  with  a  long,  club-shaped, 
2-fid  appendage  9  Heervi. 

AA.  Stamens  equal  ovary  setose  at  apex,  connec- 
tive with  2  lobes  or  tubercles  on  the  anterior 
side,  and  no  pohte nor  appendage  10  T\bouch\na. 

6.  Microhcia  Tnbe. 

Stamens  unequal,   anthers   short,   not  beaked; 

calyx-lobes  shorter  than  tube  ....     11.  Centradenia. 

7.  Dissochaeta  Tribe. 

Stamens  equal  or  nearly  so,   fls    mostly  4-5- 

merous  .  .12    MediniUa. 

8.  Miconia  Tnbe. 
A   Infl   terminal 

B   Lvs  provided  with  2-lobed  bladders  at  base  13.  Tococa. 
BB   Lvs     not    provided    with    bladders     outer 

calyx-lobes  ne>ne  or  inconspicuous  14   Tamonea. 

AA  Infl  lateral  or  axillary,  petals  obtuse,  con- 
nective not  produced  at  base  15  Chdemia. 

9.  Blakea  Tnbe. 

The   plants   described   as   Amaraboya   are  now 

refe-rred  to  the  genus  Blake  a  10  Blakea. 

Calvoa,  Dissotis,  Kendnckia,  and  Osbeckia  are  also  cultivated. 


85.  LYTHRACE^:. 

A   Hypanthmm  tubular,  curveel  or  gibbous  at 

base  ] 

LA    Hypanth'um  str 

B   Cans   and  ovary  au  me luueu  ...  u.^v 

c   Petals  5,  rarely  4,  stamens  8-10 

e  c   Petals  6,  stamens  mostly  fi  or  12 

BB    Caps   not  all  mcludeel  in  hypantmunc 

c  The  sepal*  4,  petals  4.  stamens  8 
cc   The  sepals  b,j>etals  b,  stamens  nur 


eluded  in  hypanthilim 


Cuphea. 

2  Decodon 

3  Lythrum 

4  Lawsoma. 

i    5  Lagerntrce- 
[mia. 


The  only  genus 


86.  PUNICACEJE. 


87.  ONAGRACE^. 


Ovary  1-4-celled,  cells  1-ovuled,  rarely  2-4- 

ovuled    fr   nut-like,  1-4-celled,  1-4-seeded. 
n    Us  2-nurous,  ovary  1-2-cellcd  1.  Circva. 

IB    Tls      3-4-merous,    ovary    4 -celled,    rarely 

,4-edled  2   Goura. 

Ovary    2  b-celled,    cells   many-ovniled.   fr.   a 

caps    (m  Fuchsia  a  berry) 

B   Stamens  1  or  2  ...  3  Lopezia. 

IB    Mamcns  t-S,  rarely  3 
c   Seeds  heardi d 

D   Hypinthium     broadened     out     above 

ovary  into  a  lunml-shapcd  tube  4  Zauschneria 

DD   Hypatithium  harelly  procluccd  beyond 

ovirv  5  Epilobium. 

CC  Seeds  not  beardeel  or  winged 

D  Hypatithium  usually  long-produced 
bejond  ovary  (except  m  some  CLno- 
theras) 

E    Number  e>f  stamens  4  6  Eucharid- 

EE    Number  of  stamens  8  [tunt 

F  Fr  a  caps  .        .  7  (Enothera. 

rr  Fr  a  berry  8  Fuchsia 

DD  Hypanthmm  not  or  hardly  produced 

beyond  ovary 

B   Caps   locuhcidal  .        .        9  Clarkia. 

KB  Caps  septicidal 

F  Stamens  8-12  10  Juttieua. 

nr  Stamens  3-6  .    .  II.  Lvdvngva.. 


88.  TRAPACE.fi. 


The  only  genus 


Tropa. 


100 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


89.  LOASACEJE. 

A.  Petals  hooded. 

B  Caps.  3-5-valved  at  apex,  rarely  twisted          1.  Loaaa, 
tat.  Caps  longitudinally    5-10-valved,    usually 

twisted  spirally  2  Blumen- 

BBB  Caps    narrow,   straignt,  longitudinally   5-  \bachia. 

valved  ...  3.  Scyphanthus. 

AA.  Petals  not  hooded. 

B  Seeds  very  numerous,  arranged  in  many 

series       .  4.  Eucnide. 

33.  Seeds  few  or,  if  numerous,  arranged  in  2 

series &  Mentteka. 


90.  PASSIFLORACEJC. 

A.  Hypanthmm  long;  petals  and  stamens  5  1   Taesorua. 

AA  Hypanthium    short,    petals    4-5,    rarely    0, 

stamens  4-5  2  Paisiflora. 

AAA  Hypanthium  medium  or  short;  fls  unisexual    3.  Modecca 


91.  CARICACEJG. 


In  cultivation 


Hypanthium  of  male  fls    long,  anthers 
coherent  m  an  oblong  head,  usually 


92.  CUCURBITACE^E. 
I.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

A  Series  1    Ovules  horizontal  1.  CUCURBITA  TRIBE 

AA.  Series  2     Ovules  erect  or  ascending, 

rarely  horizontal 
B.  Fr.  ruptures  elastically        ...  2  CYCLANTHERA 

[TRIBE. 

BB  Pr.  does  not  rupture  elastically  3  ABOBRA  TRIBE 

4  iA.  Series  3.  Ovules  pendulous  4  SICYOS  TRIBE 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Cucurbit*  Tribe. 

A.  Anther-cells    straight,     rarely    curved,    not 

flexuous  .         1.  Melothna. 

AA.  Anther-cells  flexuous  or  conduplicate 

B.  Corolla  bell-shaped,  5-lobed  to  the  middle 

or  a  little  below 

c.  Anthers  free  .  2  Sicana 

cc.  Anthers  coherent 

DD   Filaments  free  4   Cucurbita. 

BB   Corolla  rotate  and  5-petaled  or  bell-shaped 

and  5-parted  to  the  ba.se 
C   Petals  fimbnate  or  tendril-bearing 

D  Seeds  large,  fibrous  5   Telfairea 

DD   Seeds  small,  not  fibrous        :  6.  Tnchosan- 

cc   Petals  entire  [thes, 

D  Hypanthium  of  male  fls    long,  anthers 
herent 
cluded 
E  Pistillodes  in  male  fls    1-3,  subulate 

or  sctiform  7.  Gymnopeta- 

EE  Pistillode   absent  or   reduced   to   a  [lum. 

gland 

F  Anthers  coherent  8  Pepoma 

FF  Anthers  free  9.  Lafjenana. 

D»  Hypanthium  of  male  fls   short,  anthtrs 
free  or  slightly  coherent,  usually  ex- 
serted 
K  Stamens  inserted  m  the  mouth  of  the 

hypanthium 

V  Scales  in  bottom  of  hypanthium      10   Thladiantha. 
FK  Scales  m   bottom  of   hypanthium 

23  11.  Momordica. 

EE.  Stamens  inserted  m  hypanthium 
F   Male  fls  in  racemes 
o  Fr    dry,   fibrous,   dehiscent  by 

hd  at  top  .  .    12  Luffa. 

GO  Fr   fleshy,  riot  fibrous 

H   Female  fls   solitary  13.  Ecbalhum. 

HH  Female  fls  racemose  or  clus- 

tered .    .  .  14.  Brj/onwz. 

PP.  Male  fls  solitary  or  fascicled. 

o  Sepals     somewhat     leafy,     ser- 

rate, reflexcd  .15.  Benmcasa. 

GO.  Sepals  awl-shaped,  entire,  erect 
H   Pollen  minutely  muncato.pia- 

tiflode  0  .10.  Bryonopni. 

HH  Pollen  smooth,  pistillode  re- 

duced to  a  small  gland 
I  Tendrils  not  branched   con- 
nective usually  produced 
upward  beyond  loculo       17.  Cueumu. 
II.  Tendrils     2-3-fid      connec- 

tive not  produced.  18.  Citrvttu* 


2.  Cyclanthera  Tribe, 

A  Fr.  oblique,  gibbous,  rupturing  elastically         19.  Cyclanthera. 
AA.  Fr  not  gibbous,  opening  by  1  or  2  pores  at  the 

top  or  by  irregular  rupture       20  Echinocystit. 

(Incl  Mogarrhiza  ) 

3.  Abobra  Tribe. 

Anther-cells  flexuous,  stamens  free 21.  Abobra 

4.  Sicyos  Tribe. 

Fls.  5-merous,  monoecious   f  r.  fleshy 22  Sechium. 

The  genera  Actimwtemma,  Qurania,  Herpetospermum,  Hodg* 
aonia  and  Sicyos  are  sometimes  cultivated 


93.  BEGONIACE^. 

A.  Ovary  wholly  inferior 

B  Pftah  all  free  ....    1   Begonia 

BB   Petals  of  pistillate  fl  grown  together                2  Symbcgonia. 

AA.  O\  ary  partly  superior  ...       3  thllebrandia. 


94.  CACTACEJB. 

A  Fl  -tube  wanting 

B   Lvs   largo  and  persistent 

C    Seeds  black  and  shining  1    Ptreskia 

CC   Seeds  white,  dull  and  <  o\  ered  with  hairs    2,  Ptreskiup»\s. 
BB    Lvs   wanting  or  minute  and  tiulucous 
C   Plant  epiphytic,  spineless    fls   small 

D   Flowering  joints  bottle-shaped  3  Hariofa 

DD   Flowering  joints  not  bottlt -shaped  4   Rh\p«al\s 

CC.  Plant  not  epiphytic,  usually  \try  spiny 

fls  large 
D.  Petals      spreading,      filaments      much 

shorter  than  the  petals  5  OpuntM, 

DD.  Petals  erett  and  clowly  surrounding 
the  stamens,  hlaments  longer  than 
the  petals  6  Nopalea. 

AA   Fl-tube  present,  often  much  elong-ited 

B  Plants  epiphytic  or  nearly  so,  either  Hut  or 
J-angled,  usually  spineless  and  always 
with  spinel os«  fr 

c  Sta  3-angled,  bearing  small  spines  at  the 
areolts  ovary  and  fr  bearing  large 
bracts  7  Hylocereus. 

CC   Sts    normally   tl'it,   spineless    ovary  and 

fr   be.iring  only  minute  hr-icts 
D   The  sts   weak,  divided  into  many  short 

joints 

E   Fla   irregular  8  Zygocactus 

tt    Fls    regular  9  bchlum- 

DD.  The   sts     stouter    than    the   last,    with  [bergera. 

elongates!  joints 

E    Fl  -tulx>  vi  ry  short  or  nearly  wanting  10  Disocactua 
BK    Fl-tube    Mry    definite,    often   much 

elongated 

F   Fls   small,  diurnal  11    WMia 

F*    Us   large,  mM'turnal  12  Epiphyllum. 

BB.  Plants  not  epiphytic,  never  Hut,  with  several 

to  many  ribs 

c.  St*  globular  or  cylindrical,  not  jointed 
D.  Plant-body  co-vercd  with  more  or  less 

definite  tubercles    fr  naked 

E   The  phnt  terminated  by  a  cephahumlS   Cactiu. 
EE   The  plant  without  a  terminal  ceph- 

alium 

F  Without  spines  except  in  the  seed- 
lings 
o   Plant    tumid,    without    woody 

tubercles  14   Lophophora. 

aa   Plant      with      dry      prominent 

woody  tubercles  15  Anocarpua. 

FF.  With  spines  on  the  tubercles 

o  Tubercles  terete  or  angled,  with 

vanoui  kinds  of  spines  16   A/ammiMortu. 

GO.  Tubercles  flattened,   with  pec- 
tinate spines  17.  Pelecuphora. 
DD.  Plant-body  covered  with  more  or  less 

definite  ribs   fr  scaly 

E.  Tubercles  elongated,  finger-like         .  18   Leuchten- 
EE   Tubercles,  if  present,  always  low  [beryut. 

F  Top  of  plant  naked  or  nearry  ao    Id.  Echtnocao 

[tut. 

FF.  Top  of  plant  very  woolly  20.  Malocooar- 

OO.  Sta.  often  tall,  cylindrical,   more-or-lcsa  [put, 

branched,  erect  or  climbing,  sometimes 
low  and  then  always  with  spiny  fr. 
D.  Flowering   plants   taking   on    various 
forms  like  a  cephahum,  long  hair»  or 
wool,  peculiar  bristles  or  spines  from 
near  the  top. 

B  Ribs  of  sts.  4-7    21.  Lophoctrtut. 

mm.  Ribe  of  »te.  many. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


101 


F.  Fla.     diurnal;     flowering     areoles 

with  acicular  spines,  but  no  wool  22.  C<xrneg\ea. 
FF  Fls.  nocturnal,  wool  or  hairs  usu- 
al br  produced  in  abundance  with 
the  fo 

o.  Ovary  and  fr  nearly  smooth, 
the  fow  minute  bracts  with  no 
hairs  in  their  axils  23.  Ctpholo- 

oo  Ovary    and    fr     covered    with  [cereus. 

bracts  with  long  hairs  in  their 
axils  24.  Oreocereus 

DD.  Flowering  plants  not  different  from  the 

sterile  plants 
B.  Plants  tall  ere<  t  trees 

F.  Fl  ,  after  withering,  dropping  from 

the  ovary  25.  Cereus. 

rr.  Fl  ,  after  withering,  persisting  on 

the  ovary 

O.  Fr  and  fls  minute,  often  several 
coming  from  each  flowering 
areole  26.  Myrtitto- 

OO.  Fr     and    fls     tried uim-m zed    or  [cactus. 

larger,    only    1    coming    from 
each  flowe  ring  areole 
H   Ovary   and    fr     oov<  red   with 

tlun  scales,  but  no  fls  27.  Eseontrwi. 

HH.  Ovary  and  fr    spiny  bub  not 
bearing    large    chartaceous 
Hcuh  a 
I.  The  fr  edible,  juicy  28.  Lemnirco- 

[cereus. 

ii  The  fr  dry  29  Pachvcereut. 

EB.  Plants  low,  often  vinos,  or,  if  at  first 
elongated  and  erect,  finally  becom- 
ing procumbent  or  clambering 
r.  Fw.  nocturnal 

o    Fr   smooth,  yi  How  .  30  //arrma. 

oa    Fr  spiny,  nd 

H    Sts    prtxluc-mg  an  abundance 

^  of  a<  mil  roots  31   Sekmctreus. 

HH   Sts   not  producing  an  abund- 
ance of  af  nil  roots 

I  Ribs  usually  i  32  Acantho- 

ii   Ribs  10  or  more  33   \yaoccreus 

IT   Fls  diurnal 

O   'I  he  Ms  irregular,  narrow 

H    Ms   skndir,  wrak  34   Aporocactus. 

HH    Sis    stout,  at  first  rrect 

i   Fr   spmy,  with  red  pulp        35  Rathbun\a 
H    Fr     not   spiny,    with   white 

pulp  36  Cltvstocactus. 

OO   The  fls    r<  gular 

H  H -tube  much  elongated, 
spim  s  on  the  ov  ary  re<luced 
to  stiff  bristle  37.  Ech\nopns. 

HH   H-tubi    short,  nt  least  never 

much  elongated 
I    Plants  ptodueing  a  cluster 

of  tubers  38   W\lcox\a. 

II  Plants  without  tubers 

J  Usually  stout  but  low, 
MO m i  tune  s  procumbent 
stigmas  grren  39.  Echinoce- 

JJ.  \my,  stigmas  not  green  [reus. 

K    Fls    umall,  yellow  40  Bergero- 

KK   Fls       large,      red      or  [cactus. 

white  .          .41.  HtKocereus. 

Epiphyllanthus  and  Pterocactus  are  described. 


95.  AIZOACEJB. 

A.  Petals  numerous'  caps  5-  or  more  valved 1.  Mesembrv- 

[anthemum, 

AA.  Petals  0   drupe  3-8-stoncd  2.  Tetrayonia. 

AAA.  Petals  5-«> .  caps  circumscissile 3.  Seauvium. 


96.  UMBELLIFERJB. 

Key  condensed  from  Coulter  &  Rose's  "Monograph  of  North 
American  Umbelhferse  "   Not  arranged  in  sequence  of  relationship. 

A.  Fls  in  dense  heads  1.  Erynoaan. 

AA.  Fin.  not  in  heads,  evidently  umbellate. 
B   Fr.  conspicuously  bristly 

c   The   fr     covered    with  spines  or  hooked 

bristles  .   2.  Samcula. 

cc  The  fr.  with  bristles  only  on  the  ribs  ..    ..   3.  Daucus. 
BB.  Fr     not    bristly    (except    Osmorhiza    and 

Cuminum) 
C.  Oil-tuboa  obsolete  or  obscure. 

D   The  fr  stronglyflattenedlaterally.lv*. 

simple                                                  .  4.  Hydroeotyle. 
DD  The  fr  not  strongly  flattened. 
B.  Seed-face  concave. 
r.  Stylopodium  conical 
GL  At  base,  fr.  attenuate. 5.  Ottnarhm. 


oo.  At  base,  fr  rounded. 

H   Ribs  slender      .         .  6.  Scandtx, 

HH   Ribs  broad,  3-angled,  or  al- 
most w  ing-hke  .    .    7.  Jf  yrrhts. 
FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

a   Lvs  simple  and  perfoliate  8.  Bupleurum. 

GO   Lvs  largo  and  decompound  9  Contum 

me.  Seed-face  plane  10.  j£gopod\um. 

OC.  Oil-tubes  distinct 

D.  Dorsally  the  fr  strongly  flattened,  with 
lateral  ribs  more  or  less  prominently 
winged  (see  Mu>meon) 
B.  The  oil-tubes  solitary  in  the  intervals 

between  the  ribs,  rarely  2 
F  Stylopodium  conical 

a   Slender  and  glabrous  plants         11  Oxypolis. 
GO.  Stout   and   pubescent,   at  least 

in  the  umbel  12.  Heracleum. 

FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting 

o   Plants  ( aulescent  and  branching 
H   Color  of  fls   white 

I  Lvs      pmnately     dissected, 

dorsal  ribs  filiform  plant 
Blonder  13.  Antthum. 

ii   Lv«    t(  rnatcly  or  pmnately  (See  Dill  ) 

decompound  dorsal  ribs 
prominent  but  slender, 
plant  stout  14.  Angelica. 

ill  Lvs  pmnately  decom- 
pound, dorsal  ribs  winged, 
plant  htout  15  Sehnum. 

HH   Color  of  fls  yellow 

i    Dorsal  ribs  prominent  16  Levisticum. 

ii    Dorsal  ribs  hliform  17  Paatinaca 

GO   Plants  acaulescent  or  nearly  so     18  Lomatium. 
KE.  The  oil-tubes  more  than  1  in  the  inter- 
vals, usually  several 
F.  Plants    caulescent    or    nearly  so 

fls  yellow  or  w  hite  18  Lomatium. 

FF.  Plants  caulescent  and  branching 

o   Fr   winged   fls   white  19.  Archangel- 

GO   Fr  not  winged    fls  yellow  20  Ferula,    [tea 

DD.  Dorsally  the  fr  not  strongly  flattened, 
usually  more  or  lesa  laterally  flat- 
tened 

E   The  oil-tubes  solitary  in  the  inter- 
vals between  the  ribs 
F  Btylopodium  conical.  Ifts.  linear  or 

filiform 
o   Involucre  wanting 

H   Fls  white  ...       21  Coriandrum. 

HH   Fb  yellow  .  22  Famiculum. 

QQ    Involuero  prestnt 

H    Ms  rose-color  fr  bristly         .23  Cumtmm. 
ii  H    Fls    white    fr   smooth  24   (Jorum 

FF   Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

o    Us    white  25   Ap\um 

GG   Us  jelkm,  (Sec  article  Celery  ) 

H    Ribs  equal,  broad  and  corky     26  Petroseh- 
HH   Ribs  w  inged  or  filiform  [num. 

i   The       nba      conspicuously 

wmgod  27   Thaspium. 

II  The  ribs  filiform  28.  Zina 
EE   The  oil-tubes   more   than   1   in  the 

intervals 

F   Stylopodium  conical  29   Layutticum. 

FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting 

a   Seed-face    silicate    or   decidedly 

conca\ e 

H   Carpels  flattened  dorsally         30  Musineon. 
HH   Carpels      strongly      flattened 

laterally  31.  Engenva. 

GO   Seed-faee  plane  or  but  slightly 

concave 

H   Ribs  all  filiform  Ifts  entire     32.  Txn\d\a. 
HH   Ribs  corky  at  least  the  lateral 
i   Li"i    simple  and  perfoliate. 
oil-tubes     continuous 
about  need-cavity  8.  Buplturum. 

ii.  Lvs.  pinnate,  usually  ser- 
rate oil-tubes  1-3  in  the 
intervals  33  Stum. 

The  following  genera  are  also  treated  Aoiphyila,  Arracacia, 
Astrantia,  Chterophyllum,  Cnthtnum,  Dorema,  Hacquetia.  M«tim. 
Molopospermum.  Peuoedouum,  Portenechlagia,  and  Seeeu. 


97.  ARALIACE^. 

A.  Petals  more  or  leas  imbricate,  broadly  affixed 

at  base 
B.  Lvs  pinnate 

c.  Lfts  entire  or  indistinctly  crenate-  ovary 

2-celled  glabrous  evergreen  shrubs.  \.Delarbrea. 

oc.  Lfts.  serrate    ovary  2-5-celled    herbs  or 

small  deciduous  trees  2.  Aralta. 

BB.  Lvs  digitate,  w  honed.  6s.  in  simple  ter- 
minal umbels,  styles  2-3,  distinct  in  the 
fertile  fls.:  herbs 3.  Pan**. 


102 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


AA.  Petals  valvate 

B.  Pedicels  jointed  or  fls    sessile    evergreen 
tropical  or  subtropical   trees  or  shrubs. 
o.  Fls  pedicelled 

D.  Lvs     1-3-pmnate     ovary    1-10-celled, 

styles  usually  distinct  4.  Polyacvis 

DD.  Lvs     digitate   or   occasionally  simple 

styles  5,  distinct  5.  Pteudo- 

OC.  Fls.  sessile,  ovary  usually  5-celled,  rarely  [panox. 

1-4-  or  6-12-celled  endosperm  usually 
ruminate  Ivs  usually  simple  and  lobea, 
rarely  dictate  6.  Oreopanox. 

BB  Pedicels  not  jointed 
c.  Lvs  digitate 

D  Anthers  4-celled.  ovary  10-celled,  styles 

distinct   evergreen  7  Dizygotheca. 

DD  Anthers   2-celled,   styles   usually   con- 
nate 
E   Stipules    wanting      Ivs     deciduous 

ovary  2-5-cellod  8   Acantho- 

EE  Stipules  developed     Ivs    evergreen  [panax. 

ovary  5-  to  many-celled  9  Schefflera. 

CC.  Lvs  simple,  usually  lobed 

D  Fls   4-  or  8-12-merous    Ivs   palmately 

lobed, large 
E  Styles,  connate  into  a  column     fls 

8-12-merous  10.  Trevesia. 

BE   Styles  distinct,  2    fls  4-inerous    Ivs 

deciduous  1 1   Tetrapanax. 

DD.  Fls  5-merous,  rarely  5-8-merous 
E.  With  distinct  styles 

F   Shrub,  evergreen,  unarmed    stylos 

5  12   Fatua 

FF  Shrub  deciduous,  prickly  styles  2    13  Echino- 
EE.  With  connate  styles  [panax. 

F.  Habit  climbing  endosperm  rumi- 
nate Ivs  simple,  usually  lobed, 
evergreen  14  Hedera. 

FF.  Habit  upright 

G  Ovary  5-8-celled,  calyx  indis- 
tinctly toothed  Ivs  usually 
entire,  occasionally  2-5-lobed, 
evergreen  !=>  Gihbertia. 

OO.  Ovary  2-celled,  calyx  with  5 
short  teeth  Ivs  palmately 
lobed  or  digitate,  deciduous  8  Acantho- 

Meryta  and  Tupidantkus  are  also  in  cultivation 


The  only  genus 


98.  GARRYACEJB. 


99.  NYSSACE^E. 


Garrya. 


A.  Ovary  l-cf>lled,  calyx  minute,  petals  usually 
5  pistillate  and  stammate  fls  in  distinct 
heads  with  small  deciduous  bracts  1.  Nysta. 

AA.  Ovary  6-10-celled,  perianth  0  in  stammate 
fls  ,  heads  consisting  of  1  pistillate  fl  and 
numerous  stanunate  fls  with  2  or  3  very 
large  white  bracts  at  the  base  2.  Dandia. 


The  only  genus 


100.  ALANGIACEjE. 


101.  CORNACE-B. 


Alangium. 


A.  Fls.  bisexual,  usually  m  cymes,  petals  short, 
valvate,  ovary  2-celled  Ivs.  usually 
opposite  .  1.  Gamut. 

AA.  Fls.  unisexual 

B.  Lvs    opposite,  evergreen     fls    in   terminal 

panicles,  ovary  1-celled  2  Aucuba. 

BB.  Lvs.  alternate 

c.  Petals  valvate,  4    fls.  in  few-fld  cymes  on 

the  upper  surface  of  the  Ivs        .  .  3.  Helunnyw- 

CO.  Petals    imbricate,    5     fls.    in    terminal 

racemes  or  panicles 4.  Ontelmvt. 


102.  CAPRIFOLIACEJE. 

A.  Corolla  rotate  or  nearly  so;  limb  regular; 
style  short,  deeply  2-5-cut. 

B.  Lvs.  pmnately  cut  1.  Sambuctu. 

BB.  Lvs  simple  .        .  2.  Viburnum. 

AA.  Corolla  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  limb  usually 
irregular,  style  long,  usually  with  capitate 
•Ugma 


B.  Ovary  2-5-celled,   all  the   cells    1-ovuled: 

herbs  with  rather  small  whorled  fls  3.  Tnosteum. 

BB.  Ovary  3-i-celled,  1  or  2  cells  1-ovuled,  the 

others  with  numerous  ovules 
C.  Fr     a    berry,    usually    2-seeded     corolla 
campanulate    or     tubular  -  funnelform, 
nearly  regular  4   Sumphon- 

CC  Fr  a  leathery  achenc  [carpoi. 

D.  Achene  inclosed  between  large  peltate 
bracts  corolla  campanulati'-funnel- 
form,  2-hpped  ovary  4-eelled  5  Dipella. 

DD.  Achone  not  inclosed  between  bracts 
ovary  3-celled ,  corolla  nearly  or  qmto 
regular 

E  Ovary  narrow ,  sepals  2-5,  large, 
peisistent,  corolla  tubular  or  cam- 
panulato-funnelform  6  Abfha 

EE  Ovary  subglobost ,  M  pals  .5,  lanceo- 
late deciduous,  corolla  carnpunu- 
late-funndform  trailing  undi  r- 
shiub  with  tht  fls  m  pairs  on 
slender  upright  htalks  7  Linnxa. 

BBB  Ovary    2  8-celled,    the    colls    with    many 

ovules  or  1  cell  empty 
C    Fr   an  arhcno  or  caps 

D   Stamens    4      tts     in    eoalescent    pairs 

inserted    at    unequal    height,    ovary 

3-telled,  often   1   cell   empty     fr    an 

achene  8  Kolkwitzia. 

DD  Stamens  5    fls   in  cymes    fr   a  2-celled 

dehiscent  caps  9  Diervilla. 

cc   Fr   a  berry 

D  Cells  of  ovary  2-3,   rarely  4-5    fla    m 

pairs  or  whorls,  calyx  detuluous  10   Lomcera 

DD  Cells  of  ovary  3-8    fld  in  whorls,  calyx 

persistent  11.  Leicester  la. 

Alseuosmia  is  also  briefly  treated. 


103.  RUBIACEJE. 
7.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Ignoring  exceptions  and  omitting  eight  tribes  not  within  the 
scope  of  this  work 

A   Number  of  ovules  in  each  locule  oo 
B    Fr    dry,   capsular  or  2— "i-berned  or 

nuthke 
c   Fls   compacted  or  confluent  into  a 

spherical  head  1   NAUCLEA  TRIBE. 

CC  Fls   not    disposed    in    a    spherical 

head 
D   Seeds    winged    or    appendaged, 

withendospfrm  caps  2-celled.  2.  CINCHONA  TRIBE. 
DD   Seeds  not  winged 
E   Corolla  valvate 

i   'Ihe  siods  with  endosperm: 

nips   2-i  piled  3.  CONDAMINKA 

KF   The  seeds  minute    fr   mde-  [TRIBE. 

hiscent,  2-berned  or  cap- 
sulur,  2  4-cell<-d  4.  HEDYOTIS  TRIBE 

EE  Corolla  imbricate  or  corno- 
lute  caps  2-celled,  seeds 
with  endosperm  5  RONDELETIA 

BB   Fr   fit-shy,  bursting  irreKulurly  or  de-  [TRIBE. 

hisctnt  at  apex,  or  a  drupe   with  2 
or  more  stone",  the  stones  many- 
seeded 
c   Corolla  valvatr     setds  numerous, 

minute,  angled  6  MUSB^NDA  TRIBE. 

cc   CorolU    imbricate    or    convolute 

angled  '  '  7.  HAMEUA  TRIBE. 

ccc.  Corolla    strictly    convolute     seeds 
numerous  or  few ,  large  and  com- 
pressed or  smaller  and  angled          8.  GARDENIA  TRIBE. 
AA.  Number  of  ovules  in  each  locule  1 
B    Radicles  superior 

c   Stamens  inserted  at  base  of  corolla, 

corolla  valvate  or  imbricate  9.  CHIOCOCCA  TRIBE. 

cc.  Stamens    ins«  rted    at    throat    of 

corolla 

D  Corolla  strictly  eon  volute  10  ALBERTA  TRIBK. 

DD   Corolla  valvate  11.  VANQUKRIA  TRIUH. 

BB.  Radicles  inferior 

c  Corolla  strictly  convolute  12.  IXORA  TRIBB. 

CC.  Corolla  valvate 

D.  Ovules  affixed  to  septum,  rarely 
basilar,  generally  amphitro- 
pous  trees  and  shrubs  13  MORINDA  TRIBK. 

DD.  Ovules  affixed  to  septum,  am- 
phitropous  or  anatropous- 
herbs  14.  GALJQM  TRIBE. 

ODD.  Ovules  basilar,  erect,  anatro- 
pous. 

E.  Stamens  inserted  on  the 
throat  of  the  corolla  fr 
indehiscent'  style  entire 
or  with  short  branches  .  15.  PSTCHOTHIA  TKIBB. 


KB.  Stamens  inserted  on  the 
throat,  rarely  at  base  of 
corolla  fr  capsular  or  2- 
berned  style-branches  fih- 
form. 

BED.  Stamens  inserted  at  base  of 
corolla,  rarely  on  throat  fr. 
berry-like  or  mdehiscent. 
atyle  entire  or  with  long 
branches  . 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 

12.  Iiora  Tribe. 


103 


16.  PJBDBRIA  TRIBE. 


17.  ANTHOBPERMA 

[TRIB: 


77.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Nauclea  Tribe. 

Calyx-tubes  confluent  fr  a  globose,  fleshy  syn- 
carp  ovary  2-celled,  ovules  solitary,  pendu- 
lous .  . 


2.  Cinchona  Tribe. 
A.  Corolla  valvate 
B  Placentae  ascending  from  the  base  of  the 

septum,  or  erect  5 

BB   Placentae  adnate  to  the  middle  of  the  sep- 

c  Caps   septieidal 
cc  Caps   locuhcidal 
AA  Corolla   imbricate,  stamens    inserted   in  the 

throat 

B   Sepals  ne\er  bract-like 

BB  One  of  the  sepals  in  some  fls  m  each  mfl 
developing  into  a  large  white  persistent 
appendage 

3.  Condaminea  Tribe. 

One  calyx-lobe  dilated  into  an  ample  colored 


.   1.  Cephal- 

lanthut. 


3  Cinchona 

4  Bouvardia. 


6  Emmenop- 
[terys. 


1.  Pinckneya. 

4.  Hedyotis  Tnbe. 

A   Calyx-lobes  unequal  caps  locuhcidal  .        8.  Peniat, 

AA.  Calyx-lobes    equal     caps    loculicidal    at    the 

top  . .        .9.  Houston*!. 

5.  Rondeletia  Tnbe. 

Corolla  imbricate,  lobes  equal  or  nearly  so  10.  Ronddet\a. 

6.  Mussaenda  Tnbe. 

Infl  terminal ,  corymbose ,  ovary  1 -2-celled ,  calyx- 
lobes  5,  1  dilated  and  colored.  11    Wus&xnda 

7.  Hameha  Tnbe. 

A  Corolla  5-ribbed   berry  5-celled  12  Hameha 

AA  Corolla  4  5-lobed    berry  2-.i-cclled  13.  Hoffmannia 

8.  Gardenia  Tnbe. 

A.  Infl   usually  terminal 

B   Corolla-tube  short  .  •      14  BurcheUia. 

BB   Corolla-tube  long 

c    Calyx  5-toothod  15  Poaoyuena. 

cc   Calyx-lobes  large  and  leafy  .  1(>    /  rptnctina 

AA   Infl    usually  axillary 

B   Style  has  a  spindle  or  club-shaped  stigma, 

entire  or  2-toothed 
c   Seed-coat  membranous 

D  Calyx-limb  various  .ovary  2-celled     .     17  Randta. 
DD  Calyx-limb    often    tubular,    ovary    1- 

cclled  18  Gardenia. 

CC.  Seed-coat  fibrous  or  subfibrous 

D   Corolla-tube  long  and  slender      .  19.  Oxyanthus. 

DD  Corolla-tube  short 

E  Calyx  S-parted  .      .      .  20   Mitno- 

[stioma. 

EE  Calyx  truncate  or  5-toothed     ...         21   Genipa. 
BB.  Style-bran*  hes    2,    distinct    (except    some- 
times in  Kraussia) 

c  Throat  of  corolla  bearded  22  Krauisia 

cc  Throat  of  corolla  glabrous  .  .   23.  TncalysM. 

9.  Chiococca  Tribe. 

Corolla  valvate   mfl   axillary,  racemose,  anthers 

dorsifixed,  stigma  club-shaped       ..        .  24.  Chiococca. 

10.  Alberta  Tnbe. 

Infl.    terminal;    the    2-4    calyx-lobes    dilated, 
anthers  pilose  on  back       .     .  25.  Alberta. 

11.  Vangueria  Tribe. 

A.  Drupe  1-2-stoned  .                                            .26.  PUctronia. 
AA.  Drupe  3-6-atoned..          27.  Vanyuena. 


A.  Fls.  clustered  m  axils  .       .    .     28.  Coffea. 

AA.  Fls.  in  2-3-forking  corymbs 

B.  Style-branches  2,  short,  rarely  connate   Ivs. 

feathery  29  Izora. 

BB.  Style  very  far  exserted,  the  slender  spindle- 
shaped  stigma  usually  long  Ivs.  usually 
membranous  .......  .  ..  30.  Pavetta 

13.  Morinda  Tribe. 

A.  Fls  confluent  in  heads,  wluch  are  many-fld., 

solitary  or  umbellate  31   Monnda. 

AA.  Fls  free,  calyx-limb  4-5-fid,  corolla  villous  at 
throat,  stigma  club-shaped,  2-4-lobed 
drupe  1-4-stoned  infl.  axillary  .  32.  Damna- 

[canthut. 
14.  Galium  Tnbe. 

A.  Corolla  funnel-shaped  or  somewhat  tubular. 
B.  Fls   4-ineroua,  with  or  without  bracts,  but 

no  brackets,  style-branches  subequal          33.  Atperula. 
BB   Fls     4-6-merous,     bracted    and    with    2 

bractlet1*,  style-branches  unequal  34  Cructanella. 

AA  Corolla  rotate  or  rotate-campanulate 

B    Fls   5-merous     .  35  Rubia. 

BB  Fls.  4-merous  ......  36  Galium. 

15.  Psychotria  Tnbe. 

Infl    terminal,  calyx  usually  5-toothed,  corolla 
5-lobed,  rarely  4-lobed  ,  tube  usually  short  . 

16.  Peederia  Tnbe. 

2-celled,  stigma  2,  capillary,  twisted 

3 
all    upright 


37.  Psychotna 


.  Ovary  2-celled,  stigma  2,  capil 

fr  drupaceous   twining  plant 
.  Ovary    5-celled     fr     a    caps 


39  Leptodermis 


17.  Anthosperma  Tribe. 


A  Stamens  inserted  in  throat,  style-branches  4  40  Mitchetta. 
AA.  Stamens  inserted  at  or  near  ba*e  of  corolla 

B   Us  bisexual,  style  whortly  2-cut    shrub  41   Serissa. 
BB   Fls    unisexual   or  bin  xual,   style   2-parted 

to  the  base  or  near  it 

c    Plants  are  cteenmg  herbs  42   Nertera 

cc   Plants  are  shrubs  or  small  trees  43  Coprotma 

Other  genera  incidentally  described  are  Catesbsea,  Cephaehs, 
Exostemma,  Fernelia,  G  icttarda,  Oldenlandia,  Plocama,  and 
Sarcocephalus. 


104.  VALERIANACE<E. 

A  Stamens  4  ...   1.  Patnnta. 

V.A  Stamens  1,  rarely  2    corolla-tube  spurred,  the 

limb  spreading  2.  Centranthua 

VA  Stamens    2,    corolla-tube    spurred,    the   limb 

2-hppod  .  3.  Fedia 

IVA   Stamens  usually  3 

B   Calyx -limb  finally  pappiform  ....  4.  Valenana 

BB   Calyx -limb  various  but  not  pappiform...    ..   5.  Valerianella 


105.  DIPSACACEJE. 

A  Stigma  terminal,  straight'  fls  densely 
crowded  m  the  axils  of  the  floral  Ivs  ,  form- 
ing whorls  after  the  manner  of  the  mint 
family  1.  Mortrw. 

AA   Stigma  oblique  or  lateral,  rarely  straightish 

fls  in  terminal  heads 

B  Bracts  of  involucre  generally  herbaceous, 
chaff  of  receptacle  rigidly  awl-shaped- 
acummato  or  spinescent ,  corolla  4-fid  2.  Dipsacut. 

BB   Bracts  and  chaff  rigidly  paleaceous,  rarely 

sub-herbaceous,  corolla  4-fid  3.  Cephalaria 

BBB  Bracts  leafy,  in  about  2  series,  chaff  short, 
or  very  nairow  or  aborti\e,  corolla  4-5- 
cut  .  . .  .4.  Sca&tosa. 


106.  COMPOSITE. 


7.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Corollas  tubular  and  regular  in  all 


Series  1    TtJ 

the  bisexual  fls. 

A.  Heada  composed  entirely  of  disk-fls., 
which  are  all  perfect  and  never  truly 
yellow 

B  Style-branches  awl-shaped,  acute, 
nunutely  hairy.  Ivs.  generally  al- 
ternate anthers  sagittate  at  base  .  1 


VBRNONIA  TRIB 


104 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


BB.  Style-branches     sabterete.    obtuse, 
covered  with  minute  papillae    Ivs. 
opposite  or  alternate,  anthers  sub- 
entire  at  base      .  2.  EtTPATOBim* 
AA.  Heads  with  all  perfect  or  some  imper-  fTRXBB. 
feet  fio..  with  or  without  ray  a  and 
often  yellow 
B.  Anthers  tailed 

c.  Style-branches  linear:  heads  with 

or  without  rays  ...  3.  INULA  TRIBB. 
CO.  Style-branches  united  or  short, 
heads  without  rays,  typically 
with  spiny  or  scanous  appen- 
daged, many-bracted  involucre 
and  fleshy  receptacle  .  4.  CTNARA  TBIBB. 

BB.  Anthers  not  conspicuously  tailed 
c.  Style-branches  in  di«k-fls  flattened 
out,  and  with  a  distinct  though 
sometimes  very  short  terminal 
appendage  5  ASTER  TRIBE. 

cc  Style-branches  not  flattened  out. 

NOTB  — It  M  impossible  to  make  a  key  to  separate  the  follow- 
ing tribes  from  one  another.  Some  of  the  important  characters 
are  italicized 

Receptacle  chaffy  or  rarely  naked  under 
tha  sterile  disk-fls  .  style-branches 
truncate  or  appendaged  or  the  style  of 
the  sterile  fin  undivided,  pappus  some- 
times absent  but  generally  of  2-4  awns, 
which  are  slender  or  somewhat  ohaffy 
and  with  or  without  intermediate 
scales  which  are  free  or  connate  at  base 
Ins  opposite,  r.arely  alternate  ,  6  HELIANTHUB 

Receptacle  naked,  style-branches  truncate  (TBIBB. 

or  appendaged,  pappus  usually  chaffy, 
rarely  o/  awns  or  bristles,  or  absent 
Ivs  opposite  or  alternate  inrolucral 
bracts  in  1  or  g  series,  rarely  3-4,  her- 
baceoue  or  membranous'  herbage  often 
resinous-dotted  7  HELENIUM  TBIBB. 

Receptacle  chaffy  or  naked,  style- 
branches  truncate,  pappus  when  pres- 
ent crown-shaped,  rarely  of  short  chaff- 
Ivs  mostly  alternate  involucral  bracts 
in  2  or  more  series,  dry  or  scanous  at 
apex  8  ANTHBMIS  TBIBB. 

Receptacle  usually  naked,  style-branches 
truncate  or  appendaged,  pappus 
usually  of  bristles  Ivs  mostly  alternate 
inner  involucral  bracts  in  1  series,  sub- 
equal,  the  outer  ones  small  or  wanting,  or 
rarely  all  imbricate  in  numerous  series  9  SENECIO  TRIBB. 

Receptacle  naked,  sty le-b ranches  trun- 
cate or  the  style  of  the  sterile  fls  un- 
divided, pappus  absent  or  wool-like 
tvs  usually  alternate  or  radical  involu- 
cral bracts  in  1-2  series,  subequal,  nar- 
row 10  CALENDULA  TBIBB* 

Receptacle  naked,  chaffy  or  alveolate, 
style-branches  rounded  at  apex,  obtuse 
or  rarely  truncate  or  the  style  of  the 
sterile  fls.  undivided ,  pappus  absent,  or 
chaffy  or  crown-shaped  Ivs  radical 
or  alternate  involucral  bracts  in  an 
indefinite  number  of  series,  often  scar- 
lous  at  apex  or  spmescent  11  ARCTOTIS  TRIBB. 

Series  2     LABIATAFLORA     Corollas  of 
all  or  only  of  the  bisexual  fls.  bilabiate 12.  MUTISIA  TRIBB. 

Series  J.     LIOULIFLOR*      Corollas    all 
hgulate  and  fls.  bisexual  juice  milky  ...     13.  CICHOKIUM  TRIBB. 


//.  Artificial  Key  to  the  Composite  Tribes. 

(Condensed  from  Engler  <fc  PrantL) 

A.  Plants  without  milky  juice-  corolla  of 
disk-fls   not  hgulate  (except  some  of 
the  Mutisia  Tribe,  recognized  by  the 
peculiar  style  and  caudate  anthers). 
B,  Style  below  its  point  of  branching 
neither  thickened  nor  with  a  ring 
of  long  sweeping  haira. 
c  Anthers  not  caudate 

D.  Style-branches  awl-shaped, 
acute,  minutely  hairy  outside 
and  often  on  style  below,  stig- 
matose over  the  whole  inner 
face  . .  VBBJNONIA  TRIBB. 

an.  Stylo-branches  subterete,  ob- 
tuse, covered  with  nunuto 
papillffi,  stigmatose  in  2  lines 
near  the  bace  EtrPATOBitn* 

ODD  Style-branches  flattened,  with 
distinct  though  often  short- 
terminal,  usually  short-hairy 
appendages,  stigmatose  in  2 
fines  ...  .  ABTSB 


DDDD.  Style-branches  flattened,  stig- 
matose  in  2  lines,  very  diverse 
in  form  (i  e.,  truncate  or  ap- 
pendiculate,  but  with  a  dis- 
tinct tendency  toward  a  ring 
of  long  sweeping  luuri  some- 
where above  the  fork  (transi- 
tions frequent  to  the  above  3 
tribes). 

•.Pappus    not    capillary,    but 

composed  of  scales,  plumose 

bristles,  or  strong  awns,  or 

crown-like  or  wanting 

|>.  Involucral    bracts    without 

scanoua    margins,    rarely 

with  narrow  membranous 

margins  (in  some  genera 

which  may  be  separated 

by     strongly     developed 

scaly    pappus    from    the 

Anthemis  Tribe) 

a.  Chaff  present  HKUANTDUB  TBIBB, 

GO.  Chaff  absent  HELENIUM  TRUJB. 

FF.  Involucral  bracts  scarious 
margined  pappus  0  or 
reduced,  sometimes  uni- 
laterally developed  ANTHEMIS  TBIBB. 

XB.  Pappus  capillary,  simple  SXNECIO  TBIBE. 

DDDDD  Stylo-branches   of   the   bisexual 
fla    (which  are  sterile)  almost 
or    quite    wanting,    rarely    of 
normal  size,  not  aUgmatose 
B.  Plants  more  or  less  completely 

dioecious    chaff  0 
r.  Involucral  bracts  m  1  row, 
of  equal  length  (often  with 
tiny     bracteolea     at     the 
bane)  Petasttes. 

FF.  Invomcral  bracts  in  many 

rows  Bacchant. 

EB.  Plants    not    dioecious:    heads 

bisexual 
r.  Chaff  0. 

o.  Achene     of    female    fls. 
with  pappus  of  coarse 
or  fine  bristles  or  hairs, 
sometimes  plumose 
H.  Involucral     bracU     in 
sevc  ral  row  s 

Some  members  of  ABTER  TBIBB. 
HH  Involucral  braets  in   1 
row,    separate,    with 
tiny     bracteoles     at 
base  Tussilago. 

HHH   Involurral  bracts  in  1 

row,  connate  at  base    Othonna  and 
GO  Achene  of  ff  male  lls   with  [Gamolepis. 

scaly  pappus  GvtierrttM 

ooo  Achene  of  female  fls.  with 

no     pappus 
H.  Lvs     opposite     or 

radical  Oitteospermum 

HH.  Lvs   alternate 

vSome  members  of  CALEHDULA  T*IBB. 
FT.  Chaff  present 

O  Involucre  not  scarious, 
nor  woolly  (see  Milam- 
podinese  and  Ambro- 
sieje  of  the  Hehanthus 
Tribe) 

GO.  Involucre  Hcarious  mar- 
gined, inner  bracts 
woolly  .  .  Enoctphalu*. 

cc.  Anthers  caudate. 

o.  Style-branches  awl-shaped, 
acute,  minutely  hairy  outside 
and  often  on  style  below,  stig- 
matose on  whole  inner  face 

Members  of  VERNOMIA  TBIBB. 
DD.  Style-branches  otherwise. 

E.  Limb  of  corolla  of  bisexual  fls. 
5-    (rarely   4-)    toothed   or 


-lobed,  rarely,  in  the  Inula 
Tribe,  slightly  2-hpped. 


F.  Plants  diCBcioiM  ........     Antennana. 

FF.  Plants  not  dioecious. 

o.  Heada  with   filiform   fe- 
male  marginal   fls  ,   or 

fls  all  alike    Some  members  of  INULA  TRIBB 
GO.  Heads  with  fls.  of  2  sexes: 
corolla    of    female    fls. 
(marginal)     hgulate, 
rarely     tubular,     with 
broad    regular    or    2- 
linped  limb. 
H.  Pappus  present 

Some  members  of  INULA 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


105 


EE.  Iamb  of  corolla  of  bisexual  fia. 
regular  and  deeply  5-dwided 
or  2-hppeel  MUTIBIA  TRIBE. 

BB.  Stylo  with  sweeping  hairs  beginning 
at  or  below  the  point  of  forking, 
forming  u  ring,  or  style  there  thirk- 
ened,  or  at  least  there  different  m 
color  style-branches  often  co- 
herent 
C.  Head  with  female  or  neutral  hgu- 

latc  ray-fls  Ann  OTIS  TRIBE. 

cc.  Head  of  all  bisexual  flH  or  with 
nonhgulato  neutral  fia  or  ran  ly 
with  female  ray-fls  C'YNAHA  TRIBK 

LI.  Plants  with  milky  juice:  fia.  in   head 

all  ligulate CICHOHIUSI  TBIBB. 


///.  Regular  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Vernonla  Tnbe. 

A.  Genus   anomalous   with    enlarged   palmately 

quaaihgulate  outer  eorollu-s  ,    1   Slokesia 

AA.  Genus  normal  with  tubular  5-lobed  corollas        2   Vernonta. 

2.  Eupatorium  Tnbe. 

A.  AntherH  truncate  at  apex,  not  appendaged. 
achenes  5-angled,  secondary  ribs  not 
prominent  ...  3.  Pvquerta. 

AA.  Anthers  appendaged 

B.  Achencs  5-nbb<  d,  no  secondary  ribs  visible 
C.  Pappus  wholly  of  capillary  nnstle-s 

D    fnvulucml  bracts  i  4    Mitania, 

DD   Invejlucral  brae  ts  more  than  4  5  Eupatonum 

(Inel    Cono.hruum  ) 

CC.  Pappus  chaffy,   awne>el,   blunt  or  crown- 
shaped  0   AyertUum 
BB.  Aehene-H     10-nbbed     (ran  ly     7-S-nhhf«l), 

secondary  ribs  eetnspie  nous 
C.  Involucral  bracts  not  herbaceous,  striato- 

ner\cd,  conspicuously  so  when  <lry 

D    Heads  few -fid  .  cor>  rnbe,sc  7     itlenottules. 

DO    Heads  always  paniculate  J»   brickellia 

CC  Involucral  bracts  aonuwhat  htrha<tous 
or  partly  colored,  inconspicuously  Mri- 
ate  if  at  all 

D   1  he  outer  bracts  sue  ct  ssive  ly  shorter         0   Liatria 
DD.  The  bracts  nearly  .ill  e  .jual  in  It  n«th        10   TriUsa 

3.  Inula  Tnbe. 

A.  The  fin  containing  both  stamens  and  pistil  all 
Htenle,  only  the  unisexual  Ms  fertile,  he  .wb 

B.Pap\Tu8°rnstV-smVsp!<nilly    of    futile    fls  , 

united  at  the  b-»se   in  a  ring 
C    Heads      -truth/      <lia-<  HHIS,      e  orymbe.se, 
rarely    soUtaiy.     M,  nle    pappus    elub- 
nhi«peel  11    Antcntiaria 

CC.  Heads  contHinmg  1  or  both  sr  \r  ,  inoner- 
fiovis  e>r  .liwnous  crowd*  d  in  ,t  KMI  ill 
elu-tcr  or  eyme  surroiind.il  b>  i  long 
coi.spu  uous  woolly  mx  oliif  re  12  I  c»ntop,>,l- 

BB   Pappus  bristle-*  fr<«     m\olue  r«-  rosette -hk«  ,  [mtn 

very  white-papery  H    inaphnli^ 

AA.  The  fls    (otitamiug  both  nfimens  and  Ptyle 

usually  fertilt 
B   Heads  with  disk-Hs   only 

C.  The  heads  compound,  1-lld  head*  »t«r<- 
pateel  in  m  imolucrUw  cluster,  often 
with  pefiloid  appendages  .  14  Myna- 

CC  The  ht  ads  simple  [cfphalus 

D   Puppus  0  15   Hum,  a 

DD  Pappus  crown-  or  eup-«haped  .      10  Ammobium 

DDD  Pappus  bristly 

K  Achenes  not  be  akeel 

t    Bristles  often  plumose  at  base         17.  Helipterum. 
FF  Bristles  smooth,   scanous,   barked 

or  plumose  at  apex  .  18  llclichry- 

l*um. 

BE  Achenes  be  aked  . .  19.  Waitzm 

BB.  Heads  composed  o(  both  ray-  and  disk-fLs. 
C.  Receptacle  not,  chaffy 

D  Stigmatic  lines  imt  confluent  at  apex     20  Pwlokpn 

on  Stigmatic  lines  fusing  at  apex 21  Inuli 

cc.  Receptacle  chaffy  or  bristly 22.  liuphthal- 

[mum. 

4.  Cynara  Tribe. 

A.  Beads  1-fld  ,  aggregated  into  larger  involu- 

crate  heads  ..    .  23.  Echinops. 

AA.  Heads  acveral-Hd. 
B.  Fr  with  basal  areole 

c.  The  fr  woolly,  not  margined. 

D.  Pappus  scales  pointed  or  terminated 

by  a  simple  awn  24.  Xeranthc- 

[mum. 


DD  Pappus-scales  plumose  25  Carhna. 

CC  The  fr  glabrous,  marginal  at  summit 
D.  Receptacle  bristly 

B  Filaments  glabrous   involucre  bracts 

hookeel  26.  Arctium. 

BE  Filaments  warty,  hairy,  or  poctmate- 

cihate 
F  The  rece.-ptae-le  not  fleshy. 

G  Pappus-brut  lea  not  plumose..     27.  Carduu*. 
GO  Pappus-bristles  plumose  .   .    . .   28  f'iraium. 

FF  The  re-ceptacle  fleshy        29  Cynara 

DD.  Receptacle  not  bmtly  30  Onopordon 

BB  Fr  with  oblique  late-ral  ureole 
c.  Heads  not  mvolucrate  with  Ivs 

D.  Involue  ral-bratts  without  appendages  31  •Serro/ulo 
DD.  Involucral-hraets  with  dry,  bcanoua  or 

thorny  appendages  32  Centaurea. 

cc.  Heaeln   surrounded   by   an   involucre   of 

thorny  1\  -> 

D  Pappus  simple,  of  bristles,  scales  or  0       33  Carthamut. 
DD  Pappus  of   2   unequally  long  rows  of 

bristles  .  34.  C'mctw. 

5.  Aster  Tribe. 

A.  Heads  dioecious  and  composed  wholly  of  disk- 

fls  35.  Bacchant. 

AA   Heads  not  dio?tious 
B.  Color  of  fls   yellow 

c    Rays  absent         36   Bitfefcma. 

CC   Rays  present 

D.  The  pappus  cenuposed  of  long  palcffi, 
which  are  sometimes  reduced  to  a 
cre>w'n  .  37  Gutierrczia. 

DD  The  pappus  not  as  in  D 

E.  Pappus-bristle  •<  few   (4-8) 

F   luvolucral     bracts     in     8     series, 

leaf  he  ry  e>r  so  mems  at  apex  38  Onndelta. 

FF   In\olucril    bracts    in    2  3    series, 

hcanotis  -it  marpiin-  39  Pentachxta, 

EE   Pappus-bristles  copious,  in  2-8  series, 

sometimes  feu  m  ruy-fls 
F   Hristles    of    2    kinds,    the    inner 
series  c.ipilUry,  outer  very  short 
andsetu!o-,c  or  sejuamellate  40  Chrysopatt. 

FF   Bnstle-s  mostly  alike 

a    Rays  UMmlly  wanting  41.  Ltno«yrt«. 

GO    KavK  pre  sent 

H   The   bristles   broad    at  base, 

an-tate.  42  Xomthisma 

HH   The  bristles  capillary 
i    HnuNusiiilly  many-fld 

j   Aeheno-,  numy-iur\ed        43   Aplopappus. 
jj   Aeherie«  few-lit  r\fd  44   Hazardia. 

H    Heads  usually  few -He! 

j   Bristles     rudimentary, 

•jhejrfer  than  acheiK'        45.  Brachychteta 
jj   Bristles    longer     than 

dihcne  46  Sohdago 

BB.  Color  of  ray  fls    at  le-ist  not  yellow 

c  The  pappus  0,  e>r  foiminy  i  me>re-or-levss 
consi>icuous  ring  of  she>rt  bristles  or 
hairs  uniform  in  all  fls 

D    Brne  tsdry°rsr  ine>us  at  mirgin  47  Brachycome 

no    Bracts  herbaceous  48.  BeUis. 

cc   The  pappus  composed  of  numerous  bris- 
tles in  1  or  more  series,  uniform  in  all  fls. 
D   Involucre    with    outer    bracts    partly 
leaf>,    inner   br  u  ts   membranous  or 
scimous  .      49   CaUwUphut 

DD   Involucral  bricti  all  nearly  alike 
E   Bracts  in  about  2  seines 

F   Achenes  usually  small  .     .       50  Engeron. 

FF   Achenes    larger,     longer,    pappus 

more  copious  51.  Vtftadmia 

EE.  Bracts    usually    in     s>e\eral    series, 
sometimes   2   series   in   Aster  and 
Felicia 
F.  Plants  woody,  resinous 

o  Achenes  cylindrical  52  Oleana 

GO   Achenes  compressed     .   .  53  Felicia. 

FF.  Plant  herbaceous 

o   In\e>lucral  bracts  coriaceous         54.  Sencocar- 
G«    Inxejlucral    bracts    membranous  tpu«. 

or  herbaceous  55  Aster. 

ccc.  The  pappus  anomalous  or  absent  from  the 

rays 

D  Pappus-bristles  shortly  plumose ,  style- 
branches  broad        .  56  Chaneit. 
DD  Pappus-bri«tles    in    1    series,    unequal, 
rigid,    thickened    or    dilated    toward 
the  base                                                   57.  Townsendia 
DDD  Pappus  of  the  ray  composed  of  very 
short  pale-to,  disk-pappus  of  copious 
slender  bristles  in  1-2  series.  58  Heteropap- 
DDDD.  Pappus-bristles    very    short,    usually  |pu« 
accompanied  by  2-4  awns  not  longer 
than  the  achene           .                        59  BoUon%a, 


106 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


6.  Helianthus  Tribe. 

Subtnbe  1.  MELAMPODIE^E  Hays  pistillate,  disk-fls.  staminate: 
•chenes  usually  with  coriaceous  or  thicker  pericarp,  style  mostly 
entire,  receptacle  chaffy  throughout;  pappus  none. 

A.  Involucre    of    the    many-fld     heads    broad: 
inner  bracts  concave,  embracing  and  half 
inclosing  the  thick,  turgid,  obovoid  achenea    60.  Polymnia, 
AA.  Involucre  broad,  of  plane  or  barely  concave 
bracts,     innermost      subtending      obcom- 
pressed  achenes,  but  not  inclosing  nor  em- 
bracing them 
B.  Rays,  or  rather  their  ovaries  and  achenes, 

in  more  than  1  series.  61.  Silphwm, 

Bfi.  Rays  and  achenes  in  a  single  series 

c.  Heads  nearly  discoid  or  rays  short  62.  Parthenium. 

CC.  Heads  conspicuously  radiate,  mostly  of 

5  fertile  and  rather  numerous  sterile  fls.  63.  Chryaogo- 

[num. 

Subtnbe  2.  AMBROIBEJS.  Pistillate  fls.  apetalous,  or  with 
corolla  reduced  to  a  tube  or  ring  around  base  of  2-parted  style; 
stammate  fls  with  4-5-lobed  corolla,  anthers  slightly  united  or 
free,  style  abortive,  hairy  only  at  the  somewhat  enlarged  and 
depressed  summit 

A.  Herbs:  heads  of  2  kinds,  the  fertile  with  a 

bur-like  involucre  64.  Ambrovm. 

AA.  Shrubs    heads  all  alike  65  Iva. 

Subtnbe  3  ZINNIE^E  Rays  pistillate,  the  tube  absent  or  very 
short,  persistent  on  achene  and  at  length  papery,  disk-fls. 
bisexual,  rarely  sterile,  subtended  or  embraced  by  chaffy  bracts: 
Ivs.  opposite. 

A.  Receptacle  flattish  66.  Sanmtalia. 

AA.  Receptacle  conical,  cylindrical  or  elongated. 

a.  Achenes,  at  least  inner  ones,  1-3-awned          67  Zinnia 
BB.  Achenes  without  pappus.  . .   68.  Hehopsis, 

Subtnbe  4  VBSBESINE*  Rays  pistillate,  or  neutral,  becom- 
ing papery  and  persistent ,  disk-fls  bisexual ,  anthers  often  blackish 
achenes  various,  but  those  of  disk  never  obcompressed  pappus 
various. 

A.  Chaff    of    receptacle   permanently   investing 

achenes  as  an  accessory  covering  69  Sclerocarpua. 

AA.  Chaff  of  receptacle  concave  or  complicate, 
loosely  embracing  or  subtending  the  disk- 
aohenes,  mostly  persistent 

B.  Rays  sometimes  absent    Certain  species  of  .70  Spilanthea 
BB.  Rays  usually  present 

c  Receptacle  high,  from  conical  to  colum- 
nar or  subulate,  at  least  in  fr 

D   The  rays,  if  present,  pistillate.  70.  Spilanthea 

DD  The  rays  sterile 

B.  Color  of  rays  rose  or  rose-purple        71   Echmacea. 
EE  Color  of  rays  yellow  or  partly  brown- 
purple  (sometimes  wholly  so) 

F.  Achenes  4-angled,  prismatic  72  R-udbeckta. 

FF  Achenes   short   and   broad,   com- 
pressed 73  Lepachyt. 
CC.  Receptacle  low,  flat  to  convex,  rarely  be- 
coming conical 

D.  Achenes  not  winged  nor  very  flat,  when 
flattened  not  margined  nor  sharp- 
edged. 

E  Rays  pistillate  ...  74  Balaamor- 

EE  Rays  sterile  [rhiza. 

F.  Achenes  pubescent       .  . .     75   Viguiera 

FF  Achenes  glabrous  .    .  ?b.  Hdwnthu*. 

DD.  Achenes  of  the  ray  or  margin  often 
triquetrous,  of  the  disk  either  flat- 
compressed  and  margined  or  thin- 
edged,  or  if  turgid  some  of  them 
winged. 
B.  Rays  neutral. 

F.  Pappus  0,  or  an  awn  or  its 
rudiment  answering  to  each 
margin  of  the  wingless  achene  77.  Encelia. 
»F.  Pappus  of  delicate  squameltae  be- 
tween the  2  chaffy  teeth  or  awns 
which  aurmount  the  2  acute 
margins  of  the  achene  78.  Hehanthella. 

WF.  Pappus     of     2     slender-subulate 
naked  awns,  at  length  divergent, 
sometimes   with    2   or   3   inter- 
mediate awns  . .         79.  Actmoment. 
n.  Rays    pistillate,    rarely    neutral    in 

Verbesma 

F  Pappus  of  oo  distinct  squamelh*  .     80.  Paacalia. 
W.  Pappus  of  dilated  awns  or  2  awn- 
hke  paleee  on  the  angles  of  the 
achene,  with  2  small  intermediate 
squamellse  on  each  side  81.  Podachsen- 

ITF.  Pappus  of  2  awns,  sometimes  1-3  (turn, 

or  Q,  and  no  intermediate  squam- 
mella        .  82.  Verbenna. 


Subtnbe  5  COREOPSTDEJE  Rays  pistillate  or  neutral,  disk- 
fls.  fertile,  receptacle  chaffy,  chaff  flat  or  hardly  concave  acbenea 
more  or  toss  dorsalry  compressed,  often  2-awned 

A.  Involucral  bracts  distinct,  the  outer  herbace- 
ous, inner  somewhat  like  pale®  83.  Quttotia. 
AA.  Involucre  double,  inner  bracts  membran- 
ous, subequal,  connate  at  base  or  often 
higher,  outer  bracts  few  and  small  or 
minute. 

B.  Plants  are  all  climbers  with  p.stillate  rays, 
achenes  much  enlarging  and  sterile 
disk-fls  with  mdivided  style  .  84  Hidalgoa. 

BB.  Plants  not  climbing   rays  usually  sterile 
c  Style-branches   with   long   hairy   appen- 
dages 85  Dahlia. 
cc  Style-branches    truncate,    pemcillate    or 

with  short  appendages 
D.  Bracts  of  inner  involucre  united  into  a 

cup  86   Thelea- 

DD.  Bracts  of  involucre  di-tinct,  or  united  [pertna. 


only  at  the  common  base 
E   Acnene1 


snes  beaked,  slender  rays  purple 
or  rose,  in  1  species  yellow,  white 
vars  in  cult  •  awns  mostly 
deciduous  87  Cosmo*. 

EE.  Achenes  not  beaked    rays  yellow  or 

white 
F.  Tube  of  disk-fl  without  ring  at  top 

o   Lvs  or  divisions  entire         .    .        88  Coreopaia. 
GO   Lvs  or  divisions  serrate  89  Bidena. 

FF.  Tube  of  disk-fls   with  a  ring  near 

the  top  90.  Leptoayne. 

Subtnbe  6  GAUNSOQE^E  Heads  rayless  and  horaogamous 
(in  Marshallia).  Pappus  of  °°  distinct  paleffi  91  Marahallia. 

Subtnbe  7  M\DIE«  Rays  pistillate,  each  subtended  by  an 
involucral  bract  which  partly  or  completely  incloses  its  achene, 
disk-fla  with  both  stamens  and  styles,  but  some  or  all  sterile 
glandular,  viscid  and  heavy-scented  herbs 

A.  Achenes  laterally  compressed          .  92  Afodio. 

AA.  Achenes  not  laterally  compressed  .         93  Layia. 

7.  Helenium  Tribe. 

A.  Involucral  bracts  united  nearly  throughout 

into  an  oblong  cup  or  tube  94    Tagetea. 

(See  also  Lasthema. ) 
AA.  Involucral  bracts  hardly  at  all  imbricated, 

•when  broad,  nearly  equal  or  in  1  series 
B.  Receptacle  mostly  high-conical,  and  acute, 
beset  after  the   arhones  have   fallen   by 
projecting  points  (as  if  pedicels  on  which 
they  were  inserted) 

C.  The  involucre  a  single  series  of  bracts 
connate  by  their  edges  into  a  5-15- 
toothed  green  cup  95  Laathema 

cc  The  involucre  of  loose,  distinct  bracts  96  Beeria 

(Also  Actmolepia  coronana  ) 
BB.  Receptacle  flat  or  convex,  rarely  obtusely 
conical    achenes  from  linear  to  obpyram- 
idal,  rarely  Wangled    (See  also  BBB  ) 
C.  Herbage  mostly  uoolly    involucral  bracts 

erect,  not  membranous  97  Enophyl- 

CC.  Herbage  usually  not  \voolly  \lurn 

D   Disk-fls      deeply    5-cIeft       involucral 

bracts  mostly  appressed  98  Polypteria 

DD.  Disk-fls    with  long  and  narrow  throat 

and  5  short  lobes  or  teeth 

E   Heads  solitary  .      .   99.  Hulata. 

EE   Heads  paniculate  or  corymbose 

F  Plants   tomentose  herbs,   the  Ivs. 

dissected 

G   Imolueral  bracta  free,  narrow     100.  Chxnactie. 
aa   Involucral  bracts  connected  at 

the  base,  broad  and  obtuse        101.  Bat'ia 
FF  Plants  not  tomentose,  the  Ivs.  not 

dissected  102  Pencome 

BM.  Receptacle  from  convex  to  oblong   achenes 
short,  obpyramidal  or  top-shaped,  5-10- 
nbbed    or    angled,    mostly    silky    hairy, 
disk-fls   all  fertile 
C.  The    receptacle    destitute    of    awn-like 

fimbrillffi  among  the  fls 

D   Involucre  erect  or  nearly  so  103  Actinella. 

DD   Involucre  spreading  or  soon  reflexed.       104.  Helenium. 
cc.  The  receptacle  beset  with  bristle-like  or 
awl-shaped  or  rarely  dentiform  fimbnlle 
vnong  the  fls 105.  Gaillardia. 

8.  Anthemis  Tribe. 

A.  Receptacle  chaffy 
B.  Heads  usually  discoid 

c.  Shrubs  with  small,  closely  clustered  Ivs..  106.  Enoceph- 
CC   Herbs,  or  sometimes  slightly  shrubby  [alu*, 

D.  Corolla  with  a  hood-like  appendage  at 

bau  107  Santohna. 

DD.  Corolla  without  such  appendage 108.  Lonat. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


107 


BB.  Heads  usually  radiate 

C.  Achcne  compressed,  with  2  narrow  mar- 
gins .       .  109.  Achillea. 
OC.  Achenes  4-5-cornerod  or  °°  -ribbed 

D   The  heads  pedunclcd  at  tips  of  branches  110.  Anthemu. 
DD  The  heads  sesmlo  in  forks,  surroundejd 

by  5-0  disse-cted  floral  Ivs  111.  Cladanthut 

AAi  Receptacle  naked  or  alveolate-fitnbrilhferous 
B   Involucral  bracts  in  many  series 

C.  Rays  present  .      .  112.  Ckrysnn- 

[tfiemum 

(Consult  also  Pyrethrum  ) 

CC   Rays  absent  113    Tanacetum 

BB   Involucral  bracts  in  1  or  2  or  few  se  ncs 

C    Rays  present  114   Matncaria 

CC.  Rays  absent  or  inconspicuous. 

D    Involucre  top-shaped  115   Cenia 

DD.  Involucre  ovoid  or  broadly  bell-shaped  116.  Artemisia 

9.  Senecio  Tribe. 

A  Involucral  bracts  in  1  series  and  connate  at  the 
base  or  beyond  the  middle  in  a  cup,  no 
outer  bracts,  style-branches  of  the  fertile 
bisexual  fls  truncate  at  apex,  usually  pcm- 
cillate 

B   Style- undivided,  disk-fls    sti  rile  117   Othonna 

BB   Style  bifid,  disk-fls  all  or  some  fertile  118  Gamolepis. 

AA   Involucral  bracts  in  1  or  2  sene*,  not  connate 

in  a  cup  but  free,  at  leant  finally 
B.  Style-branches  of  hermaphrodite  fertile  fls 
roundish  obtuse  or  at  1<  ast  not  truncate 
and  wholly  withenit  appenelage  or  hain- 

C    He»ads  composed  e  ntire  ly  of  bisexual  and 

fertile   fls  ,  homogamous,  disc oid  119   Cacahop- 

CC    He  'ids  submomie  IOMS  or  subdieroous,  the  [«M. 

fln  containing  both  st  urn  ns  and  pistils. 

D   The  heads  radiate,  ye  Mow  120   Tusnlago. 

DD   The  heads  discoid,  purplish  or  white 
E    S'tvle    of    hermaphrodite    fls     undi- 
vided, heads  sev<  ral  121    Petasites 
EE   Style  branched,  heads  2                        122  Homogyne. 
BB.  Style-brnm  lie  s  (of  he  imaphrodite  fls  )  cither 
trunc  ate  or  c  apite  11  jte  it  summit,  w  Inch  is 
either  peme  illate,  hairy  or  naked  ami  not 
rarely  b<ars  n  short   tomcal  or  flattened 
appe  adage 
C    Bracts  of  mv  olucrc  herbaceous,  acuminate 

n    Receptacle  flat  123   Arnica 

nn    FUcept  icle  hemispherical  124  Doronicum. 

CC   Bracts  of  involuc>re  narrow,  strict,  usu- 
ally ribbed  or  k<  elect 
D   Apex    of    style-    usually    truncate    and 

perm  ill  ite 
i.    Involucral  bracts  numerous 

t-     \chcnessubterete  125Senecw 

»F   Achenes  dorsally  compressed  126  Cineraria 

bt    Involurral    bra.ts    few,    4-5,    heads 

homogamou*  127    Tetrady- 

DD   Apex  of  style  with  long,  Mibulate  hairy  \m\a. 

appendages    heads  homogamems          128  Gynura. 
ODD   Apex   of  style   with   appendages  short 
and    e>btu«e,    or    long    and    acutish, 
heads  homogamous  129  Emilia. 

10.  Calendula  Tribe. 

A.  Achenes  ot  the  rays  thick,  hard  and  bony, 

those  of  the  disk  usually  all  empty  130  Osteot- 

AA.  Achenes  M night,   those  of  the  rays  usually  [permum. 

triquetrous,  disk-ac hencs  often  flattish  or 
.  2-winged  131   Dimorph- 

[ofhcca. 
AAA.  Achenes  incurved,  hcteromorphous     .  132.  Calendula. 

11.  Arctotis  Tribe. 

A-  Involucral  bracts  free,  the  inner  ones  broadly 

various,  at  le-ast  at  the  apex 
B   Herbs    glabrous    or    pubescent,    receptacle 

chaffy  133   t/ratnw, 

BB   Herbs     tomentose      receptacle     naked    or 

alveolate 

c  Achenes    usually     villous,     crowned    by 
hyaline    palea)    which    arc    often    con- 
volute 134  Arctotis 
CC  Achenes    glabrous,    with    or    without    a 

crown  of  minute  palcolse  135   Venidium 

AA.  Involucral  bracts  grown  together  at  the  base 

Iva  not  spmescent:  alveoh  short  .         .         136.  Gazania. 

12.  Mutisia  Tribe. 

A  Rays  in  1-2  series,  2-hpped  137  Gerbera 

AA  Rays  in  2-3  series,  the  outer  always  strap- 

ahmp*d  ...  .          188.  CAoptolto. 


13.  Cichorium  Tribe. 

A  Pappus  0,  or  of  2-3  long  bristles,  which  soon 

fall  away  U(>  Scolymut. 

AA  Pappus  paleaceous  or  partly  so,  or  anstiform, 

B   Involucre  of  equal  bracts  and  no  short  caly- 

culate  ones  at  base 
c.  Achenes  long-beaked  .          ....         140.  Tragopo- 

\gon, 

or   Achoncs  truncate  141   Krigia. 

BB.  Involucre   either    calyculate    or   imbricate, 
1     e  ,    pnneipal    brae  Us    equal    and    some 
short  ones  at  base,  or  less  uneejual  bracts 
in  2  or  more  series 
c  Achenes  (at  least  inner  ones)  tapering  into 

a  beak 
D   Receptacle  wit  h  membranous  chaff         142  Hypo- 

\cfiaeriB 

DD  Receptacle  naked  143  Leontodon. 

CC  Achcnts  usually  short,  with  summit  trun- 
cate or  only  a  trifle  contracted  below 
apex 

D    Rcceptac  le  chaffy  144   Catanan- 

DD    Receptacle  not  ch  iffy  [che. 

k   Fls   normally  blue  145  Cichorium. 

Et   Fls  yellow  140  Scorzoncri 

AAA   Pappus  of  <  apillary  bustle  s  th  »t  are  scabrous, 
rarely  barbe  llulate  ,  nrvc  r  plumose  nor  palea- 
ceous-ehlated    receptacle  inked  (except  in  1 
species  of  Troximon) 
B   Achenes  flattened    pappus  of  copious  fine 

soft  capillary  bristles 

c   The  achenos  distinctly  beaked  117   Lactuca. 

cc   Theachene-s  bcakless  148   Sonchut. 

BB.  Ache  nes  not  flatt<  ntd    pappus  persistent  or 
brihtli-s  tardily  falling  (except  1  or  2  spe- 
cies of  Crepis) 
C.  Beak  distinct  and  slender  (except  in  1  or  2 

species  of  1  roximon  > 
D  The  achene^s   10-nbbed  or   10-nerved, 

not  muncate  149   Troximon. 

DD   Theachenes4    3-nbbe  d  or  angled,  mur- 

ic'ite  150.  Taraxa- 

cc.  Beak  0,  or  achcne  merely  narrow  at  apex  [cum. 

D    Fls    whitish  or  trcam-colur  to  violet  or 

rose-mi  151.  Prenanthei. 

DD   Pis    rnostlj  yi  How,  some  times  orange- 
d  or  white 


red  o 

E    Pippus  of  rather  rigid,  scabrous,  fra- 
gile    bristles     winch     are    usually 
rathe  r  dirty  or  neutral-colored      .,    152   Hieraciu 
it   Pappus  of   eejnoui  wlnte  and  usu- 

153  Crepis 


Pappus  of   eejnoui  wlnte 
ally  soft  capillary  brihtle 


The  following  gcners  'and  others)  also  are  briefly  treated 
Amellus,  Astcrhnosj  ns,  B<  Ilium,  f  \icaha,  Cahmens,  Cehmaia, 
Chamjpmelum,  C'otul  i.  Crypt  ostemma,  Erlangea,  Luryops, 
Clymnolomia,  Haploc-irpha.  Kulmia,  Leptoearpha,  Montanoa, 
Oldenburgia,  P<  rtya,  Psilostrophe,  Pteroma,  Saussurea,  Tithoma, 
Tolpis,  Tncholepis,  Wedeha  and  Zaluzaaia. 


107.  CAMPANULACE^E. 

A.  Fls    irregular,  rarely  nearly  regular,  anthers 

united 

B   Corolla  open  down  to  the  base  on  one  side..     1.  Lobelia. 
BB   Corolla  with  a  closed  tube 

c  Stamens  in  a  tube  free  from  the  corolla       .  2.  Doumingut 
CC   Stamens  more  or  le  ss  adnate  to  the  corolla 
un  to  near  the   throat,  then  monadel- 
phous  and  free  or  farther  adnate  on  one 
side  only  3.  Palmeretta. 

ccc  Stamens  affixed  at  top  of  corolla-tube  or 
abo\e  the  middle  caps  2-valved  at 
apex  .  4.  Isotoma. 

cccc   Stamens  aflaxe  d  at  base  of  corolla-tube. 

D    Fr  an  indthisrent  berry  .  .   5   Centropoguit 

DD    Fr  a  caps  ,  2-\  'il\  ed  at  apex  6.  Siphocam- 

AA    Fla     regular    or    nearly    so,    anthers    usually  [pylui 

separate 
B   Fr  an  indehiscent,  fle-shy  berry 

r   (K  ary  inferior  7  ("Vmurinei 

cc   Ov  ary  superior  as  to  calyx  but  not  corolla    8  Campan- 
BB    Fr   a  caps  [urn*  a 

c.  Caps     dehu-cmg    locuhcidally   by   apical 

\  alves 

D  Corolla5-partednearlytoba.se  9  Jetstone 

DD   Corolla  broadly  bell-bhaped,  5-lobed        10  Flatycodon 
ODD   Corolla  narrow  ly  (or  not  broadly)  bell- 

ahaned  or  tubular 

E   Calyx-tube  adnate,  hemispherical        11.  Codonopsis. 
EE   Calyx-txibc  free,  long-c  ampanulate  or 

inflated  12  Cyananthu* 

cc  Caps    closeel  at  apex,  dehiscing  laterally 
between  the  ribs  by  small  hds  or  small 
solitary  vah  PS 
D  Corolla  5-rut-lobed,  or  -parted. 

K.  Ovary  linear  or  narrow  ly  oblong . .     .13.  Specularia. 


108 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


fflB.  Ovary  hemispherical  or  top-shaped. 

F  Anthers  connate  in  a  tube        .       14.  Symphyan- 
vr.  Anthers  not  connate  in  a  tube  [dro. 

o.  Style  girt  at  base  by  an  epigyn- 
ous  fleshy  disk,  which  is  cup- 
shaped  or  tubular  15.  Adenophora. 

GO.  Style  without  such  disk 

H.  Corolla  5-parted  to  the  base, 
lobes  narrow,  either  long- 
cohering  above  or  rotate- 
spreading  16.  Phyteuma'. 

HH  Corolla  5-cut  shortly  or  to  the 
middle,  rarely  farther,  bell- 
shaped,  tubular,  funnel- 
shaped  or  sub  rot  ate  17.  Campanula. 

DD.  Corolla     narrowly     tubular,     shortly 

3-cut  at  apex  18.  Trachehum. 

ODD.  Corolla  usually  7-10-cut,  rarely  5-cut 
x.  Number  of  lobes  5-9,  usually  7,  fls. 

boll-shaped  19.  Ostrowskia. 

EE.  Number  of  lobes  8-10,  lobes  narrow 

and  spreading          .  20  Michauxia 

Githopsis,  Leptocodon  and  LightfGotia  are  also  mentioned  in  the 
Cyclopedia 


108.  MONOTROPACE./E. 


The  only  genus 


109.  CLETHRACE^E. 


110.  PYROLACE.(E. 


A  Style  very  short,  obcomcal   sts  leafy  1   Chimaphila. 

AA.  Style  mostly  elongated,  scape  naked  or  leafy 
only  at  base 

B.  Fls   solitary  2  Monesea 

BB  Fls  racemose  .          .  3  Pyrola 


111.  ERICACEAE  (Inc.  Vaccimacete). 

Subfamily    1.   VACCINIEJE.     Ovary  inferior    fr    a    berry  or 
drupe 

Subfamily  2.  ERICINEjB.  Ovary  superior  fr  a  caps  ,  except 
•n  Tribe  1  of  Subfamily  2 

Fr  fleshy,  a  berry  or  drupe  1  AKBUTUB  TuiBt, 

IT    a  lo(uhcidal   caps,   chiefly  5-oelled 

corolla  deciduous  2   ANDROMEDA  TIUBE 

Fr    a  caps  ,  with  locuhcidnl  or  sometimes 

septieulal  dehiscent  and   4  or    5    cells 

corolla  marcescent  penitent  3  ERIC  A  THIB> 

Fr  a  septiudal  caps    corolla  deciduous          4    RHODODENDRON 

[TRIBk 

Subfamily  1.  VACCINIE-B 

A   Corolla  tubular  or  cylmdne,  filaments  coii- 

n,ite  or  free 

B.  Filaments  connate  or  cohering,  anthers  pro- 
duced into  a  single  long  beak 

c   Stamens  shorter  than  corolla  1   Aforitama 

cr   Stamens  eejuahng  or  exceeding  the  corolla    2   Thiltaudva. 
BB   Filaments  distinct,  anthers  ending  in  2  long 

beaks  3  Agapetes 

AA.  Corolla    campanulate,    urccolate    or    rotate, 

filamtnts  \isually  free 
B   The  ovary  wholly  inferior 

c   Ovary  10-celled,  10-ovulcd  4.  Gaylussacia. 

CC  Ovary  4-5-celled,  or  by  false  partitions 
from  the  back  of  these  cells,  8-10-ceIled, 
ovules  numerous  5  Vaccimum. 

BB.  The  ovary  at  nrst  a  third  to  half  superior  .       6.  Chiogenea. 

Subfamily  2.   ERICINE.fi. 
1.  Arbutus  Tribe. 

A.  The  anthers  have  a  pair  of  awns  on  the  back. 

B   Ovary-cell  many-ovuled         .  .   7.  Arbutus, 

BB.  Ovary-cells  1-ovuled 

C.  Nutlets  coalescent  Ivs  persistent,  entire  .  8.  Arctoa- 

cc  Nutlets  distinct  Ivs  deciduous,  serrate  . .  9.  Arctoua 
AA.  The  anthers  awnless  on  back  ,  . .  10.  Pernettyo. 

2.  Andromeda  Tribe. 

A.  Anther-cells  opening  through  their  whole 
length,  not  appcndaged,  stigma  5-lobed,  the 
lobes  adnate  to  a  surrounding  ring  or  cup  ...  11.  Epigxa. 


AA  Anthers  opening  only  at  the  top ,  stigma  usu- 
ally entire 
B.  Calyx   becoming   fleshy  in   fr  ,   forming   a 

berry  and  inclosing  the  small  caps  12.  Gaulthena. 

BB   Calyx  unchanged  and  dry  under  the  caps 
c  Sepals  or  calyx-lobes  valvate  or  open  m 

the  bud,  never  overlapping 
D.  The  anthers  destitute  of  appendages 

or  awns  13.  Lyonta. 

DD  The  anthers  awried 

E.  The  antheis  short  and  obtuse,  with  2 
pores  topped  by  sic  rider,  ascending 
awns,  corolla  urn-shaped  14.  Andromeda. 

KK.  Anthers  lanceolate,  produced  into  2 
small  tube*,,  each  surmounted  by  a 
pair  of  sknder,  ascending  awns, 
corolla  Ix  Il-shaped  15  Zenobw. 

EEK.  Anthers  with  2  spreading  or  deflexed 
awns  or  teeth,  on  the  back  of  the 
filament  or  at  UK  junction  with  the 
anthei  10.  Plena, 

cc  Sepals  or  calyv-lobes  imbricated,  at  least 

in  the  early  bud 

D.  Lvs  heath-like,  small,  thick  or  noedle- 
uke,  mostly  o\erlappuiK  anther 
fixed  near  apex  17.  Caanope. 

DD.  Lvs  not  heath-like,  usually  larger,  flat, 

broad  and  leathery 
E,  Corolla    cylindraceous     to     conical- 

urceolate,  anthers  fixed  near  base 
F  Seeds imbncated  in  2  rows  18  Chamae- 

FF  Seeds  pendulous  or  in   all  direc-  [daphne. 

tioris  10  LeucothoH. 

FFF  Seeds  all  ascending  or  erect      .      20  (Jxyden- 

\drum 
EE.  Corolla  bell-shaped  or  urn-shaped       21  Enkianthus 

3.  Erica  Tribe. 

A   Anthers  2-aw  ned  on  back  -it  ba.se  22.  Cattuna. 

AA.  Anthers   2-parted,   blunt  or  awned,  usually 

cristate  or  lamellate  at  base  23  Erica 

AAA.  Anthers  blunt  on  back,  riot  cristate  .24.  Brucken- 

[thalia 

4.  Rhododendron  Tribe. 

A   Corolla  polypetalous  or  nearly  so 

B    Fls    in  elongated  racemes  or  panicles    hs. 

c    Petals  4,  st -imens  X  25  Elhnttta 

cc    Petals   i,  stamens  0  26    Tripetaleia 

BB   Fls     solitary,    p<  taN    5,    stamens    10.    Ivs 

deciduous  27  Cladotluim- 

BBB   Fls  mum))«l-hk(  race  mcs,  petals  5,  stamens  {MIS. 

V10    hs    ewrgnen 
c    l.\s      tomentosc    below      caps     5-celled, 

seeds  w  mKcel  2H    Ltdum 

cr    Lvs    Rlabrous      caps       li^-celled,      seeds 

angular  2()   Umphyllum. 

AA    Corolla  garnop'  talous 

B   Seeds  compressed,   wmgtd    corolla  slightly 

irregular,  sfuiic-ris  r>    10 

C  Stamens  usually  ixstrted,  anthers  e>pen- 
mg  by  a  roiiml  1.  nninul  pore  ,  corolla 
rotate,  eumpanulate  e>r  funne  Iforrn  {()  Rhndodtn- 

cc  Stamens  included,  ant  he  rs  opening  by  an  (dron. 

oblique    port      corolla    urceolate      Ivs 
deciduous  ,U   Afcnztcsta 

BB   Seeds  suhgloho^e  or  trigemous,  not  wingeel 

coiolla  regular 
C.  Stamens  10 

D  The  corolla  cup-shape'd  with  10  pouches 
receding  tho  anthers,  fls  in  corymbs 
or  solitary  32  Kalmia 

DD   The  corolla  rotate,  fls    terminal,   1-3 

Ivs  oblong-elliptic,  cihirc  33  Rhwlo-. 

ODD   The  corolla  urwolate  or  campanulate,  [thamnua, 

fls    terminal,  solitary  or  in  umbels 
hs   heath-like  34  PhyUodoce 

CC   Stamens  0  or  N 

D   Fls    5-rmrous,  m  umbels,  2  5,  corolla 
broadly  funnelform     Iva    elliptic,  op- 
posite, smooth  3.1)   Lenseieuno 
DD   Fls  4-merous   Ivs   alternate 

B   Corolla  rotate.  4-parteel,  fls  2-10.  m 

loose  racemes   Ivs  heath-like  3(5  Bryanthut 

EE.  Corolla  campanula! e-uree-olate,  with 
short  4-toothwl  hmb,  fls  m  loose 
racemes  Iv  s  tomcntose  below  37.  Dabcecia. 

'Ihe  jjenus  Pentapterygmin  is  included  in  the  work 


112.  EPACRIDACE^E. 

Style  inserted  in  the  intruded  vertex  of  the  ovary; 
stamens  «pipetalous,  anthers  1 -celled,  corolla- 
lobes  qumcunciately  imbncate,  bracts  numer- 
ous, passing  into  sepals  .  ...  Epacnt. 

The  recent  genus  Rupicola  is  also  mentioned  in  the  work. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


109 


113.  DIAPENSIACE.fi. 


L.  Corolla  persistent;  starainodes  0. 
B  Fls  sessile 


BB   Fls   pedunculate 
AA   Corolla  deciduous,  stammodes  5 

B  Stammodes     small,     scale-like,     separate; 

corolla-lobes  cronate  .   3.  Shortia. 

BB   Stammodes  long,  linear,  separate;  corolla- 
lobes  hmbriate  4  Schizocodon. 
BBB  Stammodes   spatulatp,    connate   with   sta- 
mens, corolla-begms  entire  5  (ialax. 


114.  PLUMBAGINACE>E. 

A.  Calyx-limb  usually  spreading,   acarious  and 

colored 
B  Lvs    usually  needle-like    styles  distinct  at 

arighs  of  ovary,  htigrnas  Mib-capitate       .    1   Acantholv- 
BB.  Lvs   flat    styles  as  above,  stigmas  capitate,  jmon. 

oblong  or  linear,  mfl   cymoho  or  dense  or 
scape  1-tofew-fld  2  Stahce. 

BBB  Lvs  flat  or  linear-subulate  styles  shortly 
Hubconnate  at  \erttx  of  ovary,  stigmas 
linear,  stape  1-licaded  3  Armeria 

AA.  Calyx-lobes  or  teeth  erect  with  merely  seanous 

B   Stamens  free,  calyx  glandular  4  Plumbago. 

BB  Stamens  adnate  to  middle  of  corolla,  calyx 

not  glandular  5  Cerato- 

[stigma. 

115.  PRIMULACEJE. 

A.  Corolla-lobes  imbricated  m  quincunx  faHluon 
B   Plants   aquatic     ovules   anatrophous,   um- 

bilu  us  basal  1   Uotionia 

umbilicus  ven"ral° 

c  Caps   dehisces  by  a,  lid  at  top          .  2  Soldanella. 

CC   Caps   dehisces  by  valves 

D   The  corolla-lobes  be  nt  back     .  3  Dodecathcon. 

DD   The  corolla-lobes  spreading  or  ascend- 

E  htamens  affix< d   to  ba»e  of  corolla, 

ant htrs  long-acuminate  4   Cortusa 

EB   Stamens  affix*  d  to  coiolU-tube,  an- 
thers obtUM- 
V  Corolla-tube    usually  longer    than 

culyx 

o   Caps   in.in>-s<eded  5  Primula 

GO   Caps    1   2-se<  ded  G  Dvuylasw 

T¥   Coroll  i-tub»     is   long   as   calyx   or 

seeded  7  Androsace. 

AA.  Corolla-lobes   convolute    in    tho    buci     ovules 

Bemi-anatropoiis,  umbilicus  ventral 

B  Caps   cmumscisMi*  8  Anagallis. 

BB   Caps   lotigitudin  illy  d<  hise<  nt  by  \  ah  es 

c    Lobes  of  corolla  bent  ba«  k  0   Cyclamen 

CC   Lobes  of  corolla  not  bent  ba^k 

D   Corolla-lobes  .*>-(j    UMa  of  seed  with  a 

hiiuipwkrmn 

E   Mammodes  0  10   Lyaimachia 

KK  Stanunodes     .5,     each     corolla -lobe 

eurved  around  it- stamen  11   Steironema. 

EKE   Starnriodos     r>,     tooth-like,     corolla- 
lobes  not  entire  ling  stamens  12   Naumbergia 
DD.  Corolla-lobes  usually  7    testa  of  seed 

with  a  lax  epidermis  13   Tnentahs 

The  genus  Glaux  may  be  met  with  occasionally  m  cultivation. 


116.  MYRSINACE^E. 

A.  Stammodes  5,  corolla  gamopetalous. 
B.  Corolla  cylindrical,  shortly  5-lobed:  fr.  many- 

seeded  1.  Thtophrasta. 

BB  Corolla  subrotate,   deeply  5-parted    fr.   1- 

to  many-seeded  2  Clavija. 

BBB.  Corolla  rotate-campanulate,  deeply  5-cut 

fr  few-seeded  3  Jacqumia. 

AA.  Stammodes  0,  corolla  gamopetalous  or  poly- 

petalous   fr   1-seeded 
B  Corolla  imbricated,  fls  fascicled,  lateral  or 

axillary  4.  Afyrnne. 

BB.  Corolla    convolute,    panicles    terminal    or 

terminal  and  axillary  .  5.  Ardvsva. 


118.  STYRACACE^E. 

A.  Fr.  superior,  globular  or  ovoid,  not  ribbed  nor 
1.  Pvxidan-  winged  1.  Styrax. 

[thera.          AA.  Fr  inferior,  elongated  ribbed,  or  winged 
2  Diapensia.                   B   Infl     pamcled,    many-fid  ,  drooping,    sub- 
terminal                                                       .     2.  Pterroatyraz. 
BB.  Infl.  of  few-fld.  fascicles,  often  lateral 3.  Hatesia. 


119.  SAPOTACE^E. 

A.  Corolla-lobes,     calyx-segms  ,     stamens     and 

fltammodes  (when  present)  isomerous 
B.  titaminodes  0    seeds  usually   albuminous- 

fls  5-merous,  rarf  ly  o-7-mr  rous  1  Chrysophyl- 

BB.  Stammodes   small,    usually    ilfixed     higher  ((urn, 

than  stamens,  sometimes  few  or  0    seeds 
not  albuminous  fib  4   S-mc  rous  2  Lucuma. 

BBB   Stanunodes  alternate  with  stamens,  rarely 

affixed  higher,  seeds  albuminous  3  Sideroxylon. 

AA  Corolla-lobes    and    calyx-«egms     isomerous. 

stamens  twice  as  many  or  more  4.  leonandra. 

AAA.  Corolla-lobes  usually  2  or  3  times  as  many  as 

calyx-hegms 

B.  Calyx-segms    1  series         ...  .  5  Bumeha 

BB.  Calyx-segms  2  series          .  6  Mimuaops 

The  genua  Poutena  is  now  described  in  this,  family. 


The  genus 


s  also  accounted  for 


120.  EBENACEjE. 

A.  The  fls   usually  hermaphrodite,  stamens  m  1 


AA.  Thf  fls  diojcious 

B    Us    usually   -5-merous,  stamens  3-» 

monly  9,  ovary  3-  or  b-celled 
BB   Fls    usually  4-5-merous,  stamens  4-8,  usu- 
ally in  2  scries ,  o\  ary  4-  or  8-celled  3  Dtospyrot. 


1  Royena. 

2  Maba. 


121.  OLEACE-ffi. 

Fr  didymous  or  septicidally  diviHible  into 

tvso     corolla-lobes   strongly   imlincate 

ovules  laterally  affixed  mar  base,  seeds 

erect,      without      endospeun,      radicle 

inferior  1  JASMINE  TRIBE. 

Fr    terete  or  <  ompresscd  parallel  to  tho 

septum,  loculicidally  dehiscent,  ovules 

pendulous    from    apex    of    cells,    seeds 

winged,  pendulous,  radicle  superior  2   LILAC  TBIBB. 

Fr     tntire,    dry,    ind<  hisrent,    winged,    a 

samara,    compressed    contrary    to    the 

septum,   ovules    twin,   pendulous   from 

apex  of  coll,  seeds  pendulous  with  en- 
dosperm, radicle  sup<  nor  3   ASH  TRIBE. 
Fr    fleshy   and  indehisccnt,   a   drupe  or 

rarely  a  berry,  not  lobed,  o\ules  twin, 

laterally  affixed    near    the    apex,    seeds 

solitary,  suspended  or  pendulous,  with 

endosperm,  radicle  superior  4  OLIVE  TRIBE 

1.  Jasmine  Tribe. 

Fr  fleshy,  indehiscent,  didymous  or  by  abortion 


simple 


2.  Lilac  Tnbe. 


117.  SYMPLOCACEjE. 
The  only  genua         .        ...  Symplocou. 


A   Corolla-lobes  imbricate 
B   Ovules  3-4  in  a  cell    Ivs    pinnate  and  fls 

white  corolla-lobes  shorter  than  tube  2  Nathusia 

BB  Ovules  4-10  m  a  cell  Ivs  entire  or  3-foho- 
lute  and  fls  yellow  lobes  many  times 
longer  than  tube  3  Forsythia, 

A*.  Corolla-lobes  md upbeat o-vah ate,   tube  long 

or  short  ovules  2  m  a  cell ,  seeds  albuminous     4  Synnga. 

3.  Ash  Tnbe. 

A.  Lvs  usually  pinnate  fr  elongate,  with  a 
terminal  wing,  generally  1-seeded  by  abor- 
tion 5  Fraxinua, 
AA.  Lvs  undivided  fr  ovate  or  orbiculate,  sur- 
rounded by  a  wmg,  usually  2-celled  and  2- 
seeded  .  .  .....  6  Fontaneata. 

4.  Olive  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  of  nearly  distinct  petals  which  are  long 

and  linear  .  .       7  Chionan- 

AA.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate,  broad  and  sb*uae.  {thus, 

B  Endocarp  of  drupe  thinly  cruataceous  8  Phvttyrea 

BB  Endocarp   of   drupe   hard   and   somewhat 

woody  9.  Oimanthut, 

AAA.  Corolla-lobea  mduphcate-valvate.; 


110 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


B.  FT.  a  drupe;  endoearp  hard,  thick  or  thin: 

infl.  axillary,  rarely  terminal     . .  10.  Olea. 

BB.  FT.  a  berry,  hardly  drupaceous,  endocarp 
membranous  or  thinly  coriaceous:  pam- 
oles  terminal ...  .11. 


122.  LOGANIACEJE. 

A.  Style  2-fid,  branches  linear,  2-fid     .  . 

AA.  Style  simple 

B  Corolla-lobes  valvato 

c   Fr   a  circumscissilo  caps 
cc   Fr  an  mdehiscent  drupe  or  berry 
BB  Corolla-lobes  imbncato 

c   Anthers  oxserted 
cc  Anthers  included  , 


2  Spigelia 

3  Strychnos* 


4  Chihanthua. 

5  Biutdleia 


The  genus  Logama  may  afford  cultivated  plants  now  and  then. 


123.  GENTIANACEJE. 


tmd- 
rually 


A.  Lvs.  alternate  or  radical. 

B  Fr  mdehiscent     

BB  Fr  dehiscent 

c  Caps  usually  4-valved  at  apex  2 

cc  Caps  irregularly  sub-2-valvod  at  apex         3 
JLA.  Lvs  opposite 

B  Ovary  perfectly  2-celled,  placentas  solitary 
in  each  cell,  often  thick,  adnate  to  septum, 
liberated  by  de  hiscence  of  caps  4 

BB.  Ovary   1 -celled,   placentiterous  margins  of 
carpels  more  or  less  intruded  within  or 
even  touching  but  not  connate  in  the 
die  of  the  cell,  spuriously  2-wlled 
C  Style   often   deciduous,    anthers   i 

erect 

D.  Anthers  spirally  twisted  finally  5 

DD   Anthers  finally  recurved  at  apex  0 

CC  Style  usually  persistent,   anthers  versa- 
tile, finally  recurved  7 
BBB.  Ovary  1 -celled,  margins  of  carpels  rarely 
intruded,    ovules    and    soods    affixed    at 
each  side  of  the  suture  m  1  series  or  more 
or  less  extended  over  the  parietal  surface, 
placenta*  adnate,  very  thin 
C.  Corolla  has  1-2  pits  at  base  of  each  lobe 

D  Style  short  or  scarcely  any  8 

DD   Style  subulate  9 

cc.  Corolla  has  no  such  pits  10 

The  genus  Chiroma  may  also  be  expected  in  cultn 


1.  Nymphoidea 


Villarsia. 
Menyanthes. 


Erythrgea 
Sabbatm. 


Swertta 
Gtntiana 


2.  Cynanchum  Tribe. 

A.  The  outer  or  single  crown  either  simple  and 
composed  of  5  scales  or  ring-shaped,  adnate 
to  the  corolla  and  not  the  stainmal  tube,  or 
rarely  adherent  to  both 

B.  Stigma  depressed  5  Macroscepw 

BB.  Stigma  umbonate  or  2-bcaked  at  apex 
corona-scales  attached  at  middle  (or 
below)  of  corolla-tube  6  Phyaianthut, 

BBB  Stigma  plane  or  umbonate,  corona  annular, 

adnate  to  corolla  7  Ph\hbert\a. 

AA.  The  crown  of  5  scales  affixed  to  base  of 
corolla  and  staminal  tube,  oaudicles  of  pol- 
hnia  appendaged  with  an  erect  fuscous 
tooth  8  Oivpetalum. 

AAA   The   crown   of   5   scales   which   are   distinct, 
affixed  or  adnate  to  the  staminal  tube  or 
the  back  of  the  anthers 
B  Scales  concave   or  hooded  with   an   acute 

hgula  inside  9  Asclep\as\ 

BB    Scales   fleshy,    narrow,    adnate    to   stamen- 
tube,  but  free  and  re<  urv  i  d  at  base  10   Calotrop^a. 
BBB  Scales    (5   outer  ones)    cannate-complicate 
at  base  of  starmnal  tube,  the  5  scales  at 
the  apex  of  tho  long  staminal  tube,  short, 
obtuse,  spreading,  alternate  with  anthers    11    Podoatigma. 
AAAA   The  outer  or  single   crown   afhxed    to   tho 
staminal  tube,  ring-  or  cup-shaped,  entire, 
lobed  or  parted 

B   Corona  villous  inside  12   Morrema 

BB  Corona  with  5  scales  or  hgulse  inside  13  Cynanchum. 

BBB   Corona  naked  inside  11    Vincetoxi- 

BBBB.  Corona  of  5  short  processed  opposite  anthers  (cum 

and  10  lignite  alternate  with  anthtrs  in 
pairs  15  Rothrock\a. 

3.  Marsdema  Tribe. 

A  Corolla-lobes  strictly  vah  ate  10  //oyo. 

AA   Corolla-lobes  usually  overlapping  dextrorsoly 
B   Fh    not  pure  white,  urn- or  s>alver-shuped, 

small  or  mcdium-Bmd  17   Mandema 

BB.  Fls.  white,  saher- or  tunnel-shaped,  large       IS  titephanotis. 


124.  ASCLEPIADACE^. 

Subfamily  1.    PERTPLOCE^E    Pollen  granular,  loosely  aggre- 
gated in  2  masses  in  each  anther-cell 

Character  of  subfamily  1   PERIPLOCA  TRIBE 

Subfamily  2.    EUASCLEPIADEJE.    Pollen  waxy,  the  masses 
solitary  m  each  anther-cell 

Anthers  tipped  by  a  membrane,  which  is 

mflcxrd  or  sometimes  eiect,  and  usually 

hyaline,    rarely    opaque    or   petal-like, 

pollen-masses   suspended,   attached   m 

paira  (1  in  each  adjacent  cell  of  different 

anthers)  to  the  corpuscle  or  gland  2  CTNANCHUM  TRIBE 

Anthers  usually  tipped  by  an  inflexed  or 

suberect  membrane,   which  is  hyaline, 

rarely  opaque,  pollima  solitary  in  each 

cell,  erect  or  very  small  3.  MARSDENIA 

Anthers  obtu.se  at  apex,  not  appendaged  [TRIBE. 

or  rarely  the  connective  produced,  pol- 

hma  solitary  in  the  cells,  erect  4.  CEROPEOIA  TRIBE. 

Anthers  like  those  of  the  Ceropegiese  or 

more  memnbent  above  the  top  of  the 

stigma  or  subimmersed    -bts    thiek  and 

fleshy,  leafless  or  \v  ith  a  few  Iv  s  at  top      5  STAPELIA  TRIBE 
Anthers  broad  at  the  top,  without  ap- 
pendages or  more  or  less  membranace- 

ous  on  the  margins,  the  cells  somewhat 

transversely     dehiscent,      attached 

nearly  or  quite  on  the  margin  of  tho 

stigma-disk,     polluua     horizontal     or 

essentially  so  ...       G.  GONOLOB  us  TRIBE. 

1.  Periploca  Tribe. 

A.  Scales  of  corona  distant  from  starmnal  tube. 
B.  Corolla-tube  short,  scales  linear  or  club- 
shaped  .  1.  Cryptolepw. 
BB.  Corofla  large,  funnel-shaped,  scales  acumi- 
nate or  2-fid                               2.  CryptosteoW' 

AA.  Scales  of  corona  close  to  stamens. 

a.  Corolla-lobes  valvate  .                       .        .       3.  Chlorocodon. 
BB.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate 4.  Ptrvplaoa. 


4.  Ceropegia  Tribe. 

Corona  double,  affixed  to  slanunal  tube 


19  Ceropegia. 


5.  Stapeha  Tribe. 

;r  spreading,  inner  of  5  scales  20  Stapeha 


6.  Gonolobus  Tribe. 

Crown  cup-ahaped  or  annular,  entire  or  lobed        21   Gonolobut 

Additional  genera  described  m  Asclepuulacese  are  Caralluma, 
Duvalia,  Kchidnopsis,  CJomphocarpus,  Hoodia,  Huerma,  Micho- 
htzia,  Pectmaria,  riaranthus,  liaphionacme,  Sphaerocodou  and 
Tnchocaulon. 


125.  APOCYNACEJE. 

A.  Anther-cells  not  appcndaged  at  base 

B.  Ovary  entire  (Carissa  Tnbf),  ns    "j-merous 

c   Fr  a  2-valved  caps     ovary  1-celled  1.  AUamanda, 

cc   Fr   a  berry,  mdehistent    ovary  2-celled, 

cells  1-4-ovuled 

D  Ovules    laterly     affixed      tymes     ter- 
minal, few-fid    spines  axillary  2   Cantaa 
DD  Ovules  erect  from  base   cymes  axillary, 

dense    spinrsO  3    A cokanthera. 

BB.  Ovaries  2  to  several,  style  1  CPlumena  Tribe) 
c.  Calyx  with  several  glands  inside  or  a  ring 

D  Carpels  2-ovulcd  4    Theietia 

DD   Carpels  many-ovuled  5    Tabrrnf- 

cc   Calyx  without  glands  inside  [montana 

D   Carpels  2-ovuled 

E    Disk2-scalfd  6   Kopma 

BBS   Disk  cup-shaped  or  annular  7   Kauwulfia 

DD  Carpels  6-  to  many-ovuled 
E   Ovules  in  2  serifs 
F  DiskO 

o.  Seeds  truncate  .  8   Amsonia 

oo  Seeds  winged  9   (lonioma. 

FF   Disk  of  2  sc  ales  10    Vinca 

BE   Ovules  m  many  series 

v  Stamens  near  base  of  tube  11    Plumeria. 

FF   Stamens  above  middle  of  tube  12    Al»ton\a. 

AA.  Anther-cells    produced    at    bano       (Echites 

Tribe  ) 
B.  The  cone  of  anthera  more  or  less  exserted 

at  apex. 

c  Throat  of  corolla  with  6  scales      .  13  Prestonia. 

cc  Throat  without  scales  ...  14   Valiant. 

BB.  The  anthers  included 

C,  Lvs,  usually  in  whorls  of  3     1&.  Ntnum. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


111 


OO.  Lvs.  opposite 

0,  Corolla  bell-shaped,  with  5  squamelto 

alternating  with  stamens  .     16.  Apocvnum. 

DD.  Corolla  salver-shaped  or  funnel-shaped, 

the  throat  without  scales 

a.  Dink  of  2  scales  .  17.  D\ptadenta. 

BE.  Disk  many-toothed  or  crenulate          18  Odontad«n*a. 
BEE.  Disk  of  5  lobe«  or  scales,  often  trun- 
cate iri  Traehelospormum 
V.  11s  salvttr-ahapod. 

a  Infl  lax  corymbose  tymcs  .  19.  Tracheloa* 

aa    Infl     raociaOhC,    rarely    shortly  [permum, 

dichotamous  .        20  Echttea. 

FF.  Fla  fuum  1-shaped 

o  In  cymes  .        ...   21.  Beaumontw. 

GO   In  racemes     .  .     22  Mandentta. 

Other  genera  treated  are    Huntena,  Landolphm,  Pachypodium. 
Pursonsm,  Ploiorarpa  an<l  Strophanthus 


126.  POLEMONIACEJE. 

A.  Caps  deeply  locuhcidal    herbs  or  bub-shrubs 
B.  Stamens  unequally  affixed  to  corolla-tube, 

not  decimate 

c   Lvs   mostly  opposite,  entire  1   Phlox 

cc   Lvs    mostly  alternate,  usually  incised  or 

pinnatifid  2  Coltomva 

BB   Stamens  equally  affixed  to  tube  or  throat 

c   The  stamens  not  decimate  3  Gilia. 

CC.  Ihc  stain*  ns  decimate 

D   Filaments  pilose-appendaged  at  base        4   Polemo- 

DD   Filaments  not  appcndaged  5  Lccselia 

AA.  Caps     shortly    loeuhcidal     at     apex,  needs 

broadly  winged    trees  or  &hruba  6  Canlua. 

AAA.  Caps   deeply  septicidal    tall  climbers  7  Cobaa 


127.  HYDROPHYLLACEjB. 

A.  Styles  2,  distinct  from  base,  corolla-lobes  im- 
bricate 1    Wtgandia. 
AA   Styles  2-cut,  rare  ly  undivided 
B   Corolla-lobes  usually  convolute 

c   Stamens  c  xserted  2   Hydrophyl- 

[lum. 

cc  Stamens  included  3  Nemophila. 

BB    Corolla-lobes  nnbrio-ifed 

C   Us   marcescent,  bell-shaped  4  Emmenan- 

cc  FLs  deciduous  [the. 

D  The  peduncles  1-fld  5  Ilespero- 

[chiron. 
DD   The  fls  cymose  or  in  1 -bided  racemes         6  Phacclia. 


128.  BORAGINACE.E. 

A.  Ovary  undivided  (or  only  laterally  4- 
lobed)  and  surmounted  by  the  style 
B   Style   t^ice   bifid,    stigmas   not   an- 
iiular,  cotyledons   plaited   or   cor- 
rugated 1  CORDIA  TKIBB. 

BB  Style  once  bifid  or  2-parted  (the 
divisions  sometimes  coalescent  to 
the  top)  ,  stigmas  more  or  loss  capi- 
tate, cotyledons  plane  2  EHRETIA  TRIBE. 

BBS  Style  entire,  sometimes  TV  anting, 
stigma  uliield-  or  ling-shaped, 
forming  a  complete  ring  sur- 
mounted usu-illy  by  a  tip  or  ap- 
pendage which  is  (  ntire  or  2-lobed 
and  vanes  from  hemispherical  to 
subulate  3.  HELIOTROPE 

A  A   Ovary  4-parted  (rarely  2-parted)  from  [TRIBE. 

above  into  1  -celled,  1-ovuled  divisions 
surrounding  the  base  of  the  undiv  ided 
(rarely  2-lobed)  style,  stigma  not 
annular  .  .  .  .  .  .4.  BORAQB  TRIBE. 

1.  Cordia  Tribe. 

Calyx  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  merely  toothed  or 

lobed  ...........  1.  Cordw. 

2.  Ehretia  Tribe. 

Calyx  5-parted,  style  2-6d    .............  2.  Ehretia. 

3.  Heliotrope  Tribe. 

A.  Plants  sarmentose  or  twining  .........  3.  Tourne- 


AA.  Plants  are  herbs  or  sub-shruba  ............  4.  Uehotro- 

fjnim. 


4.  fiorag*  Trib». 

A.  Gynobase  elevated 
B.  Apex  of  nutlets  not  projecting  much  beyond 

scar 

C.  Nutlets  divergent  or  divaricate  (either 
radiately  or  in  pair-),  extended  out- 
ward or  backward  much  beyond  the 
insertion  (which  is  by  a  roundish  or 
oblong  near),  gynobase  little  elevated 
or  broadly  conical. 
D.  Stamens  included 

E   Nutlets  covered  with  small  cups  or 

cavities  ....  5.  Omphalodtt. 

EE   Nutlets  covered  with  small  warte  or 

barb«d  bristles  .6.  Cynogloa- 

DD.  Stamens  exserted  ^  [sum. 

E  Corolla-tube  longer  than  spreading 

lobes  .       7.  Ltndelofia. 

BE   Corolla  tubular,  lobes  short,  erect  or 

somewhat  spreading  8.  Solenanthut. 

cc.  Nutlets  adnate  by  the  inner  face  or  keel 

gynobase,  forming  a  more  or  less  glo- 
bose or  pyramidal  fruit  9.  Myototid- 
BB.  Apex  of  nutlets  projecting  conspicuously  [turn. 

beyond  scar 
C.  Pediu-ls  persistent 

D   Nutlets  ket  led  toward  apex       .        . .   10  Plaiffiabotrya. 
DD    Nutlets  not  keeled  ...      11   Oreocarya. 

cc  Pedicels  deciduous  12.  Cryptanthe. 

AA.  Gynobase  flat  or  nearly  so 

B   Scar  excavated  or  ofton  girt  by  a  ring 
c    1  hroat  of  corolla  has  5  scales  inside. 

D   Filaments  appendaged  with  a  scale.  .     13.  Borago. 
DD.  Filaments  not  appendaged 

L.  Corolla-lobes   very    short    and   sub- 
erect  .      14.  Symphytum. 
EE   Corolla-lobes  spreading           .        .     13.  Anchwta. 
cc  Throat  naked  or  pilose  IS.  Ptdmonana 
BB  Scar  flat,  either  small  at  the  inner  angle  or 

oblique 
c  Racemes   without   bracts    (rarely   a   few 

bracts  at  base) ,  anthers  obtut>e  at  apex. 
D   Throat  of  corolla  scaly  17.  Myosoha. 

DD  Throat  almost  naked  .     18.  Mertenaia. 

cc  Racemes  bracted 

D  Anthers    obtuse    at    apex    or    hardly 

mucronate 

E   Lobes  of  corolla  erect          .  19.  Onoamo- 

KE   Lobes  of  corolla  spreading  [chum. 

F  Corolla-tube  cylindrical;  throat 
naked  or  5-gibbous  and  sub- 
quamnte  20  Lvthosper- 

FF  Corolla-tube     slender,      throat  [mum. 

naked  21.  Amebia. 

FFF  Corolla    tubular    or    salver-form; 
throat  naked,  lobes  usually  un- 
equal .  22«2?cAtum. 
DD   Anthers  linear,  often  acuminate,  arrow- 
shaped  at  base 

E   Nutlets  distinct          .            .    .  23  Onosma. 

EE.  Nutlets  connate  in  pairs 24.  Cennthe. 


129,  CONVOLVULACE-ffi. 

A.  Corolla-lobes  small,  imbricate'  plants  para- 

bitic,  leafless  sts  thread-like,  not  green     ...   1.  Cutcuta. 
AA  Corolla  large,  plicate  or  mduphcate  in  sestiva- 

B  Fr   berry-like  or  harder,  mdehiscent.  style 
undivided 

c  The  ovary  4-celled,  4-ovuled 2.  Argyreia. 

cc  The  ov  ary  2-celled,  4-ovuled      ...        .  3.  Lettsomia. 
BB   Fr   a  2-4-valved  caps   with  a  thin  or  hard 
pericarp,  or  mdehiscent  with  a  thin  peri- 
carp   styles  2  and  distinct  or  the  style 
entire  or  divided. 
c.  Stigma  capitate,  style  entire  or  2-parted; 

ovary  2-celled,  4-ovuled  4.  Parana, 

cc  Stigma  thick,  globose,  often  twin;  ovary 

2-4-oelled,  4-ovuled 
D  Stamens  and  style  included  within  the 

corolla-tube  5.  Ipomoea. 

DD  Stamens  and  style  exserted. 

E  Plant  a  night-bloomer:  corolla  con- 
torted in  bud  .  .  6.  Caloni/dion. 
BB.  Plant  a  day-bloomer'   corolla  not 

contorted  .   7.  Quamoclit. 

CCC  Stigma  capitate,  ovary  2-celled         ...       8  Breweria. 

cccc.  Stigmas  2,  linear,  filiform  or  thickish  .          9  Convolvulus. 

(Except  Calystegia  section. 

.^e  also  Rnodorhiza  ) 

ooccc.  Stigmas  3,  flat,  ovate  or  ODIOQ* 10.  Jac«ue**>n- 

(Also  Calystegia  section  of  Convolvulus.) 


112 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


130.  SOLANACE^E. 

i.  Stamens  didynamous,  the   fifth  (and   some- 
times also  one  of  the  pairs)  smaller,  abor- 
tive or  missing 
B.  Number  of  perfect  stamens  usually  5 

c.  The  stamens  affixed  at  middle  of  tube  or 

lower  1.  Petunia. 

CC.  The  stamens  affixed  at  apex  of  tube  2.  Nierem- 

BB.  Number  of  perleU  stamens  usually  4  or  2  [bergta. 

c.  Corolla-tube    cylindrical,    limb    oblique, 

perfect  stamens  2  3  Schizanthus. 

CC.  Corolla  obliquely  funnel-shaped,  perfect 

stamens  4,  didyriamous  4  Salpiglossis. 

CCC.  Corolla-tube  cylindrical,  straight,  anthers 
of  the  2  short  stamens  dimidiate,  of  the 
longer  ones  2-cellcd  5.  Browallia. 

cccc.  Corolla-tube  twisted,  anthers  asm  Browal- 
lia 6.  Streptosolen. 
OCCCC  Corolla-tube  long,   not   twisted,   slightly 
widoncd  at  apex,  4  perfect  anthers  witn 
confluent  cells  7   Brunfelsia. 
AA.  Stamens   all   perfect   not   didynamous,   nor- 
mally 5. 
B.  Seeds  little,  if  at  all,  flattened. 

c.  Fr  a  few-seeded  berry  ...  8.  Cestrum. 

cc.  Fr  a  many-seeded  cups 

D.  Corolla  with  a  narrow  tube  and  short 

spreading  lobes  9.  Fabiana. 

DD  Corolla  funnel-  or  salver-shaped ,  limb 

equal  or  oblique  10  Nicotiana. 

BB.  Seeds  flattened. 
c.  Fr  a  caps. 

D  Corolla-lobes  plicate 

E.  Caps   4-celled,  and  4-valved  (some- 
times mdehiscent)  11  Datura 
EE   Caps  circumscissile  above  the  middle  12  Scopolta 
DD   Corolla-lobes  imbricate                               13  Hyvscya- 
CC.  Fr  beny-hke,  or  at  least  mdehiscent.  [mus. 
D.  Limb  of  corolla  subequally  plicate  or 
divided  into  valvate  or  induphcate 
lobes 

B.  Anthers  longer  than  filament,  con- 

nivent   connate   in    a   cylinder   or 

cone,  acuminate  at  apex  or  dehij- 

cent  by  2  apical  pores 

F.  Connective  variously  thickened  on 

back  14  Cyphoman- 

FF  Connective  slender  or  obsolete  [dra. 

Q  The  anthers  acuminate,  hollow 
at  tip,  dehiscing  by  a  longi- 
tudinal crack  15  Lycoperai- 
GG  The    anthers    opening    by    an  '    [cum. 
apical  pore  which  is  sometimes 
continued  into  a  longitudinal 
crack                                            16  Solarium 
EB.  Anthers  free,  with  parallel  cells,  and 
dehiscing  by  a  longitudinal  crack 
K  Stamens  affixed  above  middle  of 

tube  17  Satyichroa 

FF  Stamens  affixed  near  the  base  of 

tube 
G  Corolla  nearly  rotate  or  broadly 

bell-shaped 

H   Fruiting     calyx     hardly     en- 
larged 18  Capsicum 
HH   Fruiting     calyx     inflated     or 

bladdery 

I.  Calyx  cut  shortly  or  to  mid- 
dle 10  Physahs 
II   Calyx  parted  to  base               20  Nicandra. 
GO   Corolla  tubular  or  narrowly  fun- 
nel-shaped                                    21  lochroma. 
DD.  Limb  of  corolla  more  or  less  imbricate, 
flat   and   distinct    or    connected    by 
induphcate  sinuses 
B.  The  lobes  imbricated  from  the  base, 

not  plicate 
F.  Plants  woody 

Q   Berry  with  i  stones,  each  1-2- 

seeded  22.  Grabowskia 

GO  Berry  with  2  cells,  each  1-co- 

seeded  23  Lycium 

FF  Plants  herbaceous  .       24.  Atropa. 

EE.  The  sinuses  of  the  corolla  induphcate 
between  the  lobes 

F  Calyx  long  and  tubular 25.  Solandra. 

FF.  Calyx  leafy,  5-fid,  increasing  in  fr.   26.  Mandragora. 


131.  NOLANACE-ffi. 


A.  Corolla-tube     short,    somewhat    bell- 
shaped  American  species 1.  LBTTCOPHTLLUM 

[TRIBB. 
AA.  Corolla  subrotate :  Old  World  species . .    2.  VERB  ASCUM  TRIBB, 

Series  2.  ANTIRRHINIDE^E  Lvs  prevailingly  opposite,  at  least 
the  lower  infl  simple  or  compound,  partially  centrifugal,  i  e  ,  the 
peduncle  cymosely  few-  to  several-fld. ,  posterior  hp  or  lobes  of 
corolla  generally  external  in  the  bud. 

A  Corolla  bilabiate,  lips  inflated,  concave    3.  CALCEOLARIA 
AA.  Corolla   bilabiate    or    nearly   regular;  [TRIBB. 

lips  nearly  plane 
B  Corolla  saccate  or  spurred 

c  Tube  wanting  4  HEMIMERIS  TRIBB. 

cc  Tube  present  . .  5.  ANTIRRHINUM 

BB.  Corolla-tube  not  saccate  nor  spurred  [TRIBB 

c.  Infl     centrifugal,  cymose,   usually 

compound,  rarely  sub-simple  ...  6  CHELONE  TRIBE 
cc   Infl   centripetal 

D  Anthers  1-celled      7  MANULBA  TRIBE 

DD  Anthers  2-celled 8  GRATIOLA  TRIBB. 

Series  3  RHINANTHIDK/B  Lvs  various  infl  simple  or  com- 
pound, corolla-lobes  variously  imbricated,  the  anterior  or  lateral 
ones  usually  exterior. 

A.  Anther-cells  contiguous    at   apex   and 

usually  confluent  plants  not  parasitic    9.  DIGITALIS  TRIBB. 
AA.  Anther-cells  everywhere  distinct  plants 

often  root-parasitic 

B.  Corolla-lobes  all  flat,  usually  spread- 
ing 10.  GERARDIA  TRIBE. 
BB.  Corolla  with  posterior  lip  erect,  con- 
cave or  galeate,  anterior  lip  often 
spreading           .  11.  EUPHRASIA  TRIBB. 

1.  Leucophyllum  Tribe. 

Corolla-lobes  5,  subequal,  spreading 1.  Leucophyl- 

[lum. 
2.  Verbascum  Tnbe. 

2.  Verlxucum. 


Single  genus. . 


132.  SCROPHULARIACEJB. 

Series  I.  PSETJDOSOLANE^D  Lvs.  all  alternate:  infl.  simple, 
antripetal,  corolla  hardly  if  at  all  bilabiate,  the  2  posterior  lobes 
•xternal  in  the  bud. 


A  Stamens  5 
AA.  Stamens  4 


3.  Calceolaria  Tribe. 

The  only  genus  .     .  ...  4  Colceolana. 

4.  Hemimeris  Tnbe. 

A  Corolla  more  or  less  rotate,  resupmate,  the 

grooves  inconspicuous  or  obsolete 5  Alonsoa 

AA  Corolla  spread  out  flat,  swollen  or  saccate 

under  anterior  hp  6  Angelonia. 

AAA  Corolla  flat  or  concave,  with  2  basal  spurs  or 

pouches  7.  Diascia 

AAAA  Corolla-tube  short  with  1  spur  or  sac  on  the 

anterior  side  8.  Nemeeta. 

5.  Antirrhinum  Tribe. 

A  Throat  has  a  prominent  palate 

B  Corolla  spurred  9  7/tnarta 

BB   Corolla  saccate  or  gibbous  at  base      .  10  Antir- 

AA   Throat  has  no  palate  [rhmum 

B  Caps    opens  by  2  apical  pores  which  are 

sometimes  confluent  11.  Anar- 

BB   Caps    opens  by  transverse  holes  or  irregu-  [rhinum. 

larly 

c  Calyx  ample,  membranous  12  Rhodorhiton 

cc  Calyx  smaller,  herbaceous .       13  Maurandia. 

6.  Chelone  Tribe. 

A.  Stammode  often  elongated 

B  Caps  locuhcidally  dehiscent        .         14.  Tetranema. 

BB   Caps  septicidally  dehiscent 
c.  Fls  bilabiate 

D.  Anterior  hp  with   middle  lobe  folded 

upon  itself  and  inclosing  the  stamens  15.  Collinsia. 
DD  Anterior  lip  of  3  flat  spreading  lobes 

E   Seeds  winged  .  16  Chelone 

EE  Seed  not  winged  17.  Pentstemon. 

cc.  Fls  with  all  the  lobes  flat,  spreading  and 

subequal  18.  Ruaaeha. 

AA.  Stammode  usually  in  the  form  of  a  scale  at 

apex  of  corolla-tube  19.  Scrophu- 

AAA  Stammode  small,  minute  or  0.  [larta. 

B.  Stamens  usually  exserted. 

c  Calyx  5-parted  caps  tardily  dehiscent  .  20.  Phygehus. 
cc  Calyx  cup-shaped  berry  mdehiscent.        21.  Hatteria. 
BB.  Stamens  included ,  calyx  5-cut. 

c.  Fr  an  mdehiscent  berry 22.  Teedia. 

cc.  Fr  a  loculicidal  caps      .  .    .  23.  Paulownm. 

7.  Manulea  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx  bilabiate  or  2-parted 24.  Zaluewn- 

[skya. 
AA.  Calyx  5-parted 25.  Chsenoatoma. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


113 


8.  Gratiola  Tribe. 

A.  Perfect  stamen*  2     .26.  Gratiola. 

AA.  Perfect  stamens  4. 

B.  Stamens  all  affixed  inside  corolla-tube 

c   Calyx  bell-shaped,  5-par ted  27  Mazus 

cc  Calyx  tubular,  5-toothed  and  -angled  28.  Mimulus, 
BB.  Stamens  partly  inside  corolla-tube,  partly 

in  throat,  2  affixed  in  each  place  .  20   Torenia. 

9.  Digitalis  Tribe. 

A.  Caps  opens  by  locuhcidal  valves. 

B.  Herbs  creeping  .  .    .  30  Sibthorpui. 

BB   Herbs  upright  31  Rehmannm. 

BBB   Herbs  tmck-rhizomatous,  the  Ivs  nearly  or 

quite  radical  32.  Wulfenm. 

AA.  Caps  opens  by  septioidal  valves. 
B.  Lvs   alternate 

0.  Corolla  decimate,  tvibo  swollen,  or  bell- 

Bhaped,  posterior  hp  spreading  33   Digitalis 

cc  Corolla-tube  slender,  spreading  34  Ennus 

BB.  Lvs   opposite  35   Ounsia 

AAA.  Caps  4-valved  or  locuhcidally  2-valved 

B   Lvs  all  alternate  or  radical  30.  Rynthyns 

BB  Lvs.  (at  least  lower  ones)  opposite     .        .     37   Veronica 

10.  Gerardia  Tribe. 

Calyx-lobes  shorter  than  tube  38.  Gerardia 

11.  Euphrasia  Tribe. 

A.  The  anther-cells  equal  39  Pediculans 

AA.  The  outer  anther-coll  hxod   by  the  middle, 

inner  one  pendulous  or  de  ficient 
B    Calyx  laterally  compressed,  split  on  ante- 
rior side  or  both  40   CastiUeia 
BB   Calyx  4-cut  41   Orthocarpus 

Other  genera  to  be  looked   for  are'  Bowkena,  CrateroHtigma, 
Herpostis,  Landenbergia,  fecymena 


133.  LENTIBULARIACE^E. 

A.  Posterior  lip  of  corolla  erect;  calyx  2-partcd  or 

deeply  2-lobed  1    Utncularui. 

AA.  Posterior  lip  of  corolla  spreading,  calyx  4-5- 

parted  .  .  2  Pinguicula. 

134.  BIGNONIACEJB. 

A.  Ovary  2-celled    cap-?    dehiscent    Ivs    mostly 

opposite 
B.  Valves  opening  parallel  with  septum 

c.  Lvs    2-3-foholatc    shrubs,  climbing  with 

tendrils 

D  Tendrils  filiform,  simple 
E    Disk  present 

F.  Caps  smooth  or  slightly  warty, 
broadly  linear  calyx  with  black 
gland  1  Adeno- 

FF  Caps    rough,  broad    disk  rrenate,         [calymma. 
calyx    Jiot     glandular,     with    5 
subuh.V  teeth  2   Clytostoma. 

EE   Disk    waring,    calyx    with    5    short 

teeth  or  tiunrate  taps   linear  3  Cydista 

DD.  Tendrils    3-parted,     filiform,     slender 
E.  Corolla  straight  or  slightly  curved, 
membranous  cans  narrow ,  smooth 
F.  Lobes   of   eorolla    imbricate,    sta- 
mens melted    tendrils  twice  or 
thrice  3-parted  4  Anisoslichus 

(See  under  Bignoma  ) 
FF.  Lobes  vahate,  stamens  exscrtcd 

tendrils  simply  3-parted  5.  Pyrostegia. 

BE.  Corolla      strongly      curved,      calyx 

leathery,  tomentose 
F.  Stamens  inclosed,  fls   white 

O.  Ovary  warty  caps  broad, 
rough,  not  curved  branches 
angular  6.  Pithecoc- 

GQ.  Ovary    smooth      caps     oblong,  \ten\um. 

curved,  with  a  convex  and  a 
concave  valve  branches  ter- 
eto  7.  Disaciis. 

FF.  Stamens  exserted,  fls.  red,  ovary 

tomentose  .  8.  Ph&dran- 

DDD.  Tendrils    3-parted,    the    ramifications  [thus. 

hooked,  claw-like. 

E  Calyx  truncate  or  lobed,  disk  simple    9  Bignonia. 
EE.  Calyx   splitting   on   one   side,   disk 

double.       .  .  10.  Macfady- 

[en\a. 

cc.  Lvs.  2-3-pirnate  upright  tree  11.  Oroxylon. 

BB.  Valves  opening  at  right  angles  to  septum, 
upright  plants  or  climbing  without  tendrils. 

8 


c.  Habit  climbing  (upright  in  some  forms  of 

Campsis)    Ivs   pinnate 

D  Stamens  exserted   Ifts  serrate.  12  Tecomana. 

DD.  Stamens  inclosed 

B.  Climbing  by  rootlets    Ifts    serrate 

corolla  eampanulate-funnelform       13.  Campns. 
EE.  Climbing     without     rootlets.      Ifts. 

entire 

F.  Corolla  club-shapod,  straight,  up- 
right, fls  in  racemes.,  .        14.  Camptidwm 
FF.  Corolla    camnanulato-funnelform, 

fls   in  panicles  .  16.  Pandorea 

cc.  Habit  upright   herbs,  with  alternate  Ivs.: 

caps   folliculatt  ly  de  hisccnt. 
D.  Seeds    with    membranous    wing'    Ivs. 

simple  or  compound  .          16  Incarnllea 

DD   Seeds  with  fringed  hairs,  IVB  pinnate  17.  Ampkicome. 
ccc   Habit  upright    trees  or  shrubs  with  usu- 
ally opposite  Ivs 
D   Lvs   Minnie  or  digitate 

E    Seeds  fringed  with  hairs    Ivs.  simple, 

F   Fertile  stamens  4  Ivs  linear,  alter- 
nate 18.  Chilopns 
FF  Fertile    stamens    2     Ivs     cordate, 

opposite  19.  Catalpa. 

EE  Seeds  winged  Ivs  simple  or  digitate  20.  Tabebuva. 
DD   Lvs  pinnate,  rarely  simple  and  serrate. 
E.  Septum  flat 

F.  Calyx     ( ampanulnte,     truncate, 

toothed  or lobe  d 
G   Stammode  not  elongated 

H  Anthers  with  enlarged  leafy 
connective,  calyx  regularly 
5 -toothed  shrubs  Ifts. 
serrate,  Ivs  rarely  simple  21.  Tecoma. 
HH  Anthers  w  ithout  enlarge  d  con- 
nect iv  e-,  calyx  irregularly 
2-j-Iobed  tree  Ifts  usually 
entire  22  Helero- 

GO   Stammode  much  elongated  and  [phragma. 

enlarged  at  the  apex  calyx 
small,  fin  in  large-  terminal 
panicles  Ivs  1-2-pinnatc  with 
numerous  1ft*  23.  Jacaranda. 

FF  Calyx  spathe-hke,  splitting  on  one 
side,  corolla  broadly  eampanu- 
lite  24  Spathodea. 

LE.  Septum  thick,  spongy 

F  Seeds  in  de-c  p  impressions  of  the 
septum  cilyx  truneate  or  in- 
distinctly toothed  l%c  usually 
bipinnutf  23  Rader- 

FF   Seeds    in    shallow    impre.sions    of  [nuuluni 

the    septum      calyx     i-  Globed 
hs    pinnate  20   Stereosver- 

AA   Ovary  1-ct  lied  [mum. 

B  I-r  a  dehiscent  caps  corolla  tubular,  nar- 
rowed nt  the  mouth  Ivs  opposite,  pinnate 
climbing  with  Umlnl-  ,  27  Eccrermi- 

BB   Fr     mdehiscent      corolla    cainpanulate    or  [carpus, 

eampanulate-funnelform    trei  s  or  shrubs, 
with  alternate  hs 
c    Lvs   simple  or  3-foholate 

D   Calyx  spat  he-like,  splitting  on  one  side, 

corolK  regular,  fls   on  the  old  wood     28  Parmentusra. 
DI>    Calyx  campuriulate,   irregularly  lobed, 
corolla  v  cry  irregula. ,  fls    at  the  end 

cc   Lvs  pinnate  corolla  irregular  30  Kigeha 

The  genus  Colea  is  also  more  or  less  in  cultivation  within  our  limits. 


135.  GESNERIACE-ffl. 

A   Ovary  more  or  less  inferior:  fr.  capsular. 

B   DiskO  1.  Niphxa. 

BB    Disk  annular 

c   Fls   smallish,  pallid  or  white     2.  Dicyrta. 

cc   Fls   largish,  variously  colored 

D  Corolla-tube  broadly  swollen  or  bell- 
shaped,  calyx-lobes  usually  membra- 
nous or  leafy  3.  Gloxinia. 

(Of  botanists,  not  of  florists  ) 
DD   Corolla-tube     cylindrical     or      broad- 
ened   above,   calyx-lobes  narrow   or 
short 
E   The  fls   axillary          .  4  Achimenes. 

(Consult  also  Scheena.) 
EK.  The  fls  alternate  in  a  terminal,  leaf- 
less raceme  5.  Nxgelia. 
BBB   Disk  of  5  distinct  or  but  slightly  united 

glands,  these  equal  or  unequal 
c  Caps  inferior  to  the  middle  or  higher 

D  Anther-cells  confluent  at  apex  .  6  SinmnyM 

(Gloxinia  of  florists.) 

DD  Anther-cells  distinct     .         .  7.  Isoloma 

cc.  Caps    shortly  immersed  at  base,  almost 

superior  ....  8.  Getnen~ 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


AA.  Ovary  wholly  superior-  fr  capsular  or  baccate, 

unknown  in  Samtpauha 
B.  Anther-cells  distinct  and  parallel. 

o.  Disk  with  a  largo  posterior  gland,  other- 
wise small  or  wanting 

D.  Filaments  free  among  themselves  9  Epiacta. 

DD.  Filaments  connate  into  a  sheath  which 

is  split  on  the  posterior  side. 

E.  Anthers  separate  10  Alloplectus. 

KB  Anthers  connate  cross-like  ...         11   Columnea. 
cc.  Disk    annular,    elevated,    almost    cup- 
uhaped. 

D.  Perfect  stamens  2     , 12  Agabnyla. 

DD.  Perfect  stamens  4     13.  Tnchos- 

[porum 

OCC.  Disk  obsolete  .          14  Mitrana. 

BB.  Anther-colls  divaricate  or  diverging,  rarely 

sub-parallel 
c.  Disk  0 

D  Anthers  free  .      .  15.  Ramonda. 

DD.  Anthers  cohering  in  a  tube  extending 

beyond  the  cells  .  10  Conandron. 

cc.  Disk  reduced  to  a  posterior  gland  17   Codonanthe. 

COO.  Disk  a  ring  (rarely  dimidiate  m  Chirita) 
E   Lvs  cauhne,  opposite 

p.  Stamens  4  18  Bctlena. 

TV.  Stamens  2  .  19  Chirita. 

EK  Lvs.  basal  (rarely  opposite  in  Strep- 

tocarpus) 

p.  Stamens  4     ....          .20  Haberl&a 
pp.  Stamens  2  [pus. 

a.  Corolla-tube  long     .  .21   Streptocar- 

aa.  Corolla-tube  short        .     .  22  Samtpauha. 

Additional  ttenera  described  are'  Acanthonema,  Boea, 
Corytholoma,  Cyrtandra,  Klugia,  Lysionotus,  Rhabdothamnus 
and  Roettlera. 


136.  MARTYNIACE^E. 

..  Corolla-tubes  swollen  abov  e  tho  short  base  1   Martyma 

..  Corolla-tube  very  long,  slender  and  cylindrical 

with  a  bell-shaped  throat  2  Cramolaria 


137.  PEDALIACEjE. 


..  Caps  truncate  at  apex,  the  angles  awned  < 

horned 
..  Cape,  obtuse  or  acuminate,  unarmed  . . 


oo.  Tube    long,    slender,    scarcely 

swollen  at  apex          14.  Chanutr- 

[anthemum. 

DD  Stamens  2-  ovules  in  each  cell  2        . .   15  Eranthe- 
cc.  Corolla  bilabiate  or  sub-equally  4-cut.  [mum. 

D.  Ovules  in  each  cell  3  or  more  16  Phlogacan- 

DD.  Ovules  in  each  cell  2  [thus 

E  Fls    with  2  or  4  bracts  longer  than 

calyx  .      ,17.  Penstrophe. 

EE   Fls  without  such  bracts 

F  Stamens  4,  anthers  all  1-cellod    .   18.  Aphelandra. 
FF  Stamens  2,  anthers  2-oolkd 

Q.  Anther-cells   unlike,  one  larger 
or   afhxod    higher     (In    Jaco- 
bima  cells  often  subequal  ) 
H   The  lower  anther  coll  usually 

spurred  19.  Justic%a. 

HH  The  anther-cells  not  spurred, 
sometimes  equally  mucron- 
ate  at  base 
I.  The  corolla  with  short  tube 

and  ample  lips  20.  Adhatoda. 

u  The     corolla-tube     usually 

long  and  narrow  21.  Jacob\nia. 

GG.  Anther-cells  equal 

H.  Stammodfs  at   base   of  fila- 

i   Corolla-tube  swollen  above, 
posterior     lip     incurved, 
anterior  spreading,  3-cut  22.  Graptophyl- 
II    Corolla-tube  elongated,  limb  [lum, 

sub-bilubiatc,  4-lobed         23   Thyrsacan- 
HH  Stammodps  0  [thut 

i   Veins  ot  h  s  \\  lute  or  colored  24  F\Uonia. 
u    \  cina  of  Ivs   green 

j   Calyx-segms      linear     or 

bmtle-hke  25  Schaueria 

jj   Calyx  small,  lobes  acute 

or  acuminate  2t>  Antaacan- 

[thus 

The  following  gonora  arc  also  treated  Anisotes,  Belopcrone, 
Diarithera,  Dichntera,  Duvc  rnon,  Dysrhoriste,  Lcpidagathis, 
Micranthus,  Pseuderanthcmuui,  Kungia  arid  Warpuna 


139.  GLOBULARIACE^E,  or  SELAGINACE-ffi. 

A.  Calyx  5-cut,  the  2  posterior  lobes  of  the  corolla 


1  Ceralotheca 

2  Sesamum 


narrow  or  conna 
AA   Calyx  rut  do\\n  < 
coroUa  4. 


or  define 
j  side,  pc 


1    Globv'ana. 


2  Heben- 

[streitta 


138.  ACANTHACEJE. 

A.  Corolla  expanded  into  a  single  obovate  lip 
B.  Calyx  of  normal  texture,  posterior  segms 

3-5-nerved  1   Blepharis. 

BB.  Calyx  usually  cartilaginous,  posterior  segm 

3-5-nerved  2.  Acanthus. 

AA.  Corolla  with  subequal  limb,  or  2-hpped 
B.  The  corolla  contorted 

C  Ovary  with  2  collateral  ovules  in  each 

cell,  or  by  abortion  1  3   Thunbergia. 

cc  Ovary  with  2  to  many  ovules  in  each  cell, 
in  1  senes  or   alternately  placed   ono 
above  another 
D,  Filaments  connate  in  pairs  at  the  base. 

B.  Caps  subterete  4  Ruellia 

EE   Caps     compressed    parallel    to    the 

septum  5  Dsedalacan- 

DD.  Filaments   equidistant    or   suboonnato  [thus. 

at    the    base    in    pairs,    calyx-lobes 
obtuse  6  Sanchezia. 

DDD.  Filaments  crowded  or  connate  at  the 
base  on  the  posterior  wall  of  the  tube 
or  2  posterior  filaments  affixed  a 
little  higher 

E  Calyx  ample,  membranous  or  colored.  I.Wh-Ufieldia 
EE  Calyx-segnw  linear,  not  colored. 

F  Ovules  2  m  each  cell        8  Strobi- 

[lanthes 

*r  Ovules  3  to  many  in  each  cell  9.  Hemigra- 

BB.  The  corolla  not  contorted  [phis 

c.  Corolla  of  6  flat  lobes,  not  bilabiate. 
D  Stamens  4 

E.  The   corolla-lobos  variously  imbri- 
cated, lateral  one?  usually  outer 
p  Anthers  all  2-cellea  ....        10.  Barlena 

Tf  Anthers  all  1-colled     .  11.  Crossandra 

BB.  The    anterior    corolla-lobe    outside, 

posterior  one  inside 

p  Anthers  all  1 -celled     .  . .   12>  Sienan- 

PP.  Anthers  all  2-celled  (in  Chamisran-  [dnum. 

themum,   the  posterior  anthers 
sometimes  1 -celled). 
Q.  Tuba   swollen   into  a   long  or 

broad  throat 13.  A»v»tana. 


The  only  gei 


140.  PHRYMACE^E. 


141.  MYOPORACE^B. 


Phryma 


Corolla  more  or  less  boll-shaped,  rarely  funnel- 
shaped,  with  a  subregulnr  limb,  ovary  2-  or 
more-celled,  cells  1-ovulcd,  rarely  2-cellod  and 
2-ovuled  Myoporum. 


142.  VERBENACEJE. 


L.  Infl   centripetal 
B   Fls   sessile  in  the  spike 

c  Nutlets  2,  or  by  abortion  1,  1-secded. 

D  Fr  a  juicy  berry 
DJ>  Fr     drupaceous      calyx     2-4-cut 
-toothed  .    . . 

»DD  Fr.  dry  calyx  5-toothed 
cc  Nutlet*  or  cells  of  fr.  4,  or  by  abortion 

fewer,  1-seeded 

BB   Fls    pedicellcd 
c  Nutlets  1-sceded 

D  Number  of  nutlets  4 

DD   Number  of  nutlets  2  or  1 

cc.  Nutlets  2-seeded,  in  pyrenes  2-6,  2-lo- 

cellate  .    . 

i   Infl   centrifugal. 

8.  Fr.  drupe-like,  entire  or  4-lobed,  «xocarp 
usually  pulpy  or  fleshy,  the  endocaip  en- 
tire or  4-celled,  often  separating  into  4 
nutlets 
c  Corolla    regular,    stamens    as    many    as 

petals 

cc.  Corolla-limb  oblique,  with  anterior  lob« 
produced,  or  sub-bilabiate ,  stamens  4, 
didynamous  or  arched  under  posterior 
lobes 
D.  Drupe  with  one  4-oelled  stone. 

B.  Corolla-tube  cylindrical,  short. 


1.  I^anlana 

2.  Ltppia 

3  Stachytar- 

[pheta 
4.  Verbena 


5.  Amasoma. 
6  Petrva. 


8.  Callicarpa. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


115 


BB  Corolla-tube  strongly  dilated  above    10  Gmehna. 
»D.  Drupe  4-partod,  with  4  stones,  or  by 

reduction  1 -stoned  (this  1-celled) 
B  Fertile  stamens  2  11  Oxera 

BB  Fertile  stamens  4  12  Cleroden- 

BB.  Fr  dry,  subcapsular,  exocarp  with  4  valves  [dron. 

involute  at  the  margin  from  the  base  up, 
which  carry  off  the  nutletH  and  leave  no 
central  column  . .  .  13.  Caryopteris. 

Other  genera  m  cultivation  in  North  America  are  Avioenma, 
Citharexylum,  Congea,  Diostea,  Faradaya,  Premna. 


143.  LABIATJB. 
7.  Summary  of  Tribes 

Ignonng  exceptions. 

A.  The  nutlets  fleshy  or  drupe-like,  af- 
fixed to  a  small  basal  or  oblong  m- 
trorsely  oblique  areole   ovary  4-lobcd    1    PRASIA  TBIBB. 
AA.  The  nutlets  dry  or  hard 

B.  Ovary  shortly,  rarely  deeply  4-lobe»d 
nutlets  wrinkled  or  netted,  affixed 
to  an  obliquely  mtrorse  or  lateral, 
usually  large,  areole 
C.  Seeds,    when    known,  with    endo- 
sperm    corolla    with    an    ample 
throat  and  broad  lobes  2  PHOSTANTHEHA 

cc  Seeds  without  endosperm    corolla  (TRIBE. 

various  3  AJUQA  TRIBE. 

BB.  O\ary  4-parted  to  the  bane  nutlets 
affixeel  to  a  small  basal  or  slightly 
oblique  areole 

C.  Stamens  drcltnate,  perfect  ones  4, 
rarely  2,  anthers  1-e  clle>d  by  con- 
fluence 4  OCIMUM  TRIBE. 
D   Subtnhe  1      KIOMMI  v      \ree>Ie 
basal,   stamens   iisirilly  e  xser- 
ted,       anterior       rorolla-lobe 
usually  unlike  the  others 
DD.  Subtribe  2    L\\  \\DULEB    Are- 
ole   extrorsely    oblique,     sta- 
mens   included,    corolla-lobes 
equal    or     the     anterior    lobe 
with  the  lateral  ones  forming 
the  anterior  lip 

CC.  Stamens     ascending,     or     in     the 
Stachys  Tribe   sometimes  inclu- 
ded    (Consult  also  e  cc  ) 
D.  Perfect  stamens  2,   anther-cells 
linear,    separate,    solitary    or 

confluent  5  MONARDA  TRIBE. 

DD.  Perfect  stamens  4,   rarely  2  m 

the  Nepeta  Tribe 
E   Calyx  usually  15-ner\ed,  pos- 
terior stamens  longer  than 
the  anterior  6  NEPETA  TRIBE. 

EE  Calyx  5-  or  10-nerved,  pos- 
terior stamens  shorter  than 
anterior,  posterior  hp  of 
corolla  erect,  usually  con- 
cave or  fornicate,  anterior 
spreading,  3-cut  7  STACHYS  TRIBB. 

F   Subtnbe  1     ScLrELL<u»iEJZ 
Calyx     bilabiate     or     at 
length  2-parted,  t  he  mouth 
closed  after  anthcsi* 
FF   Calyx  not  bilabiate 

G  Suhtribe       2          MKMT- 
rtt.      Corolla-tube 
long  -exserted,  calyx 
broad,  of  5  short  tetth 
or  3-4  broad  lobes 
GO.  Corolla-tube  included  or 
slight lyexsertod,  rarely 
long  -exserted,  calyx 
tubular  or  bell-shaped, 
5-10-tootbed. 
H.  Subtnbe      3        MAR- 
Ruuiris        Stamens 
included 
HH  Subtribe   4      LAMIEB 

Stamens  exserted 

CCC.  Stamens  straight,  diverging  or 
ascending,  perfect  ones  4  or  2, 
calyx  5-,  10-,  or  13-nerved,  rarely 
15-nerved,  corolla-lobes  usually 
flat  8.  SATURBIA  TRIBB. 

D  Subtnbe     1       POGOSTEMONE./B. 
Anthers   1-cellod,  subglobose; 
stamens  distinct,  straight 
DD  Anthers   2-cellod,    at   least   the 

younger  ones 

E  Subtribe  2.  MENTHOID&JB. 
Calyx  usually  5-  or  1O- 
nerved,  stamens  distant 
or  divaricate. 


BE.  Subtribe  3  MELISSEA  Calyx 
usually  13-nerved,  stamens 
ascending,  at  least  at  the 
base. 


II.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
I.  Prasia  Tribe. 

Not  m  cultivation. 

2.  Prostanthera  Tribe. 

A*  Calyx  bilabiate;  lips  entire  or  anterior  emar- 

gmate     .  .          1.  Prostan- 

[thera. 
AA.  Calyx  equal,  5-toothed 2.  Westring\a. 

3.  Ajuga  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla-tube     slender,     lobes     5,     subequal, 

spreading  3  Tnchostema. 

AA.  Corolla-tube,  quasi  1 -lipped,  the  posterior 
lobes  and  small  latoal  om  s  drclmate  at  the 
con  tract  i  d  base  of  the  very  large  anterior 
lobe,  or  rarely  erect  4  Teucrium. 

AAA.  Corolla-tube  short  or  exserted,  the  posterior 
lip  short,  erect,  2-fut,  anterior  much  longer 
and  its  middle  lobe  largest  5  Ajuga. 

4.  Ocimum  Tribe. 

A   Subtribe  1    EuociMrr 

B  Anterior  lob<  of  corolla  hardly  longer  than 
the  others,  often  narrower,  decimate,  flat 
r  slightly  r 


c   Fi 


It-flexed 


7  Moschosma. 


8  Coleus 

9  Plectra*- 

[thu*. 
10  Lavandula. 


..  .  urging,   often 

dec  hnate 
BB   Anterior  lobe  of  corolla  longer  than  other 

cone  a\  e  or  boat-shaped 
c   Filaments  connate  at  the  base  in  a  tube 
cc   Filaments  free 

AA.  Subtnbe  2    LAVANDULE^;    Sole  genus 

S.  Monarda  Tribe. 

A  Calyx  tubular  .11.  Monarda. 

AA  Calyx  bilabiate 

B   Fertile  anther-cells  2    upper  hp  of  corolla 

4-lohofl  12  Perowskia. 

BB    tortile   anther-cells   1     upper  hp  of  corolla 

entire  or  bifid 

c  Connective  continuous  with  fiHment  and 
not  indicated  unlc&s  by  a  slender 
reflexed  tcx>th  13.  Rosmannus. 

cc  ComiLLtue  'irtuulattd  to  the  filament 
but  not  produe  ed  or  \try  shortly  ae  umi- 
natc  14.  Audibertia. 

CCC   Connective    rlongitid,    •^ft^itile    on    the 

beyond  the  artit  ulatmn  and  either  dila- 
ted or  bearing  an  abortne  rudiment 
of  the  second  anther-cell  15.  Salma. 


6.  Nepeta  Tnbe. 

h   the  postcnoi 


A    Calyx  bilabiate  o 

much  wider  than  the-  otners 
AA   Calyx  tubular,  mouth  straight 
B  Stamens    erect    or    dutrgin 
parallel  or  at  length  d; 


tooth 

16  Dracoceph- 
obhque  [alum. 
anther-cells 

17  Lophanthus. 


BB   Stamens  ase_e  tiding  or  straightish,   anther- 
cells  parallel  18  Cedronella. 
BBS   Stamens  ascending  and  parallel  or  in  a  few 
species   rather  lax   and  distant,   anther- 


cclla  divergent  o 


. .   19.  Afepeta. 


7.  Stachys  Tribe. 
Subtnbe  1.   Scutellarlese. 

I  A.  The  calyx-hp  entire  .         20.  Scutettana. 

JLA.  The   posterior   calyx-lip   3-toothed,    antenor 

2-fid. .  21.BnuuUa. 

Subtribe  2.   Melittese. 


A.  Anther-eel 
toothed 
AA.  Anther-cells  divergent,  calyx  3-lobed 


parallel,    calyx    subequally    5- 

22.  Physostegvi. 
.23.  Mehttv,. 


Subtnbe  3.   Marrubieae 

Calyx     5-10-toothed,     corolla-tube     included, 

anther-cells  at  length  confluent 24.  Mamibtum. 


116 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Subtribe  4.  Lamieee. 

A.  The  posterior  hp  of  corolla  often  short  or  flat, 

glabrous  or  pubescent  25  Colguhoun\a. 

AA.  The  posterior  lip  concave  or  fornicate,  rarely 

flattish,  usually  villous 
B.  Teeth  of  calyx  ti  -13,  rarely  5 

c  Calyx  very  broad  at  apex  .  26  Moluccella. 

cc  Calyx  long-tubular  .  27  Leonolia. 

BB  Teeth  of  calyx  5 

c.  Stamens   often    cast    to   one    side    after 

anthesis  28  Stachys. 

cc  Stamens  often  hairy  on  the  back  of  the 

anthers  29  Lamium. 

ccc  Stamens   often    have   the   posterior   fila- 
ments appendaged  at  the  base  30  Phlomia. 

8.  Satureia  Tribe. 
Subtribe  1.   Pogostemoneae 

Calyx,  5-toothed,  corolla  4-cut,  anterior  lobes 

usually  wider  spreading  .  31.  Pogoatemon. 

Subtribe  2.  Menthoideae. 

A.  Whorls  spicate  or  racemose,  not  axillary 
B   Calyx  equal,  erect,  often  elongated  in  fr  , 

whorls  many-fid  32  ElshoUzta. 

BB   Calyx  subequal  in  anthems,  but  decimate 

and  bilabiate  m  fr  ,  \vhorh  2-fld 

c   Nutlets  smooth  33  Colhnsonia 

or   Nutlets  netted-vemed  34   Perilla 

AA  Whorls  axillary  (or,  in  a  fe\v  species  of  Mcn- 

tha,  crowded  in  a  dense  terminal  spike) 
B   Perfect  stamens  4  35  Mentha 

BB   Perfect  stamens  2  36  Cunila 

AAA.  Whorh  in  dense  heads  surrounded  by  involu- 

cral  bracts 
B   Corolla  sub-bilabiate,  whorls  densely  mauy- 

fld 
c.  Lobes  of  corolla  ovate,  heads  often  corym- 

bose-pamcled  37  Pycnantha* 

CC.  Lobes  of  corolla  oblong  or  linear,  heads  [mum. 

globose,  solitary  38  MonardeUa. 

BB  Corolla  bilabiate,  whorls  2-fld  ,  rarely  more, 
heads  solitary,  crowded  or  corymbose 
pamcled  39.  Origanum. 


AAAA   Whorls  few-fld  .  axillary  or  the  upper  ones 
spicate ,  calyx-throat  closed  by  villous  hairs  < 
AA    Whorls  axillary  or  the  highest  spicatc,  calyx 


40.  Thv 


open-bell-shapod,  equal 
B   Calyx  10-nerved,  stamens  ascending  41   Satureia. 

BB  Calyx  15-nerved,  stamens  divergent      .     .  42  Hyssopus. 

Subtnbe  3.   Melisseae. 

A.  Posterior  hp  of  corolla  concave,  sickle-shape 

or  galeate  43  Acantho- 

AA.  Posterior  lip  of  corolla  flattish  or  slightly  con-  [mintha. 

cave 
B.  Calyx  distinctly  2-hpped 

c   Corolla-tube  straight  or  slightly  curved      44  Satureia  § 
cc  Corolla-tube  below  the  middle  recurved-        [Calamintha 

ascending  45  Melissa 

BB   Calyx  equal  or  sub-bilabiate 

c   Perfect  stamens  4  46  Mirromena. 

cc   Perfect  stamens  2  47  Hedeoma 

Other  genera  treated   are     Eremostachys,   Galeopsis,   Pycnos- 
tachys,  Sidentis,  Synandra  and  Tinnea 


144.  PLANTAGINACE^E. 

One  genus  in  cultivation  Plantago. 


145.  NYCTAGINACE^E. 

A  Fls  involucrate 
B  Stigma  with  a  small  head,  anthers  didyna- 

mous  .       1  Mirabiht. 

BB   Stigma  linear,  anthers  not  didynamous         .   2  Abronia. 
AA   Fls  not  involucrate,  but  bractcd 

B  Bracts  large,  colored  3  Bougain- 

[inUea. 
BB  Bracts  very  small  .  .  4.  Piaonia. 


146.  AMARANTACBJB. 


A  Anthers  2-celled 
B  Ovary  2-ovuled 

c   Fr  a  utricle 

cc  Fr  berry-like 

BB.  Ovary  1-ovuled. 

a  Ovule  erect,  with  a  short  fumculua. 


1  Celona. 

2  Deerinyia. 


D  Segms  of  perianth  stellate  in  fr  :  fls.  in 

terminal  racemes  shrubs  .     3.  Botea, 

DD.  Segms  of  perianth  upright  m  fr.:  fls.  in 

clusters  or  panicles   herbs  4  Amarantus. 

cc.  Ovule  suspended   from  the   apex   of  an 

elongated  fumculus 

D.  Perianth-segms   scanous  at  apex,  con- 
nate at  base  .  5.  Tnchinium. 
DD.  Perianth-segms    hyaline,  membranous 

or  somewhat  papery,  lanate  .  .     . 
AA.  Anthers  1-celled 

B   Fls    minute  m  glomerules  or  little-spiked 

along  the  sparse  branches  of  the  panicle  .  7  Ireaine. 
BB.  Fls  in  heads  or  spikes  rarely  pamcled 
C  Stigmas  2 

D   Perianth-segms  free  or  connate  at  base  8  Gomphrena 
DD   Perianth-tube  5-cut,  cristate  or  winged 

m  fr  9  Fraelichia. 

cc   Stigrna  simple 

D  Starnmal  tube  short  or  long,  with  5  an- 
ther-bearing awl-shaped  lacmue  and 
5  antherless  lacunae  interposed  10.  Telanthera 

DD   St  animal    tubes    with    no    antherless 

lacimse  interposed  .11   P/affia. 


147.  CHENOPODIACEJE. 

A  Fls  with  4  bractlets,  2  of  which  are  adnate  to 

the  perianth  at  the  base,  or  higher 

B   Embryo  spiral  filaments  straight  in  the  bud    1   Basella. 
BB   Embryo  semi-annular  filaments  recurved  at 

apex  or  lower  in  the  bud  2  Boussin- 

AA   Fls   with  bractlets  not  adnate  to  perianth  [gaultui. 

B   Embryo  spiral   endosperm  scant  or  0  3   Salsola. 

BB   Embryo   ring-shaped   or   horseshoe-shaped 
endosperm  copious      (Sahcorma  has  con- 
duplicate  embryo  nnd  no  endosperm  ) 
c   St     and    branches    articulated     fls     im- 
mersed   in    ca\es    m    the    superposed 
joints   no  foliage-lvs  4  Salicorn\a. 

cc   St   not  articulated 

D  Perianths  heteiomorphous,  stammate 
without  bracts,  3-5-lobed  or  parted, 
pistillate  usually  0  fls  with  2  bract- 
lets  accrescent  in  fr  free  or  connate 
into  a  sack,  and  no  perianth 
E  Pistillate  fls  without  pt  nanth,  3-4- 

toothed  5  Spinana. 

EE   Pistillate  fls  with  ample  bracts  which 

enlarge  in  fr  ,  perianth  0  6   Atriplex 

DD   Perianths   hornomorphoux,  i  e  ,  not  of 

E   Fls  hermaphrodite  nnd  feminine,  sol- 
itary or  jjloinc  rate    seed  horizontal, 
embryo  annular,  albumen  sc  ant          7   Kochta. 
EE    Fls      glorneraU ,     hermaphrodite    or 
unisexual     seed    erect,   inverse  or 

shoe-shaped 

F.  Perianth-tube  surrounded  by  a 
wing  stamens  5  seed  hon/ontal, 
bony  8  Cycloloma. 

TV.  Perianth  o-parted,  usually  un- 
seed erect  or  horizontal,  bony  or 
leathery  9.  Chenopod- 

FFF  Perianth  5-lobed,  hardened  at  the  [turn 

base    in    fr       seed     houzontal, 
leathery  10  Beta. 

The  genus  Ullucus,  allied  to  Basella,  is  also  described  briefly. 


148.  PHYTOLACCACEJE. 

A.  Ovary  superior 

B  Carpel  1  1  Rivina 

BB  Carpels  2- <»,  united  into  a  berry  2  Phytolacca 

BBB  Carpels  1  or  2,  united,  the  fr  with  scales  at 

top  3  Petiveria 

AA.  Ovary  semi-infenor   fr  inferior  4  Agdestis. 


149.  POLYGONACEJE. 

A.  The  fls  fascicled  in  the  axils  or  at  the  nodes  of 
infl     (In  the  first  3  genera  sometimes  along 
the  rachis  of  mfl  ) 
B.  Endosperm    3-G-lobed    with    longitudinal 

grooves  and  usually  ruminate 
c.  Fruiting  perianth  fleshy  or  berry-hke  at 
the  base  or  everywhere,   the   nut  in- 
cluded or  exserted  at  the  apex  1  Muehlen- 
cc.  Fruiting  perianth  with  fleshy  or  berry-  [becfoa, 
bke  tube,  including  the  nut  and  often  ad- 
nate to  it,  crowned  by  the  unchanged 
connivent  or  marcescent  hmb 2.  Caccoloba. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


117 


ccc.  Fruiting  perianth  enlarged,  membranous 

or    scarious,     colored,     outer     segms. 

larger  and  broadly  cordate,  inner  ones 

oblong  3.  Antigonon. 

cccc.  Fruiting   perianth   developing   wings  on 

the  3  outer  parts  4   Tnplant. 

BB.  Endosperm  equable,  entire 

c.  Perianth     S-meroua,     rarely     4-merous; 
styles    usually    filiform    and    stigmas 
usually  capitate. 
D.  Pistil  2-3-merouH,  stamens  usually  6-8 

shrubs,  often  spmescent  5.  Atraphaxis. 

DD  Pistil   3-merous    stamens   8  or   fewer 

herbaceous,  rarely  suffrutn  owe 
E   Nut  entirely  or  nearly  covered  by 

the  fruiting  perianth  6  Polygonum. 

BE.  Nut  much  longer  than  the  fruiting 

perianth  .  7.  Faoopyrum. 

CC.  Perianth  6-merous,  rarely  4-merous 

D  Stamens  9,  rarely  0,  fruiting  perianth 

unchanged  nut.J-wmged  8.  Rheum. 


DD.  Stamens  6,   rarely  Q,  inner  seKms    of 
"  'lilting  perianth  much  enlarged,  erect 


fruit 


and  including  the  J-angled  nut  9.  Rumex. 

AA.  The  fls  in  mfl  dichotomously  or  umbellately 
branched,  tho  floral  Ivs  or  bracts  connate 
below  the  branches  into  one  3-cut  bract,  or 
free  and  3-°o  m  number  .  10.  Enogonum. 


150.  NEPENTHACE.fi. 


BBB.  The  penanth-segms  deciduous  from  base, 
fruiting  tube  flattened  or  disk-shaped  and 
entire  or  truncate  4  Cinnamo- 

LAA.  Anthers  mtrorsely  locellato,  valves  dehiscing  [mum  8 

upward.  [Camphora 

B.  Fls  in  a  short,  lax  raceme,  accompanied  by 

small  and  narrow  bracts  5.  Sassafras. 

BB.  Fls  umbellate,  capitate  or  rarely  solitary, 
umbels  or  heads  before  anthesis  included 
in  a  4-6-bracted  involucre. 

C.  Locell»  of  anther  4  6.  Umbettul- 

CC.  Locellae  2  [aria. 

D  Stamens  usually  9 ,  fls  dioecious  7.  Benzoin. 

DD.  Stamens  usually  12-20,  fls.  polygamous  8  Laurus. 
The  genus  Litsea  is  sparingly  in  cultivation 


158.  THYMELjEACE.fi. 

A  Stamens  fewer  than  the  corolla-lobes.   .        .    . 
AA.  Stamens  twice  as  many  as  corolla-lobes 
B.  Disk  0  or  a  very  short  ring 

c  Perianth-tube   cylindrical,   limb   spread - 


The  only  genus 


Nepenthes. 


2.  Daphne. 
cc.  Perianth  much  swollen  above,  obliquely 

truncate,  limb  not  spreading  .  3  Dirca. 

BB.  Disk  more  or  less  lobed  or  oblique 

c   Fie  .5-merous,  disk  cup-shaped  ..    ..  4.  Dais 

CC   Fls  4-merous 

D  The  disk  annular,  lobes  very  short 5  Edgeworthia. 

DD  The  disk  4-cut  or  2-cut  . .         6    Wikstramia 

The  genera  Gmdia,  Lagetta,  and  Thyinelsea  will  also  be  found 
in  the  book 


151.  ARISTOLOCHIACE^E. 

A.  Perianth  persistent,  3-lobed  above  ovary, 
regular  stamens  12  surrounding  the  style  in 
2  series,  anthers  free  1  Asc 

AA.  Perianth  deciduous,  irregular,  polymorphous, 
anthers  0-°°,  adnate  in  1  series  to  a  stylar 
column  2  4ri 


152.  SAURURACE^E. 


A.  Stamens  3 
AA   Stamens  5-8 

B   Carpels  connate 
BB.  Carpels  distinct 


2   Anemopsis 
.     6  Saururus 


153.  PIPERACE.fi. 

A.  Stamens   2-0,    anther-cells   usually   distinct, 

stigmas  3-4,  rarely  2  or  5  1   Piper 

AA.  Stamens  2,  anther-eells  confluent  into  one 
2-valved  anther,  stigma  terminal  or  lateral, 
pemtillate  or  undivided  2.  Pepero 


154.  CHLORANTHACEJB. 

In  cultivation  .  Chloranthus. 


159.  PROTEACE.fi. 

Series  1.  Fr  an  indehisoent  nut  or  drupe:  fla.  usually  solitary 
with  a  bract  under  each  one 

A.  I1  Is  dioecious  by  abortion,  regular 1.  Leucaden- 

dron. 
AA  Fls.  hermaphrodite,  irregular  2.  Protea. 

Series  2  Fr  folhcular,  capsular  or  rarely  indehiscent  and  sub- 
drupaceous  fls  usually  in  pairs  along  the  rachis  with  only  1  bract 
for  each  pair 

A    Ovules  2,  collateral 
B   Fls  racemose  or  fascicled,  involucre  none  or 

inconspicuous,  bracts  deciduous 
c  The  ovules  pendulous,  orthotropous 
D   Fr      scarcely     or     tardily     dehiscent, 
pericarp  thick,  fleshy  or  hard,  seeds 
with  thick,  often  unequal  cotyledons 
E    Perianth-limb  recurved  ,    3  Guevina 

EE    Perianth  straight  4   Macadamia. 

DD   Fr     folhcular    or    obliquely    2-valyed, 

seeds  compressed,  margined  or  wing      5.  Roupala. 
cc  The  ovules  laterally  affixed  or  ascending 

D  Seeds  with  or  w  ithout  a  narrow  wing        6  QreviUea. 
DD  Seeds   samara-hke,    wing   oblong,    ter- 
minal 7   f/aHea 
BB   Fls  in  dense  bracted  spikes  or  cones  8  Banksia 
AA   Ovules  4  or  more 

B    Fls  umbellate  seeds  winged  below  9  Stenocarpus. 

BB   Fls    m  dense  racemes     seeds  samara-like, 

\vithanoblongternnnal\ung  10  Telopea. 

BBB  Fls  twin,  in  short  or  long  racemes  seeds 
samara-like  with  a  terminal  truncate 
wing  .  11  Lomatia 


155.  MYRISTICACE.fi. 


Sole  genus 


..  Mynstica. 


156.  MONIMIACE.fi. 


A.  Stamens  numerous,  anther-cells  dehiscing  in 

a  2-valved  fashion  by  a  longitudinal  crack.. .   1.  Peumus. 
AA.  Stamens  6-12,  anther-cells  dehiscing  above ...  2.  Laurelia. 


157.  LAURACE.fi. 

A.  Anthers  2-locellate,  valves  laterally  dehiscent 

or  quickly  deciduous  1.  Hemandta. 

AA.  Anthers  extrorsely  loccllate,  valves  dehiscent 

upwards 

B.  The  whole  perianth  persisting  under  the  fr  , 
appressed  or  slightly  spreading,  perianth 
sometimes  deciduous  from  the  base  2.  Persea. 

BB.  The  pcrianth-segms   at  length  transversely 

cut,  leaving  tho  fruiting  tube  bell-shaped  [mum. 

or  expanded  and  6-toothed  ..  .  3.  Cinnamo- 


160.  ELJEAGNACE.fi. 

A  LVB  alternate   stamens  4 

B   Fls  hermaphrodite  

BB   Fls  unisexual,  usually  dioscious 

AA   Lvs  opposite   stamens  8       


161.  LORANTHACEJB. 


A  Perianth  double 
AA   Perianth  single  or  simple 


Viscum  is  also  of  general  interest. 


162.  SANTALACEJ2. 

A.  Plant  herbaceous,  low 
AA  Plant  woody,  shrubs  or  trees. 

B   Fls  perfect  .... 

BB   Fls  dioecious  or  polygamous 

c   Lvs  alternate 
cc.  Lvs  opposite  


1  Elxagnus 

2  Hippophal. 

3  Shepherds. 


1.  iMranthus. 
2  Phoraden- 

[dron. 


,   1   Comandra. 
2.  Santalum 
3  Pyndaria. 


118 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


163.  PLATANACE.fi.  168.  LEITNBRIACEJE. 

8016  **»» .   .  Platanu,.  The  only  genus..  .         .  Lntnena. 


164.  MORACE&. 

A.  Anthers  reversed  on  the  bud  with  inflexed 

filaments 

B.  The  male  fls  spicate,  racemose  or  capitate, 
female  globose,  capitate. 

c.  Female  perianth  dentate 1.  Broussone- 

[t\a 

cc  Female  perianth  deeply  4-fid     .  2  Madura. 

BB  The  fls    of  either  sex  spicate,  spikes  short 

and  dense  or  long  and  lax  3.  Morut 

BBS.  The  fls  crowded  on  fleshy  receptacle  4.  Doratema. 

AA.  Anthers  erect  from  the  beginning 

B.  Plants,  trees  or  shrubs    fls.  usually  on  a 

fleshy  receptacle 

c.  The  receptacle  fleshy,  globose  or  ovoid, 
clearly  inclosing  the  numerous  fls  ,  but 
with  a  small  mouth  which  is  braoteato 
introrsely ,  the  mouth  is  closed  in  fr  5.  Ficut 

CC.  The  receptacle  androgynous,  male  fls 
numerous,  females  solitary  in  the 
center  of  the  receptacle  6.  Brostmuwi. 

ccc.  The  receptacle  unisexual,  with  an  invo- 
lucre of  numerous  bracts  overlapping  in 
series  7.  Antiana. 

CCCC.  The  fl  -clusters  unisexual,  with  or  without 
3.-4  bracts  at  the  base,  in  heads,  spikes, 
rarely  m  racemes  or  the  female  1-fld 
D.  Stamens  4  8  Cudrania. 

DD   Stamens  1  9.  Artocarput. 

BB.  Plants,  herbs  fls  not  on  a  fleshy  receptacle 
C  St      chmbmg      Ivs      opposite,    embryo 

spirally  involute  10   Humulus. 

cc.  St.  not  climbing    Ivs    alternate  or  the 

lowest  opposite  embryo  curved     .   .       11   Cannabis. 

Couaaapoa  is  also  briefly  treated. 


165.  URTICACE^E. 

A.  Hairs  stinging 

B  Achene  straight  1    Urtica. 

BB  Achene  oblique  .        ...  2.  Urera. 

AA  Hairs  harmless 

B  Perianth  of  the  lemale  fl  ,  3-5-parted 

c   Lvs  opposite  stamens  4,  rarely  2-3       .       3  Pilea. 
cc   Lvs     alternate,    distichous,    oblique    at 

base   stamens  5,  rarely  4  4  Pelhonia. 

BB.  Perianth  of  the  female  fl  tubular,  inclosing 
the  athtne,  not  adnato  Ivs  opposite  or 
alternate  fls  in  clusters  or  panicles  5  Boehmeria. 

BBB  Perianth  of  the  female  fl  tubular  adnate  to 
the  achcnc  Ivs  alternate,  tomentose  be- 
low fls  in  globular  heads  often  forming 
cymes  6.  Debregeasia. 

Helxine,  Panetana,  and  Pipturus  are  described 


166.  ULMACE-ffi. 

A.  Fr  dnipaceous  fls  on  the  young  growth 
B  Cotyledons  very  broad 

c  Sepals  connate,  style  exccntrio  1  Zelkova 

cc  Sepals  distinct  or  nearly  so,  style  cen- 
tral 

n   Fr  globose,  not  winged  2  Celtia 

DD   Fr  winged  .  3  Pleroceltis 

BB   Cotyledons  narrow 

c  Fertile  fls   perfect,  fls  in  cymes  4   Trema 

cc   Fertile  fls   unisexual,  solitary,  stammate 

in  cymes  before  the  Ivs  5  Aphananthe. 

AA.  Fr    not    drupaceous,    winged    or    muricate 

fls  on  last  year's  branches 

B   Fr.  stalked,  surrounded  by  a  broad  wing          b   Ulmus. 
BB  Fr     not    winged,    everywhere    somewhat 

fleshy  and  muricate      ...  .7  Planera. 


167.  JUGLANDACE-ffi. 

A.  The  fls.  of  either  sex  in  erect  spikes,  imbncate- 

bractate  1.  Platycarya. 

A  A.  The  stammate  fls   in  pendulous  catkins,  pis- 
tillate fls  spicate  or  subsohtary 
B.  In  germinating,  cotyledons  are  borne  above 

ground  and  remain  green  2.  Pterocarya, 

BB.  In  germinating,   cotyledons  remain  inside 

the  nut 
C.  Husk  at  length  splitting  into  segms.;  nut 

smooth  or  angled        .   .  3.  Carya. 

00.  Husk     mdehiscent,     nut     wrinkled     or 

sculptured  4.  Junto**. 


169.  MYRICACEJE. 

A.  Lvs.  serrate  or  entire,  not  stipulate    ovary 

subtended  by  2-4  bractlets  1.  Myrica. 

AA.  Lvs  pinnatifid,  stipulate  ovary  subtended  by 

8  linear,  persistent  bractlets  2  Comptonia 


Sole  genus  . 


170.  CASUARINACEjB. 


171.  EUPHORBIACEjE. 


A.  Ovules  2  in  each  cell  of  ovary   plant  without 

milky  juice  (or  red  juice  in  Bischofia). 
B.  Lvs   alternate,  simple  (sometimes  opposite 

in  Poranthera) 
C.  Calyx  of  stammate  fls  imbricate 

D  Petals  present,  at  least  in  stammate 

fls 

E.  Plant  a  shrub  with  broad,  glabrous 
or  somewhat  hairy  Ivs  ovary 
3-cellcd  1.  Andrachnt. 

BS.  Plant   a  tree,   with   scaly   herbage 

ovary  1-cclled  2  JUztoxtcon. 

BEE.  Plant    a    heath-like    sub-shrub     Ivs 

narrow,  with  recurved  margin  3.  Poranthera 

DD.  Petala  0 

B.  Fls   single  or  in  axillary  clusters 
F  Styles  slender  or  only  broadened 

at  apex 

o  Rudimentary   pistil   present   in 
stammate    fls  ,  disk    present 
Ivs  entire 
H.  Seed    grooved   on  inner  face 

disk  of  pistillate  fl   lobed        4.  Plugged 
HH.  Seed   not   grooved     disk  en- 
tiro  5  Secunnega, 
GO   Rudimentary  pistil  absent 

H    Disk  present  6  Phyllanthua. 

HH   Disk    absent,    at    least    from 

pistillate  fls 

i   Fr   a  caps  .          7.  Glochidion. 

n   Fr   more  or  lens  fleshy 

j  The  styles  2-parted  8  Breynia 

jj   The  styles  almost  entire       9.  Sauropus 
FF  Styles  broad,  spreading 

a   Stamens  arising  from  a  disk 
H   Starmnato     fls      with     rudi- 
mentary pistil  10  Drypetes 
HH   Stammate   fls    without  rudi- 
mentary pistil  11   Hemicycha. 
oa  Stamens  2-4,  without  disk            12  Putranjua. 
KE.  Fls.     in     elongated     catkin-hke    or 
branched  mfl  ,  dioecious    Ivs  large, 
broad  and  plane 

F.  Ovary  1-cclled,  stamens  2-5  13  Anhdesma 

FF  Ovary  2-5-cclled 

a  Stammate  fla  with  rudimentary 

pistil  14   Baccaurea 

GO   Stammate  fls   without  rudimen- 
tary pistil  16.  Daphmphyl- 
CC  Calyx    of   stammate  fls     valvate,   petals  [lum. 
small                                                               16  Lebidierop- 

BB   Lvs  alternate,  compound  17  Bischofia 

BBB.  Lvs  opposite,  compound  18  Oldfieldia 

BBBB   Lvs  whorled,  simple  19  Hyxnanche. 

AA.  Ovules  1  in  each  tell  of  the  ovary 

B.  Fls   produced  singly  or  in  ordinary  mfl 
C.  Stamens  incurved  in  the  bud,  pubescence 

stellate  or  scaly,  JUICP  not  milky  20   Croton. 

CO.  Stamens  erect  in  the  bud 

D.  Juice  not  milky  (see  also  Codiseum  and 
relatives)   calyx  valvate   Ivs  simple 
B.  Stammate  tts  with  petals  herbs         21.  Chrotophora. 
BE.  Stammate  fls   apetalous 

F.  Stamens    much    branched     herbs 
with      Ivs.      palmately    veined 
and  peltate.          .  .    .      ..22.  Rianu* 

n.  Stamens  not  branched 

o.  Lvs    opposite    styles  free  (see 

also  Mallotua) 

H.  The  stamens  as  many  as  50    23.  Trtvna 
HH.  The  stamens  8-20  24.  Mercunalit. 

aa.  Lvs.  alternate,  or  rarely  oppo- 
site 

H.  Plant  a  thorny  shrub:  sta- 
mens 8-15  .  ...  25.Ad*ha. 

MS.  Plant   with   holly-like   spiny 

margined  Ivs. .  stamens  3-8.  26.  Alchonua. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


119 


HHH.  Plant  unarmed  or  with  sting- 
ing ha^rs. 

I.  Styles  free  or  united  only  at 

j.  Anther-cells   spherical   to 

oblong 

K  Anthers  2-celled  27.  MaUotu*. 

KK  Anthera  3-4-celled  Ivs. 

usually  peltate  28   Macaranga. 

JJ.  Anther-cells       elongated, 

often  vermiform  29.  Acalypha. 

n.  Styles     united     above     the 

case    st   often  climbing 
3.  Infl    without  conspicuous 

involucre 

K  Number  of  stamens 
usually  3,  styles  free 
at  apex  30.  Tragia. 

KK.  Number  of  stamens 
8-30,  styles  united 
to  the  apex  into  a 
swollen  column  31.  Plukenetia. 

JJ   Infl    subtended  by  a  con- 
spicuous involucre  32  Dalecham- 

DD.  Juice  almost  always  more  or  less  milky  (pict. 

(chief    exceptions    in    Cluytia     and 
relatives) 
B.  The    fls     with    petals,  at   least    the 

stammate 
F.  Calyx  valvate 

G   Lvs   simple,  palmate. .      ...     33  Aleuntei 
GO   Lvs   compound  . .     34.  Joanneaia. 

FT.  Calyx  imbricate 

a   Petals  free  from  one  another. 
H   The    stamens   in    2    or   more 

whorls 

I.  Number  of  stamens  about 
10  Ivs  usually  palmately 
veined  35  Jatropha 

II.  Number  of    stamens   15-30 

or    more      Ivs     pinnately 
•veined    styles  entire  30   CWueum 

HH   The     stamens    in     1     whorl, 

usually  about  3-5  37   Cluytia 

GO.  Petals     connate       Ivs      usually 

palmately  veined 
H   Some  of  the  filaments  united 

Ivs    simple  35  Jatropha 

HH    Filaments  free  .Ivs  compound  38   Ricinoden- 
BB.  The  fls   apctalous  [dron 

r.  Sepals     valvate     or     slightly    im- 

G   Lvs   trifoliate  39   Hevea 

GQ    Lvs   simple,  pinnately  veined 
H    Number    of    stamens    3     Ivs 

spiny  margined  40   Pachu- 

HH    Number  of  stamens  1    Ivs   not  [stroma 

spiny  41   Op/i  thai- 

TV.  Sepals  or  lobes  of  calyx,  if  any,  im-        [moblapton. 

bricate    Ivs    simple 
o.  Number  of  stamens  usually  10  or 

more  (5-50) 

H.  Starnmato  calyx  with  5  sepals 
connate,  at  least  at  ba.se 
Ivs  usually  palmately 
veined  st  erect 

I   Herbage  with -.tinging  hairs  35  Jatropha. 
n   Herbage  usually  glabrous      42   Mamhot. 
HH.  Stammate     calyx     3  -5-lobed 
Ivs     pinnately    vnned      st 
climbing  or  trailing  43Mabea 

HHH   Stammate    calyx    ofl    or    2 

sepals  44.  Homalan- 

HHHH   Stammate     calyx     cupulate,  [thus. 

truncate    or    dentate      Ivs. 
broad,  hairy  45.  Hura. 

GO.  Number  of  stamens  1-5 

H   Stammate  calyx  with  4-5  free 

sepals   st   climbing  46.  Omphaha. 

HH.  Stammate     calyx     with     2-3 
sepals,  free    or    connate    at 
base 
I.  Infl    usually  terminal1  seed 

carunculate  .47.  Sebast\ana. 

n.  Infl    usually   axillary:   seed 

not  carunculate       .  48.  Excoecana. 

BHH.  Starnmato    calyx    with    con- 
nate sepals,  1-3-lobed. 
I.  The  stamens  2-3. 
j.  Stamens  free 

K  Base  of  caps  persistent 

as  a  pointed  piece.     49.  Sopium. 
KK.  Base  of  caps    not  per- 
sistent,    only     a    3- 
parted    central 
column  remaining       50.  St\Uino*a> 
jj  Stamens  united 

K   Pistil  4-celled       51.  Maprounia. 

KK.  Pistil  6-9-celled 52.  Htppomant. 


n.  The  stamens  1 

J    Inn.  terminal  51.  Maprouma. 

JJ   Infl   lateral  or  axillary       41.  Ophthalr 
HHHH.  Stammate  calyx   0,  or  rarely         [mobtapton. 

1-2  minute  scales  53.  Colhguaya. 

BB.  Fls.    in    cyathia  (see     explanation    under 

Euphorbia) 
c.  Cyathia  regular  or  nearly  so. 

D.  Involucral  glands  free  from  one 
another,  alternate  with  lobes  of 
involucre  .  54.  Euphorb\a. 

DD.  Involucral  glands  united  into  a  ring 

around  the  lobes                  ....  55  Synadenvum. 

cc.  Cyathia  decidedly  irregular 56.  Ped\lanthut. 


172.  BUXACE^. 

A.  Cells  of  ovary  with  2  ovules  each;  stamens  4. 
B.  Lvs   alternate 

c  Evergreen  shrubs   Ivs   entire 1.  Sarcococca. 

cc.  Evergreen  herbs.  Ivs  dentate 2.  PocAy«- 

[andra. 

BB   Lvs.  opposite  3.  Buxus. 

AA   Cells  of  ovary  with   1  ovule  each;  stamens 

numerous   Ivs.  opposite  4.  Simmond- 

(na. 

173.  BETULACEJB. 

A.  Starnmato  fls    with  4  perianth-segms.  or  by 

abortion  fewer  (Birch  Tribe) 

B   StameiiH  2  .    1.  Betula. 

BB   Stamens  4  2   Alnus. 

AA   Stammate  fls   with  no  perianth  (Hazel  Tribe). 
B    Nut    large,    inclosed    by   a  leafy   involucre 
stammate  fls    with  2  bractlets,  pistillate 
fls  2-4,  capitate 

BB    Nut  small,  subtended  by  or  inclosed  in  a 
large    bractlet      stammate    fls      with    no 
bractlets,  pistillate  catkins  spike-like 
c   Fruiting  bractlet  flat,  3-clcft  and  incised       4.  Carjnnu 
cc   Fruiting     bractlet     bladder-like,     closed, 

membranous       .  5.  Ostrya. 


174.  FAGACEJE. 

A.  Ovary  of  pistillate  fls  6-<  elled ,  spikes  of  either 
sex  erect  and  strict  fruiting  involucre  or  bur 
densely  covered  with  strong  pickles  1.  Coatan«a. 

AA   Ovary  of  pistillate  fls   3-celied,  rarely  4-  or  5- 

celled  in  some  species  of  Quercus 
B   Stammate  fls    1-3  in  a  cluster    Ivs    usually 

small  2.  NothnSagu* 

BB  Stammate  fls   in  loose,  roundish  pendulous 

heads    Ivs   generally  large  3   Fagu*. 

BBB   Stammate  fls   in  pendulous  catkins  or  the 

spikes  of  either  sex  erect  and  strict 
c.  Involucre    of    numerous    scales    forming 

a  cup  m  fr  and  subtending  the  acorn          4   Quercut. 
cc   Imolucre  in   fr    armed  with  clusters  of 
prickles  or  tubercles,  wholly  including 
the  fr  ,  perfectly   closed  or    at   length 
split  irregularly 


175.  SALICACE^B. 

Lvs  usually  narrow  disk  composed  of  1  or  2 
glands  which  are  distinct  or  barely  connate 
at  base  . .  1.  Salix. 

..  Lvs     usually  broad    disk    cyathiform,  often 

oblique   or    cup-shaped,  entire  or  lobed      .  2.  Populut. 


176.  EMPETRACE.fi. 

L.  Fls  axillary,  solitary,  stamens  3,  pistil  6-9- 

merous  .  1.  BmjHtrum* 

L.  Fls  axillary  in  2's  or  3's,  stamens  2,  pistil 

2-merous  2  Cerofeoio. 

L.  Fls  subcapitate,  stamens  usually  3,  pistil  3- 

merous .  .  .  .  3.  Corona. 


177.  GINKGOACEvE. 

Ovule-beanng  blade,  long^talked,  shortly  2~« 
cut  at  apex,  the  lobas  dilated  into  a  ring  or 
short  eup  adnate  to  the  seed:  anther-cells  2, 
pendulous.  Ivs.  fan-shaped Qinkgo. 


120 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


178.  GNETACEJ&. 


Leafless  shrubs  with  jointed  branches  and  scales 

opposite  the  nodoa  connate  into  a  little  sheath.     Ephedra. 

The  very  curious  genus  Welwitschia  may  be  found  in  botanical 
collections. 


179.  TAXACEJE. 

k.  Anthers  2-celled  tropical  or  subtropical  trees 

and  shrubs 

a.  Scales  of  pistillate  aments  few,  adnate  to 
peduncle  and  with  it  usually  fleshy  Iva. 
linear  to  ovate,  rarely  scale-like  1.  Podocarpua. 

BB  Scales  of  pistillate  aments  short,  broad  and 
somewhat  fleshy,  imbricate  Ivs  minute 
and  scale-like  branchlets  flattened  and 
If -like  2  Phylloc- 

»..  Anthers  3 -8-celled   Ivs  linear  hardy  or  nearly  [ladua. 

hardy  trees  and  shrubs 

B  Pistillate  fls  consisting  of  several  decussate 
2-ovulod  carpicles  TVS  with  2  glaucous 
lines  below  broader  than  the  3  green 
lines  3.  Cephalo- 

BB  Pistillate  fls  reduced  to  1  ovule  [toxua. 

c.  Carpicles  at  maturity  inclosing  the  seed 
and  adnate  to  it  anthers  4-celled,  cells 
free  Ivs  with  2  glaucous  lines  below 
narrower  than  the  green  lines  4.  Torreya. 

CC.  Carpicles  at  maturity  partly  inclosing  the 
seed,  not  adnate  to  it  anthers  b-8- 
cellod,  cells  connate  Ivs  pale  green 
below  .  .  .5.  Taxua. 


180.  PINACEJE. 

A.  LVB.  spirally  arranged 
B.  Carpicles  simple,  ovule  1,  reversed, 

cone-scales  with  1  seed  1.  ARAUCABIA  TRIBE. 

BB.  Carpicles  divided  into  scale  and 

bract,  sometimes  connate 
C.  Ovules  2,  reversed  ,  scale  and  bract 
always  distinct,  cone-stales  with 
2  usually  winged  seeds  2  ABIES  TRIBE 

CC  Ovules  2-8,  axillary  and  upright  or 
on  the  scale  and  at  least  finally 
reversed,  cone-scales  with  2-8 
seeds  3.  T  OCODIUM  TRIBE. 


sees 

A.  Lvs   opposite  or  whorled,  often 
like  ovules  upright 


cale- 


- 
4  CUPRLSHUB  TRIBE 


1.  Araucana  Tribe. 

A.  Seeds  free  from  the  scale,  with  1  or  2  wings- 
Ivs  broad,  generally  elliptic,  more  or  less 
distichous  and  rather  remote  1  Agath\a. 

AA.  Seeds  adnate  to  the  winged  or  wingless  scale 
Ivs  large,  scale-like  or  needle-shaped, 
spirally  arranged,  crowded  .  2.  Araucana 

2.  Abies  Tribe. 

A.  Fohage  deciduous,  partly  fascicled 
B   Male  fls  solitary  in  a  leafless  scaly  bud,  con- 
nective not  produced  beyond  anther-cells 
nor  scarcely  prominent     cones   reflexed, 
scales  persistent  3.  Lanx, 

BB.  Male  fls    clustered,  pendulous    cone-scales 

deciduous  .       4.  Pseudolanx. 

AA.  Foliage  evergreen 

B.  Connective  of  anthers  usually  produced  into 

a  scale-like  appendage 

c.  Male  fls  subspicate  at  base  of  new  shoots: 
cone-scales  persistent  Ivs  in  clusters  of 
2-5,  rarely  solitary  .  5.  Ptnus. 

cc.  Male  fls    solitary  in  the  cluster  of  Ivs. 
which  terminate  short  branchlets  cone- 
scales  finally  deciduous.  Ivs  partly  fas- 
cicled as  in  the  larch  6.  Cedrua. 
CCC.  Male    fls     solitary    in    the    axils     cones 
reflexed,  scales  persistent    Ivs    solitary, 
4-angled    or    flattened    and    glaucous 
above,  green  on  the  back  7.  Picea. 
BB.  Connective  of    anthers    simply    umbonate 
beyond  the  cells  or   hardly   prominent, 
male  fls   solitary  in  axils    Ivs     solitary, 
usually  flattened,  glaucous  or  paler  below 
c.  Cones  reflexed,  scales  persistent 

D   Subtending  bract  conspicuous  8  Pseudoteuga. 

DD   Subtending  bract  small  9.  Tsuga. 

cc.  Cones  erect 

D  Scales  penstent,  seeds  about  as  long  as 
scales,  bracts  much  shorter  than 
scales  Ivs  flattened,  keeled  above, 
pale  below  .  .  10.  Keteleena. 


DD  Scales  deciduous,  seeds  shorter  than 
scales,  bracts  shorter  or  longer  Ivs 
flattened  and  grooved  above,  usually 
glaucous  below,  rsrely  4-angled  . .  11.  Ab\ea. 

J.  Taxodium  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs  connate  into  paira,  arranged  in  whorls: 
ovule-bearing  blade  finally  much  increased 
and  hardened,  making  the  greater  part  of  the 

woody  cone  .  .  12.  Sciadopitys. 

AA.  Lvs  solitary,  scattered 
B   Scales  of  cone  flat 

C.  Carpicles  entire  at  apex  anther-cells  2-4: 
seeds  surrounded  by  a  narrow  wing  Ivs 
lanceolate  flat,  rather  large,  glaucous 
below  13  Cunning- 

cc   Carpiclos  toothed  at  the  apex -anther-cells  [hamta. 

4-5  seeds  2-3-angled    Ivs.  awl-shaped, 
curved  .    ,  14  Cryptomena. 

BB    Scales  peltate 

c   Seeds   usually  F>,   narrowly  winged     Ivs 

scale-like  or  linear,  persistent  15  Sequoia. 

cc   Seeds  2,   angular    Ivs    linear,  deciduous 

with  the  branchlets  . .   16.  Taxodium. 

4.  Cupressus  Tribe. 
A  Fr  a  cone 

B  Cone-scales  all  fertile,  4-8,  forming  appar- 
ently 1  whorl  Ivs  usually  scale-like, 
opposite  or  in  whorls  of  3  or  4,  rarely 
alternate  on  sterile  branches  17.  Callitnt. 

BB   Cone-scales  fertile  at  middle  of  cone  and 

sterile  at  top  and  base  18   Fitzroya. 

BBS  Cone-scales   partly   fertile,   partly   empty, 
arranged  in  opposite  pairs    Ivs  scale-like, 
opposite  only  on  juv  enile  branches,  some- 
times needle-shaped 
c   Scales  of  cone  imbricate. 

D  Seeds  4-5,  pairs  of  scales  3-4  (exclud- 
ing the  upper  connate  pair)  19   Thujopsia 
DD    Seeds  2 

E   Pairs  of  scales  4,  the  upper  pair  fertile  20  Libocedrua 
l  E    Pairs  of  scales  b-8,  the  2  upper  pairs 

fertile  21   Thuja 

CC   Scales  of  c  one  peltate 

D    Number   of   seeds  2,    cones  small 

h   Wings  of  seeds  very  large,  unequal  22  Fokiema 

EK    V\  ings  of  seeds  narrow,  equal  23  Chamarcup- 

DD    Number  of  seeds  many,  cones  usually  [aria. 

rather  large  and  woody  24   Cupressus 

AA.  Fr  fleshy,  indehiscent  berry  or  drupe,  with 
2-P>  fertile  stales  Ivs  stale-like,  opposite 
or  needle-shaped  and  usually  in  3's  .  26.  Jumperus. 

Consult  also  the  genus  Athrotaxis,  allied  to  Celphalotaxus  and 
Sequoia 

181.  CYCADACE^E. 

A.  Lf-segms  circmately  involute  in  vernation- 
female  cones  proliferous  after  anthesis, 
scales  elongate,  the  margins  bearing  2  to 
many  ovules  1.  Cycaa. 

AA.  Lf  -segms  straight  in  vernation   female  cones 

deciduous  after  anthesis,  scales  peltate 
B   Cone-scales  superposed  in  vertical  series 
c   Shield  of  the  scales  transversely  2-horned 

at  apex  2  Ceratozamia, 

cc.  Shield  of  the  scales  truncate,  not  horned 

at  apex  3  Zamia 

BB.  Cone-scales     overlapping     in     alternating 

series 

c  The  If  -segms  ribbed  and  nerved,  nerves 
spreading  on  either  side  of  midrib,  very 
numerous,  simple  or  f 01  ked  4  Stange>.a. 

cc.  The  If  -segms    with  parallel,  longitudinal 

nerves 

D.  Shield  of  cone-scales  flat,  erect,  ovate- 
cordate  5  Dioon. 
DD.  Shield    thickened,    ascending,    usually 
prolonged  into  an  erect,   acuminate 
blade                                                          6  Macrozamva. 
DDD.  Shield  thickened  truncate,  docurved  at 

apex  ....  .  7.  Encephal- 

[artot. 
The  genera  Bowenia  and  Microcycas  are  also  included. 


182.  HYDROCHARITACEJE. 

A.  St  elongated,  submerged,  everywhere  leafy. 
Ivs  short  spat  lies  small,  sessile  m  axils 
placenta}  little  prominent  in  ovary  1.  Ehdea. 

AA.  St  very  short,  sometimes  emitting  creeping 
or  floating  stolons  Ivs  crowded,  immersed, 
sessile,  elongated  spathes  pedunculate 
placenta  hardly  prominent  .  .  2 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


121 


AXi.  St.  very  short:  Ivs.  crowded,  some  sessile  and 
submerged,  others  (except  in  8 1  ratio  tea) 
long-stalked,  with  a  floating  blade,  spathes 
peduncled  placentae  of  2  lamelhe,  strongly 
intruded,  dividing  the  ovary  more  or  leas 
perfectly  into  6  cells 

B.  Styles  3,  stamens  3-9 3.  Limndbium. 

BB.  Styles  0,  2-fid. 

c.  Stamens  with  6  2-fid  filaments,  of  which 

3  have  2  anthers  and  3  have  1  anther. .       4  Hydrochant. 
OO.  Stamens  11-15 .       5  Straliotet. 


183.  ORCHIDACE.fi.* 
7.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

A.  Fertile  stamens  2,  with  a  broad  shield- 
shaped  sterile  one  (staminodium)        1.  CYPHIPEDITJM 
AA.  Fertile  stamen  1,  with  no  staminodium  [TRIBE. 

B.  Anther  persistent ,  polhma  with  basal 

appendages 
c.  The  anther  erect 

D  Stigma  flat,  unappendagcd  .         2  SERAPIAS  TRIBE 
DD   Stigma  with  appendages  3  HABENARIA  TRIBB. 

cc  The  anthers  placed  obliquely  4  SATTHIUM  TBIBB. 

BB.  Anther   usually    readily   deciduous, 
polhma  not   appendagcd  or  with 
terminal  ones 
C.  Infl   terminal 

D.  Lf  -buds  convolute 

E.  Lf  -blade  not  jointed  to  stalk 

F  The     anther    commonly 

much  exceeding  the  beak 

of   the   column   which   is 

not  distinctly  cut 

o.  Lip    without     hypochil, 

usually  spurless 
H.  St     short,    with    only 

1  or  2  Ivs  5  POOONIA  TRIBE. 

HH.  St     long,    with    many 

Ivs  6  VANILLA  TRIBE 

oo  Lip  with  distinct  hypo- 
chil, which  is  often 
spurred  7  CEPHALANTHERA 

FF.  The     [anther       commonly  [TRIBE. 

about  as  long  as  the  beak 
of  the  column  which 
usually  bears  a  sharp  cut 


lima    waxy    or    pow- 
dery, not  divided 
H   Lip  turned  down  8  SPIRANTHES  TRIBB. 
HH   Lip  turned  up  9  CRANICHIS  TRIBE. 
GO   Polhma  divided  into  dis- 
tinct masses                    10  PHYSURUS  TRIBE. 
BE  Lf  -blade  distinctly  jointed  to 

the  petiole 

F  Polunia  8    st    slender    fls 

usually     with     spurs     or 

chins  11  THUNIA  TRIBE. 

FF  Polhma  4    st    a  short  pseu- 

dobulb    fl«   without  spurs 

or  chins  12  COJLOQYNE  TRIBE. 

DP.  Lf  -buds  conduphcate 

K.  Sepals     and      petals      about 
equally   developed,    the   hp 
usually  very  conspicuous 
F.  Lvs     usually    not    jointed 

column  footless  13.  LiPARiB  TRIBE. 

FF.  Lvs  usually  jointed 
o.  Nerves  of  Ivs   1 

H  Polhma  2-4,  with  very 

short  stalks  14  POLYSTACHTA 

HH.  Polhma  4-8,  with  dis-  (TRIBB. 

tmct  caudicles 

I.  Column-foot  forming 

a    chin    with    the 

lateral  sepals  or  a 

short  sac  with  the 

hp  15  PONERA  TRIBE. 

ir  Column  footless      .   16  CATTLEYA  TRIBB. 
QQ  Nerves  of  Ivs  several       17.  SOBRALIA  TRIBE. 
EE  Sepals  much  more  developed 

than  the  petals  and  hp  18  PLEUBOTHALUS 

co.  Infl  lateral,  or  on  separate  shoot.  [TRIBB. 

».  Lf  -buds  convolute 
E.  St.     slender     or     gradually 
swollen. 
F.  Polhma  with  caudiclos  but 

without  stalks  19.  PHAJUS  TRIBB. 

FF  Polhma   without   caudicles 

but  with  stalks 
o  Lip  jointed   to   column- 
foot  or  forming  a  spur  [TRIBB. 

with  it 20.  CTBTOPODIUM 

*For  explanation  of  orchid  flowers  and  of    terms,  see    the 
article  Orchidt 


oo.  Lap    not    jointed,    often 

with  a  distinct  hypochil  21.  CATASETUM  TRIBB. 
KB.  St.  a  short  distinct  pseudo- 
bulb 

F.  Lip  jointed  to  the  column- 
foot 

0  Callus-ridges  lengthwise  22  LYCASTE  TBIBB. 
GO.  Callus-ridges  transverse   23  ZYQOPETALUM 

FF.  Lip    continuous    with    col-  [TRIBB. 

uran-foot  .         24.  GONQOBA  TRIBB. 

DD.  Lf.-buds  conduphcate 

B.  St   terminating  its  growth  in 

1  year 

F.  Lip  movably  jointed  to  foot 

of  column 

a.  Lvs  not  strap-shaped: 
polhma  unappendaged 
or  with  either  caudicles 
or  stipes,  but  not  with 
both 

H.  Flowering    st     arising 
from  near  the    apex 
of  the  slender  st    or 
from  the  pseudobulb  25.  DBNDROBIUM 
EH.  Flowering    st     arising  [TBIBB. 

under  the  pseudo- 
bulb  or  at  the  base  of 
the  st 

I.  Polhma  without  ap- 
pendages 26   BULBOPHYLLUM 
n.  Polhma  with  distinct  [TaiBi. 

stalks 

j.  Ps<  udobulbs  usu- 
ally present  flow- 
ering st  arising 
lower  than  new 
growth  27.  MAXILLABIA 

jj.  Paeudobulbs       usu-  [TRIBB. 

ally  wanting 
flowering  st 
arising  higher 
than  new 

growth  28  HTJNTLBTA  TBIBB. 

OO    Lvs     strap-shaped      pol- 
hma   with    broad    cau- 
dicles and  stipes  29.  CYMBIDIUM  TBIBB. 
FF.  Lip   immovably    united    to 

foot  of  column 

o  Fls  with  spurs  30.  loNOPSis  TBIBB. 

GO   Fls   without  spurs 

H   The    fls     narrow,    not 

open  31<  ADA  TBIBB. 

HH   The  fls  wide,  open 
I   Lip   enrolled   around 

the  column  32.  TBICHOPILIA 

n    Lip  not  enrolled  [TRIBB. 

j  The  hp    united  to 
column     to    the 

middle  33.  ASPABIA  TRIBB. 

jj   The      hp      united 
only  to  the  base 

of  the  column     34  ODONTOQLOUSUM 
EB.  St    increasing  in  length  from  [TRIBB. 

year  to  year  35.  AEBIDES  TBIBB. 


77.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Cypripedium  Tribe. 

A.  Fl    persistent,  withering  on  the  ovary:  lf.- 

buds  convolute  1   Cvpriped- 

AA.  Fl.  soon  deciduous   If  -buds  conduphcate.  [\um 

B.  Ovary     3-celled,     the     placentae     central, 

mouth  of  hp  w  ith  broad  mturned  margin      2.  Phragmoped- 
BB.  Ovary     1 -celled,     the     placentae     parietal.  [ilum. 

mouth   of    hp    usually   with    no    broad 
inturned  margins  . .  3.  Paphw- 

[pedilum, 

2.  Serapias  Tribe. 

A.  Lap  spurred 

B  Sepals  free  4  Orchu 

BB  Sepals  united  into  an  arching  hood  .  5.  Galeorch\t. 
AA  Lip  spurless 

B  Polhma  glands  in  a  single  sac  .  6  Serapias. 

BB  Polhma  glands  separate,  in  2  distinct  sacs  . .  7.  Ophrys. 

3.  Habenana  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  adnate  to  column  at  base,  stigma  broad  . .  8.  Cynorch\t. 
AA.  Lip  free,  stigma  slender  ....  .9.  Habenana. 

4.  Satyrium  Tribe 
Dorsal  sepal  helmet-ehaped     10.  Dtta. 


122 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


5.  Pogonia  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  on  a  scape  with  a  terminal  whorl  of  If. -like 

bracts  11.  Isotrta. 

AA.  Fla  on  a  leafy  st 

B.  Lip  crested  12  Pogonia. 

BB.  L»p  not  crested  13.  Tnphora. 

6.  Vanilla  Tribe. 

Sts.  rooting  at  nodes  .       ...     14.  Vanilla. 

7.  Cephalanthera  Tribe. 

A.  Fls  with  a  chin,  lip  long 
AA.  Fls.  chinless,  lip  round 


15  Cephalan- 

(thera. 
16.  Epipaciis. 


[chus. 


8.  Spiranthes  Tribe. 

A.  Dorsal  sepal  forming  a  hood  with  the  petals 

B  Infl   1 -sided,  fls  without  a  chin  17  Spiranthee. 

BB.  Infl.  not  1-sided,  fls  with  a  chin  18  Stenorrhyn- 

AA.  Sepals  and  petals  spreading    19  Listera. 

9.  Cramchis  Tribe. 

Lip  and   petals   inserted   upon    the   elongated 

column  20  Ponthieva. 

10.  Physurus  Tnbe. 

A   Lip  with  a  distinct  spur 

B  Lvs  green  lip  concave  above  the  spur  21   Physurus 

BB.  Lvs.   usually  variegated    lip  with  a  long 

fimbriateclaw  22  Ancetto- 

(chilua 


AA.  Lip  spurless  or  nearly  so 

B.  Column  straight,  fls  symmetric 


23  Goodyera 

24  Downia 


c  The  lip  not  clawed 
oc  The  lip  clawed 
BB  Column  twisted,  fls  not  symmetric 

c  The  column  with  2  upright  appendages  in 

front  25   Macodes 

CC.  The  column  without  appendages  26  Hxmaria. 

11.  Thunia  Tnbe. 

A.  Fls  without  chin 

B  Sts  without  basal  pseudobulbs  27   Thunia. 

BB  Sts  with  basal  pscudobulbs  28  Bletilla 

AA.  Fls    with  a  distinct  chin,  formed  of  lateral 

sepals  and  column-foot 29  Tnchosma. 

12.  Coelogyne  Tnbe. 

A.  Base  of  hp  with  sac-hke  hollow 

B  Column  short,  winged  above,  sepals  flat         30  Phohdota. 
BB  Column  slender,  sepals  sac-like,  concave        31   Neogyne 
AA.  Base  of  hp  flat 

B  Column  slender,  without  horns 

C.  Lvs  and  pseudobulbs  perennial  32   Cnelogyne 

CC   Lvs   and  pseudobulbs  annual  3  i   Plpione 

BB.  Column  short,  with  2  horns  34  Platychnit. 

13.  Lipans  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs  green  fls  without  chin. 

B  Lip  shoe-shaped  35  Calypso 
BB  Lip  not  shoe-shaped 

c  Column  short ,  lip  turned  upward  36   Microstyha. 

cc  Column  slender,  lip  turned  downward  37  Lipanii 

AA.  Lvs  wanting   fls  with  chm  38.  Corallor- 

[rhiza. 

14.  Polystachya  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  spurred 

B  Plant  tuberous  spur  slender  39   Tipulana 

BB  Plant  not  tuberous  spur  funnel-shaped  40  Qaleandra. 
AA  Lip  not  spurred 
B.  The  hp  3-lobed 

c.  Column  short,  chin  distinct  41   Polystachya. 

cc  Column  slender,  curved,  chin  indistinct  42  Anaellia. 

BB   The  hp  entire  43  Neoben- 

[thamia. 

15.  Ponera  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  normal 

B  St  slender,  leafy;  no  pseudobulbs •  polhnia  4  44  Isorhilua. 
BB  St  a  pseudobulb   polhnia  8  45.  Ccelia. 

AA.  Lip  forming  a  beaker-like  cavity,  with  the 

column,  or  the  former  hollow  at  base. 
B.  Young  shoots  at  the  apex  of  the  old  46  Hexisea. 

BB.  Young  shoots  from  base  of  old 

c.  Fls  in  dense  spikes ,  poluma  8     .  47  Arpophyl- 

co.  Ffc.  in  short  clusters,  polhnia  4 48.  Hartwtfia- 


16.  Cattleya  Tribe. 

A.  Anther  not  toothed,  nor  in  an  excavation. 
B   Pollmia  4 

c   Lip  adnato  to  the  column,  at  least  at  its 

base 

D  Ovary  produced  into  a  hollow  neck  .    49  Brovghtoma. 
on   Ovary  not  so  produced  50  Epiden- 

cc   Lip  free  [drum. 

D.  The  hp  flat,  with  2  elevations  on  upper 

side  51   Diacnum. 

DD.  The   hp   enrolled    about    column,  with 

no  elevations  52   Cattleya 

BB   Polhnia  5-7,  some  of  them  often  abortive        53   Lxlio- 
BBB   Pol  lima  8  [cattleya. 

c.  Stigma    pitted    upon    the    front    of    the 

column,  anther  inclined 
D.  Base    of    hp    gradually    merging   into 

E  Lap  distinctly  surrounding  the 
column,  sepals  and  petals  not 
wavy  54  Lalia. 

BE.  Lip  not  as  above,  sepals  and  petals 

distinctly  wavy  55  Schom- 

DD.  Base  of  lip  tightly  encompassing  col-  [burgkia. 

umn,   suddenly   broadened   into   the 
broad  blade  56  Braasavola. 

CC.  Stinma  running  up  on  2  extensions  of  tho 

column-apex,  anther  erect  57  Sophronitu 

AA.  Anther  2-toothed  below,  m  an  excavation  in 

the  column  .    .  58.  Leptotea. 

17.  Sobraha  Tribe. 

A.  St    many-lvd  ,  not  bulbous  at  base    lip  not 

bearded  59   Sobralia 

AA.  St  1-  or  2-lvd  ,  bulbous  at  base  hp  bearded      bO  Calopogon 

18.  Pleurothalhs  Tribe. 

A.  Lip    turned    upward,    lateral    sepals    united 

into  a  boat-shaped  hood  . .  .         61  Scapho- 

AA.  Lip  turned  down  [sepalum. 

B   Sepals  united  62   Masdevallia 

BB   Sepals  free,  or  the  lateral  on./  united 

c   Dorsal  sepal  and  petals  attenuated  into  a 

club-shaped  apex  .     63   Rcvtrepia 

CC   Dort>al  sepal  and  petals  not  as  above   .     64  Pleurothallit 

19.  Phajus  Tribe. 

A   Lvs  not  articulated  to  petiole 

B    Lip  free,  encompassing  the  column  65   Phajua 

BB   Lip  adnate  to  column,  the  blade  spreading    66  Calanthe 
AA    Lvs  articulated  to  petiole 
B    Sepals  and  petals  spreading 

c   Lip  with  its  base  tightly  inclosing    the 

column,  the  blade  spreading  67  Limatodea. 

D   Fls  with  distinct  chin  68  Chyaia. 

DD   Ms   without  chin 
E    Polhnia  S 

F    Middle  lobe  of  hp  not  clawed  69   Bletia 

FF    Middln  lobe  of  hp  clawed  70   Spatho- 

[glottia. 

EE   Pollima4  71    A  plectrum 

BB   Sepals  and  petals  erect  72  Acnntho- 

\phippium 

20.  Cyrtopodium  Tribe. 

A   Fls   spurred  or  with  sac-like  base 

B    Sepals  narrower  and  less  colored  than  petals.  73    Lnsochilus. 
BB   Sepals  and  petals  alike  or  nearly  so       ..       74  Eulophia 
AA.  Fls  not  spurred  nor  saccate 

B  Lip  only  inserted  on  column-foot        .   .       75  Cyrtopodium. 
BB   Lip  and  lateral  sepals  inserted  on  column- 
foot 

c   Chin  distinct,  rectangular         .  76    Warrea 

cc.  Chin  indistinct,  round  .      .  77  Eulophiella. 

21.  Catasetum  Tribe. 

A  Fls  perfect,  column  twnted  78.  Mormodet. 

AA   Fls  of  2  or  3  forms,  column  not  twisted 

B  Column  stout,  straight,  fa  with  antenna      79  Catasetum. 
BB   Column     slender,     curved,     fls      without 

antenna  ...  80.  Cycnochea. 


22.  Lycaste  Tribe. 


..  Polhnia  upon  a  single  stalk 
Fls  globose 


Is  with  spreading  sepals  and  petals 
Stalk  of  polhnia  long  and  narrow;  fls. 

1  to  few 

D.  Infl    of  a  single  erect  fl  ;  hp  turned 
down  t 


81.  Anguloa. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


123 


DD.  Infl.   of  2  to  few  drooping  fl*,;  lip 

turned  upwards 83.  Paphinia. 

cc.  Stalk  of  polhma  short;  fls.  many 84.  Bateman- 

[nia. 
AA.  Poluma  upon  2  separate  stalks 86.  B\frenana. 

23.  Zygopetalum  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  clawed  distinctly  86.  Colax. 

AA   Lip  not  distinctly  clawed  [lum. 

B.  The  hp  with  horseshoe-shaped  callus 87.  Zygopeta- 

BB.  The  hp  with  few  longitudinal  lamella 88.  Enopa\t. 

24.  Gongora  Tribe. 
A.  Lip  turned  downwards 
B  Fls  with  sepals  and  petals  erect  or  incurved, 
c.  Hypochil  separated  from  column   by  a 

strong  stricture,  no  pleuridia  89.  Lacsena. 

cc.  Hypoohil  united  with  column  by  a  broad 

base    pleuridia  present 
D  Epichil  movably  attached  to  hypochil, 

polhma  with  short  stalk  at  most  90  Per\»ter\a. 

DD   Epichil  immovably  attached  to  hypo- 
chil, polhma  with  elongated  stalk  91   Acineta. 
BB  Fls    with  sepals  and  petals  spreading  or 

reflexed 

c.  Lateral  sepals  much  larger  than  the  dor- 
sal sepal  and  petals  .     92  Coryanthes. 
cc.  Sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike 
D   Hypochil  concave,  epiohil  flat. 

E   Polhma  2  93  Slanhopea. 

BE.  Polhma  4  94  Ayamsm. 

DD   Hypochil  not  concave  95  HouUetia. 

AA   Lip  turned  upwards  .     96  Gongora. 

25.  Dendrobium  Tribe. 

A.  Sts   many-jointed,  rmzomo  short 
B   Lip   without   callus,   or  with   lamellate  or 

elevated  lines  97  Dendro- 

BB   Lip  with  basal  callus    joints  of  st  long-fila-  [bium. 

mentose  98  Inobulbon 

AA.  Sts     1-  or    rarely  2-jomted,    rhizome  long- 
creeping  99.  Sarcopod- 

lium. 

26.  Bulbophyllum  Tnbe. 

A.  Lateral  sepals  with  their  outer  margins  adher-  (lum. 

ing,  except  at  the  free  base  100  Cirrhopeta- 

AA   Lateral  sepals  free  101   Bulbophyl- 

(lum. 
27.  Maxillaria  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  without  claw,  mov  able  Ivs  normal  102  MaxiUana. 

AA   Lip  clawed,  or  adnate  to  column-base    Ivs 

whip-shaped  103.  Scuticana. 


28.  Huntleya  Tnbe. 


104  Promensea. 


105.  Chondror- 

[rhyncha. 

106.  HurUleya. 

107  Bottea. 


A.  Pseudobulbs  distinct 
AA.  Pseudobulbs  wanting  or  rudimentary 

a   Lip  entire 
BB   Lip  lobed 

c   Callus  of  hp  fringed 
cc  Callus  not  fringed 

D   Column  boat-shaped,  concave 
DD   Column  slender,  not  concave 

E   Claw  very  short    callus  free  in  front 

and  resting  upon  the  hp  108.  Waracewic- 

[zella. 
EE  Claw  distinct  callus  not  free  in  front  109.  Peacatorea. 

29.  Cymbidium  Tribe. 

A  Lvs  many   sts  elongated        .  .    .  110  Grammat- 

AA  Lvs  few    sts  short  [ophyUum. 
B  Sts  concealed  by  the  If  -sheaths 

c  Polhma   pear-shaped,   upon   a  quadrate 

stalk   st   not  bulbous  111.  Cyperor- 

cc  Polhma  round,  upon  a  stalk  much  broader  [cAw. 

' 112  Cymbid- 


,  _. 

than  high    st  bulbous 


BB.  Sts  naked  IVB.  only  at  its  aper    113  Gram- 

[mangia. 
30.  lonopsis  Tnbe. 

A.  Sepals  free  114  Trichocen- 

AA.  Sepals,  the  lateral  ones,  united,  at  least  below.  [trum. 

B  The  hp  spurred  115.  Rodn- 

BB.  The  sepals  spurred.  [guena. 

c.  Spur  short      116  lonopna 

cc.  Spur  long  and  slender 117.  Comparet- 

[tia. 

31.  Ada  Tribe. 
A.  Lvs.  flat 

B.  Sepals  free 118.  Ado. 

BB.  Lateral  sepals  united 119.  Mesot- 

AA.  Lvs.  cylindnc 120. 


32.  TrichopilU  Tribe. 
Lip  rolled  around  the  column  ..............  121. 


33.  Aspasia  Tribe. 


.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  broad 
.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  narrow 


122  Atpasw. 
123.  Cochltoda. 


34.  Odontoglossum  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  surrounding  column  with  2  longitudinal 

calluses  blade  reflexed  .........     124.  Gomeza. 

AA.  Lip  not  as  above 

B   Base  of  lip  parallel  to  column  and  some- 

times adnate  to  it  .  ......   125.  Odontogloa- 

BB.  Lip  spreading  from  base  of  column.  [sum. 

c.  Lateral   sepals   united  entirely,   hp  like 

dorsal  sepal  .  126.  Polum- 

cc.  Lateral  sepals  free  or  only  partly  united,  [6tno. 

hp  unlike  dorsal  sepal 
D.  Sepals    and    petals    long    and    much 
attenuated,     hp    entire    or    fiddle- 
shaped  127.  Broaava. 

DD.  Sepals  and  petals  not  much  attenuated 

E.  The  hp  entire,  flat,  broad  128.  MiUonut. 

BE    The  hp  mostly  3-lobed,  with  warts 

or  a  cushion  at  base  .    ...         129.  Oncviwm. 


35.  Aendes  Tribe. 

A  Lip  movably  jointed  to  column 
B   Middle  lobe  of  spurless  hp  flat          

BB   Middle  lobe  of  spurreu  lip  compressed . . 
AA   Lip  immovably  united  with  column. 
B   Spurless 

c   Column  without  a  foot 

D  Summit  of  hp  laterally  compressed 
DD   Summit  of  lip  not  compressed 


. .  130.  Renan- 

[thera. 
131.  Arach- 

[nanthe. 


132  Vandopna. 

133  Luisia. 


cc.  Column  with  a  foot,  the  lateral  sepals 

attached  to  it  .    .  134.  Phalsenop- 

BB  Spurred  [w. 

c.  Column  without  a  foot 

D.  Polhma  upon  a  single  stalk. 
E   Spur  appendagcd 

F  With  a  longitudinal  septum  135.  SarconiAu*. 

FF  With  the  mouth  covered  with  a 

plate  . .        136.  Cleiaoa- 

EE  Spur  not  appcndaged  [tomo. 

r.  Stalk  of  the  polhma  filiform. 

o   Fls  firm,  hp  turned  downwards  137.  Soccolo- 

[bium. 

oo  Fls  fragile,  hp  turned  upwards    138  Acampe. 
FF  Stalk   of    the    polhma   broadened 

upwards  or  throughout 

o   Spur  short  and  broad  .          139    Vanda 

GO   Spur  long  and  slender         .,          140.  Anffrsecum. 
DD.  Polhma  on  2  separate  stalks,  or  these 

united  by  the  gland 
E  Stalks     membranous,     the     polhma 

attached  to  the  face 

F  Plants  leafy   hp  entire      .        . .      141   Macroplec- 

[tj  UOT. 

FF  Plants  without  Ivs  .  hp  3-lobed  .     142  Polyrrhiza. 
EE    Stalks  slender 

F.  Column  bent  toward  the  dorsal 

sepal  . .  143  Listro- 

[stachyt, 

FF  Column  straight  144.  Myatan- 

cc.  Column  with  a  foot,  the    lateral  sepals  [dium. 

attached  to  it 

D.  Spur  curved  upwards  against  the  lip- 
blade  . .         145.  ASndea. 
DD.  Spur  straight  or  reflexed 

i..  Lip  3-lobed  . .        .         146  Camarotia. 

EE.  Lip  entire  .  147.  Rhyn- 

[chostyha. 

Other  orchid  genera  entered  are  Acriopsis,  Arethusa,  Brom- 
headia,  Collabium,  Coryaanthes,  Ciyptophoranthus,  Cryptostyhs, 
Diuns,  Eria,  Enoctnlus,  Geodorum,  Govema,  Holothrix,  lone, 
Lepanthes,  Lueddemanma,  Megachmum,  Monomena,  Moorea, 
Neolauchea,  Neottia,  Ner\iha,  Neuwiedia,  Notyha,  Oberoma, 
Ootomena,  Ormthidium,  Ormthoc  ephalus,  Ormthochilus,  Pamsea, 
Physosiphon,  Platylepis,  Polycyoms,  Pterohtyhs,  Sarcochilus, 
Satyrium,  Soaphyglottis,  Schhmmia,  Sievckingia,  Sigmatostahx, 
Solemdium,  Stauropsis,  Stehs.  Sterna,  Taima,  Thecostele,  Thely- 
mitra,  Tnchoglottis,  Trigomdium,  Xylobium,  and  many  bi-  and 
tn-geuenc  hybnds. 


184.  DIOSCOREACE^. 


A  Fr  globose  and  berry-hke,  indehisc 
AA  Fr  capsular,  winged 


1.  Tamua. 


B  Caps  1-carpelled  by  abortion              .  2.  Rajania. 

BB.  Caps.  3-carpelled  or  -lobed,  winged  above        3   Testudi- 
BBB.  Caps.  3-carpelled  or  -lobed,  winged  below  (narto. 

or  all  around,  or  rarely  not  at  all 4.  Dwacorea. 


124 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


185.  TACCACEJE. 


In  cultivation. 


186.  IRIDACEJE, 

.  Fls.  never  more  than  1  to  a  spathe,  spicate, 

not  fugitive 
B.  Stylo-branches  simple,  not  bifid. 

c  Stamens  equilateral,  perianth  regular 
D   The    style    short     branches    long   and 

subulate 
E   Rootstock    not    bulbous,    roots     in 

dense  tufts,  fibrous,  some  fleshy         1   Schizosatyhs. 
EE  Rootstock  bulbous  2  Hesperantha. 

DD.  The  stylo  longer   branches  shorter  and 

more  or  less  broadened 
E    The  spathe-vahes  oblong,  grren  or 

brownish  upwards  3  Geissorhiza. 

EE   The  spathe-valves  ^carious  or  hya- 
line, cut  or  .i-partcd  at  apex  4  D.erama. 
EEE  The  outer  spathe-v  alve  short,  emar- 

ginate,  membranous  or  papery  5  Ixia 

CC  Stamens  unilateral  and  arched 

D   Foliage  very  hairy  and  p Luted  ...  6  Babiana 

DD   Foliage  not  hairy  and  plaited 
E   Perianth-limb  in  egular 

F   Tube  funnel-shaped,  spathe-valves 

,      lanceolate  7  Gladiolus. 

FF.  Tube    cylindrical    in    lower   half, 
suddenly  dilated  at  the  middle, 
spathe-valves  oblong-lanceolate     8  Antholyza. 
BE.  Perianth-limb  subregular 

F  Fls    small,  no  tube,  segms    very 

acuminate  9  Melns- 

FF.  Fls     larger,    tube    present,   segms  [phaerula. 

more  or  less  oblong 
G  Spathe     valves     large,     green, 
lanceolate 


GO   Spathe-valves  small,  oblong 
H   Caps  inflated,  globose 


10  Acidanthera 


r  ...  11    Crncosmia 

HH   Caps   small,  oblong  12   Tntonia 

OGQ  Spathe-valves    sea  no  us    and 

deeply  lacerated  13  Sparaxis 

BB   Style-branches  bifid,  stamens  unilateral 
c   Tube   broadly   funnel-shaped,    with   sta- 
mens inserted  below  the  throat  14   Freema 
CC   Tube  slender  with  stamens  inserted  at  the 

throat  15  fapeywusta 

CCC.  Tube  broadly  funnel-shaped    above    the 

middle  where  the  stamens  are  inserted     16    Watsonva. 
1A.  Fls  usually  more  than  1  to  a  spathe,  stalked, 
often  fugitive  and  opening  one  after  another 
B.  Style-branches  opposite  stamens  and  outer 

perianth-segms 
C  Stigmas  transverse,   style-branches  have 

crests  that  overtop  anthers 
D   Inner  penanth-scgms  not  convolute 
E  Ovary     1 -celled,     v\ith     3     parietal 

placentte  rootstock  digitate  17  Hermo- 

EE   Ovary  3-celled  [daclylua. 

i    Perianth-tube      usually      present, 
filaments    free     rootstock    usu- 
ally a  rhi/ome,  sometimes  a  bulb  18   Ins. 
FF  Perianth  without  a  tube,  filaments 
monadclphous      rootstock     usu- 
ally a  tumcated  corm  19  Morsea. 
DD   Inner  perianth-segrns  eonvol.ito 

E  Style-crests  petaloid  Ivs  m  2- 
ranked  rosette,  not  plaited  pedun- 
cle flattened  rootstoc  k  not  bulbous  20  Manca. 
EE  Style-crests  large,  spur-like  or  flat- 
tened Ivs  superposed,  plaited 
st  terete  rootstotk  bulbous  21  Cypetta. 

(See  also  Phalocalhs.) 
CC.  Stigmas  terminal,  style-branches  do  not 

overtop  anthers 

D.  Perianth    without     any     tube;     inner 
segms   small,  not    convolute,    style- 
branches  bifid  at  tip  22  Herbertia. 
DD.  Penanth-segms    connivent   in   a   cup, 

without  any  spreading  blade  23.  Hydrotsmia. 

DDD  Penanth-segms     comuvent   in    a   cup, 
then   spreading,    ot   least   the   outer 
ones 
E.  Style-branches     with     2     petal-like 

stigmatose  crests  24  Homena. 

EE.  Style-branches  bifid 

F.  Ditto  pemcillate,  i  e  ,  shaped  like 
an  artist's  brush,  a  dense  tuft  of 
hairs  .  25.  Ferrana. 

FF.  Ditto  not  pemcillate 

Q.  Inner   segms   very  small,  outer 

with  a  large,  refloxnd  blade         26.  Rigidella. 
GO.  Inner  and  outer  segms   dissimi- 
lar, various  27.  T\gnd\a. 
BB.  Style-branches  alternate  with  anthers. 
O.  Kootetock  not  a  bulb  or  corm. 


D.  Spathes  essentially  1-fld. 

B.  Peduncle  short,  hidden,  perianth 
with  a  long  tube  and  ascending 
segms  28.  Crocu*. 

EE   Peduncle  long,  perianth-degms  much 

longer  than  the  short  tube  29  Romulea. 

DD.  Spathes  usually  with  more  than  1  fl         30  Nejnastylit. 
CC   Rootstock  not  a  bulb  or  corm    spathos 

usually  more  than  1-fld 
D.  Perianth-segms  unequal. 

E   Inner    segms      shorter,     connivent, 

upper  stamen  imperfect  31  Diplarrhena. 

BE.  Inner  segms  obovate-cuneate,  outer 
oblong,  usually  shorter,  stamens 
all  perfect  32  Libertia. 

DD   Penanth-aegms   subequal 

E.  Style-branches  flattened  and  emargi- 

nateatapox  mfl  a  lax  corymb        33  Belemcanda. 
EE  Style-branches  subulate 

F  Pedicels  short,  clusters  pamcled       34  Orthosan- 
FK  Pedicels    long,    clusters    terminal,  [thus. 

single  or  fascicled  35  Siayrin- 

Other  genera  described  are:  Aristea,  Cipura,  Eleuthenne  and 
Ennealophus 

187.  AMARYLLIDACE^E. 

A.  Subterranean  axis  a  bulb  scapose' 
infl  umbclloid  and  mvolucrate,  or 
solitary  1.  AMARYLLIS  TRIBE. 

AA.  Subterranean     axis     a     rhizome      st 

leafy,  at  least  at  base 
B    Plants     with     large,     thick,     fleshy, 
rosettc-hko  Ivs     infl    racemose  or 
paniculate  2  AQAVB  TRIBE. 

BB   Plants  with   ordinary   Ivs    of  small 

size    mfl   various 

c  Lf  -blades  inverted,  upper  face 
downward  mfl  an  mvolucrate 
umbel  3  ALSTROEMERIA 

CC   Lf  -blades  normal,  linear    mfl    not  [TRIBE. 

umbcllom 

D   Plant     hairy   or   glabrous,    sca- 
pose infl  spicite  or  race  mo-*     4  HYPOXIS  TRIBE 
DD   Plant   glabrous,  with   leafy  sts 
infl     loose,    racemose   or   soli- 
tary,     anther      opening      by 
apical  pore  5  CONANTHERA_ 

DDD  Plant  densely  woolly  with 
leafy  sts  infl  scorpioid.  hs 
capitate  ...  6  CONOSTYLIS  TRIBE 

1.  Amaryllis  Tribe. 

Subtribe  1  CORONVT*:  Fl  furnished  with  a  crown  between 
the  perianth  and  stamens,  which  is  not  to  be  confused  with  a 
stammal  cup  formed  by  the  growing  together  of  filaments 

Subtribe  2  AMARYLLEK  GENUINE  «  Corona  0,  and  filaments 
not  united  into  a  stammal  cup 

A.  Anthers  erect,  filaments  inserted  at  or  near  the 

base  of  anthers 
B    Stamens  opigynous,  filaments  short 

C    Tho  ponanth-segms    all  alike  2   Leucojum. 

cc.  Tho  inner  segms    different,  permanently 

BB.  Stamens  pengynous 

c    Fls  solitary  .      4    Coopena 

cc    Fls    umbellate  5   Chhdanthui 

AA  Anthers  dorsifixed,  versatile 

B   Ovules  many,  superposed,  testa  black 

c   Fls    solitary,  spat  he  tubular  in  the  lower 

half 
D.  The  fl    gaping,  horizontal,  bright  red, 

3  lower  segms  convolute  6  Sprekeha 

DD  The  fls   regular,  erect  or  suherect 

E   Seeds  globose    fls    yellow,  peduncle 

short  or  long  7.  Sternbergia. 

EE.  Seeds  flat   peduncle  long          .  8.  Zephyran- 

CC.  Fls    umbellate,   spatho   2-4-valved,   and  [thet. 

pedicels  subtended  by  filiform  bracte- 
oles. 
D  Perianth-tube  short  or  almost  0,  rarely 

long  in  Hippeastrum 

E  Peduncle  solid  seeds  few  in  a  cell     . .  9.  Lycorvt. 
EB.  Peduncle  hollow 

F.  Fl    often   furnished  with   minute 
scales  or  a  distinct  neck  at  the 
throat   seeds  many  in  a  cell  .       10.  H \ppeas~ 
FT.  Fl  with  a  sort  of  corolla,  which  is  [trwn. 

funnel-shaped,  and  deeply  cut, 
the  divisions  emargmate  11.  Placta. 

DD.  Perianth-tube  long 

B  Tube  broadly  funnel-shaped,  pulvi- 

nate  at  throat  .  12.  VaUota. 

BB.  Tube  2-3  times  longer  than  segms  , 

naked  at  throat  13. 


[TRIBE, 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


125 


BB   Ovules  2,  basal,  collateral,  testa  pale  14  Gnffinta 

BBB.  Ovules  2  or  few,  collateral  or  fascicled  from 

the  center  of  the  placenta. 
c.  Fr.  baccate 

D    Bulb  impc-rfpct    ovules  several     .  1 5   f'hvia 

DD   Bulb  large,  tumcated  ovules  2  16  Hxmanthus. 

cc  Fr  capsular  17  Buphane. 

BBBB   Ovules  few  or  many,  superposed,  seeds  few, 

turgid,  testa  green 
c.  Fr  mdehisoont  or  bursting  irregularly. 

D  Perianth-tube  long  ...  18  CVtnum. 

DD  Perianth-tube  short. 

B    Begins   broad  19    Amaryllis 

EE   Segrns    narrow.         .  ...   20  Ammoch- 

CC.  Fr  a  3-valved  caps  [arts. 

D  Caps  top-shaped,  acutely  angled.          21   Brunsvigia. 
DD  Caps,  globose,  obtusely  angled        ..      .22.  Nenne 

Subtribe  3     PANCRATIFK     Corona  0,  but  stamens  appendaged 
toward  base  and  often  united  into  a  distinct  cup. 

A.  Ovules  superposed,  many  or  few. 
B.  Lvs   broad,  pe  tioled 
C.  Perianth  white 
D  Ovary  globose 

E   Filaments  with  a  large  tooth  on  each 

side  of  the  anthers  .  23    CaUiph- 

[rurta. 

H.E   Filaments  united  ma  distinct  cup        24  Euchans 
on   Ovary  3-lobc-d    hybrid  25.  Urceoch- 

CC    Perianth  e  olored  [ana. 

D   The    perianth-tube    cylindrical,     sud- 
denly dilated  20    Urceohna 
DD   The    perianth    subeylmdrieal,     Begins 

long  or  short  27.  Pfudrnn- 

BB'c^enanrh0coiored*IJu"bcyhndncal,  tube 
long  filaments  united  in  an  i  ntire  or 
toothed  cup  28  Stenomesson 

cc   Perianth     white,     tube     f  uuuel-shapcel . 

staminal  cup  large  29  Pancratium. 

AA   Ovules  collateral,  basal,  2-6  30  Hymtno- 

AAA    Ovules  medial,  2-3  [mllia. 

B    Perianth  funnr-1-shaped,  scgms    narrow          31    Vooana 


188.  VELLOZIACEJE. 

A.  Perianth-tube  more  or  lens  extended  beyond 


BI) 


Penanthfunnr-l-shaped,  scgms    narrow          3. 
Perianth  with   a  sunder   tube  and   broad 
stgms  32  Eurychs 


the  ovary 
AA.  Perianth-tube  pra 


2.  Agave  Tnbe. 

A    Lvs    thick,  fleshy,  UMially  spiny  at  edge  and 

point 

B    Perianth  funnel-shnpeei,  filaments  normal      33   Agave 
BB   Perianth  reitate,  filaments  swollen  on  one 

side   at  base  34    Furcraa 

AA    Lvs   comparatively  thin,  not  spiny  at  edge  or 

point 
B    iSc  grns    short 

C    Fls    white,  in  a   lax,  simple   spike-,   tube 

long,  rimed,  subcylmdrual  33  Poliaiithts 

CC    Fls   greenish  brown  in  a  lax  raceme,  tube 

abruptly  olmed  and  dilatr d  at  nueldle      3b   Prwhnu- 
ccc   Fls    red  e,r  white,  laxly  KPK  ate  or  rare-  [anlhes 

mose,  tube  curved,  sulxv hndrir  il  37    Bravoa 

BB    Segms   long,  tube  scmelyanv 

c    Fl-i    gn.n^h  led,   in  a  -mipU  or  pamoled 

raetme,spKnis  oblanc  eol-ite  38   Beschor- 

CC   Fls  bright  red,  in  a  cupituluni  or  thyrsoid  \neria. 

panicle,  scgms    narrow,  falcitc  39  Doryanthes. 

3.  Alstrcemena  Tnbe. 

A    Rootatock  bulbous  penarith-segms  subequal  40  Ixiohnon 
AA   Rootstock  0   3  out«r  perianth-seguis  different 

from  3  inner 

B   Inner  segms  unequal    st  erect.  .       41.  Alstracmeria. 

BB   Inner   segrns     eeiual      ,st     with   runners  or 

stolons  42  Bomarea 

4.  Hyporis  Tnbe. 

A.  Ovary  often  produced  into  a  long  slender  beak 
simulating  a  perianth-tube  fr  succulent, 
mdehiscent  .  43  Curculigo. 

AA.  Ovary  not  beaked:  fr.  a  caps,  usually  circum- 

sciasile  at  apex 44.  llypoxts. 

5.  Conanthera  Tnbe. 
Stamens,  3  only,  fertile 45.  Tecophilsea. 

6.  Conostylis  Tribe. 

Fls.  irregular .          •  46.  Anigozan- 

[thos. 

Also    in    cultivation:  Anoiganthus,  Calhpsyohe,    Cummmgia, 
Cyanella,  Gethyllis. 


.ally  n 


1.  Barbacenw. 

2.  Ve«oz»a. 


189.  MUSACE^E. 

A.  Calyx  tubular,  later  spht-spathaceoua        ...   1.  Muta. 
AA.  Calyx  of  free  sepals  (lateral  ones  sometimes 

adnate  to  corolla  in  H<  licoma) 
B   Fr  a  caps   locuhe  ulally  3-\ ah ed.  seeds  <». 

C    Petals  2,  lateral  connate  2   Strehtzta 

cc   Petals  separate  3  Ravenala. 

BB.  Fr    mdehisctnt  or  separating  into  berries, 

the  cells  1-seeded  4  Hehconia. 


190.  ZINGIBERACE^:. 

A.  Ovary  1-celled,  w  ith  3  parietal  plarentse  1.  Globbb. 

AA.  Ovary  perfectly   J~e filed,  or  at  least  3-celled 

much  above  the  nnddlo,  plac entte  axile 
B.  Lateral  stammo<]e  s  ample  and  petal-like 


C  Connective'  not  appendaged  at  the  base 

D    Filament  shejrt ,  bracts  1-fl 
DD    Filament  long,  bracts  1   co-fld 
CC   Connective  appendagrd  at  the  base 

D   Spur    2-fid,    lateral    stanunodes    nar- 


2  Kaempferia 

3  Hedychium 


Spi.      __.    

row  e  el  at  base  4.  Roscoea. 

DD   Spurs    2,    lateral    htammodes   connate 

with  the  petaloid  filamf  nt  5.  Curcuma. 

BB  Lateral  stanunodes  small,  tooth-like  or  0, 
rarrly  longer,  narrow  and  adnate  to 
Jabrllum 

C.  Hlarmnt  short  or  very  short. 
D.  Infl   cone-like 

t,   Anther-cells  divergent  at  apex,  con- 

nective-    either    short    or   produced 

beyonel   e  ells  into  an  entire  or  3- 

lobe-el  e  rt  -t  6  Amomum. 

EE    Arither-<ells   eontiguous,    conneetive 

Croelueeel  bnyonel  the  cells  into  a 
>ng,  line-  ir  appe  ndage  7.  Zinyiber. 

DD    Infl    not  cono-like 

E   Connie  live     not    produced    beyond 

K   Anther-eif  IK  Contiguous  to  apex       .  8   Elettaria 
FF    Vnther-ce  IN  «r  jmrate  9.  Renealm*a. 

EE  Connective  produr.el  boyond  cells 
into  a  long  hncoolate,  concave 
appendage*  10  Burbidffea. 

cc    Filammt     elongated     (in    Costus    petal- 
like) 

D    Infl    oonc-hke>  11   Costus 

DD    Inn1    not  conr-hke  12   Alpmia 

Mso     m    cultivation      Bamburinta,     Brachychilus,     Cautlea 
Rhynchanthus 

191.  MARANTACE^E. 

A  Ovary  l-cell<-d  after  a  fashion,  the  other  cells 

being  minute  and  empt> 
B   Bracts    narrow,    convolute,    inclosing    the 

rachis  1.  Mwanta 

BB    Bracts     and     bractlets     usually     colored, 

sproaehng,  long  pcrsiste  nt  2   Stromantht 

BBB    Bracts  spreading,  deciduous  3    Thalia 

AA   Ovary  usually  3-ccllrd  and  3-ovuled. 

B   Corolla-tube  usually  short  4.  Phrynium 

BB   Corolla-tube  usually  slender  and  longer.  5.  Calathea- 

Ctenanthe  is  also  briefly  treated 


192.  CANNACEJB. 


Sole  genus 


193.  BROMELIACEJB. 

(Following  Mez  in  DC  Monog  Phaner.  vol.  9.) 

A.  Fr  a  berry,  mdehiscent   ovary  inferior   seeds 

not  winged  nor  plumed 

B.  Pollen-grains    entire,    not    provided    with 
pores  or  a  longitudinal  membranous  fold. 
C  Calyx  without  a  tube  or  cup  .      .   1.  Bromcha 

cc  Calyx  with  a  tube  or  cup  .    .         2  Cryptanthu 

BB   Pollen-grams  furnished  with  pores. 

c.  Infl.  immersed  in  a  central  bowl  of  IVB. 
and  surrounded  by  an  involucre 
formed  from  the  reduced  inmost  Ivs. 
and  usually  colored 


126 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


D.  Petals    -without    bgules,    connate,    at 
least  toward  base 

a.  The  infl  simple 3.  Areaelta. 

KB  The  infl  compound  .  4  JVtau&mum. 

DD  Petals  with  hgulcs,  free  .  .   5.  Camttrum. 

cc  Infl   not  surrounded  by  a  distinct  involu- 
cre  st  or  scape  tall 
D.  Petals  furnished  with  2  ligules  inside 
E  Berries   connate   among    themselves 

and  also  to  the  bracts  and  axis  6.  Ananat. 

BE  Berries  free 

F.  Sepals    with    long    awns,    or,    if 


long  tail 


is,   the  ovules  with   very 

ula  '    

(See  also  Echinostachys.) 


7  JEchmea 


FF  Sepals     without     awns     or     only 

obscurely  awned  ovules  obtuse      8  Quesnelia. 
DD.  Petals  not  provided  with  ligules  inside. 
a   Fls  very  flat  and  crowded  into  dense 

cones  9  Hohenbergia. 

KB   Fls    more  or  less  loosely  spicato  on 

the  branches  of  the  mfl  10  Streptocalyx. 

BBB  Pollen-grain?  furnished  with  a  longitudinal 

membranous  groove  11.  Billbergia. 

AA.  Fr  a  dehiscent  caps  ovary  superior  or  nearly 

so 
B  Seeds     winged,     or     appendaged      pollen 

grooved 

c  Ovary  semi-superior    .  12  Pitcairma, 

CC  Ovary  superior 

D   Fls  of  2  forms  and  dioecious        .  13  Hechtia. 

DD    Fls  all  the  same  form 

E   Petals  free  to  the  very  base  14  Puya 

EE   Petals  coalesced  toward  the  base         15  Dyckia. 
BB   Seed  with  a  long,  plumose  appendage  ovary 

superior 
c   Petals  free 

D  The  petals  hgulate  inside  16   Vnesta 

DD  The  petals  not  hgulate  inside  17   T\llandsia 

CC  Petals  connate  or  intimately  conglutmate  18  Gurmania. 

(See  also  Massangea.) 
Catopsis  and  Neoglaziovia  are  also  in  cultivation 


194.  LILIACE-ffi. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Ignoring  many  exceptions. 

Series  1     Anthers  introrsely  dehiscent    fr    usually  berry-like: 
plant  not  bulbous,  usually  scaly  at  the  base  of  the  st    and  leafy 
above,  sometimes  with  a  scaly  scape 
A.  Stigma  not  broadly  peltate 
B.  Ovules  orthotropous  or  hemianatro- 
pous     "foliage"   abnormal,   in  the 
Smilax  Tribe  3-5-nerved  but  with 
netted  vemlets,  m  the  Asparagus 
Tribe     If  -shaped     or     needle-like 
"phylloclades0  are  present 
c.  Anthers  abnormal,  the  inner  valvo 
of  each  cell  being  so  narrow  that 
the   open    anther    seems    to    bo 
1-celled  st.  sarmentose  or  scand- 
ent  1  SMILAX  TRIBE. 

CC  Anthers  normally  2-celled,  or  cells 
confluent  at  apex    st    branched 

or  scandent  2  ASPARAGUS  TRIBE. 

BB.  Ovules  anatropotis,  rarely  htmiana- 

tropous  in  the  Luzuriaga  Tribe 
c.  St   shrubby     and     branched,     or 

scandent  3  LUZURIAQA  TKIBE. 

cc  St      herbaceous,     unbranched     or 

sparingly  branched,  leafy  above     4  SOLOMON'S  SEAL 
ccc  Stemless  herbs  with  Ivs   clustered  [TRIBE, 

on     the     rhizome     and     often 
mclospd      (together      with      the 
lateral  leafless  scape)  by  sheath- 
ing scales  at  the  base  5  LILY-OF-THE- 
AA.  Stigma  usually  very  broadly  peltate  (VALLEY  TRIBE.  ' 
Ivs  on  the  rhizome  few,  ample   scape 
very  short  and  1-fld  or  bearing  a  dense 
spike  at  apex                                        6.  ASPIDISTRA  TRTBE. 
Series  2     Anthers  introrsely  dehiscent    fr   locuhcidally  dehis- 
cent, rarely  indchiscent  or  berry-like   Ivs  on  a  rhizome,  or  densely 
crowded  at  the  apex  of  a  caudex,  or  forming  a  bulb  at  the  base 
of  the  scape 

A.  Anthers  with  a  pit  on  the  back  into 

which  the  filament  intrudes 
B.  Lvs  linear  or  membranous,  crowded 
on  a  short  rhizome  perianth  cylin- 
drical,     funnel-shapod,     or      bell- 
ahaped  7.  LEMON-LILT  OR 

BB.  Lvs    usually  thick,   fleshy  or  rigid,  [HsuEBOCALLia 

sometimes    spiny     rhizome    hard,  [TRIBE, 

often  extended  above  ground  into 
a  woody  caudex  penanth-eegms. 
connivent  or  connate  into  a  tube  or 
sometimes  with  spreading  tips  .  .  8.  ALOB  TRIBB. 


AA.  Anthers  not  pitted  (sometimes  slightly 
pitted  in  the  Asphodel  Tribe)  Ivs. 
not  thick,  and  fleshy  as  in  a  century 
plant 

B.  Kootstock,  if  any,  rlnzomatous,  rhi- 
Bomo    usually    short,    often    very 
short    in    Asphodel    Tiibo,    some- 
times produced  into  a  woody  cau- 
dex in  Draoama  Tribe  (see  also  BB) 
C  Seeds  fleshy   perianth  marrescent.  9.  OPHIOPOOON 
cc  Seeds  not  fleshy  [TRIBE. 

D  Perianth       tubular-bellshapod, 
connate,  persistent ,  mfl   race- 
mose . .  . .  10.  ALBTRIB  TRIBE. 
DD  Perianth  shaped  like  a  bell  or 
cylinder,  raroly  a  funnel,  the 
segms   usually  distinct,  decid- 
uous, mfl  often  pamcled     .       It  DRACAENA  TRIBE. 
ODD.  Perianth-sogma       usually      dis- 
tinct  and   spreading,   decidu- 
ous, mfl    sparingly  branched, 
if  at  all  12  ASPHODEL  TRIBE. 
BB.  Rootstock  bulbous  as  a  rule    in  the 
Onion  Tribe  sometimes  a  rorm  and 
rarely  a  very  short  rhizome,  bulb 
usually  tuuicat«-d,  but  in  the  Tuhp 
Tribe  often  scaly 

C.  Stemless  plants  with  the  mfl    ter- 
minal on  a  leafy  scape 
D  Infl  an  umbel  with  an  involucre 

of  at  least  2  bracts  13  ONION  TRIBE. 

DD  Infl      a    raceme,    or    rarely    a 

spike  14.  SQUILL  TRIBE. 

CC.  St  leafy,  or  at  least  with  1  If     fls 

few  or  in  a  lax  raceme     .       .         15.  TULIP  TRIBE. 

Serte*  3  Anthers  usually  introrsely  affixed  but  extrorsely 
dehiscent  (the  whole  Colchirum  Tnoe  exceptional)  fr  usually  a 
septicidal  caps  ,  rarely  locuhcidal  or  in  the  Medeoli  Tribe  an 
indehiscent  berry  Plants  fibrous-rooted,  rarely  cormous  or 
bulbous 

A.  Fr.  a  berry  plant  not  bulbous  Ivs  few, 

subradical  or  whorlrd  on  the  st  16  MKDKOLA  OR 

AA.  Fr    a  caps    rarely,  in    the    Bellwort          [CvcUMBER-Roor 
Tnbc,  a  borry  [TRIBE. 

B.  Anthers  introrsely  dehiscent  The 
only  tribe  in  Series  3  with  a  oorrn- 
ous  rootstock  17  COLCHICUM  OR 

BB  Anthers  extrorsely  dehiscent,  rarely          [AUTUMN  CROCUS 
otherwise  in  the  Narthecium Tribe  [TRIBE. 

plants   not    bulbous   except   some- 
times in  False   Hellebore  Tribe 
C.  St  -Ivs  smaller  than  the  radical  Ivs 
which    are    either     crowded     or 
petiolate),  sometimes  very  small 
or  0    caps    nepticidal  or  loculi- 
cidal  18  NARTHECIUM 

CC   St  l^afy,  herbaceous  or  high  climb-  [TRIBE. 

ing      Ivs      alternate,     sessile    or 
clasping,  without  shrath  19  BELLWORT  OR 

ccc  St   usually  tall,  leafy  or  hardly  so        [UVULARIA  TRIBE 
beyond    the  radical  Ivs     plants 
not  bulbous  or  bulbous    anthers 
with    confluent    cells,   roundish- 
peltate  after  dehiscence  20  FALSE  HELLEBORE 
[OR  VERATRUM  TRIBB. 

II.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Smilax  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth  6-parted  1  SrmUix. 

AA.  Perianth  undivided,  mouth  minutely  toothed  .  2  Hetero- 

[tmilax, 

2.  Asparagus  Tribe. 

A.  Filaments  connate  into  a  little  urn,  with  the 

anthers  sessile  at  the  mouth  of  the  urn 
B   Anthers  3,  fls  clustered  on  the  middle  of  the 

face  of  the  phylloclade  3  Ruscua. 

BB   Anthers  6,  fls   clustered  on  the  margins,  or 

rarely  at  the  middle  of  the  phylloclado  4  Semele, 
BBB  Anthers  6,  fls  terminal  in  short  racemes.  5  Danot. 
AA.  Filaments  free  .  .  6  Asparagus. 

3.  Luzuriaga  Tribe. 

A.  Fls  large  or  rather  large,  solitary  or  few,  pen- 
anth-segms    erect,   ovary    1-cclled   with   3 
parietal  placente 
B.  Lvs   3-5-nerved    penanth-segms    of  about 

equal  length  7  Lapagena. 

BB.  Lvs.  1-nerved   outer  penanth-segms   much 

smaller  than  inner  8  PhiUna. 

AA.  Fls   small;  penanth-segms.  spreading,  ovary 

3-oelled:  IVB.  with  °°  alender  nerves 

a.  The  fls.  clustered  in  the  axils  0  Eustrep\ut. 

BB.  The  fls.  mostly  terminating  the  branches. ...  10  Qtttono- 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


127 


4.  Solomon's  Seal  Tribe. 

A.  Flfl  1-2  in  the  axils,  rarely  more,  usually  nod- 
ding 
B.  Perianth-tube  cylindrical,  lobes  short,  htyle 

undivided,  with  a  small  stigma  11   Polygona- 


BB    Perianth-tube   0,     segms 


[turn. 


ninth-tube   0,     segms     spreading   above 
•  from  the  buho,  style  shortly  or  more 
deeply  3-fid  12   Slreptopua 

AA.  Fls   in  a  terminal  raceme  or  panicle 

B    Floral  parts  in  3'n  13   Smilacmn 

B*.  Floral  parts  in  2's  14   Mainthe- 

(mum. 

5.  Lily-of-the-Valley  Tribe. 

A.  Fls   racemose,  nodding,  perianth  suhglobosc, 

lobes  shorter  than  tube  15    Convallarvi 

AA.  Fls  spie  ate,  far  apart ,  pe  nanth-tubc  cylindri- 
cal, lobes  rocurve'd-Hprcaehng  16  Reineckva. 

6.  Aspidistra  Tribe. 

A.  Fls    4-merous,  htigma  very  large,  roundish- 
peltate,  undividt  <I  17   Aspidistra. 
AA.  Fls  3-inerous,  stigma  broaellypt  Hate,  3-lobed  18  Rohdea 

7.  Lemon-Lily,  or  Hemerocalhs  Tribe. 

A.  Fls  erect ,  stamens  affixed  at  apex  of  tube   Ivs 

long  and  narrow 

B  Perianth  funnel-shaped,  the  cylindrical 
tube  shorter  than  the  lobes,  panicles 
fow-flel  19  HemerocaUu. 

BB  Perianth  with  hubme  urved  segmn  lexwely 
comment  above  the  top-shaped  tube, 
panicles  much  branched  20  P/wrmtum. 

AA    Fls    pendulous 

B  Stame  ns  affixed  at  mieldle  of  tube  Ivs  long 
and  n  irrow1  pe  riant  h-tubo  swollen  above  , 
lobes  she.it  21  Blandfordia. 

BB    SUme  ns  ofte  n  hypogynous 

C  Lvs  petiole  d,  usually  broad  fls  race- 
mose, perianth  funnel-shaped,  tube 
hhort  or  long  22  Funkia 

CC  Lvs  le>ng  ami  n  irrow  fls  spu-ite,  peri- 
anth a  long  narrow  tube  with  short 
lobes  23  Kniphufia 

8.  Aloe  Tribe. 

A  Pt  riant h-segrns  strongly  cemn  it  e  into  a  tube 
w  Inch  is  sw  olle  n  tt  t  he  b  i-i  ,  st  gms  free  at 
ape  x,  st  une  ns  me  hide  d  in  tube  21  Gatteria 

AA  Ppri'inth-sogms  cohc  ie  nt  e>r  connive  nt  to  the 
very  a]>i  \  in  -i  tube ,  or  b  irrly  spie  tdmg  at 
the  v  oiy  'ipcx.st  -uue  ns  usu  illy  e  x-,.  rte  el  2r>  \loe 
AAA  Prnanth-vRins  ,  ,,h<  re  nt  or  e  onnn  e  nt,  stt  1- 
latt -spreielmg  at  iprx,  staine.  us  a  httlc 
shorter  than  pi  ninth  2l>  Apicra 

AAAA  Perianth  usu  illy  inrurvod,  the  segms 
cohering  or  ee>mn\  e>nt .  U  t  ho  -ipe  x  n  e  nrv  e  d 
anel  spreading  somewhat  is  if  2-lippe'd, 
statue  ns  not  oxcee  ding  pe  n  »nth  27  Haworthia 

AAAAA    Perianth    of     \loe ,    but    stamens    a    littlo 

shorter  than  thope  riantli  2S   Lomatophyl- 

[lum. 

9.  Ophiopogon  Tribe. 

A    Perianth-tube    long    and    slender,    filaments 

normal  20  Sanitiiena 

AA  Perianth  more-  or  less  e  ro<  t  or  spn  admgabov  e 
the  ovary,  filaments  shorter  than  the  linear 
anthers,  stylo  longish  30  Ophiopogon. 

AAA  Perianth  spreading  from  how  of  ovary,  fila- 
ments about  as  lemg  as  the  oblong  anthors  31  Linope 

10.  Aletns  Tribe. 

One  genus  cultivated  32  Aletns 

11.  Dracaena  Tribe. 

A.  Ovary  1 -celled,  cells  3-ovuled  33  Datyhnon 

AA   Ovary  3-cc-lled 

B    Cells  1-ovuled  34   Dracaena. 

BB.  Cells  2-ovuled  35  Nohna 

BBB   Cells  oo-ovuled 

c   Fls   racemose  36  Heapero- 

CC   Fls   panic  led  [cattia. 

D  Anthers  small,  sessile  on  a  club-shaped 
filament,  perianth  subglobose  or 
bell-shaped,  segms  hardly  connate  at 
base  37.  Yucca. 

CD.  Anthers  dorsifixod  on  normal  or  flat- 
tened filaments,  perianth  cylindrical 
or  narrowly  bell-shaped,  with  a  short 
tube  ..  .38  Cordyltn*. 


45  CMoro- 

(galum. 

46  Hastinona. 


12.  Asphodel  Tribe. 
Summary  of  Subtnbes. 

A   Anthers  dorsifixed,  versatile 

B    Subtribe    1       EUAHI-HOUM  E  v       Plant    not 
bulbous     Ivs     crow  dee!    at    base    of    st.; 
caulme  Ivs.  smaller,  when  present 
BB   Subtribe  2     LOM\M>KE,E     Plant  not  bulb- 
ous  Ivs  grass-like    fls  m  spikes 
BBB   Subtnbr  3    CiiLOitouALK.fi:    Plant  bulbous: 

IVH   few 

AA   Anthors  erect,  affixed  at  or  ne>ar  the  base. 
B   Subtribe  4      BejwiHt.      Lvs    few,   from  a 
thick  tuber  or  fleshy  bulb,  tjuickly  van- 
ishing before  or  at  anthesis 

BB   Lvs    numerous,  crowded  at  base  of  st    or 
some  times  in  Subtribe  5  arranged  along 
st 
c  Subtribe  5     ANTHEHICF-E     Lv?    not  *J- 

ranked 
cc.  Subtribe  0    DIA  \KLLE*;    Lvs  2-ranktxL 

Subtribe  1.  Euasphodeleae. 

A.  Ovules  2  m  a  cell 
B.  St   or  HC  ape  leafless 

C  Anthers  pitted  where  the  filament  IB  in- 
serted, fls  yellow  .     39  Aaphodclu*. 
cc  Anthers  not  pitted  40  BulbineUa. 

(Consult  Chrysobactron.i 
BB   St  more  or  less  leafy  fls  usually  white  41   Asphodtlint. 

B   Anthers  pittol,  filaments  glabrous  42  Parad\»ea. 

BB   Anthers  not  pitted,  filaments  long  bearded     43   Bulbine 

Subtribe  2     Lomandreae. 

In  cultivation  14  Xanthor- 

[rhaa. 
Subtribe  3    Chlorogalese 

A    Penanth-sogms     {-nerved 
AA   Penan th-segms    1-norved 

Subtnbe  4     Bowieae 

Lvs  linear,  vanishing  before  anthesis  bulb  tuber- 
like  47.  Bovnea. 

Subtribe  5    Anthencese 

A.  Infl  clustered  down  among  the  radical  Ivs  on 

a  very  short  st  48  Leuco- 

AA   Infl  on  a  scape,  simple  or  with  few  branches,  [annum. 

B   Stamens  finally  as  long  as  the  perianth  or 

longer,  raceme  long,  simple  and  dense          49  Eremurua. 

c  Caps  w^h  hardly  prominent  angles  50  Anthericum. 

cc  Caps   3-corncred  or  3-w  inged  51    Chlorophy- 

(tum. 

Subtribe  6     Dianelleat. 
Filaments  fleshy  or  tluckened  at  apex  or  middle     52  Dvinetta. 

13.  Onion  Tribe. 

A   Roots! ock  a  short  rhizome,  with  clusters  of 

root-fibers  53  Agapanthut. 

AA   Rootstock  a  tumcated  bulb  or  corm 
B   Perianth  salver-shaped  or  urn-shaped 
c   Stamen-,  b,  peiianth-tubc  cylindrical 
D   Tube    often    crowned    at    throat    with 
3-{>  scales,   stamens  included  inside 
the  tube  in  2  series  54   Tristagma. 

DD  Tube  const  net  eel  at  the  mouth  by  a 
scarcely  notice  ible  ring,  stamens 
exserted  at  mouth  of  tube,  filaments 
voryshe>rt  55  MiUa. 

CC  Stamens  i,  affixed  at  throat 

D  Perianth-tube  subglobose,  constricted 
at  mouth,  stamens  alternate  with  a 
like  number  of  stammodes  56.  Strophol*- 

DD  Perianth-tube       broadly      cylindrical,  (rton. 

shortly  (5-saccate  at  base,  stamens 
with  a  like  number  of  stammodes 
connate  into  a  spunous  corona  behind 
the  anthers  57  Brevoort\a. 

BB   Perianth  funnel-shaped  or  bell-shaped ,  lobes 

as  long  as  the  tube  or  longer 
c   Filaments  connate  into  a  tube,  stamens  6, 

affixed  to  throat 
D   Tube  about  as  long  as  lobes  58  Andrtt- 

[stephwm. 

DD  Tube  much  shorter  than  lobes    .    .       59.  Betsera. 
cc.  Filaments  free,  normal  or  very  short,  per- 
fect stamens  6  or  3,  affixed  to  throat  or 
tube 
D.  Pedicels  articulated  at  apex 60.  SroduM. 


128 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


DD.  Pedicels  not  articulated  at  apex        .      61.  Tnteleta. 
BBB.  Penanth     wheel-shaped     or     bell-shaped, 
Begms  connc.td  at  the  base  into  a  ring  or 
cup. 

C.  Rootstock  a  fibrous-tumcated  corm. 
D   Filaments  dilated  at  base  into  truncate 

scales  surrounding  ovary  62  Bloomena. 

DD.  Filaments   slightly   dilated   below  the 

middle  63  MuvUa. 

CC.  Rootatock  a  tumcated  bulb 

D.  Alliaceous  odor  absent,  perianth-segms 

connate  at  base  or  to  the  middle          64   Nothoscor- 
DD.  Alliaceous    odor    nearly    if    not    quite  [dum. 

always  present ,  perianth-segms  dis- 
tinct or  barely  united  at  base  in  a 
ring  65.  AUium. 

14.  Squill  Tribe. 

A.  Penanth-segms    distinct,  or  united  only  at 

the  very  base 

B  Seeds  strongly  compressed,  ovules  numer- 
ous 

C.  The  outer  segms  of  the  persistent  peri- 
anth spreading,  the  inner  a  little 
shorter,  erect,  connivent  at  apex  and 
variously  crested  66  Albuca 

CC.  The  segms  of  the  deciduous  perianth  sub- 
equal,  connivert  into  a  bell,  or  spread- 
ing 67.  Urginea. 
BB.  Seeds  obovoid  or  globose,  not  flattened  or 

angled,  ovules  2-oo  ma  cell 
C.  Infl   a  long  dense  raceme,  bearded  at  the 
apex  by  empty  bracts,  which  may  bo 
herbaceous  or  colored  68  Eucomis 

cc.  Infl  not  as  in  c 

D   Nerves  of  penanth-segms  1  69  Sc ilia 

DD    Nerves  of  penanth-segms  3-c°  70  Camassia 

ODD   Nerves  of  perianth  segms  obscure  71   Ormthog- 

IA.  Penanth-segms  united  into  a  tube  or  bell.  [alum, 

B   Ovules  oo,  usually  numerous 

c   Seeds  strongly  compressed  or  angled 
D   The  outer  lobes  spreading,  inner  ones 

erect  and  shorter  72  Dipradi 

DD  The  lobes  all  spreading  and  subequal, 

or  the  inner  ones  a  little  wider  7?   (.altoma 

cc  Seeds  obovoid  or  globose  74  Lachenalia 

BB.  Ovules  2-6  in  a  cell,  rarely  more,  seeds  not 

flattened  or  angled 
C   Lobes  very  short,  tooth-like,  much  shorter 

than  tube 

D  Perianth  cylindrical  7*   Veltkeimia 

DD   Perianth    urn-shaped,    constricted    at 

throat  76   Muscan 

CC   Lohes  considerably  longer  than  the  bell- 
shaped  tube    fls   few,  in  a  lax  raceme 
D.  Filaments  erect,  not  connate,  all  or  only 

alternate  ones  dilated  and  petal-like     77.  Chionodoxa. 
DD   Filaments  connate  into  a  sort  of  cup 
which  is  produced  beyond  the  anthers 
into  a  cone  78  Puschkima. 

CCC.  Lobes  shorter  than  the  tube  or  about  as 
long,  sometimes  a  trifle  longer,  filaments 
normal  or  dilated  at  base  79  Hyacinthus 


17.  Colchicum,  or  Autumn-Crocus  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth-tube  entire,  styles  3,  distinct  from 

the  base  .  89.  Colchicum. 

AA.  Penanth-segnia  with  distinct  claws,  oonnivent 

into  a  tube 

B   Styles  3,  distinct  from  base         . 
BB  Style  entire  inside  the  tube,  3-fid  at  apex 


90.  Merendera. 

91.  Bulboco- 

[dium. 


18.  Narthecium  Tribe. 

A.  Caps  loruhcidally  dehiscent. 

B   Style  undivided                     .                   .  92  Narthecium. 

BB   Styles  3  93  Zerophvl- 

AA.  Caps  septicidally  dehiscent  or  parted.  [lum. 

B  Fls  few  at  apex  of  scape,  style  undivided  .   04.  Helomopns. 

BB.  Fls  in  a  dense  raceme,  styles  3,  very  short  .   95.  flelonias. 

19.  Bellwort,  or  Uvularia  Tnbe. 

A  Fr  an  mdehiscent  berry  96   Disporum. 

AA   Fr  a  septicidal  caps  97   Tricyrtu. 

AAA   Fr    (when  known)  a  locuhcidal  caps. 
B   Fls  terminal,  pendulous. 

c   Lvs    perfoliate    seeds  covered  by  a  thin 

white  aril  98    Uvularia. 

cc  Lvs  sessile   seeds  have  a  swollen,  spongy, 

brown  ridge  99  Oakena. 

BB   Fls  axillary,  or  long-pedicellcd  in  the  axils 
c   Plants  are  climbers 

D   Perianth-segms       spreading,      usually 

wavy  or  crisped  100  (,'iorioso. 

DD   Penan  th-segrns  distinct,  suberect,  more 

or  less  connivrnt  and  bell-shaped  101    Littonia. 

CC  Plants  not  climbers    periath  urn-shaped, 

lobes  very  short  102   Sander- 

[aonvo. 

20.  False  Hellebore  or  Veratrum  Tnbe. 

A.  Seeds  membranous-winged  nearly  all  the  way 

around   sts  leafy 
B   Lvs  narrow  or  long-stalked  perianth-segms 

distinctly  clawed  103   At  elan- 

BB    Lvs     usually    broad,    plaited,    veiny,    con-  [thium. 

tracted    into    a    sheath,     not    distinctly 
stalked      perianth-segms      a    trifle    con-  * 

tracted  at  the  base  104    Veratrum. 

AA   Seeds    narrow,    angled,    hardly    winged     hs 
radical  or  crowded  at  base  of  at  .  linear  or 
rarely  sublanceolatc 
B   Stamens  much  shorter  than  perianth,  per- 

ianth more  or  less  bell-shaped  105  Stenan- 

BB   Stamens  a  little  shorter  than  perianth,  per-  [thium. 

mnth  flattened  out  106  Zyoadenut 

Other  genera  described  are  Acrospira,  Mectorurus,  Andro- 
cymbmm,  Arthropodium,  Astelia,  Chama-lirium,  DipidaA, 
Drimia,  Leucocoryne,  Massonm,  Oligobotrya,  Pehobanthes, 
Thysanotus,  Toneldia,  Tupistra,  and  Tulbagluu 


15.  Tulip  Tribe. 

A.  Caps  septicidally  dehiscent  or  3-partcd  fls. 
erect  or  pendulous,  outer  periunth-segms 
usually  narrower  or  smaller,  inner  ones 
pitted  80  Calorhortua. 

(Consult  also  Cyclobothra  ) 
AA.  Caps   locuhcidally  dehiscent 

B  Anthers  dorsihxed,  versatile,  fls  nodding  or 

pendulous,  rarely  erect,  claw  of  segms 

usually    furnished    with    a    nectariferous 

groove  81.  Lihum. 

BB.  Anthers  basifixed,  erect,  filament  usually 

intruded 

C.  Fla  usually  erect,  perianth  bell-shaped  or 
somewhat  funnel-shaped,  segms  often 
spotted  near  the  base,  not  pitted  82  Tuhpa. 

CC.  Fls  nodding  or  pendulou* 

D  Penanth  bell-shaped,  segms  usually 
furnished  with  a  pit  or  nectar-bearing 
spot  above  the  base  83  Fntillana. 

DD.  Perianth-segms  narrow,  recurved  or 
reflected  from  the  middle  or  almost 
from  the  base  .  84.  Erylhro- 

[mum. 

16.  Medeola,  or  Cucumber-Root  Tribe. 

A.  Foliage  at  base  of  st  ,  Ivs  few,  stalked  or  con- 
tracted into  a  sheath  fls  in  a  long-peduncled 
umbel,  rarely  solitary  85  Clintoma. 

AA.  Foliage  whorled  at  top  of  st 

B.  Lvs  3'  fl   solitary,  3-merous  86   Tnlhum. 

BB   Lvs  4-0°   fla  solitary^  4- oo-meroua  87.  Pans 

IAA.  Foliage  whorled  at  middle  of  st  with  3  smaller 

Ivs.  at  the  top  surrounding  the  umbel .     .       88.  Mtdeola. 


195.  PONTEDERIACE^. 

L   Penanth  funnel-shaped 

B   Ovary  by  abortion  1-celled,  1-ovulcd  1  Pontedena 

BB   Ovary  .3-ccl led,  muny-ovuled  2  Eirhhornia 

k.   Penan tn  salver-shaped  3  Ilettranthem. 


196.  COMMELINACH^. 


A   Fr  mdehiscent 

B    Pericarp  hard  and  brittle  1 

BB   Pencarp  succulent  or  fleshy  2 

AA  Frs  locuhcidally  dehiscent 

B    Fls  with  3  perfect  stamens,  and  3  or  fewer 

stammodes 

c  Anther-cells  parallel  and  contiguous 
D  Ovary   3-celled,   2   anterior   cells    1-2- 
ovuled,  posterior  l-o\  uled,  empty  or 
wanting  3 

DD   Ovary  2-3-celled,   cells  usually  2-t». 

ovuled  4 

cc.  Anthers,  with  variously  petaloid  connec- 
tive cells  spirally  twisted  into  numer- 
ous gyres  5. 

BB.  Fls  with  6  stamens,  rarely  5,  all  perfect,  no 

stammodes 

c.  Anther-cells  dehiscing  by  a  terminal  pore     6 
cc  Anthers  otherwise  dehiscent 

D  Connective  transversely  or  divaricately 

2-lobed  7. 

DD.  Connective  not  2-lobed  aa  in  D. 
B.  Ovary-cells  2-5-ovuled. 


Pallia 
Pahsota. 


Commelina. 
Aneilema. 


Cochhos- 

[tema. 

Dichori- 

[tandra, 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


129 


F.  Cymes  fascicle-formed,  with  the 
very  short  rachis  contracted 
into  a  receptacle,  sessile  inside 
the  base  of  the  complicate  floral 
Ivs  or  variously  paniculate  8.  Tradea- 

FF.  Cyme  terminal,  pedunculate  with  [cantia. 

2-3  longish  branches  secund-fld 
from  base                                 ....   9.  Tinantia. 
ED.  Ovary  cells  1-ovuled     10.  Rhceo. 


197.  JUNCACEJE. 

A.  Ovary  l-celled,  or  more  or  less  perfectly  3- 

celled,  placentee  or  cells  oo-ovulea 1.  Juncus 

AA.  Ovary  3-celled ,  cells  2-  or  few-ovuled 2.  Pnonn 


198.  PALMACEJE. 

A.Lf-«>gms       infolded      m     \ernation: 

spadices  interfohaceous. 
B.  Fls   dicecious 

C.  LV«J  pmnatisect,  segras  acumi- 
nate spathe  solitary,  ovary  of  3 
distinct  carpels,  only  1  maturing 
seed  deeply  grooved  ventrally 
umbiheate,  embryo  dorsal  1  PHCTNIX  TRIBE. 

CO  Lvs  plaited  in  a  fan-shaped  fash- 
ion, roundish,  semi-orbicular  or 
wedge-shaped,  split  spathes 
numerous,  ovary  entire  or  3- 
lobed,  3-celled,  with  c  rect  ov  ules 
seeds  with  a  mere  dot  of  a  hilum 

raphe  ventral  2    CoRyPHA  TRIBE 

BB.  Fls      usually     hermaphrodite       Ivs 

much  like  those  of  Corypha  Tribe 

spathes    numerous,    ovary    entire, 

3-lobed,     with     ascending    ovules 

seeds  with  diffused  hilum  3  BORASBUS  TRIBE. 

AA,  Lf -segms   folded  back  in  vernation 
B.  Seeds    adherent    to    the    endocarp, 
hilum    diffused,    embryo    opposite 

usually    monoecious    in    the    same 

rdix,  the  lower  ones  in  3's  with 
middle  one  pistillate  4  Cocos  TRIBE. 

BB    Seed  umbiheate 

C.  Raphe  dorsal,  embryo  ventral 
spadices  terminal  or  axillary, 
tfa  polygamo-monoecious  5  LEPIDOCARYA 

[TRIBE. 
CC.  Raphe  ventral,  embryo  dorsal          G  ARS.CA  TRIBE 


1.  Phoenix  Tribe. 


The  only  genus  ...  .  1   Phoenix. 

2.  Corypha  Tnbe. 

A.  Style   or   stigma   basilar    in  fr  :   endosperm 

equable 
B.  The  style  short ,  embryo  terminal.    Palms 

fruit  once  and  die  2  Corypha. 

BB.  The  style  elongated 

c.  Embryo  dorsal  3. 


cc   Embryo  sub-basilar 
AA.  Style  or  stigma  terminal  in  fruit. 
B.  Perianth    of    imbricate    petals 


4. 


corolla- 
segrns 
C.  Fls    polygamo-dicBcious ,   stigmas  sessile, 

distinct, embryo  dorsal 

D   Endosperm  ruminate  .  ...    5 

DD   Endosperm  equable  6 

CC  Fls  hermaphrodite,  styles  long,  distinct 
D  Filaments  free  7 


Salal 

((Ino,!es). 
Washing- 


Ctiamaerops. 
Rhapido- 

[phyUum. 
Acantho- 

Irhua. 
Trithnnax. 


DD   Filaments  connate  into  a  tube 
BB.  Perianth  of  valvate  petals  or  corolla-lobes 

(see  also  BBB) 
c.  Fls  dioecious,  corolla  3-toothed,  anthers 

extrorsely  dehiscent  9.  Rhapis. 

CC.  Fls  polygamo-monoecious  ,  carpels  dis- 
tinct, stigmas  distinct,  sessile  endo- 
sperm equable,  ventrally  groo\ed, 
embryo  dorsal  .  10  Trachy- 

OCC.  Fla  hermaphr<xlite  (carpus. 

D.  Embryo   dorsal  .  S  endosperm   equable: 
carpels     slightly     cohering     or     in 
Lmstona  sometimes  dihtmct 
E   Spadix-bram  lies  not  sheathed    stylo 

single,  short,  3-cornered  11.  Brahea. 

EX.  Spadix    rachis    sheathed,  carpeh   3- 

cornered  ,  style  single,  thread-like     12.  Licvala. 
BEE.  Spadix-branches  naked  or  lower  ones 
bracted,    carpels    globose,    styles 
short,  distinct  or  cohering  13  Ltmtona. 

DD.  Embryo,  sub-basilur.  rachis  of  apadix 
sheathed. 


i.  Endosperm  ruminate    carpels  3,  dis- 
tinct at  base,  style  single,  short, 


3-grooved 

EE.  Endosperm  equable 

F.  Corolla-tube 


.14.  Copernicia. 

Corolla-tube      persistent,      segms. 
deciduous,   o\ary  3-cornered  or 
3  lobed,  narrowed  into  a  style     15  Pntchardut. 
FF.  Corolla  otheiwise 

O.  Carpels  free  at  base;  style  sin- 
gle, slender,  elongated     .  10  Serensea. 
OO.  Carpel1*  slightly  cohering,  style 

single,  short,  3-groovod...      .      17  Erythea 

BBB.  Perianth  minute  6-fid  or  obsolete 18   Thnnax  (and 

Coccothnnax). 

3.  Borassus  Tribe. 
A.  Stamens  6 

B.  Fls  mime  rous  in  the  cavities  of  the  spadix...  19.  Borassua. 

BB   Fls   solitary  in  the  cavities 20  Hyphxne. 

AA.  Stamens  numerous 

B   Fls   numerous  in  cavities     21   Lodotcea. 

BB.  Fls.  solitary  in  cavities     22.  Latanut. 

4.  Cocos  Tribe. 

A.  Palms    armed    with    prickles     fr     1-seeded; 

cndocarp  3-porous  at  or  above  the  middle 
B.  Pistillate  fla    with  petals  united  for  a  con- 
siderable distance,  stammate  fls   smaller: 
endocarp  bony 
c.  btaminate  fls   not  imnitrsed  in  spadix.  If  - 

segms    acuminate  23  Bactm. 

CC   StamiiMte    fls     inuiK  rsed    in    cavities   of 

•       -  24  Astro- 

Ay  at  [caryum. 


spadix    If  -segms    prcmorsc- 
BB    Pistillate   fls     with   petals  connate  onl 


C    Stammate    fls    in 

inserted   If  -s*  RI 

cc   Stammate     fls     u 

me  lucled         If  - 


^cd,  anthers  large, 
tuirnnate  25    \crocom\a. 

immers<>d,    anthers 
s        wedge-shaped, 

preniorsc-  26   Marhneeia. 

IA    Palms  unarmed 

B   Endocirp      3-porous     above     middle'     fr 

l-3-see«led  27.  Elan*. 

BB   Endocarp  bony  and,  except  in  Jubsea,  3-6- 

porous  to\\  ard  base   fr  l-oo  -seeded 

c   Spadix  himple  .       28.  Diplothe- 

cc   Spadix  simply  brurichc  d  [mtum. 

I)    Nuinbi  r  <>f  stamtns  h    fr    1-seeded  (in 

Sthcoloi  somt  times  2-3-^eded) 
E   Petals    minute,    much    smaller   than 

exerted  stamens  of  stamuidteflb     29  Maxi- 

[mtitano. 

EE    Petals  lanr(  olate    stamens  included   30  Coco* 
EKL   Petals   shiped   like  a   long  club,  or 

cylindncil,  stamens  shorter  31   Scheelea. 

DD  Number  of  stamens  10-24  or  more, 
petals  of  Htammate  fis  lanceolate, 
stamens  included,  anther-cell^  con- 

E   Fr  2-6-seede<l  32.  Attalea. 

EE   IT    1-seeded,  the  endocarp  3-porous 

at  the  middle  or  a  httk  lower  33.  Jubaea. 

5.  Lepidocarya  Tribe. 

A    Lva   fan-shaped    ovary  perfectly  3-celle<l          34.  Maunt\a. 
AA    Lvs    equally  pmnatisect     ovary  imperfectly 

3-celled    Bpaoices  axillary 

B   Palms  fruit  once  and  die  35  PUctocomia. 

BB    Palms     fruit     more     th'in     once,     usually 

climbers 
c   Spathes    solitary,    deciduous      If  -segms 

rhombic,  nerv  es  fan-shap<  d  36  Ceratolobut. 

CC   Spathes  numerous,  perMhtent     If  -scgms 

acuminate,  nerves  parallel 
D   Spadices    contracted,    spathes    cymbi- 
form,  beaked,    long-persistent,  the  2 

the  others  37  Dsemono- 

DD   Spadices  diffused,  or,  if  contracted,  the  [rop* 


spathes  arc  flat  and  persistent  only 
during  anthesis 


. .  .38.  Cotomu*. 

6.  Areca  Tribe. 
Key  to  Subtnbes; 

A.  Petals  of  the  pistillate  fls  valvate 
throughout  nearly  their  whole  length, 
spadices  interfohaceous,  spathes  2  or 
more,  ovary  entire,  3-celled  1.  CABTOTTDXA 

AA.  Petals  of  the  pistillate  fls   overlapping 
or  valvate  only  at  apex,  very  rarely 
valvate  throughout 
B.  Spadices  infrafohaceous. 

c.  Stigmas    terminal    in    fr  ;    ovary 

entire,  l-celled 

D.  Stammate  fls  unsymmetncal; 
sepals  usually  small  and  not 
imbricate 2.  EUARBCBA, 


130 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


DD.  Staminate     fls      symmetrical;     . 
sepals  usually  roundish   and 
widely  overlapping  3.  PTTCHOSPBRUEA. 

CO.  Stigmas  usually  excentnc  or  lateral 
on  ovary,  entire  or  3-lobed.  lf.- 
segms  acuminate 

»  Spathes  2,  ovary  entire  .   4.  ONCOSPERME.B. 

DD.  Spathes     numerous.     If  -segms. 

wedge-shaped 

X.  Ovary   entire,    younger   spa- 
dices  horn-shaped  5.  IRIARTEBJB. 
XX.  Ovary    deeply  3-lobed,    with 
large  stigmas,      spadicea 
club-shaped  6.  WETTINIBJB. 
BB.  Spadices    nearly    always    interfoha- 

ceous 
O.  Stigmas    terminal    on    f  r ,  rarely 

basal 

j».  Ovary  1-cellcd,  spadix  simple, 
with  monoecious  fin  immersed 
in  cavities  7.  LINOSPADICBA 

DD.  Ovary  3-celled,  imperfectly  so  in 

Subtribe  8 

E.  Fr     globose     spadix   panicu- 
lately     branched,     the     Hs 
dioecious  and  pedicelled          8  CEROXYLEJB. 
EB.  Fr   elongated  spadix  subdigi- 
tately    branched,     the     fls. 
monoecious    and    not    im- 
mersed 9  MALORTIE.*!. 
CC.  Stigmas   lateral    or   basal  on    fr , 

rarely  terminal,  ovary  entire 
D.  Fls  not  immersed  in  cavities 
B   Spathes  2,  all  the  fls    or  the 
lower    ones    in    3's,    ovary 
1-3-celled  10  IQUANURB.SI. 

EB.  Spathes  numerous,  ovary  3- 
celled,  spadices  inter-  and 
infrafobacous,  fls  usually 
dioecious,  without  bracts  or 
bractleta,  perianth  rather 
fleshy  or  leathery  11  CHAMJCDOREJB. 

DD.  Fls  immersed  in  cavities,  monoe- 
cious or  dioecious,  compressed, 
perianth  glumaceous;  stylo 
often  elongated,  terminal  or 
lateral  ....  12  GEONOMBJO. 

Subtribe  1.    Caryotideae. 

A.  Lvs  bipmnatisect  endosperm  rximmate  stam- 

inatefla  with  3  sepals  and  stamens  30  Caryota. 

AA.  Lvs   pmnatisect    endosperm  equable 

B.  Stamens  6,  calyx  of  stammate  fls   tubular, 

truncate  40   Walhchia. 

BB.  Stamens  co 

c.  Calyx   of  stammate   fls    cup-shaped,   3- 

lobed  41  Didymoi- 

\perma. 
CC.  Calyx  of  stammate  fls  of  3  sepals  42  Arenga. 

Subtribe  2.  Euareceae. 

A.  Ovule  basal,  erect 
B.  Endosperm  ruminate 

c.  Stamens  3  or  6,  stammate  fls  minute, 
numerous,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  on 
branches  of  spadix,  pistillate  fls  much 
larger,  solitary  toward  base  of  bram  lies  43  Areca. 
CC.  Stamens  numerous,  fls  in  3's,  the  middle 
one  pistillate,  arranged  in  2,  4  or  6 
ranks  44  Pinanga. 

BB.  Endosperm  equable  stamensG.fls  m  3's,  the 

middle  one  pistillate,  at  ranged  in  4  ranks    45  Kentia 
AA.  Ovule  parietal,  more  or  less  pendulous 

B   Fls    arranged  in  4   ranks  on  branches  of 

spadix  46  Hydnastele. 

BB.  Fls  arranged  spirally  on  branches  of  spadix 
(All  "sepals"  mentioned  under  HB  refer  to 
sepals   of    stammate     fls     except    when 
otherwise  stated  ) 
C.  Pistillate  fls  much  larger  than  stammate, 

sepals  papery,  connate  at  base  47   Veitchia. 

CC.  Pistillate  fls   not  laiger  than  stammate 
D   Length  of  sepals  far  surpassing  petals, 

sepals  narrow  48  Nenga. 

DD   Length  of  sepals  not  exceeding  petals 
E   The  sepals  overlapping 

V  Sepals    triangular-orbicular,    sta- 
mens numerous ,  filaments  short  49.  Kentiopsia. 
TT.  Sepals  small,  keeled,  stamens  9-24, 

filaments  mflexed  at  apex  50  Archonto- 

EB.  The  sepals  not  overlapping  [phanix. 

p.  Filaments  inflexed  at  apex 

o.  Sepals  awl-shaped  or  lanceolate, 
stamens  6-12,  pistillate  fls 
with  short  petals  valvate  at  [atyha. 

apex  51.  Rhopolo- 

«O.  Sepals  small,  acute,  stamens  6; 

pistillate  fls   with  petals  a  lit-  [spermo. 

tie  longer  than  the  sepals. . .    .02.  Dictyo- 


FP.  Filaments  normal,  sepals  narrowly 
lanceolate,  stamens  9—12,  pis- 
tillate fls  with  petals  like  the 
sepals  53  Hedyacepe. 

Subtribe  3.   Ptychosperme». 

A.  Endosperm  ruminate 

B   Stamens  20-30  ......     54  Ptycho- 

[aperma. 
BB   Stamens  6  .  .....     55  Rhopalo- 

AA.  Endosperm  equable  [blaste. 

B   Lf  -sogms      obliquely    premorso      stamens 

numerous  56  Drymo- 

BB.  Lf  -H6gms   narrowed  at  apex,  or  in   Cyrto-  [phlceus, 

stachys  entire  or  sometimes  obliquely  2- 
toothed 
C.  Stamens  6-1  "5,  pericarp  slightly  fibrous, 

smooth  inside  57  Cyrtoslachyt. 

CC.  Stamens    it,    pericarp    thick,     granular, 

hbrous  inside  58  Cypho- 

[phaentx. 

Subtribe  4     Oncospermeae. 

A.  Stammate  fls   symmetrical,  sepals  broad  and 
much  o\erlappmg,  stigmas  on  fr    exoentrio 
or  lateral,  or  in  Cyphospt  rma  subtt  nmnal 
B.  Perianth    of    pistillate    fls     enlarged    after 

anthesis 

c   Pericarp  grumose  and  fibrous  59  Chnoshgma. 

cc   Pericarp  thin,  leathery  or  bony  60  Cypho- 

[sperma. 

BB    Perianth  not  (hanged  after  anthesis  61    Af  icroktntia. 

AA.  Stammate  fls   unsyinmetriiHl,  sepals  ^mall  or 
narrow,  not   imbruate   or  only   slightly  so, 
stigmis  lateial  on  fr    or  basal 
B.  Petals  of  pistillate  fls    eonnute  at  base,  val- 


c. Calyx  of  stamin  ite  fls  u 

nitcdat  base 

62  Oreodora 

(Inol    Roystonea  ) 

CC   Calyx  with  3  distinct  se 

pals 

0}     icnsta 

BB    Petals  free 

r    Anthers  trert 

01   Oncosperma. 

CC    Anthers  versatile 

o    Kr  globose  palms  un 

armed 

65   Euterpe 

DD   Fr  minute    palms  spi 

my 

06  Acantho- 

(phamx. 

Subtribe  5 

Inarteese. 

Stamens  9-15    stigmas  term  in 

al  or  nearly  s< 

o  in 

fr    If  -segms  turned  HI  ev  ery 

direction 

67  IrviTtea.* 

Subtribe  6    Wettmieje 

No  representatives  known  to  be  cultivated  in  America. 

Subtribe  7.   Lmospadicese. 

A.  Anthers  basifixed,  ereet 

B   Stamens  6,  10,  or  U,  pistillate  fls   have  oo 

stanunodes   If  -seprns  prc 
BB   Stamen*  v<_ry  nuin 

no  stammodLs  If  -segm 

AA.  Anthers  dorsifixtd,    versitil 

pistillate  fls  0-9  If  -segms 


,  pistillate  fls    ha\c 
mmate 
mnnode 
inate 


68  Bacularia. 

69  Howca 

0  Lmoapadix. 


Subtribe  8     Ceroxylese 

Stamens  9-15  fr  with  basal  stigmas  71   Ceroxylon. 

SubtnbeQ.   Malortieas. 
Not  cultivated  in  America 

Subtribe  10.   Iguanurese 

A.  Stigmas  excentnc  or  lateral  on  f  r  72  Heterospathe. 

AA   Stigmas  basal  or  nearly  so  on  fr 

B   Stamens     15-20,     ovary     1-celled       palm 

armed 

BB    Stamens  6,  with  didymous  anthers 
c   Ovary  1-celled    palm  armed 

OC.  Ovary  3-celled    palm  unarmed 

Subtribe  11     Chamaedoreae. 

A.  Fls.    dioecious    or    monoecious    in  different 

spadices,  spirally  arranged  76.  Chamx- 

AA.  Fls   monoecious  in  the  same  spadix  [dorea. 

B.  The   fls    arranged  in   elongated  heaps   or 

clusters 

c   Infl  from  among  the  Ivs  .   77  Gaussia. 

cc  Infl  from  below  the  Ivs  .        .     78.  Hyophorbe. 

BB.  The  fls.  sparse,  solitary  or  in  pairs 79.  Roscheria, 


73  Stevenioma. 

74  Verachaf- 

[feltia. 
75.  Dypsit. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


131 


Sobtribe  12.  Geoannea. 

A.  Base  of  the  ovary  included  in  the  disk 
B  Anthers  arrow-shaped  .  80.  Calypiro- 

BB    Anthers  with  lone  separate  pendulous  cells    81   Geonoma 
AA   Disk  0  many-stemmed  palms  of  India  82  Benhnckw. 

Imperfectly  Known  Genera  of  Palms. 

83  Balaka,  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  and  probably  belongs 
between  Ptychoaperma  and   Drymophloeus,  differing  from  those 
genera  as  indicated  in  the  article  Baluka 

84  Bismarckia  is  a  member  of  the  Borassus  Tribe 

85  Chrymlidocarpua  is    a   well-known  member  of    the  Areca 
Tribe  of  doubtful  affinity 

8b  Exorrhiza  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe,  Subtnbe  Euare- 
ceae 

87  Nipa  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  but  of  uncertain 
affinity     Its  nearest  horticultural  relative  is  Phoenix 

88  PhyttUphas  LS  a  well-known  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe 
but  of  doubtful  affinity 

89  Psfudophaemx  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  which  proba- 
bly belongs  in  the  Subtnbe  Cham«edore«p,  near  Hyophorbe 

90  Plychuraphis  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  which  probably 
comes  after  Ptychosp«rma 

91  Ranevea  m  known  only  in  the  juvenile  state  and  is  con- 
jectured to  he  near  to  Hyophorbe 

The  following  genera  are  also  treated  Acoelorraphe,  Cypho- 
kentia,  Desmoncus,  Eremospatha,  Hyospathe,  Mauicaria,  Met- 
roxylon,  Microphoenix,  Neonicholsoma,  (Enocarpus,  Pigafetta, 


Ptyrho 


s,  Kyn 


199.  LEMNACBJB. 


Floating  plants  with  roots  fls  inserted  on  mar- 
ginal cracks  of  the  frond,  stamens  1-2,  anthers 
2-celled  Lemna. 


200.  PANDANACE>B. 


A   Ovules  solitary  in  carpels 
AA   Ovules  many  in  the  loeules 


201.  CYCLANTHACE.fi. 

A   Plants  with  watery  juice 
AA   Plants  with  uulkyjuire 


The  only  genus 


202.  TYPHACEJB. 


203.  ARACE-fi. 


1  Pandanus 

2  Freyanetia 


1  Carludonca. 

2  Cyclanthus 


Typha. 


A.  Penanth  0  (except  female  fls  of  Peltandra) 
B   Fls     montrcious    (in    Aristema    sometimes 

dioecious) 

C   Spadix  appendaged  (except  in  Pistea) 
D   The  male  ana  female  mfl    contiguous 
with    no    neutral    organs    between 
ovules  anatropous  or  semi-anatropous 
DD  The     upper    fls      males,     lower    ones 
females   ovules  orthotropous 

s  from  the  spathe  or 


1   Amorpho- 
[phattw 


B.  The  spadix  fi 

adnate  at  the  base 
F.  Male  fls  sparse  Ivs  and  fls  appear 

together 

O   Tube    of    spathe    with    connate 
margins,  male  fls   with  1  sta- 
men,      anthers       horseshoe- 
shaped  2  Arisarum 
GO.  Tube  of  spathe   convolute,   fls 
usually  dioicious,  males  with 
2-5  stamens                                  3  Ansxma 
1».  Male  fls    denso    Ivs    often  appear 

before  fls 
Q.  Tube   of    spathe    with    connate 

margins 

H  Ovule  solitary  Ivs  entire  4  Biarum 

HH  Ovules  2-4  Ivs  pedatisect         5  Sauroma- 

OO.  Tube  of  spathe  convolute  [turn, 

H   Ovules  oo, parietal,  in  2  series    6  Arum. 
HH  Ovules  few,  inserted  at  base 

and  apex  of  cell 
I.  Male  and  female  fls  remote, 

appendix  of  spadix  hairy      7  Helicodic- 
II.  Male  and  female  fls    con-  [erot. 

tiguoua  8.  Dracunculus. 

BB.  The  spadix  not  appendaged,  adnate 

to  Bpatbe  OD  back .  aquatic  plant     .  9.  Plttoa. 


BBB.  The  tube  of  spath*  closed  at 
mouth  by  dilation  of  apadix  or  else 
divided  into  2  cells 

F  Tube  closed  at  throat     .  10  PiruUia. 

FF  Tube  2-celled  11.  Arobroatnta. 

CC.  Spadix  not  appeudaged  (rarely  with  a 
naked  appendage  or  endowed  with 
neutral  organs) ,  upper  fls.  males,  lower 
ones  females 

D.  Stamens  connate  in  a  prismatic  or  pel- 
tate body 
B.  Plants  are  climbing  shrubs 

F  Ovaries  distinct,  2- 10-celled     ..      12.  Philoden- 

[dron. 

rr   Ovaries  coherent,  1-2-celled      —    13  Syngon\um, 
BE.  Plants  are  herbs,  not  climbing 

F.  The  ovules  orthotropous  or  nearly 

so,  micropyle  superior 
G.  Ovules  numerous  m  2  senes  on 

3-5  parietal  placentae  14   Colocana. 

GQ   Ovules  few,  basal  15  Alocasia. 

OGQ.  Ovules     1     or     few,     subpane- 
taf     distinguished    by    ovary 

bryo  not  albuminous  16  Peltandra, 

FF.  The   ovules  anatropous   or   serai- 

anatropous,  micropyle  inferior 
G   Ovaries     distinct      or      slightly 

coherent  17  Caladwm. 

GO.  Ovaries  distmit  below,  above 
thick,  dilated  and  grown 
together  18  Xanthosoma. 

GGG   Ovary  2-5-celled  19  Dieffcn- 

DD.  Stamens  distinct  [bach\a. 

B.  Fr    not  included  by  tube  of  spathe 
the  whole  spathe  deciduous,  mar- 
cescent 
F.  Ovule  affixed  to  intruded  placentae 

Ivs  ovate  20  Aglaonema. 

FF  Ovule    affixed    near  top    of    cell 

Ivs  broadly  arrow-shaped  21   Nephthytit. 

EE.  Fr  included  by  acen  scent  tube  of 
spathe  blade  of  spathe  marces- 
cent,  deciduous  22  Zantedes- 

EEB.  Fr     included    by    spat  he,    blade    of  [chia. 

which  ib  persistent  23   Homalo- 

EEEE   Fr    girt  by  the  top-shaped  tube  of  [mena. 

spathe,  which  has  a  circumscisbile, 
deciduous  blade  24  Xchiimato- 

BB   Fls  hermaphrodite  [glottM. 

c  Plants  marsh  herbs  25  Calla 

cc  Plants  are  scdndent  shrubs 

D   Ovules  2  in  a  cell,  affixed  to  base  of 

septum  26  Monstera 

'   Ovules  solitary,  basal  27  ticindapsus. 


ODD   Ovules  numerous 


28  Khaphid- 

[ophora. 

29  Stenosper- 
all  her-  (nvihnm 


DDDD    OvxUes  3  or  4  in  a  cell 
AA  Penanth  of  4-8  distinct  seguv 

maphrodite 
B,  Spadix  flowering   downward,  spathe   long, 

often  twisted,  long-persistent  30  Cyrlosperma. 

BB.  Spadix  flowering  upward 


c.  Spathe  sheathing  tho  \  ery  long  poduncuh- 
form  stipe  of  the  spadix,  with  blade  in- 
complete or  0 
D  Ovary   1-cclled,  ovules  solitary,  t-emi- 

anatropous  U  Orontium 

DD.  Ovary  2-celled,  ovules  1-2  m    a    cell, 

orthotropous  32   Lysichitum. 

ODD.  Ovary  1-2-celled,  ovule  1  in  each  cell, 

suspended  33   Symplo- 

DDDD  Ovary    imperfectly    1-2-celled,    ovule  [carpus. 

solitary,  affixed  to  interior  angle  of 
cell  34  Dracontium. 

cc  Spathe  provided  with  scale-like  appen- 
dages in  tho  tube,  lonR-pem^tent 
ovules  semi-anatropoua  or  carnpylo- 
tropous  35  Spathyema. 

ccc  Spathe  leafy,  accrescent,  persi&tent,  quite 

flattened  out    ovules  anatropous  36  Spathiphyl- 

rccc  Spathe  open,  recurved  or  reflexed,  accres-  [lum. 

cent,  persistent  ovules  various  37  Anthunum. 

ccccc  Spathe  accrescent,  persistent  or  obsolete 

ovules  anatropous  38  Pothos 

cccccc  Spathe  obsolete  or  obscure   ovules  ortho- 
tropous 39  Acorut 

Additional  Key  to  the  Araceae. 

The  Araceae  are  hkely  to  be  so  difficult  for  the  gardener  that  an 
additional  key,  based  on  other  contrasts,  is  here  inserted  for  his 
convenience 

A   Plants  free-swimming,  aquatic  Piatia. 

A  A   Plants    not    free-swimming    aquatics,    terres- 
trial or  marsh  plant* 
B   Lvs     parallel-veined   (see    also    Call  a    and 

Acorus) 

c  Plant  shrub-like  or  climbing*  at  more  or 
less  aerial  stamens  of  staminate  fl. 
separate 


132 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


D.  Blade  of  spathe  deciduous,  spathe 
constricted  in  middle,  leaving  a  long 
tube  when  blade  falls  Schiamato- 

DD.  Blade    of   spathe    persistent,    at    least  \glott\t. 

until  ripening  of  spadix. 

E  Seeds  anatropous          Homalomena. 

EE   Seeds  orthotropous  . .  .  Philodendron. 

CO.  Plant  with  st    upright,   aerial:  stamens 

united  into  a  synandrium 
D.  Pistillate    fls     crowded,    without 
stammodia,  staminate  fls.  with  only 
2-3  separate  stamens  Aglaonema. 

DD.  Pistillate  fls  with  stammodia  inter- 
spersed, stammatc  fls  with  4-4 
united  stamens  Dieffenbachin. 

CCC.  Plant  with  st   subterranean 

D.  Seeds  orthotropous  or  nearly  i~o  (he 
connate  stammodia  of  the  pistillate 
fl  forming  an  involucre  around  the 
gyntetium  Peltandra 

DD   Seeas   anatropous     stanunodia  of  pis- 
tillate Ms  separate  Zantedeschta. 
BB.  Lvs.  netted-vemed  (i  e    veins  of  2nd,  3rd, 

and  4th  order  netted) 
C.  Milk-tubes  absent 

D   llaphidcs  absent   (raphides  are  acicu- 
lar  crystals  found  in  bundles  m  the 
plant-cell) 
E    Lvs    differentiated  into  petiole  and 

blade    seeds  anatropous 

F   Seeds  without  endosperm  Pathos 

FF   Seeds  with  endosperm  Anthunum. 

EE.  Lvs    without  distinction  into  petiole 

and  blade    seeds  orthotropous  Acorus 

DD.  Raphides  present  in  ground  tissue  of 

st   and  Ivs 

E  Fls  without  perianth,  spathe  decidu- 
ous   before    ripening    of     spadix 
plants  mostly  climbing 
F.  Seeds  with   endosperm   and   axial 

embryo 
Q   Foliage-lvs       many      on      each 

shoot  Stenosper- 

QQ   Foliige-lvs    1  on  each  shoot  in  [mation. 

addition  to  several  bracts  KapJt idophora, 

FF  Seeds  without  endosperm 

a   Ovary  2-cellctl  ,          Monttcra 

OG   Ovary  1-cclled  Scindapsus 

EE.  Fls      with     perianth,     spathe     not 

deciduous  sub-shrubs  SpathiphyUum. 

CC.  Milk-tubes      present      in      hbro- vascular 

bundles 

D.  The  milk-tubes  branched ,  veins  of  2nd 
grade   fusing  into   a  collective  vein 
between  veins  of  1st  grade 
E.  Seeds     with     endosperm,     st.     not 

climbing 

p.  Ovary  with  basal  placenta  Alocasia 

FF.  Ovary  with  parietal  placenta?  Coloiasia. 

FFF.  Ovary  with  broad,  nearly  central 

placenta? 

o   Style  small  Caladium 

GO    Style     disk-like,     projecting 

beyond  ovary  Xanthosoma 

VE   Seeds  without  endosperm    st    climb- 
ing Syngonium 
DD.  The  milk-tubes  simple,  straight,  veins 

not  as  above 

E.  Perianth  present,  fls   bisexual 
F.  Lvs   not  arrow-shaped 

O  Ovary  2-celled,  2  ovules  in  each 
cell,  suspended  from  middle  of 
partition  Lysichitum. 

OG.  Ovary  1-celled,  1-ovuled 

H  Ovule    from    apex    of    cell 
spadix  short,  nearly  globu- 
lar Symplocarpua. 
HH  Ovule  basal:  spadix  cylindri- 
cal Orontium. 
PF.  Lvs  arrow-shaped 

G  Plants  are  shrubs  with  climb- 
ing or  creeping  sts  •  petioles 
and  sts  usually  pnckly  or 
warty  . . .  Cyrtosperma. 

GQ   Plants  tuberous  Drac&ntium 

EE  Perianth  absent,  fls  unisexual  (bisex- 
ual in  Calla) 

F.  Fls  bisexual  Ivs  not  arrow-shaped.  CaUa. 
FF.  Fls   unisexual    Ivs  various. 

a.  Spadix  with  a  stenle  terminal 
appendage,  or  with  sterile 
wings  sta  various 

H.  Seeds  without  endosperm          Amorphophal- 
HH  Seeds  with  endosperm  [lu*. 

I.  Appendage  of  spadix  pro- 
jecting much  beyond  the 
spathe,  or  included  and 
free. 


j.  Spadix  with  rudimentary 
fls  between  the  fer- 
tile stammate  and  fer- 
tile pistillate  fls  ,  or 
stammate  mfl  border- 
ing immediately  on  the 
pistillate  mfl 

K.  Placenta  parietal  Ivs. 
arrow-shaped  or 
lanceolate  Arum. 

KK.  Placentae  apical  and 
basal  Ivs.  pedately 
divided 

L.  Fertile  sta  in  mate 
mfl  bordering  im- 
mediately on  the 
pistillate  mfl  Dracuncului. 

VL.  Fertile  stammate 
mfl  separated 
from  pistillate  mfl 
by  many  rudi- 
mentary fls  Hehcodicerot. 
KKK.  Placenta  basal 

L.  Lvs  pedately 
divided  seeds  2 
or  more  Sauromatum. 

LL.  Lvs  ovate,  lanceo- 
late or  linear 
seeds  mostly  1  Biarum. 

33.  Spadvx  without  rudimen- 
tary fls ,  but  a  space 
between  the  stammate 
and  pistillate  fls  ,  or 

K.  Ovary       with       many 

L.  Stammate    fls     of    1 
stamen    IVB    ovate 
or      arrow  -shaped 
spadix  bisexual          Anaarwn. 
LU  Stammate  fls    of  2-5 
stamens      Ivs      3- 
or       many-parted 
spadix  unisexual        Ansxma. 
KK   Ovary  1-ovuled    stam- 
mate   and     pistillate 
portions     of     upadix 
separated   by  a  par- 
tition which  reaches 
out     from     wall     of 
spathe  Pmettta. 

II.  Appendages  of  the  spadix 
wing-like  on  the  2  sides, 
thus  dividing  the  bila- 
biate spathe  into  2 
chambers,  the  anterior  of 
which  contains  a  stam- 
mate fl  ,  the  posteiior  a 
pistillate  fl  Ambrosmia. 

GO.  Spadix  without  such  appendage 

creeping  Aephthytit 

Other  genera  described  are  Callopsis,  Crypto<oryne,  Fpipreni- 
num,  Gamogyno,  Gymnostachys,  btaurostigma,  Typhomurn  and 
Typliouodorum. 


A.  Carpels  inserted  in  a  whorl  on  a  small  recep- 

tacle ...  1.  Ahsma. 

AA.  Carpels  densely  crowded  in  many  series  on  a 

large  oblong  or  globose  receptacle        .   .  2  Sagittarta 


205.  BUTOMACE^B. 

A.  Petals  marcescent  ,  stamens  9  ,  carpels  6      .         1  .  Butomut. 
AA.  Petals   deciduous,   stamens   numerous,    car- 

pels 15-20  ........  .2  Limnoch- 

[ant 


206.  NAIADACEJE. 

A.  Fls.    hermaphrodite,    spicate;    perianth    4- 

divided,  stamens  2  or  4  1  Potamogeton. 

AA.  Fls.  unisexual,  axillary  ,  perianth  0,  stamens  1    2  Zanmchellw 


207.  APO  NO  GET  ONAGER. 
The  only  genus  .............................  Aponogeton. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


133 


208.  CYPERACEJE. 

A.  Fls.  strictly  unisexual,  female  inclosed  in  a 
flask-shaped  or  bag-shaped  scale  or  glume 
(pengynium)  1.  Carex. 

AA.  Fls  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  not  inclosed  as 

above 
B.  With   several    (2   to   many)   of   the   lower 

scales  empty 
C.  Spikelets   lew-fid     (usually    1-2-,    rarely, 

3-0-fld  )  .  2  Rhyncho- 

cc.  Spikelcts  many-fld  [upora. 

D   St    1*  afy  3    Hiipolytrum. 

DD   St   not  leafy  or  only  at  base  4    Mapania 

BB   With  only  1  or  2  of  the  lower  scales  empty 
c   Sc  ales  2-ranked 

D   Perianth  0  5   Cyprruis 

DD  Perianth  of  8  setae  0  Duhchium. 

CC   Sealers  many-ranke  d,  overlapping 
D   Pe  nanth  of  3-8,  ran  ly  0,  -cta> 

E    Style  persistent,  thickened  and  bulb- 
like  at  base  7   Eleocharw. 
EK    Style  not  or  hardly  thickened  at  base    8  Scirpus 
DD.  Perianth    of    many    seta>,    very    long- 
cxcrcsccnt   after  anthesis,   becoming 
wavy  or  cottony           ,                ...   9.  Eriophorum. 


209.  GRAMINEjE. 
I.  Summary  of  the  Tribes. 

Subfamily  I.  PANICOIDEJE 

Spikelcts  1-,  rarely  2-fld  ,  the  terminal  fl  perfect,  the  lower 
stammate  or  neuter,  rachilla  articulated  below  the  glumes,  tho 
more  or  less  dorsally  compressed  spikelets  falling  from  the 
pedicels  entire,  singly,  m  groups,  or  together  with  joints  of  an 
articulate  raehis 

A  Spikelets  unisexual,  the  male  and 
female  spikelets  in  different  mfl  on 
the  same  plant  or  in  diffe  n  nt  parts 
of  the  same  mfl  ,  awnle  «s  1  INDIAN  CORN 

AA.  Spikelets     perfect,     sometimes     with  [TuiuF,  OR 

B.  L*  nrma  and  pale  a  hyaline,  the 
glunms  more  or  less  indurated, 
spikelets  in  2's  or  3's  on  the  usu- 
ally articulate  axis  of  a  spike-like 

ally    awne-d,    the    other    pcdiceled 
and    perfect,    stammate    or    rudi- 
mentary 2    SORUHI  MTRIBE.OR 
BB.  Lemma  and    pale-a  more    or  less   in-  ANDKOPOC.ONEE 
durated,  hnner  m  te  xture  than  the 
glumes,  spikelets  all  pel  feet,  first 

glume  sometimes  obsoh  te  3  Mn  i  »•  r    1  KIHF  ,  OK 

[PtMCbJS 

Subfamily  H.    POACOIDE.E 

Spikelets  1-  to  many-fld  ,  the  imperf*  c  t  or  rudimentary  floret, 
if  any,  usually  upp<  rnu.st,  r.u  hill  i  usually  irticulat.il  abo\i>  the 
glurms  which  are  perM-tent  on  the  pediti  I  or  raehis  after  the  fall 
of  the  florets,  when  2- to  many-fld  ,  a  m  tmfe«t  internode  of  the 
rachilla  separating  the  florets,  and  articulated  below  them, 
epikelets  more  or  le-ss  laterally  compn  s^ed 

A.  Culms  not  woody  and  perennial 

B.  Infl    paniculate,   the   spike  ie  ts  pe  di- 
celed,  not  sessile  on  opposite  sides 
of  a  jointed   flattened  axis,   form- 
ing spikes,  nor  sessile  along  one  side 
of  a  slender  continuous  axis 
C.  Spikelets  1-fld  ,  the  raehilla  some- 
times   continued    as    a    mmuto 
bristle  behind   tho  palea    (or  m 
Phalaride-ie  a   pair  of   rudimen- 
tary or   male    florets   below   the 
perfect  one) 
D.  Spikelets  falling  entire,  glumes 

usually  obsolete  or  nearly  so        4  RICE  TRIBE,  OR 
DD.  Spikelets      persistent,      glumes  [ORYZfc-B. 

present 

E.  Floret  with   2   minute  scales 
(rudimentary    lemmas)    or 
2    small    male    florets    at- 
tached at  the  base  and  fall- 
ing with  it  5.  CANARY-GRABS 
EK.  Floret  with  no  scales  attached  [TRIBE,  OR 
below,  glumes  usually  sub-                 [PHALARIDE.B. 
equal,     lemma    awned     or 

awnless  6.  RED-TOP  TRIBE,  OR 

OC.  Spikelets  2-  to  many-fld  (AoROSTiDEJB. 

D.  Glumes  longer  than  the  first 
floret,  spikelets  2-  to  several- 
fld  ,  1  or  more  of  the  florets 
usually  awued  from  the  back 

or  from  between  tho  teeth  of  a  [AVENEJS. 

bifid  apex  7.  OAT  TRIBE,  OB 


DD.  Glumes    shorter   than    the    first 
floret,  spikelets  2-  to  many- 
fid,   awns   when   present   ter- 
minal or  nearly  so  .  8.  FESOTJE  TRIBE,  OR 
BB.  Infl   spicate  [FESTCCEJB. 
C.  Spikelets    s<  ssilr    or    Hubwwile    in 
1-sided    spikfs,    1-   to    few-fld  , 
spikes  solitary,  or  digitately  or 

racernosely  arranged  9.  CHLORIS  TRIBE,  OR 

CC.  Spikclets  sessile  on  opposite  sides  [CHI/>RIDE*1 

of   a    /igzag    jointed    channeled 
axis    forming    a    spike,     1-    to 

several-fid  10  BARLEY  TRIBK,  OR 

AA.  Culms     woody,     tree-like       If  -blades  (HORDE,*) 

articulated  with  the  sheaths  11.  BAMBOO  TRIBE,  OR 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Indian  Corn  Tnbe,  or  Maydeae. 

A*  Male  spikelets  in  a  terminal  panicle,  female 
spikefets  in  spikes  or  cars  in  the  axils  of  the 
Iva 
B.  Female   spikele'ts  sunken  in   cavities  of  a 

jointed  readily  disartic  ulating  axis  1  Euchltma. 

BB   Female    spikelets    crowded    in    rows   on    a 

thickened  continuous  axis  (the  cob)  2   Zea. 

AA.  Male  and  female  »pik<  lets  in  the  same  mfl  , 

the  male  at  the  end  of  the  spike  s 
B.  Spikes  digitite,  the  axis  of  the  female  por- 
tion bony  indurated,  disarticulating  with 
spikelets  attached  3   Tnpaacum. 

BB.  Spikes  paniculate,  the  female  spike  lets 
inclosed  in  ovoid  pf  aily  or  grayish  bead- 
like  bodies,  the  mile  portion  protruding 
from  a  small  orifice  of  the  bead  4  Co\x. 

2.  Sorghum  Tribe,  or  Andropogoneae. 

A.  Spikelets  all  alike,  perfect 

B.  Axis  of  racemes  continuous,  the  spikelets 

deciduous,  panic  1*  fan-shaped  5   Miscanthut. 

BB  Axis  of  r  iconic  s  jointed,  readily  disarticula- 
ting with  the  spjki  lets  attached 

c   The  spikelets  awnless  6   Saccharum. 

cc   The  spikelets  aw nul  7  Enanthu*. 

AA  fepikelets  not  all   dike    the  sessile  pe-rfect,  the 

pedicelod  male  e>r  neuter 

B  Lower  1  or  2  pairs  of  !-pikrlcts  unlike  the 
upper  pair-,  racemes  m  pairs  from  boat- 
shaped  sheaths  on  the  ultimate  branches 
of  an  elongated  mfl  ,  8  Cymbopogon. 

Bit   Lower  pairs  of  spikelets  like  the  upper 

c  Infl  consisting  of  I  to  many  racemes, 
these,  digitate  or  racemose  along  a 
short  axis  9  Andropoyon. 

CC    Infl    compound,  paniculate 

D  Racemes  jiv»n>-fld,  linear,  naked  at 
base,  numerous,  arranged  in  whorls 
on  an  elongated  axis  10  Vet\ver\a. 

DD    Racemes  reduced   to  2  or  3  ^pikelets, 

arranged  in  a  compound  panicle          1 1    Holcus. 

3.  Millet  Tribe,  or  Pamceae. 

A.  Axis  broad  and  corky,  the  spikelets  sunken  m 

its  ca\ities  12  Steno- 

AA.  Axis  not  broad  and  corky,  spikelets  not  sunken  (topArum. 

B.  Spikelets  not  subtended  or  surrounded  by 

bristles 

C.  Glumes  and  lemmas  awnless,  the  apex  of 
the  palea  inclosed  in  the  enfolding 
lemma  13  Pamcum. 

CC.  Glumes   or  lemmas,  or  both,  awned  or 

awn-tipped 

D.  Second  glume  and  sterile  lemma  taper- 
ing into  an  awn  or  point,  coarsely 
hispid,  palea  free  at  the  summit, 
spikelets  crowded  14  Echmochloa. 

DD.  Second  glume  and  sterile  lemma  awned 

from  a  2-lobed  apex 
E   Infl  of  1 -sided  racemes  along  a  com- 
mon axis,  smkelcts  pubescent  but 
not  silky,  palea  inclosed  at  summit  15  Ophtmenut. 
EE   Infl     paniculate,     spikelets    co\ered 

with  long  silky  hairs  1G   Tncholxna. 

BB.  Spikelets     subtended     or     surrounded     by 

bristles 
c.  Bristles  persistent,  not  falling  with  the 

spikclcts  at  maturity  17  Setana. 

CC.  Bristles  falling  attached  to  the  apikelet        18  J'enniaetum, 

4.  Rice  Tribe,  or  Oryzeae. 

A.  Spikelets  unisexual,  the  female  awned,  erect 
at  the  summit  of  the  panicle,  the  male  awn- 
less, nodding  on  the  lower  branches  19  Zizama. 
AA.  Spikeletfl  perfect,  strongly  flattened             . .   20  Oryta. 


134 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


5.  Canary-Grass  Tribe,  or  Phalaride«. 

A.  Glumes  strongly  compressed,  stenle  lemmas 

rudimentary  .  21,  Phalant. 

AA.  Glumes    not    strongly    compressed,    sterile 

lemmas  not  rudimentary 
B.  Sterile  lemmas  awned,  glumes  very  unequal.22.  Anthox- 

[anthum. 
BB.  Sterile  lemmas  awnless,  glumes  nearly  equal23.  H\erochlo&. 

6.  Red-Top  Tribe,  or  Agrostideae. 

A.  Lemma  indurated,  or  at  least  firmer  than  the 

glumes 

B.  Panicle  spike-like,  spikelets  flattened,  awn- 
less 24  Ammophvla. 
BB.  Panicle   not   spike-like,   spikelets  not   flat- 
tened, awned 

c  Floret  oblong  and  with  a  sharp  callus  at 
base,  awn  stout,  gemculatc,  twisted, 
persistent  25.  Stipa. 

cc  Floret  ovate,  the  callus  blunt,  awn  slen- 
der, more  or  less  deciduous  26  Orytvpnt. 
AA.  Lemma  of   about  the   same   texture   as  the 

glumes  or  more  delicate 

B  Spikelets  crowded  in  dense  spike-like  pani- 
cles or  heads 

c   Heads  oval,  very  woolly  27.  Locum*, 

cc  Heads  cylindrical,  not  woolly  28  PMeum. 

BB  Spikelets  not  crowded  m  dense  heads  or 

spikes 

c.  Lemma  and  palea  much  more  delicate 
and  shorter  than  the  glumes,  the  palea 
shorter  than  the  lemma,  often  wanting  29  Agro»t\». 
CC.  Lemma  and  palea  of  about  the  same 
texture  as  the  glumes  and  as  long  or 
longer 

D.  Racmlla  not  continued  beyond  the  base 
of  the  floret,  lemma  awned  from  the 
tap  or  awnlesa 

K  The  lemma  awned  or  sharp-pointed, 
longer  than  the  body  of  the  awned 
or  awnless  glumes  30  Muehlen- 

KE.  The  lemma    not    awned    or    sharp-  [btrgia. 

pointed 

F   Nerves  of  lemma  1  31  Sporobolus 

vr  Nerves  of  lemma  3-5  32  Calamonlfa. 

VD.  Rachilla  prolonged  beyond  the  floret  as 
a  plumose  bristle,  lemmas  awned  on 
the  back  and  silky  hairy  at  base  33  Calama- 

[groatis. 

7.  Oat  Tribe,  or  Aveneae. 

A.  Plants  low,  delicate,  spikelets  minute  34.  Aira 

AA.  Plants  1  ft  or  more  high 

B  Articulation  below  the  glumes,  the  spikelets 

falling  entire  from  the  pedicels 
C   Glumes  much  exceeding  the  2  florets,  the 

upper  floret  with  a  hook-like  awn  35.  Notholcus 

cc  Glumes  exceeded  by  the  upper  floret,  both 

florets  awnless  36  Sphenoph- 

BB  Articulation  above  the  glumes,  these  per-  \olit. 

sistent  after  the  fall  of  the  florets 
c  Spikelets  1  in   or  more  long,  nodding,  in 

an  open  panicle ,  florets  all  alike  37  Avena 

cc  Spikelets  about  V£m  long,  erect  in  a  nar- 
row panicle,  lower  floret  stammate  38.  Arrhenath- 

[erum. 

8.  Fescue  Tribe,  or  Festuceee. 

A.  Rachilla  or  lemma  bearing  long  hairs  as  long 

as  the  lemma    tall  reeds 
B.  Spikelets     unisexual,     male     and     female 

spikelets  on  separate  plants 
c.  Lemmas  much  shorter  than  the  glumes1 

sts  leafy  throughout  39  Gynenum. 

cc  Lemmas    with    elongated    delicate    tips 

Ivs   crowded  at  the  baie  40  Corladeria. 

BB   Spikelets  perfect 

c   Lemmas  hairy   raehtHa  nakod  41   Arundo 

cc  Lemmas  naked ,  rachilla  hairy  42  Phragmites 

AA.  Rachilla  or  lemma  glabrous  or  hairy,  but  the 

hairs  shorter  than  the  lemmas 
B.  Spikelets  of  2  kinds,  perfect  and  stenle,  m 

the  same  panicle 
c.  Fertile    spikelets     awnless,     the     stenle 

awned ,  panicle  spike-like  43.  Cynosunu. 

cc.  Fertile  spikelets  awned,  the  ntenle  awn- 
less, panicle  1 -sided,  the  fascicled 
spikelets  nodding  44.  Lamcrcfcto, 

BB.  Spikelets  all  alike  in  the  same  mfl 
O.  Lemmas  1-3-nerved 

D  The  spikelets   subterete,   loosely   2-4- 

fld  45  Mohnia. 

DD.  The    spikelets    compressed,    densely, 

usually  many-fld 
B.  Florets  membranaceous;  npikelets  in 

open  panicles  46  Era0ro»t\$. 

MS.  Floret*  coriaceous;  spikeleta  in  ngtd 

spike-like  panicles        .         .  47. 1 


cc.  Lemmas  5-  to  many-nerved. 

D.  The    spikelets     with     several    sterile 
lemmas  at  the  base,  strongly  flat- 
tened, in  a  large  drooping  panicle         48.  Unwla. 
DD.  The  spikelets  without  sterile  lemmas 

at  the  base 
E.  Florets  crowded,  nearly  horizontal, 

spikelets  broad,  cordate  49.  Brua. 

BB.  Florets  not   crowded,   spikelets  not 

broad  and  cordate 

».  Spikelets  flattened,  nearly  sessile  in 
dense  clusters  at  the  ends  of  the 
few  panicle  branches  50.  Dactylit. 

ST.  Spikelets  not  flattened 

a.  Lemmas  keeled,  often  bearing 
white  cobwebby  hairs  at 
base  51.  Poa. 

QQ.  Lemmas  convex  or  keeled  at  the 
summit  only,  not  hairy  at  base. 
H.  Nerves  of  lemma  prominent, 
parallel ,  lemmas  scanous  at 
the  summit  52  Glyceria. 

HH.  Nerves  ot  lemma  not  promi- 
nent,     approaching      each 
other  at  the  apex,  lemmas 
acute 
I.  The    lemmas    entire,    often 

awn-tipped  53.  Festuca, 

n.  The  lemmas  2-toothed,  usu- 
ally awned  just  below  the 
apex  54,  Bromus. 

9.  Chloris  Tribe,  or  Chloride*. 

A.  Spikes     racemose     along    a    common     axis, 

aptkeiets  falling  entire  55  Spar  Una. 
AA   Spikoa  digitate  at  the  summit  of  the  culm. 
B   Spikelets  awnlesa 

c   The  spikes  slender,  snikelet*  1-fld  56  Cunodon. 

cc   The  spikes  stout,  spikoletssevenil-fld  57  Eleusin*. 
BB  Spikelets  awned 

c   Fertile  lemma  1-awnod  58  Chlons 

CC   Fertile  lemma  3-awned  59.  Tnchloris. 

10.  Barley  Tribe,  or  Hordes;. 

A  Spikelets  solitary  at  each  joint  of  the  axis 
B   Glume     1,     except     in     terminal     spikelet, 

spikelets  placed  with  1  edge  to  tho  axis        60  Lolium. 
BB   Glumes  2,  spikeleta  placed  with  side  to  the 

axis 

C   Palea  adherent  to  the  grain,  rachilla  dis- 
articulating, the  florets  separating  61.  Agropyron. 
CC.  Palea  free  from  the  grain,  rachilla  not  dis- 
articulating 

D   Shape  of  glumes  v<  ry  narrow,  1-nerved  62  Secale. 
DD   Shape  of  glume*  ovate,  3-  to  many- 
nerved  63   Tnticum. 
AA.  Spikelets  in  clusters  of  2  or  3  at  each  joint  of 

the  axi* 

B.  Lateral  pair  of  each  cluster  pediceled,  \isu- 
ally  aborted,  appearing  like  a  cluster  of 
awns  64  Hardeum. 

BB.  Lateral    spikelots    sessile,    usually    but    2 

spikelets  at  a  joint  65  Elymus. 

11.  Bamboo  Tribe,  or  Bambuseae. 

A.  Stamens  3   fr  a  true  caryopsis 
B   Spikelets  2-  to  many-fld 

c.  Infl   fasciculate  6f>  Oxytenan- 

cc.  Infl    racemose  or  paniculate,  not  leafy.  (thera. 

sts  cylindrical  sheathspersistent  67  Arundi- 

CCC    Infl    spicate,  leafy    stH    flattened  on  one  (naria. 

side  sheaths  early  deciduous  68  PhyUo- 

[slachya. 

BB   Spikelets  1-fld  69  Chuaqucu 

AA   Stamens  6 

B.  Pericarp  thin,  adnate  to   the   seed,  the  fr 

a  true  caryopsifl  70  Bamfeusa. 

•B.  Pencarp,   crustaceoun,  separable  from  the 

seed,  the  fr  nut-like  .71.  Dendro- 

[calamut. 

Other  genera  mentioned  are  Cenchrua,  Cephalostachyum.Cmna, 
Dactyloctemum,  Deschampsea,  Diandrolyra,  Distichhs,  Imperata, 
Leptochloa,  Mehca,  Melims,  Paspalum,  Rottboclha  and  Tnsetum. 


210.  LYCOPODIACE*. 

One  g«rros  in  cultivation       .    .  .  .  Lycopod\um. 


211.  SELAGLNELLACEJJ. 
a  oaly SelayineUa. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


13d 


212.  EQUlSETACE-ffi. 

One  genus  only Equiaeium. 


ccc.  Indusia  inferior,  attached  under 
the  sorus  and  opening  laterally 
or  by  splitting  radially  into  lobes.  8.  WOODBIA  TantB. 


213.  OPHIOGLOSSACEJB. 

A.  Sporangia    coherent,    in    2    ranks,    forming 

spikes    veins  anastomosing  1.  Ophiogloa- 

AA.  Sporangia  free  in  compound  spikes  or  pam-  [sum. 

oles  veins  free  IVH.  mostly  <  ompound          .     2.  Botrychium. 


214.  MARATTIACE43. 

A.  Son   in   double   lines   along    the   veins,    not 

united  1.  Angiopteriit. 

AA.  Son  united  in  synangia 

B    Synarigia  oval,  opening  by  a  fissure  2   Marattui. 

BB    Synangia  elongate,  (  ach  compartment  open- 
ing by  a  terminal  poic  3  Dansra 


1  Hymeno- 

[phi/Uum. 

2  Tnchom- 


215.  HYMENOPHYLLACE-ffi. 

A.  InvoliK  re  2-valved 
AA.  Involucre  tubukr  or  funnel-shaped 

216.  OSMUNDACEJE. 


A.  Sporangia   borne    m    panicles    formed    either 

from  certain  pmme  or  from  whole  Ivs  1   O&munda 

AA   Sporangia  borne  on  the  under  surface  of  foli- 
age Ivs 

B    Ferns  coarse  with  broad  segms  2   Tod  en 

BB.  Ferns  fim  ly  cut,  m<  mbranous  J  Leptoptem 


217.  SCHIZiEACE^. 

A.  Sporangia  borne  on  under  side  of  normal  or 

altered  Ivs 
B   Lvs     twining,    Ifts     palmate    or    pinnate 

uporangi  i  borm  singly  under  s>  ilr 
BB    Lvs    not  twining 

c    SporinKia  in  son  cm  the  umlersuif.ee  2    Molina 

co    Sporangia  in  1  rinks  foi  ming  spikes  3   Schizxa 

AA.  Sporangia  borne  in  eicet  panicles  formed  on 

the  elongate  lower  most  pmnu  4  Anemia 


1    Lygodium. 


218.  POLYPODIACE^. 
7.  Summary  of  Tribes. 


like 

AA   Sporangia  covering 
B   Lvs.  simple 


II.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Acrostichum  Tnbe. 

lized  on  definite  areas  of  the  I 
orphous,  the  sterile  basal  ones  shield- 


A.  Sporangia  localized  on  definite  areas  of  the  Ivs  : 
Ivs  dimor  *  


A.  Induwum     wanting     or     rudimentary 

(rarely  develop]  in  Mi.nogr  1111111.1) 
B.  Sporangium  scattered  in   a  stratum 
over  the  und«  r  snrf"ue  of  Hie  Us 

coarse  ferns  1    ArnosTiCHCM 

BB    Sporangium    eoll<  <  ted    in    round    or  [TRIBE. 

c    IAS    not  jointed  to  ihe  root  '•took 
sporangia  in  long  hm  s  following 

the  veins  2   V  ITTARIA  TRIBE 

re    L\s    not  jointed  to  the  loi.tstock 
son  round     (Nee   Phepoptr  ris  in 
Dryoptf  ris  Tribe  ) 
ccc   Lvs   jointed  to  the  rootstock    son 

mostly  roundish  3  POIVPODIUM 

AA.  InduNium  prt  st  nt  '<  \(  <  ptionnlly  w  -uit-  [TniBB. 

ing      in      Phegoptens,       Mrmsruim, 
NotholfiPiia  and  (Vroptens) 
B   Son  oblong  or  hneir,  at  lea<*t  twice 

a-s  long  as  broad 

C.  The  son  marginal,  coven  d  with  an 
indu-ium  formed  of  the  refiexed 
edge  of  the  If  (naked  in  Notho- 
la>na,  or  naked  and  distributed 
alongthe  veins  in  CeropU-ns)  4  PTERIS  TRIBE. 
CC  The  son  dorsal,  covered  with  a 

flap-like  indusmm  5  ABPLENIUM  TRIBE. 

BB.  Son  roundish  or  at  least  less  than 

twice  as  long  as  broad 
c.  Indusio.  superior,  attached  by  a 
central  stalk  or  by  a  sinus  (son 
naked  in  Phegoptens  and  Mcms- 
•Mum),  normally  dorsal  Ivs  not 
iomted  to  the  rootstock  6  DHTOPTERIS 

CC.  Indusia    extrorse    or    cup-shaped,  ITRIBB. 

normally  marginal    Ivs    jointed 
to  the  rootstock  in  most  genera       7.  DAVALUA  TRIBE. 


1  Platycenum. 
Ivs  or  entire  pinnse. 

2  Elapho- 

\glottum. 

BB   LVH   pinnate  ...   3  Acrostichum. 

BBS   Lvs.  (sterile) ,  dichotomously  forked        .      .  4.  Rhiptdop- 

(tsnt. 

2.  Vittaria  Tnbe. 

A   Son  forming  1  or  2  continuous  lines  parallel 

to  the  midrib 
B   Sorus  1  or  2  lines  5  Mono- 

{gramma. 

BB    Sorus  alw  tys  2  lines  6    Ft«orto. 

AA   Son  on   lateral    veins   forming   more  or  less 

interrupted  lines  *  7.  Antroph- 

3.  Polypodium  Tnbe. 

A.  Lvs    distinctly   dimorphous,   compound,   the 

*tf  rile  basil  om soak-like   plants  large  8  DrynoriO. 

AA    LVN  dimorphous,  wmple   plants  very  small          9.  Drymo- 
AAA    I  vs  uniform  [glossum. 

i)   foliage   covered   underneath   with  htellate 

hairs  10  Cyclophorut. 

BB   Foliage  smooth  or  scaly,  not  htellate  hairy. 

c   Veins  free  11.  Potypodiutn. 

cc   Veins  anastomosing 

D  Corresponding  \emlets  from  principal 
veins  uniting  and  bearing  a  sorus  at 
the  end  12  GoniophU- 

DD   Areole  bearing  2  or  more  free  \emlets  [bium. 

extending  outward,  which  bear  a  free 
sorus  13  Phlebodium. 

DDO.  Arooles  containing  free  vemlets  irregu- 
larly directed  14  Phymatodea. 

4.  Ptens  Tnbe. 

A  Son  dorsal,  extending  along  all  the  veins, 
naked 

c    Lvs    large,  pinnate  .  15  Conto- 

[fframma. 

rr  Lvs   smaller,  palmate  ...        16  Hemionitvt. 

BB   Veins  free  or  only  casually  uniting 

c    Lvs   naked  .  .     17  Anofframma. 

cc   Lvs   hairy  18  Ceroptena. 

Son  marginal,  nominally  covered  with  edge 

unconnected  at 


of  If 
B   The  son  at  the  ends  of 

their  apices 
c  Lvs  dimorphous 

D   Son  at  the  ends  of  \eins  only 


19  Crypto- 

DD   Son  scattered  the  length  of  the  veins       20  Oni/chium. 
cc   Lvs    uniform,   smooth,    on    dark-colored 

stllks 

D    Veins  free    K  s   pinnate  21   Pettsea 

DD   Veins      usually      anastomosing       Ive 

palmate  22    Doryoptent. 

ccc   Lvs   uniform,  hairy,  scaly  or  powdery 

D    Margins  scarcely  recurved  23  Notholxna. 

DD    Margins   recuivcd   to   form  a  distinct 

E   Indusia    more    or    less    continuous 

around  the  segm 

F  Thelvs  pmnately  divided  24   Cheilanthes. 

FF   The  Us  palmately  divided  25  Adiantopeia. 

EE    Indusia  m  the  form  of  more  or  less 

distant  marginal  lobes  26   Hypolepis, 

BB   The    son    inserted    beneath    the    marginal 

mdusium  stalks  black  or  blackish  27  Adiantum. 

BBB  The  son  rising  in  a  continuous  line-like 
receptacle  which  joins  the  ends  of  the 
veins 

c  With  an  inner  membranous  mdusium         28  Ptendium. 
cc  With  no  inner  indusmm  present 

D  Lvs  small,  radiate-dichotomoua  29  Adinopterw. 

DD   Lvs  small,  palmate  stalk  black  30  Castebeera. 

ODD.  Lvs  larger,  pinnate  .        .31    Plena 

5.  Asplemum  Tribe. 

A  Son  parallel  to  the  midrib 
B.  Stenle  Ivs.  with  free  veins  aon  continuous    32.  Blechnum. 


136 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


BB.  Sterile  Ivs.  with  anastomosing  veins:  son 

interrupted 

c.  The  son  sunken  m  the  Ivs.  .       33  Woodward\a. 

cc  The  son  superficial  in  1  or  more  rows  34.  Doodvi. 

AA.  Son  partly  parallel  and  partly  oblique  to  the 

midrib  veins  anastomosing  35.Camptosoru«. 

AAA.  Son  oblique  to  the  midrib 

B.  Veins  free,  united  at  the  margins. 

C.  The  son   double,    extending  along  both 

sides  of  tho  vein  36  ZhpZanum. 

CO  The  son  single  on  the  veins 

D   Indusia  opening  toward  each  other,  in 

pairs  37.  Phyllitts. 

DD  Induaia  all  opening  toward  the  end  of 

pinnso  or  segms  38  Asplenium. 

BB.  Veins  of  lower  (inner)  series  uniting  mdu- 

sium  extending  both  sides  of  v  ems  39.  Cattiptem. 

6.  Dryopteris  Tribe. 

A.  Indusium  present 
B.  Veins  free,  or  with  a  single  row  of  areoles 

along  the  mid-veins 
c.  Indusia  on  the  ends  of  veins  which  project 

beyond  the  margin  of  the  If  40.  Depana. 

OC   Indusia  dorsal 

D  The  mdusium  cordate  or  rcniform, 
attached  by  the  smus,  sometimes 
wanting  41  Dryoptens. 

DD  The   mdusium   orbicular,    peltate,    at- 
tached by  a  central  stalk  42  Polystichum. 
ODD.  Tho  mdusium  oval,  fixed  to  a  central 

elongate  receptacle  43  Didymo- 

BB.  Veins  anastomosing  [chlxna. 

c  The     mdusium     cordate     or     remform, 

attached  by  the  sinus  44    Tectana. 

cc.  The  mdusium  peltate,  attached  by  a 
central  stalk  veins  forming  small 
areoles  45.  Cyrtomwm. 

AA.  Indusium  wanting 

B.  Veins  free  .        .     46  Phcgopteris. 

BB,  Veins  anastomosing 

c  The  mam  veins  joined  by  arches  which 

bear  the  curved  son  47  Gymnoptens. 

CC  The  son  round,  attached  dorsally 

D   Son  distinct  at  maturity  48  Meniscium. 

DD.  Son  confluent  at  maturity  .     49.  Leptoch^lu3. 

7.  Davalha  Tnbe. 

A.  Indusium  attached  at  base  only 

B  Pmme  jointed  to  tho   rachis,   Ivs    simply 

pinnate  mdusium  circular  or  remform       50  Nephrolepis. 
BB.  Pinna1  not  jointed  to  tho  rachis,  Ivs  jointed 

to  the  rootstock 

c  The  mdusium  thick,  coriaceous  51   Humata 

cc  The  mdusium  membranous  52  Leucoateg\a. 

AA    Indusium  attached  at  both  base  and  sides 
B    Lvs   jointed  to  the  scaly  rootstocks 

c   Shape  of  mdusium  tubular  53  , 

cc  Shape  of  mdusium  broader  than  long, 
forming  a  boat-shaped  cavity  on  the 


8.  Woodsia  Tribe. 


Davalha. 
Loxoscaphe. 


forming   a   boat-shi 
edge  of  the  segm 
BB.  Lvs  not  jointed  to  the  rootstocks 

c  Indusia  near  the  end  of  unmodified  If - 

lobes 

D  Sorus  formed  on  receptacles  contain- 
ing vascular  tissues  55  Microlepia. 
DD  Sorus  not  formed  on  a  special  receptacle  56  Odontosaria. 
CC,  Indusium  united   with  the  modified  If  - 

lobe  to  form  a  complete  cup 67.  Denrwtsedtia, 


A.  Lvs  uniform,  plane,  veins  free. 
B    Indusium  beneath  the  sorun,  breaking  up 

into  linear  lobes  .  58.  Woodtia. 

BB.  Indusium  extrorse,  opening  laterally  with  a 

hood-like  lobe.     .  59.  Cystoplcnt, 

AA.  Lvs.    dimorphous,    the    sporophylls    closely 

rolled  together 

B.  Veins  free   Ivs  in  crowns  .         60  Matteucna. 

BB.  Veins  anastomosing   Ivs  scattered  61  Oioclea. 

Brainea,  Comptons,  and  Lonchitis  are  bnefly  described. 


219.  GLEICHENIACE-ffi. 

Single  genus  m  cultivation  .      .  ...  Gleichenia. 

220.  CYATHEACEJE. 

A.  Sori  borne  on  the  apex  of  the  veins 
mdusium  extrorse,  formed  of  a  more 
or  less  modified  marginal  tooth  and 

an  mnei  hd-like  scale  1   DICKSONIA  TRIBE. 

AA.  Son  borne  dorsully  on  the  veins  or  at 
the  fork  mdusium  inferior,  or 
wholly  wanting  2  CYATHEA  TRIBE. 

1.  Dicksonia  Tribe. 

A.  Tooth  of  spore-bearing  segm    >-carc  ely  modi- 
fied, about  the  size  of  the  inner  s(  ale  1   Dickaonia. 
AA   Tooth  of    the  spore-bearing    segm    strongly 
modified,  coriaceous  like  tho  inner  scale  and 
usually  larger                                                       .   2  C\bot\um. 

2.  Cyathea  Tnbe. 

A.  Indusium  present,  inferior 

B  The  mdumum  at  first  inclosing  the  globular 
sorus,  remaining  cup-shaped  or  irregu- 
laily  splitting  at  maturity  3  Cyathea 

BB.  Thr    mdusium   membranous,   semi-circular, 

more  fully  inclosing  the  sorus  4   Hermteha, 

AA.  Indusium  wanting  5  Ahophila. 


Thyrsoptens,  of  another 
and  is  briefly  accounted  for 


tube,  11 
n  this  v 


iy  be  expected  in  cultivation 
ark 


221.  CERATOPTERIDACE^B. 

Habit  aquatic-  single  genus      .  ...  Ceratoptcru. 

222.  SALVINIACE-flS. 

A.  Lvs  minute,  numerous,  closely  imbricated 
sporocarps  of  2  kinds,  the  larger  globose,  the 
smaller  ovoid  1  Azotta. 

AA.  Lvs  larger,  fewer,  distinct,  sporocarps  uni- 
form, globose  .  2  SalvinM. 

223.  MARSILEACE^. 


INDEX  TO  KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Abelia,  102. 

^chmea,  126 

Ammobium,  105. 

Apicra,  127. 

Abena,  88 

^Egle,  91 

Ammocharm,  125 

Apios,  05 

Abies,  120 

^Eglopsih,  91 

Ammophila,  134. 

Apium,  101 

Abobra,  100 

^Cgopodmm,  101. 

Amcjmum,  125 

Aplectrum,  122 

Abroma,  90. 

Aerides,  123 

Amorpha,  95 

Ajjlopdppus,  105 

Abronia,  116. 

^Erva,  116. 

Amorphophallus,  131. 

APCJC  \NAC  KJF,   83,    110. 

Abrophyllum,  98. 

.^sculus,  02 

Ampelopsis,  92 

Apot  \rnim,  111 

Abrus,  94 

yEthionema,  87. 

Amphicarpaja,  95 

Aponogeton,  132 

Abuta,  86 

yEtoxicon,  118. 

Amphitome,  113 

Ai'ONOofcicjNAr^vB,  85, 

132. 

Abutilon,  89. 

Afzeha,  95 

Amsonia,  110. 

Aporocactus,  101 

Acacia,  93 

Agalmyla,  114. 

Amelia,  91 

AguiFOLiAC'K^,  81,  91. 

Araena,  97 

Agamsia,  123 

Anac  arnpseros,  89 

Aquil<  gia,  86 

Acalypha,  119. 

Agapanthus,  127. 

AN\C'AUDIAC'K.«,  81,  92 

Arabis,  88 

Acampe,  123 

Agapetcs,  108 

Ancardium,  92 

AUACE^:,  85,  131 

ArANTHAC'K/E     83     114 

Agathis,  120. 

Anagalhs,  109 

Arachis,  94 

Aearithoeereus,  101. 

Agave,  125 

Anamirta,  86. 

Arachnanthe,  123. 

Aednthohmon,  109 

Agdehtis,  116 

Ananas,  126 

Aralia,  101 

Acanthommtha,  116. 

Ageratum,  105. 

Andphdhs,  105 

ARALIACE^S,  82,  101. 

Acanthonema,  114 

Aglaid,  91 

Anurrhmum,  112 

Araucaria,  120 

Acanthopariax,  102. 

Aglaonciiid,  131. 

Auastatica,  88 

Arbutus,  108 

Acanthophippium,  122. 

Agrimoma,  97. 

Anchusa,  111 

Archarigelica,  101 

Acanthophoemx,  130. 

Agropyron,  134. 

Aridira,  94 

Arehontophcenix,  130. 

Acanthorhiza,  129. 

Agrostis,  134 

Andrachne,  118 

Arctnnn,  105 

Acanthus,  114. 

Ailanthus,  91. 

And  roc  \mbium,  128 

Arc  tostaphylos,  108. 

Acer,  02 

Aira,  134 

Andromeda,  108 

Arctotis,  107 

ACERACEE,  81,  92. 

AlZOAC  EJE,  82,    101 

Andropogon,  133 

Arctous,  108. 

Aceranthus,  87. 

Ajuga,  115 

Anrlrusace,  109 

Ardisia,  109. 

Achillea,  107 

Akebia,  87 

Androstephium,  127. 

Areca,  130 

Achimenes,  113. 

ALANUI\C,E;E,  82,   102. 

Aneilem.i,  128 

Aregelia,  126 

Achly.s,  87 

Alangium,  102 

Anemia,  135 

Arenana,  89 

Acidanthera,  124. 

Albert.i,  103 

Anemone,  86. 

Arenga,  130 

Acmeta,  123 

Albizzia,  93 

Ariemonopsis,  86. 

Arethusd,  U3 

Aciphvlla,  101 

Albupj.,  128 

Anemopsis,  117. 

Argemone,  87 

Ac  oelorraphe,  131. 

Alchemilla,  97. 

Ancthum,  101. 

Arg\reia,  111 

Aeokanthera,  110. 

Alchoniea,  118 

Ang.^lica,  101 

Ariocarpus,  100 

Acomtum,  86 

Aleetorurus,  128. 

Angeloma,  112. 

Arisamia,  131 

Acorns,  131 

Alectnon,  92 

Angiopteris,  135. 

Ansarum,  Ul 

AcnopsiH,  123. 

Aletris,  127 

Angoi)hor.i,  08 

Aiistea,  124 

Acnsta,  1  30 

Aleurites,  119 

Angnenmi,  123. 

Anstnlophia,  117 

Acrocomia,  129 

Alhagi,  04 

Angulod,  122 

ARl!5TULOrHIACE«,  84, 

117. 

Acroph\llum,  08. 

Ahsma,  H2 

Amgozanthos,  125. 

Aristoleha,  00 

Acrospira,  128 

AijsM^-k  *,  85,  132. 

Anisic  inthus,  114. 

Armeiia,  100 

A(  rostichum,  135. 

AlldinatMlci,  110 

Anisostuhus,  113 

Arnebia,  111 

A(  tied,  80 

Allmm,  128 

Anisotps,  111 

Arnud,  107 

Actmelld,  106. 

Allopleetus,  114. 

Annona,  86 

Vronia,  06 

Actimdia,  8b 

Alnus,  119 

ANNON\CE«,  SO,  86. 

Arpophjllum,  122 

Actmolepis,,  106. 

Aloe  asm,  131. 

An«M  toe  hilus,  122 

Arraracm,  101 

Aetmomerib.  106 

Aloe,  127 

Anogramma,  135 

Arrhenatherum,  134 

Actinopteria,  135. 

Alonsoa,  112. 

Anoiganthus,  125. 

Artatxjtrys,  80 

Actmostemma,  100. 

Alpmia,  125 

Anopterus,  98. 

Artemisia,  107 

Ada,  123 

Alsine,  80 

Anredera,  85. 

Artocarpus,  118 

Adanioma,  00. 

Alsophila,  136. 

Ansclha,  122 

Arthropodium,  128 

Adelia,  118 

Alstoma,  110 

Antennaria,  105. 

Arum,  131 

Adenandra,  91. 

Alslrcx-meria,  125. 

Anthemis,  107 

Aruncus,  96 

Adenanthera,  93. 

Altamiranoa,  98. 

Anthencum,  127. 

Anmduiaria,  134 

Adcnocalymma,  113. 

Althaea,  89 

Antholyza,  124. 

Arundo,  134 

Adenoearpua,  94 

Alyssum,  88 

Anthoxanthiim,  134. 

Asaruni,  117 

Adcnophora,  108. 

AMAUANTAC'E^E,  83,  116. 

Aiithuruim,  131. 

AsCLh.PI  AD  \CEiE,  83,  110. 

Adcnostoma,  97. 

Amarantus,  116 

Aiith\  Ihs,  94. 

Asclepias,  110 

Adenostylp",  105. 

AMARYLLIUACE^:,  84,  124 

Antiaiis,  118 

Ascyrum,  89 

Adesmia,  94 

Amaryllis,  125. 

Antidesma,  118. 

Asimina,  86 

Adhatoda,  114. 

Amascmia,  114. 

Antigonon,  117 

Asparagus,  126 

Adiantopsis,  135. 

Ambrosia,  106 

Antirrhinum,  112. 

Aspasia,  123 

Adiantum,  135. 

Ambrosima,  131. 

Antrophyum,  135. 

Asperula,  103 

Adlumia,  87. 

Amelanchier,  97. 

Aotus,  95 

Asphotlehne,  127 

Adonis,  86. 

Amellus,  107 

Aphananthe,  118. 

Asphodelus,  127. 

Adoxa,  85 

Amherstia,  95. 

Aphelandra,  114. 

Aspidistra,  127 

ADOXACB^,  85. 

Anncia,  95. 

Aphyllon,  85 

Asplemum,  136. 

(137) 


138 


INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


Astelia,  128 

Beta,  116 

Brownea,  95. 

Calycanthus,  86. 

Aster,  105 

Betula,  119. 

Bruckenthaha,  108. 

Calycotome,  94. 

Asterhnosyns,  107 

BETULACE.E,  84,  119. 

Brunella,  115. 

Calyocarpum,  86. 

Astilbe,  98 

Biarum,  131. 

Brunfelsm,  112. 

Calypso,  122 

Astragalus,  95 

Bidens,  106 

BRUNIACEJE,  82,  98. 

Calyptrogyric,  131. 

Astrantia,  101 

Bifrenaria,  123. 

Brunsvigia,  125 

Camaiotis,  123 

Astrocaryum,  129. 

Bigelovia,  105 

Bryanthus,  108 

Camassui,  128. 

Asystasid,  114 

Biguoma,  113. 

Bryoma,  100 

Camellia,  89. 

Atalantia,  91 

BIONONIACE^J,  83,  113. 

Bryonopsis,  100 

Camcjcndia,  95 

Athrotaxis,  120 

Billardiera,  88. 

Bryophyllum,  98 

Campanula,  108 

Atraphaxia,  117 

Billbprgia,  126 

Buckley  a,  117 

CAMPANULACEA:,  82,  107, 

Atriplex,  116 

Biophytum,  90. 

Buddleia,  110 

Campanumipa,  107 

Atropa,  112 

Bischofm,  118 

Bulbmc,  127 

Carnphord,  1  17. 

Attalea,  129 

Bismarckia,  131. 

Bulbmella,  127 

Campsidium,  113. 

Aubrietia,  88 

Bixa,  88 

Bulbocodium,  128 

Campsis,  113 

Aucuba,  102 

BIXACE^:,  80,  88. 

Bulbophyllum,  123 

Camptosoriih,  136. 

Audibertia,  115. 

Blakea,  99 

Bumeha,  100 

Canangium,  86 

A.udomma,  98. 

Blandfordia,  127. 

Buphane,  125 

Canaund,  107 

Avena,  134. 

Blechnum,  135 

Buphthalmum,  105. 

Canavdhd,  05 

Averrhoa,  90. 

Blcpharis,  114. 

Buplcurum,  101 

Candollea,  H5 

Avicenma,  115. 

Blepharocalyx,  99. 

Burbidgca,  125 

CANDOI..I.KACEJE,  85. 

Azara,  88. 

Bletia,  122 

Burchelhd,  103 

Cdtiistrum,  120 

Azolla,  136. 

Bletilla,  122 

Bursaria,  88 

Canna,  125 

Bhghia,  92 

Bursera,  91 

Cannabis,  118 

Babiana,  124. 

Bloorneria,  128 

Buiist.B\CE«t  81,  91 

CANNArw-E,  85,  125. 

Baccaurea,  118. 

Blumcnbachia,  100. 

Butca,  95 

Cantua,  lit 

Bacchans,  105. 

Boccoma,  87 

BUTOMVCEH,  85,  132. 

C  \PP\KIDACEA,,  80,  88 

Backhousia,  99. 

Boca,  114 

Butomus,  132 

Cappans,  SS 

Bactns,  129. 

Boehmcna,  118. 

BUXA<  i..«,  84,  119 

CApRiruLi\c  *,*:,  82,  102. 

Baculana,  130. 

Bolandra,  98 

Buxus,  119 

Capsicum,  112 

Bseria,  106. 

Bollca,  123 

Byrsomma,  90 

Carugana,  95 

Bahia,  106 

Boltoma,  105. 

Caralluma,  1  10 

Baikuea,  95. 

Bomarea,  125 

Cabomba,  87. 

Can  lam  me,  Hh 

Balaka,  131 

BOMBACACE*;,  81,  90. 

Cacaha,  107 

Carduiidra,  97 

BALSAMINACE,E,  81,  90. 

Bombax,  90 

Cacahop&ib,  107 

Cardiosppnnum,  92. 

Balsamocitrus,  91. 

Bongardia,  87 

CACI  A.CEJK,  82,  100. 

Caidims,  105 

Balsamorrhiza,  106. 

BORAGINACE.B,  83,  111 

Cactus,  100 

Carex,  Hi 

Bamburanta,  125. 

Borago,  111 

Cadia,  04 

Cane  a,  100 

Bambusa,  134. 

Borassus,  129 

Ciesalpmia,  95. 

CARIC  \<  t  K,  82,  100. 

Banksia,  117. 

Boroma,  91. 

Cajanus,  95 

Canssci,  110 

Baphia,  95 

Boscd,  116 

Caladium,  131 

Curium,  10.') 

Baptism,  94. 

Botrychmm,  135 

Calamagrostis,  134. 

Carludovica,  HI. 

Barbacema,  125. 

Bougamvillca,  116 

Cularnmtha,  116 

Carmu  hu'ha,  95 

Barbarea,  88 

Boussmgaultia,  116. 

Calamo\  ilf.i,  134. 

Carnegiea,  101 

Barbiena,  95 

Bouvardia,  103 

Oalamm,  120 

Carpentcna,  97 

Barleria,  114. 

Bowema,  120 

Calanrhima,  89. 

Cdrpinus,  119. 

Barosma,  91. 

Bowiea,  127 

Calanthc,  122 

Carncri.i,  88 

Barrmgtonia,  99. 

Bowkerm,  113 

Calathca,  125 

Carthamus,  105 

Basella,  116 

Boykmia,  98 

Calceolaria,  112 

Carum,  101 

BASELLACE^E,  85. 

Brachychieta,  105. 

Calendula,  107 

Can  a,  118 

Batemanma,  123. 

Brach>  chillis,  125. 

Cahmerus,  107. 

Canoc.tr,  85 

Bauera,  98 

Brae  hythi  ton,  90. 

Callo-,  131 

C  AR\  OCAU  U  h  K,  85. 

Bauhmia,  95 

Brachycome,  105. 

Calhandra,  93. 

C  \R\OPH\LL\CEA,  81,  89 

Beaufortia,  99 

Brachysema,  95. 

Calhanthemum,  86. 

Cdrycjptens,  115 

Beaumontia,  111. 

Brahca,  129. 

Calhrarpa,  114 

Caryota,  I.JO 

Begonia,  100. 

Brainca,  136. 

Calhphruna,  125. 

Casimiioa,  91 

BEOONIACE-E,  82,  100. 

Brasema,  87 

Calhpsyche,  125. 

Cdhspbecra,  135 

Belemcanda,  124. 

Brassavola,  122. 

Calhptcns,  136. 

Cassia,  95 

Belhs,  105 

Brasma,  123 

Calhrhoe,  89 

Caasmc,  92 

Bellmm,  107 

Brassica,  87. 

Cdlhstemon  ,  98 

Cassiopc,  10S 

Beloperone,  114. 

Bravoa,  125. 

Cdlhbtcphus,  105. 

CassipoiirPd,  08 

Benmcasa,  100. 

Braya,  88 

Calhtris,  120 

Castatiea,  119 

Bentmckia,  131. 

Brevoortia,  127. 

CallopHis,  132. 

('astdiiopsih,  119 

Benzoin,  117. 

Breweria,  111. 

Calluna,  108 

C^astunohpermum,  94. 

BERBERIDACE^E,  80,  87. 

Breyrna,  118 

Calochortus,  128 

Castillcm,  113 

Berberidopsis,  88. 

Bnckcllia,  105. 

Calodcndrum,  91. 

Cdsuanna,  11<S 

Berberis,  87. 

Bnza,  134 

Calonyction,  111. 

CAHUAltlN\f  E^,  84,    118. 

Berchemia,  92. 

Brodisea,  127. 

Calophaca,  95 

Catalpa,  113 

Bergerocactus,  101. 

Bromeha,  125 

Calophyllum,  89. 

(^atananche,  107. 

Berna,  90. 

BROMELIACE^:,  85,  125. 

Calopogon,  122 

Cataseturn,  122. 

Bersama,  92. 

Bromheadia,  123. 

Calothamnus,  98 

Cdtesbzea,  103. 

Bertholletia,  99. 

Bromus,  134 

Calotropis,  110 

Catha,  92 

Bertoloma,  99 

Brosimum,  118 

Calpurma,  94 

Catopsis,  126 

Beschornena,  125. 

Broughtonia,  122. 

Caltha,  86 

Cattleya,  122. 

Beslena,  114. 

Broussonetia,  118. 

Calvoa,  99 

Caulophyllum,  87. 

Bessera,  127. 

Browalha,  112. 

CALYCANTHACB^E,  80,  86. 

Cautlea,  125. 

INDEX  TO  KEY    OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


139 


Ceanothua,  92. 

Chiogenes,  108. 

Coccinea,  100. 

Corytholoma,  114. 

Cedrela,  91. 

Chionanthus,  109. 

Cocroloba,  116. 

Cosmos,  106. 

Ccdronella,  115. 

Chionodoxa,  128. 

C-occothnnax,  129. 

Costua,  125. 

Cedrus,  120. 

Chiranthodendron,  90. 

CorcMilus,  86 

Cotirms,  93. 

Ceiba,  90. 

Chmta,  114. 

Cochlcana,  88. 

Cotoneaster,  96. 

CELASTRACBJU,  81,  92. 

Chiroma,  110. 

Cochhoda,  123 

Cotula,  107. 

Celastrus,  92. 

Chlularithus,  124. 

CJochhoatema,  128. 

Cotyledon,  98. 

Colmisia,  107. 

OHLORANTHACEJB,  84,  117. 

Cocos,  129 

Couroupita,  99. 

Celosia,  116. 

Chloranthus,  117. 

Codiseum,  119. 

Coussapoa,  118. 

Cclsia,  112. 

Chlons,  134 

Codonanthe,  114. 

Cowama,  97. 

Celtis,  118 

Chloroeodon,  110. 

C'odonopbib,  107. 

Oarnbe,  87. 

Cenrhrus,  134. 

Chlorogalum,  127. 

Cttha,  122 

(,'ramolana,  114. 

Cema,  107. 

Chlorophytum,  127. 

Cd-logyne,  122. 

Crassula,  98 

Contaurea,  105 

Chloroxylon,  91. 

Coffea,  103. 

CRAH^ULACE^:,  82,  98. 

Centradenia,  99. 

Choisya,  91 

Coix,  133 

Cratspguh,  96 

Centranthus,  103. 

Chondrorvncha,  123. 

C'ola,  90 

Ciatjjva,  88. 

Ontropogon,  107. 

Chonsia,  90 

Colax,  12'i 

Craterostigma,  113. 

Centrosema,  95 

Chon/ema,  94 

Colchimm,  128. 

C'repis,  107 

Cephaehs,  103 

Chrozophora,  118. 

Colea,  113 

Cr.scontia,  113. 

Ceph.ilanthera.  122. 

Chrywihdocarpus,  131. 

Colons,  115 

Cnnuni,  125 

Cephalanthus,  103 

Chrysanthemum,  107 

Collabmm,  123. 

Crithmum,  101. 

Cephalana,  103 

Chrybobaetron,  127 

(  'olletia,  92 

C'rorosmia,  124. 

(  'ephalocereus,  101 

Chiy>obalamiB,  97 

Colhgnaya,  119. 

Crocus,  124 

Cephalostach>um,  134. 

Chryfeogonura,  106 

ColhnMa,  112 

f'rossandia,  111. 

CEPHALOTACE.E,  82,  98. 

Chrysophyllum,  109. 

Collinsorna,  116. 

Crotalana,  94 

Cephalotaxus,  120 

ChrysopMs,  105 

(  olloima,  111 

Croton,  IIS 

Cephalotus,  98 

Chrj  sosplenium,  98 

Colorasia,  131 

CiucianolU,  103 

Cerastium,  89 

Chusquea,  134. 

Colquhouma,  116 

CRUCIFERE,  80,  87. 

Ceratiola,  119 

Ch>sis,  122 

C'olumnea,  114. 

Cryptanthe,  111 

Ceratulobus,  129 

Cibotium,  136 

Colutea,  95 

C'rjlJtanthus  125 

Ceratoma,  95 

Cicer,  95. 

Colvilloa,  93. 

Cr>ptoroi\no,  132 

Ceratopptalum,  98 

Cithonum,  107. 

Comandra,  117 

Crvptogi  imnia,  1.35. 

CERATOPTERIDACEjE,     85, 

Cimicifuga,  86 

C'omarum,  97 

Crjutolepis.  110 

136 

Cinchona,  103. 

Cc)MBUbT\CK.-K,  82,  9S 

Cr>  ptomena,  120 

Coratoptcns,  136 

Cineraria,  107. 

Coin  brc  turn,  98 

Cm>toiihoranthu8,  123. 

Ceiatostigma,  109. 

Cmna,  1  i4 

Comniflina,  12S 

Cryptostc  gia,  110 

Ccratothc<a,  111. 

Cinnanionniin,  117 

Co\iMrLiN\f  F«,  85,  12S 

Cnptostirnma,  107 

Ceratozamia,  120 

(  ipura,  124 

ComparcUi.i,  1J.J 

CnptostUi-,  12,3. 

CERCIDIPHYLLACE.E,  80,  86. 

CirraM,  99 

CoMPO.siTi  ,  82,  10.3 

Ctdiaritho,  125 

Cert  idiphyllum,  86 

Cirrhopetalum,  123 

Comptonia,  118 

Cucmnis,  400 

Corns  95 

Cirbium,  105 

Conandion,  114 

(^ucurlnta,  100 

Cercocarpus,  97. 

Cissampelos,  86 

Congea,  1  15 

Ct  rrKBirACKC,  82,  100. 

Cercus,  101. 

CiSbUb,  92 

Comogramma,  135 

Cudrama,  118 

Cennthc,  111. 

CISTACE/E,  80,  88. 

Comum,  101 

Cunnnnm,  101. 

Ceropogia,  110. 

Cistus,  88 

Conochnnini,  105 

C^ummingm,  125. 

Ceroptoris,  135. 

Citharexjlum,  115. 

Couvallarid,  127 

Cunila,  lib 

Ceroxylon,  130. 

Citropsis,  91 

CON\OIALLACEK,  8.3,   111 

Cunuinghamia,  120. 

Cespodosia,  91. 

Citnillus  100 

Comolvulus,  111 

Cunoma,  9S 

Ccstrum,  112 

C'ltrus,  91 

C'oopcrui,  124 

CnNONivrE/E,  82,  98. 

Cruenactis,  106. 

Cladanthus,  107. 

C'opaifcra,  05 

C'uphea,  99 

Chcenomeles,  96. 

C'ladothamnus,  108. 

Copunir-a,  1J9. 

C'upressus,  120. 

Cha-nostoma,  112 

Cladrastis,  94 

("opiosma,  103. 

Curcxihgo,  125-. 

Chaerophjllum,  101. 

Clarkm,  99 

Coptis,  80 

C"urtuma,  125 

Cha?tosp)ermum,  91. 

Claucena,  90 

Corillorhiza,  122. 

Cuscuta,  111 

Chalcas,  90 

Clavija,  109 

Corchorus,  90. 

Cjananthus,  107. 

Chama?batia,  97. 

Claytonia,  89 

Cordia,  111 

Cjanella,  125 

Charnapbatiana,  96. 

Cleisobtoma,  123. 

Cordvlme,  127 

Cyathea,  136 

Chama?cyparis,  120. 

Clei^tocaotus,  101. 

Corema,  110 

CYAIHE\(I:«,  85,  136. 

Chamaedaphne,  108. 

Clematis,  86 

Coreopsis,  106 

C\C  \DACEE,  84,   120. 

(  hama?dorea,  130 

Clomato-clcthra,  86. 

Conandrum,  101. 

Cjcis,  120 

<  hainnehrmm,  128. 

Cleomr,  88 

Coruuia,  03 

CJcIampn,  109 

(  hamspmelum,  107. 

Clerodendron,  115. 

CORI  \niACK.«,  82,  93 

C\(  LANTUAtE^;,  85,   131. 

Chamffiranthemuni,  114. 

Clethra,  108 

("OHNAf  K.K,  82,   102 

CVlanthiTi,  100 

Chamrerops,  129. 

CLETHRACE.E,  83,  108. 

Corniih,  102 

Cyclanthus,  1.31 

Chaptaha,  107. 

Cle>era,  89 

Corornlla,  94 

C\c-lolK)thra,  128 

Charieis,  105 

Chanthus,  95. 

Correa,  91 

Cycloloma,  110. 

Cheilanthes,  135. 

Chdemia,  99. 

Cortadena,  134. 

Cyclophorus,  135. 

Cheiranthus,  88. 

Cliftoma,  91. 

Cortusa,  109 

Cycnoches,  122. 

Chehdomum,  87. 

Chnostigma,  130. 

Corjanthes,  123. 

Cydwta,  113 

Chelone,  112. 

Clmtoma,  128. 

Corj-dahh,  87 

Cydonui,  96 

CHENOPODIACE^E,  83,  116. 

Chtona,  94. 

Corjlopsis,  98. 

Cymbuhum,  123 

Chenopodmm,  116. 

Chvia,  125. 

Corylus,  119. 

CVnbopetalurn,  86. 

Chilian  thus,  110. 

Cluytia,  119. 

Corynocarpus,  93. 

Cymbopogon,  133. 

Chilopsis,  113. 

Clytostoma,  113. 

Corynostyhs,  88. 

Cynanchum,  110. 

Chunaphila,  108. 

Cmous,  105. 

Corypha,  129 

Cynara,  105. 

Chiococca,  103. 

Cob«Ba,  111. 

Corysanthea,  123. 

Cynodon,  134. 

140 


INDEX  TO   KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Oynoglossum,  111. 

DIAPENSIACE^,  83,  109 

DKOSERACE^I,  82,  98. 

Epiphyllanthus,  101. 

Cynorchis,  121 

Diascia,  112. 

Drosophyllum,  98. 

Epiphyllum,  100. 

Cynosurus,  134. 

Dicentra,  87 

Dryas.  97 

Epipremnum,  132. 

Cypella,  124 

Dichonsandra,  128 

Drymoglossum,  135. 

Episfia,  114 

CYPERACK/E,  85,  133. 

Dichroa,  97 

Drymophlums,  130. 

EQUI8ETACE^,  85,  136. 

Cyperorchis,  123. 

Dichrostachys,  95 

Drynarm,  135. 

Equisetum,  135. 

Cyperus,  133 

Dick.sonm,  136. 

Dryoptens,  136. 

Eragroitia,  134. 

Cyphomandra,  112. 

Dichptora,  114 

Drypetes,  118 

Eranthoinum,  114. 

Oyphokentia,  131. 

Dictamnus,  91 

Duohesnea,  97. 

Eranthis,  86 

Cyphophcemx,  130. 

Dictyosperma,  130 

Dudleya,  98 

Eremot  itrus,  91 

Cyphosperma,  130. 

Dicyrta,  113 

Dugurtia,  86. 

Errmospatha,  131. 

Cypnpcdium,  121. 

Didymochlsena,  136 

Duhchmm,  133. 

Eremostac  hys,  116. 

Cyrilla,  91 

Didymosperma,  130. 

Duranta,  114. 

Errnmrus,  127. 

CYKILLACE.E,  81,  91. 

Dieffenbachia,  131. 

Duno,  90 

Ena,  123. 

Cyrtandra,  114. 

Dieranm,  124 

Duvaha,  110 

Enauthus,  133. 

Cyrtaiithus,  124 

Diervilla,  102 

Duvernoia,  114 

Erica,  108 

Cyrtocarpa,  92. 

Digitalis,  113. 

Dyckia,  126. 

ERICACK^:,  83,  108. 

Cyrtomium,  136 

Dillema,  86 

Dypsis,  130 

Erigcnia,  101. 

Cyrtopodmm,  122. 

DILLENIACEA;,  80,  86. 

Dyschonste,  114. 

Engcron,  105. 

Cyrtobpenna,  131 

Dimorphotheca,  107. 

Ennacoa,  94. 

Cyrtostachys,  130. 

Dioclea,  04 

EBENACE^B,  83,  109. 

Emms,  113 

Cystoptens,  136 

Dionaea,  98. 

Ebenus,  95 

Enobotrya,  96 

Cytisus,  94. 

Dioon,  120 

Ecbalhum,  100 

Enocophahis,  106. 

Diosscorea,  123. 

Eccreniocarpus,  1  13. 

Eriochilua,  123 

Daboecia,  108. 

DlOSCOKEACEA],  84,   123. 

EC  he  vena,  98 

Eriogoninn,  117. 

Dactyhs,  134. 

Diosma,  91 

Echidnopbis,  110. 

Enophorum,  133. 

Dartyloctcmum,  134. 

Diosp>ros,  109 

Eehinaoeo,,  106 

Enophvllum,  106. 

Dspdalacaiithus,  114. 

Diostea,  115 

Echmoraotus,  100 

Enopsis,  123 

Dsemonorops,  129. 

Dipcadi,  128. 

Echmocereus,  101 

Enostomon,  91. 

Dalilui,  106 

Dipelta,  102 

Ethiuoc-hloa,  133 

Erlangea,  107. 

Dais,  117 

Diphyllcia,  87. 

Echinocy^tis,  100 

Erodiuiii,  90. 

Dalbergia,  94. 

Diphysa,  95 

Echinopanax,  102. 

Kruca,  87 

Dalca,  95 

Dipidax,  128 

Echmops,  105 

Eryiigium,  101. 

Dalechampia,  119. 

Dipladoma,  111 

Erhmopsis,  101 

Erysimiim,  88. 

Dahbarda,  97. 

Diplurrhena,  124 

Erhmostachj  s,  126 

Erythoa,  129 

Dtimiuicanthus,  103. 

Diplazuim,  136 

Echitob,  111 

Er\thra>a,  110. 

Danae,  126 

Diploitlottis,  92. 

Eohium,  111 

Erythnnii,  95 

Daniea,  135 

Diploljpna,  91 

Edgeworthia,  117 

Erythfonmm,  128 

Daphne,  117 

Diplothemmm,  129. 

Ehretia,  111 

ER\THROXYLAC  K/K,  81,  90. 

Daphmphyllum,  118. 

DIPS  \C\CE  A,  82,  1()3. 

Eichhornia,  128 

Erythroxylou,  90 

Darlingtonia,  87. 

Dip-ucus,  103 

ELfCAONACEe,  84,  117. 

Es<  allonia,  97 

Dasjlinon,  127. 

Dipterorna,  92 

Elieagmis,  117 

Eschst  holtzia,  87. 

Datisca,  85 

Dirra,  117 

Elffiis,  129 

Es(ontna,  101 

DAUSCA<  &«,  85. 

DISH,  121 

EL«OC\KP\CK/E,  81,  *)0 

EIK  alyptiih,  l)8 

Datura,  112 

Disunthus,  98 

ElteoOcirpus,  90 

Eiulmndium,  99 

D.uu'iib,  101 

Di-,o(artus,  100. 

Ela>odendron,  92 

Euch.ms,  125 

D<i\:ilha,  130. 

Disporum,  128 

ElaphogloihUin,  135 

Euchl,Tii!i,  1'33 

Davidid,  102 

Dibsotvs,  99 

Eloorhans  133 

Eucnidc,  100 

Debregeasia,  118 

Distichhs,  134 

Elettana,  125 

Euconiis,  12S 

Doraisneti,  H7. 

Dibtiftm,  113 

Elousino,  1.34 

Euconmn  i,  H<> 

Decodon,  99 

Distyhum,  98. 

Eleuthcnne,  124. 

EUCOMMI\(  h  *  ,  SO,  86 

Decumana,  97. 

Dnms,  123 

Elhotti.i,  108 

Emryphw,  89 

Deenngia,  116. 

DizyKothooa,  102. 

Elodea,  120 

EUCKYPHIA(  E«,  81,  89. 

Demanthe,  98 

Docynia,  96 

Elsholtzi-i,  116. 

Eugenia,  ')') 

Delarbroa,  101 

Doderatheon,  109. 

Elymua,  131 

Eulophia,  122 

Delavaya,  92 

Dodomea,  92 

Emilia,  107 

Eulophiella,  122 

Delphinium,  86. 

Dohchos,  94 

Einmeruiuthp,  111 

Eupatonum,  105 

Dendrobium,  123. 

Dombeya,  90. 

Emmonoptoiys,  103 

Euphorbia,  119 

Deridrocalaruus,  134. 

Doodia,  136 

P^VIPETRACE  E,  84,    119. 

EUPHORDIACE^;,  84,  118. 

Dendiomeeori,  87. 

Dorema,  101 

Empetrum,  119 

Euphoria,  92 

Dennstiedtia,  136. 

Doromeum,  107. 

Encclia,  106 

Euptelea,  86. 

Deutaria,  88 

Dorstema,  118. 

Encephalartos,  120. 

Eurya,  89 

Depana,  136. 

Doryahs,  88 

Enkianthus,  108 

Euryalo,  87. 

Dems,  94. 

Doryanthes,  125 

Fmnealophus,  124. 

Euryrlea,  125 

Dcschampsia,  134. 

Dory  op  tens,  135. 

Entada,  94 

Euiyops,  107 

Desmanthus,  'K> 

Dossinia,  122 

Entuha,  90 

Euscaphis,  92 

Desma/erm,  1.34. 

Douglasia,  109 

Enterolobiura,  93. 

Eustrephus,  126. 

Desmodium,  94 

Downingia,  107. 

Eomecon,  87 

flutaxia,  95 

Desmoncus,  131. 

Draba,  88 

EpArmnACBAs,  83,  108. 

Euterpe,  130. 

Deutzia,  97 

Dracama,  127. 

Epacris,  108 

Evodia,  91. 

Diacnurn,  122 

Draeorephalum,  115. 

Ephedra,  120 

Evonvmus,  92. 

Diandrolyra,  134. 

Dracontium,  131. 

Epidendnim,  122. 

Exacuin,  110. 

Dianella,  127 

Dracunculus,  131. 

Epiga-a,  10S 

Excu-cana,  119. 

Dianthera,  114. 

Dmnia,  128 

Epilohnmi,  99 

Exochorda,  96. 

Dianthus,  89. 

Drmiys,  86 

Epuiieditnn,  87. 

Exorrhiza,  131 

Diapeiisia,  109. 

Drosera,  98. 

Epipactis,  122. 

Exostenima,  103. 

INDEX  TO  KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


141 


Fabiana,  112. 

Gaylussacia,  108. 

Guaiacum,  90. 

Hepatica,  86. 

FAOAf'EJB,  84,  119. 

Gazariia,  107. 

Guazuma,  90. 

Heracleum,  101. 

Fagelia,  95. 

Geissorhiza,  124. 

Gucttarda,  103. 

Herbertia,  124. 

Fagopyrum,  117. 

Geitonoplesium,  126. 

GUP  vina,  117. 

Hentiera,  90 

Fagus,  119. 

Gelsemium,  110 

Guizotia,  106. 

Hermodaetylus,  124. 

Fallugia,  97. 

Genipa,  103 

Gunnera,  98. 

Hernandia,  1  17 

Faradaya,  115. 

Genista,  94 

Gurarua,  100. 

Herniana,  89 

Fatsia,  102 

Gentiana,  110. 

Gutierrezia,  105. 

Herpestib,  113. 

Fedia,  103. 

GENTIANAC  EJE,  83,  110 

GUTTIFER.B,  81,  89. 

Herpetospernmm,  100. 

Feijoa,  98 

Geodorum,  123. 

Guzmama,  126. 

Hesperantha,  124. 

Felicia,  105 

Geonoma,  131 

CJymnooladus,  95. 

Hesperethusa,  91 

Fcndlcra,  97. 

GERANIACE^:,  81,  90. 

Gymnolomia,  107. 

Hespens,  88 

Ferncha,  103. 

Geranium,  90 

Gymnopetalum,  100. 

Hessperocalhs,  127. 

Feronia,  90 

Gerardia,  113. 

GymnoptcTis,  136. 

Husporoehiron,  111. 

Feromella,  90. 

Gcrbeia,  107 

Gymnospona,  92 

Heterarithcra,  128. 

Ferraria,  124. 

GcsiiiTia,  113 

Gymno.starhys,  132. 

Hcteropappus,  105. 

Ferula,  101. 

GEWNERIACE*:,  83,  113. 

Gynandropsis,  88. 

Heteroi)hragma,  113. 

Festuea,  134. 

Gethyllw,  125 

Gynermm,  134. 

Heterosmilax,  126. 

Fieus,  118 

Geum,  97 

Gynura,  107. 

Heterospathe,  130 

Filipendula,  97. 

fJilia,  111 

(Jvpsophila,  89. 

Heuchera,  97. 

Fittoiua,  111 

Gilibeitia.  102 

Hevea,  119 

Fitzioya,  120 

Gillenia,  90 

Habenaria,  121. 

Hexisea,  122. 

Flacourtia,  88 

Gmkgo,  119 

Haberlaea,  114. 

Hibbertia,  86. 

FLArouiniACE«,  80,  88. 

GlNKGOArEJE,  84,   119. 

Haequetia,  101. 

Hibisrms,  89. 

Flennngia,  95 

GithopsH,  108 

H.EMODORACE  >B,  85. 

Hidalgf)a,  106. 

Fluggea    118 

Hieramim,  107. 

Fa-nuulum,  101 

Glatumni,  87 

Haemaria,  122. 

Hieroehloe,  134. 

Fokierna,  120 

Glaux,  109 

Hasmatoxylon,  95. 

Hillebrandia,  100 

Fontanesia,  109 

Gleditsia,  95 

Hakea,  117. 

Hipppastnim,  124 

Forsythia,  109 

Gleiehema,  1  30 

Haleiia,  109. 

HlPPOCAHTANACE  E,  81,    92. 

Fortunearia,  98 

GU-K  HfcNM(Et,f  85,  130 

Hahrnod^ndron,  95 

Hippocrppis,  95 

Fortunella,  91 

Glincidia,  9r> 

Hallena,  112 

Hippomane,  119 

Fothergilla,  98 

Glohha,  125 

HALORAOIDACE^E,  82,  98 

HippophatS  117 

Fouquipna,  89 

Globulana,  1H 

H  VM  AMELTDACE^B,  82,  98. 

Hippuris,  98 

FoiQL  ILK!  \CE.E,  81,  89 

GLOBULVRIACK/E,  8'3,  114 

Hatnamelis,  98 

Hodgsoma,  100 

Fragana,  97 

Gloundion,  118 

Hameha,  103. 

HorTmaimia,  103 

I1  rancoa,  97 

Glonosa,  128 

Haplocarpha,  107. 

Hoffmanseggia,  95. 

t  rankema,  85 

Gloxinia,  113 

Hardenbcrgia,  95. 

Hohenbergia,  126. 

FRVNKENIACE^E,  85. 

Gbtena,  134. 

Hariota,  100 

Hohena,  90 

Fraiera,  110 

Gl\<  m<>,  95 

Harppphyllum,  93. 

Holbcplha;  87. 

Fraximis,  109 

GlvoMins,  90 

Harnma,  101 

Holcus,  133 

Freesm,  124 

GhrM-ihi/a,  95 

Hartwegia,  122 

Holodiseus,  96. 

Fremontia,  90 

Ginehna,  115 

Histmgsia,  127. 

Holothnx.  123 

Frevnnetia,  1  Jl 

GNKTAJFI:,  84,  120 

Ha\\orthia,  127. 

Homalanthus,  119. 

Fntillana,  128 

Gmdia,  117 

Huzirdia,  105 

Homalomena,  131. 

Fruhchia,  116. 

Gu'thra,  S9 

Hebenstreitia,  114 

Homena,  124 

Fuchsia,  99 

Gomeza,  123 

Heditia,  126 

Homogyne,  107. 

Funmria,  87. 

Gomphc  rarpus,  110 

Hedeoma,  116. 

Hoodia,  110 

FUM  \RIACKJB,  80,  87. 

Gomphrena,  1  1(>. 

Hedera,  102. 

Hordeum,  134. 

lunkui,  127 

Gongoru,  123 

Hedychmm,  125. 

Hosaekia,  94 

Furrrteu,  125 

Gomoma,  110 

Hedj^anim,  94. 

Hottoma,  109. 

Fussea,  86 

Goniophlebumi,  135 

Hedvscepe,  130 

Houlletia,  123. 

Goiiolohu*.  110 

Heena,  99 

Houstorna,  103. 

Gaillardia,  106. 

Goodema,  85 

Helennnn,  106. 

Houttuyma,  117. 

Galattia,  95. 

GOODENIACEE,  85. 

Heliamphora,  87. 

Hovea,  95. 

Galanthus,  124. 

Good)  a,  91 

Hehanthella,  106. 

Hovenia,  92. 

Gal  ax,  109. 

Goodvera,  122 

Helianthemum,  88 

Howca,  130. 

Galeandra,  122. 

Gordonia,  89 

Hehanthua,  106 

Hoya,  110. 

Gnledupa,  95. 

Gossypium,  89. 

Hehrhry'Mim,  105 

Hudsoma,  88. 

Galega,  95 

Gouania,  92 

Helicodieeros,  131. 

Huernia,  110. 

Galeopsis,  116. 

Govenia,  123. 

Hehcoma,  125 

Hulsea,  106. 

Galeorchis,  121. 

Grahowskia,  112. 

Hehocereus,  101. 

Humata,  136. 

Gaiiuin,  103 

GRAMINE.E,  85,  133. 

Hehophila,  88. 

Humea,  105. 

(5  ilplumia,  90 

Grarnmangis,  123. 

HehopMs,  106. 

Humulua,  118. 

Galtonrt,  128 

Grarnmanthes,  98 

Ilehotropmm,  111. 

Hunnenianma,  87. 

Gamogyne,  132 

Gratnniatophyllum,  123. 

Helipterum,  105. 

Huntena,  111 

Gamolepis,  107. 

Graptophyllum,  114. 

Helleborus,  86. 

Huntleya,  123. 

Garcmia,  89. 

Gratiola,  113. 

Heloiuas,  128. 

Hura,  119. 

Gardenia,  103. 

Gravesia,  99. 

Helomopsis,  128. 

Hutchmsia,  87. 

Garrya,  102. 

Grevillea,  117. 

Helwmgia,  102 

Hyacmthus,  128. 

GARRYACEJB,  82,  102. 

Grewia,  90. 

Helxmo,  118. 

Hysenanehe,  118. 

Garuga,  91. 

Greyia,  92. 

Hcmerocallis,  127. 

Hydrangea,  97. 

Gastena.  127. 

Gnas,  99. 

Hemieyclia,  118. 

Hydrautis,  86. 

Gaulthena,  108. 

Gnffinia,  125. 

Henngraphis,  114. 

Hydriastele,  130. 

Gaura,  99 

Gnndelia,  105. 

Hemiomtis,  135. 

H  YD  HOC  H  YKI'1  WEJE,  84,120 

GausRia,  130 

Griselmia,  102 

Hemiteha,  136. 

Hydrodians    121 

142 


INDEX  TO   KEY  OF   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Hydrocotyle,  101. 

JUGLANDAOE.E,  84,  118. 

LEGUMINOS*;,  82,  93. 

Litchi,  92 

HYDKOPHYLLACE^J,  83,  111 

Juglans,  118. 

Leiophvllurn,  108 

Lithospermum,  111. 

Hydrophyllum,  111. 

JUNCAC'EJE,  85,   129. 

Leitnena,  118 

Lithra^a,  93 

HydrotuMiia,  124. 

Juncus,  129. 

LMINFUB  \Cf  -F,   S4,    118. 

Litsea,  117 

Hylocereu.s,  100. 

Jumperus,  120. 

Lemaireoferrus,  101 

Littoma,  128 

Hymcncea,  95. 

Jussieua,  99. 

Ldima,  1  il 

Livistona,  129. 

Hymenanthcra,  88. 

Justicia,  114. 

LEMNAC!'  K,  S5,  131 

Loasa,  100. 

Hymeuooalhs,  125 

Lpnoph\lluin,  98 

LOASACE^E,  82,  100. 

HYMENOPHYLLACE^E,    85, 

Kadsura,  86. 

Lobelia,  107. 

135 
Hymenophyllum,  135. 

Ksempferia,  125. 
Kageneckia,  96. 

LENIII.ULVRM  E,I«,  83,  113. 

LOBKLIACEE,  82 

Lodoicea,  129. 

Hymenosporum,  88. 

Kalanchoe,  98, 

Leonotib,  11C 

Lccselm,  111 

Hyophorbe,  130. 

Kalnua,  108. 

001         ' 

Logania,  110 

Hyoseyarnuf,  112. 
Hyospathp,  131. 

Kendnekia,  99. 
Kermedya,  95 

Leontodon,  107 
Leontopodnim,  105. 

LOGANIAC'E^J,  83,   110. 

Loiseleuria,  108 

Hypecoum,  87 

Kentia,  130 

Lepach\  s,   100 

Lohum,  134 

HYPERICACE^E,  81,  89. 

Kpiitiopsib,  130 

Lepanthes,  123 

Lomatia,  117 

Hypencum,  89 

Kernera,  SS 

Lepulagathis,  114. 

Lornatium,  101 

Hyphtene,  129 

Kerria,  97 

Lepidium,  87 

Lomatophyllum,  127. 

Hypochujrih,  107. 

Keihtmgiella,  95. 

Lt-ptactma,  103. 

Lonas,  106 

Hypolepis,  135. 

Keteleena,  120 

Leptairhena,  98 

Lonchitis,  136. 

Hypolytruin,  133. 

Kigeh.i,  113 

Leptocarpha,  107. 

Lour  hocarpus,  95 

Hypoxis,  125 

Kitaibeha,  90 

Leptothilus,  136. 

Lome  era,  102 

Hyssopusi  116. 

Kitclimgia,  98. 

Leptochloa,  134 

Lopezia,  99 

Klugia,  114 

Leptocodon,  108 

Lophantlms,  115 

Iberis,  87 

Kniphofia,  127. 

Leptodermia,  103. 

Lophorereus,  100 

Ic^ClNArE^,  85. 

Kochia,  116 

Lep  top  tens,  135 

Lophophora,  100 

Idebia,  88 

Koelreutena,  92. 

Leptospermum,  98. 

LORANTHACE^:,  84,   117. 

Ilex,  91 

Kolkwitzia,  102. 

LeptohMie,  106 

Lorarithus,  117 

ILLEOEBRACE.E,  83. 

Kopsia,  110 

Lep  totes,  122 

Loropetalum,  98 

Ilhcmm,  86 

Kostelelzkva,  90. 

Lespedeza,  94 

Lotius,  94 

Impatiens,  90. 

Kramena,  95 

Lettsoima,  111 

Loxoscaphe,  136. 

Imperata,  134 

Kraussia,  103. 

Leucadeudron,  117 

Lucuha,  103 

Inoarvillea,  113. 

Kngia,  107. 

Leucacna,  94 

LiKtirna,  109 

Indigofera,  95. 

Kuhma,  107. 

Leuchtenbei  gia,  100 

Ludwigia,  99 

Inga,  93 

Kunzea,  99. 

Leucoeoiyne,  128 

Lueddemanma,  123. 

Ingenhausia,  90. 

Kydia,  89. 

Leuco<rmurn,  127 

LuphiM,  90 

Inobulbon,  123. 

Leucojum,  124 

Luetkea,  96 

Inula,  105 

LABIV™,  83,  115. 

Leucophyllum,  112 

Luff  a,  100 

lochroma,  112 

Laburnum,  94 

Leucobtegia,  136 

Luisia,  123 

lone,  123 

Laoama,  123 

Leucothoe,  108 

Lunaria,  88 

lonopsidium,  87. 

Lachrnaha,  128 

LevistieuTn,  101. 

Lupinus,  94 

lonopsis,  123. 

Lactuca,  107 

Lewisia,  89 

Lyeaste,  122 

Ipomtra,  111. 

Ltelia,  122 

Leycesteria,  102 

Lychnis,  89 

Iresinp,  116. 

Liehooattleya,  122. 

Liatns,  105 

L>«um,  112 

Inartea,  130. 

Lagenaria,  100 

Libertia,  124 

Lycopersicum,  112. 

IRIDACE^S,  81,  124. 

Lagerstroemia,  99. 

Libocedrus,  120. 

LYCOPUDIACEAO,  85,  134. 

Ins,  124 

Lagetta,  117 

Lituala,  129 

Lyeopodnmi,  134 

Isatis,  87 

Lagunaria,  89. 

Lightfootia,  108. 

Lycoris,  124 

Isoohilus,  122. 

Lagurus,  134 

Ligustiriim,  101. 

Lygodmm,  135 

Isoloma,  113 

Laman  kia,  134 

Ligustiuin,  110. 

Lyoina,  10H 

Ibonandia,  109 

Lamium,  116 

LILIACE^E,  85,  126. 

Ljonothanmus,  97. 

I  so  py  rum,  86 

Landolphia,  111 

Lihum,  128 

Lysichitum,  131. 

Isotoma,  107. 

Lantana,  114 

Lmmtodea,  122 

Lysiloma,  93 

Isotna,  122. 

Lapageria,  126 

LlMNANTHACE^E,  81,  90. 

Lysimachia,  109. 

Itea,  97. 

Lapeyrousia,  124. 

Limnanthes,  90 

L>sionotus,  114. 

Iva,  106. 

Larchzabala,  87 

Lmmobium,  121 

LYTH  RACEME,  82,  99. 

Ixia,  124 

LARDIZABALACE^,  80,  87 

Limnochans,  132. 

L>  thrum,  99. 

Ixiolinon,  125. 

Larix,  120 

Limonia,  91 

liora,  103 

Lasthema,  106 

LTNACKVE,  81,  90. 

Maaekia,  94 

Latania,  129. 

Lmaria,  112. 

Maba,  109 

Jacaranda,  113. 

Lathyrus,  94 

Lmdclofia,  111 

Mabra,  119 

Jacksoma,  95 

LAURACE^,  84,  117. 

Lmdenbergia,  113. 

Maeadamia,  117. 

Jacobima,  114. 

Laurcha,  117 

Lmnspa,  102. 

Macaranga,  119 

Jaequemontia,  111. 

Laurus,  117. 

Linospadix,  130. 

Macfadyema,  113. 

Jaequmia,  109 

Lavandula,  115. 

Lmosyris,  105. 

Marleama,  108 

Jampsm,  97 

Lavanga,  91. 

Lmum,  90. 

Madura,  118 

Janusia,  90 

Lavatera,  89 

Lipans,  122. 

Maeodes,  122 

Japarandiba,  99. 

Lawsoma,  99. 

Lippia,  114. 

Macroplpctrum,  123. 

Jasione,  107. 

Layia,  106 

Liquidambar,  98. 

Macroscepis,  110 

Jasmmum,  109. 

Lebidieropsis,  118 

Lmodendron,  86. 

Maciozamia,  120. 

Jatropha,  119 

LECYTHIDACE^E,  82,  99 

Linopo,  127. 

M  iJdc  ma,  97. 

Jatrorrhiza,  86. 

Lccythia,  99. 

Lisianthus,  110. 

Madia,  106. 

..'pffersonia,  87. 

Ledum,  108. 

Lissochilus,  122. 

Mojsa,  109 

Joannesia,  119 

Leea,  92 

Listera,  122 

Magnolia,  86. 

Jubtea,  129. 

LEEACEJE,  81. 

Listrostachya.  123 

MAONOLIACE^J,  80,  86. 

INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


143 


Maherma,  90. 

Mentha,  116 

Muehlenbcrgia,  134. 

Notyha,  123. 

Mahonia,  87 

Mcnt/eha,  100 

Muilla,  128 

Nuphar,  87. 

Maianthemum    127. 

Mcnyanthfc-*    110 

Musa,  125 

NYCTAOUNACEJB,  83,  116 

Malacocarpus,  100. 

Menzieaia,  108. 

MUHACE.-E,  85,  125. 

Nyctocereua,  101. 

Malcoima,  88. 

Meratia,  86 

Musoan,  128 

Nymphaea,  87 

MalloUib,  119. 

Mercunahs,  118. 

Musmeon,  101. 

NYMPH^ACE^:,  80,  87 

Malope,  89 

Merendera,  128. 

Mussienda,  103. 

Nymphoides,  110. 

Malpighia,  90 

Merope,  91 

MYOPOBACE.E,  83,  114. 

Nysaa,  102 

MALPIGHIACK^,  81,  90 

Mertensid,  111. 

Myoporum,  114. 

NYS8ACE.E,  82,  102. 

Malva,  90 

Mertya,  102. 

Myosotidnim,  111. 

MALVACEAE,  81,  89. 

Mesembryanthemum,  101. 

Myosotis,  111 

Oakesia,  128 

Malvastrum,  90. 

Mesospimdium,  123 

Mynoa,  118 

Oberoma,  123. 

Malvavisc  us,  89 

Mespilus,  96 

MYRTCACE>E,  84,  118. 

Ochna,  91 

Mdinmea,  89 

Metrosideros,  98 

Mynoana,  89 

OCHNACE^J,  81,  91. 

Mamnulldna,  100. 

Mctroxylou,  131. 

Mynocephalus,  105. 

Oohrocarpus,  89. 

Mandevilla,  111 

Meuni,  101 

Mjnophyllum,  98 

Ocimum,  115 

Mandragora,  112 

Miohauxid,  108. 

Mynstitd,  117 

Octomcna,  123. 

Mancttia,  103 

Mieholm,  86 

MYRISTICACK*:,  84,  117. 

Odontuduixia,  111. 

Mangife  ra,  92. 

Michohtzia,  110. 

Myrrhis,  101 

Odontoglossum,  123. 

Mamcana,  131. 

Mioranthus,  114. 

MYUSINACKJB,  83,  109. 

Odontosona,  136. 

Mamhot,  119 

Microcitrus,  91. 

Myrhino,  109 

(Enocarpus,  131. 

Mapania,  133 

Mitroty<as,  120. 

MYHTACE^;,  82,  98 

CEnothora,  99 

Maprounia,  119 

Mirroktntid.  130. 

Myrtillooaotus,  101. 

OLACACE^B,  81,  91. 

Mdrdiitd,  125 

Mieiolcpia,  136 

Myrtus,  99 

Olax,  91 

MARANT\CKt,  85,   125 

Muiomeles,  96. 

Mystaddium,  123. 

Oldenburgia,  107. 

Marattia,  135 

Mi<  roinelurn,  90 

Oldenlandia,  103. 

Najgeha,  113 

Oldfieldia,  118. 

Mu  rophonix,  131. 

NVIADA.CE^:,  85,  132. 

Olea,  110 

Mane  a,  124 

Miorostyhs,  122. 

Nandma,  87. 

OLEAOEE,  83,  109. 

Marruhium,  115 

Mikama,  105. 

Napaea,  89 

Olearia,  105. 

MarMlema,  110. 

Milla,  127 

Napoloona,  99. 

Ohgobotrja,  128. 

Marshalha,  100 

Milkttid,  95. 

Narcissus,  124 

Ohveranthua,  98. 

Marsilea,  130 

Miltonid,  123. 

Narthenum,  128. 

Omphaha,  119 

M\11MLEA«EE,  85,    136 

Mimosa,  91 

Nathubia,  109 

Omphalodes,  111 

Martmezia,  129 

MlMOSEE,  81. 

Nauml)ergia,  109. 

ONAGRACE.E,  82,  99. 

Martvuia,  111 

Mimulus,  113. 

Neilha,  9(> 

Onoidmm,  123 

MARIYM\<  KK,  8J,  114 

Mimusops,  109. 

Nclumbo,  87 

Onooba,  88 

Masde\alha,  122 

Mmkfltrsia,  95. 

Ncmast>hs,  124. 

Onoosperma,  130. 

Mat>sjingoa    12(5 

Mirabilis,  11G 

Nemesia,  112 

Onohryohis,  94. 

Mavwmd,'  128 

Mihcanthus  133. 

Nemopanthus,  91. 

Onoclea,  186. 

Matrirana,  107 

Mitoholla,  103. 

Nemophila,  111. 

Ononis,  95 

MatteiKoia,  136 

MiMla,  97 

Nenga,  130 

Onopordon,  105. 

Matthiold,  88 

Mitrana,  1H. 

Neobenthamia,  122. 

Onosma,  111 

Maurandia,  112 

Mitnostigma,  103 

Neoglaziovia,  126. 

Onosmodium,  J.11. 

Mauntia,  129 

Modecca,  100. 

Noog>aie,  122 

Onychmm,  135 

Maxillana,  123 

Mohria,  135. 

Neolauohea,  123 

OPHIOGLOSSACB^,  85,  135. 

Maxiiinluina,  129 

Molima,  134 

Neomoholsoma,  131. 

Ophioglossum,  135. 

Maxinuhancd,  8K 

Molopospermum,  101 

Neottia,  123 

Ophiopogon,  127 
Ophr>s,  121 

Mazus,  113 

Mnmordica,  100 

Nepenthes,  117 

Ophthalmoblapton,  119 

MoconopMS,  87. 

Mon.irda,  115 

Nepetd,  115 

Oplismenus,  133 

Medeola,  128 

Monardella,  116 

Ncphrolcpis,  136 

Opuntia,  100. 

Modioago,  95 

Monoses,  108 

Nephth>tis,  131. 

ORCHIDACEJE,  84,  121. 

Modmilla,  99. 

MONIMIACEE,  84,    117. 

Neptuma,  44 

Orchis,  121. 

Megaelmmm,  123. 

Monogramma,  135 

Norino,  1D5 

Oroocarya,  111 

Megarrhiza,  100. 

MonoU  nd,  99 

Nonuni,  110 

Troocereus,  101. 

Melalouea,  98 

Monomcria,  123 

Nertera,  103 

Oreodoxa,  130. 

Melanthmm,  128 

MoNOlKOPAOE.E,  83,   108. 

Nor\iha,  123 

Orcopanax,  102. 

Melasphforula,  124. 

Monsoma,  90 

Nom\iodid,  123 

Origanum,  116 

Melastoma,  99 

Munstera,  131 
Montanoa,  107. 

NCMUSH,  97 

Orixa,  91 
Ormthidium,  123. 

Melia,  91 

Montia,  89 

Nirandra,  112 

Onuthocephalus,  123. 

MELIACE^C,  81,  91 
MELIANIHACKE   81,  92. 
Mohanthus,  92 

Moorea,  123. 
MORACEE,  84,  118. 
Mortra,  124 

Nicotiana,  112 
Nidularunn,  126 
Nieronil)ergia,  112. 

Onuthochilus,  123 
Ormthogalum,  128. 
Ormthopus,  94. 

Mehoa,  134. 

Morma,  103. 

Nigella,  80 

OROBANCHACK.B,  86. 

Mehrocra-,  92 

Moniidd,  103. 

Nipa,  131 

Orontium,  131 

Mohlotus,  95. 

Monnga,  93 

Niphfp.%  113 

Oroxylon,  113 

Mohnis,  134. 

MORINCJACE*:,  82,  93 

Nolana,  112 

Orthocarpus,  113. 

Mehosma,  92. 

Monsia,  87 

NOLANACK.E,  83,  112. 

Orthosanthua,  124. 

Melissa,  116 

Morniodrs,  122. 

Nolma,  127 

Oryza,  133. 

Melittis,  115. 

Morrenia,  110. 

Nopalea,  100 

Oryzopsis,  134. 

Melothna,  100. 

Moru-,,  118 

Nothofagus,  119. 

Osbeokia,  99 

Memscium,  136 

Mosrhosma,  115 

Notholuena,  135 

Osmanthus,  109. 

MENISPEUMAOE^R,  80,  86 

Muouna,  95 

Notholtus,  134 

Osmaronia,  97. 

Memspornium,  86. 

Muehlenbeckin.  116. 

Nothoiscordum,  128. 

Osmorhiza,  101. 

144 


INDEX   TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND    GENERA 


Osmunda,  135. 

Pedilanthus,  119. 

Phyllodooo,  108 

Plumerm,  110. 

OSMUNDACE^E,  85,  135. 

Pelargonium,  90. 

Phyllostachys,  134. 

Poa,  134 

Ostcomeles,  96. 

Pelecyphora,  100. 

Phyniatodes,  135. 

Podachajmum,  106. 

Osteospermum,  107. 

Pehosanthes,  128. 

Physalis,  112. 

Podalyna,  95 

Ostrowskm   108. 

Pelliea,  135 

Physarm,  88 

Podoourpus,  120. 

Ostrya,  119. 

Pelhonia,  118. 

Physianthus,  110. 

Podolepis,  105. 

Othonna,  107. 

Peltandra,  131. 

Physocarpus,  96. 

Podophyllum,  87. 

Ouratea,  91. 

Pol  tana,  87. 

Physoptychis,  88. 

Podostigma,  110. 

Ourisia,  113 

Peltophorum,  95. 

Phy  so  siphon,  123. 

Pogoma,  122. 

OXALIDACE.E,  81,  90. 

Penmsetum,  133. 

Physostegia,  115. 

Pogostomon,  110. 

Oxahs,  90 

Pentaohceta,  105. 

Physurus,  122 

Pomeiana,  95 

Oxera,  115 

Pentapetes,  90. 

Phytelephas,  131 

Poivrea,  98 

Oxyanthus,  103. 

Pentapterygiurn,  108. 

Phyteuma,  108 

Polamsia,  88 

Oxydendrum,  108. 

Pcntas,  103 

Phytolacca,  116 

POLEMONIACE^;,  83,   111. 

Oxylobmm,  94. 

Pentstemon,  112. 

PllYTOLACCArB^!,  84,   116. 

Polemomum,  111. 

Oxypetalum,  110. 

Peperumia,  117. 

Piaranthm,  110. 

Pohanthea.  125 

Oxypolis,  101. 

Peponia,  100 

Pieea,  120 

Pohothyrsis,  88. 

Oxvtenanthera,  134. 

Peraphyllum,  97. 

Picrasma,  91. 

Polha,  128 

Oxytropis,  95. 

Pereskia,  100 

Pions,  108 

Polycycms,  123. 

Perobkiopsis,  100. 

Pigafetta,  131. 

Polygala,  88. 

Paclura,  90 

Peril  -onie,  106 

Pilea,  118 

POLYOALACE^,  81,  88 

Pachyeereus,  101. 

Peril  la,  116 

Pilorarpus,  91. 

POLYOONACE^E,  84,    116 

Pachyphytum,  98. 

Penploea,  110 

Prmelea,  117. 

Polygoiiatum,  127. 

Pachy  podium,  111. 

Penstena,  123 

Pinu'iita,  99. 

Polygonum,  117 

Pachyrhizus,  94 

Penstrophe,  114. 

PIN  \CE.i3,  84,  120. 

Polyinnm,  106 

Pachysandra,  119 

Pernettya,  108 

Pmanga,  130 

POLYPODIACE*:,  85,  135 

Pachystima,  92 

Perowskia,  115 

Pmcknoya,  103. 

Polypodmm,  135 

Pachystrorna,  119. 

Persea,  117. 

Pmelha,  131. 

Polypteris,  106 

Psedena,  103 

Pcrtva,  107. 

Pinguicula,  113. 

Polyrrhiza,  123 

Pseonia,  80 

Pesratorea,  123 

Pmus,  120 

Poly  soi  as,  102 

Polava,  89. 

Petalostemon,  95. 

Piper,  117 

Polystarhya,  122 

PalHota,  128. 

Potasites,  107 

PlPERACt^,  84,    117 

Pobbtithum,  136 

Palmrus,  92 

Petiveua,  116. 

Piptadonia,  9t 

Pomaderns,  92 

PALMVCE.E,  85,  129. 

Petroja,  114 

Piptanthus,  95 

Poncirus,  91 

Palmcruia,  107. 

Petrophytum,  96. 

Pipturus,  118 

Pontedena,  128 

Palumbma,  123. 

Petrosclmum,  101. 

Piqueria,  105 

PONTEDERIACEJE,  85,   128 

Pamburua,  91. 

Pcttena,  94 

Piscidia,  ()4 

Ponthieva,  122 

Panax,  101 

Petunia,  112. 

Pisoma,  116 

Populus,  119 

Pancratium,  125 

Peucedanum,  101.   . 

Pistacia,  92. 

Porana,  111 

P\ND4.NACE.E,  85,   131. 

Peumus,  117. 

Pistia,  131 

Poranthera,  118 

Pandanus,  131. 

Pfaffia,  11(3 

Pi^um,  94. 

Portenschlagia,  101. 

Pandorea,  113. 

Phaculm,  111. 

Pitcairnia,  126. 

Portulara,  89 

Panicurn,  1  i3 

Phaxlranassa,  125. 

Pithecoc  tenium  ,113 

PoitTULACACE^S,  81,  89. 

Pamsea,  123 

PhsedranthvH,  113. 

Pitherolobium,  93 

Posoqueria,  103. 

Papavei,  87. 

Phajus,  122 

PITTOSPORACE^:,  81,  88 

Potamogeton,  132 

P\PAVERACE^E,  80,  87. 

Phakcuopsib,  123. 

Pittosporurn,  88 

Potentilla,  97. 

Papcxia,  91 

Phalans,  134 

Plaoea,  124 

Potenum,  97 

Paplutua,  123 

Phulocalhs,  124. 

Plagiauthus,  90 

Pothos,  131 

Paphiopodilum,  121. 

Phasoolus,  91 

Plagiobothrys,  111. 

Poiitoriji,  109 

Paradisea,  127. 

Phegopteris,  136 

Plagiospfimuni,  97 

Premna,  115. 

Paramignya,  91. 

Phcllodondron.  91 

PLuiera,  118 

Prcnanthes,  107. 

Parietana,  118. 

Philadelphus,  97 

PLANTA(JIN\rE^E,   83,   116 

Prestoma,  110. 

Paris,  12H 

Philesia,  126 

Plantago,  lib 

Primula,  109 

Parkmsoma,  95 

Phihbertia,  110 

PLATAN  ACE^:,  84,  118 

PRIMULAOACE^E,  83,  109 

Pannenticra,  113. 

Phillyrea,  109 

Platanus,  118 

Prinsepia,  97 

Parnassia,  97 

Philodcndron,  131. 

Platonia,  89. 

Priomum,  129. 

Parochetus,  95 

Phlel)odmm,  135 

Platycarya,  118 

Pritchardia,  129. 

Paronyehia,  89. 

Phleum,  134 

Platy  cerium,  135. 

Prochnyanthes,  125. 

Parrotia,  98. 

Phlogacanthua,  114. 

Platyclmia,  122 

Promensea,  123. 

Parrya,  88. 

Phlomis,  116 

Platycodon,  107. 

Pro80pi8,  94. 

Taisonsia,  111. 

Phlox,  111 

Platycrater,  97 

Prostanthera,  115. 

Parthcnium,  106 

Phcemx,  129 

Platylepis,  123 

Protea,  117. 

Parthenoeissus,  92. 

Pholidota,  122. 

Platystemon,  87 

PROTEACE^:,  84,  117. 

Pascaha,  106. 

Phoradendroii,  117. 

Platystigma,  87. 

Prunus,  97. 

Paspalum,  134 

Phormium,  127. 

Platytheca,  88 

Pseuderanthemum,  114. 

Passiflora,  100 

Photmia,  96. 

Plectocomia,  129. 

Pseudolarix,  120 

PASSIFLORACE.E,  82,  100 

Phragmites,  134. 

Plcctranthus,  115 

Pseudopanax,  102 

Pastmaca,  101. 

Phragmopedilum,  121. 

Plectroma,  103. 

Pseudophoenix,  131. 

Patrmia,  103. 

Phryma,  114. 

Pleione,  122. 

Pseudotsuga,  120. 

Paulhnia.  92 

PHRYMACEJE,  83,  114. 

Pleiocarpa,  111. 

Psidmm,  98. 

Paulo  wnia,  112. 

Phrynium,  125 

Pleiospermum,  91. 

Psilostrophe,  107. 

Pavctta,  103. 

Phygehus,  112 

Pleurothalbs,  122 

Psoralea,  95. 

Pavonia,  H9. 

Phyllagathis,  99. 

Plocama,  103 

Psychotria,  103. 

Pectinaria,  110. 

Phyllanthus,  118. 

Plukenetia,  119 

Ptieroxylon,  91. 

PEDALIACE^E,  83,  114. 

Phylhtis,  136. 

PLUMBAGINACE^},  83,  109 

Ptelea,  91. 

Pediculans,  113 

Phyllocladus,  120. 

Plumbago,  109 

Ptendmm,  135. 

INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


145 


Pteris,  135. 

Rheedia,  89. 

Salvia,  115 

Scutellaria,  116. 

Pteroeactus,  101 

Rheum,  117. 

Salvinia,  136 

Srutieana,  123 

Pterocarpus,  95. 

Rhexia,  99. 

SALVINIACE^C,  85,  136 

Scyphanthus,  100 

Pterocarya,  IIP. 

Rhipidoptens,  136 

Sambucus,  102. 

Sebastiana,  119 

Pteroeeltis,  118. 

Rhipsahs,  100 

Sanchczm,  114 

Sec  ale,  134 

Pterolobmm,  95. 

Rhizophora,  98. 

Sanderboma,  128. 

Seehmm,  100. 

Pteroma,  107 

RHIZOPHOKACLA;,  82,  98 

Sanguinaria,  87. 

Secunnega,  118. 

Pterospermum,  90. 

Rhodochiton,  112. 

Sanguisorba,  97. 

Sedum,  98 

Pterostyhs,  123 

Rhododendron,  108 

Samcula,  101 

SEI.AC.INACE.K,  114. 

Ptcrostyrax,  109 

Rhodoleia,  98 

Sansevieria,  127 

Selagmella,  134 

Pty  choccof  us,  131. 
Ptychoraphis,  131 

Rhodomyrtus,  99. 
Rhodorhiza,  111 

SANTALACEAJ,  84,  1  17. 
Santalum,  117 

Selenia,  88. 

Ptyrhosperma,  130. 

Ilhodotharnus,  108 

Santohna,  106 

Selenirereus,  101. 

Puerana,  94. 

Rhodotypus,  97. 

Sanvitaliu,  106 

Selmum,  101. 

Pulmoriuria,  111 

Rhoeo,  129 

SAPINDACE^:,  81,  92. 

Semet  arj>us,  92. 

Pultencea,  94 

Rhopaloblahte,  130 

Sapindus,  92. 

Sernele,  126. 

Puima,  99 

RhopaloHt>l»,  130. 

Sapiuni,  119 

Seinpervivuni,  98. 

PUNICACE.G,  82,  99. 

Rhus,  93 

Sapouaria,  89. 

Senebiera.  87. 

Pufshia,  97 

Rh^nohanthus,  125. 

SAPOTACKA:,  83,  109. 

Seneoo,  107. 

Pusehkima,  128 

Rhynehosia,  95. 

Saraoa,  9.3 

Sequoia,  120. 

Putranjiva,  118 

RhynchoHpora,  133 

Sananthus,  123 

•Serapias,  121. 

Puya,  120 

Rhynchobtyhs,  123 

Sarco<  ephalus,  103. 

Serendua,  129 

Pytuantheumm,  116 

Ribes,  97 

Sarroi-hilus,  123. 

Sent  o<  arpus,  105. 

Pyrno.starhys,  116 

Ricmodendron,  119 

Sarcocoeca,  119 

Serissa,  103 

Pyraeantha,  96 

Ricinus,  118 

Surcode-,    108 

Serjarna,  92 

Pyienaeantha,  85 

Rigidella,  124. 

Sarfopndium,  123 

Senatula,  105. 

Pyrethnun,  107 

Rivina,  116. 

Sargent-  odoxa,  87 

Sesanuiiii,  114. 

Pyrola,  108 

Robmia,  95 

h'arratf'rna,  S7 

Sesbama,  95. 

PYROLACI^;,  83,  108. 

Rochea,  98 

S\BRVCKNIACK^C,  80,  87. 

ScMih,  101, 

P>  rostegia,  113 

Rodgersia,  98. 

Sassafras,  Ii7 

Sesuvmm,  101. 

Pjrularia,  117. 

Rodnguezia,  123. 

Saturciu,  116 

Setaria,  133 

Pyrus,  97 

Roc-ttlora,  114. 

Sat>rium,  123 

Severinia,  91 

Pyxidanthrra,  109 

Rohdea,  127 

Sauroniatuni,  131 

Seymena,  113 

Rolhnia,  86 

Sauropu".  US 

Shepherdia,  117. 

Quamoc-ht,  111 

Roinne>a,  87. 

SAUKI..RA<^KE,  84,  117 

Shcjrtia,  109 

Quassia,  91 

Romulea,  124. 

Saururus,  117 

Sibbaldia,  97. 

Quekrttia,  123 

Rondflftia,  103. 

Saui-jurea,  107. 

Sibir«-a,  96 

QIKTCUS,  119 

Roba,  97. 

Saxifraga,  9« 

Sibthorpia,  113. 

Quesneha,  126. 

RohACE.«,  82,  96. 

SAXIFUAGACE^E,  82,  97. 

Suana,  100 

Quillaja,  96 

Rosrhon.i,  130 

Scubiohu,  103 

Sicvos,  100 

Quisquahs,  98. 

Roscoea,  125 

S<"}p\ola,  85 

Sida,  90 

RoMnarunis,  1  15 

Scandix,  101 

Sidaltca,  89 

Raduniatlnra,  11  J 

Ruthroikia,  110 

hx  .ii)ho->epahimt  122. 

Sidcritis,  116. 

RadKulu.  88 

Rottbtdlja,  131. 

Sraph>  glottis,  123. 

Sideroxylon,  109. 

Rajama,  123 

Rcnipala,  117 

iSchaueru*,  Hi. 

Sievekingia,  123 

Kamondu,  114 

Royena,  10') 

SchLulea,  129 

Signmtostalix,  123. 

Randia,  103 

Ro>btonea,  130 

Scheena,  113 

Silene,  89 

Ranevea,  131 

Ruhia,  103 

Stlufllera,  102. 

Silphium,  100 

R\NUNCULACE/E,  80,  80. 

RvBIAf  K*.,   S2,    102. 

Sc  hima,  80 

SlMARUBACEH,   81,   91. 

Ranunculus,  8b 

Rubus,  97 

Sfhmiis,  ()2 

Simmondbia,  119 

Rapharius,  87 

Rudbi-tkia,  106. 

Schism  atoglott  is,  131. 

Sinnmgia,  113 

Raphiolepis,  97 
Raphitmacmu,  110 

Ruellia,  114 
RuliiiKia,  90 

Schiza'a,  135 
SCHI/  *:AC  EA,  85,  135 

Sinomenium,  86 

Rathhunm,  101. 

Rumux,  117 

Schuandia,  80 

SinoNvilsonia,  98 

Rauwolha,  110. 

Rungia,  114 

S(  hizanthus,  112 

Siphocampylus,  107, 

Ravenala,  125. 

Rupicola,  108. 

Sdiizocodon,  109. 

Sib>rinchiura,  124. 

Ravcnia,  91 

Ruse  us,  126 

Scluzolohiuin,  95 

Smrn,  101 

Reevesia,  90 

Russeba,  112. 

Sfhizopetalon,  S8 

Skimmia,  91. 

Rehmanma,  113. 

Ruta,  91 

Sehizophragma,  97. 

Snielo\v  skia,  88. 

Remeokia,  127. 

RUTACEB,  81,  90. 

Sclmost>hs,  124. 

Smilac-ma,  127. 

Remwardtia,  90. 

Schlmimia,  123 

Smilax,  126 

Renanthora,  123. 

Sabal,  129. 

Srhlumbergera,  100 

Smodingium,  93. 

Renealmia,  125. 

Sabbatia,  110. 

Schomburgkia,  122 

Sobolewskia,  87. 

Reseda,  88 

SABIACE^:,  81,  92. 

Schotia,  95 

Sobraha,  122 

RESEDACEVE,  80,  88. 

Saccharum,  133. 

Sehrankia,  94 

SOLANACE.E,  83,    112. 

RESTIACE^S,  85. 

Saccolabmm,  123. 

Sciadopitys,  120 

Solandra,  112. 

Restio,  85 

Sagina,  89. 

Scilla,  128 

Solanum,  112 

Restrepia,  122. 

SaRittaria,  132 

ScmdapbUb,  131. 

Soldanella,  109. 

Reynosia,  92. 

Samtpaulia,  114. 

Soirpus,  133 

Solea,  88 

Rhabdothamnus,  114. 

SALICACE^,  84,  119. 

SclerocMrpus,  106. 

Solenanthus,  111. 

RHAMNACE^;,  81,  92. 

Sahoorma,  116. 

Scobmui,  107 

Solenidmm,  123. 

Rhamnella,  92. 

Sahx,  119 

Scopoha,  112 

Soudago,  105. 

Rhamnus,  92. 

Salpichroit,  112. 

Scorpiurus,  95 

Soil}  a,  88 

Rhaphidophora,  131 

Salpiglossis,  112. 

Scorzoneia,  107 

Soni-hus,  107. 

Rhapidophvllum,  129 

Salpmga,  89. 

Scropluilaria,  112 

Sorionlu,  '-'9 

Rhapis,  129. 

Salsola,  116. 

SCROPHULAIIIACE^,  83,    112 

h'ophora,  94 

10 

146 


INDEX  TO   KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Sophronitis,  122. 

Strophanthus,  111. 

Tetratheca,  88. 

Tnchosanthes,  100. 

Sorbana,  96. 

Strophohnon,  127. 

Teucriuin,  115. 

Tnchosnia,  122. 

Sorhus,  96. 

Strychnos,  110. 

Teysmanma,  131. 

Tru-hosporum,  114. 

Sormdem,  93. 

Stryphnodendron,  94. 

Thalia,  125. 

Tnrhostenia,  115 

Sparaxis,  124. 

Stuartia,  89 

Thahctrum,  86. 

Tncuspidana,  90. 

Sparmannia,  90. 

Stylophorum,  87. 

Thaspium,  101. 

Truyrtis,  128 

Spartina,  134. 

Ktylophyllum,  98 

Thea,  89. 

Tncntuhs,  109. 

Spartium,  94 

STYRACACE.E,  83,  109. 

Thc'costele,  123 

Trifohum,  95. 

Spatheha,  91. 

Sty  rax,  109 

Thelespernm,  100 

TriRonella,  95. 

Spathiphyllum,  131 

Suksrloifia,  98 

ThpKimtra,  1LM 

Trigoindium,  123. 

Spathodca,  113 

Sulhvantm,  98. 

Theohioma,  90 

Triliba,  105 

Spathoglottis,  122. 

Sutherlandia,  95. 

Theophrasta,  109. 

Tnllmm,  128. 

Spathyema,  131 

Swaius>ona,  95. 

Therniopsis,  94. 

Tnosteum,  102 

Speculana,  107. 

Sweitia,  110 

Thchpesia,  89. 

Tnpptaleid,  108. 

Spergula,  89 

Swietoma,  91. 

Thevetia,  110. 

Triphasui,  91 

Sphseralcea,  89. 

Sycopsis,  98 

Thibaudia,  108. 

Tnphora,  122 

Sphserocodon,  110. 

Symbegoma,  100 

Thladiantha,  100. 

Tnplans,  117 

Sphodamnocarpus,  90. 

Symphoricarpos,  102. 

Thnnax,  129 

Tnpsacum,  133. 

Sphenophohs,  134. 

Syniphyandra,  108 

Thryptomeno,  98. 

Tnptcrygmm,  92. 

Spigeha,  110 

Syniphytum,  111. 

Thvija,  120. 

Tribctum,  134 

Spilanthes,  106. 

SYMPLOCACE^;,  83,  109. 

Thujopsis,  120. 

Tnstagma,  127. 

Spmacia,  116. 

Symplocarpus,  131. 

Thunhorgia,  114. 

Tristama,  98 

Spiraea,  96. 

Symplocos,  109. 

Thunia,  122 

Tristellateia,  90. 

Spiranthes,  122. 

Synudpiuum,  119. 

Thymelsoa,  117. 

Tntelcia,  128 

Spondias,  93 

Synandra,  116. 

THYMEL.KACE.E,  84,  117. 

Tnthriiiax,  129. 

Sporobolus,  134 

Syncarpia,  98 

Thymus,  110 

Tntu'uni,  134 

Spraguea,  89 

Syndesmon,  86. 

Thyrsacanthus,  114. 

TntoiiKi,  124 

Sprekeha,  124 

Synechanthus,  131. 

Thyrsoptons,  136. 

Trminfetta,  90 

Stachys,  116 

Syngonunn,  131. 

Thysanotus,  128. 

TROCHODENDRACE«,  80,  86. 

Starhytarpheta,  114 

Synthyris,  113. 

Tiarella,  97 

Trwhodondron,  86 

STACHI  URACE.E,  81,  89. 

Syrmga,  109. 

Tibouihma,  99. 

Trolhus,  86 

Staohyurus,  89 

Tigndia,  124 

TROPEOLACEE,  81,  90. 

Stackhousm,  92. 

Tabebuia,  113. 

Tilm,  90 

Troptpolum,  9(^) 

STACKHOUSIACE^E,  81,  92 

Tabernujmontana,  110. 

TILIACK.E,  81,  90. 

Troximon,  107 

Stadmannia,  92 

Tacoa,  124 

Tilluia,  98 

Tsuga,  120 

Stangena,  120 

TACVACEE,  84,  124. 

Tillandhia,  126. 

Tulbaghia,  128. 

Stanhopea,  123 

Tacsoma,  100. 

Tinantid,  129. 

Tuhpa,  12K 

Stanleya,  88 

Tit'iiidia,  101. 

Tmnea,  116 

Tunica,  89 

Stapelm,  110 

Tagetes,  106. 

Tipuana,  94 

Tupidanthus,  102. 

Staphylea,  92 

Tanna,  123 

Tipulana,  122. 

Tupibtra,  12.3 

STAPHYLEACE.E,  81,  92. 

Talauma,  86 

Tithonia,  107. 

Turnera,  85 

Statice,  109 

Talmum,  89 

Toe-oca,  99 

TURNERACEA2,  85. 

Stauntoma,  87. 

TAMARICACE^J,  81,  89. 

Torldaha,  91. 

Turpirua,  92 

Stauropsis,  123. 

Tamarmdus,  95. 

Todca,  135 

Turnea,  91 

Staurostigma,  132. 

Tamanx,  89. 

Toheldia,  128. 

Tussilago,  107. 

Steironema,  109 

Tamonea,  99 

Tolmiea,  97. 

Typha,  131. 

Stchs,  123 

Tamus,  123. 

Tolpis,  107. 

TYPHACEE,  85.  131. 

Stellana,  89 

Tanacetum,  107. 

Tolmfora,  95 

Typhomum,  132 

Stenandrium,  114. 

Tanakoea,  98. 

Torenui,  113 

Typhoriodorum,  132. 

Stenanthium,  128. 

Tapina,  92 

Torreya,  120 

Stenia,  123 

Tapiscia,  92. 

Tournefortia,  111. 

Ulex,  94 

Stenocarpus,  117. 

Taraxacum,  107. 

Townsondia,  105. 

Ullucus,  116 

Stenomesson,  125 

TAXACE.E,  84,  120. 

Trarhehum,  108 

ULMAOEAI,  84,  118 

Stenorrhynchus,  122. 

Taxodium,  120. 

Trarhelosponnum,  111. 

Tllmus,  118 

Stonospernititiinn    i.il 

Taxus,  120 

Trarhy  carpus,  129 

UWKKlAAtKHJE,  82,   1O1. 

Stenotaphrum,  133. 

Tecoma,  113. 

Tradestantia,  129. 

Umbellulana,  117. 

Stephanandra,  96. 

Tccomana,  113. 

Tragia,  119 

Ungnadm,  92. 

Stephanotis,  110. 

TccophiL-ea,  125. 

Tragopogon,  107. 

Uniola,  134. 

Stercuha,  90. 

Tectana,  136. 

Trapa,  99 

Uriona,  86. 

SrERcuLiACE.fi,  81,  90. 

Teedia,  112 

TRAPACE^:,  82,  99 

Urarm,  94 

Stereospermum,  113. 

Telanthera,  116. 

Trautvcttona,  86 

Urbmia,  98 

Sternbergia,  124. 

Telfairea,  100. 

Troma,  118 

Urceochans,  125. 

Stevensoma,  130. 

Tellmia,  98 

TREMANDRACEiB,  81,  88. 

Urccohna,  125. 

Stigmaphyllon,  90. 

Telopea,  117. 

Trevesia,  102. 

Urera,  118 

Stillmgia,  119. 

Templetoma,  94. 

Trewia,  118 

Urginea,  128. 

Stipa,  134 

Tephrosia,  95 

Tncalysia,  103. 

Ursinia,  107. 

Stokesia,  105. 

Termmaha,  98. 

TnchUia,  91 

Urtic-a,  118 

Stranvsesia,  96. 

Ternstrcemia,  89. 

Tnchinium,  116 

UHTICACE^:,  84,  118. 

Stratiotes,  121. 

TERNSTRCKMIACE^B,  81,  89. 

Tnchlons,  134 

Utnoulana,  113. 

Strehtzia,  125 

Testudmana,  123. 

Tnchocaulon,  110 

Uvaria,  86. 

Streptocalyx,  126. 

Tetracentron,  86. 

Tnchocentrum,  123. 

Uvulana,  128. 

Streptocarpus,  114. 

Tetradymia,  107. 

Tnrhoglottis,  123. 

Streptopus,  127. 

Tetragoma,  101. 

Tncholcena,  133 

Vaccimum,  108. 

Streptosolen,  112. 

Tctranema,  112. 

Tricholcpis,  107. 

Vagana,  125 

Strobilanthes,  114. 

Tetrapanax,  102. 

Tnchornanes,  135. 

Valcnana,  103. 

Stromanthe,  126. 

Tetrastigma,  92 

Tnchopilui,  123. 

VALERIANACE^J,  82   103. 

INDEX   TO   KEY   OF  FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


147 


Valerianclla,  103. 
Vallaris,  110. 
Valhsnena,  120. 
Vallota,  124 
Vaneouvena,  87. 
Vanda,  123. 
Vandopsis,  123. 
VanKiieria,  103. 
Vanilla,  122. 
Vevtrhia,  130. 
Vellozia,  125 
VELLOZIACE.E,  85,  125. 
Veltheimia,  128. 
Venidium,  107. 
Veratrum,  128 
Verhasrum,  112. 
Verbena,  114 
VERBENACE^E,  83,  114. 
Verbesma,  106 
Vernorna,  105 
Veronica,  113 
Versrhaffeltia,  130. 
Vesicana,  88 
Vetivena,  133. 
Viburnum,  102. 
Vina,  04 
Victoria,  87. 


ViKna,  94 
ViRUiera,  106. 
Villarsia,  110 
Vimmana,  94 
Vmca,  110 
Vmcctoxicum,  110. 
Viola,  88. 
VIOJ,ACE,E,  80,  88. 
Vifwum,  117. 
Visriea,  89 
VITACE^:,  81,  92. 
Vitex,  114. 
Vitis,  92 
Vitturlirua,  105. 
Vittana,  135. 
Vorhysia,  85. 

VOCHYSIACE^E,  85. 

Vouapa,  95 
Vriesia,  126 

Waitzia,  105 
Waldstemia,  97. 
Walhohia,  130 
Warpuna,  114. 
Warrea,  122 
Warscewiczella,  123. 
Washington^,  129. 


Watsoma,  124. 
Wedelea,  107. 
Welfia,  131 
Welwitsrhia,  120. 
Westrmgia,  115. 
Whipplea,  97 
Whitfieldia,  114. 
Wigandia,  111 
Wikstrceima,  117. 
Wilcoxia,  101. 
Wistaria,  95. 
Wiltia,  100 
Woodsia,  136. 
Woodwardia,  136 
Wulfema,  113 

Xanthihina,  105. 
Xanthoccras,  92 
Xanthorrhiza,  86 
Xanthorrhoea,  127. 
Xanthosoraa,  131. 
Xanthoxylum,  91. 
Xeranthemum,  105. 
Xeroph>llum,  128. 
Xnn.  ma,  91 
Xjlobmm,  123. 
X>lopia,  86 


Xylowiiia,  88. 
Yucca,  127. 

Zalar<a,  131 
Zaluzania,  107 
Zulu/mnskya,  112. 
Zanna,  120 
Zannuhellia,  132 
Ztintfd(>«4c  hia,  131 
Zaus<  hiiena,  99 
Zoa,  133 
Zebrina,  128 
Zclkova,  118 
Zen  obi  a,  108 
Zeph>  ranthrs,  124 
Zingibpr,  125 

ZlNGIBhRACE^K,  85,   125 

Zinnia,  106 
Zizania,  133 
Zizm,  101 
ZizyphuH,  92 
Z\Kadenus,  128 
Zjgoractus,  100 
ZjKopetalum,  123 

ZYi.UPHYI  IA(  £,A£,  81,  90. 

Zygophylluni,  90. 


NOTE 

Tho  forfRoinR  index  compnsps  only  tho  names  in  the  Key,  not  all  those  in  the 
Cyclopedia  It  is  not  intended  that  the  Key  shall  include  every  small  or  incidental 
generic  entry  01  paragraph  in  the  volume*,  for  that  would  make  it  more  involved  and 
complicated  (See  page  79  )  At  the  end  of  boine  of  the  families  the  names  of  other 
genera  are  sometimes  given,  so  far  as  these  small  entries  were  positively  determined 
when  the  Key  was  made,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  the  student  to  a  completer  knowl- 
edge of  the  familv  or  of  advising  him  of  entries  that  he  might  overlook  In  the  progress 
of  the  work,  other  minor  or  outlvmg  or  very  recently  introduced  genera  will  undoubtedly 
be  inserted,  and  such  new  definitions  of  genera  may  be  made  as  will  necessitate  some 
shifting  of  names  All  such  additional  entries  will  be  accounted  for,  under  their  proper 
families,  in  the  General  Index  at  the  close  of  Vol.  VI 


NAME-LIST 

rtJNGLJSH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 

The  technical  or  Dotanical  name  of  a  plant  is  a  combination  of  two  words, — the  generic  word,  common  to  the 
entire  group  or  genus;  the  specific  or  particular  word,  designating  the  given  species:  as  Bnza  maxima,  the  large 
briza,  B  min0r}  the  small  briza,  and  B  media,  the  intermediate  briza  The  second  or  species-word  usually  is  an 
adjective  descriptive  of  some  feature  of  the  plant,  although  it  is  sometimes  geographical,  as  Abies  sibtnca}  the 
Siberian  abies,  or  commemorative,  as  A  Frasen,  Fraser's  amcs  Although  the  species-word  is  not  always  dcsigna- 
tive  and  is  sometimes  even  inapplicable,  nevertheless  the  student  is  aided  if  he  knows  what  the  word  means  in 
English  translation,  and  the  following  list  is  inserted  to  supply  this  knowledge  for  eharacteiistic  Latin  or  Latin- 
ized descriptive  adjectives  (in  some  cases  nouns  in  the  genitive  or  in  apposition)  applied  to  the  species  of  plants. 
These  words  are  likely  to  be  used  in  diffeiing  meanings  m  different  geneia  and  as  applied  by  diffeient  authors, 
in  many  cases,  they  do  not  follow  the  usages  of  classical  Latin*  therefore  a  list  of  this  kind  cannot  be  exact  or 
give  all  the  meanings  in  which  the  words  may  be  applied  as  specific  names.  The  generic  names  (the  first  word 
in  the  combination)  need  not  be  listed  here,  for  they  are  not  adjectives  of  description  but  rnade-up  substantives, 
and,  moreover,  their  origins  are  explained  at  the  entries  in  the  text. 

The  species-adjective  is  made  to  agree  with  its  genus  in  gender  thus  the  Latin  adjective  aureus  (golden)  takes 
the  regular  masculine  termination  m  Calochot  tus  aureus,  because  Calochortus  is  masculine,  the  feminine  termination 
in  Albuca  aurea,  the  neater  in  Acrostichum  aureum;  m  Sorbus  it  is  feminine  OS'  aurca)  even  though  the  generic 
name  is  masculine  in  form,  because  most  trees  are  feminine  whatever  the  teimmation  of  the  name  In  the  follow- 
ing list,  for  convenience  most  of  the  adjectives  are  printed  in  the  masculine  form.  The4  leading  exceptions  are 
those  that  terminate  m  -fcr  and  -gcr,  meaning  "bearing,"  these  being  given  in  the  feminine  foim. 

The  above  examples  illustrate  prevailing  terminations  of  species-words.  Other  adjectives  have  other  forms, 
as  mger,  mgra,  nigrum  (black);  asper,  aspera,  asperum  (lough);  acauhs,  acaule  (stemless),  the  termination  -ensis 
('belonging  to,  citizen  of),  as  in  canaden&ib,  canadense  (not -MM)  Commemorative  personal  species-names  rna>  be 
in  the  genitive  or  in  the  form  of  an  adjective;  as  Stanhopea  Lindleyi  Lmdley's  stanhopea;  Hclempedium  Lindley- 
anum,  Lmdleyan  selempedium  If  the  person's  name  ends  in  a  hard  consonant^  the  termination  (under  the 
recent  Vienna  code)  is  in  double  n,  as  Canna  Larnbertn.  If  for  a  woman,  the  termination  is  feminine,  as  Acacia 
Wayse  Substantive  names  m  apposition  hold  their  own  termination,  anil  the  woid  in  such  cases  should  begin 
with  a  capital  letter,  if  it  is  a  proper  name  or  an  old  generic  name,  as  Hibu>cut>  Sabdariffa,  Artcnnbia  Absinthium, 
Begonia  Hex  Such  words  are  usually  old  generic  names  or  prominent  vernacular  substantives,  and  they  com- 
monly record  some  historical  connection  of  the  "plant. 

In  all  the  regular  entries  in  the  Cyclopedia  the  pronunciation  is  indicated  (see  explanation  p  xn) ,  but  it  is 
also  indicated  again  in  the  following  lists:  wnen  the  emphatic  syllable  is  indicated  as  ending  in  a  vowel  and  with  a 
grave  accent,  the  vowel  is  pronounced  long,  as  aculifb  hus,  pit  milus,  when  it  ends  in  a  consonant  and  is  marked  with 
an  acute  accent,  the  vowel  is  short,  as  max  imus,  arven  sis  There  are  differences  of  practice  in  the  pronouncing 
of  many  of  the  names  m  this  list,  but  the  list  represents  the  method  in  this  Cyclopedia,  and  if  it  should  so 
happen  that  there  are  any  inconsistencies  between  the  list  and  the  text,  it  is  desired  that  the  list  shall  hold 

Very  many  names  are  compounded  from  generic  or  subgenenc  names,  representing  similarity  or  likeness  to 
These  the  leader  will  be  able  to  recognize  at  once,  and  they  need  not  be  entered  in  this  list  Examples  are. 
achilleat'fohus,  achillea-leaved ,  ach dleoides,  achillea-hke ,  acrostichmdea,  acrostichurn-like ,  bcllulijlorus,  belhs-no\v  ered ; 
lamiifohuk,  lam  aim-  leaved,  xiphwides,  xiphiurn-like;  tremuhformis,  tremula-formed  or  -shaped;  cacaliopsis, 
caealia-hke,  atriphcis,  atrip  lex-like;  scillans,  scilla-hke. 

The  glossary,  beginning  page  160,  will  be  helpful  in  giving  other  botanical  equivalents  and  in  accounting 
for  other  words  that  are  sometimes  applied  as  species-names. 


abbrevid  tus:  abbreviated,  shortened. 

abort!  vus:  aborted,  parts  failing 

abrup  tus:  abrupt,  suddenly  changing 
in  shape  or  character. 

abyssln  icus:  Abyssinian. 

acau  lis:  stemless 

ac£ph  alus:  headless 

ac6r  bus :  acerb,  harsh  or  sour  (taste). 

aceroi  des:  acer-hke,  maple-like. 

acerd  BUS:  needle-shaped. 

acicula  ris:  needle-like. 

acidis  simus:  exceedingly  sour. 

ac  idus:  acid,  sour 

acin&  ceus:  scimetar-or  saber-shaped. 

d  cris:  acrid,  sharp 

aculea  tus:  pnckly 

acumma  tus:  acuminate,  long-pointed, 
tapenng. 

acutan  gulus:  acutely  or  sharply 
angled 

acutff  idus:  acutely  or  sharply  cut. 

acutifd  lius:  acutely  leaved,  sharp- 
leaved. 


acutfl  obus:  acutely  lobed. 

acutipet  alus:  petals  acute  or  sharp 
(pointed) 

acu  tus:  acute,  sharp-pointed. 

admirab  ilic:  admirable,  noteworthy. 

adn&  tus:  adriate,  joined  to 

adpres  sus:  pressed  against. 

adscen  dens:  ascending 

adsur  gens :  rising  to  an  erect  posi- 
tion, ascending 

adun  cus:  hooked 

ad  venus:  newly  arrived,  adventive. 

cegyptl  acus:  Egyptian 

fifem  ulus:  emulative,  imitating. 

ad  neus:  brazen,  bronze-colored 

aequinoctii  lis :  pertaining  to  the  equi- 
nox 

»quip6t  alus:  eqaal-petaled. 

eerugmd  sus:  rusty,  rust-colored. 

eestiv&  lis:  summer. 

aestl  vus:  summer. 

sethi&p  icus :  Ethiopian,  African. 

affl  nis:  related  (to  another  species). 

(148) 


africa  nus:  African. 

agavoi  des:  Agave-like. 

ageratol  des:  agrratum-hke. 

aggrega  tus:  aggregate,  clustered. 

agri  nus:  of  the  fields. 

agrgs  tis:  of  or  pertaining  to  the 
fields 

aizoi  des:  aizoon-hke  (Aizd  on,  an 
evergreui  or  tenacious  plant). 

al&  tus:  winged 

alb6s  cens:  whitish,  becoming  white. 

al  bicans:  whitish. 

albicau  Us:  wnite-.stcinmed. 

al  bidus:  white. 

albifld  rus:  white-flowered. 

al  bifrons:  white  -  fronded,  white* 
herbaged. 

albispl  nus:  white-spmed 

albocmc  tus:  white-girdled,  white- 
crowned. 

albosp)  cus:  white-spiked. 

al  bus:  white. 

alcic6r  nis:  elk-horned. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


149 


a!6p  picus:  of  Aleppo  (in  Syria). 

allia  ecus:  of  the  albums,  garlic-like. 

aloi  des:  aloe-like. 

alpes  tris:  alpine. 

alpl  nus:  alpine. 

altft  icus :  of  the  Altai  Mts.  (S  Siberia). 

altei  nans:  alternating. 

alter  nus:  alternating,  alternate. 

al  tifrons:  tall-fronded  or  -herbaged. 

altfs  simus:  very  tall,  tallest. 

al  tus:  tall 

amab  ilis:  lovely. 

ami  rus:  bitter 

ambfg  uus:  ambiguous,  doubtful. 

amellol  des:  amellus-hke. 

americft  nus:  American. 

ameth^s  tmus:    amethystine,  violet  - 

colored 

amde  nus:  charming,  pleasing. 
amphfb  ius'  amphibious,  growing  both 

in  \vater  and  on  land 
amplexicau  hs:  stem-clasping 
amplfs  simus:  most  or  very  ample. 
am  plus:  ample,  large,  extended 
amur&n  sis  •  of  the  Amur  River  region 

(K    Sibrna) 
amygdal  inus:  pertaining    to   or  like 

amvgdalus 

anacan  thus:  without  spines 
anat61  icus.  of  Anatolia  (Asia  Minor). 
fin  ceps*   t\vo-hc -tided,  two-edged 
andfc  olus:  native  of  the  Andes 
andl  nus:  Andme,  Andian,  pertaining 

to  the  Andes 

andr6g  ynus:    with    Ixjth   stammate 
and  pistillate  flowers  in  one  cluster 
anfractud  BUS:  twisted 
fin  glicus:  English,  pertaining  to  Eng- 
land 

angul  nus:  snaky,  pertaining  to  ser- 
pents 

anguli  ns:  angular,  angled, 
anguli  tus:  angular,  angled, 
anguld  sus:  angular,  angled, 
angus  tus.  narrow 
ann6t  inus  •  year-old. 

annuli  ns:  annular,  nnged. 

annula  tus'  annular 

fin  nuus    annual,  h\  mg  but  one  year. 

an6m  alus.  anomalous,  out  of  the 
ordinary  or  usual 

antilla  ris-  of  the  Antilles  (W.  Indies). 

antfp  odum:   of  the  antipodes. 

antiqud  rum*  of  the  ancients 

anti  quus:  ancient 

apennl  nus:  pertaining  to  the  Apen- 
nines (Italy) 

aper  tus:  uncovered,  bare. 

apet  alus:  without  petals. 

aphyl  Ius:  leafless. 

apicula  tus:  apiculate,  tipped  with  a 
point 

appendicuU  tus:  appendaged,  bearing 
an  extension  or  additional  part  or 
process. 

applana  tus:  flattened. 

apphca  tus:  joined,  attached. 

ftp  terus:  wingless 

aquat  icus,  aquftt  ilis:  aquatic. 

a  queus:  aqueous,  watery. 

aquiH  nus :  aquiline,  pertaining  to  the 
eagle. 

arab  icus:  Arabian. 

arachnoi  des:  spider-like,  cobwebby. 

arbor6s  cens:  becoming  tree-hie, 
woody. 


arbd  reus:  tree-like. 

arc  ticus:  arctic. 

arcuft  tus:  bow-like,  bowed. 

arend  nus :  of  sand  or  sandy  places. 

areolft  tus:  arcolate,  pitted. 

argenti  tus:  silvery,  silvered. 

arggn  teus:  silvery. 

argophyl  Ius:  silver-leaved. 

argu  tus.  sharp-toothed 

argyr&  us:  silvery. 

ar  idus:  arid 

arieti  nus:  like  a  ram's  head. 

arist4  tus:  anstate,  bearded. 

aristd  sus:  bearded 

armd  tus:  armed  (as  with  thorns). 

arc-mat  icus:  aiomatic 

arrect  us:  raised  up,  erect 

articul&  tus:  articulated,  jointed. 

arundina  ceus:  reed-like. 

arven  sis:  pertaining    to    cultivated 

fields. 

ascen  dens:  ascending. 
asiat  icus :  Asian. 
as  per:  rough 
aspera  tus:  rough 
aspencau  lis:  rough-stemmed. 
asper  rimus:  very  rough 

assfm  ihs:  similar,  like  to. 

assur  gens:  assurgent,  clambenng 

&  ter:  coal-bla(  k 

atlant  icus :  Atlantic,  growing  in  At- 
lantic regions 

atri  tus:  blackened 

atropurpu  reus  •  dark  purple. 

atror  ubens:  dark  red 

atrosangufn  eus:  dark  blood-red. 

atr&v  irens.  dark  green 

attenud  tus.  attenuated,  produced  to 
a  point 

atfacus:   pertaining   to  Attica   or 
Athens,  Clreek 

augustfs  simus:  \ery  notable. 

august  us:  august,  notable,  majestic. 

auranti  acus*  orange-red. 

aur&  olus:  golden. 

au  reus:  golden 

aunculi  tus:  auncled,  eared. 

australi£n  sis :  belonging  to  Australia. 

austra  hs-  southern. 

austrl  acus :  Austnan. 

autumnft  Us:  autumnal. 

axillft  ris:  axillary,  borne  in  the  axils, 
pertaining  to  the  axils. 

azu  reus:  azure,  sky-blue. 

baccft  tus:  berried. 

bacclf  era:  berry-bearing. 

balear  icus:  Ualeanan,  of  the  Balearic 
Islands 

balsft  meus:  balsamic,     balsam-like, 
with  balsam  odor 

balsamif  era:  balsam-bearing. 

bambusol  des:  bambusa-hke,  bam- 
boo-like 

banat  icus:  of  Banat  (S.  Hungary). 

barbaden  sis:  ofBarbadoes. 

bar  barus:  foreign,    from    a    strange 
country 

barbi  tus:  barbed,  bearded. 

barbfg  era:  beaung  barbs  or  beards. 

basili  ns:  pertaining  to  the  base  or 
bottom. 

bel  Ius:  handsome. 

benedlc  tus:  blessed. 

benghaUn  sis:  of  Bengal  (E.  India). 

betulot  des:  Betula-hke,  birch-Uke. 


bicarmi  tus:  twice-keeled,   with  two 

keels. 

We  olor:  two-colored 
bic6r  ms :  two-horned 
bicornu  tus:  two-horned 
bident&  tus:  two-toothed 
bien  ms:  biennial,    living    only    two 

years. 

btf  idus:  twice  cut,  in  two  parts 
bifld  rus:  two-flowered 
bifurcd  tus:  twice-forked 
bigfb  bus:  with  two  swellings  or  pro- 
jections 

bigiu  mis:  two-glumed. 
blj  ugus:  yoked  two  together,  joined, 

fastened  together. 
bfl  obus:  two-lobed 
bind  tus:  twin,  double,  two-and-two. 
biner  vis:  two-nerved 
binocula  ns:  bmo(  ular,  two-eyed,  two- 
spotted 

biparti  tus:  two-parted 
bip^t  alus:  two-petaled 
bipinnatif  idus*  bipmnatifid,  twice 

pmnattly  cut 

bipinni  tus :  bipmnate,  twice  pinnate. 
bipunct&  tus:  two-bpotted 
bisec  tus:  cut  in  two  parts. 
bispind  sus:  two-spmed 
biterni  tus:  twice  ternate. 
blan  dus:  bland,  mild 
bd  nus:  good 
borb6n  icus:  of  Bourbonne  (in  N.  E. 

France) 

bore&  hs.  northern 
botryoi  des:  cluster-like,  grape-like 
brachia  tus     brachiate,    branched    at 

right  angles 

brachyp  odus-  short -stalked 
bracted  tus:  bract t ate,  bearing  bracts, 
bracted  sus:  bract-bearing 
brevicau  hs'  short -stemmed 
br^v  ifrons.    short-fronded,     short- 
leaved 
brfiv  ipes:  short-footed,  as  with  short 

pedicel  or  petiole 
brevir6s  tris:  short -beaked. 
brfc  vis*  short 
brevisfc  tus:  shot t-bnst led 
brevls  pathus:  short-spat  hed 
brevfs  simus •  ver>  short,  shortest, 
brilliants  simus  •  most  brilliant,  very 

brilliant 

brun  neus :  deep  brown 
buc£ph  alus:  ox-headed 
bufd  mus.  pertaining  to  the  toad, 
bulbif  era'  bulb-bearing 
bulbd  sus:  bulbous 
bu!14  tus:  inflated,  swelling,  puckered, 

bullate 

byzantl  nus:  Byzantine  (of  the  Con- 
stantinople region). 

C6erul6s  cens:  becoming  or  turning 
dark  blue 

cswu  leus:  cerulean,  dark  blue. 

cfe  sms:  bluish  gray 

caespitd  sus :  cespitose,  tufted,  grow- 
ing in  low  dense  clumps. 

cal  fer,  caffra:  Kafir 

calab  ricus:  from  Calabna(in  S  Italy). 

calathi  nus:  basket-like 

calcara  tus:  spurred,  with  spurs. 

calci  reus,  of  or  pertaining  to  lime. 

calld  sus:  thick-skmned,  with  callosi- 
ties. 


150 


ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


cil  vus:  bald,  hairless. 

calf  c  inus :  cab  x-hke 

calyculd  tus:  calyx -like,  calyx-bear- 
ing, fruit  inclosed  m  a  calyx 

cam  bricus:  Cambrian,  Welsh. 

campanula:  tus:  campanulate,  bell- 
shaped. 

campgs  tris :  of  the  fields  or  plains. 

canad6n  sis:  Canadian 

canahcuU  tus:  channeled,  grooved. 

canan£n  sis:  of  the  Canary  Isls 

can  dicans:  white,  hoary,  particularly 
white-hairy  or  white-woolly. 

candidfs  simus:  very  white-hairy  or 
hoary 

cantab  ncus:  from  Cantabna  (in 
Spain) 

candidus:  white,  white-hairy,  shining 

cane's  cens:  gray-pubescent 

ci  nus:  ash-colored,  hoary. 

capln  sis:  of  the  Cape  (of  Good  Hope). 

capilla  ris:  hair-hke. 

capreol&  tus:  winding,  twining. 

capsule  ris:  capsxilar. 

cardind  lis:  cardinal. 

carina  tus:  keeled 

car  neus:  flesh-colored. 

carnd  sus:  fleshy. 

carolim&  nus:  Carolinian,  pertaining 
to  North  or  South  Carolina,  or  in- 
definitely to  the  Carolines 

carp&th  icus :  of  the  Carpathian  region 
(Europe) 

cartilagln  eus:  like  cartilage 

caryophylld  ceus:  clove-like ,  perhaps 
also  pertaining  to  the  pink  family 

cashmeni  nus:   of  Cashmere  (Asia) 

cathar  ticus:  cathartic 

cathaya  nus:  of  Cathay  (China) 

caucas  icus:  belonging  to  the  Cau- 
casus (mountain  region  between 
the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas). 

caudd  tus.  caudate,  tailed 

caules  cens:  caulescent,  having  a 
stem  or  stems 

cauhfld  rus:  stem-flowered 

cenls  ms:  of  Mt  Gems  (between 
France  and  Italy) 

cephala  tus:  headed,  bearing  heads 

cerasif&r  mis:  cherry-formed 

cerefd  hus*  wax-leaved 

cerif  era:  wax-bearing 

c£r  nuus:  bending  forward,  inclined, 
drooping,  nodding 

ceylan  icus:  of  Ceylon,  same  as  zey- 
lanicus 

chalced6n  icus:  of  Chalcedon  (on  the 
Bosphorus) 

chiten  BIS:  belonging  to  Chile 

chin6n  sis:  belonging  to  China. 

chloran  thus :  green-flowered. 

chrysan  thus :  golden-flowered. 

chrysocar  pus.  golden-fruited. 

chrysophyl  lus :  golden-leaved 

chrys6s  tomus :  golden-mouthed, 
golden-throated 

cilia"  ris:  cihate,  fringed  with  hairs  on 
the  margin 

cili4  tus:  cihato,  hairy  fnngcd. 

cilfc  icus:  of  Cihcia  (in  S.  E.  Asia 
Minor) 

cine  tus:  girded,  girdled 

cind  reug:  ash-colored. 

cinnabarl  nus:  cinnabar-red. 

cinnamd  meus:  cinnamon-brown. 

circina  tus:  circinate,  coiled. 


cirrhd  sus:  tendnlled. 

citra  tus:  citrus-like 

citri  nus:  citron-colored  or  -like. 

clandestl  nus:  concealed 

clava  tus:  clavate,  club-shaped. 

clematld  eus:  pertaining  to  or  like 
clematis 

clype&  tus :  with  a  shield. 

cocclf  era:  berry-bearing. 

coccm  eus-  scailet. 

cochleS  ris :  spoon-like. 

cochlea"  tus:  spoon-like. 

ccelestl  nus:  sky-blue. 

code's  tis:  celestial,  sky-blue. 

colll  nus.  pertaining  to  a  hill. 

coloral  tus :  colored  (other  than  green) 

comi  tus:  with  coma  or  hair. 

commu  ms:  common,  general,  gre- 
garious 

commuta  tus:  changed  01  changing. 

comd  sus:  with  long  hair 

compac  tus:  compact,  dense 

complex  us:  circled,  embraced 

complied  tus:  complicate,  page  162 

compres  sus:  compressed 

c&mp  tus:  adorned,  ornamented 

c&n  cavus  •  concave,  hollowed  out 

concln  nus:  neat,  well  made 

c&n  color:  colored  similarly 

conden  sus:  condensed,  crowded 

confer  tus:  ciowded 

confdr  mis:  similar,  like  to 

confu  sus:  confused,  uncertain  (as  to 
characteristics) 

conges  tus:  congested,  brought  to- 
gether 

conglomer&  tus:  conglomerate, 
crowded  together 

conlf  era*:  cone-bearing 

conjuga"  tus:  connected,  joined  to- 
gether 

conoid  eus:  conoid,  cone-like 

cons&l  idus:  consolidated,  solid,  sta- 
ble 

conspfc  uus:  conspicuous,  marked 

constrlc  tus:  constricted 

contfg  uus :  contiguous,  near  together. 

contor  tus.  contorted,  twisted. 

contrac  tus:  contracted 

corallifld  rus :  coral-flowered. 

coral  ImuS'  coral-red 

corda  tus:  cordate,  heart-shaped. 

cordifd  hus:  cordate-leaved,  heart- 
leaved 

coria  ceus:  leathery. 

cormcula"  tus:  horned. 

cornlg  era:  horn-bearing. 

cornu  tus:  horned 

corona  nus:  used  for  or  belonging  to 
garlands 

corona"  tus:  crowned 

corruga  tus:  corrugated,  wrinkled. 

c6r  sicus:  Cor&ican  (island  in  the 
Mediterranean) . 

corticd  sus .  heavily  furnished  with  bark. 

corus  cans:  vibrating,  glittering. 

corymblf  era:  corymb-bearing. 

corymb 6  sus:  corymbose. 

costa  tus:  costate,  ribbed. 

crassicau  lis:  thick-stemmed. 

crassifd  hus:  thick-leaved. 

eras  sipes:    thick-footed   or  -stalked 

eras  sus:  thick,  fleshy. 

crena  tus:  crenate,  scalloped. 

crenuia  tus:  crenulate,  somewhat 
scalloped. 


crepida"  tus:  sandaled,  slippered. 

cr6p  itans:  rattling,  rustling. 

cretft  ceus:  cretaceous,  pertaining  to 

chalk 
crSt  icus :  of  Crete  (island  in  Eastern 

Mediterranean) 

crinl  tus :  h.ui  > ,  provided  with  hair, 
crfs  pus.  crisped,  curled 
cnstd.  tus:  custate,  crested 
crocA  tus.  saffron-yellow 
crd  ceus:  saffron-colored,  yellow. 
cruciA  tus:  cruciate,  cioss-hke. 
cruclf  era:  cross-bearing. 
cru6n  tus :  bloody 
crystal  linus :  crystalline. 
cub€n  sis.  Cuban 
cuculld  tus:  hooded 
cultra  tus.  cultiate,  knife-shaped. 
cunea*  tus:  cuncate,  wedge-shaped, 
cuneifd  hus:  wedge-leaved 
cuneif6r  mis.  wt-dge-lormed. 
cu  preus:  copper -hku  or  -colored, 
curvd  tus.  curved 
cuspid^  tus.  cuspidate,    with   a   cusp 

or  sharp  stiff  point 
cyi  neus:  blue 
cyhndr4  ceus.  cylindrical 
cylin  dncus :  cylmdru  al 
cymbif 6r  mis :  boat-formed. 
cymd  sus.  cymed,  liavmg  a  cyme  or 

cymes 
cy  preus:  copper-like,  see  cupreus. 

dactyllf  era:  finger-bearing 

dahu  ricus,  davu  ncus :  Of  Dahuna  or 
Dauna  (in  Trans-Baikal  Siberia, 
near  the  frontier  of  China) 

dalmat  icus :  Dalmatian  (on  eastern 
side  of  the  Adriatic) 

damasce  nus :  of  Damascus. 

dasycar  pus:  thick-fruited 

dealbd  tus:  whitened,  white-washed. 

d6b  ihs.  weak,  frail. 

decan  drus.  ten-stamened. 

decap^t  alus:  ten-petdled 

decfd  uus :  deciduous,  with  parts  fall- 
ing 

decfp  lens:  deceptive 

dechna  tus:  declined,  bent  down- 
ward 

decold  rans:  discoloring,  btainmg 

decomp6s  itus:  decompound,  more 
than  once  compound  or  divided. 

d6c  orans:  adorning 

deed  rus:  elegant,  comely,  becoming. 

decum  bens:  decumbent,  reclining  at 
the  base  but  the  top  or  tips  upright. 

decur  rens:  decurrent,  as  a  leaf  ex- 
tending clown  the  stem 

defl£x  us:  cleflexed,  bent  abruptly 
downward. 

def 6r  mis :  misshapen,  deformed. 

delec  tus:  chosen. 

dehcatfs  simus :  most  or  very  delicate. 

delict  tus:  delicate,  tender. 

delicid  sus:  delicious. 

deltoid  eus:  deltoid,  triangular. 

demls  sus:  low,  weak. 

dendroid  eus:  tree-like. 

densifld  rus :  densely  flowered. 

din  BUS:  dense. 

denta  tus:  toothed. 

denticuld.  tus:  denticulate,  ah'ghtly 
toothed. 

dentd  sus:  toothed. 

denuda  tus:  denuded,  naked. 


ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


151 


depauperi  tus:  depauperate,  starved, 

dwarfed. 

depen  dens:  hanging  down. 
depr6s  BUS:  depressed. 
deus  tus:  burned, 
devasta  tor:    (feminine    devaatatrix): 

devastating,  laying  waste. 
diacan  thus:  two-spmed. 
diade  ma:  a  diadem,  crown. 
dian  drus:  with  two  stamens. 
diaph  anus:  diaphanous,    very    thin, 

transparent. 
dich&t  omus:    forked,  two-branched 

equally. 

dlch  rons:  of  two  colors. 
dic6c  cus:  with  two  bernes. 
did  ymus:  in  a  pair,  as  of  anthers 
diff&r  mist  of  differing  forms. 
diffu  BUS:  diffuse,  spreading 
digiti  tus:     digitate,    compound     in 

form  like  the  fingers 
dllatd  tus :  dilated,  expanded. 
dilA  tus:  dilated,  spread  out 
dimidift  tus:  halved,    m    two    equal 

parts 

dim&r  phus:  dimorphous,  two-formed 
dl  odon:  with  two  teeth 
diol  cus:  dioecious 
dipet  alus:  two-petaled. 
diphjl  lus:  two-leaved 
dipsi  ceus:  of  the  teasel  or  Dipsacus. 
discoid  eus:  discoid,  rayless 
dfs  color:    of  two   or  of  different 

colors 

dfs  par:  dissimilar,  unlike 
dissec  tus:  dissected,  deeply  cut. 
dissim  ilis:  dissimilar,  unlike, 
dissitifld  rus:  remotely    or     loosely 

flowered 

distd  chyus:  two-spiked 
dfs  tans:  distant,  separate,  remote 
dfs  tichus:  two-ranked,  with  leaves  or 
flowers  in  ranks  on  opposite  sides  of 
stem. 

dis  tylus:  two-styled 
diur  nus:  day-flowering. 
divaricft  tus:  divaricate,  spreading, 

widely  divergent 

diver  gens:  diveigmg,  wide-spreading. 
diversifid  rus:  diversely  flowered,  vari- 
able-flowered 

diversifd  hus:  variable-leaved, 
divi  sus:  divided,  separated 
dodecan  dius:  twelve-stamened 
dolabnf  6r  mis :  hatchet-  or  ax-shaped, 
dold  sus:  deceitful 

dome's  ticus:  domestic,  domesticated. 
drup&  ceus:  drupe-like. 
drupif  era:  drupe-bearing, 
dft  bius:  dubious,  doubtful. 
dul  cis:  sweet. 

dumetd  rum:  of  bushes  or  hedges, 
dumd  sus:  bushy. 
d&  plez:  double, 
duplici  tus:  duplicate,  double, 
durab  ihs:  durable,  lasting. 
durac  inus:  hard-berried, 
durius  culus :  somewhat  hard  or  rough. 

ebena  ceus:  ebony-like. 
ebractea  tus:  bractlcss. 
ebur  neus:  ivory-white, 
echini  tus:  bristly,  prickly. 
echinocar  pus:  prickly-fruited, 
echinosep  alus:  pnckly-sepaied. 
ecornu  tus:  homles* 


edulis:  edible. 

effft  sus:  very  loose-spreading. 

elas  ticus:  elastic. 

ela  tior:  taller. 

ela  tus:  tall. 

€1  egans:  elegant. 

elegantfs  simus:  most  elegant,  very 

elegant. 

elephan  turn:  of  the  elephants. 
ellip  ticus:  elliptical. 
elonga  tus:  elongated,  lengthened. 
emargmA  tus:     emargmate,    with    a 

shallow  notch  at  the  apex, 
emit  icus:  emetic. 
em  inens:  eminent,  prominent, 
enneaphyl  lus:  nine-leaved, 
ensa  tus:  sword-shaped. 
ensifd  hus:  sword-leaved. 
ensif&r  nvs:  sword-formed  or  -shaped, 
entomdph  ilus:  insect-loving. 
eques  tns:  pertaining  to  the  horse, 
equl  nus*  of  horses 
erec  tus :  erect,  upright, 
erian  thus:  woolly-flowered, 
ericoi  des    enra-like,  heath-like. 
enocar  pus:  woolly-fruited 
enoceph  alus:  woolly-headed 
erd  sus:  erose,  jagged,  as  if  gnawed 
erraticus:  orratic,  unusual,  sporadic. 
erub6s  cens.  blushing 
erythrocar  pus:  red -fruited 
erythroceph  alus:  red-headed, 
erythr&p  odus:   red-footed,  red- 
stalked 

erythrop  terus:  rod-winged, 
esculen  tus:  esculent,  edible. 
estn&  tus :  without  stnpes. 

etuberd  sus :  without  tubers. 

europsfe  us.  European. 

exalta  tus :  exalted,  very  tall. 

excavd  tus:  excavated,  hollowed  out. 

excel  lens'  excellent,  excelling. 

excel  sus:  tall. 

excl  sus:  excised,  cut  away. 

exfg  uus:  little,  small,  poor. 

exfm  ms:  dibtuiguished,  out  of  the 
ordinary. 

exitid  sus:  pernicious,  destructive. 

exole  tus  •  mature,  fully  grown,  dying 
away 

ex&t  icus:  exotic,  from  another 
country 

expan  sus:  expanded 

exsculp  tus:  dug  out,  carved  out. 

exser  tus:  exserted,  protruding  from. 

exsur  gens :  rising  up,  standing  up. 

ext£n  sus:  extended. 

exu  dans:  exuding. 

£  aba  ceus:  f  aba-like,  bean-like. 

falci  tus:  falcate,  mckle-shaped  or 
scythe-shaped. 

falcifd  hus:  falcate-leaved. 

falcif6r  mis:  sickle-formed. 

fal  lax:  deceptive. 

farina  ceus:  containing  farina  or 
starch,  or  like  flour;  perhaps  also 
farinose. 

farinff  era:  farina-bearing. 

fannd  sus:  farinose,  mealy,  powdery. 

fascia  tus:  fasciate,  abnormally  flat- 
tened and  broadened. 

fasciculi  ris:  fascicled,  clustered, 
brought  together. 

fasciculi  tus:  fascicled. 

f ascinA  tor :  fascinating,  charming. 


f  astigid.  tus :  f astigiate,  branches  erect 

and  close  together, 
fastud  sus:  proud. 

febrlf  ugus:  febnfuge,  fever-dispellhig. 
fenestri  hs:  with  window-like  open- 
ings 

f6  rox:  ferocious;  very  thorny, 
f  6r  reus :  pertaining  to  iron, 
ferrugfn  eus:  rusty,  of  the  color  of 

iron  rust 

fer  tabs:  fertile,  fruitful. 
festl  vus:  festive,  gay,  bright, 
fibrd  sus:  fibrous,  bearing  prominent 

fibers 

flcold  eus:  fig-like, 
filamentd  sus:  filamentous,  composed 

of  threads  or  bearing  threads, 
fihcft  tus:  fern-like,  ferny, 
flhcifd  hus.  fern-leaved, 
fihcl  nus:  fern-like 
filicoi  des:  fern-like. 
filtf  era :  bearing  filaments  or  threads, 
filifd  hus:  thread -leaved,  with  leaves 

cut  into  thread-like  divisions, 
fihf&r  mis:  filiform,  thread-like 
fflipes:  with  stalks  thread-like, 
fimbnil  tus:  fimbnated,  fnnged. 
firmd  tus:  firm,  made  firm. 
fir  mus:  firm,  strong. 
fissifd  hus:  split-leaved. 
fis  sihs:  fissile,  cleft  or  split. 
ffs  sus:  cleft,  split 

fistuld  sus:  fistular,  hollow-cylin- 
drical. 
flabelli  tus:  flabellate,  with  tan-like 

parts 

flabelhf&r  mis:  fan- formed, 
flic  cidus:  flaccid,  soft 
flagelli  ns:  flagellate,  whip-like. 
flagella  tus:  whip4ike 
flagellifdr  mis:  whip-formed 
flagel  lum :  a  scourge  or  flail, 
flam  meus:  flame-colored 
flaves  ccns:  yellowish,  becoming  yel- 
low or  yellowish  - 

flavfc  omus:  yellow- wooled  or  -haired. 

flav  idus :  yellow,  yellowish. 

flavispi  nus:  yellow-spmed. 

flavls  simus:  very  yellow,  deep  yellow. 

flfi  vus:  yellow 

fl6x  ihs:  flexible,  pliant. 

flexud  sus :  flcxuosc,  tortuous,  zig-zag. 

floccd  sus:  woolly. 

fld  re-al  bo:  with  white  flowers. 

florenti  nus:  Florentine. 

fld  re-plft  no:     with    full    or    double 
flowers 

flonbun  dus:  free-flowering,     bloom- 
ing profusely 

fl6r  idus:  flowering,  full  of  flowers. 

flil  itans:  floating. 

fluviat  ihs:  pertaining  to  a  river. 

fcfem  ina:  female. 

foeniculi  ceus:  fennel-hke. 

foetidls  simus:  very  fetid. 

feet  idus:  fetid,  bad-smelling. 

foha  tus:  with  leaves. 

fohola  tus:  with  leaflets. 

fohd  sus:  leafy,  full  of  leaves. 

follicula  ris:  bearing  follicles,  fol- 
hcled. 

forflci  tus:  shear-shaped. 

fonmc»f6r  mis:  ant-shaped,  ant-like* 

formosfs  simus:  most  or  very  beau- 
tiful. 

formd  sus:  beautiful,  handsome. 


152 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


fovea  tus:  pitted. 

frag  ills:  fragile,  brittle. 

frft  grans:  fragrant,  odorous. 

fragrantfs  simus:  very  fragrant 

fraxfn  eus:  fraxmous,  like  Fraxmus 
or  ash  trees 

frig  idus:  cold,  of  cold  regions. 

frondd  sus:  fronded,  leafy. 

fructff  era:  fnnt-bearmg,  fruitful. 

fructlg  enus:  fruitful. 

frutes  cens.  shrubby,  bushy 

fruticd  sus:  fruticose,  shrubby,  bushy. 

fuca  tus:  painted,  dyed. 

fu  gax:  swift 

ful  gens:  shining,  glistening. 

fulgidus:  fulgid,  shining 

fuhgmd  sus:  black -painted  or  -col- 
ored, sooty 

fulves  cens:  fulvous  or  becoming  ful- 
vous 

fulvus:  fulvous,  tawny,  orange-gray- 
yellow 

funi  Us :  of  a  rope  or  cord 

fu  nebris:.  funereal 

fungd  sus:  fungous,  pertaining  to  a 
fungus,  spongy 

funicuU  tus.  of  a  slender  rope  or 
cord,  with  a  funicle  (stalk  of  an 
o\ule  or  seed). 

fur  cans:  forked 

furcfi  tus:  furcate,  forked 

fus  cus:  fuscous,  brown,  dusky. 

fusifdr  mis:  spindle-shaped 

galenculi  tus:  helmet-like. 

gal  licus:  of  Gaul  or  France,  also  per- 
taining to  a  cock  or  rooster 

gandav£n  sis:  belonging  to  Ghent, 
Belgium 

gargan  icus:  belonging  to  Gargano 
(Eastern  Italy). 

g£l  idus:  ice-cold 

gemmd.  tus :  twin 

gemimfld  rus:  twin-flowered 

gemma  tus:  gemmed,  jewelled,  also 
bearing  buds 

gemmif  era:  bud-bearing. 

geneven  sis:  belonging  to  Geneva. 

genicuiatus:  jointed,  kneed. 

geoi  des:  of  the  earth 

geom6t  ncus:  geometncal,  in  a  pat- 
tern 

german  icus:  German,  of  Germany. 

gibberd  sus:  humped,  hunchbacked 

gibbifld  rus:  giblx>us-flowercd. 

gibbd  sus:  swollen  on  one  side 

gib  bus:  gibbous,  swollen  on  ono  side. 

gigantS  us:  gigantic,  very  large. 

gig&nticus:  gigantic 

gl  gas:  of  giants,  immense. 

glab£l  lus:  smoothish. 

gift  ber:  glabrous,  smooth. 

glab£r  rimus :  most  smooth,  smoothest. 

glabra  tus :  somewhat  glabrous  or 
smooth. 

glabres  cens:  smoothish,  or  becoming 
so. 

glacii  Us:  icy,  frozen. 

gladia  tus:  sword-like. 

glandulif  era:  gland-bearing. 

glanduld  sus:  glandular. 

glastifd  lius:  with  leaves  like'  the 
dyer's  woad  (Isatis,  once  called 
Glastum). 

glauce's  cens:  glaucescent,  becoming 
glaucous. 


glaucifd  lius:  glaucous-leaved 

glaucophyl  lus :  glaucous-leaved. 

glau  cus:  glaucous,  with  a  bloom, 
grayish. 

globd  sus:  globose,  spherical,  nearly 
or  quite  globular. 

globuia  ns:  of  a  little  ball  or  sphere. 

globullf  era:  globule-bearing,  globe- 
bearing. 

globuld  sus:  globviled,  like  a  little  ball. 

glomera  tus:  glomerate,  clustered 

glond  sus:  glorious,  superb 

gluma  ecus:  glumed,  with  glumes  or 
glume-like  structures 

glutind  sus:  glutinous,  gluey,  sticky. 

gongyld  des:  roundish. 

gracilen  tus:  slender. 

grac  ihs    giaceful,  slender. 

gracfl  hmus:  graceful,  very  slender. 

grsb  cus:  of  Greece,  Greek 

gramfn  eus:  grassy,  grass-like 

gramimfd  bus:  gi ass-leaved. 

gran  diceps:  large-headed 

grandicus  pis:  with  large  cusps  or 
points 

grandidenta  tus:  large- or  big-toothed 

grandifld  rus:  large-flowered 

grandifd  lius:  large-leaved 

grandif6r  mis:  on  a  large  scale,  of  a 
big  kind 

grandipuncta  tus:  with  large  spots 

gran  dis:  large,  big 

granuia  tus.  granulate,  covered  with 
minute  giams 

granuld  sus:  granulate,  granulose 

gratis  simus:  -very  pleasing  or  agree- 
able 

gra  tus:  pleasing,  agreeable. 

grave  olens:  heavy-scented 

grcenland  icus:  of  Greenland. 

guianen  sis:  of  Guiana  (South 
America) 

gumeen  sis:  of  (iuinea  (Afuca) 

gummif  era-  gum-bearing 

gutta  tus:  spotted,  speckled 

gymnocar  pus:  naked-frtnted 

g^  rans.  g>  rating,  revolving  in  a  circle. 

haeman  thus:  blood-red-flowered. 

ham.a  tus:  hooked 

hamd  sus:  hooked 

harpophyl  lus:  sickle-leaved. 

hasta  tus-  hastate,  spear-shaped. 

hastff  era:  spear-bearing 

hasti  lis:  of  a  javelin  or  spear. 

hebecar  pus:  pubescent-fruited 

hederi  ceus:  of  the  ivy  (Hedera). 

hehan  thus:  sunflower. 

helv6ticus:  Swiss,  of  Helvetia 
(Switzerland). 

h61  volus:  pale  yellow. 

hemisph£r  icus:  hemispherical. 

heptaphyl  lus:  seven-leaved. 

herbi  ceus:  herbaceous,  dying  to  the 
ground  and  not  woody. 

herbarid  rum:  of  the  herbaria 

heteracan  thus:  vanous-spined. 

heteran  thus :  various-flowered,  varia- 
ble in  flowers. 

heterocar  pus:  various-fruited. 

hete'r  odon:  various-toothed. 

heterog!6s  sus:  various-tongued. 

heterom6r  phus:  various  in  form. 

heterophyl  lus :  various-leaved,  with 
leaves  of  more  than  one  shape. 

hexagondp  torus:  six-angled-wmged. 


hexagd  nus:  hexagonal,  six-angled. 

hexap6t  alus :  six-petaled. 

hi  ans'  open,  gaping 

hiberna'  lis :  of  or  pertaining  to  winter. 

hibgr  nicus:  Hibernian,  of  or  pertain- 
ing to  Ireland. 

hieroglyph  icus :  hieroglyphic,  marked 
as  if  with  signs. 

himaia.  icus:  Himalayan. 

bird  nus:  of  a  goat,  with  a  goat's  odor. 

hirsutfs  simus:  very  hairy,  most 
hairy 

hirsu  tulus:  somewhat  hirsute  or 
hairy 

hirsu  tus:  hirsute,  hairy 

hirtel  lus:  somewhat  hairy. 

hirtifl6  rus:  hairy-flowered 

hlr  tipes:  hairy-stalked  or  -stemmed. 

hlr  tus.  hauv 

hispan  icus'  Spanish,  of  Spam 

hispidfs  simus:  most  or  very  bristly. 

hispid  ulus :  somewhat  hispid  or 
bnstly 

his  pidus*  hispid,  bristly 

histn&n  icus:  histrionic,  pertaining  to 
the  stage  or  to  actors 

holoserfc  eus:  woolh -silky. 

honzonti  hs .  horizontal 

h6r  ridus :  provided  with  spines  or 
barbs,  prickly 

hort6n  sis:  belonging  to  the  hortus  or 
garden 

hortfc  olus:  a  little  garden,  of  the 
gaidcn 

horti  rum:  of  gaidens 

hortula  nus:  pertaining  to  a  garden 

humifu  sus*  sprawling  on  the  ground 

hu  milis*  low-growing,  dwarf 

hyacinth  mus :  hyacmthine,  sapphire- 
colored 

hyacmthot  des:  like  the  hyacinth. 

hyal  mus:  transparent,  translucent 

hyb  ndus:  h\bnd,  mixed,  mongrel 

hyema  Its:  ofwmtei,  also  fnemalis 

hygrom^t  ricus:  hygrometric,  taking 
up  uater 

by menan  thus :  membranaceous- 
nowort-d 

hymend  des-  membrane-like 
hyperbd  reus:  far  northern 
hypocratenfor  mis'  salver-shaped, 
flower    with    a    slender    cylindrical 
tube  and  flat  spreading  limb 

hypogjfe  us:  underground,  subter- 
ranean 

hypoglau  cus:  glaucous  beneath 

hypoleil  cus:  whitish,  pale 

hypophy"l  lus:  under  the  leaf 

fay's  trix:  porcupine-like,  bnstly. 

ian  thinus:  violet,  violet-blue. 

iber  icus:  of  Iberia  (the  Spanish 
peninsula). 

icosan  drus:  twenty-stamened 

ignes  cens:  fiery. 

Ig  neus:  fiery. 

ilicifd  lius:  ilex-leaved,  holly-leaved. 

illustra.  tus:  pictured 

illus  tris:  bright,  bnlhant,  lustrous. 

illyr  icus:  of  Illyria  (Grecian  Pen- 
insula) 

imbe'r  bis:  without  beards  or  spines. 

fm  bricans:  imbricating. 

imbricA  tus:  imbricated,  lapping  over, 
shingled. 

immacuU  tus:  immaculate,  spotless. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


153 


imm£r  BUB:  immersed,  under  water 
impera  tor:  commanding,  imperious, 
imperift  hs:  imperial,  kindly. 
imp!6x  us:  implicated,  interwoven. 
impre's  SUB:  impressed,  sunken  in. 
inaequalifd  lius:  unequal-leaved. 
insequft  lis:  unequal. 
inacquilat  ems:  unequal-aided. 
inca  nus:  hoary 
incarnft  tus:  flesh-colored. 
inc6r  tus:  uncertain,  doubtful, 
incisifd  lius:  cut-leaved. 
inci  sus:  incised,  cut. 
inclina  tus:    inclined,    bent    down- 
ward. 
incomparab  ilia:  incomparable,  excftl- 

ling. 

inc6mp  tus:  rude,  unadorned,  not  at- 
tractive, 
inconspic  uus:   inconspicuous,  not 

prominent 

incurvd  tus:  incurved,  bent  inward, 
incur  vus:  incurved 
indenta  tus:  indented,  dented 
In  dicus:  Indian,  of  India  or  the  East 

Indies. 

indivl  sus:  undivided. 
in6r  mis:  unarmed,  without  thorns  or 

spines. 

infectd  rius:  used  for  dying,  pertain- 
ing to  dyes 

infes  tus:  dangerous,  unsafe. 
infla  tus:  inflated,  swollen  up. 
infortuna  tus:  unfortunate. 
infrac  tus:  broken 
infundibulif6r  mis:  funnel-shaped, 

trumpet-shaped. 
infundfb  ulum:  a  funnel, 
inodd  rus:  without  odor,  scentless. 
inorna  tus:  without    ornament,    not 

showy. 

In  quinans:  polluting,  discoloring. 
inscrfp  tus:  inscribed,  written  on 
mslg  ms:  remarkable,  distinguished, 

marked 

insititius:  grafted, 
mtac  tus:  intact,  untouched. 
In  teger:  entire, 
integer  rimus:  very  entire. 
mtegnf 6  lius :  entire-leaved. 
interjSc  tus'  interjected,  put  between. 
intcrmd  dius:  intermediate. 
mterrup  tus:  interrupted. 
mtertlxtus:  interwoven,  intertwined 
intnca  tus:  intricate,  entangled. 
mtr&r  BUS  :  introrse,  turned  inward 
intumes  cens:  swollen,  puffed  up, 

tumid 
intyba  ceus:   pertaining    to    chicory 

(Intybus). 

inv6r  sus:  inverse,  turned  over,  up- 
side down. 

invi  BUB:  unseen,  overlooked, 
involucra  tus:  involucrcd,     with     an 

involucre. 

involu  tus:  involute,  rolled  inward. 
ionan  thus :  with  flowers  like  the  violet. 
ion&p  terus:  with  wings  iiko  the  violet. 
irid6s  cens:  iridescent,  changing  color 

at  different  angles. 
iridifld  rus:  iris-flowered, 
irregula  ris:  irregular, 
isan  drus:  with  equal  stamens. 
isop6t  alus:  equal-petaled. 
isophyl  lus:  equal-leave^. 
ital  icui:  Italian. 


jamaic6n  sis:  of  Jamaica. 
jap6n  icus:  Japanese,  of  Japan, 
jasmin  eus:  jasmine-like. 
jasminifld  rus:  jasmine-flowered, 
javan  icus:  Javan,  of  Java, 
jubi  tus:  crested,  with  a  mane* 
jucun  dus:  agreeable,  pleasing. 
jugdsus:  joined,  yoked 
jun  ceus:  Juncus-hke,  rush-like. 

kashmirii  nus:  of  Cashmere  or  Hash- 
mere. 

kew£n  sis:  belonging  to  Kew  (K*>w 
Gardens,  England). 

koraia  nus:  of  Corea,  also  coreanua. 

labia  tus:  labiate,  lipped 

labid  sus:  lipped. 

lach  ryma:  a  tear. 

lacinia  tus:  lacimate,    torn,    cut    or 

slashed  into  narrow  lobes, 
lacuud  sus:  lucimose,  lacmiate. 
lacta  tus:  milky 
lie  teus:  milk-white 
lactic  olor:  milk-colored. 
lacttf  era :  milk-bearing,  milky-juiced. 
lactifld  rus:  flowers  milk-colored, 
lacund  sus:  witn  hol^s  or  pits. 
lacus  tris:  pertaining  to  lakes. 
ladanlf  era:  ladanum-beanng. 
lactSv  irens :  light  green,  vivid  green. 
i«fe  tus*  bright,  vivid 
laevicau  hs:  smooth-stemmed. 
laeviga  tus :  smooth 
Idevipes:   smooth  -  footed,  smooth- 
stalked 

Ife  vis:  smooth 
laevius  culus:  smoothish,   somewhat 

smooth 

lana  tus:  woolly. 
lanceola  tus:  lanceolate. 
Ian  ecus*  Luice-like 
lancifd  hus:  lance-leaved. 
lanlg  era:  wool-bearing. 
lanugmd  sus:  woolly,  downy, 
lappi  ceus:  pertaining  to  a  glob'ilar 

hooked  bur;  Lappa-hke 
Iapp6n  icus:  of  Lapland 
lancifd  hus:  larch-leaxed. 
larlc  inus:  Lanx-hke,  larch-like. 

lasiocar  pus:    rough -fruited,    rough- 
hairy. 

lasiopet  alus:  with  petals  rough-hairy. 

latenfld  rus:    lateral- flowered,     with 
flowers  on  the  side 

laterltms:  brick-red 

latifd  hus:  broad-lea\  ed 

latifrons:  broad-fronded,    broad-her- 
baged,  broad-leaved 

latimacula  tus:  broad-spotted 

latipes:  broad-footrd,  broad -stalked. 

latfs  simus:  broadest,  very  broad. 

la  tus:  broad,  wide 

laurifd  hus:  laurel -leaved. 

laurl  nus:  laurel-hke. 

lavandula  ceus:  lavender-like. 

laxifld  rus:  loose-flowered. 

laxifd  hus:  loose-leaved. 

lax  us:  lax,  open,  loose. 

leian  thus:  smooth-flowered. 

leiocit  pus:  smooth-fruited. 

leiophyl  lus:  smootn-leuved. 

lenticula  ns:  lenticular,  lens-shaped. 

i6n  tus;  pliant,  tenacious,  tough. 

Ieontogl6s  sus:  lion-tongue-a  or 
-throated. 


leopard!  uus:  leopard-spotted, 
lepidophyl  lus:  scaly-leaved. 
leprd  sus:  of  leprosy,  scurfy. 
leptocau  hs:  thin-stemmed,     slender- 
stemmed, 
leptoc  ladus:    thin-stemmed    or 

-branched. 

leptol  epis:  thin-scaled, 
leptoph^l  lus:  thin- or  slender-leaved, 
leptosep  alus:  thm-scpaled. 
lep  topus :  thin-  or  slender-stalked. 
leucan  thus:  white-flowered 
leuc&b  otrys :  with  white  clusters. 
leucoceph  alus :  white-headed, 
leuconeu  rus:  white-nerved 
leucophyl  lus:  white-leaved 
leucorhi  zus:  white-rooted. 
hbur  mcus:    of    Liburma    (west    of 

Adnatic). 
lignd  sus:  woody 
ligula  ns:  hgulatc,  strap-shaped, 
hlac  mus:  lilac 
hlafld  rus:  lily-flowered 
limbi  tus:  bordered 
limo  sus:  of  muddy  or  marahy  places, 
linanifd  Uus:  hnana-leaved 
bneanfd  lius:  linear-leaved 
linearfl  obus:  linear-lobed 
hnea  ns :  linear 

linea  tus:  lined,  with  lines  or  stripes, 
lingula  tus:  tongue-shaped 
Imifd  hus:  limim-leaved,  flax-leaved, 
linophyl  lus:  flax-lea\ed 
hthosper  mus:  with  seeds  stone-like, 
littora  hs:  of  the  seashore 
liv  idus:  livnd,  bluish. 
loba  tus:  lobed 
lobula  ris:  lobed 

lohd  ceus:  Lohum-hke  (Lohum  com- 
prises the  rye-gf asses) 
longebracteS  tus:  long-bracted, 
longepeduncula  tus :    long  -  peduncu  - 

late. 

longicauda  tus:  long-tailed. 
longifld  rus:  long-flowered 
longifd  lius:  long-leaved 

longihama  tus:  long-hooked 

longilamind  tus:  with  long  laminae  01 
plates. 

longfl  obus:  long-lobed. 

longimucrona  tus:  long-mucronate. 

l&ng  _-.es:  long-footed,  long-stalked. 

longipgt  alus:  long-petaled. 

longipmna  tus.  long-pinnate. 

longiracemd  sus:  loiiR-raremed. 

longisca  pus*  long-scaped 

longisep  alus:  loug-sepaled. 

longis  pathus:  long-spathed. 

longispi  nus:  long-spmed. 

longis  simus:  longest,  v ery  long. 

longis  tylus:  long-stalked. 

l&n  gus :  long. 

lonfd  hus:  strap-leaved 

lu  cidus:  lucid,  bnght,  shining,  clear* 

ludovicii  nus:  of  Louisiana. 

lugdunen  sis :  belonging  to  the  region 
of  Lyons. 

luna  tus:  lunate,  moon-shaped,  moon- 
like,  crehcent-shaped. 

lunula  tus:  somewhat  moon-shaped. 

lupulinus:  Lupulus-hke,  hop-like. 

lu  ridus:  lurid,  wan,  sallow,  pale  yel- 
low. 

lutfe  olus:  yellowish. 

lutes  cens:  yellowish,  becoming  yel- 
low. 


154 


ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


Id  teus:  yellow. 
luxft  rians:  luxuriant,  thrifty. 
lyrA  tus:  lyrate,  pinnatifid  with  large 
terminal  lobe. 

macilln  tus :  lean,  meager. 

macran  drus:  with  large  anthers. 

macran  thus:  large-flowered. 

macr6b  otrys:  large-clustered. 

macrocar  pus:  large-fruited 

macroclph  alus:  large-headed. 

macrodac  tylus:  large-fingered. 

macrod6n  tus:  large-toothed. 

macrop£t  alus:  with  large  petals. 

macrophyl  lus:  large-leaved 

macroplec  tron:  large-spxirred. 

macr6p  odus:  large-footed  or  -stalked. 

macr6p  terus:  large-winged. 

macrospa  dix:  with  large  spadix. 

macrosta  chyus:  large-spiked. 

macrostd  gius:  large-decked. 

macrostd  mus:  with  large  filaments. 

macr&s  tylus:  large-styled. 

macro^  ruse  large-tailed. 

macula  tus:  spotted. 

maculd  sus:  spotted 

maesi  acus :  of  Moesia,  ancient  name 
of  Bulgaria  and  Servia 

magellan  icus:  Straits  of  Magellan 
region 

magnlf  icus :  magnificent,  eminent, 
distinguished 

maja  Us:  of  May,  Maytime. 

majgsticus:  majestic. 

mi  JOT,  md.  jus:  greater,  larger. 

malabar  icus:  of  Malabar  (in  Bntish 
India) 

mahf6r  mis:  apple-formed. 

malva  ceus:  Malva-hkc,  mallow-like 

mammd  sus:  breasted,  with  breasts 

mamca  tus:  mamcate,  long-sleeved, 
covered  densely  as  with  thick  hairs 
so  that  the  covering  can  be  re- 
moved as  such 

marc6s  cens:  withering  but  not  fall- 
ing 

mar  cidus:  withering  but  not  falling 
off. 

marganta  ceus:  pearly,  of  pearls 

margma  lis:  marginal,  marked  in 
some  way  along  the  margins  or 
edges 

margina  tus:  margined. 

margin61  lus:  somewhat  margined 

manland  icus :  of  the  Maryland 
region;  also  written  maryiandicus 

marlt  imus:  maritime,  of  the  sea 

marmora  tus:  marbled, mottled 

marmd  reus:  marbled 

marmorophyl  lus :  leaves  marbled. 

marocca  nus:  of  Morocco. 

mas:  male 

mascula  tus:  masculine. 

mas  culus:  male,  masculine. 

matrona  hs:  pertaining  to  matrons. 

mauritan  icus :  of  Mauretania  (N. 
Africa). 

maxilla  ris:  maxillary,  of  the  jaw. 

max  imus:  largest. 

mediterra  ncus:  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean region. 

md  dius:  medium,  intermediate. 

medulla1  ris  t  of  the  marrow  or  center 
or  pith. 

megalan  thus:  large-flowered. 

megaphyl  lus:  large-leaved. 


megapotam  icus:  of  the  large  river. 

megarrhi  zus:  large-rooted 

megasper  mus:  large-seeded. 

megasta  chyus:  huge-spiked. 

megastig  mus:  with  large  stigma. 

melanan  thus:  black-flowered. 

melanchdl  icus:  melancholy,    hang- 
ing or  drooping. 

melanocau  Ion:  black-stemmed. 

melanococ  cus:  black-berried. 

melanoleu  cus:  black-and-white. 

melan&x  ylon:  black- wooded 

melea  gns:  like  a  guinea-fowl, 
speckled 

mei  leus:  pertaining  to  honey. 

mellif  era:  honey-bearing 

melofdr  mis:  melon-shaped 

membrana  ceus .  membianaceou s, 
membianous,  thin  and  more  or  less 
translucent 

memscifd  hus:  crescent-leu ved 

mesoleu  cus:  mixed  with  white 

metal  hcus:  metallic  (color or  luster) 

mexica  nus.  Mexican,  of  Mexico 

mi  cans:  glittering,  sparkling,  mica- 
like 

micran  thus:  small-flowered. 

microcar  pus-  small-fruited. 

mfc  rodon:  small-toothed 

microglos  sus.  sniall-tongued 

microl  epis.  small-scaled 

micrdm  ens.  small- numbered,  of 
small  number  of  parts 

micropei  alus:  small-petaled 

microphyl  lus:  small-leaved 

micr6p  terus:  small-winged 

microsep  alus:  sm all-sepal ed 

microstd  mus:  of  small  filaments  or 
stemlcts. 

miht&  ns:  military 

millefoli^  tus.  thousand-leaved. 

millefd  hus.  thousand-leaved,  leaves 
01  paits  \ery  many. 

mi  mus.  mimic 

ml  nax    threatening,  forbidding 

minia  tus-  c iimabar-red 

minimus,  kast,  small*  st 

ml  nor,  ml  nus.  binulkr 

mmutis  simus.  very  or  most  minute 

minu  tus:  minute,  very  small 

mirab  ilis:  marvellous,  extraordinary, 
wonderful 

mistassin  icus:  of  Lake  Mistassmi, 
(Quebec) 

ml  tis:  mild,  gentle. 

mitra  tus:  turbaned. 

mix  tus:  mixed 

mod6s  tus:  modest. 

moldav  icus:  of  Moldavia  (in  Ru- 
mania) 

m61  hs:  soft,  soft-hairy. 

mollis  simus:  very  soft-hauy. 

molucca  nus:  of  the  Moluccas  (East 
Indies) 

monadSl  phus:  in  one  group  or  bundle. 

mong61  icus:  of  Mongolia 

monillf  era:  bearing  a  necklace. 

monacan  thus:  one-spmed. 

monoceph  alus:  single-headed. 

mon&g  ynus:  of  one  pistil. 

monol  cus:  monoecious. 

monop^t  alus:  one-petaled. 

monophy'l  lus:  one-leaved. 

mon6p  terus:  one-winged. 

mcnopyre  nus:  bearing  one  stone  or 
pyrene. 


monos6p  alus:  one-scpaled. 
monospc§r  mus-  one-seeded 
monosta  chyus.  singk-spiked 
monspehen  sis:  of  Moutprher 
monspessula  nus'  of  Moritpeher. 
monstrd  sus:  monstrous,   wholly  ab- 
normal or  deformed,  teratological 
monta  nus:  pei taming  to  mountains 

or  mountainous  legions 
monteviden  sis1    of     Montevideo 

(Ui uguay) 

montfc  olus.  native  of  mountains 
moscha  tus-  musky,  musk-scented. 
mucrona  tus.  mucionate,  tipped  with 

a  shoit  shaij)  point  or  mucro 
mucronula  tus:  with  a  small  niucro  or 

point 

multibractea  tus:  many-bracted 
multicau  hs:  many-stemmed,    with 

numerous  stems 
mul  ticeps.    many- headed,    many 

blanched 

multic  olor    many-coloied 
multif  idus.    muldhd,     many     times 

paited 

multifld  rus.  man\-flowered 
multifurca  tus      much -forked,    many 

times  foiked 
multfj  ugus    many  in  a  yoke,  many 

times  joined 

multmer  vis:  man.\  -m  rved 
mul  tiplex    man>  -folded 
multiradia  tus'    manj -radiate,    with 

numerous  ia>s 
multisec  tus.  many  times  cut,  much 

cut  or  dissected 
mun  dulus     trim,  neat 
muni  tus-  dc>fendcd,  fortified 
mura  lis4  of  \\  ills,  growing  on  walls, 
munca  tus     muiuate,  roughed   by 

means  of  haul  points 
musclp  ula.  a  mouse-trap 
mutab  ilis.    changeable,    variable, 

mutant 

mutd  tus     c-hangcuble 
mu  ticus     blunt,  pointless 
mutila  tus    inudl  tt«l 
mynacan  thus,   nuinlx  iless  spined, 

\(>i\  man\-spinc'(l 
myriocar  pus:  \er\  many-fruited. 
myrmec6ph  ilus*  ant-loving 
myrtifd  hus.  m>i tie-leaved. 

nil  nus'  (hvarf 

napif&r  mis:  tui nip-shaped 

narbonen  sis*  of  Nai bonne  (ancient 
region  01  piovinre  of  .S  France). 

na  tans:  floating,  swimming 

navicula  ns*  pertaining  to  a  ship. 

neapolita  nus    Neapolitan 

nebuldsus:  nebulous,  clouded,  in- 
definite, obs(  ure 

neglec  tus:  neglected,  overlooked 

nemora  hs:  of  groves  or  woods. 

nemord  sus'  of  groves  or  woods  and 
shady  pla<  es 

nepalen  sis:  of  Nepal  (Himalayan 
region) 

nerufd  lius:  nenum-leaved,  oleander- 
leaved 

nervd  sus:  nerved 

nevaden  sis:  of  the  Sierra  Nevadaa 
(in  Spam  or  N  America). 

nfc  titans:  blinking,  moving. 

nl  dus:  nest 

ni  ger:  black. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


155 


nigrft  tus:  blackish. 

nigr£s  ceng :  blackish,  becoming  black. 

nfg  ricans:  black. 

nignc6r  nis:  black-horned 

nfg  npes:  black-footed  or  -stalked. 

ni!6t  ica:  of  the  Nile. 

ni  tens:  shining 

nit  idus:  shining. 

mv4  hs:  snowy,  pertaining  to  snow. 

nlv  eus:  snowy. 

nivd  sus:  snowy,  full  of  snow. 

nobfl  lor:  more  noble 

n6b  ihs :  noble,  famous,  renowned. 

nobilis  simus:  most  or  very  noble 

nodifld  nis:  with  flowers  at  nodea 

nodd  sus:  with  nodes,  jointed. 

nonscrfp  tus:  undestnbed 

nootkat6n  sis:  of  Nootka   (Nootka 

Sound  is  by  Vancouver  Island). 
noti  tus:  marked 
nfi  vae-an  gliae.  of  New  England, 
nd  vae-caesard  ae:  of  New  Jersey, 
nd  vae-zealind  lae:  of  New  Zealand, 
noveboracen  sis:  of  New  York 
nd  vi-b61  gii:  of  New  Belgium  or  New 

Netherlands  (i   e  ,  New  York) 
nubfc  olus:  dwelling  among  clouds 
nucff  era:  nut-bearing 
nudi  tus-  nude,  stripped 
nudicau  Us:  naked-stemmed 
nudifld  rus:  naked-flowered 
nu  dus*  nude,  naked 
nutmsmA  tus:  pertauung   to   money, 

coin-like 

nu  tans:  nodding 
nycttc  alus:  night-blooming. 

obc6n  icus:  inversely  conical, 
obcordi  tus:   ob cordate,  inversely 

cordate 

obd  sus:  obese,  fat 
obfusci  tus:  clouded,  confused. 
obli  quus:     oblique,      unequal      and 

planting 
obhteri  tus:  obliterated,   erased,  not 

apparent 

oblongd  tus:  oblong, 
oblongtfd  hus:  oblong-leaved. 
ob!6n  gus:  oblong. 
obova  tus:  obovate,  inverted  ovate. 
obscti  rus-  obscure,  hidden 
obsolfe  tus :  obsolete,  rudimentary 
obtusd.  tus.  obtuse,  blunt 
obtusifd  hus:  blunt-leaved. 
obtusfl  obus:  blunt-lobed 
obtft  sus:  obtuse,  blunt,  rounded. 
occident&  hs:  occidental,  western. 
ocean  icus:     oceanic,    perhaps    of 

Oceamca 

ocelli  tus:  eyeleted,  with  small  eyes, 
ochrei  tus:  with  an  ochrea  or  boot- 
sheath. 

ochroleft  cus:  yellowish  white 
oct&n  drus:  with  eight  anthers. 
octop6t  alus:  eight-petalcd. 
octophyl  lus:  eight-leaved 
oculi  tus:  eyed,  with  eye-like  marks. 
odontl  tes:  tooth. 
odontochi  lus:    with  toothed   Up  or 

margin 
odoratfs  simus:  most   or  very  odor- 

.ous,  very  fragrant. 
odord  tus:  odorous,  fragrant. 
odd  rus:  odorous,  fragrant. 
offlcini  Us:  officinal,  medicinal,  recog- 
niced  in  the  pharmaooaea. 


official  rum:  of  the  apothecaries, 
oleaefd  lius:  Olea-  or  olive-leaved. 
oleJf  era:  oil-bearing, 
olericeus:  oleraceous,  vegetable- 
garden  herb  used  in  cooking. 
ohgan  thus:  few-flowered. 
ohgocir  pus:  few-fruited 
oligosper  mus:  few-seeded. 
ohtd  rius:    pertaining    to    vegetable- 
gardens  or  -gardeners. 

oliva  ceus:  olive-like,  olive-colored. 

olivaef&r  mis:  olive-shaped 

ol^m  picus:  of  Olympus  or  Mt.  Olym- 
pus (in  Greece) 

omnfv  orus:  omnivorous,  of  all  kinds 
of  food. 

opft  cus:  opaque,  shaded 

operculd  tus :  with  a  lid 

oppositifid  rus:  opposite-flowered. 

opposihfd  hus:  opposite-leaved 

opuhfld  rus:  flowers     of     Opulus 
(a  Viburnum) 

orbicul&  ris:  round 

orbiculi  tus:  round 

orchid  eus:  orchid-like 

orchiol  des:  orchid-like 

oregd  nus:  of  Oregon 

orgyA  hs:  length    of    the    arms    ex- 
tended, about  6  feet 

orient*  hs:  oriental,  eastern. 

ornatls  simus:  most  showy  or  ornate. 

orni  tus.  ornate,  adorned 

ormthoc6ph  alus:  like  a  bird's  head. 

ormth&p  odus:  like  a  bu-d's  foot 

ornithorhyn  chus:   shaped   like    a 
bird's  beak 

orthocar  pus :  straight-fruited. 

orthochl  lus:  straight-lipped 

orthdp  terus:  straight-winged. 

ovahfd  hus:  oval-leaved 

ova.  Us:  oval 

ovatifd  hus:  ovate-leaved. 

ovft  tus:  ovate 

ovff  era:  egg-bearing 

ovlg  era:  egg-bearing. 

ovl  nus:  pertaining  to  sheep 

oxyacan  thus:   sharp-thorned    or 
-spmed 

oxygd  nus.  sharp-angled 

oxyphyl  lus :  sharp-leaved. 

oxysep  alus:  with  sharp  sepals. 

pachyin  thus:  thick-flowered. 
pachyneu  rus:  thick-nerved 
pachyp  terus:  thick-winged 
pacif  icus:  of  the  Pacific,  of  regions 

bordering  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
palasstl  nus:  of  Palestine 
paled  ceus:  with    pal  pa     (bracts    in 

grass  flowers),  or  palea-hke,  chaffy, 
pal  lens:  pale 

pall 6s  cens:  palish,  becoming  pale, 
pallid  tus:  palliated,  cloaked. 
palhdifld  rus:  pale-flowered. 
palhdifd  Uus:  pale-leaved 
palUdispl  nus:  pale-spmed. 
pal  Udus:  pale, 
pallifla  yens :  pale  yellow. 
palmatif  idus:  palmately  cut. 
palm&  tus:  palmate,  divided  or  lobed 

like  the  hand. 

paludd  sus:  of  marshes,  marsh-loving, 
palus  tns:  marsh-loving 
pandurft  tus:  fiddle-shaped. 
paniculi  tus:  paniculate 
paaiculfg  era :  panicle-bearing. 


pann6n  icus:  of  Pannoma  (Roman 
province  on  the  Danube,  now  west- 
ern Hungary) 

pannd  sus:  ragged,  tattered 
papaver&  ceus:  Papaver-hke,  poppy- 
like, 
papihona.  ceus:   butterfly-like,  the 

form  of  the  pea  flower, 
papilld  sus:  papillate,     with     minute 
nipple -like     projections     or     pro- 
tuberances 
papyri  ceus:  papery 
papyrlf  era:  paper-bearing 
paradisi  acus :  of  parks  or  gardens. 
parad6x  us.  paradoxical,  strange 
parasft  icus:  parasitical,  of  a  parasite, 
pardali  nus:  leopard-like,  spotted 
pardi  nus:  leopard-spotted. 
parti  tus :  parted 
parvifld  rus:  biuall-flowered 
parvifd  hus'  small-leaved 
parvis  simus:  smallest,  very  small, 
par  vulus:  very  small,  very  slight, 
par  vus*  small 
patag&n  icus:  of  Patagonia 
patella  ns.  circular,  dibk-shaped,  like 

a  knee-pan 
p4  tens:  spreading 
pit  ulus:  spreading 
pauciflfi  rus:  few-flowered 
paucifd  bus:  few -leaved 
pauplr  culus    poor 
pavoni  nus:  peacock-like 
pectin^  ceus:  pectinate 
pectini  tus :  pectinate,  coml>-like,  pin- 
natifid    with    very    narrow    close 
di\  isions  or  parts 
pectmif  era:  comb-bearing 
pector&  hs    shaped  like  a  breast-bone 
pedi  tus-  footed,  of  the  foot  or  feet; 
also    pedate,     like    a    bird's    foot, 
being  palmately  divided   and   the 
side  parts  2-cleft. 

pedemonti  nus :  of  Piedmont  (north- 
ern Italy) 

pedunculi  ns'  peduncled,  stalked. 
peduncul&  tus:  peduncled 
pedunculd  sus:  with  many  peduncles, 
pellu  cidus:  pellucid,     with    translu- 

c  cut  dots 
pelta  tus:  peltate 
peltifdhus:  peltate-leaved 
pelvif6r  mis:  pelviy-shaped 
penduhfld  rus-  pendulous-flowered 
penduli  nus.  somewhat  pendulous 
p6n  dulus:  pendulous,  hanging 
perucilld  tus:    hair    penciled,    like    a 

little  brush,  pinnate 
pennd.  tus:  feathered,  as  the  veins  or 
lobes  standing  off  at  right  angles 
from  a  midrib,  pinnate 
pennm6r  vis:  feather-veined 
pennsylvan  icus:  of  Pennsylvania, 
pentagd  nus:  five-angled 
pentag  ynus:  of  five  pistils 
pentan  drus:  of  five  stamens 
pentan  thus:  five-flowered 
pentaphyl  lus :  five-loaved. 
perb61  lus:  very  beautiful 
peregri  nus:  exotic,    foreign,    from  a 

strange  country 
peren  nans:  perennial 
per£n  nis:  perennial,  living  three  or 

more  years 

perfoUi  tus:  perfohate,  with  leaf  sur- 
rounding the  stem. 


156 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


perfori  tus:  perforated,  with  holes. 

permfx  tus:  much  mixed  or  confused. 

persicaefd  lius:  peach-leaved. 

p6r  sicus:  of  Persia,  also  the  peach 

perspfc  uus:  clear,  transparent 

pertu  sus:  thrust  through,  forced 
through,  perforated. 

peruvii  nus:  Peruvian,  of  Peru 

petalofd  eus:  petal-like 

petiol^  ns:  petioled,  with  a  leaf-stalk 

petioli  tus:  petioled 

petrfe  us:  rock-loving 

phlogifld  rus:  flame-flowered. 

phoenic  eus:  purple-red 

phryg  ms:  of  Phrygia  (in  Asia 
Minor) 

phylloman!  acus:  running  wildly  to 
leaves,  leafy 

picturft  tus:  painted-leaved,  pictured, 
variegated 

pfc  tus:  painted 

piltf  era:  bearing  soft  hairs 

pilosius  culus:  somewhat  or  slightly 
pilose 

pild  sus:  pilose,  shaggy,  with  soft 
hairs 

pilullf  era:  glohule-heanng 

pmetd  rum :  of  pine  forests. 

pin  eus:  of  the  pine 

pimfd  bus:     pine-leaved 

pmnatlf  idus:  pmnatifid,  pinnately 
cleft 

pmnat  if rons :  pinnate -fronded  or 
-foil  aged 

pinnatmSr  vis:  pinnate-nerved. 

pinni  tus:  pinnate,  with  leaflets  on  the 
sides  of  a  mam  leaf  axis 

pistf  era*  Pisum-bearmg,  pea-bearing 

pisocar  pus:  pea-fruited 

plac&  tus:  quiet,  calm 

planifldrus:  plane -flowered,  flat- 
flowered 

planifd  lius:  flat-leaved 

plantagm  eus:  plantain-like 

pli  nus:  plane,  flat 

platanoi  des:  Platanus-hke,  plane- 
tree-like 

platycan  thus-  broad-spmed 

platyc&r  pus:   broad-fruited 

platyc  ladus    bioad-branche-d 

platyglos  sus-  bioad-tongued. 

platyphyl  lus:  broad-leaved 

plenis  simus:  very  full  or  double 

plfc  nus:  full,  used  to  designate  dou 
bleness  m  flowers  (as  in  flore-phno) 

pleur6s  tachys:  side-spiked 

plica  tus:  plicate,  plaited,  folded 
lengthwise 

plumd  nus:  plumed. 

plumet  tus:  plumed 

plum  beus .  of  lead 

plumd  sus:  feathery. 

poculif6r  mis:  deep  cup-shaped. 

podocar  pus:  with  stalked  fruit. 

poit  icus:  pertaining  to  poets 

polifd  lius:  Polium-leaved,  white- 
leaved. 

poli  tus:  polished. 

polyacan  thus:  many-spmed. 

polyan  drus:  of  many  stamens. 

polyan  thus:  many-flowered 

polycgph  alus:  many-headed 

polydac  tylus:  many-fingered 

polyg  amus :  polygamous,  having 
both  perfect  and  imperfect  flow- 
ers. 


polym6r  phus :  of  many  forme,  varia- 
ble 

polypSt  alus:  many-petaled. 

polyphyl  lus :  many-leaved 

polyspir  mus:  many-seeded. 

polyst&  chyus:  uiany-spikcd. 

polystlc  tus:  many-dotted. 

pom&  ceus:  pome-like,  resembling 
the  apple  or  pear 

pomeridii  nus:  afternoon. 

ponderd  sus:  ponderous,  heavy, 
weighty 

p6n  ticus:  of  Pontus  (in  Asia  Minor) 

popuhfd  hus:  populus-leaved,  poplar- 
leaved 

popul  neus:  pertaining  to  poplars. 

porcl  nus:  pertaining  to  swine 

porrifd  lius:  Porrum-  or  leek-leaved 

praeal  tus:  very  tall 

prJfe  cox:  precocious,  premature,  very 
early 

prsb  stans :  distinguished,  excelling. 

praet6x  tus:  bordered. 

prasin&  tus:  greenish 

prasi  nus'  grilse-green 

prat6n  sis    of  meadows 

precatd  nus:  praying,  prayerful 

primul  inus.  primroso-hke. 

prfn  ceps.  i>rmrely,  first 

prism&t  icus.  prismatic,  prism-shapod 

proboscid  eus'  proboscis-like 

procfc  rus-  t.tll 

procum  bens:  procumbent,  lying  on 
the  ground 

procur  rens.  extended 

produc  tus:  produced,  lengthened 

prof  ft  sus.  profuse 

prollf  era.  producing  offshoots,  bear- 
ing abnormal  supernumerary  parts 

prolif  icus:  prolific,  fruitful 

propen  dens,  hanging  down 

propfn  quus:  related,  near  to 

prostri  tus'  piostrate,  Ivmgflat. 

protru  sus    protruding 

provmci^  hs :  provim  lal ,  or  of  Prov- 
ence, southern  France 

prumi  tus.  prumose 

pruind  sus  prumose,  with  a  hoary  or 
fiost-hko  bloom 

prunifd  hus     plum-leaved 

pru  riens:  itching 

pseud-  pseudo-.  in  combinations 
means  false,  not  genuine,  not  the 
true  or  the  tyincal,  as  Pseudotsuga, 
false  thUga 

psittaci  nus.  of  the  parrot 

pii  bens:  downy 

puber  ulus-  pubcrulous,  somewhat 
pubescent 

pubes  cens:  pubescent,  downy 

pudl  eus:  bashful,  retiring,  shrinking 

pulchel  lus:  pretty,  beautiful 

pul  cher:  handsome,  beautiful 

pulcher  rimus:  very  handsome. 

pfil  lus:  dark  colored,  dusky,  almost 
black 

pulverulen  tus:  powdered,  dust-cov- 
vered 

pulvini  tus:  cushioned,    cushion-like. 

pu  milus:  dwarf 

punctatfs  simus:  most  spotted,  very 
spotted 

puncta  tus:  punctate,  dotted. 

pun  gens:  piercing,  sharp-pointed 

punfc  eus:  reddish  purple. 

purpur&  ceus:  purple. 


purpuras  cens:  purplish,  becoming 

purple. 

purpurft  tus:  purple. 
purpft  reus:  purple 
pusfl  lus:  veiy  small,  insignificant, 
pycnacan  thus,  densely  spmed. 
pycnan  thus :  densely  flowered, 
pygmib  us:  pigmy 
pyramid^  hs:  pyramidal 
pyren&  icus.  of  the  Pyrenees, 
pyrifd  lius:  pear-leaved 
pyrif6r  mis:  Pyrus-formed,  pear» 

shaped. 

quadrangul&  ns:  quadrangular,  four- 
angled 

quadranguia  tus:  four-angled 

quadr^  tus:  in  f<mr  or  fours,  squared. 

quadrfc  olor*  of  four  colors 

quadndenU  tus.  four-toothed. 

quadrff  idus:  four-cut 

quadrifd  lius:  four-leaved 

quadriparti  tus:  four-parted 

quadrival  vis.  four-valved. 

quercifd  hus:  (Juercus- leaved,  oak- 
leaved 

querci  nus:  of  Quercus  the  oak. 

qum&  tus:  qumate,  in  fives 

quinqu6c  olor    h\e-colored 

qumquefld  rus.  hvo-flowored 

qumquefd  hus:  fivo-lcaved 

quinquelocuia  ris:  five-loculed,  of  five 
cells  or  compartments 

qumquen6r  vis1  hve-norved 

qumquepuncta  tus:  five-spotted. 

racemifld  rus:  raceme-flowered. 

racemd  sus:  racemoae,  flowers  m 
racemes 

radii  tus:  radiate,  rayed. 

radl  cans:  rooting 

radicd  sus'  manv-rootod 

radl  cum'  of  loots 

radid  sus:  ra<li«ttc,  \\ith  many  rays 

ramenti  ceus:  bearing  a  hair-like 
covering 

ranufld  rus:  with  branching  inflores- 
c  ence. 

ramosfs  simus :  most-  or  m u c h- 
bramhed 

ram6  sus.  branched. 

ranff  era:  bearing  frogs 

rapi  ceus:  pertaining  to  rape  or 
turnips 

rarifld  rus:  scattered-flowered,  with 
flowers  loose  or  few 

IJL  rus:  rare,  uncommon 

rau  eus:  hoarse,  raw 

reclmd  tus:  reclined,  bent  back 

r6c  tus:  straight,  upright 

recurvi  tus:  recurved 

recurvifd  hus:  recurvcd-leaved. 

recur  vus:  recurved,  curved  back. 

redivl  vus:  restored,  brought  to  life. 

reduplica  tus:  duplicated  again, 
doubled  again,  redoubled. 

reflex  us:  reflexed,  bent  back. 

refrac  tus :  broken,  broken  in  pieces. 

reful  gens:  brightly  shining,  reflect- 
ing light  or  color. 

regA  lis :  regal,  royal 

Regl  na:  Queen 

r$  gius:  regal,  royal,  kingly,  pertain- 
ing to  a  king 

religid  sus:  used  for  religious  pur- 
poses, venerated. 


ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


157 


remd  tus:  remote,  with  parts  distant. 

renif6r  mis:  remform,  kidney-shaped. 

rep&n  dus:  repand,  with  margin  wavy. 

rfc  pens:  repent,  creeping. 

r6p  tans:  creeping. 

res6c  tus:  cut  off,  curtailed,  pruned. 

resmd  sus:  resin-bearing,  full  of  resin. 

reticula  tus:  reticulate,   netted,   net- 
veined. 

ret6r  tus:  twisted  back. 

retrofl€x  us:  reflexed. 

retu  sus:  rctuse,  notched  slightly  at  a 
rounded  apex. 

rev6r  sus :  reversed,  end-for-ciid. 

revolt  tus:  revolute,  rolled  backward 
from  the  margins. 

Rex:  king 

rhamnifd  Uus:  Rharnnus-lcaved,  buck- 
thorn-leaved 

rhizoph*/!  lus:    root -leaved,    acaule<»- 
cent 

rhod&n  thus:  rose-flowerex!. 

rhodochi  lus:  rose-lipped  or  -margined. 

rhodoclnc  tus:  rose-girdled 

rhodoneu  rus :  red-n<Tved 

rhomboid  eus:  rhomboidal 

ncmifd  hus:     Ricmus  -  leaved,      with 
leaves  of  castor-oil  plant 

rigid  ulus:  somewhat  stiff  or  rigid. 

rfg  idus:  rigid,  stiff. 

rln  gens:   nngent,    gaping,    open- 
moutheJ 

npi  nus:  of  river  banks 

nvi  Us :  pertaining  to  brooks. 

rivul&  ns:  brook-loving 

robus  tus:  robust,  stout. 

rosi  ecus:  rose-like. 

rosafld  rus:  rose-flow ered. 

r6  sous'  lose, rosy 

rostra  tus:  rostrate,  beaked 

result  ns:  rosuhite,  in  rosettes. 

rot4  tus:  rotate,  wherl-shaped. 

rotundifd  hus.  round-leaved. 

rotun  dus:  rotund,  round. 

rube1!  lus:  reddi«h. 

ru  bens:  red,  niddy. 

ru  ber:  red,  niddv. 

rub£r  rimus:  \<  ry  red 

rub£s  cens:  reddish,  becoming  red. 

rubiaefd  hus:      rubuv-     or     bramble- 
leaved 

rubicun  dus:  rubicund,  red. 

rubigmd  sus:  rusty. 

rubncau  hs:  red-stemmed. 

rubrifd  hus:  red-leaved. 

rubroner  vis:  red-vemed. 

rufe"s  cens:  reddish,  becoming  red. 

rufine'r  vis:  red-nerved. 

ru  fus:  red,  roddish 

rugd  sus:  nigose,  wrinkled 

runcini  tus:  runcmate,   retrorsely  or 

backwardly  incised  or  toothed. 
rupgs  tris:  rock-loving. 
ruplc  olus:  growing  on  cliffs  or  ledges 
rus  ticus:    rustic,    belonging    to    the 

country. 

ruthe*n  icus:  Ruthenian,  Russian. 
ru  Ulans:  red,  becoming  red. 

saccft  tus:  saccate,  bag-like, 
sacchara  tus:   containing   sugar, 

sweet. 

saccharlf  era:  sugar-bearing, 
saccharl  nus:  saccnarme. 
sac  charum:  sugar, 
•acclf  era:  bag-bearing. 


sachalmen  sis:  of  Saghahen  I  si.  (N. 

Japan). 

sagitti  hs:  of  the  arrow,  sagittate, 
sagittd.  tus:  sagittate,  arrow-like, 
sagittifd  hus:  arrow-leaved. 
salicifd  hus:  salix-leaved,  willow- 
leaved. 

salfc  inus:  willow-hke. 
salig  nus:  of  the  willpw. 
sail  nus:  salty. 

sambu  emus:  sambucus- or  elder-like. 
sane  tus:  holy. 
sandwic£n  sis:  of    the    Sandwich    or 

Hawaiian  I  sis. 

sanguln  eus:  blood v,  blood-red. 
sap  idus :  savory,  pleasing  to  taste, 
sapien  turn:  of  the  wise  men  or  au- 
thors 

sapona.  ecus:  so-ipy. 
sarcd  des:  flesh-like 
sarmat  icus:  of  S-mnatia  (an  ancient 
territory  m  S    Russia  and  Poland), 
sarmentd  sus:     sarmentose,     bearing 
runners 

satl  vus:  cultivate! 

sauroceph  alus:  h/ard-headed 
saxat  ihs:  found  among  rocks. 

saxlc  olus:  growing  nnong  locks 

saxd  sus-  full  of  lot  ks 

sc4  ber.  srabrous,  rough 

scabrel  lus.  somewhat  sc  abrous. 

scan  dens:  M  and«  nt,  ( limbing 

SCapd  BUS*  with  stapes 

seep  trum:  of  a  scepter 

schizoneu  rus:  cut-mi  ved 

schizop6t  alus:  cut-pet aled 

schizophyl  lus:  cut-lca\ed 

schold.  ns.  pertaining  to  a  school 

sclerocar  pus:  hard-fruited 

sclerophyl  lus:  hard-leaved 

sc&tica'  Scotch,  of  Scotland 

sculp  tus  •  c  .11  \  ed 

scutellJ  ns     sah  er-  or  di^h-shaped 

scu  turn:  a  shield 

sebif  era-  talloAV-beariiiR. 

sebo  sus.  full  of  tallow  or  grease 

sechelld  rus:    of    the    Seychelles 
(Indian  Ocean) 

secun  dus:  sceund,  side-flow ci ing 

securfg  era*  axe-In  umg. 

s6g  etum-  ofrotnfulds 

semiald   tus:    semi- winged,    half   or 
somewhat  winged 

semicauda  tus:  t»cmi-  or   partially 
tailed 

senucylin  dncus:  semi-  or  somewhat 
cylindrical. 

semipmntl  tus:    half   or   imperfectly 
pinnate 

semperfld  rens:  ever  flowering. 

semper  virens:  ever  green 

senl  hs:  senile,  old,  w lute-haired. 

sensfb  ihs:  endowed  with  feeling,  sen- 
sitive. 

sensitl  vus:  sensitive 

sepli  nus:  pertaining  to  hedges. 

s&  pmm :  of  hedges  or  fences. 

septanguli  ns:  seven-angled. 

septSm  lobus:  seven-lobed. 

septempuncta  tus:  seven-spotted. 

septentriona  hs:   northern,   belong- 
ing to  the  North 

sepul  tus:  sepulchered,  interred 
seric  eus:  silky. 

•er6t  inus:  late,  late-flowering  or  late- 
ripening. 


se"r  pens:  creeping,  crawling 
serpentl  nus:  of    snakes,    serpentine, 

looping  or  waving 

serratifd  lius:      serrate-leaved,     saw- 
edge-leaved. 

serr4  tus:  serrate,  saw-toothed, 
serruli  tus:  serrulate,  somewhat  ser- 
rate. 
sesquipecU  hs:  one  foot  and  a  half 

long  or  high. 

sessifld  rus:  sc;ssile-fl o w e r  e d,  with- 
out pedic  el 
sessifd  hus:     sessile-leaved,    without 

petiole 

sessihfd  hus:  sessdc-leaved. 
sGs  sihs:  sessile,  stalkless,  sitting 
seti  ceus:  setaceous,  bristle-like 
setig  era:  bristly,  bristlc-beanng. 
setd  sus:  sc»tcjse,  full  of  bristles 
setuld  sus:  full  of  small  bristles 
siblr  icus:  of  Siberia 
sign&  tus :  marked,  designated,  at- 
tested 
sikkimen  sis:    of  Sikhim   or   Sikkim 

(N    India) 
silic   eus :  pertaimng  to  or  growing  in 

sand 

siliculd  sus:  bearing  sihcles 
silvat  icus:  pertaining  to  woods,  syl- 
van, sometimes  sylvaticus 
silves  tris'  pertaimng  to  woods, 
sfm  plex:  simple,  unbranehed. 
simphcicau  hs.  t>im pie-stemmed, 
simphcifd  hus:  simile-leaved 
simphcis  simus:    urn  pie*  t,  very   un- 

bnmrhi'd 

slm  ulans.  similar  to,  resembling, 
sinen  sis'  Chinese,  of  China 
sin  icus    Chinese 

sinui  tus:  sinuate,  wavy-margined. 
Sinuo  sus     sinuate 
sitchen  sis:    bcl  ongiug  to  Sitka, 

Al  iskan 

smarag  dmus:  of  emerald, 
smilac  inus.  of  Miulax 
sobollf  era.  bearing  creeping  rooting 

sterns  or  shoots. 

soci£  hs .  bocutble,  companionable 
socotr&  nus.  of  the  Island  of  Socotra 

(south  of  Arabia) 
soli  ris .  solar,  of  the  sun 
s61  idus:  solid,  dense,  not  hollow, 
somnif  era:  sleep-producing 
s6r  didus.  dirty,  unclean,  foul 
spadlc  eus:  with  u  bpadix 
sparsifld  rus :   .sparsely   or    few  -  flow  - 

cred 

sparsifd  hus:  sparsely  or  few-leaved, 
spar  sus:  spaise,  scattered,  few. 
spar  teus:  pertaining  to  the  broom. 
spath&  ceus:  with  a  spathe 
spathul£l  tus :  spatulate,  spoon-shaped, 
narrowed  toward  the  base  from  a 
rounded  top 

speciosfs  simus:  very  showy 
specid  sus:  showy,  good-looking, 
spectab  ihs :  spectacular,  worth  seeing, 

remarkable,  showy. 
spectan  dus:  showy. 
sp6c  trum:  an  image,  apparition. 
sphacel&  tus:  dead,  withered,  diseased, 
sphffer  icus:  spherical 
sphaerocar  pus:  spherical-fruited 
sphaeroc6ph  alus:  spherical-headed, 
sphaerofd  eus:  sphere-like. 
sphaerostft  chyus:  spherical-spiked. 


158 


ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


spici  tus:  epicate,  with  spikes. 

spicfg  era:  spike-bearing. 

spinosfs  simus:  most  or  very  spiny. 

spind  sue:  full  of  spines 

spinulff  era:  bearing  small  spines. 

spinuld  sus:  somewhat  or  weakly 
spiny. 

spiri  lis:  spiral. 

spirit  lus:  a  spiral,  little  spiral 

splin  dens:  splendid. 

splendidis  simus:  very  splendid. 

splin  didus :  splendid 

spuma  rius:  frothing,  of  froth  or 
spume. 

spu  rius:  spurious,  false,  bastard. 

squa  lens:  daubed,  filthy. 

squil  idus:  squalid,  filthy. 

squami  tus:  squamate,  with  squamse 
or  small  scale-like  leaves  or  bracts. 

squamd  sus:  squamate,  full  of  scales 

squarrd  sus:  squarrose,  with  parts 
spreading  or  even  recurved  at 
ends 

stamm  eus:  bearing  prominent 
stamens. 

stans:  standing,  erect,  upright 

stauracan  thus:  with  spines  cross- 
shaped 

stelU  ns:  starry 

stell&  tus:  stellate,  starry. 

stellula  tus:  of  little  stars 

stenoceph  alus:  nan  ow-headed 

sten6g  ynus:  with  a  narrow  stigma. 

stenopet  alus:  narrow-petaled 

stenophyl  lus:  narrow-leaved. 

stendp  terus:  narrow-winged. 

stir  itts:  sterile,  infertile 

stigmat  icus:  marked,  of  stigmas. 

stigmd  sus:  much  marked,  pertain- 
ing to  stigmas 

stipula  ecus:  stipuled,  with  stipules. 

stipul&  ns:  stipuled. 

stipul&  tus:  stipuled 

stolon!!  era:  bearing  stolons  or  run- 
ners that  take  root 

stramfn  eus:  straw-colored 

strangulil  tus:  stra?igled,  constricted 

streptocar  pus:  twisted-fruited 

streptopet  alus:  with  petals  twisted 

Streptophyl  lus:  twisted-leaved 

streptosep  alus:  with  sepals  twisted 

striat  ulus :  somewhat  or  faintly 
striped 

stri&  tus:  striated,  striped 

stnctind  rus:  strict-  or  stiff-flowered. 

strlc  tus.  strict,  upright,  erect. 

strigilld  sus:  somewhat  stngose. 

strigd  sus:  Btngose,  covered  with 
sharp  straight  appresaed  hairs. 

stnguld  sus:  besot  with  small  or 
weak  appressed  hairs 

•trioU  tus:  stnolate,  somewhat  or 
faintly  striped. 

strobilff  era:  cone-bearing 

struma  rius :  of  tumors  or  ulcers. 

struma  tus :  with  tumors  or  ulcers 

styld  sus:  with  style  or  styles  promi- 
nent. 

styracff  luus:  flowing  with  storax  or 
gum. 

•uavd  olens:  sweet-scented 

su&  vis:  sweet,  agreeable. 

suavfs  simus:  sweetest,  very  sweet- 
scented. 

subacau  lis:  somewhat  stemmed, 
nearly  stemless. 


subalpi  nus:  subalpine,  nearly  al- 
pine 

subauriculft  tus:  somewhat  or  rather 
aurioled  or  eared. 

subcarnd  sus:  nearly  or  rather  fleshy. 

subcorda  tus:  partially  or  imperfectly 
or  somewhat  cordate. 

subedenta.  tus:  nearly  toothless. 

subercula  tus:  of  cork,  corky. 

suberic  tus:  somewhat  or  rather 
erect. 

suberd  sus :  cork-barked,  full  of  cork. 

subfalcA  tus:  somewhat  falcate. 

subglau  cus:  somewhat  or  to  some 
degree  glaucous. 

subhirtel  lus:  somewhat  hairy. 

subluna  tus:  somewhat  lunate  or 
cresceiit-bhu  ped 

sub  me  r  sus:  submerged,  under  water. 

subperin  nis:  imperfectly  or  nearly 
perennial 

subpetiola  tus:  somewhat  or  partially 
petioled 

subses  sihs:  nearly  sessile,  not  com- 
pletely sessile 

subsinua*  tus*  somewhat  sinuate  or 
wavy-margined 

subterr&  neus:  subterranean,  under- 
ground 

subula  tus:  subulate,  awl-shaped 

subumbelld  tus:  somewhat  or  incom- 
pletely umbellate. 

subvilld  sus:  somewhat  villose  or 
soft-hairy. 

subvolu  bihs:  somewhat  twining. 

succulen  tus:  succulent,  fleshy. 

suic  icus-  Swedish,  of  Sweden 

suffrutis  cens:  slightly  shrubby,  be- 
coming* somewhat  shrubby 

suffruticd  sus:  slightly  shrubby. 

sulca  tus:  sulcate,  furrowed 

sulphu  reus.  sulfur-colored 

Sumatra  nus:  of  the  Isl   of  Sumatra. 

supirb  ions:  superb,  proud 

super  bus :  superb,  proud 

superciha  ns:  eyebrow-like 

supirfluus:  superfluous,    redundant. 

surculd  sus:  producing  suckers 

surmamen  sis:  belonging  to  Surinam 
(Dutch  Guiana) 

susi&  nus:  of  the  province  of  Susiana 
(Persia) 

suspin  sus:  suspended,  hung 

sylvaticus:  sylvan,  forest-loving 
(also  written  silvaticui) 

sylves  tris:  of  woods  or  forests. 

sylvfc  olus:  growing  m  woods 

syphilft  icus :  syphilitic. 

syrt  acus :  Syrian,  of  Syria. 

ay's  tylus:  with  styles  joined. 

tabuli  ris:  pertaining  to  tablets. 

tabuhf6r  mis:  tablet-formed. 

taedig  era:  torch-beanng,  resm-bear- 
mg. 

taraxicifd  lius:  Taraxicum-  or  dande- 
lion-leaved. 

tardifld  rus:  late-flowered. 

tardi  vus:  tardy,  late. 

tataricus:  of  Tartary  (old  name  for 
Central  Asia). 

tau  reus:  of  oxen. 

tau  ricus:  Taurian,  Crimean. 

taurlnus:  bull-like. 

taxifd  lius:  Taxus-leaved,  yew-leaved. 

tectd  rum:  of  roofs  or  houses. 


tic  tus:  concealed. 

temulln  tus:  drunken. 

tenacls  simus:  most  tenacious. 

te  nax:  tenacious,  strong. 

tenebrd  sus:  of  dark  or  shaded  places. 

tenil  lus:  slender,  tender,  soft. 

tin  er :  slender,  tender,  soft. 

tentacula  tus:  with  tentacles  or  short 
projecting  parts 

tenuicau  Us:  blender-stemmed. 

tenuifld  rus:  slender-flowered. 

tenuif d  lius :  slender-leaved. 

tenufl  obus:  slender-lobed. 

tenu  ior:  more  slender. 

tin  uis:  slender,  thin 

tenufs  simus:  very  slender,  very  thin. 

terebinth  inus:  of  turpentine. 

ti  res:  terete,  circular  in  cross-sec- 
tion. 

teretifd  lius:  terete-leaved 

termini  hs:  terminal,  at  the  end  of  a 
stem  or  branch 

terna  tus:  in  threes,  ternate 

termfd  lius:  with  leaves  in  threes 

terras  tris:  of  the  earth,  terrestrial 

tessella  tus:  tessrlhvte,  laid  off  m 
squares  or  in  di<  e-like  pattern 

testft  ecus:  light  brown,  brick-col- 
ored; also  testaceous,  bearing  a 
prominent  testa  or  outer  seed-coat. 

testicula  tus:  testi<  ulated,    testicled. 

testudma  rius:  like  a  toitoise-shell. 

tetracan  thus:  four-spined 

tetragd  nus:  four-angled 

tetrandrus:  four-ant  hered 

tetran  thus:  four-flowered 

tetraph^l  lus:  four-leaved 

tetrap  terus:  four- winged. 

tetraque  trus:  four-cornered 

tex4  nus,  tei6n  sis:  of  Texas,  belong- 
ing to  Texas 

theff  era:  tea-bearing 

therm&  hs:  warm,  of  warm  springs. 

thuyoi  des:  like  Thuja  or  arbor-v itue. 

thyrsifld  rus:  Thyrse-flowered 

thyrsofd  eus:  thyrse-hke 

tiblc  mis:  of  a  flute  plajer. 

tigrl  nus:  tiger-striped 

tmctd  nus:  belonging  to  dyers,  of  d>cs. 

tine  tus:  dyed 

tipuhf&r  mis:  of  the  shape  of  a  daddv- 
long  legs 

tomentd  sus:  tomentose,  matted- 
pul>escent 

tormina  hs:  useful  against  colic 

tord  sus:  torose,  cylindrical  with  con- 
tractions at  certain  places  or  at 
intervals 

t&r  tilis:  twisted. 

tortud  sus :  much  twisted. 

t6r  tus:  twisted. 

toruld  sus:  somewhat  torose. 

toxica  nus:  poisonous. 

t&x  icus:  poisonous 

toxlf  era:  poison-producing. 

transpd.  rens:  transparent 

trapezif&r  mis:  trapezium-formed,  a 
four-sided  figure  of  which  no  two 
sides  are  alike. 

trapeziot  des:  trapezium-like. 

tremuloi  des:  like  Tremulus,  tn* 
trembling  poplar. 

trim  ulus:  quivering,  trembling. 

triacan  thus:  three-spined 

trifin  drus:  with  three  anthers  or 
stamens. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


159 


triangula  ris:  three-angled, 
triangula  tus:  three-angled, 
tnan  gulus:  three>-angular. 
tncaud&  tus:  throe-tailed 
tnchophyl  lus:  ha»>  -leaved. 
trichosan  thus:  hairy-flowered. 
trichosper  mus:  hairy-seeded, 
tnch&t  omus:   thrice    1>  ranched   or 

forked 

trie  olor:  three-colored 
tnc6r  nis:  three-horned, 
trlcuspida  tus:    three-cusped,     three- 
pointed 

tndac  tylus:  three-fingered 
trl  dens:  with  three  teeth 
tndentft  tus:  thioo-toothed. 
trifascii  tus:  three-banded. 
trif  idus:  three-parted 
tnfld  rus-  three-flowered. 
trifolid  tus:  tliree-leaved 
tnfoliola  tus.  thrce-leafleted. 
tnfd  bus-  three-leaved 
trif  urea  tus:  trifureate,  thrice-forked 
tnhnea  tus:  three-lined. 
tnloba  tus    thiee-lobed. 
trfl  obus.  threo-lobcd 
triraes  tris:  of  three  months, 
triner  vis :  thre  e-nen  ed 
trinotd  tus    three-marked  or  -spotted. 
tnparti  tus:  throe-parted 
tnpet  alus:   thrce-petakd 
tnphyl  lus:  three-leaved 
trip  tens:  thr<  e-wmgoel 
tripuncta  tus-  three-spotted. 
trique  trus:  three-cornered 
tris  Us:  s.id,  l)ittcr,  dull 
trtterna  tus.    tr  it  ornate,   thrice    in 

t  hroes 

trium  phans:  triumphant 
trivia  lis:     common,     ouhnary,     very 

frequent,  found  ever\  where 
tr&p  icus    of  the  tiopits 
truncat  ulus:  somewhat    or    partially 

trunc  ate 

trunca  tus:  truncate,  cut  off  squ-iro 
tubercuia  tus:   t  uboreulate,  with 

tuben  h  s  or  small  tubers 
tuberculd  sus:  tulxnkd,  knotted. 
tuberd  sus.  tuberous. 
tubifl.6  rus:    tube-How ered,    trumpet- 
flow  end 

tubis  pathus:  tubo-spathed 
tubuld  sus.  tubulose, -with tubes, 
tuhpff  era-  tulip-bearing. 
tu  midus:  swollen 
turbma  tus:  turbmate,  top-shaped. 
tur  gidus:  tin  Rid,  inflated,  full 
typhi  nus:    smoky    or   dull;   perhaps 

pertaining  to  fever. 
typ  icus:  typical,   conforming  to  the 

standard  or  norm. 

ulfc  inus:  like  the  gorse  or  furze 
(Ulex). 

uligind  sus:  of  wet  or  marshy  places. 

ulmifd  Uus:  Ulmus-leaved,  elm- 
leaved 

umbelia  tus:  with  umbels. 

umbelluU  tus:  with  umbellets. 

utnbonA  tus:  bossed,  bearing  at  cen- 
ter an  umbo  or  stout  projection. 


umbraculif  era:      umbrella  -  beanng, 

shade-producing 

urobrd  sus:  shaded,  shade-loving 
uncmd  tus:  hooked  at  the  point 
undit  tus:  waved 

undecimpuncta  tus:  eleven-spotted 
undulatifd  hus.  undulate-leaved 
unduld  tus-  undulated,  wavy 
unguiculi  ns.  flawed,  n  irrowod  to  a 

petiole-hk(  base 

unguiculd  tus:  ungmoulate,  clawed, 
unguipet  alus:  petals  clawed. 
unJc  olor:  one-colored 
unic&r  nis:  one-horned 
unidenta  tus.  one-toothed. 
umfld  rus.  OIK  -flowered 
umlatera  lis*  one-sided 
umvitta  tus:  one -^tripod 
urceoli  tus    urn-shaped 
u  rens     buinmg,  stinging 
urentis  simus.     \try    burning,   very 

stinging 

uroph^l  lus.  tail-lea ved 
urosti  chyus:  tail-spiked 
ursJ  nus'  j)ertoming  to  bears. 
urticifd  hus1  nettle-leaved  (Urtlca). 
usitatfs  simus.  mo^t  useful 
ustuld  tus    burnt,  t^ie 
u  tihs-  usrful 
utilis  simus  •  most  useful 
utncuia  tus-  utruulate,  with  a  utricle 
e>r  binall  bladd<  ry  one-seeded  fruit 
utnculd  sus.  utruhd 
uvif  era.  grape-bearing 

v4  gans    \\  anile  ri  nc,  ~\  :igabondish 

vagmi  hs    \. inmate,  sheathed 

vagmi  tus.  sheathid 

valdivii  nus,  valdivien  sis.  Valdivian, 
of  pun  nice  of  Valdivia  (Chile). 

valentl  nus-  Yahnti.m,  of  Valentia 
(,n  >p.nn) 

val  idus-  strong 

vanab  ihs:  \.iriable,  of  many  forms. 

va  nans,  \anable 

vana  tus-  variable 

vanega  tus:  \anogated. 

varnfor  mis:  of  variable  or  many 
forms 

v£  rius:  various,  ehverse. 

vasti  tor  feminine  lartatnx] :  rava- 
ging, ehvastatiiig 

vegetfl  tus:  full  of  prowth,  vigorous. 

veg  etus.  vigorous 

vela   ns:    pertaining   to   curtains   or 

Vtlls 

velu  tinus:  velvety. 
veneni  tus:  poisonous. 
vend  sus:  veiny. 
ventricd  sus:  ventricose,   swelling   or 

inflated  on  one  side  or  unev  only. 
venus  tus :  handsome,  charming 
verecun  dus:  modest,  blushing 
vermicula    tus:    \\orm-like,    or   like 

worm-tracks 
verna  hs:  vernal. 
vermcif  era:  vai msh-bearmg. 
ver  nus:  of  spring,  vernal 
verrucd  sus:  vcrrucose,  warted. 
versfc  olor:  variously  colored. 
rerticilla  ris:  verticillate. 


verticill&  tus:    verticillate,     whorled, 
arranged  in  a  circle  abouc  the  stem, 
vfc  rus:  the  true  or  genuine  or  stan- 
dard 

ves  cus:  weak,  thin,  feeble 
vesiculi  sus:  with  little  bladders 
vespertJ  nus:    of   the    evening,   west- 
ern 
vest!  tus:  covered,    clothed,    as    with 

hairs  or  pubescence 
ve"r  ans:  puzzling,  vexatious 
venlia  nus:  of  the  standard  petal  (as 
of  pea-hkn  flowers),  with  a  standard, 
villd  sus.  villous,  soft-hairy 
vimma  hs:  of  osieis,  of  basket  willows, 
vimin  eus.  of  osiers  or  wicker-work, 
vmif  era     wine-bearing 
vmd  sus*  full  of  wine. 
violi  ceus.  violet 
violes  cens.  somewhat   violet-colored 

or  beiemung  so 
vl  rens .  green 

virSs  cens    greenish,  becoming  green, 
virga  tus:  twiggy 
virgin  &  hs:  virgin 
virgin  eus.  virgin 
virgin  icus,    virgimen  sis:    Virginian, 

of  Viigirua 

vmdifld  rus :  grce»n-flowered. 
viridif d  hus .  green-leaved 
vir  idis:  green. 

vindis  simus:  greenest,  very  green, 
virid  ulus.  greenish 
viscid  ulus    somewhat  viscid, 
vis  cidus:  visud,  sticky 
viscosfs  simus:  very  sticky, 
vised  sus:  vi&cid 
vitelli  nus:  dull    yellow   approaching 

red 

vitifS  hus-  Vitis-leaved,  grape-leaved, 
vittsl  tus.  striped 
vittig  era.  bearing  stripes 
vivfp  arus:  viviparous,  producing  the 
young  ahv  e  (rather  than  oviparous), 
volgar  icus:  Volgan,     of    the     Volga 
river  region   (written  also    wolgarv- 
cus; 

volu  bihs:  twining 
volup  tas:  pleasure,  delight, 
volu  tus:  rolled-leaved 
vulga  ns :  vulgar,  common, 
vulga*  tus:  common 
vulpi  nus:  of  the  fox 

wolgar  icus :  Volgan  (see  votgartcu*). 

xanthacan  thus:  yellow-spmed. 
xan  thi  nus :  yellow 
xanthocar  pus:  yellow-fruited, 
xantholeu  cus:  yellow -white, 
xanthophyl  lus:  yellow-leaved. 

yedo6n  sis:  of  Yedo or  Yeddo  (Japan). 
yunnan€n  sis:  of  Province  of  Yun-nan, 
China. 

zebri  nus:  zebra-striped. 

zeylan  icus:    Ceyloman,    of   Ceylon; 

Cingalese,  same  as  ceylaniout. 
zoni  lis:  zonal,  zoned. 
son!  tus:  zoned,  banded. 


GLOSSARY 

OF  THE  USUAL  BOTANICAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  TECHNICAL  WORDS 

The  following  set  of  words  includes  many  descriptive  terms  used  in  this  Cyclopedia  and  elsewhere,  with  ex- 
planations of  their  meaning  In  some  respects,  the  Name-List  (pages  148  to  159)  is  a  glossary,  and  the  consultant 
should  bearch  there  when  he  fails  to  nnd  the  word  in  the  present  catalogue. 


Aberrant     Unusual,  or  exceptional,  a  plant   or    structure 

that   varies    from    customary    structure   or   from  the 

type,  used  mostly  of  variation 
Abortive     Defective,  barren,  not  developed 
Abrupt.     Changing  suddenly  rather  than  gradually,  as  a 

leaf  that  is  narrowed  quickly  to  a  point,  or  a  pinnate 

leaf  that  has  no  terminal  leaflet,  not  tapering 
Acaulescent     Stemless,  or  apparently  stemless,  sometimes 

the  stem  is  subterranean  or  protrudes  only  slightly. 
Accessory  buds     Buds  more  than  one  in  an  axil 
Accessory  fruit       Fruit-like    body  composed    of    pericarp 

and  other  structure   or    structures    seemingly  a  part 

of  it,  but  not  originally  united  with  it,  as  wintergreen 

berry 
Accrescent     Increasing,   becoming  larger  after  flowering, 

as,  the  calyx  in  some  plants, 
Accumbent     Lying  against,  said  of  cotyledons  when  tho 

edges  are  placed  against  the  radicle 

Achene  (akene)     A  dry  mdehiscent  one-seeded  pericarp. 
Achlamydeous     Lacking  calyx  or  corolla,  naked 
Acinaciform      Shaped    like    a    scimitar,     curved,    round 

toward  the  point,  being  thicker  on  tho  outer  side  than 

on  the  convex  or  inner  side 
Acotylfdonous     Without  cotyledons 
Adnate     Grown  to,  united  with  another  part,  as  stamens 

•with  the  corolla-tube  or  an  anther  in  its  whole  length 

with  the  filament 
Adventitious  buds      Buds  appearing  on  occasion,  rather 

than    in   regular   places    and    order,    as    those    arising 

about  wounds. 
Adientiee    Said  of  an  introduced  plant  not  yet  established, 

imperfectly  or  only  partially  naturalized. 
^Estivation     The  arrangement  of  floral  envelopes  in  the 

bud    (spstivus,   summer,   when   flowers  mostly  appear. 

Vernation  is  leaf -arrangement  in  the  bud) 
Affinity      A  plant  or  part  closely  related  to  another  or 

much  resembling  it  in  structure 
Agglomerate     Piled  together,  heaped  up 
Aggregate  fruit      One  formed  by  tho  coherence  of  pistils 

that  were  distinct  m  tho  flower,  as  blackberry 
Albumen     Starchy  or  other  nutritive  material  accompany- 
ing the  embryo,  commonly  used  in  the  sense  of  endo- 
sperm, for  the  material  surrounding  the  embryo 
Alburnum     The  sap  wood  or  younger  wood  of  a  tree 
Alternate     Any  arrangement  of  leaves  or  other  parts  not 

opposite  or  whorled,  placed  singly  at  different  heights 

on  the  axis  or  stem 

Alveolate     Honey-combed,  or    pitted  with  angular  sepa- 
rated depressions. 
A  ment    Catkin 

Amentiferous    Bearing  aments  or  catkins. 
Amorphous     Formless,  of  no  definite  or  constant  form 
Amphigean     Of   both  worlds,  the  Old  and  New,  said  of 

distribution  of  plants 
Amphitropous.    Said  of    a  straight  ovule  or  seed  that  is 

apparently  turned  a  quarter  way  around,   so  that  it 
is  half  inverted  and  with  tho  scar  or  hilum  on  the 

side. 
Ampullaceous     Said  of  plants  bearing  flask-like  parts,  aa 

in  certain  aquatics  such  as  Utriculana. 
Analogous     Related  in  function  or  use,  but  not  in  origin. 

See  Homologous. 


Anastomosing  Netted,  mterveined,  said  of  leaves  marked 
by  cross-veins  forming  a  network 

Anatropous  Said  of  a  straight  ovule  or  seed  that  is  in- 
verted, with  the  micropyle  next  the  hilum  or  scar 

Ander  Male,  occurs  in  combinations  as,  monandrous, 
having  one  stamen 

Androeceum  The  male  or  stamen-bearing  part  of  a  flower; 
the  stamens  spoken  of  collectively  See  Gyn&cium 

Androphore  The  cylinder  or  column  formed  by  monadel- 
phous  filaments,  as  in  the  mallow  and  bombax  tribes 

Angiotpcrms  Plants  that  boar  the  seeds  within  a  pericarp, 
in  distinction  from  the  gymnospc'rms  which  have 
naked  ovules  and  seeds,  having  a  closed  ovary 

Annual  Of  one  season's  duration  from  seed  to  maturity 
and  death 

Anterior  Front,  on  the  front  side,  away  from  the  axis, 
toward  the  subtending  brae  t 

Anther  The  pollen-bearing  part  of  the  stamen,  borne  at 
the  top  of  tho  filament  or  sometimes  sessile 

Anthenferout     Anther-bearing 

Anthesia  Flowering,  strictly,  the  time  of  expansion  of  a 
flower,  but  often  used  to  designate  the  flowering  period, 
the  act  of  flowering 

Anthocarpous  Said  of  a  body  combined  of  flowers  and 
fruit  united  into  a  solid  mass,  as  in  the  pineapple  or 
tho  mulberry 

Anthofhum  Flower-head  of  the  Composite;  in  com- 
mon speech  this  flower-head  is  erroneously  called  a 
"flower  " 

Antical    Front,  anterior 

Apetalous.    No  petals,  petals  missing. 

Apical.   At  the  apex  or  top. 

Apocarpus     Carpels  not  united,  see  Syncarpous 

Appendage  An  attached  subsidiary  or  secondary  part,  as 
a  projecting  part  or  a  hanging  part  or  supplement 

Appresscd     Closely  and  flatly  pressed  against,  adpressed. 

Arachnoid  Cobwebby,  by  soft  and  slender  entangled 
hairs,  also  spider-like 

Areole,  arcola  A  small  more  or  less  angular  space  on  a 
surface,  as  between  network  of  veins 

Aril  An  appendage  or  an  outer  covering  of  a  seed,  grow- 
ing out  from  the  hilum  or  fumculus;  sometimes  it 
appears  as  a  pulpy  covering 

Anllate     Provided  with  an  aril 

Arillode  An  aril-like  structure,  or  false  aril;  a  coating  or 
covering  of  the  seed  arising  from  its  own  surface,  and 
not  from  tho  fumculus 

Artned  Provided  with  any  kind  of  strong  and  sharp 
defence,  as  of  thorns,  spines,  prickles,  barbs. 

Articulate.  Jointed ,  provided  with  nodes  or  joints,  or  places 
whore  separation  may  naturally  take  place. 

Ascending  Rising  up,  produced  somewhat  obliquely  or 
indirectly  upward 

Asexual.    Sexless,  without  sex. 

Auricle  An  ear-ahaped  part  or  appendage,  as  the  projec- 
tions at  the  base  of  some  leaves  and  petals. 

Awl-shaped.  Narrow  and  sharp-pointed,  gradually  taper- 
ing from  base  to  a  slender  or  stiff  point. 

Awn    A  bristle-like  part  or  appendage 

Axil  Upper  angle  that  a  petiole  or  peduncle  makes  with 
the  stem  that  bears  it. 

Axile.   Borne  in  or  on  the  axis,  or  relating  to  it. 

(ItO) 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANICAL  TERMS 


161 


Axillary.   In  an  axil. 

Axis  The  main  or  central  line  of  development  of  any 
plant  or  organ,  the  main  stem. 

Bacca.   A  berry 

Baccate.   Berry-like,  pulpy  or  fleshy. 

Banded.  Marked  with  cross-bars  or  horizontal  lines  of 
color,  or  with  very  prominent  ribs  or  other  structure 

Barb  A  short  point  or  bristle;  usually  employed  to  desig- 
nate points  with  reflex ed  or  rWihook  -  like  rarely 
ascending  appendages 

Barbulate.   With  fine  beards 

Bark  The  word  is  often  used  in  a  general  way  to  designate 
the  softer  outer  envelope  of  a  stem  or  root  In  this 
sense,  it  includes  all  that  peels  readilv,  as  the  bark  of 
the  hemlock  and  oak,  used  for  tanning  leather  In  a 
stricter  sense,  it  is  applied  to  the  corky  layers  formed 
on  the  outer  surface  of  woody  plants  It  is  formed 
from  an  active  layer  of  tissue, — the  phellogen  The 
bark  is  developed  in  different  ways  on  different  trees. 
So  distinct  are  the  resulting  tissues  that  species  of 
trees  may  be  readily  recognized  by  then-  bark  alone 
Cork  of  commerce  is  the  bark  01  the  cork  oak,  a 
native  of  southwestern  Europe  Inasmuch  as  the 
word  covers  so  many  structures,  it  is  little  used  by 
botanists  in  technical  descriptions 

Bark-grafting  A  kind  of  grafting  in  which  the  nous  are 
inserted  between  the  bark  and  wood  of  a  stub,  often, 
but  erroneously,  called  crown-grafting 

Base.  The  bottom  or  lower  end  of  a  part  or  structure  or 
organ,  even  though  this  part  may  be  uppermost  as 
the  organ  hangs  on  the  plant 

Basifixed  Attached  or  fixed  by  the  base,  as  an  ovule  that 
is  affixed  to  its  support  by  its  bottom  rather  than  by 
its  side  or  by  an  angle 

Basin  The  depression  at  the  apex  or  blossom-end  of  an 
apple  or  other  pome  fruit 

Basinerved  All  the  ribs  or  nerves  of  a  leaf  or  petal  start- 
ing from  its  base 

Bast  The  soft  part  of  the  fibro-vascular  bundles  in  plants, 
abundant  m  the  inner  bark  It  increases,  in  thickness 
simultaneously  with  the  wood,  but  much  less  rapidly 
The  fibrous  elements  in  the  bast  of  basswood  have  been 
used  in  making  cordage,  also  in  making  strong  paper. 

Beak.  A  long  prominent  and  substantial  point,  applied 
particularly  to  prolongations  of  fruits  and  carpels 

Beard    A  long  awn  or  bristle-like  hair 

Berry  Pulpy,  mdehiseent,  few-  or  many-seeded  fruit, 
technically,  the  pulpy  fruit  resulting  from  a  single 
pistil,  containing  one  or  more  seeds  but  no  true  stone, 
as  the  tomato 

Bi-  or  Bii>-     In  Latin  compounds,  signifying  two  or  twice. 

Biaui  iculatc ,  biauntc     Having  two  ears. 

BicaUosc,  birallous  Furnished  with  two  callosities,  as  the 
lip  of  some  orchids 

Bicrural.    With  two  tails,  legs,  or  slender  elongations. 

Biennial  Of  two  seasons'  duration  from  seed  to  maturity 
and  death 

Bifanous    Arranged  in  two  rows. 

Bifid    Two-cleft  or  two-cut 

Bifolwlate    With  two  leaflets  to  a  leaf. 

Biforate    With  two  openings,  pores  or  apertures. 

Bigener.   Plant  arising  from  a  cross  between  two  genera. 

Bilabiate    Two-lipped,  double-lipped. 

Bilamellate    Bearing  or  consisting  of  two  plates. 

Bilobed    Two-lobed ,  parted  into  two  lobes. 

Bilocular.   Two-celled ,  with  two  loculea  or  compartments. 

Bipartite    Divided  into  two  parts,  separated  nearly  to  base. 

Bipinnate.  Twice-pinnate,  when  tho  primary  divisions  are 
pinnate. 

Bipinnatifid.  Twice-pinnatifid;  when  pinnatifid  primary 
parts  are  pinnately  cut 

Biplicate    Bearing  two  plaits  or  folds 

Biaeptate.   Twice-divided,  with  two  partitions. 

Bisenal    In  two  series  or  sets 

Biserrate.  Doubly  serrate;  the  serraturea  themselves  serrate. 

11 


Bisexual.    Two-sexed,  with  both  stamens  and  pistils. 

Biternate  Twice-ternate,  when  the  divisions  of  a  ternate 
leaf  are  divided  into  three. 

Bivalvular.    Two-valved 

Bivittatc     With  two  vitttr  or  oil-tubes 

Bladdery  Inflated,  empty,  and  the  walls  thin  like  the 
bladder  of  an  animal 

Blade     The  expanded  part  of  leaf  or  petal. 

Blanching^  A  whitening  or  dpcoloring  of  the  usually  green 
parts  of  plants,  as  in  celery  or  endive  when  it  is  pre- 
pared for  use 

Bole    The  trunk  of  a  tree,  particularly  of  a  large  tree. 

Boss  A  prominent  center  or  projection  on  a  flat  and  more 
or  less  circular  surface 

Bottom-heat  A  term  used  to  designate  the  condition  that 
arises  when  the  roots  of  plants,  or  the  soil  in  which 
they  grow,  are  exposed  to  a  higher  temperature  than 
that  of  the  air  in  whuh  the  aerial  parts  are  growing 

lirachiate  Branches  or  parts  spreading  at  nearly  right- 
angles  and  placed  alternately 

Brachys  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  short,  as  brachy- 
podus,  on  a  short  foot  or  stalk 

Biact  A  much-reduced  leaf,  particularly  the  small  or 
scale-like  leaves  in  a  flower-cluster  or  associated  with 
the  flowers 

Rracteal    Concerning  or  pertaining  to  bracts 

Hraiteole     Braetlet 

liractlft  Bract  born  on  a  secondary  axis,  as  on  the  pedicel 
or  even  on  a  petiole 

Breaking     Said  •when  buds  start  to  grow 

Ilribtly     Bearing  stiff  strong  hairs  or  bristles 

Bail  An  incipient  or  nascent  shoot,  the  rudimentary  or 
beginning  state  of  a  stem,  particularly,  in  common 
speech,  a  thickened  and  condensed  restmg-stage  of  a 
shoot,  or  a  flower  or  leif  before  expanding,  in  prop- 
agating, a  single  bud  used  on  a  cutting  or  cion  See 
Buds,  p  580 

Budding  The  operation  of  applying  a  single  bud  to  the 
surface  of  the  growing  wood  of  the  stork,  with  the 
intention  that  it  shall  grow  The  bud  is  usually 
inserted  underneath  tho  bark  of  the  cion,  and  is  held 
in  place  by  a  bandage  Budding  is  a  part  of  the  general 
process  of  grafting  Called  inoculation  in  old  writings 

Bulb  A  thickened  pait  in  a  resting  state  and  made  up  of 
scales  or  plates  on  a  much  shortened  axis  See  Bulb,  p 
588 

Bulbel    A  bulb  arising  from  a  mother-bulb 

Bulbiferous     Bulb-bearing 

Bulbht  Aerial  bulb,  a  bulb  lx>rne  above  ground,  as  in  the 
flower-cluster  or  a  leaf-axil. 

Bulbu-tuber     Corm 

Bulbous  Bulb-like,  with  the  structure  or  the  character- 
istics of  a  bulb 

Bullate  The  surface  blistered  or  puckered,  as  the  leaf  of 
a  Savoy  cabbage 

Bumcle.    A  little  pouch-like  or  purse-like  receptacle 

Bush     A  low  and  thick  shrub,  without  distinct  trunk. 

Caducous  Falling  off  early,  or  prematurely,  as  the  sepals 
in  some  plants 

Calcaratc    Spurred 

Calcanfarm    Spur-formed,  shaped  like  a  calcar  or  spur. 

Calccolate  Slipper-like,  having  the  form  of  a  round- 
ing toed  shoe 

Callosity    A  thickened  and  hardened  part  or  protuberance. 

Callus  A  hard  prominence  or  protuberance ,  m  a  cutting 
or  on  a  severed  or  injured  part,  the  roll  of  new  cover- 
ing tissue 

Calycine    Pertaining  to  a  calyx,  or  calyx-hke. 

Calyculate  Calyx-like,  bearing  a  part  resembling  a  calyx; 
particularly,  furnished  with  bracts  against  or  under- 
neath the  calyx  resembling  a  supplementary  or  outer 
calyx. 

Calyptra  A  hood  or  lid,  particularly  the  hood  or  cap  of 
the  capsule  of  a  moss. 

Calyptriform.   Hood-formed;  like  a  cap  pulled  over. 


162 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


Calyx    The  outer  circle  of  floral  envelopes 

Cambium.  The  growing  or  nascent  tissue  lying  between 
the  xylem  and  phloem  of  the  nbro-vasculur  bundle,  and 
therefore  on  the  outride  of  the  woody  trunk  between 
wood  and  bast,  or  in  trees  and  shrubs  between  wood 
and  "bark  "  Its  function  is  to  increase  the  stem  in 
diameter 

Campanulate.   Bell-shaped. 

Campylotropous.  Said  of  an  ovule  or  seed  so  curved  or 
turned  on  itself  as  to  bring  the  apex  and  base  together. 

Canaliculate    Grooved  or  channeled  lengthwise. 

Canescent     Gray-pubescent  and  hoary 

Cap  A  convex  removable  covering  of  a  part,  as  of  a  cap- 
sule, in  the  grape,  the  cohering  petals  fall  off  as  a  cap. 

Capillary.   Hair-like,  very  slender. 

Capitate  Headed,  in  heads,  formed  like  a  head,  aggre- 
gated into  a  very  dense  or  compact  cluster 

Capitulum    Head,  a  close  body  of  sessile  flowers 

Capmlar.    Pertaining  to  a  capsule,  formed  like  a  capsule. 

Capsule  Compound  pod,  a  dry  fruit  of  more  than  one 
carpel,  opening  at  matuntv 

Cannate  Keeled ,  pro\  ided  with  a  projecting  central  longi- 
tudinal line  or  ridge  on  the  lower  or  under  surface 

Carpel.  On'e  of  the  foliar  units  of  a  compound  pistil,  a 
simple  pistil  contains  one  carpel 

Carpophore  Fruit-stalk,  stem  bearing  the  carpels,  particu- 
larly, in  the  Umbelliferje,  the  slender  extended  axis 
that  supports  the  ripe  seed -like  carpeK 

Cartilaginous     Hard  and  tough,  like  parchment 

Caruncle  On  a  seed,  a  protuberance  or  growth  at  or 
around  the  hilum 

Caryopsu>  An  achene-hke  fruit,  with  the  thin  pericarp  or 
covering  grown  fast  to  the  seed ,  it  is  the  eharac  teristic 
fruit  of  the  cereal  grains  and  other  grasses 

Cataphyll  An  undeveloped  leaf,  as  at  the  beginning  of 
a  growth 

Catkin  A  scaly-bracted  spike  \Mth  declmous  flowers, 
ament,  prominent  in  willows  and  poplars 

Caudex  Stem,  trunk,  used  particular!}  to  designate  the 
persistent  base  of  an  herbaceous  stem  that  is  otherwise 
annual,  and  also  for  the  stem  of  tree-ferns  and  palms 

Caudicle  Little  stem,  stemlet,  stalk  of  pollimum  in 
orchids 

Caulescent  More  or  less  stemmed  or  stem-bearing,  having 
an  evident  stem  above  ground 

Caulicle.   Stemlet  of  the  embryo,  radicle 

Cauhne    Pertaining  or  belonging  to  the  stem 

Cavity  The  depression  at  the  bottom  or  stem-end  of  an 
apple  or  similar  fruit 

Cell  One  of  the  ultimate  compartments  or  vesicles  of 
which  plants  are  composed  or  made  up,  also,  a  cavity  or 
compartment  or  locule  of  an  ovary  or  anther 

Cellular  Tissue  made  up  of  short  thin-walled  cells, 
rather  than  of  fibers  or  tubes 

Centrifugal    Away  from  the  center 

Centripetal    Toward  the  center 

Centrum  The  central  part  of  any  structure,  particularly 
the  large  central  air-space  in  hollow  stems 

Cephalanthium  An  old  name  for  the  flower-head  of  com- 
posites, anthodium 

Cephahum.  The  head -like  stem-end  of  condensed  cacti, 
bearing  the  flowers  and  fruits 

Cernuous.  Drooping,  inclining  somewhat  from  the  per- 
pendicular 

Cetpilose  Matted ,  growing  in  tufts  in  little  dense  clumps; 
said  of  low  plants  that  make  tufts  or  turf  of  their  basal 
growths. 

Chxta.   A  bristle,  seta 

Chaff  A  small  thin  dry  and  membranous  scale  or  bract; 
in  particular,  the  bracts  in  the  flower-heads  of  com- 
posites 

Channeled.  Deeply  grooved  lengthwise;  canaliculate. 
Chartaceous.    Thin,  hard  and  stiff,  having  the  texture  of 

writing-paper. 

Chrysos.  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  golden  or  golden 
yellow. 


Cihate     Fringed  with  hairs,  bearing  hairs  on  the  margiV 

Cilwlate    Slightly  or  minutelv  ciliate 

Cinereous     Ash-(  olored ,  light  gray 

Cmnamomcus     Cmnamon-c  olored 

Cion     The  bud  or   brunt  h  used  in   grafting,  also  spellec 

t>non 
Circinate     Coiled  downward  or  inward  from  the  top,  a* 

the  young  frond  of  a  fern  and  cycas. 
CircumsniiSile     Opening  or  dehiscing  by  a  line  around  the 

fruit  or  anther,  the  valve  usually  coming  off  as  a  lid. 
Cirrhift  rous     Tendril-bearing 
Cirrhiform     Tendnl-forin 
CVr/i</&,  cirrus    A  tendril 
Claelophyllum     A  flattened  leaf-like  branch,  functioning  aa 

foliage,  as  in  many  nca<  las  and  in  asparagus 
Cla<1o\     In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  branch 
Cla»pinej     Leaf  partly  or  wholly  surrounding  .stern 
Claoati     Club-shaped,    said    of    a    long    body    thickened 

toward  the  top 
Claw     The  long  narrow  petiole-like  base  of  the  petals  or 

sepals  in  some  flowers 
ClnstoQarnout,  flowers      Small  closed  self-fertilized  flowers, 

as  in  some  violets  and  in  many  other  plants 
Close   /utilization      Fecundation    by    pollen    from    same 

flow  er,  self-fertilization 
Clou      One  of  the  separvble  part*  of  a  composite  bulb,  aa 

of  the  gail  ic 
Clypeatr     With  the  form  of  an  ancient  buckler  or  roi'nd 

convex  shield ,  shield-like 
Coalescence     The  union  of  similar  parts  or  organs,  or  of 

those  in  the  same  sines  as  stamens  with  stamens  and 

p(  tals  with  petals 
Coaictate     Crowded  together 
Coccus     V  berrj    (plural  n>ui),  in  particular,  one  of  the 

parts  of  a  lobed  fruit  \\ith  one-seeded  cells 
Cochlranfot  rn     Spoon-shaped 

Coturt  nt     Two  or  more  similar  parts  or  organs  joined 
Cohniion      The   union    of    two  or  more  organs   of    same 

kind 

Collateral     By  the  side,  standing  side  by  side 
Column      Body  formed  of    union  of    stamens   and  pistil 

in  orchids,  or  of  stamens,  as  in  mallows 
Comtm^^urc     The  place  of  joining  or  meeting,  as  the  face 

by  which  one  carp»  1  joins  another 
Comn\c     Bearing  n  tuft  or  tufts  of  hair 
Complete  flower      All  parts  present 
Complite  If  (if    Ha\mg  blucle,  petiole,  stipules. 
Complicate     Folded  o\  er  or  back  on  itself 
Compound    Of  two  or  more  similar  parts  in  one  organ. 
Compound  haf    A  leaf  with  two  or  more  separate  leaflets, 

in  some  cases  (us  in  Citrus)  some  of  the  leaflets  may 

be  obsolete  and    the    compound    leaf    have  only  one 

leaflet 

Compound  pit>til     Of  two  or  more  carpels  united 
Cowprt'Ast//     I'httened,  especially  flattened  laterally 
Conchiform     Shell-form,  like  one  valve  of  a  bivalve  shell 
Conduphcate     Two  parts  folded  together  lengthwise 
Cone     A  dense  and  usually  elongated  collec  tion  of  flowers 

or  fruits  borne  beneath  scales,  the  whole  with  scales 

and  axis  forming  a  deta<  liable  homogeneous  fruit-like 

body,  some  cones  are  of  short  duration,  as  the  stann- 

nate  cones  of  pines,  and  others  become  dry  and  woody 

durable  parts 
Confluent     Running  together  so  as  to  form  a  single  part 

or  organ ,  blended 
Confoi  med     Of  the  same  form  or  character  aa  something 

else  or  as  a  related  part  or  structure 
Congested     Crowded  very  closely  together,  collected  into 

a  mass  or  body 

Conglobate.    Gathered  into  a  ball  or  globe. 
Conglomerate.   Clustered,  brought  together 
Coniferous    Cone-bearing. 
Connate     United  or  joined,  m  particular,  like  or  similar 

structures  joined  as  one  body  or  organ 
Connective.   The  filament  or  tissue  connecting  the  two  oelle 
of  an  anther,  particularly  when  the  cells  are  separated 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


163 


Connvoent      Coming    together    or    converging,    but    not 

organically  connected 
Conoidal.   Cone-like,  nearly  conical. 

Convolute     Said  of  floral  envelopes  in  the  bud  when  one 

edge  overlaps  the  next  part  or  petal  or  sepal  or  lobe 

while  the  other  edge  or  margin  is  overlapped  by  a 

preceding  part ,  rolled  up 

Cordate     Heart-shaped,  with  a  sinus  and  rounded  lobes 

at  the  base  and  ovate  in  general  outline 
Cork  The  name  applied  to  the  outer  impervious  mostly 
not-living  part  of  the  bark  Most  bark  develops  a 
corky  exterior,  and  m  some  cases  it  becomes  very 
prominent  In  Evonymous  Thunliergianus,  the  English 
maple,  the  corky  barked  elm,  and  other  trees  and 
shrubs,  it  forms  wings  on  the  branches  The  cork  of 
commerce  comes  from  the  bark  of  Quercus  Ilex  (better 
known  as  Q  tiubcr),  plantations  of  which  grow  m  south- 
western Europe  The  cork  tree  of  the  catalogues, 
Phellodendron  amurense,  is  a  curious  tree,  cultivated 
for  ornament 
Corm  A  solid  bulb-like  part,  usually  subterranean,  as 

the  "bulb"  of  crocus  and  gladiolus 
Cormel    A  corm  arising  from  a  mother-corm 
Cormlet    Aerial  conn,  or  one  borne  in  the  inflorescence  or 

in  the  leaf  axils 

Cormous     With  conns,  or  pertaining  to  conns. 
Corneous     Horny,  hard  and  very  dense  in  texture 
Corniculate     Bearing  or  terminating  in  a  small  horn-like 

protuberance  or  process 

Corolla  Inner  circle  of  floral  envelopes,  if  the  parts  are 
separate,  they  are  petals,  if  not  separate,  they  are 
teeth,  lobes  or  divisions 

Corona  Crown,  coronet,  any  appendage  or  intrusion  that 
stands  between  the  corolla  and  stamens,  or  on  the 
corolla,  as  the  cup  of  a  daffodil,  or  that  is  the  out- 
growth of  the  stamina!  part  or  circle,  as  in  the  milk- 
weeds 

Coromform     Crown-formed  or  crown-like,  corona-like 
Corticate     Having  a  cortex  or  hard  bark,  also  having  a 

rind,  as  the  lemon  and  orange 

Corymb  Short  and  broad,  more  or  less  flat-topped  inde- 
terminate flower-t  luster 

Corymbose    inflorescence       Outer    flowers     opening    first 
Costa    A  rib,  in  particular  a  strong  nb  or  line,  as  a  midrib 

or  mid-ner\  e 
Cottaie    Ribbed 

Cotyledon  Seed-leaf,  the  primary  leaf  or  leaves  in  the 
embryo,  m  some  plants  the  cotyledon  always  remains 
in  the  seed-coats  and  in  others  (as  bean)  it  emerges  on 
germination 

Cratenform     Deep  saucer-shaped,  cup-shaped. 
Creeper     A  trailing  shoot  that  takes  root  in  the  ground 

throughout  its  length 

Crenate    Shallowly  round-toothed  or  obtubely  toothed. 
Cremilate     Finely  or  shallow ly  crenate 
Crested     With  elevated  and  irregular  or  toothed  ridge. 
Cribrose     Sieve-like,  with  numerous  small  apertures 
Crop     Produce  of  tilled,   eared-for  or  protected  plants. 
Croppage     The  whole  subject  of  the  producing  of  crops 
Cross     The  offspring  of  any  two  flowers  that  have  been 
fertilized     A  cross-breed  is  a  cross  between  varieties 
of  the  bame  species    Synonyms  are  half-breed,  mongrel, 
variety-hybrid      Crossing  is   the  operation   of  cross- 
pollinating      Cross-pollination  is  the   transfer  of    the 
pollen  of  one  flower  to  the  pistil  of  another 
Cross-fertilization      Fertilization    or    fecundation  secured 

by  pollen  from  another  flower 

Cross-pollination    Transfer  of  pollen  from  flower  to  flower. 
Crown.    Corona;  also  that  part  of  the  stem  at  the  surface 
of  the  ground,  also  a  part  of  a  rhizome  with  a  largo 
bud,  suitable  for  use  in  propagation. 
Cruciate    Cross-shaped  or  cross-like 
Crustaceous.  Said  of  bodies  or  coverings  that  are  hard  and 

brittle. 

Cryptogam.  Flowerless  plant,  aa  fern,  moss,  fungus,  sea- 
weed, less  used  than  formerly  as  a  technical  term. 


Cryptos     In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  concealed. 
Culm     The  stem  of  sedges  and  grasses,  and  similar  plants. 
Cuniate.    Wedge-shaped,  triangular,  with  the  narrow  end 

at  point  of  attachment,  ab  of  leaves  or  petals 
Cupular.    Cup-like  or  cup-shaped,  the  acorn  nut  sits  in  a 

cupule  or  little  cup  (whence  the  name  Cupuhfer®). 
Cuticle     The  external  rind  or  skin  of  a  plant  or  part; 

usually    applied    to    the  thin    waterproof  membrane 

overlying  the  epidermis 
Cutting     A  severed  vegetative  or  asexual  part  of  a  plant 

used  in  propagation,  as  a  cutting  of  root,  of  stem,  or 

of  leaf. 

Cyathiform  Cup-shaped. 
Cymbiform  Boat-shaped. 
Cyme  A  broad,  more  or  less  flat-topped  determinate 

flower-cluster 

Cymote  inflorescence     With  central  flowers  opening  first 
Cypstla     An  old  term  for  the  fruit  of  composites,  being 

dry,  one-celled  and  one-seeded. 

Deciduous     Falling,  as  the  leaves  of  non-evergreen  trees. 

Decompound     More  than  once  compound 

Decumbent  Reclining  or  lying  on  the  ground,  but  with  the 
end  ascending 

Decurrent     Running  down  the  stem,  as  the  leaf  of  mullein 

Decussate  Opposite  leaves  in  four  rows  up  and  down  the 
stem,  alternating  in  pairs  at  right  angles 

Definite  Said  of  H  constant  or  known  number,  not  exceed- 
ing twenty,  contracted  with  indefinite,  above  twenty, 
when  the  parts  are  usually  not  counted  in  systematic 
descriptions 

Deflexed    Turned  downward  abruptly. 

Defoliation     The  casting  or  falling  of  the  leaves 

Dehiscence  The  method  or  process  of  opening  of  a  seed- 
pod  or  anther 

Deliquescent  Trunk  or  leader  lost  in  the  branches;  said 
of  tree-top  without  a  leader 

Deltoul     Triangular,  delta-like 

Dendroid     Said  of  tree-shaped  small  plants 

Dendron     In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  tree 

Dtntate     With  sharp  spieadmg  teeth 

Depauptrate  Applied  to  a  plant  or  part  that  is  less  per- 
f<  c  tlv  de\ eloped  than  usual  or  normal,  also  said  of 
very  small  members  of  a  genus,  or  family 

Depressed    More  or  less  flattened  endwise  or  from  above. 

Descending     The  direction  gradually  downwards 

Determinate  Definite  cessation  of  growth  at  the  apex  or 
in  the  mam  axis 

Di-,  Dis,-  In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  two  or  twice 
as  diphyllus,  two-leaved 

Diadtlphous  In  two  groups,  as  the  stamens  of  some 
Legummossp,  joined  by  their  filaments. 

Diandrous    With  two  stamens 

Diaphanous     Transparent  or  translucent. 

Dicarpdlous     Comprised  of  two  carpels 

Dwhlamydcous     Provided  with  both  ralyx  and  corolla. 

Dichogamy  Stamens  and  pistils  maturing  at  different 
times 

Diclinous  Imperfect,  ha\mg  either  stamens  or  pistils  but 
not  both,  unisexual  See  Monochnous 

Dicoccous    Separating  into  two  cocci 

Dicotyledonous     With  two  cotyledons 

Didynamous.  With  four  btamens  in  two  pairs  of  different 
length 

Diffuse  Loosely  branching  or  spreading;  of  open 
growth 

Digitate  Hand-hke,  compound  with  the  members  arising 
from  one  point. 

Dimerous    The  parts  in  twos. 

Dixctous  Stammate  and  pistillate  flowers  on  different 
plants. 

Dipterous.  Two-winged. 

Dipyrenous    Having  two  stones  or  pyrenes. 

Disciform    Flattish  and  circular  like  a  discus. 

Discoid  Disk-like,  in  particular,  said  of  a  head  of  Com- 
posite without  ray-flowers. 


164 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


Disk,  disc.    A  more  or  less  fleshy  or  elevated  development 

of  the  receptacle  about  the  pistil,  receptacle  in  the 

head  of  Compositse 
Disk-flowers    The  tubular  flowers  in  the  center  of  heads  of 

Compositae,  as  distinguished  from  the  ray-flowers. 
Dissected    Divided  into  many  slender  segments. 
Dissepiment    A  partition,  particularly  in  an  ovary  or  fruit. 
Distinct     Separate,  not  united  with    parts  in  the    sarno 

series 

Divided    Separated  to  the  base 
Divi&wn     Propagation  by  means  of  separating  the  root 

sybteni  or  rhizome  system  into  parts,  cutting  up  the 

plant  into  several  root-bearing  parts  or  pieces,  as  when 

one  rhubarb  plant  is  made  into  two  or  more. 
Dorsal     Back,  relating  to  the  back  or  outer  surface  of  a 

part  or  organ 

Dorsiferous     Bearing  anything  on  the  back. 
Dorsifixed    Attached  by  the  back 
Dorsoventral     Literally,  bark-front,  placed  with  reference 

to  the  back  or  front  or  to  both 
Double      Said  of  flowero  that  have  more  than  the  usual 

number  of  floral  envelopes,  particularly  of  petals,  full 
Downy    Covered  with  very  short  and  weak  soft  hair*, 
Drupe     A  fleshy  one-boeded  mclehiseent  fruit,   with  seed 

inclosed  in  a  stony  endocarp,  stone-fruit 
Drupelet     One  drupe    in  a  fruit    made  up  of    aggregate 

drupes,  as  in  the  raspberry 
Dumose.   Low  and  branching,  as  a  bush. 

E-  or  Ex-  In  Latin-formed  words,  usually  denoting,  as 
a  prefix,  that  parts  are  missing,  as  exstipulate,  without 
stipules,  efctnate,  without  stripes 

Ecalcarate    Without  calcar  or  spur 

Ecology  Study  of  habits  and  modes  of  life  of  animals  and 
plants 

Ecostate    Without  ribs. 

Edentate    Without  teeth 

Effuse    Loosely  spreading,  very  diffuse. 

Eglandulose    Without  glands 

Elliptic  A  flat  part  or  body  that  is  oval  and  narrowed  to 
rounded  ends 

Elongate    Lengthened,  stretched  out. 

Embryo    The  plantlot  in  the  seed 

Endocarp    The  inner  layer  or  part  of  a  pericarp. 

Endogen  Term  applied  to  stems  ha\  ing  scattered  bundles, 
as  of  Indian  corn,  not  appropriate,  and  now  little  used. 
See  Exogen 

Endosperm  Starch  or  other  food  outside  or  around  the 
embryo,  albumen 

Ensiform,  ensate  Sword-shaped,  long,  flat,  2-edged, 
nearly  or  quite  straight,  with  a  sharp  point 

Entire     Margin  not  ui  any  way  indented,  whole 

Environment  Surroundings,  conditions  in  which  organ- 
isms live  and  grow 

Ephemeral  Persisting  for  one  day  only,  as  flowers  of 
spiderwort 

Epi    A  Greek  prefix  signifying  on  or  upon 

Epicarp    The  outer  layer  or  surface  of  the  pericarp. 

Epichile     The  upper  part  of  the  jointed  hp  of  an  orchid. 

Epicotyl  That  part  of  the  cauhcle  lying  above  the  coty- 
ledons 

Epidermis  Superficial  layer  of  cells  and  underneath  the 
cuticle 

Epigeal     Cotyledons  rising  into  the  air  in  germination. 

Epigeous     Close  upon  the  ground  rather  than  underneath. 

Epigynous  Borne  on  the  ovary,  used  of  floral  parts  when 
ovary  is  inferior  and  flower  not  perigynous 

Epipetalous    On  a  petal 

Epiphyllous    On  a  leaf. 

Epiphyte  Air-plant,  a  plant  growing  on  another  or  on 
some  other  elevated  support 

Equitant.  Sitting  astride,  used  for  conduplicate  leaves  that 
stand  inside  each  other  in  two  ranks,  as  m  Iris. 

Erostrate.  Without  a  beak. 

Essential  organs    Stamens  and  pistils 

Evergreen.   Remaining  green  throughout  the  year. 


Exalbuminous     Seeds  without  albumen  or  endosperm. 
Excentnc.  Out  of  or  away  from  the  center 
Excurrent.   The  trunk  or  leader  continuing  through  the  top. 
Exfoliating    Coming  off  m  thin  layers,  as  the  bark  of  birch 

and  other  plants 

Exocarp    The  out&ide  part  of  a  pericarp. 
Exogen,  exogenous.    Gi  owing  and   increasing  m  diameter 

by  layers  on  the  exterior  of  the  woody  cylinder,  m 

distinction  from  endogens 
Exscrted      Sticking   out,   projecting   beyond,   as   stamens 

from  a  perianth 
Exsiccated     Dry  or  dried. 
Exstipulate    Without  stipules 
Extrorse    Looking  or  facing  outward 
Eye     The  marked  center  of  a  flower,  a  bud  on  a  tuber,  as 

on  a  potato,  a  single-bud  cutting 

Facies  The  general  appearance  or  "looks"  of  a  plant,  or 
the  characteristic  appearance  of  a  plant  society 

Fannau'ous     Containing  starch,  or  starch-like  materials. 

Fa»ciated  Much  flattened,  an  abnormal  or  teratolo^ual 
widening  and  flattening  of  the  stem 

Fascicle     A  condensed  or  close  cluster,  as  of  flowers. 

Feminine     Pistillate  (m  higher  plants) 

Futile  Said  of  pollen-bearing  stamens  and  seed-bearing 
fruits 

Fertilization  Impregnation  of  the  ovule,  the  act  of  union 
of  bperm  and  egg  cells,  in  the  higher  plants  taking 
place  within  the  ovule  fecundation 

Fetid    Having  a  disagreeable  odor 

Fibrillose     With  fine  fibers  or  threads 

Fibrous     Fiber-like,  containing  fibers  or  thread-like  parts. 

Fibro-vaxrular  Made  up  of  l>oth  fibers  and  ducts,  combina- 
tion of  fibrous  and  vascular  structure. 

Filament    Stalk  of  the  anther 

Filiform     Thread-like,  long  and  very  slender. 

Fimbrvite     Fringed 

Fimbnllate     Minutely  fringed 

Fteitular    Cylindrical  and  hollow. 

Flaccid    Soft,  lax  and  weak,  not  rigid. 

Flagclliform     Whip-form ,  long  and  slender  like  a  lash 

Flagging  Wilting,  said  particularly  of  newly  made  cuttmga 
and  recently  transplanted  plants 

Flexnous  Having  a  more  or  less  zigzag  or  wavy  form,  said 
of  stems  of  various  kinds 

Floccoi>e     With  tufts  or  flo(  ks  of  soft  wool  or  woolly  hair. 

Flora  The  pi  int  population  of  a  given  region,  also  a  book 
describing  this  population 

Florets  Individual  flowers  of  composites  and  grasses,  also 
other  very  small  flowers  that  make  up  a  \ery  denso 
form  of  inflorescence 

Florifc  rous     Flower-bearing 

Foliaceoits  Leaf-like,  said  particularly  of  sepals  and  calyx- 
lobes  and  of  bracts  that  in  texture,  size  or  color  look 
like  small  or  large  leaves 

-foliate  In  combinations,  -leaved,  having  leaves,  as  tri- 
foliate, three-leaved 

-folwlate    Having  leaflets,  as  tnfoholate,  of  three  leaflets 

Follicle  Dry,  dehiscent  pericarp  opening  only  on  the  front 
suture 

Folhcular    With  follicles,  follicle-like. 

Foramen     An  aperture  or  opening 

Forked  Branching  or  divided  into  nearly  equal  parts  or 
members 

Fornicate    Arched. 

Free  Not  joined  to  other  organs,  as  petals  free  from  the 
stamens  or  calyx 

Frond    Leaf  of  fern ,  sometimes  used  in  the  sense  of  foliage. 

Frosted  With  a  more  or  less  shining  or  crystallized 
white  covering 

Fructification  The  act  or  process  of  fruiting,  also  the 
fruiting  organ  or  organs. 

Fruit.  The  ripened  pericarp  or  pericarps  with  the  adnate 
parts;  the  seed-bearing  organ. 

Fruticose.  Shrubby  or  shrub-like  in  the  sense  of  being 
woody. 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


165 


Fugacious.   Falling  or  withering  away  very  early. 
Fumose    Smoke-colored. 

Function    What  a  plant  or  a  part  does,  its  vital  activities. 
Fumcle    The  stalk  or  stipe  of  an  ovule  or  seed. 
Funnelform     With  tube  gradually  widening  upward   and 

passing  insensibly  into  the  Jirnb,   as  in  many  flowers 

of  Convolvulus,  mfundibuhform 
Furrowed    With  longitudinal  channels  or  grooves 
Fusiform      Spindle-shaped ,  narrowed   both  ways  from   a 

swollen  middle,  as  dahlia  roots 

Galea.    A  hood  or  a  helmet-shaped  part  or  structure,  as 

found  in  the  upper  lip  of  some  corollas 
Gamete     One  of  the  sex-tells,  cither  male  or  female 
Gamopctalous     Corolla  of  one  piece,  petals  united 
Gamophyllous.    Leaves  united 
Gamoscpalous     Calyx  of  one  piece,  sepals  united 
Geminate    In  pairs,  twin 
Gemma     A  bud,  particularly  a  bud  or  bud-like  structure 

by  which  a  plant  propagates 
Gemmiparout    Bud-bearing 
Gemmule    A  little  bud  or  bud-like  structure 
Generation      Period  from  birth   (impregnation)   to  death, 
the  epoch  from  one   1-celled  stage  of  a  pi  mt  to  the 
next  1-celled  stage 
Germination    The  unfolding  of  the  embryo  and  becoming 

self-establihhed  «f  the  plantlet 
Gibbosity     A  swelling  or  bulging  on  one  side  or  near  the 

base. 
Glabrate      Nearly  glabrous,   or  becoming  glabrous   with 

maturity  or  age 
Glabrous     Not  hairy 
Gladmte    Sword-shaped  or  sword-like 

Gland    Properly  a  .secreting  part  or  prominence  or  appen- 
dage, but  often  used  in  the  sense  of  gland-like 
Glandular     Having  or  bearing  secreting  org-in\  or  glands. 
Glandulow,  glnndnhfcrous     Gl  ind-bearing 
Glaucous    Covered  with  a  "bloom"  or  a  whitish  substance 

that  rubs  oil 

Glochidiate     Said  of  parts  with  summit  barbed 
Glomerate     In  dense  or  compac  t  e  luster  or  clusters 
Glomerule      Dense    head-like    clusters,    properlv    a   dense 

cyme 
Glume     A  small  chaff-like  bract,  in  particular,  one  of  the 

two  emptv  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  grass  spikelet 
Graft    A  bramh  or  bud  inserted  on  another  plant  with  the 

intention  that  it  .shall  grow  there,  <  ion 
Grafting     The  process  of  inserting  a  e  ion  in  a  plant  with 

the  intention  that  it  shall  grow  tin  re     See  Budding 
Granular,   granulate      Covered    with   very    small    grams, 

minutely  or  finelv  mealy 

Gymnos  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  naked  or  not 
covered  as  gymnospernis,  icith  naked  seeds  (not  in  a 
pericarp)  See  Angiosperm 

Gynandrous     With  the  stamens  grown  on  the  pistil,  form- 
ing one  oigan,  as  in  the  orchids 
Gynobase     Stipe  or  stalk  of  an  o\  ary.  being  an  extension 

or  prolongation  of  the  receptacle,  short  gynophore 
Gynapcium      The    female    or    pistil  -  bearing    part    of   the 

flower     See  Andrcecium 
Gynophore.    Stipe  of  an  ovary  prolonged  within  the  calyx. 

Habit  The  looks,  appearance,  general  stvlo  or  mode  of 
growth,  as  an  upright,  open,  decumbent  or  strict 
habit. 

Habitat.  Particular  place  in  which  a  plant  grows,  as  a 
swamp,  roadside,  lawn,  woods,  ballast-heap,  hillside 

Hairs  A  general  name  for  many  kinds  of  small  and  slen- 
der outgrowths  on  the  parts  of  plants,  special  kinds  of 
hairiness  are  designated  as  setose,  villous,  comose, 
pubescent,  hirsute,  and  others. 

Halberd-shaped    Hastate 

Hamate    Hooked 

Hastate.  Of  the  shape  of  an  arrow-head  but  the  basal  lobes 
pointed  or  narrow  and  standing  nearly  or  quite  at 
right  angles,  halberd-shaped. 


Haulm  Straw-like  stems,  as  of  the  cereal  grama,  some- 
times also  applied  to  the  stems  of  palms,  usually  a 
collective  noun 

Head    A  short  dense  spike,  capitulum 
Heart-shaped     Cordate,  ovate  in  general  outline  but  with 
two  rounded  basal  lobe.s,   has  reference  particularly  to 
the  shape   of  the  base  of  a  leaf  or  other  expanded  part 

Heel    An  enlarged  or  more  or  less  transverse  part  on  the 
lower    end   of    a   cutting    secured    from    the   older   or 
larger  branch  from  whuh  the  cutting  is  taken 
Ilchcoid     Twisted  or  toiled  in  sniul-shell  form 
Hehotropism    The  characteristic  of  turning  toward  the  light. 

Hemi-   In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  half 

Hepta-   In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  seven 

Herb  Naturally  dying  to  the  ground,  without  persistent 
stem  above  ground,  lacking  definite  woody  firm 
structure 

Herbaceous  Not  woody,  dying  down  each  year,  said  also 
of  soft  branches  before  they  bee  ome  woody. 

Hermaphrodite  Bearing  both  stamens  and  pistil  in  the 
same  flower,  two-sexed,  bisexual 

Hfsperidium     The  fruit  of  the  orange-kind 

Heterocarpous  Various-fruited,  with  more  than  one  kind 
or  form  of  fruit 

Heterogamous    With  t\\o  or  more  kinds  or  forms  of  flowers. 

Heteros  In  Greek  composition,  signifying  various,  or  of 
more  than  one  Aim/  or  form,  as  heterophyllous,  with 
more  than  one  krrui  or  form  of  leaf 

Hilurn  In  the  seed,  the  star  or  mark  indicating  the  point 
of  attachment 

Hip  Fruit  of  the  rose,  being  an  urn-like  or  closed  recep- 
tacle bearing  the  achenes  inside  See  Hypanthium 

Hirsute     With  rather  rough  or  coarse  hairs 

Hirttllous    Softly  or  minutely  hirsute  or  hairy 

Hispid     Provided  with  stiff  or  bnstlv  hairs 

HiApvlulous     Somewhat  or  minutely  hispid 

Hoary  Covered  with  a  close  white  or  whitish  pubes- 
cence 

Homo-  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  alike  or  very 
similar 

Homoairpous     All   the  fnnts,  as  of  a  flower-head,  alike. 

Homogamoui     Presenting  only  one  kind  of  flowers 

Homologous  Related  in  origin  or  morphology.  Seo 
AnuLoqou-s 

Homomorphouis     Uniform,  all  the  given  parts  alike. 

Hornij     Hard  and  dense  in  texture,  corneous 

Hybrid  A  plant  resulting  from  a  tro*;s  between  two  or 
more  parents  that  are  more  or  less  unlike 

Hygroscopic  Capable  of  absorbing  moisture  from  at- 
mosphere 

Hypanthmm  A  f nut-like  body  (as  the  rose-hip)  formed  by 
the  enlargement  of  the  torus  and  bearing  the  proper 
fruits  on  its  upper  or  inner  surface,  literally  "beneath 
the  flower"  Now  commonly  used  to  denote  the  eup- 
shaped  receptacle  on  which  calyx,  petals  and  stamens 
are  inserted  in  cases  of  pengyny,  as  in  plum,  fuchsia 

Hypochil     The  lower  or  basal  part  of  the  lip  in  orchids 

Hypocotyl  That  part  of  the  cauhcle  Iving  below  the 
cotyledons 

Hypon at< i ifonn  Salver-form,  that  shape  of  the  flower 
characterized  by  a  cylindrical  tube  and  a  flat-spread- 
ing limb,  as  in  phlox 

Hypogeal  Cotyledons  remaining  beneath  the  ground  m 
germination 

Hypoaynou*  Borne  on  the  torus,  or  under  the  ovary; 
said  of  the  stamens  or  petals 

Immaruinate    Without  a  run  or  edge. 

Immersed    Entirely  under  water. 

Impanpinnate     Unequally  pinnate,  odd-pinnate,  with  a 

single  terminal  leaflet 
Imperfect  flower.    Having   either   stamens  or   pistils,  but 

not  both. 

Implcxed,  implexuous.   Entangled,  interlaced 
Impregnation     Fecundation  or  fertilization  of  the  ovule 

by  the  pollen,  also,  the  infiltration  of  substances 


166 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


Impressed.  Deeply  nerved,  furrowed  or  grooved  as  if 
by  pressure 

Inarching  The  grafting  together  of  two  plants  with  the 
intention  that,  when  they  are  severed,  part  of  one 
plant  will  be  growing  on  the  other 

Incanescent    Hoary-  or  gray -pubescent,  canescent 

Incised.  Cut,  slashed  irregularly,  more  or  less  deeply 
and  sharply. 

Inclining.    Looking  or  falling  down  from  the  horizontal. 

Included.  Not  protruded,  as  stamens  not  projecting  from 
the  corolla. 

Incomplete  Lacking  some  of  its  parts,  as  a  flower  defi- 
cient in  stamens  or  calyx 

Incrustate    Crusted,  with  a  hard  or  firm  covering 

Incumbent  (cotyledons)  Of  a  seed  so  bent  over  that  the 
back  of  one  cotyledon  lies  against  the  radicle 

Indefinite     Very  numerous,  as  above  twenty,  see  Definite 

Indehiscent    Not  regularly  opening,  as  a  seed-pod  or  anther 

Indeterminate  Growing  on  from  the  apex,  particularly  of 
the  mam  axis 

Indigenous  Native  to  the  region,  not  introduced  from 
some  other  country 

Indumentum    A  covering  of  hair 

Induphcate    With  margins  folded  inward. 

Indurated    Hard,  hardened 

Indusium  The  little  growth  covering  or  surrounding  the 
sorus  or  fruit-dot  in  ferns 

Inferior  Beneath,  lower,  below,  as  an  inferior  ovary,  one 
that  is  below  the  calyx  -leaves 

Inflated    Blown  up,  bladder} 

Inflorescence  Mode  of  flower-bearing ,  technically  less 
correct  but  much  more  common  in  the  sense  of  a  flower- 
cluster 

Infra-   In  combinations,  signifying  below. 

Infundibuhform     Funnelform 

Innate  Said  of  an  anther  when  attached  by  its  base  to 
the  filament 

Innovation    An  offshoot  or  departure  from  the  axis 

Inserted    Attached ,  as  a  stamen  growing  on  the  corolla 

Inter-  In  composition,  signifying  between,  particularly 
between  closely  related  parts  or  organs 

Interfoliaceous  Between  the  leaves,  particularly  between 
two  leaves  of  a  pair 

Internode  The  part  or  space  of  stem  between  two  nodes 
or  joints. 

Interrupted  Not  continuous,  in  particular,  the  inter- 
position of  small  leaflets  or  segments  between  others 

Intorted    Twisted  upon  or  around  itself 

Intramarginal.  Just  within  the  margin  or  edge,  between  the 
margins 

Introduced  Brought  from  another  region,  either  inten- 
tionally or  otherwise,  in  horticulture,  used  to  desig- 
nate the  intentional  bringing  of  plants  into  cultiva- 
tion either  from  another  country  or  from  the  wild 

Introrse  Turned  or  faced  inward  or  toward  the  axis,  as 
an  anther  looking  toward  the  center  of  the  flower. 

Inverted    Turned  over,  end-for-end,  top-side  down. 

Involucel  A  secondary  involucre,  small  involucre  about 
the  parts  of  a  cluster 

Involucre  A  whorl  of  small  leaves  or  bracts  standing  close 
underneath  a  flower  or  flower-cluster. 

Involute  Said  of  a  flat  body  (as  a  leaf)  rolled  inward  or 
toward  the  upper  side  See  Revolute 

Irregular  flower  Some  parts  different  from  other  parts 
in  same  series. 

Jointed.  With  nodes,  or  points  of  real  or  apparent  articu- 
lation. 

Keeled  Ridged  like  the  bottom  of  a  boat,  also  the  two 
front  united  petals  of  a  papilionaceous  flower 

Knaur.  An  excrescence,  bur  or  knot  of  woody  tissue  that 
will  grow  when  removed  and  used  as  a  cutting. 

Labettum.   Lip,  particularly  the  lip  of  orchids. 
Labiate.   Lipped;  a  member  of  the  Labiatte. 


Labynnthtform     With  intricate  winding  lines  or  ] 

Lacerate    Torn ,  irreguarly  cleft  or  cut 

Lanniate    Slashed  into  narrow  pointed  lobes 

Lactescent     Containing  inilk  or  a  milk-like  substance 

Lacunose  Having  holes  or  empty  places,  particularly  in 
the  anatomical  structure 

Lamella    A  thin  flat  plate  or  part 

Lamina.  The  blade  of  a  leaf  or  petal  or  other  expanded 
part  or  body 

Lanceolate.  Lance-shaped,  much  longer  than  broad; 
widening  above  the  ba.se  and  tapering  to  the  apex 

Lapidose    Found  in  stony  places 

Lateral     On  or  at  the  side 

Layer  A  branch  that  takes  root  and  gives  rise  to  an  inde- 
pendent plant 

Leaflet     One  part  of  a  compound  leaf,  secondary  leaf. 

Leaf-stalk     The  stem  of  a  leaf,  petiole,  foot-stalk 

Legume     Simple  pericarp  dehiscing  on  both  sutures,  pod. 

Lemma  In  grasses,  the  flowering  glume, — the  lower  of 
the  two  bracts  immediately  inclosing  the  flower 

Lenticular     Lentil-shaped,  lens-shaped 

Lepals  Sterile  stamens,  particularly  those  nectaries  or 
scales  representing  stamens,  term  little  used 

Lepidote    Sui  faced  with  small  scurf >  scales 

Liana,  hane  A  woody  twining  or  climbing  plant  entang- 
ling a  tropical  forest. 

Life-history    The  sum  of  the  events  in  the  life  of  a  plant 

Ligneous    Woody 

Ligule  A  strap-shaped  organ  or  body,  particularly,  a 
strap-shaped  corolla,  as  in  tho  ray-flowors  of  com- 
posites, also  a  projection  from  the  top  of  the  sheath  ID 
grasses  and  similar  plants 

Limb  The  expanded  flat  part  of  an  organ,  in  particular, 
the  expanding  part  of  a  gamopetalous  corolla 

Limbate  Surrounded  by  an  edging  of  another  color; 
margined  with  color,  ulso,  provided  with  a  limb. 

Line    One- twelfth  of  an  inch 

Linear    Long  and  narrow,  the  sides  parallel  or  nearly  so. 

Lineate     Lined,  bearing  thin  parallel  lines 

Linguiform  Shaped  like  a  lingula,  or  with  a  projecting 
tonguc-hkc  part  or  process 

Lip  One  of  the  parts  in  an  unequall>  di\  ided  corolla  or 
cal>\,  these  parts  are  usually  two,  the  upper  lip  and 
the  lower  lip,  although  one  lip  is  sometimes  wanting; 
the  upper  lip  of  orchids  is  by  a  twist  of  the  stipe 
made  to  appear  as  the  lower,  a  labmm 

Lobe  Any  part  or  segment  of  an  organ,  specifically  a  part 
of  petal  or  calyx  or  leaf  that  represents  a  division  to 
about  the  middle. 

Lobule    A  small  lobe. 

Locale     Compartment  or  cell  of  a  pistil  or  anther 

Loculuidal  Dehiscence  between  the  partitions  into  the 
cavity 

Lodicule  A  small  scale  in  a  grass  flower,  between  the 
lemma  and  stamens 

Loment      A  legume  with  constrictions  or  articulations. 

Lorate    Strap-shaped 

Lyrate.  Pmnatifid  but  with  an  enlarged  terminal  lobe  and 
smaller  lower  lobes 

Medullary     Relating  to  the  pith,  tho  medullary  ravs  seen 

in   cross-sections   of  woody   trunks   radiate   from    tho 

medulla  or  pith. 
Meniscoidal.    Like  a  meniscus  or  disk,  with  the  form  of  a 

watch-crystal 

Mericarp    The  peculiar  seed-like  fruit  of  the  Umbel  lifers). 
-merous      In  composition,   referring  to   the  numbers   of 

parts,  as  flowers  5-merous,  in  which  the  parts  of  each 

kind  or  series  are  five  or  in  fives. 
Mesocarp     Middle  layer  or  part  of  a  pericarp;  the  part 

between  tho  endocarp  and  exocarp 
Mesochil     The  intermediate  or  middle  part  of  the  lip  of 

orchids  when  the  lip  is  separated  into  three  parts. 
Micropyle.     The   opening   through   which   impregnation 

takes  place;  the  point  on  the  seed  marking  the  orifice 

of  the  ovule. 


GLOSSARY   OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


167 


Midrib,    The  main  rib  of  a  le.J  or  leaf-like  part. 

Mitnforrn     Mitro  shaped,  or  like  a  rap. 

Monadelphous.    Stamens  united  in  one    group   by  their 

filaments  as  in  many  Legummosaj 
Momhform     Suggesting  a  string  of  heads 
Mono-    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  one. 
Monodinuus     Hermaphrodite,  perfect,  the  two  sexes  in 

the  same  flower     SOP  Didinous 
Monocotybdonous.    With  a  .single  cotyledon. 
Moncrdoux     Stctimnatc  and  pistillate  flowers  on  the  same 

plant 

Monogijnous     With  only  one  .style 
Monop(talom     Ono-potalod,  all  the  petals  united  to  form 

OIK-  bod>  or  org'in,  as  a  gamopotalous  (orolla 
Monopoduil      Axi.il  clued  ion  (ontmued  by  giowth  from 

terminal  bud  or  persistimco  of  the  leader. 
Munottirhou'*     In  om-  row 
Monstrosity     Deformity  ,  any  unusual  or  non-typical  kind 

of  development 
Morphology     The  s<  ien<  e  or  subject  that  treats  of  forms 

or  of  the  tiansfoimations  of  organs 
Miuu^e     With  a  slnn>  (ovenngoi  secretion. 
Muirn     A  short  and  shaip  abrupt  tip 

Mule     An  old  word  for  i  doss,  particularly  between  dif- 
ferent spc'cios,  h>bnd,  doss-breed 

Multifid     Cut  or  deft  into  many  narrow  lobes  or  parts. 
Mnltiplf     Of  sov  oi.il  or  m  inv  distinct  parts 
Multiple  f)  nit      The    united    product    (in    one    body)    of 

sev  t  nil  or  many  flow<  rs 
Mnlt\\cptdt(     With  many  divisions  or  chambers,  as  some 

nuts 

A[  it  variform     In  form  of  a  brush  or  fly-brush. 
At i/i <lium      Vegetative    part   of    a    fungus,    composed    of 

threads  or  throad>  tissue 

Nal\^<l  Jlouer      With   no   floral   envelopes,   \\itliout  calyx 

and  f  orolla 
Na inform      '1  uini[»-sh  iped,    more   or   ksx   short-fusiform, 

bro  id<  r  th  in  high  and  abruptly  tapering  l>oth  ways 
Ntiuculm     Bo  it-hapcd,  (vmbiform 
Ntttnnfirnv*     NV(  tar-boanng 

Xutart/      V  stint  ture  or  organ  th  it  secretes  nectar. 
AV  pluoid     Kidnc\  -sh  iped ,  reniform 

Acrrc     A  vein  or  skndei  rib,  particularly  if  not  branched. 
fretted     Marked  with  ietx  uKited  line-,  or  rier\es  that  pro- 
ject somewhat  above  the  surf  ice 

Nruitr,  neutral     Ncithe  r  stnmens  nor  pistils,  sexless 
N ululate     Nested,  as  if  like  or  boine  in  a  nidus  or  nest 
At>r/<       V  joint  wheie   vloif  is  boini   oi  m  i>   be  borne,  also 

mconeetlv    the   bpace    between    two    joints,    which  is 

prop«rl\.   an  mtornodo 
Niidtuk       The    kernel    of    a    send,    the    central   denser 

stiuetuie  of  a  coll 

Nniule     A  small  nutlet,  anv  hard  seed-like  fruit  or  part 
Nut     An  indent-scent  1 -colled  and  1 -seeded  hard  and  bony 

fruit,  even  if  resulting  from    i  fmnpound  ovary. 
Nutlet    A  small  or  diminutive  nut,  nucule 

Ob-    A  Latin  s\  liable,  usually  signifying  inversion 
Obeomcal     Inversely  conical,  cone  attached  at  the  small 

point 
Oblanreolate     Inversely  lanceolate,  with  the  broadest  part 

of  a  lane  eolate  body  aw  av  from  the  point  of  attachment 
Oblique    Slanting,  uncqual-sieVed 
Oblong     Longer  than  broad,  and  with  the  sides  nearly  or 

quite  parallel  most  of  their  length 
Obovate    Inverted  ovate 

Obovoid    An  ovoid  bod\  attached  at  the  smaller  end 
Obsolescent    Nearly  obsolete,  becoming  rudimentary. 
Obsolete     Not  evident  or  apparent,  rudimentary. 
Obtuse    Blunt,  rounded 
Occtlated    Eyed ,  a  circular  spot  of  one  color  inside  a  larger 

spot  or  area  of  another  color 

Ochraceous    Ochre-yellow,  gradually  changing  to  brown. 
Ocrea.   A  boot-shaped  or  tubular  stipule,  as  in  Polygonum. 
Oculus.   An  cyo,  a  leaf -bud  when  used  as  a  cutting 


Offset     A  plant  arising  close  to  the  base  of  mother  plant. 

Oleaginous    Fleshy  and  oily 

Oligos    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  few. 

Opaque     Dull ,  riot  translucent  or  shining 

Operculum    A  lid,  as  of  a  circumscissile  capsule. 

Orthos     In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  straight. 

Orthotropous  (ovule  or  seed)     An  erect  straight  seed,  with 

the  nucropyle  at  the  apex  and  hilum  at  the  base. 
Gascons     Bony,  hard,  brittle,  of  very  close  texture. 
Ovary    Ovule-bearing  part  of  a  pistil 
Ovatt      With  an  outline  hk<-  that  of   hen's  egg  cut  in  two 

lengthwise,  the  broader  end  downward. 
Ovoid    A  solid  that  is  oval  in  outline. 
Oiule   The  body  which,  after  fertilization,  becomes  the  seed. 
Ovuhferous.   Ovule-bearing 

Painted     Said  of  colors  that  are  in  streaks  of  unequal 

bnlli  incy 

Palate      In  personate  corollas,    a  rounded  projection   or 
prominence  of  the  lower  lip,  closing  the  throat  or  very 
nearly  .so 
Palea,   pakt     In   the   grass    flower,  the  upper  of   the  two 

inclosing  bracts,  the  lower  one  being  the  lemma 
Palmate     Lobed  or  divided  in  a  palm-like  or  hand-hka 

fashion 

Palmatifid     Cut  about  half  way  down  in  a  palmate  form. 

Paiutli      A  branching  raceme,  flower-cluster  in  which  the 

brine  h<s  are  racemose,   the  flowers  being  pedicellate. 

Papilionaceous    curolla       Buttet fly-like,    pea-like    flower, 

with  a  standaid,  wings,  and  keel 
Papjnjoi  in     Pappus-like 
Pappus    Pec  ubar  calvx-linib  of  composites,  being  plumose, 

biMlo-hko,  stales,  or  otherwise 

Ptna^itu     Growing  and  living  on  or  in  another  organism. 
Pandal     Borne  on  the  paries   or  wall  (inner  surface)  of 

a.apsulo 

Patlnl     ('!(  ft  or  cut  not  ciuite  to  the  base 
Parthcrif>g(H((ir     Seed  developing  without  fertilization  or 

fee  undation 

Partial     Of  sfcondaty  importance  or  rank. 
Partil*-     Divided  very  nearly  to  the  base. 
Pfi)tition<d      Divided  m  compartments  or  chambers  by 

internal  horizontal  partitions 
Pathological     Diseased 
Ptilictl    Stem  of  one  flower  in  a  cluster. 
Peduncle     Stem  of  a  flow  er-cluster  or  of  a  solitary  flower. 
P(  lint  id      Clear,    transparent,    that  can   nearly   be  seen 

through 
Peltate     Attached  to  its  stalk  insidt,  the  margin,  peltate 

leaves  are  usually  shield-shaped 
Pennirunui     Nerves  arising  along  the  length  of  a  central 

midrib 

Pentarnuniif     In  fives 

P(  i><>     Fruit  of  pumpkin,  squash,  and  the  like 
Pertnnial     Of  three  or  moie  seasons'  duration 
Perfnt  Hounr     One  that  has  both  stamens  and  pistil. 
Per  foliate     The  stem  apparently  passing  through  the  part, 

as  a  leaf,  united  around  the  stem 

Pergamenious,  pergamcntaceous     Texture  of  parchment. 
P>ri-     In  Gieek  compounds,  signifying  around 
Perianth     The  floral   envelope  considered  together;  com- 
monly used  for  flowers  in  which  there  is  usually  no 
clear  distinction  between  calyx  and  corolla,  as  the  hhes 
Pericarp    The  ripened  ovary 
Pirigymum.    The  sac  or  utricle  that  incloses  the  ovary  or 

achone  in  Carex,  it  is  sometimes  inflated 
Perigunmis     Borne  around  the  ovary  and  not  beneath  it, 
as  when  calyx,  corolla  and  stamens  are  borne  on  the 
edge  of  a  cup-shaped  hypanthmm ,  such  cases  are  said 
to  exhibit  pengyny 

Persistent     Remaining  attached,  not  falling  off 
Persorutte    Said  of  a  two-lipped  corolla  the  throat  of  which 

is  closed  by  a  palate,  as  in  toad-flax. 
Petal    One  of  the  separate  leaves  of  a  corolla. 
Petaloid    Petal-like,  of  color  and  shape  resembling  a  petal. 
Petiole    Leaf-stalk. 


168 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


Petiolule.   Stalk  of  a  leaflet. 

Phalanges  (plural  of  phalanx)  The  groups  or  bundles  of 
stamens  in  diadelphous  or  polyadelphous  flowers. 

Phenogam,  phenogamous  Flowering  plants,  seed-bearing 
plants  (as  distinguished  from  spore-bearing,  or  cryp- 
togams). 

Phyllodium.  Leaf-like  petiole  and  no  blade,  as  in  some 
acacias  and  other  plants 

Phyllotaxy.   Order  of  arrangement  of  leaves  on  the  stem. 

Phytology  The  study  of  plants,  particularly  of  the  kinds 
or  species,  botany 

Plicate,  pileiform  With  the  form  of  a  pileus  or  rimless 
cap,  in  particular,  pertaining  to  the  cap  of  a  mushroom. 

Pinna.   A  primary  division  or  leaflet  of  a  pinnate  leaf. 

Pinnate  Feather-formed ,  with  the  leaflets  of  a  compound 
leaf  placed  on  either  side  of  the  rachis 

Pinnatifid  Cleft  or  parted  in  a  pinnate  (rather  than  pal- 
mate) way 

Pinnatipartite    Pinnatoly-parted 

Pinnatisect.    Cut  down  to  the  midrib  in  a  pinnate  way. 

Pinnule  A  secondary  pinna  or  leaflet  in  a  pinnately 
decompound  leaf 

Pip  A  perpendicular  or  upright  small  rootstock  used  in 
propagation,  as  of  hly-of-the-valley. 

Pisiform    Pea-shaped,  pea-like 

Pistil    The  ovule-bearing  and  seed-bearing  organ. 

Pistillate.    Having  pistils  and  no  stamens,  female 

Pitted    Having  little  depressions  or  cavities 

Placenta  Part  or  place  in  the  ovary  where  ovules  are 
attached. 

Plaited    Folded  lengthwise,  as  a  closed  fan 

Plane  Evenly  flat,  rather  than  wrinkled,  folded,  grooved 
or  otherwise 

Platys.   In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  broad  or  unde. 

Plumose  Plumy,  feather-like,  with  fine  hairs,  as  the  pap- 
pus of  some  composites. 

Plumule    The  bud  in  the  embryo 

Plur-annual  Of  one  season's  duration  only  because 
kilted  by  frost 

Pod    A  dehiscent  dry  pen  carp 

Pollen  Spores  or  grains  borne  by  the  anther,  containing 
the  male  element,  sometimes  it  is  not  granular 

Pollination  The  mechanical  or  physical  operation  of 
transfering  pollen  from  stamen  to  pistil. 

Pollimferous  Bearing-pollen. 

Pollmium  A  coherent  mass  of  pollen,  as  in  orchids  and 
milkweeds 

Poly-   In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  numerous  or  many. 

Polyadelphous     The  stamens  in  many  bundles  or  fascicles. 

Polygamous  Bearing  imperfect  and  hermaphrodite 
flowers  on  the  same  plant 

Polymerous    Of  many  parts  or  series 

Pome    Fruit  of  apple,  pear,  quince,  etc. 

Porose    With  small  holes,  pores  or  perforations. 

Posterior  At  or  toward  the  back,  opposite  the  front; 
toward  the  axis,  away  from  the  subtending  bract 

Prsefoliation    Arrangement  of  leaves  in  the  bud ,  vernation. 

Pr<£tnorse,   Jagged,  as  if  bitten  off. 

Prickle  A  small  and  weak  spme-hke  body  borne  irregu- 
larly on  the  bark  or  epidermis 

Prismatic.  Prism-shaped,  with  plane  sides  separated  by 
angles,  body  of  nearly  uniform  size  throughout,  and 
with  similar  end-sections 

Process  An  extension  of  any  surface  or  part  beyond  the 
main  outline 

Procumbent    Trailing  or  lying  flat,  but  not  rooting. 

Proliferous  Bearing  offshoots  or  redundant  parts;  bear- 
ing other  similar  structures  on  itself 

Proterandrous.   Anthers  maturing  before  pistils 

Proterogynous     Pistils  maturing  before  anthers 

Pseud-annual  Perennial  by  means  of  bulbs,  conns,  or 
tubers 

Pseudo-.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  spurious  or  false. 

Pseudobulb  The  thickened  or  bulb-form  stems  of  certain 
orchids,  the  part  being  solid  and  borne  above  ground. 

Puberulent.  Somewhat  or  minutely  pubescent. 


Pubescent    Covered  with  short,  soft  hairs;  downy. 

Pulverulent.    Powdered  or  dusty 

Pulvinate.  Cushioned,  with  a  cushion-like  enlargement  or 
structure,  as  at  the  base  of  some  petioles  or  leaflets 

Punctate  With  translucent  or  colored  dots  or  depressions 
or  pits 

Pungent  Ending  in  a  stiff  sharp  point  or  tip,  also  acrid 
(to  the  taste) 

Putamen  The  hard  or  bony  shell  of  a  nut  or  of  a  stone- 
fruit 

Pyrenc,  pyrcna     Nutlet,  particularly  the  nutlet  in  a  drupe. 

Pyriform     Pear-formed  or  -shaped 

Pyxis     Pod  opening  or  dehiscing  by  a  transverse  ring 

Quadrangular    Four-angled 

Quaternate    In  fours 

Quincunx    Five  plants  in  a  square,  one  of  them  being  in 

the  center 
Quintupled.    Five  times,  multiplied  by  five. 

Raceme      A  simple  elongated  indeterminate  cluster  with 

stalked  flowers 
Rachilla,  rhachilla     A  diminutive    or    secondary  axis,  or 

rachis,  in  particular,  in  the  grasses  and  sedges  the  axia 

that  boais  the  florets 
Rachis     Axis  bearing  flowers  or  leaflets,  petiole  of  a  fern 

frond  (plural  rachides  or  rachua) 
Radiate      Standing   on    and    spreading    from    a    common 

editor,  also,  \vith  ray-flowers,  as  m  the  Composite). 
Radical    Belonging  or  pertaining  to  the  root 
Radicle     The  inferior  or  downward  part  of  the  embryo 

below  the  cotyledons,  taudide 
Radix     Hoot 

Rameal    Pertaining  to  a  branch  or  branches. 
Ramenta     Chaffy  loose  scales  borne  on  leaves  and  stems, 

as  on  the  stems  of  ferns 

Ramifitation     The  mode  or  style  of  branching  of  a  plant. 
Raphc,  rhaphe     The  (ord  or  ridge  of  fibro-vastulur  tissue 

connecting  the  hilum  and  chalaza  on  a  seed  (when  the 

hilum  and  chalaia  are  separated) 
Ray     Outer  modified  florets  of  some  composites,  with  an 

extended   or  strap-like  part   to   the   corolla,   also   the 

branches  of  an  umbel  or  umbel-like  cluster 
Receptacle     Torus,  the  more  or  less  enlarged  or  elongated 

end  of  the  stem  or  flo\ver-axis  on  which  some  or  all  of 

the  flower-parts  are  borne,  sometimes  the  receptacle 

is  greatly  expanded,  as  in  the  Composite,  sometimes  it 

assumes  capsule-like  forms,  as  in  the  hypanthium  of  the 

rose 
Redinate,  reclining     Bent  down  or  falling  back  from  the 

perpendicular 
Recondite     Concealed,   difficult  to  make  out,   not  easily 

recognized 

Recurved     Bent  or  curved  downward  or  backward 
Reflexrd    Abruptly  recurved  or  bent  downward  or  hack- 
ward 
Regular  flower    With  the  parts  in  each  series  or  set  alike,  as 

stamens  all  like  each  other,  petals  all  like  each  other. 
Reinforced  fruit     With  other  parts  grown  to  the  pericarp. 
Remote    Separated  by  spaces  longer  than  common. 
Remform    Kidney-shaped 
Repent     Creeping,  rooting  at  the  joints. 
Rcsupinate    Upside  down,  turned  over. 
Retroise    Bent  or  turned  over  back  or  downward. 
Revolute     Rolled  backward,  margin  rolled  toward  lower 

side  See  Involute 
Rhachis  See  Rachis. 
Rhaphe  See  Raphe. 

Rhizome    Underground  stem;  rootstock. 
Rhizos.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  root. 
Rib     In  a  leaf  or  similar  organ,  the  primary  vein;  also 

any  prominent  vein  or  nerve 
Rimose.  With  cracks  or  chinks. 
Ringenl.  Gaping;  said  of  labiate  flowers  with  an  open 

throat  or  mouth. 
Rootstock  Subterranean  stem;  rhizome. 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


169 


Roatellum.  A  little  beak;  particularly  a  projection  above 

the  atigma  in  the  orchid  flower. 
Roaula     A  rosette,  or  dense  more  or  less  flat  imbricated 

cluster  of  leaves 

Rosulate    In  a  rosula  or  rosette. 
Rotate.    Wheel-shaped,  with  short  or  obsolete  tube  and  a 

flat  and  circular  limb 

Rotund    Nearly  circular,  orbicular,  inclining  to  be  oblong. 
Rudimentary     Incomplete,  very  little  developed 
Ruminated      Chewed,    particularly    applied    to  wrinkled 

albumen  in  seeds  that   are   irregularly  channeled   or 

pierced,  as  in  nutmeg  and  in  annona  fruits 
Runcinate     Said  of  sharply  lobed  or  cut  leaves  that  have 

the  segments  directed  backward 
Runner.   A  slender  trailing  shoot  taking  root  at  the  nodes. 

Sabulose     Growing  in  or  pertaining  to  sandy  places 
Sagittate.     Like   an  arrowhead    in  form,  triangular  with 

the  basal  lobes  pointing  downward 

Salver-shaped     With  a  slender  tube  and  an  abruptly  ex- 
panded flat  limb,  as  that  of  the  phlox,  hypocrateriform. 
Samara     Indehiscent  winged  peru  arp,  as  of  the  maple 
Sap     The  watery  contents  of  a  plant,  an  indefinite  and 

undesonptive  term  little  used  by  botanists. 
Sapid     With  a  pleasant  or  savory  taste 
Scabrous    Rough ,  feeling  roughish  or  gritty  to  the  touch 
Scale     A  name  given  to  many  kinds  of  small  mostly  dry 

and  appressed  leaves  or  bracts,  a  vestige 
Scape      Leafless   peduncle   arising   from    the   ground;   it 
may  bear  scales  or   bracts  but  no  foliage-leaves,  and 
may  be  one-  or  manv-flowered 

Scarwus     Leaf-like  parts  or  bracts  that  are  not  green,  but 
thin,    dry,    and   membranaceous,    often   more   or   less 
translucent 
Sewn     See  Cion 
Scleroid     Of  a  hard  texture 

Scorpioul    Said  of  a  cluster  in  which  the  flowers  are  2- 

ranked  and  borne  alternately  at  the  right  and  the  left 

Seed    The  ripened  ovule,  the  essential  part  is  the  embryo, 

and  this  is  contained  within  integuments 
Seedling    ^  young  plant  raised  from  seed ,  u  plant  direct  from 
seed  without  the  intervention  of  grafting  of  any  kind 
Segm<nt    One  of  the  parts  of  a  leaf,  petal,  calyx  or  perianth 

that  is  div  ided  but  not  truly  compound 
Sdf-f utilization     Secured  by  pollen   from  same  flower, 

close-fertilization 
Self-pollination     Transfer  of  pollen  from  stamen  to  pistil 

of  snine  flower,  close-pollination 
Sepal    One  of  the  separate  leaves  of  a  calyx. 
Separation    Multiplication  of  plants  by  means  of  naturally 
detachable  asexual  bodies  or  organs,  as  offsets,  stolons 
Septate    Partitioned,  divided  by  partitions 
Septieidal     Dehiscenee  along  or  in  the  partitions,  not  di- 
rectly into  the  locule 
Septum    A  partition 
Sessile    Not  stalked,  sitting. 

Set    Applied  loosely  to  vegetative  parts  used  in  propaga- 
tion, as  to  offsets,  layers,  root-cuttings 
Seta    A  bristle 
Seliform    Bristle-shaped. 

Sheath.    Any  long  or  more  or  less  tubular  structure  sur- 
rounding an  organ  or  part. 
Shoot.    A  new  plant  from  the  root  of  the  old  plant;  also 

any  growing  twig  or  axis 
Shrub     A  woody  plant  that  remains  low  and   produces 

shoots  or  trunks  from  the  base 
Silicle    The  short  fruit  of  certain  Cruciferse 
Sihgue    The  long  fruit  of  certain  Crueifene 
Silky     A  condition  produced  by  a  covering  of  soft  ap- 

pressed  fine  hairs,  sericeus. 

Silvery.   With  a  whitish  metallic  more  or  less  shining  luster. 
Simple  pistil    Of  one  carpel 
Sinus    The  space  or  recess  between  two  lobes  of  a  leaf  or 

other  expanded  organ. 

Shp   A  softwood  cutting  "slipped"  off  or  pulled  off;  applied 
also  to  similar  parts  cut  off. 


Smooth    Said  of  surfaces  that  have  no  hairiness,  roughness 

or  pubescence,  particularly  of  those  not  rough 
Solitary.   Borne  singly  or  alone. 
Sorus.    A  heap  or  cluster.    The  fruit-dots  or  -cluster  of 

ferns  (plural  eon  ) 
Spadix     A  thick  or  fleshy  spike  of  certain  plants,  as  the 

Aracese,  surrounded  or  subtended  by  a  spathe. 
Span.    Nine  inches,  distance  from  tip  of  thumb  to  trp  of 

little  finger  when  the  hand  is  spread  out 
Spathe     The  bract  or  leaf  surrounding  or  subtending  a 
flower-cluster  or  a  spadix,  it  is  sometimes  colored  and 
flower-like,  as  in  the  calla 
Spawn      The   dried   mycelium    of   mushrooms   used    in 

propagation 

Spheroidal    A  solid  that  is  nearly  spherical 
Spiciform    Spike-form 

Spicufate    With  a  small,  fleshy  and  erect  point 
Spike    Compact,  more  or  less  simple  indeterminate,  mostly 

elongated  cluster,  with  flowers  sessile  or  nearly  so 
Spikelet    A  secondary  spike,  one  part  of  a  compound  spike, 

particularly,  one  of  the  ultimate  clusters  in  grpsses 
Spine     A  strong  and  sharp-pointed  woody  body  mostly 

arising  from  the  wood  of  the  stem. 
Spinescent     More  or  less  spiny. 
Sjnnule    A  little  or  weak  spine 

Spontaneous     Said  of  plants  that  have  escaped  from  cul- 
tivation, but  that  do  not  permanently  persist 
Sporangium    A  spore-case,  a  sac  or  body  beanng  spores 
Spore    A  simple  reproductive  body,  usually  composed  of  a 

single  detached  cell,  and  containing  no  embryo 
Sporocarp    A  rec  cptacle  (  ontaining  sporangia  or  spores. 
Sporophyll     A  spore-bearing  leaf 
Sprtading     Standing  outward  or  horizontally 
Spur     A  tubular  or  sac-like  projection  from  a  blossom, 

as  of  a  petal  or  sepal,  it  usually  secretes  nectar. 
Squama    A  scale 

Squamella    Very  small  squama  or  scale. 
Stachys     In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  spike. 
Stalk     The  stem  of  any  organ,  as  the  petiole,  peduncle, 

pedicel,  filament,  stipe 

Stamen     The  pollen-bearing  or  "male"  organ 
Staminatc     Having  stamens  and  no  pistils,  male 
Staminodc,  staminodium    A  sterile  stamen,  or  a  structure 
resembling  such  and  borne  in  the  stammal  part  of  the 
flower,   in  some  flowers  (as  in  Canna)  stammodia  are 
petal-like  and  showy 
Standard     The  upper  and  broad  more  or  less  erect  petal 

of  a  papilionaceous  flower 

Stem    The  main  axis  of  a  plant,  leaf -bearing  and  flower- 
bearing  as  distinguished  from  the  root-bearing  axis 
Sterile  flower    Without  pistils 

Stigma     The  part  of   the  pistil  that  receives  the  pollen. 
Stigmalic    Pertaining  to  the  stigma 
Stipe    The  stalk  of  a  pistil  or  other  small  organ,  also  the 

petiole  of  a  fern-leaf 
Stipel    Stipule  of  a  leaflet 

Stipule    A  basal  appendage  of  a  petiole;  the  three  part*  of 

a  complete  leaf  are  blade,  petiole,  stipules  (usually  2). 

Stock    The  part  on  which  the  cion  is  grafted,  the  strainer 

parentage 

Stolon.  A  shoot  that  bends  to  the  ground  and  takes  root, 
more  commonly,  a  horizontal  stem  at  or  below  sur- 
face of  the  ground  that  gives  rise  to  a  new  plant  at  its 
tip 

Stone.  The  "pit"  or  putamen  of  a  stone  fruit. 
Stool    A  clump  of  roots  or  rootstock  that  may  be  used  in 
propagation,  also  an  established  low  plant  from  which 
layers  are  taken 

Stratification     The  operation  or  method  of  burying  seeds 

to  keep  them  fresh  and  to  soften  their  integuments,  or 

to  expose  them  without  injury  to  frost,  that  they  may 

be  more  readily  and  successfully  used  in  propagation. 

Strict    Straight  and  upright,  little  if  any  branched,  often 

rigid. 

Strobile    Cone. 
Strophiole.   An  appendage  or  protuberance  at  the  hiluxn. 


170 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


Style.  More  or  less  elongated  part  of  the  pistil  between  the 
ovary  and  stigma. 

Stylopodium.  Style-foot;  an  expansion  at  the  base  of  a 
style,  as  in  flowers  of  the  Umbelliferae. 

Sub-.  As  a  prefix,  usually  signifying  somewhat,  slightly  or 
•  rather. 

Subacute    Somewhat  or  partially  acute. 

Subcoriaceoua.  Somewhat  or  approaching  leathery  in 
texture. 

Subligneoua    Partially  or  somewhat  woody. 

Subterete    Somewhat  or  imperfectly  terete. 

Succulent     Juicy,  fleshy,  soft  and  thickened  in  texture. 

Sucker  A  shoot  arising  from  the  roots  or  beneath  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground. 

Suffrutescent.   Partially  or  slightly  shrubby. 

Suffruticose.  Pertaining  to  a  low  and  somewhat  woody 
plant,  diminutively  shrubby  or  frutioose,  woody  at  base. 

Sulcate.   Grooved  or  furrowed  lengthwise 

Superior    Said  of  an  ovary  that  is  free  from  the  calyx 

Supernumerary  Said  of  buds  when  there  is  more  than  one 
in  an  axil 

Suspended  Hanging  from  the  top,  as  an  ovule  attached 
in  the  top  of  the  locule 

Suture  A  Jine  or  mark  of  splitting  open;  a  groove  marking 
a  natural  division  or  union,  the  groove  lengthwise  a 
plum  or  similar  fruit 

Symmetrical  Saul  of  a  flower  that  has  the  same  number  of 
parts  in  each  series  or  circle,  as  five  stamens,  five  petals. 

Symphysu.   Growing  together,  coalescence 

Sympodial  Axial  growth  continued  by  successive  lateral 
shoots  instead  of  by  terminal  bud 

Syncarpium  A  fruit  consisting  of  many  cohering  or  con- 
solidated carpels 

Syncarpous    Having  carpels  united    See  Apocarpus 

Syngeneswus.  Anthers  united  in  a  ring,  as  in  Composite. 

Tapering  Gradually  becoming  smaller  or  diminishing  in 
diameter  or  width  toward  one  end 

Tap-root  A  strong  nearly  or  quite  perpendicular  mam 
root  that  carries  the  plant  axis  straight  into  the  ground, 
all  the  other  roots  being  secondary  to  it,  rather  than 
branching  equally  or  diversely  at  the  crown 

Taxonomy    Classification  of  species 

Tendril  A  rotating  or  twisting  thread-like  process  or 
extension  by  which  a  plant  grasps  an  object  and  clings  to 
it  for  support,  morphologically  it  may  be  stem  or  leaf. 

Teratology  The  subject  of  monstrosities,  or  of  abnormal 
and  aberrant  forms  and  malformations 

Terete.  Circular  in  transverse  section,  imperfectly  cylin- 
drical because  the  object  may  taper  both  ways. 

Terminology    The  subject  dealing  with  names 

Ternate,   In  threes 

Testa  The  outer  seed-coat,  particularly  when  bony,  hard 
or  brittle 

Tetradynamous   Six  stamens,  four  being  long  and  two  short. 

Tetragonal    Four-angled 

Thallus  A  flat  leaf -like  organ,  in  some  cryptogams,  the 
entire  cellular  plant  body  without  differentiation  as  to 
stem  and  foliage 

Throat  The  opening  or  orifice  into  a  gamopetalous  corolla, 
or  perianth,  the  place  where  the  limb  joins  the  tube. 

Thyrse,  thyrsus.  Compact  and  more  or  less  compound 
panicle,  more  correctly  a  panicle-like  cluster  with  main 
axis  indeterminate  and  other  parts  determinate. 

Tip  The  plant  arising  at  the  end  of  a  stolon,  as  in  the 
black  raspberry 

Tomentose.  With  tomentum ,  densely  woolly  or  pubescent; 
with  matted  soft  wool-like  hairiness. 

Tomentulose    Somewhat  or  delicately  tomentose. 

Tortuous    Twisted,  with  irregular  bending  and  twining. 

Torus.   Receptacle. 

Tree.  A  woody  plant  that  produces  one  main  trunk  and  a 
more  or  less  distinct  and  elevated  head. 

Tri-    Three  or  three  times. 

Tricarpous.  Of  three  carpels  or  fruits. 


Tnchome.   A  hair,  particularly  one  that  is  strong  or  stiff. 

Tricostate.   With  three  ribs. 

Tnfid.   Separated  about  halfway  down  into  three  parts. 

Trifoliate.   Of  three  loaves. 

Tnfolwlate.   Of  three  leaflets. 

Trigonous.   Throe-angled. 

Tnmerous.   In  threes 

Tnmorphous     In  three  forms;  as  three  lengths  of  stamens. 

Tnpinnate.  Three  tunes  pinnate. 

Trisected    In  three  deeply  cut  parts 

Tnternate  Three  times  three,  the  leaflets  or  segments  of  a 
twice  ternato  leaf  again  in  three  parts 

Truncate  Appearing  as  if  cut  off  at  the  end,  the  end 
nearly  or  quite  straight  across. 

Tuber.  A  short  congested  part,  usually  defined  as  sub- 
terranean (as  of  a  rootstock),  although  this  is  not 
essential. 

Tubercle    A  small  tuber,  or  rounded  protruding  body. 

Tubenferous    Tuber-bearing 

Tuberous     With  or  resembling  a  tuber  or  tubers. 

Tumid    Swollen 

Tunicated  Provided  with  concentric  or  enwrapping 
coats  or  layers,  as  bulb  of  onion 

Turgid    Swollen  from  fullness. 

Umbel  Corymbose  or  indeterminate  cluster  with  branches 
or  rays  arising  from  a  common  point  and  about  equal 
in  length,  resembling  framework  of  umbrella,  umbels 
are  characteristic  of  the  Umbellifera;. 

Umbellate    Urn  belled ,  with  umbels,  pertaining  to  umbels. 

Umbellet    Secondary  umbel. 

Umbellule.  Umbellet. 

Um-  One 

Unisexual.   Of  one  sex,  staminate  or  pistillate  only. 

Utricle     A  small  bladder,  a  bladdery  1-seeded  fruit. 

Valvate      Opening    by    valves    or   pertaining    to    valves; 

meeting  by  the  edges  without  overlapping,  as  leaves 

or  petals  in  the  bud 
Valve    A  separable  part  of  a  pod ,  the  units  or  pieces  into 

which  a  capsule  splits  or  divides  in  dehiscing 
Vascular     With  vessels  or  ducts,  or  relating  to  them. 
Vein     A  branch  of  the  evident  woody  framework  of  a 

leaf  or  similar  organ,  secondary  member  of  the  fibro- 

vasoular  structure 

Veinlet    A  small  or  slender  vein,  nerve 
Venation     Veuung,  arrangement  or  disposition  of  veins. 
Ventral     Front,  relating  to  the  anterior  or  inner  face  or 

part  of  an  organ,  opposite  the  back  or  dorsal  part. 
Vernation     The  disposition  or  arrangement  of  leaves  in 

the  bud 
Versatile     Hung  or  attached  near  the  middle  and  usually 

moving  freely,  as  an  anther  attached  crosswise  on  the 

apex  of  filament  and  capable  of  turning. 
Verticil    A  whorl 

Vesicle    A  little  bladder  or  bladder-like  cavity 
Vexillary    Pertaining  to  the  vexillum,  standard  or  banner 

of  a  papilionaceous  flower 
Villous.    Provided  with  long  and  soft,  not  matted,  hairs; 

shaggy 

Vitta.  An  oil-tube,  as  in  the  fruits  of  Umbelliferse. 
Vittate    With  vittse,  also  striped  lengthwise. 
Volute.  Rolled  up. 

Watersprout.  A  strong  rapid-growing  adventitious  shoot 
in  a  tree-top  or  bush  or  on  a  trunk. 

Whorl.  Three  or  more  leaves  or  flowers  at  one  node,  in  a 
circle. 

Wing.  A  thin  dry  or  membranous  expansion  or  flat  exten- 
sion or  appendage  of  an  organ;  also  the  lateral  petal  of 
a  papilionaceous  flower. 

Woolly.  Provided  with  long,  soft  and  more  or  leas  matted 
hairs;  like  wool,  lanate. 

Wort.  Old  word  for  a  plant  or  herb,  now  used  only  in  com* 
bination,  as  motherwort,  spiderwort,  liverwort. 


V.  Anemone  coronaria,  an  old  garden  favorite. 


A 


commerce  The  plant  is  like  the  banana  in  general 
habit  of  growth,  although  it  is  seed-bearing  It  is 
propagated  by  seeds  or  suckers  or  root-cuttings  When 
two  to  five  years  old  it  is  at  maturity,  reaching  a  height 
of  6  to  15  feet  and  a  diameter  of  trunk  of  6  to  15  inches. 
The  fiber  is  derived  from  the  thick  sheathing  leaf-sterns, 
the  stems  being  cut  between  the  flowering  and  fruiting 
stages  After  seed-bearing,  the  top  or  "plant"  dies  and 
new  suckers  or  shoots  spring  fiom  the  roots  The  first 
stalks  may  be  cut  as  early  as  twenty  months  after  plant- 
ing, and  the  plantation  is  cut  over  about  once  in  eight 
months  until  it  becomes  unproductive, 
which  will  be  fifteen  to  forty  >  ears  New 
stalks  continue  to  arise  as  the  old  ones 
are  cut  The  fiber,  as  found  in  the  mar- 
ket, is  coarse  and  stiff  and  6  to  12  feet 
long  In  the  better  grades  it  is  very 
strong  The  fruit  of  A/MVI  lexhlis  is  not 
edible  See  Cyclo  Arner.  Agnc.  II,  p. 
286,  and  I,  p  126 


ABAC  A,  or  Manila  hemp,  is  the  fiber  of  Musa  textihs,      summer  under  glass;  also  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood 
a  native  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  where  it  is  grown  for      taken  in  fall     Seeds  are  not  often  obtainable,  they  are 

sown  in  spring  and  germinate  after  a  month  or  two; 
the  seedlings  begin  to  bloom  usually  in  their  third  year. 

A    Sepals  2 

Graebnenana,  Rehd  Shrub,  4-10  ft  Ivs  deciduous, 
ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  acuminate;  1^-2  in  long, 
remotely  serrate,  usually  finely  cihate  and  hairy  on 
midrib  beneath,  sometimes  with  scattered  hairs  above* 
fls  usually  few  at  the  end  of  short  branchlets  along 
List  \  ear's1  branches,  sepals  l^in  long,  oblong,  corolla 
campanulate,  1  in  long,  pink  with  yellow  throat 
Summer  China 

Englenana,  Rehd  (Lmn&a  Engler- 
tana,  Graebn  )  Shrub,  3-6  ft  Ivs 
deciduous,  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  acute 
or  acuminate,  about  1  in  long,  with 
few  small  teeth  fls  in  few-fld  clusters 
in  the  axils  of  fascicled  Ivs  along  last 
year's  branches,  rosy  purple  or  rosy 
pink,  a  little  over  J^in  long  Summer 
China  — Similar  to  the  preceding  but 
smaller  in  everv  part,  flowering  more 
profuseh  and  therefore  handsomer  Has 
proved  hard}  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

AA.  Sepals  varying  from  2  to  5  on  the  same 

plant  and  often  partly  connate 
grandifldra,  Rehd  (A  c/jiner<susXunt^ 
flora  A  rM/x'&fns,  Hort  ,  not  Lindl.  A. 
rupt  \lrit  var  grandtflora,  Andr6  A. 
umjtbra,  Hoit  ,  not  Turcz  lAnn&a 
Spncthiana  Graebn  L  I'ernngiAna, 
Graebn)  1-ig  58  Lvs  ovate,  rounded 
or  attenuate  at  the  base,  acute,  %-1/i 
in  long,  serrate,  shining  above,  nearly 
glabrous,  half-evergreen  fls  in  terminal, 
loose  panicles,  white  flushed  pink,  cam- 
panulate, ^4 in  long,  stamens  not  ex- 
serted Of  garden  origin  Gt  41  1366 
Gn  76,  p  528  J  H  III  8  77 —One  of 
the  hardiest  and  most  free-flowering 
abelias,  it  flowers  continuously  from 
June  to  Nov 

A.\\.  Sepals  5 

chinensis,  R  Br   (A  rupestns,  Lindl). 
Shrub,  3-6  ft     Ivs    ovate,  rounded  at 
the  base,  ?t-lM  in   long,  serrate,  hairy 
on  the  midrib  beneath  and   sometimes 
with  scattered   hairs  above,  deciduous: 
fls    in  terminal  dense  panicles,  funnel- 
form,  white,  J^m  long,  sepals  oblong,  J/4in  long;  sta- 
mens exserted      Summer     China     B  R    32  8    Gn   27, 
p  424     P  F  G  2  201     G  8  143  —  A   n</*vs/m  is  some- 


(bears  the  name  of  Dr  Clark 
Abel,  physician  and  author  in  China. 
d  1826)  Caprifoltacfje  Ornamental 
plants,  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  hand- 
some flowers 

Shrubs  IVM  opposite,  short-petioled, 
small  or  medium-sized,  entire  or  dentate' 
fls  in  1-  to  several-fid  cymes,  axillary  or 
terminal  on  short  branchlets,  sometimes 
forming  panicles  at  the  end  of  the 
branches,  sepals  2-5,  conspicuous,  per- 
sistent, corolla  tubular  or  campanulate, 
5-lobed,  stamens  4,  paired,  ovary  3-celled, 
only  1  cell  fertile,  style  elongated  fr 
1  -seeded  leathery  achene  crowned  by  the 
persistent  calyx  —  More  than  20  species  in 
E  and  Cent  Asia,  1  on  the  Himalayas 
and  2  in  Mex  For  a  key  to  all  the 
species,  see  Render,  Synopsis  of  the 
genus  Abelia  (in  Sargent,  Plants  Wilson- 
lanac,  I,  pp  122-129)  The  genus  is  some- 
times united  with  Lmnwa 

The  abelias  are  small  or  medium-sized 
bushy  shrubs  with  deciduous  or  peris  int- 
ent foliage  and  rather  small  but  numer- 
ous flowers  varying  from  white  to  pink 
or  purple;  after  the  flowers  have  fallen, 
the  persistent  usually  purplish  sepals  are 
attractive.  The  recently  introduced  A. 
Ciraebnenana  and  A  Engleriana  are 
probably  the  hardiest;  A  tnflora,  A  chinensis  and 
A  grandiflora  are  hardy  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia 
the  last-named  is  sometimes  grown  in  sheltered  sit- 
uations as  far  north  as  Massachusetts,  and,  even  if 
partly  killed  back,  the  young  shoots  flower  profusely 
the  same  season;  A  flonbunda  is  hardy  only  south  of 
Washington,  D  C. 

The  cultivation  of  abelias  presents  no  special  diffi- 
culties. They  do  best  in  sunny,  sheltered  positions  and 
prefer  a  well-drained  soil  enriched  by  peat  or  leaf- 
mold  A  flonbunda  is  sometimes  grown  in  pots  and 
kept  during  the  winter  in  the  cool  greenhouse;  in  this 
case  a  sandy  compost  of  loam  and  peat  or  leaf-mold 
will  be  a  suitable  mixture 

Propagation   is   usually   by   greenwood   cuttings  in 


58.  Abelia  grandiflora.  (X  .'2 


times  considered  a  distinct  species,  but  the  differences 
are  very  slight 

tnfldra,  R  Br.  Shrub,  to  10  ft  ,  branchlets  with 
reflexed  hairs  Ivs  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate.  1 %- 
2 '-"2  in  long,  cihate  and  sparingly  hairy  on  both  sides 
or  nearly  glabrous,  entire  or  occasionally  on  vigorous 
shoots  with  a  few  coarse  teeth,  half-evergreen  fls  in 


terminal  clusters,  fragrant;  sepals  linear,  hairy,  ^m 
long,  corolla  tubular  with  spreading  limb,  white  flushed 
pink,  %m  long  Summer  Himalavas  I*  F  G  391 


Gn    1029.    G  C   II    1634    G    29483    R  II    1870511 
J    F  3,  pi    319  — A  very  handsome  species,  after 


(171) 


172 


ABELIA 


ABIES 


flowers  are  gone  the  feathery  sepals  remain  as  an 
attractive  feature. 

floribunda,  Decaisne.  Shrub,  4  ft.:  Ivs  persistent, 
oval  to  oval-oblong,  J^-l  in  long,  crenate-serrate, 
ciliate:  peduncles  axillary,  1-3-fld  ;  corolla  carmme- 

Ele,  nodding,  tubular,  1^  in.  long,  sepals  oblong, 
long      Summer      Mex      BM  4316.     FS  2  '5. 
23  157    Gn  13  120    B  11.33  55.  R  H  1912  544. 

A  bifldra,  Turca  Lvs  ovate-lanceolate,  hairy,  coarsely  ser- 
rate, deciduous  fla  white,  tubular,  m  2's,  sepals  4  Manchuria, 
N.  China — A  serr&ta,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Similar  to  A  biflora  Fls 
funnelform,  pink,  little  over  \iin  long,  in  2N,  sepaN  2  Japan 
8  Z  1  34  — A  spathul&ta,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Allied  to  A  biflora  Lvs 
ovate  fls  over  1  in  long,  white  tinged  yellow  in  throat,  sepals  5 
Japan  S  Z  1  34  B  M  6601  G  27  345  G  M 
45  335  (as  A  serrata)  — A  unifldra,  R  Br  (A 
serrata,  Nichols  ,  not  Sieb  &.  Zuco  )  Lvs  persis- 
tent, ovate-lanceolate  fls  in  loose  terminal  pani- 
cles, campanulatc,  1  in  long,  rosy  white  with  yel- 
low in  throat,  sepals  2  China  B  M  4604  F  S 
8824  JF  4,  pi  380  B  H  3  338  GC  III 
37  323  Gn  W  21  933  (as  A  chmensis)  Gn  27, 

p-425  ALFRED  REHDEK. 

ABELfCEA:  Zelkova 

ABELMdSCHUS:   Hibiscus 

AB£RIA  (named  from  Mt.  Aber,  Abyssinia,  where 
first  species  was  found)     Dorydhs,  Arn    &  E.  Mey. 
Flacourtidceae    Small  trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate,  sim- 
ple exstipulate  leaves  and  small  inconspicuous  flowers 

Flowers  dioecious;  stammate  fls  with  a  4-5-parted 
calyx  and  no  petals,  and  with  many  stamens,  arranged  on 
a  fleshy  receptacle;  pistillate  fls  with  a  5-7-parted,  per- 
sistent calyx  and  no  petals,  the  ovary  free,  sessile,  1-6- 
celled,  on  a  lobed  usually  fleshy  disk,  fr  fleshy,  mde- 
hiscent  — Eleven  species  in  Afr  and  Ceylon. 

caffra,  Hook,  f  &  Harv  Fig  59  Thorny,  glabrous 
Ivs.  obovate,  obtuse,  cuneate  at  babe,  entire  fls 
dioecious,  apetalous  G  C  III  18  737  R  H  1904  256 
— The  kei  apple  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  a  spiny 
plant  grown  S  for  hedges,  is  considered  pronlising  for 
S.  Calif,  and  S  Fla  as  a  fr  plant  Fruit  acid,  used  as 
pickles  or  conserves.  Proves  quite  hardy  in  S  Calif 

Gardner i,  Clos  A  small,  much-branched  tree,  16-  20 
ft  Ivs  2J^-4  in  long,  lanceolate  or  oval,  acute  at 
both  ends  fls  greenish,  stammate  fls  in  umbellate 
clusters,  the  pistillate  axillary  m  the  branches  fr  1 
in.  diam  ,  pale  purple,  edible.  June  India  and  Ceylon. 

N    TAYLOR  f 

ABIES  (derivation  doubtful).  Pinacese  FIR,  but 
the  name  spruce  is  often  erroneously  applied  Tall, 
pyramidal  trees  of  temperate  and  cool  climates,  planted 
for  ornament  and  for  shelter,  and  also  for  timber.  The 
word  abi-es  is  pronounced  in  three  syllables,  the  e  being 
long 

Leaves  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  entire,  sessile, 
persistent  for  many  years,  on  young  plants  and  lower 
sterile  branches  flattened,  usually  deep  green  and 
lustrous  above  and  silvery  white  beneath  from  the  pres- 
ence of  many  rows  of  stomata,  rounded  and  variously 
notched  at  the  apex,  appearing  2-ranked  by  a  twist  at 
their  base,  on  upper  fertile  branches  crowded,  more  or 
less  erect,  often  incurved  or  falcate,  thickened  or  quad- 
rangular, obtuse  or  acute  fls  axillary,  appearing  in 
early  spring  from  buds  formed  the  previous  summer  on 
branchlets  of  the  year,  surrounded  by  involucres  of  the 
enlarged  scales  of  the  fl  -buds,  stammate  fls.  pen- 
dent on  branches  above  the  middle  of  the  tree,  pistil- 
late fls  globular,  ovoid  or  oblong,  erect  on  the  topmost 
branches'  fr.  an  erect  ovoid  or  oblong  cylindrical  cone, 
its  scales  longer  or  shorter  than  their  bracts,  separating 
at  maturity  from  the  stout  persistent  axis.  Northern 
and  mountainous  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
often  gregarious  Twenty-three  species  are  distin- 
guished; greatest  segregation  on  the  Cascade  Mts  of 
Ore ,  in  the  countries  adjacent  to  the  Medit ,  and  in 
Japan.  Many  species  which  have  been  referred  to  Abies 


are  now  included  in  Picea.  S.S.  12.  Heinrich  Mayr, 
Monographic  der  Abietineen  des  Japamschen  Reiches. 
Gn  11,  pp.  280,  281  See  Arboriculture. 

All  the  species  of  abies  produce  soft,  perishable  wood, 
sometimes  manufactured  into  lumber,  and  balsamic 
exudations  contained  in  the  prominent  resin  vesicles  in 
the  bark  characteristic  of  the  genus.  They  are  hand- 
some in  cultivation,  but  usually  of  short-lived  beauty. 
The  firs  prefer  moist,  well-drained  soil.  As  timber- 
producing  trees,  the  species  of  abies  are  less  valuable 
than  the  spruces  (Picea)  and  in  the  United  States  they 
have  not  been  planted  except  for  ornament.  In  Europe, 
where  this  tree  is  sometimes  planted  as  a  forest  crop, 
the  wood  of  the  European  A  Picea  is  valued,  and  in 
the  Pacific  states  the  wood  of  A  grandii*,  A  concolor 
and  A.  magnified  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 
fruit-boxes  and  wooden- 
ware. 

In  cultivation,  firs  are 
most  beautiful  while 
young,  and  usually  lose 
their  lower  branches  and 
become  thin  and  un- 
sightly as  they  grow 
older,  and  many  of  the 
species  have  little  orna- 
mental value  for  more 
than  fifty  years  In  the 
northern  and  eastern 
states,  the  most  valuable 
ornamental  species  are 
the  Colorado  form  of  A  . 
i  concolor,  with  pale  or 
|  bluish  foliage,  and  the 
Japanese  A  brachy- 
phylla,  with  leaves 
that  are  dark  green 
and  very  lustrous  above 
and  silvery  beneath.  In 
the  United  States,  A. 
brachyphylla  assumes  a 
compact  pyramidal  form 
of  growth,  but  in  Japan 
old  trees  become,  un- 
like those  of  any  other 
fir.  round-headed.  The 
otner  Japanese  fir  that 
has  been  cultivated  in  the  United  States  long  enough 
to  show  its  value  as  an  ornamental  tree.  A  Veitchn, 
produces  longer  branches  than  A  brachyphylla  and  is  of 
more  open  habit  and  is  less  valuable  for  ornamental 
use  After  A  concolor  and  A  brachyphylla,  the  best  fir 
trees  for  the  eastern  United  States  are  A  cilicica  from 
Asia  Minor  and  A  Nordmanmana  from  the  Caucasus 


59   Abena  caffra.  ( 


In  its  young  state,  A.  cilicica  forms  a  dense  pyramid  of 
gray-green  foliage  and  as  it  grows  in  the  Pmetum  at 
\\ellesley,  Massachusetts,  is  an  object  of  great  beauty. 


A  Nordmanmana  is  one  of  the  commonest  fir  trees 
cultivated  in  the  eastern  states,  although  it  sometimes 
suffers  from  cold  in  New  England,  where  it  frequently 
becomes  thin  and  unsightly.  In  the  middle  states,  how- 
ever, it  is  often  an  object  of  great  beauty.  The  two 
eastern  American  species,  A  balsamea  and  A.  Frozen, 
and  the  related  species  from  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
A.  lasiocarpa,  grow  badly  in  cultivation,  and  are  short- 
lived and  not  handsome.  Of  the  Pacific  coast  species, 
A  grandis  can  be  kept  alive  in  favorable  situations  in 
the  eastern  states,  and  A  amabilis,  which  grows  slowly 
always  in  cultivation,  is  hardy  but  gives  little  promise 
of  becoming  of  much  value  anywhere  except  on  the 
mountains  of  northeastern  America  The  summers  in 
the  southern  states  are  too,  hot  for  the  successful  culti- 
vation of  fir  trees,  and  the  climatic  conditions  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  are  not  favorable  for  their  success- 
ful growth.  In  the  parks  and  gardens  of  the  Pacific 
states,  fir  trees  grow  better  than  in  any  other  part  of 


ABIES 


ABIES 


173 


INDEX 

amabihs,  4,  8 

falcuta,  9 

Apolhnis,  12 

Frasen,  7 

aurea,  9 

glauca,  14 

aureo-variegata,  2 

globosa,  9 

baUainea,  G 

(jordoniana,  8 

brachyphylla,  11 
brevifoha,  9 

Krundis,  8 
huddonia,  6 

ceplialomca,  12 

hudsomca,  6 

cihcica,  3 

Lowiana,  9 

columnans,  6 

lute-icons,  6 

concolor,  9 

magnifica,  15 

North  America,  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean  can  be  grown  successfully  the  firs  of  western 
North  America,  Mexico,  Europe,  India  and  eastern  Asia. 
Propagation  is  mostly  by  seeds  The  percentage  of 
fertile  seeds  produced  by  firs  is  much  smaller  than  that 
yielded  by  spruces  and  pines,  and  small  crops  of  seed- 
lings are  often  secured  from  large  sowings  of  the  seeds. 
The  seeds  lose  their  fertility  sooner  than  those  of  many 
conifers  and  cannot  be  safely  kept  more  than  one  or  two 
years;  they  should  be  planted  in  carefully  prepared  seed- 
beds and  covered  with  soil  to  a  depth  equal  to  the 
thickness  of  the  seed  Young  plants  begin  to  appear 
at  the  end  of  a  few  weeks,  and,  as  they  are  extremely 
sensitive  to  the  heat  of  the  sun,  they  need  the  protec- 
tion of  lath  or  brush  screens  Like  other  conifers,  the 
different  species  can  be  propagated  by  side-grafting 
on  other  species  of  the  genus  Grafted  plants,  how- 
ever, are  less  valuable  than  seedlings  and  propagation 
in  this  way  is  slow  and  expensive,  as  the  work  must 
be  performed  in  glass  houses  The  leading  or  other 
upright-growing  shoot  bhould  be  chosen  for  the  graft, 
as  trees  obtained  by  the  use  of  lateral  branches  for  grafts 
do  not  often  grow  into  erect  or  shapely  trees  The 
species  most  commonly  used  for  stocks  are  A  Picea 
and  A  balsamea. 


nephrolepit,  10 
nobiliB,  14 
Nordmanniana,  2 
Parsonmana.  M 
pectinala,  1 
Picea,  1 
pichta,  5 
Pmsapo,  13 
shasteneis,  15 
Bibirioa,  5 
Veitcha,  10 

A  Enables  Lvs  flat,  grooved  on  the  upper  surface,  only 
occasionally  t>lomatiferous  above  on  upper  fertile 
branches 

B    Lf  blunt. 
C.  Foliage  essentially  green, — the  Ivs    green  above  and 

whitish  only  beneath 
D    Cones  usually  upward  of  4  m   long 

1  Picea,  Lmdl.  (A    pectinata,   DC )     SILVER  FIR. 
Fig    60     Tree,  100-200  ft      trunk    6-8  ft    in  diam  : 
Ivs    flat,  distichously  spreading,  dark  green  and  lus- 
trous   above,    silvery    \vhite    below      cones    slender, 
cylindrical,  light  green  to  dark  purple,  5—6  in    long, 
bracts  shgntly  longer  than  their  scales     Mts  of  Cent, 
and  S  Eu  ,  often  gregarious  — Wood  esteemed  and  much 
used,  yields  Strasburg  turpentine     D\varf  forms,  with 
erect    and    pendulous    and    with    much    abbreviated 
branches,  are  common  in  gardens    Not  perfectly  hardy 
in  New  England. 

2  Nordmanniana,  Spach    Fig  61    Tree,  100-150  ft  : 
trunk  4-6  ft  in  diam  •  Ivs  flat,  crowded,  dark  green  and 
very  lustrous  above,  silvery  white  below    cones  oblong- 
cylindrical  or  ellipsoidal,  dark  orange-brown,  4-6  in 
long,  bracts  as  long  as  or  slightly  longer  than  their 
scales    Mts  south  and  southeast  of  the  Black  Sea,  and 
western  spurs  of  the  Caucasus    B  M.  6992    Gng  6.51 
G  C  II  19.797  —Often  hardy,  one  of  the  most  desir- 
able firs  in  the  middle  states     Var.  afcreo-variegata, 
Hort.   Shoots  colored  a  pure  golden  yellow. 

3.  cilfcica,  Carr.    Tree,  45-60  ft.,  trunk  2-3  ft.  in 
diam. :  Ivs  narrow,  flat,  pale  green  above,  silvery  white 
below:  cones  stout,  cylindrical,  orange-brown,  5-6  in. 
long;  bracts  rather  shorter  than  their  scales     At  high 
elevations  on  the  Anti-Taurus  of  Asia  Minor,  and  on 
the  Lebanon.    A  G.  16:255     Gng.  4 '113 —Begins  to 
grow  early  in  the  spring  and  is  often  injured  by  late 
frosts;  hardy  and  desirable  in  the  northern  states. 

4.  am&bilis,  Forbes.  WHITE  FIR.  Tree,  100-150  ft  • 
trunk  4-6  ft.  in  diam.:  Ivs   crowded,  dark  green  and 
very  lustrous  above,  silvery  white  below,  occasionally 


stomatiferous  on  the  upper  surface:  cones  oblong,  dark 
purple,  3H~6  in.  long,  oracts  much  shorter  than  their 
scales.  Cascade  Mts  of  Wash  and  Ore  ,  and  Coast 
Ranges  from  Vancouver  Isl  to  Ore  S  S  12  614  G  C. 
II  14  721,  725;  III  30  191  —One  of  the  handsomest 
of  the  genus,  often  forming  groves  at  high  elevations; 
in  cult  grows  slowly,  and  is  not  satisfactory. 
DD  Cones  usually  under  4  in  long 
5  siblrica,  Ledeb  (A  pichta,  Forbee)  Tree.  60- 
100  ft  •  trunk  2—4  ft  in  diam  Ivs  crowded,  dark  yel- 
low-green cones  cylindrical,  slender,  brownish  vel- 
km,  2^-3  in  long,  bracts  much  shorter  than  their 
scales  N  and  E  Russia  to  Kamtschatka  and  Mon- 
golia, gregarious  on  the  Altai  Mts  — Very  hardy,  the 
early  growth  often  injured  by  late  frosts;  in  cult,  soon 
becomes  thin  and  loose  in  habit. 


60.  Cones  of  Abies  — From  bottom  to  top,  A.  grandis, 
A  balsamea,  A.  Picea 

6  balsamea,  Mill.  BALSAM  FIR.  BALM  OF  GILEAD 
FIR  Fig  60  Tree,  50-80  ft.  trunk  17-30  in  in  diam.' 
Ivs  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  pale  below,  rounded 
or  obtusely  short-pointed  and  occasionally  cmarginate, 
acute  or  acuminate  on  fertile  branches  cones  oblong, 
cylindrical  purple,  2^-4  in  long;  bracts  shorter  or 
rarely  slightly  longer  than  their  scales  E  N  Amer. 
from  Labrador  and  the  valley  of  the  Athabasca  to  low* 
and  the  mts  of  Va.  S.S  12  610.  G  C.  III.  17:423, 
425,  431. — Wood  occasionally  used  for  lumber;  Cana- 


174 


ABIES 


ABIES 


dian  balsam,  or  balsam  of  fir,  is  obtained  from  the  bark; 
in  cult,  loses  its  beauty  early.  Var.  columnaris,  Hort. 
Branches  very  short,  turned  upward  at  the  ends.  Var 
hudsdma,  Engclrn.  (A,  hudsonica,  Hort ),  is  a  dwarf 
form  Var  lutescens,  Hort.  Lvs.  white,  yellow  or 
straw-colored  when  exposed  to  the  sun 

7.  Fraseri,  Poir  SHE  BALSAM.  Tree,  3O-50  or  even 
70  ft  trunk  reaching  2 1 2  ft.  m  diam  Ivs  flat,  ob- 
tusely short-pointed,  twisted  at  the  base  so  as  to  appear 
to  be  crowded  on  the  upper  side  of  the  branches,  dark 
green  and  lustrous  cones  oblong-ovate  or  nearly  oval, 
rounded  at  the  slightly  narrower  apex,  purple,  2J.-J  in 
long  and  1  in  thick,  the  scales  twice  as  wide  as  long, 
and  at  maturity  nearly  half  covered  by  the  ends  of  the 
pale  reflexed  bracts  Mts  of 
Va,  Tenn.,  and  N  C.  S  S 
12-609  G.F.  2  475  —Too 
much  like  the  balsam  fir  to  be 
prized  as  an  ornamental  tree. 
Trees  sold  under  this  name  are 
nearly  always  forms  of  A.  bal- 
samea.  Very  short-lived  in  cult. 


61  Cones  of  Abies  — From 
bottom  to  top,  A  concolor,  A. 
Nordmanniana,  A  magnifica. 


8  grandis,  Lindl.  (A    amdbihs,  Murr ,  not  Forbes 
A    Gordomdna,  Carr    Picea  grdndis,  Loud  )      Fig    (H). 
Tree,  200-300  ft  .  trunk  becoming  4  ft  in  diam     Ivs. 
thm  and  flexible,  deeply  grooved,  very  dark  green  above 
and  silvery  white  beneath    cones  cylindrical,  2-4  in 
long,  rounded  or  retuse  at  the  apex,  the  broad  scales 
somewhat  squarrose  and  irregularly  serrate  and  fur- 
nished with  a  short  point    Coast  of  N   Calif,  to  Van- 
couver Isl  and  to  the  western  slopes  of  the  Rocky  Mts 
of  Mont    S.S.  12  612.  Gn.  38,  p  291     G.C.  II.  15  179, 
181     R  H    1894,  p.  274  —Occasional  specimens   are 
seen  in  choice  grounds,  but  it  rarely  does  well  m  the 
eastern  states. 

cc.  Foliage  pale  blue  or  glaucous. 

9  c6ncolor,  Lindl   &  Gord    (A    Lowiana.  A   Murr. 
A.  Parsonsidna,  Hort ,  the  Pacific  form).    WHITE  FIR. 
Fig.  61.    Tree,  100-250  ft  :    trunk  4-6  ft    in  diam.: 
Ivs.  elongated,  stomatiferous  on  the  upper  surface,  on 
fertile  branches  often  falcate  and  thickened  and  keeled 
above:  cones    oblong,    gray-green,    dark    purple    or 
bright  canary-yellow.  3-5  in.  long;  bracts  shorter  than 
their  scales.  W.  N.  Amer.  from  S.  Ore.  to  Low.  Calif. 


and  to  Utah,  S  Colo.,  New  Mex ,  Ariz,  and  Sonora. 
S.S  12  613  G.C.  II  13:649,  II  15:661;  III  8'748, 
719,  III  35'59— Of  all  fir  trees,  the  Colorado  form 
best  withstands  heat  and  drought;  very  hardy,  grows 
rapidly,  and^the  most  desirable  of  the  genus  in  the  east- 
ern states.  The  form  from  the  Pacific  coast  is  less 
hardy  and  less  desirable  in  the  1C  as  an  ornamental 
tree  Seedlings  of  the  Colorado  form,  with  rather 
longer  and  more  glaucous  leaves,  are  found  in  nurseries 
a"  A  cdncnlor  violacea  Var  aurea,  Beiss  Young  shoots 
golden  yellow  in  May,  afterward  becoming  silver-gray. 
V  u  brevifdlia,  Beiss  Lvs  short  and  obtuse,  twice  as 
bioad  as  in  typical  form  Var  falcata,  Niein  Lvs. 
M(  Ue-shaped,  curved  upwaid  Vat  globdsa,  Niein. 
riant  spherical,  with  symmetrical  small  bi  anchcs. 

BB    Lvs.  pointed,  especially  on  main  shoots, 
and  usually  rigid 

10  Vditchii,  Lindl   (A.  nephrdlejns,  Maxim  ). 
Tree,  80-100  ft     trunk  3-1  tt   in  diam  ;  branch- 
lets  slender,  pubescent    Ivs  crowded,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  above,  silvery  white   below    cones 
cylmdiical,  slender,  daik  puiple,  2-2  }'2  in   long; 
bracts  shorter  than  their  scales     Mts  of  Cent. 
Japan,    gregarious    and    forming    great    forests, 
coast    of     Manchuria      GC   II    13  273  --Very 
hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and  when  young  is 
one  of  the  most  beaut  it  ul  of  hr  trees 

1 1  brachyphylla,  Maxim     Tree,  80-100  ft  . 
trunk  6  ft    in  diam  ,  upper  branches  long  and 
vigoious,   ultimately    forming    a    broad,  round- 
topped  head    Ivs  elongated,  sharp-pointed,  dark 
green   and   very   lusti  HIS    above,   silvery  white 
below     cones    cylindrical,    stout,    dark    purple, 
3-3}  2  lfl    long,  bracts  much  shorter  than  their 

scales  Mts  of  Cent  Japan,  singlv,  or  m  small  groves 
B  M  7111 — Ver\  hardy,  and  when  yoihig  one  of  the 
most  desirable  of  the  fir  trees  for  the  northern  states 

12  cepha!6nica,  Loud  Tree,  60-70  ft  trunk  2-4 
ft  in  diam  Ivs  broad,  rigid,  sharp-pointed,  standing 
out  from  the  branches  at  right  angles  cones  cylindrical, 
slender,  pointed,  gra>-brown,  5-6  in  long,  bracts 
longer  or  raiely  shorter  than  then  scales  Mt  Knos,  on 
the  Isl.  of  Cephaloma  (ing  6  W  ( i  \\  5,  p  15,12, 
p  399,14,  p  538  —Doubtfully  hard}  in  not  them  states. 

Var  Ap611ims,  Boiss  (.1  Apolltnt^,  Link),  with  nar- 
row and  blunter  Ivs  ,  is  remarkable  m  its  power  to  pro- 
duce vigorous  shoots  from  adventitious  buds  Mts  of 
Greece  and  Koumelia,  often  gregarious,  more  hardy 
than  the  type  in  the  northern  states  1  age  3565 

1.5  Pinsapo,  Boiss  SPANISH  Fin  Tree,  70-80  ft  • 
trunk  1-6  ft  m  diam  Ivs  short,  broad,  rigid,  sharn- 
pointed,  bright  green,  spreading  fiom  all  sides  of  the 
stiff  branchlets  cones  c>hndiical,  slender,  gray-brown, 
5*2-6  in  long,  bracts  shorter  than  their  scales 
Mts  of  Cent  and  S  Spam,  often  gregarious  GC  III 
21  407,  29.65,  31  407.— Not  hardy  north  of  the 
middle  states 

AA  Nob  lie  \  Lvs  blue-green,  often  glaucous,  storna- 
ti/erous  on  both  surface*,  flat  or  4-^^ed  on  sterile 
branches,  4~^'^'l  acute,  incurved  and  crowded  on 
fertile,  branches. 

14  n6bilis,  Lindl   (Plcea  n6lnhs,  Ixnid  )     RED  FIR. 
Tree,  150-250  ft     trunk  6-8  ft  m  diam  .  Ivs  on  lower 
branches  grooved  above,  rounded  and  emargmate  at 
the  apex,  cones  oblong-cylindrical,  purplish  or  olive- 
brown,  4-6  in.  long,  bracts  much  longer,  thin  and  cover- 
ing the  scales,  strongly  reflexed,  pale  green.    Cascade 
and  Coast  Mts.  of  Wash,  and  Ore.,  often  gregarious. 
SS    12.617    GC.  II   19  15,  III  20  275 —There  is  a 
var  glauca  in  the  trade. 

15  magnifica,  A.  Murr     RED  FIR     Fig   61     Tree, 
200-250  tt     trunk  6-10  ft  m  diam     Ivs.  quadrangular, 
bluntly  pointed  on  sterile  and  acute  on  iertile  branches: 
cones  oblong-cylindncal,  purplish  brown,  6-9  in   long; 


ABIES 


ABRONIA 


175 


bracts  much  shorter  than  the  scales.  Sierra  Nevada  of 
Calif.;  gregarious  and  forming  great  forests.  SS  12. 
618.  Gn.  37,  p.  591.  —  Wood  occasionally  manufactured 
into  lumber.  Less  hardy  in  the  eastern  states  than 
A.nobilis. 

Var.  shastensis,  Lemm.,  of  S.  Ore.  and  N.  Calif., 
cones  somewhat  smaller,  with  bracts  as  long  as  or 
longer  than  the  scales.  S  S  12  620. 

A  Albertidna,  Murr  =THUga  heterophylla  —  A  baborinsis,  Let 
Lvs  dark,  silvery  below,  very  numerouM,  >£-l  in  long  cones  4  or  5 
together,  reaching  7  or  8  in  long,  1  in  diara  N  Afr  R  H  18fab, 
t>  100,  deso  —A  blfida,  Sieb  &  Zucc  =-A  firrna  —  A  bradeata, 
Hook  &  Arn  =-A  venusta  —A  canadcniw,  Michx  *=*THUga  cana- 
den'HB  —  A  Deltivayi,  Franc  h  Tree,  20-50  ft  Ivs  rolled  back  along 
margin  W  China  <J  C  III  .«  212—4  Fargeaii,  IVanch  Tree, 
to  200  ft  Ivs  very  white  on  under  surf  me  cones  deep  purple 
Cent  and  W  Uurm  G  C  III  3<)  213  —A  firmn,  Sicb  A  Zucc  =• 
A  Mome,  Hieb  Lvs  thick  and  rigid,  1  in  long  cones  cylindrical, 
often  (>  in  long,  with  keeled  scales  —  4  humulepia,  Sieb  <fe  Zucf 
Closely  related  to  A  brachyphylla  but  less  valu,ibl<  as  an  ornamental 
tree,  rare  in  cult  (\rnold  Arboretum  )  GC  II  12  82  j  Japan 
Promising  for  the  southern  states  —  1  HonLtndna,  Murr  —  T««uga 
Mi  rtensiana  —  4  laswcdrjxi,  N'utt  Lvs  blue-green  ami  glaucous 
cones  J  in  long,  with  very  broad  spuulrss  scales  W  I'  S  G  C 
II  13  9  OF  4  3SO  (Jng  4  17  i  SH  12  Oil  —Var  anzdnica 
i«  a  form  from  the  ints  of  \nz  with  thicker,  paler  and  more 
corky  b.irk,  the  result  probably  of  climatic  influence  —  4  mucro- 
cdrpa,  VoNey—  Pseudotsuga  macrorarpa  —  .4  A/arif-m,  Mast 
Small  tree  with  crowded  branches  and  short,  dark  foliage  which  18 


, 

pale  below  cones  large,  dark  purple  N  Japan  G  C  II  12789  — 
A  \fenttnsvina,  Lindl  =  fr-ugii  heterophylld  —  4  numidica, 
Carrier.  —A  b.iborens^  —  A  Pnidrow,  Hpa<  h  Himalayas  This 


.  , 

now  being  recognized  as  distinct  from  A  Webbiana  — 


A  Reginse  Amdlix?=-A  cephalomca  \ar  Apolhnis  — 
ibsa,  Lindl  Long,  slender,  drooping  branches 
ery  below  cones  5  in  long  Mex  B  M 


b7o,J — A  'aach'ihnfn-ns.  Mast  Tall  tree,  with  pale 
bark,  white  buds,  and  long,  slender,  dark  green  Ivs 
cones  3  in  long  K  Asia  GC  II  12  W)  —  A 
subalplna,  Kngelm  =»A  lasiocarpa  G(  II  15  23b, 
237 — A  tenuita,  Koch  Lv-  acuminate,  dark  yel- 
low, green  abo\e  and  silvery  bilow  cones  4  in.  long, 
with  long,  Hlendcr  bra.  ts  Calif  SS  12015,616 
BM  4740  — -1  Webbiana,  I  indl  L\s  1  -2  Y2  in 
long,  flat,  sihery  below  cones  cylindrical,  G  or  7  in 
long  Himalayas  Ste  Picea  for  A  ajanentit,  alba, 

Monnda,  ingra,  obovatd,  orientally,  ptnditla,  pulitn', 
pungent,  tichrenkiana,  Umithiana  See,  aUo,  Pseudo- 
truga  and  Ttuga  ^ 

ABOBRA  (Brazilian  name)    Cucurbildce<e. 
A  monotypic  genus  allied  to  Cucurbita.  The 
only  species  is  a  greenhouse  climber,  cult 
for  its  numerous  small,  showy  frs  :  grows 
rapidly,  and  may  be  planted 
out  m  summer    The  tuber- 
ous roots  are    stored    like 
dahlias     Prop    by  seeds  or 
rarely  by  soft  cuttings. 

Flowers   dioecious  green, 
all    axillary    and    solitary; 
stammate  fls   with  a  tubu- 
lar, cup-shaped  calyx  and  a 
rotate  5-parted  corolla,  hav- 
ing oblong-lanceolate  Begins  ;  stamens  3,  free,  the  an- 
thers th\ck,  and  1-ceMed.  or  sometimes  2-celled,  pistil- 
late fls   with  a  3-4-eelled  ovary  followed  by  an  ovoid, 
mdehiscent,  G-sceded,  showy  fr 

tenuif&lia,  Naudm  (A  vindiflbra,  Naudin).  Height 
10-15  ft  Ivs  much  divided  fls  small,  pale  green,  fra- 
granffr  a  scarlet  gourd  Trop  Amer.  RH  1862:111 

ABROMA  (from  a,  not,  and  broma,  food)  Slercuhd- 
cex.  A  genus  of  2  or  3  species,  closely  related  to  the 
cacao;  grown  as  evergreen  greenhouse  trees,  but 
apparently  not  in  cult  except  in  botanical  collections. 
Pis  dingy  purple,  the  calyx  5-parted ,  corolla  lobes  5, 
clawed  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  in  spring  from 
half-ripened  wood  under  glass.  Probably  not  in  cult. 

A  augtista.  Linn  f  Lower  Ivs  cordate,  3-5-lobed,  upper  3vs 
Ovate-lanceolate  Trop  Asia  B  R  518  — A  faatu6sa,  R  Br. 
Lower  Ivs  cordate,  5-lobed,  upper  Ivs  ovate  fls  dark  purple 
Trop  Asia,  Austral  A  tmudaa,  Nichols  Lvs  ovate  pedately 
pmnatifid,  on  slenuer  petioles  Madagascar. 

N.  TAYLOR  i 


ABRdNIA  (from  Greek  abrox,  delicate,  referring  to 
the  involucre)  Nydagmdcex.  SAND  VERBENA.  Trailing 
and  upright  annualw  or  perennials,  with  fragrant  ver- 
bena-like flowers,  suitable  for  baskets,  rockeries  or  the 
open  border 

Herbs,  often  viscid  Ivs  opposite  from  swollen  nodes, 
unequal,  petioled  and  entire  fls  1  to  many  in  a  bractea 
peduncled  head,  small,  salver-form,  red,  yellow  or 
white,  showy  in  mass,  fragrant ,  stamens  mostly  5,  un- 
equal, joined  to  the  corolla-tube  and  r, eluded  within 
it,  calyx  tubular  and  corolla-like,  4-5-lobed,  the  base 
persistent  over  the  1 -seeded  ovary  or  fr  About  30 
species  in  Amer  H  Watson,  Bot  Calif  2  3-5;  PC 
Standby,  Contr  U  S  Nat  Herb,  12  30fi 

Abromas  arc  garden  annuals,  or  treated  as  annuals,  of 
secondary  importance  They  an-  low  or  trailing  plants, 
rising  from  G  to  1H  inches  high  and  spreading  widely. 
rlhey  are  best  adapted  to  open  sunny  places  and  light 
soil  A  umbdlnld  H  the  common  garden  species,  the 
trailing  stems  often  re.t.'hmg  a  length  of  3  to  5  feet,  and 
the  flowers  appearing  all  summer  and  fall,  in  mild 
climates,  the  plant  \  oluriteer?  fiom  self-sown  seeds  It  IB 
useful  for  borders  and  for  baskets  and  porch-boxes, 
when  a  change  or  variety  is  wanted  from  the  use  of 
verbenas  Under  glass,  the  plant  is  nearly  perennial 

Propagation  is  by  ->eeds,  sown  in  open  ground  after 
frost,  or  sown  in  late  summer  or  early  fall  in  mild  cli- 
mates For  early  and  continuous 
summer  bloom,  seeds  may  be  sown 
in  pots  of  sandy  earth  the  pre- 
vious autumn  and  wintered  in  a 
fiame  Peel  off  the  husk  (calyx) 
before  sowing 

A    Fls  yellow. 

latif&lia,  Esch  (A  arenand, 
Menzies)  Fig  62  Perennial: 
whole  plant  viscid-pubescent,  pro- 
ttrate  Ivs  thick,  ovate,  orbicular 
or  remform,  obtuse,  stalked  fls. 
fragrant,  Hr%m  long,  lemon-yel- 


62    Abronia  latifoha    (  x 


low.   June,  July    Seacoasts,  Cent  Calif,  and  N.  B.M. 
6546    G.C  H.16'365 

A  A    Fls   pink  or   rose 

umbellata,  Lam  (Tna&tus  admirdbilis,  L'Her. 
A  rosea,  Hartweg )  Fig  63  Perennial  similar  m 
habit  and  pubescence  to  the  above,  but  Ivs  stalked, 
the  blade  ovate,  acute  at  both  ends'  fls  pink,  about 
^2in  May,  June  Calif  seacoasts  to  Columbia  R. 
F  S  11  1095  P  M.  16.36.  Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  has 
larger  fls.  and  Ivs. 

villdsa,  Wats.  Perennial:  smaller  and  slenderer 
than  A.  umbellata  and  covered  with  a  glandular- villous 
pubescence1  Ivs  rarely  1  in  long:  fls  5-15  m  a  cluster, 
rose  Calif ,  Utah  — Not  common  in  cult.,  but  well 
suited  to  sandy  and  dry  situations  Intro.  1891 
AAA  Fls  white 

melltfera,  Dougl.  (A.  Suksddrfii,  Coult  &  Fisch.). 
Perennial  stouter  than  A  umbellata  st  fmelv  hairy 
involucre  larger  scanous  fls,  1  in  long,  the  tubt; 


176 


ABRONIA 


ABUTILON 


greenish  and  glabrous:  Ivs  long-stalked,  in  opposite 
pairs.   Wash.,  Ore.   B.M.  2879.  Intro  1891. 

fragrans,  Nutt.  Erect  perennial.  Ivs.  ovate  or 
elliptical,  paler  beneath  than  above,  fls.  night -bloom- 
ing, %~1  m  long,  the  tube  greenish,  the  white  lobes 
bifid.  Columbia  R  to  New  Mex  B  M  5544. 

A  puchtlla,  Nichols  Erect,  6  in  •  fls  pinkish  rose  — A  Crux- 
ndltse,  Kellog,  the  handsomest  of  ail  the  species  is,  Tnpterocalyz 
Crux-malt*,  which  see  N  TAYLORtt 


63   Abronia  umbellate. 

ABROPHf  LLUM  (Greek  combination  signifying  deli- 
cate-leaved) Saxifragaceae  An  endemic  monotypic  genus 
of  New  S  Wales  tall,  handsome  shrub'  Ivs  alternate, 
elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate  and  acuminate,  to  9  in  long, 
somewhat  toothed,  fls.  small,  yellowibh,  m  dichotomous 
corymbose  panicles  terminating  the  shoots  or  arising  from 
the  upper  axils,  petals,  stamens  and  calyx-lobes  5  fr  a 
5-celled  ovoid  berry  A.  6rnans,  Hook  f ,  was  intro.  to 
Calif  in  1911  by  Franceschi. 

ABRUS  (from  abros,  debcate,  referring  to  leaves) 
Legummbssp  Deciduous  greenhouse  climber,  or  used 
South  outdoors  for  screens  Roots  a  poor  substitute 
for  hconce,  and  the  seeds  are  violently  poisonous  Needs 
strong  heat  for  indoor  culture  Propagation  is  by  seeds 
or  by  cuttings  under  glass  in  sand 

The  genus  consists  of  usually  creeping  or  climbing 
woody  herbs  with  pnmately  compound  Ivs  fls  small, 
in  dense  racemes  on  axillary  peduncles  or  short 
branches;  calyx  bell-shaped,  the  teeth  very  short; 
corolla  pea-like,  much  exserted;  stamens  9,  in  a  tube. 

precat&rius,  Linn  CRAB'S-EYE  VINE  WEATHER- 
PLANT.  Fig  64  Height  10-12  ft  ;  frequently  trailing 
over  the  ground  S  •  Ifts  oblong,  m  numerous  pairs  fls 
varying  from  rose  to  white*  seeds  bright  scarlet,  with  a 
black  spot,  used  by  Buddhists  for  rosaries,  m  India  as 
standards  of  weight,  and  in  the  W  Indies  m  bead 
work  Seeds  irritant;  also  used  as  an  abortive  in  U  S. 
A  variety  with  a  cream-colored  bean  is  offered  by 
Reasoner  Bros  Tropics  generally  — The  claims  made 
for  its  weather-foretelling  properties  are  exposed  by 
Oliver  in  Kew  Bull.  Jan  ,  1890  It  does,  however,  "go 
to  sleep"  during  storms,  but  this  is  a  feature  of  other 
legumes.  Sometimes  confounded  with  Rhynchosia 
nhaseoloides  (R  precatona),  which  has  similar  seeds, 
but  is  a  very  different  plant  with  large,  3-foholate, 
bean-like  Ivs.  N>  TAYLOR^ 

ABSINTH,  ABSINTHE  (ab'sinth).  A  bquor  made 
from  plants  of  the  wormwood  group,  particularly  from  the 
absinthium  (Artemisia  Absinthium).  These  are  aromatic 
or  bitter  herbs.  A.  Absinthium  yields  a  bluish  or  green 
volatile  oil  containing  absmthol  and  other  principles. 
Absinth  is  added  to  water  as  a  beverage,  and  in  excess 
produces  peculiar  intoxication,  and  may  even  prove  fatal. 

ABUT  A  (native name).  Menispermdcex  Greenhouse 
evergreen  climber,  plant  dioecious,  fascicled  or  pamcled: 
staminate  fls.  with  3  exterior  and  3  interior  larger  sepals, 


and  6  stamens;  pistillate  fls.  with  6  staminodia  and  3 
carpels*  fr.  a  drupe;  14  species  in  S  Amer  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings under  glass  with  bottom  heat,  and  grown  m  peaty 
loam.  A.  rufescens,  Aubl.  Lvs.  broad-ovate  or  suborbi- 
cular.  coriaceous,  brown  or  tawny  beneath,  3-nerved  fls. 
small,  dark  purple  within,  the  3  large  sepals  obtuse. 
Little  known  in  cult. 

ABUTILON  (name  of  Arabic  origin  for  a  malvaceous 
plant).    Malvaceae.    FLOWERING.    MAPLE      Attractive 
coolhouse  shrubs  and  window-plants,  and 
some  kinds  used  for  bedding    Sometimes 
called  Chinese  Bellflower    Fig  05 

Leaves  long-stalked,  often  maple-like, 
fls  mostly  pendulous,  with  naked  5-cleft 
calyx,  5  separate  cbovate  petals,  many 
stamens  united  in  a  column  about  the 
many-branched  st\le,  the  antheis  boine  at 
the  top  of  the  column  fr  a  collection  or 
aggregate  of  2-valved  often  beaked  carpels 
that  are  deciduous  from  the  central  axis 
at  maturity  — Natives  of  warm  regions  in 
both  hemispheies,  comprising  herbs,  shrubs 
and  trees,  about  SO  species 

The  abutilons  oftenest  been  m  Ameri- 
can gardens  and  conservatories  are  ap- 
parently hybrids  and  derivatives  of  pure 
species  The  colors  are  mostly  yellow,  white  and 
pink,  with  attractive  vemmg  Well-known  forms  are 
Arthur  Belsham,  red,  shaded  gold  Boule  de  Neige, 
pure  white,  very  free  California,  a  group  of  free  bloom- 
ers Kchpse,  foliage  marbled  green,  and  yellow  fls  of 
fair  si/e,  sepals  scarlet,  petals  oiange-buff,  suited  for 
baskets  and  vases,  a  form  of  .1  mtqnpotnmicum  (another 
Eclipse  is  known)  Krecta,  pink,  orange-\  emed,  erect  fls. 
Golden  Bell,  deep  yellow ,  free-flowering  ( 5olden  Fleece, 
pure  vellow,  free-flowering  Rojal  Scarlet,  rich,  shi- 
ning scarlet  Sant ana,  deep  red  Savitzn,  dwarf,  with 
white-edged  foliage,  useful  for  bedding  Snowstorm, 
semi-dwarf,  pure  white  Souvenir  de  Bonn,  Ivs  large, 
deep  green,  not  mottled,  but  edged  with  a  broad  white 
margin,  distinct  and  striking,  a  useful  bedding  plant. 
Splendens,  bright  red 


64.  Abrus  precatorms   ( x 


ABUTILON 


ABUTILON 


177 


The  cultivation  of  abutilons  is  simple,  under  conditions 
suitable  for  the  growing  of  geraniums  and  fuchsias. 
Some  of  the  forms  are  grown  primarily  for  bloom,  and 
they  are  practically  continuous-flowering  when  well 
hand'cd;  the  varegated-leaved  forms  are  grpwn  for 
foliage  and  used  more  or  less 
for  bedding-out.  Abutilons  make 
good  pot-plants  if  kept  within 
bounds  by  pinching  back  so  that 
they  will  branch.  A  megapo- 
tamicum and  some  others  are  use- 
ful for  baskets  and  vases.  The 
showy  A.  insigne  is  an  excellent 
rafter-plant 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  or 
seeds  Cuttings  may  be  made 
in  spring  of  new  wood  from  old 
plants  that  have  been  cut  back, 
or  they  may  be  taken  in  fall;  as 
the  abutilon  is  active  practically 
all  the  year,  the  cuttings  may 

be  taken  almost  at  will     Steeds 

65.  A  flower  of  Abutilon.    grow  readily;  if  started  in  March, 
blooming  plants  should  be  had 

by  fall    Bedding  material  is  raised  from  early-struck 
cuttings. 


INDEX 

compactum,  6. 

longicuspe,  2 

funentte,  3 

Darvuim,  6 

marinoraturn,  5 

spunum,  11 

flonbuiulum,  6 

meKapotamirum,  4 

stnatum,  9.  11 

Orandiflorum,  h 

pictum,  9 

tMsHlatum   6 

llildebrandii,  0 
hybndum,  12 

plemfloruin,  10 
Sacitni.  12 

Thotnpwim,  11 
venosum,  8 

\yneum,  1 

Selloanum,  5 

vexiUanum,  4 

insigne,  1 

Sellovuinum,  5 

vitifolium,  7 

A.  Lvs.  not  lobed,  cordate,  but  prominently  toothed, 

sometimes  angled 
B.  Corolla  wide  open. 

1.  insfgne,  Planch  (A  igneum,  Hort).  Lvs  me- 
dium size,  crenate-dentate,  acuminate,  villous  pubescent 
underneath  fls  large,  flaring-mouthed,  under-color 
white  but  obscured  by  very  heavy  and  rich  veining  and 
markings  of  purple  and  red,  on  slender  hanging  pe- 
duncles Colombia  B  M  4840  Gn  18  624,  53,  p 
300  FS  6  551 — Very  showy ,  common  Often  trained 
under  the  roof  of  the  greenhouse  or  conservatory.  St. 
green,  brown-hairy 

2  longicuspe,     Hochst       White-canescent     much- 
branched  shrub,   with    long-acuminate    broad-cordate 
and   blunt-toothed   long-stalked   ivs  ,   felt-like   below: 
fls    bluish  purple,  veiny,  wide  open,  on  mostly  many- 
branched    axillary   peduncles     Abj  ssmia  — Intro     by 
S    Calif   Acclimatizing  Asboc  ,  from  seed  collected  by 
Schwemfurth  and  distributed  from  Berlin  in  1893. 

3  sin6nse,  Oliver     Lvs  large  and  broadly  cordate- 
ovate,  long-acuminate,  notched  but  not  lobed,  some- 
what tomentose  beneath,  fls  large  (2  in.  or  more  across), 
open-bellshaped.    orange-yellow    with    large    interior 
veins   and   marks   of   reddish   brown.     Cent.    China, 
recently  miro.  to  cult    Seed  apparently  not  yet  in  the 
American  trade.   R  II  1909:452. 

BB    Corolla  long  and  narrow. 

4.  megapotamicum,  St  Hil  &  Naud.  (A  vexill&num, 
Morr.)  Fig.  66.  Drooping  habit'  Ivs.  rather  small, 
lance-ovate,  acuminate,  sharp-serrate'  fls  2-3  in  long, 
on  short  drooping  stalks,  the  long  calyx  bright  red,  the 
protruding  petals  lemon-yellow,  the  column  of  stamens 
conspicuously  protruding  Brazil,  etc.  B  M  5717. 
Gn.  37'274.  J  H.  Ill  18:359.— A  strikingly  handsome 
species,  particularly  for  baskets  and  vases,  apparently 
less  seen  than  formerly.  There  is  a  variegated-lvd 
variety.  Generally  misspelled  mesajyotamicum  Mega- 
potamicum means  "big  river,"  signifying  here  the  Rio 

12 


AA.  IMS.  prominently  lobed,  mostly  maple-like  or 

vitis-hke. 
B.  Foliage  silky  or  tomentose,  at  least  beneath. 

5.  Sellovianum,  Regel  (A.  Selloanum,  authors,  a 
correction  of  the  published  name,  as  the  plant  is 
named  for  Sello  A.  Sellowianum,  Hort )  Upright, 
thick-hairy  plant  Ivs  roundish  deep-heartshaped,  long- 
stalked,  3-lobed  with  long-pointed  parts,  7-9-nerved, 
unequally  toothed,  the  under  side  soft  silky  tomentose. 
fls  light  purple,  with  erect  petals  Brazil  Var  marmor- 
atum,  Hort ,  has  Ivs  variegated  with  golden  yellow. — 
A  good  summer  bloomer.  The  variegated  form  is  some' 
times  used  for  bedding. 

6  Darwinii,    Hook    f     (A     Hildebrandn,    Fenzl.). 
Strong  pubescent  shrub  of  dwarfish  habit    Ivs  velvety 
pubescent  beneath,  thickish,  5-9-nbbed,  the  lower  ones 
lobed  to  the  middle,  the  upper  ones  shallow-3-lobed:  fls. 
1-3  in  an  axil  on  hhort  sts  ,  1  ^-2  in  across,  orange- 
red  with  blood-red  veins,  widely  open  or  spreading. 
Brazil    B  M    5017    Var   tessellatum,  Hort ,  has  IVB. 
handsomely  checkered  with  yellow  — Blooms  in  both 
winter  and    summer     Much    hybridized   with    other 
species    A  grandifl&i  urn  and  A  compdctum  are  garden 
forms,  also  A  Jlonbundum,  Hort,  R.H.  1881:350.  Gt. 
23794  (var  trmerve,  Regel). 

BB.  Foliage  not  tomentose  or  silky,  glabrous 

or  slightly  pubescent. 
c    Fls  blue  (varying  to  white  in  cult  ). 

7  vitifdlium,  Presl      Lvs    cordate  in  general  out- 
line, 3-5-,  and  sometimes   7-,  lobed,    the   lobes  long- 
pointed     fls    open  bell-bhaped  or   cup-shaped,   large, 
lavender-blue,  more  or  less  veined  (sometimes  white), 
clustered,   anthers   yellow      Chile  — A  hardy   species, 
remaining  out-of-doors  in  S  of  England,  height  becom- 
ing .30  ft     Ivs    golden  in  autumn.    B  M  4227.  7328. 
Gn   51  334:  66,  p   8  (clumps);  76,  p.  415.   J.H.  Ill 
62.380.  BR.  30  57. 

cc.  Fls  yeVow  or  orange  in  ground  color. 
D.  Blossoms  very  large   Ivs  7 -lobed 

8  venftsum,  Lcm     Very  strong,  tall   grower.   Ivs. 
large,  deeply  palmately  7-lobed  and  strongly  toothed: 
fls  large,  3  in   long,  on  t>ts   10-12  in  long,  bell-shaped 
and    not    flaring,    golden 

orange,  with  veins  and 
over-colors  of  blood-red 
and  brown  Mex  B  M. 
4463  — A  showy  species 

DD     Blossoms  of  ordinary 

size  (J  in  or  less  long) 
E     Lf  -blades   3-lobcd,    the 
side  lobes  often  small 
(or  the  clefts  shallow) 

9  pictum,   Walp      (A 
stndtum,     Hort ,     at 
least    in    part,    not 
Dickson)  Strong  and 
hardy   fiee-bloommg 
species,    with    Ivs 
green    or   variegated  t 
and  glabrous  or  thinly  * 
pubescent,  the   mia- 
dle  lobe  usually  about 
equaling     or    some- 
times   shorter    than 
the  undivided  part  of 
the    If     and   wedge- 
shape  or  tapering  from  the  base    calyx   about  1  in. 
long,  cleft  about  to  its  middle,  brownish  pubescent: 
corolla  less  than  1J^  in.  long,  orange  or  yellow,  veined 
crimson.    S   Brazil  to  Buenos  Ayres  — Has  been  con- 
fused with  A  stnatum- 


178 


ABUTILON 


ACACIA 


10  plenifldrum,  N.E.  Br.  Lvs  green,  glabrous  both 
sides,  the  middle  lobe  slightly  narrowed  at  its  base 
and  half  again  as  long  as  the  undivided  part  of  the 
blade,  fls  double. — Perhaps  of  hybrid  origin,  with  A. 
pictum  a  probable  parent. 

BE.  Lf. -blades  5-7-lobed,  the  middle  lobe  always  more  or 

less  narrowed  at  its  base. 

11.  striatum,  Dicks  A  Guatemalan  species  perhaps 
not  in  cult  m  its  original  form  middle  lobe  of  If. 
usually  at  least  twice  as  long  as  undivided  part  of 
blade  and  twice  longer  than  broad,  green,  calyx  some- 
what less  than  1  m  long,  the  lobes*  about  twice  as  long 
as  tube,  brown-pubescent;  corolla  1^4  m  or  loss  long, 
orange,  conspicuously  dark  cmnson-vemed  B  M 
3840  (as  Sida  picta)  — Var  Th6mpsomi,  Veitch.  Fig 
67  Lvs  variegated  with  yellow,  not  pubescent,  first 
exhibited  by  Veitch  &  Sons  in  1868,  said  to  be  from 
Jamaica,  perhaps  not  in  general  cult  at  present  — Var. 
spurium,  Lynch  Lvs.  variegated  with  yellow,  thinly 

Eubescent  above  but  thickly  pubescent  beneath  with 
ne  hairs,  the  calyx  white-pubescent  corolla  light 
reddish  orange  with  redder  veins,  probably  of  garden 
origin  — The  cult,  forms  of  this  species-group  are  imper- 
fectly understood,  particularly  those  passing  as  A. 
Thorn pbonn  In  England,  the  form  usually  known  as 
A  Thorn  psonu,  and  used  for  bedding,  is  the  var  spu- 
num  In  N  Amer  several  different  things  are  called  A. 
Thompsonu,  some  of  them  not  variegated  and  at  least 
one  of  the  variegated  forms  having  double  fls  The 
Fig  67  is  inserted  to  distinguish  the  plant  originally 
distributed  as  A  Thompsonu,  and  to  which  the  name 
should  be  restricted  Probably  some  of  the  A  Thomp- 
sonn  forms  belong  in  the  general  A  hybndum  group. 


67  Abutilon  Thompsonu  as  originally  pictured  in  Florist  and 
Pomologist,  1869,  p  21  Inserted  to  show  the  plant  to  which  the 
name  Thompsonu  should  be  applied 

The  confusion  between  the  Brazilian  A .  pictum  and  the 
Guatemalan  A  striatum  is  reduced  by  N.  E.  Brown,  G.  C. 
1910  (2)  pp  427  and  488. 

12  hybridum,  Hort  Under  this  name  have  been 
placed  the  many  garden  forms  and  hybrids,  most  of 
which  have  many  of  the  features  of  the  A  striatum 
group.  A .  Darwinn  has  been  one  of  the  parents  in  some 
of  them,  as  in  A  ro&jeflorum,  and  Golden  Fleece  (Gn. 
53:300),  both  of  which  are  recorded  as  offspring  of 


Darwinn  and  Boule  de  Neige  Other  varieties  referable 
here  are  Fireball,  Golden  Bell,  Gold  Ball,  Savitzu,  Sou- 
venir de  Bonn,  Caprice,  Boule  de  Neige  (Snowball) 
Fig.  68  shows  one  of  the  forms  of  this  garden  group, 
passing. sometimes  erroneously  as  A.  Thompsonu. 

A  arbdreum.  Sweet  Lvs  cordate,  tomentose  fie  pale  yellow 
Peru — A  Bedfordtdnum,  St  Hil  Lvs  lobed  fls  yellow  with 
red  very  tall  Brazil  — A  escuUntum,  St  Hil  Lvs  cordate, 
acuminate,  toothed,  tomentose  fls  purple,  solitary  Fls.  said  to  be 
cooked  and  eaten  by  native's  in  Brazil  under  name  of  Bencaode 
Deos  — A  globifldrurn,  Don  Fls  large,  cream-eolored  Mauritius 
— A  i.Uegtorimum,  Hook  &  Jackson,  Index  Kewensis  (Hida 
mtegernma,  Hook  B  M  4360  )  Lvs  entire,  cordate,  tomcntose 
below  fls  large,  yellow,  flaring  Colombia — .4  pteoniseflArum, 
Walp  Fls  rather  small  pink  Brazil  —A  pulchtllum,  Sweet, 
and  A.  pulchr^m,  Don  =  Plagianthua  pulchellua.  L  H  B 

ACACALLIS:  Aganina 

AC  Ac  I A  (from  word  meaning  a  point  or  thorn,  refer- 
ring to  the  stipules  often  spinescent).  Legumindsae, 
tribe  Mimd*e<T  Trees  or  shrubs  grown  out-of-doors  in 
warmer  parts  of  the  United  States  and  some  of  the 
species  as  cool  greenhouse  plants  for  the  showy  yellow 
bloom. 

Leaves  bipmnate  or  reduced  to  phyllodia  with  ver- 
tical edges  (i  e  ,  If  -like  petioles)  fis  regular,  orange- 
yellow,  occasionally  lemon-yellow  or  white,  in  cylindri- 
cal spikes  or  globular  heads,  solitary,  or  in  pairs  or 
clusters,  or  in  axillary  racemes,  sepals  and  petals  5,  4 
or  3,  free  or  united,  stamens  many,  long  pod  a  legume, 
opening  by  two  valves  (occasionally  mdehiscent) : 
fumclc  of  the  seed  filiform  or  ending  in  club-shaped 
aril,  either  t\\ice  encircling  the  seed  or  simply  bent 
back  upon  itself  (The  difference  between  Acacia  and 
Albizzia  lies  in  the  stamens,  which  are  free  in  the 
former  and  united  at  base  in  the  latter  )  A  very  large 
genus  (said  to  be  4oO  species)  dispersed  throughout  the 
tropical  parts  of  the  earth  and  even  pushing  their  way 
into  parts  of  the  temperate  zones  The  phyllodme  series 
is  confined  almost  entucly  to  Australia  and  the  Pacific 
Isls  ,  while  the  bipmnate  series  is  scattered  over  the 
warm  parts  of  the  remainder  of  the  globe  The  number 
of  species  reported  from  Amer  is  laige  (about  70),  of 
which  at  least  30  are  Mexican  Acacias  are  said  to  be 
natives  of  the  following  states  Ariz  ,  Ark  ,  Calif ,  Fla  , 
Okla  ,  Kan  ,  La  ,  Mo  ,  Nev  ,  New  Mex  and  Texas 
Those  in  the  following  account  are  Australian,  unless 
otherwise  stated  This  list  will  undoubtedly  be  modi- 
fied as  botanists  scgiogate  the  other  genera  from  the 
Mimoscjr  group  Acacias  vary  greatly  undor  cult ,  the 
variation  affecting  mfl  ,  size  and  shape  of  If  ,  and  even 
the  funicle  One  should  not  expect  to  determine  an 
unfamiliar  species  without  Ivs.,  fls  and  fr ,  with  its 
p?eds  in  place 

Other  species  interesting  because  of  their  ant-inhabited 
thorns  are  described  under  Bull-horn  Acacias  Other 
species  referred  to  Acacia  are  to  be  found  under  Albizzia. 

Acacias  are  quick-growing  plants  and  are  short- 
lived. Various  kinds  have  been  known  to  grow  from  11 
to  12  feet  in  four  months  and  25  feet  in  six  years  These 
trees  are  thus  in  their  full  maturity  at  thirty  years  of  age, 
and  shortly  afterward  begin  to  deteriorate  While  they 
may  thus  be  used  as  street  trees  to  secure  immediate 
effects,  more  permanent  trees  should  also  be  planted  to 
take  their  places  The  leaves  of  some  species  are  used 
in  cookery,  the  flowers  of  A  Farneswna  for  perfumery, 
the  bark  of  various  species  for  tanning,  A.  Senegal 
furnishes  most  of  the  gum  arable  of  commerce;  a  drug 
or  medicine  is  made  from  the  wood  of  A .  Catechu,  a  soap 
or  hair-wash  from  A,  concinna;  several  are  used  as 
forage  plants,  others  for  dyes,  and  still  others  for  fiber. 
Many  of  them  have  scented  wood,  others  make  fine 
furniture  wood,  and  are  used  for  cabinetwork  and 
fence-posts  or  fuel,  still  others  for  street  trees  (as  A 
melanoxylon  and  A  dealbata),  and  all  are  more  or  less 
ornamental  The  Ark  of  the  Covenant,  as  well  as  the 
furniture  of  the  Tabernacle,  are  said  to  have  been  made 


ACACIA 

from  timber  of  A.  Seyd,  which  yields  the  Shittim  wood 
of  the  Bible  Also  on  account  of  its  incorruptible  wood, 
this  species  for  ages  was  used  by  the  Egyptians  to  make 
coflms  for  the  burial  of  their  kings 

Acacias  out-of-doors  will  not  endure  much  frost 
They  seem  to  thrive  very  well  in  localities  in  which  the 
winter  temperature  is  as  low  as  20°  F ,  or  even  18°, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  by  careful  selection  strains 
may  be  secured  that 
will  withstand  an 
even  lower  tempera- 
ture. Some  species 
are  alkali-resistant 
as  A  cyclops,  A. 
rctinodcs  and  per- 
haps others  After 

the  trees  are  once  well  established  they  do 
not  ordinarily  require  further  irrigation  since 
they  have  a  faculty  of  seeking  water  How- 
ever, if  they  are  given  plenty  of  water  and 
good  soil  their  growl  h  is  very  rapid  Weevils 
sometimes  rum  acacia  seeds  by  laying  their 
eggs  in  the  flower-buds  and  appearing  later 
in  the  pod  The  cot  tony  cushion  scale  and  the 
black  scale  are  also  found  to  a  limited  extent,  ^^ 
but  so  far  have  not  proved  troublesome 

Piopagation  is  by  sends  sown  either  under  glass  or 
out  in  the  open  ground,  or  by  cuttings  from  half-npened 
wood,  taken  with  a  heel  Seeds  maybe  prepared  for 
planting  m  two  ways  First,  place  them  in  aslus  among 
the  dving  embers  of  a  fire  and  allow  them  to  remain 
lint  il  cool  These  do  not  require  immediate  so\\  ing,  but  if 
they  are  sown  they  will  not  perish  if  ram  does  not  fall 
very  soon  afterwards  Second,  pour  hot  water  over 
seed,  let  cool  and  soak  from  twelve  to  forty-eight  hours 
Sow  without  allowing  seeds  to  become  dry  Either 
method  softens  the  hard  seed-coats  and  hast  ens  germina- 
tion They  will  then  usually  germinate  m  about  se\en 
days  to  three  or  four  weeks,  depending  upon  the  species 
and  the  season  in  which  they  are  sown  Seed  may  be 
sow  n  in  the  propagat  ing-house  at  any  t  ime  throughout  the 
year,  thougn  early  spring  is  the  natural  tune  For  open 
ground,  sow  in  March  or  April  After  germination,  the 
plants  are  pricked  off  into  flats  or  pots  and  shifted  into 
larger  ones  as  occasion  requires  1  hey  arc  thus  kept 
in  pots  until  they  are  ready  to  be  transplanted  to  their 
permanent  quarters,  since  if  placed  m  the  open  ground 
at  once  the  tap-roots  will  grow  with  too  great  rapidity 
and  the  tree  will  either  have  to  be  balled  or  transplanted 
with  the  greatest  care  to  prevent  its  recei\  ing  a  shock, 
from  which  it  w  ill  take  at  least  a  y  ear  to  reco\  er  \\  hen 
buying  seedlings  from  a  nursery,  therefore,  reject  all 
those  whose  roots  have  penetrated  the  pot  While 
several  species  (A  pycrwnthu,  A  imlnnoxi/lon,  A 
decurrens  var  desilbata,  etc  )  have  been  known  to  resow 
themselves  m  California,  there  is  no  danger  of  their 
becoming  a  pest  (such  as  A  nrmala  in  Australia),  since 
the  seedlings  are  seldom  able  to  live  through  the  dry 
season  without  irrigation  Cuttings  should  be  made 
from  the  half-ripened  wood,  of  which  the  best  are  from 
the  side  shoots  of  the  main  stem,  taken  with  a  heel 
No  bottom  heat  is  required,  or  very  little,  but  they 
should  be  covered  with  a  light  frame  and  kept  moist 
and  cool  by  shading  They  root  slowly  but  freelv  and 
should  be  potted  immediately  after  rooting,  but  should 
not  be  planted  in  the  open  soil  until  they  have  developed 
good  roots 

Cultivation  in  greenhouses  as  florists'  plants  is  con- 
fined to  few  species,  perhaps  not  more  than  a  dozen 
being  commercially  valuable  All  of  this  most  impor- 
tant section  thrive  in  a  winter  temperature  ranging  from 
40°  to  50°,  in  fact,  little  above  the  freezing  point  is 
sufficient  They  do  not  like  heat,  and  consequently  are 
not  adapted  for  forcing  If  wintered  cool  and  allowed 
to  come  along  naturally  with  the  increasing  heat  and 
light  of  the  spring,  they  will  flower  in  March  and  April, 


ACACIA 


179 


n  when  their  graceful  beauty  is  appreciated  in  the 
conservatory  or  is  valuable  'to  the  commercial 


a  season 
private 

florist  The  prevailing  color  of  all  the  Australian  species 
is  yellow,  varying  from  pale  lemon  to  deep  orange. 
The  tall-growing  kinds,  or  rather  those  inclined  to  make 
long,  straight  shoots,  make  excellent  subjects  for 
planting  permanently  against  a  glass  petition  of  a 
conservatory,  or  against  a  pillar  There  is  scarcely  a 


68    Abutilon 
hybridum  form 


more  beautiful  plant 
than  A  pubescent, 
with  its  slightly 
drooping,  yellow 
racemes  It  deserves 
a  favored  place  in 
every  cool  conservatory 
The  acacias  are  of  easy 
culture  If  planted  per- 
manently m  the  border, 
provision  for  drainage 
should  be  made  A  good, 
coarse,  turfy  loam,  of  not 
too  heavy  texture,  is  all 
they  want,  with  the  addi- 
tion of  a  fifth  part  of 
leaf-mold  or  well-rotted 
spent  hops  Few  of  our  greenhouse  pests  trouble  them. 
Water  in  abundance  they  like  at  all  times,  and  m  their 
growing  season,  which  is  the  early  summer  months, 
a  daily  syringing  is  necessary  Several  of  the  species  of 
bushy  habit  are  very  much  grown  as  pot-plants  in 
Europe,  and  are  now  largely  imported  and  sold  for  me 
eastern  trade  A  arniata  and  A  Drummondn  are  good 
species  for  this  purpose  With  our  hot  summers,  the 
commercial  man  will  do  better  to  import  than  to 
attempt  to  grow  them  from  cuttings  The  acacias 
need  pruning,  or  they  will  soon  grow  straggling  and  un- 
shapely, more  especially  is  this  true  of  those  grown  in 
pots  After  flowering,  cut  back  the  leading  shoots 
rather  severely  Shift  into  a  larger  pot  if  roots  demand 
it,  and  encourage  growth  by  a  genial  heat  and  syringing, 
gi\  ing  at  same  time  abundance  of  light  and  air  They 
should  be  plunged  out-of-doors  as  soon  as  danger  of 
frost  is  past,  and  removed  to  the  greenhouse  before  any 
danger  of  early  fall  frosts  Cuttings  root  suiely  but  not 
quickly  The  best  material  is  the  side  shoots  from  a 
main  stem  in  the  condition  that  florists  call  half-ripened 
—that  is,  not  green  and  succulent  as  for  M  verbena,  nor 
as  firm  and  hard  as  the  wood  of  a  hybrid  perpetual  rose 
in  November  The  wood  or  shoot  will  be  in  about  the 
right  c  ondition  in  June  No  bottom  heat  is  needed,  but 
the  cuttings  should  be  covered  with  a  close  frame  and 
kept  moderately  moist  and  cool  by  shading  The  fol- 
lowing spring  these  young  plants  can  be  either  planted 
out-of-doors,  where  there  is  a  good  chance  to  keep  them 
well  watered,  or  grown  on  m  pots,  as  described  above. 
A  few  of  the  finest  species  are  A  pubescens,  suitable 
for  training  on  pillars,  A  Riceana  makes  a  bush  or  can 
be  trained,  A  longifoha,  an  erect  species,  deserves  a 
permanent  position  in  the  greenhouse  border  Of  all  the 
species  best  adapted  for  medium-sized,  compact  pot- 

f>lants,  A  arrnata  and  A.  Drummondn  are  the  best  The 
ormer  has  small,  simple,  dark  green  leaves  and  globular, 
pure  yellow  flowers  A  Drummondu  has  drooping, 
cylindrical,  pale  lemon  flowers.  As  both  these  flower  in 
March  without  any  forcing  in  our  northern  greenhouses, 


180 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


they  are  very  valuable  acquisitions  to  our  Easter  plants 
The  acacia  has  two  distinctive  charms:  the  foliage  is 
either  small,  simple  ami  glaucous,  us  m  A.  armata,  or 
much  divided,  graceful  and  fern-hke,  as  in  A  pubescent. 
All  the  acacias  are  among  the  freest-  Ho  wenng  of  our 

hard-wooded  plants     (V\  ilham  Scott  ) 

INDEX 

aojnacea,  13 

Fame-iana,  61 

m-rufolia,  30 

aneura,  47 

hlioma,  59 

neurocarpa,  50. 

angustifoha,  20 

fihctotdes,  59. 

normalu,  20,  58 

arabica,  63 

flonbunda.  52 

obhqua,  12 

argyrophylla,  19 
armata,  7 

Frasen,  15 
furci/era,  7 

obtusata,  28 
olcsfoha,  18 

Baileyana,  55. 

()8\\aldn,  41 

biftora,  9 

glabra,  19 

oxyccdrus,  44 

bincrvata,  34 

glaurpsoens,  48 

paradoxa,  7 

braohybotrya,  19 

glaucophylla.  19 

pendula,  35 

calamifoha,  4 

graiidis,  CO 

penmnervis,  24. 

Caleyi,  15 

Groggn,  67 

pentxdra,  6 

Catechu,  65 
catechuoides,  65 

harpophylln.  42 
hispidissima,  60 

pttiolarif,  25 
pimfohn,  5 

Cavenia,  62 

hciloienccft.  50 

plagiophylla,  23 

ceiastnfoha,  20 

homomaUa,  48 

podalynsefolm,  15. 

aneratcens,  48 

implexa,  37 

praviSvsmia,  17 

cultrata,  16 

incravsata,  9 

prominens,  22 

cultnfocmis,  16 

juncifoha,  5 

prumostt,  57 

cuneata,  8 

jumptnna,  1 

cuspidata,  3 

kua,  38 

pulcholln,  60 

cyanophylla,  27 

Jsitrobei,  13 

punm  n»,  1 

cyclops,  43 

Ifiophylla,  26 

pytnantha,  25. 

dealbata,  58 

leptophyUa,  61 

retmodes,  29 

decipjens,  9 

IfHcndtntlron,  48 

Riceana,  46 

decurrens,  58 

IftirophyUa,  50 

rotundifolia,  12. 

diffusa,  3 

Imrans,  51 

runa/ormw,  11. 

discolor,  56 

linoata,  11 

sahoina,  33 

dodonseifoha,  14 

linifoha,  22 

saligna,  26 

dolabnformis,  9 

longifoha,  52 

nontis,  21 

Drummondu,  66 

ionjrii'utna,  51 

Sophorse,  52 

eburnea,  64 

lunata,  18 

suaveolens,  31. 

echtnula,  1 

macradoma,  32 

tenuifolia,  2 

elata,  54 

Maidenn,  49 

umbrosa,  34 

elongata,  40 

Mrissnen,  10 

undulfita,  7. 

erythropus,  46 

melanoxylon,  36 

verticillata.  45. 

extensa,  6 

niolhs,  58 

viscidula,  39. 

falcata,  23 

Way®,  33. 

falciformia,  24. 

myrtifoha,'  20. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 
L.  Lvs    reduted  to  phyll    (i   e  ,  the  petiole 

w  flattened  to  retemble  a  simple  Ij  ). 
B    Fls    in  globular  head-, 

c.  Phyll   terete  or  sliyhlly  flattened. 
D.  The  phyll  tapering  into  points. 

B.  Funicle  filiform  to  its  end       .   1.  juniperina 
BE.  Funicle  ending  in  enlarged  aril. 
F   Fig       cream-yellow,      phyll 

alendfrr,  broad  at  base  2  tenuifolia 

FF   Fls  rich  yellow    phyll  thick, 

narrower  at  base  3   diffusa 

DD    The  phyll  with  innocuous  points, 

not  pungent 
K   Peduncle  usually  more  than  1- 

headed  4   calamifolia 

EE     Peduncle  mostly  1-headed 

F.  Phyll   obscurely  nerved  5  juncifolia 

FF   Phyll     prominently    nerved, 

st  almost  winged  6  eztensa 

CC.  Phyll  vertically  flattened 

D    Veins  of  phyll  1 ,  or  very  rarely  2 
K   Fl  -heads  solitary  or  in  pairs  or 

clusters 

F    Length  of  phyll   1  in  or  less 
o   Stipules    persistent    as 

slender  spines 
H.  Pods  hirsute 

i  Phyll  semwvate  7  armata 

ii  Phyll  wedge-shaped     8  cuneata 
HH   Pod    glabrous      phyll 
triangular    or    rhom- 
boidal  9  decipiens 

GO   Stipules  deciduous,  small 

or  none 
H.  Peduncles  shorter  than 

phyll  10  Meissneri 

HH    Peduncles   longer   than 

phyll. 
x.  Nerve  near  one  edge 

phyll.  hm  wide     11  hneata 
n.  Nerve  central,  phyll. 
over  A  in.  vnde. 


J.  Phyll.  orbicular. . .  12.  obliqu* 
JJ.  Phyli  oblong.    .  ..13.  icintcet 
FF.  Length  of  phyll.  J  ^~4  in. 

a.  More  or  leas  spinescent.    21.  aentit 
«o.  Not  spinescent    .  14  dodon*i/oUa 

KB.  Fl  -heads  in  axillary  ract  mcs 
(rarely  reduced  to  a  solitary 
head) 

F   Length  of  phyll.  S  in  or  less 
o    Racemes   much  exceeding 

phyll 

H    Phyll    hoary  or  pubes- 
cent .  15  podalyria- 
HH    Phyll  glabroui  (folia 
I    The  phyll    nearly  as 

broad  as  'ong 
j   Shape      of      phyll 

obliqmly  orate      16   cultrifortms 
jj    Shape  of  phyll   tri- 
angular 17  pravissima 
H    The  phi/ll  oblong-fal- 
cate, not  so  broad  ax 
long                         IK  lunata 
OJG    Racemes      not      or     only 
slightly  exceeding  phyll 
(except  A    linifoha  var 
prominent) 

H   Phyll  obliquely  obovatc  19  brachybotrya 
HH    Phyll    lanceolate  (ofttn 

3m  long  in  Calif  )     20  myrtifolia 
mm    Phyll   liniar 

I    Stipule?  i>jnne^rrnt      21    sentis 
n   Stipules    not    spines 

cent 

j  Gland  at  base  2J  linifoha 

jj   Gland  below  middle  22  linifoha  var. 
FF   Length  of  phyll  over  2  in  (ex-  [prominens 

cept  A  salitinaiar  Wayse) 
o   Some  of  phyll    over  1  in. 

wide. 

H  Funicle  encircling  seed 
and  bent  back  in  dou- 
ble fold 

i   Pod  Y±in  wide.  23  falcata 

ii   Pod  over  \£m  ,  nearly 

Yiin   wide  24   penmnervis 

HH   Funicle    not    encircling 

seed 

i   Phyll  sickle-shape      25  pycnantha 
n.  Phyll  notsicLlf-shape.'26.  saligna 

27  cyanophylla 
OO    All  phyll  under  1  in  uide 
H    Phyll  hnrar-lanceolate, 
mostly    widest    above 
middle 

I  Midrib  much   to   one 
side,      gland     one- 
third    from     base, 
making  a  notch        28  obtusata 
II.  Midrib      central      or 
irlyso,  gland  \^~ 


%in  from  base 
j.  Funicle    sim 


HH 


urround- 

ingsced  29  retinodes 

jj   Funicle     not     sur- 
rounding keed      30  nenifoha 
Phyll  linear-oblong,  not 

widest  above  middle 
I  Seeds    nearly    trans- 
verse 31.  suaveolens 
n    Seeds  longitudinal 
j  Racemes  compound  32  macradenia 
jj    Racemes      simple, 
often  reduced  to 
2  or  S  heads. 

E  Foliage  pale 33  salicina 

KK   Foliage  dark 

green  33  Balicina  var 

DD.  Vein»   of  phyll     several    (rarely  [Way« 

only  £),  longitudinal 
B    F I  -heads  in  racemes. 

F   Phyll  2-nerved  34   binervata 

FF   Phyll  more  than  %-nerved 

a.  Pod  with  narrow  wing      35  pendula 
oo    Pod  not  winged 

H    Funicle  encircling  seed 

in  double  fold  36  melanoxylon 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


181 


HH.  Funicle  folded  at  end  of 
seed,  not  encircling  it. 
i.  Width  of  pod  Km.  .  .37.  implex* 
ii   Width  of  pod  H-l  m  38.  koa 
BB.  Fl  -heads  solitary  or  in  pairs 

or  clusters 
F.  Width  of  phyll.  y&n  or  less, 

linear. 

o   Phyll.  viscid       .  39  viscidula 

QO.  Phyll  not  viscid  40  elongata 

FF.  Width  of  phyll    over    l/^in  , 

not  linear. 
G.  The  fl  -heads   sessile,    or 

nearly  no  41   Oswald! 

GO.  The  fl  -heads  not  sessile 
H.  Funicle    short,  half  as 

long  aa  seed  42  harpophylla 
HH   Funide    long,    scarlet, 
encircling  seed  in  dou- 
ble fold 43.  cyclops 

BB.  Fit.  in  spikes. 

c.  Shape  of  phyll.  narrow  (A  to  less 

than    %in  ),  pungent  pointed 
D.  Nerves  3  or  4  phyll  scattered       44  ozycedrus 
DD    Nerves  1 

E    Phyll  whorled  45  verticillata 

BE.  Phyll    clustered    fls    mostly  3- 

merous  46  Riceana 

OO.  Shape  of  phyll  broader  (except  A 
aneuraandA  longiflftravar  fion- 
bunda),  less  rigid,  not  pungent 
pointed 

D    Pod  winged       47  aneura 

DD    Pod  not  winged 


1.  junlpertna,  Willd  (A  echinula,  DC.  A.  p&naenit, 
Spreng.).  A  stiff  shrub,  8  to  12  ft.,  with  brancnlets 
either  pubescent  or  smooth,  phyll  scattered,  numerous 
and  tapering  into  a  sharp  point,  l/i  to  rarely  J^in  long, 
1-nerved.  fl  -heads  solitary  on  peduncles  longer  than 
the  phyll.,  5-merous;  petals  cihate;  petals  a£\ite,  with 
prominent  midrib,  pod  more  or  less  falcate,  flat,  1-2 
in  long,  about  %m  broad,  usually  contract^  between 
the  seeds;  seeds  longitudinal,  the  funiclj  but  little 
folded  and  filiform  to  the  end  May,  June  —  May  be 
distinguished  from  A  tenw  folia  by  its  funicle  filiform 
the  entire  length,  its  petals  with  prominent  midrib,  and 
its  5-merous  fls. 

2  tenuifdlia,  F  v  M  Fig.  69.  An  everblooming 
shrub  with  a  sticky  exudation  on  sts  and  over  the  young 
fl  -buds  branchlets  blender  and  drooping:  phyll  linear- 
subulate,  %-l  in.  long,  2/sin  wide,  1-nerved,  ending  in 
a  pungent  point,  gland  at  base  fls  lemon-yellow,  with 
peduncles  J/jin  long,  solitary  in  axils  of  the  phyll.,  30 
or  more  111  a  head  pods 
straight,  slightly  con- 
strict ed  between  seeds, 
2-3  in  long,  nearly 


B   Calyx  and  phyll  pubescent  (A. 
Maulenu  only  slightly  so) 

bright 


F   Sepals      velvet-like, 

orange-yellow  48  glaucescens 

FF   Sepals     not     vehet-hke     yet 

more  or  less  pubescent 
a   Funicle  encircling  seed       49   Maidenu 
OG.  Fume lefoldi  d  and  enlarged 

into  cup-i>haped  ard       50  holosencea 
BE    Calyx  and  phyll    not  pubescent 

F   Phyll  linear  51    hnearts 

FF   Phyll  elliptical,  lanceolate 

a    Width  of  phyll  over  %in    52  longif  oha 
oo.  Width  of  phyll    less  than 

Kin 52  longifolia 

AA.  Lvs  all  bipinnate.  [var  flonbunda 

B.  Fls  in  globular  heads 

c.  Stipules  none  or  brown  and  scanous. 
D    Pinna?  few,  2-10  pairs. 

E    Rachis  hirsute  .  53  pubescens 

BB    Rachis  not  hirsute 

F.  Lfts  lYi-lYi  in   long          54   elata 
FT.  Lfts   less  than  1  '<  in  long 

o.  Length  of  pinnx  1  in.         55  Baileyana 
OO.  Length  of  pinnae  over  1  in 

H   Funicle  filiform  5fi  discolor 

HH  Funicle  cup-shaptdanl  57  prumosa 
DD.  Pinnse  many,  8-26  pairs 

B.  Plant  a  tree  Ifts  SO  40  pairs, 
more  or  less  tomentose-pu- 
bescent  58  decurrens 

F.  Lfts.  dark  green,  shining 
above,  imbricate  flt  bloom 
in  June,  pale  yellow  58  decurrens 

FF.  Lfts     more    or    less     gray,  [mollis 

farther  apart  fls   bloom  in 
Jan.  and  Fcb  ,  deep  yellow  58.  decurrens 
FFF.  Lfts     light    green,    distant.  [dealbata 

sepals  as  long  as  petals        58   normalis 
BB.  Plant    a    shrub.    Ifts.    20-60 

pairs,  glabrous 59   fihcina 

OC.  Stipules  spinescent. 

D.  Pinnx  1  pair         •  •     .  •  60  pulchella 

DD.  Pinnae  more  than  1  pair. 
B   Pod  round 


61.  Farnesiana 

62.  Cavenia 
.  63  arabica 

64  eburnea 


BB.  Pod  monihform 
BEE.  Pod  not  moniliform  . . . 
BB.  Fls  in  spikes 

c  Pinnx  10-40  pairs 65  Catechu 

OO.  Pinnx  f~4  pairs 

D.  Pod  not  exceeding  1  in.  long  66  Drummondu 

DD.  Pod  1 M-4  in.  long 67.  Greggii 


ide,  poi 
nd    bea 


earing  two  rough 
longitudinal  marks  over 
each  seed,  characteristic 
of  this  species,  funicle 
bilvery  white,  half  a»s  long 
as  seed  and  enlarged  into 
a  cup-shaped  aril  o\  or  one 
end,  npe  June-Xov  Fls 
every  month  F  v  M. 
Icon  1  8  —  This  attrac- 
tive hhrub  is  easily  grown 
from  seed,  germinating  in 
about  three  weeks  and 
growing  steadily  It  is 
delightful  for  situations 
that  demand  a  lo\s  -branch- 
ing habit  Its  everbloom- 
ing fls  ,  honey-like  odor 
and  dust-iesistant  quali- 
ties also  recommend  it. 

3  diffusa,      Lmdl    (A. 
genitlapfdlui,    Link)       A 
shrub  of  5  or  6  ft    with 
loosely  scattered    foliage: 
phyll    linear  or  subulate, 
H~1M  in    long    (mostly 

%m  ),     iV-^in      wide,     69.  Acacia  tenuifolia.    (  X  H) 
1-nerved,  ending  in  sharp 

point  fls  in  pairs  or  reduced  to  a  single  head,  either  4- 
or  5-merous,  peduncles  J^in  long;  sepals  not  half  length 
of  petals  pod  stipitate,  flat,  acute,  3-4  in  long,  %m. 
broad,  valves  convex  over  seeds,  funicle  much  folded 
and  thickened  from  the  middle  Apr  ,  May  B  M  2417. 
BR  634  Var  cuspidata,  Benth  (A  ciispi4dta,Cunn.'). 
Phyll.  more  slender,  from  %-2  in  long,  about  as  broad 
as  thick 

4  calamifdlia,  Sweet.    BKOOM  WATTLE.    Fig  70     A 
tall  shrub  or  small  tree  with  slender  erect  branches: 
phyll  narrow-linear  to  subulate,  with  oblique  point  at 
apex  and  narrowed  to  base,   lH~2/4  m    long,  i^m. 
wide,  1-nerved,  gland  near  base  (obscure  in  dried  speci- 
mens) .  racemes  short,  of  3  or  4  heads,  or  reduced  to  a 
single  one,  fls   20  to  a  head,  5-merous:  sepals  half  as 
long  as  petals,  peduncles  J^in  long  pods  a  rich  brown, 
slightly  contracted  between  the  seeds,  1K~3  in   long, 
!^m  wide,  funicle  red,  almost  encircling  the  seed  in  a 
double  fold,  ending  in  a  silvery  club-shaped  aril;  npe 
Aug     Fls.  Feb  -Apr     B  R.  839  —  An  attractive  orna- 
mental at  all  times  but  especially  so  when  in  full  bloom. 
An  excellent   tan-bark   species,    analysis  showing    aa 
much  as  20  63  per  cent  of  tannin. 


182 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


70.  Acacia  calamifoha 
(XH) 


5.  juncifdlia,  Benth.  (A  pimfdlia,  Benth.).  A  tall 
shrub  with  terete  branches,  either  glabrous  or  hirsute: 
phyll  from  slightly  flattened  to  tctragonous,  3-6  in 
long  or  more,  with  a  nerve  on  each  side  fls  5-merous, 
either  solitary  or  in  pairs,  about  40  m  a  head;  petals 
united;  calyx  spatulate  and  cihate,  not  half  so  long  as 
petals;  peduncles  Mm-  l°nK  (rarely  Jiin)'  pod  flat, 
with  nerve-like  margins,  3-4  in.  long,  less  than  }4m. 
wide,  seeds  ob- 
long, longitudinal, 
funicle  half  as  long 
as  seed,  filiform 
but  slightly  thiek- 
ened  at  luliim  F 
v.  M.  Icon  2  S. 

6  extensa.Lmdl. 
)  (A.  pentjedra, 
/Hegel)  A  shrub 
5  ft  tall,  with 
more  or  less 
winged  angular 
branchletfe  phyll 
linear-subulate  or 
needle-like,  3-4  in. 
long  (sometimes 
S),  ^,in  wide, 
1 -nerved,  ending 
in  sharp  point, 
gland  }  j-1  in 
from  base  fls  soli- 
tary or  shortly 
racemose,  20  in  a 
head,  5 -morons , 
sepals  short,  pe- 
duncles J.  tin.  long 
pods  with  nerve- 
like  margins,  constricted  between  the  seeds,  2-1  in 
long,  %m  wide;  funicle  stiaight  and  only  .slightly  thick- 
ened at  hilum  end,  ripe  May.  Fls  March 

7  armata,  R  Br.  (A  unduldla,  Willd    A   paraf16ra, 
DC      A    furcifera,  Lindl      Mimosa   purndoia,  Foil  ). 
KANGAROO  THORN    Fig  71    A  spreading  shrub  8-10  ft 
wide.  7-11  ft.  tall,  with  pendent  finger-like  branchlets 
phyll  half-ovate,  the  straight  edge  hugging  the  st  ,  the 
other  edge  more  or  less  undulate,  nerve  excentnc,  end- 
ing m  a  pungent  point,  stipules  reduced  to  slender 
spines  about  %m   m  length:  fls  solitary  on  peduncles 
%m.    long,   petals   5,   sepals   5,    more   than   one-halt 
length  of  corolla-  pods  hairy,  straight  or  slightly  curled, 
\n  clusters  of  2-5  or  reduced  to  1,  ll/2~2  in  long,  ^m 
wide,  funicle  silvery,  as  long  as  seed  and  enlarged  to  a 
cup-shaped  aril;  ripe  Aug.  Fls  Feb  -Apr    BM  1653  -  - 
A  shrub  with  breadth  often  much  greater  than  its  height, 
sometimes  15-20  ft    across,  hence  suitable  for  large 
grounds  and  roomy  corners    Makes  a  good  hedge  plant, 
and  is  also  used  to  reclaim  sand-durus    It  is  a  good  rich 
green  and  withstands  considerable  dust  and  drought 
There  is  a  larger-lvd  form  with  fissured  bark  and  more 
straggling  habit.    The  phyll   is  greener  and  more  ten- 
der in  texture  than  the  type,  and  the  fls  are  larger. 

8  cuneata,  Benth    A  tall  glabrous  shrub   phyll  Kto 
scarcely  1  in  long,  wedge-shaped,  truncate  at  the  apex, 
nerve  excentric,  ending  in  sharp  point  at  one  angle 
while  the  other  angle  is  tipped  by  a  gland ,  occasionally 
a  faint  secondary  nerve;  stipules  setaceous   fls  solitary; 
peduncles  about  as  long  as  phyll ,  8-15  in  a  head,  4- 
merous;  petals  separate;  calyx  turbmate,  half  as  long  as 
rorolla  and  with  broad  lobes,  pod  hirsute,  thick  margins, 
2-3  in  long  and  Km  wide    BR  18.30. — An  interesting 
ornamental  species,  somewhat  resembling  A  pravissima 

9  declpiens,  R    Br    (A    dolabnjdrmis,  Colla     A. 
incrassdta,  Hook     A    bifloro,  Paxt ).    A  shrub  either 
low  and  bushy  or  up  to  10  or  12  ft  tall,  glabrous  or  rarely 
hirsute    phyll    triangular  or  trapexoid,   H~%in    l°ng 
and  nearly  as  broad,  principal  nerve  excentnc,  ending 


in  small  point,  gland  on  other  angle,  the  occasional 
stipules  are  spinescent'  fls  solitary  or  in  pairs,  6-10  in 
a  head  pod  thick,  hard,  much  incurved,  1-2  in  long, 
tSi-1^  m  wide,  narrowed  at  each  end,  seeds  longitu- 
dinal, funicle  ending  in  club-shaped  aril  B  M  1745, 
32 1  i  — The  difference  between  this  and  A  cnneata  seems 
to  lie  chiefly  m  fls  and  phyll ,  which  aic  about  as  bioad 
as  long  in  A  dccipicns,  and  much  longer  than  broad  in 
A.  cuneala,  and  wedge-shaped. 

10  Meissneri,  Lehm    Tall  shrub'   young  branches 
glabrous,  acutely  angular  ph\ll   l/f-l  in  long,  l/$-\i\i\ 
broad,  obovate-oblong  or  obliquely  cuncatc,  obtuse,  or 
with  a  small,  hooked  point   peduncles  shorter  than  the 
phyll    pod  flat,  K~Hin   broad,  the  margins  not  thick- 
ened, seed  oblong,  longitudinal,  funicle  very  long  and 
much  folded,  the  last  fold  almost  encircling  the  seed  and 
returning,  but  thickened  only  at  the  end 

11  lineata,  A  Cunn    (.1   tunciftir/ms,  A  Cunn)     A 
bushy  shrub    branches  usually  pubescent,  terete  and 
often  slightly  resinous    phyll    linear,  ^-^4111    long  or 
more,  l1^  in    wide,  nerve  near  the  margin  and  ending 
in  small  hooked  point  fls  solitary,  5-nierous,  equal  to  or 
exceeding  the  phyll  ,  sepals  distinct,  linear-spat hulate, 
peduncles  Ji^^m    Ipng    pod  curved  or  twisted,   '  (jm 
wide,  funicle  not  so  long  as  seed,  ending  in  a  cia\ate 
fleshy  aril     Fls  March     BM  .S3 10  (as  A    runnformit) 
—This  differs  from  .1    acinaceft  and  A   ohhqua  in  only 
its  narrow  phvllodia     Habitat  in  barren  forest  ground's 
m  the  mtenor  of  New  South  Wales. 

12  obliqua,  Cunn 
(.4      rotund  if  S>h  a , 
Hook  )     A   drooping 
shrub,  with  finger-like 
bianchc  s,  angular  and 
slightly  pubescent* 
phvll     obliquely    ob- 
o\ate     to    orbicular, 
}4-)2in  long,  1t-*  sin 
wide,   1    ex  cen  trie 
nerve  ending    m    re- 
curved point,  stipules 
minute,  gland,   when 
present,  one-third  dis- 
tant  from   base     fls 
5-merous,  solitary  or 
in  pairs  on  peduncles 
y>m   long;  fls    15-20 
in  a  head,  petals  with 
midiib,    sepals    nar- 
row, half  as  long  as 
petals    pod   more   or 
less  twisted  and  con- 
stricted  between  the 
seeds,    1-2    in     long, 
}  >,in    wide,  thin,  with 
nerve -like    margins, 
tunicle     club-shaped, 
half  as  long  as  seed, 
ripe  July,  Aug     Fls. 
Feb.   B  M  4041 

13  acinacea,  Lindl.  (A.  Lntrbbei,  Meisn  )    A  much- 
branched  shrub1  phyll.  obliquely  oblong,  %-%m  long. 
\4-%m    wide,  obtuse,  with  a  recurved  point;  gland 
one-third  distance  from  base*  fls   in  pairs  (rarely  soli- 
tary), 5-merous,  calyx  spathulate,  cihate.  half  as  long 
as  petals,  petals  united;  peduncles  }4-%m   long    pod 

'  twisted  or  curved,  Y^\\  wide,  more  or  less  constricted 
between  the  seeds'  seed  longitudinal;  funicle  not  so 
long  as  seed  and  thickened  into  fleshy  clavate  aril  Fls 
March  F.  v  M  Icon.  4  7  — F  v  Mueller  proposed  to 
unite  this  with  the  broad-lvd  A  obliqiia,  since  the  only 
difference  between  them  seems  to  be  based  upon  shape 
of  phyll  This  group  should  be  given  further  study  to 
determine  whether  transition  stages  may  be  found 
between  the  narrow  and  the  round  forms  and  whether 


71    Acacia 

(X1A) 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


183 


the  supposed  distinction  of  straight  pods  in  A.  acinacea 
can  be  traced  into  the  curled  pods  of  A.  obhqua. 

14.  dodonaeifdlia,  Willd    A  tall,  glabrous,  very  resin- 
ous shrub1  phyll.  lanceolate  to  linear-falcate,  tapering  to 
base,  having  the  appearance  of  being  encrusted  with  a 
brownish  powder,  1^-2,  sometimes  4,  in    long,  about 
^m  wide,  the  lateral  veins  prominent  and  anastomos- 
ing; 1  central  nerve  ending  in  an  oblique  point    fls 
solitary  or  in  pairs,  not  exceeding  the  phyll  ;  peduncles 
^m  long,  about  40  fls  in  a  head,  5-rnerouts,  calyx  more 
than  half  as  long  as  corolla    pod  straight  or  falcate, 
about  %\n   wide;  seeds  longitudinal,  fumclc  with  last 
2  or  3  folds  dilated  into  an  irregular  cup-shaped  aril 
March  — Superficially  this  resembles  the  A    retmodeb 
group,  but  the  fls  are  solitary  or  in  pairs  instead  of 
in  racemes,  and  it  has  an  apparent  incrustation  on 
foliage 

15.  podalyriaefdlia,  Cunn     (A    Frasen,   Hook.     A 
Calhji,  Cunn  ).    Fig   72    A  tall,  glabrous  shrub  with 
conspicuous  gray  branchlets  covered  with  a  soft  pubes- 
cence, phyll  pmnivemed,  pubescent  (rarely  glabrous*), 
ovate  or  oblong,  1-1  Yz  in.  long,  J^-l  1/4  m   wide,  nerve- 
like  margins  and  prominent  exrentnc  rnidnb  ending  in 
oblique  point,  the  margins  and  midrib  ciliate,  gland 
at  middle  or  just  below    racemes  simple,  longer  than 
phyll ,  of  numerous  small  heads,  calyx  turbmate,  not 
half  so  long  as  corolla;  petals  hirsute,  with  prominent 
midrib'  pod  flat,  either  glabrous  or  pubescent,  1-3,  or 
more,  m  long,  ?4in.  broad,  seeds  longitudinal,  fumcle  not 
encircling  seed  but  in  short  folds  at  hilum  end,  the  last 
fold  slightly  thickened     RB  33 '105    GC  111  4311 
Gt    54-1541.    GW    9,  p    158— Its  neat   gray  ovate 
Ivs.  and  abundant  long  yellow  racemes  at  the  end  of 
the  branches  make  it  a  very  decorative  and  popular 
species. 

16  cultnftfrmis,  Cunn    (.4    cultrata,  Ait  )     A   tall 
shrub  with  gray  foliage  thickly  clothing  the  branches: 
phyll     with    nerve-like    margins,    obliquely    ovate    to 
almost  triangular,  YT-\  in    long,  M-Jjin    wide,  with 
gland  on  upper  edge  one-third  distance  from  ba.se,  the 
intervening   edge    straight    and    closely   hugging    the 
branchlets,   vein   excentric,    much   curved,   ending  in 
mucronate  point     racemes  axillary,   much  exceeding 
the  phyll  ;  us   30-40  in  a  head;  sepals  half  as  long  as 
petals,  peduncles  j^in    long    pod  a  rich  brown,  with 
nerve-like  margins,  l^-3m  long,  '4111  wide,  occasion- 
ally constricted  between  the  seed,  seed  oblong,  longi- 
tudinal, fumcle  half  as  long  as  seed,  silvery  and  enlarged 
into  a  cup-shaped  aril  almost  from  the  beginning,  ripe 
Sept ,  Oct    Fls   March,  Apr     11  H  1896,  p  503    J  II 
III  34  131  — -If  kept   well   pruned   it    makes   a  good 
hedge     Has  been  cult   in  Calif  for  many  years  in  the 
open,  and  is  considered  a  desirable  plant 

17  pravissuna,  F  v  M.    Fig  72    A  small  tree,  15-20 
ft  high  with  decurrent,  pendulous,  finger-like  branchlets 
thickly  clothed  with  short  foliage   phyll   J£-l  in.  long, 
24-^in.    broad,    cuneiform    to    trapezoid,    one    angle 
rounded,   the  other  acute,  indistinctly  2-nerved,   the 
prominent  nerve  excentric  and  ending  m  a  mucronate 
point,  gland  large,  near  middle  of  upper  edge,  racemes 
much  longer  than  phyll ,  10  to  more  ns  m  a  head ;  pedun- 
cles ^in  long   pods,  when  ripe,  once  or  twice  twisted, 
with  nerve-like  margins  and  mucronate  tip,   1M~2% 
m.   long,    J^in.   wide;   seed  small,   longitudinal,   with 
prominent  central  marking;  fumcle  as  long  as  seed, 
enlarged  into  club-shaped  aril,  ripe  July,  Aug.    Fls 
Feb ,  March. — A  very  graceful  showy  species  that  is 
becoming  popular. 

18  lunftta,  Sieb    (A.  olespfdha,  Cunn)     A  glabrous 
shrub   with  angular  branches    phyll    oblong-falcate, 
obtuse,  with  sharp  point,  %-l  in  long,  %-l/2\n  wide; 
vein  excentnc;  gland  one-third  distance  from  base- 
racemes  simple,  longer  than  phyll  ;  fls  4-15  in  a  head: 
calyx  united,  about  one-third  length  of  corolla    pod 
straight  or  curved,  J^m   wide,  seeds  longitudinal,  near 


upper  suture,  the  last  fold  of  the  fumcle  thickened  into 
a  lateral  club-shaped  aril,  the  lower  folds  very  small. 
Apr.  BR  1352— This  resembles  A  hmfoha  var. 
prominens  in  fls  and  foliage;  the  fr  i&  necessary  to  dis- 
tinguish them 

19  brachybdtrya,  Benth    Tall  shrub'  phyll   Yr^A 
m  ,  rarely,  in  luxuriant  specimens,  2  in  long,  obliquely 
obovate    or    oblong,    firm,    rather    broad,    obtuse   or 
mueronulate     fl  -heads   few,    short,    axillary   racemes, 
about  equaling  the  phyll ,  or  rarely  reduced  to  1  head; 
fls  20-50  in  a  head  pod  flat,  linear  to  narrow-elliptical. 

Var  argyrophylla,  Benth  (A  argyrophylla,  Hook.). 
Silvery-silky,  turning  sometimes  golden  yellow  phyll. 
mostly  %-!>£  m  long  fl  -heads  often  solitary.  B  M. 
4381 

Var  glaucophylla,  Benth  Glaucous  and  more  or 
less  pubescent  phyll  mostly  Yr~Yi™-  long,  fl -heads 
mostly  2-5,  shortly  racemose 

Var  glabra,  Benth  Quite  glabrous  phyll  small  and 
narrow,  fl  -heads  small 

20  myrtifdlia,  Willd      A   tall  shrub   with  angular 
branchlets,  the  angles,  glands  and  margins  of  phyll. 
edged  with  light  red  or  pink    phyll    oval  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  the  apex  either  acute  with  oblique  point  or 
obtuse  and   rounded,    1  J^-2   in    long,    M~/^in-   wide, 
gland  J4  in   from  base,  nerve  excentric    fls   in  racemes 
nearly  as  long  as  phyll  ;  peduncles  ^gin  long,  fl  -heads 
few  (3-5),  though  large,  4-merous,  petals  with  promi- 
nent midrib,  sepals  short,  united    pod  with  nerve-like 
margins,  curved  and  contracted  between  the  seeds  and 
tough,  3  in   long,  ^-m   broad,  fumcle  short,  thickened 
into  cup-shaped  aril     B  M  302     Fls   Feb-Mar 

Var  celastrifdlia,  Benth  (A  celastnfdlw,  Benth). 
Phyll  mostly  \Yi  m  long  and  often  1  in  broad.  B  M. 
430b 

Var  nonnalis,  Benth  Phyll  mostly  1-2  in  long  and 
about  ,J2in  broad. 

Var  angustlfdlia,  Benth  Phyll.  mostly  2-4  m.  long, 
3o~Kjin  broad. 

21  se"ntis,  F.  v  M     A  rigid  shrub  or  small  tree  30 
or  40  ft   high,  with  terete  branchlets  and  when  young 
either  glabrous  or  pubescent    phyll    various,   either 
lanceolate-oblong  with  a  short  point  or  linear  with  a 
hooked  point,  in  some  specimens  %in    long  by  %  or 
^4in  broad  and  in  others  again  they  muy  be  2  in.  long 
and  -iHin  broad,  marginal  gland  near  base  or  wanting, 
stipules  reduced  to  spines,  occasionally  none    fls   soli- 
tary or  in  pairs  or  racemes,  20-30  fls  in  a  head;  sepals 
linear,  spatulate,  cihate   pod  flat,  2-3  in  long,  H~/4in- 
broad,    seeds    nearly    oblique,    the    fumcle    gradually 
thickened  and  folded  several  times,  fitting  against  seed 
like  a  cap    May    F  v  M  Icon  4  9  — A  desert  species 
commonly  growing  m  sandv  soil     It  thrives  with  scant 
rainfall  but  requires  much  light,  although  in  its  native 
country  it  is  now  and  then  found  among  large  trees    It 
is  a  valuable  fodder  plant,  cattle  eating  it  greedily     A 
specimen  in  Calif  was  growing  on  soil  that  was  almost 
rock  and  consequently  became  shallow-rooted     The 
wind  threw  it  down  repeatedly  but  each  time  when  set 
in  place  it  continued  its  growth,  apparently  unharmed. 
In  New  S  Wales  it  is  said  that  the  presence  of  this  tree 
is  a  sure  indication  of  underground  water     Its  roots 
have  been  found  80  ft.  from  the  surface 

22  linifdlia,  Willd     A  tall  shrub  with  a  minute 
pubescence  on  the  branchlets  and  at  the  base  of  the 
young  phyll  •  phyll   linear  on  young  shoots  to  linear- 
lanceolate   on   more   mature   ones,    %-lM   in    long, 
T^-Hm    wride,   1-nerved,  ending  in  mucronate  point, 
gland  below  the  middle  small    racemes  shorter  than 
phj  11 ,  with  8-12  fls  in  a  h^ad  pod  flat,  with  nerve-like 
margins,  2^-4  m.  long,  %m  wide;  fumcle  half  as  long 
as  seed,  with  club-shaped  aril    B  M.  2168 

Var  pr6minens,  Moore  (A.  prdminens,  Cunn.). 
Phyll  wider,  oblong-lanceolate,  1-1  Yi  in-  long,  K~Hm- 


184 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


wide;  very  prominent  gland,  its  position  varying,  some- 
times above,  sometimes  below  the  middle,  pod  wider, 
1M~3  in.  long,  Hin  wide,  funicle  short  (not  surround- 
ing the  seed),  filiform  and  ending  in  fleshy  aril  Fls. 
late  Feb  and  March  B  M.  3502.  —  This  variety  does 
not  appear  to  seed  in  Calif 

23.  falcate,  Willd.  (A  plagwphytta,  Spreng  ).  Tree 
or  tall  shrub  phyll  distinctly  pinniveined,  lanceolate- 
falcate,  much  narrowed  toward  base,  3-6  in  long; 
nerve  excentnc;  gland  at  base  or  none  racemes  shorter 
than  phyll  ,  20  fls  ma  head,  sepals  free,  narrow,  ciliate, 
about  half  as  long 
as  petals;  pet- 
als stnate,  with 
prominent  m  i  d- 
nb  pod  flat,  2-3 
in  long,  Kln- 
wide,  seed  longi- 
tudinal, close  to 
the  margin;  funi- 
cle colored,  ex- 
tending around 
seed  and  bent 
back  on  itself  in 
a  double  fold,  en- 
larged at  hiluin 
end  into  a  fleshy 
aril  —  This  may 
be  distinguished 
from  A  penmrur- 
ns  by  its  smaller 
pod  (half  the  size), 
by  its  gland  close 
to  base  instead  of 
distant  from  it, 
and  by  its  free, 
narrow,  spatulate 
cihate  sepals. 

24  penninervis, 
Sieb  MOUNTAIN 
HICKORY  A  tall 
glabrous  shiub  or 
a  tree,  40-80  ft. 
high  phyll  pin- 
nivemed,  lanceo- 
late-falcate, acu- 
minate, much 
narrowed  at  the 
base,  3-4  in.  long 
(sometimes  twice 
that  length)  about 
^m  broad  ,  nerve 
excentnc  with  a 
short  secondary 
nerve  terminating 
in  a  marginal 
gland  below  the 
middle  fls  pale 
yellow,  in  short 
raCemes,  m  U  C  h 
_  y.  „  r  f  '  fUnn 
shorter  than 

phyll  ;   peduncles 
broad  with  nerve- 


72  Acacia  leaves.  1,  A  longifolm;  2, 
A  praviasima;  3,  A  cyclops,  4,  A  bi- 
nervata  ,  5,  A.  implexa  ;  6,  A  pycnantha  ,  7, 
A.  saligna,  8,  A  podalyrisefoha  ,  9,  A  inel- 
anoxylon.  (XM) 


ffi 


in.  long1  pod  3H-5  in.  long, 

like  margins,  seed  longitudinal;  funicle  colored,  extend- 
ing around  seed  and  bent  back  on  same  side  so  as  to 
encircle  m  double  fold  B  M.  2754.  Maiden  Wattles 
and  Wattlebark,  p  35  — A  variable  species  with  very 
narrow  phyll ,  often  ^-Hin  wide  and  8-12  in  long, 
the  average  being  1  in  broad  and  5  in  long 

Var  falcif6rmis,  Benth  (A.  falciftrmis,  DC.).  A 
shrub  6-10  ft.  high  with  young  shoots  and  mfl. 
minutely  hoary  or  golden  pubescent:  phyll.  broad, 
obliquely  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  smooth  and  feather- 
veined,  3-4  in  long,  1  in  broad,  gland  at  base'  fls  in 
racemes. — Larger  and  more  falcate  than  the  tvpe. 


25.  pycnantha,  Benth.  (A.petwldns,LGhm.).  GOLDEN 
WATTLE.  BROAD-LKAVED  WATTLE.  Fig.  72  A  small 
tree  with  more  or  less  pendulous  branchlcts  phyll 
pinniveined,  oblong-lanceolate  to  falcate-lanceolate  or 
even  broadly  obovate,  2^-6  m  long,  M-lj^  in  wide, 
1-nerved,  the  nerve  more  or  less  cxcentnc,  gland 
M-%  m.  from  base  racemes  either  simple  or  com- 
pound, large-fld  ,  fragrant  and  showy,  often  bending 
the  tree  with  its  weight  of  bloom,  50-60  fls  in  a 
head  with  peduncles  J/gin  long,  sepals  5,  cihate, 
almost  as  long  as  petals,  pods  vaiymg,  2-4^  01  5  in 
long,  }4m  wide,  contracted  and  slightly  constricted 
between  the  seeds  and  with  nerve-like  margins,  fu- 
nicle whitish,  club-shaped,  not  folded,  half  as  long 
as  seed  or  occasionally  folded  and  transverse  to  the 
seed,  ripe  Aug  Fls  Feb  ,  Maich  Maiden  Wattles 
and  Wattlebark,  p  39.  R II  1896,  p  501  Hi  own, 
For.  Flora  of  S  Austral  — The  name  "broad-leaved" 
is  derived  from  its  icfcrence  to  the  seedling  Ivs , 
which  are  of  great  size,  sometimes  5  in  long  and 
4  in  wide  The  bark  contains  the  highest  pei cent- 
age  of  tannin  of  any  of  the  species,  but  the  tne  does 
not  attain  the  size  of  A  daurren^,  and  hence  so 
gieat  a  quan tit  v  i«  not  obtained  from  any  one  tiee 
It  is  made  into  perfume,  exudes  a  good  gum,  and  is 
used  as  a  sand-binder 

26  saligna,  Wendl  (,1  hiophylla,  Benth  )  Fig  72. 
A  low  tree  or  tall  shiub  \vith  angulai,  rather  drooping 
branches  phyll  lanceolate  to  hnear-laneeolute,  or  e\en 
oblanceolate,  3-8)  j  m  01  lowei  K.s  lit  long,  \\-\  H  or 
even  1?4  in  wide,  acute  to  obtuse,  narrowed  to  base: 
1  central  nerve,  often  excentnc,  ending  in  a  iccur\ea 
point  or  obtuse,  gland  at  base  or  none  ils  Luge  (l-2.u\ 
in  diam  ),  either  in  large  uieemes  at  the  ends  ot  the 
branches  or  reduced  to  1  01  5  heads  strung  along  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs  for  2  01  3  ft  ,  peduncles  vaiymg  fiom 
K-i^m  m  length  pods  const  noted  between  the  seeds, 
flat  with  nerve-like  margins,  3-5  in  long,  }4in  wide, 
funicle  club-shaped,  throe-fourths  length  of  seed,  ripe 
Aug  Fls  March-May  and  to  slight  extent  at  \anous 
times  — Botanists  do  not  find  any  \vell-rnarked  differ- 
ences between  this  species  and  the  next  and  ate  there- 
fore inclined  to  combine  the  two  Nursei>men  base 
their  distinction  on  the  color  of  the  phyll  ,  a  bluish- 
tinged  one  being  called  A.  lyunophyllu,  while  the  gicen 
phyll ,  especially  if  it  is  smaller,  is  called  A  aahqna 
Both  forms  are  also  said  to  have  been  secured  fiom 
seed  gathered  from  a  single  tree  Nurserymen  should 
test  this  to  satisfy  themselves  Another  so-called 
botanical  distinction  gives  the  funicle  straight  in  one 
species  and  folded  in  the  other  This  does  not  hold,  as 
such  a  combination  can  be  seen  in  the  same  plant,  and 
even  m  the  same  pod  This  species  is  variable  in  other 
respects  Fls  may  be  m  groups  of  4  or  5  and  strung 
along  the  axis  of  Ivs  for  2  01  3  ft  This  type  may  have 
either  largo  or  small  or  even  mixed  phyll  ,  or  the  fls  may 
be  in  large  clusters  (either  erect  or  pendulous)  at  the 
ends  of  the  branches  In  either  case,  the  large  or  the 
small  or  the  mixed  types  of  phyll.  may  accompany 
them. 

27.  cyanophylla,  Lindl.  BLUE-LEAVKD  WATTLE. 
Tall  shrub,  18  ft,  stoloniferous*  branches  drooping1 
lower  phyll  about  12  in  long,  upper  6  in  or  less  and 
narrower,  linear-oblong  to  lanceolate-falcate,  much 
narrowed  toward  the  base,  glabrous  and  often  glaucous 
peduncles  )4~Kin  long,  fls  3-5,  large,  golden  yellow. 
March  Gn  52,  p  99  — Said  to  be  the  same  as  A 
sahgna,  as  they  run  into  each  othei . 

28  obtusata,  Sieb  Tall,  glabrous  shrub'  phvll. 
1^2-3  in  long,  oblong-linear,  or  almost  spatulate, 
usually  almost  straight,  rather  obtuse,  point  not  curved, 
thick,  rigid,  with  thickened,  nerve-like  margins,  mar- 
ginal gland  1,  distant  from  the  base,  not  prominent 
racemes  about  %m.  long,  with  densely  packed  heads; 
fls.  30  or  more.  March. 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


185 


20.  retin&des,  Schlecht.  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree: 
phyll  lanceolate,  with  nerve-like  margins  and  nar- 
rowed to  base,  acute,  pinnately  veined,  3-6  in.  long, 
%-%\n  wide,  gland  Hin-  from  base  fls  in  racemes, 
mostly  compound;  peduncles  J^m  long,  30-40  fls  in 
a  head  pod  flat,  with  nerve-like  margin,  3-4  in.  long, 
about  J4m.  wide;  funicle  colored  red.  encircling  seed, 
bent  back  upon  itself  in  a  double  fold  and  ending  in 
club-shaped  aril,  ripe  June-Oct  Fls  Feb.-Sept.  F  v. 
M.  Icon  5.9. — Very  closely  resembling  A.  neriifoltam 
foliage  and  fls  ,  but  differs  in  pod,  being  narrower  than 
that  of  A  nenifolui,  while  the  funicle  is  red  and  en- 
circles seed  in  double  fold. 

30.  nerhfdlia,  Cunn.  A  small  tree  with  angular 
branchlets  phyll  lanceolate,  acute,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  1^2-5  M  m  long,  l/^-z/^m.  wide,  1  central  nerve; 
gland  l/2\n  from  base  fls  about  40  m  a  head,  5-merous, 
in  short  racemes,  sepals  5,  separate,  cihate,  peduncles 
l/%-y\\n.  long  pods  with  nerve-like  margins,  contracted 
between  the  seeds  and  often  constricted,  a  rich  brown, 
3-6  in  long,  fin  wide,  funicle  white,  short,  not  encir- 
cling seed,  but  thickened  into  a  club-shaped  aril,  seed 
longitudinal,  oval,  with  central  depression  Fls.  July. 

31  suave" olens,  Willd     A  glabrous  shrub,  3-6  ft. 
tall    phyll   linear  to  lanceolate,  apex  acute,  tapering  to 
base,  1  central  nerve ?  gland  near  base   fl  -heans  m  axil- 
lary racemes,  at  first  inclosed  by  imbricate  scaly  bracts, 
which  soon  fall,  fls  6-10  ma  head  pod  oblong,  rounded 
at  both  ends,  flat,  impressed  between  the  seeds,  1-1 H 
in    long,   %-?$m    wide;  seeds  transverse;  funicle  fili- 
form and  suddenly  enlarged  into  fleshy  aril  at  right 
angles  to  itself     Fls    Apr  — Superficially  it  resembles 
narrow-lvd.  A  relinodfs,but  note  the  imbricated  bracts; 
the  pods  are  shorter  and  wider  and  the  funicle  does  not 
encircle  the  seed. 

32  macradenia,  Benth.   A  glabrous  shrub,  10-12  ft. 
tall,  or,  in  favorable  situations,  a  tree  30-50  ft   high: 
ph>ll   lanceolate-falcate,  narrowed  to  base,  5^-12  in. 
long,  Yi\\\   wide,  veins  fine,  prominent  and  transverse; 
gland  at  babe,  large  or  often  wanting    racemes  com- 
pound, short,  fls   binall,  petals  pubescent,  calyx  more 
than  half  as  long  as  corolla,  turbmatc,  toothed  and 
cihate    pod  with  nerve-like  margin,  2-4  in  long,  J^m. 
wide  or  more,  slightly  constricted  between  the  seeds; 
seeds  longitudinal,  funicle  not  enfolding  seed  but  bent 
upon  itself  and  ending  in  club-shaped  aril,  about  half 
as  long  as  seed     F.  v   M   Icon  5  7  — A  beautiful  close- 
grained  wood  that  is  capable  of  taking  a  high  polish. 

33.  salicina,  Lmdl  Small  tree;  branches  drooping: 
foliage  pale;  phyll.  2-5  in  long,  2^-Kin.  wide,  oblong- 
hnear  or  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  base,  thick,  rigid,  with 
a  curved  point,  midrib  and  marginal  veins  scarcely 
prominent  racemes  short,  often  reduced  to  2  or  3  heads, 
or  even  only  1 ,  peduncles  slender;  fls  about  20  m  the 
head  pods  straight,  1-3  in  long,  ^in  broad,  valves 
convex,  hard  and  thick,  seeds  longitudinal,  funicle 
thickened  and  usually  scarlet  almost  from  the  base, 
forming  several  folds  under  the  seed  — The  timber  is 
dark  brown  and  tough,  taking  a  high  polish  It  is  a 
good  forage  plant  and  on  this  account  is  becoming 
scarce  in  the  wild  state. 

Var.  Way*,  Maiden.  Fig  73  A  shrub  8  ft  tall, 
which  blooms  sparingly  at  various  times  during  the 
year,  phyll  somewhat  thick  (flat  when  dried)  and 
succulent-looking,  oblong-linear,  narrowed  at  base, 
lM-2^  in  long,  less  than  ^m.  wide;  1  central  nerve 
ending  in  oblique  point,  gland  below  middle,  fls  soli- 
tary or  in  pairs,  or  occasionally  in  short  racemes  of  3-5 
fls  ,  sepals  united,  truncate;  petals  5f  pod  1-2  in  long, 
less  than  ^m.  broad,  contracted  between  the  seeds; 
seed  longitudinal;  funicle  scarlet  its  entire  length, 
folded  several  times  at  one  end  of  seed;  ripe  June- 
Sept  Fls  Feb.-May.—A  neat  little  shrub  with  bright 
green  Ivs.  The  pods  must  be  picked  as  soon  as  ripe  and 


just  before  dehiscence,  for  the  elastic  opening  of  the 
pod  will  discharge  the  seed  in  every  direction. 

34  binervata,    DC     (A  umbr&sa,  Cunn  )      Fig  72. 
TWO-VEINED  HICKORY    A  tall  shrub  or  shrubby  tree  of 
25  ft ,  with  terete  branchlets  phyll  falcate-lanceolate  to 
triangular,  with  2  distinct  veins  (occasionally  3-vemed) 
and  pinnately  veined  between,  2>£-4  in.  long,  Y§-\  in. 
wide;  gland  >^in.  from  base  fls  in  racemes  shorter  than 
phyll  ;  peduncles  Mln   l°ng  or  more,  30  fls   m  a  head, 
4-  or  5-merous;  calyx  not  half  so  long  as  oorolla   pods 
straight,  very  thin,  convex  over  seed,  4-5  in  long,  >^ra. 
wide,  seed  oblong,  funicle  long,  nearly  encircling  seed 
and  bent  back  upon  itself  m  double  dark  red  fold,  with 
light  aril  at  hilum  end    B  M  3338    Maiden,  Flowering 
Plants  of  New  S    Wales,  pt    5,  p.  53     Wattles  and 
Wattlebarks,  p  50  — Jt  inhabits  dry,  shaded  woods  in 
the  mountainous  district  of  the  coast. 

35  pe'ndula,  Cunn.   WEEPING  MYALL.   A  small  tree 
with  gray  foliage  and  pendulous  branchlets:  phyll. 
covered  with  a  minute  pubescence,  finely  stnate  with 
3-5  obscurely  parallel  veins,  linear-lanceolate,  often 
falcate,  acuminate,  ending  m  inu- 

cronate  point,  2-3  J^  in  l°n&  K~ 
l^m   wide,  gland  less  than  M'n- 
from  base    fl  -heads  in   pairs   or 
clusters,     about 
30   in    a   head; 
peduncles    less 
than  ^m   long; 
petals  with  mid- 
rib, sepals  spatulate,  retic- 
ulatcly  veined,  half  as  long 
as    petals,    pods     l/'>m 
broad,  2-3  in    long,  bor- 
dered by  a  narrow  wing 
along  each    suture     F  v 
M     Icon.   6  8— The    or- 
namental   value    of    this 
species     lies     rather     in 
drooping  foliage  than  m 
the  fls. 

36  melan6xylon,  R  Br 
BLACK  WOOD  ACACIA.  Fig 
72.    A   good -sized    ever- 
green  tree  of   pyramidal  , 
form    and  dense   foliage 
phyll  oblanceolate  to  lan- 
ceolate, usually  one  edge 
straight,  the  other  curved, 
2M~4M  m-  l°ng  (average 
21A  m     long    by   ?4m 
wide),  3-6  parallel  nerves, 

reticulately  veined  between,  gland  Km  from  base-  fls. 
cream-color,  40-50  m  a  head,  with  peduncles  over  Hm- 
long,  and  m  short  racemes  of  3-5  heads  pod  reddish 
brown,  with  nerve-like  margins,  more  or  less  twisted 
into  shape  of  letter  C  or  S,  3-5  in.  long,  %m  wide; 
seed  longitudinal,  ^m.  m  length?  encircled  in  double 
fold  by  a  long  red  funicle  which  is  very  characteristic 
of  the  species,  the  seed  hanging  on  the  trees  thus  for 
months,  pods  ripe  July-Nov  Fls  late  Feb.  and 
March.  B  M.  1659  — Its  wood  is  but  little  inferior  to 
black  walnut  for  furniture -making  and  grillwork;  it 
makes  a  good  street  tree  in  Calif,  and  as  a  fuel  it  is 
equal  to  hickory. 

37  imptexa,  Benth     Fig  72.   A  tall  tree,  ,50  ft  high, 
with  light  green  foliage  and  rough  bark:  phyll.  falcate- 
lanceolate,   acuminate,   with   a  more  or  less  hooked 
point,  4-7  in    long,    2"8-/im    wide,   veins  3-5,  with 
finer  parallel  veins  between ;  no  gland  fls.  cream-yellow, 
in  racemes  much  shorter  than  phyll ,  40-50  in  a  head; 
peduncles  %m.  long'  pod  curved,  often  like  an  interro- 
gation point,  light  brown  with  nerve-like  margin,  more 
or  less  constricted  and  contracted  between  the  seeds, 
4-6  in.  long,   J^m.  wide,  seeds  longitudinal,  funicle 


186 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


club-shaped,  folded  once  or  twice  at  end  of  seed. 
F.  v.  M.  Icon.  8:2  — Distinguished  from  A  mclanoxy- 
lon  by  the  more  pointed  and  hooked  phyll.,  while  the 
funicle  is  cream-colored  and  folded  at  the  end  of  the 
seed  instead  of  being  scarlet  and  twice  encircling  it  as 
in  A.,  melanoxylon. 

38  kda,  Gray.   KOA.   Tree  of  50-60  ft.,  with  spread- 
ing branches :  phyll.  falcate,  acuminate  and  tapering  to 
base,  striate  with  3-5  parallel  nerves  more  prominent, 
4-5  in   long,  Yy-}^a\   wide;  gland  at  base  prominent: 
fls  in  short  racemes  or  rarely  solitary,  or  in  pairs,  50-GO 
fls    in  a  head;  peduncles  ^m.  long,  5-merous,  calyx 
united,  cihate  edges  pod  brown,  flat,  thin,  reticulately 
nerved,  more  or  loss  constricted  between  seeds,  5-6  in. 
long,  %-\  in  wide,  seed  dark  brown,  nearly  transverse, 
oblong,  about  %w    long  by  Km-  wide;  fumcle  light 
brown,  filiform,  not  encircling  seed  but  with  2  or  3 
twists  at  hilum  end.    Hawaiian  Isls. — A  valuable  tim- 
ber tree,  capable  of  receiving  a  high  polish     It  should 
be  more  largely  grown  in  Cahf . 

39  viscidula,   Cunn      A    tall 
shrub,  12-15  ft.  high,  with  terete 
branches  covered  by  a  glossy  viscid 
gum-    phyll    long-linear,    with    a 
small     oblique     point,     sparingly 
pubescent,  at  least  when   young, 
2-3  H  m  long,  iif  to  less  than  ^4  in 
wide,  with  several  obscure  parallel 
veins;  gland  near  base   fls  40  m  a 
head,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  either  5- 

or   4-merous,   with    peduncles   Mm.   long; 

calyx  and  corolla  pubescent    pod  hirsute, 

with  nerve-like  margins,  1  }^-2  in  long,  ^rn 

wide,  slightly  depressed  between  the  seeds, 

seed   small,    longitudinal;    funicle   silvery, 

twice  or  thrice  twisted  and  thickened  into 

cap  at  end  of  seed,  ripe  Aug.    Fls   March, 

Apr — At  first  glance  easily  mistaken  for 

narrow-lvd    A.  retinodes,  but  its  short-std. 

fls.  in  pairs,  the  resinous  viscid  substance  on  phyll.  and 

its  small  narrow  pods  will  at  once  distinguish  it 

40.  elongata,  Sicb    A  tall  shrub  with  angular  branch- 
lets    phyll    distinctly  striate,  3-nerved,  or  often  ob- 
scured, long-linear,  slightly  falcate,  narrowed  to  base, 
obtuse  and  ending  in  oblique  point,  2-33/6  or  4  in.  long 
(or  narrower  and  5>i  in    long),  hardly  Vsin.  broad; 
peduncles  Hm.  long,  solitary  or  m  pairs    pod  thin, 
with  nerve-like  margins,  l%-2%  in.  long,  ^m  wide, 
slightly  impressed   between  seeds,   pod   convex  over 
them'  seed  oblong,  brown,  funicle  not  folded  about 
seed  but  with  2  or  3  folds  fitting  over  end  of  seed  like 
a   cap.     B.M  3337  — Especially    suitable    for    damp, 
sandy  land. 

41.  6swaldii,  F.  v  M    A  stiff  shrub,  8  to  10  ft  tall: 
phyll    linear  to   oblong-falcate,    with   numerous   fine 
parallel  veins  ending  m  oblique  mucronate  point,  1-2 
in   long,  nearly  Km-  wide;  gland  near  base,  fl -heads 
sessile,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  about  15-20  in  a  head; 
sepals  over  half  as  long  as  petals:  pods  hard,  curved 
into  crescents  about  each  seed;  funicle  filiform,  half 
the  length  of  seed  and  suddenly  dilated  into  a  cap 
nearly  as  long,  which  fits  over  and  covers  up  one-third 
of  seed.    F  v  M  Icon  6:10. — May  be  easily  recog- 
nized by  its  finely  striate,  narrow,  2-in  -long  phyll ,  its 
sessile  yellow  fls.  that  sit  at  base  of  phyll ,  nearly 
hiding  st ,  by  the  pods  twisted  in  lunar  shape  with  valves 
convex  over  seed  and  by  the  cap  covering  one-third  of 
seed.    A  small  bushy  tree  in  Australia,  producing  a 
scented  timber,  the  natives  make  short  weapons  from  it. 

42  harpophflla,  F.  v  M  A  tree  with  slightly 
angular  branchlets  phyll.  stnate,  3-5-nerved,  falcate- 
lanceolate,  tapering  to  both  ends,  6-8  in.  long,  lA-%m. 
wide:  fls.  in  clusters  with  peduncles  Hm-  l°nf?>  or  in 
short  racemes,  much  shorter  than  phyll ,  15-20  fls.  in 
a  head,  sepals  not  half  so  long  as  petals,  pod  striate, 


more  or  less  constricted  and  contracted  between  seeds, 
3-4,  or  even  5,  in.  long,  %m  wide,  seed  elliptic;  funicle 
half  as  long  as  seed  and  but  slightly  enlarged  into  aril. 
F.v.  M  6'9. 

43  cyclops,  Cunn  Fig  72.  A  low  spreading  shrub, 
8-10  ft  tall,  with  many  sts  :  phyll  narrow-oblong  to 
lanceolate  or  even  falcate-lanceolate,  with  oblique  point, 
lH~3;Hj  m  long,  )4-%in  wide,  gland  at  base  more  or 
less  obscure;  3-6  longitudinal  nerves  t\n  sohtaiy  or  in 
pairs,  or  even  in  short  racemes,  peduncles  j^in  long, 
pods  m  clusters  of  2-7  from  one  head,  2-2  V£  in  long, 
%in  wide,  more  or  loss  curled,  seeds  transverse,  with 
odor,  when  fresh,  something  like  a  leek,  surrounded  by 
conspicuous  scarlet  fumcle  in  double  fold,  ripe  Aug- 
Nov  Fls  off  and  on  from  July-Doc  F  v  M  Icon. 
8  3. — Young  specimens  are  very  compact  and  attrac- 
tive, although  in  a  few  years  they  become  spreading  and 
unsymmotncal ;  but,  as  short-lived  tub-plants  for  cer- 
tain formal  effects,  they  would  be  veiy  effective.  While 
the  seed-pods  are  at  first  charm- 
ingly artistic  with  the  scarlet 
fumclo  surrounding  the  black 
seeds  and  the  rich  biown  pods, 
m  ago  they  are  unsightly,  as 
they  persist  until  they  arc  ragged, 
ugly  and  black  The  pods  con- 
tain much  tannin  that  is  hard 
on  the  mucous  membrane  when 
the  seeds  are  cleaned. 

44  oxycedrus,  Sieb  A  rigid 
shrub  with  terete  and  usually 
pubescent  branches  phyll  ntn- 
ate,  linear-lanceolate  but  broad  at 
base  and  tapering  to  a  pungent 
point,  J  j-'/tiN  or  even  1  in  long 
and  3-1-noivod  on  each  side, 
small  stipules,  often  spinescent 
spikes  1  in  long,  fls  4-merous; 
calyx  short  with  obtuse  lobes 
pods  3  in  long,  l^in  wide,  stri- 
ate, incurved  and  with  convex 
valves,  seed  longitudinal,  fumcle 
thickened  from  the  base  and 
much  folded  B  M.  2928  —Su- 
perficially resembles  A.  verticil- 
lala,  but  the  phyll  are  broader 
and  the  valves  of  the  pods  are 
thicker  than  in  that  species 
45  verticillata,  Willd  (Mimosa  vcrticilldln,  L'ller). 
WnoRtr-T,EAVED  ACACIA  Fig  74  A  spreading  shrub 
or  small  tree  of  graceful  habit;  branches  more  or  less 
pubescent  phyll  in  whorls  or  often  scattered,  linear- 
subulate,  about  H~Kin  l°nK>  °r  more,  loss  than  f^m. 
wide,  ending  in  a  pungent  point,  1 -nerved,  occasional 
gland  near  middle  spikes  Yi~\.  in  long,  often  conceal- 
ing the  phyll  pods  flat,  straight  or  slightly  curved, 
with  nerve-like  margins,  2-3  in  long,  %m  wide,  taper- 
ing to  a  point,  seeds  longitudinal,  J^'in  long,  with  light- 
colored  fumcles  of  about  same  length  thickened  at,  end 
of  seed  into  cup-shaped  aril;  ripe  June  and  early  July. 
Fls  March,  Apr.  B.M  110 — Used  for  hedges  and  as 
ornamental,  also  to  some  extent  as  a  street  treo;  in 
which  case  it  may  be  trimmed  to  assume  a  pyramidal 
form,  but  can  hardly  be  recommended  for  this  pur- 
pose since  it  is  short-lived  and  in  age  becomes  strag- 
gling It  may  be  made  to  assume  a  pendulous  habit  by 
weighting  its  branches  with  a  brick  when  young  There 
seem  to  be  several  types,  some  being  soft  to  the  touch 
while  others  are  harsh  and  rigid  There  is  also  much 
difference  in  the  length  of  the  fl.-spikes. 

46.  Riceana,  Hensl  (A.  eryihropus,  Tenore).  A  tall 
shrub  or  small  tree,  with  graceful  drooping  branchlets  : 
phyll  clustered,  less  than  1  in  long  and  Am.  broad 
(or  narrower  and  \Yi  m  long)  linear-subulate,  tapering 
into  pungent  point,  spikes  slender,  1^-2  in.  long; 


74.  Acacia  verticillata. 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


187 


peduncles  Hin  long;  fls.  distant,  acute  in  the  bud, 
3-merous,  the  petals  with  distinct  nerve;  calyx  short, 
cihato  pod  usually  curved,  acuminate,  often  2-3  in. 
long,  scarcely  }bm  broad,  slightly  pubescent  when 
young,  but  soon  glabrous,  valves  very  convex,  coriace- 
ous, contracted  between  the  heeds;  seeds  longitudinal; 
funicle  much  folded  and  thickened  nearly  from  the 
base  Fls  lemon-yellow,  last  of  Feb  and  March  to 
Apr  Tasmania.  Nl:7  This  may  be  distinguished  from 
A  verttnllata  by  its  phyll  in  clusters  rather  than  in 
whorls  and  by  its  distant,  3-merous  fls  Its  habitat  is 
m  moist  shady  places  in  its  native  country. 

47  aneura,  F  v  M     MULGA     A  shrub  with  terete 
branches   lined  with  gurn  along  the  longitudinal  fis- 
sures   phyll    rigid,  with  oblique  point,  var>mg  from 
lanceolate-falcate  to  long-linear  or  almost  terete  on  the 
same  plant,    1-3    m    long,   -Am    wide,  no  prominent 
nerves,  but  distinctly  stnate  under  a  lens   fls  in  spikes 
(which  may  be  single  or  in  pairs),   J^-^m    long,  5- 
merous,  calyx  narrow  spatulate,  not  half  so  long  as 
petals,  peduncles  less  than  J^m  long  pods  flat,  oblique, 
with  a  narrow  wing  at  suture  and  recurved  point  at 
apex,   !-]}•>  m    l°rig.  nearly  \<L\I\   wide,  seeds  nearly 
transverse,  marked  by  a  minute  horseshoe,  funicle  not 
encircling  seed  but  with  2  or  3  short  thick  folds    F.v.M. 
Icon    10  s 

48  glaucescens,  Willd    (A     rinerdt>cens,    Sieb     A. 
homomdlla,  Wendl.    A    leucad tndron,  Cunn  )     A  tree 
up  to  50  ft    high,  \vith  branchlets  and  phyll    covered 
with  a  gray  pubescence  \vhich  gives  an  ashy  hue  to  the 
foliage,  the  joung  shoots  yellowish     phvll    lanceolate 
to  tackle-shaped,  widest  in  center  and  tapering  at  both 
ends,    btmte,    with   3   or  4   nerves   more   prominent, 
312~C  m.  long,  from  less  than  /2~/i»i    or  even  1  in. 
wide,  gland  near  base   spikes  several,  in  the  axils  of  the 
phyll  ,  1-2  in    long,  fls    4-  or  5-merous,  petals  united 
,ind  very  narrow  at  base  giving  prominence  to  the  short 
united  sepals  covered  with  a  bright  yellow  pubescence 
like  pile  on  velvet     A(  cording  to  J    II    Maiden,  the 
pod,  as  originally  desciibed,  was  that  of  A    Maidenn, 
and  the  error  seems  to  have  been  copied  into  subse- 
quent   publications      BM     317i — This  is  often  con- 
fused \\ith  A    Mnidemi,  but  that  species  is  less  pubes- 
cent, has  a  much-twisted  pod,  and  red  fumcles  almost 
encircling  seeds     It  is  known  ah  the  Coast  Myall 

49  Maldenu,  F.  v  M     A  tall  shrub  or  tree  50  ft. 
high,    with   rough   bark,    fissured   at   intervals    phyll 
lanceolate  to  lanceolate-falcate,  narrowed  at  each  end, 
stnate  with  fine  veins,  several  more  prominent,  more  or 
less  pubescent,  4-6  m   long,  Je-J^in  wide,  gland  about 
Hm    from  base    fl  -spikes  in  pairs  about  1  in    long; 
fls    4-merous,  calyx  not  half  so  long  as  corolla,  pod 
narrow,   '/sin    wide,  variously  twisted  into  bow-knots 
and  usually  with  one  suture  of  the  valves  gaping  open, 
seeds  longitudinal,  shining,  black,  funicle  pale  reddish, 
almost  or  quite  encircling  the  seed  and  suddenly  dou- 
bled back  from  the  summit     Fls  Sept 

50  holosericea,  Cunn     (A    Icucophylla,   Lmdl     A 
neurocdrpa,  Cunn  )     A  shrub  or  small  tiee  10  to  20  ft 
high,  clothed  with  a  white,  silky  pubescence,  branch- 
lets  with  3  much-raised  angles    phjll   obliquely  oval- 
oblong,  obtuse  or  mucronate,  4-G  in  long,  1-3  in  wide, 
3-4  nerves,   pmnately  veined  between  them*  fls    5- 
merous  in  spikes  2  in  long;  calyx  and  corolla  pubescent: 
pod  more  or  less  twisted,  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle 
folded  and  enlarged  into  cup-shaped  aril    Fls   March. 

51.  linearis,  Sims  (A  longissima,  Wendl ).  A  strag- 
gly shrub  with  phyll  as  long  and  slender  as  pine  need- 
les, 4-8  m  long,  or  twice  that  length,  Am  wide; 
prominent  longitudinal  vein  fls  loose,  slender  m  inter- 
rupted spikes,  1-2  in  long,  4-merous,  calyx  short,  not 
half  so  long  as  corolla,  pod  4  m  long,  3^'in  broad, 
slightly  impressed  between  seeds  and  convex  over  them; 
seeds  longitudinal,  oblong,  shining;  funicle  not  sur- 
rounding seed  but  bent  back  and  forth  into  a  cap- 


shaped  aril  over  one  end  B  M  2156  B  R  680.— It 
may  grow  to  20  ft  in  height,  and  the  wood  is  useful 
for  furniture  and  many  small  articles. 

52  longif dlia,  \V  illd  .SYDNEY  GOLDKN  WATTLE  Fig. 
72  A  tall  shrub  or  snuill  tree  phyll  oblong-lanceolate, 
either  acute  or  obtuse,  narrowed  to  the  base,  2-3  in  or 
even  4-6  in  long  and  from  H~/^m  wide;  3  or  4  longi- 
tudinal nerves,  reticulately  veined  between;  gland  very 
near  base  fls  m  spikes  %~2 l  i  in  long,  4-merous  pods 
1^2-3/i  m  long  or  more,  about  %  in  broad,  coria- 
ceous, terete  until  fully  ripe  when  their  valves  flatten, 
separate,  become  dark  and  curled  and  persist  on  the 
tree,  seeds  longitudinal,  black,  fat  and  shining,  funicle 
silvery,  not  enfolding  seed  but  bent  upon  itself  several 
times,  dilated  and  fitted  like  a  cap  over  one  end  of  the 
seed,  ripe  Aug,  Sept  Ms  Feb,  March  BR  362 
B  M  2166  It  II  1KD6,  p  504  Wattles  and  Wattle- 
barks,  p  51  — A  valuable  ornamental  as  well  as  a  good 
tree  for  narrow  streets,  also  used  as  a  tan  for  heavy 
leathers. 

Var  Sophdre,  F  v  M  (A  Kophbr*,  R  Br  )  Phvll 
shorter,  and  with  rounded  apex,  lj-^-33  2  in  long,  %- 
-T2~m  broad  spikes  generally  shorter,  1-1  }/i  in  ;  blooms 
later  and  seed  matures  later  than  type  Brown,  Fl  of 
S  Austral  — Under  cult  it  becomes  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish this  from  the  tvpe,  but  in  general  its  foliage  is 
shorter  and  more  rounded  at  apex 

Var  flonbunda,  F  v  M  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree, 
with  the  foliage  all  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  giving 
the  tree  a  thin,  delicate  appearance  phyll  23-^-334  in. 
long,  ^-i-iin  wide,  or  more,  linear-lanceolate,  ending 
m  oblique  point,  acuminate,  stnate,  several  nerves 
more  prominent  than  others  spikes  13  2  m  long,  flower- 
ing to  base,  fls  whitish  vellovv  pods  contracted  and 
long-constricted  between  seeds,  seed  longitudinal; 
funicle  silvery,  not  encircling  seed  but  folded  like  a 
cap,  ripe  July,  Aug  Fls  Feb  ,  March  B  M  3203  (as 
A  intermetlui]  — This  varies  so  much  from  the  type 
that  it  is  difficult  to  conceive  of  its  relationship,  but 
since  all  variations  between  this  and  the  type  can  be 
traced,  it  can  be  given  only  varietal  rank. 

53  pub6scens,  II    Br     HMHY  WATTLE.    A  shrub, 
with  drooping  branches  and  hirsute  petioles  and  rachis; 
pmnjfi  3-10   pairs   (mostly  3-Sj,    ^-^m    long;    Ifts. 
6-20    pairs    (mostly    Ibj,    crowded,    linear,    smooth, 
-rV- /em    wide    fls   in  simple  racemes  longer  than  Ivs  , 
on  long  pubescent  peduncles,  15-20  in  a  head,  calyx 
short,  sinuate-toothed,  corolla  smooth,  protruding  in 
bud,  the  petals  united     Blooms  in  spring     B  M   1263 
FR  1  733 — This  belongs  to  the  scries  in  which  the 
pods  are  all  flat,  seeds  longitudinal,  last  fold  of  funicle 
forming  a  short  lateral  or  oblique  aril,  with  very  small 
folds  below  it     Much  grown  in  greenhouses  in  the  E 
U   S  ,  where  it  is  a  general  favorite  on  account  of  its 
feathery  Ivs    and  bright  blossoms,  which  are  in  their 
full  beauty  at  Eastertide,  and  are  becoming  very  popu- 
lar for  church  decorations  at  that  time. 

54  elata,  Cunn      A   handsome  tree    of    50-60   ft 
with  dark  green  foliage  and  young  shoots  clothed  with 
a  yellow  pubescence    Ivs    compound,    1   ft    long  by 
8-10  in.  wide,  pinnae  2-6  pairs,  5-7  in  long,  Ifts  8-13 
pairs,  lanceolate,   acuminate,  pubescent,    l%-l%  in. 
long,  3i-/8m    wide,  about  )£m    distant    fls   m  com- 
pound racemes,  about  40  in  a  head,  sepals  5,  united, 
half  as  long  as  petals,  petals  5  pod  a  rich  brown,  with 
nerve-like  margins,  3H~6  in  long,  ?sm.  broad,  funicle 
silvery,  the  club-shaped  aril  half  as  long  as  lenticular 
seed,  ripe  Aug    Blooms  Sept ,  Oct ,  Dec  etc.    F.  v  M. 
Icon   12  7      Wattles  and  Wattle-barks,  p    51 —Rich 
in  tan»iic  acid.    Grows  in  shaded  ravines  m  its  nativ  e 
country. 

55  Baileyana,  F.  v  M.  An  attractive  shrub  or  small 
tree,  with  gray  foliage  arranged  spirally  around  th« 
branchlets    and    nearly    concealing    them     Ivs.    com- 


388 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


pound,  1-2  in.  long,  with  gland  at  base  of  each  pair  of 
pinnae;  pinnae  2-3  pairs  (occasionally  4)?  1  in  long; 
Ifts  about  20  pairs,  %m  long,  nearly  fan.  wide1  ra- 
cemes longer  than  Ivs  ,  2-3}^  in  long,  fls.  15  m  a  head, 
on  peduncles  ^-^im  long  pod  \\'rA.  m  long,  ^m. 
wide,  with  norvc-hke  rnai  gins,  occasionally  constricted 
between  seeds,  seeds  transsveiso,  ^in  long,  with  club- 
shaped  funiole  one-half  its  length,  ripe  July,  Aug  Fls. 
Jan,  Feb  F.  v.  M  Icon  12.5.  GC  III  15.37— A 
much-prized  ornamental  and  sometimes  used  as  a 
street  tree 

56  discolor,  Willd    A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  either 
glabrous  or  pubescent:  pinnae  2-6  pairs,  Ifts.   10-15 
pairs,    ^~Hm    long?    1 -nerved,    pale   beneath;   large 
gland  on  petiole  and  a  few  small  ones  on  upper  pairs  of 
Uts    fls  6-15  in  a  head,  in  axillary  racemes,  5-merous; 
petals  with  prominent   midribs,   calyx  short,   ciliate. 
pod  flat,  with  nerve-like  margins,  1-3  in    long,  ?6m. 
wide;  funicle  enlarged  at  hilum  end. 

57  prumdsa,  Cunn    A  small  tree  with  young  foliage 
bronze-like  pinna?  2-4  pairs,  2 1^-4  in  long;  Ifts  11-24 
pairs,  1-£-%m   long,  oblong  to  linear,  nerve  excentric, 
occasionally  1  or  2  short  nerves;  gland  pi  eminent,  dis- 
tant froiri  base  fls  in  racemes,  30  in  a  head,  5-merous; 
sepals  united,  half  the  length  of  petals  pods  with  nerve- 
like  margins.  2}-£-3  in    long,  ^m   broad,  occasionally 
constricted  between  seeds,  funicle  short,  filiform  half 
its  length,  then  enlarged  into  club-shaped  aril     Fls. 
Feb  -Apr 

58  decdrrens,  Willd     GREEN  WATTLE.    A  hand- 
some tree,  glabrous  or  more  or  less  tomentose-pubescent 
with  branches  more  or  less  prominently  angled   pinna) 
8-15  pairs  or  more   (sometimes  reduced  to  5  or  6); 
Ifts  30-40  pairs  or  more,  linear,  from  under  2  to  nearly 
5  lines  long,  according  to  the  variety    fig    20-30  in  a 
head,  mostly  5-merous    pods  3-4  in   long,  about  %m 
broad,    more   or   less    contracted   between    the   seeds 
Wattles  and   Wattle-barks,  p.  55.    Brown,    ^or    Fl 

of  S  Austral  — 
^vg_  There  is  much 
confusion  regard- 
ing this  group 
among  nursery- 
men and  others. 

Var.  normalis, 
Benth.  SYDNEY 
BLACK  WATTLE 
Lfts  k-^m  long 
Restricted  range 
on  the  coast  of 
Austral.  Accord- 
ing to  Maiden, 
var  normahs  dif- 
ers  from  type  in 
having  sepals  as 
long  as  petals  and 
cilia  on  interior  of 
lobe  in  A  decur- 
rws,  the  petals 
have  a  midrib  and 
short,  broadly 
lobed  ciliate  calyx. 
Var  m611is,  Lmdl  (A  moWssima,  Willd  )  BLACK 
WATTLE.  A  tree  20-50  ft  high,  with  reddish  bark 
showing  under  the  fissures  pinnae  8-20  pairs,  shining 
on  upper  surface,  2-6  in  long,  Ifts  30-60  pairs,  closely- 
crowded,  not  Vgm  in  length,  gland  between  each  pair 
of  pinnae  and  generally  additional  ones  on  internodes 
between  •  fl  -clusters  in  racemes,  30-36  in  a  head,  5- 
merous.  peduncles  H-Kin  long  pods  dark,  pubescent, 
2-4  in  long,  not  Km  wide,  constricted  and  contracted 
between  the  seeds,  seed  longitudinal,  funicle  filiform, 
enlarged  to  a  light-colored  cap  over  seed;  npe  June- 
Oct.  Fls.  pale  yellow,  blooming  profusely  in  June  and 
intermittently  at  other  times.  B.R  371. — Distin- 


75.  Acacia decurrens var  dealbata.  (X1A) 


guished  from  var  dealbata  by  its  later  blooming  period, 
by  its  lighter  fls  ,  its  characteristic  pubescent  pods  and 
smaller  seeds  and  by  the  short  Ifts  ,  shining  above, 
which  sit  close  together 

Var  dealbata,  F  v.  M  (A.  dealbata,  Link)  SILVER 
WATTLE  Fig  75  A  tree  50  or  more  ft  high,  with 
smooth  bark  and  gray  pubescent  branchlots'  Ivs. 
silver-gray  to  light  green,  3-6K  m.  long;  pmriir  13-25 
pairs,  Ifts  30-40  pairs;  glands  I  between  each  pair  of 
pinnae  racemes  often  compound,  30  fls  m  a  head, 
5-merous,  sepals  united,  petals  with  faint  midrib; 
peduncles  j/jin  long  pods  1^-4  J4  in  long,  %~/iin 
wide,  smooth,  a  rich  brown,  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle 
as  long  as  seed,  filiform  half  its  distance  and  ending  in 
silvery  club-shaped  aril,  ripe  July,  Aug  Fls  Feb  , 
March  A  F  13  8SO  R  H  1896  p  502  — Mts  in  its 
native  country  It  is  sometimes  given  bpeeihc  rank 
as  A.  dealbata,  but  intermediate  forms  occur. 

59.  fihcina,  Willd  (Mtint>mfihcioidestCa,v)  TIMBB 
Unarmed  shrub  Ivs  tern-like,  pinna*  5-30  pair?;  Ifts 
20-50  or  more  pans  (rarely  10-15),  very  small  fl  -heads 
globular,  orange  or  yellow,  in  terminal  panicles  pods 
broadly  linear,  straight  or  slightly  curved,  often  irreg- 
ular, flat  not  pulpy  Texas  and  Mex — The  astringent, 
bitter  bark  called  timbc  is  used  by  the  Mexicans  m 
making  pulque  for  precipitating  mucilaginous  matter 
Safford,  Science,  Jari  22,  1909  160 

60  pulchella,    R    Br      A   handsome   shrub,    either 
glabrous   or   hirsute,    with    slender   branches,    mobtly 
armed  with  subulate  spines    pinna;   1   pair,  Ifts.   4-7 

Eairs,  obovate-oblong,  -&~  l/{m   long,  gland  on  stipes 
etween  pmnje,  or  none*  peduncles  .-solitary,  fls   5-mer- 
ous, petals  with  prominent  midiib;  calyx  half  as  long 
as  petals  and  sinuate- toothed    pods  flat,  thick  margins, 
1-2  in    long,  ^e~Hm    wide,  seed  longitudinal,  funicle 
filiform  and  thickened  into  club-shaped  aril     Fls  Apr. 
Var  grandis,  Hort    (A    qidnd^,  Henfr )     Glabrous 
Ifts  8-10  pairs,  a  little  larger  and  more  numerous  than 
the  type.   Fls   Feb  -May     JH  III  35    369(1897) 

Var  hispidissima,  Hort  (A  hib/ndlssiwa,  PC ). 
Branches  covered  with  long,  spreading  hairs  Ifts  nar- 
row and  revolute.  fls  white  B  M  4588 

61  Farnesiana,  Willd    (A   leptophi/lla,  DC )     POPI- 
NAC     OPOPAN\X     CASSIE     HmsAnir,     Much-branch- 
ing shrub,  6-10  ft     stipules  .straight,  slender,  sometimes 
minute   spines,   pinnae   5-8   pairs,   Ifta    mostly    10-25 
pairs,  1-2  lines  long,  narrow,  linear,  glabrous    pedun- 
cles 2  or  3  in  the  older  a\ils,  fl  -heads  large,  globular, 
deep  yellow,  very  fragrant    pods  almost  terete,  mde- 
hiscent,   at  length  turgid  and  pulpy      Feb  ,    March 
Texas,  Mcx  ,  Asia,  Afr  and  Austial     Grown  m  France 
for  perfumery. — Its  origin,  is  probably  American,  but 
it  is  now  naturalized  in  nearly  every  tropical  country. 
It  was  mtro.  into  the  Hawaiian  Isls    as  an  ornamen- 
tal, but  escaped  from  cult  and  has  now  almost  become 
a  pest     A  new  variety  of  A    Farncswna  has  been  dis- 
covered which  is  more  hardy  than  the  type  and  grows 
more  rapidly    It  produces  two  crops  of  fls.  a  year,  which 
makes  it  very  lucrative  for  the  making  of  perfumery 
The  pods  are  said  to  contain  a  tanmn 

62.  Cavenia,  Bert.  ESPINO  CAVAN.  Height  20  ft  : 
spines  stout*  Ifts  scabrous,  scabrous-pubescent 
Otherwise  near  to  A  Farnesiana,  of  which  it  is  some- 
tunes  considered  a  mere  variety.  Chile  — A  good  hedge 
plant. 

63  arabica,  Willd  GUM  ARABIC  THEE  Fig  76. 
Shrub  or  small  tree  with  gray  bran  chlets;  stipules  spiny: 
pinna)  3-8  pairs,  J^-lM  in.  long,  Ifts.  10-20  pairs, 
/^~Mm  l°nK>  glands  several,  fls  in  groups  of  2-5, 
calyx  half  the  length  of  corolla-  pods  distinctly  stalked, 
flat,  mostly  inoniliform,  gray-downy,  3-6  in  long. 
Arabia  and  Eu  — Some  confusion  exists  between  this 
species  and  A  Farnesiana,  but  they  are  easily  distin- 
guished by  means  of  the  pod  which  in  A.  arabica  IB 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


189 


from  sbghtly  constricted  between  the  seeds  to  monili- 
form  or  bead-like,  while  in  A  Farneswna  it  is  round 
and  smooth  with  the  seeds  arranged  in  2  rows  in  a 
pulpy  mass. 

64  eburnea,  Willd  A  shrub  with  a  reddish  brown 
bark  Ivs  1-1  %  in  long. ;  phyll  5  or  G  pairs,  l/£-%\n 
long,  Ifts  5-9  pairs,  less  than  l%m  long,  stipules  %-2 
in  long;  gland  between  each  of  the  2  lowest  pairs, 
fls  40  in  a  head  on  peduncles  l/z-\  in  long  with  a  circle 
of  bracts  at  middle,  petals  5,  sepals  united,  half  as  long 
as  petals  pod  fiat,  3-6  in.  long,  %m  wide;  seeds  longi- 
tudinal, fumcle  short  — 
A  desert  region  species 
and  also  used  as  a  forage 
plant. 

65.  Catechu,  Willd. 
(A  catechualdes,  Benth  ) 
A  medium  -  sized  tree, 
with  opposite,  recurved, 
btipular  bpines  pmnap 
10-40  pairs,  Ifts  30-50 
pairs,  linear,  about  ^m 
long;  gland  near  base 
and  between  upper  pair 
of  pinnae  spikes  solitary 
or  fascicled,  2-5  in  long, 
calyx  and  corolla  tomen- 
tose,  the  former  half  the 
size  of  the  latter:  pods 
dehiscent,  flat,  a  rich 

76.  Acacia  arabica.  brown,    reticulately 

veined  and  with  nerve- 
tike  margin,  2-3  (or  5)  in  long,  /-^-^m.  broad,  seed 
orbicular,  transverse,  fumcle  flat,  not  curving  around 
seed  but  leading  directly  to  hilum  with  a  twist  or  two. 
E  Indies 

66  Drummondii,     Benth       Bush    or    small    tree, 
pinnae  2-4  pairs,  each  with  4-10  linear,  very  obtuse, 
glabrous  Ifts     fib   pale  lemon-yellow,  in  dense,  solitary, 
drooping  spikes  \~ll'z  in  long   pod  not  exceeding  1  in 
long,    Hm    broad,   flat,   with  thickened  margins,  gla- 
brous or  pubescent,   seeds  transverse,   fumcle   short, 
thickened  into  small  aril  of  about  2  folds  under  seed. 
B  M  5191  — A  favorite  greenhouse  species 

67  GrSggii,  Gray     TEXAS  MIMOSA     Sometimes  a 
tree  20  ft   high,  but  usually  a  shrub  of  4-5  ft ,  growing 
in  thickets  along  river  banks'  compound  Ivs   1  in   long, 
pubescent,  pinna;  2-3  pairs  (occasionally  reduced  to  1 
pair),  y^-^m   long,  Ifts    1-7  pairs  (usually  5),  oblong, 
pubescent  and  2-nerved    spikes  cream-}  ellow,  IJr^M 
in    long,  including  the  peduncles,  which  arc  half  the 
length  of  spikes,  petals  and  sepals  greenish,  5-merous; 
sepals  united  and  half  as  long  as  petals'  pods  much 
bent  and  twisted,  nerve-like  margins  and  more  or  less 
constricted  between  the  seeds,  l/i~4  or  more  in  long, 
about  %m    wide,  seed  ^m   long,  }i\n.  wide  with  an 
arrow-shaped  depression  in  the  center,  fumcle  filiform 
its  entire  length     Fls.  Aug  ,  Sept      In  dry  or  rocky 
places  in  Texas  and  N.  Mex  ami  S.   Known  as  Devil  s 
Claws  and  Catsclaw  from  the  short  curved,  spines;  also 
as  Paradise  Flower 

In  the  following  supplementary  list,  the  heights  given  are  those 
attained  by  the  plants  under  glass  in  N  Eu.,  in  the  open  air  m  the 
8  W  U  8  they  often  grow  much  taller,  and  sometimes  flower  2 
months  earlier  Except  when  otherwise  stated,  the  fls  are  yellow 
Those  marked  (*)  are  considered  most  desirable  Those  marked 
"stove"  need  hothouse  treatment,  the  others  can  be  grown  in  a  cool- 
house,  or  in  the  open  in  Calif  A  abietlna,  Willd  —A.  Imifolia  — A 
acanthocdrpa,  Willd  =»Miraosa  acarithocarpa — .1  aiapulcfnsis, 
Kunth  =»Lysiloma  acapulcensis  — A  arcblti,  Maiden  &  Betche  — 
A  aciculdns  (Needle -leaved  Acacia)  4  ft — A  affima,  Sweet= 
A.  dealbata  —A  afeWo,  K  Br  0  ft  May  B  R  39fi  —  A  dlbtcana*= 
Pitheoolobmm  albicans  — A  ambna,  Weiidl  3  ft  May  Near  to 
A  heterophylla— A.antfuWta,  Desv  =A  discolor — A  angustifAha, 
Lodd.=A  longifoha  var  flonbunda  —A  argyrophtilla,  Hook  =A 
braohybotrya  var  argyrophylla — A  dspera,  Lmdl  (A  Ausfeldn, 
Hegel  A.  densifoha,  Benth  )  4ft  May —A  Autffldii,  Regel= 
A.  aapera  — A  BancroftvAna,  Bert  «=Csesalpmia  bijuga  — A  Bar- 
thtnAna,  Hort  -=A  Bertenana(?).— A  Btrland\kn,  Benth  Fls  (?) 


Mex  —  A  Berleriana,  Balb  ^Pithecolobium  fragrans  —  A  btfldra, 
R  Br  3  ft  May  —A  brachyacdntha,  Humb  &  Bonpl  ->*Mimosa 
acanthocarpa  —  A  bremfdha,  Lodd  =A  lunata  —  A  brim-pea,  Cunn 
=A  melanoxylon  —  A  BurinanniarM,  DC  Shrub  6  ft  Ceylon 
Stove  —  A  buftfdlia,  Cunn  4  ft  Apr  Hook  Icon  Ib4  -A  rteaia 
Wight  &  Arn  (A  Intsia,  Willd  )  Climber  beset  with  curved 
pnekles  E  Indies  Stove  —  4  cnlnmi^trata,  Hort  lists=(0  —  A 
celaxtrifdha,  Beuth  =A  myrtifoha  var  c<  lustnfoha  —  A  ctntro- 
phytta,  DC  20  ft  wlute  Jamaica  Move  —  A  Ceratoma,  Willd  => 
imosa  Ceratoma  —A  r/iryytitituiltij',,  Hort  =*Piptadcma  chry- 


, 

Bostachys  —  A  cihata,  R  Br  ---  V  strigosa  —  A  rinera-icens,  Sieb  >  =» 
A  glauceHcena  —  A  cocMturis,  Weiidl  4  ft  Apr  to  May  —  A 
cxrulea,  Lt  nol  —  A  conrinita.  DC  20  ft,  fls  white  K  Indie 


,  .  ,  . 

Stove  —A  Concorduina,  Loud  =Pithccolobium  ambellatum  —  A 
confertu,  Cunn  Apr  —  A  cordata,  a  trade  name,  probably  belongs 
to  some  other  species  —  A  ranacea,  DC  oft  May  -  -.1  coromllx- 
fdlui,  Desf  10ft  N  Afr  Sto\o  —  4  corymbdta,  Hort  liats=(?) 

—  A   crasbicdrjM,  Cunn     (S  ft     May  —  A    cultratn,  Hort  -"A  cultn- 
formis  —A     cuspiddta,     Cumi  ---A     diffusa    var     cuspidata  —A 
cyanophylla   magnifies!,  Hort    li-,ts=(')  —  A    cycndrum,  Hook  =A 
obacura  —A    Danesi^fdlm,  Cunn     h  ft     June  —  A    dedpiens  var 
prxmorsa,  Hort  *   3  ft     May    B  M    J244  —  A   demijdlia,  Benth  «- 
A    as[>era  —  A    dentlfera,  Benth     Apr    B  M   4032  —  A    deptndena, 
Cunn  =»A    longifolia   var    mucronata  —  4    detinena,  Burcn      3ft 
May     S    Afr—  A     Dietnchwwi.  F    Muell  —  A    diptera,   Willd  — 
Prosopis    juhflora--A    dipttra,  I  mill     Shrub      fls  (')  —  1    diptera 
var  en6ptera,  Graham      Stpt      B  M     VM'J    -  1    dissitiflbra,  Benth 
=a  form  of  A    longifolia  —  A    dioaru  ita,  Willd  =*Lysiloma  Schie- 
dcana  —  A    dolabrifdrini*,    Colla--A      drnpicns--^!      Uonkelaani 
is  a  trade  name  --Mimo<-a(7)        1  <lorat6iylun,C\H\i\  *(Currawang), 
a  beaut  if  ul  small  trer    Hs  Kold(nyclluw    -A  dumdm,  Wight  &  Arn 
=A  latrouum  —  A  irhlnnla,lX'  ~\  jumperma  —  i  eriuiis,  Humb 
&  Bonpl  ==A  Parnc^Mna  —  1    imnrym<ita,  \V<  mil  ==A    stncta  —  A 
tnwbMa.  Benth     Juut  —  A    Eittihasia,  Maokay   4   ft     May  —A 
falfiformii,   DC  ==A    ptnnmerxis  var   falc  iformis  —  A     ferrutfnea, 
DC     From   E    Indies     Sum    ~A   flencauh*,    Benth  =Pithecolo- 
hmm    flexicaulc,  Coulter  —  .1    flnnbunda,  V\  illd  =A   longifohd,  var 
floribunda—  A  flonbunda.Hun  =\  nerufoha  —  1  for  mdsa,  Kunth 
=-Calliandra    forrnosa  —  A    frugrans,     lenure=  Mbizzia    fragrans 
("Acacia  fragrance"  Hort  9)        1  frond  Ata,  Willd  —  Leucuma  glauca 
=A    fruticdfia,  Mart  =Piptadenia   latifolm       4    genisLefoha,  Link 
=  4  diffusa—  -  A   girdffj,  Willd   (Camel-thorn)  40ft  S  Afr  Ha  (') 
Stove  —  A   ylauca,  Hort  —A   glaucpscens  —A   grdndiv,  Henfr  —A 
pulrholla   var   grandis  —  A    arata,  \Villd  ^=Piptadema  macrocarpa 

—  1    oravkulens,   Cunn  ==A    \crmciflua  —  .1    guayaquiUnais,  Desf 
==  Mimosa,  guayaquilenms  —  .1     guiancnsix,    \Villd  —  Stryphnoden- 
dron  guianense  —  A    gummlfera,   \\illd      30  ft     Guinea      Fla  (') 

—  A  Ha.nuit6xulon,   Willd      20  ft      Us    ytllow  or  white      S    Afr 
Stove  —  4  hastuldta.  Smith  4ft  May    BM   3341  —,4   hetfracdntha, 
Burch     15ft,fls(')    S    Afr  —  1    heternphylla,  Willd     5ft     May 
Mascarene  Isls  —  A    htipida,  Hort  --=Rohinia  hispida  —  A    hispidia- 
strmi,    DC  =A     pulchelU     var     hispidissirua  —A     holotericea,  A 
Cunn  —  A    homalophyUa,*   "Varran   '  —  A    homatophylla,  probably 
clencal  error  for  A    homalophyUa  —  A     homomdlla,    \\endl  ==A 
glaucescens  —  A    hdrnda,   \V  illd     S    Afr  —  A     Hurgfhi,    Benth* 
Pale   yellow      Feb  —  A     humifuia,    Cunn     Austral  —  1      hybrida 
Lodd   -=V  armata  —  .4   imptrinlis,  Hort   lists—  (')  —  4   intermedia, 
Cunn  ==A     longifoha    var     flonbuuda  —  A     intertfj-ta,    Sieb  =^A 
longifoha  —  A  Intsia,   Willd  =A    casia  —  4    J  dnesu,    F      Muell 
Racemes    simple,    longer    than     hs      uhich     somewhat    resemble 
those  of  green  -hd    \    dealbata  —.4    Jultbrfwn,  W  illd  =Albizzm 
Julibrissm  —  A    Kalkdra,  G    Don  ==Albizzia  Julibrissin  —  4    Lam- 
btrhana,  D     Don  -^Calhandra  Lambertiana  —  A    lanigtra,  Cunn 
bft      Apr     BM   2<»22—  A    latifUia,  Benth—  4     lat^lli<iua   Willd 
=Lysiloma      latisiliqua  —  4       Latrt>be\,      Me  isn  ==A      atiaacea  — 
A    latrftnum,  \\illd     (A    dumosa,  Wight  &  Arn  )     Up  to  20  ft  , 
E    Indies     Stove—  A    faun/o/ia,  Willd      4ft      May     Pacific  Isls 
Stow  —  1       Ltbbeck,     Willd  =  Vlbiz^ia     Lebbek  —  4       leiophylla, 
Benth  ^-\     sahgna  —  4     lenhfnfoha,  Desf     20ft      fls  (?)      Mex 
Sto\o—  .4     Ifprdaa,  Siob  *    May      BR     1441      "Graceful,  linear 
Ir-nos,  and  habit  of  a  willow  "—.4    Icprdsa  var    tenwfdha.  Benth 
Stove    —1    leptocdrpa,  Cunn     fi  ft     Api  —  .1    leptdiladn,  Cunu  -~A 
Irptontura,  Benth    bft    Apr    BM   4i.r>()    -A   hptoph^la,  DC  -=A. 
Farne^iana  —A    kucoctphala,    Lmk=Leuc»na  glauca  —A    huco- 
phlaa,  Willd     12  ft  ,   pale  yellow     Trop   Awa     Stove  —  1    leuco- 
phyllu,  C"olvill  ^^A.  holohencca—  A   hgulata,  Cunn  =\  salicina  — 
A    lonyifAlia  var   mucronAla,  K    v    M      (A    dependens,  Cunn     A 
mucronata,  F  v  M  )  March  B  M  2747  —A  Zonfffsvima,Wendl  =A, 
linoirn—  A    lopbdntha,  Willd  =  Mbizzia  Jophantha  -    A    lophdntha 
var  anjantta,  Hort  =Albi^/aa  lophantha  var  gigantea  —  A   Innda, 
Bai  1  1  —  Mbizzia    lueida  —  A      Miinoium.  Willd       10    ft       Molucca 
Isls      Stove  —  A    micruphylla,  Willd  t=Piptadema  peregnna   -  A 
mtttia.    Wall  =Albizzia   Juhbnssm  —A     Nemu,    Willd  =AlLizzia 
Juhbnssin  —  A    neurocdrpa,  Cunn  —A    holosencea  —  A    niaruans, 
R   Br     (>  ft     Apr     BM  2188  —  A    notdbiha,  F    Muell  —A    nudi- 
fldra,  Willd     (A   Rohnana,  DC  )     30  ft  ,  white     W    Indies    Stove 
—A    obacura,    DC    (A     cycnorum,  Hook  )     2^    ft     BM     4fir>3 

—  A     odoratlssima,    Willd  =Albi/zia    odoratussima  —  A     olerfMia. 
Cunn  =^A    lunata  —  A     ohgophylla,   Hoffmgg      4  ft     Habitat  (') 
Stove  —  A    orndto  is  a  name  in  the  trade,  probably  of  some  well- 
known  species  —  A    paradfifa,   DC  —A     armata  —  A    pentadenia, 
Lmdl    10ft     May    BR  1521  —A   ptm/dha,  Benth  =A  juncifolm, 
—A   pinmUa,  Link  -=A  tamanndifoha  —  A   platyphylh,S*eet     10 
ft    June  —  A   plumbsa,  Ixiwe     20  ft     Branl     B  M   336b    A  stove 
climber  —  A    podaliina,    Hort    hsts^C)  —  A     polybdtrya,   Benth  * 
A  beautiful  pmnate-lvd   species  —  A     partonctnsia,  Willd  ==Calh- 
andra  portoncensis  —  A.  primdia,  probably  clencal  error  for  A  prum- 
osa  —  A    prismdtira,  Hoffmgg    6  ft    Habitat  (?)  Stove  —  A  pr6m- 
inena.  Cunn  =A  Imifolia  var   prommens  —  A    Pseudocdna,  Hort 

—  =Robmia    Pseudacacia  —  A     pulchfomma,    Willd  =Stryphnoden- 
dron  flonbundum  —  A  pyramiddha,  Hort  lists—  (?)  —  A   qutdran- 


190 


ACACIA 


ACALYPHA 


guldns,  Link  —  Calhandra  tetruRona.  —  A  Rnmeru,  local  name  for 
variety  intro.  by  lleimers  into  San  Francisco  —  A  npArta,  HBK 
(A  sarmentosa,  Gnseb  )  10  ft  W  Indies  A  stove  climber 

—  A    Itohn&na,  DC  =A    nudiflora  —A   rdiea,  Hort  -^Robmia  his- 
pida  —  A   ruscifdha,  Cunn  =A    verticillata   var   latifoha  —  4    sar- 
menttaa,  CJnseb  =A    npana    -A    windena,  Willd  =Entada  scan- 
dons  —  A  semicordota,  lloxbg    40ft     fls  (?)    E  Indies    Stove  —  4 
Senegal,  Willd     JO  ft     fls   white     Trop    W   Afr     Stove  —4    xeri- 
c&la,  Cunn.  Apr  —  A  Simsu,  Cunn    Apr  —.1  Sophdrx,  H  Br  =^A 
longifoha  vur   Sophorce  —.1    sprruha,  Willd  —AHnz/ia  Lebbck  — 
A   spectdbihs,  Cunn  *   Apr     BR    1.S43  4<>     Kemarkably  beautiful 

—  A  Spim,  Balb     15  ft  ,  rod  and  yellow    Guadeloupe  Lsl     Stove  — 
A    squamilta,   Lindl      Apr       Hook     Icon    Plant     307  —  .4     steno- 
phylla,  Cunn     Maich  —  .1    atipulAla,  DC  =Albuzia  stipulata  —.1 
stotonlftra.  Bun  hell,  a  species  from  S   Afr  with  undergiound  sts  — 
A   atrlcta,  Willd   (\  emarRinata,  Wendl  )    2ft    March     BM    1121 

—  A    stngdsa,   Link    (A    ciliata,    R  Br  )       1  ft  —A    sirombultfera, 
Willd  =Prosopis  stroinbuhfem  —  i   tabulate,  Bonpl    4  ft     Mny  — 
A    su.m/a.R   Br    2ft     July     B  R     «)2S  —  4    Suma.Gun     10ft: 
fls  (?)    E    Indies     Stove  —  t    tamanndifMia,  Willd    (4.    pmnata) 
4ft     white    S  Arner    Stove  —.1  taxi/Alia,  Lodd  =-A  Riceina  —  4 
tomentfaa,  Willd     20ft     fls  (?)      E    Indies      Stove  —  A    tnrhMei, 
Willd  =Leuca>na  trithodes  —  1     Inner  vata,  Sieh     Oft      Apr  —  A 
tristis,  Graham=A  armata  —  A    umbellata,  Cunn    Apr  —A  unci- 
nALi,  Lodd  =-A  unduU-foha  —  A   umhdrfoha  (  V  unomata  ,  Lodd). 
4ft     May     B  M   J.W  —  1    urophyUa,  Month     Palo  y,  How     Apr 
BM   4573  —.4    wi0«,  Willd    40ft     white    Branl    Stove  —  4    wn- 
iista,  Willd  —Callmndra  portoncensis  —  4   r>ra,  Willd  =A  nrahica 

—  A    vermdflua,  Cunn    (A    giaveolens,  Cunn     A    virpita,    Lodd) 
6ft.    Apr      BM    JJ(>6,  327<>—  .1    urtinllAta    \ar    angu^tn,   Hort 
10ft    Apr—  4   rrrticiUAIa  var  latijolm.  Bonth  (A  rusoifohi.  Cunn 
A    moesla,  Lmdl  )      10ft     Apr     BM   31').")     BR     1S40  b7  --A. 
wrtJta,  Ker-(jawl*   oft     June    BH   0()S  —  .1    umniatn,  Ait     Apr 

—  4    uresceni.  DC     20ft     S    Atncr    Slo\p-    1     i  uc/ato,  I  o<ld  ==A 
vernioiflua—  ^4    vm<lirdmi«    Bureh  =^\eiocladia  Zeyhen  —  4    f»a- 
ddula,  Cunn    6ft     1'eb     Gt      1109     A    nsi/isa,    Sihrud=A    do- 
donspifoha  —A  vomcrifornns,  Cunn    Apr  —A    Wulhchiann,  DC  = 

Catechu  KATHERINE  D.  JONES. 

ACACIA,  FALSE:    Robima  Pieudacacia 
ACACIA,  ROSE:    Robinta  hispida 


from  Greek  word  signifying  thorn)  Rosacex. 
NEW  ZK  \LAND  BUK  Trailing,  more  or  less  evergreen 
plants  used  in  rock\\ork  and  as  ground  cover  under 
trees  and  between  other  plants 

About  40  speeiea  of  biib-shrubs  or  herbs  of  th.e  south- 
ern hemisphere,  allied  to  Agiimonia  and  Sanguisorba. 
Ivs  unequally  pinnate,  alternate,  the  Ifts  toothed  or 
eut  fls  small,  crowded  in  erect  terminal  bpikes  or 
heads,  petals  none;  calyx  5-7-lobcd,  usually  armed 


77.  Acalypha  hispida  (A  Sanden) 


with  spines;  stamens  1-10,  or  even  more*  fr  an  achene, 
1  or  2  being  enclosed  in  the  hardened  calyx 

Acaenas  are  little  grown  m  this  country,  but  are 
prized  in  England  as  groundwork  for  dwarf  spring- 
flowering  bulbs,  as  tnlhums,  also  useful  in  protecting 
native  orchids  and  bog  plants  Propagation  is  by  cut- 
tings, divisions  and  seeds 

Buch&nann,  Hook  f.  Plant  usually  densely  or  silky 
pale  gray,  the  numerous  sts  and  branches  l>mg  very 
close  on  the  ground'  Ivs  1  in  or  less  long,  the  Ifts. 
3-6  pairs,  very  broad,  finely  .serrate  fls  m  biiuill  sessile 
heads,  spines  or  bristles  4,  vellow  and  hairy  or  barbed, 
the  fruiting  calyx  broader  than  long  New  Zeal 

microphylla,  Hook  f  Plant  glabrous  or  only 
sparingly  silky,  often  making  very  Targe  patches  Ivs 
pale,  2  m  or  less  long,  Ifts  3-6  pairs,  bioad,  deeply  eut 
fls  in  globose  stalked  heads,  fruiting  calyx  broader  than 
long,  the  red  spines  attractive  all  Bummer  and  autumn 
New  Zeal  — Grows  well  in  either  wet  or  dry  soils  — Var 
inenrns,  Kirk  (.4  tntrtnu*,  Hook  f  ),  has  longer  Ivs. 
and  the  fruiting  calyx  without  spines  or  bristles 

ovalifdlia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  a  little  larger  than  the 
last,  Ifts  oblong,  subcuneate  Chile  (in.  52,  p  46. 

adscendens,  Vahl  Plant  usually  glabrous  bron/y, 
thostb  stout  and  most  rate,  the  leaf  \  branches  ascending 
at  the  tips  Ivs  2-4  in  long  Ifts  4-6  pairs,  ovate  or 
obovate,  deeply  toothed  fls  m  stalked  heads,  cal>\- 
tube  longer  than  broad,  the  spines  4  and  stout  New 
Zeal,  S  Amer — Apparently  the  plant  in  the  trade 
under  the  name  of  A  adsur<j<>n<* 

A  arattiien,  Ruiz  &  Pa\  Lvs  silviij,  Chilean  Audts  —4 
mynophylla,  Lmdl  Fern-like  Ifts  deeply  cut  fl*  green,  (  hile 
—A  noiv-ztaldnJiie,  Kirk  Prostrate,  nilky  Ifts  oblon*.  coarsely 
serrate  heads  globose,  st  ilked  bristles  reddnh  purple  ache  no  ri'ir- 
rowed  both  ways  New  Zeal —.1  onna,  V  Cunn  baid  to  be  much 
like  A  ov.ihfoha,  but  larger  and  less  Rf'iceful  f^  purpli ,  in  long 
spikes  Austral—  A  tinnaniaurb  i ,  Vahl  Frost  latt,  mlky  Ifts 
broad,  toothed  or  strrate  heads  «lobon«  ,  stalked,  bnstl<-s  long  and 
barked,  at  each  angle  of  calyx  irht.no  bioadcst  near  base  and  nar- 
rowuiK  upward,  one  of  the  trouble  some  sheep-burs  New  Zeal  — ^1 
sarmentdsa,  Carmich  =A  Sanguisoiba?  j  IT  j^ 

ACALYPHA  (a  name  given  by  Hippocrates  to  a 
nettle)  Euphoi  biaceje  C'OIM'ER-LKAF  THREE-SELDKD 
AlEHf'URY  Brilliant  tender  foliage  shrubs  or  herbs 
much  used  for  greenhouse  ornament,  and  especially  for 
bedding-out,  and  in  Florida  and  southward  for  lawn 
shrubs  and  hedges 

The  acahphas  are  erect  shrubs  or,  in  the  native 
species,  rather  weedy  heibs,  with  alternate  stipulate 
Ivs  fls  in  spikes  or  spike-like  racemes,  the  btammate 
cluster  peduncled,  each  fl  in  the  axil  of  a  minute 
bractlet,  with  a  4-parted  c.ilv\  and  8-16  stamens, 
pistillate  fls  subtended  by  a  foliaceous  bract  lot,  the 
calyx  3-5  parted,  petals  wanting  in  both  kinds  of  fls  , 
the  long  spike-like  ament  being  the  showy  part  of  the 
fls  '  fr  usually  of  3-2-valved  eaipols,  each  1 -seeded 

For  bedding,  it  is  desnable  to  have  strong,  well- 
hardened  plants  in  4-mch  pots,  which  should  be  set  out 
the  last  week  in  May,  and  grown  m  a  rich,  moist  soil 
without  check  The  leading  hoiticultural  species  is 
A  hibpida  The  mam  point  m  the  cultivation  of  this 
species  is  that  it  can  be  grown  either  to  a  single  stem 
or  in  a  spreading  bush  form,  both  of  which  ways  are 
effective  Stock  plants  of  acalypha  do  well  in  a  mixture 
of  three  parts  loam,  one  part  well-decomposed  manure, 
and,  if  the  loam  is  heavy,  also  some  sharp  sand.  In 
central  Florida,  none  of  the  acalyphas  is  quite  hardy 
They  should  be  banked  late  in  the  fall  with  dry  sand, 
which  must  be  removed  when  all  danger  of  frost  is  over 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings,  chiefly  in  three  ways 
(1)  in  fall  from  outdoor  bedded  plants,  (2)  from  plants 
lifted  in  fall,  cut  back,  and  kept  for  spring  stock;  (3) 
from  stock  plants  in  pots  reserved  from  the  previous 
season  The  well-ripened  wood  of  these  last  is  a  great 
advantage,  and  gives  cuttings  that  may  be  tak'jn  with 
a  heel.  A  mature  stem  will  furnish  several  h^sidc  the 


ACALYPHA 

top  one  This  is  the  best  method  for  general  purposes. 
Cuttings  may  also  be  taken  below  the  joints  when  the 
shoots  are  half  mature  The  cui  tings  require  mild  bot- 
tom heat  For  greenhouse  ornament  in  fall  and  winter, 
excellent  specimens  may  be  secured  from  cuttings  made 
in  summer  from  such  stock  plants. 


ACANTHOLIMON 


191 


spotted  with  crimson,  green,  and  brown     I  H.  35 : 55 

(1888). 

integrifdlia,  Willd  ,  not  Bojer  (A  coloralsi,  Spreng. 
A  Commersonidna,  Baill )  Shrub,  4-6  ft  Ivs  oblong- 
fiddle-shaped,  variable  m  size,  crenate  or  entire,  green 
above,  purplish  beneath  fls  small,  the  clusters  shorter 
than  the  Ivs  Mauritius  and  Madagascar 

Godseffiana,  Mast  Low-growing  shrub  of  dense 
bushy  habit  Ivs  short-petioled,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, cordate,  acuminate,  coarsely  toothed,  green  with 
a  prominent  cream-colored  margin  fls  inconspicuous, 


p 
F 


The  aoal>ph,is  are  subject  to  meal}  -bug,  scale  and 
red-spider  For  the  first  two,  fumigate  with  h\,dro- 
cyanic  acid  gas  The  red-spider  can  be  kept  in  check  by 
syringing  or  spraying 

\   Annual 

indica,  Linn  An  erect  hairy  plant  1-3  ft  hs 
broad,  ovate,  the  petiole  longer  than  the  blade'  fls 
greenish,  the  .spikes  1-2  in  long  Old  World  tropics  — 
Not  showy  The  hort  name  A  Mtllonianu  may  belong 
here 

A\   Pcnnnwl 
B   Fl  -(.hi^leri*  nuuh  exceeding  I  he  Ivs 

hfspida,  Burrn  f  (A  .S'dmfcn,  N  E  Br  )  RED- 
HOT  C\T-TML  Fig  77  Cult  chiefly  for  its  long  red, 
amarantus-hke  spikes  of  fls-  which  are  much  longer 
than  the  Ivs  Ivs  gieen  E  Indies  Burin  Fl  Ind  , 
30.3,  t  01,  f  1  AF  13  1285  A  (»  19  453,  S27 
FE  10  554  OC  III  23  2  IS  (U  47  270;  181465. 
(in  54  62  (ing  6  279  B  M  7G32  R  II  1898  456 
—  A  very  stukmg  garden  plant  Called  by  various 
names,  as  Chenille  Plant,  Philippine  Medusa,  and 
others  Var  ram&sa,  Hort  ,  has  upper  spikes  branched 
or  compound  Var  alba,  Ilort  ,  spikes  creamy  white 

BB   Fl  -clu^ttrs   shorter  than,  and  usually  half  fnddi  n  by 

the  lv*    branches  not  &piny 

Wilkesiana,  Muell  Arg  (A  tricolor,  Hort,  ex  Seem  ) 
Lvs  ovate-acuminate,  bron/y  green,  variously  mottled 
with  red  fls  usually  some  shade  of  red,  inconspicuous 
S  Sea  Isls  Var  Macafeana,  Hort  Fig  78  Lvs  red, 
marked  with  crimson  and  bronze  —  Perhaps  the  com- 
monest variety  RH  1882  '288  Var.  macrophylla 
(A  tnacrophylln,  Hort  ,  not  HBK.)  Lvs  cordate, 
ovate,  russet-brown  Var  marginata,  Hort  Lvs  with 
marked  crimson  margin.  F  M.  1875'  156  On  7,  p  521 
I.H  24.275  Var  musaica,  Hort.  Lvs  green,  with 
orange  and  red  markings  Var  obovata,  Hort  Lvs 
obovate,  green,  edged  white  when  young,  changing  to 
bronzy  green  with  rosy  pink  margins  Var.  tritimphans, 
Hort.  (A.  tntimphans,  Lmd.  &  Rod  ).  Lvs  large, 


,      .          ,  ,  .,  irregularly 

repand 

BUB   Fl  -(luster  as  in  BB,  but  branches  spiny 
Var  eremdrum,  Muell     Of  peculiar  habit  and  with 
spiny  branches    Ivs   green,  short-petioled,  crenate    fls 
in  spikes,  the  clusters  shorter  than  the  Ivs    Austral. — 
Coolhouse  plant,  chiefly  interesting  botamcally 

A  Chanlnlrt,  Hort  =-A  Hanultomana  X  Wilke-iana  var  ma- 
crophylla  -  1  margm<ita,  Hort  ,  not  Spieng  =^-A  Wilkesiana 
var  marginata — \  obovata,  Hort  ,  not  Bentli  =A  Wilkesiana  var 
obovata  Other  trade  name-  im  1  /larniHtmiana,  Hort  Bruant 
1JSM5  Lvs  bright  gr«  <  n,  the  rounded  mth  yi  How -margined — A 

llamiltoma'na   /   Wilkcsiaiia  var    marginata      A   (6rta'  Hort     Lvs 
dark  green,  the  margins  cut  into  blunt  oblong  stgms    Samoan  Isls 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

ACAMPE  (named  from  the-  brittle  nature  of  the 
flower)  Orchuldctje  Greenhouse  epiphytes 

A  lonoifiha,  Lindl  (Vanda  lonRifoha,  Lmdl  )  E  Indies  A 
plant  of  no  decorative  value,  and  rin  ly,  if  ever,  seen  in  cult 

ACANTHEPHfPPIUM-  Awnthophippium 

ACANTHOCfcREUS  (Greek,  thorn  and  cereus). 
CaclacecT  An  erect  or  clambering  night-flowering 
cactus,  the  sts  elongated,  usually  3-angled,  but  young 
shoots  very  diverse  and  sometimes  8-nbbed,  never  pro- 
ducing aerial  roots,  aieohe  remote,  bearing  prominent 
spines  fls  large,  funnelform  fr  a  berry,  sometimes 
with  spines,  flesh  red,  seeds  black — Perhaps  several 
species,  but  some  authors  recognize  Only  one  species. 

pentagdnus,  Brit   <t  Kose  (Cactus  pentagons,  Linn. 
Chcui,     prince  pi,    Pfeiff      C    baxanifnsit,    Karw.    C. 
vnnrilnlu,    Erigehn  )      Half 
ere<  t ,  3-20  ft    high     spines  ^ 

4-6,  the  longer  1J  2  m  long 
fls  78  in  long  Trop 
Amer  — This  species  grows 
wild  in  S  1C  Texas  and  does 
well  thcie  as  a,  garden  plant 
It  is  also  a  common  green- 
house plant  where  it  does 
well,  often  growing  to  con- 
siderable size  It  blooms 
freely,  but  the  fls  are  not 
vciy  attractive 

J    N    ROSE. 

ACANTH&DITJM:    Blephana. 

ACANTHOLIMON 

(akanthos,  spine,  and  Innon, 

sea  lavender)     Syn  ,  Armer- 

idstium         Plumbnginacesp 

PRICKLY    THRIFT       Hardy  , 

evergreen  perennials,  some-    ^  Acanthohmon  glumaceum 

tunes  a  little  woody 

Leaves  stiff,  linear,  round  or  slightly  3-angled,  the 
angles  channeled,  the  apex  nearly  always  sharp- 
pointed  scape  and  peduncle  nearly  always  simple, 
sometimes  a  little  branched'  fls  usually  between  and 
half  hidden  by  the  numerous  bracts  of  the  tightly  com- 
pressed heads,  spikes  or  racemes,  corolla  rose  or  white. 


192 


ACANTHOLIMON 


ACANTHOPANAX 


the  petals  at  the  base  united  to  form  a  ring  around  the 
stamens;  calyx  tubular,  the  tube  10-nbbed.  Boissier 
describes  74  species  m  the  Flora  Onentalis  See  A. 
Bunge,  Die  Gattung  Acanthohmon,  St.  Petersburg, 
1872 

The  acantholimons  are  dwarf,  tufted  herbs,  with 
sharp-pointed,  rigid  leaves,  less  common  than  Statice 
and  Armena,  from  both  of  which  it  is  distinguished  by 
its  sharp-pointed  leaves  An  oriental  genus  of  slow- 
growing  and  sun-loving  plants  for  rockeries  and  sandy 
places  Most  of  them  can  be  grown  in  the  open  border, 
A.  glumaceum  particularly,  but  they  prefer  warm, 
sunny  situations  m  the  rock-garden 

Propagation  is  best  effected  by  cuttings  taken  in 
late  summer  and  kept  in  a  coldframe,  protected  from 
the  frost,  over  winter.  Layering  is  also  a  quicker 
method  of  propagation. 

acerdsum,  Willd  Woody,  low  perennial,  with  glau- 
cous, spotted  foliage  Ivs.  thick,  2-3  m.  long,  long- 


so.  Acanthopanax 
ncimfolmm.  (XH) 


pointed,  flatly  3-angled,  the  margins  rough  scape 
longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  topped  by  a  laxly  many-spiked  n  - 
cluster,  petals  white  E  Medit  region  — Most  suita- 
ble for  rock-garden  Scarcely  grown  in  Amer 

glumaceum,  Boiss  (Stdtice  Arardtn,  Hort )  Fig  79 
Height  6  in  •  Ivs  green  fls  small,  rose,  on  1 -sided 
spicate  racemes,  6-9  in  each  short,  dense  racemclct. 
July-Sept  Armenia.  F  S.  7.677.  Gn  31 '350  R  H. 
1891,  p.  489. 

venustum,  Boiss.  (Armendstrum  dianthifdlium,  O. 
Kuntze).  About  8  in  .  Ivs  gray-green,  very  stiff'  fls. 
larger  than  the  last,  rose.  12-20  in  each  long,  loose 
Bpikelet  July-Sept.  Asia  Minor  RH  1866.450. 
Gn.  13-186.  B  M.  7506  Gn  53,  p  405 

A.  Kdtschuu,  Boiss  Fls.  white,  noiUR  well  above  the  IVB  Cihcia. 
— A  melandnthnm,  BOIHS  Short  dense  spikes,  sepals  violet  or 
blackish-margined  Persia.  j^  TAYLOR  t 

ACANTHOMf  NTHA  (from  Greek  words  for  a  pnckle 
or  thorn,  and  mint}  Labiatx  THORNY  MINT  A  genus 
of  only  2  species  of  tender  annuals,  with  the  habit  of 
Lamium  Its  chief  interest  is  botanical,  the  nearest 
relative  of  the  genus  being  the  Brazilian  genus  Glechon 
Calyx  tubular-campanulatc,  13-nerved,  and  with  the 


calyx  teeth  all  spmulose-tipped ,  corolla  exceeding  the 
calyx.   Prop  by  seeds  m  spring  under  glass 

ilicifdlia,  Gray.  Height  6  in  .  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate, 
coriaceous,  coarsely  crenate-dentate.  fls  3-8  in  a 
whorl,  chiefly  rose  or  purplish  rose,  with  yellow  and 
white  marks  Calif  B  M  6750.  Intro.  1891  —Less 
desirable  than  Lamium,  which  see.  N.  TAYLOR. t 

ACANTHONfcMA  (Greek  combination  referring  to 
the  spmous  processes  on  the  filaments)  Gemeraiex  A 
monotypic  genus,  comprising  A.  stngdsum,  Hook  f  ,  fiom 
Trop  Afr ,  closely  resembling  Streptocarpus  hothouse 
perennial  with  small  fls  dark  purple  on  the  limb  and 
otherwise  white,  in  panicles  2  m  or  less  high  arising  from 
the  base  of  the  solitary  prostrate  narrowly  oblong  If 

ACANTH6PANAX  (acanthos,  thorn,  and  panax,  a 
prickly  panax-like  plant).  AraUaceje  Including  Kalo- 
panax  and  Eleutherocdccus.  Hardy  trees  or  shrubs,  cul- 
tivated chiefly  for  their  ornamental  foliage 

Branches  and  sts  usually  prickly  Ivs  alternate, 
long-pet  loled,  palmately  lobed  or  digitate,  deciduous, 
fls  small,  usually  greenish,  perfect  or  polygamous,  in 
umbels,  sometimes  forming  laige  terminal  panicles, 
calyx-teeth  minute,  petals  and  stamens  5,  rarely  4; 
ovary  2-5-celled,  stales  2-5,  free  or  connate  fr  a 
black,  2-5-seeded  beiry  — More  than  15  species  in  Cent 
and  E  Asia  and  in  the  Himalayas 

The  members  of  this  genus  are  trees  or 
large  shuibs  with  stout,  usually  prickly 
branches  and  large,  palmately  lobed  or 
digitate  lea\es,  small  greenish  flowers  in 
umbels,  sometimes  forming  large  terminal 
panicles,  followed  by  small  black  bernes 

For  cultivation  of  Acanthopanax,  see 
the  genus  Aralia  The  species  described 
below  aie  hardy  except  A  penlaphyllum, 
which  is  tender  north  of  Massachusetts, 
and  A  trtfolialutn  and  A  setchuencn^-, 
which  are  probably  still  more  tender 

Propagation  is  by  seeds^  to  be  sown  as 
soon  as  received,  or  stratified  and  sown  in 
spring,    they    germinate    irregularly   and 
may  he   two  years,  also   propagated  by 
root-cuttings  with  bottom  heat,  and  by 
soft-wood  cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants,  A   penta- 
phyllum  grows  also  from  cuttings  of  ripened  wood. 
A    Lvs  simple,  palmately  lobed 

ricinifdhum,  Seem  (Kalopdnax  ricimfolium,  Miq  A. 
icinifbliurn  var  magnificum,  Zabel  A  acenfohum, 
Schelle)  Fig  80  Sparingly  branched  tree,  to  80  ft  : 


ncinifbliurn  var  magnificum,  Zabel  A  acenfohum, 
Schelle)  Fig  80  Sparingly  branched  tree,  to  80  ft  : 
branches  and  sts  with  numerous  stout  prickles  Ivs 


5-7-lobed,  9-14  in  in  diam  ,  lobes  triangular-ovate, 
acuminate,  serrate,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  mfl  com- 
pound, terminal,  large,  styles  2,  nearly  connate  Japan. 
SIF  256  GW  11-537  Var  Maximowiczu, 
Schneid  (Aralia  Maximowiczn,  Van  Houtte)  Fig  81. 
Lvs  deeply  5-7-lobed,  with  oblong-lanceolate  lobes, 
downy  beneath  Japan  F.S  20  2067.  M  D  G.  1897. 
233.  —  Very  ornamental  trees  of  striking  subtropical 
effect 

AA    Lvs.  digitate. 
B    Fls  short-pedicelled. 

sessilifldrum,  Seem  (Panax  sessihfldrum,  Rupr.  & 
Max).  Shrub  with  stout  upright  branches,  to  12  ft.: 
branches  with  onlv  few  prickles  Ifts  mostly  3,  obovate- 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  cuneate,  acuminate, 
3-7  in  long,  irregularly  crenate-serrate,  nearly  smooth 
fls  dull  purplish,  nearly  sessile,  m  globular  heads  on 
stout,  downy  peduncles,  usually  several  at  the  end  of 
the  branches  Manchuria,  N.  China  G  C  III 
22:339  Gt.  11  369—  The  freely  produced  heads  of 
black  berries  are  decorative  Var  parviceps,  Rehd. 
Lower  and  denser  Ivs  elliptic,  2-3  in.  long'  heads 
smaller,  usually  solitary. 


ACANTHOPANAX 


ACANTHOPHCENIX 


193 


BB.  Fls.  slender-pediceUed. 
C.  Los.  usually  S-foliolate. 

trifohatum,  Sehneid  (butiinoiylum  tnjoh&lum}  Linn. 
A  aculditinn,  Seem  A  bcpiuni,  Seem  )  Climbing 
shrub,  to  20  ft.,  blanches  with  few  hooked  spines: 
petiole  1-1 M  m  long-  Ifts.  ^ 
btalked,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate.  l%-3 
in  long,  remotely  ana  finely 
serrate,  glabrous,  light  green 
beneath  the  slender-ped vin- 
e-led umbels  in  terminal 
whoils;  pedi- 
cels slender; 
nt>  I<»H  2,  con- 
n  a  t  e  to  the 
middle  China, 
II  i  m  al  a  y  a  s  . 
LBC  10-977 
(mfl  abnor- 
mal, a  better 
figure  is  found  in  Jacquin, 
Icon  PI  Rar  3  634)  Re- 
cently intro  from  China. 

setchuenense,  Harms. 
Upright  shrub,  to  10  ft  . 
branches  yellowish,  with  few 
nearly  straight  prickles  • 
petiole  2-1  in  long.  Ifts 
^talked,  o vat f'-ob long,  acu- 
minate, 212~3^2  in  l°ng,  ser- 
rate, glabious,  glaucous  be- 
neath umbels  .scv'eral  at  the 
end  of  the  branches,  peduncles  Yi-\.  in  long,  pedicels 
blender,  ovaiy  5-celled,  styles  connate  into  one  W. 
China 

cc    Lrs  5-7-foliohitt 

senticdsum,  ilaims  (Eliuthtrocdccus  sentictiiiUb, 
Maxim  )  Shiub,  to  15  ft  blanches  upright,  densely 
covered  with  slender  puckles  Ifts  5,  occasionally  3, 
stalked,  elhptie-obovate  to  oblong,  shortly  acuminate, 
narrowed  at  the  ba.se,  3-5  m  long,  sharply  and  doubly 
senate,  bnght  green,  \vhen  voung,  v\ith  brown  hairs 
on  the  veins  beneath  and  with  scattered  hairs  above, 
umbels  long-peduncled,  several  at  the  end  of  the 
branches,  ovary  5-celled,  btjles  connate  fr  about Y'~ 
long.  July.  N  China,  Manchuria.  Gt  12 '393 

pentephf  Hum,  Mai  sti  (4  .s/W/s'/w,  Hort  ,  not 
Miq      Arnha    penlaphylla,    Thunb  5     Fig     82. 
Shrub,  5-10  ft     branches  arching  and  slender, 
with    fe\v   compressed,    straight 
prickles  Ifts  5-7,oblong-obovate 
or    oblong -lanceolate,    cuneate, 
acute,  )£-lj2  m.  long,  crenate- 

serrate,  smooth  fls  green,  in  slender-peduncled  um- 
bels, solitary  on  spur-like  branchlets  along  last  year's 
brandies,  styles  5,  connate  Japan  — A  graceful  shrub, 
with  arching  branches  and  bright  green,  shining  foliage, 
excellent  on  rocky  banks  and  slopes.  Only  the  pistil- 
late form  seems  to  be  in  cult  ,  but  produces  no  fr  for 
want  of  pollen  Var  variegatum,  Hort  Lvs  edged 
white  F  S  20  2079  — Possibly  a  variety  of  A  spino- 

i»t      Also  A    (jmnqui'fohuTn  variegatum,  Veitch  Cat  , 
may  be  the  same 

1    (hvanciitam,  Seem     Allied  to  A    sesbihflorum     Lfts   5,  downy 
Ixneath    fls    pedicelled      Japan     SIF    2  56  —  A    // hi ry,,  Harms 
Ilenryi,    Oliver) 


Branch™  with  w  veral  prirklea  below  the  petiole  Ifts  5,  prickly 
on  both  sides,  oblong  China  MDG  I'UO  25  —  1  ipindaum, 
Miq  \Ilud  to  A  p*nlaph>IIum  IAH  often  npirmgly  apprrssed- 
netoso  .vbovc  poduixlfg  shorter  than  potiokts,  M>lfH  2,  s<>;>arate 

Clnni  ALFKED  UEUUEU 

ACANTHOPHlPPIUM  (meaning  unexplained). 
Sometimes  spelled  A  canthephlppium.  Orchiddcex.  Stove 
terrestrial  orchids 

Pbeudobulbs  conic  or  cyhndnc,  of  several  internodes, 
with  several  large,  plicate-veined,  jointed  Ivs  at  the 
apex  fls  borne  on  a  lateral  leafless  scape,  in  a  few- 
fid  raceme,  the  broad,  fleshy  sepals  form  an  urn- 
shaped  tube,  which  incloses  the  narrower  petals  and 
the  hp,  lip  jointed  to  the  apex  of  the  short,  thick  column 
which  is  produced  below  into  a  foot  to  which  the  sepals 
and  petals  are  attached,  polhma  8 — A  genus  of  4 
bpecies,  native-s  of  the  E  Indies  and  Malay  Archipelago 

Ihese  are  very  rarely  seen  in  cultivation,  but  are 
warmhoiise  terrestrial  orchids  from  the  hottest  moist 
shaded  jungles  of  Java  A  compost  of  fibrous  loam  and 
leaf-mold  m  best  suited  to  them,  keeping  the  plants  in 
the  warmest  house  in  winter  Propagate  by  dividing 
the  pseudobulbb  in  spring  before  giowth  has  made 
much  advancement  (Orpet  ) 

iavamcum,  Blume  Fls  yellow,  flushed  and  striped 
with  purplish  red,  the  sepals  and  petals  spreading  at  the 
tip  Java  J  K  1  35  B  M  4492 

A  Miolor.  I  indl  Fls  yellow,  tipped  and  marked  with  purple  — 
A  CurttMt,  Keichb  KN  Mil  rose,  flushed  and  striped  with  purple. 
The  ."»  ktds  bctwien  the  side  lobes  serve  to  distinguish  this  from 
related  specie  Mai  iy  Archipelago  ~A  -tylhctense,  Lindl  Fls. 
about  2  in  long,  *h,te  ll,,n«lAyas  GEORGB  V.  NA8H.  f 

ACANTHOPHCENIX  (acanthi,  thorn,  and  phoenix, 
a  date  palm)  Pahtiacese,  tribe  Arecex  Very  elegant 
greenhouse  palms 

Leaves  pinnate,  finely  dissected,  more  or  less  armed 
with  long,  slmdor,  bro\\n  or  black  spines,  Ifts  narrow, 
linear-lanceolate,  acutn,  rarelv  acuminate,  prominently 
veined  above,  scaly  beneath,  the  margins  rovolute; 
rachis  3-angled  in  sections,  she^ath  long,  bmooth  or 


(Klcutheroeoeci 


Branches  with  few  hooked  prickles  Ifts  3-5,  nearly  sessile,  tuneat 
at  the  base,  oblons,  2  3  in  Ton«  fls  pedicelled  Cent  China  B  M 
Mlb  —  1  innowns,  Franoh  &  Sav  I'narmed  small  tree  Ivs 
fiisncled  i-foholute,  occasionally  2-foholate  or  undivided  and  cor- 
date, Ifts  nearly  sessile,  glabrous  umbels  panu  uhtte  Japan — - 
A  Ifucorrhleum,  Harms  Allied  to  A  sentuoeum  Brant  hos  only 
below  the  petiole  with  several  straight  rcttexed  prukltH  Ifts 
oblanceolate,  glabrous  umbels  solitary  or  ft  \v  Cent  C'hma — A 
sciadophyllovLfs,  Franeh  &  Hav  Unarmed  trie,  to  10  ft  ,  Ifta  5, 
stalked,  neai  Iy  glabrous  umbels  funning  Inn-  -  >  >|  pnmdes 
Japan  S  I  F  2  55 — A  A'tmdnu,  Schmid  All^U  ui  <»  '.,KC,sUn, 

1? 


Allied 


•uhflorum. 


spiny     mfl     (spadix)  twice  branched, 

sometimes  smooth,  but  often  hairy  or 

even  spiny,  hanging  by  a  shoit,  stout 

stalk;  the  secondary  branches  blender 

or     sometimes     thick     and     twisted. 

spathes  2,  flattened,  soon  falling    fls 

monoecious,   in  spirally  disposed  3-fld    clusters,   red, 

pinkish  or  orange,  inner  begins,  of  the  perianth  val- 

vate  in  male  fls  ,  imbricate  in  female  fls  ,  stamens  12, 

reduced  in  the  pistillate  fls    to  a  ring  of  fun^tionlese 

stammoidea    fr  black,  about  twice  the  size  of  a  gram 

of  wheat  — There  are  only  3  or  4  species    confined 


194 


ACANTHOPHCENIX 


ACANTHUS 


83.  Acanthophoemz  cnmta. 


exclusively   to   tho   Mascarcno   Isls ,   Mauritius   and 
Bourbon.    G  C  II  22 '426 

These  are  tall  palms  or  sometimes  of  moderate 
stature,  the  spiny  and  often  ringed  trunks  conspicuously 
swollen  at  the  base.  Horticulturally,  they  have  riot 
figured  very  prominently  in  the  trade  in  this  country, 
but  they  are  among  the  finest  of  cultivated  palms  in 
the  collections  of  fanciers  and  botanic 
gardens. 

They  should  be  grown  in  a  warm 
house,  from  70  to  90°,  never  less  than  a 
night  temperature  of  55  to  60°  They 
will  root  best  in  a  soil  composed  as 
follows1  loam  three  parts,  peat  one 
part,  leaf-mold  one  part,  mixed  with 
a  little  sand  or  crushed  charcoal.  The 
drainage,  so  long  as  the  plants  are  in 
pots  and  tubs,  must  be  very  good,  as 
they  require  much  water.  If  possible, 
when  the  plants  are  6  feet  or  more, 
plant  out  permanently. 

Propagation  is  only  by  seeds, 
which  frequently  require  two  to 
three  years  to  germinate  The  seeds 
should  be  placed  in  a  seed-pan  and 
kept  in  a  warm,  moist  place. 

crinita,  H  Wendl   (Areca  cnnlta, 
Bory)     Fig  83     Trunk  50-60  ft  . 
Ivs    7-13  ft    long;  petiole  densely 
tomentose,  4-8  in   long;  If -sheath 
2>£-4K   ft    long,   thickly   covered 
with    short    brown    bristles    and 
spines;  segms  silvery  white  beneath  spadix  1-2  ft. 
long,  brown,  woolly  and  with  slender  brown  spines; 
perianth  reddish  pink,  or  sometimes  whitish,   fr. 
H-Km  long    FS  16' 1706.    FR  2.201.— Young 
plants  have  pale  yellowish  green  Ivs. 

rfcbra,  H  Wendl.  (Arkca  rubra,  Bory.  Cdlamus 
Verschaffeltu,  Hort ).  Trunk  60  ft  Ivs.  6-12  ft. 
long,  petiole  glabrous,  2-4  m.  long,  If  .-sheath 
2^-4^  ft  long,  thickly  covered  with  long,  brown- 
black  spines,  piniiifi  slightly  glaucous  beneath: 
spadix  2^r3}/2  ft  long,  armed  with  straight  black 
spines;  penanth  reddish  brown4  fr.  globose  J^- 
%m  in  diam  ,  with  a  prominent  ndge  extending 
from  the  stigma  to  the  base  — Young  plants  have 
•dark  green  Ivs  with  red  veins.  N.  TAYLOR,  t 

ACANTHORHlZA  (Greek  for  thorn, 
and  rhiza,  root).   Palm&cex,  tribe  Cory- 
phese     A  genus  of  tropical  American        , 
medium-sized  palms.  | 

Leaves  crowded  at  the  end  of  the     ^ 
trunk,  palmate,  3  to  many,  divided  to    -~ 
the  base,  but  the  segms  stalkless,  and 
m  age  becoming  typically  3-4  divided,        M.  Acanthorhiza  aculenta. 


the  segms.  then  wedge-shaped;  If  -stalk  flattened,  very 
persistent,  slender  and  smooth,  the  sheath  short  and 
fibrous;  as  tho  Ivs.  unfold  the  margins  are  bent  inward, 
the  external  faces  applied  together*  infl.  flattened  at 
first,  the  short  peduncle  and  thickening  branches, 
white,  bracteate,  the  bracts  diminishing  downward,  fls. 
cream-white,  in  spike-like,  dense  clusters,  these  race- 
mose, stamens  quite  free,  differing  from  Tnlhnnax, 
where  they  are  united  to  form  a  tube  It  has  never 
been  known  to  fruit  in  cult  — Three  or  four  species  only, 
are  known,  all  from  Trop.  Amer  ,  but  not  so  well 
known  to  the  trade  as  their  great  beauty  and  stately 
dimensions  deserve  G  C  II  22.426 

These  palms  have  spineless  trunks,  except  at  the 
base,  where  the  aerial  roots  subsequently  harden  into 
stiff  downward-pointing  spines,  differing  in  this  from 
Tnthrmax,  the  nearest  relative 

They  should  be  grown  as  stove  palms,  a  night  tem- 
perature not  less  than  00°  being  preferable  If  possible, 
plant  out  tho  tall  plants,  as  the>  do  much  better  when 
not  distuibed  by  subsequent  repotting  A  good  mix- 
ture should  contain  good,  fibrous  loam  and  considerable 
sand 

Propagation  is  only  b>  seeds,  sown  preferably  in 
the  spring,  in  fiesh  pout  over  bottom  heat 

aculeata,  II  Wendl  (Chnmfriops&tauracdntha,  Ilort  ) 
Fig  84     St    30-40  it  ,  spiny  at  base  through 
th"  thickening  of    the  aerial  roots    Ivs  orbic- 
ular, much    cut  in   >oung  tires,  subsequently 
3-4-dividcd  and  palmate;  in  the  older  specimens, 
5  ft  m  diani  ,  \vhitwh  beneath,  If  -stalk  3-4  ft  • 
infl    and    fls    dark  creamy    pink,    fls    spicate, 
v  thick  and  coriaceous,  calyx  lobes  elect,  oblong, 
equaling    the    roundish    and 
concave   petals      Mex      I  H 
20  ,«>7       B  M      7302  —Suc- 
ceeds    in     an     intermediate 
house 

Chuco,     Drudc     (Thrtnax 
Chiico,  Mart  )  Trunk  smooth, 
about  30  ft   high,  usually  not 
more   than  5   in     in   diam  , 
slender^  flexuous     Ivs    orbic- 
ular, with  a  narrow  sinus  at 
the  ba.se,  usually  10-25  in  a 
cluster,  petioles  slender,   3-6 
ft  long,  smooth;  blade  6  ft   in  diam  ,  divided  to 
or  bejond  the  middle,  segms  15-20,  lanceolate, 
acute,  1-2  in   wide,  dark  green  above,  paler  and 
glandular  below    fls    and  fr    unknown,  except 
from  a  wild  specimen  in  which  the  fr  is  described 
as  yellow  and  about  1  in  diam.    Brazil 


The  following  species  are  rarely  seen 
dens,  and   need   stove   temperature      A     .. 
Gt   28  977  —A  Waracewiczn,  H    Wendl    Pai 


utsidc  botanic  gar- 
WdUmn,  H    Wendl. 
Gt  25  860 

N.  TAYLOR  } 

ACANTHUS  (akanthos,  thorn)  Acanthacey. 
BEAU'S  BRLECH  A  genus  of  twenty  species  of  tem- 
perate Old  World,  mostly  hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nials of  vigorous  growth  and  broad  pinnatifid  foli- 
age, suitable  for  backgrounds  of  borders  and  sub- 
tropical effects 

Height  3-4  ft  '  spikes  1-1 V2  ft  long;  fls  dull 
white  to  rose  or  purplish,  sessile,  spicate,  densely 
clustered,  corolla  1 -lipped,  the  lip  3-lobed;  anthers 
1-celled,  cihate  Mostly  $  Eu 

They   need  a  rich,  light,  well-drained   soil  and 
i  much  sunshine    Excessive  moisture  is  fatal. 

yl'M          especially  in  winter  and  spring    Fall-planted 
Mi'//,       stock  should  always  be  protected  for  the 
mJlM       winter  by  long  litter  or  evergreen  boughs, 
oven   where  established  plants  are  hardy. 
Must  be  deeply  mulched  north  in  winter. 
Propagation  is  by  division  in  spring  or  early 
autumn,  and  by  seeds. 


ACANTHUS 

It  is  supposed  that  acanthus  leaves  afforded  the  sug- 
gestion for  the  foliage  decoration  on  the  capital  of  U>e 
Corinthian  and  other  columns  Fig  8.5  shows  the  con- 
ventionalized decoration,  and  Fig  86  the  form  of  leaf 
of  A  spmosiis.  The  leaves  of  A  mollis  were  probably 
also  involved  in  variations  of  decoration. 

A.  Lvs.  spiny 

Caroli-  Alexandri,  Ilausskn.  Nine  to  18  in.  :  Ivs.  few, 
radical,  in  a  lax  rosette,  lanceolate,  spiny,  16  in  long, 
3-3y£m  broad  .spike 
dense,  fls  white  or 
suffused  rose  -  color. 
Summer  Greece 

spmosissimus,l)esf 
Fig  87  Lvs  dark 
green,  pinnately 
parted,  spines  glist- 
ening, whitish  fls  m- 


ACER 


195 


85    The  Acanthus  decoration  of 
architectural  column 


autumn,  spikes  loose, 
pilose  or  glabrescenf 
spines  of  the  bracts  recurved     S  Eu     Grows  3-4  feet 

Pernngi,  Siehe.  About  1-1^  ft  high.  Ivs  sessile. 
5-6  in  long,  lanceolate  tapering,  deeply  toothed  and 
spiny  fls  veiy  profuse,  rosv  red,  its  bracts  spiny 
Mts  of  Turkey  m  Asia  .him Suit  able  for  alpme  gar- 
den Doubtfully  hardy  where  summers  are  hot  and  dry 

spindsus,  Linn.  Fig  8(5  Lv.s  lanceolate,  pmnatifid, 
pubescent,  spines  short,  whitish  fls  smaller  than  in  the 
last,  purplish,  summer,  spikes  dense,  slightly  villous 
B  M  1808  Gn  8  147 

montanus,  T  Anders  Lvs  pmnatifid  or  «muate- 
spinose,  1  ft  or  more  long,  olive-green,  the  lobes  spine- 
pointed  fls  rosy  white  in  a  long  spike.  Trop  Afr.- 
Greenhouse 

A  A  Z/rs    not  spiny 

m611is,  Linn  Fig  88  Lvs  2  \  1  ft  ,  cordate,  sm- 
uately  pmnatifid,  mostlv  radical  fls  summer,  spikes 
loose,  pubescent  Gn  52,  p  239  — Also  recommended 
as  a  window  plant  Var  latifdhus,  Ilort  (A  Mifbhus, 
Hort  A  luMldrncuA,  Ilort  )  is  larger  and  hardier.  Gn. 
1,  p  303 

longifdhus,  Poir     IAS   ladical,  longer  and  narrower 
than  m  A.   nwllis,   bright   green     fls    purple,    June. 
Dalniatia 

4  (irbtreuK,  Forsk 
i  rtfrt  c  ii  pnc  kly  shrub 
attaining  a  height  of 
mirly  20  ft  N  E 
Trop  Afi  GC  III 
,$1.222  -  1  carduifd- 
lius,  I  AIM  -=-  Bit  phnna 
rarduifolia — .1  hmpAn- 
icus,  Ilort  2  ft  Ivs 
UiW,  deeply  cleft  ,shin- 
u.K  Krotn  IH  white 
Aug  Spain  Perhaps 
A  niger,  Mill  ~A  ih<i- 
fMiui  (Dilivana  ilici- 
folui,  Juss  )  Smooth 
greenhouHe  sub  -  shrub 
with  h  s  resembling 
Ilex  aqmfolium,  the  Ku 
Holly  Prop  by  cut- 
n\ger,  Mill  Lv8  not  spiny,  sum- 
Portugal  Ni  TAYLQR  f 

ACER  (classical  Latin  name)  Acfracex  MAPLE 
Native  and  foreign  trees  cultivated  chiefly  for  shade 
and  for  the  ornamental  foliage 

Trees,  rarely  shrubs  Ivs  opposite,  petioled,  simple 
and  mostly  palmately  lobod,  or  3-5  foholate.  decidu- 
ous, rarely  evergreen  fls  small,  polygamous  or  dioecious, 
in  racemes,  panicles  or  corymbs,  petals  and  sepals  5, 
rarely  4,  rarely  sepals  connate  and  petals  wanting,  disk 
usually  annular,  conspicuous,  rarely  lobed  or  wanting; 
stamens  4-10,  mostly  8;  styles  2,  usually  more  or  less 
connate  fr.  consisting  of  2  long-winged,  compressed 
nutlets  (samaras),  each  containing  1  seed. — About  110 


8t>    Acanthus  spmosus    From  drawing 
by  John  Huskin 


tings  under  glaj 
ate,  glabrou?    fl 


E    Asia— A 
purplish  white 


species  m  N.  Amer ,  Asia, 
especially  Cent  and  K 
Asia,  Europe  and  N  Afr 
Monogr.  by  Pax  in 
Engler,  Pflanzenreich  IV, 
fam  163  (1903),  quoted 
below  as  Pax,  see,  also, 
Render,  The  Maples  of 
E  Continental  Asia,  in 
Sargent,  Trees  an<  1 
Shrubs,  1  175  (1905), 
and  Koidzumi,  Ilevisio 
Aeeracearum  Japomca- 
ruiri  in  Jour  College  of 
Science,  Tokyo,  32,  Art 
1  (19 11),  both  with  many 
plates  Monogr  of  the 
garden  forms  by  Graf 
Sehwerm  in  Gt  1893,  see 
alsoGC  II.  10.75. 

The  maples  are  hardy 
ornamental  trees  or 
shrubs,  w  ith  handsome 
large  foliage  which,  in 
some  species,  shows  a 
remarkable  tendency  to 
vary  in  shape  and  color- 
ing Numerous  garden 

forms  are  in  cultivation.   87   Acanthus  spinoSiss,mus.(XK) 
Though  the  floweis  are  6 

small,  the>  are  quite  attractive  in  the  early-flowering 
species  as  in  A  tubrum  and  A.  Sdcduirum,  since  they 
appear  in  great  profusion,  m  some  species  the  young 
fruits  assume  a  bright  red  color,  paiticularly  in  A. 
tafaricum,  A  ginnaln,  A  pbtudoplatdHUb  var  eryth- 
rofarpum,  and  A  rubrum  The  maples  are  among 
our  most  ornamental  and  \aluable  trees  for  park  and 
street  planting  Nearh  all  assume  a  splendid  color 
in  autumn,  ehpeciall>  the  species  of  North  America 
and  Eastern  Asia,  which  surpass  by  far  the  European 
maples  Many  sjx-cies  are  valuable  timber  trees,  and 
some  American  specie's,  especially  A.  saccharum,  pro- 
duce sugar  For  purposes  of  shade,  the  common 
sugar  maple  is  best  and  most  popular  The  Norway 
maple  makes  a  very  dense  and  loiind  head,  and  is  ex- 
cellent for  lawns,  but  it  is  too  low-headed  for  the 
streets  A  pictum  IB  sunilai,but  smallei  in  every  part. 
The  silver  maple,  A  t><ucluinnum  and  its  vars  ,  is  also 
popular  where  quick-growing  trees  are  desired  The 
Japanese  maples  of  the  Pahnata  section  are  among  the 
most  striking  and  showy 
exotic  small  trees,  and 
are  adapted  for  fine 
grounds  and  for  grow  ing 
m  pots 

The  maples  are  not 
particular  as  to  soil,  some 
species,  as  A  monbpet>- 
sulunum  and  A  cam- 
pcs/rr,  prefer  drier  situa- 
tions, while  A  saccluin- 
num  and  A  rubrum  prefer 
moist  situations,  the  lat- 
ter growing  well  even  in 
swampy  soil  Most  of 
the  species  are  hardy  in 
the  northern  and  middle 
states;  among  the  hard- 
iest are  A.  Negundo,  A 
Mccharum  (Figs  89,  90), 
A.  sacchannum,  A  mb- 
rum,  A.  nigrum,  A  penn- 
sylvanicumy  A.  spicatum, 
A  pl^tanoides,  A  tatan- 
cutn 

Propagation   is   by         8*.  Acanthus  molhs. 


196 


ACER 


ACER 


seeds,  which  soon  lose  their  germinating  power  and 
must  be  sown  soon  after  maturity  or  stratified  and 
sown  in  spring;  A.  saccharum  and  A.  Negundo  keep 
their  germinating  power  somewhat  longer.  The  early- 
ripening  species,  like  A.  sacchannum  and  A  rubrum, 

must  be  sown 
as  soon  as  they 
are  ripe  and 
they  will  germi- 
nate the  same 
year.  A.  cam,' 
pestre,  A.  mons- 
»  pessulanum  and 
other  species  of 
«.  this  group  do 
^.  not  usually  gcr- 
"  minate  until  the 
_^  second  year 
The  varieties 
*  and  rare  species 
may  be  budded 
in  summer  on 
the  typical 
forms  or  on  spe- 
cies of  the  same 
group,  kinds  be- 
longing to  differ- 
ent groups  can- 
not, as  a  rule,  be 
grafted  on  each 
other;  c  g  ,  va- 
rieties of  A.  platanotdes  \vill  not  grow  on  A  pseudo- 
platanus  and  vice  versa,  but  A.  insigne  will  grow  on 
A.  pseiidoplalanus,  as  they  belong  to  the  same  group 
Some  shrubby  species,  as  A  palmatum,  atao  A.  cixw- 
folium,  A  ginnala  var  Scmenowi,  and  A  la  turn  var 
rubrum,  may  be  propagated  by  layers  or  half-ripened 
greenwood  cuttings  in  summer,  or,  btill  better,  by 
cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants  in  early  spring  in 
the  greenhouse  A,  Negundo  grows  also  from  hard- 
wood cuttings  Fancy  maples  are  readily  winter-grafted 
by  the  veneer  method,  the  stocks  being  grown  in  pots 
Ihe  Japanese  kinds  are  usually  worked  on  imported 
stocks  of  A.  palmatum. 


INDEX,  CONTINUED 


89.   A  pasture  maple  m  autumn,  showing 
the  strong  framework 


INDEX. 

albo-hmbatum,  32,  atropurpureum,    13, 
albo-vanegatum,  5,          22 

22,  30  auratum,  49 

argenteo-vanogatum,  aureo-maculaium,  49 

2,  21,  49  aureo-inargmatum, 
argutum,  35  5,  49 

atrohnearc,  13  aureo-variegatum,  49 


90.   Pasture  tree  of  Acer  saccharum,  sugar 
maple.  Tree  flatter-topped  than  usual 


aureum,  8,  13,  15 
au^tnacum,  2 
barbntum,  38,  39. 
bctuhfohuin,  34 
bicolor,  13,  22 
eahformcum,  49 
campestre,  2 
cappadocicum,  8 
carpinifohum,  27 
catalpifolium,  10 
caud.it  um,  20 
circmatum,  12 
cissifohum,  48 
colchicum,  8 
columriare,  5,  37 
concolor,  26 
cratsogifohum,  30 
cnspum,  13,  36,  49. 
cuoullatum,  6 
daxycarpum,  36. 
Davulu,  28 
diabolicura,  43. 
discolor,  26 
divsectum,  5,  13 
Douglasii,  11 
Drummondu,  5,  37. 
elobulatum,  34 
eriocarpum,  36 
erosum,  20 
erythrocarpum,  22. 
erythrocladum,  33. 
film folium,  15 
flondanum,  39. 
Frederici-Guilelmi,13. 
Geneva,,  5 
ginnala,  18 
glabrum,  11 
globosum,  5,  37 
grandidentatum,  42. 
griaeum,  46- 


Randjeryi,  22 
hebecurpum,  2. 
Heldreiom.  23 

nigrum,  13,  38,  40 
nikoonse,  44,  45 
oblongum,  20 

Sohwedleri,  B 
scolopendrtfolwm,  13. 

Stincnowji,  18. 

Henryi,  47 

Ohverianum,  16 

aemtorbuulatum,  37. 

heterophyJlum,  36 

Opalus,  3 

Bcpterrilobum,  13. 

horticola,  8 

ornatuin,  13 

sessihfohum,  13. 

hyrcanum,  3. 
ibericum,  1 

palmatum,  13 
Pursonwi,  15 

Sicboldianum,  14. 
Hinicum,  8 

msigne,  24,  25 

parviflorum,  7 

ISmonn,  22 

tntmor,  49 

ponnsylvamcum,  33 

spioatum,  19,  20 

tlalum,  3 

pictum,  7 

aiachyophyllum,  34. 

japomcum,  14,  15 

pmnahfidum    1  i 

Stolln,  5 

Jtihlkei,  36 

jnnnatifulium,  13 

struitum,  33 

Kingn,  49 

platanoidei,  5 

tntanrum,  17,  18. 

lacimatum,  5,  15,  19. 

polymor  phum  ,  13 

tauncum,  2,  3 

la  turn,  8 

pKeudo-califormcuin, 

tenellum,  7 

laxiflorum,  29 

i«J 

tctramerum,  34. 

Leopoldn,  22 

psi'iidoplutanus,  22 

Thuiibi-rgi,  13 

leucoflermo.  41 

jmlrhrum,  H 

tiliifohum,  34 

hneanlobum,  13 

pulvcrulinturn.  2 

tornentosum,  37. 

lobulatum,  34 

purpurus<  «  nN  22,  43 

Trautvotten,  24. 

longeraccmo^um,  34 

purpiir-itum.  23 

tncaudatuin.  8 

longilobum,  29 

pur  pure  um,  22 

tricolor,  8.   13,  22. 

longipes,  9 
Lorbergii,  5 

qumlntolor.  22 
KeittnbactiH,  5 

tndens,  37 
tnlobalum,  1,  3 

luteicena,  22,  30 

retifulattim,  13 

tnpartitum,  11,  36. 

mat  rophyllum,  15,21 

rhodofarpum,  11 

truncatutn,  G 

magiiihcuiu,  37 

ro^eo-marnmutum, 

Tschonosku,  31 

13 

ukurunduciiHo,  20. 

miprophyllum,  14,37 
Miyabei,  4 

rubrum,  5,  13,  37 
rufiiHTVf,  32 

Fan  Voljcemi,  25 
vi'lutimun,  24,  25. 

Mono,  7 

KxvKoln,  3S 

viTsuolor,  13 

monspessulanum,  1 

sapph'irinuin,  30,  38, 

villosum,  22 

montunuit,  19 

40 

violactMim,  49 

saciharum.  3S,  40, 

Wien,  30 

multiserratum,  20 

tl 

Wittrnackn,  5. 

Negundo,  49 

ManRiiin*  um.  13 

\Volfli,  25 

nervosum,  22 

Schltnngen,  37 

Worleej,  22. 

KEY   TO    THK    SPKCIES. 

Lvs     simple,    mostly    pal  mutely    lohed 
(occasionally  S-foholati  mAo   //) 
B    Sepal?     and     pttnh     distimt     (petals 

wanting  in  A'os  27  and, iff) 
c   Fk   appearing  uith  or  afttr  the  Ivs 
in  con/mhs,  pannlis,  or  racemes 
D   Ariungtirunt   of    inft    corymbose 

(b,oa<]l,j  panitulatt   in  No    4) 
K    TV intu -buds    with   several  im- 
bricate srn/<"?     lobes  tntire  or 
coarfuh/    toothed,    rarely   Ivs 
without  lobes 
p   Lolxs      obtuse     or     bluntly 

pointed 

o  Lvs  l-Sy2  in.  across, 
usually  3-lobed,  lobes 
usually  entire  or  with 
few  t((th. 

H  Corymbs  glabrous  lobes 
cntirt ,  Ivs  glaucous 
beneath 

JIH.  Corymbs  pubescent,  up- 
right lobts  usually 
dmtate,  hs  green  be- 
neath 


monspessu- 
[lanum 


campestre 


GO    Lvs    8  6  ,  „  „- 

lobcd,  lob< ti  toothed 
n    Infl  coi)jmboi>e,  many- 
fld      pendulous       Ivn 
glaucfsitnt     beneath, 
lobes  obtusf  or  acute       3    Opalus 
HH    Infl      paniculate,     up- 
right   I  is     green    be- 
niath  and  pubescent, 
lobes     obtusely    acu- 
minate 4    Miyabei 
FF.  Lobes      acuminate,      finely 
pointed   corymbs  glabrous 
O.  Lvs       glabrous      beneath, 
6-7-,     rardy      3-lobed 
corymbs  stalked 
H   Bark     of    mature 
branches  ashy  gray  or 
light   grayish    brown, 
slightly  fissured  and 
marked  with  lenticels 
I.  The      lobes     coarsely 

toothed  5.  platanoidet 

n.  The    lobes    entire   or 
rarely  with  few  teeth. 


ACER 


ACER 


197 


f.  Wings  about  as  long 
as     n  utle'ta      Ivs 
truncate  at  base      6 
JJ    Wingi  about    twice 
us  long  as  nutlets 
( ordatt  ! 


7    pictum 


cappadoci- 

[cum 


0     longipes 


cordate 

HH  Bark  remaining  smooth 
and  luttrout  for  sev- 
eral years,  without  or 
with  ft  iv  inconspicu- 
ous lentiedti,  greenish 
or  purplish 

GG.  Lvs      pubescent     beneath, 
usually     H-lobid,     occa- 
sionally 6-lob(d  or  quite 
entire      (orymbt    nearly 
kei,nle,  itry  laiur 
FFF.  Lob  ft  none  or  not  prtiabnt, 
the  IK    quite  enttie,  ovate  to 
ouatt -oblong,  rardy  mixed 
with  a  few  3  5-lohed  Ivs 
corymb  marly  w**,il< ,  very 
largf  10    catalpifolium 

BE.  Winter-bud*  with  J outer  valvate 
sealc*    lob<&  strrati  or  doubly 
serrate     (oiymbs  ^tntill 
F    Lv*     3-lobtd    or    3-foliolate, 
occasionally  5-lobcd,  pale 
or      glaiiff^cent      beneath, 
quit*   glabrous  11     glabrum 

FF    Lvs      5- 11 -lobed,    green    be- 
neath 

G    Petiole  s  and  pt  dunclet  gla- 
brous    ocanj  fjlabroii* 
H    He  pal  t  fmrpli^h,    petals 
whitt    1 1  s  lob*  d  ru arly 
to  the  mitldte  12    circmatum 

HH  Sepal-,  ana"  p<tal\  pur- 
]>li.*h  /»s  toh<db(yond 

the  wvl < lit  13    palmatum 

GO.  Pcttohs      arid      ptdunclca 
pubescent,  at  leavt  while 
young     oia/y  ulloui, 
H    /-'/A     yellowish    h<>     f>ub- 
coidatc      or      cordatt , 
tiharply     or       doubly 
serrate  14     Sieboldia- 

HH    Fit    purple,    larger    li->  [num 

u-M/y  Mr;«/r  15.  japomcum 

DD.  Arrangement  of  infl     paniculate 

or  racemov 

B.  Infl    paniculate  (nearly  corym- 
bose in    \'o    lf>) 
F    Lv?    dentate  or  serrate,  usu- 
ally lobed 
a   Edgc<*      of     Ivs      sharply 

serrate 
H.  Paniele      only    little 

longtr  than  broad 
I    The  /ri     6-lobcd, 
sharply  and  Dimply 
so  rate  16    Oliverianum 

II.  The    Its     fi-lvbcd    or 
without  lobes,  dou- 
bly serrate 
j.  Foliage  dull  art  en, 
Ivs    ovate-oblong, 
not  lobed  17.  tataricum 

33.  Foliage  shining 
dark  green  Ivs 
3-lobcd  18  gtnnala 

HH.  Paniele  narrow,  t,jnke- 
hke,  upright  Ivs  3  -6- 
lobed,  doubly  serrate 
petals    hnear,    much 
longer  than  the  sepals 
I    Foliage   pubt  scent  be- 
nealh      Ivs      S-, 
rarely  6 -lobed          19  spicatum 
II    Foliage    glabrous     or 
pubescent     b  e- 
neath       fan      5-, 
rardv  7-lobed         20  caudatum 
QQ.  Edges  of  Ivs  coartelyorcre- 
nately  dentate ,  fi -lobed 


H.  Panicles  pendulous, 
much  longer  than 
broad 

I.  Fr  hispid  Ivs  10-12 
in  long,  deeply 
lobed  21  macrophyllum 

II.  Fr   glabrous    Ivs   4-6 

in  long  22.  pseudoplat- 

HH.  Panicles   upright,    little  [anu* 

longer  than  fnoad 

I.  Blade     with   middle 

lobe  frte    nearly  to 
the  bate  23  Heldreichii 

n.  Blad<    w,th    Mm  di- 
vuled  to  the  middle 
or  littk   b<  i/ond 
J     Lobei    longer    than 
broad     li  s     glau- 

c<  tee  nt  ben  ath    24  Trautvetten 

JJ     Lol>ei>  about  a*,  long 
ay     broad       ht, 
an  en  bttuath       25  insigne 
FF    Lvs     quite,    entirt ,    generally 

oblong  20  oblongum 

EB.  Infl    racemone 

F.  Lvs    oblong,    uiuliiuled,  t>ir- 
rate,  with  about  JO  pairs  of 
parallel  ieine>    wtntir-buds 
with  many  imbricate  beaks  27  carpinifolium 
FF.  Lvt    lubid  or  undnided,  uith 
about  1O  ;Ki»r6  of  icms  or 
less     winttr-bndi,     uith     2 
outer  valiate  ^r/;/ts 
a    Sepals  and  fxtalt  5,    ra- 
ceme^      It  i  tninal        Ivs 
brownish     pubescent 
ben<-a(h    uhili  young,  at 
leat>t  on  tin   letns 
H.  Outline    oj   It  s     oblong, 
without   lob<  s   >jr   with 
2loba>  mar  the  ba\< 
I    The      /is      undivided, 

ere  nately  ^  rrate       28.  Davidii 

II.  Thrli*    lobfH 

j  With  lis  01  tin  be- 
neath, sharply 
i>errat< ,  long-at  u- 
minatt,  lightly 
lobtd  2«J  laxiflorum 

JJ.  With.  /PS  glaueea- 
cent  beneath,  un- 
equally senate, 
acuminate.,  often. 

d<(ply  lobed          30  crataegifolium 
HH    On  flint    oj   /?A    01  ate   or 

roundish,  5 -lobed         31  Tschonosku 
HHH    Outline  of  lis     oborate, 
8-lobed,  uith  the  lobes 
near    01      oboie.     the 
middle 

I  Young  hranehlets 
bloomy  yotituj  /is 
den^tlij  btownitih 
villous  on  the  leins 
beneath  raceme 
puhitcuit  32  rufinerve 

n.  Young  branch  lets  not 
bloomy  young  un- 
folding lit*  brown- 
ish n//ows  on  the 
whole  under  side, 
primary  vein*  gla- 
brescent  raceme 
often  glabrous  ,^3  pennsylvan- 
QQ.  Sepals  and  petal*  4,  stam-  [tcum 

mate  fls  fiom  lateral 
leaflet  bud*  /is  doubly 
serrate,  5-lobcd  or  mth- 
out  lobes 

H  Lvs  undivided,  or  in- 
cu>ejy  lobed,  ovate  to 
oblong  34  tetramerum 

HH    Lvs    distinctly  fi-fohid, 

roundish  in  outline     35  argutum 
OC   Fls.  appearing  long  before  the  Irs 
in  dense  lateral  clu^ttrs    Ivs    6- 
lobed  fr.  ripening  in  Mayor  June. 


198 


ACER 


ACER 


saccharum 
flondanum 


nigrum 
eucoderme 


D.  Ovary  and  young  fr.  tomentoae' 
short-stalked,  ha.  deeply  6- 
lobed  .  36.  saccharinum 

w>  Ovary  and  young  fr  glabrous 
fls  on  long  pedicels  Ivs  3-6- 
lobed  37  rubrum 

Bfi.  Sepals  connate  and  petals  wanting  at 
least  in  the,  staminate  fls  ,  fls  on 
long,  pendulous,  mostly  hairy  pedi- 
cels 

C.  Pistillate  and  staminate  fls  corym- 
bose, terminal  and  lateral  fr 
glabrous  or  villous  American 
species 

D   Corymb  sessile  or  nearly  sessile 
E    Lvs  glaucous  or  pale  hem ath 
F  Lobes    acuminate,    lv<t    gla- 
brous beneath  at  maturity  38 
TV     Lobes  obtuse,   Ivs   pubescent 

beneath  ,i9 

EE   Lvs    green  bincath,  lobes  acu- 
minate 

F.  Bark  of  trunk  dark  Ivs  hir- 
sute-pubescent, 5  6  in 
across  40 

FF.  Bark  pale   Irs  t>oft-pubcsci  nt 

beneath,  2-3%  in  acroi&    41 
Dix  Corymbs    short-stalked     h?    pu- 
bescent beneath,   lobe?  obtuse  or 
acute  42 

CC  Pistillate  fls  racemose,  with  petal* 
and  distinct  i>e[jals,  staminate 
corymbose,  with  connate  sepals  and 
without  petals,  both  from  lateral 
liafless  buds  Japanese  ipecics  43. 
AA  Lvs  S-5-foholate  fls  dioecious 

B.  Fls   in  Urminal  corymbs,  after  the  hs 
winter-buds   with   several   imbricate 
scales    dit,L  large,  annular    Ivs    £- 
foholate 
C   Petioles,  Ivs    beneath  and  corymbs 

pilose;  petioles  (short 
D   Shape  of  Ivs  elliptic-oblong,  spar- 
ingly serrate,  2-5  in    lung          41 
J>D  Shape   of    Ivs     elliptic,    coarsely 

dentate,  1-2  in   long  45 

cc.  Petioles,  Ivs  and  corymbt,  glabrous, 
Ivs  oblong -lanceolate,  petiole? 
slender  40 

BB    Fls  ,  at  least  the  pistillate,  in  lateral, 
long  and  slender   racemes     winter- 
bud?  with  2  valvate  scales 
C   Petal?  present,  flt>    of  both  sere.?  in 
racemes,  sometimes  leafy  at  base, 
with  the  hs  •  Ivs   3-foliolate 
D.  Petioles   and   Irs     pubescent   be- 
neath sepals  and  pftult,  5  47 
DD    Petioles    and    lis      glabrous    at 

maturity  sepals  and  petals  4  48 
cc  Petals  wanting,  pistillate  fls  in 
pendulous  racemes,  staminate  co- 
rymbose, pendulous,  both  stxe? 
from  lateral  leafless  buds  before 
the  Ivs  Ivs  S-5-foliolate  49  Negundo 

Section  CAMPEBTRIA. 

1.  monspessulanum,  Linn  (A  Inlobdtwn,  Lam ). 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  25  ft.:  Ivs.  3-lobed,  coriaceous,  1-3 
in  across,  shining  above,  glaucous  and  glabrous  be- 
neath, lobes  entire  or  with  few  obtuse  teeth  corymbs 
ervXt.  fr.  with  slightly  spreading  wings  S  En  ,  N. 
Afr  ,  W.  Asia.  Gt  1893,  p  363  H  W  3,  p  46  O  W  8, 
p.  195  (habit)  — Shrub  or  small  tree  of  slow  growth,  with 
a  dense,  rounded  head  and,  m  temperate  regions,  nearly 
evergreen  foliage,  thriving  well  in  dry  situations.  Var. 
ibdricum,  Koch  (A  ibkncum,  Bieb.).  Lvs.  larger,  the 
inner  lobes  usually  slightly  3-lobed,  obtuse 

2  campestre,  Linn.  Shrub  or  tree,  occasionally  50 
ft.,  with  corky  branches  Ivs  3-5-lobed,  1J^-3H  in. 
long,  green  and  pubescent  beneath  or  nearly  glabrous; 
lobes  entire  or  the  middle  one  slightly  3-lobcd. 
corymbs  erect,  hairy,  fr  with  horizontally  spreading 
wings  Eu.,  W.Asia.  H.W.3:4ti,  p.  45.  F.E  20,  pi.  108 


(habit).  Gt.  1893,  p.  327. — Shrub  or  tree  of  moderate, 
dense  growth,  with  dull  green  foliage,  valuable  for 
planting  as  undergrowth  and  on  dry  ground.  Many 
varieties  and  garden  forms'  Var  argenteo-variegatum, 
Schwenn  Lvs  with  large  white  blotches  Var  pul- 
veru!6ntum,  Kirchn  Lvs  sprinkled  with  white  V:ir 
austrtacum,  DC  Usually  a  tree.  Ivs  5-lobed,  with 
acute,  nearly  entire  lobes  fr  glabrous.  F  E  19,  pi  M 
(habit).  Var  tauncum,  Kirchn  Shrub  Ivs  5-lobed 
small,  lobes  3-lobed  Var  hebecarpum,  DC.  Fr  and 
generally  the  Ivs  pubescent  beneath 

3  <3palus,  Mill  (A  )talutn,  Lauth)  Small  tree,  30 
ft  Ivs  5-lobed,  3-5  in.  long,  glaucous  beneath  and  at 
length  glabrous,  lobes  obtusely  dentate,  short  and 
broad,  the  middle  ones  often  3-lobed  corymbs  some- 
what  drooping  tr  with  slightly  spi ending  \vmgs  S 
Eu  ,  Orient  \V  D  B.  2  171  — A  vamble  species,  surn- 
tor  to  a  smnll-lvd  sycamore  maple  Var.  hyrcanum, 
Pax  (.4  hyru\num,  Fisrh  &  Mey  A  lahncum,  llort  A. 
tnlobatuni,  Hort ,  not,  Lain  )  Petioles  very  slender,  red, 
2-4  m  long,  segms.  of  the  Ivs  3-lobed,  longer  than 
broad,  with  straight  margins  Gt  1893,  p  301. 


lyabei. 


Section  PLATANOIDEA. 

4  Miyabei,    Maxim       Fig     91       Tree,    to    10    ft 
branches  corky    Ivs  5-lobed,  lobes  lobulate  or  coaisi  !v 
dentate,  obtuselv  acuminate,  with  obtuse  teeth,  at  fir-t 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  later  only  beneath,  pale  green 
beneath,  5-  <j  in  long    corymbs  long-stalked,  10-lo-lld 
pubescent    fr    pubescent  \\ith  honzontally  spreading 
\Mngs    Japan    G  F  6' 113  (adapted  in  Fig  91)    S  I  F 
2  45  — Handsome,  vigorous  tree,  quite  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum 

5  platanoides,   Linn      NORWAY   MAPT.E      Fig    92 
Large  tree,  to  100  ft     Ivs    5-lobod,  cordate  at  base, 
glabrous,    light    green    and    lustrous    beneath,    loh'M 
pointed,  remotely  dentate  with  pointed  teeth    corymb-" 
glabrous,  fls    yellowish  green    fr    glabrous,  with  hori- 
zontally spreading  wings     Ku  ,  Caucasus     II  W.  3  45 
Pax  49    Gt  42,  p  561,581,585 —Large,  handsome  tree, 
with  round,  spieading  head,  resembling  somewhat  A 
saccharnm    The  Ivs  turn  pale  yellow  m  autumn    Many 
garden  forms,  some  of  which  are  hen;  arranged  in  two 
groups,  the  first  being  remarkable  for  the  manner  m 
which  the  Ivs  are  cut  and  for  the  habit,  the  second 
being  ehipfly  remarkable  for  thoir  coloring- 

(1)  Var  cucullatum,  Nichols    Lvs  irregularly  and 
shortly  lobcd,  crimped,  light  green    Var  disse'ctum, 


ACER 


ACER 


199 


92.  Upright  tip  shoot 
of  Norway  maple  — 
Acer  platanoides. 


Jacq.  Similar  to  var.  Ldrbergu,  but  with  darker  foliage 
and  of  slower  growth.  Var  globosum,  Nichols  Form- 
ing a  globose  head.  MX)  G.  1903:189.  G.W.  5, 
p.  14  yar  lacimatum,  Ait.  Lvs.  irregularly  divided, 
the  divisions  bending  downward  growth  upright.  Gt. 
42,  p  584.  Var  Lorbergii. 
Van  Houtte.  Lv*  divided 
nearly  to  the  base,  divi- 
sions deeply  lobed  Gt. 
1893,  p  584.  Var  column- 
are,Carr.  Habit  columnar. 
(2)  Var.  albo- 
variegatum,  Nich- 
ols Lvs  with 
large  white 
blotches. 
Var  aftreo- 
marginatum, 
Pax.  Lvs. 
with  yellow  mar- 
gin, somewhat 
irregularly  lobed. 
Var  r  u  b  r  u  m , 
Herd  (var  Reiten- 
Mchu,  Nichols  )  Lvs  greenish 
red  when  unfolding,  turning  dark 
blood-red  in  late  summer  Gt  16: 
545  B  H  18  39  Var  Geneva,  Ellwangcr  &  Barry,  is 
probably  not  much  different  Var  Schwe'dleri,  Koch. 
Lvs  bright  red  when  young,  changing  to  dark  green. 
GC  JI  15  505  Var  Stdlhi,  Spaeth  More  upright- 
growing  Ivs  usually  3-lobed,  with  entire  lobes,  purple 
when  unfolding,  later  dark  green  Gt  42,  p  585  Var. 
Wittmicku,  Schwerm  LVH  usually  3-lobed,  with  an 
irregularly  dentate  and  undulate  yellow  margin,  red- 
dish brown  when  unfolding,  later  bright  green  with 
most  of  the  tips  transformed  into  peculiar  reddish 
brown  appendages  becoming,  finallv,  dark  green  Gt 
52  1516  Var  Drummondii,  Drurnm  Lvs  green  with 
white  margin,  red  when  unfolding  M  D.  1910  1. 

6  truncatum,  Bunge     Tree,  to  25  ft     Ivs    deeply 
5-lobed  and  mostly  truncate  at  the  base,  2>2-4  in 
across,  glabrous,  light  green,  purplish  when  unfolding, 
lobes  acuminate,  setoselv  pointed,  entire  or  sometimes 
the  middle  one«  3-lobed   fr  with  yellow,  short  and  broad 
wings,  spreading  at  right  or  obtuse  angles    N  China. 
S.T  S   1  76  —  II ardy  t ree,  with  handsome,  dense  foliage. 

7  pictum,  Thunb     Tree,  60  ft  •  Ivs    5-  or  7-lobed, 
3—7  in   across,  usually  pubescent  beneath  when  young; 
lobes  entire,  acuminate,  sometimes  very  broad  and  short: 
fls  jcllow.  wings  of  the  fr  upright,  brown  or  brown- 
ish yellow,  hardly  twice  as  long  as  the  nutlets     Man- 
churia, Japan    S  I  F  1  65  — Handsome  round-headed 
tree,  with  bright  green  foliage,  hardy     Var    parvi- 
fldrum,  Schneid    (A   plclum  var  M6no,  Pax  A.AIdnc, 
Maxim  )     Wings  of  the  frs   spreading    Ivs   more  cor- 
date   China    JHS  29 "3 19,  350.   The  form  intro  as 
A.  tenellum  belongs  here;  the  true  A.  temllum,  Pax,  is 
not  m  cult. 

8.  cappadficicum,  Gled  (A.  Ixtum,  C.  A.  Mey.). 
Tree,  to  50  ft  Ivs  5-7-lobed,  usually  cordate,  3-6  in 
across,  glabrous,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath; 
lobes  entire,  acuminate  Ms  greenish  yellow,  in  upiight 
peduncled  corymbs  f r  w  ith  spreading  wings,  the  wings 
usually  2-3  times  as  long  as  the  nutlets  From  the 
Caucasus  to  W  China  and  the  Himalayas — Resem- 
bles A .  platanotdcs,  but  lobes  of  Ivs  entire  and  branches 
smooth;  not  quite  hardy  N  Var  sfnicum,  Ilehd. 
Smaller  in  every  part  Ivs  2 !  £-4  in  across,  usually 
5-lobed,  subcordate  or  truncate  at  the  base  wings  of 
fr  about  twice  as  long  as  nutlet  W.  China.  JHS. 
29*358  (as  A  Isetum  var.  cultratum)  — Very  similar  to 
A  pidum,  but  always  easily  distinguished  by  the 
smooth  greenish  bark  of  the  younger  branches.  Var 
tricaudatum,  Rehd  Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  Ivs. 


3-lobed.  J.H.S.29:357,358.  Var.  hortfcola,  Rend. 
(A.  l&tum  var.  riibrurn,  Schwerin;  A.  cdlchicum  var. 
rubrum,  Hort.).  Lvs  blood-red,  when  unfolding.  Var. 
tricolor,  Rehd  (A  Ixtum  var  tricolor,  Schwerin)  Lvs. 
blood-red,  sprinkled  with  rosy  pink,  when  young  The 
last  two  beautiful  forms  usually  remain  shrubby  Var. 
aureum,  Rehd  (A.  Ixlum  aureum,  Hesse).  Lvs.  red  and 
golden  yellow 

9  Wngipes,  Rehd  Tree,  to  30  ft  :  young  branches 
with  smooth  greenish  bark  Ivs  3-,  rarely  5-lobed, 
or  occasionally  undivided  and  ovate,  5-7  in  broad,  lobes 
entire,  long-acuminate,  light  green  and  soft-pubes- 
cent beneath,  purple  when  unfolding:  corymb  large  and 
loose,  short -peduncled  or  nearly  sessile,  glabrous .  fr  w  ith 
the  wings  spreading  at  right  angles  W  China. — A  very 
handsome  maple,  easily  distinguished  from  all  allied 
species  by  the  large,  3-lobed  Ivs  ,  pubescent  beneath. 

10.  catalpif&lium,  Rehd.  Tree,  to  60  ft  :  younger 
branches  smooth,  greenish  Ivs  ovate  to  ovate-oblong, 
undivided,  entire,  sometimes  with  a  broad  rounded  lobe 
near  the  base,  4-8  m  long  and  2-5  in  broad,  rarely 
mixed  with  a  few  3-5-lobed  Ivs  ,  light  green  and  gla- 
brous beneath,  corymbs  sessile,  large  and  loose,  to  8  m. 
across  wings  of  the  fr.  spreading  at  obtuse  angles  W. 
China — Very  distinct  and  beautiful  tree,  but  appar- 
ently not  hardy  N. 

Section  GLABRA. 

11   glabrum.Torr  (A 
Douglnbii,  Hook  )  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  25  ft ,  quite 
glabrous  petioles  bright 
red,    Ivs     deeply    3-5- 
lobcd  or  3-parted,   1-5 
m     across,   dark   greer 
and     shining 
above,    pale    or 
glaucous    be- 
neath;     lobes 
doubly    serrate. 
W      N.    Amer. 
S.  S.     2  :  89  — 


c  93    Japanese  Maples. 

a  Acer  palmatum  var 
reticulatum,  b,  A 
japonioum,  type,  e, 
A  palmatum  var 
atropurpureum ,  d, 
var  ornatum,  e,  var. 
Thunbergu,  /,  var. 
disbectum  (XH) 

Handsome  shrubby  maple, 
with  graceful,  shining  ioh- 
age,  contrasting  well  with 
the  red  petioles  and 
branches,  fr.  often  rose- 
colored  Var.  tripartitum, 
Pax  (A  tripartitum, 
Nutt )  Lvs  small,  usually 
3-foliolate  Var.  rhodocarpum,  Schwerin.  Frs.  bright  red 
until  fully  ripe. 

Section  PALMATA. 

12  circinatum,  Pursh  Small  tree,  rarely  40  ft  : 
branchlets,  petioles  and  peduncles  glabrous  Ivs  7-9- 
lobed.  2-7  in  across,  glabrous,  lobes  acute,  doubly  ser- 
rate fls  in  drooping  corymbs,  with  purple  sepals.  W. 


200 


ACER 


ACER 


N.  Amer.  8.8.2:87. — Handsome,  round-headed  tree 
or  shrub,  beautiful  with  its  delicate  light  green  foliage, 
red  fls.,  rose-colored  fr.,  and  its  orange  and  scarlet  fall 
coloring. 

13.  palmatum,  Thunb  (A.  polymdrphum,  Sieb.  & 
Zucc  ) .  JAPAN  MAPLE  Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft.  •  branch- 
lets;  petioles  and  peduncles  glabrous:  Ivs.  5-9-lobed  or 
divided,  2-4  m.  across,  glabrous,  lobes  oblong,  acumi- 
nate, doubly  serrate  or  incised,  corymbs  few-fld.,  gla- 
brous, erect,  with  small  purple  fls  :  fr  small,  glabrous; 
the  wings  spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle  Japan.  S  Z. 
1:145,146.  SIF  1  68  F.E  19,  pi  92 (habit) .— A.F. 


94.   Acer  japonicum.    (XJi) 


12:11.  J.HS.  29-340.— This  species  and  A  japomcum 
are  known  as  Japanese  maples  They  are  extremely 
handsome  shrubs  of  dense  though  graceful  habit,  and 
with  elegant  foliage,  beautiful  especially  in  spring  for 
its  delicate  shades  of  green  and  red,  and  again  in 
autumn,  when  the  Ivs.  assume  the  most  striking  tints. 
Some  of  the  more  vigorous-growing  varieties,  like 
atropurpureum,  disseclum,  omnium,  and  the  typical 
forms,  are  hardy  even  in  New  England,  while  most 
of  the  variegated  forms  are  more  tender  They  grow  best 
in  partly  shaded  situations  and  in  well-drained,  rich  soil. 
There  are  many  varieties,  mostly  mtro  from  Japan- 
ese gardens,  of  which  the  following  are  some  of  the 
best  They  may  be  divided  into  5  groups,  represent- 
ing various  degrees  of  dissection  of  the  Ivs  : 

(1)  A.  palmatum  var  Thunbergii,  Pax  (A   palmd- 
tum,  Thunb  ).    Fig  93,  e     Lvs  deeply  5-9-lobed  or 
cleft,  lobes  oblong-lanceolate,  coarsely  and   doubly 
serrate  or  incised    Var  atropurpftreum,  Van  Houttc 
(var  nlgrum,  Hort ).    Fig  93,  c.    Lvs  dark  purple, 
coarsely  doubly  serrate.  F.S  12  1273.  J  II  S  29  342. 
F.E  14,  pi  42, 32: 767  (habit).  Var  sanguineum, Carr  , 
is  lighter  red  than  var.  atropurpureum    I.H.  14 '  526 
Var  blcolor,  Koch  (var    atropurpureum  vanegaium, 
Hort )       Lvs     dark    purple,    with    large    carmine 
blotches,  the  lobes  half  purple  and  half  carmine    Var. 
aureum,    Nichols      Lvs.    yellow.     Var    versicolor, 
Schwerm  (A  polymdrphum  septemlobum  versicolbrum, 
Van  Houtte).    Lvs    D  right  green,  with  large  white 
spots        FS  14  1198        Var.      rdseo-marginatum, 
Schwerm     (A.    polymdrphum    rb^eum    marginatum, 
Pynaert)     Lvs  small,  deeply  cut,  with  narrow  pink 
margin.    F  8.15:1566    I  H  28 '430    Var.  crispum, 
Andr6     Lvs.  small,  with  involute  margins;  of  dis- 
tinctly upright  growth    III  17.43. 

(2)  Var.    septe'mlobum,    Koch    (A.   septemlobum, 
Thunb  )     Lvs  mostly  7-lobed,  lobes  broad,  equally 
doubly  serrate.    Gt  42,  p  680    JHS  29:345.   Var. 
rdbrum,  Schwenn    Lvs  large,  deep  red  when  young, 
becoming  almost  green  later  Var.  reticulatum,  Andre 
Fig.  93,  a     Lvs  greenish  yellow,  with  green  margin 
and  dark  green  veins     I.H.  17:18.    Var    tricolor, 
Nichols.   Lvs  with  red,  pink  and  white  spots. 

(3)  Var  linearilobum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (var.  scolopen- 
dnfdhum,  Hort ,  not  Schwenn)     Lvs.  divided  nearly 
to  the  base,  lobes  linear,  remotely  serrate  or  nearly 


entire.  Gt  42,  p.  681.  Var  atrolineare,  Schwenn 
(var  linearilobum  alropurpureum,  Nichols  ;  var  pin- 
natifbhum  atropurpureum,  Hort )  Lvs  dark  red. 

(4)  Var.  dissectum,  Koch  (A.  polymdrphum  var. 
decmnpdsttum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc    A  polymdrphum  palma- 
tifidum,  Van  Houtte).  Fig  93, /    Lvs  divided  to  the 
base  in  5-9  pmnatifid  lobes    S  Z.  1  146    F  S  21 : 2156. 
J.HS  29.346.   M.DG.  1902  209.  FW   1875    G  C. 
III.  31 : 46  (suppl )     Var.  ornatum,  Carr  (var  disufo- 
turn  atropurpureum,  Hort )     Fig    93,  d    Lvs  deeply 
cut  deep  red.  I  H  17 -46    R  II  1867:391    FE,pl49 
(habit).  Var  Frederfci-Guilelmi,  Carr.  (var  pinnatlfi- 
dum  rdseo-pictum,  Lem  ).   Lvs  finely  cut.  green,  with 
white  and  pink  spots.   I.H.   14-523.  RH   1867391. 

(5)  Var.  sessilifdlium,  Maxim     Lvs    deeply  cut, 
with    very   short    petioles.     G  C.  II.  16. — Of    little 
decorative  value. 

14  Sieboldianum,   Miq     (^4     japdmcum    var    Sie~ 
boldictnum,  Franch  &Sav  )   Small  tree  or  shrub   branch- 
lets,   petioles  and   peduncles  pubescent   when  young. 
Ivs   7-9-lobed,  cordate  or  neaily  truncate  at  the  base, 
2-3  H  in  across,  glabrous  except  on  the  veins  beneath; 
lobes  ovate-oblong,  acuminate,  .sharply  serrate  corymbs 
long-peduncled,    nodding,    fls      yellowish,    small     fr. 
small,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent,  the  wings  spread- 
ing  at   an   obtuse   angle      Japan.     S  I  F.  2  45      Var. 
microphyllum,    Maxim      Lvs     smaller,     lj^-21/^    in. 
across      SIF  2  42  — This   species    is   hardy    at    the 
Arnold  Arboretum,  it  is  similar  to  A    palmatum,  but 
somewhat  coarser. 

15  jap6mcum,  Thunb     Figs   93,  6,  and  94    Small 
tree  or  shrub   branchlets,  petioles  and  peduncles  pubes- 
cent when    young    Ivs    7-11-lobed,    cordate,    3-6   in. 
across,  light  green,  with  silky  hairs  when  unfolding; 
lobes  ovate,  doubly  serrate4  corymbs  few-fld  ,  pendu- 
lous;  fls     large,    purple     fr    finally    glabrous,  wings 
spreading    at    an   obtuse    angle      Japan     S  Z    1  *  144. 
SIF  1  66    Var  macrophyllum,  Schwenn    Lvs  large, 
light  green    Var  aftreum,  Schwenn    Lvs  yellow    Var. 
Parsonsii,  Veitch  (var  fihcifblium,  Hort  ,  var  lacimd,- 
tum,  Hort )     Lvs   large,  divided  nearly  to  the  base  in 
9-11  pinnatisect  segms.  J.HS  29  334    RB  32:197 

Section  S  PIC  ATA 

16  Oliverianum,  Pax     Tree,  to  30  ft      branchlets 
glabrous-  Ivs    5-lobed,  truncate  or  subcoidate  at  the 
base,  glabrous,  finely  reticulate  and  lustrous  beneath, 
2^—4  in    across,   lobes  broad,  ovate,  long-acuminate, 
finely   serrate     panicles    nearly    corymbose,    long-pe- 
duncled, glabrous;  fls  whitish,  binall   wings  of  fr.  spread- 
ing nearly  horizontally,  wing  with  nutlet  about  1  m. 
long.     W.   China      S.T  S  1  77.— A   graceful   maple, 
resembling  A   palmatum,  but  larger     In  young  plants, 
the  Ivs    are  often  deeply  cut  with  narrow,  elongated 
lobes.  J.II.S  29.356,  359  (as  Acer  bp  ). 

17.  tataricum,  Linn.   Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft.    Ivs. 
roundish  oval  or  oblong,  cordate,  sometimes  slightly 
lobed,  2-4  in.  long,  doubly  serrate,  nearly  glabrous    fls. 
in  long-pedunclcd  panicles,  white    wings  of  fr   nearly 
upright  or  slightly  spreading,  bright  red  in  summer 
S  $  Eu  ,  Orient    H  W  3,  p  43  —Round-headed  bmall 
tree,  growing  best  in  somewhat  moist  soil. 

18.  ginnala,    Maxim    (A     tatdncum    var    ginndla, 
Maxim  )     Fig.  95     Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft     Ivs. 
3-lobed,  1^2~3M  in-  l°n&  glabrous,  the  terminal  lobo 
elongated,  doubly  serrate    fls   in  long-peduncled  pani- 
cles, yellowish,  fragrant    Manchuria,  N  China,  Japan. 
Gt.  1877.308.      SIF.  2  44.     FE    17,  pi   72  (habit). 
Var    Semendwii,  Pax  (A    Semenbwn,  Regel  &  Herd  ). 
Shrub   Ivs  smaller,  deeply  3- or  nearly  5-lobed    Turkes- 
tan — Graceful    shrub,   with    handsome    foliage,  turn- 
ing bright  red  in  autumn;  may  be  used  as  a  substitute 
for  the  Japanese  maples  where  these  are  not  hardy 

19    spicatum,  Lam.   (A.  montdnum,  Ait )     MOUN- 
TAIN MAPLE.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  30  ft. :  Ivs  3-, 


ACER 


ACER 


201 


or  slightly  5-lobed,  coarsely  serrate,  pubescent  beneath, 
2K~4M  m  long  racemes  rather  dense,  long,  upright, 
fr  with  diverging  wings,  bright  red  in  summer.  K  N. 
Amer  S  S  2  82,  83  H  T  328  —Valuable  as  under- 
growth; Ivs  turn  yellow  and  scarlet  in  fall  Var  lacini- 
&tum,  Joum  Lvs  deeply  and  irregularly  lobed  and 
incised 

20.  caudatum,  Wall.  Large  tree:  Ivs  5-,  or  some- 
times 7-lobod,  cordate,  3-5  in  long  and  about  as  broad, 
brownish  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  lobes  ovate, 
long-acuminate,  mcisely  serrate  panicle  upright, 
cylmdnc,  with  the  peduncle  .5-6  in  long'  fr  small,  in 
upright  panicles,  wings  spreading  at  right  angles 
Himalayas  The  type  is  not  in  cult ,  but  the  two  fol- 
lowing varieties  are  Var  ukurunduense,  Rehd  (A 
ukurundu('nse,V\sch  &  Mey.  A .  spiculum  var  ukurun- 
duense, Maxim  )  Small  tree  branohlets  and  petioles 
pubescent  while  young  Ivs  glabrous  above,  pubescent 
beneath,  sometimes  only  along  the  veins ,  lobes  coarsely 
serrate  panicle  pubescent  wings  of  the  fr  often  nearly 
upright  otherwise  like  the  type  Japan,  Manchuria 
S  T  S  1  82  S  I  F  2  43  G  C  II  15  172  Var  mul- 
tiserratum,  Kehd  (A  fuultiserrdlii?n,  Maxim  A  erosum, 
Pax)  Tree,  to  30  ft  ,  very  similar  to  the  preceding 
variety,  but  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous  W  China 

21  macrophyllum,  Pursh     LARGE-LEAVED  MAPLE 
Tree,  to  100  feet  high'  Ivs  cordate,  deeply  3-5-lobed  or 
cleft,  pubescent  when  young,  pale  green  beneath,  8-12 
in    across,  middle  lobe  mostly  3-lobed    panicles  gla- 
brous, narrow,  pendulous,  4-5  in    long    fr.  with  yel- 
low, bristly  hairs,  wings  spreading  at  right  angles  or 
nearly  upright,  over  1    m    long      W    N    Amer     S  S 
2  86,"  87    FE  14,  pi  4  i  (habit)    Gn  M  2  107  (habit) 
— Handsome  round-headed   tiee,   remarkable  for  its 
large  foliage,  not  hardy  in  the  N. 

22  pse&doplfitanus,  Linn     SYCAMORE  MAPLE    Tree, 
70ft  high    Ivs  5-lobed,  coarsely  cienate-serrate,  3*3-7 
in   across,  deep  green  above,  glaucous  and  mostly  gla- 
brous beneath    racemes  pendulous    fr   glabrous    Eu , 
Caucasus     (Jt     12  260,  261      II  \V  3  44,  p  39      F  S 
R    3,  p    181      FE    15,  pi    47  (habit)— Large  tree  of 
vigorous  growth,  with  large,  spreading  head,  thrives 
well  even  in  exposed  situations     Many  varieties  and 
garden  forms    Var.  villdsum,  Presl     Lvs  chart aceous, 

Cubeseent  beneath  Var  erythroc&rpum,  Carr.  Fr. 
right  red  Ivs  smaller  and  more  lustrous.  R  II  1864. 
171  MI)  19051  Gn  76,  p  540  Var  purpurdscens, 
Pax  (vars  purphrruw  and  dtropurphrtum,  Hort  )  Lvs. 
purplish  red  beneath,  of  robust  growth  Var  Hand- 
jeryi,  Spaeth  (var  Pnnz  Handjcry,  Hort  )  Lvs  pur- 
plish beneath,  bright  red  when  unfolding  Var  W6r- 
leei,  Sehvverm  (var  lutetcens,  Hort )  Lvs  yellow  Var. 
ilbo-vanegatum,  Kuchn  Lvs  with  white  blotches 
and  spots,  reddish  while  young  Var  Leop61dii,  Lem 
Similar  to  the  preceding  variety,  bright  rosy  pink 
while  young  IH  1864411  KB  1906 '197  Var. 


bicolor,  Spaeth  Lvs  light  green  while  young,  with 
yellow,  fan  ally  whitish,  spots  Var  tricolor,  Kirchn. 
Lvs  purplish  while  young,  spotted  with  yellow  Var. 


quadricolor,  Schwerm  (var  Slmomi  Pax,  var  tikmon- 
Louis  freres,  Deegen).  L\s  with  large,  white  spots  and 
also  sprinkled  with  small  dots;  pink  while  young.  Var. 
nerv&sum,  Schwerm.  Habit  pyramidal,  of  slow 
growth  Ivs  marked  with  yellow  between  the  veins 
above,  purplish  beneath 

23  Heldreichii,  Orph     Tree    Ivs  5-lobed,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  divided  nearly  to,  the  outer  half  way  to  the 
base,  3-5  in   across,  glabrous,  dark  green  and  shining 
above,  glaucous  beneath,  lobes  coarsely  and  doubly 
serrate    panicle  erect,  long-stalked,  ovate     S.  E.  Eu. 
Gt    34-1185      GC    II    16-141.     Var     purpuratum, 
Schwerm     Lvs  intensely  red  beneath. 

24  Trautvetteri,  Medw.  (A.  veliitinum,  Hort.,  not 
Btnss.  A.  tnsigne,  Nichols,  not  Boiss  &  Buhse).    Lvs. 
glightly  cordate,  deeply  5-lobed,  5-7  in.  across,  glau- 


cous beneath  and  pubescent  when  young,  lobes  coarsely 
crenate-serrate,  longer  than  broad"  panicle  erect,  ovate. 
Caucasus  Gt.  40,  pp  264-266  GC.  1116.75  B.M. 
6697  (as  A  insigne)  — Similar  to  A.  insigne,  but  hardier, 
with  smaller  Ivs  and  smaller  panicle 

25.  insigne,  Boiss  &  Buhse  (A  Van  Vdlxemi,  Mast ). 
Large  tree.  Ivs  5-lobed,  deeply  cordate,  5-10  in  across, 
bright  green  above,  glaucous  and  at  length  glabrous 
beneath,  lobes  about  as  long  as  broad,  coarsely  crenate- 
serrate  panicles  large,  erect  Caucasus,  N  Persia. 
GC.II.7  73;  III  10  9 —Remarkable  for  its  large, 
handsome  foliage;  not  hardy  in  the  N  Var  velutinum, 
Boiss  Lvs  densely  pubescent  beneath  G  C,  III. 
10  189.  Var  Wfilfii,  Schwerm  Lvs  red  beneath. 

Section  INTEGRIFOLIA. 

26  ob!6ngum,  Wall    Tree,  to  50  ft:  Ivs  coriaceous, 
oblong,  entire,  long  but  bluntly  acuminate,  rounded  and 
3-nerved  at  the  base,  glabrous,  reticulate  and  usually 
glaucous  beneath,  2-7  in    long    panicle  short,  pubes- 
cent,  fls    small,  greenish    wings  of  fr   at  right  angles 
or  horizontally  spicading     Himalayas,  W    and  Cent. 
China     Jacquemont,  Vo>     Indc  4  31     Var    c6ncolor, 
Pax     Lvs   green  beneath  —Not  hardy  in  the  northern 
states     In  young  plants,  the  Ivs   are  sometimes  lobed 
at  the  base    J  II  S  20  %     Recently  advertised  as  A. 
discolor,  the  true  A   discolor,  Maxim  ,  is  not  in  cult. 

Section  INDIVISA. 

27  carpmifolium,  Sieb  &  Zucc    HORNBEAM  MAPLE. 
Tree,  30  ft     Ivs  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  sharply  and 
doubly      serrate, 

nearly  glabrous, 
3  6  in  long  stanu- 
nato  fls  apelalous, 
in  few-fid  racemes, 
pistillate  with  pet- 
als, in  longer  ra- 
cemes SZ  2  142. 
GC  II  15.564. 

Gt  41,  p  m 

S  I  F    1  69     J 
H  S    29  75     G 
W3  615— Wry 
distinct,     hardy 
species,  the  Ivs. 
are    almost    ex- 
actly like  those 
of    Carpi  nus 
This  is  the  only 
species  of  this 
section,     the 
other    species 
included  here  by 
Pa\   have   been 
referred  to  other 
sections,  mostly 
to  the   following 
Plant ae  Wilsomana 


ng    (t 


ch.   Tree,  to 
Ivs. 

ate,  2 


gmnala. 
(XH) 


Section  MA 

28  Davidii,  Fi 
50  ft  branchlets  glabrc 
ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  2^-8  in  '' 
long,  acuminate,  subcordate  or  rounded  at  base,  un- 
equally crenate-serrate,  green  beneath  and  rufously 
villous  on  the  veins  while  young,  finally  glabrous  or 
nearly  so.  racemes  slender,  pendulous,  glabrous  wings 
offr  spreading  horizontally  Cent  China  STS  1  83 
JUS  29  86,  90  —Handsome  tree,  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum,  the  Ivs  turning  bright  yellow  or  purple  in 
autumn  In  young  plants,  the  Ivs  are  often  lobed  at 
the  base. 

29.  laxiflfcrum,   Pax.     Tree,   to   50  ft  •  Ivs    ovate- 
oblong,  with  2  or  4  short  lobes  near  the  base,  2}^-4  in. 


202 


ACER 


ACER 


96    Acer  sacchannum  (or  A.  dasycar- 
pum). — Silver  or  soft  maple.  ( X  >$') 


long,  long-acuimnate,  cordate  at  the  base,  sharply 
serrate,  green  beneath,  soon  glabrous  racemes  slender, 
pendulous,  glabrous;  fls  yellowish,  wings  of  fr.  spread- 
ing at  right  angles,  rarely  horizontally  W  China. 
Pax  35  Var.  longUobum,  Rehd  Lvs  distinctly  5- 
lobed,  upper  pair  of  lobes  long-acuminate,  floccose- 
tomentose  on  the  veins  beneath  while  young  fis.  pur- 
ple W.  China  — More  graceful  than  the  typical  form. 
30  cratsegifdlium,  Sicb  &  Zucc  Small  tree,  to  30  ft. : 
Ivs  oblong-ovate,  often  with  2  or  4  lobes  near  the  base, 
2-3  in.  long,  acuminate,  rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base, 
unequally  serrate, 
bluish  gray  be- 
neath racemes  5-8- 
fld ,  glabrous:  fr. 
on  pedicels  about 
Km  long,  wings 
nearly  horizontal. 
Japan  SZ  1  147. 
S  I  F  1  67  -Grace- 
ful species,  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Ar- 
boretum. 

31  Tschon6skii, 
Maxim  Small  tree, 
to  15  ft  Ivs  orbic- 
ular-ovate in  out- 
line, 5-,  or  rarely 
Wobed,  l%-4  m. 
long,  light  green  be- 
neath and  rufously 
pubescent  on  the 
veins,  finally  gla- 
brous or  neaily  so; 
lobes  ovate,  long-acuminate,  sharply  and  doubly  serrate, 
the  middle  one  slightly  lobed  racemes  slonder,  few-fld.  • 
fr  on  slender,  filiform  stalks;  wings  spreading  at  about 
right  angles  Japan  S  T  S.  1  17  S  I  F  2  43—  Grace- 
ful shrubby  tree,  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

32  rufinerve,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Tree,  to  40  ft  ,  \v  ith  striped 
bark'  branches  glaucous  when  young  Ivs  rounded  at 
the  base,  3-lobecl,  3-5  m    long,  doubly  serrate,  ferru- 
gineously  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  when  young, 
racemes   ferrugmcously   pubescent     fr    short-stalked; 
wings  spreading  at  right  angles    Japan.    SZ  2.148. 
S  I  F    1  67.    Var    albo-limbatum,  Hook.    Lvs.  edged 
with  white.    B.M  5793. 

33  pennsylvamcum,    Lmn     (A     strmtum,    Dur.). 
STRIPED   MAPLE      MOOSE  WOOD     Tree,   rarely  40  ft.: 
bark  greenish,  striped  with  white  lines    Ivs    slightly 
cordate,  roundish-obovatc,  3-lobed  at  the  apex,  5-7  in 
long,   finely  serrate,  feirugmeously  pubescent  on  the 
whole  lower  surface  when  young    racemes  glabrous, 
drooping    fr  short-stalked,  in  long,  drooping  racemes; 
wings  spreading  at  right  angles     E  N   Amer.    S  S. 
2  84,  85.    Michx     Hist    Arb  2  17     Em.  566     II  T. 
330  — Handsome  medium-sized  tree  of  upright,  dense 
habit,  with  bright  green,  large  foliage,  turning  clear 
yellow  in  autumn,  and  attractive  even  m  winter  from 
its  smooth,  greenish  bark,  striped  with  white.    Var. 
erythr6cladum,    Spaeth.    Shoots    bright    red    during 
autumn  and  winter. 

Section  ARGUTA. 

34.  tetramerum,  Pax  Tree,  to  25  ft-  branchlets 
glabrous  Ivs  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  2-3^  m  long, 
acuminate,  truncate  or  rounded  and  usually  3-nervea 
at  the  base,  unequally  mcisely  serrate  or  sometimes 
slightly  lobed,  light  green  and  pubescent  beneath, 
rarely  nearly  glabrous  staminate  fls  in  few-fld  sessile 
racemes  from  lateral  leafless  buds,  stamens  4  or  some- 
times 6,  disk  lobed,  pistillate  fls  in  elongated  racemes, 
usually  few-fld  fi  slender-stalked;  nutlet  thick, 
stiongly  veined  Cent  and  W  China  STS  1:85  — 
Graceful,  hardy  tree,  very  variable  Var.  lobulatum, 


Rehd  Lvs.  distinctly  lobed,  nearly  glabrous  J  H.S. 
29-352,355.  Var  betulifdhum,  Rehd  (A  betuhfilium, 
Maxim  )  Lvs  not,  or  very  slightly,  lobed,  rounded  or 
cuneate  at  the  base,  glabrous  or  glabrescent  Var.  elo- 
bulatum,  Rehd  Lvs  not  or  scarcely  lobed,  long-acu- 
minate, rounded  and  3-nerved  at  the  base,  pubescent 
beneath.  Intro  as  A.  stachyophyllwn,  but  the  true 
A.  stachyophyllum  is  a  Himalayan  species,  not  m 
cult  Var  tiliif&lium,  Rehd.  Lvs.  ovate,  cordate 
at  the  base,  and  5-nerved,  pubescent  beneath  Var. 
longeracemdsum,  Rehd  Lvs  like  in  var  elobulatum: 
racemes  to  6  in  long,  slender 

35.  arg&tum,  Maxim  Small  tree,  to  25  ft  •  branch- 
lets  pubescent'  Ivs.  broadly  ovate  m  outline,  5-,  or 
rarely  7-lobed,  2-3  }-£  in  long,  pale  green  beneath  and 
grayish  pubescent  chiefly  on  the  veins,  finally  nearly 
glabrous,  lobes  ovate,  long-acuminate,  sharply  serrate, 
stammate  fls  in  short  racemes  from  lateral  leafless  buds; 
stamens  4,  pistillate  fls  in  slender  many-fid  racemes 
fr  slender-stalked,  in  pendulous  racemes,  wings  spread- 
ing horizontally  Japan  S  I  F  1  69  S  T  S  66  — 
Graceful  shrubby  tree,  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

Section  RUBRA. 

36  sacchannum,  Lmn    (A    dasycdrpum,  Ehrh     A. 
eriocdrpum,  Michx  )     WHITE  or  SILVER  MAPLE     Fig. 
96     Large  tree,  120  ft..  Ivs   deeply  5-lobed  to  5-cleft, 
4-6  in   long,  green  above,  silvery  white  beneath,  lobes 
deeply  and  doubly  serrate    fls   greenish  jellow,  apeta- 
lous    fr    pubescent  when  young      E   N    Amer      S  S 
2  93    G  C  II   1  37    Em  556    H  T  332    F  E  32  443 
(habit),  29  983  (habit)  — Ornamental  tree,  with  wide- 
spreading,  t  lender  branches,  growing  best  in  rich  and 
moist  soil,  but  succeeds  almost  anywhere     Lvs   turn 
clear  yellow  m  fall     Many  garden  forms    Var   Wieri, 
Schwenn    (var     Wicrt    lacuna  turn,    Hoit  )      Branches 
pendulous    Ivs    deeply  cleft,  \\ith  dissected  lobes — A 
graceful  variety,  remarkable  for  its  drooping  branches 
and  finely  divided  foliage     M  1)  G  1903  628  (habit) 
Var.  heterophy^lum,  Pax  (var  hetcrophyllum  lacimatum, 
Hort )     Upright    Ivs    deeply  and  unequally  divided, 
with    narrow     lobes. 

Var    tnpartltum,  Pax. 
Upright   Ivs   3-parted. 
Var  lutescens,  Spaeth 
Lvs.     yellow,    bronze- 
colored    when    unfold- 
ing   Var    dlbo-varie- 
gatum,    Spaeth    (vai . 
Juhlkei,   Hort ).    Lvs. 
spotted  with  white  or 
rosy  pink. 
Var  crlspum, 
Schwenn. 
Lvs      deeply  > 
cut      and 
crimped  — 
Linnaeus  evi- 
dently    sup- 
posed this 
species  to  be       Q7    Acef  ^^^^-R^  Maple.  (Enlarged) 

the     sugar 

maple,  and  named  it  accordingly.    He  did  not  know 

the  true  sugar  maple. 

37  rxibrum,  Lmn.   RED,  SCARLET  or  SWAMP  MAPLE. 
Fig.  97     Large  tree,  120  ft..  Ivs    3-5-lobed.  3-4  in. 
long,  green  above,  pale  or  glaucous  beneath;  lobes  un- 
equally and  crenately  serrate    fls  red  or  scarlet,  rarely 
yellowish;  petals   b"  fr    glabrous.     E   N.  Amer     SS 
2  94    Em.  557    GC  II  1:173.    HT  334 —Very  val- 
uable tree  to»-  street  and  park  planting,  attractive  at 
every  season  from  its  excellent  habit,  earlmess  of  the 
scarlet   fls  ,  bright    red    frs    in   late   spring,  and   the 
beautiful  foliage,  which  turns  bright  scarlet  or  orange 
in  autumn    Var  columnar e,  Rehd    Of  upright,  colum- 


ACER 

nar  habit.  Var.  globdsum,  Rehd.  Dwarf,  compact: 
Jvs  glaucous  beneath,  fls  bright  scarlet.  Var.  Drflin- 
mondii,  Sarg  (A.  Driimmondn,  Hook.  &  Arn.)  Lvs. 
large,  mostly  3-lobed,  tomcntose  beneath:  fr.  bright 
scarlet.  Southern  states  8  S  2  95  Var  tomentdsum, 
Kirchn.  (A  tomentdsum,  Desf.  A  rubrum  var.  fulgens, 
Hort )  Of  moderate  growth'  Ivs  5- 
lobed,  pubescent  beneath  fls  bright 
red  Var  tridens,  Wood  (A  rmcro- 
phyllum,ly&x,  A  semiorbicul(ilum,Yi\x). 
Lvs  3-lobed,  rather  small,  rounded  or 
rarely  euneate  at  the  base,  usually 
pubescent  below  On  young  plants  and 
vigorous  shoots,  the  Ivs  are  like  those 
of  the  type  SS  13  020  Var  magni- 
ficum,  Schwerm  Fall-coloring  of  the 
Ivs  scarlet  with  green  veins.  M  D. 
1910  1  —  The  foim  distributed  as  v.'ir. 
Rchlcsingen,  Schwerm,  does  not  differ 
from  the  type 

Section  SACCHARINA 

38  sacchamm,  Marsh   (A  sacchdn- 
num,  Wang,  not 'Linn.    A    barbatwm, 
Michv  )     SUOAII  or  HOCK  MAPLE    Fig 
98     Large  tree,  120  ft ,  \\ith  grav  bark' 

Ivs  3-  5-lobed,  cordate,  3-0  in  long,  with  narrow  and 
deep  sinuses,  lobes  acuminate,  sparingly  dentate,  usu- 
ally glaucous  and  glabrous  beneath  corymb  hairy,  fr. 
with  slightly  spreading  wings,  glabrous  E  N  Amer. 
SS  2  90  Em  558  HT  321  On  05,  p  55  (habit). 
— An  excellent  street,  and  shade  tree  of  upright,  dense 

Growth,  turning  bright  yellow  and  scarlet  in  autumn. 
t  does  well  in  almost  every  soil.  Var  Rugeln,  Rehd. 
(A  Rugeln,  Pax,  A  Bacchant  in  var  barbatum,  Trel ) 
LVH  3-lobed,  generally  broader  than  long,  2-5  in 
across,  pale-  green  or  glaucous  beneath,  and  at  length 
mostly  glabrous,  coriaceous,  lobes  nearly  entire.  Central 
states  S  S  2  91  (as  var  rngrum)  Var  monumentale, 
Schvverm  (.4  ruqium  var  monumentale,  Rehd).  Of 
upright,  columnar  habit 

39  flondanum,  Chapm    (A    barb&tum  var    flonda- 
num,  Sarg  )      Tiee,  rarely  50  ft  ,  \vith  pale  bark    Ivs. 
mostly  truncate  at  the  bate,  3-lobed,  ll;j~3  in   across, 
glaucous  beneath,   pubescent,   lobes   obtuse,  entire   or 
slightly  3-lobed    corymb  sparmglv  hairy  or  nearly  gla- 
brous    fr     sparingly   villous,    finally   glabrous      Clulf 
states    SS  2  91    GF  4.148 

40  nigrum,  Michx     (A    sacchdnnum    var   riiqrum, 
Torr    &    Gray       A.  sdcchfirum  var     nigrum,   Brit) 
BLACK  MAPLE    Fig  99    Large  tree,  120  ft ,  with  black 
bark    Ivs  cordate,  with  the  sinus  mostly  closed,  gener- 
ally 3-lobed,  5-0  in    across,  with  broad  sinuses,  the 
sides  of  the  blade  mostly  drooping,  green  and  pubes- 
cent beneath;  lobes  acute,  entire  or  obtusely  toothed* 
fr  with  diverging  wings     Central  states.    SS.  13.025. 
H  T  320  — Similar   to    A     snccharum,    but   of   duller 
appearance  and  less  dense  habit 


ACER 


203 


41.  leucoderme,  Small  (A.  sdccharum  var  leuco- 
(terme,  Sarg  ).  Tree,  to  25,  rarely  to  40  ft ,  with  light 
gray  or  grayish  brown  bark.  Ivs  3-5-lobed,  2-3  J^  in 
across,  truncate  or  slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  bright 
>  ellow-green  and  soft-pubescent  beneath;  lobes  acu- 
minate, smuately  dentate  corymbs  glabrous,  fr.  vil- 


99.  Acer  nigrum.— -Black  Sugar  Maple 


lous,  finally  glabrous,  wings  wide-spreading  FVom  N. 
C  to  Ga  and  La  S  S  13  021  — Sometimes  planted  as 
a  street  tree  in  Ga  and  Ala  ;  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum 

42  grandidentatum,  Nutt     Tree;  40  ft ,  with  dark 
brown     bark       petioles     comparatively     short       Ivs. 
slightly  coi date,  3-5-lobed,  \\ith  bioad  smuse-,  2-3  in. 
across,  pubescent  beneath,  coriaceous,    lobes  acute  or 
obtuse,  entire    or   slight  h   3-lobed    corymbs  frw-fld  , 
hauy,  short-stalked     Rocky  Mts.   SS  "2  92 —Hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 

43  diab6hcum,  Koch     Tree,  to  30  ft    branchlets 
pubescent     Ivs     5-lobecl,  cordate   or   subcordate,   4-6 
in   across,  p;ile  green  beneath  and  spanngly  pubescent; 
lobes  broadl}  o\  ate-acummate,  coarsely  and  remotely 
dentate  \\ith  acute  or  obtu^ish  teeth    fls    from  lateral 
leafless  buds,  stammate  on  long  and  pendulous,  hairy 
pedicels,  sepals  wholly  or  partly  connate,  petals  want- 
ing, pistillate  in  feu-fid   racemes,  sepals  and  petals  dis- 
tinct   pedicels  of  the  fr    }  >  -2  in    long;  nutlets  thick, 
st rongl\    \emed,    bristly,    \\mgs    upright    or    slightly 
spreading    Japan    G  C*  11   15  532    S  T  S  1  07    Var. 
purpurascens,  Rehd   (A    purpunhcens,  Franch  &  Sav, 
A  puhhrum,  Lavallc")     Fls  purple  l\s  turning  red  in 
autumn    S  1  F.  1  05  — Hard}  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum; 
similar  to  A    p<*eudoplatn>nu>,  hut  Ivs.  larger;  the  var. 
purpuni^ccn^  is  to  be  leeomrnendcd  for  its  early-appear- 
ing purple  fls 

Section  TRIFOLIATA. 

44  nikoense,  Maxim   Fig.  100    Tree,  40  ft    branch- 
lets   pubescent    1ft  s    ovate   or   oblong-elliptic,    short- 
stalked,  acute,  entire  or  obtusely  den- 
tate,  2-5   m     long,    villous-puhescent 
beneath,    petioles    hairy,    ^-l}i    in. 
long  corymb  few-fld  ,  pubescent  fr  on 
nodding  pedicels  ^  ^-^m  long,  nutlets 
thick,    hairy,    \\mgs    upright,  curved 
inwaul      Japan,    Cent     China      G  F 
0.155  (adapted  in  Fig   100  )  Gt   41,  p 
149    SI  F  1  08    JHS  29  81     R  H. 
1912120,127   —Very    distinct;     Ivs 
turning  biilhant  scarlet  in  autumn 

45  griseum,  Pax  (A  nilotnte  var. 
griseum,  Franch  )  Tree,  to  25  ft ,  with 
cinnamon-brown  bark  separating  in 
thin  flakes  branchlets  pubescent  Ifts 
short-stalked,  elliptic  or  ovate-oblong, 
1-2  in  long,  acute,  coarsely  toothed  with 
large  blunt  ish  teeth,  the  lateral  ones 


204 


ACER 


ACER 


.,.-.-.„..-  gin,  entire  or 

nearly  so  on  the  inner,  glaucous  and  pubescent  beneath; 
petioles  densely  hairy  fls.  rather  large,  in  few-fld. 
hairy  corymbs'  fr.  pendulous  on  short  stalks,  with  the 
peduncle  scarcely  ^m.  long;  nutlets  thick,  tomentose; 
wings  spreading  at  an  acute  angle.  W.  China  — J  H  S. 
29  98,  R.H.  1912 : 127.— Remarkable  for  its  flaky 
bark,  resembling  that  of  the  river  birch;  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum. 

46.  mandshftncum,  Maxim     Shrub  or  small  tree' 
branchlets  glabrous    Ifts   oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
2-3  ^£  in  long,  short-stalked,  acuminate,  remotely  and 
obtusely  serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath,  petioles 
glabrous,  red,  2-4  m    long    fls.  in  few-fld.  glabrous 
corymbs,  fr.  on  stalks    }-2~%m    long,  nutlets  thick, 
glabrous:  wings  spreading  at  obtuse  angles    Manchuria. 
— Graceful  maple,  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  the 
red  color  of  the  slender  If  -stalks  contrasts  well  with 
the  dark  green  foliage. 

Section  NEGUNDO. 

47.  Henryi,  Pax.  Tree,  to  30  ft     branchlets  slightly 
pubescent',  Ifts.   3,   elliptic,   2-3 >£   in.   long,  stalked, 
acuminate,  entire  or  coarsely  serrate,  pale  green  and 
pubescent    beneath,    petioles    finely    puberulous    fls 
nearly   sessile,    small,    greenish    m   slender   pendulous 

>ubescent  racemes,  lateral,  without  Ivs  or  with  *mall 
ivs  at  the  base  fr  glabrous,  short-pediceled,  in 
pendulous  racemes  with  the  stalk  4-7  in  long,  wings 
upright  or  slightly  spreading  Cent  China  J  H  8 
29  93,  96  (as  A  sutchueneni>e)  — Hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum  — It  has  been  concluded  that  this  and  the 
following  species  which  have  been  hitherto  referred  to 
the  preceding  section  are  more  closely  related  to  A. 

Negundo  and  therefore  better  transferred  to  this  section 
48  cissifdlium,  Koch  (Negundo  cissifdlium,  Sieb  & 
Zuce.  Crula  cissifbha,  Niemvl )  Small  tree'  Ifts  3, 
stalked,  ovate  or  elliptic,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate, 
sparingly  ciliate,  2-3^  in.  long,  light  green  beneath  ana 
glabrous,  or  nearly  so:  racemes  slender,  rnany-fld  ,  pu- 


P' 
Iv 


100  Acer  nlko»nse.  ( X  H) 


bescent;  pedicels  less  than  %m  long;  sepals  and  petals 
4,  small'  fr.  in  pendulous  racemes;  wings  slightly 
spreading.  Japan  S.I  F  2  41  — Handsome,  round- 
headed  tree,  with  slender,  spreading  branches  and 
graceful  bright  green  foliage,  turning  orange-yellow 
and  scarlet  in  autumn;  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

49.  Negtindo,  Linn.  ( Negundo  fraximfbhum,  Nutt. 
N  aceroldeSy  Mocnch.  Rulac  Negundo,  Hitchc.). 
ASH-LEAVED  MAPLE.  Box 
ELDER  Fig  101  Large 
tree,  70  ft  Ivs  pinnate; 
Ifts  3-5,  ovate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  coarsely  ser- 
rate or  3-lobed,  mostly 
glabrous,  2-5  in  long  fls 
before  the  Ivs  ,  stammate 
fls  m  pendulous  corymbs, 
pistillate  fls  in  pendulous 
racemes  K  N  Amer 
SS  2-96  Michx.  Hist 
Arb  2  18  H  T  336  —  ' 
Large,  rapid-growing  tree 
of  spreading  habit,  thriv- 
ing best  in  moist  and  rich 
soil.  Much  prued  in  the 
W  ,  where  it  withstands  cold  and 
dry  ness  Largely  used  for  shelter- 
belts  and  for  planting  timber- 
claims  Var  calif6rnicum,  Sarg. 
(A  cahfornicum,  Dietr.  Negundo 
calif  ornicum,  Torr  &  Cray). 
Branches  pubescent  when  young' 
Ifts  3,  of  firmer  texture,  densely 
pubescent  beneath'  fr  not  con- 
stricted at  the  base  W  N.  Amer. 
SS  2  97  Nutt  N  Amer  Sylv 
2  72  Var.  pse&do-calif6rmcum, 
Schwerm  (A  cahftirnicum,  Hort  * 
A.  Negundo  var.  cahfdrmcum, 
Kirch n  )  Branches  green,  bloomy, 
of  vigorous  growth  Yar  viola- 
ceum,  Kirchn  (A  'jrahfornicum, 
Hort  )  A  vigorously  growing 
form  branches  purplish  with 
glaucous  bloom  or  finely  pubes-  101  Raceme  of  young 
cent  when  young  Var.  arg6nteo-  fruit  of  box  elder  — 
vanegatum,  Bonamy  Lvs  with  Acer  Negundo  (Nat. 
broad  white  margin  Probably 
the  most  effective  of  all  variegated  hardy  trees  F  S. 
17  1781  Cn  68,  p  402  (habit)  C.  2  37;  11.97 
(habit)  Var.  adreo-vanegatum,  Booth  (var.  aitreo- 
macutitlum,  Schwerm)  Lvs  spotted  with  yellow. 
Var.  aftreo-marginatum,  Dieck  LVB  with  yellow  mar- 

Sn.  Var  aura  turn,  Spaeth  (var  califdrnicwn  aiireum, 
ort.)  Lvs.  yellow  R  B  1906  197  Var  crispum,  G. 
Don  Lfts  curled  These  horticultural  varieties  may 
be  grafted  on  common  box  elder  seedlings  Box  elder 
also  grows  from  hardwood  cuttings,  like  the  grape. 
Two  new  forms  have  been  recently  described  as  new 
species  by  Britton*  A  interior,  distributed  from  Al- 
berta and  Mont  to  Ariz,  and  New  Mex  (B  T  655), 
and  A  K\ngn  (B  T  656),  from  Utah,  they  are  closely 
allied  to  var.  cahfornicum,  but  differ  in  their  glabrous 
foliage;  in  the  first  the  wings  of  the  samara  are  adnate 
to  the  nutlet  only  to  or  above  the  middle,  in  the  sec- 
ond the  wings  reach  the  point  of  union  of  the  nutlets. 

4  acummdtum,  Wall  (A  caudatum,  RrandiH,  not  Wall  A. 
Rtercuhaerum,  Koch,  not  Wall  )  Allied  to  A  argutum  Tree  Ivs 
-Wobed,  3-4^  in  long,  glabrous  and  light  green  beneath,  lobes 
long-acuminate,  and  doubly  serrato  wings  of  fr  spending  at  a 
right  angle  Himalayas  G  C  II  15  M4  (as  A  caudatum) 
Tender  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  —A  ambiguum,  Dippel  Allied 
to  A  pictum  Lvs  pilose  beneath  fls  and  fr  unknown  Doubtful 
spet  les  of  unknown  origin — A  dmplum,  Rehd  Allied  to  A  longipes. 
Tree,  to  35  ft  Ivs  5-lobed,  4-7  in  broad,  glabrous  corymb  nearly 
senile,  5-6  in  across  Cent  China — A  barbintrve,  Maxim. 
Allied  to  A  argutum  Shrubby  tree  Iva  5-lobed,  coarsely  serrate: 
pistillate  racemes  usually  7-nd,  fr  larger  Manchuria.  8  T  8. 


ACER 


ACHILLEA 


205 


1  86 — A.  B6sci\,  Spach.  Probably  hybrid.   A.  monspessulanum  X 
tatancum  — A.  bremlobum,    Hesse=A    parviflorum  — A.  c&sium, 
Wall     Allied  to  A   msigne    Tree    Ivs.  5-lobed,  glabrous,  whitish 
beneath,  6-8  in    across,  lobes  acuminate,  obtusely  creuulate-ser- 
rate     Himalayas     Not  hardy  N  —A  capllhpea.  Maxim     Allied  to 
A    rufinerve     Tree,  to  30  ft     Ivs    3-lobed,  glabrous  beneath,  red 
when  unfolding,  3^-5  in    long    fls   on  slender  stalks  about  ^m 
long      Japan      8  T  S   1   16      Not  perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum  — -A     cauddtum,    Brancns=A     acummatum  — A     cin- 
erdscens,  Boiss     Shrub  or  small  true    Ivs    3-lobed,   Vi-'l  in    long 
Similar    to    A     monspessulanum      Persia  —A     conareum,    Tsch 
(A    creticum,   Tratt      A    polymorphum,    Spach)      Probably   A 
creticumx pseudoplatanus —  4    crdtsipes,  Pax     Supposed  to  be  a 
hybrid    between    A     obtusatum    and    A     pennsylvamcum  — A 
crdsmpes,    Hesse=A     parviflorum  — A     crtticum,    Linn  —A     on- 
entale  —A    crtticum,  Tratt  =A    conaceum   -A    Dieckn,  Pax  (A 
platanoides   var    integnlobum,  Zabel)     Similar  to  A    platanoides, 
but  lobes  entire,  probably  A    Lobeln  Xplatanoidos  —  4    fhnti/lum, 
Sieb   &  Zuoo   Allied  to  A  oblongum   Tree    Ivs  ovate,  5-7  in   long, 
cordate,  crenately  serrate,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath   Japan, 
GC    II     15499      SI  F    241      J  II  S    29  76  —A     Durtltii,  Pax 
Probably    A     monspessulanum  X  pseudoplatanus — A      eri&nthum, 
Schwenn     Allied  to  A   caudatum     Small  tree    Ivs   5-lobed,  2-3}  i 
in  long,  lobes  broad,  uneejually  and  simply  serrate,  nearly  glabrous 
beneath    fls   with  densely  villous  disk     W   China     S  T  S   1  SO  — 
A    Fargeii,  Franch     (A    lajvigatum  var    Furgesu,  \eiteh)     Allied 
to   A    oblongum     Tree,  to    30  ft      Ivs    coriaceous,   lanceolate-ob- 
long, 2  3}.£m    long,  narrowed  at  the  base,  peunmervid,  glabrous, 
light   green   beneath,    not   reticulate     W    China     J  H  S    29  41  — 
A     flabflUUum,  Rehd     Allied  to  \    Ohvenanum     Tree,   to  30  ft 
Ivs    7-lobed,  deeply  cordate,  3-5  in    across,  light  green  beneath 
and  villous    along    the    veins      Cent     China      STS    1  81 —-/I 
FranchetH,  Pax      Tree,   to    15  ft     Ivs    3-lobed,    slightly    pubes- 
cent beneath  or  glabrous  at  maturity  and  light  green,  3-4  in    long, 
lobes  broadly  ovate,  acute,  remotely  toothed    fls   in  short  pubes- 
cent racemes   from   lateral    leafless    buds,  with    the   Ivs     fr    with 
the  wings  spreading   at   right   angles  or  less,  nutlets   thick,  hairy 
winter-buds  with  numerous  imbricate  se  ales     Cent   China     STS 
1  87      Belongs  to  the   section   Lithoc-arna  —  A    fulvtscens,  Rehd 
Allied  to  A    pictum      Tree,   to   60   ft     Ivs    usually  3-lobed,   2  4 
in     across,    beneath   covered  with  a  yellowish   or  fulvous  pubes- 
cence    W    China     Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum — A    htttro- 
phyllum,   Willd=-=A    orientale— 4     HoAkeri,  Miq      Allied   to  A 
Davidn      Tree,  60  ft      Ivs    cordate-oblong,  serrate,    10  in    long, 
quite  glabrous  beneath     Himalayas  — A    hylndum,  Spach     Prob- 
ably     A      italum  X  pseudoplatanus — 1       hybridum,      Baudr  =A 
Boscu  — A    Li'viaatum,  Wall     Allied  to  A    oblongum     Small  tree 
Ivs    oblong,   nearly  entire,   attenuate   at    the    base,   peiimnervcd, 
beneath       Himalayas,    China    -A      Lingatum.     Hort    -A 
latum— ,4      Lobthi,    Ten      Allied    to    A      cappadocieum 
Branches  glaucous     Ivs   routidtd  at  the  base,  lobes  mostly  undu- 
lated, abruptly  pointed   Italy    -4    Maximowiczii,  Pax  (A   urophyl- 
lum,  Maxim)    Allied  to  A  Tschouosku    Small  tree    Us   3-5-lobed, 
doubly  serrate,  thf>  middle  lobe  much  elongated,  long-acuminate, 
glaucescent    beneath,  glabrous,    2  3    in    long     fr    slender-stalked, 
wings  spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle     Cent   (  hina     STS   1  SI   — 
A    Mdyrn,  Schwenn     Allied  to  A    eappadocicum  and  A    amplum 
Tree  with  smooth  bark    Ivs   usually  3-fobod,  glabrous,  3  in   acioss, 
lobes  very  broad,  long-acuminate    wings  of  fr    upright,  incurved 
Japan  —A    mexic&num,  Pax  (Negundo  mexicanum,  DC     A    ser- 
ratum,  Pax)     Allied  to  A    Negundo     Lfts    3,  pubescent  hem  ath, 
densely  serrate    fr    glabrous,  wings  spreading  at  an  acute  angle. 
Mex—  1  micrdnthum,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Allied  to  A  Tschemoskn  Shrub 
or  small  tree    Ivs    5  7-lobod,  lobes  incised  and  doubly  serrate,  gla- 
brous   fls  anrlfr  small    SZ  1    141    SIF  2   11  -A  mapohthnum, 
Ten  =A    obtusatum — A    nrglfctum,  I  auge    (A    zoexe  honsc.  Pax) 
Probably  A  c ampestre  X Lobeln    Var  Annse,  Schwenn    Young  Ivs 
deep  red,  later  olive-green    M  D   190S  1 — A   ofe/wstl/uwi,  Waldst  & 
Kit     (A  neapohtanum,  Ten  )     Allied  to  A  Opalus    Small  tree  or 
shrub    Ivs    5-lobed,  pubescent  beneath,  about  4  in    across,  lobes 
broad,  often  rounded,  obtusely  denticulate     wings  of  fr   spreading 
at  a  right  angle  or  less     S    Ku  ,  N    Afr    H  W    3,  p   47    Tender  at 
the  Arnold  Arboretum — A   orient/lie,  Linn    (A  creticum,  Linn    A 
sempervirens,  Linn     A   heterophyllum,  Willd  )     Allied  to  A  mon- 
epessulanum      Shrub,  4  ft     Ivs    nearly  evergreen,   shoit-stilkcd, 
orbicular   or   oval,  entire   or   3-lohed,    }^-l}i  in    long,  glabrous 
Orient   —A    parvifldrum,  Franch    &  Sav    (A    crassipes,  Hesse,  not 
Pax     A    brevilobum,  Hesse)     Allied  to  A   caudatum     Tree    Ivs 
3-5-lobod,  pubescent  beneath,  4-b  in    across,   lobes  broadly  ovate, 
acute,  doubly  serrate     wings  of  fr    spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle 
Japan      S  I  F  2  42     Not  quite  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  — 
A    pectmAtum,   Wall      Allied   to  A    pennsylvamcum      Tree    Ivs 
3-lobed,    setosely  serrulate,  2)^-3} 2  m    acioss,  the    middle   lobe 
elongated,  acuminate     Himalayas    GC   II    15365 — A    Perdnai, 
Schwenn       Supposed    hybrid    of    A      Opalus  X  monspessulanum 
Originated  at  Vallombrosa  near  Florence — A  robustum.  Pax   Allied 
to  A  palmatum    Small  tree    Ivs  7-9-lobed,  cordate,  3  -4  in  across, 
glabrous  beneath  except  the  tufts  of  hairs  in  the  axils  of  the  veins, 
lobes  ovate,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate    wings  of  fr  nearly  hori- 
zontally   spreading      Cent     China — A     rotundllobum,    Schwerm 
(A     barbatum,   Booth,   not    Michx  )     Possibly  A     obtusatum  X 
monspessulanum  — A     Schwfnnn,    Pax      Affinity  doubtful     Lvs 
coriaceous,    ovate-oblong,  cordate,    undivided    or   3-lobed,  glau- 
cous beneath,  soon  glabrous,  5-7  in    long    fls  and  fr  unknown. 
Probably  from  the  Himalayas     Var  marmardtum,  Schwerm,  has 
the  Ivs  variegated  with  light  green    Var  monophyUum,  Schwenn, 
has  the  Ivs   2-3  J^  in  long  — A  sempervtreni,  Linn  =A   orientale  — 
A.  serr&tum,  Pax=A.    mexicanum  — A     mkkimtnse,  Miq     Allied 
to  A    Davidn     Tree     Ivs     cordate-ovate,    coriaceous,    long-acu- 
minate, quite  glabrous,  entire  or  serrulate,  4-7  in  long    wings  of  fr 
spreading  at  a  nght  angle.    Himalayas — A    sintnse,  Pax.    Allied 


to  A  Olivenanum  Tree'  IVB  5-lobed,  cordate  or  sometimes 
truncate,  glauceacent  beneath,  glabrous,  3-6  in  long,  lobes  ovate, 
acuminate,  sparingly  appressed-serrate  panicle  elongated  wings 
of  fr  spreading  homontally  Cent  China  8  T  8  1  78  J  H  S. 
20  92  ~A  itercuhaceum,  Wall  (A  villosum,  Wall  )  Allied  to  A, 
Franchetii.  Tall  tree  Ivs  3-5-lobed,  cordate,  6-8  m  across, 
tornontose  below,  coarsely  serrate  racemes  from  lateral  leafless 
buds  fr  in  long  pendulous  racemes,  often  branched  at  the  base, 
wings  of  fr  nearly  upright  Himalayas  — A  autchuenfnse,  Franch 
(A  sutchuensc,  Pax)  Allied  to  A  mandshuncum  Small  tree 
Ifts  3,  oblong-lanceolate,  unequally  serrate,  glaucous  beneath, 
l*i-3  in  long  corymb  many-fld  ,  rather  dense  Cent  China 
STS  2  112  — Probably  not  m  cult  ,  the  plant  figured  by 
Veitch  under  this  name  is  A  Heuryi — A  teffmentdsum,  Maxim 
Allied  to  A  pcnnsylvamcurn  Lvs  3 -4  in  long,  glabrous  beneath, 
lobes  short  fls  small  Manchuria  G  C  II  1575 — A  trlfidum, 
Hook  &  Arn  Allied  to  A  tatancum  Small  tree  Ivs  coriaceous, 
cuneatt  -obovate,  3-lobed,  glaucous  beneath,  glabrous,  2-3  in 
long,  lobes  entire  China,  Japan  S/2  143  —  4  urophyllum, 
Maxim  —A  Maximowiczu  --A  Vntchu,  Schwenn  Possibly 
A  crat.egifolmmXruhnerve  —  4  nllA<um,Wa.\l  =A  stercuhaceum 
—  4  TTf/wwu.  Rehd  Allied  to  A  Olive  nanum  Tree  Ivs  3-lohod, 
light  green  beneath,  glabrous,  3}2-4  in  across,  lobes  ovate  to 
oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  entire,  or  sparingly  serrate  panicle 
elongated  wings  of  the  fr  spreading  at  a  right  angle  Cent  China. 
S  1'S  1  70 — A  zocschense,  Pax=A  ueglecturn 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ACERANTHUS  (Acer,  maple,  and  antho?,  flower,  m 
allusion  to  the  maple-like  flowers)  Herbendaceae. 
BAHKKNWORT.  A  genus  of  4-0  species  of  slender, 
hardy,  herbaceous  perennials  from  Ternp  Asia  and 
Algeria,  related  to  the  native  twin-leaf,  Diphylleia.  Fls. 
variously  colored,  racemose;  sepals  7-8,  petaloid,  the 


green 


102.  Achillea  Millefohum  var.  rubrum.  ( x 


outer  ones  smaller  than  the  inner,  petals  flat.  Ivs, 
solitary — Not  commonly  cult  and  the  following  seen 
only  in  botanic  gardens 

A  diphyltus,  Morr  <fe  Decne  (Epimedmm  diphyllum,  Lodd  ). 
Plant  rhuomatous  Ifts  obliquely  cordate,  gre-en  above,  glaucous 
hencith  fls  small,  bluish  white  Japan  B  M  3448  L  B  C. 

19  l858'  N.  TAYLOR. 

ACHANIA     Malvamscus. 

ACHILL^A  (its  virtues  said  to  have  been  discovered 
by  Achilles)  Comp6i,ita>  Includes  Ptarmica  About 
100  species,  some  of  which  are  hardy  herbaceous  bor- 
der and  alpine  perennials  of  easy  culture 

Leaves  simple  or  compound,  often  ternate'  fl -heads 
small,  corymbose  or  racemose;  receptacle  nearly  flat 


206 


ACHILLEA 


ACHIMENES 


or  convex,  chaffy;  ray  fls.  pistillate,  fertile,  the  rays 
white  or  pink;  disk  fls  perfect,  fertile. 

Most  of  the  achilleas  can  be  grown  in  ordinary  gar- 
den soil,  preferring  open  sunlight  and  well-drained 
situations  Some  are  alpine  or 
sub-alpine  and  require  rock- 
garden  conditions  These  are 
indicated  under  the  individual 
species.  Dwarf  kinds  make 
carpets  in  dry,  sunny  places, 
large  kinds  suitable  for  wild 
gardens 

Propagation  in  spring  by 
division,  cuttings  and  seeds, 
chiefly  by  the  first  method  and 
easily  accomplished 

A.  Rays  about  5,  except  in 
double  forms,  half  as  long 
as  the  ovate-oblong  invo- 
lucre, fl?  white,  icd,  or 
yellow 
B  Fh  white  or  red 

Millefdlium,  Linn    MILFOIL. 
YARROW     Height  1-3  ft     Ivs 
bipmnately      parted,      segms 
linear,    3-5   cleft      fls    m   flat 
corymbs    June-Oct,    Eu  .  Asia, 
Amer    Common  in  past- 
ures —  Less    commonly 
cult  than  vars    rfcbrum 
(Fig    102)  and  rdseum, 
with  red  or  purple  fls 

BB  Flt>  ?/<  llow 
Tournef6rtii,  DC  (A. 
yqtjptKu  a, \j\r\n  )  Height 
12-18  in  Ivs  pmnati- 
sect,  segms  roundish, 
coarsely  toothed  fls 
pale  yellow  June-Oct 
Greece. 

filipendulma, Lam  (A 
Eupatbrium,  Bieb  )  Fig 
103.  Height  4-5  ft.:  st  erect,  furrowed,  glandular 
spotted  and  almost  hairy  fls.  yellow  in  dense,  convex 
compound  corymbs,  often  5  'in.  across  June-Sept. 
Orient  — Needs  staking 

holosericea,  Sibth  &  Sin  Similar  to  preceding,  but 
not  glandular  spotted  fls  as  m  A  filipenduhnn,  but 
corymbs  simple,  terminal,  and  the  petals  scaicely  as 
long  as  the  bracts  of  the  mvoluero  Mts  of  Gicece 
Summer — More  suitable  to  semi-alpine  situations 
than  A  Jllipendidina 

tomentdsa,  Linn.  A  woolly,  carpet-like  plant  for 
rockeries  Height  8-10  in.  Eu  \  Orient,  N  Amer  B  M 
498  Gn  52,  p  421. 

VA.  Rays  6—20,  as  long  as  or  Imiger  than  the  rotund  or 

campanulate  involucre',  fls  white 

B    Lvs  not  divided. 

Ptfirmica,  Linn  (A.  macrocephala,  Pill  &  Mittcrb  ) 
SNEEZE  WORT.  Height  1-2  ft  Ivs  seirate  fls  in 
loose  corymbs,  all  summer  North  temperate  regions  — 
Its  full-double  var  The  Pearl  (Fig  104)  is  much  used 
for  cut-flowers  and  m  cemeteries,  and  is  one  of  the  most 
popular  of  all  hardy  herbaceous  plants  There  are 
many  other  varieties. 

lingulata,  Waldst  (A  buglbssis,  Hort.)  A  stiff,  sim- 
ple-stemmed perennial,  simulating  A  Ptarmica,  but 
hairy  Jvs  broadly  spatulate,  the  petiole  long-attenuate 
and  dotted  heads  corymbose,  the  fls.  numerous, 
petals  3-4  times  as  long  as  the  involucre.  Sub-alpme. 
Hungary  and  southward.  Summer. 


103.  Achillea  fllipendulina. 

(Plant  xH) 


sibirica,  Ledeb  (A  mongblica,  Fisch.  A.  Ptarmi- 
coldes,  Maxim  ).  Denser  than  the  last,  more  erect  and 
rigid  height  U->-2  ft.,  fls  larger  and  in  more  compact 
corymbs  July-Sept. 

grandifldra,  Bieb  A  smooth  and  erect  perennial 
Ivs  narrowly  linear,  narrower  than  in  any  of  the 
Ptarmica  group,  distinctly  serrulate  corymbs  simple  or 
sometimes  loosely  branched,  the  peduncles  4-5  times 
longer  than  the  head;  fls  white,  large  and  moie  showy 
than  most  of  the  genus,  longer  than  the  bunts  of  the 
involucre.  Sub-alpine  and  scarcely  good  for  ordinary 
garden  conditions  Caucasus  June,  July. 

BB.  Lvs  deeply  divided 

macrophylla,  Linn  Height  3  ft  Ivs  long,  broad. 
July  Alps  (in.  52,  p  421  --Better  suited  to  shrub- 
beiy  than  to  herbaceous  bolder 

Clavenae,  Lmn  (commonly  spelled  A  Clavcnnx. 
A  aryentfd,  Hort,  not  Lain)  Dwaif,  tufted,  hoary 
alpine  plant,  height  10  in  Ivs  dentate  at  apex; 
segms  obtuse  fls  spring  and  summer  Eu.  B  M. 
1287  Gn  52,  p  421  —Thrives  in  sand 

A  \atratum,  Lmn  Fls  yellow  Eu  —  A  aatratifMui,  Benth. 
&  Hook  (\nthenus  Aizoon)  Tufted,  woolly,  Mlv.iy  gray  fls. 
white  May,  June  Alps  —A  atpltntfttta,  V<  nt  LVH  pinnate, 
smooth  fls  white  There  is  a  red-fid  form  N  \mcr-4  alrnla, 
Lmn  Dwaif,  tufted,  aromatic  nidital  Ivs  pelmlute,  cauhne  Ivs. 
ptnnattsect  fls  white  Alps  —  .1  nurea,  I  am  Us  golden  yellow, 
the  sr.ds  stipitalt  Ivs  woolly  Vug,  S.  pt  8  Eu  «  Chry- 
santhemum aehilha-folium  (which  se«  )  --  1  ,/i,«M,a»a,  Schrad 
Lvs  undivided  fls  pile  yellow  July  En  -  t  Ihrbardtn,  All. 
Dw  irf,  tutted,  aromatic  alpine  Ivs  undivided,  serrite-  fla. 
white  May,  June  —  4  Uyiiitica,  All  Lvs  pinnitihd  fls  white 
Eu  ,  (hunt  —  t  mituliiita,  Jatcj  J  vs  smooth,  pmn  ite  ly  parti  d, 
loins  uncut  fls  white  Eu  -A  ntrta,  I  inn  Dwarf,  hairy, 
woolly,  aromatic  Ivs  pmnatisret  fls  white  Spnng  Eu  l\ed 
in  making  Chartreuse —  1  oilornta,  Linn  Lvs  pinn'ilisort,  lobes 
rut  fiS  white— 1  i>ectin,,tn,  W  illd  Us  pale  yellow  —4  rup/s- 
tns,  Huter  TVS  '  jm  lung,  tmear-sp  itulate,  entire  S  Italy 
BM  0901—1  tnntolinottltt,  L  ig  1  ft  Ivs  pimiatiscc  t,  hairy- 
woolly  fls  v\ln'e  July  Spun—  1  simihi.IM/  Lvs  pmnatihd, 
woolly  fls  white  SibeniC)  -  t  ,W«i/ui,  Hort  Us  goldtri  yel- 
low, fragrant  Asia  Minor  — ,1  urnb,ll,iln,  Sibth  \try  woolly 
rock  plant,  1-3  in  Ivs  pinna tifid,  lobes  oblong,  bluntish,  entire 
or  serrate  fls  white  June  Greece  -  A  v«lesia«t,  Stem  Lvs 
pmnately  parted  fls  whit.-  June-Aug  Eu  Othi  r  trade  names 

known  in  hoit    or  botanical  literature  'N>   TAYLOR  f 

ACHIMENES  (Greek,  cheunaino,  to  suffer  from 
cold)  Including  tichteria  Ge^ntiacf^  Greenhouse 
heibs,  allied  to  gloxinias,  native  to  tropical  America, 
grown  for  bloom  in  late  spring  and  in  summer 

P I  a  n  t    upright, 
erect,    or    drooping: 
Ivs     opposite     or 
whoilcd,    serrate    or 
toothed,    mostly 
hairy    undeigiound 
sts  sc.tly  and  catkin- 
like,  and  simi- 
lar   growths 
sometimes     mv\ 
the  axils  of  the'} 
Ivs     fls     axil-  ^ 
lary,   5   calyx- 
lobes  narrow 
and    short ,    corolla- 
tube  cylindrical   and 
limb    spreading,    an- 
thers 4,  connivent  in 
the  tube,  and  a  rudi- 
ment of  a  fifth  sta- 
men, style  long,  usu- 
ally exscrted,  the  stigma  dilated  or  obscurely  2-lobed. 
— Perhaps  40  species 

The  garden  achimenes  are  much  confused  by  hy- 
bridization, and  it  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  the  pure 
species  are  in  general  cultivation  in  this  country.  Years 
ago,  the  small  red-flowered  types  (of  the  coccmea  sec- 
tion) were  frequent,  but  modern  evolution  has  proceeded 
from  the  broad-flowered  purple  species  The  species 


104.  Achillea 

Ptarmica  var. 

The  Pearl. 


ACHIMENES 


ACHIMENES 


207 


105    Achimenes,  tubers  of 
the  coccmea  section. 


described  further  on  seem  to  have  contributed  most 
largely  to  the  present  garden  forms  Some  of  the  best 
species  are  A  longiflora,  purplish  blue,  A  lonqiflora 
var  alba  maxima,  the  best  white  kind;  A  patens  var 
major,  a  large  flower  of  purplish  rose,  A  pedunculata, 
orange,  A  heferophylla,  tubular,  a  fiery  orange  at  one 
end  and  blazing  yellow  at  the  other  There  are  many 
named  varieties,  some  of  the  names  being  Latin  in 
form  In  the  grandi flora 
group  the  tubers  or  bulbs 
are  clustered;  in  the  longi- 
flora group  the  tubers  are 
pear-shaped  bodies,  growing 
on  the  ends  of  root-like 
rhizomes  The  coccmea 
(Fig  105)  and  hirsuta 
groups  are  late  bloomers 

The  rhizomes  of  aehi- 
mcncs  bhould  be  removed 
from  their  winter  quarters 
and  bpread  out  thinly  in 
boxes,  using  a  size  some  3 
inches  deep,  and  a  light 
open  mixture  of  leaf-mold 
and  band  to  stait  them  in 
The  lower  inch  in  the  box 
should  be  covered  with  some 
material  that  will  act  as 
drainage,  then  cover  with 
an  inch  or  so  of  the  compost, 
and  spread  out  the  rhizomes 
on  this  and  cover  \\ith  half 
an  inch  of  the  mixture  w  hich 
has  been  passed  through  a  half-inch  mesh  .sieve  Place 
in  a  moist  house  in  a  temperature  of  00°  to  05°  F  and 
water  sparingly  until  the  \oung  growths  appear  When 
these  are  some  2  inches  high,  they  should  be  lifted 
from  the  boxes  with  the  material  that  is  attached  to 
the  roots  and  potted  up  into  5-  or  6-inrh  pots  or  S-inch 
pans,  spacing  them  equally,  and  using  some  ten  to 
fifteen  growths  for  each  pot  or  pan  The  material  used 
for  this  potting  should  be  nch  in  humus  and  of  A  very 
open  porous  nature,  so  as  to  prov  ide  free  access  of  air 
to  the  roots  and  at  the  same  time  allow  any  excess  of 
water  to  pass  away  freely  A  useful  mixtuie  for  this 
purpose  is  equal  parts  of  loam,  leaf-mold  and  sand 
About  one-third  the  depth  of  the  pots  or  pans  should 
be  occupied  with  drainage  All  the  rhizomatous  forms 
of  achimenes  are  shallow-rooting,  so  that  there  is  no 
advantage  in  using  laige  and  deep  pots  This  method 
of  starting  the  rhizomes  first  and  then  potting  those 
that  have  been  started  together,  is  much  to  be  piefer- 
red  to  potting  them  up  directly  into  the  flowering 
sizes,  which  method,  however,  is  practised  by  manv 
cultivatois  The  advantage  of  the  method  advised  is 
that  all  the  pots  are  filled  regulaily  with  growths  of 
equal  si/e  and  vigor,  whereas  in  the  other  and  older 
method  the  rhizomes  often  start  irregularly  and  the 
pots  are  only  paitially  filled  with  growths  After  pot- 
ting up,  the  pots  should  be  replaced  again  in  the  same 
house  as  the  rhizomes  were  started  in,  and  kept  shaded 
from  all  hot  sun  From  this  penod  onward,  growth  is 
rapid  and  care  must  be  taken  not  to  allow  any  of  them 
to  suffer  for  want  of  moisture  at  the  roots,  or  failure 
will  ensue  When  the  plants  are  6  or  8  inches  high, 
feeding  with  weak  liquid  manure  should  begin,  and 
should  be  continued  regularly  until  the  plants  show 
signs  of  exhaustion  after  flowering  When  the  flowers 
appear,  the  plants  should  then  be  removed  to  a  some- 
what drier  airy  greenhouse,  kept  at  a  temperature  of 
about  50°  F  ,  where  they  will  remain  until  the  flower- 
ing season  is  over  They  may  then  be  removed  to  a 
greenhouse  or  coolframe  to  ripen  up  The  water-sup- 
ply should  be  gradually  reduced  until  the  plants  die 
down  The  best  method  of  storing  the  rhizomes  is  to 
shake  entirely  out  of  the  old  soil,  mix  them  up  in  a  box 


of  sand,  and  keep  them  entirely  dry  in  a  shed  which 
does  not  fall  below  a  temperature  of  45°  F  until  the 
time  comes  round  for  starting  them  again  in  March  or 
April  — Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  means  of  the 
rhizomes  Each  of  these  may  be  used  for  forming  one 
or  many  plants  Some  of  the  kinds  form  numerous 
scaly  buds  or  short  rhizomes  in  the  axils  of  the  upper 
leaves,  these  may  be  .saved  and  treated  in  exactly  the 
.same  way  as  the  undei  ground  rhizomes  for  propaga- 
tion Cuttings  of  any  of  the  sorts  root  readily  in  a 
moist  warmhouse  in  summer-time  Every  node  may 
be  used  for  btoek  and  the  parts  may  be  inserted  with- 
out removing  the  leaves  —All  members  of  the  genus, 
including  the  numerous  garden  forms,  are  of  the  easiest 
possible  culture,  and  there  are  few  greenhouse  plants 
that  \\ill  furnish  such  a  display  of  flowers  at  such  a 
little  cost  in  time  and  attention  Some  of  the  forms 
of  weak  habit  make  charming  subjects  for  glowing  as 
basket  plants  (C  P  Raflill  J 
\  Fl*  colored,  the  tube  usually  not  more  than  twice  the 

length  of  tht  limb 
B.  Blossoms  .small,  red,  scarlet,  or  oranqe  the  limb  narrow 

and  t>owetinni>  nut  ittuch  spreading 
ocellata,  Hook  Rhizomes  small  and  tuberous  st 
1-2  ft  l\s  rich  gieen  above  and  purple  beneath,  ovate, 
strongly  serrate,  \\ith  conspicuous  purplish  petioles 
fls  small,  1  in  long,  broad-tubed,  spotted  with  black 
and  >ellov\,  the  lobes  short  and  obtuse  and  well  sepa- 
rated, drooping  on  reddish  peduncles  Panama  B  M 
4359  — Fine  for  foliage 

coccinea,  Pers  Fig  10")  Height  1-2  ft  st  reddish 
Ivs  3-whorled  or  opposite,  green,  ovate-acuminate, 
senate  fls  small,  scarlet,  the  corolla  twice  longer  than 
the  erect  lanceolate  parted  cal>\  on  short  peduncles 
Minute  Ivs  often  borne  in  the  axils  Blooms  late 
Jamaica  — One  of  the  older  t>  pes 

heterophylla,  DC  (.1  ignftcens,  Lem  A  Ghu> 
brtchtu,  Hort ).  Root  fibrous  st  1  ft  or  less,  dark  pu,- 
plc,  somewhat  hairy  Ivs  ovate-acuminate,  stalked,  ser- 
rate, the  2  of  each  pair  usually  unequal  in  size  fls 
solitary,  on  peduncles  somewhat  longer  than  the  It  - 
st  Uks,  long-tubular  and  slightly  curved,  with  a  narrow 
n<  arly  equal  flar- 
ing limb,  rich 
scarlet,  yellow 
within.  Mex. 
B  M  4871  — 
This  species  has 
tubers  like  those 
of  the  giandi- 
ilora  section 

pedunculata, 
Be  nth  Rhi- 
zomes scaly  st 
1 '  2-2  ft  ,  hairy, 
reddish,  <,uber- 
bcaring  Iv 
opposite,  small, 
ovate,  sharply 
serrate,  green, 
hairy,  on  short 
reddish  stalks 
fls  medium  size, 
drooping  and  dilated  upwards,  yellow-red  with  dark 
markings  and  a  yellow  throat,  the  limb  comparatively 
shoit,  on  long  (4-5  in  )  bracted  sts  Guatemala  B  M 
4077 

BB   Blossom  large,  with  wide-flaring  limb,  mostly  violet  in 
main  color 

longifldra,  DC  (.1  Jaurcguia,  Warscz )  Fig  106 
Rhizomes  root-like  and  filiform,  producing  pear-shaped 
tubers  at  their  ends  st  1-2  ft ,  hairy  Ivs  opposite  or 
3-4-whorled,  ovate-oblong,  seirate.  hairy,  paler  and 


106.  Achimenes  longiflora.  ( X  H) 


208 


ACHIMENES 


ACINETA 


sometimes  tinted  beneath:  fls  solitary,  the  corolla  sal- 
ver-shaped, with  a  long  and  graceful  tube,  the  limb 
very  large  and  widely  spreading,  violet-blue  and  whit- 
ish beneath,  the  lowest  segm  sometimes  divided. 
Guatemala.  B  M  3980  P  M  9.151  —A  popular  blue 
type.  Var  dlba  mdxnna,  Hort  Fls  large,  white. 

grand  ifldra,  DC  Fig  107  Lvs  mostly  larger  than 
in  last,  rusty  below  fls.  often  more  than  one  from 
an  axil,  very  large,  distinctly  red-tinged  Mex  B  M. 
4012  — A  popular  red  or  wine-colored  type. 

patens,    Benth     Height    1-1  Jij    ft      Ivs    unequal, 
ovate-acuminate,  hispid  and  serrate1   fls    violet-blue, 
with  downy  calyx,  tube  shorter  than  spreading  crcnate 
limb    Var  major,  Hort     Large-fld     Mex 
AA  Fit*  pure  ivlute,  the  tube  3—4  (t  mcs  the  length  of  the  limb. 

tubifldra,  Nichols  ,  Suppl  p  183  (Gloxinia  tubiflora, 
Hook  Doluhodhra  tubifldra,  Hanst ).  St.  short,  with 
opposite  oblong- 
acummate,  crenate, 
short-pet loled  Ivs 
fls  4  in  long, 
curved,  gibbous  at 
the  base,  the  tube 
downy,  the  pedicels 
opposite  and  2  in. 
long  Argentina  B 
M  3971  —Tubers 
solid,  much  like  a 
potato 

A  amdbihs,  Decne  => 

Nffgelm     mill  ti  flora  — 

A   atrosangumea,  Lindl 

=A     foliosa  — ^1     ain~ 

dida,     Lindl  —  Dicyrta 

Candida  — A     cuprenta, 

Hook  =EpiH(ea  cupre- 

ata  — A    fohosa,  Morr 

Lvs     cordate,    unequal. 

fls     crimson,   with    Bac- 
cate   tube    1    in     long, 

with  narrow  limb    Gua- 
temala —  A     glojnnue- 

fldra,  1'orkel  —Gloxinia 

plabrata — A      hirittta, 

DC     Loose  grower    st 

bulbiferous     fls     rather 

large,  with  swollen  tube 

and  oblique  limb,  rose, 

with  yellow  and  spotted 

throat      Gua- 
temala     B  M 

4144    P  M  12 

7     Once  popu- 
lar—.4    Kleh, 

Paxt      Dwarf 

fls     pink -pur- 
ple     P  M    16. 

289  Form  of  A. 

longi  flora  —A 

lanhta,   Hanst. 

(Scheena    lan- 

ata,      H.mst ) 

Woolly     or 

'hite-hairy   fl  pinkish  or  lilac,  large  and  showy     Mex    B  M  4963 
lit   to  4954)  —A   multifldra,  Gardn     Hairy    Ivs  broad 


107   Achimenes  grandiflora.  ( X  X.) 


(al 


t  to  4954)  —  A  muUifldra,  Gardn  Hairy  Ivs  broad-ovate  fls. 
blue,  frn«ed  Brazil  BM  3993  —A  picta,  Benlh  =Tydsea  picta 

—  A    rtisea,    I  indl      Fls    pink    or    rose,   the    peduncles    many-fld 
Guatamala  —  A      Schetnl,     Hernsl     (Scheena    mexicana,    Seem  ) 
Erect,  with  purple  or  blue,  large  and  showy  fls     Mex     B  M  4743 

—  A   Sktnnen,  Gord  ,=A  hir«uta  —  Garden  forms  and  hybrids  arc 
A    flonbunda,   A    intermedia,    A    Jtiyu,   A    Mountfordn,   A   nsrge- 
hoirfes,  A   n&na,  A   wnu&ta  (P  M   15  121),   A    Verscliaff(U\\ 

L  II  B 

ACHLYS  (the  goddess  of  obscurity).  Berbendacex. 
Hardy  herbaceous  perennial  allied  to  the  may-apple, 
and  sometimes  so  called  where  wild  Lvs  all  radical, 
with  3  Ifts  •  fls  minute,  apetalous,  numerous,  spicate, 
on  a  slender  scape  fr  very  small,  at  first  pulpy  but 
becoming  dry  —  Species  2,  one  of  them  Japanese 

triphylla,  DC  Rootstock  terminated  by  a  strong, 
scaly  winter-bud  Ivs  1  or  2,  on  petioles  1  ft.  or  more 
long;  Ifts.  fan-shaped,  sinuate-dentate,  2^x5  m  • 
scape  1  ft.  long-  spike  1  in  long  Spring  Calif  to 
Brit.  Col  ,  in  shady  woods  —  An  interesting  and  delicate 
plant  Intro.  1881 


ACHRAS-   Sapodillo 
ACHYRANTHES.    Iresine 

ACIDANTHfeRA  (from  akis,  a  cusp,  and  anthera, 
an  anther,  in  allusion  to  cuspidate  anthers)  Indacese* 
Tender  herbaceous  perennials. 

Leaves  many,  linear,  ensiforrn,  1-1  ]/2  ft  long  spikes 
3-6-fld.,  simple,  lax  fls  long-tubed,  the  tube  slightly 
dilated  upwards;  stamens  unilateral,  inserted  at  or 
below  the  throat  corms  roundish,  flattened,  covered 
with  a  matted  fiber  Natives  of  Trop  and  S  Afr., 
and  intermediate  between  Gladiolus  and  Ixia 

The  propagation  is  by  seed  oi'by  the  numerous  corms. 

tricolor,  Hochst  Fig  108  St  15-18  in  fls  creamy 
white,  blotched  chocolate-brown  within,  fragrant 
corms  J'2-l  in  diam  Abyssinia  G  F  1  486,  487 
(adapted  in  Fig  108)  Gn  47  343  G  C  III  20  393. 
Mn  8  11  —  Requires  a  somewhat  stifier  soil  than  the 
tender  species  of  gladiolus  May  be  grown  in  a  tub 
outdoors  during  summer,  and  flowered  within  during 
Oct.  Several  corms  in  a  large  pot  give  good  results. 
Corms  should  be  dried  as  soon  as  lifted,  to  prevent  rot. 

A  scquinoctiahs.  Baker  St  3-4  ft,  -.tout,  stiffly  (net  hs 
strongly  ribbed  fls  about  t>  in  a  diMithous  ^plk(  ,  the  tube  j-0  in 
long,  white,  blotched  crimson  01  purple  \vithin  conns  large 
Sierra  Leone  B  M  7,i(H  May  be  u  stronger-growing  and  more 
tropical  form  of  the  above  UtquiKs  wsirmhouso  cultun  —A 
cdndida,  Rendle  A  slender,  i  re<  t,  leafy  ht  rb  fls  white.  \ery  sweet- 
scented  Trop  E  Afr  B  M  7S7<)  A^  rf  AYLOR  t 

ACIN&TA  (immovable,  referring  to  the  jomtless  lip) 
OrchulaciJ.  Epiphytic  hothouse  oicluds 

Pseudobulbs  conic  or  ovate,  with  the  large  plicate- 
veined  Ivs  articulated  to  the  summit  fls  fleshy, 
home  in  pendulous  racemes  on  lateral  leafless  scapes, 
sepals  broad,  equal,  finally  somewhat  spreading, 
petals  similar  to  the  sepals  but  .smaller,  lip  flesh}', 
continuous  with  the  base  of  the  column,  the  middle 
lobe  continuous  or  aitieukted,  entire  or  3-lohed; 
polhnia  2  —  About  10  species,  distnbuted  from  Mex. 
to  northern  S  Amci 

These  plants  requuc  a  warm  house  and  plenty  of 
moisture  dunng  the  growing  season,  with  a  decided 
rest,  to  make  them  flower  They  need  to  be  culti- 
vated in  wooden  baskets  and  suspended  from  the  roof 
of  the  house,  as  the  flower-spikes  are  always  produced 
from  the  base  of  the  bulbs  and  there  should  be  no 


sary,  once  a  week  in  the  growing  season,  to  take  tho 
plants  dowrn  and  give  a  soaking  by  immersion,  m  addi- 
tion to  the  ordinary  spraying  overhead  from  day  to 
day,  in  this  way  alone  can  one  be  sine  of  the  proper 
growing  conditions  In  winter,  much  less  water  is 
required  Propagation  is  by  division  of  the  plants  in 
spring  (Orpet  ) 

Barkeri,  Lindl  (Penstena  Bdrken,  Bat  em  )  Fig  109. 
Pseudobulbs  conic.  4-5  in  long,  usually  bearing  3  or 
more  Ivs  2-3  ft  long  fls  yellow,  striped  with  red- 
brown,  12  or  more,  in  pendulous  racemes  Mex  B  M. 
4203  IH  2-44.  Gn  54,  p  332  P  M  14  145  G  M. 
40-697 

Humboldtii,  Lindl  (Pent>thia  Humboldtii,  Lindl. 
A  superba,  Reich  b  )  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  about  3 
in  long,  bearing  3  or  4  Ivs  about  1  ft.  long  fls  choco- 
late, spotted  with  crimson,  G  or  more,  in  pendulous 
racemes  Mts  of  N.  S  Amer  Gn  3  11,  32,  p  157: 
25,  p.  482  Var.  Cfilmanii,  Hort.  Fls  profusely  spotted 
with  purple 

A  chrysdntha,  Lindl  Fls  golden  yellow,  the  hp  whitish,  and 
the  column  purplish  or  crimson  Mex  —A  dtnsa,  Lindl  (A  War- 
scewiczu,  Klotzsch)  FU  in  a  demc  raceme,  pale  yellow,  externally 
spotted  with  reddish  brown,  fragrant,  lip  yellow,  marked  with 
crimson  Costa  Rica  B  M  7143  —A  HrubyAna,  lieichb  Fla. 
white,  the  lip  spotted  with  purple  Colombia  —  A.  Mobre*, 
Rolfe  Fls  straw-colored,  sub-globoae,  thickly  brown-spotted; 


ACINETA 

the  lip  fleshy,  the  lateral  lobes  obliquely  reniform,  the  midlobe 
oblong,  blunt  S  Amor.  B  M  8392  —A  aulcala,  Ileichb  f  Flu. 
yellow,  otherwise  similar  to  A  Hurnboldtu 

GKORGK  V  NASH  f 

ACIPHtLLA  (Groek  for  sharp-leaved)  Umbelllferx 
About  a  dozen  or  so  herbs,  all  of  New  Zealand  except  2 
m  the  nits  of  Austral  ,  sometimes  seen  in  rock-gardens 
but  apparently  not  grown  in  N  Amer  Plant  erect,  and 
rigid,  somewhat  spiny,  with  thick  pinnate  Ivs  ,  and 
the  small  fls  in  compound  bracted  umbels  Some  of 
them  are  large  plants.  Allied  to  Ligusticum. 

ACIS:  Leucojum 


(mucronate  anthers)  Sometimes 
spelled  Acokanth^ra  Syn  ,  TorirophUEa  Apocunacex 
A  genus  consisting  of  5  species  of  African  shrubs, 
cult  in  greenhouses  N  ,  and  outdoors  in  Fla  and  Calif 
Fls  with  the  odor  of  jasmine,  lasting,  calyx  5-partcd, 
glandless,  corolla  5-paited,  its  5  lobes  twisted  In 
Cent  Fla  ,  they  requue  some  protection  during  the 
winter  Prop  by  cuttings  taken  early  in  the  spring 

spectabilis,  G  Don  (Toxicophl&a  spectdbilii*,  Sond 
T  Thunbergii,  Hort,  ,  not  Harv )  WINTER-SWEET 
Lvs  3-5  in  long,  short  petiolate,  leathery,  elliptic, 
acute,  shining  above  fls  numerous,  in  dense,  axillary, 
branched  cymes,  which  are  sometimes  2  ft  long,  pure 
white,  veiy  sweet-scented  fr  blackish  purple, 
almost  as  large  as  an  olive  and  of  the  same  form,  con- 
tains one  large,  nut-like  seed  Natal  B  M  6359 
R  II  1879  270  G  F  0  185  G  C  1872  363  —Poison- 
ous The  plants  cult,  under  this  name  are  said  by 
trade  catalogues  to  have  pink  or  violet  fls 

venenata,  G  Don  (Toxicophl&a  ce^lraHdes,  DC  T 
Thunbergii,  Harv  ,  not  Hort  )  BUSHMAN'S  POISON 
Fls.  white  or  rose.  Differs  from  the  above  in  the  well- 
marked  venation 
of  the  Ivs  ,  its  fls  a 
third  smaller,  its 
calyx  not  pubes- 
cent,  and  its 
corolla  -  limb  less 
widely  spreading 
I  H  32  553 
RH  1880  370 

N    IVkLORf 

ACCELORRHAPHE  (name 
of    uncertain    origin)       Pal- 
niact'y?,    tribe    Coryphesr      A 
genus      of      2      species      of 
American    palms   allied   to  Brahea 
and  distinguished  from  it  by  techni- 
cal characters  of  the  albumen     A. 
Wrightn,  Wendl  ,  a  graceful,  slender 
palm  with  almost  orbicular-bladed 
trunk  thin,  scarcely  exceeding 
4-7 ft    Ivs  long-petioled,madeupof 
about  50  namnv  segrns  ,  all  united 
at  the  base      Cuba  and  Honduras 
— Has   been  cult    outdoors  at  the 
botanic  gardens  at  Bvutenzorg  and 
Calcutta   and    in   extreme    S     Fla 
Unique  but  little  known  outside  of 
botanic  gardens    Grows  with  great 
vigor  in  rich  moist  soil 

N.  TAYLOR. 

ACONITE,  WINTER:    Eranthvs 

A  C  O  N 1 T  U  M .  Ranuncuttcex. 
ACONITE  MONKSHOOD.  WOLFS- 
BANE  A  group  of  hardy  ornamen- 
tal, perennial  herbs,  much  used  in 
borders  and  masses  for  their  showy 
109.  Aclneta  Barkeri.  flowers  and  effective  foliage 

( x  w  Root  tuberous,  turnip-shaped,  or 

14 


108.  Acidanthera  bicolor. 


ACONITUM 

thick-fibrous    st  tall  or  long,  erect,  ascending 
ing    Ivs    palmately  divided  or  cleft  and  cut-lobe^ 
large,  irregular,  showy,  sepals  5,  the  large  upper  sep.. 
m    shape    of    a 
hood    or    h  e  1- 
met;  petals  2-5, 
small ,    stamens 
numerous ;    car- 
pels 3-5,  ses- 
sile,    many- 
ovuled,  form- 
ing     follicles 
when      ripened 
The   number  of 
fapecies    varies 
from  18-80,  with 
different  botan- 
ists     Native  in 
mountain    re- 
gions    of     Eu , 
Temp  Asia,  and 
5   m  N     Amer. 
Reichenbach 
Monographia 
Generis  Aconiti, 
Leipsic,    1820, 
2     vols  ,     folio; 
lllustratio    Spe- 
cieium    Aconiti, 
Leipsic,   1822-7, 
folio    Many  spe- 
cies are  planted 
m  European  gardens,  but  only  a  few  have  been  much 
used  in  Amer 

The  acomtunH  yield  important  drugs,  although 
none  of  them  is  grown  for  this  purpose  in  this  country 
The  officinal  aconite  is  domed  from  the  roots  of  A 
Napelluf,  from  England  and  continental  Europe  The 
leaves  are  also  used  for  medicinal  purposes  A  japom- 
cum  yields  Japanese  aconite,  1  (hinfu^e.  ihc  Chinese 
aconite,  and  A  ferot  the  "hish"  or  Nepaul  aconite 
The  poisonous  alkaloid  ncointm  is  secured  from  A 
Naptllut,  and  similar  alkaloids  fiom  ^4  fetor,  A  lun- 
dam  and  A  palmatum,  of  India.  J  F-ftchcn,  A  Lycoc- 
tonurn,  A  wptftitnonalc  Not  all  these  species  are 
described  here,  as  they  are  not  horticultural  subjects 
rl  hose  plants  present  a  pleasing  contrast  to  the  yel- 
low helianthiib  and  rudbockias,  tht  white  of  Phlox 
pdtuculata,  to  Chrysanthemum  maximum  and  Anemone 
japonica  They  are  also  effective  for  mixing  in  on 
shmb  borders  The  first  season,  these  herbs  do  not 
attain  their  full  perfection  Acomtums  should  be  left 
undisturbed  as  long  us  possible  They  will  survive  the 
north(  in  winters  if  kept  under  a  leaf-covering,  while  for 
the  central  part  of  the  countiy,  straw  or  evergreen 
boughs  are  sufficient  piotection 

The  following  species  do  well  in  any  garden  land,  but 
respond  better  if  given  very  nch  soil  They  thrive  m 
open  sun,  but  floweis  last  longer  in  shaded  places. 
Aconites  should  never  be  planted  in  or  too  near  the 
kitchen-garden  or  the  children's  garden,  as  the  roots 
and  some  of  the  flowers  have  a  deadly  poison  They  are 
suited  to  the  back  of  the  border,  as  they  are  tall 

Propagation  is  effected  oasil>  bv  division  of  roots  m 
either  late  fall  or  early  spring,  also  bv  seeds  sown  as 
soon  as  mature,  in  warm  spring,  in  the  North,  the 
seeds  may  be  started  in  small  seed-beds  in  the  bpnng 
and  then  be  transplanted  when  the  seedlings  are  about 
2  inches  high.  In  the  Central  States  and  southward, 
a  year  is  gamed  by  sowing  the  seed  m  late  summer  or 
early  fall. 

A.  Roots  globular-tuberous. 
B.  Lvs.  deeply  cut,  but  not  to  the  base. 
Fischeri,  Reichb    (A.  columbidnum,  Nutt.    A    cali- 
fdrnicum,  Hort.).    Sts    4-6  ft  .  Ivs    large,  smooth,  3- 


210 


ACONITUM 


ACORUS 


parted,  attractive:  segms  much  cut  and  divided:  fls. 
numerous,  pale  blue,  panicled,  pedicels  pubescent; 
helmets  hemispherico-conical  Autumn  N.  Amer  and 
Asia.  F  8  R  1  214  11  B  33  205  (as  A  smensis  var 
tricolor]  Var  Wflsonii  (A  Wikonu,  Stapf),  is  a  very 
tall  form,  with  violet  fls  R  H  1910,  p  223  Gn  W. 
21:197.  Gn  64,  p.  339  B  M  7130  (as  A.  Fischeri) 

Cammarum,  Linn.  (A  decorum,  Reichh.  A  exaltd- 
tum,  Bernh  )  St  3-4  ft  Ivs  with  short,  blunt ish  lobes: 
fls  pin  pie  or  blue,  panicles  or  loose  spikes  few-fld; 
helmet  hemispherical,  closed  July-Sept  Hungary 
Intro  1889 — A  Storkianum,  Roichb  ,  is  a  dwarf  form 
of  this,  with  fewer  fls  and  somewhat  fibrous  roots 

uncinatum,  Linn  WILD  MONKSUOOD  Fig  110  St. 
slender,  3-5  ft ,  inclined  to  climb  Ivs  thick,  deeply  cut 
into  3-5  cut-toothed  lobes  fls  loosely  panic-led,  but 


crowded  at  the  apex,  blue,  pubescent,  1  in  broad,  hel- 
met erect,  nearly  as  broad  as  long,  obtusely  conical' 
follicles  3  June-Sept  Low  grounds  of  Pa  ,  S  and  W. 


1 10    Aconitum 
uncinatum. 


Japan    Mn  4  81  — Much  planted  now 

BB    Lvs  divided  to  (he  base. 

variegatum,  Linn     Erect,  1-6  ft     Ivs.  variously  di- 
vided mto  usually  broad  lobes  and  cut  divisions,  lower 
petioles  long,  others  short  or  none,  fls  in  a  loose  pani- 
cle or  raceme,  blue,  varvmg  to  whitish,  rather  smooth, 
helmet  higher  than  wide,  top  curved  forward,  vit>or 
pointed,   horizontal  or  ascending.    July 
Eu  — A  dlbum,  Ait ,  is  a  pure  white-fld. 
form  of  this,  with  rather  fibrous  roots    A. 
volubile,  var   latisectum,  Hort  ,  is  a  twin- 
ing form  of  A  variegatum    The  plants  are 
allowed  to  ramble  naturally  or  to  climb 
on  arbors;  height  8  ft    Var  tennisectum, 
Hort.    Sts    slender  though  not  twining' 
large  blue  fls    Manchuria 

AA    Roots  long-tuberous. 

B  Carpels  usually  5 
jap6nicum,  Decne  St.  erect,  3-4  ft., 
smooth  Ivs.  dark  green,  shining,  petioled: 
lobes  2-3  times  cut,  the  parts  blunt  and 
deeply  toothed  fls  large,  deep  blue  or 
violet,  tinged  with  red,  on  loose  panicles 
with  ascending  branches,  helmet  conical, 
beak  abruptly  pointed  follicles  5  July- 
Sept.  Japan.  Intro.  1889  R  H  1851,  p. 
475.  Var  ceruleum,  Hort  Fls  very  abundant; 
panicles  shortened. 

BB.  Carpels  3  or  4- 

Napellus,'  Linn.  (A    tauncum,  Jacq    A  pyramidalc, 
Mill    A.  munctum,  Koch).  TRUE 
MONKSIIOOD      OFFICINAL    ACON- 
ITE    Fig.  111.    The  best  known 
and  most  poisonous  species,  and 
used  in  medicine     Sts  erect,  3-4 
ft.:  Ivs   divided  to  the  base,  and 
cleft  2-3  tunes  into  linear  lobes 
fls   blue,  m  a  raceme;  peduncles 
erect,    pubescent;  helmet    broad 
and  low,  gaping,  smoothish     fr 
3-4-cellcd     June,  July     Gn    M. 
4'34.  RV  8'2    Gn  12,  p  362  — 
Very  many  varieties,  differing  in 
shade  of  fls.   often    mottled   or 
lined  with  white.    Var.  album  is 
r  early  white     Var.   bf  color  and 
var.  versicolor,  much  used 
in  gardens  for  the  large  blue 
and  white  fls     Reichenbach 
has  divided  this  species  into 
20-30  species      A.  Hdllen 
is  one  of  his  divisions  ap- 

111.  Aconitum  NapeUua  pearmg  in  catalogues.   B.M. 

(x  H)  8152  (as  var.  Emmcus] 


AAA.  Roots  in  the  form  of  a  scaly,  elongated  bulb, 
or  somewhat  fib',  ous. 
B.  Sepals  deciduous. 

autumnale,  Reichb  AUTUMN  ACONITE  Fig.  1 12  St. 
3-5  ft  :  Ivs  pedately  5-lobed  •  fls  in  a  simple  spike, 
becoming  a  panicle,  blue,  lilac,  or  whitish,  helmet 
closed  Sept.-Nov.  N  China 

Lyc6ctonum,  Linn  (A  barbd- 
tum,  Patr  A  vquarrbsum,  A. 
ochrolfitcum,  Willd  )  PALE  YEL- 
LOW WoLi'  SHANE  St  slender, 
simple,  3-6  ft  Ivs  deeply  cut 
into  5-9  lobes,  long  pf  tides  and 
under  ribs  pubescent  fls  vellow 
or  \\hitish,  in  racemes,  helmet  a 
\  pinched  elongated  cone,  middle 
,  sepals  usually  beaided  fr  usually 
3-celled.  June-Sept  Eu  ,  Siberia. 
B  M  2570.  G  M  34  124. 

BB    Sepals  pet&ibtent 
Anthdra,  Linn   (A    pyrenaicum. 
Pall.)      St     1-2   ft      Ivs     parted 
almost  to  the  base,  parts  deeply 
cut  and  lobed,  more  or  less  hispid 
beneath,  smoothish   above,  peti- 
oles long   fls  in  lateral  and  termi- 
nal  racemes,    pale   jellow,    often 
large,  racemes  or  panicles  gener- 
ally pubescent,  spur  bent  back  or 
;<*    hooked,  helmet  arched,  but  cyhn- 
-     dncal   at  base    follicles  5.    June, 
uly      S.  Eu      BM    2654    Var 
aureum,  Hort ,  and   several 
other  varieties 

4  chintnse,  Sieb  Deep  blue 
spike  of  fls  from  the  axil  of  every 
If  fohago  bold  and  hand  ome 
B  M  «52  P  M  5  .}  —  A  MphiM- 
rWium,  DC  Allied  to  A  Napel- 
lus—  4  gymndndrum,  M.ixim  ,  is 
a  good  spccus  B  M  Hll,i  —  A 
ileydnum,  E  Pntz  Sts  twining  and  ram- 
China  II B  ,n,  p  328  G  32  Jr>  —A 
h,  <troi>hvllum,  Wall  1-  Is  yr  How  .ind  viokt  Used 
as  H  tome  medium  in  Inrha  BM  0092-4. 
novtbornrenw.  Gray  Probnhly=  \  pameulatum. 
~\  ijumciililtum,  Lam  (A  toxieum,  Hrithb  ) 
Has  blue  fls  L  B  C  9MO--/1  pvramvlalr, 
Mill  Form  of  A  Napellus-- 1  reclmatum, 
Gray,  of  tho  AlleKhames,  with  white  fls  and 
largo  Ivs,  is  worth  cult  —  4  ucaptiium  v.ir. 
pyramidali,  Franeh  Lvs  broadly  5-lobed  fls  v<  ry  numerous 
£i-l  in  IOUK,  hdiotropo,  greenish  yellow  at  the  throat  Cent  C  lima 
— A  tieptentrionale  \ar  ettrpdticum,  Sims,  is  a  beiutiful  purple 
kind  closely  related  to  A  Lyooetonum  BM  2196—  A  Stork- 
lAnum,  Hort  ,  may  be  a  form  of  A  \arieRatum,  with  tho  Ivs  so 
much  cut  up  as  to  give  a  pinnate  form  — A  tortuf>i>um,  \Villd  Once 
listed  in  the  trade,  not  now  found  t^  p  T)AyT8 

ACORUS  (ancient  name  of  unknown  meaning). 
Aracfs-  Hardy,  herbaceous  water-loving  plants  Lvs 
sword-shaped,  erect  spadix  appearing  lateral,  with  no 
true  spathe,  fls  inconspicuous  They  thrive  best  in 
moist  soil,  and  may  be  gro\\n  in  shallow  water  or  on  dry 
land.  Prop  easily  in  spring  or  autumn  by  division 

Calamus,  Linn  SWEET  FLAG.  Height  2  ft  root- 
stock  horizontal,  pungent,  aromatic  fls.  early  summer. 
N.  Amer  ,  Eu.  V  2  198  Var  vanegatus,  Hort  Lvs. 
striped  deep  yellow  when  young,  fading  to  a  paler  color 
later  in  summer  Eu  — Commoner  in  cult,  than  the 
type. 

gramineus,  Soland  Height  8-12  in.  Much  smaller 
than  A.  Calamus,  forming  compact,  grassy  tufts. 
Japan  Var.  vanegatus,  Hort  Lvs  striped  white. — 
Used  in  hanging-baskets,  vases,  rockeries  and  for  cut- 
ting. Often  grown  indoors 

A  jap6mcus  argfntlo-atndtua,  Hort  ,  and  A  jap6mrua  fbha 
vaneg&tua,  Hort  ,  are  catalogue  names,  and  are  referable,  from  de- 
scription, to  A  gramineus,  Soland  var  vanegatus,  Hort 

GEORGE  V    NASH.! 


ACRIOPSIS 

ACRI6PSIS  (Greek  combination  for  top  and  eye). 
Orrhiddcea*.  A  few  epiphytic  orchids  from  the  E. 
Indies,  with  panicles  of  small  flu  with  colors  m  green, 
pink,  yellow  and  purple,  and  little  known  in  cult  A. 
latifdha,  Rolfe,  has  very  broad  Ivs  and  very  small 
whitish  yellow  red-striped  and  spotted  (is 

ACRfSTA  (origin  of  name  unexplained)  Pulmawne, 
tribe  Arecey  A  tall  palm  suitable  for  planting  S 

Leaves  pinnate,  usually  very  large,  from  10-20  in 
a  terminal  crown*  mfl  usually  maturing  well  below 
the  Ivs,  the  spadix  1  -branched,  the 
branches  coarse,  tapering  —  Only  1 
species,  A  monticola,  confined  to 
Porto  Hico,  Cuba  and  St  Kilts  The 
nearest  relative,  the  royal  palm, 
differs  in  having  a  bulging  trunk,  and 
in  having  2-3-branchcd  infls  See 
Hull  Torrey  Club,  28  555(1001) 

This  palm  is  not  as  yet  common, 
but  well  worthy  of  a  wider  cultiva- 
tion It  resembles  the  royal  palm 
but  is  shorter,  and  has  a  smooth 
trunk  of  uniform  diameter  For  cul- 
tivation see  Palms 

monticola,  ()  F  Cook  Thirtj-five 
to  45  ft  trunk  smooth,  with 
many  ring-like  scars  Ivs 
about  6  ft,  the  Ifts  lan- 
ceolate in  one  plane,  equally 
spaced,  and  nearly  at 
i  right  angles  to  the  rachis 
}  mfl  coming  out  between 
the  Ivs  ,  and  by  the  elrop- 
pmgof  latter,  appe  anngwell 
below  the  If  -crown  at  ma- 
turity, fls  not  we'll  known 
fr  with  lateral  stigrna,  gray- 
ish blown,  nearly  smooth, 
obovate,  }^  \  1  in  Bull 
Torrev  Club,  28,  pi  4  1  (as 
Thrmrorna  alia) 

N    TAYLOR. 


ACKOPHYLLUM 


211 


112    Aconitum  autumnale. 


ACROCLiNIUM    Ihhpterum 


'  ACROCOMIA  (name 

means  a  tuft  of  leaves  at  the  top)  Palmawjp,  tribe 
Hadndinta-  A  showy  genus  e>f  American  palms  Not 
popular  in  th°  trade  because1  of  their  spiny  habit  and 
rather  unattractive  >oung  state.  The  adult  p^nts, 
however,  are  very  graceful 

Leaflets  narrowly  linear,  long,  usually  obliquely 
acuminate,  the  mat  gins  naked  and  recurved,  the  mielrib 
often  spiny  on  lower  sides  of  Ifts  ,  rachis  anel  petioles 
usually  hairy,  alw  avs  more  e^r  less  spin)  fls  yellow  ish, 
monoecious,  the  spathe%s  ultimately  becoming  woody, 
calyx  small,  of  3  ovate  sepals,  corolla  of  3  oblong- 
lanceolate1  or  ovate  petals  fr  usually  about  1  in 
diam  ,  glabrous  or  sometimes  prickly  or  tomentose1 
— There  are  only  8  species,  all  natives  of  Tre>p  Amer 
except  A  Total  Mej&t  closely  related  to  Cocos,  from 
which  the  Amer  species  differ  in  having  spines  See 
G.C  II.  22  127  Bull  Torrey  Club,  28  505 

These  palms  are  usually  spiny  and  have  large,  termi- 
nal, pinnate  leaves  All  except  A  Total  should  be  grown 
in  a  warmhouse,  with  a  night  temperature  ne)t  lower 
than  60°  They  should  be  pottexl  m  soil  similar  to  that 
for  the  coconuts,  anel,  if  pe>ssible,  planted  out  directly 
It  has  been  found  by  some  that  overpotting  the  young 
plants  is  a  elanger  likely  to  be  incurred  The  palms 
grow  slowly  and  should  not  be  transferred  to  a  new 
pot  until  they  become  almost  pot-bound 

Propagation  is  by  suckers,  which  come  freely  in 
most  species  Seeds  are  not  known  in  cultivation  fe>r 
any  of  the  species  except  A  sclerocarpa. 


A.  Trunk  greater  in  diam  a  few  ft  above  the  ground 

than  elsewhere,  spines  6-6  in  long 
mfcdia,  O  F  Cook  Trunk  20-30  ft ,  conspicuously 
thickened  above  the  ground,  spines  slender,  black, 
mostly  confined  to  the  lowei  half  of  the  mternodes. 
Ivs  opening  about  as  they  are  pushed  out,  not  spire- 
like,  as  in  the  royal  paLrn,  foiming  a  dense  crown, 
Ifts  coming  out  from  the  rachis  at  all  angles  fr. 
about  1 M  m  diam  ,  fibrous  on  the  outside,  yellowish 
— A  magnificent  palm,  known  only  from  U  kS  and  not 
common  outside  of  fanciers'  collections  and  botanic 
gardens. 

AA.  Trunks  of  essentially  uniform  diam.  near  base; 
spines  1-4  in   long 

B.  IA>S  more  or  fess  spreading,  and  sometimes  drooping' 

trunk  predominately  spiny  throughout,  10-20  ft 

mexicana,  Karw  Trunk  brown-woolly,  and  covered 
with  stout  spines  1-3  in  long  l\s  terminal,  6-8  ft. 
long,  the  sheathing  bases  aimed  with  long  black  spines, 
lachts  and  petiole  spiny,  Ifls  rather  stiff,  linear,  and 
shining  spathe  very  spiny  fr  globose,  about  1  in 
diam  Mex  — This  palm  is  said  to  be  perfectly  hardy 
at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif 

BB    Lcb    mure  or  h.w  &tijf  and  trctt    trunk?  predomi- 
nately more,  tptny  abov(  than  btloic,  30-40  ft 

sclerocdrpa,  Mart  (A  acuUnta,  Lodd )  Fig  113. 
Height  30-45  ft  trunk  cylindrical,  about  1  ft  thick, 
with  black  spines  2-4  in  long,  more  common  toward 
the  summit  than  below  l\s  12-1.")  ft  long,  more  or  lese, 
erect,  segms  in  irregular  groups  of  2  or  3,  2-3  ft  long, 
/4  -1  in  wide,  smooth  and  shining  above,  whitish, 
appressed-pilose  below,  entuelv  free  of  spines,  except 
along  the  midrib  on  the  under  hide,  rat  his  tomentose, 
and  bearing  a  few  small  spmes  fr  yellowish,  a  little 
more  than  1  in  diam  Brazil  to  W  Indie  s  I  H 
15  547  —Not  hardy  at  ( Jneco,  Fla  Cult  m  Calif  but 
apparently  not  out-of-dooi->  "Giu-gru"  ami  "corozo" 
are  native  names  of  this  palm 

Total,  Mart  Trunk  30-40  ft  ,  about  10-15  in 
diam  ,  clothed  with  stout  spmes,  especially  near  the 
summit  Ivs  not  so  large  as  m  the 
preceding,  green  anel  glabrous  on 
both  .sides,  petioles  tomenlose  and 
a  little  spiny  spathe  \eiy  spiny, 
the  fls  yellowi-h  fr  globose-,  jel-  ' 
lenv,  a  lit  tie  le\ss  than  1  in  diam, 
scarcely  known  in  cult  specimens 
Paraguay  and  Argentine,  perhaps 
in  Brazil  — May  be  grown  in  cool- 
house  Offeree!  in  1912  by  Reasoner 
Bros ,  Oneco,  Fla 

A  hamnfnsw,  Hort  A  slow-grow- 
ing, thorny  plant,  of  which  htllo  is 
known,  a  trade  name 

N.  TAYLOK 

ACROPfeRA:   Gongora 

ACROPHtLLUM  (Greek, 
(op  and  leaf)  Cunomace<i  A 
monotypic  genus  allied  to  Cun- 
oma,  containing  the  Australian 
evergreen  shrub,  A.  vendsum, 
Benth  (.1  vertmllAtum,Uw&  ), 
excellent  for  .spring  flowering 
in  the  coolhouse  Prop  by 
cuttings  in  early  summer  Let 
the  plant  rest  during  summer  Do  not  expose  to  fiost. 
It  produces  many  pinkish  fls  in  dense  spicate  whorls 
near  the  top  of  the  branches.  Lvs  in  3s,  nearly  all 
terminal  anel  above  the  tis  ,  sessile,  dentate  or  ser- 
rate, cordate  and  acute  fls  with  5  petals  and  10  sta- 
mens 4-6  ft  BM  4050  (as  A  verticillatuni) . 

N    TAYLOR  f 


113.  Acrocomia 
sclerocarpa 


212 


ACROSPIRA 


ACTINIDIA 


ACROSPtRA  (name  of  ambiguous  application)  Liltr 
acex.  One  species,  A  asphodeUAdes,  Wclw  ,  from  Trop. 
Afr ,  with  the  habit  of  Eremurus,  and  white  fls.  m 
spikes,  has  been  offered  in  Eu. 

ACROSTICHUM  (derivation  uncertain).  Poly- 
podiacex  As  properly  delimited,  a  small  genus  of 
coarse  tropical  swamp  ferns,  sometimes  grown  under 
glass. 

Stem  stout,  erect'  Ivs  clustered,  erect,  once-pinnate, 
3-8  ft  high  sporangia  completely  covering  the  backs 
of  some  or  all  the  pinnae  of  the  fertile  Ivs. 

aftreum,  Linn  Fig  114  Three  to  8  ft  long,  with  pinnae 
6-10  m  long,  short-stalked,  coriaceous  sporangia  only 
on  upper  pinnae  of  fertile  Ivs  Fla  to  Brazil  and  in  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World  S  1 . 187  — Strong-growing. 
One  of  the  best  Should  be  treated  as  an  aquatic 

excelsum,  Maxon  (A  lomanoldes,  Jenman).  Similar 
in  size  to  preceding  sterile  Ivs  also  similar  Distin- 
guished by  having  sporangia  on  all  the  pinnae  of  the 
fertile  Ivs  Fla  to  Biazil 

Acrostichum  has  been  considered  to  include  a  much 
larger  array  of  species,  including,  as  in  the  pievious 
editions  of  the  Cyclopedia  of   Horticulture,  ferns  of 
very  diverse  form  and  habit  of  growth    Fern  students, 
however,  are  now  united  in  distributing  the  species  of 
Acrosticnum   as   formerly  understood   among   several 
genera    Thus  the  species  included  in  Acrostichum  m 
the  former  Cyclopedia  are  here  grouped  m  several  genera 
as  follows    Acrostichum:   (as  above). 
Elaphoglossum :     conforme,     cnnitum, 
flaccidum,  gorgoneum,  muscosum,  pilo- 
sum,  rehculatum,  simplex,  sguamosum, 
vicosum,   villosum,    Leptochilus:    ahe- 
nurn,  mcotian&folium ,  Olf  ersia :  cervina, 
Polybotrya:     osrnundacea,     Rhipidop- 
teris:   peltata,  Stenochlaena :  scandens, 
sorbifolia.  R.  c    BENEDICT. 

ACT./EA  (ancient  name  of  the  elder, 
transferred  by  Lmnanis)  Ranuncu- 
lacese.  AOTEA.  BANEBERRY  COHOSH. 
Native  hardy  hcrbacous  perennials. 
Sometimes  offered  in  collections  of 
hardy  border  plants  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  blue  cohosh,  which  is 
Caulophyllum. 

Leaflets  of  the  twice-  or  thnre-ter- 
nate  Ivs  ovate,  sharply  cleft,  and  cut- 
toothed,  fls.  small,  wnite,  in  terminal      aureum(X  >"" 
racemes,  sepals  4  or  5,  falling  early, 
petals  4-10,  clawed ;  stamens  many :  fr.  a  many-seeded 
berry 

Acteas  are  grown  chiefly  for  the  showy  spikes  of 
small  white  flowers  in  spring,  and  handsome  clusters  of 
berries  in  autumn  Useful  for  rockery  and  wild  gar- 
den, or  for  clumps  and  borders.  They  thrive  m  rich 
woods  and  shade. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in  late  fall  to  germinate 
the  next  spring  or  sown  in  spring.  Old  seed  is  said  not 
to  germinate  well  A  more  satisfactory  means  of  propa- 
gation is  by  root-division  in  spring. 

alba,  Mill  (A  rubra,  Bigel )  WHITE  BANEBERRY. 
Height  1-1 H  ft.'  much  like  A.  spicata,  but  the  Ifts. 
more  cut,  teeth  and  points  sharper;  plant  smoother: 
fls  white ?  in  an  oblong  raceme,  and  a  week  or  two  later: 
pedicels  in  fr.  very  thick;  turning  red;  berries  white, 
ovate-oblong,  often  purplish  at  the  end.  N.  states 

spicata,  Linn.  COHOSH  HERB-CHRISTOPHER  Plant 
1-2  ft..  Ivs  bi-  or  tnternate,  serrated,  fls  white  or 
bluish,  m  ovate  racemes  in  Apr  to  June,  berries  pur- 
plish black,  oblong.  Eu.,  Japan. — Less  cult,  than  the 
red-fruited  variety.  Figured  as  A.racemosam  G  W  5:4 
and  14:507.  Figured  as  A.  japonica  in  G  M.  50 '28 
and  G.W.  5:3  and  15:173. 


Var.  rftbra,  Ait.  (A.  riibra,  Willd.).  RED  BANEBERRT. 
Rather  taller  than  A.  alba  Ivs.  bi-  or  tnteinate,  ser- 
rated' fl.-cluster  white,  larger  than  in  A.  spicata  ber- 
ries bright  red,  very  handsome  Northern  states. 

Var  arguta,  Torr  Sts  rather  taller  than  var  rubra: 
Ifts  very  deeply  incised*  racemes  elongated  in  age: 
berries  either  red  or  white.  Neb.,  W.,  and  N.  W. 

K.  C    DAVIS. 

ACTINlSLLA  (Greek,  small-rayed).  Tetraneuru, 
Greene  Comp6sitx  Hardy  perennials  from  W  N. 
Arner  ,  for  cult  in  alpmo  gardens  and  the  open  bor- 
der. Height  6-12  in  *  fls  tubular  and  radiate,  yellow, 
bracts  of  the  involucre  appressed,  rays  3-toothed — Of 
easy  culture  m  light  soil  Prop,  by  division  of  the 
roots  in  spring,  or  by  seeds 

grandifl6ra,  Torr  &  Gray  (Rydbfrgia  grandiflbra, 
Greene)  Plant  densely  woolly  lower  Ivs  pmnately  or 
bipmnately  parted,  with  margined  petioles  from  broad, 
scanous  bases,  upper  cauhne  lv,s  simple  or  sparingly 
divided,  fls  2-3  in  wide,  summer — A  pretty  alpine 
plant 

scap&sa,  Nutt  Plant 
villous  Ivs  radical,  hnear- 
sp.atulate,  2-3  in  long, 
punctate,  entire  fls  1  in. 
wide,  scapes  .single,  leaf- 
let, 1-fld  ,  3-9  in  long 

A.  lannta,  Purxh=Enophyl- 
lum  cjrspitosum  -  -  A  Lanata, 
Nutt  Kliort,  cl<  nsoly  hairy  Ivs. 
with  Hcape  5-0  in  long  Huin- 

mer  N.  TAILOR  f 

ACTINIDIA  (aktu,  ray,  referring  to  the 
radiate  styles)     Dillcniaccjc     Climbing  shrubs 
cultivated  for  their  handsome  foliage  which  is 
beautifully  variegated  m  some  species,  and  a  few 
also  for  their  edible  fruit 

Twining  shrubs  winter-buds  inclosed  in  the 
ivollen  base  of  the  petiole  Ivs  alternate,  long-stalked, 
senate  or  sometimes  entire  fls  in  axillary  cymes 
sometimes  solitary,  dianous  or  polygamous,  cup- 
shaped,  i;-2  in  across,  white  or  larely  reddish,  sepals 
5,  imbricate,  petals  5,  convolute,  stamens  numerous; 
ovary  superior,  many-celled;  stylos  numerous,  ray-like 
spreading  fr  a  berry,  with  numerous  small  seeds  — 
More  than  20  species,  chiefly  in  K  Asia  from  Saghalm 
to  Java,  also  on  the  Himalayas  A  revision  of  the 
genus  has  been  published  by  Dunn  in  Jour  Linn  Soc. 
Bot  39  394-410(1911) 

About  7  species  are  in  cultivation,  of  these  A  Kolo- 
mikta  is  the  hardiest,  growing  as  far  north  as  eastern 
Canada,  A  arguta  and  A  poli/gama  are  hardy  in  Massa- 
chusetts, while  A  chmenwf,,  which  is  the  most  beauti- 
ful of  all,  and  A  coriacea,  are  hardy  only  south  of 
Washington,  but  may  be  grown  farther  north  if  taken 
down  in  autumn  and  covered  with  leaves.  A  arguta  is 
excellent  for  covering  arbors,  trellises,  walls  and  the 
like  and  is  remarkably  free  from  insects  and  fungi  A. 
Kolomikta  and  A  polygama  show  a  very  striking  silvery 
white  or  pinkish  variegation  of  the  foliage,  which  is 
more  pronounced  m  the  stammate  plant  A  arguta 
and  A  chinensis  are  also  worth  cultivating  for  their 
edible  fruits,  particularly  the  latter,  which  has  fruits 
up  to  2  inches  long,  of  a  gooseberry-like  flavor,  to 
obtain  fruit,  it  is  necessary  to  plant  both  sexes  or  a 
plant  with  polygamous  flowers.  A  polygama,  and,  in 
a  lesser  degree,  A.  Kolomikta,  attract  cats  and  are 
often  destroyed  by  them  if  not  protected  by  screens 

The  actimdias  prefer  somewhat  moist  and  rich  soil 
and  grow  as  well  in  a  sunny  as  in  a  half -shady  position 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  sown  in  spring  and 
germinate  readily;  also  by  cuttings,  of  half-ripened  wood 
in  summer  or  by  hardwood  cuttings  under  glass,  and 
also  by  layers. 


ACTINIDIA 

A.  Branchlets  glabrous:  Ivs.  glabrous  beneath  or  only 

pubescent  on  the  veins,  acuminate. 

B.  Lvs.   dark   green,    shining   above,  chartaceous,  never 

variegated,  anthers  dark  purple. 

arguta,  Miq  (A  polygama,  Lauche,  not  Miq.  A. 
volubihs,  Carr ,  not  Miq  A  rufa,  Miq ).  Fig  115 
High-eliinbing1  branches  with  brown  lamellate  pith* 
Ivs  broad-ell i ptic  or  broadly  ovate,  4-5  in  long, 
cuneate  to  subeordate  at  the  base,  setosely  appressed 
serrate,  glabrous  beneath  except  the  setose  midrib: 


ADA 


213 


115.  Actimdia  arguta.  (x  \i) 


promising  fruiting  vine;  the  frs.  have  the  flavor  of  a 
gooseberry 

A  co/Wso,  Lmdl  Similar  to  A  Kolomikta  Branchleta  with  con- 
spicuous lentioels,  with  lamnllate  pith  Ivs  oval  to  oblong,  3-5  in 
long,  serrulate,  quite  glabrous  fls  white,  %  »n  acrosn  fr  ovoid, 
spotted,  1  in  long  China  —  A  coruiceo,  Dunn  Allied  to  the  pre- 


fls. 3  or  more,  white.  %m.  across;  sepals  elliptic-oblong, 
tomentulose,  petals  brownish  at  the  base  fr  subglobose, 
greenish  yellow,  about  an  inch  long,  sweet  June 
Japan,  Korea,  Manchuria.  L I  25.  R II  1874, 
p.  394.  B.M.7197  (as  A.  polygama)  A  G.  1891.147. 
M.D.G.  1895.97;  1898.378.  G.  29  503. 

BB.  Lvs.  bright  green,  membranous,  often  variegated' 
anthers  yellow,  fls  1-3 

polygama,  Maxim.  To  25  ft.  pith  of  branches  solid, 
white*  Ivs.  broadly  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  3-6  in  long, 
rounded  or  subeordate  at  the  base,  appressed  serrate, 
mostly  setose  on  the  veins  beneath,  variegation  white 
or  yellowish  fls  white,  ^m.  across;  <>\ary  bottle- 
shaped  fr  yellow,  bitter  June  Japan,  Korea,  Man- 
churia to  Cent  and  W  China  — Known  as  silver 
vine  on  account  of  the  beautiful  silvery  white  color 
of  the  young  Ivs  of  the  stammate  plant. 

Kolomfkta,  Maxim.  Climbing  15  ft  high*  pith  of 
branches  lamellate,  brown  Ivs  ovate-oblong,  4-5  in. 
long,  rounded  or  cordate,  unequally  setosely  serrate, 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  variegation  white  or 
pink,  fls  white,  %m  across,  ovary  cyhndnc  fr  oblong- 
ovoid,  blue,  sweet  June  Japan,  Saghahn,  Manchuria, 
Cent  and  W  China  R  H  1898  36  M  D  G.  1896 
397  G  W  3,  p  61  .—The  stammate  plant  is  very  strik- 
ing with  its  beautifully  white  and  carmine  variegated 
young  Ivs. 

AA.    Branchlets   densely   hairy   Ivs.  tomentose   beneath, 
usually  rounded  or  emarginate  at  the  apex. 

chinensis,  Planch.  Climbing,  to  25  ft.:  hairs  of 
young  branchlets  and  Ivs  bright  red;  pith  of  branches 
lamellate:  Ivs  orbicular  or  oval,  cordate,  firm,  3-5  in. 
long,  cihate-serrulate,  finally  glabrous  above  and  dark 
green,  whitish  beneath  fls  several,  creamy  white, 
1^-2  in  across  fr  ovoid  or  subgloboso,  1-2  in.  long, 
hairy,  edible.  China  G  C.  Ill  46:77  and  79  R  H. 
1909,  p  473  J.HS  1903:59.  H.I.  16*1593.— The  most 
beautiful  of  the  actmidias  with  the  largest  fls.  and  a 


ceding  species  Lvs  coriaceous,  oblong  to  lanceolate,  remotely  ser- 
rate, 3-4  in  long,  petioles  less  than  1  m  long  fls  several,  reddish, 
fr  ovoid,  spotted,  J/$-?fin  long  China  Re<  ently  offered  under 
the  name  of  A  Henryi,  which  is  a  totally  different  species,  allied 
to  A  chmensis — A  mela.ndntira,  1-  ranch  Allied  to  A  arguta  Lvs 
ovate-oblong  or  oblong,  closely  serrulate  stammate  corymbs 
many-fld  ,  petals  greenish  at  the  base  fr  purple  China 

ALFRED  KEIIDER. 

ACTINOLEPIS  (Greek,  a  scale-like  ray}.  Compdsilse. 
About  6-8  species  of  hardy  annuals,  mostly  from  Calif. , 
freely  branching,  and  mostly  yellow-fid  The  fls  are 
in  pedunculate  heads  at  the  tips  of  the  branches,  rays 
usually  2-3-toothed,  in  one  series  Ivs  opposite.  Con- 
sidered by  da  Delia  Torre  and  Harms  to  be  a  sec- 
tion of  the  genus  Eriophj  Hum,  and  by  Gray  to  belong 
pioperly  to  Baeria 

coronana,  Gray  (Xh&rha  cnhfdrmca,  Hort  Baeria 
coiondna,  Gray)  Fig  lift  Lvs  opposite,  except  the 
upper  ones,  2  in  or  more  long,  pmnately,  or  the  lower 
ones  bipmnately,  parted  into  linear,  narrow  divisions* 
pappiib  of  awned  or  of  muticous,  often  erose  palese, 
rarely  wanting  B  M  3828  (as  Hymendxus  cahjdrnica} 
— One  of  the  prettiest  of  annual  fls  ,  and  deserving  of 
greater  popularity  Excellent  for  edging  An  everlasting 

N.    TAYLOR.f 

ACTIN<3MERIS  (from  Greek  nktit,  ray,  and  mens, 
part,  alluding  to  the  n  regularity  of  the  rays).  Com- 
p6t>itze  Native  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  suitable 
for  wild  gardens  and  shrubbery 

Tall,  branching,  yellow-fld  herbs,  with  aspect  of 
native  sunflowers,  but  with  smaller  fls  Ivs.  often 
decurrent  on  the  stem  fls  in  corymbose  or  solitary 
heads,  composed  of  both  ray  arid  tubular  fls. — Cult, 
like  Hehanthus  Prop  by  drusion  - 

squarrdsa,  Nutt  (Verbedna  altermfolia,  Linn). 
Height  4-8  ft  Ivs  lance-oblong,  acuminate,  toothed, 
subpetiolate,  tapering  to  both  ends  fls  numerous, 
corymbed,  yellow,  1-2  m  across  ,  rays  2-10,  irregular. 
Autumn.  E  N.  Amer 

A  hclantholdei,  Nutt  (Verbesma  hehanthoides,  Michx  )  Lvs 
Milky  \illous  underneath  rays  about  8,  usually  more  than  m  A 
squarrosa  Mn  4  129  — A  prdctra,  Steud  ,  is  only  a  taller  form 
of  A  squarrosa  N  TAYLQR  | 

ACTIN6PTERIS  (aktis,  ray,  and  ptens,  the  leaves 
radiately  cut).  Syn ,  Actmitiptens  Polypodidcese. 
Greenhouse  fenis  from  India,  resem- 
bling miniature  fan-palms  The  son  are 
linear-elongate  and  submargmal,  and 
covered  with  indusia  A  radidta,  Link 
(.1  austrdlis,  Linn,  f )  is  the  only  recog- 
nized species  Apparently  not  m  the 
ultural  t 


horticult 


l  trade. 


ACTINOST^MMA  (ray  and  wreath 
or  t>tems)  Cucurbitdccsp  Three  or  4 
species  of  climbing  or  running  plants 
from  China  and  Japan,  of  which  A. 
pamculdtum,  Maxim  ,  has  been  grown 
in  European  collections  It  is  a  hardy 
perennial  in  Cent  Eu  ,  with  tuberous 
roots,  palmate  Ivs.  and  small  fls  ;  said 
to  thrive  in  dry  and  barren  places. 

ADA  (a  complimentary  name).  Orchiddceae.  Epiphy- 
tic coolhouse  orchids 

Pseudobulbs  elongated,  bearing  at  the  apex  1-3 
coriaceous  Ivs  *  fls  nodding,  in  a  somewhat  1-sided 
raceme,  terminating  the  lateral  leafless  scape;  sepals 
nearly  equal,  free,  usually  spreading  above,  petals 
similar  to  the  sepals  but  smaller;  hp  sessile,  continuous 
with  the  base  of  the  column,  entire,  shorter  than  the 


.  Actmolepis 
coronara  flower. 


214 


ADA 


ADENANDRA 


sepals;  polhnia  2. — Species  2,  natives  of  the  Colombian 
Andes. 

Ada  aurantiaca  is  a  coolhouse  orchid  and  will  thrive 
well  with  the  odontoglossums  whore  they  are  culti- 
vated; the  bright  orange-colored  blooms  add  interest  to 
tli3  collection  when  in  spring  display.  The  culture  is 


simple  if  potted  in  peat  fiber  with  plenty  of  drainage; 
sphagnum  may  be  added  if  it  can  be  made  to  grow, 
but  if  not  it  becomes  sour  and  inert,  and  is  best  left  out 
of  the  material  for  cool  orchids  Adas  are  evergreen 
and  should  never  be  dried  at  the  roots  as  they  gro\v  in 
boggy  soil  at  8,500  feet  elevation  in  Colombia  There 
is  another  species,  A  fAhinannn,  which  is  very  distinct, 
but  since  the  unfoitunate  death  of  Consul  Lehmann, 
it  seems  never  to  have  been  remtroduced  to  cultivation 
(Orpct ) 

aurantiaca,  Lmdl  Fig  117  Pscudobulbs  2-3  in 
long,  usually  somewhat  compressed,  tapering,  bearing 
1-3  Ivs  up  to  12  in  long  fls  cinnabar,  the  sepals  and 
petals  lanceolate,  t\\ice  as  long  as  the  hp  H  M  5135 
CO,  pi  1  GC  III  13.247.  F\V  1873225  Var 
maculata,  Hurt  Sepals  and  petals  spotted  with  dark 
brown  C.O  ,  pi  la.  GEORGE  V  NASH 

ADAM-ANH-EVE:  Semperwvum  tectarum,  and  Aplvctrum  hye- 
Tna  le 

ADAMARA  (from  i  peisonal  name)  Orchiddcex  A 
name  proposed  by  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society  of 
I  ondon  to  (over  the  inultigenenc  hybrids  of  the  geneia 
Brassavola,  Cattleya,  Kpidendrum  and  La^lia,  the  name 
Linncain  being  proposed  for  combinations  of  certain 
other  orchid  genera  The  International  Congress  of 
Horticulture  held  at  Biussels  m  1910  adopted  Lin- 
neara  for  four  geneia  named  above,  and  legislated  that 
"multigenenc  hybrids  receive  a  conventional  generic 
name,  pi  ef erably  that  of  a  distinguished  man,  to  which 
is  added  the  termination  am  A  distinct  generic  name 
will  br,  formed  for  each  different  combination  of  genera." 
See  Lmneara;  also  Bra^so-cattlxlia. 

ADAMIA     Dichroa 

ADAM'S  APPLE-  Citrus  Limetta,  Musa  paradisiaca,  and 
Tabernxmontana  coronarw, 

ADAM'S  NEEDLE:     Yucca 

ADANSONIA  (named  after  M  Adanson,  French 
botanist).  Bombacacex.  A  genus  of  10  species  of  tropi- 


cal shrubs  and  trees,  closely  related  to  Bombax*  fls. 
large,  pendulous,  petals  5,  white,  obovate,  stamens 
numerous,  united  in  a  column  about  the  styles;  ovary 
5-10-eelled.  fr  oblong,  woody,  mdehiscent,  filled  with 
a  mealy  pulp  in  which  are  numerous  seeds 

digitata,  Linn  BAOBAH  THICK  Figs  118,  119. 
Height  not  more  than  60  ft  chain  said  to  be  some- 
times 30  ft  or  more  and  to  have  the  thickest  trunk  of 
any  tree  in  the  world  Ivs  palmate,  with  3  Ifts  m  young 
plants,  and  5-7  in  older  ones  fls  6  in  across,  with  pur- 
plish anthers,  on  long  axillary,  sohtaiy  peduncles; 
stigma  7-10-rayed  in  full  anthesis  Afr  B  M  2791- 
2792  GC  111  27.57— Rarely  cult  m  extreme  S. 
Fla  ,  where  fr  is  9-12  in  long,  and  called  "monkey's 
bread  "  Figs  118  and  119  are  from  specimens  growing 
in  the  American  tropics  The  fl  opens  wide,  some- 
thing like  a  spreading  hibiscus,  and  the  petals  soon  roll 
baek  and  wither,  as  shown  in  Fig  1 19  The  tree  is  very 
thick-boled,  and  the  wood  is  soft  and  light  The  tree 
is  supposed  to  attain  to  vast  age  The  fr  ot  the  baobab 
is  a  gouid-like  struetuie,  of  which  the  pulp  is  said  some- 
times to  be  eaten  and  the  juice  used  for  the  making 
of  a  beveiage  The  bark  produces  a  very  strong  fiber 

N.  TAYLOKJ 

ADDER'S-TONGUE     Erythronmm 
ADDER'S-TONGUE  FERN-   Op/Wosswm 

ADELIA  (Greek,  addos,  obscure,  from  the  small 
floweis)  Ititinclla,  Muell  Aig  Kuphoilnacejp  Thorny, 
'\  lop  American  trees,  rare  m  cult  and  piobably  of 
little  hoiticultural \alue  Lvs  alternate,  short-pet loled, 
Clustered  on  short  side  branches  fls  ditrcious  in  axil- 
laiy  clusters  or  the  pistillate  single,  stamens  8-15  A 
Jfuiftcllti,  Linn  ,  is  the  best  known  Those  grown  under 
the  name  of  A  acidotoms  should  perhaps  be  referred 
to  tiecuiine</a  buxijbha  j  #  $  NOKTON. 

ADELIA     Forcihera 

ADENANDRA  (from  the  glandular  anthers) .  Rutatex 
Small,  summer-flow eimg,  tender  shrubs  fioru  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope 

Lvs  .iltei riate,  small,  leathery,  subsessile,  entire,  glan- 
dular-dotted fls  white  or  rosy,  solitary  and  usually 
terminal,  netals  obovate,  stamens  5,  alternating  with  5 


118.  Adansoma  digitata  — Baobab  tiec  as  grown  m 
American  tropics 

stammodia  which  are  longer  than  the  stamens  — About 
20  species    Prop  by  cuttings  from  the  npened  wood. 

fragrans,  Room  &  Schult.  (Didsma  fragrans,  Sims) 
BREATH  OF  HEAVEN.  Height  2-3  ft.'  Ivs.  oblong,  ob- 
tuse, dark  green  above,  whitish  beneath,  with  a  glandu- 
lar, denticulate  margin  fls  rosy.  B  M  1519. — A  fa- 
vorite in  Calif. 

The  following  are  sometimes  cultivated  in  botanic  gardens. 
A    amdma,  Bartl    &  Wendl     1-2  ft     Ivs    obloi  '      ' 


glabi 


_       ng  or  oval,  obtuse, 

cms,  dotted  beneath    fls    white  above,  reddish  beneath  — A. 


ADENANDRA 

cmAc«o,  Lichtst  1-2  ft  Ivs  oblong,  obtuse,  glabrous,  revolute 
fls  solitary,  tonmnal,  pink  ~A  urnbcllata,  Willd  1-2  ft  lv» 
oblong  or  obovate,  dotted  beneath,  tunned  on  the  edges  fls  ses- 
sile or  nearly  so,  terminal,  pink,  the  petal  j  fringed — One  of  the 

bost  N.  TAYLOH  t 

ADENANTHERA  (from  the  deciduous  pedicillatc 
gland  on  each  anther)  Legurrnnb^v  A  group  of  4 
species  of  tender  trees,  allied  to  Mimosa  Lvs  bipin- 
nate  or  decompound  fls  small,  racemose,  usually 
golden  yellow  or  whitish  — The  following  unarmed 
evergreen  tree  is  cult  in  greenhouses  only  for  its  eco- 
nomic interest,  and  also  in  Calif  in  the  open  air  Prop 
by  seeds,  which  should  be  softened  in  hot  water  pre- 
vious to  sowing 

pavonlna  Linn  RED  SANDALWOOD  TREE  Lfts 
about  13,  ovate,  obtuse,  glabrous  on  both  faces  fls  in 
an  axillary  spike- like  raceme,  white  and  yellow  in  the 
same  cluster  Trop  Asia,  where  it  grows  to  a  tree  of 
great  size  — The  red  lens-shaped  "Circassian  seeds" 
are  curiosities  with  travelers,  and  are  used  for  neck- 
laces, and  the  like.  Plant  sometimes  called  "peacock 
flower  fence"  N  TAYLOR  t 

ADEN1A:  Modecca 

ADENOCAL^MMA,  (glandular  covering;  referring  to 
leaves,  etc  )  Sometimes  but  incorrectly,  spelled  Adtno- 
cali/nma  Bignoniact.jp  More  than  50,  mostly  Brazilian 
species  of  tender  climbing  shiubs,  closely  allied  to 
Bignoma  Fls  large,  yellow  or  orange1,  bract eate,  race- 
mose, trumpet-shaped  Ivs  ternate  01  binate  Gro\\n 
in  hothouses,  requiring  conhiderable  moisture  Prop 
by  cuttings  in  frames 

comdsum,  DC  St  rough,  punctate  Ivs  opposite, 
tnfoholate,  petioles  thickened  at  junction  \\ith  the 
blades  racemes  so  densely  clothed  at  first  \vith  large 
bracts  as  to  suggest  the  aments  of  the  hop-Mnc,  fls 

rt  1 11 t,      11 j_ l     .1 ...1 

lip      „-      _,      

Brazil    B  M  4210. 
drill 

N    TAILOR  t 

ADENOCARPUS  (aden,  gland,  Awr/ws,  fruit  easily 
distinguished  from  allied  genera  by  its  glandular  pod) 
Leguminb^F  Ornamental  \\oody  plants  cultivated 
chiefly  for  their  yelloxv  flowers 

Shrubs,  rarelv  small  trees,  more  or  less  pubescent 
Ivs  alternate,  tnfoliolate,  small  fls  papilionaceous, 
yellow,  in  terminal  racemes,  calyx  2-hpped,  the  2 
upper  teeth  free,  the  3  lo\\er  more  or  less  connate  fr 
a  glandular  pod,  oblong  or  linear,  compressed  — About 
14  species  in  S  Eu  ,  Asia  Minor,  N  and  W.  Afr , 
Canary  Isls  This  genus  consists  of  low  shrubs,  rarely 
more  than  3  ft  ,  of  spreading  habit,  \vith  handsome  fls 
produced  profusely  in  spring,  very  attractive  when  in 
full  bleom 

They  require  a  sunny  position  and  well-drained  soil 
They  are  espi  cially  adapted  for  temperate  regions,  but 
do  not  bear  transplanting  well,  and  should  be  grown 
in  pots  until  planted  They  are  also  handsome  green- 
house shrubs,  and  grow  best  m  a  sandy  compost  of 
peat  and  loam 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  greenwood  cuttings  in 
spring,  sometimes  also  by  layers  and  grafting. 

A.  Branchlels  pubescent  or  tomentose:  Ivs.  persistent, 
crowded 

visc&sus,  Webb  &  Berth  (A  Anagijrus,  Spreng  A 
frankemoldes,  Choisy)  Branchlets  pubescent  Ifts 
linear-oblong,  folded  fls  crowded,  in  short  racemes; 
calyx  glandular,  the  lateral  segm'  of  the  lower  lip 
longer  than  the  middle  one,  exceeding  the  upper  lip. 
TenenfTe 

hispftnicus,  DC  Shrub,  about  6  ft  or  more 'branch- 
lets  velvety-pubescent :  Ifts  lanceolate,  acute,  tomentose 


ADENOPHORA 


215 


oraeis  as  to  suggest  tne  amenis  01  trie  nop-Mne,  ns 
2  in  across,  brilliant  yellow,  trumpet -shaped,  upper 
lip  of  2,  and  lower  lip  of  3  rounded,  \\a\ed  lobes 
«— sil  B  M  4210. 

nihdum.  Mart     10    ft  •  Us    tnfoliolato    or    un.foliolate    ten- 
(1,  the  lft«  elliptic-oblong    fh.  yellow  m  axillary  and  tcimuial 


beneath  racemes  dense,  oblong,  manv-fld  ,  short- 
peduncled.  calyx  pubescent  and  glandular,  segms  very 
unequal,  those  of  the  lower  lip  nearly  equal,  but  much 
longer  than  those  of  the  upper  lip  Spain. 

dec6rticans,  Boiss  (A  Boisaihi,  Webb)  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  15-25  ft  .  branches  tomentose  lf+s  linear, 
pubescent1  racemes  shoit,  compact,  cah  x  villous, 
segms  nearly  equal  Spam  R  H  18X3"  156  G  C. 
11.25725.  Gn  30  408  —Resembles  English  gorse, 
but  is  thornless  Bark  peels  naturally.  Thrives  in  poor, 
sandy  soil 

AA    Branchleh  soon  glnbroux    Ivs    deciduous. 

complicatus,  Gay  (A  dwuncalus,  Sweet  A  parvi- 
fbhub,  DC  )  Much-branched  shrub.  1-3  ft  •  Ivs  decid- 
uous, fascicled,  Ifts  obovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  pu- 
bescent  beneath,  often  folded  fls  m  elongated  racemes: 
calyx  pubescent,  usually  glandular,  middle  segm  ot 
the  lower  lip  longer  than  the  lateral  ones,  usually  much 


.  Flower  of 
Adansoma  digitata. 
(XI) 


exceeding  the  upper  lip  S  Eu  ,  Orient.  B  M.  1387  (as 
Cytibu^  divaricdtub)  Var  intennedius,  Aschers  & 
Graebn  (.1  intermedium,  DC  )  Branchleta  villous 
calyx  glandular,  with  verv  unequal  lips  Spain,  Portugal, 
Madeira  Var  commutatus,  Aschers  &  Graebn  (A 
comtniitdtu,'*.  Cuss  A  telontnsis,  DC  ,  not  Robert). 
Racemes  usuall>  short,  calyx  not  glandular,  with  the 
lips  little  differing  in  length  S  Eu  ,  Orient 

.1  fohol^iu,  DP  Branches  and  Ivs  crowded,  villous  raceme* 
emnpict,  many  fld  ,  calyx  villous  Canary  Isls  —A  orandifldrus, 
Hoiss^=\  telonensis  — 4  -  ttt  rmedniK,  UC  =--A  complicatus  var 
iiitermediua  —  .1  pan  ifdhas,  DC  =  \  complicatus,  Gay  —A  telo- 
Htn»M.  Robert  (A  KiMiidiHorus.  ROIHS  )  Branches  and  Ivs  gla- 
brous riccmes  ftw-fld  ,  iiilvx  pubescent  S  France,  Spam — A 
telontnw,  DC  =A  conunutatus  ALFRED  RlCHDER 

ADENOPHORA  (gland- bearing,  referring  to  the 
cylindrical  nectary  which  surrounds  the  base  of  the 
style)  Campanul&cese  Campanula-like  border  peren- 
nials 

Herbs,  differing  from  Campanula  chiefly  by  the  style 
being  surrounded  by  a  cylindrical  gland'  corolla  ball- 
shaped,  5-lobed  stamens  free  from  corolla,  the  fila- 
ments delated  and  ciliate  toward  base,  caps  3-celled  — 
About  14  species  of  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  IP 
Siberia,  China  and  Japan  Fls  blue,  nodding,  on  short 
pedicels,  produced  freely  in  midsummer  in  slender  but 
stiff,  erect  panicles  or  loose  racemes  — For  cult  see 
Campanula 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  or  cuttings  in  spring     The 


216 


ADKNOPHORA 


ADIANTUM 


plants  do  not  take  kindly  to  division  or  other  dis- 
turbance of  the  roots  Many  other  species  than  those 
in  the  trade  are  worthy 

communis,  Fisch  (A  hhflbra,  Schur  A.  Flschen, 
Don  A  lilijblia,  Ledeb  )  Hadical  Ivs  petiolate, 
ovate-rotund,  cordate,  crenate-dentate;  caulme  Ivs. 
sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  coarsely  serrate  fls  numerous, 
in  a  pyramidal  panicle,  lobes  of  the  calyx  triangular; 
style  exserted 

Lamarckn,  Fisch  Lvs  ovate-lanceolate,  sharply 
serrate,  ciliate,  otheiwise  glabrous  Ms  racemose,  lobes 
of  the  calyx  lanceolate,  style  not  exsertcd. 

Potaninn,  Hort  Shrubby  spikes  2-3  ft  high,  fls. 
\\i  in  across,  light  blue.  Jul>,  Aug  Intro  1899 

polym6rpha,  Ledeb  Three  ft  Ivs  verticillate,  the 
whoils  remote,  and  small  fls  which  are  darker  in  color 
than  A  Potamnn  Aug  Russia  Var  stricta,  with 
more  erect  habit  than  the  type,  seems  to  be  more 
common 

A  coronopiftha,  Fisch  1-3  ft  radical  hs  petiolate,  ovate- 
rotund,  cordate,  crenately  toothed,  hairy,  upper  Ivs  sessile, 
entire  or  nearly  so,  glabrous,  and  linear  lanoeolate  fls  racemose, 
3-10  in  a  cluster,  blue,  each  tl  on  a  slender  perlic(  1  Juno  Dahuna 
— 4  denticulata,  Hsch  (\  tn<  uspulata,  DC  )  1^-2  ft  upper 
lvn  sessile,  ov  ate-latu  eohte,  the  lovvci  and  radical  ones  petioled 
and  more  or  less  orbit  ul«n  fls  small,  blue,  pedu  ill.ite,  in  a  terminal, 
loose  raceme  July  Dahuria  —A  Grndhni,  1'isch  1-2 '  2  ft 
Ivs  ,  or  at  least  the  upper  onus,  linear,  n  irrow,  entire  or  nearly  so, 
and  quite  glabrous  fls  blue,  3  10  in  a  s<  eond  racemose  clushr 
which  is  axillary  near  the  upper  part  of  th<  st  Ddhuna —Suita- 
ble for  dry  and  stony  places —.4  inttrmidia,  I  edeb  ,  not  Sweet 
(A  coronata,  DC  )  Plant  2-3 '  2  ft  nulual  Us  petiolate,  cor- 
date, toothed,  upper  Ivs  acutish  at  base,  serrate,  crowded  fls 
pale  blue,  ncemosf,  small  May  Sibi  ria  —  t  penphxAfdha, 
DC  A  dwarf  (i  in)  perennial  suital.U  for  rockeries,  with  as- 
cending st  Ivs  petiolate,  ovate,  acute  it  the  apex,  slightly  cor- 
date at  the  base,  crenately  seriate  Hs  usually  solitary  and  sta- 
pose,  pale  blue  June  bibena, — A  sfi/M-«i.  1-iseh  1- 2  ft  ,  erect 
Ks  petiolate,  the  lower  obovate  and  sinuate,  the  upper  ovate, 
acuminate,  quite  glabrous  fls  few,  racemose,  the  latenie  naked, 
and  lax  May  E  Ku  -.4  vtrticillita,  *is(  h  2-3  ft  st  simple 
Ivs  whorled,  serrate,  the  upper  ovate-hnrcol  ite,  the  lower  pdio- 
late,  sub-orbicular  fls  pale  blue,  small,  arranged  in  irregular  clus- 
ters near  the  top  of  the  st  ,  some,  along  the  lower  parj,  of  the  st  , 
in  whorls  June  Dahuria  N>  TAYLOR  f 

ADENOSTOMA  (aden,  gland,  stoma,  mouth,  calyx 
with  five  glands  at  the  mouth)  Rouicear  Ornamental 
woody  plants,  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
white  flowers 

Evergreen,  somewhat  resinous  shrubs,  rarely  small 
trees  Ivs  linear,  small  fls  white,  about  1-5  in  broad, 
in  terminal  panicles,  calyx-tube  obcomcal,  with  5  short 
teeth  and  5  glands  at  the  mouth,  petals  5,  stamens 
10-15;  pistil  1,  with  the  lateral  style  strongly  curved 
above  the  base  fr  a  small  achene,  inclosed  in  the 
persistent  calyx-tube  — -Two  species  in  Calif 

The  adenostomas  are  heath-like  evergreen  shrubs, 
very  handsome  when  in  full  bloom  They  may  be  cult, 
in  temperate  regions  m  a  sunny  position  and  well- 
drained  soil  A  fabcitulalum  stands  many  degrees  of 
frost.  Prop  is  by  seeds  and  greenwood  cuttings  in 
spring 

fasciculatum,  Hook  &  Arn  Shrub,  2-20  ft  Ivs  fas- 
ciculate, linear,  about  J^m  l°ng  panicles  rather  dense, 
2-4  in  long,  fls  nearly  sessile  May,  June  Ranges 
northward  to  Sierra  Co  — The  characteristic  shrub  of 
the  chaparral  or  chamisal  regions  of  the  coast  ranges 
of  Cahl  Hooker  &  Arnott,  Bot  Beechey's  Voy  30.' 
Intro.  1891. 

sparsifdlium,  Torr.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  6-12  ft, 
rarely  30  ft ,  resinous  Ivs  alternate  panicles  loose, 
fls.  pedicelled,  larger,  ^in.  across,  fragrant.  S.  and 
Low.  Calif  Emory  Rep  U.  S.  and  Mex  Bound. 
Skirv.  20.  Intro.  1891  ALFRED  RUHDER 

ADEN6STYLES  (from  aden,  a  gland,  and  stylus,  a 
style,  in  allusion  to  warty  glands  of  the  stigmas).  Com- 
•pdsitae  A  little-known  group  of  hardy  perennials,  grown 
for  their  purplish  or  whitish  flowers,  perhaps  known  in 
America  only  in  botanic  gardens. 


Leaves  alternate  or  radical,  usually  broad,  the  petiole 
frequently  dilated  into  a  stipule-like,  st  -clasping 
base,  fls  in  medium-sized  heads,  the  fls  all  tubular, 
long,  exsertcd,  involucre  cyhndric  or  bell-shaped,  its 
bracts  small  and  unequal  — There  are  only  5  species,  all 
natives  of  Cent  S  Ku  None  is  of  horticultural  im- 
portance. May  be  grown  in  the  open  border.  Prop,  is 
by  seed  and  division. 

albifrons,  Reichb  A  much-branched,  hairy  peren- 
nial, 2-.3  ft  Ivs  on  the  lower  surface  cottony,  bright 
green  above,  almost  round  and  deeply  cordate,  basal 
Ivs  long-stalked,  the  stalks  eared  heads  15-20-fld  , 
purple,  rather  attractively  paniculate  or  corymbose. 
Woody  mts  ,  S  Eu  July,  Aug 

A  alpinn.  Bluff  <fc  Hngeruth  A  lower,  smooth  perennial,  with 
the  heads  .4-(>-(ld  ,  is  scarcely  known  in  Amcr  It  is  not  so  showy  as 
A  albvfrons  S  Ku  '  N  TAYLOR 

AI)£SMIA  (not  bound,  referring  to  the  free  stamens) 
Leguminosx  Moie  than  100  species  of  tendei  heibs, 
shrubs  or  sub-shrubs  from  S  Amer  ,  allied  to  the  pea- 
nut L\s  abruptly  pinnate,  ending  in  a  bustle  fls. 
a \illaiy,  sohtaij,  or  sometimes  iacemo,se  arid  terminal. 
Some  of  them  are  showy 

.1  toiMwrna,  Bert  IAS  1-1  ^  in  long,  Ifts  10  1(»  in  pairs 
racemes  <  -Mid  ,  fls  -'jiii  -uioss,  K<>1,]<  „  yollow  Chile  BM 
0()21  Has  the  odor  of  balsam—  1  hoionun,!,  s,  Hook  A  putty 
shrub,  warhd  all  ov<r,  tvttpt  the  pdnls  and  Ifts,  with  large, 
balsanuferous  glands  Ivs  l>2-2m  long,  in  idt  up  ot  Irorn  10  13 
pairs  of  sessile,  oibic  ul  ir,  coarsely  muati.  dark  gu  <  n  Ifts  fh 
bright  orange-yrllou,  in  terminal  rictmes  1'al  igom-i  H  M  7748 
—  1  gluttnt^a.  Hook  <t  Vin  2  ft  ,  shrubbv  ,  the  brain  hes  ,  lotl,,-d 
with  glutinous  hurs  hs  wUh  i  t  p.urs  of  hairy  -tliplic  Itts 
fls  yellow,  racemose  arid  terminal  Chile  -Nnlhirwm  ihi  Amer- 
ican trade,  but  both  (  ult  m  boUnu  gardens  v-  rPAYi.oR  t 

ADHATODA  (native  name)  Acanthdcc.e  About 
25  species  of  tender  shrubs,  distinguished  from  Jus- 
ticia  by  the  less-bpuned  antheis,  and  often  by  the 
habit  and  calyx,  but  considered  by  de  DalU  Torre  and 
Harms  as  a  mere  section  of  that  genus  Fls  whitish 
or  purplish,  calyx  5-cleft,  often  exceeded  by  the  brartsj 
corolla  long-tubed,  the  limb  prominently  2-hppedj 
stamens  2  For  cultuie,  see  Ju\ti<  in 

cydomaefdlia,  Noes  BIHZIUVN  HowbK-Pi.ANT  Lvs. 
opposite  on  short  petioles,  ovate  lower  lip  broadly 
obovate,  purple  Brazil  B  M  49G2  F  S  12  1222 
RH  1873  110— Cult  in  Cah f 

A  Vdsica,  Nees  Lvs  ovate-lane eolntt,  acuimn  itc  fls  white, 
streaked  red  or  purple  Ceylon  B  M  SOl  (as  JnsUcin  Aithatoda) 

N    TAILOK  t 

ADIANTOPSIS  (Greek,  like  Adiantum]  Polypodia- 
cese.  Like  Adiantum,  but  diiTenng  in  having  the  son 
simple,  one  to  each  vemlet  and  not  occupying  the  ends 
of  several  vcmlets,  as  m  Adiantum — A  small  genus, 
little  known  in  cult 

pedata,  Moore  (Cheildnthcs  pcddta,  R  Br.)  Lvs 
cespitose,  on  long  (9-12  in  )  sts  ,  about  6  in  either 
way,  the  3  divisions  bipmnatifid,  son  numerous, 
placed  on  both  sides  of  the  Begin  Jamaica,  Cuba 

R    C    BENEDICT. 

ADIANTUM  (Greek,  unwetted)  Polypodiacese. 
MAIDENHAIR  FEKN.  A  large,  widely  distributed  genus 
of  ferns,  mainly  of  tropical  countries,  some  of  them 
popular  greenhouse  and  conservatory  plants 

The  leaves  have  usually  polished  black  or  purplish 
stalks,  the  blades  thin  and  delicate,  simple  or  divided 
into  usually  fan-shaped  segments,  with  the  outer  mar- 
gins revolute,  covering  linear  son  Of  the  one  hundred 
or  more  species,  only  one,  A  pedatum,  occurs,  commonly 
in  temperate  North  America  A  few  others  are  found  in 
the  southwestern  states  and  in  Florida  A  cunt-alum 
is  the  most  frequently  cultivated  of  the  exotic  species. 

The  genus  Adiantum  furnishes  some  of  the  most 
useful  and  popular  species  of  commercial  ferns  They 
are  easy  of  cult  They  need  a  slightly  shaded  posi- 
tion, moderately  moist  atmosphere^  and  a  temp,  of  60- 


AD1ANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


217 


65°  F.  The  soil  should  be  composed  of  rich  loam  and 
leaf-mold  in  equal  parts,  and  should  be  kept  moderately 
moist  Some  of  the  most  useful  ones  for  general  pur- 
poses (given  under  their  trade  names)  arc  A  xmulum, 
grows  about  12-15  in  high,  and  has  very  graceful  dark 
green  fronds,  A.  bellum,  a  dwarf,  very  compact  species, 
6-8  in  ,  A  cuneatum,  A  cuneatum  var  grandiceps,  with 
long,  heavily  crested,  drooping  fronds,  A.  cuneatum 
var  vanegatum  making  a  neat  specimen;  A  concin- 
num,  gracefully  drooping  dark  green  fronds  15  in. 
long,  with  overlapping  pinnae,  A  concinnum  var  te- 
tum,  of  upright  growth,  is  24  in  high,  A  decorum 
very  useful,  12-15.  in.,  and  has  young  fronds  of  a 
pleasing  metallic  tint,  A  excinum  var.  multifidum; 
A  formobum,  A.  Fergusomi,  A.  fragrantissimum ; 
A.  puheicens,  A.  tenerum  and  var  roseum,  A  Wie- 
gandiL,  A.  LeCrandu,  very  dwarf,  A.  mundulum,  a 
very  neat,  dwarf  species,  A.  rubdlum,  a  dwarf  spe- 
cies with  mature  fronds  light  green,  young  fronds  of 
a  deep  ruby  tint  The  above  may  easily  be  grown  from 
spores,  if  sown  on  a  compost  consisting  of  half  each  of 
finely  screened  clean  soil  and  leaf-mold  or  peat,  and 
placed  in  a  moderately  moist  and  shady  place  in  the 
greenhouse  in  a  temp  of  60°  F  To  be  grown  most 
economically,  thcv  should  be  transplanted  in  clumps 
of  3  or  1  plants  as  soon  as  the  first  pinnan  have  appeared, 
and,  as  soon  as  strong  enough,  potted  off,  either  in 
clumps  or  singly  Some  very  desirable  species  to  grow 
into  large,  tall  specimens  are  A  Sithiopicum,  A 
liautei,  A  Colhsu,  A  Fergusomi,  A  formosum,  A. 
Lalhonni,  A  pei  uvianum,  A  pnnctps,  A  rhoinboi<ltuin, 
A  Sand<e-C(ithannap,  A  trapeziforine,  and  A  Wil- 
h(unt>ii  The  follow  ing  arc  also  recommended  for  special 
purposes  for  fern-dishes,  A.  fulvum,  for  cutting,  A 
yraciltirnum  The  following  kinds  are  economically 
prop,  by  division,  temp  Oo°  F  A  Farleyense,  the  differ- 
ent varieties  of  A.  C  a  inline- Venens,  A  rhodophyllum, 
A  askimile  Some  kinds,  as  A  dolabrifornie,  A  cau- 
dalurn  and  A  Edgtworthu,  form  small  plants  on  the 
ends  of  fronds,  which  may  be  detached  and  potted 
separately,  and  if  kept  in  a  close  atmosphere  will  in  a 
short  time  grow  into  choice  little  plants  Temp 
65-70°  F  (Nichol  N  Bruckner  ) 

The  following  directions  (mostly  for  commercial 
growing)  are  prepared  for  this  entry  by  James  C  Clark* 

Adiantums,  when  grown  in  large  quantities,  are  best 
propagated  from  spores  sown  in  pots  or  pans,  6-inch 
being  a  good  size,  pots  being  preferred  to  pans  as  they 
maintain  a  more  constant  and  equal  moisture  The  pots 
should  be  hlled  with  two-thirds  good  drainage  (coal- 
ashes  or  potsherds  are  very  suitable),  top-dressed  with 
one-third  sterilized  loam  mixed  with  one-tenth  part  of 
bharp  sand  finely  sifted  and  evenly  pressed  down  in  the 
pot,  so  that  the  top  of  the  soil  will  be  about  K  inch 
below  the  rim  The  pots  should  then  be  placed  on  a 
greenhouse  bench,  under  shaded  glass,  and  where  a 
temperature  of  65°  to  70°  can  be  maintained  Then 
water  until  they  are  thoroughly  soaked  (and  to  make 
sure  that  they  are  wet,  water  again,  it  is  impossible  to 
make  too  wet)  Allow  to  dram  for  an  hour  or  so  and  then 
dust  the  spores  evenly,  and  as  thinly  as  possible,  over 
the  surface  and  cover  immediately  with  glass.  The 
glass  should  remain  on,  and  no  water  should  be  required 
or  given,  unless  by  dipping,  until  the  spores  have  devel- 
oped to  the  prothallus  stage,  when  it  will  be  advantage- 
ous to  give  a  slight  watering,  using  a  very  fine  rose,  and 
raise  the  glass  8  inches  above  the  pots,  supporting  so 
that  a  free  current  of  air  can  pass  directly  over  the  pots. 

At  this  stage  of  their  development  adiantums,  like 
all  other  fern  prothalluses,  must  never  be  allowed  to 
become  dry.  At  the  same  time,  great  care  must  be 
exercised  so  that  there  will  be  sufficient  air  to  prevent 
damping  and  yet  no  direct  draft  either  from  the  neating 
pipes  or  ventilators  to  cause  wilting  or  drying  out  of 
the  pots 

As  soon  as  the  first  real  fronds  appear  (generally  in. 


eight  to  twelve  weeks  from  time  of  sowing,  according  to 
season  of  year,  eight  weeks  in  spring  and  summer; 
twelve  weeks  in  fall  or  winter),  the  seedlings  should  be 


season  of  year,  eight  weeks  in  spring  and  summer; 
twelve  weeks  in  fall  or  winter),  the  seedlings  should  be 
transplanted  in  small  clumps  of  three  to  five  seedlings 


each,  into  flats  or  seed-pans,  spaced  about  1  inch  apart, 
and  placed  in  a  close  warmhouse,  m  a  night  temperature 
of  65°  to  70°,  until  the  seedlings  show  signs  of  taking 
root  and  making  new  fronds,  when  the  temperature 
may  be  lowered  to  60°  at  night  and  65°  to  70°  in  the 
day  This  temperature  will  be  found  to  suit  all  adian- 
tums (except  A  Farleyense),  in  all  stages  of  their  future 
development 

When  the  transplanted  seedlings  are  about  1  inch 
high,  they  may  be  placed  m  small  pots  and  repotted 
into  larger  ones  as  soon  as  they  require  it  In  potting, 
a  good  compost  consists  of  nine  parts  of  loam  and  one 
part  of  well-rotted  cow-manure,  the  pots  being  provided 
with  good  drainage,  especially  the  larger  sizes.  In  pot- 
ting, the  crown  of  the  plant  should  be  placed  deep 
enough  so  that  it  will  be  covered  with  %  to  %  inch  of 
fresh  soil,  making  the  boil  only  moderately  firm  (never 
hard)  Place  the  plants  in  a  greenhouse,  spaced  so  that 
there  will  be  a  free  circulation  of  air  all  around  the 
plants,  the  glass  moderately  shaded  from  March  15  to 
November  1,  and  all  shade  removed  during  the  winter 
months,  giving  as  much  ventilation  (without  draft)  as 
possible.  The  soil  should  be  kept  moderately  moist  at 
all  times  and  a  good  atmospheric  moisture  maintained 
by  wetting  down  the  walks,  but  at  no  tune  should  the 
foliage  be  wet  more  than  possible  Well-drained,  solid 
beds  arc  better  adapted  to  the  growth  of  adiantums  than 
tables,  but,  if  grown  on  the  latter,  a  ^-inch  overhead 
heating-pipe  over  each  table,  say  18  inches  above  the 
foliage,  will  be  found  of  great  ansistance  in  overcoming 
the  condensation  that  is  so  destructive  to  the  foliage 
when  the  plants  are  grown  on  tables 

Treated  as  above,  adiantums  can  be  grown  into 
6-inch  pot  specimens  in  one  year  from  time  of  sowing 
spores,  and  when  grown  rapidly  are  seldom  troubled 
with  insect  pests,  unless  it  be  green-fly,  which  can  be 
kept  under  control  by  a  weekly  application  of  nikoteen, 
using  two  ounces  to  five  gallons  of  water,  applied  in  as 
fine  spray  as  possible. 

Specimen  adiantums,  m  8-inch  pots  or  larger,  can  be 
grown  in  the  same-sized  pots  for  several  years,  provided 
they  are  slightly  rested  during  the  winter  months  by 
being  kept  on  the  dry  side  and  in  a  lower  temperature, 
say  15°  to  55°  In  February  the  plants  should  be  re- 
moved from  the  pots,  the  drainage  examined,  a  little 
of  the  top-soil  removed,  and  then  top-dressed  with  old 
rotted  cow-manure,  and  the  plants  returned  to  a  grow- 
ing temperature  and  given  more  water  as  required. 
Feed  either  with  liquid  manure  or  dust  with  pulverized 
animal  manure  every  second  week  during  the  growing 
season  Some  of  the  hnest  specimen  adiantums  m  this 
country  have  been  grown  in  the  same-size  pots  for  five 
to  seven  years 

Scale  sometimes  attacks  old  specimen  adiantums, 
and  there  is  only  one  remedy, — rest  the  plants  by 
keeping  to  the  dry  side  and  m  a  cool  temperature  for 
about  a  month;  then  cut  off  all  the  fronds  clear  down 
to  the  crowns,  and  treat  the  same  as  old  specimen 
plants 

For  amateurs  and  small  growers,  all  adiantums  can 
be  propagated  by  division  of  the  crown  and  rhizomes 
This  is  best  done  m  January  and  February  Wash  off 
all  soil  and  cut  the  roots  off  as  close  to  the  crowns  as 
possible.  Then  divide  to  single  eyes.  Place  the  eyee 
m  sharp  sand,  merely  covering  them.  Place  m  a  situa- 
tion such  as  advised  for  spores  and  cover  with  glass, 
when  the  first  fronds  appear,  treat  exactly  the  same  as 
recommended  for  seedlings,  when  they  will  make  plants 
about  as  quickly  and  equally  as  good  as  those  grown 
from  spores. 

Adtantum  Farleyense,  being  a  sterile  species,  must  be 
propagated  by  division.  It  requires  the  treatment  recom- 


218 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


mended  for  adiantums  m  general  with  the  exception  of 
a  much  higher  temperature,  65°  to  70°  at  night  and  75° 
to  80°  during  the  day.  The  variety  Glory  of  Moor- 
drecht  has  the  great  advantage  of  producing  fertile 
spores  and  it  albo  thrives  in  the  lower  temperatures 
recommended  for  general  adiantums  It  gives  promise 
of  being  one  of  the  most  useful  varieties  for  decorations 
and  cut-fronds  use,  as  the  fronds  are  very  much  hardier 
than  typical  A.  Farleyense  and  will  compare  well  with 
such  kinds  for  standing  as  A  cuneatum,  A.  hybndum 
and  A.  Croweanum. 

INDEX 

acutum,  21  excisum,  29  pedatum,  17 

xmulum,  33  Farleyense,  20.  peruvianum,  3 

tethiopicum,  28.  Fergusonn,  30.  platyphyllum,  6. 

affine,  10  formosurn,  13  polyphyilura,  8. 

amabile,  34  fragrantittsimum,  33      prutcepa,  21 

aneiteme,  26  fulvum,  11  pubescent.  19. 

assimile,  28.  gracillunum,  39.  pulverulentum,  14. 

Bardit,  33  grandiceps,  33  rhodophyUum,  21 

Bausei,  21  hispidulum,  19  rhombouleum,  15 

bellum,  31  hybndum,  33.  rubellum,  30 

Bessonise  32  intermedium,  12  Sanctx-Cathannse,7 

Capillui-Veneri'j,  30     Jordann,  22  setulosum,  9 

caudatum,  2  Kaulfussu,  5  Siebrechtn,  35 

Colhsii,  24  iMthomu,  21  specioium,  40. 

concmnum,  25  latum,  25  tenerum,  21 

Croweanum,  33.  LeUrandn,  39  tinrtum,  27 

cuneatum,  33  lunulatum,  1  trapozi  forme,  7. 

curvatum,  18  macrophyllum,  4  vanegatum,  33 

cytlowrum,  35  Mainsii,  30  vtnustum,  38 

decorum,  35  monochlamys,  37  verwillense,  33. 

diaphanum,  9  Moorei,  34  Victoria,  21. 

diRitatum,  40  mundulum,  33  villosum,  15 

dolabriforme,  1.  novse-caledoniffi,  16  Wagneri,  35 

Edgeworthn,  2  Owenn,  35  Wiegandu,  35 

eleoans,  35  palmatum,  40  Wilhamsn,  23 
emarginatum,  22. 

A.  Lvs.   with  a  single  row  of  small  Ifts.  on  either  side, 

rooting  at  the  apex. 
1.  lunulatum,  Burm    (A  dolabnfdrme,  Hook  ).   Lvs. 

1  ft   long  on  blackish,  wiry,  polished  stalks,  lower  Ifts. 
nearly   semicircular,   all    on    hair-like  stalks.     India, 
Trop.  Amer  ,  Austral    G  6.203 

2  caudatum,  Linn  (A  Edgeworthn,  Hook ).  Lvs 
6-12  in  long,  on  short,  brownish,  densely  hairy  stalks; 
Ifts  deeply  cut  into  several  spreading  narrow  lobes 
Old  World  Gn  68,  p  315 

AA.  Lvs,  with  usually  a  single  row  of  large  Ifls.  on  either 
side,  not  rooting  at  the  apex 

3.  peruvianum,  Klotzsch     Lvs    1  ft.  or  more  long, 
on  polished  stipes,  with  obliquely  ovate  pointed  Ifts 

2  in    long  by  \}/i  in    wide,  on  slender  btalks,  son  8-10 
on  either  side  of  the  Ifts  ,  twice  as  long  as  wide    Peru. 

4.  macrophyllum,  Swartz     Lvs  1  ft.  long,  on  rather 
stout  polished  stipes,  with  4-6  pairs  of  \\rdge-bhaped 
sessile  Ifts   1K~2  in   long  by  %-l  in.  wide,  indusium 
nearly  continuous  on  either    side  of    the   1ft.    Trop. 
Amer. 

5  Katilfussii,  Kunze     Lvs  6-8  in.  long,  on  slender 
black  stalks,  Ifts  5-11,  2  in   long,  Y±-\  in.  wide,  with 
unequal  base;  indusia  very  long  and  narrow,  forming  an 
almost  continuous  marginal  band  on  either  side  of  the 
Ifts.   Mex.,  W  Indies. 

6  platyphyllum,  Swartz      Lvs    1-2  ft.  long,  stalks 
black,  glossy,  If  -blades  6-12  in    long,  2-4  in    broad, 
with  a  long  terminal  pinna  and  3-6  pairs  of  lateral 
pinnae;    lowest   pinnae   sometimes   pinnately    divided; 
segm    3-4   m    long,   1H~2   in    broad,    sporangia  in 
nearly  continuous  line  along  the  margin.    Cent.  Amer. 
to  Brazil  and  Bolivia. 

AAA.  Lvs.  at  least  bipinnate,  the  segms.  twice  as  long  as 
broad)  with  the  veinlets  all  springing  from  the  lower 
side. 

B.  Lfts.  1  */2-%  m.  long. 

7.  trapezif6rme,  Linn  Lvs  18  in.  or  more  long,  with 
the  terminal  1ft.  longer  than  the  lateral;  Ifts  trape- 
zoidal, H~Mm-  wide,  lobed,  and  with  numerous  son. 


A.  Sdnctx-Catharlnse  is  a  form  with  deeper  lobes.  Trop 
Amer. 

BB.  Lfts.  smaller,  an  inch  or  less  long, 
c    Stalks  polished,  smooth. 

8  polyphyllum,  Willd     Lvs    often  tnpinnate,  with 
stout  black  stalks;  pmnse  6-8,  long,  with  closely  set  Ifts. 
which  are  %-l  in  long,  the  upper  margin  curved,  with 
4-6  circular  or  oblong  indusia    S  Amer. 

9  diaphanum,  Blume  (A  tetuldsum,  J  Smith).    Lvs 
simply  pinnate  or  usually  2-pmnate  au  ihe  base;  Ifts. 
J^in    long,  ^m    wide,   with  numerous  son  placed  in 
the  sinuses  of  the  inner  and  outer  edges.   Asia  to  New 
Zeal. 

10  affine,Willd   Lvs  bipinnate,  with  a  terminal  pinna 
and  several  lateral  ones,  Ifts  not  exceeding  f4m  long, 
3^m  wide,  the  upper  edge  parallel  with  the  lower,  and 
crenate,  bearing  numerous  rounded  son  on  the  upper 
and  outer  margin.   New  Zeal 

11  fulvum,  Raoul     Lvs    15-20  in    long,  the  stalks 
erect,  dark  brown,  shiny,  rough  below  with  long  hairs; 
the  If -blades  9-12  in    long,   6-8   m    broad,   deltoid, 
2-pmnate,  the  segm  ^4111   long,  Hm  broad,  dimidiate, 
lower  edge   straight,    the   upper   edge    parallel    with 
sharp-tooth  lobes,    the  son  uniform,  numerous    New 
Zeal. 

cc.  Stalks  polished  but  somewhat  woolly. 

12  intermedium,  Swartz     Lvs    1  ft    or  more  long, 
with  a  terminal  pinna  and  1-3  lateral  ones  on  each  side, 
Ifts.  1  in.  or  more  long,  with  interrupted  son  on  the 

upper  and  two-thirds 
of  the  outer  margins. 
Trop  Amer 

ccc   Stalks  rough  or 

hairy 

13.  formdsum.R  Br 
Lvs  1-2  ft  long,  two- 
thirds  as  broad,  mostly 
tripumate,  \\ith  rough, 
scabrous  stalks  and 
rather  small,  deeply 
lobed  Ifts  >2~/4  m 
long,  with  rounded  and 
toothed  outer  margins 
Austral  G  20  769 

14  pulvemle'ntuni,  Linn    LVH  often  a  foot  long,  with 
a  large  terminal  pinna  and  several  lateral  ones,  bipin- 
nate, stalks  purplish,  hairy,  as  are  also  the  rachises, 
Ifts    ^i~l  in   long,  }4m   wide,  closely  placed,  the  outer 
edge  rounded  or  truncate     \\    Indies 

15  villdsum,  Linn    (A   rhombtndeum,  Swartz)     Lvs. 
large,  with  a  terminal  and  several  lateral  pinna*  6-12  in 
long,    on    stout,  villous-hairy   stalks,    Ifts     numerous, 
nearly  1  in  long,  Hln  wide,  trapezoidal,  with  the  inner 
side  parallel  to  the  rachis;  indusia  forming  an  almost 
continuous  line  along  the  upper  and  outer  margins.   W. 
Indies  and  S  Amer 

16.  ndvse-caled&nise,  Keys     Lvs.  6-8  in.  long  and 
wide,  somewhat  pentagonal,  once  pinnate  with  one  or 
two  secondary  basal  pinnifi  on  the  lower  side  at  base; 
Ifts   attached  to  the  rachises  by  a  broad  base?  nearly 
1  in.   long,   pointed,   irregularlv   mcihed,  bearing   1-4 
rounded  son  next  to  the  base     New  Caledonia. 

AAAA.  Lvs.  forked,  the  two  branches  bearing  pinrne  from 

the  upper  side 
B    Stalks  polished,  smooth. 

17.  pedfttum,  Linn.  Fig  120    COMMON  MAIDENHAIR 
of  our  northern  states,  with  circular  Ivs    on  purplish 
stalks  1  ft  or  more  high  — Sometimes  transplanted  into 
gardens,  requiring  a  shady,  moist  and  protected  place. 
G.21:9. 

18    curvatum,  Kaulf    Lvs  forked  and  with  the  mam 
divisions  once  or  twice  forked,  Ifts    1-1 K  ui    long, 


120.  Fruiting  pinnules  of  Adiantum 
pedatum.  (XI) 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


219 


nearly  %m.  wide,  the  upper  margin  rounded  and  lobed. 
Brazil. 

BB    Stalks  scabrous  (or  rough}. 

19    hispidulum,  Swartz  (A.  pubescens,  Schk.).    Lvs. 
forked,  two  divisions  branching  like  a  fan,  with  the 


largest  pinna1  6-9  in     lung, 
made   up  of   numerous   Ills 
y^m  or  more  long,  two-thirds 
as  bioad,  co\  ered  \v  ith  rat  her 
long,  stiff   hairs,    and    with    numerous    cir- 
cular  mdu^ia,    on    the    upper    and    rounded 
outer  margins    Old  World 

AAAAA  Lvs  at  least  bipinnate,  often  tn  pinnate  or 
quadripinnatc ,  with  numerous  rattier  small,, 
fan-shaped  or  wedge-shaped  Ifts  with  veins 
radiating  from  the  base. 

B    Lfts   an  inch  or  less  across 
C.  Edges  deeply  cut  into  a  suics  of  narrow  lobes 

20  Farleyense,  Moore     Fig    121     Lvs  often  reach- 
ing  15-21  in    in  length,  forming  a  rich  profubion  of 
closely  overlapping  pinna*,  light  green;  Ifts  more  or  less 
wedge-shaped  at  base,  \Mth  eui\ed  hides  and  the  outer 
margin  rounded  and  deeply  cut  into  10-15  nairow  lobes, 
which  rarely  bear  .son     Barbadoes  — Said  to  be  a  gar- 
den variety  of    A     tcnerum,  but   apparently   a  good 
species    G  C  111  49  73 

cc    Edges  not  lannwtely  cut. 

21  t^nerum,  Swartz     Lvs   deltoid,  12-24  in    long, 
two-thirds  as  wide,  the  terminal  Ifts  equally,  the  lateral 
unequally,  wedge-shaped  at  base,  all  of  them  rhombic 
and  deciduous  when  dry,  with  10  or  less  small  son  on 
the  outer  and  inner  margins    A   Lathomn,  A   Victoria?, 
A     rhodophyllum,    A  "  princeps,    A     acutum,    and   A. 
Bausei  are  horticultural  forms    Fla.  and  Trop   Amer 

22  J6rdanii,    C.    Muell     (A.    emarqinatum,    D    C. 
Eaton,  not  Hook  )     Lvs  1  ft  or  more  long,  6  in.  wide, 
mostly  twice  pinnate,  with  nearly  semicircular  Ifts  , 
son  elongate,  the  mdusium  almost  continuous  around 
the  margin  of  the  1ft    Calif  and  Ore 

23.  Williamsii,  Moore    Lvs.  triangular,  nearly  1  ft. 
long,  Ifts.  nearly  semicircular,  3-4-lobed  on  the  outer 


margin,  bearing  5-8  son  covered  with  oblong  mdusia. 
Peru  — Similar  in  habit  to  the  last,  but  smaller  and 
with  more  numerous  son. 

BB.  Lfts.  mostly  less  than  a  half  inch  across 
c.  Lvs.  at  least  quadripinnate,  broader  than  long. 

24  C611isii,  Moore     Lvs    1  ft.  or  more  long,  very 
broad,  the  black  rachises  apparently  repeatedly  fork- 
ing, Ifts    rhombic-ovate  or  cuneate,  those  toward  the 
outer  portions  longer  and  larger  than  those  nearer  the 
base  —Of  garden  origin,  possibly  a  hybrid. 

cc    Lvs   mostly  triangular  or  oblong,  longer  than  broad 

D    Shape  of  Ifts  rhombic,  the  indusia  kidney-shaped  or 

nearly  circular. 

25  concfnnum,  II BK     Fig  122    Lvs    2-3  pinnate, 
12-18  in  long,  6-9  in  wide,  on  rather  stout  black  stalks; 
Ifts    rhombic-oblong,  slightly  lobed,  son  4-8  on  each 
1ft  ,  usually  set  close  together     Mex    to  Brazil     Var. 
la  turn,  Moore    Differs  from  type  by  stiff  upright  habit, 
and  Ifts   twice  as  large  and  much  separated 

26  aneitense,  Carr     Root  stock  wide-creeping,  cov- 
ered with  minute  dark  brown  linear  scales,  fvs    2-2^2 
ft    long,  the  stalks  castaneoiih,  rusty  hairy  above,  the 
If -blades  deltoid,  13J-2    ft    long  and  broad,  3-4-pin- 
nate,  the  segm     rhomboidal,  the  son  4-6  to  a  segm. 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides 

27  tinctum,  Moore    Lvs  on  stalks  4-6  in  long,  the 
blades    2-pmnate,    deltoid,    the    stalks    black,  glossy, 
naked,  the  segms  rhomboid,  3-4  lines  long,  the  lower 
edge  straight,  the  inner  parallel  to  the  rachis  or  just 
overlapping  it,  the  outer  edge  bluntly  lobed,  son  round, 
on  ultimate  lobes    Costa  Kica  to  Peru 

DD.  Shape  of  Ifts  roundish  with  obtuse  base,  small  or 
medium  size 

28.  aethidpicum,  Linn  (A.  eu>simile,  Swartz)  Lvs. 
1  ft  or  more  long  on  slender  stalks.  2-3-pmnate,  rather 
narrow,  Ifts  loundish  or  obscurely  3-lobed,  the  mar- 
gin finely  serrulate,  son  2-3  to  a  1ft ,  with  oblong  or 
kidnej  -shaped  mdusia  Afr.  and  Austral 

29  excisum,    Kunze.     Lvs. 
2-3-pmnate,  6-12  in   long,  3-4 
in  wide;  Ifts  about  J'tm  wide, 
roundish,  with  the  margin  cut 
into  small  rounded  lobes,  son 
large,  2-4  to  each  1ft  ,  kidney- 
shaped  or  circular    Chile 

ODD    Shape  of  Ifts  distinctly 

cuneate  at  the  base 
E    Indusia  oblong  or  indis- 
tinctly lunate 

30  Capillus-Veneris,  Linn 
(A.    Fergusonn,    A     Afatrisw, 
Moore)      Fig    123     Lvs    2-3- 
pmnate,  6-20  in    long,  3-8  in 
wide,   Ifts    nearly   3  2in    wide, 
more  or  less  irregularly  lobed, 
at    the    outer     margin ;    son  4 
1-3   to  each  1ft    with  oblong 
or    more     or     less     elongate 
narrow  mdusia     Native  south- 
ward,  and  widclv  distributed 
throughout  the  Old  World  — 
Exists  in  many  varieties,  some 
of    them    deeply    lobed,    like 

A     Farleyense,    a   compact   imbricated    form    is  very 
effective. 

31  bellum,  Moore     Small,  tuftedj  3-8  in  high  Ivs. 
bipinnate,  Ifts  with  the  outer  margin  erose  and  often 
divided  into  2-3  shallow  lobes;  son  2-3  to  each  1ft., 
rather  long  and  broad  or  somewhat  lunate     Bermuda. 
— A  greenhouse  species. 


122    Pinna  of  Adiantum 
concinnum     (X%) 


220 


ADIANTUM 


ADONIS 


32  Bess6nise,  Jenman.  Lvs  11-16  in.  long,  the 
stalks  in  tufts,  stiff,  black,  shiny,  with  a  few  pale  scales; 
If  -blades  deltoid,  4-pinnate,  the  pmnula)  very  densely 
imbricated  so  that  many 
of  them  are  covered  over. 
Trinidad. 

EE.  Indusia  nearly  circular, 

with  a  narrow  sinus. 
33  cuneatum,  Langs.  & 
Fisch  (A  xmuluni,  A  mun- 
dulum,  Moore  A  versail- 
Unse,  A.fragrantisswnum,  A 
hybndum,  Hort  ). 
Fig  124  Lvs  3-4- 
pimiate,  deltoid,  6- 
15  in  long,  5-9  in 
wide;  Ifts  numer- 
ous, obtuse  or 
broadly  wedge- 
shaped  at  base,  the 
margin  rounded 
and  more  or  less 
crenately  lobed; 
son  3-5  to  each 
segm  ,  with  rather  small  rounded  indusia  Brazil  — 
Runs  into  many  forms,  of  which  A  vniiegatum  is  one 
AF  18-508  A  Bdrdu  differs  from  the  type  m  hav- 
ing the  fronds  2  ft  or  more  long  Var  grandiceps, 
Moore  Robust  Ivs  numerous  from  a  tufted  crown, 
elongated,  with  tassel-like  growths  at  the  ends  Var 
Croweanum,  Hort  A  vigorous  hardy  form 

34.  Modrei,  Baker  (A  amdbile,  Moore,  not  Liebm  ) 
Lvs  2-3-pmnate  on  long,  slender  stalks,  6-15  in  long; 
Ifts  M~Hm  long,  rhomboidal,  with  wedge-like  base, 
deeply  lobed,  son  of  medium  size,  4-6  to  each  1ft  Peru 

35  Wdgneri,  Mett    (A    decorum,  A     Wiegaruln,  A 
elegans,  A .  Uwenu,  A ,  cydosorum,  Moore)    Lva  2-3-pin- 
nate,  6-9  in   long,  4-6  in   wide,  lateral  Ifts  rhomboid, 
the  terminal  cuneate,  slight  lv  lobed  or  incised ,  son  4-6  to 
each  1ft. ;  very  large  membranous  circular  indusia    Peru 
— A  Siebrcchln,  Hort  ,  "supposed  to  be  a  cross  bet  ween 
A    decorum  and  A    Wilhann>n,"  has  strong,  graceful 
Ivs   thickly  set  with  round  pinnules  of  firm  texture 

36  rubellum,  Moore     Lvs   4-6  in  long,  deltoid,  bi- 
pmnate,  texture  membranous,  bright  green,   reddish 
when  young,  Ifts    ^in    wide, 

deltoid  or  the  lower  rhomboid, 
the  outer  margin  deeply  lobed 
and  the  lobes  finely  toothed; 
son  round  at  the  apices  of  the 
lobes  Bolivia 

37.  monochl&mys,     D      C 
Eaton       Lvs      ovate -deltoid, 
6-12  m   long,  tripmnate,  Ifts 
^m.    wide,    cuneate    at    the 
base,  the  upper 

edge  rounded, 
and  slightly 
toothed,  with  a 
single  sorus  or 
rarely  two  in  a 
decided  hollow 
at  the  upper 
edge  Japan. 

38.  v  en  ft  stum,    Don. 
Lvs.     ovate-deltoid,    tn- 
quadri-pmnate,    6-12   m. 
long;  Ifts.  cuneate  at  the 
base,  Mm  wide,  with  the 
upper    edge    irregularly 
rounded  or  with  3  indis- 
tinct lobes,  finely  toothed, 
beanng  1-3  son  in  distinct 
hollows.  India. 


BBB.  Lfts  rmnute,  innumerable,  Ivs 

39  gracillimum,  Moore  (of  horticultural  origin). 
Lvs  1  ft  or  more  long,  nearly  as  wide,  4-6-pmnate,  with 
innumerable  very  small  Ifts  ,  which  are  p8-/im  wide 
and  usually  bear  a  single  sorus  or  rarely  two  — Dense, 
compact  forms  are  in  cult,  under  the  name  of  A.  Le- 
Grdndu 
AAAAAA.  Lvs.  3~4-jnnnate:  sL  climbing,  several  ft.  long 

40.  digitatum,  Presl  (A.  specidsum,  Hook  A  pal- 
mdtum,  Moore)  Lvs  2-3  ft  long  on  a  stalk  18  in  or 
more  long,  with  palmately  lobed  Ifts.  1  in  or  more 
wide  S  Arner 

A  crdssum,  Mrtt  Stove  Ivs  lanceolate,  to  1 J4  ft  and  4  in 
broad,  onro-pmnato,  leathery  Colombia  (1C  III  4551  A  rb- 
neum,  Backh  ,  un  undetermined  boitKulturnl  name  piobubly  ref- 
erable to  A  rubellum  — A  scutum  ramdsum,  Hort  A  distinct 
form  with  lau-ahaped  Ivs  (properly  A  GhiesbrcRhtu,  Mooie) 

L    M    IJNDKHWOOD. 
R.  C.  BENEDICT  f 

ADLtfMIA  (from  'John  Adlum).  Fumanacw  A 
hardy  biennial  vine,  which  climbs  over  high  bushes  in 
moist  woods  fls  with  the 
petals  united  into  cordate- 
ovate  corolla  which  ulti- 
mately encloses  the  small, 
few-seeded  pod  — Sow  seed 
in  spring  in  a  damp,  cool 
place  Transplant  in  fall, 
if  possible,  if  transplanted 
at  all  It  does  not  flower 
the  first  season  but  re- 
mains low  and  bushy  It 
will  not  tolerate  open  sun 
or  \\  indy  situation 

fungdsa,  Greene  (A. 
arr/i<W*,  Raf  ).  CLIMBING 
FUMITOKY  MOUNT\IN 
FRINGE  ALLEGHENY 
VINE  Figs  125,  126 
Climbs  by  the  slender 
young  If  -stalks  Lvs 
thrice  pinnate,  Ifts  cut- 
lobed,  delicate  fls  white 
or  purplish,  in  ample 
panicles  G  W  F  13.  V. 
2  76  and  4  22  (all  as  A. 
cirrhosa).  N  TAYLOR! 

ADODENDRUM     Rhodo- 

thamnus 

ADONIS  (a  favonte  of 
Venus,  after  his  death 
changed  into  a  flower). 
Ran  unt  ulat  e<F  Hardy  an- 
nual and  perennial  herbs 
planted  for  their  showy 
flowers 

Flowers  solitary,  teimi- 
nal;  petals  5-16,  yellow 
or  red,  carpels  many  st 
about  1  ft  high,  very 
leafy  Ivs.  alternate,  cut 
into  very  narrow  divi- 
sions: fr  an  achcne 

The  culture  is  simple  in 
any  good  soil,  light  moist 
earth  preferred.  They 
thrive  in  full  sun  or  partial  shade;  the  perennial  species 
well  suited  for  rockwork  and  borders  Only  a  few  well- 
known  species,  natives  of  temperate  regions  of  Europe 
and  Asia:  perhaps  20  in  the  genus 

Annuals  are  propagated  by  the  seeds,  which  are  slow- 
germmating;  the  freshest  seed  is  sown  in  autumn  or 
earliest  spring  Perennials  may,  in  like  manner,  be 
grown  from  seed  and  come  to  flower  the  first  season, 


125.  Adlumia  fungosa 


ADONIS 

but  division  of  the  roots  is  to  be  preferred  as  the  flowers 
are  then  more  abundant.  Very  early  spring  is  the  best 
time  for  dividing. 

A    Annuals'  fls  crimson  or  scarlet. 
B  .  St  simple  except  at  top  •  center  of  fl  yellow. 
eestivalis,  Linn.    PHEASANT'K-EYE    SUMMER  ADONIS. 
Sts    erect,  often  branched  at  top   fib  crimson,  petals 
flat,  obtuse,    half  longer   than    calyx. 
June,  July     Var    citrina,  HofTrn  ,  is  a 
garden  variety  with  citron-yellow  fla 

parvifldra,  Fisch  Allied  to  above,  not 
well  recogm/ed  as  a  distinct  species   Dif- 
fers in  being  smaller-fid,  arid  lehb  showy. 
microcarpa,  DC    Apparently  a  pale- 
fld  variation  of  A  spstivalis. 

BB    St  branched  center  of  fl  dark 
,,.  autumnahs,   Linn       Fi/>s    ADONIS. 

Adiuma  fuwu  AuTrMN  ADONIS  St  branched  fls. 
(x5-4)  small,  crimson,  with  dark  center,  glo- 

bose, petals  0-8,  concave,  slightly 
larger  than  calyx.  June-Sept  Gn  12,  p.  131.  —  Spar- 
ingly naturalized 

AA.   Perennials  fls   yellow 
B    St   not  branched 

vernalis,  Linn  (A  apcnmna,  Jacq  A.  daviinca, 
Reichb  )  SPRING  ADONIS  Fig  127  St  simple,  lower 
Ivs  scale-like,  others  with  lobes  numerous,  entire  fls 
large,  petals  10-15,  lanceolate,  slightly  toothed,  sepals 
smooth  Early  spring  Gn  f),  p  51'),  39  208  Gn  W 
23  153  G  29  140,  9  122,  1  249  VST  alba,  Hurt 
A  form  \\ith  white  fls  J  II  72  39  (dew  )  A  di^torta, 
Tenore,  from  Italy,  a  form  with  later  fls 

apenntna,  Lmn  (.1  vcrnahb  var  sibinca  DC  A. 
.wbinca,  Patrin  )  1  his  species  is  much  like  A  vernalis: 
fls  larger  lower  l\s  sheath-like  April  Siberia. 

BB    St   branched 

pyrenaica,  DC  St  branched  petals  8-10,  obtuse, 
smaller  than  in  .1  nrtmlis  lower  Ivs  with  long  branched 
petioles,  upper  ones  sessile,  the  numerous  lobes  alv\  ays 
entire  JuK  CJn  39,  p  209  Gn\\  5  533  A  Ircu- 
tiana,  DC  ,  a  form  w  ith  some  radi<  al  h  s  ,  lobes  dentate. 

volgensis,  Stev  (A  uolaiin>i\,  Hoit  )  Much  like 
A  vanalit,,  but  st  branched  1\  s  ^eale-hke  at  base, 
petioled  or  sessile  above  ils  like  A  pytenoica,  but 
sepals  pubescent  on  under  side  Apnl  Volga  region. 

amurensis,  Itegel  &  Hadde  A  beautiful  species,  \\ith 
broad  vellow  fls  ,  not  much  cult  in  Artier  ,  has  many 
Japanese  varieties  KM  7190  GM  10  109,  IS  212 
Gn  ,52  0,  07,  p  207,  GC  111  29  17o  and  III  37. 
188,  J  II.  Ill  50  299  (fl  pi  ).  K  C.  DAVIS. 

AD6XA  (Greek,  without  glory,  i  e  ,  humble  or 
obscure)  Adoxdcczr,  but  bv  some  authorities  placed 
in  Caprifohacey  and  formerly  in  Arahncesr  A.  Mos- 
chatelhna,  Linn  ,  the  Moschatel,  is  the  only  species. 
It  is  an  inconspicuous  herb  3-  5  in  high,  bearing  tubers 
beneath  the  ground,  with  biternate  ivs  ,  and  small 
greenish  fls  It  occurs  in  England,  Cent  Eu  ,  and 
northward,  and  in  subalpine  and  arctic  regions  m  N 
Amer  It  is  scarcely  cult  but  may  occur  in  rock-gar- 
dens, being  giown  for  its  musky  scent 


^CHMEA 


221 


(from  mchme,  point;  referring  to  the  rigid 
points  on  the  calyx)  Kromeliflcex  Epiphytic  herbs, 
of  about  sixty  species,  natives  of  tropical  South  Amer- 
ica, grown  in  choice  greenhouse  collections. 

Flowei  -cluster  arising  from  a  cluster  or  rosette  of 
long,  hard  Ivs  which  are  serrate,  petals  3,  tongue- 
shaped,  obtuse  or  pointed,  2-3  times  the  length  of  the 
spine-pointed  calyx-lobes,  stamens  6,  shorter  than  the 
petals,  ovary  inferior,  3-celled.  The  fls  are  subtended 


bv  (m  the  axils  of)  fl  -bracts;  the  entire  head  or  fl.- 
cluster  is  often  reinforced  or  subtended  by  conspicuous 
If  -bracts,  in  the  compound-mfl  types,  the  individual 
branches  are  usually  subtended  by  branch-bracts  In 
some  species,  as  M  Lahndei  and  /».  Man<f-Reginx}  the 
large  colored  If  -bracts  are  the  most  conspicuous  part 
of  the  plant  In  others,  as  M  Veitchu,  the  entire  head 
is  the  showy  part  Monogr  by  Baker,  Journ  Hot. 
1879  129,  101,  220  Includes  Canutrum,  Eihino^tachys, 
Hohtnberyia,  Hoplojthylum,  J^fim/wococcus,  Piroanetiva, 
Pothuava,  and  some  of  the  species  have  been  referred 
to  Ihllbergia,  (Jryptanthu*,  Guznuinnw,  Tillandsia,  Che- 
valiera,  and  others 

The  a'chmeas  are  closely  allied  to  the  billbergias, 
from  which  they  arc  distinguished  by  smaller  flowers, 
which  are  little  exserted  from  the  calyx  and  not  widely 
expanding,  short  filaments  and  small  anthers,  sharp- 
pointed  sepals  and  conspicuous  sharp-pointed  flower- 
braets 

For  culture,  see  Billberyia 


oaly<  ulata,  6 
ccthhtis,  12 
discolor,  10,  11 
distichantha,  1 


s' 10 

oi,  2 


minmta,  11 
bjx-c  tabiln,  13 
Veitfhu.  4 
Weilba<  ha,  9. 


A   Fix  ^-ranked  on  the  branchlets. 

1  distichantha,  Lem     Lvs   2-3  ft   long,  with  a  di- 
lat<  d  base  4-5  m   long  and  half  as  wide,  the  blade  rigid 
and  channelled,  edges  prickly   scape  1-1  ^  ft  ,  fls  in  a 
bipmnate  panic  le   1-7  in    long  and  half  as  wide,  the 
petals  tongue-shaped  and  red-purple,  longer  than  the 
obtuse-cuspidate  sepal5*,  fl  -bract  pocket-like,  ^4111  long. 
Bra/il    BM  5417    JF  3  209. 

AA  Fh  multifarious,  —  in 
MVfrnl  or  many  rows  on 
the  spike  or  branchlets. 

B   Infl  simple 

c  Ovary  compressed  or 

flattened 

2  Lalindei,  Lmd  &Rod 
Large  (3-4  ft  ),  with  long 
and   broad  spine- 
edged   Iv  s      spike 

veiv  dense,  green- 
ish white,  from 
the  color  of  the 
aggregated  cali- 
ces,  the  fls  sub- 
tended by  many 
deflevd,  sho\\v 
red,  long-pointed, 
entire  bract-lvs  , 
corolla  gieen,  not 
exsrrted  Colom- 
bia I  II  30  481. 
— Striking 

3  Marlae  -  Reglnae, 
\\  endl      Smaller  than  the 
last  in  all  its  parts   petals 
blue-tipped   when  young, 
fading  to  crimson  like  the 
bracts,  half  as  long  again 
as   the   mealy     cuspidate 
sepals,     fl  -bracts    entire, 
small,  not  showy    bract- 
lvs   toothed    Costa  Rica. 
BM    0411     Gt    49  1477. 
— One  of  the  best  species. 

4.  Veitchii,  Baker.  Lvs. 
spotted,  serrate  petals 
pale,  a  little  longer  than 
the  sepals,  fl -bracts  con-  127.  Adonis  vernalis. 


222 


.EGLE 


spicuous,  toothed,  scarlet  bract-lvs  greenish,  erect, 
serrate,  not  encompassing  the  infl  S  Ainer  B  M. 
6329  G  Z  23,  pi  30  —Referred  to  Ananas  by  Bent- 
ham  &  Hooker 

cc  Ovaiij  terete  (cylindrical). 

D   Head  oblong 

5.  Lfndenii,  Koch  (Hoplophytum  Lindemi,  Morr ). 
Lvs.  dilated  and  entire  at  base,  the  blade  minutely 
toothed  and  2-3  it  long,  the  tip  broad-rounded  and 
short-cuspidate  petals  lemon-yellow,  twice  as  long  as 
sepals.  Brazil.  B.M  b.505 

DD   II end  globose 

6  calyculata,  Baker  (Hoplo  phylum  calyculdtum, 
Morr  ).  Lvs  about  1  ft  long,  with  an  oblong,  dilated 
base,  the  blade  minutely  toothed  and  rounded  at  the 
tip,  but  terminated  with  a  minute  eusp  scape  shorter 
than  the  Ivs  ,  with  seveial  deciduous  lanceolate  bract- 
lvs  ,  petals  tongue-shaped,  not  ]  2m.  long,  bright  yel- 
low, fl  -bracts-  small,  entire,  reddish  S  Amer 

7.  fasciata,  Baker  (Billbergia  fasciata,  Lmdl  B  rho- 
docydnea,  Lem.)  Lvs  1-2  ft  long,  with  an  oblong  en- 
tire clasping  base,  the  blade  strongly  toothed  and  the 
back  marbled  with  whitish  cross-lines,  the  tip  rounded 


and  mucronate.  scape  1  ft  high,  floeeose,  the  several 
braet-l\s  pale  led  and  erect,  petals  J4in  long,  pink. 
Brazil  B  M  4883  BR  1130  FS  3  207  — Infl.  some- 
times f oiked 

HB   Infl.  branched  (or  compound). 

c   Fls   pedicellate 

8  caerulescens,  Baker  Lvs  1)2-2  ft  long,  with 
small  prickles  panicle  4-5  in  long,  2-pmnate,  with  lax 
few-flu  crowded  branches,  petals  bluish  red,  J'ain. 
long  fl  -bracts  none  or  minute  S.  Amer  Gt  1871 : 
694  — Produces  white  berries 

cc   Fk>   sessile. 

D  -Sepal*,  blunt. 

E   Floral  bracts  larae 

9.  Wellbachii,  F  Didr  Lvs  rather  short,  over- 
topped by  the  red-stemmed  and  red-bracted  scape: 
panicle  narrow,  1 -pinnate,  the  fls  rather  crowded,  blue 
and  red  »S  Amer  R  H  1871  170 

Var  leodiensis,  Andr6.  Lvs  violet  and  spotted: 
fls.  shorter.  Brazil 

EE  Floral  bracts  minute  or  wanting 
10    fulgens.    Brongn     (M     decolor,    Hort )      Lvs 
broad,  with  small  distant  teeth,  with  a  broad  cuspidate 
end    panicle  large,  simple  above,  branched  below,  gla- 
brous, beanng  numerous  fls  ;  petals  blue-tipped,  ex- 


ceeding the  rich  red  calyx;  fl  -bracts  minute  or  none: 
branch-bracts  yellowish    S  Amer.    B  M  4293. 

11.  mimata,  Baker  Lvs  serrate  with  numerous  close 
small  teeth  panicle  branched  throughout,  ils  numer- 
ous, petals  blue,  ovary  red  Var  discolor,  Hort  ,  l<ig. 
128,  has  the  Ivs  purple  or  violet-brown  on  the*  back. 
Brazil. 

DD.  Sepals  pointed  or  awned. 

12  coelestis,  Morr     Lvs    linear,  the  margins  with 
few  minute  spines  or  almost  smooth    panicle  branched 
below,  simple  above,  fls    about  10  lines  long,  sepals 
white,  petals  blue     Brazil 

13  spectabihs,  Brongn      Lvs     linear,   the   margins 
armed  with  stout  spines    panicle  laxly  pyramidal,  fls 
about  IJ-i  in   long,  sepals  pale  rose,  petals  white,  pur- 
ple at  apex     Venezuela  and  Colombia     II  II   1875311 

X  aurantiaca,  Baker^Canistruin  uurantmrmn  --  E  Hnrlen, 
Raker  Corolla  palt  yellow  Houduuis  .*'  fcmnWiiMi,  Rt-g<  I 
Lvs  much  dilated  ut  b  iso,  whitish  below,  Mac  k  -toothed  petals 
light  blue  calyx  and  rnrhis  rtd,  pam,  l<  branched  Bra/il  (Jt 
34  12U2-.fi-  brom.h.fohu.  Baker  I)<nse  spike  Ivs  whitish 
below,  J-l  ft  long,  strnto  or  spm<  scent  «1s  light  >i  How  S  Ainer 
—X  Corniti,  t'arr  -~  E  nu.lu  mils  —  K  Ditikt.,in,i,  \nlre  I  \  s 
hitish,  finely  dentate  spike  simple  and  hx,  fls  long-tubular, 

ht   blue,    bracts   iiul   o\  tries   tor.il-n.d     hcrrus   io-te,    booming 


ligh 
blu 


. 
H  H   ISSS,  p    lOl.des 


, 

s.  Moir    -(Jra- 

vism  exsiidans  —  &  Fur^tmbmjn,  Motr  -=Htn  ptoi  ilyx  I  ui-.lt  11- 
berKn  —  M  ytyas,  Moir  Moral  Us  ctunsoa  rls  in  a  d(  nse  inM  , 
sepals  white,  hpidote,  eoiolla  pale  giffn  Bn/il  BM  8107  - 
£  glomerata,  Hook  =Holunt><  IJM  i  st,  ||.,tu,  Srhult  -  K  llystnr, 
Morr  Lvs  lepidote,  \\hitisli,  irowdrd  spike  oblonj?.  ilc  ns.  ,  rts 
purple,  tomentoio  Ciui.iu,i  —  K  lmun<ltilnc,a.  ('  II  Wn«ht  V  U 
distichous,  panuulatc.  the  s»  pals  awne<l,  Kn«'ii.  the  p.tuls  tl«p 
violet  Grenada  BM  S()()j  —  -R1  mmnu  dnlha,  Bron«n  -=  E 
Schiedeana  -.E  Wdindnn,  Htx.k  I'liudi  <-pinnate,  df  rise,  p,  t- 
ah  bright  red  Us  spiny.  1  '  j  2  It  (kiuina  BM  5jr>  —  E  m?ii- 
cana.  Baker  Lvs  long  and  law  .  hm  -tootru  d  panulc  2-pn.nate, 
long  and  hx,  th*>  pedutu  les  rn.  ily,  petals  <  run-on  Mex  -  E 
wuniafa,  Hort  =-Billb<  rmu  thyrMH.l.  a(''  )  —  E  mj/n«/,4w«««,  Morr 
Allied  to  JK  distKhantha  Lvs  nurow,  2  3  ft  ,  spiny.  Ml\«ry- 

B'lxf  b  «?J'J  —  *,'lt/iM«/itrt«J!s  '  (  JrU'b  Lvs  ToSiml"  tr  UKht!  brow  n- 
toothed  brnot-lv8  suhti  iiiluiK  spike  hr«e.  brilliant  ud,  p.  tals 
yellow  Trop  Viner  R  II  ISS',  it,  (a«  .E  Cornui,  whieh  is  a  form 
with  short*  r  and  denser  spikr)  —  E  pnni<  uln/tra.  (Jriscb  Lvs 
larue  and  lonij  pani<  It  1  2  ft  long,  with  fo\\-Hd  bran<  h.  s  stipe 
Ull,  reddish,  downy.  Us  purple  Trop  \iner  -  *'  *ttur<l*(ina. 
Schleeht  (E  in  K  rn.<  -inth  i,  Kronen  )  L\  s  larRi  njiid,  strongly 
arrrud  panulo  3-pitmito.  pub.  -01  nt  Hs  palt  yellow  M<  x  (.t 
43  p  175  —  -E  atrrata.  Me/  P'lmHi  \<ry  dtns<>,  bipmnatt  ,  rls 
distichous,  sessile,  sepils  spinulose,  pet  ils  violit,  murronato 
Martinique  R  H  1!X)7  129—  JE  i«6nna-=Billb(  rgii  ytbrina 

L  H   B 

CiLouciE  V  NASH  f 

JEGLE  (from  Latin  JSqlc,  one  of  the  Hespeude^,)  /<V 
t&cear,  tribe  Citrc<-r  A  small  tree,  often  .>pmy,  having 
hard-shelled  frs  Ivs  deciduous,  (is  pen  tamerous  \sith 
numerous  free  btamens,  ovaiy  with  10  or  more  cells, 
ovules  numerous  in  each  cell  ,  eells  ot  t  lie  fi  \\  it  hout  pulp 
vesicles,  filled  with  gum,  seeds  \voollv  and  in  germina- 
tion the  cotyledons  remain  lupogeous  the  first  tohage 
Ivs  are  opposite  —  Only  one  species  IH  now  recogm/ed 

Mdrmelos,  Coirea  (Crateva  Maundo?,  Linn  Bciuu 
Mdrmclos,\\  F  \\ight)  Fig  120  The  bael  fruit  of 
India  A  handnome  tree  mitixe  to  N  India,  but  widely 
cult  throughout  the  Peninsula  ;is  well  as  in  Ceylon, 
Burma,  Siarn  and  Indo-Cluna  The  tnfoholate  Ivs  , 
borne  on  wingless  petioles,  are  thin  in  teMure,  pnjb- 
ably  owing  to  the  fact  that  thev  are  deciduous  Al- 
though not  so  hardy  as  the  deciduous  trifoliate  orange 
of  China  and  Japan,  the  bael  fiuit  tiee  is  bind  to  en- 
dure a  considerable  degree  of  cold  (20°  F  or  lower)  in 
the  drier  parts  of  N  W  India  The  fr  is  greenish  >  el- 
low,  globular,  or  nearly  so,  varying  from  2-0  (usually 
4-5)  in  in  diarn  The  fr  of  the  wild  tiee  is  considei- 
ably  smaller  than  that  of  the  cult,  foirn  The  hard 
shell,  ^m  thick,  is  filled  with  the  pale  orange,  aro- 
matic pulp  in  which  occur  10-15  long,  narrow  cells 
containing  the  seeds  imbedded  in  transparent  tena- 
cious gum  These  cells  correspond  to  the  Begins  of  an 
orange,  while  the  pulp  is  made  up  of  the  pith  and  the 
greatly  thickened  fleshy  membranes  separating  the 


AERIDES 


223 


cells.  Ill  Roxb.,  PI.  Corom  ,  pi.  143  Wight,  Ic  ,  pi  16 
Bedd,  Fl  Sylv  ,  pi.  101.  Benth.  &  Trim,  Med  PI, 
55.  Bonav  ,  Oranges  and  Lemons  of  India  and  Ceylon, 
Atlas,  pi  242,  243.  The  ripe  fr  is  much  esteemed  by 
the  Hindus,  many  of 
whom  consider  it  the 
best  of  the  citrous  frs  , 
the  European  residents 
in  India  often  become 
very  fond  of  it. 

Watt  says  (Diet  of 
Econorn  Prod  of  India, 
1  123)  "The  fruit,  when 
ripe,  is  sweetish,  whole- 
some, nutritious,  and 
very  palatable,  and  much 
esteemed  and  eaten  by 
all  classes  The  npo 

.„_      ,        ...  fruit,  diluted  with  water, 

129   JEgle  Marmelos    (XM)          forms,  with  the  addition 
of  a  small  quantity  of 

tamarind  and  sugar,  a  delicious  and  cooling  drink  " 
The  famous  botanist,  Roxbuigh,  savs  (Flora  Indica, 
2  5X0)  "The  fruit  is  nut nt urns,  warm,  cathartic,  in 
taste  delicious,  in  fragrance  exquisite,  " 

On  the  other  hand,  W  R  Mustoc,  Superintendent, 
Government  Archeological  Gardens,  Lahore,  India, 
writes  (m  a  letter  to  I)  G  Fairchild,  dated  Lahore, 
Dec  3,  190X)  "The  fruit  is  greatly  prized  for  eating  by 
the  natives,  but  can  s<  orccK  be  looked  upon  as  pala- 
table to  the  white  in  in  except  as  a  sherbet,  " 
Sherbet  is  made  from  the  mashed  pulp,  which  is  diluted 
with  a  little  water,  and  then  stiamed  into  milk  or  soda- 
water  and  sug.ired  to  taste  Sometimes  a  little  tama- 
rind is  added  to  give  a  subacid  flavor  Ml  Indian  medi- 
cal authoritHs  agree  that  the  bael  fruit  has  a  most 
salutorv  influence  on  the  digestive  sv-tem  The  ripe 
fruit  is  mildlv.  laxative  and  is  a  good  simple  remedy  for 
dyspepsia  The  unripe  fruit  is  a  specific  of  the  highest 
value  for  dvsenterv ,  but  so  mild  that  it  can  be  given  to 
children  without  dangi  i  The  bael  fruit  tree  is  widelv 
cultivated  in  India  ,ind  is  found  in  neurlv  c  v  ( rv  temple 
garden  It  is  dedicated  to  Siva,  whose  worship  cannot 
be  completed  without  ,ts  leaves  rlhis  promising  fruit 
tree  is  now  b<  ing  tested  at  seveial  points  in  the  warmer 
parts  of  the  I  nited  States 

.E    Bdrtcn    Hook     f  -- BnN  .inocitnn    p-umuliita.    Swindle    -.# 

Merrill—  Chsptospormum  glutmosa,  Swingle  -  JE  aejnana,  DC  = 
Ponnrus  trifohata,  Raf  WALTER  T  SWINGLE 


JEGL(5PSIS  (&gle,  opsis,  appearance)  Rutdcex, 
tribe  Citrex  A  small  spiny  tree,  having  simple  per- 
sistent Ivs  with  short,  wingless  petioles,  and  frs  with 
a  thin  rather  hard  shell  the  fls  are  pentamerous  with 
10  stamens,  ovary  6-7-celled,  ovules  numerous  m  each 
cell  cells  of  the  fr  without  pulp  vesicles,  filled  with 
gum  The  seeds  are  smooth,  and  in  germination  the 
cotyledons  remain  hypogeous,  the  first  fohage  Ivs  are 
opposite  Only  one  species  is  known 

Chevalien,  Swingle  Fig  130  A  large  shrub  or  small 
spiny  tree  growing  near  the  coast  in  Cote  d'lvoire, 
Trop  W.  Afr  ,  probably  occurring  also  in  Liberia  The 
spines  occur  singly  alongside  of  the  axillary  bud  and  are 
long,  slender  and  straight  (See  Fig.  130 )  The  fls  are 
borne  in  small,  more  or  less  branched  panicles  composed 
of  4-40  fls.  The  fruits  are  globose  or  slightly  pyn- 
form,  deep  orange,  with  a  thin,  hard  shell  i^in.  thick 
Inside  of  this  shell  are  G  (rarely  5  or  7)  cells  filled  with 
large  sublenticular  seeds  imbedded  in  a  fragrant 
mucilage  These  cells  correspond  to  the  segms  of  an 
orange and 
are  trian- 
gular in 
out  line,  oc- 
c  u  p  y  i  n  g 
almost  the  \ 
whole* 
space,  the  sep- 
arating mem- 
branes being 
very  thin  and  the 
pith  small  In 
this  respect,  the 
fr  is  quite  unlike 
fi s  of  yftgle  and 
Balsarnocitrus. 
Ill  Bull  Soc. 
Hot  F  r .  v . 
58  M6m  8d 
pi  2,  3-— This 
species  was  only 
recent  1>  brought 
to  light  in  the 
collect  ions  of  the 
Museum  d'His- 


131.  JEgopodmm  Podograna  var. 
vanegatum. 


130    -Kglopsis  Chevaheri     (Xf.  fl 


toire  Naturelle 
at  Pans  It  is  reported  as  growing  in  swamps  near  the 
sea  If  it  is  able  to  resist  brackish  water  it  may  prove 
to  be  a  stock  of  value  01.  which  to  graft  citrous  frs  as 
most,  if  not  all,  of  the  species  of  Citrus  are  very  sensi- 
tive to  salty  soils  (alkali)  Trees  of  this  species  are 
growing  in  the  greenhouses  of  the  Jardm  des  Plantes 
at  Pans  and  in  those  of  the  U  S  Dept  of  Agric  Young 
seedlings  are  being  grown  for  trial  as  stocks  on  which 
to  graft  other  citrous  frs  WALTER  T  SWINGLE. 

^GOPODIUM  (mx,  goat,  and  podion,  a  little  foot; 
probably  from  the  shape  of  the  Ifts)  Umbellifene. 
GOUTWEED.  Coarse,  hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  with 
creeping  rootstocks,  biternate  ha  ,  sharply  toothed, 
ovate  Ifts  ,  white  fls  m  umbels  frs.  ovate,  glabrous, 
with  equal  filiform  ribs,  and  no  oil-tubes 

Podograria,  Linn  ,  var  vanegatum,  Hort  Fig  131. 
Twelve  to  14  in  — A  rapid-growing  variegated  form  of 
this  European  weed,  which  makes  attractive  mats  of 
white-margined  foliage  Common  in  yards,  and  planted 
as  edging  and  mats*  against  buildings  and  in  shady 
places.  Prop  readily  by  division,  and  of  simplest  cult. 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

AERANTHUS  Certain  species  described  under  this  genus  are 
treated  in  Anyrxcum 

A^RIDES  (Greek,  air-plant}.  Orchidacex  Epiphytic 
hothouse  orchids 

Stems  leafy,  without  pseudobulbs*  Ivs  distichous, 
coriaceous  or  fleshy,  the  persistent  sheaths  covering  the 


224 


AERIDES 


AERIDES 


St..  fls.  borne  in  simple  or  compound  lateral  clusters; 
sepals  about  equal,  spreading,  the  dorsal  broader  than 
the  lateral;  petals  similar  to  the  dorsal  sepal;  lip  erect, 
or  bent  in,  attached  to  the  foot  of  the  column,  spurred 
at  the  babe,  the  spur  hollow,  pollmia  2 — Species 
about  30,  distributed  from  Malay  Archipelago  to  India, 
E.  Asia  and  Japan. 

Nearly  all  the  species  of  this  genus  are  from  the 
East  Indies  and  therefore  require  the  warmhouse 
treatment,  with  a  minimum  of  65°  F  in  winter  As 
they  have  no  pseudobulbs,  but  an  erect,  evergreen  stem, 
they  must  never  be  allowed  to  become  perfectly  dry. 
Ample  drainage  of  charcoal  and  broken  pots  is  very 
essential,  with  a  surfacing  of  moss,  preferably  sphag- 
num, renewed  each  year,  the  usual  peat  fiber  being 
omitted.  The  besst-known  species  is  A.  odoratum  ana 
is  often  seen  in  collections  flowering  freely.  A  Field- 
tngu  is  also  an  interesting  plant,  as  the  spikes  grow  to 
the  length  of  18  inches,  are  dense-flowered,  and  known 
as  the  "fox-brush  orchid,"  the  color  being  a  beautiful 
rose-pink  A.  Ijawrencise  is  another  fine  plant,  from 
the  Philippines  but  not  yet  common  in  gardens. — 
Propagation  is  effected  only  by  cutting  off  the  top  of 
the  plant  and  setting  it  down  in  another  pot,  and  wait- 
ing for  the  other  part  to  send  out  shoots.  The  roots  are 
mostly  aerial,  and  no  attempt  must  be  made  to  confine 
these  to  the  pots.  If  the  size  pot  used  is  large,  it  should 
be  perforated  at  the  sides  to  admit  of  a  free  circulation 
of  air.  (Orpet.) 


i.  3 


affine,  12 

Godcfroyanum,  12 

purpurascens,  1. 

Amesianurn,  5 

Hotillotiauuin,  9 

qumqucv  ulnorun 

Augustianum,  10 
Bullantmeanum,  4 

Japonicum,  17 
Larpeniae,  8 

radicosum,  Ib 
Rcebolmn,  3 

birmamcum,  1 

Lawrennir,  5 

roseum,  12 

Brookei,  15 

iMwrencennum,  5 

rubrurn,  16 

cornutum,  1. 

Leauum,  G 

Sandorre,  2 

crju«ifolium,  11. 

Leomei,  8 

Sandenanum,  5 

onspum,  15 
cyhndncum,  18. 
Dayanum,  2. 
fcll.su,  2 

Lindleyanuin,  15 
Lobhu,  12 
maculosum,  14 
majus,  1 

Sav  arcanum,  7 
Schroeden,.14 
Huavissimuiu,  4 
\andarum,  18 

expanium,  8. 

mitratum,  19 

virens,  2 

falcatum,  8 

nmltiflorum,  12 

Warneri,  15. 

Fieldmgn,  13. 

odoratum,  1 

KEY   TO  THE   SPECIES. 
L   Lvs  flat,  keeled 
B   Middle  lobe  of  the  hp  incurved  between 

the  larger  lateral  lobes 
C   Spur  curved 

D   Fls   l}^  in   long  or  less 

E    Lateral  lobes  of  the  lip  white 
F    Length  of  fls    1  in   or  more 
G   Lip    not    spotted    or  with 
few  spots,  flt,    crowded, 
concealing  the  stem  1    odoratum 

oo    Lip  usually  much  spotted, 
flt>   not  crowded,  reveal- 
ing the  stem  2  virens 
FF  Length  of  fls   lets  than  1  in      3   qumquevul- 
EE    Lateral  hbcs  of  the  lip  lemon-  [nerum 
yellow                                       4.  suavissimum 
DD   Fls  exceeding  1\^  in  long             5  Lawrenciae 
cc   Spur  straight 

D    Raceme  much  longer  than  the  Ivs  ; 
muddle  lobe  of  the  lip  ovate-tri- 
angular 6  Leanum 
DD   Racemes  as  long  as  the  hs  ,  mid- 
dle lobe  of  the  hp  linear-oblong     7   Savageanum 
BB.  Middle  lobe  of  the  hp  spreading,  not 

incurved 
C.  Sts    long    hs,  numerous,  6  in.  or 

more  long 
D   Lateral  lobes  of  hp  large,  usually 

falcate  or  lunate 
E.  Spur  short,  conic 

F  Sepals  and  petals  white          8  falcatum 
FF.  Sepals    and    petals     tawny 

yellow  9.  Houlletianum 

EI    Spur  long,  cyhndric 

F  Shape  of  spur  straight  10    Augustianum 

FF  Shape  of  spur  recurved  or 

htoked  11  crassifohum 


DD  Lateral   lobes   of  hp  smaller  or 

wanting 

E.  Racemes  drooping  or  pendulous 
F  Middle  lobe  of  lip  entire 
Q    The  spur  straight 

H    The  middle  lobe  of  hp 

cordate,  obtuse  12 

HH    The  middle  lobe  of  lip 

ddtoid,  acuminate       13 
GO    The     spur     incurved     or 

hooked  14 

FF   Middle  lobe   of  hp  serrate, 

lateral  lobct,  t,mall  15 

EE    Racemes  erect  or  ascending       10 
CC  Sts    short    Ivi,    few,  4  m    long  or 

less  17 

AA.  Lvs   tircte  or  semitcrele,  grooved  on  the 


multiflorum 

Fieldingii 

maculosum 

crispum 
radicosum 


B   Fi 


ipper  surface 

7s  few,  white,  2  in   or  more  across     18 


vandarum 
mitratum 


BB   Fls    numerous,  /t\s6  than  1  in    across, 
the  hp  violet  19 

1  odoratum,  Lour   (A   cornutum,  Roxbg  )    Fig.  132 
Lvs   6-8  in    long,  up  to  2  in    broad    racemes  nodding, 
equaling  or  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls   about  1  in    long, 
fragrant;  sepals  and  petals  white,  \\ith  a  eaimme  spot 

at  the  obtuse  apex,  the 
pet  ah  narrower  than 
the  sepals,  lateral  lobes 
of  the  lip  erect,  round- 
oblong,  \\hite,  or 
faintly  tinged  vuth 
purple,  and  somewhat 
spotted,  middle  lobe 
ot  the  lip  linear-oblong, 
denticulate  or  entire, 
white,  with  a  median 
purple  line  India 
to  Cochin  China 
BM  4139  C.n  40, 
p  1/iS  FC  2  7.") 
OR  6  273,  8  217 
Var  birmanicum, 
Reichb  f  Fls 
smaller,  with  lines 
instead  of  apical 
spots,  and  the 
narrow  middle  lobe 
of  the  hp  with 
few  marginal 
teeth  Var  pur- 
purascens,Hort 
Racemes  larger, 
and  the  sepals 
and  petals 
tipped  with  dull  ametlust  (i  C  II  1(5  597  Var 
majus,  Hort.  Racemes  and  fls  larger 

2  virens,  Lmdl     Lvs  up  to  10  in  long  and  1  %  in 
broad    racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls  over  1  in   long, 
fragrant,  sepals  and  petals  white,  \vith  a  bright  purple 
apical  spot,  broadly  oval,  obtuse,  hp  deeply  .i-lobed,  the 
oblong   lateral    lobes    much    the   larger,    erect,    white, 
purple-spotted  below,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  small, 
incurved,  purple,  or  white  with  a  median  purple  stripe, 
spur    green-tipped     Java     P  M.  14 "197      B  11  30  41 
Var  fillisii,  llort   (A.  filhsii,  Hort ).  Sepals  and  petals 
white,  flushed  with  rose,  the  tips  amethyst-purple    Var 
Dayanum,  Hort     Racemes    longer,  with  large  bright 
fls.    Var.  Sander®,  Hort.    A  form  in  which  the  fls.  are 
pure  white. 

3  quinquevulrerum,  Lmdl.    Lvs  up  to  1  ft  long  and 
\l/2  in-  broad,  racemes  commonly  longer  than  the  Ivs.; 
fls  usually  less  than  1  in  long,  sepals  and  petals  obtuse, 
oval-oblong,  white,  tipped  with  amethyst  and  with  a 
few  purple  spots  below;  hp  3-lobed,  the  erect  lateral 
lobes  triangular-oblong,  white,  faintly  purple-dotted, 
the    middle    lobe   oblong,    deep    amethyst,    the    spur 
incurved   green     Phihpp'ne  I  sis     P  M.  8  241.    Var. 


AERIDES 


AERIDES 


225 


Rcebelinh  (A  Raebelinn,  Reichb.  f ).  Differs  in  the 
denticulate  petals  which  shade  to  green  at  the  base,  and 
m  the  rose-colored  middle  lobe  of  the  hp.  Philippine 
Isls 

4  suavfssimum,  Lmdl     Lvs    up  to  10  in   long  and 
\Yi  in  broad,  racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls  fragrant, 
somewhat  crowded,    sepals  and   petals  white,  flushed 
with  lilac,  tipped  with  rose-lilac,  the  dorsal  sepal  broadly 
oval,  the  lateral  larger;  lip  3-lobed,  the  erect  lateral 
lobes   rounded-oblong,    lemon-yellow,    purple-spotted, 
the  middle  lobe  linear-oblong,  paler  than  the  lateral 
lobes    Malacca    C  O  ,  pi  6    J  F  2,  pi  213    Var  Bal- 
lantmeanum,  Veitch     Blooms  a  little  earlier-  racemes 
shoi  ter,  the  sepals  and  petals  amethyst-tipped 

5  Lfiwrenciae,   Reichb     (A    Lawrencianum,  Hort ) 
Lvs  up  to  1  ft,  long  and  2  in   broad    racemes  equaling 
or  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls  over  1)2  m   l°nK,  fragrant, 
sepals  and  petals  white,  amethyst-tipped,  lip  deeply 
3-lobed,  the  denticulate  lateral  lobes  hatchet-shaped, 
white,   the  middle    lobe    oblong,   amethyst,   the    spur 
green,  incurved      Philippine    Isls     Gn    35  485    G  C 
111    20     629,    30  435    Var    Amesianum,  Kranzl     A 
more  robust  plant,  with  fls   of  a  more  intense  color 
Var    Sandenanum,   Hort     Differs  in   its  narrow  Ivs 
and  yellowish  fls 

6  Leanum,  Reichb    f.    Lvs    up  to  10  in    long  and 
1 }  2  m  broad   racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls  less  than 
1  in    long,  sepals  and  petals  rose-purple  with  a  white 
base,  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  round,  incurved,  and 
nearly  inclosing  the  small,  ovate-triangular,  deep  pur- 
ple middle  lobe,  spur  straight,  green-tipped      India 

7  Savageanum,  Veitch     Lvs   up  to  10  m   long  and 
1]4  m    wide    racemes  equaling  the  Ivs  ,  fls   kss  than  1 
in    long,  sepals  and  petals  with  the  white  base  dotted 
with  purple,  the  upper  poition  crimson,  lip  crimson- 
purple,  the  erect  1'iteral  lobes  round-oblong,  the  middle 
lobe    linear-oblong,    small,     incurved,    spur   straight, 
greenish 

8  falcatum,  Lmdl    &  Paxt    (A    LarmnLf,  Hort    .4. 
eJCfMtntum,  Reichb   f  )    Lvs  up  to  8  in   long  and  1 '  j  m 
broad      racemes   equaling   or   exceeding   the   Ivs  ,    fls 
about  1)4  m    long,  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped  with 
ameth>st -purple,    lip    3-lobed,    the    spreading    lateral 
lobes   falcate,    light    amethvst,   the   middle  lobe   deep 
amethyst,  broadly  obovate,  notched,  denticulate,  spur 
short,     greenish       I'pper    Burma       Var     Lednsei     (.4 
Ltbnsui,  Reichb  f  )      Differs  in  having  the  middle  lobe 
of  the  hp  larger  and  of  deeper  color,  and  in  the  dotting 
of  the  lateral  lobes  and  of  the  base  of  the  sepals  and 
petals    Rangoon 

9  Houlletianum,  Reichb   f     Resembles  A  falcatum, 
but  differs  in  its  smaller  fls  ,  arranged  m  shorter  and 
denser  racemes,  the  sepals  and  petals  tawny  yellow, 
tipped  with  purple,  the  lip  white,  striped  and  spotted 
with  purple,  the  middle  lobe  fhnbmle    Cochin  China. 
C  O  ,  pi.  3     I  H  29.455     R  B  21  205    R  H   1891  321 

10  Augustianum,  Rolfe     L\s    up  to  8  in   long  and 
1  J-4  in  broad    racemes  longer  than  me  Ivs  ;  fls  1-1 }  t'  m 
long,   sepals   and   petals   lose,    round-oblong,    obtuse, 
hp  3-lobed,  the  oblong  lateral  lobes  falcate,  rounded  or 
truncate  at  the  summit,  the  broadly  oblong  middle  lobe 
crenulate,  somewhat  bilobcd  at  the  apex,  spur  straight 
Philippine  Isls   G  C  111  7  233 

11  crassifdlium,  Par  &  Reichb  f    Lvs  up  to  8  in 
long  and  2  m.  wide  racemes  longer  than  Ivs  ,  ns  loosely 
arranged,  1-1  ^2  *n  long,  sepals  and  petals  rose-purple, 
paler  at  the  base,  lip  3-lobcd,  the  lateral  lobes  rose- 
purple,  nearly  lunate  or  crescent-shaped,  the  broadly 
ovate  middle  lobe  deep  rose-purple,  spur  curved,  green- 
ish at  the  tip.   Burma    G  C.  II.  8  493    C  O  ,  pi   1. 

12.  multifldrum,  Roxbg  (A  ajflne,  Wall  A  rbseum, 
Paxt  ).  Lvs  up  to  10  in.  long,  less  than  1  in  broad1  ra- 
cemes longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  fls  about  ^im  long;  basal 
p*ortion  of  the  oval-oblong  petals  and  doi-sal  sepal  white. 

15 


with  a  few  purple  spots,  the  remainder  light  amethyst;, 
the  nearly  orbicular  lateral  sepals  white,  faintly  flushed; 
hp  light  amethyst,  deeper  in  the  middle,  cordate, 
obtuse,  spur  straight,  short  B  M  4049  Gt  8  267. 
J  F  2  200  Var  L6bbu,  Veitch  (A  Ulbii,  Hort ) 
Differs  from  the  type  in  its  much-crowded  Ivs  ,  and  m 
the  fls  which  are  more  numerous  and  more  highly 
colored  I II  15  559  Var  Godefroyanum,  Veitch 
(A  Godefroyanum,  Reichb  f )  Lvs  longer'  fls  a  little 
larger  and  more  highly  colored  than  in  the  type.  R  B 
17  109. 

13  FiSldingii,  Lodd    FOX-BRUSH  ORCHID     Lvs    up 
to  10  in.  long  and  nearly  2  in    broad    mfl    racemose, 
sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base,  longer  than  the  Ivs  ; 
fls  about  1 1/2  in  long,  crowded,  petals  and  dorsal  sepal 
white,  suffused  with  rose,  or  the  basal  portion  some- 
times white  and  dotted  with  purple,  obovate,  the  lateral 
sepals  white,  tipped  with  pale  purple,  broadly  oval,  hp 
white,   suffused   with   rose,   deltoid   or   trowel-shaped, 
acuminate,   the  small  lateral  lobes  mrolled  over  the 
mouth  of  the  small  white  spur  which  is  amethyst,  mot- 
tled w  ith  white    Sikkim  and  Assam    B  H.  1876 . 18,  19. 
A  F  22  883. 

14  maculdsum,  Lmdl     Lvs    up  to  10  in  long  and 
nearly  2  m  broad    mfl  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  often  panic- 
ulate at  the  base,  fls  about  Him   long,  the  sepals  and 
petals  white,   the  upper  portion  stained  and  spotted 
with    amethvst,    oval-oblong,    lip    clawed,    the    blade 
amethvst,  deeper  in  the  middle,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse, 
with  2  small  white  tuben  les  at  the  base,  spur  incurved, 
short,  green-tipped      India     Var    Schrofcden,  Veitch 
Differs  from  the  type  in  its  more  robust  habit,  its  longer 
Ivs,   and  the  darker  markings  of  the  sepals,  petals, 
and  middle  of  the  lip.    G  C  II   13  493,  17  341     J  F. 
1  54 

15  crispum,  Lmdl   (A   Brobkt  i,  Batem  )    Lvs  up  to 
8  in  long  and  2  in  broad  mfl  several  tunes  longer  tnan 
the  1\  s  ,  racemose,  or  sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base; 
fls  about  2  in  long,  the  sepals  and  petals  white,  faintly 
flushed  with  rose-purple  on  the  back  and  on  the  surface 
at  the  apex,  hp  3-lobed,  the  erect,  small  lateral  lobes 
white,  streaked  with  rose-purple  on  the  surface,  round- 
oblong,  the  middle  lobe  deep  amethyst,  white  at  the 
base,  broadly  ovate,  the  sides  reflexed,  serrate;  spur 
small,  curved     S    India     B  M  4127     FS5.438     Gn. 
4,  p  85    BR  28  55    F  S   1    12   GC  III  36:134.  Var. 
Lmdleyanum,  Hort      Infl   paniculate  at  the  base;  fls. 
larger  than  in  the  type,  the  hp  with  the  lateral  lobea 
greenish  and  the  middle  lobe  rich  amethyst  bordered 
with  white      Xeilgherry  Hills.    Var.  W&rneri,  Hort. 
Differs  in  having  the  Ivs.  shorter  and  narrower  than  in 
the  tvpe,  ar»d  m  its  longer  racemes  of  smaller  fls  ,  the 
middle  lobe  of  the  hp  deep  rose  with  a  white  border 

16  radicdsum,  Reichb   (A   rubrum,  Hort )     Lvs  up 
to  10  in   long  and  1  Yi  m   broad    mfl    longer  than  the 
Ivs  ,  racemose,  or  sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base,  fls. 
about   1^4  in.  long,  the  sepals  and  petals  light  rose- 
purple,   deeper  spotted,   hp   3-lobed,   the   small  erect 
lateral  lobes  round,  rose-purple,  the  middle  lobe  deep 
rose-purple,  oblong,  acute,  spur  curved,  short.    India. 

1 7  jap6nicum,  Reichb  f    Lvs  up  to  4  in.  long,  few : 
racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs  ;  fls.  about  1  in   long,  fra- 
grant, sepals  and  petals  greemsn  white,   the  lateral 
sepals  bordered  with  brownish  purple,  lip  3-lobed,  the 
lateral  lobes  small,  the  middle  lobe  obovate-spatulate, 
crenulate,  white,  with  a  median  dark  violet  ridge  and  a 
few  paler  spots,  spur  straight,  obtuse     Japan     B  M. 
5798    I  H  29  461 

18  vand&rum,  Reichb    f   (A    cylindncum,  Hook ). 
St  slender,  round  Ivs  terete,  grooved  on  the  upper  sur- 
face, up  to  8  in.  long*  fls  single  or  m  few-fld   racemes, 
white,  about  2  in   long,  sepals  and  petals  undulate,  the 
former  obovate-oblong,  the  latter  nearly  rhomboidal 
IIP  3-lobed,  tb*  lateral  lobes  linear-falcate,  the  middle 


226 


AERIDES 


^SCULUS 


lobe  broadly  obcordate,   spur  subulate.     Himalayan 
region.    B.M.  4982.    J.II.  III.  34.417.   O.K.  13.60. 

19.  mitratum,  Reiehb  f  St  short,  with  a  few  semi- 
terete  Ivs  6-15  in  long,  deeply  grooved  on  the  upper 
surface,  racemes  from  below  the  Ivs  and  shorter  than 
them,  ascending  or  nearly  erect,  fls  ^4'in  long,  sepals 
and  petals  white,  flushed  with  mauve  at  the  apex;  hp 
amethyst,  spur  raiter-bhaped,  short.  Burma.  B.M. 
5728. 

A  Afirholitm,  Rolfo  A  recently  intro  species,  allied  to  A.  odo- 
ratum  Light  rose-purple  ih  and  a  rather  short  spur  Annara. 
O  R  1904  Ihl  —A  cyllndricum,  Lindl  Resembles  A  vandarum 
m  habit  and  foliage  Fls  about  IJa  in  across,  the  sepals  and 
petals  waxy  white,  sometimes  tinged  rose,  the  Up  white,  tne  side 
lobes  purple-streaked,  the  middle  lob<>  yellow  with  a  crimson  tip 
India  GC.  Ill  17  3<)3  -4  Duqutinei,  liort  Fls  white  dotted 
with  rose  — A  Emtrtcu,  Reichb  Fls  1  in  lung,  the  sepals  and 
petals  white,  amethyst-blotched  at  apex,  the  hide  lobes  of  hp 
purple-spotted,  the  middle  lobe  small,  narrowly  oblong,  acute, 
amethyst,  npur  incurved  BM  6728 — A  ThitxiutiAnum,  Ileiehb. 
Racemes  longer  than  the  l\s  fls  rose  with  an  amethyst  hp,  spur 

curved  GEORGE  V  NASH. 

JERUA  (said  to  be  from  the  Arabic  name)  Amaran- 
tdcex.  A  genus  of  10  species  of  Trop  Asiatic  and  Afri- 
can herbs  or  shrubs,  allied  to  Achyranthes,  with  per- 
fect or  imperfect  fls  ,  the  perianth  segms  short  and 
hyaline,  stamens  5  or  4,  sterile  filaments  mteivening; 
fls.  very  small,  usually  in  clusters,  white  or  rusty 

uinol£nta,   Blume  (A.  sanguinca,  Hort  )     Lvs 
m.  long,  opposite  or  alternate,  ovate-acuminate, 


133.  Opening  foliage  of  ^Esculut  Hippocastanum. 


soft-pubescent,  pale  beneath  Java  — Cult,  for  its  dark 
red  Ivs  Not  common  and  at  present  perhaps  confined 
to  botanic  gardens 


N.    TAYLOR.f 


^SCHYNANTHUS:    Tnchosporum 


^ESCULUS  (ancient  name  of  some  oak  or  mast-bear- 
ing tree)  Including  Pavia  Hippoctibtuncicese  HORSE- 
CHESTNUT  BUCKEYE  Trees  or  sometimes  shrubs, 
cultivated  for  shade  and  for  the  conspicuous  bloom  of 
some  species 

Winter-buds  large  with  several  pairs  of  outer  scales: 
Ivs  opposite,  long-pet  10 led,  digitate,  deciduous;  Ifts. 
5-9,  serrate:  fls  symmetrical  in  terminal  panicles, 
calyx  fampanulate  to  tubular,  unequally  4-5-toothed, 
petals  4-5,  with  long  claws,  stamens  5-9;  ovary  3- 
celled,  with  2-ovuled  cells  fr.  a  large  3-valved  caps., 
usually  with  1  or  2  largo  herds,  sreda  large,  brown,  with 
a  large  pale  hilum  — About  20  species  in  N.  Amer  ,  E. 
Asia,  Himalayas  and  Balkan  Peninsula 

The  buckeyes  are  deciduous  trees  and  shrubs,  with 
large,  digitate  leaves  and  red,  white  or  yellow  flowers  in 
ihowy  terminal  panicles  They  are  cultivated  for  their 
showy  flowers  and  handsome  foliage,  and  some  species 


make  excellent  shade  trees.  The  large  seeds  are  not 
edible 

Some  species,  as  M  Hippocastanum  and  M.  carnca 
are  popular  shade  and  street  trees  They  leaf  early  and 
soon  give  a  dense  shade  The  shrubby  species  are  well 
adapted  for  borders  of  larger  gioups  or  as  solitary 
clumps  on  the  lawn,  particularly  M  priri'ifloia,  with  itt, 
slender  panicles  of  white  flowers,  similar  in  habit  and 
effect  but  with  bright  scarlet  flowers,  are  M  discolor, 
M  aeorgiana  and  A  spltndens  Most  ot  the  species  are 
hardy  Noith,  but  the  Calif  ornian  and  Himalayan  spe- 
cies are  suitable  only  for  the  southern  states  They 
grow  best  in  loamy  and  moist  soil 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  to  be  sown  m  autumn  or 
stratified,  or  by  side-grafting  and  budding  on  common 
species,  and  the  shrubby  forms  also  by  layers,  M. 
parviflora  is  propagated  also  by  root-cuttings 


i        n     a, 
umbruculiiera,  1 
virnKata,  1 
t-M«Wor,  12 
mullein,  11 
\\  iNc.im,  (» 
\\arliUensis.ll 


A.  Winter-buds  resinous    daw*  of  pt  (alb  not  longer  than 

cali/r,  stmntnb  exhaled 

B.  L//6     senile     petals   ft,    cfdi/i    «irn[>anidate,    fi-lobed, 

stamens  5-8  fi    globular     (IhpiMcastununi} 
C    Lvs   glabrous  beneath 

1    Hippocastanum,    Linn     COMMON    HonsE-CuLfiT- 

NIIT  Fig  133  Largo  ti(>r,  (>0  SO  it  Ifts  5  -7,  visile, 
cuneate-obovute,  acuminate,  obtu^elj  senate,  nearly 
glabrous  panicles  S-12  in  long,  ver>  showy,  fls  white, 
tinged  with  led,  ?4in  long  tr  echmate  May  N 
Greece,  Bulgaiia  H.\\  347  FE  13,  pi  13  (habit)  — 
Many  garden  forms,  the  mot>t  important  are  Var 
Baumannii,  Schneid  (\nr  Jlbn-])lhio,  Lem  ),  \\ith 
double  white  fls  I  H  2  -30  F  S  7,  p  7o  B  IT  *,  p 
133  GM  4i  613  A.G  32  271  (habit)  Var  Schirn- 
hdferi,  Kosenth  ,  \vith  double  yellowish  red  fls  W  I  G 
1882  101  Var  pumila,  Dipp  ,  dwarf  form  Vur  um- 
bracuHfera,  Rchci  ,  with  compact  round  head  M  I)  G 
1903  188  Var  pyramidahs,  Nirhols  ,  with  compact, 
idal  head  Var  lacimata,  Leroy  (var 
,  var  hetewphulla,  Hort  ),  Ifts  lacmiate 


Var  incisa,  Dipp  Lfts  shoit  and  broad,  deeply  and 
doubly  serrate  to  incisely  lobed  Var  H6nkehi,  Hen- 
kel,  is  little  different,  only  the  Ifts  are  narrower  and 


the  habit  more  pyramidal  Var  variegata,  Loud  ,  Ivs 
variegated  with  yellow  Var  Memmingeri,  Bean  Lvs 
sprinkled  with  white  — The  horse-chestnut  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  of  shade  trees  on  the  continent  of  Eu- 
rope, and  is  also  much  planted  along  roads  and  in 
parks  and  private  grounds  in  this  country  It  is  partic- 
ularly adaptable  for  bowers  and  places  where  seate 
are  desired,  as  the  top  stands  headmg-m  and  makes  a 
very  dense  shade  It  is  the  first  of  all  shade  trees  to 
burst  into  leaf  When  smaller,  more  formal  trees  are 
desired,  var.  umbracuhfera  should  be  planted  The 
double-fld  forms  are  to  he  recommended  for  the  longer 
durat  ion  of  their  fls  and  for  the  absence  of  the  fr.  which 
is  of  gre.it,  often  annoying,  attraction  to  the  small  boy 
In  dry  situations,  the  planting  of  the  horse-chestnut 
should  be  avoided,  as  the  foliage  is  likely  to  suffer, 
particularly  in  dry  seasons,  from  drought  and  heat 


^SCULUS 


.ESCULUS 


227 


2.  camea,  Hayne  (M.  HippocdstanumxPavia  A. 
rubicitnda,  Loisef,  M  intermedia,  Andre")  Tree,  20-40 
ft  Ifts  mostly  5,  nearly  sessile,  euneate-obovate,  cre- 
nate-serrate,  nearly  glabrous  panicles  5-8  in.  long,  fls 
varying  from  flesh-color  to  scarlet,  fr.  with  small 
prickles  Garden  origin  15  R.  105b  L  B  C.  13.1242 
F  S  2229-30.  F.E  23  007  (habit J  —Common  in  parks 
and  on  roadsides.  Handsome  and  desirable;  the  foliage 
is  darker  and  of  firmer  texture  than  that  of  the  preced- 
ing species  and  resists  drought  better  Many  garden 
forms,  according  to  the  different  shades  in  coloring; 
one  of  the  best  is  var  Bndtii,  Nichols  (&  rubicunda 
var.  Bribth,  Carr  ),  with  bright  scarlet  fls.  11 II  1878: 
370  Also  var  plantierensis,  Rehd  (sK  plantierfm>m. 
Andr6),  with  yellowish  white  fls  tinged  with  pink  and 
fading  to  pink  and  with  bluntly  serrate  Ifts  ,  is  very 
handsome. 

cc    Lvs  pubescent  beneath,  at  lea^t  while  young 

3  turbmata,  Blume  (-ft*  sinenw,  Hurt  ,  riot  Hunge) 
JAPANESE  Hou.sE-Cnhsr.\uT    Tree,  ,}i)  ft    petioles  and 
young  branchlets  pubescent,  Ifts  5-7,  cuneate-obovate, 
crenate-serrate,  pubescent  beneath  when  young,  pani- 
cles 0-10  in  long,  dense  and  rather  narrow,  pubescent, 
fls  yellowish  white,  with  a  red  spot,  less  than  ^m  long 
fr  veirucose     Juno    Japan     G  C   III   5:717.31:187 
S  J  F  1.71  — 1  he  Ivs  are  larger  than  those  of  the  pre- 
ceding species,  but  the  individual  fls  are  smaller  and 
less  strongly  marked  with  red     Hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum 

Bii    Lfts   ddlLid    petals  4,  cali/x  2-lipped,  stamens  7-9: 

fr  pea  i -shaped,  smooth     (Calothyrt>us  ) 

c.  Petals   nearly  equal,   oblong-obovate   to   oblanctolate. 

D    Cm  alia  about  1  in  long 

4  cahf6rmca,  Xutt      C  \UFOKMA  BICXEIE.     Tree 
with  bioad  top,  30-10  ft      Ifts   57,  petioled,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  cuneate  or  obtuse  at  the  base,  sharply  ser- 
rate, glabrous,  1-0  in  long  panicles  .3-8  in  long,  rather 
dense,  fls  white  or  pale  lose-coloml,  1  m  long,  petals 
of  equal  length     Calif     BM   5077    1U1    1855,  p  150. 
Gn  49,  pp   190,  492    SS  2  71,72    FS  13  1312    G  C. 
Ill  31   180     G  M   55  577  (habit) 

DI>    Coiolla  much  /t.ss  than  1  in   lung 

5  chinensis,  Bunge    Tree,  to  00  ft     Ifts  5-7,  short- 
stalked,  oblong-obo\  ate    to   oblong-ob lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, cuneate  at  the  base,  glabrous  beneath,  except 
sparingly  nairy  on  the  veins,  closeh  serrulate,  1-7  in. 
long   fls  les»  than  ],  >m    long,  white,  in  elongated  cylin- 
drie  panic  let?    fr  subglobo^e,  slight  h  depressed  at  the 
apex,  with  thick  walls,  seeds  1   in   acioss  or  less  with 
the  hilum  occupying  about  one-halt  ol  the  seed     May, 
June      N    China      GC    III     52  .Mb,   317 —Recently 
intro  by  the  Arnold  Aiboretum  and  probabh  hardy  N 

6  Wilsonu,  Rehd    Tree,  to  SO  (t      lft&  5-7,  stalked, 
oblong-obovate    to    oblong -oblariceolate,   acuminate, 
rounded  or  broadl\  cuneate  at  the  base,  densely  grayish 
pubescent  beneath  while  young,  1-9  in  long' fls  about 
Vsm  long,  the  upper  petals  with  a  yellow  spot,  in  cjhn- 
dric  panicles  6-12  in   long  fr  ovoid,  somewhat  pointed 
at  the  apex,  w  ith  thm  w  alls ,  seeds  1 J  2  m  across  with  the 
hilum  occupying  one-thud  or  less  of  the  seed     May, 
June    W    and  Cent.  China  — Recently   intro    by   the 
Arnold  Aiboretum,  but  proved  tender  in  Mass  ,  prob- 
ably hardy  south  of  New  York,  and  a  tree  highly  to  be 
recommended  for  its  very  large  spikes  of  white  fls. 

cc.  Petals  unequal,  about  1  in.  long,  the  upper  ones 
marked  red  and  yellow,  oblanceolate,  the  lateral  ones 
with  oval  or  obovate  blade. 

7  fndica,  Colebr    Tall  tree,  to  60  ft     Ifts.  5-9,  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  short-stalked,   finely  serrate,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  beneath,  6-10  in 
long  panicle  to  15  in.  long,  narrow;  fls  about  1  in  long 
with   white   uneaual   petals,  the    upper   with    \ello\\ 


blotch,  the  lower  tinged  rose    Himalayas    BM  5117. 
GC   33:139;  36  206     Gn    76,   p.  399 —A  handsome 
tree  with  large  foliage  and  showy  fls  ,  hardy  only  in  the 
southern  states 
AA.  Winter-buds  not  resinous    claw*  mostly  longer  than 

the  5-toothed  calyx. 
B    Fls  yellow  to  scat  let,  petals  4>  stamens  included  or 

somewhat  exerted   Ijtt,  petioled     (Pavia  ) 
c.  Petals  villous  at  the  margin  (interspersed  with  glands 

in  the  hybrid). 
D.  Color  of  fls.  yellow,  margin  of  petah  without  glands. 

8  glabra,  Willd  (At  O/HWMMS,  Miehx    Pama.  gldbra. 
Spach      P    pdllida,  Spach)      OHIO    BUCKEYE      Small 
tree,  15-30  ft     Ifts    5,  oval  or  cuneate-obovate,  finely 
serrate,  smooth     panic  le->  5-6  m  long,  fls  greenish  yel- 
low ,  petals  of  nearly  equal  length,  then  claws  as  long  as 
the  c;dyx,  stamens  owrted    fr  echmate     May.    Pa. 
to  Ala  and  Iowa    BR  21  51    SS  2  67,08    FE  29: 
773  (habit J     Var    Buckleyi,  Saig   (/E    qlabra  var.  ar- 
qidu,  Rob    partlv)     Shrub    Ifts    (5-7,  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  unequally  serrate,  more  acuminate,  finely  pubes- 
cent beneath     lias  been  confounded  with  the  true  M. 
arguta,  Buckl 

9  octandra,  Marsh    (/E  JIAva,  Ait    JE  lu'tea,  Wang. 
Pama  luttn,  Poir  )     SWELT  Bi  CKEYE     Large  tree,  40- 
90  ft     Ifts    5,  oblong-obo\  ate  or  elliptical,  cuneate, 


134.  JEsculus  georgiai 


equally  serrate,  smooth  or  pubescent  beneath  panicles 
4-6  in  long;  petals  jellow,  very  unequal,  their  claws 
longer  than  the  calv\,  stamens  7,  shorter  than  the 
petals  fr  smooth  Mav,  June  Pa.  to  Ga  and  Io\va 
L  B  C  13  1280  S  S  2  69,  70.  G  W.  7,  p  145  (habit) 

DD.  Color  of  /?,s.  rtd  or  yellow  tinged  more  or  less  with  red 
E.  Margin  of  petah  without  glands,  villous 

10  georgiana,  Sarg    Fig  134    Shrub,  to  6  ft     Ifts  5, 
stalked,  oblong-obovate,  long-pointed,  finely  and  often 
doubly  serrate,  pale  yellowish  green  beneath  and  quite 
glabrous  fls  IJ^m  long,  in  den^c  panicles  5-6  m  long, 
calyx  narrow -campanulate,  red,    petals  red  and  yel- 
low, very  dissimilar,  the  lateral  ones  broad,   usually 
rounded  at  the  base;  stamens  7,  shorter  than  the  pet- 
als, villous  below  the  middle     Mav,  June    Ga    S  T  S 
2  197. — This  is  the  only  species  of  the  M    octandra 
group  with  red  and  yellow  fls  •  it  is  very  handsome  and 
has  proved  perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 

1 1  wcerlitzensis,    Koehne      Tree  •    Ifts     obovate- 
oblong,  yellowish  green  beneath,  spannglv  hairy  along 
the  midrib  and  bearded  in  the  axils,  otherwise  quite 
Rla'ii'njs  \Mthl7-20pairsofveins  fls  1-1  %  in  long,  m 


228 


jESCULUS 


^THIONEMA 


panicles  4-5  m  long;  calyx  tubular,  wider  above  the 
middle,  petals  red,  the  lateral  ones  with  an  oblong-oval 
or  oblong-obovate  blade  gradually  narrowed  at  the  base; 
stamens  as  long  as  the  lateral  petals  May  Of  garden 
origin  Var.  Ellwangeri,  Rehd  (J£  Pdvia  var.  Whlt- 
leyi,  Ellwanger  &  Barry,  not  Hort  Angl  M  Pdvia  var. 
atrosangulnea,  Hort.).  Lfts  slightly  hairy  on  the  whole 
under  surface  while  young,  with  20-27  pairs  of  veins: 
fls  darker  red,  calyx  narrower,  not  widened  above  the 
middle  Origin  unknown  — Very  similar  to  M  Pavia, 
but  easily  distinguished  by  the  villous  margin  of  the 
petals 

EE.  Margin  of  petals  with  hairs  and  glands:  fls.  yellow 
and  reddish 

12  hybrida,  DC.    {M.  octdndra  x  Pama,  M    versi- 
color,  Wender.    Pdvia  h  ijbrida,  Spach    M.  or  P  Lyonii, 
Hort ).     Intermediate  between  /E    octandra  and  M. 
Pavia.    Lfts   pubescent  beneath  along  the  veins, 
short-petioled,    minutely   crenulate-serrate.  calyx 
narrow-campanulate,  red  or  yellowish  red,  petals 
yellow  or  reddish,  stamens  shorter  than  petals, 
pubescent  toward  (he  base     May,  June    Garden 
origin.  .WDB    2 . 164   (as  &    Pavia)  —Several 
forms  of  this  hybrid  are  in  cult ,  varying  in  the 
color  of  the  fls  from  yellow, 

slightly  tinged  with  red,  to 

nearly   .ed       Here    belong 

also  several   forms  cult    in 

gardens  as  &    discolor  and 

/E  Pdvia  var  arguta,  Lmdl , 

with  red  11s    (B  R  993). 

cc  Petals  only  glandular, 
not  villous  on  the  mar- 
gin, red,  or  red  and 
yellow. 

D  Lvs  glabrous  beneath  or 
only  slightly  pubescent 
along  the  midrib. 

13  Pavia,    Linn     (Pdvia 
rubra,  Poir.    P.  Michainn, 
Spach).      RKD     BUCKEYE 
Shrub  or    small   tree,   4-20 
ft    Ifts  oblong  or  elliptical, 
acute  at  both    ends,  finely 
serrate,  smooth    or    pubes- 
cent beneath    panicles  4-7 
in   long,  loose,  fls    puiphsh 
to  dark  red,  calyx  tubular, 
petals  very  dissimilar,   sta- 
mens  mostly  8,  nearly    as 
Ion  gas  the  petals  fr  smooth 
May,  June    Va  to  Fla.  and 

La  L  B  C.  13  1257  S  T  S  2  199  —Many  garden 
forms,  as  var  hum-ills,  Mouillef  (M  humilis,  Lodd 
M  Pdvia  var  ndna,  Dipp  At.  Pdvia  vai  pendula, 
Hort  M  rubra  var  hunulis,  Loud  )  Low  shrub, 
sometimes  prostrate,  2-4  ft  Ifts  coarsely  and  un- 
equally serrate,  slightly  pubescent  beneath,  chiefly 
along  the  veins  fls  red,  calyx  dark  red  BR  1018 
Var  atrosanguinea,  Rehd  Fls  very  daik  red  Var 
sublacmiata,  Wats  (Pdvia  ntropurpurea,  Spach)  Lfts. 
narrrower  oblong,  deeply  serrate  fls  dark  red  W  D  B. 
2  120  There  arc  also  forms  with  variegated  Ivs 

DD    Lvs  tomentose  or  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

14  discolor,  Pursh  (M  Pdvia  var  discolor,  Torr.  & 
Gray    AS  octdndra  var  hybnda,  Sarg  ,  partly)     Shrub 
or  small  tree,  to  30  ft  *  Ifts  5,  elliptic  to  oblong-obo- 
vate, acuminate,  finely  crenately  serrate,  whitish  to- 
mentose beneath   panicles  6-8  in.  long,  rather  narrow; 
fls.  \Y±  in    long;  calyx  tubular,  deep  scarlet  like  the 
axis  of  the  panicle;  petals  very  unequal,  scarlet  and 
yellow  in  the  typical  form;   stamens  at   least  longer 
than  the  shorter  pair  of  petals:  fr  smooth;  seeds  light 
yellowish  brown     M^-June    Ga  to  Texas  and  S  Mo. 


BR  4:310  SS  13:622  SOB  1:39  (as  M  Pavia). 
Var  m611is,  Sarg  (d£  ni6Uis,R&f  M  aw.s/rlna,  Small). 
Fls  deep  scarlet  A  very  handsome  variety  with  its 
long  and  rather  slender  racemes  of  bright  scarlet  fls 
It  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  Var. 
flavescens,  Sarg  Fls  yellow  This  is  the  yellow-fld. 
Texan  buckeye  formerly  referred  to  /K  octandra 

15  splendens,  Sarg  A  shrub,  8-1  2  ft  Ifts  5,  lan- 
ceolate to  oblanceolate,  acuminate,  finely  and  often 
doubly  crenuliite-serrate,  densely  hoary  pubescent  be- 
neath fls  I1/-:)  in  long  in  many-fld  panicles 
4-8  m  long,  calyx  tubular,  bright  red,  petals 
unequal,  deep  scarlet;  stamens  usually  7, 
longer  or  shorter  than  the  petals  seeds  dark 
chestnut-brown  May,  June  Ala  —  Appar- 
ently the  handsomest  in  flo\ver  of  all  horse- 
chestnuts.  S  F  S  2  200. 

pure  white,   small,    petals  4~^,'  -s^- 
menb    more    than    twice   at,    long   as    the 
petals     (Macrothyrsitb  ) 
16    parvifldra,    Walt      (/E1     macrostachya, 
Michx     Pana  alba,  Poir  )     Fig    135    Shuib, 
3-10  ft     Ifts   5-7,  elliptical  or  oblong-ovate, 
nearly    sessile,    finely  seirate,  pubescent  be- 
neath    panicles   8  16   in     long,   nairow     fr. 
smooth     July,  Aug     Southern  states.     B  M 
2118     (ing    7  81      GC    II    S  053,  III    31 
189,  200,  45  123    Gn  63,  p  209,75,  p  508 
M  DG    1S07  305    Gn  M 
9  76    A  F  24  533,  28  724 
|7      (habit),    31  190—  One    of 
the  handsomest  plants  for  a 
lawn  clump 

M  nranln,  Buckl  (JE  ghbra 
var  urgutu,  Hoi)  )  Mluil  to  JE 
Klibiu  .Shrub,  1  5  ft  Ifts  7-9, 
linnolute  to  obowite  -  lam  «  olate. 
sharply  and  often  doubly  btrrite, 
pubeseentbtn.  Uh  fls  light  yellow- 
ish gree  n  Texa-*  S  T  S  2  19S  — 
Not  in  cult  .  the  phmt  that  is  cult 
under  this  name  is  K  glabra  vur 
Bwkltyi  —  *"  AusAn,  hehneid 
Suppusid  hybrid  of  JK  «!abm  nnd 
discolor  Trw,  to  30  ft  Ifts  ob- 
lopK-obovato,  finely  and  bluntly 


pink,  pVtiiN  p  ik  and  yellow,  «lan- 
dular  and  villous  ut  the  mar 


135.  JEsculus  parvtflora. 


, 

rgin    fr 

lightly  tubcKulati-  Ark  Hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arbort  turn  ~-JE  glau- 
cfscens,  Sorg  IU  latod  to  M  octan- 
dra Shrub,  to  10  ft  Lfts  large  r, 
;hbrous  and  glauopscot.t  beneath 
.la  lurgtr  fr  HUH  Ik  r  CJa  STS 
2  198  -M  humihs,  Koehne,  not 
lA>dd  Ki  latod  to  M  eliscolor  nnd 
possibly  variety  Low  shrub  Ivs 

tomentoao  beneath  fls  red  and  yi-llow  Of  unknown  emgm  -  & 
maruldndira,  Booth  Supposed  hybrid  of  M  glabri  and  octandra 
Of  unknown  origin  —  M  neoUcta,  Lmdl  Ntar  A?,  octandra,  but 
petals  veined  with  purple  toward  the  base  of  the  blade  the  Ifts  are 
glabrous  beneath  Of  unknown  origin  BR  12  1009  -JK  Pdrryi, 
Gray  Similar  to  A  cdifornua  Lfts  small,  obovate,  canencent- 
tornentoso  beneath  calyx  o-lobed  Calif  G  F  3  350 

ALFRED  REHDKK. 

JBTHEOPAPPUS.  Centaurea 

^ETHIONEMA  (aitho,  scorch,  and  nema,  filament; 
probably  referring  to  appearance  of  stamens)  Cru- 
dfery  Dwarf,  shrubby  herbs  for  the  hardy  herbaceous 
border,  or  rockery  Less  common  than  Ibens 

The  genus  differs  from  Ibens  in  having  all  its  petals 
equal,  and  from  Lepidmm  in  having  its  four  stamens 
longer,  winged  and  toothed  Fls  various  shades  of 
pink,  purple,  or  red,  m  crowded  terminal  racemes. 
W.  B  Ilemsley,  in  Gn  9,  pp  108,  109 

^thionemas  dislike  moist  or  stiff  soil  or  shady  places; 
but  m  light,  sandy  loam,  on  dry  and  sunny  slopes,  they 
are  compact  and  branchy,  and  when  once  fairly  estab- 
lished will  last  for  many  successive  years  without  replant- 
ing or  renewal,  while,  under  the  opposite  conditions,  the 
plants  grow  feeble  and  lanky,  and  may  die  after  a  year 


JSTHIONEMA 


AGAPANTHUS 


229 


or  two    They  keep  fully  as  well  as  the  candytufts  in 
water,  and  can  be  cut  with  longer  and  straighter  stems. 
Propagation  is  by  seeds  in  spring  or  by  cuttings  in 
summer,  annual  and  biennial  kinds  by  seeds 

A    I'erennml 

coridifdlmm,  DC  (Ibbnis  jucunda,  Schott  &  Kotschy). 
Branches  numerous,  thick,  4-0  in  high.  Ivs.  crowded, 
short,  nerveless,  linear  or  linear-oblong,  acute  or  obtuse 
fls  rosy  lilac,  smaller  and  later  than  in  the  next,  in 
dense,  short,  rounded  racemes  Chalky  summits  of 
Lebanon  and  Taurus  B  M  5952  — Good  for  edging 
M.  pulchellum  was  sold  under  this  name  for  many 
years 

grandifldrum,  Boiss  &  Hohen  Branches  1-1  ^  ft, 
prostrate  Ivs  usually  longer  than  in  &  condi folium , 
more  linear  and  more  acute  fls  as  large  as  those  of 
Aralns  alpina,  rose-colored,  in  slender,  elongated 
racemes,  petals  I  times  as  long  as  the  sepals  Persia 
Gn  9  108  Useful  in  the  rock-garden 

pulchellum,  Boiss  &  1 1  net  Similar  to  M  condi- 
fohum,  but  more  diffuse  and  trailing  Fls  smaller  and 
brighter-colored,  petals  21  •>  times  as  long  as  the  sepals 
Persia  Gn  25  320 

iberideum,  Boiss  St  ce^pitose,  ascending,  rough 
hs  glaucous,  bunched,  oblong  or  linear  -  lanceolate, 
narrowly  acute  at  the  base  fis  large  and  showy,  white, 
racemose,  flowering  from  June  to  Sept  E.  Medit  re- 
gion — Not  well  known  in  Amer 

A\    Annual 

cappaddcicum,  Spreng  (<K  Hiixbaumi,DC)  Six  to 
8  in  Ivs  oblong  or  linear-oblong,  spatulate,  glaucous 
fls  racemose,  the  racemes  crowded,  corolla  pale  red. 
June  Orient 

M  didntrophis  Bungo  10  in  high  fls  pnlo,  rosy  lilac  Mts  of 
Armenia  GN  03  10<>  Ji  ptrsirum,  Hort  Stout,  en  rt,  Grubby, 
dwarf  fls  def  prose —Best  of  dwarfs  Intro  1842,  by  J  \V  Mim- 

mn*  N    TAYLOR  | 

^EXT6XICON  (Greek,  air,  goat,  and  tnxicon,  poison) 
Euphorbidcex  Trees,  rarelv  cult  Younger  parts 
covered  with  deciduous  scales  Ivs  alternate,  simple, 
leathery  fls  with  petals  and  disk,  in  short  clusters 
fr  fleshy ,  1 -seeded  The  single  species  from  the  Chilian 
coast  (J£  punclatiim,  Kuiz  A.  Pav  ),  and  known  there 
as  tique,  palo  muerto,  acietunillo  and  ohvillo,  is  listed 
once  in  the  U  S  Dept  of  Agric  inventories  of  seeds 
and  plants  mtro  j  B  S  NORTON 


face  Ivs  alternate,  with  an  abortive  ono  opposite  the  base  of  each, 
petioles  4-8  in  long,  blade  as  long,  ovate,  serrate  flu  in  large  axil- 
lary sessile  fabcicles  of  12-14,  stamens  exserted  B  M  5747  P  M. 
1573  FS4358. 


AGALL6CHA 

AGALMYLA  (agalma,  ornament,  and  hide,  wood;  an 
ornament  to  the  woods  in  which  they  grow  wild)  Ges- 
neraresr  A  genus  of  3  species  of  tender  climbers  from 
Java  and  Sumatra  which  may  be  grown  in  a  basket  like 
^srhynanthus  (Tnchosporum)  Fls  in  axillary  bunches, 
the  corolla  5-lobed,  oblique,  but  scarcely  2-lipped.  Ivs. 
simple,  alternate 

A  longiatyla,  Carr  ,  is  considered  a  synonym  of  the  next,  but 
apparently  has  a  longer  style  R  H  1873  270  —A  ttaminea, 
Blume  SCARLET  ROOT  BLOSSOM  St  rooting  from  the  lower  sur- 


AGANISIA (Greek,  meaning  desirable)  Orchidacex. 
Epiphytes  grown  on  blocks 

Stems  short,  finally  forming  pseudobulbs,  arising 
from  a  creeping  rhizome  If  T  fls  few,  in  an  erect 
raceme  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb,  sepals  and 
petals  nearly  alike,  spreading,  lateral  lobes  of  the  lip 
short  or  obsolete,  the  middle  lobe  broad,  spreading, 
entire  or  2-  or  3-lobed,  polhnia  4  —  Species  2,  natives  of 
S  Arner:  For  culture  and  propagation,  sec  article  on 
Orchids 

cyanea,  Reichb  (A  tricolor,  N  E  Br  Acacalhs 
cynnu",  Lmdl  )  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up  to  2  in  long, 
1-  or  2-lvd  Ivs  narrowed  to  a  short  petiole,  up  to  6 
in  long  raceme  of  4-7  fls  over  2  in  wide,  sepals  and 
petals  pale  mauve,  especially  the  latter,  lip  with  a 
rose-purple  remform  limb  and  a  fringed  claw  Brazil 
Lind  1  45  —  Very  rare  in  cult  Needs  a  high  temp 

pulchella,  Lmdl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  barely  1  m. 
long,  1-lvd  Ivs  3-5  in  long,  narrowed  into  a  long 
petiole  raceme  of  4-0  fls  about  1^4  in  broad,  sepals  and 
petals  white,  lip  with  the  lower  part  nearly  round, 
concave,  spotted  with  red,  the  upper  part  larger,  broadly 
ovate,  yellow  in  the  center  Guiana.  B  R  26  32  — 
Very  rare  in  cult 

A  ion6ptera,  Nichols  Fls  blue,  nodding,  the  sepals  and  petals 
tipped  white,  the  white  lip  with  the  lateral  lobes  red-streaked,  the 
middle  lobe  transversely  oblong,  with  2  red  bars  Peru  B  M 

7270  GKOKGE  V.  NASH 

AGAPANTHUS  (agape,  love,  and  nnthos,  flower). 
Lihacea  .  Conservatory  plants,  with  tuberous  root- 
stockh,  blooming  from  late  spring  to  fall,  but  mostly  in 
summer 

Plant  robust  and  tall  (dwarf  forms)  scape  simple, 
fls  in  2-braeted  umbels,  m  shades  of  blue  and  varying  to 
white,  perianth  with  0  wide-spieadmg  divisions,  nearly 
regular,  stamens  0  pod  man  v  -seeded,  seeds  flat,  winged 
above  fohnge  usually  evergreen,  but  vanishing  early 
in  some  of  the  forms  S  Afr  --Probablv  only  one 
species,  although  several  have  been  described 

In  this  country,  agapanthuses  are  usually  grown  in 
tubs  (the  roots  are  likelj  to  burst  pots),  and  are  flowered 
in  summer  in  the  conser  \atoiy,  w  mdow  -garden,  living- 
room,  or  set  m  protected  places  in  the  open  The  plant 
is  kept  dormant  during  winter,  as  in  a  frame  or  light 
cellar,  onl>  enough  life  being  maintained  to  prevent  the 
leaves  from  falling  \\  hen  m  bloom,  give  abundance  of 
water  Plants  will  bloom  many  years  if  given  a  large 
enough  tub,  not  allowed  to  become  overcrowded  in  the 
tub,  and  supplied  with  manure-water,  sending  up 
many  clusters  each  >ear  Good  results  can  also  be 
obtained  in  single  pots  It  forces  well  If  kept  dormant 
until  spring,  plants  may  be  bedded  in  the  open,  or 
massed  m  vases,  for  summer  bloom  —  Propagation  is 
effected  bv  dividing  the  roots  (and  rarely  by  seeds). 
Old  roots  break  up  more  easily  if  soaked  m  water  a  few 
hours  When  dormant,  the  plant  will  stand  a  few  de- 
grees —  usually  10°  or  less  —  of  frost. 

umbellatus,  L'Her  AFRICAN  LILY.  LILY-OF-THE- 
NILK  (although  native  to  Cape  of  Good  Hope  region) 
Fig  136  Lvs  2  ft  long  and  numerous,  thick,  narrow 
scape  using  2-3  ft.  from  the  If  -rosette,  bearing  an  um- 
bel of  10-30  handsome  blue  fls  ,  perianth  funnel-shaped, 
llj-2  m  long,  with  short  tube  BM  500  —One 
of  the  best,  known  of  half-hardy  liliaceous  plants  Very 
variable  in  the  wild,  and  many  of  the  forms  have  been 
mtro  to  cult  Tall  or  giant  forms  Var  multifldrus, 
Voss  (var  mdximus,  Hort  A  mullijldrus,  Willd  ), 
taller  than  the  prevailing  forms,  the  bright  blue  large 
fls  ajs  many  as  30-60  in  an  umbel,  the  Ivs  broader, 
Var.  gigant&us,  Hort  ,  a  very  robust  form  (to  4  ft.) 


230 


AGAPANTHUS 


136.  Agapanthus 
umbeliatus. 


with  150-200  dark  blue  fls  Dwarf  forms-  Var  minor, 
Hort.,  very  small,  with  slender  narrow  Ivs  (H>n  or 
less  broad)  and  deep  blue  fls  which  are  1  in  or  less  long; 
var.  Mooreanus,  Hort  ,  \\2  ft.,  Ivs  short  and  upright, 
fls.  dark  blue,  and  as  large  as  in  A.  umbellnlua  itself; 
hardy ,  var  Leicht- 
linii,  Hort ,  1  ^  ft ,  fls. 
bright  hyacinth-blue  in 
a  very  compact  umbel 
Variegated  forms  Var 
variegatus,  Hort ,  Ivs. 
white  with  sparse  green 
I  stripes,  rather  small, 
var  aureus,  Hort , 
Ivs  striped  yellow 
White-fld  forms  Var 
filbidus,  Hort  ,  fls  pure 
w  hite,  rather  small  but 
many,  the  Ivs  usually 
not  persisting;  var.  Saintpa&ln, 
Hoit  ,  apparently  similar  to  last 
fls  smaller  than  in  A  umbrllatitv 
Blue-fld  forms  of  usual  habit  Var 
palhdus,  Hort  ,  fls  pale  porcelain- 
blue,  var  Welllighii,  Hort  ,  fls 
lavender  with  indigo-blue  lines  and 
margins;  var  Saundersomanus, 
Hort  ,  fls  dark  blue;  var  atrocaeril- 
leus,  Hort  ,  fls  dark  violet;  var 
pr&cox,  Hort  (var  minimus,  Lmdl 
A  prxcox,  \Villd  ),  is  an  earlier 
form,  blooming  in  June  or  even 
earlier  and  by  some  regarded  as  a 
distinct  species,  the  Ivs  narrower  than  in  the  type, 
fls  smaller  and  30-40  in  the  umbel,  pale  blue,  \\ith 
narrow  perianth  segms  ,  and  the  peduncle  or  scape 
short,  var  fldre  pleno,  Hoit ,  a  double-fld  blue  form, 
the  fls  long-lasting  Very  recent  introductions  are 
Var.  globdsus  (A  gloM^us,  Hull),  a  d\v arf-growing 
form,  producing  dense  globular  umbels  on  long  scapes, 
the  fls  about  1  in  across,  the  outer  segms  lilac-blue 
shaded  white  and  the  inner  ones  cmargmate  and  darker, 
the  Ivs  deciduous,  \ar  insfgnis  (A  ittdgnn,  Bull), 
tall,  the  basal  pait  of  the  arching  l\s  milk-white,  the 
fls  very  numerous  on  long  slender  pedicels  and  droop- 
ing in  the  very  large  umbel,  pale  lavender  On  04,  p 
67.  GM  40,  p  42.3  G.\\  1003,  p  529,  531;  var 
caulescens  (A  caulhtens,  Spreng  ),  fls.  blue,  lighter 
inside,  long-pediceled  and  the  outer  ones  nodding,  the 
root  with  thickened  fibers,  intro  by  Carl  Hprengcr 
of  Naples.  Gt.  50.1487.  L.  H  B. 

AGAPf)TES  (Greek  agapetot,,  beloved  or  lovable, 
referring  to  the  beauty  of  the  plant)  Enccicesr,  sub- 
family Vaccimoldex  Shrubs  sometimes  cultivated  for 
their  handsome  flowers  and  attractive  foliage. 

Evergreen  plants,  often  epiphytic  arid  with  the  sts. 
thickened  at  the  base  Ivs  alternate,  or  irregularly 
whorled,  short-petioled  or  sessile,  entire  or  slightly 
toothed  fls  m  axillary  fascicles  or  short  racemes, 
rarely  solitary;  calyx-tube  turbmatc,  with  5-lobed 
limb,  corolla  tubular  to  eampanulate,  with  5,  usually 
curved  lobes,  stamens  10,  witn  short  filaments,  anthers 
produced  into  2  long  beaks  opening  at  the  apex  by  a  pore 
or  slit,  ovary  5-celled.  inferior  fr  a  juicy  or  dry  berry 
with  many  seeds  — About  30  species  from  the  southern 
Himalayas  to  N.  Austral ,  chiefly  in  the  humid  mountain 
forests  at  elevations  of  3,000-6,000  ft. 

The  several  species  m  cultivation  are  highly  ornamen- 
tal shrubs  with  handsome  lustrous  foliage  and  showy 
usually  scarlet  or  bright  red  clustered  flowers  They 
are  sometimes  grown  in  warm  greenhouses  in  Europe, 
but  apparently  none  of  them  is  in  the  American  trade. 

They  grow  best  in  a  porous  soil  consisting  of  peat, 
leaf-mold,  fibrous  loam  and  plenty  of  sand;  the  smaller 
kinds  are  suitable  for  growing  in  baskets  on  account  of 


AGAVE 

their  epiphytic  nature.  Out-of-doors  they  could  be 
grown  only  in  warmer  temperate  regions,  in  localities 
in  which  the  air  possesses  sufficient  humidity  and  in  par- 
tial shade 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood 
under  glass  in  the  warm  greenhouse 

A  buxifdha,  Nutt  Branches  uml  cnlyx  hniry  Ivs  obovate- 
cuneate,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous  about  1  m  long  fls  axillary, 
1-2,  cylmdric,  bright  red  with  spreading  lobes  li.muluy.ia  H  M 
5012  GC  III  27  197— A  glAbi a,  Clarke  ( rinbauilia  glabra, 
Griff  )  Glabrous  Iva  oblong-lam*  olute,  rounded  at  tho  base,  some- 
times elliptic,  obscurely  erenate,  about  5  in  long  fls  several,  axil- 
laty,  tubular,  v<  ntncoso  below  the  middle,  J4'in  long,  white,  green- 
ish toward  the  apex,  pink  at  I  he  base  Himalayas  Gn  10  p  '>39 
—  1  matrdtitha,  Henth  &  Hook  (Thibaudia  maeraritha,  Hook  ) 
Plant  glabrous  Ivs  lariuolite,  long  ac  tiniiuate,  J-4  in  long 
fls  in  2  i-fld  clusti  rs,  outside  of  the  axils,  pendulous  urceo- 
late,  5-nbbed,  2  in  long,  y<  llowish  white,  marked  with  red  wavy 
transverse  lines  I]  India  B  M  45»><i  FS  fi  (»4b  11-  1  95 
GC  III  15  501  K  H  ls»J  SI  U  B  2h  1SI  -  -A  Af»«Wi,  Hemsl 
Lvs  ohIong-lanreoKxte,  UMI  illy  whorl,  d  at  thi  «  nd  of  the  brandies 
entire,  glabrous,  2  3'2  i'i  I'»>K  fls  in  short  axillary,  0  l»-fld  ra- 
cemes, tylmdiic,  scarlet  ot  outline-red,  Ii2  m  long,  lobes  rertexed, 
narrow,  y*  Mow  within  Himilajas  BM  702s  --  1  t<tiatra,  I) 
Don  (Thilmuh.v  s*  n^era,  W  ill  )  Lvs  ublong  or  Ijmu-olatp,  about 
4  in  long,  usually  whorl*  d  fls  in  lateral  r lusters  drop  red,  usually 
hairy,  »im  Ions  pedicels  und  calyx  h  u.y  Himalaya  W  ight  Iron 
1180,  11S1  (as  Vaetiruum  vcrtKillatum  and  \  Wnllichianum)  ~ 
A  spemWi,  Hfiusl  Glabrous  Ivs  ovati -oblong,  oubtordate  at  the 
base,  slightly  serrulate,  .:(- 1  m  long  Hs  3  <>,  axillary,  ejlmdnc-ur- 
ceolate,  5-nbhed,  de«  p  <  rimsoii,  l1^  m  long  Probably  from 
Burma  (1C  III  11  2W--1  iainu«/a,  D  Don  i,  I  hibaudia  pul- 
chernma,  Wall  A  p.ikh.-nuna.  Henth  &  Hook  )  Tall  shrub, 
glabrous  Ivs  elliptic-lanceolate,  f>  8m  long  Ms  on  the  old  wood 
in  many-fld  dense  clust*  rs,  <  ylmdric-cimpHiiulute,  "Vangled,  pale 
red  ^marked  dark  red,  1  in  long  Ilunal-iyas  li  M  430J  r  h  3, 

pt  '  l'2  ALFKKD  RLHDEK 

AGARICUS  A  genus  of  fleshj  fungi,  considered  under  Mush- 
room 

AGARfSTA:    Leptosync 
AGATH^EA:    Ftluia 

AOATHIS  (aqnltn^  glome,  the  flowers  in  clusters) 
Pm<tc(\r  Tender  Australian  duinous  conifers,  allied 
to  Araucana,  yielding  dammar  n\sin 

Leaves  coriaceous,  not  needle-like,  UMially  broad, 
petioleil  or  almost  sessile,  opposite  or  alternate  cones 
axillary,  ovate  or  globular,  composed  of  persistent, 
bractless  scales  Distinguished  from  pines  and  firs  by 
the  broad-parallel-vemed  Kb  —Not  uncommon  in  bo- 
tanic garden  collections  where  they  are  grown  in  the 
temperate  house 

robusta,  Hook  (Dumnmra  tobnxtn,  C  Moore  D 
Br6wnu,  Hort  )  Bnuuhes  somewhat  \eiticill.ite,  hori- 
zontal Ivs  broad,  <)\ate-laneeolate,  obtuse,  short- 
stalked,  3J-J-4  in  long,  2-.i  m  \vide  cones  o\al,  3-4  in. 
long,  2-3  in  wide  tree  reaching  130  ft  in  Austral 
—Cult,  in  Calif 

austr&lis,  Sahsb  (Datnnn'tra  a)/.s/m/?.s,  Lambert  ). 
The  KA\V m  PINT,  Tree,  120-1. ";0  ft  hs  sessile,  linear 
oblong,  rarely  elliptic,  alternate,  or  opposite  on  the 
branchlets,  lj-2-2  in.  long,  !o  ?4in  wide  stammate 
catkins  solitary,  cones  almost  spherical,  2-3  in. 
diam  New  Zeal  G  V  2  .>S.i  Lambert,  Pmus  2  44 
— Cult  outdoors  in  Calif ,  but  not  very  successfully 
Kawn  gum,  much  used  in  tho  manufacture  of  varnish, 
is  the  partly  fossilized  resin  of  A  austrahs  It  is  founo! 
5-6  ft  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  m  the  northern 
part  of  New  Zeal  ,  where  there  were  vast  forests  of 
this  tree  in  ages  past 

orientalis,  Lambert  Fig  137  Tree,  100  ft  Ivs 
opposite  or  alternate,  entire,  coriaceous,  glaucous,  2-4 
in.  long,  1^2  m  wide,  sometimes  a  little  falcate  staminate 
catkins  2  in  long:  cones  globular  or  turbmate,  solitary, 
peduncled,  and  axillary  E.  Indies  Lambert,  Pmus 
2.43.  B  M.  5359 —Cult  outdoors  in  Calif,  and  in 
greenhouses  elsewhere.  Both  this  and  the  preceding 
mtro  by  Franceschi  of  Santa  Barbara,  Calif  (as  Dam- 
mara  onentalis.)  N  TAYLOR. 

AGAVE  (Greek,  agauos,  admirable).  Anuiryllid&ces'. 
Important  decorative  and  economic  plants  from  hot 


?:\di:^.Tw*fy$ 


ai^-.vi 


VI.  A  good  example  of  aquatic  gardening,  with  water-lilies  and  Japanese  iris. 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


231 


American  deserts,  the  most  familiar  of  which  is  A. 
amencana,  the  CENTURY  PLANT,  or  AMERICAN  ALOE 

Stem  short  or  wanting  Ivs  mostly  in  a  close  rosette, 
usually  stiff  and  more  or  less  fleshy,  persisting  from  year 
to  year,  the  margins  mostly  armed  with  teeth  and  the 
apex  tipped  with  a  usually  pungent  spine'  fls  in  spikes 
(Littiea)  or  panicles  (Euagave);  perianth  6-parted, 
more  or  less  funnel-shaped,  stamens  6.  mostly  long- 
exscrted,  style  1,  stigma  capitately  3-lobed,  ovary  in- 
ferior, 3-celled;  seeds  numerous,  flat,  thin,  black  — Some 
species  flower  but  once  and  die,  others  occasionally, 
while  others  flower  from  year  to  year  The  number  of 
species  is  fully  300,  and  more  than  ,325  have  been  de- 
scribed, largely  from  the  Mexican  tableland,  although 
each  island  of  the  W.  Indies  possesses  its  peculiar 
species  One  of  the  largest  collections  is  at  Kew,  where 
there  arc  85  named  species  The  largest  collections  in 
the  U  S  are  at  the  Botanical  Gaiden  of  Washington 
and  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  where  there  are 
about  75  species  each  Amateurs  often  cult  a  greater 
number  of  species  than  are  described  in  this  account. 

The  most  complete  monographs  of  the  genus  as  a 
whole  are  by  General  von  Jacobi,  in  the  Hamburg 
Garten  Zeitung,  1864-1865,  of  which  a  limited  number 
of  reprints  with  supplements  were  issued  in  book  form, 
and  by  J  G  Baker  in  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  1877, 
with  excellent  small  illustrations,  which  was  amplified 
in  his  Handbook  of  the  Amaryllideae,  1888.  Several  of 
the  natural  groups  composing  the  subgenus  Euagave 
have  been  monographed  and  illustrated  in  the  Reports 
of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  one  of  which  also 
contains  a  monograph  of  the  species  known  to  occur 
in  Lower  California  The  half-hundred  \\  est  Indian 
species  are  figured  and  monographically  treated  in  the 
eleventh  volume  of  Memoirs  of  the  National  Academy 
of  Sciences  Engelmann  has  published  a  monograph  of 
the  species  of  the  United  States,  first  classified  on  flower 
characters,  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Academy  of 
Science  of  St  Louis,  Vol  III 

Agaves  are  essentially  fanciers'  or  amateurs'  plants. 
This  noble  group  of  plants  has  never  recen  ed  the  atten- 
tion it  deserves,  and  yet  no  genus  of  plants  in  America 
furnishes  so  many  suitable  decorative  plants  Sir 
Joseph  Hooker  places  it  next  to  the  palm  and  aloe,  but 
the  former  is  a  great  family 
of  1.100  species  While  in 
the  United  SI  ates  one  thinks 
of  the  agaves  only  as 
decorative  plants,  yet  in 
Mexico,  thr ir  native  home, 
thev  are  the  most  useful  of 
plants  Many  species  fur- 
nish fihei,  others  soap,  \\hile 
still  others  produce  the  two 
great  Mexican  drinks, 
pulque  and  mescal  Pulque, 
which  is  a  fermented  drink, 
is  derived  from 
^several  species, 
especially  A  atrom- 
rcns  Mescal, which 
is  a  distilled  drink, 
is  usually  not  ob- 
tained from  the 
same  species  as 
pulque,  although  there  is 
a  general  belief  to  the  con- 
trary The  species  from 
which  is  made  most  of  the 
mescal  used  in  Mexico  is  unknown  — The  species  vary 
so  much  in  size  and  foim  that  they  can  DC  used  in 
a  great  many  ways.  Some  of  the  smaller  species  are 
suitable  for  the  house,  and  even  some  of  the  larger 
Bpecies  are  so  used.  The  larger  species  are  well  adapted 
for  vases  in  large  gardens  and  grounds,  along  walks, 
terraces,  and  the  like.  These  plants,  coming,  as  they  do, 


137    Agathis 
onentalis.  (XJ0 


from  and  or  even  desert  regions,  where  they  have  a 
hard  struggle  to  exist,  can  be  grown  with  little  or  no 
care,  but  they  respond  very  quickly  to  good  treatment. 
— The  species  are  propagated  in  various  ways,  some  pro- 
duce suckers  at  the  base,  or  even  underground  shoots; 
others  give  off  buds  from  the  stem,  which  fall  off  and 
take  root,  or  may  be  detached  and  planted,  while  not 
a  few  produce  bulblets  in  the  flower-clusters,  and  some- 
tunes  in  great  abundance.  Nearly  all  may  be  produced 
from  seed,  but  as  most  of  the  species  flower  only  after 
a  long  interval,  and  many  have  not  yet  been  known  to 
flower  in  cultivation,  this  latter  means  of  propagation 
cannot  be  relied  upon.  In  cultivation,  fruit  is  set  very 
sparingly  or  not  at  all  without  artificial  pollination, 
although  this  can  be  accomplished  with  very  little 
tiouble  (J  N  Rose  ) 

The  agaves  are  not  at  all  difficult  to  grow  The  soil 
should  be  principally  If/am  and  sand,  and  if  any  vege- 
table soil  be  given  it  should  be  in  small  quantities. 
Good  drainage  and  firm  potting  are  nec<  ssary  To  grow 
small  plants  of  the  large-leaved  kinds  into  good-sized 
specimens  quickly,  they  should  be  plunged  out  in  a 
sunny  spot  in  spring,  taking  care  that  the  pots  are  large 
enough  so  that  they  will  not  require  repotting  in  the 
fall  Nearly  all  of  the  large-growing  kinds  are  easily 
increased  from  suckers,  which,  when  the  plants  are 
giown  in  a  pot-bound  condition,  are  produced  very 
readily  They  should  be  taken  off  from  the  parent  plant 
only  when  furnished  with  sufficient  roots  to  give  them 
a  start  Some  kinds  are  raised  only  from  seeds,  which, 
when  freshly  gathered,  germinate  in  a  few  weeks 
(G  Wr  Oliver) 

The  classification  of  the  agaves  is  very  perplexing. 
This  is  partially  owing  to  the  number  of  species,  to 
the  scarcity  of  preserved  study  material,  and  to  the 
mfrequency  of  floweung  in  many  species  In  fact, 
manv  species  have  never  been  known  to  flower  The 
most  usable  characters  for  classification  are  to  be  found 
in  the  leaves,  of  which  the  end-spine  and  marginal 
prickles  are  very  characteristic,  and,  although  such  an 
arrangement  is  more  or  less  artificial,  it  is  the  most  satis- 
factory in  naming  a  collection  From  a  botanical  point 
of  view,  however,  thf  inflorescence  shows  the  true  rela- 
tionship of  the  species  In  this  way  the  genus  is  usually 
div  idea  int  o  t  hree  groups  or  subgenr  ra.  These  are :  First, 
Euagave,  having  a  paniculate  inflorescence,  with  can- 
delabra-like branches  Second,  Ltitsca,  having  a  dense 
spike  of  usually  paired  flowers  (The  section  Littxa  has 
been  considered  by  some  a  good  genus,  but  it  seems  to 
connect  with  the  first  section  through  certain  species  ) 
The  third  section,  Manfruia,  is  very  different  from  the 
above,  and  is  now  considered  as  a  distinct  generic  type, 


and  so  treated  here      Manfredas  are  all  herbaceous, 
appearing  each  year  from  a  bulbous  base   the  leaves 
are  soft  and  weak,  dying  down  annually,  while  the  in 
florescence  is  a  slender  open  spike,  with  solitary  flowers 
from  the  axils  of  bracts 

INDEX. 

abarhva,  33. 

Bessenana,  6. 

cochleata,  11. 

adornata,  48. 

Biatutit,  48 

coerulesoens,  36. 

albicans,  30. 

Bonaixirtta,  49. 

Cohniana,  54 

albuhi.  11. 

Bonnehi,  11. 

compacta,  11,  47 

abuuama.  21. 

Honnctiana.  11,18. 

eompluviata,  19 

anicricana,  19,  21. 

Bo»ni,  49 

Bottom,  34 

Considcrantii.  44 

awi/rfN«ts,'43 

braotrosa,  55. 

CooLci,  1 

anacarilha,  2 

bremfolia,  47. 

Cvrderoyi,  5 

brtmt,  2 

cornuta,  43 

anRUsti  folia,  1 

bidbtfera,  9 

Couesu,  14 

nriKtistisMma,  48 

canihcans,  6. 

crassispma,  19 

appl.ui.it  a,  13,  14 

canduia,  6. 

crenata,  11 

arhchaut,  40 

canbxa,  32. 

Crouchen,  11 

atriclui,  49 

Cehiana,  31. 

ctenophora,  30 

atrovirens,  19. 

Celsu,  31 

cucullata,  11 

attenuata,  28 

chiapensis,  33. 

cyanea   10 

auncantha,  11 

chilmahuana,  15 

cyanophylla,  10 

Baken,  5 

chtoricantha,  32. 

dasyhrioides  53 

Bp-iucarnoi,  39 

coarctata,  18. 

dealbata,  51,  53. 

Btuufeurtuna,  10 

cocnnea,  12 

decipiens,  4 

Besserenana.  6. 

coohlearis,  19. 

densa,  33,  47 

232 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 

prickles-  infl.  few-branched;  fls  l%-2  in.,sogms  and 

ienn/fcwo,  31,  33.         luctda,  10.                     Richardni,  51. 

ovary  ^m  each,  tube  %m.  :  caps  subglobose,  strongly 

dcpauperata,  47.            lurida,  1,  10.                  rigida,  2,  3,  7. 
de«erti,  25.                   macracantha,  6              ngidissima,  39. 
DeSmettiana,  8,  42.      macroacantha,  6           robusta,  47. 

otipitate  and  beaked    Cent  Amer  (?)    Jacq  ,  Obs  Bot. 
4,  pi  1    Targiom  Tozzetti,  Ann  Firenzc  2,  pi  6    B  M. 

Diguetn,  48.                  morrocuJmis,  12             Rcezlei,  50 

6097,  5893     Wight,  Icon.  PI  Ind   Or.  2024    Rep  Mo. 

diplacantha,  39.            macrodonta,  39             Roezhana,  40. 
distans,  39.                    Maigretiana.  42            Rohann,  41 
echmoides,  51.               major,  6,  39,  43,  47.      Romani,  35,  47 

Bot.  Gard.  19,  pi.  29-34.  Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc  49,  pi 
32.  Mem.  Nat    Acad    11,  pi    106-109    A  form  with 

elegana,  11.                     M  anguai,  9.                   rosoa,  61 
Elleraeetiana,  29.          Mapisaga,  19.               rotundifolia,  11. 
elhptica.  28                     Marcusii,  14.                  rupicola,  32 
elongata,  6  1                     margmata,  1,  19,  21     Salmdyckn,  33. 

white-margined  Ivs.  is  var.  margmata,  Trel    (A    vivi- 
para vnnegdta  and  A.  superba,  Hort  ),  Wiesner  Festschr., 
pi  8,  and  a  variant  of  this  with  the  body  color  gray- 

ensifera,  37                    marthma,  48                  Salmiana,  19. 

green  is  var  Woodr&wii,  Trel    (A.  Woodrowil,  Wats., 

ensk/or»m,  51.               marmorata,  23              Sargentu,  1. 
europaea,  21.                   mas«ihensis,  21,  33       Saundersu,  11. 
falcata,  52                     Maximilvina,  43           achidigera,  48. 
ferox,  17                        medio-picta,  3,  21,30,   achiedigera,  48. 

and  A   Cobkci,  Woodrow),  Hep  Mo  Bot  Gard   19,  pi. 
35.  A  dwarf  form  of  the  unvanegated  type  is  var  Sar- 
gentii,  Trel  ,  Rep.  Mo  Bot  Gard.  22,  pi.  100-103 

filamentosa,  47.                 43                                 Schottu,  45 
filifera,  47,  48.               melhflua,  19.                  Scolymua,  12. 

2.  sisalana,   Perr     (A    ana«lrdha,  Terr      A    bretns, 

ftaccida,  12.                     mesotillo,  36                  Sebaatiana,  16. 

Hort.    A     Houllelidna   or    Iloullettii,  Hort,     A     tinns, 

flavescens,  6.                   mericana,  9,  19,  22      serrulata,  45. 
fourcroydes,  3.              micracantha,  30,  32,    Shawn,  16 
fragiln,  41                         42                                silrestns,  3. 

Hort     A.  ixth  sisaldna,   Hort    A    rigida  prngn  i\.\dna, 
Boyd     A  rigida  siwldnu,  Auct   .1   ^isdla,  Perr  A  .st.sa- 

Franzosimi,  20.             Millcn,  21,  22.              Simonu,  11. 

Idna  inenntt*,  Riviere     A     i»it>aldna    ijat,hqu)a,    Perr  ). 

Funkiana,  36                 minima  3                      Simni,  11. 
genumflora,  49              minor,  47.                       sisala,  2. 
Ghicsbrechtu,  41           miradorensis,  8.             sisalana,  2. 
Ghiesbreghtii,  41,  42      mitis,  32                           spectabihs,  21. 

Nearly  trurikless    Ivb    4  x  00  m  ,  becoming  green,  with 
shallow-grooved  spine  and  typicallj   no  prickles    infl 
ample,  fls    1^-2]  2  ln  >  °var>,  segm    and  tube  about 

gigantea,  6                     nutrseformis,  18.           spicoto,  54. 
Gilboyi,  40                     Morgann,  42.                spirahs,  4. 

equal     caps    rare     Yucatan  or   Chiapah('J     Pernne, 
Senate  Doc  300,  pi  1,  2,  4    Dodge,  Hep   Fiber  Invest 

glauce'scens,  28,  32.       multiltnedta,  36.            stenophyl'la,  36 

3,  5,  9,  with  pi  Rep  Mo  Bot  (Jan!  7,  pi  51-56     Proc 

Goldrnamana,  16          nanu,  6,  51.                   atreptacantha,  11 
gracilipe-s,  14                 neglecta,  7.                    stnata,  21,  50,  51. 
gracihspina,  19.              Newberryt,  27.               stncta,  51. 
grandibracteata,  11.      Nickelsise,  44.                subdentata,  29. 

Amer    Phil   Hoc   49j  pi   32     Mem   Nat    Acad    11    pi. 
113-115  —  Tl.e  yaxci,  green  agave  or  sis.il  hemp  most 
commonly  cult   outside  of  Yucatan    largely  distributed 

grandident,  41               nigresceas,  36.               subfalcata,  6 
ffrandidentata,  41.          mgnspina,  6.                 eubintegra,  39. 
granulosa,  42                 Nissoni,  36.                  subundulata,  28. 

to   growers   from  Trop    Fla    where   Pernne   mtro.  it 
about  1835  and,  as  in  some  of  the  \V   Indies,  it  has  be- 

Guignardii, 11,  28         Noah,  15                       audburyensis,  6. 

come  naturalized    It  has  been  crossed  by  Trabut  with 

Hanburii,  40                  obscura,  41.                     »uper6a,  1. 

A.  vera-cruz  under  the  name  "potosina  " 

Havardmn'a,  14             orbicularis',  11.               Taylori,  33',  47,  49 

3    fourcroydes,  Lem    (.1     ixtli  elongata,  Auct     A. 

Haworthiana,  10            Orcuttiana,  16               tehuacaneniis.  11,  18 
heteracantba,  36,  38.   Ortgiesiana,  48.             tequilana,  4. 
histnx,  51                       Ol{oru0,  33                      tetragona,  36. 

ixthoides,    Lem      ^1     lonqifbha,   Auct      A     rigida,    A. 
rigida  elongata  and  A   rigula  longtfolia  of  most  writers). 

horrida,  39,  40,  42.       Ouwlghemwna,  30       7/octar  01/23.' 

Trunk  3-(>  ft     Ivs    3-1  \  60-90  in  ,  gr:iy,  with  round- 

Hought\,  54                       ovali/olia,  11                     <wfo,  43 
Houlletiana  or  Houl-     pachyacantha,  16.        Toumtyana,  45. 

groo\ecl  spine  and  slender  curved  pnckles    infl    ample, 
fls  2)4-2'  2  in  >  ovai\  1-1  '  t  in  ,  segm   arid  tube  P  t  in 

huachucensis,  14           Palmen,  24                    triangulam,  39. 

each     caps    obovoul,    slightly    stipitate    and    beaked 

hybrida,  43                    parrasana,  15.                Troubetskoyana,  23. 
hyatnx,  6,  51.                Parryi,  14                      uncinata,  33 
inermis,  36                      parviflora,  46.                undulata,  23 

Yucatan     Proc    Amer    Phil    Soc    49,  pi    32     \N  lesner 
Festschr,  319      Mem    Nat     \c:id    11,  pi    110  112  — 

Inghamii,  40                  Patonu,  15                      umvutata,  37 

The  sacci,  graj  agave   or  heuetjuen,  lar^clj  grown  for 

\ntegnfolia,  6.                paucibracteata,  28.       utahensis,  27 

fiber   in    Yucatan     A  form    with  greenish  white    me- 

intrepida, 53.                 paucifoha,  6,  50.            Vanderdonckn,  43. 

dian  variegation   is  var    medio-picta,  Trel  ,    -\\  lesner 

txtlioides,  1,  3                perbella,  37,  43.            vera-crun's,  9.' 

Festschr  ,  pi    12     The  short  er-hd   but  similar  chelem 

Jacquiniann,  1.             perplexans,  46               vera-crux,  9. 

of  the  Yucatan  coast    i.-,  A.  ixth,  sometimes  called  A 

juncea,  49                        Pferadorffii,  36,  43       vera-cruz,  9 
Karwinsku,  5.                picta,  22.                         verse  erucw,  9. 

silvcstri^  or  .1    piolifcia,  and  a  related  plant  has  been 

Kerchovu,  39                 Pilgrimn,  42                  Verschaffeltii,  11. 

called    A     minima      A    large-lvd.    poorer    form  of  A 

Killischii,  40                 polyacantha,  33.           vestita,  48 

fourcroydes  is  known  as  chucumci,  and  a  short  er-lvd 

Kmghtiana,  48.            polyphylla,  10.               Victonaj  Regmse,  44. 
Kochn    43                      Poselgeri,  36                   Villas,  43 

form  of  this  as  babei 

Isetenrent,  21.                 potosina,  19.                   Villarum,  4S,  47. 

4    decipiens,  Baker  (.1    huifolin,  Baker.    A  latifolia, 

Isrvior,  40.                         pnnceps,  48.                    Virginia,  21. 

Auct    A  spirals,  Hort  )     Trunk  6  -8  ft     Ivs  2-4  x  36- 

lanceolata,  11.                 prohfera,  3                      vindis,  6,  22. 

50  in  ,  green,  rather  soft  and  .somewhat  outcurved,  with 

Zolictncta,  41.                  pseudofihfera,  47.          ni>tpara,  1,  7. 

round-grooved  spine  and  slender  pnckles  from  green 

latifolia,  4,  6,  28,  43       pulton  i/ornus,  6             WTittaAeri,  19. 
la<i«sima,  19,  28           pulverulenta,  11.           Wightn,  1. 
laxifoha,  4                     purpurea,  61.                 Wislizoni,   16. 

prominences    infl    ample,  fls    2^4  in  ,  ovary   l^m, 
segm.  and  tube  ^im  each    caps    pjnfonn     Yucatan 

Lecheguilla,  36.             quadrata,  11.                  Wolkensteinii,  33. 
Leguayana,  41.             quiotifera,  19.               Woodrowil,  1. 

Dodge,  Rep    Fiber  Invest    3,  5,  9,  pi    Rep    Mo    Bot 
Hard    7,  pi  57-59    B  M   7177  —The  false  sisal,  exten- 

Lemairei, 39                   ramosa,  21                       Wrightn,  49 
Leopoldu,  11,47,  48       recurva,  50.                     lalapensis,  35. 
lepida,  10                        recurvata,  7.                    xylonacantha,  43. 

sively  naturalized,  if  not  indigenous,  in  Fla     This  and 
A    Kariiinskn  deserve  the  name  arborescent,  in  the 

lineans,  6                        Kegehi,  40.                     yucczefoha,  54. 

longifolm,  3,  6,  22,          Regeliana,  8,  40            Zapupe,  4. 
43,  47.                       rhombmdea,  11.             zonata,  19. 

The  tequila  mescals  (A  tequilana,  Web  ,  etc  ),  grown 

lophantha,  37. 

in  W   Mex  for  the  preparation  of  a  distilled  beverage, 

A.  Infl.  a  candelabrum-like  panicle.    (1-26.)   Subgenus 
EUAGAVE. 

and  the  zapupes  (A.  Zapitpe,  Trel  ,  etc  ),  grown  for 
fiber  in  E.  Mex  ,  arc  closely  related  to  the  preceding 

B.  Lvs.  dagger-like  or  sword-shaped   spine  not  decurrent: 

group, 
cc  Fls.  slenderer,  not  urceolate. 

fls.  rather  large,  greenish,  long-lobed,  ill-smelling, 
often  followed  by  bulbils,  seeds  very  large     Trunk 
often  developed. 
C.  Fls.  urceolalely  contracted  in  throat. 

5.  Karwfnskii,  Zucc  (A  Corderoyi,  Hort.  A.  Bdken, 
Ross).    Trunk  9-12  ft  •  Ivs    l-ll/2x  15-30  in.,  green, 
with  openly  grooved  spine  and  stout  upcurved  prickles: 
infl.  rather  ample;  fls  2-2%  in  ;  ovary  1  in.,  segm   and 

1.  angustifdlia,    Haw.    (A.    lurida,    Jacq.    A.    Jac- 
qumiana,  Schult.  f.    A.  ixtholdes,   Hook.    A.  Wlghtii, 

tube  about  %m.  each'  caps    oblong,  brown,  stipitate 
and  beaked.  S.  Mex    Ross,  Icon  Panorm,  pi  2    Rep. 

Pram.    A.  vivipara,  Auct  ).   Short-trunked    Ivs.  3  x  16- 

Mo.    Bot.   Gard.    18,   pi.   29-31     MacDougal,  N.   A. 

24  in.,  gray-green,  with  flat  spine  and  slender-cueped 

Deserts,  pi.  23 

AGAVE 


AGAVE 


233 


6.  macroacantha,  Zucc.  (A.  macracdntha,  Auct  A. 
Besseren&na,  Jacobi.  A  Bessenana,  Auct  A  pugio- 
mjdrmis,  Zucc.  A.  flaveacens,  Salm.  A  xubfalca-tu  and  A. 
hnedns,  Jacobi.  A.  paucifblia  and  A  ohgophylla,  Hakor. 
A.  tnfcon/dha,  Baker?).  Nearly  trurikless  Ivs  1x8-20 
in.,  yellowish  gray-green,  glaucous,  with  flat-grooved 
spine  and  slender-cuspcd  heavy-baaed  prickles'  mfi. 
rather  sparse,  fls  2m;  ovary  1  in  ,  segm  and  tube 
%m  each  caps,  oblong,  gray,  stipitatc  and  beaked 
S.  Mex  Rep  Mo.  Bot.  Card  18.  pi.  18-26—  At  one 
time  a  great  favorite  and,  like  A.  Vertchaffeltu,  col- 
lected m  a  large  range  of  forms  designated  by  descrip- 
tive varietal  names*  vinths',  Candida,  (dndicnm,  glauca; 
nigrispina;  elongata,  longifolia,  hystrix  (B  M  5940), 
nana;  latifdlta,  gigantea,  major,  concinna  or  sudbury- 
ensis 

BB.  L/vs.  lanceolate,  large,  rather  firm  th/in  fleshy,  scftrcely 
repand:  spine  not  decurrent  fls  rather  large, 
greenish,  fetid,  often  followed  by  bulbils  Nearly 
trunkless. 

7  neg!6cta,  Small  (A.  vivipara,  Bartram    A    recur- 
vata   and  A.  rigzda  recuri'&ta,  Hort  )     Lvs    gracefully 
outcurvcd,  0  x  36  in  ,  glaucous,  with  slender  round- 
grooved  spine  and  very  minute  prickles    mfl    ample; 
fls  2  in.,  ovary  1  in  ,  segm  %in  ,  tube  j^m  :  caps  obo- 
void,  scarcely  stipitate  or  beaked.  Trop  Fla    Rep  Mo. 
Bot    Card    7,  pi   60,  61   Dodge,  Rep    Fiber  Invest    5, 
Off    GC  111  31,supp  Feb.l    Bartram,  Travels    Map. 

8  miradorSnsis,  Jacobi    Lvs.  rather  straight,  3-4  x 
30-35  in  ,  glaucous,   with   slender  narrowly  grooved 
spine  and,  toward  the  base,  very  minute  prickles    mfl. 
ample;  fls  2]^  in  ;  ovary  1  in  ,  seg 


in  ,  segm    ^m  ,  tube  3/jin. 
A     anmiawliles,    A.    l)e- 


%in  :  caps,  oblong,  very  stoutly  stipitate,  beaked. 
S  Mex.  Ref.  Bot.  306,  328  Lyon  Hort.  1880,  267. 
Gt  346  J.  Verschaf.,  Cat  1866-7,  1869  f.  I  II  15: 
564  — Extremely  variable,  the  original  introducer 
announcing  "as  many  varieties  as  there  are  plants," 
and  33  named  forms  having  been  catalogued  once  m 
the  Lyon  garden  The  more  distinct,  which  have 
received  mostly  descriptive  specific  names,  are  var. 
crenata  (amosna,  cochkata,  elegarw),  var.  cucullata 
(Crouchen,  Simxii),  var  Leop61dii,  var.  pulverulenta, 
var  quadrata,  var  Saundersu  (virglnica  glauca),  etc., 
and  such  minor  forms  as  allmla,  auncdntha,  compdctsi, 
lanreolata.  orbHularia,  ovahfolta,  rhomboidea,  rotundi- 
folia  and  blreptacdntha.  A  tehuacanensis,  Karw , 
is  the  earliest  {)ublislied  name  for  the  species  but  no 
description  was  given  A  Bonm-tu,  Hort ,  seems  to  be 
this,  but  A  Bonnettana,  Hort ,  is  referred  to  A.  mitrx- 
formia,  which  accompanies  A  Vertchaffeltn  about  Te- 
huacan  —Extensively  tri  «1  in  hybridization,  and  crosses 
arc  reported  with  A  atlnmnta  (x  A.  Guignardii),  A. 
den*) flora,  A  mirrarantha  or  tmrrantha,  A  schidigera, 
A  Tonelhana  or  Tonneliana  or  hetft acantha  Tonnel- 
lann,  A  Vandermnii,  or  Vanderunnnem  (x  A.  Simonii  X 
A.  grandibracteata)  and  A.  xylonacantha or  xylinacanlha. 
12  Sc61ymus,  Karw  (A  cocci nta,  Roezl?  A. 
fldcctda,  Jacobi '0  Lvs  obl.mceolate,  rather  acute,  3-4  x 
12  15  in  ,  green  or  (when  it  is  /i .  potatorum)  slightly 
glaucous,  with  nearly  straight,  flat-grooved,  dull  brown 


n  ; 

E     Mex.     GW5,  p  143 

Smettiana,  A  pdlluta  and  A  Reach  an  a,  not  now  recog- 
nized, were  based  by  Jacobi  apparently  on  specimens 
from  Sartonus'  ranch,  El  Mirador,  in  the  state  of  Vera 
Cruz,  from  which,  though  ascribed  to  Brazil,  A  mira- 
dorensu  is  believed  to  have  come  All  are  close  to  if 
not  quite  the  latter,  over  the  accepted  name  of  which 
A  Detinutliana  has  priority 

9  vfcra-crdz,  Mill  (.1   bulbifmi,  Bonpl   A  Mangitai, 
Desf    A    mexicana,   Lam  ,  which  in  part  is  Furcrju 
cubensis  and  the  uses  of  which  m  huge  part  pertain  to 
A    atrdinreiiii    A    t'm;-muis,  Haw  ,  sometimes   spelled 
very-cruel?     A.  t'ha-crux,  Mill)     L\s   ne.irh  straight, 
6—7x50  in,  glaucous,  somewhat  cross-banded,  rather 
fleshy,  concave;  with  short  ho;i\v  gra>  spine  and  oblique 
rounded   deltoid   prickles   somew  hat   raised   on    grec  n 
prominences    mfl    ample,  fls  2?4-.3  m  ,  ovary  1}!-U^ 
in,  Begin    ^4~1  'm  ,  tube  ?tin      caps    oblong,  piomi-- 
nejitly  stipitate,  scarceh    beaked      Mex  (?)     G  C   II 
19,  p     149  —  The  blue  aloe,  extensively    planted  and 
more  or  less  established  m  Amoy,  India,  Mauritius  and 
Peru,  and,  as  A    mexicatui,  m  Italy     It  has  been  hy- 
bridized with  A   siSiiUina 

10  Ifcrida,  Ait  (A  lepida,  Dietr  A  liiculo,  Sehiede). 
Lvs   thinner,  flatter  and  more  curving,  with  slenderer 
epine    and    smaller    scarcely    ekna'ed    prickles     mfl. 
Blighter  and  sparser     Mex  (v)     Zuccaimi,  Act  Acad 
Carol    Leop  16,  pt  2,  pi  49-51     B  M    1522(?)     Ref 
Bot  307(?)  —  I.ess  frequently  seen  than  the  preceding, 
with  which  it  is  confused.  Perhaps  including  the  now 
scarcely  recogm/ed  A   Heaulfuriana,  Jacobi?  A.  cyanea, 
Hort    A.  cyanophylla,  Jacobi,  A.  Haworthuina,  Roem  , 
and  A.  polyphyUa,  Koch 

BBB.  Lvs  short  and  broad,  fleshy  rather  tlum  hard,  repand: 
spine  somewJiat  decurrent  fls.  rather  laigc,  yellow- 
ish, with  lobes  often  shorter  than  the  tube,  and 
followed  by  bulbils.  Nearly  trunkless. 

11  Verschaffeltii,  Lem.    Lvs   obovate-oblong,  acu- 
minate, 3  x  6-8  m.,  glaucous,  with  flexuous  or  twisted, 
flat-grooved,  red-brown  spine  and  long  rusty  teeth  on 
large  fleshy  prominences   mfl  rather  slight  and  sparse: 
fls.  about  2>i  m.;  ovary   1%  in,  segm.    1A\\\  ,  tube 


138.  Agave  Franzosimi     (No.  20  ) 


spine  and  small  prickles  on  moderately  low,  fleshy 
prominences*  infl.  fairly  large  but  loose,  fls.  2  in  ; 
ovary  1  %  m  ,  segrn  ]/2«i  ,  tube  }/£in  :  caps,  oblong, 
somewhat  stipitate  S  Mex  G  W  2,  p  603  —  Much 
of  the  "comma"  of  gardens  is  A  macroculmis,  Tod  ,  a 
member  of  the  subgenus  Littaea 

BBBB.  Lvs  rather  oblong,  very  rigid,  gray  or  glaucous, 
scarcely  repand  spine  decurrent:  fls.  rather  large, 
yellow,  rarely  followed  by  bulbils.  Nearly  trunk- 
less 

13  applanata,  Jacobi    Lvs  lance-oblong,  acute,  4-6  x 
40-60  in    when  mature  but  commonly  seen  of  much 
smaller  size,  glaucous,  with  broad  open  gray  or  pur- 
plish spine  and  rather  large  more  or  lehS  connected 
pnckies   mfl  25-30  ft  ;  fls  2J3  »*•?  ovary  \Y±  m  ,  begin. 
Km  ,  tube  ^m     E.  Mex    G  C  II.  7,  p.  717   D  G  Z 
1903,  p  528.    Tod ,  Hort.  Pan.  pi.  30.  Rep  Mo  Bot. 
Card  22,  p\  73,  71 

14  Parryi,  Engelm    (A.  applanata  Pdrryi,  Mulford. 
A.  Marcusu,  Hort.).    Lvs    oblong,  acute.  2-4  x  10-12 


234 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


in  ,  glaucous,  with  nearly  straight  openly  grooved  spine 
and  smaller  prickles,  mfl.  10-15  ft  ,  fls  2^4  in.,  ovary 
1%  in.,  segrn  K~i^im  >  tube  ^m  caps  oblong, 
beaked  but  scarcely  stipitate  Ariz  ,  New  Mex  and 
adjacent  Mcx  G  C.  II  12,  p  237. 
Ren  Mo  Bot  (lard  22,  pi  91-93 
DGZ  18,  p  3.— Closely  related 
species  are  A.  huachucensis,  Baker, 
Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  22,  pi  87-89, 
of  the  Huachuca  Mts  ,  with  broad  Ivs  ; 
A.  Havardiana,  Trel ,  Rep  Mo  Bot. 
Gard  22,  pi  81-80,  of  the  great  bend 
of  the  Rio  Grande,  with  deep-seated 
filaments,  and  A.  gracflipes,  Trel , 
Rep  Mo.  Bot.  Gard  22,  pi  98,  99, 
of  W  Texas,  with  blender  pedicels 
and  small  seeds,  etc.  A.  Couesu, 
Engelm  ,  Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  22,  pi 
94-97,  on  flowering  proves  bcarcely 
separable 

15  Wislizenii,  Engelm    ( 4    N6aht 
Hort )      Lvs    broadly  ovate,  acumi- 
nate,  4-6x8-10   in,  gray,  concave, 
with  somewhat  curved  round-grooved 
spine  and  slender  prickles .  mfl  12  ft  , 
open,  fls    2-2 %  in  ,  ovary   I1 4'  in, 
segrn  Mm  ,  tube  ^m  .  caps  slender, 
obscurely  stipitate     N    Mcx     Hep 
Mo  Bot  Gard  22,  pi  75-79  - 
A  more  glaucous  and  repaiid 
plant  from  the  same  region  is 
A.  parrasana,  Berger,  Rep  Mo 
Bot     Gard.    22,    pi     SO,    81 
Thicker-lvd.  related  New  Mex 
forms    are    A.    chihuahuana, 
Trel ,    Rep     Mo     Bot     Gard 
22,  pi    82,  83,  and  A.  Patonii, 
Trel ,  Rep.  Mo  Bot  Gard  22, 
pi  90. 

BBBBB.  Lvs  similar,  somewhat  repand  spine  decurrenl 
and  the  large  teeth  often  confluent  fl^  in  compact 
clusters,  large,  yellow,  not  followed  fry  bulbils. 
Trunk  elongated  but  leafy 

16.  Shiwii,    Engelm      Lvs     ovate    or    lance-ovate, 
acuminate,  3-5  x  8-20  in  ,  green,  glossy,  with  slender, 
flexuous,  openly  grooved  spine  and  laige,  hooked,  con- 
nected, garnet-red  prickles    mfl    10  ft ,  congested,  fls. 
2H~3H  m  )  ovary  1^-1/2  m  >  segm   and  tube  %m  • 
caps   oblong,  thick-walled     S  W    Calif  and  adjoining 
Low    Calif    Trans    Acad    St    Louis  3,  pi    2-4     Rep. 
Mo   Bot   Gard  7,  pi  44,  22,  pi   19-21  —Related  Low. 
Calif    species  are  A.  Orcuttiana,  Trel  ,  Rep   Mo   Bot 
Gard  22,  pi  22,  with  similar  spine  and  A.  Sebastiana, 
Greene,  Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  22,  nl  23-26,  with  straight 
spine;    anc    A.  pachyacantha,  Trel ,    Rep     Mo    Bot. 
Gard    22,  pi    27,  28,  and    A.    Goldmamana,   Trel. 
Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  22,  pi  29-31,— with  heavier-based 
teeth  and  thin- walled  caps,  in  all 

BBBBBB   Lvs    large,  fleshy  rather  than  firm,  usually  re- 
pand  fls    openly  panuled,  large,  yellow,  rarely 
followed  by  bulbils     Nearly  trunklew 
c.  Spine  large  and  long-<leL.urrent 

17.  ferox,  Koch     Lvs    bro-ully  oblanceolate,  wavy, 
suberect  with  outcurved  concave  acuminate  tip,  12  x  48 
in.,  green,  deeply  n  pand,  with  large  grooved  spine  and 
great  prickles  on  high  green  prominences*  mfl  20  ft  ; 
fls.  3^  in  ,  ovary  \\^  in  ,  segm  1  in  ,  tube  %in.  Cent. 
Mex     G  C  III  15,  p    328,  III  20,  p.  525;  III  43,  p. 
379.   G  W.  2,  p  603 

18.  mitraefdrmis,   Jacobi  (A    coarclata,  Jacobi?  A 
BonnetiAna,Hori^).  Lvs  obovate-oblaneeolate, acumi- 
nate,    12  x  30  in  ,   grayish-zoned,  rather  repand,  with 
large  grooved  spine  and  moderately  large  gray  chest- 
nut-tipped prickles  on  green  prominences,  mfl.  15-20 


139.  Agave  americana  in 
flower    (No  21  ) 


ft.,  fls  2^  in  ;  ovary  \l/r-\%  in  ,  segm  ^m  ,  tube 
Y^m  S  Mex  Karsten  &  Schenck,  Veg.  Bilder,  pi  47. 
Anales  Mus  Nac  Mex  2,  pi  j  Publ  Carnegie  Inst. 
99,  pi  20 — This  is  A  tehuacanensis,  Koch,  Karwinski'e 
plant  of  that  name  being  apparently  a  form  of  A. 
VcrschaffeUn  A  yellow-margined,  variegated  agave, 
listed  under  A  mitrjt'jormis  by  the  Belgian  dealers  about 
1870,  appears  to  be  A  atrovirens  margimita  A  cross 
with  A  densiflora  is  said  to  have  been  effected. 

19  atrdvirens,    Kanv      Becoming    enormous     Ivs. 
lanceolate,  12  x  80-100  in  ,  dark  green  or  (when  it  is 
A    titilmia-na,  Jacobi)  gray,  outcurved-ascendmg,  with 
large,  narrowly    giooved    spine    and    moderate    gray 
prickles    from  low  widened   bases    mfl    2O-30  ft  ,  fls 
3J^  m  ,  ovary  2  in  ,  segm    1  in  ,  tube  '^m    >S   Mex   D. 
Gart   Mag    1807,  p    28  ,  f    Contr  U  S   Nat   Herb  5, 
pi   31-33     S  It    4,  p    281      Pop    Sei    Monthly,  70,  p 
210-216.   (Ebterr  Gart   Zeit    191 1,  n  252    Prometheus 
20,  p.  24    Journ    N   \     Bot    Gaid  8,  p   10     Modern 
Mex    17,  p   20  28   Proe    U    S    Nat    Mus   33,  p   577, 
etc — The  principal  pulque  bpeeies  cultivated  on  the 
plains  of  Apam     Numeious   varieties  are  figured  by 
Segura,  El   Maguey,   4  ed  ,  pi    1-9      \  ast   confusion 
exists  in  current  literature  the  names  A  amencana  and 
A.  mtxicana  arc  often  applied  to  this,  and  it  is  difficult 
to  account  elsewhere  for  the  many  new  Latin  names 
given  to  pulque  maguejs  b\  Bhusquez,  and  to  a  number 
of  young  garden  plants  by  Jacobi     A  yellow -margined 
vaiietv   (also  listed  as  belonging  to  A  rnilr&forini\)  is 
var   margmata,  Trel     A  veiy  Luge-  and  concave-lvd 
un variegated    form    is  Var    cochleans   (.1     lati^^una, 
Jacobi     A   Whitaktn,  Hort  )     Other  important  pulque 
or  agua-miel  species  are    about  the  City  of   Mexico, 
A.  Mapisaga,  Trel    (maguey  mapisaga)  with  narrow 
small-pi  ickled    Ivs  ,    about  Duningo,  A.  compluviata, 
Trel   (magiu-y  \<rd<>),  \\ith  green-zoneil  deeply  gvitter- 
shaped  l\,s,  an<l  A.  quiotifera,  Tiel    (maguey  ccruso), 
with  ashen  l\s  ,  about  San    Luis    Potosi,  A.  gracilis- 
pina,  Engelm    (A    potownn,  Web  ),  \\ith  slender  spine, 
and  A.  crassfspina,  Trel  ,  \vith  stout  spine,  and  about 
Monterey,  A.  melliflua,  Trel    (maguey  manso),  v\ith 
elongated    ashen  h  s  ,  and  A.   zonata,   Trel     (maguey 
verde),  with  broad  green-zoned  Ivs 

20  Franzoslnn,  Baker     Fig    138     Lvs    lanceolate, 
12x80  100  in,   roughi.sh,   white,   reeurved-ascendmg, 
with  large  narrowly  groo\ed  spine  .md  dark  or  gray 
prickles    mfl   green,  in  striking  contrast  with  the  Ivs, 


140   Agave  amencana,  as  commonly  grown  in  greenhouses. 
The  yellow-margined  form    (No  21  ) 

30  or  40  ft  ;  fls  3H  in  •  OV!irV  1%  m  ,  segm  1  in  ,  tube 
%m  Mex  (?)  BM  8317.  GW  2,  p  003.  G  C  III. 
12,  p  177. 

re  Spine  little  tf  at  all  decurrenl. 
D.  Fls.  andfr  much  as  in  the  preceding    Not  bulbiferous. 

21    americana,  Linn   (A    altltAima,  Zumag    A    eu- 
rop&a,  Vis    A.  ramosa,  Moench   A  apectdbihx,  Sahsb.). 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


235 


Figs  139,  140.  Lvs  lanceolate,  6-8  x  60-80  in  ,  smooth, 
gray,  aHivntLng  with  outeurved  ends,  with  rather  short 
ami  stout  recurved  round-grooved  very  shortly  deeur- 
rent  spine  obliquely  flattened  at  base,  and  moderately 
large  gray  prickles  on  prominent  maigmal  elevations1 
infl  20-30  ft,  rather  slender,  fls  2^-2,^  in  ,  ovary 
\Yi  m  ,  scgm  1  in  ,  tube  3/>m.  Mex  ('<*).  Established 
around  the  Mcdit.  Gt.  24.825;  27,  p  307,  41,  p 
269  Pcnzig,  Fl  Lilt  Med ,  pi  HO  Reichb ,  Ic. 
Fl  Germ ,  pi  374  B  II  0,  p  308  H  II  1875,  p 
152  Journ  N  Y  Bot  Gard  11,  pi.  79,  81  Adarnovic, 
Pflanzenw  Dalmat ,  pi  1  Abhandl  Hamburg 
Kolon  I nst.  6,  p  61  G  VV  8,  p  337  Proc  Am  Phil 
Soc  4(),  pi  32  — The  plant  more  commonly  cult  in 
this  country  as  A  amtncana  has  narrower,  more 
hooked  Ivs  ,  as  in  the  next,  but  grayer  and  with  the 
short  recurved  spine  scarcely  deeurrent  and  round  at 
base,  var  Millen,  Baker  (A  MilUri,  Haw  ?  A  Virginia, 
Mill  ?  A  Litevirut^  and  .1  ameruana  Liteviren*, 
Hort  ?)  Variegated  forms  of  this,  frequently  grown,  are 
var  marginata  in  \ellow-  or  whit e-maigi nod  forms,  var 
striata  variously  lined  with  yellow  or  white,  and  var 
medio-picta  with  a  broad  median  yellow  band  \\us- 
ner  Festschr  ,  pi  b  A  reputed  hybrid  between  I  amot- 
cana  and  J  di  n^ijlora  is  x  A.  massihensis,  Hort  Deleuil 

22  picta,  Salm-Dyck  (A  lonqifblia  pMa,  A   mexuana 
pifta,  and  .1    Milt< n  p'uta,  Hort.).    Lvs  linear-lanceo- 
late, ascending  with  recurved  ends,  at  length  6-8x100 
in  ,  smooth,  dark  green  with  bright  \\hite  or  vellow 
marginal   variegation,  slightly  glaucous   \\lun    voung, 
with  needle-like,  straight,  narrowly  groo\ed  spine  and 
moderate  prickles  on   somewhat    prominent    marginal 
elevations    infl  tall  and  rather  slender,  tls  3m,ovarv 
I1  2  m  ,  scgm    1  in  ,  tube  }  oin  .  caps  oblong,  stipitate 
and    beaked      Mex  ('')      G  W.    8,    p     337      \\iesner 
Festschr,  p  312,  j)l   7      Pop  Sci   Monthly,  70,  p  210 
Pro*     \rner  Phil  Soc    l<),pl  32  —Gn  en  seedlings  (\ar. 
vindis)  occur  on  the  Riviera  and  are  in  limited  cult. 

DD.  Fls.  rather  small,  ydlow,  bhallow-tubnl  cap\   thm- 
Wallcd,  .sw«//     Not  bulbtferou*} 

23  marmorata,  Roe/1  (.1   Todaroi,  Baker  .1    Troubet- 
nko  i/ana,  Hort    A    undnlata,  Tod  )     Lvs  broadlv  lance- 
olate, outcurvmg,  10-1  ">  \  72  in  ,  verv  rough,  green-  and 
grav -banded,    with   ratlier   short    and    stout    reuirved 
narrow  lv   grooved  spine  and  large  rough  rusty  brown 
pru  kles   often    from   prominent,   marginal    elevations 
infl     ample,    fls    golden,  I1 2    m,   ov  arv    "^jin,    segm. 
^2>n  ,  tune  1  jin     caps   short,  stipitate     S   Mex 

DDD   Fls   moderatt  Ii/  long,  rr<aw?/,  dec])-tuhed   capt>  firm, 

ilonyatid     Not  bultnf<rou\ 

21  Palmen,  Kngelm  Lvs  lanceolate,  ascending, 
3-1x18-30  in,  blue-green,  somewhat  glaucous,  with 
long,  slender,  open-grooved  spine  and  slender,  hooked 
garnet-purple  or  grav  prickles,  often  on  marginal 
elevations  infl  ample,  fls.  leathery,  2-2} 4  in  ;  ovary 
1  in  ,  segm  '  2in  >  tube  2'iin.:  caps  oblong,  not  stipi- 
tate An/,  and  New  Mex  Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  7, 
pi  48-52  Journ  N  Y  Bot  Gard  5,  p  178. 

BBDHKHH  Lvs  tnangular,  thuk  and  diff,  ratfier  .^niall  fls. 
small,  yellow,  shallow-tubed,  not  followed  by  bulbils. 
Trnnkle^ 

25  deserti,   Kngelm.    Cespitose    Ivs  triangular-lan- 
ceolate, falcately  erect,  2  x  0-12  in  .  gray,  with  slender, 
gray-brown,  grooved  spine  and  friable  teeth  infl  slender, 
sparse,  fls    vellow,  l1^  in  ,  ovary  flask-shaped,   ^m  , 
segm    '2|n>^ll^)('  '  «in     (>aps  oblong,  scarcely  stipitate, 
Colo  desert,  Calif'.  Rep    Mo    Bot   Gard.  7,  pi   33,31, 
22,  pi.  41,  42 

26  Prlnglei,    Engelm      Cespitose-   Ivs    triangular- 
oblong,    ascending,   2  x  6-16   in  ,    gray,   with   slender, 
drab,  grooved  spine  and  rather  firm  teeth*  fls.  1^-2 
in.,  ovary  1-1 K  in,  scgm    Hin  >  tube  ^m.    Mts   of 
N.  Low.  Calif.   Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  22,  pi.  44. 


AA  Infl,.   spike-like,    the  fls    usually  in    pairs   though 

exceptionally   clustered   on   very    thort    Irranches. 

bulbils    very    rarely   following   the   fls.    (27—fi5  ) 

Subgenus  LITT^JA 
n    7^t>s  tnanyular-lanceolnte ,  thick  and  stiff,  rather  vmall: 

flf    ofl(  n  clu^lt  red  on  bhort  branches,  cup-shaped, 

f>mall     Tr?//;/t/fss 

27  utahensis,  Engelm  (A  Newberryi,  Engelm  ). 
Cespitose  Ivs  erect -spread  ing,  1-2x6-12  in,  gray, 
with  slender,  grooved,  grav  spine  and  rather  small  and 
friable  gray  teeth  infl  5-15  ft  ,  with  simple  or  forked 
branches  1-2  m  long,  fl^  1  -1  }£  m  ,  ovary  flask- 
shaped,  %m  ,  segm  ?hm  ,  tube  ^yin  •  caps,  thin -walled, 


141    Agave  attenuata     (No  2H  ) 

small,  not  stipitate      Grand   Canon  region.    Pop    Sci. 

Monthly,  1911,  p.  11.    GF  8,  p  381.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot. 

Gard   7;  pi  32 

BB  Li's  moderately  large,  tJun,  unarmed  or  at  most 
very  nnnuhly  denticulate,  wither  fihfcrous  nor 
horny-margins  d  Trunk  well  dtvdoped  in  the  first. 
/.s  opt  n.  rather  i>maU 

28  attenuata,  Salm-Dvck   (A    glfiucescenx,  Hook  ) 
Figs   141,142,143    Trunk  1-5  ft  ,  sometimes  prostrate 
Ivs  broadly  oblanceolate,  spre  iding,  with  recurved  tips, 
6-10  x 25-30  m  ,  glaucous,  thin,  entirely  unarmed   mfl 
5-10  ft  ,  usually  recurving,  its  very  short  stalk  closely 
covered    by    bra<  ts,    fls     paired,    about   2    in  ,    ovary 
flask-shaped,  ?4-l  in  ,  segm    ^im  ,  tube  }^rn    Excep- 
tionally produces  large  bulbils  among  the  caps   after 
flowering     Mex     FE     31,    p     1172    B     BM    5333. 
J    H    III    42,   p    392      R  H    1876,  p    149      Krfurter 
Fuhrer  7,  p  70    G  F   10,  p  05     Rep   Mo.  Bot  Gard 
9,  pi   31     GC    III   8,  p   560,111    17,  p    455,  III    45, 
suppl   pi     Pharm  Journ   70,  p  706  — Vanes  in  a  form 
with  sterile  base  of  spike  longer  and  sparsely  bract ed, 
and  fls    in  clusters  of  6-S,  var    paucibracteata,  Hep 
Mo    Bot    (Jard    11,  pi    7     The  varietal  names  ellip- 
//ru,    lahfolia,    latt^tma    and    *ubundulata    have    been 
applied  to  garden  forms     A  cross  with  A    Vcrsrhoffeltn 
is  x  A.  Guignardu,  Hoit  ,  a  cross  with  A   xylonacantha 
is  listed 

29  Ellemeetiana,  Koch     Nearly  or  quite  trunk IPSR. 
Ivs   lanceolate,  spreading,  6x24  m   or  more,  glaucous, 
thin,  unarmed    mfl    5-10  ft ,  erect,  the  rather  short 
sterile  base  closely  covered  by  linear  bracts,  fls  paired, 


236 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


greenish  white,  1M  in  I  ovary  flask-shaped,  %in.,  segm. 
%in  ,  tube  nearly  suppressed;  filaments  very  long, 
2%  m.  E.  Mex.  G.C.  II.  8.  p.  748;  III.  47,  p  201. 
B  M  7027  Kef  But  163. 
— With  Ivs  very  minutely 
denticulate  it  becomes  var. 
subdentata,  the  distinct- 
ness of  which  from  A 
pruinosa  is  not  clear  Re- 
ported crossed  with  A. 
micracantha. 

BBS.  Lvs  moderately  large, 
variously  fleshy  but 
usually  flexible, 
neither  fllifeious  nor 
horny-margined,  teeth 
never  large  fls  mod- 
erate, often  with  re- 
curved segms  Nearly 
trunkltss. 

C.  Spine  slender  and  weak. 
30   albicans,  Jacobi  (A. 
142.  FlowerTof  Agave  attenuate,    micracdntha     albldior 
balm-L)ycK       A     ()ut>sel- 

ghemidna,  Jacobi).  Tnmkless,  cespitose  Ivs  oblanceo- 
late,  4  x  12-15  in  ,  spreading,  glaucous,  thin,  with  small, 
needle-shaped,  narrowly  grooved  spine  and  close-set, 
minute,  brown  prickles  connected  by  a  papery  margin: 
mfl  scarcely  3  ft ,  rather  few-fld  above  the  middle,  fls. 
paired,  reddish  green,  nearly  sessile,  1^-1^  in; 
ovary  Y^-\  in  ,  segm.  Jjjm  ,  tube  l/^\n.  •  caps  pns- 
matic-ovoid,  small.  Mex  (?)  B  M  7207  Bull  Soc. 
Tosc.  Ort  3,  p  303.  Lyon  Hort  22,  p  363  jWith  re- 
curved long  black  prickles,  and  fls  2^  in  long,  it  ia 
var  cten6phora,  Trel  A  beautiful  form  w  ith  inilk-white 
median  variegation  is  var  mfcdio-picta,  Trel  (A.  mi- 
cracdntha picta,  A  micracdntha  vanegdta,  -A  Oussel- 
ghemidna  dlba-picta,  A  Ou&selghemidna  picta,  and  A. 
albicans  vanegdta,  Auct  ),  Wiesner  Festschr.,  pi  10. 
Hybrids  are  reported  between  this  bpecies  and  A. 
maculata  and  A  xalapensis 

31  Celsh,  Hook    (A    Celvdna,  Koch     A    densiflora 
gloucophylla,  Hort9).    Lvs.  broadly  oblong,  4x12-18 
in  or  more,  glaucous,  with  slender  weak  spine  and  very 
irregular    close-set,    often    multiple,    prickles,    fleshy 
except  at  the  very  tip    mfl   about  4  ft  ,  densely  fld   at 
top;  fls    reddish  or  yellowish  green,  l]^-2  in  ;  ovary 
and  segm   %m  ,  tube  y->m  :  caps    small.   B  M   4934. 
R  H   1861,  p  335    Cn.  12,  p.  213.— A  hybrid  with  A. 
Salmiana  is  reported 

32  micracantha,  Salm-Dyck  (A.  glauce.scens,  Otto  ?). 
Cespitose  Ivs  broadly  lanceolate,  bpreading,  3-5x15-25 
in  ,  grayish  green,  with  slender  weak  spine  and  small, 
close-set,  dark  prickles    mfl    about  10  ft ,  the  rather 
short  sterile  base  densely  bracted,  fls  brownish  green, 
1J/2  m  ,    ovary    }^r%  m  >  segm     j^  in  >   tube   %  in. 
E  Mex  CO    R,.f  Bot  327    Gt  37,  p  115 —Hybrids  are 
reported  with  A    Ellemt'etiana,   A.  Sartorn,   A.    Ver- 
schaffeltii,  A   xylonacantha  and  A.  xylonacantha  micra- 
cantha    A    nntis,  Salm-Dyck,  and  A.  rupicola,  Regel, 
are  closely  related  and  A     chluracdntha,  Salm-Dyck. 
(A    canb&a,  Hort  j,  differs  chiefly  in   itb  greener  IVH., 
with  pale  prickles 

rc.  Spine  moderate  but  strong,  round-grooved. 
33.  polyacantha,  Haw.  (A.  abar&m,  Terr.?  A. 
chiapensis,  Jacobi.?  A  chiapensis  porrecta,  Hort.  A. 
densa,  Hort  ?  A.  densiflora,  Hort  ?  A  multiflora,  Hort. 
A  Ottdms,  Jacobi?  A.Salmdyckn,  Baker?  A.uncindta, 
Jacobi?  A  Wolkensteinii,HoTt.'f}  Cespitose'lvs  lanceo- 
late, upcurving,  2-5  x  10-24  or  36  in  ,  soon  green,  with 
narrow-grooved  strong  spine  and  rather  small  and 
close-set  brown  or  gray  prickles:  mfl.  4-5  ft.;  fls.  about 
2  in  ;  ovary  %m.,  segm.  and  tube  J^m.  S.  Mex  (?). 


b.M.  5006.  G.W.  2,  p.  604.  Journ  Soc  Hort  Baa. 
Rhm.  3,  p  324.  Gn.  12,  p  396.  R.H  9,  p  517  G  C. 
II  3,  p  502  Hybrids  are  reported  between  A  chi- 
apensis and  A.  xylonacantha  and  xylonacantha  latis- 
sima  and  with  "Dasyhnon  gracilis',"  A.  densiflora  and 
A.  amencana  (xA.  massiliensis) ;  A  densiflora  and 
A.  geminiflora  (x  A.  Taylon),— G  C.  II  8,  p  620-  A. 
densiflora  and  A  nntriffornns;  A.  densiflora  and  A. 
Verschaffeltn,  and  A.  densiflora  and  A  xylonacantha. 

ccc  Spine  stout,  openly  grooved 

34.  Botterii,  Baker  Lvs  oblanceolate,  outcurved- 
ascendmg,  6-8x21-30  m,  green,  with  flat-grooved 
strong  spine  and  short,  broad,  blackish  close-set  prick- 
les mfl.  scarcely  5  ft  ,  fls  reddish  or  yellowish  green,  2 
in  ;  ovary  %m  segm  and  tube  ^m  each  Mex  (?). 
B.M.  624H  G  C  II  8,  p  264. 

35  xalapensis,  Roezl      Lvs    lanceolate,   spreading, 
2-5x10-30  in,   nearly  green  to  decidedly  glaucous, 
with  very  openly  grooved  heavy  spine  and  moderately 
long,  heavy,  rather  close-set  rod   to  blackish  prickles 
mfl  5-10  ft  ;  fls    2  m  ;  ovary  /jin  ,  segm    1  m  ,  tube 
%in  •  caps   ){xl]^  m  i  slightly  constricted  at   base. 
E    Mex     Monatsschr    f    Kakteenk    14,  p   151     R  II 
1875,    p     276      Reported    hybrids    arc    A     jralapt  ntn 
xfihfera  (xA.  Romanu,  Hort ),  A   xalapen\isx()u<>i>d- 
qhemidna,  A    xalapem>ii>xSalniuina,  and    A.  xalapen- 
sis x  xylonacantha  (x  A.  Pfersd6rffii,  Simon) 

BBBB    Lvs   fibrous  and  often  rigid,   the  sometimes  very 
large  teeth  connected  by  a  dttachable  horny  margin' 
fls.   moderate,   with  soon   erect  scgim.     At  most 
short-trunkfd 
c.  Teethrather  small.  Ivs  elongated,  rather  thin  but  stiff 

36  Lecheguilla,  Torr    (A    multihnedta,  Baker     A 
Povelgen,  Salm     A    tetidgona,  Hort  )     Lvs   trumgular- 
oblong,    concave,    falcately    ascending,    1  x  16-24    in  , 
green  or  bluish  but  not  glaucous,  pale-banded  vent  rally 
and  dark-lined  on  the  back,  with  flattened  gray -brown 
spine  and  recurved  slender  prickles  joined  by  a  very 
narrow  straight  margin    mfl    3-12  ft  ,  glaucous,  fls 
/£— 1^2  in  >  ovary  flask-shaped,   },  jin  ,  segm    }  vin  ,  tube 
}<sin    W.  Texas  and  southward,  in  a  number  of  forms  of 
wrhich  the  southernmost,  from  below  San  Luis  Potosi, 
with    broader    Ivs    and    heavier  prickles,   is    A.  me- 
sotfllo,  Hort.    It  furnishes  the  greater  part  of  the  ixtlo 
or  lechuguilla  fiber  of  New  Mex  usually  ascribed  to  A 
heteraaintha    Pop  Sci  Monthly  70,  p  223    Bot  Bound 
1,  pi    34,39     Rep   Mo    Bot   Gard    7,  pi    31,   13    pi 
42    Bull.  Umv  Texas  60,  pi  3,  6  —Closely  allied  forms, 
frequent   in   European  gardens,   are  A.  carulescens, 
Salm-Dyck  (a  hybud  of  which  with  A    Victoria*  Rcginse 
is  reported),  diffeimg  chiefly  in  being  very  glaucous,  and 
its  var.  stenophylla  with  Ivs  over  4  ft  long,  A.  Funkiana, 
Koch  &    Bouch^,   with  flatter,   more  oblong,   rather 
glaucous    Ivs  , 

.  which  fur- 
nishes the  ixtle 
o  f  Jaumave ; 
A.  Nissdnii, 
Baker,  with 
thin,  yucca- 
like,  glaucous 
Ivs.;  A.  nigres- 
cens  (A.  hcUr-  { 
acdntha  nigres- 

cens,  Hort ),  143  Cross-sections  of  leaf  of  Agave  attenuate, 
with  thick, 

dark  blue-green,  long-triangular,  often  undulate  Ivs  , 
sometimes  almost  or  quite  unarmed  on  the  margin, 
when  it  is  the  form  in6rmis. 

37  lophantha,  Schiede     Lvs    lanceolate,  spreading. 
1^-2x12-18  in,  green,  glossy,  with  openly  grooved 
brown  spine  and  variously  hooked  rather  small  prickles 
joined  by  a  narrow,  nearly  straight  margin-  mfl.  9-15  ft.; 


AGAVE 

fls  1  Yi  in  ,  ovary  %m  .  segm  %m  ,  tube  }/%vci  E 
Mex  G  W  8,  p.  337  With  prominent  and  persistent 
pale  band  on  the  upper  face  it  is  var.  univittata  (A. 
umviitdta.  Haw.  A.  en&lfera,  Jacobi?  A.  txmdta, 
Ilort  ")  Ref  Bot  215  BM  6655  G  C.  II,  7,  p  368 
—  dosses  of  A  univittata  with  A  xylonacanttia  are  re- 
ported, of  which  x  A.  perbella,  Ilort ,  is  said  to  be  one, 
A  pulchemma,  Hort ,  in  part,  seeming  to  be  another 
writing  for  the  same. 

38  heteracantha,  Zucc.    Like  A   lophantha  but  Ivs. 
somewhat  sinuate  and  with  variously  hooked  less  equal 
and  closer  prickles    The  median  band  is  often  promi- 
nent   S  Mex    G.W  2,  p  605    G  C  II  7,  p  369.  Gt. 
19,  pi  639 — Moat  of  what  is  called  A    heteracantha  is 
A.  Lecheguilla. 

cr.  Teeth  often  large:  Ivs  either  broad  or  thick. 
D.  Margin  nearly  straight. 

39  Kerchdvei,    Lem      Lvs     triangular,    spreading, 
3-4  x  16-20  in  ,  thick,  gray-green,  not  lined  beneath, 
with  channeled  gray  spine  and  large  spreading  triangu- 
lar teeth  joined  by  a  rather  wide  margin  mfl  dense  and 
heavy,  18  ft     S    Mex     G  C.  II    7,  p    527.— Formeily 
much  grown  in  a  number  of  dissimilar  types    var 
Beaucarnei  (A    Kenucdrnei,  Lem,  A    Londmi,  Hort, 
A    Kerchbvei  coarctdta,   Hort  ),  with  very  short    Ivs  ; 
var    macrod6nta,  with  larger  and  more  hooked  teeth, 
var   distans,  with  more  separated  teeth  which  have  a 
well-developed  accessory  basal  cusp  m  f  diplacdntha. 
and  var  major,  with  a  short  branching  trunk     Related 
forms  with  shorter  Ivs    and  slenderer,  sparser  mfl    are 
A.  tnangulans,  Jacobi  (A    Kerchbvei    brevifblia,  Hort , 
A     h6rnda  triangularly,  Baker),    Karsten  <fc  Schenek, 
Veg   Bilder    pi  46,  with  prickles  much  as  m  A    Ker- 
chovci,  and  its  var  rigidfssima  (A  rigidissima,  Jacobi), 
with  small  prickles  lacking  in  f  submtegra. 

40  Rrezliana,  Baker  (A   hdmda  Isrnor,  Hort  )     Lvs. 
ovate-lanceolate,    spreading,    2-4x12-16    in,    rather 
thick,  green,  broadly  pale-striped  abo%e,  not  lined  on 
the  back,  with  gror  vou  brown  and  then  gray  spine  and 
moderately  large  teeth  joined  by  a  moderate  margin, 
mfl   not  very  heaw     S   Mex     G  C    1871,  p   74,  II   7, 
p  528    F   1870,  p  42  — Presents  as  extreme  forme,  var. 
tnghamii,  Baker  (A    (rilbeyi  longifblia,  Ilort  ,  A    Ing- 
hami  and   A     Inghann  gigantca,    Hort  ),  with  broad, 
often  concolorous  Ivs    and  large  prickles,  known  when 
dwarfed  as  var   Gilbeyi  (.4   (lilhd/i  and  A   hdmdaGil- 
btyi,  Hort  ),    Gt  23,  p  89,  27,  p    84    Neubert's  Gart. 
Mag  50,  p  15    G  C  1873,  p  1,305,  and  var.  Peac6ckii 
(A   Killischu,  Hort  ?,  A    IJcac6ckn,  Croucher),    B  M. 
7757     G  C    1873,  p    1400,  with  narrowly  triangular- 
lanceolate  Ivs  ,  sometimes  entue    The  names  iRtgt liana, 
RegHn  and  Regelii  tnacrodonta,  identified  by  Jacobi  with 
A    Irian gularii,,  seem  also  to  ha\c  been  applied  to  this; 
and  the  now  unrecognized  A  drtichaut,  A  homda  ndna 
and  its  f  Isrvior  and  A   hdrnda  pygin£a  of  gardens  may 
belong  here.    A.  Hanburii,  Baker,  suggests  a  possible 
hybrid  of  this. 

41  Ghiesbrechtii,  Koch  (A.  Ghiet>brcghtu,  Auct.  A. 
grdndidens,  Hort ?  A  grandidentdta,  Hort.?  A  frdgilis, 
Jacobi  '<*    A  sqwihdens,  Hort  ?).    Lvs  lanceolate,  3-4  x 
10-12  in  .  upcurved-spreadmg,  little  if  at  all  striped, 
with  inrolled  spine  and  moderate  prickles  joined  by  a 
moderate  margin    S  Mex  CO    G  C  11  7,  p  621  —The 
typical  clear  green  form  varies  into  an  equally  large  or 
longer-lvd    form  with  smaller,  closer-set  prickles,  var. 
Leguayana,  Baker  (A  Leguayana,  Hort ,  or,  with  wider 
margin,  f.  laticincta),  and  a  more  compact  and  con- 
cave Ivd  ,  blue-green  form,  var.  Rohanii,  Baker  (var 
obsciira,  Jacobi).   A  cross  of  A.  fihfera  and  A.  Ghies- 
brechlu  is  reported. 

42  h6rrida,  Jacobi   Lvs.  oblanceolate-oblong,  spread- 
ing,  flat,  rather  thin,  about  3  x  12  in  ,  glossy  green, 
neither   striped     nor    lined,  with   flat -grooved  short 
spine  and  large  irregular  prickles  often  with  accessory 


AGAVE 


237 


cusps,  joined  by  a  heavy  margin*  mfl  moderately  slen- 
der, fls  yellowish  or  purplish  green,  1%  in  ,  ovary  and 
eegm  %m  each  ,  tube  J4in  Cent  Mex  B  M  G511. 
F  1870,  p  42  — Forms  occur  with  larger  re  volute-mar- 
gined Ivs  var  Maigretiana  (A  Maiyreliana,  Jacobi 
A  granuUna,  Scheidw ),  G  W  2,  p  593  S II  1, 
p.  299.  G  F.  2,  p.  115,  or  with  smaller  prickles,  var. 
micracantha,  Baker,  Rep  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7,  pi  62,  63. 
The  names  A.  DrStnttuina  (A  DeSmetlidna,  Jacobi, 
being  a  form  or  ally  ot  miradorensis) ,  A  Ghiesbreghtu 
hdrnda,  A  Mbrganii  and  A.  Pilgnmii  have  been 
applied  in  gardens  to  forms  of  this  or  one  of  the  two 
foregoing,  not  now  recognued 

DD  Margin  with  prominent  fleshy  hummocks 

under  the  ttvth 

43.  xylonacantha,  Salm-Dyck,  also  written  xylacdntha, 
xyhruicdntha  and  xylyrujcdntha  (A  a*nurenbis,  Jacobi. 
A.  Kdchii,  Jacobi  A  Kochn  amurenws,  Ellem  )  Lvs. 
oblong,  concave,  tortuously  spreading,  2-5  x  12-24  in., 
rough,  dull  gray-green,  dark-lined  beneath,  with  flexu- 
ous  channeled  gray  f  pine  and  very  large  often  multiple 
pnckh  s  saddling  large  green  prominences,  joined  by  a 
moderately  heavy  margin  mfl  rather  slender,  fls  1J^ 
in  ,  ovary  9-4111 ,  segm  «Jsin  ,  tube  j^m  K  Mex  B  M 
5600  G'C  II  7,  n  527  Lyon  Hort  1879,  p  207  — 
Extensively  hjbridized,  some  of  its  offspring  recogniz- 
able m  their  scabnd  green-lined  oblong  Ivs  vuth  green 
prominences  going  into  the  bases  of  the  large  unequal 
teeth  with  altcnuabi  or  attinuata  bubdtntata,  thiapcnbis, 
dcn^iflora,  fihfera  (x  A.  Villarum,  Hort,  x  A.  VQlae, 
Pirotta,  x  A.  hylmda,  Vill ),  micracantlia,  univittata 
(A  arntata,  Hort.'1'  A  atptra,  Tod  ?  Terraciano, 
Primo  Contr  pi  3,  5,  x  A.  hybnda,  Verech  ),  A  xylo- 
nacantha  vittota  and  A  xylonacantha  hybrida  (x  A.  per- 
bella, A  xylonacantha  ptrbdla,  Ilort ),  G  C.  II  7,  p. 
527,  Versrfuiffeltn  and  xalapcnsis  (x  A.  Pfersd6rffii, 
Sim)  At  one  time,  several  varieties  were  listed  cor- 
nuta  or  longifdha,  the  more  typical  form,  Ifdifdha  mac- 
racdntha,  variously  spelled,  major,  Maxinnhdna,  torta 
and  V andtrddncku.  A  rare  form  with  median  variega- 
tion is  var  mfcdio-picta. 

BBBBB  Lvs  S-bided,  i>hort  and  very  stiff,  the  detachable 
horny  margin  toothless:  fls.  as  in  the  preceding. 
Trunkless. 

44  Vict&riae  Reginae,  Moore  (A  Consider dntn, 
Duchartre).  Lvs  in  a  globose  cluster,  triangular- 
oblong,  acutely  3-angled,  1-2  x  6-8  in  ,  dark  green, 
with  a  short  black  triangular  spine  and  gray  margin 
decurrent  on  the  edges  and  keel  mfl  10-12  ft ,  rather 
slender  but  compact,  fls  lj-4  m  ,  ovary  %m  ,  segm. 
£gin  ,  tube  l£m  caps  small  N  E  Mex  G  C  1875,  p 
484,  1880,  p  788,  II  18,  p.  841,111  1,  p  806  R  H. 
1875,  p  429;  1890,  p  392,  1897,  p  100  G  W  2,  p 
592;  10,  p.  213  GZ  20,  p  88,  135.  Peacock,  List  of 
Succ  PI  pi  S  H  4,  p  287  I  H.  28,  pi  p.  413. 
Lyon  Hort.  22,  p  371;  31,  p  146  R  B.  1876,  p  16. 
GM  6,  p.  196.  Gn  8,  p  351,  22,  p  448.  460,  48, 
p  117  Gt.  1878,  p.  71  Journ  N  Y.  Bot  Gard.  7.  p.  163. 
— Deleuil  is  said  to  have  effected  a  cross  with  A.  earn- 
lescens  Differing  m  its  fewer-lvd  more  open  rosettes 
and  in  the  triple  spines  at  apex  of  the  Ivs  is  A.  Nfckel- 
sue,  Hort  Both  agree  with  the  following  fihferous  spe- 
cies in  having  the  Iva.  white-marked  by  adherent  cuti- 
cle, and  with  the  preceding  margmate  species  m  their 
detachable  horny  border,  and  in  fls. 
BBBBBB.  Lvs.  fleshy-fibrous,  toothless  (sometimes  with 
minute  prickles  at  base),  the  margin  typically 
shredding  away  in  fibers,  as  in  Yucca"  fls.  nearly 
as  in  the  group  of  A.  micracantha.  Trunkless 
45.  Sch6ttii,  Engelm  Cespitose:  Ivs  linear-trian- 
gular, ^4  x  6-12  in  ,  with  scarcely  grooved  spine  and 
few  long  slender  threads  mfl  4-6  ft ,  slender;  fls  some- 
what curved,  vellow,  scented  as  in  Pohanthes,  \Y\-\1A 
m  ,  ovary  and  segrn  %m  each,  tube  %in  :  caps.  H  x 


238 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


%in.  S.  Ariz.  B  M  7567.  Rep  Mo  Rot  Card  7,  pi  29. 
— With  denticulate  If  -bases  it  is  var.  sermlata,  Mul- 
ford  Rep  Mo  Hot.  Gard  7,  pi  29  A  plant  approach- 
ing A  ixirviflora,  from  the  1  inal  Mts  of  An/  ,  with 
concave  Ivs  2-4  in  long,  fls  ^§in  long  with  ovary 
%m  ,  segm.  -rVn.  and  tube  }  «in  ,  and  ovoid  caps  ,  is 
A.  Toumeyana,  Trel ,  Rep  Mo  Hot  Gard  5.  pi.  32,  7, 
pi.  30  A  species  of  the  Santa  Cat  alma  Mts.,  Ariz 
with  Ivs  as  in  A  Lcchegmlla  but  filiferous  instead 
of  margmate,  and  fls  nearly  as  in  Schottn,  is  A. 
TrelSasei,  Tourney,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Card  12,  pi.  31a, 
32,  33. 

46  parvifldra,  Torr.  Small  and  compact:  Ivs.  as- 
cending, oblong,  %  x  2  m  ,  with  flat  spine  and  few  short 
coarse  outcurved  threads,  the  dilated  base  denticulate: 
infl  2-3  ft  ,  very  slender,  fls  greenish  white,  ^gin  ; 
ovary  %m  ,  segin.  Y$m  ,  tube  }^in  caps  very  small 
An/  to  Sonora  Boundary  Pop  Sci  Monthly,  1911, 

&7    Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  5, pi  32,  7,  pi  30— \similar 
ew  Mexican  plant  with  narrowly  triangular  falcate  Ivs 
and  grooved  spine  is  A.  Hartmaini,  Wats    A  les.s  d\v  arf 


144.  Agave  angustissima.    (No.  43  ) 


plant  with  Ivs  resembling  small  forms  of  the  following 
out  denticulate  at  base,  sometimes  cult,  as  A.  parvi- 
flora,  is  A.  perplexans,  Trel 

47  filifera,  Salm-Dyck  (A.  pscudofdifera,  Ross  & 
Lanz  ).  Lvs  somewhat  upcurved-spreading,  oblong-lan- 
ceolate, 1-1  ]/2  x  8-24  in  ,  with  openly  grooved  spine  and 
rather  sparing  thin  marginal  threacls  infl  rather  stout 
and  dense,  10-15  ft  .  fls  maroon,  \Y2  m  ,  ovary  and 
segm.  %in  each,  tube  J^in  E  Cent  Mex  G  C  II. 
7,  p  303,  III  21,  p.  107  I  II  7  243  Lyon  Hort 
1879,  p  208,  1900,  p  371,  1909,  p  147  Gt  36,  p.  544. 
Neubcrt's  Gart.  Mag  39,  p  307  G.W.  6,  p  79,  1907, 
p  9  Ref  Bot,  164  Rep  Mo  Hot  Gard  ll,frontisp. 
Icon  Sel  Hort  Thenensis,  pi  144  — Varies  into  a 
number  of  forms  var  filamentdsa,  Baker  (A  filamen- 
tdsa,  Salm-Dyck,  A  Jilifera  latifblia,  longifblia,  robusta 
or  major,  Bonapdrtea  or  Littsea  filamentbsa) ,  G  C.  34. 
p.  101,  with  large  Ivs  ,  var  compacta  (vars.  brewfbha, 
compacta,  dtnsa,  depauperdta  and  minor,  Hort.),  with 
short  broad  Ivs  ;  f.  vanegata  (A  fdifera  superba,  Hort.), 
in  which  the  dingy  euticular  stripes  of  the  type  (var. 
vindis  or  immaculata)  are  brighter  and  more  persistent. 
Hybrids  are  reported  with  gemimflora  (x  A.  Taylori), 


Ghic^brcchhi,  scJndigera  (x  A.  Leopdldii  II,  A  fdifera 
Leopolds,.}  II  1893,  p  3:U),:ra/a/>™m- (xA.  Romani) 
and  xi/lonacantha  (x  A.  Villarum). 

48.  schidigera,  Lem.  (A    Jilifera  adornata,  A.  ador- 
nata, A.  filijera  pannbsa,  A.  filifera  schidigera,  A   schie- 
digern,    A.  schwdigera   prince ps,   A.   prince  ps,    Littaea 
Rdezln?)       Lvs     narrowly    oblong,    spreading,   about 
%  x  12    in ,    with    flattened    spine   and    rather   wide 
shaving-like  marginal  threads     Cent   Mex     I   II  330 
B  M  5641     G  W    2,  p  592    S  H   4,  p  297  —A  num- 
ber of  closely  allied  forms  are  rather  frequently  men- 
tioned or  encountered  in  cult      with    narrow,   often 
reddened   Ivs    and    btalked    fls ,    A.    Ortgiesiana    (A 
schidigera  Ortgiesiana  and    A.  marihma.  llort),  with 
sessile   or   nearly  sessile   fls    and    mostly   very   curly 
and    numerous    marginal    threads,    A.    angustissima, 
Engelm    (A    Bignetu  or   Ihgitetii,  Hort  )      Fig    144 
GF.  6-5  (adapted   in   Fig     H4),   A.  vestlta,  Wats, 
A.  G  1892,  p  609,  and  A.  Kmghtiana,  Drum  ,  B    R 
1145    Actes  Soc.  Linn     Bordeaux     16,  pi     Reported 
hybrids   are    A     schiedigera   or    pnncej)?   with  Jilifera 
(x  A.  Leopoldii  II)  and  A.  schidigera  x  Ver^chaffeltu 

49.  gemimfldra,  Gawl  (.4   Bonapdrtea,  A   B6t,cn,  A. 
geminijlbra  JUamentbt^a,    A    juncea  filamentbsa,  Bona- 
pdrtea  filame/ntfaa,  B  Jlagillif6rmit>,  B  juncea,  Itracsena 
B6scii,    D    JUdmenl&w,    Littsra    or    Littca    or    Litt^xa 
geminiflbra,  and  Yi'uca  B6.\cii,  Hort  )     L\s  ver}  many, 
biconvex,  long,  gracefully  recurving,  narrowly  linear, 
scarcely   %  in    wide,  with  hue  marginal  threads     W. 
Mex  (?).     Occasionally  found  m  a  threadless  form,  var. 
atricha.    Diet  Sc  Nat  62,  pi  55    F  S  7,  p  6    Rcich- 
enbach,   Icon    3,  pi    209,   210     Bibl    Ital    1816,  pi. 
Journ  of  Sci    1817,  pi  1    G  W  7,  p  518     Hybrids  are 
reported   with   A    dcn^ifloia   (x  A.  Taylori,   llort    A. 
gemimflora   Taylon,  G  C    II    8,  p    020     Mn.  7),  and 
A  filifira  (A.  Wrlghtu,  Drum  ,  B  M    S271  ) 

BBBBBBB.  Lvs.  hard-filrrous,  closely  stnate-grooved,  at 
most  scabrous  margined  fls  rather  \inall  with 
tiilw  and  begnm  about  equal  Trunklebt, 

50.  striata,  Zucc    (Bonapdrtea  juncea  nqidifblia,  B. 
rlgula,  B  rigulifbha,  B  t>triala  and  B  tenuifblia,  Hort  ) 
Lvs  many,  spreading,  rhombically  bicon\  ex,  ^4  x  24-36 
in  ,  gray,  with  needle-shaped  bro\\n  spine    infl   about 
10  ft  ,  fls    greenish,  !}£  in  ,  ovary  J^in  ,   protruding 
into  the  tube,  segm   l^m  ,  tube  }  «in    Cent  Mex    B  M, 
4950     Gt.  29,  p    2t     Jacobi,  Versuch,  p    154     G  C 
II.  8,  p.  556     GW    10,  p    213    With  Ivs    conspicu- 
ously recurving  it   becomes  var    recurva,  Baker  (A. 
recurva,  Zucc),  GC    11    8,  p.  556    Jacobi,  Versuch, 
p    158     A.  paucifdha,  Tod   (A    Roczlu,  Hort )  differs 
chiefly  in  its  fewer  Ivs  one-half  wider,  Hort   Panorrn  , 
pi   19    The  name  striata  has  been  applied,  as  a  specific 
name,  to  variegated  fornib  of  A   amencana 

51  stricta,  Salm-Dyck  (yl  histnxorhyvtrix,  A  striata 
stricta,  Bonapdrtea  Matrix,  B  rolni&ta,  B  stricta, 
Jnttxa  hfatrix,  Yucca  histnx,  Hort )  Lvs  many,  fal- 
cately  upcurved  m  a  globose  cluster,  triangularly 
biconvex,  Y±  x  10-14  in  ,  often  pale  or  purphbh,  with  a 
flattened  triangular  spine  infl  5-10  ft  ,  fls  1*4  in.; 
ovary  l/?m  ,  segm  %in ,  tube  %m  S  Cent.  Mex 
Jacobi,  Versuch,  p  153.  Gt  31,  p  56  Gart  Mag.  40, 
p.  309  L  de  Hmet,  Cat  1874,  pi  — Known  m  a  num- 
ber of  forms  purpdrea  with  purplish,  and  rdsea  with 
rosy  foliage  of  the  ordinary  type,  glaitca  (A  dealbdta 
hystnx,  A.  hystnx  glaiica  and  glaiufxcerts,  A  striaia 
glaiica,  Bonapdrtea  glauca,  B  btmdta  pulverulenta, 
Littxa  dealbata,  L  glaiica,  llort  ),  with  long,  and  nana 
(A  dealbata  bremfblia,  compacta  minor  aud  nana,  etc  ), 
with  short,  prumose  Ivs.  A  closely  related  form  with 
flat  rhombic  Ivs  with  flatter  spine,  and  short-tubed  fls. 
is  A.  echinoides,  Jacobi  (A  stnahi  echinoldeu,  A  ensi- 
formixf,  A  h'^trix  Richdrdsii/,  A  Kuhdrdsnf,  A. 
striata  Richardsii,  Dasyllrwn  junceuml,  Hort  )  Gn. 
19,  p  372 


AGAVE 


AGLAONEMA 


239 


52  faicata,    Engelm.     Lvs    moderately   numerous, 
falcately  ascending,  3-sided,  with  slender  3-sided  spine1 
mfl    3-9   ft  ,   fls    puiphsh,   1  in  ,  ovary   %n  ,  segm. 
y±\\\  ,  tube  l/'2\i\     N  Mex — The  "guapilla,"  furnishing 
an  important  part  of  the  ixtle  of  N    Mex 

53  dasyhrioides,  Jacobi    Lvs  modei  at ely  numerous, 
outcurved-aseeridmg,  thin  and  flat,  J  2  x  10-12  in  ,  pale, 
with  flattened  brown  spine    mfl    5-0  ft  ,  recurving,  fls 
\l/2  in  ,  ovary  arid  begin    %\\\    each,  tube   K-%  >n  ' 
caps  slender,  %xl  in.    S   Mex     BM   5716     GC   II. 
8,   p    557,    111    5,  p    S04      Lyon  Hort    22,  p    365. 
G  W    10,  p  213  — '1  he  more  glaucous  form  is  A.  deal- 
bata,    Lem     (A     da^ylinoide^    dealbata,    Baker)      A. 
intrepida,  Greenm  ,  of  Cent  Mex  ,  is  very  similar 

BBBBBBHB     Lvs  rather  fleshy,  long  and  narrow,  unarmed 

or  with  minute  t,ofl  pn<kl(h      Trunkle^s 
c   Fix  moderate,  with  narrow  t>egm  and  blender  tube, 

54  yuccaefdha,  DC  (A   Cohmana,  Jacobi    A  spicala, 
Guss  )     Lvs   few,  recurved,  with  minute  slender  spine, 
concave,    1x21  in,  glaucous,  the  dry  edge   minutely 
denticulate    mil    10  ft  ,  fls    1 '  2  in  ,  ovary  and  segm. 
%m    each,  tube  '  2in     caps    %x%m     Mex   Redoute", 
Lil  ,   i>l    32S,   329     B  M    5213      R  H     I860,    p    519 
Deutsch   Gart    Mag  1S70,  2  pi    Gn   12,p  5S3  — A  very 
similar  if  distinct  plant,  from  Jalisco,  is  A     Jloiighn, 
Hort  ,  and    another  is  A    yuccsrfblia  c^^pitdsa,  Terr , 
Primo  Contr  ,  pi  4 

cr   Fls   ralhcr  *tnall,  with  broad  separated  segms 

55  bracte6sa,   Wats      Lvs     sigmoidally   spreading, 
3-sided,  gray  narrowly  triangular,  1  ^2  ^20  in  ,  spineless, 
minutely  denticulate    mfl    3-5  It  ,  the  scape  densely 
covered    b>    narrow    outcuned    bracts,    fls     1}±    in 
ovary  jj in  ,  segms   ^m   ,  tube  nearlv  suppressed  caps 
M5i»n     N    Mex     GC   II    IS,  p   776 

Ihe  following  narms  oceur  as  b.  mg  m  cult      A     Baltn,  Hook 
minis  m   hibit      I- Is   with  palf  gretn- 
dn     ul,    p    210 —  -1     cnrchnri'Kionta 
\s   H  itttr,  narrower  and  mon   -piny 
nl  habit  »s,,f  I  me  FTI  Hi  dmgh'iuse  i 
H  11    I'M)]     i4'»    -  4    littioi'Us    Allied 
stionglvpti.klytoolhod    t.rmmited 
.«llow    -  1     rmnlminnn     M,  rnkss    (is 

green-yi  How  —  4  Hat-xjnn  \lhedto  \  horndi  Di-tmgui-hcd  by 
extremely  narrow  bord.  r  of  the  If  Probably  Cent  Amcr  —  / 
Wtben  Distinguished  by  almost  complete  ab-ince  of  marginal 
teeth  Mex  — .1  Wnahtn,  J  II  Druinm  Allitd  to  A  gennmflora 
Has  been  cult  under  n  inu-of  V  Taylon  Trunk  short  m-irgms  of 
Ivs  sharp  without  te^th  or  prickles  perianth  dark  green  with 
cream-white  borders  Cent  \rncr  H  M  S271 

\\  ILLI\M  TKELEASE 

AGD^STIS  (a  mythical  hermaphrodite  monster,  the 
genus  being  an  anomalous  one  in  its  order)  ]*hi/tolac- 
cacfy  Tender  climbing  shrub  from  Mex  and  Guate- 
mala Cult  in  Calif  at  one  time  A  monotjpic  genus. 
clematidea,  Moc  &  Sesse  Lvs  alternate,  petiolatc, 
cordate  fls  axillary  or  in  terminal,  branched,  racemose 
cvmes,  white,  star-shaped,  sepals  4,  petals  0 — Grows 
40-50  ft  in  one  season  and  is  covered  in  Sept  with 
masses  of  small  white  blossoms  in  dense  racemes,  \ery 
sweet-scented  The  red  sts  come  from  a  tuber  which 
glows  half  out  of  the  eaith,  and  which  is  sometimes  100 
and  150  Ibs  m  weight  These  tubers  look  like  solid 
rocks  They  are  of  a  grav  granite-color  To  do  its  best, 
this  plant  requires  very  rich  soil  and  an  abundance  of 
moisture  Small  offsets  appear  in  quantities  around  the 
old  tubers  and  furnish  good  material  for  prop  On 
account  of  its  ill-smelling  foliage,  the  agdestis  cannot 
be  recommended  for  veranda  decoration;  but  it  is  a 
fine  plant  for  covering  unsightly  objects  and  outhouses; 
to  be  looked  for  in  extreme  South 

N  TAYLOR f 

AG^RATUM  (Greek,  not  rjromnq  old,  first  applied 
to  some  evei  last  ing)  Cow/><J.s?fa>  Garden  annuals 

Floiets  all  tubular,  blue  (rarely  pink)  or  white; 
pappus  of  sepiMte  01  uiMted  scales,  otherwise  like 
Eupatorium  — About  30  species,  mostly  Trop  Am. 


f      Re 

jsh  jtllow  Mgms  M<\( 
Alhiii  to  \  Ghiesbrechtu 
—  1  I  an<jli\»8n,  Andre  ( 
Inf)  about  ift  high  M. 
to  A  iScolyinus  Mi  inl<  s^ 
by  a  stout  spme  H 


herbs  Two  in  cult ,  with  opposite,  ovate,  stalked  and 
crenate-serrate  Ivs  and  tassel-like  heads  in  clusters. 
Mostly  loose-growing  plants,  1-2  ft  high,  but  with 
compact,  dwait,  and  vai  legated  forms  Easily  grown 
from  seed  m  the  open  01  started  m  house  or  hot- 
bed They  tlnive  in  any  gaiden  soil,  bloom  all  summer 
and,  if  stalled  late,  wmtei-hlooming  under  glass 

conyzoides,  Linn  Invohuial  scales  oblong,  abruptly 
acuminate,  spanngly  if  at  all  hany  on  the  back,  erose 
anel  ciliate  Ivs  blunt  or  lounded  at  base,  rarely  heart- 
shaped  In  most  warm  coimtnes,  often  weed-like 

Hotistomanum,  Mill    (A     mewdnum,    Sims)    Fig 
145     Involucral  scales 
lance-linear,    attenuate, 
entire,  ciliate,  the  back 
finely,  densely,  and  some- 
what viscidly  hauy  Ivs 
usually  heart-shaped  at  j 
base   "  heads    slightly  ( 
larger  than  in  the  last 
Mex    BM    2721— The 
better  species  and  more 
frequent    in   cult 

For  so-calle  d  A   run  tpiruum 
and  A    La^^e  HUTU,  sre  h'ujia- 
tdnum    ultchon<Ji>hyllum    and 
E   Lasn&iuxu  respectively 
B    L    ROBINbON. 

AGLAIA  (Greek, 
splendor,  from  the  order 
and  general  appearance). 
Mthaccsc  A  genus  of 
more  than  1(K)  species 
of  tender  trees  and 
shrubs  from  China,  with 
minute,  jellow,  fragrant 
fls  ,  said  to  be  used  m 
perfuming  certain  teas. 
Prop  by  cuttings. 

odorata,  Lour  Ten  to 
20  ft  Ivs  alternate,  5- 
7  pinnate  fls  m  axil- 
lar> ,  branching  panicles 
March-May.  Wight. 
Iconcs  Ind  Or  2  511 
— Cult  sparingly  in 
Calif  and  under  glass  in 
botanic  gardens. 


145.  Ageratum  Houstonianum. 

(Xh) 


AGLAONtMA  (Greek,  bnghl  thread]  Ardcex.  Green- 
house herbs  grown  for  foliage  and  habit 

Low  plants  with  an  erect  st  and  basal  shoots:  Ivs. 
with  a  long  sheathed  petiole,  the  blade  usually  oblong 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  with  a  thick  cost  a  and  few  lateral 
nerves  peduncles  in  clusteis,  shorter  than  the  petiole: 
spat  he  straight,  convolute  below,  open  above,  spadix 
sessile  or  stalked  — About  15  species,  of  Trop  Asia  and 
Afr  ,  allied  to  Arum,  Alocasia  and  Dicffenbachia,  and 
requiring  essentially  the  same  treatment  as  those 
genera 

These  plants  are  evergreen,  often  beautifully  varie- 
gated Aglaonemas  may  be  divided,  or  cuttings  may  be 
taken  from  plants  that  become  too  tall  and  weak.  In 
either  case  the  cuttings  and  divisions  should  be  put 
into  the  sand-bed  previous  to  potting,  to  develop  new 
roots  All  of  the  kinds  will  succeed  m  fibrous  loam 
enriched  with  rotted  manure,  with  the  addition  of  a 
moderate  quantity  of  leaf-mold,  sand,  and  some  crushed 
charcoal  (G  W.  Oliver  ) 

pictum,  Kunth  Dwarf  Ivs  somewhat  unequilateral, 
oblong  or  elliptic,  ovate  (t-7  in  long  and  2-3  in  wide), 
very  dark  green,  blotched  with  white,  the  central  mark- 
ings usually  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  midrib, 
spathe  white  or  whitish,  1-1^  in  long  Sumatra. 
1  H  29  445. 


240 


AGLAONEMA 


AGROSTIS 


nebuldsum,  N  E.  Br.  Some  what  larger.  Ivs  narrower 
(5-8  in  long,  1^  in  or  less  wide),  more  acuminate,  the 
markings  rather  more  broken  and  riot  so  continuous 
along  the  midrib.  I H.  34.24.  A.G.  16.361,  and 


146   Aglaonema  costatum.  ( X  |) 

F.E  7  961  (as  A  pictum)  — This  and  A  pictum  are  con- 
fused in  the  trade  Both  species  deserve  more  attention 
than  they  have  received  in  this  country. 

costatum,  Veitch  Fig  146  Very  dwarf  and  com- 
pact Ivs  heart -shaped,  thick,  3  in  wide,  one-third 
longer  than  wide,  seldom  exceeding  5  in  long,  dark 
shining  green,  with  midrib  ivory-white  and  scatter- 
ing blotches  of  white  Holds  its  tufted  Ivs  through 
the  winter  Moluccas  JH  III  63225 

A  commutatum,  Srhott  Lvs  ohlonji-lanrrolate,  obtuse  at 
the  base,  the  apex  long-acuminate,  mti  nse  green,  marked  with 
spots  of  a(paler  «reen  and  of  white  E  Indies — A  Itaehlimi, 

(Manila)  —A  vcn,irolw,  Ilort  Lvs  oblique  ly  ohlonjr,  about  4 
m  long  by  half  as  wide,  rounded  at  the  base,  the  apex  acute, 
irreRularly  marked  with  patches  of  dark  \rlvety  green  mter- 
persed  with  paler  Kreen  and  milky  blotches  E  Indies 

GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 
AGNUS-CASTUS.    Vita 

AGRIMONIA  (old  name,  perhaps  a  corruption  of 
Argemone)  ltoi>acc<t>  AGRIMONY  Hardy  perennial 
herbs,  natives  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  with  alter- 
nate odd-pinnate,  aromatic  and  astringent  Ivs  fls. 
yellow,  racemose,  with  5  small  petals  and  5-15  stamens: 
fr.  armed  with  hooked  bustles —Sometimes  cult,  as 
woodland  or  shrubbery  plant  *  Not  showy.  Prop  by 
division  of  rootstocks  in  spung 

Eupatdria,  Linn  (A  officinahs,  Lam )  COMMON 
AGRIMONY  Fig  147  Petals  twice  as  long  as  calyx, 
latter  making  a  small,  lightly  adhering  bur — Cult,  m 
herb  gardens  to  make  a  tonic  tea,  also  in  wild  borders. 
Native  to  Eu  Grows  2-3  ft  high,  in  little  clumps,  from 
a  short  rootstock  Has  been  confused  with  our  native 
A  hirsuta,  Bicknell,  which  is  not  in  the  trade 

odorata,  Mill  Lfts  narrower 
than  m  A  Eupatona,  pubescent; 
lobes  more  deeply  eremite-den- 
tate' petals  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  the  calyx  Italy — Oc-,4 
casionally  cult  in  Amer. 

N   TAYLOR  t 

AGROPtRON  (Greek,  agros, 
field,  and  puros,  wheat)  Grami- 
neae.  WHEAT-GRASSES.  Perennial 
grasses,  often  producing  creeping 
rootstocks 

Spikelets  3-  to  many-fld  ,  sessile,  147  Agrimoma  Eupa- 
placed  sidewise,  singly  and  alter-  tona  Flower  and  bud. 


nately  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  continuous  rachis, 
forming  stiff  terminal  spikes;  glumes  equal,  usually 
firm,  many-nerved,  acute  or  awned,  sometimes  nearly 
as  long  as  the  spikelet;  lemmas  5-7-nerved,  usually 
more  or  less  awned,  the  palea  cihate  on  the  keels. — • 
Species  30  to  40  in  the  temperate  regions  of  both 
hemispheres  The  genus  differs  from  Tnticum  chiefly 
in  being  perennial,  and  in  the  entire  apex  of  the 
glumes 

Many  of  the  native  species  of  the  western  states  are 
important  range  grasses  or  furnish  nutritious  wild  hay. 
One  of  these,  western  wheat-grass  (A  tenerum,  Vasey) 
(Dept  of  Agrtc  Div  of  Agrost  17  297)  has  been  recently 
introduced  into  cultivation  and  is  sold  by  seedsmen  of 
the  northwestern  states  One  species,  introduced  from 
Europe,  the  familiar  quack-grass  (A  ripens,  Beauv  , 
Fig  148,  also  known  as  couch-grass,  quick-grass  and 
quitch-grass),  is  a  troublesome  weed  in  cultivated  land, 
because  of  its  long,  creeping  rootstocks  Though  diffi- 
cult to  eradicate,  it  has  value  as  a  forage  plant 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

AGROSTEMMA:    Lychnis. 

AGROSTIS  (an  ancient  Greek  name  for  a  forage 
grass,  from  agros,  a  held)  Gramlnex  BENT-GRASS 
Annual  or  usually  perennial  grasses  with  erect  or  creep- 
ing stems  and  open  panicles  of  small  flowers. 

Spikelets  1-fld  ,  glumes  about  equal,  acute,  lemma 
shorter  and  more  delicate  than  the  glumes,  sometimes 
awned  from  the  back,  palea  usually  shorter  than  the 
lemma,  often  small  or  wanting  — Species  about  100, 
distnbuted  over  the  entire  xvorld,  especially  m  the  north 
temperate  zone.  The  genus  compiises  several  forage 


and  lawn  grasses  and  a  few  ornamental,  the  panicles 
being  used  for  bouquets  A  nebulo^a  is  excellent  for  dry 
bouquets  A  elegans  of  gardens  is  an  Aira 

A   Pamclc  open  but  not  diffuse   perennial  lawn  and 
pasture  grasses 
B   Palea  piewnt 

alba,  Linn  RED-TOP  HERD'S-GRASS  (locally). 
Culms  erect,  2-3  ft  ,  from  a  usually  decumbent  base, 
producing  short  rootstocks,  sheaths  smooth,  hgule 
membranaceous,  2-3  hues  long,  blades  flat,  scabrous, 
rather  strongly  nerved,  acuminate-pointed;  panicle 
oblong  or  pyramidal,  several  inches  or  even  a  foot  m 
length,  spikelcts  \-\y<i  lines  long,  the  glumes  scabrous 
on  the  keels,  lemma  awnless,  palea  one  half  to  two- 
thuds  as  long  as  the  lemma.  Dept  of  Agnc  ,  Div. 
of  Agrost,  17  187.  Ibid  B  P.I  Bull.  68,  pi  2  —A 
common  meadow  and  pasture  grass,  native  of  Eu  , 
but  abundantly  escaped  in  the  northern  and  central 
portions  of  the  U  S  along  roadsides  and  in  waste 
places  Var  vulgaris,  Thurb  FINE  BENT-GRASS. 
RED-TOP  A  more  delicate  grass,  about  1  ft  high, 
panicles  1-3  in  ;  hgule  usually  1  line  or  less  Dept  of 
Agric  B.P  I  Bull.  68,  pi  3  — This  form  is  commonly 
used  as  a  lawn  grass.  Var.  aristata,  Gray.  Similar  to 
var.  vulgaris  but  the  lemmas  bearing  an  exserted  awn 
from  near  the  base  Infrequent.  Var  maritima,  Mey. 
Producing  long  stolons,  panicles  narrow,  contracted. 
Dept  of  Agric  B  P.I  Bull  68.  pi.  4  —A  native  of  the 
sea-coast  of  N.  Amer  and  Eu.  A  form  of  this  is  cult,  as 
a  lawn  grass  under  the  name  of  creeping  bent  and  has 
received  the  horticultural  name  Agrdshs  alba  var. 
stolonifcra,  but  is  not  A.  slolonifera,  Lmn. 


AGROSTIS 


AILANTHUS 


241 


149.  Agrostis  nebulosa. 

(Xja) 


BB.  Palca  wanting. 

canlna,  Linn.  RHODE  ISLAND  BENT  BROWN  BENT. 
Slender,  erect,  cespitose,  %-2  ft  .  spikelets  1  line  long, 
lemma  bearing  about  the  middle  an  exserted  bent  awn 
Dept  of  Agnc  B  P  I.  Bull  68,  pi  9  Eu  —Cult  as  a  lawn 
is,  and  sparingly  escaped  Much  of  tho  commercial 
seed  under  thih  name  is  Agrodtis 
alba  var  vulgam  The  seed  of 
A.  canina  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  absence  of  the  palea. 

AA.  Panicle    diffuse,    the    main 
branches  scabrous,  long  and 
hair-like,  naked  below 
B    Plants  annual:  palea 

present 

nebul&sa,  Boiss  &  Rout 
,  CLOUD-GRASS  Fig  149.  Culms 
branched  below,  slender,  1  ft  , 
blades  few  and  small,  hgule  2 -.3 
lines,  paniclf.s  oblong,  about  half 
the  plant,  delicate,  the  branches 
vertieillat  p  ;  spikelets  J^hne,  long- 
pedieelled,  sometimes  awned 
Spain — Cult  for  dry  bouquets 
Sometimes  called  A  capillans 
but  is  not  A  aipillans  of  botani- 
cal authors 

BB    Plants  perennial   palea 

wanting 

hiemalis,  B  S  P  (A  scabra, 
Willd  )  HAIR-GRASS  Tic  XLE- 
GRXSS  SILK-GRASS  Culms  low 
and  delicate,  1-2  ft  ,  blades 
small  and  mostly  radical,  pani- 
cles very  diffuse,  the  spikelets  borne  toward  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  branches  Dept  of  Agnc  B  P  I  Bull. 
68,  pi  26 — The  panicles  break  away  at  maturity  and 
are  blown  about  by  the  wind.  The  young  panicles  are 
often  used  for  dry  bouquets 

A    mmutiflbra     Soe  Sporobolus  minutiflorun 

A    S    HITCHCOCK. 
AGUACATE,  ALLIGATOR  PEAR,  AVOCADO:    Ptrsea 

AILANTHUS  (from  its  native  name  Ailanto,  meaning 
Tree  of  Heaven)  Syn  ,  PonqUum  tinnarubacae 
Trees  chiefly  grown  for  their  handsome  large  foliage. 

Large  tree's  Ivs  alteinate,  odd-pinnate,  deciduous, 
fls  small,  in  Urge  terminal  panicles, 
polygamous;  sepals  and  petals  5  01  6j 
disk  small,  10-lobed,  stamens  10;  carpels 
5  or  6  fr  consisting  of  1-5  distinct  oblong 
samaras  with  the  compressed  seed  in  the 
middle  — Eight  or  9  species  in  Cent  and 
S  Asia  and  in  N  Austial 

These  trees  arc  sparingly  branched,  with 
large  pinnate  foliage,  mcoiihpieuous  green- 
ish flowers  in  upright  panicles  followed  by 
winged  fruits,  the  foliage  exhales  a  dis- 
agreeable odor  when  bruised  The  ailan- 
thus  foliage  gives  a  tropical  effect  when 
the  growth  is  very  strong 

The  Chinese  species  are  fairly  hardy  North,  only  as 
young  plants  are  they  somewhat  tender  They  are 
very  rapid  growers  and  stand  smoke  and  dust  well  If 
plants  are  cut  back  to  the  ground  after  they  have 
become  established  (in  two  or  three  years  after  plant- 
ing), they  will  throw  up  very  strong  shoots  and  make  an 
excellent  screen  This  practice  may  be  repeated  year 
after  year  Sumacs,  paulowmas,  basswoods,  mulber- 
ries, and  other  fast-growing  things  may  be  treated  in 
this  way  The  ailanthus  foliage  is  very  like  that  of  the 
cedrela  (which  see  for  illustration  of  differences)  The 
best  known  is  A .  alttssima,  which  is  often  planted  as 
a  street  tree,  particularl>  in  cities,  as  it  resists  smoke 

16 


better  than  many  other  trees  and  is  not  attacked  by 
insects  For  street  planting,  the  fertile  plant  only 
should  be  used,  because  the  male  exhales  a  disagreeable 
odor  when  flowering,  and  the  pollen  is  said  to  cause 
catarrhal  troubles  It  grows  in  almost  any  soil,  but 
best  in  a  light  and  somewhat  moist  one 

Piopagation  is  by  seeds  which  must  be  sown  soon 
af  ti«r  ripening,  and  by  root-cut  tings  It  suckers  from  the 
roots. 

A   Branchlets  and  petiole*  glabrous  or  only  finely  pubes- 
cent  //£s  glabnn1*,  beneath. 

altissima,  Swingle  (A  glanduldsa,  Desf  )  TREE  OF 
PIEAVKN  Fig  150  Iree,  to  GO  ft  young  branchlets 
minutely  pubescent,  usually  dull  yellowish  brown  Ivs 
1  j-^-2  ft  long,  Ifts  1.3-25,  stalked,  ovate-lanceolate, 
usually  truncate  at  the  base,  3-5  in  long,  finely  ciliate, 
with  8-10  pairs  of  veins,  glabrous  and  glaucescent 
beneath,  near  the  base  with  2— 4  coarse  teeth,  each  with 
a  large  gland  beneath  sam.tras  1  }/2  In  l°n£  June,  July. 
China  GC  JI1  2  365  Gn  24,  pp  0.3,65  (habit),  32,  p. 
330  Mn  10,  p  152  (habit)  M  D  G  1901  324  (habit). 
Var  erythrocdrpa,  Jiehd  (A  erylhrocdrpa,  Carr  A. 
riibta,  llort  )  Lvs  darker  green  above  and  more 
glaucous  beneath  fr  bright  red,  very  effective  in  late 
summer  and  autumn  \  ar  pendulifdha,  Rehd  Lvs 
veiy  large,  drooping  R  II  1900,  p  545  Vai  sutch- 
uenensis,  Rehd  A:  \\ilson  (.4  ^ulchuftKnsin,  Dode) 
Young  branchlets  reddish  blown,  glabrous,  lustrous 
petioles  purplish  glabrous  Ifts  not  cihate,  cuneate  at 
the  base,  at  least  m  older  plants  fr  about  2  in  long 
W  China  — In  China  this  species  and  A  Vilmonniana 
are  bometimes  planted  as  the  host  of  a  silkworm,  Attacus 
cyntfua,  which  produces  a  coarse  silk,  inferior  to  that 
of  the  common  silkworm  As  a  shade  and  street  tree,  it 
is  now  much  planted  in  temperate  regions  and  natural- 
ized m  some  localities 

Giraldn,  Dode  Tree,  voung  branchlets  finely  pubes- 
cent, petioles  purplish  lv«*  2-3  ft  Icmg,  If  Is  33-41, 
closely  set,  lanceolate,  4-<i  m  long,  with  2-4  glandular 


teeth  near  the  base,  undulate  at  the  margin  and  long- 
pointed,  writh   14-15  pairs  of  secondary  veins,  dark 
green  above,  pale  green  beneath   panicle  8-12  in   long, 
fr  '2y2  m  long.   W.  China 
AA  Bramhlets   and   petioles,   at   leatsl   in    young   trees, 

pi  ickly  and  pubescent   Ifls   pubescent  beneath. 

Vilmorimana,  Dode  (Pongehon  Vtlmonnianum,  Van 

Tieghem     A.  altissima    var  spinosa,    Bois).    Tree,  to 

60  ft     Ivs.  2-3  ft   long,  Ifts    17-35,  oblong-lanceolate, 


242 


AILANTHUS 


AKEBIA 


4-6  in.  long,  with  2-4  gland-bearing  teeth  near  the  base, 
glabrous  or  pubescent  above,  glaucescent  and  pubescent 
beneath  panicle  to  12  in.  long  fr  about  2  in  long  W. 
China  R.H.  1901,p  445  On  75  p  632  (habit) —Has 
proved  at  least  as  hardy  as  A.  altissima  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum 

A  exctlia,  Roxb  (Pongehon  excelsum,  Pierre)  Tal1  tree  Ivs. 
3  ft  long,  abruptly  pinnate,  Ifta  20-28,  teeth  without  glands  India. 
Can  be  grown  only  m  tropical  regions  or  m  the  hothouse  — A.  fla- 
vtscens,  Carr  =Cedrola  amenms  ALFRED  REDDER. 

A)RA  (an  ancient  Greek  name  for  Darnel).  Gra- 
minesp  HAIR-GRASS  Annual  grasses  with  delicate  culms 
and  open  capillary  panicles.  Spikelets  2-fld.  one  or 


151.  Ajuga  reptans  var.  variegata.  ( x 


both  fls  awned  from  the  middle  of  the  bark;  palea 
nearly  as  long  as  the  lemma  -  Species  6,  natives  of  the 
Medit  region,  intro  m  the  Atlantic  states  and  on  the 
Pacific  coast  Cult  for  drv  bouquets  The  species  have 
been  confused  bv  florists  with  Agrostis  (as  Agrostis 
elegans)  from  which  genus  the>  ma\  be  distinguished  by 
their  2-fld  spikelets 

capillaris,  Host  (A  tkqmi*,  Willd  )  Spikelets  less 
than  1  line  long,  all  long-pedicelled 

caryophyllla,  Linn  Pedicels  mostly  shorter  than  the 
spikelets  Dept  of  Agnc  Div  of  Agrast  7  170 

A  ca?spiMsa=Drsohamp-ti<i  rr«>spitosa — A  fftlui  vanegAti? 
This  name  is  listed  in  trade  catalogues,  but  the  M  cd-.nicn  report 
that  all  failed  Probably  is  Deschampsia  taspitoba 

A    S    HITCHCOCK 

AIR-PLANT.  In  common  speech,  any  plant  that 
grows  on  the  trunk  or  in  the  top  of  another  plant  is 
called  an  air-plant  The  proper  term  is  epiphyte  (that 
is,  growing  on  a  plant),  which  see  In  horticulture,  the 
term  air-plant  is  usually  applied  to  epiphytal  orchids, 
tillandsias,  and  the  like  Most  of  these  grow  on  old 
bark,  perhaps  deriving  some  of  their  nourishment  from 
the  bark,  but  most  of  it  from  the  air  and  ram  Air- 
plants  are  not  parasites, — thev  do  not  derive  their  sup- 
port from  the  juices  of  the  host 

The  term  is  sometimes  applied  to  plants  that  make 
roots  from  leaves  or  other  parts  that  are  severed  and 
allowed  to  remain  out  of  the  earth  Bryophyllum  is  a 
leading  example,  because  new  plants  start  from  the 
leaf-edges  The  dioscoreas  and  rajamas  that  bear 
aerial  tubers  are  sometimes  known  as  air-plants  See 
also  Resurrection  Plants 

AJUGA  (not  yoked  •  the  calyx  not  bilabiate)  Ldbi&tx. 
BUGLE-WEED  Hardy  herbaceous  European  perennials, 
creeping  by  stolons 

Height  6-12  in,  fls  numerous,  in  whorls,  normally 
blue  or  purple,  with  rosy  or  white  varieties;  corolla  2- 
hpped,  the  upper  lip  short,  the  lower  spreading  — Con- 
siderably used  in  rock-gardens  and  for  border  plant- 
ing Prop  by  division  in  spring  or  by  seeds 

genev£nsis,  Linn  (A  rugdsa,  Hort.  A.  alplna, 
Hort ).  St  erect,  pubescent  caulme  Ivs  oblong-elliptic 
or  obovate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  lower  ones  petiolate; 
floral  Ivs.  ovate  or  wedge-shaped,  coarsely  toothed, 


sparsely  hairy  upper  fl  -whorls  spicate;  lower  whorls 
distant.  May,  June. 

pyramidahs,  Linn  St  erect  caulme  Ivs  obovate, 
hardly  petiolate,  in  a  4-sided  pyramid,  floral  Ivs  broadly 
ovate,  the  highest  often  colored,  all  Ivs  entire,  fl.- 
whoils  usually  all  spicate. 

reptans,  Linn  St  prostrate  Ivs  ovate  or  obovate, 
entire  or  sinuate,  shiny  —A  low,  dense,  fast-spreading 
creeper,  excellent  for  covering  shady  slopes  The  typi- 
cal and  white-fld  forms  are  less  cult  than  the  following 
Var  rubra,  Hort  More  valued  for  its  dark  purple  Ivs. 
than  its  blue  fls  Var.  vanegata,  Hort  Fig  151.  Lvs. 
splashed  and  edged  creamy  yellow  Var  atropurpurea, 
Hort  Fls  purplish  blue  May  — Useful  for 
carpeting  the  giound  in  shady  places 

A  metdllica  var  crlspa,  Hort  ,  intro  by  Htnderson, 
1809,  is  dumbed  as  dwarf  (45  in),  with  curled, 
metallic  glossy  and  blue  flw  in  a  pyramidal  spike  —A 
bedding  plant,  intro  from  Germany  None  of  the 
varieties  aro  so  desirable  as  the  t>pi<al  form  —4  Br6ck- 
banki,  Hort,  "with  fine  blue  fls  ,"  and  A  oimdf,ra, 
Hort  ,  are  trade  names  for  blue-fld  bugles  that  aie 
unknown  in  hort  or  botanical  littrtture,  and  it  19 
uncertain  to  what  species  they  are  to  be  re  ferred 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

AKEE:    BUghia 

AKEBIA  (from  Ahdn,  its  Japanese  name). 
Lai dizabdlacdi ,  b\  some  UK  hided  in  Her- 
btiidat<<(  Twining  wood>  plants. 

Glabrous  twining  shrubs  l\s  half-over- 
green,  long-pet  loled,  digitate  fis  monu'cious,  in  axillary 
raceme,  the  pistillate  at  the  base,  the  si  animate  smaller, 
at  the  end  of  the  raceme,  sepals  ,3,  stamens  li,  carpels 
3-12,  with  sessile  stigma  fr  a  large  oblong  berry  with 
numerous  seeds  imbedded  m  a  pulp,  opening  along  the 
inner  suture  — Tv\o  species  vuth  several  varieties  in 
Japan  and  China 

The  akebias  aie  very  oinamental,  hardy  climbing 
shrubs  of  graceful  appeal ance,  especially  adapted  for 
places  in  which  veiy  dense  shade  is  not  wanted  They 
require  a  sunny  position  and  well-drained  soil,  also 
valuable  in  the  cool  gieenhouse  for  covering  pillars 
and  walls,  growing  best  in  a  sandy  compost  of  loam, 
leaf  soil  and  peat  In  Japan,  the  fruit  which  is  very 
showy  but  with  us  rareh  pioduced,  is  eaten,  and  the 
stems  fire  much  used  foi  \\ieker-\\ork 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  by  greenwood  or  hardwood 
cuttings,  and  also  by  root-division  and  layers 

quinata,  Decne  Figs  1,72,  153  Climbing  12  ft  or 
more  young  branchlets  purplish  Ifts  .5,  oval  or  ob- 
long-ohovate,  entire,  emargmate,  1-2  in  long  fls  fra- 
grant, the  pistillate  purplish  brown,  about  1  in  broad, 
the  stammate  smaller,  rosy  purple,  m  early  spring 
berry  oblong,  3-5 
in  long,  dark  pur- 
ple with  glaucous 
bloom,  seeds  black. 
April,  May  China, 
Japan.  B  K  33  28. 
B  M  4864  G  F. 
4  137  (adapted  in 
Fig  153)  A  G. 
March,  1891,  figs 
5,  7,  and  plate. 
GW  10,  p  500. 
Gn  51,  p  151  R  H. 
1853. 141.  SZ  77.— 
Hardy,  handsome, 
not  attacked  by  in- 
sects or  fungi 
Very  graceful 
and  desirable 

lobata,  Decne. 
(A      qnemfbha, 
152   Akebia  quinata  flowers.  Sieb    &    Zucc  ) 


AKEBIA 


ALBIZZIA 


243 


Lfts  3.  broadly  ovate,  coarsely  crenate,  1-2  in.  long: 
fls  in  long  racemes,  smaller  than  those  of  A  quinata. 
Japan,  China  B  M.  7485  A  G  March,  1891,  p.  140. 
GW  13,  p  438.  SZ.  1.78.  Var  austrahs,  Diels. 
Lfts  oval  or  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  entire  or  nearly  so, 
coriaceous  —Recently  mtro  from  China  and  proba- 
bly tender  Var  clematifdka,  Ito  Lfts.  broadly  ovate 
to  ovate,  entire,  of  thin  texture,  to  8^2  in  l°nK 
Japan  A  supposed  hybrid  of  this  and  the  preceding 
species  is  A  pentaphyUa,  Makmo,  with  3-5  Ifts  entire 
or  sparingly  crenate  ALFKKD  REHDER 

ALANGIUM  (from  the  Malabar  name)  Including 
Mdrlea.  Alangiace^p,  formerly  included  in  Cornacey 
Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  grown  in  temperate  regions 
for  their  handsome  large  foliage  and  fragrant  fls  A 
genus  of  over  20  .species  of  shrubs  or  small  trees  of  the 
Old  World  tropics,  with  alternate  entire  or  lobed  ever- 
green or  deciduous  Ivs  and  small,  perfect  whitish,  often 
fragrant,  fls  in  axillary  clusters,  calyx  small,  campanu- 
la! e,  petals  4-10,  linear,  usu.illv  laxly  reflexed,  stamens 
4-.iO,  ovary  inferior,  M>le  simple,  elongated  fr  a 
1 -heeded  drupe  Sometimes  cult  in  Old  World  gardens, 
either  as  stove  plants  or  out-of-doors  in  warmer  regions, 
but  probably  not  in  the  American  trade. 

1  begonufohum,  liiuli  (Marka  bcgonufoha,  Koxhg  )  Tree 
to  ()()  ft  Ivs  ov.iU,  <ntirc  or  slightly  lohed,  acuminate*,  usually 
rounded  ut  base,  to  8  in  long  fls  jf^m  long,  in  cymes,  petals  and 
Minions  usually  6  Afr  ,  S  and  K  Asia  B  R  24  01  EP  IV 
22()h,  p  1—  A  deniiutHlum,  Iain  (1  sahiifolium  var  de  c  upe- 
talum,  Wang  A  Lamun  kn,  Ihwait  )  JO  ft  Ivs  entire,  obloriK- 
lanceolatc  Hs  fragrant,  white,  solitary  or  m  2'n  or  Vs  in  Die  axils, 
petals  10  India  DP  1\  22()h,  10  —A  plntanifMium,  Harms 
(Marleaplatumfolia.Mcb  &Z.irc  )  Tree  h«  roundish  in  outline,  .i- 
5-lobod,  to  N-10  m  lnriR  fl-  o\erlm  IOIIR,  in  few-fld  rymes,  petals 
and  sfimens  u-u.lly  <>  Jap  m,  China,  E  P  IV  2206,  p  23  '1  his 
scorns  to  Ix  the  h  inlie-it  specie  <i  and  is  probably  hardy  as  far  north 
as  Washington,  D  ('  ALFRED  IlEHDKR 

ALBERTA  (from  Albertus  Grotus,  commonly  known 
as  Albertus  Magnus,  philosopher  of  the  thirteenth 
century,  who  wrote  concerning  plants)  Kubiacty  Two 
Fpeeies  of  shrub's  or  trees,  one  of  which  has  been  intro- 
duced as  a  hothouse  or  greenhouse  subject 

Leaves  thick,  opposite  fls  row-colored  or  purplish, 
in  terminal  panicle's,  calvx  10-nbbed  and  5-lobed,  often 
colored  in  fr  ,  corolla  elongated-tubular 

magna,  K  Mey  Bark  pale,  the  joung  branches 
reddish  brown  l\s  1-5  in  long,  obovute-oblong, 
obtuse,  entire,  narrowed  into  a  short,  stout  petiole, 
midrib  stout  panicle  terminal,  erect,  0  m  high  arid 
nearly  as  broad  at  the  base,  corolla-tube  1  in  long, 
slightly  swelling  in  upper  part,  pubescent,  lobes  5,  small, 
triangular,  recurved  Natal  BM  7454  GC  III. 
22  416  Gn  5.3  130  The  other  species  is  A.  minor, 
Baill ,  from  Madagascar  L  u  3. 

ALBIZZIA  (after  Allmzi,  an  Italian  naturalist). 
LeguimnbixF  Ornamental  wood}  plants  chiefly  grown 
for  their  handsome  foliage  and  also  for  their  attractive 
flowers,  some  are  valuable  timber  trees,  closely  allied 
to  the  acacias 

Trees  or  shrubs  Ivs  deciduous,  alternate,  bipinnate, 
Ifts  usually  small  and  numerous,  oblique  fls  m  axil- 
lary, peduncled  spikes  or  globular  heads,  calyx  tubular 
or  campanulate,  5-toothed,  corolla  small,  funnelform, 
with  the  segm  connate  more  than  one-half,  stamens 
numerous,  more  or  less  connate  at  the  base,  exserted  fr 
a  large  strap-shaped  pod  without  pulp  — About  25  spe- 
cies in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  Asia,  Afr  and 
Austral  .  1  in  Mex 

The  albizzias  are  unarmed  trees  or  shrubs  with  grace- 
ful feathery  foliage  and  yellowish,  white  or  pink  flow- 
ers in  summer  Most  of  the  species  can  be  grown  only 
in  subtropical  and  tropical  regions  except  A  Juhbris- 
sin  which  is  the  hardiest  species  and  can  be  grown  as 
far  north  as  W  ashmgton,  DC  A.  lophantha  is  some- 
times grown  as  a  greenhouse  shrub. 

For  cultivation,  see  Acacia. 


A.  Fls.  in  cylindrical  axillary  spikes  Ivs.  sub-persistent. 
lophantha,  Benth  (Acacia  lophdntha,  Willd  )  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  6-20  ft  Ivs  with  14-24  pinnjp,  each  with 
40-60  Ifts  ,  about  5  lines  long,  linear,  obtuse  spikes 
mostly  2.  about  2  in  long,  yellowish,  fls  distinctly 
rxdicelled  S.  W  Austral  B  M.  2108  BR5361. 
L  B  C.  8  716 — Sometimes  cult  as  greenhouse  shrub 
and  floweiing  in  spring,  and  in  the  open  in  the  S  ,  it 
has  become  naturalized  m  S  Calif  Often  known  as 
Acacia  speciot>a.  There  is  a  var  gigant&a  in  the  trade. 

montana,  Benth     Small  tree,  ferrugmeously  villous: 
Ivs    with  14-24  pinnae,  each  with  40-80  Ifts.  linear- 


153    Akebia  quinata  fruit    ( X  Js) 

oblong,  3-4  lines  long,  obtuse  spikes  cylmdric,  2-3  in 
long,  fls  \ery  short-pedicelled  Java — Closely  related 
to  the  preceding  species,  differing  chiefly  in  its  yellowish 
pubescence  and  in  the  short-stalked  fls 

A  A  Fls  in  globular  heads   Ivs.  deciduous. 
B   Stamen^  unifrd  only  at  the  base 

c    L//S   ovate  or  oblong,  obtuse 
D.  The  fl*   pcdictlled,  in  axillary  heads 
Lebbek,   Benth     (Acana   Lebbek,   Willd.     A.  speci- 
(Xsn,  Willd  )     LKHBKI'K  TREE     Siuis  TKKE   WOMAN'S- 
TONGUE  TRKK    Fig   154     Tall  tree    Ivs    with  4-8  pin- 
na1, each  with  10-18  Ifts  ,  obhcniely  oblong  or  ova),  1- 
\\2  in    long,   nearly  sessile     fls    greenish    yellow,    in 
short-peduncled,  a\illar>   heads,  3-4  together     Trop. 
Asia,  N  Austral. — Planted  as  a  yard  tree  in  American 
tropics 

occidentalis,  Brandegce  Small  tree,  15-25  ft  Ivs. 
with  8  pinna1,  each  with  6-10  Ifts  ,  oblique-oval,  %- 
ll/2  m  long,  glabrous  fls  yellowish,  in  axillary  heads. 
June,  July  Mex  ,  Low  Calif  — Possibly  only  a  va- 
riety of  A.  Lebbek,  and  not  indigenous 

DD.  The  fls.  nearly  t,cst>ile  in  fascicled  heads  forming  large 

terminal  panicles 

odoratissima,  Benth  (Acacia  odorallswtna,  Willd  ). 
Tall  tree  Ivs  w  it  h  downy  rachis,  pinnae  6-1 4,  each  with 
16-50  Ifts ,  oblique-oblong,  ^-1  in  long,  glaucous 
beneath  heads  few-fld  ,  numerous,  greenish  white  E. 
Indies 


244 


ALBIZZIA 


ALECTRYON 


procfcra,  Beuth.  (Acucia  procbra,  Willd.).  Tall  tree: 
Ivs.  with  nearly  glabrous  rachis,  pinnae  6-10,  each  with 
12-16  Ifts  ,  oblique-oblong,  1-1 K  »n.  long,  glabrous 
beads  few-fld  ,  greenish  white.  Trop.  Asia,  Austral. 

cc.  Lfts.  falcate,  with  the  midrib  close  to  the 
upper  edge,  acute 

Julibrfssin,  Durazz  (Acacia  Jnhbrlsiin,  Willd  A 
Nemu,  Willd  ).  Tree,  30-40  tt  lachis  of  the  Ivs  with  a 
small  gland  at  the  base,  pinnae  8-24,  with  numerous 
Ifts  ,  falcate-oblong,  >{m  long  heads  pink,  slender- 
peduncled,  crowded  on  the  upper  end  of  the  branches 
Warmer  Temp.  Asia  from  Persia  to  Japan  Summer 
S  F.  1  51  Var.  rdsea,  Mouillef  (A  rdsea,  Carr ) 
T?ls  bright  pink,  dwarfer  and  hardier  than  the  tvpe. 
R  H  1870  490,  1912,  pp  184,  185  F  S  21  2199— This 
variety  is  sometimes  grown  under  the  name  A  Nemu 

Var.  m611is,  Benth  (A  rndllis,  Boiss  Acacia  mollis, 
Wall.).  Lfts  broader,  densely  pubescent  Hmialayas 
and  Abyssinia 


154.  Albizzia  Lebbek. 
(XJi) 


stipulata,  Boiss  (Acacia  stipulate,  DC  )  Tall  tree' 
young  branches  with  large,  persistent  stipules  rachis 
of  the  Ivs  with  many  glands,  pubescent,  pinnae  12-40, 
with  numerous  ifts  ,  oblong-linear,  K~Mm  long,  pu- 
bescent beneath  heads  in  axillary  simple  or  terminal 
compound  racemes  Trop  Asia. 

nn  Stamens  connate  into  a  long,  narrow  tube 
fastigiata,  Oliver  (Zijgia  fat,tigiala,  E  Mey  )  Tree 
branches  and  petioles  rusty-pubescent,  pinna1  8-14, 
each  with  16-30  Ifts,  trapezoid-oblong,  l^-^in  long, 
pubescent  beneath  heads  in  terminal  corymbs  on  the 
end  of  the  branches  Trop  Afr 

A  molucrtinn,  Micj  Tree  rachis  of  the  Ivs  with  many  glands, 
pinna:  14,  each  with  12-40  Ifts  ,  obliquely  elliptic  -oblong,  glaucous 
and  pubescent  beneath  Moluccas  — Incompletely  known 

ALFRED  REHDEK 

ALBUCA  (whitish,  the  color  of  the  first-described 
species)  Ldiacesp  Tender  bulbs  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  allied  to  Ormthogalum,  and  treated  in  the 
same  way 

Bulb  tumcated  Ivs  all  radical,  flat  01  terete  fls 
large,  yellow,  white  or  green,  m  single  racemes  perianth 
of  3  outer  oblong  more  or  less  spreading  parts  and  3 
inner  shorter  conmvent  segms  ;  stamens  6,  the  filaments 
often  winged,  stigma  3-l.obed'  fi  a  3-valved  caps  — 
S.  and  Trop  Atr  and  Arabia 

There  are  a  good  number  of  species  of  Albuca  (about 
30),  but  few  are  much  known  to  cultivation,  and  none 
of  them  is  apparently  planted  to  any  extent  in  this 
country.  Albucas  are  late  spring  and  summer  bloomers, 
producing  attractive  white  or  yellow  flowers  In  rnild 
climates,  they  may  be  carried  over  winter  in  a  frame 
or  with  a  good  protection  of  litter.  Propagation  is  by 


offsets  or  by  seeds.  Some  of  the  species  are  hothouse 
plants  Allied  to  Urginea,  to  which  the  A.  major  of 
catalogues  probably  belongs.  Numbers  of  hybrids  have 
been  produced 

ailrea,  Jacq  Two  ft  •  bracts  yellow  fls  10-30,  pale 
yellow,  upright.  Ivs  very  narrow,  flat.  June. 

N61somi,  N  E.  Br  Three  to  5  ft.  fls  V/%  in.  long, 
in  a  large  cluster  or  spike,  almond-scented,  pure  white 
with  a  red-brown  stripe  down  the  middle  of  each  &egm. 
(but  pure  \\  hite  under  glass)  Ivs  long,  grooved  or  con- 
cave at  base,  flat  above,  pointed  July,  Aug  — Probably 
the  best  species  yet  intro  The  bulbs  are  lifted  in 
autumn ,  or  they  may  be  potted  up  for  greenhouse  use. 
It  is  an  excellent  plant  when  well  grown.  B.M  6049. 

L.  H.  B 

ALCHEMfLLA  (from  an  Arabic  name).  Rowcex. 
Hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  suitable  for  rock-gardens 
and  front  rows  of  borders 

I.»ow  (6-8  m  )  Ivs  palmately  lobed  or  compound: 
fls  small,  greenish  or  yellowish,  m  clusters,  petals  0; 
stamens  1—1,  pistils  1-1,  becoming  achenes  included  in 
the  persisting  calyx  — Species  30  or  more  m  Cent  and 
S  Amer  ,  Afr  ,  India  and  elsewhere,  largely  in  mountains 

Plants  of  easiest  culture1  Propagation  is  effected  by 
division  or  by  seeds  A.  arven^it>  and  A  pratewi^  of 
Europe  are  naturalized  in  North  America  The  A. 
major  of  catalogues  is  probably  a  form  of  one  of  the 
species 

alpina,  Bieb  Lvs  digitate,  5-7-cut,  Ifts  usually 
7,  lanceolate-cuneate,  obtuse,  serrate  at  apex,  silky 
hairy  beneath,  shiny.  Eu 

sericea,  Willd  Lvs  larger  than  in  A  alpina,  5-7- 
nerved,  digitate,  If  Us  7,  lanceolate,  acute,  deeply 
serrate  from  the  middle  to  apex,  downy  beneath. 
Caucasus 

vulgans,  Linn  (A  montdna,  Schmidt)  LADY'S  MAN- 
TLE Lvs  7-9-nerved,  7-9-cut,  remform,  plicate- 
concave.  North  temperate  zone  L.  H  B  f 

ALCH(3RNEA  (in  memory  of  Stanesby  Alchorne). 
Euphnrbiacfie  DOVE\\OOD  Tropical  shrubs  or  trees 
with  alternate,  entire  or  dentate  Ivs  fls  usually 
dioecious,  in  elongated  slender  catkin-like  mfl  ,  stami- 
nate  calyx  4-lobed;  stamens  8 

One  species,  A.  ilicifdha,  Mucll.  Arg.,  is  rarely  grown 
in  greenhouses,  and  is  listed  by  II  S  Dent  of  Agric 
as  intro  from  Austral  It  is  a  tall,  handsome  shrub 
with  thick,  holly-like  Ivs.  The  wood  is  useful 

J.  B.  S    NORTON. 

ALDER      Alnus. 

ALECTORtRUS  (Greek,  apparently  cock's-tail). 
Lilificese  An  anthericum-hke  plant,  summer-blooming 
and  suitable  for  outdoor  culture,  nardy  in  England. 
Blooms  well  in  pots  One  species,  A.  yedoensis,  Makino, 
of  Japan  (known  also  as  Anthtncum  yedoense,  Maxim., 
and  Bulbinella  yedoensis,  Matsum  ),  is  now  intro  to 
gardens  It  is  a  perennial  glabrous  herb  with  a  short 
and  thick  rootstock  Ivs  6-11,  2-ranked,  20  in  or  less 
long  fls.  many,  small,  pale  rose,  racemose  along  pamcled 
branches  on  a  scape  or  st  surpassing  the  Ivs  ,  perianth 
bell-shaped,  Begins  6,  stamens  6,  in  some  fls  exserted 
and  in  others  only  equaling  the  segms  ;  ovary  3-lobed. 
In  Japan  it  is  known  as  Keibi-ran.  B  M.  8336.  G  C. 
111.48:352  L  H.  B. 

ALfCTRYON  (Greek  name  for  the  chanticleer). 
Sapindacex  TITOKI  Tall  trees,  one  of  which  is  grown 
in  California 

Leaves  alternate,  pinnate,  stipulate,  the  Ifts.  entire  or 
toothed  fls  mostly  unisexual,  in  axillary  or  terminal 
panicles,  the  petals  wanting,  containing  a  small  lobed 
disk;  stamens  10  or  less,  fr  a  hard  woody  caps  ,  the 
seeds  arillate,  with  spiral  cotyledons  — Some  16  species 
in  Malaya  and  the  Pacific  Isls. 


ALECTRYON 


ALFILARIA 


245 


exc&sum,  Gaertn.  Evergreen,  30-60  ft ,  with  un 
equally  pinnate  Ivs  4-12  in  long,  the  Ifts  4-6  pairs 
and  2-4  in.  long;  ovate-lanceolate  and  acuminate, 
ncaily  or  quite  entire,  fls  greenish,  m  a  much-branched 
panicle  fr  globose,  woody;  seed  large,  jet-black  and 
shining,  sunk  in  a  large  scarlet  aril  New  Zeal — Said 
to  have  been  in  cult  in  Calif  for  more  than  40  years  and 
to  have  been  sometimes  sold  for  Nephehum  Litchi  (to 
which  it  is  closely  i elated)  In  New  Zeal  it  yields  a 
tough  elastic  timber  used  tor  tools  and  yokes,  arid  the 
natives  exti  act  oil  from  the  seeds  j,  jj  y 

ALETRIS  (Greek  word  for  female  t>lave  who  ground 
corn,  alluding  to  apparent  mealiness  of  the  fls  )  Lih- 
ace<£  Hardy  small  herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  borders 

Leaves  thin,  flat,  lanceolate,  grass-like,  in  a  spread- 
ing cluster,  all  radical  fls  small,  in  a  spiked  raceme, 
terminating  a  slender  scape  2-3  ft  high,  perianth  not 
woolly,  but  wrinkled  and  roughened  with  many  points 
that  give  a  mealy  appearance,  perianth  0-cleft,  stamens 
6,  inserted  at  the  ba.se  of  the  lobes,  style  3-cleft  — The 
uletrises  are  about  <S  in  number,  in  moors,  barrens,  and 
grassy  places  in  N  Amer  ,  E  Asia  and  Japan  They 
are  fibrous-rooted,  very  bitter  herbs,  with  fls  on  a 
naked  .scape  1  -2  ft  high  July,  Aug  They  prefer  a 
moist  but  bunny  situation  Prop  slowly  by  dui.sion, 
or  seeds  may  be  used  A  plant  once  catalogued  as 
A  japomcti  is  undetermined 

farindsa,  Linn  FJs  tubular,  white,  lobes  laneeoiate- 
oblong  N  Amer  LBC  12  1161 

aurea,  \\  alt  Fls.  bell-shaped,  fewer  and  shorter 
than  in  A  farinow,  >ellow,  lobes  short,  ovate  S.  E 
N  Amer  13  M  1118  (erroneously  as  A.  fannota) 

L.  II    B. 

ALEURlTES  (Greek,  farinose  or  floury}  Euphor- 
biacesr  Tropical  trees  grown  for  the  oils  they  yield  or 
Bometimts  for  shade  and  ornament 

Leaves  alternate,  palmately  veined,  3-5-lobed,  the 
long  petioles  with  2  gland.s  at  the  apex  fls  usually 
monoecious,  in  lax  terminal  cjmes,  sepals  2-3,  vahate, 

rtals  5,  stamens  8-20,  the  inner  row  monadelphous, 
ovule  in  each  cell  of  the  2-5-celled  ovary    fr    large, 
drupaceous,    with   thick-shelled   seeds  — Four  species, 
with  milky  juice,  natives  of  E  Asia  and  Pacific  Isls 
Jatropha  and  Ilcv^a,  are  related  genera  Page  .3565 

All  of  the  species  are  cultivated  m  tropical  countries 
for  the  drying  oil  derived  from  the  seeds.  These  oils 
are  similar  to  linseed  oil,  but  dry  quicker,  harder  and 
more  waterproof  but  less  light  proof  and  elastic  The 
seeds  of  .1  moluccana  yield  60  per  cent  of  oil  (kekuna, 
kelun  or  bankul  oil),  which  is  used  for  burning  or  m 
varnishes  The  seed  or  oil  is  also  used  to  some 
extent  as  food  and  the  wood  is  woiked  The  tree  is 
grown  for  shade  It  is  said  to  be  easily  grown  in  the 
tropics  up  to  2,000  feet  altitude  It  is  coMly  propagated 
from  seeds,  which  sprout  in  four  to  five  weeks  The  oil 
(wood-oil,  tung-oil)  of  the  seeds  of  the  wood-oil  trees 
(A  tordata,  A  Fordii)  is  much  used,  especially  in  China 
and  Japan,  for  treating  woodwork,  cloth,  and  the  like, 
and  for  burning  Its  importation  to  this  country  is  on 
the  increase,  where  it  is  used  in  varnishes  and  other 
products,  paints,  soaps,  linoleum,  and  so  on  A  Fordti, 
which  is  the  hardier  species,  has  been  extensively  intro- 
duced into  the  southern  states  by  our  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  is  reported  to  be  dome  very  well. 

A  cordata  is  a  fine  smooth-barked  tree,  good  for 
shade  and  will  stand  high  temperature,  but  not  much 
below  freezing  A  Fordn  is  a  very  ornamental  tree. 

The  wood-oil  trees  are  usually  grown  on  dry,  thin 
soil  not  suited  to  general  farming  They  are  grown  from 
seeds,  and  begin  to  produce  nuts  in  three  to  six  years. 
The  seedlings  are  raised  in  a  bed  and  transplanted  when 
about  a  foot  high  or  are  planted  where  they  are  to  stand 
They  may  also  be  propagated  from  hardwood  cuttings, 
which  root  readily  An  average  tree  is  said  to  yield 


twenty  to  fifty  pounds  of  nuts  with  about  24  per  cent 
of  oil.  The  oil  is  piessed  from  the  seed  after  i  oast  ing 
The  seed  is  poisonous  See  Ciro  108,  U  S  Bu  PI  Ind 

A.  Pubescence  stellate 

moluccana,  Willd  (A  triloba,  Forst ).  CANDLE- 
NUT.  CANDLEBLRRY  THKK  VARNISH  TREE.  Tree  with 
long  spreading  branches  Ivs  large,  ovate-acuminate, 
short-lobed,  rusty  pubebcerit  below,  paniculate  cymoa 
4-5  in  long  of  many  small  fls  ,  stamens  15-20,  ovary 
2-celled  fr  2-3  in  thick ,  seeds  large,  rough  and  walnut- 
like  — Probably  native  of  Malay  region  but  now  widely 
cult  and  wild  in  the  tropics  In  wooded  valleys  up  to 
3,000  ft  Mem  Torr  Bot  Club  8.117  Blanco  Flor 
Fihp  220 — Also  known  as  Belgaum  walnut,  Indian 
walnut,  kukui  and  various  other  native  names 

trispenna,  Blanco  (A  sapondria,  Blanco).  BANU- 
TALAG  Differs  from  A  moluccana  m  having  7-10  sta- 
mens, a  3-4-celled  ova*}',  Ivs  more  entire  and  seeds 
smooth  Philippines  — Intro  once  by  U  S  Dept  of 
Agnc  The  seed  used  for  the  drying  oil  Other  native 
names  are  balocanad,  baguilumbang,  calumbang,  balu- 
canag.  Blanco  Flor  Fihp,  296 

AA    Pubescence  not  stellate 

cordata,  R  Br  JAPAN  WOOD-OIL  TREE  Twenty-five 
to  30  ft  high  Ivs  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  3-5-lobed 
or  toothed  petals  oblong,  %m  long,  hairy  at  base, 
stamens  8-10,  ovary  3-4-celled  fr  warty,  seeds  about 
the  size  and  shape  of  large  castor  beans  S.  E  Asia 
and  adjoining  isls  ,  cult  especially  in  Japan,  south  of 
40°,  and  in  Formosa 

Fdrdu,  Hemsl  (A  cordata,  Muell  Arg ,  in  part). 
CHINA  WOOD-OIL  TREE  Ten  to  25  ft  high  Ivs  ovate- 
cordate  petals  1  in  or  more  long,  orbicular  ovate, 
somewhat  hairy,  stamens  8-10,  ovary  about  4-celled 
fr  smooth  panicles  of  reddish  white  fls  in  spring  fr 
ripe  in  Sept  Cent  Asia  — Extensively  cult  for  the  oil 
Perfectly  hardy  in  Cent  Fla  and  resistant  to  drought 
J  B.  S  NORTON 

ALEXANDERS.  Name  appLed  to  Smyrnium  Olusa- 
trum  (Umbelliferse),  the  blanched  leaf-stalks  of  which 
were  once  used  as  a  salad  and  pot-herb,  but  now  out 
of  cultivation  because  of  the  superior  value  of  celery 
It  is  a  biennial,  native  to  Europe,  with  ternately  dissected 
pinnate  radical  leaves,  and  small  yellow  flowers  in 
umbels  Seed  is  sown  in  late  summer  or  m  autumn, 
and  the  plants  transplanted  in  rows  as  they  come  up 
in  spring  The  plants  are  blanched  by  being  banked 
with  earth 

ALFALFA,  LUCERNE  (Medicdgo  satlva  Linn  )  A 
deep-rooted  perennial  forage  plant  of  the  Leguminbsx. 
The  plant  grows  one  to  four  feet  high,  bears  pinnate 
leaves  with  three  ovate-oblong  toothed  leaflets,  and 
small  head-like  racemes  of  purple  clover-shaped  flowers 
It  is  native  to  Europe  In  the  arid  parts  of  the  United 
States^  it  is  the  staple  hay  and  forage  plant,  and  it  is  also 
grown  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  East.  Two  to  six 
mowings  may  be  made  each  year  from  established 
meadows  Fifteen  to  thirty  pounds  of  seed  are  sown 
to  the  acre,  and  the  seed  is  preferably  sown  alone,  with- 
out another  crop.  Alfalfa  should  not  be  pastured  the 
first  year  In  two  or  three  years  it  becomes  thoroughly 
established  and  productive,  and  it  should  continue  for 
many  years  June-grass  often  runs  it  out  in  a  cool, 
moist  climate  Alfalfa  often  becomes  a  weed  in  waste 
places  See  Cyclo  Amer.  Agnc  II,  for  full  account. 

ALFILARIA.  Spelled  also  Alfilera  which  is  the  West 
American,  and  Alfillanlla,  the  Spanish-American  for 
Erbdium  cicuihrium,  L'Her  Geramdcex  A  hairy  an- 
nual with  pinnate  Ivs  ,  sometimes  used  for  pasture  in 
dry  regions  See  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc.  II,  p  197 


246  ALGA 

ALGA,  plural  ALG^E.  A  geneial  name  for  chloro- 
phyll-bearing thallophytes.  They  are  flowerless  plants, 
allied  to  the  fungi,  and  generally  inhabit  water  Those 
occurring  in  salt  water  are  known  as  seaweeds.  None 
is  cultivated.  The  green  "moss"  on  flower-pots  is  made 
up  of  algoe 

ALGAROBA  is  the  fruit  of  Ceratoma  sihqua 

ALHAGI  (its  Mauretaman  name)  LeguminbsaR. 
Shrubs  grown  for  their  profusely  produced  red  flowers. 

Spiny  plants:  Ivs  alternate,  oblong,  small,  decidu- 
ous, entire'  fls  papilionaceous,  red,  small,  in  few-fld. 
axillary  racemes;  calyx  campanulate,  5-toothed;  pods 


155.   Allamanda  cathartics  var.  Hendersomi.  ( X  ^) 

terete,  contracted  between  the  seeds  — Three  closely 
related  species  from  Greece  and  Egypt  to  the  Himalayas. 
These  plants  are  low.  much-branched  shrubs  with 
small  and  sparse,  pale  foliage  and  numerous  small  red 
flowers  toward  the  end  of  the  branches  Only  the 
following  species,  which  produces  the  Persian  or  alhagi 
manna,  is  but  very  raiely  met  with  in  collections. 
It  may  be  cultivated  in  temperate  regions  in  dry  and 
sunny  positions  and  propagated  by  seeds  and  by  green- 
wood cuttings  under  glass  with  slight  bottom  heat,  as  a 
desert  plant,  it  is  impatient  of  too  much  moisture,  and 
needs  special  attention,  particularly  in  the  seedling 
state 

camelorum,  Fisch.  CAMEL'S  THORN  Low,  spiny 
shrub,  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous  Ivs.  oblong,  obtuse, 
;Hr-lM  m-  long  fls  red,  about  Mm-  loo-?,  on  few-fld. 
axillary  racemes,  foiming  panicles  at  the  end  of  the 
branches  Summer  Caucasus  to  the  Himalayas. — 
Easily  distinguished  by  its  glabrousness  from  the  other 
species,  which  are  more  or  less  pubescent  The  other 
species  are  A.  gr<Ftorum,  Boiss ,  A  maurorum,  Medic. 
ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALlSMA  (derivation  doubtful).  Ahsmacex.  A 
genus  of  2  species  of  hardy  aquatics,  with  small  white  or 
pale  rose  fls  on  scapes  with  whorled,  pamcled  branches. 
Perennial  by  a  stout  proliferous  corm  Useful  in  ponds. 
Prop,  by  division  or  seeds  According  to  N.  Amer. 
Flora  17*43,  1905.  the  native  water-plantain  is  not  the 
same  as  the  Old  World  species,  to  which,  exclusively, 
should  be  applied  the  name  here  taken  up  for  the  species 
which  has  hitherto  been  considered  cosmopolitan,  and 
is  now  so  treated. 


ALLAMANDA 

Plantago-aquatica,  Linn.  (A.  Plantdgo  of  authors 
A.  subcordcttum,  Raf  ).  WATER-PLANTAIN.  Lvs  vari- 
able, but  usually  broadly  cordate-ovate,  thinner  and 
narrower  when  growing  under  water  panicle  1-2  ft. 
long  Common  in  swales  and  still  waters  in  U.  S  ;  also 
in  Eu.  and  Asia. 

A  ntitans,  Linn  ,  is  now  referred  to  the  monotypic  gcnun  Khsina 
(E  natans,  Buch  )  It  is  native  to  Eu  ,  and  is  offered  in  foreign 
catalogues  VI  white,  single,  on  u  long  peduncle  floating  Iva. 
elliptic  and  obtuse  See  Ehtma.  j^  TAYLOn.f 

ALKANNA,  ALKANET      A  nchusa 

ALKEKENGI      Physalis 

ALLAMANDA  (Dr  Allamand,  Leyden)  Apocy- 
nacese  Tropical  shrubs,  mostly  climbers,  grown  in  green- 
houses and  conservatories,  and  in  the  open  far  south 

Leaves  entire,  whorled  fls  teimmal,  large  and  funnel- 
shaped,  with  a  flat  spieadmg  or  reflexed  hrnb,  the  tube 
inflated  below  the  throat  in  which  there  are  5  hairy 
scales,  stamens  5,  the  filaments  very  short,  ovaiy  1- 
loculed  the  fr  (seldom  been  in  conservatories)  a  large 
spiny  globular  or  oblong  pod  — About  a  dozen  rpecies 
in  Brazil  and  1  in  Cent  Amer 

With  the  exception  of  A  violacea  and  A.  neni folia, 
all  the  forms  m  cultivation  aie  probably  forms  of  one 
variable  species  The  oiigmal  name  for  this  is  A 
cathartica,  and  the  plants  known  in  the  trade  as  A 
yrandiflora ,  A  nobilit,,  A  Fdiottn,  A  maqnifica,  A 
William^n  are  all  refened  to  it  as  varieties  For  garden 
purposes  thev  are  distinct,  but  botanic-ally  the  d  if  Ter- 
ences are  so  blight  as  not  to  justify  their  being  retained 
as  species  A  vwlacea  is  readily  distinguished  by  the 
color  of  the  flowers,  and  A  nenifolia  by  the  swollen 
base  of  the  corolla 

The  allamandas  comprise  several  of  the  finest  climbing 
plants  in  cultivation  and  are  general  favorites  wherever 
grown  They  are  of  very  easy  culture,  thriving  well 
under  the  ordinary  conditions  of  a  stove  or  warm 
greenhouse  A  mixture  of  two  parts  of  strong  turfy 
loam  and  one  part  of  sharp  sand,  leaf-mold  and  char- 
coal, suits  them  best  Cuttings  root  readily  in  a  close 
case  in  sandy  soil  in  a  temperature  of  70°  F  .it  almost 
any  tune  of  the  year,  but  spring  is  by  far  the  best  time, 
as  the  young  plants  have  a  long  season  of  growth  ahead 
of  them  and  make  better  plants  than  those  rooted 
later.  Both  old  and  new  wood  may  be  used  for 
propagation,  the  young  growth  should  be  taken  off 
with  a  heel  if  possible,  whilst  pieces  of  the  previous 
season's  wood,  which  has  been  well  ripened,  may  be  cut 
up  into  lengths  with  two  or  thiee  joints,  in  spring,  the 
stems  which  are  removed  during  the  annual  pruning 
may  be  used  for  this  purpo.^e  All  the  species  make  most 
excellent  pot-plants,  but  in  order  to  obtain  them  at  their 
best  they  should  be  planted  out  in  awell-diamed  bolder 
When  well  established,  either  in  pots  or  borders,  they 
should  be  fed  liberally  \v  ilh  natural  or  artificial  manures, 
during  the  whole  of  the  growing  season,  as  all  the  species 
without  exception,  aie  gross  feedcis  After  growth  has 
ceased  in  late  autumn  or  winter,  the  plants  should  be 
keptnearly,  but  not  quite  dry  at  theioots  until  February 
or  March,  when  they  should  be  cut  back  as  far  as  is 
necessary,  and  started  in  a  moist  position  in  the  green- 
house Any  repotting  that  they  require  should  be  done 
before  the  new  growths  aie  more  than  6  inches  long 
The  weaker  kinds,  as  A.  violacea,  A  cathartica  var. 
grandiflora  and  var.  Williamsn,  are  best  grafted  on  the 
strong-growing  var.  Hendersomi  Spring  and  summer. 

A  Plant  bushy,  or  httle  climbing'  Jl   swollen  at  base. 

neriifdlia,  Hook  A  dwarf  bush  or  half  clunbcr: 
sts.  terete,  woody  below,  covered  with  down  when 
young  Ivs  pctiolate,  2-5  in  a  whorl,  elliptic  or  ovate- 
acuminate,  rich  dark  green  above,  pale  dull  green  below, 
midrib  and  principal  veins  softly  pilose,  petiole  very 
short  mfl  short,  1-3  in  long;  fls  yellow  on  short  pale 
green  terete  stalks  up  to  \i\n.  long;  bracts  l/%m.  long, 


ALLAMANDA 


ALLIUM 


247 


green;  calyx  spreading,  lobes  unequal,  light  green, 
elliptic-ovate,  j^m  long,  corolla  rich  golden  yellow, 
striped  inside  the  tube  with  reddish  brown,  tube  2  in. 
long,  spreading  upward  with  a  swollen  bulbose  greenish 
base,  limb  1H  ln  diani  ,  lobes  orbicular  or  oval,  obtuse 
Km  long  Brazil  B  M  4594. 

AA   Plant  mostly  tall  climbing,   in  greenhouses  usually 
trained  on  rafters  jl,  not  prominently  enlarged  at  ba^e. 

B  Fls  purple 

viotecea,  Gardn  (A  Blanchetn,  A  DC  )  A  slen- 
der-growing climber  sts  long,  slender,  terete,  green 
tinted  with  red  on  side  exposed  to  the  hun,  hairy  Ivs. 
usually  in  4's,  almost  sessile,  elliptic,  4-6  in  long,  dull 
green  and  covered  with  hispid  hairs  mfl  up  to  1  ft 
long,  loosely  fid.,  bracts  small,  j'jin,  lanceolate,  pale 
green;  fls  in  pairs,  terminating  each  branch  of  the  cyme, 
pedicel  ]^m  long,  hairy,  calyx  ^m  diam  ,  r  ampanu- 
late,  lobes  ^m  long,  elliptic-ovate,  inner  pair  smaller 
than  the  rest,  and  lanceolate,  corolla  bright  reddish 
purple,  tube  2  in  long,  narrow  and  constricted  in  the 


,  , 

middle,  upper  part  purple-red,  middle  part  greenish 
yellow,  and  lower  part  reddish  brown,  limb  spreading 
2-'2l/2  in  diam  ,  lobes  oibicular,  throat  nch  dark 


-2  ,  , 

reddish  purple  shading  to  yellowish  white  at  the  bas 
Brazil  B  M  7122  —A  fine  handsome  species,  quite  dis- 
tinct from  all  other  species  and  vaneties  in  the  color  of 
its  fls  It  is  a  poor  grower  on  its  own  roots,  but  thrms 
well  when  grafted  on  .1.  cathartic  a  var  Ilendtrbonu  or 
var  Nchotin 

BB   F/s  yellow 

cathartica,  Linn  Lvs  arid  ealy\  glabrous  plant  tall- 
chmbing  Ivs  rather  small,  obovate,  usually  in  4's, 
and  more  or  less  wavy-margined,  thin,  acuminate 
fls  golden  yellow,  \\hite-marked  in  the  throat,  the  lobes 
acuminate  on  one  angle,  3  in  or  less  aeros^,  the  tube 
gibbous  or  curved  S  Amor  B  M  338  P  M  8  77  — 
The  type  first  described,  but  now  rarely  seen  m  cult 

Var  n6bihs  (.1  n6bih,s,  T.  Moore)  A  strong,  tall 
climber,  with  purple  twigs  Ivh  and  calyx  more  01  less 
hairy  Ivs  in  3's  or  1\  laige,  acuminate,  \ery  short  - 
stalked  fls  very  large  (t-5  in  at  ross),  neaily  circular 
m  out  line  of  limb,  bright,  clear  yellow,  with  magnolia- 
like  odor  Finest  fls  m  the  genus  Brazil  B  M  5764 

Var  Sch6ttn,  (A  Srhnttn,  Pohl)  St  long-growing, 
suitable  foi  rafters  "young  shoots  .uid  petioles  slightly 

Eubescont,  the  older  st«*  warty  Ivs  m  3's  or  4's,  broadly 
mceolato  and  acuminate  corolla  laige,  rich  yellow,  the 
thioat  darker  and  beautifully  striped  Brazil  B  M. 
4351.  A  maqmficn,  Hort  ,  is  a  form  of  this 

Var  Hendersonn  (A  Wardlcyana,  Lebas  A  II  en- 
dersonn,  Bull)  Fig  155  Tall  and  vigorous,  free-flower- 
ing, excellent  for  loofs  glabrous  Jvs  large,  elliptic- 
ovate,  thick  and  leather},  m  3's  or  4's  fls  large,  }  ellow- 
orange,  with  5  light  spots  in  the  throat,  the  corolla  of 
thick  substance,  purplish  on  the  extenor  when  in  bud. 
Gn  29400  I  11  12  152  —The  commonest  allamanda 
m  this  country  Intro  from  Guiana  by  Henderson  & 
Co  ,  St  John's  Wood,  England,  and  distributed  by  Bull 
about  1865 

Var  grandifldra  (A  granthjlbra,  Hook  )  St  thin  and 
wiry.  Ivs  thin,  ovate-lanceolate,  pointed,  usually  in  3's 
fls  somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  var  A  Hendersonn 
but  larger  than  A  cathartica,  lemon-  or  primrose-yellow 
Brazil.  Gn.  39  192  P  M.  12.79  —Thrives  well  when 
grafted  on  forms  of  A  cathartica  Plant  rather  bushy 

Var  Wflliamsii,  Hort  Habit  slender,  easily  trained 
into  bush  form  or  a  dwarf  climber  sts  terete,  slender, 
wiry,  dull  green,  bright  red  on  side  exposed  to  the  sun, 
covered  with  short  hairs  Ivs.  elliptic  shortly  petiolate, 
usually  in  3's  or  rarely  in  4's,  rich  dark  green  above,  pale 
dull  green  below,  hairy  on  both  sides,  especially  along 
the  midrib  on  the  lower  side;  petiole  J^m.  long,  hany 
mfl.  rather  short;  fls  in  pairs  at  each  joint  of  the 
cyme;  bracts  much  reduced,  barely  T*oin.  long,  acute; 


calyx  erect,  not  spreading,  sepals  unequal,  lanceolate, 
or  elliptic,  Hm.  long;  green;  corolla  yellow,  tube  only 
slightly  curved  2]^  in  long,  narrow  and  stalk-like  in 
lower  half,  then  broadening  out  and  becoming  cam- 
panulate  m  upper  half,  upper  side  of  the  pouch  suffused 
with  reddish  brown,  limb  spreading,  2  in  diam  ,  lobes 
ovate,  obtuse,  $4111  long,  throat  deeper  shade  of  yel- 
low and  stained  with  reddish  brown  Garden  origin, 
Gn  40  468  L<  H  B 

C.  P.  RAFKILU 
ALLEGHENY  VINE     Adhama. 

ALL-HEAL      Brunella  vuloans 

ALLIGATOR  PEAR,  AGUACATE     Avocado,  Person. 

ALLIUM  (ancient  Latin  name  of  garhc).  Liltdcex. 
Bulbous  plants,  mostly  cult i \ated  m  the  open,  but  a 
few  of  them  grown  under  glass  as  florist's  flowers;  and 
comprising  also  the  orurus  and  their  allies 

Leaves  flat,  channelled,  or  terete  and  hollow  fls  ma 
simple  umbel,  from  a  1-2-lvd  usually  scanous  spathe; 
stamens  and  perianth  segms  6,  the  perianth  parts  dis- 
tmrt  or  nearly  so,  1-nei  ved,  and  often  becoming  dry  and 
persistent,  style  slender,  the  stigma  either  entire  or 
parted  — Strong-scented  plants,  with  fls  white,  yellow, 
or  m  shades  of  purple 
and  rose  There  are 
2r)0-3()0  species  in  tem- 
perate parts  of  the 
northern  hemisphere 
Numbers  of  species, 
particularly  the  Asian, 
aie  frequently  seen  in 
botanic  gardens  and 
choice  collections,  but 
only  A  Moly  and  A  / 
ncapohtanum  arc  com- 
mon in  this  country 
among  the  ornamental 
species,  and  no  attempt 
is  made  to  describe  all 
the  species  here  that 
are  mentioned  in  gar- 
den literature  For  the 
vegetable  garden  mem- 
bers of  the  genus,  £ 
Chives,  Garlic, 
Leek,  On  ion ,  Shal- 
lot. In  parts  of 
the  northeastern 
states  A  Ilium 
vincale  is  a  bad 
weed,  it  has  a 
slender  scape 
sheathed  below  * 
with  hollow 
thread  -shaped 
Ivs ,  and  green- 
ish rose-colored  fls  (orbulblets  m  the  place  of  fls  ). 

No  special  treatment  is  required  by  the  alhums. 
Most  of  the  cult  forms  are  hardy  spring  bloomers,  and 
may  be  treated  the  same  as  other  hardy  border  bulbs. 
Propagation  is  by  offsets  and  by  the  bulblets  m  the 
umbel,  also  readily  by  seeds. 


Album  fistulosum.  (Plant  XH) 


acuminatum,  10 
albopilosum,  14 
anceps  33 
ascalomcum,  4 
attcmiifohuin,  28 
Bidwtlhe,  30 
Bolaudm,  24 
bulbellifcra,  2 
Ccpa,  2 
rrrmium,  16 
Cusickn   23 
Ellisu.  13 
falcifolium,  32 


INDEX. 

fimbnatum,  31 
fisluloaum,  3 
Goycn,  20 
Ilermettn,  9 
hffimatoohiton,  18 
madulum,  22 
Moly,  7 
multiplicana.  2 

platyeauK  34* 
JPornun,  6 
reticulatum,  19 
roueum,  11 


Sanbornu,  27. 
sativum,  5 
scapoaum,  21 
Schoenoprasum,  1. 
aenesoena,  12 
aerratum,  29 
aibincum,  1 
stellatum,  26 
tncoccum,  15 
unifolium,  25. 
valulum,  17. 


248 


ALLIUM 


ALLIUM 


A.  Group  I,  comprising  the  vegetable-garden  species. 

B.  Lvs  terete  and  hollow 

C.  Plant  cespitosc  (in  tufts  or  dumps)  and  perennial. 
1.  Schcen6prasum,  Linn.    CHIVES  or  GIVES     Lvs. 
4-6  in.,  very  many,  slender  and  awl-shaped     scapes 
equaling  the' Ivs  ,  fls.  light  purple,  small  and  many  m  a 
globular  head    Eu. 
— The  Ivs  aie  used 
for  seasoning,  grow- 
ing readily  as  the 
herbage  is  cut   Var. 
sibiricum,  Hartm  , 
is  a  large  form  m 
noithcrn  N    Amer. 

cc  Plants     not    in 
m  a  t  s ,     treated 
practualhi     as 
annuals  (ercept 
perhaps  No  (J). 
2    C  e  p  a ,    Linn. 
COMMON    ONION. 
Tall,      with     large 
tubular  Ivs.'  scape 
glaucous,       much 
overtopping   the 
Ivs ,    swollen    near 
middle,  fls  white  or 
bluish    in    a    large 
globular     head-like 
umbel,     bulb     not 
making   many    off- 
sets,    distinctly 
rounded  at  top  and 
bottom     Var    bul- 
bellffera,    Bailey, 
has  bulbels  in   the 

place  of  fls., — the  top,  tree  or  Egyptian  onion  Var 
multiplicans?  Baile> ,  has  dividing  bulbs, — the  multiplier 
onion.  Persia  and  adjacent  regions. 

3.  fistuldsum,  Linn    WELSH  ONION    Fig    156    Dif- 
fers in  having  no  distinct  bulb,  but  only  an  enlarged 
base  or  crown     Ivs.  usually  moie   clustered    Siberia. 
B.M.  1230 

4.  ascal6nicum,  Linn    SHALLOT.   Smaller,  1  ft  '  Ivs. 
many,  awl-shaped    fls    lilac    bulbs  long  arid  pointed, 
each  one  soon  separating  into  many  cloves  or  parts 
adhering  to  a  common  dibk.   Syria 

BB    Lvs  not  hollow,  more  or  less  plane. 

5.  sativum,  Linn    GAKLIC      Plant  12  in  or  less'  Ivs. 
very  narrow,   keeled      fls    purple,   often  replaced    by 
bulbels.  bulbs  small,  breaking  up  into  many  small  ones 
that  are  more  or  less  covered  with  the  dry  scales.    Eu. 

6.  P6rrum,  Linn.    LELK    Stout  plant,  2  ft.  or  more: 
Ivs.  very  broad  and  stiongly  conduphcate  or  keeled: 
scape  arising  the  second  season,   fls    white  or  blush: 
bulb  simple  and  scarcely  more  than  an  enlargement  of 
the  stalk    Eu. 

AA.  Group  II  The  garden  alhums,  mostly  exotic. 
B.  Fls   yellow 

7.  Mdly,  Linn.    Fig.  157    Lvs    flat,  broad'  fls.  nu- 
merous, in  a  dense  umbel,  in  early  spring.   S  Eu 

B.M  499  — Well  known,  and  a  favorite  for  mass- 
ing; common  m  rock-gardens.    Hardy  in  the  N. 

BB.  Fls  white  or  whitish 
c  Lvs  very  broad,  obtuse. 

8.  victorialis,  Linn    Tall:  Ivs  ovate  or  broad- 
oblong,  short:  fls.  greenish  white  in  large  heads. 
Spring.    Siberia.   B  M.  1222  —Hardy 

cc.  Lvs.  narrow,  acute  or  tapenng. 
9    neapolitanum,  Cyr.    Fig   158.    Lvs.  long 
and  rather  narrow,  loose-spreading,  shorter  than 


the  scape  fls  large,  pure  white,  with  colored  stamena 
on  long  pedicels  Eu — Needs  protection  if  grown 
outdoors  Much  used  for  cut-flowers  in  winter  and 
spring  The  most  popular  species  A.  Hermettii  grandi- 
florum,  recently  mtro  from  Holland,  is  a  clear  white 
odorous  variety,  well  adapted  to  forcing. 

BBB   Fls  pink,  rose,  or  lilac. 
c  Segms  with  recurved  lips. 

10  acuminatum,  Hook  Scape  4-10  in  •  Ivs  2-4,  not 
longer  than  the  .scape,  very  narrow  umbel  many-fld  , 
perianth  segms  a  third  longer  than  the  stamens,  the 
inner  ones  senulaie  W  Amer. 

cc  Seqm*  not  recurved. 

11.  rdseum,  Linn  Scape  12-18  in  Ivs  narrow,  with 
mrolled  tips  fls  few  (10-12),  on  long  pedicels  in  an 
open  umbel  S  Eu  B  M  978 

12  senescens,  Linn    Scape  1-2  ft    Ivs  narrow,  erect, 
often  twisted    fls   rather  small,  numerous,  in  a  rather 
dense  head     Eu    BM    1150. 

13  £llisii,  Hook  f     Lvs    4-5,  1  ft,  2^  m.  wide, 
glaucous  green     scape    1    ft  ,  very  stout,  being   %m 
r'lam  ,  fls  rose  with  white  tow  aid  the  base,  wide-spread- 
ing, ll/2m  or  more  long  and  stiff  arid  erect  in  fr.   Persia 
B  M.  7875 

14  albopildsum,  C    II    Wright     Very  robust'  Ivs 
strap-shaped,  1  ^  in  wide,  18  in  or  less  long  scape  1  ft 
as  many  as  80-fld  ,  fls  deep  lilac  with  metallic  sheen,  the 
segms   nearly  1  in    long,  rigid  after  flowering     Persia, 
etc     B  M  7982     G  C  III    34  40  —Probably  the  lar- 
gest-fld  ,  and  most  imposing  garden  species. 

AAA  Group  III  Native  alhums,  sometimes  advertised 
The  species  in  Group  II,  comprise  those  that  are 
likely  to  be  in  general  cultivation  Aside  from  these 
theie  are  various  native  species,  mostly  from  western 
America,  which  are  offered  by  dealers  m  American 
plants  These  are  recorded  below. 

B.  Bulbs  clustered,  narrowly  oblong   scape  terete. 

c   Lvt,   elliptic-lanceolate,  2  or  3. 
15.  tric6ccum,  Ait    COMMON  WILD  LEEK    Fig   159. 
Fls.  greenish  white  on  scape  4-12  in  high  in  early  spring 
Grows  m  clumps     New  Eng  to  Wis  and  N  C 

cc   Lvs  linear,  flat  or  channelled 
1C.  cernuum,  Roth    Fls  rose- 
colored  or  white,  in  open,  nod- 
ding umbels    Alleghames  and  W 

17  validum,  Wats  Fls  rose- 
colored  or  nearly  white,  in  dense 
erectish  umbels  scape  1-2  ^  ft , 
very  stout  Nev  ,  Calif  ,  Ore 

18.  haematochiton,  Wats    Fls. 
deep  rose,  in  a  small,  erect  umbel' 
bulb-coats  deep  red*  scape  1  ft. 
or  less  high    Calif. 

BB.  Bulbs  usually  solitary,  globose 
to    ovate'    scape    terete    or 
nearly  so 
c   Coats  of  bulbs  fibrous 

19.  reticulatum,  Fraser.  Scape 

3-8  in  ,  fls  white 
to  roee,  with  thin 
segms  W.  Amer. 
B  M  1840,  as  A. 
dtellatum. 

20.  Geyeri,  Wats. 
A  foot  high,  stouter-  fls. 
rose,  with  broad  acute 
strongly  nerved  segms. 
158.  Aliium  neapoHUnum.  ( X  K)  W.  Amer. 


ALLIUM 


ALMOND 


249 


cc.  Coats  of  bulb  not  fibrous. 

D  Lvs.  2  or  several 

B.  Ovary  with  only  8  crests,  or  none  at  all. 
21.  scapdsum,  Benth     Fls    white,  red- veined,  in  a 
loose,  few-fld.  umbel   bulbs  dark,  scape  1  ft.  or  more. 
W   Amer 

22    madidum,  Wats.   Fls.  white  or 
nearly  BO,  in  a  rnany-fld  umbel  bulbs 
white,   scape  less  than  1  ft.,  angled 
:  Ore. 

23.  Cdsickii,  Wats  Fls  rather 
numerous,  nearly  white:  Ivs  ^in 
wide  scape  3-4  in  Ore 

24  Bolanden,  Wats  Fls  rose,  few, 
the  segms  serrulate  scape  4-10  in 
Calif 

25.  unifdlium,  Kellogg  Lvs.  sev- 
eral, narrow  and  flat: 
scape  stout,  1-2  ft  ,  fls. 
lose,  10-30,  the  segma 
o vat  ^lanceolate,  exceed- 
ing stamens  and  style 
Calif 

BE.  Ovary  distinctly  6- 
crcstcd  fa.  usually 
rose-colored. 

F  Scape  usually  more  than 
6  in   high  (in  tht  wild} 
26    stellatum,      Fraser. 
Bulb-coats  reddish    scape 
6-18  in  ,  pedicels  J2~x4in   Jong,  sta- 
mens and  styles  exscrted    W.  Amer. 
B  M    1  ->76 

27  Sanbornii,  Wood     Bulb-scales 
white      scape     12-24     in  ,    pedicels 
shorter,    umbel    densely    many-fid  , 
stamens  and  styles  exserted    Calif 

28  attenuifdlium,     Kellogg      Lvs. 
channelled     scape  slender,  6-15  in  , 
leafy  below,  umbel  dense,  fls   nearly 
white     W  Ainer 

FF.  Scape  usually  less  tfian  6  in  high 
(in  the  wild) 

29  serratum,  Wats    Lvs  very  nar- 
row  filair«cnts  broadened  at  the  babe. 
W   Arner. 

30  Bfdwelliae.    Wats      Scape  2-3 
159  Allium  tncoc-    m    umbel  fcw.fld  f  the  pedicels  ^m. 

cum   (x*S)         long,  hlaments  filiform.    Calif. 

DD.  Lf.  solitary,  linear  or  filiform    scape  2-5  in.  high: 

caps    6-crested 

31.  fimbriatum,  Wats  Lf  filiform  and  revolute: 
•cape  3  in  ;  fis  deep  rose,  stigma  3-cleft.  S.  Cahf. 

BBB.  Bulbs  most1]!  solitary    scape  stout,  2-winged:  Ivs. 

2,  broad. 

C  Stamens  not  exerted 

32  falcifdlium,  Hook  &  Arn  Fls  rose,  the  segms. 
minutely  glandular-serrate  and  twice  longer  than  sta- 
mens scape  2-3  in  W  Amer 

33.  anceps,    Kellogg      Fls     white,    with    purplish 
veins,  the  segms.  little  longer  than  stamens.  Cahf  , 
Ore. 

cc.  Stamens  exserted 

34  platycaule,  Wats  Fls  rose,  the  segms  long- 
acuminate'  scape  3-5  in  Calif.  B  M.  6227  (as  A. 
anceps)  L.  H.  B. 

ALLOPL&CTUS  (diversely  plaited;  referring  to 
appearance  of  the  calyx)  Cesncracex  Tender 
tropical  evergreen  shrubby  plants,  with  tubular 


yellowish  axillary  fls  and  opposite  Ivs  ;  one  of  each  If. 
in  the  pair  smaller  than  the  other,  their  under  surfaces 
usually  reddish  or  purplish  To  be  grown  in  the  warm- 
house  with  similar  treatment  as  that  for  Gebiiera 

repens,  Hook  Ti  ailing  by  means  of  roots  thrown  out 
between  the  pairs  of  Ivs  Ivs  ovate,  coarsely  serrate, 
hairy  or  smooth  calvx  pale  green,  blotched  with  purple; 
corolla  yellow,  tinged  red,  gaping;  tube  swollen  at  the 
base,  limb  of  4  spreading  segms  ,  the  uppermost 
being  twice  cut.  K  Indies  B  M.  4250. 

sparsiflorus,  Mart  Krect  Ivs  ovate-oblong,  acute 
entire,  petiole  and  nerves  beneath  often  red  calyx  of  5 
cordate  or  triangular  dark  blood  or  purple  sepals,  form- 
ing a  striking  contrast  to  the  \  ellow  club-shaped  densely 
hairy  corolla;  limb  of  corolla  of  5  equal  segms. 
Brazil  B  M  4216,  erroneously  as  A  dichrous. 

Schlimii,  Planch  &  Lind  Fig  160  Lvs  acumi- 
nate, rounded  or  sut  coidatc  at  base,  oblong,  green 
above,  violet  or  purple-violet  beneath  fls  axillary,  in 
pairs  or  sometimes  more  numerous,  the  calyx  spotted 
with  green,  corolla  yellow -scarlet  below,  shading  up- 
ward into  a  delicate  violet  above  Trop  S.  Amer. 
FS  8827. 

A  Foraetii,  Hort  Corolla  pale  yellow,  spurred  on  the  back. 
Peru  N  TAYI/)Rt 

ALLSPICE.  The  dry  berry  of  the  Pimento  (Pimento, 
officinahs,  Lmdl  ),  an  evergreen  tree  of  the  Myrtacex. 
The  tree  grows  m  the  West  Indies  Jamaica  yields  much 
of  the  product  The  fresh  berry  is  about  the  size  of  a 
pea  It  is  borne  in  clusters  The  word  allspice  is  also 
applied  to  various  plants  with  aromatic  fragrance,  as 
Calycanthus  See  Pimenta 

ALMOND.  A  name  given  to  the  tree  and  fruit  of 
Primus  commiims,  Fntsch.  (Arnygdalut  communis, 
Linn  ),  of  the  Rosdceae.  It  is  also  applied  to  certain 
dwarf  ornamental  trees  or  bushes,  a1?  flowering  almond 
(see  Prunus). 

The  almond  has  been  cultivated  from  time  imme- 
morial. It  is  thought  to  be  native  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean basin  Some  inquirers  have  supposed  it  to  be 
the  original  of  the  poach,  but  this  idea  is  evidently 
untenable  The  flowers  are  peach-like  and  handsome 
(Fig  161)  The  almond  nut  of  commerce  is  the  pit  or 
stone  of  a  peach-like  fruit  (Fig  162)  The  fleshy  part, 
which  is  so  thick  and  edible  m  the  peach,  is  thin  and 
hard,  anil  it  splits  at  maturity  There  are  two  general 
tribes  or  races  of  almonds, — the  bitter  and  the  sweet. 
The  tormer  has  a  bitter  kernel,  which  is  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  flavoring  extracts  and  prussic  acid  It 
is  grown  mostly  in  Mediterranean  countries.  Of  the 


250 


ALMOND 


ALMOND 


sweet  or  edible  almonds,  there  are  two  classes, — the 
hard-shell  and  the  soft-shell  The  lormor  is  of  little 
value,  and  is  not  grown  to  any  extent  The  soft-shell 
type  produces  the  edible  almonds  of  commerce  Some 
of  the  thinnest-shelled  forms  are  known  as  Paper-shells 
It  was  once  thought  that  almond- 
growing  could  be  successfully 
practised  in  the  peach-growing 
sections  of  the  East,  but  late 
spring  frosts,  and  other  difficul- 
ties, nave  caused  the  effoit  to 
be  abandoned  commercially  In- 
dividual almond  trees  are 
occasionally  seen,  and  they  fre- 
quently  bear  profusely  They  are 
nearly  as  hardy  as  the  peach 
The  commercial  cultvation  of 
the  almond  on  this  continent  is 
confined  to  western  America, 
and  the  remainder  of  this  ac- 
count is  therefore  written  from 
161.  Flower  of  common  the  Calif  orman  standpoint 

almond  L    II    B. 

Almond-growing  in  California  has  received  the  atten- 
tion of  horticulturists  for  half  a  century,  and  during  the 
whole  of  its  course  the  industry  has  been  marked  by 
Vicissitudes  which,  it  must  be  admitted,  are  not  yet 
ended  Two  chief  sources  of  difficulty  are  now  clearly 
discerned  to  have  attended  the  effort  from  its  begin- 
ning, and  present  knowledge  may  enable  planters  to 
avoid,  in  the  future,  errors  that  have  led  to  much  dis- 
appointment and  loss — the  vestiges  of  which  still  encum- 
ber the  ground,  though  clearing  is  proceeding  rapidly 
Thus  far  the  almond  tree  has  yielded  more  firewood 
than  any  other  single  fruit  tree  which  has  been  largely 
planted  in  Calif  ornia?  arid  yet  planting  has  continued, 
planting  and  uprooting  keeping  pace,  so  that  about 
1,500,000  trees  are  annually  repoited  by  the  county 
assessois,  of  which  number  about  two-thirds  may  be 
counted  of  bearing  age  The  California  almond  prod- 
uct for  a  series  of  years  is  estimated  as  follows. 


1905 
1906 
1907 
1903 


2,125  tons  1909 

900  "  l')l() 

750  "  1911 

3,000  "  1912 


1,650  tons 
2,750  " 
1,700  " 
3,000  " 


Irregularity  in  production  is  mainly  due  to  the  occur- 
rence or  absence  of  spi  mg  frosts  In  spite  of  these  facts, 
the  almond  will  remain  an  important  California  prod- 
uct, through  the  satisfactory  perfoimance  of  trees 
enjoying  favorable  environment,  which  is  being  gener- 
ally accepted  as  a  safe  guide  for  current  planting. 

The  two  chief  sources  of  failure  with  the  almond  are 
the  sterility  of  many  varieties  without  cross-pollination, 
and  the  extreme  propensity  ot  the  tree  for  eaily  bloom- 
ing, with  the  consequent  destruction  of  the  bloom  or  the 
young  fruit  by  temperature  very  little  below  the  freez- 
ing point  These  two  evils  have  been  singularly  asso- 
ciated historically,  and  only  lately  have  they  been 
shown  to  be  independent  factors  and  both  of  them 
demanding  the  closest  attention  from  planters  At  first 
it  was  thought  that  the  wide  planting  of  self-sterile 
varieties  by  themselves  was  the  cause  of  disappoint- 
ment, because,  after  years  of  choppmg-out  or  grafting- 
over  old  unproductive  trees  to  the  Prune  d'Agen,  for 
which  it  is  an  excellent  stock,  it  was  observed,  by  chance, 
that  the  Languedoc  variety  adjacent  to  Drake's  seed- 
ling, of  local  origin,  was  heavily  laden  with  nuts  when 
it  was  sterile  without  such  association  Attention  was 
then  directed  to  the  growth  of  seedlings,  and  a  large  lot 
of  seedlings  of  the  bitter  almond,  grown  by  A  T  Hatch, 
exhibited  such  satisfactory  bearing  habit  and  such  strik- 
ing variation  toward  new  types  of  the  soft-shell  sweet 
almond  that  the  growth  of  new  selected  California  seed- 
lings was  seized  u  pon  as  a  panacea  for  the  previously  ex- 


perienced troubles  with  the  almond  These  new  varieties 
were  conceived  to  be  not  only  self-fertile  but  hardy, 
and  laige  plantations  were  made  without  due  regard 
to  the  fiostv  character  ot  the  locations  Low  valley 
lands  of  gteat  area,  and  some  extent  of  high  plateaux, 
were  planted  Fine,  huge  trees  grew  only  to  lose  their 
crops  year  alter  year  by  hosts  fiom  Febiunry  to  April, 
until  the  growers  cast  the  trees  upon  the  wood-pile. 
As  a  deduction  ol  the  experience  of  se\  eral  decades,  we 
have  arrived  at  what  seems  now  to  be  the  proper  con- 
ception of  the  situation  ot  the  almond  in  California, 
which  us,  that  the  most  prolific  \aiieties  must,  be  chosen, 
must  be  associated  tor  pui  poses  of  eioss-pollmation,  and 
must  be  planted  in  places  of  least  liability  to  frost. 
There  is  a  factor  of  some  moment  in  the  late-blooming 
habit  of  soino  vaiieties,  which  will  be  considered 
present  ly 

The  soil  host  suited  to  the  almond  is  a  light,  well- 
drained  loam.  The  tree  makes  a  stiong  and  rapid  root- 
growth,  and  is  more  tolerant  ot  di ought  than  any  other 
of  our  leading  deciduous  fruit  tie(  s  I'oi  tins  reason,  as 
well  as  to  avoid  host,  it  is  often  desiiable  to  place  the 
almond  on  the  Inghei  and  dnei  lands  of  the  vallev  — 
providing  the  soil  is  not  hea\\  and  too  retentive  of  sur- 
plus watei  in  the  raitn  ^eason  The  loot  is  most  mtol- 
eiant  ot  standing  water,  and  will  quu  klv  die  it  exposed 
to  it  Because'  ot  its  thnft  in  light,  div  soils,  the  almond 
root  is  used  lather  largeh  a-,  a  stock  for  the  Prune 
d'Agen,  and  to  some  extent  foi  the  peach  in  the  dry 
vallcjs 

Almond  trees  ale  grown  by  budding  into  seedlings 
grown  horn  either  the  sweet  or  the  bitter  haul-shell 
almonds,  the  bud  being  set  during  the  fust  summer's 
growth  ot  the  seedling,  and  then  eithei  planted  out  as  a 
dormant  bud  the  following  winter  or  allowed  to  make 
one  season's  giowth  on  the  bud  in  the  musery  The 
tree  grows  so  rapidl>,  both  in  loot  and  top,  that  only 
yearling  trees  are  used 

At  transplanting,  the  young  trees  are  cut  back  so  as 
to  form  a  low  head  with  onlv  about  a  foot  ot  clear  trunk 
They  are  allowed  to  make  iiee  giowth  duimg  the  follow- 
ing summei,  and  in  the  following  winter  are  cut  back  so 
as  to  encourage  branching  on  the  mam  limbs  within  a 
foot  of  then  attachment  to  the  trunk  At  the  same  time, 
the  branches  aie  i educed  to  four  01  h\e  in  numbir,  sym- 
metrically arranged  aiound  the  stem  and  at  good  dis- 
tance fiom  each  othei,  so  tint  they  shall  not  unduly 
crowd  each  other  as  they  enlarge1  Another  full  growth 
during  the  following  summer  and  another  cutting 
back  the  following  winter  give  the  trees  the  vase-form 
on  the  outside,  with  enough  interior  bianclu  s  to  fill  the 


162.  Almond  nuts 


inside  of  the  tree  without  crowding  Thus  the  tree  ia 
systematically  pinned  after  each  of  its  fust  two  years' 
growth  in  the  orchard  After  that ,  short emng-in  of  the 
branches  usually  ceases,  and  the  third  summer's  growth 
is  allowed  to  stand  for  frmt-beaiing,  with  only  thmmng- 
out  of  growth  to  prevent  crowding.  This  thinning-out 
has  to  be  done  from  time  to  tune  in  later  jears,  other- 
wise the  tree  becomes  too  thick,  and  interior  branches 
dwindle  for  lack  of  light  The  amount  of  thinning 
varies  in  the  different  climates  oi  the  state  the  greater 
the  heat,  the  denser  the  tree  for  its  own  protection 
With  the  proper  adjustment  of  heat  and  light,  fresh 
bearing  wood  may  be  encouraged  in  the  lower  part  of 


ALMOND 


ALNUS 


251 


the  tree,  otherwise  it  becomes  umbrella-shaped,  with 
the  fruit  wood  at  the  top  and  bare  poles  below. 

The  almond  is  the  earliest  bloomer  of  our  common 
fruits.  It  puts  forth  flowers  sometimes  as  early  as  Janu- 
ary, but  the  usual  date  is  about  February  10  for  the 
earliest  bloomers  in  the  wanner  parts  of  the  state,  with 
the  later  bloomers  at  intervals  thereafter  until  April  1. 
Records  of  full  bloom  of  a  number  of  varieties  widely 
grown  in  California,  which  have  been  kept  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  substation,  situated  in  the  Sierra 
toot-hill  region,  show  the  following  succession .  Commer- 
cial, February  27,  Sultana  and  Paper-shell,  March  10; 
King  and  Mane  Duprey,  March  11,  IXL,  March  12, 
Languedoc,  March  19,  Nonpareil,  March  20,  Routier 
Twin,  March  24;  Pibtache,  March  25;  Drake  and  Texas, 
April  2     Obviously  the  late  bloomers  have  greater 
chance  of  escaping  frost,  and  there  is  at  present  some 
disposition  to  make  this  a  consider- 
ation m  selecting  varieties  for  plant- 
ing    The  dates  just  given  show  an 
extreme  variation  in  time  of  bloom- 
ing    Some  years  the  intervals  are 
much  shorter,  but  the  relation  seems 
to  be  constant      The  crop  ripens 
from  August  15  to  October  1,  accord- 
ing to  locality    Early  maturity  does 
not  follow  early  blooming — that  is, 
as   with   other  fruits,  the  first   to 
bloom  are  not  necessarily  the  first 
to  ripen 

Not  less  than  twenty-five  varie- 
ties of  almonds  have  been  grown  to 
a  greater  or  less  extent  in  Califor- 
nia   Varieties  of  foreign  origin 
have    almost     wholly    given 
place  to  selected  seedlings  of 
local  origin,  and  of   these   a 
very  few  constitute  the  mam 
crop  at  present      These   are 
named  in  the  order  of  their 
acreage,  as  follows    Nonpareil,  Ne  Plus 
Ultra,  IXL,  Drake,  Texas  Prolific,  Lan- 
guedoe     Of  these,  the  first  three  occupy 
not  less  than  three-fourths  of  the  acreage 

In  handling  the  crop,  the  local  climate 
modifies    methods    somewhat,    and    the 
growth-habit  is  also  involved    In  regions 
very  free  from  atmospheric  humidity  in 
the  summer,  the  hull  opens  readily  and 
discloses  a  clean,  bright  nut,  which  can 
be  marketed  without  treatment     Where 
this  is  not  the  case,  and  the  nut  is  more 
or  less  discolored,  bleaching  in  the  fumes 
of  sulfur  has  to  be  practised     The  nut 
must  be  dry  before  sulf unng,  or  the  fumes 
will  penetrate  and  injure  the  flavor  of  the 
kernel     Sulfured  nuts  also  lose  largely 
in  power  of  germination    The  practice  is 
to  gather  the  nuts,  dry  for  a  few  days 
m  the  sun,  then  spray  with   water  very 
lightly  or  with  a  jet  of  steam,  so  that  only  the  surface 
of  the  shell  is  moistened,  and  then  sulfur,  and  a  light 
color  can  be  secured  without  penetration  of  the  fumes. 
The  nuts  can  usually  be  gathered  from  the  ground  as 
they  naturally  fall,  or  can  be  brought  down  by  shaking 
or  fhe  use  of  light  poles    Some  varieties  arc  more  easily 
harvested  than  others,  and  the  same  variety  falls  more 
readily  in  some  localities  than  in  others    A  greater  or 
less  percentage,  according  also  to  variety  and  locality, 
will  have  adhering  hulls,  and  for  clearing  them,  locally- 
invented  machines,   called   almond-hullers,   are  used 
Early  rains  in  some  localities  are  apt  to  stain  the  nuts 
Such  stains  cannot  be  removed  by  sulfurmg,  and  the 
nuts  have  to  be  crushed  and  the  product  marketed  as 
kernels  for  the  use  of  confectionery    Machinery  is  also 
used  for  this  operation,  and  a  considerable  fraction  of 


the  product  reaches  the  market  in  this  form  because  of 
the  demand  for  candied  and  salted  almonds 

The  standard  of  excellence  in  the  almond,  from  a 
commercial  point  of  view,  as  learned  by  the  experience 
of  California  producers,  is  that  the  kernel  must  be  as 
smooth,  symmetrical  and  plump  as  possible.  The  twin- 
ning of  kernels,  welcome  as  it  may  be  to  searches  for 
philopenas,  results  in  misshapen  kernels,  which  are 
very  objectionable  to  the  confectioners,  who  are  very 
large  users  of  almonds  Constancy  to  single  kernels  is 
therefore  a  good  point  in  a  variety 

Large  proportion  of  kernel  to  shell  by  weight  is  also, 
obviously,  an  important  point  to  almond- 
buyers  At  the  same  time,  the  shell  may 
be  so  reduced  in  strength  as  to  break  badly 
in  shipping  m  sacks  and  in  subsequent 
handling  Incomplete  covering  also  ex- 
poses the  kernel  to  the  sulfur  and  to  loss 
of  flavor.  The  ideal  is  such  degree  of  thin- 
ness of  shell  as  can  be  had  with  complete 
covering  of  the  kernel  and  durability  in 
handling 

Careful  comparison  of  the 
proportion  of  kernel  weight 
to  gross  weight  of  the  popular 
California  \arieties,  as  compared 
with  a  leading  imported  variety, 
was  made  by  a  committee  of  the 
California  Horticultural  Society, 
with  the  following  result  From 
one  pound  of  each  of  the  follow- 
ing varieties  the  net  weight  of 
kernels  in  ounces  was  Imported 
Tarragona,  65,  California  Lan- 
guedoc, 7}i,  El  Supremo,  TYi, 
Drake,  8?4,  IXL,  9,  Commercial, 
9 It,  La  Puma,  9^,  Princess,  9^J 
Ne  Plus  Ultra,  10,  King,  10; 
Paper-shell,  11,'  Nonpareil,  11  to 
13  EDWARD  J.  WICKSON. 

ALMOND,  DEMERARA:  Terminate 
Catappa 

ALMOND,  FLOWERING:   Prunu* 

ALNUS  (the  ancient  Latin 
name)  Bctnlacex  ALDER  Orna- 
mental woodv  plants  grown  chiefly 
for  their  foliage,  some  species  are 
valuable  as  timber  trees. 

Trees  or  shrubs    Ivs   alternate, 
deciduous,  short -pet  loled,  usually 
serrate  or  dentate    fls  monoecious, 
apetalous,   in  catkins,  st  animate 
ones  elongated,  each  bract  with  3  fls  ,  stamens 
4  in  each  fl  ,  with  short  filaments  not  divided 
at  the  apex,  pistillate  catkins  short,  each  bract 

Be.-      h.ht    f  the    Wlth  2    fls  ;   st>los   2>   the   P«>tillate   oatkina 
almond  developing  into  a  ligneous,  generally  ovoid  cone 

with  persistent,  5-lobed  scales  fr  a  small 
nutlet. — About  30  species  in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
in  Amer  south  to  Peru  Monograph  by  W inkier  in 
Englcr's  Pflanzenreich •  Betulaceic  101  (1904) 

The  alders  are  deciduous  trees  or  shrubs  with  me- 
dium-sized leaves  and  pendulous  st  animate  catkins  in 
spring  before  the  leaves;  the  short  pistillate  catkins  de- 
\  eloping  into  woody  cones  about  }i  to  1  inch  long  and 
usually  arranged  in  small  racemes  The  profuse  male 
catkins  are  pleasing  m  early  spring  The  wood  is  val- 
uable for  its  durability  in  water;  of  the  native  spe- 
cies, A  rubra  is  the  most  important  timber-tree,  in 
the  Old  World,  A.  ghdtnosa  and  ^1  japonicn  Most 
species  are  suitable  for  planting  on  damp  soil,  where 
they  grow  rapidly,  but  A.  cordata  prefers  a  drier  situa- 
tion; also  A  japomca,  A.  incana  and  A  tinctona  grow 
well  in  drier  situations. 


252 


ALNUS 


ALNUS 


Usually  propagation  is  by  seeds  gath**red  in  the  fall  and 
well  dried;  sown  in  spring  with  but  slight  covering,  and 
kept  moist  and  shady,  they  germinate  soon,  a  slight 
covering  with  moss,  taken  off  when  the  seedlings  appear, 
will  be  useful.  At  the  end  of  the  same  year  or  the  fol- 
lowing spring,  the  seedlings  are  transplanted,  usually 
into  rows  1  to  2  feet  apart  and  6  inches  from  each  other. 
After  two  years,  they  may  be  planted  when1  they  are  to 
stand  The  shrubby  species,  also  A  glutmosa,  grow 
from  hardwood  cuttings  placed  in  moist  and  sandy 
soil,  also  from  layers,  and  A.  incana  from  suckers. 
Rarer  kinds  are  grafted  on  common  potted  stock  in 
early  spring  m  the  propagatmg-house;  grafting  out-of- 
doors  is  rarely  successful. 


Alnobetula,  1. 

mcisa,  12 

rubra,  10 

aurea,  12 

rubnnervia,  12. 

barbata.  12 

laomiata',  K,  12 

rugosu,  11 

inantima,  o 

scrrulata   11. 

cordata,  7 

Mitcholhana,  2 

hlnKca,  7 

cordifoha,  7 

oblongata,  5,  12 

tihsfoha,  7 

denticulata,  12. 

oregana,  10 

tinctona,  9 

firma,  3.  4,  0. 

oxyacnnthifolia,  12 

undulata,  1 

glaura,  8 

pendula,  \ 

vindis,  1,  2 

glutmosa,  12 

pmnatihda,  8 

vulKani,  8,  12 

iinperiahs,  12 

pynfolia   7 

yasha,  3 

incana,  8,  9. 

rotundifolui,  12 

A.  Pistillate  catkins  terminal,  inclosed  during  the  winter 
in  the  bud,  opening  in  spring  fr  with  broad  mem- 
branous wing  winter-buds  sessile  with  2  or  more 
unequal  scales    (Alnobetula  ) 
B.  Lvs  ovate  or  elliptic,  with  fi-10  pairs  of  veins 
1.  viridis,  DC  (A.  Alnobetula,  Hartig    A  undulata, 
Willd.).  EUROPEAN  GREEN  ALDER.  Shrub,  2-6  ft. .  Ivs. 
elliptic  or  ovate,  to  round-ovate,  acute,  usually  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  sharply  serrulate,  1-2^  m    long, 
glutinous  while  young,  bright  green  above,  pale  green 
and  glabrous  beneath  or  pubescent  on  the  veins   stam- 
inate  catkins  2-3^  in    long;  pistillate  catkins  with 
glabrous  or  puberulous  peduncles:  cones  3-4,  oblong, 


elender-peduncled.   March,  April.  Mts.  of  Eu.  L.B.C. 
12:1141.  HW.2'14. 

2  Mitchelliana,  Curt.  (A.  "iridis  of  most  American 
authors)  AMERICAN  GRSEN  ALDER.  Shnib,  2-10  ft  : 
young  branchlets  glabrous  or  sparingly  pubescent.  Ivs. 
elliptic  or  ovate-elliptic,  acute  or  obtuse,  rounded  or 
aubcordate  at  the  base,  1  ^-.3  in  long,  densely  serrulate, 
glutinous  while  young,  with  impressed  veins  above, 
reticulate  beneath  and  glabrous  stammate  catkins  2-3 
in  long,  pistillate  catkins  with  pubescent  peduncles' 
cones  3-6,  oblong,  slender-peduneled  March,  Apr. 
Mts  of  N  E  Amer  ,  west  to  Brit  Col ,  south  to  N.  C. 
— Hardy  shrub  with  handsome  bright  green  foliage, 
very  aromatic  when  unfolding  and  of  very  pleasant 
effect  in  spring  with  its  long  male  catkins;  handsomer 
than  the  preceding  species. 

BB.  Lw>.  ovate-oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  with  12-24 
pairs  of  veins. 

3.  yasha,  Matsum.  (A  ftrma  var  ydsha,  Winkl ). 
Tree,  to  30  ft  young  branchlets  pubescent.  Ivs.  ovate- 
oblong,  2-4  in  long,  acute,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
sharply  and  irregularly  serrate,  with  12-18  pairs  of 
veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  cones  1-3,  ellip- 
soid or  sub-globose,  %in  long,  on  blender  peduncles 
about  1  m.  long.  Japan  J  C.T.  16 '2 

1  pendula,  Matsum  (A  firma  var.  multinenns, 
Regel)  Tree,  to  30  ft ,  or  shrub  young  branchlets 
pubescent.  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate, 
2-1  in  long,  irregularly  and  often  nearly  doubly  ser- 
rate, with  18-21  pairs  of  veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins 
beneath,  at  maturity  nearly  glabrous  cones  3-5, 
ovoid,  about  }/>in  long,  m  pendulous  racemes,  1-2  in. 
long  Japan  S  I  F  212  J  C  T  16  3  —Very  hand- 
Borne  alder,  still  rare  in  cult  ;  the  plant  cult  under  this 
name  is  usually  Uie  preceding  species 

AA.  Pistillate  catkins  axillary,  appearing  in  autumn: 
winter-buds  with  2  equal  scales,  stalked.  (Gym- 
nothyrkus  ) 

B.  Fls  opening  in  the  fall  from  catkins  of  the  same  year: 

lv*   not  pli( atily  folded  in  the  bud. 
5   maritima,  Nutt    (A.  oblongata,  Regel,  not 
Ait    nor  \\illd)     Tree,  to  30  ft     Ivs    cuneate, 
oblong  or  obovate,  shining  above,  pale  green 
beneath,  glabrous,  remotely  and  crenately  ser- 
rate, 2-4  in  long  cones  2-4,  large,  on  short,  stout 
peduncles      Del ,  Md     SS9'458     G  F  4  26<). 
Nutt ,  N   Amer  S   1  10  — Ornamental  shrub  or  binall 
tree  with    handsome    shining    foliage,   attractive    m 
autumn  with  its  male  catkins 

BB  Fls  opening  in  early  spring  before  the  Ivs  ,  from 
catkins  formed  the  previous  year  and  remaining 
naked  during  the  winter 

C.  Lvs.  not  plicate  in  the  bud,  green  beneath,  veins  arch- 

ing cones  1-fi,  long-stalked. 

6.  japonica,  Sieb  &  Zucc  (A  fi rma,  Hort ,  not  Sieb  & 
Zucc  )     Fig  161    Tree,  50- SO  ft    Ivs  cuneate,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  sharply  and  irregularly  serrulate, 
glabrous  at  length,  bearded  in  the  axils  of  the  veins 
beneath,  2-6  m    long    cones  3-6,  peduncled     Japan. 
GF.  6  315  (adapted  m  Fig  164)     SIF  1' 19 —Tall, 
pyramidal  tree  with  dark  green  foliage,  the  largest  ana 
perhaps  the  most  beautiful  of  all  alders. 

7.  cordata,  Desf.   (A    cordifbha,  Ten.    A.  tiliacea, 
Hort )     Small  tree,  20-50  ft  •  Ivs    cordate,  ovate  or 
roundish,  acuminate,  2-4  m  long,  bearded  in  the  axils 
beneath,   glandular  when  young    cones   1-3,   ovoid, 
about  1  m.  long,  peduncled,  nutlets  with  narrow  wing. 
Italy,  Caucasus     L  B  C.  13 : 1231.    G  C.  II  19 :285  — 
Round-headed   tree  with  handsome,  distinct  foliage, 
changing  orange-yellow  m  autumn,  resembling  that  of  a 
linden  or  pear,  therefore  sometimes  called  A.  tih 

or  A.  pynfblia,  in  gardens.  Not  quite  hardy  N. 


ALNUS 


ALNUS 


253 


cc.  Lvs.  plicate  in  tht  bud,  the  veins  going  straight  to  the 
points  of  the  larger  teeth,  cones  4~1U>  short- 
stalked  or  senile. 

D.  Under  side  of  Ivs  glaucous,  not  bearded:  cones  sessile 
or  short-stalked. 

8.  incana,  Willd     Shrub  or  tree,  to  60  ft  :  branches 
pubescent    Ivs.  oval  or  oblong-ovate,  acute,  \Y\-k  in 
long,   doubly   serrate,    pubescent   or   nearly   glabroua 
beneath,  cones  4-8;  mostly  sessile,  ^jin  long.   North- 
ern hemisphere,  in  different  varieties.  H  W.  2 . 13. 

Var.  glauca,  Ait.  (A.  glauca.  Michx.).  Shrub,  to  12 
ft. :  Ivs.  often  nearly  glabrous  beneath.  N.  Amer .  Eu. 
Em  251. 

Var.  vulgaris,  Spach  Tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  usually 
densely  pubescent  beneath  cones  1  in  long.  Eu  ,  Asia. 

Var.  pinnatffida,  Spach  (var  lacimata,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
pmnately  lobed  or  cleft,  with  dentate  lobes. 

9.  tinctftria,  Sarg    (A.  incana  var   tinctbna,  Hort ) 
Fig  165    Tree,  to  60  ft     young  branchlets  glabrous  or 
slightly  pubescent    Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  4-6  in    long, 
membranaceous,  coarsely  doubly  serrate,  slightly  lobed, 
glaucous  and  rufously  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath. 
Japan    OF  10 "473  (adapted  m  Fig   165)    SIF  1  19 
(as  var   glauca)  — Handsome  ornamental  tree  of  very 
vigorous  growth,  with  large  foliage 

10  rubra,  Bong.  (A.  oregdna,  Nutt.).  Tree,  40-50 
ft  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  3-5  in.  long,  crenate-serrate, 
slightly  lobed,  revolute  on  the  margin,  nearly  glabrous 


, 

beneath,  petioles  and  veins  orange-colored    cones  6-8, 
oblong. 
S.  1  9 


,  petiole 
W.  N. 


, 
Amer.    SS.  9:451     Nutt.,  N.  Amer. 


DD.  Under  side  of  Ivs.  green  or  brownish  green,  usually 

bearded. 

B.  Cones  upptr  senile 

11.  rugdsa,  Spreng  SMOOTH  ALDLR  Shrub,  to  25 
ft  .  young  brancnlets  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous  Ivs 
ovate  or  broadly  elliptic  to  obovate,  acuto  or  obtuse, 
2-5  m  long,  doubly  serrate  and  often  slight  Iv  lobed, 
beneath  covered  more  or  less  with  brownish  pubescence 
or  glabroxis  cones  4-10,  the  upper  sessile,  tho  lo\\er 
short-stalked,  ovoid,  about  loin  long  E  X  Amer 
MX  3  4  Vai  serrulata,  \\  inkl  (.1  sfrn/W/a,  \\  illd  ) 
Branchlets  glabrous  or  nearly  so  hs  usually  obo\ate, 


obtuse,  finely  and  doubly  serrulate,  glabrous  or  nearly 
glabrous  beneath.  Em.  248  — By  most  European 
botanists  this  variety  is  considered  a  distinct  species, 
but,  though  the  extreme  forms  seem  quite  distinct,  they 
are  connected  by  all  Kinds  of  intermediate  forms.  In 
flower,  A.  rugot>a  is  easily  distinguished  from  A.  incana 


165.  Alnus  tinctoria.   ( X 


166    Alnus  glutinosa.   ( X 


by  the  pistillate  catkins  which  are  upright  in  A.  rugosa, 
nodding  in  A  incana 

EE.  Cones  all  distinctly  peduncled. 
12.  glutindsa,  Gaertn  (A  ni loans,  Hill.  A  rotundi~ 
fdha,  Mill  A  tomnnnut,  Desf )  BT.ACK  ALDER.  Fig. 
1 66  Tree,  to  70  ft  1\  s.  orbicular  or  obovate,  rounded  or 
emargmate  at  the  apex,  2-5  in  long,  irregularly  obtusely 
serrate,  with  5—7  pairs  of  \  ems,  nearly  glabrous  beneath, 
glutinous  \\hen  unfolding  tones  distinctly  peduncled. 
Eu  ,  N  Afr ,  Asia,  naturalized  in  some  localities  in  N. 
Amer  II  W  2  12  HT  UO— A  vigorously  grow- 
ing tree  with  dark  green,  dull  foliage,  valuable  for 
planting  m  damp  situations  Commonly  planted  in 
many  forms  Var  aurea,  Versch  Lvs  yellow  I  H. 
13  190  Var  denticulata,  Ledeb.  (A  oblongata,WiM.). 
L\s  usually  cuneate,  serrulate  S  Eu  Var  barbata, 
Cctlhor  (  1  barbala,  C  A  Mey ).  Lvs  ovate,  acute, 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  Caucasus  Var. 
impenahs,  Desf  Lvs  deeply  pmnately  lobed  with  lan- 
ceolate 01  nearly  linear  lobes  Var  incisa,  Willd.  (var. 
ori/acartthtft)h(t,  Spach)  Lvs  small,  deeply  incised, 
like  those  of  ("rtiljpgu*  oxyacantha  Var  laciniata,  Willd. 
L\s  pnmately  lobed,  lobes  oblong  Var.  rubrinervia. 
I-hpp  Lvs  large  and  shining,  with  red  nerves  and 
petioles  pyramidal  tree  of  vigorous  growth,  very 
handsoiiir 

\  ncunntnita,  HHK  Tree  hs.  usually  ovate  and  pubescent  be- 
nt uh,  douolysenv  te  Cent  Amer  .north  to  Ariz  — A  crematt6gyne, 
Burkill  Irte  young  branchlets  glabrous,  Ivs  oblong-obov ate, 
glibrous,  slvirply  verrato,  3-4  in  long  cones  cyhndric,  solitary  on 
s|(  nd<  r  peduru  les,  about  1  ,<j  in  long  W  China  — Recently  mtro  , 
tiru.i  ibly  not  hardy  N  —A  firnm.  Sieb  &  Zuco  (A  Sieboldiana, 
Miiti  )  Allied  to  A  yusha  Tree  Ivs  ovate,  or  ovate-oblong, 
acute,  rounded  at  the  base,  with  10-15  pairs  of  veins,  3-5  m  long, 
cones  ubout  1  m  long,  solitary  on  a  peduncle  H-lin  long  Japan 
MF  2  12  —A  fruticdsa,  Rupr.  (A  vindw  var  sibmca, 
Rejjel)  Allied  to  A  vindis  Shrub  Ivs  broadly  ovate  or  elhptic- 
o\ate,  usually  rounded  at  the  ba^e,  nearly  doubly  or  sinuatelj> 
serrnte  Siberia,  Corea — A  hirsute,  Turc/  (A  incana  var 
hirsuta,  Spach)  Allied  to  A  tinctoria  Tree ,  voung  branchlets,  and 
petioles  tomintoso  Ivs  suborbicular  to  elliptic,  arutish,  dcntio- 
ul  ite  and  slightly  lobed,  ferrujnneous,ly  tomentose  beneath  Japan, 
Mamhuna—A  jomllinn*,  HBK  Allied  to  A  acummuta  Lvs. 
obloni?-lanceolate,  coarsely  dentate  Cent  Amer — A  molhs, 
Fernihl  Closely  allied  to  A  cnspa  Shrub  or  small  tree  branchlets 
pubescent  Ivs  pubescent  beneith,  2-4  in  long  N  E  \nier  ,  west 
to  Lake  Winnipeg,  south  to  Mass —A  nitida,  Endl  Tree,  to  108 
ft  Ivs  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  short-acuminate,  not  plicate,  3-4 
in.  long,  entire  or  remotely  serrulate,  bright  green  and  lustrous 


254 


ALNUS 


ALOCASIA 


above,  glabrous  male  catkins  very  slender,  to  6  in  long  cones  2-4, 
peduncled  Himalayas  13  M  7054  — A  oblonoifblia,  Torr  Tree, 
20-30  ft.:  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  cuneate,  doubly  serrate,  2-3  in  long 
strobiles  H~l  >n  long,  poduneled  N  Mex  and  Ariz  S  S  9  457  — 
A  occidental™,  Dipp  =A  tenuifolia. — A.  onentuhs,  Deorie  (A 
barbata,  Hurt  ,  not  C  A  Mey  A  firnia,  Hort ,  not  Sieb  &  Zucc  A 
macrophylla,  Hort  )  Allied  to  A  c  ordata  Tree  Ivs  ovate-oblong, 
obtusely  or  erenately  serrate,  2-5  in  long,  glabrous,  with  8-10  pairs 
of  veins,  cones  ovoid,  glutinous,  y^-l  m  long,  nutlets  without  wing 
Asia  Minor — A  pubficens,  Tseh  (A  glutmosa  Xmcana)  Lvs 
roundish-ovato  or  obovate,  irregularly  serrate,  pubescent  beneath 
Natural  hybrid  —A  rhombifdlut,  Nutt  Tree,  60-80  ft  Ivs  cu- 
neate, oval  or  ovate,  2—3^2  m  long,  finely  serrate,  yellowish  green 
and  puberulous  beneath  strobiles  oblong,  peduncled  W  N  Amer 
SS  0  456 — A  Sicboldidna,  Mats  =A  firma — A  sinuAta,  Kydh 
(A  sitchensis,  Sarg  )  Allied  to  A  vindis  Shrub,  3-16  ft  Ivs 
slightly  lobod,  serrulate,  glabrous,  thin  W  N  Amer  SS  14  727  — 
A  Spxthn.  Callier  (A  japonica  Xsubcordata)  Tree  Ivs  ovatc-lance- 
olate,  sharply  serrate,  violet-purple  when  unfolding  Of  garden  origin 
A  subcorddta,  C  A  Mey  Tree,  30-50  ft  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong- 
ovate,  rounded  at  the  base,  2-6  in  long,  crenately  or  doubly  serrate, 
glabrous  or  sometimes  pubescent  beneath  cones  about  1  in  long 
nutlets  with  a  narrow  wing  Caucasus — A  lenuifoha,  Nutt  (A 
incana  vur  viresceus,  Watu  A  occidentals,  Dipp  )  Sma'l  tree, 
occasionally  30  ft  Ivs  ov  ate,  2-4  in  long,  slightly  lobed  and  doubly 
eerrate,  green  and  nearly  glabrous  beneath  W  N  Amer  S.  8 

9  455  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ALOCASIA  (name  made  from  Colocasia)  Aracew 
Warmh'ouse  foliage  plants,  with  green,  veined  and 
mottled,  large  hanging  leaves. 

Stem  thick,  short  or  assurgent,  densely  marked  with 
If  .-scars.  Ivs    with  long  sheathed  petioles,  the  blade, 
when    young    peltate, 
when  old  usually  sagit- 
tate-cordate, the  basal 
lobes  commonly  more 
or  less  united    spathe 
with    the    tube    much 
shorter  than  the  blade, 
,  ovoid  or  oblong,  con- 
volute, the  blade   ob- 
long,     usually      boat- 
i,  shaped,  spadix  shorter 
|  than     spathe  — Stove 
B  foliage  plants  from  E. 
Asia,  ( ornprising  about 
40  species,  in  addition 
to  many  hybrids     Re- 
Lited  to  Caladmm  and 
Colocasia,  from  which 
separated  by  technical 
fr.  characters.   See  Monogr  by  Engler  in  De  Candolle's 
Monographic  Phanerogamarum,  Vol.  II 

The  species  ot  alocasia  grown  in  greenhouses  have 
foliage  of  great  beauty  and  coloring  and  rank  high 
amongst  ornamental  foliage  plants  The  leaves  are 
remarkable  for  their  coloring,  markings,  size  and  shape, 
some  of  them  being  ot  a  rich  metallic  coloring  while 
others  are  green  and  green-and- white  with  prominent 
veining.  Alocasias  are  propagated  by  suckers  or  cut- 
tings of  the  rhizomes,  placed  m  small  pots  containing  a 
mixture  of  light  fibrous  peat  and  sand  m  equal  pro- 
portions, and  plunged  in  a  close  frame  or  propagating- 
box  with  bottom  heat  They  may  also  be  grown  from 
seeds  sown  in  4-inch  pots,  m  a  light  peaty  soil  in  a  tem- 
perature of  75°  F  The  month  of  March  is  the  best  time 
for  propagating  and  potting  The  evergreen  species  (as 
A  cuprea,  A  longiloba,  A  Lowii,  A.  Reginn)  thrive  best 
in  a  compost  of  two  parts  fibrous  peat  and  sphagnum 
moss  and  one  part  lumps  of  fibrous  loam,  to  which  should 
be  added  a  sprinkling  of  silver  sand  and  a  few  nodules 
of  charcoal  to  keep  the  whole  sweet  The  herbaceous 
species  (as  A  macrorhiza)  do  best  in  good  fibrous  loam 
to  which  one-third  of  well-rotted  cow-manure  or  pul- 
verized sheep-manure  has  been  added  Perfect  drain- 
age of  the  pots  is  absolutely  necessary,  and,  in  potting, 
the  evergreen  species  should  be  coned  up  2  or  3  inches 
above  the  rim  of  the  pot,  and  finished  off  with  a  sur- 
facing of  live  sphagnum  moss  The  season  of  active 
growth  begins  about  the  first  of  March,  when  plants 
should  be  given  a  temperature  of  70°  at  night,  with 
a  rise  of  15°  by  day,  and  the  atmosphere  must  be 


167    Alocasia  Sanderiana 


kept  in  a  humid  condition.  They  should  be  given  a 
position  free  from  drafts  and  direct  sunlight  They 
require  an  abundance  of  water  at  the  roots  as  the  leaves 
develop,  and  aie  greatly  benefited  by  an  occasional 
watering  of  clear  liquid  sheep-  or  cow-manure.  To 
secure  the  best  development  of  the  leaves,  heavy 
syringing  should  be  avoided,  but  frequent  spraying  on 
all  fine  days  with  an  atomizer  sprayer  is  very  beneficial 
Towards  winter  the  humidity  of  the  atmosphere  and 
the  suppjly  of  water  to  the  roots  should  be  reduced  with 
the  evergreen  species,  and  gradually  withheld  alto- 
gether as  the  leaves  mature,  with  the  herbaceous 
species  The  temperature  during  winter  should  not 
fall  below  60°.  (E  J  Canning  ) 


argyrsta,  13 

Lo  SaUiana,  13 

PutZLytii.  8 

bataviensis,  13 

Lmdenu,  5 

llegina,  13 

Chantneri,  13 

longiloba,  6 

Sanderiana,  2 

Chelsomi,  13 

Low  n.  7 

Stdenit.  13 

cuprea,  12 

Luciana,  13 

Thibautiana,  9 

yigantea,  6 

matrorhiza,  11 

Van    Hvuttet,  13 

(flgas,  13 

Marshalln,  13 

mrttgata,  11 

illustns,  13 

metaUica,  12 

Vcitchii,  10 

intermedia,  13 

mortefontainenm.8,  13 

Villeneuvei,  4 

Jenmngni.  13 
Johnstomi,,  13 

pnnoeps,  1 
Pucaana,  13 

violacea,  13 
zebnna,  3 

A  Lvs  distinctly  notched  or  undulate  on  the  margin 

1  princeps,  Nichols    Lvs    sagittate,  the  basal  lobes 
narrow  and  spreading,  the  margins  deep-sinuate,  upper 
surface  olive-green,  with  darker  veins,  the  under  lighter 
colored,  with  brown  veins  and  margin,  petioles  brown- 
spotted,  slender    E  Indies 

2  Sanderiana,   Bull     Fig  167     Lvs    long-sagittate, 
\\ith  deeply  notched  margin,  the  basal  lobes  wide-spread- 
ing,   deep  glossy  green  with  metallic    reflection,  \vith 
prominent  white  margins  and  veins,  petioles  brownish 
and  striped     Philippines     Gng  084     G  Z   2S,  p   267 
J  H   III  45  173  — One   of   the    best    of   recent    intro- 
ductions    Runs  into  various  forms,  and  has  entered 
largely  into  cult   hybrids 

AA   Lvs   plain  and  entire  on  the  margin 
B   Markings  chiefly  on  the  petioles,  (lie  blades  green. 

3  zebrlna,  Koch  &  Veiteh    Lvs  triangular-sagittate, 
the  margin  somewhat  repand,  the  front  lobe  oblong- 
triangular,  cuspidate,  the  basal  lobes  obtuse,  petioles 
beautifully  marked  with  large  zigzag  bands  of  green 
Philippines    FS   15  1511-2 

4  Villeneuvei,  Lind  &Rod     Lvs  sagittate-ovate,  the 
veins  of  lighter  green  and  prominent,  basal  lobes  \ery 
unequal,  petioles  spotted  with  chocolate-brown    Large 
Borneo    1  H  31  21  —Named  for  de  Villeneuve,  Brazil- 
ian ambassador  to  Belgium 

KB.  Markings  or  coloration  chiefly  on  the  If -blades, 
c   Veins  and  midrib  light  yellow. 

5  Lfndenii,  Rod     Lvs   cordate-ovate,  long-pointed, 
8-12  m.  long,  bright  green,  with  yellowish  veins  curving 
off  from  the  midrib  and  vanishing  near  the   margin, 
petioles  nearly  white      New  Guinea      I II  33  603  — 
Bruised  Ivs  emit  a  rtrong  odor. 

cc.  Veins  and  midrib  wJnte  or  silvery. 
D    Afidnb  and  primary  neives  not  bordered 

6  longfloba,  Miq   (A  gigantea,  Hort )     Petioles  2  ft, 
greenish  white,  mottled  purple;  blade  sagittate,  18  in. 
long,  the  basal  lobes  very  long  and  erect,  the  upper  sur- 
face green,  with  silvery  or  gray  bands  along  veins  and 
rnidrib,  the  under  surface  light  purple.   Java. 

7.  Ldwii,  Hook.  Petioles  2-3  ft ,  rose-color;  blade  nar- 
row-ovate, IK  in  long  and  a  third  as  wide,  long-pointed, 
the  basal  lobes  long-acute,  upper  surface  olive-green, 
with  very  distinct  silvery  bands,  under  surface  rich 

Burple       Borneo    .  HF  III  9'  pi  6       FS  21:2204. 
.M.  5376.   A.F.  11:559  (as  var.  grandis). 


ALOCASIA 

DD.  Midrib  and  primary  wws  bordered  with  pale  or 
(jra  //-f/?  «  n 

8  PutzSysii,  N    K   Bi      Much  like  .1    lonqiMm    Ivs 
broader   (oval-sagittate),   d.uk   metallic  gicen,   promi- 
nently veined  and  bordered  \\Jute,  the  petioles  pule  red- 
puiplo,    under   sin  lace   dark    pin  pie      Sumatra,      1  II 
29   139       (JO   II    19  oOl  —Mote    brilliant     than    .1 
lontfiloha,  and  has  wider  spaces  between  the  \ejns 

9  Thibautiana,  Mast     Petioles  3  ft  ,  greenish,  blade 
2  ft   long  and  IX -20  m   broad,  ovate-cordate,  the  basal 
lobes  broad  and  rounded,  olive-green,  with  broad  silvery 


ALOE 


255 


vems  and  rib,  the  under  sm  face  deep  purple     Borneo. 
C1C   111    17   4S,i    1  H   2S   H9     (1,Z  2.'),  p  2d,> 

10  Veitchu,  Schott      lieM-mbles  .1    7^irj»,  Hook  ,  in 
shape  and    giound-<  oloi,  but   the  midrib  and  pi  unary 
veins    are    boideied    \sith    gr.u-gieen,    tli(>    sccondaiv 
M'ins    v\Intish    and    the    petiole    gi< -en-striped      Java. 
B.M   5497  (as  A    Lowu  v.u    puta) 

ccc    IV/ws  white  and  If  Itlntt h«l  nn<l  mottled 

11  macrorhiza,  Sdiott     Large,  le.i'hmg  10  or  15ft  : 
If  -bladi  s  ,'i  ft   long,  long-s.igittate  and  pointed,  the  lobes 
short   and  obtuse,  in  irgm  often  somevvlut  vvav\,  the 
nndiib   verv  bioad   and   coiispiruoiH,   tlie  blotches  or 
patches  ol  gieen  and  \vhi(<^  (in  the  v  ar   ruricqatn,  G  W. 
15,  p  3.V),  which  is   the  common  foim)  ven   stiikmg. 
Ce>lon      I  II    S  ,i()5      Oiu    of  the  commonest  specie*.. 
Lvs   sometimes  almost  white 

c  ( (  c    Vuns  dark  or  pur  file,  or  the  If  daiL-colored 

12  cfrprea,  Koch  (  t  m/M///rr/,Schott )    Fig  1  OS    Peti- 
oles 2  ft    or  less  long,  gtecn,  blade  o\ate  and  peltate, 
IS  x  12  in  ,  notdied  at   the  base  and  cuspidate-  at  the 
point,  dark  metallic  green  with  darker  rib  and  veins, 
the  undei  side  nch  puiple     Boineo     B  M   5190     I  II. 
8-283      G   19-413      F  S  21  220S  9      Lowe,  60      Gn. 
50  336 — One  of  the  be^t,  and  common 

13  Regina,  N   K    Bi     L\s  thick,  ovate-cordate,  ob- 
tuse or  cuspidate,  the  ba^-al  lobes  short  and  nearly  or 
quite  obtuse,   the  libs  and  veins  beneath  pubescent, 
somewhat  fleshy,  daik  green  above  with  darker  veins 
and  brown-purple  beneath,  petioles   terete,  pubescent 
spotted  purple.     Borneo      III  32:544 — Seveial  cult, 
varieties  and  hybrids  aie  m  the  trade  m  this  eountiv/ 
A   ai (] yi&n,  Sander,  Ivs  large,  dark  green  with  a  silverv 
sheen,    hastate-lanceolate    (G  \\    15312),    hybrid    of 
longiloba  x  Pucciana,  A   battnnfnsii,  petiole  dark  pur- 
ple, If  -blade  dark  green,  A   Chanlnhi  (raised  by  Chan- 
trier  Bros  ,  Mortefontame,  France),  hybrid  of  cuprea  x 
Sanderiana,   with  long   wavy  Ivs  ,   purple  below  and 


prominently  white- veined  (III    35.64     RH  1887,  p 
4()5),  A    (  httbonu,  cuprea  x  longiloba,  with  Ivs  purple 


,  , 

below  and  green  above,  A  f/)f/«.s,  much  like  Villeneuvei, 
A  tftfertncdM,  hybrid  by  Veitch  25  years  ago  (G  2  61 
G  \\  15,  p  :m  F  ISt)*),  p  80),  A  La  Xullinna,  A. 
/siniaiia,  Thibautiana  x  Put/cysi,  with  Ivs  dark  green 
above  and  whitish  vems  and  margins,  purple  beneath 
(III  31  27),  A  tnoihfonlainht^,  Lown  x  Sanderiana; 
A  I'lirfinna,  Putze\si  x  Thibautiana,  A  tftdenn, 
eupre.i  x  Lowii,  with  ovate-peltate  Ivs  purple  beneath 
and  \\hite-\emed  above  (1  H  21  292),  A.  Van  Hvultei. 

The  following  names  are  also  in  our  trade  A  illus- 
fns  — Colooa-sia  antiquorum,  A  «/<;rm;/tysn— Colocasia 
aflinis,  A  ,1  bhn^tonu  ~  Cyitosperma  Johnstonn,  A. 
A/V;?s/wV/n-=Colooasia  Mardmllu,  A  violdcca^Colo- 
casia  antiquorum(v) 

The  following  may  br>  expected  to  appear  in  the  American 
trade-  A  AuoHvtimann,  Linel  &  Hod  Lvs  peltate  and  wavy, 
green  above  and  b<lo\v,  ith  psilc  nerves,  the  petioles  brown- 
spott.d,  .ilh.il  to  \  z.bnna  I  II  33  Vji  New  Gumea(')  — A. 
Curli-m,  N  H  Br  Pr  ticili  s  i  ft  or  le  ss,  purple-barrcel  If  -blade  20 
in  or  !<•>-,  and  h  lU  i^-  wide,  shilling  grt<n  and  gray-ribbed  above, 
deep  purple  btne«  ith  Pe n ing  —  4  Desmetvina,  liort  Lvs  elon- 
gated, hi  irt-shap<d  and  nuuate,  petiole  spotted — A  fminens, 
N  1'  Hr  Lv-  pelt  4te,  the  blade  2  ft  or  less  bug  and  nearly  half 
a.s  bioid  purple,  bcne-ath,  gre  en  and  light-veined  ubovi,  petioles 
5f-  01  loss,  him. I  1  Indie---!  ordn.hs,  N  E  Br  Large  IVN 
2  ft  or  lc  ss  IOJIR,  o%  it.  -s  ,Kntitc ,  half  as  broad,  black-green  below, 
briK'it  pntn  ibo\r.  pitiol.  s  1  ft  or  loss,  bkrkish  E  Indies  -A 
gnttMn  N  11  Br  ,  \  ar  imp*  nulls,  N  E  Br  Lvs  sagittate,  acute, 
1 '  i  ft  or  less  long  ind  li  ilf  a-,  broad,  i>urple  bent  tth,  brown-green 
an.t  dark-blot  rind  above  Borneo  III  31541—4  ind 


Se  he 


,  ft 


indica, 

oorelitr,  bright  gran  on  both  -ielcs  ~F,  Indies  FS  21  2200  (as  A. 
plumbea) --- t  AMrffrtMta,  I  me!  A.  Rod  Lvs  -lightly peltate, wavy, 
hluning  gree  n  with  blicki-h  mielnb,  the  veins  and  brownish  petioles 
pubes, ,  nt  Ntw  Guinfa  I  H  3J  Oil  -  -A  mtirginMa  Said  to 
La\t  come  from  Brizil  Lv  -  2  ft  or  le-,  long  and  very  broad. 
slightly  \\a\y,  rounded  and  -hort-pomted,  pale  green,  striped  and 
mottled  with  purple,  petioles  brown-marked —A  Mirhohtzifina, 
Hoit  Ivs  irrow--haped,  velvety,  the  margin-  wivy,  the  rnidnb 
white  M  iLiy-ii  GC  III  ">1  Suppl  May  25,  p  XM  — A  oddra, 
Koeh  I  orming  a  trunk  Ivs  -,  igitt.ite-ov ate,  the  margin  slightly 
un.lulate,  up  to  i  ft  long  on  long  petioles  ,1  H  III  42  W3— A. 
plttmhta,  Hort  =A  grandi-l")  -I  rrurei,  N  E  Br  Dwarf  and 
compact,  the  petio'es  6  in  long,  blide  les>s  than  1  ft  long,  bright 
green  w  ith  rib  and  nerv  e  s  ohv  t-grr  on  BM  7498  Philippines — 
A  ff««/ir/fl«id«o  \ndr*  AThibuUnmxA  Hegma  — A  SanderiAna 
var  ganduitnii*,  Rod  Lvs  w  i\y-margined,  purple  and  blotehed 
bem  ith  IH  H  u")— A  ««flfcn««..  uli,  N  F  Br  Lvs  spreading, 
not  deflexed,  sagittate  anej  not  peltate,  nhimng  green  above  and 
pi'or  beneath  Borneo  ~\  sinuatfi,  N  E  Br  Lvs  sagittate  and 
sinuate,  dirk  gre-en  above  with  lighter  areas  and  whitish  green 
bflou  Philippines  —  1  tpfrld^ht,  Hort  G  22  171 — A  Wat- 
simiana,  Hort  =A  Put/eys'  —4  Wainmana,  Mast  Lvs  erect, 
toofheel,  not  sagittate^,  I  ince  olate  and  long-pointed,  dark  green, 
p.  ,ioks  purple-spotted,  winged  GO  HI  23  243  FE  10  886. 
Gn  55  183  Celebes.  L  H  B 

GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 

ALOE  (Arabic  name)  Taliacesp,  tribe  Aloinese 
Acaulescent  or  vanousl\  caulescent  perennial  succulents 
Leaves  often  large,  usually  crowded  in  rosettes  or 
along  end  of  st  (Is  red  or  yellow,  often  paler-striped, 
straight,  tubular  (Fig  109),  with 
short  straight  limb,  equaled  or  sur- 
pa-sed  by  the  stamens  — Afr  ,  espe- 
cially in 'the  Capo  region,  1  species  ' 
about,  the  Medit  and  extensively 
naturalized  in  all  w  armer  parts  of  the 
world,  and  1  m  China  Plants  of  the 
eoolhouse,  best  planted  out  m  a  well-  /^// 
drained  place  in  summer,  when  they  '//•  ^ 
flower  prettily 

The  geneiu  or  scientific  name  Aloe 
is  a  Latinized  form  of  an  Arabic 
name  ,\6  an  English  word  it  is  pro- 
nounced in  two  syllables,  thus  Ai-oe. 
Popularly  this  word  is  loosely  used, 
the  common  American  aloe  being 
Aqnvc  (imrricana,  the  commonest  "century  plant." 
The  "bitter  aloes"  of  commerce  is  a  resinous  juice  much 
used  as  a  laxative  The  best  quality  is  called  "Soco- 
trine  or  /an/ibnr  aloes,"  a  product  of  A  Perry i,  which 
was  known  bv  the  Greeks  of  the  fourth  century  B  C  to 
come  from  the  island  of  Socotra  The  "Barbadoes 


169   Flowers  of 
an  aloe. 


256 


ALOE 


ALOE 


170.  A  good  pot  plant  of  aloe, 
showing  the  offsets. 


aloes"  is  the  product  of  A  vera,  a  species  much  planted 
in  the  West  Indies.  Genera  allied  to  Aloe  are  Apicra, 
Gasteria,  Haworthia,  Pachidendron,  and  Phylluina. 
The  group  is  difficult  for  the  botanist,  there  being  few 
authentic  specimens  in  the  herbaria,  because  of  the  large 
size  of  the  plants,  the  infrequent  flowering,  arid  the 
difficulty  of  suitably  drying  them  Monograph  by 
Alwm  Berger  in  Das  Pflanzenreich,  1908,  hft  33 

Propagation  is  by  seed,  which  usually  is  not  true  to 
name,  and  by  suckers  or  cuttings  well  dned-off    Branch- 
ing for  this  purpose 
may  be  induced  bv 
searing  the  crown  of 
Nold  plants   Hybrids 
between  the  differ- 
ent species  and  with 
related    genora 
are    easily    se- 
cured  and   in- 
teresting 

Aloes  arc  much 
cultivated  as  dec- 
orative plants, 
being  amongst  the 
most  popular  of 
desert  and  succu- 
lent plants  for  their 
stiff,  harsh  and 
rugged  habit  Fig. 
170.  They  are  often  grouped  about  large  public  bu'ld- 
ings,  where  they  emphasize  certain  architectural  fea- 
tures. Large  collections  are  to  be  seen  only  in  botanic 
gardens  and  in  the  collections  of  a  few  fanners  The 
largest  dealer  has  nearly  one  hundred  kinds,  bub  grows 
only  five  or  six  kinds  m  quantity 

Old  plants  of  Aloe  will  keep  healthy  for  several  vcais 
in  the  same  pots  without  a  renewal  of  soil,  and  flower 
freely  at  the  same  time.  The  soil  most  suited  to  their 
needs  is  sandy  loam  three  parts,  him  rubble  and  broken 
brick  one  part,  with  a  little  decayed  manure  to  strengthen 
the  mixture  Very  firm  potting  is  necessary  Drainage 
is  a  more  important  item  than  soil,  and  must  be  per- 
fectly arranged  to  enable  the  surplus  water  to  run  freely 
from  the  soil  Broken  bucks  are  preferable  to  pieces  of 
pots,  large  pieces  for  the  bottom  of  the  pot  01  tub,  and 
smaller  pieces  above,  till  the  List  lajer  is  quite  fine. 
Some  of  the  species  need  fieer  rooting  conditions  than 
others.  A  cilians  will  grow  from  5  to  7  feet  in  a  .season 
A  abys&inica  is  of  robust  growth,  and  differs  from 
most  others  in  the  color  of  the  flowers,  which  are  pure 
yellow,  the  others  being  mostly  orange  and  orange- 
scarlet.  A.  phcahhi)  makes  an  ornamental  tub  plant 
when  4  or  5  feet  high  Except  during  the  period  in  which 
the  species  are  m  active  growth,  they  need  very  little 
water,  the  principal  idea  being  to  keep  the  soil  sweet 
and  porous  even  when  m  growth.  At  all  times  the 
air  of  the  house  should  be  as  dry  as  possible,  full  sun- 
shine not  hurting  them.  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  suck- 
ers and  cuttings  The  arborescent  kinds  should  be 
rooted  after  they  have  completed  growth  Dust  over 
the  cut  part  ol  the  cutting  with  powdered  charcoal  and 
dry  m  sunshine  before  putting  it  in  to  root  Insert 
singly  m  as  small  pots  as  they  will  go  into,  and  plunge 
in  a  sand-bed  Very  little  moisture  is  necessary  while 
rooting.  (G.  W.  Oliver) 


abyssmica,  23,  25 
acurumata,  6. 
afncana,  40 
agavefoha,  22. 
albispina,  33 
albo-cmcta,  12 
albopicta,  25 
arborea,  38 
arborescena,  38. 
arotata,  5. 
Atherstonei,  39 
aurantiaca,  28 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 


INDEX. 

Bamesn,  49 

candelabrum,  41 

bamanywatrnsm,  15 

chmtnsis,  21 

barb<ultn*iii,  21 

Chludomn,  5 

Barberte,  49 

ciharis,  27 

Ba'mtt,  15 

Commphrm,  33 

Bedtnghaum,  5 

commutata,  19 

Beguinn,  5 

Coopcn,  1 

Bolusn,  40 

corimta,  25 

Bortiana,  12 

cyanea,  6 

brachyphylla,  13 

de  Z/cf/u,  27 

brevifolia,  35 

Derbetzn,  12 

Campen,  22. 

Desmetiana,  10 

dichotoma,  48. 
diatans,  35 

Lufttn.  30 
LuncMt,  12. 

RebtUn,  10 
rhodacantha,  9 

disticha,  13,  50 

IVlaciienta.  6 

rhodocmcta,  12 

drepanophytla,  44 

Mactrutami.  28 

ru6e«cen«,  21 

echmata,  6 

macracantha,  14. 

rubroviolacea,  42 

elegans,  21 

maorocarpa,  16 

Salmdyckiana,  43 

flonyata,  21 

macvilata,  18,  25 

eaponaria,  13,  18. 

erocta,  '25. 

maculosa,  13 

saxigena,  36 

Eru  25 

major,  16 

Schmidtrana,  1. 

prythroeirpa,  46 
ferox,  47 

micracantha,  2 

Schimpen,  12 
SchcmlandM,  12. 

flabclhformn.  50 

m\tra>form\s,  36 

seniiKuttatH,  6. 

Flanaganu,  27 

mitnformis,  33,  34, 

serrulata,  11. 

flam.  21 

35 

Simonwna,  5. 

flavispma,  33 

sinuata,  37 

frutesceus,  38 

mortolensit,  10 

smaragdina,  10 

fnihcosa,  38 

muric-ita,  (>,  47 

aoccoMna,  30,  37. 

futons,  43 
Galpinii,  46 

natalen^is,  38 
nobih",  34 

Borona,  32 
epcciona,  45 

Klauca,  9,  25 

Nowatny\,  5 

spirata,  25 

grandidentata,  20 

obscura,  18 

epinosiSBima,  6 

fJrocnn,  17 

ofFit  mails,  21 

spinulo-a,  33 

Grusonn,  6 

ohgOHtx  'la,  12 

stcnophylla,  12 

HuHburiana    12 

paohyphylla,  3^ 

Btnata,  12 

Huuorlhii,  10 

paehythyrsa,  38 

stnatula,  28 

Henut,  6 

pantculala,  12 

suberecta,  6 

Hildcbrandtn,  29 

parvifolia,  5 

subferoi,  47 

Hookeri,  25 

parvi-punctata,  25 

subtuberrulata,  6. 

homda,  47 

Pani,  12 

sucootnna,  3h 

Hoyen,  11 

Peacocks,  23 

aupralaevH,  46 

perfect  IOT,  5 

TidmarHhn,  27 

\mbncata,  10 

perfoh-vta,  fl,  11,  13, 

Todan,  6 

mcurva,  6 

18,  21,  35,  36,  37, 

tricolor,  19 

indua,  21 

38,  47 

UcrisB,  38 

mcrmis,  30 

Perryi,  26 

umbdlata,  13 

insignia,  6 

picta.  18 

vanegata,  10 

Kirkii.  31 

platjiphj/lla,  15 

Varvarn,  43 

kniphofiouks,  4 

phcatiln,  50 

vera,  21,  36 

1  itecoccinea,  6 

plundena,  39 

Lanz«e,  21 

pratunsm,  8 

vmdifolia,  38 

Lapaini,  5 

prorumpens,  5 

wlgan*.  21,  23 

latifoha,  13 

pveudoferox,  47 

W\nten,  43 

leiophylU,  5 
leptophylla,  12 

pseudopicta,  18 
punrlata,  10 

xanthacantha,  33 
xanthostachya,  47. 

hnguiformis,  50 

purpurasccna,  37 

rcbrina,  15 

lonuiariitata,  5 

Quehln,  5 

Zeyhen,  49 

Lugardiana,  15 

ramoia,  37 

A  Lvs  clustered,  rather  few  and  thin,  flaccidly  erectt 
linear,  concave,  smooth,  finely  serrulate  st  ver$ 
short  infl  unbrnnched,  fls  oblong  or  narrowed 
upward,  btatnen*  included  (1-4  ) 

B.  Raceme  short,  pedicels  donqnlcd,  fit,  mth  distinct  segms. 
c  Lvs  J -ranked. 

1  Codperi,  Baker  (A    fichmidtiana,  Hegel)     Some- 
what  cespitose     Ivs     1-2x12-40   m,    faintly   striate, 
somewhat  white-blotched   mfl   1-2  ft  high.fls  nodding, 
1^4-13-i  m    long,  yellowish  or  gieenish  white,  rosy  at 
base,  with  distinct  green-tipped  segm     Cape      B  M 
6377    (U  «)70    Lyon  Hoit   22,  p  305    \\ood  &  Evans, 
Natal  PI  41 

cc   Lvs  spirally  arranged 

2  micracantha,  Haw     Lvs    J^xlSm     infl    I  ft 
high;  fls    nodding,  IJ^-l^m    long;  red,  the  distinct 
segm  green  above  or  t  ipped  and  lined  with  green.  Cape. 
B  M  2272    Salm,  Aloe  §21,  f  1 

3  minima,  Baker     Lvs    14  x  6-8  in     mfl    6-12  or 
even  30  in  high ;  fls  spreading,  %-\  l/\  in  long,  green- 
ish white  or  the  distinct  segm.   rosy  tinged      Cape 
Hook  Icon.  2423.   Wood,  Natal  PI  338 

BB.  Raceme  elongated;  pedicels  short;  fls.  spreading  or 
ascending"  Ivs.  spirally  arranged. 

4  kniphofioldes,  Baker     Lvs    ^  x  12-15  in     mfl. 
2  ft  high,  fls    ascending,  \l/i  in   long,  pale  red,  with 
very  short  segm    and  long  tube.    Cape.    Hook.  Icon. 
1939. 

A  A   Jjus    spirally   rosulnte   (S-ranked  in   A    vanegata), 
fleshy,  acute  or  pungent  stamens  little  protruded  (fi-26  ) 
B.  Plants  small    Ivs   3-8  in.  long:  st    never  tall    infl. 

racemose;  pediceCs  long;  fls  nearly  cylindrical 
c.  The  Ivs.  bristle-tipped,  soft-toothed  and  warty:  raceme 

rather  short. 

5.  aristata,  Haw.  (A.  longianstdta,  R.  &  S  ).    Lvs. 
erect,  triangular-lanceolate,  %  x  3-4  m.,  with  a  whip- 


ALOE 


ALOE 


257 


like  apical  thread,  white-warty  in  transverse  lines  on 
the  back  and  with  rather  small  close  white  marginal 
teeth  mfl  1-1 M  ft  high,  fls.  \Y±  in  long,  reddish 
yellow,  the  moderately  long  tube  somewhat  constricted 
above  the  base  Cape  Gt  1883,  p  151.  Salm,  Aloe 
§15,  f.  7.  Lyon  Hort  22,  307  Berger  61.— In  aspect 
resembling  Haworthia  Varies  in  a  nearly  smooth- 
Ivd  form,  var  leiophylla,  Baker,  and  a  gray-lvd  form 
with  2-ranked  tubercles,  var  parvifdlia,  Baker.  Hybrids 
are1  A  xprorumpens,  Berger,  A  x  Beguinu,  Hort  .  A 
Xperfcctior,  Berger,  A  xC'hludomn,  Begum,  A.xLap- 
aixn,  Hadl  ,  A.  xQuehln,  Kadi ,  A  x  Nowdlnyi,  Radl  , 
A  y  Bedinghaumi.  Hadl ,  and  A.  xKimoniana,  Deleuil 
All  are  known  or  neheved  to  be  crosses  with  species  of 
the  related  genus  G  aster i  a 

cc.  The  Ivs  not  bridle-tipped,  rather  coarsely  toothed, 

sometimes  warty 
D   Teeth  pale,  racemes  rather  long. 

6  humuis,  Haw  (A   ptrfoliala  hiimilis,  Linn.)     Lvs. 
suberect,  rather  incurved,  triangular-lanceolate,  %  x  4 
in  ,  gradually  acute,  somewhat  stnate,  sharply  white- 
tuberculato,   at  least  on  the  back,   and   with  rather 
close  large  white  marginal  teeth    mfl    1M-2  ft    high: 
fis    \]/2    m    l°n£j   rod  or  yellowish,  the    green-tipped 
segm   distinct  nearl}  to  the  base.   Cape     Salm,  Aloe 
§15,  f    1  —With  somewhat  the  habit   of    Haworthia 
Varies  from  the  narro\v  green-lvd    t>pe  into  glaucous 
forms  of  this,  with  rather  thicker  1\ s  ,  var  mcurva, Haw 
(A    mcurva,    Hau  ),  B  M  828,   Salm,   Aloe   §1.3,  f   3, 
and  rather  thin,  more  conca\  e  Ivs  ,  \  ar  echmata,  Baker 
(A     echinatn,  \\illd),    Stibri,    Aloe    §15,  f    2,    Berger 
64,  65,    and   one   \vith   purplish   Iv ,    vai     macilenta, 
Baker,  as  well  as  a  broader-hd    glaucous  large  form, 
var.  suberScta,  Baker  (.1    ^ubtrfda,  \\t\\\    A    acnmi- 
i  dta  major,  Salrn -D>ok),   which   is  sometimes  whito- 
rnottled,  var    semiguttata,  Haw  ,  a  moderatelv  large 
broad-lvd  form,  \ai    acuminata,  Baker  (A   acuminata, 
Haw  ,  A   bubertcta,  Haw  ),  B  M    757,  and  a  small  blue- 
glaucous  form  with  closer  prickles  and  smaller  warts, 
var    subtuberculata,  Baker  (.1    \nbtnb(rritlntn,  Ha\\  ) 
Hybrids  are    A  x  n^s'cy/as,  Bioun  (.1   humility.  A    dre- 
panophyllsi),  A  x  s/^mosi-ssiw/,  Hort     (A    hunnht  cchi- 
nata  x  A  arboresc(  nt*  JXH  hyth yr^a},  A  x  cyanea,  Hort  (A , 
hiimilis  incurva  x  A  ai  bore-seen*  frute&cen\),  A  y  Toddi  i, 
Borzi,  (A    Todaii  prncox,  Borzi,)  A   xGru^onn,  Ilenze, 
Monatschr  Kakteenk  11, p  57    (A  hunnhtxA  Kclnm- 
pen),  A    X  Henzd,  Hort    (.4   Cn^omi  x  A   vancgata), 
and  perhaps  A   xl<ft(  cocci  nca 

7  vlrens,  Haw     L\s    curved,  spreading,  triangular, 
about  IxS  in,  somewhat  mottled  or  also  lined,  not 
warty,  with    i  at  her  distant,    coarse,    white,    marginal 
teeth    mh  about  2  ft   high,  fls    \\2-2m   long,  red,  the 
tube   longer   than   the   paler   green-tipped   sometimes 
very  short  segm     Cape     B  M    1355     Salm,  Aloe  §15, 
f  8     BerK?r  62,  G3     Journ   et  Fl   des  Jard    1832,  20. 

nn.  Teeth  dark    racemes  short. 

8  prate^sis,  Baker     Acaulescent    Ivs    erect-spread- 
ing, 1-2  x  4-6  in  ,  acute,  stnate,  with  large  chestnut  or 
blackish  p.ickles  on  the  margin  and  toward  the  top  of 
the  back,  mfl.  ll/2  ft.  high,  fls.  1*4-1%  in  long,  yel- 
lowish  red,   the  distinct  segm.   green-tipped.     Cape. 
B.M  6705    Berger  67. 

9  glafoa,    Mill     (A.    rhodacdntha,    DC.)     Shortly 
caulescent*  Ivs    erect-spreading,  1^-2x6-8  in,  acu- 
minate, somewhat  white-lined,  with  close  strong  reddish 
prickles  on  margin  and  back  at  apex:  mfl    2-2^  ft. 
nigh;  fls    1^  m.  long,  red,  the  nearly  distinct  segm. 
somewhat  paler  and  green  at  tip     Cape.    Salm,  Aloe 
§17,  f.  2    DC  ,  PI.  Gr  44.   B  M.  1278.— This  pale-lvd., 
alwi  ys  strongly  armed  species  varies  m  a  distinctly 
caulescent  less  glaucous  form  with  even  larger  prickles, 
var.  muricata,  Baker  (A    muncdta,  Schult.,  A  glauca 
tpinbsior,  Haw  ). 

17 


ccc.  The  Ivs.  not  bristle-tipped  or  warty,  minutely  toothed 
or  merely  rough-edged  pedicels  rather  short. 

10  varieg&ta,  Linn   (A   punct&ta,  Haw.).    At  length 
with  a  leafy  st  6-9  in  high    Ivs  green,  ascending,  in  3 
close    oblique    ranks,    about    1  x  2-5    m ,    triangular, 
v-shaped,  abruptly  acute,  crossed   by  bands  of  elon- 
gated white  blotches,  edged  and  keeled  by  cartilaginous 
warty,  or  toward  the  tip  serrate  rather  than  toothed, 
white  borders    mfl    about   1  ft    high,  fls    l%~l%m 
long,  red,  the  green-nerved  segms   rather  shorter  than 
the  nearly  cylindrical  tube    Cape     B  M   513.    DC  ,  PI 
Gr  21.   Salm,  Aloe    §20,  f    2     Bcrger  68.    G  Z  4  92. 
VVien    111    Gart    Zeit    190 1,  p    122      Gt.   29,   p    25. 
Mordaunt,  Hb  2  90     Lyon  Hort  21,  p  62,  22,  p  307. 
Deutsch    Tiofseo-Kxpod    2124     F  E  8  98 —In  habit 
resembling  Haworthia    Varies  in  a  form  with  broader 
Ivs  with  smaller  less  banded  blotches,  var  Haw6rthii, 
Borger    Hybrids  A   ?  bmaragdina, Hort  (A  variegatax 
Galena  candican^),  A  X  Rebuilt,  Hort    (A  variegatax 
Galena,   <*p  ),  A   ADevneliana,  Hort     (A.  variegatax 
humihi>  echuiata  minor),  A    x  imbruala,  Hort    (A  vane- 
gala  or  A  bcrrulata  x  i(>),  A  xmorlolenMs  (A  vaiiegatax 
Galena  acinaciformi**) 

1 1  serrulata,   Haw    (.4     perfoliala  scrrulata,   Ait ). 
Fig  171     At  length  short -std     Ivs  somewhat  glaucous, 
rather  spirally  arranged  and  spre  iding,  2x8  m  ,  ovate, 
nearly    flat    above,    with    scattered    elongated    white 
blotches  and  serrulate  white  margin  and  keel   mfl   1^ 
ft    high;  fls    \1A~2,   m     long,    red,    the   green-nerved 
segms  scarcelv  equaling  the  somewhat  constricted  tube. 
Cape     B  M   1415.     Salm,  Aloe  §20,  f    1      Berger  68. 
Iljnnds    A   xHoycri,   Rudl     ("A     serrulata  X  Lomato- 
pkyllum  borbor(icum"<:>) 

BB.  Phnts  model  ately  large  lv>  G  or  8  to  mostly  12-20 
in  long,  smooth  ,sf  never  tall  infi  usually 
branched  on  strong  plants,  jh  saccate  at  ba^e,  then 
constricted,  or  in  the  last  two  less  saccate,  and 
widened  above  the  con^tnchof ;  filaments  little  if 
at  all  exstrted 

c.  The  lvt>  unarmed  mfl  coinpountlly  corymbose,  with 
very  thort  ract  mts. 

12  stnata,   Haw     (A     jximculdta,   Jacq.    A    dlbo- 
cincta,  Haw  )     Nearly  simple   Ivs  upcurvea-spreading, 
4-6x15-20   in,    triangular -oblong,    pale   or   reddish, 
somewhat  prumose,   striate,  with   entire  white    carti- 
laginous margin     mfl    2-3  ft   high?  ample;  fls    1J4  in. 
long,   red   or  yolloAM.sh,  the  pale-tipped   segms.  much 
shorter  than  the  tube     Cape     Jacq    Fragm.  62     G  C. 
Ill    36    423     Berger  6') — 

Varies  m  a  form  \vilh  red- 
margined  Ivs  ,  vai  rhodo- 
cincta,  Hoit  (A  Ilanbwi- 
ana,  Naudm),  G  W  3,  p. 
553,  and  a  form  with  white- 
blotched  Ivs  ,  var  ohgo- 
speila,  Baker,  B  M  5210. 
Hybrids  A  x  Kchiinpcri, 
Tod  ,  Hort  Pan  16,  Ax' 
Kortiana,  Terr  ,  A  xSclioen- 
Idndn,  Baker;  A  xPdxii, 
Terr  ;  A  x  Lynchn,  Baker, 
G  C  III  29: 199;  A.  x  Der- 
bctzu, Hort  ]A  xleptophijlla, 
Brown,  B  M.  7624,  Berger 

70,    and    a    narrower  -  Ivd     m.  Aloe  serrulata.  (No  11) 
form  of  it,  var  stenophylla, 

Baker    Unnamed  hybrids  \\  ith  A  saponana  are  known, 

and  A.  x  Schimpen  has  been  recrossed  with  A.  stnata. 

cc.  The  Ivs.  toothed    mfl   Dimply  corymbose,  or 

unbranched  when  poorly  developed. 

D   Racemes  short 

13.  saponana,  Haw  (A  perfohala  sapondrw,  Alt.  A. 
saponana  m)nor,  Haw  A  disticha,  Mill  A  x  maculosa, 
Lam.  A.  umbelldta,  Salm.-Dyck  A.  utnbelldta  minor, 


258 


ALOE 


ALOE 


DC.).  Cespitosely  clustered-  Ivs  ascending  or  spread- 
ing, lance-oblong,  acuminate,  2  x  6-8  in  ,  often  reddish, 
glaucous,  faintly  striate,  with  pale  blotches  more  or 
less  in  transverse  bands,  the  large,  marginal,  confluent 
teeth  brown  mil  1  J^-2  V<j  f  t  high,  commonly  branched, 
fls.  1%-1%  m.  long,  red,  the  paler  more  or  less  green 
segms.  much  shorter  than  the  tube  Cape  Wood  & 
Evans,  Natal  PI.  100.  B  M  1400.  DC ,  PI  Gi  98. 
Salm,  Aloe  §23,  f.  1  Berger  71,  72  Lyon  Hort  22, 
p.  305  Lam  ,  Encycl.  236. — Vanes  in  a  dwarf  form 
with  Ivs  scarcely  4  in  long,  var  brachyphylla,  Baker, 
and  a  larger  greener-lvd  form,  var  latifdha,  Haw. 
(A.  lal-ifblia,  Haw.  A.  sapondria  major,  Linn.  A. 
umbelldta  mctjor,  DC.)  Salm,  Aloe  §23,  f.  3.  B  M. 
1346. 

DD.  Racemes  more  elongated. 

14  macracantha,  Baker     Simple,  becoming  caules- 
cent-   Ivs    recurving,    lance-oblong,    3-5x12-18    in, 
etnate  and  irregularly  somewhat  white-blotched,  with 
large,  yellow-brown,  distinct  marginal  teeth    mfl    1-2 
ft.  high,  fls   1%  in   long,  greenish  vellow  or  orange,  the 
segms  half  as  long  as  the  tube    Cape    B  M  6.580. 

15  zebrina,    Baker     (,l      platypfn'/lla,    Baker      A. 
Lugardiana,    Baker      A     Bail  run,    Engl    &   Gilg     A, 
bamangwatensib,  Schoenl  )      Somewhat  clustered    Ivs 
erect-spreading  with  recurved  acute  tips,  2^x6-12 
in  ,  lance-oblong,  often  reddish,  dull,  at  first  piuinose, 
striate  and  with  elongated  pale  blotches  more  or  less 
in  transverse  bands,  the  sinuate  margin  with  confluent 
large  red-  or  brown-tipped  teeth    mfl    .-5-4  ft   high,  fls 
1^  in    long,  red,  the  nerved  segms   shorter  than  the 
tube    Trop  Afr     Baum,  Kunene-Sarnbesi  Exped    90. 
G  C.  Ill  35  226     B  M   7948    Berger  75 

16  macrocarpa,    Tod.     Cespitosc     Ivs     spreading, 
gradually    pointed,    2  \8-15    m,    broadly    triangular- 
oblong,  pale,  striate,  mottled  in  transverse  band-,  \\ith 
irregular,     small,     confluent,    brown-tipped  •  maigmal 
prickles    mfl    2  ft   high,  fls    1  in    long,  light  led.  Hie 
nerved  segms   shoiter  than  the  tube    Troy)    \fr    Tod, 
Hort    Pan    9     Berger  76 — A  bigei    \b\ssinian  fotrn 
with  fls  becoming  1  ^  m  long,  isvai    major,  Beiger 

17.  Gre£nu,  Baker  Lvs  spreading,  concave,  acute, 
3x15-18  in,  lance-oblong,  glossy  green,  striate  and 
with  elongated  pale  blotches  confluent  in  11  regular 
cross-bands,  the  sinuate  margin  \vith  confluent,  moder- 
ately large,  frequently  paired,  brown  ufxurved  teeth 
mfl  1H-4  ft  high,  fls  1-1 1 -8  in  long,  dull  red,  the 
segms  much  shorter  than  the  tube  Natal  BM  6520 

18  obscdra,  Mill  (A  pcrfohata  ob^itra,  Ait  A. 
saponarui  ob^ura,  Haw  A  p'utn,  Thunb.  A  j>lcta 
major,  Willd  A  maculata,  Desf )  Lvs  in  a  compact 
rosette,  234~3  x  8  in ,  triangular-lanceolate,  green, 
striate  and  with  scattered  small  pale  blotches,  the 
sinuate,  narrowly  cartilaginous  margin  with  rather 
short  and  close  red-tipped  teeth'  mfl  simple  or  forked, 
2M-3  ft.  high,  fls.  \]4  m  long,  red,  the  nerved 
segms  about  equaling  the  tube  Cape  region  DC 
PI.  Gr.  97  B  M  1323  Salm,  Aloe  §23,  f.  2  Dillemus, 
Elthain.  15.  Allgem.  Deutsch  Gart.  Mag  6.17. 
Hybrid:  A  xpseudopicta,  Berger 

19.  commutata,  Tod    Lvs.  as  in  A .  saponana  but  with 
somewhat    recurved    apex    and    weaker    green-based 
prickles,  l^/-2\6  m     mfl    few-branched,  3  ft    high; 
fls.  campanulately  widened,  1  y*  in   long,  light  red,  the 
nerved  segms.  shorter  than  the  tube     Cape  region  (?). 
Tod  ,  Hort.  Pan  18.   Berger  77  — Vanes  in  a  form  with 
the  reddish  Ivs  scarcely  ^m  wide  and  more  conspicu- 
ously white-banded,  var.  tricolor.  Berger  (A    tricolor, 
Baker)    B.M.  6324. 

20.  grandidentata,     Salm  -Dyck      Lvs      recurved- 
spreadmg,  2^-3  x  12-18  m  ,  lance-oblong,  pale,  striate 
and  with  elongated  pale  blotches  confluent  beneath  into 
transverse  bands,  the  sinuate  margin  with  rather  dis- 
tant, large,  smoky  teeth:  mfl.  2-3  ft  high,  fls.  \y$  in. 


long,  rosy,  the  segms  about  equaling  the  campanulately 
widened  tube     Cape  region      Salm,  Aloe  §23,  f.  4. 
Berger  77. 
BBB.  Want?  rather  large    Ivs.  1,5-30  in.   long,  smooth: 

st    tardy  tall  (6  ft.  in  one  farm  of  A    Era)    mfl. 

usually   Dimply    panided   or   subcorywbow,   fls. 

noi  Micctiie 

21  vSra,  Linn   (.1   peifohata  vcra,  Linn    A  elongata, 
Murr.     A     barbadcnw,    Mill      A.  wdgarib,    Lam      A. 
flava,  Pels)      Cspitosc,   the  sts    at   length   l-Pj  ft. 
high     Ivs    subereet  or  spieading,  gradually   narrowed 
fiom  the  base,  pale,  2-3  \  12-20  m  ,  inegularly  white- 
blotched  and  narrow    when   voung  and  2-ranked  on 
offsets,    the  repand  inaigm   with  weak  pale  prickles, 
mfl  2  -3  ft   high,  of  ten  simple,  fls   1  in  long,  >ellow,  the 
segms   about  equaling  the  oblong  tube     Medit    region 
and    mtro     genet  ally   thiough    the   tropics      Fiori   & 
Paoletti,  Fl    lt.il   1,  p  2()t>     Sibthoipe,  Fl    Grj'ca,  311. 
Salm,    \loe    §1S,  f    2       Stephenson  <ti  Churehill,   Mod. 
Bot  ,  109    Bentley&Ti  mien,  Med   PI  2S2     Berger  84. 
— The  source  of  "Baibados  aloes"    Vanes  m  a  large 
Aiabian  foim  \\ith  broader  l\s,   taller  mfl,   and  fls 
shading     into     orange,     var     officmalis,     Baker     (-1. 
offictnah^,   Foisk  ,   A    jnlxvai*,    DC),   DC,    PI     Gr. 
15,   a  smallei    Asiatic   totm  with  red-tinged  fls,   var. 
chmensis    (1      in<lx.a,    Hovle     A     r/H/m/szs,    Baker), 
BM    6301,  and  a  hardier  garden  form  of  this,  var. 
Lanzas,  Beiger  (A   Ldnz.i,  Tod  ),  Tod,  Hort   Pan   39. 
Berger  S 1 

22  agavef&lm,  Tod     Little  caulescent  or  eespitose: 
Ivs    recur\ed-spreadmg,  concave,  gradually  narrowed, 
rather   thin,    3  6  \  IS  20    in,    with    scattered,    small, 
oblong,  pale  blotches,  the  m.ugm  with  large  triangular 
hooked  pi  ickles    mil   3  it    high,  parncl<  d,  fls    l-Pyin 
long,  dull  red,  the  gieen,   pile-margined  segms    about 
equaling  the  const neted  tube     'liop    Atr     Tod  ,  Hort. 
Pan   23 

23  abyssinica,    Lam     (.1     rulijun^   abij^inica,    DC. 
,1    ttlHj^niHtt  l>iii<txkti,  Bikei        1    runodiit,  Beiger  & 
Sthum      ,1     ('ampin,   Schwemf  )      S<aicel\    clustered, 
acaulesu'tit    l\s  at  lust  as(  i  ndmg,  giadu  dh  narrowed, 
rathei  shaip-pomted,  1   »>  \  12-  >0  in  ,  pale,  not  mottled, 
with  rathe  i  small,  confliu  nt,  deltoid,  reddish  marginal 
piiekles    mil    3  It    high,  du  hotomouslj   few-branched; 
tls   1  '  {-1 1  2  m   lontf,  \ellow  or  oiange,  the  segms  rather 
bhoiter  than   the  slight  Iv   narrowed   tube      Trop    Afr 
Salm,  Aloe  &1S,  f    1      DC,  PI    Gr    27      BM    6()20. 
Beiger  S7,  88 

24  elegans,   Tod  ,   differs  mainly  m  having  more 
elongated  racemes 

25  Eru,  Berger  (A   (i!>u\\imcii,  Baker)     St  branched, 
scarcely  2  ft    high    Us    Kcuixing,  V(>i>  fleshy,  lJ2~3x 
16-34  in  ,  pale,  somewhat  K'()S^V,  with  (4ong.it ed  white 
blotches,  the  repand  maigm  with  huge  reddish-tipped 
teeth    mfl    .}-b  ft    high,  dichotomouslv    blanched,  fls 
eam])anulate,    scarcelv    jjin     long,   vellow  or   orange, 
the,  segms    longer  than  the  .slightly  constricted   tube 
Trop.    Afr — Several    minor   forms    occur — maculata, 
erecta,  glauca,  parvi-punctata,— and  two  large  forms 
have  been  described,  var  corndta,  Beiger  (.1    bpicata, 
Baker,  A    albapirta,    Hoit  j,   Benth     &   Trunen,  Med 
PI    28 1,   and    vai     Ho6keri,    Berger    (A     aby^simca, 
Hook),  BM   7712,  respectively  short-std    and  with  a 
trunk  6  ft.  high 

26.  Perryi,  Baker.  Tiunk  about  1  ft  high,  simple: 
Ivs  spreading,  gradually  narrowed  or  acuminate,  2-2  V-^ 
x  15  in  ,  pale  green  or  reddish,  somewhat  stnate  but 
not  mottled,  the  margin  with  rather  small  and  close 
brown-tipped  prickles  mfl  1}^  ft.  high,  somewhat 
panided,  fls  1  in  long,  reddish  becoming  yellow,  the 
green-tipped  segms  much  short ei  than  the  slightly  con- 
st ncterl  tube  Socotra  B  M  6596  — This  is  now  held 
to  be  the  source  of  "Socotra  aloes,"  long  attributed  V> 
A.  xuccolnna. 


ALOE 


ALOE 


259 


A  A  A.  Lv8  rather  numerous,  spirally  arranged  on  a  length' 

ened  st  ,  acute  or  pungent     (27-39  ) 
B    The  Ivs  rather  separated,  not  armed  on  the  back. 
C.  St.  weak    Ivs   thin,  finely  prickly  on  the  margin,  dis- 
tinctly separated,  with  perfoliate  striate  sheatfis: 
infl  short,  racemose 

27  ciharis,  Haw     St    elongated,  scrambling,  more 
or  lebs  vcrticillately  branched  Ivs  elongated  lanceolate, 
stnate,   coarsely   white-denticulate,    spreading,    about 
1  x3-6  in     infl.  6-8  in.  high;  fls    1%  m   long,  bright 
red,  the  greenish  seems  much  shorter  than  the  cylindri- 
cal tube,  stamens  little  protruding    Cape.   Salm,  Aloe 
§25,  f    1      Berger  9,  97      Henslow,  S   Afr   PI   p  269. 
— Varies  into  a  smaller-lvd.  form  with  nearly  entire 
If  -bases   and    smaller   fls  ,   var    Tidmarshh,  Sehoenl , 
and  a  form  with  broader  Ivs  ,  var  Flanaganii,  Schoenl. 
Hybrids    A.xde  L&tu,  Radl   (A   cilians  x  succotnna) . 

28  stnatula,    Haw      (A     Macbwann,    Baker      A. 
aurantiaca,  Baker)    Resembling  A  cihans   Ivs  longer, 
narrowly   triangular,    minutely   denticulate,   fls    from 
reddish  becoming  yellow  or  orange,  with  longer  segms. 
and  long-protruding  stamens     Cape.    Monatsschr.  f. 
Kakteenk   16,  p  4.    Berger  99,  100. 

cc  *SV  stouter   h>t>   rather  fleshy  and  close:  infl. 
taller,  panicled 

29  Hildebrandtu,    Baker      St     blender,   elongated* 
Ivs    lanceolate-attenuate,  2  x  6-9  in  ,  somewhat  thick, 
glaucous,  sometimes  white-blotched  as  are  the  shorl 
sheaths,  with  rather  bmall  yellow  marginal  teeth    inn 
1}'2  ft    high,  nearly  sessile,  fls    1   in    long,  red  with 
more   or   less  yellow-  or  green-marked  segms    about 
equaling  the  somewhat  constricted  tube.    Trop.  Afr 
B  M   (J981     Bergcr  101 

30  mermis,  Forsk    (A    Liintn,  Baker).    St    short* 
Ivs  recurved-spreading,  gradually  narrowed,  2  x  12  in  , 
fleshy,  \ery  pale  green  or  reddish,  blade  and   sheath 
mottled  \\ith  white  at  least  when  >oung,  entire    infl 
2-3  ft    high,  open,  fls    1   in    long,  rosy,   with  green- 
hned  yellowish  segms  shorter  than  the  somewhat  con- 
stricted tube     Arabia     B  M   7448     Berger  105. 

HB    The  Ivs  more  fleshy,  unth  short,  nearly  concealed 

sheaths    infl  often  pamcled 
c   Racemes  elongated   fos   not  armed  on  back 

31  Kirkh,  Baker     St    short    Ivs    crowded,  lanceo- 
late-acuminate, 2x9-12  in,  somewhat  thick,  glossy, 
green  or  reddibh,  with  rather  coarse  confluent  reddish 
marginal  teeth    infl    2  ft    high,  fls    IJ/g  in.  long,  light 
red  with  yellowish  bai>e  and  greenish  segms  shorter  than 
the  cylindrical  tube     Zanzibar    B.M.  7386. 

cc  Racemes  short   Ivs   more  or  less  armed  on  back  as 

well  us  margin 
D   Erect    Ivs   elongated. 

32  sordria,     Berger      Lvs     elongated,    triangular, 
2%x  1%  in  ,  dull  green,  brown-stnate,  with  variable 
whitish  marginal  teeth  alternately  larger  and  smaller, 
mfl   about  2  ft.  high;  fls   Us  m   long?  light  red,  with 
segms  longer  than  the  tube.   Cape. 

DD   Prostrate   Ivs.  short  and  broad  infl.  often  forked. 

33.  mitrif6rmis,  Mill  (A  xanthacdntha,  Salm-Dyck). 
Fig.  172  Lvs  upcurved,  ovate,  acute,  2-3  x  4-<i  in.,  glau- 
cous, somewhat  prickly  toward  the  tip  beneath,  with 
large  and  strong  yellow  or  brown  marginal  teeth: 
infl  1  ft  or  more  high;  fls  2  in.  long,  bright  red  with 
recurving,  paler,  nearly  distinct  segms.  Cape  DC  ,  PI 
Gr  99  BM.1270.  Salm,  Aloe  §24  f  3.  Berger  108  — 
Very  polymorphic,  the  broad-lvd  typical  form,  with 
dorsal  teeth  on  the  keel  only,  varying  into  a  form  with 
smaller  marginal  teeth,  those  on  the  back  continuing  to 
the  apex,  var  pachyphylla,  Baker;  another,  in  which 
they  stop  short  of  the  apex,  var  xanthacantha,  Baker 
(A.  xanthacdntha,  Willd.).  Salm.  Aloe  §24,  f.  4,  and  a 


third  with  acuminate  Ivs ,  var  Commelinn,  Baker 
(A  Commelinn,  Willd  A  mitnfdrmis  humihur,  Haw  ), 
Salm.  Aloe  §24,  f  5  narrower-lvd  forms  with  short 
and  broad  yellow  teeth,  var  flavispma,  Baker  (A. 
Jlavlspina,  Haw  ),  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f  2,  or  long  subu- 
late white  teeth,  vai  albispina,  Berger  (A  aUfapina, 
Haw  )  and  a  variant  of  the  type  with  scattered  teeth 
over  the  back  of  the  broad  Ivs ,  var.  spinuldsa,  Baker 
(A  sptnulbsa,  Salm),  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f.  6.  Berger 
109. 

34  n6bilis,  Haw  (A  mitnformis  spinbwor,  Haw ). 
Lvs  lance-deltoid,  2  x  4-6  in  ,  green,  somewhat  prickly 
toward  the  tip  beneath,  with  large,  strong,  confluent, 
white  marginal  teeth  mfl  2ft  high;  fls  l^m  long, 
red,  with  recurving  distinct  begins.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe 
§24,  f .  7  Berger  109 


172    Aloe  mitriformis     (No.  33) 

35.  distans,  Haw  (A  mitr^fdrmis  angustwr,  Lam. 
A  perfohdta  brevifoha,  Ait  A  brevifdlia,  Haw  A. 
mitnformis  brevifolia,  Sims  A  mitriformis  humihor, 
Willd  )  Branched  and  prostrately  spreading  Ivs 
ascending,  broadly  ovate,  acute,  2  x  3-3 *  2  in  >  glaucous, 
some\vhat  mottled  below  and  prickly  toward  the  tip 
beneath,  with  strong,  dark-tipped  yellow  marginal 
teeth  mfl  1J2  ft  high,  fls  1?4  m.  long,  red,  with  re- 
curving greenish  segms  about  as  long  as  the  cylindrical 
tube.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f.  1.  B  M  1362.  Berger 
107. 

AAAA  Lvs  numerous,  elongated,  succulent,  acute  or  pun- 
gent, spirally  crowded  at  end  of  the  prominent, 
sometimes  tall  trunk  (S6-Jt9  ) 

B.  Stamens  scarcely  protruded,  fls.  narrow  lys.  smooth, 
c  Trunk  scarcely  4  ft  high  infl  usually  racemose 
36  succotrina,  Lam  (A  soccotrtna,  DC.  A  perfoli- 
ata  soccotnna,  Ait  A  socotr)na,  Steph  &  Church.  A. 
vera,  Mill.).  Scarcely  cespitose,  the  dichotomously 
branched  st  at  length  3-4  ft  high'  Ivs  falcately  up- 
curved,  gradually  narrowed,  pale  or  glaucous,  some- 
times white-blotched  toward  the  base,  1^-2x15-20 
in  ,  the  margin  serrate  with  small  connate  white  prick- 
les mfl  2  ft.  high,  fls  IK  m  long,  light  red,  the 


260 


ALOE 


ALOE 


distinct  segms  green-nerved  Cape.  DC.,  PI  Gr.  85. 
Salm,  Aloe  §22,  f  1.  B  M.  472.  Stephenson  &  Church- 
hill,  Med  PI  110  Berger  113 — Vanes  in  a  form  with 
more  armed,  broader,  shorter  and  straighter  Ivs.,  var. 
saxfgena,  Berger. 

37  purpurascens,  Haw  (A  sinudta,  Thunb.?  A.per- 
fohdta  purpurascens,  Ait   A  sorotrtna  pnrpurdi>cen8,  Ker 
A    ramdsa,  I  law  )     Cespitose,  nearly  aeaulescenf  Ivs 
upeurvcd,  gradually  tapered,  green,  sometimes  more  or 
less   stnate,    and    white-dotted    on    the    back    below, 

r  2J/2  x  18-20  in  ,  the  margin  \vith  moderately  long  con- 
nate hooked  purplish  teeth  mil  3  ft  high,  fls  \1/^  in 
long,  light  red,  the  distinct  .segms  paler  and  green- 
nerved  Cape  Salm,  Aloe  §22,  f  2  B  M  M74 
Berger  113  Wmkler,  Pharm  Waarenk  182 

cc   Trunk  finally  10-20  ft  high:  not  cespitose 
D  Infl  a  simple  or  forked  raceme 

38  arborescens,    Mill      (A     perfolintti   arborcscens, 
Ait     A   arbbrea,  Medikus     A  frnticosa,  Lam  ''  Catcvala 
arborescens,  Medikus     A  arborescent    Wilicn,  Berger). 
Trunk.Himple,  finally  10-15  ft  high,  clothed  at  top  \vith 
the  withering  Ivs  :  Ivs    binuatel>  spreading,  gradually 
narrowed,  dull  green,  2x2i  in,   the  repand  margin 
with    rather    long    cartilaginous    \\lute    piickles     mfl 
elongated,    fls    about  1^2   in    l°ng>  red,  with  distinct 
segms     Capo(?)     B  M.  1306     Bot   Hcpos  468    Berger 
115. — Varies  into   numerous   form\    green-lvd  ,  with 
shorter  trunk  and  long  Ivs,  var    Ucnae,   Berger  (.1. 
Ucns>,  Terr  ),  Salm,   Aloe  §26,  f   3    G  W    10,  p    13. 
Berger  116,  117,  or  shorter  Ivs  ,  var  vindifdha,  Berger. 
— Berger  f  117,  or  glaucous  or  blue-lvd  ,  with  branched 
mfl  ,  var    natalensis,  Berger  (A    natalensu*,  Wood  & 
Evans),   Berger  115,  or  simple  mfl    \\ith  normal  fls  , 
var    frutescens,    Link      (A    frutescens,   Salm-Dyck), 
Berger  120.  or  fta  2  in  long,  var  pachythyrsa,  Berger 
Berger  118,  119 

39  phlndens,  Haw   (A   Ather^tdnei,  Baker).   Trunk 
unbranched,  finally  8-10  ft    high    Ivs    as  in  the  pre- 
ceding hut  glossy  and  somewhat  stnate,  2J^  x  16  in.: 
mfl  branched,  fls    1^  in   long     Cape.    Berger  121 

DD  Infl   a  candelabrum-like  forking  panicle,  with 
upcurved  nearly  sessile  fls. 

40  africana,  Mill    (A    afncdna  angustior,  Sims.   A. 
Bolusn,    Baker     Pachydcndron   afrudnum,   Haw     P. 
principis,  Haw    P  angubtifdhum,  Haw  ).    Trunk  sim- 
ple, finally  20  ft.  high    Ivs   few,  rather  separated,  sm- 
uately  spreading  or  recurved,  triangular-oblong,  glau- 
cous, 2]/2~3x20-24  in,  with  rather  large  triangular 
horny  marginal  teeth   mil   2  ft   high,  fls    1%  in.  long, 
yellow,  with  segms  shorter  than  the  oblong  tube.  Cape. 
Salm,  Aloe  §27,  f  2     B  M.  2517     Berger  128. 

41  candelabrum,  Berger,  differs  chiefly  in  having 
the  fls  red    Cape 

BB  Stamens  much  longer  than  the  rather  ample  short 

p(nanth    not  ccspitose 
c  The  Ivs  smooth,  toothed   mfl  racemose  or  forked. 

42  rubroviolacea,  Schweinf     Not  branched,  scarcely 
3   ft     high     Ivs    spreading,    acummately   triangular, 
purphsh-prumose,  4  x  24  in  ,  the  reddish  margin  with 
rather  distant   curved  dark-pointed   moderate   teeth 
mfl  often  forked,  2  ft   high,  fls    1^  in   long,  light  red, 
the  segms  rather  longer  than  the  tube.    N.  Afr    B  M. 
7882      Berger  122,   123      Hybrids.   A.  rubroviolacea  x 
A.  supral&vis 

43  Salmdyckiana,    Schult.     Branching,    low.    Ivs 
arcuately    spreading,     gradually    tapered,     glaucous, 
3  x  30  in.,  the  yellowish  margin  with  rather  large  car- 
tilaginous teeth  mfl  2-3 ft  high, paniculate, fls  \Y^-\1/^ 
m.  long,  red,  the  green-tipped  segms  nearly  distinct 
S.   Afr.    Salm,  Aloe  §27,  f.   1      Berger  125,   126  — 
Vanes  in  a  less  dense  form  with  stouter  trunk,  var. 
ftUgens,  Berger  (A.  fulgens,  Tod.),  Tod.,  Hort.  Pan 


33.  Hybrids:  A.xWlnten.  Berger  (A  Salmdyckiana  x 
A.  arborescens  frutescens) ,  A.  x  Varvdni,  Borzi  (A.Salm- 
dyckiana  x  A  ca\s  ta  f ) . 

44  drepanophylla,  Baker     Trunk  slender,  simple, 
9-12  ft.  high.  Ivs.  very  narrowly  lanceolate-attenuate, 
glaucous,  1-1  HX  24-36  in.,  the  cartilaginous  margin 
minutely  denticulate    mfl    \1/^  ft    high;  fls    scarcely 
1  in    long,  from  red   becoming    whitish,    green-lined, 
with  nearly  distinct  segms.    Cape    Berger  127 

45  specidsa,  Baker     Taller,  18-25  ft   high,  branch- 
ing   Ivs   very  numerous,  spreading,  gradually  tapered, 
blue,  the  rosy  margin  with  minute   prickles     fls    \% 
in    long,   from  rosy  becoming  whitibh,   green-nerved, 
the  scgnis  about  equaling  the  tube.  N  Afr   Berger  124. 

cc    The  Ivs    often  arnud  on  one  or  both  faces,  toothed 
st   nearly  simple    infl   panic ulately  forked. 

46  supral&vis,  Haw    (A    Calplnn,   Baker     Pachy- 
dendron  siipral&ve,  Haw  )     Not  branched,  3-6  ft  high 
Ivs      numerous,     upeurved,     lanceolate,     glaueeHC<  nt, 
4-6  x  20-30  in  ,  prickly  on  the  back  only,  the  marginal 
teeth  rather  large,  reddibh  brown    infl    3  ft    or  more 
high;   fls     1— 1 }  s    in    l°ng»    red-orange,  becoming   \ei- 
lovver.  with  begins  longer  than  the  tube.    Cape     Salm, 
Aloe  §27,  f  6     Berger  129,  130  —Vanes  m  a  form  ^ith 
few  if  any  prickles  on  the  backs  of  Ivs,  var    erythro- 
carpa,  Berger     Berger  130 

47  fe"rox,  Mill  (A   perfohdtaferox,  Ait    A  muncata, 
Haw     A    hdrridn,  Haw      A     p^eudofhojr,  Salrn-Djck 
A     kubfi'roi,    Spreng      Pachydtndron  ftrox,    Ha\v      1' 
pseud  of ero  ic,    Haw  )       Exceptionally    forked,    3—10    ft 
nigh    Ivs  numerous,  cuived,  lanceolate,  glaucous,  be- 
coming reddish,  4-5  x  28  in  ,  more  or  less  prieklj    on 
both  faces,  the  purplish  maigin  with  lather  large  red- 
brown  teeth    mfl    t  It    high,  fls   1  ^4  in   long,  greenish 
yellow,    with    smoky-tipped    segms     longer   than    the 
rather  narrow  tube    Cape  legion     BM    1975     Berger 
131,  132.    Salm,  Aloe  §27,  f  5 —Varies  in  a  \vhiter-lvd. 
form  with  brighter  yellow  black-tipped  fls  ,  var.  xan- 
thostachys,  Berger 

ccc.  Tfie  Ivs  smooth,  prickly-mar gincd  trunk  very  large, 
dichotornoualy  branched,  not  ce^pito^e  infl.  tri- 
partite 

48  dichfitoma,  Linn    (Rhipidodendron  dichdtomum, 
Willd  )    Stout  flat-topped  tree,  25-30  ft  high,  repeated- 
ly forked  as  in  Dracaena  Draco   Ivs  nearlv  flat,  recurvcd- 
spreading,  lanceolate,  glaucous,  2-3  \6-10  in  ,  the  yel- 
low-brown margin  mmuteh  prickly    mil    1  It    or  more 
high,  fls  very  stout,  !]/(  m    long,  \ello\\,  with  broad, 
nearly  distinct  segms    Cape    GC    1873,  p   712,   1874, 
p  567.    Berger  pi   1   and  f   135  —Vanes  in  a  smaller- 
fld  foim  with  shorter  stamens,  var    montana,  Berger 
(A    montana,  Schmz) 

49  Bainesii,  Dyer     Large  flat-topped  tree,  30-60 
ft    high,  copiously  branched    Ivs    concave,  recurved- 
spreadmg,  elongated,  green,  2-3x21-36  in,  the  palo 
margin  with  rather  small  teeth   mfl   1  ft   or  more  high} 
fls   1^-1^  in  long,  yellowish  red,  with  segms  shorter 
than  the  tube     Cape  region     GC    1874,  p   568     B  M. 
6848     Berger  136,  137  — Vanes  in  a  broader-lvd   form 
with  minute  marginal  prickles,  var    Barberae,  Baker 
(A    Barber*,  Dyer.     A.  Ziyhni,    Hort),  G  C.    1874, 
p.  568 

AAAAA.  Lvs.   rather  few,   strictly   oblong,    succulent,   2- 
ranked,  minutely  prickly  near  the  very  obtuse  tip 
only     st     stout,   evident     infl     unbranched,  fls. 
oblong,  stamens  scarcely  protruded 
50.  plicatilis,  Mill   (A    dlsttcha  phcdtilis,  Linn.    A 
hnguiformis,   Linn     A    flabelhformis,  Sahsb.    Kumara 
dlsticha,  Medikus.  Rhipidodendiondistichum,W\\ld    R. 
phcdtile,  Haw.).   Somewhat  repeatedly  forking.  3-10  ft. 
high,  not  cespitose.  Ivs   flat  or  2-edged  as  in  Gastena, 
ascending,  glaucous,  1-1  l/z  x  8-16  in  ,  the  narrow  car- 
tilaginous   margin    minutely    somewhat    denticulate 


ALOE 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


261 


upward:  mfl  1-3  ft  high,  fls  1M~2  in  long,  red, 
with  segms  scarcely  equaling  the  tube.  Cape  B  M. 
457.  DC.,  PI  Gr  75,  Jacq ,  Sehoenbr  423.  Salm, 
Aloe  §28,  f  2  Medic.  4.  Berger  139,  140. 

A  Cdmtrorui,  Hemsl  Fls  almost  rmnahar-red,  pasmng  into  yf  1- 
low  toward  the  ton  L  Trop  Afr  B  M  7915 —A  f'nmju/l^ 
siphon,  A  Berger  Pale  yellow  fls,  E  Trop  Afr  —A  Chabauihi, 
Schoenl  Allied  to  A  stnctu  Lvs  bordered  with  small  pncklcH, 
outer  Begins  of  fls  pale  brick-rod  with  whitish  wings  at  aptx 
Trop  Afr  GC  III  .iK  102 —A  decdra,  bohotnl  A  dwarf  spe- 
nea  having  red  fls  tipped  with  green  S  Afr  G  C  III  M  3865  — 
A  Ldtttu,  Baker  Fls  pale  y»  How,  groemwh  at  top  Zanzibar  — ,4 
Innfl6ra,  Hort  Very  lax  arrangement  of  fls  whidiaro  orange -red 
in  lower  part  and  y«  How  at  apex  Cape  Colony  GO  III  W 
130,  deac  — 4  Martdlhn,  \  larger  Ext n  mdy  spiny  Ivs  and 
nearly  hon/ontally  spreading  fl  -spikes  Bntinh  Bechuarwland  — 
A  Orplnte.  Kehrxnl  Lvs  lined  with  -vhite  spots  and  markings 
on  both  surfaces  fls  red,  tipped  with  white  S  Afr  G  C'  III 
38  3865—  A  palltdiflAra,  A  Berger  A  stc  mlcsa  plant  hs 
armed  on  margins  with  sharp  spines  fit,  pale  fksh-oolor  b  Afr 
BMH122—  A  ptndena  A  shrubby  sp<  eies  fls  drooping,  .lull 
yellowish  red  8  Arabia  B  M  78.17  -  1  rubrolutea,  Sohirir  I'n- 
Dramhedst  S  ft  high  or  more  Us  arrrud  or  margins  with  brown 
deltoid  and  Homewhat  hook*  dspmrs  fls  bright  red  Trop  S  W 

Afr    «M  8263  WILLIAM  THELLA^ 

ALONSOA  (Alonzo  Zanoni,  Spanish  official  at 
Bogota)  ticrophidariacey  ALON^OA  Tropical  Ameri- 
can plants,  cultivated  as  annuals  in  the  open,  or 
grown  for  the  attractive  winter  bloom  m  pots. 

Flowers  showy 
plant  of  good  habit: 
corolla  very  irreg- 
ular and  turned 
upside  down  by  the 
twisting  of  the 
pedicel,  bringing 
the  larger  lobe  up- 
permost ,  stamens  4  • 
ivs  (at  least  below) 
opposite  or  in  3's 
—  \bout  a  dozen 
species,  many  of 
which  have  been  in 
gardens  at  one  tune 
or  another 

Alonsoas  aie  ten- 
der, and  need  pio- 
tection  from  frost 
Heeds  are  usually 
started  under  glass 
in  the  North, 
although  plants 
bloom  wrell  from 
seedh  sown  directly 
in  the  open  Use 
only  finely  prepared 
soil  For  winter 
bloom,  plants  are 
propagated  by  cut- 
tings or  seeds,  the 
latter  being  sown  in 
late  summer 


173.  Alonsoa  incisifoha. 


incisifdlia,  Ruiz  &  Pav  (A  urticxfdlui,  Steud 
Ctlsia  Hrtic*ff>lm,  Sims,  B  M  117)  Fig  173  About 
2  ft  high,  erect  Ivs  ovate  to  oval-lanceolate,  long- 
stalked,  deeply  cut-toothed  fls  nearly  }  -2\\\  across, 
very  irregular  (somewhat  hood-shaped),  scarlet,  with 
protruding  organs,  on  slender  axillary  peduncles, 
upper  limb  of  corolla  2-4  tunes  longer  than  calyx, 
anthers  2-3  times  shorter  than  filaments  Also  a  wlnte- 
fld.  variety.  Peru  — A  greenhouse  shrub. 

Warscewlczii,  Regel  (A  incisifbha  var  Warsrcwiczu, 
Boisa  A.  gramhfldra ,  Hort  A  compdcta,  Hort.)  Fls 
large,  the  plant  herbaceous  or  nearly  so  and  treated  as 
a  garden  annual  Ivs  cordate  or  cordate-lanceolate, 
double-toothed:  calyx-lobes  blunt,  upper  lobes  of 
corolla  4-5  times  as  long  as  calyx,  and  anthers  3-4  times 
shorter  than  the  crooked  filaments,  the  fls.  light  cinna- 
bar-red or  scarlet-red  (and  a  white  variety)  Peru  — 


Apparently  the  commonest  alonsoa  in  gardens,  2-3  ft  , 
readily  giown  from  seeds  as  a  hall -hardy  subject;  July 
till  autumn,  useful  also  for  winter  bloom  Plant  very 
bushy,  with  mostly  reddish  brown  branches 

acutifdha,  Ruiz  &  Pav  (A  rnyrtifbha,  Roezl)  Plant 
stout  but  bushy,  20-30  in.:  Ivs  broad-lanceolate, 
sharply  simple- toothed  pedicels  single,  glandular 
hairy  (as  also  the  calyx) ,  fls  larger  than  A  Wart>cewic<:n, 
the  limb  or  lip  3-4  times  as  long  as  the  calyx,  anthers 
long,  several  times  exceeding  the  filaments,  color  of  fls 
cinnabar-red  Peru  Var  Candida,  Voss  (A  alhtflbra, 
Hoit  ),  fls  white  drown  as  <i  garden  annual,  and  also 
in  pots  for  winter  bloom 

linearis,  Ruiz  <fe  Pav  (A.  hnearifbha.  Steud.  A  hm- 
Jlora,  Hort )  Plant  bushy  and  much  branched,  12-20 
in  Ivs  linear,  pointed,  entire  or  finely  toothed,  often 
fascicled  or  crowded  fls  scarlet.  Peru  Var  gracilis, 
Hort  (A  punula,  Hort  ),  is  a  smaller  graceful  form. 
Cult  as  gaiden  annual  and  also  in  pots  indoors 

A  caulMlata,  Ruiz  &  Pax  IAS  1,  ss  ( ut  than  m  \  innsifoha 
fls  smaller  at  4-anghd  Peru  —  1  intermedia,  L  B  T  14')(i^A 
hmar-s  -A  hmfdlvi,  Ro<vl  Plant  1'2  ft  or  less  high  Ivs  lanreo- 
lati  or  narrower,  entire  fls  bright  srarkt  Peru— 4  Wathewnu, 
Be  nth  LVH  lanceolate,  toothed  fls  scarlet,  in  terminal  racemes 
Peru  Greenhouse.  L  H  B 

ALOfSIA      Lippw 

ALPINE  PLANTS.  In  gardening,  a  term  used  to 
designate  those  plants  that  thrive  in  imitated  alpine 
conditions,— in  cool  plaees  of  short -growing  season  and 
abundant  cold-vs  at er  supph  in  the  growing  and  bloom- 
ing penod,  and  soil  conditions  approaching  those  of 
mountain-!,  in  practice,  alpine-gardening  is  a  form  of 
rock-gardening 

The  cultivation  of  alpine  plants  m  some  parts  of 
the  United  States  must  al \savs  be  attended  \\ith  dif- 
ficulty \\  herevei,  as  in  the  coastal  plain  region  of  the 
Atlantic  seaboard,  the  summers  aie  long,  dry  and  hot, 
it  is  almost  impossible  to  cult u  ate  many  of  the  most 
desirable  alpmes 

A  studv  of  the  natural  environmental  habitats  of 
alpmes  is  the  very  best  \\ay  to  arrive  at  really  valuable 
ideas  upon  their  cult  u  ation  Excluding  all  those  alpines 
of  apparently  little  definite  habitat  preference,  such  as 
the  siu\\drop,  daflodil,  poet's  narcissus,  trailing  myrtle, 
Christmas  ro^e,  and  Scotch  pink,  all  of  \vhieh  are  true 
alpmes,  but  also  tolerant  of  quite  ordinary  garden  con- 
ditions, there  is  a  large  class,  some  hundreds  of  species, 
that  will  gro\\  only  in  situations  approximating  their 
native  habitat  These  plants,  some  of  \\hich  are  per- 
haps the  most  beautiful  flowers  in  cult  nation,  grow 
usually  m  a  region  having  long,  ngoious  winters,  a 
gro \\ing  season  .ueraging  100  to  120  da^s,  and  a 
constant  supply  of  moisture  which,  on  account  of  its 
source  in  the  snow  above  the  vegetatiori-lme,  is  always 
nearly  ice-cold 

It  is  true  of  most  of  these  alpines  that  they  grow 
among;  the  rocks,  and,  as  we  shall  see  presently,  this  is  a 
factor  that  must  be  reckoned  with  Many  of  them 
grow  in  the  open  sun  and  are  exposed  to  violent,  often 
bitter,  winds  Others  again  are  on  north-facing  slopes, 
where  the  sun  rarely,  if  ever,  reaches  them  A  partial 
list  of  alpines  given  below  will  show  the  preference  of 
some  of  the  more  common  species  with  regard  to  the 
exposure  to  sunlight 

Localities  in  (he  lrtntcd  .Sfa/rs  and  Canftdn  wiurc  alfnne 
gardens  may  be  tried  unth  a  fair  measure  of  ,succ66*. 
One  of  the  basic  requirements  of  most  true  alpmes  is 
a  short,  growing  season.  The  Atlantic  seaboard  from 
Nova  Scotia  southward,  east  of  the  "fall  line"  (the 
flat,  usually  somewhat  sandy,  regions  between  the 
eastern  fringe  of  the  Alleghames  and  the  sea,  such  as 
southern  T^ong  Island,  southern  New  Jersey  and  all 
south  of  it  except  parts  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina, 
South  Carolina,  and  Georgia),  has  an  active  growing 


262 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


season  of  170  days  and  upward  This  ia  computed 
by  adding  the  days  from  the  last  frost  of  spring  to  the 
first  frost  of  autumn  At  New  Yoik,  the  season  is  210 
days,  at  Philadelphia,  220  days,  and  of  course  constantly 
increasing  southward 

On  account  of  this  long  growing  season  and  also 
because  of  the  dry,  hot  character  of  the  winds,  it  is 
almost  impossible,  without  groat  expense,  to  main- 
tain an  alpine  garden  in  this  region  The  same  is  true 
of  the  coastal  part  of  the  Pacific  coast,  and  in  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  up  to  about  St  Louis.  This  is,  of  course, 


174.  Arrangement  in  a  rock-garden 
to  insure  sub-irrigation 


a  general  statement,  and  peculiarly  favorable  local  con- 
ditions within  the  areas  specified  may  be  found,  where 
the  attempt  can  be  made  But  it  is  extremely  doubtful 
whether  any  really  good  alpine  garden  can  be  maintained 
within  this  area  permanently  without  a  great  mainte- 
nance expense,  in  the  way  of  constantly  suppl>mg  new 
plants,  keeping  the  garden  regularly  cooled  down  by 
water  and  the  like 

As  one  goes  back  from  the  coast,  even  a  few  miles,  there 
is  a  marked  change  m  the  climate,  and  particularly 
noticeable  is  the  constantly  diminishing  length  of  the 
growing  season  Near  Hartford,  the  Highlands  of  the 
Hudson,  northern  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  the 
growing  season  averages  from  1.38  to  120  davs,  more  or 
less  As  a  general  rule  it  ma\  safely  be  stated  that  any- 
where east  of  the  Mississippi  where  elevations  of  1,000 
feet  or  greater  are  found,  an  alpine  garden  is  permissible 
except  in  the  southern  Alleghames,  where  greater  ele- 
vations must  be  sought  This  length  of  the  growing 
season  is  easily  computed  for  all  parts  of  the  country,  as 
indicated  above,  and  wherever  we  find  an  active  grow- 
mg  season  of  100  to  140  days,  it  would  be  profitable 
to  make  an  alpine  garden  In  the  East  it  will  be  found 
that  the  short  season  is  almost  always  correlated  with 
elevations  in  excess  of  1.000  feet  and  in  the  West  at 
several  times  that  altitude. 

Position  of  the  alpine  garden. 

So  far  as  our  purpose  is  concerned,  there  are  three 
classes  of  alpine  plants  (a)  those  that  require  full  sun- 
light, (h)  shade-inhabiting  species,  and  (c)  those  that 
are  apparently  indifferent  as  to  exposure  To  meet  all 
these  conditions  within  a  single  garden  is  not  always 
possible,  and  a  selection  of  plants  must  therefore  be  made, 
unless  one  is  fortunate  enough  to  have  a  situation  that 
combines  these  requisites  As  a  general  rule  it  is  better 
at  some  distance  from  a  dwelling,  stable,  or  garage, 
both  architecturally  and  culturally.  No  class  of  plants 
is  quite  so  wild  as  alpines,  and  the  more  secluded  the 
garden,  and  the  greater  the  suggestion  of  sequestered 
nature  the  better  A  screen  of  evergreens  or  other  trees, 
and  a  northward-facing  slope,  insuring  good  drainage,  is 
perhaps  the  best  all-round  combination  that  one  could 
desire  If  the  garden  is  at  a  slight  elevation  above  the 
immediate  surroundings,  so  much  the  better,  although 
this  is  not  absolutely  essential  Southern  or  western 
exposures  are  to  be  avoided  unless  the  garden  is  at 
least  4,000  feet  above  the  sea  m  the  East,  and  from 
6,000  to  8,000  feet  m  the  West.  It  should  also  be 
arranged  so  that  drainage  will  not  be  entirely  down 
through  the  soil  as  in  ordinary  gardens,  but  rather  so 


that  the  water  can  trickle  from  the  roots  of  those  above 
to  those  below.  This  is  often  best  attained  by  a  judi- 
cious use  of  rocks,  which  will  be  considered  later. 

Making  the  garden. 

Having  decided  that  one  lives  within  the  area  in  which 
it  is  safe  to  begin  the  installation  of  an  alpine  collection, 
the  next  most  important  consideration  is  to  give  the 
plants  the  requisite  local  condition  Nearly  all  of  them 
require  good  rich  soil,  at  least  18  inches  deep,  preferably 
deeper.  Even  those  species  that  glow  in  the  crevices 
of  the  rocks  in  their  native  habitat  do  so  not  because 
they  "like"  such  situations,  but  most  probably  because 
no  more  favorable  place  is  available 

In  preparing  the  soil,  it  is  well  to  remember  that  at 
least  one-third  of  the  mixture  should  be  fine  rotted 
leaf-mold  mixed  with  equal  parts  of  loam  and  sand 
The  latter  is  quite  necessary  in  order  to  insure  perfect 
drainage  It  has  been  stated  that  some  alpines  will 
thrive  in  situations  that  approximate*  our  bogs  in  hav- 
ing a  high  humic  acid  content  But  most  of  the  species 
thrive  where  the  drainage  is  good  and  the  soil  is  sweet, 
not  sour 

If  for  no  other  reason  than  to  insure  perf  oct  drainage, 
it  is  best  to  construct  the  garden  in  a  series  of  terraces 
with  walks  of  more  or  less  irregular  outline  between,  as 
taste  and  convenience  dictate  Avoid  all  semblance  of 
formality  in  the  anangement  of  these  terraces,  as 
artificiality  or  formalism  in  the  alpine  garden  are  quite 
the  least  desirable  features  to  be  sought 

The  terraces,  or  any  modification  of  them,  are  best 
held  in  place  by  a  more  or  less  free  use  of  rocks  The 
placing  of  these  requires  great  skill  and  taste,  as  their 
purpose  must  be  twofold— to  add  a  sense  of  naturalness 


to  the  garden  and  to  make  suitable  pockets  in  which  to 
grow  the  plants  While  it  is  true  that  many  alpines, 
such  as  Thahctrum  a quilcqia folium,  Clematis  recta, 


Acomtum  Lycoctonum,  Digitalis  ambigua,  Polemomum 
cxruleum,  Gentiana  at>dt piadea,  and  Delphinium  elatum, 
with  many  others,  can  be  grown  without  the  use  of 
rocks,  it  is  true,  on  the  whole,  that  most  alpines  grow 
better  and  seem  more  at  home  when  rocks  are  part 
of  their  environment  .lust  what  part  the  rocks  play 
in  the  home  economy  of  the  plants  is  not  very  well 
understood,  but  the  readiness  with  which  they  conduct 
the  water  to  the  roots,  and  their  tendency  to  keep  the 
soil  cool  both  suggest  themselves  as  possible  benefits. 

For  such  species  as  Phlox  Douglat>ii,  Ca^wpe  Mcr- 
teriMnnti,  Polernoniurn  monlrosen^e,  and  all  plants  of 
their  type  whose  natural  home  is  at  elevations  from 
10,000  to  12,000  feet,  care  must  be  taken  to  insure  almost 
constant  sub-irrigation  of  cool  water  In  their  native 
habitats,  such  plants  have  their  roots  constantly  in 
the  icy  water  of  the  substratum,  and  any  conditions 
that  do  not  approximate  this  will  make  failure  almost 
certain. 

An  arrangement  for  insuring  this  sub-irrigation  is 
figured  m  Fig  174,  diagramaticallv  The  pocket  of 
soil  in  the  rocks  having  been  filled  with  the  proper  soil 
mixture,  the  water  may  be  let  in  at  a,  with  a  rock  just 
in  front  of  the  pipe  to  insure  the  water's  downward 
passage  (d).  With  the  bottom  made  water-tight  by 
concrete  or  rocks  and  clay,  and  the  outlet  regulated  at 
b,  a  definite  water-level  can  always  be  maintained  at  c 
The  outlet  can  be  arranged  as  indicated  to  flow  either 
over  the  surface  of  the  rock  below  or  in  a  pipe  behind 
it  If  the  water  for  this  plan  comes  from  a  cool  spring, 
HO  much  the  better  The  smallest  stream  of  water  IB 
sufficient,  as  it  is  not  the  water  itself  with  which  one  is 
aiming  to  supply  the  plants,  so  much  as  the  cooling  of  the 
soil,  rocks  and  atmosphere  that  ensues  from  a  gentle 
flow  of  water  through  and  around  the  soil  and  rocks. 

Such  measures  are  not  necessary  for  all  alpines,  but  a 
few  species  must  be  grown  under  cond  it  ions  approximated 
by  these  methods  The  expense  of  installing  and  main- 
taining such  construction,  however,  is  relatively  great. 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


263 


as  compared  with  the  simple  arrangement  of  the  rooks 
in  pockets,  overhanging  ledges,  nooks,  and  HO  forth, 
winch  IH  all  that  in  re  earned  for  the  great  ma]onty 
of  alpmes  A  cominori  and  particularly  undesirable 
method  of  procedure  is  to  turnnle  a  great  moss.  of  locks 
together,  usually  utterly  \vithout  form  or  definite  pur- 
pose except  to  look  "artistic1,"  then  pile  soil  amongst 
them  and  plant  the  whole  mass  Jf  the  ideals  constantly 
kept  in  mind  that  the  rocks  are  for  use  primarily,  that 
they  are  cultural  necessities,  and  that  plants  natuiallv 
grow  between,  and  among,  and  often  half  underneath 
them,  —  then  the  final  result  i--  likely  to  be  beaut  it  ul,  be- 
cause they  are  useful  and  have  been  placed  with  an 
eye  to  their  sole  ration  d'ctte  in  the  alpine  garden, 
which  is  to  be  a  home  lor  alpine  plants 

In  placing  the  io<ks,  indeed  in  the  arrangement  of 
the  gaideri  generally,  it  is  better  to  a\oid  situations  in 
which  the  dup  iiom  o\ei  lunging  trees  or  other  objects 
will  fall  on  the  plants  No  plants  are  specially  bene- 
fited by  drip,  and  alpine^,  part  ic  ul.irlv  those  having 
tornentose  leaves,  \\ill  .suffer  irom  such  treatment 

Plants  for  the  (ilftinc  garden 

Vnfortunateh,  very  few  American  dealers  carry 
am  thing  like  an  adequate  stock  of  alpine  plants,  and 
onlv  the  (  ornmonest  and  b<st  -known  species  are  to  be 
found  in  the  American  trade  rlhis  has  h-ul  the  effect 
of  restricting  the  populant\  ot  alpine  gardening  in  this 
country,  and,  furthermore,  all  the  alpine  gardens  of  any 
size  have  had  to  seek  in  Lurope  for  Ihe  large  vanetv  of 
species  that  constitute  a  well-stocked  e  ejection  Many 
Kurope'an  firms,  particularlv  in  l,nglanel  and  France, 
have  speciah/c'd  in  alpine*  At  least  1,(M)0  spce  ies  are 
ofTere>el  bv  e)iie'  continental  dealer  .done  A  cornmem 
but  altogether  unsat  isf  i<  te>r\  rne-thod,  and  one  that 
h.is  rc-ulted  m  numberless  failure  •«,  is  the-  att<mj>1  to 
import  plants  direct  fiemi  these  dc  ale-rs  r\  he>  tnne>  e)f 
transit,  the  highlv  t-peenhzed  ch  ir.ie-Ur  of  tin-  cultural 
requirement  of  alpine's,  and  the-  lack  ot  attention  dur- 
ing transit,  all  opeiate  to  make  sue  h  shipments  costly 
anel  usuallv  unsuece-^tul 

'Ihe  best  and  most  sati^fae  te>i\  method  is  to  buy 
seeds  of  the  plants  to  bo  cultivates!  'I  he  initial  e'ost  18 
less  than  one-lift  h  and  t  he1  personal  satisfac  1  ion  in  hav  ing 
grov\n  one's  t>toe  k  e>f  plants  me)ie  than  offse-ts  the  time 
spent  in  this  work  The1  se'eds  should  be  imported  early 
in  the  spiing  e>r  e\en  in  the>  late  winter  fe>r  those  with 
greenhouse  facilities  Sow  the  seeds  m  pans  or  bo\ea 
in  a  light  soil  of  le'al-mold  and  sand  in  about  equal 


part 


is  host  partiallv  to  shade  the  seeds  anel  very 
joung  seedlings  for  a  lew  davs  Pot  up  when  the  heed- 
lings  are*  stout  enough  to  stand  the  tiansfer,  which  of 
course,  varies  with  different  ^\n  cies  It  it  is  me'onveni- 


ent  to  place  them  in  their  permanent  home  the  first 
year,  they  may  be  repotted  and  then  the  pots  plunged  in 
ashes  in  the  frame  Wrth  proper  shading  from  the  ir>- 
tense  sunlight,  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  cool  water  so 
that  thc«  ashes  are  kept  moist  arid  cool,  they  will  grow 
very  well  under  those  e-emehtions  for  the  first  year. 
Many  of  the  spee-ies  can  be1  grown  always  with  this 
treatment  if  one  has  no  garden  ready  for  them  The 
shading  for  these  frames  is  easily  made  of  ordinary 
plasterer's  lath,  the  strips  being  placed  about  one 
inch  apart  anel  the  whole  shade  arrangeel  so  as  to 
be  about  2^  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground 

Of  all  the  genera  cultivated  as  alpmes,  the  most 
important  are  the  gentians,  saxifrages,  seelums,  a  few 
dwarf  primulas  anel  the  pmguic  ulas  These  are  much 
better  known  abroad  than  in  North  America,  but  many 
of  the  best  of  the^rn  can  be  grown  m  this  country 
Among  the  gentians,  Correvon  e>f  Geneva  classifies 
them  for  eirltural  puq  >ses  as  follows 

1  Caleaieous-soil   gentian^    requiring   sun.    alpina, 

angu^tifoha,  CluuiAnd  Koclnana 

2  Sphagnum-moss  species,    bavar^ca,  Rotstanii,  sep- 

trrnfiiln 

3  Marshy-ground  species  fingu^tifoha  (also  rn  group 

I)  abili'piudta,  Pneumonanlhc 

4  Peaty  s.mel  and  sandstone  with  peat  m  it    alba, 

Bigdovn,  cihata,  fngida,  Parryi,  pumila,  Wal- 
bchiana  , 

5.  Of  mdifTere>nt  habitat  preference  brcvidens*,  cruci- 
<iid,  dafiurica,  (hcutnbtns,  macro  phylln,  0  liven, 
Suponuriti,  srarVe;,  strain  men,  \\'eschmakowi 

Among  the  saxifrages  only  the  dwarf,  usually  peren- 
nial, kinds  are  grown  as  alpmes  In  moist,  rocky  places 
in  the  alpine  garden  the  following  species  of  pinguicula 
will  be  useful  P  vullivurifolw,  P.  grandiflora,  with 
purple  and  blue  flowers  and  P  alpnui  with  white 
tlemcrs  P.  vulqarm  and  P  lu^itanica  may  be  grown 
in  general  situations  in  the  "alp  " 

It  is  often  necessary  to  make  a  definite  selection  of 
species  for  a  sunnv  or  shady  place,  as  most  of  our  alpmes 
cannot  be  grown  without  reference  to  the  amemnt  of 
sunlight  For  those-  who  tan  arrange  only  for  a  rather 
sunnv  situation,  in  which  the  amount  of  shade  rs  not 
soil  and  rocks  cool,  the  following 


sufficient  to  keep  the  s 
will  be  found  helpful. 


ALPIXKS  FOR  SUNNY  SITU  \TIONS. 


175.  Alpine-gardening, — good  rock-work  in  a  cool 
and  protected  place 


N  \ME 

(  olor  of  floweis 

Height 

Time  of  flowering 

Acatna  iprcwa 

Grown  for  gray 

Crtepmg, 

foh  tico 

3-4  m 

Aianthohmnn      glu- 

Rose 

Summer 

.  n>ncfum 

White 

4  in 

Summer 

A1  rup,  Jr//  ' 

White 

Summer 

A    nmbrllatd 

White 

()  m 

Summer 

JSthiiimiiM,  \anous 

Pink 

About  1 

Summer 

SP 

ft 

For  purple  foh- 

9  in. 

Aly^um,  \  ariou-inp 

Ydlow  and 

6m. 

Spring 

white 

Androwr.    vanou* 

White  and  rose 

3-6  in 

Spring  and  summer 

sp 

Artnnna  montana 

White 

6  m 

Spring  and  summer 

Hose  and  white 

6-12  in 

Summer 

JLxM   ««/;.«  11  us,  vars 

\  arious  not 

About  9 

Summer  and  early 

y<  How 

Ul 

Callandnnm  iimbil- 

Red 

Summer 

luhi 

Duvrfcnmiwnulav 

White,  blue 

3-12  in 

Spring    and    early 

and  purple 

summer 

Ceraiottitima    pliim- 

Blue 

8  in. 

Autumn 

CwSlT^lulta 

Yellow 

6m 

Spring 

Blue 

Summer 

Dianthui       (Alpine 

White  to  rose 

5-12  in 

Spring  and  summer 

pinks) 

f)r.7/)a  aizoide* 

Yellow 

3  in 

Spring 

yjijyas  urtopetala 

White 

Creeping 

Late  spring 

264 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALPINES  FOR  SUNNY  SITUATIONS,  continued 


ALPINES  FOR  SHADY  SITUATIONS,  continued. 


NAME 

Color  of  flowers 

Height 

Time  of  flowering 

Erigeron  Villaran 

Pale  violet 

12  in 

Rummer 

Erodium,  various  ap 

White  and  red 

6-10  m 

Summer 

Genhana,  various  sp 
Qypsopkila,     dwarf 

Blue 
White  to  pink 

6-18  in 
6-12  in 

Spnng  and  summer 
Summer 

sp 

Hedera  conglomerata 
H  minima 

(  Both     grown 
-<  for  evergreen 

6-8  m 

Ibens,  various  sp 

(  foliage 
White 

Gin 

Summer 

Ins,  dwarf  bearded 

Various 

6-15  in 

Spring    and    early 

sp 

summer 

Leontopodium       al- 

White 

6m 

Summer    and    au- 

pinum 

tumn 

Linum  flav  im 

Yellow 

12  in 

Summer 

Macrotomia      chioi- 

Yellow 

10  in 

Summer 

des 

Monsia  hypogxa 

Yellow 

3  in 

Spring    and    early 

summer 

Nepeta  Musaimi 

Blue 

12  in 

Summer    and    au- 

tumn 

NOCCCBO,  alptna 

White 

3  in 

Spring  and  summer 

Papaver      alpinum. 

Various 

6  in 

Spnng 

Platycodon,  various 

Blue 

8-15  in 

Spring 

sp 
Saponana     ocymoi- 

Red 

Creeping 

Summer 

dea 

Silene,  various  sp 

White  and  red 

5-15  in 

Summer    and    au- 

Tunica  Saxifraga 

Pinkish  white 

3-5  in. 

Summer 

Veronica  incnna 

Blue 

Summer 

V  cupressioides 

Ornamental 

10  in 

Zauschneria,     vari- 

foliage 
Scarlet 

12-18  in 

Autumn 

ous  ap 

The  foregoing  list  is,  of  course,  not  a  complete  one, 
but  it  will  serve  as  a  guide  for  the  beginner  Many  of 
these  will  also  stand  a  partially  shaded  place,  some  of 
them  prefer  such  situations,  but  all  of  them  will  grow 
in  the  open  sunlight  if  the  pitch  of  the  ground  is  not 
too  great  toward  the  south  or  southwest. 

ALPINES  FOR  SHADY  SITUATIONS 


NAMK 

Color  of  flowers 

Height 

Time  of  flowering 

Adonis,  various  sp 

Yellow 

0-12  in 

Spring 

Anchusa    myosoti- 

Blue 

12  in 

Summer 

Jlora 

Anemone  tdpina 

White 

18  in 

Summer 

A    sylwstris 

White 

12  in 

Spring 

Aquilegia  glandulosa 

Blue  and  white 

Early  summer 

A   raerulea 

Blue  and  white 

15  in 

Arenana  baleanca 

White 

2-4  in 

Summer 

/luncuZa.vanoussp 

Various 

4-7  in 

Spring 

D  tdrcatheon  sp 

White  to  purple 

12  in 

Spring    and    early 

summer 

Eoinecon  chionantha 

White 

18  in 

Epimedium,  vanous 

Ornamental 

6-12  in 

Hf) 

foliage 

Ennui,  various  sp 

White  and  rose 

3  in 

Spring  and  summer 

(ialax  aphylla 

White 

12m 

Summer    and    au- 

Hflleborus  mgtr 

White 

12  m 

Wmtcr 

Ins  cnstata 

Blue 

4  m 

Spring 

Linana  Cymbalana 

Lilac 

3  in 

Summer 

L   palhda 

Violet 

2  m 

Summer 

Omphalodf*  verna 

Blue 

6m 

Spring 

Ounsia  coccinea 

Red 

Spring    and    early 

6  in 

summer 

Polemonium  humile 
Polygonum  affine 

Blue 
Rose 

6  in 

Spring  and  summer 
Summer 

Primula.     Sieboldn, 

Vanous 

6-9  in 

Spnng 

vanous  forms 

Ramondia  pyrenaica 

Blue 

4  m 

Spnng 

Rodgersia,     various 

Ornamental 

3-b  in 

sp 

foliage 

Saxifraga  GVum(and 
allies) 

Various 

12-18  in 

Spnng  and  summer 

Shortia  galacifoha 
Soldantlla  alpina    . 

White 
Blue 

6  in 
4  in 

Spnng 
Spnng 

Thahctrum      minus 

Ornamental 

6-12  in. 

adiantifnhum 

foliage 

Trillium,  vanous  sp 

White  and  pink 

6-8  in 

Spnng 

or  purple 

NAMR 

Color  of  flowers     Height 

Time  of  flower 

,„« 

Uvulana  grandiflora 

Yellowish  green  1     12m 

Summer     or 

lat« 

spring 

Vancouvena    hexan- 

Ornamental 

6-8  m 

dra 
Viola,  \  anous  sp 
Waldsttinia  fragan- 

foliage 
Blue  ami  white 
White 

3-9  m 
3  -b  in 

Spring 
Spring 

oides 

To  these  may  be  added  the  native  species  that  grow 
natuially  in  America  at  elevations  in  excess  of  1,500 
feet,  such  as  Copt  in  tn  folia,  Cornus  ctwude/ms,  Clin- 
tonid  borealis,  TiarMa  cordifol  a,  Trillium  yrandiflorum, 
Claytonia  raro'mwnn,  Duhbarda  repent,  Polemonium 
VanBruntwe,  various  teirestnal  hubenanas,  Milella 
nudn,  Arenann  grcenlandica,  and  many  others 

The  plants  botli  for  shaded  and  sunny  situations  will 
grow  better  if  there  is  a  liberal  top-dressing  of  leaf- 
mold  and  sand,  about  half  and  half,  applied  each  spring 
It  \vill  be  noted  that  all  the  plants  listed  in  both  lists 
are  perennials  Most  natural  alpmes  are  of  this  type, 
the  shortness  of  the  growing  season  precluding  the 
possibility  of  the  full  development  of  an  annual 

For  those  who  wish  to  go  into  the  growing  of  alpmes 
more  extensively,  a  partial  list  of  the  alpine  genera 
together  with  an  indication  of  the  number  of  species 
that  aie  to  be  found  in  the  principal  Euiopean  trade 


catalogues  is  appended     Many  additions  will  suggest 
themselves  as  the  alpme  gardener  becomes  better  ac- 

quainted with  those  listed  below  and  their  relatives: 

LIST   OF 

THE    CHIEF    ALPINE    GENERA 

The  figures  indicate  approximately  the  ni 

imber  of  species  in  eaok 

genus  th  it  an  ulpiu 

tea 

Achillea,  5 

Epinn  (hum 

Pcdiculans,  5 

Acomtum,  h 

Kngpron 

Petasites,  2 

Aeienostyles,  2. 

Enophorum,  2 

P.trocalhs 

^Ethionema 

ErynRium 

Phaca,  4 

AIra 

Euphrasm 

Phleum,  1 

Ajuga 

Festuca.  2 

Phyteuma,  10 

Alchcmilla. 

Galium,  3 

Pimpmeila 

Album 

Gay  a 

Pinus 

Allosurus 

Gcntiana,  17 

Plantago,  3 

Alsine,  6 

Geranium,  J 

Poa,  5 

Alyssum,  2 

Geum,  3 

Polygala,  2 

Androsace,  7 

Globularia,  2 

Polygonum,  2 

^naphahmn,  4 

Potent  ilia.  14 

Anthemis 

Gymnaelcma 

Primula.  12 

Aposens 

Hedysanim 

Ranunculus,  14. 

Aejmlegia,  3 

Rhin  inthus 

Arabis,  7 

Helleborus 

Ribcs,  2 

Arctostaphylos,  2. 

Heracle-um,  2 

Ro-a,  3 

Hormmum 

Rubus 

Arctia 

Hicrauum,  10 

Rumex.  3 

Armena 

Hypencum 

Sagma 

Aromcum,  3 

Hutclunsm 

Sahx,  12 

Artemisia,  4 

Ibens 

Saponana 

Asplemum,  6 

Imperatona. 

Saussurea,  2 

Astrantia 

Juncus,  6 

Saxifraga,  30. 

Atragne 

Kobresia 

Seabiosa 

Azalea 

Laserpitium 

Scirpua 

Betonica 

Lapiagrostis 

Sedum,  7 

Braya,  2 

Loontodon,  4. 

Sclagmella,  2 

Bupleurum,  2 

Lilmm 

Sempervivum,  5. 

Calammtha 

Lmnffia 

Senecio,  8 

Calluna 

Listera 

Seslena,  3 

Campanula,  8 

Lomcera 

Sibbaldia 

Cardamme,  2 

Lomalogomum. 

Silene,  6 

Carex.  20 

Luzula.  5 

Solclanella,  4. 

Centaurea,  3 
Corastiura,  3. 

Lyclmis 
IVlalaxia,  2. 

Sorbus. 
Soyena. 

Montia 

Stachys 

Cirsium 

Mdhnngia 

Stellana 

Crepis,  5 
Crocus 

Myosotis 
Myncana 

Thahctrum,  6. 
Trifolium,  6 

Daphne 

Nardus 

Valermna,  7. 

Dianthui,  5 

Nigntella 

Veronica,  6 

Doromcum,  2. 

Oxyria 

Viola.  5 

Draba,  6 

Oxytropis,  7 

Wulfema. 

Dry  as 

Psederota,  2 

Epilobium,  4 

Papaver,  2 

The  literature  on  alpine-gardening,  in  English,  is 
very  meager.  Any  good  book  of  the  flora  of  high  moun- 
tain regions,  —and  there  are  a  dozen  or  more  excellent 


ALPINE   PLANTS 

works  on  the  fiord  of  the  Alps,  —will  aid  in  the  way  of 
suggesting  new  species  that  may  he  grown  A  good  but 
rather  out-of-date  book  on  the  making  and  culture  of 
alpine  gardens  i,s  A  Kerner's  "Die  Cultur  der  Alpen- 

Iiflanzen  "  A  useful  \vork  eontaming  many  cultural 
nnts  is  II  S  Thompson's  "Alpine  Plants  of  Europe, 
with  Cultural  Hints  rt  The  first  International  Congrebs 
of  Alpine  Gaidens  met  at  Naye,  Swit/erland,  in  1904. 
As  yet  nothing  except  administrative  reports  of  this 
convocation  has  been  published,  jsj  TAYLOK 

ALPINIA  (Prosper  Alpinus,  an  Italian  botanist) 
Zinqibcrari'<r  Stove  herbs,  cultivated  both  for  leaves 
and  the  racemes  01  panicles  of  floweis 

Many-si d  le.itv  plants,  vwth  gmger-hke  rhizomes  fls 
in  spikes  or  panicles  leimmating  the  leafy  sts  ,  often 
showy,  calyx  wide-tubular  01  ncaily  bell-form,  the  tube 
short  and  the  3  points  or  parts  erect,  corolla  of  3  parts, 
stamens  reduced  to  1  pollen-bearing  organ,  and  1  or 
more  stammodia,  one  of  the  Mammodu  being  showy  and 
longer  than  corolla  and  notched  or  toothed  fr  a  3- 
celled  caps  — About  l.">0  species  m  Polynesia,  Japan, 


ALSINE 


265 


176    Alpima  mutica 

and  E  India  Some  of  the  cult  forms  have  undoubt- 
edly been  icferred  to  Alpinut  without  knowledge  of  the 
botanical  chaiafterb,  and  tlieir  botanical  position  is 
therefore  doubtful  Monogr.  in  Engler,  Pflan/en- 
reich,  hft  20  (1  <)()!) 

Alpima  contains  many  handsome  species  but  only 
a  few  are  common  in  cultivation  They  are  tropical 
plants  and  require  a  moist  an  and  a  temperature  of 
5.3°  to  bO°  F  A  mixture  of  two  parts  loam,  one  part 
leaf-mold,  and  one  part  dried  co\\ -manure  forms  an 
excellent  compost  While  growing,  they  need  an  abun- 
dan<  e  of  watei,  and  the  laige-growmg  kinds  require 
large  pots  01  tubs  Aiter  flowering,  allow  them  to  rest 
in  heat,  but  do  not  dry  them  off  The  plants  are  propa- 
gated bv  dniMon  m  the  spimg  A.  nutans  is  grown  for 
its  handsome  floweis  arid  attains  a  height  of  12  or  13 
feet  A  vittata  i.s  populai  on  a<  count  of  its  variegated  fo- 
liage 1  mutua  has  \er\  showy  floweis,  but  is  appa- 
rently little  known  in  the  trade  (Robert  Cameron  ) 
A  Foliage  stnpcd  plant**  of  doubtful  botanical  position 

vittata,  Hull  (Ambrnum  villAtum,  Hort  )  1/ower: 
Ivs  distichous,  lanceolate,  with  pale  green  or  creamy 
yellow  bars  or  stripes  between  the  nerves  fls  red,  in 
axillary  spikes  S  Sea  Lsls  A  F  8  787  Gn  4,  p  25 

albo-lmeata,  I  tort  A  plant  3-4  ft  high,  with  broad 
bands  of  white  and  pale  green  on  the  elliptic-lanceolate 
Ivs 

Sanderae,  Sand.  St  ascending  Ivs  very  short- 
stalked  and  5  in  or  less  long,  \\{  m  or  less  broad,  taper- 
ing both  ways,  rich  shining  green,  regularly  and  closely 
striped  in  broad  bands  of  white  leading  from  the  midrib 
to  the  margin  New  Guinea  G  C  III  33  248  (suppl.). 
1903  Probably  a  variegated  form  of  A  Rajflesiana, 


tricolor,  Sand  St  erect  Ivs  oblong-acuminate,  10 
in  long,  1J4  m  wide,  green  with  white  or  creamy  yel- 
low stripes.  Solomon  Isl  G  C  III  33  249  (suppl ). 

AA  Folinge  green,  not  striped. 

mttans,  Roscoe  (Zer umbel  specidsvm,  Wendl  ). 
SHELL-FLOWER  Striking  plant,  reaching  10-12  ft., 
with  long,  lanceolate  glabrous  long-veined  Ivs  fla 
orchid-like,  yellow  with  pink,  sweet-scented,  in  a  long, 
drooping,  terminal,  spike-like  raceme  E  Indies  G  C 
III  19  301  1  H  43,  p  259  B  M  1903  P  M.  13  12o 
R  II  1801  .51  —Fine  for  foliage  masses,  and  an  old 
favorite  Said  to  grow  20  ft  high  in  S  Calif  m  rich  soil 
and  with  plenty  of  water,  and  to  bloom  continuously 

mutica,  Roxbg  Fig  170  A  handsome  strong  spe- 
cies Ivs  very  short-stalked  or  sesbile,  long-lanceolate 
and  pointed  fl  with  large  bright  \ellow  lip  veined 
crimson,  the  outer  segrns  oblong  and  white  A  mutica, 
Hook  f  ,  B  M  0908,  i.s  piohahl)  not  the  A  mutica  of 
Roxburgh  E  Indies  Excellent  free-flowering  species 

Allughas,  Roscoe  Strong,  3*2-7  ft  Ivs  sessile  or 
nearly  so,  lanceolate  or  linear -lanceolate,  short-acumi- 
nate, 1  Vo  ft  or  less  long,  3-4  in  broad  fls  small, 
crowded,  greems-h  w'ute,  the  lip  cuneate,  pink,  emar- 
gmate  India.  Spring 

calcarata,  Roscoe  Slender,  3  -5  ft  Ivs  sessile,  nar- 
row lj  linear-lanceolate  and  attenuate-acuminate  fls 
medium  in  sue,  greenish  white,  the  hp  \ariegated  with 
red  and  jellow  on  a  lighter  ground  India  Fall 

Many  kinds  of  th(  se  mt<  noting  ornamental  plants  are  likely  to 
fin.l  th(  ir  way  into  ehoico  coll*  < lions  Some  of  them  are  as  follows 
4  oia<intt,i,  blume,  reported  in  *•>  Cihf  ,  \<  ry  tall,  evr  n  to  more  than 
20  ft  ,  with  very  Urge  nodding  pinicle  .4  japAntca,  once  cata- 
loged in  U  S  ,  hut  not  known  whether  it  was  the  \  japonica  of 
Thunlxrg  — t  lonorpetiolntn,  coming  from  \V  1  rop  Afr  ,  of 
robust  habit,  0  ft  Ivs  elliptic  th(  uppermost  linear,  wing-pctioled 
Us  white  or  ro-,e  in  termm.il  ptmcU  purple-spottr d  — .4  maynlfica, 
R«,(CM^-Phseom«rii  magmflci  —  4  \ieuuenhuizn,  \alet  (A. 
borne  i  nsi-,,  \  ah  t  ),  distinct  sp.  cirs.  1  b  ft  Ivs  2ft  or  less  long  fls 
purple-lipped,  in  panicles  12  in  Ions  fr  large  Borneo  -A  oflicind- 
rum,  Hancc  Supplying  tlu  radix  (Jalingfr  cninons"  of  pharma- 
cists, once  used  as  an  aroimtio  stimulant  by  \rabsand  Greeks 
rhizomr  thir  k,  creeping,  the  st  tulu  rous  at  base  Ivs  narrowly 
laru(olitL,  long-Humiliate  fls  white  m  simple  spike,  the  lip  red- 
nfm.l  China  »  M  (»f)«)5  —  I  pumih,  Hook  f  Lv  s  from  root- 
stock,  (j  in  or  less,  on  petioles  2  4  in  fls  in  short  spike,  1  in  long, 
pink,  the  hp  n(ur\cd,  on  a  Atry  short  Hrape  China  BM  <>S32 
A  S<_l,itmantn<i,ia,  \  alct  (V  nmbriata,  t-agn  )'  .i-i  ft  Ivs  lanceo- 
late, IS  in  long,  1'2  m  broad  fls  purple  in  spikes,  handsome 
Forniosi  —  1  sintfi?.m««,  Hook  f  4  5  ft  h  s  oblanceolate,  ob- 
long, tuspidite,  12  in  or  lt^  long,  i  in  broad  fls  greenish,  the  hp 
white  veined  crimson,  in  paniclrs  Siam  B  M  0944 

L    H    B 

ALSEUOSMIA  (a^sos,  grove,  and  euosme,  fragrance). 
Cnpnfoliaceje  A  group  of  4  species  of  tender  New 
Zealand  shrubs,  usually  glabrous  Lvs  alternate  or 
opposite,  with  minute  tufts  of  hair  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins  beneath  fls  fragrant,  green  or  red,  axillary, 
solitary  or  in  clusters,  corolla  tubular  or  funnelform 
fr  a  purple,  many-seeded  berry  —  Perhaps  not  cult, 
outside  botanic  gardens 

4  macropkylla,  A  Cunn  \EW  ZFALAND  HONEYSUCKLE  6-10 
ft  hs  3-6  in  long,  elliptic  or  obi  incoolafe,  acute,  serrate,  or  en- 
creamy  with  dull  rod  streaks,  corolla  lobes  recurved,  toothed,  the 
tube  cyhndnc  B  M  6951  jj  TAYLOR. 

ALSIKE     Clover  and  Tnfolium 

ALStNE  (Greek  for  grove,  where  some  species  grow) 
Caryophyllticex  A  few  species  of  Alsine  are  m  the 
market,  mostly  for  rock-gardening  There  is  much  dif- 
ference among  botanists  a»s  to  the  standing  of  the  genus 
Alsme  Some  persons  reter  it  to  Arenaria,  others  make 
it  a  tenable  name  to  replace  Stellaria,  and  Pax  in 
Engler  and  Prantl's  Pflanzenfamihcn  retains  it  for 
about  sixty  species,  mostly  m  the  temperate  and  cold 
parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  distinguishes 
both  Arenaria  and  Stellaria;  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Cyclopedia  it  seems  to  be  desirable  to  follow  the  Index 
Kewrensis  disposition,  and  the  few  cultivated  species 
are  therefore  accounted  for  under  Arenana. 


266 


ALSOPHILA 


ALS<5PHILA  (Greek,  grove-loving).  Cyatheacex.  Tree 
ferns,  grown  in  choice  large  conservatories,  and  in  the 
open  in  warm  countries. 

Alsophilas  have  simple  or  forked  free  veins,  round 
son,  and  no  mdusia.  Numerous  species  are  found  in  the 
tropical  regions  of  both 
hemispheres  The  species  of 
Alsophila  are  very  similar  in 
appearance  to  the  tree  ferns 
placed  m  the  genus  Cyathea 
and  are  probably  not  gener- 
ically  distinct. 

Of  the  different  species  of 
alsophila,  only  one  is  in  gen- 
t  eral  commercial  use  A  aut>- 
trahs  is  a  very  graceful  and 
rapidly  growing  tree  fern, 
with  finely  divided  fronds  of 
a  pleasing  shade  of  light 
green,  with  the  stipes  thickly 
covered  with  light  brown, 
hairy  scales  It  is  grown  from 
spores,  which  can  be  obtained 
only  from  old  and  large 
specimens,  and  which,  like 


ALSTRCEMERIA 

nules  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  segms.  broadest  at  the 
base,  ovate-oblong  and  sharply  serrate.  Tasmania  and 
Austral 

ferox,  Presl  (A .  aculedta,  J  Smith).  Rachises  brown- 
ish, pinnae  12-18  in.  long,  pinnules  narrow,  3-4  in  long, 
M-J^m  wide,  with  15-18  pairs  of  segms.  which  are  nar- 
row and  slightly  serrate.  Trop.  Arner. 

AAA.  Lvs  qwidnpinnatifid. 

ohgocarpa,  Fee  Fig  178  Rachises  smooth,  grayish 
straw-colored ,  pinnules  1  ]/2~2  ft  long,  the  segms  hgu- 
late,  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  blunt  lobes;  son  median, 
4-6  on  the  lower  lobes  Colombia 

A  Baroumba,  Hott  Recently  mtro  Not  so  elegant  as  A  Loube- 
tiana,  but  of  interest  for  its  umje-stic  dimensions  Congo  Free 
State — A  conyoensis,  Hort  1/irgr-  handsome  fronds,  with  prom- 
inent yellow  midrib  pmnip  deeply  and  regularly  cut — A  incdna, 
Hort  A  magnificent  tree  f<  rn  with  black  spiny  petioles  Congo 
KB  34  172,  —A  Loubetwnn,  Hort  A  decorative  tree  fern  with 
broad  Ivs  rachis  hairy  brown  S  H  4  1W 

L    M    UNDERWOOD 
R    C    BENEDICT  t 

^  ALSTONIA  (Dr  Alston,  once  professor  of  botany  at 
Edinburgh)  Aporynaccj  Two  trees  of  this  genus  are 
introduced  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California 
for  outdoor  planting 

Corolla-tube  cylindrical,  usually  swollen  at  the  base, 


the  spores  of  most  commer-          Corolla- tube  cylmdnca 

cial  ferns,  will  germinate  very      the  parts  spreading,   usually  twisted  m  the  bud,  an< 


177   Pinna  of  Alsophila 
australis 


freely  if  sown  on  a  compost 
consisting  of  finely  screened 
soil,  leaf-mold  and  band  in 
equal  parts  To  develop  a 

good  crown  of  fronds  in  old  specimen  plants  which  may 
look  starved,  the  stem  may  be  covered  to  any  thick- 
ness consistent  with  good  appearance  with  green  rnoss. 
which  may  be  attached  with  thin  copper  wire,  and 
which,  if  kept  continually  moist,  will  soon  be  thickly 
covered  with  fine  roots  Alsophilas  nhould  be  grown 
in  a  temperature  of  60°  F ,  and  th6-  soil  should 
never  be  allowed  to  become  very  dry.  (Nichol  N. 
Bruckner.) 

A.  Lvs  bipinnate;  rachises  merely  fibrillose. 
Rebeccas,  F.  Muell.    Lvs   ample,  from  8  in    or  so 
high;  pinnae  12-15  in.  long,  with  20-30  pinnules  on 
each  side,  which  are  2-3  in  long  and  serrate  or  crenate 
throughout    Austral    G  Z.  28,  p.  2 

AA.  Lvs  tripinnatifid  or  tripin- 
nate,  rachises  armed  with 
spines 

B.  Segms  long,  Wrongly  curved, 
pinnules  tapering  to  a  blen- 
der point 

excelsa,R  Br    Lvs  coriace- 
ous, with  more  or  less  \\oolly 

rachises,  pinna?  6-10  in   wide, 

with  crowded  pinnules,  which 

are   provided   with    about   20 

pairs  of  segms  which  are  strongly  curved 

and  more  or  less  enlarged  at  the  ends 

Norfolk  Isl  and  Austral  — Said  to  have 

a  trunk  60-80  ft  high. 

Codperi,  F   Muell     Smaller  than  the 

last    rachises  with   pale  brown  scales; 

pinnae  spear-shaped,  with  linear  pinnules 

4-5  in.  long    Queensland 
lunulatf,  R    Br.     Lvs.  rather  thick, 

herbaceous,  from  smooth  rachises;  pin- 
nules  close,  5-6    in    long,  with   20-30 

pairs  of  segms ,  which  are  finely  serrate 

throughout. 

BB.  Segms.  %in.  or  less  long. 
australis,  R.  Br.    Fig    177.    Rachises 
straw-colored;  Ivs   ample,  with  primary 
pinnae  18  in.  long,  6-10   'n    wide;   pin-        178    Alsophila  oligocarpa. 


thers  inclosed  in  the  tube — Between  30  and  40  speciei 
of  trees  or  shrubs  of  E  India  and  Austral  ,  \vith  small 
white  fls  in  teimmal  cymes,  and  simple  entire  Ivs 
in  whorls  or  opposite  A  i>cholarix,  R  Br  ,  is  the  devil- 
tree  or  pah-mara  of  India,  the  bark  of  which  is  medici- 
nal. Trees  yield  caoutchouc 

macrophylla,  Wall  A  tall  tree,  with  milky  juice 
Ivs  6-12  in  long,  2}  2-3  in  \vide,  oblanceolate  or  elliptic- 
lanceolate,  obtusely  acuminate,  nerves  16-20  pairs 
cymes  numerous,  the  fls  small,  corolla-tube  glabrous, 
the  throat  villous,  ovary  glabrous  Malaya 

scholaris,  R  Br  Tree,  50-90  ft  Ivs  4-8  in  long, 
1-1}  2  m  wide,  coi  laceous,  usually  4-7  in  a  whorl, 
obovate  or  elliptic-oblong,  white  beneath,  with  30-60 
veins  fls  pubescent,  subcupitate,  ovary  hirsute. 
Wight  Icones  Ind  Or  2  422  Rheede  Hort  Malab 
1  45  — Intro  by  Montarioso  Nursery,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif ,  in  1910  Tropics.  ^  TAYLOR.! 

ALSTRCEMfcRIA  (Baron 
Alstroemer,  friend  of  Linnaeus). 
Amarylhdaa  j>  ALSTREMKKIA. 
Coolhouse  and  stove  plants, 
with  tuberous  roots,  treated  as 
bulbs,  and  some  of  them  also 
grown  in  the  open  for  sum- 
mer bloom 

Showy  tall  or  slender  plants 
with  the  red,  purple  or  yellow 
blossoms  in  simple  or  com- 
pound umbels  terminating  the  st  fls. 
small  (2  in  or  less  long),  comparatively 
narrow,  with  6  segms  ,  parted  nearly  or 
quite  to  the  ovary,  often  irregular,  stamens 
mostly  declined,  stigma  3-cleft;  sts  slender 
and  leafy,  weak,  or  even  disposed  to  climb, 
arising  from  a  root  of  thickened  fibers  — 
Perhaps  50  species  in  S  Amer  There  arc 
garden  hybrids.  The  alstremenas  are  not 
now  very  much  grown  Monogr.  by  Baker, 
Handbook  of  the  Amaryllideip. 

Some  of  the  alstremenas  have  survived 
the  winters  in  Washington  of  late  years 
only  when  a  heavy  mulch  has  been  given, 
as  A  aurantwica  and  its  form  A  aurea,  A. 
chilensts  and  its  forms.  Evidently  among 
the  hardiest  are  A  brasihensis  and  A. 
pulchella.  although  some  of  the  others  have 


ALSTR(EMERIA 


ALTAMIRANOA 


267 


not  been  tried  For  outdoor  planting,  alstremenas  arc 
at  their  best  in  a  partly  shaded  position,  and  at 
all  times  during  their  growth  the  roots  must  have  an 
abundance  of  water  In  fact,  there  is  little  use  in 
attempting  their  cultivation  out-of-doors  when  these 
conditions  cannot  be  given  — In  colder  climates,  the  al- 
stremenas can  be  grown  very  (successfully  by  planting 
out  in  spring,  and,  as  boon  as  they  die  down,  lift,  and 
keep  over  winter  in  a  place  fioin  which  frost  is  excluded 
An  annual  lifting,  or,  when  grown  in  pots,  an  annual 
shaking-out,  should  be  given,  because  they  increase  to 
such  an  extent  that  the  younger  and  smaller  crowns  are 
apt  to  take  the  nounshment  from  the  large  flowering 
crowns  The  largest  ones  ought  to  be  separated  from 
the  smaller  ones,  and  either  giown  in  pots  or  planted 
outside  when  the  proper  tune  arrives  in  this  way  the 
genus  will  become  much  more  popu- 
lar than  it  now  ^  either  tor  cutting 
or  for  the  decoration  of  the  bolder  — 
The  best  soil  is  laigely  comjxispd 
of  vegetable  humus,  when  this  is 
not  to  be  had  old  well -decayed 
cow-  or  stable-manure  should  be 
incorporated  with  the  soil  When 
they  are  planted  outside,  the  tubers 
should  be  put  deep  in  the  ground, 
and  the  soil  should  be  well  \\orkcd 
for  at  least  15  inches  The  tubers  are  slightly 
egg-shaped,  attached  to  a  common  stem,  the 
root.s  are  from  the  ends  of  the  tubers,  and 
also  from  near  the  growing  points  of  the 
crowns  — For  greenhouse  work  one  of  the 
best  is  , I  Pd-qnna  var  alba  The  loots  may 
be  potted  up  in  autumn  in  large  pots,  and 
treated  as  othei  tender  late  winter  tuberous 
or  bulbous  plants  are  tieated  See  liulb^ 
Some  of  the  \  an  Houtte  In  brids  are  e\tn  mely 
prettv,  but,  with  the  othei s,  they  are  lather 
unsuitable  for  pot  culture,  owing  to  the 
peculiar  formation  of  the  loots — The  bpeeics 
are  easiH  raised  from  seeds,  ^hich  should  be 
sown  rather  thinly  in  deep  pans,  and  allowed 
to  remain  without  pricking  off  01  shifting  for 
the  first  season,  also  by  division  of  the  roots. 
(Cl  W.  Oliver  ) 

INDKX 


alhn,    ) 

llonttn     S 

pulch 

ra,  8 

'1^S> 

r) 

LiKtu,  8 

/<v!sn,  3 

tfsk  \ 

•iuranti 

•ica,  .) 

fuftn    "> 

rr  \  ol 

uta,  10 

bicohr, 

8 

wno-innrginata 

,  7     AIWJ*I 

''i  4 

ft     A/ 

brasiln 

nsu,  0 

PflcRnnn.   * 

™//>A 

u'rifl,  7 

M 

ohZ'nl, 
Fl^-M 

is,  2 

ptriwina,  7 
pMttnctna,  1 
pulchclla,  14 

\ersx 
violai 

wlor,  7 
[•oa,  q 

179    Alstroeraena 
chella    (X)i) 

pul- 

hsemau 

tha,  4  ' 

A  Lvs   o/  ./?  -*<    (or  scape)  broad,  oblong  or  oblong- 

1.  pulchella,  Linn  f  (.4  pvttacina,  Lehm  ).  Fig  179 
Sterile  st  a  foot  or  less  long,  with  aggiegated  petioled 
Ivs  flowering  st  2-3  ft  ,  with  scattered  Ivs  fls  in  a 
simple  umbel,  on  pedicels  1-1  }^  in  long,  long  funnel- 
shaped,  the  segms  unequal,  daik  red  and  tipped  with 
green  and  spotted  inside  with  brown,  stamens  nearly  as 
long  as  limo  Brazil  Fig  179  ib  of  the  A  p^ittaana, 
B  M  3033  —An  old  garden  plant 

2  chilensis,  Cree    CHILIAN  LILY    Stout,  2-4  ft    Ivs 
scattered,  obovate  or  spatulate,  or  the  uppei   becom- 
ing lanceolate,  twisted  at  the  base,  fringed,  somewhat 
glaucous   fls  large,  rose  or  red  (or  varying  to  whitish), 
the  two  lower  segms  longer  and  straighter,  umbel  with 
5  or  6  2-fld.  peduncles.   Chile 

AA  Lvs,  of  fl  -st'  lanceolate  (at  least  the  lower  ones). 
B   Fls.  purplish  or  red. 

3  Pelegrina,  Linn.   Fl  -st.  stout,  a  foot  or  less  high 
Ivs  about  30,  thin,  ascending,  2  in  or  less  long  and  ^m 
or  less  wide  fl.  2  in  or  less  long,  lilac,  the  outer  segms 


broad  and  cuspidate,  the  inner  ones  spotted  red-purple: 
umbel  few-rayed,  normally  simple,  but  becoming  com- 
pound in  cult  Also  a  pure  white  variety  (^4  dlba, 
Hort )  A  quilloteni>t,i>,  Hort ,  is  a  lobust  cult  form. 
Chile  BM  139  On  46,  p  472.  LBC  13.129,5. 

4  haemantha,  Ruiz  &  Pav   (A  Slmt>u,  Sprung  )    Fl  - 
st    2-3  ft     Ivs    crowded  and  thin,  somewhat  stalked, 
3-4  in   long  and  ^4111  or  less  wide,  the  upper  becoming 
hneai,  glaucous  beneath    lib   2  in   or  less  long,  bnght 
red  tipped  green,  the  inner  ones  with  red-puiple  spots 
on  a  red-yellow  ground,  umbel  ver}'  compound,  the 
biamhes  4-6  in    long      A  white-fid,   variety  is  cult 
Chile.    B  M.  2353  (as  A   pulchclla). 

BB   Fl&    yeHoic  or  yellowish. 

5  aurantiaca,  Don  (A    aurca,  Hort).    Fl -st   2-4  ft. 

high  hs  neaily  50,  thin,  some- 
what petiolate,  slightly  glaucous 
buow,  3-1  ft  long  and  ^jm  wide, 
fls  10  30,  in  a  compound  umbel, 
the  perianth  bright  yellow,  outer 
begms  tipped  green  and  inner  ones 
spotted  brown — There  is  a  form 
with  pale,  unspotted  fls  Chile. 
BM  3350  (as  A  aurca).  Gn  26. 
540  A  hdea,  Hort  ,  is  probably  a 
form  of  this  species 

6  brasihensis,  Spreng      St    3-4   ft      Ivs. 
remote  thickish,  oblong-lanceolate,  2  in  long, 
fl    1 l/l  in   long,  in  a  5-rayed  umbel  (each  ray 
bearing  1-3  fls  ),  the  begms    oblong-bpatulate 
and   reddish  jellow,  the  inner  ones    spotted 
brown,  .stamens  shoiter  than  begins.    Brazil 

AAA  Lvs  of  fl -st   linear 

7  verslcolor,  Ruiz  &  Pav    (A    peruviana, 
Van  Houtte      A    sulphvrea  and   A     tiyrtna 
Hort  )     Fl-bt    short  (1  ft   or  less  high)    Ivs 
many,  the  lower  ones  about  1  in    long   fls   I 
in    long,   in  a  nearly  simple  umbel,  yellow 
spotted  purple,  the  begnib    all  oblaneeolate 
and  acute     A  margmate   1-fld    form  is  var. 
nivto-waiqinata     Chile. 

S  Ligtu,  Linn  Fl -st  U2-2  ft  Ivs  20-30, 
thin,  the  lowermost  becoming  lanceolate,  2—3 
in  long  fls  l}/2  m  lung,  in  a  neaily  or  quite 
simple  umbel,  whitihh,  lilac  or  pale  red, 
sti  caked  purple,  the  inner  segnib  often  ob- 
tuse Var  pulchra,  Baker  (.1  j>ulchra,  Suns, 
B  M  2421  .1  Flds-Mdrtitm,  Ker,  B  R  731 
.4  tricolor,  L  B  C  15  1497),  has  narrower  and 
longer  Ivs  ,  and  all  the  segms  acute  or  cuspi- 
date Chile  Common  and  variable  in  cult 
4  IIooLcn,  Lodd  ,  is  a  torm  of  A  Ligtn  The  .1  Liglu 
of  B  M  125  is  A  caiyophyllca,  Jacq  ,  with  long-clawed, 
very  unequal  segms  in  two  sets  or  lips,  red  and  red- 
striped  Brazil 

9  violacea,  Phill  St  1-2  ft  .  Ivs  scattered  and 
spreading,  1  in  or  less  long,  those  on  sterile  shoots 
laiger,  ovate-oblong  and  5-nerved  fls  on  forked  pedi- 
cels in  a  5-rayed  umbel,  1 !  2-2  in  long,  bright  lilac,  the 
outer  segms  obovate,  truncate  and  with  a  short  cusp, 
the  inner  oblong-acute,  spotted  Chile 

10.  revoldta,  Ruiz  &  Pav  Fl  -st  1  ft  or  more  Ivs. 
ciowded,  linear,  l^m  or  less  fls  6-12,  purplish,  ^m. 
or  less,  the  segrns  oblanceolate-clawed,  reflexed  or 
spnudmg  from  the  middle  in  full  bloom,  the  inner 
.segms  yellowish  and  spotted  Chile.  ],  H  B 

ALTAMIRANOA  (named  for  Dr  F  Altamirano,  late 
Director  of  the  Instituto  Medico  Nacional,  of  the  City 
of  Mexico)  Crassuldcetf  Low,  much-branched  peren- 
nials with  the  habit  and  foliage  of  Seduni,  but  with  the 
petals  united  into  a  distinct  tube  On  account  of  the 
tubular  fls,  some  of  the  species  were  fir&t  described 


268 


ALTAMIRANOA 


ALYSSUM 


as  Cotyledon,  with  which  they  have  little  else  in  com- 
mon. None  of  the  species  is  especially  attractive,  but 
all  of  them  develop  at  the  base  or  on  the  branches 
curious  rosettes  of  Ivs  Twelve  specimens  are  known, 
of  which  5  have  been  grown  in  Washington  greenhouses 
and  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  A.  elongata, 
Rose,  has  puberulent  sts.  and  Ivs.  and  white  fls.; 
A.  calcicola,  Rose,  is  more  or  less  glaucous,  with  turgid 
Ivs  and  greenish  -yellow  fls  ;  A.  Gdldmami,  Rose,  is 
glabrous,  with  linear  Ivs  and  pale  yellow  fls  ;  A.  Batesii, 
Rose,  is  glabrous,  with  linear  Ivs.  and  fls.  purplish  or 
becoming  so,  A.  scopulina,  Rose,  is  glabrous,  with 
linear  Ivs  and  pure  white  fls  jt  N  ROSE 

ALTERNANTHfeRA      Telanthera. 

ALTH^A  (Greek,  to  cure)  Malvacex  Tall  annual, 
biennial  or  perennial  herbs,  grown  in  the  open  garden 
The  flowering  shrubs  known  as  altheas  are  foimh  of 
Hibiscus  synacus 

Flowers  axillary,  solitary,  or  racemose  in  the  axils  or 
at  the  summit  of  the  st  ,  with  6-9  bracts  below  the  calyx, 
but  otherwise  as  in  Malva  — About  15  species  m  the 
temperate  regions  of  the  world 

officinalis,  Linn  MARSH  MALLOW  Fig  180.  Erect, 
3-4  ft.  downy  Ivs  ovate,  often  heart-shaped  or  3- 
lobed,  frequently  undivided,  tomentose  fls  1  in  across, 
blush  or  rose,  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  Peren nial, 


180.  Althaea  officinalis.  (Plant  X  A,).  Marsh  Mallow. 


in  marshes.  E  Eu  ,  and  occurring  in  this  country  as 
an  escape  — Root  used  for  mucilage  and  for  other  pur- 
poses, also  medicinal  The  root  of  commerce  has  its 
brown  outer  covering  removed  Rarely  cult.,  but 
occasionally  escaped  m  marshes  near  the  coast. 

rdsea,  Cav    HOLLYHOCK,  which  see  for  culture    St 
strict    and   spire-like,    hairy    Ivs     large    and    rough, 


roundecl-neart-shapod,  wavy-angled  or  lobed'  fls  large 
and  nearly  sessile,  in  a  long  wand-like  raceme  or  spike, 
in  many  forms  and  colors.  Biennial.  China.  B  M. 
3198. 

ficifdlia,  Cav.  ANTWERP  HOLLYHOCK.  Biennial,  3-6 
ft  Ivs  7-lobed;  toothed:  fl.  lemon-yellow  or  orange, 
large,  m  terminal 
spikes,  showy,  sin- 
gle or  double  Eu. 
— Grown  in  Calif. 

cannabina,  Linn. 
Perennial,  5-6  ft, 
branching  Ivs  digi- 
tately  5-parted,  up- 
per ones  3-parted, 
the  lobes  nar- 
row and  strongly 
toothed  fls  not 
large,  rose-colored, 
on  many-fld  axil- 
lary peduncles  that 
are  longer  than  the 
Ivs  Eu  — Grown 
sometimes  as  a 
border  plant  It 
Vields  a  fiber 

L  II  B. 

ALUM -ROOT: 

Heuchera. 

ALtSSUM1 

(classical name).  ^ 
Cruciferx     Low  " 
plants     with 
many     small  / 
clustered     flow- 
ers, grown  in  the  open  and  often  used  in  rock-gardens. 

Plants  branching,  often  tufted  fls.  white  or  yellow, 
sometimes  var>mg  to  rose,  filaments  often  notched  fr. 
a,  small  orbicular  pod,  with  1  or  2  \\inglchs  seeds  in 
each  of  the  2  compartments,  valves  of  pod  nc-iveless, 
flattened  at  the  margins  — As  many  at,  100  species  in 
middle  Eu  ,  Medit  region  and  the  Caucasus 

The  sweet  alyssum  is  one  of  the  commonest  annuals, 
grown  both  in  the  open  and  forced  in  benches,  beds  or 
pots  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture,  cither  indoors  or  out. 
The  compact  varieties  aie  nmst  prized  for  pot  culture. 
Under  glass,  it  requires  temperature  of  a  carnation 
house  It  will  stand  considerable  frost  in  the  open,  and 
may  be  sown  early,  it  blooms  all  summer,  and  until 
killed  by  winter  Useful  for  window-gardens  and  bas- 
kets For  winter  bloom,  HOW  seeds  late  in  August  or  in 
September  When  blooms  begin  to  fail,  cut  back  the 
plant,  and  it  will  bloom  again 

The  perennial  alyssumb  require  no  special  treatment. 
They  are  usually  propagated  by  dividing  the  roots; 
also  by  cuttings  and  seeds. 


alpestre,  5 
arKenteum,  9. 
Bfiithami,  1 
roinpactum,  1,  b 
floro-plono,  6 
gemoncnse,  7 
giganteum,  1 


mantimum,  1 
Mocllendorfianiu 

11 

montanum,  10 
odoralum,  1 
podohourn,  4 
procumbens,  1. 


pyrenaicum,  3. 
rostratum,  8 
saxatilc,  6 
Horpylhfolium,  5 
spmosum,  2 
vanegatum,  1,  6. 
Wusrzbicku,  8 


A.  Fls  white;  annuals  or  perennials. 
1  maritimum,  Lam  (A  odorAtum,  Hort )  SWEET 
ALYSSUM  Fig  181  A  low,  spreading,  light  green  annual, 
with  lanceolate  or  linear  entire  Ivs  ,  tapering  to  the  base, 
and  small  honey-scented  fls  in  terminal  clusters,  which 
become  long  racemes  Eu  Many  cult  vars  var  B6n- 
thamii  or  compile  turn,  a  dwarf  and  compact  form,  not 
over  6  in  high,  var.  variegatum,  with  pale  white-edged 
Ivh.,  var  gigantSum,  robust,  broad-lvd. ,  var.  procum- 


ALYSSUM 


AMARANTHS 


269 


182    Alyssum  saxatile 


bens,  of  spreading  habit,  and  various  horticultural 
forms  with  trade  names. 

2    spindsum,  Linn     A  woody-stemmed  little  peren- 
nial, with  lanceolate  acute  silvery  Ivs  ,  spiny  fl.  branehas, 
and  very  small  numerous  fls     Eu  — Rockwork,  3-6  m 
A  rose-colored    form   is   re- 
ported. 

3  pyrenaicum,    L  a  p  e  y  r 
Dwarf,  shrubby,  not  spiny 
Ivs    obovate,  tomentose    fls 
white   with    brown    arithere 

Pyrenees     Perennial 

4  pod61icum,  Bess  (Kchiv- 
creckia    podtihca,    Andrz     & 
Bess)    Dwarf  Ivs  in  rosette, 
lanceolate,  2-toothed  on  mar- 
gins'   fls    white,   short-pedi- 
celled,   petals  entire     Early 
spring    S.  Russia    Perennial 

A  A   Fls   yellow  or  orange 

perennials 
B.  Lvs   l/2in  or  levs  long 

5  serpyllifdlium,  Desf  (A 
alphtn,,  Linn  ?)     Dwarf  (3-4 
in    high),   somewhat  woody 
at  the  base,  with  rough-hoary 
Ivs  ,  and  pale  j  ellow  fls    in 

racemes     Eu.     Intro. 
1892 

BB   Lvs  mostly  1  in   or 

more  lung. 

6.  saxatile,  Linn. 
GOLDEN  -  TI  FT  Fig 
182  A  foot  high, 
woody  at  ba.se  Ivs 
oblanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  wavy, 
hoary-tornentose  fls  golden  yellow,  numerous,  in  little 
compact  clusteis  Eu  BM  159  AF  5  37 — Com- 
mon m  rock  work,  making  a  spreading  mat,  blooming 
in  early  spring  There  aie  many  forms  of  this  standard 
rock  plant  Var  compactum,  Hort ,  dwarf  Var  fldre- 
pleno,  Hort ,  double-fld  Var  vanegatum  Hort  (A 
vanegatnm,  Hort ),  has  parti-colored  foliage,  very 
attractive 

7  gemonense,  Linn  Less  hardy  than  the  last'  Ivs 
lanceolate,  gra>  ish,  velvety  fls  lemon-yellow  st  woody 
at  base  Eu 

8.  rostratum,  Stev   (A    Wierzbickn,  Heuff )     About 
20  in    Ivs  2  in  long,  broad-oblong,  pointed,  hairy   fls 
deep  yellow,  in  den.se  heads,  in  summer    Asia  Minor 

9.  arge"nteum,  Vitm     Fig    183     Dwarf  and  dense 
grower,  15  in    or  so    Ivs  oblong  or  spatulate,  silvery 
beneath,  some  of  the  tuftfed  fls    yellowr,  m  clustered 
heads,  all  summer,  beginning  later  than  those  of  A. 
saxatile    Eu 

10  montanum,  Linn.    Tufted  alpine,  2-3  in    high, 
more  or  less  herbaceous,  pubescent.  Ivs   obovate    fls. 
yellow,  fragrant,  m  a  simple  raceme    Eu. 

11  Mcellendorfianum,   Asch.     Sis    ascending.   Ivs 
with  stellate  hairs  on  both  sides,  from  spatulate  to  sub- 
ovate,   obtuse     fls    yellow,   in     elongated    many-fid 
racemes,  the  pedicels  nearly  hori/ontal  and  bract  less 
fr.  nearly  orbicular    Bosnia 

Many  other  species  of  alyssum  are  likely  to  be  found  in  choice 
rock-garden  collections  .1  alpestre,  Linn  3  in  ,  grayish  fls  yellow , 
in  simple  raceme — A  atHnticum,  Desf  =A  montunurn  —  4 
Bertholdmi,  Desv  =A  argenteum — A  tnntifdlium,  Tenore=\ 
montanum — A  dasycdrpum,  Steph  Annual  fls  yellow — 4 
diffiisum,  Tenore=A  montanum  — A  macrocdrpum,  DC  Shrubby, 
somewhat  spiny,  8  in  Ivs  oblong,  silvery  fls  white  —A  orien- 
Mle,  Ard  1  ft  Ivs  lanceolate,  toothed,  downy  fls  yellow,  m 
corymbs  — A  tortudsum,  Rupr  6  in  ,  st  twisted  Ivs  narrow, 
hoary  fls.  yellow,  m  corymbs.  ,  j»  -. , 

ALfXIA:  Gj/nopoffon. 


AMAGLfPTUS     Hemiraphvs. 
AMANlTA.  Mushroom 

AMARABOYA  (native  name).  Melasiomdcex  A 
genus  of  only  3  species  of  tender  shrubs  from  Colombia, 
which  are  showy  both  in  foliage  and  flower.  Lvs  large, 
opposite,  sessile,  with  3  prominent  nerves,  brownish 
red  beneath  fls  large,  cymose;  petals  usually  6,  sta- 
mens 12-15  For  cult ,  see  Plerorna  Not  known  to  be 
in  American  trade  Considered  by  some  as  a  section  of 
the  much  larger  genus  Blakea. 

A  amilnhi,  Lmdrn  Lvs  10-12  in  long,  8  in  broad' fls  white, 
mar-Kined  carmine,  stamens  white,  Htylo  red,  exerted  1  II  11  9 
—  1  prlnceps,  Linden  Fls  carmine,  stamens  white,  styles  white. 
IH  34  1—4  splhulida,  Linden  Fls  O^m  across,  petal* 
narrower  at  the  base  than  in  the  other  species,  stamens  yellow, 
style  red,  exserted  I  H  34  .U  — Perhaps  the  showiest  of  all  the 
MrlaHtoinaccie  N  TAYLOB.f 

AMARANTUS  (Greek,  unfading,  in  allusion  to  the 
lasting  character  of  the  calyx  and  floral  bracts). 
A  marantficw  AMAKANTH  Coarse  annual  plants,  grown 
for  colored  foliage  and  the  showy  flower-clusters, 
i elated  to  the  cockscomb 

Plants  tall  and  eiect  or  spreading  or  even  prostrate: 
Ivs  alternate,  entne,  petioled  fls  very  small  con- 
gested in  terminal  or  axillary  spikes  or  glomerules,  each 
fl  subtended  by  3  chaffy  bracts,  petals  0,  sepals  3-5, 
peisibtent,  stamens  2-5  fr  a  small  1-seeded  utricle  — 
Some  4.1-50  species,  mostly  weedy  plants,  widely  dis- 
tributed Some  of  the  pigweeds  are  of  this  genus,  as 
A  retroJlexiU),  sometimes  known  as  beet-root  and  red- 
root,  A  hybridu^,  A  grycizans  (A  albm>\  one  of  the 
tumble-weeds,  A  *>pinoism,  A  bhtoides  and  A.  Palmen, 
spreading  eastward  along  railroads 

The  amaranths  are  usually  planted  as  open-air 
annuals,  and  they  require  no  special  treatment  They 
thrive  best  in  a  hot  and  sunnv  place  In  very  rich  soil 
the  leaves  become 
very  large  but  usu- 
«\11>  lack  in  bright 
coloring  Seeds  may 
be  sow  n  in  the  open 
or  in  frames  The 
dwarf  and  compact 
varieties,  which 
often  have  beaut i- 
f  u  1 1  y  variegated 
foliage,  may  be 
grown  m  pots  or 
used  for  bedding 
Give  plenty  of 
room. 

A   Lrs    linear  -  lan- 
ceolate, long  and 
droopi  tig. 
salicifdlius, 

Veitch     Graceful 

mramidal  habit,  3 

it    Ivs  5-8  m  long 

and    ^m    wide, 

w  avy,  bronze-green, 

changing  to  orange- 

icd     Philippines. 

G  C  I   1871  :  1550. 

FS  19  1929 

AA    Lvs  broad, 

mostly  ovate. 

B  Spikes  drooping. 

caudatus,    Linn 

LOVE  -  LIES  -  BLEED- 
ING Fig  184  Tall, 
robust  and  diffuse 
(3-5  ft  )  Ivs  ovate  ^ 

+0      ovate  -  oblong,     183.  Aly««um«rgenteum.  (Plant 


270 


AMARANTUS 


AMARYLLIS 


stalked,  green  spikes  red,  long  and  slender,  naked,  in  a 
long  and  dioopmg  panicle,  the  terminal  one  forming  a 
long,  cord-like  tail  Also  vars  with  yellowish  and  whitish 

Eamcles     Tropics    G  W.  C  709. — Common,  and  an  old 
woiite    Var.  atropurpftreus,  Hort    Foliage  blood-red 
Var.  albifldrus,  Hort    Spikes  white  or  greenish  white 
Var  gibb&sus,  Hort    Plant  not  large    fls  red,  clustered 
in  more  or  less  separated  fascicles  or  heads. 


BB  »Sp?Aes  erc<t 

hypochondriacus,  Linn  PRINCE'S  FEATHER.  Tall 
arid  glabrous  his  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  spikes 
blunt,  aggicgated  into  a  thick,  lumpy  terminal  panicle, 
of  which  the  cential  part  is  elongated  bracts  long- 
awncd — An  old  garden  plant,  with  the  heavy  heads 
variously  colored,  but  mostly  purple  Lvs  usually 
purple  or  pmple-grcen  Trop  Amer  Cult  in  many 
forms  and  somct lines  a  weed  in  old  grounds  Considered 
by  some  to  be  a  form  of  A  hybrid u*,  Linn  \'A  hybndus 
var  hypochondnticns,  Rob  )  Vai  sangufneus,  Hort 
(A  cruentus,  Hort ,  not  \Villd  )  Entne  plant  blood- 
red  Var  virescens,  Hort  Lvs  green  above,  purplish 
beneath  Var  vlridis,  Hort  Plant  green,  except  the 
floral  paits  Var  racemdsus,  Moq  Lateialfl -branches 
elongated,  hght-colored  Theie  aie  other  garden  forms 

paniculatus,  Lmn.  (A  jti/bmlm  \ar  iximculatu^, 
Ulme  &  Bray)  St.  usualh  pubescent  Ivs  oblong- 
ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  bioadei  than  in  the  last 
spikes  thinner  than  in  the  last,  acute  or  acutish,  and 
in  an  open,  more  graceful  terminal  panicle  bracts 
sharp-pointed  but  not  long-awned  Irop  Amer  — 
Common,  and  sometimes  a  weed  Var  specidsus 
(A  .spmosvis,  Sims,  B  M  2227)  Stout,  laige,  eiect. 
plant  (312-4^2  ft  ),  with  ?ts  and  Ivs  leddisli  or  puiple- 
grecn  panicle  dark  red-puiple,  handsome  Var  cru- 
entus,  Moq  (A  ctiienht*,  Linn,  not  Hort)  Lateral 
fl -branches  spreading -nodding,  blood-red  Var 
sanguineus,  Moq  Lateral  blanches  long,  slender, 
often  nodding  at  the  tip  11s  and  some  or  all  the  Ivs 
blood-red  Var  flavescens,  Voss.  Panicles  large  and 
blanched,  yellowish  or  greenish. 

gangeticus,  Linn  Usually  a  lower  plant,  3  ft  or 
less  and  often  only  1  ft ,  with  thin,  ovate-pointed  Ivs  , 
and  fls  in  short,  glomerate,  interrupted  spikes,  both 
terminal  and  axulaiy  Tropics — Very  variable  Cult 
by  Amer  Chinese  (Fig  lHf>)  as  a  pot-herb  under  the 
name  of  hon-toi-moi,  with  green  Ivs  (Bailey,  Bull 
67,  Cornell  Exp  Sta )  Various  dwarf  and  compact 
bedding  forms  are  common  Used  more  for  foliage 
than  for  fl  -panicles.  Var  melancholicus,  Voss  (A. 
melanchdlwMs,  Linn  )  Lvs  variously  colored,  some- 
times mostly  in  two  colors  (A  blcolor,  Hort ),  and  also 
in  three  colors  (A  tricolor,  Hort ) .  Ivs  long-petioled, 
broadly  to  narrowly  lanceolate.  Here  belong  the 
JOSEPH'S  COA.T  group  of  the  bedding  amaranths 

Many  Latin-form  names  are  m  the  catalogues,  probably  all  of 
which  are  referable  to  above  species  or  are  hybrids  of  them,  &»  A 


spltiulens,  a  form  of  A  Rangeticua  v  ar  melanchohrus,  A  speci<tau« 
aiireus,  to  A  paniculatus  var  flavc&cens,  A  Htnderi,  probably  a 
hybrid  with  A  salicifolius,  or  a  viir  of  it,  with  long-dioopmg,  brown 
lv^  ,  and  tall,  pyramidal  stature,  .1  Gordonn,  or  Sun  rue,  with  bronzy 
biuicttd  hs  and  brilliant  scarlet  Ivs  on  top,  A  wptrbus,  Ivs 
blood-rod  above  and  minion  beneath,  probably  one  of  the  rnelan- 
choliiusfoims,  .1  Duviu,  Spreng  ,  with  Ivn  and  fls  briRht  colored, 
and  suggested  us  a  var  of  A  spinosus,  which  is  a  smooth  weedy 
spe(  ion  with  2  spines  in  the  axils  of  (lie  narrow -ovate  or  rhomb- 
ovate  Ivs  —,1  Huttonii,  Veiteh^relosia  ^  jj  ^ 

AMARYLLIS  (classical  name)  Amanjllidaceae 
Summer-  or  autumn-blooming  bulbous  plant  (March 
and  Apr  at  the  Cape),  the  leaves  usually  appearing 
later 

Plant  stout,  producing  many  strap-like  Ivs  •  fls  large, 
flagrant  in  a  few-  to  several-fid  umbel,  perianth  with 
a  short  ribbed  tube,  the  divisions  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late, the  filaments  distinct  and  no  scale  between  them, 
stamens  on  the  throat  of  the  tube  fr  a  globose  caps  , 
opening  iiregulaily — One  species,  from  Cape  ol  Good 
Hope  In  gardens,  the  luppeastuims  (wmtei  and  spring 
bloomers)  are  known  as  Amaiylhs 

In  dealing  with  the  cultuie  of  amaryllis,  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  speak  of  the  genus  in  its  hoi  tlcultuial  sense, 
— to  include  hippeastrum  and  related  things  Such  is 
the  undeistanding  in  the  following  cultural  directions 
Theie  aie  two  widely  diffeimg  methods  of  cultivating 
the  amaryllis  to  produce  showy  flowers  in  the  spring 
months,— the  bordei  method  and  the  pot  method  Any 
one  tiying  both  of  these  methods  will  soon  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  the>  ditfer  not  onlv  in  method, 
but  in  flower-pioducing  icsiilts  The  hist  method 
is  to  plant  the  bulbs  in  a  prepaml  bonier  after  they 
are  done  fioweting,  sav  about  the  middle  of  May. 
The  bordei  should  have  pel  feet  drainage,  and,  if  con- 
venient, be  on  the  south  side  of  a  house  or  wall,  fullv 
exposed  to  the  sun  dutmg  the  greater  part  of  the  dav 
The  bulbs  are  set  out  in  lows,  necessanh  with  as  little 
distill bance  of  the  roots  as  possible,  because,  if  they 
are  bulbs  that  have  undeigone  similar  tieatment  the 
previous  year,  by  the  middle  of  May  they  have  made 
a  considerable  number  of  new  roots,  besides,  the  foliage 
also  has  gained  some  headway,  and  ma\  be  considered 
as  in  actual  growth  In  planting,  carefully  firm  the  soil 
around  the  old  balls,  give  one  watering,  and  on  the 
succeeding  day,  after  the  suiface  of  the  soil  has  been 
raked  over,  cover  to  the  depth  of  2  inches  \\ith  half- 
decayed  cow-manure  With  frequent  wateungs  during 
the  summer  and  the  removal  of  weeds,  thev  will  need 
no  moie  attention  until  the  approa<  h  of  cool  weather, 
when  thev  should  be  lifted,  M/,ed,  and  potted,  however, 
at  tins  season,  if  wet  weather  has  predominated,  some 
of  the  bulbs  will  be  in  a  semi-dormant  state,  while  the 
majonty  will  yet  be  in  active  giowth  Here  is  the  draw- 
back to  this  method  The  roots  are  lai  ge  and  fleshy,  t  hey 


185.  Amarantus  gangeticus    ( X  Js) 

take  up  considerable  room  in  a  6-  or  7-inch  pot,  and  th» 
soil  cannot  be  evenly  distributed  amongst  them,  neitluh 
can  it  be  made  as  firm  as  it  should  be  The  result  in 
the  partial  decay  of  the  roots  and  leaves,  and  in  the 
spring,  when  the  flower  scapes  appear,  they  are  devel- 
oped at  the  expense  of  the  bulb,  through  having  insuffi- 
cient roots  to  take  up  nourishment  from  the  soil.  The 
flowers  are  small,  few  in  number,  and  do  not  show  what 
the  plant  is  capable  of  Partly  to  ameliorate  these 


AMARYLLIS 


AMBROSINIA 


271 


conditions,  the  bulbs  in  active  growth  at  lifting  time 
may  be  heeled-m  on  a  greenhouse  bench  until  they 
gradually  ripen,  taking  care  that  some  of  the  soil  is 
retained  on  the  roots,  otherwise  the  ripening  process 
is  altogether  too  rapid,  so  that  the  roots  and  leaves 
suddenly  loss  their  robust  nature,  become  flabby,  and 
eventually  die  For  this  method,  it  can  be  said  that  a 
larger  number  of  bulbs  can  be  grown  with  less  trouble 
than  by  the  pot  method,  but  neither  bulbs  nor  flowers 
compare  in  size  with  those  kept  in  pots  the  year  round 
For  the  purpose  of  merely  increasing  stock,  the  out- 
door method  is  to  be  preferred  —Most  of  the  kinds  are 
naturally  evergieen,  potting  under  those  conditions  is 
best  done  either  after  the  plants  have  made  their  growth 
in  the  fall  or  after  they  have  finished  flowering  in  April 
\Vhen  done  in  the  fall,  they  are  allowed  to  remain 
rather  dry  during  the  winter,  this  will  keep  the  soil  of 
the  original  ball  in  a  sweet  condition  until  the  time 
arrives  to  start  them  into  growth,  which  may  be  any- 
where after  the  first  of  January,  or  even  earlier  if  neces- 
sary They  will  winter  all  right,  and  keep  their  foliage, 
in  a  brick  frame  m  which  the  temperature  is  not  allowed 
to  fall  below  45°  F  By  the  beginning  of  February,  m 
a  structure  of  this  sort,  they  will  be  showing  flower- 
scapes,  and  should  then  be  taken  to  a  posiMon  in  which 
more  heat  and  light  can  be  given  A  weak  solution  of 
cow-manure  will  much  help  the  de  'elopment  of  the 
floweis  \Vh«n  m  bloom,  a  greenhouse  tempera- 
tuie,  with  slight  shade,  will  prolong  the  flowering 
period  After  floweung,  the  greatest  care  «=hould  be 
taken  of  the  plants,  as  it  is  from  that  period  till  the  end 
of  summer  that  the  pnncipal  growth  is  made  A  heavy 
loam,  enriched  with  bone-dust  arid  rotted  cow-manure, 
suits  them  well  — The  seeds  of  hippeastrums  should 
be  sown  :is  soon  as  ripe,  coveied  \en  hghtlv  with  finely 
sifted  leaf-mold,  and,  if  this  shows  a  tendenc\  to  drv  too 
quickly,  cover  with  panes  of  glass  until  gei initiation 
takes  place  As  soon  as  the  first  leaves  are  developed, 
they  should  be  potted  in  the  smallest  sized  pots  and 
kept  growing — In  the  propagation  of  vaneties,  it  will 
be  found  that  the  large  bulbs  make  two  01  more  offsets 
each  season,  these  should  not  be  detached  until  it  is 
certain  that  the>  have  enough  root-3  of  their  own  to 
start  with  after  being  separated  fom  the  parent  If  a 
well-flowered  specimen  clump  is  desired,  the  offsets 
may  be  allowed  to  remain  attached  to  the  parent,  they 
will,  in  most  cases,  flower  the  second  vear  undei  gen- 
erous treatment  -Amarylln  ttclhuionna  and  the  plant 
known  as  A  lonqifoha  (really  a  crmum)  are  hardy  m 
the  District  of  Columbia,  A  lor  yi  folia  thrives  even  in 
damp,  heavy  soils,  with  no  protection,  and  flowers 
abundant h  each  >ear  A  belladonna  needs  a  warm, 
sheltered  spot,  with  deep  planting  This  popular 
autumn-blooming  plant  succeeds  best  wheie  it  can 
remain  out-of-doois  all  the  >ear  It  seems  to  thrive 
m  fairly  rich  sandy  loam  A  position  facing  south  near 
the  wall  of  house  01  by  the  side  of  a  gieenhouse  seems 
to  suit  its  requirements  In  rather  dry  soils  where  frost 
loes  not  penetrate  deeply,  it  is  not  necessary  to  lift 
the  tubers  each  year  (G  W  Oliver  ) 

Bellad6nna,  Linn  BELLADONNA  LILY  Fig  186 
Scape  2-4  ft ,  with  a  2-1  vd  dry  spathe  or  involucre  just 
underneath  the  umbel  fls  on  short  pedicels,  hly-hke, 
short-tubed,  and  flaring,  with  pointed  segms  2-3  in 
long,  and  6  deflexed  stamens,  flagrant,  normally  rose- 
red,  scape  solid  Ivs  strap-shaped,  canaliculate  and 
acute  B  M  733.  Gn  33  268,  47,  p  46,  49,  p.  276, 
54, p  4 14  GC  III  24315  —  \noldfavonte,  with  many 
Latin-named  garden  forms  There  are  varieties  rang- 
ing from  white  to  red,  and  varying  in  shape  and  size  of 
fls  ,  many  of  them  receiving  Latin  descriptive  names 
Var  purpurea,  Hort  Fls  purple,  at  least  on  the  limb 
Var  pallida  (A  pdllida,  Red  ),  has  pale  flowers 
Var  blftnda,  Voss  (A  bldnda,  Gawl  B  M  1450),  is  a 
large  form,  with  white  fls  ,  fading  to  blush  Var.  rdsea 
perfecta,  Hort  Excellent  blooms,  satiny  rose  and  white- 


striped:  fls  late,  at  the  time  the  Ivs  appear,  the  segms 
pointed  Gt  45,  p  413  Var  spectabihs  tricolor,  Hort. 
Fls  showy,  in  large  umbels,  rose-color,  white  inside, 
highly  perl  limed  Gt  45,  p  358  Var  maxima,  Hort 
Strong  grower,  with  many  large  rose-colored  fls  G  M. 
45-303  Var  Parken  (A  Pdrken,  Hort)  Probably 
hybrid  of  Brun&mgia  Jo*>ei>hinx  and  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna umbel  cnculur,  with  an  many  as  30  blooms,  fls 
deep  rose  with  white  and  oiange  at  base  inside,  and 
orange  on  outside  of  tube  3  ft ,  handsome  also  a 
white-fld  form  GC  III  50  211  Gn  75,  p  460 

Ste  Brun-iVigiu  for  A  yiyanlfa  and  .1  onenlalis,  Cnnum  for  A 
lonyifoha  and  A  ornata,  Hippr dstruni  for  A  uuhca,  A  equestns, 
A  fulyida,  4  Jahn^onu,  A  LutpoUn,  A  pardina,  A  procera,  A. 
Reyirue,  A  reticulaia,  A  vtttntn  Lytoris  for  A  aurea,  A  l/alhi, 
and  A  rndiata,  Nerine  lor  1  \,nm,  Sproki  1m  for  A  /ormoaissima, 
feternbc  gm  for  A  luleii,  \  xllota  for  1  purpurea,  Zephyranthes 
for  1  \tamanaj,  A  can<li<ia  and  .4  ,rubetcen*  The  following  trade 
name  ->  probably  belong  to  other  g<  neri  most  hk»  ly  lo  Hippeantrum 

AMASONIA  (alter  Thomas  Amason,  early  American 
tnuelen  Vtrbenacear  About  a  half-dozen  species  of 
under-  shrubs  of  Trop 
Amer  Fls  yellow  or  sul- 
f  ur-f  olored  in  racemose  or 
paniculate  clusters,  cal>x 
o-eleft,  corolla  5-cleft, 
almost  2-hpped  May  be 
treated  as  warm  house  ^ 
species  of  Clerodendron 

calycina,  Hook  f  (A 
pun'taa,  Hort  not  Vahl 
Tnligalui  pun'icea,  Hort  ) 
L\s  C-12  in  long,  elliptic, 
acuminate,  coarse  Iv  irregu- 
Lirh  toothed  or  sinuate, 
glabrous,  except  the  floral 
ones  fls  1^2-2  in  long, 
drooping,  calyx  nearly  1  in 
long,  red  B  M  6915  Gn 
27  130  Jl  B.  20  13 

A  erfcta.  Linn  A  slender, 
sparingly  branched  throb  hs 
alternate  and  whorled,  4-5  in 
long,  oblong,  eremite-serrate, 
dark  green  above,  pakr  beneath 
fi\  white,  raoemosely  panicu- 
late, bracts  scarlet  Guiana 


N    TAYLOR t 


186    Amaryllis  Belladonna 


AMBROSIA  (a  classical  name)  Compdsitx  About 
fifteen  species  of  weedy  evil-smelling  herbs,  mostly 
American  The  common  ragwreed  is  A  artemisiff folia, 
Linn  The  kmgweed  of  western  wheatfields,  and  also 
of  low  waste  places,  is  A  tnjida,  Linn  Probably  none 
is  cultivated,  the  listed  Ambrosia  mexicana  probably 
being  of  some  other  genus,  very  likely  an  artemisia 

AMBROSlNIA  (Giacinti  Ambrosmi,  an  Italian). 
Arace<e  A  dwarf  perennial  tuberous  herb  of  Italy  and 
Algeria 

Spathe  boat-shaped,  lying  on  the  earth,  the  mouth 
gaping,  spadix  included  fr  a  many-seeded  berry  — 
Half-hardy,  planted  in  the  open  or  m  pots,  and  bloom- 
ing in  the  fall  A  single  species 

B&ssu,  Linn  Three  or  4  in  Ivs  2  or  3,  overtopping 
the  spathe,  the  If  -blade  ovate  or  ovate-elliptic,  obtuse 
often  refuse  spathe  %m  long,  tipped  with  a  brown 
tail,  divided  lengthwise,  the  anthers  being  in  one  com- 
partment (which  has  a  hole  to  admit  insects),  and  the 
solitary  ovary  in  the  other,  thus  preventing  automatic 
close  pollination  B  M  6360  — There  is  a  narrow- 
leaved  form  (var  angustifdlia,  Guss ),  a  spotted- 
leaved  form  (var.  maculate,  Engler),  and  a  form  with 
pale  green  reticulations  (var  reticulata,  Engler)  Prop- 
agation is  by  seeds  started  inside  or  in  frames,  or  by 
division  in  spring  L  H  B 


272 


AMELANCHIER 


AMELANCHIER  (said  to  be  a  Savoy  name)  Rosd- 
cex  SHAD-BUSH  JUNEBERR\  Ornamental  woody 
subjects  chiefly  cultivated  for  their  profuse  white 
flowers  appearing  in  early  spring,  some  species  also 
grown  for  their  iruits 

Deciduous  shrubs  or  small  trees,  winter-buds  con- 
spicuous, pointed,  with  seveial  imbricate  scales  Ivs 
alternate,  petioled,  serrate  fls  in  racemes  terminal  on 
short  branchlets,  rarely  sohtarv,  calyx-tube  campanu- 
late,  adnate  to  the  ovary,  with  5  persistent  lobes,  petals 
5,  stamens  10-20,  styles  2-5,  ovary  inferior,  2-5-celled, 
each  cell  with  2  ovules  and  subdivided  fr  a  berry-like 
pome,  juicy,  with  a  cavity  at  the  top  — About  20  or 
25  species,  most  of  them  in  N  Amer  ,  2  in  Mex  ,  4  m 
En  ,  and  W  Asia,  and  1  in  TC  Asia  The  species 
are  closely  i elated  and  otten  difficult  to  distinguish, 


AMELANCHIER 

A.  humihs  and  A  stolomfera  and  also  A.  Minguinea 
seem  to  be  the  best  for  fruit,  which  upens  later  than 
the  others,  there  is  also  a  large-fruited  form  of  A. 
Isevis  See  Juneberry 

All  the  species  mentioned  below  are  hardy  North 
and  thrive  upon  a  variety  of  soils  and  .succeed  well  in 
dry  climates,  some,  as  A  sanguined,  A  hwmlix  and  A. 
rotundifolm  show  a  preference  for  calcareous  soil  and 
grow  well  m  dry  situations,  while  others,  as  A  oblongi- 
foha  and  A  Bartrannana  prefer  moist  and  swarnpy 
soil 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  ripening  or 
stratified  and  sown  m  spring  and  the  stolomferous 
species  also  by  suckers,  rare  kinds  are  sometimes  bud- 
ded in  summer  on  a  common  species  or  on  Crata^gua 


aim  foli  a 
Amelatu 
arguta,  \ 
asiatica 
Bart  run: 
Botnjapi 

8,  4,  1 
flonda,  ' 


INDEX 

Kranrliflora,  2 
hum.l.s,  .< 
;«P»«icfl,  8 
la-viH,  10 
ohlonwfolia,  7 
tihoi,,!,-,,  1 
oligoi  m  pi,  11 
m  alls,  1 ,  5,  Ij 


•otun.liloha,  1,2. 
nn»mm<  a,  2 

BIJK'i.    8 

il>ii -it  j.  2   3,  5,  6. 
itolonifi  ra,  5 
ulgnni,  1 


especially  as  numerous  spontaneous  hybrids  apparently 
occur  For  a  detailed  treatment  of  the  species  of  E. 
N  Arner,  see  Wiegand  in  Hhodora  14,  p  117  (1912) 
In  trade  catalogues,  they  are  sometimes  confuted  with 
Aroma,  which  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  compound 
corymbose  mfl  ,  5-celled  mealy  fr  and  by  the  midrib  of 
the  Ivs  being  glandular  above 

The  amelanchicrs  are  deciduous  shrubs  or  trees  with 
simple,  suborbicular  to  oblong  serrate  leaves,  rather 
small  white  flowers  in  racemes  followed  by  purplish  or 
bluish  black  berry-like  fruits  They  are  very  desirable 
for  ornament,  producing  a  profusion  of  white  flowers  m 
early  spring,  and  range  from  shrubs  only  a  few  feet  high, 
as  A.  numilis  and  A  stolomfera,  to  trees  attaining  40 
feet  m  height,  as  A  canadenvis  and  A  Isevis  The  latter 
fipecies  is  perhaps  the  most  beautiful,  the  white  color  of 
tne  pendulous  loose  racemes  being  enhanced  by  the  red 
bracts  and  the  bronzy  red  color  of  the  unfolding  leaves; 
the  other  species  are  pure  white  when  blooming,  the 
young  leaves  being  covered  by  a  whitish  tomentum 


A.  Fls.  in  raceme*    h's  folded  in  bud,  p<liolu>  slender. 

B  Styles  free,  t}cry  ^hort,  not  trending  tin  calyx-tube. 
1  rotundifdha,  l)um  -Cours  ,  not  Roem  (A. 
Amdanchitr,  Sarg  A  iniluaiib,  Moench  1  ovdlts, 
Medikus,  not  Borkh  )  SKKA  i<  K-HI  KKY  Vpnght  or 
spreading,  rather  stiff-branched  .shrub,  2  8  ft  voung 
branchlets  tomentose  Ks  o\al  to  oboxate,  seriate  from 
near  the  base,  subcoidate  at  the  base,  usually  rounded 
at  the  apex,  1-2  in  long,  \\ooll \  beneath  when  voung 
racemes  many-fld  ,  petals  linear-obhuiceolate,  obtuse 
or  emargmate  fr  bluish  black,  bloom  v.  Mav ,  fr  in 
Aug,  Sept  Cent  and  S  Ku  BM  2130  *H  W  3, 
p  87  GC  II  9  793  M  D  (1  1900  497  (habit)  J  II. 
Ill  54  395. 

BB  Styles  more  or  leas  connate  at  the  base,  about  as  long  as 

the  stamens 
C.  Teeth  of  Ivs    about  4  ?  to   ]  ^in  ,  Ivs    rather  coarsely 

serrate,  veins  usually  sttanjht  and  clove  together 
D.  Apex  of  /;;s   a<ule  or  aenti^fi,  bladt  d<  n^dy  woolly 

b(  ntath  uhtn  young 

2  sanguinea,DC"  (A  rotundifolia,}lo(>m., 
not  Dum  -Coiirs  A  canadfnv^  \ar  bpicAta, 
Sarg  ,  in  part  ,1  spicata,  Rob  &  Fernald, 
not  Koch)  Slender  shrub  hts  solitary  or  few 
together,  to  S  ft  high  Ivs  orbicular-oval 
to  oval-oblong,  rounded  or  subcordate  at 
the  base,  1^-2^  in  long,  serrate  nearly  to 
the  base,  fls  on  a  loose,  usually  nodding 
raceme;  petals  i-^m  long,  summit  of  ovary 
densely  woolly  fr  rather  large,  nearly  black,  bloomy, 
juicy  and  sweet  Maine  to  Minn  and  Ala  May,  fr. 
in  Aug  ,  Sept  B  B  2  23X  (as  A  rotundifolm)  —  Var. 
grandifldra  (forma  grandifloia,  Wiegand)  Fls  large; 
petals  %in  long  and  nearly  Hin  wide 

3  hfcmilis,  Wiegand  (A  spicata  of  many  writers,  not 
Koch)  Stiffly  upright  shrub,  1-4  ft  ,  stolomferous  and 
forming  patches  Ivs  oval-oblong  or  oval,  subeordate 
or  rarely  rounded  at  the  base,  1-2  m  long,  serrate  to 
below  the  middle*  racemes  many-fld  ,  rather  dense  and 
upright,  fls  small;  petals  oblong-obovate,  about  Hm. 
long:  fr.  nearly  black,  bloomy,  juicy  and  sweet  May; 
fr.  in  Aug  Vt  to  Alberta,  south  to  N  Y  and  Iowa. 

DD.  Apex  of  Ivs.  rounded  or  truncate   blade  very  soon 
glabrous 

4.  alnifdlia,  Nutt  (A  canadtnms  var  alnifbha, 
Torr  &  Gray)  Fig  187  Shrub  with  rather  stout 
upright  branches,  to  10  ft  Ivs  broadly  oval  to  oval- 
truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  1-1  %  in.  long, 


AMELANCHIER 


AMELANCHIER 


273 


coarsely  and  sharply  toothed  rarely  below  the  middle, 
floccose- tomentose  at  first,  very  soon  becoming  glabrous, 
racemes  many-fid  ,  upright,  short  and  dense,  slightly 
tomentose  at  first,  fls  rather  small,  petals  oblong  to 
narrowly  oblong,  }  &-}  z\n  long,  sepals  short  summit  of 
the  ovary  woolly  fr  nearly  black,  bloomy.  May,  fr. 
in  July  Mich  to  Ore  and  Wash  S  S  4  196  S  F 
1  185,  5  115  G  M  52  143  (habit)  Var  fldnda, 
Sehncid  (A  florida,  Lmdl  A  oryodon,  Koehne)  Lvs 
and  racemes  glabrous  or  nearly  so  from  the  begin- 
ning BR  19  15S9  Var  pftmila,  Schneid  (A  cana- 
densit  var  piimila,  Nutt  )  Glabrous  like  the  pre- 
ceding var  ,  but  very  low  and  stolornferous. 

cc.  Teeth  of  Ivs  7-lfi  to  }/2in  ,lvs  finely  and  closely  serrate. 

D.  Lvs   tomenlo^e  when  young. 
E.  Apex  of  Ivs  obtuse,  rounded  or  sub-acute 
F.  Top  of  ovary  woolly   Ivs  generally  oval. 

5  stolonffera,      \\  icgand      (A      spicala,     Brit      & 
Brown,  m  part,  not  Koch     A    ovalts  of  many  authors, 
not  Medikus)     I'pnght  stolomferousshmb,  1-4  ft   high, 
forming    patches     Ivs     oval,    raiely    oval-oblong    or 
orbicular,  rounded  at  the  base  or  rarely  subcordate, 
1-2    m     long,    finely    .senate,  usually  quite   or  nearly 
entire    on    the    lower    thud,    glabrous    above,    densely 
white-tome  ntose  Ixneith  when  >oung    racemes  short, 
dense,    upright,    tomentose    or    nearly    glabrous,    fls 
small,  pel  ds  obov  ate-oblong,  about    '  jin    long,  top  of 
oyary  woolly     fr    pmphsh  black,  bloomy,  juic>    arid 
swcft     Ma>,  a  fe\v  days  later  than  A    Lfn^, 

fr  in  July     Newfoundland  and  Maine  to  Va 

6  ovahs,  Borkh    (A    ^picata,  Koch,  Cralsr- 
gu^  ^picata,  Lam  )      Bushj  .shiubwith  numer- 
ous s(s  ,  to  12  ft      Ivs   oval  (o  oboyate,  some- 
times oval-oblong,  I1j  2'  >  m    lon^r,  serrate 
to  the  base,  wlute-tomentose  beneath  when 

young     racemes  uptight ,   woolly,   petals  obovate,  }  ;jin 
long,   top  of  ovary   woolly     fr  bluish  black,  with  the 
sepals  upright  and  slightly   hpieading     M  1)  G    1900 
496 — This  is  possibly   a  hybrid  bet w ten  the  preceding 
ind  the  following  sp(  (  ies,  mu<  h  cult    m  Ku 

JF   Top  of  oiary  glabiou^  or  nearly  so   Irs   generally 
oblong 

7  oblongif&lm,  Roem     (A    «maden^n>  var   oblongi- 
foha,  Torr    &  Gray     A     Hohuapium,  Brit    <k   Brown, 
in  part     A   obocalc*,  Ashe  )     Shrub,  v\  it  h  slender  upright 
i«ts    growing   m   rather    dense   dumps,  but    not  stolo- 
mferous,  to  25  ft    h  s  oblong  to  oboy  ate-oblong,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  and  rounded  01  acute  at  the  apex, 
l^"-1^  i"    l'>ng»  very  finch  senate  nearl>  or  quite  to 
the  base,  whtte-tomentose  beneath  when  young   racemes 
short,  dense  and  uptight,  silky  -tomentose,  petals  obo- 
vate-oblong  to  oblameolate  01  linear,  about  J^m   long; 
top  of  ovary  glabrous  oi  sometimes  slightly  woolly  ,  fr 
nearl>  black,  with  bloom,  sweet     May,  with  A  fans,  fr 
in  June     Maine  to  S  C — SS    t  195    Em  2  503  (lower 
figure)     BM  7619     GC   III  21  333     DOM   1900: 
497  (habit )  —This  differs  from  all  other  species  except 
A    ocr/fas  and  A    Bartranuanu  in  haying  the  sepals  on 
the  immature  fr  uptight  or  only  slightly  spreading;  in 
the  other  species  they  are  recurved 

kE   Apex  of  Ivs  very  acute  or  shortly  acuminate. 

8  asiatica,  Endl    (A   canadensis  var    asidhca,  Miq 
A.  japdnica,   Hort  ).     Shrub  or  tree,  to  40  ft  ,   with 
slender    spreading    branches     Ivs     ovate    to    oblong- 
elliptic,  acute,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  2-3 
in   long,  finely  serrate  all  around,  densely  white  or  yel- 
low tomentose  beneath  when  young    racemes  rather 
dense,  nodding,  woolly,  top  of  ovary  woolly   fr    bluish 
black     May,   fr.    in   Sept    Japan,*  Korea*    SZ  1.42 
S  I.F  1  47     Var  sinica,  Schneid    Lvs  less  tomentose, 
often  finally  glabrous,   smaller,   usually  serrate  only 
above  the  middle.   China. 

IS 


9.  canad6nsis,  Mcdikus  (A.  Botrydptum,  Borkh.  A. 
canadensis  var.  Bolryapium,  Torr  &  Gray  A  cana- 
demis  var  tomentiila,  Sarg  )  SKRVICE-BKRHY  Bushy 
tree,  fastigiately  branched  st  solitary  or  few,  some- 
times shrubby  Ivs  geneially  obovate,  less  often  ovate, 
oval  or  oblong,  acute  or  acuminate,  usually  cordate 
at  the  base,  1/^-3 J/2  m  long,  sharply  serrate  quite  or 
nearly  to  the  base,  densely  white-tomentose  beneath 
when  young,  less  so  above,  t  omen  turn  usually  partly 
persistent  racemes  rather  dense,  nodding,  silky- tomen- 
tose, petals  linear  or  linear-oblong,  about  }2in  long; 
top  oi  ovary  glabrous  or  slightly  hairy  fr  maroon- 
purple,  tasteless  May,  early ,  before  the  Ivs  ,  fr  m  June. 
Maine  to  Iowa,  Mo  and  south  to  Ga  and  La.  SS.  4* 
191  B  R.  14  1174  Gn  73,  p  239  (habit;  may  be  A. 
oblongi folia)  — This  is  the  only  species  with  the  IVB. 
tomentose  on  both  surfaces  when  young. 

DD   Lvs  quite  glabrous. 

10  l&vis,  Wiegand  (A  canade'nsi?,  Gray,  not 
Medikus).  Irregularly  branched  tree,  with  spreading 


188.  Amelanchier 
Bartramiana. 

(XJ2) 


branches,  to  40  ft  ,  sometimes  shrubby  Ivs  oval-ovate 
to  ovate-oblong,  short-a<  uminate,  subcordate  or 
rotundate  at  the  base,  rarely  broadly  cuneate,  1^2~2?2 
in  long,  sharply  seirate  nearly  to  the  base,  quite 
glabrous  and  purplish  when  young  racemes  slender, 
many-fid  ,  drooping,  glabiou^  or  nearly  so,  lower 
pedicels  very  long,  m  fl  about  1  in  ,  in  fr  sometimes  2 
in  long,  petals  oblong-lmeai ,  about  J^m  long,  top  of 
ovary  glabrous  fr  purple  or  nearly  black,  bloomy, 
juicy  and  fairly  sweet  May  ,  fr  in  June  From  New- 
foundland to  Mich  and  Ivans ,  south  to  Ga  and 
Ala  Em  2  503  (upper  figures)  HT  212  M  D  G. 
1900  491,  195  G  16  IS,  31  343  (habit)  G  M. 
44.306  (habit) — This  i.s  the  most  graceful  and  the 
handsomest  species  in  bloom,  differing  from  all  other 
species  in  the  purplish  young  foliage  and  the  drooping 
racemes 

AA  Fls  solitary  or  J  or  3  at  the  etui  of  the  branchlets; 
petals  broad,  obovate  Ivs  imbricate  in  the  bud, 
flat  when  unfolding,  petioles  short,  less  than  }fcn. 
long 

11    Bartramiana,     Roem     (A     ohgocarpa,     Roem. 
4  arguta,  Nutt.)     Fig  188    Shrub,  to  8  ft. .  Ivs.  elliptic 


274 


AMELANCHIER 


AMOMUM 


to  elliptic-oblong,  acute  or  rounded  at  the  apex,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  1 1/±-2  m  long,  sharply  serrate  to  belo\\  the 
middle  or  nearly  to  the  base;  glabious  \vhen  young  fls 
1-3,  pedicels  glabrous,  ^-1  m  long;  petals  about  Jain, 
long,  top  of  ovary  woolly  fr  purplish  black,  bloomy 
May,  fr  in  July  and  Aug  Swamps  Labrador  to 
Mich,  and  Minn.,  south  in  the  mts.  to  Pa.  G  .F.  1 .247 
(adapted  m  Fig  188) 

A  Ciuncku,  Fernald  Shrub,  to  10  ft  Ivs  auborbicular,  about  1 H 
in.  long,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  fls  large,  petals  oblong,  about  J^in. 
long  fr  scarlet,  finally  black  Ore  and  Wash  to  Idaho  —Not  m 
cult ,  but  ought  to  be  mtro  ,  as  it  has  the  largest  fls  of  all  — 
A  lUahinais,  Koehne  Dwarf  shrub  with  small  obovate  IVH  scarcely  1 
in  long,  pubescent  on  both  sides  racemes  short,  with  very  small  fls. 
Utah  and  Ariz  — Not  in  cult  ,  the  plant  cult  under  this  name  belongs 
to  another  species,  to  which  could  not  be  determined 

ALFRKD  REHDER. 

AM&LLUS  (for  the  river  Mella)  Compdsitse  Nine 
or  10  Cape  of  Good  Hope  annual  and  perennial  herbs 
allied  to  Aster.  Lvs.  hairy,  oblong,  opposite  below: 
heads  solitary  and  terminal  or  lateral,  fls  blue-rayed, 
pappus  single.  A.  Lychnitis,  Linn  .  sometimes  giown  as 
an  evergreen  glasshouse  plant,  has  linear-lanceolate 
hoary .  Ivs  and  showy  blue  or  violet  fls.  Summer 
bloomer,  a  few  inches  nigh. 

AMHERSTIA  (Countess  Amherst  and  her  daughter, 
Lady  Amherst,  promoters  of  botany  in  India)  Legu- 
nnnossp  A  monotypic  genus  comprising  A.  n6bilis, 
Wall ,  one  of  the  noblest  of  flowering  trees,  native  to 
India,  where  it  reaches  a  height  of  40  ft  and  more. 
Fls.  gaudy  red,  8  m.  long,  with  wide-spreading  petals, 
the  upper  ones  gold-tipped,  and  colored  petal-like 
bracts,  in  long,  hanging  racemes  Ivs  pinnate,  nearly 
3  ft.  long.  The  tree  first  flowered  in  Kng.  in  1849.  It 
requires  hothouse  treatment  The  fls  last  only  2  or  3 
days.  Demands  rich,  loamy  soil,  and  abundant  moist- 
ure during  the  growing  season,  alter  which  the  woo<^ 
/nust  be  ripened  farm  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  more 
often  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  a  glass, 
with  bottom  heat  of  about  80°.  Thrives  well  m  the 
open  m  Jamaica.  B.M.  4453  F.S  .5.513-516 

N.  TAYLOR.! 

AMltNTHIUM:  Zygadenua 

AMlCIA  (named  for  J  B.  Amici,  Italian  physicist, 
born  1786)  Lcguminotise  Woody  plants,  one  of  which 
its  known  in  cultivation  as  a  half-hardy  greenhouse 
subject,  or  in  the  open  in  warmer  legions. 

Straggling  pellucid-dotted  shrubs,  or  sub-shrubs, 
with  alternate  abruptly  pinnate  Ivs  and  few  Ifts  fls. 
rather  large,  papilionaceous,  yellow,  in  axillary  or  termi- 
nal racemes  or  rarely  solitary,  calyx  with  2  very  large 
upper  segms  and  very  small  lateral  scgms.;  stamens 
equal  fr  very  narrow,  compressed,  jointed  — About  5 
species  m  the  mts  of  Mex  to  Bolivia 

Zygomens,  DC  Eight  feet,  pubescent.  Ifts  2  pairs, 
obcordate  or  wedge -shape,  mucronate  fls  large,  pale 
yellow  with  purple  on  the  keel  pod  2-jomted.  Mex. 
— Intro,  m  S.  Calif  ;  unusual  m  greenhouses  L  nt  g 

AMMOBIUM  (Greek,  living  m  sand).  Compdsitse. 
Hardy  herb,  cult  as  an  everlasting  or  immortelle. 

Florets  perfect,  yellow,  surrounded  by  a  dry,  silvery 
white  involucre,  and  subtended  by  chaffy  scales; 
pappus  of  2  bristles  and  2  teeth  — Two  or  3  Australian 
species  Commonly  grown  as  an  annual,  but  seeds  are 
sometimes  sown  in  Sept ,  and  the  plant  treated  as  a 
biennial  Of  easiest  culture,  the  seeds  being  sown  where 
the  plants  are  to  grow  In  the  N  ,  sow  seeds  in  spnng 
Cut  the  fls  before  they  are  fully  expanded,  and  hang 
in  a  dry,  shady  place  They  will  then  remain  white 

alatum,  R  Br  Three  ft  or  less  high,  erect  and 
branchy,  white-cottony,  the  branches  broadly  winged, 
early  root-lvs  ovate  at  the  ends  and  long-tapering  be- 
low (javelin-shaped) ,  st  -Ivs  small  and  distant,  entire 
or  nearly  so.  heads  1-2  in  across,  the  involucre  becom- 
ing pearly  white,  petal-like,  fls  all  tubular  V  2  62. 


Austral.  A  large-headed  form  is  var.   grand ifldrum, 
Hort  L  H.  B. 

AMM6CHARIS  (ammos,  sand,  chans,  beauty). 
Amarylliddcese  Greenhouse  bulb,  cultivated  for  late 
winter  and  spring  bloom 

Allied  to  Brunsvigia,  but  the  perianth  regular,  the 
tube  cylindrical  and  straight,  ovary  flask-shaped  and 
narrowed  to  a  neck  — Two  species  in  Cape  of  (Jood 
Hope  region  (by  some  regarded  as  forms  of  one  species) 
A.  falcata,  Herb  ,  with  limb  4  times  length  of  tube,  and 
A  coranica,  Burchell,  B.R  139:1219  (as  Amaryllis), 
with  limb  only  twice  as  long 

falcata,  Herb  Bulb  ovoid,  sometimes  6-9  in 
diam  ,  with  brown  tunics  Ivs  1-2  ft  long,  I  in  wide, 
strap-shaped,  spreading,  produced  in  spring  before  the 
bloom  fls  20—40,  in  an  umbel,  bright  red,  fragrant  — 
A  falcata  requires  rich,  loamy  soil  It  starts  to  grow  m 
the  spring  Give  plenty  of  water  during  growing  sea- 
son in  summer  It  can  be  cult  out-of-doors  When 
perfected  and  finished  in  autumn,  the  bulb  may  be  put 
under  the  greenhouse  bench,  keep  moderately  dry  in 
sand  or  earth,  may  be  potted  in  January,  after  which 
it  will  soon  throw  out  its  fme,  fragrant  blooms 

L    II    Bf 

AMMOKIACAL  CARBONATE  OF  COPPER:  Fungicide 

AMM<3PHILA  (Greek,  ammos,  sand,  and  philein, 
to  love)  Graminete  Perennial  grasses,  with  long, 
creeping  rootstalks  and  spike-like  panicles  spikelets 
1-fld  ,  awnless,  the  rachilla  prolonged  behind  the  palea 
as  a  hairy  bristle,  lemma  firm,  about  as  long  as  the 
glumes,  hairy  at  the  base,  palea  as  long  as  lemma  — 
Species  1  or  2,  on  the  sandy  seacoast  of  Ku  ,  the 
Atlantic  Coast  of  N.  Ainer  arid  the  shores  of  the 
Great  Lakes. 

arenaria,  Link  (.4  arnndinacea,  Host)  BEACH- 
GRASS  MARRAM-GR\SS  SE\  S  \ND-REED  PSAMMA 
One  to  3  ft  blades  long,  somewhat  involute  panicle 

?ale,  several  in  or  as  much  as  a  ft  long  Dept  Agric  , 
)iv  Agrost  7:167,  14  11  Sand-dunes  along  the 
seacoast  — On  account  of  the  long,  hard,  branching 
rootstocks,  it  has  been  much  used  as  a  sand-binder  in 
Eu  and  certain  parts  of  Amer  ,  especially  Cape  Cod 
and  Golden  Gate  Park  in  San  Francisco 

A    S    HITCHCOCK 

AMOMUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the 
qualities  as  antidote  for  poisons)  Zingiberdre;e  Hot- 
house ginger-like  herbs  with  narrow  entire  leaves, 
grown  for  the  habit  and  foliage  and  for  the  flowers 
m  dense  cone-like  spikes 

Amomurns  are  aromatic  tropical  and  subtropical 
plants,  spreading  by  means- of  hard  rhizomes  and  form- 
ing dense  masses  of  handsome  erect  or  spreading 
annual  sts.  and  linear,  lanceolate  or  elliptic  Ivs  fls  in 
dense  cone-like  spikes  or  racemes,  half  hidden  in  the 
floral-bracts,  calyx  funnel-shaped,  split  down  one  side, 
only  slightly  toothed;  corolla-tube  cylindrical,  little 
longer  than  the  calyx,  the  upper  lobe  curved,  the  2 
lower  spreading  and  narrow,  lip  (stammode)  large 
and  petal-like,  mostly  obovate-cuneatc,  fertile  stamen 
with  a  narrow  or  a  very  slender  filament,  fr  ovoid, 
with  a  thick  and  fleshy  exterior — About  50  species  in 
tropics  of  Asia,  Afr  and  Pacific  Isls  ,  allied  to  Alpinia 
and  Elettana  The  "grains  of  paradise"  are  amomum 
seeds,  ot  several  species,  probably  mostly  of  A.  Granum- 
Paradisn  and  A  Melegueta,  they  are  used,  or  have  been 
used,  for  flavoring  beverages  Cardamons  (aromatic 
tonic  seeds)  are  secured  from  species  of  Amomum  and 
from  Elettana. 

Some  of  the  ainomuma  are  extremely  handsome  as 
foliage  plants,  apart  from  their  flowers.  Many  of  the 
species  nave  been  confused  with  and  included  with  the 
genus  Alpinia,  but  may  be  readily  distinguished  from 
the  flower-clusters,  being  borne  on  erect-solitary  pe- 
duncles arising  fiom  the  base  of  the  leafy  stem  or  direct 


AMOMUM 


AMORPHA 


275 


from  the  rhizome,  the  inflorescence  in  Alpmia  being 
always  terminal  on  the  leafy  shoot  s  They  thrive  m  an 
open  soil,  rich  in  humus  ami  with  abundance  of  water 
during  the  growing  period  They  require  a  rest  of 
several  months  and  to  be  kept  on  the  dry  Hide,  but 
not  so  dry  m  the  case  of  the  evergreen  species  as  to 
cause  the  leaves  to  shrivel 

Cardamon,  Linn  CAHDAMON  Plant,  4-H  ft  Ivs 
thick,  spicy,  lanceolate  fls  brownish,  m  a  recumbent 
compound  spike  E  Indies  — Produces  many  of  the 
cardamon  seeds  of  commerce  Not  to  be  confounded 
with  Elettana  (Jarafkunomum  (which  see)  Sometimes 
seen  in  growing  collections  of  economic  plants  Forms 
very  large  clumps 

Melegueta,  Roscoe  Plant  4-5  ft.,  the  rhizome  slender 
Ivs  lanceolate,  acuminate,  glabrous,  6-9  in  long  and  1 
in  or  less  broad,  narrowed  at  base  and  nearly  sessile 
on  sheath  fls.  solitary,  3-4  in  long,  short-pedunclerl , 
upper  corolla-lobe  2-3  in  long,  lip  2  m  or  less  broad, 
pure  white  or  tinged  pink  caps  flask-shaped,  3  in.  long, 
red  or  orange  when  ripe  Trop.  Afr 

Granum-Paradisu,  Linn      (A    grand  iflorum,  Smith. 
A    AfzUn,  lloscoe)     Plant  4-5  ft     sts  red  at  base, 
rhizome  slender    Ivs    lanceolate,  acuminate,  glabrous, 
4-8  in   long  and  1  %  in  or  less  broad  at  middle,  wedge- 
shaped  at  base  and  short -st  alked  on  sheath    fls   3-4  in 
the  spike,  the  peduncles  2-(5  in    long,  -white;  corjlla- 
lobes  2  in    long,  lip  2  m  or  less  long,  yel- 
low at  the  throat    caps   ovoid,  pubescent,  ^-\ 
2-3  in   long,  much  grooved.   Guinea.   B  M 
4603 

angustifdlium,  Sonn  (A  madagabairiense, 
Lam      A     Danidln,    Hook    f     A     (Jlusn, 
Ilanb     ^1     erythrocrtrpurn,    Hull  )      Plant, 
10-15  ft  ,  the  rhi/ome  stout    l\s    oblong- 
lanceolate,    acute,    thin   and   glabious,   the 
lo\\er  ones   1   ft    or  more    long  and   3  in 
broad,  nearly  sessile    fls    se\eial  in  spike, 
yellow,  tinged   red,  upper  corolla-lobe  oblong,  \}'2   in 
long,  lip  about  as  large  as  the  lobe,  deflexed     W   and 
E  Afr     B  M    1761,  .V250 

hemisphefencum,  Baker  Sts  rlensel>  tufted,  10-12 
ft  l\s  distichous,  short -petioled  abo\e  the  sheathing 
base,  1 1  _>  ft  long  and  3  in  bioad,  cuspidate,  gteen 
above  and  claiet-brown  beneath  fls  \en  numerous,  m 
a  globose  he.ul,  the  outer  bracts  huge  and  empty, 
obtuse,  tinged  bro\\n,  the  inner  bracts  neailv  as  long 
as  the  fl  ,  lobe.s  of  oahx  and  corolla  green,  lip  strap- 
shaped,  einaiginate,  red-bro\\n  in  middle  and  jellow  at 
edge  Straits  Settlements  B  M  7.">92 

magnmcum,  Benth  &  Hook  f  A  species  of  large 
dimensions,  reaching,  when  planted  out  in  a  rich  soil, 
up  to  a  height  of  20  ft  rhizomes  branching  fieelv,  stout, 
dark  brown,  green  \\heii  young  If  -st  erect,  arching  at 
top,  terete  Ivs  distichous  shortly  petiolate,  lanceolate 
or  elliptic,  1-2  ft  long,  acute,  glabrous,  upper  side  gieen, 
(red  when  young)  lower  side  suffused  \vit.h  reddish 
brown  peduncle  stout,  Solitary,  2-5  ft  high,  mil  a 
globose  head  with  large  bright  scarlet  and  green 
bracts,  outer  bracts  3  in  long,  ovate,  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, fls  numerous,  densely  crowded  near  the  center  of 
the  head,  sepals  lanceolate,  an  inch  long,  prumose, 
tinted  with  red,  petals  lanceolate,  slightly  longer  than 
the  sepals,  yellow,  tinted  with  red.  hp  longer  than  the 
corolla-lobes,  red,  with  a  margin  of  yellow  Mauritius 
B.M.  3192  (as  Alpmia) 

vitellmum,  Lmdl  Stemless,  glabrous,  2  ft  Ivs. 
oval  fls  in  oblong  loose  sessile  spike,  yellow,  lip  oblong 
E  Indies  CO 

vitUltum,  Bull,  not  Hance  A  handsome  dwarf  ever- 
green species  with  each  leading  shoot  bearing  2-4  erect 
or  spreading  elliptic  Ivs  4-5  in  in  length,  alternately 
striped  with  silvery  white  and  dark  green  on  the  upper 
side,  and  dull  green  on  the  lower  Habitat  unknown 


— Habit  neat  and  compact,  and  similar  m  general 
appearance  to  some  of  the  calatheas  Easily  prop  by 
division  of  the  rhizomes  L  H  B 

C.  P    RAFFILL. 

AM6RPHA  (Greek  amorphos,  deformed,  the  fls  are 
destitute  of  wings  and  keel)  Legumindsx  FALSE  INDIGO. 
Ornamental  plants  grown  for  their  foliage  and  flo  »vers 
Shrubs,  sometimes  suffruticose.  Ivs  alternate,  odd 
pinnate,  deciduous,  with  entire  small  Ifts  fls  in  dense 
terminal  spikes,  small,  papilionaceous,  but  without 
wings  and  keel,  calyx  eampanulate  with  5  nearly  equal 
teeth  or  the  lower  ones  longer,  standard  folded  around 
the  stamens;  stamens  connate  at  the  base,  exserted 
pod  short,  mdehiscent,  slightly  curved,  with  1-2  seeds 
— Ten  to  15  closely  related  species  in  N  Amer  ,  south 
to  Mex  Conspectus  of  all  the 
known  species  by  Schneider  in  Bot 
Gaz  i3  297  (1907) 

Amorphas  are  low  or  medium- 
si/ed  shrubs  with  graceful  pinnate 
foliage  and  small  blue  or  purple 
flowers,  in  dense  upright  spikes 

Most  of  the  species  are  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Massachusetts,  farther 
north  they  must  be  considered  as 
only  half-hardy    They  grow  well  in 
sunny  and  somewhat 
dr>  situations  but  A. 
tdicobo.  prefers  moist 
soil,    they    are    well 
adapted  for  the  bor- 
ders of  shrubberies 

Propagation  is  usu- 
ally by  seeds ,  also  by 
greenwood     cuttings 
under  glass  in  early 
summer,  or  by  hardwood  cuttings, 
placed  in  sheltered  situations  early 
m  fall  and  left  undisturbed  till  the 
following  autumn      They  may  be 
grown,     also,      from     layers     and 
suckers 

A.  Lowest  pair  of  Ifts  clot>e  to  the 
st  plant  grayish  or  whitish 
pubescent,  suffrutico^c 

canescens,  Nutt  LEAD-PLANT 
Low  shrub,  1-3  ft ,  densely  white-canescent  Ivs  2~i 
in  long,  Ifts  21-49,  nearly  sessile,  oval  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acutish,  4-7  lines  long  fls  blue,  the  spikes 
crowded  into  terminal  panicles  pod  tomentose  June 
Southern  states  Mn  5  707  B  M  661S  R  H  1S96 
2SO  —Handsome  free-flowering  shrub  of  dense  habit, 
well  adapted  for  rockeries  and  borders  of  shrubberies 
m  sunny  and  w  ell-drained  situations 

herbacea,  NY  alt  (A  pubfacens,  Willd  .1  pumila, 
Miehx"  )  Low  shrub,  2-4  ft ,  grayish  pubescent  Ivs. 
2-6  m  long,  Ifts  11-37,  elliptic  to"  oblong,  rounded  at 
both  ends,  4-0  lines  long,  pubescent  or  glabrous  above, 
beneath  dotted  with  dark  glands,  short-petioluled.  fls 
varving  from  violet-purple  to  white,  spikes  in  terminal 
clusters  pod  glandular  NC  to  Fla  LBC  7:689. 

\A   Lowest  pair  of  lj(t>   remote  from  the  st     plant  glabrous 

or  nearly  ,so,  rarely  yellowish  pubescent 

B  Calyx  with  the  lower  lobes  elongated  and  pointed    pod 

curved  on  the  bacL    young  qi  owth  finely  tomenlow 

fruticdsa,  Linn  BASTARD  INDIGO  Fig  189  Shrub, 
5-20  ft  Ivs  6-10  in  long,  Ifts  11-21,  oval  or  elliptic, 
1 2_i  i/2  m  long,  mostly  obtuse  and  rnucronulate  spikes 
dense,  3-6  in  long,  usually  in  panicles,  fls  dark  purple 
pods  stout,  glandular  From  W  is  and  Pa  south  BR 
5  127  —Interesting  ornamental  shrub  of  spreading 
habit,  with  fine  feathery  foliage,  remarkable  for  the 
unusual  color  of  its  dark  violet-purplish  fls.  A  very 


189    Amorpha 
frutjcosa    ( *  %) 


276 


AMORPHA 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


variable  species;  of  the  many  varieties,  the  following  are 
probably  the  most  important  Var  crdceo-lanata, 
Mouillef  (A  crdceo-lanata,  Wats  ).  Covered  with  yel- 
lowish brown  pubescence  W  D  B  2  139  Var. 
albifldra,  Sheldon  With  white  fls.  Var  caerillea, 
Mouillef  With  pale  blue  fls  Var  pendula,  Dipp 
(A  pendul-a,  Carr )  With  recurved  or  pendulous 
branches  Var  hftmihs,  Schneid  (A  humilis,  Tausch) 
Low  form  with  smaller  and  narrower  Ivs  B.M.  2112 
(as  A  nana)  Var  crispa,  Kirchn  Lvs  with  crisp 
margin 

tennessensis,  Shuttlw  Shrub,  5-20  ft  •  Ivs  6-8  in. 
long,  Ifts  13-55,  elliptic-oblong  to  oblong-ovate, 
^-^,in  long,  obtuse  spikes  clustered,  to  6  in  long; 
fls.  violet-purple  pods  slender,  glandular  Tenn 

BB.  Calyx  with  all  the  lobe*  very  shallow  and  rounded' 
pod  straight  on  the  back  young  growth  glabrous, 
bloomy  and  purplish 

glabra,  Poir  (A  montana,  Boynt )  Glabrous  shrub, 
to  6  ft  high  branches  purplish  Ivs  3-6  in  long,  Ifts 
9-19,  ovate  or  oval  to  oblong-ovate,  1  -2  in  long, 
obtuse,  rounded  at  the  base  spikes  clustered,  21^-6  in 
long,  fls  blue,  calyx-lobes  very  short  and  obtuse  pods 
nearly  straight  on  the  back  with  few  glands  Spring. 
N.  C  to  Ga  and  Ala 

A  cah/iirnica,  Nutt  Allied  to  V  fruticosa  Only  very  young 
branches  pubescent  Ifts  11  17,  oval  to  elliptic-oblong,  obtuse, 
broadly  cuneato  at  the  base  spikes  2  I,  to  12  in  long  Calif  — A 
cahfornira,  Hook.  <k  Arn=\  hispidula  -  1  taroliniAna,  Croora 
(A  glabra,  Boynt  ,  not  Poir  )  Allied  to  V  fruticosa  Lfts  numer- 
ous, elliptic-oblong,  about  '2111  long,  glabrous  racemes  several,  4 -8 
in  long  pods  nearly  straight  on  the  back  .Summer  N  C  to  Fla 
— A  glabra,  Boynt,  not  Poir  —  V  carohmina — 4  hispidula, 
Greene  (\  cahfornica,  Hook  &  Vrn  ,  not  Nutt  )  Allied  to  A 
fruticosa  Branchlcts  and  petioles  with  prickly  glands  and  pubes- 
cent Ifts  17-2-1.  ovate  to  oblong,  villous  npikos  solitary,  to  7  in 
long  pods  very  glandular  C.ihi  -A  Itugota,  Nutt  Allied  to  \ 
fruticosa  Glabrous  Ifts  ')  Jl,  remote-,  elliptic  to  elliptic-oblong, 

solitary  or  several,  to  12  in  long  pod  straight  on  the  Y>aek,  \ery 
glandular  Spring  \rk  ,  Texas  Var  pubficens,  Gray  (\  texana, 
Buckl  )  More  or  less  pubescent  Texas  -A  murophylla,  Pursh 
(A  nana,  Nutt  )  One  ft  high  Ifts  small,  '  i\i\  long,  crowded, 
glandular  beneath  spikes  usually  single  From  Mum  and  Iowa 
west  to  Ilocky  Mts  — A  montana,  Boynt  -=A  glabrj  —  I  nana, 
Nutt  =A  microphylla,  see  also  A  fruticosa,  var  humilis  — A 
pamculata,  Torr  &  Gray  Shrub,  to  12  ft  high,  grayish  tomentose 
Ifts  11-17,  ovate-oblong  or  elliptic-oblong,  1-2  m  long  racemes 
long  and  slender,  pamcled  Texas— 4  pubncw,  \Villd  =A  htr- 
bacea — A  pumila,  Michx  =A  herbacea  —  1  texana,  Bu<kl=\ 
Iscvigata  var  puboscens  —A  virgata,  Small  Allied  to  \  fruticosa 
Perennial,  2-6  ft  ,  sparingly  branched  Ifts  broad,  coriaceous  spikes 
single  or  few  Southern  states  ALFRED  RKIIDEB 

AMORPHOPHALLUS  (Greek-made  name)  Aracese 
Giant  aroids  from  the  eastern  tropics,  grown  as  curiosi- 
ties in  hothouses 

Leaves  ample,  petioles  smooth  or  warty  and  variously 
spotted,  blade  ample,  3-parted,  the  divisions  pinnatmd* 
spadix  long,  spathe  (or  "flower")  funnel-  or  bell-shaped 
at  the  base,  springing  from  the  great  bulb-like  tuber  in 
advance  of  the  Ivs  ,  the  latter  usually  pedately  com- 
pound differs  from  Arum  and  related  genera  by  tech- 
nical characters  Monogr  by  Engler  in  De  Candollc's 
Monographic  Phanerogamarum,  Vol  2,  1879 

Amorphophalluses  are  propagated  by  offsets  of  the 
tubers  These  offsets  are  miniature  tubers  which  grow 
out  of  the  parent  tuber  They  are  taken  off  at  the  time 
of  potting,  placed  in  pots  just  large  enough  to  accommo- 
date them,  in  a  soil  composed  of  loam,  leaf-mold  and 
sand  in  about  equal  proportions  and  kept  m  a  tempera- 
ture of  65°  to  70°  They  are  rarely,  if  ever,  propagated 
by  seeds  in  northern  gardens,  and  for  this  reason, 
together  with  their  disagreeable  odor  when  in  flower, 
they  are  not  commonly  grown  The  flowers  are  like  a 
huge  calla  except  that  the  spathe  and  spadix  are  of  a 
dark  chocolate  color  The  odor  is  supposed  to  attract 
carrion-loving  insects,  which  pollinate  the  flowers  in 
their  native  home  and  bring  about  the  production  of 
seeds  Towards  the  end  of  March  the  plants  should  be 
taken  from  their  winter  quarters  and  placed  on  the 


190  Flower-stem  and 
bit  of  leaf  of  Amorpho- 
phallus  Rivien 


stages  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse  and  kept 
moist,  where,  if  the  tubers  are  strong  enough,  they  will 
soon  flower  The  leaves  begin  to  grow  immediately 
after  the  flowering  season  Toward  the  end  of  May, 
they  should  be  planted  out  in  the  open  ground,  or  they 
may  be  used  m  subtropical  bedding. 
Plants  should  be  lifted  m  the  fall, 
before  frost,  und  potted  in  any 
good,  rich  soil,  and  placed  in  a 
warm  greenhouse  to  ripen  oft"  the 
leaves,  after  which  they  may  be 
stored  away  under  the  greenhouse 
stages,  or  in  anv  convenient  place 
where  the  temperature  does  not 
fall  below  50°,  giving  just  sufficient 
moisture  to  keep  the  tubers  from 
shriveling  (E  J  Canning  ) 
Rivien,  Dur  DEVIL'S 
TONCIUE  SNAKE  PALM 
Fig  190  Scape  (sent  up 
in  early  spring)  preceding 
the  Ivs  ,  3-4  ft  ,  dark-colored 
and  speckled  with  light 
red  It  often  1  ft  across, 
pedatcly  decompound,  the 
petiole  mottled,  standing  on  a 
stalk  like  an  umbrella  spathe 
rosy,  calla-hke,  with  a  long-pro- 
jecting and  slender,  dark  red, 
slightly  curved  spadix,  the  whole 
"flower"  often  measuring  3  ft 
long  Cochin  China  H  H  1871, 
p  573  Gn  M  5  232  G  W  14, 
n  173  \  7  110  —The  best- 
known  species  m  American  gar- 
dens 11. is  a  strong  and  disagree- 
able odor 

campanulatus,  Blume  S  MM  *,i  '*  \\  \sii-Tun  Scape 
lowei  (2  ft  or  less),  spathe  neail>  01  quite  2  ft  broad 
and  15  in  high,  with  a  homonlal,  spieadmg  fluted 
border  (not  calla-hke),  red-purple  on  the  margin  and 
giayish,  spotted  white  lower  down,  and  becoming 
purple  in  the  center,  spadix  10-12  in  high,  the  purple 
top  enlarged  and  convoluted  If  much  as  in  A  Rivierf 
tuber  weighing  8-10  Ibs  ,  shape  of  a  flat  cheese  An 
old  garden  plant  from  10  Indies  B  M  2812  (as 
Arum  campanulatum)  F  S.  15  l(>02-3  GC  1872 
1720,  1721;  111  5  755  G.W.  13,  p  9 

gigant&us,  Blanc  "Fl.  larger  than  A  campanulatus 
(often  2  ft  across)  and  much  more  pleasing  in  color, 
shading  from  deep  red  to  cream-color  toward  the 
center  The  club-shaped  spadix  is  daik  maroon,  with 
yellow  and  red  base  Aftei  flowering,  the  foliage-st 
appears, — a  stout  st  of  deep  green  color,  mottled  with 
gray  After  growing  at  the  rate  of  several  inches  a  day, 
it  expands  into  a  large  palm-like  If ,  of  a  rich,  dark  green 
color,  often  measuring  5  ft  across  "  Blanc,  1892, 
received  "under  this  name  from  India  "  A  catnpan- 
ulatux('f).  Probably  not  the  A.  giganteus  of  Blume 

siml£nse,  Blanc  "Fl  15  in  long,  the  inside  of 
peculiar  golden  color,  spotted  purple;  the  back  is 
metallic  brown  Fine  palm-like  foliage  "  The  cut  in 
Blanc's  catalogue  shows  a  spathe  produced  into  a  long 
fohaceous  summit,  and  a  long,  slender,  recurved  spadix 
Probably  of  some  other  genus  perhaps  Sauromatum. 
1  Afzttn,  Hort  (Corynophallus  Afzehi.  Rchott)=>Hydro8tne 
leonensis  -A  Eirhlerr,  Hook  f  Spathe  2  in  across,  purple  and 
white  spadix  r>  or  0  in  high,  thick,  brown  If  single,  much  divided. 
W  Vfr  H  M  7001  —A  Elhdttu,  Hook  Spathe  short  and  broad, 
dull  pink  with  pale  green  spots  IVH  tripmnatifid,  18  in  broad 
BM7*4<)-4  Lacourn,  Linden  (Pseudodracontiurn  Lacourn, 
N  K  Br  )  Petiolrs  barred  with  yellow,  blades  much  cut,  green, 
spotted  white  Cochin  China  III  25  H<>  -4  Uonfnsw,  Lem 
Spathe  b  m  long,  pear-shaped,  the  tube  bell-shuprd,  white,  dilated 
into  the  dark  purple  limb  which  is  striped  arid  npotted  with  white, 
Ivs  about  1  ft  wide,  tripmnatifid  H  M  77<»K  —  1  L«>pnldiAnui, 
Nichols  (Hydrosme  Leopoldiana,  Mast  )  Spat  ho  reddish,  long 
acuminate  on  one  Hide,  with  undulate  margins,  spadix  2-3  ft  ,  terete. 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


AMPELOPSIS 


277 


recurved.  If  2-3  ft  across  Congo  IH  34  23,42,  p  380— A. 
mvdiiua,  Ix>m  ,  I  H  12  424  =  Dracontiurn  aspcrum  —  A  oncuphyllus. 
Pram  Spathe  (3-7  m  long,  the  tube-r  broadly  ovoid,  white,  striped 
and  spotted,  the  limb  brown-purple  with  yellow  spots  Ivs  tripin- 
natifid  Andaman  Arch  B  AI  7327  ~A  Praam,  Hook  f  Tuber 
6-10  in  diain  .  not  bulhiferous  IVH  3-5  ft  tail,  the  petiole  green, 
mottled  gray-white  on  red ,  spathe  -tube  2  in  long,  pale  grren  spotted 
white,  tho  limb  b-8  jn  across,  yellow,  purple-brown  inside  at  base 
Perak  — A  Hfx,  Pram  A  larger  plant  than  A  eampanulatus,  the 
tuber  1  ft  across  IVH  5-6  ft  tall,  the  petiole  purplish,  marked  gray 
arid  greon  spathe  campanulate,  12-18  in  aeross,  pale  red-purple, 
Bpadix  with  an  appendage  10-11  in  long  Java — A  tattvut,  Blume 
Petiole  2-3  ft  tall,  rugose,  rough,  white  marked,  caoh  division  of  the 
blade  pinnate-parted,  the  eosta  thick,  white  Molucca  Ihls — A 
Schwemfurthn  N  E  Br  Hpathe  broad,  reddish  brown  K  Afr 
—A  TitAnum,  Bocran  One  of  tho  most  remarkable  plants  known 
Tuber  5  ft  in  oirc  If  -stalk  10  ft  If  -blade  4->  ft  in  circ  spathe 
3  ft  in  diam  ,  spadix  H  ft  high  Bloorm  d  at  Kew  in  IK'H),  the  tubt  r 
dying  thereafter  Sumatra  B  M  7153-5  O  C  III  5  748  (as  eon- 
ophallus)  — A  inriAbilit,  Blumo  Lvs  pmnatisect  sp  ithe  erect,  5 
in  long,  white  itiHide,  spotted  outside,  the  margin  rosy  Java  and 
Philippines  OC  II  6  pp  680,  h8l  (aa  Braehy-spatha)  III  III 
33  493,6}  283— A  mrt-nu,  N  E  Br  Snathe  gre<  n  externally, 
suffused  with  purple  and  spotted,  internally  lurid  purple  biam 
B.M.6978.  L  H  B 

GKORGE  V  NASH 

AMPELOPSIS  (Greek  ampehs,  vine,  and  op*w,  like- 
ness) Vitace*  Ornamental  woody  vines  \vith  hand- 
some deciduous  foliage  and  some  species  with  orna- 
mental fruits,  used  for  covering  trellis-work,  pergolas, 
arbors,  low  walls  and  the  like. 

Shrubs,  climbing  by  tendrils  branches  with  clo.se 
lenticillate  bark  and  white  pith  and  with  tendrils 
opposite  the  Ivs  Ivs  alternate,  petioled,  simple,  lobed, 
digitate,  pinnate  or  bipmnate  fls  small,  greenish, 
perfect,  in  diehotomous  long-peduncled  cymes  opposite 
the  Ivs  or  terminal,  eal>x  indistinct,  petals  5,  or  rareh 
4,  expanding,  .stamens  as  many  as  petals,  short,  o\arv 
2-celled  \vith  a  .slender  stvle,  adnate  to  a  distinct  cup- 
shaped  di.sk,  entire  or  erenulatc  at  the  margin  fr  a 
1-4-seeded  berr>  — About  20  species  in  N  Amer  , 
Cent  and  K  Asia  By  some  botanists  united  with  Vitis, 
which  is  easily  distinguished,  e\en  m  the  winter  state, 
by  its  shredding  bark  and  brown  pith,  also  by  t  he  pamcu- 


191.  Ampelopsis  heterophylla  var.  amurensis.  (  X 


late  infl  and  the  petals  cohering  into  a  cap  and  falling 
off  as  a  whole,  more  closely  related  to  Partflbnocissus, 
which  differs  chiefly  in  its  disk-bearing  tendrils  and  the 
absence  of  a  distinct  disk  m  the  fl  ,  still  more  closely  to 
Cissus,  which  differs  in  the  fleshy  sts  ,  usually  4-merous 
fls  and  4-lobed  disk  Monogr  by  Planchon  in  De 
Candolle,  Monographic  Phanerogamarum,  5.447-463. 


The  members  of  this  genus  are  shrubs,  climbing, 
with  twining  tendrils,  not  clinging  by  disks  to  its  sup- 
port, of  medium  height,  with  variously  divided,  rarely 
simple  foliage,  small  greenish  flowers,  in  peduncled 
cymes,  followed  by  blue  or  yellow  pea-sized  berries  Most 
of  the  species  arc  hardy  North,  but  A.  japonica,  A. 
megalophylla  and  A  arborea  are  only  half-hardy,  while 
A  cantoniensis  and  A  leeoidea  can  be  grown  only  in 
warmer  temperate  regions  Page  3565. 

They  are  not  particular  as  to  the  soil  and  situation 
but  grow  best  m  fresh  and  loamy  land  Where  only  a 
light  covering  is  desired,  species  like  A  japonica,  A. 
acomhfolia  and  A  arboreu  should  be  planted;  A 
heterophylla  var  amureriMK  makes  a  rather  dense  cover- 
ing and  is  well  suited  for  the  covering  of  parapets,  low 
walls  and  rocks,  A  megalophylla  is  a  very  strong  grower, 
with  bold  fohnge  Some  species,  as  A  'heterophylla  and 
particularly  its  var  a  mum*  sis  are  very  ornamental  in 
autumn  with  their  bright  blue  profusely  produced 
berries 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  hardwood  or  green- 
wood cuttings  All  species  may  be  propagated  by 
cuttings  with  a  good  eye,  placed  in  sandy  soil  under 
bell-glasses  m  September 

INDKX. 

ac  onitifohd,  5  cordata,  5  napifurmis,  7 
affiin^,  "i  DelavayaiM,  C.  palmiloba,  5 
amurensis,  4.  ditmtcta,  r)  rubruauh*,  5 
arborea,  H  He  gans,  1  icrjanid  folia,  7. 
bijnnnnte,  8  hete  rophylla,  2, 4, 6  '      '    " 
huinulifolia,  1 


breupn'unculata,  4 
cantor  iPiwijj,  10 


megalophylh,  4 
rmrans  2 


tricolor.  4 
tnjMirtita,  5 
tuberosa,  7 


A   Lv*>  Dimple  or  lobed 
B    Under  side  of  /rs    whihth    iVs  of  firm  texture 

1  humulifdha,    Bunge      Lvs    broadly    ovate,    3-5- 
lobed,  sometimes  only  slight Iv  so,  3-5  in  long,  truncate 
or  Mibcordate  at  the  base,  acute  err  acuminate,  bright 
green  and  lustrous  above,  gl.iucescent  and  glabrous  or 
hairy  beneath    cvmes  slender  peduncled    fr    few  and 
small,  usuallv   pale  j  el  low   with  bluish  cheek,  or  pale 
vellow  or  erihrelv  |>.de>  blue     N    China  —  This  species 
has  been  alwajs  confused  with  A    heterophylla,  from 
which  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  firmer  texture  of 
Ivs  ,  their  pale  whitish  undei  side  and  the  color  of  the 
frs    It  is  very  hardy  and  the  foliage  has  the  appearance 
of  that  of  a  true  Vitis 

2  micans,   Rehd    (H/?s   repent*,  Veitch,  not  Wight 
&  Arn  )      Shrub,   climbing  to  20  ft      young  growth 
purplish'    branchlets   glabrous     Ivs     triangular-ovate 
and  not  lobed  or  broadl>  ovate  and  slightly  3-lobed, 
subcordate  or  sometimes  tunicate  at  the  base,  short- 
acuminate,   the   lobes  acute,   coarsely   eremite-serrate, 
dark  green  and  with  a  velvet  j  sheen  above,  glauces- 
cent  below,  2-4  in  long  cv  mes  long-stalked  and  rather 
dense  fr  dark  blue    Cent   China  — Has  proved  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum     Var    cinerea,  Ilehd     (A 
helerophylla     var     cinerea,    Gagnep )       Lvs     grayish 
pubescent  on  both  sides  or  only  below,  often  deeply 
3-5-lobed 

BB   Under  side  of  fe.s  green  Ivs.  membranous. 

3  cordata,   Michx     (Titos   indivisa,    Willd     Cissus 
Ampeltipbis,    Pers  )      Nearly    glabrous     Ivs     corelate, 
roundish-ovate,    not    or   slightly   3-lobed,    acuminate, 
acutely  serrate,  pale  green  beneath,  usually  pubescent 
on  the  veins  cj'mes  loose,  slender-stalked  berries  bluish 
or  greenish     From  111   and  Ohio  south     Mn  N.2.6. 

1  heterophylla,  Sieb  &  Zucc  (V\tis  htterophylla, 
Thunb  )  Branchlets  glabrous  or  hairy  Ivs  cordate, 
3-5-lobed,  with  rounded  sinuses,  sometimes  slightly 
3-lobcd,  lobes  serrate  or  incised,  shining  green  beneath 
and  usually  glabrous  or  sometimes  hairy,  1  V£-3  in. 
long  cymes  on  stalks  J^-2H  m.  I°n8  fr-  changing  from 
pale  lilac  to  verdigris  color  and  finally  bright  blue  or 


278 


AMPELOPSIS 


AMPHIRAPHIS 


sometime  finalh  whitish  July,  Aug.,  fr  Sept.,  Oct. 
E  Asia.  B  M  5682  (as  rar.  humulifolia) .  Gt  1813. 
765  On  10,  p  451.  Var.  Slegans,  Koch  (A.  tricolor, 
Hort  A.  Siebdldu,  Hort  FUw,  helerophylla  var. 
vanegata,  Nichols.).  Lvs  smaller,  blotched  and  striped 
with  white;  flushed  pink  when  young,  slow-growing 
and  tenderer.  Gn.  54,  p.  5. — A  handsomely  colored 
form,  adapted  for  planting  in  \ases  and  baskets. 
Vcir  citrulloldes,  Schneid  (.1  citrullaldes,  Lebas)  Lvs. 
deeply  lobed  with  rather  narrow  smuately  lobed 
Begms  Var  amurensis,  Planch  (A  bretnpedun- 
culata,  Koehne  Vltit>  breiipedunculdta,  Dipp.)  Fig 
191  Branchlets  and  petioles  usually  hairy  Ivs  slightly 
3-lobed,  2-4  in.  long,  lobes  crenately  serrate,  hairy 
beneath,  at  least  on  the  veins  cymes  rather  dense  fr. 
darker  blue  — The  variety  is  a  stronger  grower  than 
the  type  and  strikingly  beautiful  in  autumn  with  its 
variously  coloied  berries,  it  is  well  adapted  for  cover- 
ing low  walls,  rocks  and  trellises 

AA   LVJ  3-G-partcd  or  dictate,  at  least  partly,  with 

usually  lobed  segmt. 

B.  Segms    of  the  Ivt    pinnately  lobed  or  only  serrate; 
the  lower  Ivt  sometimes  only  lobed. 

5  acomtifdha,  Bunge  (A.  dissecta,  Carr.    A.  aconiti- 
fdha   var    dmecta,  Koehne     A    aff\ms  var.  dissecta, 
Hort )     Branchlets  glabrous*  Ivs   5-parted,  the  segrns. 
pmnately  lobed  with  rather  narrow-toothed  or  entire 
lobes,  2-3  in  long,  green  beneath,  glabrous  or  hairy  on 
the  veins,  berries  small,  orange  when  fully  ripe,  some- 
times bluish  before  ripening     Summer,  fr.  in  autumn. 
N    China     R  II  1868,  p    10,  1883,  p    318     Gn  5,  p. 
523       G   1  396  — Vcr>     handsome    vine    with    finely 
divided  foliage     Var  palmlloba,  Rehd    (.1    ptilmUoba, 
Carr      A    tujxirtita,   Carr     A    rubncauhs,  Schneid) 
Lvs  usually  3-parted,  the  lower  ones  often  only  3-lobed, 
segms    often   rather   broad,    coaisely    toothrd,  rarely 
pinnatmd     R  II  1867,  p  10     J  II  S~  28: 87  (form  with 
rather  narrow  segms  ) 

6  Delavayana,  Planch    (A    heterophylla  var    Dela- 
vayana, Gagnep      F)/?9  Delavayana,  Franch  )     Young 
growth  hairy  and  usually  purplish    Ivs   cordate  at  the 
base,  partly  3-lobed  and  partly  3-parted,  2-5  in   long, 
segms.  coarsely  crenately  toothed,  dark  green  and  nearly 
glabrous  above,  light  green  arid  pubescent  beneath  or 
sometimes  glabrous,  the  middle  segm    elliptic-oblong, 
cuneate,  the  lateral  ones  very  unequal    cymes  on  pe- 
duncles 1  in.  or  less  long   fr  dark  blue  or  bluish  black. 
Cent   China     JHS28.102 — A  strong-growing  vine, 
hardy. 

HB.  tiegms   of  the  Ivs   pinnule,  the  pinnsp  separate  from 
the  winged  rachis 

7  jap6nica,     Makmo     (A      serjamafdha,    Bunge. 
Fl/?.s  wrjanid folia,  Maxim     A    napifornn^,  Carr     A. 
tuberdsa,  Carr  )     Roots  tuberous,  plant  glabrous    Ivs. 
3-5-parted  or  digitate,  chartaceous,  shining  and  dark 
green  above,  the  divisions  pinnate,  \vith  winged  rachis, 
the  pinna1  separate  from  the  wings,  beiry  small,  blue, 
punctate     Japan,  N    China     Gt    16  531     R  H.  1870, 
p  17.      Gn  6,  p  365       I.T  5  176— Very    handsome 
vine  with  its  lustrous  and  dark  green,  finely  cut  tohage, 
but  somewhat  tender 

AAA  Lvs  bipinnate  or  pinnate,  IJts  distinctly  stalked. 
B.  Lfts.  usually  }^-l  in.  long,  very  coarsely  toothed 

8  arbdrea,    Koehne    (A     bipmndta,    Michx      Vlhs 
bipinndla,  To  IT  &  Gray    Cissus  stdns,  Pers  )     PEPPER 
VINE.    St  erect  or  somewhat  climbing:  Ivs.  bipinnate, 
4-8  in  long,  pmme  and  Ifts.  on  each  segm  usually  5; 
Ifts  broadly  ovate  or  cuneate-obovate,  coarsely  toothed, 
Yl-V/i  m  long,  veins  beneath  and  rachis  usually  hairy: 
berries  dark  purple    Summer,  fr  in  autnmn    Southern 
states,  Mex.     B  B  2,  p    2409  —Handsome  vine  with 
bright  green  finely  cut  foliage,  not  hardy  N. 


C 


BB.  Lfts.  usually  2-4  in.  long,  crenale-serrate 

9  megalophylla,  Diels  &  Gilg.  (Vitis  megalophylla, 
Veitch).     Climbing   to   30    ft ,    glabrous.    Ivs     long- 

jtioled,  6-15  in  or  sometimes  longer,  the  larger  ones 
npinnate;  the  lower  pinnae  with  3-9  Ifts  ,  the  lowest 
pair  often  3-lvd.;  Ifts  petioled,  ovate  or  ovate-oblong, 
2-5  m  long,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  mem- 
branous, remotely  serrate,  pale  or  glaucescent  beneath, 
veins  nearly  straight,  ending  in  the  teeth  fr  bluish 
black,  in  loose  cymes  W  China  JUS  28 -10,  86,  97. 
Gn  05,  p  45  — Strong-gi  owing  vine,  hardier  and  larger 
in  every  part  than  the  following 

10  cantome'nsis,  Planch   (Villa  canton  ient>is,  Seem  ). 
Lvs  long-pctioled,  similar  to  the  preceding  species  but 
smaller,  Ifts    1—3  in    long,  cuneate  or  lounded  at  the 
base,  sometimes  nearly  seshile,  chartaceous,  remotely 
and  often  indistinctly  crenate-serrate,  veins  arching: 
fr  violet  or  pale  violet     S  China  to  Malay   Pemns 

4  Dniithana,  Mott  =»Vitw  Piasezku  —A  dumettrum,  Hort  = 
Parthenoci-«us  vit.icea — .1  Enuelmdnnn,  Hort  =Parthcuocissua 
qumqiK  folia  var  Kmrelrnamui  --A  (Intebnen,  Bolk-=Parthenocis- 
sus  qumqiK  folia  var  hirsuta  —A  hetln&cea,  DC  =ParthenocissU8 
qmnquefoli.i —  1  Hen-ryona,  Hort  =*Parthenoussus  Henryana  — 
4  heplnphylto,  Buckl  -^Parthcnocissus  heptaphylla — .1  himalay- 
ana,  ttoyle-=Parthenocissu'S  himalayana  —  A  hiniUa,  Don  =-Par- 
tlu  nocivsus  <iuui(|uetolia  viir  hirsutu  —.4  II6oun,  Hort  -=Parthe- 
nooissus  tricuspidata — .4  tncomtam,  Ilort  ==Parthenocissus  tn- 
cuipidHta — 1  japonicn,  Hort  ^=Parthenoeissus  tncuspidata — 4. 
letmdei.  Planch  (\itisleeoides.Maxim)  AlludtoA  mogalophylla 
Lvs  usually  pinnate,  sonic-times  the  lower  Ifts  -{-leaved,  Ifts  5-7, 
ovate-oblong,  2-t'a  m  long,  rounded  or  broadly  euneate  at  the 
ba-,e,  re mottly  serrate  S  Japan  Tender  J  H  S  28  T>,  Ob  —  A 
Ltwn,  H..rt  —Parthenou.sus  tncuspidata  var  Lown  —A  rmuro- 
phylla,  Hoit  ==Parthtnoeissus  vitacea  var  mucrophylla  —A  mu- 
ruZjs,  Hort  ==Partht nonssus  quinqiu  ioliii  var  muroium  -.1  »ri- 
entahs  Planch  (Vitis  oricntahs,  Boiss  )  Allied  and  wry  similar 
to  V  arbortu  petioles  longer,  Ivs  ovate-«>lliptic,  quite  glabrous 
petals  and  stamens!  Orient  (J  C  1871  lhl>  —  4  puhfueni, 

/<Mi«?  Michx  ^  Purthpnorissii^Viuinnm'fdm  —  T^ra./ican/Nv'ma" 
Sclu  11<  =P.uthinotissus  qumquefoha  var  murorum  —A  radican- 
tlxnm>i.  Hurt  =Parthcnocissus  qumquefoha  var  hirsuta— 4  Hoy 
lei,  Hort  =Parthenocissua  qumquefoha  var  murorum  and  P  tn- 
cuspidata — .1  St  Fauln,  Hort  =Parthenocissus  qumquefoha  var. 
St  Piulu  -- 1  spwppriirc^'.Hort  =»('issus  stnata  —  A  Thfimsonu, 
Hort  -=Pirth(noussusThomsonii  —4  tncuspnlrttn  &nd  4  Vefahii, 
Hort  — Parthonodssus  tncuspidata  —  4  mraimuna,  Hort  =Par- 
thencx  »su,  q.um,u,  folia  ALFRED  REUDEK 

AMPELOPOVlTIS:  Vitis 

AMPHICARP^A  (Greek,  alluding  to  the  two  kinds 
of  pods)  Spelled  also  Amphicarpa  Ltguminbbx  IIoo 
I^ANUT  A  genus  of  ti-8  species  of  herbaceous  peren- 
nial vines  of  E  N  Amer  and  India,  considered  by  some 
to  contain  also  the  species  now  credited  to  Falcata. 
Fls  of  2  kinds,  the  upper  axillary,  lacemose  and 
showy,  the  lower  apetalous,  feitile,  and  borne  in  the 
lower  axils — Not  in  the  American  tiade  and  cult  only 
in  botanic  gardens  The  only  common  species  are  A. 
monaica,  Ell  (Falcata  comosa,  Auct  ),  and  A  Pitchtn, 
Torr  &  Gray  Both  are  pubescent  or  glabratc  vines, 
with  tnfoholate  Ivs  ,  white  or  purplish  fls  ,  and  rather 
conspicuous  pods. — Of  little  value  horticulturally 

N    TAYLOK 

AMPHfCOME  (amphi,  both,  and  korne,  hair,  the 
seeds  having  a  tuft  of  hair  at  both  ends)  Bignomacese. 
Greenhouse  herbaceous  rockery  plants  from  the  Hima- 
layas, with  large,  rosy,  funnel-shaped,  5-lobed  fls. 
which  arc  axillary  or  terminal  Ivs  alternate,  unequally 
pinnate  -—Species  2 

arguta,  Royle  Height  3  ft  Ivs.  radical,  the  Ifts  in 
3-4  pairs,  sessile,  lanceolate,  acuminate  deeply  serrate: 
fls  in  terminal  racemes,  fewer  than  m  tne  next ;  corolla- 
tube  rose-colored,  trumpet-shaped;  calyx-lobes  long, 
awl-shaped  P  M  6 . 79. — Intro  by  Montanoso  Nur- 
series 


A  Kmf>dn,  Koyle  Height  1  V*-3  ft  Ifts  in  5-7  pairs,  cordate- 
ovate,  obtuse,  shortly  petiolulate,  margin  crenate-lobate  fls  at 
first  corymbose,  corolia-tubo  and  throat  orange,  calyx-lobes 
short,  thick,  fleshy  BM  4890  Gn  8,  p  25,  38,  p  458  FS  11; 

1109  N.  TAYLOR  f 

AMPHIRAPHIS:  Mtcroglosaa 


AMSONIA 

AMSONIA,  (narned  for  Charles  Amson,  colonial 
physician  m  eighteenth  century)  Called  also  Ansonui. 
Apocynacesc  Plants  sold  for  border  planting,  mostly 
among  shrubbery,  but  little  known  in  cultivation 

Tough-barked  perennial  herbs  with  alternate  narrow 
Ivs  and  terminal,  panicles  of  blue  or  bluish  narrow- 
limbed  small  fls  in  May  and  June,  the  inside  of  the 
corolla-tube  bearing  reflexed  hairs  and  also  the  5  sta- 
mens fr  two  long  and  slender  many-needed  follicles  — 
About  a  dozen  species  in  K  II  S  and  E  Asia  Prop, 
mostly  by  dividing  the  clumps,  also  by  seeds,  and  by 
cuttings  in  summer 

Tabernaemontana,  Walt.  (A  saiicifbha,  Pursh  A 
Amsbriia,  Brit  TaberrHernont&na  Amsbnia,  Linn  ) 
Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  2-3  ft  .  Ivs.  willow-like,  ovate  to 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  alternate,  short-petioled  fls. 
many,  with  lanceolate  spreading  lobes,  succeeded  by 
slender,  milkweed-like  follicles  or  pods  2-3  in  long. 
Holds  its  foliage  late  Pa  to  I<  la  and  Texas  B  M 
1873.  L  B  C  6  592  B  R.  15)  (as  A  lattfolia) 

angustifdha,  Miehx  Villous  when  young,  the  st 
1-3  ft  Ivs  linear  to  lance-linear,  an  inch  or  two  long, 
much  crowded,  margins  becoming  revolute:  corolla- 
lobes  ovate-oblong  to  linear-oblong  Dryland,  N  C  , 
to  Texas.  L.  H  B. 

AMYGDAL6PSIS:  TVunu* 

AM^GDALUS  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the 
furrowed  pit)  Rosaces  A  name  given  to  the  peaches, 
apricots  and  their  km,  but  here  treated  as  a  section  of 
the  genus  Prunus,  which  t>ce 

AMYRIS  (etymologically  allied  to  myrrh,  in  allusion 
to  the  odor)  Rutacese  TORCH-WOOD  Some  10  species 
of  shrubs  and  trees  ranging  from  the  S  U  S  to  Cent 
Amer  and  W  Indies,  a  few  of  which  have  been  men- 
tioned as  evergreen  cult  plants  in  hothouses  Lvs 
alternate,  compound  but  Ifts  sometimes  reduced  to  1 
as  m  some  other  rutaceous  plants  fls  white,  in  axillary 
or  terminal  spikes,  sepals  ana  petals  4,  stamens  S  fr 
an  ovoid  or  globose  drupe,  \\ith  a  single  stone  — 
Apparently  none  of  the  species  is  in  cult  in  this  country, 
although  A  balsamlfera,  Linn  ,  of  S  Fla  and  the  W 
Indies,  A  Plumicn,  DC  ,  of  the  W  Indies,  and  A 
braziMnsit  (properly  Prbtium  brazihfnse,  of  the  Bur- 
seracea?)  may  occur 

ANACAMPSEROS  (Greek-made  name,  of  no  sig- 
nificance here)  Portnlacdccse  LO\E-PL\NT  Succulent 
herbs,  of  a  dozen 
species,  from  the  Cape 
of  (iood  Hope,  but  not 
grown  in  this  country 
except  in  botanic  gar- 
dens They  are  green- 
house plants,  with 
ovate  fleshy  Ivs  .  fls 
racemose,  expanding  in 
the  sun ,  petals  5,  fuga- 
cious, sepals  5,  oblong 
Prop  by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings  of  sts  or  hs 
The  commonest  species 
is  A  arachnoldes,  Sims, 
a  peculiar,  cobwebbed, 
green  -  Ivu  succulent, 
with  simple  racemes  of 
white  fls.  BM  1368. 

A  Bdrden,  Hort ,  "is  a 
Pyrenean  alpine  plant  of 
easy  culture  in  border  or 
rockery,  purple  fl»  ,  late- 
blooming  The  namo  is 
apparently  unknown  m 
botanical  literature 

N    TAYLOR.f          192    Aiucardium  occidental* 


AXAGALLIS 


279 


193    Amagalhs  arveasn 


ANACARDIUM  (name  refers  to  the  heart-shaped 
character  of  the  nut)  Anacardiaceae  Eight  species 
native  to  the  American  tropics,  of  which  one  (yielding 
lKttt  ^  the  cashew  nut)  is  widely  culti- 

vated in  tropical  countries 

Trees  and  shrubs  with 
kathery  alternate  Ivs  fls. 
fainall  and  numerous  in  pani- 
cles, polygamous,  calyx  5-cleft; 
petals  5,  very  narrow ,  stamens 
7-10  ir  kidney-shaped,  borne 
on  a  greatly  enlarged  hard 
receptacle. 

occidentale,  Lmn  CASHKW 
l<ig  192  A  large,  spreading 
tree  with  milky  juice,  very  im- 
patient of  frost,  and  therefore 
adaptable  only  to  extreme  S 
Fla  in  the  U  S  :  Ivs  oval  or 
obovate,  rounded,  or  even 
emargmateat  the  top-  fls  rosv- 
tmted,  fragrant,  in  clusters  ter- 
minating the  young  branches 
nut  kidney-shaped  or  heart- 
shaped,  the  size  of  a  large 
bean,  the  kernel  edible  Thi^ 
nut  (about  I  in  long)  i^ 
borne  on  a  fleshy  recep- 
<i%-^^.  tacle  (the  cashew  apple, 
vr-~-/  *'ig  33)  which  is  about 
</^*'^f!\  "^  **  1U  m&k  when  mature, 
^-F  ^v'J  white  to  yellow  and  red, 
and  is  sweetish-sour  and 
edible  Gn  ll,p  211  — 
A  vinous  liquor  is  made  from  the  apple  The  kernel  of 
the  nut  vields  oil,  and  is  edible  when  roasted,  the  shell 
of  the  nut  is  exceedingly  acrid,  even  the  fumes  from  the 
roasting  being  highly  irritant  The,  tree  yields  a  gum 
which  is  the  babis  of  a  varnish,  being  used  to  protect 
books  and  woodwork  from  the  ravages  of  white  ants  and 
other  insects  The  tree  grows  20-40  ft  high  Some- 
times grown  under  glass  m  collections  of  economic 
plants,  prop  then  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  with 
Ivb  retained  L  H  B 

ANAGALLIS  (dreek,  delighting)  Pnmutiicea>  PIM- 
pniiNbL  Low  annual,  biennial  or  perennial  herbs  cul- 
tivated in  the  open  fot  their  numerous  bright-colored 

Stems  mobtly  angular,  bearing  opposite  alternate  or 
3-whorled  entire  Ivb  fls  axillary,  mostly  solitary, 
Ubiiallv  not  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  in  shades  of  red,  blue 
or  white,  the  corolla  rotate  or  rotate-bell-shaped  and 
with  lobes  obovate  or  linear  which  are  either  entire  or 
toothed,  stamens  5,  attached  in  the  base  of  the  corolla, 
the  filaments  usually  bearded  fi  a  globose  caps  ,  cir- 
cumscissile  — Two  dozen  species  of  interesting  little 
plants  mostly  with  trailing  01  procumbent  sts ,  in 
many  parts  of  the  world  Pax  and  Knuth,  Engler's 
Pflanzenreieh,  hft  22  321-334. 

The  pimpernels  are  of  simple  culture  They  thrive 
in  a  warm  soil,  the  seeds  of  the  annual  species  being 
planted  where  the  plants  are  to  grow  The  perennial 
kinds  are  increased  by  division,  or  by  cuttings  of  \oung 
growths  started  under  glass  All  of  them  are  free-flower- 
ing and  attractive  minor  plants  The  many  forms  m 
gardens  are  probably  all  referable  to  two  species 

A   Lvs  ovate 

arvgnsis,  Lmn.  (A  pulchtlla,  Sahsb.  A  orientals, 
Hort  A  Monflln,  Bieb  ,  not  Linn  )  COMMON  PIM- 
PERNEL, or  POOH  MAN'S  WEATHERGLASS  (fls  close  at 
approach  of  bad  weather)  Fig  193  Annual  sts 
procumbent  or  ascending,  the  branches  becoming  long, 
slightly  winged.  Ivs  opposite  or  in  3's,  sessile  fls  scar- 
let varying  to  white,  the  lobes  broadly  obovate  and 


280 


ANAGALLIS 


ANCHUSA 


obtuse  and  the  edges  finely  toothed  Eu  ,  Asia,  and 
sparingly  run  wild  m  N  Amor  Var  phoenicea,  Gren  & 
Godr.  Fls  red,  corolla-lobes  mostly  glandular-cihate 
at  top.  Var  caerftlea,  Gren.  <fe  Godr  (A.  cxriilea, 
Schreb.  A.vertmlldta,  All).  Fls  blue,  lobes  not  glan- 
dular and  slightly  ciliate.  Var.  latifdlia,  Lange  (A. 
latifdha,  Linn.).  Fls  blue.  Ivs  very  broad  plant  btout. 
B.M.  2389 

A  A.  Lvs  linear  or  linear-lanceolate  (except  perhaps  in 
var  Monelhi) 

linifdlia,  Linn.  (A.  angustifbha,  Sahsb.  A.  fruticbsa, 
Vent  A  grandijldra,  Andr  .,1  Philipsn,  Hort.).  Per- 
ennial or  biennial  sts  woody  at  base,  \-\l/i  ft  Ivs. 
opposite  or  verticillato,  sessile,  acute,  margin  often 
revolute'  fls  blue,  reddish  underneath,  the  lobes  obo- 
vate,  obtuse  and  entire  W  Medit  region  B  IV I  831. 
Var  Mone'llii,  Knuth  (A  Monclln,  Linn  ,  not  Bieb. 
A  WiUmoredna,  Don)  Lvs  often  in  3's,  somewhat 
broader  (even  to  ovate  or  ol)long)  corolla  longer 
Var  collina,  Ball  (A  coUina,  Sehousb  )  Large,  sts 
thick  fls  rose-colored  or  puiphsh  (not  blue)  Var 
microphylla,  Ball.  Many-std  ,  branches  ascending  Ivs. 
small,  lanceolate,  fls  blue,  reddish  beneath 

L    H    B 

ANANAS  (modified  from  aboriginal  S  Ainer  name) 
Written  also  Ananasta  Bromdiactje  Stove  herbs,  al- 
lied to  the  billbergias,  and  demanding  the  same  general 
treatment  As  ornamental  subjects,  grown  mostly  for 
the  rosette  of  rigid  Ivs  and  the  strange,  often  colored 
head  of  fleshy  fls  ,  which  are  6-cleft,  with  6  stamens  and 
1  style  The  ripe  head  is  composed  of  the  thickened 
ractiis,  in  which  the  fleshy  berry  is  imbedded,  and  the 
fleshy  persistent  bracts,  in  the  pineapple,  the  fls  are 
abortive  Prop,  by  the  leafy  crown  or  topknot,  by 


long  and  sword-shaped,  stiff,  more  or  less  rough-edged 
The  same  stalk  does  not  bear  a  second  time,  but  a  new 
shoot  may  arise  from  the  same  root  and  bear  fruit. 
Better  results  are  usually  secured  by  severing  the 
sucker  or  crown,  and  growing  a  new  plant.  American 


194  Ananas  sativus  (pineapple). 

strong  suckers,  or  by  small  offsets  from  the  base-  these 
are  treated  as  cuttings,  being  rooted  in  sand  with  bottom 
heat,  or  in  the  S  set  directly  in  the  field  Monogr.  by 
Mez,  DC.,  Monogr  Phaner  9. 

sativus,  Schult.  f  PINEAPPLE,  which  see  for  field  cul- 
ture Fig.  194.  Plant  producing  a  single  shaft  2-4  ft. 
high,  and  when  12-20  mos  old  bearing  a  head,  or  pine- 
apple, on  the  top  of  which  is  a  rosette  of  stiff  Ivs  Ivs. 


195.  Ananas  sativus  var    vanegatus     ( x 


tropics  B  M  l55l(itoBromebaAminai>)  BR  1081 
(as  A  bracteata]  — There  is  a  common  cult  form  (var 
varugatus  or  btrntifbhuti],  Fig  195,  with  stuped  Ivs 
Gn.  51,  p  57  A  I'otlennu^,  Koch,  is  a  form  of  A 
sativus,  with  olive-green,  sharp-spmed  Ivs  with  a  > el- 
low  central  band  G  \V  5,  p  51  A  UK fnn-ffnnu'ists, 
Hort ,  is  another  form  (mtro  by  Pitcher  &  Mtinda,  1891 ) 

A    bnictrtihn,  Sr  hult    f  ,  is  i  showy  sprue  s  \\  ill         ' 

Regarded  by  Mez  as  a'fonn  of  A  simim  ^1  m,i,i<><! 
hkeabronuha,  haslarnr  tootlndbr.Hts  Brazil  —1 
Hort  ,  a  form  of  A  satrvui  probibly,  luis  varu  gated  M>i"<  li^  Ivs. 

L    11    B 

ANAPHALIS  (Greek  name  of  a  similar  plant)  Com- 
pdwte'  K\RRLASTI\<;  Haidy  border  plant,  useful  for 
immortelles  A  genus  of  .30  species,  niu<  h  like  Anten- 
nana,  but  differs  in  the  pappus-bristles  of  the  stami- 
nate  fls  not  being  thickened  (these  are  thickened  up- 
wards in  that  genus)  and  the  st  leafy 

margantacea,  Berith  <fe  Hook  A  foot  or  two  high, 
with  many  conrnbose  heads,  white  l\s  sessile,  linear- 
lanceolate,  long-pointed  involucre  pearh  white,  hence 
the  value  of  the  plant  as  an  everlasting  N  Amer. 
and  Asia — The  plant  from  Asia,  \vith  jellowfls  ,  is  per- 
haps better  referred  to  A  (innnrnbrma,  Clarke,  but  is 
hardly  separable  from  the  tvpe.  It  is  offered  as 
a  yellow  everlasting  N.  TAYLOR.! 

ANARRHINUM  (.smw/fr.s.s).  Srrophulari&cesp.  A 
dozen  biennials  and  perennials  of  S  Eu  and  N  Afr. 
Allied  to  Antirrhinum,  but  not  cult  in  this  country, 
except  m  botanic  gardens  Fls  .small,  in  interrupted 
spike-like  racemes,  white  or  blue  Easily  grown  in 
ordinary  garden  soil,  but  not  certainly  hardy  north  of 
New  York  Known  also  as  Simbulata 

ANASTATIC  A:  Resurrection  Plant 

ANCHUSA  (anchou^a,  a  paint  for  the  skin)  Bora- 
ginacese  ALKANET  Hardy  annual,  biennial  or  perennial 
plants,  with  blue  or  purple  fls  in  pamcled  scorpioid 
racemes  or  sometimes  in  headhke  clusters,  the  corolla 
trumpet-shaped  and  the  throat  closed  by  scales  Ivs. 
alternate,  usually  hairy  — Of  easy  cult  in  sunny  position 
except  A  italica  var  "Dropmore,"  which  is  best 
suited  in  partial  shade.  Prop  by  seed  generally,  but  old 
perennials  may  be  root-divided  in  spring 

A.  Fls.  small,  like  forget-me-nots. 

Barreli&ri,  Vilm.  Peienmal:  height  2  ft  :  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate,  smaller  and  shorter  than  in  A  italica:  fls. 


ANCHUSA 


ANDROMEDA 


281 


blue,  with  a  white  tube  and  pink  or  yellow  throat.  May. 
Eu  and  Asia  Minor.  B  M.  2340  —Valued  for  its 
earhness  and  for  cut-fls.  The  least  common  of  the  3 
species 

officmalis,  Linn.  Biennial  or  perennial,  1-2  ft. :  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  hairy,  radical  ones  clustered'  fls  opening  in 
pairs,  bright  blue  or  purple,  in  loose,  one-sided  spikes 
June-Oct  Eu  — Effective  in  masses  and  of  easy  cult. 
The  common  aikanet 

capensis,  Thunb.  Biennial,  height  1H  ft  •  Ivs. 
narrowly  lanceolate  and  less  hispid  than  in  A  ilahca. 
fls  red-margined,  with  a  white  throat;  buds  red, 
calyx  inflated  after  the  fl.  has  withered,  divisions  short- 
obtuse  June-Sept  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M  1822  — 
Fine  for  cut-fls  Often  winterkilled,  but  seeds  itself 
freely,  north  of  Boston  best  treated  as  a  coolhouse 
plant.  Var.  filba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls. 

AA   Fix   Ifirge 

italica,  Ret 2  Perennial  height  3-5  ft.'  Ivs.  largest 
of  the  3  species  here  contrasted,  ovate-lanceolate, 
rough,  shining;  radical  ones  sometimes  2  ft  long  fls 
bright  blue  Medit  B  M  2107  LBC14'1383  — 
If  not  allowed  to  go  to  seed,  will  bloom  continuously 
from  June  to  Sept  Commonest  and  perhaps  best 
species  Var  Dr6pmore.  Fig  106  Three  ft  fls  purple, 
in  loose  heads  Best  suited  to  partial  shade  Var 
superba,  Hort  ,  hah  very  dark  blue  fls 

A  Aadnllm,  1-elim  L\s  linear  Siberia  Rare  —  A  myuivhdi- 
flbra,  L(  Inn  IAS  large,  radical  ones  long-rx  tiolate,  cordati  -reru- 

lanoolm,1  'cili-iti"      Inly,     \UK-4 
broadly  oxatr.  low  i  rom  -^pctiol  Ue   race 
at  the  base     Eu     Esteemed  in  Prance 


ANDA.    Joa 


rt,  generally  bracted 

N    TAYLOH  f 


Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  usually  freely  pro- 
duced, and  also  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 
None  of  the  species  is  in  the  trade 

A  cdlchica,  Fisch  &  Mey  Shrub,  to  2  ft  ,  usually  lower,  glau- 
cescent,  glabrous  IVM  ovate,  obtuse,  ^j- HID  long  petals  5,  filiform, 
as  long  aw  the  glands  of  the  di*k,  much  shorter  than  the  calyx  caps, 
depressed-globose,  '/sin  thick  Asia  Minor — A  cordifdlia,  Muell. 
Arg  Shrub,  to  3  ft  Ivs  ovate  to  oblong,  rarely  cordate  at  base, 
obtuse,  1-2  in  long,  soft  pubescent  beneath  petals  spathulate,  disk- 
glands  membranous  caps  depressed-globose,  %m  thick  K  India 
—A  fruhcdsa.  Linn  A  greenhouse  shrub  from  8  China  with  ovate 
or  broadly  ovate,  short-stalked  l\s  ,  l-l  %  in  long,  and  small  green- 
ish white,  short-stalked  fls  ,  stammate  as  well  as  pistillate  m  axil- 
lary rlustern  of  d-6,  IN  now  refrrnd  to  Breynia  as  B  fruticosa, 
Benth  It  IB  probab  y  no  longer  m  cult  B  M  1S62  and  L  B  C  8 
7J1  fas  Phyllanthus  turbuiata)  —  1  phyllanthotdes,  Muell  Arg 
(A  Roemermna,  MueJl  Arg)  Shrub,  to  3  ft  with  slender  glabrous 
branches  Ivy  oval  to  obo\  atr,  obtuse,  U-l  m  long,  glabrous  or 
slightly  pulxHcent  beneath,  petals  little  shorter  than  the  sepals. 


obovate,  dentate  near  the  ape> 
globose,  about  J$m   thick     M, 


,  dink-glands  thick'  caps  depressed- 
to  Ark   and  Texas 

ALFRED  REHDER 

ANDROClfMBIUM  (name  referring  to  arrangement 
of  stamens  around  a  <M\it\)  Lilidcesc  A  dozen  or 
more  species  of  bulbous  plants  growing  from  the 


ANDERA  (Brazilian  name)  Lequrnnibsx  AISGELEEN 
TREE  Hothouse  trees 

Trees,  with  conspicuous  fls  in  racemes'  calyx  5- 
toothed  or  entue,  keel  petals  distinct,  ovary  stalked 
fr  a  loundi-h  1  -seeded  pod  —  Nearly  30  species  of 
Tropical  American  and  African 

T\vo  or  three  species  are  hometimes  cultivated  m 
hothouses  in  the  Old  World  and  in  American  botanic 
gardens  They  must  be  grown  in  rich  loam  and  peat  in 
the  warmhouse  Propagation  is  bv  cuttings  of  ripened 
wood  in  sand  under  bell-jar,  with  bottom  heat 

in^rmis,  HBK  CABB\GE  TRKE  A  tree  20-35  ft  • 
Ivs  impan-pmnate,  with  13-15  ovate-lanceolate  and 
acute  Ifts  fls  in  terminal  panicles,  purple,  on  short 
pedicels  W.  Indies  and  Brazil.  N.  TAYLOR. 

ANDRACHNE  (ancient  Greek  name).  Euphor- 
biace<e  Low  shrubs  with  bright  green  foliage,  of  little 
ornamental  value;  sometimes  grown  in  botanical 
collections. 

Shrubs  or  perennials  Ivs  alternate,  usually  entire" 
fla  small,  monoecious  or  incompletely  dioecious,  axillary, 
5-G-merous;  stammate  in  clusters,  with  petals  smaller 
than  the  sepals,  stamens  with  free  filaments,  not  exceed- 
ing the  sepals,  pistillate  usually  solitary,  with  very 
small  petals,  sometimes  wanting,  ovary  3-celled  with 
3  distinct,  2-cleft  or  2-parted  styles'  fr  a  subglobose  or 
depressed  caps  ,  separating  into  3  2-valved  carpels,  6- 
seeded  —  Ten  or  12  species  in  N,  Amer  ,  Peru,  Asia,  N. 
and  S.  Afr  ,  Malay  Archipelago 

These  are  low  deciduous  shrubs  similar  to  Securinega, 
but  smaller,  with  small  bright  green  leaves,  slender- 
stalked  whitish  inconspicuous  flowers  m  axillary  clus- 
ters or  solitary,  appearing  during  the  summer  followed 
by  small  greenisn  brown  capsular  fruits.  There  are 
three  species  in  cultivation,  of  which  two,  A.  phyllan- 
thoides  and  A  colchica,  have  proved  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum;  they  may  be  used  in  borders  of 
shrubberies  They  seem  to  grow  in  any  soil,  if  it  is  well- 
drained,  and  prefer  sunny  positions 


196    Anchusa  italica,  Dropmore  variety    ( x 


Medit  region  to  S  Afr ,  one  or  two  of  which  may  be 
expected  in  choice  greenhouse  collections  Bulb? 
tumcated  sts  subterranean,  from  which  arise  a  few 
narrow  Ivs  fls  few,  in  short  spikes  and  subtended  by 
showy  bracts  in  spring  or  summer  A.  melanthoidesr 
Willd  ,  of  S  and  Cent  Afr  ,  recently  intro.,  has  bulb 
like  minute  tulip  Ivs  2-4,  from  3-0  in.  long  fls  small, 
borne  m  clusters  m  axils  of  large  bracts  which  reach  3 
m  long  and  some  of  which  are  white,  green-veined. 
GC  III  45  315,  desc  A.  leucinthum,  Willd.  (A 
punctdium,  Baker,  in  part),  of  S  Afr  ,  has  few  whitish 
fls.  in  dense  umbel  and  4  spreading  Ivs. 

ANDR6MEDA  (Greek  mythological  name).  Encd,- 
cex.  Ornamental  low  plants  grown  for  their  evergreen 
foliage  and  for  their  flowers 

Evergreen  shrubs  Ivs  short-petioled,  narrow,  entire 
fls  m  terminal  umbels,  pedicelled,  calyx  small,  5- 
toothed;  corolla  urceolate  with  5  short  recurved  lobes, 
stamens  10  with  anstate  anthers  opening  with  pores 
caps,  dehiscent  into  5  valves;  seeds  numerous,  small 
— Two  species  through  the  northern  hemisphere 


282 


ANDROMEDA 


ANDROSACE 


The  andromedas  are  low  e\  ergreen  shrubs  with  binall 
and  narrow  foliage  and  small  pinkish  flowers  in  terminal 
umbels  They  are  perfectly  hardy  North  and  suited 
for  borders  of  evergreen  shrubberies  and  for  rockeries 
and  grow  best  in  peaty  or  sandy  and  moist  soil  and  in 
half-shady  positions 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  sown  thinly  soon  after  matur- 
ity, in  pots  or  pans  of  sandy  peat  soil,  placed  in  a  cool 
frame  They  germinate  easily  if  sown  in  cut  sphag- 
num, but  must  be  pricked  into  boxes  as  soon  as  they 
can  be  handled.  Cuttings  from  mature  wood,  placed 
in  sand  under  glass  in  fall,  and  kept  in  a  cool  green- 
house dunng  the  winter,  will  root  easily,  also  increased 
by  layers.  See,  also,  Leucothoe,  Chamydaphne,  Piens 
and  Zenolna. 

polifdlia,  Linn.  (A.  rosmannifdha,  Pursh).  Fig.  197. 
One-half  to  2  ft.:  branchlets  usually  not  glaucous.  Ivs. 
narro.w-oblong  to  lin- 
ear, %-\Y2  m  long, 
whitish-glaucous  be- 
neath, but  not  to- 
mentose,  later  some- 
times green,  revolute 
at  the  margin  fls 
nodding  on  blender 
pedicels,  2-4  times  as 
long  as  the  globose- 
urceolate  corolla: 
caps  brownibh,  ob- 
ovoid  or  subglobose, 
^as  high  as  broad. 
June.  N.  Eu  ,  N. 
Asia,  rare  in  the 
colder  regions  of  N 
"  Amer  L  B  C  18. 
1714  G  W  12.  p  50 
(habit)  —Varies  with 
narrower  and  broader 
Ivs  On  account  of  its 
slender-stalked  fls  , 
more  graceful  than 
the  following  species 
glaucophylla,  Link. 
Similar  to  the  pre- 
ceding, but  young 
branchlets  glaucous*  Ivs  white  beneath,  with  a  fine 
tomentum  fls.  on  curved  thick  pedicels,  rarely  twice 
as  long  as  the  urceolate  corolla  caps  depressed, 
glaucous  June.  N  E  Amer  ,  south  to  Minn  and  Pa. 
L  BC  6  546;  16'  1591;  18:1725  —Varies  like  the  pre- 
ceding species  with  broader  and  narrower  Ivs 

A  acuminata.  Ait  —  Leucothofe  populifoha  —  A  arbtirea,  Linn 
=Oxydrndrum  arboreum  —  A  uflldrti,  Michx  =lx;ucotho6  Catcs- 
bflfi  —  A  axiltaris,  Lam  =L  axillans  —  A  calyculfiln,  Linn  =Cha- 
majdaphne  calyculata  —  A  carnpanulAta,  Miq  =Knkianthua  cam- 
panulatus  —  A  cdndida.  Hort  =Zenobia  pulverulenta  —A  cas- 
ainixfdha,  Vent  =Z  pulverulonta  —A  CMesban,  Walt  =Louoothoe 
C»tesbspi  —  .4  ctrnua,  Miq  =Enkianthus  cornuus  —  A  dealbfita, 
j,mdl  —Zenobia  pulvorulcnta  —  A  fastigifita,  Wall  =Cassiope  fas- 
tigiata  —  A  ferruginea,  Walt  =Lyonia  ferrugmea  —  A  fionbunda, 
Pur«h=Pieri9  flonbunda  —  A  formdsa,  Walt  =Piens  formoaa  —  A 
glauia,  Hort  =Zenobia  pulverulenta  —  A  japtinica,  Thunb  = 
Piens  japonica  —  A  hguitrina,  Muhl  =  Lyonia  ligustnna  —  A. 
man&na,  Linn  =Pjens  manana  —  A  nUida,  Bartr  =Piens  nitida 
—A  ovahfdlw.,  Wall  =Piom  ovahfoha  —A  paniculAta,  Ait  — 
Lyonia  hgustnna  —  A  parabdlica,  Duham  =L  hgustnna  —  A  pop- 
uhfdlia,  Lani  ==Leucotho<5  populifoha  —  A  pulveruUnta,  Bartr  ==* 
Zenobia  pulverulenta  —  A  racem&sa,  Linn  =Leucothoft  racemosa. 
—  A  specidsa,  Michx  =Zenobia  pulverulenta.  —  A  tetrAgona,  Linn. 
=«»Ca88iope  tetragona  —  A  tomentbsa,  Hort  ,  not  Dum  -Cours  =•= 
Lyonia  ligustnna  pubescent 


197   Andromeda  pokfolia.  ( X 


ANDROP6GON  (Greek,  aner,  man,  and  pogon, 
beard,  referring  to  the  silky  hairs  on  the  spikelets  of 
some  species)  Graminese  BEARD-GRASS.  Annual  or 
mostly  perennial  grasses  of  various  habit  but  usually 
with  coarse  foliage,  scarcely  horticultural. 

Spikelets  in  pairs  at  each  joint  of  an  articulate  rachis, 
one  sessile,  perfect,  1-fld  ;  the  other  pedicelled,  stami- 
nate,  neutral  or  reduced  to  a,  pedicel;  glumes  of  fertile 


s-pikelet  equal,  indurated,  the  first  dorsally  compressed, 
the  second  keeled;  sterile  and  fertile  lemmas  hyaline,  the 
latter  usually  awned;  palea  minute  or  wanting  rachia 
usually  hairy,  often  conspicuously  so  — A  large  genus  of 
probably  200  species,  widely  distributed  in  both  hemi- 
spheres except  in  the  colder  regions.  Includes  several 
important  native  forage  grasses  such  as  blue-stem  or 
blue-joint  (A  furcate,  Muhl  )  with  about  3  digitate 
spikes  at  the  summit  of  the  tall  culm;  and  little  blue- 
stem  (.4  scopanus,  Michx  ),  with  single bpikea  scattered 
along  the  branches,  both  species  of  the  piairie  region. 
Broom  sedge  (A  vir<iimcns,  Linn  ),  a  common  grass  of 
the  Atlantic  states,  is  considered  troublesome,  though 
it  lias  some  forage  value  before  it  flowers  Some  of  the 
species,  such  ab  silver  beaid-giass  (A  arqertteus,  DC  ), 
are  ornamental  on  account  of  the  silvery  panicles.  Thi3 
is  a  stout  grass,  2-  1  ft ,  with  bearded  nodes  and  long- 
btalked  oval  panicles  consisting  of  numerous  woolfy 
ascending  or  appresbcd  spikes 

Several  species  of  oil-producing  graces  formerly 
included  m  Andropogon  are  now  referred  to  other 
genera.  A.  Ndrditx,  Linn  =Cymbopogon  Nardus, 
Rendle  A  ntratus,  DC  ^Cymbopogon  citratus,  DC. 
A.  Schoendnfrus,  Linn  =Cymbopogon  Sehoenanthus, 
Spreng  A  squarrbsus,  Linn  =Vetiveria  zizamoides, 
Nash. 

For  a  discussion  of  the  sorghums  and  Johnson-grasa 
referred  by  some  authors  to  Andropogon,  see  Holcus, 
albo  Vol  II,  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc  \  #  HITCHCOCK. 

ANDRES  ACE  (old  Greek  name  of  no  significance 
here)  Pnmul&cesp  ROCK  JASMINE  Small  tufted  plants 
grown  m  the  alpine  garden 

Root-lvs.  clustered  scapes  mostly  not  exceeding 
8  in  high,  often  veiy  short  fls  mostly  pink,  red  and 
purplish,  sometimes  \\hite,  piimula-hke  out  con- 
stricted at  the  throat,  umbellate  or  solitary,  m  early 
spring  — Over  SO  species  in  Eu  ,  Asia,  N  Amer  and 
Pacific  Isls.  Pax  and  Knuth,  Engler's  Pflanzenreich, 
hft  22.172-220 

Many  species  of  rock  jasmine  are  known  in  European 
gardens,  and  they  are  much  prized  by  fanciers  in  alpine- 
gardening.  The  tufted  lea\  es  sit  close  to  the  rocks. 
Some  of  them  are  woolly-leaved  Only  currently  cata- 
logued species  are  included  in  the  present  account. 
A  well-drained  soil,  partial  shade,  free  circulation  of 
air,  frequent  waterings  in  dry  summer  months,  and 
protection  from  heavy  fall  and  spnng  rains,  will  lead 
to  success  with  these  chaimmg  ulpmes  A  heavv  sha- 
ding of  evergreen  boughs  in  wmtei  will  be  found  of  great 
benefit  Close  covering  is  not  to  be  recommended, 
because  it  smotheis  the  plants  Very  many  species 
have  been  tried  in  this  country,  with  variable  and  not 
very  encouraging  results,  but  in  a  few  instances,  with 
extra  care,  plants  have  done  well  The  northern  aspect 
of  a  steep  rockery  seems  to  be  the  most  favorable  posi- 
tion for  them  Propagation  is  by  (^vision,  seeds  or  cut- 
tings Plants  should  be  kept  m  pots  until  thoroughly 
established.  The  species  are  biennial  or  perennial 
except  m  group  AAA  below.  Many  of  them  are  densely 
cespitose. 

INDEX. 


Aizoon,  6 
angustifolia,  12. 
arachnoidea,  7. 
bngantiaca,  9. 
Bulleyana,  6. 
carnea,  9 
Chumbyi,  3 
chumyiense,  3 
cocci  nea,  6 
cor  onopi  folia,  12 

eximea,  10 
folmsa,  4 
Hallen,  9 
hedraeantha,  8 
Hcnryi,  1 
imbncata,  11 
Jacquomontu,  7. 
lactea,  10 
laotiflora,  12 
Laggeri,  9 

lanugmoHa,  2. 
odoratiasima,  7. 
pnuciflora,  10. 
Keverchomi,  9. 
robusta,  7. 
rosea,  9 
sarmcntosa,  3,  4. 
Bpinuhfera,  5. 
villoaa,  7. 

A.  Lvs.  long-petioled,  large,  orbicular-remform  or  cordate, 

lobed  or  crenate. 

1  H6nryi,  Oliver  Scape  3-9  in.,  woolly,  12-25-fld.: 
Ivs  to  2^  in  across,  orbicular-remform,  lobed  and 
toothed  fls  white  China 


ANDROSACE 


ANEMIA 


283 


AA.  Lvs  i>mt/e  or  nearly  AO,  spatvlate  or  linear,  nearly 

or  completely  entire. 

B   Flu   in  umbels  or  umbellate  heads. 

r   Plant  ktout   t>cape  4  m   or  more  high. 

n  Foliage  woolly  or  mllous. 

2  lanugindsa,  \\'all      Whole  plant  densely  white- 
villous    sts   leafy    Ivs   small,  £4111    or  less  long,  lance- 
ovate,  acute    scapes  axillary,  about  4  in  ,  fls   rose-col- 
ored, in  a  dense  umbel     Himalaya     B  M    1005. 

3  sarmentdsa,  Wall    Creeping  by  brownish  stolons: 
Ivs  clustered,  all  basal,  more  or  less  woolly,  lanceolate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  \]/2  in   or  less  long,  scapes 
often   4   in     long,   fls    many,   rose-colored     Himalaya 
Var   Chumbyi,  Hort  (A    chnmyiense,  Hort.)    Rosettes 
dense,    and   the    plant    very   cespitose      Ivs    densely 
woolly 

DD  Foliage  lyri^tly 

E   The  Ivs  not  in  m>e//c.s,  crowded  at  base  of  at ,  narrowed 
into  petiole 

4  folidsa,  Duby  (A    mrmentbsa  var   fohbsa.  Hook. 
f)      Stolons   thick,    brownish,    naked     fvs.    all   basal, 
obovate  or  ovate,  sessile  but  base  attenuated,  mucro- 
nate  or  acute,  uliale,  IJj  in   or  less  long   scape  pilose, 
much  exceeding  IVH  ,  fls  flesh-colored  becoming  whitish. 
Himalaya     B  M.  0661 

KK    The  Iva  in  rasf //<.<?,  long-petioled,  usually  cordate 

5  spmullfera,   Knuth      Not   stolomferous,   densely 
hairy    Ivs  hneur-obovate,  3  in.  or  less  long  with  petiole, 
spinulose  at  ap<-\    scape  10  in   or  less,  fls   numerous, 
denseh  capitate,  puiple     China. 

6  Aizdon,  Franch     Lvs    1  in    or  less,  rosulate  and 
imbricated,    leatheiy    and    glaucous,     spatulatc,    not 
Bpinulo.se   .scape  1  ft    01  less,  many  times  exceeding  the 
Ivs  ,  1he  biacts  glandular,  fls  6-10,  flesh-colored  or  red. 
Himalaya      Var     coccinea,    Fianch     (A     Bulleydna, 
Hort )     Not  glandular   fls   red  or  intense  scarlet. 

cc   Plant  sleudf  r    t>rape  seldom  4  in    high'  Ivs.  all 

ruwlatc  (in  robi'tlfb) 
D    Th(  lv>i    icilh  hairy  margins. 

7.  villdsa,  Linn  (A  odorali^imn,  Schreb )  Entire 
plant  densely  white-hairy,  loosely  cespitose  Ivs  linear- 
lanceolate  or  lance-ovate,  sessile,  entire  scape  2  in  or 
less,  fls  \\hite  or  rose  \\ith  yellow-red  throat,  corolla 
equaling  the  calyx-lobes,  the  eoiolla-lobes  obovate, 
entire  or  shghtlv  emargmate  Euiasia  Very  variable 
Var  arachnoidea,  Knuth  (  1  arachnoldea,  Schott). 
More  cespitose  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  densely  \\ebby-\vhite 
scape  ver>  short  Vai  robusta,  Knuth  Plant  robust 
Ivs  lance-o\ate,  often  densely  congested,  white-silky. 
Var  Jacquem6ntu,  Knuth  (A  Jacquemontu,  Duby) 
Lvs  crow  did,  imbricated,  o\ate,  obtuse,  the  hairs 
white  to  brown  scape  long,  fls  flesh-colored,  the 
corolla-lobes  obtuse  and  entire 

Di)   The  Ivs  glabrous,  or  only  obscurely  ciliate. 

8  hedraefintha,  Griseb     Cespitose   Ivs  ^m  or  less 
long,    lance-oblong,   obtuse,   leathery,  not  crowded  at 
base  of  st    scape  very  short  (about  1  in  ) ;  fls   5-10  m 
each  umbel  or  head,   violet-red  or  pale  purple,   the 
corolla-lobes  obovate     Balkans 

9  cdrnea,  Linn    (A    Rcrerchomi,  Jord     A.  rd'sea, 
Jord    &  Fourr  )     More  or  less  densely  cespitose'  Ivs. 
linear  or  subulate,   %in    or  less  long    scape  3  in    or 
less,  fls.  3-7,  rose-colored  or  whitish,  the  throat  yellow. 
Eurasia.    L.B  C.  I  40    Var  Halleri,  Linn     Lvs  twice 
longer  than  in  type,  recurved  at,  apex,  shining  green, 
sparsely    hairy.     Var    Lagged,   Knuth    (A     Ldggen, 
Huet )     Lvs.  acuminate,  spreading,  deep  green  •  scape 
very  short:  densely  cespitose.    Gn    03,  p.  333     Var. 
brigantiaca,  Knuth  (A.  brigantiaca,  Jord.  &  Fourr ). 
Lvs.   narrowly   linear,    short,   slightly   denticulate  at 
apex-  scape  to  5  in  •  little  cespitose 


10  lactea,  Linn  (A.  pauciflora,  Vill.).  Cespitose, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so:  Ivs  rosulate,  membranous,  linear 
or  linear-lanceolate,  obtusish,  sparsely  ciliate,  1  in  or 
lebs  long,  scape  5  in  or  less,  fls  snow-white  Euiasia. 
B  M  868,  981  Var  eximia,  Hook.  Lvs  less  rigid, 
strongly  recurved,  fls  larger  (Hm  across).  Switz. 
B  M.  5906  (a&  A  carnea  var  eximia). 
BB  Fls  solitary. 

11.  imbricata,  Lam  Cespitose,  stellate-pubescent: 
Ivs  }/iin  long,  linear-spat ulate  and  obtuse,  in  densely 
superimposed  imbricated  rosettes  Alps 

AAA  Lvs.  scarcely  petioled,  oblong  or  linear,  entire  or 
dentate  jls  umbeWitc  annual. 

12  lactifldra,  Pall  (A.  anqutti folia,  Andr.  A. 
cor  ono  pi  folia,  Andr  )  Glabrous,  1  ft  or  less  high  Ivs. 
2  in  or  less  long,  rosulate,  linear-lanceolate  or  hnear- 
bpatulate,  acute,  toothed .  fls  milk-white,  large  Asia. — 
A  handsome  little  annual,  often  self-seeding. 

A  Vitnhana,  Lapeyr  ,  listed  as  the  only  yt'llow-fld  Androsaoe, 
is  Douglasia  Vitaliaiia.  It  is  oftt  n  catalogued  as  Aretia  Vitaliana. 

L  H.  B. 

ANDR6SJEMUM:  Ilwruum 

ANDROSTfePHIUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring 
to  the  corona)  LiliaKSp  BABIES'  BREATH.  Outdoor 
bulbous  plants,  allied  to  *he  hrodieas 

Small  genus  of  S  W  and  Cent  U  S  ,  with  funnel- 
shaped,  spreadirig-hmbed,  6-lobed  perianth,  6  stamens, 
and  3-arigled  ovary,  and  a  corona  or  crov\n  at  the 
mouth  Ivs  linear,  radical  scape  simple,  leafless  — 
Plant  in  a  sunny  place  in  sandy  soil,  placing  the  bulba 
4-6  in  deep;  protect  in  winter  Prop  by  division  of 
the  bulbs  and  by  seeds  The  name  "babies'  breath" 
or  "baby's  breath"  is  commonly  applied  to  Gypsophila 

violaceum,  Torr  (A  cscruleum,  Greene)  Slender, 
6-10  m.:  umbel  2-7-fld  ,  the  fls.  blue,  1  in  long,  sup- 
ported on  a  stout  (^m  )  pedicel,  crown  exceeding  tne 
anthers. — Blooms  in  spring,  pretty.  j^  TAYLOR  f 

ANEILEMA  (Greek,  no  involucre).  Syn  ,  Aphylax. 
Commelinact3P  Sixty  tropical  perennials,  allied  to 
Commehna,  from  which  it  may  be  distinguished  by  ita 
sub-paniculate  mfl  A  bifldrum,  M  Br  ,  and  A  sirncum, 
Lmdl ,  are  sometimes  cult  in  Old  World  hothouses 
and  m  American  botanic  gardens  These  species  are 
blue-fid  ,  diffuse  or  trailing  plants  with  their  fls  hav- 
ing no  involucral  bracts.  Culture  as  in  Dichonsandra. 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

ANEMIA  (Greek,  naked,  without  indusia).  Schiz&A- 
ce<p  Tropical  ferns,  with  1-3  pinnate  Ivs  with  the 
lower  pair  of  pinnae  erect,  elongate  and  bearing  the 
sporangia  in  panicles  at  their  extremities  — Of  the  40 
species,  2  are  found  in  the  southern  states,  and  a  few- 
are  occasionally  in  cult 

Anemias  are  dwarf,  compact  ferns,  suited  for  shelves, 
or  for  growing  near  the  glass  m  warm  pits  or  low 
houses  They  prefer  being  grown  in  small  pots  to  being 
planted  out  in  the  fernery  Their  growth  is  too  slow  to 
make  them  popular  decorative  ferns  for  general  pur- 
poses Propagation  is  by  sporevs,  which  germinate 
freely,  tufted  kinds  by  division  between  March  15  and 
April  30  — Schneider,  Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 

A  Lf  2-3-pinnate,  with  narrow  divisions 
adiantifdlia,  Swartz     Lf  -blade   6-9   m    long  on  a 
stalk  often  twice  as  long,  the  ultimate  divisions  oblong 
or  Imoar-cuneate,  with  the  outer  margin  toothed.   S. 
Fla  and  tropics 

AA  Lf  only  once  pinnate  with  broad  pinnae. 

B    Veins  free. 

mexicana,  Klotzsch  Lf  .-blade  6-9  m  long,  with  4-6 
pinnae  on  either  side,  which  are  distinctly  stalked,  ovate- 
lanceolate  and  rounded  on  both  sides  at  the  base 
fertile  pinna?  3-4  in  long,  dense.  Texas  and  Mex. 


284 


ANEMIA 


ANEMONE 


198.  Anemone  patens  var. 
Nuttahana    ( x  M) 


collina,  Raddi.    Lvs.  1  ft.  high,  stalks  hairy,  blades 
with  about  10  Ifts.  on  each  side,  which  are  rounded  at 
the  outer  ends  and  truncate  at  the  upper  side  at  the 
base     fertile   pinnse   about 
1  \4  in  long,  dense     Brazil. 
S.  1.384. 

BB.  Veim  anastomosing 

(netted) 

Phyllitidis,  Swartz  (A. 
lanceolata,  Lodd  A  longi- 
fbha,  Link  Anemidictijon 
rhyllltufa,  Willd.)  Lf- 
blade  4-12  in  long,  with 
4-12  pairs  of  sessile  pmme, 
with  a  crenulate  margin  and 
a  rounded  or  unequal  base; 
veins  forming  long,  narrow 
areoke  fertile  pinna:  3-9  in 
long,  dense  Cuba  and  Mex. 
to  Brazil  S  1  390 

L    M    UNDERWOOD. 
It.  C.  BENEDICT  | 

ANEMIDlCTYON:  Anemia. 

ANEMONE  (Greek, 
wind)  Ranunc  ulace cT. 
ANEMONE,  or  ANEMONY. 
WINDFLOWFU  Hardy  and 
attractive  flower  -  garden 
and  border  plants 
Steins  usually  erect,  with  great  variation  in  height: 
basal  Ivs  lobed,  divided  or  dissected,  those  of  the  st. 
forming  an  involucre  near  to,  or  remote  from,  the  fl  : 
sepals  few  or  many,  petal-like,  no  true  petals,  stamens 
many,  shorter  than  sepals  carpels  numerous  fr  a 
1-seeded  achene  — A  genus  of  about  85  species,  with 
many  handsome  garden  forms,  all  hardy  perennials, 
cult  for  their  beautiful  show  of  fls  and  in  a  few  cases 
for  their  striking  foliage  Chieih  native  of  the  north 
temperate  and  mountainous  regions  As  a  technical 
generic  name,  pronounced  anemone,  as  a  vernacular, 
anemone  Pritzel,  Revision  of  Anemone,  m  Lmnita 
15.498(1841)  Bntton,  N  Amer  Anemone,  m  Ann. 
N  Y.  Acad  Sci  6  217  (1891-92) 

The  plants  thrive  best  in  «,  fresh,  rather  rich,  sandy 
loam,  \vell  drained,  but  most  of  the  species  will  do  well 
in  any  good  garden  soil  The  tuberous-rooted  species 
are  suitable  for  hardy  borders,  while  most  of  the  others 
prefer  a  place  in  a  rockery,  and  some  are  part  ml  to  shady 
places  A  horlenw,  A  coj unarm,  A  fulytni>  and  others 
will  well  repay  the  little  indoor  or  greenhouse  care  they 
require  for  producing  winter  blossoms  They  require 
essentially  the  same  handling  as  tulips  and  hyacinths, 
and  are  usuallv  classed  with  bulbous  plants  Tubers 
placed  in  pots  in  September  01  October  bring  forth  a 
beautiful  show  of  bloom  by  Januaiy  or  March  For 
this  purpose  they  should  be  well  drained,  and  not  kept 
very  wet  or  too  warm  before  the  growth  is  well  started; 
they  prefer  more  moisture  at  floweiing  time  There  are 
many  garden  varieties  of  anemone,  among  which  are 
Whirlwind  and  Geante  Blanche  (white),  Queen  Char- 
lotte, Lorely,  and  Knemhilde  (pink),  Rosa  Zwey 
(lavender-pink),  Brilliant  Diademc,  Purpurme  and 
Prmz  Heinnch  (carmine  and  magenta) 

Nearly  all  the  species  can  be  readily  propagated  by 
both  root-division  and  seed.  The  seeds  are  sown  very 
shallow  in  a  clean  bed,  in  either  warm  fall  or  early 
spring  The  division  of  roots  is  best  made  in  early 
spring  before  growth  starts  The  season  for  both  out- 
door and  indoor  planting  will  directly  influence  the 
flowering  season  Good  months  for  outdoor  planting 
are  September,  October,  November,  December,  Feb- 
ruary and  March  As  a  rule,  the  tuberous  anemones 
will  blossom  at  any  time  desired,  being  influenced  by 
the  time  they  are  kept  out  of  the  ground  The  bulbs 


may  be  ripened  after  flowering  time  by  being  taken 
from  t  he  ground  to  dry,  or  by  covering  the  bed  to  keep 
out  rams  A  japonica  is  one  of  the  finest  of  all  fall- 
blooming  herbs. 


INDEX. 

acutipetala,  4,  6. 
alba,  10,  15,  21. 

flore-plono.7,10,12,15 
fulgens,  S 

patens,  3 

albula,  10 
Allomi,  13,  15 
alpina,  5,  0 

Grayi,  1<) 
Hallon,  2 
hortonsis,  8.  9 

prnniylvanica,  23. 
plcno,  1.3 
Pulsatilla,  4 

a  n  n  uata  -gra  ndi  flora,  8 
aponnma,  U 

hybrids,  21 
intermedia,  15 

purpuroa,  13,  15 
qumqucfolia,  16 

bai&ileu&is,  12 

japonica,  21 

ranunculouics,  18 

blancia,  14 

lutt-a,  10 

Robinsomana,  15 

carulin,  15 

major,  15 

rosca,  15,  21 

canadenms,  23 

multifida  22 

rubra,  4,  15,  21 

carolmi.ma,  1  1 

eteliata,  9 

chrysuntheimflora,  7. 

riuruvsiflora,  24 

sulphurca,  1,  6 

coronarm,  7 

nomorosa,  15,  10 

Hyhestris,  12 

cnspa,  21 

Nuttullmna,  3 

umbdlata,  24 

deutpttnlsi,  11 

varugatu,  4 

deltoidoa,  17 

oohroleiua,  3 

vt  malis,  1 

<h,hotoma,  23. 

oregana,  19 

virgimana.  20 

elegans,  21 

palmata,  10 

A.  Achencs  with  long  sti/lci,  which  may  become  feather- 

hhe  on  npeninq,  Jit   ^ohtmy  — I1 'iduititla  section 

B.  Involucre  bell-shaped,  diluted  into  nurneioiu*  linear 

equal  lobes. 

1  vernalis,  Linn.   (Puhntilla  vernal^,,  Mill    A.  sul- 
phurea,   All  )      Very  shaggv,  0  in    high  or   less     Ivs 
pinruitely   parted,    segms    tnfid     fls     purple  without, 
whitish   within,  and   smooth ish,    eiect,  on  very  short 
peduncle^;  sepals  6,  rarely  spreading    Apr    Cool,  moist 
places     Eu     J  H    III    32  223     (In    25  320    Gri     W. 
20  891;  26  131    F  E  18  320    G  20  158 

2  Halleri,  All      Villous,    6   in    or   less   in     height, 
simple    Ivs    pinnately  divided  with  begins    3-  4-parted, 
the  lesser  divisions  lanceolate-linear,  imolucre  of  long 
narrow  scgms  ,  sessile    fls  large,  eieot,  whitish  purple, 
sepals  6,  anthers  yellow    Apr.   Sunny  places    Svvit/er- 
land    L  B  C  10  1)40 

3  patens,  Linn     Much  like  the  first  variety  below, 
which  is  more  common   in  Amer  ,   but  differs  in  its 
broader   and   shorter  If  -segms     and  smaller  fls     Eu 
Gn.  60,  p.  364,  65,  p  167 

Var  Nuttalhana,  Gray  (PuLwtUUi  hirMiil^ima, 
Brit )  WILD  PATENS  AMERICAN  P\s<jrE  FLOWEII. 
Fig  198  ViHous,  with  long,  silky  hairs,  4-9  in  high 
radical  Ivs  petioled,  others  sessile,  all  much  divided 
into  narrow,  linear,  acute  lobes  fls  appearing  before 


199.  Tubers  of  Anemone  coronana. 

the  root-lvs  ,  bluish  purple  or  whitish,  erect,  seldom 
nodding  achenes  silky  styles  plumose,  becoming  2  m. 
long,  peduncle  elongates  several  in  after  flowering 
Apr  Low  ground  North  central  states  and  Siberia. 
CLA.  3  177  Gn  M  13 '15 

Var  ochroleftca,  Sims.  Fls  creamy  white,  appearing 
at  same  time  as  basal  Ivs.  March,  Apr  J  II  III 
30.343  BM  1994 


ANEMONE 

4  Pulsatilla,    Linn     (Pulmtllta   vulgdns,    Mill      A 
acutipetala,   Schleich)      I'ABiiUE    FLOWER  of    Europe 
Villous,  hairy,  rising  %  - 1  ft      basal  Ivs   finely  thnce- 
pmnately  divided,  on  slender  petioles,  involucre  sessile, 
deeply  cut  into  long  narrow  lobes    fls   blue  to  reddish 
purple,  l/'iz— 2J'£  in    across     Apr     Well-drained  soil  or 
stony  places    Eu.    Gn  32  400,  71,  p  215,530    LBC 
18  1701        GC    III    39   307       (in   M   13  17.     G  M. 
52  030     Gn  W  20  225.    Var  rubra,  Hort     (A    rubra, 
Lam  )    Dvvarfer  fls  always  erect    Var.  vanegata,  Hort 
Fls  pale,  appealing  m  May 

BB   1  nvolucre  Ivv  3,  on  bhort  petioles,  sheathing  the  6/. 

5  occidentals,  Wats    (A    al/Ann,  Hook  ,  not  Linn  ) 
Silky-hairy,  Ji-lJi  ft    high,  simple    Ivs   2-parted,  the 
divisions  deeply  pmnatifid  into  usually  incised  linear, 
acute  lobes,  iruolucre  short-petiolerl,  basal  Ivs    long- 
pet  loled    fls  solitary,  white  or  purple,  varying,  1-2  in 
across,  receptacle  conic,   sometimes  much  elongated 
achenes  pubescent     plumose  styles  reflexed,  peduncle 

becoming  much  elongated 
after  sepals  fall  May.  Calif, 
to  Brit  Col  Intro.  1892 

0  alpma,  Linn  (A  acuti- 
pctala,  Hort  )  Closely  allied 
to  the  above  St  2v-l  M  ft 
high,  fiom  thick,  strong  roots 
Ivs  large,  finely  divided,  cut 
and  serrated,  smooth  or  hairy , 
Ivs  of  involucre  similar  fls 
few,  in  an  umbel  or  solitary, 
2-3  in  diam  ,  creamy  white 
inside,  purple  outside,  but 
%  aryingmuch ,  ant  hers  yellow 
Mountain-sides  Eu  May, 
June  LBC  17  1017  B  M. 
2007  (var  major)  Var  sul- 
phurea,  Hort  Fls  a  delicate 
sulfur-yellow ,  larger,  dow  ny 
beneath  Ivs  larger  Moist, 
rich  soil  Gn  35  10,  00,  p. 
195.  G  M  49  797 

AA.  Achenes  woolly  or  t>rnooth- 
is/i,    with    &)tort    btyltb. 
(Anemone  proper  ) 
B.  Pedmide  1   (rarely  <?)•  in- 
volucre jnodly  8-lvd. 
c.  Head  of  fr  cyhndnc: 

achenes  woolly. 
D.  Roots  tuberous   involucre 
'  usually  scbbile 

POPPY-FLOWERED    ANEMONE. 

Figs  199,  200,  201,  202  One-half  to  1  ft  high,  from 
tuberous  roots:  Ivs  cut  into  many  fine  lobes  and  lob- 
ules, mvolucral  Ivs.  sessile,  3-4-parted,  deeply  cut  fls. 
1  *  £-2 1 2  in  across,  popp>  -like,  of  many  colors  and  mix- 
tures of  red,  blue,  white,  etc  ,  stamens  blue.  Early  in 
spring  to  June.  Meadows,  Medit  region  V  11.257 
BM.  841  Gn.  50  6,  01,  p  275;  10,  p.  111.  A  F. 
25-93  CLA.  4:344  G  24.5.  G  L.  20 '355. 
GnM  13290  J  II  111  18383  R II  1893232  — 
Caen,  Scarlet,  The  Bride,  St  Bngid,  Victoria  Giant, 
etc  ,  are  some  of  the  trade  names  given  to  the  single 
forms  Var  fldre-pleno,  Hort  Fls.  double,  as  shown  m 
Fig  202;  many  colors,  scarlet  being  the  most  common 
at  present  FS  10.1078  Gn  63, p  353  Var  chrysan- 
themifldra,  Hort  A  seedling  variety  produced  in 
1818,  and  mtro  many  >ears  later  Fls  more  com- 
pletely doubled  than  the  above  variety  by  the  sta- 
mens all  becoming  petal-like  — A  dozen  forma,  beau- 
tiful, self-colored,  as  deep  red,  sky-blue  and  even  pure 
white,  have  been  fixed  and  named  LTsoful  as  cut-fl 
Gn  30-310  R.H  1887:30;  1897,  pp  418-9.  R.B 
21:200-1. 


ANEMONE 


285 


200    Anemone  coronana, 
single-flowered  form    (  x  J>j) 

7    coronaria,    Linn 


8    fulgens,    Gay    (A 

ns,  DC    A   hor- 


mana  var  fulgent*,  DC    A   hor- 
ternix,  Thore)     Fig    203    One 
ft  high,  simple1  basal  Ivs  3-5- 
lobed,    with    rounded    outline, 
followed    later    by   deeply   cut 
Ivs  .    involucre   sessile,  several 
in    below    the  solitary  fl      fls 
vivid  seal  let,  2  in    across,  sta- 
mens    black        May,     June 
—  Sometimes    called   a 
variety  of  A    feor/rmts, 
Linn  ,   from   which    it 
may   have    descended. 
Several  garden   forms, 
i  as   A    annudta-grandi- 
jlora,     A      nndtipctala, 
and     Southern     Star 
Gn  11  214    Gt.37  GO. 
RB    21  202-3     R.H. 
1877  270    G  4  91. 

201.  Anemone  coronana,  semi-double-        9    hortensis,      Linn, 
flowered  form    ( x  Jt)  (A       btdlata,       Lam) 

BROAD  -  LE  \v  ED  GAR- 
DEN ANEMONE  Fig  204  St  simple,  erect,  10  in 
high  basal  Ivs  lobed  and  out  irregularly,  involucre 
small,  3-5-lobed,  usually  3  or  more  in  below  the  fl 
fls  red,  rosy  purple,  or  whitish,  single,  \\2  m  across, 
stamens  brownish  violet  Hich,  light  soil  S  Eu 
Mav  — This  differs  from  A  coronaria  in  its  coarse,  broad 
Ivs  and  its  elongated,  rather  narrow-pointed  sepals 
Garden  names  are  given  to  the  forms  with  different 
coloration  B  M  123  Gn  01,  p  352  F  \\  1877257 

10  palmata,  Linn     St    G-9  in    high  fiom  tuberous 
root     basal  Ivs    leathery,  3-5-lobed,  cordate,  toothed, 
m\olucral  l\s    3-parted    fls    golden  yellow,  solitary  or 
in  2's,  sepals  10  or  more     May,  June     Deep,  light  soil 
Medit    region     B  R  200  —Three  good  varieties  in  the 
trade    Var    fldre-pleno,  Hort  ,  with  double  yellow  or 
white  fls     Var    albida,  Sims  (\ar    dlbat  Hort)     Fls 
white    basal   Ivs     lobed       BM  2079      LBC  2   175 
Gn   22  400    Var  Ifttea,  Lodd     Like  the  last,  but  with 
yellow  fls    LBC  17  1000 

11  caroliniana,  \\  alt    (.1   decapetala,  Amer  authors, 
not  Ard  )      St    simple,  slender,   *  3-!  ft    high,  arising 
from  a  large  tuber    Ivs    of   involucre   sessile,  with  3 
wedge-shaped    clefts,    basal    Ivt,     thrice   divided,    arid 
much  lobed  and  parted,  slender-pet  loled    solitary  fl 
erect,  1-1  j  2  in    broad,  creamy  white  or  purple,  sepals 
often  numerous    achenes  densely  woolly     April,  May 
Open  places,  U  S    G  0  521 

DD  Koot^tock  creeping   Ivs  of  involucre  petioled 

12  sylvestriSjLmn.   St  1-1  ^2  ft  ,  simple,  or  branched 
once     at     invo- 
lucre,   from    a 

creeping  root- 
stock  Ivs  3-4- 
parted,  deeply 
cut  at  top,  hairy 
beneath,  invo- 
lucre petioled : 
fls  solitary  or  in 
2's,  pure  white, 
1  ]/2  m  Across, 
nodding,  sweet- 
scented,  sepals 
6  May -July. 
Wooded  places, 
Eu  and  Liberia. 
B  M  54  Gn. 
18,  p  501;  30, 
p  173,  05,  p. 

73;    75,  p    189      202.  Anemone  coronana  var  flore-pleno. 
G  2 . 223 ,  33  •  3 1  (full  double)  ( x  tf) 


286 


ANEMONE 


ANEMONE 


Gn.M.  13:295.  J.H.III  57  80.  LBC  18: 1739.  Var. 
fl&re-pleno,  Hort  DOUBLE  SNOWDROP  ANEMONE 
Has  large,  white,  double  fls  G  C  III  19:739.  A. 
baicaltnsis,  Turcz  ,  is  much  like  this  species. 


203.  Anemone  fulgens. 


204    Anemone  hortensis. 

Reduced  from  an  old  cut,  to  show 
a  little  improved  form 


cc.  Head  of  fr.  hemispherical,  achenes  silky-pubescent. 

D   Roots  tuberous 

13.  apennlna,  Linn  St  simple,  slender,  4-9  in.' 
Ivs  twice-divided  and  lobed,  much  toothed'  fls  sky- 
blue,  ll/2  in  across,  sepals  10-12,  elongated,  obtuse; 
anthers  white  Mareh,  Apr  Woods,  Italy.  On  72, 
p.  482  — This  and  a  form  with  whitish  fls  aie  both  well 
suited,  for  shady  nooks  in  clumps  of  shrubbery,  etc 
Var  Allenii,  Ilort  Fls  large,  pale  blue  Var  plena, 
Hort  Fls  double  Var  purpurea,  Hort  Fls  bright 
mauve  Gn  72,  p  254 

14  blanda,  Schott  &  Kotschy    St  4-6  in  high,  from 
a   cylindrical   rootstock     Ivs    like   A     apennma,   but 
harder  and  smoother,  and  principal  divisions  seshile 
fls    intense  sky-blue,   differing  from  above  species  in 
being  larger,  more  finely  rayed,  stales  black-pointed, 
and  sepals  smooth  on  the  out  bide,  opens  in  earliest 
spring  or  mild  winter  weather    From  Taurus  Mtb  and 
Greece,   rocky  places     Intro    1X98     Gn    14  200,  75 
p    152     G  L    19  71      Gn  W  22   Hupp     Apr   15  (var 
atroc&rulea)     GC  III  41  297    (var  Niythu*ica) 

DD    Roohtuck  slender,  creeping,  cylindrical 

15  nemordsa,  Linn   (.1    intermedia,  Wmkl  )     WOOD 
ANEMONE    Fig  205    St  simple,  3-8  in  .  nearly  biiiooth 
rootstock  horizontal,  3-1  times  the  st  in  diam     Ivs  of 
involucre   petioled,   3-5-parted,   basal   Ivb    appearing 
after   the    fl -st  ,    5-parted,   divisions    wedge-shaped, 
toothed'  fls    white  or  purplish,  solitary,   1   in    across' 
achenes  pubescent,  styles  hooked    Apr  ,  May    Eu  and 
Siberia    Gn    03,  p    244  (as  A   intermedia)  — Three  or 
more  horticultural  varieties     Var    &lba,  Hort.   (var. 
fldre-pleno,  Hort ).    Fls  larger,  pure  white,  and  abun- 
dant   Intro   1883    Gn  32  344,  69,  p  233  (var  grandi- 
flora) .  75,  p  128  (var  purpurea)     G  24  255  (var   ma- 
jor)    Var   Allenii,   Hort     Fls    large,  lavender-maave 
Var.  major,  Ilort     A  robust  variety  with  large  white 
fls.    Var   Robinsomana,  Hort    (var   csrrulea,  Hort ). 
A  robust  form,  6-12  in  ,  with  broader  and  thicker  Ivs., 
and  large  fls  ,  becoming  blue     Sometimes  given  as  a 
separate  species    March,  Apr    Gri    46,  p   153,  32,  p 
345;  73,  p  266    G  2  515    RH   1901 '188    Var   rdsea, 
Hort     (var   rubra  Jidre-pleno,   Hort  )      Fls    a  reddish 
purple,  now  much  used;   suited  to  partially  shaded 
places  of  the  perennial  border 


16.  quinquefdlia,  Linn.  (A.  nemordsa  var  quinque- 
foha,  Gray)  This  American  species  differs  from  A. 
nemorosa  in  having  smaller  fls.,  involucral  Ivs  less 
lobed,  foliage  paler,  and  much  more  slender  st  and 
petioles  — The  common  wmdflower  or  spi  ing  anemone, 
formerly  called  A  nemorosa  Gn  M.  13 '15 

17  deltoidea,  Douglas    St  simple,  slender,  6-12  in 
high,   from  a  slender  rootstock    Ivs    tnfoliate,   basal 
ones  petioled,  others  nearly  sessile,  coarsely  crenated, 
often  incised    fls.  solitary,  white,  rather  large    achenes 
several,  densely  pubescent;  style  very  short    Spring. 
Pacific  slope 

DDD.  Rootstock  horizontal,  jleshy  or  somewhat  tuberous 

18  ranunculoides,  Linn    YELLOW  WOOD  ANEMONE. 
St   3-8  in  ,  from  elongated,  somewhat  tuberous  root- 
stock.  Ivs    3-5-parted,   divisions  deeply  cut  and  her- 
rated  fls  golden  yellow,  usuallv  sohtaiy,  single  or  semi- 
double      March   and   Apr      Rich,    light   ^oil    in   open 
places  and  woods    Eu  andSibena    Gn.  35  408.  L  B  C. 
6  556 

19  Grayi,  Bohr    (A    oicqdnn,   Gm\)      St    slender, 
3-12  in.  high,  from  a  fkvsliy,  brittle  rootslcxk    ban.il 
Ivs  slender-pet  10 led,  3-parted,  coaisely  seriate,  mvolu- 
cral  Ivs   petioled,  trifoliate,  the  parts  2-3-lobed,  much 
toothed,  sepals  blue  or  purplish    achenes  pubescent,,  in 
a  globose  head     Moist,  shady  hlopes.    Ore   and  Wash. 
In  gardens  west  of  the  Rockies    Intro   1892 

BB   Peduncles  2-ti  (mostly  S) 
C.  Frs.  (achenes)  woolly  or  very  ^tlkij  secondary  involucre 

20  virginiana,  Linn    Plant  hairv,  2-3  ft  high,  stout, 
branching  at  the  involucre   the  pelioled  involucral  Ivs. 
3-parted,   the  hts    cleft   and  lobed,  basal  IVH    bimihu, 
broader  than  long,  on  long  petioles    (1   peduncles  naked 
(or  the  lateral  ones  2-lvd  ) ,  fls  greenish  or  \\lute,  1  -1 J  2 
in    across    achenes  woolly,  in  an  oblong  head,  stvles 
shoit,  awl-shaped     June-Aug     Woods  and  meadows, 
U  S  and  Canada    G  M  33  7<>.$ 

21.  jap6mca,  Sieb  <fe  Zucc    Fig  206    Stately,  branch- 
ing st  ,2-3  ft   high' 
p  1  a  n  t    soft     a  n  d 
downv,   with    short 
hails     Ivs     tern.it  e, 
much      lobed     ami 
toothed       fls      rosy 
purple  or   carmine, 
1  -3  w  horls  of  sepals, 
2-  3    in     diam  ,    on 
long  peduncles  from 
leafy    involucre,    .stamens    >ello\\' 
achenes  silky  — A  very  useful  species 
for  mixed  boiders  or  for  pot  cul- 
ture     Haidy    in    northern    states. 
Sept  to  late  frosts    Rich  soil,  China 
and  Japan    Gn  30  172    BM  4341. 
P  M    14  2.')       A  G    19  305     Gng. 
1-221,  3  131       GC    III    16  661. 
A  F    12  29     FS   2  74     Gt   61,  p. 
92     Var     &lba,   Hort     HONORING 

JOBKKT      Till,  BlUDE      \\  HIKLWIND, 

etc  T\\o  or  3  whorls  of  large, 
white  sepals  fls  2—3  in  across,  last- 
ing until  hard  frosts  Gng  5.117. 
RH  1867.11  Var.  crispa,  Hort 
Thick  Ivs.  bron/od  on  the  edges: 
fls  rose -colored  Var  h^brida, 
Hort  (vars  rbsca  and  elcgans, 
Hort )  Radical  Ivs  5-lobed,  often 
cordate;  lobes  twice  serrate:  fls. 
somewhat  paler,  earlier,  sepals 
rather  broauci  Said  to  be  a  hybrid 
of  A  japomca  and  A .  vitifoha,  pro- 
duced in  Ro>al  Gaidens,  1848  Vat. 


205.  Anemone 
nemorosa 


ANEMONE 

rubra,  Hort  LADY  ARDILAUN.  Probably  the  same  as 
the  type,  but  having  Ivs.  and  fls  with  a  waxy  gloss 
plant  4-5  ft.  high 

22.  multffida,  Poir.  Plant  silky-hairy,  somewhat 
branched,  J^-1H  ft  high,  from  a  branched,  upright 
rootstock.  mam  involucre  2-3-lvd  ,  others  2-1  vd  or 
naked,  short  petioleSj  similar  to  the  root-lvs  ,  2-3  times 
3-parted  and  cleft,  divisions  linear  fls  j/^-l  in.  across, 
red,  varying  to  white  or  yellow  achenes  very  woolly. 
Early  summer.  Rocks  arid  uplands  Middle  states  to 
Hudson  Bay. 

cc.  Frs.  (achenes)  glabrous  at  first:  /Is.  white,  somewhat 
umbellate. 

23  canadensis,  Linn    (A    pennsylvdnica,  Linn.    A. 
dich6toma,  Michx  ,  not    Linn.)     Hairy,  stout,  1-2  ft 
high,  branching  at  or  above  the  involucre:  the  3  Ivs  of 
main  involucre  sewsile,  3-rleft,  upper  involucres  each 
2-lvd  ;  basal  Ivs    broader  than  long,  much  divided, 
cleft   and  toothed,    petioles   long.    fls.  white,  1-2  in 
across,  aeheneb  wing-margined,  naked,  becoming  pu- 
bescent, grouped  into  a  spherical  head.    Summer.   In 
shaded  uoodh  and  open  meadows     N   Amer    Gng  2. 
21     Gn   M   13  355. 

24  narcissifldra,   Linn     (A    umbelldta,   Lam  )      St. 
erect,  rather  btout,   ]/£-\%  ft    high    Ivs.  of  involucre 
sebsile,  basal  Ivs  pctioled,  3-5-parted,  divisions  deeply 
cut    fls    white,   j/2~l  m    across,  several  in  an  umbel, 
anthers    yellon      arhenes  smooth,  with    short    style 
May-July      Mountainous   regions      Northern   hemis- 
phere   Gn  30,  p  173     BM   1120.    G  6*300 

A  acu<iM&a-=H«patira  icutiloba  —  4  dlba,  Juss  Allied  to  A 
sylvestris  if  not  the  same  LUC  4  i22  B  M  21<>7  —A  Bun- 
gftina,  Pntz  Similar  in  habit  to  .1  Pulsatillu  Fls  golden  yellow 
bjlxrm  -A  rfrniw,  Fhunb  I  vs  di*  p)y  cut,  divided  HH  nodding, 
color  of  dniKimVblcxid  Japan  —  .1  cyLnilnca,  Gray  A  tall 
native  spent  i,  med  ior  beauty  of  foliafrn  and  fr  —  1  dcrajjdali, 
Ard  (V  tnlobata,  ,Iuss  A  In  terophylU,  Nutt  )  Nitive  and 
reported  na  having  been  cultivated  m  southern  states  1801  — 
A  elongata,  D  Don  .Similar  m  habit  and  foliage  to  A  sylvcstria 
but  not  so  beautiful  fls  dull  RH  eriii>h  white  Himalaya  —  ,1  Fdn- 
miiu,  Haw  Fls  pure  white,  2-3  in  across  '>  feet  high  Ivs  1  ft 
across  BM  W>8  Gn  31  2C2  —  ,1  humhfnnv,  Hort  \Ilied  to 
A  japonica  Fls  produced  very  early  Cent  Chinu  —  .1  magel- 
Wntm,  Hort  Us  ytllovv  pretty  but  not  showy  Stru  ts  of  Magel- 
lan —A  pariijldrn,  Mirlix  Pn  tty  white  fls  Native  of  north- 
ern states  and  C.mada  —  ,1  volwnttius,  Don  Allied  to  A  nar- 
cissifloni  BM  aSJO  JH  III  32  2V)  —  i  prnttntta.  Linn  Allied 
to  A  Pulsitilla  LUC  0  <XX)  -1  protmsia  \ar  ofcaofrta,  Sims 
Fls  pule  Ifts  terminated  with  a  sort  of  bristle  BM  18G3  —  -A 
rioHldrn,  Bush-Ham  Is  j.  distinct  species  similar  to  \  narcissi- 
flora  G  IS  138—  A  -tphenophVlla>Vot}>n  I-N  blur  S  V\  US  — 
A  ttiahctrwides  See  Synd.-smon  --  1  Infdtia,  I  inn  Lvs  beautifully 
regular  fls  white.  1  in  across  Two  blue  varieties  BM  GS4(>  —  A 
<rtW6a—  Hepatiea  tnloba  —  A  nth/Mia,  liana  Allied  to  A  japonic* 
Has  cordate  5  -7-parted  Ivs  B  M  3376 


£    Q    DAVIS 


ANEMONELLA:  Syndesmon 


ANEMON6PSIS  (Anemone-like).  Ranunculdcesp. 
A  beautiful  hardy  plant  for  border  purposes  because  of 
its  effective  foliage  and  showy  flowers 

This  is  a  perennial  herb,  with  erect  sts  :  radical  and 
st  -Ivs.  rather  large,  ternately  compound  and  much 
incised,  binular  to  Actsca  sepals  many  (often  only  0), 
regular,  petal-like,  deciduous,  petals  many  (often  12), 
short,  sessile,  with  nectariferous  impression  at  the  base, 
carpels  few  (3—1)  ,  forming  many-seeded  follicles  In  gen- 
eral appearance  similar  to  the  Japanese  anemones,  but 
smaller  in  all  its  parts,  and  with  numerous  drooping  fls  , 
about  l^i  iii  across,  of  pale  purple  color.  A  monotypic 
genus  from  Japan,  now  planted  m  American  gardens 

Anemonopsis  thrives  well  in  rich,  deep  loam,  in  well- 
drained  situations  in  partial  shade  Propagation  is  by 
division  of  the  roots  in  late  fall  or  carry  spring  Fresh 
seed  may  be  sown  in  the  fall  or  early  the  next  spring 
and  the  plants  will  show  some  flowers  the  first  season. 
Sow  the  seed  in  clean  beds  of  black  sandy  loam,  and 
cover  very  slightly. 

macrophjrlla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  The  petals,  instead  of 
spreading,  form  a  half-closed  bud-like  cone  within  the 
sepals  Gn  2,r>,  p  383  K  C.  DAVIS 


ANGELICA  287 

ANEMOP£OMA:  Bignonia 

ANEM6PSIS  (Greek,  from  the  resemblance  of  its 
fl  -cluster  to  the  flower  of  an  anemone)  Saururacex 
YERBA  MANSA.  Aquatic  herb,  yielding  medicinal 
pioducts. 

A  monotypic  genus  closely  allied  to  Houttuyma  of 
E  Asia  Stolomf  erous  aquatic  plant  with  pungent  aro- 
matic rootstocks1  Ivs  mostly  radical,  minutely  punc- 
tate infl.  a  conical  bpike  or  spadix  subtended  by  an 
involucre  of  petal-like  bracts,  resembling  the  fl  of  an 
anemone,  fls  small  without  calyx  or  corolla,  each  sub- 
tended by  a  bractlet,  stamens  6-8,  with  short  fila- 
ments adnate  to  the  ovary  at  the  base,  ovary  sunk  in 
the  rachis  of  the  spike,  1-celled,  composed  of  3  or  4 
carpels,  with  as  many  spreading  btigmas  and  parietal 
4-10-o vuled  placenta,  caps  clehibcent  at  the  top; 
seeds  rounded,  punctulate  Calif  and  Mex. 

calif6rnica,  Hook.  (Anemia  califdrmca,  Nutt. 
Houlluynia  calif  ornica,  Benth.  &  Hook  Anemidpsis 
cahftirmta,  Endl ) 
YEKBA  MANSA. 
APACHE  BEADS. 
VAMSA  An  erect 
aquatic  herb  radi- 
cal Ivs  long-pet- 
loled,  oblong  -  obo- 
vate,  cordate  at  the 
base,  cauline  If. 
broad,  clasping,  ;£ 
from  the  axil  of 
which  grows  a 
branchlet  reduced 
to  1  or  2  Ivs  fls 
minute,  crowded, 
forming  a  conical 
spadix  with  a  whorl 
of  \\hitibh  petaloid 
bract  b  below  it, 
giving  it  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  fl. 
of  an  anemone. 
Calif  and  Mex 
Hook  &  Arn  Bot. 
Beech  Voy  pi  92 
— The  pungent  aro- 
m  a  1 1  c  astringent 
rootstocks  are 
strung  into  neck-  ' 
laces  in  the  form 
of  cvlmdrical  beads 
by  the  Indians  of 
the  S  W  US,  and  are  used  medicinally  m  the  form 
of  an  infusion  for  malaria,  dysentery,  and  syphilis 
They  are  also  pulverized  and  applied  locally  to  ulcers 
and  malignant  sores  The  plant  gro\\s  in  swampy 
places  and  on  the  margins  of  springs  and  ponds  more 
or  less  alkaline  The  roots  are  gathered  in  the  dry 
season  in  Mex.  and  sold  in  the  local  drug  markets. 

W.    E.    S  AFFORD. 
ANETHUM:  Dill  and  Peucedanum;  also  Fennel 

ANGADENIA:   Ontadenui 

ANGELICA  (supposed  to  have  angelic  healing  vir- 
tues) UinbeUifer<R  ANGELICA.  Herbs,  sometimes  plan  ted 
for  ornament. 

Stout,  fls  small,  white  or  greenish,  m  many-lvd  in- 
volucels  fr.  fattened  dorsally,  with  very  prominent 
nbs  — A  genus  of  60  species  in  north  temperate  re- 
gions, and  from  New  Zeal.  Several  of  them  are  na- 
tive to  N  Amer  They  are  perennial  herbs  with  com- 
pound Ivs.  and  large  umbels  of  white  fls  not  unlike  the 
cow-parsnip  (Heracleum).  The  word  "angelica"  is 
loosely  applied  to  various  plants.  In  the  American 
tropics,  it  is  used  for  some  of  the  arahads  The  angel- 
ica of  vegetable  gardens  is  Archangehca  offictnaht> 


206.  Anemone  japomca 


288 


ANGELICA 


ANGILECUM 


Ctirtisii,  Buckl  Stout  perennial,  2-5  ft ,  gla- 
brous' Ivs  2-ternate,  with  qumate  divisions,  the  Ifts. 
thin,  ovate-lanceolate,  irregularly  sharp-toothed  Pa. 
to  N.  C  — Grown  for  the  subtropical  effect  of  its  finely 
cut,  ample  foliage  Intro.  1891  by  H  P  Kelsey. 

hirsftta,  Muhl  (A  villdsa,  B  S  P.  Archangihca 
hirsuta,  Torr  &  Gray)  Pubescent  above  Ivs  twice 
pmnately  or  ternately  divided,  the  Ifts  thickish  and 
serrate,  the  upper  Ivs  mostly  reduced  to  sheathing 
petioles  Eastern  states  Intro  1892  by  II.  P.  Kelsey. 

N.  TAYLOR f 

ANGELC)NIA  (South  American  name,  angelon,  of 
one  of  the  species)  Srrophidarulcex  Perennial  herbs 
or  sub-shrubs,  grown  in  hothouses  and  conservatoi  les, 
and  in  the  open  far  South. 

Plants  with  the  look  of  alonsoas  Ivs  simple,  oppo- 
site (or  alternate  above)  Ms  showy,  blue,  irregularly 
2-hpped,  the  upper  lip  2-lobed  and  the  lower  larger  and 
3-lobed,  calyx  5-parted  or  5-toothed,  stamens  4,  m 
pairs,  ovary  2-celled  The  axillary  fls  are  in  a  long, 
leafy  terminal  raceme  branches  4-sided  — About  two 
dozen'  species  from  Mex  to  Brazil  Grown  as  pot- 
plants  in  warm  glasshouses  and  pi  op  by  seeds  or  soft- 
wood cuttings 

salicansefdlia,  Humb  &  Bonpl  Perennial,  3  ft  or 
less  Ivs  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile,  toothed, 
closely  pubescent  fls  deep  blue.  S  Amer.  B.M.  2478. 
P  M  5  75  B  K  415 

Gardneri,  Hook  Woody,  3  ft  Ivs  linear-lanceolate, 
more  strongly  toothed  throughout  their  length*  fls 
purple,  white-centered,  handsome,  in  a  long  terminal 
leafy  raceme  or  spike  plant  pubescent-glandular  and 
aromatic  Brazil.  B.M  3754 

grandifldra,  Hort  (C  Morr  ?)  Perennial;  peaceful, 
2  ft  Ivs  entire,  or  slightly  toothed,  lance-pointed  fls. 
lilac,  fragrant,  solitary,  not  exceeding  thelvs.,  the  lobes 
prominent  and  spreading  S  Amei  — An  excellent 
plant  for  winter  bloom,  particularly  the  white-fid  var. 
alba,  Hort  ,  and  grown  in  the  open  satisfactorily  in 
Fla  It  is  a  good  pot-plant  foi  conservatoi y  or  for  table 
decoration  Blooming  plants  aie  seemed  the  same 
year  the  seeds  are  sown  Intro  1897  in  Eu  Gt  46, 
p  612,  GC  III  22  307,  Gn  52,  p  461,  RB  23:272; 
all  the  same  picture  of  a  pot-plant  of  var  <dba 

angustifdha,  Benth  Lower  Ivs  smooth,  narrow- 
lanceolate  fls  deep  violet  in  eiect  terminal  racemes. 
Mex. 

cornfgera,  Hook  Annual,  1  ft  or  more,  slightly 
hirsute  Ivs  lanceolate,  pi aetically  .sessile,  broad  at  the 
base,  slightly  ciliate  fls  solitary  m  the  axils,  shorter 
than  the  Ivs  ,  rich  purple  and  deeper  coloied  in  the 
throat,  the  upper  segms  velvety-dotted,  the  middle 
segm  of  the  lower  lip  bearing  a  horn-like  process 
(whence  the  name  cormgera,  "honied").  Brazil.  B  M. 
3848 

integerrima,  Spreng  Perennial,  with  fleshy  root, 
blanching  above  Ivs  lanceolate,  entire,  narrowed  at 
base1  fls  stalked  in  the  axils  of  short  biacts  and  form- 
ing a  terminal  spike  or  raceme  6  in  long,  light  blue- 
and  purple-spotted,  the  throat  wide  open  and  lobes 
very  short  and  rounded  except  the  lower  which  la 
broad-ovate  and  toothed.  S.  Brazil,  Paraguay.  Gt. 
54:1538.  L.  H  B. 

ANGIOPTERIS  (Greek,  vessel-fern)  Marattidcex. 
An  Old  World  genus  of  coarse  greenhouse  ferns,  with 
twice-  or  thrice-pinnate  Ivs ,  and  the  large  fleshy 
sporangia  arranged  in  boat-shaped  marginal  son  In 
cult ,  requires  plenty  of  room  and  abundant  drainage. 

Angioptens  grows  wild  in  swampy  places,  and  is  of 
robust  habit  If  grown  in  pots,  the  pots  may  stand  m 
2  or  3  inches  of  water  Although  spores  are  freely  pro- 
duced, no  seedlings  are  on  record  Easily  propagated 
by  the  fleshy  scales  at  the  base  of  each  frond.  Each 


scale  contains  at  least  two  dormant  buds,  and  should 
not  be  divided  They  may  be  laid  in  sand,  covered  with 
sphagnum,  and  kept  m  a  close  case  for  three  to  five 
months.  They  start  more  quickly  in  early  spring. 
(Schneider,  Book  of  Choice  Ferns  ) 

evecta,  Hoffm.  Growing  from  a  stout,  fleshy,  erect 
caudix,  2-6  ft  high  Ivs.  6-15  ft  long,  mostly  bipmnate, 
with  swollen  raehises,  Ifts.  4-12  in  long,  H-1H  m. 
wide,  the  margin  entire  or  slightly  toothed  India  and 
Japan  to  Madagascar  and  Queensland.  S  1.399  — 
Known  under  various  names  in  cult,  as  A.  lonyifoha, 
etc  The  trade  names,  which  appear  to  indicate  species, 
may  be  regarded  as  varieties  R  Q  BENEDICT  f 

ANGOPHORA  (ve^d-btaring,  Greek,  in  allusion  to 
shape  of  fruit)  Myrtdee^e  GUM  MYRTLE.  A  genus  of 
4  species  of  Australian  trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  cult, 
in  glasshouses  in  the  Old  World,  but  not  known  to  the 
trade  in  this  country,  where  their  cult  seems  to  be 
confined  to  botanic  gardens  They  have  large  opposite 
Iv.s  ,  corymbose  fls  ,  with  a  5-6-cleft  calyx  The  com- 
monest species  in  cult  are  A  fnidifdha,  Cav ,  with 
yellowish  fls  and  sessile  Ivs  ,  and  A  lanceolata,  Cav  , 
with  white  fls  and  petiolate  Ivs  See  page  3505 

ANGRJECUM  (Latinized  from  Angrek,  the  Malay 
name  for  all  orchids  of  this  habit)  ()rchiddce<e  Epiphy- 
tic hothouse  orchids  with  the  habit  of  Vanda 

Leaves  flat  or  terete  fls  few  to  many  in  a  raceme,  or 
rarely  solitary,  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  spreading, 
hp  adnate  to  the  base  of  the  column,  lateral  lobes 
small  or  obsolete,  middle  lobe  entue,  spur  long  and 
slender,  polhnia  2,  upon  a  single  undivided  stipe  — 
About  20  species,  natives  of  Trop  Afr  ,  Madagascar, 
and  the  Masearene  Isls 

These  arc  valued  for  their  winter-flowering  habit 
and  lasting  qualities  All  have  peculiar  or  grotesque 
forms  and  some  are  fragrant  All  need  a  warmhouse 
m  winter,  preferably  the  \\armest  corner,  where  it  is 
moist.  As  the  plants  have  no  pseudobulbs  they  must 
never  become  dry  No  soil  is  necessary  at  the  roots, 
but  a  surfacing  of  live  sphagnum  may  be  placed  over 
the  crocks,  this  should  be  renewed  as  often  as  it  be- 
comes decayed  The  angra'cums  may  be  classed  with 
the  aendes,  vandas  and  succolabmms  as  being  true  air- 
plants  and  the  roots  are  impatient  of  confinement  in 
pots  or  other  receptacles  Care  must  be  taken  to  becure 
the  plants  firm  and  upright  when  repotting,  by  means 
of  stakes  or  wire  Frequent  spraying  overhead  m 
bright  weather  is  of  great  assistance,  especially  m  the 
growing  tune  They  must  never  be  removed  from  the 
greenhouse  for  decoration  elsewhere,  for  if  the  plants 
become  chilled,  there  is  total  loss.  (Orpet  ) 

A  Lvs.  semi-terete,  nanow 

Scottianum,  Ileichb  f  Sts  up  to  2  ft  long,  with 
brown  sheaths  below  Ivs.  terete,  giooved  on  the  upper 
side,  3-4  in  long,  spreading  or  recurved  peduncles1 
with  1-3  fls  which  are  inverted  and  lj-2-2  in.  across, 
the  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  changing  to  white, 
linear,  similar,  acute,  the  sepals  a  little  broader  than 
the  petals,  the  lip  white,  concave,  transversely  oblong, 
nucionate,  spur  4—5  in  long,  reddish  brown  Comoro 
Isls.  GC.  II  14,  p.  137.  FM.  1880  121.  B.M  6723. 

AA.  Lvs  flat. 
B.  Plant  dwarf:  fls.  few,  3-fi,  the  clusters  shorter 

than  the  Ivs. 

falcatum,  Lmdl  St  1-2  in  tall:  Ivs  few,  linear, 
falcate,  2-3  in  long,  channeled  above,  keeled  beneath: 
peduncles  with  3-5  fls  ,  fragrant,  white,  about  2  4  m. 
across,  the  sepals  and  petals  acute,  similar,  linear- 
oblong;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  minute,  the  middle 
lobe  narrow-oblong,  retuse;  spur  curved,  filiform 
Japan  B  H  4 '283  BM  2097  (both  as  Limodorum 
falcatum) 


ANGR/ECUM 

BB.  Plant  larger  than  above   fls    numerous,  in  racemes 

usually  longer  than  the  Ivs 
c   fV.s   white  or  tinged  with  yellow. 

D.  Lip  acute 

E  Spur  less  than  5  in  long,  white. 
F  Sepals  lanceolate  fls  about  1  in.  across,  spur 

2-3  in.  long. 

modestum,  Hook,  f    (A    Sandenanum,  Reichb    f.). 
Lvs   oblong  to  obovate-oblong,  acutish  to  emargmate, 
3-6  in    long    racemes  of  numerous  pure  white  fls  on 
orange  pedicels,  sepals  lanceolate,  petals  ovate-lanceo- 
late, lip  broadly  ovate     Madagascar  arid  Comoro  Isls 
B  M  (5693     Lmd  2  92     UH    1888,  p  516     RB    lr> 
217    A  F  22  951,  35  381.   O  R  8  152,  12  337.   O  4 
f  24 
FF  Sepals  elliptic   flt>    about  /i/£  in  across,  spur 

3~4  in  lonq 

articulatum,  Reiehb  (A  dewendens,  Reiehb  ) 
Lvs  oval  to  obovate-oblong,  3-5  in  long,  emar- 
gmate  or  2-lobed  racemes  pendulous,  of  numer- 
ous pure  \\hite  fls  on  pale  orange  pedicels,  sepals 
and  petals  elliptic-oblong,  acute,  the  lateral  sepals 
narrower,  lip  broadly  oblong-oval,  acute,  spur 
3-4  in  long  Madagascar 

EE  Spur  ti-7  in  long, 
tinged  with  orange- 
red 
Ellisu,  Reiehb   Sts 

up  to  1  ft    high    hs 

narrow,    oblong,   5-8 

in    long,    ('marginal e 

or   bilobed    at   apex 

racemes     pendulous, 

of    12  or    jnoie   pure 

white  fls  ,  sepals  and 

petals  elliptic-oblong, 

acute,    the    d  o  r  b  a  1 

sepal  indexed  at  the 

summit,    the    lateral 

reflexed,    hp   oblong- 
elliptic,    acute,    .spur 

slender,   tinged   with 

orange-red        Mada- 
gascar    (i  C    II    3 

277     F  M    1875  191. 

O  R  7  81 

DD  Lip  emargmate  or 

2-lobed  at  apex 

citratum,  Thouars 
Sts  3-1  in  high  hs 
oblong-ovate,  3-5  in 
long,  acute  or  lobed 
at  the  apex  racemes  pendulous,  of  12  or  more  white  or 
pale  straw-color  fls  ,  sepals  obovate,  obtuse,  petals 
oblong-elliptic,  lip  flat,  nearl>  orbicular,  emargmate, 
spur  slender  Madagascar.  B  M  562 1  I  H  33  592 
Lmd  5  238 

cc  Fls    with  green  sepals  and  petals,  hp  ichite 

superbum,  Thouars  (A  ebuincum,  Lindl  )  Fig  207 
Sts  up  to  4  ft  or  more  long  Ivs  up  to  2  ft  long,  2  in 
wide,  coriaceous  racemes  ascending,  with  8  or  more 
fls  ;  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  green,  lanceolate, 
lip  white,  orbicular,  fleshy,  abruptly  acuminate,  spur 
green  Madagascar  BM  4761.  BR  1522  Vai 
vlrens,  Veitch  (A  vlrcns,  Lindl  )  Differs  from  the 
type  in  its  smaller  fls  with  the  labellum  tinged  green 
B  M  5170 

A  auf/utfum,  Rolfe  (A  August u)  Allied  to  A  Kotsehyi  Lvs 
thick  and  fleshy,  glaucous  green  fla  in  arched  raceme,  pun  white, 
spur  palo  Kroen  G  C  III  45  Feb  6,  Suppl  O  R  19C8  246 
Rhode  ,ia — .1  bilobum,  Lindl  Racemes  of  b-10  fls,  about  1  in 
across,  the  sepals,  petals  and  lips  nearly  alike,  lanceolate-acuminate, 
the  spur  pale  orange-red  W  Afr  J  H  III  43  48.*  —  I  fiuvusd/nt, 
God  Resembles  A.  articulatum.  fls  pure  wliite,  brown  spurs. 

19 


ANGULOA 


289 


Madagascar  — A  caudhtum,  LindL  =Listrostachys  caudata  — 
A  ChailluAr.um,  Hook.  =-=Ltstrostaehy*Chailluanum  -4  -llatirhum, 
Lindl  =Mytitaoidium  dutichtim — A  Ethlerttnwn,  Kranzl  (A. 
Arnoldianum,  DeVVild)  St  elongated  Ivs  distant  fls  large,  soli- 
tary, sepals  arid  petals  oval-lanceolate,  acuminate,  lip  large,  extm- 
guwher-ihaped,  emargmate  arid  apiculate  at  the  summit,  spur  about 
a,s  long  as  lateral  sepals  Afr  li  M  7813  A  F  2o  79  Gng  13 
377  —  1  ejcpdninm,  i'houars  Us  white,  of  peculiar  form,  spur 
lunger  than  perianth  segms  Mascarene  Isln  — .1  faalu6num, 
Kc-ic  hb  8t  1  2  in  hiRh  racemes  of  2-4  fls  about  1 H  m  diam  , 
pure  white,  the  slender  spur  about  i  m  long  Madagascar  J  H 
III  42  297  -- A  futcutum,  lleichb  Sts  short  racemes  of  numerous 
fls ,  1  1  >i  m  across,  cream-white,  the  hp  oblong,  acuminate 
abruptly  the  sir  nder  spur  about  *  >»  long  Madagascar  Gn  .17,  p 
(.1  —A  ftumbl/tln,  Keuhb  =M-u  roplectrum  Ix'onih — 4  ichneumd- 
ntum,  Lindl  =^-Listrosta(hy«  K  hm  urnoncum -— A  infundlbulare, 
Lindl  Sts  long,  fls  large,  sohr  try,  sepals  and  petals  pale  ytllow, 
lip  funiul-shiped,  2>-i-J  in  IOIIK,  white  with  a  grten  throat,  the 
curved  spur  .J-5  in  long  W  Afr  BM  8153  GC  III  3b  130 
G  M  47  029  Gn  6fi,  n  109  J  If  III  4'J  2l<>,  59  387 —A  Kot- 
srhyi,  Reichb  Lvs  obovate-oblong,  3-7  in  long 
ractme  of  6-10  white  fls  ,  1  Vi  in  across,  the  ovate- 
oblong  dorsal  sepals  and  petals  reflexerl,  the  spread- 
ing later*'  (-cpals  lanceolate  lip  nearly  rhomboid, 
w  if  h  a  broad  claw  ,  spur  pale  brown,  up  to  9  in  long 
E  Afr  C,  C  II  14  (><H,  III  W  .*7'J,  III  46  221 
Gn  31,  p  32 i,  37,  p  101.  7.3,  p  5S3 — A  Lednis, 
\,,tch— Macroplertrum  Ixonis— 4  pfllitcidum, 
Lindl  ^=LMrosta<hys  pellunda  — A  pertitsum, 
Lindl  =Listrostai  liyspertusa  —A  Rothnrhildianum, 
J  O'Brien  St«  3-6  in  Ivs  ovate,  4-8  in  long 
raooims  >f  1O-12  fragrant  white  fl«  w  it  h  a  pale  green 
lurid  uloiiK  the  sepals  an<l  |x  tills,  the  lip  white 
with  ant  mcrald  center  and  black-purple  throat,  the 
t-pur  grer  n  with  a  brown  tip  C  <  nt  Afr  G  C  III 
*4  131  —  A  Srhtfflen, 
Hort  Scan  ely  8  in  high 
fls  long,  reddish  brown 
German  K  Afr  Var 
v^oii  differs  from  the 
type  m  having  all  the 
v<R<tative  parts  grfen  — 
A  ^(Hijmpeiiale  ==  Macro- 
plectrum  sesqtnpedlle 

GKOROE  V   NASH. 


207    Angraecum  superbum 


ANGULOA  (dedi- 
cated to  Don  Fran- 
cisco de  Angulo) 
O  rchi  d  a  c  e  .t-  Stout 
coolhouse  oiehids, 
with  large  psseudo- 
bulbs, the  scales  at  the 
ba.se  p:\shing  into  Ivs 
Lea\  e^s  large,  pli- 
eateh  nerved  scapes 
from  the  base  of  the 
phdulobulbh,  clothed 
\\ith  large  lax 
sheaths,  flb  sub- 
globular,  sepalh  and 
petals  conmvent, 
fleshy ,  lip  bhorter 
than  sepals  and  pet- 
als, 3-lobed,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  much  smaller 
than  the  lateral  lobes,  linear  and  recurved,  or  broader 
and  2-hpped  —Species  .3,  all  m  cult  ,  natives  of  S 
American  Andes,  at  elevations  of  5,(XMV-7,000  ft 

Thib  interesting  genu.s  comprises  but  fe\\  species, 
but  these  are  singular,  since  all  are  well  worthy  of  cul- 
ture Coming  from  the  Andes  of  Colombia,  a  moderate 
temperature  of  50°  in  winter  will  be  ample  for  their 
needs,  and  a  cool,  shaded  structure  in  summer,  as  tho 
foliage  is  easily  scorched  by  direct  sunlight  in  hot 
weather  The  peculiar  structure  of  the  flowers  has 
given  the  popular  name  of  "boat  orchid,"  which  sug- 
gests the  general  shape  This,  together  with  the  fra- 
grance, and  the,  hingrd  lip,  'vhich  oscillates  with  the 
least  movement,  makes  the  plants  very  interesting 
when  m  bloom  The  ariguloas  are  rather  terrestna' 
than  epiphytal  The  culture  is  very  simple  if,  as  a 
potting  compost,  a  mixture  is  used  containing  some 
soil  with  the  fiber  and  some  sphagnum  moss  as  a  sur- 
facing, the  potting  being  very  firm  Propagation  is, 
simple  by  division  of  t  he  bulbs  The  old  back  ones  may  be 
severed  at  the  creeping  rhizome  after  the  new  growth 


290 


ANGULOA 


ANISUM 


has  been  completed,  and  these  will  start  new  shoots 
usually  in  spring.  Division  must  be  made  after  the 
shoots  are  visible  from  the  back  bulbs  The  black-spot 
disease  of  the  bulbs  is  often  fatal  to  anguloas  It  apf  tears 
suddenly  and  is  generally  due  to  too  much  moisture 
m  the  atmosphere  or  at  the  roots  Directly  it  is  seen, 
the  affected  parts  must  be  cut  out  clean,  and  dry  sul- 
fur applied,  this,  if  done  in  time,  will  stop  the  prog- 
ress of  the  disease  if  brown  scale  attacks  the  plants, 
sponge  with  soap  and  water,  taking  care  not  to  injure 
the  tender  leaves  (Orpct  ) 

A  Middle  lobe  of  lip  linear,  recurved 
unifldra,  Ruiz  &  Pav  (A  virgindhs,  Hort.).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  angled,  ovate-oblong,  3-6  in  long  Ivs  up  to  2  ft 
long,  broadly  lanceolate  fls  creamy  white,  often  flushed 
or  spotted  internally  with  pink,  sepals  ovate,  acute, 
petals  oblong-elliptic, 
acute;  lateral  lobes 
of  lip  semi-orbicular, 
rounded  at  apex,  the  middle 
lobe  -linear,  recurved  Peru 
and  Colombia  G  C  III. 
19  423  B  R  30  60  B  M. 
4807  Gt  32  1137  A  F. 
6-607. 

AA  Middle  lobe  of  lip  ovate- 
triangular,  2-hpped 

B   Lateral  lobes  triangular, 
acute 

Cldwesii,  Lmdl    Fig  208. 
Pseudobulbs      cylmdric  -  ob- 
long, 4-6  in  long  Ivs  up  to 
2  ft  long,  obovate-lanceolate 
fls    lemon-yellow,  sepals  and 
petals  acute,  oblong-elliptic, 
lip  with  the  lateral  lobes 
triangular,  acute,  the  mid- 
dle    lobe    broadly    ovate- 
triangular,    fleshy,    pubes- 
cent   Colombia  "  B  R  30  63 
B  M     4313      hind     4  191. 
Veitch,  Man  pi  p   100    Var 
eburnea,  Veitch  (A   eburnea,  Williams) 
ivory-white  fls     Colombia 

BB  Lateral  lobes  semi-oibicular,  rounded  at  apex 
Rucken,  Lmdl  Similar  to  A  Clomwi,  but  smaller 
Fls  green  or  yellowish  green,  flushed  with  brown  on 
the  outside,  inside  yellow  densely  spotted  with  red, 
sepals  and  petals  oblong-elliptic,  lip  much  as  in  A 
Clowesn,  but  the  lateral  lobes  rounded  at  apex  Colom- 
bia B  R  32  41  Gt  3  106  A  F  6  607  Lmd  2  53. 
Var  albifl&ra,  Veitch  Fls  white,  of  waxy  texture 
Var  sanguinea,  Lmdl  Fls  uniformly  deep  red  on 
inside  B  H  3  31  I  H  28  427 

A  Cliftonii,  Hort  O  4  pi  3  —A  intermedia,  Rolfe,  a  hybrid 
between  A  Rucken  and  A  Clowesn,  was  produced  by  Sedcn  This 
had  fls  of  nearly  the  sue  and  shape  of  A  Huckcn 

GEORGE  V    NASH. 

ANHAL6NIUM.  Cactacev  A  name  used  in  the 
first  edition  of  this  C\  clopedia,  but  now  given  place  to 
the  slightly  older  name  Anocai pm,  which  see.  A. 
Wilhanikii  and  A  Lewinu,  sometimes  referred  to 
Echmocactus  or  to  Mamillarm,  are  here  treated  under 
Lophopkora,  which  see 

ANIGOZANTHOS  (Greek,  expanded  flower}. 
Amarylhddcesp.  AUSTH  \LIAN  SWOUD  LILY.  About  8 
Australian  greenhouse  or  half-hardy  perennials  with 
sword-like  Ivs  and  woolly-yellow,  -green,  or  -red  fls  in 
short  1-sided  racemes  or  spikes  and  a  much  elongated 
perianth-tube.  The  two  species  likely  to  be  met  with 
d,re  A.  flavida,  Red  (A  cocrlnea,  Paxt.),  with  mostly 
red-woolly  fls.  1^  in  long  and  appendaged  anthers; 
and  A.  Mingles!!,  Don,  with  fls  about  3  m.  long,  red- 


woolly  at  base  and  green  beyond,  the  anthers  not 
appendaged.  These  plants  are  little  known  in  N. 
Amer. 

ANISACANTHUS  (Greek,  unequal  acanthus)  Acan* 
thacex  A  genus  of  6  species  of  Mexican  and  American 
shrubs,  with  mostly  lanceolate,  entire,  petioled  oppo- 
site or  clustered  Ivs  ,  and  loosely  spicate  or  scattered 
red  fls  1  in  or  more  long,  corolla-lobes  4,  the  tube 
2-hpped,  the  upper  lip  .J-parted,  the  lower  entire; 
stamens  2,  equaling  or  exceeding  the  corolla-lobes 

Wrlghtu,  Gray  Height,  2-4  ft  :  Ivs  1-2  in  long, 
oblong-  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate  fls. 
racemose,  or  paniculate-racemose,  the  corolla  vermilion 
or  puiphsh  red,  1^-2  in  long,  the  lip  shorter  than  the 
tube,  calyx  deeply  5-cleft  S  and  W  Texas  Offered 
by  Franceschi  of  Santa  Barbaia,  Calif 

Gonzaldzii,  Greenm  (A  Con- 
zaitn,  Hort  )  Sub-shrub,  the  st. 
much  blanched  l\s  1-2  in  long 
3-2-} jin  wide,  acuminate,  and 
obtuse  at  the  apex  fls  ejmose- 
raeemose,  biick-ied,  or  seal  let  and 
laiger  than  in  the  preceding 
Oaxaea,  Mex — Suitable  for  dry 
pLu  es.  Intro  by  Franceschi  in 
1(»H  N  TAYLOR  t 

ANISE.  UtnhMfcr*  An  aro- 
matic condirnental  and  medicinal 
hcib 

Anise  (Ptwjnnella  _4nUuw, 
Linn  j  is  an  annual,  casih  grown 
from  seeds  m  an\  warm  and  mel- 
low soil  The  seeds  are  commonly 
sown  where  the  plants  are  to 
stand,  and  the  plant  matures 
rapidly  The  seeds  are  used  in 
medicine  and  in  cookery,  and  for 
flavoring  hquois,  tlie>  yield  a 
highly  pel  fumed  essential  oil,  they 
aie  mostly  grown  in  Mediter- 
ranean count nes  The  hs  are 
also  used  as  seasoning  and  gai  nibh- 
mg  The  plant  reaches  a  height 
of  2  ft  or  less,  bears  twice-pinnate 
Ivs  and  small  yellowish  white  fla. 
in  large,  loose  umbels  The  seeds 
are  oblong  and  curved,  nbbed  on 
the  convex  side,  grayish,  the  size 
ofcarawa\  seed  In  common  with 
all  umbelliferous  seed,  anise  seed 
does  not  retain  its  \itality  long, 
the  normal  longevity  being  1—3 
.years  Native  from  Giecce  to 
Kgypt.  L.  H  B 


208   Anguloa  Clowesu. 

(  <  U) 


ANIS6TES  (Greek,  unlikcness). 
Acaidhacesp  Broad-leaved  shrubs 
of  about  4  Aiabian  and  African  species,  one  of  which 
has  been  intro  to  cult  recently  Fls  m  short  axil- 
lary clustets,  sepals  5,  nearly  free,  coiolla  2-hpped. 
in  shades  of  red,  stamens  2,  the  filaments  long  and 
glabrous  fr  a  caps  A.  diversifdlius,  Balf  ,  from  the 
Isl  of  Socotra,  IH  an  erect  nearly  glabrous  shrub 
less  than  2  ft  high  Ivs  elliptic-ovate  or  obovate,  2 
m  or  less  long,  flame-colored  or  yellow,  tubular  and 
2-lipped,  the  lips  curved  BM  8210 — Warm  green- 
house, blooming  spring  and  summer  Requires  the 
treatment  given  to  Justicia  and  Jacobima  Prop. 
easily  by  cuttings  f,  \\  B. 

ANiSUM.  An  old  generic  name  now  referred  to 
Pimpmella  A  officmale,  DC.  (P  Anis-um)  is  Am&9, 
which  see 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


291 


ANNONA  (Latin,  year's  harwut,  suggested  by  the 
Haitian  name  anon  applied  to  one  of  the  species.  Com- 
monly spelled  Ariona,  but  Linnyous  used  the  double  n). 
Annonacea-  (Kit-hard,  1NQ8)  CUHTAKD- APPLE.  ARA- 
Tiru  Tropical  and  subtropical  woody  plants  culti- 
vated for  their  fleshy  fruits  and  for  ornament 

Leaves  2-ranked,  alternate,  devoid  of  stipules:  fls. 
perfect,  solitary  or  in  clusters,  extra-axillary,  often 
opposite  the  Ivs  and  sometimes  subtermmal;  calyx 
usually  gamosepalous,  ^-parted,  petals  typically  6. 
in  2  series,  but  the  inner  series  in  some  species  reduced 
to  small  scales  or  even  wanting,  stamens  numerous, 
crowded  on  the  receptacle,  the  fleshy  filament  bearing  a 
pair  of  linear  parallel  pollen-sacs  on  its  back,  these 
opening  cxtrorsely  bv  a  longitudinal  slit  and  capped  by 
the  expanded  hood-like  connective,  pistils  many,  the 
ovaries  usually  clothed  on  the  outside  with  minute 
hairs  and  containing  a  single  erect  ovule  at  the  base 
fr  a  syncarpium,  formed  by  the  growing  together  of  the 
carpels  and  leceptat  le  into  a  fleshy  mass,  seeds  contain- 
ing a  large  wrinkled  endosperm  writh  small  basal  em- 
bryo — Trees  and  shrub.s,  over  50  m  number,  chiefly 
from  Trop  Amer  ,  but  a  few  from  Afr  ,  and  several 
now  widely  cult  in  the  warmer  regions  of  both  hemi- 
spheres 

Several  specie.s  have  been  successfully  introduced 
into  southern  California  and  Florida  Some  of  those 
cited  m  catalogues  and  horticultural  publications  are 
merely  forms  of  old  species  and  others  are  genencally 
distinct  \mongst  the.se  names  are  A  mexicana,  which 
was  a  catalogue1  name  used  by  Ixxldiges;  -1  cxcclvi  of 
Humboldt  &  Bonpland,  a  sprcies  ne\er  fully  described, 
the  flowers  and  fruit  of  which  are  entirely  unknown; 
•and  A  afrit  ana,  an  obscure  species  basid  bv  Linnaeus 
upon  an  American  specimen  with  lanceolate,  pubescent 
leaves  A  tritobala  and  .4  obovata  are  Awmna  triloba 
arid  A'iinnrui  obovata,  A  a^iatica  of  Limwus  is  not  an 
annona  at  all  but  a  rubiaceous  plant.  Monnda  citri- 
i'oha,  while  .1  atiatica  of  Loureiro  is  A  retirnhita,  and 
A  a^iatica  of  Vahl  is  A  .\qwiinoMi  A  For^kaliln  of 
J)e  Candolle  (A  qlabra,  Foisk  ,  not  Linn  )  was  based 
upon  a  specimen  of  A  t><j  mimosa  growing  m  cultivation 
m  Eg>pt,  to  A  \quanio\a  must  also  be  referred  .4. 
Inflorn  of  Mo<  ifio  &  Sessd,  while  .1  longifoha  of  these 
authors  is  undoubtedly  .1  r<ticnla(a,  and  their  A  fru- 
ticovi  is  A  (jlohiflora  of  Schlechtendahl  A  aurantiaca 
and  A  rnacrocarjta  are  Bnuilian  species,  the  names  of 
which  were  erroneously  applied  to  eeitain  cultivated 
forms  in  southern  California,  while  .1  suwiisiwa  is 
only  a  horticultural  \anety  of  ,1  Chirimola,  and  A. 
nntrca  of  the  \ntilles  a  form  of  .4  i>qnanw>a  A  palus- 
/ns  of  Linnanis  is  identical  with  his  pre\iouslv  described 
A  qlnbra,  and  the  lattei  name  must  take  precedence 
in  accordance  with  accepted  rules  of  priority  A  num- 
ber of  species  described  as  annomis  belong  to  other 
genera  Among  them  are  .4  umplcxicauhs  and  .4 
grandiflora  of  the  islands  of  Mauritius  and  Madagascar, 
which  belong  to  the  genus  Pseudannona  A  Mannn  of 
Oliver,  an  African  species  which  has  a  branching  in- 
florescence very  different  from  that  of  the  genus 
Annona,  has  been  assigned  to  a  new  genus  Anonidium 
by  Engler  <fe  Diels,  and  .1  Perot U ha  of  A  De  Can- 
dolle has  been  placed  m  the  genus  Unonopsis  by  R  E 
Fries  Annona  obtuw flora  of  Tussac,  together  with  A 
mucosa  of  Jacqum,  must  be  placed  m  the  genus  Rollima 
under  the  name  R  mruo^a,  and  to  this  genus  should 
also  be  assigned  the  Brazilian  biriba,  which  is  proba- 
bly Rollinia  orthopdala,  a  species  with  large,  fleshy 
fruit  of  delicious  flavor,  successfully  introduced  into 
Florida  from  Para  The  climbing  .4  nnona  uncinata  of 
Lamarck  belongs  to  the  genus  Artabotrys.  A  pijn- 
formis,  also  a  climbing  shrub,  of  Mauritius,  the  fruit 
of  which  is  unknown,  belongs  undoubtedly  to  some 
other  genus  For  Annona  longifoha  see  Duguetw  See 
also  Ro'hnm,  Artabotrys  and  Cananga 

W  E  SAFFORD 


CuUuial  iiotcb 

While  the  annonas  succeed  best  on  a  heavy  loam, 
most  species  can  be  grown  on  light  soils  and  under 
adverse  conditions  The  custard-apple  (A  rdtcuUita) 
thrives  on  the  Florida  keys  in  a  semi-naturalized  state; 
the  cherimoya  (A  Chcrimola]  grows  and  bears  abun- 
dantly on  steep  calcareous  cliffs  in  Central  America,  the 
sugar-apple  (A  .squaniow)  is  successful  on  drj  and 
sandy  soils  with  practically  no  attention  whatever 
The  situation  best  adapted  to  thorn  is  a  sloping  piece 
of  ground,  for,  with  the  exception  of  A  glabra,  they 
are  intolerant  of  stagnant  water  about  the  roots 

The  cherimoya,  probably  the  hardiest  of  the  genus, 
withstands  temperatures  as  low  as  26°  F  without  in- 
jury, and  reaches  perfection  only  in  a  comparatively 
cool  climate.  The  soursop  (A  muncata)  is  one  of  the 
tenderest  species;  the  sugar-apple  and  the  custard- 
apple  are  somewhat  haulier,  all  three  are  successfully 
grown  m  southern  Florida,  but  not  in  California 

Propagation  is  usually  effected  by  means  of  seeds; 
the  most  highly  valued  species,  however,  such  as  the 
cherimoya,  are  budded  or  grafted 

Seeds  will  retain  their  vitality  for  several  years,  and 
if  planted  in  warm  weather  or  under  glass  -will  germi- 
nate in  a  few  weeks  If  in  a  greenhouse,  they  mav  be 
planted  at  any  season  of  the  year,  otherwise,  it  is  best 
to  plant  only  during  spring  or  early  summer  Sow 
thickly  in  flats  or  pans  of  light,  porous  soil  containing 
an  abundance  of  humus,  covering  to  the  depth  of  %  °r 
K  inch  When  the  plants  are  3  or  1  inches  high,  they 
should  be  potted  into  3-mch  pots,  care  should  be  taken 
to  see  that  the  soil  is  perfectly  drained,  and  waterings 
should  not  be  too  frequent  or  copious  When  the 
plants  have  attained  a  height  of  8  or  10  inches,  they  may 
either  be  shifted  into  larger  pots  or  set  out  in  the  open 
ground,  in  the  latter  case,  they  must  have  careful 
attention  until  they  have  become  established  and  made 
considerable  growth 

Both  budding  and  grafting  have  proved  to  be  readily 
applicable  to  the  annonas,  either  in  the  open  ground  or 
in  pots,  under  glass  Several  different  species  have 
been  used  for  stocks,  A  Chcnmola  proving  the  most 
satisfactory  thus  far  m  California,  as  it  is  best  adapted 
to  that  climate;  A  glabra  has  been  found  to  be  the  most 
vigorous  and  satisfactory  m  Florida. 

Shield  budding,  essentially  the  same  as  practised 
with  the  citrous  fruits,  is  the  method  most  commonly 
used  The  work  is  best  done  in  spring,  shortly  after  the 
sap  has  begun  to  flow,  the  time  varying,  of  course, 
according  to  locality  and  season  Stocks  should  be 
from  3x  to  ^2  mch  in  diameter,  seedlings  of  this  size 
will  be  eighteen  months  to  two  years  old  Budwood 
from  which  the  leaves  have  dropped,  and  of  about  a 
year's  growth,  is  the  most  desirable  It  is  important 
that  the  buds  be  cut  large, — about  \l/z  inches  in  length, 
— as  they  are  hkeh  to  have  difficulty  in  starting  and 
be  choked  out,  on  account  of  the  thick  bark  and  rapid 
callousing  of  the  annonas,  if  they  are  too  small  The 
incision  mav  be  made  either  in  the  form  of  a  T  or  an 
inverted  T,  raising  the  bark  with  care  so  that  the  deli- 
cate tissues  l>mg  under  it  will  not  be  injured,  and  in- 
serting the  bud  with  as  little  pressure  as  possible 
Waxed  tape  should  be  used  for  tying.  Three  or  four 
weeks  after  insertion,  the  buds  should  be  unwrapped, 
and,  if  they  have  unite* I  with  the  stock,  re-wrappea 
loosely,  lopping  the  stock  at  a  point  5  or  6  inches 
above  the  bud  The  wrap  should  not  be  removed  until 
the  bud  has  made  a  growth  of  several  inches. 

For  grafting,  two-year-old  seedlings  are  used,  the 
operation  being  a  simple  cleft-graft,  using  a  scion  of 
well-matured  wood  from  which  the  leaves  have  dropped 
Cuttings  of  well-ripened  wood  can  be  rooted  under 
glass,  with  bottom  heat  This  method  of  propagation 
is  not  widely  practised,  however. 

The  annonas,  when  grown  from  seed,  vary  greatly 


292 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


in  regard  to  productiveness  as  well  as  size,  color,  form, 
texture  and  quality  of  fruit  In  southern  California, 
many  large  seedling  chenmoyas  have  been  grubbed 
out  because  they  were  unproductive,  while  others  pro- 
duce fruit  of  such  poor  quality  as  to  be  of  no  value. 
Careful  attention  to  culture  will  assist  in  improving 
the  quality  and  size  of  the  fruit,  but  the  only  sure  way 
to  perpetuate  choice 
forms  and  eliminate 
all  possibility  of  the 
tree  turning  out  to 
be  inferior  is  to 
propagate  by  some 
asexual  means. 

Most  species 
come  into  bearing 
when  three  or  four 
years  old  Few 
named  varieties 
have  been  estab- 
lished, and  these 
are  probably  con- 
fined to  the  chcn- 
moya. 

In  some  coun- 
tries, the  annonas 
arc  subject  to  cer- 
tain fungous  dis- 
eases and  insect 
pests,  notably  the 


209.  Annona  muricata. 


mealy-bug  As  a  class,  however,  they  seem  to  suffer  less 
from  these  pests  than  most  other  fruit  trees  They 
require  very  little  pruning 

Fruits  must  be  picked  when  mature, — to  avoid  their 
fallmg  to  the  ground  and  becoming  bruised, — and  laid 
away  for  a  few  days  before  they  are  ready  for  eating 
If  they  are  to  be  shipped  any  distance,  they  must  bo 
packed  in  some  material,  such  as  excelsior  or  straw, 
that  will  allow  good  ventilation,  each  fruit  being 
wrapped  in  a  piece  of  strong  paper.  The  selection  of 
the  toughest-skinned  varieties  adds  greatly  to  the  facil- 
ity with  which  they  can  be  shipped  p  \y  POPENOE 


biflora,  9.  launfoha,  4  paluntns,  4 

Cheninola,  6  longiflora,  7,  purpurpa,  3 

cinerea,  9  lonuifuha,  8  reticulata,  8 

diversifoha,  5  monUvna,  2  squamosa,  9. 

FortLahlu,  9  muruata,  1,  2  trtpetala,  0 
glabra,  4 

A.  Petals  broadly  cordate-ovate  or  suborbicular,  the  inner 

ones  someivhat  smaller  than  the  outer. 

B.  Exterior  petals  valvate  or  edge-to-edge,  usually  acute, 

inner   ones   imbricate   or   overlapping,    obtuse   or 
round  id 

C.  Fr.  glabrous,  bearing  fleshy  spines'  Ivs  glowj  leathery, 

vnth   minute   pockets   in  the  axils  of  the  lateral 

nerves 

1.  muric&ta,  Linn  SOURSOP  GUANABANA  COHOS- 
SOL  CORAC.AO  WE  RAIMIA  GRAVIOLA  SUIRSAAK 
ZUURSAAK  Fig  209  Small  evergreen  tree,  the  size  of 
a  peach  tree,  in  general  cult  throughout  the  tropics  of 
both  hemispheres'  Ivs  leathery,  ill-smelling,  obovatc- 
oblong  or  oblanceolute,  to  ovate  or  elliptic,  acute  or 
abruptly  acuminate,  glossy  above  and  rusty  beneath 
but  at  length  glabrous,  with  the  minute  pockets  in 
the  axils  of  the  lateral  veins  scarcely  perceptible  with- 
out a  lens1  fls  large,  the  exterior  petals  thick  and 
fleshy,  ovate-acute,  valvate  or  edgc-to-edge,  the  inte- 
rior petals  somewhat  smaller  and  thinner,  concave, 
rounded,  imbricate  or  overlapping*  fr  very  large, 
fleshy,  often  as  large  as  a  child's  head  and  weighing" as 
much  as  />  Ibs  ,  ovoid  or  heart-shaped,  dark  green,  the 
glabrous  ill-smelling  skin  bearing  numerous  recurved 
fleshy  spines;  pulp  white  and  juicy,  pleasantly  subaeid, 
with  a  slight  mango-like  flavor.  Of  Trop  Amer  origin, 


but  now  common  in  the  tropics  of  the  Old  World  — As 
in  all  cult  frs  ,  there  is  more  or  less  variation  in  its 
flavor.  It  is  easily  prop  from  the  seed  or  from  buds, 
and  is  undoubtedly  capable  of  improvement  by  selec- 
tion It  begins  to  bear  at  a  very  early  age  and  is  con- 
sequently one  of  the  most  valuable  fr.  trees  of  the  tropics. 
It  is  grown  with  especial  excellence  m  Porto  Rico,  and 
is  common  in  the  markets  of  Key  West,  whither  it  is 
shipped  from  the  islands  to  the  southward  A  favorite 
drink  is  made  from  the  juice,  and  the  pulp  yields  ex- 
cellent jelly,  tarts  and  preserves  Care  must  be  taken, 
however,  to  remove  the  skin  m  preparing  the  fr  for 
the  table 

2    montana,  Macfadyan  (A    muricata,  Velloso,  not 
Linn  )       MOUNTAIN    SOURSOP      GUANAHANA    CIMAK- 

RONA        COROSSOI.IER    RETARD        ARAT1CU    PoNHK        A 

forest  tree,  sometimes  reaching  the  height  of  45  ft  ,  but 
usually  of  smaller  dimensions  Ivs  resembling  those  of 
the  soursop,  varnished  above  and  dull  beneath,  with  the 
pits  in  the  axils  of  the  lateial  neive.s  often  conspicuous 
us  similar  to  those  of  the  soursop,  solitary  or  in  pairs, 
fr  spheroid  or  broadly  ovoid,  varying  from  the  size  of 
an  orange  to  6  in  diam  ,  green  at  fiist,  at  length  turn- 
ing yellowish,  skin  glabrous,  bearing  numerous  short 
erect  fleshy  spines,  puln  not  edible  Thin  species,  which 
is  larger  and  more  robust  than  the  closely  allied  A 
muricata,  has  been  intro  into  Fla,  for  use  as  stock 
upon  which  to  bud  other  species  of  the  genus  W  Indies 
and  N.  S  Amer  ;  thus  far  unknown  from  Mex  and 
Cent  Amer — The  peculiar  pits,  or  pockets  m  the  axils 
of  the  lateral  nerves  of  the  KM  set  apart  this  species, 
together  with  A  muricata,  from  allothei  species  of  the 
genus 

cc.  Fr.   covered  with  felt-like   tomcntum,    bearing  rigid 
btout  pi/rarnidal  spines  oftm  hooked  at  the  tip 
Ivs    very  large,  snbcoriaceout  or  mernbranactous, 
undulate  without  axillary  pockets 
3.  purpilrea,     Mociflo    &    Sess<5        NEGRO -HEAD 
CABEZADE  NEGRO    SONCOYA    SKNCUYA    TORETA    Fig 
210    A  small  or  medium-sized  tree,  sometimes  reach- 
ing the  height  of  25  ft  ,  the  younger  branches  clothed 
with    reddish    tometitum    but    becoming    glabrate    at 
length    Ivs    large,   membranaceous  or   subeoriaceous, 
undulate,  oblong-elliptical  to  oblong-obovate,  acumi- 
nate at  the  apex,  rounded  or  obtusely  cuneate  at  the 
base,  8-12  m    long 
and  1-5 3/j m  broad: 
petioles   short   and 
thick .     fls     resem- 
bling   those    of  A. 
muricata  but  sessile 
or   nearly  so,   soli- 
tary, extra-axillary, 
sometimes  opposite 
a  If ,  inclosed  when 
very  young  in  an  in- 
volucre of  2  bracts, 
the  apex  of  which 
becomes    more     or 
less     shriveled     at 
length,  and  the  base 
persists    somewhat 
like    an    outer    or 
second  calyx,  calyx 
3-lobed,    fcrrugme- 
ous-velvety  on  the 
outside,  3  outer  pet- 
als very  thick,  val- 
vate, usually  acute  or  acuminate,  sometimes  obtuse  at 
the  apex,  ferrugmeous-velvety  on  the  outside,  stained 
with  purple  within,  inner  petals  overlapping,  thinner 
and  rounded,  forming  a  dome-like  covering  over  the 
essential  parts,  whitish  on  the  outside,  purple  within; 
terminal  connectives  of  the  stamens  velvety     carpels 
distinct  at  first,  the  hirtellous  ovaries  crowm     by  a 


210.  Annona  purpurea. 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


293 


prismatic  stylo  about  %\n  long  fr  large,  spheroid  or 
broadly  ovoid,  sometimes  6-8  in  diam  ,  covered  with 
a  brownish  felt-like  indumentum  and  bearing  numerous 
pyramidal  protuberances,  grooved  longitudinally  on 
the  ventral  side  and  usually  terminating  in  a  hook 
directed  toward  tho  peduncle,  seeds  large,  obovate, 
more  or  less  flattened  and  margmate,  sometimes  exceed- 
ing an  inch  in  length  by  Mr^m  broad,  pulp  fleshy, 
fibrous,  very  fragrant,  edible,  with  a  flavor  somewhat 
like  that  of  a  mango  Mex  to  Panama  and  perhaps  N 
S  Amer  It  is  abundant  on  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuaritepec 
and  is  sold  in  the  markets  of  Veracruz  —  The  frs  differ 
considerably  in  flavor  Some  of  those  on  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama  are  reputed  to  be  excellent,  though  here,  as 
elsewhere,  they  aie  supposed  to  induce  chills  and  fever. 
Intro  into  S  Calif  ,  but  imperfectly  known  in  cult 
Like  its  congeners,  it  is  undoubtedly  capable  of  improve- 
ment by  careful  selection 

BH.  Exterior  and  interior  petals  both  valvale  or  edge-to- 

cdye  and  usually  acute 

4  glabra,  Linn  (A  palihtns,  Linn  A  launfoha, 
Dunal)  PoNu-Ai'i'LE  ALLIGATOR-APPLE  MONKEY- 
APPLE  MANGROVE-ANNON  Y  MAMIN  MAMAIN 
CArmMAN-CornoN  C  \YITL  CAYUKKS  CORK-WOOD. 
PALO  JJoBo  Hois-UjOT  CORC-HO  CORTISSO 
ARATiru  DO  BHKJO  Fig  211  Small  to  medium-sized 
tree,  sometimes  reaching  a  height  of  45  ft  ,  growing  in 
swampy  places  and  along  the  banks  of  streams,  voung 
growth  smooth  Ivs  smooth  and  laurel-like,  glossy  green 
above,  paler  beneath,  evergreen,  ovate  to  oblong  or 
elliptic,  usually  acute  or  acuminate  but  sometimes  blunt- 
ish  at  the  apex  and  rounded  or  tapering  at  the  base 
fls  fragrant,  varying  considerably  in  size,  those  of  trees 
growing  in  favoiable  situations  larger  than  those  grow- 
ing in  cro\vded  mangrove  swamps,  outer  petals  cream- 
colored  or  pale  gieenish  vellow  when  fresh,  usually 
marked  \\ithin  b\  a 
deep  led  spot  near  the 
base,  inner  ones  some- 
what shorter  and  nar- 
rower, whitish  or  dull 
greenish  outside,  usu- 
ally blood-red  within 
or  spotted  with  red  or 
wine-color  near  the 
base  fr  the  size  of  a 
hellflower  apple  with 
a  smooth  leathery  skin, 
green  at  first,  at  length 
yellowish,  its  suiface 
covered  with 
indistinctly 
outlined  are- 
oles,  but  these 
never  elevated 
or  squamose, 
pulp  cream- 
colored  when 
ripe,  not  edi- 
ble except  by 
iguanas  and 
other  ani- 
mals Ever- 
glades of  Fla. 
and  banks  of 
the  Indian 

and    Caloosa-  .....  '' 

hatchee  Rivers;  also  the  tropical  shores  of  Amer  ,  W. 
Indies,  west  coast  of  Afr.,  and  the  Galapagos  Isls  —  State- 
ments that  the  fr.  is  sold  in  the  markets  of  Mex  and  that 
the  tree  is  cult  for  its  fr  are  based  upon  the  confusion 
of  other  species  of  annona  having  eniooth  frs  with  this 


211.  Annona  glabra. 

(XM) 


AA   Petals  (exterior)  linear  or  oblong,  the  inner  ones 

minute  and  scale-like 

B.  Peduncles  with  broad  persistent  If  -like  bracts  at  the 
base 

5.  diversifdlia,  Safford  ILAMA.  ILAMATZAPOTL. 
Fig  212  Small  tree  with  brownish-gray,  aromatic, 
longitudinally  furrowed  bark;  young  growtn  glabrous, 
with  prominent  If  - 
scars  bordered  with 
a  margin  of  pale 
rufous  hairs  Ivs 
thin,  membranacc- 
ous,  glabrous,  vari- 
able in  form,  those 
near  the  base  of  the 
brant hlets  broadly 
elliptical  and 
rounded  at  the  base,  t 
those  higher  up  ob-  H 
lanceolate,  rounded 
at  the  apex  and 
acute  or  cuneate  at 
the  base,  the  largest 
4-5^2  inches  long 
and  1  Yrl  inches 
broad  with  petioles 
exceeding  ^inch  in 
length  peduncles 
long  and  slender, 
recurved,  glabrous, 

issuing  from  2  sub-        212  Annona  dlversif0ha   (xji) 
orbicular,     If  -like, 

amplexicaul  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  branchlets; 
fl -buds  obpynform,  calv  \-divisions  broadly  ovate  or 
triangular,  terminating  at  the  points  in  a  tuft  of  fer- 
rugmeous  hairs,  outer  petals  linear-oblong,  swollen  at 
the  base  and  concave  within,  sparsely  rusty-pubescent 
on  the  outside,  inner  petals  minute,  pubescent  on 
the  back  and  bean  rig  2  rudimentary  pollen-sacs,  car- 
pels distinct,  glabrous  near  the  base,  rufous  hirtellous 
above,  at  length  growing  together  into  a  compound 
fr  or  svncaipiurn  fr  large,  conoid  or  broadly  ovoid 
with  an  axis  of  about  0  in  and  a  diam  of  5  in  , 
clothed  with  dense  gravish  felt -like  tomentum  and 
when  mature  usually  bearing  stout  thick  protuberances 
directed  toward  the  apex,  but  these  sometimes  sup- 
pressed, pulp  edible,  cream-colored  or  rose-tinted, 
seeds  hard,  smooth  and  nuthke,  golden  brown  or  tan- 
colored  Mts  and  foot-hills  west  coast  of  Mex  to  Salv  a- 
dor  — The  fr  is  offered  for  sale  in  the  markets  of  Colima 
and  Acapulco  It  is  described  by  American  Consul 
Marion  Letcher,  stationed  at  Acapuloo,  as  shaped  like 
a  pineapple  cheese,  with  delicious  pink-tinted  pulp, 
and  Samuel  E  Magill,  American  Consul  at  Guada- 
lajara, states  that  the  frs  grown  on  the  side  of  the 
volcanos  of  Cohma  and  Cerro  Grande  are  of  unubually 
fine  quality  Thus  species  has  been  mtro.  into  S.  Fla. 

BB  Peduncles*  devoid  of  If  -like  bracts  at  the  base 

c.  Lr*>   velvety  beneath 

6  Cherimdla,  Mill  (A  tnpttala.  Ait ).  CHIRIMOYA. 
CHERIMOYA  CHL,RIMO\ER  CHEHIMOLLA.  Tree,  15- 
25  ft  high,  with  young  growth  fulvous  tomentose: 
Ivs  persistently  velvety-tomentose  beneath,  sparsely 
pubescent  above,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate  or  obo- 
vate, sometimes  elliptical,  obtuse  at  the  apex  or  ob- 
tusely acuminate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base  fls  fra- 
grant, extra-axillary,  often  opposite  a  If  at  the  base 
of  a  branchlet,  usually  solitary  but  sometimes  2  or  3 
on  short  nodding  tomentose  peduncles,  the  exterior  pet- 
als oblong-linear,  not  exceeding  114  in  length,  keeled 
on  the  inside  and  excavated  at  the  base,  greenish  yellow 
or  rufous  on  the  outside  and  clothed  with  velvety  tomen- 
tum, pale  yellow  or  whitish  within  and  marked  with  a 
purple  spot  at  the  base,  inner  petals  very  small,  squa- 


294 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


mose,  ovate  or  triangular,  usually  flesh-colored  or  pur- 
ple and  keeled  on  the  outside,  fr  variable  in  shape  and 
appearance,  sometimes  conoid  or  heart-shaped,  with 
surface  bearing  protuberances,  sometimes  spheroid  or 
ovoid  with  the  surface  covered  with  concave  or  squa- 
mose  U-shaped  areoles,  each  bearing  a  small  wart  or 
tubercle,  and  sometimes  quite  smooth  or  with  the  sur- 
face having  the  appearance  of  putty  marked  by  finger- 
prints; pulp  white,  edible,  pleasantly  acidulous,  easily 
separable  from  the  seeds,  seeds  usually  obovate, 
obliquely  truncate,  somewhat  compressed,  with  a  thin 
membianous  brown 
testa  which  is  usu- 
ally more  or  less 
wrinkled  or  pitted, 
owing  to  the 
wrinkled  surface  of 
the  inclosed  endo- 
sperm Andes  of 
Peru  and  adjacent 
regions,  but  natu- 
ralized at  a  very 
early  date  in  Mex. 
and  Cent  Amer. 
Successfully  intro 
into  S  Calif  , 
Canary  Lsls  ,  Ma- 
deira, the  mts  of 
India,  and  Hawaii 
Essentially  a  sub- 

213.  Annona  reticulate.  ( X  X)          Apical  plant  which 
does  not  yield  good 

results  in  low  tropical  countries  — Frs  of  exquisite 
flavor  are  produced  on  the  island  of  Madeira,  where  the 
trees  are  trained  on  trellises  and  are  taking  the  place  of 
grapes  in  the  economy  of  the  island  Excellent  results 
have  also  been  secured  in  S  Calif  See  Chenmoya 

7.  longifldra,  Wats  WILD  CHERIMOYA  OF  JALISCO 
A  shrub  or  small  tree,  3-10  ft  high,  young  growth 
softly  pubescent  branches  with  prominent  If  -scars, 
which  are  clothed  with  a  marginal  collar  of  plush-liko 
hairs*  Ivs  resembling  those  of  A  Chcnmola  but  dis- 
tinguished when  mature  by  being  glabrate  or  glabres- 
rent  between  the  lateral  nerves,  \vhich  together  with 
the  midrib  are  persistently  velvety  pubescent,  the 
blades  2-5^2  m  long  and  1/-2-3J4  in  broad,  elliptical 
to  obovate-elliptical,  usually  rounded  but  sometimes 
acute  at  the  base  and  rounded  at  the  apex,  which  is 
often  minutely  apicuLtte  11s  short-peduncled,  pubes- 
cent, the  calyx-dnisions  deltoid-ovate,  clothed  on  the 
outside  with  hne  soft  hairs,  the  outer  petals  leathery, 
often  2  in  long,  linear-oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate  m 
shape,  cream-colored  or  whitish,  and  marked  within 
with  a  dark  purple  or  blackish  spot  at  the  excavated 
base;  inner  petals  minute  (sometimes  wanting),  ovate, 
obtuse,  finely  pubescent;  carpels  distinct,  the  ovaries 
clothed  with  rufous  hairs,  and  the  styles  minutely 
puberulent  fr  conoid  or  globose-ovate,  its  surface 
covered  with  protuberances  or  with  reticulated  areolcs; 
pulp  white,  resembling  that  of  A.  Chenmola  in  flavor. 
State  of  Jalisco,  Mcx  ,  especially  m  vicinity  of  Guada- 
lajara and  Tequila.  Intro,  into  S.  Calif ,  but  as  yet 
little  known 

cc   Lvs  not  velvety 
D.  Fr.  smooth  or  nearly  so,  its  surface  divided  into  angular 

areoles  by  impressed  lines,  pulp  tallow-like. 
8.  reticulata,  Linn  (A  longifbha,  Mocifio  &  Sess6). 
COMMON  CUSTARD- APPLE,  BTJLLOCK'S-HEART.  CORA- 
ZON.  COROSSOL  Costm-DE-BosuF  CORA^AO  DE  Boi. 
MAMON  ANONAS  ANONA  COLORADA.  QUAUHTZAPOTL. 
Fig  213  A  deciduous  tree,  15-25  ft  high  with  young 
growth  fulvous-pubescent,  at  length  glabrate  Ivs. 
approximate,  oblong-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acute  at 
the  apex,  conduphcate,  glabrate,  or  with  the  midrib 
and  lateral  nerves  sparsely  pubescent  fls  in  extra- 


axillary  clusters  of  several  issuing  from  the  new  branch- 
lets,  peduncles  nodding;  outer  petals  fleshy,  oblong- 
linear,  keeled  on  the  inside  and  excavated  at  the  base, 
olive-green  or  yellowish,  usually  stained  within  with 
purple  and  with  a  dark  purple  blotch  at  the  base, 
inner  petals  very  small,  scale-like,  ovate,  acute,  carpels 
distinct,  the  ovaries  covered  with  pale  brown  silky  hairs, 
at  length  uniting  to  form  a  solid  fr.  fi.  3-5  in  diam  , 
smooth,  with  the  surface  divided  into  rhomboid  or 
hexagonal  areoles  by  impressed  lines,  usually  reddish 
or  reddish  brown  when  ripe,  or  red-cheeked  on  the 
sunny  side,  pulp  sweetish  but  insipid,  tallow-like  and 
usually  granular,  adhering  closely  to  the  seeds  Trop. 
Amer  ,  now  widely  spread  throughout  the  tropics  of 
both  hemispheres  — A  robust  tree  w  Inch  has  spread 
spontaneously  in  the  forests  of  the  Philippines,  the 
island  of  Guam  and  the  E  Indies,  while  its  congeners, 
A.  muncata  and  A  squrnnosa,  occur  usually  only  where 
planted  It  is  essentially  tropical  while  the  chcnmoya, 
with  the  smooth-fruited  forms  of  which  it  has  often 
been  confused,  is  subtropical  Its  fr  is  interior  in  flavor 
to  both  the  chenmova  arid  the  sugar-apple  (A  t,qua- 
mosa),  from  the  first  ot  which  it  maybe  distinguished  by 
its  long,  narrow,  glabiate  l\s  ,  and  from  the  second  by 
its  solid,  compact  fr  ,  as  well  as  its  larger  Ivs  From  A 
glabia,  with  which  it  is  also  contused,  it  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  its  elongate  narrow  outer  petals  and 
its  small,  dark  brown  seeds  It  is  common  in  the  W 
Indies  and  thrives  in  S  Fla 

DD  Fr  composed  of  lonnded  carpels  loosely  cohering 
when  ripe,  covered  with  a  glaucous  bloom,  pulp 
creamy  or  custard-like 

9  squamdsa,  Lmri  (A.  cinerca,  Dimal  A  For- 
skdhlii,  DC  A  hiflbra,  Moemo  &  Sesse)  SUGAR-AP- 
PLE SWEET-SOP  ANON  ATTA  ATTK  ATIS  POMME- 
C  \NNELLE  KESCHTX  FRUTA  i>\  CONDEHHA  AH  ATE 
DE  PANUOO  STEENVPPEL  TEXALTZAPOTL  PINHA 
Fig  214  A  small  deciduous  tiee,  15-20  ft  high,  with 
irregularly  spreading  branches  and  zigzag  branchlets 
bearing  approximate  2-ranked  Ivs  ,  young  growth 
pubescent,  at  length  ghibrate  or  clothed  with  scattered 
hairs  and  dotted  with  lenticels  Ivs  eonduplicate, 
resembling  those  ot  A  rcliculata,  but  smaller,  usually 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  shortly  acumi- 
nate at  the  apex  and  acute  or  cuneate  at  the  base,  some- 
times ovate  or  elliptical  and  rounded  at  the  base  with  a 
tendency  to  be  asymmetrical,  membranaceous,  minutely 
punctate  with  both 
sui faces  pale  green; 
sparsely  hany  at 
first,  at  length  gla- 
brate or  nearly  so, 
except  the  petiole, 
which  is  pubescent, 
fls  borne  on  the 
young  branchlets, 
closely  resembling 
those  of  A,  reticu- 
lata,  extra-axillary, 
usually  m  clusters 
of  2,  3,  or  4,  but 
sometimes  solitary; 
peduncles  slender, 
sparsely  and  deli- 
cately pilose,  at 
length  glabrate, 
bearing  a  minute 
bracteole  below  the 
middle,  which  ter- 
minates in  a  tuft 
of  floccose  hairs, 
outer  petals  oblong- 
linear,  thick,  tri- 
quetrous, rounded 
at  the  apex  and  214.  Annona  squamosa  (XH) 


ANNONA 


ANNUALS 


295 


excavated  at  the  base,  greenish  yellow,  usually  marked 
within  by  a  wine-colored  or  purplish  red  spot  at 
the  base;  inner  petals  minute,  ovate  or  obovate, 
keeled  on  the  outside;  stamens  with  broad  terminal 
connectives  of  a  cinnainon-brown  or  orange-red  color; 
carpels  distinct,  clothed  with  pale  brown  hairs,  sul- 
cate  on  the  ventral  side  and  terminating  in  oblong 
or  taper-pointed  styles :  f r.  about  the  size  of  an  orange, 
spheroid  or  heart-shaped,  composed  of  loosely  coher- 
ing carpels  rounded  at  the  extremities  and  grooved 
on  the  inner  side,  forming  a  squamose  or  tuberculated 
surface,  greenish  yellow  and  covered  with  a  glaucous 
bloom  at  first,  but  soon  turning  black  in  spots  when 
handled,  and  the  waxy  bloom  easily  rubbed  off;  pulp 
yellowish  white,  creamy  or  custard-like,  very  sweet 
and  pleasantly  flavored;  seeds  dark  brown,  smooth, 
closely  resembling  those  of  A  reticulata.  Trop  Amer  , 
now  widely  cult,  in  all  tropical  countries  — Less  robust 
than  A  reliculata,  with  fr  much  more  highly  prized, 
and  produced  several  times  during  the  year  instead 
of  only  onre,  as  m  that  species  Like  A  reliculata,  it 
is  essentially  tropical  and  will  not  thrive  in  subtropical 
regions  which  are  suitable  for  the  cult  of  the  chenmoya. 
It  has  been  mtro  into  S  Fla  Delicious  sherbets  are 
made  from  its  custard-like  pulp,  often  with 
the  addition  of  a  little  lemon  juice,  but  it  is 
never  cooked  or  made  into  preserves  or  jelly, 
like  the  soursop  The  fr  ,  when  green,  as  well 
as  the  seeds  and  Ivs  ,  is  used  for  destroying 
vermin,  and  the  crushed  Ivs  ,  in  the  foim  of 
poultices,  are  applied  to  ulcers  and  malignant 
sores  in  the  W.  Indies.  The  root  is  a  drastic 
purgative  w.  E.  SAFFORD. 

ANNUALS.  What  are  known  to  gardeners 
as  "annuals"  are  plants  that  bloom  in  the 
open  the  same  year  the  seeds  are  sown  and 
that  do  not  live  over  winter 

These  plants   are  not   necessarily  true   an- 
nuals, for  annuals  in  the  botanical  sense  are 
plants  that  normally  complete  their  entire  life- 
cycle  within  one   vegetation-year     Perennial 
plants  that  bloom  freely  from  seed  the  first  year 
and  do  not  usefullv  survive  till  another  year 
may  be  classed  as  annuals  by  the  gardener  and 
t  reated  as  such  t  hese  are  properly  plur-annuals, 
a  group  standing  midway  between  annuals  and 
perennials    The  garden  Nicotiana  o//zws  (prop- 
erly N,  alata)  and  pinks  and  snapdragons  are 
such     It  may  be  said  that  plur-annuals  are  plants  of 
somewhat  indefinite  duration  that  are  terminated  by 
cold  \veather   rather  than   by  their  normal  maturity 
within  the  season     Manv  real   peienmals,  as  castor 
bean,  are  treated  as  annuals  in  northern  gardens 

Some  of  the  biennial  plants— those  that  normally 
bloom  and  perish  in  the  second  year — may  flower  the 
first  >ear  if  the  seeds  arc  sown  early  and  the  plants  are 
hurried  along  Of  these,  Canterbury  bell,  ipomopsis 
and  some  of  the  crnotheras  are  examples  See  Bit  nniah. 

The  annuals  of  gardens  are  grown  directly  from  seeds, 
in  usual  practice  Some  plants  are  reared  annually 
from  bulbs  or  tubers,  as  crocus,  lilies,  potato*  these  are 
really  perennials  that  die  each  year  to  the  ground  and 
do  not  perish  root  and  branch  To  these  plants  the  name 
pseud-annuals  (i  e  ,  false  annuals)  has  been  given 

Among  t  he  true  annuals  t  here  are  many  grades  Some 
of  them  are  \vinter  annuals,  growing  in  the  cool  part  of 
the  year  and  carrying  over  winter  under  the  snow,  as 
the  common  creeping  chickweed  and  other  crucifer:1 
In  the  arid  regions  of  the  West,  many  annual  plants 
epnng  into  growth  with  the  rams  and  thrive  in  the  cool 
months  Many  of  the  annuals  are  summer  annuals  and 
others  arc  autumn  annuals  these  two  classes  are  prac- 
tically the  only  ones  that  are  cultivated  m  the  open 
for  ornament 

Among  the  annuals  are  found  some  of  the  most 


showy  garden  flowers  As  a  rule,  they  are  easily  grown, 
producing  quick  results  and  affording  a  great  variety  of 
colors,  forms  and  foliage  Some  of  the  annuals  last  only 
a  few  weeks  in  bloom,  others  continue  throughout  the 
summer.  There  are  trailers  and  climbers,  dwarfs  and 
tall  growers  By  a  judicious  selection  and  arrangement 
of  kinds,  the  handsomest  effect  may  be  produced  Many 
of  the  showy  kinds  are  adapted  to  mass  effects,  while  the 
dwarf-growing  sorts  make  good  flowering  edgings  for 
beds  or  walks.  With  the  latter,  handsome  ribbon-beds 
arc  possible,  but  this  requires  care  m  the  selection  of 
kinds,  and  as  the  use  of  the  trimming  shears  is  almost 
precluded,  it  is  befet  to  limit  oneself  to  simple  designs. 
Annuals  are  well  suited  to  the  covering  of  bare  spots  of 
ground  in  the  border  Like  other  flowers,  they  dis- 
play best  when  seen  against  a  background  of  foliage. 
The  tall  and  leafy  kinds  make  excellent  covers  for 
unsightly  objects  For  climbing  and  twining  kinds,  see 
Vines.  See,  also,  Everlastings  and  Grasses. 

Classification  as  to  hardiness. 

It  is  customary  to  divide  annuals  into  three  classes: 
(1)  Hardy  annuals  are  those  that  are  sown  directly  in 
the  open  ground  where  they  are  to  grow.  They  are 


215.  Annuals  filling  the  formal  space  between  a  drive  and  a  tree-group 

vitally  strong,  developing  \vithout  artificial  heat,  and 
mav  be  sown  from  Februaiv  to  May,  according  to  the 
season  and  latitude  Some  of  them,  as  sweet  peas,  may 
be  sown  even  in  the  fall  Foi  this  class,  a  v\ ell-prepared 
border  on  the  south  side  of  a  fence  or  \\all,  or  other 
sheltered  place,  is  usually  pref cried  for  early  sowings. 
From  here  the  seedling-,  are  transplanted  later  where 
they  are  to  grow  Some  sorts,  however,  do  not  bear 
transplanting  well,  consequentlv  must  be  sown  in  the 
places  thev  are  to  occupy  Among  such  are  poppies, 
cschscholtzia,  bartoma,  Venus'  looking-glass,  lupine, 
malope,  and  the  dwarf  convolvulus.  (2)  Half-hardy 
annuals  are  usually  sown  in  February  or  March  in  the 
window  or  a  warm  frame  The  season  is  usually  not 
long  enough  to  enable  them  to  reach  full  development 
in  the  open  In  the  early  stages  of  growth  they  need 
protection  and  warmth  Such  kinds  are  sometimes 
sown  in  the  fall  and  wintered  over  in  a  coldfrarne  When 
once  established,  they  are  hardy  with  slight  protection. 
Some  of  the  kinds  are  grown  to  their  greatest  perfec- 
tion onlv  in  this  way  (3)  Tender  annuals  require 
still  more  warmth  and  are  started  from  January  to 
May  in  the  greenhouse  or  other  suitable  place  They 
commonly  need  a  temperature  of  60°  to  70°  The  danger 
with  early-grown  seedlings,  especially  those  started 
in  the  window,  is  over-crowding  and  want  of  light. 
As  soon  as  crowding  begins,  the  plants  should  be 


296 


ANNUALS 


ANNUALS 


thinned  out  or  transplanted  to  other  trays,  or  into 
pots,  and  reset  from  time  to  time,  as  they  need;  fre- 
quent transplanting  is  usually  an  advantage  The  last 
transplanting  is  preferably  into  small  pots,  as  then  the 
seedlings  may  be  readily  set  in  the  open  ground  at  the 
proper  tune,  with  little  or  no  check. 


The  greater  number  of  common  annuals  will  bloom 
freely  if  the  seeds  are  sown  in  the  open  ground  when  the 
weather  becomes  thoroughly  settled.  But  there  are 
some  kinds,  as  the  late  cosmos  and  moonflowers,  for 
which  the  northern  season  is  commonly  too  short  to  give 
good  bloom  unless  they  are  started  very  early  indoors. 

In  the  case  of  others  than  the  continuous  bloomers,  a 
succession  of  sowings  or  plantings  is  desirable  to  pro- 
vide for  a  continuous  display,  then  as  a  kind  begins  to 
fail,  its  place  may  be  filled  with  young  plants  of  the  same 


216.   A  semi-formal  garden  space  of  annual  flowers. 


or  other  species.  The  usual  method  of  securing  suc- 
cession is  to  sow  the  seeds  in  flats,  or  beds,  and  trans- 
plant the  seedlings  first  to  pots  The  potted  plants  may 
be  set  out  at  any  time,  with  but  little  check  to  growth. 

When  flowers  of  any  annual  are  wanted  extra  early, 
the  seeds  should  be  started  indoors  It  is  not  necessary 
to  have  a  greenhouse  for  this  purpose,  although  best 
results  are  to  be  expected  with  such  a  building.  The 
seed  may  be  sown  in  boxes,  and  these  boxes  then  placed 
in  a  sheltered  position  on  the  warm  side  of  a  building 
At  night  they  may  be  covered  with  boards  or  matting 
In  very  cold  "spells"  the  boxes  should  be  brought 
inside  In  this  simple  way  seeds  may  often  be  started 
one  to  three  weeks  ahead  of  the  time  when  they  can  be 
sown  in  the  open  garden  Moreover,  the  plants  are 
likely  to  receive  better  care  in  these  boxes,  and  there- 
fore to  grow  more  rapidly  Of  course,  if  still  earlier 
results  are  desired,  the  seed  should  be  sown  in  the 
kitchen,  hotbed,  coldfrarne,  or  in  a  greenhouse  In 
starting  plants  ahead  of  the  season,  be  careful  not  to 
use  too  deep  boxes  The  gardener's  "flat"  may  be  taken 
as  a  suggestion  Three  inches  of  earth  is  sufficient,  and 
in  some  cases  (as  when  the  plants  are  started  late)  half 
this  depth  is  enough 

One  trouble  with  early  sown  seedlings  is  "drawing 
up,"  and  weakness  from  crowding  and  want  of  light. 
This  is  most  likely  to  occur  with  window-grown  plants. 


Vigorous  June-sown  plants  are  better  than  such  weak- 
lings It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  very 
early  bloom  usually  means  the  shortening  of  the  season 
at  the  other  end,  this  may  be  remedied  to  some  extent 
by  making  sowings  at  different  times 

Only  the  best  seeds  should  be  purchased,  and  it  is 
usually  best  to  get  the  colors  m  separate  packets.  In  the 
open  ground,  seeds  may  be  covered  to  a  depth  of  four  or 
five  times  their  own  thickness,  but  when  sown  indoors 
in  trays  or  pots,  the  rule  is  to  cover  them  to  about  their 
own  thickness  After  covering,  the  soil  should  be  pressed 
firmly  over  the  seed  with  a  board  or  hoe.  or  the  feet. 
In  soils  that  are  inclined  to  bake,  a  sprinkling  of  sand 
or  fine  litter  over  the  surface  after  sowing  will  remedy 
this  evil  Evergreen  boughs  placed  over  the  beds  until 
the  seedlings  have  appeared  will  afford  useful  shelter 
from  beating  rams  It  is  desirable  to  sow  the  seeds 
thickly.  For  the  reception  of  seeds,  the  surface  should 

be  mellow  and 
smooth  The 
seeds  are  sown 
in  drills  or  con- 
centric circles, 
according  to  the 
method  of  plant- 
ing  decided 
upon  Taller- 
growing  kinds 
are  sown  toward 
the  center  or 
back  of  the  bed 
When  up,  the 
plants  may  be 
thinned  to  their 
proper  distances 
Particular  care 
should  be  given 
to  this  matter, 
and  to  keeping 
down  weeds,  or 
the  plants  may 
become  weak, 
spindling  and 
valueless  Much 
trouble  will  be 
avoided  if  each 
seed-row  is 
plainly  labeled 
marked 


that  the  young  plants  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
weeds,  with  which  they  must  often  compete 

Soils  and  places. 

Most  annuals  thrive  best  in  an  open,  sunny  situa- 
tion, but  pansies,  forget-me-nots,  and  some  others, 
thrive  where  they  get  the  full  sunshine  for  only  half  the 
day  Some  of  the  kinds  are  at  their  best  in  full  sunlight, 
as  portulaca,  sunflower,  and  zinnia.  In  all  cases  the 
best  results  are  secured  only  when  the  soil  is  well 
enriched  and  thoroughly  prepared  previous  to  sowing 
or  planting,  and  it  is  far  better  to  make  this  preparation 
a  fortnight  or  more  in  advance  A  considerable  propor- 
tion of  hurnus  in  the  soil  is  desirable,  rendering  it 
less  subject  to  baking  and  drying  out.  Cow-manure, 
stable-manure  or  leaf -mold,  worked  in  liberally,  will 
supply  this  Beds  should  be  spaded  thoroughly  and  at 
least  a  foot  deep  If  the  surface  is  then  again  worked 
over  to  half  this  depth,  better  results  will  be  obtainable. 
The  soil  should  not  be  disturbed,  however,  unless  it 
pulverizes  readily. 

When  the  flowers  are  to  be  grown  about  the  edges  of 
the  lawn,  make  sure  that  the  grass  roots  do  not  run 
underneath  them  and  rob  them  of  food  and  moisture 
It  is  well  to  run  a  sharp  spade  deep  into  the  ground  about 
the  edges  of  the  bed  every  two  or  three  weeks  for  the 
purpose  of  cutting  off  any  grass  roots  that  may  have 


ANNUALS 


ANNUALS 


297 


run  into  the  bed.  If  beds  are  made  in  the  turf,  see  that 
they  are  3  feet  or  more  wide,  so  that  the  grass  roots 
will  not  undermine  them  Against  the  shrub  borders, 
this  precaution  may  not  be  necessary  it  is  desirable 
that  the  flowers  fill  all  the  space  between  the  overhang- 
ing branches  and  the  sod 

The  plants  should  not  be  allowed  to  bear  seed,  else 
they  will  be  exhausted  and  the  season  of  bloom  will 
be  short  Sweet  peas,  for  example,  soon  spend  them- 
selves and  dry  up  if  the  pods  are  allowed  to  ripen  The 
frequent  cutting  of  blooms  prolongs  the  season. 

The  kinds 

Most  of  the  staple  or  general-purpose  types  of  an- 
nuals in  the  North  are  the  following  petunias,  phloxes, 
pinks  or  dianthuses,  larkspurs  or  delphiniums,  calhop- 
8is  or  coreopsis,  pot  mangolds  or  calendulas,  bachelor's 
buttons  or  Centaurea  Cyanus}  clarkias,  /mnias,  mari- 
golds or  tagetes,  collmsias,  gilias,  California  poppies  or 
eschscholtzias,  verbenas,  poppies;  China  asters,  sweet 
peas,  nemophilas,  portulacas,  silenes,  candytufts  or 
ibens,  alyssum,  stocks  or  matthiolas,  morning-glories, 
nasturtiums  or  tropieolums,  wallflowers,  gaillardias, 
snapdragons,  coxcombs,  lobelias,  foui-o'eloeks,  ama- 
ranths, balsams,  sweet  sultans,  salpiglossis,  scabiosas, 
nicotianas,  and  pansies  Other  species  are  mostly  of 
special  or  particular  use,  not  general-use  types  In  the 
South,  and  occasionally  at  the  Noith,  some  ot  the 
annuals  come  up  voluntarily  year  after  yeai  from  self- 
sown  seeds,  e  g  ,  petunias,  phloxes  and  morning-glories 

Late  sowings,  even  as  late  as  June  in  the  latitude  of 
New  York  City,  may  be  made  of  such  things  as  China 
aster,  sweet  alyssum,  California  poppy  (Eschscholtzia) , 
calliopsis  or  coreopsis,  portulaca,  calendula,  phlox,  zin- 
nia, marigold,  candytuft,  mignonette,  petunia  Late- 
blooming  beds  of  these  and  other  annuals  may  be 
secured  by  this  delayed  sowing  The  tendency  to  sow 
everything  for  early  bloom  deprives  the  garden  of 
much  freshness  and  interest  in  autumn 

The  numbers  of  varieties  in  some  of  these  long- 
cultivated  species-groups  are  surprising  large,  and  they 
often  appeal  to  collectors  If  a  collector  desires  annual 
for  autumn  display,  for  example,  he  \\ill  find  that 
zinnias  have  about  forty  current  vaneties,  annual 
pinks  about  fifty,  petunias  about  sixty,  pansies  sixty 
to  seventy,  balsams  over  sixty,  and  stocks  perhaps 
300,  all  of  which  may  be  prolonged  moie  or  less  into 
autumn  But  the  most  appiopnate  and  varied  of  these 
annuals  are  the  China  asters,  which  have  about  450 
varieties  Owing  to  the  greater  vaiictv  of  everything 
abroad,  collectors  naturally  send  to  Europe  for  laige 
collections,  and  the  very  low  dutv  on  flower  seeds  has 
stimulated  the  collecting  of  annuals  Peienmal  flowers 
are  more  difficult  to  import,  but  many  peisons  have 
recently  imported  fifty  or  more  vaneties  of  the  fol- 
lowing gaillardia  about  100  varieties,  hardy  chry- 
santhemums 100  and  more,  florists'  pentstemons  more 
than  150  (not  sufficiently  hardy),  delphiniums  over 
200,  and  phlox  .*50  Unfortunately,  collections  of  a 
single  flower  rarely  give  an  artistic  effect,  even  when 
at  their  best,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  isolating  trouble- 
some colors  in  a  garden  that  must  be  sunny,  failures 
alnong  highly  bred  varieties,  the  fact  that  the  early, 
rmdseason  and  late  sect  ions  mix  poorly,  and  so  on  The 
obvious  limitation  of  gardens  devoted  to  OIK*  kind  of 
flower  is  that  they  are  unattractive  out  of  season^  and 
therefore  it  is  best'to  isolate  them.  There  are  practically 
no  annuals  that  bloom  satisfactorily  throughout  sum- 
mer and  autumn 

Background  plants,  for  bold  mass-displays  of  color 
in  the  rear  parts  of  the  grounds  or  along  the  borders 
may  be  secured  from  some  of  the  coarser  species. 
Good  plants  for  such  use  are.  sunflower  and  castor-bean 
for  the  back  rows:  zinnias  for  bright  effects  in  the  scar- 
lets and  lilacs;  African  mangolds  for  brilliant  yellows; 
nicotianas  for  whites.  Unfortunately,  we  have  no  ro- 


bust-growing annuals  with  good  blues.  Some  of  the 
larkspurs  and  the  browalhas  are  perhaps  the  nearest 
approach  to  them 

Foi  lower-growing  and  less  prominent  mass-displays, 
the  following  are  good  California  poppies  for  oranges 
and  yellows,  sweet  sultans  for  purples,  whites,  and  pale 
yellows,  petunias  for  purples,  violets,  and  whites,  lark- 
spurs for  blues  and  violets,  bachelor's  buttons  (or  corn- 
flowers) for  blues;  calliopsis  and  coreopsis  and  calendu-> 
las  for  yellows;  gaillardias  for  red-yellows  and  orange- 
reds;  Cnma  asters  for  many  colors  except  yellows 

For  still  less  robustness,  good  mass-displays  can  be 
made  with  the  following,  alyssums  and  candytufts  for 
whites,  phloxes  for  whites  and  various  pinks  and  reds, 
lobelias  and  browalhas  for  blues,  pinks  for  whites  and 
various  shades  of  pink,  stocks  for  whites  and  reds,  wall- 
flowers for  brown-yellows,  verbenas  for  many  colors. 

Vine1*  arc  abundant  among  the  annuals,  the  most 
prominent  being  morning-glory,  sweet  pea,  cobea, 
climbing  nasturtium,  Japanese  hop,  cypress-vine  and 
other  ipomceas  balloon-vine,  scarlet-runner,  moon- 
flowers  in  the  South 

Some  of  the  "everlastings"  or  immortelles  are  useful 
as  flower-garden  subjects  as  well  as  for  "dry-bouquets  " 
These  "paper  flowers"  are  always  interesting  to  chil- 
dren The  colors  are  bright,  the  blooms  hold  long  on  the 
plant,  and  most  of  the  kinds  are  very  easy  to  grow. 
Favorite  groups  are  the  different  kinds  of  xeranthe- 
munib  and  hehchrysums  The  globe  amaranths,  with 
clover-like  heads  (sometimes  known  as  bachelor's  but- 
tons), are  good  old  favorites  Rhodanthes  and  acro- 
climums  are  also  good  and  reliable 

Ornamental  grasses  should  not  be  overlooked  They 
add  a  note  to  the  flower-garden  and  to  bouquets  that 
is  distinct  and  can  be  secured  b>  no  other  plants  They 
are  easily  grown  Some  of  the  good  annual  grasses 
are  Agro^tis  nebulosa,  the  brizas,  Uranium  bnzarformis, 
the  species  of  eragrostis,  and  peumsetums  and  Coix 
Lochryma  as  a  curiosity  Such  good  lawn  grasses  as 
arundo,  pampas-grass,  eulalias,  and  erianthus  are 
perennials  ana  therefore  are  not  discussed  here. 

The  amateur  would  do  well  to  make  up  lists  from 
the  most  detailed  seed  catalogues  The  following  short 
lists  (under  trade  names)  suggest  a  few  things  in  sev- 
eral categories 

\V  hile-jloireied  annuals 


Ageratum  mexicanum  album 
Alyssum,  common  s<\\o<;t 
Centranthus  macrosipnon 

albus 

rhina  asters 
Comolvulu 


Matthiolu  (Stocks).  v_,ui,-and- 
Comp-  \guin,  Dresden  Per- 
petual, Giant  Perfection, 
White  Pearl 

Mirabihs  longiflora  alba 
Xigella 


Dianthus,  Double  White  Mar-      Phlox,  Dwarf  Snowball,  Leo- 

garet  poldn 

Ibcm  amari,  coronana  Poppies,  Flag  of  Truce,  Shir- 
[pomcra  hederaeea  ley.  The  Mikado 

Livitera  alba  Zinnia 
Malope  grandiflora  alba 

Yellow-  and  orange-flowered  annuals 

Caraha  lutea  Hibiscus    afncanus,    Golden 
Calendula     officmahs,     com-  Bowl 

mon,    Meteor,    sulphurea,  Ipomcea  coccmea  lutea. 

suffruticosa.  Loasa  tricolor 

Calliopsis  bicolor  marmorata;  Tagetes,  various  kinds 

oarddininifoiia,  (Ji^ms  Thunbergia    alata    Fryen, 
Cosuiidjum  Burnd«eanum  aurantiaca 

Dnnorphotheca  auraiitmra  'Irop.eolum,     Dwarf,     Lady 
Erysimutn  Porofukianum  Bird,  Tall,  Sohulzit 

Eschscholtzia  cahfornica  Zinnia 

Rhie-  and  purple-flouvred  annuals 

Ageratura  mexicanum,  mt-xi-  Ibens    umbellata,    umbellata 

canum  Dwarf  hlacina 

Browallia    Czermakowski,  Kaulfusma   amelloides,   atro- 

elata  violacea 

Centaurea  Cyanus,   Victoria  Lobelia  Ennus 

Dwarf    Compact,    Cyanua  Nigella 

minor  Phlox  vanabihs  atropurpurea 

China   asters   of   several  Salvia  fannacca 

varieties  Speculana 

Convolvulus   minor,   minor  Verbena,  Black-Blue,  cserulea; 

umoauha  Golden-leaved 

Giha  achiileaefoha,  capitata  Whitlavia  jcloxinioides 


298 


ANNUALS 


ANREDERA 


Rose-  and  rose-red-flowered  annuals. 


Caoaha,  Scarlet. 

CLxrkia  elegaus  rosea 

Con  volvulus  tricolor  roseus 

Dianthus,  Half- Dwarf  Early 

Margaret,    Dwarf   Perpet- 

u  ii    ohinensis 
Gaillardia  picta 
Ipomcea  coccmea,  volubihs 
Matthiola  annuus,  Blood-Red 

Ten    Weeks,     grandiflora, 


Papaver   (Poppy)    oardmale; 

Mephisto 

Phaseolus  multiflorus. 
Phlox,  Large-flowering  Dwarf, 

Dwarf     Fire-ball.     Black 

Warrior 

Sal  via  coccmea. 
Saponana  [Thumb. 

Tropjcolum,    Dwarf,    Tom 
Verbena  hybnda,  Scarlet  Defi- 
Zinnta.  [ance. 


Annuals  useful  for  edgings  of  beds  and  walks,  and  for 
nbbon-beds. 


Ageratutn,  blue  and  white 

Alyssura,  sweet. 

Brachycome 

Calandrmia 

Clarkia 

Collmsias 

Dianthuaea  or  pinks. 

Giha 

Gypsophila  mural  is. 

Iberia  or  candytufts. 


Leptoaiphons. 

Lobelia  Ennus 

Nernophilas 

NigelKs 

Portulacas  or  rose  moi 

Saponana  calabnca. 

Spcculana 

Torenia 

Whitlavia. 


Late-blooming  annuals. 

Probably  the  best  annuals  to  bloom  in  late  fall,  even 
after  the  first  frosts,  are  petunia,  phlox,  and  verbena 
Other  excellent  kinds  arc  ageratum,  alyssum,  antir- 
rhinum or  snapdragon,  Calendula  oj[}icmah<>.  California 
poppy,  gaillardia,  mangold,  and  pansy.  The  list  may 
be  extended  by 

Abroma  umbellata 

Adonis  fflstivahs,  autumnale. 

Argemone  grandiflora 

Calhrhoe 

Carduus  benediotus 

Centaurea  Cynnus  (bachelor's 

button) 
Centaundium 


G  10  675,  27  54—  A  Linen,  Hort  =Dossmia  —  A  Petdla,  Hort.— 
Macodes  —  ,1    Vtitchmnut,  Hort  =-Maeodes 

GEORGE  V  NASH  | 

ANOGRAMMA  (Gieek,  without  I  met  leferring  piob- 
ably  to  the  absence  of  indusia)  IJoli/po<liait<t'  A  small 
gioup  of  tropical  ferns,  somewhat  lelaled  to  Ptens,  and 
characterized  by  linear  son  uncoveied  by  indusia 
The  Ivs  are  borne  in  a  cluster,  are  small,  1-2  pinnate 
\vith  pmnatihd  divisions  and  forking  vemlets 

schizophylla,  Diels  (Gymnoqrdmma  schizophylla, 
Bake-)  Lvs.  18-24  in  long,  quadri-pmnatihd,  the 
stalks,  raelusea  and  divisions  slender,  the  ultimate 
segms  nnely  cut  A  compaiatively  recent  mtro  , 
very  graceful  in  cult  Jamaica  A  G  18  421  G  F. 
2  533  A  F  10  827  I  II  31  .722  Gn  48,  p  417. 
Var  elegantissima  (Gymnoqrarnma  elegantissima,  Hort. 
W.  Bull.),  has  reddish  brown  rachises 

II  C  BENEDICT 

ANOIGANTHUS  (from  Greek  words,  alluding  to  the 
expanded  (lower)  Amai  yllidficesc  A  small  probably 
monotypic  genus  of  Natal  and  the  Cape  region,  the 


, 

plants  sometimes  cult  as  greenhouse  winter-  and  sprmg- 
flcweung    bulbs      A.  brevifldrus,    Baker    (Cyrtdnthus 
Harv  ),   has  an  ovoid  bulb   1   in    diam  , 


Erysimum  Perofskianuin,  t 

kansanum 
Giha 


Centranthus  maorosiphon. 
Cennthe  retort  a 
Cheiranthus  Chein 
Chrysanthemums. 
Convolvulus  minor,  tncolor. 
Dianthus  of  various  kinds 
Elsholtzia  cristata 


ichillejpfrlia,    capitata, 
lacmiata,  trice  lor. 
Ibens  affinis 
Lavatera  alba 
Matthiolas  or  storks 
(Enothera  rosea,  Lamarckiana; 

Drummondn 

Podolepis  affinis,  chrysantha 
Salvia  coccmea,  fannacei,  Hor- 

Virgiumn  stocks 
Viscana  elegans,  oculata,  Cceh- 
rosa 


If  sown  early  or  in  the  fall,  bachelor's  button,  annual 
gypsophila  and  poppy  will  re-seed  and  furnish  plants 
for  late  fall  bloom  L  II.  B  f 

ANCECTOCHtLUS  (Greek,  open  hp}  Orrhidac<>a>.  A 
group  cultivated  for  the  beautifully  reticulated  leaves, 
which  are  oval  or  ovate,  rnembranaceous  and  diversely 
colored,  the  floweis  aie  small,  not  ornamental 

Terrestrial,  from  a  creeping  rhizome  Ivs  basal;  fls. 
m  a  spike  or  raceme,  sepals  free,  the  dorsal  erect,  form- 
ing a  hood  with  the  petals,  the  lateial  sepals  spreading; 
hp  adnate  to  the  foot  of  the  column,  spreading;  claw 
fimbnate,  the  blade  2-lobed  — About  8  species 

Although  many  methods  have  been  adopted  for  the 
successful  cultivation  of  the  best  species  and  varieties, 
failure  has  been  the  rule,  so  that  at  piesent  few  Ameri- 
can collections  contain  even  a  single  specimen.  Plants 
introduced  by  collectors  sometimes  thrive  for  a  few 
years  and  then  fail,  in  spite  of  all  efforts.  Frequently 
they  can  be  kept  only  a  year  or  two. 

Bullemi,  Low  Lvs  about  2  in.  long,  bronze-green, 
with  3  longitudinal  bands  of  copper-red  Borneo. 

regilis,  Blume  Fig  217  One  of  the  most  attractive 
species  of  the  group  Ivs  oval,  large,  bronze- 
green  netted,  veined  with  gold,  the  surface 
of  the  Ivs  like  velvet.  Java  B  M.  4123. 
FS  2  79  (both  as  A  sctaceus}. — Several 
good  varieties  exist 

Rdxburghii,  Lindl  Lvs  ovate,  median 
line  of  pale  green,  reticulated  and  veined 
with  gold  Java  and  India 

Several  kinds  are  described  and  figured  in  foreign 
publications,  but  they  are  all  fanciers'  plants  Other 
names  which  appear  in  the  Ann  ncan  trade  are  A. 
Daydna  =  (?)  —  A  Daivsonulnu.?  —  Htomana  — A 
Frtdmn- Aiiyuitn,  Reichb  f  (\  xanthophyllus, 
Planch  )  Lvu  dark  velvety  green,  the  broad  orange 
stripe  down  the  center  covered  with  a  net  work  of  gold  217  Ancectochilus  regahs 


with  a  short  neck  Ivs  3-t,  appearing  with  the  fls  ,  1 
ft  or  more  fl  -st  to  I  ft  high,  bearing  a  2-10-fld 
umbel  Ms  bright  yellow,  about  1  in  long,  with  a  short 
tube  and  oblong-lanceolate  nearly  equal  segms,  stamens 
6,  in  2  series  fr  a  globose  membranous  caps  ,  3-valved, 
seeds  flat,  B  M  7072  Var  minor,  Baker  (A  lutcus, 
Baker),  is  a  dwarf  mountain  foim  with  narrower  pen- 
anth-segms  These  plants  aie  half-haidy  in  the  milder 
parts  if  given  good  protection  over  winter 

ANOMATHECA:   Lajuvr»u»ia 

AN6PTERUS  (referring  to  the 
seeds  being  \\  mged  at  top)  tiaxifrag- 
aiccf  (Greenhouse  shrub,  blooming  in 
spring 

Shrubs  or  small  trees,  glabrous, 
with  alternate  thick  eveigieen  exstip- 
ulate  lv*  ,  and  white  fls  in  terminal 
racemes  c.il\  \-tube  verj  short,  the 
lobes  (>-(),  persistent,  petals  and  sta- 
mens as  many  as  cah  \-lobes  fr  a 
caps  ,  oblong-conical,  opening  by  2 
recurved  valves,  seeds  winged  at  one 
end  —  Two  species  in  Austiaha  and 
Tasmania 

glanduldsus,  Labill  Handsome 
eveigieen  shrub,  biMonun^  a  small 
tiee  (to  40  ft  )  m  its  native  regions 
Ivs  most  lv  at  ends  of  branches,  ellip- 
tic-lanceolate to  somewhat  obovate, 
4-8  in  long,  somewhat  senate  fls 
m  somewhat  drooping  hi  acted  race- 
mes 3-o'  in  long,  parts  of  petals  usu- 
ally 0,  about  j-'2in  long  Hubalpine 
Tasmania  L  H  B 

ANREDfeRA  (personal  name). 
tese  A  monotypic  genus,  allied 
to  Boussmgaultia  Vine,  with 
fleshy  sts  and  Ivs  ,  tuberous- 
rooted  fls  small,  white,  in  long 
slender  mostly  axillary  spikes, 
sepals  2,  broadly  winged  ,  petals 
5,  not  exceeding  sepals,  stamens 
5,  the  filaments  fattened  ;  stigma 
entire  A.  scdndens,  Moq  ,  is 
native  Texas  to  S  Amer.,  and 
planted  in  Old  World  tropics, 
a  much-branched  vine  some- 
times cult  m  greenhouses,  with 
Ivs  ovate  and  more  or  lea» 
acute,  entire. 


ANSELLIA 

ANS^LLIA  (m  honor  of  John  Ansell,  African 
explorer)  Orchiddcesc  Kpiphytic  hothouse  orchids 
with  tall,  thickened  leafy  stems. 

Flowers  in  panicles,  showy,  sepals  and  petals  similar, 
spreading,  lip  erect,  sessile  at  the  end  of  the  column- 
foot,  lateral  lobes  bioad,  parallel,  erect,  middle  lobe 
round-ovate,  spreading;  pollmia  2  — A  genus  of  4  closely 
related  species,  perhaps  all  foims  of  1  species. 

africana,  Lmdl  Sts  up  to  2  ft  tall,  leafy  above1  Ivs. 
4-8  m  long,  about  5-nerved,  elongated -lanceolate: 
panicle  many-fid  ,  fls  2  m  across,  with  brown-purple 
spots  on  a  light  yellow-green  background,  sepals  nar- 
row-oblong, petals  about  twice  as  broad  as  sepals; 
lateral  lobes  of  lip  oblong,  the  middle  lobe  ovate. 
Fernando  Po  B.M.  4965. 

gigante.a,  Reichb  (Cyrnbtdium  Kdnder^onu,  ITarv  ). 
Differs  from  the  above  in  the  smaller  fls  with  narrower 
Begins,  which  are  spotted  on  the  lower  part  only. 
Natal.  B  M  4955,  f  3  GEORGE  V  NASU.  f 

ANS&NIA:  Amwnui 

ANTENNARIA  (pappus  likened  to  antenna;)  Com- 
p6biLr  EVERLASTING  CAT'S-EAU  LADIES'  TOBACCO. 
Pi  SSY'S  TOLS  Field  herbs,  sometimes  offered  by 
dealers  in  native  plants 

Small,  while- \voolly  perennial  plants,  with  spatulate 
or  obovate  loot-lvs  ,  and  mostly  leaflets  scapes,  bearing 
small  gray  or  white  heads  which  remain  htiff  and  dry. 
fib  dia-cious,  the  st animate  forms  rare  m  cult  ,  all 
tubular  None  is  showy  1  hey  are  interesting  for  rock- 
work  arid  the  edges  of  holders,  and  tor  this  purpose 
have  been  sparingly  intro  in  the  last  few  years  Ihey 
are  peifectly  hardy,  and  thrive  m  poor  soil.  The  fls. 
are  often  cut  before  fully  mature  and  dried  (and  often 
d\ed)  as  everlastings  About  20  species  grow  wild. 
Prop  mostly  by  division  of  the  mats,  also  by  seeds. 
Allied  to  Anaphahs  and  Gnaphahum,  both  of  which 
are  leafy  stemmed  plants  quite  distinct  from  the  pros- 
trate, stemless  antennanas,  which  send  up  only  a 
bract ed  scape,  except  in  A  raccjnobu,  See  Everlastings. 

A   Papput>  of  sterile  //,s   not  thickened  at  the  tip,  minutely 
roughened. 

dim6rpha,  Torr  &  Gray    Tufted,  with  spatulate  Ivs. 
and  a  sparsely  Ivd   fl  -st   an  inch  or  less  high,  from  a 
stout,  much-branched  rootstalk    Neb  west  to  Calif. 
AA   Pappus  of  Gertie  fls  thickened  at  the  top. 
B   Not  spreading  by  stolons 

Geyeri,  Grav  Stout,  thick-woolly,  from  a  woody 
base  fls -st  3  in  or  moie  high,  ver>  leafy  to  the  top: 
pistillate  heads  narrow  involucre  with  rose-purple  or 
ivory-white  tips  to  the  inner  scales  Calif  and  Ore. 

BB   Spreading  by  stolons 
c  Hcadt>  solitary  or  in  a  cymo^e  cluster. 

dioica,  Linn.  (A  Candida,  Hort  )  Basal  Ivs  1^2  in- 
or  less  long,  1 -nerved  or  only  indistinctly  3-nerved  st. 
2  12  in  mvolucral  bracts  all  light  green  or  light  brown, 
with  white  or  pinkish  tips  Northern  states  and  Eu  , 
and  Asia  —The  plant  m  the  trade  as  A  tomentosum 
is  probably  a  form  of  this  species  Also  in  cult  under 
the  proper  name,  A  dintca  A  hyperborea,  Hort  ,  a 
name  common  in  the  trade,  is  apparently  a  mere  form 
of  this  with  pinkish  fls 

alpina,  Gaertn  Plant  1-4  in  involucral  bracts  in 
fertile  heads,  dark  brownish  green,  acute.  Canada, 
Rocky  Mts  ,  Sierra  Nevadas 

plan tagimfdlia,  Rich  Basal  Ivs  1  }£  in.  or  more  long, 
distinctly  3-nerved  st  6-18  in  high. — Stolomferous. 
making  broad  patches.  Common  m  fields  and  old 
pastures.  Perhaps  not  in  cult. 

cc  Heads  loosely  panicled. 

racemdsa,  Hook  Light-woolly,  the  flowering  Bts. 
6-20  in.  high,  sparsely  leafy,  the  heads  mostly  on  slen- 


ANTHEMIS 


299 


der  peduncles    involucre  brownish,  white-tipped     Ore. 
and  Brit.  Col.  to  the  Rockies. 

A   martfan/timz^AnaphuliH  niargantacea. 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

ANTHEMIS  (Greek  name  of  the  chamomile)  Com- 
p6siLf  CHAMOMILE  Pyrethruin-hke  heavy-scented 
plants,  annual,  biennial  or  perennial,  members  of  a 


218   Anthettus  tinctona 


large,  Old  World  temperate-region  genus,  used  m  bor- 
ders and  alpine  gardens 

Heads  manv-fil  ,  the  disk  yellow,  the  r.iys  white 
and  vellow  and  (in  the  common  cult  species)  pistillate, 
the  receptacle  conical  and  chaffv,  the  achenes  terete  or 
ribbed,  and  either  naked  or  bearing  a  minute  crown 
Ivs  pmnately  dissected 

Two  or  three  of  the  species 
excellent  border  plants  The  true  chamomile  is  a  me- 
dicinal plant  The  hardv  perennial  species,  which  alone 
are  grown  m  this  country,  are  easily  handled  in  the 
border,  where  the\  bloom  from  midsummer  till  frost 
They  thrive  m  almost  an>  soil,  but  need  full  exposure 
to  sun 

Propagation  is  bj  seeds  or  division  of  the  clumps, 
usually  the  latter. 

A  Rays  normally  yellow. 

tinctdria,  Linn  GOLDEN  M  A.RGTJEKITE  Fig  218 
Of  bushy  habit,  2-3  ft ,  with  angular  st  and  pmnately 
divided,  and  again  pinnatifid  or  cut-toothed  Ivs  ,  and 
large,  daisy-like  golden  yellow  fls  (1-2  m  across). 
Gn  12,  p.  91;  V.  IS  33  A  Kelwayi,  Hort  (or  var 
Kthvayi,  Hort.),  has  finer-cut  foliage  and  deeper  yellow 
fls  Th«re  is  also  a  pale-iaved  v.meU  and  a  white-fld 
form  is  sold  under  the  name  A  monlana  Gn  52  484 
— An  excellent  hardy  perennial  border  plant,  and  useful 
at  the  same  time  for  cut-fls 


300 


ANTHEMIS 


ANTHOLYZA 


AA.  Rays  white. 
B  Perennial,  cult. 

n6bilis,  Linn.  CHAMOMILB.  Half-spreading  and 
much-branched  herb,  downy,  the  Ivs.  very  finely  dis- 
sected, pappus  wanting,  chaff  of  the  receptacle  blunt. 
Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  is  larger-fld.  than  the 
type,  and  sometimes 
yellow-fld  — A  pleas- 
ant -  scented  herb, 
sometimes  escaped 
from  cult  It  yields 
the  medicinal  charno- 
mile  fls  of  com- 
merce For  medici- 
nal purposes,  the 
heads  (the  single  pre- 
ferred) are  cut  as  soon 
as  fully  expanded, 
and  dried  Cult  also 
as  a  hardy  border 
plant;  often  double. 

BB.  Biennial  or  an- 
nual; weeds. 
arvSnsis,  Linn. 
Pubescent,  not  ill- 
Bcented  Ivs.  rather 
coarsely  1-2  pin- 
nately  parted,  pap- 
pus a  minute  border: 
heads  1  m  or  more 
across;  the  involucre 
with  broad,  blunt 
scanous  marginal 
edges,  rays  pistillate, 
spreading,  2-toothed 
— Not  common  and 
rather  coarte 

C6tula,DC  MAY- 
WEED DOG  FENNEL 
Fig  219  A  common 
weed  along  roadsides,  ill-scented,  growing  1-2  ft  high, 
with  finely  dissected  Ivs  ,  neutral  rays  and  many  aster- 
like  fls  1  in  across 

A  Aizbon,  Ciriseb  -=Achillea  agerahfolm  Gn  24  342  — A 
ardbica,  Linn  =*CladfUithus  —A  coronana,  Hort  -^Chrysanthc- 
inum  toronariura  — A  floribunda,  Hort  Dwarf  Ivs  mm  h  dis- 
sected fl  -heads  pure  white  — •  4  Bitbersteimdna,  Koch,  is 
found  in  some  catalogues  It  is  an  alpine  plant  with  pinnate 
IVH  ,  which  are  silvery,  and  yellow  fls  Can  be  cult  only  in  the 
alpine  pardon  L  H  B 

ANTHER:  Flower  N-   TAYLOR.f 

ANTH12RICUM  (Greek,  flower  hedge).  Includes  Pha- 
langium  Lihacex  Non-bulbous  liliaceous  plants  grown 
in  borders  and  cool  greenhouses 

Herbs,  with  tuber-like  rhizomes,  and  racemes  of 
rather  small,  white,  deep-cut  fls  :  perianth  rotate; 
anthers  attached  between  their  basal  lobes,  and  the 
locules  many-ovuled — in  these  characters  differing 
from  Paradisea  — Some  50  species,  mostly  African,  but 
a  few  in  the  western  hemisphere 
The  anthericums  are  useful  for  lawn  vases,  for  borders 
that  are  protected  in  winter  at  the  North,  for  green- 
houses and  also  for  growing  under  benches  Propaga- 
tion naturally  by  stolons;  increased  also  by  division 
and  seeds  Of  easiest  culture.  Give  plenty  of  water 
when  in  bloom. 

Liliago,  Linn.  ST  BERNARD'S  LILY.  Figs.  220,  221. 
St.  simple,  2-3  ft  high,  bearing  an  open  raceme  of  open- 
spreading  fls  1  in.  or  less  across,  the  segms.  linear- 
oblong-  Ivs  long  and  narrow.  S.  Eu  and  N  Afr.  B.M. 
914.  Var.  major,  Sims,  is  larger  in  all  its  parts.  B.M. 
1635. 

ramdsum,  Linn.  St.  branched  fls.  somewhat  smaller. 
Eu.  B.M.  1055 


219   Anthemis  Cotula. 


A  BicMtti,  Hort  Lvs  flexible,  variegated  with  white,  elegant 
habit  W  Trop  Afr  — A.  calif firmcum,  Hort  -*Chlorogaluin 
pomendianum  — A  H6ffmannii,  Engler  Free-flowering  TVS  ] 
ft ,  1%  m  broad,  shining  green  fla  -sts  scarcely  exceeding  the  (vs.: 
fls  in  dense  panicles,  star-shaped,  white  E  Afr  — A  Lihantrum. 
Lmn  =Paradisea  Liliastrum  — A  picturatum,  A  mrieaatum  and 
A.  -nUatum  are  garden  names  for  Chlorophytum  elatum 

L.  H.  B. 

ANTHOLtZA  (name  from  the  Greek,  referring  to 
fancied  shape  of  flower).  Indacex.  Cormous  plants  of 
the  gladiolus  kind,  grown  in  the  open  for  summer 
bloom,  red  and  yellow 

Perianth  long-tubular,  curved,  dilated  above,  the 
uppeimost  segms.,  largest;  stamens  3,  style  branched; 
ovary  3-loculed. — About  14  or  more  Cape  and  Trop. 
African  plants,  with  linear  01  sword-shaped  Ivs  and 
bright  fls  in  2-sided  spikes  Cult  the  same  as  gladioli, 
being  taken  up  in  the  fall  The  tubers  are  often  started 
in  a  frame  or  in  the  house  before  planting  m  the  open. 

A.  Perianth  red,  segms  very  unequal. 

Cundnia,  Linn  Conn  small,  globose  st  simple, 
1-1  ^j  ft..  Ivs.  about  4,  linear,  1  ft  01  less  long'  fls. 
4-6,  in  a  lax  spike,  bright  red,  tube  an  inch  long,  the 
stamens  reaching  to  the  tip  of  the  upper  segm  seeds 
discoid,  winged  Cape  L.B  C  20  1971  (as  Anibanthes). 

caffra,  Ker     Conn  large,  globose,  long-necked    st 

2  ft  or  less.  Ivs  narrow-linear,  1  ft    fls  12-20,  in  a  lax 
spike,  bright  red,  tube  1-1 K  m    long,  stamens  not 
quite   reaching   tip   of   upper  segm  .   seeds  3-angled, 
narrowly  winged     Cape  — Has  been  hybridized  with 
gladiolus 

AA  Perianth  ted  and  yellow,  segms  less  unequal 
aethidpica,  Linn.  (A  ringens,  Andr )  Corm  large, 
globose  st  branched,  3-4  ft  Ivs  several,  sword-shaped, 
1  m  broad  and  1-1  ^  ft  long,  spikes  6-9  in  long, 
rather  dense;  fls  1K~2  in  long,  red-yellow;  starnena 
reaching  to  the  tip  of  the  upper  segm  seeds  turgid, 
not  *  winged  Cape  B  M  561  Var  minor,  Lmdl. 
(A  bicolor,  Gasp  )  Dwarf  Ivs  narrow  fls  red  at  top, 
pale  yellow  below  BR  1159  Var  vittigera,  Baker, 
(var  ringens,  Nichols  )  Tall  as  the  type  fls  bright 
yellow,  striped  led  B  M  1172  Vai  immarginata, 
Baker.  Fls  red,  with  dull  >  cllovs 

paniculata,  Klatt  Corm  large,  globobc  bt  stout, 
much  branched,  3-4  ft  Ivs  lanceolate,  oblique,  2  ft. 
or  less  long,  to  3  in  broad  spikes  dense,  many-fld., 
with  wavy  rachis,fls  bright 
red-yellow,  tube  curved,  to 
\Y±  in  long,  upper  segm. 
hgulate.  Natal  Var.  major, 
Hort.  A  form  with  largei 
Ivs.  and  fls. 

crocosmioides,  Hort. 
Said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  A.  \ 
pamculata  and  Crocosmia: 

3  ft  :  spikes  branching,  fls. 
brilliant  orange-red,  shaded 
to  gold 

A  abysslnica,  Brongn  Corm 
globose,  1  m  diam  st  2  ft. 
or  less  Ivs  3-4,  linear,  1  ft. 
long  spike  simple,  fcw-fld  ,  fls 
bright  red,  the  curved  tube  1  in 
long  Abyssinia  — A  quadrangu- 
forts,  Burm  (Gladiolus  quad- 
rangulans,  Ker )  Corm  large, 
globose,  plant  ttolomferous  st 
slender,  2-.}  ft  Ivs  2-3,  narrow 
spike  very  lax,  2-4  fltl  ,  fls  bright 
red  and  yellow,  tube  2  in  long 
Cape— A  Schweinfurthii,  Baker 
St  terete,  1  ft  to  spike  Ivs  5  to 
6,  grass-like,  6  in  long  spike 
simple  and  lax,  many-fld  ,  fls. 
bnght  red  shading  to  yellow, 
about  \Yi  in  long,  the  tube 
curved  and  dilated  Abyssinia. 
B.M  7709 

L.  H.  B.  220.  Anthencum  Liliago. 


"ANTHOXANTHUM 


ANTHURIUM 


301 


ANTHOXANTHUM  (Greek,  anthos,  flower,  and 
xanthos.  yellow).  Graminex  Aromatic  grasses  with 
spike-like  panicles  Spikelets  with  1  awnless  perfect 
floret,  and  two  2-lobed,  awned  sterile  lemmas.  Species  4, 
Eu  A  perennial  species,  sweet  vernal  grass  (A. 
odordlum,  Linn  ).  is  occasionally  cult,  ad  a  meadow 
grass  to  give  a  pleasant  odor  to  hay.  Dcpt.  of  Agnc  . 
Div  of  Agrost ,  Hull  20:55.  Another  species,  an  annual 
(.4  Putin,  Lecq  <fe  Lam  ),  is  more  rarely  cult 

A    S.  HITCHCOCK. 

ANTHRfSCUS:  Chervil. 

ANTHURIUM  (Greek,  tail-Jlower}.  Ar&cex.  Choice 
hothouse  foliage  plants. 

Peienmal,  the  st  creeping,  climbing,  assurgent  or 
arborescent*  Ivs.  variable,  net-veined,  with  a  promi- 
nent midnerve  and  lateral  nerves,  and  a  well-defined 
nerve  at  or  near  the  margin  fls  in  a  spike  (npadix), 
subtended  or  inclosed  in  the  bpathc.  fr  a  berry. 
Tropical  herbs  and  climbing  plants  of  perhaps  608 
hpocies  besides  varieties,  mostly  from  the  central  and 
warmer  parts  of  S.  Amor,  though  piobably  not  one- 
tenth  are  in  cult  in  this  country  Grown  cither  for  their 
hhow>  spat  lies  and  spadices,  or  their  handsome  velvety 
Ivs  Spat  he  usually  spreading  or  even  reflcxcd,  only 
rarely  partially  mclobing  the  spadix  Differs  from 
Alocasia  and  allied  genera  in  technical  characters 
Monogr  by  Engler  in  De  Candolle's  Monographic 
Phanerogamarum,  Vol  2  (1879),  and  Pflanzenreich, 
hft  21  (1905) 

The  genus  Anthunuin  appears  to  be  a  constantly 
mci easing  one  as  regards  the  number  of  species  Index 
Kewensis,  when  fir^t  issued  in  1893,  gave  the  number  of 
known  species  as  213  The  supplements  have  now 
recognized  365  more  species,  making  in  all  about 
578  known  species,  though  there  are  probably  not 
more  than  fifty  in  cultivation  in  this  country  and 
perhaps  not  more  than  ten  or  fifteen  known  to  the 
trade  Of  those  that  arc  in  ( ultivation  there  are  several 
varieties  or  h>bnds,  as  the  species  seem  to  cross 
readily 

Anthunums  are  tropical  aroids  of  great  beauty,  and 
at  least  a  few  species  should  be  included  in  every  col- 
lection of  choice  plants.  They  seem  to  fall  naturally 


221    Stolon  of  Anthericum  LiliagO. 


into  two  sections  or  groups,  viz  ,  foliage  and  flowering. 
Although  anthuriums  all  flower,  those  that  have  the 
large  handsome  velvety  leaves,  such  as  A  crystalhnum, 
A  Warocqueanum,  A.  splendidum,  and  the  like,  have 
very  inconspicuous  or  decidedly  unattractive  flowers, 
while  A  Andrxanum,  A  Browmi,  A  Regnellianum  and 
A.  Scherzenanum  and  many  others  have  remarkably 
showy,  usually  scarlet  spathes  and  spadices  but  much 
less  handsome  foliage.  All  are  striking  plants  — 
Anthunums  such  as  A.  Andrxanum,  A  ornatum. 
and  their  numerous  hybrid  progeny,  require  at  all 


222.  Anthunum  Scher- 
zcrianum    ( X  "-a) 


times  a  high  and  humid  atmosphere  Under  these  con- 
ditions and  in  a  good  rooting  medium,  they  ought  to  be 
continually  in  flower  A  bloom  is  produced  from  the  axil 
of  each  leaf,  and  immediately  beneath  this  leaf  a  new 
root  is  produced,  thick  and  succulent  at  first,  becoming 
tough  with  age,  and,  if  not  allowed  to  bury  ithelf  among 
the  compost  in  which  the  plant  grows,  it  eventually 
hardens  and  is  of  no  help  in  the  sustenance  of  the  plant. 
Therefore,  the  growing  point 
of  the  specimens  should  not 
be  allowed  to  get  too  high,  or 
the  flowers  will  be  few  and 
poor.  When  the  plant  forms 
stems  above  the  pot,  the  com- 
post should  either  be  built  up 
around  the  stem,  to  catch  the 
roots,  or  the  plant  may  be  cut 
over,  rooted  afresh  in  sand, 
and  given  a  new  start  in  a 
pot  The  two  ornamental- 
leaved  species,  A  Veitchn  and 
A  Warocqueanum,  should  be 
treated  in  the  same  manner. 
When  cut  down,  one  may  look 
lor  the  old  stocks  to  send  out 
small  growths,  which  m  course 
of  time  may  be  taken  off  and 
put  in  small  pots  All  of  the 
above  are  such  free-rooting 
kinds  that  they  may,  with  the 
addition  of  some  rotted  ma- 
nure, be  grown  in  sphagnum 
moss  A  good  mixture  is  as 
follows  sphagnum,  chopped 
not  too  fine,  one  part;  fern  or 
kalrma  roots,  chopped  up  and 
the  fine  substance  removed, 
one  part;  another  part  to  be  made  up  equally  of  sand 
and  rotted  manure  With  well-drained  pots,  this  forms, 
an  admirable  rooting  substance  — Most  of  the  other 
species  and  their  forms,  including  A  Scherzenanum 
and  A  crystalhnum,  will  thrive  better  in  material 
mainly  composed  of  rough,  fibrous  loam  and  peat  with 
the  fine  material  sifted  from  it  This  rough,  fibrous, 
material  should  be  inived  with  a  small  quantity  each 
of  sphagnum,  charcoal  and  sand  Good  drainage,  and 
less  water  than  is  needed  for  the  Andreanum  and 
Warocqueanum  groups  will  be  necessary  A  Scherzer- 
lanum,  although  thriving  well  in  the  hottest  house, 
will  succeed  in  an  intermediate  house  — Established 
plants  of  anthunum  will  need  repotting  only  once  in 
two  or  three  years,  but  should  have  a  fresh  top-dressing 
every  year,  the  best  time  to  overhaul  them  is  about 
the  end  of  January,  or  before  active  growth  begins 
They  should  be  given  a  shaded  position,  free  from 
draughts  of  cold  air,  and  ordinary  stove  temperature 
Care  must  be  taken  not  to  mar  the  leaves  by  hard 
spraying  The  temperature  during  winter  should  not 
fall  below  55°  — Propagat  ion  is  by  suckers  or  cuttings 
of  the  rhizome  inserted  in  small  pots  containing  a  mixture 
of  peat  fiber,  chopped  sphagnum  moss  and  silver-sand  in 
equal  proportions,  and  plunged  in  a  propagatmg-box  in 
a  temperature  of  75°  to  80°,  with  bottom  heat  About 
the  end  of  January  is  the  most  suitable  time  to  take  the 
cuttings  Anthuriums  may  also  be  propagated  by  seeds 
sown  in  a  mixture  of  very  fine  fibrous  peat  and  chopped 
sphagnum  moss  in  4-inch  pots  The  seeds  should  be 
lightly  covered  with  sphagnum,  and  the  pots  placed 
either  in  a  propagat ing-case  or  under  bell-glasses,  where 
a  temperature  of  80°  can  be  maintained  A  constant 
humid  atmosphere  is  very  necessary  to  induce  the  seeds 
to  germinate  To  prevent  damping,  the  seedlings 
should  be  pricked  off  round  the  edge  of  a  3-inch  pot  as 
soon  as  the  first  leaf  is  large  enough  to  handle  Seeds 
of  such  kinds  as  A.  crystalhnum  and  A  regale  will 
germinate  well  on  the  moss  of  nepenthes  baskets. 


302 


ANTHURIUM 


Seeds  are  secured  by  pollinating  the  flowers,  the  stig- 
mas of  which  become  mature  long  before  the  anthers 
Anthunurns  of  the  Scherzenanum  type  may  be  in- 
creased by  division  of  the  crown  (E  J  Canning  and 
G  W.  Oliver.) 

INDEX. 


album,  1,  5 

andegdvense,  1. 

mutabile,  1 

Bangumcum,  5. 
Scherzenanum,  1 

Andrtfanum,  5 

nebuloHum,  1. 

spathiphyllum,  2 

Bennettu,  1 

splendidum,  11 

Brow  mi,  4 

pygmajiim,  1 

Veitchu,  6 

crystalhnum,  9. 

regale,  10 

Ver\8eiieum,  1. 

Regrielhanum,  3 

Wardn,  1 

giganteum,  1. 
lacteum,  1 

rhodochlorum,  5 
roseum,  1,  5 

Warocqueanum,  1,  7. 
Willmnwii,  1 

Lawrencise,  5 

Kothschildianum,  1 

Woodbridgei.  1 

magruficum,  8 

aalmonoum,  5 

A  Lvs  plain  green,  grown  mostly  for  the  showy  "flowers" 

B  Spadix  coiled 

1  Scherzenanum,  Schott  Fig  222  A  foot  or  two 
high,  evergreen  Ivs  long-lanceolate  (the  blade  1  ft  or 
more  long  and  petiole  of  nearly  equal  length),  thick,  usu- 
ally somewhat  revolute,  with  a  .strong  vein  parallel  with 
each  edge  and  close  to  it, 'and  many  cross-veins  scape 
long  and  slender  (1-2  ft  ),  red,  spathe  ovate-oblong,  3-4 
in  long,  spreading  or  deflexed,  intense  red  (sometimes 
double,  l.H.  37  107),  spadix  slender,  curled,  yellow 
Cent  Arner  B  M  5319  R  B  22  121  On  33,  p.  89 
G  C.  II  12  301.  G.  3  55  A  F  6  509  (in  variety)  — 
An  old  favorite  Runs  into  many  forms  .spathe  white, 
vars  album,  album  magnfficum,  lacteum,  maximum 
album,  Wflliamsii,  Vervaenfcum;  spathe  parti-colored, 
vais.  andegavense  (scarlet  on  the  back,  white  and 
scarlet  spotted  above),  mutabile  (white -bordered), 
nebuldsum  (double  white  .spotted  rose),  Rothschildia- 
num  (scarlet  mottled  white,  Gn  30  454),  Warocquea- 
num,  not  A  Warocqueanum  (white  spotted  red); 
spathe  very  large,  vars  giganteum,  maximum,  Wardii, 
Woddbndgei.  Very  dwarf  is  var  p^gmaeum;  rose-sal- 
mon spathe  and  orange  spadix  is  var  pansiense;  sharp 
pointed  Ivs  and  spathes  is  var  Bennettu;  rose-colored 
spathes,  var  rdseum ;  deep  blood-red  spathes,  var  san- 
guineum. 

BB  Spadix  not  coiled 

c.  Spathe  narrow,  gieen 

D.  The  Ivs  narrow,  not  cordate. 

2.  spathiphyllum,  N.  E  Br  Two  ft  or  less,  stemless 
or  nearly  so  If -blade  2  ft  or  less,  narrow -lanceolate, 
attenuate  in  a  straight  line  from  the  middle  to  the  base, 
acuminate,  bright  green  above  and  grayish  beneath, 


223.  Anthurmm  Andraeanum.    (X1A) 


with  prominent  midrib  spathe  2  in.  or  less  long  and  a 
half  or  more  as  wide,  erect,  boat-shaped,  pale  green  or 
whitish,  spadix  1  in  long  and  very  blunt,  pale  yellow. 
Trop.  Amer 

3  Regnellianum,  Engl  Lvs  5-6  in  long,  about  2 
m.  broad,  obtuse  or  slightly  emarginate  at  the  base, 
gradually  narrowed  to  an  acute  apex,  green,  spathe 


ANTHURIUM 

about  l^m  long,  %-\i\n  broad,  spadix  dark  green, 
1^-2  m  long,  on  a  short  stipe.    Brazil. 

,    DD.  The  Ivs  broad,  deeply  cordate. 

4  Brdwnii,  Mast     Lvs    2-3  ft    long,  a  deep  sinus 
separating   the   rounded   basal   lobes,    leathery,    dark 
shining  green  above,  paler  beneath,  with  12-15  pairs 
of  prominent  lateral  nerves    spathe  (3-8  in    long,  lan- 
ceolate,    gieemsh,     rose- 
tinted,    spadix    10-15  m 

long     Colombia    G  C  11. 
0  744-5 

cc  Spathe  cor  <  late-ovate, 
colored 

5  Andraeanum,  Lind 
Fig     223      Low    species, 
with    If  -blades    diooping 
like  an  alocasia  and  cor- 
date     ovate  -  lanceolate 
spathe     cordate -ovate, 
thick  in  texture,  0-10  m 
long,    orange-red,    widely 
open  -  spreading,      spadix 
3-4    in      long,    vellowish, 
with  white  band  marking 
the    zone    in    which    the 
stigmas    are    recep  1 1  v  e 
Colombia      B   M     0616 
A  F  6  W),  10  1005     Gt 
38    1293      I  II    24    271, 
37  105    V  9  259, 11  138 
GC  II   13:497— Beauti- 
ful   and    popular      Runs 

into     many    varieties       „,       A    . 

Spathes  white,  var  album;      224   Anthurmm  Veitchu     (XJ8) 

snathe    very   bright    red,  ^arche^depr^sslons1"8  the 

shining, var  Gamen(R  II 

1907*30,  desc  ),  spathes  verv  large,  pure  white,  var. 

Lawrenciae;  spathes  of  a  soft  rose-color  in  upper  part 

passing  into  light  green  on  Litei.il   lobes,  var    rhodo- 

chldrum   (R  H    1901   452),  sp.it hes  shining  rose-pink, 

var    rdseum;  spathes  salmon-color,  var    salmdneum; 

spathes  dark  crimson,  var   sanguineum. 

AA  Lz>s    prominently  marked   with   white  or  colors,   or 
with  deep  bands  of  gi  e(  n   cult   mostly  for  foliage 

B    The  Ivs   not  bullate 
c   Markings  green  or  greenish 

6  VSitchu,  Mast     Fig   224    Tall  and  robust  species 
(st    2—3  ft)     If -blades  pendent,   like  a  fine  alocasia, 
often  3-4  ft    long,  cordate  01   eared  at  base,  metallic 
green,  but  marked  by  deep-sunk  neives,  which  arch  off 
the  midrib   spathe  1  ft    long,  hon/ontal,  green,  spadix 
6-8  in    long,  straw-coloi      Colombia     G  C  II  6  773 
B  M   0968      Mn   8  187   I II   27   400      Gn   29,  p   453 
G  C.  Ill    44  181  —Striking 

or  Markings  while  or  essentially  so 

7  Warocqueanum,  Moore    Fig  225    Very  vigorous: 
Ivs    oblong-lanceolate,  long-tapering,  hanging,  2-4  ft 
long,  deep  velvety  green,  with  rib  and  principal  veins  of 
a  prominently  lighter  shade,  making  handsome  con- 
trasts    Colombia     III  27  392     GC  III  44  180— A 
handsome  and  striking  foliage  plant 

8  magnificum,  Lind.    Lf  .-blade  deep  cordate,  oval,  2 
ft    long,  upper  surface  olive-green  with  white  nerves; 
petiole  4-angled*  spathe  small,  oblong,  green,  spadix 
green,  cylindrical     Colombia 

9  crystalluium,  Lind  &  Andre"    Like  A  magnificum; 
differs  in  petiole  terete  or  only  very  imperfectly  angled, 
sinus  of  blade  smaller,  veins  wide-banded  and  whiter 
and  very  regular    If  -blade  ovate-cordate,  short,  deep 
velvety  green,  with  the  midrib  and  two  consecutive 
bands  crystal  white,  spathe  linear-oblong,  acuminate, 


ANTHURIUM 


ANTIARIS 


303 


green.     Peru.     I.H.  20.128      G  C.  III.  24:417    (var. 
illustre).   G.  21:98.   G  W.  15,  p.  254. 

10  regale,  Lind.  Lf  -blade  cordate-oblong,  long-eus- 
pidatp,  3  ft  or  less,  at  first  tinged  rose,  hut  becoming 
dull  green  and  marked  with  white  veins,  petiole  nearly 
terete,  spathe  broad-lanceolate,  greenish.  Peru. 

KB.  The  Ivs.  bullate. 

11.  sple'ndidum,  Hort  Lvs  large,  cordate-ovate, 
coriaceous,  sea-green,  glaucous  above,  bullate,  the  de- 
pressions and  nerves  biownibh  Colombia 

Various  horticultural  forms  and  hybrids  are  in  cult 
in  this  country  A  arndbile.  Lvs  soft  rose  (crystalh- 
nurn  x  rnagnihcum) — A.  Archiduiib  Jfaeptui,  Lind 
Spathe  shining  carmine,  broadly  cordate  (Andr.ranum 
X  Lindenianum)  — A  atropurpureum,l*yn&Git  Spathes 
black-purple,  spadix  white  —A  bicolor,  Crousse  Spathe 
white  oeneath,  above  whitish  and  rose-colored  R  II 
1904  40 — A  caineum  is  a  hybrid  of  Anrlneanum  and 
ornatum — A.  Cfymtmidnum,  Mart  Spathe  rose,  with 
paler  nerves  —A.  Chanlnen.  Lvs  triangular,  with 
wide-bp read  ing 
basal  lobes  spat  he 
ivory  -  white,  erect 
(nymph. efolium  x 
subsignatum). —  A. 
cheUtienw,  N  E. 
Br  (Andraeanumx 
Veitchn).  G  r/4  31, 
p  1G9— A  Clarki- 
dnum  Lvs  large 
and  broad,  spathe 
resembling  that  of 
Andraoanum  but 
salmon  -  rose  —  A 


225.  Anthunum  Warocqueunum. 


large,  cordate 
spathe  cordate, 
brilliant  red  (orna- 
tum xAndnpanum) 
—  A.  floribundum, 
Lind  and  Andre*— = 
Spathiphyllum 
flonbundum.  I  H 
21.159  —A.  Fra- 
beln.  Lvs.  large 
and  cordate: 
spathe  deep  car- 
mine (Andra>anum 
X  ornatum)  — A. 
g  rdnde  =*  A  magm- 
ficum. — A  Hrubyi, 
Hort  Spathe  flesh- 
colored  or  almost  \vhite. — A  hybridum  Lvs  large, 
lobed  at  base,  obtuse,  green — A  nniwuiim  — A  orna- 
tum Lvs  oval  or  oblong,  cordate  .spathe  linear- 
oblong,  white,  purple-tinted —A  It<  i/noltkuin'um,  vari- 
ous forms  (fernerense  X  Andra>anum?)  — A  Sie- 
bnrftlianum  Lvs  much  as  in  A  maynificum,  rich, 
velvety  green,  with  thick  margins  spathe  light  green 
shading  to  crear  ,  spudix  laige,  crimson  — A  tntiin- 
phans  Lvs  long-heart-shaped,  blight  green  with  lighter 
veins  spathe  narrow,  green,  spadix  greenish  white 

A  acafile,  Sihott  Fls  f mutant  hs  1  2 '  j  f t  long,  very  broad 
W  Indies— .1  acutum,N  K  Br  Lvs  S  10  in  long,  tnanguhr  and 
long-acumimite,  green  snathe  reflcxed,  green,  spadix  deep  grei  n. 
Brazil  —A  AlleiidArfn=AndrasB.num  xGrusonn  —  I  BAken,  Hook. 
Lvs  elliptic-lanceolate  or  lineal,  green  spathe  small,  rerlexed,  green, 
spadix  ,i  in  long,  yellowish  green,  becoming  longer  and  red  and 
drooping  in  fr  —the  chief  merit  of  the  plant  Costa  Rica  B  M 
6201  GC  III  20  2  —  A  bngottnse,  Schott  Lvs  with  a  very 
broad  halbi  rd-ahaped  base  and  a  long-a<  uminate  middle  lobe,  dark 
green  (It  4(5,  p  52.3 — t  brevilubum,  N  E  Br  Lvs  oval-at umi- 
nate cordate,  8-10  in  ,  paper-like,  green  spathe  lanceolate,  pur- 
plish, spadix  purplish  brown  — .4  cdrneiim,  Hort  Chant  Spathe 
a  beautiful  rose  color  — A  Chdmbcrlatnu,  Mast  Lvs  4  ft  long, 
broadly  cordate-ovate  and  narrowly  long-pointed,  green  spathe 
erect,  boat-shaped,  8-9  in  long,  purplish  outside,  crimson  inside, 
partially  inclosing  the  purplish  spadix  Venezuela  GC  III  3465 
I.H.  35  62.  B  M  7297  — A  Cltmentinx,  DeSmet.  Spathe  white 


with  rosy  nerves. — A  coriAcrum,  Endl  Lvs  very  thick,  leathery, 
2  ft  long  Brazil  —A  Pldudrdn,  Pynaert  Spathe  white  (Andrse- 
anum  X  Lmdcnianum)  — A  Fnraftii,  N  E  Br  Related  to  A  crys- 
tallmum,  but  smaller  and  with  peltate  Iva  of  a  deep  rich  green  with 
a  velv(  ty  sheen,  the  veins  not  quite  so  marked  Colombia  — A 
(Jluzioiu,  Hook  Lf -blade  obo vale-oblong,  not  hanging,  tapering 
to  pf  tiole,  green  and  strongly  light-veined  spathe  Imear-oblong, 
often  twisted,  purple  (as  is  aUo  tlu  spadix)  Brazil  B  M  0833  — 
A  yrandiflfirum  var  perftctum,  Hort  Spathe  very  large,  of  a  pro- 
nounced red  color — A  Ciiitdvii,  Rfgtl  Lvs  broadly  ovate-cordate, 
bright  green  spathc  cylindru ,  about  1  ft  lorn*,  and  dark  violet- 
purple  Tike  t  ho  spadix  Colombia  BM  7437  —A  HardyAnum, 
Mart  Spathe  rose,  spadix  white  ~A  HobKeri,  Kunth  Lvs  dotted 
with  hlaek,  spathe  lanceolaK  B  M  2<)S7  (as  Pothos  crassiuervia^ 
W  Indies  —.4  intone,  Mast  G  C  II  0  305  —Philodendroa 
tnpartitum  — A  Kalbrtyen,  Hort  Climbing  Ivs  9-partod 
Colombia  GC  II  10  117  —  1  Lautht&num.  Hort,  Sand  R«- 
sernl)les  \  Andiseanum,  but  1\ s  rLtuuliitfd  fits  climbing  Colom- 
tni  C1C  III  43  2r>S  —  t  Linileni.inum,  Koch  &  August  Lvs 
ovatf-^ordute,  green,  oorn«tou»>  '•pattif  pure  white,  hnear-oblong, 
5-0  in  long,  spadix  dark  purple  Colombia  B  M  3848  F  M 
1S70  2JO  (both  as  A  vrnntnm)  ~ A  ^ft(|u^llnnum,  Koch  &t 
thmljjiig  I\H  shining,  elbptir-o,  long,  1-2  it  long  spathe  lance- 
olMo.Kmn  Brazil  G  7  4  r,  (as  1  ornntum)--A  \ficolagiAnum. 
Kngl  Sputhe  yf  llowihh,  flushed  with  rose  —A  nymphifMium,  Koch 
Spat  he  whiti  ,  hpadix  purple  \  enezuela  —  A  pu^ureum,  N  E  Br 
Lvs  obloiiK-laiH  <  olat*  ,  thx  k  green  -pat  he  andspadi^  purple  Bra- 
zil -  4  rotumli \ixitfu urn,  1  md  &  Rod  .Sp-ith(s  nearly  round,  m- 
tenscly  sangumroiis  — 1  Snndfri,  Hort  RB  34,  p  196  —A  sig- 
natum,  KotL.  Lvs  3-lobe<i,  deep  green  Vene/urla  \trifidum, 
Oh\<r(BM  ».i^O)=A  -ignaturn  -.1  tnntrve,  Miq  Climbing  Ivs 
oblong-i'lhptic,  4-7  in  long  spadix  up  to  2  in  long,  8ain  thick  m 
fruit  berries  lilac  S  Amer  H  M  S2:>1  -.1  wattrmalitnie,  Hort 
Allied  to  A  Andrtcanum  hpathes  of  a  m«  tallic  black  Colombia 
Intro  from  Waterrnall,  Belgium  L  H  B 

GEOROE  V  NASH  t 

ANTHtLLIS  (Greek,  meaning  downy  flower*)  KID- 
NI-Y  VI-TCH  Leguimnot^y  Perennial  herbs,  or  some- 
\\hat  shiuhby,  prized  for  their  spikes  or  heads  of  yel- 
lo\v,  purple  or  white  flowers  and  usually  silky  pinnate 
foliage,  also  for  forage,  in  the  Old  \\  orld,  prized  mostly 
for  rock\\ork. 

Calyx-tube  inflated  near  the  base,  dentate  or  lobed 
above,  petals  pea-like,  the  stamens  all  connected  into 
a  tube  legume  usually  ovoid 

The  culture  is  the  easiest,  as  the  plants  thrive  even 
in  poor  soil  Propagation  is  by  seeds  or  division,  or, 
rarely,  by  soft  cuttings  Not  generally  known  m 
United  States 

A  Lfts  4  °r  more  pairs 

Vuinerilria,  Linn  SAND  CLOVER  WOUNDWORT  A 
foot  high  Ifts  5  or  more  fls  normally  yellow,  but 
there  are  red  and  white  varieties.  Ku  — A  deep-rooted, 
clover-like,  hardy  plant,  excellent  for  sandy  and  light 
lands  Useful  for  forage,  and,  for  that  purpose,  occa- 
sionally grown  m  this  country  Requires  20  Ibs  of  seed 
to  the  acre.  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agnc ,  Vol  II,  p.  308 
and  fig  416 

montana,  Linn.  A  foot  or  less  high,  silky-hoary.  Ifts. 
numerous  fls  purple  in  dense  heads  subtended  by  a 
leafy  involucre  Herbaceous  Var  rftbra,  Hort  ,  is  a 
reddish  fld  form  suitable  for  rock-gardens.  Eu  L  B  C, 
0  578 

Barba-J&vis,  Lmn.  JUPITKU'S  BEARD  Glasshouse 
silky  evergreen,  3-8,  or  even  12  ft  high,  with  several 
to  rnanv  pairs  of  narrow,  pointed  Ifts  .  fls  straw-colored 
or  whitisn,  in  clover-like  heads  S  Eu.  B  M  1927  — 
In  frofailess  countries,  endures  sea-winds  and  salt  spray 

AA.  Lvs.  unifoholate  or  tnfoholate. 
Hermanmae,  Linn  Two  to  1  ft  ,  dwarfer  and  more 
bushy  than  the  preceding  Ivs  almost  sessile,  simple  or 
tnfofiolate,  the  Ifts  oblong-cuneate-  fls  yellow  in 
axillary  almost  sessile,  fcw-fld  heads.  S  Eu  B.M 
2576 — Good  for  dry  places.  Intro,  by  Franceschi 
m  1910.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

ANTlARIS  (name  derived  from  Greek  word  for  arrow, 
the  sap  being  used  for  arrow  poison  )  Moracex.  Five  or 
6  trees  or  shrubs  of  the  E  Indies  and  Malaya  famous 
because  of  the  upas-tree,  A.  toxicaria,  Lesch  ,  fabled 
for  years  to  be  so  poisonous  that  men  or  animals  were 
destroyed  who  came  within  some  distance  of  it.  These 


304 


ANTIARIS 


ANTIRRHINUM 


legends  arr  apparently  Javan.  The  tree  has  been  grown 
in  botanic  gardens,  however,  with  no  disastrous  results. 
The  dried  milky  juice  is  very  poisonous,  and  the  natives 
use  it  with  other  ingredients  (the  ipoh  poison)  for 
poisoning  arrows  The  tree  grows  60-70  ft  high,  with 
alternate  distichous  short-std.  oblong  or  oblong-ovate, 
entire  Ivs  and  monoecious  fls ,  the  sterile  fls.  m  dense 
heads  and  the  fertile  fls  solitary,  fr.  a  1 -seeded  fleshy 
drupe  A  fiber  is  yielded  from  the  inner  bai  k  Another 
species,  A.  mndxia,  Blume,  yields  fiber  that  is  used  for 
the  making  of  sacks 

ANTID^SMA  (Greek,  for  and  band,  the  bark  of  A. 
BwntUi,  being  used  for  cordage)  Euphorbiacej*  Tropi- 
cal trees  rarely  cult  Lvs  large,  alternate,  simple  fls. 
small,  in  spikes;  calyx  imbricate,  petals  none,  ovary 
1-celled,  2-ovuled.  The  1  species  cult  for  its  ourrant- 
like  berries  used  in  preserves.  The  very  tough  fiber  of 
the  bark  also  used  The  tree  is  very  01  namental  and 
suited  to  the  subtropical  parts  of  this  country.  Prop 


226.  Antigonon  leptopus  var  albus 
From  a  plant  grown  under  glass 

by  cuttings  There  are  about  70  other  species  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  the  Old  World 

Bunius,  Spreng  NIGGER'^CORD  SALAMANDER  TREE 
CHINESE  LAUREL  BIONAY  of  Malays  A  medium- 
sized  evergreen  tree  with  dark  green  laurel-like  foliage, 
and  small  red  berries  in  racemes  Malay  region 

Two  similar  shrubs,  A  nitidum,  Tul ,  from  Malaya, 
and  A  venbyitm,  Moy  ,  from  8  Afr  ,  have  been  intro. 
by  U  S  Dept  of  Agric  j  B  s  NORTON 

ANTIG6NON  (name  from  Greek,  probably  referring 
to  the  kneed  or  angled  character  of  stern)  Polygonacex. 
Showy-floworod  climboiH,  abundant  m  southernmost 
United  States  and  southward,  and  sometimes  grown  in 
warmhoubtvs 

Tropical  tendiil-climbers  sepals  .5,  colored  petal- 
like  and  cordate,  the  2  interior  ones  narrower,  stamens 
8;  styles  3,  and  ovary  3-angled  Ivs  alternate  and  en- 
tire, fls  in  racemes,  which  end  in  branching  tendrils 
—Species  3  or  4,  in  Mex  and  Cent  Amer 

The  usual  species  is  A  leptopus,  one  of  the  most  con- 
spicuous and  beautiful  climbers  grown  in  Florida,  and 
always  in  flower  from  early  spring  to  late  autumn  It 
grows  30  to  40  feet  high  in  good  soils  Some  plants  arc 
shy  bloomers,  while  others  are  often  covered  from  top 
to  bottom  with  a  mass  of  bright  deep  rosy  red  Too 
much  fertilizer  effects  a  veiy  vigorous  growth  afc  the 
cost  of  the  flowering.  Verandas  covered  with  antigonon 
look  extremely  beautiful,  and  cabbage  palmettos 
decorated  with  masses  of  its  pendent  flower-trusses 


form  charming  objects  The  plants  form  large  tubers 
and  when  killed  down  by  frost,  sprout  readily  again  in 
spring  Seeds,  looking  much  like  buckwheat,  are 
abundantly  produced  and  form  a  ready  means  for 
propagation.  Small  plants  from  self-sown  seeds-  come 
up  everywhere  in  Florida  gardens.  (H.  Nehrhng.) 

ISptopus,  Hook  &  Am.  MOUNTAIN  ROSE  ROSA  DE 
MONTANA  SAN  MIGUELITO  CORALLITA.  LOVE'S 
CHAIN  Plant  tuberous-rooted  st  slender  and  tall, 
glabrous,  or  nearly  so .  Ivs  cordate  and  acuminate,  or 
hastate-ovate,  3-5  m  long  fls  6-15  in  the  raceme, 
handsome  rose-pink  Mex  B  M.  5816  G  C  III  17.707 
Gn  68,  p  320  G  M  49  317.  Var  Albus,  Hort  (Fig 
226),  has  fls  nearly  or  quite  white — One  of  the  hand- 
somest summer-blooming  greenhouse  climbers,  requir- 
ing abundance  of  light  and  recommended  to  be  planted 
near  heating-pipes  and  to  be  trained  on  the  rafters; 
usually  grown  from  seeds,  but  also  from  cuttings  Give 
plenty  of  water  when  in  flower  but  keep  dry  when  at 
rest  In  the  S  and  the  American  tropics  it  is  one  of 
the  commonest  vines  on  fences,  arbois  and 
verandas 

guatemalense,  Moisn  (A  insigne,  Mast ). 
Pubescent  Ivs  broader  fls  more  numerous,  the 
sepals  nearly  twice  longer  (I  in  long)  than  in 
the  lubt  Guatemala  G  C  II.  7  789. 

L    H    B. 

ANTIRRHINUM  (Greek,  mmtt-flower)  Scro- 
phukmacesr  SNAPDRAGON  Flower-garden  and 
groenhou.se  herbs 

Erect  or  climbing  herbs  or  even  half -shrubs. 
Ivs  usuallv  opposite  below  and  commonly  entire, 
never  compound  corolla  saccate  or  gibbous  at 
base,  but  not  spurred,  personate  or  closed  at  the 
throat,  stamens  4'  seeds  not  winged — Closely 
allied  to  Linana,  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
spurless  fib  About  30  or  40  species  in  the  north- 
•  em  hemisphere,  particularly  in  N  Amer 

Snapdragons  are  flowered  either  in  the  open  or 
under  glass  The  common  vanetios  are  forms  of 
A  nuijub,  arid  are  perennial,  although  the  first 
crop  of  bloom  is  usual  K  the  orilv  one  that  IH 
desired  Most  of  the  varieties  of  tms  species  are 
hardy  in  the  North,  if  well  covered  during 
winter  Seeds  sown  very  early  in  the  spring, 
especially  under  frames,  and  transplanted,  produce 
blooming  plants  the  same  season  It  m  usual,  however, 
if  early  bloom  is  desired,  to  sow  the  heeds  in  August  or 
September,  and  cover  the  plants  with  a  mulch  on  the 
approach  of  cold  weather  Those  fall-sown  plants  may 
bo  transplanted  into  pots  (or  grown  m  them  from  the 
first)  and  floweied  in  the  house  For  growing  under 
glass  in  this  way,  snapdragons  are  vory  satisfactory 
The  temperature  and  treatment  required  for  geraniums 
and  carnations  suit  them  well.  Dwarf  varieties  are 
used  for  edgings 

A   Plant  erect,  herbaceous. 
B   Root  annual   small-fid 

Or6ntium,  Linn  SMALL  SNAPDRAGON  Fig  227. 
A  low,  slender  annual,  with  linear  Ivs.  and  small  fls. 
purple  or  white  Osin  long)  in  the  axils  An  occasional 
weed  in  cult  grounds,  6-12  in  high,  not  cult 

Orcutti^num,  Gray  Slender,  2-4  f t ,  glabrous: 
corolla  Hm  long,  white  or  violet,  lower  lip  not  much 
larger  than  the  upper:  lower  Ivs  spatulate-lanceolate, 
the  upper  linear  Lower  and  S  Calif  — Intro  by  Orcutt 
in  1891  Tendril-like  branchlets  are  produced  in  the 
fl  -clusters 

BB  Root  perennial  large-fld. 

majus,  Linn  COMMON  or  LARGE  SNAPDRAGON.  Fig. 
228  Perennial,  or  practically  a  biennial  under  cult.' 
1-3  ft ,  not  downy  except  in  the  fl  -cluster:  Ivs  oblong 
or  lanceolate,  entire,  sometimes  variegated,  fls.  large, 


ANTIRRHINUM 


ANTS 


305 


long-tubular,  with  spreading,  very  irregular  lobes,  in  an 
elongated  terminal  spike  or  raceme  In  many  colors 
and  varieties  (ranging  from  red  and  purple  to  white),  in 
forms  both  tall  and  dwarf.  Medit  region,  sometimes 
running  wild  about  gardens  A  F  9  909,  13.949  I  H 
41:22.  A.G.  17:379.  F.E  7:711.— There  are  double 
forms  Some  of  the 
varietal  names  used 
by  horticulturists  are 
dlbum,  bicolor,  cocci- 
tie  urn,  procerum, 
pwniluni,  vanegatum 
P  e  1  o  r  i  c  forms  are 
reported,  with  regular 
corolla  and  the  much- 
reflexed  limb  5-7- 
lobed  Gt  53  1524 

AA  Plant  erect,  peren- 
nial and  shrubby 
fl*>  about  1  in 
long 

specidsum,  Gray 
Three  to  4  ft ,  some- 
what pubescent,  leafy 
Ivs  oval  or  oblong, 
short-petioled,  thick 
fls  scarlet  or  pink- 
red,  the  corolla-tube 
three  times  length  of 
the  lips  (which  are 
narrow)  S  and  Lower 
Calif  ,  on  the  islands 

AAA  Plant  trailing 
or  procunibt  nt, 
perennial,  with 
small  fls  ,  used 
mostly  in  rock- 
gardens.  June, 
July 

Asarina,  Linn 
Gravish-clarnrny,  pro- 
cumbent Ivs  5-lobed,  cordate,  crenate,  long-pet loled 
fls  axillary,  solitary,  white  and  sometimes  tinged  red, 
the  palate  yellow  S.  W  Eu 

sempervirens,  Lapeyr  Procumbent,  woolly,  small 
fls.  white  with  purple  blotch  Pyrenees. 

glutindsum,  Boiss  &  Rent  Prostrate,  glandular- 
pilose  Ivs  alternate,  elliptic  to  elliptic-ovate,  short - 
petioled  fls  pale  yellowish  white,  the  lip  striped  red 
Spam.  B  M  7285 

AAAA  Plant  climbing,  perennial. 
maurandioides,  Gray  (Maurdndta  anlirrhiniflora, 
Willd  )  Fig  229  Climbing  2-6  ft  by  means  of  the 
coiling  petioles  and  peduncles  Ivs  3-lobed,  halberd- 
shape  fls  axillary,  1  in.  or  more  long,  violet  or  purple, 
handsome  Texas  to  Calif  B  M.  1643 — Attractive 
plant  for  the  window,  cool  greenhouse  or  conservatory. 
Suitable  for  baskets.  I,  n  R. 

ANTROPHYUM  (Greek,  growing  in  cavern*}  Poly- 
podidceae  A  genus  of  simple-lvd  herbaceous  lerns, 
rarely  found  in  cult  Native  in  tronics,  in  damp  forests 
All  the  species  are  epiphytes,  ana  not  of  commercial 
value  except  as  rarities.  Require  high  temp 

ANTS,  Their  Habits,  Activities,  Injuries  and  Control. 
Various  kinds  of  ants  are  troublesome  to  gardeners; 
and  all  the  ants  are  most  interesting  animals 

The  ants  belong  to  the  same  great  group  of  insects 
(Hymenoptera)  that  contains  the  wasps,  bees,  sawflies, 
and  others;  and  like  the  honey  bee  and  common  wasps 
are  congregate  in  their  habits  of  living  The  abdomen 
of  aU  the  common  ants  is  attached  to  the  thorax  by  a 


227.  Antirrhinum  Orontmm.  (  X  U) 


slender  waist,  or  peduncle;  and  eacn  segment  (there 
may  be  one  or  two)  of  this  peduncle  is  expanded  on  the 
top  side  and  forms  a  lens,  or  button-shaped  knot,  a 
character  that  distinguishes  ants  from  all  other  insects 
Everyone  is  familiar  with  ants,  they  occur  in  all 
lands  and  all  regions,  from  the  dry  deserts  to  the  damp 
forests,  from  the  timber  line  of  mountains  to  the  lowest 
valleys  and  among  the  dwellings  and  habitations  of 
man  They  seem  to  thrive  in  all  kinds  of  environment 
and  multiply  enormously,  so  that  they  outnumber  all 
other  terrestrial  animals 

The  natuie  of  an  ant  colony 

Ants  aie  social,  that  is,  they  live  in  colonies  or  com- 
munities where  every  individual  ant  works  for  the  good 
of  the  whole  and  not  for  itself  alone  A  colony  of  ants 
furnishes  an  rllustration  of  a  more  perfect  communistic 
society  than  any  ever  established  by  man,  and  perhaps 
a  more  amicable  one  than  any  he  will  ever  be  able  to 
organize 

In  a  t3'pical  colony  of  ants,  there  are  at,  least  three 
kinds  of  individuals,  the  queen,  the  males,  and  the  work- 
ers The  queen  is  not  the  ruler  but  the  mother  of  the 
colony  Her  only  business  seems  to  be  to  lay  eggs  which 
hutch  into  woikers  and  other  forms  to  take  the  places 
of  those  that  disappear  or  die,  thus  maintaining  the 
full  and  continuous  st length  of  the  community  When 
the  queen  comes  forth  from  the  pupal  .stage,  she  has 
wings  \\  hich  she  retains  until  after  the  swarming  period 
After  the  swarming  flight  is  over  and  the  queen  alights, 
her  wings  fall  off  or  are  torn  ofT  by  herself  or  workers 
and  from  that  time  she  remains  wingless  In  some 
species  of  ants  there  may  be  modified  forms  of  the 
queen,  for  example,  gumt  queens,  dwarf  queens,  worker- 
like  queens,  and  other  forms 

The  males,  which  have  wings,  exist  only  to  mate 
with  the  queens,  and  after  the  swarming  period  is  over 
they  eventually  die  The  males 
are  also  often  modified  into  giant 
males,  dwarf  males,  worker-like 
mules,  and  other  forms 

The  workers,  which  are  un- 
developed females,  are  wingless 
and  constitute  the  great  major- 
ity of  individuals  that  we  see 
running  about  in  the  vieuutv  of 
an  ant -nest  The  workers  are 
just  wh.it  their  title  implies 
Thev  do  the  work  of  the  coin- 
munitv,  build  the  nest,  keep)  it 
clean,  care  for  and  procure  food 
for  the  queen  and  laivie,  care 
for  the  eggs,  fight  the  battles, 
and  so  forth  The  workers  may 
exist  under  several  different 
forms  One  especially  inter- 
esting form  has  a  very  large 
head  and  strong  jaws,  thus  fit- 
ting it  for  war -like  functions  ( 
Ants  of  this  form  are  known 
as  the  soldiers 

The  net>ts  and  activities  of  ants 

The  nests  of  ants,  in  a  general 
way,  consist  merely  of 
a  system  of  passage- 
ways or  cavities  com- 
municating with  each 
other  and  connected  to 
the  outside  world  with 
ono  or  more  openings 
There  are  some  species 
of  ants  that  live  below 
the  surface  of  the  earth 

And  have  no  openings      228  Young  spike  of  a  dwarf  form 
from   their    nests    into          of  Antirrhinum  ma  jus   ( X  H> 


306 


ANTS 


ANTS 


229   Antirrhinum  maurandioides,  in  bud 


the  air,  except  at  the  swarming  period  The  style  of 
construction  and  the  materials  used  by  ants  in  making 
their  nests  vary  with  the  different  species  and  with  the 
environment  in  which  the  animals  live  Moreover,  the 
nests  are  very  irregular,  especially  when  compaicd  with 
those  of  wasps  and  bees. 

The  passageways  of  the  nests  are  enlarged  heie  and 
there  into  comparatively  large  cavities,  or  chambers. 
It  is  in  these  different  chambers  that  the  activities  of 

the  colony  are 
conducted  The 
queen  lies  deep 
within  the  in- 
terior of  the 
nest  m  a  dry, 
dark  chamber. 
Here  she  is  care- 
fully tended  and 
fed  by  the  work- 
ers who  bear  the 
eggs  as  they 
are  laid,  to  other 
chambers  and 
zealously  care 
for  them  Many 
insects  never 
see  their  young; 
others  may  see  them  but  do  not  care  for  them ,  others, 
like  the  bees  and  wasps,  put  food  into  the  gaping 
mouths  of  their  young  but  have  no  further  associa- 
tion with  them  The  ants,  however,  stand  alone  among 
insects  in  their  very  intimate  relations  with  their 
progeny  from  the  egg  to  the  adult  Some  of  the  cham- 
bers in  the  nest  are  reserved  for  the  eggr,  some  for  the 
larvae,  and  some  for  the  pupa?.  If,  as  often  happens,  the 
eggs,  larvae  and  pupa1  are  all  in  one  chamber,  then  they 
are  each  grouped  by  themselves  in  separate  piles,  re- 
minding one,  as  Lubbock  sa>s,  "of  a  school  divided 
into  five  or  six  classes  "  In  the  simpler  and  more 
primitive  ants,  this  grouping  and  separation  may  not 
be  so  distinct  The  ants  are  constantly  transferring 
their  young  from  one  part  of  the  nest  to  another  in 
search  of  the  right  degree  of  moisture,  temperature,  and 
the  like  In  the  warm  part  of  the  day,  the  young  will  be 
transferred  to  near  the  surface  but  at  night  will  be 
carried  down  again  away  from  the  cool  air  The  ants 
are  constantly  cleaning  the  young,  caring  for  the  eggs 
to  prevent  mold  from  growing  on  them,  helping  the 
callow  ants  to  emerge  from  their  cocoons,  bringing 
food,  cleaning,  enlarging  and  reconstructing  the  nest 
and  doing  thousands  of  things  contributing  to  the  com- 
fort, growth  and  happiness  of  the  community 

The  relation  of  ants  to  plants  and  to  injects. 

It  has  been  argued  and  many  observations  have  been 
offered  to  show  that  there  is  a  most  intimate  relation 
between  ants  and  many  kinds  of  plants  Certain  observ- 
ers think  that  many  plants  not  only  offer  special  in- 
ducements to  attract  ants  to  them  by  affording  favor- 
able nesting-places,  but  also  offer  the  ants  delectable 
food  in  the  way  of  a  sweet  liquid,  the  floral  and  extra- 
floral  nectar  In  return  for  the  domiciles  and  the  food, 
the  ants  arc  supposed  to  protect  their  plant  hosts  from 
certain  insect  and  other  animal  enemies  In  other 
words,  the  relationship  is  one  of  mutual  benefit,  or  a 
symbiotic  one.  It  is  certainly  true  that  many  species 
of  ants  make  their  homes  m  the  hollow  stems  of  plants, 
in  the  thorns  of  acacias  which  the  ants  easily  hollow 
out  (see  Bull-horn  Acacia*),  in  cavities  in  bulbs,  leaves, 
and  so  on,  and  in  the  dried  seed-pods  of  plants  It  is 
also  true  that  ants  assiduously  collect  and  carry  to 
their  nests  the  sweet  nectar  excreted  by  many  plants. 
It  is  not  so  clear,  however,  that  these  favorable  nesting- 
places  and  the  nectar  are  provided  by  the  plants  on 
purpose  to  attract  the  ants,  nor  is  it  clear  that  the  ants 
afford  the  plants  protection  from  their  animal  enemies. 


In  other  words,  more  definite  proof  is  needed  to  show 
that  the  relation  between  ants  and  plants  is  a  pur- 
posely mutual  one 

On  the  other  hand,  the  relation  of  ants  to  plant-lice, 
tree-hoppeis  and  certain  scale  insects  is  clearly,  in  many 
cases,  a  mutually  helpful  one  Especially  is  this  true  of 
the  relations  between  ants  and  plant-lice  The  aphids 
secrete  a  sweet  liquid  material  known  as  honey-dew,  of 
which  the  ants  are  very  fond  and  which  they  are 
active  in  collecting  and  carrying  to  their  nests  It  can 
hardly  be  supposed  that  the  aphids  excrete  the  honey- 
dew  solely  for  the  ants  The  liquid  is  an  excretion  from 
the  alimentary  canal  and  is  exuded  whether  ants  are 
in  attendance  or  not  On  the  other  hand,  ants  are  very 
solicitous  m  their  care  of  aphids  in  ret  urn  for  the  honey- 
dew  The  ants  sometimes  build  "sheds"  over  the  lice 
for  their  protection  and  sometimes  take  the  lice  into 
their  own  nests  to  care  for  them  In  the  ease  of  the 
corn-root  louse,  the  ants  collect  the  eggs  of  the  aphid 
in  the  fall,  cany  them  into  their  own  nests,  and  care  for 
them  all  winter  In  the  spring,  the  newly-hatched 
aphids  are  carried  out  by  the  ants  and  placed  in  bur- 
rows dug  beforehand  among  the  roots  of  certain  early 
food-plants  Later,  the  ants  excavate  burrows  along 
the  roofs  of  the  corn  and  transfer  the  aphids  to  these 
plants 

It  is  interesting  to  watch  the  ants  collecting  the 
honey-dew  from  the  aphids  An  ant  approaches  a 
louse  and  gently  strokes  the  latter  with  its  antennae, 
whereupon  the  aphid  exudes  a  di  op  of  the  sweet  material 
which  is  quickly  gathered  up  by  the  ant  This  action 
may  be  repeated  with  three  or  four  of  the  aphids  until 
the  ant  has  all  it  desires,  when  it  hurries  clown  the  stem 
of  the  plant  and  away  to  its  nest  with  its  load  of  sweet 
provender. 

The  life-history  of  ants. 

Enough  observations  have  now  been  made  to  enable 
us  to  say  that  most,  if  not  all,  colonies  of  ants  are 
started  by  a  solitary  queen  or  occasionally  by  two  queens 
working  together  The  queen,  after  the  swarming 
period,  alights,  breaks  off  her  wings,  and  digs  a  burrow 
in  the  soil  or  in  decayed  wood,  foims  a  small  chamber, 
and  then  closes  the  opening  Here  she  remains  until 
her  eggs  arc  laid  and  have  hatched  into  small  larvae 
that  finally  mature  into  normal  but  diminutive  workers. 
All  this  time  the  queen  has  taken  no  food  but  has  lived 
and  fed  the  first  workers  on  the  reserve  material  in  her 
body  The  small  workers  now  begin  to  enlarge  the 
nest  and  soon  other  Larger  workers  aie  i  eared  and  the 
community  begins  to  multiply  and  increase 

The  eggs  laid  by  the  queen  are  small  and  white 
and  rarely  seen  by  the  ordinary  observer  These  are 
solicitously  cared  for  by  workers  and  finally  hatch 
into  white,  footless,  soft,  grub-like  larvae  The  larvae 
are  also  tenderly  eared  for  by  the  workers  and  changed 
from  chamber  to  chamber  m  conformity  with  varia- 
tions m  temperature1  and  moisture  The  workers 
feed  the  larvae  either  on  food  which  has  been  predi- 
gested  and  which  the  workers  now  regurgitate,  or  on 
bits  of  dead  insects,  leaves,  or  seeds  that  have  been 
chewed  fine  The  larvae  finally,  after  attaining  their 
growth,  change  to  whitish  pupae  which,  in  some  species, 
are  inclosed  in  cocoons,  while  in  others  they  are  not. 
These  the  workers  treat  with  the  same  solicitude  and 
care  that  they  show  toward  the  larvee  The  pupae  are 
often  mistaken  for  eggs.  Often,  on  raising  up  a  flat 
stone,  one  will  see  the  workers  running  this  way  and  that 
with  the  larva?  and  pupa?  in  their  jaws,  evidently  seek- 
ing a  place  of  safety  for  them.  The  pupae  finally  trans- 
form to  the  adult  ants  of  the  various  forms,  workers, 
queens,  and  males 

Economic  importance  of  ants. 

Ants,  as  a  whole,  may  probably  be  considered  as 
agents  in  making  the  earth  more  habitable  for  man. 


ANTS 


APHANANTHE 


307 


Some  of  the  species  are  neutral,  perhaps,  in  relation  to 
the  economic  status  of  mankind  A  great  many  species 
are  certainly  beneficial  through  their  action  in  stirring 
and  aerating  the  HOI!  They  are  constantly  burrowing 
deep  into  the  earth  and  bringing  up  the  particles  which 
they  distribute  over  the  surface  Their  action  in  this 
respect  is  similar  to  that  of  earthworms,  the  value  of 
which  was  revealed  to  us  by  the  classic  mvestigal  ions  of 
Darwin  Ants  are  also  important  agents  in  aiding  in 
the  decomposition  of  organic  substances.  Their  work 
m  this  respect  is  little  appreciated  or  realized  because 
it  is  invisible  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that 
this  work  of  ants  is  gradual,  incessant,  and  extends 
through  tremendously  long  periods  of  time 

Again,  ants  are  great  insect-destroyers  Their  food 
consists,  m  great  part,  of  the  juices  and  tissues  of  dead 
insects  or  injects  that  they  kill  The  interesting  driver 
ants  of  the  Old  World  and  the  legionary  ants  of  tropical 
Africa  pass  through  a  territory  killing  and  devouring 
multitudes  of  living  insects,  rats,  mice,  and  the  like 
Hunter  and  Hinds  tell  us  that  there  are  twelve  species 
of  ants  known  to  attack  the  immature  stages  of  the 
Mexican  cotton  boll-weevil.  "In  some  cases  more  than 
half  of  the  immature  stages  in  fields  have  been  found 
to  be  dostioyed  by  ants  alone  To  find  25  per  cent  so 
destroyed  is  not  a  rare  occurrence  " 

On  the  other  hand,  certain  household  species  of  ants 
are  very  annoying  and  troublesome  Moreover,  the 
leaf-cutting  ants  of  tropical  America  are  very  injurious 
to  plants  They  will  strip  a  fruit  tree  of  its  foliage  in 
a  \ery  short  time  One  .species  of  these  leaf -cutting 
forms  (Atta  texana]  found  in  Texas,  attacks  cotton, 
corn,  fruit  trees,  sorghum  and  other  plants,  and  has 
become  of  considerable  economic  importance  In 
some  places,  land  is  not  planted  on  account  of  fear  of 
attack  by  these  ants 

The  mound-building  prairie  ant  (1'oqojiomyrmexocci- 
dentahb],  distributed  over  a  large  part  of  the  western 
plains  of  the  United  States,  has  become  a  distinct  pest 
since  man  has  begun  to  occupv  the  prairies.  Its 
large  mound-nests  in  fields  of  alfalfa  or  grain  become 
serious  obstacles  to  harvesting  the  crops  Moreover, 
when  the  nests  are  disturbed,  the  ants  emerge  in  large 
numbers  and  attack  man  and  beast,  inflicting  painful 
\vounds  with  their  stings  In  dooryards  and  lawns  and 
along  paths,  they  are  liable  to  attack  the  passerby, 
especially  dawdling  children 

The  agricultural  ant  (Foqonomyrmex  barbattis  mole- 
faciens)  of  Texas  may  build  its  mound-nests  in  fields  of 
alfalfa,  corn,  or  cotton,  and,  since  it  allows  no  vegetation 
to  grow  over  a  considerable  area  around  the  nest,  the 
injury  may  be  serious  Moreover,  they  are  pugnacious 
and  sting  intruders  severely 

Perhaps  the  most  injurious  role  assumed  by  ants  is 
their  protection  and  fostering  of  plant-lice,  scale  insects, 
and  the  like  Aphuls  and  scale  insects  are  among  the 
most  injurious  insect  pests,  and  anything  that  protects 
them  or  aids  them  in  increasing  may  be  considered  an 
enemy  to  man 

As  a  pest,  the  Argentine  ant  (fridomyrmfx  humilis), 
otands  by  itself  Professor  Newell  says,  "As  a  house- 
hold pest  I  venture  the  opinion  that  this  ant  has  no 
equal  in  the  United  States  Unfortunately  ?  it  has  also 
become  a  serious  menace  to  hoiticultural  interests  as 
well  It  destroys  the  burls,  blossoms,  and  fruit  of  cer- 
tain plants  and  protects  and  fosters  certain  scale  insects 
that  are  very  injurious  to  sugar-cane  Moreover,  it  has 
in  a  few  instances  actually  shown  itself  to  be  dangerous 
to  human  life  by  nearly  suffocating  young  infants 

The  Argentine  ant  was  probably  first  introduced 
into  the  United  States  through  the  port  of  New  Orleans, 
and  is  now  found  in  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  parts  of 
California,  and  probably  Texas  It  is  an  exceedingly 
tenacious  ant,  holding  on  where  once  established, 
increasing  with  great  rapidity,  and  driving  out  all  the 
native  ants. 


The  termites,  or  whit"  ants 

The  termites  are  not  true  ants  In  fact,  they  stand 
at  the  opposite  end  of  the  insect-world,  widely  separated 
from  the  ants  just  discussed  They  resemble  the  true 
ants,  however,  m  many  important  respects  For  exam- 
ple, they  live  in  great  colonies,  and  many  tropical 
species  build  large  mound-like  nests.  Moreover,  in 
each  colony  there  are  several  kinds  of  individuals,  for 
example,  the  queen,  the  males,  the  workers  which 
are  blind  or  have  imperfee  t  vision,  and,  finally,  the 
soldiers  The  food  of  termites  usually  consists  of  dead 
or  decaying  wood,  and  the  species  m  the  United  States 
live  mostly  undei  ground  or  in  old  logs,  in  the  timbers 
of  buildings,  or  in  the  walls  and  floors  of  houses  Occa- 
sionally they  injure  young  pecan  and  orange  trees  by 
mining  into  the  stems  and  sometimes  attack  sugar- 
cane The  greatest  injury  petfonned  bv  teunites,  how- 
ever, is  by  burrowing  into  the  sills  and  foundation- 
timbcrs  of  buildings,  thus  undenniri  ng  the  whole 
structure  They  also  injure  books  and  documents 
stoied  in  damp  basements  and  sometimes  become 
senous  pests  to  greenhouses 

The  control  of  ant?  in  garden  ,  lawn1*  and  fields. 

The  only  method  of  getting  rid  of  ants  permanently 
is  by  locating  the  nests  and  treating  them  in  such  a 
way  that  the  queen  will  finalh  be  destroyed  The  sub- 
stance most  used  for  treating  the  nests  is  carbon 
bisulfide  One  or  more  hol<  s  should  be  made  in  the 
nest  with  an  iron  bar  and  tin  ounce  or  two  of  the  liquid 

C)ured  into  each  hole  The  openings  to  the  holes  should 
•  quickly  and  tightly  closed  with  a  clod  of  dirt  A 
heavy  wet  blanket  thrown  over  the  nest  will  aid  in 
retaining  the  gas  and  tend  to  make  the  fumigation 
more  effective  The  liquid  e\.iporates  and  the  gas 
penetrates  the  whole  nest,  killing  queen  anu  workers, 
thus  exterminating  the  colony 

\Vithin  the  past  few  years,  se\eral  workers  have  used 
potassium  cyanide  with  good  success  m  destroying  ants 
in  the  field  J  D  Mitchell  conducted  experiments 
against  the  leaf-cutting  ant  m  Texas  He  dissolved  the 
cyanide  at  the  rate  of  one  ounce  in  one  quart  of  water 
and  poured  a  quart  into  each  of  the  openings  of  the 
nests  In  every  case  the  colony  was  destroyed  by  one 
or  two  applications  This  method  may  be  followed  to 
advantage  in  destroying  ants  m  gardens  and  on  lawns, 
but  the  solution  may  be  made  weaker — one  ounce  of 
the  cyanide  to  two  to  four  quarts  of  water  Best 
re.sults  will  be  secured  by  using  MS  per  cent  pure  potas- 
sium cyanide  It  must  be  remembered  that  this  is  a 
deadly  poison  and  great  care  should  be  exercised  in 
handling  and  storing  it  (j  \\  HEKRIC-K 

AOTUS  (without  ear,  no  calyx  appendages)  Legu- 
mindbej?.  Greenhouse  plant,  blooming  April  to  June 
in  N 

Shrubs,  with  simple  scattered  or  3-wrhorled  revolute- 
margmed  Ivs  ,  and  }  ellow  or  reddish  fls  in  axillary 
clusters  or  short  terminal  racemes;  calyx  2-hpped: 
petals  long-clawed,  the  standard  nearly  orbicular  and 
longer  than  lower  petals,  the  wings  oblong  and  keel 
incurved;  stamens  fiee  pod  ovate,  fiat  or  turgid,  2- 
valved  — Ten  or  11  species  in  Austral 

gracilluna,  Mcisn  Tall  shrub,  with  long  slender 
branches,  hoary  or  slightly  tomentose  fls  yellow  with 
crimson  or  dark-colored  keel,  in  long  leafy  dense  ra- 
cemes, the  petals  twice  as  long  as  calyx.  W.  Austral. 
R.B.26.193.  L.  II  B. 

APfeRA  ARUNDINACEA:  Shpa  anmdinacea 

APHANANTHE  (Greek,  aphanet,,  inconspicuous, 
and  anthe,  flower)  Ulma-cex  Ornamental  deciduous 
tree  cultivated  for  its  foliage  and  sometimes  planted  as 
a  shade  tree. 

Trees  or  shrubs  l\s  altein.ite,  peholate,  serrate; 
stipules  fiee  Us  monuM'ious,  m<  onspicuous,  stammate 


308 


APHANANTHE 


APHELANDRA 


in  axillary  corymbs,  sepals  and  stamens  5;  pistillate 
solitary,  axillary;  ovary  1 -celled  with  1  ovule,  styles  2: 
fr  a  drupe  — Three  to  4  species  in  E  Asia  and  Austral. 
The  only  species  in  cult,  is  a  deciduous  tree  of  the 
appearance  of  a  hackberry.  with  slender  branches  form- 
ing a  dense  head,  fls  and  fr.  inconspicuous.  Not  hardy 
north  of  Ga.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  after  maturity  and 
by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  fall;  it  also  may  be 
grafted  on  Celtis. 

fispera,  Planchon  (Homoioceltis  dspera,  Blume.  Homo- 
celtis  japonica,  Hort.).  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  to 
ovate-oblong,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  long-acumi- 
nate, 2-3  Yi  in.  long,  serrate  with  straight 
veins  ending  in  the  teeth,  with  appressed 
hairs  on  both  sides,  rough  to  the  touch, 
on  short  stalks  im  long  fls  greenish,  with 
the  Ivs  drupe  globular,  black,  J^in 
diam  ,  short-stalkea.  Early  spring:  fr.  m 
autumn  Japan.  S  I  F.  1'37. — This  tree 
has  been  confused  with  Celtis  sinensis,  but 
is  easily  distinguished  by  the  straight 
veins  ending  in  the  teeth,  while  in  Celtis 
they  are  curved  and  form  loops  along  the 
margin 

ALFRED  REHDER 

APHELANDRA 

(Greek-made  name). 
Acanthdcez.  Tropical 
American  evergreen 
shrubs  or  tall  herbs, 
grown  in  hothouses 
for  the  fine  foliage 
and  very  showy  4- 
sided  terminal  spikes 
of  red  or  yellow 
gaudy-bracted  flow- 
ers 

Leaves  mostly  op- 
posite, simple,  entire 
or  toothed,  usually 
many  and  large'  fls. 
labiate,  the  upper 
lip  mostly  3-lobed 
and  the  middle  lobe 
erect  or  arching,  the 
lower  lip  more  or  less 
2-lobed  or  notched ; 
stamens  4,  rising 
from  the  base  of  the 
corolla,  the  anthers 
connivent  and  1-cclled;  style  2-lobed:  fr.  a  4-angled 
caps  — About  60  species 

Aphelandras  are  of  easy  culture,  if  given  plenty  of 
diffused  light  in  the  growing  season,  and  plants  are  not 
allowed  to  become  tall  and  leggy  It  is  well  to  grow  new 
plants  frequently  Propagation  is  by  seeds  when 
obtainable,  or  by  cuttings  of  partially  ripened  wood  at 
anv  season  or  the  young  growths  taken  off  with  a  heel. 
They  bloom  in  autumn,  but  can  readily  be  brought 
into  flower  at  other  seasons.  When  done  blooming,  the 
plants  should  be  rested  in  an  intermediate  temperature, 
kept  rather  dry,  but  not  allowed  to  wilt  or  shrivel. 
They  require  treatment  of  justicias,  and  thnve  along 
with  allamandas  and  pomsettias 

A.  Fls  in  yellow  series. 

squarr&sa,  Nees  (A.  Leopoldn,  Hort  A.  chrysops, 
Bull).  Lvs.  large,  ovate  to  ovate-elliptic,  acuminate, 
dark  green  above  (pale  below),  with  white  rib  and 
main  veins:  infl.  a  simple,  erect,  or  compound  spike, 
up  to  1  ft.  long;  fls  pale  yellow  and  exserted  one-third 
their  length  beyond  the  yellow  crenate-dentate  bracts. 
Brazil.  A.  squarrosa  itself  is  not  in  cult ,  the  showy 
plant  in  the  trade  (and  described  herewith)  being  Var. 
Lfcopoldii,  Van  Houtte  Fig  230  F  S  9  889  G.C 


III.  1,  p.  737.  Var.  Loftisse,  Van  Houtte.  Dwarfer 
and  smaller  m  all  its  parts  than  var.  Leopoldn:  St. 
slender,  dark  reddish  green,  terete,  covered  in  parts 
with  soft  pilose  hairs,  upper  part  of  the  st.  below  the 
mfl.  quite  glabrous:  Ivs.  3-5  in.  long,  elliptic,  rich  dark 
green  with  brighter  colored  silvery  markings  along  the 
midrib  and  principal  veins,  inn  3-6  in.  long,  un- 
branched;  bracts  ovate,  %m  long,  rich  dark  yellow, 
with  green  markings  in  the  middle;  fls  exserted  beyond 
the  bracts  over  half  their  length,  rich  canary-yellow, 
%m.  diam.,  lower  3  petals  forming  a  lip  and  reflexed, 
upper  2  hooaed,  reflexing  with  age,  tube  broad,  broad- 
ening out  upwards  with  a  narrow 
base,  1J4  in  long.  Brazil  G  W. 
3.157. 

Chamlssoniana,  Nees  (A   punctata, 
Bull).     An  erect  herb  or  sub-shrub* 
sts  slender,  erect,  terete,  green,  lower 
part  more  or  less  woody    Ivs  petio- 
late,    elliptic     or    elliptic-lanceolate, 
tapering  at  apex  and  base,  and  up 
to  6  in.  long,  upper  part  light  green, 
marked   along    the    principal    veins 
and  midrib  with  dull  silvery  white  or 
yellowish  white,  the  silvery  markings 
sometimes  spreading  over  nearly  the 
entire  If.;  petiole  short  or  up  to  an 
inch   or   more    long, 
lower  side  dull  light 
green    mfl    an  erect 
unbranched  spike,  as 
much  as  a  foot  long 
when  strong  and  2-3 
in.  wide,  bracts  ovate- 
lanceolate,     bright 
yellow,    tipped    with 
gieen,    coarsely   ser- 
rate, slightly  i  eflexed ; 
calyx    J-jjin    long; 
sepals  lanceolate,  corolla  bright  yel- 
low, an  inch  diam  ,  tube  1 Y^  m  long, 
curved  outward  and  tapering  up- 
ward;   lobes  ovate,   nearly    equal, 
anthers    yellow.    S.   Brazil.    B.M. 
6627    111.29:457 

Blanchetiana,  Hook  f  (A.arnccna, 
Bull).  St  terete,  green,  tinted  with 
dull  purple,  with  deeper  shading 
around  the  base  of  petiole  and  at 
the  nodes,  thick  and  stout.  Ivs. 
ovate-acuminate,  with  many  pairs  of  conspicuous 
nerves,  green,  the  midrib,  and  often  the  main  veins, 
white;  petiole,  1-2  m  long,  terete,  glabrous  fls  dark 
yellow,  exceeding  the  long,  entire,  cusp-pointed  red 
scales,  spike  sessile  Brazil.  BM  7179 — Known  in  the 
trade  as  A.  amcena,  having  been  described  under  that 
name  before  it  had  flowered  in  cult. 

AA.  Fls.  in  red-orange  series, — i  e  ,  scarlet,  or 
verging  to  orange 

aurantiaca,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  deep  green 
above,  light  green  below,  strongly  veined,  but  not  parti- 
colored, slightly  wavy  edged,  fls  orange,  with  a  tinge  of 
scarlet,  the  spreading  limb  overhanging  the  green'sh 
sharp-toothed  scales. — A  dwarf-growing  species  of  easy 
cult,  and  readily  raised  from  seed  Mex  B  M  4224. 
B.R.  31:12.  Var.  Rcfezlii,  Nichols.  (A  R&zlei,  Carr). 
Fls.  with  more  scarlet:  Ivs.  twisted,  with  silvery  hue 
between  the  veins.  Mex.  Gn.  W.  20*576. — Showy  and 
good.  Not  so  tall  as  A.  aurantiaca, 

Macleayi,  Bedd.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  3  in  or  less  long, 
acute,  entire,  green  both  sides  with  white  band  along 
midrib  above,  spike  cone-like,  orange-scarlet  nearly  2 
in.  long  Country  unknown. — Said  to  have  been  cult, 
as  A.  punctata  and  A  squarrosa. 


APHELANDRA 


APICRA 


309 


tetragdna,  Nees  (A  cristata,  Lindl  Justicia  cristata, 
Jacq.  J.  tetragdna,  Vahl).  An  erect  or  spreading, 
shrub:  sts.  terete,  woody  below,  green,  tinted  with  red 
when  young:  Ivs.  opposite  and  decussate,  petiolate, 
green,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate, 
acuminate  or  acute;  6-12  in.  long,  and  2-7  in  diam., 
entire  or  crenate,  slightly  undulate;  petiole  as  much  as 
6  in.  long,  slender,  hairy,  infl.  an  erect-terminal  cluster 
of  spikes,  the  central  one  hairy,  6-8  in  long,  with  shorter 
ones  branching  from  its  base,  often,  when  well  grown, 
bearing  from  10-12  lateral  spikes  of  various  lengths; 
fls  bright  scarlet,  crowded  on  the  spike,  and  the  bulk 
of  them  opening  together,  bracts  erect,  closely  ad- 
pressed  to  the  rachis,  green,  ovate,  acute,  Y^\n.  long, 
cihate,  bractcoles  lanceolate,  hairy,  corolla  scarlet, 
1 14  in  diam  ,  tube  2  in  long,  narrow  at  the  base, 
broadening  upwards,  Up  reflexed,  1*4  »n.  long,  upper 
pair  of  petals  hooded,  lateral  ones  reduced  to  short 
obtuse  lobes.  Trop.  S  Amer.  BIVL8272.  Gt.  40: 
1354  — The  finest  species  m  cult  ;  a  magnificent  stove 
plant 

nltens,  Hook  f.  An  erect  herb  or  sub-shrub:  st. 
terete,  green,  stout,  usually  dwarf  and  compact.  Ivs. 
shortly  petiolate,  ovate-acute,  entire,  thick,  rich  dark 
olive-green  above,  btight  vinous  purple  bolow,  hig'  ' 
glabrous  on  both  sides,  margins  recurved,  peti 
very  short  or  none,  winged,  infl.  an  erect  terminal 
spike,  6  in  or  more  long,  bracts  green  and  erect,  1-1  ^ 
in  long,  serrate;  sepals  ^m.  long,  linear-lanceolate; 
corolla  might  vermilion-scarlet,  1-1}^  in  diam  ;  lip 
ovate,  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  petals  and  slightly 
reflexed,  upper  pair  of  petals  hooded,  tube  1-1  Y±  in. 
long,  yellow.  Colombia  BM  5741  Gn48.122  — 
A  fine  dwarf-growing  btove  plant  readily  prop  by  cut- 
tings and  often  setting  seed  if  kept  in  a  cooler  and 
drier  house  when  m  flower. 

fascinator,  Lind  &  Andr6.  Habit  stiff  and  erect, 
with  fls  opening  in  succession  over  a  period  of  some 
4-6  weeks  st.  terete,  green,  glabrous.  Ivs.  elliptic, 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  entire, 
shortly  petiolate,  6-9  in.  long,  uppci  side  dark  green 
with  narrow  band  of  bilvery  white  along  midrib  and 
principal  veins,  lower  bide  dull  wine-red  with  veins  of  a 
darker  .shade  infl  an  erect  unbranched  terminal  spike 
up  to  6  in  long,  bracts  ovate  or  elliptic,  basal  ones  an 
inch  long,  tapering  upwards  to  3-^in  long,  covered  with 
short  pilose  hairs,  sepals  Hin-  I°n8.  lanceolate,  glan- 
dular, green;  corolla  bnght  vermilion-scarlet,  \}/2  in. 
diam  with  large  and  prominent  front  lobe,  tube 
slender  l}/2  m  long  B  M  8398  I  II  21 '164.— A 
beautiful  and  striking  species,  well  worth  growing  for 
its  handsome  foliage  apart  from  its  beautiful  fls.  It 
should  be  kept  rather  on  the  dry  hide  as  soon  as  the  fls. 
appear,  otherwise  the  plant  is  likely  to  lose  all  its  roots. 

A  atrAmrena,  N  E  Br  Dwarf  Ivs  very  dark  green  above  and 
purplish  beneath  fls  yellow,  1  in  long  Brazil  I  H  3t  527  —A. 
hbrmidna,  Lind  Dwarf  Ivs  ovate  and  long-acuminate,  with  a 
white  nb,  green  below  fla  atop  yillow,  small,  scarcely  exserted 
beyond  the  red  bracts  Brazil  13  M  5463  —A  maccdoniAna,  Lmd 
Allod  Said  to  be  a  form  of  A  atrovirens  Lvj  with  white  rib  and 
mam  veins  Brazil  I  H  33  583  — A  Mdrgaritse,  E  Morr  Lvs 
elliptic-acuminate,  barred  with  white,  purple  below  fls  yellow,  the 
bracts  strong- toot  bed  Brazil  GC  III.  2.585. — A.  onentdht, 
offered  in  Amer  ,  is  possibly  a  form  of  some  well-known  species  — 
A  pumila,  Hook  f  Less  than  1  ft  Ivs  large,  acute  fls  orange, 
bracts  purplish  Brazil  B  M  6467  —A  variegdta,  Morel  A  near 
ally  of  A  Blanchetiana  with  bnght  scarlet  bracts,  and  bright  yellow 
fls.  Probably  not  now  m  cult.  B  M  4899.  F  8  10  981 

L.  H.  B.    . 
APHELfiXIS:    Helichryeum.  C-  P>  &AFFILL. 

APHfLLON  (Greek,  leafless).  Orobanchacese.  Two 
species  of  small  N.  American  parasitic  herbs,  now  often 
united  with  Orobanche,  and  by  others  kept  distinct 
under  Rafinesque's  name,  Thalesia.  These  plants  are 
not  cult.,  but  are  always  interesting  to  the  collector 
and  surprising  to  one  who  runs  across  them  in  woods 
or  fields.  A.  unifldrum,  Gray,  Fig.  231,  produces  very 


few  leafless  1-fld.  pale  scapes,  3-8  in.  high,  and  5- 
lobed,  curved,  white  or  violet  fls.,  and  known  as  cancer- 
root.  A.  fasciculatum,  Torr.  &  Gray,  has  the  scaly 
st.  rising  higher  out 
of  the  ground  and 
bearing  several 
crowded  peduncles, 
fls  purplish  yellow. 
— These  plants  oc- 
cur sparingly  nearly 
or  quite  across  the 
continent. 

APlCRA  (not 
bitter,  from  the 
Greek)  Liltdcese, 
tribe  Aloimx.  Aloe- 
like  plants,  grown 
with  other  succu- 
lents. 

Shortly  caules- 
cent small  succu- 
lents: Ivs.  spirally 
arranged  or  crowd- 
ed along  the  st.: 
fls.  greenish,  often 
striped  with  white, 
straight,  tubular  or 
prismatic,  with 
short,,  flat  or  spread- 
ing white  limo  sur- 
pahbing  the  sta- 
mens Cape  region. 
— Agave  house  or 
cactus  house;  suit- 
able for  rockeries  during  the  summer  Prop  like  Aloe. 
Monogr.  by  Baker.  GC  II,  11.717  (1879)  Journ. 
Linn  Soc.  Bot.  18.216.  Berger  m  Das  Pflanzenreich 
1908,  hft.  33. 


231.  Aphyllon  umflorum.  (XH) 


aspera,  1 
biearmata,  2. 
bullulata.  3. 
congest  a,  6. 
deltoidea,  7. 


INDEX. 

foliolosa,  8 
tmbncata,  4 
intermedia,  7. 
major,  1. 
pentagona,  3,  5. 


spiralis,  4,  5. 
epirella,  5. 
turgida,  7 
Willdenown,  5. 


A.  Lvs.  warty  on  the  back.  fls.  smooth. 
1.  Aspera,  Haw  (Aide aspera,  Haw  H  aw  drthia  aspera, 
Haw.).  St.  mostly  simple,  erect,  4-6  in.  high,  \%  in. 
diam .  including  Ivs  .  Ivs.  half-globose,  acuminate, 
slightly  keeled,  %m  long,  green,  smooth  on  the  rather 
convex  upper  surface,  green-warty  on  the  back,  the 
margin  granular  infl  scarcely  1  ft.  high,  unbranched , 
fls.  somewhat  rosy,  ^gin  long, 
twice  as  long  as  the  pedicels 
Cape  Salm,  Aloe  §2  f.  2  — 
A  large  form  with  white-warty 
Ivs  twice  as  long,  is  var 
major,  Haw. 

2  bicarinata,  Haw.   (Aide 
bicanndta,  Roem.)    St  erect, 
6-12  in    high.  Ivs.   falcately 
short -ovate,    acute,    acutely 
keeled,    %  x  %in  ,   green, 
smooth  on  the  somewhat  con- 
cave   upper   surface,    irregu- 
larly white-warty  on  the  back, 
the  margin  and  keel  granu- 
lar roughened.  Cape    Berger 
40 

3  bullulata,  Willd  (A  pen- 
tagdna  bullulAta,  Baker    Aloe 
bullulata,  Jacq.)      St.   erect. 
Ivs     lanceolate,    acute,     ob- 
liquely keeled,    %\\\£  m , 

pale,    the    back    unequally       232.  Apicra  pentagon*. 


310 


APICRA 


APIOS 


white- warty,  the  margin  and  keel  finely  denticulate: 
fls.  somewhat  yellow.   Cape. 

AA.  Lvs.  not  warty. 
B  Fit,,  warty.  Ivs  smooth. 

4.  spirals,  Baker  (A  imbricdta,  Willd  Aloe  spirdhs, 
Linn.  A.  imbricdta,  Haw.  A.  cyllndnca,  Lam  Ha- 
wdrthia  imbricdta,  Haw.).  Sts.  somewhat  clustered, 


233.  Apios  tuberosa.  ( X  M) 


erect,  6-12  in  high;  about  2^4  m  diam  ,  including  Ivs  • 
Ivs  broadly  triangular-acuminate,  biconvex,  ^xl^£- 
1 M  m  >  glaucescent,  the  mai  gin  slightly  granular 
mfl  about  1  ft.  high,  unbranehed,  fls  greenish,  %m. 
long,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  pedicels 
Cape  DC,  PI  Gr  50  Jacq  ,  Fragm.  110.  BM  1455. 
"*  *  '  Dillenms,  Mtham  13.  Com- 


1 


Salm,    Aloe   §1     f 
inehn,  Prscl  '32 

BB.  Fla.  smooth   Ivs  sometimes  granular  in  (he  first. 

5.  pentagdna,  Willd  (Aldepentagdna,Uaw  Hawdrthia 
pentagdna,  Haw  )  Fig  232  St  mostly  solitary,  erect, 
6-12  in  high;  about  4  in  diam  ,  including  Ivs  Ivs. 
distinctly  5-ranked,  broadly  triangular-lanceolate, 
acute,  biconvex,  somewhat  low-keeled,  %xl^-2  m  , 
green,  slightly  (sometimes  granularly)  white-dotted, 
the  margin  slightly  granular  mfl.  iy2  ft  high,  some- 
times forked;  fls  greenish,  y%m  long,  twice  as  long  as 
the  pedicels  Cape.  Jacq ,  Fragm  111  B  M.  1338. 
Salm.  Aloe  §1.  f.  4  Berger  40. — Varies  into  forms  with 
Ivs.  less  obviously  5-rariked  large,  in  somewhat  evi- 
dent oblique  ranks,  var.  Willdendwii,  Baker  (A. 


spirdlis  Willd  Aide  spirdhs,  Haw.  A.  pentagdna  spir- 
dlis,  Salm-Dyck),  Salm,  Aloe  §1  f  5,  smaller,  scarcely  in 
distinct  ranks,  var  spirella,  Baker  (Aide  spirclla,  Salm- 
Dyck  Hawdrthia  spirella,  Haw  ),  Salm,  Aloe  §1  f .  3. 

6  conge"sta,  Baker  (Aloe  congttta,  Salm-Dyck)  St. 
solitary,  erect,  about  1  ft.  high  and  4  in  diam  ,  includ- 
ing Ivs  :  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  rather  flat  above, 
more  or  less  keeled,  1-1^4  x  Ij-j  m  ,  green,  glossy,  the 
margin  granular  mfl  1)4  ft  high,  simple,  fls  green- 
ish, nearly  %m  long,  with  rather  laige  spreading 
segm.-tips,  thrice  as  long  as  the  pedicels  Cape  Salrn, 
Aloe  §2.f 

7.  deltoidea,  Baker  (  I/or  dcltoHea,  Hook)  Sts. 
somewhat  clustered,  0  in  or  more  high,  about  2}±  in 
diam  ,  including  Ivs  Ivs  distinctly  5-ranked,  ovate, 
sub-acute,  somewhat  concave  and  low-keeled,  1  \  ]  %— 
l/^in,  green,  glossy,  the  margin  and  keel  serrulate' 
mfl  1  ft  high,  simple,  fls  nearly  sessile,  yellow-green, 
about  ^sm  long,  the  rather  large  spreading  \vhite 
segm  -tips  at  first  rosy  Cape  BM  0071 — Varies  in  a 
form  \vith  more  tuigid  Ivs  less  obviously  5-ranked, 
var  turgida,  Berger  (A  turgida,  Baker),  and  a  smaller 
form  with  evidently  5-ranked  sometimes  bluish  Ivs., 
var  intermedia,  Berger 

8  folioldsa,  Willd  (AMe  folwlbi>a,  Haw  Hawdrthia 
folwlosa,  Haw )  Sts  somewhat 
clustered,  erect,  at  length  a  foot  or 
more  high,  \}*  in  diam  ,  including 
Ivs  Ivs  broadly  ovate-acuminate, 
flat  above,  acutely  keeled,  3  s  /«'n 
long  and  wide,  green,  glossy,  the 
margin  granular  mfl  ovei  1  ft 
high,  simple,  fls  greenish,  about 
2 sin  long,  twice  as  long  as  the 
pedicels  Cape  BM  1352  Salm, 
Aloe  §2  f  1  Berger  40 

WILLIAM  THELEASE 

APIOS  (pear,  from  the  Greek, 
alluding  to  the  shape  of  the  tubeis) 
Jjeguminfax  Hardy  twining  herbs, 
with  tuber-bearing  roots,  infre- 
quently planted 

Leaves  pinnate,  of  3-9  mostly 
ovate-lanceolate  scarcely  stipellate 
Ifts  fls  m  dense,  short  racemes 
papilionaceous,  the  standard  broad 
and  reflexed,  keel  incurved  and 
coiled,  stamens  9  and  1  pod  linear 
and  flat,  several-seeded  — Two  spe- 
cies in  E  N  Amer  ,  and  3  others 
m  Asia 

tuber&sa,  Ma?neh  GROUNDNUT. 
WILD  BEAN  Fig  233  Four  to  8  ft, 
climbing  over  bushes  root  bearing 
strings  of  edible  tubers,  1-2  in  long. 
Ifts  5-7,  ovate-lanceolate  fls  fla- 
grant, chocolate-brown,  the  standard 
very  broad  and  turned  back,  the  keel 
long,  incurved  and  scythe-shaped 
July,  Aug  — Common  in  low  grounds 
and  bwamps  The  fr.  often  fails 
to  mature  Prop  by  the  tubers. 
2-4  of  which  should  be  planted 
together  at  a  depth  of  3-4  in  also, 
by  seeds  Grows  well  in  the  wild 
border,  in  any  loose,  rich  soil.  Under 
these  conditions,  the  plant  covers  a 
trellis  or  other  support  m  a  com- 
paratively short  time  Dry  tubers 
offered  by  seedsmen  are  likely  to 
start  slowly.  The  brown  of  the  fls.  is 
a  very  unusual  color  in  hardy  herbs.  234.  Fruit  of  Aplec- 
Likely  to  become  a  weed  in  rock-  trum  hyemale 
cries  and  wild  gardens.  Nearly  natural  size. 


APIOS 


APONOGETON 


311 


:  Celery 


L.  H.  B. 


APL^CTRUM  (Greek,  with  no  spar}.  Orchiddcex. 
A.  small  orchid,  with  smallish  dull-colored  fls  m  a 
raceme,  on  a  leafless  scape,  which  spring  from  a  large 
eorm-like  tuber.  Single  species  (or  possibly  two),  in 
woods  in  the  northern  states 

Flower  spurless  and  saeless;  petals  and  sepals  similar, 
narrow,  lip  3-lohed  and  crested,  defleved,  fertile  anther 
1,  the  pollen-masses  4,  smooth  and  waxy,  column  free, 
compressed,  the  anther  borne  below  the  top 

hyemale,  Nutt  (A  &ptcatum,  B  S  P )  PUTTY 
ROOT  AUAM-AND-EVE  Fig  234  Sends  up  a  pointed 
green  If  2-6  in  long,  which  lasts  through  the  winter,  and 
in  spring  a  stalk  about  a  foot  high,  bearing  a  raceme  of 
rather  large  greenish  brown  fls  ,  which  are  succeeded  by 
hanging,  oblong-pointed  pods  (Fig  231) — Hardy  May 
be  grown  in  rich,  loamy  borders  Interesting,  but  not 
showy  L  H  B 

APLOPAPPUS  (Greek,  urn  pie  pappus)  Syn  , 
HaplopuppUA  Contp6t>iLe  Herbaceous  perennials, 
sometimes  offeied  for  the  hardy  border. 

Leaves  mostly  btiflish  or  rigid,  alternate  heads 
radiate,  many-fid  ,  the  rays  pistillate,  involucre  hemis- 
pherical, with  several  senes  of  closely  imbricated  bracts: 
pappus  simple,  of  many  unequal 
bristles,  the  achene  short  and  nar- 
row — A  genus  of  about  115  species 


bell-shaped,  with  5  appendages  inside,  stamens  5, 
inserted  deep  in  the  coiolla,  the  filaments  veiy  short; 
style  0  seeds  silky  —Tough  perennial  herbs,  with 
milky  juice,  chiefly  of  north  temperate  zone,  with 
oblong  or  ovate,  opposite  Ivs  ,  milkweed-like  fls  in  small 
cymes,  and  slender  follicles  or  pods  About  25  species, 
10  native  to  N  Amer 

androsaemifdhum,  Linn.  SPREADING  DOG-BANE. 
Three  ft  or  less  high,  usually  glabrous,  the  branches 
spreading:  lobes  of  corolla  revolute  and  tube  of  corolla 
longer  than  the  calyx'  Ivs  oval  or  ovate,  mucronate, 


short-net loled  cymes  loose,  axillary  and  terminal,  fls. 
bell-like,  white  or  pink  N  N  Amer  ,  common  B  M. 
280 — Sold  by  dealeis  m  native  plants  Useful  for  the 
hardy  border  as  it  will  stand  dry  open  places  Root 
used  in  medicine,  sometimes  gathered  by  drug-collec- 
tors for  A  cartnulnnum,  but  as  its  action  is  different,  it 
should  not  be  substituted. 

cannabinum,  Linn      Branches   erec^   or   nearly   so: 
lobes  of  corolla  nearly  erect,  the  tube  not  longer  than 
calyx   Ivs  ovate  to  lance-oblong,  short-petioled .  cymes 
dense,  fls  greenish  white    Northern  states,  common  — 
Not  known  to  be  in  the  trade,  but  likely  to  be  con- 
founded with  the  above.    Hoot  emetic,  cathartic,  dia- 
Ehoretic,  expectorant,  and  diuretic     The  tough  fibrous 
ark  of  the  stalks  formerly  used  by  the  Indians  for 
making  twine  L.  H    B 

APODOLlRION  (Greek  combination,  footless  lily, 
the  peduncles  not  being  evident)  Amaryllidacex. 
Greenhouse  bulbs  of  S  Afr  ,  of  which  one  or  two  of  the 
half-dozen  species  are  rarely  cult  Bulb  tumcated:  fl. 
1,  borne  or  hidden  in  the  bulb-neck  in  the  manner  of 


235    Aponogeton  distachyus 


of  herbaceous  perennials,  rarely  shrubs,  mostly  from 
Calif  and  Chile  Fls  yellow,  in  summer  and  autumn 
Separated  only  by  technical  characters  fiom  Bigelovia. 
into  which  it  insensibly  giades  (Bigelovia  has  discoid 
few-fld  heads  and  pappus  in  single  low  )  The  only  3 
species  known  to  have  been  in  the  American  trade  are 

lanugindsus,  Gray  Hardy  alpine  herb,  woolly,  4  in 
high,  from  cieepmg  rootstocks  Ivs  soft,  narrowly 
spatulate,  or  upper  linear,  1-2  m.  long  rays  1V-20. 
Mts  of  Wash,  and  Mont — Intro.  1889,  by  F  II. 
Hereford 

Parryi,  Gray  Alpine  herb,  6-18  in  high,  green  and 
almost  glabrous  Ivs  oblong-obovate,  2—4  m  long* 
fl  -heads  about  }  £m  high,  pale  yellow,  the  mvolucral 
bracts  oblong  and  obtuse;  rays  12-20,  small  and  narrow. 
— Suitable  for  rockwork. 

crdceus,  Gray  St  about  1^  ft ,  erect  and  suwt,  and 
with  radical  Ivs  a  foot  or  less  long1  cauhne  Ivs  ovate- 
oblong  to  lanceolate,  partly  clasping'  fls  showy,  saf- 
fron-yellow, the  rays  about  an  inch  long,  the  inner 
involucral  bracts  ragged  Rocky  Mts.  June-Oct. 

A  encoides,  Hook  A  Arn  .Shrub,  2-5  ft  high  Ivs  wry  nu- 
merous, filiform,  those  of  the  deise  fascicles,  2  or  3  lines  long  fls. 
very  numerous*  G  C.III  20  301  j^  TAYLOR  t 

AP6CYNUM  (Greek  for  dog-bane).  Apocynacex. 
DOG-BANE  INDIAN  HEMP  Native  herbs,  sometimes 
planted  in  borders 

Flowers  small,  the  calyx  with  acute  teeth;  corolla 


crocus,  white  or  reddish  Ivs  usually  not  appearing 
with  the  fls  ,  narrow  A.  Ettae,  Baker,  and  A.  lanceo- 
latum,  Baker,  are  probably  best  know  n  as  cult  plants. 
The  former  has  a  white,  tinged  red  fl.  3  in  long  and 
crocus-like  Ivs  ,  the  latter  (Githijllis  lanceoldta,  Linn, 
f  )  has  a  much  shorter  fl  ,  white  or  whitish,  and  a 
solitary  lanceolate  If.  appearing  with  the  fls.  The 
apodoluions  are  prop,  by  offsets  or  seeds. 

APONOGfeTON  (Greek  name,  referring  to  its 
habitat  in  the  water)  AponogetonAce<e  Aquatics, 
mostly  with  flat  floating  Ivs  and  emerging  spikes  of 
fls  Includes  Ouvirandia 

Submerged  herbs,  with  tuberous  rhizomes  and 
fibrous  roots  Ivs  long-stalked,  oblong  or  linear,  some- 
times lacking  the  parenchyma  and  having  a  lattice- 
like  character  fl  -characters  those  of  the  family  (p.  13). 
— About  two  dozen  species  of  warm  countries,  Asian, 
African  and  Australian  Krause  &  Engler,  Das  Pflan- 
zenrcieh,  hft  24  (l')06)  There  are  two  main  species 
in  cult  ,  the  aponogeton  proper  with  solid  Ivs ,  and 
the  ouvirandra  with  open-work  Ivs  The  former  is 
grown  mostly  out-of-doors,  the  latter  in  warm  green- 
houses. 

distachyus,  Linn  f.  CAPE  POND-WEED.  WATER 
H  \WTHORN  (from  the  fragrance)  Fig  235.  Fls  m 
twin  spikes  on  the  emersed  ends  of  long  scapes, 
wholly  naked,  but  subtended  by  a  double  row  of 
petal-like  bracts,  very  fragrant,  with  purple  anthers: 


312 


APONOGETON 


APPLE 


If  -blade  floating,  oblong-lanceolate,  round-based,  par- 
'il lei- veined,  3--6  in  long.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B  M 
1293.  FR.  1.403.  P.G  4  lOo.  GW.5.195.  Gng  2  25. 
— A  charming  and  inteiesting  plant.  In  a  protected 
pool,  especially  if  it  can  be  covered  in  winter,  the  plant 
is  hardy  in  the  N..  blooming  nearly  all  summer. 
Removed  to  tubs  in  the  fall,  it  blooms  nearly  all  winter, 
or  it  can  be  grown  permanently  in  tubs  or  deep  pans  in 
the  house  Requires  about  2  ft  of  water,  or  out-of- 
doors  it  may  have  twice  that  depth  Prop  chiefly  by 
seeds,  but  fls  should  be  pollinated  and  kept  above 
water  at  least  24  hours  afterward,  and  seeds  not  be 
allowed  to  become  dry  Var  Lagrangei,  Hoit  (A. 


236.  Aponogeton  fenestra.is,  the  lace-leaf  plant    Known 
to  gardeners  mostly  as  Ouvirandra 

Lagrnngci,  Hort ),  is  a  rare  and  beautiful  vaiiety.  with 
violet  bracts  and  Ivs.  violet  beneath  It  props  slowly. 
R II  1895  380 

fenestrahs,  Hook  f.  (Ouvirdndra  fenebtrah'*,  Poir  ). 
LACE-LEAF  LATTICK-LEAF  Fig  236  Lvs  oblong,  6-18 
in  long  and  2-4  in  broad,  reduced  to  skeletons,  float- 
ing just  under  the  surface  of  the  water'  fls  small,  con- 
sisting of  0  stamens,  3  instils  and  2  white  petal-like 
bodies,  numerous,  m  2  spikes  each  abort  2  in  long, 
which  are  united  at  the  base,  and  borne  on  the  top  of  a 
scape  a  foot  or  so  long.  Madagascai  A  ¥  7  67  A  G 
15.169  BM.  4894  Gt  1863387  GM  38830. 
Gn.  30,  pp  344,  345  Mn  6,  p  231  F  S.  11  '1107 
I II  8  300  GW  10.595  (var  major) —The  Ivs  are 
merely  a  tracery  of  neives  and  cioss-veins,  but  despite 
their  lace-like  delicacy  they  can  be  handled  with  con- 
siderable roughness  The  venation  of  the  lace-leaf 
plant  is  like  that  of  the  common  aponogeton,  and  now 
and  then  a  If  occurs  m  which  the  spaces  between  the 
veins  are  partly  or  wholly  filled  with  green  matter. 
There  is  another  species  with  skeletonized  Ivs  (A.  Ber- 
rncnanus),  but  the  open  spaces  aie  smaller  and  the 
plant  is  less  desirable  for  cult 

The  lace-leaf  plant  can  be  grown  m  a  tub  in  a  warm 
greenhouse  For  some  unknown  reason  the  plant  seems 
rarely  to  succeed  in  a  jar  or  glass  aquarium  Some 
cultivators  think  that  the  water  must  be  changed  every 
day,  but  this  is  not  necessary  If  conferva?  appear, 
introduce  a  few  tadpoles  and  snails,  these  will  devour 
the  green  scum,  and  help  to  keep  the  plant  in  good 
health  by  furnishing  oxygen  See  Aquarium  The 
plant  should  be  potted,  and  plunged  not  moie  than  18 
in.  below  the  surface  of  the  watei ,  For  potting  soil  use 
a  i  ich  compost,  such  as  is  recommended  f 01  water-lilies 
The  water  should  be  kept  clean  and  sweet,  and  a 
temperature  of  65-70°  pro- 
vided. Avoid  direct  sun- 
light In  Madagascar  the 
streams  often  dry  up,  and 
the  tubeis  carry  the  plant 
over  the  dry  season  In 
imitation  of  nature  some 
Cultivators  take  the  tubers 
out  of  the  soil,  and  leave 
them  on  a  shelf  in  a  hot- 
237.  Aporocactus  flagellifornvs  house  during  the  month  of 
Fob  It  is  doubtful  whether 


this  is  necessary.  Potting  should  be  done  while  the 
plant  is  in  active  growth,  not  dormant  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion The  lace-leaf  is  cult,  in  all  the  finest  collections 
of  aquatics,  and  is  prized  as  a  curiosity. 

4  anoustiftihus,  Ait.  (A  capensis,  Perry)  Like  A  distachyu* 
but  much  smaller  fls  small,  white  S  Afr  — A  liernieriAnus, 
Hook  f  ,  differs  from  A  fencstralis  m  having  smaller  open  spaces 
m  the  Ivs  ,  and  pinkish  4-parted  spikes  — A  Dinteri,  EngI  A  Kr 
Tuber  globose  floating  Ivs  oblong,  rounded  or  somewhat  enmrgm- 
ute  at  base,  long-nerved,  not  lare-liko  inflorescence  2-spikod,  yel- 
lowish C.orman  S  W.  Afr  CJ  W  14  059 —A  HrnckehAnus, 
Hort  Allied  to  A  fenestruhs,  but  rhizome  larger  and  not  creeping 
Ivs  pule  green,  less  lasting  AIadaKascar  (}  C  III  40  270  —A. 
monosthrhyu*,  Linn  f  (A  nataus,  Kngl  &  Kr  )  Lf  hnear-oblorig 
mfl  in  1  sp,ko,  pink  India,  Austral  O  W  <>  02 

L.  H    B. 

WM.  THICKER. 

APOROCACTUS  (Greek,  unpenetrable  and  cactus}. 
Cnctaceje  A  very  slender  vine-like  creeping,  clambering, 
or  hanging  cactus,  sending  out  aerial  loots  fls  rather 
small,  slender,  somewhat  irregular,  bright  red  fr.  small, 
globose,  reddish,  setose  — Three  species  recognized,  the 
one  below  and  A  flagnformis,  Lem  ,  and  A  leptophis, 
Butt  <fe  Rose  Only  one  appears  to  be  in  cult  These 
plants  are  commonly  referred  to  Cereus. 

flagellif6rmis,  Lem  (Chen*  flngettifdrmut,  Mill ) 
HAT-TAIL  CACTUS  Fig  237  Sts  about  Y^\r\  diam  , 
branching  ribs  10-12  fls  2-3  in  long  Trop  Amer  — 
This  is  commonly  hybridized  with  other  species  It  is  a 
well-known  window-plant  It  is  easily  grown  and  is  a 
great  favorite  with  people  who  know  little  about  cacti 
It  is  often  giafted  on  other  cacti  and  worked  into  vari- 
ous f  ant  ast  ic  designs  It  is  i  at  her  a 
a  free  bloomer,  and  with  proper 
care  a  most  charming  plant  can  be 
obtained  j  N  ROSE. 

APOSERIS.  An  alpine  com- 
posite, now  included  m  the  genus 
Ifyvwns,  which  see 

APPLE.  Kosdcey  The  fruit  and 
tree  of  Pyrus  Mains,  one  of  the 
rosaceous  group  The  name  is  also 
applied,  with  qualifications,  to 
many  other  edible  fruits,  as  may- 
apple,  pond-apple,  rose-apple 

The  apple  is  native  to  south- 
western Asia  and  adjacent  Europe 
It  has  been  cultivated  from  time 
immemorial  Charred  remains  of 
the  fruit  are  found  in  the  prehis- 
toric lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland 
(Fig  238)  Now  widely  cultivated 
and  immensely  variable,  the  apple 
is  grown  in  every  temperate  climate,  and  is  probably 
the  most  important  commercial  pomological  fruit. 

The  apple  has  come  apparently  from  two  original 
stems  All  the  common  apples  are  modifications  of 
Pyrus  Malm  (see  Pyrus),  a  low  round-headed  tree,  with 
thick  and  fuzzy  irregularly  dentate,  short  -  stemmed 
leaves  and  fairly  compact  clusters  of  woolly-stemmed 
flowers  The  crab-apples  are  derived  chiefly  from 
Pyrus  baccata,  commonly  known  as  the  Siberian  crab 
This  species  is  probably  of  more  northern  or  eastern 
origin  than  the  other  It  is  of  smoother  and  more 
wiry  growth,  with  narrower  and  thinner  essentially  gla- 
brous long-stemmed  leaves,  arid  more  open  clusters  of 
glabrous-stemmed  flowers  The  apple  is  small  and 
hard,  and  the  calyx-lobes  fall  at  maturity,  leaving  the 
eye  or  basin  of  the  fruit  smooth  and  plain.  Hybrids 
between  these  species  apparently  have  given  the  race  of 
large-fruited  crab-apples,  of  which  the  Transcendent  and 
Hyslop  are  examples.  The  race  known  to  pomologists 
as  Pyrus  prumfoha  is  perhaps  a  hybrid  group.  Certain 
apples  are  native  to  North  America  Two  species, 
Pyrus  roensis  and  P.  coronana,  are  of  interest  to  the 
pomologist.  The  former  is  the  prairie-states  crab,  and 
is  the  more  promising.  In  characters  of  growth,  leaves 


238.  Apple  remains 
Swiss  lake  dwellings. 


VII.    The  flowers  of  the  apple  tree. 


APPLE 

and  flowers,  it  bears  u  striking  resemblance  to  forms  of 
Pyrus  Malm.  The  fruit  is  spherical  or  spherical-oblong, 
short-stemmed,  very  hard,  and  remains  green-colored. 
The  fruit  of  the  eastern-states  crab,  Pyrus  coronana, 
is  distinctly  flattened  endwise,  and  is  long-stemmed 
The  leaves  are  deep-cut  and  often  three-lobed  There 
are  no  improved  varieties  of  this  eastern  species,  and 
no  authentic  hybrids  between  it  and  the  common 
apples  The  fruit  is  sometimes  used  by  bottlers,  but  it 
has  little  comestible  value.  Pyrus  ivensis  has  produced 
a  number  of  promising  hybrids  with  the  common 
apple,  and  this  mongrel  race  is  known  as  Pyrus  Koidardu 
The  Soulard  crab  is  the  best  known  of  these  Its 
value  lies  only  in  its  extreme  hardiness  The  pomo- 
logical  value  of  the  native  crabs  is  prospective  For  a 
completer  account  of  the  native  apples,  see  Bailey, 
"Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits  " 

One  of  the  most  perfect  apple  regions  of  this  coun- 
try— considering  productiveness,  quality,  long-keeping 
attributes,  longevity  of  tree — is  that  which  begins  \vith 
Nova  Scotia  and  extends  to  the  webt  and  southwest  to 
Lake  Michigan  Other  important  regions  aro  the 
Piedmont  country  of  Virginia  and  the  highlands  of 
of  adjacent  states,  the  Plains  regions,  the  O/ark  and 


APPLE 


313 


239.   Spur  and  fruit- 
bud  of  apple. 


240.  Only  one  fruit  may  set 
m  a  cluster 


Arkansas  region;  the  mtermountain  region  from  Mon- 
tana to  New  Mexico,  the  Northwest,  including  both 
large  and  small  areas  in  British  Columbia,  W  ashmgton 
and  Oregon,  and  the  Pacilic  legion,  comprising  the  foot- 
hills and  parts  of  the  coast  in  California  All  parts  of 
the  United  States  north  of  Florida  and  the  Culf  bor- 
ders, and  excluding  the  warm-temperate  parts  of  the 
Southwest,  are  adapted  to  the  apple  in  greater  or  lesser 
degree  North  America  is  the  leading  apple-growing 
country  of  the  world  A  full  crop  for  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  of  all  kinds  and  grades,  is  probably  not 
much  less  than  100,000,000  barrels,  although 'it  is 
doubtful  whether  more  than  one-third  of  this  vast 
quantity  is  marketed  in  a  fresh  state  The  apple  is  a 
cosmopolitan  fruit,  and,  since  it  thrives  almost  any- 
where, it  is  commonly  neglected 

The  apple  was  early  introduced  into  this  country  In 
the  first  days  it  was  prized  chiefly  for  cider  It  is  an 
ancient  and  common  notion  that  any  apple  is  good 
enough  for  cider;  and  this  is  one  reason  for  the  neglect 
in  which  the  apple  plantation  was  commonly  allowed  to 
stand. 

Brief  or  summary  statement. 

The  best  results  in  apple-growing  are  to  be  expected 
in  general  when  the  land  is  tilled  The  reasons  for  till- 
ing the  orchard  are  those  that  apply  to  other  crops, — 
to  make  plant-food  available,  to  extend  the  area  in 
which  the  roots  can  grow,  to  conserve  moisture  It  is 


especially  important,  in  our  hot  and  sunny  count r 
that  the  roots  extend  deep  enough  to  escape  the  disas- 
trous effects  of  drought    'I  he  ideal  treatment  of  orchard 
land  is  to  fit 
the  ground 
deep  before 
the  trees' 
are  plan  ted, 
to      plow 
deep   for  a 
year  or  two 
or  three  in 

order  to  force  the  roots 
down  and  thoroughly  to 
ameliorate  the  soil,  and  to 
practise  shallow  tillage  to 
conserve  inoibture  Since 
trees  make  most  of  their 
growth  early  in  the  .season, 
the  tillage  should  be  begun 
as  soon  as  the  land  is  fit  in 
bpr,ng,  .m;l  ,t  ,nav  be  <!*-  „,, 
continued  by  midsummer  or  the  f0uowmg  year 
August  This  cessation  of 
the  tillage  allows  of  the  growing  of  some  cover-crop  or 
catch-crop  late  in  the  season,  in  order  to  provide  humus 
and  to  improve  the  physical  texture  of  the  boil  If  the 
land  ib  well  handled  in  the  first  few  \ears,  it  will  not  be 
necessary  to  turn  a  furrow  in  the  orchard  iiequently 
thereafter,  but  merely  to  loosen  the  surface  in  the  spring 
with  a  .spading- harrow,  spring-tooth  harrow,  or  other 
tool,  to  reestablish  the  surface  mulch  rlhe  onlv  rea- 
sons for  turning  a  furrow  will  oc(  ur  when  the  land  is  so 
hard  that  the  surface  tools  cannot  mellow  the  surface, 
or  when  it  is  desirable  to  turn  under  a  green-manure 
crop  Even  hard  landb  imu  be  got  in  such  condition, 
by  means  of  tillage  and  guru-manures,  that  they  may 
be  worked  up  with  harrow  tools  when  the  orchard 
comos  into  ben  ring  Plowing  the  orchard,  therefore, 
ha.s  two  legitimate  objects  to  mellow  and  ameliorate 
the  land  to  a  considerable  depth,  so  that  the  roots 
may  forage  deep,  to  turn  under  a  cover-crop  The 
former  purpose  should  not  be  necessary  after  the  first 
few  plow  ings  An  incidental  object  of  plowing  is  to 
facilitate  the  making  of  the  annual  surface  mulch;  and 
this  mulch  is  to  save  the  moibture 

On  good  lands  in  which  there  is  a  sufficient  natural 
suppl}  of  moisture,  the  sod-mulch  treatment  may  take 


242    The  flower-cluster  and  the  leaf-cluster. 

the  place  of  tillage  This  procedure  keeps  the  land  in 
sod,  and  the  grass  is  mown  and  allowed  to  remain  on 
the  ground  or  is  spread  under  the  trees. 

The  apple  thnveb  in  a  variety  of  soils  Lands  that 
vield  good  crops  of  \\heat  and  corn  may  be  expected 
to  be  good  apple  lands,  if  other  conditions  are  right 
Rolling,  inclined,  or  somewhat  elevated  lands  are 
generally  considered  to  be  most  desirable  Their  value 
lies  in  the  better  drainage  of  water  and  air  The  trees 
may  be  set  in  either  fall  or  spring  Forty  feet  apart 
each  way  is  the  standard  distance  for  apple  trees;  but 
some  varieties,  as  the  Wagener  and  the  crabs,  may  be 
set  closer  In  the  South  and  on  the  plains,  trees  may 


314 


APPLE 


APPLE 


243.  Baldwin 


be  set  closer,  as  they  do  not  attain  such  great  size  as  in 
the  northeastern  states.  In  general,  it  is  best  to  devote 
the  land  to  apples  alone;  but  persons  who  are  willing  to 
give  the  plantation  the 
best  of  care  may  plant 
other  trees  between  the 
apples  as  fillers.  The 
more  diverse  the  kinds 
of  trees  which  are 
planted  together,  the 
more  difficult  it  is  to 
give  the  proper  care 
to  each  Some  of  the 
shorter-lived  varieties 
of  apples  make  excel- 
lent fillers  in  the  apple 
orchard;  and  in  special 
cases  dwarf  apples  may 
be  used 

Although  it   should 
be  the  general  purpose 
to  till   the   apple   or- 
chard   throughout   its 
life,  whenever  the  trees 
seem    to    be    growing 
too  rapidly,  the  planta- 
tion   may    be    seeded 
down  for  a  time    That 
is,  tillage  is  the  general  practice,   seeding   down  and 
sod-mulching  are  the  special  practices     For  the  first 
few  years,  annual  crops  may  be  grown  in  the  apple 
orchard,  but  every  vear 
a  more  open  space 
should  be  left  about 
the  trees    As  often  as  the 
land  becomes  crusted 
it  sho  old  be   tilled 
On  strong  lands  which 
are  well  handled,  it  is 
rarely  necessary  to  apply 
concentrated     fertilizers 
until   the  trees  are  old 
enough  to  bear     What 
fertilizers    are    then 
j  needed,  and  how  much 
;  to  apply,  are  to  be  deter- 
<  mined  by  the  behavior 
of  the  trees    If  the  trees 
are   making  insufficient 
growth,  and  the  foliage 

244.  Ben  Davis.  (X5s)  ^ac^s  c°l°r.  onc  or  an<  of 

three  things  may  be  the 
trouble  the  trees  may  need  water;  they 
may  be  suffering  from  insects  or  disease; 
they  may  lack  nitrogen.   If  it  is  thought 


that  they  lack  nitrogen,  this  material  may  be  supplied 
in  the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda,  sulfate  of  ammonia,  or 
the  unburned  animal  substances,  as  blood  and  tankage. 
Two    to    three    hundred 
pounds  to  the  acre  of  the 
nitrate  of  soda  or  sulfate  of 
ammonia  are  liberal  applica- 
tions on   well-tilled   lands. 
If   the    trees    are    making 
vigorous  growth,  the  prob- 
ability is  that  they  are  not 
in  need  of  more  nitrogen. 
Potash  and  phosphoric  acid 
may  then  be  applied.  Three 
hundred  pounds  of  muriate 
of  potash,  or  other  concen- 
trated material,  should  be  . 
sufficient  for  an  acre,  under 
ordinary  conditions     As  a 

rule,    all    orchards   in    full  247    Gano    (x?-s) 

bearing    should     have    a 

liberal  annual  application  of  fertilizing  materials  In 
the  East,  applo  trees  should  be  in  profitable  bearing  at 
twelve  years  from  planting,  and  should  continue  for 
thirty  years  In  recent  years,  lime  has  been  applied  in 
many  cases  with  good 
results,  about  1,000 
pounds  to  the  acre 
every  four  or  five  years. 
The  two  staple  ene- 
mies of  the  apple  are 
the  apple- \vorm  (the 
larva  of  the  codlm- 
moth),  and  the  apple- 
scab  These  are 
readily  held  in  check 
by  bprajing, —  with 
arsenical  poisons  for 
the  worm,  and  with 
lime  -  sulfur  or  bor- 
deaux mixture  for  the 
scab  See  ft  praying 
Spraying  for  the  worm 
should  be  performed 
as  soon  as  the  last 
petals  fall,  for  the  scab 
as  soon  as  the  buds 
are  well  burst  In 
badly  infected  regions  \ 
and  on  very  susceptible  * 
varieties,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  spray  first 


245.  Blue  Pearmain. 


246.  Esopus  (Spitzenberg).  (XH) 


249.   Grimes. 


APPLE 


APPLE 


315 


for  the  scab  before  the  buds  swell.  Since  there  are 
insects  (as  canker-worms,  case-bearers,  bud-moth) 
that  appear  before  the  flowers  open,  it  is  advisable  to 
add  arsenical  poison  to 
the  fungicide  at  the 
early  spraying  The 
number  of  times  to 
Bpray  depends  on  the 
thoroughness  of  the 
work,  the  pests  to  be 
combated,  and  the  sea- 
eon,  but  it  is  a  good 
rule  to  expect  to  spray 
with  the  combined 
fungicide  and  insecti- 
cide mixture  when  the 
buds  burst,  and  again 
when  the  petals  have 
fallen.  In  the  plains 
-  country,  less  spraying 
may  be  necessary  for 
the  fungous  diseases 

The  apple  commonly 
bears  on   spurs     The 
fruit -bud    is    dis- 
tinguished   by    its 
greater    size    (usu- 
ally   somewhat 
thicker     than     its 
branch),  its  greater 
width    in    propor- 
i        tion  to  its  length, 
and  more  conspicu- 
ous pubescence    It 
is  also  distinguished 
by  its  position     A 
fruit-bud   is  Hho\vn 
mFig  239    A  fruit - 
scar  is  shown  near 
the    base    of     the 
branch    If  this  fruit 
was  borne  in  11)12, 
the     side      branch 
grew  in  1913  from 
a  bud  which  came 
into     existence     m 
1912    If  we  go  back 
to    the     spring    of 
1912,    the    matter 
can  be  made 
plain  A  clus- 
ter  of   flow- 
ers appeared 
One     flower 
set    a    fruit 


(Fig.  240).  This  apple  is  at  the  end  of  the  branchlet 
or  spur  The  spur  cannot  increase  in  length  in  the  s;ime 
axis  Therefore,  a  bud  appears  on  the  side  (Fig  241). 
The  fruit  absorbs  the 
energies  of  the  spur. 
There  is  little  nourishment 
left  for  the  bud.  The  bud 
awaits  its  opportunity; 
the  following  year  it  grows 
into  a  branchlet  and 
makes  a  fruit-bud  at  its 
end  (Fig  239) ,  and  thereby 
there  arises  an  alternation 
in  fruit-bearing,  although 
not  all  alternating  in  fruit- 
bearing  may  be  attributed 
to  this  cause  The  differ- 
ence between  fruit-buds 
and  leaf -buds  becomes  ap- 
parent when  the  buds 
burst  (Fig  242) 

The  apple  is  budded 
or  root-grafted  on  com- 
mon apple  seedlings. 
These  seedlings  are  usu- 
ally grown  from  seeds  se- 
cured from  cider  mills. 
In  the  East,  budded  trees 
arc  preferred  In  the 
upper  Mississippi  Valley, 
root-grafted  trees  are  pre- 
ferred, largely  because 
own-rooted  trees  of  known 
hardiness  can  be  secured. 
In  Russia,  seedlings  of 
7'yn/s  baccnta  are  used  as 
stocks  They  prevent 
root -killing,  and  give  ear- 
lier fruit -bearing  Apple 
trees  are  usually  planted 
uhen  two  or  three  years 
old 

Apples  are  dwarfed  by 
working  them  on  various 
kinds  of  Paradise  and 
Doucm  stocks  These 
stocks  are  meiely  natu- 
rally dwarf  forms  of  the 
common  apple,  and  which, 
m  some  remote  tune,  have 
originated  probably  from 
seeds  Dwarf  apples  arc 
much  grown  in  Europe, 
where  small-area  cultiva- 
tion and  wall-training  are 

b  256.   Stayman  (Winesap) 


252.  Northern  Spy.  (XH) 


253.  Rhode  Island  Greening.  (XH) 


257.  York  Imperial.  (X%) 


316 


APPLE 


APPLE 


258    Tompkins  King,  -the  flat  or  oblate 
American  apple.   (X1^) 


common,  but  they  are  little  known  in  America,  and, 
because  of  economic  conditions,  are  usually  not  profit- 
able    here.      See 
Dwarfing. 

Varieties. 

The  varieties  of 
apple  trees  actu- 
ally on  sale  in 
North  America  in 
any  year  are  not 
far  from  1,(HX) 
kinds  Kach  great 
geographical  area 
has  varieties  that 
are  particularly 
adapted  to  it  In 
the  northern  Mis- 
sissippi Valley, 
there  are  few  of 

the  eastern -states  apples  that  thrive     Varieties  have 

been  introducer!  from  Russia  with  the  expectation  that 

they  will  be  adapted  to  the  region;  but  more  is  to 

be    expected    of   their    progeny   than   of    themselves. 

Varieties    of     local 

origin,  coming  from 

various  stem  types, 

are  now  providing 

that     region     with 

satisfactory  apples 

In  the  selection  of 

varieties,  one  should 

be   guided    by  this      2S9   The  oblate  and  spherical  forms 

adaptation   to    the  Of  appie 

region,  and  by  the 

purpose  for  which  the 

fruit  is  designed  to  he 

grown    Consult  the  re<  - 

ommended  lists  of  the 

state   horticultural   so- 
cieties, ask  persons  \s  ho 

have  had  experience  in 

the  given  region,  write 

to  the  experiment  sta- 
tion,   enquire    at    the 

markets     The  leading 

commercial   varieties  in   North   America  are  Golden 

Russet  (N.  Y  ).  Red  Astrachan,  Baldwin  (Fig    243), 

Ben    Davis    (Fig     214),    Blue  Pearmam    (Fig     245), 

Oldenburg   (Duchess  of),  Esopus    (Spit/onberg)   (Fig. 

246),  Fameuse,  Gano  (Fig  247),  Black  Gilhflower  (Fig 
24H),  Gravenstem,  Grimes 
(Fig    219),    Hubbaniston 
Rails,  Jonathan, 
Kmg.McIntosh, 


260.  The  conical  and  ovoid  forms 
of  apple 


261.  Lady,  a  small  dessert  apple. 


Missouri  (Pippin),  Newtown  (Albemarle)  (Fig   251), 

Northern  Spy   (Fig    252),  Peck  (Pleasant),  Fennock, 

Rhode  Island  Greening  (Fig  253),  Rome  Beauty  (Fig 

254),   Shockley,  Twenty  Ounce,  Wealthy   (Fig    255), 

Willow  (Twig),  Winesap  and  Stayman  Wmesap  (Fig. 

256),  Wolf  River, 

Yellow  Bellflower. 

York       Imperial 

(Fig.   257),   King 

(Fig.  258).  Bald- 

win and  Ben  Da- 

vis, the  former  of 

secondary  quality 

and  the  latter  of 

worse,    hold     the 

supremacy    in 

American  market  apples    The   apples  of  the  eastern 

and  central  country  tend  toward  flattened  or  oblate 

shape  (Fig*  258-9)     The  typical  form  of  the  so-called 

long  or  conical  American  apple  may  be  seen  in  1<  ig  260. 

Many  odd  and  unusual  varieties  are  grown  for  dessert, 

one  of  which  is  shown  in  Fig  261 

Monuments  or  markers  have  been  erected  to  a  few 
of  the  most  rioted  varieties  of  apples  Fig  262  shows 
the  monument  erected  in  Wilmington,  near  Lowell, 
Mass  ,  in  1895,  to  the  Baldwin,  with  the  following 
inscription: 

THIS  PILLAR  ERECTED  IN  1895 

BY   THE 
RUMFORD    HISTORICAL   ASSOCIATION 

Incorporated   April  28,  1877 

Marks  the  estate  where  in  179.3  Samuel  Thompson,  Esq  , 

while  locating  the  line  of  the  Middlesex  Canal,  dis<  overed 

the  first  Pecker  apple  tree.    Later  named  the 

BALDWIN 

The  first  tablet  in  New  York  state  in  memory  of 
any  apple  was  erected  in  the  town  of  Caimllus,  Onon- 
daga  County,  on  the  original  .site  of  the  Primate  apple 
tiee  (Fig  263)  John  T  Roberts,  Syracuse,  N  Y  , 
on  September  11,  1903,  caused  a  bronze  tablet  to  be 
erected  there  On  this  tablet  is  the  following 
inscription: 

On  this  farm  Calvin  D  Bingham,  about  1840,  produced 
the  marvellous 

PRIMATE    APPLE 
Named  by  Charles  P.  Cowles 

r.OD'^  *ARTH  IS  FULL  OF  LOVK  TO  MAN 


A  second  marker  was  erected  in  New  Yoik  in  1*  U 
to  the  Northern  Spy,  liuny 
Joe  and  Melon  apples,  at 
Bloomfield,  by  the  Ontario 
County  Flint-Growers'  Society 
(Fig  264),  with  the  following 
tablet. 


262    Monument  to  the  Baldwin  apple 


263.  Tablet  to  the  Primate  apple. 


264    Northern  Spy  monument. 

(4  ft   high ) 


APPLE 


APPLE 


317 


THE   ORIGINAL   NORTHERN   SPY  APPLE  TREE 

stood  about  14  rocta  south  of  this  Hpot,  in  a  seedling 
orchard  planted    by  Hcmaii    Chapm   about    1800. 

THE  EARLY  JOE  AND  MM,ON  APPLES 
ALSO  ORIGINATED  IN  THIS  ORCHARD 

The  Melntosh  apple  (Mclntosh  Rod)  is  comim-m 
orated  (Fig  265)  by  a  monument  at  Dundela,  Dimdas 
County,  Ontario,  as  follows 

THE   ORIGINAL   McINTOSH  RED   APPLE   TREE 

stood  about  20  rods  north  of  thia  spot.    It  was  one 

of   a   number   of  seedlings  taken  from  the  bordi  i 

of  the  c  leanngs  and  transplanted  by  John  Molntosh 

in  the  year  1790 

ERECTED  BY  POPULAR  SUBSCRIPTION  1912 

The  history  is  that  John  Mclntosh  came  to  Canada 
with  the  United  Empire  Loyalists  After  spending 
some  time  along  the  frontier,  he  settled  on  his  home- 
stead in  the  county  of  Dundaa  in  1790  at  a  place  later 
called  Mclutosh's  Corners,  although  that  place  has 
now  become  extinct  and 
Dundela  has  taken  its 
place  In  the  year  1790 
while  dealing  borne  for- 
est land,  he  came  upon 
a  c  lump  of  young  apple 
trees,  about  twenty  in 
number  As  apples  \\ere 
at  that  time  a  luxury, 
the  apple  trees  vseie  left 
unharmed,  and  a  few 
days  after  were  i  cplarited 
in  a  clearing  nearer  his 
house  Most  of  the  trees 
tluived  for  a  few  years 
but  finally  died  In  1X30 
only  one  tree  out  of  the 
twenty  remained  Vs 
this  apple  was  unnamed, 
Mr  M el ntosb, combined 
his  own  name  with  the 
color  of  the  apple  and  christened  it  "M<  Intosh  Red  " 
Fiom  the  time  it  v\as  tiansplanted,  it  grew  rapidly 
and  in  a  few  years  boie  an  abundance  of  fruit  the 
color  and  flavor  of  \\huh  uttiaeted  the  attention  of 
the  eailier  settle) s  It  was  Mtuatrd  about  fifteen  feet 
from  the  house,  and  when  in  1893  the  house  was 
burned,  the  tree  also  received  its  share  of  the  fire  and 
one  side  was  badly  burned  Nevertheless,  the  other 
side  continued  to  bear  until  190S  That  summei  the 
leaves  began  to  wilt  and  the  apples  to  fall  off  until  it 
was  entirely  bare  Thus  the  old  tiee  which  had  with- 
stood the  storm  of  112  years  was  foiced  at  lust  to  sub- 
mit to  the  injuries  received  from  the  fire  of  1893  (Fig 
200)  '1  he  wide  en  dilation  of  the  Mclntosh  apple  is 
due  to  his  son,  the  late  Allen  Mclntosh,  who,  fully 
appreciating  the  fruit,  wished  others  to  cn]oy  it  also 
and  started  propagating  by  grafting  and  budding  from 
the  original  tree  This  has  been  repeated  year  after 
year  since  1836. 

The  origin  of  the  Wealthy  apple,  the  leading  va- 
riety of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley,  is  commemorated 
on  the  monument  erected  to  the  memory  of  Peter  M 
Gideon,  Excelsior,  Minnesota  (Fig  267)  The  tablet 
was  unveiled  and  dedicated  with  appropriate  cere- 
monies on  the  old  farmstead,  where  he  passed  the  last 
forty-six  years  of  his  life,  at  2  o'clock  on  the  afternoon 
of  Saturday,  June  15,  1912  The  memorial  consists  of 
a  block  of  granite,  raised  on  a  platform  of  solid  con- 
crete, surrounded  by  a  chain  supported  by  a  number 
of  black  iron  posts  On  the  sloping  top  of  stone  is  a 
bronze  tablet  bearing  this  inscription 


Monument  to  the  Mclntosh 
apple.    (5ft    high) 


This  Tablet  commemorates  Peter  M   Gul<  on 
who  grew  the  original 

WEALTHY  APPLE  TREE 

from  &e<d  on  this   his  homesUad,  in  1SG4 

Erected  by  the  Native  Sons  of  Minnesota,  June.  1912 

The  triangular  piece  of  ground  on  which  this  is 
placed  containing  approximate!}    a  half-a^re,   is  sur- 
rounded by  a  chain  and  post  fence    This  ground,  the 
gift  of  0  r   Bnggs,  is  dedu  ated  as  "Gideon  Memorial 
Park  "   It  lies  on 
the  mam  traveled 
boulevard    be- 
tween     Excelsior 
and    Mmnetonka 
Beach,    a    few 
hundred     feet 
south  of  the  Mam- 
tou  station  on  the 
electric  line 

Special  literature 

Several  books 
devoted  wholly  to 
the  apple  have 
appeared  in  North 
America  \V  arder, 
Apples,  1807 , 
Todd,  Apple  Cultunst,  1871,  \Vaugh,  The  American 
Apple  Orchard,  1908,  Burritt,  Apple  Growing,  1912, 
Woolverton,  Canadi  in  Apnle  Glower's  Guide  I  01  va- 
rieties, the  two  volumes,  Beach,  Apples  of  New  York, 
published  bv  the  New  \ork  Agricultural  Experiment 
.Station,  at  Geneva,  are  invaluable  Consult,  also,  Vol 
25,  Nebraska  State  Horticultural  Society,  1SQ.1,  The 
Apple,  a  report  ot  the  Kansas  State  Horticultural 
Society,  1898  Nearly  all  the  fruit  manuals  devote 
space  to  the  apple  L  II  B. 

Apple-growing  in  the  northeastern  states. 
Although  the  eastern  region  (New  England,  New 
York,  Pennsylvania)  e.nly  developed  an  apple  industry, 
it  had  fev\  commercial  orchards  until  near  the  middle 
of  the  last  century  About  that  time  mam  named 
varieties  of  American  origin  were  disseminated  At 
first  the  product  was  used  largely  for  the  making  of 
cider  Gradually  there  arose  a  demand  for  fresh  fruit, 


266    Original  Mclntosh  apple  tree. 


267    Monument  to  Peter  M  Gideon  and  the  Wealthy  apple. 

and  as  transportation  facilities  impiovcd  and  the  busi- 
ness became  more  profitable,  there  was  a  i.ipid  increase 
in  the  number  ana  size  ot  the  orchards  r\  he  produc- 
tion of  apples  increased  more  rapullv  than  the  facilities 
for  distribution  and  soon  the  supply  apparently  ex- 
ceeded the  demand  The  low  prices  received  in  the 
following  years  discouraged  the  growers  from  fur- 
ther planting  Many  growers,  being  attracted  by  the 


318 


APPLE 


APPLE 


alluring  settlement  of  the  West  and  others  by  the  oppor-      importance,  there  is  now  known  to  be  much  greater 
11  '    '  --------  ---*--— 


tumties  in  the  rapidly  growing  manufacturing  centers, 
forsook  their  orchards  Of  those  who  remained,  many 
cut  do\\n  the  trees  to  make  room  for  moie  profitable 
crops  The  orchards  that  remained  were  mostly  neg- 
lected and  many  of  them  may  still  be  found,  although 
few  of  them  are  now  profitable  There  have  been  two 
or  three  attempts  at  reviving  the  industry  and  these 
mark  well-defined  epochs  of  orchard  planting 

With  the  phenomenal  amassrng  of  population  in  the 
eastern  cities  and  with  the  marked  improvement  in 
transportation  facilities,  there  has  developed  within 
the  past  ten  years  a  remarkable  opportunity  in  the 
growing  of  apples  As  a  result,  enormous  areas  are 
ilanted  ar 


grow    D 

being  planted  and  many 
of  the  old  and  neglected 
orchards  arc  being  re- 
vived Many  persons  from 
the  cities  are  being  at- 
tracted to  the  cheap  lands 
in  the  East  and  most  of 
them  are  planting  apple 
trees  It  is  difficult  to 
ascertain,  even  in  an  ap- 
proximate way,  the  num- 
ber of  trees'  being  planted 
m  any  section  The  thir- 
teenth census  shows  that 
there  are  over  7,425,000 
apple  trees  in  the  eight 
states  under  discussion 
that  had  riot  reached  the 
bearing  age  m  1010,  and 
there  has  been  much  greater  activity  in  tree-planting  in 
the  three  subsequent  seasons  than  ever  before.  Many  of 
the  old  orchards,  however,  are  fast  passing  out  of  exis- 
tence From  the  census  reports  it  may  be  seen  that 
despite  the  numbei  of  >oung  orchards  coming  into  bear- 
ing in  the  ten-year  period,  there  were  10,188,000  more 
trees  of  the  bearing  age  reported  in  11)00  than  in  1910. 
The  question  of  the  probability  of  over-production 
immediately  arises  Most  of  the  growers  are  still 
optimistic,  thinking  that  for  various  reasons  many  of 
the  orchards  will  never  reach  the  beai  ing  age  and  that 
with  the  rapidly  growing  population,  the  increasing 
opportunities  for  exporting,  the  raising  of  varieties  of 
better  quality,  and  \vith  better  methods  of  grading  and 
packing,  the  supply  will  riot  exceed  the  demand  for  any 
considerable  time 

Apple  rcqions 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  apple  industry  has  reached 
its  highest  development  in  certain  restricted  regions 
\\hen  pomologists  speak  of  the  western  New  York 
fruit-belt  or  the  Chaniplam  Valley  district,  a  fairly 
definite  area  is  understood  Usually  such  districts  are 
marked  by  exceptionally  favorable  soil  or  climatic 
condit  ions  The  conspicuous  apple  regions  of  the  North- 
east, although  fiequently  hundreds  of  miles  apart, 
possess  about  the  same  set  of  conditions  This  is 
especially  true  \vithm  the  same  parallels  of  latitude. 
The  distinctive  features  of  these  regions  aie' 

(1)  A  favoiable  climate,  that  insures  protection 
from  exherne  temperature,  affords  sufficient  rainfall 
m  summer,  and  that  furnishes  long  days  and  abundant 
sunshine  throughout  the  growing  season 


latitude  in  this  respect  than  was  generally  considered 
In  recent  years,  apples  have  been  successfully  and 
profitably  grown  under  conditions  that  formerly  were 
thought  to  be  very  undesirable  This  is  mentioned  here 
to  show  that  the  proper  selection  of  varieties  and  the 
adoption  of  special  methods  of  treatment  are  also 
important  factors,  and  that  the  "fruit-belt"  is  not  the 
only  controlling  factor 

The  accompanying  table  gives  some  information 
regarding  the  number  of  apple  trees  and  the  production 
of  apples  in  the  states  under  consideration  One  column 
also  shows  the  relation  of  the  production  of  the  various 
states  to  the  total  production  of  the  United  States. 


VARIOUS  APPLE  STATISTICS  FOR  THE  NORTHEASTERN  STATES,  ACCORDING  TO  THE 
CENSUS  REPORTS  FOR  1900  AND  11)10 


Per  cent 
of 

Trees  ot 

beai  ing 

Trees  not 

Busheh 

Bushels 

total  pro- 

Ug 

of 

1899 

1909 

duction 

bearing  age 

of  U   S 
1909 

1900 

1910 

1910 

Maine 

1,422,000 

3,630,000 

248 

4,18.->,0<)0 

3,477,000 

1,04  -.000 

N    Hampshire 

1,979,000 

1  108,000 

08 

2,034,  000 

1,241,000 

207,000 

Vermont 

1,177,000 

1  460,000 

10 

1,675,000 

1,184,000 

220,000 

Massachusetts 

3,023,000 

2  550.WX 

173 

1,852,000 

1,307,000 

3")6,ooo 

Rhode  Island 

339,000 

213,0(X 

01 

214,000 

1  12,000 

55,000 

Connecticut 

-$,704,000 

1  5  11,  (XX 

104 

1,167,000 

7f)<),()00 

212,000 

New  York 

21,111,000 

25  «W,0(X 

1722 

15,()r>j,WO 

11,248,000 

2,82<t,()(K) 

Pennsylvania 

4,041,000 

11  048,(XX 

749 

11,  771,  (MX) 

S.000,000 

2,")01.000 

Total 

10,401,000 

46,965,000 

3183 

37,9->t>,0<)0 

27.46S.OOO 

7,  12  '),()()() 

By  comparing  the  production  from  the  various 
counties,  it  is  easy  to  determine  the  conspicuous  apple 
sections  The  following  table  shows  the  production 
from  the  twenty-four  highest  producing  counties  in  the 
northeastern  states. 

TABLE  SHOWING  PRODUCTION  OF  APPLES  FROM  THE 
TWENTY-FOUR  HIGHEST  PRODUCING  COUNTIES  IN 
THE  NORTHEASTERN  STATJS,  CENSUS  OF  1910 


County 

SI  ule 

Bushels 

Wayne 

New  ^  ork 

•5,304,000 

N«u   ^ork 

2,V)2,000 

Niagara 

New   York 

2,307,(XX) 

Orleans 

Now  \ork 

2,22'),0(X) 

Ontario 

NLVV  \<>rk 

91  3,000 

Columbia 

Ni»  \mk 

803,000 

Dutchcss 

Nivv  \ork 

795,000 

Ulster 

Niw  \<>rk 

608,(X)0 

Ch.iutau€iua 

Nt»  Wk 

040,000 

Middlesex 

M  tssarhusetts 

OUOOO 

New   >ork 

630,000 

Wyoming 

Now  \<>rk 

625,  OCX) 

Ene 

Now  \ork 

MM.OOO 

Worcester 

Masvu-hiwtH 

5().r>,()00 

Genasee 

Nfw   \ork 

r>s  i  ,000 

Cattaraugua 

N.  w  York 

,")r)8,0()0 

Albany  

New  ^  ork 

~)28,000 

Sear  •• 

N<  w  V  ork 
Maim 

481,000 
443,000 

Berks 
Oswego 

P(  nnsylvania 
New  York 

420,000 
400,000 

Tioga 

Penn  jlvaina 

W),0<)0 

Konnebeo 

M  urn- 

3<>2,0(X) 

Franklin 

Maine 

389,000 

(2)  A  favorable  soil,  that  insures  good  drainage,  ease          It  will  be  seen  that  of  the  twenty-four  counties, 
of  cultivation,  and  a  spacious  feeding-ground  for  the      seventeen  are  in  New  York  state,  three  in  Maine  and 

two  each  in  Massachusetts  and  Pennsylvania 

The  territory  under  consideration  lies  mostly  between 
the  68th  and  81st  degrees  of  longitude  and  the  40th  and 
4Gth  degrees  of  latitude  It  possesses,  on  the  whole,  a 
very  irregular  topography,  resulting  from  glacial 
deposits  It  is  drained  in  almost  all  directions  by  rivers 


roots 

(3)  A  suitable  topography,  that  affords  adequate 
atmospheric  drainage  and  insures  protection  from 
frosts  and  freezes  Lands  adjacent  to  large  bodies  of 
water,  however,  are  not  necessarily  dependent  upon 
variations  in  altitude  to  insure  protection  from  frost. 

While  favorable  soil,  climate  and  topography  often 
are  determining  factors  and  are  considerations  of  great 


of  various  sizes.    It  includes  many  fertile  valleys,  ele- 
vated plateaus,  and  several  mountainous  areas.    Along 


APPLE 


APPLE 


319 


the  coast  m  many  sections,  and  on  the  shores  of  the 
Great  Lakes  are  fairly  broad  low-lying  plateaus  These 
areas,  with  the  broad  river  valleys  and  their  bordering 
slopes,  are  of  great  importance  from  a  fruit-growing 
standpoint 

In  a  rough  way,  the  lands  may  be  divided  into  two 
main  groups.  The  nn>t  embraces  the  river  valleys, 
including  the  valley  slopes,  and  the  lower  plains  adja- 
cent to  the  Great  Lakes,  and  certain  areas  near  the  coast 
To  this  group  belong  the  most  conspicuous  apple-grow- 
ing areas,  such  as  those  along  the  valleys  of  the  Con- 
necticut, the  Hudson,  the  St  Lawrence,  the  Mohawk, 
the  Susnuchanna  and  other  smaller  rivers,  arid  the 
shores  of  Lake  Erie,  Lake  Ontario,  Lake  Champlam 
and  various  inland  lakes 

The  second  group  of  lands  embraces  the  uplands, 
composed  usually  of  more  or  less  rolling  land  with 
innumerable  hills,  narrow  valleys,  and  great  plateaus 
This  territory  embraces  much  rough  mountainous  land 
that  is  of  little  value  except  for  forestry  In  general,  the 
upland  territory  is  devoted  mainly  to  diversified  farm- 
ing As  a  rule,  onlv  the  hardier  varieties  of  apples  are 
grown,  but  in  the  uplands  there  are  innumerable 
areas  of  restricted  dimensions  that  are  well 
adapted  to  the  growing  of  apples  in  conjunction 
with  other  interests 

In  the  East,  apples  are  extensively  grown  for 
home  use  and  for  loc.il  market  For  this  reason 
the  apple  industrv,  is  not  so  centralized  as  it  is 
in  some  other  regions,  although  there  are  many 
large  comineici.il  oichaids  Many  individual 
orchards  are  small,  being  on  diversified  farms 
According  to  the  thirteenth  census,  the  ave- 
rage value  of  farm  lands  throughout  the  eight 
states  is  $23  2S  per  acre  The  price  recorded 
for  the  states  of  Pennsylvania,  New  York, 
Massachusetts,  Conner  1  init  .ttid  Rhode  Island 
was  about  the  same,  averaging  $33  <)2  per  acre, 
while  that  for  the  remaining  three  .states, 
Maine,  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont  was 
much  lower,  averaging  151331  per  acre 

The  apple-growing  area  in  the  northeastern 
states  isiapidlv  extending  and  comprises  much 
of  the  cheaper  lands  of  the  territory.  In  New 
England,  the  aiea  embraces  the  southern  half 
of  Maine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont,  pro- 
jecting scynewhat  northward  along  the  west- 
ern border  of  the  latter  state,  and  ext(ndmg  south- 
ward to  include  the  greater  part  of  Massachusetts, 
Connecticut,  and  Rhode  Island  Here  the  leading 
varieties  m  the  older  orchards  are  Baldwin,  Rhode 
Island  Greening,  Northern  Spy,  Roxbmy,  Ben  Davis, 
Fameu.se,  Tolman,  Hubbardston,  Oldenburg,  Reel 
Astraehan,  Bethel,  Twenty  Ounce,  Mclntosh,  Yellow 
Bellflower,  and  Wealthy  The  later  plantings  are 
mostly  of  higher  quality  varieties,  including  Northern 
Spy,  Mclntosh,  Wealthy,  Fall  Pippin,  Sutton,  Wagener, 
Red  Canada,  Esopus  (Spitzenberg),  Gravenstem,  Yel- 
low Transpaient,  Red  Astrachan,  Fameuse,  Tompkms 
King,  and  \\  illiams  The  Baldwin,  however,  continues 
to  be  the  most  popular  variety  in  New  England 

In  New  York,  the  mam  apple-growing  section  extends 
along  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  but  the  industry 
is  rapidly  developing  in  many  other  parts,  including 
the  Hudson,  Champlam,  St  Lawrence,  and  lower 
Mohawk  valleys,  and  the  lands  sui rounding  the  central 
lakes  The  leading  varieties  m  the  bearing  orchards 
are  Baldwin,  Rhode  Island,  Northern  Spy,  Tompkms 
King,  Roxbury,  Hubbardston,  Esopus  (Spitzenberg), 
Golden  Russet t,  Ben  Davis,  Tolman,  BlacK  Gilhflower, 
Twenty  Ounce,  Swaar,  Westfield,  Pumpkin  Sweet, 
Fameuse,  Fall  Pippin,  Yellow  Bellflower,  Mclntosh, 
Wealthy,  Oldenburg,  Red  Astrachan,  Jonathan,  Yel- 
low Newtown,  Green  Newtown,  Maiden  Blush,  Graven- 
stem,  Blue  Pearmam,  Early  Harvest,  Alexander,  and 
Yellow  Transparent.  Many  of  these  varieties  are  still 


being  planted,  but  the  tendency  is  to  set  fewer  varie- 
ties and  more  of  the  leading  commercial  sorts 

The  apple-growing  area  in  Pennsylvania  is  limited 
largely  to  the  southeastern  part  of  the  state  The 
industry  has  reached  its  highest  development  in  the 
Cumberland  Valley,  especially  in  Cumberland,  Adams 
and  Franklin  counties  Much  planting  is  now  being 
done  along  the  upper  Susquehanna  in  Luzerne,  Lacka- 
wanna,  and  Wyoming  counties  In  the  southwestern 
part  of  the  state,  Bedford  arid  Somerset  counties  also 
nave  many  commercial  orchards  Southern  Pennsyl- 
vania has  a  longer  growing  season  than  New  York  and 
New  England  and  this  is  plainly  shown  by  the  nature 
of  the  varieties  most  commonly  grown.  The  older 
orchards  are  composed  mainly  of  York  Imperial,  Bald- 
win arid  Northern  Spy,  but  the  newer  plantings  are 
mostly  Stayman  Wmesap,  Mclntosh,  Delicious,  and 
Northern  Spy. 

Cultural  pecidianties. 

While  there  is  diversity  of  opinion  regarding  cul- 
tural methods,  the  common  practice  embraces  a  sys- 


268.  Apple  orchard  at  bearing  age,  as  seen  in  the  northeastern  states. 


tern  of  clean  culture  with  cover-crops  In  some  regions, 
especially  on  the  heavier  soils,  it  has  been  found  that 
this  treatment,  if  practised  year  after  year,  produces 
too  much  growth  In  such  cases,  the  cover-crop,  in- 
stead of  being  turned  under,  is  allowed  to  stand  till 
about  June,  when  it  is  cut  and  allowed  to  remain  on  the 
surface  as  a  mulch  In  New  England,  clover  is  most 
commonly  used  as  a  cover-crop  In  New  York  and 
Pennsylvania,  various  crops  are  used  for  the  purpose; 
among  these  the  most  common  are  clover,  vetch,  rye, 
buckwheat,  turnips,  covvpeas,  and  so> beans  Some 
growers  in  vanous  parts  have  secured  good  results 
from  growing  their  trees  in  sod,  mowing  the  grass  and 
leaving  it  as  a  mulch  The  success  of  this  method 
depends  largely  on  the  quantity  of  herbage  that  can 
be  grown  in  the  orchard  If  the  orchard  does  not  pro- 
duce enough,  it  must  be  supplemented  with  some  form 
of  coarse  material  from  othei  sources  A  system 
of  this  kind  may  be  very  satisfactorily  employed 
in  various  parts  of  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  New 
England,  where  there  is  much  land  that,  although  well 
adapted  to  apple-growing,  is  oftentimes  too  steep  for 
cultivat  ion. 

As  a  rule,  chemical  fertilizers  are  used  in  the  orchard 
Since  the  supply  of  humus  may  be  maintained  in  the 
orchard  by  the  use  of  cover-crops,  most  growers  prefer 
to  use  the  available  stable  manure  for  crops  like  corn, 
hay,  or  vegetables,  that  are  not  so  easily  adapted  to 
cover-crop  treatment.  Stable  manure,  however,  is 


320 


APPLE 


APPLE 


often  used  in  sod  orchards  to  supply  additional  mulch 
as  well  as  the  elements  of  plant-food.  Many  growers  are 
coming  to  realize  that  the  apple  tree  does  not  require 
heavy  applications  of  fertilizers  More  important  than 
fertilizers  is  moisture  supply,  and  this  is  maintained  by 
increasing  the  humus  and  by  cultivation  Very  few 
growers  are  applying  much  nitrogen,  depending  upon 
leguminous  cover-crops  to  keep  up  the  supply  As  a 
source  ot  phosphoric  acid,  raw  ground  bone  is  the  most 
common  material  In  recent  years,  very  large  quan- 
tities of  basic  slag  have  been  used,  GOO  to  800  pounds 
per  acre  usually  being  applied  Potash  is  usually  ap- 
plied m  the  muriate  form,  but  some  growers  prefer  to 
use  the  sulfate  of  potash  Recently,  growers  have 
realized  the  necessity  for  applying  lime,  and  this  is 
being  used  largely  m  the  form  of  ground  limestone 

There  is  a  growing  feeling  that  in  the  past  young 
trees  have  been  pruned  too  severely.  Piogressive 
growers  think  that  the  young  apple  tiee  should  not  be 
pruned  very  severely  during  the  dormant  season.  With 
this  is  associated  the  idea  that  when  much  pruning  is 
necessary,  some  of  it,  at  least,  should  be  performed  in 
the  growing  season.  This  practice  tends  to  bring  the 


269    Harvest  time  in  the  apple  orchard. 


trees  into  bearing  earlier  and  to  make  better-shaped 
trees.  Summer  pruning,  when  employed,  is  usually 
performed  about  July  1  or  just  before  growth  ceafaes 
Mature  trees  tend  to  overbear,  and  pruning  them  in 
the  dormant  season  is  the  rule 

A  striking  feature  in  the  work  of  renovating  old 
orchards  is  the  seventy  with  which  many  of  the  trees 
are  pruned  High-headed  tires,  especially  those  that 
are  very  weak,  are  cut  back  to  meio  stubs  on  which  the 
growth  of  water-sprouts  is  encouraged  From  these- 
sprouts  new  heads  arc  formed  Tiees  treated  in  this 
way  often  pioduce  fair  crops  of  fruit,  when  properlv 
trained,  the  fourth  or  fifth  >enr  following  the  tre.it- 
ment.  Other  trees  that  are  in  better  shape  to  start 
with,  are  dealt  with  less  severely,  only  the  higher 
branches  being  removed  and  the  remaining  ones  short- 
ened in 

Spraying  practices  are  about  the  same  throughout 
the  various  regions  of  the  Northeast.  The  concentrated 
lime-sulfur  wash,  either  prepaied  or  home-made,  has 
become  the  standard  remedy  for  scale  In  some  sec- 
tions and  especially  for  use  on  old  apple  trees,  the  mis- 
cible  oils  are  preferred.  For  the  various  fungous  trou- 
bles, of  which  scab,  black-rot,  rust  and  sooty-blotch 
are  the  most  conspicuous,  a  weak  hme-sulfur  prepara- 
tion is  generally  employed.  Applications  are  usually 
made  just  before  the  blossoms  open,  again  after  the 
petals  fall,  and  one  or  two  later  applications  at  intervals 
of  three  or  four  weeks  Arsenate  of  lead  is  usually 
added  for  the  control  of  insects  In  New  England, 
the  hme-sulfur  as  a  summer  spray  has  not  given  satis- 
faction, and  the  tendency  is  to  use  regular  bordeaux 


mixture  for  the  first  application  and  a  very  weak 
bordeaux  for  the  subsequent  treatments.  With  most 
varieties,  and  under  ordinary  conditions,  the  one  appli- 
cation is  sufficient  to  control  the  various  diseases.  One 
or  two  applications  of  arsenatc  of  lead,  either  with  or 
without  bordeaux,  is  usually  applied  after  the  blossoms 
have  fallen 

The  practice  of  thinning  apples  is  becoming  somewhat 
general  among  the  commercial  growers  of  New  England 
and  in  most  sections  of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania 
The  work  ib  usually  performed  about  July  1,  or  just  after 
the  so-called  "June  drop  "  In  some  sections  in  western 
New  York,  where  the  evaporating  trade  takes  the 
greater  part  of  the  crop,  the  practice  is  almost  unknown. 

Marketing. 

The  apple  ciop  in  pMieral  f aiming  districts  is  mostly 
disposed  of  within  the  limits  of  the  territory  and  usually 
in  the  local  market  The  more  extensive  growers,  how- 
ever, ship  large  quantities  to  the  eastern  cities,  and 
varying  quantities,  depending  upon  the  supply,  are 
exported  Progress  in  grading  and  packing  has  been 
slow,  chiefly  because  of  lack  of  necessity.  There  is 
great  demand  m  the  manufacturing  centers  for  a 
medium  grade  of  fiuit  and  in  such  places  it  has 
not  paid  to  increase  the  price  of  apples  by  fancy 
grading  and  packing  Some  growers,  even  at  the 
present  time,  bay  that  they  make  as  much  from  their 
lower  grades  as  from  their  higher  grades  This  ap- 
plies especially  to  sections  where  peddlers  come  to 
the  orchard,  take  the  fruit  away  and  bring  the 
barrels  back  The  enormous  number  of  varieties 
has  also  affected  progress  in  the  way  of  improved 
methods.  Methods  of  packing  and  selling  are  very 
diverse.  The  barrel  still  remains  the  most  popular 
package,  although  the  box  is  being  largely  used  In 
the  vieimtj  of  the  huge  cities  and  towns,  special 
packages  are  used  for  the  retail  tiade  Around 
Boston,  a  slatted  bushel  box  i.s  in  common  use  In 
Connecticut,  the  common  Jersey  peach  basket  is 
largely  used,  with  a  growing  tendency  toward  the 
climax  basket  Near  Philadelphia,  the  familiar 
hamper  is  still  in  use.  The  box  package  as  used  in 
the  West  has  been  adopted  by  many  glowers  in  New 
York  and  in  northern  New  England  In  Connecticut, 
there  is  a  movement  to  adopt  a  distinctive  package, 
like  the  climax  basket,  for  the  fancy  retail  trade  and 
to  continue  to  use  the  barrel  for  the  general  crop 

O.  D.  JARVIS. 
The  apple  m  Canada. 

Apples  have  been  cultivated  in  Canada  for  about  300 
years  In  the  earlv  part  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
the  French  settlers  brought  with  them  seeds  and  trees 
to  the  banks  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  along  which 
the  first  settlements  were  made  In  that  part  of  Canada 
which  in  the  French  regime  was  known  as  Acadia,  now 
the  province  of  Nova  Scotia,  apple  trees  were  planted 
early  in  the  seventeenth  century  also  Trees  were  top- 
grafted  in  Nova  Scotia  as  early  as  1764,  and  some  of 
these  old  trees  are  still  alive  On  account  of  poor 
transportation  facilities  in  Canada  until  comparatively 
recent  years,  the  development  of  apple-growing  was 
slow  for  a  long  time  and  it  has  been  only  during  the 
past  fifty  or  sixty  years  that  a  rapid  growth  m  the 
industry  has  taken  place  Now,  however,  the  pro- 
duction of  apples  is  large  and  is  increasing  very  last. 
In  1911  the  number  of  bushels  of  apples  grown  in  Can- 
ada was  estimated  at  10,384,985. 

Regions 

The  area  m  Canada  over  which  apples  can  be  grown 
is  very  large  In  the  provinces  of  Ontario  and  Quebec, 
there  is  a  belt  of  about  700  miles  in  length,  where 
apple  trees  can  be  successfully  grown,  while  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Ontario  alone  the  best  winter  apples  can  be 


APPLE 


APPLE 


321 


grown  over  an  area  of  about  350  miles  long  by  30 1,o  150 
miles  in  width  Over  this  great  winter-apple  area,  which 
may  be  roughly  divided  into,  first  that  part  bordering 
on  Lake  Ontario  and  extending  for  30  and  more  miles 
inland-  second,  that  bordering  Lake  Huron  and  for 
several  miles  back,  and  third,  the  Houth western  part  of 
Ontario, — the  Northern  Spy,  Baldwin,  Tompkms  King 
and  Rhode  Island  Greening  are  the  predominant  win- 
ter varieties  of  the  better  class 

Nova  Scotia  has  long  been  noted  for  its  winter 
apples,  which  ship  and  keep  woll  The  most  favored 
parts  are  the  Annapolis  and  Cornwallis  valleys,  which 
nave  a  total  length  of  about  100  miles  and  vary  in  width 
from  6  to  11  miles  Here  apples  of  British  or  European 
origin,  such  as  Blenheim,  Ribston,  Gravenstem,  Cox 
Orange  Pippin,  and  Yellow  Bellfiower  do  particularly 
well  But  it  is  being  found  that  winter  apples  can  be 
grown  successfully  along  the  southeastern  part  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  a  large  area  will  no  doubt  be  eventually 
planted  to  apple  trees  there  In  the  northern  part  of 
Nova  Scotia,  the  hardier  apples,  including  some  winter 
varieties,  do  well  Prince  Kdward  Island,  the  smallest 
province  in  Canada,  produces  excellent  apples,  and  here 
may  be  found,  perhaps,  the  longest-keeping  fruit  in 
Canada  of  the  varieties  gro\vn,  due  no  doubt  to  the 
cool  autumn  The  season  is  somewhat  short  for  some 
of  the  latest-maturing  varieties  The  province  of  New 
Brunswick  has  for  a  long  time  shown  its  adaptability 
for  apple-culture,  and  in  this  province  some  of  the 
highest-colored  and  best-flavored  apples  are  grown. 
The  climate  over  a  large  part  of  New  Brunswick  is 
much  the  same  as  the  southern  part  of  the  province  of 
Quebec  and  eastern  and  central  Ontario,  and  over  this 
great  area  such  apples  as  Wealthy,  Fameusc,  Melntosh, 
Alexander,  Wolf  River  and  others  are  grown  to  great 
perfection 

In  the  far  West,  British  Columbia  has  many  districts 
and  valleys  well  suited  for  summer,  autumn  and  winter 
varieties  of  apples,  but  some  varieties  do  better  in  one 
district  than  in  another  At  present  the  three  most 
important  parts  are,  first,  that  comprising  the  damp 
climate  of  tJhe  lower  mainland  near  the  coast,  and  Van- 
couver Island,  second,  the  dry  interior  country  where 
rngation  is,  as  a  rule,  necessary,  including  the  Okana- 
gan  and  other  valleys,  and  third,  the  Kootenays,  Kast 
and  West,  the  Salmon  Arm,  and  other  districts  \vhere 
irrigation  is  in  most  places  unnecessary  Many  valleys 
farther  north  than  the  present  commercial  orchards 
extend  are  being  found  suitable  for  apple-culture. 

In  the  prairie  provinces  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta,  few  apples  have  as  >et  been  grown,  but  it 
is  thought  that  before  long  some  parts  of  these  prov- 
inces will  be  producing  large  quantities  of  apples  In 
southern  Manitoba  the  Russian  vaiieties  of  apples  are 
succeeding  well  in  places  where  cared  for,  and  consider- 
able quantities  of  fruit  have  been  obtained  there  The 
chief  causes  of  failure  in  the  prairie  provinces  appear 
to  be,  first,  too  late  growth,  preventing  proper  ripening 
of  the  wood,  and  due,  we  believe,  to  the  rich  soil  with 
its  large  percentage  of  available  nitrogen,  second,  to 
the  drying  out  of  the  trees  in  winter  on  account  of  their 
being  exposed  to  dry  and  very  cold  winds  for  a  long 
period,  and  third,  on  account  of  early  growth  in  spring 
Followed  by  hard  frosts  All  of  these  causes  of  failure 
may  in  a  large  degree  be  overcome  by  planting  the 
hardiest  varieties  in  well-drained,  light  sou,  protecting 
them  from  winds  in  winter  by  means  of  windbreaks, 
and  choosing  exposures  whore  growth  will  not  start 
early  In  the  wooded  country  in  northern  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta,  where  the  springs  are  cooler  and  where 
there  is  natural  protection,  it  is  thought  that  ultimately 
large  quantities  of  apples  will  be  grown.  At  present 
crab-apples  are  being  grown  m  a  number  of  places  and 
also  the  small  hybrid  apples  originated  by  William 
Saunders. 

The  farthest  north  that  apples  have  been  grown  in 

21 


Canada  eaet  cf  the  Rocky  Mountains,  of  which  we  have 
a  record,  is  at  Fort  Vermilion,  Peace  River,  in  latitude 
56°,  where,  in  1910,  fruit  was  grown  of  the  hybrid  apples 
referred  to. 

Vanetws  of  apples  recomrneruled  for  different  pwts  of 
Canada. 

ONTARIO  (districts  bordering  Lake  Ontario  and  Lake  Huron, 
and  southwestern  Ontario)  Summer — Red  Astrachan,  Oldenburg 
fntt— <Jravenstem,  Wealthy,  Alexander.  Melntosh,  F-tmeuse. 
Blenheim  Winter — Tompkms  King,  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Bald- 
win, Northern  Spy,  Cranberry,  Stark 

NOVA  SCOTIA  (Annapolis,  (  ornwulhs,  and  adjacent  valleys) 
Kummrr— Red  A.strachan,  Old<  nburg  Pall-  -Grave  ristem,  Wealthy, 
Blenheim,  Ribston  Winttr-  fompkins  King,  \  e  How  Bellflower, 
Wagener.  Cox  Orange  Pippin,  Hhodo  Island  Greening,  Stark, 
Northern  Spy,  American  Golden  Rus.sU,  Fallawater,  Roxbury 
Russet  (Nonpareil;,  and  Btn  Da\is 

NOVA  SCOTIA  (northern  and  colder  parts)  Nuw  BRUNSWICK, 
QumEe-  (except  coldest  parts),  KAHJM<\  AND  CENTRAL  ONTARIO 
Hummer— Transpaient,  1  owland  Kaspbe  rry,  Orenburg  Fall— 
St  Lawrence,  Wealthy,  Dudley,  Alexander,  M/Mahon  Winter— 
Vlelntosh.  Fameiwe,  Wolf  Ri\er,  B«  thd,  Milwaukee 

PHINCK  Euw\ni>  IHIAND  Summer— Tnnsparent,  Orenburg. 
Fall— Wealthy,  Dudley.  Gravenste..n  (whiek  ktep:,  well  into  winter 
here)  Winttr  -Alexander,  Woll  River,  Melntosh  Stark  Such 
varieties  as  Blenheim,  Ribbon,  Tompkms  King,  Northern  Spy, 
and  many  others  can  be  grown  on  Prince  Edward  Island,  but  are 
not  so  reliable  for  commercial  purposes 

BRITISH  Cemvaiv  (lovs.r  mainland,  V  incouver  Inland) 
Yellow  rranspaicrit,  Old.  nbiu  ',  Gr^enstem,  Wealthy,  Tompkms 
King,  Gnmes  For  irng-de  d  district-,  ot  .southern  British  Columbia 
fr-m-parent.  Reel  <Wru  Inn  Oldenburg,  Wealthy,  Melntosh,  Jona- 
than, \Vage  ne-r  Rome  Bc.uitj  ,  -tnd  m  addition  fe>r  tlie  mo-<t  f  ivored 
parts,  LsopuN  Ye  How  \ewtown,  and  Wme-ap  Other  t.  n.pi  rate 
pirts  where  irrigation,  if  pr-utis<d,  is  nejt  general,  including  the 
Koot.imV<  Salmon  \rm.an.l  Armstrong  eh-triet  Yellow  Trans- 
parent, Old' nburg.  diuenste  in  \\eiltliy,  Melntosh,  Jonathan, 
V\  tgener,  (inmrs  and  Northern  Spy 

Hardiest  varieties  for  ee)ld,-t,  parts  of  Canada  Summer  to 
Auturm- -Blushed  CaKille,  Lowland  Raspbcirj\  Oldenberg,  Char- 
lamoff  Autumn  to  IV  mt<r—  Antonovka,  Wealthy,  Hibernal,  Mc- 
Mahon,  Longfield.  and  Pitten  C'rab-npplt^— Whitnt  y,  Virginia 
Marth'i,  Trmscende  nt,  Hyslop  and  the  small  hybrid  apples  origi- 
nate, 1  by  VVm  Saund.ru 

Up  to  comparatively  recent  years,  Canada  had 
depended  mainly  on  the  other  parts  of  the  world  for 
varieties  to  plant,  but  some  excellent  apples  of  Cana- 
dian ongin  are  now  m  commerce,  such  as  Fameuse, 
Melntosh,  St  Lawrence,  and  Baxter  Within  the  past 
twenty  Neais  unde-i  the>  elueettoii  of  the  Dominion 
(jo\ eminent,  many  new  vaiuties  have  been  originated 
with  a  view  to  furnishing  suitable  kinds  for  the 
pranie  provinces,  and  secondK  to  obtain  apples  of  the 
best  ce>lor  and  quality  which  would  succeed  over  a 
wider  range  than  those  on  the  market  at  present.  The 
results  so  far  have  been  veiy  promising 

Ceneial  outlook 

Canadians  are  fully  alive  to  the  importance  of  prac- 
tising the  best  methods  of  apple-culture,  and  in  those 
paits  ejf  tht  Dominion  wheie  the>  melustry  is  an  impor- 
tant one,  the  methods  cmplo\ed  and  culture  given  are 
equal  to  those  m  other  countries 

The  cooperative  movement  is  strong  in  Canada,  and 
there  are  many  cooperative  associations  for  the  buying 
of  horticultural  supplies  and  for  the  marketing  of  fruit. 
There  has  been  an  Act  in  fon  e  in  Canada  since  1899  by 
which  Dominion  inspectors  may  examine  fruit  packed 
in  closed  packages  bcfoie  shipment  in  any  part  of 
Canada  The  Act  empow  ers  the  inspectors  to  mark  the 
package  "Falselv  Marked"  if  the  fruit  within  ifhe  pack- 
age is  riot  of  the  grade  01  quality  indicated  by  the  marka 
outside,  and  the  persem  who  packs  the  fruit  and  marks 
the  package  is  liable  to  a  fine 

There  is  a  minimum  standard  or  legal  barrel  of  96 
Imperial  quarts  for  apples  throughout  Canada,  and  a 
uniform  box  of  10x11x20  inches,  inside  measure- 
ments The  barrel  is  st  ill  the  popular  package  in  eastern 
Canada,  although  the  use  of  the  box  is  steadily  increas- 
ing In  British  Columbia,  however,  the  box  is  used 
practically  altogether 

The  outlook  for  apple-growing  in  Canada  is  bright. 
The  market  for  Canadmn  apples  appears  to  b« 


322 


APPLE 


unlimited,  if  the  fruit  is  well  packed  and  properly  dis- 
tributed, and  the  quantity  of  apples  that  Canada  is  able 
to  produce  is  enormous  For  further  information,  see 
British  North  America,  Horticulture  in. 

W.  T.  MACOUN. 

The  apple  m  the  southern  Alleghany  Mountain 
region.    Fig  270 

With  respect  to  climatic  conditiens,  the  Alleghany 
region  presents  the  widest  range  of  extremes  within 
short  distances  in  eastern  North  America  Extending 
through  nearly  bcven  degrees  of  north  latitude,  its  great 


270     The  Alleghany  apple  region. 


valleys,  plateaus,  detached  hills  and  long  ridges  vary  in 
elevation  from  500  to  more  than  4,000  feet  above  sea- 
level,  presenting  in  their  varied  slopes  almost  every 
angle  of  exposure  to  the  sun  Correspondingly  varied 
soils  occur  also,  often  in  close  proxinntv,  so  that  within 
short  distances,  combinations  of  soil  and  climatic  con- 
ditions adapted  to  more  widel}  differing  tj  pv  *  of  plants 
are  found  than  elsewhere  in  the  humid  regions  of  the 
United  States  The  extreme  contrasts  occur  in  western 
North  Carolina,  where  in  the  sheltered  valleys  and 
thermal  belts  of  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Blue  Ridge, 
the  fig  and  the  European  grape  are  grown  with  a  fair 
degree  of  success  within  a  few  miles  of  higher  lands  well 
adapted  to  a  wide  range  of  winter  apples 

While  fewer  chronological  records  have  been  pre- 
served of  the  earlier  histoiy  of  apple-culture  in  this 
region  than  is  true  of  some  of  the  more  northern  apple 
districts,  it  is  evident  from  scattered  references  that  in 
some  localities  in  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  rather 
systematic  culture  of  this  fruit  was  undertaken  in  a 
small  way  at  a  very  early  date 

It  is  known  that  as  early  as  1086  there  was  one  apple 
orchard  of  2,500  trees  in  Virginia,  mostly  grafted,  and 
that  by  the  close  of  the  seventeenth  century,  few  plan- 
tations in  that  state  were  without  orchards  In  these, 
the  apple  was  the  leading  fruit  along  with  the  peach, 
the  pear,  the  plum,  the  quince  and  some  others  As 
early  as  1773  Thomas  Jefferson  recorded  in  his  "Oar- 
den  Book"  the  giaftmg  of  "Newt own  Pippin"  in  Albe- 
marle  County,  Virginia,  and  in  1778  the  planting  of 
these  grafted  trees  on  his  Monticello  estate  This 
variety  had  apparently  reached  that  section  from  the 
vicinity  of  Philadelphia  as  early  as  1755  in  the  form  of 
cions  brought  in  the  saddle-bags  of  Dr  Thomas  Walker, 
the  commissary  officer  of  the  Virginia  troops  in  Brad- 
dock's  army,  when  he  returned  after  the  disastrous 
defeat  of  that  year  (See  Bulletin  5,  Division  of  Pomol- 
ogy, II  S  Department  of  Agriculture,  p.  360  -1898  ) 

But  if  written  records  were  entirely  lacking,  the  large 
size  and  evident  age  of  the  surviving  trees  about  farm 
dwellings  and  the  abundant  distribution  of  seedling 
apple  trees  of  great  age  and  large  size  at  the  present 
time  would  sufficiently  establish  the  fact  of  early  intro- 
duction and  the  general  adaptability  of  the  conditions 
to  the  requirements  of  the  apple  The  late  T  K 
Bruner.  of  N^rth  Carolina,  cites  an  example  of  an 


APPLE 

orchard  in  Haywood  County  in  thot  state  in  which, 
though  never  cultivated,  a  hundred  trees  had  attained 
a  size  of  full  3  feet  in  diameter  of  trunk,  the  largest 
having  a  girth  of  11  feet  and  9  inches.  While  these 
exceptionally  large  trees  are  usually  found  in  the  lower 
slopes  or  in  mountain  coves  where  the  wash  from  the 
mountainsides  above  brings  to  them  the  moisture  and 
fertility  of  considerable  areas  of  land,  many  unoccupied 
benches  and  gradual  slopes  exist  where  such  soil 
conditions  could  be  approximately  duplicated  by  the 
orchardist. 

Varieties  of  the  Alleghany  region 

While  less  attention  has  probably  been  given  in  this 
region  to  the  systematic  study  of  the  seedling  fruits 
that  have  originated  there  than  in  most  of  the  earlier 
settled  parts  of  the  country,  upwards  of  fifty  varie- 
ties of  the  319  included  in  the  last  catalogue  of  fruits 
of  the  American  Pomological  Society  are  traceable  to 
this  region  These  include  such  eomrnerci.illv  impor' 
taiit  vaneties  as  Ben  Davis,  (3 rimes'  Golden,  Kinnard, 
Paiagon  and  Willow,  together  with  such  highly 
esteemed  home-use  sorts  as  Bonum,  Buckingham, 
Gilpm,  Pilot,  Red  June,  Shocklcy,  Summer  King,  Terry 
ana  Virginia  Beauty  R  L  Watts,  working  in  Tennes- 
see, and  C  C  Newman,  m  South  Carolina  and  Georgia, 
have  made  a  beginning  in  the  canvass  of  the  region  for 
valuable  seedlings  in  connection  with  their  experiment- 
station  work,  but  this  region  undoubtedly  remains  at 
the  present  time  the  most  promising  field  in  America 
for  the  searcher  after  promising  new  varieties  of  apples. 

As  in  most  of  the  earlier  settled  parts  of  the  country, 
commercial  development  of  orchards  in  this  region  is 
comparatively  recent  The  fust  plantings  were  solely 
for  home-supply.  Later,  small  orchards  were  planted 
for  the  production  of  sun-dned  apples,  cidei,  apple- 
brandy and  similar  products  m  a  commercial  way, 
rath,er  than  for  the  sale  of  the  fresh  fruit  on  any  exten- 
sive scale  So  long  as  these  uses  determined  the  selec- 
tion of  trees  for  planting,  little  attention  was  paid  to 
varieties,  or,  in  fact,  to  the  perpetuation  of  varieties  at 
all,  hence  the  numerous  small  seedling  orchards  per- 
sisting tluoughout  the  less  accessible  portions  of  the 
region  at  the  present  time.  Gradually,  in  certain  locali- 
ties, the  quality  of  fruit  produced  gave  the  more  dur- 
able winter  varieties  a  money  value  for  marketing  by 
wagon,  river-boat  or  railroad  to  more  distant  markets 
The  longer-keeping  \Vmesap  and  other  winter  apples 
of  Tennessee  found  profitable  wagon-market  demand 
in  the  lower  valleys  of  Alabama  and  Georgia  where  this 


271     A  mountain  orchard,  Virginia. 


fruit  did  not  succeed  The  Willow,  Gilpm  and  Bentley 
of  the  northern  Panhandle  of  West  Virginia  found  eager 
buyers  when  transported  by  boat  down  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi  Rivers  as  far  as  New  Orleans  The  Yellow 
Newtown,  rechnstened  Albemarle  Pippin  m  the  county 
of  that  name  (under  the  impression  that  it  was  a  dis- 


APPLE 


APPLE 


323 


tinct  sort)  found  its  way  from  Virginia  by  railroad  to  ripening  and  therefore  shortened  the  storage  durability 
^ '- --1----1  -A '  --' '-  -'-<~  •  of  the  fruit,  relatively  long  hauls  from  orchards  to  rail- 
road station  over  rough  roads  resulted  in  much  bruising 
and,  by  prolonging  the  exposure  of  the  fruit  to  the 
weather,  still  further  impaired  its  keeping  quality  The 
development  of  efficient  remedies  arid  spraying  equip- 
ment, and  the  improvement  in  methods  of  handling 
the  fruit,  coupled  with  the  marked  improvement  in 
roads  that  has  been  accomplished  in  many  sections  is 
rapidly  changing  this  The  railroads  also,  in  recognition 
of  the  need  have  accelerated  and  unproved  their  ser- 


the  eastern  seaboard  cities  and  at  an  early  date  moved 
across  the  Atlantic  in  considerable  quantities,  where 
its  durability  and  fine  dessert  quality  created  an  active 
demand  at  prices  that  yielded  a  good  profit  to  the 
grower 

Extent  of  the  planting. 

Gradually  commercial  orcharding  has  been  differen- 
tiated from  ordinary  farm  fruit-growing  and  a  consider- 
able number  of  farms  have  become  distinctively  orchard 
farms  on  which  the  apple  is  the  main  crop,  with  merely 
euch  cereals  and  forage  crops  as  can  be  grown  without 
interfering  with  the  essential  orchard  operations,  such 
as  01  chard  cultivation,  spraying,  harvesting,  arid  the 
like 

Most  of  the  systematically  planted  and  cared  for 
orchards  are  under  thirty  years  of  age  and  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  acreage  in  these  has  been  planted  since 
1000  Accurate  statistical  information  regarding  the 
acreage  or  number  of  trees  of  orchard  fruits  in  the 
United  States  is  lacking,  and  this  is  peculiarly  true  of 
those  regions  in  which,  because  of  varying  topography 
and  the  resulting  eccentricities  of  climate  and  varia- 
tions in  soil,  the  orchard  areas  vary  greatly  m  size  and 
form,  as  ib  true  of  much  of  this  region.  Outside  of  the 
Great  Valley  of  Virginia,  and  Tennessee,  and  those 
portions  of  the  Piedmont  region  of  Virginia  that  are 
adapted  to  orcharding,  most  of  the  best  orchard  .sites 
occur  as  coves,  benches  or  broken  slopes,  possessing  at 
the  h.iine  time  Mutable  depth  and  character  of  soil,  and 


adequate  atrnohphenc  drainage    (Figs  271,  272  )   Some 
the  best  orchards  are  strung  out  along  the  lower 


of 


slopes,  varying  in  width  in  accordance  with  particular 
soil  types  This  is  especially  true  of  the  "pippin 
orchards"  in  the  Blue  Ridge  district  of  Virginia  and 
North  Carolina  where  certain  particular  combinations 
of  soil  and  slope  are  considered  important  for  the 
Yellow  Newtown 

The  following  summary  of  the  number  of  trees,  both 
bearing  and  non-bearing,  and  of  yield  and  value  of  crop 
in  the  eight  states  comprised  in  the  region,  is  compiled 
from  the  advance  sheets  of  the  census  of  1910 

APPLE  IN  SOUTHEASTERN  UNITED  STAIES,  CENSUS  OF  1910 


utieatothe  s> 


(1)  Suitability  of  site,  as  regard; 
of  atmospheric  drainage 

(2)  Adaptability  of  vur 

The  standard  northern  varied 
bearing  wdl,  arc  rnrch  ible  i 
elevations  under  2(K)  feet,  alth 
well  under  careful  iiianigt  m 
distinctively  important 


Trees,  April  15,  1910 

Product,  1900 

Of  hearing 

age 

Not  of 
bearing  a«e 

Bushels 

Value 

United  States 

151,323,000 

65,792,000 

147,522,000 

$83,231,000 

Virginia 
W    V.rgm.a 
N    Carolina 
S    Carolina 
Georgia 
Alabama 
Tennessee 
Kentucky 

7,005,000 
4,.'>7  1,000 
4,910,000 
582,000 
1,878,000 
1,4(.8,0(K) 
4,S3(M)(X) 
5,  r>  18,000 

3,430,000 
2,772,000 
1.S35.000 
209,000 
S22.000 
738,000 
2,117,000 
2,100,000 

14,005,000 
20  per  eent 

6,104,000 
4,225,000 
4,770,000 
363,000 
8<)b,000 
888,000 
4,b  10,000 
7,3()8,000 

3,130,000 
2,4bl,0(X) 
2,015,000 
270,000 
S.%,000 
621,000 
2,172,000 
3,067,000 

30,701.000 
20  per  cent 

29,260,000 
19  per  cent 

$14,298,000 
17  per  cent 

It  will  be  observed  on  comparison  of  these  tables 
with  those  of  the  United  States  as  a  whole  that  this 
region  is  credited  with  approximately  20  per  cent  of 
both  bearing  and  non-bearing  trees,  and  that  the  prod- 
uct of  the  region  in  the  crop  year  of  1909  was  of  some- 
what smaller  proportion  (19  per  cent)  and  value  (17 
per  cent) 

Outlook  for  the  Alleghany  region 

In  contrast  with  the  more  northern  apple  distncts, 
most  of  this  region  was  until  recently  somewhat  at  a 
disadvantage  so  far  as  commercial  production  is  con- 
cerned. Higher  humidity  favored  the  development  of 
certain  injurious  diseases  in  foliage  and  fruit;  the  warmer 
weather  commonly  prevalent  in  autumn  accelerated 


272    Apple  orchard  in  Piedmont  region  of  the  Alleghame! 


vice  so  that  certain  parts  of  the  region  are  handling 
their  apples  as  \vell  as  the  best  eastern  or  barrel-fruit 
districts,  and  better  than  m  much  of  the  older  com- 
mercial apple  territory 

The  conspicuous  essentials  of  success  m  orcharding 
in  this  region,  as  in  others,  .ire 

iracter  of  sod  and  adequacy 

ami  climate  of  the  location  — 

though  growing  and  frequently 
most  localities,  especially  below 
igh  in  c.  it  mi  localities  succeeding 
it  1h.  thoioughly  proven!  and 

distinctively  important  commeicnl  soils  of  the  region  an  \ork 
Imperial,  Wmesap,  St  lym  in  AV  me  sap  Kinnird,  ben  Davis, 
\ellow  New  tow  11.  Grimes,  Willow  and  Rome  Beauty  In  some 
sections  less  w.-ll-knejwn  sorts,  such  is  Pingon,  Arkansas  (syn 
M  tmmoth  Hlaek  Twig),  Honum,  \  irgmj  i  Re  uily,  Ix>wry,  Shoekley, 
and  T.  rry,  are  considerably  pi  uit<  d  m  <  omm.  i.ial  orrh  irds 

Gino,  Delicious,  Jonathan  ami  SOUK'  othoi   sorts  of  M-ssiss.ppi 
Valley  or  northern  origin  aie  promising  m  certain  localities,  but 
these   have   not  yet   been   sufficu  ntly  tested   to   justify  ex- 
tensive planting 

Summer  varieties,  though  SUP.  ((ding  well  throughout 
most  of  the  region  and  uimeisallv  found  in  sufficient  quan- 
tity for  home  u-e,  hive  not  become  so  import  int  commer- 
cially as  m  the  lower  lands  of  the  tidewat.  r  di-lncts  and  of 
the -Mississippi  Valiiy  This  is  in  a  large  mcasuredii'  to  the 
earlier  ripening  of  the  fruit  it  lowe  r  .  l<  v  -it ions,  which  fre- 
quently gives  it  a  distinct  adv  mtage  in  northern  markets 
Recently,  considerable  plmtings  of  bellow  Transparent, 
Williams,  Oldenburg,  Gi  uensiem  ind  some  other  sorts 
have  been  made  in  the  more  north,  rn  distrie  ts  of  the  region, 
especially  in  West  \irginia  ind  western  Maiyl  md 

(.*)  Abundanie  of  uattr  for  -.pnujtng  —  I  he  necessity  of 
thorough  and  systematic  spr  lyint,  of  ore  hards  to  protect 
against  insects  and  fungi  makes  the  orchard  wat.r  supply 
an  important  factor  In  many  pi  ires,  flow- ing  springs  are 
available  at  considerable  elevations  from  which  the  supplj 
can  be  pipeel  by  gravity  to  com  cine  nt  mix  ng  st  itioris,  thus 
permitting  prompt  distnhutiem  \\ithout  long  w  igon  haul  of 
liquid  The  use  of  e  ompies  e  d-  nr  spr-iymg-outhts,  charged 
at  conveniently  located  air-compn  ssmg  and  spray-mixing 
stations,  has  developed  nune  laigely  in  the  lower  Shenan 
doah  Valle-y  part  of  this  region  than  elsewhere,  but  the 
gasoline  engine*  is  the  prevailing  type  ot  eeiuipnicnt 

(4)  Adaptability  of  land  to  cult  i  intioti  -    \\hileoccasionalorchareL? 
in  this  as  in  other  humul  regions  do  well  witliout  systematic  tillage, 
especially  if  heavily  mulched  with  stable  manure*    straw   or  other 
humus-producing    material,     annual     or    nt     Ic  nst    alternate-year 
plowing   and    cultivation,    supplemented    by   leguminous   e  rops,  is 
rapidly    becoming    the    generally    accepted    best    practice    of    the 
region     Some  site's  otherwise  admirably  adapted  to  apple'-growmg 
arc  too  rocky  or  too  steep  to  plow,  ind  there  fore  of  doubtful  value 
to  the   orchardist     Much  can  be  done  on  such  sites  by  contour- 
terracing,  however,  both  to  dispose  of  loose  rocks  and  to  reduce 
washing  of  the  slopes,  thereby  conseivmg  the  soil  moisture  against 
droughty  periods 

(5)  Adequacy    of  transportation   facilities — This    includes   both 
railroads  and  highways     Some  of  the,  earlier-planted  commercial 
orchards  were  located  as  much  as  15  to  2*>  or  even  30  miles  from 
the  shipnmg  station     The  expense  incident  to  this  long  haul  and 
the  ill  effect  of  the  jolting  and  exposure  of  the  iruit  to  the  weather 
are  evident     Every  additional  mile  beyond  a  distance  of  3  miles 
from  the  station  over  a  good  road  is  a  handicap  which  the  orchard 


324 


APPLE 


APPLE 


planter  should  avoid  unless  it  is  overbalanced  by  other  important 
advantages  As  roads  are  improved,  tho  piactical  distance  will 
increase 

Several  of  the  State  Experiment  Stations,  as  well  as 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the 
North  Carolina  Department  of  Agriculture,  have  pub- 
lished bulletins  bearing  on  different  phases  of  apple- 
orcharding,  especially  Maryland,  Virginia,  West  Vir- 
ginia, Tennessee,  and  South  Carolina 

WM.  A.  TAYLOR. 

The  apple  in  mid-continental  or  plains 
d.siricts 

In  that  vast  region  of  the  interior  of  the  United  States 
which^hes  between  the  Great  Lakes,  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
and  Tennessee  on  the  east  and  the  Rocky  Mountain 
states  on  the  west,  tho  Canadian  boundary  on  the 


273.  The  mid-continental  corn-belt,  in  which  the  apple  is  the  leading  fruit,  and  the  Wisconsin 
drift,  on  which  the  Ben  Davis  family  is  not  at  its  best. 

north  and  the  Gulf  states  on  the  south,  the  leading  fruit 
is  the  apple  This  mid-continental  territory  includes 
the  greater  part  of  that  exceptionally  rich  agricul- 
tural region  which  has  come  to  be  known  as  the  corn- 
belt  of  America  (Fig  273  )  It  extends  also  into  the 
northern  wheat -bolt,  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  Valley 

S'ains  and  into  tho  wheat  and  livestock  country  of  the 
reat  Plains  Plateau  of  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Nebraska, 
and  the  Dakotas 

Geography. 

The  topography  may  be  indicated  in  a  very  general 
way  by  the  statement  that  this  region  takes  in  the 
Upper  Mississippi  Valley  plains,  a  large  pait  of  the 
Great  Plains  Plateau,  and  all  of  that  more  bunted  area 
known  as  the  Ozark  Plateau  its  great  river  valleys  are 
those  of  the  Ohio,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  and 
Red  A  limited  area  in  Minnesota  and  the  Dakotas  lies 


in  the  valley  of  the  Red  River  of  the  North  and  a  rather 
narrow  strip  along  the  northeast  boundary  lies  in  the 
basin  of  the  Great  Lakes 

The  larger  part  of  this  mid-continental  district,  as 
outlined,  has  an  elevation  of  500  feet  to  2,000  feet 
above  sea-level  The  southwest  point  of  Indiana, 
southern  Illinois,  southeastern  Missouri,  and  eastern 
Arkansas  have  an  elevation  of  less  than  500  teet  The 
remainder  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  much  of  Missouri, 
and  a  portion  of  southern  and  eastern  Iowa  he  between 
500  feet  and  1,000  feet  elevation  The  range  of  eleva- 
tion of  1,000  to  2,000  feet  takes  in  the  remaining  pait-s 
of  Iowa,  most  of  Minnesota,  and  the  eastern  part  of 
the  Dakotas,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  and  the 
Ozarks  The  remainder  lies  to  the  west  in  the  Great 
Plains  Plateau  at  an  elevation  above  2,000  feet. 

In  the  more  northern  and  western  chstucts  of  this 
region,  there  is  little  or  no  commercial  orcharding 
Only  m  their  more  favored 
localities  are  apples  produced 
at  all,  and  the  lists  are  re- 
stricted to  the  hardier  varie- 
ties This  is  because  the  10- 
curnng  extremes  of  tempera- 
ture ami  of  drought  make  the 
environment  unfavorable  to 
the  apple,  at  least  (luring 
critical  periods  But  through- 
out the  states  of  the  coin-belt, 
the  apple  is  very  generally 
grown  for  home  use  and  certain 
sections  show  a  notable  de- 
velopment of  commercial  or- 
charding (Figs  274,  275)  In 
fact,  the  most  extensive  indi- 
vidual apple  orchards  known 
are  found  in  parts  of  Arkansas, 
Missouri,  Kansas,  and  Illinois, 
some  of  them  being  several 
hundred  acres  in  extent 

Orchards  well  located  and 
rightly  managed  are  piovmg  to 
be  profitable  in  different  sec- 
tions of  the  corn-belt  states 
With  the  lapid  growth  of  the 
United  States  in  population  diul 
wealth,  must  come  a  corres- 
ponding mciease  in  the  home- 
market  demand  for  good  apples 
at  remunerative  prices  Thi->, 
with  the  improvement  and  ex- 
tension of  storage  and  trans- 
portation facilities  and  the  con- 
temporaneous expansion  of  our 
foreign  trade,  tends  to  make  the 
outlook  encouraging  for  the 
apple-growing  industry  in  this 
region  The  more  general  adop- 
tion of  up-to-date  methods-  of  marketing  and  of  orchard 
management  will  help  to  put  the  industry  on  a  more 
stable  basis,  and  gradually  to  enlarge  it  and  extend  it 

Rank  in  apple-production. 

According  to  the  United  States  census  reports  of 
1910,  approximately  40  per  cent  of  the  bearing  apple 
trees  of  the  United  States  is  found  in  the  territory 
above  outlined,  together  with  33  per  cent  of  the  young 
trees  not  yet  of  bearing  age  In  the  census  year  of 
1909,  it  produced  approximately  one-fourth  of  the 
apple  crop  of  the  entire  United  States 

Following  is  a  list  based  on  United  States  census 
reports,  which  indicates  something  of  the  relative  stand- 
ing For  comparison  they  are  also  ranked  as  to  their 
averages  in  apple-crop  production  for  1905,  1907,  and 
1909,  combined  on  the  basis  of  the  crop  reports  pub- 
lished in  the  American  Agriculturist  Yearbook 


APPLE 


APPLE 


325 


HANK  OF  MID-CONTINENTAT,  STATES  IN  YIELD  OF 
APPLEK     Fi«   274 


1()09 

189<J 

1905-7-9 

Name 

Rank 

Rank 

Hank 

of 
State 

United 

Yiold    in 
buuhelH 

United 

Yield  in 
bushels 

based  on 
combined 

States 

States 

av<  rages 

Missouri 

4 

9,969,000 

9 

0,490,000 

10 

Iowa 

b 

b,747,000 

18 

3,129,000 

19 

Nebraska 

15 

3,321,000 

23 

1,343,000 

2« 

Illinois 

10 

3,093,000 

rj 

9,178,000 

11 

Indiana 

17 

2,759,000 

7 

8,620,000 

13 

Arkansas 

20 

2,20(5,000 

20 

2,811,000 

21 

Wisconsin 

21 

2,2  $2,000 

$3 

$03,000 

27 

Kansas 

27 

1,350,000 

1(1 

3,214,000 

25 

Minnesota 

29 

1,044,  (KM) 

40 

120.000 

Oklahoma 

32 

74  2,  (KM) 

11 

111,000 

8   Dakota 

40 

192,(MX) 

N    Dakota 

47 

4,000 

id 

*Record  included  with  other  state*. 


RANK    OF    MID-CONTINENFVL    STATES    IN    NUMKER    OF 
OHCHAUD  TREES  IN  OENHUK  YEAR  1909    Fig   275 


B<  armj?  Trees 

Non-bearing  Trees 

Rank  in 
Umud 

States 

Number 

Rank  in 
United 

States 

Number 

Missouri 
Illinois             ..    . 
Arkansas  
Kansas  ... 

1 
3 

0 
9 
10 
11 

18 
19 
21 
2b 
41 
47 

14,300,000 
9.901,  OCX) 
7,l>50,000 
<V»  $<),<X)0 
5,S17,000 
5,705,000 
2,9")l),()00 
2,  9  $7,  000 
2,4  $0,000 
1,  $80.000 
27r>,000 
lb.000 

a 

7 
2 
24 
17 
16 
14 
27 
21 
19 
« 
44 

$.625.000 
2,54S,000 
3,940,000 
l.llb.OOO 
1,91  1,(XX) 
1,902,000 
2,ObO,000 
9(>7,(XX) 
1,409,000 
1,572,000 
4bl  000 
70,000 

Iowa     
Indiana 
Oklahoma 
Nf  braska 
Wisconsin 

Smith**  Dakota 
North  Dakota 

all  that  vast  territory  which  extends  westward  from 
the  Great  Lakes,  these  varieties  disappear  and  do  not 
again  appear  till  the  states  of  the  Pacific  Coast  are 
reached  Instead,  the  Wealthy  belt  extends  southward 
till  it  reaches  the  region  where  Wealthy  yields  leadership 
to  Ben  Davis 
In  this  connec- 
tion it  is  worthy 
of  note  that 
from  the  Atlan- 
tic Coast  west- 
ward to  the  Mis- 
souri River  the 
north  margin  of 
the  Bon  Davis 
belt  a  p  p  r  o  x  i- 
mately  coincides 
with  the  south- 
ern  boundary  of 
the  geological 
area  covered  by 
the  Wisconsin 
drift  (Fig  273) 
Wealthy  bdt. 
— The  mid-con- 
tinental  terri- 
tory in  which 
Wealthy  is,  gen- 
erallv  spe.ikmg, 


Apple  bells 

In  comparing  the  groat  apple-growing  regions  of  the 
continent  it,  is  convenient  to  designate  each  bv  its  load- 
ing variety  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  continent, 
there  is  the  Faincuse  or  Wealthy  bolt  on  tho  north,  tho 
Bon  Davis  bolt  on  tho  southland  the  Baldwin  belt 
lying  intermediate  between  these  two  It  is  soon  that 
varieties  differ  great Iv  as  to  thoir  adapt abihtv  to  differ- 
ent regions  The  degree  of  soil  aeration  and  of  soil 
moisture  and  the  range  of  atmospheric  and  soil  tem- 
peratures are 
among  the  most 
import  ant  deter- 
mining factors 
of  the  geographi- 
cal range  ot  com- 
mercial apple- 
growing  w  ith 
any  variety 

Passing  west- 
ward into  the 
mid- continental 
region,  it  is 
found  that  the 
Baldwin  bolt 
does  not  extend 
west  of  I  /ake 
Michigan  The 
climatic  ex- 
tremes are  here 
too  severe  for 
that  variety  and 
many  of  its  east- 

_^  ern  associates  of 

274.  Apple  areas  in  the  Mississippi  Valley—    &  Similar  degree 
Yields,  1909  crop.  of  hardiness    In 


the   loading  va- 
riety     includes 
orthern   Illmor 


275.  Apple  areas  in  the  Mississippi  Valley 
— Trees 


tho  north  half  of  Iowa,  and  prac- 
tiealh  all  of  the  apple-gro\\mg  districts  of  \Nisroiifain, 
Minnesota,  South  Dakota,  and  northern  Nebraska 
Among  the  more  impoitant  varieties  associated 
\\ith  it  are,  for  tho  more  northern  part*,  Oldenburg, 
Okabena,  PaUen  (Patten  (Jreenmg),  and  Malmda 
Among  the  very  hardiest  ol  the  large-si/e  apples  for 
tho  North  are  those  of  tho  Hibernal  group,  but  tnea 
fruit  is  so  austere  that  it  is  esteemed  of  little  value 
oxeept  for  culinary  uses  In  the  southern  part  of  the 
\\onlthv  belt  «ro  grown  haidv  varieties  of  more  or  loss 
local  \alue  such  as  Salome,  Windsor,  Black  \nnotto, 
and  Colorado  Orange,  varieties  \\hich  as  jot  have  nut 
established  thomsohos  m  the  groat  world  markets  but 
which  are  valued  where  better  varieties  cannot  be 
satisfactorily  grown. 

Jim  Darius  belt  — (-lenerallv  speaking,  lion  Davus  i.s  the 
leading  variety  in  central  and  southern  Illinois,  the 
south  half  of  Iowa,  and  the  apple-growing  districts  of 
Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Missouri,  Kansas,  and  the  bouth 
halt  of  Nebraska  With  its  oloso  km,  the  Gano  and  the 
Black  Ben  Davis,  which  evidontlv  ate  highl> -colored 
bud-sports  of  Ben  Da\is,  it  probabh  producer  at  least 
one-half  of  tho  commercial  apple-ciop  in  this  region 
V\  inesap  and  Jonathan  appeal  to  be  next  in  order  of 
importance,  with  Wmosap  perhaps  m  tho  load  Other 
important  varieties  aie  (.runes,  Rome  Beauty,  Willow 
(Twig),  Missouri  (Pippin),  Mmklor,  arid  Rails  York 
Imperial  is  gaming  ground  Stavman  \\mesap  is  one 
of  the  newer  kinds  which  will  be  more  largelv  planted. 
Delicious,  also,  is  attracting  attention,  particularly 
becau.se  ot  its  agreeable  dessert  Quality  and  good 
appeal anee  '1  ho  Sta>man  and  Delicious  aie  being 
planted  to  some  extent  m  tho  southern  part  of  the 
\\oalth}  belt,  as  Jonathan  and  Ci  runes  have  been 

Varieties 

The  following  varieties  of  apples  are  tho&e  most  com- 
monly grown  in  the  prairies  and  plains  regions: 

Arkansas  (Mammoth     Jonathan.  Salome 

Black  Twig)  Mitiklcr  Sta>man 

Ben  DaviM  Missouri.  Wealthy 

Black  Ben  Davis  Oldenburg  Willow  (Willow  Twig). 

Gano  Rails    (Rails   Genet,   Wmi*»p 

Grimes  Golden  Geniton)  Yellow  Transparent 

Inifriim  Rome  Beauty  \  ork  (\  ork  Imperial}. 


326 


APPLE 


APPLE 


Status  of  the  apple  industry  in  the  mid-continental  states. 

Wisconsin  — Apples  are  grown  mostly  m  small 
plantings  about  homesteads  The  crop  is  important 
chiefly  in  supplying  the  home  and  the  local  markets 
with  summer  and  fall  fruit  The  varieties  are  those  of 
the  Wealthy  belt 

Minnesota  — Apple-growing  is  chiefly  confined  to  the 
southeastern  quarter  of  the  state,  although  crab-apples 
and  the  very  hardiest  apples  are  being  planted  in  other 
sections  From  Minneapolis  southward  to  the  Iowa 
line,  many  farm  orchards  arc  found  and  some  com- 
mercial plantings  Heretofore,  these  have  seldom  pro- 
duced enough  fruit  to  supply  the  local  demand  at  any 
time  and  then  for  a  brief  period  only  However,  apple- 
production  is  gradually  increasing  in  the  state  and 
apple-planting  is  being  slowly  extended  It  will  doubt- 
less assume  greater  proportions  as  late-keeping  vane- 
ties  are  developed  which  are  hardy  and  desirable 

North  Dakota  — This  state  raises  but  very  few  apples 
or  crab-apples  and  those  only  of  the  kinds  most  resistant 
to  cold  and  drought  It  ranks  next  to  the  bottom  of 
the  list  in  apple-production  among  the  states  of  the 
Union. 

South  Dakota  — Apples  are  produced  in  very  limited 
quantities  and  chiefly  near  the  Missouri  River  in  the 
southeast  corner  of  the  state  and  in  the  Black  Hills 
district  The  varieties  are  those  of  the  northern  section 
of  the  Wealthy  belt  The  recommended  list  of  the  State 
Horticultural  Society  includes  Northern  District — 
first  degree  of  hardiness— Hibernal,  Oldenburg 
(Duchess),  second  degree  of  hardiness — Patten  (Green- 
ing), Anisim,  Wealthy  Southern  District — in  addition 
to  the  above — Northwestern  Greening,  Malinda,  and, 
in  favorable  locations,  Ben  Davis.  Planting  increases 
slowly 

Nebraska  — Apples  are  grown  in  the  eastern  third  of 
the  state  and  under  irrigation  in  some  places  farther 
west  It  has  some  important  commeicial  orchards,  the 
majority  of  them  being  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the 
state  and  within  three  counties  of  the  Missouri  River. 
The  northern  third  of  the  state  grows  the  varieties  com- 
mon to  the  Wealthy  belt  In  the  southern  two-thirds 
are  grown  the  Ben  Davis  and  its  km  and  also  \Vmesap, 
Grimes,  Arkansas  or  Mammoth  Black  Twig,  Jonathan, 
Missouri  (Pippin),  Willow  (Twig)  and  others  of  the  Ben 
Davis  associates  Planting  is  not  active,  but  grow  ers  are 
beginning  to  take  a  more  lively  interest  in  modern 
methods  of  orchard  management 

Iowa  — In  the  amount  of  crop  produced,  Iowa  was 
ranked  sixth  in  the  Union  by  the  1910  census,  but  often 


it  drops  as  low  as  the  eighteenth  or  nineteenth  place 
_    iter  proportion  of  the  crop  is  grown  in  home 
orchards  and  goes  to  supply  home  and  local  market 


demands,  but  in  the  aggregate  there  is  a  considerable 
number  of  commercial  orchards  These  are  found  m 
all  parts  of  the  state  They  are  sparsely  scattered  in 
the  north  and  gradually  increase  in  number  to  the 
south waid,  being  most  abundant  in  the  south  tier  of 
counties  The  most  important  commercial  apple  dis- 
trict includes  the  counties  bordering  the  Missouri 
Ri\  er  m  southwestern  Iowa  Here  Grimes  and  Jonathan 
of  superior  quality  arc*  gi own  Northern  Iowa  grows  the 
varieties  of  the  Wealthy  belt  The  southern  Iowa  list 
is  almost  identical  with  that  given  for  southeastern 
Nebraska  Planting  is  not  active  Modern  methods 
of  management  are  being  adopted  by  a  few  of  the  more 
progressive  growers  but  most  orchards  suffer  from 
neglect. 

llhnms — At  present,  Illinois  takes  second  rank  in 
apple-production  among  the  mid-continental  states, 
being  surpassed  by  Missouri  only  Northern  Illinois, 
like  Wisconsin,  grows  apples  chiefly  for  home  use  and 
the  varieties  are  those  of  the  southern  area  of  the 
Wealthy  belt  Central  and  southern  Illinois  contain 
altogether  many  large  commercial  apple  orchards  In 


good-crop  years,  they  produce  in  the  aggregate  large 
quantities  of  winter  apples,  including  Ben  Davis,  Black 
Ben  Davis,  Gano,  Arkansas  or  Mammoth  Black  Twig, 
Wmesap,  Jonathan,  Grimes,  Missouri,  Willow,  Rails, 
and  several  other  varieties  commonly  found  in  the 
Ben  Davis  belt,  \\inter  injury  and  late  spring 
freezes  have  often  seriously  diminished  the  general 
crop  Injurious  insects  together  with  blight,  cankers, 
bitter-rot,  blotch,  scab  and  other  diseases,  have  also 
caused  great  losses  Clean  tillage  and  other  up-to-date 
orchard  methods  would  doubtless  be  more  generally 
practised  if  crops  were  more  reliable  Planting  is  not 
very  active,  although  the  number  of  trees  of  bearing 
age  is  gradually  increasing 

Missouri — The  1900  census  gave  Missouri  ninth 
rank  and  the  1910  census  gave  it  fourth  rank  in  apple- 
production,  but  it  often  falls  as  low  as  the  sixteenth 
place  among  the  states  of  the  Union  On  the  whole, 
it  may  be  regarded  as  the  leading  apple  state  of  the  mid- 
cont  mental  region  Apples  are  very  generally  grown 
for  home  Uoe  and  local  market  throughout  Missouri,  but 
the  more  important  commercial  apple  districts  are  in 
the  Ozark  country  of  southwest  Missouri  and  the  loess 
soil  region  along  the  Missoun  River  in  the  northwest 
quarter  of  the  state  The  apple  industry  in  Missouri 
has  been  retarded  by  troubles  similar  to  those  described 
for  Illinois,  but  undoubted  progress  is  being  made  in 
knowledge  of  the  methods  for  holding  them  under 
control. 

Arkansas  — The  apple  districts  of  Arkansas  are 
mostly  located  in  the  northwest  third  of  the  state, 
particularly  in  the  two  northwest  counties  of  Benton 
and  Washington,  which  have  from  four  to  five  million 
trees  planted.  There  is  also  an  undeveloped  west- 
central  region.  The  older  plantings  include  about  90 
per  cent  Ben  Davis,  Arkansas  or  Mammoth  Black 
Twig,  and  Wmesap  The  later  plantings  are  made  up 
principally  of  Gano,  Black  Ben  Davis,  Jonathan, 
Grimes,  Wmesap,  Sta>man  Wmesap,  with  some 
Ingram,  Collins,  King  David,  and  Delicious  Arkansas 
has  enough  apple  trees  of  bearing  age  to  produce  a  very 
large  crop,  but  as  in  Missouri  and  Illinois,  within  recent 
years  unfavorable  climatic  conditions  with  diseases  and 
injmious  insects  have  proved  a  rather  senous  handicap 
to  the  progress  of  the  apple  industry  Generally  speak- 
ing, planting  is  not  now  being  rapidlv  extended  The 
planting  of  thousands  or  even  hundreds  of  acres  under 
one  management  is  fortunately  no  longer  generally 
regarded  with  favor,  and  the  trend  is  distmetlv  towards 
ledueing  the  individual  holdings  to  a  size  that  is  com- 
patible with  careful  and  thorough  orchaid  management 
The  future  will  see  a  large  development  of  commeicial 
apple-growing  m  this  region 

Kansas — Northeast  em  Kansas  from  Topeka  north- 
ward to  the  Nebraska  line  arid  northeastward  to  the 
Missoun  River  forms  a  part  of  an  important  apple- 
growing  region  which  takes  in  southeastern  Nebraska, 
southwestern  Iowa,  and  northwestern  Missouri  Here 
Jonathan  and  Grimes  are  grown  to  a  high  degree  of 
perfection,  together  with  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  \Vinesap, 
and  other  vaneties  of  the  Ben  Davis  belt  There  is 
another  important  apple  distnct  which  is  located  in 
the  Arkansas  Valley  from  Hutchmson  to  the  Oklahoma 
line  In  recent  years,  this  has  taken  the  lead  in  crop- 
production  in  this  state  The  older  Kansas  orchards 
were  laigel}  of  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  and  Missoun.  The 
newer  plantings  have  more  of  York  Imperial,  Jona- 
than and  Grimes  Other  varieties  common  to  the  Ben 
Davis  belt  are  also  found 

Oklahoma  and  northwest  Texas  — In  Oklahoma,  the 
apple  has  not  yet  developed  very  large  commercial 
importance  Planting  is  gradually  increasing  in  the 
Red  River  section  and  also  in  west  Texas  where  the 
altitude  reaches  2,000  feet.  Here  Ben  Davis,  Mi&souri 
and  Arkansas  Black  are  among  the  most  important 
commercial  varieties. 


APPLE 

Establishing  and  managing  the  orchard  on  the  prairies 

and  plains    Fig  276 

Preparation  of  land  — The  fundamental  principles  of 
proper  preparation  of  soil  for  orchard  planting  in  the 
mid-continent al  country  are  much  the  same  as  those 
that  are  set  forth  for  other  regions,  although  they  rnay 
differ  somewhat  in  relative  importance  One  of  the 
fir.st  things  to  be  considered  is  the  matter  of  putting  the 
soil  in  such  condition  that  the  entire  root-system  of 
the  apple  tree  may  withstand,  without  injury,  any 
period  when  the  soil  is  filled  with  water  Unfortunately, 
the  importance  of  this  is  not  generally  nor  fully  realized, 
even  among  expenenced  orehardists  The  principle 
that  apple  roots  must  have  a  constant  supply  of  air  in 
order  to  do  their  work  should  never  be  lost  sight  of. 
Stagnant  water  cuts  off  the  supply  of  air  to  the  rools 
and  veiy  quickly  impuns  the  health  of  the  root-system 
Precepting  on  such  soils  as  deep  porous  loess,  or  when 
the  subsoil  is  of  such  a  sandy  or  gravelly  nature  as  to 


APPLE 


327 


276    A  ten-year-old  Nebraska  apple  orchard 
The  trunks  are  protected  from  the  sun  by  board  jackets. 

let  the  surplus  water  pass  off  readily,  it  rnay  be  laid 
down  as  a  general  pnnciple  that  thorough  tiling  is 
fundament  al  to  the  highest  degree  of  regular  and 
abundant  crop-production  and  longevity  of  the  apple 
tree  On  land  where  the  general  slope  is  sufficient  to 
carry  off  the  surface  water  and  e\en  on  hillsides,  tiling 
may  be,  arid  often  is,  essential  to  the  best  success  The 
lines  of  tile  should  be  not  less  than  1  lods  apart  and  in 
many  cases  2  rods  apart  gnes  enoiigh  better  results  to 
more  than  repav  the  extra  expense  Kven  in  arid  re- 
gions, progressive  orchardists  are  learning  that,  under 
irrigation,  m  many  places  it  becomes  necessary  to 
under-diam  the  land  so  as  to  pi  event  the  seepage  and 
waste-v\ater  from  water-logging  the  soil  and  damaging 
the  root-system  of  the  trees 

Humus  — It  is  highly  important  that  the  orchard 
soils  have  an  abundance  of  humus  to  begin  with,  and 
that  the  supply  be  continually  kept  up  by  the  use  of 
either  green  manures  or  barn>ard  manure  or  both. 
The  humus  not  only  puts  the  soil  in  a  more  fertile  con- 
dition but  increases  its  moisture-holding  capacity  and 
gives  it  greater  abiht>  to  withstand  drought  The 
necessity  of  promptly  getting  rid  ot  surplus  water  m 
the  soil  has  already  been  emphasized  It  is  equally 
important  to  conserve  soil  moisture  so  as  to  carry  the 
tree  unharmed  through  any  periods  of  drought  that 
may  occur  either  m  summer  or  winter  Generally 
speaking,  this  can  best  be  done  m  the  mid-continental 
regions  by  thorough  tillage  during  the  growing  season, 
followed  by  the  growing  of  cover-crops  In  places 
where  soils  wash  so  badly  that  this  practice  cannot  be 
followed,  perhaps  the  next  best  way  to  develop  the 
capacity  of  the  soil  to  hold  moisture  is  by  the  use  of 
barnyard  manure  and  the  growing  of  clovers  or  other 
crops  that  can  be  mowred  twice  or  more  during  the 
season  and  allowed  to  rot  on  the  ground 


It  is  well  to  grow  gram  or  some  cultivated  crop  on  the 
land  the  season  previous  to  planting  the  orchard  The 
land  may  then  be  fall-plowed  to  a  good  depth  and  disked 
in  the  spring,  or  it  may  be  plowed  in  the  spring  and 
disked  just  before  planting  North  of  the  latitude  of 
southern  Iowa,  spring  planting  is  always  to  be  preferred, 
while  to  the  southward,  orchards  may  be  planted  either 
in  fall  or  spring  In  the  case  of  fall  planting,  two  or 
three  furrows  should  be  turned  towards  the  tree  on  each 
side  of  the  row  as  a  matter  of  protection  from  alternate 
thawing  and  freezing  about  the  roots  and  to  turn  away 
surface  water  from  the  trunk 

In  planting  the  tree  it  is  essential  that  the  first  earth 
that  is  put  in  the  hole  should  at  once  be  tramped  about 
the  roots,  and  this  process  repeated  as  the  hole  is  filled. 
Great  care  must  be  taken  in  this  region  to  keep  the 
trees  from  drying  out  in  handling  them  \\hile  they  are 
being  transferred  from  nursery  to  orchard  Trees 
should  be  kept  perfectly  dormant  till  phnted  Nursery 
stock  should  be  neither  accepted  nor  planted  after  ita 
buds  have  started  growth  Sometimes  when  such  stock 
is  transferred  promptly  from  nursery  to  orchard  on  a 
rainy  day,  it  may  grow  well,  but  as  a  rule  it  dies  or 
makes  but  feeble  grow  th 

Budded  apple  trees  should  not  be  planted  in  any  part 
of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley  for  the  reason  that  when 
such  trees  are  set  in  the  orchard  the  point  of  union 
betwreen  the  top  and  the  seedling  root  comes  at  or  near 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  thus  exposing  the  root  to 
greater  liability  of  suffering  winter  injury  than  when  it 
is  buned  more  deeply  By  using  a  long  cion  giafted  on 
a  short  piece-root,  it  is  possible  to  produce  a  nursery 
tree  that  will  permit  of  planting  the  seedling  root 
deeply  Dui  ing  the  history  of  apple-glow  ing  in  the  more 
northern  parts  of  the  mid-continental  apple  districts, 
it  has  repeatedly  happened  that  when  the  hardier 
cultivated  varieties  have  been  budded  on  some  tender 
seedling  roots,  the  roots  have  been  winterkilled,  while 
the  top  remained  uninjured  until  it  died  from  the  lack 
of  h\e  roots  to  support  it  In  many  cases  when  root- 
grafted  trees  of  the  ver\  hard\  varieties  had  sent  out 
roots  from  the  lower  part  of  the  cion,  they  were  able 
to  withstand  the  severest  winters  uninjured,  while  trees 
of  the  same  kinds  which  were  not  thus  established  on 
their  own  roots  died  from  winterkilling  of  the  roots 
Such  experiences  ha\e  led  fruit-growers  to  demand 
root -grafted  apple  trees 

The  methods  of  spravmg  now  being  followed  by  the 
more  intelligent  and  progressive  apple-growers  of  mid- 
continental  America  do  not  differ  materially  from  those 
of  the  best  growers  east  and  west 

Pruning — Pruning  is,  generally  speaking,  sadly 
neglected  by  the  oidmary  apple-grower  In  recent 
>ears,  the  tendency  of  orchard  practice  in  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  has  been  towards  the  methods  of  heading 
and  pruning  'apple  trees  which  aie  most  commonly 
practised  in  the  intermountam  and  Pacific  coast  dis- 
tricts Very  high-headed  trees  are  comparatively 
scarce  except  m  old  closely  planted  orchards  m  which 
the  lower  limbs  have  been  lost  by  over-crowding  The 
trees  are  headed  rather  low,  commonly  at  about  18  to 
21  inches  from  the  ground  to  the  first  limb  The  leader 
is  taken  out  at  a  height  of  2-S  to  36  inches,  leaving  for 
the  framework  of  the  tree  from  three  to  five  ascend- 
ing main  limbs  which  should  be  at  least  6  inches  apart. 
In  regions  where  the  trees  are  comparatively  short- 
lived or  with  varieties  that  are  not  expected  to  live 
more  than  from  twenty  to  thirty  years,  this  is  doubtless 
the  best  practice,  but  with  longer-lived  trees  it  is  open 
to  the  very  serious  objection  that  when  loaded  with 
fruit  or  weighted  with  ice  and  snow  these  large  limbs 
sometimes  break  at  the  trunk,  leaving  an  injury  wThich 
can  never  be  healed,  and  as  a  result  the  whole  tree  goes 
down  within  a  few  years  On  the  other  hand,  trees 
that  are  trained  with  a  central  leader  may  lose  very 
large  branches  and  yet  heal  over  such  wounds  and  live 


328 


APPLE 


APPLE 


to  old  age  in  good  condition  In  training  trees  in  this 
way,  it  is  best  to  cut  off  the  leader  at  the  proper  height 
when  the  tree  is  planted  This  tends  to  force  the  growth 
of  the  branches  which  are  needed  to  form  the  mam 
framework  of  the  tree  One  of  these  branches  may  be 
allowed  to  grow  in  the  center  of  the  top  so  as  to  form  a 
new  leader 

Aside  from  shaping  the  tree  so  as  to  give  it  right 
mechanical  framework  for  supporting  heavy  loads  of 
fruit,  it  needs  to  be  kept  sufficiently  open  to  permit 
light  and  air  to  reach  the  foliage  throughout  the  top 
This  will  favor  the  best  development  of  abundant  and 
strong  f i  uit-buds  and  perfect  fruit  It  also  leaves  the 
top  open  so  that  all  of  its  foliage  and  fruit  may  be  read- 
ily sprayed  Thick,  dense  tops  are  to  be  avoided  and 
trees  should  not  be  allowed  to  grow  so  close  together 
as  to  crowd  each  other 

Tillage  — As  before  stated,  the  best  system  for  gen- 
eral practice  in  conserving  soil  moisture  and  fertility 
is  tillage  throughout  the  growing  season,  (ill  late  July  or 
early  August,  followed  by  a  good  cover-crop  The  great- 
est care  must  be  used  not  to  bruise  the  trees  when 
cultivating  In  this  mtecior  climate,  it  often  happens 
that  such  wounds  do  not  readily  heal  and  they  may 
result  in  the  loss  of  the  tree  within  a  ver>  few  years 
If  a  wound  happens  to  be  made,  the  loose  bark  should 
be  at  once  cut  away  and  the  exposed  surface  coated 
with  a  thick  paint  of  pure  white  lead  and  raw  linseed 
oil  and  kept  thus  protected  till  completely  healed 
over 

Mice  and  rabbits  — For  the  last  few  years  in  the 
writer's  experience,  lime-sulfur  sprayed  on  the  trunks 
and  low  branches  of  the  trees  as  soon  as  the  leaves  drop 
has  prevented  attacks  of  mice  and  rabbits  Use  at  same 
strength  as  indicated  for  the  dormant  season 

Handling  the  a  op—  At  the  present  wilting,  the 
apple  crop  of  the  in  id-continental  regions  is  marketed 
locally,  either  in  bulk,  open  packages,  or  in  barrels,  or 
it  is  shipped  m  barrels  or  in  bulk  Box-packing  is 
practically  unknown  here  It  is  just  beginning  to  be 

?ractised  by  a  few  scattering  enterprising  fruit-growers 
t  would  extend  more  rapidly  but  for  the  fact  that  very 
few  persons  in  this  region  know  how  to  pack  a,pples  in 
boxes  The  Iowa  Experiment  Station  has  taken  the 
lead  in  introducing  box-packing  among  the  apple- 
growers  of  the  interior  by  arranging  for  schools  of 
instruction  m  apple  box-packing  in  that  state  and 
assisting  in  introducing  them  into  other  states  The 
effect  of  this  work  is  already  shown  m  the  rapidly  grow- 
ing local  interest  in  improved  methods  of  grading  and 
packing  apples  for  market. 

The  methods  followed  in  barrel-packing  and  in  hand- 
ling apples  in  bulk  do  not  differ  materially  from  those 
which  are  pievalent  in  the  eastern  states  So  also  the 
handling  of  apples  in  cold  storage  follows  the  general 
lines  of  this  business  as  practised  by  eastern  growers 
and  dealers,  but  the  stoiagc  facilities  arc  not  yet 
developed  as  extensively  as  in  eastern  apple-growing 
sections,  although  many  strictly  up-to-date  storage 
establishments  aie  found 

Fruit-yroictrS  organizations — There  are  as  yet  com- 
paratively few  apple-growers'  organizations  m  this 
mid-continental  legion  Generally  speaking,  these  are 
organized  along  lines  similar  to  those  which  character- 
ize the  fruit-growers'  organizations  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  and  Pacific  coast  states,  except  that  m  no 
case  are  they  yet  combined  in  a  fruit-growers'  exchange 
With  the  increase  of  intensix  e  orcharding,  it  may  reason- 
ably be  expected  that  apple-growers'  organizations  m 
this  region  will  become  more  abundant  and  more  thor- 
oughly systematized 

Orchard-heating  — The  recent  advent  of  the  practice 
of  fighting  late  spring  frosts  by  orchard-heating  un- 
doubtedly marks  a  new  era  in  fruit-growing  in  the  mid- 
eont  mental  regions  It  reduces  the  hazards  by  bring- 
ing an  heretofore  unceiUun  I  actor  under  some  degree  ot 


control  and  thus  puts  the  industry  upon  a  more  stable 
basis 

The  amount  of  losses  m  this  region  during  only  the 
past  decade  from  injury  to  orchard  blossoms  and  fruits 
oy  late  spring  frosts  and  freezes  aggregates  an  enormous 
sum,  a  considerable  part  of  which  doubtless  might 
have  been  saved  by  proper  orchard-heating  In  the 
Iowa  Horticultural  Society  Report  for  1910,  Laurenz 
Greene  estimates  the  amount  of  loss  from  frost  injury 
to  the  apple  crop  of  Iowa  alone  from  1905  to  1910  at 
$5,000,000  to  $10,000,000  In  some  of  the  other  states, 
the  losses  have  been  even  greater 

The  practice  of  orchard-heating  for  this  region  is  in 
many  respects  still  in  the  experimental  stages,  and 
much  will  need  to  be  learned  betore  all  the  details  shall 
have  been  definitely  worked  out  into  the  most  efficient 
and  economical  practice  Nevertheless,  it  may  now 
rightly  be  regarded  as  a  good  methoa  of  insurance 
against  frost  injury 

For  detailed  treatment,  see  Orchard  Protection 

S    A    HKACH. 

Apple-growing  in  the  western  mountain  states. 

Accepting  the  common  geogi aphical  gioupmg  of  the 
states,  the  mountain  division  embiaces  the  states  of 
Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana,  New  Mexico,  Utah,  Wyo- 
ming, Arizona  and  Nevada  According  to  the  census 
report,  these  states  produced  in  190*)  a  little  less  than 
4  per  cent  of  the  total  apple  crop  of  the  United  States, 
01  5,500,000  bushels  While  New  York  alone  produced 
four  times  this  amount,  Mid  the  New  England  states 
more  than  10,000,000  bushels,  these  mountain  states 
are  competitors  worth  considering  m  commercial 
apple-growing  In  1910,  these  states  reported  only 
40  per  cent  of  their  total  acreage  of  apple  orchards  in 
bearing,  while  the  New  England  states,  as  well  as  New 
York,,  reported  about  80  per  cent  of  their  apple  trees  of 
bearuig  age. 

The  mountain  states. 

In  the  two  years  that  have  passed  since  these  figures 
were  gathered,  at  least  five  of  the  mountain  states  have 
greatly  extended  the  plantings  of  apple  orchards,  and 
it  is  safe  to  say  that  m  no  group  of  .states  is  the  apple 
industry  growing  more  rapidly  Of  this  group,  Colo- 
rado stands  first  in  production,  Idaho  second,  Utah 
third,  Montana  fourth  and  New  Mexico  fifth  In 
total  acreage  planted  to  apple  trees,  Colorado  tanks 
first,  Idaho  second  and  Montana  third  Colorado  has 
a  substantial  lead  and  promises  to  hold  its  place  for 
some  years  to  come  Comparing  Utah  and  New 
Mexico,  it  would  be  unsafe  to  say  which  leads  in 
total  acreage  of  apple  orchaids  The  same  is  true  of 
Arizona,  Nevada  and  Wyoming  The  fruit-gi owing 
industry  of  the  region  has  grown  up  in  comparatively 
recent  years  and,  with  the  exception  of  Arizona  and 
Nevada,  all  states  reported  the  larger  per  cent  of  the 
apple  trees  too  young  to  bear  in  1910  The  status  of 
the  apple-growing  industry  in  these  states  individually 
may  be  briefly  summarized  as  follows 

Colorado—  In  1910,  Colorado  reported  1,688,000 
apple  trees  of  hearing  age  and  1,973,000  trees  not 
bearing  In  1909  the  state  produced,  according  to 
census  figures,  3,559,000  bushels  of  apples  The  state's 
principal  apple-growing  sections  are  the  Grand  Valley 
(Mesa  County) ,  the  North  Fork  Valley  (Delta  County) , 
the  Uncompahgre  Valley  (Montrose  County),  the 
Canon  City  district  (Fremont  County) ;  and  a  new  and 
promising  district  embracing  a  large  part  of  Monte- 
zuma  Countv  The  varieties  most  largely  giown  are 
Gano,  Jonathan,  Rome  Beauty  and  Wmesap  In  the 
older  orchards,  there  has  been  a  considerable  planting  of 
Ben  Davis,  but  many  of  these  are  now  grafted  to  the 
better  varieties  Little  is  done  in  the  way  of  apple- 
gi  owing  without  irrigation  Most  of  the  orchard  land 


APPLE 


APPLE 


329 


is  found  in  comparatively  narrow  mountain  valleys  or 
upon  the  bench  or  mesa  lands  of  these  valleys 

Idaho—  In  1910,  Idaho  had  1,000,000  apple  trees  of 
bearing  age  and  1,540,000  tiees  not  bearing  The 
fatate  is  credited  with  the  production  of  ()00,000  bushels 
of  apples  in  1909.  The  Snake  River  Valley  is  the  prin- 
cipal apple-gi owing  section  In  the  noith  of  the  fetatc, 
the  deal  water  Valley  and  the  valleys  of  the  Kootenai 
and  Clarke's  Fork  of  the  Columbia  afford  addrtional 
possibilities  for  commercial  apple-growing  The  in- 
dustry is  growing  rapidly,  and  it  is  probably  safe  to 
say  that  in  1913  the  output  of  the  state  was  double 
that  of  1909  The  principal  varieties  grown  are  Gano, 
Jonathan,  Winesap  and  Home  Beauty,  with  Ksopus  and 
Yellow  New  (own  in  the  newer  plantings  In  the  nor- 
thern half  of  the  state',  the  moisture  supplied  by 
natural  rainfall  is  generally  sufficient  to  mature  the 
apple  crop,  while  in  the  southern  half  of  the  state 
additional  moistuie  must  be  supplied  by  irrigation 

Montana  —  In  1910,  Montana  had  097,000  apple 
tiees  of  bearing  a^e  and  1,30S,(KX)  tree's  not  bearing 
'I  he  estimates  of  the1  State  Board  of  Horticulture1  placed 
the  tota1  let  cage  ot  apple  ore  hare  Is  in  Montana,  in 
1912,  as  . 50,000  aeies  'I  he  principal  apple-growing 
sections  are  the-  Bittei  Hoot  Valley,  the  Mat  head  dis- 
tnet,  which  embiaces  a  poition  of  the  valle-y  above 
Hat  head  Lake  and  the  land  along  the  lake  shore,  the 
Clarke's  Fork  Vallev  (Carbon  County;  .and  the  Yellow- 
stone Valley  (\  ellow stone  Count v ),  with  newer  plant- 
ings in  the*  vallev  west  of  the  junction  of  the>  Misse  ula 
and  Hat he-iil  Riveis  (  Missoula  and  Saundf  is  Counties) 
and  in  the  Tobacco  Plains  and  Kootenai  \alleys  in 
Lincoln  County  \\ith  the  exception  of  the  greater 
portion  ot  the  Flat  he-ad  distncts,  all  are  nngated 
The  principal  vane-ties  grown  are-  Mclntosh,  \\agenei, 
Rome  Beauty  Not  them  Spy  and 'W  ealthy  A  few  Gano, 
Jonathan  and  Delicious  .ne-  being  planted  '1  he  Tran- 
scende-nt  Crab  largelv  planted  m  the  older  ore  hards  and 
those  just  coming  into  bevumg,  rs  being  little-  planted 
now,  on  ac  count  of  its  susceptibility  to  pear  blight 

i\(W  Mcrno  -The  apple  industiy  of  this  state  is 
coinparativelv  >oung  In  1910  then1  were  513,000 
trees  ot  beuiing  age  and  911,000  tiees  not  bearing 
In  1909,  the  state  pioduccd  417,000  bushels  of  apples 
i  he  orchards  are  all  under  rrrigation  and  are  located 
in  the  Hio  Grande1  Valley  from  north  of  Albuquerque 
to  the  Texas  line1,  in  the  Hoswell  distnct  m  the  Pecos 
\alley,  and  rn  the  Fatmmgton  district  (San  Juan 
County),  which  may  be  said  to  be  a  continuation  of 
the  Montezuma  distnct  of  Colorado  The  varietres 
grown  are  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  Arkansas  Black,  Wine- 
sap,  Jonathan,  \\hite  Pearrnain  and  Rome  Beauty. 
"1  he  apple  industry  H  gi owing  rapullv,  especially  in 
die  Roswell  and  I  armmgton  districts  The  state  bids 
fair  to  take1  thud  place  in  the  mountain  region 

Utah—  In  1910,  Utah  reported  517,000  trees  of 
bearing  age  and  7X9,000  not  bearing  In  1909  the  total 
apple-pi oduet ion  was  350,000  bushels  In  the  past 
ten  veais  tiV  ^tate  has  not  shown  the  growth  rn  apple- 
production  as  has  Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana  and 
New  Mexico,  jet  many  new  ore-hards  are  being  planted 
m  the  Cache  Vallev  (('ache  County),  Bear  Valley 
(Iron  County),  Utah  Vallev  (Ttah  County),  and  in  the 
Ogden  distnct  These  are  the  leading  apple-growing 
sections  of  the  state1  Gano  and  Jonathan  aie  most 
widel>  planted,  although  \\rnesap,  Rome  Beauty  and 
and  other  standard  w niter  varieties  are  grown  in  smaller 
quantities  The  ore-hards  are  all  irrigated 

Arizona  --Approximately  1,000  acie>s  were  in  apple 
orchauls  rn  Arizona  in  1910,  about  one-half  being  of 
bearing  age  The  climate  over  most  of  the  state  is 
too  wai'n  for  the  apple,  and  in  the  mountainous  sec- 
tions of  the  state  where  apples  may  be  successfully 
grown,  the  areas  which  can  be  irrigated  are  very 
limited  in  extent  There  is  apparently  little  chance  for 
development  in  commei  cial  apple  -growing. 


Nevada  — With  a  climate  similar  to  that  of  Arizona, 
the  apple  industry  has  not  flourished  in  Nevada 
Latest  census  figures  credit  the  state  with  little  moie 
than  1,000  acres  ot  apple  oichards  Limited  areas 
located  near  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  m  the 
noit Invest  part  of  the  state  aie  fairly  well  adapted  to 
apple-cultuic  The  lamlall  is  light  and  all  orchards 
are  irrigated  A  number  of  the  standard  winter  varie- 
ties aie  grown 

H  yonnug  — The  interest  in  upple-growrng  in  Wyom- 
ing is  confined  pnmipally  to  the  development  of  the 
home  oichaid  The  acreage  planted  is  about  equal  to 
that  of  Aii/ona  or  Nevada,  with  a  little  more  interest 
now  manifest  m  the  dovelopment  of  the  industry 
The  vaneties  planted  are  Wealthy,  Mclntosh  and 
Jonathan 

General  practices 

Geneially  speaking,  this  whole  region  it  and,  little 
being  attempted  in  the  wa>  of  apple-growing  except 
with  irrigation  rl  he  atmosphere  is  dry,  and  during 
the  summer  months  theie  is  an  exceptionally  large 
amount  of  sunshine  Especially  in  the  mountain 
vallev s,  the  davs  are  waim  and  the  nights  cool  rl  he 
entue  legion  is  more  01  less  subject  to  untimely  spring 
frosts  For  this  leason  many  of  the  best  fiuit  sections 
of  the  region  are  found  in  narrow  mountain  valleys, 
protected  moie  or  less  by  canon  breezes,  or  upon  the 
bench  lands  of  broader  vallejs,  where  the  air  drainage 
is  good  Vnthm  this  region,  however,  we  find  many 
sections  uffoided  this  natural  protection  where  the 
apple  ciO])  seldom  fails 

•^'oi/s  — \\  ithm  this  group  of  states,  apples  are  grown 
on  a  huge  vanety  ot  soils  The  great  majority  of 
oichaids  have  been  phnted  upon  \ngrn  land,  and  as 
time  goes  on,  we  shall  piobably  learn  to  consider  soil- 
adaptation  a  more  impoitant  factor  in  apple-growing 
Fiom  the  standpoint  of  ea^e  of  cultivation,  ease  of 
imgation  and  the  maintenance  of  soil  fcitihty,  the 
medium  sindj  loams  are  proving  the  most  satisfac- 
torv  apple  soils 

Tdlaqi  -  'i  he  orchard ists  of  ihe  mountain  states 
have  fiom  the  beginning  been  exponents  of  cl«an  cul- 
ture In  many  section^,  however,  thev  are  now  begin- 
ning to  feel  that  this  has  been  overdone,  and  in  the 
present  Astern  of  tillage,  clean  cultivation  and  cover- 
crops  alternate  In  some  cases  the  oichaid  is  well 
tilled  during  the  earlv  pait  of  the  season  and  seeded 
to  field  peas,  vetch  or  other  crop  in  midsummer 
Another  practice  is  to  seed  the  orchaid  to  clover,  which 
is  turned  under  after  two  seasons'  grow th.  1  he  orchard 
is  then  cultivated  for  one  or  two  seasons  and  again 
planted  to  clover  Alfalfa  has  been  used  instead  of  the 
clover  Providing  it  is  kept  away  from  the  trees  and 
within  reach  of  the  turning  plow,  alfalfa  is  not  objec- 
tionable m  orchard  lands  free  horn  stones  On  rocky 
land  it  is  difficult  to  kill  the  alfalfa  out  In  this  and 
region,  some  such  svstemot  tillage  must  be  practised 
a-s  a  means  of  maintaining  soil-fertility 

Irnyadoti — The  irrigation  practice  of  the  orchard- 
ists  of  these  states  is  not  unlike  that  of  the  other 
western  states  Piacticallv  all  water  is  applied  by  the 
furrow  method,  running  shallow  ditches  close  together 
in  sandy  soils  and  deep  ditches  farther  apart  rn  the 
heavy  soils  The  distances  between  ditches  will  vary 
from  2  to  (\  or  S  feet  The  old  orchards  receive  from 
two  to  four  applications  dining  the  growing  season 
The  plan  is  to  get  the  fruit  up  to  size  early  in  the  sea- 
son and  then  promote  coloring  by  maintaining  only 
a  moderate  moisture  supply  during  the  latter  part  of 
the  summer  In  sections  where  the  winters  are  dry, 
both  the  old  and  young  orchards  receive  one  late  fall 
irrigation  This  is  applied  after  the  first  fronts  when 
there  is  no  longer  danger  of  starting  new  growth  The 
young  orchards  are  well  watered  during  the  early  part 
of  the  growing  season.  After  midsummer,  little  water 


330 


APPLE 


APPLE 


is  applied.  Every  effort  is  made  to  check  the  growth 
of  tne  trees  early?  for  when  well  matured  they  with- 
stand severe  freezing  best 

Pruning  — The  apple-growers  of  the  mountain  states 
are  qmte  unanimous  in  their  choice  of  the  vase-form  as 
the  standard  to  be  worked  for  in  training  apple  trees. 
While  tho  eastern  grower  many  justly  condemn  such  a 
system  of  training  on  account  or  limited  fruiting  area, 
the  objection  is  without  merit  in  this  region  where 
the  tendency  is  for  most  varieties  to  overbear  In  the 
first  three  or  four  years  in  the  orchard,  the  young 
trees  are  severely  headcd-m  each  spring,  the  object 
being  to  get  a  stocky  trunk  with  the  first  scaffold  limb 
within  12  or  18  inches  of  the  ground  and  three  or  four 
more  spaced  along  the  trunk  at  intervals  of  6  inches 
After  these  first  three  or  four  pruning5*,  little  heading- 
m  is  done  until  the  trees  begin  to  overbear  The  trees 
are  then  cut  back  and  thinned  out  sufficiently  to  induce 
annual  bearing  and  the  production  of  fruits  of  desir- 
able sizes  with  the  minimum  amount  of  hand  thinning 
In  the  commercial  fruit-growing  sections,  the  fruit  is 
systematically  thinned  There  is  little  occasion  for 
summer  pruning 

Marketing  — The  bulk  of  the  apple  crop  of  the^e 
states  is  sold  in  standard  apple-boxes,  and  much  of  the 
fruit  is  wrapped  and  packed  in  sizes  in  tier  packs  As 
a  rule,  the  fruit  is  marketed  through  cooperative  fruit- 
growers' associations,  some  of  the  oldest  and  most 
successful  associations  in  the  United  States  being 
found  in  this  region  The  fruit  is  generally  distrib- 
uted in  all  eastern,  southern  and  western  markets 
where  extra  fancy  boxed  apples  are  in  demand. 

Jiseases  and  insects — The  apple-growei  s  of  the 
mountain  states  are  little  troubled  with  fungous  dis- 
eases During  the  summer  season  the  atmosphere  is 
generally  dry  and  the  fungi  apparently  do  not  thrive. 
In  some  of  the  more  humid  sections  of  this  region, 
especially  in  rainy  summers,  apple  scab  becomes 
a  serious  menace  It  is  easily  controlled,  however, 
with  the  lime-sulfur  sprays  Over  the  entire  region, 
pear  blight  has  attacked  some  of  the  more  susceptible 
varieties  of  apples  The  planting  of  Alexander  and 
Transcendent  Crab  has  been  discontinued  on  this 
account,  and  in  some  sections  other  varieties  must 
be  watched  carefully  and  will  probably  be  discarded 
eventually 

Of  the  apple  orchard  insects,  the  codlm-moth  is 
easily  the  most  important,  and  over  almost  the  entire 
region  up-to-date  methods  of  control  must  be  em- 
ployed Both  the  green  and  woolly  aphis  are  ever- 
E  resent  enemies  of  the  apple  orchards,  the  fiist  troub- 
ng  young  orchards  especially  The  Han  Jose"  scale 
has  not  as  yet  become  a  troublesome  pest  in  the  apple 
orchards  of  the  greater  part  of  the  mountain  region 
The  oyster-shell  scale,  the  bud-moth  and  the  green 
fruit-worm  are  of  only  local  importance 

The  majority  or  orchardists  of  this  region  are  well 
equipped    with   modern    power    spraying   machinery, 
and  as  a  rule  are  well  posted  on  spraying  methods. 
O.  B.  WHIPPLE. 

The  apple  in  Oregon  and  Washington. 

The  states  of  Oregon  and  Washington  are  noted 
for  their  diversity  of  fruit  conditions.  Their  soils  range 
from  the  lightest  loam  to  the  heaviest  adobe,  their 
rainfall  vanes  from  8  or  9  inches  to  over  100;  their 
elevations  extend  from  sea-level  to  the  snow  line.  From 
the  horticulture  of  each  of  these  states,  which  is  thor- 
oughly described  in  this  Cyclopedia,  the  readers  can  get 
complete  details  concerning  these  special  characteristics. 

In  Oregon  apple-culture  is  largely  confined  to  such 
valleys  as  the  Rogue  Hiver,  Umpqua,  Willamette, 
Hood  River,  Freewater-Milton,  and  Grande  Ronde, 
with  certain  developments  along  the  coast,  especally 
in  such  regions  as  Coos  Bay 


F 
In 


General  considerations. 

Apple-culture  on  the  Pacific  Coast  is  characterized  by 
the  following 

Communal  development  — In  such  valleys,  for  exam  pie, 
us  the  Hood  River  (Fig  277)  or  Wenatchee,  one  finds 
that  apple-growing  is  almost  the  sole  industry,  and  large 
contiguous  aicas  are  devoted  to  apple-production 
alone  One  sees  the  entire  absence  of  diversity  of  agri- 
culture in  some  districts  These  orchards  may  occasion- 
ally be  very  large,  although  in  the  more  highly  devel- 
oped legions  the  tendency  is  for  small  orchards  very 
mtensn  oly  developed 

Intensive  tillage  — Theie  is  practically  not  a  fruit- 
grower to  be  found  on  the  Pacific  Coast  who  is  not  a 
film  believer  in  tillage  In  a  few  sections,  the  intro- 
duction of  shade-crops  is  supplementing  the  former 
intensive  tilLige,  but  the  almost  universal  practice  is 
to  till  ven  intensively 

tiijbUniatic  .^praying  — Kach  orchard  is  given  frequent 
sprayings,  according  to  a  specified  program  There  are 
very  few  orchards  on  the  Pacific  Coast  that  are  not 
equipped  with  power  sprayers,  capable  of  maintaining 
200  pounds  of  pressure  Pacific  Coast  apple-growers 
are  thoroughly  alive  to  the  value  of  spraying  for  pests. 


277    Apple  orchard  in  Hood  River  valley. 

Methodical  thinning — It  would  be  very  hard  indeed 
to  find  any  fruit  districts  in  which  the  orchardists  do 
not  thin  regularly  They  would  no  sooner  give  up 
thinning  than  eating  It  is  thought  by  a  great  many 
growers  that  thinning  pa>s  a  larger  dividend  on  tho 
investment  than  any  other  orchard  practice 

Skillful  packing — The  Pacific  Coast  has  long  been 
famous  for  the  high-grade  packing  of  its  fruit  products. 
Ever}  effort  is  made  to  educate  the  growers  to  be  skill- 
ful fruit-packers',  and  rigid  systems  of  inspection  are 
maintained  in  order  that  the  high  grade  of  the  pack  may 
not  be  sacrificed. 

Sfnrit  of  cooperation  — Almost  every  community  is 
thoroughly  organized  The  spirit  of  cooperation  has 
taken  a  firm  hold  with  the  people  and  its  benefits  are 
thoroughly  reali/ed  Not  only  have  certain  sections 
organized,  but  there  is  every  indication  at  the  present 
time  that  within  the  next  few  viura  apple  interests  of 
the  entire  Pacific  Coast  will  be  consolidated  into  a 
central  selling  agencj. 

The  perxonncl  of  the  Pacific  Coast  fruit-growers  can 
be  characterized  by  the  largo  number  of  young  men, 
especially  college  graduates,  who  are  engaging  in  apple- 
culture  In  Hood  River  alone  there  are  m  the  neigh- 
borhood of  one  hundred  and  thirty  college  graduates 
from  all  parts  of  the  country  engaged  in  apple-growing 
and  making  it  a  life-work  and  study  There  are  also 
large  numbers  of  retired  business  and  professional 
men  from  vanous  parts  of  the  country  Such  men, 
because  of  their  enthusiasm,  are  anxious  to  adopt  up- 
to-date  methods  in  order  to  make  very  successful  fruit- 
growers They  intend  to  specialize  in  making  apple- 
growing  a  very  serious  business  It  is  not  an  uncom- 


VIII.   The  York  Imperial  apple. 


APPLE 


APPLE 


331 


mon  thing  to  find  a  man  devoting  his  entire  energy  to 
the  growing  of  two  varieties  of  apples. 

Orchard  management 

Most  of  the  orchardists  practice  annual  spring  plow- 
ing. In  some  of  the  lighter  soils,  disking  takes  the 
place  of  plov/mg,  but  the  present  tendency  is  to  plow 
and  harrow  down  the  soil  very  thoroughly  With  the 
heavy  loams  the  plowing  is  generally  followed  by  light 
harrowing,  supplemented  by  the  use  of  the  clod- 
masher,  corrugated  lollei  or  brilhon  After  the  ground 
is  placed  in  good  condition,  frequent  cultivations  arc- 
made  One  of  the  best  tools  to  use  in  such  cases  is 
the  Kimball  weeder,  this  stirs  the  soil  and  prevents 
drying  or  baking  of  the  surface  soil.  Often  as  many  as 
eighteen  harro wings  are  given  during  the  summer- 
time By  the  middle  of  August  or  at  such  time  as 
the  young  trees  have  made  sufficient  growth,  cultiva- 
tion ceases,  but  with  the  heavier-bearing  orchards 
cultivation  is  generally  cont mued  up  to  the  harvesting 
W  ith  the  lighter  soils,  such  as  many  of  the  volcanic 
ash,  after  the  ground  has  been  plowed  in  the  spring, 
the  tendency  is  to  compact  the  ground  more  bv  the 
use  of  subsoil  packers  or  by  dragging  the  ground  with 
floats  Such  soils  tend  to  blow  out  constantly  and  it  is 
only  by  these  methods  that  the  moisture  can  be  le- 
tained  in  the  surface  soil 

Irrigation  — Irrigation  becomes  more  and  more  a 
factor  to  the  Pacific  ('oast  apple-grower  east  of  the 
Cascade  Mountains  where  *he  rainfall  is  less  than  15 
inches  Irrigation  is  made-  to  supplement  tillage  The 
watei  is  applied  by  the  fuirow  or  rill  system,  and  as 
Boon  as  possible  after  irrigation  the  ground  is  thoi- 
oughlv  harrowed  and,  aftei  becoming  smooth,  is  kept 
in  good  shape  with  smoothing  harrows  Irrigation  is 
practised  more*  with  trees  fifteen  years  of  age  and  up 
than  with  young  tree's 

The  growers  are  finding  out  that  an  abundant  supply 
of  moisture  either  through  intensive  tillage  or  irriga- 
tion tends  to  make  the  trees  produce  larger  crops,  makes 
them  annual  bearers,  mei eases  the  individual  size  of 
the  specimens  arid  U  nds  to  make  the  fruit  more  elonga- 
ted arid  of  a  livelier,  brighter  color  In  some  cases  too 
much  moist  me  is  used,  resulting  in  soft,  poorly  colored 
fruit  of  poor  shipping  qualities 

Ferlilnrr**  -  Vt  the  picsent  time  no  commercial 
fertih/ers  are  being  used  The  growers,  however,  are 
taking  hold  of  eovei -crops  very  enthusiastically 
\etch  becomes  a  principal  crop, — the  forage  or  Oregon 
vetch  in  the  region  wheie  the  climate  is  mild,  and  the 
hauv  vetch  where  the  climate  is  scveie  The  vetch  is 
generally  combined  with  ne,  oats,  or  wheat,  and  is 
drilled  in  by  the  lattei  part  of  August,  about  forty 
pounds  of  vetch  arid  ten  pounds  of  rye  being  the  com- 
mon amount  to  use  to  the  acre  Under  normal  con- 
ditions, from  2  to  3  feet  of  growth  can  be  realised  by 
early  spring 

tihade-nops  — In  the  irrigated  sections  where  the 
tendency  to  use  shade-crops  is  becoming  common, 
alfalfa  and  the  clovers  are  the  principal  crops  grown 
Tnere  is  a  great  difference  in  opinion  among  the 
growers  whether  alfalfa  is  a  suitable  crop  to  use  as  a 
shade-crop,  clovers  being  more  commonly  used  Some 
growers  piaetise  growing  clover  for  two  years,  cutting 
it  and  allowing  it  to  mat  on  the  ground,  while  other 
growers  disk  the  clover  under  each  year  and  allow  it  to 
reseed  itself  The  practice  of  growing  shade-crops  is 
yet  so  new  that  it  will  be  a  number  of  years  before  the 
growers  unite  on  some  practice,  but  a  larger  percentage 
of  growers  are  resorting  to  shad e-ci  ops  each  year 

Thinning  — Nearly  all  varieties  of  apples  are  thinned 
very  carefully  The  thinning  generally  begins  as  soon 
as  the  drop' is  over,  m  some  places  before  the  drop  takes 
place.  The  apples  are  thinned  at  various  distances, 
according  to  varieties  The  red  apples  are  generalh 
thinned  one  to  a  spur.  With  yellow  apples,  there  is  a 


tendency  to  leave  two  specimens  on  certain  dpurs  but 
to  remove  all  the  fruit  from  the  remaining  spurs  The 
growers  think  that  when  this  method  is  followed  there  is 
a  tendency  to  maintain  the  trees  as  annual  bearers  The 
distances  apart  vary  extremely  Wmesaps  are  thinned 
from  8  to  10  inches  apart,  whereas  the  larger  varieties 
of  apples  are  thinned  rather  sparingly,  as  they  often 
have  a  tendency  to  overgrow  if  thinned  too  vigorously 
Pruning — Most  growers  practise  annual  pruning 
The  trees  are  started  very  low,  the  head  being  9  to  18 
inches  from  the  ground  Mo'-t  of  the  growers  resort  to 
what  is  known  as  the  open,  goblet  or  vase  tiee  In  this 
tree,  most  of  the  branches  issue  from  one  point  and  the 
trees  aie  kept  open  constantly  bv  rigorous  pruning. 
The  growers  think  that  moie  light  is  allowed  to  play 
around  the  fruit  by  such  a  system  and  that  a  better 
color  is  developed  During  the  first  three  years,  the 
trees  are  cut  back  very  rigorously  each  spring,  but  aa 
they  become  older  less  heading-back  is  reported  to  and 
mote  thinning-out  is  practised  Many  of  the  growers 
are  now  leaning  more  to  the  modification  of  the  center 
tree,  growing  what  is  known  as  the  modified  center  treet 
the  leaders  being  allowed  to  grow  for  a  few  years  and 
then  b(  ing  suppress  >d  This  system  gi\es  a  better  dis- 
tribution of  the  branches-  :ind  make's  a  stronger  tiee,  and 
it  also  gues  a  larger  tiintirig  area  Some  growers 
contend  that  varieties  like  the  Yellow  Newt  own  do 
better  if  tiamed  as  leaders 

There  is  much  sentiment  among  the  fruit-growers 
on  the  Pacific  Coast  in  favor  of  summer  pruning  In 
their  enthusiasm,  many  of  them  aie  overdoing  sum- 
mer pruning  On  the  stronger  loams  certain  varieties 
like  \ellow  New  town  air  -low  in  coming  into  bearing, 
but  on  the  lighter  loams  and  higher  altitudes  come  into 
bearing  in  three  to  fixe  \ears  In  such  cases  summer 
pruning  is  not  resoited  to 

Pollination  — Pollination  has  become  a  subject  to 
which  the  Pacific  Coast  groweis  are  paving  a  great 
deal  of  ittention  and  the  orchards  are  now  being 
planted  in  oblong  blocks  of  two  to  six  rows  of  a 
vanetv  It  is-  felt  that  \\heie  this  is  practised,  a  larger 
set  of  fruit  is  secured,  that  there  is  a  greater  uniformity 
in  the  crop  and  a  tendewv  for  increase  in  ,si/e  of  speci- 
mens Formerly  tiees  were  planted  in  large  blocks,  but 
the  hea\  v  shedding  of  fruit  has  caused  the  growers  to 
ibandon  this  system  and  plant  so  that  mterpolhna- 
tion  can  take  place 

Frottt-Jightiny  —Frost -fight ing  is  resorted  to  in  man} 
of  the  mountain  valleys  that  are  earlv  and  subject  to 
damage  from  frosts  The  most  common  method  for 
controlling  is  smudging  with  oil  in  pots  The  last  few 
>  ears  many  growers  ha\  e  been  very  successful  in  sa\  - 
ing  the  crops  under  adverse  conditions  See  Orchard 
Protei  lion 

Kpmijing — Practically  every  grower  has  a  spray 
calendar  which  he  follows  very  carefully  Power  outhts 
are  used  extensively  and  high  pressure  is  maintained. 
In  all  the  older  orchards,  high  platforms  are  built  on 
the  spray  outfits  so  the  trees  can  be  thoroughly  covered 
with  spray  The  principal  diseases  are  the  mildew, 
found  more  in  California  and  southern  Oregon;  apple 
scab,  apple  tree  anthracnose,  or  black  spot  These  are 
about  the  only  diseases  that  receive  much  attention 
Of  the  insect  pests,  the  codlm-moth  and  aphis  are  the 
most  serious  The  eodlm-moth  is  distributed  over  the 
entire  district  with  the  exception  of  the  coast  regions, 
which  arc  free  from  this  insect  pest  The  green  aphis 
attacks  the  young  tiees  injuriously,  and  for  the  past 
two  years  the  brown  aphis  has  been  of  serious  menace 
to  the  fruit  In  some  regions  the  brown  aphis  is  now 
doing  more  damage  than  the  eodhn-moth  The  scale 
insects,  for  the  present  time,  receive  very  little  atten- 
tion, as  they  are  so  easily  controlled.  Occasionally  the 
red-spider  and  borers  give  considerable  trouble 

Packing  — The  apples  aie  all  packed  in  boxes  known 
us  the  Northwest  Standard,  10,4  \  1 1*3  x  IS  inches 


332 


APPLE 


APPLE 


All  the  better  grades  of  apples  are  wrapped  in  paper, 
and  lithographs  are  placed  on  the  boxes  The  fruit  is 
graded  very  carefully  before  packing  The  present 
tendency  is  to  use  one  size  of  box  and  pack  the  apples 
by  what  is  known  as  the  diagonal  pack 

Packing-houses  — Very  large  and  expensive  packing- 
houses are  being  erected  all  over  the  Pacific  Coast  and 
enormous  storage  plants  are  being  built  at  all  the  im- 
mediate shipping  points  In  most  cases,  the  packing 
is  very  rigorously  inspected  Most  of  the  htat.es  have 
laws  that  require  the  grower  to  put  on  the  box  his 
name,  the  grade  of  fruit  and  the  number  of  specimens 
in  the  package  Most  associations  require  the  packer 
to  stamp  his  number  on  the  box,  so  that  in  the  case  of 
any  imperfections  it  can  be  easily  traced 

Marketing  — The  marketing  of  the  fruit  is  done 
largely  through  associations  By  cooperating,  the 
growers  have  been  able  to  improve  constantly  their 
pack  and  have  also  tended  to  distribute  the  fruit  more 
widely  At  the  present  time,  the  Pacific  Coast  is  send- 
ing fruit  to  nearly  all  the  leading  ports  of  the  world,  and 
the  effort  is  made  to  get  a  wider  and  wider  distribution 
rather  than  to  send  it  to  a  few  distributing  points  like 
Chicago  and  New  York,  which  was  the  system  formerly 
followed. 

The  willingness  of  the  people  to  organise,  and  the 
cooperative  system,  which  is  broadcast  in  the  region, 
is  a  very  important  factor  in  successful  apple-culture 
on  the  Pacific  Coast  C  1  LEWIS. 

The  apple  in  California. 

Although  the  apple  was  introduced  into  southern 
California  by  the  Mission  padres  nearly  a  century 
before  the  American  occupation,  and  although  the  Rus- 
sians established  an  apple  orchard  in  northern  Cali- 
fornia more  than  a  quarter  of  a  centurj  before  the  gold 
discovery,  it  was  not  fullv  demonstrated  until  about 
1880  that  the  state  can  produce  an  apple  of  character 
and  qualit}  to  entitle  the  region  to  standing  among 


278    A  California  apple  orchard 


the  commercial  apple  regions  of  the  United  States 
California  pioneers  were  accustomed  to  concede  apple 
adaptations  to  Oregon  and  to  claim  none  for  them- 
selves This  was  chiefly  due  to  the  fact  that  earl}' 
plantings  were  made  m  the  mining  districts  of  the 
lower  foothills  and  on  \  alley  lands  adjacent  to  routes  of 
travel  thereto  from  the  poit  of  San  Francisco  Climatic 
conditions  in  such  situations  forced  too  early  maturity 
of  winter  varieties,  whic  h  impaired  quality  and  keeping 
and,  as  main  commercial  desirability  was  vested  in 
long-keeping,  California  was  conceded  to  lack  adapta- 
tions for  the  production  of  a  good  apple,  and  local  sup- 
plies of  the  fruit  were  drawn  for  three  decades  from  the 
orchards  in  western  Oregon  Popular  judgment  was, 
however,  reversed  by  the  notable  long-keeping  of  Cali- 
fornia apples  shown  at  the  New  Orleans  Fair  in  1885, 
which  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  exhibits  were 


gathered  from  family  orchards  in  the  coast  districts  and 
in  the  high  plateaus  and  mountain  valleys  where  grow- 
ing conditions  are  quite  unlike  those  of  the  lower 
foothills  and  adjacent  valleys  The  conclusion  from 
this  demonstration  was  that  when  the  right  variety  is 
planted  in  the  right  place,  in  California,  superior  fruit, 
both  for  local  use  and  long  shipment,  may  be  secured. 
Since  that  time,  California  apples  have  been  success- 
fully sold  m  considerable  quantities  in  England  and  on 
the  continent  of  Euiope,  on  the  Atlantic  Coast  of  Amer- 
ica, in  Australia  and  in  Eastern  Asia  —  -as  well  as 
throughout  the  interior  states  of  the  Pacific  Slope,  m 
Canada  and  in  Alaska  The  uprise  of  a  great  apple 
industry  in  other  states  of  the  Pacific  Slope  has,  how- 
ever, recently  excluded  the  California  wmtei  apple 
from  large  American  areas  in  which  it  foimerly  sold 
freely;  but  California  still  retains  in  the  same  areas  its 
market  for  summer  and  fall  apples  because  mature 
fruit  can  be  shipped  before  the  same  varieties  ripen 
fait  her  north  or  at  greater  elevations  Fig  278  shows 
a  i  epresentati  ve  California  apple  orchard 

Summer  applets 

It  is  now  clear  that  there  are  two  distinct  branches 
of  the  apple  industry  of  California,  m  which,  first, 
effort  is  concentrated  on  the  production  of  summer 
apples  in  what  .11  e  known  as  early  districts  and,  second, 
fall  and  winter  apples  m  other  districts  where  slower 
development  is  favored  by  prevalence  of  lower  spnng 
and  summer  temperatures.  In  the  interior  valleys  and 
lower  foothills,  the  forcing  heat  bungs  earlv  varieties, 
like  the  Astraehans,  quickly  to  notable  size,  crispness 
and  flavor,  arid  there  is  an  ample  demand  for  such  fruit 
for  shipment,  providing  it  is  sound  and  free  from  pests, 
some  of  which,  however,  are  more  aggies^ive  than  they 
aie  in  cooler  sections  Fall  apples  are  successfully 
grown  in  the  same  districts  but  they  also  are  profitable 
in  ihe  coast  district,  as  is  shown  by  the  behavior  of 
the  Gravenstem  in  the  Sebastopol  section  of  Sonoma 
County  where  "(liavenstem  shows"  are  annualh  held 
in  August  Another  instance  of  specialization  is  found 
m  the  commercial  impoitance  of  the  Yellow  Bellflower 
in  the  Watsonville  district,  wrhere  it  enters  largely  into 
the  "Apple  Annual"  —  a  greater  exhibition  held  the  first 
week  in  October  In  these  topical  fall-apple  districts, 
the  winter  apples  are  also  important,  the  P^sopus 
(Spitzenberg)  leading  these  varieties  at  Sebastopol  and 
the  Yellow  New  town  at  \\atsonville  Ihese  facts 
emphasize  the  importance  of  certain  varieties,  for  spe- 
cialization IK  built  upon  varieties  even  moie  than  upon 
the  classes  to  which  they  belong 

Winter  apples. 

The  chief  importance  does,  however,  rest  with  the 
winter  apple  in  California,  m  the  same  way,  but  perhaps 
not  to  such  a  degree,  as  in  other  apple-growing  states 
and  countries,  and  the  chief  investment  and  expectation 
are  made  upon  that  basis  Aside  from  the  conditions 
citod,  which  make  nearly  exclusively  for  the  summer 
and  early  fall  varieties,  the  state  has  great  capacity 
for  the  production  of  winter  apples  of  the  type  for 
which  the  coast  has  become  so  famous  during  the  last 


few  vears  Every  county  in  the  state  has  apple  trees, 
but  the  requirements  of  a  winter  apple  are  fully  met  by 
two  main  divisions  of  the  state,  viz  the  smaller  val- 


, 

leys  close  to  the  coast,  in  fact,  in  some  cases,  the  coast 
flats,  where  the  exposure  is  directly  toward  the  cooling 
breezes  of  the  ocean,  which  produce  a  cool  summer  —  a 
long,  slow-growing  season,  which  develops  great  beauty 
and  high  quality  in  a  winter  apple  Similar  results  are 
also  produced  by  the  climate  found  at  an  elevation  of 
about  2,500  to  .">,000  feet  on  the  interior  plateaus  and  in 
the  mountain  valleys  The  coast  district  has  developed 
a  greater  commercial  apple  industry  than  the  moun- 
tains, because  transportation  facilities  for  shipment  are 
vastly  better,  but  as  the  state  advances,  the  mountain 


APPLE 


APRICOT 


333 


districts  will  he  employed  in  this  production  much  more 
largely  than  at  present  The  greatest  apple  district 
of  the  slate  now  is  the  Pajaro  Valley,  including  parts 
of  Monteiey  and  Santa  Cnu  Counties,  centering  at 
Watsonville,  which  shipped  about  6,000  carloads  of 
apples  in  1912  The  county  next  prominent  in  apple- 
growing  is  Sonoma,  Santa  Gnu  and  Sonoma  Counties 
have  about  one-half  of  all  the  trees  in  the  state,  while 
many  other  counties  have  good  apple  orchards  in  less 
total  acreage,  in  fact,,  from  San  Diego  on  the  south  to 
Siskiyou  on  the  north,  localities  exist  which  afford  the 
elevation  or  the  coast  exposures  that  favor  the  pro- 
duction of  good  winter  apples,  and  planting  is  pro- 
gressing in  all  these  districts 

Extent 

The  number  of -apple  trees  m  California  in  1913  is 
about  2,500,000,  occupying,  as  nearly  as  can  be  calcu- 
lated, 30,000  acres  of  land  The  vaneties  of  chief  com- 
mercial importance,  in  order  of  ripening,  are  White  and 
Red  Ast radian,  Giavenstem,  Yellow  Bellflovver,  Yellow 
Newtown,  Esopus,  White  Pearmam,  Wmesap  and  Home 
Beauty.  Many  other  winter  varieties  have  been  planted 
recently  in  different  districts,  but  their  relative  impor- 
tance cannot  be  predicted.  j}  j^  WICKSON. 

APRICOT.  RosafM  A  tree  and  fruit  somewhat 
intermediate  between  the  peach  and  the  plum,  grown 
largely  m  California  and  in  special  localities  in  the 

East 

The  apncot  tree  is  a  round-headed  grower,  with 
dark,  somewhat  pe.ich-hke  bark,  and  very  broad  or 
almost  circular  leaves  Ihe  fruit,  which  usuaMy  ripens 
in  advance  of  both  the  peach  and  plum,  is  peach-like  in 
shape  and  color,  with  a  smoother  skin,  rich  yellow  flesh 
and  large  Hat  smooth  stone  The  flesh  is  commonly 
less  juicy  than  that  of  the  peach,  and,  as  a  rule,  per- 
haps, of  higher  quality  1  he  apricots  are  of  three 
spec  ies,  all  probably  nati\  e  of  China  or  Japan  (1 )  The 
common  apncot  of  Europe  and  America  is  Piunus 
Armt'imjca  fr  vanable,  but  smooth  at  maturity,  red  or 
jellow,  the  sweet  and  firm  flesh  free,  or  \<>iy  nearly  so, 
fiom  the  large,  .smooth,  flat  stone  tree  \\fth  a  round, 
spreading  top,  and  a  reddish,  eheir\-like  or  peach-like 
bark  Ivs  (Fig  279,  light)  ovate  or  lound-ovate,  \vith 
a  short  point  and  sometimes,  a  heart  -shaped  base,  thin 
and  bright  green,  smooth  or  \ery  nearh  so  below,  as  are 
the  gland-bearing  stalks,  the  matgm.s  rather  obtusely 
and  mostly  finely  senate  fls  pink-\\hite  and  borne 
singly,  sessile  or  very  nearly  so,  pieceding  the  l\s  (Fig 
2SO)  The  Kussian  apncot  is  a 
hardy  but  smaller-fruited  race  of 
this  species  (2)  The  Japanese 
apncot,  in  Japan  grown  for  flow- 
ers rather  than  for  fruit,  is  Pr units 
Mume  fr  small,  yellowish  or 
greenish,  the  flesh  rather  hard  and 
dry,  and  adhering  tightly  to  the 
pitted  stone  tree  like  the  common 
apncot,  but  with  a  graver  or 
greener  bark  and  duller  folwge 
*VH  ^ra>lhh  green,  generall}  nar- 
rower  (Fig  279,  left)  and  long- 
pointed,  more  or  less  hairy  along 
the  veins  below  and  on  the  shorter  mostly  glandless 
stalk,  thick  in  texture  and  prominently  netted  beneath, 
fls  fragrant,  borne  singly  or  in  2's,  and  sessile  (with- 
out stalks),  more  lately  mtro  into  this  country,  chieflv 
under  the  name  of  Bungoume  plum  (3)  The  third 
species  is  the  purp'e  or  black  apncot,  Prunns  </aM/r«r/xi, 
which  is  little  cult,  fr  globular  and  somewhat  plum- 
like,  with  a  distinct  st  ,  pubescent  or  fuzzy  even  at 
maturity,  dull  dark  purple,  the  sourish  soft  flesh  cling- 
ing to  the  plum-like  fuzzy  stone  tree  round-headed, 
with  much  the  habit  of  the  common  apricot,  with  Ivs 
ovate  and  more  or  less  tapering  at  both  ends,  thin,  dull 


279   Apncot  leaves 

P   Muiiipon  Ipft, 

P  armeiuaca  on  right 


280   Flowers  of  the 
apncot 


green,   on    slender    and    pubescent,    mostly    glandleee, 

stalks,  finely  appressed- serrate  and  hairy  on  the  vema 

below   fls  large  and  plum-like,  blush,  solitary  or  in  2'a 

on  pubescent    stalks   l^m  or  more 

long,  and  appearing  in  advance  of 

the  leaves     See  Prunus  for  related 

species    The  apricot-plum,  Primus 

Sunonn,  is  discussed  under    Plum, 

The  plumcot  is  a  hybrid   of   plum 

and    apricot,   accounted    for   under 

Primus  L    H    B 

East  of  the  Mississippi  the  apncot 
is  not  grown  commercially  to  great 
extent,  although  it  is  a  popular  fruit 
for  the  home  orchard  and  garden 
As  a  commercial  crop,  it  does  not 
seem  to  he  increasing  in  favor 
There  arc  two  important  reasons 
for  this  the  loss  of  the  fruit  by 
spring  frosts  because  of  the  very 
early  season  of  bloom,  and  the  great 
liability  to  curcuho  attack  Pos- 
biblv  the  apncot  has.  not  vet  been 
given  a  thorough  test  Its  value 
mav  be  more  appreciated  and  the 
dithculties  of  its  culture  lessened 
when  the  fruit  has  received  greater 
study  and  attention. 

The  apricot  is  a»s  hardy  as  the  peach  and  thrives  in 
similar  localities  and  under  the  same  general  cultivation 
and  treatment,  but  demands  very  strong  soil.  'Ihe 
ideal  land  for  this  fruit  seems  to  be  one  that  is  deep  and 
dry,  and  loamy  or  gravelly  m  character  The  rolling 
loams  lands  that  are  well  adapted  to  apples  seem  to 
be  well  suited  to  the  apncot,  if  the  exposure  and  loca- 
tion are  correct  The  apricot  is  particularly  impatient 
of  wet  feet,  and  manv  of  the  failures  are  due  to  reten- 
tive subsoils  The  kind  of  soil  has  an  important  bearing 
also  on  the  stock  to  be  used 

Particular  attention  should  be  given  to  the  location 
and  exposure  of  the  apricot  orchard  In  the  East  the 
best  results  are  secured  if  the  plantation  stands  on 
elevated  land  near  a  large  body  of  water,  for  tl...e  the 
spring  frosts  are  riot  so  serious  as  elsewhere  Generally 
a  somewhat  backward  exposure,  if  it  can  be  had,  is 
desirable,  to  retard  blooming  Apricots  will  be  sure  to 
fail  in  frostv  localities 

The  apricot  should  always  be  given  clean  culture 
For  the  first  two  or  three  >ears,  some  hoed  crop  may  be 

rwn  between  the  rows,  but  after  that  the  trees  should 
allowed  the  entire  land,  particular!}  if  set  less  than 
20  feet  apart  Tillage  should  be  stopped  late  m  sum- 
mer or  early  in  fall  to  allow  the  wood  to  mature  thor- 
oughly It  is  best  to  raise  a  coxer-crop  m  the  latter 
part  of  July  01  in  August  to  hasten  this  maturity  and 
also  to  protect  the  roots  and  to  improve  the  physical 
properties  of  the  soil 

The  trees  are  pruned  m  essentiall}  the  same  way 
as  plums  The  fruit-buds  arc  borne  both  on  spurs 
(two  are  shown  in  Ing  281)  and  also  on  the  wood 
of  the  last  season's  growth  on  either  side  of  the  leaf -bud, 
as  shown  m  the  twin  and  triplet  buds  above  a  m  Fig. 
281  Each  bud  contains  a  single  naked  flower  (Fig 
280)  As  the  fruit  begins  to  swell,  the  calyx-ring  is 
forced  off  over  the  top  (Fig  282)  and  the  injury  from 
curcuho  may  then  be  expected  The  fruit  is  often 
borne  so  close  together  at>  to  appear  to  be  in  dusters 
(Fig  283) 

When  grown  under  the  best  conditions,  the  apricot 
may  be  considered  to  be  nearly  or  quite  as  productive 
as  the  peach  Like  other  fruit  trees,  it  bears  in  alter- 
nate A  ears,  unless  the  crops  are  very  heavily  thinned 
It  can  never  be  recommended  for  general  or  indiscrimi- 
nate planting  Only  the  best  fruit-growers  can  succeed 
with  it  Apricots  are  to  be  considered  as  a  dessert  or 


334 


APRICOT 


APRICOT 


t'ancv  fruit,  and  therefore,  should  be  neatly  packed  in 
small  and  tasty  packages 

The  varieties  mostly  in  demand  in  the  eastern  states 
m  order  of  pieference  are.  Moorpark,  Harris,  Alexis, 
Montgamet,  Budd,  Early  Golden,  St  Ambroise, 
Alexander  and  Peaeli  The  Royal  and  Superb  are  grown 
to  some  extent  Of  the  above-mentioned  vaiieties,  the 
Harris,  St  Ambroise,  Mont  garnet,  and  Early 
Golden  are  early  as  regards  season  ot  ripen- 
ing, the  Peach  and  Moorpark  are  medium, 
the  Alexander,  Alexis  and  Budd  are  late 
The  Alexander,  Alexis,  Budd  and  -some 
others  belong  to  the  Russian  race  Fig  2S4 
shows  a  good-shaped  apneot 

The  apricot  is  piopagated  bj  budding  or 
grafting  the  desired  varieties  on  the  peach 
or  plum  stock  On  its  own  root  the  apneot 
seems  to  be  less  successful,  probably  because 
of  the  peculiar  soil-requirements  that  it 
demands  The  peach  seems  to  giv  e  a  better 
union  and  consequently  a  better  stand, 
wheieas  the  plum  stock  gives  a  tree  that  is 
haulier,  longer  lived,  and  less  subject  to 
attacks  of  borers  Both  Mvrobalan  arid 
Domestica  stocks  are  used,  the  pieferenee 
being  for  the  latter 

The  most  serious  enemy  of  the  apneot  is 
the  curculio,  the  same  insect  that  attacks 
the  fruits  of  plum  and  peach    This  insect 
seems  to  have  a  particular  fondness  for  the 
npncot,  and  as  the  fruit  sets  verv  earlj,  the 
crop  may  be  expected  to  be  destroyed  un- 
less the  most  vigilant  means  are  employed 
The  foliage  of  the  apricot,  as  m  the  case  ot 
the    peach,   is    especially    sensitive    to   the 
arsenical    sprays   and   therefore   entomolo- 
gists have  hesitated  to  recommend 
pans  green  and  arsenate  of  lead 
for  the   control   of    the  cuiculio 
The  work  of  W  M  Scott  and  A  L 
Quamtance,  of  the  Tinted  States 
Department   ot    Agriculture,    has 
shown,  however,  that  arsenate  ot 
lead    in    combination    \\ith    selt- 
boiled  lime-sulfur  is  successful  in 
controlling  this  pest  on  the  peach 
It  is  probable   that  the  mixture 
will  be  equally  successful  in  con- 
trolling the  curculio  on  the  apricot 
They  recommend  the  use  of  two 
pounds  of  arsenate  of  lead  com- 
bined  with   fifty   gallons  of   self- 
boiled  lime-sulfur  applied  as  follows' 

I*  irst  application  — About  the  time  the  calyces,  or 

shucks,  are  shedding  from  the  young  fruit 
Second  application —Two  or  three  weeks  later,  or 

about  one  month  after  the  falling  of  the  petals 
Another  method  of  control  of  this  insect  is  by  jarring 
the  trees,  in  the  same  way  as  with  plums  and  peaches, 
but  the  work  must  be  even  more  thoroughly  done  than 
with  those  flints  The  jarring  should  begin  as  soon  as 
the  blossoms  fall,  and  continue  as  long  as  the  insects  are 
numerous  enough  to  do  serious  damage  It  will  usually 
be  necessary  to  catch  the  insects  for  three  to  six 
weeks,  two  or  three  times  a  week,  or  perhaps  even 
every  day  The  work  must  be  pei formed  early  in  the 
morning,  while  the  curculio  is  indisposed  to  flv  The 
operation  consists  in  knocking  the  insects  from  the 
tree  by  a  quick  jar  or  shake,  catching  them  on  a  white 
sheet  or  m  a  canvas  hopper  The  catcher  formerly 
used  in  western  New  York  was  a  strong  cloth  hopper 
mounted  on  a  wheelbarrow-like  frame,  and  nm  on  two 
wheels  The  hopper  converged  into  a  tin  box.  into  which 
the  curcuhos  rolled  as  they  fell  on  the  sheet  One  man 
wheeled  the  device,  by  barrow-hke  handles,  under  the 
tree,  then  dropped  the  handles  and  jarred  the  tree,  or 


281  Fruit -buds  of 
the  apneot  Borne  be- 
side the  leaf-bud,  as 
ou  the  peach,  and  also 
on  spurs 


sometimes  two  men  went  with  a  machine  me  wheeling 
it  and  the  other  jarring  the  trees  If  the  work  of  spray- 
ing, as  above  recommended,  is  done  thoroughly,  it  will 
probably  not  be  necessary  to  use  this  jarring  device  in 
addition,  and  the  device  is  now  going  out  of  use 

The  apricot  is  often  trained  on  walls,  where  the  fruit 
reaches  the  highest  perfection  Care  should  be  taken 
that  the  wall  does  not  face  the  east  or  the  .south,  or  the 
early-forced  flowers  may  be  caught  by  frost  An  over- 
hangmg-eormee  will  aid  greatly  in  protecting  from 
lrobt  C  S  WILSON  t 

The  apricot  in  California  is  one  of  the  leading  eom- 
meicial  fruits  It  was  apparently  introduced  by  the 
Mission  Fathers,  for  Vancouver  found  it  at  the  Santa 
Clara  Mission  in  1792  However,  there  is  no  relation 
between  this  early  introduction  and  the  expansion  that 
quickly  followed  the  American  occupation,  because  the 
Mission  Fathers  had  only  seedling  fruits,  while  the 
early  American  planters,  shortly  before  the  gold  dis- 
covery, introduced  the  best  French  and  English  varie- 
ties, and  were  delighted  to  find  that  these  sorts,  usu- 
ally given  some  protection  in  the  Old  \\orld,  giew  with 
surprising  thrift  of  tree  and  size  of  fruit  in  valley  sit- 
uations in  California  in  the  open  air  Upon  these  facts 
the  apricot  rose  to  wide  popularity  The  acreage  has 
steadily  increased  during  the  last  fifty  years,  and  with 
particularly  swift  rnte  during  the  last  twenty  years, 
until  the  number  of  t rees  reported  m  ISO*)  was  about 
thiee  millions,  oceupvmg  upwards  of  forty  thousand 
acres  of  land  Since  then,  however,  the  aeieagt  has  not 
mci eased,  because  the  crop  is  irregulai  on  account  of 
frost  injuries  in  some  districts  rlhe  fruit  is  sold  fresh, 
canned,  dried  arid  in  crvstalhztd  forms,  in  all  the  re- 
gions of  the  United  States,  in  England  and  on  the 
Continent,  where,  bv  reason  of  its  superior  sue  and 
iceeptable  manner  of  curing,  it  has  achieved  notable 
popularity  The  year  19().">  was  the  greatest  thus  far 
m  amount  of  dried  product  realized,  vu  ,  W,00(),(H)0 
pounds  The  year  11)11  was  greatest  in  amount  of 
canned  product,  which  reached  upwards  of  7.")X,;}2.~) 
cases,  each  containing  two  dozen  21 2-pound  cans  The 
shipment  of  fresh  apricots  out  of  California  during  the 
summer  of  1910  was  2()0  carloads 

The  chief  part  of  the  apricot  crop  of  California,  is 
grown  in  the  interior  valleys.  In  the  low  places  IP 
these  valleys,  however,  the  fruit  is  liable  to  be  injured  and 
sometimes  almost  w holly  destroyed  bv  spring  frosts, 
although  the  trees  make  excellent  growth  In  foothill 
situations  adjacent  to  these  valleys,  there  is  also  serious 
danger  of  frost  above  an  el<  vat  ion  of  about  l^OO  feet 
above  sea-level,  and  the  tree  is  rarely  planted  for  com- 
mercial purposes  In  southern  California  the  apricot 
succeeds  both  in  the  coast  and 
interior  valleys  But  along  the  ' 
coast  northward,  excepting  the 
very  important  producing  regions 
of  the  Alameda  and  Santa  Clara 
valleys,  eastward,  and  southward 
from  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco, 
the  apricot  is  but  little  grown, 
owing  to  frost  troubles  In  re- 
spect to  these,  the  apricot  is  some- 
what less  subject  to  harm  than 
the  almond,  but,  it  is  less  hardy 
than  the  peach,  and  has,  therefore, 
a  much  narrower  range  of  adapta-  shedding  the  ring, 
tion  The  average  date  of  the 
blooming  of  apneot  varieties  is  about  two  weeks  later 
than  that  of  the  almonds  The  apricot  is  adapted  to  a 
wide  range  of  soils,  because  to  the  rather  heavy,  moist 
loams  which  its  own  root  tolerates,  it  adds  the  lighter 
tastes  of  the  peach  root,  upon  which  it  is  very  largely 
propagated  However,  attempts  to  carry  the  apricot 
upon  heavier,  moister  soils  by  working  it  upon  the  plum 
root  have  not  been  very  successful,  owing  to  the  dwarf- 


282.  Young  apricots 


APRICOT 

ing  of  the  tree,  and  the  movement  toward  the  light,  dry 
loams,  by  working  upon  the  almond  root,  has  failed  be- 
cause the  attachment  is  insecure,  and  the  trees  are  very 
lutble  to  be  snapped  off  at  the  joining,  even  though  they 
may  attain  beanng  age  before  the  mishap  occurs  The 
apricot  root  i the. If  is  a  favorite  morsel  with  rodents,  and 
is  for  that  reason  not  largely  used  The  mainstay  for  the 
apricot,  then,  is  the  peach  root,  and  the  soils  which  this 
root  enjoys  in  localities  sufficiently  frost-free  are,  there- 
fore, to  a  great  extent  the  measure  of  the  apricot  area 
Apricot  trees  are  produced  by  budding  on  peach  or 
apricot  seedlings  during  their  first  .summer's  growth  in 
the  nursery  row,  from  pits  planted  when  the  ground  is 
moist  and  warm,  at  any  time  in  the  preceding  win- 
ter When  there  is  a  groat  demand  for  trees,  planting 
in  orchard  is  sometimes  done  with  dm  man  t  buds,  but 
ordinarily  the  trees  are  allowed  to  make  one  summer's 
growth  in  the  nursery  The  trees  branch  during  the  first 
year's  growth  fiom  the  bud,  and  usually  come  to  the 

(>lanter  with  a  good  choice  of  low-starting  branches, 
rom  which  to  shape  the  low-headed  tree  which  is  uni- 
versally preferred  The  method  of  securing  such  a  tree  is 
identical  with  that  already  described  for  the  almond,  but 
the  Ire.itment  of  the  tiee  after  reaching  bearing  age,  in 
its  third  year,  is  very  different  from  the  after-tieatmerit 
of  the  almond  The  apricot  is  a  rampant  grower  and 
most  profuse  bearer  Unless  kept  continually  in  check 
it  \vill  quickly  rush  out  of  leach,  and  \vill  dtstiov  its  low 
shoots  and  spurs  bv  the  dense  shade  of  its  thick,  beautful 
foliage  There  is  continually  necessary,  then,  a 
certain  degree  of  thinning  of  the  surplus  shoots 
arid  shortening  of  the  new  growth,  to  continue 
the  system  of  low  branching,  to  relieve  the  tree 
from  an  excess  of  bearing  wood,  and  to  avoid 
small  fruit  and  exhaustion  of  the  tree,  result- 
ing in  alternate1  vears  of  bearing  In  the  coast 
legions,  \vhere  the  tree  makes  moderate  wood- 
growth,  it  tan  be  kept  in  good  torm  and  bear- 
ing by  regular  winter  pruning  In 
\\armer  regions,  \vhere  tin1  tendency 
is  tt>  exuberant  wood-growth,  the  main 
pruning  is  done  m  the  summer,  im- 
mediatelv  after  the  fruit  is  gathered. 
This  has  a  Tendency  to  check  wood- 
growth  and  promote  fruit-bearing, 
and  where  the  main  cutting  is  done  in 
the  summer,  winter  pruning  is  reduced  to 
thinning  out  shoots,  to  prevent  the  tree 
from  becoming  too  dense  and  to  lessen  the 
work  of  hand-thinning  of  the  fivut  later 
on  In  addition,  however,  to  the  most 
intelligent  pruning,  much  fruit  must  be 
amoved  b>  hand  when  there  is  a  heavy 
set  of  it,  in  order  to  bring  the  fruit  to  a  size  satis- 
factoiv,  to  shippers  or  cartners,  and  to  reach  the  highest 
grades,  if  drying  is  practised  California  apricot 
orchards  arc  all  grown  with  clean  tillage,  for  the 
mam  purpose  of  moisture  conservation  In  regions  of 
good  niinfall  and  sufficiently  retentive  loams  no  unga- 
tion  is  requned,  good  tillage  will  suffice  for  the  pro- 
duction of  large  fruit  and  perfection  of  fruit-buds  for 
the  following  veai.  As  the  trees  are  becoming  older 
and  bearing  larger  crops  the  demand  for  moisture  in- 
creases, and  the  use  of  irngation  water  is  growing  In 
most  places,  however,  one  irrigation  is  sufficient,  and 
that  is  given  after  fruit-gathering,  to  carry  the  tree 
through  the  last  half  of  its  season's  work  In  the  regu- 
larly irrigated  regions  of  the  state,  water  is  periodically 
applied  through  the  growing  season,  in  such  amount 
and  at  such  intervals  as  the  local  climate  and  soils 
require 

Although  probably  all  the  good  varieties  of  the  apri- 
cot in  the  world  have  been  introduced  into  California 
in  the  last  half-century,  and  scores  of  selected  seedlings 
of  local  origin  have  been  widely  tested,  the  varieties 
that  have  survived  the  tests  and  aie  now  widely  grown 


APRICOT 


335 


are  comparatively  few  m  number  Most  of  the  rejected 
varieties  met  this  fate  because  of  shy  bearing,  and  those 
which  now  constitute  the  bulk  of  the  crop  are  verv/  regu- 
lar and  full  bearers,  under  rational  treatment  A  local 
seedling,  the  Pnngle,  was  for  many  years  ehiefH  grown 
for  the  earliest  ripening,  but  this  has  recently  been 
largely  superseded  by  another  local  seedling,  the  New- 
castle, which  is  of  superior  si/e  and  about  as  early. 
The  European  varieties,  Large  Lurlv  and  Early  Golden, 
are  fine  in  a  tew  localities  where 
they  bear  well,  and  do  bettei  in 
southem  California  than  elsewhere 
The  universal  favorite  is  the  Roval, 
probably  t  hree-fourths  of  all  the 
trees  in  the  state 
are  of  this  variety, 
though  recently  the 
area  of  the  Blen- 
heim has  been  in- 
creasing largely. 
The  Hems  kirk 
stands  next  to  the 
Blenheim  in  popu- 


larity The  Peach  is  largely  grown  in  the  Saeia- 
mento  Valley  The  best  apricot  grown  in  California  is 
the  Mooipark,  in  size  and  lusciousness,  when  well 
ripened,  it  heads  the  list  It  is,  however,  rather  shy  in 
bearing,  and  is  foisaken  for  this  fault  m  most  regions 
It  shows  the  best  behavior  in  the  Santa  Clara  Valley, 
and  is  there  retained,  m  spite  of  frequent  lapses,  because 
of  the  high  prices  which  it  commands  at  the  canneries 
About  a  dozen  other  varieties  are  earned  in  small  num- 
ber b\  the  nurser>  men  to  meet  limited  local  demands 

Apricots  for  canning  and  drying  are  graded  according 
to  sue  Extra,  not  less  than  2*4  inches  m  diameter; 
No  1,  2  inches,  No  2,  1  M  inches;  No.  3,  1  inch  The 
first  three  grades  must  be  sound,  clean  and  free  from 
blemish,  and  No  3  must  be  ot  good  merchantable  qual- 
ity The  shippers  and  canners  require  well-colored  but 
only  hrm-ripe  fruit,  because  both  the  long  rail  trans- 
portation and  the  canning  process  require  it,  soft-ripe 
fruit  will  neither  can  nor  carry  For  drying,  riper  fruit 
is  used,  and  yet  over-ripeness  has  to  be  guarded  against 
to  av  oid  too  dark  color  For  canning,  the  fruit  must  be 
carefully  hand-picked;  for  drying,  much  is  shaken 
from  the  trees  The  drying  process  consists  in  cutting 


336 


APRICOT 


AQUARIUM 


the  fruit  in  halves  longitudinally,  dropping  out  the  pita 
and  placing  the  halves,  cavity  uppermost,  upon  light 
wooden  trays  Breaking  or  tearing  the  fruit  open  will 
not  do,  it  must  show  clean-cut  txlges  When  the  trays 
are  covered  they  are  placed  in  a  tight  compartment, 
usually  called  a  "sulfur  box,"  though  it  ma\  be  of  con- 
siderable size,  and  the  fiuit  is  exposed  to  the  fumes  of 
slowly  burning  sulfur,  to  ensure  its  di>mg  to  the  light 
golden  color  which  is  most  acceptable  to  the  trade 
Ihe  production  of  the  right  color  is  the  end  in  view,  and 
different  dryers  regulate  the  amount  of  sulfur  and  the 
length  of  exposure  according  to  the  condition  of  their 
fruit  and  their  judgment  of  what  it  needs  The  exposure 
varies  from  half  an  hour  to  two  or  three  hours,  accord- 
ing to  eiicumstances  After  sulfurmg,  the  trays  are 
taken  to  open  ground,  and  the  fruit  is  cured  in  the  sun 
Only  a  very  small  fraction  of  the  California  product  of 
evaporated  apricots  is  cured  in  an  evaporator.  It 
requires  about  six  pounds  of  fresh  apricots  to  make  one 
pound  of  cured  fruit. 


284    Good  apricot  fruits,  one-half  natural  size. 

A  model  ate  estimate  of  the  jicld  of  apricots  might  be 
placed  at  seven  and  one-half  tons  to  the  acre,  extreme 
yields  are  far  away  from  this  both  ways 

The  apricot  is,  as  a  rule,  a  \ery  healthy  tree  in  Cali- 
fornia It  is,  however,  subject  to  injury  by  scale  insects 
of  the  lecanmm  group  in  some  parts  of  the  state.  Dur- 
ing lecerit  years  there  has  been  increasing  injury  by  a 
shot-hole  fungus,  which  perforates  the  leaves  and  makes 
ugly  pustules  upon  the  fruit  Such  fiuit  is  unfit  for 
Banning  except  the  fruit  be  peeled,  vluch  is  little  done 
as  yet  It  also  makes  low-grade  dned  product  This 
fungus  can  be  repressed  by  fungicides  of  the  copper 
c^abs  EDWARD  J.  WICKSON. 

AQUARIUM.  The  aquarium  as  here  understood  is 
a  glass  tank  for  live  fish,  plants,  and  the  like,  for  the 
dwelling-house  or  other  suitable  place 

The  aquarium  should  be  m  a  place  where  it  may 
receive  light,  but  direct  sunlight  is  not  necessary,  and 
to  keep  an  aquarium  in  a  healthy  condition,  living 
plants  in  the  water  aie  absolutely  necessary  and 
plants  will  not  thrive  in  dark  rooms,  neither  will  fish 
retain  their  bright  colonng  The  square  or  rectangular 
aquarium  with  open  top  affords  a  large  breathing- 
space  or  air  for  the  fish — which  is  another  requisite, 
and  the  fish  will  be  healthier  and  live  longer  than  in  a 
glass  globe  with  small  neck  and  orifice  Another  and 
very  important  factor  in  the  aquarium  is  sand  and 
small  pebbles  These  should  be  washed  clean  of  all  soil 
before  placing  in  the  aquarium  About  2  inches  over 
the  bottom  is  sufficient  The  plants  should  be  planted 
before  filling  the  aquarium  with  water  Figs  285-287 
show  useful  window  aquaria 


285    A  museum-jar  aquarium. 


An  aquarium,  to  be  in  a  healthy  condition,  should 
contain  living  plants — oxygenators — which  are  as 
necessary  as  food,  as  fish  must  have  good  air.  The 
aquarium  must  be  kept  clean  The*  sediment  should 
be  removed  from  the  bottom  with  a  dip  tube  twice  a 
week,  and  the  inner  side  of  the  glass  cleaned  with  a 
wiper  once  a  week  Encourage  the  growth  oi  the  plants 
at  all  seasons;  admit 
plenty  of  light,  but  no 
direct  sunshine  There 
should  also  be  a  few  tad- 
poles and  snails  in  the 
aquarium  These  are 
very  essential,  as  they 
are  scavengers,  and  de- 
vour the  confervoid 
growth  that  frequently 
accumulates  on  the 
plants  In  fall,  give  a 
thorough  cleaning  and 
rearrangement  of  the 
aquarium,  so  that  all  are 
m  the  best  condition  pos- 
sible before  winter  sets 
m  In  March  it  should 
be  carefully  looked  ov  er, 
and  undesuable  plants  removed  oi  transplanted 
Additions  may  be  made  or  any  change  it  necessary. 

Folkming  are  some  of  the  best  plants  to  place  in  the 
aquaiium,  all  of  which  can  be  easily  and  cheaply  pro- 
cured from  dealeis  vyho  make  a  specialty  of  aquatics 
Cabomba  c<nohni<in<i  (commonly  called  \\ashmgtori- 
grass  or  fish-grass)  is  one  of  the  ver>  best  oxvgenator? 
and  a  most  desirable  plant  foi  the  aejuatmm  and  can 
usually  be  had  in  quantity  at  any  season,  e>x<ept  late  in 
winter  It  is  usually  sold  in  bunches  but  after  winter 
sets  m,  bunches  of  cabomba  will  not  remain  long  in  a 
healthy  condition  in  the  aquaiium  without  care  and 
attention  Plants  to  be  of  benefit  in  the  aquaiium  must 
be  living,  and  befoie  these  bunches  of  grass  can  emit 
roots  and  be  self-sustaining,  the1  fish  too  often  nibble 
and  distuib  them  to  such  a  degree  that,  instead  of  being 
serviceable  to  the  aquarium,  they  are  a  positive  injury.. 
Elodfa,  or  Anadians  (water  pest)  there  aie  two  forms 
of  this  useful  plant  E  canjidcribib  is  a  v  ei  y  rapid  grower 
and  may  be  femnel  in  ponds  in  dense  masses  \V  hen  once 
established,  it  is  a  pest  anel  hard  to  eradicate,  but 
being  e>f  stem  groyvth,  it  is  not  so  re>aelil}  giown  m  the 
aquaiium  The  giant  form  us  a  veiy  desirable  and 
valuable  plant  and  can  be  used  to  goe)d  advantage, 
making  a  very  interesting  as  well  as  a  valuable  plant 
in  the  aquarium  Mijnophijllnni  ^picatum  somewhat 
resembles  the  cabomba,  but  is  of  a  elarker  color  and 
stronger  m  growth  anei  texture  It  is  a  hardy  plant 
and  will  withstand  the  winters  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Philadelphia  When 
cabomba  is  unattain- 
able, this  may  be  had 
mgoe>elconehtie)ri  It  is 
also  an  excellent  plant 
to  use  for  fish  spawn 
during  the  breeding 
season  This  must  not 
be  confused  with  the 
Mynophyllurn  prosvr- 
pinacoidev,  commonly 
called  parrot's  feather, 
as  the  latter  is  useless 
as  an  aquarium  plant 
Sagittaritt  natans  is  a 


286.  A  rectangular  glass  aquarium 


very  pretty  strap-leaf  variety  of  sagittaria  and  useful 
for  a  small  aquarium  But  »S'  Mnentin,  the  giant  form, 
is  the  best  of  all  sagittarias  for  the  aquarium,  and 
is  indispensable  When  planted  in  the  aquarium  and 
allowed  to  get  well  rooted  before1  the  fish  are  intro- 
duced, it  can  be  relied  upon  to  maintain  the  aquarium 


287    Pern 


anent  aquarium  made  of 
rood  and  glass 


AQUARIUM 

in  a  healthy  condition  for  several  months      Vallisnerw 
spirals  (eel-giass,  tape-grass,  wild  celery)  is  a  native 
plant  inhabiting  streams  and  rivers,  and  often  used  m 
the  aquaiium      Its  long,  narrow,  strap-like  blades  or 
leaves  are  moie  flexible  than  the  sagrttana  and  the  tips 
float  on  the  surface  of  the  water     They  are  light  green 
in  color  and  of  .softer  texture     It,  is  a  difficult  plant  to 
cairy  o\er  winter,  its  natural  propensity  being  to  die 
down  in  \v  infer,  just  the  season  v  hen  it  is  wanted  in 
evidence  in  the  aquarium.   Ludviqvi  Mulerttn  is  one  of 
the  moht  conRj)icuous, 
ornamental  and  useful 
plants   for   the    aqua- 
rium and  is  always  in 
great    demand       It    is 
much     larger     and     a 
stronger    grower   than 
L    palut>tnn   of   the 
middle    and    northern 
states     It  is  a  native 
of  the  southern  states, 
whence  (  oine  our  sup- 
plies in  winter  in  small 
quantities  and   for    high   prices,  the   plants  veiy  un- 
hatislactoiy  at  best     The  difficulty   is  that  plants,  or 
rather  spiavs,  plucked  from  growing  plants  and  shipped 
North,  icceue  a  violent  check  in  the  change  of  temper- 
ature and  the  (  loscly  confined  condition  of  the  packing- 
case     The  result  often  is  that  the  plants  or  sprays  lose 
a  gieat  part  of  their  foliage,  and  when  afterward  sub- 
je(  ted   to   cold    running   water   are   completely  ruined 
The  onh  site  \va\  is  to  secuie  stock  during  the  summer 
01  earh   fall,  getting  plints  established  in  pots  betoie 
preparing  the  aquarium  for  winter     In  this  condition, 
the  plants  will  hold  then  own  and  wintei  o\er,  but  to 
attempt  to  grow  southern  stock  in  winter  in  our  north- 
ern st  vtes  is  futile     rl  here  are  a  few  other  submerged 
plants  that   might   be  used,  but  the  above-mentioned 
are  the  lv>  st  ami  the  best  oxvgcnators  for  large  or  small 
aquaimnis     Moating  plants  should  be  used  spanngly 
in  the  aquaimm,  an  open,  clean  surface  being  most 
desirable  and  e\  en  ne<  ess  iry    for  an      \Ioreo\er,  the 
majoiitv  of  the  floating  pi  mts  are  suitable  onh  for  sum- 
mer culture      Another  reason  why  surface  or  floating 
plants  do  not   succeed    in   a  house 
aquaiium     is    that      the    water 
deficient   of   pi  tnt-food 
Midi  plants     Plants  that   die  in  an 
aquarium  would,  it  transfnied  to  a 
tub    containing   a    qu:mtit\   of  soil, 
as  well   as  water,  make    rapid   and 
healthv  glow  th      Linmmlum^  Hnni- 
bolilln  (water  poppy  )  is  a  plant  often 
used  in  the  aquaiuun     It   is  neces- 
sary to  plant    this   in   the  sand  m 
the  same  manner  tis  other  aquatie 
plants,  although  the  lea\  es  ate  float- 
ing, similar  to  the  leaves  of  a  pond- 
hh        Kichhornui     (wssi/ws      nxijoi 
(water  hyacinth)  is  a  ver\  desirable 
plant  for  catching  the  fish  spawn, 
but  under  ordinary  conditions  lasts 
but   a   few  days    in  the   aquarium 
Miniature  plants  of  these  aie  veiy 
pretty,  and   fish   aie   very  fond  of 
nibbling  at    the  roots  to  the  detri- 
ment  of   the  plants     These,    with 
many  other  plants,  are  best  adapted 
for  the  summer  aquaria  where  they 
can    enjoy   the   benefit  of  sunlight 
and  open  air 

Numerous  fiee-floatmg  plants  are 
adapted  to  the  aquarium,  but  too 
many  must  not  be  in  evidence,  or  the 
fish  may  become  suffocated  The 
azollas  are  very  pretty,  and  the  fish 

22 


AQUARIUM 


337 


will  occasionally  eat,  the  plants  The  salvmia  is  another 
small  plant  often  seen  in  the  aquarium,  but  under  favor- 
able conditions  it  grows  very  rapidly,  and  forms  a  com- 
plete mat,  which  must  be  avoided  The  European  and 
American  frog's-bits  (lAmuobium  Spongia,  Hydroihan? 
Morttus-junj.')  are  very  attractive  plants,  their  long, 
silky  roots  reaching  down  m  the  water 

In  summer  the  plants  and  fish  should  be  placed  out- 
of-doors  in  a  fountain  basin,  pool,  or  a  tub  sunken  in 
the  ground  in  a  partially  shaded  place,  and  a  fresh 
aquarium  should  be  stocked  in  the  fall 

Aquariums  are  rapidly  increasing  in  popularity  for 
home  use,  and  are  of  great  service  in  nature-study. 
A  permanent  aquaiium  need  not  be  an  expensive 
affair  The  rectangular  ones  are  best  if  large  fishes  are 
to  be  kept,  but  they  are  not  essential  A  simple  home- 
made aquarium  of  glass  and  wood  (Tig  287)  is  de- 
scribed in  Jackman's  "Nature  Study,"  as  follows  (the 
dimensions  being  slightly  altered)  "Usoan  inch  board 
1 1  }/i  inches  wide  and  12  inches  long  for  the  bottom, 
and  two  boards  of  the  same  thickness  and  length,  10% 
inches  high,  for  the  ends  Three-eighths  of  an  inch 
from  the  c  dge  on  either  sale,  with  a  saw,  make  a  groove 
'{inch  deep  arid  wide  enough  to  receive  loosely  double- 
strcngth  glass  Groove  the  end  boards  and  fasten  them 
to  the  bottom  with  so<ws,  so  that  the  groove's  will 
exactly  match  Partially  till  the  grooves  with  soft 
putty,  or,  better,  aquarium  cement,  and  press  into  each 
side  a  pane  of  glass  Bv  making  the  bottom  board  11  % 
inches  long,  an  ordinary  10  x  12  window  pane  will  be 
the  proper  "i/e  When  the  gla  »  is  pressed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  grooye,  draw  the  two  ends  \\\  at  the  top  until 
the  glass  is  held  hrmlv  and  then  fasten  them  in  place 
by  narrow  strips  of  wood,  one  on  each  side  of  the  tank, 
placed  on  top  of  the  glass  and  screwed  to  the  end  pieces 
These  stnps  also  protect  the  hands  from  injury  while 
working  with  the  specimens  m  the  aquarium  Before 
filling  with  water,  the  inner  surface  of  the  bottom  and 
ends  should  be  well  rubbed  w  rth  oil  or  paraffin  and  the 
grooves  inside  the  glass  well  packed  with  putty  "  After 
the  box  is  made  rt  would  be  well  to  let  it  stand  rn  water 
for  a  dav  or  two  The  wooden  sides  \vill  swell  and 
tighten  the  joints,  and  leakage  will  be  less  probable. 
\\  ILLIAM  THICKER.  • 


e    water    is  *    r- 
suitable  for  K  "  ~ 


42T 

f-T 

1 

l-L, 

/CW/V£ 

~y» 

\ 
\ 
t 


SZCT/ON  ON  L/N£  A-B 


288    Working  drawings  for  making  box  shown  m  Fig  287 


338 


AQUATICS 


AQUATICS 


AQUATICS.  A  term  applied  to  plants  suited  to  cul- 
tivation only  in  water,  particularly  to  those  grown  in 
ponds  and  tanks. 

North  America  is  the  most  highly  favored  country 
m  the  world  for  the  cultivation  of  aquatic  plants.  Col- 
lections can  easily  be  made  to  furnish  a  display  of  flow- 
ers from  April  to  October  m  the  open  without  artificial 
heat.  There  are  numerous  aquatic  plants  other  than 
nympheas,  nelumbiums  and  victorias.  Some  very  de- 
sirable plants  are  Acorns  japomca  vanegata  (varie- 
gated sweet  flag),  Aponogeton  distachyiis  (Cape  pond- 


289.  Lawn  pond  of  aquatics,  with  mason-work  margin. 

weed,  or  water  hawthorn),  Caltha  palustns  and  C  palns- 
tns  fl  pi.  (marsh  mangolds),  Cypcrus  Papyrus  (Egyp- 
tian paper  plant),  hmnanthemums  in  variety.  Some 
of  the  bog  or  marsh  plants  may  be  used  in  margins,  as 
many  varieties  of  sagittana,  not  omitting  the  common 
cat-tail,  Typha  lati folia,  the  hibiscus  of  mammoth  pro- 
portion, and  the  beautiful  new  hybrids  with  gorgeous 
flowers  of  all  shades  from  pink  to  scarlet  and  crimson 
See  Bog-gardening  B'igs.  289  and  290  show  formal 
and  informal  lawn  ponds. 

8oil  — All  aquatics  require  a  rich  soil,  and  this  with- 
out limit,  a  depth  of  water  from  1  to  3  feet,  and  ample 
space  to  spread  their  succulent  leaves.  In  a  natural 
pond,  in  which  there  is  an  accumulation  of  humus  over- 
laying a  ulayey  subsoil,  nothing  more  is  wanted,  but 
on  a  sandy  or  gravelly  bottom  it  is  necessary  to  place 
a  layer  of  rich  earth  12  to  18  inches  deep  In  artificial 
ponds,  built  of  masonry  (Fig  289),  a  layer  of  rich  soil  is 
necessary  if  the  things  are  to  be  planted  out,  as  is  best 
for  nelumbuims.  The  soil  best  suited  for  aquatics  is 
a  turfy  loam,  inclining  to  heavy,  and  thoroughly  rotted 
cow-manure,  two  parts  of  the  former  to  one  of  the  latter, 
and,  when  possible,  it  should  be  composted  some  time 
before  using,  and  turned  over  two  or  three  times 
to  thoroughly  incoiporate  the  manure  When  cow- 
manure  can  not  be  obtained,  other  thoroughly  rotted 
manure  may  be  used  The  next  best  fertilizer  is  pulver- 
ized sheep-manure,  but  this,  being  less  bulky  and 
stronger  in  proportion,  should  not  be  used  so  freely  as 
other  manures;  one  part  sheep-manure  to  nine  of  soil 
is  sufficient.  Chemical  manures,  ground  bone,  horn 
shavings,  and  the  like  should  not  be  used  unless  in 
extreme  cases,  and  then  very  cautiously.  Tankage  may 
be  used  to  good  advantage  It  contains  dried  blood, 
and  ground  bone  It  is  very  desirable  for  permanent 
beds  or  soils  that  may  continue  two  or  more  seasons 
without  renewing.  The  bone  is  not  readily  dissolved 
and  has  a  lasting  quality.  Blood,  being  soluble,  has 
immediate  effect  and  is  a  valuable  fertilizer,  if  used 
sparingly 

Depth  of  water. — In  natural  ponds,  water-lilies  are 
found  growing  in  water  from  a  few  inches  to  4  and  6 
feet  deep,  but  in  artificial  ponds  a  depth  of  12  to  18 
inches  will  be  found  sufficient  for  most  nympheas,  and 


18  to  24  inches  is  a  good  depth  for  victoru- 
i  artificial  pond,  a  depth  of  2  to 


•rias  In  con- 
structing an  artificial  pond,  a  depth  of  2  to  2J^  feet  is 
ample.  Water  to  the  depth  of  12  inches  above  the 
crowns  of  the  plants  is  sufficient,  and  a  box  containing 
the  soil  may  be  12  inches  deep  Thus  a  pond  2  feet  in 
depth  is  deep  enough,  and  will  allow  a  man,  with  hip 


boots  on,  to  walk  between  the  plants  with  ease.  For  £ 
small  pond,  less  than  12  feet  over,  a  plank  laid  acrosa 
will  suffice  for  all  operations. 

Protection  — Where  severe  frosts  are  prevalent  in 
winter,  and  ice  12  to  18  inches  in  thickness  is  found, 
there  will  be  danger  of  the  roots  freezing.  In  such  cases, 
an  additional  depth  of  6  inches  will  be  a  great  advantage, 
and  a  protection  of  bracken,  salt  hay,  green  manure, 
leaves,  or  any  other  non-conducting  materials  should  be 
used  to  protect  the  masonry,  m  severe  weather,  against 
expansion  and  breakage.  To  protect  tubs,  small  pools 
or  ponds,  cover  with  boards  and  pile  on  dry  leaves  to 
the  depth  of  8  or  12  inches,  then  salt  hay  or  fresh  stable- 
manure  to  keep  the  leaves  from  blowing  away  This  is 
one  of  the  best  means  of  protection  against  freezing. 
The  general  use  ot  concrete  work  instead  of  brick  and 
stone  is  to  be  commended.  Reinforcement  makes  the 
walls  frost-proof  and  water-proof 

Planting — All  hardy  nympheas  maybe  planted  any 
time  between  the  1st  of  April  and  the  1st  01  September. 
Thoi?<3  planted  early,  other  things  being  equal,  will  give 
good  results  the  same  season,  while  those  planted  late 
will  get  well  established  before  winter,  and  will  be  in 
excellent  condition  to  start  at  nature's  summons  early 
the  following  spring  The  hardy  nympheas  differ  con- 
siderably as  to  rootstocks.  Those  of  the  native  species 
are  long  and  of  a  spongy,  soft  texture,  and  rambling 
in  growth,  while  the  European  species  have  a  much 
larger  and  very  firm  rootstock,  and  grow  more  compact. 
In  planting,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  press  the  root- 
stock  firmly  into  the  soil,  and  it  there  is  any  danger  of 
the  root  rising  to  the  surface,  place  a  brick  or  any  weight 
upon  it,  to  keep  it  in  position  until  anchored  by  its  own 
roots  Tender  nympheas  should  not  be  planted  until 
the  latter  end  of  May  or  beginning  of  June,  according  to 
location  They  should  not  be  planted  out  before  coleus, 
alternanthera,  and  other  tender  bedding  plants  They 
require  to  be  started  indoors,  and  will  be  grown  in  pots, 
which  are  much  handier  to  plant  than  roots  of  the 
hardy  varieties,  and  can  be  planted  under  the  water 
with  ease  and  facility  Nelumbiums  should  not  be 
planted  until  about  the  1st  of  May.  Southward  the 
sea.son  is  earlier.  The  existing  conditions  should  be 
such  that  tubers  shall  start  at  once  into  active  growth. 


290   A  lawn  pond. 


AQUATICS 

They  should  be  already  "started"  before  setting  out. 
The  tubers  should  be  laid  horizontally  in  a  slightly 
excavated  trench  and  covered  with  2  or  3  inches  of  sou, 
using  a  weight,  if  necessary,  to  keep  the  tubers  m  posi- 
tion Plants  established  in  pots  or  pans  are  very  con- 
venient for  planting,  and  may  be  purchased  when  tubers 
can  no  longer  be  procured,  and  can  be  planted  a  month 
later  in  the  season  with  good  results. 

The  Victoria  rtqia  has  always  been  an  aristocrat 
among  water-lilies,  arid  few  cultivators  could  indulge  m 
such  a  horticultural  luxury  To  grow  it  satisfactorily, 
a  large  surface  space  with  a  greater  depth  of  water  is 
necessary  than  for  other  aquatics,  and  a  higher  tempera- 
ture is  needed  at  the  early  stages.  It  can  be  cultivated 
in  the  open  air,  but  artificial  heat  must  usually  bo  ap- 
plied and  protection  afforded,  so  as  to  maintain  a  tem- 
perature of  85°  F  In  1898  the  introducer  of  V  7'nrAm 
biought  the  Victoria  within  easy  reach  and  culture  of 
all  lovers  of  aquatic  plants.  V  Tnckcn  is  entirely  dis- 
tinct from  other  known  varieties  and  can  be  grown  in 
the  open  alongside  of  Nipnphitu  zmizibarieiM*  and  N. 
dtvonicnsib,  and  under  precisely  the  same  conditions?. 
When  planted  out  about  the  middle  of  June,  the  plants 
grow  rapidly,  and  mil  develop  their  gigantic  leafage 
and  magnificent  flowers  in  August,  and  continue  to  do 
.so  until  destro>ed  by  frost  V.  Tnckeri  is  none  other 
than  V  Cruziana,  which  was  never  introduced  into  cul- 
tivation until  1898  All  that  existed  outside  of  its  na- 
tive haunts,  on  the  Parana  River,  South  America,  was 
an  herbarium  specimen  of  part  of  a  leaf.  It  is  now 
generally  and  extensively  grown  throughout  the  United 
States  and  in  Kurope  where  aquatics  are  cultivated 

Encmub — Aquatics,  like  other  plants,  ha\e  their 
enemies  in  the  way  of  insect  pests,  although  in  a  less 
degree  than  most  plants  Aphides  are  sometimes 
troublesome,  01  .it  least  very  unsightly  These,  however, 
have  their  enemies,  especially  the  cc  .cmella  (ladj-bird), 
insectivorous  birds,  and  so  on  When  these  do  not 
keep  them  down,  a  weak  application  of  kerosene  emul- 
sion will  make  a  cle.uance  Another  method  of  getting 
rid  of  these  pests,  especially  in  a  small  artificial  pond, 
where  an  overflow  is  (01  should  be)  piovided,  is  to  take 
the  hose  with  a  sprav,  using  a  little  force,  and  drive  the 
insects  off  the  plants,  and,  as  they  readih  float  on  the 
water,  the  action  \\ith  the  hose  will  drive  them  out  at 
the  overflow  pipe  Recently  an  insect  pest  that  has  its 
home  m  Florida  has  migrated  northward,  causing  some 
annoyance  The  laiva  of  the  moth  Ilydrorampa  pro- 
•prinlis  eats  the  leaf,  and  also  cuts  out  pieces  of  the  same, 
which  it  uses  for  protection,  therein1  great  h  disfiguring 
the  plant,  and  at  the  same  time  making  it  difficult  to 
get  at  the  enemy.  The  best  remedy  tor  (his  and  the 
nelumbmm  moth,  which  is  very  much  like  it,  is  a  lamp 
trap  Any  ordinary  lamp  placed  neai  the  plants  at 
night,  and  standing  in  a  shallow  vessel  containing  kero- 
sene, will  attract  the  insects,  which,  on  striking  the 
lamp,  fall  into  the  kerosene  and  are  no  further  trouble. 
For  other  insects,  such  as  leaf-miners  and  those  which 
eat  the  leaves  of  plants,  the  best  remedy  is  arsenate  of 
lead.  Muskrats  are  more  or  less  troublesome,  (\spceially 
where  nelumbiums  are  grown.  They  will  eat  the  tubers 
in  winter  and  early  spring,  and  will  make  sad  havoc 
with  banks.  They  w  ill  also  eat  the  roots  of  some  nym- 
pheas  The  best  remedy  for  these  is  the  steel  trap  A 
sporadic  disease  has  also  made  its  appearance.  The 
leaves  are  affected  with  spots,  which,  under  a  damp, 
warm  atmosphere,  spread  rapidly  Such  climatic  con- 
ditions, followed  by  bright  sunshine,  cause  the  affected 
leaves  to  shrivel  up.  This  greatly  weakens  and  checks 
the  plants  This  disease  yields  readily  to  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  bordeaux  mixture  The  same  remedy  is  also 
very  valuable  in  ridding  the  pond  of  all  confervoid 
growth 

Tub  culture  should  be  resorted  to  only  from  lack  of 
space,  or  when  no  other  method  can  be  adopted  (Fig. 
291).  For  this  system  of  culture,  nympheas  should  be 


AQUILEGIA 


339 


chosen  that  are  moderate  growers,  jet  free-flowenng, 
and  other  miscellaneous  aquatic  plants  The  tubs 
should  hold  from  4  to  12  cubic  feet  of  soil  for  nympheas, 
according  to  the  variety,  some  being  moderate  growers, 
others  vigorous  and  robust  The  tubs  may  remain 
above  ground  or  sunken  If  sunken  during  the  warm 
weather,  the  roots  are  kept  cooler,  and  this  is  desirable, 
especially  if  hardy  kinds  are  grown.  A  great  impiove- 
ment  over  tubs  is  a  concrete  pool  4  or  5  feet  in  diameter 
made  in  the  shape  of  a  t  ub,  and  2  feet  deep  A  circular 
form  4  or  more  feet  in  diameter  should  be  made  and  the 
ground  then  excavated  8  inches  larger  than  the  form 
This  will  allow  a  wall  of  concrete  4  inches  thick.  Wire 
netting  should  be  used  for  reenforcmg,  arranged  so  ai 
to  be  in  the  middle  of  the  wall.  Use  a  mixture  of  sand, 


291    Tub  of  water-lilies. 


gravel  or  cinders  in  the  following  proportion  two  bags  of 
Portland  cement,  three  wheelbarrows  of  sand,  five  wheel- 
barrows of  gravel  or  finely  bioken  stone  or  cinders  and 
hmoide  equal  to  one-fourth  of  cement  This  must  be 
thoroughly  mixed  before  using  After  the  second  day, 
remove  the  form  and  liv  the  bottom  with  the  same 
mateiial  i  to  6  inches  thick  This  \\ill  make  a  strong, 
durable,  water-tight  pool  and  at  a  very  moderate  cost 

WILLIAM  TuirKtu 

[The  standard  book  on  the  American  culture  of  aquat- 
ics is  "The  Water  Garden,"  by  V\m  Tncker,  N.  Y  , 
1807,  pp  120,  to  which  the  reader  is  referred  for  exten- 
sive cultural  directions  and  for  lists  of  aquatic  plants 
For  botanical  descriptions  of  the  various  kinds  of 
aquatics,  with  brief,  special  cultural  directions,  the 
reader  may  consult  the  articles  m  this  Cyclopedia, 
under  the  various  genera,  as  Nclumbium,  Nymphxa, 
and  Victoria—  L.  H  B  ] 

AQUILEGIA  (from  aqwkgus,  water-drawer,  not  from 
aquila,  eagle).  Ranunculficije  COLUMBINE  Hardy  per- 
ennial herbs  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  grown  for 
their  profusion  of  showy  flowers  in  early  summer,  and 
the  delicate  foliage  later  on  in  the  year.  See  page  356,") 

Mostly  with  paniculate  branches,  terminated  by 
showy  fls  ,  and  1-3  ternately-compound  Ivs  ,  commonly 
glaucous  the  Ifts  roundish  and  obtusely  lobed.  fls 
large,  showy,  usually  in  spring  or  early  summer,  sepals 
."),  regular,  petaloid,  petals  concave,  produced  backward 
between  the  sepals,  forming  a  hollow  spur,  stamens 
numerous1  fr  of  about  5  many-seeded  follicles — • 
About  30  distinct  species.  J.  G  Baker,  A  Synopsis  of 
the  Aquilegia,  m  G  C  II  10:19,  70,  111,  203  (1878) 

The  columbines  are  among  the  most  beautiful  and 
popular  of  all  hardv  plants.  The  tall  and  strong-growing 


340 


AQUILEGIA 


species  can  be  used  to  advantage  in  half -shady  positions 
The  attractive  forms  and  rich  variations  in  hue  of 
aquilegias  come  out  well  when  associated  with  hemero- 
callis,  Siberian  irises,  thahctrums,  polygonatums, 
Spiraea  Filipenduki  and  wild  ferns  In  the  North,  a 
similar  effect  is  produced  by  grouping  columbines 
together  with  white  and  blue  Lupinut>  polyphyllus, 
Campanula  pemcifolia,  /n.s  gcrmanica  and  /  pallida  var 
dalniatica,  Iceland  poppies  and  trollius.  For  rockeries, 
the  low-growing  early  alpine  species,  such  as  A  nlpina,  A . 
Stuarln  and  A  jlubellata  are  well  adapted  Throughout 
the  middle  and  northern  states,  columbines  need  winter 
protection,  dry  leaves  being  preferable  for  covering 

Seeds  sown  in  pans,  in  coldframes  in  March,  or  open 
air  in  April,  occasionally  bloom  the  first  season,  out 
generally  the  second     The  different  species  should 
be  some  distance  apart,  if  possible,  n  pure  seed  is 
desired,    as    the   most   diverse   species   hybridize 
directly     They  may  be  propagated  by  division  of 
the  roots  in  late  fall,  winter  or  early  spring,  but 
the  better  way  is  by  seeds.   Absolutely  pure  seed 
is  hard  to  obtain  except  from  the  plants  in  the 
wild  state,  and  some  of  the  mixed  forms  are  quite 
inferior  to  the  true  species  from  which  the>  have 
come     A   cjtrulea,  A.  glnmlulosa,  and  A   vulgaris 
are  likely  to  flower  only  two  or  three  years,  and  should 
be  treated  as  biennials;  but  A    vidgans  may  be  kept 
active  for  a  longer  period  by  transplanting 

A  light  sandy  soil,  moist,  with  good  drainage,  shel- 
tered, but  exposed  to  sun,  is  what  aquilegias  prefer  Some 
of  the  stronger  species,  when  of  nearly  full  flowering  size, 
may  be  transplanted  into  heavier  garden  soil,  even 
heavy  clay,  and  made  to  succeed;  but  tor  the  rearing  of 
young  seedlings,  a  light,  sandy  loam  is  essential  The 
seed  of  most  columbines  is  rather  blow  in  germinating, 
and  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  soil  moist  on  top  of  the 
ground  until  the  young  plants  are  up  A  eoldframe, 
with  medium  heavy  cotton  coveung,  is  a  good  place  to 
grow  the  plants  The  cotton  retains  sufficient  moisture 
to  keep  the  soil  moist  on  top,  and  still  admits  sufficient 
circulation  of  air  to  prevent  dampmg-off  of  the  young 
seedlings  When  large  enough,  the  seedlings  may  be 
pricked  out  into  another  frame  for  a  time,  or,  by  shad- 
ing for  a  few  days  until  they  get  a  start,  they  may  be 
set  into  the  permanent  border,  or  wherever  they  are  to 
bo  placed.  (F.  H.  Hereford.) 


INDEX. 

alba,  9,  15,  16 

flore-alba,  7. 

nana,  5,  13. 

alba-plena,  13. 

flore-plerio,  9,  10,  11, 

nana-alba,  7,  11. 

alpma,  16 

12,  15 

mvoa,  9 

atrata,  9 

fohis-aitreis,  9 

Olympic  ,1,  9 

atropurpurea,  4,  6. 
airomolacea,  9. 

Garnieriava,  10 

oxysepala,  2 
rubra-pleno,  11. 

a  urea,  13 

glandulosa,  17 

sibmca,  10 

bicolor,  10. 

arandijtora,  13 

Skmnen,  12,  13. 

blanda,  9 

Helenae,  15 

ipenntHi,  10 

Buergenana,  6 

hybrida,  9.  11,  15. 

spcctabihs,  10 

crorulea,  5,  15 

Jff-schkanu,  13 

fstdlala,  9 

cahformca,  11 

Jonesn,  1 

Stimrta,  18 

canadensis,  5,  11,  13 

mcurida,  17 

euperba,  11,  16. 

caryophylloides,  19 

lactiflora,  .4 

truncata,  11 

chrysantha,  13, 
flabcllata.  7 

loptoceras,  8,  13,  15 
longissima,  14 

Vrrvameana,  9. 
vindifiora,  4 

flavesceiw,  5,  13 

lutea,  15 

vulgan-i,  9 

flaviflora,  5 

Wittmanmana,  9 

A.  Sepals  not  more  than  }^  or  %m  long:  expanded  fls. 

1  or  ll/i  in   duim. 

B.  Limb  of  petal  shorter  than  the  sepal. 
1.  Jdnesii,  Parry.  Truest  very  short  or  almost  want- 
ing, soft-pubescent:  tufted  root-lvs  1-2  m  high  from 
the  stout,  ascending  branches  of  the  root  stock,  biternately 
divided;  partial-petioles  very  short  or  none,  Ifts  very 
crowded'  fls  blue,  sepals  oblong-obtuse,  equaling  the 
spurs,  and  twice  the  length  of  the  petal-limbs  and 
head  of  stamens  follicles  glabrous,  large,  nearly  1 
m.  long;  styles  half  as  long,  peduncles  lengthenme;  t^ 
about  3  in.  in  fr  July  Wyoming  and  Montana  6  F 
9:365. 


AQUILEGIA 

2  oxys&pala,  Traut   &  Mey    Plant  2^  ft  ,  slightly 
pubescent  above   radical  Ivs   long-petioled,  secondary 
divisions  sessile    sepals  blue,   ovate-lanceolate,   much 
exceeding  in  length  the  petal-limbs,  which  are  6  lines 
long,  white,  rounded-truncate;  stamens  not  protruding 
beyond  the  petal-limb,    spur   knobbed,  bent  inward, 
shorter  than  petal-limb   follicles  pubescent,  with  styles 
their  own  length     June     Siberia  — Said  to  be  one  of 
the  first   to  bloom,  and  one  of   the  most  attractive 
m  the  list     It  is  one  of  the  most  dwarfed;   fls    large 
blue,  yellow  and  white,  it  comes  so  much  before  the 
others  that  its  pistils,  as  a  rule,  all  fertilize  before  any 
of  the  other  species  come  into  flower  "  Only  recently 
intro  to  cult 

3  lactifldra,  Kar.  &  Kir    St    l^ft    high,  glabrous 

in  the  lo\\or  part: 
partial -petioles  of 
root-lvs  1 '  2-2  in. 
long,  Ifts  sessile  or 
short-stalked,  1  in 
long,  many  lobes 
reaching  half  way 
down;  st  -Ivs  pet- 
iole (1  and  com- 
pound fls  about 
3  to  a  st  ,  sepals 
nearly  -white  or 
tinged  with  blue, 
over  /2in  long,  nar- 
row, petal-limb  half 
as  long  as  sepal, 
spur  }  ^m  ,  slender, 
nearly  straight,  not- 
knobbed  at  tip; 
st  unions  equal  m 
length  to  the  limb 
June  Altai  Mts , 
Siberia  — A  desir- 
able species,  but  not 
much  planted 

BB.  lamb  of  petal 
about  equal  to 
sepal 

4  viridifldra, 
Pallas  St  l-iy2 ft 
high,  finely  pubes- 
cent throughout, 
several -fid  the 
partial  -  pet  loles  of 
root-lvs  1-2  in  long,  Ifts  sessile  or  the  end  one  shortly 
stalked,  lobes  rather  narrow  and  deep,  lower  st -Ivs 
petioled,  biternate  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  ascending, 
greenish,  equaling  the  broad,  greenish  petal-limb,  but 
not  reaching  the  head  of  stamens,  spur  straight,  slender, 
^m  long,  not  knobbed  pubescent  follicles  as  short  as 
their  styles  Summer  E.  Siberia — Not  so  much  used 
as  the  following  variety: 

Var  atropurpdrea,  Vilm  (A  atropurpiirea,  Willd ). 
Limbs  of  the  petals  deep  blue  or  lilac-purple,  and  tho 
sepals  and  spur  somewhat  tinged  with  the  same  hue. 
B  R  922 

5  canadensis,  Linn  COMMON  COLUMBINK  of  Amer. 
Figs  202,  293  Height  1-2  ft  primary  divisions  of 
petioles  of  root-lvs  1-2  in  ,  having  3  divisions,  2  or  3 
of  the  st -Ivs  petioled,  biternate'  fls  several  to  a  st  ; 
sepals  yellowish  or  tinted  on  the  back  with  red,  about 
\  i\\\  long,  not  reflexmg,  limb  of  petals  a  little  shorter, 
yellowish,  truncate,  spur  JUin  long,  nearly  straight, 
knobbed  at  the  end,  bright  red  throughout,  stamens 
much  protruding  follicles  ^m  long,  with  styles  half 
as  long  May-Julv  St<»ny  banks,  east  of  Rooky 
Mountains  Introduced  1?VJO  B  M.  246  L  B  C.  „*: 
888  Mn.  5  21  RH  1896,  p.  109  FW  1878*33.— 
There  are  some  beautiful  hybrids  of  this  and  the  blue 


292   Aquilegia  canadensis. 


293.  Radical  leaves  of  Aquilegia 
canadensis. 


AQUILEGIA 

species.   Var.  nana,  Hort.   Plant  1  ft  high  or  loss'  fls. 

like  the  type. 
Var.    flavSscens,    Hook.     A    pale-lvd     yellow-fld. 

variety     Very  pretty     Intro.  18X9.    This  has  often 

been  called  A.  fiavescens,  Wats.,  A.  cyrulca  var  Jlaves- 
cens,  Lawson;  A.  Jlavi- 
flora,  Tenney,  A.  cana- 
denns  var  jlavijlora, 
Brit.  13  M  6552  B. 

6  Buergenana,Sieb 
&  Zuoo  (A  airopui- 
purea,  Miq  )  More 
slender  than  A  vid- 
grum,  1  ft  high,  finely 
pubescent  toward  the 
top,  branched  to  form 
several  heads,  bearing 
2-3-petioled,  bi  tern  ate 
Ivs  ,  part  lal-petioles  of 
basal  Ivs  l^-l  m  long, 
with  3  sessile  divi- 
sions fl.s  yellow,  tinted 
with  purple,  1  -1  ]  2  m 
diam  ,  b opals  J^m. 
long,  acute,  spreading, 
spurs  erect ,  n  e  a  r  1  v 
straight,  as  long  as  the 
limb  of  petals,  and 
about  equaling  the 
sepal,  head  of  stamens 
equal  to  limb  in  length 
follicles  pubescent, 

^in.  long,  style  half  as  long.    Early.   Japan  — Brought 

from  St  Petersburg,  1892. 

AA.  Sepah  about  1  in.  long  expanded  fl  about  2  in. 

diam 
B  Spurs  shorter  than  the  pttal-hmb,  and  incurvtd 

7  flabellata,  Sieb.  &  Zuer     St    1-1  }'2  ft  ,  few-fld 
partial-petioles  of  root-lvs    I  in    or  more,  Ifts   netirlv 
sessile;  st -Ivs    large  and  petioled    fls    bright  lilac,  or 
pale  purple  or  white,  sepals  1  in   long,  obtuse,  limb  of 
petal  half  as  long,  often  white  in  the  lilac-fid    form, 
spur  shorter  than  the  limb,  slender  toward  the  end, 
much  incurved,  stamens  not  piotruding  beyond  the 
petal-limbs    follicles  glabrous    Summer    Japan     It  II 
1896,  p   109     Var    nana-alba,  Hort     (var    flure-dlba, 
Hort)     Fls   pure  white   plant  dwarfish     II  B   1,5.157 
B.M  8354  (var  nivea) 

nn  Spurs  at  Itast  as  long  as  pdal-hmb. 
c  Stamens  bhort,  not  much  protruding 

8  leptocSras,  Fisch   &  Mey     St    several-fid  ,  about 
1  ft    high    partial-petioles  of  root-lvs    over  1  in,  Ifts 
sessile,  st  -Ivs   petioled  biternate    fls    violet,  with  the 
tips  of  the  sepals  greenish,  and  tips  of  the  short  petal- 
limb  yellow,  spur  slender,  slightly  curved,   i^in    long, 
not  knobbed,  stamens  protruding  a  little  bejond  the 
limbs  of  petals   follicles  slender,  glabrous,  nearly  1  in 
long.  Summer    E  Siberia    B  R.  33  64.  F  S  3  296  — 
Little  used  in  Amer 

9  vulgaris,    Linn     (A     dcMta,   Hort      A     atrfrta, 
Koch)     COMMON  COLUMBINE  of  Eu     Sts    lJ/j-2  ft 
high,  many-fid  ,  finely  pubescent  throughout   root-lvs 
with    3    partial-petioles    V/i~2    in.    long,    secondary 
branches  certain,  ultimate  If  -lobes  shallow  and  round- 
ish, texture  firm,  lower  st  -Ivs  petioled  and  biternate 
fls  violet,  furnished  with  a  claw,  acute,  1  in  long,   half 
as  wide,  petal-limb  %m    long,  equaling  the  head  of 
stamens,  spur  about  same  length,  stout,  much  incurved, 
knobbed    follicles  densely  pubescent,  1  m    long,  style 
half  as  long     Summer.    Eu  ,  Siberia,  and  naturalized  m 
Amer    On  12,  p  288,  70,  p  16  (as  A   stcllata)     G  W 
3,  p  229    Var  fl&re-plfcno,  Hort     Fls   much  doubled, 
ranging  from  pure  white  to  deep  blue     Here  belong 


AQUILEGIA 


341 


many  horticultural  varieties  with  personal  names. 
Var  Verveeneana,  Hort.  (var.  fbhis-aureis,  Hort  Var. 
alrovwUicca,  Hort  )  Lvs  with  yellow  variegated  hnes. 

Var  nivea,  Bailing  (var  dlba,  Hort  )  MUNSTEAD'S 
WHITE  COLUMBINE  Often  2-3  ft  high  a  great  profu- 
sion of  large,  pure  white  fls  for  several  weeks  in  early 
spring  Var  nivea  grandifl&ra,  Hort  ,  is  much  like  thi? 

Var  olympica,  Baker  (A  olijmpica,  Boiss  A  Witt 
tnannwna,  Hort  A  blanda,  Lem  ).  A  fine  variety, 
with  several  large  fls  ,  sepals  light  lilac  or  bright  purple, 

1  in  or  more  in  length,  petal-limb  white.    I  H  4  146 
11  H   1896,  p  108 

Var  hybrida,  Sims  Much  like  the  last  variety,  but 
with  stout,  lilac-purple  spurs  as  long  as  the  sepals,  only 
slightly  incurved  —-Probably  a  hybrid  of  A  vulgaris 
.ind  1  cawulensiv  B  M  1221. 

10  sibinca,  Lam  C(   fn<olor,  Ehrh    A .  Garnienana, 
Sweet     A    xpecibna,  DC  )     St,    1  V^-2  ft   high,  many- 
fid  ,  often  nearlv  glabrous  throughout    partial-petioles 
of   root-lvs     1-2    in  ,    sometimes   showing   3   distinct 
branches,  terminal  Ifts    1   in    or  more  broad,   lobes 
lather  shallow  and  rounded,  lower  st  -Ivs  netioled  and 
biteinate    fls    pale  or  bright  lilac-blue,  oblong  sepals 
fully  1  in   long,  spreading  or  reflexed  a  little,  petal-limb 
half  as  long,  equaling  the  head  of  stamens,  and  often 
white,  spur  rather  stout,    }zm    or  more,   very  much 
incurved,  or  even  coiled    follicles  glabrous,  1  in    long, 
style    '  jin     Summer     E    Siberia     S  B  F  G  II   1  90 
Var     fldre-pleno,    Hort     (  1     bicolor   var    fibre-plena, 
Hint  )    Fls  jiiueli  doubled  by  the  multiplication  of  both 
the  limbs  and  the  spurs 

Var  spectabihs,  Baker  (A  speddMis,  Lem )  A 
large,  bright  hlac-fld  var  ,  petal-limbs  tipped  yellow. 
Amurland  IH  11.403 

cr  Stamens  long,  protruding  far  beyond  the  petal-limb. 

11  formdsa,   Tesch     (  1     ranadensis    var    fonnow, 
\\ats)      Habit   as  in  A   rnnadftt^i^    root-lvs    and  st - 
hs   like  that  species,  but  fls   brick-red  and  yellow,  or 
wholly  yellow,  and  sepals  larger,  quite  twice  as  long  as 
petal-limb,  spurs  more  spreading,  somewhat  more  slen- 
der, and  often  shorter    Maj-Aug    Sitka  to  Calif ,  and 
east  to  the   Rockies     Intro    1881      B  M  6552     F  S 
8  795    (it  32  372    R  II  1896,  p  108    G  C  1854  836. 
Var   hybrida,    Hort. 

(A  calif  6rmca  var. 
hybnda,  Hort  A  6U- 
ptrba,  Hort )  Fls. 
large,  with  scarlet 
b  e  p  a  1  s  and  yellow 
petals,  spurs  spread- 
ing, long  and  slender. 
— A  supposed  hybrid 
with  A  chnjbantfuj 
F  M  1877  ,  278  V. 

2  33  f  2    Var  rftbra- 
pleno,    Hort       (var. 

flbic-plino,  Hort  ). 
Fls  as  in  var  hybrida. 
but  several  whorls  of 
p  e  t  a  1  - 1 1  m  b  s  Var. 
nana-alba,  Hort  Fls. 
pale,  often  nearly 
yvhite  plant  not  ex- 
ceeding 1  ft 

Var  truncata, 
Baker  (A  truncata, 
Fisch  A  cahfornica, 
Lindl  )  Fls  with 
short,  thick  spurs  and 
very  small  sepals  and 
a  small  petal-limb. 
Intro  1881  F  S.  12: 
1188  (as  .4  t-ximia, 
Hort  )  294.  Aquileci*  chrysantba.  ( 


342 


AQTIILKGIA 


12  Skinneri,  Hook  St  1-2  ft  high,  many-fid  ,  gla- 
brous root-lvs  long-petioled,  with  both  primary  and 
secondary  divisions  long,  Ifts  cordate,  3-partcd,  sev- 
eral vst  -Ivs  petioled  and  biternate  sepals  green;  keeled, 
lanceolate,  acute,  never  much  spreading,  ;^-l  in  long; 
petal-limb  greenish  orange,  half  as  long  as  sepal,  spur 
bright  red,  tapering  rapidly,  over  1  in  long,  stamens 
protruding  far  beyond  the  limb,  styles  3  fr  ,  at  least 
when  young,  bearing  broad,  membranous,  cm  led  wings 
After  flowering,  the  peduncles  become  erect  July- 
Sept  Mts  of  New  Mex  B.M.  3919  P  M  10  199. 
BH  4  1  FS  1  6  V 
2  33  f  5  (poor)  —A  hand- 
some plant  requiring  a 
light  soil  in  a  sunny  bor- 
der V  a  r.  fldre  -  pldno, 
Hort  Fls.  double  Gt. 
34:57— Very  fine. 


295   AquilegUi  longissuna.    ( X  Yd 

BBB.  Spurs  very  long,  several  tinier  the  length  of 
pdal-hmb 

13.  chrysantha,  Gray  (A  leptoceras  var.  chrysantha, 
Hook)  Fig  294  Height  3-4  ft  root-lvs  with  t\\  ice 
3-branched  petioles,  Ifts  biternate,  st  -Ivs  several, 
petioled  fls  many  on  the  plant,  2-3  in  across,  sepals 
pale  yellow,  tinted  claret,  spreading  horizontally,  petal- 
limb  deep  yellow,  shorter  than  the  sepals,  and  nearly  as 
long  as  the  head  of  stamens,  spur  rather  straight,  veiy 
slender,  divergent,  about  2  in  long,  descending  when 
11  is  mature  follicles  glabrous,  1  m  long,  style  half 
as  long  May— Aug  New  Mex  arid  Ariz  Gn  16 
261,  51,  p  3S5  BxM  0073  TUT  1896,  p  108  F  R. 
2  109  Gt  33  84  GC  I873.1.r,01  FM  1873  88 
V  2  33  f  3  FS  20  2108  II  F  4  120  II  II.  3, 
p  324  Var  flavescens,  Hort  (A  aiirea,  Junk  A 
canadenMs  var  aurea,  Roezl)  Fls  yellow,  tinged 
with  red,  spurs  incurved,  and  shorter  than  in  the  type 
Gt  21  734  Var  dlba-pl£na,  Hort  (var  grandiflora 
dlba,  Hort )  Fls  veiy  pale  yellow  or  nearly  white,  with 
two  or  more  whorls  of  petal-limbs  Intro  1889 
V.  12:311  GW  8,  p  375  Var  nana,  Hort  (A 
leptoceras  var  I  idea,  Hort  )  Like  the  type,  but  plant 
always  small,  not  exceeding  \Yi  ft  Var  Jaeschkanii, 
Hort  About  the  same  height  as  last*  fls  large,  yellow, 
with  red  spurs  — Thought  to  be  a  hybrid  of  A  chrysan- 
tha  X  Skinnen,  hence  sometimes  called  A  Skinneri 
var.  hybnda,  Hort 

14  longissima,  Gray  Fig  295  Tall,  somewhat  pu- 
bescent with  silky  hairs,  or  smoothish  root-lvs 
biternate,  even  in  the  petioles,  Ifts  deeply  lobed  and 
cut,  green  above,  glaucous  beneath ,  st  -Ivs  similar, 
petioled.  fls  pale  yellow,  sepals  lanceolate,  broadly 


AQUILEGIA 

spreading.  1  in.  or  more,  the  spatulate  petals  a  little 
shorter,  about  equaling  the  head  of  stamens;  spur  with 
a  nairow  orifice,  4  in  long  or  more,  always  hanging. 
Distinguished  from  A  chrysantha  by  its  longer  spur 
with  contracted  orifice,  by  the  narrow  petals,  and  by 
the  late  season  of  flowering.  Late  July  to  Oct.  1. 
Ravines  S  W  Texas  into  Mex  GF  1.31  (adapted  m 
Fig  295). — 'The  seed  must  be  obtained  from  wild  plants, 
as  those  cult  usually  fail  to  produce  seed,  hence  not 
much  used 

AAA  Sepals  IV^-iy^  or  even  2  in.  long'  expanded  Jls. 

Jl/2-3  in  diam  ,  stamens  not  protruding. 

B  Spurt,  long  and  not  incurved 

15  caerulea,  James   (A    leptocbras,   Nutt.     .1.   rna- 
crdntha,  Hook  &  Arn  )     St    1-1 3/2  ft  ,  finely  pubescent 
abo\  e,  bearing  several  fls     lower  st  -Ivs   large  arid  bi- 
teniate,  basal-lvs    with  long  3-branched  petioles,  Ifts 
3-lobed  on  secondary  stalks  fls  2  in  across,  whitish,  but 
variously  tinted  with  light  blue  and  yellow,  sepals  often 
blue,  oblong,  obtuse,  twice  as  long  as  the  petal-limb, 
spurs  long,  slender,  knobbed  at  the  end,  rather  straight, 
but  curving  outward,  head  of  stamens  equaling  the 
petals   follicles  pubescent,  1  in   long,  style  J^m   Apr- 
Julv     Lower  mt   regions,  Mont    to  New  Mex     B  M. 
4407,   5477     Gn    16  264      Mn   6  61     V    2  33   f    4 
FS  5  531      FR  10  165     Gn.  59,  p   147     G  28  241 
Var   alba,  Ilort    Fls    of  same  size  but  entirely  white 
Intro     1883     Var  hybrida,  Hort     Sep.ils  some  shade 
of  blue  or  pink,  or  mixed,  and  petals  nearly  white  or 
yellow,  also  called  var  Ifttea,  Hort     The  tiuc  form  of 
this  is  probably  A    c<tndea  x  A.  chrysantha     Gn   51, 
p    385      RH    1896    108      AG    15   315      IH    43   61 
Yar    Helenas,  Hort,  ,  is  very  probably  a  form  of  thus 
hybud,  very  robust,   fls.    numerous,    blue    and    pure 
\\hite    G  W  6  212    Var.  fldre-pleno,  Hort    Fls  longer 
and  very  showy,  more  or  less  doubled   toward   the 
centei 

BB  Spurs  incurved  and  hardly  longer  than  -petal-limbs. 

16  alpina,  Linn  (mcl  var  Mtpfoba,  Hort )     Fig  296. 
St    nearh    1  ft    high,  finely  pubescent  upwards,  2-5- 
fld  ,  be.trmg  petioled,  biternate  Ivs     partial-petioles  of 
basal-hs    1-2  m    long,  with  3  nearly  sessile  divisions, 
deeply  lobed  expanded  fl   1 1 <j--2  m   across,  blue,  rarely 
pale  or  white,  sepals  1*4  in   long,  half  as  broad,  acute; 
petal-limb  half  as   long  as 

sepals,  often  white,  spur 
stout,  incurved,  same  length 
as  the  limb,  head  of  sta- 
mens not  protruding  fol- 
licles pubescent,  1  in  long, 
st>le  much  shorter  May, 
June  Switzerland  L  B  C 
7  657  Gn  9  384  F  W 
1879  353  B  M  8303  Var 
alba,  Hort  Fls  pure  white 

1 7  glanduldsa,     F  i  s  c  h 
Fig  297    St  1-l^ft  high, 
glandular  pubescent  in  the 
upper  half,  1-3-fld    partial- 
petioles  of  root-lvs    1-2  in 
long,  each  with  3  distinct 
divisions,    1ft  -segms     nar- 
row and  deep,  flt  -Ivs   few, 
bract-like     fls    large,   nod- 
ding,   sepals    bright    lilac- 
blue,   ovate,    acute,    about 
\Yi  m    long   and   half   as 
broad,    petal -limb    same 
color,   but  tipped  and  bor- 
dered with   creamy  white, 
less  than  half  the  length  of 
the  sepals,  very  broad,  spur 
very  short,  K-^m  ,  stout, 

much     incurved;    stamens     296.  Aquilegia  alpina. 


AQUILEGIA 


AKALIA 


343 


297.  Aquuegia  glandulosa    ( x 


not  protruding:  follicles  1  in.  long,  6-10  in  number, 
densely  hairy,  with  short,  falcate  style.  Allied  to  A . 
aljnna,  but  a  taller  plant,  with  shorter  spurs,  larger 
fls.,  and  a  greater  number  or  follicles  May,  June  Altai 
Mts.  of  Sibeiia.  B.  5.219.  F.W  1871  353  Gn. 
15-278;  45,  p  193,61, 
p  26  Gt  289  f  1  — 
One  of  the  hand- 
somest 

Var  jucunda,  Fiseh 
&  Lall  Fls  rather 
smaller  than  m  tin- 
type, petal-limb  white, 
more  truncate  at  the 
tip,  stamens  as  long  as 
limb  B  R  33  19  F  S 
5  535  — A  fine  variety, 
with  some  tendency  to 
double 

18  Stftartu,  Hort   A 
recorded  hybrid  of  A 
gluntlnloMi  y  A  v ulgnns 
var      olympua        Fls 
very  large  and  beauti- 
ful   It  very  much  re- 
sembles the    latter  in 
form    of    sepak     and 
petals,  and  the  former 
In  shape  ot  spurs  and 
coloration    M.ij,June 
Intro     1891     (In    34 
344,  61,  p    109    G  M 
54.416 

19  caryophylloides 
is  a  garden  name  given 

to  some  very  mixed  forms,  with  a  great    variety  of 
colors     Special  characters  seem  not  to  be  well  h\ed 

A  haikalinw,  Hort  Fls  larf»e,  \iokt-blue,  spur*  long —.1  hnj/- 
lo<lo  w«jv.  Hort  ,  and  its  Mir  <l,hcatix^ma,  Hnrt  ,  an  much  like  A 
chrjsuntli  i,  uiul  ie^<  ruble  it  111  habit  and  color  of  fls  but  the  spurs 
art  not  so  lonjt 

K    C    DAVIS 

ARABIS  (Arabia)  Cntrffiur  HOCK-CHESS  Small 
perennial  01  annual  herbs,  with  white  01  puiple  flowers, 
grown  mostly  on  boidets  and  m  rockwork 

Floweis  mostly  in  terminal  spikes  or  laeemes,  small 
but  often  many  01  appealing  for  a  considerable  penod 
of  time  Ivs  mostl}  undivided  sihques  long,  lineal, 
flat  stigma  2-lobed  -In  tempeiate  legions,  about  1(X) 
species,  several  native  to  thi^  country,  some  of  them 
aie  alpine  I  suallx.  prop  by  division,  also  by  seeds 
and  (iittings  Ilaidv,  lequiimg  plenty  of  sun,  and 
thiivmg  even  m  pooi  soil  The  following  four  species 
are  perennials 

\   F/s   put  pl>  01  ro.sc 

muralis,  Beitol  (.1  rbwa,  DC  )  A  foot  high,  with  a 
rather  d<  nse  laceme  of  prettv,  fls  Ivs  oblong,  sessile 
(the  radical  ones  with  a  long  nanovv  base),  prominently 
and  distantly  blunt-toothed,  sparsely  j>ubeseent  Spring 
and  summer  Italy  H.M  3246. 

AA.  Fls   white. 

serpyllifdlia,  Vill  (A   nivali*,  Guss  ).  Tufted,  2-6  in 
radical  Ivs  entire  01  tew- toothed,  the  st  -Ivs  small  and 
sessile,  not  clasping   fls   in  a  shoit  clustei,  the  calyx  as 
long  as  the  peduncle,  the  limb  of  the  petals  linear- 
oblong  and  erect    Eu 

albida,  Stev  (A  cuutdxica,  Willd  )  Fig  298  A  few 
inches  high,  pubescent,  lower  Ivs  nairow  at  the  base, 
the  upper  autuulate-claspmg,  all  angle- toothed  near 
the  top  fls  m  a  loose  raceme,  the  calyx  shortei  than 
the  pedicel,  the  petal-limb  oval  and  obtuse  Eu  B  M 
2046  Gn  62,  p  280;  72,  p  67,74,p  620  FTC  16  611. 
— Blooms  early,  is  fragrant,  auu  is  well  adapted  for 
rock-gardens  and  edgings,  and  covering  steep  banks 


Var  ftore-plfcno,  Hort.  Double  Gn.  65,  p.  306  Var 
variegata,  Hort  ,  has  yellow-white  stripes  on  Ivs  Gt 
45,  p  108  Var  Billardifcn,  Boiss  (A  BMardien,  DC  ) 
Hoary-pubescent,  slendei  Ivs  small,  very  obtuse, 
entire  or  with  1  or  2  teeth  at  base  pod  long,  slender 
and  spreading,  fls  of^en  tinged.  Eastern.  Gn  63, 
p.  422 

alpina,  Linn  FLs  smaller  than  in  the  last,  plant  only 
slightly  pubescent  and  hairy  Ivs  somewhat  clasping 
but  not  aunculate,  small-toothed  nearly  or  quite  the 
entire  length,  the  caiilme  ones  pointed  Eu  B  M  226 
GC  III  30.239 — Blooms  very  early,  and  is  one  of 
the  best  rock-plants  Vai  variegata,  Hort  Var  nina 
compacta,  Hort ,  a  dwarf  form  Gt  44,  p  203  Var 
fldre-pleno,  Hoit  FLs  full-double,  handsome  Gt  51, 
p  211  G  26  199 

A  arenb/ia,  Scop  Fls  rose  varying  to  white  Ivs  pmnalihd, 
those  on  the  at  deep-toothM  Lu  •— A  aubnctumlt  i  Boiss  Much 
like  A  albida,  but  pale  junk  dluia  —  4  bltpharoithului.  Hook 
&  Am  MB  large,  rose-purpl.  Ivs  slurp-toot hed  sc«  1«  or  rl-nrj- 
iriK,  the  margins  hairy  Calif  B  M  (>OS7  —  A  Ftnlinandn-Co- 
bur  an,  KM  &  suendorm  Lvw  gray  in  rosettes.  be<on>mK  green  in 
winter  fls  small,  yt-llowish  M  iPwiouu  —  I  Imvta,  L-nn  f  Fls 
white  Ivs  shining,  obov att,  rlaspiriK  There  i*  a  \  mrjr.it i  d  form 
Eu — A  mnllii,  Mt<  v  FU  \sliit<  Us  pubescj  nt,  l.irpo-toothtd,  the 
low  .rones  rounded  arid  loiiK-stalked  Ku  —  4  r»ti*a,  I  am  Us 
white  Ivs  toothed,  the  ruhf  il  onc-otti  n  parted,  tlie  st  -l\s  oblong- 
linear  Eu  —  A  prjecor,  \V  aklst  A.  Kit  ==A  promrn  ns  -A  pro- 
cnrrens,  Waldst  &  Kit  I  Is  whin  1\  s  nhnti,  those  on  the  st 
entire  and  sessilu,  the  other*  stalk,  d  stolomfc  rous  A  \ariepated 
vir  Eu — A  Stum,  Hort  \  conipact  but  vigorous  j;ard(n  form 
with  UrKe  dear  white  fls— 1  ,,rna,  R  Br  "Anniifl  hairy  HH 
Inrge,  purole  1\«.  oblon«-o\  ale  to  round-oblong,  the  upper  ones 
clasping,  rather  coarse-toothed  Lu  BM  .Ji31  L  H  B 

ARACHIS  (Greek,  inthout  n  tachi^)  Lcgummbsx 
PEANUT  Goonmi  The  peanut  is  sometimes  grown  m 
the  economic  house  ot  bot.tnic.ii  gardens,  and  also  as  a 
curiosity  in  outdoor  gardens  rl  he  genus  has  nine 
species,  of  which  eight  aie  Brazilian  L\s  abruptly 
pinnate  fls  1-3,  yellow,  in  a  dense,  axillary,  sessile 

3)ike,  ovary  stipulate,  m- 
osed  within  the  tube  of  the 
cahx,  the  stipe  at  first  short, 
subsequently  elongating  arm 
carrying  the  immature  fr 
beneath  the  ground  He^e 
develops  what  is  one  of  tne 
most  anomalous  frs  m  the 
whole  Legummosiv,  it  being 
wholly  indehiscent, — the  pea- 
nut of  commerce1  (which  see). 
See  also  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc  , 
Vol  II,  pp  014-519  foi  pic- 
tures and  agncultural  ac- 
count As  a  hot  house  annual, 
the  seeds  of  the  peanut  mav 
be  so\vn  m  heat,  and  the 
plants  potted  in  sand's  loam. 
For  outdooi  cult  me,  see 
Peanut,  by  which  name  the 
plant  is  commonly  known 

hypogaea,  Linn  Annual,  1 
ft  or  less  high.  Ivs  abruptly 
pinnate,  with  2  pans  of  1ft s. 
and  no  tendril  Mn  7 . 105  — 
Procumbent  x  TVYLOU  f 

ARACHNANTHE 

(Greek  for  spidu- 
jlower)  Orchidaces'  In- 
cluded under  Renan- 
thera 

ARALIA  (derivation 
obscure)  Arahucese  Or- 
namental herbs,  shrubs 
or  trees  grown  chiefly 
lor  their  bold  fohage 

Stems  often  spiny  Ivs  298.  Arabia  albida.  ( X  H) 


344 


ARAL  I A 


ARALIA 


alternate,  deciduous,  pinnate  to  3-pmnate'  fls.  small, 
whitish,  in  umbels  usually  forming  panicles,  pedicels 
articulate;  calyx-lobes  minute,  petals  imbricate  m  bud; 
stamens  5,  ovary  5-,  lately  2-celled,  with  the  styles  free 
or  connate  only  at  the  base  fr  a  berry-like  drupe  with 
2-5  compicssed  btonoh  — About  20  species  in  N  Ainer., 
Asia,  Malay  Aiehipelago  and  Austral 

The  arahas  are  large  heibs,  shrubs  or  small  trees,  often 
spiny,  with  largo  decompound  foliage,  small  whitish 
flowers  in  umbels  forming  large  terminal  panicles  and 
followed  by  small  usually  black  berry-like  fruits. 

The  species  are  hardv  or  nearly  hardy  North     They 
prefer  rich  or  heavy  soil    They  are  often  plant  ed  as  single 
specimens  on  the  lawn  for  the  bold  bubtropical  effect  of 
their  foliage     Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  m 
spring,  winch  do  best  with  slight  bottom-heat, 
or  by  root-cuttings,  also  with  bottom-heat 

There  are  also  a  number  of  tender  shrubby 
plants  cultivated   as  or- 
namental greenhouse  or 
stove  plants,  which  have 
been     provisionally     re- 
ferred    to     the     genus 
Araha,   as    their   flowers 
and    fruits    are   not    yet 
known,   therefore  it  has 
not  been  possible  1o  de- 
termine  their    true    bo- 
tanical   affinity.    In  the 
present    woik    they    are 
referred  to  other  genera. 
They  should    be   looked 
for    under    Polyscia?, 
Pseudopanax,    Scheffleia, 
Oreopanar,    Panax,   Sci- 
adophylluin,    Dizyqo- 
theca    Other  related 
genera,   perhaps  not 
including  any  horti- 
culturally  important 
foims,are  Heptupleu- 
rum  and  Monopanax. 

A.  Prickly  ^hrubs  or  rarely 
low  trees   Ivs  bipinnate, 
2-3    ft      long      umbels 
numerous,    in   a    large, 
broad,  compound  pani- 
cle styles  distinct 
spindsa,  Linn  ANGELICA 
TREE     HERCULES'  CLUB. 
DEVIL'S    WALKING-STICK. 
Sts    very  prickly,    40   ft. 
high   Ivs   1^2-2  Vi  ft  long, 
usually  prickly  above;  Ifts. 
ovate,    serrate,    2-31^   m. 

long,  glaucous  and  nearly  299.  Aralia  chinensis. 

glabrous  beneath,  mostly 

distinctly  petioled,  veins  curving  upward  before  die 
margin  Aug  Southern  states  north  to  Tenn  S  S. 
5  211.  Gn  50,  p  126 —The  stout,  armed  sts,  the 
large  Ivs  ,  and  the  enoimous  clusters  of  fls  give  this 
species  a  very  distinct  subtropical  appearance  Not 
quite  hard>  N  Baik  possesses  medicinal  properties. 

chinensis,  Linn  (A  japonica,  Hort  A  mand- 
shunca,  Hort  Dimorphdnlhu*.  eldtus,  Miq,  A  spindsa 
var.  canescens,  Franch.  &  Savat.)  CHINESE  ANGELICA 
TREE  Fig  299  Sts  less  prickly,  10  ft  Ivs  2-4  ft 
long,  usually  without  prickles;  Ifts  ovate  or  broad  ovate, 
coarsely  serrate  or  dentate,  usually  pubescent  beneath, 
nearly  sessile,  3V4-6  in  long,  veins  dividing  before 


clayey  soil  Var  glabrescens,  Schneid.  (A.  spindsa 
var  glabrescens,  Franch  &  Savat  A.  spindsa  var. 
canteens,  Sarg  A.  canescenx,  Sieb  &  Zucc.)  Lvs. 
often  prickly  above,  Ifts  glabrous  beneath,  except  on 
the  veins,  dark  green  above  More  tender  Var  mand- 
shunca,  Rehd  (Ihmoi phdnthuv  mandshuricus,  Maxim  ). 
St  prickly  Ifts  pubescent  only  on  the  veins  beneath, 
more  sharply  ana  densely  beirate  than  the  foregoing 
variety  and  hardier.  G.C.  11.  10.592;  23:313  Var. 
variegata,  Rehd  (A  japtinica  variegata,  G  C  )  Lfts. 
bordered  with  white  I  H.  33  009  G  C.  Ill  31  231. 
Gn  63,  p  379  Var  aureo-variegata,  Rehd  (Dimor- 
phdnthits  mnndschiiricu^  elegantlssimus  fol  var.,  Hort.). 
Ltts  variegated  with  yellow. 

AA.  Unarmed  herbs    styles 

united  at  the  base 
B.  Umbels  numerous,  in  elon- 
gated pubtiulous  patncks: 
ti-Wft   high. 

racem&sa,    Linn       SPIKE- 
NARD.    Height    3-0  ft      gla- 
brouH,  or  slightly  pubescent: 
Ivs    qmnatelv    or    ternately 
decompound,    Ifts      cordate, 
roundish     ovatf1, 
doubly  and  sharply 
set  rate,  acuminate, 
usually  glabrous 
beneath,    2  6     in. 
long      fls    greenish 
white     July,    \ug 
Vi    X    Amei     \\est 
to   Mum   and  Mo 
B  B  2  50(>— Koot- 
•>tock    emplo\  ed 
medicinally,  prop- 
erties similar  to 
those  of  Harsa- 
panlla. 

calif6rnica,  Wats     Height 
8-10  ft      resembles  the  pre- 
ceding  Ifts  cordate,  ovate  or 
oblong-ovate,  .shortly  acuminate,  simply 
or  doubly  serrate    panicle  loose,  umbels 
fewer,  laiger,  and  with  more  numerous 
rays    Calif    M  DG  24:343. 

cordata,  Thunb  (.4  cduhs,  Sieb  & 
Zucc  ).  Height  1-S  ft  Ivs  ternately  or 
quinately  de-compound,  pinna?  sometimes 
with  7  Itts  ,  Itts  cordate  or  lounded  at 
the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  abruptly 
acuminate,  unequall>  serrate,  pubescent 
on  the  veins  beneath,  i-8  in  long  Japan. 
Gt  13  i32  (as  ,1  ja(ftno^>avi\i  sachah- 


KH    1H%,  p    55    AG   13,  pp. 
6,  7.    Young  stalks  edible:  see  Udo 
cachemirica,    Decne     (A      cashim-nana,     Hort      A. 
macrophylla,   Lmrll  )       Height  5-8  ft      Ivs.  quinately 
compound,   pinna?   often  with   5-9   Ifts  ;   Ifts    usually 
lounded  at    the    base,  oblong-ovate,   doubly  serrate, 
glabrous  or  bristly  on  the  veins  beneath,  4r-8  in.  long. 
Himalayas 
BB.  Umbels  several  or  few  on  slender  peduncles;  pedicels 

glabrous   1-8  ft  high. 

hfspida,  Vent.  BRISTLY  SARSAPAUILLA.  WILD  ELDER 
Height  1-3  ft ,  usually  with  short,  woody  st ,  bristly 
Ivs.  bipmnate;  Ifts  ovate  or  oval,  rounded  or  narrowed 
at  the  base,  acute,  sharply  and  inegularly  serrate, 


— .„,    ~   -— ,.,   1-3  m   long    umbels  3  or  more  m  a  loose  corymb;  fls. 

reaching  the  margin  and  ending  m  the  points  of  the      white.   June,  July.   From  Newfoundland  to  N  C  ,  west 
"  ~          ~"          '  "    to  Minn,  and  Ind.   B.M.  1085.   L.B  C.  14:1306— Bark 


teeth.    Aug.,  Sept.    China,  Japan     MDG  1897:461. 

Gn.  1,  p.  561.   G.W.  5  509 — In   general   appearance  diurectic,  alterative, 

very  much  like  the  former  species,  but  considerably  nudicadhs,     Linn 

hardier      Grows  well  also  m  somewhat  dry,  rocky  or  SPIKENARD.    Stemles 


WILD    SARSAPARILLA       SMALL 
or  nearly  so    usually  1  If  ,  1  ft. 


ARALIA 


ARAUCARIA 


345 


high,  with  3  quinately  pinnate  divisions;  Ifts  oval  or 
ovate,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  acuminate, 
finely  serrate,  2-5  in  long  umbels  2  or  3;  fls  greenish. 
May,  June  Newfoundland  to  N  C  ,  west  to  Mo  B  B. 
2  506  — Rootstock  employed  medicinally;  properties 
similar  to  those  of  sarsapanlla. 

A  japdnica,  Thunb  — Fatma  japomoa  — A  pnpyrifera,  Hook  = 
Tetrapanax  papynferum — A  pentaph^lla,  Thunb  ==Acantho- 
panax  pentaphyllurn  —A  quinguefdlia,  Deem-  A  Planch  =Panax 
quinquefolium  —  A  K\eb6ldii,  Hort  =^Fatsia  japonica — A  In/Alia, 
Dccnc  &  Planch  ==Tanax  trifolmni  (See  also  Ginseng  ) 

ALFRED  REHDBR 

ARATICU":  Annona  and  Rolhnia 

ARAUCARIA  (Chilean  name)  Including  Columbea 
and  Eutacta  Pinacese  Large  South  American  and 
Panfif  Australian  evergreen  trees  (about  a  dozen 
spe<  ies),  grown  in  their  juvenile  state  in  greenhouses 
and  windows  and  often  used  in  summer  for  lawn  deco- 
ration, they  ate  veiy  decorative  pot-plants 

Tall  stnct  or  widely  blanching  conical  trees'  Ivs. 
small,  scale-like  and  stiff,  clothing  all  the  branches 
uniformly  and  usually  closely  imbricated  fls  mostly 
diuHious,  thestammate  teimmaland  sohtaiy  or  disposed 
in  fascicles,  anther  t>-X-celled,  pistillate  fls  in  ovoid 
01  globose  heads  that  become  Luge  woody  cones  with 
onl\  1  seed  underneath  each  stale  —The  South  Amen- 
can  species  (Columbea)  have  scaicely  winged  cone- 
wales,  the  cotvledons  2,  and  the  germination  hypogeal 
(cotyledons  remaining  below  ground),  the  Australian 
and  Pacific  species  (kutassa)  have  winged  scales,  coty- 
ledons 4,  and  germination  epigeal 

Arauranas  are  piobably  the  most  pmed  pot  ever- 
greens in  cultivation  They  are  much  used  in  house 
decoration,  particulaily  at  Christmas  time,  as  they  are 
not  only  attractive  but  will  stand  much  hard  usage. 
A  fm/sa  (Fig  300)  is  the  one  commonly  seen  in  resi- 
dences Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  cuttings,  as  given 
under  A  rrrr/.sa  below  Symmetrical  plants  are  secured 
from  the  leading  shoots  Side  shoots  are  likely  to  make 
misshapen  specimens,  as  seen  in  Fig.  301.  The  arau- 


300.  A  good  specimen  of  Araucaria  excelsa. 


canas  need  cool  treatment  The  temperature  should 
not  be  above  60°  at  night  If  kept  too  crowded  or  not 
given  sufficient  light,  they  become  ragged  and  strag- 
gling, as  in  Fig  302  In  summer  the  plants  should  be 
protected  from  direct  binning  sun 

The  species  thrive  in  the  open  in  southern  Florida 
and  in  parts  of  California  A  irnbncata  is  the  hardiest 
It  is  rarely  seen  in  greenhouses  A  BidwiUn  is 


apparently  the  second  hardiest,  and  also  one  of  the 
best  species  for  all  purposes  A.  exceha  and  its  allies 
are  about  as  hardy  in  southern  Florida  as  ciotons  and 
acalvphas 

The  commonest  species  in  greenhouses  is  A   excelsa. 
It  is  grown  on  an  enormous  scale  in  many  nurseries  for 

decor  ation    as 
window      or 
table      plants 
When      raised 
from  seed  the 
plants    grow 
rapidly    and 
the     branches 
are  invariably 
disposed  in  tiers  with  wide 
inter  nodes,  often  as  much  as 
2  feet  separating  each  tier 
of  br  anehes    Such  plants  are 
of  little  use  for  ordinary  dec- 
_  ,  .  orative  work   and   recourse 

J^SS^S^^i  -  ™-«e  U.  Plant,  r^l  from 
side  shoot.  cuttings  Ihis  piactice  has 

grown  up  as  it  is  found  that 

plants  raised  from  cuttings  assume  a  dwaif  compact 
habit,  with  the  tiers  of  bram  lies  placed  close  together, 
and  that  they  do  not  grow  into  large  specimens  untrl 
many  years  old  The  plants  for  stock  purposes  are 
usually  raised  from  seed,  and  when  they  have  formed 
some  three  to  six  tiers  of  blanches  the  tops  are  taken 
out  and  put  in  a.s  cuttings  in  light  sandy  compost  in  a 
close  house  01  ca->e  at  a  temperature  of  about  00°  F 
They  arc  kept  shaded  fiorn  hot  sun  and  damped  over 
frequently  until  rooted  The  stock  plants  are  kept 
growing  and  s-oon  bieak  out  into  new  growth  in  tne 
axils  of  each  of  the  upper  branches  These  are  all 
"leadei"  growths,  and  when  long  enough  they  each 
furnish  a  suitable  cutting  whi<  h  is  treated  in  the  same 
way  as  the  primary  growth  or  leader  After  each  of 
these  has  been  removed  for  stock,  the  stem  of  the  stock 
plant  is  cut  off  to  the  next  tier  of  branches,  which  in 
turn  will  furnish  another  set  of  cuttings  and  so  on  until 
the  plant  is>  reduced  to  the  bottom  layer  of  branches, 
when  it  is  discarded  and  another  stock  obtained  again 
from  seed  It  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  blanches 
themselves  may  be  rooted  as  cuttings,  but  they  always 
retain  their  flat  asymetncal  shape  and  are  useless  for 
stock  purposes.  (See  Fig  301.) 


aurea,  3. 
Balans,p,  4. 
Buhulhi,  6 
brarihaua.  7. 
columnana,  3. 
comnarta   5. 
Cookn,  3. 


Cunningham)!,  2 
cl.-xiins,  4,  5,  7. 
excels,  1 
Klauo.t,  1,  2.  3. 
GoUhc-ana,  5. 
ffracittf,  7 
imbncata,  8. 


platifoha,  8 

amorpha,  5. 
>lhana,  7 
rohusta.  I 
Ruin,  5 
virgata,  1 


A.  Lvs.  (or  moat  of  them}  awl-like,  at  least 
at  apex 

1.  exc61sa,  R  Br  NORFOLK  ISLAND  PINK  Figs. 
300-303  Plant  light  green  branches  frondose,  the 
Ivs.  curved  and  sharp-pointed,  rather  soft,  J^-^in 
long,  and  densely  placed  on  the  horizontal  or  drooping 
branchlets  Norfolk  I  si  F  11  2  411 —The  commonest 
species  in  this  country,  being  much  grown  as  small  pot 
specimens  A  blue-green  form  is  cult  as  var  glauca, 
(or  A  glahcn}  It  is  a  form  in  which  the  tips  of  the 
growths  are  white  when  young;  has  recently  been  mtro. 
under  the  name  of  "Silver  Star  "  It  is  a  most  beautiful 
plant  and  sure  to  have  a  great  future  as  a  market  plant 


There 
dee 


\i\,  anu  sure  ui  nave  a  great  niuire  a.s-  a  martlet  (HUIIL 
ere  is  also  a  strong-growing,  large  variety,  with  very 
aeep  green  foliage,  var  robusta,  Hort  Var  virgata, 
Hort ,  primary  branches  with  no  secondary  branches, 
or  very  short  ones  In  its  native  wilds  A  excelsa 
reaches  a  height  of  over  200  ft  and  a  diam  of  even  9  or 
10  fl  The  solid,  globular  cones  are  4  or  5  in.  diam. 


346 


ARAUCARIA 


ARAUCARIA 


302.  Araucana  excelsa,  a  poor  speci- 
men because  too  crowded  or  not  suffi- 
cient light. 


FS  22:  2304-2305—  An  excellent  house  plant,  and 
keeps  well  in  a  cool  room  near  a  window  In  summer 
it  may  be  used  on  the  veranda,  but  must  be  shaded 
The  timber  is  used 
for  ship-building 

2.  Cunninghamii, 
Sweet  Plants  less 
formal  and  sym- 
metrical than  A. 
excelsa,  the  upper 
branches  ascend- 
ing and  the  lower 
horizontal  Ivs 
stiff  and  v  e  r  v 
sharp-pointed, 
straight  or  nearly 
so  There  is  also  a 
glaucous  form  (A. 
glauca),  also  a 
weeping  form. 
Austral  ,  where  it 
reaches  a  height 
of  200  ft  ,  yielding 
valuable  timber 
and  resin  Locally  known  as  hoop  pine,  Moreton  Bay 
pine,  colonial  pine,  coorong,  eumburtu,  coonam 

3  Cofikii,  R  Br.  (A    columnans,  Hook  )     A  slender 
columnar  tree,  much  narrower  in  shape  than  .4.  crcclsa 
which  it  closely  resembles  when  young    branches  dis- 
posed ,is  in  A    excelsa,  but  tree  tending  to  shed  the 
lower  ones,  brauchlets  crowded  on  the  branches  and 
turning    upwards    in    a   boat-like  form      young    Ivs. 
alternate  and  rather  closely  arranged  on  the  branchlet 
and  J^m    long,  broad 

and  slightly  decurrent 
at  base,  slightly  curved, 
mucronate,  adult  Ivs 
densely  imbricated,  ^  » 
short  and  ovate,  ob- 
tuse, cones  3-4  in. 

(ham     and    somewhat       303.  Araucana  exceba.  (  X  H) 
longer      New    Cale- 

donia, where  it  reaches  a  height  of  200  ft  ,  making 
very  straight  and  imposing  shafts  B  M  4635.  A  F. 
12  .  559  —Named  for  Captain  Cook  Var  aurea,  Hort  , 
has  golden-yellow  foliage  There  is  also  a  var.  glauca, 
Hort  ,  with  ^livery  Ivs. 

4  Balansae,    Brongn     &    Gns     (A.  elegans,   Hort. 
Bull  )     A  dwarf-growing  species  of  slow  growth  (when 
grown  as  a  pot-plant)  and  with  few  loosely  arranged 
tieis   of    blanches,    usually   5    in   a   tier,    branchlets 
distichous,  narrow  and  deflexcd  with  age    Ivs  imbri- 
cated,   short,    stiff,    Jftin     long,    falcate,  more  or  less 
obtuse,  dark  olive-green  in  color    male  cones  cylmdn- 
cal-comcal,    2-3    in     long,    female    cones   globose    or 
elliptic,  4  in    long,    New  Caledonia  —  Rarely  grown. 
The    narrowest    and    most    slender-branched    species 
in  cult 

AA.  Jjvs  broader,  usually  plane  and  imbricated. 
5.  Rfclei,  Muell     Fig    304.    Leafy  branchlets  very 
long     Ivs    oval-elliptic,    imbricated,    concave,    arched 
towards  the  branch,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  with  a 

prominent  dor- 
sal nerve,  sil- 
very gray  on 
the  upper  and 

rich  glossy 
green  on  the 
lower  side.  Variable  at  different  ages.  When  young, 
the  branches  are  often  drooping  and  the  Ivs.  com- 
pressed and  obscurely  4-angled  and  nearly  or  quite 
subulate,  var.  polymfirpha,  R.H  1866,  p  350  There 
is  also  a  var  compacta.  Now  Caledonia  Reaching  50 
ft.  in  height.  R.H.  18M  300,  and  phifc  IF 


304.  Araucana  Rulei 


22.204  A  strikingly  beautiful  plant  and  somewhat 
rare  in  cult.  The  figure  in  G  C  1861.868,  is  A. 
Muellcn,  Brongn  &  Gris ,  a  broader-lvd.  species. 
Var  Goldieana,  Hort  (A.  Coldieana,  T.  Mooie).  A 
variety  with  narrower  Ivs  and  with  branches  rather 
more  erect  than  the  type.  F.  1877.39.  Avar  Slogans. 
Hort ,  is  described  ,with  smaller  Ivs.,  and  close-whorled 
more  slender  branches: 
dwarf  | 

6  Bidwillii,     Hook 
Fig  305     Rather  nar- 
row in  giowth,  especi- 
ally    with     age,     the 
branches    simple     Ivs. 
in    two    rows,    lance- 
ovate  and  very  sharp- 
pointed,    thick,   hrm 
and  shining     Austral., 
where    it    attains    a 
height  of  150  ft ,  and 

is  known  asbunya-bunya  R  H  1897.  p  500,  dcsc  G  C. 
Ill  15  465,  showing  the  pineapple-like  cone. — One  of 
the  bast  and  handsomest  bpecics  for  pots 

7  braziliana,  A  Rich  (A  grtlnhv,  Hort )    Branches 
verticillate,    somewhat   inclined,    raised    at    the   ends, 
tending  to  disappear  below  ats  the  plant  grows    Ivs. 
alternate,   oblong-lanceolate.    1-2   in.  long,  somewhat 
decuircnt,  much  attenuated  and  very  sharp-pointed, 
deep  glaucous  green,  loosely  imbricated  cone  laige  and 
nearly  globular    S   Bra/il,  reaching  a  height  of  100  ft 
FS   21  2202     Vai    eiegans   (A    elegans,  Hort),  is  a 
form  with  very  numerous  branches  and  more  crowded 
and  often  glaucous  Ivs     Var    Ridolfiana,  Gord  ,  is  a 
more  robust  form,  with  larger  and  longer  Ivs 

8  imbricata,  Pav    MONKEY  PUZZLE    Figs  306,  307 
A  striking  tree  of  pyramidal  habit    branches  generally 
in  5's,  at  first  horizontal,  with  upward-curving  (some- 
times downward-curving)   tips,  but  finally  becoming 
much  deflexed,  branchlets  in  opposite  pairs,   curved 
upward  when    young,  and    continuing  to  grow  until 
several  feet  long  when  adult    Ivs   imbricated  and  per- 
sisting, even  on  the  trunk,  ovate-lanceolate,  very  stiff, 
leathery,  and  sharp-pointed,  2  in  long  on  the  primary 
st  and  branches,  1  in  long  on  the  branchlets,  slightly 
concave  at  the  base,  bright  green  on  both  sides    cone 
6-8  in  diam    West- 
ern slope  of  the  An- 
des in  Chile,  reach- 
ing a  height  of  100 

ft  FS  15  1577- 
1580  R  H  1893, 
p  153;  1897,  pp 
271,  319,  desc  Gt 
44  115.  G.C  III 
21-288,  24:154  — 
Hardy  in  the  S. 
This  is  the  species 
which  is  grown  in 
the  open  in  Kng- 
land  and  Ireland 
The  hardiest  species 
in  cult  Thrives  well 
in  a  heavy  loamy 
soil  in  a  moist  valley 
or  position  shel- 
tered from  rough 
winds  in  mild  clim- 
ates. The  branches 
are  heavy  and 
rather  brittle  and  ^ 
the  beauty  and 
symmetry  is  soon 
destroyed  if  planted 
in  an  exposed  posi- 
1  ion  The  timber  i>  306  Araucaria  imbricate.  California. 


ARAUC'AWA 


ARBORETUM 


347 


valuable  The  seeds  constitute  the  chief  food  of  the 
aborigines  in  some  sections  of  S  Amer  Var  platifdlia, 
Hort  ,  is  a  tonn  with  veiy  broad  Ivs 

A     albovpira,    Hort -=A     exc<  Isa  —  4     Dtmbtyi,   A     Rich  =A 
imbnrata  —  t      int,rmt<ha,     R     Ur      Tall    and    erect,    sparingly 
bram  lied,  nearly  dc- 
midfil  of  foliage   Ivn 

cordiforni,  obtuse-, 
green  and  shining 
NVwCaJfdonia  — 4 
Limlleyana,  \an 
Houtlo=\  braztl- 

H  r  o  n  K  n  &T/rTs' 
Tall  INS  scak-likf. 
,ur\cd,  ovate,  oh- 


307    Araucana  imbncata    (  X 


C'X  lorn  "—'  i  \?u<  /Tn™ 
whitish  spots  in  si  nes  r 
inunn  Hnim  lies  \vido-spn 
n-rlmps  a  form  of  A  Hul. 


vitli  white  spots  in 

'   CiU'donia     -A 
Mth  lonRdn 


o-t  Hat 


,  with 
B.MI- 
' 


perhaps  a  form  of  A    Ruin    R    B    il     p    U2  —  4    mbulntn,  \  u  ill 
Like  \    mtf  rmedm,  but  trunk  ktu  naked,  and  Ivs   linear-subulate 


N 


C.  P,  RAFFILL 


ARBORETUM.—  A  living  collection  of  trees  and 
other  wood\  plants 

Collections  of  trees  have  found  a  place  in  the  botanic 
gardens  of  all  countries  since  the  phvsic  garden  at 
Tokvo  was  founded  eight  hundred  years  ago,  and  for 
nioio  than  three  centimes  individuals  have  made  such 
collections  for  the  decoration  of  estates  or  for  purposes 
of  study  In  Europe  the  largest  collection  of  the  woody 
plants  of  temperate  regions  is  found  in  the  lto\al 
Gardens  at  Kc  \v,  and  in  the  Dutch  Colonial  Garden  at 
Bintcn/oig  on  the  island  of  Ja\a  is  the  most  important 
collection  of  the  trees  ot  the  tropics  Small  experimental 
arboreta  composed  chief!  \  of  timber  trees  of  supposed 
-value  ha\e  been  planted  in  collection  with  most  of  the 
lorest  school-,  or  foiest  institutes  of  Europe 

Jlistoncal  sketch 

As  early  as  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth  century,  a 
collection  ot  trees  was  made  at  Touvove  in  France  by 
Rend  ilu  Helliu,  Bishop  of  Mans,  who  recuved  the 
seeds  of  a  numbei  ot  exotic  tteis  fiom  Pierre  B<  Ion, 
ph\sician  and  tra\eler,  who  hist  brought  to  Europe 
some  of  the  trees  of  western  Asia  In  its  dav  the  gar- 
den ut  Tou\o\e  was  pronounce  d  bv  the  botanist  (leaner 
the  richest  and  most  beautiful  in  Fiance,  (ieimany  and 
Italy  Like  most  of  the  eaiK  collec  lions  of  trees  made 
by  individuals,  all  traces  ot  the  trees  planted  by  Reii6 
du  H(  Hay  ha\e  disappeared 

NearH  two  centimes  later,  the  head  of  the  French 
Marine,  Duhamcl  du  Monceau,  a  man  of  scientific 
attainment  s,  wealth  and  social  influence,  gathered 
from  Europe  and  Xoith  America  laige  collections  of 
trees  on  his  two  estates  of  de  \  eignv  and  du  Monceau 
and  fotmed  what  must  be  considered  the  hist  arboretum 
made  with  scientific  purpose  Du  Monceau  undertook 
a  critical  stuch  of  his  collections  and  published  in  1755 
his  "Trait  6  des  arbres  et  arbustes  qui  secultivent  en 
France"  His  arboretum  is  said  to  ha\e  contained  a 
thousand  species  of  wood}  plants  belonging  to  one 
hundred  and  nmetv-one  genera  Duhamel's  publica- 
tions and  example  had  much  influence  and  led  to  the 
introduction  of  manv  exotic  trees  into  French  parks 
and  plantations  Noble  specimens  of  the  cedar  of 
Lebanon,  the  deciduous  cypiess  of  the  southern  United 
States  and  other  trees  planted  by  him,  are  still  living 

The  arboretum  established  in  1825  in  France  at  Les 
Banes  near  the  village  of  Xogent-sur-Vermsson  (Loiret) 
by  Pierre  Philippe  Andr6  de  Vihnorm  is  still  one  of  the 
most  important  dendro  logical  stations  in  Europe  Vil- 
morm  was  especially  interested  in  the  different  geo- 
graphical forms  or  varieties  of  the  principal  timber 
trees  of  Europe  and  made  large  plantations  of  these  and 
of  a  number  of  exotic  trees  In  I860,  after  the  death  of 
the  founder,  the  arboretum  at  Les  Barres  was  purchased 
by  the  French  Government  and  now,  greatly  improved 


and  enlargecl  bv  new  plantations,  is  known  as  the 
Arboretum  National  des  Barres  and  is  used  as  a  school 
of  sylviculture  In  1906  a  critical  catalogue  of  this 
collection,  prepared  by  Monsieur  L  ParJ6,  Inspector 
des  Forets,  and  accompanied  by  an  atlas  of  plans  of  the 
arboretum  and  pictures  of  many  of  its  principal  trees, 
was  published  m  Paris  The  value  of  the  arboretum  at 
Les  Barres  has  been  increased  by  the  formation  in  its 
immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Fruticetum  Vilmonn- 
lanuin  This  collection  of  shrubs,  which  is  the  most 
complete  in  Europe,  was  established  in  1894  by  the 
grandson  of  the  founder  ot  the  arboretum  at  Les  Barres, 
Monsieur  Maurice  L  de  Vilmorm,  who  lias  been  suc- 
cessful in  introducing  many  interesting  plants  into 
gardens  through  his  relations  y\ith  French  missionaries 
in  China  A  catalogue  of  the  1*  rut  icetum  ViLmorimanum 
was  published  in  1801 

In  1857  Monsieur  Alfonse  LavalleV  began  to  plant 
an  arboiet uni  at  Segre/  in  the  Department  of  Siene- 
et-Oise  rl  his  was  a  .scientific  enterprise  and  the  value 
of  the  living  collections  was  increased  bv  the  establish- 
ment at  Segiez  of  a  botanical  hbiaiy  and  herbarium 
Aided  b>  the  professors  of  the  Museum  d'  llistoire 
Naturelle  in  Pam,  it  had  become  m  187"),  when  the 
"Enumeration  des  Vrbres  et  Arbnsseaux  Cultivc's  a 
Segie/"  was  publishi  d,  one  of  the  laigest  collec- 
tions of  woody  plants  that  had  been  made  up  to  that 
time  This  catalogue  w.ts  followed  in  1880  bv  the 
"Arboretum  Scgie/ianum"  in  which  appear  critical 
descriptions  and  figures  ot  some  of  the  raie  plants  culti- 
vated at  Segrez  Six  paits  with  thutv-six  plates  of  this 
work  appeared  M  Lavallee  died  suddenly  in  1884 
and  his  publications  and  a  few  trees  in  the  park  at 
Segiez  are  the  onlv  monuments  left  of  his  zeal  and 
industry  in  the  study  of  trees  In  1858  Monsieur  G 
Allard  began  the  ar- 
boretum at  la  Maul- 
dvrie,  neai  Angers  in 
France,  which  he  still 
maintains,  and  which 
contains  one  of  the 
largest  and  most  in- 
teresting collections  of 
the  oaks  of  Europe  and 
southwestern  Asia  in 
the  world,  and  is  par- 
ticularly rich  in  coni- 
fers 

At  Muskau  in  the 
vallev  of  the  Neisse  m 
Silesia,  on  the  estate- 
made  famous  by  the 
beaut  v  of  arrangement 
given  to  it  by  Hem- 
rich  Hermann  von 
Puckler,  an  important 
arboretum  was  estab- 
lished In  Prince  Fred- 
erick of  the  Nether- 
lands, who  purchased 
the  Muskau  estate 
1815  The  critical 
catalogue  of  the  plants 
m  the  Muskau  Arbo- 
retum by  Petzold  & 
Kirchner,  published  m 
18G4,  and  entitled  "Ar- 
boretum Muscavien- 
sis,"  is  a  standard  work  on  cultivated  trees  and  shrubs 
Many  of  the  trees  planted  by  von  Puckler  are  still 
living,  but  the  arboretum  is  now  conducted  as  a  com- 
mercial nursery 

In  Great  Britain,  no  important  scientifically  managed 
collection  of  trees  and  shrubs,  with  the  exception  of 
those  connected  with  general  botanic  gardens,  has  been 
attempted  The  arboreta,  however,  connected  with  the 


308  Old  Deciduous  Cypress  m 
Bartram's  Garden  This  tree  still 
stands,  although  dead 


348 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORETUM 


national  gardens  at  Kew,  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  have 
greatly  increased  the  knowledge  of  trees  and  stimulated 
the  taste  for  planting  not  only  in  Great  Britain  but  in 
all  civilized  countries.  At  Kew  is  to  be  found  probably 
the  largest  number  of  species  of  trees  and  shrubs  which 
has  yet  been  gathered  together,  for  in  England  more 
plants  can  be  made  to  grow  together  than  flourish  in 
any  one  country  on  the  continent  of  Europe  or  in  any 
one  place  in  the  United  States  Kew,  as  a  garden  in 
connection  with  royal  residences  has  existed  since  the 
middle  of  the  sixteenth  century,  in  1811  it  was  created 
a  national  garden  and  its  growth  and  improvement  have 
continued  uninterruptedly  ever  since  In  the  older  parts 
of  the  garden  many  noble  trees  testify  to  the  age  of 
the  establishment,  but  it  was  not  until  1848  that  the 
systematic  planting  of  an  arboretum  was  begun  by  Sir 
William  Hooker,  the  first  director  of  the  national  garden 
The  reputation  of  the  succeeding  directors  of  Kew,  its 
scientific  standing  and  the  interest  of  the  nation  in  its 
garden  have  made  it  possible  to  gather  there  plants 
from  all  parts  of  the  wrorld,  and  although  much  of  the 
soil  occupied  by  the  arboretum  is  not  well  suited  for 
the  growth  of  trees,  and  the  smoke  of  the  city  makes 
the  cultivation  of  conifers  and  many  other  evergreen 
plants  difficult  and  somef  uiies  impossible,  every  serious 
student  of  trees  must  avail  himself  of  the  great  oppor- 
tunities for  study  which  this  arboretum  affords  A 
collection  of  trees  was  once  planted  by  the  Horticul- 
tural Society  of  London  at  its  gardens  in  Chelsea,  this 
was  given  up  by  the  Society  many  years  ago  On  many 
of  the  large  private  estates  in  England,  Scotland  and 
Ireland  there  are  important  arboreta,  and  the  desire 
of  the  owners  of  British  estates  to  cultivate  new  trees, 
especially  conifers,  stimulated  the  botanical  explora- 
ations  in  all  the  temperate  parts  of  the  world  in  the  first 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century  undeitaken  by  the  Horti- 
cultural Society  ot  London  and  by  some  of  the  large 
firms  of  European  nurserymen  Some  of  these  private 
collections  have  been  of  great  value  to  students 

In  connection  with  the  Quinta  Normale  and  the 
Museum  of  Natural  History  in  San  Diego  in  Chile  is  a 
small  but  remarkable  arboretum  in  which  are  found  the 
oaks,  hickories,  magnolias  and  other  trees  of  eastern 
North  America  flourishing  as  they  flourish  nowhere 
else  outside  the  United  States,  and  with  these  the  pop- 
lars and  birches  of  northern  Europe  are  growing  with 
the  cypresses  and  pines  of  California,  and  the  eucalypti 
of  Australia 

Few  interesting  collections  of  trees  have  been  made 
in  North  America  In  1728  John  Bartram,  a  Pennsyl- 
vania farmer  and  later  distinguished  as  a  traveler  and 
botanist,  purchased  a  piece  of  land  on  the  banks  of  the 
Schuylkill  River  about  three  miles  from  Philadelphia 
and  established  a  botanic  garden  in  which  he  planted 
a  number  of  American  trees  collected  in  his  various 
journeys,  which  extended  from  the  shores  of  Lake 
Ontario  to  Florida,  or  received  from  his  correspondents 
in  Europe,  among  these  were  some  of  the  famous 
botanists  of  the  day  Bar  tram  was  appointed  botan- 
ist to  the  King  of  England  arid,  through  his  labors, 
many  American  trees  were  introduced  into  England 
and  many  Old  World  plants  first  reached  America 
Bartram  died  in  1777  Later  his  garden  was  used  as  a 
nursery  and,  after  having  passed  through  the  hands  of 
various  owners,  was  bought  in  1891  by  the  city  of  Phila- 
delphia and  is  now  a  public  park  A  few  only  of  the 
trees  planted  by  John  Bartram  are  now  standing 
Fig  308 

Bartram  by  his  own  labors  and  through  his  European 
correspondents  attained  much  influence,  and  is  one  of 
the  most  interesting  figures  among  those  who  have 
increased  the  knowledge  of  American  trees  Not  the 
least  important  of  his  good  works  was  the  inspiration 
which  his  cousin,  Humphrey  Marshall,  another  Penn- 
sylvania farmer,  derived  from  his  example  and  advice. 
Marshall  in  1773  made  a  garden  and  planted  a  number 


of  trees  near  the  Bradford  Meeting-house  now  in  the 
village  of  Marshalltown,  a  few  miles  from  West  Chester, 
traveled  widely  to  study  and  collect  plants,  and  in  1785 
published  the  "Arbustum  Amencanum,"  a  description 
of  the  trees  and  shrubs  indigenous  to  the  United  States. 
This  was  the  first  book  on  plants  written  by  a  native- 
born  American  Many  ot  the  trees  planted  by  Marshall 
have  giown  to  a  gieat  size  and  are  still  in  a  flourishing 
condition  His  arboretum  is  now  the  most  interesting 
of  the  old  collections  of  American  trees 

The  garden  and  arboretum  planted  about  18.30  by 
John  Evans,  another  Pennsylvania!!,  in  Delaware 
County  about  twelve  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  con- 
tained for  many  years  one  of  the  laigest  collections  of 
plants  in  the  United  States  Evans  kept  up  an  active 
correspondence  with  Sir  William  Hooker,  the  Director 
of  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Kew,  from  whom  he  received 
the  seeds  of  many  Himalayan  and  other  rare  and  little- 
known  plant  s  A  few  only  of  the  trees  planted  by  Evans, 
who  died  in  18b2,  are  now  ahv  e,  among  them  is  probablv 
the  largest  specimen  of  the  European  hop  hornbeam 
in  the  United  States 

In  1841  Henry  Wmthrop  Sargent,  of  Boston, 
bought  \\odenethe,  an  estate  of  twenty-two  acres 
above  Fishkill  Landing,  New  York,  overlooking  the 
Hudson  River  A  friend  and  pupil  of  his  neighbor,  A 
J  Downing,  Sargent  through  Dow  mug's  influence 
became  interested  in  the  cultivation  of  trees  and  espe- 
cially of  conifers  At  Wodenethe  every  comfc  rous  plant 
that  could  be  obtained  was  tested,  and  for  forty  vears 
it  remained  the  most  important  place  in  the  United 
States  for  obtaining  mtoimation  on  the  value  of  these, 
plants  for  cultivation  in  this  country  If  the  results  of 
Sargent's  experiments  were  laigel>  negative,  that  is  if 
they  were  more  successful  in  showing  what  tiees  weie 
not  suitable  for  the  eastern  states  than  in  adding 
numerous  species  to  the  number  of  comfeis  \\luch  can 
be  peimanently  giown  here,  they  were  of  great  interest 
ana  value  to  the  country  For  many  years  the  influence 
of  H  W  Sargent  among  lovers  of  country  life  in  the 
United  States  was  considerable  and  has  done  much  in 
the  last  sixty  years  toward  increasing  the  knowledge  of 
trees  and  directing  sound  horticultural  taste  To  this 
influence  is  largely  due  the  hoiticultuial  careeis  of 
his  relatives,  Horatio  Holhs  Hurmewell  and  Charles 
Sprague  Sargent. 

In  18.72  Air  Hunnewell  began  the  development  of  an 
estate  in  the  valley  of  the  Charles  Itivei  at  Natick  (now 
Wellesley),  about  twelve  miles  west  of  Boston  Here, 
with  the  aid  of  his  relative  at  Wodenethe,  he  planted 
coniferous  trees  for  which  the  well-drained  gravelly 
soil  proved  to  be  suited  Past  middle  life  when  he 
began  to  plant  his  trees,  he  was  able  to  see  manv  of  them 
attain  a  large  sue  and  his  pmetum,  in  number  of  spe- 
cies and  beauty  of  individuals,  the  most  important  in 
the  United  States  In  the  hands  of  a  younger  Hunne- 
well,  it  is  constantly  enlarged  and  unproved,  and 
Wellesley  is  still  one  of  the  most  interesting  places  in 
America  for  the  lover  of  cultivated  trees 

About  1870  Josiah  Hoopes,  author  of  "The  Book 
of  Evergreens,"  the  only  American  book  on  the  subject, 
planted  in  connection  with  his  nursery  in  West  Chester, 
Pennsylvania,  a  large  number  of  coniferous  trees  This 
at  the  time  was  one  of  the  best  collections  of  these 
plants  that  had  been  made  in  the  United  States 
Twenty-five  years  later,  and  after  Mr  Hoopes'  death, 
although  a  large  number  of  the  species  had  disappeared, 
many  survived  to  show  their  beauty  and  value  as  orna- 
mental trees  The  Hoopes  pmetum  should  be  visited 
by  everyone  interested  in  the  cultivation  of  conifers 

In  1874  Charles  A  Dana,  the  distinguished  jour- 
nalist, bought  Dosons,  an  island  about  fifty  acres  in 
extent  off  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island,  near  Glen 
Cove,  and  began  planting  trees  Groat  intelligence  and 
industry  was  shown  in  this  undertaking,  and  in  the 
Dosons  collection  are  still  found  many  rare  trees  and 


ARBORETUM 

shrubs  of  exceptional  size  arid  beauty,  but 
with  the  change  of  owners  this,  like  most 
private  collections  of  trees  in  the  United 
States,  is  piobably  destined  to  suffer  from 
neglect  or  to  entirely  disappear 

In  Highland  Park,  Rochester,  New 
York,  on  grounds  admirably  situated  for 
the  purpose,  the  park  department  of  that 
city  has  established  an  arboretum  which 
contains  one  of  the  largest  collectiorih  of 
trees  and  shrubs  m  the  United  States  and 
\vhich,  situated  as  it  is  m  a  great  center 
of  commercial  horticulluie,  cannot  fail  to 
become  a  powerful  factor  in  horticultural 
education  Equally  important  in  educa- 
tional possibilities  is  the  excellent  arbo- 
retum which  has  been  established  by  the 
(jovernment  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada 
on  its  Central  Expenmental  I1  arm  at 
Ottawa  Plae  ed  in  a  legion  of  great  winter 
cold,  the  lessons  which  the  Ottawa  Arbo- 
retum can  teach  of  the  haidmessof  plants 
will  be  of  special  value  to  Canada  and  to 
the  northern  boiders  of  the  United  States 

The  influence  of  American  nurserymen 
by  their  introduction  and  multiplication 
of  trees  and  shiubs  must  not  be  over- 
looked, and  American  lovers  and  students 
of  tree's  will  always  gratefully  remember 
buch  names  as  Kemick  and  Hovey  of 
Massachusetts,  Price  and  Parsons  of  Long 
Island,  Kllw anger  and  Hairy  of  Rochester, 
New  York,  Thomas  Meehan  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, Berckmans  of  (leoigia,  and  Robert 
Douglas  of  Illinois  The  aiborcta  which 
they  planted  m  connection  with  their  nur- 
series offered  in  their  time  valuable  object 
lessons,  and  the  influences  of  their  pub- 
lications aie  often  of  Listing  \alue 

The  Arnold  Arbont urn     Fig-  309-311 

It  has  been  left  to  llaivard  University 
to  establish  an  aiboietum  on  a  l.uge  scale 
and  in  a  manner  whuh  seems  destine- "d  to 
make  it  permanent  This  arboretum  owes 
its  oiigm  to  Mr  James  Arnold,  a  mer- 
chant of  New  Hertford  who  died  in  1SOS, 
leaving  to  the  trustees  of  his  est  ate  S100,0()0 
to  be  devoted  to  the  advancement  of  agri- 
culture or  hortic  lilt  ure  One  of  these  trus- 
tees was  (leorge  H  Emerson,  the  author 
of  "The  Report  on  the  Tiees  and  Mirubs 
of  Massachusetts  "  Mr  Emerson,  realiz- 
ing the  benefit  which  the  woild  might 
derive  from  the  establishment  of  a  scien- 
tifically managed  collection  of  tiees  m  the 
neighborhood  of  Boston,  proposed  to  turn 
over  Mr  Arnold's  legacv  to  the  President 
and  Fellows  of  Harvard  College  to  be  used 
to  develop  and  maintain  an  niboretum, 
provided  they  would  devote  to  this  pur- 
pose a  part  of  the  farm  in  West  Roxbury 
which  had  been  given  to  the  university  by 
Mr  Benjamin  Bussey  This  plan  was 
earned  out  in  1872,  and  12f)  acres  were 
set  aside  for  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  in 
which  the  University  undertook  to  grow  a 
specimen  of  every  tree  and  shiub  able  to 
support  the  climate  of  eastern  Massachu- 
setts In  December,  1882,  a  contract  was 
made  between  the  university  and  the  city 
of  Boston  under  which  the  city  agreed  to 
add  certain  adjoining  lands  to  the  arbo- 
retum, to  construct  and  maintain  under 
the  direction  of  its  park  commission  a 
system  of  carriage-drives  and  walks 


ARBORETUM 


349 


350 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORETUM 


planned  uruior  the  direction  of  Frederick  Law  Olm- 
sted,  to  police  the  grounds  and  to  assume  all  taxes 
which  might  he  levied  on  the  property  during  the 
thousand  jears  for  which  the  contract  was  made  In 
return  tor  this  assistance,  the  university  agreed  to 
open  the  arboietum  to  the  public  from  sunrise  to 
sunset  during  every  day  of  the  vear,  reserving,  ho\ve\  er, 
entire  control  of  all  the  collections  and  of  the  giounds 
with  the  exception  of  the  dnves  and  walks  Work  on 
the  roads  was  begun  by  the  citv  in  ISSo,  but  through 
various dela\ s  in  construction,  the  planting  of  the  prin- 
cipal collections  of  trees  and  shiubs  was  not  under- 
taken until  the  following  year  In  1894,  seventv-five 
acres,  known  as  Peter's  Hill,  and  a  part  of  the  Bussey 
farm,  were  added  to  the  arboretum  by  the  President 
and  Fellows  ol  the  university,  and  in  1S*)S  were  opened 
to  the  public  by  an  encircling  road  built  bv  the  paik 
department  of  the  city  This  contract  with  the  city  of 


been  understood  by  its  management,  is  to  increase 
the  knowledge  of  trees  and  other  woody  plants  To 
accomplish  this,  something  more  than  the  collection 
of  living  plants  hardy  in  eastern  Massachusetts  con- 
templated by  the  trustees  of  James  Arnold's  will  was 
necessary,  and  the  Arnold  Arboietum  as  now  organized 
is,  first,  an  out-of-door  museum  in  which  the  public  can 
see  the  tiees  and  shrubs  of  the  north  temperate  zone 
convenient!}  aiianged,  second,  a  dendiological  station 
and  laboratory  in  which  the  scientific  study  of  trees  is 
can  led  on,  and  thud,  a  bureau  of  publication,  explora- 
tion and  exchange thi ough  which  botanical  exploration 
in  different  parts  of  the  world  is  undertaken  and  the 
results  and  pioducts  of  these  explorations  made  known 
and  distnbuted 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  out-ot-door  museum— the 
living  collection  ot  tiees  and  shrubs— the  species  to 
facilitate  study  have  been  arranged  in  groups  of  geneia 


310     Kalmia  in  bloom  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 


Boston  is  of  gieat  value  to  the  aiboietum,  tor,  as  it 
cannot  be  moved  from  its  present  location  without  (he 
consent  of  the  uimeisity  arid  the  cit  /,  there  is  little 
rhance  that,  howevei  valuable  the  land  may  become, 
the  people  of  Boston  will  ever  consent  to  give  up  a 
public  paik  of  unusual  chaiaetei  and  gieat  beauty 
The  assumption  ot  -ill  taxes  by  the  cit\  during  1,000 
years  insured  by  this  coat i act  may  become  an  impor- 
tant contribution  to  the  arboretum 

The  Arnold  Arboretum  occupies  220  acies  of  meadow, 
hill  and  valley  It  forms  one  of  the  series  of  Boston 
parks  with  which  it  is  connected  by  a  broad  parkway 
It  is  close  to  the  Forest  Hills  station  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railioad,  and  it  can  be  reached 
from  all  parts  of  the  city  by  two  lines  of  electric  cars 
Its  natural  features  are  a  broad  meadow  along  the 
northeastern  boundary,  and  three  high  hills  separated 
by  narrow  valleys  thiough  one  of  which  flows  a  small 
stream  One  of  these  hills  is  covered  by  a  remarkable 
growth  of  hemlock  trees,  and  natural  woods,  in  which 
large  individuals  of  many  of  the  trees  of  eastern  New 
England  are  found,  cover  other  parts  of  the  arboretum 

The  purpose  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  as  this  has 


and  l.unilies  in  a  natural  sequence  whenever  conditions 
of  soil  and  situation  hive  made  this  possible,  a  fuither 
attempt  being  made  to  ai range  the  planted  gioups  in 
harmony  with  the  native  woods  and  the  othei  natuial 
feat  in  es  of  the  giound  All  the  groups  ot  trees,  shiubs, 
and  all  the  natuial  woods  me  easily  reached  by  grass 
paths  which  extend  to  all  parts  ot  the  giounds  In  the 
case  of  the  trees  of  North  America,  seveial  individuals 
of  each  species  have  been  plaited,  but  want  of  space 
has  generalh  made  it  impossible  to  plant  more  than 
one  individual  of  an  Old  >Voild  species  In  the  gioups 
of  American  trees,  one  specimen  is  planted  with 
abundant  space  foi  the  full  development  ot  its  branches 
and  the  others  are  arranged  in  a  compact  group  to  show 
their  habit  under  such  conditions 

For  the  convenience  of  students,  the  shrubs  of  genera 
in  which  theie  are  no  hardy  trees,  and  all  vines,  have 
been  ai  ranged  in  a  sequence  of  genera  in  long  parallel 
beds  near  one  of  the  principal  entrances,  but  the  shrubs 
belonging  to  genera  in  which  some  of  the  species  are 
hardy  trees  have  been  planted  in  connection  with  the 
groups  of  trees  of  these  genera  In  addition  to  the 
shrubs  in  the  general  shrub  collection,  supplementary 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORETUM 


351 


collections  of  several  of  the  large  genera  of  shrubs  have 
been  established,  usually  in  sheltered  positions,  in  which 
are  planted  new  or  imperfectly  known  species  or  species 
that  require  unusual  care  or  special  protection. 

The  collections  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  are  rich  in 
the  woody  plants  of  eastern  North  America,  northern 
Europe,  Siberia,  China  and  Japan,  and  contain  the 
largest  number  of  species  and  varieties  of  these  plants 
to  be  found  in  any  American  collection ,  and  gradually 
the  Arboretum,  with  its  hills  and  valleys,  its  native 
woods  and  varied-  vegetation,  has  developed  into  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  public  gardens  of  the 
world 

A  large  part  of  the  trees  and  shrubs  planted  in  the 
Arboretum  has  been  raised  in  its  nurseries  from  seeds 
collected  in  those  parts  of  the  region  occupied  by  the 
species  in  which  the  climate  most  resembles  that  of 
New  England  A  record  of  the  origin  and  history  of 
all  the  plants  is  kept  on  the  cards  of  a  catalogue,  and 
the  position  of  every  tree  permanently  planted  in  the 
groups  is  recorded  on  the  sheets  of  a  large  scale  map, 
and  with  this  is  kept  the  detailed  history  of  each  tree 
Labels  giving  the  Latin  and  English  names  and  the 
region  that  they  inhabit  are  placed  at  the  height  of 
the  eye  on  the  tiunks  of  prominent  native  trees  standing 
near  drives  and  walks,  and  these  labels  are  found  on  the 
trunks  of  numv  of  the  planted  trees  in  the  different 
groups  Metal  labels  with  raised  letters  are  used  for 
the  plants  in  the  shrub  collection  arid  for  shrubs  and 
small  trees  near  some  of  the  walks  Wooden  stakes 
giving  their  names  are  placed  before  manv  shrubs  and 
small  trees,  and  in  every  plant,  whether  otherwise 
labeled  or  not,  a  small  zinc  label  is  attached 

In  order  to  make  the  Arnold  Arboretum  a  scientific 
station  and  something  more  than  a  collection  of  living 
trees,  an  herbarium  of  woodv  plants  intended  event- 
ually to  represent  the  ligneous  \egctation  of  the  world 
and  a  hbiary  now  containing  29,000  bound  volumes 
and  0,000  pamphlets  have  been  formed.  An  herbarium 
and  library  connected  with  such  an  institution  are 
essential  for  the  determination  and  correct  labeling 
of  the  living  collections  and  make  possible  original 
scientific  \\ork  A  report  on  the  forest  wealth  of  the 
United  States,  the  reports  of  state  and  national  com- 
missions appointed  to  studv  American  forest  conditions, 
the  illustiated  "Silva  of  Noith  America,"  the  "Manual 
of  the  Trees  of  North  Arneiica,"  a  "Forest  Floia  of 
Japan,"  "Trees  and  Shrubs,"  a  monograph  of  the  genus 
Lomcera,  a  monograph  of  the  pines  of  Mexico,  many 
of  the  articles  on  trees  and  shrubs  in  this  Cyclopedia, 
the  ten  volumes  of  Garden  and  Forest,  the  Jesup  collec- 
tion of  Noith  American  woods  in  the  American  Museum 
of  Natural  History  in  New  York,  are  some  of  the  con- 
tributions to  knowledge  which  the  aiboreturn  as  a 
scientific  station  has  been  able  to  make  For  several 
years,  it  has  been  actively  engaged  in  bibliographical 
studies,  and  the  results  of  these  studies  are  being 
published  in  the  "Bradley  Bibliography,"  of  which  two 
volumes  have  app«.ired  An  elaboration  of  the  woody 
plants  of  China  is  in  progress,  based  largely  on  the  col- 
lections of  E  II  W  ilson,  one  of  the  arboretum  explorers, 
and  is  now  being  published  by  the  arboretum  in  the 
"Planter  Wilsomame  " 

In  connection  with  its  work  in  search  of  material  for 
its  collections,  officers  and  employees  of  the  arboretum 
have  visited  neaily  every  part  of  North  America,  have 
traveled  in  Peru  and  Chile,  and  explored  the  Caucasus, 
Japan,  Korea,  and  northern  and  western  China 
Through  these  explorations,  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
has  been  able  to  introduce  into  the  gardens  of  the 
United  States  and  Europe  a  large  number  of  new  plants 
or  olants  that  have  been  long  lost  to  cultivation,  and 
through  these  introductions  it  has  established  relations 
in  all  countries  with  the  principal  botanic  gardens, 
the  important  nurserymen  and  many  individuals  inter- 
ested in  trees  and  their  cultivation 


The  work  the  Arnold  Arboretum  attempts  and  the 
demands  which  are  made  on  it  are  national  in  scope  and 
extent,  but  for  a  national  American  arboretum  a  more 
temperate  and  equable  climate  than  that  of  Massachu- 
setts is  desirable  Its  situation,  however,  in  the  midst 
of  a  population  famous  for  its  generosity  and  actively 
interested  in  horticulture,  and  the  stability  it  enjoy? 
from  its  connection  with  a  great  university,  and  from  its 
contact  with  the  city  of  Boston,  are  favorable  to  it 
It  is  impossible,  however,  to  cultivate  in  one  collection 
the  trees  which  grow  naturally  or  can  be  made  to  grow 
in  all  the  different  regions  of  the  United  States,  and 
the  Amencan  national  arboretum  of  the  future  must 
first  of  all  be  an  institution,  like  the  Arnold  Arboretum, 
of  long  life 
and  continu- 
ous  control; 
and  this  cen- 
tral institu- 
tion properly 
equipped 
with  labora- 
tories and 
material  for 
research  must 
be  in  a  posi- 
tion to  estab- 
lish branches 
in  F 1  o  r  i  d  a, 
Amona,Cah- 
forma  and  in 
some  central 
regions  of  the 
continent,  for 
in  such  bran- 
ches managed 
by  the  central 
institute,  it 
would  be  pos- 
sible to  col- 
lect and  to 
studv  nearly 
all  the  trees 
of  the  world 
suitable  for 


311  Trees  still   standing   in    the   Humphrey 
Marshall  collection 


diffeient  parts  of  the  country,  and  so  make  possible  in 
the  United  States  an  arboretum  really  national  in 
character 

Herbaria  are  chiefly  valuable  when  they  supplement 
collections  of  living  plants,  and  it  is  now  becoming  grad- 
ually acknowledged  that  accurate  knowledge  of  trees 
and  of  many  other  groups  of  plants  can  be  obtained  onlv 
by  a  comparative  stud>  of  the  plants  themselves  The 
opportunity  for  this  will  be  found  only  in  establish- 
ments in  which  plants  in  large  groups  can  be  assembled 
and  grown  under  conditions  favorable  for  their  best 
development  Today  the  palms  of  the  tropics,  especi- 
ally those  of  the  Old  \Yorld,  can  be  satisfactorily  stud- 
ied only  in  the  great  collection  of  these  plants  gathered 
together  in  the  botanic  garden  at  Buitenzorg  in  Java 
Some  groups  of  northern  trees  and  shrubs  can  now 
best  be  observed  in  the  Arnold  Arboietum,  but  to 
obtain  exact  information  of  others  the  student  must 
make  long  and  sometimes  difficult  journeys  Until, 
for  example,  collections  of  the  cactaceie  and  of  plants 
like  the  agaves  and  yuccas  are  assembled  in  a  region 
favorable  to  their  gro\\th,  like  southern  New  Mexico  or 
Arizona,  it  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  a  true  under- 
standing of  these  plants  which,  when  grown  in  northern 
greenhouses  or  in  regions  unsuited  to  their  peculiar 
needs,  more  often  mislead  than  illuminate  Com- 
prehensive collections  of  the  species  of  eucahptus, 
acacia  and  other  Australasian  plants  established  in 
California  would  be  of  great  value  to  that  state, 
and  collections  of  tropical  and  subtropical  plants  in 
southern  Florida  would  immensely  benefit  not  only 


352 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORICULTURE 


the  southern  part  of  that  state  but  all  the  West 
Indies  and  other  tropical  countries. 

A  nationalized  arboretum. 

The  arboretum,  therefore,  worthy  to  be  considered 
national  in  scope  and  accomplishment  in  a  country  of 
such  varied  climates  as  North  America  must  consist  of 
a  number  of  stations  in  different  parts  of  the  country 
under  one  management  and  with  one  central  head 
from  which  the  work  of  the  different  stations  should  be 
directed  and  superintended  and  which  should  be  the 
bureau  of  publication  of  the  results  obtained  in  them. 
The  position  of  the  central  station  in  the  country  is  of 
little  importance  in  comparison  with  its  permanence, 
endowment  and  freedom  from  all  dangerous  influences. 
Such  conditions  of  permanence  and  freedom  in  this 
country  will  best  be  obtained  in  connection  with  one  of 
the  great  endowed  universities  rather  than  with  the 
national  or  with  any  state  government,  for  political 
association  is  not  conducive  to  the  best  scientific 
research,  and  for  the  next  hundred  years  at  least,  and 
until  a  real  knowledge  of  the  vegetation  of  the  earth 
has  been  obtained,  the  National  Arboretum  must  be 
organized  primarily  for  research 

By  the  information  it  could  accumulate,  such  an  in- 
stitution would  be  able  to  aid  the  agricultural  experi- 
ment stations  and  state  universities,  which  are  the 
natural  and  proper  organizations  for  popularizing  the 
results  of  long-sustained  scientific  investigations,  for 
which  they  are  not  equipped  and  which,  with  the 
uncertainty  of  their  resources,  they  cannot  hope  suc- 
cessfully to  carry  on  Forestry  and  landscape-garden- 
ing are  based  on  a  knowledge  of  trees,  and  in  the  study 
of  trees  are  found  pleasures  which  increase  with  knowl- 
edge and  endure  through  life 

The  Arnold  Arboretum  endeavors  to  popularize  its 
knowledge  by  the  publication  of  Bulletins  of  Popular 
Information  and  by  courses  of  popular  held  instruction; 
and  it  should  further  be  the  duty  of  a  national  Arbo- 
retum to  aid  in  the  establishment  of  arboreta  m  con- 
nection with  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  sta- 
tions, on  the  grounds  of  universities  not  equipped  with 
botanic  gardens,  and  on  the  grounds  of  nigh-schools 
Collections  of  trees  properly  labeled  are  needed  m 
every  institution  of  learning  and  m  every  large  center 
of  population  Until  such  collections  are  established, 
xhe  people  of  the  United  States  can  hope  to  know 
little  of  the  beauty  and  value  of  their  native  trees 
and  of  those  exotic  trees  which  can  safely  be  intro- 
duced into  different  parts  of  the  country 

C   S.  SARGENT. 

ARBORICULTURE.  Arboriculture  is  the  growing  or 
cultivation  of  trees  It  is  distinct  from  sylviculture, 
which  grows  trees  in  forest  plantations  for  the  pro- 
duction of  a  timber-crop  Sylviculture  is  a  part  of 
forestry 

What  constitutes  a  tree  is  not  easy  to  explain  in  a 
short  and  well-defined  statement  A  given  species  may 
assume  a  tree-like  habit  or  remain  shrubby,  according 
to  the  climatic  conditions,  soil  and  other  circumstances. 
Usually  a  tree  is  defined,  under  normal  conditions,  as  a 
woody  plant  rising  from  the  ground  with  a  single  stern 
and  attaining  a  certain  height,  fixed  by  some  at  20,  by 
others  at  15  feet,  or  even  less  A  more  exact  definition 
has  been  given  by  B  E.  Fernow  "Trees  are  woody 
plants  the  seed  of  which  has  the  inherent  capacity  of 
producing  naturally  within  their  native  limits  one  main 
erect  axis  continuing  to  grow  for  a  number  of  years 
more  vigorously  than  the  lateral  axes  and  the  lower 
branches  dying  off  in  time  " 

Trees  are  the  most  pro  mient  feature  of  the  vegetable 
world  and  surpass  all  other  organic  beings  in  height, 
magnitude  and  longevity  The  greatest  height  known 
has  been  reached  by  Sequoia  semperinrens,  which 
attains  340  feet  Not  very  far  less  is  Eucalyptus  amyg- 


dalina,  of  which  the  highest  tree  actually  measured  is 
given  as  325  feet;  it  is,  therefore,  the  tallest  of  the  hard- 
wood trees.  The  sequoias,  however,  are  of  more  majes- 
tic and  gigantic  appearance  than  the  eucalyptus  on 
account  of  their  massive  trunk  (see  Sequoia)  Pseu- 
dotsuga  taxifoha  and  Pinus  Ijfirnbertiana  occasionally 
attain  300  feet.  A  number  of  other  conifers,  chiefly 
American,  grow  to  a  height  of  150  to  300  feet  Some 
deciduous  trees,  as  Platanus  occidentals,  several  species 
of  oak  and  Lmodendron  Tulipifera  exceed  150  feet  in 
height  The  jequitiba  of  southern  Brazil  (Couratan 
legalis,  one  of  the  Myrtaceie)  is  also  a  gigantic  tree  (see 
Bot  Gaz.  31,  p  352) 

The  greatest  diameter  has  been  observed  in  Castanea 
vesca,  of  which  a  tree  with  a  partly  decayed  trunk  at 
the  foot  of  Mt  P^tna  m  Sicily  measures  more  than  60 
feet  in  diameter  After  this  the  greatest  diameter 
observed  is  in  Taxodium  mttcrondtum,  about  40  feet, 
and  m  Platanus  orientals  about  the  same,  m  Sequoia 
gigantea  35  feet,  in  Taxodium  dislichum  30  feet,  and 
somewhat  less  in  Adansonui  dwitata 

The  age  attributed  to  mauy  of  the  tallest  trees  is 
based  more  or  less  on  speculation,  and  opinions  often 
differ  widely  Dracsena  Dr,icc  is  believed  to  reach  6,000 
years  of  age,  Adansonia  digitata  5,000,  Taxodium  mu- 
cronatum  and  Platanua  orientahs  4,000,  Cupressus  sem~ 
pervirens  and  Taxus  baccata  3,000,  Castanea  saliva, 
Guercus  pedunculata,  Sequoia  gigantea  and  Cedrus 
Libani  more  than  2,000  years 

Although  the  trees  are  the  most  conspicuous  features 
of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  they  represent  only  a  small 
percentage  of  it  as  regards  the  number  of  species  In 
the  United  States,  where  about  600  trees  occur,  they 
represent  only  about  33-2  Por  cent  of  the  whole  phanero- 
gamic flora,  in  Europe  even  less  As  a  rule,  towards 
the  tropics  the  number  of  tree-like  species  increases, 
towards  the  arctic  regions  it  decreases  Remarkably 
nch'in  dees  is  the  flora  of  Japan,  where  the  proportion 
of  trees  to  the  whole  phanerogamic  flora  is  more  than 
10  per  cent,  which  percentage  surpasses  by  far  that  of 
any  other  country  m  the  temperate  regions 

Trees  belong  to  many  different  natural  orders,  but  of 
the  orders  of  monocotyledonous  plants  only  a  few  con- 
tain trees  and  none  of  them  is  hardy  North  None  of  the 
larger  orders  contains  trees  only,  but  there  are  some 
which  consist  exclusively  of  'woody  plants  and  include 
a  large  proportion  of  trees,  as  Pinacea*,  Fagaceon, 
Sahcaceae,  Juglandacesc,  Magnohaceo1,  Sapindaceae, 
Ekeagnacese,  Ulmaceir,  Hamamehdaceae,  Lauraceae, 
Anaeardiaceir,  Ebenacesp,  Styraeaceae  and  others 

The  uses  of  trees  are  manifold,  and  a  country  from 
which  the  forests  have  been  destrr-  <-4  becomes  almost 
uninhabitable  and  worthless  to  mankind  The  forests 
furnish  wood  and  timber,  exercise  oeneficuil  influences 
on  the  climate,  act  as  regulators  Oi  the  waterflow,  pre- 
vent erosion  and  also  the  removal  of  soil  by  the  wind 
Besides  furnishing  wood  and  timber,  many  trees  yield 
other  products  of  great  economic  importance,  especially 
the  numerous  kinds  bearing  fruits  The  aesthetic  value 
also  of  the  tree  must  not  be  underrated,  although  it 
cannot  be  counted  in  money 

The  science  of  trees  and  shrubs  is  dendrology.  The 
art  of  growing  trees  is  arboriculture,  while  the  rearing 
and  maintaining  of  forests  and  the  production  of 
timber-crops  is  sylviculture.  Arboriculture  is  some- 
times used  in  a  broader  sense,  like  dendrology,  to  in- 
clude also  the  growing  of  shrubs.  Orchard  culture  is  a 
branch  of  arboriculture  or  of  horticulture,  and  deals 
with  the  cultivation  of  fruit  trees;  it  is  usually  included 
under  pomology,  which  comprises  both  the  science  and 
practice  of  fruit-growing. 

As  ornamental  subjects,  trees  are  more  permanent, 
easier  of  cultivation  and  cheaper  in  the  long  run  than 
herbs.  It  is  curious  to  note  how  little  attention  the 
average  gardener  who  has  the  care  of  a  park  or  garden 
gives  to  the  most  prominent  feature  of  his  domain.  He 


IX.    Arboretum. — Plantation  of  American  oaks  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum:  Solidago  canadensis  underplanting. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


G53 


usually  knows  fairly  v/ell  the  greenhouse  plants  and 
herbaceous  perennials,  which  cost  most  in  time  and 
money,  but  the  trees  and  shrubs  he  often  disregards 
This  is  apparently  due  to  the  fact  that  after  being  once 
planted,  and  often  not  by  himself,  the  trees  and  shrubs 
do  not  need  his  perpetual  care,  and  usually  grow  with- 
out his  aid  and  interference. 

To  the  landscape  gardener  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
trees  is  absolutely  essential.  He  ought  to  know  the 
ornamental  properties  of  the  trees,  their  rate  and  mode 
of  growth,  their  peculiarities  in  regard  to  soil,  situation 
and  climate  As  the  trees  are,  after  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  the  most  permanent  clement  of  the  landscape, 
they  ought  to  be  planted  with  careful  deliberation  as  to 
the  intended  artistic  effect  and  their  fitness  to  the  soil 
and  climatic  conditions,  for  mistakes  in  planting  of 
trees  are  afterwards  not  easily  corrected  and  rarely 
without  injury  to  the  original  artistic  design 
The  available  number  of  trees  from  which 
selection  may  be  made  is  large  There  are 
in  American  and  European  nurseries  and  gar- 
dens more  than  000  species  in  cultivation 
that  are  hardy  in  the  noithern  and  middle 
states  About  2oO  of  them  are  American,  more 
than  200  from  eastern  Asia,  about  100  from 
Europe  and  70  from  western  and  central 
Asia  About  forty  natural  families  are  repre- 
sented, of  which  the  mobt  important  are  the 
Pmaceae,  Fagaceie,  Sahcaceir,  Rosaeea>,  Legu- 
minosa»,  Juglandamc,  Sapindacea>,  UrtieaeeiE, 
Magriohaeea.',  and  Oleaceai  The  number  of 
all  the  cultivated  varieties  and  garden  forms 
is,  of  course,  considerably  larger  than  that  of 
the  botanical  species  and  may  be  estimated 
at  about  3,000  Comparatively  few  horti- 
cultural varieties  are  found  in  American  nur- 
series as  compaied  with  European,  but  this 
need  not  be  regretted,  as  horticultural  vane- 
ties  are  mostly  merely  curious  or  monstrous 
forms.  In  planting,  one  must  rely  chiefly 


In  the  intermediate  country  and  overlapping  both,  the 
deciduous  trees  afford  much  summer  protection  and  a 
little  winter  protection  The  chief  aesthetic  value  of 
trees  is  due  to  the  suggestion  of  comfort  that  they 
give  In  winter,  a  house  snuggling  against  a  group  of 
evergreens  may  be  attractive,  and  yet,  if  lacking  a  well- 
placed  shade  tree,  may  in  summer  appear  glaring  or 
otherwise  uninviting  These  feelings  are  the  same  with 
regard  to  native  woodlands  or  rnan-inade  clumps  more 
remote  from  dwellings  The  different  kinds  of  forest 
attract  because  of  suggestions  of  comparative  comfort 
and  of  pleasures  To  those  who  have  lived  in  the  heart 
of  a  large  city  all  their  lives,  such  scenes  are  likely  to  be 
unattractive  because  of  lack  of  suggestivenebs  Some 
of  the  interesting  and  varied  forms  of  trees  are  dis- 
played in  Figs.  312  to  359. 

In  planting  trees  for  ornament,  these  elements  of  pro- 


on  the  types  and  use  the  horticultural  vane- 
ties  sparingly,  for  restfulness  should  be  the 
prevailing    character    of    the    masses  and   groups   of 
trees.  ALFRED  HEHDER. 


312    A  group  of  old  sugar  ; 


laples,  with  irregular  and  broken  heads. 


CONTENTS   TO   THE   ARTICLES    IN    "ARBORICULTURE." 

The  cultivation  of  trees,  Mulford,  page  353 

The  coniiers  in  particular,  P'ernow,  page  358. 

The  transplanting?  of  large  trees.  Hicks,  page  362. 

Typos  of  insect  injury  to  tree'',  Brues,  page  301 

Some  typos  of  tre<  diseases,  Rankm,  page  3G8 

Choice  of  trees  for  special  purpose*,  Rrhdcr,  page  372. 

Choice  of  street  trees  for  special  regions,  Mulford,  page  374 

Oinainental  trees  for  the  middle  and  southern  states,  Berckmans, 

nage  374 

TVees  on  the  great  plains,  Rcsney  and  Watrous,  page  37b 
Trees  grown  for  shade  and  ornament  m  California,  Davy  and 

Morrison,  page  378. 

The  cultivation  of  trees. 

From  earliest  times  man's  instinct  has  been  to  seek 
the  protection  of  trees  In  locating  his  home  the  first 
necessity  has  been  the  proximity  of  water;  second, 
pasture  for  his  flocks,  third,  the  presence  of  trees;  in 
warm  countries  it  has  been  necessary  to  provide  pro- 
tection from  the  hot  sun's  rays,  in  cool  countries  for 
the  sake  of  fuel  and  protection  from  the  elements  As 
civilization  has  progressed  and  man  has  developed  more 
elaborate  abodes,  he  still  desues  the  protection  of  trees 
to  make  his  home  more  comfortable,  to  protect  it 
from  the  winter  wind,  or  the  summer  sun,  or  both. 

To  meet  the  needs  in  different  localities,  as  one  or 
another  protection  may  be  more  important,  different 
kinds  of  trees  are  used  In  the  extreme  North,  the  conif- 
erous evergreens  act  as  windbreaks  twelve  months  in 
the  year  In  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  regions,  the 
broad-leaved  evergreens  give  shade  the  year  through. 

23 


tection  suggest  two  uses,  that  of  windbreaks  and  that 
of  producing  shade  at  appropriate  places  In  addition 
are  the  partial  hiding  of  buildings  from  important  view- 
points, enhancing  the  beauties  of  the  building  or  per- 
mitting only  the  most  desirable  features  to  be  seen, 
covering  the  outlines  of  ugly  buildings,  or  completely 
hiding  objectionable  objects,  either  nearby  or  distant, 
forming  frames  for  distant  vie\vs  or  nearby  objects, 
making  knolls  and  hills  look  higher  by  gnnes  on  their 
tops,  or  valleys  look  deeper  because  of  wooded  sides, 
making  irregular  sky  lines  either  by  accentuating 
existing  conditions  b}  planting  tall  trees  on  the  high 
places  and  low  trees  in  the  low  places,  or  in  level  coun- 
tries making  a  similar  sky  line  by  tall  and  short  trees, 
or  forming  irregular  and  natural  appearing  boundaries 
to  lawns  or  meadows 

To  accomplish  any  of  these  results,  some  trees  are 
inherently  better  suited  than  others,  climate  and  soil, 
however,  may  make  their  use  impracticable  or  impos- 
sible Coniferous  ev  ergreens  make  the  ideal  windbreak 
and  screen,  but  they  are  satisfactory  only  in  the  north- 
eastern section  of  the  country  and  on  the  Pacific  Coast, 
the  hot  sun  of  the  South,  the  dry  winds  of  the  central 
plains  and  the  smoke  of  cities  making  most  species 
impossible  m  those  regions  The  broad-leaved  ever- 
greens are  next  in  importance,  but  they  are  adapted 
only  to  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  seaboards,  and  the 
Pacific  Coast  north  of  San  Francisco.  For  adaptabili- 
ties see  special  lists,  for  no  other  sweeping  generaliza- 
tions of  adaptabilities  can  be  made  except  that  the  use 
of  bronze,  yellow  or  variegated-leaved  trees,  and  trees 
of  unusual  drooping  habit  or  of  other  striking  form, 
should  be  limited  to  special  times  and  places  A  tree  to 
be  satisfactory  for  ornamental  planting  must  suit  the 


354 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


climate  and  maintain  the  appearance  of  healthy  growth 
on  the  soil  where  planted,  must  be  hardy,  and  must  be 
free  from  serious  insect  and  fungus  attacks 

The  location  of  trees  is  a  detail  of  the  design  of  the 
place.  This  is  intimated  in  the  preceding  paiagraphs 
and  more  fully  discussed  under  Landscape  Gardening, 
but  a  few  cautions  may  be  m  order  Do  not  so  surround 
the  house  with  tiees  that  they  exclude  all  the  sunshine. 
Except  m  the  extreme  South,  use  deciduous  trees  next 
the  house  so  as  to  have  full  benefit  of  the  wmtei  sun. 
Plant  the  evergreens  at  a  little  distance  For  specimen 
trees  of  the  larger  kinds,  plant  50  to  100  feet  apart, 
depending  on  the  kind  For  thickets  and  quick  masses 
of  foliage,  the  same  kinds  may  be  planted  15  feet  apart. 
Theoretically,  planting  more  trees  than  are  ultimately 
necessary  and  then  thinning  is  excellent  Practically, 
it  is  dangerous  as  there  is  not  one  chance  in  ten  that  it 
will  be  done  in  time  Plant  irregularly  both  as  to  dis- 
tance and  direction  unless  the  design  is  strictly  formal, 
in  which  case  plant  with  mathematical  precision. 

When  and  how  to  plant. 

There  is  great  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  best 
time  to  plant  In  climates  with  the  temperatures  of 
Boston,  Rochester,  Chicago  and  farther  north,  spring 
planting  is  probably  best  for  most  plants  Fall  planting 
is  increasingly  more  satisfactory  as  one  goes  south  On 
the  western  plains  where  strong,  dry  winter  winds  pre- 
vail and  the  soil  is  either  so  dry  or  freezes  so  hard  that 
a  newly  planted  tree  cannot  replenish  the  moisture 
taken  out  by  the  winds,  spring  planting  is  most  suc- 
cessful The  character  of  soil  may  also  have  its  influ- 
ence. Magnolias  and  tulip  trees  should  always  be 
planted  in  spring  Coniferous  evergreens  should  be 


313.  A  commanding  white  oak  on  a  bank  margin. 

planted  either  when  growth  has  started  m  spring  or, 
when  vigorous,  in  late  summer  or  early  fall.  Other 
evergreens  should  be  planted  when  entering  the  period 
of  most  active  growth  so  as  to  be  able  to  form  roots 
quickly  to  support  the  foliage  that  is  always  present. 
The  period  of  generous  moisture  in  air  and  soil  is  most 
favorable  for  the  planting  of  evergreens  In  adverse 
seasons,  these  conditions  may  be  in  a  measure  pro- 
duced by  liberal  watering  of  the  soil  and  frequent 
spraying  of  the  tops  Deciduous  trees  should  be  planted 


when  dormant,  in  order  that  roots  may  become  well 
formed  before  there  is  foliage  to  support. 

Large  holes  should  be  prepared  for  planting,  at  least 
2  feet  larger  in  diameter  than  the  spread  of  the  roots  of 
the  lifted  tree,  and  2  feet  deep.  If  the  soil  is  good,  no 
further  special  prepaiation  is  necessary  beyond  a  liberal 
mixture  of  well-rotted  manure  or  raw  bone-meal  with  the 
soil  to  be  replaced  in  the  hole,  and  supplying  new  top- 
soil  to  replace  any  subsoil  excavated  in  digging  the  hole 
lii  poor  ground,  a  hole  at  leabt  G  feet  across  and  2  feet 
deep  should  be  dug  for  a  tree  up  to  8  feet  high,  and  for 
larger  trees  proportionately  larger  holes  to  give  them 
good  ground  for  beginning  growth  It  is  becoming 
common  to  dynamite  holes  for  trees  Just  how  far  this 
is  desirable  is  yet  problematical  In  tough  subsoils, 
it  appears  to  be  eminently  successful  It  seems  leason- 
able  to  suppose  that  in  most  subsoils  such  a  loosening 
would  be  permanently  beneficial  Careful  observers 
have  noticed  that  trees  usually  thrive  better  on  filled 
ground  than  on  nearby  soil  where  the  land  has  been 
undisturbed,  even  though  the  fill  appears  poor  in  com- 
parison This  does  not  have  reference  to  citv  ash  and 
garbage  dumps  The  ashes  aie  too  inert  to  support 
tree  gnwth,  the  dump  is  fiequentl\  poisonous  In  large 
plant  ings,  the  \\  atermg  of  deciduous  t  rees  and  t  he  staking 
of  trees  under  10  feet  is  usually  omitted  m  the  rnoist 
regions  m  which  stiong  winds  do  not  pievail,  the  re- 
placing of  any  losses  being  consideied  more  economical 
than  this  additional  expense  Laiger  trees  need  special 
attention 

The  size  of  trees  to  choose  varies  with  the  kind,  the 
purpose,  and  the  need  for  quick  lesults  Trees  may  be 
successfully  transplanted  from  one-  or  two-}  ear-old 
seedlings  to  those  12  or  16  inches  through  and  10  feet 
high,  success  depending  hugely  on  the  skill  of  the 
planter.  Usually  tioes  G  to  12  feet  high  aie  best  for 
deciduous  trees,  3  to  G  for  coniferous  Some  species 
succeed  better  \\ith  small  sizes,  as  tulip  tree,  magnolias 
and  hollies.  Nursery-grown  trees  that  have  been  fre- 
quently transplanted  arc  best,  as  they  tiansplant  with 
less  loss  because  they  have  an  abundance  of  fibrous 
roots  Collected  stock  of  some  kinds  js  satisfactory  for 
mass-planting  but  the  loss  will  run  from  50  to  90  per 
cent,  depending  on  kind  and  condition  Trees  that  aie 
very  small  aie  not  desirable  to  use,  as  they  grow  no  bet  ter 
than  laiger  nursery-grown  trees  and  the  cost  of  culti- 
vation is  more  when  planted  permanent  1>  than  when 
in  the  nurxeiy  low  Trees  abo\e  the  si/es  mentioned 
are  expensiv  e  to  handle  and  the  loss  is  hkelv  to  be  greater 
When  immediate  icsults  are  impoit.mt,  these  aie  worth 
using  with  a  mixture  of  smaller  tiees  to  take  their 
place  m  case  they  should  be  short-lived. 

Pruning  and  tree-doctoring 

At  planting,  all  broken  limbs  should  be  removed  as 
well  as  any  crossing  through  the  head  or  below  it  If 
the  top  is  still  crowded,  some  limbs  may  be  removed  by 
cutting  them  off  at  the  nearest  fork  Heading-m  or 
shortening  the  limbs  is  undesirable  with  most  species. 
The  magnolias  and  tulip  tree  are  exceptions  to  this, 
they  need  severe  shortening-m  when  transplanted 
All  roots  should  have  the  broken  ends  cut  off  with  a 
smooth,  clean  cut,  as  this  freshly  cut  surface  seems  to 
facilitate  the  formation  of  new  rootlets  or  at  least  to 
prevent  decay  If  a  newly  planted  tree  is  very  slow 
in  starting,  it  is  sometimes  induced  to  grow  by  a 
severe  pruning. 

Desirable  varieties  of  shade  tiees  seldom  need  any 
heading  back  An  annual  inspection  with  slight  prun- 
ing to  shape  the  tree  and  remove  surplus  blanches  is 
all  that  will  be  rcquiieu  A  tree  should  be  grown  into 
shape,  not  pruned  into  shape,  and  should  be  allowed  to 
develop  its  own  characteristics 

Evergreen  trees,  with  the  exception  of  the  evergreen 
oaks  and  Magnolia  grandiflora,  should  be  trained  so 
that  their  foliage  rises  dnectly  from  the  turf.  As  it 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


355 


grows  old,  the  white  pine  is  likely  to  bare  its  trunk  in 
spite  01  >ther  training  Spruces  and  other  coniferous 
trees  aie  ruined  if  pruned  to  show  the  trunk  Figs 
318,  319  Many  deciduous  trees  are  also  most  attrac- 
tive wnen  their  lower  limbs  rest  on  the  ground,  as 
beeches,  the  Norway  maples,  hornbeams  and  many 
more  any  tree  in  fact  whose  natural  habit  will  permit 
such  a  form 

Old  tiees,  owinjr  to  neglect,  or  more  often,  improper 
pruning,  frequently  need  the  saw  Protruding  stubs 
should  never  be  left,  whether  the  tree  is  laige  or  small 
The  cut  should  always  be  made  close  to  the  remaining 
limb  and  parallel  with  it  It  will  not  require  over  two 
years  for  the  callus  to  show  all  around  a  properly  made 
cut  If  it  does  not  show  then,  the  work  should  be  done 
o\er  again  Vlldead  wood  should  be  kept  out  Crossing 
limbs,  even  it  huge,  should  be  removed  A  tree  should 
not  be  dehorned,  i  e  ,  cut  back  to  stubs  3  or  i  inches  or 
more  in  diameter,  except  is  a  last  resort  for  a  failing 
tree 

Pruning  is  employed  for  two  distinct  ends*  to  train 
arid  (shape  a  \ourig  tree  as  it  grows,  and  tore-form  or 
adapt  a  tree  of  some  maturity,  especiall>  if  somewhat 
decrepit  The  so-called  "tiee-doetoiing"  or  ''trec- 
surgeiv  "  is  applied  especiallv  to  the  latter  phase  A  tree 
that  has  become  weakened  by  transplanting,  or  from 
lack  of  pioper  nutrition,  from  1 «  k  of  proper  fertility,  or 
scarcitv  of  water,  or  fiom  other  undetermined  causes, 
may  often  be  forced  into  active  vigorous  growth  by  a 
severe  cutting-back  It  may  even  be  allowable,  in  such 
cases,  to  pole  or  dehorn  a  tree,  that  is  to  lemove  most  of 
the  small  limbs,  <uttmg  the  large  ones  so  close  to  the 
tree  as  to  leave  stubs  as  huge  as  one's  wrist  or  arm  or 
even  larger  It  nev  er  happens  that  several  trees  in  a  row 
need  such  treatment  unless  their  feeding-ground  has 
been  greatly  d<  pleted 

Trees  that  have  been  badl>  pruned,  broken  by  wind, 
storms  or  otherwise  bruised  01  mistreated,  frequently 
have  badlv  decaved  spots  in  their  trunks  and  limbs. 
It  has  become  the  custom  to  "doctor"  such  trees, — 
that  is,  thoioughly  to  clean  out  lot  ten  wood,  treat  the 
exposed  surface  with  a  solution  of  corrosive  sublimate 
or  sulfate  of  coppei  to  kill  any  fungous  giowth  that 
mav  be  present,  with  bisulfide  of  carbon  or  other 
insecticide  for  insects,  and  then  <  oat  the  surface  with 
tar  as  a  preservative  \ftei  this  the  cavity  is  carefully 
filled  with  concrete  of  the  strength  commonly  used  m  con- 
st met  ion  work  It  is  absolutely  essential  to  success*  that 
the  joint  between  the  wood  and  cement  be  water-tight 
The  surface  should  also  be  given  a  smooth  finish  of  the 
general  outline  thai  the  tree  would  assume  had  it  grown 
noimally  'Ihe  finished  smface  should  coincide  with 
the  innei  edge  of  the  cambium  layei  so  that  the  growth 
of  the  tiee  will  proceed  ovei  the  cement  just  as  it  would 
over  a  pioperly  cut  stub  Zinc  caps  aie  frequently 
used  both  to  cover  cement  fillings  to  keep  out  the 
water  and  to  cover  large1  cuts  when  the  wood  is  solid 
but  when  it  w  ill  take  seveial  >  ears  to  heal  on  account  of 
the  sue  of  the  wound  Cavities  must  be  absolutely 
clean,  thoioughly  disinfected,  and  the  filling  positively 
water-tight  or  decay  will  begin  behind  the  filling  and 
the  tree  will  be  destro>ed  while  every  confidence  is 
being  felt  that  it  is  safe  The  cement  work  is  frequently 
reinforced  with  rods  of  iron  Its  pnncinal  ••  alue  is  to 
hold  the  cement  fiom  cracking  The  only  value  of  such 
cement  work  is  as  a  preventive  of  decay  where  there 
arc  cavities  When  properly  done,  it  gives  a  smooth 
surface  over  which  the  growth  may  proceed  The  sup- 
porting value  of  the  cement  to  the  tree  is  slight 

With  many  hardwood  trees  in  important  locations 
such  tieatment  is  warranted,  but  at  the  present  time 
many  trees  are  thus  treated  that  should  he  cut  down, 
while  many  others  are  left  that  should  have  attention 
The  first  requisite  to  warrant  the  treatment  of  a  large 
cavity  is  a  good  type  of  tiee  in  an  important  location, 
for  example  a  large  tree  protecting  .he  home  from  the 


mid-afternoon  sun,  or  a  bad  individual  in  an  avenue  of 
otherwise  good  specimens  In  large  plantations,  treat- 
ment of  a  preventive  nature  is  of  course  warranted, 
but  the  filling  of  large  cavities  is  not  worth  the  cost 
except  to  those  to  whom  money  is  little  object  It  is 
better  to  start  new  trees  than  to  spend  fifty  dollars  on 
patching  up  an  old  one  One  must  exercise  careful  judg- 
ment in  selecting  old  tiees  for  treatment,  to  make  sure 
that  the  tree  is  worth  it  Trees  w  orth  doing  work  on  are 
the  oaks,  sugar,  swamp  and  Norway  maples,  hieko/v, 
ash,  elm  and  the  slow-growing  native  trees  Those  not 
worth  treating  m  this  vvav  are  the  poplars,  willows, 
silver-  and  ash-leaved  maple  and  sycamore  or  plane 


314    Picturesque  old  apple  trees 


tree  A  street  tree  with  a  large  cavity  would  better  not 
be  doctored  unless  it  is  ot  special  value  and  of  a  kind 
hkelv  to  last  a  long  time 

Badlv  branched  trees  often  show  a  tendency  to  split 
m  the  ciotches  It  is  well  to  attend  these  tre^s  before 
thev  begin  to  split  and  eithei  chain  or  bolt  the  offending 
limbs  together  Tiny  ma\  be  chained  bv  putting  lag- 
sciews  in  the  limbs,  drawing  the  limbs  togethu  and 
(hopping  a  link  ot  the  chain  over  the  turned  up  end  of 
the  .screw  Rods  and  turn-buckle-  mav  be  u-ed  in  the 
same  vvav,  ihe  bolts  for  the  iods  being  put  through  the 
limbs,  not  around  them  Hec  ius(  bolts  have  to  be 
placed  c  lo->er  to  the  weak  point  than  the  other  reme- 
dies, thev  are  not  so  elT(  ctive  but  are  often  useful  It  a 
tr<e  splits,  theie  is  danger  of  dceaj  The  splitting 
should  be  anticipated  and  pi  evented  whenever  possible. 

The  best  tune  for  pinning  is  not  a  question  of  invari- 
able rule  The  period  ot  most  active  growth  in  most 
plans  June,  is  usually  regarded  a»s  the  best  time  The 
period  of  starting  into  leaf  is  probably  the  wrorst  time, 
although  the  maples  are  about  the  only  good  shade 
trees  that  seem  much  affected  bv  pinning  at  this  season 

Large  cuts  or  wounds  should  be  immediately  painted 
w  ith  a  good  grade  of  paint  01  w  ith  tar,  care  being  taken 
to  cover  the  expose*  1  wood  but  not  to  allow  the  paint 
to  come  into  contact  with  the  cambium  la>er,  or  grow- 
ing part  of  the  bark 

Root  in  Junes  should  be  as  zealously  guarded  against 
as  injuries  to  the  top  If  a  large  part  of  the  roots  must 
be  removed,  the  top  should  be  correspondingly  thinned. 
Changes  of  grade  are  a  great  source  of  damage  to  shade- 
trees,  even  when  the  loots  are  not  actually  touched 
Tin  filling  of  2  or  3  feet  of  soil  over  the  roots  of  a  tiee  is, 
for  most  varieties,  as  sure  death  to  the  roots  as  cutting 
them  off  close  to  the  trunk  This  filling  prevents  Ihe 
aeration  of  the  soil  and  smothers  the  soil  life  on  which 
health*  root-action  seerns  to  depend  This  may  be 


356 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


prevented  by  a  good  layer  of  loose  stones,  open  at 
intervals  to  the  air,  placed  over  the  surface  before  fill- 
ing, or,  in  some  cases,  by  the  use  of  agricultural  tile 
drains  on  the  old  surface  at  close  intervals  and  so 
arranged  as  to  facilitate  a  free  circulation  of  fresh  air 
through  the  tiles. 

Street  trees. 

In  the  development  of  towns  and  cities,  the  need  of 
trees  as  a  protection  against  wind  has  been  reduced  to 
a  minimum  since  the  closely  built  houses  protect  one 
another  This  close  building,  however,  has  brought 
about  another  untoward  condition  that  needs  ameliora- 
ting; this  is  the  replacing  of  the  vast  extent  of  gieen, 
common  to  the  open  country,  by  a  motley  array  of  dis- 
cordant colors  Many  of  these  colors  have  been  demon- 
strated experimentally  and  practically  to  have  exciting 
and  debilitating  effects  on  the 
physical  condition  of  persons 
1'art  of  the  great  utility  of  parks 
is  to  afford  urban  residents 
relief  from  this  color  excite- 
ment As  far  as  possible,  the 
soothing  green  needs  to  be 


315    A  group  of  surviving  hemlock  spruces. 

taken  into  the  city  streets  to  lest  the  tired  nerves 
through  the  effect  on  the  eye  Also;  the  shade  helps  to 
reduce  the  temperature  by  absorbing  the  sun's  rays, 
the  large  amounts  of  watei  the  tree  transpires  also  helps 
to  cool  the  air  These  beneficial  effects  make  it  worth 
while  to  expend  effort  and  money  to  secure  -well-shaded 
streets  Figs  323,  324 

The  conditions  in  urban  communities  are  adverse  to 
tree  growth  Streets  are  narrow  and  the  trees  crowded; 
roadway  and  sidewalk  are  paved  with  impervious 
materials  preventing  both  water  and  air  getting  into 
the  soil,  and  effectually  keeping  in  sewer-gas  and  fllumi- 
flating-gas  that  may  be  discharged  into  it  from  below. 
The  air  is  dust-laden  from  constant  traffic,  and,  what 
IB  far  worse,  contaminated  by  soot  and  poisonous  com- 
pounds from  numberless  badly-fired  chimneys.  As 
though  this  were  not  enough,  there  are  the  self-styled 
tree-trimmers,  knowing  nothing  of  the  work,  then  the 
linemen  cutting  ruthlessly,  caring  nothing  for  the  tree, 
and  with  an  occasional  gnawing  horse  adding  its  dem- 


olition. And  the  sewer-layer,  pipe-  or  conduit-layer 
and  finally  the  curb-setter  do  their  worst.  After  all  of 
these,  come  the  insects  and  diseases  that  affect  trees 
everywhere  and  which  here  find  an  easy  prey  because 
of  the  fewer  birds  in  city  streets  and  the  weakened 
condition  of  the  trees. 

The  first  essential  to  successful  street  tree-planting  is 
competent  municipal  control  of  all  such  work  The 
street  trees  should  be  under  the  care  of  an  unpaid  com- 
mission of  three  or  five  men,  one  named  every  two  years 
by  a  local  court,  or  by  the  mayoi,  for  a  term  of  six  or 
ten  years,  and  confirmed  by  the  legislative  body  Such 
commissioners  usually  need  to  be  trained,  and  there- 
fore they  should  have  considerable  experience  in  their 
work  before  coming  into  full  responsibility  The 
restrictions  on  the  appointment  of  the  executive  officer 
should  be  stringent,  so  that  only  thoroughly  trained  and 
experienced  men  could  be  employed  The  expert  should 
have  the  full  confidence  of  the  commission  and  be  the 
leader  in  the  woik  To  fill  Mich  a  position,  a  man  should 
have  thorough  knowledge  of  tiees  and  the  soils  and  con- 
ditions under  which  they  grow,  their  characteristics, 
aesthetic  values  and  habits  of  growth  under  city  condi- 
tions, the  methods  of  aiding  trees  to  withstand  these 
conditions,  and  a  knowledge  of  the  insect^  and  dis- 
eases to  which  the  different  species  are  liable  and  the 
methods  ot  combating  them  The  work  is  neither  for- 
estry nor  pomology,  as  it  has  nothing  whatever  to  do 
with  the  products  of  tree  growth  or  the  growing  of 
trees  for  then  fruits 

Powers  vual  to  the  success  of  this  commission  are  the 
right  to  plant-  suitable  kinds  ot  trees  in  a  proper  way, 
and  to  collect  benefits  tor  \vork  so  done,  to  control 
absolutely  all  pruning,  removal  and  care  of  trees,  and 
the  right  to  invade  private  grounds  for  the  control  ot 
insects  and  diseases  Of  eouise,  sufficient  tunds  must  be 
available  to  support  the  woik. 

Many  city  streets  aie  too  narrow  from  building-line 
to  building-line  tor  satisfactory  planting  There  is 
absolutely  no  excuse  for  this  in  the  newer  sections 
There  should  be  at  least  100  teet  fiom  building-line  to 
buildirig-lme  on  any  street  and  on  principal  streets  con- 
siderably more  Forty  feet  may  be  all  that  is  needed 
for  roadway  and  sidewalks,  at  present  The  abutting 
dwellers  need  the  air-space  provided  by  the  remaining 
area  which  is  legitimately  used  as  front  lawns  This 
will  leave  ample  space  for  trees  If  th?  city  grows  and 
more  space  is  needed  for  traffic,  it  can  be  secured  with 
no  sacrifice  to  buildings  and  the  dwellers  m  the  interval 
have  had  better  living  conditions  It  is  this  arrange- 
ment that  makes  Washington  such  a  beautiful  city, 
and  the  lack  of  it  on  Fifth  Avenue  that  is  costing  New 
York  City  so  much  money  to  widen  that  thoroughfare 
In  the  older  parts  of  citus,  species  must  be  chosen  that 
are  appropriate  to  the  width  of  the  street  Most  kinds 
should  be  planted  not  closer  than  40  feet  apart  and  such 
varieties  as  oaks,  elms  and  sycamores  would  be  better 
at  50  feet  Most  planters  use  35  and  10  feet  because  of 
the  public  demand  for  quick  shade,  and  at  the  greater 
distances  the  trees  look  far  apart  when  first  planted 
Theoretically,  the  planting  double  the  number  of  trees 
needed  at  maturity  or  the  placing  of  fillers  of  a  qu\ck- 
growing  inferior  type,  is  desirable,  but  practically  it  is 
dangerous,  as  there  are  not  many  cases  in  which  public 
opinion  w  ill  tolerate  the  thinning  at  the  proper  time  In 
city  work  an  excavation  2  feet  deep,  with  the  removal 
of  at  least  2  cubic  yards  of  dirt,  should  be  made  for 
each  tree  This  should  be  filled  with  good  top-soil  mixed 
with  well-decomposed  manure  Of  most  varieties,  trees 
10  to  12  feet  high  and  \1A  to  2  inches  cahper  should 
be  used  These  should  be  nursery-grown  They  should 
have  been  frequently  transplanted  and  have  a  well- 
developed  head,  6  to  8  feet  from  the  ground.  The  roots 
should  be  abundant  and  fibrous  In  planting,  the  roots 
should  be  spread  out  and  separated  to  their  full  length, 
the  ground  worked  all  in  amongst  them,  and  then  thor- 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


357 


oughly  firmed  by  tramping  Before  the  hole  is  com- 
pletely filled,  the  tree  should  be  well  watered  and  the 
remainder  of  the  soil  put  in  loosely  A  strong  stake  8 
feet  long  should  be  placed  beside  the 
tree  when  planted  At  least  30 
inches  of  this  should  be  in  the 
ground  The  tree  may  be  attached 
to  the  stake  by  a  piece  of  old  gar- 
den hose  attached  to  each  side  of 
the  stake  and  put  around  the  tree 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  a  cross 
between  the  stake  and  the  tree 

All  >oung  trees  should  be  pro- 
tected by  boxes  or  guards  Many 
forms  are  used  Any  of  them  are 
good  if  the  box  reaches  from  the 
ground  to  a  height  of  5  feet  and  will 
prevent  hoises  biting  the  trunks 
and  boys  swinging  on  the  guard. 

Notes  on  ornamental 


--^.v 


316    Pmus  ponderosa. 

Giant  specimens  225  ft  high,  grown  in  the  deep,  moist 
soil  of  the  Yosemite  Valley 


Acer  Negundo  (box 
elder)  Too  short- 
lived, brittle  and  sub- 
ject to  insect  attack 
Its  use  may  be  war- 
ranted in  .semi-arid 
and  veiy  cold  regions 

A  car  pla  ta  n  01  den 
(Norway  maple) 
Moderate  grower, 
healthy,  but  too  dense 
for  close  citv  streets 

Acer  rubrum 
(swamp  maple,  scar- 
let  maple)  A  good- 
si/ed  tree,  good 
grower,  fine  foliage, 
especially  brilliant  in 
autumn  Also  a  bright  red  in  spring  due  to  blossoms  and 
young  leaves  Not  suited  to  the  interior  of  large  cities 

Acer  ,wc(harinum  (silver  m.tple.  M>ft  maple*  Rapid 
grower,  but  too  brittle  and  short -lued,  and  the  shallow 
roots  prevent  the  growth  of  gias-,  under  it  and  also 
destroy  sidewalks 

Acer  MHcharum  (sugar  maple)  Does  not  thrive  on 
hea\  \  ( lav  soil-«  01  undei  severe*  itv  conditions  but  most, 
excellent  where  it  does  grow  Moderate  glower,  doing 
best  north  of  the  4()th  parallel 

Ailanthu^  nlfitsirna  (ailanthus,  tree  of  heaven) 
A  large,  handsome  tree,  the  st animate  and  pistillate 
flowers  appearing  on  different  trees,  the  latter  \ery  lil- 
Rmelhng  A  most  useful  tiee  in  the  centei  of  large 
cities  The  st  animate  f  01  m  onh  should  be  planted 

Celtis  wm&u»si/)/nftt.s?s  (southern  hackbenv)  An 
excellent  tree  in  those  legions  in  which  the  "witches- 
broom"  does  not  attack  it  One  of  the  promising  trees 
to  withstand  the  hot  winds  of  the  plains  as  far  north  as 
Denver  A  large  tree  and  good  grower 

Celtis  occidentals  (hackberry)  A  good  tree  where 
the  disease  known  as  "witches'  broom"  does  not  attack 
it  It  is  for  regions  north  of  the  .Suth  parallel  what  the 
foregoing  species  is  for  the  region  south  of  it 

Fraxinus  amencana  (ash.  white  ash)  A  good  tree  for 
suburban  conditions  Moderate  grower,  attaining  large 
size. 

Ginkgo  biloba  (gmkgo,  maidenhair  tree)  An  excellent 
tree  of  peculiar  pyramidal  form  when  young  Moderate 
grower,  attains  good  size  and  is  free  from  insect  and 
fungus  attacks 

Gleditsia  tnacanthos  (honey  locust)  A  large,  quick- 
growing,  handsome  tree  Except  for  its  thorns,  this  tree 
would  probably  be  a  most  desirable  tree  for  the  semi- 
arid  regions  of  the  West  There  is  a  thornless  form  that 
may  sometimes  be  obtained,  which  is  good 


Liquidambar  Xt'ira nfl wi  (sweet  gurn).  A  handsome 
and  valuable  native  tree  but  little  used  Moderate 
grower,  good  size,  handsome  fall  coloring  A  little  hard 
to  transplant,  especially  in  large  sizes  Does  not  suc- 
ceed well  under  extreme  eity  conditions,  and  is  not 
adapted  to  the  extreme  northern  sections 

Lirwdendron  Tuhpifera  (tulip  tree)  Miscalled  yel- 
low poplar,  and  tulip  poplar.  A  handsome,  large, 
quick-growing  tree,  little  used,  but  valuable  except  for 
extreme  city  conditions  and  mu<h  of  the  country  north 
of  the  40th  paiallel  A  little  hard  to  transplant,  espe- 
cially in  large  sixes,  and  should  be  moved  only  in  spring 
Magnolia  grandijiora  A  broad-leaved  evergreen  of 
large  si/e,  adapted  to  the  extreme  South  A  good  lawn 
tree  as  fur  north  as  Washington 

Mu(/nolia  acwmnata  (cucumber  tree)  A  handsome 
tree  of  moderate  size,  good  for  suburban  conditions 
south  of  \\  ashmgton.  and  St  Louis 

Muqnoha  tnpetala  (umbrella  tree)  A  handsome  tree 
of  moderate  size,  good  for  suburban  conditions  south  of 
\\ashmgton,  and  St  Louis 

Mdia  Azedarach  (umbrella  tree)  A  small,  attractive 
tree,  good  for  temporary  effects  from 
North  Carolina  south  and  west 

Ni/^a  v/lvcidca  (sour  gum,  tupelo)  A 
large,  hxndsome  tree,  adapted  to  subur- 
ban conditions  Brilliant  fall  foliage  and 
winter  bernes 

riatanm  occidentals  (svcamore,  but- 
tonwood)  A  large  tree,  rapid-growing, 
open-topped,  and  almost  s<  ragglv  in  its 
growth  Considered  an  untidy  tre^  by 
some  on  account  of  its  seed-balls  and  the 
bark  which  is  shed  in  large  flakes  The 
white  trunk,  after  the  bark  is  shed,  is 
unusual  and  attractive  In  some  regions 
it  is  subject  to  a  blight  just  after  the 
leaves  start  in  spring  A  good  tree  for 
severe  city  conditions 

Plat  an  ui  orientally  (plane  tree,  onen- 
A  more  compact  grower  than  the  foregoing 


tal  plane) 

and  a  little  better  suited 
to  sheet  purposes,  but 
not  quite  so  rugged  and 
imposing  ab  the  fore- 
going An  excellent  street 
tree 

Populus  deltoidei*,  in- 
cluding var  carohniana 
(cot  ton  wood  and  Carolina 
poplar).  These  two  trees 
are  much  used  for  street 

Elant  ing  in  many  places 
ut  are  entirely  unsuitod 
for  the  purpose.  Although 
the  growth  of  a  severely 
pruned  tree  is  large  in  any 
one  year,  it  is  the  custom 
to  remove  a  half  of  this 
each  year  so  that  the  net 
gain  in  growth  is  no  more 
than  an  average  tree.  Even 
with  this  pruning  it  is  liable 
to  be  broken  bv  a  moder- 
ate windstorm,  and  with- 
out the  pruning  it  is  even 
more  liable  to  be  broken. 
Their  roots  are  as  bail  as 
willow  roots  about  find- 
ing and  clogging  sewers. 
Wide-awake  cities  pro- 
hibit the  planting  of  these 
trees 

Populus  mgra  var  ital- 
ica  (Lombardy  poplar)  A 
tall,  short-lived,  fastigiatc 


317.  Conifer  forms  —  Pine 
and  spruces. 


358 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


tree,  suitable  for  narrow  streets  in  the  heart  of  a 
large  city 

Quercus  alba  (white  oak)  A  most  picturesque  tree, 
attaining  the  laigest  size  The  gem  of  American  trees, 
and  not  so  slow-growing  as  usually  considered  Dead 
leaves  hang  on  moot  of  the  winter  Figs  313,  322 

Quercut,  buolor  (sw  amp  white  oak)  A  large,  handsome 
oak  of  moderately  rapid  growth,  suited  to  moist  situa- 
tions It  seems  to  succeed  under  city  conditions  A 
desirable  shade  tree,  almost  as  handsome  as  the  white 
oak  and  a  little  faster  grower 

Quercus  coccinea  (scarlet  oak)  Comparable  to  the 
red  oak  but  not  quite  so  sturdy  and  vigorous  under  all 
conditions,  but  with  a  little  more  brilliant  autumn 
coloring  and  leaves  more  finely  cut 

Quercus  launfolia  (laurel  oak,  water  oak).  The  stand- 
ard street  tree  for  the  South.  A  large,  handsome, 
deciduous  dee,  not  so  desirable  as  the  live  oak,  but  of 
more  rapid  growth 

Quercus  Michuuxii  (cow  oak)  A  good  oak  for  thin 
gravelly  lands  Not  so  desirable  as  the  other  oaks  on 


318   Spanish  Fir. — Abies  Pinsapo,  showing  the  verdure 
from  top  to  base. 

good  ground  and  not  adapted  to  the  extreme  northern 
sections. 

Quercus  macrocarpa  (mossy-cup  oak)  A  handsome 
and  satisfactory  tree,  not  so  large  as  some  of  the  others. 
One  of  the  most  promising  for  the  plains 

Quercus  mgrn  (possum  oak,  water  oak)  Another 
good  oak  south  of  Norfolk  A  little  more  upright  in 
growth  than  Q  la unfotui,  but  not  quite  so  desirable 
except  possibly  in  its  more  northern  limits 
^  Quercus  palu^tris  (pin  oak)  A  quick-growing,  good- 
sized  tree,  with  pendulous  branches  when  old  Hand- 
some cut  leaves,  brilliant  in  autumn.  One  of  the  best. 
Its  pendulous  branches  may  sometimes  be  a  rather 
serious  objection  Dead  leaves  hang  on  well  into  the 
winter.  Fig  323 

Quercus  phellos  (willow  oak).  A  large,  handsome  tree, 
moderately  fast-growing,  satisfactory  south  of  Wash- 
ington in  regions  in  which  it  is  not  attacked  by  a 
growth  resembling  "witches'  broom"  of  the  ccltis 

Quercus  rubra  (red  oak)  Almost  the  best  street  tree. 
Large,  symmetrical,  rapid  in  growth,  fine  autumn  foh- 
>age,  head  not  too  dense  It  is  exceeded  only  by  the 
elm  in  rapidity  of  growth  among  the  trees  suited  for 
street  planting  and  not  by  that  in  the  southern  half  of 
the  country. 

Quercus  virginiana  (live  oak) .  A  large  evergreen  The 
best  street  tree  for  the  South,  but  slower  in  growth  than 
Q.  launfolia 

Stercuha  platamfoha  (varnish  tree)  A  small  tree  of 
reasonably  rapid  growth  bearing  bright  yellow  flowers 


It  has  a  tropical  suggestion  Good  only  for  the  South 
and  its  principal  value  is  in  its  possibilities  for  the 
Southwest,  especially  semi-arid  Texas 

Tdia  aviencana  (basswood,  American  linden)  A 
large,  handsome,  quick-growing  tree.  Young  trees  are 
sometimes  affected  by  a  disease  at  the  base  of  the  trunk, 
but  the  tree  is  well  vsoith  growing  except  in  regions 
in  which  the  difficulty  is  known  to  be  present 

Ulmu*  amcncana  (elm,  white  elm)  The  shade  tree  of 
New  England  and  deservedly  ranked  fust  there  It 
loses  its  preeminence  as  one  goes  from  New  England,  but 
a  large,  quick-growing  tieo  worth  using  except  in  the 
extreme  South  Drops  ils  foliage  1oo  eaily  to  be  the 
ideal  shade  tree  in  the  middle  states  and  southward. 
It  is  subject  to  the  attacks  of  the  elm-leaf  beetle  in 
regions  in  which  that  has  been  introduced 

F.  L.  MULFOUD 

The  conifers  in  particular. 

The  cone-beaimg  trees  (rinarap  and  allies)  are 
decidedly  the  most  important  oider  of  forest  trees  in 
the  economy  of  civilized  man  They  have  furnished  the 
bulk  of  the  material  of  which  out  civih/ation  is  built 
The  remarkable  combination  of  stiength  and  stiffness 
with  the  smallest  weight  compatible,  and  the  abundance 
and  greganousness  of  then  occunence,  give  them  this 
important  position 

Fiom  the  standpoint  of  the  hoiticultuiist,  the  coni- 
fers also  take  a  piomment  place  among  the  matcnals 
tor  landscape  gaidening  effects,  and,  in  the  more  practi- 
cal use,  us  windbreaks  Then  eveigieen  habit  —  foi  all 
except  the  Luch  and  ginkgo  tribes  aie  eveigieen—  and 
their  conical  form,  especially  in  eaiiiei  peiiods  of  life, 
with  a  blanch  s\siem  peisisting  to  the  base  lor  a  long 
time,  are  the  elements  that  make  them  dcsnable. 
To  these  graces  mav  be  added  the  pccuhat  form  and 
striking  coloring  of  their  foliage,  which,  in  combination 
with  deciduous  tiees  or  in  clumps  by  themselves,  or  in 
single  specimens,  offer  stiikmg  effect-. 

Theie  aie  two  types  of  natural  or  native  beauty  in  the 
comfeis  —  the  s>mmetti(  al  and  verdurous  beauty  of  the 
young  specimen  (1'igs  3  IS,  ^19),  and  the  pictuiesqiie 
and  rugged  beauty  of  the  old  and  timeworn  tree  (Figs. 
315-317)  Aside  from  these,  theie  are  also  odd,  gro- 
tesque and  formal  cultivated  vaneties,  as  typified  in 
the  weeping  spruce  (Lig  .>20),  the  columnai  jumpers, 
and  the  various  dwaif  pines  and  spnices 

The  majoiit>  of  the  species  belonging  to  this  gioup, 
as  well  as  their  greatest  iiumental  development,  is 
found  in  the  tern  pei  ate  zones,  only  a  few  belonging  to 
subtiopical  or  tropical  countries,  among  which  are  the 
araucarias,  from  South  America,  the  dammara,  dac- 
rydium,  arid  phyllocladus,  from  Australia,  and  neigh- 
borhood 

Kinds  and  adaptations, 

The  order  Comferip  comprises  nearly  40  geneia,  and 
about  300  species  Our  own  native  tioia,  with  15  genera 
and  not  less  than  100  species  and  subspecies,  is  among 
the  richest,  the  bulk  of  these  being  found  on  the  Pacific 
coast  The  Altantic  side  otTeis  28  species,  representing 
the  genus  Pin  us  with  12  species  out  of  3D,  1  Lanx  out 
of  3,  3  Piceas  out  of  7,  2  Tsugas  out  of  .">,  2  Abies  out 
of  12,  1  Taxodium,  1  Thuja  out  of  2,  1  Chama^cyparis 
out  of  3,  3  Jumperus  out  of  11  ,  1  Tunuon  (Torieya)  out 
of  2,  1  arborescent  Tax  us  out  of  2  being  without  repre- 
sentatives of  the  genus  Pseudotsuga,  Sequoia,  Libo- 
cedrus,  and  Cupressus  There  are  to  be  added  a  largo 
number  (not  less  than  400)  of  nurserymen's  varieties, 
some  of  which  have  been  enumerated  m  Bulletin  17  of 
the  Division  of  Forestry,  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture. 

There  are  also  a  number  of  exotic  conifers  that 
promise  satisfactory  results  if  used  in  suitable  locali- 
ties, climate  and  soil  The  Norway  spruce  (Picea  e& 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


359 


celsa,  Fig  356)  recommends  itself  by  its  elegant  gothic 
form,  often  with  pendulous  branchlets.  its  very  rapid 
growth,  and  its  wide  adaptation  to  soils  and  climates, 
together  with  its  ease  of  propagation  and  cheapness  It 
excels  most  of  the  American  spruces  in  form  and  rapidity 
of  growth  Like  all  conifers,  aftei  the  twenty-fifth  to 
fortieth  year  it  must  pass  through  a  period  of  change  m 
form,  during  which  it  loses,  for  a  time,  its  shapeliness. 
The  Scotch  pine  (Pinus  sylvet>tns)  has  nothing  to  recom- 
mend it  which  may  not  be  found  m  native  species, 
except,  perhaps,  adaptation  to  the  dry  climate  of  the 
West,  and  cheapness  The  Austrian  pine,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  an  acquisition  by  its  stout  growth  in  its  youth, 
although  the  red  pine.  (Pinus  mstwAsa)  would  probably 
do  as  well,  so  far,  its  small  cones  and  seed  have  made 
the  latter  expensive  The  European  larch  outgrows  the 
native  northei  n  one  easily,  but  Larix  occidsntahs.  from 
the  mteiior  basin,  will  probably  do  as  well  or  better 
There  is  no  particular  commendation  for  the  European 
fir,  but  the  Nordrnann  hr,  from  the  Caucasus,  is  a  most 
decided  aquisition,  by  its  beauty  and  adaptation,  so  is 
the  most  graceful  of  all  spruces,  Picta  wuntaln>,  while 
the  Spanish  Abiet,  Pinbapo  (Fig  318)  will  always  attract 
attention  by  its  peculiar  shape  and  foliage 

Of  other  ornamental  forms,  that  are  without  repre- 
tatives  m  the  United  States  and  hence  fill  vacancies, 
may  be  mentioned  as  capable  of  adaptation  and  moie 
or  less  in  use,  from  South  America,  the  at  aucai  las ,  from 
Africa  and  eastern  As-ia,  Cedrus  Dewkini,  libani,  at- 
lantica,  Abies  Apollmis  and  cilinca,  from  Korea,  the 
promising,  more  densely  fohaged  white  pine,  P  koraicn- 
«is,  from  China,  Cunnmghamia,  Biota,  Glyptostrobus, 
Cephalotaxus,  Podoearpus,  Pscudolanx,  and,  above  all, 
that  interesting  remnant  of  former  age^,  the  maiden- 
hair-tree, Gingko  biloba,  which  will  maintain  itself  any- 
where along  the  Atlantic  coast  if  piopagated  from  seed 
of  the  propei  localities  Japan  has  furnished  a  number 
of  additions,  especially  retmosporas,  torreyas,  taxus, 
various  pinus,  piceas  and  tsvigas,  with  the  peculiar 
titKuiopitijb  vcrticillata,  the  umbrella  pine,  and,  the  most 
acceptable  of  all,  the  graceful  Cryptomtna  japonica 

As  with  all  mti  oductions  from  one  country  to  another, 
nay,  from  one  climatic  region  to  another,  caution  is  ad- 
vised, so  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  ivile,  that  exotics 
should  be  used  with  gieat  discretion,  and,  until  their 
adaptation  is  amply  demonstrated,  only  in  a  subor- 
dinate way  If  it  is  in  general  true  that  perennial  plants 
can  be  transplanted  \\ith  permanent  success  only  into 
similar  climatic  conditions,  it  must  be  especially  true 
with  the  comfeis,  which  do  not  lose  their  foliage,  and 
hence  must  be  able  to  bear  summer  as  well  as  winter 
conditions  The  long-leaf  pine  of  the  South,  most 
stiiking  of  our  pines,  may,  therefore,  not  be  trans- 
planted far  beyond  its  northern  limit,  and,  if  one  desires 
to  utilize  any  of  the  Pacific  coast  species  m  the  East, 
one  will  have  to  secuie  them  at  least  from  the  highest 
and  driest  altitudes  anil  exposures,  or  if,  as  m  the  case 
of  some  species,  like  the  Douglas  fir  and  Engclrrmnn 
spruce,  then  field  of  distribution  covers  the  dry  slopes 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains  as  well  as  the  moist  slopes  of 
the  coast  ranges,  one  may  be  successful  if  one  chooses 
the  plant  material  from  these  drier  slopes. 

Of  the  many  native  species,  a  number  that  are  not 
of  any  particular  value  may  be  discarded,  although  the 
distinction  could  be  more  readi'y  accomplished  from 
the  economic  point  of  view  than  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  horticulturist  and  landscape  gardener,  for  almost 
every  one  has  a  distinctive  feature  of  either  form  or 
adaptation  to  soil  01  other  interest  For  each  climatic 
region  the  choice  must  be  different,  hence  it  would  be 
impossible  to  give,  m  the  brief  space  of  an  article, 
intelligent  advice  as  to  best  selections  In  general,  be- 
sides climatic  limitations,  the  following  considerations 
may  serve  in  the  choice  of  native  species' 

The  pines,  as  a  rule,  are  not  to  be  placed  on  compact 
clay  sou,  and  on  account  of  their  taproot,  not  on  shal- 


low  soils,  on  which  they  soon  become  spindly ,  they  thrive 
best  on  loose,  sandy  soils,  and  can  endure  dry  soils,  the 
white  pine  ao'aptmg  itself  perhaps  best  to  the  clay  soils 
without  detriment  to  its  development.  On  w  et  soils  pines 
are,  as  a  rule,  decidedly  out  of  place,  although  the  red 
pine  (P.  resinosa),  of  the  Nortn,  and  the  loblolly  (P. 
Tjsda),  and  some  other  southern  species  are  capable  of 
supporting  such  conditions  For  buch  situations  here, 
however,  the  cedar  tribe  furnishes  better  material,— the 
chamjccypans,  thuyas  and  taxodium  These  trees  of 
the  bog  and  swarnp  are,  however, — it  should  not  be 
overlooked, — capable  of  thriving  even  better  on  drier 
soils  They  are  merely  indifferent  to  moisture  condi- 
tions at  the  foot 

The  shallow-rooted  spiuces  aic  trees  of  the  higher 
mountain  ranges;  and  aie,  therefore,  more  adapted  to 
moist  and  cool  situations,  although  some  of  them,  the 


319    A  well  clothed  conifer  — Abies  venusta 

Norway  spruce,  the  blue  spruce  of  Colorado  and  the 
northern  white  spruce  will — the  formei,  at  least,  during 
its  juvenile  period — endure  more  droughty  situations 
The  firs,  too,  aie  rather  more  species  of  northern 
climates  and  high  altitudes,  the  red  fir,  so-called 
(Pt*eudoti>uya  tan  folia),  which  is  not  a  fu  proper,  be- 
ing, perhaps,  best  capable  of  supporting  diier  and  hot- 
ter situations  The  most  ornamental,  and,  in  many 
respects,  most  serviceable  of  the  firs,  A bie^  Nordmanm- 
ana,  from  the  Caucasus,  develops  its  magnificent  dense 
and  dark  green  foliage  in  the  waim  but  moist  climate  of 
Washington,  while  our  most  ornamental  \lne*>  concolor 
fiom  Coloiado  will  thrive  even  in  the  drier  atmos- 
pheres of  the  middle  states  The  fine  firs  of  the  Pacific 
coast  will  probably  not  thrive  anywhere  in  our  drier  and 
hotter  eastern  climates  for  any  length  of  time,  unless 
placed  in  cool  and  shady  situations 

The  Douglas  fir  (I'wuduUuga  tanfolia)  ib,  perhaps, 


360 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


most  readily  acclimated  if  seed  is  secured  from  the  dry 
slopes  of  Colorado.  The  Lawson  cypress  (Chamxcy- 
pans  Lawsoniana),  with  its  graceful  pendulous  branches 
and  foliage,  and  the  pyramidal  Jjibocedrus  decurrens  are 
unquestionably  desirable  additions  to  our  ornamental 
stock,  while  the  bequoias,  especially  S.  gigantea,  the 
big  tree,  seems  not  to  be  able  to  support  persistently 
our  eastern  climate. 

One  important  feature  which  enters  into  considera- 
tion when  grouping  conifers  is  the  relative  endurance 
of  shade  or  tolerance  which 
the  species  exhibit,  thereby 
indicating  their  use  in  va- 
rious positions  The  yews 
and  firs  are  the  most  tole- 
rant of  shade,  together 
with  the  hemlocks;  next 
may  be  placed  the  spruces, 
arborvitae  (Thuya),  and 
jumpers,  while  the  pines 
are  mostly  mtoleiant  of 
shade,  excepting  the  white 
pine,  which  is  the  moat 
shade-enduring  of  the 

Eines;  the  larch  arid  the 
aid  cypress  are  the  mofat 
light-needing  of  all,  and 
will  perish  soon  if  placed 
under  the  bhade  of  any 
other  trees  All  species,  to 
be  sure,  are  capable  of 
more  &hade-e ndurance 
when  young  and  on  deep, 
moist  soil  Their  relative 
shade-endurance  under 
the  same  conditions 
remains,  however,  the 
same,  and  may  be  studied 
m  the  f 01  cst  by  observing 
the  density  of  the  individual  crownb,  the  capacity  of 
maintaining  a  thrifty  foliage  under  the  shade  of  dif- 
ferent species,  and  especially  of  young  plants  to  per- 
sist in  such  shade 

Propagation 

Most  conifers  ripen  their  fruit  in  the  tall,  September 
to  November,  and  are  best  gathered  soon  after  or 
before  ripening  The  pines  require  two  years  (some  three 
years)  to  mature  their  cones  White  pines  ripen  fruit  m 
the  first  two  weeks  of  September,  and  the  cones  open- 
ing shed  the  seeds  at  once,  the  empty  cones  remain- 
ing on  the  branches  The  cones  of  the  firs  fall  apart 
upon  ripening,  hence  must  be  gathered  before  being 
quite  ripe  Spruces  and  hemlocks  shed  seeds  from  time 
to  time,  opening  and  closing  their  cones  according  to 
the  weather  through  the  winter  into  spring  Some 
pines,  like  Pinus  pungens  and  P  serotina,  keep  their 
cones  closed  for  years,  and  artificial  heat  must  be 
employed  to  make  them  open  and  give  up  their  seed 
In  gathering  seeds  for  the  trade,  such  artificial  heat  ib 
frequently  applied  with  pines  in  specially  con- 
btructed  seed-roasters,  such  seed  should  be  carefully 
inspected,  as  it  sometimes  suffers  from  improper  use  of 
the  heat 

The  proportion  of  germinating  seeds,  and  the  vital- 
ity, i  e ,  the  ability  of  retaining  genmnative  power, 
varies  greatly  not  only  with  the  seasons  in  the  same 
species,  but  from  species  to  species 

The  lowest  germination  percentage  and  vitality  is 
found  in  firs  and  larch,  which  show  rarely  more  than  50 
per  cent  of  good  seed,  and  soon  lose  their  vitality,  while 
spruce  and  pine,  when  entirely  fresh,  may  show  as  much 
as  95  to  100  per  cent  germination,  and  retain  vitality 
for  two  to  five  years,  losing  each  year  a  proportion, 
Norway  spruce  five  years  old  still  having  10  per  cent 
germination. 


320  A  "weeping"  or  drooping 
form  of  Norway  spruce  This 
is  a  so-called  horticultural  va- 
riety, to  be  planted  only 
sparingly. 


In  trade,  a  germination  percentage  for  spruce  of  75 
to  80;  pine,  70  to  75;  fir,  30  to  50;  laich,  20  to  40,  should 
be  acceptable 

Seeds  are  best  kept  in  a  dry,  cool  garret  in  tight  bags 
or  boxes,  excluding  the  air  as  much  as  possible 

All  seeds  require  a  short  rest  or  after-ripening  of  two 
to  four  weeks  before  they  are  ready  to  germinate,  and 
some,  like  the  taxus  and  jumper,  lie  over,  even  m 
nature,  for  a  year  or  more  before  they  germinate  The 
latter  should  be  prepared  for  sowing  by  macerating 
them,  and  removing  the  pulp  in  hot  water,  then  mixing 
with  sharp  band  in  bags,  and  by  friction  freeing  the 
seed  from  the  pulp. 

In  the  seed-bed  somewhat  more  care  is  required  than 
with  most  other  species  of  trees  A  thoroughly  mellow, 
well-pulverized  seed-bed  of  light  loamy  sand,  possibly 
enriched  with  well-decomposed  manure  (cow-dung 
better  than  horse-dung)  is  required,  the  covering  of 
the  seed  varying,  according  to  sue,  from  a  mere  sprink- 
ling for  larch  to  %  in(th  for  tl  c  heavy-seeded  pines 
They  may  be  sown  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled,  in 
northern  latitudes  the  second  or  third  week  in  May, 
best  in  rows  not  more  than  6  inches  apart,  and  prefera- 
bly in  dry  weather,  when  the  soil  does  not  clog,  for 
clogging  or  baking  of  the  earth  sometimes  prevents 
seeds  from  germinating  Mulch  between  the  lows  with 
pine  needles  or  sphagnum  moss,  or  other  fine  mulch, 
to  reduce  necessity  of  watering  and  weeding  Conifer 
seeds  need  very  little  water  for  germination  The 
seedlings,  on  the  other  hand,  for  the  first  thiee  months, 
until  they  have  made  their  crown  bud,  need  to  be 
either  kept  well  watered  or  else  protected  against  the 
drying  effects  of  sun  and  wind  by  bhadmg,  for  which 
purpose  lath  screens  are  best  Ihese  latter  must  be 
lifted  for  airing  after  the  sun  is  gone,  especially  in  muggy 
weather,  to  avoid  damping-oft  For  wintering,  a 
covering  with  conifer  branches  or  very  clean  meadow 
hay  is  -advisable  (the  latter  is  likely  to  bring  m 
weeds). 

For  growing  small  quantities,  the  use  of  boxes,  as 
described  by  Jackson  Dawson,  of  the  Arnold  Arbore- 
tum, in  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural 
Society,  is  highly  commendable  In  well-drained  boxes, 
sow  the  seed  soon  after  gathering,  pile  four  or  five  deep 
in  a  pit  or  sheltered  place,  cover  with  boards,  and  when 
cold  weather  comes,  cover  up  with  leaves  or  hay  About 
the  middle  of  April,  move  them  into  a  place  where  they 
get  the  early  morning  bun  Keep  the  seedlings  well 
watered  and  free  from  weeds,  and  shaded  as  described. 
Winter  the  seedlings  m  same  manner  as  the  seed-boxes, 


321.  A  "weeping"  tree,  representing  a  grotesque  horticultural 
variety  —  Ulmus  scabra  var  horizontalis 


well  covered  up    They  are  ready  for  transplanting  next 
spring,  when  the 
of  true   leaves 


pring,  when  they  are  making  their  first  or  second  set 


Since  pine  and  spruce  seedlings  take  about  seven  to 
ten  pounds  of  phosphoric  acid,  ten  to  twenty  pounds  of 
potash  and  fifteen  to  thirty  pounds  of  lime,  besides 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


3C1 


twenty  pounds  of  nitrogen,  per  acre  from  the  .soil,  for 
continuously  used  nurseries  the  addition  of  mineral 
materials  in  the  shape  of  bone-meal  and  wood-ashes 
may  become  desirable. 

A  large  number  of  seedlings  may  be  grown  in  a  .small 
space;  thus  30,000  Norway  spruce  may  be  grown  on  a 
square  rod,  requiring  about  two  pounds  of  seed  The 
quantity  of  seed  .sown  depends,  in  part,  upon  the  length 
of  time  it  is  expected  to  leave  seedlings  in  the  .seed-bed, 
besides  size  and  quality  of  seed,  the  quantities  vary 
from  one-fourth  to  one-half  pound  per  100  square 
feet  if  sown  in  drills,  and  the  yield  of  seedlings  will 
vary  from  2,000  to  25,000  seedlings,  according  to  species 
and  seasons. 

Transplanting  and  pruning. 

Conifers,  like  any  other  trees,  may  be  transplanted  at 
any  time  of  the  year,  piovided  the  necessary  care  is 
taken  in  moving  the  plant  This  care  is  least  required, 
as  with  other  trees,  m  the  fall  and  early  spring,  when 
activities  of  root  arid  foliage  are,  if  not  at  lest,  at  least 
reduced  Whieh  of  these  season*  is  preferable  depends 
on  the  locality,  and  the  dependent  cliaiactei  of  the  sea- 
son On  the  whole,  spnng  planting  will  probably  be 
preferable  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States  which 
do  not  suffer  from  dry  spring  winds  In  localities  of 
the  Southwest,  which  have  commonly  a  diy  spung 
followed  by  a  rainy  season  m  July,  this  latter  time 


322    An  ideal  shade  tree.— White  oak 

should  be  chosen  Their  is  a  belief  that  planting  in 
Vtigtist  is  speeiallj  favorable  There  is  no  leason 
foi  this  belief,  unless  favoiable  weather  (a  i.uny  sea-son) 
follows 

Conifers  may  be  tiatispl.inted  latei  than  deciduous 
trees,  even  altei  the  buds  have  st.uted,  excepting  the 
laich,  which  bud*  out  verv  eailj  ,  with  this  species,  fall 
planting  mav  be  lecommended  CUnidv  weather ,  i  at  her 
than  rainy  01  veiy  diy,  should  be  chosen  especially 
when  transplanting  into  mnsei\  lows 

Young  trees  aie  naturally  moie  leaehly  and  suceess- 
fully  transplanted  than  older  ones,  with  which  theie  is 
more  difhculty  ill  secuimg  the  whole  root -system  when 
taking  them  up  Since,  howevei,  the  seedlings  develop 
slowly  for  the  hist  one  01  two  to  thiee  yeais,  the>  should 
be  left  in  the  seed-bed  foi  that  length  of  time,  loot- 
pruned,  and  then  tuuisplanted  into  museiy  lows  VI- 
though  those  with  a  shallow  loot-svstem,  like  spiures 
and  firs,  may  be  moved  even  when  30  to  40  feet  in 
height,  it  is  best,  even  for  ornamental  purposes,  not  to 
take  them  more  than  3  to  4  feet  m  height  In  forestiy, 
one-  to  four-year-old  plants,  according  to  species,  from 
2  to  12  or  15  inches  m  height,  aro  preferred  for  reasons 
of  economy. 

Much  greater  care  than  with  deciduous  trees  is 
necessary,  when  transplanting  without  an  earth-ball,  in 
keeping  the  root  fibers  from  drying  out,  a  large  amount 
of  loss  in  transplanting  is  explained  trom  neglect  m 
this  respect  As  soon  as  taken  up,  the  roots  should  be 


323.  Good  street  trees. — Pin  oaks. 


immersed  into  a  loam-puddle,  or  kept  protected  by 
wet  sphagnum  moss  or  canvas  until  set  into  their 
new  place 

The  question  of  trimming  when  transplanting  must  be 
eonsideied  with  more  care  than  is  necessary  with  broad- 
leaved  trees,  which  possess  much  greater  recuperative 
power  It  should  be  confined  to  the  smallest  amount, 
smoothing  biuiscd  loots,  and  if  ten  proper  proportion- 
ing pi  unmg  at  the  top  becomes  absolutely  necessary, 
shoitemng  the  leadei  rathei  than  blanches  Larch  will 
stand  moie  severe  pruning  than  most  other  conifers 
From  the  ait  1st ic  as  well  as  pin  Mologie-al  point  of  view, 
it  is  barbarism  to  lemove  the  lower  blanches,  which  the 
tree  needs  to  shade  its  trunk  and  standing  loom,  and 
often,  when  depnvcd  of  the  same,  will  replace  first 
before  staiting  again,  m  its  height  growth  Attention 
should,  howevei,  be  especially  paid  to  pi  eventing  dou- 
ble leadei s,  which  aie  detnmental  to  futuie  foim-devel- 
opment;  cut  them  out  as  eaily  as  possible,  preferably 
in  the  bud  Lateials  may  be  somewhat  shoi tened-in * 
while  standing  in  the  mii^ery,  to  lengthen  the  tune 
dining  which  the  lower  blanches  aie  to  peisist  Break- 
ing out  buds  is,  as  with  nil  trees,  the  best  method,  pio- 
\ided  the  primer  has  an  e\c  for  his  business  Even  in 
aftei-hfe,  when  pruning  is  pn formed  to  keep  the  tree  • 
shapely,  the  minimum  use  of  the  prunmg-knife  should 
be  the  nile 

Theie  are  thiee  maiked  peiiods  m  the  development  of 
comfeis-  the  juvenile  period,  when  the  eritue  tree  is  a 
nown,  branched  s^mmetiicalh  to  the  base,  the  perfec- 
tion of  svmmetiy,  then  follows  the  adolescent  stage, 
when  the  low  en  branches  die  out,  a  period  of  iinshape- 
liness,  followed  by  the  virile  stage,  when  the  straight, 
cylindrical  shaft  bears  the  crown  at  one-third  or  one- 
half  of  the  uppei  length  of  the  bole  The  trimming 
dining  the  adoleseent  stage  lequues  most  considera- 
tion It  is,  in  most  cases,  best  to  take  off  only  the 
lowest,  d> ing  or  dead  branches,  as  it  becomes  necessary 

In  pruning,  cut  as  closely  as  possible  to  the  trunk, 


324    Effect  of  trees  on  city  street  compared  with  no  trees 


362 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


even  cutting  into  the  bark,  also  removing  the  swelled 
portion  on  which  the  branches  are  usually  inserted, 
-Tvrheri  the  callousing  will  be  more  rapid  and  satisfactory 
in  shape 

If  at  this  stage  or 
at  anv  time,  the  tices 
show  trouble  at  the 
top  by  drying  (becom- 
ing "stag-headed"),  it 
is  a  sign  that  they 
suffer  at  the  root 
from  lack  of  mois- 
ture Ti  miming  off  a 
few  tiers  of  lower 
branches,  loosening 
the  soil  as  far  as  the 
ambitus  of  the  ciown, 
and  mulching  will 
laigely  coirect  this 
If  this  proportioning 
of  crown  to  loot  is  not 
done,  the  tree  itself 
will  do  it  and  not 
necessarily  in  desir- 
able form  \\  hen 
used  foi  hedges,  the 
tieatment  is,  of 
couise,  diffeient  For 
such  a  purpose  the 
shade-enduring  spe- 
cies, spruces  and  hem- 
locks, aie  best,  since 


thcv    are    capable 
lor   foliage,  while   the  pm< 


325.  Trunmed  by  linemen. 

preserving   a  dense   intern 
are  bound  to  thin  out. 

Enemies. 

There  are  a  number  of  dangers  and  damage  from  in- 
sects to  which  conifer?  are  exposed  Drought  and  frost 
are  most  dangerous  to  seedlings  in  the  seed-bed  The^e 
are  obviated  by  proper  location  of  the  seed-bed  (protec- 
tion against  sun  ami  wind),  by  eov<  img  with  a  mulch  of 
moss,  straw,  pine-straw  or  the  like  (whu  h  «iKo  pi  events 
the  heaving  out  by  fto->t  and  the  washing  out  by  iam. 
to  whicii  }oung  M  euiingb  are  liable)  Bv  shading  ana 
watering  the  danger  of  drought,  is  oveicome,  although 
at  the  same  time  that  of  dnmping-oft  is  invited  '1  he 
cause  of  this  disease,  consisting  m  the  reddening  of  the 
needles  and  then  fall- 
ing olT,  is  a  fungus 
which  can  be  com- 
bated by  spiaymg 
Buds  may  be  kept 
awa>  from  the  seeds 
by  mixing  them  with 
red  oxide  of  lead,  by 
lath  scieens,  and  the 
usual  methods 

Various  fungi  and 
insects,  too  many  to 
mention,  some  poly- 
phagous,  others  more 
or  less  specific,  are 
at  work  during  the 
various  stages  of  de- 
velopment A  host 
of  leaf-miners,  saw- 
flies  and  caterpillars 
destioy  the  foliage, 
and  weevils  sap  the 
young  shoots  Bos- 
tnchi,  or  bark-bee- 

:jJ^g*MHpr*fti*:  -—        ,tles;  mine  under  the 
326    Showing  need  of  city  control        b,ark»  mostly  ot  trees 
This   tree   on   a  city  street   being      that  are  bickly  from 
trimmed  for  firewood.  other    Causes,    borers 


327.  Same  tree  as  Fig  326  five 
years  later,  showing  unattractive 
bushy  top,  and  bad  stumps  that  will 
decay  instead  of  healing. 


enter  the  wood  of  the 
boles  Tortnces  bore 
into  the  base  of 
lea<  1  ers  and  cause 
them  to  break  off. 
The  betst  remedies 
against  most  of  these 
are  preventives, 
n  a  m  e  1  y  providing 
the  trees  with  such 
chances  of  vigorous 
growth,  or  satisfac- 
tory soil  conditions, 
that  they  aie  able  to 
ward  off  01  overcome 
the  enemies  Other- 
wise, watching  and 
destroying  the  ene- 
mies? in  time,  and  the 
usual  remedies  to  kill 
them,  may  be  em- 
pi  oyed  Literature 
Veitch,  "Manual  of 
Conifers,"  Oainere, 
"Traite  des  Corn- 
feres,"  Beissner,  "Handbuch  der  Nadelholzkunde,' 
Fernow,  "Care  of  Trees  g.  j^  FERNOW. 

Transplanting  large  trees  (Figs  328-332). 

Moving  Luge  tiees  divides  itself  into  two  classes: 
First,  \vitli  .1  I)  ill  of  earth,  second,  with  the  eaith  dis- 
sected out  horn  the  loots  \Mth  01  without  a  ball  lernain- 
ing  in  the  (entei 

Start  ,it  01  ne.u  the  ends  of  the  roots  where  they  are 
1  inch  in  diimetei  01  less  In  piactice,  this  results  in 
about  .ilMeet  spread  of  roots  on  a  tree  12  to  l."i  inches 
in  diameter  An  elm  18  inches  in  diameter  on  veiy  thin 
giavelly  soil  was  found  to  have  a  root  t>  inches  m  diame- 
ter at  15  feet  from  the  tiunk,  extending  toward  a  horse- 
shed  and  cultivated  field  where  it  would  get  more  food 
and  water  A  trench  is  dug  to  below  the  roots,  which 
may  be  1 '  2  or  3  feet  An  under-cut  IM  made  and  the 
soil  caved  down  by  a  piekmg  bar  01  folk  \vith  round 
pointed  tines  The  earth  and  roots  will  be  mixed  at 
the  bottom  of  the  trench  The  roots  must  be  carefully 
picked  up  with  the  fingers,  bound  in  bundles  and  tied 
out  of  the  wav  This  operation  is  the  point  of  greatest 
failme  as  it  takes  considerable  time,  patience  and  skill, 
to  avoid  breaking  the  roots  Thcic  are  many  chances 
to  break  a  root  after 
it  has  been  carefully 
dissected  out  The 
loots  must  be 
piomptlv  lilted  up  or 
thev  will  be  broken 
by  the  shovel  m  dig- 
ging out  the  loose 
soil  at  the  bottom  of 
the  trench  The  bun- 
dles must  be  untied 
and  rean  anged  where 
the  roots  cross  This 
proceeds  until  a  tree 
is  dug  in  to  a  ball 
about  b  to  8  feet  The 
tiee  is  then  tipped 
over  by  tackle,  cleav- 
ing the  roots  horn 
the  subsoil 

The  amount  of 
earth  left  m  the  cen- 
ter depends  upon  the 
strength  of  the  truck, 

character    of     t  he       323   Mov.ng  a  tree  m  winter,  with  a 
roads  and  power  for  large  ball  of  frozen  earth. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


363 


hauling  To  leave  a  mass  of  earth  6  to  7  feet  wide, 
15  inches  deep,  IH  practicable  with  two  teams  and 
6-mch  tires  over  hard  dirt  loads  Such  a  ball  is  help- 
ful becaube  there  aro  more  loots  left  undisturbed  and 
they  help  support  the  tree  during  the  first  summer, 


the  anchor  posts  move,  the  tree  lean  and  require 
straightening  and  tightening  of  the  wires  by  further 
twisting 

Pi umng  is  important,  made  so  by  cutting  back  the 
tree  from  2  to  8  feet  all  around     It  is  best  to  cut  the 


especially  if  the  ball  is  kept  to  the  proper  degree  of      most  at  the  apex  and  the  least  at  the  sides,  to  make  the 


,'itli 


xpc 
decid' 


moisture     Larger  balls,  8  and  10  feet  in  diameter,  15  to 
20  inches  deep,  can  be  carried  only  by  mon 
trucks  with  much  wider  wheels,   and  will: 
trees  the  advantage  is  slight  as  compared  w 
a  full  circle  of  roots  30  to  10  feet  wide 

The  trees  are  readily  picked  up  bv  the  tri 
protected  by  cushions  and  clasped  by  slat 
tigheried  by  screws    A  cradle  is  hinged  ai 
and  tijw  the  tree  over  in  a  hon/ontal 
position  which  is  necessary  on  account 
of  overhead  wires  arid  bridges     There 
are  one  or  two  screws  about  t)  feet  long, 
2J-2    inches    in   diameter      Tipping    is 
accomplished  bv  these  sciewsor  tackle 
or  both     The  roots  on  the  lower  side 
of  the  tree  are  tied  buck  underneath 
the  axle 

1  n  t  ransport  ing,  the  root  s  are  w  rapped 
in  straw  and  burlap  The}  can  be  ex- 
posed to  the  air  for  a  day  without  seri- 
ous injui},  as  roots  Jx  inch  in  diam- 
eter do  not  get  dried  out  and  killed 
in  that  time  In  passing  under  wires, 
these  can  be  lifted  bv  a  T-shaped  pole  and  disentangled 
from  the  branches  by  proceeding  a  few  feet  at  a  time 
Dangerous  high  tension  electric  wires  must  be  handled 
bv  linemen  empkned  by  the  electrical  company  It  is 
hornet  lines  nec«ssary  to  raise  the  wires  or  take  them 
down  and  drive  over  them 

In  planting,  the  truck  is  drawn  into  the  hole  and 
stopped  at  such  a  distance  from  the  center  that  the  tree 
when  s\\ung  over  will  be  in  the  right  position.  The  holes 
should  be  made  of  such  a  depth  as  to  keep  the  roots 
as  near  the  surface  as  possible  Allowance  must  be 
made  for  the  bending  of  the  downwaid  roots  below  the 
center  of  the  ball  The  most  frequent  mistake  is  to 
get  the  tree  too  deep,  especially  the  roots  at  the  outside 
of  the  ball,  which  will  often 
drop  to  the  bottom  of  the 
hole  and  be  18  inches  deep; 
whereas  when  dug  there 
were  some  at  the  MI  if  ace, 
some  b  inches  deep  and  a 
few  IS  inches  deep  After 
the  ti.je  is  stood  up  in  the 
hole  bv  means  of  the  tackle 
andsc  rews, earth 
is  packed  under 
the  center  by 
packing-  sticks 
This  is  difficult 
and  there  are 
liable  to  be  air- 
holes left  va- 
cant A  htrea,m 
from  a  hose  will 
help  to  wash 
mud  into  these 
spaces  It  is  best 
to  leave  the 
bundles  of  side 
roots  tied  up 
while  this  is  going  on  Before  the  bundles  of  side  roots 
are  untied,  the  bottom  of  the  hole  should  be  filled  up, 
if  necessary,  so  that  these  are  2  to  8  iuches  below  the 
surface  Spread  out  the  side  loots  and  cover  with  eaith. 
Anchoring  the  tiee  is  important  It  is  easily  done  by 
three  or  four  anchor  posts  \  feet  deep  with  a  crosspiece 
3  teet  long  Wires  should  be  put  thiough  rubber  hose 
and  twisted  around  the  tree  The  tree  is  liable  to  settle, 


to  } 


uthr 
vth 
It  the 
immn 
of" 


329.  A  large  tree  removed  from  its  place     The  roots  are 
now  to  be  wound  in  burlap  or  other  material 


330.  The  roots  wrapped,  and  the  tree  being  moved  on  skids 


shade  as  wide  as  possible     If  cut  back 
ine,  the  tree  will  make  a 
nd  look  more  solid  the 
thmmng-out  method  is 
is  liable  to  be  too  great 
the  tree,  as  it  is  easy  to 
;»e  has  to  thicken  up  over 
a  period  of  four  years 
by  making  sprouts   in 
the  center,    the   outer 
branches   remaining 
thin,  especially  if  the 
t  ree    H    not    fed   and 
watered  enough 

Wrapping  the  trunk 
with  straw  may  be 
necessary  with  thin- 
barked  trees,  especially 
in  warm  and  dry  cli- 
mates The  bark  is 
liable  to  dry  out  and 
die  on  the  southwest 
side  The  wrapping 
and  anchors  may  be  removed  after  two  >ears  or  more. 
A  mistake  is  often  made  in  choosing  trees  within  two 
miles,  whereas,  the  art  a  to  draw  upon  is  over  fifteen  or 
twenty  miles  radius  w  huh  will<  ontam  mu<  h  better  trees, 
the  time  on  theioad  being  a<  otnp  iritivelv  srn  til  item  in 
the  total  cost  Trees  are  often  (  hosen  which  are  grow mg 
on  thin  or  rocky  soil  or  in  swamps  saturated  within  0 
iiu  hes  of  the  smfaee,  both  giving  much  less  amount  of 
roots  than  trees  in  y  friable  soil  3  fiet  deep  In  a 
country  of  hills  and  valleys,  the  best  tieesmavoften.be 
found  in  terraces  or  benches  above  tin*  nver  Vmttom  or 
in  the  river  bottom  if  drained  to  allow  roots  to  be  3  feet 
deep  Trees  are  often  chosen  which  are  too  old  and 
have  made  a  short,  -.low  growth  It  is  better  to  move 
a  young  tiee  3o  feet  high,  12  inches  in  diameter,  which 
is  growing  1  foot  a  jear,  than  to  take  a  tree  the  same 
si/e,  twice  as  old,  growing  3  inches  a  }ear  The  roots 
on  the  latter  v-ill  be  longer  and  le.ss  flexible  Kach  will 
live  and  growiapidlj  if  given  favorable  conditions  A 
mistake  is  often  made  m  choosing  trees  which  are 
crowded  or  in  thick  foie^ts  The  latter  ma\  appear  to 
have  low  branches  Thc^e  blanches  are  weak  and 
liable  to  die  Tiees  of  species  diilicult  to  move  and 
trees  about  the  moving  of  which  little  is 
known  are  liable  to  be  chosen  Trees 
which  move  readily  arc  those*  of  soft  wood, 
rapid  growth,  usuall}  native  in  moist  soils, 
as  maple,  elm,  linden,  poplar,  locust, 
catalpa,  horse  -  chest- 
nut, birch,  apple  and 
pin  oak  The  follow- 
ing are  trees  about 
which  less  is  known 
Peppendge,  sassafras, 
plane,  chestnut,  beech, 
tulip,  white  oak,  black 
oak,hquidambar,ailan- 
thus,  hickory,  walnut 
and  ash  The  chestnut, 


beech,  magnolia,  tulip  tree,  black  oak  and  walnut  do 
not  indicate  by  their  behavior  when  small  that  they  are 
readilv  moved  It  is  to  be  presumed  that  the  ailanthus 
and  ash  are  easilv  moved  No  species  has  proved  itselt 
impossible  io  move  It  is  merelv  a  matter  of  getting 
the  right  propoition  of  roots  and  top  -ind  nursing  the 
tree  through  the  convalescence  until  it  has  reestablished 
itself  In  moving  trees  it  may  be  better  to  move  three 


364 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


trees  8  inches  in  diameter,  35  feet  high,  than  one  tree  16 
inches  in  diameter,  35  feet  high  From  three  smaller  trees 
there  will  result  a  wider  mass  of  foliage,  and  it  will  be 
easier  for  those  not  equipped  with  large  tree-moving 
apparatus  to  handle  the  three  smaller  trees 

If  the  earth  is  dissected  out  from  the  roots,  two  trees 
8  inches  in  diameter1  could  be  carried  by  one  team 
They  can  be  loaded  on  a  low  stone  truck  or  handy 
wagon,  the  trunks  of  the  trees  resting  on  two  benches 
which  lessens  the  breakage  of  roots  and  top.  Trees 
can  be  loaded  by  the  men,  the  tree  being  tipped 
over  on  the  truck  which  stands  beside  the  hole. 


9  feet  in  diameter  with  trees  10  to  18  inches,  on  a  low 
truck  consisting  of  a  platform  hung  under  four  heavy 
wheels,  the  tree  being  lashed  fast  to  a  collar  and  pole 
on  the  rear  axle,  and  pulled  over  to  the  rear  and  then 
the  platform  chained  fast  to  the  rear  axle  The  roots 
outside  the  ball  are  usually  cut  off  With  elm  trees 
carrying  a  slender  top  this  method  succeeds,  although 
the  trees  are  often  slow  in  recovering  It  suceeedb 
with  maples,  but  they  are  likely  to  grow  slowly  or  die 
back  until  the  tree  reestablishes  a  balance,  after 
several  years. 
Deciduous  trees  can  be  moved  in  midsummer  in  full 


331.  Diagram  to  illustrate  the  operation  in  the  removal  of  a  large  tree  for  transplanting 


The  tree  is  shifted  into  position  by  the  men  lift- 
ing on  the  trunk,  or  it  may  be  lifted  by  a  shear  pole 
derrick  or  single  pole  Many  people  hesitate  about 
moving  large  trees  and  wait  fifteen  years  for  a  result 
thov  could  easily  secure  in  this  manner,  by  collecting 
wild  trees  in  the  vicinity 

Root-pruning  a  year  in  advance  may  aid  in  moving 
a  tree,  but  is  not  essential.  If  a  trench  is  to  be  dug  at 
a  radius  of  4  feet  all  the  way  around  a  tree  10  inches  in 
diameter,  it  is  better  to  move  the  tree  with  a  wider 
spread  of  roots  and  take  good  care  of  it  A  root- 
pruned  tree  is  likely  to  be  neglected  and  suffer  for  mois- 
ture The  tree  can  be  root-pruned  three-quarters  of 
tho  way  around  for  ono  season  and  perhaps  bo  in  better 
condition  for  moving  This  is  more  likely  to  be  bene- 
ficial with  a  tree  with  long  coarse  roots  and  with  few 
fibers  in  the  center,  like  a  black  oak  A  mistake  is 
frequently  made  in  assuming  that  a  ball  of  earth  is  all 
that  is  essential,  regardless  of  the  amount  of  fibrous 
roots  in  the  ball  and  of  its  area  to  gather  rainfall  as 
compared  with  the  top  Frequently  trees  dug  around 
the  roots  cut  off  at  a  diameter  of  10  feet,  have  the 
tree-mover  sent  for  when  they  should  have  a  spread  of 
roots  of  30  feet  The  ball-of-earth  method  with  decidu- 
ous trees  usually  consists  in  carrying  a  ball  of  earth  7  to 


leaf.  Norway  maples  7  inches  in  diameter  were  well 
watered  to  nil  them  with  sap,  the  next  day  they  were 
dug  with  roots  spreading  15  feet,  leaving  a  ball  of  earth 
5  feet  in  diameter  in  the  center.  The  tree  was  tipped 
back  and  a  platform  or  stone  boat  moved  under,  on 
which  it  was  moved  After  planting  the  trees  were 
watered  about  four  times,  once  in  ten  days  The  ball 
of  earth  became  dry  very  quickly  The  bundles  of  outer 
roots  did  not  send  out  fibers  for  about  two  weeks 
Trees  with  less  fibers  in  the  center  would  probably 
not  succeed  so  well.  See  also  Drainage  and  Evcrgrcui* 


for  further  discussion 


HBNKY  UICKH 


Types  of  insect  injury  to  trees. 

Trees  of  all  sorts  are  liable  to  injury  by  many  kinds  of 
insects,  so  many  indeed  that  it  IH  difficult  to  present  a 
satisfactory  account  of  their  depredations  without  going 
into  great  detail  A  few  insects  stand  out  prominently, 
however,  among  the  more  common  and  widespread  tree 
pests  and  a  selected  series  of  these  will  serve  as  examples 
of  the  various  ways  in  which  the  trees  may  be  injured 
by  these  animals. 

Destructive  forest-  or  shade-tree  insects  may  be 
grouped  into  two  classes,  according  to  the  way  in  which 


332    Diagram  to  show  how  and  where  the  digging  is  begun. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


365 


they  feed,  based  on  the  fact  that  one  series  feed  by 
chewing  and  consuming  the  tissue  of  the  trees,  while  the 
members  of  the  other  class  derive  their  nourishment 
from  the  juices  or  sap  of  the  trees  which  they  suck  out 
by  means  of  needle-like  sucking  rnouthparts  Most 
insects  pass  through  three,  or  at  least  two,  preparatory 
stages,  very  different  from  the  adult,  before  they  reach 
maturity.  They  hatch  fiom  eggs  deposited  by  the  adult 
female,  as  larvae  (grubs,  catei  pillars,  maggots,  and  BO  on) 
and  in  this  larval  stage  feed  till  they  attain  their  full 
sue  The  larval  stage  is,  therefore,  the  most  destructive 
one  When  full  grown,  the  larva  usually  changes  to  a 
resting  condition  or  pupal  stage  (chrysalis),  and  during 
this  time  does  not  feed  Finally  the  adult  appears  and 
the  life-cycle  is  complete  Many  insects  undergo  a  single 
generation  every  year, 
but  a  number  grow 


ore  rapidly,  produc- 
g    several 


333    Lepidopterous  caterpillar 


ing     several     broods 
•  each   season,  while  a 
few  require  two  years 
or  more  to  mature 

Insects  provided 
with  chewing  mouthparts  may  feed  on  the  leaves  and 
are  then  known  as  defoliators,  or  they  may  feed  on 
the  bark,  cambium,  sapwood,  heart  \\ood,  or  roots,  in 
which  case  they  are  known  as  borers  Caterpillars, 
beetle  grubs  and  saw-flv  laivte  are  the  most  important 
insects  of  the  latter  kind 

Among  the  inserts  with  piercing  mouthparts,  some 
suck  the  juices  of  leaves,  while  others  affect  the  twigs 
and  branches,  or  even  the  roots  Plant-lice  and  scale 
insects  are  the  most  important  insects  of  this  kind 

Methods  of  debiroyinq  tree-pe^ts 

There  are  five  widely  different  methods  of  destroying 
insects  which  injure  tiecs,  and  the  selection  of  an  appro- 
priate method  must  d  -pend  primarily  on  the  feeding- 
habits  of  the  species  to  be  dealt  with. 

(«)  All  defoliators,  Mich  at,  caterpillars  (Fig  333),  saw- 
fl\  larvir  (Fig.  334),  and  those  beetle  lar\a>  that  feed 
externally  upon  the  leaves,  are  best  killed  by  the  appli- 
cation of  an  arsenical  poison  (Bigs  335,  33(>)  This  is 
applied  preferabl>  by  some  sort  of  a  spray-pump  that 
throws  a  hue  mist  or  spray  of  water  in  which  the  arsen- 
ical has  been  mixed  Such  spraying  machines  mav  be 
obtained  in  sues  to  suit  any  needs,  from  hand-pumps 
holding  a  quart  of  liquid  to  power  sprayers  equipped 
for  spravmg  extensive  woodlands  thoioughly  and  rap- 
idly The  most  satisfactory  poison  is  arsenate  of  lead, 
an  insoluble  arsenical  which  can  be  mixed  with  water 
in  the  proportion  of  six  to  ten  pounds  to  each  100 
gallons  of  water  and 
sprayed  upon  foliage 
without  danger  of  dam- 
age to  the  leaves  It  is 
sold  commercially  as  a 
_  _  white  paste  and  is  easily 

334  Sawfiycaterpiliar  (Natural  size  )  handled      This    sub- 
stance   is  far   superior 

to  pans  green,  london  purple,  and  the  like  It  should 
be  applied  only  in  sufficient  amount  to  show  after 
drying  as  whitish  specks  upon  the  surface  of  the  leaves 
(6)  Plant-lice,  since  they  feed  by  inserting  their 
beaks  into  the  tissues  of  the  leaves,  and  other  soft  parts, 
are  not  affected  by  arsemcals  and  must  be  destroyed 
by  spraying  with  what  is  known  as  a  contact  insecticide, 
one  that  kills  through  the  application  upon  the  surface 
of  the  insect's  body  The  most  generally  used,  and  one 
of  the  best  contact  insecticides  is  kerosene  emulsion 
This  is  prepared  by  dissolving  half  a  pound  of  common 
laundry  soap  in  one  gallon  of  hot  water  and  then  adding 
two  gallons  of  kerosene  while  stirring  or  churning  the 
mixture  violently  The  creamy  mass  thus  formed 
thickens  on  cooling  and  must  be  diluted  with  nine  times 
its  volume  of  water  before  being  sprayed  upon  the 


335   Injury  by  leaf-eating  caterpillar  of 
small  size 


plants.  Scale  insects  feed  like  plant-lice,  by  inserting 
their  delicate  beaks  into  the  tissue  of  the  tree  and  suck- 
ing out  the  sap,  but  usually  occur  on  the  thin  bark  of 
the  branches  and  twigs  rather  than  on  the  leaves  Each 
insect  secretes  a  scale-like  covering  beneath  which  it 
livts  while  growing,  and,  even  when  adult,  the  female 
never  leaves  her  position  beneath  the  scale  As  the 
scaly  covering  is 
of  a  waxen  nature, 
these  insects  are 
not  so  easily  de- 
stroyed by  con- 
tact insecticides 
as  are  plant-lice, 
although  kerosene 
emulsion  is  some- 
times  effective, 
especially  in  the 
case  of  young  insects  which  have  not  yet  secreted  a 
thick  scale  Many  older  or  more  resistant  scales  can- 
not be  destroyed  in  this  way  and  they  may  be  killed 
when  the  trees  are  m  a  dormant  condition  by  a  spray- 
ing with  lime-sulfur  wash  prepared  as  follows  Water, 
forty  gallons,  fresh  lime,  twenty  pounds,  flowers  of 
sulfur,  fourteen  pounds  These  are  boiled  together  for 
one  hour  and  then  applied  as  a  spray  to  the  branches 
and  twigs  This  w  ash  should  never  be  sprayed  upon 
tree*  when  in  leaf 

(c)  Kark-btctlcb  — These  are  small  insects  that  live 
during  the  larval  stages  beneath  the  bark  of  the  trunk 
and  branches  of  trees  'Iho  parent  insects  enter  the 
bark  and  excavate  a  small  tubular  gallery  through 
the  cambium  or  inner  bark  Along  the  sides  of  this, 
the  eggs  are  laid  and  the  developing  larvae  eat  out 
sinuous  burrows  through  the  cambium  They  thus 
interfere  with  the  sap-flow  and  cause  a  general  weak- 
ing  or  even  death  of  the  tree  Bark-beetles  are  liable 
to  attack  sickly  or  d>mg  trees,  and  the  only  feasible 
method  of  lessening  their  depredations  is  to  remove  and 
burn  such  trees  or  branches  as  are  affected,  in  addition 
to  improving  in  all  possible  wajs  the  conditions  under 
which  the  tree  is  growing,  beaiing  in  mind  that  healthy 
trees  arc  much  less  likely  to  be  troubled  by  these 
insects  than  are  weak,  poorl>  nourished  ones 

((/)  Wood-borer*,  — The  larva?  of  certain  beetles  and 
moths  subsist  upon  the  woody  tissues  of  trees,  excava- 
ting galleries  through  the  wood  of  both  living  and  dead 
trees  Such  larvae  are  usually  whitish,  often  with  brown 
head  and  have  powerful  jaws,  b>  means  of  which  they 
can  cut  through  the  solid  wood  They  may  attack  trunk, 
branches,  or  twigs,  some  working  in  the  sapwood,  others 
in  pith,  while  a  few  feed  mainly  on  the  heartwood  In- 
sects ot  this  kind  are  the  most  difficult  to  combat  as  they 
feed  where  they  cannot 
be  reached  by  means 
of  insecticides  duung 
the  greater  part  of 
their  life  Due  to  their 
concealed  position, 
they  are  not  so  readily 
noticed  and  may  fre- 
quently cause  irrepa- 
rable damage  to  trees 
before  their  presence 
is  recognized  Besides 
cutting  out  the  indi- 
vidual larvae  or  de- 
stroying them  in  their 
burrows  by  means  of 
a  piece  of  wire,  no 
general  method  of  destruction  can  be  recommended 
It  is  important,  however,  to  maintain  the  trees  in  as 
healthy  condition  as  possible,  and  to  remove  all  dead 
or  dying  timber  m  order  to  reduce  the  number  of 
breeding-places  for  the  insects 

(e)  Leaf-miners  — To  this  class  belong  some  of  the 


336.  Injury  by  leaf-eating  cater- 
pillar of  large  size 


366 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


membere  of  several  different  groups  of  insects,  certain 
small  moths,  a  few  saw-fliee  and  a  small  number  of  flics 
and  beetles  All  ol  the  leaf-mmeis  aie  veiv  small 
insects  whose  larva1  feed  upon  the  parenchyma  of  the 
leaf,  leaving  intact  the  upper  and  lower  epidermis 
In  this  posftion  they  are  protected  fiom  most  sorts  of 
insecticides,  although 
in  some  cases,  spray- 
ing with  a  contact 
insecticide  containing 
some  tobacco  com- 
pound in  combination 
with  soap  may  be 
efficacious.  One  form- 
ula recommended  is: 
water,  800  gallons; 
nicofuine,  or  "blackKaf 
40,"  one  gallon,  laun- 
dry soap,  thirty-two 
pounds-  Ordinarily, 
leaf-miners  do  not  pre- 
sent a  serious  menace 
to  trees,  but  the  pres- 
ence of  their  blotch-like  or  serpentine  galleries,  which 
show  as  faded  areas,  often  greatly  disfigure  the  leaves. 

Some  of  the  more  important  ^hade-tree  pests. 

A   Defoliators. 

The  tussock  moth,  Hemerocampa  hucodigma  (Fig 
337),  is  perhaps  the  most  abundant  caterpillar  on  trees, 
particularly  in  thicklv  settled  districts  The  eggs  are 
laid  in  the  fall  in  white  fluffy  masses  the  si/e  of  a  dime 
on  the  ti  unks  of  infested  trees  and  hatch  m  the  early 
summer  The  larvie  bear  several  pencils  of  long  black 
hairs  placed  at  each  end  and  have  four  brush-like  tufts 
of  pale  yellow  hairs  above,  with  a  bright  red  head 
These  pupate  early  in  July  m  crevices  in  the  baik  and 
the  adults  soon  emerge  to  lav  the  eggs  for  a  second 
generation  of  caterpillars  which  \vill  mature  before  fall 
into  moths  that  deposit  the  over-wintering  eggs  The 
female  moth  is  without  wings  and  lavs  her  mass  of 
eggs  on  the  bark  where  she  emerges  from  her  pupa 
case  These  caterpillars  feed  on  all  sorts  of  trees 


337   Tussock  moth  larva 


except  evergreens,  but  seem  to  be  most  destructive  to 
m  and  American  linden    Tw  01  el.it  ed  cat  ei  pil- 
lars have  been  imported  from  Europe  into  Massachu- 


map 


cept 
aple, 


setts,    the    g\psy   moth    and    brown-tail    moth,    and 

although  these  aie  at  present  confined  to  that  neigh- 

borhood,   they  will   undoubtedly  become    widespread 

before  many  years  have  elapsed     The  gipsy  caterpil- 

lars feed  on  many  kinds  of  trees,  preferring  oaks,  they 

may  be  recognized   by  a  double 

line  of  round  spots  down  the  mid- 

dle of  the  back,  blue,  followed  by 

red  ones     Their  life-cycle  is  like 

that  of  the  tussock  moth,  except 

that  there  is  only  one  generation 

passing  the  winter  as  a  mass  of 

woolly,  dull  ochre-yellow  eggs  at- 

tached to  the  bark     The   brovvri- 

tail  is  a  brownish  caterpillar  with 

white  spots,  passing  the  winter  in 

small  woven  silk  nests  containing    .,_  r  .  .- 

many  caterpillars     The  nests  are       \^m    (x^) 

attached  to  the  tips  of  the  twigs  "* 

of  infested  trees     Orehaid  trees  suffer  most  severely 

from  this  species,  although  all  sorts  of  broad-leaved 

trees  are  attacked. 

Another  common  caterpillar  of  very  different  habits 
is  the  American  tent-caterpillar,  Malacowma  amen- 
cana.  This  is  an  inconspicuous  brownish  moth  which 
over-winters  as  a  band-like  mass  of  eggs  placed  around 
twigs  of  cherry  and  a  number  of  other  trees  These 
hatch  in  very  early  spring  and  the  larvae  spin  silken 
nests  in  small  forks  of  the  branches  from  which  they 
crawl  out  to  feed  upon  the  opening  leaves.  They  mature 


339    Euvanessa  antiopa. 


in  early  summer  and  the  egga  are  laid  in  midsummer  for 
the  next  season's  brood. 

The  bag-worm,  Thyndoptenx  cphemciJ'formis,  is  a 
defoliator  at  times  very  destiuctive,  although  each 
larva  in  his  dependent  bag  does  not  have  a  wide  range 
of  operations  Fig  338.  Hand-picking  and  aisemcal 
sprays  an1  the  remedies 

The  caterpillars  of  the  mourning  cloak,  Euvanessa 
antiopa  (Fig  339),  are  a  very  common  pest  of  elm  and 
other  shade  trees  They  are  black,  coarsely  spiny  cat- 
erpillars with  red  spots  along 
the  back,  and  feed  more 
or  less  m  colonies,  usually 
defoliating  single  branches-  at 
a  time  The  butterfly  passes 
the  winter  as  an  adult,  ap- 
pearing m  very  early  spring, 
and  laving  its  eggs  m  May. 
The  caterpillars  from  these 
eggs  become  full-grown  be- 
fore July,  and  the  butterflies 
of  another  generation  appear 

in  Jul}  to  la}  eggs  which  will  give  rise  to  the  hibernating 
butterflies  of  the  next  winter. 

A  common  saw-flv  which  occurs  on  willows  is  the 
American  saw-fly,  Cunhcr  atnencana  The  lurvje  are 
much  like  the  defoliating  caterpillars  of  moths  and 
butterflies  in  appearance  and  feed  in  the  same  way, 
destroying  the  cntue  leaf-tissue  The  lame  are  pale 
green,  with  a  blackish  line  down  the  back  When 
mature,  the}  descend  to  the  base  of  the  tree,  where  they 
spin  parchment-like  brown  (ocoons  m  which  to  pass  the 
winter  on  the  ground  among  fallen  leav  es  In  the  spring, 
they  transform  and  the  adult  saw-flies  deposit  their  eggs 
singly  in  slit-like  cuts  made  into  the  tissue  of  the  leaf 

Pine  trees  often  suffer  from  the  deputations  of 
saw-fly  larva?  of  the  genus  Loph}rus  which  devour  the 
needles,  near  the  bases  of  which  they  later  spin  their 
small  cocoons 

Many  saw-fly  larva?  feed  only  on  the  leaf  from  ono 
side,  leaving  the  epidermis  of  the  other  side  intact. 
Arsenical  spiavs  for  the  destruction  of  such  species 
must  be  directed  against  the  side  of  the  leaves  attacked, 
usiuillv  the  under  surface 

Among  defoliating  beetle  lame,  the  imported  elm- 
leaf  beetle,  Cahrucdia  hitcola  (Fig  310),  is  probably 
most  important  This  occurs  onlv  in  the  eastern 
states  but,  is  gradually  spreading  into  the  middle  \\  est 
The  small,  vellow,  two-striped  adults  live  through  tho 
winter  and  deposit  their  bright  }ellow  eggs  in  small 
masses  on  the  under  side  of  elm  leaves  in  eailv  spring 
These  eggs  hatch  into  black  and  reddish  slugs  which 
feed  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves,  leaving  only 
the  veins  and  upper  epidermis  The  leaves  then  dry  up 
and  mav  fall  off.  The  larvae, 
now  changed  to  a  yellow  color, 
descend  to  the  surface  of  the 
ground  to  pupate  and  soon 
emerge  as  a  summer  genera- 
tion of  beetles  There  are 
two  or  three  annual  broods, 
according  to  the  latitude 


B.  Plant-lice  and  scale  im>ccti> 
There  are  many  kinds  of 
plant-hce  (Fig  341),  but  all 
pass  through  very  similar  life- 
cycles  In  general,  this  is  as 
follows  the  winter  is  passed 

as  a  large  shining  elongate-   beetle  Hole8madebyadults> 
oval  egg  attached  to  a  twig    surface  marks  by  larv*. 
or  branch     This   gives   rise 

in  the  spring  to  a  soft-bodied  wingless  female  aphid 
that  gives  birth  to  living  young  aphids,  which  in  turn 
reproduce  in  the  same  way  These  suck  the  juiccb  from 
leaves,  petioles  or  tender  twigs  and  thus  sap  the  vital- 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


367 


ity  of  the  tree  In  addition,  the  leaves  may  be  dis- 
figured by  a  sticky  substance,  known  as  honey-dew, 
secreted  by  the  insects  In  the  fall,  both  females  and 
winged  males  are  produced  and  the  female  lays  a  single 
winter  egg  On  account  of  their  method  of  reproduc- 
tion, plant-lice  multiply  very  rapidly,  especially  in 
damp  seasons  Some  species  have  a  more  complicated 
life-cycle,  producing  winged  individuals  in  the  summer 
which  migrate  to  another  food-plant,  later  to  return 
in  the  fall  to  the  onginal  one 

A  few  plant-lice  living  in  colonies  produce  galls, 
curled  leaves,  or  other  malformations  on  the  leaves  or 
twign  of  mtested  trees 

Scale  insects  exhibit  a  greater  variety  in  their  sea- 
sonal history,  some  pass  through  a  single  generation 
each  vear,  while  others  multiply  more  rapidly,  passing 
through  a  number  of  generations  annually  The  win- 
ter is  .sometimes  passed  in  the  egg  state,  but  more 
commonly  as  a  paitly  grown  insect 

One  of  the  commonest  and  most  destructive  scales  is 
the  ojster-shell  scale,  L<  pidowphc*,  ultrn  This  occurs 
on  the  thin  bark  of  a  great  vanetv  of  trees,  appearing 
as  a  verv  small,  elongate,  flattened  body,  pointed  at  one 
end  and  rounded  at  the  other,  with  the  upper  surface 
more  or  less  distinctly  ridged  in  a  transverse  dire<  tion 

There  is  a  single 
generation  an- 
nually, the  fe- 
males maturing 
in  late  summer 
and  depositing 
a  mass  of  eggs 
which  remains 
.,  -  beneath  the 
341.  Woolly  aphis  on  alnus.  \  p,,.llo  throng  h 

thewmter,hatch- 

mg  in  the  spring  and  producing  full-grown  insects  by 
midsummer  Sometimes  this  species  is  so  abundant 
that  the  smaller  branches  appear  as  if  co\ered  by  a 
gray  incrustation 

The  San  Jose  scale,  A\pidiotiu>  ptinmo^n^,  is  another 
important  stale,  \\hich  has  been  introduced  into  m.mv 
parts  of  the  United  State's  It  is  ver>  dotiuctue, 
primarily  to  certain  oichaid  trees,  but  mjuies  manv 
thin-barked  shade  tiees  as  \\ell  ']  he  se:ile  is  \ei\  small, 
round  in  the  female  and  oval  in  the  male,  vuth  a  minute 
nipple-shaped  projection  near  its  center  1  he  females 
do  not  lav  their  eggs  till  the  \oung  insects  ;ue  ready  to 
hatch,  so  that  thev  practically  produce  h\mg  \oung 
These  develop  rapidlv ,  five  or  six  broods  mat ui ing  each 
season,  of  which  the  last  hibernates  in  the  half-giown 
condition  In  mass,  the  scales  form  a  gra> ,  granular 
crust,  covering  the  branches  and  t\Mgs 

In  some  paits  of  the  country,  maples  grown  for  shade 
trees  suffer  gieat  injury  bv  the  cottony  maple  scale, 
Pulvmana  innunurabilis  This  scale  is  most  conspicu- 
ous on  the  twigs  in  earl>  summei,  at  which  time  the 
females  are  dejx>sitmg  their  eggs  It  then  bears  a  tuft 
of  fluffy  waxen  substance  resembling  a  bit  of  white 
cotton  The  voung  scales  appear  soon  after,  when  they 
migrate  to  the  leaves  and  feed  till  early  fall  before 
returning  to  the  t\\igs,  where  they  finally  pass  the 
winter  in  a  half-grown  condition 

Practically  all  sorts  of  trees  suffer  at  times  from  scale 
insects,  of  which  there  arc  many  kinds  The  common 
forms  are  divisible  into  two  groups,  the  soft  scales  and 
armored  scales.  The  former  are  soft  and  convex  like 
the  cottony  maple  scale,  in  which  the  "scale"  is  the  back 
of  the  insect  itself,  the  latter  are  usually  smaller,  like 
the  Sari  Jos6  scale,  in  which  the  "scale  is  a  separate 
waxen  cover  secreted  by  the  insect. 

c   Bark-btetles. 

These  insects  are  small  black  or  brown  beetles  that 
live  in  the  larval  stages  beneath  the  bark,  feeding  on 
the  inner  bark  and  cambium,  and  all  have  very  similar 


342.  Flat-headed  borer. 

(Natural  size  ) 


habits  The  parent  beetle  enters  the  bark  through  a 
small  hole  about  the  si/e  of  a  pencil-lead,  and  excavates 
a  single  primary  or  egg-gallery  through  the  cambium, 
usually  grooving  the  sapwood  This  tunnel  varies  from 
one  to  several  inches  in 
length,  and  along  its 
sides  the  female  cuts  out 
little  pockets,  in  each  of 
which  an  egg  ife  laid  On 
hatching  from  the  eggs, 
the  larvae  excavate  in- 
dividual mines  usually  more  or  less  perpendicular  to 
the  egg-gallery.  When  full  grown,  the  white  legless 
grub-like  larva)  pupate  in  cells  excavated  in  the  bark, 
from  which  the  beetles  emerge  by  chewing  out  a  circu- 
lar tunnel  to  the  suiface  Trees  from  which  beetles 
have  emerged  appear  as  though  the  bark  had  received  a 
charge  of  buck-shot,  from  the  presence  of  the  small  cir- 
cular emergence  holes  Some  forms,  like  \  he  genus  Den- 
roctonus,  attack  fine  healthy  coniferous  trees  and  kill 
much  valuable  timber,  but  shade  trees  are  more  com- 
monly attacked  by  the,  species  that  live  in  the  bark  of 
deciduous  trees,  more  particularly  those  that  are  m 
a  sicklv  condition 

A  common  form  is  the  hickory  bark -beetle,  Eccop- 
toqn^Ur  quftdn  \iniiow,  that  attacks  hickories.  The 
b"(  ties  appear  in  June  and  July,  to  excavate  the  pri- 
mary galleries  which  e\t  end  \  ert  icallv  for  an  inch  or  two. 
Forty  or  hftv  eggs  are  placed  m  notches  on  the  sides  and 
the  larvae  bore  out  at  right  angles,  thus  girdling  the 
cambium  and  weakening  or  killing  the  branch  This 
specu  s  undergoes  onlv  one  generat  ion  annually,  although 
some  others  pass  through  two  or  more  each  season. 
There  are  many  other  kinds,  all  scarring  the  bark  or 
surface  of  the  wood  in  a  similar  way 

D   Wood-borers 

The  larvae  of  many  beetles  and  moths,  and  of  a  few 
wasp-like  insects,  injure  tiees  by  excavating  their  food* 
burrows  through  the  solid  wood 

Birches,  grown  for  shade  or  ornamental  trees,  often 
suffer  great  injury  from  the  presence  of  a  Hat-headed 
borer,  the  bronze  birch- borer,  Agrilus  anxius  The 
small  elongate  bionze-green  beetles  appear  in  May  of 
June  and  deposit  their  eggs  on  the  branches,  at  first 
near  the  crown  of  the  tree.  The  larvae  penetrate  the 
bark,  beneath  which  they  cut  irregular  flattened  gal- 
leries till  giown,  when  they  cut  out  cells  in  the  wood  in 
\vhich  to  pass  the  winter  before  emerging  in  the  spring. 
The  upper  parts  of  the  tree  suffer  first  and  begin  to  die, 
and  the  following  year  the  larv\e  appear  nearer  to  the 
ground  Chest  nut 'is  attacked  by  Agrilus  bihneatus,  the 
tw  o-hned  chest  nut-borer 

Most  other  kinds  of  trees  suffer  similar  injury  from 
related  beetles,  many  of  wh.ch  multiply  also  in  dead 
trees  and  stumps 

Another  flat-headed  borer,  the  larger  flat-headed 
pine-borer,  Chahophora  vtrqinien&ib  (Figs  342,  343), 
extends  its  flattened  burrows  deep  into  the  wood  of  the 
tree,  a  method  of  feeding  exhibited  by  many  borers  of 
this  gioup  attacking  deciduous  trees  also.  The  larvae 
grow  to  a  length  of  2  inches  before 
cutting  out  their  transformation  cells 
m  the  b:irk 

Hound-headed  borers  are  similar  in 
habits,  but  belong  to  another  family 
of  beetles  in  which  the  larvae  are  less 
distinctly  flattened  near  the  head 
and  excavate  more  nearly  cylindrical 
burrows 

One  of  our  commonest  species  is  the 
locust-borer,  ('ijlltnt1  robinix,  which 
attacks  yellow  locust  trees.  The 
elongate  medium-sized  black  beet- 
les,  with  brilliant  yellow  markings, 
appear  in  the  early  fall  to  deposit 


368 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


their  eggs  on  the  bark  of  the  trees.  The  eggs  soon  hatch 
into  larvse  which  feed  for  a  time  and  then  over-winter 
in  a  small  cell  beneath  the  bark  Next  year  they  bore 
through  the  living  wood  and  transform  in  August  to 
beetles  This  species  can  destroy 
healthy  locust  trees  rapidly  and  is 
a  very  serious  pest  wherever  the 
tree  is  grown  All  mfet»ted  trees 
should  be  pruned  or  felled  and 
burned  to  destroy  the  larva;,  in 
the  fall  or  winter  Sugar  maples 
suffer  from  a  similar  insect,  as  do 
practically  all  sorts  of  trees 

White  pine  trees  are  commonly 
deformed  by  the  larva*  of  the 
white-pine  weevil  which  feed  ex- 
clusively beneath  the  bark  of  the 
terminal  shoots  of  young  trees  of 
this  species  (Fig  344  ) 

The  carpenter  moth,  Pnonoxys- 
tus  robinw,  is  a  large  common 
mottled  gray  insect  with  pale 
yellovr  black-headed  and  black- 

white-pme  weevil. ( x i)  sPockled  larv  a»  2  inches  m  length, 
that  bore  m  the  branches  of  many 
kinds  of  trees  Oak  suffers  most,  but  maple,  ash,  locust, 
willow  and  cottonwood  are  often  infest  ed  The  moth 
lays  its  eggs  on  the  bark  late  in  the  summer,  and  for 
two  or  three  seasons  the  larva?  feed  on  the  wood,  cut- 
ting large  circular  burrows  They  transform  m  the 
burrow,  the  pupa  working  its  \vay  partly  through  the 
bark  for  the  eclosion  of  the  moth  The  brown  pupa- 
case  may  then  remain  projecting  from  the  mouth  of 
the  burrow  for  some  time  A  related  European  insect, 
the  leopard  moth,  Zeuzcra  pynna,  has  recently  become 
abundant  along  the  northern  Atlantic  coast  region, 
attacking  elm  and  all  sorts  of  other  trees  and  shrubs. 
It  feeds  in  the  same  way  and  bids  fair  to  become 
one  of  our  worst  shade-tree  pests  The  larvae  of 
many  other  moths  injure  trees  in  a  more  or  less 
similar  way 

The  pigeon  horn-tail  is  a  large  cylindrical  yellow- 
brown  and  black  insect  with  grub-like  larva?  that  bore 


345.  Phylloxera  galls  on  chestnut.  ( X 


in  elm,  maple,  and  other  trees.  The  females  insert 
their  eggs  deep  into  the  tree  by  means  of  a  needle-like 
ovipositor  They  frequently  fail  to  extricate  the  ovi- 
positor and  may  be  seen  dead,  but  still  attached  to  the 
tree  trunks 

E  Leaf-miners. 

Small  larvae  belonging  to  several  orders  of  insects 
live  as  miners  in  leaves,  the  most  abundant  forms  often 
greatly  disfiguring  the  foliage  of  affected  trees 

Deciduous  trees  of  all  sorts  are  affected  by  the  leaf- 
mining  larva?  of  various  small  moths,  but  it  is  very  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish  the  different  species  without  minute 
study  Oaks  are  particularly  susceptible  and  are  com- 
monly disfigured  by  the  sinuous  or  irregularly  rounded 
mines  that  appear  as  pale  streaks  or  blotches.  Even 
pines  suffer  from  such  larva;,  which  enter  a  needle  and 
eat  out  the  tissue,  causing  the  tip  to  dry  and  become 
yellow  Occasionally  insect  larva1  cause  malformations 


or  swellings  of  the  leaves  or  twigs,  known  as  galla. 
(Figs.  345.  346.) 

Yellow  locust  suffers  from  a  leaf-mining  beetle  larva, 
Odontoid  dorsahs,  that  eats  out  almost  all  of  the  leaf 
parenchyma,  causing  the  leaves  to  dry  and  shrivel. 
Related  species  affect  oak  and  basswood.  Members  of 
another  family,  belonging  to  the  genus  Brachys,  also 
mine  m  leaves  of  oak,  chestnut,  and  so  forth 

One  leaf -mining  saw-fly  is  of  considerable  importance, 
Kahofeniu>a  id  mi,  the  larva;  of  which  eat  out  the  paren- 
chyma of  elm  leaves  between  the  lateral  veins,  causing 
them  to  assume  a  seared  appearance  in  spots  (Fig 
347)  Another  closely  related  species  mines  in  the 
leaves  of  the  hawthorn  (Cratapgus).  The  latter  may 
be  satisfactorily  killed  by  a  spray  of  tobacco-water, 
but  the  species  on  elm  is  more 
reisihtant.  The  larvae  of  these 
species  enter  the  ground  later  m 
the  summer  to  spin  their  cocoons 
C  T  BRUES 


346.  Mite-galls  on  maple    (  x 


347.  Leaf-miners'  galler- 
ies  in  elm   (X  H) 


Some  types  of  tree  diseases. 

Disease  in  plants  is  the  result  of  any  derangement  in 
the  normal  form,  structure  or  physiology  of  the  organ- 
ism The  disease  condition  becomes  manifest  by  differ- 
ent symptoms,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  disorder 
Such  symptoms  as  .stag-head,  cankers,  leaf-spots, 
witches'  brooms,  and  so  on,  are  examples  of  the  effect 
produced  in  the  tree  by  some  disease-producing  agent  or 
combination  of  agents  The  variety  of  functional  dis- 
orders alone  that  may  arise  in  tiees  is  large  Such 
causes  as  insufficient  or  excessive  soil  water,  mal- 
nutrition, excessive  heat  or  cold,  or  rapid  variations 
in  temperature  are  capable  of  producing  effects  called 
physiological  diseases  On  the  other  hand  are  those 
diseases  that'  are  produced  by  the  activities  of  para- 
sites, such  as  certain  of  the  fungi,  and  bacteria  Accu- 
rately to  place  a  new  or  little-know  n  disease  in  one  of  these 
two  classes  is  often  difficult  for  the  expert,  even  after 
much  study  There  is  relatively  less  known  concerning 
the  physiological  diseases  of  trees  than  of  those  caused 
by  parasites,  not  because  of  their  less  importance  BO 
much  as  of  the  difficulty  of  studying  them  It  is  to  be 
deplored  that  the  diseases  of  forest,  shade  and  ornamen- 
tal trees  have  not  received  their  due  share  of  study  and 
investigation  by  pathologists 

How  fungi  cause  diseases  of  trees. 

The  fungi  consist  of  a  group  of  plants  that  do  not 
contain  chlorophyll,  upon  which  all  green  plants  depend 
for  the  synthesis  of  carbohydrates.  Consequently,  not 
being  able  to  manufacture  their  own  food,  the  fungi 
must  secure  it  from  their  environment,  by  dissolving 
and  utilizing  organic  materials  from  dead  or  living 
plant  01  animal  bodies.  By  far  the  vast  majority, 
luckily,  belong  to  the  class  of  scavengers  which  attack 
dead  organic  material  and  utilize  it  for  food.  These 
forms  are  called  saprophytes.  Other  species  of  the 
fungi  attack  living  plants  and,  through  their  activities, 
produce  the  disorders  that  are  termed  diseases  These 
are  known  as  parasites  or  pathogens 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


369 


In  bnef,  the  general  action  of  the  fungi  that  cause 
tree  diseases  is  as  follows:  The  fungus  exists  m  two 
stages,  the  vegetative  and  the  fruiting.  The  vegetative 
stage  consists  of  a  mycelium,  which  is  an  aggregate  of 
long  much-branched  microscopic  threads  of  fungous 
cells.  This  mycelium  penetrates  and  grows  in  the  body 
of  the  tree,  extracting  nutriment  from  it  by  dissolving 
the  different  structuies  it  can  utilize  In  this  process 
the  tissues  of  the  tree  are  destroyed  and  the  fungus 
obtains  food  for  its  further  development  In  time, 
after  sufhcient  food  has  been  stored  in  the  mycelium, 
the  fungus  forms  its  fruiting  bodies  In  the  case  of  the 
larger  number  of  the  heait-  and  bap-  wood  rots,  this 
fruit  body  consists  of  a  bhelf-hke  or  toadbtool-hke 
structure  on  the  exterior  of  the.  troo  In  these  fruiting 
structures  are  borne  millions  of  microscopic  spores  or 
seeds  of  the  fungus,  which  are  distributed  largely  by 
the  wind  If  by  chance  one  of  these  spores  finds  lodg- 
ment on  an  exposed  wound  in  the  bark  of  a  tree  which 
it  is  capable  of  infecting,  it  will  under  proper  condi- 
tions germinate,  producing  a  mycelium  that  will 
penetrate  the  tissues  of  the  new  host 

Seedling  diseases 

The  young  seedlings  in  the  nursery  beds  are  often 
attacked  by  certain  soil  organisms  that  cause  a  decay 
of  the  htern  at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  allowing  the 
plant  to  wilt  and  fall  over  This  iy  pe  of  disease  is  called 
"damping  off,"  m  manv  cabes  it  is  caused  b>  the 
fungus  Pythium  de  liarynnum  This  disease  is  largely 
induced  by  very  moist  soils,  a  moist  atmosphere,  high 
temperature,  and  little  ventilation  Bv  growing  seed- 
lings in  light  sandy  boils,  well  watered^  but  not  exces- 
sively, and  by  aerating  the  beds  well  to  reduce  the 
humidity  of  the  atmosphere  around  the  plants,  tins 
trouble  is  practically  avoided  Soils  in  which  it  has 
once  occurred  should  be  abandoned,  however  In 
greenhouses  m  which  this  disease  is  often  troublesome 
and  the  precautionary  measures  mentioned  above 
difficult  to  maintain  it  may  be  necessary  to  steimze 
the  soil  with  formaldehyde  or  by  steam  heat  immedi- 
ately before  sowing  the  seed. 

Lcfif  rh  Crates 

Very  little  serious  damage  is  caused  by  most  leaf 
diseases  of  troes  other  than  the  unsightly"  appearance 
produced  There  are  a  few  leaf  diseases,  however, 
that  are  of  more  or  less  importance  in  the  United 
States  Conspicuous  among  the.se  is  the  anthracno.se 
disease  of  oak  and  sycamore  leaves,  caused  by  the 
fungus  Gnomon  in  wrieta  Throughout  noitheastern 
United  States  in  recent  years  the  plane-tree  (I'latatiu* 
occiii  ctt  talis)  has  been 
almost  universally  af- 
fected and  the  trees 
often  completely  defoli- 
ated before  the  first  of 
July  Karlv  in  the  sea- 
bon  the  disease  becomes 
manifest  by  the  pio- 
duction  of  rapidly  en- 
larging brown  blotches 
which  are  usually  pro- 
duced along  the  veins 
of  the  leaf  If  examined 
closely,  the  numerous 
spore  clusters  can  be 


able  microscopic  eon- 
idia  which  serve  for  the  dissemination  of  the  fungus 
The  twigs  are  commonly  affected  also  and  on  these,  as 
well  as  the  fallen  leaves,  the  fungus  winters  over  The 
same  fungus  produces  a  similar  disease  on  oaks,  especi- 
ally the  white  oak,  and  is  often  epidemic  in  certain 
regions  As  a  measure  of  prevention,  all  fallen  leaves 

24 


and  twigs  from  diseased  trees  should  be  carefully  col- 
lected and  burned  All  diseased  twigs  should  be  pruned 
off  and  burned  If  desirable,  the  trees  may  be  sprayed 
with  standard  bordeaux  mixture  from  the  time  the 
leaves  begin  to  unfold,  at  periods  of  two  or  three  weeks, 
imf-il  the  first  of  July 

The  tar-snot  disease  of  the  maple 
caused  by  Ithytiama  accnnuni  is  a  con- 
spicuous disease  but  ccldom  causes 
serious  damage  to  the  tree  Fig  348 
The  diseased  spots  appear  as  blotches 
of  tar  on  the  upper  surface-  of  the 
leaver  Burning  the  diseased  leaves 
will  matenall>  lessen  the  chances  of 
attack  the  corning  >ear  since  the 
pathogen  winters  in  them 

Maple  trees,  at  least  in  the  north- 
eastern states,  have  suffered  during 
the  ]iast  few  summers  from  a  physio- 
logical trouble  called  leaf-scorch  The 
leaves  of  one  side  or  the  whole  of  the 
tree  turn  brown  between  the  veins  and 
finally  dry  up  This  disease  ha.s  been 
ascribed  to  over-trans] mat  ion  of  the 
leaf-tissues  at  a  1i)7i<  of  v  ear  when  the 
loots  cannot  furnish  enough  water  to 
the  tree  to  compensate  the  loss  Thus 
the  leaf -cells  are  killed  by  desiccation 
and  the  brown  blotches  appear  It  is 
advised  that  artificial  watering  during 
hot,  drv  weather  will  rnatenallv  lessen 
the  seventy  of  the  trouble,  especially 
under  city  conditions 

C nnkcr  (h Biases 

\  diseased  condition  of  the  limbs  349  Canker 
or  trunk  of  a  tree  that  results  in  the  disease  of  the 
death  of  an  area  of  the  bark  us  termed  chestnut  pro- 
a  canker  These  cankered  ureas  mav  duced  by  the 
be  either  sunken  or  enlarged,  and  the  p^Slw  Th'J 
terms  necrotic  and  h>  pert  rophy  cank-  comdial  tendrils 
ers  are  used  respectively  to  designate  are  produced 
these  characters  Not  all  cankers  are  from  the  numer- 
produced  by  parasitic  organisms,  some  °"s  ruptures 
are  the  result  of  malnutrition,  winter  bark0  "* 
injury ,  sun-scorch,  insects,  and  the  like 

By  far  the  worst  epidemic  disease  of  trees  m  America 
is  the  chestnut -canker  now  prevalent  in  many  of  the 
eastern  states  In  all,  a  total  lo^s  of  $25,000,000  has 
been  ascribed  to  this  disease  between  the  time  it  was 
first  noticed,  in  1904,  on  Long  Island,  and  the  year 
1912  The  cankers  produced  on  the  chestnut  are 
caused  by  the  fungus  En<lnt)iia  para^dica  Fig  3i9 
At  present,  the  question  of  the  origin  of  this  disease  m 
the  United  States  is  undetermined  The  fungus  works 
rapidly  m  the  bark  and  sap-wood,  killing  the  tissues 
Fruiting  bodies  of  two  typos  are  formed  on  the  dis- 
eased bark,  a  comdial  stage  that  appears  as  long 
yellow  tendrils  of  gelatinous  matter  and  the  reddish 
yellow  to  dark  brown  cushion-like  stromata  that  contain 
the  aseospores  These  latter  spores  are  ejected  in  large 
numbers  at  every  rainy  period  throughout  the  spring, 
summei,  and  fall  and  are  carried  by  the  wind,  readily 
causing  new  infections  On  the  individual  tree,  the 
fungus  is  rapidly  spread  by  the  washing  down  of  the 
comdia  into  wounds  in  the  bark  The  cankered  areas 
soon  cause  the  death  of  the  parts  above  by  girdling 
the  limb  and,  in  most  cases,  complete  death  of  the  tree 
follows  in  two  or  three  years  The  state  ol  Penrisvl- 
vama  has  taken  steps  to  eradicate  this  disease  bv  seeking 
out  diseased  trees  and  compelling  owners  to  cut  aft 
affected  trees  m  the  western  half  of  the  state  The 
extremely  virulent  nature  of  the  disease,  however,  has 
led  more  conservative  pathologists  to  question  the 
advisability  of  expending  large  sums  ot  money  with  so 
slight  a  chance  of  ultimate  or  complete  success  The 


370 


ARBORICULTURE 


problem  of  saving  individual  trees  m  affected  regions 
has  not  been  solved.  The  very  nature  of  the  disease 
precludes  spraying,  and  tree  surgery  methods  have  not 
given  anything  more  than  temporary  success  Incipient 
cankers  are  so  difficult  to  locate  and,  by  producing  conulia 

when  only  three 
or  four  wr(  eks 
old,  serve  to 
spread  the  fun- 
gus so  rapidly 
over  the  tree  that 
human  efforts  so 
far  have  failed 

jRus/  diseases 

The  most  de- 
structive and 
important  rust 
diseases  of  trees 
arc  those  caused 
by  different  spe- 
cies of  the  Pen- 
derm  i  u  m  s  on 
coniferous  trees 
These  rust  f  urigi 
attack  the  nee- 
dles, twigs,  or 
limbs  of  comfer- 

350.  Stem  of  white  pine  tree  attacked  by    ous  trccs    often 
the  white  pine  blister-rust  fungus,  Cronartium    nro(lupiri£       do- 
nbicola   The  fruiting  stage  is  here  shown  ml,,        K 

the  process  of  rupturing  the  bark.  foliation  or  com- 

plete   death    of 

the  tree  Notable  among  these  diseases  is  the  white-pine 
blister-rust  caused  by  the  Pendermium  stage  of  the 
fungus  Cronartium  nbicola  (Fig  350)  which  has  its  Cro- 
nartium  stage  on  species  of  curiants  and  gooseberries 
The  fungus  is  not  nat  ive  to  this  countiy  but  has  iccently 
been  imported  from  Europe  In  Europe  the  disease  has 
piactically  exterminated  the  white  pine  (Pinm,  Strobus) 
in  many  localities,  and  in  this  country  the  clanger  of 
a  similar  destruction  of  this  species  is  now  being  faced, 
if  the  fungus  acts  with  the  same  virulence  as  in  its 
native  environment  In  1912  the  Federal  Board  of 
Horticulture  placed  a  quarantine  on  most  of  the  coun- 
tries of  Europe,  which  prevents  anyone  bringing  white 
pine  trees  from  these  countries  into  the  United  States 
The  fungus  attacks  white  pine  from  one  to  twenty 
years  old,  the  mycelium  growing  in  the  bark  and  usu- 
ally producing  a  swelling 
The  orange -yellow  fruiting 
bodies  burst  through  the  bark 
in  one  to  five  >  ears  after  m- 
fection  The  spores  from  the 
pine  can  affect  the  gooseberry 
or  currant  leaves  only  On 
those  hosts  other  kinds  of 
spores  arc  borne  in  the  fall 
which  can  infect  the  white 
pine  only  and  thus  the  yearly 
cycle  is  completed  The  black 
currant  (Ribes  nigrum)  is  by 
far  the  most  virulently  af- 
fected m  this  country,  and  it 
is  advised  that  plants  of  this 
species  arc  therefore  ex- 
tremely daneerous  to  the 
white  pine  industry  and  their 
culture  should  be  discouraged 
By  keeping  currants  and 
gooseberries  at  least  500  feet 
away  from  white  pines,  a 

,-,_,,  .       partial  safeguard  is  provided 

351.  Black    spruce    at-       !„.„„„*    +^*  .K  „*    *i_ 

tacked  by  the  dwarf  mistle- 
toe, Arceuthobium    pusil- 

lum,  causing  witches* 
brooms. 


other     All  plants  aff 

this  fungus  should  be  imme- 


ARBORICULTURE 

diately  destroyed  Consult  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry, 
U  S  Dept  of  Agnc  ,  Bulletin  206  for  further  details. 

Witched  broom  diseases. 

Excessive  branching  at  any  point  on  a  limb,  forming 
a  compact  cluster  of  short  stubby  branches,  is  often 
caused  by  numerous  agents,  both  insect  arid  fungus, 
as  well  as  by  the  mistletoes  In  the  South,  especially, 
trees  of  many  species  are  disfigured  by  these  witches 
brooms  caused  by  the  American  mistletoe,  Phoraden- 
dron  /rw.smis  and  related  forms  In  the  northern  states 
the  dwarf  mistletoe,  Arcentfiobntm  pustllnm  (Fig  351) 
causes  similar  brooms  on  the  black  .spruce  (Picea 
Mariana)  Witches'  brooms  on  red  cedar  (Juniperus 
virgimana)  are  caused  by  the  lust  Gymnobporangium 
nidiis-ain± 

Root  diseases 

The  principal  root  disease  of  trees  that  is  widely  dis- 
tubuted  thioughout  the  United  States  is  that  caused 
b>  the  mushroom  AuniUana  mellea  Fig  352  The 
mycelium  of  this  fungus  grows  in  the  soil  on  decaying 
wood  as  a  saprophyte,  but  can  also  become  parasitic, 
killing  trees  over  large  areas  Almost  any  of  our  indig- 
enous trees  may  be  affected 
with  this  disease  Flint  tiecs 
often  suffer  in  certain  re- 
gions The  imeehum  pene- 
t Kites  the  roots  and  grows  in 
the  bark  nnd  wood,  working 
up  into  the  base  of  the  tree 
The  destruction  of  the  root- 
system  is  so  iapid,  howexer, 
that  two  or  three  jears  after 
infection  the  tree  often  dies, 
before  the  fungus  has  spread 
any  great  distance  up  the 
trunk  In  the  older  decayed 
parts  of  the 
root  and  m  the 
soil,  the  myce- 
lium is  aggre- 
gated into  long 
black,  flat- 
tened stiands 
called  "rhizo- 
morphs,"  or 
more  com- 
monly termed, 
"shoe-strings  " 
In  the  case 
of  conifer- 
ous trees,  an  352  Base  of  young  white  pine  tree  attacked 
abundant  exil-  by  Armillana  mellea  Note  the  cake  of  earth 
date  of  resin-  around  the  tree  due  to  the  exudate  of  resin,  also 
OUS  sap  occurs  *^e  white  mycelium  felts  within  the  bark  and 
it  the  bnse  of  ^e  en^ar8e(i  resin  vesicles  induced  by  the 
a  V  j  V  fungus  The  slender  strands  clinging  to  the  cake 

affec  ed    trees,    of  earth  aie  the  ,<shoe  Btr        „ 

which    forms 

the  surrounding  soil  into  a  cake  The  disease  may  be 
recognized  by  the  gradual  yellowing  of  the  foliage, 
decay  of  the  roots,  presence  of  the  ''shoe-strings"  in 
the  soil,  and  the  appearance  of  the  honey-yellow  mush- 
rooms aiound  the  ba^e  of  the  tr«>e  No  practical  method 
of  treatment  is  known  Diseased  trees  and  the  mush- 
rooms should  be  destroyed 

Other  soil  organisms  may  enter  through  wounds  in 
roots  and  cause  diseases  Such  a  disease  may,  after 
becoming  established  in  the  roots,  continue  to  spread  up 
the  trunk  Thus  wounded  root-systems  are  as  danger- 
ous a  source  of  infection  as  wounded  branches  Roots 
often  suffer  from  winter  injury  largely  because  the  wood 
ripens  from  the  top  of  the  tree  downward,  and  when 
severe  conditions  are  undergone  early  in  the  winter 
before  the  new  wood  of  the  roots  has  ripened,  it  is 
killed 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


371 


Heart-rot  diseases. 

Most  of  the  wood-rotting  fungi  belong  to  a  class 
known  as  the  wound  parasites  By  far  the  most  univer- 
sally distributed  and  destructive  of  these  is  the  shelf 
fungus,  Fomv\  ujmai  ins  (.Figs  353, 354),  which  causes  the 
white  heait-rot  of  deciduous  trees  Infection  may  occur 
in  any  part  of  the  tree  where  wood  is  exposed  The  my- 
celium, by  dissolving  the  hgnm  of  the  woody  elements, 
first  causes  a  brown  decay  thai  is  later  succeeded  by  a 
whitish  decomposition,  at  which  stage  very  little  of 
the  original  woody  structures  is  left  This  decom- 
position of  the  hearlwood  lakes  place  rapidly  and 
often  the  tree  is  blown  over  The  fruiting  bodies  of  this 
lungus  aie  produced  usually  at  the  point  of  infection 
They  consist  of  large  hoof -shape  >d  bodies,  carbonaceous 
and  rough  on  the  upper  surface,  and  bro\vn  beneath 
The  under  surface  is  lull  of  small  holes  which  arc  the, 
openings  of  long  vertical  tubes,  on  the  inner  surface  of 
which  the  spoies  are  borne  These  spores  sift  out  of 
the  tubes  and  arc  distnbuted  by  the  wind. 

Anolhei  fungus  commonly  met  with,  and  acting 
similarly,  is  Fonic^  fonmdnnn\  This  is  also  at  times 
a  wound  parasite  but  works  mostly  in  the  sapwood 
first  and  l.itei  spieads  into  the  ho  art  wood  A  yel- 
lowish white,  soft  derav  is  produced  Large  sheets  of  a 
rhamois-skin-hke  character  are  often  found  in  trees 
rotted  In  this  fungus  rl  hese  sheets  aie  compact  masses 
of  the  mvcelmm  which  have  filled  up  the  long  cracks 
produced  by  the  shrinking  of  the  diseased  wood  The 
hpoiophores  are  essrnti.ilh  dilfi  rent  from  those;  of  F. 
iqniariu^,  being  light  gra\  and  smooth  on  top  and  light 
gray-brown  beneath,  with  relatively  large  pores  Nu- 
merous other  shelf  fungi  occ  111  as  wound  parasites  and 
do  more  or  less  d  image  where  the  baik,  when  wounded, 
was  not  piotcetid  unlil  the  natural  callus  could  fonn 
Some  of  the  fungi  winch  .ire  wound  parasites  of  h\  ing 
trees  continue  a  saprophvtic  life  in  structural  timbers, 
causing  their  ult im.it e  destruction 

Wintci  injuiy,  ^un-suill  and  drought 

Man\  misconceptions  are  prevalent  concerning  the 
real  effect  of  tiee/mg  and  sun-sc-ild  on  trees  rl  he 
injury  b>  free/ing  in  lices  is  due  to  the  action  of  low 
temperature  upon  the1  water  in  the  e<41s  of  the  tree  or 
to  the  tension  pressures  indueexl  A->  the  temperature 
approaches  free/ing,  the  water  in  the  cell  begins  to  pass 
out  into  the1  interc'ellular  spaces  and  there  accumulates 
The  lower  the  te-mpeial  ure  goes,  the  more  water  is 
extracted  from  the  cell  and  stoied  in  the  intercellular 
spaces  a,s  tee  crvst  ils  ^  hen  a  eeit.un  temperature'  is 
reac-heel,  the  amount  of  water  witlidrawn  is  such  that 
the  living  elements  of  the  cell  can  no  longei  survive,  and 
are  killed  This  specific  minimum  temperature  varies 
for  different  spec  H'S  of  trevs,  at  counting  foi  thediffeience 
m  susce'pt ibihtv  to  winter  injury  The  living  tissues 
of  the  tree  constitute  the  baik  and  sapwood,  and  when 
areas  of  (hese  tissues  are  kille'el,  serious  damage  isdoneto 
the  tree.  Either  enough  damage'  is  done  to  the  roots, 
trunks,  or  twigs  to  cause  ultimate  death  the  coming 
Bummer,  or  the  areas  that  weie  killed  serve  as  infection 
courts  for  the  various  wound  parasite's  like  the  heart- 
rot  or  sap-rot  fungi  In  the  ca.se  of  sun-scald,  the  action 
is  exactly  similar,  with  the  exception  that  the  water  is 
removed  from  one  side  of  the  tiee  by  excessive  heat 
during  the  growing  season,  instead  of  by  freezing  The 
cracking  and  splitting  of  the  bark  of  trees  may  be  due 
to  the  tension  pressure  set  up  in  the  bark  by  the  con- 
tracting of  the  woody  cylinder  in  circumference  during 
periods  of  low  temperature' 

Norway  maple  tree's  planted  for  shade  are  especially 
susceptible  to  sun-scalcl  because  they  are  grown  close 
together  in  the  nursery  to  a  laigc  size  and  then,  when 
planted  out,  they  are  often  injured  by  the  hot  sun 
Care  should  be  taken  not  to  attempt  to  grow  trees 
farther  north  than  their  natural  range,  which  is  an 


indication  of  their  ability  to  withstand  the  minimum 
temperatures. 

Trees  suffer  m  dry  seasons  from  drought  Water 
is  transpired  from  the  leaves  of  a  large  tree,  in  great 
quantities  The  hotter  and  dryer  the  atmosphere,  the 
more  water  is  transpired  Thus  it  happens  that  during 
continued  droughts  there  is  not  sufficient  soil-water 
pmsent  for  the  roots  to  supply  the  requisite}  quantity 
to  compensate  for  this  large  loss,  and  the  leaves  are 
killed  by  dessication  Dead  tops  or  st  ag-head  ultimately 
result  in  cases  in  which  such  conditiejns  continue  year 
after  >ear  Artificial  watering  in  such  cases  will  relieve 
this  condition  and  largely  prevent  the  trouble 

rCxcessively  we-t  soil  will  also  act  in  a  similar  way 
Tie«e  rejots  in  .saturated  soil  are  unable  to  take  up  water 
because  they  are  suffocated  b\  the  lack  of  oxyeen. 
Hence  the  tops  suffer  as  from  drought 

Smofie  and  gas  injury 

In  manufacturing  district^  in  which  large  quantities 
of  smoke  are  produced,  extensive1  injuries  to  trees  as 
we'll  as  other  vegetation  often  result  The  injurious 
property  of  the  smoke  is  mamlj  clue  to  the  sulfur 


353    Sporophore  of  Fomes  igmanus  var  mpncans    Spore- 
bearing  surface  shown  by  the  lighter  color 

eiioxid  that  it  contains  Thus  gas,  when  dissolved 
m  the  cell-sap  of  the-  le'af  or  the  soil-water,  produces 
biilfunc  acid,  which  is  poisonous  to  the  tree 

The  roots  of  tm's  are  also  injured  bv  escaping  sewer- 
gas  or  illuminating  gas,  which  either  poisons  or  suffo- 
cates the  roots  Tree's  killed  bv  escaping  gas  m  the  soil 
usuallv  shed  their  outer  bark  in  large  pate  hes  near  the 
base,  the  inner  bark  remaining  tighly  appressed  to  the 
tree1 

Tiees  that  come  into  contact  with  electric  wires  are 
injured  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  current  and 
the  duration  of  the  contact  Often  trees  are  killed  m 
cities  from  this  cause 

Gases  arising  from  recent h  laid  crcosoted  paving- 
blocks  or  macadam  bound  with  tar  often  cause  defoli- 
ation of  nearby  trees,  by  the  poisoning  of  the  cell- 
contents  of  the  leav  es. 

Sanitary  measures  for  the  pnvcntion  of  diseases. 

(1)  As  a  first  means  of  preventing  disease  m  trees, 
one  should  buy  cle'an  stock  from  nurseries  regularly 
inspected  by  state'  agent  h  Stoe%k  should  be  bought  from 
nurseries  in  this  country,  owing  to  the  great  danger  of 
importing  disease*  which  might  bee-ome  e'pidemic  (2) 
In  addition,  one  should  use  his  influence  in  getting  his 
neighbors  to  eradicate  diseased  trees  and  diseased  parts 
of  trees  Clean  stock  grown  in  a  well-cared-for  neigh- 
borhood is  the  problem  half  solved  (.))  The  litter  of 
leaves  or  tw  igs  under  a  diseased  tree-  should  be  collected 


372 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


each  fall  and  carefully  burned  in  order  to  prevent  the 
wintering  over  of  harmful  fungi  (4)  Care  should  be 
taken  that  all  wounds  made  in  pruning  or  by  accident 
be  immediately  treated  with  some  waterproof  adhesive 
to  prevent  infection  by  wound  parasites  In  the  absence 
of  anything  like  accurate  knowledge  concerning  better 
preparations,  coal  or  gas  tar  and  lead  paint  are  to  be 
recommended  The  tar  will  la&t  longer  than  the  paint. 
The  wholo  idea  of  wound-protection  is  to  bridge  over 
the  time  lapsing  between  the  injury  and  the  natural 
healing  of  the  wound  by  the  callus  Wounds  previously 
treated  should  be  gone  over  at  least  once  a  year  and  a 
new  coating  applied  if  necessary. 

Prevention  of  leaf  diseases. 

Although  the  most  of  the  damage  done  by  leaf  dis- 
eases is  mainly  to  the  appearance  and  not  to  the  life  of 
the  tree,  it  may  even  be  desirable  to  prevent  the  un- 
sightly appearance  of  leaf-spot  or  other  diseases  of  that 
nature  If,  after  the 
sanitary  methods  de- 
scribed above  fail  to 
control  the  diM  ase,  it  is 
desired  to  spray,  this  can 
be  done  at  some  little 
expense  if  the  trees  are 
not  too  large  Bordeaux 
mixture,  full  strength  or 
half  strength,  applied 
three  or  four  times  after 
the  leaves  begin  to 
show,  at  intervals  of 
about  three  weeks,  will 
probably  tend  to  lessen 
354.  Cross-section  of  maple  limb  infection  in  most  cases, 
affected  by  Fomes  igmarms  Note  Spray  mixtures  should 
that  the  frost  crack  was  possibly  the  \w  appllcd  a  few  hours 
infection  court  A  young  sporophore  raviolis  to  cenpral  rim 
ts  shown  just  emerging  at  the  top  Prcvlous  to  general  rain 
of  the  picture  (X&)  periods,  the  advance  of 

which  can  be  predicted 

by  observing  the  government  weather  maps  General 
directions  about  spray  mixtures  and  spraying  machinery 
is  now  attainable  from  almost  any  one  of  the  State 
Agricultural  Experiment  Stations. 

Treatment  of  diseased  trees. 

When  the  woody  part  of  the  tree  is  the  diseased 
area,  tree-surgery  methods  must  be  used  Badly  dis- 
eased limbs  and  twigs  should  be  pruned  off  flush  Never 
leave  a  stub  Wounds  s>o  made  should  immediately 
be  coated  with  a  waterproofing  Decayed  parts  of 
larger  limbs  or  trunks  should  be  carefully  dug  out  with 
a  gouge  and  mallet,  being  sure  to  icmove  far  back 
on  all  sides  of  the  cavity  into  apparently  healthy  wood. 
The  growing  mycelium  of  the  fungus  is  advancing  some 
distance  beyond  the  decayed  area,  in  what  appears 
as  healthy  tissue,  and  must  be  removed  to  effect  a 
stoppage  of  the  decay  Cavities  thus  made  may  be 
filled  with  concrete  or  left  open,  provided,  m  either  case 
however,  that  the  entne  surface  exposed  is  carefully 
painted  with  a  waterproofing  paint  or  tar  Diseased 
roots  may  be  treated  in  the  same  way  At  the 
present  time  no  method  of  treating  diseased  trees 
internally  is  known  The  ideas  of  quackb  who  may 
advance  such  treatments  should  be  doubted,  for  m  the 
majority  of  cases  such  treatments  will  prove  to  be  harm- 
ful The  matter  of  chemeotherapy  for  the  cure  of  tree 
diseases  is  not  without  hopeful  outlook,  but  much  care- 
ful investigation  by  experts  must  be  forthcoming  before 
such  methods  can  be  evolved.  w.  H  RANKIN. 

Choice  of  trees  for  special  purposes. 

The  following  lists  include  trees  of  proved  hardiness 
and  are  not  intended  to  be  complete  but  merely  sugges- 
tive, and  chiefly  for  ths  northeastern  United  States  and 
Canada. 


1.  TREES  WITH  SHOWY  FLOWERS. 

A.  Blooming  in  early  spring  bejore  or   with  the 
leaves. 

Acer  rubrum  (fls.  blood-red) 

Amelanohier  canadensis  (fls  white). 

Cercis  canadensis  (fls  rosy  pink). 

Cornus  flonda  (fls  white,  also  pink). 

Cornus  mas  (fls  yellow) 

Magnolia  denudata  (fls  white) 

Magnolia  Soulangeana  (fls   white  to  purple). 

Prunus  amencana  and  other  plums  (fls  white) 

Prunus  Avium  and  other  cherncs  (fl«    white) 

Prunus  Davidiana  (fls  pink,  aKo  white,  the  earliest  of  all 

Prunus) 

Prunus  pendula  (fls  pinkish,  branches  pendulous). 
PruDUs  Sargentn  (fls   light  pink) 
Prunus  serrulata  (fls   white  to  pink) 
Pyrus  baccata  and  other  species  (fls  white  to  pink). 
Saluc  (stammate  plants  with  yellow  catkins) 

AA.  Blooming  late  in  spring  after  the  leaves 

/Esculus  Hippoca^tanum  and  other  species  (fls   white  or 

red) 

Catalpa  speciosa  (fls   white) 
Cladrastis  lutea  (fls  white) 
Cornus  l"jusa  (fls   white) 
Cratajgus  (fls    white) 
Fraxmus  Onius  (fls  white) 
Laburnum  (fls  yellow) 
Magnolia  hypoleuca  (fls   white) 
Pterostyrax  (fls    white) 
Robima  (fls  white  or  light  pink) 
Synnga  vulgans  (fls  white  to  purple) 
Tamanx  parviflora  (pink) 

AAA  Blooming  in  summer  and  autumn 

Araha  chinensis  and  A  spinosa  (fls   Aug  and  Sept  ). 
Castanea  dint  at  a  (^   white,  July) 
Gordoma  pubescent  (fls   whitr ,  bept  ,  Get  ) 
Ko?lreutena  p-imculata  (flh   yellow ,  July,  Aug  ) 
Oxydendrum  arboreum  (fls   white,  July,  Aug  ) 
Rhus  semialata  (fls  white,  Aug  ,  Sept  ) 
Robima  neomexicana  (fls   light  pink,  A-ig  ) 
Sophora  japomca  (fls    white,  Aug  ) 
Synnga  japomca  (fls  white,  Julv) 

Tamanx  galhca   (fls    pmk,   Aug,   Sept,   if  severely  cut 
back) 

2.  TREES  WITH  SHOWV  Fuuns 

Acer  pseudoplatarms  vir  erythro<  »rpa  (fr   oright  red). 

Acer  rubrum  (fr   bright  red  m  May  and  June) 

Ailanthus    altissima   \ar   er>thro<  arpa  (fr   red) 

Cornus  flonda  (fr  scarlet) 

Cotmus  coggygria  (ample  feathery  panicles  ) 

Crataegus  mollis  and  others  (fr   scarlet  or  red) 

Hippophae"  rhamnoides  (fr  yellow ) 

Ilex  opaca  (fr   rod) 

Magnolia  hypoleuca  (fr   scarlet) 

Magnolia  tnrxtala  (fr  pink) 

Pyrus  haccata  and  allied  species  (fr  yeLow  or  scarlet). 

Rhus  typhina  (fr  scarlet) 

Sassafras  (fr  dark  blue  with  red  stom-) 

Sorbus  amencana  and  aurupana  (fr  red) 

Taxua  baccata  (fr   scarlet) 

3.  TREES  VALUED^  FOR  FOLIAGE  EKI-BCTS     (See  also 

Section  5,  Evergreens,  next  page  ) 
A.  With  colored  foliage. 

Acer  Negundo  var  argenteo-vanegatum   (the  most  effec- 
tive of  hardy  variegated  trees  ) 

Acer  Negundo  var   aureo-margmatum  (lvn   yellow) 

Acer  palmatum  var  atropurpureum  (Ivs  purple) 

Acer  platanoides  var    Reitenbachu    (Ivs    becoming  dark 
red  in  summer) 

Acer   platanoides    var     Schwedlen    (Ivs     bright    red    in 
spnng) 

Acer  pseudoplatarms  var   Worleei  (Ivs.  yellowish) 

Betula  alba  var  purpurea  (lv«  purple) 

Fagua  aylvatica  var  purpurea  (!VB  purple) 

Populus  alba  var  mvea  (Ivs   white  beneath). 

Populus  deltoides  var    aurea    (one  of    the  best    yellow- 
leaved  trees) 

Quercus  pedunculata  var   atropurpurea  (Ivs  purplish). 

Quercus  pedunculata  var  Concordia  (Ivs  yellowish). 

Salix  alba  var  argentea  (Ivs  silvery  white). 

Tiha  tomentosa  (Ivs  white  beneath) 

Ulmua  campestns  var  argenteo-vanegata  (Ivs.  whitish). 

AA.  With  large,  bold  foliage. 

Acanthopanax  ncimfolmm  Catalpa  speciosa 

Acer  inwigne  Magnolia  macrophylla, 

Acer  maerophyllum  Magnolia  tnpetala. 

Araha  chmensis  and  A  spinosa.  Paulownia  tomentosa. 

Asimina  triloba.  Querous  dentata 


X.  Arboriculture.— Picea  Dungens.  the  Colorado  blue  spruce. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


373 


TREES  VALUED  FOR  FOLIAGE  EFFECTS,  continued 
AAA.  With  smatt,  narrow,  or  finely  citi  foliage. 

Acer  palmatum  var.  diiwectum. 
Acer  platanoides  var.  Lorbergii. 
Acer  saccharmum  var  Wien 
Alnus  glutmosa  var.  impenalis. 
Bctula  pendula  var.  dalecarlica, 
Elseagnus  angustifoha 
Fagus  sylvatica  var.  aaplemfolia, 
Gleditsia  tnacanthos 


Gymnocladus  canadonsis. 

Hippoi : 

Juglans  regia  var  lacmiata 


had  rharn 


oides. 


QuercuH  pedunculata  var.  filicifolia, 

Sahx  njgra 

Sambucus  nigra  var  lacmiata. 

Tamanx  gallica,  etc 

Taxodmm  distichum 

4.  TREES  WITH  BRILLIANT  AUTUMNAL  TINTS. 

AC«T  rubiuin  (scarlet) 

Acer  saccharum  (scarlet  and  orange) 

Cornus  florida  (scarlet) 

Ccrcidiphyllum  (yellow  and  purple). 

Cratffgus  (mostly  scarlet  and  orange). 

Fraxinus  americana  (yollow  or  violet-purple). 

Liquidambar  (scailet) 

Lmodendron  (bright  vollow) 

Nyssa  sylvatica  (warlet) 

Oxydondnirn  arboreuni 

Quercus  alba  (vinous  purple) 

Quercus  coccmea,  paluntm  (scarlet). " 

Rhus  (mostly  scarlet) 

Sassafras  (orange  and  scarlet). 

5.  EVERGREEN  TREES. 


A.  Com  Jem. 


Abies 

Chamtecypans 
Juniperus  virgimai 


Pmus. 

Pseudotsuga. 
Thuya 
Tsuga 


A  A.  Broad-leaved    evergreens    (only    Ilex    opaca    and 
Rhododendron  hardy  m  the  N  ). 

Ilex  opaca  Persea  earohnensis. 

Magnolia  glauca  (not  Prunus  ( arohniana. 

fully  evergreen  as  far  Prunus  lusitanica. 

north  as  it  is  hardy)  Ouercus  virginiana 

Magnolia  grandiflora  Rhododendron  maximum 

6.  DECIDUOUS  TRK^S  VALUED   FOH   THEIR    WINTER 
EFFECTS 

Acer  Negundo  (branches  light  green) 

Acer  pennsyKamcum  (strip*  d  bark) 

Hetula  nigra  (flaky  reddish  brown  bark) 

Hetula  papyrac<-a  (smooth,  sihery  white  bark) 

Cratsegu8  vindis,  C   nitida  and  other  species  (red  fruit). 

Fagua  sylvatica  (keeps  its  dead  leases) 

Gleditsia  (large,  flat  pods) 

Hippophafe  rhamnoides  (jcllow  bernea) 

Liquidambar  (corky  branches) 

Pyrus  prumfoha  (scarlet  or  y«llo\v  fruit) 

Quercus    alba,    pedunculata    uud    tinctona    (keep    their 

leaves) 

Quercus  macrocarpa  (corky  branches). 
Rhus  typhma  (scarlet  fruit) 
Sahx  vitellina  (yellow  branches) 
Sorbus  americana  and  S   aucuparia  (scarlet  fruit). 


7.  VERY  TALL  TREES. 

Gleditsia  tnacanthos. 
Juglans  nigra 
Lmodendron  Tuhpifera. 
Picea  excelsa 
Pmua  strobus 
Platanus  occidentals. 
Populus  balsamifera. 


COLUMNAR  OR  NARROW  PYRAMIDAL  TREES,  continued 
Populus  nigra  var.  itahca 
Quercus  pedunculata  var  pyramidalis. 
Robmia  pseudacacia  var  pyramidalis. 
Sorbus  hybrida 

Taxodium  distich  am  (especially  var  imbricariumX 
Taxus  baccata  var.  faatigiata 
Thuya 

Ulmus  campeatns  var  monumentahs. 
Ulmus  scabra  var  fastigiata 

9.  ROUND-HEADED  TREES. 

Acer  platanoides  var   globosum 

.Esculus  Hippocastanum  var  urnbracuhfera. 

Catalpa  bignornoules  var  nana 

Fraxinus  excelmor  var  globosa 

Morua  alba  var   nana 

Prunus  Mahaleb  var   globosn 

Robmia  Pseudacacia  var  umbracuhfpra. 

Ulmus  campestns  var  gracihs 

Ulmus  campestns  var  umbracuhfera 

10.  WEEPING  TRELS. 

Acer  saccharmuin  var  Wieri 

Betula  alba  var  pendula 

Crateegus  monogyna  var  pendula 

Fagua  sylvatica  var.  pendula 

Fraxmua  excelsior  var  pendula 

Fraxmus  parvifolia  var  pendula 

GleditHia  tnacanthos  var  pendula 

Prunus  pendula 

Prunus  serotina  var  pendu'a 

Quercu«  pedunculata  var    Dauveasei. 

Sahx  babylonica 

Sahx  blanda 

Sahx  vitellina  var  pendula 

Sophora  japonica  var  pendula 

Korbus  aucupana  var  pendula 

Tihu  p.-tiolaris 

Ulmus  scabra  \ar   pcnduk 

11.  CITY  TREES    (Soo  alho  No   12  ) 

Ailanthus   altiasima    (pistillate  tree). 

Carpmus 

Celtis  occidental!  1 

Cratsegus  oxyacantha 

Fraxmus  amenca«a 

Fraxinus  excel«uor 

Gmkgo  biloba 

Gleditsia  tnacanthos 

Platanus  onentahs 

Populus  deltoides 

Populus  nigra  \  ar   italic 

Prunus  serotina 

Robmia  Pseudaeacia  (often  attacked  by  borers) 

Sophora  japonica 

Tilia  tomentosa 

Tiha  ulmifolm 

Ulmu1?  amencana 

Ulmus  campestris 

12  SHADE  AND  AVENUE  TREES 

Besides  the  trees  enumerated  under  city  trees,  No  11 
(which  are  to  be  recommended  as  street  trees  in  the 
cities),  the  following  trees  are  good  avenue  subjects. 


\  (often  attacked  by  boreraL 


Populus  deltoides 
Quercus  macrocarpa. 
Quercus  palustris 
Quercus  rubra 
Quercus  velutma 
Taxodmm  distichum. 
Ulmus  americana 


Acer  platanoides 
Acer  rubrum 
Acer  sacchannum 
Acer  saccharum 
.(Esculus  carnea 
^Esculus  Hippocastanum 
Catalpa  speciosa 
Liquidambar  styraciflua 
Lmodendron  Tuhpifera 


Quercus  alba. 
Quercus  coccmea 
Quercus  imbncana 
Quercus  palustns 
Quercus  phellos 
Quercus  rubra 
Tiha  amencana. 
Tiha  dasystyla 
Tiha  ulmifofm 


13.  TREES  FOR  SEASIDE  PL  \NTING. 


S.  COLUMNAR  OR  NARROW  PYRAMIDAL  TREES. 

Abies  (most  species). 

Acer  saccharmum  var  pyramidale 

Acer  saccharum  var  monumentale. 

Betula  pendula  var  fastigiata 

Carpmus  betulus  var  fa^tigiata. 

Cepnalotaxus  Harnngtoma  var  koraiana. 

Chamfficypans  Lawaoman  i 

Chameecypans  nutkaensis 

Juniperus  commums  var.  su"?ica 

Juniperus  virginiana  (especially  var  pyramidalis). 

Linodendron  Tuhpifera  var  pyramidahs. 

Picea  (most  species) 

Populus  alba  var.  Bolleana 


Ailanthus  altissima. 
Cratsegus  oxyaeantha 
Elseagnus  angustitoha 
Hippophae1  rhamnoides 
Juniperus  virginiana 
Picea  alba 
Pinus  nigra. 
Puma  sylvestns. 


Populus  deltoides  var  caroli- 

nensia 

Populus  trcmuloides 
Queicus  rubra 
Sahx  alba 
Sahx  caprea 
Sassafras 


14.  TREES  FOR  DRY  SITUATIONS  AND  DRY  CLIMAT 

Acer  oampestro.  Pinus  divancata 

Acer  ginnala  Pinus  ngida 

Alnus  rugosa.  Pinus  sylvestns 

Betula  pendula  Quercua  coccmea. 

Cornua  mas 
P'lteagnus  angusfi  folia 
Fraxinus  pubenccns 
Phellod^ndron  amurense 


Quercus  Pnnus 
Querciis  rubra 
Quert  us  velutma. 
Llmus  effuaa. 


374 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


15.  TREES  FOR  WET  SOIL. 

Acer  rubrum 
Acer  sacchannum 
AlnuB  glutmoBa 
Alnus  maritiina 
Betula  alba 
Betula  nigra 
Carya  lacinioaa 
Chamupcypans  thuyoides 
Nyssa  sylvatioa 
Picea  alba 


Picea  mariana. 
Pmus  r.Kida 
Populus  (most  species) 
Quercus  alba 
Quf  rcus  bitolor 

Quorcus  phcllos 
Sahx  (most  species) 
Taxo<hum  distichum 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


Choice  of  street  trees  for  special  regions 
TREES  FOR  THE  EASTERN  PART  OF  THE  CONTINENT. 

Street  trees  for  New  England  and  northern  New  York. 


URBVN 

Acer  platanoides 
Plativnus  onentalis 
Qucrcus  rubra 
Tiliaanuiuvma 
Ulmud  ameru  ana 


SUBURBAN 
Acer  rubrum 
Ater  sauharum 
Fraxmus  aincncana 
Platanus  occidentals 
Qucrcus  alba 
Qucrcus  palustns 


From  New  York  City  and  Pennsylvania  southward  even 
to  Georgia  along  the  mountains 


Acer  platiinoidos 
Ginkgo  biloba 
Platanus  occidentals 
Plat AUUS  orient  ahs. 
Queuus  cocunea 

Ulums  ameruana 


SUBURBAN. 
Acer  rubrum 

Fraxmus  amencaim 
Liquidambar  styraciflm 
Linodtndion  Tuhpileni 
Querms  alba 
Querous  bicolor 


The  coa^t  region  from  Norfolk  i>outhivard  and  along 
the  (!nlf  of  Mexico,  except  southern  Florida 


UUH\N 

1  iquidambar  styratiflu; 
Qucrcus  lamifolid 
Qucrcus  niKia 
Qucrcus  phellos 
Qucicus  virginiana. 

North  central  states. 

URBAN 

Ceitis  oc<  identahs 
Nati\e  oaks 
Tilia  nmcricana 


SUHUKIIIN 

Magnolia  acummata 
Magnolia  grandiflora 
Magnolia  tnpetala. 
Nysaa  syh  atica. 


SUBURBAN 
Acer  rubrum 
Acer  sac  charum 
Fraxmus  amcncana 
Platanus  occidentals 


Acer  pl-itanoidea 

CJmkKo  bilohi 

PI  itumn  ,m,  malw 


Add  to  the  above  lut  for  points  south  of  Cleveland, 
Chicago  and  Omaha. 

UKB\N.  SUBURB  VN 

Liquidambar  styraciflua 
Linodendion  Tulipifmi 
Platanvw  onukntabs 

Quercus  pilustm 
Qucrcus  rubra 

Most  points  in  northern  Alabama,  northern  Missis- 
sippi, southern  Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  and  part  of  Texas 
back  of  the  coast  legion  are  adapted  to  the  trees  of  both 
the  northern  list  and  the  list  for  the  south  Atlantic 
and  Gulf  coast  regions  p  JA  MULFORD 

Ornamental  trees  for  the  middle  and  southern  states. 
Deciduous  trees 

Acer  saccharinum  (A,  dasycarpum)  and  A  Negundo, 
the  latter  extensively  used  for  street  planting  — Brous- 
sonetia  papynfera,  formcily  planted  along  streets,  but 
objectionable  because  of  the  many  suckers  which  they 
produce,  as  is  also  B  Kazmoki  — Cercis  canadensis 
Valuable  as  an  early  spring-flowering  tree — Cellis 
Bungeana.  One  of  the  most  distinct  trees;  an  excellent 
shade  tree  — Catalpa  Seldom  planted  South  as  an 
ornamental  tree,  because  of  the  repeated  attacks  of 
caterpillars  The  latter  are  frequently  used  for  fish 


bait  — Cladrastis  tinctona  Very  desirable  as  a  flower- 
ing lawn  tree  — Cornus  florida.  The  white-flowering 
species  is  among  the  most  attractive  of  our  eai  ly  bpi  mg- 
blooming  tiees  and  is  largely  used  in  landscape  work. 
The  pink-  and  led-flowering  forms  are  exceedingly 
beautiful  — Cratspgiis  Taking  into  account  the  vai  ions 
shapes,  the  foliage  and  the  bright-colored  fruit  in  fall 
and  winter,  the  best  are.  C  Phjrnopyrum  or  Washington 
thoin,  C  aiboresceiif,,  C  apathulata  and  C.  seawalls 
or  apple  haw  — Chilopbis  satiyna.  known  us  C  linea.  is, 
is  one  ot  the  best  for  diy  soils  Ihe  typical  species  pro- 
duces lilac-colored  floweis,  but  seveial  forms  have  lately 
been  pioduced  with  floweis  ranging  trom  light  lilac  to 
lilac -pui pie  \vith  yellow  stupes  nihide  A  pine  wlnte- 
floweimg  form  is  veiy  staking  but  is  of  more  dwarf 
habit  — I)iot>pyro)>  vugimana  Sometimes  planted  for 
shade  or  for  its  fruit  Adapts  itself  to  neailv  all  soils 
There  aie  many  forms  varying  both  in  the  foliage  and 
size  and  shape  ot  fiuit  — Faynvgrandtfolia  is  frequently 
usexl  foi  stieet  planting  in  sandy  soils  r[  he  red-leaved 
forms  of  the  Kmopean  species  are  of  little  value  South, 
the  purple  tint  of  the  foliage  fading  to  a  dull  gieen  at 
the  appioach  of  \\aim  weather  —Fra  cut  us  tictuntnata 
and  F  pnht^u  n^  Both  thrive  best  in  rich  soils  and  are 
veiy  desirable  fni  stieet  planting,  being  seldom  attacked 
by  insects  -(imfcqo  01  Salibbujia  is  sometimes  used 
foi  avenues  and  street  planting  wheie  a  ngid  pyramidal 
tiee  is  lequned  The  foliage  is  one  of  its  attiaetums, 
being  shaped  like  the  maidenhaii  fein  —(iledittia 
truuaniho^  rl he  feitile  tree  is  sometimes  planted  for 
its  laige  falcate  pods,  which  are  lehshed  by  manv  for 
the  sacchanne  acululated  pulp  The  hnel\  pinnate  foli- 
age is  very  omamental  —  Hah  s?a  htraplcra  Jn  the 
middle  sections  ot  the  South  and  in  rich,  diy  soils  it 
giovvs  to  a  small  tree,  hut  m  the  mountain  districts  in 
nch  soils  along  the  water-courses,  trees  10  to  .">()  feet 
high  are  frequently  found  Valuable  for  landscape 
planting — Carwi  01  Huoiia  The  pecan  is  the  best 
southern  nut  tiee  and  is  very  largelv  planted  for  its 
nuts  It  is  otten  planted  m  avenues  foi  its  beauty  — 
Canja  myribticjifoi mi*,  is  scaice,  but  it,>  foliage  is  more 
atti active  than  that  of  any  other  species  —lioienui 
dulci'*  Ihe  foliage  and  the  fleshv  ied  peduncles  in 
autumn  make  it  an  excellent  shade  and  omamental 
tree — />/(s/a  polycaipa  \  handsome  tree  when  giovvn 
in  partial  shade,  the  bark  blisters  m  full  sun  — Juq- 
lan^  J  nujia  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  ornamental 
and  economic  tiees  and  is  extensively  planted  for 
avenues  The  Persian  or  English  walnut  and  its  many 
forms  are  being  more  largely  planted  than  of  old,  but 
are  often  injured  by  late  spnng  frosts  following  a  warm 
period  dining  Febiuaiy  J  Suboldiana  is  a  very  oma- 
mental tree  and  very  productive  at  an  early  age  J 
cint'rta  is  Milted  only  to  the  mountain  regions  of  the 
South  —Kaelii'itUna  panu  ulatu  Very  desirable  for  its 
pinnate  foliage  and  panicles  of  yellow  flowers,  which 
are  succeeded  by  bladder-like  fruits — Lnqtrt>tra:mKi 
indica  The  cuipc  rnyitle  is  one  of  the  most  character- 
istic feat ui  es  ol  southern  homes  It  has  become  almost 
natuiahzed  South  If  tiamed  to  a  single  stem,  it  will 
form  a  tree  2.")  to  30  feet  high;  otherwise  it  affects  the 
bush  form  It  is  conspicuous  for  its  shining  brown  bark 
and  the  pi  of  union  of  its  beautifully  crimped  and  fringed 
flowers,  which  are  produced  from  Apnl  until  August 
The  colois  vary  from  a  pale  to  a  daik  pink,  purplish 
red,  pure  white  and  glowing  crimson  No  other  flower- 
ing tree  can  surpass  it  in  beauty,  and  by  a  judicious 
selection  of  the  various  colored  flowers  a  grand  effect 
is  pioduced  in  landscape  wroik. — Lirioduidron  Tulipif- 
era  One  of  the  most  valuable  and  rapid-growing  shade 
and  ornamental  trees,  thrives  best  in  rich  soJ  Trees 
taken  from  woods  transplant  badly  They  should  be 
grown  in  nursery  and  occasionally  transplanted  until 
sufficiently  large  for  usm^  in  street  planting — Liquid- 
ambar A  most  symmetrical  shaped  tree;  adapts  itself 
to  all  soil,  valuable  for  street  planting  Some  trees 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


375 


assume  a  deep  purple  or  crimson  tint  in  the  foliage  dur-      not  valued  owing  to  being  usually  infested  with  tent 


ing  autumn,  others  a  golden  yellow  — -Magnolia  Of  the 
native  deciduous  Hpeues,  M  acutmuata  is  the  most 
desirable  for  street  and  avenue  planting  All  the  spe- 
cies are  voracious  feeders  and  thrive  best  in  rich  soils. 
M  macrophylla,  or  umbrella  magnolia,  seldom  growa 
beyond  25  feet,  but  is  conspicuous  for  the  length  and 
size  of  its  leaves  This  tree  is  called  umbrella  tree 
South,  whereas  this  name  applies  to  M  tripctala  at  the 
North  M.  Fraberi,  eai  -leaved  magnolia  or  wahoo  of 
the  western  North  Carolina  mountaineers,  is  also  a  very 
ornamental  tree  M  /npttala  is  objectionable  in  gar- 
dens owing  to  the  unpleasant  odor  of  its  flowers  Few 
Chinese  species,  with  the  exception  of  M  fujpolcutn, 
attain  the  size  of  a  tree  M  denudata  and  M  tioulange- 
ana  can  be  trained  to  a  single  .stem  and  made  to  attain 
a  height  of  25  feet  All_the  other  varieties  may  be 


caterpillars  Prunus  Pus^ardh  is  the  best  purple-leaved 
tree  for  the  South,  as  it  retains  its  color  during  sum- 
mer — Pmckneya  pi  the  us  This  very  ornamental  small 
tree  is  seldom  seen  under  cultivation,  as  it  grows  natu- 
rally in  wet  and  boggy  soils  — Pyrus  coronaria  The 
crab-apple,  a  small  tree  with  very  fragrant  flowers  in 
spring,  is  excellent  for  shrubberies  — Platauub  oca- 
dentalm  One  of  the  most  desirable  trees  for  street 
planting  — Populus  The  variety  used  most  f i  eely  for 
street  planting  is  P.  deltoides  or  P  momhftra,  com- 
monly known  in  the  South  as  cottonwood.  It  is  of  rapid 
growth  and  thrives  in  neaily  all  soils  that  arc  riot  too 
and  All  southern  nurserymen  catalogue  the  Carolina 
poplar,  but  the  stock  is  not  always  true  to  name  — 
Ptnouiryn  jiaximfolia,  01  Caucasian  wmg-fiuited  wal- 
nut, is  a  very  rapid-giowing  tiee,  with  spreading 


classed  as  shrubs     The  flowers  are  often  injured  by      blanches  and  pinnate  foliage     Very  ornamental  when 

late  spring  frosts — M<lia  Aztdaradi  (Pride  ^^  covered  with  pendulous  ni  ><  mes  of  small 

of  India,  Chmaberry)      Almost  natural-    ^  T^^ata^    winged  nuts,  which,  however,  are  of  no 

Stubbs   mulberrv.  ftom    the  ^r~>"          ferenee     It  is  native   along 

discoverer,    pioduces    enoitnoua    ^          355.  Avenue  of  live  oaks,  Audubon  Park,  the  seacoast  and  adapts  itself  to 

crops  of  Luge,  n<  h  vinous  n  uit   This  New  Orleans  inland  sections,  where  it  does  not 


and  the  llu  ks  and  Downing  varie- 
ties are  often  plmted  (01  feeding  poultry  and  hogs 
They  should  not  be  planted  near  dwellings,  owing 
to  the  dropping  of  the  truit  — \  ?/.SAU  sijhxilica.  Only 
desirable  in  landscape  woik  for  the  brilliant  red 
tint  of  its  autumn  lohage.  —  Oiydtndrum  <irboienm. 
Desirable  foi  its  flow  CMS  and  highly  colored  autumn 
foliage.  —  ParLnitoina  arukala  Retomn  or  hoisc 
bean  of  southern  Texas  A  small  tree  with  gieen 
bark,  feathery  foliage  and  yellow  flowers  Valuable  for 
shrubberies  —Paulownta  tomentosa.  Rapid-growing 
Almost  naturalized  in  some  sections  of  the  South  The 
foliage  in  young  trees  is  veiy  large  Flowers  pale  violet, 
very  fragrant,  in  long  panicles;  they  open  before  the 
leaves  appear. — Peadi  There  aie  many  ornamental 
varieties  which  are  exceedingly  handsome  while  in 
bloom,  especially  the  double-flowering  crimson,  white 
and  pink,  others  are  desirable  for  their  peculiar  giowth, 
as  Pyramidahs,  which  is  as  erect  as  a  Lombardy  poplar. 
Weeping,  willow-leaved,  and  golden-leaved  varieties  ai  e 
interesting — Prunus.  Hortulana  or  Chicasaw  plums 
are  sometimes  planted  for  ornament,  though  ' 

for  fruit     P.  virgimana  is  abundant  eveiy 


attain  the  great  size  of  the  coast 
region  Theie  is  no  southern  tiee,  except  Magnolia 
gianihftoia,  that  is  more  admired,  especially  when 
planted  in  avenues  —  Na/nw/Ks  marginatus  The 
globose  yellow  beines  are  ictamed  dm  ing  winter 
Berries  when  boiled  produce  a  saponaceous  fluid  — Stil- 
linqia  M  lijcra  Naturah/ed  on  the  coast  of  Georgia  and 
South  Carolina  The  acuminate  rhomboidal  leaves  give 
the  tree  a  unique  appearance  Requires  nch  soil  and  is 
valuable  in  landscape  woik  — Symplocas  tinctona  Not 
common.  Should  ne  a\  ailable  for  shrubberies  — Tiha 
pube^ccn-s  A  large  tree  occasionally  found  in  rich  soils 
along  the  seacoast  Differs  little  in  general  from  T. 
amcricana,  but  seems  to  be  better  suited  to  the  middle 
South  Very  desirable  for  street  planting  or  shade. — . 
Tojijlon,  or  Madura y  is  naturalized  in  many  sections  of 
the  middle  South  Grows  to  a  height  of  30  feet  and  the 
feitilc  trees  aie  very  ornamental  when  laden  with  their 
laige,  globular  fiuit.  The  wood  is  very  lasting  when 
used  for  posts  and  takes  a  beautiful  polish — Ulmus 
icasaw  plums  amtrucnn  is  perhaps  more  laigel\  planted  for  streets 
igh  commonly  and  avenues  than  any  other  deciduous  tree  — Viburnum 
eiy where  but  prumjoliuni  (black  haw  or  posbum  haw;.  In  very  rich 


376 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


soils  sometimes  attains  a  height  of  15  to  20  feet  The 
dark  blue  berries  are  retained  during  winter.  Desirable 
for  shrubberies. 

Broad-leaved  evergreen  trees. 

Camellia  japonica  Although  these  magnificent  plants 
are  usually  seen  in  bush  form,  they  can  be  trained  to 
single  stems  and  attain  a  height  of  20  or  more  feet  m 
the  coast  region,  -whore  they  have  found  a  congenial 
soil  and  climate  The  typical  single  red  variety,  a  tree 
of  which  is  growing  at  Charleston,  S  C  ,  and  planted 
in  1808,  being  the  first  intioduced,  is  now  upward*  of 
20  feet  high  The  double-flowering  soils,  \\hilc  usually 
of  vigorous  growth,  do  not  attain  the  sue  of  the  single 
red  — Cinnamomnrn  Camphora  In  southern  Louis, ana 
and  middle  Florida  trees  grow  to  a  height  of  f>0  feet,  in 
the  middle  South  they  affect  the  bush  form  or  when 
trained  to  single  sterns  exceed  15  to  20  feet  Foi  the 
extreme  South  it  is  recommended  for  street  planting  — 
Cyrilla  racemiflora  Specimens  aie  occasionally  found 
on  shady  banks  of  sti earns,  where  the  soil  is  very  uch, 
that  will  grow  20  feet  high,  but  the  tree  foim  must 
be  secured  by  pruning  Tfce  foliage  assumes  a  bright 
red  or  bronze  tint  in  winter — Enobolrya  japonica 
Flowers  produced  in  January,  and  if  not  fro  >t-killed  are 
followed  by  a  golden  yellow  plum-like  fiuit  of  good 
flavor.  Reaches  a  height  of  20  or  moie  feet  m  the  coast 
belt. — Goidonia  Lasianthus  A  stately  tree  found  only 
m  shallow  swamps  or  turfy  soils  The  loots  .spread 
almost  entirely  near  or  upon  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
which  makes  it  difficult  to  transplant  trees  taken  from 
the  woods  Trees  grown  from  seed  in  pots  are  best  for 
planting,  but  a  rich  moist  soil  is  necessary  to  their 
growth  — Ilex  I  opaca  and  /.  Dahoon  are  among  the 
most  valuable  evergreen  trees,  the  former  being  the 
best  where  a  large  tree  is  desired  Specimens  taken 
from  the  woods  should 
not  exceed  one  foot  in 
height,  as  laiger  si/es 
almost  always  fail  in 
tiansplantmg  — Ligu- 
btruw  L  japonicum 
often  forms  a  tree  2.~> 
feet  high  B  e  i  r  i  e  s 
blue -black,  retained 
dunng  winter — Mag- 
nolia. M  graiidijlora 
is  justly  considered 
the  glory  of  southern 
broad  -  leaved  ever- 
green trees  There  are 
many  forms,  based  on 
the  size  and  shape  of 
the  leaves  and  the 
flo\\eis  The  supeib 
white  flowers,  which 
are  seen  from  May 
until  August  and  oc- 
casionally upon  some 
trees  as  late  as  Octo- 
ber, vary  from  4  to 
12  inches  in  diameter 
Thrives  as  far  north 
as  Washington,  D  C 
M.  glaucn  has  white 
flowers  2  to  3  inches 
in  diameter  and  de- 
lightfully fragrant  — 
Of>manthus  flagrant* 
var  ruber  and  0  Aquifohum  var  ilicifohux,  can  be 
trained  to  single  stem  The  flowers  of  the  fust  are 
delicately  fragrant  and  produced  twice  a  yeai  — Per  sea 
carohnensu  Planted  for  shade  in  rich  soils  in  the  coast 
belt  — Pholima  serrulata,  or  Chinese  evergi  een  thorn, 
has  white  flowers  and  dark  red  autumn  foliage  — Prunus 
carohnensis  Known  south  as  Carolina  Cherry,  Caro- 


356.  A  Norway  Spruce. — 
Picea  excels*. 


hna  laurel,  mock  orange,  etc  One  of  the  most  orna- 
mental southern  trees — Quercus  Suber  Acorns  were 
distubuted  by  the  United  States  Patent  Office  in  1860, 
and  many  large  tiecs  are  now  found  in  several  sections 
of  the  South,  where  they  have  fruited  Some  small 
plantations  are  made  for  the  purpose  of  producing  cork. 
It  grows  well  in  comparatively  poor  and  stony  soils  — 
Sabal  Palmetto  is  now  freely  used  for  street  and  avenue 
planting  on  t  he  coast  It  is  conspicuous  for  its  tropical 
appearance  It  is  not  entirely  successful  further  than 
40  miles  from  the  seashore 

Conifers  or  narrow-leaved  evergreens 

Abie*,  Of  this  section  few  specimens  are  found  below 
the  Piedmont  region  Occasionally  the  Norway  spruce 
grows  to  a  moderate  size  — Cedrus  Deodara  An  admira- 
ble tree  and  of  rapid  growth,  40  to  50  feet  C  atlantica. 
25  to  30  feet  — Cunninqhamia  lariceolata  Foliage  resem- 
bles an  aiaucana — Cupreous.  C  sempertnrens  has 
many  forms,  from  the  compact,  spiral  or  shaft-like  shape 
to  more  spieadmg  habit.  C  lusitamca  or  cypress  of 
Ooa,  has  numerous  forms  with  foliage  of  an  ashy  green 
and  pendulous  branches,  to  others  of  a  more  dark  tint 
and  ngid  form  Of  Cham<icijparis  Lawt>oniana  there  are 
endless  forms,  from  a  compact,  erect  habit  and  vivid 
green  foliage  to  those  of  open  or  pendulous  shape  and 
\\ith  glaucous  or  golden  foliage.  Cupres*u?funtbns  has 
vaued  less  in  its  seedlings  — Juniper  u^.  The  Irish  jum- 
per is  of  fine  pyramidal  form,  and  reaches  a  height  of  15 
feet  J  exuha,  J  chmenbis  and  J  //wn /mi  differ  in  the 
tint  of  their  foliage  and  are  all  of  tall  growth  — Libocedrus 
decurrens  The  California  arborvita.1,  with  its  graceful 
feathery  foliage  and  conical  shape,  is  one  of  the  most 
ornamental  ot  conifers  — Pinus  Few  of  the  exotic 
species  are  suitable  to  the  South  Pin  us  exccha,  or 
Bhotan  pine,  is  undoubtedly  the  best  adapted  to  the 
middle  South  of  ail  kinds  — Itelinuspora  is  a  valuable 
group  of  Japanese  cypress,  but  with  the  exception  of  R. 
obtusa,  R  Fulleru,  R  plumosa  and  R  squarrosa  Veitchu, 
all  are  of  dwarf  habit  — Thuya.  The  Asiatic  section  is 
better  adapted  to  the  middle  South  than  the  American 
species  Of  the  former  the  best  forms  are  known  to 
nursenes  as  Biota  pijramidahs  and  var  aurea,  reaching 
a  height  ot  15  to  18  feet  B  japonica  var  fihformis 
(Thuya  onentahs)  is  a  remarkable  variety,  with  thread- 
like foliage  and  compact  habit  to  10  to  12  feet. 

In  the  foregoing  list  of  Comfera)  no  mention  is  made 
of  species  or  varieties  of  low  or  shrub-like  growth,  such 
as  Podoearpus,  Cephalotaxus,  Thuyopsis,  and  Sciado- 
pitys,  of  which  there  aie  many  good  specimens  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  south  Araucarias  are  also  omitted, 
owing  to  their  liability  of  failure  from  extreme  heat 
or  other  unfavorable  climatic  conditions.  This  applies 
also  to  Sequoia,  and  Frenelas  (properly  CaUitns); 
these  frequently  make  an  extraordinarily  rapid  growth 
until  late  in  autumn,  and  are  often  injured  by  a  cold 
wave  early  in  winter.  p  j.  BERCKMANS. 

Trees  on  the  Great  Plains. 

The  Plains,  lying  mostly  west  of  the  Missouri  River, 
are  not  absolutely  treeless,  as  strangers  often  suppose, 
but  the  whole  vast  area  is  dotted  here  and  there  with 
small  groves,  or  narrow  belts  that  fringe  the  borders 
of  the  streams  The  number  of  native  species,  however, 
is  much  smaller  than  in  the  rich  tree  flora  of  the  north- 
eastern United  States  and  Canada  rlhe  number  of 
species  cultivated  for  shade  and  ornament,  for  a  long 
time,  at  least,  must  be  relatively  small,  owing  to  cli- 
matic and  other  causes  In  general,  the  people  of  the 
Plains  aie  necessarily  more  interested  at  present  m 
planting  trees  for  profit  than  for  pleasure,  but  in  the 
older  parts  are  already  to  be  found  many  fine  public 
parks  and  private  grounds.  To  a  large  extent,  however, 
their  point  of  view  is  that  of  forestry  rather  than 
horticulture. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


377 


In  studying  the  forest  trees  of  the  Great  Plains  of 
central  North  America,  it  is  found  that  most  of  the  species 
have  migrated  out  upon  the  Plains  from  the  great  forest 
body  of  the  Mississippi  Valley.  These  trees  found  their 
way  upon  the  Plains  oy  way  of  the  forests  that  border 
the  Missouri  River  and  its  tributaries  As  we  pass  dov\  n 
the  river,  along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Plains,  the  forest 
belt  becomes  larger  and  larger,  until  it  eventually 
merges  into  the  great  body  of  forest  trees  lying  on  the 
easterly  side  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  The  principal 
trees  that  have  come  upon  the  Plains  by  this  route 
are  the  common  red  cedar,  papaw,  half  a  dozen  willows, 
one  cottonwood,  basswood,  t-wo  or  three  elms,  haok- 
berrv,  mulberry,  three  ashes,  wild  apple,  four  or  more 
species  of  hawthorns,  juneberry,  wild  cherry,  choke 
cherry,  wild  plum,  coffee  bean,  honey  locust,  redbud, 
sycamore,  two  species  of  buckthorns,  buckeye,  one 
maple,  box  elder,  sumach,  two  species  of  walnuts,  five 
or  six  hickories,  nine  or  ten  oaks,  ironwood,  blue  beech, 
and  one  birch  But  ten  species  of  trees  have  come  from 
the  Rocky  Mountain  forests,  and  these  have  made  much 
less  impression  upon  the  forests  of  the  Plains  than  those 
that  came  from  the  eastern  forests  In  this  lust  are  the 
bull-pine,  the  western  red  cedar,  four  species  of  cotton- 
woods,  the  buffalo  berry,  a  maple,  and  two  birches 

Although  the  present  forebt  area  of  the  Plains  is  not 
relatively  gieat,  it  is  large  enough  to  be  seriously  consid- 
ered in  regard  to  its  preset  \  at  ion  There  is  danger  that 
with  the  habit  acquired  by  our  people  in  the  thickly 
wooded  parts  of  the  United  States  of  cutting  down 
forest  trees  wherever  found,  much  of  this  small  forest 
area  will  be  destroyed  It  is  much  easier  to  preserve  an 
area  of  forest  growth  than  to  create  it  anew  First,  all 
forest  fires  must  be  kept  down  When  a  mass  of  wood- 
land adjoins  the  open  prairie,  lire-guards  should  be  mad*1 
BO  that  the  fires  \\ill  not  sweep  into  the  forest  growth 
The  greatest  dest rover  of  the  forests  of  the  Plains  in 
the  past  has  been  hre,  as  it  swept  over  the  prairies  into 
woodland  Second,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  keep  out 
certain  kinds  of  stock  Swine,  if  herded  in  large  num- 
bers, will  inevitably  destroy  the  trees  They  prevent 
the  growth  of  small  trees,  and  eventually  destroy  those 
of  larger  growth  Cattle,  in  large  numbers,  are  equally 
destructive  In  fact,  when  the  attempt  is  made  to  pre- 
serve uninjured  the  trees  in  a  forest,  it  is  necessary  to 
keep  out  stock  of  all  kinds,  excepting  possibly  during 
limited  portions  of  the  year  Third,  it  is  necessarv  to 
cut  out  the  trees  for  use  with  very  great  care  A  forest 
should  be  a  permanent  erop,  ana  the  cuttings  should 
be  so  made  that  the  forest  as  a  whole  is  not  mjuied 
Trees  should  be  cut  here  and  there  in  such  a  way  that 
the  young  trees  which  are  left  have  an  opportunity  for 
growing  into  usable  timber 

Care  should  be  taken  to  encourage  the  tend  en  cv  to 
spreading  which  is  so  strong  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
Plains.  With  a  little  care  every  present  living  forest 
area  may  be  made  to  extend  itself  spontaneously,  or 
nearly  so  The  forest  should  be  effectually  inclosed  bv 
a  fence,  placed  at  some  distance  from  its  outer  border, 
leaving  a  belt  of  unoccupied  land  between  the  tnes 
and  the  fence.  This  will  grow  up  with  weeds,  and 
mingled  with  these  will  be  the  seedling  trees  springing 
from  the  seeds  blown  or  carried  from  the  forest  area 
In  this  way  the  border  of  the  forest  will  be  gradually 
extended  This  can  be  helped  by  plowing  up  these 
inclosed  belts  of  land,  giving  better  opportunity  for  the 
starting  of  seedling  trees  With  the  weeds  and  little 
trees  will  spring  up  low  shrubs  of  various  kinds.  These 
need  give  no  trouole,  for  this  is  merely  Nature's  way 
of  taking  possession  of  the  soil.  Little,  if  any,  cultiva- 
tion need  DC  given  to  such  a  nursery  belt,  as  the  weeds 
which  spring  up,  while  unsightly,  will  serve  the  useful 
purpose  of  sheltering  the  little  trees,  and  eventually 
the  trees  will  rise  above,  and  choke  them  out  Grass, 
however,  forming  a  tough  sod,  is  harmful  to  the  little 
trees,  far  more  so  than  the  ordinary  weeds. 


There  are  many  places  in  which  actual  planting  must 
be  resorted  to  In  looking  about  for  a  site  for  the  new 
forest  plantation,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  best 
conditions  for  tree  growth  are  usually  to  be  found  near 
the  natural  forests  Where  there  are  natural  forests,  the 
planting  should  be  around  their  borders,  so  as  to  extend 
them  m  much  the  same  way  as  indicated  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  in  regard  to  natural  spreading 
Where  there  are  no  natural  forests  at  all,  it  is  necessary 
to  select  the  more  favoiable  places  for  planting  Since 
the  natural  forests  on  the  Plains  occupy  the  depressions 
rather  than  the  hilltops  or  the  slopes,  this  should  give 


357    A  good  field  elm 


one  a  hint  as  to  what  must  be  done  Wherever  the  lano 
slopes  into  a  depression,  one  may  find  favorable  condi 
lions  for  growing  trees  These  depressions,  generally 
called  "draws,"  may  be  filled  with  trees,  and  when  once 
a  growth  of  a  few  acres  is  secured  it  will  not  be  difficult 
to  extend  the  forest  far  up  the  hillside  slopes  On  the 
western  parts  of  the  Plains  similar  positions  should 
be  taken  under  the  irrigation  ditches  In  the  selection 
of  trees  for  the  formation  of  forest  areas,  one  should 
also  take  a  hint  from  nature  The  rule,  which  is  a  very 
excellent  one  for  the  plainsman  to  follow,  is  to  plant  on 
his  farm  the  kinds  that  he  finds  in  the  nearest  forest, 
and  to  give  his  planted  trees  asnearlyas  possible  the  same 
conditions  as  those  under  which  they  grew  in  the  native 
forest  On  the  eastern  third  of  the  Plains,  the  walnut, 
white  oak,  shellbark  hukor\,  white  elm.  red  elm.  hack- 
berry,  white  ash,  wild  cheirv,  catalpa  and  honey  locust 
are  recommended  for  planting  On  the  extreme  eastern 
parts  bordering  the  Missouri  River,  many  more  .kinds 
can  be  planted,  but  as  one  passes  westward  toward  the 
holders  of  the  Sand  Hill  region  the  list  grows  smaller. 
On  the  central  Plains  the  list  is  reduced,  and  also  some- 
what changed  m  species  The  two  elms  may  be  planted, 
as  also  the  hackberry,  the  green  ash  in  place  of  the  white 
ash.  wild  cherry,  honev  locust,  and  in  many  places  the 
bull-pine  On  the  western  Plains,  especially  that  por- 
tion lying  west  of  the  main  body  of  the  Sand  Hills,  and 
having  an  elevation  abo\  e  the  sea  of  from  3,000  to  4,000 
feet,  the  list  is  still  smallei  The  white  elm  is  still  in- 
cluded, also  the  hackberry,  the  bull-pine,  and  in  many 
places  the  red  cedar 

The  trees  mentioned  are  of  the  more  durable  and 
profitable  kinds  But  on  all  parts  of  the  Plains  persons 
must  often  have  quick-growing  trees,  which  soon  pro- 
duce fuel,  but  which  have  little,  if  any,  value  for  other 
purposes  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  Plains,  the  black 
willow,  almond  xullow,  common  cottonwood,  silver 
maple,  and  box  elder  are  useful  trees  for  this  purpose. 
One  should  not  condemn  the  use  of  these  easily  grown, 
soft-wooded  trees  A  forest  is  a  crop,  and  there  is  no 
reason  why  a  farmer  mav  not  plant  a  more  quickly 
growing  crop  if  he  wishes,  but  he  should  at  the  same 
tune  plant  the  more  enduring  kinds  given  m  the  preced- 


378 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


ing  lists.  On  the  central  Plains  the  quickly  grown 
trees  may  include  the  same  willows  and  cottonwood 
and  also  the  box  elder.  The  silver  maple  will  not  do 
well  in  the  greater  part  of  this  central  region.  On  the 
western  Plains  the  fist  is  essentially  the  same  as  for  the 
central  portion:  namely,  the  willows,  cottonwood,  and 
the  box  elder,  to  which  may  be  added,  here  and  there, 
one  or  more  of  the  western  species  of  cottonwood. 

The  horticultural  point  of  view  is  to  be  considered. 
About  country  homes  the  first  trees  are  usually  cotton- 
wood,  silver  maple  and  box  elder,  followed  later  by  green 
ash  and  white  elm.  Very  commonly  the  red  cedar  is 
planted  with  the  first-mentioned  species,  and  often 
Scotch  and  Austrian  pines  are  added.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  settler's  house  on  the  Plains  stands  in  the 
open  instead  of  being  hemmed  in  by  forest  trees,  as  in 
the  eastern  parts  of  the  American  continent.  The  set- 
tler's problem  is  to  surround  his  house  with  trees,  not 
to  clear  the  trees-jpay.  In  towns  and  cities  the  cotton- 
wood,  silver  •JSa'aple  and  box  elder  are  generally  the 
pioneer  trees,  since  they  produce  a  shade  sooner  than 
any  others,  and  later  these  are  gradually  replaced  by 


One  of  the  most  serviceable 


palms  in  California. 


green  ash  and  white  elm.  Hackberry,  black  walnut  and 
buttonwood  are  occasionally  planted  with  good  success. 
The  species  which  are  most  largely  used  for  wind- 
breaks for  orchards  and  other  plantations  are  common 
cottonwood,  willow  (a  variety  of  Salix  alba),  silver 
maple  and  box  elder.  The  first  mentioned,  because  of 
its  easy  propagation,  rapid  growth  and  extreme  hardi- 
ness, is  the  favorite  tree  for  this  purpose.  When  land- 
scape gardening  is  attempted,  the  Scotch  and  Austrian 
pines,  Norway  spruce  and  red  cedar  are  generally  used, 
and  to  these  are  often  added  one  or  more  species  of 
the  Rocky  Mountain  spruces.  The  most  generally  used 
deciduous  tree  for  this  purpose  is  the  white  elm  (which 
here  attains  to  a  singular  beauty  of  form  and  foliage),  to 
which  are  occasionally  added  bur  oak,  black  walnut  and 
Russian  olive  (Elseagnus),  and  in  proper  situations,  the 
white  willow.  The  coniferous  trees  of  greatest  value  for 
ornamental  purposes  on  the  Plains  are  the  Austrian 
pine,  Scotch  pine  and  red  cedar.  With  proper  care  these 
may  be  grown  on  all  parts  of  the  Plains  where  water 
enough  to  maintain  life  may  be  obtained.  On  the 
extreme  eastern  border,  the  Norway  spruce  and  even 
the  balsam  fir  have  proved  valuable.  Among  deciduous 
trees  the  white  elm  holds  first  place,  followed  by  the 
hackberry  (which  is  not  so  much  planted  as  it  deserves) 
and  the  green  ash.  CHARLES  E.  Bi 


TREES  FOR  PLANTING  ON  THE  GREAT  PLAINS.  The 
asterisks  (*)  indicate  those  trees  that  are  not 
native  to  the  regions. 

1.  For  the  eastern  plains. 

Abiea  balaamea.* 
Abies  concolor.* 
Acer  platanoides.* 
Ailanthus  altismma,* 
Carya  ovata, 
Catalpa  speoioaa  * 
Celtia  occidentals. 
Fraxmus  amerioana. 
Gleditsia  tnaoanthos. 
Juglans  nigra. 
Pioea  alba.* 


Picea  excelsa*  (Fig.  8M). 

Picea  pungena  * 

Pinus  austriaoa  * 

Pinua  aylvestns.* 

Piunua  aerotma. 

Quercus  alba 

Eobinia  Pseudaeaoia.* 

Salix  vitellma  * 

Ulmus  amerioana  (Fig.  357). 

Ulmua  fulva. 


and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 


Acer  Negundo. 
Acer  sacchannum 
Populua  Sargentii. 

2.  For  the  central  plains. 

Catalpa  apeciosa  * 
Celtis  occidental. 
Fraxinua  lanceolata. 
Gleditaia  tnacanthoa. 
Pieea  oanadenais  * 
Pinus  divancata.* 


Salix  amygdaloides. 


Pinus  seopulorum. 
Primus  aerotma. 
Robmia  Pseudacacia.* 
Ulmus  amenoana. 
Ulmua  fulva. 


and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 


Acer  Negundo. 
Populua  Sargentu. 

and  in  the  southern  parts: 

Elseagnus  angustifoha  * 
Maclura  aurantiaca,  Nutt, 


Salix  amygdaloidea. 
Salix  nigra. 


Pinus  auatriaca.* 
Pinus  sylvestria.* 


also  black  walnut  and  bur  oak  if  seed 
where  tree  is  to  stand  permanently. 


planted 


3.  For  the  high  western  plains. 

Celtis  occidentals.  Pinus  scopulorum. 

Jumperus  scopulorum.  Robmia  Pseudacacia.* 

Pinua  divancata."1  Ulmua  amencana. 

and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 


Acer  Negundo 
Populua  acuminata. 
Populua  Sargentii. 

and  nearer  the  mountains: 

Acer  Negundo. 
Acer  platanoides.* 
Elaeagnus  angustifolia.* 


Salix  amygdaloides. 
Salix  nigra. 


Gleditaia  triacanthoa.* 
Juglans  nigra.* 
Populua  Sargentii. 


Seeds  or  seedlings  grown  in  the  region  in  which  they 
are  to  be  planted  are  the  most  reliable.  Young  trees 
or  seedlings  succeed  better  than  older  and  larger  ones. 
Varieties  native  in  moist  climates  or  in  foreign  countries 
should  be  avoided  unless  their  adaptability  has  been 
proved.  Young  plants,  like  young  animals,  are  easily 
killed  and  must  have  extra  care.  c.  L.  WATROUS. 
C.  E.  BESBEY. 

Trees  grown  for  shade  and  ornament  in  California. 

The  mild  and  equable  climate  of  California  allows  a 
wide  range  of  available  species  from  which  to  select 
trees  for  shade,  ornament  and  shelter.  There  is,  never- 
theless, some  considerable  variation  in  the  species,  which 
are  characteristic  of  the  plantings  in  different  parts  of 
the  state,  that  has  arisen  from  variations  in  soil  and 
climatic  conditions. 

On  account  of  the  long  rainy  season,  the  low  humidity 
of  the  atmosphere  and  the  relatively  high  mean,  and 
freedom  from  low  winter  minima  in  temperatures,  the 
trees  that  thrive  best  in  middle  California  are  those 
indigenous  to  the  arid  and  semi-arid  warm  temperate 
regions  of  the  globe,  e.  g.,  southern  Australia,  the  Medi- 
terranean region,  south  Africa,  northern  Mexico  and 
Chile,  together  with  those  native  species  which  deserve 
a  place.  As  one  goes  into  the  southern  part  of  the  state, 
aom*  of  these  species  drop  out  and  others  markedly 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


379 


characteristic  of  arid  regions  take  their  place.  The 
reverse  of  this  is  true,  as  one  goes  north,  where  many 
trees  of  the  temperate  humid  regions  also  thrive  in 
this  state,  particularly  m  the  relatively  humid  climate 
of  the  coast,  and  are  offered  by  our  nurserymen. 

I.  THE  SPECIES  HERETOFORE  MOST  EXTENSIVELY 
PLANTED  IN  CALIFORNIA. 

The  following  trees  are  perhaps  the  commonest 
species  found  in  the  plantings: 

1.  Eucalyptus  globulus.  15.  Arauoana  Bidwilln. 

2.  Cupreasus  macrocarpa.  16.  Arauoana  exoelsa. 

0   Pinus  radiata.  17.  Populus  deltoides  var. 


4.  Robmia 

5   Acacia  melanoxylon. 

6.  Schmus  Mode 

7.  Aoaoia  deourrena  var 

dealbata. 

8.  Acacia  decurrena  var. 

raolhs. 

9.  Melia  Azedarach  var. 

umbracuhformia. 
10.  Phoenix   canariensia 
(Fig  368). 


carohnensis. 
18.  Juglans  oalifornioa  and 


(Fig  358). 

11.  Magnolia  grandiflora. 

12.  Ulmua  racemosa  and 


Woodwardia  radicans  and  Rodgersw  podophytta,  to- 
gether with  such  shiubby  plants  as  bamboos,  giant  reed, 
the  choicer  varieties  of  castor-"bean,  Senecio  grandir 
foliua,  Polygonum  sachahnense  and  P.  Sieboldii. 

A.  Small  trees  or  tall  shrubs. 


19.  SaUx  babylonioa. 

20.  Acer  saccharinum. 

21.  Eucalyptus  robusta. 
22    Eucalyptus  vimmahs. 

23.  Eucalyptus  rostrata 

(Fig.  360). 

24.  Acer  macrophyllum. 
25    Pittosporum  species. 
26.  Cedrus  Deodara  and 

species 
species.  27.  Betula  alba. 

13.  Cordyhne  austrahs  (Fig.  28.  Orevillea  robusta. 

359)  and  species.  29    Washingtoma  filifera. 

14.  Acer  Negundo,  and  var.  30*  Cinnamomum  Camphora 

californica. 

II.  TREES  BEING  MOST  EXTENSIVELY  PLANTED  IN 

CALIFORNIA  AT  THE  PRESENT  TIME. 

The  following  list,  arranged  in  sequence  according 
to  the  actual  number  of  sales  made  during  the  sea- 
son of  1911-12,  is  compiled  from  data  furnished  by 
W.  B.  Clarke,  of  the  California  Nursery  Company, 
at  Niles.  The  percentages  refer  only  to  the  twelve 
species  here  enumerated,  and  not  to  the  total  number 
of  trees  sold  by  the  nursery,  which  has  a  large  and 
varied  assortment  of  species,  many  of  which  aie  more 
suitable  and  more  effective  than  those  for  which  there 
is,  at  present,  the  greatest  demand. 

Per  ceut. 

Eucalyptus  globulus  40  8 

Cupresaus  macrocarpa  12  0 

Platanua  onentahs         .  11.4 

Eucalyptus  rostrata  .  10  2 

Populua  nigra  itahca  .  6.2 

Pinus  radiata 50 

Acacia  decurrens  dealbata 3.5 

Acacia  melanoxylon         ...  .  3.0 

Populua  deltoidea  vac.  carolinensis  2  2 

Robinia  Pseudacacia  var.  Deoaisneana  .  ..20 

Acer  sacchannum     ...  . .         . .  .         2.0 

SchmusMolle    1.7 

III.  SELECTIONS  FOR  SPECIAL  PURPOSES. 

The  following  lists  are  from  species  now  offered  in 
the  California  trade  and  are  intended  to  be  suggestive 
only,  and  not  by  any  means  complete.  New  species  and 
varieties  are  constantly  being  added  to  the  nursery 
stocks,  some  of  which  will  be  found  particularly  well 
adapted  to  certain  conditions  of  climate  and  soil,  and 
will  doubtless  replace  others  now  in  use. 

1.  For  subtropical  effect. 

That  there  is  in  California  strong  appreciation  of 
subtropical  effects  in  gardening  is  shown  oy  the  great 
demand  for  dracenas  and  such  large-leaved  plants  as 
palms,  magnolias,  bananas  and  rubber  trees.  That  the 
effect  produced  by  the  planting  of  such  trees  so  often 
fails  to  be  satisfatory  is  largely  due  to  one  or  both  of 
two  causes,— either  unsuitable  location  of  the  speci- 
mens, or  choice  and  association  of  unsuitable  species. 
To  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  first-named  error,  the 
prospective  tree  planter  is  recommended  to  consult  the 
article  on  Landscape  Gardening;  and  to  avoid  the 
second,  a  selection  from  the  following  list  is  suggested, 
with  the  addition  of  such  large-leaved  herbaceous 
plants  as  cannas,  colocasia,  cynaras,  funkias,  Ounnera 
scabra,  pampas  grass,  veratrums,  agaves,  yuccas,  aloes, 


Erythea  armata. 
Musa  Ensete. 
Prunus  Laurocerasus. 
Ricmus  cambodgensis. 
Ricmus  macrophyilus. 
Ricmus  sangumeus. 
Ricmus  zanzibarensis. 
Tetrapanax  papynfera. 


Acanthopanax  rioimfohum. 

Araha  chmensis. 

Araha  chinensis  var.  mand- 

schunca. 
Araha  spmoaa. 
Arundmana  falcata, 
Cbanuerops  humilis. 
Dickaoma  antarctica. 
Enobotrya  gapomca, 

AA.  Larger  trees. 

Catalpa  bignonioides.  Livistoma  austrahs. 

r..*., ..  Magnolia  grandiflora. 

Paulownia  tomentosa. 

Phoenix  cananensis. 

Phoenix  daotyhfera. 

Phoenix  reclmata. 

Phoenix  Rcebelenu  (P.  humilii 
var  ) 

Phoenix  syivestns. 

Phytolacca  dioica 

Trachycarpua  excelsua. 

Tnstama  conferta. 

Washingtoma  filifera. 

Washmgtoma  robusta. 


Catalpa  ovata. 
Catalpa  speciosa, 
Cordylme  australis. 
Cordylme  BanksiL 
"-  'line  indivisa. 
line  stricta. 


Ficus  macrophylla. 
Gymnocladus  canadensis. 
Jubna  spectabilis. 


Eucalyptus  globulus  can  also  be  used  effectively  if  cut 
down  periodically  when  the  falcate  leaves  begin  to  ap- 
pear; it  will  continue  to  shoot  up  vigorously  from  the 
same  root  for  several  years.  E.  robusta  is  useful  for 
screen  purposes  if  cut  down  before  it  becomes  strag- 
gling. This  can  also  be  said  for  E  polyanthemos,  E.  rudis, 
E.  Risdonn,  and  many  others.  E  polyanthemos  is  cer- 
tainly more  beautiful  than  E.  globulus  and  would  not 
need  to  be  cut  down  so  frequently. 

2.  Trees  with  ornamental  flowers  (for  California) 

In  making  the  following  grouping,  arranged  accord- 
ing to  relative  hardiness,  it  has  been  impossible  to  give 
precise  information  as  to  the  exact  degree  of  frost- 
tolerance  of  the  several  species,  as  only  meager  pub- 
lished data  on  the  subject  are  to  be  found 

A.  Susceptible  to  light  frost 

The  following  would  probably  succumb  to  a  temper- 
ature of  28°  F.: 

EucalyptUH  calophylla,  Jacaranda  ovalifoha 

Eucalyptus  ficifoha. 

AA.  Susceptible  to  heavy  frost. 

The  following  are  not  likely  to  stand  a  temperature 
of  20°  F.  Some  of  them  may  succumb  at  25°  F.,  particu- 
larly when  young. 


Acacia  Baileyana. 


Acacia  cyanophylla.  ^ 

Acacia  decurrens  var.  dealbata.       Eucalyptus  cornuta 


Acacia  aalicina,  eto. 
Bursaria  spmosa. 


Acacia  elata. 
Acacia  falcata. 
Acacia  longifoha. 
Acacia  nerufoha. 
Acacia  pendula. 


Acacia  pycnantha, 
jEsculus  carnea. 
^Gsculus  Hippocastanum. 
Albizzia  Julibnssm. 
Catalpa  bignonioides. 
Catalpa  ovata. 
Catalpa  speciosa. 
Cercis  canadensis. 
Cercis  Sthquastrum. 
Cratsjgus  mollis. 


Eucalyptus  corymbosa. 
Eucalyptus  polyanthemos. 
Eucalyptus  sideroxylon  var. 

pallena. 
Hymenosporum  flavum. 

AAA.  Hardy. 

Magnolia  Soulangeana. 
Magnolia  stellata. 
Paulownia  tomentoaa. 
Prunus  Armeniaca  (double,  -fld.) 
Prunus    cerasifera    var.    atro- 

purpurea 
Prunus  japonica. 
Prunus     Tersica      (white-fid., 

double     red-fid.,     dark-fid., 

etc). 


.  . 

Cratsegus    monogyna  (vara.         Prunus  spmosa  (double-fid.). 

Paulii,  punioea,  alba  plena,        Pyrus  Halhana. 

etc  )  Pyrus  loensis  (Bechtel's  doubl« 

Kcelreutena  pamoulata.  crab). 

Laburnum  vulgare  Robinia  hispida. 

Lagunana  Patersonii.  Robinia  Pseudacacia  and  var. 

Magnolia  acummata.  rosea 

Magnolia  grandifloim.  Sorbus  Aucuparia. 
Magnolia  Kobus. 


380 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


Rioinus  oambodgensis. 


3.  Trees  with  colored  foliage. 

A.  Glaucous. 
B.  Susceptible  to  frost  (£0°  F.  and  perhaps  less,. 

Acacia  Baileyana.  Eucalpytus  polyanthemos. 

Acacia  dealbata.  Eucalyptus  Risdonh. 

Acacia  glauoesceus.  Eucalyptus  sideroxylon  var 
Acacia  salicma.  paflens 

Cooos  australis.  Leuoadendron  argenteum. 

Erythea  armata.  Phoenix  dactyhfora. 
Eucalyptus  globulue  vpollarded       Washingtonia  Sonorse. 
to  produce  suckers). 

BB.  Hardy. 

Cedrus  atlantica  var.  glauca.  Pioea  pungena  var.  glauca. 

Cedrus  Deodara  var.  glauca.  Sequoia  sempervirens  var. 

Pioea  pungena  var.  oterulea  glauca 

AA.  Purple  or  bronze. 
B.  Susceptible  to  86°  F. 

Rioinus  oommunis  var.  Giusonii 
BB.  Hardy. 

Aoer  platanoides  var.  Reiten-       Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea. 
baohu.  Fagus  syivatioa  var.  purpurea 

Aoer  platanoides  var.  Schwed-  Riverai. 

len.  'Prunus    cerasifera    var.    atro- 

Betula  alba  var.  atropurpurea.  purpurea. 

Cryptomena  japonioa  var.  Prunus  Persioa,  var. 

4.  Wide-spreading  trees  for  shade,  mostly  with  rounded 

outline. 

It  frequently  happens  that  the  owner  of  a  California 
garden  desires  a  wide-spreading  tree  in  the  back  or  one 
corner  of  his  domain,  under  which  to  swing  a  ham- 
mock on  a  hot  day;  such  trees  are  also  useful  in  the 
school-yard,  affording  welcome  shade  in  which  the 
children  can  eat  their  lunch. 

A.  Deciduous,  all  hardy. 

B.  Growth  rapid  or  medium. 

c.  Suckers  likely  to  be  troublesome. 


Populus  alba. 
Robinia  Paeudaoacia. 


Ulmus  amenoana. 
Ulmus  racemose 


cc.  Suckers  not  troublesome. 
D.  Requiring  a  great  deal  of  water. 
Salix  babylonica. 

DD.  Requiring  not  much  water. 

Acer  macrophyllum 

AoerNegundo. 

Acer  Negundo  var.  oalifornioura. 

Acer  platanoides. 

Acer  platanoides  var.  Reiten- 

baohi. 
Aoer  platanoides  var.  Schwed- 

lert 
Aoer  pseudoplatanus. 

BB.  Growth  somewhat  slow. 

Aoer  oampestre. 

JEsculus  carnea. 

JSsculus  Hippocaatanum. 

Castanea  sativa 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea. 

culiformis. 
Platanus  ormntalis. 


Acer  saccharinum. 
Acer  saccharinum  var.  WierL 
Gary  a  illinoensis  (Pecan). 
Fraxinus  amencana, 
Fraxinus  velutma 
Quercus  lobata. 
Guercus  pedunculata. 
Ulmus  campeattis. 


Quercus  coccmea, 
Quercus  Kelloggii. 
Quercus  lobata. 
Quercus  macrocarpa. 
Ouercus  rubra. 
Spphora  japonioa. 
Tifia  amencana. 
Tilia  europ«a. 
Ulmus  campestria. 


AA.  Evergreen. 
B.  Growth  rapid:  trees  susceptible  to  $6*  P. 

'  sacia  decurrens  dealbata.  Acacia  decurrens  mollia. 

BB.  Growth  somewhat  slow:  trees  hardy. 


rbutus  Meniiesii. 
cus  Canoa. 
lea  europea. 
jausPinea. 


;.  Ornamental  trees  affording  but  little  shade. 
A.  Outline  long  or  nearly  columnar. 

B.  Deciduous. 
Populus  nigra  var.  italioa.  Betula  alba. 


sempervirens    var. 


BB.  fSvergreen. 

Juniperus    oommunis  var.  W- 
bernioa. 


Taxus  baccata  var.  faetigiata. 
AA.  Outline  conical  or  spiral,  usually  pointed, 
B.  ConifersB,  with  mostly  narrow  leaves. 
c.  Deciduous:  hardy. 


Larix  deeidua. 
Larix  leptolepis. 


Taxodium  distichum. 
Taxodium  mucronatum. 


cc.  Evergreen. 
D.  Susceptible  to  severe  frost  (about  SO0  F.). 


Agathis  robusta. 
Araucaria  Bidwillu. 
Araucaria  branhana. 
Araucaria  Cookii. 


Araucaria  exoelsa. 
Arauoana  imbricata. 
Pmus  cananensis. 


Abies  balsamea. 
Abies  cephalomca. 
Abies  concolor. 
Abies  nobihs. 
Abies  Nordmanniana. 
Abies  Pmsapo. 
Cedrus  atlantica. 
Cedrus  Deodara. 
Cedrus  Libani 
Cephalotaxus  drupacea. 
Cephalotaxus  Fortunei 
Chamsecypans  Lawsomana. 
Cryptomena  laponica 
Cryptomena  japomoa  var. 

Cunmnghamia  sinensu. 
Cupressus  Govemana. 
Cupressus  macrocarpa 
Cupressus  guadalupensis. 
Libocedrus  chilensu. 
Labocedrus  decurrens. 
Pioea  ajanensis. 
Picea  oanadensis. 
Pioea  Engelmannu. 


DD.  Hardy. 


Pioea  exoelsa. 

Picea  mariana  var.  Doumetti. 
Picea  torano. 
Picea  pungens. 
Pinus  contorta. 
Pmus  Coulten. 
Pinus  densiflora. 
Pinus  Laricio  var.  austriaoa. 
Pmus  monophylla 
Pinus  Pinaster 
Pmus  radiata 
Pinus  Sabmiana. 
Pinus  sylvestns 
Podocarpus  Totara. 
Pseudotsuga  Douglani. 
Sciadopitys  verticillata. 
Sequoia  gigantea. 
Sequoia  s 
s  ba 

Thuja  onentahs. 
Thujopsis  dolabrata. 
Torreya  cahfornioa. 
Torreya  nucif era. 


BB.  Foliage  broad. 
c.  Deciduous:  hardy. 


Betula  alba. 
Betula  lenta. 
Betula  lutea. 
Betula  papyraoea. 
Betula  populifolia. 


Gmkgo  biloba. 
Quercus  Cerns. 
Quercus  nigra. 
Sorbus  Aucupana. 


CC.  Evergreen. 

D.  Susceptible  to  severe  frost  (probably  $0°  F.  and 

even  less). 


Cmnamomum  Camphora 
Corynocarpus  Uevigatus. 
Cryptocarya  Miersu. 


Grevillea  robusta. 
Sterculia  diversifolia. 
Tnstania  conferta. 


DD.  Hardy. 


Acacia  melanoxylon. 
Cerasus  luntamoa. 
Ilex  Aquifolium. 
Lagunaria  Patersonii. 


Lauras  nobilia. 
Pittosporum  crassifohum. 
Quercus  Suber. 
Umbellulana  californioa. 


AAA.  Outline  more  or  less  rounded,  but  trees  not  as  wide- 
spreading  nor  as  shade-giving  as  in  Class  4> 

B.  Deciduous. 

c.  Susceptible  to  frost  (26°  F.). 
Fbytolaccs  dioica. 

cc.  Hardy. 

JSflculua  glabra.  Juglans  cahfornica. 

Fraxinus  amerlcana.  Juglans  nigra. 

Koelreutena  pamculata. 


. 

s  amerlcana. 
Fraxinus  excelsior. 
Fraxinus  Ornus. 
Gymnocladus  oanadensis. 


. 

Paulownia  tomentosa. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia. 


BB.  Evergreen. 
c.  Probably  susceptible  to  severe  frost  (SO0  F.,  or  less). 

Eucalyptus  ficiiolia. 
Eucalyptus  globulus. 
Eucalyptus  maculate  var.  «t* 

riodora. 
Euoalyptus  robusta. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


381 


Aoaeia  pycaantha. 
Eucalyptus  amygdalina. 
Eucalyptus  Gunnu. 
Euoalyptua  leucoxlyon. 
Eucalyptus  obliqua. 
Eucalyptus  rostrata. 
Eucalyptus  rudis. 
Eucalyptus  viminalis. 


oc.  Hardy. 


Jubna  spectabili*. 
"v  —  *  oanariensw. 

x  reclmata. 

'hoeiux  Bylvestrta. 
'ittoaporum  eugemotdes. 
a  tenuifolium. 
a  undulatum. 


AAAA.  Drooping  trees. 
B.  Deciduous. 


Acer  saccharinum  var.  Wien 
laetmatum. 

Betula  pendula  elegans. 

Betula  pendula  laomiata. 

Betula  pendula  Younjpi. 

Crattegus  monogyna  var.  pon- 
dula. 

Fagus  iiylvatica  var.  pendula. 

Fraxmus  excelsior  var.  aurea 
pendula. 

Fraxinus  excelsior  var.  pen- 
dula. 

Morus  alba  (Teas'  weeping). 


Populus    grandidentata      var. 

pendula. 

Prunus  fruotioosa  var.  pendula. 
Ouercus  lobata. 
Salix  babylonjoa. 
Salix  babylonica  var  Licku. 
Sophora  japonica  var.  pendula. 
Sorbus  Aucupana  var.  pendula. 
Tiha  amencana  var.  pendula. 
Tilia  europasa  var.  pendula. 
Ulmus  amencana  var.  pendula. 
Ulmus  campestna  var.  pendula. 
Ulmus  aoabra  var.  pendula. 


Cupreasue  funebris. 
Cupressus  lusitanioa. 


BB.  Evergreen. 

Schinus  Molle. 


6.  Trees  for  streets,  avenues  and.  roadsides  in  California. 

The  number  of  tree  species  suitable  for  street  plant- 
ing is  limited  by  the  necessarily  heavy  restrictions,  as  to 
height,  spread,  sewer-penetra- 
tion and  sidewalk-raising,  im- 
posed by  municipal  street  de- 
partments In  European  cities 
the  first-named  objections  are 
overcome  by  means  of  frequent 
and  systematic  pruning  to  a 
uniform  standard;  when  this 
necessity  can  be  obviated  by 
the  selection  of  trees  which 
naturally  keep  within  the  de- 
sired bounds,  the  labor  of 
maintaining  them  in  a  sightly 
condition  is  minimized  and  the 
result  much  more  pleasing. 

For  town  streets  not  more 
than  60  feet  in  width,  it  is  im- 
portant to  have  trees  that  will 
not  give  too  much  shade  and 
prevent  the  rapid  drying  of 
the  roadway  after  showers,  nor 
be  so  tall  nor  wide-spreading 
as  to  obstruct  the  view  and 
shut  out  sunshine,  rendering 
the  adjacent  houses  dark,  cold 
and  damp.  On  this  account, 
trees  with  narrow  or  pyramidal 
outline  are  in  many  cases  pref- 
erable to  those  with  wide- 
spreading  habit,  and,  generally 
speaking,  deciduous  trees  are 
more  suitable  than  evergreen, 
although  at  the  time  of  losing 
their  leaves  they  make  more 
litter.  Exception  may  be  made 
in  favor  of  such  evergreen  spe- 


359.  Cord7un«»ustraliflor"dracetuip*lm." 
Common  in  California. 


cies  as  certain  palms  and  cordylines,  some  acacias  and 
a  few  other  species  mentioned  below. 

It  is  not  wise  to  use  trees  of  very  rapid  growth  on 
town  streets;  they  soon  become  too  large  and  require 
frequent  trimming,  which  is  usually  equivalent  to 
mutilation,  and  are  likely  to  interfere  with  sewers. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  street  planting  in  California 
towns  has,  in  most  cases,  been  satisfactory.  In  spite  of 
the  much  larger  variety  of  suitable  material  than  is 
available  in  most  of  the  states,  there  are  few  examples 
of  good  street  planting  to  be  met  with.  In  most  of  the 


towns  the  eye  is  greeted  with  a  few  straggling  trees,  of 
which  perhaps  not  more  than  two  are  of  one  kind, 
recalling  F.  A.  Waugh's  apt  simile  of  "nine  mon- 
strously different  buttons  in  a  row  down  the  front  of  a 
Prince  Albert  coat."  There  aro  many  pleasing  excep- 
tions, however,  although  few  are  entirely  satisfactory. 
The  repeated  attempts  to  improve  the  appearance  of  a 
town  by  planting  trees  along  the  streets  should  be 
encouraged  on  every  occasion,  and  the  object  of  this 
discussion  is  to  render  assistance  by  pointing  out  how 
some  of  the  mistakes  may  be  avoided.  The  unsatis- 
factory results  of  street  planting,  so  often  met  with, 
can  generally  be  traced  to  one  or  all  of  three  causes: 

(1)  Choice  of  unsuitable  species. 

(2)  The  mixing  of  several  species  on  the  same  block 
and  even  in  front  of  the  same  lot. 

(3)  Crowding  of  trees. 

This  last-mentioned  source  of  trouble  is  perhaps  the 
cause  of  more  failures  than  the  first.  When  trees  are 
once  growing,  few  persons  have  the  heart  to  thin  out 
the  species  for  the  proper  distance  apart;  finally,  a  new- 
comer, without  personal  feeling  in  the  matter  and  noting 
only  that  there  is  too  much  shade  and  too  little  light, 
cuts  down  the  whole  row  and  a  gap  is  left  in  what  may 
have  been  a  fairly  uniform  block.  Spreading  avenue 
trees  of  large  size  should  not  stand  closer  than  50  feet 
apart;  smaller  trees,  on  narrower  streets,  should  have  40 
feet,  unless  they  are  slender  species  such  as  cordyline 
or  washingtonias,  when  20  feet  may  be  sufficient  As  a 
rule,  one  small  tree  to  a  50-foot 
lot  will  be  found  ample;  if  the 
whole  street  is  planted  uni- 
formly with  the  same  species, 
and  at  this  same  distance,  the 
result  will  be  much  more  pleas- 
ing than  if  four  or  five  trees  are 
planted  in  front  of  every  house. 
This  question  of  spacing  cya. 
be  determined  only  by  the 
species  in. use.  If  20  feet  is 
added  to  the  diameter  of  the 
spread  of  the  crown,  an  approxi- 
mate spacing  can  be  secured. 
For  example,  cork  elms  often  at- 
tain a  60-  or  75-foot  spread  and 
should  be  spaced,  accordingly, 
80  to  100  feet  apart.  This  ad- 
vice is  given  from  data  gathered 
in  various  towns  where  closer 
plantings  were  in  order,  and 
have  already  demonstrated  how 
the  air,  Light  and  heat  are  shut 
off  by  too  crowded  plantings. 

In  towns  where  the  climate 
is  very  mild,  with  few  extremes 
trees  are  planted  only  for  dec- 
orative effect  and  not  for 
shade, — hence  these  extreme 
distances  may  be  used  even  for 
species  which  do  not  attain 
great  size. 

On  the  other  extreme  in  the 
interior  California  valleys,  the 
distances  may  have  to  be  short- 
ened to  allow  for  the  extreme 
heat,  but  trees  should  never  be  set  so  closely  that  tho 
circulation  of  air  is  hindered,  except  of  course  for  wind- 
break plantings,  which  are  not  found  on  streets  as  a  rule. 

A.  For  city  and  town  streets, 
B.  Smatt  trees  suitable  for  streets  60  feet  wide  or  less. 

c.  Deciduous. 
D.  Growth  rapid  or  moderate. 

JEsculus  oarnea.       Betula  popuUfolia.         Catalpa  gpecioaa. 
Betula  alba.  Catalpa  bignomoidea.    Koelreut«na  pamculata. 

Betula  lutea.  Catalpa  ovata.  Paulownia  t 


382 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


DD.  Growth  slow. 

Crategua  mollis.  Qinkgo  biloba. 

CraUegus  monogyna. 

cc.  Evergreen. 

D.  Growth  rapid  or  moderate. 
B.  Palms  and  arborescent  LUiacex. 

e  australia.  Liviatona  auatraha. 

B  Banksii.  Trachyoarpus  exoelsus. 

e  indmsa.  Waahmgtonia  fihfera. 

ine  stncta.  Washmctonia  robusta. 

BB.  Evergreen  trees  other  than  palms  and  arborescent 
Ldiacex. 


DD.  Growth  slow. 

Gleditaia  triacanthos.  Tilia  amerioana. 

Liriodendron  Tulipifera.  Tilia  europwa. 

cc.  Evergreen. 
D.  Palms  and  bananas. 


Erythea  edulis. 
Livistona  auatralis. 
Musa  Enaete. 


Acacia  falcata. 
Acacia  lineata. 
Acacia  neriifolia. 


Myoporum  laetum. 
Pittoeporum  eugenioidea. 
Pittosporum  tenuifokum. 


DD.  Growth  slow. 


a  excelaum. 
a  apinoaa. 

mm  Camphora. 

r._a  ficifoha. 

Hex  Aquif  olium. 
Jacaranda  ovalifoha. 


Ligustrum  lucidum. 
Magnolia  grandiflora. 
Maytenua  Boana. 
Olea  europaaa. 
Pittosporum  oraasifohum. 
Tristama  conferta. 


BB.  Larger  trees  for  streets,  avenues  and  boulevards 
80  to  100  feet  wide. 

c  Deciduous. 

D.  Growth  rapid  or  moderate. 

Acer  macrophyllum.  Gymnocladus  eanadeuds. 

r  saooharinum.  Platanus  onentaus. 

(Pecan).  Quercus  pedunculata. 

nua  amencana  Robmia  Pseudacacia. 

Fraxinua  velutma.  Ulmua  campestns. 


cer  mac 
Acer  saoo 
Carya  (P 
Fraxinua 


Trachycarpua  exeelsus. 
Waahmgtonia  fihfera. 
Waahmgtonia  robusta. 


DD.  Evergreen  trees  other  than  palms  and  bananas. 


Eucalyptus  polyantherr 

Eucalyptus  rudia. 

~      '    >tua  aideroxylon  var. 


Ficua  macrophylla. 
Synoarpia  laurtfolia. 
Tnatania  oonferta. 
Umbellulana  oalifornioa. 


Acacia  elata 
Acacia  melanoxylon. 
Angophora  intermedia. 
Angophora  subvelutina. 
Eucalyptus  amygdalina  var. 

Eucalyptus  caJopbylla. 
Eucalpytus  cormybosa. 
Eucalyptus  ficifoha. 

BBB.  For  avenues  and  boulevards  without  sidewalks  or 

with  wide  spaces  between  sidewalk  and  driveway. 
For  this  purpose  almost  any  of  the  larger  and  more 
ornamental  species  enumerated  in  the  other  lists  may 
be  selected.  Spreading  coniferous  trees,  with  broad 
bases  (such  as  Sequoia  gigantea,  etc.),  may  often  be  used 
to  advantage,  as  well  as  the  wide-spreading  feather* 
palms  (Phoenix  and  J  lib  sea). 

AA.  For 'country  roads. 
B.  Deciduous. 


Acer  campestre. 

Acer  macrophyllum 

Acer  Negundo 

Acer   Negundo  var.   cahforni- 

cum 

Acer  platanoidea. 
Acer  aacchannum. 
jEsculua  carnea. 
^Esculus  Hippocaatanum. 
"•      i  (Pecan). 
50  biloba. 

•  californica. 

a  Sieboldiana. 


Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 
Paulownia  tomentoaa. 
Phytolacca  dioica. 
Populua  nigra  var.  italica. 
Quercua  lobata. 
Quercua  pedunculata 
Robima  Pseudacacia. 
Sophora  japonica. 
Taxodium  distichum. 
Tiha  amencana. 
Tiha  europ«ea. 
Ulmua  campestna. 
Ulmua  racemosa. 


BB.  Evergreen. 

Acacia  melanoxylon.  Eucalyptus  rudia. 

Acacia  decurrena  var.  dealbata.  Eucalyptus  vimmaha. 


Ficus  macrophylla. 
Olea  europea 
Pmua  radiata. 
Quercua  Suber. 
ochinus  Molle. 
Sequoia  gigantea. 
Sequoia  aempervirens. 
Sterculia  diversifolia. 
Triatama  conferta 
Umbellulana  californica. 


360.  BttOlpytus  raitmte;  »  yrt.  pUnted;  86  ft.  high.    California. 


Arbutus  Meaneau. 
Cmnamomum  Camphora 
Cryptomena  japonica 
Eucalyptus  botryoides 
Eucalyptus  calophylla. 
Eucalyptus  capitellata. 
Eucalyptus  cornuta 
Eucalyptus  diveraicolor 
Eucalyptus  leucoxylon 
Eucalyptus  rostrata. 

7.  Trees  that  have  been  tried  in  California  but  have 
proved  unsatisfactory. 

There  are  many  species  that  have  failed  to  give 
satisfaction  in  some  localities  because  of  pecu- 
liarities of  climate  or  soil;  there  are  some,  also,  that 
have  proved  unsatisfactory  on  account  of  habit;  from 
among  these  may  be  mentioned: 

Acacia  species.  Nearly  all  acacias  stump-sprout 
badly,  so  that  for  temporary  planting  they  should 
be  avoided.  When  planted  in  narrow  parkings,  they 
are  very  likely  to  raise  sidewalks  also,  but  this  can  be 
remedied  by  frequent  root-prunings,  which  they 
stand  admirably. 

Acacia  melanoxylon  is  generally  debarred  from  the 
citrus  belt  as  a  breeder  of  scale:  when  mature  it  is 
said  to  suffer  quickly  from  the  effects  of  drought. 
In  the  moister  climate  of  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  coast,  near  San  Francisco,  however,  it  proves 
entirely  satisfactory. 

Ailanthus  altissima,  has  a  bad  reputation  on 
account  of  its  disagreeable  odor,  but  as  this  is  found 
only  in  the  etaminate  trees,  it  can  be  avoided  by 
planting  none  but  the  pistillate  (fruit-bearing)  trees. 

Cratxgus  species.  Of  all  these  species,  C.  Oxyacantha 
ia  perhaps  the  one  most  commonly  used,  and  through 
the  Santa  Clara  Valley  »nd  Bay  regions  is  disfigured, 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBUTUS 


in  most  cases,  by  sooty  mold  fungus,  resulting  from 
scale  infestations.  This  can  of  course  be  remedied,  but, 
in  the  average  case,  at  considerable  more  expense  than 
would  be  warranted. 

Eucalyptus  corynocalyx  becomes  straggling  and 
unsightly  with  age. 

Eucalyptus  globulua  and,  in  fact,  almost  all  species  of 
the  genus,  are  frequently  debarred  by  town  ordinance 
from  growth  within  60  or  even  70  feet  of  a  sewer,  on 
account  of  the  remarkable  length  and  penetrating 
power  of  their  roots. 

Eucalyptus  robusta,  a  species  which  is  exceedingly 
handsome  as  a  young  tree,  has  been  extensively 
planted  along  roadsides  and  streets  in  the  warmer  parts 
of  the  state  When  mature,  it  becomes  straggling 
and  exceedingly  brittle,  breaking  up  hi  an  unsightly 
way. 

Eucalyptus  rudis.  This  species  has  a  pendent  habit 
when  older  that  often  causes  a  severe  splitting  of  the 
crown.  As  the  trees  are  very  picturesque,  they  are 
often  desirable,  provided  reasonable  attention  can  be 
given  to  prevent  this. 

Ficus  macrophylla  is  injurious  to  sidewalks. 

Gr&nllea  robusta  has  bnttle  wood  and  is  usually  much 
broken  in  heavy  winds,  but  can  be  used  with  satis- 
faction if  kept  well  cut  back. 

Melia  Azedarach  var.  umbraculiformis  is  unsatis- 
factory hi  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  coast;  as  a 
sidewalk  tree  it  is  exceedingly  untidy  when  losing 
leaves,  and  is  also  very  much  subject  to  scale  insects. 

Paulownia  tomentosa  is  sometimes  objected  to  on 
account  of  the  somewhat  untidy  appearance  of  the 
persistent  seed-pods,  which  require  no  little  labor  if  all 
are  to  be  removed  after  flowering. 

Phoenix  dactylifera  and  P.  rechnata  both  sucker 
objectionably. 

Populus  alba,  Robinia  Pseudacacia  and  Ulmus  race- 
mosa  are  exceedingly  troublesome  when  used  as  side- 
walk trees  on  narrow  streets;  their  surface  roots  often 
break  the  cement  or  asphalt  sidewalks,  and  the  suckers 
come  up  m  the  midst  of  lawns  several  yards  away  from 
the  parent  tree. 

Schinus  Molle  should  be  avoided  in  the  citrous  belt, 
as  it  is  found  to  harbor  and  become  a  nursery  for  scale 
insects.  As  a  street  tree  it  is  also  unsatisfactory,  becom- 
ing too  large  and  straggling,  and  requires  too  much 
pruning  to  keep  it  within  bounds;  its  large  surface 
roots  often  break  cement  and  asphalt  sidewalks. 

The  species  of  Pho3mx  and  Jubsea  should  be  avoided 
on  account  of  their  low,  wide-spreading  habit,  except 
for  avenues  and  boulevards  where  there  is  no  sidewalk 
or  where  there  is  from  20  to  30  feet  space  between  side- 
walk and  driveway. 

8.  Trees  for  alkali  soils. 

There  are  many  places  in  those  parts  of  the  state  that 
enjoy  a  high  temperature  and  low  rainfall,  where  the 
percentage  of  alkali  salts  in  the  soil  is  too  great  for  the 
cultivation  of  most  of  our  ornamental  trees,  and  where 
it  ia  very  important  that  some  shade-producing  species 
be  grown. 

A.  Tolerant  of  strong  "black"  alkali  (sodium  carbonate}. 

The  most  alkali-tolerant  tree  of  those  yet  tested  is 

Koelreuteria  paniculata,  a  small  species  15  to  30  feet  high, 

with  feathery,  pinnate  leaves  and  ornamental  yellow 


AA.  Tolerant  of  medium  alkali  (chiefly  "white"  alkali). 

Eucalyptus  rostrata  (Fig.  360). 
Eucalyptus     sideroxlyon     var. 


Acacia  molanoxyton. 
Atlanthua  altiasima. 
Albi»U  lophantha. 
Casuarxna  equisetifoli*. 
Eucalyptus  ^amygdalma     var. 


Phoenix  dactylifera. 
Platanua  oriental!*. 


anguatifolia  (apparently  the       Populus  FremontiL 
least  sensitive    of    the  eu-      Quercus  lobata. 
calyptus).  Robinia  Peeudacacia. 


,  the 


AAA.  Only  fairly  tolerant. 

Acer  maorophyllum.  Oleditsia  tnacanthos. 

Acer  Negundo  var.  oalifornicum       Ulmus  species. 
Cinnamomum  Camphora.  Washingtoma  fihfera. 

AAAA.  Tested  and  found  unsuitable. 

Most  of  those  trees  of  the  humid  regions,  e.g., 

eastern  states  and  northern  Europe,  which  have  1 

tried  on  alkali  soils,  have  been  found  to  suffer  and  to 
remain  dwarf  and  stunted.  This  is  particularly  true 
of  Linodendron  Tulipifera,  Quercus  pedunculala  and 
species  of  Tilia. 

Since  writing  the  above,  the  following  additional 
information  on  the  Alkali  tolerance  of  ornamental  trees 
has  been  secured  through  the  investigations  of  R.  H. 
Loughridge  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  at 
Berkeley,  and  has  been  placed  at  our  disposal. 

Total  amount  of  salts  found  in  the  upper  4  feet  of 
soil  in  which  the  following  trees  were  growing,  expressed 
in  tons  per  acre: 

Tons  per  acre  in  depth  of  4  feet. 

Koelreuteria  paniculata     . .     .          32 

Platanus  onentaiis  21 M 

Eucalyptus  amygdahna  20 

Eucalyptus  angustt folia  20 

Washingtoma  (species  not  stated) 7H 

Phoenix  dactylifera 5 

Cinnamomum  Camphora .  .      . .  3  Ji 

Jos   BURTT  DAVY. 

B.   Y.    MORRISON.t 

:  Thuja. 


ARBOR  VITAE: 

ARBUTUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Encacese.  Omar 
mental  woody  plants  grown  for  their  handsome  ever- 
green foliage  and  for  their  attractive  flowers  and  fruits. 

Trees  or  shrubs  with  the  bark  of  the  branches  and 
younger  sts.  smooth,  and  usually  red,  exfoliating*  Ivs. 
alternate,  petioled,  serrate  or  entire:  fls.  monopetalous, 
globular  or  urn-shaped,  5-toothcd,  stamens  10,  included; 
anthers  with  a  pair  of  reflexed  awns,  the  cells  opening  by 
a  terminal  pore,  ovary  5-,  rarely  4-celled,  cells  with 
many  ovules:  fr.  a  globose,  many-seeded,  berry-like 
drupe  with  mealy  flesh,  mostly  granulose  outside. — 
Twelve  species  in  W.  N.  and  Cent  Amer.,  S.  and  W. 
Eu  ,  Asia  Minor,  N  Afr .  and  Canary  Isls 

The  stems  and  branches  are  conspicuous  by  their 
red  hmooth  bark  peeling  off  in  large  thin  plates,  Che 
evergreen  foliage,  rather  large  and  usually  lustrous 
flowers,  white  to  red,  in  terminal  panicles  followed  by 
attractive  red  fruits.  They  are  of  great  decorative 
value  for  parks  and  gardens  in  warm-temperate-re- 
gions; especially  beautiful  when  adorned  with  the 
clusters  of  white  flowers  or  bright  red  berries. 

Arbutuses  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  hi  some- 
what sheltered  positions  not  exposed  to  dry  winds. 
They  are  very  handsome  greenhouse  shrubs,  thriving  well 
in  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  leaf  soil  or  light  loam. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in  early  spring  or  in 
fall,  or  by  cuttings  from  half-ripened  wood  in  fall, 
placed  in  sandy  peat  soil  under  glass;  they  root  but 
slowly.  Increased  also  by  budding  or  grafting,  usually 
veneer-grafting,  if  seedlings  of  one  of  the  species  can 
be  had  for  stock.  Layers  usually  take  two  years  to  root. 

A.  Panicles  short,  nodding:  Ivs.  usually  serrate. 
Unddo,  Linn.  STRAWBERRY  TREE.  From  &-15  ft.: 
Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  2-3  in.  long, 
glabrous,  green  beneath:  fls.  white  or  red,  ovate:  fr. 
scarlet,  warty.  $^in.  broad.  Sept.-Dec.  S.  Eu  .  Ireland. 
L.B.C.  2:123.  R.B.  31:36.  G.C.  III.  14:329.  Var. 
integSrrima,  Sims.  Lvs.  entire.  B.M  2319.  Var. 
rubra,  Ait.,  and  var.  Croomti,  Hort.,  have  red  fls.  Gn. 
26,  p.  506;  33,  p.  320.  F.S.R.  2,  p.  375.— Very  beauti- 
ful in  autumn  when  the  tree  bears  its  large  scarlet  fas. 
and  at  the  same  time  its  white  or  rosy  fls.  Roots  and 
Ivs.  astringent. 

AA.  Panicles  erect:  Ivs.  usually  entire. 
Menziesii,  Pursh  (A.  prodera,  Douglas).  MADRON  A. 
Fig.  361.   Occasionally  100  ft.  high;  trunk  with  dark 


384 


ARBUTUS 


ARCHONTOPHOENIX 


reddish  brown  bark:  Ivs.  rounded  or  slightly  cordate  at 
the  base,  oval  or  oblong,  3-4  in.  long,  glabrous,  glaucous 
beneath:  fls.  white,  in  /HMn.-long  panicles:  fr.  bright 
orange-red,  £iin.  long.  Spring.  W.  N .  Amer.  B.R.  21 : 
1763.  8.8.5:231.  P.M.2:147.  G.F. 3:515;  5:151.  Mn, 


361.  Arbutus  MenziesU.   (xH) 


3:85.  B.M.  8249.  R.H.  1893,  pp.  149, 150— The  hardi- 
est and  probably  the  handsomest  species  of  the  genus; 
it  stands  many  degrees  of  frost.  Fig.  361  is  adapted 
from  Pacific  Railroad  Rept. 

ariz6nica,  Sarg.  (A.  xalaptnsis  var.  ari*6nica,  Gray). 
Fig.  362  Tree,  40-50  ft.:  trunk  with  light  gray  or 
nearly  white  bark:  Ivs  usually  cuneate  at  the  base, 
oblong-lanceolate,  1H~3  in.  long,  glabrous,  pale  be- 
neath: fls.  white,  in  loose,  broad  panicles  2-3  in.  long: 
fr.  globose  or  oblong,  dark  orange-red.  Spring.  Ariz. 
G.f.  4:318  (adapted  m  Fig.  362).  S.S.  5:233.— The 
contrast  between  the  white  bark  of  the  trunk,  the 
red  branches,  and  the  pale  green  foliage  makes 
a  very  pleasant  effect:  fr.  and  fls.  are  also  very 
decorative. 

A.  Andrdchne,  Linn.  From  10-30  ft  Iva  oval-oblong,  usually 
entire,  yellowish  green  beneath  fls,  yellowish  white  fr  bright  red. 
Greece,  Orient  B  M  2024.  B.R.  2.113  G  C.  III.  4  724  R.H. 
1911,  p.  307  (habit)  —A.  andrachnmdet,  Link  (A.  Andrachne  X 
Unedo.  A. hybrids,  Her  A.  eerratifoha,  Lodd.  A.  Millen,  Hort. 
A.  photinisefoha,  Hort.).  Lvs.  serrate,  panicles  drooping;  fla. 
white.  BR8619.  L  B.C.  6.580.  Q.C.  II.  9-211.  P.  1879,  p.  50. 
~A.  canari6nsi8,  Lindl.  Height  10-30  ft.  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
serrate,  glaucous  beneath  panicles  erect,  fla  greenish  white. 
Canary  Isls  B  M  1577  —A  densiAdra,  HBK.  Height  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
oblong  or  ovate,  serrate,  downy  beneath,  fls  white.  Mex — A 
htibnda,  Ker—A  arachnoides. — A  lawifMia,  Hook.=A.  Men- 
•iwU.— A.launfdlva,  Lindl  =A. xalapensis.— A  M tllert,  Hort.— A. 
andraohnoides.— A.  mdUis.  HBK.  Shrub  or  small  tree-  Ivs  oblong, 
serrate,  pubenrent  beneath:  fla.  white,  often  tinged  greenish  red. 
Mex.  B.M.  4595 —A.  ptldta,  Grah.— Pernettya  pilosa.— A. 
proctra,  Douglas«A  Menziesii.— A.  aerrati/dlia.Lodd.,  not  Salisb. 
—A.  andraohnoides.— A.  Ux&na,  Buckl  =A  xalapensis. — A  tomen- 
tdM.  Pureh—Arctostaphylos  tomentosa.— A.  Uva-tr*i,  Linn.— 
Arofostaphyloa  UvaAirsi.— A.  xalapfnns,  HBK.  (A.  launfolia, 
Lindl,).  Height  10-20  ft  :  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or 
crenatelv  serrate,  glabrous  or  downy  beneath:  fls.  reddish;  corolla 
abruptly  contracted  above  the  middle.  Mex.,  Texas.  8  8.  6:232. 

B'R'26:67>  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARBUTUS,  TRAILING:  Epigxa  repent. 

ARCHANGfiLICA  (Greek,  chief  angel,  from  fancied 
medicinal  virtues).  Umbelltferse.  GARDEN  ANGELICA. 
A  genus  of  16-20  species  of  strong-smelling  coarse  herbs 
closely  allied  to  Angelica,  but  differing  in  highly 
technical  characters  associated  with  the  oil-tubes 
in  the  fruit. 

offlcinills,  Hoffm.  A  European  and  Asian  biennial 
or  perennial,  known  also  as  Angelica  Archawetica; 


stout  herb,  with  ternately  decompound  Ivs.  and  large 
umbels  of  small  fls.— -The  sts.  and  ribs  of  the  Ivs. 
were  once  blanched  and  eaten,  after  the  manner  of 
celery,  and  they  are  still  used  in  making  of  sweet- 
meats. Little  known  in  this  country,  although  it 
is  offered  by  American  dealers.  Its  chief  value 
to  us  is  its  large  foliage.  Seeds  may  be  sown 
in  the  fall  as  soon  as  ripe,  or  the  following 
spring.  They  are  slow  to  germinate.  Root 
used  for  its  aromatic  and  carminative  prop- 
erties. 

ARCHONTOPH&NIX  (Greek,  majestic  phc* 
nix).  Palm&cese,  tnbe  Arkcex.  Showy  and  ele- 
gant palms,  completely  spineless,  ana  with  tall 
stout  trunks,  which  are  conspicuously  ringed  by 
the  annular  scars  of  the  fallen  leaves. 

Leaves  divaricate,  terminal,  forming  a  larg« 
crown  pinnately  divided,  the  segms.  entire  or  toothed; 
in  very  young  specimens  the  Ivs  are  undivided  or 
simply  bipartite;  midrib  prominent,  the  nerves  more 
slender;  rachis  keeled  above,  convex  beneath,  the 
petiole  slightly  tomentose,  and  channeled  above: 
infl.  appearing  much  below  the  Ivs.,  consisting  of 
2  long,  flattened,  ultimately  pendent  and  deciduous 
spathes,  inclosing  the  short  -peduncled  and  much- 
branched,  pedulous  spadices:  fls.  monoecious,  sessile 
on  the  branches  of  the  spadix;  in  male  fls.  the 
8  perianth  segms.  are  unique  in  the  family;  female 
fls.  with  3  perianth  segms.,  sometimes  more:  fr. 
a  drupe,  globose  or  elliptic-globose,  containing  a 
single  fibrous  seed. — There  are  about  10  species,  all 
natives  of  the  Australian  or  Malayan  region.  G.C.II. 
22.427. 

As  Seqforthia  elegans,  the  second  species  is  well  known 
to  all  florists  and  decorators  as  one  of  the  most  graceful 
and  stately  palms  in  cultivation  Both  species  have 
become^very  popular  in  California  for  outdoor  culti- 
vation (see  G.  C.  III.  27*  109),  where  the  second  species 
fruits,  seeds  and  germinates  readily. 


362.  ArbutM  uizonica. 


In  the  North,  they  are  grown  in  a  temperate  house, 
in  a  rich  soil  containing  a  good  percentage  of  fibrous 
material  and  sand  mixed  with  an  equal  part  of  rich 
loam.  They  require  plenty  of  water. 


ARCHONTOPHCENIX 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  sprout  readily  in  pans 
or  boxes  if  placed  in  a  warm  moist  house. 

A.  Lf. -segms  whitish  underneath. 
Alexandras,  H.  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Ptychosp  rma  Alex- 
andra, F.  Muell.).  Trunk  TOySO  ft.:  Ivs.  several  ft. 
long:  rachis  very  broad  and  thick,  glabrous  or  slightly 
scurfy;  segms.  numerous,  the  longer  ones  1  ^  ft  long, 
H-l  m.  broad,  acuminate  and  entire  or  slightly  notched, 
green  above,  ashy  glaucous  beneath:  inn.  about  1  ft. 
long,  the  fls.  greenish  yellow:  fr.  ovoid-globular. 
Queensland.  F.S.  18 : 1916.7-Seldom  ripening  fr.  on 
plants  cult,  outdoors  in  Calif,  and  rather  tender  when 
young 

AA.  Lf. -segms.  green  on  both  sides. 
Cunningham!!.  H.  Wendl  &  Drude  (Ptychosperma 
Cunninghamii,  H.  Wendl.  JP.  elegans,  Blume.  Seaforthia 
tleqans,  Hook.).  Trunk  and  general  habit  like  the  pre- 
ceding, but  the  segms.  acuminate  and  entire  or  scarcely 
notched:  fls  shell-pink,  followed  by  globular  berry-like 
drupes.  Queensland  and  New  S.  Wales.  B  M.  4961, 
7345.  the  first  as  Seaforthia  elegans,  the  second  as 
Ptychosperma  elegans. — Hardier  than  the  preceding, 
and  fruiting  freely  in  outdoor  specimens  in  Calif . 

N.  TAYLOR.* 

ARCTIUM  (from  Greek  word  for  bear,  probt*oly 
alluding  to  the  shaggy  bur).  Compdsitae.  BURDOCK.  A 
few  coarse  perennials  or  biennials  of  Temp  Eu.  and 
Asia,  some  of  them  widely  distributed  as  weeds.  Invo- 
lucre globular  and  large,  with  hooked  bristles,  becoming 
a  bur:  receptacle  densely  setose:  pappus  deciduous,  01 
short  serrulate  scales:  Ivs.  alternate,  large  and  soft, 
whitish  beneath:  plant  not  prickly:  fls.  pinkish  or 
purplish  in  summer. 

Lappa.  Linn  (Ldppa  major,  Gaertn.)  COMMON  BUR- 
DOCK. The  burdock  is  a  common  and  despised  weed  in 
this  country,  although  it  is  capable  of  making  an  ex- 
cellent foliage  mass  and  screen.  In  Japan  it  is  much 
cult,  for  its  root,  which  has  been  greatly  thickened  and 
ameliorated,  affording  a  popular  vegetable.  It  is  there 
known  as  gobo  (see  Georgeson,  A.  G.  13,  p.  210). 
Roots  collected  from  plants  of  the  first  year's  growth 
are  used  as  an  alterative  in  blood  and  skin  diseases. 
The  seeds  and  fresh  Ivs.  are  used  medicinally  to  a 
limited  extent.  A.  minus, 
Schk.,  a  European  weed, 
widely  naturalized  in  E. 
N.  Amer.  is  apt  to 
be  confused  with  A. 
Lappa.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

ARCTOSTAPHYLOS 

(Greek,  bear  and  grape). 
Ericaceae.  MANZ  ANITA. 
Ornamental  shrubs 
grown  for  their  evei  green 
foliage  and  also  for  their 
attractive  flowers  and 
fruits. 

Shrubs  or  rarely  small 
trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  en- 
tire, evergreen:  fls.  small 
in  terminal  often  pam- 
cled  racemes;  calyx  4-5- 
parted,  persistent;  corolla 
urceolate,  4-5 -toothed; 
stamens  8  or  10,  included : 
anthers  with  a  pan  of 
awns,  the  cells  opening 
with  a  pore;  ovary  4-10- 
celled,  1  ovule  in  each 
cell:  fr.  a  red,  usually 
smooth  mealy  berry  or 

M3.  Arcto«taphylo«  UTt-unt.         rather  drupe  with  4-10 
tXH)  coherent   nutlets. — 

25 


ARCTOSTAPHYLOS 


385 


About  20  species  in  N.  and  Cent.  Amer.,  1  species  also 
in  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Asia.  Includes  Comarostaphylis. 

They  are  handsome  evergreen  shrubs,  though  gen- 
erally with  less  conspicuous  flowers  and  fruits  than  those 
of  the  allied  genus  Arbutus.  Some  Central  American 
species,  however,  as  A.  arbutoides,  A.  arguta  and 
A.  polifolia  are  beautiful  in  flower,  and  well  worth  a 


364.  ManzaniU.— Arctostaphylos  numzanita.    (XH) 


place  in  the  greenhouse  or  in  the  garden  in  temperate 
regions;  of  the  American  species,  A  Pnnglei,  A.  viscida 
and  A.  bicolor  are  some  of  the  handsomest.  Only  the 
trailing  species  are  hardy  North.  For  culture,  see 
Arbutus. 


bicolor,  9, 
cnhfornica,  2. 
divereifolia,  10. 
glauca,  5. 


INDEX. 

mansanita,  4. 
nevadensis,  2. 
Pnnglei,  8 
pungens,  3,  4. 


tomentosa,  7. 
Uva-urei,  1. 
viscida,  6. 


A.  Trailing  or  creeping    Ivs.  %-l  14  in.  long:  fls.  in 
short  and  rather  few-fid,  dusters. 

1.  Uva-ursi,Spreng.(^Cr6tt(i«  tfm-iiro,Linn.).  BEAR- 
BERRY.    Fig.  363.   Lvs.  obovate-ojblong,  tapering  into 
the  petiole,  retuse  or  obtuse  at  the  apex:  fls.  small,  about 
)4in.  long,  white  tinged  with  red.  Northern  hemisphere, 
in  N.  Amer.  south  to  Mex.    Em.  2:431.    Gn.  14:68 
(habit). — Hardy  trailing  evergreen  shrub,  like  the  fol- 
lowing valuable  for  covering  rocky  slopes  and  sandy 
banks.   Cuttings  from  mature  wood  taken  late  in  sum- 
mer root  readily  under  glass.    Lvs  are  employed  in 
medicine  chiefly  for  their  action  on  the  kidneys  and 
bladder. 

2.  nevadgnsis,  Gray  (A.  calif  arnica,  Hort.).  Lvs.  ob- 
ovate  or  obovate-lanceolate,  abruptly  petioled,  acute  or 
mucronate  at  the  apex:  fls.  in  short-stalked  clusters, 
white  or  tinged  with  red.    Calif.,  in  the  higher  mts. 
G.W.  13:326  (habit). 

AA.  Erect  shrubs:  Ivs.  usually  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  mostly 

many-fld.  panicled  racemes. 

B.  Lvs.  glabrous,  rarely  minutely  pubescent. 

c.  Pedicels  glabrous. 

3.  pungens,  HBK.  From  3-10  ft. :  glabrous  or  min- 
utely pubescent:  Ivs.  slender-petioled,  oblong-lanceo- 
late or  oblong-elliptic,  acute,  entire,  green  or  glauces- 
cent:  fls.  in  short,  umbel-like  clusters:  fr.   glabrous, 
about   ^in.  broad.    Mex,  Low.  Calif.    B.R.  30:17. 
B.M.  3927. 

4.  manzanfta,  Parry  (A.  pungens,  Authors).  Fig.  364. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  30  ft  .  Ivs.  ovate,  usually  obtuse 
and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  glabrous,  dull  green:  fls. 
in  prolonged  panicled  racemes:  fr.  glabrous,  K~V£in. 
broad.    W.  N.  Amer,  from  Ore.  south.    G.F.4:571. 
G.C.  III.  44:163.  B.M  8128. 

cc.  Pedicels  glandular. 

5.  glauca,  Lindl    From  8-25  ft. .  Ivs.  oblong  or  orbic- 
ular, obtuse  and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  gfauceaoent 
or  pale  green:  fls.  in  prolonged  panicled  racemes;  pedi- 


386 


ARCTOSTAPHYLOS 


oela  glandular:  fr.  minutely  glandular.   Calif.— Intro. 
1891.   Lvs.  used  medicinally  like  those  of  A.  Uva-ursi. 

6.  vfocida,  Parry.  From  6-15  ft. :  Ivs.  broad-ovate  or 
elliptic,  abruptly  mucronulate,  acute  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  glaucous:  fls.  in  slender  and  spreading,  panicled 
racemes; pedicels  viscid;  corolla  light  pink:  fr.  depressed, 
about  J^in.  broad,  smooth.   Ore.  to  Calif. 

BB.  Lvs.  more  or  less  pubescent. 

c.  Branchlets  usually  'bristly -hairy:  Ivs.  dull  grayish  or 
bluish  green  above. 

7.  tomentdsa,  Douglas.  From 2-6 ft.:  Ivs. oblong-lan- 
ceolate or  ovate,  acute,  sometimes  serrulate,  pubescent 
beneath,  pale  green:  fls.  in  rather  dense  and  short, 
usually  panicled  racemes;  pedicels  short:  fr.  puberulous, 
glabrous  at  length.  W.N.Amer.  B.R.  21 : 1791.  B.M. 
3320. — The  hardiest  of  the  erect  species. 


365.  Arctotis  grandia.  (XM) 


8.  Prfnzlei,  Parry.  Shrub:  Ivs.  broad-ovate  or  ellip- 
tic, usually  abruptly  mucronulate,  pubescent,  some- 
times glabrous  at  length,  glaucous:  panicled  racemes 
peduncled,  usually  leafy  at  the  base,  many-fld.;  slen- 
der pedicels  and  calyx  glandular-pubescent:  fr.  glan- 
dular hispid.  Calif.,  Ariz. 

cc.  Branchlets  tomentose:  Ivs.  bright  green  and 
lustrous  above. 

9.  tricolor.  Gray.  From  3-4  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-oval,  acute 
at  both  ends,  entire  and  revolute  at  the  margin,  gla- 
brous and  bright  green  above,  white-tomentose  oe- 
neath:  fie.  in  nodding,  rather  dense  racemes;  pedicels 
and  calyx  tomentose;  corolla  lA\n.  long,  rose-colored: 
fr.  smooth.  Calif. 

10.  diversifdlia,  Parry  (Comarostdphylis  diversifblia, 
Greene).  Shrub,  5-15  ft. :  Ivs.  elliptic  or  ovate  to  oblong, 
1-2H  un.  long,  acute,  cuneate  at  the  base,  spinulose- 
dentate,  often  revolute  at  the  margin,  grayish  pubes- 
cent or  tomentow  beneath:  racemes  terminal,  usually 

in.  long,  tomentose;  pedicels  slender; 


A  Giimbletomi,  Hook.  f.  Ray  fls  deep  orange-red 
land,  8.  Afr.   B.M.  7796 


ARDISIA 

corolla  ^in.  long,  light  pink:  fr.  ovoid,  Hin.  long, 
scarlet.  Low.  Cam.  May,  June:  fr.  in  Aug.,  Sept.  Mn. 
5:231. 

A.  olpina,  Spreng.=»Arctous  alpina — A.  arbutoides,  Hems). 
Five  to  6  ft.:  ivs.  lanceolate,  oblong,  ferrugineously  pubescent 

Zuco.  (A.  nitida,  Benth'.).  Five  to  6  ft.'  TVS.  oblong-lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, glaucous  and  glabrous:  panicles  loose,  erect.  3.  Mex.  B.R 
31:32.  B  M.  3904  (as  A  nitida)  —A.  calif  Arnica,  Hort  —A  neva- 
densis.— A.  nitida,  Benth.—A.  arguta  —A.  polifdha,  HBK  Height 
1-3  ft.:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  glaucous  and  puberulous  beneath:  fls. 
red,  in  loose,  erect  racemes,  ftex  ALPRED  REHDBR> 

ARCT6TIS  (Greek  for  bear's  ear,  alluding  to  the 
achene).  Compdsitx.  Herbs  with  long-peduncled  heads 
and  more  or  less  white-woolly  herbage,  of  30  or  more 
African  species:  achenes  grooved,  with  scale-like  pappus: 
involucre  with  numerous  imbricated  scales:  receptacle 
bristly  — Two  species,  both  treated  as  annuals,  are  sold 
in  this  country.  Cultivation  simple. 

breviscapa,  Thunb.  (A.  leptorhlza  var.  breviscapa, 
DC.).  Stemlessornearlyso(6m  high),  half-hardy,  read- 
ily prop  from  seeds,  and  to  be  grown  in  a  warm,  sunny 
place:  Ivs.  usually  longer  than  the  scape,  incised-den- 
tate:  scape  hirsute,  bearing  one  large  fl.  with  dark 
center  and  orange  rays. 

grandis,  Thunb.  Fig.  365.  A  beautiful  annual,  form- 
ing a  bushy  clump  2-2 %  ft  high:  Ivs  much  shorter 
than  the  scape,  repand  dentate:  fls  2M-3  in  diam , 
white  or  white  and  pale  violet. — May  be  tne  same  as  A. 
stoschadifolia,  Berger. 

Namaqua- 

N.  TAYLOR. f 

ARCT6US  (Greek,  boreal,  referring  to  its  distribu- 
tion). Syn.  Mairama.  Encacess  Ornamental  flat 
shrub,  rarely  cultivated  in  rockeries  for  its  bright 
green  Jfohage  and  scarlet  or  black  fruits  in  autumn. 

Prostrate  glabrous  shrub:  Ivs.  alternate,  serrate, 
deciduous:  fls.  in  small  terminal  racemes;  calyx  4-5- 
parted;  corolla  urceolate  with  4-5-toothed  recurved 
limb;  stamens  8-10,  included;  anthers  with  a  pair  of 
short  awns,  cells  opening  with  a  pore;  ovary  4-5- 
celled:  fr.  a  globose  juicy  drupe  with  4-5  separate 
nutlets.— One  circumpolar  species. 

This  is  a  plant  lying  flat  on  the  ground,  with 
shreddy  bark,  thin  deciduous  leaves  clustered  toward 
the  end  of  the  branches,  small  white  flowers  appearing 
before  or  with  the  leaves,  followed  by  lustrous,  black 
or  red  fruits.  Adapted  for  rockeries  where  it  will  prob- 
ably succeed  best  in  peaty  soil  and  in  a  half-shady  posi- 
tion. Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  cuttings. 

alplnus,  Niedenzu  (Ardostdphylos  alpina,  Spreng. 
Mairama  alpina,  Desv.).  Lvs.  obovate  or  oblanceolate, 
narrowed  into  the  short  petiole,  1A~\1A  in.  long,  reticu- 
late, serrate:  fls.  2-4,  Hin.  long,  white  tinged  pinkish 
or  greenish:  fr.  ^in.  across,  globose,  bluish  black.  N. 
Amer.N  Eu  ,  and  N.  Asia.  S.EB.  6:880.  B.B.  2:573. 
M.D.G.  25:138  (habit).  Var.  rUber,  Rehd.  &  Wilson. 
Fr.  bright  red,  not  changing  to  .black.  Rocky  Mts.,  W. 
China.— This  variety  is  handsomer  than  the  type  on 
account  of  the  bright  color  of  the  fr. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARDlSIA  (pointed,  alluding  to  the  stamens  or 
corolla-lobes).  Including  Icacorea.  Myrsinaceae.  Trees 
and  shrubs,  some  of  which  are  grown  in  their  ;uvemle 
state  as  pot  subjects,  or  as  outdoor  specimens  in  warm 
climates. 

Flowers  white  or  rose,  usually  in  cymes,  with  5- 
parted  (sometimes  4-  or  6-parted)  rotate  corolla,  5 
stamens  attached  to  the  throat  of  the  corolla,  with  very 
large  anthers  and  a  1-seeded  drupe  the  size  of  a  pea. 
Ivs.  entire,  dentate  or  crenate,  thick  and  evergreen.— 
Probably  more  than  200  species  in  the  tropical  and 
subtropical  parts  of  both  hemispheres,  one  of  which 
(A.  crenulota)  is  a  popular  berry-bearing  conservatory 


ARDISIA 


ARECA 


387 


rod  table  plant,  and  a  half-dozen  others  of  which  are 
sometimes  seen  in  collections. 

Ardisia  crenulata  is  in  great  demand  as  a  Christmas 
plant.  The  other  species  are  seldom  seen  in  this  coun- 
try. They  are  nearly  always  propagated  from  seed,  but 
a  plant  can  be  secured  more  quickly,  and  better,  from 
a  cutting.  When  plants  are  over  three  years  old,  they 
often  lose  their  foliage  and  become  "leggy."  Good 
plants  can  be  obtained  from  the  bushy  tops  by  girdling 
them  near  the  branches,  and  covering  the  pieces  from 
which  the  bark  has  been  removed  with  wet  moss;  the 
moss  will  be  well  filled  with  root  in  about  six  weeks, 
when  the  tops  may  be  taken  off  and  potted,  keeping 
them  in  a  tight  case  until  they  grip  the  soil.  These 
plants,  from  which  the  tops  have  been  removed,  are 
excellent  material  from  which  to  obtain  cuttings,  and 
they  will  break  quite  readily  if  placed  in  a  close,  warm 
atmosphere,  about  65°.  Cuttings  should  be  taken  from 
young  shoots  of  half-matured  wood,  and  placed  in  a 
cutting-bed  with  a  top  and  bottom  temperature  of  70°. 
If  these  conditions  are  followed  they  will  root  in  a 
month,  after  which  they  may  be  transferred 
to  small  pots.  Loam,  peat  and  sand  in  equal 
parts  is  the  best  potting  material.  As  the 
plant  increases  in  size  and  vigor,  decomposed 
manure  should  be  added  to  the  mixture, 
about  a  fourth  part  of  manure  being  sufficient. 
A  night  temperature  of  65°  should  be  main- 
tained for  securing  the  best  results. — The 
advantage  of  the  cutting  over  the  seedling  will  be 
apparent,  the  cutting  branching  near  the  pot,  whereas 
the  seedling  will  grow  a  few  inches  of  stem  first.  Care 
should  be  exercised  in  selecting  the  plants  from  which 
to  propagate,  since  those  grown  from  seed  will  vary 
somewhat  in  the  size  and  number  of  berries  they  pro- 
duce, and  only  the  best  should  be  selected  as  stock 
plants  As  soon  as  the  plants  show  signs  of  flowering, 
they  should  be  given  more  air,  and  wetting  overhead 
should  be  avoided  until  the  berries  are  set.  They  should 
at  all  times  be  kept  in  a  light  position  near  the  glass; 
during  the  summer  months,  however,  they  should  be 
shaded  with  cheese-cloth  on  bright  sunny  days.  About 
the  1st  of  October,  the  berries  will  be  well  developed 
and  should  be  given  plenty  of  sunshine  to  color  them 
well  The  temperature  may  be  lowered  to  ,50°  or  55°, 
as  growth  is  not  wanted  at  this  season.  Waterings  with 
soot- water  will  be  beneficial,  a  handful  to  an  ordinary 
watering-pot  This  produces  a  fine  color  on  the  leaves 
and  berries. — The  large  brown  scale  is  the  greatest 
enemy  of  this  plant;  and  the  best  means  to  keep  this 
in  check  is  to  fumigate  with  cyanide  of  potassium. 
Several  fumigations  will  effect  a  cure.  The  temperature 
of  the  house  should  never  be  over  60°  when  fumigated. 
(Geo.  F.  Stewart.) 

A.  Fls.  red  or  rose-colored. 

crenulata,  Lodd  (A  crenata,  Sims.  A.  crispa,  Hort.). 
Fig  366  As  cult.,  a  compact  and  neat  shrub,  with 
lance-oblong,  wavy-margined,  alternate  Ivs.  and  droop- 
ing clusters  of  small  coral-red,  long-lasting,  handsome 
frs.  fls.  in  terminal  panicles,  sweet-scented.  Probably 
native  to  E.  Indies  or  China.  B.M.  1950.  L.B.C.  1:2. 
Mn.  1:68.  A.F.  13:558.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  has 
variegated  Ivs. 

humilis,  Vahl.  Lva.  lance-oblong,  shining:  frs.  shin- 
ing black.  India. 

<3liveri,  Mast.  Lvs.  nearly  sessile,  recurved,  oblanceo- 
late  and  acuminate.  6-8  in.  long,  entire:  fls.  pink,  in 
large,  dense  heads,  like  an  ixora,  the  limb  rotate,  Hin. 
across.  Costa  Rica.  G.C.  11.8:681.— Elegant  stove  plant. 

AA.  Fls.  white. 

japonica.  Blume.  Lvs.  short-oblong  or  somewhat 
cuneate,  whorled,  serrate:  fls.  on  red  pedicels  in  droop- 
ing racemes:  berries  white.  Dwarf.  Japan. — Probably 
hardy  in  the  N. 


polycephala,  Wall.  Lvs.  bright  green,  red  or  wine- 
colored  when  young,  opposite:  fr.  black.  E.  Indies. 

AAA.  Fls.  purple  or  black-dotted. 
Pickeringia,  Torr.  &  Gray  (Icacbrea  panicitUOa, 
Sudw.).  MARBLEBERRY.  Glabrous,  to  24  ft.:  Ivs. 
oblanceolate  to  lance-oblong,  entire,  narrowed  to  a 
petiole:  panicle  many-fld.;  corolla-lobes  oval  and  be- 
coming reflexed:  fr.  as  large  as  peas,  black  and  shining. 
E.  Fla.  Intro.  1891. 

A.  umbellMa  is  offered  in  this  country  as  ooming  from  India. 
The  A.  umbelttta.  Baker  (of  the  botanists),  is  a  Madagascar  plant, 
and  it  u  doubtful  whether  it  is  cult  in  this  country.  Species  with 
white  fls.  are  A.  acuminiUa,  Willd  ,  B.M  1678,  A.  capitdta,  Gray 
A.  mamilldta,  Hance.  A.  vunctdta,  Roxbg.,  A  nll6*a,  Wall.  Spe- 
cies with  red  or  reddish  As  are  A  macrocdrpa,  Wall.,  A  pantcu- 
UUa,  Roxbg  ,  B.M.  2364,  A  terrultia,  Swartz,  A.  WdUichii,  DC. 
Recently  described  ardimas  are  A.  gigantiftlia,  Stapf.,  with 
elliptic  Ivs  12-14  m.  long  and  8  m  broad  fls.  small,  rose-colored, 
in  long-stalked  loose  panicle.  S.  China.  A.  Brandnendna,  Linden* 
dwarf,  with  green-shaded  crenulate  Ivs.  Conrftt. 


L  H  B 


366.  Ardisia  crenulata.  ( X  H) 


ARtCA  (said  to  be  latinized  form  of  Malayan  name). 
Palm&cex,  tribe  Arecex.  A  graceful  and  well-known 
group  of  spineless  palms,  the  trunks  solitary  or  forming 
a  ring-like  clump. 

Leaves  at  first  bipartite,  and  only  after  several  years 
forming  the  beautiful  and  gracefully  pinnate  adult  Ivs., 
which  form  large  terminal  clusters;  Ifts.  slender,  lanceo- 
late or  linear,  acuminate;  rachis  3-angled,  convex  on 
the  back,  the  upper  face  and  the  petiole  concave: 
spadix  very  much  branched,  appearing  from  the  lowest 
H.-base,  and  by  the  falling  of  this  ultimately  being 
separated  from  the  If  .-cluster;  spathes  3, 1  inclosing  the 
fls.,  the  other  2  usually  bract-like:  fls.  moncccious,  the 
female  solitary,  surrounded  by  numerous  slender  spikes 
of  male  fls  which  are  fragrant  and  white,  and  much 
smaller  than  the  female:  fr.  ovoid,  orange-colored,  sur- 
rounded by  the  persistent,  coriaceous  perianth. — There 
are  only  about  14  species,  confined  to  the  Asiatic  and 
Australian  tropics,  all  the  30  or  more  species  usually 
credited  to  the  genus  belonging  in  Acanthophoenix, 
Chrysalidocarpus  (A.  lutescens),  Dictyosperma,  Eu- 
torpe,  Hvopnorbe,  Kentia  (Howea),  Oncosperma, 
Phcenicophorum  and  others.  From  Pinanga.  the  most 
closely  related  genus,  Areca  is  distinguished  by  having 
not  more  than  6  stamens  and  by  the  female  fls.  being 
much  larger  than  the  male. 

Areca  is  commercially  a  very  important  genus  on 
account  of  the  betel  nut  (A.  Catechu).  The  fibrous 
spathes  and  the  covenng  of  the  fruit  are  used  in  packing; 
the  seeds  contain  a  dye,  and,  most  important  of  all.  are 
the  source  of  the  masticatory  "betel  nut"  of  the  East 
Medicinally,  their  principal  use  is  for  expelling  tape- 


388 


ARECA 


AREGELIA 


worms.  More  than  seventeen  varieties  of  the  nut  are 
known  in  India  alone,  where  the  trade  in  the  nuts 
(seeds)  exceeds  $30,000,000  yearly.  It  is  also  used 
extensively  for  medicinal  purposes. 

Hie  cultivation  of  arecas  is  not  difficult.  They  must 
be  grown  in  a  tropical  house  with  a  day  temperature 
of  75*  to  85°  and  a 
night  temperature 
of  not  less  than  60°. 
Young  plants  thrive 
in  a  mixture  of 
equal  parts  of  peat 
or  leaf-mold  and 
loam,  while  older 
plants  will  do  best 
in  a  mixture  of 
loam  and  sand, 
equal  parts,  mixed 
with  a  liberal 
amount  of  well-rot- 
>  ted  cow-  or  horse- 
manure.  Water 
freely,  at  least  every 

367.  Areca  Catechu.  other  day.  As  young 

plants,  they    form 

beautiful  decorations  and  when  old  are  perhaps  the 
most  graceful  and  delicately  foliaged  palms  in  culti- 
vation. G.C.II.22:427. 

A  Sts.  solitary  and  exceeding  40ft.  in  adult  trees. 
Catechu,  Linn.  BETEL  NUT.  Fig.  367.  St.  solitary, 
40-100  ft.:  Ivs.  4-6  ft.,  forming  a  large  crown,  but  with 
1  or  2  of  the  lowest  usually  pendulous;  Ifts.  numerous, 
1-2  ft.,  upper  confluent,  quite  glabrous:  spathe,  flat- 
tened ana,  smooth  in  age,  become  fibrous  when  old:  fr. 
lJ^r-2  in.,  ovoid,  smooth,  orange  or  scarlet.    Asia  and 
Malayan  Isls.— Frequent  in  American  tropics. 
AA.  Sts.  usually  numerous,  often  forming  a  ring,  usually 

not  over  Sid  ft. 

B.  Young  growth  red:  Ifts.  appearing  in  bunches  of  3. 
fisemannii,  Hort.  Resembles  a  red-stemmed  chrysa- 
lidocarpus:  young  Ivs.  very  dark  red,  becoming  green: 
fronds  slender,  arching,  with  curving  pinnae:  fls.  and 
fr.  unknown.  Oceanica  (?).  R.H.  1898:261.  (asZ/wo*- 
padix  MichoUziana). 

BB.  Young  growth  green:  Ifts.  not  in  bunches  of  S. 
Alice*.  F.  Muell.  Sts.  several  from  the  same  rhi- 
zome, 9  ft.  or  more  high,  and  slender:  Ivs.  3-6  ft.  long; 
segms.  acuminate,  several  confluent,  especially  at  apex, 
bright  shining  green  on  both  sides:  fls.  paniculate,  the 
panicle  coming  from  between  the  Ivs,  Queensland. 

trfandra,  Roxbg.  Trunk  15-25  ft.  high,  1-2H  in. 
thick,  usually  several  together,  and  frequently  sending 
out  basal  offshoots,  cylindrical:  fronds  4-6  ft.  long; 
segms.  with  6  primary  nerves  about  I  line  apart; 
petiole  about  1  ft.  long:  fls.  as  in  A.  Catechu:  fr.  about 
as  large  as  an  olive,  orange-scarlet.  India. 

A.  dtto,  Bory—Dictyosperma  alba.— A.  fiaOert*.  Hook,  f.— 
Rhoualostylia  Bauen.  B.M.  5785.— A.  ehganthnma,  Hort.  Trade 
'). — A.  /ttr/wrdeao,  Hort.—Dictyo»perma  furfuracea. — A. 
„,»,  Hort.«-=Pinanga  ternatensia  — A.  grdcilit,  Roxbg. «-Pin- 
attoa  graoiUs. — A.  grdcilu,  Thouars— Dypais  pinnatifrona. — A. 
qr&itis,  Giwke— DrymophlcBua  appendiculatua. — A.  grandiffrmi*, 
Harts'—Trade  name(?). — A,  lutltcen*,  Bory.— Chrysalidocarpus 
luteeoen*— A.  majaocucantnps.  Mart.  A  rare  species,  with  small 
trunk  and  few  ITS.  Madagascar.— Dypeio  ma 


dense  head  among  the  inner  Ivs.  of  the  rosette)  which 
are  often  colored,  violet,  blue  or  white.— A  genus  of 
about  25  species,  inhabiting  Guiana  find  Brazil.  The 
species  below  are  sometimes  referred  to  Nidularum. 
For  cult.,  see  Billberffia. 

A.  Length  offl.  l^in.or  leu. 
trfstis,  Mez  (Niduldrium  marmordtum,  Hort.,  not 
Morr.  N.  trlste,  Regel.  Karatas  trlstis,  Baker).  Lvs.6- 
12,  from  tt-12  in.  long  and  half  as  broad  in  the  middle, 
green  dappled  with  brown,  somewhat  scurfy  beneath: 
fl.  purple:  bract-lvs.  narrow-linear:  fr.  oblong,  white. 

AA.  Length  offl.1%  in.  or  more. 

B.  Lvs.  not  barred. 
c.  The  Ivs.  densely  scaly. 

Morreniana,  Mez  (Karatas  Morrentina,  Ant. 
Niduldrium  Aforremdnum,  Makoy).  Lvs.  many  in  a 
dense  rosette,  with  few  very  minute  spines,  not  striped, 
densely  scurfy  beneath:  fls.  many,  dark  purple:  bract- 
lvs.  linear-lanceolate 

cc.  The  Ivs.  free  from  scales  or  nearly  so. 

Carolina*,  Mez  (Niduldrium  Carolina,  Lem.  N. 
Meyendorfii,  Reed.  Karatas  Caro&nx,  Ant.  Guzmania 
ptaa,  Hort.  BiUbergia  Caroline,  Beer.  B.  olens  Hook.). 
Lvs.  several  to  many,  strap-shaped,  rather  thick,  finely 
spiny-toothed,  12  in.  long,  bright  green  on  both  sur- 
faces, the  bract-lvs.  bright  red:  fls.  blue-purple,  in  a 
short  head  nestling  in  the  bright  If  .-cup  B.M.  5502. 
I.H.  7:245. 

prfnceps,  Mez  (Niduldrium  princeps,  Morr.  N. 
spectdbile,  Hort.  Kardtas  princeps,  Baker.  K.  Meyen- 
dorfii,  Ant.  A.  princeps,  Mez.).  Lvs.  15-20,  about 
10-12  in.  long,  broadest  at  the  middle,  firm,  spiny- 
toothed,  lightly  glaucous:  fls.  numerous,  violet-purple, 
sutrounded  by  about  8-10  oval,  bright  red  bract-lvs. 

BB.  Lvs.  conspicuously  barred  on  the  back. 

Bindtii,  Mez  (Niduldrium  Bindtii,  Regel.  N,  Male- 
oydnumt  Regel.  Kardtas  Bindtii,  Ant.).  Lvs.  15-20, 
strong-spiny,  scurfy  and  transversely  banded  on  the 
back,  the  inner  ones  similar  in  color:  fls.  many,  white. 
—Not  to  be  confounded  with  Bromelia  Binotii. 

spectibilis,  Mez  (Kardtas  spectdbtiis.  Ant  Niduld- 
rium  spectdbile,  Moore.  N.  eximmum,  Hort.).  Fig.  368. 
Lvs.  10-15  in.  long,  about  \Yi  in.  broad,  serrulate, 
barred  on  the  back,  the  apex  rounded,  apiculate,  with 
a  red  apical  spot:  fls.  milky,  pale  blue  at  the  apex. 
Brazil.  B.M.  6024.  GEORGE  V.  NASH.! 


„..  B.M.  3874  («u  Euterpe).— A.  NUntnff,  Griff.— 
filamentosum. — A.  oferdcea.  Jaoq.—Oreodoxa  oleracea. 
-Nenga  Wendlandiana,    B.M.  6025.— A.  ni- 
i  rubra. — A.  rbbra,  Bory— Acanthopho- 
i,  Hort.  Trade  name(?).-- A.tdpida.So 
'  '  —A.    «i»«'d»a,    Hort. 
a  filamentosa.-^ 

"N.  TATLOB. 

AREGfeLIA  (named  in  honor  of  the  botanist,  C.  von 
Regel).  BromelMcex.  Epiphytic  hothouse  plants  with 
the  serrate  Ivs.  arranged  in  a  rosette:  fls.  in  a  simple 


366.  Are«rtU  ap«ct*bill». 


XI.  Arboriculture. — A  palm  plantation,  with  Corypha  umbraculifera  in  the  foreground. 


ARENARIA 

ARENARIA  (arena,  sand,  where  many  of  the  species 
grow).  Including  A  wine,  Cherleria  and  Moehringia. 
Caryophyllacex.  Low  herbs,  mostly  with  white  flowers, 
usually  forming  mats,  and  suitable  for  borders,  carpets, 
and  lawn  clumps;  many  of  them  also  used  for  rock  work 
and  alpine  gardens;  spring-  or  summer-flowering. 

Annual  or  perennial,  with  opposite  entire  narrow  ex- 
stipulate  Ivs.  :  fls  small,  terminal  or  clustered,  or  some- 
times axillary;  sepals  5;  petals  4  or  5,  entire  or  slightly 
notched,  sometimes  wanting;  stamens  10  (rarely  8); 
styles  mostly  3:  fr.  a  small  caps.,  opening  by  valves  as 
many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  styles.  —  Perhaps  130-150 
species,  as  the  genus  is  here  denned,  throughout  the 
world  but  rare  in  the  tropics.  Only  the  perennial  spe- 
cies are  commonly  cult.  Of  easiest  cult,  m  almost  any 
soil.  Prop,  by  division;  also  by  seeds,  and  rare  species 
sometimes  by  cuttings.  Many  species  of  arenana  may 
be  found  in  the  collections  of  alpine-garden  and  rock- 
garden  fanciers;  but  the  prevailing  cult  kinds  are 
accounted  for  below  Related  genera  are  Cerastium 
and  Stellaria.  Monogr.  by  F.  N.  Williams,  Joura.  Linn. 
Soc.  33.326  (1897-8). 


aculeata,  16. 
aretioidea,  4. 
baleanca,  3 
ceepitona,  14. 
Franklmn,  17. 
grammifoha,  9. 


INDEX. 

grcenlandica,  8 
^untperi/oho,  15. 
mnipcrma,  15 
lanceolata,  6 
macrophylla,  7. 
montana,  11. 


pimfolia,  13. 
purpuraacens,  2. 
Rosann,  12. 
sedoiden,  1. 
tetraquetra,  5. 
verna,  14. 


,    . 
grandi  flora,  10. 

A.  Petals  usually  wanting  or  rudimentary. 

1.  sedoldes,  Froel.  (Cherlena  sedoides,  Linn.).   Mi- 
nute green  moss-like  carpeter,  1  or  2  in.  high:  fls.  uni- 
sexual or  polygamous,  greenish,  inconspicuous.    Mts., 
Eu  —  A  choice  rock-cover  in  alpine  gardens.   Prop,  by 
division  or  seeds. 

AA.  Petals  usually  present  and  prominent. 
B.  Fls.  purplish. 

2.  purpurascens,  Ramond     Alpine,  tufted  and  de- 
cumbent' Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  on  short 
tomentose  pedicels,  2  or  3  on  a  branch,  the  purplish 
corolla  exceeded  by  the  sepals    Pyrenees.  —  A  carpeter. 

BB.  Fls.  white  (sometimes  purple  in  No.  16). 
c.  Lvs.  ovate-oblong  or  lanceolate. 

3.  balearica,  Linn.    Very  low  (3  in.  high),  creeping, 
with  small  ovate  glossy  thick  and  ciliated  lys  .  fls. 
single  on  long  peduncles;  sepals  erect.    Balearic  Isls., 
Corsica  —  Not  hardy  in  latitude  of  New  York  City. 

4.  aretioides,  Portens.  Densely  cespitose,  and  making 
a  good  green  carpet:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  and 
short-mucronulate,     grooved     above     and     3-nerved 
beneath:  fls  solitary,  with  4  sepals  —  High  Alps. 

5.  tetraqufctra,  Linn.    Carpeter,  3-6  in  ,  pubescent: 
Ivs.  ovate;  keeled,  4-rowed.  fls.  in  heads,  with  sepals 
stiff  and  ciliate  and  nearly  equaling  petals.  France. 

6  lanceolata.  All.  Cespitosa-procumbent,  the  sts. 
ascending.  Ivs  lanceolate,  rounded  at  base,  acute,  flat, 
many-nerved  below:  fls.  1-3,  the  sepals  lanceolate- 
acute,  equaling  the  petals.  High  Alps. 

7.  macrophylla,  Hook    Sts.  decumbent  and  angled, 
pubescent:    Ivs.    lanceolate    or    lance-oblong,    mostly 
acute:  peduncles  slender,  1-5-fld.,  the  sepals  lanceolate- 
acuminate.  Labrador  and  Vt.  to  the  Pacific.  Intro.  1881. 

CO.  Lvs.  linear  or  awl-like. 
D.  Sepals  obtuse. 

8.  grcenlandica,  Spreng.   Annual:  very  low,  forming 
mats,  the  decumbent  or  erectish  sts.  bearing  1-5  fls.: 
Ivs.  linear  and  obtuse,  Mm.  or  less  long:  sepals  and 
petals  blunt,  the  latter  sometimes  notched.    High  alti- 
tudes and  latitudes,  but  coming  to  the  seacoast  in 
parts  of  New  Eng.,  and  ranging  down  the  mts.  to  N.  C. 
Inwo.  1884.—  A  neat  little  alpine. 


ARENGA  3&) 

9.  graminifdlia,  Schrad.  A  foot  or  less  high:  Ivs.  long 
and  filiform,  rough-margined:  fls.  in  3-forked  loose 
pubescent  panicles;  petals  obovate,  exceeding  calyx.  Eu. 

DD.  Sepals  acute,  pointed  or  even  awned. 
E.  Blossoms  solitary,  or  mostly  in  2' 8  or  S's. 

10.  grandifl&ra,  Lmn.   Fig.  369.  Ten  in.  or  less  b;gh: 
Ivs.  flat-awl-shaped,  3-nerved  and  ciliate,  the  radical 
ones  crowded:  fls.  large,  solitary  or  in  about  2's  or  3's, 
long-stalked.   Eu. — Runs  into  many  forms. 

11.  montana,  Linn.    Smaller    Ivs.  linear  or  r.early 
so.  fls.  large,  solitary,  very  long-stalked;  sepals  acumi- 
nate, less  than  the  corolla.  8.  W.  Eu. 

12.  Rosanii,  Tenore.  (Alsine  Rosanii,  Fenzl).    Low 
(1-2  in.):  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  and  mucronate,  hairy, 
stnate'  sts  erect,  hirsute,  about  3-fld  :  fls.  white,  with 
obovate  petals  and  stnate  longer  sepals.  Italy. 

BE.  Blossoms  5-7  (or  more)  together. 

13.  pinifdlia,   Bieb    (Alsine  pinifdlia  var.  grdcdis. 
Fenzl)      Cespitose.  the  branches  ascending:  Ivs.  nar* 
rowly    awl  -  shaped 

or  bristle-like,  often 
curved:  fls.  large,  in 
6-7-fld.  corymb,  the 
pedicels  equaling 
the  calyx  or  shorter; 
sepals  linear,  hairy, 
3-nerved;  petals 
obovate-oblong,  ex- 
ceeding calyx.  Asia 
Minor.  —  A  dwarf 
compact  plant  with 
small  pine-like  foli- 
age which  becomes 
rosulate  on  sterile 
shoots,  producing 
many  pure  white 
fls  ,  an  attractive 
edging  and  rockery 
plant. 

14.  ve"rna,  Linn. 
(Alsine    verna, 
Bartl.).  Dwarf,  1-3 
in.  high:  Ivs.  hnear- 
subulate,       flat, 
btrongly    3-nerved, 
erect  fls.  on  filiform 
peduncles,   with 
strongly   3-nerved 
sepals.      Eu.     and 
Rocky     Mts  —Ex- 
cellent   little    rock 
plant.    Var.  caespi- 

tdsa,  Hort.,  is  a  compact,  leafy  form,  making  dense 
moss-like  masses;  all  summer. 

15.  junipexina,  Linn.  (Alsine  jumperina,  Fenzl.   A. 
juniperifolia.  Hort.?).   Cespitose,  nodes  often  swollen: 
sts.  simple,  bearing  clusters'  Ivs   awl-like,  mucronate, 
keeled,,  about  1-nerved,  often  recurved  and  persisting: 
fls    with  lanceolate-acuminate  3-nerved   sepals,   and 
longer  linear-cuneate  white  petals.    E.  Eu.  and  Asia 
Minor. — Variable. 

16.  acule&ta,  Wats.    Sts  4-f>  in.  high:  Ivs.  stiff  and 
sharp,  glaucous:  fls  fascicled,  white,  but  often  purple. 
W.  Amer.  Intro.  1889. 

17.  Franklinii,  Douglas.    Sts.  3-5  in.  high,  nearly 
or  quite  glabrous:  Ivs.  in  3-6  pairs,  narrow-subulate, 
sharp-pointed:  fls.  in  dense  cymes  at  the  top  of  the  st. 
W.  Amer.  Intro.  1881.  L.  H.  B. 

ARtiNGA  (derivation  unknown).  Palmdcex,  tribe 
Arecex.  Tall,  usually  spineless  palms  with  a  thickish, 
ringed  trunk,  the  upper  part  of  which,  and  the  leaf-stalka 
are  often  covered  with  long  black  fibers. 


369.  Arenara  gr&ndiflora. 


390 


ARENGA 


ARGEMONE 


leaves  pinnate,  the  Ifts.  regularly  placed  on  the 
rachis,  sometimes  confluent  at  their  bases,  the  jagged 
or  cut-off  appearance  of  the  Ifts.  peculiar  to  this  genus 
and  Caryota  among  the  horticultural  palms,  the  margin 
irregularly  toothed  above  the  middle;  the  Ivs.  paler 
beneath  than  above;  petiole  flattish 
or  convex:  fls.  monoecious,  numerous, 
and  with  2  or  more  bracts  beneath 
each  sessile  fl.;  spadix  6-10  ft.  long 
in  some  species,  usually  smaller, 
coming  from  among  the  Ivs.  and  de- 
veloping downwards;  when  the  last 
fl.  -cluster  reaches  maturity  some  at 
least  of  the  species  die,  notably  A.  sacchan- 
fera:  fr.  the  size  of  an  apple  and  somewhat 
resembling  it,  containing  2  or  3  oblong 
and  usually  dark  brown  seeds.  G.G.  II. 
22:522. 

Arengas  are  graceful  palms,  all  natives  of 
tropical  Asia  and  Australia,  and  so  far  as 
known  are  of  only  eight  species.  A.  sac- 
chanfera  is  an  important  economic  plant 
in  India,  the  black  fiber  at  the  leaf-oases 
known  as  gomuta  fiber  being  widely  used  for 
filters  and  in  the  caulking  of  ships  The 
sap  yields  "arenga  sugar"  after  the  plant  is 
ten  to  twelve  years  old.  For  culture,  see 
Areca. 

Arenga  sacchanfera,  in  a  young  state,  is 
surpassed  in  beauty  by  most  palms.  Speci- 
mens eight  to  ten  years  old,  however,  show 
their  characteristics  well,  and  from  that 
penod  till  they  begin  to  flower  (which  they 
do  from  the  top  of  the  stem  downwards  in 
the  axils  of  the  leaves),  they  are  among  the 
most  striking  subjects  for  nigh  and  roomy 
conservatories.  The  temperature  should  not 
be  allowed  to  fall  below  55°  F.  during  the 
coldest  weather.  (Oliver.) 

A.  Trunks  at  least  20ft.  or  more. 
sacchartfera,  Labill      Trunk  20-40   ft. 
high:    Ivs.   very  many,  frequently  20-28; 
petioles  smooth;  Ifts.  115,  on  each  side, 
fasciculate,  in  4's  or  5's,  linear-ensiform,  3-5 
ft.  long,  1-  or  2-auricled  at  the  base,  the 
lower  auricle  the  longer,  2-lobed  or  variously 
dentate  at  the  apex,  white  or  silvery 
beneath'  branches  of  the  spadix  long, 
fastigiate,  pendulous:  male  fls  purple, 
1  in.  long.   Malaya. 

obtusifdlia,  Mart  Trunk  20-30  ft. 
high,  1-1  ^  ft.  thick:  fronds  9-13, 
12-16  ft  long;  petiole  thickly  spiny, 
especially  on  the  margins,  scarcely 
more  than  1  ft.  long;  segms  1H  in.  apart,  2-3  ft.  long, 
1^-2  in.  wide,  alternate,  lanceolate-linear,  unequally 
acutely  dentate,  attenuate,  2-auncled  at  the  base,  the 
lower  auricle  the  larger,  glaucous  beneath:  branches  of 
the  spadix  short,  lax,  nodding.  Java. 

AA.  Trunks  not  over  10ft. 

fingleri,  Becc.  About  .5  ft.  tall:  Ivs.  numerous,  with  a 
great  many  Ifts.  about  16  in.  long  and  1  in.  wide,  much 
constricted  at  the  base  and  irregularly  toothed  at  the 
apex:  infl.  much  branched,  borne  among  the  Ivs.,  not 
more  than  1H  ft-  long:  fr.  about  %in.  diam.  For- 
mosa. —  Not  as  yet  common  in  this  country,  but  inter- 
esting among  arengas  for  its  small  size. 

A.  florr#h»,  Hort.,  reported  from  E.  Indies,  is  a  name  frequently 
appearing  in  hort.  literature,  not  certainly  referable. 

N.  TAYLOB.t 

ARBTHtrSA  (the  nymph  Arethusa).  Orchidacev. 
Handsome  terrestrial  tuberous  orchids. 

Scapes  leafless  or  with  a  single  If.  1-  to  few-fid.;  fl. 
gaping,  the  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  arching  over 


370.  Arethusa 
bulboia.  (xH) 


the  column;  lip  erect,  narrow,  entire,  adnate  to  the  base 
of  the  elongated  erect  column,  and  produced  into  a 
short  spur.  —  Three  species,  2  in  N.  Amer.  and  1  in 
Japan. 

bulbdsa,  Linn.  Fig.  370.  A  very  pretty  hardy  orchid, 
8^10  m.,  with  one  linear,  nerved  If.  and  a  bright  rose- 
pink  fl.  on  an  erect  scape,  the  hp  recurved  and  bearded. 
Bogs,  N.  C.,  N.  and  W.;  not  common.  May,  June. 
Mn.  5:141.  —  Requires  a  moist  and  shady,  cool  situa- 
tion and  open,  porous  soil.  A  shady  nook  on  north 
slope  of  rockery,  where  it  can  be  watered  in  dry 
weather,  is  an  ideal  place.  Prop,  is  by  the  solid  bulbs. 

A  smtnna,  Rolfe  A  terrestrial  tuberous  herb  4-9  m  high:  fls. 
white  and  red.  W.  China.  B.M.  7935. 

AB*TTA    r^.  ,  GEORGE  V. 

ARETIA: 


ARGEM6NE  (Greek  name  for  an  eye  disease  for 
which  a  plant  was  reputed  a  remedy).  Papaveracese. 
ARQEMONY  Prickly  garden  annuals,  grown  for  the 
showy  yellow,  white  or  purplish  poppy-like  flowers 

Coarse  herbs  with  yellow  juice  and  sometimes  with 
spotted  Ivs.:  fls.  large,  short-lived;  sepals  2  or  3,  petals 
4-6;  stigmas  6  or  less,  radiate,  sessile  or  nearly  so  pod 
oblong  or  ellipsoid,  prickly  or  bristly,  opening  at  top  by 
3-6  valves.  —  About  10  species  of  N.  and  S  Amer.,  cult. 
as  annuals,  although  sometimes  biennial  01  even  peren- 
nial. Argemonies  are  easy  to  manage  from  seeds  sown 
where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  or  transplanted  from  pots. 
They  need  a  light  soil  and  full  sunny  exposure.  Monogr. 
by  Fedde,  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft.  40  (1909). 

A.  Fls.  yellow  or  yellowish. 

mexicana,  Linn.  (A.  specibsa,  Hort.).  PRICKLY 
POPPY.  Fig.  371.  A  moderately  prickly-stemmed  herb, 
1-2  ft.  high,  sprawling,  glaucous:  Ivs.  coarsely  smuate- 
pmnatifid.  fls.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  the  petals  obovate 
and  aa  inch  or  less  long,  orange  or  lemon-colored,  to 


371.  Argemone  mudcaoa.   (  X  H) 

2^  in.  across  when  expanded.  Trop.  Amer.,  but 
naturalized  in  eastern  and  southern  states  and  in  many 
parts  of  the  world.  B.M.  243. —Not  much  used  in 
this  country  for  medicinal  purposes.  The  plant  is  said 
to  possess  emetic,  cathartic,  anodyne  and  narcotic 
properties;  the  oil  from  the  seeds  acts  as  a  mild  cathar- 
tic. Var.  ochroie&ca,  Lindl.  Petals  yellowish  white, 
and  style  longer.  Texas.  B.R.  1343. 


ARGEMONE 


ARIS^MA 


391 


AA.  Flu.  white  (rarely  purple). 

grandifldra,  Sweet    Fig  372.  Glabrous  and  glaucous, 

1-3  ft.  high,  almost  destitute  of  prickles,  &tout    Ivs. 

sinuate-pmnatifid,  the  lobes  only  weakly  spinescent, 

jvhite-vemed :  bracts  scattered  along  the  fl.  tranches: 


372    Argemone  grandiflora.  ( X  }A) 


Us  3-6  near  together,  4  m  across'  caps  -valves  scarcely 
crested  S  \V  Mex.  B II  12G4  L  B  C  16  1546. 
B  M  3073  —Very  showy. 

platyceras,  Link  &  Otto.  Robust,  1^-4  ft,  very 
spiny,  the  Ivs.  glaucous  IVH  smuate-pinnatifid,  spiny, 
fl  -bracts  aggregated  below  the  fls  ;  petals  truncate, 
large,  white  (rarely  purple),  the  fls  2  in  or  more  across: 
caps -valves  crested  or  spiny  Var  hispida,  Prain 
(A.  hisjnda,  Gray)  Petals  rounded,  sepals  and  caps 
denselv  prickly  plant  hispid  Var.  h(spido-r6sea, 
Fedde  Petals  rounded,  rose  or  rosy  white,  sepal*  nar- 
row, sparsely  prickly  Var  Hunneminii,  Fedde  Petals 
rounded,  white  plant  stout  — The  species  is  very  varia- 
ble and  widely  distributed  in  N  and  S.  Amer  Likely 
to  appear  m  cult  in  several  forms,  all  of  them  have 
thick  and  densely  prickly  caps  -valves 

ftlba,  Lestib  (A  mcxicana  var  dlbijlora,  DC  )  Slen- 
der, 1-3  ft ,  somewhat  glaucous.  Ivs  glabrous,  pin- 
nate-lobed  and  sinuate,  the  lobes  oblong- acute,  spiny 
toothed,  fls  solitary  or  2-3  together,  on  naked  pedun- 
cles, 3  m.  across,  white;  petals  oblong,  narrowed  at 
base,  truncate  at  top.  Southern  states  and  south.  B  M. 
2342  (as  A.  a/6t/?ora).-rSparmgly  run  wild.  Caps- 
valves  thin,  reticulate  spiny.  L.  jj.  B. 

ARGYRfelA  (silvery,  referring  to  the  under  side  of 
the  Ivs  ).  Convolvuldcex.  SILVER  WEED  Asiatic  tender 
climbers  allied  to  Ipomcea,  sometimes  grown  in  the  open. 

Lvs  usually  large,  silvery,  tomentose  or  villous 
beneath  cymes  usually  few-fld.;  corolla  campanulate, 
sepals  5  — They  require  too  much  room  befoie  flowering 
to  be  popular  m  Amer  A.  cuneata  is  one  of  the  dwarf est 
and  most  flonferous  kinds.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  seeds, 
the  former  over  bottom  heat  About  25  species. 

tiliaefdlia,  Wight  (Rlvea  tihxfdlia,  Hort )  Fls.  white, 
violet  or  rose-purple,  widely  funnelform:  Ivs.  ovate- 
cordate,  2-3  m  diam  .  shortly  acuminate  or  obtuse. 
Prop,  is  from  seeds.  E.  Indies. — Intro.  1890  by  Peter 
Henderson  &  Co 

cuneata.  Ker-Gawl.  Two  to  5  ft.:  st.  downy:  fls. 
large,  bright  but  deep  purple,  on  hairy  peduncles  which 
'  are  shorter  than  the  Ivs.:  Ivs.  cbovate-cuneate,  emar- 
ginate,  glabrate.  E.  Indies.  B.R.:  661. 

A  Pwrredna.  Hort.(')  Corolla  funnel-shaped,  white  tinted  with 
rose.  Tonqum  R  H  1906  600  See  p  3566.  j^  TAYLOR,  f 


ARIA:  Sorbug. 

ARIOCARPUS  (Aria-like  fruit)  Cactacex  Top- 
shaped  succulent  desert  plants,  mostly  buried  in  the 
ground,  the  broad  aerial  part  covered  with  angular 
tubercles  bearing  no  spines  fls.  from  the  center  of  the 
plant,  large,  white  or  pink,  fr  small,  naked:  seeds  black, 
roughened  — A  genus  of  6  or  7  species  confined  to  Cent. 
Mex ,  except  a  single  species  in  S.  W.  Texas  A  very 
distinct  genus,  easily  distinguished  from  Mamillana  by 
its  tubercles 

A.  Upper  surface  of  tubercle  with  a  broad  and  deep  wool- 
oeating  longitudinal  groove,  which  widens  below 

fissuratus,  Schum  (Anhalbmum  fingelmannn,  Ix>m.). 
LIVING  ROCK.  The  flat  tubercle-covered  top  2-5  in. 
across,  tapering  below  into  a  thick  root,  tubercles  im- 
bricated and  appressed,  triangular  in  outline,  l/y-\  in 
long  and  about  as  wide  at  base,  the  up^per  surface  fis- 
sured in  bands,  the  outer  ones  forming  an  elevated 
margin  fls  central,  about  1  in  long  and  broad,  shading 
from  whitish  to  rose  On  limestone  hills  in  the  "Great 
Bend"  region  of  the  Rio  Grande  m  Texas,  and  extend- 
ing into  Mex.  I  H  16,  p.  73,  and  fig  Contr  Nat. 
Herb  13,  pi  62 

LUSydii,  Rose.  Fig  373  Plant  body  with  rounded  top. 
4  in  or  more  m  diam  tubercles  imbricated,  *m  broad 
at  base,  the  upper  portion  rounded,  obtuse,  broader 
than  thick,  the  whole  surface  fissured,  but  not  m 
definite  bands  fls  purple,  about  H  in  long,  petals  broad, 
apiculate  This  species  differs  from  A  fissuratus  in 
shape  and  surface  of  tubercles,  in  its  round  top,  arid 
more  southern  range.  Cent  Mex  Contr  Nat  Herb  13, 
pi  63. 

Kotschubeyanus,Schurn  (A  lulcdtus, Schum  )  Plants 
nearly  concealed  by  the  ground,  often  less  than  1  m. 
broad  at  top,  with  a  deep  thick  root  fl  -tube  nearly  |in. 
long;  petals  SI  HI  long,  rose-pink  Cent  Mex  — Much 
smaller  than  the  last  t\\o  Only  recently  re-mtro  into 
cult  A  very  distinct  species  A  McDbwellu,  Haage 
&  Schmidt,  is  the  same  or  a  near  species 

AA    Upper  surface  of  tubercle  not  grooved. 

retusus,  Scheidw  (Anhttlbnutm  prismdticum,  Lem  ), 
The  flat  top  3-8  in  across  tubercles  imbricate,  but 
squarrose-spreadmg,  sharply  tnangular-p\  ramulal  and 
very  acute,  with  a  sharp,  cartilaginous  tip,  which  usually 
disappears  with  age  and  leaves  the  older  tubercles  blunt 
or  retuse,  %-l  in.  long  * 

and  about  as  wide  at 
base,  the  upper  sur- 
face almost  plane  and 
smooth,  except  that  it 
is  more  or  less  pul- 
verulent, and  often 
bears  a  small  tomen- 
tose  tuft  just  behind  the 
claw-like  tip.  fls.  rose- 
color  Mts  of  Mex 
— A  tngbnus,  Schum 
and  A  furfurdceus, 
Thompson,  are  similar 
species  sometimes  in 
cult.  j  N.  ROBE 

ARIS&MA  (Greek- 
made  name,  of  no  par- 
ticular significance), 
Aracesp  INDIAN  TUR- 
NIP. DRAGON  ARUM. 
Odd  hooded  aroids, 
sometimes  grown  in 
hardy  borders  and 
some  species  as  pot- 
plants 

About  60  widely  dis- 
tributed herbs,  with  373.  Anoctrpos  UoydM. 


392 


ARIS^MA 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


374.  Jack-m-the-Pulpit,  Arismna 
triphyllum.  (xJO 


tuberous  roots,  and  a  spathe  rolled  in  or  convolute 
about  the  spaaix  below,  and  often  arched  over  it:  fls. 
unisexual,  the  pistillate  on  the  lower  part  of  the  spadix, 
and  each  consisting  of  a  1-loculed  ovary,  and  generally 
ripening  into  a  showy  berry  Some  species  are  native, 
and  several  of  them  are  hardy  in  the  open;  others  are 
cult,  under  covei,  as  recommended  for  Arum  (which 
see).  Monogr.  by  Engler  in  De  Candolle's  Mono- 
graphise  Phanerogamarum,  Vol.  II. 

A.  Lfts.  7-11. 

Drac6ntium,  Schott.  DRAGON-ROOT  Sending  up  a 
solitary  If.  1-2  ft.  high,  pedately  divided  into  oolong- 
lanceolate  pointed 
Ifts. .  spadix  long- 
pointed  and  pro- 
jecting beyond  the 
greenish  spathe: 
scape  much  shorter 
than  the  If.  Low 
grounds  in  E. 
Amer  — Occasion- 
ally grown  in 
borders  and  rock- 
work. 

AA.  Lfts.  3. 
triphyllum,  Torr 
JACK-1N-THE-PUL- 
PIT.  INDIAN  TUR- 
NIP. Fig  374. 
Usually  dioecious: 
Ivs  usually  2,  with 
ovate  or  elliptic- 
ovate  Ifts  .  spadix 
club  -  shaped  and 
covered  by  the 
arching  purplish 
spathe  Common 
in  woods  V.  14 : 179. — Tuber  or  corm  flattish  and  large, 
very  acrid,  often  employed  as  a  domesti6  remedy.  Ber- 
nes  red  and  showy,  ripening  in  early  summer  Planted 
in  a  moist,  shady  place,  the  Ivh  remain  until  fall,  but 
m  exposed  places  they  die  down  early  in  summer.  This 
and  the  last  are  very  interesting  native  plants  of  easy 
cult ,  prop  by  tubers  and  by  seeds 

fimbriatum,  Mast.  FRINGED  CALLA  Lf.  solitary, 
the  petiole  a  ft.  or  less  high,  sheathed  below;  Ifts  broad- 
ovate  and  acuminate,  short-stalked  scape  as  long  as 
the  petiole,  bearing  a  large,  purple-limbed,  white- 
streaked,  long-pointed  epathe:  spadix  ending  in  a  long 
and  gracefully  drooping,  feather-like  appendage.  E. 
Indies.  G  C  II.  22  689,  III.  15:763  B  M.  7150  Mn. 
8,  p.  59.  G.  25 : 626  — A  handsome  and  striking  pot-plant, 
blooming  in  summer.  Grows  m  rich  soil.  Dry  off  the 
tuber  when  the  Ivs.  turn  yellow  after  flowering,  and 
keep  dry  in  sand  or  earth  until  spring 

Other  species  are  A  andmalum,  Hemsl  Lfts  3,  broad-ovate, 
acuminate  spathe  small,  purplish  and  streaked,  arching  over 
the  short  spadix  suggests  A  tnphyllum.  Malaya  B  M  7211 
— A  condnnum,  Schott  Lf  solitary,  with  10  or  more  Ifts  spathe 
colored,  tailed  India  B  M.  5914  —  A.  curmtltm,  Hook —A 
tortuosum  — A.  Fargkmi,  Bouohet  Spathe  striped  longitudinally 
with  broad  purple-brown  bands  alternating  with  band*  of  silvery 
white  W,  China — -4  fldoum,  Schott  Lvs  pedate  spathe 
green  to  yellow.  Himalaya  B  M  7700  — .4  gulefUum,  N  E  Br 
Lf.  solitary,  with  3  Ifts  spathe  purple  inside  India  B  M.  0457  — 
A.  Griffiths,  Schott  Lvs  2,  Ifta  3,  nearly  orbicular  spathe  very 
large  with  a  spreading  and  wrinkled  limb  several  inches  broad,  and 
rich  purple  with  green  veins  India  B  M.  6491  — One  of  the  hand- 
somest of  all  anstemaa  — A.japtimcum,  Blume.  Lvs.  pedate  spathe 
green,  white  striped.  B  M.  7910  —A  nepenthoidee,  Mort.  Lf.  pedate, 
of  5  narrow  Ifts  .  spathe  auncled  India.  B  M  6446  — A  rtngens, 
Schott.  Lfts.  3,  ovate-acuminate  spathe  purple,  arched.  Japan. 
Perhaps  hardy  m  the  open  Gn  37,  p  577.  G.  17.182 — A.  Sie- 
Mldit,  DeVnese  =A  ringens — A  specidsum,  Mort.  Lfts.  3  spathe 
large  and  very  dark  purple,  spadix  with  a  very  long,  string-like  tip. 
India.  Gn  37-676.  BM  5964  G  C.  II  12  585— A  tortudaum, 
Schott,  Lvs  usually  2,  with  several  or  many  Ifts  spathe  purple 
outside;  spadix  long-tailed  but  erect ish,  greenish  India  B  M 
5931  (as  A  curvatum)  —  A.  iUile,  Hook  Lva  2,  with  3  crenate  Ifts 
spathe  reddish,  green-ribbed,  spadix  purple-  tuoers  eaten  bv  native* 


in  India.  B.M.  6474. — A.  mndiflfirum,  Franch  ,  has  recently  been 
offered  in  Eu  ,  from  China.  It  has  pedate  Ivs ,  and  a  striped 
spathe — A  WrAyi,  Hemsl.  Lf.  solitary,  pedate,  the  Ifts  lanceolate: 
spathe  green  or  whitish,  spadix  slender,  recurved.  India  B  M. 

7105-  L.  H  B. 

ARISARUM  (old  Greek  name).  Arfoese.  Three  or 
four  variable  species  of  arum -like  plants  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region.  Differs  from  Anssema,  its  nearest 
ally,  in  having  the  margins  of  the  spathe  connate  rather 
than  convolute,  and  in  other  technical  characters  For 
culture,  see  Arum. 

vulgar e,  Targ  (Arum  Ansdrwn,  Linn.).  A  foot  high: 
Ivs.  cordate  or  somewhat  hastate,  long-stalked:  spathe 
purple,  incurved  at  the  top  — Has  many  forms  and 
names.  Can  be  grown  in  the  open  with  protection. 

A  probosrideum,  Sav.  Lvs  hastate;  8Cir>«  less  than  half  the 
petiole,  spathe  1-1 M  m  lonR,  pale  gray,  with  a  long  olive  tail  5-6 
in  ,  the  mouth  of  spathe  small,  ohvo-purple  Italy  B  M  o<>34. 

G  w  5- p  512>  GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

ARISTfeA  (name  refers  to  the  stiff  leaf -points).  7n- 
ddcese  Mostly  blue-flowered  spring-  or  summer-bloom- 
ing greenhouse  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  and  grown  in  the 
open  far  south 

Leaves  distichous  in  basal  rosettes,  those  on  the  st 
alternate,  fls  clustered  in  spikes,  not  lasting,  the 
perianth  with  a  short  tube,  and  oblong,  spreading, 
nearly  equal  segmss  that  twist  up  spirally  after  flower- 
ing, tstamens  short-stalked,  borne  on  the  throat  of 
perianth-tube,  fr  an  oblong  or  cylindrical  3-valved 
caps  — About  30  species  in  Afr  Of  easy  cult.  Prop  by 
seeds  and  division  Not  showy 

£cklonii,  Baker  Herb.  \}^  ft  Ivs.  linear  but  not 
ngid,  18  in.  or  less  long  flu  in  many  clusters  that  form 
a  loose  panicle  with  a  flattened  rachis,  limb  of  blue 
perianth  Hm  long,  caps  cylindrical,  less  than  1  in  long. 
Cape  Colony. — Reported  in  Calif ,  where  it  is  said  to 
make  -dense  dark  green  clumps,  with  Sisyrmchium-like 
fls.  in  spring 

fruticdsa,  Pers.  (Nivenia  fruticdsa,  Baker).  Dwarf 
shrub:  st.-lvs.  linear.  2  in  or  less  long:  fls.  in  a  single 
cluster;  perianth  blue,  the  tube  ^m.  long.  Cape 
Colony.  L.  H.  B 

ARISTOLOCHIA  (named  for  supposed  medicinal 
virtues).  AnstolochicLces:  BIRTHWORT  Perennial  herbs 
or  shrubs,  many  climbing,  remarkable  for  the  very  odd- 
shaped  flowers,  some  species  grown  in  the  open,  but 
most  of  them  culti- 
vated as  odd  glass- 
house subjects 

The  corolla  is 
wanting,  but  the 
calyx  is  corolla-like, 
tubular,  mostly  vari- 
ously bent,  and  com- 
monly tumid  above 
the  ovary  and  con- 
tracted at  the  mouth, 
superior;  stamens 
commonly  6,  short 
and  adnate  to  the 
style,  which  IB  fleshy 
and  lobed  fr  a 

naked  6-valved  caps  ;  

seeds  flat.  —  About  375  Ajristolochia  macrophylla.  ( x 
180  species  of  warm 
and  temperate  regions  throughout  the  earth;  mostly 
woody  twiners.  Many  species  are  evergreen.  The 
tender  species  are  cult,  for  the  strikingly  irregular 
and  grotesque  fls  The  fls.  are  usually  fetid  in  odor, 
often  very  disagreeable.  Many  species  are  grown  in 
botanic  gardens  and  in  the  collections  of  fanciers,  but 
those  usually  cult,  or  planted  are  to  be  found  in  the 
treatment  which  follows. 

These  plants  are  mostly  climbing  vines,  A.  macro- 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


393 


phylla 
purposes. 


.•haps  the  best  known  vine  for  shade 
vigorous  and  of  rapid  growth,  and  has 


never  been  known  to  be  attacked  by  fungoid  or  insect 
enemies  For  covering  outbuildings  quickly  it  has  no 
equal,  owing  to  the  heavy  growth  of  foliage  and  its 
adaptability  to  any  situation.  The  flowers  are  peculiar 
in  shape,  giving  rise  to  the  popular  name,  Dutchman's 
pipe.  These  are  inconspicuous,  however,  compared 
with  the  tropical  species  of  this  genus.  In 
contrast  with  the  foregoing,  A  grandiflora 
var.  Sturtevantn  has  gigantic  flowers  with  a 
tail  sometimes  3  feet  long.  This  species 
must  be  cultivated  under  glass  and  is  most 
suitable  for  large  structures  as  the  odor 
when  in  bloom  beggars  description,  it  being 
such  that  flies  have  been  known  to  be 
deceived,  thinking  its  origin  was  due  to 
putridity.  There  are  other  fine  species  for 
indoor  culture  as  A  brasiliensia  and  A. 
Goldieana  These  are  best  pro- 
pagated from  cuttings  taken 
from  well-matured  wood  in  early 
spring  or  at  pruning  time.  A 
rich  soil  is  desirable  and  pref- 
erence is  given  to  planting  the 
roots  in  a  border  or  bed  that 
they  may  be  trained  up  rafters 
or  pillars  of  warinhoubes  Pot 
culture  does  not  give  good 
results  Another  very  pretty 
species  is  A  elegans  This  is 
not  odorous,  can  easily  be  pro- 
cured from  seeds,  which  are 
freely  produced  under  cultiva- 
tion It  will  bloom  the  fii>t 
year  under  glass,  and  may  be  cut  back  to  give  light  to 
other  plants  in  winter  The  outdoor  A  macrophylla 
(often  known  as  A  Sipho)  produces  good  seed:  tins 
seems  to  be  the  only  way  to  increase  it  as  hardwood 
cuttings  do  not  root  readily.  (E  O.  Orpet.) 


376.  Flowers  of  Dutch- 
man's Pipe,  Anstolochia 
macrophylla,  showing  the 
ovary  at  a,  and  the  swell- 
ing of  the  calyx-tube  at  b. 
(X2*) 


argentina,  8 
braHihenms,  1«J 
oalifornica,  5 
npinatitis,  2 
cyrabifera,  1& 
t'Tegans,  14 
ffigantea,  II. 

W09,   11. 


INDEX 
CJoldieaua,  12. 
grandiflora,  11. 
haatata.  1. 
Hooken,  11. 
labiosa   15 
maoropnylla,  3,  13. 
moupuien8if«,  0. 
orntihocrphala,  13 


ndicula,  9. 
Serpentaria,  1. 
Sipho,  3. 
Sturtevantii,  11. 
tomentosa,  4. 
tnangularis,  7. 
tnoaudata,  10. 


A.  Plant  not  climbing,  herbaceous. 

1.  Serpentaria,  Linn  VIRGINI\  SNAKEROOT.  Height 
2  ft  or  leas,  pubescent,  with  short  roothtocks  and  aro- 
matic roots  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong,  cordate  or  halberd- 
form,  acuminate  fls  near  the  root,  solitary,  S-shaped, 
much  enlarged  above  the  ovary,  greenish.  E  U  S  — 
Occasionally  cult  Rootb  used  in  medicine.  Reputed 
remedy  for  snake-bites  Var  hastata,  Duch.  Lvs. 
narrow,  sagittate  or  hastate.  Southeastern  states. 

2  Clematitis,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  tall,  glabrous* 
Ivs  reniform-pointed,  cihate  on  the  margins:  fls.  axillary 
and  clustered,  straight,  greenish  Eu. — Rarely  cult , 
and  occasionally  escaped 

AA.  Plant  twining,  mostly  woody. 
B.  Cult  in  the  open 

3.  macrophylla,  Lam    (A.  Slpho,  L'Her.).    DUTCH- 
MAN'S PIPE.  PIPE  VINE.  Figs.  375,  376,  377.  Very  tall, 
twining,  glabrous:  Ivs.  very  large,  broadly  reniform  or 
rounded,  oecoming  glabrous:  fls.  solitary  or  2  or  3  to- 
gether in  the  axils,  U-shaped,  enlarged  above  the  ovary, 
with  a  3-lobed,  spreading  flat  limb,  purplish.  Eastern 
states.    B.M.  534.    Gng.l:53.    G.F.  5:609  (habit).— 
An  excellent  vine  for  porches,  the  great  Ivs.  affording 
a  dense  shade. 

4.  tomentdsa,  Sims.    Much  like  the  last,  but  very 
tomentose:  Ivs.  less  rounded1  fls  yellow,  with  refie\e<l 


lobes,  the  closed  orifice  purple.  N.  C.  to  III.  and  S. 
B.M.  1369. 

5.  calif 6rnica,  Torr.   Silky  pubescent,  6-10  ft.:  Ivs. 
ovate-cordate,  2-4  in.  long,  ootuse  or  acutish,  short- 
petioled:  fls.  U-shaped,  little  contracted  at  the  throat, 
the  limb  2-lobed,  with  the  upper  lip  of  2  broad,  obtuse 
lobes  and  a  thickening  on  the  inner  side.  Calif. 

6.  moupinlnsis,  Franch.    Branches  slender,  densely 
silky,  becoming  smoothibh.  Ivs.  cordate,  5  in.  or  less 
long,   hairy   above,   gravish  pubescent  beneath,    the 
petiole  about  2^6  in.   long    fls   solitary  on  axillary 
peduncles,  the  tube  1^6  m.  long,  abruptly  curved  so 
that  the  blossom  appears  U-shaped  as  it  hangs,  pale 
green  outside  and  yellowish  inside,  the  limb  obliquely 
3-lobed,  \.y±  in   across,  yellowish  and  purple-marked. 
From  the  Moupme  region  of  W.  China    B.M.  8325. — 
A  rapid  grower,  reaching  15  ft.  in  one  season.   A  good 
pillar  and  post  plant,  hardy  in  England.  Allied  to  A. 
ICaempfen  (see  supplementary  list). 

7.  triangul&ris,   Cham.     Glabrous:   Ivs.   triangular- 
acute.  3-nerved,   pellucid-punctate,  the  petioles  pre- 
hensile, the  blade  4  in.  long  by  3  in.  broad,  fls.  solitary, 
ovoid-inflated  at  base  and  then  making  a  sharp  angle, 
the  tube  funnelforrn  and  the  limb  small  and  truncate 
and   not    large,    purple-spotted.     Brazil — A    climber 
reported  in  S.  Calif 

8.  argentina,    Gnseb.     Herbaceous,     glabrous;    st. 
angular-sulcate*  Ivs    cordate-deltoid,  obtuse,  pedately 
7-nerved*  fls.  solitary  on  axillary  peduncles,  glabrous 
without  and   somewhat   puberulent   within,  the  tube 
ovoid  at  base,  bent,  the  parts  of  limb  broadly  ovate 
and  obtuse    S.  Arner    Reported  in  S  Calif 

BB  Cult,  in  greentiouse  or  warmhouse. 
c.  Fl.-limb  of  2  narrow  divergent  lobes. 

9.  ridlcula,    N     E     Br      Very    slender,    stiff-hairy 
throughout:  Ivs    round-remform,  cordate:  fls.  axillary 
and  solitary,  2  in  long  aside  from  the  limb,  with  a  long 
sac  at  the  base  of  the  tube,  pale  yellow  with  dull  purple 
veinmg;  limb  of  2  spreading,  deflexed.  narrow  lobea, 
glandular,   reminding  one  of  donkeys    ears.     Brazil. 
B.M.6934.  G.C.  11.26:361. 

cc.  Fl  -limb  of  3  narrow  lobes. 

10.  tricaudata,   Lem     Lvs.   5-8  in.   long,   oblong- 
acuminate,  rugose,  ciliate.  fls  solitary;  tube  short  and 
somewhat  inflated  at  the  rounded 

base,  suddenly  bent,  limb  wide 
and  concave,  maroon-red  outside 
and  very  dark  purple-brown  in- 
side, produced  into  tails  4  in  long. 
Mex.  I.H.  14:522.  R  B  20  37. 
B.M.  6007 — A  fine  species  of 
shrubby  habit,  producing  quanti- 
ties of  fls  all  over  the  older  parts 
of  the  growths,  down  to  the  base 
of  the  old  st.  A  striking  plant 
when  well  grown  under  sunny 
conditions  in  a  temp  of  50-55°  F. 

ccc.  Fl.-limb    2-hpped.    the    lips 

unlike  and  one  of  them  usu-  377>  Longltudinal 
ally  ample  and  flowing:  fls.  section  of  flower  of 
Large.  Dutchman's  Pipe, 

D.  Blossoms  with  one  or  more  long    ^o^0*  &«  ov*ry  «nd 
hanging  tails. 

11.  grandifldra,    Swartz    (A. 

gigas,  Lindl ) .  PELICAN  -  FLOWER.  SWAN  -  FLOWE  R 
GOOSE-FLOWER.  DUCK-FLOWER  Figs.  378, 379.  Downy 
climbing  shrub*  Ivs.  cordate-acuminate;  peduncles 
striate,  exceeding  the  petiole,  1-fld.:  the  n.-bud  is 
•'bent  like  a  siphon  in  the  *,ube,  so  as  to  resemble  tie 
body  and  neck  of  a  bird,  while  the  limb,  in  that  state 
resembles  the  head  and  beak  thrown  back  upon  the 
body,  as  a  pelican  when  that  bird  is  at  rest,  whence 


rt    column    of 
atf.  (XD 


394 


AR1STOLOCHIA 


ARISTOTELIA 


the  name"  (Hook,  in  B.M.,  vol.  74):  the  great  ex- 
panded cordate-ovate  limb  several  inches  across, 
wavy-margined,  purple-blotched  and  veined,  termina- 
ting in  a  long  and  slender  ciliated  tail:  strong-scented. 
Var.  Stitrtevantii,  W.  Wats  ,  is  the  form  chiefly  known 
in  cult ,  being  very  large-fid.,  often  20  in.  diam.,  and 
with  a  tail  3  ft  or  more 
long.  W.  Indies.  Cent  and 
S.  Amer.  BM  4368-9. 
B.R.28:60.  F.S  4:351-2. 
G.F.  3:597-599  (adapted 
in  Fig.  379).  A  F.  10.157. 
G.C.  III.  19-73.  Gng. 
3:23.  Gn.  50:378.  Var. 
Hodkeri,  Duch  (A.  gig- 
antea,  Hook  ),  is  glabrous, 
inodorous,  with  a  short-tailed  fl. 
B.M  4221. 

DD.  Blossoms  not  tailed,  although 
perhaps  bearing  long  more  or 
less  erect  point-appendages. 

12.  Goldieana,  Hook.    Whole 
plant  dying    down  to    a  large 
fleshy  rootstock:  glabrous:  Ivs. 
ovate-cordate  or  triangular-cor- 
date, acuminate,  the  base  deeply 
out:    fls.    very    large,    greenish 
outside  but  brown-veined   and 
blotched  inside,  the  lower  part 
of  the  tube  straightish  and  8  in. 
long,    the    upper    part   sharply 
bent  over  and  a  foot  long,  with 
a  funnel-shaped,  spreading  limb 

a  foot  or  more  across,  and  indistinctly  3-lobed, 
each  lobe  terminated  by  slender  appendages;  sta- 
mens 24.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  5672.  G.C.  IIL  7:521; 
21:337.  G.M.  33:286. 

13.  brasiliensis,  Mart.  &  Zucc.    Glabrous:  Ivs. 
cordate-reniform,  obtuse,  with  deep  sinus  at  base: 
peduncle  8-10  in.  long.  1-fld. :  fl  very  large,  dingy 
yellow,  with  marks  and  reticulations  of  purple,  the 
Umb  strongly  2-hpped;  tube  strongly  bent,  purple 
inside;  upper  lip  4  in.  long,  violet  within,  hairy; 
lower  lip  not  longer  than  the  upper,  5-7  in.  wide. 
Var.  macrophylla,  Duch  (A  ornithocephala,  Hook.). 
Lvs.  large:  upper  hp  5  in.  long,  lanceolate-acuminate, 
projecting  from  the  inflated  headlike  tube  like  the  long 
beak  of  a  bird;  lower  hp  on  a  stalk  2  in.  long,  then 
expanding  into  a  flattened,  wavy,  beautifully  marked 
limb  4  in.  long  and  4-6  in.  across.   Brazil     B  M.  4120. 
Gn.  45,  p.  289. — A  most  odd  and  interesting  species, 
not  infrequent  in  fine  establishments. 

14.  elegans,    Mast.     CALICO    FLOWER.     Slender, 
glabrous,  the  fls.  borne  on  the  pendulous  young  wood: 
Ivs.  long-stalked,  remform-cordate,  2-3  in.  across,  with 
wide  sinus  and  rounded  basal  lobes,  the  tip  obtuse:  fls. 
solitary,  long-stalked,  the  tube  yellow-green,  1^  in. 
long,  the  limb  cordate-circular,  3  m.  across,  purple  and 
white  blotched,  white  on  the  exterior,  the  eye  yellow: 
not  strong-smelling.    Brazil.   G.C.  II  24:301;  ill.  22: 
123. »    B.M.  6909.— A    small-fld.    and    graceful,    free- 
blooming  apecies.   A  most  desirable  decorative  climber 
for  a  warm  greenhouse  of  55°  F.  but  does  not  thrive  so 
well  in  a  stove.   It  is  entirely  devoid  of  the  unpleasant 
odor  which  is  characteristic  of  the  fls.  of  this  genus.  In 
Fla.  it  self-sows  freely;  and  the  hanging  basket-like  frs. 
are  very  attractive. 

15.  cymbtfera,  Mart.  &  Zucc.   (A.  Idbiosa.  Sims). 
Glabrous:  st.  striate:  Ivs.  reniform,  obtuse  and  deeply 
cut  at  the  base,  pedately  7-9-nerved,  long-stalked:  fls. 
long-stalked,  8-10  in.  long,  strongly  2-lipped;  the  upper 
lip  short  and  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate;  the  lower 
lip  (which,  by  position  of  fl.  may  seem  to  be  the  upper) 
very  large,  dilated  at  base,  and  produced  into  a  long, 
boat-shaped  (whence  the  name,  from  cymba,  a  boat) 


usually  2-lobed  projection;  fl.  creamy  white,  marked 
and  blotched  with  maroon.  Brazil.  B.M.  2545.  P.M. 
6:53  (as  A.  hyperborea,  Paxt.). 

A  altissima,  Deaf  Fls.  2  in.  or  loss  long,  brownish  Sicily 
and  Alger.a  BM  6586  —Would  probably  be  hardy  with  pro- 
tection in  the  middle  states.  —  A.  anguicida,  Jacq.  Lvs  long-cor- 
date: fls.  small,  1-2  in.  long,  with  a  long-pointed  limb  Colombia. 
B  M  4361.  F.S.  4  344  —A  barbdta,  Jacq 
Lvs.  oblong  and  cordate'  fls.  2J^  in  ,  pur- 
ple. Venezuela.  BM  5869—  A  cauddta, 
Booths*  A  macroura  —  A.  cihAta,  Hook  , 
and  A.  cilidsa,  Benth  =»A.  fimbnata  —  A. 
dypeMa,  Lmdl  &  Andr6.  Lvs  triangular- 
ovate,  pointed  fls  with  a  large,  oval,  pur- 
ple-spotted, tailless  limb  8  Amer  I  H. 
17  40.  B.M.  7512  —A.  Duchdrtrn,  Andre 
=A  Ruiziana  —  A.  fimbnAla,  Cham.  A 
free-floworing  greenhouse  species  Ivs  small, 
cordate-orbicular  fls  small,  the  little  limb 
glandular-cihate,  Brazil  B  M  3756  (as  A. 
cihata).—  A.  hlans,  Wjlld  Lvs  round-cor- 
date fls  bronze-green,  with  lobed  limb  and 
a  hairy  beak  Venezuela  B  M  7073.  Allied 
to  A  brasilien<<is  —  A.  Kafmpfen  Willd 
Tall-climbing  Ivs  ovate-cordate  or  hastate, 
variable  fls  solitary,  tomentose,  with  nar- 
row rim,  yellow  outside,  purple  inside. 
Japan  Probably  hardy  in  the  N.  —  A. 
longica\ul<Ma,  Mast.  LVB  ovate  and  cor- 
date fls  cream-colored  with  purple  mark- 
ings, with  a  large  sac-like  tube,  hairy  at  the 
throat,  with  no  expanded  hmb  but  a  very 
long  tail.  S  Amer  G  C  III  8  49d  —  A  lonaifMia,  Champ. 
Branches  climbing,  from  ^  woody  rootetock  Ivs  thick, 
linear-lanceolate  fls.  U-shaped,  with  a  2-lobcd  purple  limb 
2  H  m  across  Hong  Kong  BM  0884.  —  A  nuicroiira,  Gomei. 
Lvs  reniform,  lobed  fl.  dark  maroon,  b-spurrcd,  the  hp  with  a 
twisted  cusp  Brazil  B  M  37G9  (as  A  rnudata)  —  A  macroiira 
Xbraxihfniis,  a  garden  hybrid  -—A  odoratlnnma,  Linn  Lvs. 
corda*  ?-ovate  fl  solitary,  purple,  nweet  Jamaica  —  A  pdntica, 
Linn  Erect  or  ascending  from  a  globose  rootstock  Ivs  large, 
broadly  ovate,  fls  very  large,  curved,  greenish  purplo,  ill-smelling. 
Asia  Minor.—  A  ringens,  Vahl  Lvs  round-rumfurm  fl  7-10  m. 
long,  green  marked  with  dark  purple,  hairy  inside,  with  2  long  lips, 
one  of  which  has  a  much-expanded  limb  Brazil  B  M  5700  —  A. 
Ruizidna,  Duch  Lvs  remform-cordate  fls  with  tubo  1  in  or  less 
cros«,  and  brown-spotted  Brazil 
(as  A  Duchartrei)  —  A  saccdta, 


, 

long,  the  cordate-ovate  limb  3  in  acros«,  and  brown-spotted    Brazil 
BM  5880  and  GC  1868  510    (as   A     Duchartrei)  —  A     saccdta, 
Wall.    Lys.  long-ovate    fls.  small,  U-shaped,  with  a  very  narrow 
nm  (suggesting  the  Dutchman's  pipe),  red     India     B  ^l  3640  — 


, 

A.  Sdlpinx,  Mast  Lva  ovate-lanceolate  fls  small,  with  a  trumpet- 
ehaped,  somewhat  2-lipped  mouth,  purplish  Paraguay.  G.C  II. 
26  457  —  A.  unguhfbha.  Mast  Lvs  3-lobed  fls  small,  brownish 
and  reddish,  with  a  ciliate,  tongue-like  lip  Borneo.  G  C  II  14  117. 
B  M.  7424  —  A.  Wteflandn,  Hems!  Lvs  oblong-lanceolate  fl 
pendulous,  with  a  spreading  purple-marked  limb  5  or  6  in  across 
China.  B.M  7011  A  greenhouse  climber  producing  its  fls  on  th» 
old  parts  of  the  plant  near  the  ground.  L  H  B 

ARISTOTfcLIA  (after  the  Greek  philosopher 
Aristotle).  Elseocarpdcese.  Woody  plants  sometimes 
grown  in  the  open  m  warm  countries. 

Leaves  evergreen,  nearly  opposite,  entire  or  toothed: 
fls.  polygamous;  sepals  4-5,  valvate;  petals  of  the  same 
number:  berries  small,  edible.  —  A  genus  of  7  species  of 
trees  and  shrubs  from  the  southern  hemisphere,  allied 
to  Elaeocarpus.  Prop,  by  ripened  cuttings,  under  bell- 
jar  or  closed  frame. 


379.  Aristolochia  grandiflora.    (X|) 


AKISTOTELIA 


ARNICA 


395 


racemdsa,  Hook.  f.  NEW  ZEALAND  WINEBEERT. 
Small  tree,  20  ft.:  Ivs.  glossy,  ovate  or  cordate-ovate, 
thin  and  membranous:  ns  white  in  many-fld.  panicled 
racemes.  New  Zeal. — Cult,  somewhat  m  S.  Calif. 

Macqui,  L'Her.  Shrub,  to  7  ft  :  Ivs.  almost  opposite, 
dentate,  smooth,  shining,  oblong  and  acute  at  the  apex: 
fls.  inconspicuous,  greenish,  axillary.  Chile. — Grown 
for  its  foliage.  A  variegated  form,  less  hardy  than  the 
type,  is  known.  Occasionally  found  in  botanical  and 
other  collections,  particularly  in  Calif,  jj.  TAYLOR.! 

ARMENlACA:  Prunua 

ARM&RIA  (an  old  Latin  name).  Plumbagindcex. 
SEA  PINK  THRIFT  Small  perennial  herbs,  with  ro- 
settes of  narrow  evergreen  leaves  on  the  ground,  planted 
along  borders  and  walks,  used  for  continuous  low 
edgings  and  in  rock-gardens,  sometimes  grown  as 
pot-plants. 

Scape  naked,  simple,  2-12  m.  high,  on  which  is  borne 
a  compact  head  of  pink,  lilac  or  white  fls  ,  the  head 
being  subtended  by  small  bracts,  forming  a  kind  of 
involucre,  fls  with  plaited  funnel-shaped  dry  calyx,  the 
lobes  pointed;  5  petals  nearly  or  quite  distinct  and 
tapering  at  the  base,  5  stamens  opposite  the  corolla 
parts,  styles  5,  hairy  below  the  middle  fr.  a  utricle 
inclosed  in  the  calyx  — About  50  spccios  in  Eu  ,  W.  Asia, 
N  Afr.  and  1  in  N.  Amer  ,  much  confused 

Armenas  are  of  easiest  culture,  being  hardy  and  free 
growers.  Propagation  is  by  division  of  the  stools;  also 
by  seeds. 

A.  Calyx-tube  usually  pilose  all  over 
vulgaris,   Willd     (A     marltima,   Willd )     COMMON 

THRIFT  Fig  380.  Lvs.  linear,  1-nerved,  somewhat 
obtuse,  glabrous  or  slightly  ciliate:  scape  low,  some- 
what villose,  calyx- tube  about  the  length  of  the  pedicel 
and  decurrcnt  on  it,  the  limb  nearly  equal  to  the  tube, 
with  very  short  ovate,  blunt  or  anstate  lobes  Eu  and 
Amer.,  along  the  seacoast  Var.  41ba,  Hort  White.  Var 
rubra,  Hort  Fls  dark  rose-red.  Var  purpdrea,  Hort. 
Purple-red  Var.  Laucheana,  Voss  Light  rose-color 
Var  grandifldra,  Hort  Laige-fld  ,  light  rose-red  Var 
splendens,  Hort  Bright  pink  A  arqentea,  Hort ,  is 
perhaps  another  form,  with  small  white  fls.;  also  a 
white-lvd  form. 

sibirica,  Turcz  Lvs.  linear,  1-nerved,  obtuse,  gla- 
brous: scape  rather  taller,  thicker,  calyx-tube  longer 
than  pedicel,  the  limb  about  length  of  tube,  with  tri- 
angular, short-mucronate  lobes;  involucre  brown;  fls. 
white.  Siberia 

juncea,  Girard  (A.  setdcen.  Dehle)  Outer  Ivs.  of 
rosette  narrow-linear  and  subdentate,  the  inner  ones 
longer  and  filiform*  head  small,  with  pale  involucre,  the 
pedicel  much  shorter  than  the  calyx-tube;  calyx-limb 
short,  the  lobes  ovate-obtuse  and  anstate;  fls.  pmk.  Eu. 

AA.  Calyx-tube  glabrous,  or  pilose  only  on  the  ridges. 

B.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  broader. 
latifdlia,  Willd.  (A.  cephalbtes,  Link  &  Hoffm.,  not 

Hook.).  Glabrous  and  glaucous.  Ivs.  broad-oblong. 
5-7-nerved,  the  margin  remotely  denticulate'  head 
large,  the  involucre  dry;  calyx-limb  long,  with  very 
small  or  no  lobes  and  long  teeth;  fls  bright  pink  S. 
Eu.  BM  7313  PM  11.79  (as  Siatice  Pseudo- 
armena). — A.  formdsa,  Hort,  probably  belongs  here, 
mauritanica,  Wallr.  (A.  cephaldtes,  Hook .  not  Link 
&  Hoffm.).  Lvs.  broad-spatulate  or  elliptic-lanceolate, 
3-5-nerved,  glaucous  green,  the  margin  scanous- white: 
heads  large  (2-3  in  across),  the  involucre  brownish, 
the  calyx  short-toothed  and  anstate;  fls.  pink.  Eu., 


BB.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  narrower. 

alpina,  Willd.  Glabrous:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  equal- 
ing the  scape,  1-nerved  or  obscurely  3-nerved:  head 
large,  the  involucre  pale  brown;  pedicels  shorter  than 


calyx-tube,  the  tube  equaling  the  oblong  long-aristate 
lobes;  fls.  deep  rose.  Mts.,  Eu. 

purpurea,  Koch.  Lvs.  linear,  long,  1-nerved,  blunt: 
outer  involucre-scales  mostly  blunt,  the  inner  very 
blunt  and  weak,  pedicels  as  long  as  calyx-tube,  limb 
equaling  the  tube,  and  the  lobes  ovate-anstate;  purple 
Cent.  Eu. 

plantagfnea,  Willd  Glabrous:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
3-7-nerved,  acute  or  acuminate  scape  tall;  head  dense 
and  globular,  the  involucre  white,  pedicels  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  the  lobes  ovate  and  long-aristate  and  as 
long  as  tube,  pink.  Cent  and  H  Eu  Var.  leucantha, 
Boiss  (A  diantholdes,  Hornem  <fe  Sprung  ),  has  white  fls. 

argyrocephala,  Wallr.  (.4  undulata,  Boiss.).  Gla- 
brous outer  Ivs.  in  rosette,  short  and  lanceolate  or 
linear-lanceolate  and  3-nerved  a.nd  often  sinuate,  the 
inner  ones  linear  or  setaceous  and  1-3  nerved:  head 
large,  the  involucre  white;  pedicel  neaily  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  the  calyx-limb  \Mth  long-triangular  aristate 
lobes,  fls  white,  showy.  Greece.  L.  jj.  B.t 

ARMERlASTRUM:  Acanthohmon 

ARHATTO:  Bixa 

ARNJDBIA  (Arabic  name)  Boragmacex  Annual  or 
perennial  hispid  herbs,  grown  as  flower-garden  or 
border  subjects 

Elect  or  diffuse*  root  sometimes  yielding  red  tint: 
Ivs  alternate  fls  yellow  or  violet,  in  racemes  or  cymes, 
the  color  changing  with 
the  age  of  the  blossom; 
corolla  slender-tubed, 
with  5  obtuse  lobes,  the 
throat  devoid  of  scales/, 
stamens  included,  style 
usually  bifid  fr  nor- 
mally of  4  erect  nutlets. 
— A  dozen  species  in 
Asia  and  N  Afr  of 
easy  cult  in  gardens. 

echioides,  DC.  (Ma- 
crotdmia  (chioldes, 
Boiss)  PROPHET- 
FLOWER.  Hardy  per- 
ennial, 3-12  in.  high, 
short-hairy,  with 
spreading,  ob ovate- 
oblong  Ivs.:  fls.  in  a 
scorpioid  raceme  or 
spike,  yellow,  with 
purple  spots,  fading  to 

pure  yellow.  Caucasus,          380.  ^^  vul  ans.  ( x  ^ 
Armenia,    etc.     B  M. 

4409  G  C  II  11  689 — Blooms  in  spring  In  full  sun 
or  in  rather  dry  ground,  it  is  difficult  to  keep  this  charm- 
ing plant  in  a  healthy  condition ,  partial  shade  is  essen- 
tial to  its  welfare.  One  can  grow  luxuriant  specimens 
on  the  northern  slope  of  a  rockery  or  close  to  a  building 
on  the  east  or  north  side.  Prop  by  seeds,  division,  or 
by  root-cuttings 

cornuta,  Fisch  &  Mey.  ARABIAN  PRIMROSE.  An- 
nual, 2  ft.,  bushy:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  linear-oblong, 
pointed:  fls.  %m.  across,  yellow  and  black-spotted, 
changing  to  maroon  and  then  to  yellow.  Orient.  G.C. 
III.7.52.  JH.III  31'29.  AF.5'400.  AG.11:181 
(1890)  — An  attractive  and  not  very  common  annual, 
easily  grown  in  the  open. 

A  Griffith^,  Bois,«  Annual,  9-12  in  •  Iva  narrow-oblong,  obtuse, 
cilmtc  fls  long-tubed,  with  a  black  spot  m  each  sinus  India. 
B  M  5266  —A  macrothiirsa,  Stapf  Perennial,  1  to  nearly  2  ft.: 
fls  yellow  in  dense  thyrses.  Armenia.  L  H  B  t 

ARNICA  (ancient  name).  Compdsitx.  Perennial  herbs 
sometimes  seen  in  borders  or  rockeries. 

With  clustered  root-lvs.  and  opposite  st.-lvs.  and  large, 
long-ped  uncled  yellow  heads :  mvolueral  bracts  all  equal, 


396 


ARNICA 


ARONICUM 


thin,  in  a  single,  rarely  double  series.  Native  to  Eu., 
Asia,  and  N.  Amer.,  about  10  species. — Tincture  of  the 
European  .4.  nwntana  is  used  in  medicine.  Grown 
mostly  as  alpines  or  in  rockwork;  some  species  also  grow 
well  in  the  common 
border.  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion, and  rarely  by  seeds. 

A.  Radical  Ivs.  cordate, 
with  slender  or  winged 
petioles. 

cordif61ia,Hook.  Two 
ft.  or  less  high,  hairy: 
heads  few  or  even  soli- 
tary, with  inch -long 
rays;  involucre  ^m 
high,  pubescent.  Rocky 
Mts.  and  W.— To  be 
grown  as"n  alpine. 

latifdlia,  Bongard  (A. 
ventorum,  Greene). 
Glabrous  or  very  nearly 
so.  the  st  -Ivs  not  cor- 
date or  petioled,  the 
radical  Ivs  nearly  round- 
heads smaller  than  in 
preceding  Rocky  Mts. 
andW. 

AA    Radical  Ivs  not  cor- 
date, often  petioled. 
amplexicaulis,     Nutt 
Glabrous  or  nearly  so: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  lance-ob- 
long, acute,  those  on  the 
st.  clasping  and  dentate: 
st.   leafy   to    the   top. 
Ore.  and  N 

folidsa,  Nutt  Pubes- 
cent: Ivs.  lanceolate, 
strongly  nerved,  small- 
toothed,  the  upper  ones 
somewhat  clasping: 
heads  sometimes  soli- 
tary, short -peduncled: 
st.  leafy,  strict  Rocky  Mts.  and  W. 

montana,  Linn.  MOUNTAIN  TOBACCO  MOUNTAIN 
SNUFF.  Fig.  381.  A  foot  high,  the  st  sparsely  hairy, 
radical  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  glabrous  and  entire: 
heads  3-4,  large  Eu  B  M  1749  J.H.  III.  34:441. 
Gn.  24,  p  394.  G.  29.215.— The  best  known  species 
in  cultivation  and  can  be  grown  in  the  open  border, 
but  none  of  the  arnicas  is  common  in  American 
gardens 

A.  C/6m«=-Doromcum  Clusu.  L.  H.  B. 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

AR&NIA  (modification  of  Aria,  a  subgenus  of  the 
allied  genus  Sorbus)  Rosacese  CHOKEBERRY.  Orna- 
mental shrubs  grown  for  their  attractive  white  flowers 
and  for  their  handsome  fruits,  and  also  for  the  bright 
autumnal  tints  of  the  foliage. 

Low  plants.  Ivs.  deciduous,  ahort-petioled,  finely  and 
crenately  serrate,  glandular  on  the  midrib  above,  con- 
volute in  bud.  fls  in  small  corymbs,  white;  calyx  5- 
lobed,  petals  5,  spreading,  stamens  numerous;  ovary 
5-celled,  woolly  at  the  top,  with  5  styles  united  at  the 
base,  the  carpels  connate  but  partly  free  on  their  ventral 
suture:  fr.  a  small  pome,  flesh  without  grit-cells,  top 
hemispherical. — Three  closely  related  species  m  E  N. 
Amer.  Closely  related  to  Sorbus,  which  is  easily  oUs- 
tinguished  by  the  sharply  or  doubly  serrate,  often  pin- 
nate Ivs.  folded  in  bud  and  without  glands  above,  by 
the  usually  2-3-celled  ovary  with  the  carpels  connate 
on  their  ventral  suture,  otherwise  often  partly  free,  and 
by  the  conical  top  of  the  fr.:  quite  distinct  in  general 


381.  Arnica  montana.  ( X  \i) 


appearance  and  habit  and  suggesting  more  an  affinity 
with  Amelanchier. 

The  aromas  are  small  shrubs  with  simple  deciduous 
leaves  turning  bright  red  in  autumn  and  with  white 
flowers  in  small  corymbs  followed  by  berry-like,  red, 
purple  or  black  fruit.  Well  adapted  for  borders  of  shrub- 
beries and  quite  hardy  North.  A.  melanocarpa  is  hand- 
somest in  foliage  and  bloom,  particularly  the  var. 
grandifolia;  its  fruit  ripens  in  August,  but  soon  shrivels 
and  drops,  while  A.  atropurpurea  and  A  arbutifolw  have 
showier  and  usually  more  numerous  fruits;  tnose  of  A. 
atropurpurea  ripen  in  early  September  and  shrivel  at 
the  beginning  of  the  winter,  while  those  of  the  last- 
named  species  ripen  later  and  remain  plump  and 
bright  far  into  the  winter 

They  prefer  moist  situations,  but  A  melanocarpa 
also  grows  well  on  drier  and  rocky  soil.  Propagation  is 
by  seeds  sown  in  fall  or  stratified;  also  by  suckers  and 
layers,  or  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 

arbutifdlia,  Spach  (Sorbus  arbnfifdha.  Heynh.  Pyrus 
arbutifolw,  Linn  f  A  arbutifoha.  Ell.  A.  pynfblia, 
Pers.  Mtspilw  arbutifblia  var.  erythrocdrpa,  Michx.). 
RED  CHOKEBERRY  Upright  shrub,  6-10  ft  high.  Ivs. 
short-petioled,  oval  to  oblong  or  obovate,  acute  or 
abruptly  acuminate,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous  above 
except  some  glands  on  the  midrib,  whitish  or  grayish 
green  and  tomentose  or  pubescent  beneath,  1H~3  in. 
long  corymbs  tomcntose,  few-  to  many-fld.,  1-1 H  m- 
broad:  fls.  white  or  tinged  red,  H~H'n.  across,  fr  sub- 
globose  or  pear-shaped,  bright  or  dull  red,  about  ^m. 
across  April.  May.  N.  Y  to  Minn  ,  to  Fla.  and  La. 
B.M.  3668.  G.F.  3:417.  G.W.  5,  p  245. 

atropurpurea,  Brit  (Sdrbus  arbutifbha  var  atro- 
purpurea, Schneid  ).  PURPLE  CHOKKBERRY.  Shrub,  to 
12  tt.,  closely  allied  to  the  last:  Ivs  oblong  to  obovate, 
grayish  pubescent  beneath,  2-3M  in  long,  corymbs 
tomentose,  many-fld.  •  fr.  ovoid  to  subglobose,  purplish 
black,  about  l&n  high  May,  June.  Nova  Scotia 
to  Fia. 

melanoc&rpa,  Spach  (S6rbus  mclanocdrpa,  Heynh. 
Pyrus  n\gra.  Sarg.  A  n\gta,  Koehne  Pyrus  arbuti- 
fbha var  nigra,  Willd.).  BLACK  CHOKEBERRY.  Low 
shrub,  rarely  to  6  ft.:  Ivs  oval  to  obovate,  abruptly 
acuminate  or  obtuse,  pale  green  and  glabrous  or  nearly 
so  beneath*  calyx  and  pedicels  glabrous  or  nearly  so  fr. 
globose,  about  HH*.  across,  shining  black  Nova  Scotia 
to  Ont.,  south  to  Fla.  and  Mich  April-June  B  B. 
2:237.  Var.  grandifdlia,  Schneid.  (Pyrus  grandifblia, 


382.  Aroma  meUnocarpa  var.  elata. 


Lindl.)  A  taller,  more  vigorous  shrub  with,  larger, 
obovate  or  broadly  obovate  lustrous  Ivs  and  larger  fls. 
in  larger  corymbs.  B.R.  14:1154  Var  elata,  Rehd. 
Fig.  382.  Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  Ivs.  narrower, 
generally  oblong-obovate,  acute.  Var.  subpubSscens, 
Schneid.  Lvs.  pubescent  beneath  when  young 

A  flonbiinda,  Spach  (Pyrus  flonbunda,  Lindl.).  Hybrid  between 
A.  arbutifoha  and  A  melanocarpa,  similar  to  A.  atropurpurea,  but 
usually  more  glabreacent.  B  R.  12  1006.  G.W.  5,  p.  246.— It  is  of 
garden  origin  and  several  forms  of  it  are  in  cult. 

ALFRED  REBDER. 

AR6NICUM:Z>oromcum. 


ARPOPHYLLUM 

ARPOPHtLLUM  (cimiter  and  leaf).  Orchidaces. 
Epiphytic  evergreen  orchids,  with  1-lvd.  sts.  arising 
from  creeping  rhizomes:  Ivs.  coriaceous  or  fleshy:  fls. 
numerous,  sessile,  in  dense  cylmdric  spikes;  sepals  and 
petals  nearly  alike,  spreading;  lip  adnate  to  base  of  the 
erect  column,  narrowed  above  the  somewhat  saccate 
base;  pollinia  8. — About  6  species,  natives  of  Mex., 
Cent.  Amer ,  and  W.  Indies. 

giganteum,  Lmdl.  Sts  stout,  up  to  1  ft.  tall*  Ivs. 
12-16  in.  long:  spike  dense,  up  to  1  ft.  long;  fls.  rose- 
purple,  the  broadly  obovate  lip  deeper.  Mex.  and 
Guatemala. 

spidttum,  Llav  &  Lex.  Fig  383.  Sts.  up  to  8  in.  tall: 
Ivs  up  to  1  ft.  long-  spike  dense,  3-6  in.  long;  fls.  less 
than  Vizin.  across,  numerous;  sepals  and  petals  rose- 
purple;  lip  bright  purple.  Mex.  B.M.  6022. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

ARRACACIA  (Spanish  name  of  the  plants).  Umbel- 
liferse.  Also  spelled  Arracacha.  Twenty  to  30  species  of 
perennial  herbs  clobely  allied  to  Comum,  witn  calyx- 
teeth  very  small  or  wanting,  petals  broad,  acuminate 
and  inflexed,  white  to  dark  purple,  fls.  in  large  com- 
pound umbels'  Ivs  pmnately  compound  or  decompound. 
A.  xanthorrhiza,  Baner  (A  esculenta,  DC  ),  produces 
edible  tuberous  roots  much  eaten  by  residents  of 
N.  S.  Amer.;  these  tubers  have  branches  or  tobes  the 
size  of  carrots,  and  are  boiled.  A.  Dugesii,  Coulter  & 
Rose,  Cent  Amer ,  is  reported  as  a  botanic-garden 
plant  It  is  tall  and  coarse,  aromatic:  Ivs.  much 
aecompound,  begm  linear. 

ARRHENATHERUM  (Greek  arren,  masculine,  and 
ather,  awn,  m  reference  to  the  awned  stammate  flower). 
Graminesp.  OAT  GRASS.  Tall  perennials  with  flat  blades 
and  long  narrow  panicles,  spikelets  2-fld  ,  the  lower 
stammate,  its  lemma  bearing  a  gemculate  twisted 
dorsal  awn,  the  upper  perfect,  short-awned  or  awnless. 
Species  6,  Medit.  region.  One  species,  tall  oat -grass 
(A  eldtius,  Beauv  ),  is  cult  as  a  meadow  grass.  Dept. 
Agnc ,  Div.  Agrost.  20.95.  There  has  been  recently 
mtro.  into  the  eastern  states  a  variety  (var  tuberdsum, 
Halac  A  bidbdsum,  Presl )  that  bears  at  the  base  of 
the  culms  a  short  chain  of  corms  A  variegated  form 
of  this  has  been  offered  under  the  name  A.  bulbdnum 
vdnegdtum.  A  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

ARROW-ROOT.  An  edible  starch,  derived  from  the 
rhizomes  of  various  seitammaceous  plants,  as  Maranta, 
Curcuma,  Tacca,  Canna  The  West  Indian  arrow-root 
is  mostly  from  Maranta  arundiruicea.  The  Brazilian  is 
from  Manihot  utihsftima.  The  Eafat  Indian  is  chiefly 
from  Curcuma  angustifolia  Potato  and  maize  starches 
are  also  a  source  of  arrow-root.  In  the  United  States 
starch  is  secured  from  Cassava  (Manihot  utdissima) 
and  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  arrow-root.  See  Cyclo. 
Amer.  Agric.,  Vol.  II,  p.  199,  with  figure  of  Maranta 
arundinacea. 

ARTAB6TRYS  (Greek,  suspended  grapes,  alluding 
to  the  clustered  fruit  suspended  by  the  hooked 
peduncle).  Annondcex.  CLIMBING  YLANG-YLANQ.  TAIL- 
GRAPE.  Woody  tropical  climbers  or  scrambling  shrubs, 
remarkable  for  their  curiously  hooked  peduncles,  and 
prized  for  the  fragrance  of  their  flowers. 

Leaves  smooth,  evergreen,  alternate,  petals  6  in  2 
series,  both  series  valvate  or  edge-to-edge,  in  most 
species  flat  but  in  certain  Malayan  and  Afncan  species 
terete  or  club-shaped,  with  a  broad  excavated  base, 
above  which  they  are  constricted  and  connivent  over 
the  essential  parts,  which  they  almost  conceal,  the  flat  or 
terete  limb  above  the  constriction  usually  spreading 
and  ascending,  sometimes  slightly  incurved:  stamens 
typically  annonaceous,  closely  packed,  wedge-shaped  or 
oblong  with  2  dorsal  pollen-sacs  on  the  back  of  the  thick 
filament  and  connective  produced  above  them  in  the 


ARTABOTRYS 


397 


form  of  a  dilated  hood  or  cap:  ovaries  several,  seldom 
numerous,  each  with  2  erect  basal  ovules  side  by 
side;  styles  variable,  sometimes  oblong  or  club-shaped 
andreflexed,  sometimes  erect  or  very  small;  ripe  car- 
pels separate,  borne  in  a  cluster  on  the  hardened  torus 
or  receptacle,  either  sessile  or  stipitate,  more  or  less 
plum-like  or  olive-like,  and  normally  containing  2  flat- 
tened seeds  with  hard  bony  testa,  nsmg  side  by  side 
from  the  base,  grooved  around  the  margin  and  contain- 
ing the  wrinkled  albumen  characteristic  of  all  Annona- 
ceaB  E  Asia,  the  Malay  Archipelago,  and  Trop.  Afr. — 
About  40  species  thus  far  described,  several  of  them 
cult,  in  tropical  countries  and  grown  m  conservatories 
for  their  fragrant  fls. 

Several  of  the  most  common  species  have  been  con- 
fused Artabotrys  uncinatus  was  described  by  Lamarck 
under  the  name  Annona  uncinata  in  1786  It  was  sup- 
posed to  be  identical  with  Artabotrys  odcralis8imus,  R. 
Br.,  the  type  species  of  the  genus,  which  was  established 
in  1819.  Its  flowers,  however,  are  described  as  having 
ovate-lanceolate  petals  with  a  brownish  red  upper  part 


383.  Arpophyllum  sptcatum.  (XJ-S) 


(or  limb),  and  with  broad  clawa  at  the  base,  cottony, 
concave  within  at  the  base  and  constricted  between  the 
claw  and  the  blade.  It  is  consequently  to  be  identified 
with  Artabotrys  odoratissimus  of  Blume,  which  is  dis- 
tinct from  A  odoratissimus,  R.  Br.,  and  which  was 
described  as  A.  Blumei  by  Hooker  &  Thomson,  while 
A  odoratissimus  of  Hooker  <fe  Thomson  is  to  be  re- 
ferred to  A  hamatus  of  Blume,  and  A  intermedius, 
Hassk.,  is  regarded  as  a  variety  of  A.  odoratissimus,  R. 
Br. 

A.  Shape  of  petals  lanceolate  or  ovate,  flat. 

B.  Petals  glabrous,  more  than  an  inch  long. 
odoratissimus,    R.    Br      CLIMBING    YLANG-YLANQ. 

ALANG-ILANO  SONGSONG  TAIL -GRAPE  ALANO- 
ILANG  DB  CHINA.  A  woody  climber  or  half-scandent 
shrub:  young  branches  puberulous,  at  length  glabrous: 
Ivs  short-petioled,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, acute  at  the  base,  thin,  coriaceous,  both  sides 
glabrous,  glossy,  reticulate  between  the  lateral  nerves 
hooked  peduncles  1-  or  2-fld.,  extra-axillary,  usually 
opposite  a  If.  or  subtermmal;  fls.  rather  large,  greenish 
to  yellow,  very  fragrant;  petals  flat,  glabrous,  or  silky- 
puberulous  at  the  base,  thick  and  coriaceous,  lanceolate 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  nearly  2  in.  long  when  full-grown, 
constricted  near  the  base  and  connivent  over  the  essen* 
tial  parts,  widely  spreading  above  the  constriction, 
inner  petals  similar  to  the  outer  but  slightly  smaller; 
stamens  numerous,  short  and  thick,  wedge-shaped, 
with  the  connective  broadly  dilated  above  the  2  pollen- 
sacs,  which  are  adnate  on  the  back  of  the  fleshy  filament 
and  open  extrorsely  by  longitudinal  Assures;  ovaries 


ARTABOTRYS 


ARTABOTRYS 


glabrous,  several,  each  with  2  erect  ovules  at  the  base; 
styles  linear-oblong  or  club-shaped:  bemes  plum-like, 
clustered  on  the  hardened  receptacle,  oblong,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  nearly  sessile,  with  a  small  point  at  the  apex, 
smooth,  yellow  and  fragrant  when  ripe.  S.  China, 
Formosa,  India,  Ceylon,  Burma,  Philippine  Isls.  B.R. 
423. — A  species  widely  cult,  in  the  warm  countries  of 
the  eastern  hemisphere  and  in  conservatories,  for  its 
fragrant  fls  and  frs.  This  species  is  tender  in  Cent.  Fla. 
and  should  be  banked  with  dry  sand.  It  needs  rich 
soil  and  should  be  well  fertilized  each  year.  Easily 
prop,  by  seeds. 

BB.  Petals  tomentose  or  pubescent,  not  exceeding  an  inch 
in  length. 

c.  Fr.  ovoid,  sharp-pointed:  petals  ovate-lanceolate, 

brownish  red,  pubescent. 

uncinitus,  Safford  (Annbna  uncinata,  Lam  ).  Fig. 
384.  A  shrub  with  climbing  divaricate  branches;  young 
branches  slightly  pubescent  at  first,  at  length  glabrous, 
more  or  less  zigzag:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  usually  acute  at  the  base,  glabrous  on  both 


384.  Artabotrys  uncinatus. 

(XH) 

sides,  glossy,  and  with  short  thick  petioles,  5-10  in. 
long  by  2-3  in.  broad:  hooked  peduncles  glabrous, 
curved  downwards  almost  like  a  spiral,  somewhat 
flattened,  usually  opposite  a  If.,  often  with  the  portion 
of  the  branch  above  it  more  or  less  aborted,  so  as  to 
make  it  appear  terminal,  calyx  3-parted,  the  divisions 
ovate-acute;  petals  6,  ovate-lanceolate,  brownish  red 
on  the  upper  part,  with  broad  claws,  woolly  or  pubes- 
cent ("cottoneux"),  concave  within  and  constricted 
between  the  claw  and  the  limb,  the  3  outer  petals 
about  %in.  long,  somewhat  larger  than  the  inner,  and 
relatively  broader,  ovaries  about  8-12,  gradually  tap- 
ering upward  to  the  obtuse  stigmatic  apex,  clothed 
with  minute  hairs,  and  containing  2  basal  collateral 
erect  ovules:  frs  several,  rounded-ovoid,  abruptly 
pointed  at  the  apex,  nearly  sessile,  about  the  size  of  a 
ivalnut  inclosed  in  its  hull,  at  length  smooth,  lightly 
punctate,  and  inclosing  2  oblong  seeds  truncated  at 
the  base,  rising  side  by  side  from  the  base,  more  or 
less  compressed  and  bearing  a  marginal  groove  around 
the  periphery  of  the  hard  bony  testa  — This  species  was 
described  by  Lamarck  from  specimens  collected  by 
Sonnerat  in  the  E  Indies  and  Madagascar  (see  figs. 
Dunal  Anon,  nls  12.  12a).  It  is  very  closely  related  to 


A.  odoratissimus,  R.  Br.,  from  which  it  apparently  diiTers 
in  the  broader  shape,  reddish  brown  color,  and  "cot- 
tony" indumentum  of  its  petals.  If,  as  supposed  by 
many  botanists,  the  two  species  are  identical,  the  spe- 
cific name  uncinatus  of  Biuine,  which  it  more  closely 
resembles,  the  latter,  set  apart  by  Hooker  &  Thomson 
as  a  distinct  species  under  the  name  A.  Blumei,  must 
yield  to  the  earlier  specific  name,  and  A.  odoratissimus, 
R.  Br.,  be  retained  as  a  species  distinct  from  Lamarck's 
though  supposed  by  its  author  and  his  followers  to  be 
identical  with  it.  A.  uncinatus ,  like  its  very  close  ally, 
A.  odoratissimus,  is  frequently  planted  in  the  warm 
regions  of  the  eastern  hemisphere  for  the  sake  of  its 
fragrant  fls. 

cc.  Fr.  tapenng  at  both  ends'  petals  linear-lanceolate, 
tomentose. 

hamatus,  Blume  (A  odoratissimus,  Hook.  f.  & 
Thomson).  A  large  scrambling  shrub  with  elongate  sar- 
mentose  glabrous  branches.  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate, 
obtusely  acuminate,  acute  at  the  base,  2-^-4  in  long  by 
1-1^  in.  broad,  coriaceous,  glabrous,  delicately  veined 
on  both  surfaces,  hooked  peduncles  flattened,  glabrous, 
spirally  curved,  several-fld  but  usually  all  but  one  of  the 
fls.  abortive;  pedicel  curved,  clothed  With  short  pubes- 
cence and  bearing  at  the  base  a  sessile  ovate  caducous 
bracteole,  fls  yellowish  forrugmeous;  calyx  minute, 
subtomentose,  deciduous,  deeply  3-parted,  the  divisions 
broadly  ovate-acute,  spreading  and  rcflexed;  outer  and 
inner  petals  of  equal  length,  1  m  long,  linear-lanceolate, 
obtusely  acuminate,  thickish,  tomentose,  excavated  ana 
constricted  at  the  base,  conniving  over  the  essential 
parts  and  almost  concealing  them,  the  limb,  above  the 
constriction,  curving  somewhat  inward,  with  a  raised 
median  line  along  the  back  and  a  groove  within,  the 
outer  petals  somewhat  broader  than  the  inner,  recep- 
tacle plano-convex,  clothed  with  minute  hairs,  sta- 
mens-, numerous,  thick,  club-shaped,  obtuse,  the  con- 
nective swollen  and  rounded  above  the  pollen-sacs; 
ovaries  few.  about  5-8,  linear-oblong,  glabrous,  taper- 
ing upward  into  the  terete  style;  mature  hardened 
receptacle  beanng  3-5  fruiting  carpels  2-2^  in  long 
and  1  in.  diam.,  tapenng  toward  both  ends,  obtusely 
acuminate,  rather  smooth,  marked  with  longitudinal 
lines  within  from  the  base  to  the  apex  and  spotted  with 
greenish  and  white,  at  length  turning  red;  seeds  2,  erect, 
side  by  side  oval,  with  a  hard  bony  pericarp  sur- 
rounded by  a  marginal  groove,  and  a  large  ruminate 
albumen.  Java,  common  at  the  base  of  high  mts. — 
Widely  diffused  in  India  and  Ceylon,  and  planted  for 
the  sake  of  its  fragrant  fls.,  often  scramming  over 
garden  walls.  Closely  allied  to  this  species  is  Arta- 
botrys intermedius,  Hassk  ,  which  grows  in  the  botani- 
cal gardens  of  Buitenzorg,  on  the  island  of  Java.  Its 
calyx  is  described  as  silky  within,  its  petals  as  green  and 
covered  with  fine  tomenturn,  the  exterior  ones  a  little 
broader  and  longer  than  the  inner  (an  inch  long),  and 
ovate-lanceolate  in  shape,  and  the  ripe  carpels  obovoid 
and  acutish. 

AA.  Shape  of  petals  cylindrical  or  club-shaped,  fleshy: 
peduncles  several-fld. 

suaveolens,  Blume.  BUFFALO  THORN.  DURIB 
CARABAO.  SUSONQ  DAMULAG.  A  large  woody  climber 
or  scrambling  shrub:  young  branches  puberulous:  Ivs. 
elliptic-oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate,  2-5  in.  long  by  1- 
1%  in.  broad,  acuminate,  at  the  acute  or  obtuse  base 
usually  narrowed  into  a  snort  glabrous  petiole,  coriace- 
ous or  subcoriaceous,  glabrous  or  pubescent  on  the 
midrib  beneath,  glossy  above,  conspicuously  veined 
on  both  sides:  peduncles  short,  recurved  or  hooked, 
flattened  and  fasciated,  puberulous,  several-fld.;  fls. 
very  fragrant,  small,  yellow,  borne  on  pedicels  Hin. 
long  or  less;  petals  all  similar,  about  l/ftn.  long,  fleshy, 
terete  or  club-shaped,  broad  and  concave  at  the  base, 
where  they  connive  to  form  a  dome-shaped  covering 
over  the  essential  parts;  stamens  many,  short  and  thick, 


ARTABOTRYS  . 


ARTEMISIA 


390 


wedge-shaped,  with  a  very  broad  truncate  or  flattened 
connective  above  the  two  pollen-sacs;  ovaries  few,  about 
3-5,  broadly  ovoid,  subcompressed,  terminating  in  a 
small  stigma  and  containing  2  basal  ovules;  fruiting 
carpels  2  or  3,  oblong,  obtuse,  slightly  contracted  at  the 
base,  sessile;  seed  usually  solitary.  All  Malayan  prov- 
inces at  low  elevations,  common;  distribution  from 
Sylhet  to  Burma;  also  occurring 
in  the  Philippines. — The  natives 
use  this  plant  to  form  hedges  and 
fences,  interweaving  the  long  sar- 
mentose  branches,  which  form  an 
,  effective  bamer  against  cattle  and 
buffalo.  Often  planted  near 
houses  on  account  of  the 
exquisite  fragrance  of  its  fls. 
Suitable  for  forming  m- 
closures  in  Fla  ,  Porto  Rico, 
Hawaii,  and  S.  Calif. 

W.  E.  SAFFORD 

ARTEMfSIA  (Artemisia, 
wife  of  Mausolus).     Com- 
pdutee.      WORMWOOD.      A 
^     large    genus    of    aromatic 
and  bitter  herbs  and  small 
shrubs,  mostly  in  the 
northern  hemisphere, 
and  most   abundant 
in  and  regions 

Ijeaves    alternate, 
often  dissected  heads 
small  and  mostly  in- 
conspicuous, numer- 
ous,   and    generally 
nodding,  with  yellow 
or     whitish     florets, 
wholly    discoid,    the 
involucre    im- 
bricated   m 
several  rows 

In  the  \\ebt, 
many    of    the 


known  as  sage  brush.  Grown  for  their  medicinal  prop- 
erties or  for  foliage  effects.  The  drug  product  of  tne 
artemisias  is  large  A  Absinthium  is  the  chief  source 
of  absinthe;  A.  Barreheri,  Bess  ,  of  Spain,  is  said  to  be 
used  in  the  preparation  of  Algerian  absinthe,  A.  Cina, 
Berger,  of  the  Orient,  is  the  source  of  santomca.  The 
garden  kinds  are  perennials  and  thnve  in  the  most 
ordinary  conditions,  even  in  poor  and  dry  soil.  Propa- 
gation is  mostly  by  division. 

INDEX. 

Abrotanum,  11.  endonciana,  0.  Purshiana,  10. 

Absinthium,  7.  filifoha,  3  nacrorum,  17. 

arborosoena,  8.  frigida,  4  sencea,  5 

arbuecula,  16.  onaphalodet,  10.  Stelleriana,  9. 

argentea,  6,  lactiflora,  13.  tndcntata,  16. 

canadensia,  2.  ludoviciana,  14.  vmde,  17 

DraounculuB,  1.  pontica,  12.  vulgans,  13, 

A.  Heads  with  two  kinds  of  florets  (heterogamous). 
B  Disk-fls.  with  both  stamens  and  pistils,  bid  the  ovary 

abortive  (not  producing  seed),  style  usually  entire. 
1.  Dractinculus,  Linn.  TARRAGON  ESTRAGON.  Herb; 
green  and  glabrous,  with  erect,  branched  sts.  2  ft. 
high:  radical  Ivs.  3-parted  at  the  top,  st.-lvs.  linear 
or  lanceolate,  entire  or  small-toothed:  panicle  spread- 
ing, with  whitish  green,  nearly  globular  fl  -heads.  Eu. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  285. — Tarragon  Ivs.  are  used  for  seasoning, 
but  the  plant  is  little  grown  in  this  country.  The  Ivs. 
may  be  dried  in  the  fall,  or  roots  may  be  forced  in  a 
coolhouse  in  the  winter.  Prop,  by  division;  rarely  pro- 
duces seed.  See  Tarragon. 


2.  canadgnsis,  Michx  Herb,  2  ft.  or  less  high,  glabrous 
or  very  nearly  so*  Ivs.  usually  2-pmnate,  with  filiform, 
plane  lobes,  fls  in  a  long,  narrow  panicle,  with  numor- 
ous  ismall  greenish  heads.  Wild  on  banks  and  plains  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  country. 

3.  filif&lia,  Torr    Shrubby,  canescent,  3  ft.  or  less 
high,  very  leafy,  the  branches  rigid.  Ivs  3-parted  into 
linear  filiform  segms  ,  scarcely  n»in  wide    panicle  long 
and  leafy.   Plains,  W. — Phnt  has  a  purplish,  mist-liko 
aspect  when  in  fr. 

BB.  Disk-fls.  perfect  and  fertile,  style  2-deft. 

c.  Receptacle  hairy. 
D.  Racemes  not  1 -sided. 

4.  frigida,  Willd.   Herb,  8-12  in.,  with  a  woody  base, 
silvery  canescent.  Ivs    much  cut  into  linear  lobes: 
heads  small  and  globular,  with  pale  uwolucre,  in  nu- 
merous racemes     Plains  and  mts   W     Intro.  1883  — 
Good  for  borders.    Known  in  Colo,  as    "mountain 
fringe,"  and  used  medicinally 

5  serfcea,  Web  Sub-shrub  or  more  usually  a  creep- 
ing woody  perennial  with  finely  divided  silky  foliage: 
If  -segms  distinctly  stalked  fl  -heads  in  solitary  or 
pamculately  branching  racemes,  yellowish  white.  Sum- 
mer. Siberia. 

6.  arge*ntea,  L'Her  Shrubby,  erect,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. 
white-silky,  2-pmnate,  the  lobes  linear  or  lanceolate: 
heads  globular,  tomentose,  nodding,  in  racemose  pani- 
cles Madeira  — Useful  for  rockwork. 

7  Absinthium,    Linn.    WORMWOOD.    ABSINTHIUM 
Almost  shrubby,  2-4  ft  high,  spreading  and  branchy, 
white-silky  Ivs   2-3-parted  into  oblong,  obtuse  lobes: 
heads  small  and  numerous,  in  leafy  panicles. — Worm- 
wood is  native  to  Eu  ,  but  it  occasionally  escapes  from 
gardens    It  is  a  common  garden  herb,  being  used  in 
domestic  medicine,  especially  as  a  vermifuge    Worm- 
wood tea  is  an  odorous  memory  with  every  person 
who  was  reared  in  the  country..    See  Absinthe  and 
Wormwood 

DD    Racemes  1-sided. 

8  arborescens,  Linn.  Shrubby,  1-2  ft ,  the  sts  erect 
and  angled,  foliage  finely  dissected,  silvery  white,  the 
upper  Ivs.  almost  sessile,  the  lower  petiolate:  fls.  in 
somewhat  1 -sided  racemes,  bnght  yellow.   Medit  re- 
gion — Hardy  only  as  far  north 

as  Washington,  D.  C. 

cc.  Receptacle  not  hairy. 

D.  Lvs.  while  or  silvery 

throughout. 

9.  Stelleriana,  Bess.  (A.  en- 
dovundna,  Hort )    OLD  WOMAN. 
DUSTY     MILLER.      BEACH 
WORMWOOD.   Fig  385.    Herb, 
2  ft ,  from  a  woody  creeping 
base,  densely  white  tomentose: 
Ivs     pinnatifid,    with    obtuse 
lobes,  heads  large  and  many- 
fld.,  in  a  racemose-glomerate 
infl.    N    E.  Asia  and  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  from  Mass,  to 
Del  — Attractive    from    its 
whiteness.    Useful  for  borders. 

10.  Purshiana,     Bess.     (A. 
onaphalddest  Nutt.  not  Hort.). 
Sts   and  Ivs.  white-woolly  on 
both  sides,  differing   from  A. 
ludoviciana  in  which  the  Ivs. 
are    usually    glabrate    above 
when  old:  Ivs.  acute  or  acumi- 
nate, overtopped  by  the  spi- 

cate-pamculate    infl    of   white       386.  Artemisia  pontic*. 
fls.  Missouri  R.  to  the  Pacific.  (XJO 


400 


ARTEMISIA 


ARTICHOKE 


387.  Artemisia  vulgaris. 


DD.  Lvs  white  on  1  side  only  or  green  throughout. 
11.  Abroianum,  Linn.  SOUTHERNWOOD.  OLD  MAN. 
Shrubby,  3-5  ft.,  green  and  glabrous,  the  st  much 
branched  and  rather  strict  Ivs.  1-3- 
pinnately  divided,  the  divisions  fine- 
filiform  :  panicle  loose,  with  yellowish 
white  heads  Eu — Soutnernwood 
is  grown  for  its  pleasant-scented 
foliage;  and  it  sometimes  escapes 
into  waste  places.  See  Southern- 
wood 

12  p6ntica,  Linn  ROMAN  WORM- 
WOOD Fig  386  Shrubby,  erect, 
1-4  ft  •  Ivs  canescent  below,  pin- 
natisect,  the  lobes  linear  panicle 
open  and  long,  with  small,  globular, 
nodding,  whitish  yellow  heads.  Eu. 
— Roman  wormwood  is  used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  A  Absinthium, 
and  is  more  agreeable  A  source 
of  absinthe 

13.  vulgaris,  Linn  MUG- 
WORT.  Fig  387  Herb,  erect, 
paniculatelv  branched,  the  sts. 
often  purplish  Ivs  white-cot- 
tony beneath  but  soon  green 
above,  2-pmnately  cleft,  with 
lanceolate  lobes;  upper  Ivs. 
sometimes  linear:  heads  many, 
oblong,  yellowish.  Eu  and  N. 
N.  Amer  ,  and  naturalized  in 
eastern  states  — A  white-fld. 
form  has  been  sold  as  A  lacti- 
'An'  flora.  Fig.  388.  It  is  a  beauti- 

ful plant  with  fragrant    foliage     G    29 '409.— Mug- 
wort  is  grown  for  the  ornament  of  its  foliage.   There 
are  vanegated-lvd    and  golden-lvd.  varieties.    It  was 
once   a  domestic   remedy. 
Variable. 

14.  ludoviciana,       Nutt. 
WESTERN    MUGWORT. 
WHITE    SAGE       Erect    or 
ascending    herb,    2-3    ft., 
white-tomentose  or  Ivs.  be- 
coming greenish  above1  Ivs. 
linear  to  oblong,  the  lower 
ones  toothed  or  parted,  the 
upper  ones    entire     heads 
small,  bell-shaped,  panicu- 
late. Plains  and  banks,  W. 
Intro  1891 

AA.  Heads  with  perfect 
fls.  throughout  re- 
ceptacle not  hairy. 

15.  arbuscula,  Nutt 
SAGE  BRUSH.  Shrubby, 
a  foot  or    less   high: 
Ivs.  short,  wedge-shaped,  3- 
lobed,  the  lobes  obovate  and 
often    2-lobed,    canescent: 
panicle  simple  and  strict, 
often  spike-like,  the  5-9-fld. 
heads    erect.     Plains    and 
mte.,  Colo  and  Wyo.,  N  W 

46.  tridentata,Nutt.  SAGE 
BRUSH.  Shrubby,  reaching 
height  of  12  ft.  although 
often  only  a  foot  high, 
branchy,  canescent:  Ivs. 
wedge-shaped,  3-7-toothed 
or  lobed,  truncate  at  the 
summit,  the  uppermost  ones 
narrower:  heads  5-8-fld. 
Plains,  W.  Intro.  1881.  388.  Artemisia  lactiflora.  No  13. 


17.  sacrdrum,  Ledeb.  Annual  or  biennial,  shrubby 
below.  Ivs  long-petioled,  ovate,  pmnatisect  and  the 
segnu.  again  pectinate,  hoary  or  white-pubescent, 
the  rachis  winged-  Us.  15-20  in  the  head,  the  heads 
nodding  and  in  separate  slender  racemes.  S.  Russia, 
Siberia,  etc.  Var.  vfridej  Hort.,  with  green  foliage,  is 
the  attractive  SUMMER  FIR  recently  intro.,  grown  as  an 
annual  for  its  neat  pyramidal  form  (3-5  ft J  and  much 
dissected  rich  green  foliage. 

A  Bavmgartemi,  Bess  Compact,  shrub-like,  with  small  Ivs. 
and  yellow  fls  standing  erect  above  the  Ivs  S  Eu  — A  /and/a, 
Willd  (A  pedemontana,  Balbis)  Low  cespitose  plant  with  finely 
cut,  silvery  foliage  for  which  it  is  chiefly  grown.  Spam. 

N.  TAYLOR.t 


389   Globe  artichoke. 

ARTHROPODIUM  (Greek,  joint  and  foot,  alluding 
to  jointed  pedicels)  Lihaceap  Herbaceous  perennials, 
allied  to  Anthencum,  grown  in  the  open  in  the  South 
and  otherwise  in  greenhouses. 

Tufted  herbs  1-3  ft.  high,  with  fibrous  fleshy  roots: 
Ivs.  linear  or  lanceolate,  crowded  at  base  of  st  :  scape 
simple  or  branched:  fls  white  or  violet,  in  racemes  or 
panicles,  on  pedicels  jointed  at  the  middle;  perianth 
persistent,  the  segms  0  and  distinct  and  3-nerved; 
stamens  6,  shorter  than  perianth,  fr.  a  subglobose  caps., 
3-valved  —  About  10  species  m  Austral  ,  New  Zeal  ,  etc. 
Cult  and  prop  as  for  Anthencum,  requiring  no  special 
treatment 

cirrhatum,  R  Br.  Glabrous,  to  3  ft  :  Ivs  numerous, 
deep  green,  2  ft.  or  lews  long  wcape  stout,  naked,  bear- 
ing a  much-branched  panicle  often  1  ft.  long,  fls. 
white,  .star-shaped,  1  in.  or  lews  in  diam.,  the  segms. 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  filaments  bearing  2  ten- 
dril-like appendages  (whence  the  name).  New  Zeal. 
B.M.  2350.—  Reported  m  S.  Calif.  L.  H.  B 

ARTHROTAXIS:  Athrotaxu 

ARTICHOKE    (Cynara    Scdlymus.    Linn.).     Com- 
.    The  artichoke  (or  the  Globe  artichoke,   to 


distinguish  it  from  the  Jerusalem  artichoke)  is  a  strong 
thistle-like  plant  (Fig.  389),  grown  for  the  edible  flower- 
heads  (Fig  390).  It  is  native  in  southern  Europe  and 
northern  Africa,  and  is  not  hardy  in  the  northernmost 
parts  of  the  United  States  It  is  perennial,  but  the 
plantation  should  be  renewed  every  two  or  three  years. 
See  Cynara 

The  artichoke  is  propagated  by  seed  or  by  suckers. 
The  latter  is  the  preferable  method,  for  a  good  strain  or 
variety  may  thus  be  perpetuated  The  buds  or  shoots 
are  detached  from  the  old  crown  in  spring  before 
growth  begins.  Seeds  produce  bearing  plants  the  fol- 
lowing year,  although  heads  may  be  secured  the  same 
autumn  if  the  season  is  long  and  if  the  seeds  are 
started  early  under  glass. 

The  soft  fleshy  receptacle  of  the  flower-head  and 
the  thickened  base  of  the  scales  (or  involucre  bracta) 


ARTICHOKE 


ARTOCARPUS 


401 


are  the  edible  parts.  They  are  sometimes  eaten  raw, 
but  are  usually  boiled  and  served  with  drawn  butter  or 
sauce.  The  leaves  are  sometimes  blanched  after  the 
manner  of  sea-kale  and  cardoon,  and  are  cooked  as  a 
pot-herb. 

In  the  southern  states  and  California,  the  artichoke  is 
grown  without  difficulty.  In  California,  particularly, 
it  thrives  as  a  field  crop.  In  northern  gardens,  even 
professional  and  skilled  gardeners  have  usually  given 
it  up  after  a  few 
trials.  It  is  found 
in  a  few  gardens 
on  Long  Island, 
in  Massachusetts, 
and  perhaps  a  few 
other  places,  and 
is  there  grown 
with  fair  success, 
provided  that  the 
crown  is  protected 
in  winter  in  such 
a  way  that  snow 
or  heavy  mulch  is 
not  allowed  to 
choke  the  plant. 

390.  Edible  hetdi  of  artichoke.    ( X  H)        This  ^^  to  be 

the  chief  danger. 

Instead  of  covering  with  manure  or  litter,  place  a  cap  or 
miniature  tent  over  the  crown  to  give  it  air  and  freedom 
of  breathing.  The  flower-heads  are  now  regularly  and 
commonly  found  on  sale  at  the  green  grocers'  m  our 
larger  eastern  cities,  and  the  supply  comes  mostly  from 
California  The  large  seeds  may  need  special  treat- 
ment to  make  them  germinate  promptly  The  better 
way,  undoubtedly,  for  the  home  gardener  who  may 
wish  to  try  a  few  plants,  is  to  secure  sucker  plants 
from  one  of  the  big  seedsmen  or  professional  plant- 
growers.  Set  them  in  fairly  good  warm  soil,  3  feet 
each  way,  or  4  by  2,  and  give  clean  cultivation.  Pro- 
tect the  crowns  during  winter  as  suggested,  and  in 
following  spring  thin  to  about  three  shoots.  Edible 
heads  may  be  expected  in  July.  They  are  gathered  for 
use  before  the  flower-heads  open.  It  is  better  to  cut  the 
old  stalk  down  to  the  ground  after  the  head  is  removed, 
for  the  root  is  not  then  weakened  and  new  shoots  will 
spring  up  There  are  a  number  of  varieties,  Large 
Green  Paris  being  the  one  mostly  mentioned  in  Cali- 
fornia. In  parts  of  Europe  the  artichoke  is  grown  with 
special  skill,  but  it  has  never  been  a  prominent  vege- 
table in  American  gardens.  T.  GBEINER. 

ARTICHOKE,  JERUSALEM  (Heh&nthus  tuberdsus, 
Linn  )  Cornpdsttae.  The  Jerusalem  artichoke  is  the 
subterranean  stem  tuber  of  a  native  sunflower.  Fig. 

391.  The  plant  is  coarse  and  upright,  and  persists  as  a 
weed  when  once  introduced.    It  does  not  need  excess- 
ively rich  soil,  nor  high  culture,  succeeding  on  any 
warm    well-drained    land    without    attention.      It    is 
planted  much  after  the  manner  of  potatoes,  and  *t  will 
grow  and  produce  its  many  smallish,  white,  edible  tubers. 

In  late  fall,  the  plants 
may  be  pulled  up,  ex- 
posing to  view  the 
tubers  that  are  clus- 
tered around  the  roots 
near  the  main  stalks  so 
that  they  can  be  easily 
gathered  with  the  help 
of  a  hoe  or  potato  hook, 
if  wanted  for  use  as  a 
culinary  vegetable;  or,  if  grown  for  hog-feed,  the  hogs 
may  be  turned  right  into  the  field  and  allowed  to  dig 
their  own.  All  farm  stock  seems  to  like  the  artichoke 
tubers.  If  shredded  or  ground  and  mixed  with  meals, 
they  make  a  good  winter  ration,  as  a  variety,  for  poultry. 
More  prolific  than  common  potatoes^  and  far  more 


391.  Tuber  of  Jerusalem  artichoke. 
(XJO 


easily  grown,  the  artichoke  is  one  of  the  crops  that  may 
be  considered  for  cultivation  as  a  succulent  vegetable  to 
feed  to  cattle,  swine,  and  other  farm  animals  during 
winter.  Raw  or  boiled  and  served  cold  with  oil  and  vine- 
gar, this  tuber  also  makes  a  very  palatable  winter  or 
spring  salad,  and  for  this  purpose  it  finds  a  limited  sale 
in  our  markets.  The  chief  commercial  demand  for  it 
is  for  seed  purposes.  Frost  has  no  injurious  effect  on 
the  tuber  in  the  ground,  and  the  easiest  way  to  winter 
it,  therefore,  is  by  leaving  the  plants  alone  until  spring 
and  then  digging  the  tubers.  If  already  harvested,  they 
may  be  pitted  like  potatoes,  beets,  or  other  roots,  and 
will  require  very  little  covering.  Mammoth  White 
French  is  said  by  some  propagators  to  be  an  improved 
strain  of  the  Jerusalem  artichoke.  If  there  is  danger  of 
the  plant  spreading  and  becoming  a  weed,  hogs,  when 
given  a  chance  at  it,  will  soon  clear  the  land  of 
the  tubers.  It  was  cultivated  by  tfe  Indians.  See 
Helumthus.  x.  GREINER. 

ARTOCARPUS  (artos,  bread,  and  carpos,  fruit). 
Moracex.  BREAD-FRUIT.  Milky-juiced  tropical  trees, 
some  of  them  yielding  edible  fruits,  ornamental  in 
foliage 

Leaves  alternate,  large,  thick,  entire  or  pinnate: 
dioecious;  stammate  fls.  on  long  spikes,  the  sepals  and 


392.  Bread-Pruit — Artocarpus  incisa,  showing  a 
fruit  of  ediUe  size.   ( X  h) 

stamens  2;  pistillate  fls.  in  globular  heads,  with  simple 
1-ovuled  ovary  and  bifid  stigma*  fr  a  large  fleshy  mass 
or  syncarp,  formed  of  the  aggregated  fls. — A  genus  of 
40  species  containing  many  tropical  fr.  plants,  originally 
from  the  E.  Indies,  sometimes  cult,  with  difficulty  m 
northern  botanic  gardens  for  their  great  economic 
interest,  and  throughout  the  world  in  the  tropics.  They 
need  a  hot,  moist  atmosphere,  much  water,  and  per- 
fect drainage.  Prop  slowly  by  cuttings  of  young 
lateral  growth.  Bread-fruit  seeds  are  boiled  and  eaten. 
incisa,  Linn.f.  (A.  comments,  Forst.?).  BREAD-FRUIT. 
Fig  392.  Tree,  30-40  ft.,  with  a  viscid,  milky  juice- 
branches  fragile:  Ivs.  1-3  ft.  long,  leathery,  ovate, 
cuneate  and  entire  at  base,  upper  part  3-9-lobed'  male 
fls.  in  a  dense  club-shaped  yellow  catkin,  10-16  in  long; 
female  fls.  in  a  subglobular  echinate  head,  having  a 
spongy  receptacle:  fr.  4-6  in.  dtam ,  typically  mun- 
cated,  but  in  the  best  cult,  varieties  reticulated  only, 
and  often  seedless  Gt.  39,  p  273  Gng.  5:233,  and 


402 


ARTOCARPUS 


ARUM 


B.M.  2869-2871,  where  the  romantic  story  of  its 
transfer  to  the  W  Indies  is  told  — Sparingly  cult,  in 
S.  Fla.  and  in  wannhouses  of  botanic  gardens  Eaten 
cooked,  as  a  vege- 
table rather  than 
as  a  fruit;  widely 
used  in  tropics. 

integrifdlia, 
Linn    f    JACK- 
FRUIT  or    TREE. 
Called  also  JACA 
Fig  393    Tree,  30 
ft ,    with     milky 
juice:  Ivs    4-6  in    long, 
very    various;    those    of 
fertile    branches    nearly 
obovate,  entire;  those  of 
higher  branches  more  ob- 
ovate and  oblong,  those 
of  young  shoots  from  the 

ro°*  verv  narrow'  or  2-3- 
lobed:  fr  attaining  a 
length  of  18  in.  or  more, 
and  weight  of  30-40  Ibs. 
GC  ul  20.717.  BM 
,  2833,  2834.  Gt.  39,  p 
273.  Gn.  35,  p  455  — 
Less  palatable  than  the 
bread-fruit,  and  usually 
eaten  only  by  natives 
and  coolies. 

Cajmonii,  Bull  Lvs 
varying  from  cordate  to 
deeply  3-lobed,  1  ft  long, 
red  beneath,  bronzy  crim- 
son and  purple  above, 
very  showy.  Society  Isls  FS  212231,2232 — Per- 
haps better  included  under  Ficus  Cannowi,  according 
to  Nicholson,  but  here  retained  in  Artocarpus 

N   TAYLOR  t 

ARUM  (ancient  name).  Arctceae.  WILD  GINGER 
Tuber-bearing  low  herbs,  of  few  species,  in  Eu.  and  W. 
Asia,  most  of  them  grown  in  pots 

Lvs.  simple,  the  petiole  sheathed  at  the  base  spathe 
convolute,  variously  colored,  mostly  including  the  short 
spadix,  pistillate  fls.  at  the  base.  Monogr  by  Engler  in 
DeCandolle's  Monographiae  Phanerogamarum,  Vol  II 
Arums  are  grown  usually  as  oddities,  mostly  under  the 
general  name  of  callas.  Some  of  the  species  are  hardy; 
others,  as  A.  palxstinum,  are  tender,  and  require  glass- 
house treatment.  The  kinds  are  managed  in  essentially 
the  same  way  as  the  fancy-leaved  caladiums  Plant 
the  tubers  sufficiently  deep  that  roots  may  form  from 
near  the  top  Give  rich  soil,  and  water  freely  when 
growing  or  in  bloom.  The  hardy  species  should  be 
well  mulched  in  late  fall  They  thrive  best  in  partially 
shaded  places  and  in  rich  soil  Propagation  is  by 
natural  offsets;  also  by  seeds  or  berries,  which  some 
species  produce  freely.  Some  of  the  species  are  acnd- 
poisonous. 

INDEX. 


393.  Jack-Fruit  —Artocarpus 
integnfolia 


•Ibiapatbum,  5,  7. 
alpinum,  6. 
anguetatum,  6 
byiantmum,  7. 
eanariense,  7. 
otnoiDnatum,  7. 
corncum,  1. 
cvlindraceum,  7. 

detruncatum,  3. 


Dioscondis,  2 
elongatum,  5 
gratum,  5 

intermedium,  6. 
italicum,  7 
maculatum,  6. 
Malyi,  6 
marmoratum,  7. 
mgrum,  5. 


Nordmannit,  5. 
onen'ale,  5. 
palse>tinum,  4 
pictum,  1 
sanctum,  4. 
epectabtle,  2. 
synacum,  2. 
tanolatum,  5 
•oulgare,  6 
Zekbon,  6. 


AA.  Mature  Ivs.  hastate  or  sagittate. 
B.  Tuber  round-flattened  or  oblate,  the  Ivs.  and  pedun- 
cles arising  from  a  depressed  center:  Ivs.  appear* 
ing  before  the  spathe. 

2.  Dioscoridis,  Sibth  &  Smith  (A.  spectdbile,  Regel. 
A.  syrlacum,  Blumo.    A   cypnum,  Schott).    Lf. -blade 
oblong-triangular  or  ovate-triangular-  spathe-tube  pale 
within,  the  limb  6-8  in    long,  lanceolate-oblong,  and 
colored  with  large  lenticular  purple  spots  spadix  short, 
included     Asia  Minor. — Runs  into  many  forms,  with 
variously  marked  spathes    Pots. 

3.  detruncatum,  Mey.  Lvs  more  or  less  truncate  at 
the  base,  the  blade  shorter  than  in  the  last    spatho 
yellowish  green  and  purple-spotted,  large  (10-15  in. 
long)  and  short-stalked,  the  limb  acuminate.    Persia. 
—Hardy. 

4  palaestinum,  Boiss  (A.  sdnctum,  Hort  T  BLACK 
CALLA.  SOLOMON'S  LILY  Lvs  cordate-hastate,  6  in. 
broad  across  the  base  and  about  equal  in  length,  the 
middle  lobe  broad-ovate  and  nearly  blunt,  spathe  about 
the  length  of  the  If.,  with  a  short  green  tube,  and  an 
elongated  lance-oblong  tapering  limo,  which  is  greenish 
on  the  outside  and  continuous  black-purple  within,  the 
tip  sometimes  recurving  spadix  shorter  than  the 
spathe,  the  upper  part  dark-Qolored.  Palestine.  B.M. 


A.  Mature  Ivs.  cordate,  oblong-ovate. 
1.  pfctum,  Linn.  f.  (A.  cdrsicum,  Loisel).    Lvs    ap- 
pearing in  spring,  long-petioled,  light  green-  spathe 
bright  violet,  swollen  at  the  base-  spadix  purple-black, 
exceeding  the  spathe.  Corsica,  Baleanca,  etc. — Hardy. 


394.  Arum  maculatum. 


5509.  Gn.  45,  p.  311;  59,  p.  317;  71,  p.  102.— Perhaps 
the  most  popular  arum  at  present,  being  grown  in 
pots  as  an  oddity. 

5.  orientate,  Bieb.  A  foot  high:  Ivs.  brownish, 
broadly  hastate-sagittate,  the  front  lobe  oblong-acute: 
epathe-tube  oblong-ovoid  and  white  within,  the  limb 
ovate  to  oblong  and  intense  black-purple  (rarely  pale), 
resembling  A.  maculatum. — A  hardy  species  from  Asia 
Minor,  running  into  many  forms.  Some  of  the  plants 


ARUM 


ASARUM 


403 


referred  here  are  A.  nigrum,  A.  variolaium,  A.  Nord- 
mannu,  A.  gratum,  Schott;  A.  elongatum  and  A.  albv- 
ftpathum,  Ster.  (not  A.  attnspathum,  Hort.,  which  is  A. 
italicum). 

BB.  Tuber  ovoid  or  oblong,  propagating  hori- 
zontally, the  Ivs.  and  peduncles  arising 
from  the  apex:  Ivs.  appearing  before 
or  with  the  spathe. 

6.  maculatum,  Linn.  (A.  vulgdre,  Lam  ). 

LORDS-AND-LADIES.   CuCKOO-PlNT.  WAKE 

ROBIN  (in  England).  Fig.  394. 
About  a  foot  high.  Ivs.  usually 
black-spotted,  hastate  or  sagit- 
tate, the  front  lobe  tnangular- 
ovate,  about  as  high  as  the 
epathe:  spathe  somewhat  con- 
tracted above  the  base,  the  mar- 
gins of  the  limb  becoming  in- 
rolled,  spotted  with  purple: 
spadix  shorter  than  the  spathe, 
purple  Eu  — A  hardy  species,  of 
many  forms.  A  form  with  spot- 
less Ivs  and  whitish  tube  with 
medial  purple  zone,  is  A.  immac- 
ulatum,  Reiohb  ,  and  Zelebbn, 
Schott.  Var.  angustatum,  Eng- 
ler  (A.  intermedium,  Sohur.  A. 
Mdlyi,  Schott)  has  a  narrow  light 
purple  spathe.  Var.  alplnum, 
Engler  (A  aljnnum,  Scnott  & 
Kotschy)  has  peduncles  longer, 
and  an  ovate-lanceolate  spathe. 

7.  italicum,  Mill.    (A    cyhn- 
draceum,     Gasp )       Fig.    395. 

Larger  than  the  last-  Ivs.  has-  395  Arum  itahcum 

tate,    nearly   truncate    below, 

light-veined  spat  he  scarcely  swollen  below,  the  limb 
erect  and  not  expanding  and  including  the  short 
spadix  (tip  sometimes  deflexed  after  flowering),  yel- 
lowish or  white  and  faintly  stnate.  Eu.  B  M  2432. — A 
hardy  species;  also  grown  in  pots  In  the  open,  the 
Ivs.  appear  in  the  fall.  A  very  variable  species  Var. 
canariense,  Engler  (A  cananense,  Webb  &  Berth  ), 
has  narrow  If -lobes  and  spathe.  Var.  concinnatum, 
Engler  (A.  concinnatum  and  A.  marmoratum,  Schott), 
has  broad  gray-spotted  Ivs.  Var.  byzantinum,  Engler, 
(.A  byzantinum,  bchott),  has  spathe-tube  oblong,  white 
inside  and  purple  at  the  mouth,  and  an  acuminate  pur- 
ple or  green  limb.  Var.  albispathum,  Hort.,  has  a  white 

L.  H.  B. 


Amer.,  N.  Eu.  and  Asia — A  desirable  hardy  bordei 
plant  of  easy  cult.  Var.  Knelffii,  Zabel.  Lfts.  linear- 
lanceolate,  irregularly  serrate  or  incised,  long-acuminate: 
fls  as  in  the  type.  MDG  1897 : 260.— Very  graceful 
form  with  its  finely  cut  foliage. 

A  ashlboidet,  Maxim  (Spiraea  Aruncua  var.  aetilboides,  Maxim.) 
Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  lower  and  smaller  in  every  part  Ifte. 
more  deeply  serrate,  Ji-lVjj  m  long  infl  loss  compound,  with 
denser  oblong  branchlets  follicles  erect  Japan  — Apparently  not 
in  cult  ,  the  plant  cult  under  the  name  of  Spiraea  astilboides  18 
AMI  1  be  aatilboides,  Lem  ,  which  is  a  true  astilbe 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ARUNDINARIA:  Bamboo. 

ARtJNDO  (an  ancient  Latin  name  for  A.  Donax). 
Grandnex.  REED.  Tall  reed-like  grasses  with  broad 
flat  blades  and  large  plume- 
like  terminal  panicles:  spike- 
lets  3-4-fld  ,  g)'imes  narrow, 
acute;  rachilla  iiaked;  lemmas 
long-pilose  — Species  about  6, 
in  the  warmer  regions  of  the 
Old  World 

Ddnax,  Linn    GIANT  REED. 
Figs  396,  397.  Tall  and  stout, 
as  much  as  20  ft ,  from  large  knotty  root- 
stocks:  blades  numerous,  cordate-clasping  and 
hairy-tufted  at  base,  2-3  in   wide  on  main 


st  '  panicle  1-2  ft  ;  spikelets  6  lines  long.  G. 
2-419  Gn.  l,p  391,  3,  p  493,  8,  p  199,  17,  p 
407;  27,  p.  307.  GM  50  253  GW  2:337; 


ARtJNCUS  (old  name).  Rosacex.  GOAT'B-BEARD. 
Ornamental  tall  perennial  herbs,  cultivated  chiefly  for 
the  large  showy  panicles  of  white  flowers  and  also  for 
the  handsome  much-divided  foliage 

Leaves  bi-  to  tnpmnate  with  minute  or  wanting 
stipules'  fls.  dioecious,  small;  calyx  5-lobedj  petals  5; 
stamens  many;  pistils  commonly  3:  the  follicles  dehis- 
cent, glabrous,  usually  2-seeded,  seeds  minute,  dull. — 
Two  species  in  N.  Amer ,  N  and  W.  Eu ,  N.  Asia  to 
Japan.  Formerly  usually  referred  to  Spiraea,  which  dif- 
fers chiefly  in  its  shrubby  habit,  simple,  rather  small 
Ivs  ,  and  5  pistils. 

They  are  tall  perennial  herbs  with  large  compound 
leaves  and  small  white  flowers  in  slender  spikes  forming 
large  terminal  panicles.  The  species  in  cultivation  is 
hardy  North;  it  prefers  rich  rather  moist  soil  and  grows 
well  in  half-shady  situations.  Propagation  is  by  seeds, 
which  germinate  readily,  and  also  by  division  of  older 
plants. 

Sylvester,  KosteL(A.  Aruncus,  Karsten.  Spiriea  Arun- 
cus,  Linn.).  Tall  (5-7  ft.),  erect  branchy  herb:  Ivs. 
large,  2-3-pmnate;  Ifts.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  sharply  and 
doubly  serrate,  1-2H  in.  long-  fls.  about  ^in.  across: 
follicles  deflexed  in  fr.  May-July.  Rich  woods,  N. 


3:416;  8:613  — Cult  for  ornament  because  of 
the  regularly  placed  lv,s  and  the  large  plumes. 
A  smaller  less  hardy  variegated  form  with 
white-striped  Ivs  ib  cult  under  the  name  of 
var  variegata  (var  versicolor,  var  picta).  Q. 
(X1/)  ^  ^^*  r  macr°phylla  has  large  glaucous 

conspfcua,  Forst  f  Sts  lower  and  more  slender  r 
blades  long  and  narrow,  2-4  ft  •  panicle  1-2  ft ,  silvery 
or  yellow-white;  spikelets  1-3-fld  B  M  6232.  F. 
1874  61  G  1:344;  9:64,  19  21  Gn  49,  p  229,  66,  p. 
121.  G  M.  55:408.  G  W.  15  51  Native  of  New  Zeal.— 
Less  hardy  than  A.  Donax.  A  S.  HITCHCOCK 

ASARUM  (ancient  obscure  name).  Including 
Hexastylis.  Anstolockiaceae  ASARABACCA  Low,  nearly 
stemless  herbs,  sometimes  planted  in  wild  borders  and 
used  as  ground-cover  in  shady  places 

Perennial:  sts.  creeping,  with  odd  purplish  or  brown 
fls.  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  (or  nearly  so),  under- 
neath the  heart-like  or  kidney-hke  Ivs  corolla  want- 
ing or  merely  rudimentary,  but  calyx  corolla-like,  with 
a  regular  3-parted  limb,  sta- 
mens 12,  with  tips  on  the 
filaments  projecting  beyond 
the  anthers:  ovary  inferior, 
maturing  into  a  rather  fleshy  : 
globular  caps  — A  dozen  or  j 
more  species  in  the  temperate 
parts  of  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere. The  asarums  inhabit 
nch,  shady  woods,  spreading 
on  the  ground,  and  the  fls 
are  unseen  except  by  the  close 
observer.  They  are  of  easy 
culture  if  transplanted  to  rich, 
moist  places.  They  make  at- 
tractive carpets  in  borders 
and  groves.  The  species  de- 
scribed are  sold  by  dealers 
in  native  plants.  Some  of  the 
species  are  reported  to  have 
medicinal  properties.  Several 
species  of  doubtful  validity  - 
have  been  described  from  the  , 
southern  states.  396.  Arundo  Donas. 


404 


ASARUM 


ASCLEPIAS 


A.  Plant  markedly  pubescent. 

canadense,  Linn  WILD  GINGER.  CANADA  SNAKE- 
ROOT  Lvs  about  2  to  a  plant,  thin,  kidney-shaped, 
pointed,  with  a  deep  and  open  sinus,  not  mottled:  fl. 
slender-stalked,  with  lance-acuminate  calyx-lobes  an 
inch  or  more  across  at  the 
expanded  mouth,  chocolate- 
brown  ;  style  6-lobed .  Frequent 
in  woods  E.  B.M.2769.  A.G. 
13:517 

Hfirtwegii,    Wats.     Tufted, 
loose-pubescent:  Ivs.  large  and 
thick,   cordate,  with  rounded 
basal  lobes,   mostly  acute  at 
the  apex,  margin  cihate,  gla- 
brous and  mottled  above,  fl. 
stout-stalked, , 
the   lobes  often 
ovate  and  long- 
pointed,    the 
ovary     inferior; 
styles  6.    Sierra 
Nevadas,  4,000- 
7,000    ft.     alti- 
tude 

europ&um, 
Linn.    Lvs.  kid- 
ney-shaped, evergreen, 
dark  green,  the  petiole 
3-5   in  :   ns    greenish 
purple.  J^in  ,  with  in- 
curved, lobes;  styles  b', 
and     grooved    or    2- 
narted,  recurved.   Eu 

A  A    Plant  slightly  or 

not  at  all  piwescent 

caudatum,  Lmdl 
WILD  GINGER.  Rather 
slender,  with  long 
rootstoeks,  sparingly 
pubescent  Ivs  cor- 
date -  kidney  -  shaped, 
and  more  or  less  cup- 
ped or  cucullate,  acute 
or  obtusish  fls  slen- 
der-stalked, the  calyx- 
lobes  oblong  or  trian- 
gular and  attenuate, 
styles  united.  Pacific  coast  — Evergreen. 

Lemmonii,  Wats.  Like  the  last,  but  Ivs.  plane  or  flat, 
rounded  at  apex,  less  pubescent,  calyx-lobes  short. 
Sierra  Nevadas 

virgfnicum,  Linn.  Lvs.  broad-ovate  or  orbicular, 
rounded  at  the  top,  the  sinus  narrow  fl.  short-stalked, 
purple,  the  calyx-lobes  broad  and  rounded,  styles  6, 
2-lobed;  anthers  not  pointed  Va  ,  S  in  mts 

arifdlium,  Michx.  Lvs  thickish  and  usually  mottled, 
orbicular  to  hastate,  obtuse:  fls  stout-stalked,  urn- 
shaped  and  much  contracted  at  the  throat,  styles  6,  2- 
lobed;  anthers  pointed  Va  ,  S  L.  H  B. 

ASCLfcPIAS  (ancient  Greek  and  Latinized  name). 
Asdepiadacex.  MILKWEED.  SILKWEED.  Perennial 
milky-juiced  herbs,  sometimes  used  in  the  hardy 
border  or  wild  garden 

Erect,  with  deep  thick  and  hard  perennial  roots.  Ivs. 
opposite  or  verticillate  (rarely  alternate),  entire,  fls. 
gamopetalous,  the  corolla  segms.  generally  strongly 
reflexed;  stamens  5,  attached  to  the  corolla,  the  anthers 
more  or  less  united  about  the  stigma;  between  the 
corolla  and  the  stamens  is  a  crown  of  5  cornucopia-like 
horns  or  appendages;  pollen  cohering  into  a  waxy  mass 
(pollmium)  which  is  removed  bodily  by  insects  that 
visit  the  fl  :  fr.  2  warty,  or  echmate  or  smooth  follicles. 


The  pollination  of  an  asclepias  fl.  is  shown  in  Fig.  398. 
The  pollen-masses  are  usually  twin  (as  at  6),  and  the 
handle  or  caudicle  lies  in  a  chink  on  the  side  of  the 
stigma.  The  pollen-masses  become  attached  to  the 
legs  or  mouth  parts  of  the  insect,  and  are  thereby  trans- 
ferred to  another  fl. — The  milkweeds  are  common  in 
waste  places  in  N.  Amer.,  and  are  rarely  cult  About 
80  species  are  known,  mostly  North  American,  but 
others  in  Cent  and  S.  Amer  and  Afr.  Several  species 
(described  below)  have  been  offered  by  dealers  in  native 
plants.  The  butterfly-weed  and  some  others  are  very 
showy  and  worthy  of  more  general  attention  The 
large-lvd  kinds  are  desirable  when  heavy  foliage  effects 
are  wanted.  They  are  all  perennials  of  the  easiest  cult. 
Prop,  by  division,  rarely  by  seeds. 

A.  Fls.  (corolla  and  crown}  orange. 

tuberdsa,  Linn.  BUTTERFLY- WEED.  PLEURISY 
ROOT.  Fig  399.  Hairy,  2-3  ft  high,  from  long,  hori- 
zontal roots,  with  more  or  less  alternate,  lance-oblong 
or  lance-linear  Ivs.  umbels  several,  short- peduncled : 
pods  pubescent,  erect  Dry  banks  and  fields,  wide- 
spread, and  not  infrequent.  B  R  76. — A  handsome 
plant. 

AA.  Fls.  in  shades  of  red  or  purple. 

Curassavica,  Linn  Plant  glabrous,  2  ft  or  less1  Ivs. 
opposite  and  short-petioled,  thin,  oblong-lanceolate: 
corolla  scarlet:  pods  glabrous,  erect.  Fla  and  La. 
B.R.  81. 

incarnata,  Linn  Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  leafy  and 
branching,  3  ft  .  Ivs  opposite,  oblong-lanceolate,  cor- 
olla rose-purple  to  flesh- color,  with  oblong  lobes  pods 
glabrous,  erect  BR  250.  Var  piilchra,  Pers  Hirsute, 
and  Ivs.  broader.  Swamps. — Common 

AAA.  Fls    greenish,  yellowish  or  white  (sometimes 
purple-tinged,  especially  in  A.  quadnfolia) . 

B.  Pods  tomentose  and  soft-spiny. 

specidsa.  Torr.  (A.  Doiiglasii,  Hook.)  St  stout  and 
simple,  3  ft  or  less,  fine-toinentose  or  becoming  gla- 
brous: Ivs  large  and  broad,  ovate,  transversely  veined, 
shortrpetioled :  fls.  purplish  and  large,  the  peduncle  of 
the  umbel  shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Neb.  W.  and  S  B  M 
4413. 

Cornutii,  Decne.  (A.  syrlaca,  Linn.)  Differs  from 
last  m  having  obtuse  and  short  hoods  to  the  crown, 
taller,  less  pubescent  Ivs  oblong  or  oval:  fls  dull  pur- 
ple, in  large,  more  or  less  nodding  umbels  Mn  7  221  — 
The  common  milkweed  of  the  eastern  states. 

BB.  Pods  glabrous  and  unarmed. 

c.  Fruiting  pedicels  aecurved  or  deflexeds  the  pods  erect 

or  ascending. 

amplexicaulis,  Michx.  Plant  glabrous  and  glaucous: 
st.  decumbent,  1-2  ft  long:  Ivs.  numerous,  cordate- 
ovate  and  clasping,  obtuse,  succulent:  corolla  green- 
purple.  Barrens,  N.  C.  and  S. 

phytolaccoides,     Pursh 
(A    nlvea,   Sims).     Plant  \ 
glabrous  and   green,  3-4 
ft ,  erect:  Ivs.  thin,  oval  to 
lance-oval,  acuminate  and 
short-petioled:  fls.  green- 
ish, in  large,  loose  umbels.         ^^K**uam         A 
Moist   ground;   frequent.          ^sOfciSR       m  0  1 
B.M.  1181. 

HAllii,  Gray.  Stout, 
puberulent:  Ivs.  thickish, 
ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong 
(3-5  in.  long),  short- 
petioled  :  fls.  greenish  white 
and  purple,  in  few  many- 

fld.  umbels.  Colo.  G.C.  393.  Milkweed  flower  showin* 
III.  28'183 


ASCLEPIAS 


ASIMINA 


405 


variegata,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  high:  Ivs.  3-7  pairs, 
oval,  ovate  or  oblong,  thmmsh,  green  and  glabrous 
above  and  pale  beneath:  fls.  white  and  pink,  m  1-3 
umbels.  Dry,  shady  places,  central  and  southern  states. 
B.M.  1182. 

erioc&rpa.  Benth  Densely  woolly  all  over.  Ivs.  alter- 
nate or  in  3s,  long-oblong  or  lanceolate,  short-petioled: 
fls.  dull  white,  in  few  or  several  umbels.  Calif. 

cc  Fruiting  pedicels  erect,  and  the  pods  erect. 
quadrifdlia,  Linn  About  2  ft ,  not  branched,  with  Ivs. 
towards  the  top  of  the  st  in  whorls  of  4.  Ivs  ovate  or 
lance-ovate,  acuminate,  thin,  nearly  or  quite  glabrous, 
fls  pink  to  white  in  2-4  looho  umbels  Dry  soil;  fre- 
quent L  B  C.  13  1258 

verticillata,  Linn.    About  2  ft.,  slender,  very  leafy: 
Ivs    m  whorls  of  3-6,  very  narrow-linear  and 
revolute     fls.   greenish   white,   in   many  small 
umbels.   Drv  soil,  frequent.   L  B  C.  11.1067 

Var.  pumila,  Gray  A  few  inches  high  from  a  fascicled 
root:  Ivs  filiform,  crowded.  Plains,  W 

mexicana,  Cav.  Height  5  ft.  or  less  Ivs  in  whorls 
of  3-6,  or  sometimes  opposite  or  fascicled,  linear  or 
narrow-lanceolate  fls. 
greenish  white  or  pur- 
plish in  dense,  many- 
fld  umbels.  Ore.,  \N  . 
and  S.  L  H  B 

ASCYRUM  (Greek, 
not  hard  or  rough, 
ancient  name  of  some 
plant)  Hypencdcpy 
Small  plants  some- 
times planted  in  wild 
gardens  and  borders 

Low  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  with  bnght 
yellow  fls..  2  small 
sepals  ana  2  large 
ones,  4  petals,  and 
many  stamens:  fr.  a 
1- celled  and  2-4- 
valved  caps. — Two 
species  in  dry,  sandy 
soils  in  eastern  states 
(also  one  or  two  W. 
Indian  and  one  Hi- 
malayan species)  Of 
easiest  cult  but 
should  be  covered  in 
winter  in  the  N.  Prop, 
by  division;  also  by 
seeds. 

hypericoides,  Linn 
(A  Crtix-  Andrey >, 
Linn  ).  ST  ANDREW'S 
CROSS  Fig  400.  A  ft 
or  less  high,  branchy: 
Ivs  thin,  oblong  or 
obovate,  narrowed  to 
the  base:  petals  linear- 
oblong  ;  styles  2,  short 
G.F.  5:257  (adapted  in  Fig.  400).  Mn  3:65. 

stans,  Michx.  ST.  PETER'S-WORT.  Taller,  scarcely 
branched:  st.  2-edged,  stout:  Ivs.  thicker,  broad-oblong 
or  oval  and  clasping:  petals  obovate;  styles  3-4. 

L.  H.  B. 
ASH:  Fraxinut. 

ASlMINA,  (from  Assiminier,  a  French-and-Indian 
name).  AnnonAcess.  PAPAW  (the  papaw  of  literature  is 
Carica,  which  see).  Small  trees  or  shrubs,  grown  chiefly 
for  their  handsome  large  foliage  and  for  their  attractive 
ilowere;  also  sometimes  for  their  edible  fruit. 


Low  shrubs,  and  1  species  a  small  tree :  Ivs  alt  ernate, 
usually  deciduous,  entire:  fls.  axillary,  solitary  or  few, 
nodding,  short-stalked;  sepals  3,  smaller  than  petals, 


400   Ascyrum  hypericoideB 


deciduous;  petals  6,  the  inner  ones  smaller,  usually 
upright;  stamens  numerous,  crowded,  with  short 
filaments,  pistils  3-15,  separate,  1-celled  with  many 
ovules:  fr  consisting  of  1  or  few  oval  to  oblong  berries 
with  rather  large  compressed  seeds  in  1  or  2  ranks  — 
Eight  species  m  E  N.  Amer  Description  of  all  species 
is  given  m  Gray,  Syn  Fl  N  Amer.  1,  pt.  1,  pp  62  and 
464. 

Asumnas  are  ornamental  trees  or  shrubs  with  hand- 
some  large  foliage,  of  disagreeable  odor  ^hen  bruised, 
conspicuous  white  or  purplish  flowers  in  early  spring 
and  large  edible  fruits  in  autumn  Only  two  species  are 
cultivated,  of  which  the  arborescent  one  is  the  hardier 
and  the  handsomer  in  foliage,  while  the  more  tender 
A  grnndiflora  has  larger  and  showier  flowers. 

They  grow  best  in  rich  and  moist  soil  They  trans- 
plant with  difficulty  Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in 
autumn,  or  stratified  and  sown  in  spring,  or  by  layers  in 
autumn,  also  by  root-cuttings  In  the  North,  the  seeds 
should  be  sown  in  pots  or  pans 

trfloba,  Dunal  (Annona  trttoba,  Linn  )  Fig  401  Small 
tree,  10-40  ft  :  Ivs  cuneate,  obovate-oblong,  acute,  l/z~\ 
ft  long,  glabrous  fls  with  the  Ivs  from  branches  of  the 
previous  year,  green  when  expanding,  changing  to  pur- 
plish red,  with  yellow  in  the  middle,  2  in.  broad,  fr. 


399   Asclepias  tuberosa.  ( X  H) 


401.  Asimina  triloba.  (XH) 


406 


ASIMINA 


ASPARAGUS 


oblong,  2-6  in.  long,  dark  brown.  S.  states,  north  to  N. 
Y,  west  to  Mich,  and  Kan.  S  S.  1:15,  16.  B.M. 
5854,  Gn.  33,  p.  321.  G.F.  8:495  AG  44:713.  R  H. 
1911,  pp.  134,  135  — This  is  the  only  arborescent  species 
of  the  genus.  It  is  well  worth  a  place  in  the  garden,  for 
its  large  foliage  is  very  handsome  and  the  fls  ,  appear- 
ing in  the  early  spring,  are  attractive.  The  large  fr  is 
edible,  and  may  be  still  improved  by  cult  and  careful 
selection  of  the  best  varieties.  Many  persons  do  not  rel- 
ish the  highly  aromatic  flavor,  and  the  large  seeds  are  a 
disadvantage.  The  tree  has  proved  hardy  m  Mass, 
and  Ont  One  6r  2  named  forms  have  been  offered. 

grandifldra,  Dunal.  Shrub,  2-6  ft. :  Ivs  cuneate,  obo- 
vate  or  oblong,  obtuse,  2-4  in.  long,  rufous-pubescent 
when  young,  at  length  glabrous  and  chartaceous  fls 
large,  appearing  with  the  Ivs  ,  outer  petals  cream-col- 
ored, over  2  in.  long,  much  larger  than  the  inner  ones: 
the  laige  fr,  is  said  to  be  very  delicious  S.  Ga  ,  Fla. 
ALFRED  REUDER. 

ASPARAGUS  (the  Greek  name)  Liliacese  ASPARA- 
GUS. SMIL  AX  (greenhouse).  ASPARAGUS  FERN  A  large 
genus  of  herbaceous  perennials  and  tender  woody 
shrubs  and  vines,  grown  mostly  for  .ornamental  habit 
and  foliage,  but  one  of  them  (A  ojficinalis)  for  food 

Plants  provided  wth  short  underground  rhizomes 
from  which  the  aerial  sts  arise  in  serial  ordei  roots 
often  tuberous,  sometimes  fleshy  but  long-eyhndric  as 
in  A  ojficinahs  sts  varying  from  low  herbs  to  stout 
woody  vines  50  ft  or  more  long.  Ivs  reduced  to  scale- 
like  bracts  usually  with  a  basal  spur,  often  spiny,  If - 
function  pei  formed  by  special  sterile  twigs,  cladodes 
(phyllodia,  cladophylls,  i  e ,  If.-like  branchlets)  of 
determinate  growth  and  of  characteristic  shape  with 
each  species  (see  Fig  411):  fls  usually  axillary,  or 
terminal,  in  1-4's,  sometimes  umbellate, 
often  racemose  on  special  branches  lacking 
the  cladodes,  small,  perianth  6-parted,  sta- 
mens 6,  free,  filament  attached  to  base  of 
perianth  lobes;  ovary  3-oelled,  stigma  3- 
paited  (except  in  Section  Kodiastigma), 
ovules  2-6  in  locule  fr  a  berry  1-,  3-,  6- 
or  more  seeded;  seed  globose  or  flat  on  one 
side,  testa  usually  black,  embryo  straight, 
surrounded  by  a  hard  endosperm  — About 
150  species,  all  native  of  the  Old  World, 
ranging  from  Siberia  to  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  usually  from  dry  regions.  Monogr. 
by  Baker,  Journ  Linn  Soc  14  (1875); 
account  of  cult  species  by  Watson,  G.C. 
Ill  23-122,  147,  178. 

This  large  genus  is  remarkable  for  its 
lack  of  functional  leaves,  whose  place  is 
taken  by  the  leaf -like  cladodes  which  are 
usually  considered  as  leaves  The  cladodes 
are  usually  borne  in  fascicles  of  three  to 
forty  in  the  axils  of  the  leaf-scale;  m  A  asparagoides 
.the  leaf-like  cladode  is  solitary  in  the  axils.  The  woody 
members  of  the  genus  often  have  the  base  of  the  leaf- 
scale  developed  into  a  strong  spine.  In  some  groups 
the  cladodes  arc  spiny  tipped  A  stipulaceus  and  its 
relatives  (apparently  not  m  cult.)  have  the  side 
branches  developed  into  thorns 

Most  of  the  ornamentals  of  the  genus 
will  not  stand  frost,  but  some  of  the 
Asiatic  forms  are  perfectly  hardy  except 
in  the  North.  Members  of  this  genus 
furnish  the  most  satisfactory  "green"  for 
decorative  purposes  known  to  the  trade, 
some  of  the  forms  rivaling  the  finest 
ferns  in  their  delicate  beauty  Thejr 
ability  to  hold  up  for  several  days  with-  403  Fem.ie 
out  wilting  makes  the  cut  sprays  of  some  flower'  of  As- 
of  the  species  necessary  in  some  forms  paragus  offlcl- 
of  decorative  work.  fld!m«ntol 

Nearly  all  the  species  are  of  easy  cul-   stamen. 


ture  and  can  be  propagated  readily  by  seed  which  ia 
usually  produced  m  abundance;  also  propagated  by 
division  and  in  some  woody  forms  by  cuttings. 


INDEX. 

asparagoides,  17. 
Blampiediv,  6. 
comoronsis,  0 

faloatus,  15. 
fahcmus,  3 
Hatcheri,  C. 

robustua,  6. 
aarmentotut,  14. 
scandeus,  11. 

compactus,  6,  14 

lucidus,  4 

Sprengen,  14 

Coopen.  7 

madagascarensis, 

10      superbus,  6 

cnspus,  5 

medeoloides,  17 

tenuissimus,  6 

decumbent,  5 

myrtifohus,  17. 

totragonus,  12. 

deflexus,  11 

nanus,  6 

urabellatus,  8. 

drepanophyllus,  13. 

offiomalis,  1 

vanegatus,  14 

Duchesnet,  13 

pluincmis,  6 

verticillatus,  2. 

tlangatus,  16 

racemose,  12 

virgatus,  10. 

falcatoides,  14 

retrofractua,  9 

KEY   TO   THE   SPECIES. 

A.  Lf.  -scales  with 

a  basal  spur  or 

scale. 

cladodes  fascicled  i  .    , 

and,  when  flat,  with  stomata  on  both 
sides. 

B.  Fls.  dioecious  fl  -buds  axillary  and 
preterit  on  young  shoots,  developing 
with  the  cladodes  Section  EUASPARAGUS 

c    Cladodes  filiform 

D    Plant    an    erect    herb:    cladodes 

tente  .    .  1.  offi emails 

DD    Plant   a   semi-woody   vine:   cla- 
dodes angled  ....  2  verticillatus 
cc.  Cladodes    flat,    linear    or    linear- 
lanceolate 

D  Berry  blach  cladodes  falcate, 
l/i  Ifon  branches  with  twigs 
and  cladodes  in  a  horizontal 
plane  fls  opening  widely  an 
erect  herb  3.  filicmus 

DD  Berry  white  or  pink,'  cladodes 
nearly  straight,  1-ii  in  ,  not  in 
a  definite  plane'  a  vine  4.  lucidus 

BB  Fls  perfect,  usually  appearing  after 
the  cladodes  or  on  special  branches 
on  the  old  wood 

c.  Base  of  If -t>uil<    a   *pur,   often  a 
sharp   i>pi.iL     fls  ,  when  solitary, 
in  axil*  with  cladode*    Section  ASPARAGOPSIS 
D.  Position  of  fls    axillary  or  ter- 
minal, with  claaodc^ 
E   Cladodes  filiform  or  3-angled 
F.  The  fls  notumbelled,4orless 
o   Shape     of     cladodes     3- 
angled,  in  3's    fls    axil- 
lary an  herbaceous  vine, 
tuberous-rooted  5  crispus 

ao.  Shape   of  cladodes   terete, 
numerous  fls  terminal 
woody    lines,     not    tu- 
berous-rooted    branches 
with  twigs  pinnate  m  a 
horizontal  plane 
H   Lf -scale?      white     or 
whitish,  spine  deltoid: 
sts  slender,  smooth       6.  plumosus 
HH.  Lf -scales    red-broiun, 
spine     terete,     strong 
and  sharp    hi?   thick, 
with  short  pubescence.  7.  Cooper! 
FF.  The  fls  in  umbtls 

a  Plant  a  slender  green- 
stemmed  vine  cladodes 
3-8  8  umbellatus 

oo.  Plant  stiff  gray-stemmed 
shrubby     climber      cla- 
dodes 1O-20         ...       9  retrofractus 
BB.  Cladodes  flat 

F.  Berry  S-lobed.  cladodes  lan- 
ceolate fls  terminal'  erect 
shrub,  1  ft  10.  madagascar- 

FF.  Berry  globose   cladodes    lin-  [ensi* 

ear-falcate-  fls  axillary:  a 
delicate  vine  11  Bcandens 

DD.  Position  of  fls.   in  racemes  on 

old  wood. 

B.  Cladodes  3-  or  4-anglvd,  flat- 
tened . .  12  tetragonut 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


407 


ax.  Cladodes  flat,  linear  or  linear- 

lanceolate. 

p.  The  cladodes  arranged  in 
horizontal  plane  on  twigs, 
a  long  vine  .  .  13.  drepano- 

FF.  The  cladodes  not  in  one  plane.  [phyllus 

O.  Length  of  cladodes  about 
1  in.,  et.  6  ft  or  less: 
spines  small  .  14.  Sprengeri 

oo.  Length  of  cladodes  2-8 
in.  a  rank-growing 
vine,  20-40  ft  15.  falcatus 

•C.  Base  of  If -scale  appreased,  bract- 
like,  stigma  capitate  fls.  solitary 
in  axils  ivithout  cladodes 

Section  KODIASTIGMA     16.  virgatus 
«jt.  Lf. -scales   not  spurred     fls    axillary 
cladodes  solitary  in  axils,  flat,  If  -like, 
stomata  only  on  lower  side 

Section  MYRSIPHYLLUM     17.  asparagoides 

1.  officinalis,  Linn  ASPARAGUS  Figs  402,  403  An 
erect  herb  from  a  woody  crown  with  long  fleshy  roots 
ats  smooth,  much  branched  above,  4-12  ft.  high,  cla- 
dodes 3-8  in  a  fascicle,  J^-l  m.  long,  terete  ff.-scale 
with  a  short  soft  spur  at  base:  fls  1-4,  in  axils  with 
cladodes  or  branches,  campanulate,  yellowish  green: 
berries  red,  K~Kin  >  1-9-sceded,  seed  germinate  m 
12-14  days  in  warmhouse,  often  taking  a  month  when 
planted  outdoors  in  spring.  Ku  — The  esculent  aspar- 
agus of  the  garden,  the  fruiting  sprays  with  the  bright 
red  berries  used  for  decorating 
The  young  seedlings  developed 
from  a  large  number  of  seed 
planted  in  a  small  pot  or  pan 
make  a  very  handsome  table  de-  ,- 
coration  tie?  Asparagus,  Esculent  // 
.  2  verticillatus,  Linn.  A  semi-  \  f 
woody  climbing  vine  from  a  woody  N  , 
rootstock.  roots  long-cylindnc,  " 
fleshy  sts  stout  (^m  ),  10-15  ft  *" 
long,  edible  when  young  branches 
green,  angled,  flexuosc  cladodes 
3-8,  %-2  m  long,  angled,  filiform,  not  stiff:  If -scales 
of  main  st  developed  below  into  spines'  fls.  funnel- 
shaped  in  1-4's  in  axils  of  If. -scale*  berries  red,  >£m. 
diam  ,  1-3-seeded  Persia  to  Siberia  R  B  20  154. 
GW.  14648  GZ  21-505— A  hardy  ornamental 
climber;  grows  readily  from  seed,  which  germinates  m 
about  3  weeks  m  a  warrnhouse,  plants  slow-growing 
at  first. 


405.  Asparagus  plumosus  var.  nanus.  (XK) 


3.  filiclnus,  Ham.  An  erect  herb  with  densely  clus- 
tered fusiform  tuberous  roots  2-4  in.  long:  sts.  erect, 
branching*  branches  with  twigs  and  cladodes  m  a 
horizontal  plane  like  A.  plumosus:  cladodes  flat,  lance- 
olate strongly  falcate,  3-5,  of  varying  lengths,  }^-%\r\. : 
fls.  axillary  on  long  slender  pedicels,  green;  stamens  and 
pietila  white;  perianth -lobes  wide-spreading  berry 
Mack,  Min.,  1-3-seeded.  India  and  China.  G.C.  III. 


44 : 122,  123  — Hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  very  orna- 
mental, suggesting  a  delicate  fern  in  appearance;  sev- 
eral wild  varieties. 

4.  lucidus,  Lindl    Semi-woody  climber,  6-10  ft .  few 
main  branches    roots  tuberous,  2-6  in.  long    claaodes 
3-5,  flat  curved  bnear  about  1  m  long'  If  -scale  on  main 
st.  with  a  short  spine:  fls   small,  white,  1-4,  in  axils 
with  cladodes:    berries    pink    or  white,   ^m.  diam. 
China,  Japan  and  Formosa.     A.G.  13:78. — Probably 
hardy  in  most  of  U.  S.   Tubers  edible. 

5.  crfspus,  Lam.  (A.  dccumbens,  Jacq.,  and  Hort.). 
Roots  tuberous,  short,  densely  clustered  about  crown: 
sts  herbaceous,  green,  weak,  climbing  or  drooping,  3-6 
ft,  much  branched:  branches  deflexed,  ana  zigzag 


If  -scale  developed  below  into  a  weak  spur:  clado* 
3-angled,  reflexed,  about  M~Hin  long.  fls.  on  slender 
drooping  pedicels,  axillary,  solitary,  or  in  pairs,  white, 
sweet-scented,  resembling  the  fls  of  A.  asparagoides: 
berry  white  or  pink,  J^m  ,  several-seeded,  seeds  small, 
black.  S.  Afr.  A  F.  1C. 825 —Easily  grown  from  seed 
or  prop,  by  division;  a  beautiful  plant  for  hanging- 
baskets  This  species  is  often  sold  under  the  name  of 
A  scandens  deflcxus,  Baker,  which  has  flat  cladodes 
and  1-3-seeded;  red  berries 

6  plumosus,  Baker  ASPARAGUS  FERN  Fig.  404. 
Woody,  tall  climbing  vine1  roots  not  tuberous,  long, 
slightly  fleshy  •  st  terote,  green,  glabrous  branches  with 
twigs  and  cladodes  arranged  in  a  horizontal  plane, 
making  a  compound  pinnate  frond,  triangular  in  out- 
line' cladodes  numerous,  8-20  in  a  fascicle,  %va.  or 
less  long,  slender,  terete,  bright  green  •  If  -scale  white  or 
gray,  on  main  st.  developed  be  ow  into  a  woody  deltoid 
spine:  fls  1-4  at  ends  of  twigs,  white,  perianth-lobes 
spreading  obovate,  blooming  in  autumn  berry  1-3- 
seeded,  purple-black.  S.  Afr.  F  1882  101  FR.  4:93. 
FS.  2413-14  G  25.110.  G  C.  II.  13749,  III 
23:146.  G.Z.  25'2  AF  11  1178— A  popular  deco- 
rative plant  now  almost  superseded  by  some  of  its 
varieties.  The  cut  sprays  and  strings  of  A  plu- 
mosus and  its  varieties  are  used  in  large  quantities  by 
florists  on  account  of  their  beauty  and  keeping  quali- 
ties Most  of  the  forms  are  prop,  by  seed  or  division 
but  some  are  readily  increased  by  means  of  cuttings. 
Var  comorensis,  Hort  (A  comortnsis,  Hort )  Similar 
to  A.  plumosus  but  more  robust  cladodes  lighter  green, 
more  open  and  delicate  in  their  arrangement  frond 
widely  triangular,  very  regular  AF  18.684  FE  14' 
462.  FR  9:877.  G  C.  Ill  23:181.  Gng  10  295  I  H. 
42.61  S.H  1:84  V  20  101  Var  nanus,  Hort  Fig. 
405  The  common  commercial  variety  of  the  species 
cladodes  more  numerous  and  shorter  than  type,  making 
the  horizontally  spreading  fronds  more  dense1  sts.  often 
short,  making  a  short  spray  rather  than  a 
vine  easily  reproduced  by  seed,  which 
germinate  in  three  weeks  Var  tenuis- 
simus,  Hort.  (A.  tenuis- 
simus,  Hort ).  Fig  406.  A 
wiry  stemmed  variety  with 
fewer  cladodes  longer  than 
in  type  and  not  so  much 
in  a  horizontal  plane,  dis- 
tinctly glaucous  blue-green ;  not  a  strong  climber.  Var. 
robustus,  Hort.  A  ranker-growing  vine  with  shorter 
cladodes  than  type,  side  branches  making  longer  and 
more  irregular  fronds  than  A.  plumosus  nanus,  a 
duller  green.  A  plumbsus  sup&rbus,  Hort ,  A.  Bldm- 
piedn,  Hort ,  and  A  Hdtchen,  Hort.  (F.B  31 :935),  are 
all  botamcally  closely  related  if  not  identical  with  A. 
plumosus  robustus  and  with  it  are  separated  from  the 
other  forms  of  the  species  by  their  stronger  growth  and 
by  the  much  less  regular  arrangement  of  the  cladodes 
and  twigs  into  a  horizontal  plane  Var.  compfictus, 
Hort.  A  dwarf  form,  said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  A. 
plumosus  nanus  and  A  plumosus  tenuissimus,  suitable 
for  pot-plants  F.E.  16:637  See  Fern,  Asparagus. 


408 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


7.  Codperi,  Baker.  Roots  long,  cylindnc,  more  or 
less  fleshy:  sts.  large,  up  to  %m  diam  and  60  or  moie 
ft.  long,  branching  above;  main  sts  and  branches 
dark  green,  with  a  soft,  very  short  pubescence1  cladodes 
very  dark  green,  y^-^iin.  long,  5-12  in  a  cluster,  much 
stouter  than  in  A.  plumosus:  final  branches  with  twigs 
and  cladodes  making  beautiful  pinnate  fern-like  sprays 
J-6-3  ft.  long.  If  .-scale  swollen  at  base,  red-brown, 


406   Asparagus  plumosus  var  tenuissimus.  ( X  H) 

with  a  strong  spine1  fls  small,  white,  bell-shaped,  sweet- 
scented'  berry  about  J^in  diam  ,  red  S  Afr.  G  Z.  21: 
568,  569. — This  species  is  probably  the  largest  one  in 
the  genus,  its  long  vines  covered  with  beautiful  dark 
green  sprays  making  a  very  desirable  cover  for  pillars 
The  side  sprays  are  valuable  for  cut-green  for  florists' 
use  and,  when  removed,  a  second  crop  will  appear 
shortly  on  the  old  vines 

8.  umbellatus,  Link.  A  spreading  climber  or  under- 
shrub1  sts  terete,  slender,  scabrous,  dark  green,  woody 
below,  branching-  branches  and  twigs  often  reflexed 
and  pendulous  cladodes  3-10,  terete,  %-l  in.  long, 
very  dark  green1  fls  in  axillary  or  terminal  umbels; 
pedicels  J^m.  long,  perianth  largest  of  genus,  M~Kin. 
spreading,  white;  segms.  elliptic-obtuse;  stamens  dark 
yellow1  berry  globose,  yellow  to  dark 
red.  Canary  Isls.  and  Madeira  B  M 
7733.  GC  III.  28-379— The  large, 
sweet-scented  fls  produced  abundantly 
in  midsummer;  a  good  plant  for  pillar 
decoration;  grows  well  from  seed. 

9  retrofra'ctus,  Linn  (A.  relrofrdctus 
arbdreus,  Hort )  Sts.  slender  (6  or  more 
ft.),  becoming  woody  and  gray,  scarcely 
climbing,  zigzag,  the  branches  wiry: 
cladodes  in  close  clusters,  green,  fili- 
form, about  1  in.  long1  If  -srale  bases 
spiny:  fls.  m  umbels  small,  white:  berry 
small,  nearly  globose,  1-seeded.  S.  Afr. 
Gn.  59:111. 

10.  madagascarensis,  Baker.  Erect,  much-branched 
shrub,  1  ft.  or  more,  suggesting  Ruscus  aculeatus:  sts. 
green,  angled:  cladodes  3,  lanceolate,  pointed,  glabrous, 
dark  olives-green,  often  arranged  on  the  twig  m  one 
plane  making  a  pinnately  compound  If  in  appearance, 
%-%in   long:  base  of  If  -scale  not  spiny:  fls.  creamy 
white,  normally  in  4's  at  end  of  twigs,  J^in.  diam.: 
berry  scarlet,  3-lobed,  1-3-sceded    Madagascar.   B.M. 
8046. — A  good  pot-plant,  especially  in  winter  when  it  is 
well  set  with  scarlet  berries    Thrives  m  either  a  hot  or 
temperate  greenhouse,  easily  prop,  from  seed,  which 
tare  freely  produced. 

11.  scandens,  Thunb.  A  slender  climbing  vine  up  to 
6  ft.:  sts.  green,  branching  freely  above:  branches  with 
twigs  and  cladodes  m  one  plane,  suggesting  A  filicinus 
somewhat:  cladodes  flat,  long,  lanceolate-falcate,  3-5 
in. :  fascicle  K-^in.  long,  central  one  longest,  glabrous, 
light  green:  If. -scale  minute,  base  not  spmed:  fls.  pendu- 
lous, solitary  or  paired  m  axils,  greenish  white,  j^in. 
diam.,  perianth  spreading,  segms.  elliptic-oblong:  berry 


globose,  Km.  diam.,  red,  1-seeded.  S.  Afr.  B.M. 
7675.  G.C.  Ill  33:339.— One  of  the  weaker-growing 
kinds  of  ornamental  asparagus,  thriving  well  in  an 
intermediate  house.  A  good  decorative  plant  when 
grown  in  strings  for  table  decoration;  also  good  as  a 
pot-plant.  Var.  deflexus.  Similar  to  type  out  with 
branches  deflexed:  cladodes  stiifer  and  smaller:  fls. 
smaller:  seed  often  white.  G.W.  5:446;  13:301.  A. 
cmpws  is  often  sold  under  this  name,  but  is  easily 
distinguished  by  its  3-angled  cladodes  (see  discussion 
under  No.  5). 

12.  tetragdnus,   Bresler    (A.   racembsus    telragbnw, 
Baker)    A  climbing  vine,  15-20  ft.  high:  roots  tuberous, 
elliptic,   1-2  in    long    sts    gray  to  brown,  branching 
above:  cladodes  3-8,  usually  5,  3-4-angled,   >^-%in. 
long,  dense,  more  or  less  falcate.  If -scale  on  mam  st. 
with  a  strong  recurved  basal  spine  up  to  %m.  long, 
fls  in  racemes  2-3  in  long,  on  old  wood;  perianth  white 
or  pink,  Min-  diam  ,  segms    obovate- obtuse;  fls.  fra- 
grant. S  Afr.   B.M.  8288    G.C  III  23:147. 

13.  drepanophyllus,  Welw.  (A.  Duchtsnei,  Linden). 
A  tall  climbing  woody  vine  with  tuberous  roots  2-3  ft. 
long1  sts  20-30  ft  long,  terete,  without  mam  branches: 
axillary  twigs  and  claaodes  making  a  compound  cla- 
dophyll  from  upper  axils   twigs  ^-2  ft.  long,  thick-set 
with  cladodes  m  fascicles  of  &-5:  If -scales  on  twigs 
5-rankcd  but  cladodes  turned  into  a  horizontal  plane: 
central  dadode  2-3  in   long,  lateral   l}$  in  ,  the  com- 
pound cladophyll  suggesting  a  frond  of  Asplemum: 
If  -base  with  a  strong  spine,  fls  in  dense  erect  racemes, 
3-8   in    long,    pedicels   deflexed   in  fascicles  of   3-8; 
perianth  greenish,    bell-shaped,   not   opening  widely: 
berry  rare,  3-lobed,  usually  1-seeded,  H>m  diam.,  bright 
scarlet,  ripe  m  90-120  days  after  the  bloom.     Oct- 
Jan.    S.  Cent.,  Afr  ,  Congo  region.   G  C.  Ill  28:305. 

RB.  28:60.   Gng  15:131    A  F. 
27-1139  —A  highly  decorative 
plant;     the    compound     clado- 
phylls  valuable  in  florists'  work. 
Readily  prop   by  division  or  by 
cuttings  of  the  twigs  taken  on 
with  a  heel,  or  piece 
of  the  main  st    at- 
tached and  put  in  a 
sandy  soil  in  a  close 
case     with     bottom 
7  heat. 

14.   Sprgngeri, 
Regel.  Figs  407, 408. 
Roots    tuberous, 
white,    elliptic,     not 
,  densely  clustered .  sts. 
>  numerous,   scarcely 
climbing,  6  ft.  or  less: 
side  branches  numerous,  small, 
angled,   twigs  1-3  in.  long1  cla- 
dodes 3-8,  H-1M  in.  long,  flat, 
linear,  smooth,  pointed,  slightly 
falcate,  rich  green:  If  .-scale  on 
mam  st   with  a  slender  brown 
bnttle  spine   5^in.  long:  fls.  in 
May-June,  in  open  racemes  1-3 
in.  long;  pedicels  1-2  from  each 
bract,  fls.  whitish  pink,  fragrant, 
perianth  wide-spreading.   Kin.: 
berry     slightly     3-lobed,     1-3- 
seeded,  bright  coral-red,  up  to 
^jin  diam.    Natal  — One  ol  the 
most   popular   plants  for   cut- 
green,  easily  grown  in  a  mod- 
erate temp.   Plants  in  tubs  or 
baskets    are    very    ornamental 
when  covered  with  the  bright 
407.  Asparagus  red  berries  which  ripen  about 

Sprenceri.  (xH)         Christmas-time      Easily   grown 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


409 


408 
Strong  new 

shoot  of 
Asparagus  Sprengeri. 

(XH) 


from  seed,  which  germinates  in  a  temperate  house  m 
about  4  weeks.  The  best  asparagus  for  a  house 
plant.  A.G.  18:86,  883;  19:101.  B  M.  7728  (as  A. 
ternifohus),  8052.  F.E.  9:11.  F.R  4:95.  G.  21:123. 
Gn.  54,  p.  88;  58,  p.  109.  G.L.  17:175.  Mn.  8,  p.  151. 
Gn.W.20.117;  23:607.  G.W.  4,  p  109;  13,  p 
462.  Gng  4:167.  G.C.  HI.  37.10.  Var.  com- 
pletes, a  dwarf  variety  seldom  over  18  in  long. 
Var.  variegatus,  a  form  having  variegated 
Ivs;  otherwise  like  the  type.  Gn.  59.145. 
F.E.  14:885.  Var.  falcatoldes,  a  large  strong- 
growing  form:  phylloclades  solitary  to  5-6  more 
or  less  falcate.  A  sarmentdaua.  Hort.,  not 
Linn  ,  is  a  short  compact  form  of  A 
Sprengert.  The  true  A  sarmentosus  is  quite 
a  different  plant  and  not  m  cult 

15.  falcatus,  Linn.    A  large  spreading 
woody  vine  with  stout  gray  or  brown  sts 
20-40    ft.   long,   much  branched    above 
cladodes  3-5,  or  more  at  ends  of  twigs,  fal- 
cate, linear-lanceolate,  with  undulate 
margins,  nch  dark  green,  2-3  in.  long. 
If  -scales    with    stout    basal    spines 
sweet-scented    fls    in    loose  racemes 
2-3  in.  long,  produced  in  great  pro- 
fusion in  midsummer;  perianth  pure 
white,  J^in.  diam.,  segms.  lanceolate; 
stamens  yellow    fr  dull 
brown     Trop.  Asia  and 
Afr. — One  of  the  largest 
and  finest  species  of  the 
genus;    thrives  under 
temperate  conditions 
growing  outdoors  in  the 
absence  of  frost.    G  C 
III.  23  123,  41  82  Ref. 
Bot  261.  G.W.  5.334 

16.  virgatus,  Baker  (A  dongdtw,  Hort)  Fig. 
409.  Roots  fibrous,  crown  with  long  semi-woody 
rhizomes,  sts.  erect  (3-6  ft.),  much  branched  above, 
branches  long,  straight  or  drooping:  cladodes  in 
3's,  stiff,  ^-%in.  long,  angled,  not  very  abundant; 
cladodes  and  sts  dark  green1  If  .-scale  white,  de- 
veloped basally  into  an  appressed  bract-like  extension 
similar  to  upper  part:  fls.  solitary  at  nodes  on  droop- 
ing pedicels,  no  cladodes  in  axils  with  fls  ;  perianth 
greenish  white,  wide-spreading, 
Km  diam.; stigma  capitate  berry 
1-2-seeded,  dull  orange-red,  Km. 
in  diam.  S.  Afr  FE  27:114.— 
Easily  grown  from  seed,  which  ger- 
minates in  3  weeks,  or  from  cut- 
tings of  rhizomes.  Not  highly 
ornamental,  but  of  value  in  decora- 
tive work  on  account  of  its  erect 
habit. 

17  asparagoides,  Wight  (Myr- 
siphyUum  asparag(Mes,vf\\ld.  A 
medeolobdes,  Thunb.).  SMILAX  of 
florists.  Fig.  410.  Tall  slender 
glabrous  twiner:  sts.  slender,  much 
Typical ofKodiastigma.  branched  cladodes  single  in  axils 
of  If.-scales,  ovate,  about  1  in. 
long,  usually  spreading  horizontally.  If  .-scale  small,  not 
developed  into  a  spur  at  base*  fls.  solitary  or  paired  in 
axils  on  slender  pedicels,  greenish  white;  perianth-lobes 
spreading  or  recurved  from  beyond  middle:  berries 
dark  purple,  1-3-seeded.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  5584.  R.H. 
1895: 177.  S.H.  1:417;  2: 160.  Gn.  42,  p.  536.  G.W.  1, 
p.  206. — Much  grown  for  florists'  use  in  decorations. 
Seed  small,  germinating  in  about  3  weeks  (see  cul- 
tural notes  under  Smilax  in  a  succeeding  volume). 
Var.  myrtifdlius,  Hort.  "BABY"  SMILAX,  an  extremely 
light  and  elegant  variety  with  much  smaller  Ivs.  than 
the  type,  becoming  popular. 


409.  Flower  of 
Asparagus  virgatus. 


A.  acuttfdliw,  Linn.  Semi-hardy,  becoming  a  woody  shrub  in 
the  8 ,  zigzag,  branching,  5  ft  .  cladodea  short,  stiff,  terete,  spiny- 
tipped  in  fascicles  of  5-12.  Jim  long,  fls  dioecious,  yellow,  berry 
waxy  olive-green  — A  dark  green  cedar-like  ornamental  Medit. 
region  — A.  sethibjncus,  Linn  Tropical  vine:  cladodes  3-5  ft., 
linear  falcate,  1-2  in  long  If  -base  spiny  fls.  in  racemes,  near  A. 
Sprengeri  8.  Afr. — A  afncAnut,  Lam  Woody  semi-climber,  spiny: 
cladodes  filiform-terete,  stiff,  dark  green,  up  to  20  in  a  cluster  1  in. 
long  fls  m  umbels.  8  Afr — A  Albus,  Linn  (A  Pastonanus,  Webb 
&  Berth  ).  A  white-stemmed  branching  woody  shrub,  semi-hardy,  3- 
4  ft  high*  cladodes  densely  fascicled,  1  in.  long-  If  -scale  with  a  long 
sharp  spine  fls  in  umbels  Medit  region — Very  susceptible  to 
attacks  of  red-spider  G  Z  1907  31  —A  asviticue,  Linn  A  tall 
branching  woody  vine  cladodes  numerous  m  clusters,  soft-filiform, 
Hm.  long,  fls  in  umbel*  8  Afr  — A  declmAtut,  Linn  Allied  to 
A  plumosus  but  with  cladodes  about  Jim  long:  branches  slender, 
drooping  fls  axillary,  small,  white  berries  1-seedod  S  Afr — A. 
lancinus,  Burch  A  woody  shrub  suggesting  A  retrofractus  but 
with  cladodes  1  m  long  8  Afr  G  C  III  23  122  —  A.  Mngipes, 
Baker  A  copiously  branched  underahrub  with  nubterete  slender 
green  cladodes  J^-l  in  long  m  whorls  of  9-12-  fls.  axillary,  soli- 
tary or  paired.  8  Cent  Afr  —  I  myrwclddus,  Hort  (A  Green- 
neldu,  Hort  )  An  erect,  •  much-branched  shrub,  6  ft ,  with 
tuberous  roots-  st  gray,  branches  zigzag  witU  dense  clusters  of 
i  filiform  eladodes  J^in  long,  becoming  dark  green  with 


light  green - 

age  — Very  ornamental     fli 


unknown,  but   it  is   closely  related 


in  type  to  A.  retrofractua  Natal  G  25.293,  33.435  Gng 
12  547  FE.  16  637  The  true  A  mynocladus,  Baker,  is 
related  to  A.  Sprengen  and  has  flat  cladodes  and  racemose  fls 
This  species  ia  apparently  not  in  cultivation  — A  oligoddnus, 
Maxim  Erect,  hardy  herbaceous  perennial  suggesting  A  offi- 
cinahs  cladodes  more  dense,  slender  and  graceful  1-2  ft  fls. 
dioecious,  campanulatc  N  Asia  — A  achobenmdea,  Kuntb  Erect, 
hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  1-3  ft  roots  tuberous  cladodes  long, 
3-angled,  flat,  ascending  fls  nearly  sessile,  dioecious  berries  red. 
Japan  and  China  —  4  Siebenunus,  Hort  A  supposed  hybrid 


410.  Asparagus  asparagoides,  or  Smilax  of  florists. 

(Natural  size) 


between  A  crispus  and  A  plumosus  tenuissimus  sts  slender,  rigid, 
with  slightly  curved  cladodes  Distinct  and  valuable  as  a  market 
plant  — A  tenuifdhua,  Lam  Herbaceous  perennial  like  A  officm- 
naha,  with  very  slender,  numerous  cladodes  and  large  bright  red 
berries  S  Eu  — A  tnchophyllua,  Bunge  Hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nial, somewhat  twining,  3-6  ft  cladodes  like  A  officmalis,  y±-\  in. 
long  fls.  dioecious  (long-campanulate)  on  drooping  pedicels  N 

A"a  J.  B.  NORTON. 

ASPARAGUS,  ESCULENT  (Aspdragus  officinMis, 
Linn  ).  Lih&cex,  A  perennial  herb,  cult  for  the  succu- 
lent young  shoots  that  arise  from  the  crown  in  spring. 

Asparagus  is  native  to  Europe.  It  has  been  cultivated 
2,000  years  and  more  It  was  known  to  the  Greeks 
and  Romans  The  so-called  Ivs.  of  asparagus  are  really 
leaf-like  branches  The  Ivs  are  the  scales,  which  are 
well  shown  on  the  shoot  at  the  left  in  Fig.  411.  From 
the  axils  of  these  scales,  branches  may  arise,  a  a.  At 
6  6  are  shown  clusters  of  branchlets,  or  7'leaves,"  issuing 
from  the  axils  of  scales  or  Ivs. 

Being  a  rugged  plant,  asparagus  will  live  and  in  a 
measure  thrive  on  almost  any  kind  of  soil,  even  under 
adverse  circumstances  and  when  entirely  neglected. 
Occasionally  one  may  find  apparently  thrifty  plants  in 
fence  rows,  or  strong  stalkd  pushing  up  through  stone 
heaps  or  other  rubbish  piled  foot-thick  upon  an  old 
abandoned  asparagus  beef.  Plants  on  good  soil  will  get 
so  large,  and  the  immense  network  of  roots  so  well 
anchored  in  the  soil,  that  all  the  strength  of  a  good  team 
may  be  insufficient  to  pull  them  out,  and  sometimes 
several  years'  persistent  efforts  may  be  required  to 
clear  thfm  out  of  a  piece  of  ground  once  used  as  an 
asparagus  patch.  The  stalks  that  the  discriminating 
growers  and  fastidious  consumers  want  are  those  an 


410 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


inch  in  diameter  and  deliciously  tender  and  succulent, 
and  these  can  be  grown  only  on  good  plants  set  far 
enough  apart  on  well-drained,  well-manured  and  well- 
tilled  soil.  To  secure  the  choice  early  stalks  that  bring 
the  high  prices,  the  land  selected  for  an  asparagus  patch 
should  be  a  warm  rich  loam,  preferably  exposed  to  east 
or  south.  Manures  and  fertilizers,  also,  must  be  used 
most  lavishly  In  this  respect,  many  growers  fail  to 
obtain  best  results,  such  as  are  within  their  reach  by 
greater  liberality.  Unless  the  soil  is  already  well  sup- 
plied with  vegetable  matter  and  for  that  reason  very 
loose  and  mellow,  bulky  manures,  such  as  fairly  well- 
rotted  stable  manure  or  rich  compost,  are  almost  or 
quite  indispensable  at  the  start.  A  heavy  dressing  is  to 
be  plowed  under,  and  should  be  well  and  deeply  mixed 
with  the  soil  by  replowmg  and  reworking  the  land. 
Afterwards  concentrated  manures,  rich  especially  in 
nitrogen  and  potash,  will  do  very  well  for  loose  soils,  and 
may  be  used  oroadcast  on  top,  as  the  crop  appears  to 
need  them  from  year  to  year,  at  least  for  a  while.  Even 
then  an  occasional,  or  better,  yearly,  application  of  good 
stable  manure  or  compost,  placed  in  furrows  plowed 
(with  a  one-horse  plow) 
on  each  side  of  the 
rows  after  the  cutting 
season  or  m  early  fall, 
will  be  of  benefit  or 
become  necessary  to 
keep  the  yield  up  to  a 
high  mark.  To  start  a 
plantation  in  the  right 
way,  the  selection  of 
good  strong  one-year- 
old  plants  is  of  much 
importance.  They  are 
usually  preferable  to 
the  ordinary  two-year 
plants.  To  grow  one's 
own  supply  for  starting 
a  plantation  a  year 
laier  is  usually  a  safer 
plan  than  to  depend 
on  purchased  plants. 
The  male,  or  pollen- 
bearing,  plants  are 
often  more  vigorous 
and  more  produc- 
tive of  good  stalks 
than  the  female  or 
seed-bearing  plants; 
but  one  cannot  very 
well  tell  the  one  from  the  other  unless  they  bloom,  until 
long  after  they  are  already  established  in  the  planta- 
tion, when  it  would  be  impracticable  to  tear  out  the 
less  desirable  female  plants  and  replace  them  with 
the  male  plants  — The  seed,  obtainable  from  any  regular 
seed  house,  is  rather  hard-shelled  and  sometimes  slow 
to  germinate  It  is  important  to  give  the  seedling 
plants  the  longest  possible  period  of  growth  so  as  to 
secure  the  strongest  possible  plants.  It  is  advisable, 
therefore,  to  soak  the  seed,  or  give  it  special  treat- 
ment or  seed  stimulation,  before  sowing  it,  and  to  sow 
it  just  as  soon  in  spring  as  a  rich  mellow  seed-bed 
can  be  prepared.  The  rows  or  drills  may  be  made  a 
foot  apart,  and  seed  sown  rather  thinly.  Plants  are  to 
be  thinned  to  3  inches  apart  at  an  early  age,  and 
weeds  should  be  carefully  kept  down  from  the  very 
start.  In  short,  nothing  should  be  neglected  to  prevent 
any  interference  with  the  rapid  and  healthy  growth  of 
the  seedlings,  for  the  future  outcome  hinges,  to  a  great 
measure,  on  a  favorable  early  start.— When  getting 
ready  to  set  the  plants,  and  after  the  land  has  been 
carefully  and  deeply  plowed  and  harrowed,  plow  out 
furrows  4  or  even  6  feet  apart.  It  may  look  like  a  sinful 
waste  of  good  land  to  set  asparagus  so  far  apart,  but 
even  at  6  feet  the  roots  will  nil  the  soil  and  reach  across 


411.  Leaves  and  branches  of 
common  Asparagus    ( X  H) 


the  rows,  and  the  fat  stalks  obtainable  by  wide  planting 
are  worth  more  in  our  markets  than  tne  inferior  ones 
usually  found  there.  Some  markets  demand  or  prefer 
green  stalks  which  are  mainly  grown  above  ground. 
In  that  case,  make  the  furrows  5  to  9  inches  deep.  In 
other  markets  blanched  shoots  are  wanted,  and  these 
are  of  superior  flavor  and  tenderness,  provided  they 
are  grown  in  mellow  soil  and  under  high  and  skillful 
culture.  In  that  case,  make  the  furrows  a  few  inches 
deeper  than  for  plants  set  for  green  stalks.  Sot  the 
plants  in  the  furrows  about  2  feet  apart,  each  on  a  lit- 
tle mound  of  soil,  spreading  the  roots  in  the  same  way 
as  they  grew  in  the  seed-bed.  Cover  with  mellow  soil  to 
the  depth  of  a  few  inches,  and  afterwards,  in  the  course 
of  some  weeks  and  by  means  of  some  suitable  tools  (cul- 
tivators, harrows,  and  the  like),  gradually  fill  the  furrows 
even  with  the  ground-level.  A  still  better  plan  when  the 
material  can  be  had,  especially  for  the  home-gardener, 
is  to  fill  the  furrows  with  fine  old  compost,  wood's  earth, 
leaf-mold,  or  any  other  loose  and  rich  material,  as  the 
covering  above  the  crowns  of  the  plants  cannot  be 
made  too  loose.  It  is  advisable  and  will  insure  closer 
attention  in  cultivation,  to  grow  some  hoed  crop,  like 
beets,  turnips,  radishes,  cabbage,  beets,  beans  or  peas, 
between  the  rows  of  asparagus  the  first  year.  In  the 
fall,  and  every  fall  thereafter,,  cut  the  asparagus  stalks 
close  to  the  ground  and  remove  them  from  the  patch, 
to  avoid  the  scattering  of  the  seed. 

In  early  spring  of  the  second  year,  the  surface  of  the 
ground  is  to  be  loosened  by  shallow  plowing  or  deep 
cultivating;  and  when  the  first  sprouts  appear,  the 
rows  may  be  hilled  up  to  some  extent  if  any  of  the 
sprouts  are  to  be  cut  for  use.  Under  especially  favor- 
able conditions  a  few  may  be  cut  the  sec- 
ond year  It  is  better  for  the  plantation 
and  its  future  value,  however,  if  no  cut- 
ting is  done  that  year.  Plants  left  intact 
until  the  third  year,  and  kept  m  a  high 
state  of  cultivation,  will  grow  much 
*  stronger  and  be  more  pioductive  afterward  Com- 
mercial growers  use  specially  devised  asparagus  knives 
for  cutting  the  stalks  In  the  absence  of  such,  any 
ordinary  sharp  table  or  kitchen  knife  may  be  used,  or 
in  the  mellow  soil  the  blanched  shoots  may  be  broken 
off  at  the  base  with  the  finger  In  cutting,  be  very 
careful,  and  try  to  avoid  cutting  later  shoots  or 
injuring  the  crown  of  the  plants  The  third  season 
and  every  season  thereafter,  loosen  up  the  ground  as 
directed  for  the  second  season.  The  snoots  are  now  to 
be  cut  indiscriminately  and  clean,  up  to  the  beginning 
of  the  green-pea  season  After  that,  allow  them  to  grow 
undisturbed,  but  continue  cultivation,  to  keep  the 
ground-surface  mellow  and  free  from  weeds.  For  mar- 
ket, wash  the  freshly-cut  stalks  and  tie  them  m  neat, 
compact  bunches  of  the  size  demanded  m  the  particu- 
lar market,  using  some  bright-colored  ribbon,  or  per- 
haps rubber  bands.  If  to  be  shipped,  especially  for 
longer  distances,  pack  the  bunches  in  moist  moss  or 
other  material  that  will  keep  the  stalks  fresh 

The  varietal  differences  m  the  asparagus  plant  do 
not  appear  to  be  very  pronounced  except  in  the  color 
of  the  young  shoots,  and  most  of  the  variations  seem  to 
be  due  to  differences  in  culture  and  environment  rather 
than  to  those  characteristic  of  the  variety.  American 
seedsmen  offer  the  following  as  distinct  varieties*  Colos- 
sal (Conover's),  Palmetto,  Mammoth  (Barr's),  Colum- 
bian (Mammoth  Columbian  White),  Argenteuil  (Giant 
Argenteuil),  Bonvallet  Giant,  Reading  Giant. 

To  save  the  seed,  strip  the  ripe  berries  off  the  stalks 
by  hand,  or  thresh  them  off  with  a  flail,  put  them  in  a 
sound  barrel  or  tank,  and  mash  them  with  a  wooden 
pounder,  to  separate  the  hard,  black  seeds  from  the 
pulp.  Clean  them  by  washing  in  plenty  of  water,  pour- 
ing off  the  pulp  and  skins;  then  dry  and  store. 

To  any  person  who  has  even  a  little  land  to  use  for  a 
home-garden,  no  better  advice  could  be  given  than  to 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPHODEL 


411 


plant  in  a  corner  or  at  one  side  of  it  50  or  100  asparagus 
roots  for  his  family,  as  no  other  use  of  that  spot,  ordi- 
narily, may  be  expected  to  give  more  real  benefit,  enjoy- 
ment and  value.  The  number  of  roots  named  will 
under  average  conditions  give  all  the  stalks  that  a 
large  family  could  use,  and  several  times  the  quantity 
that  a  person  of  ordinary  means  would  feel  able  to  pur- 
chase for  the  family  table  in  the  open  market.  For  the 
market-gardener,  especially  one  with  a  regular  retail 
trade,  few  if  any  vegetables  offer  equal  chances  of 
profit  and  regular  returns  and  a  sure  income  at  a  most 
opportune  time  (spring). 

Enemies  — The  asparagus  rust  (Puccinia  asparagi) 
has  often  done  considerable  damage.  Planting  rust- 
resistant  varieties  is  the  best  procedure.  Argenteuil 
and  Heading  Giant  afford  the  best  relief.  Dusting 
completely  with  flowers  of  sulfur  when  the  dew  is  on, 
and  after  the  cutting  season,  is  the  best  remedy;  two 
applications,  three  or  four  weeks  intervening,  are 
usually  sufficient. 

01  inject  enemies,  two  have  become  well  known  on 
asparagus  plants  in  America,  namely,  the  common 
asparagus  beetle  (Cnocens  asparagi)  and  the  twelve- 
spotted  asparagus  beetle  (C  18-punctata).  The  follow- 
ing remedies  are  recommended:  chickens  and  ducks; 
close  cutting  of  the  young  shoots  m  the  early  season, 
and  the  use  of  arsenate  of  lead  or  of  dry  arsemtes 
dusted  on  the  dew-wet  plants  after  the  cutting  period. 

The  subject  of  asparagus  and  asparagus-growing  is 
treated  in  the  following  books  and  bulletins:  Asparagus, 
by  F.  M  Hexamer,  Orange  Judd  Company.  Farmers 
Bulletin  No.  61  (Asparagus  Culture),  issued  by  the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  Bulle- 
tin No.  151  of  the  Maryland  Station  (Fertilizers  for 
Asparagus).  Bulletin  No.  34  of  the  Missouri  Station 
(Asparagus  and  Rhubarb  Culture)  Bulletins  Nos. 
165  and  172  of  the  California  Station  (Asparagus  and 
Asparagus  Rust  in  California).  T.  GREINER. 

ASPASIA  (Greek  personal  name).  Orchidacese. 
Epiphytic  hothouse  orcnids. 

Stems  thickened  into  pseudobulbs.  1-  or  2-lvd.: 
racemes  lateral;  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  spread- 
ing; lip  with  the  claw  adnate  to  the  column,  the  blade 
spreading;  lateral  lobes  distinct  or  confluent  with  the 
middle  lobe,  polhnia  2. — Species  about  8,  ranging  from 
Cent  Amer  to  Brazil. 

epidendroides,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs,  oblong,  2-edged: 
Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  racemes  of  2-4  fls.;  sepals  and 
petals  whitish  yellow,  streaked  with  brown;  hp  white, 
dotted  with  purple.  Panama.  B.M.  3962. 

lunata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs,  2-edged,  oblong:  Ivs. 
oblong-hgulate,  up  to  6  in  long'  fls  single,  or  rarely  2; 
sepals  and  petals  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  green 
or  yellowish,  marked  with  violet-purple;  lip  white, 
marked  with  purple.  S.  Brazil. 

variegata.  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate  or  oblong,  2- 
edged:  Ivs.  lanceolate-hgulate,  up  to  8  in.  long:  raceme 
of  2  or  3  fls.;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  greenish 
or  yellowish,  marked  with  interrupted  longitudinal 
black-purple  lines;  petals  obovate-oblong,  acute,  yellow- 
ish veined  with  purple;  hp  white,  yellowish  at  the  base, 
spotted  with  purple.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  3679.  B.R.  1907. 
GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

ASPEN:  Populus. 

ASPERftLLA:  Hystrix. 

ASP&RULA  (roughish;  referring  to  Ivs.).  RubiAcex. 
WOODRUFF.  Mostly  dwarf  hardy  herbs,  for  borders, 
rock  gardens  and  shady  places. 

Annual  or  perennial:  sts  square:  Ivs.  whorled  (some 
of  the  Ivs.  are  really  stipules) :  fls.  many,  small,  mostly 
4-parted,  produced  freely  from  May  to  July;  corolla 
funnelform.  which  distinguishes  it  from  the  closely 
related  Galium  in  which  the  corolla  is  rotate. — About 
80  species  in  Eu.,  Asia  and  Austral. 


The  commonest  species  is  A.  odorata,  the  Wald- 
meister  of  the  Germans,  which  is  used  m  their  Mai- 
trank,  or  May  wine,  and  in  summer  drinks.  The  dried 
leaves  have  a  hay-like  fragrance,  lasting  for  years,  and 
are  often  kept  with  clothes.  The  plant  occasionally 
escapes  from  gardens  A  hexaphyUa,  with  its  delicate, 
misty  spray,  is  used  with  sweet  peas  and  other  cut- 
flowers  that  are  inclined  to  look  lumpy.  Other  plants 
for  this  purpose  are  Gypsophila  paniculata,  Stalice  latv- 
folia,  and  several  gakums,  all  of  which  have  small, 
abundant  flowers  in  loose  panicles  on  long,  slender  stems. 

In  half-shaded  and  moist  soil,  asperulas  grow  very 
luxuriantly  until  late  fall  In  dry  and  sunny  places 
they  soon  become  stunted,  and  die  down  before  the 
season  is  over. 

Propagation  is  by  division  and  by  seeds, 

A.  Plants  perennial:  fls  whitf  or  pink. 
B.  Corollas  4-lobed. 

odorata,  Linn  SWEET  WOODRUFF.  Fig  412.  Habit 
erect  or  ascending*  height  6-8  in.  Ivs.  usually  in  whorls 
of  8,  lanceolate,  finely 
toothed  or  roughish  at 
the  margin,  corollas 
campanulate:  seeds 
rough  Eu  and  Ori- 
ent. Eng  Bot  2  775 
Baxter  Brit.  Bot 
1 : 46  — Increases 
rapidly,  and  is  used 
for  carpeting  shady 
places,  and  for  edg- 
ings. 

Gussdnei,  Boiss. 
(A.  suberbsa,  Guss ). 
A  glaucous,  smooth, 
usually  cespitose  per- 
ennial suitable  only 
for  the  rock-garden: 
Ivs.  small,  in  pairs, 
some  ovate-oblong,  the  rest  lanceolate-linear  fls  at  the 
ends  of  the  branches,  the  corolla  smooth  and  pinkish, 
not  showy.  Sicily  — A  graceful  little  alpme. 

hexaphyUa,  All.  Plant-st.  glabrous:  habit  ascending, 
slender,  height  1-2  ft  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  6,  linear,  acute, 
rough:  corollas  tubular-funnel-shaped  panicles  yery 
loose;  fls.  larger  than  the  bracts  seeds  smooth.  Italy, 
Hungary,  Pyrenees  on  high  passes  and  dry  mountain- 
sides.— Well-grown  specimens  may  be  3  ft.  m  diam.  and 
nearly  as  high. 

hfrta,  Ramond.  A  many-stemmed  hairy  perennial, 
suitable  for  the  alpine  garden1  sts.  4-sided,  with  verti- 
cillate  Ivs.  m  6V  Ivs  linear,  1-nerved.  fls.  small,  pink- 
ish. Rocky  situations  m  the  Pyrenees.  July,  Aug. 

BB.  Corollas  often  3-lobed. 

tinctdria,  Linn  DYER'S  WOODRUFF  Habit  pro- 
cumbent unless  supported .  height  1-2  ft ,  the  st.  pur- 
plish: Ivs.  linear*  lower  ones  in  6's,  middle  ones  in  4's, 
uppermost  ones  in  2V.  bracts  ovate:  fls.  reddish  on  out- 
side* roots  large,  creeping  widely,  reddish.  Dry  hills 
and  rocks  of  Eu. 

AA.  Plants  annual:  fls.  blue. 

orient&lis,  Boiss.  &  Ho  hen.  (A.  azurea  and  A.  setdsa, 
Jaub.  &  Spach.  A.  azurea-setdsa  and  A.  setdsa-aziirea, 
Hort).  Height  1  ft.:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  8,  lanceolate, 
bristly:  fls.  longer  than  the  bracts.  Eu.  and  Orient. 

A,  cyndnchina,  Ltnn.  9-12  in  ,  glabrous*  fls  corymbose  on  erect 
peduncles.  Ivs  4  to  a  whorl.  Eu  and  Asia  —A  longifltra,  Waldst. 
6-8  m.,  weak,  glabrous  fls.  white,  yellowish  inside  Ivs  4  to  a  whorl, 
linear-lanceolate.  Eu. — A  tourino,  Linn  1  ft ,  erect,  smooth:  fls.  in 
fasciculately  umbelled  corymbs,  whuo:  Ivs  3-nerved,  cihate,  4  to  a 
whorl.  Perhaps  not  hardy  N  S  Eu. 

WILHELM  MILLER.      N  TAYLOR  t 

4SPHODBL:  Atphodeline  and  Asphodel™. 


412   Asperula  odorata.   (XI) 


412 


ASPHODELINE 


ASPHODELUS 


ASPHODELlNE  (name  modified  from  Asphodelus). 
Liliacex.  Hardy  herbaceous  plants,  distinguished  from 
Asphodelus  by  the  erect  and  leafy  stems. 

Asphodehnes  have  long  racemes  of  yellow  or  white 
fls.  in  June  and  July.  All  the  older  species  were  de- 
scribed under  Asphodelus.  In  1830,  Reichenbach  made 
the  new  genus  Asphodeline  for  A.  lutea  and  others. 
The  only  species  advertised  in  Amer.  is  A.  lutea,  but 
(ill  those  described  below  are  likely  to  be  in  cult. 
Monogr  by  J.  G.  Baker  in  Journ.  Lmn.  Soc.  15:273- 
278  (1877).  There  are  some  145  species  in  the  Medit. 
region  and  the  Caucasus 

The  culture  of  Asphodeline  lutea  is  simple.  Any  soil 
will  suit.  Partial  shade  is  allowable,  bub  flowers  are 
often  better  in  the  sun.  Propagated  readily  by  divi- 
sion, in  spring  or  the  fall. 

A.  Sts.  leafy  up  to  the  raceme 

B.  Fls  yettow. 

Ifctea,  Reichb,  (Asphodelus  litteus,  Linn.).  TRUE 
ASPHODEL  of  the  ancients,  or  KING'S  SPEAR.  Height 
2-4  ft.:  roots  thick,  fleshy,  stolomferous:  Ivs.  3- 
12  in.  long;  margins  rough,  racemes  6-18  in.  long, 
3  in.  wide,  bracts  large,  membranaceous,  persistent. 
Italy,  Muritama  and  Algeria  to  Tauria  and  Ara- 
bia B.M.  773.  L.B.C.  12:  1102  as  A.  taurwus.— 
The  best  species.  A  double-fld.  var.  fldre-pleno  has 
been  advertised. 

BB.  Fls.  white. 

taferica,  Kunth.  Height  1-2  ft.:  roots  slender:  Ivs. 
3-9  in.  long;  margins  membranaceous:  racemes  6-12  in. 
long,  1H-2  in.  wide:  bracts  &-12  lines  long,  1^-2  in. 
wide.  Caucasus,  Tauria,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  Greece. 
G.C.III.21:175. 

AA.  Sts.  leafy  only  a  third  or  half  the  way  to  the  raceme. 

B.  Fls.  white,  raceme  dense. 

globtfera,  J.  Gay.  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs  numerous,  sub- 
ulate 5-6  in  long,  1-1  %  lines  broad:  racemes  dense-fld.: 
caps,  globose.  Cappadocia. 

BB.  Fls.  yellow:  raceme  lax. 
c.  Bracts  large,  6-12  lines  long,  long-cuspidate. 
tenuior,  Ledeb.     Height  1  ft.:  smaller  than  A.  lutea, 
with  finer  Ivs.  and  smaller,  fewer  and  paler  fls.  Cau- 
casus, Armenia,  N.  Persia.  B  M.  2626. — Especially  dis- 
tinguished by  the  stalk  being  naked  at  the  upper  part, 
below  the  raceme  of  fls.,  and  the  bracts  as  snort  as  or 
shorter  than  the  peduncle. 

cc.  Bracts  small,  1%-S  lines  long,  short-cuspidate. 

liburnica,  Reichb.  (A.  cretica,  Vis.,  not  Boiss.). 
Height  1-2  ft.  Ivs  3-4  in.  long:  racemes  weak,  6-9  in. 
long,  when  expanded  2^-3  in.  wide;  stamens  unequal. 
Greece,  Crete,  Dalmatia,  Austria,  Italy,  not  Asia 
Minor  L.BC  10.915  (as  A.  cretica). 

brevicafclis,  J.  Gay  (A.  cretica,  Boiss.,  not  Vis.). 
St.  often  flexuose,  that  of  all  the  others  here  described 
being  erect  and  strict.  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  Palestine, 
Egypt. 

AAA.  Sts  leafy  only  at  the  base:  fls.  white:  racemes  dense. 

B.  Racemes  usually  simple. 
c.  Heights  ft.:  sts.  having  If. -scales. 
imperialis,  Siehe    Tallest  species  of  the  genus:  fls. 
large,  reddish  white:  Ivj.  numerous,  forming  a  large 
rosette,  and  also  clothing  part  of  the  st.   Cappadocia. 
G.C.  III.  22: 397. 

cc.  Height  l%-8  ft.:  sts.  not  having  If. -scales. 
damascdna.  Baker.    Height  1^-2  ft.:  bracts  mem- 
branaceous, lanceolate,  the  lowest  9-12  lines  long: 
racemes  simple,  rarely  branched.   Mt  Lebanon. 


Balans«,  J.  Gay.  Height  2  ft.:  bracts  scarious,  6-9 
lines  long.  CUicia.  Gt.  46,  p.  521.  G.C.  111.23:111. 

BB.  Racemes  much  panided. 

isthmocarpa,  J.  Gay.  Height  2  ft.  Cilicia.  G.C.  III. 
23:117.  WILHELM  MILLER.  N.  TAYix>R.t 

ASPH6DELUS  (Greek  name  of  unknown  origin). 
Ldiacex.  ASPHODEL.  Hardy  herbaceous  stemlesa 
plants,  with  white,  lily-hke  fls.  in  long  racemes,  fleshy 
fascicled  roots,  and  firm,  linear,  radical,  tufted  Ivs.: 
perianth  funnel-shaped;  segms.  6,  oblong-hgulate,  ob- 
tuse, equal,  with  a  distinct  nerve  on  the  back,  and 
always  ascending — Probably  a  half-dozen  species  in 
Medit.  region  and  India. 

The  asphodel  of  the  ancients,  or  king's  spear,  is 
Asphodeline  lutea,  which  see.  Homer  mentions  the 
asphodel  meadows  of  the  dead,  where  the  shades  of 
heroes  congregated  in  Hades.  The  asphodel  in  Greek 
mythology  was  the  peculiar  flower  of  the  dead.  It  has 
always  been  a  common  weed  in  Greece,  and  its  pallid 
yellow  flowers  are  associated  with  desert  places  and 
tombs.  The  word  daffodil  is  a  corruption  of  asphodel. 
The  asphodel  of  the  early  English  and  French  poets  is 
Narcissus  Pseudo-Narcissus.  J.  G.  Baker,  in  his  revis- 
ion of  the  genus  in  Jour.  Linn  Soc.  15:268-272  (1877), 
refers  forty  species  of  other  botanists  to  A.  ramosus,  the 
dominant  type,  of  which  he  makes  three  subspecies. 
These  subspecies  are  here  kept  distinct,  for  horticul- 
tural purposes,  as  good  species.  They  are  the  ones  first 
described  below.  A.  ramosus  and  A.  albus  are  among 
the  few  current  trade  names  in  America. 

Culture  simple;  see  Asphodeline. 

A.  Plant  perennial:  Ivs.  8-angled. 

B.  Scape  long. 

c.  Racemes  simple  or  sparingly  branched. 
albus.    Mill.,   not   Willd.     BRANCHING   ASPHODEL. 
Bracts  buff-colored  when  young:  filaments  deltoid  at 
the  base-  caps  medium-sized,  5-6  lines  long,  subglobu- 
lar  or  ellipsoid    S.  Eu. 

cerasiferus.  J.  Gay.  Bracts  pale  vellow:  filaments 
wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  but  rapidly  becoming  awl- 
shaped'  caps  large,  8-10  lines  thiok,  flattish  globular, 
umbilicate.  W.  Medit.  region. 

cc.  Racemes  much  branched  or  pantcled, 

comdsus,  Ford.  Radical  Ivs.  sword-shaped,  1-1  y?,  ft. 
long,  acutish,  sharply  keeled  on  the  back:  panicle 
branched,  the  terminal  racemose  cluster  2-3  in.  diam.; 
petals  white,  %-$£in.  long.  Himalayan  region. 

tenuifdlius,  Cav.  (A.  microcdrpus,  and  A.  xs&vus, 
Reichb.).  Bracts  pale  yellow  at  first:  filaments  4-angled 
at  the  base:  caps,  small.  3-4  lines  long;  obovoid-glo- 
bose.  Medit.,  Canary  Isls. 

BB.  Scape  short,  almost  wanting. 
acaulis,  Desf.   Lvs.  6-20,  in  a  dense  rosette,  3-4  in. 
long,   minutely  pubescent:   fls.   6X20,  in  a  crowded 
corymb;  segms.  of  perianth  2-3  lines  wide.    Algiers. 
B.M.  7004 

AA.  Plant  annual:  los.  cylindrical,  hollow. 
fistulftsus,  Linn.  Height  16-20  in.:  Ivs.  12-30,  in  a 
dense  rosette,  6-12  in.  long,  striate,  awl-like,  glabrous: 
segms.  of  perianth  1-2  lines  wide,  lined  with  pink:  buds 
pink:  fls.  pinkish.  France  and  Portugal  to  Syria, 
Arabia  and  Afghanistan  B.M.  984.  L.B.C.  12:1124. 
— Needs  protection  under  glass  in  winter.  If  removed 
early  in  autumn  to  a  greenhouse,  it  may  be  induced  to 
seed  freely. 

A.  crAi'cu««*ABphodeline  hburnioa.— A.  litteut— Asphodeline 
lutes. — A,  Villdrm,  Verl  ,  is  a  form  of  A.  raraoaus,  from  E.  France, 
with  long,  dense  racemes  and  dark  brown  bract*. 

WILHELM  MILLER       N.  TAYLOR,  t 


XII,  Asparagus,  variety  Colossal. 


ASPIDISTRA 

ASPIDISTRA  (Greek,  a  small,  round  shield;  referring, 
probably,  to  the  shape  of  the  stigma).  Lili&cfse.  A 
popular  florists'  plant,  gro<vn  for  its  stiff,  shining, 
beautiful  foliage,  which  is  sometimes  striped. 

Leaves  all  radical,  many,  long,  gradually  narrowed 
into  petiole,  the  rhizome  thick  and  sometimes  creep- 
ing* fls.  inconspicuous  and  borne  close  to  the  ground, 
perianth  wide-campanulate.  8-lobed;  stamens  8,  at- 
tached on  the  tube,  the  filaments  very  short;  ovary 
4-celled  :  f  r.  a  globose  indehiscent  1-seeded  berry  — 
Three  or  4  species  in  Himalaya,  China  and  Japan.  The 
casual  observer  never  suspects  that  Aspidistra  is  a 
liliaceous  plant  The  parts  of  the  fl.  in  monocotyledons 
are  typically  in  3's.  The  genus  Aspidistra  is  con- 
sidered abnormal,  as  usually  having  its  parts  in  4's. 
This  tetramerous  state  (which  is  here  considered  the 
normal  one,  and  described  below)  is  pictured  in  B.M. 
2499,  but  the  species  was  first  described  upon  a  tnmer- 
ous  state,  and  pictured  in  B.R  628.  In  A.  lurida^  the 
trimerous  state  must  be  regarded  as  an  exceptional 
reversion:  in  A  typica,  B.M.  7484,  the  tnmerous  state 
is  thought  to  be  constant. 

Aspidistra     is     invaluable    to    the 
florist  in  decorative  work,  owing  to  its 
ability  to  withstand  rough  usage,  dust, 
heat,  cold  and  drought    The  fobage  is 
very  useful  when  cut  for  mixing  with 
amaryllises  when  they  are  used  as  cut- 
flowers,  lasting  for  weeks  in  good  con- 
dition ,  for  such  purposes  the  aspidistra 
may    be    planted    under    greenhouse 
benches  in  waste  places  for  the  production    ) 
of  leaves  alone     The  variegated  variety  is    ( 
often  seen,  but  a  poor  HOI!  must  be  Ubed  or   vlf 
the  variegation  will  .speedily  disappear.    To 
increase  the  plants,  divide  in   early  spring 
when  repotting,  shaking  out  the  old  soil  from 
the  roots  and  separating  the  leaves,  putting 
several  in  a  pot  of  a  useful  MZC,  a  6-inch 
being  large  enough  to  hold  a  number  of  leaves  and  their 
roots.   (E.O  Orpet) 

lurida,  Ker-Gawl  (A  clatior,  Hort.  A.  punctata, 
Lmdl  ).  Fig  413.  Lvs  15-20  m  long,  stiff,  evergreen, 
oblong-lanceolate,  sharp-pointed,  radical,  blade  nar- 
rowed into  a  channeled  petiole  a  third  of  its  length:  fls 
lurid  purple,  on  short  1-fld  scapes,  perianth  segms.  8: 
stamens  8;  stigma  broadly  shield-shaped,  like  a  smalt 
mushroom  China  B  R.  977  Var  variegata,  Hort  , 
has  alternation  of  green  and  white  stripes,  no  2  Ivs 
being  exactly  alike  —  In  Fla  ,  the  aspidistra  makes 
beautiful  dense  specimens  in  unheated  plant-sheds  It 
thrives  in  sunshine  when  growing  along  the  edges  of 
ditches  and  flowing  water 

A.  typici,  Baill  Rootstock  creeping'  Ivs  elliptic-lanceolate, 
long-pet  lolod,  about  7-ncrvpd  fls  greenish  or  whitish,  speckled 
with  red,  purple  inside,  tnmerous.  China. 


ASPLENIUM 


413 


an  excessively  moist  atmosphere.  They  should  be  kept 
m  a  very  lightly  shaded  position.  A  good  potting  ma- 
terial consists  of  equal  parts  of  rich  soil  and  leaf-mold  or 
peat.  The  following  are  some  of  the  most  useful  com- 
mercial kinds.  A.  Belangeri,  height  2^  feet;  A.  bulbtf- 
erum  (including  A  laxum),  which  grows  quickly  into  a 
handsome  specimen  about  20  inches  high,  and  seems  to 
stand  the  hot,  dry  American  summers  better  than  other 
species;  A.  saltcifolium;  and  A.  viviparum,  which  is 
dwarf,  compact,  with  lace-like  fronds,  and  easily  propa- 
gated. For  hanging-baskets,  A .  Jlaccidum  is  best.  The 
foregoing  species  and  others  of  like  habit  develop  small 
plantlets  on  the  surface  and  edge  of  pinnae  Aa  soon  as 
these  are  sufficiently  strong,  they  may  be  detached,  with 
a  small  piece  of  old  pinnae,  and  pricked  into  shallow 
pans,  the  older  part  being  placed  below  ground  to  hold 
the  young  plant  firmly  m  position  jmtil  roots  have 


ASPfDIUM:  Dryoptens  and  Polystichum 


T  j    H    R  t 


ASPLENfiNDRlUM:  Thamnopten* 

ASPL&NIUM  (Greek,  not  the  spleen;  referring  to  sup- 
posed medicinal  properties).  Polypodidcex.  A  large, 
widely  distributed  genus  of  ferns,  containing  some  200 
speciea.  Some  of  them  hardy,  and  many  others  grown 
in  the  giecnhouse. 

Aspleniums  are  distinguished  by  the  free  veins,  and  by 
the  elongated  son  covered  by  an  mdusmm,  which  nor- 
mally is  attached  to  one  side  of  a  vein.  The  species 
here  included  under  Asplemum.  which  have  some  of 
the  son  curved  across  the  subtending  veinlets  and 
certain  differences  in  the  internal  structure  of  the  st. 
are  placed  by  many  botanists  in  a  separate  genus, 
Atbynum;  in  the  list  below,  Nos.  10,  25,  26,  and  27 
belong  m  this  group. 

Aspleniums  enjoy  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 
roots,  but  they  will  turn  brown  in  the  winter  months  in 


413.  Aspidistra  lurida  var.  variegata. 


formed.  The  best  soil  for  this  purpose  is  composed  of 
equal  parts  of  fresh  garden  soil,  leaf-mold  or  fine  peat, 
and  sand.  Plant  very  firmly,  and  place  m  a  shady, 
moderately  moist  and  close  position,  where  in  ten  01 
fifteen  days  they  will  make  roots.  The  foregoing  ones  do 
best  in  a  temperature  of  50°  F  A .  cristatum  is  easih 
grown  from  spores,  and  is  very  useful  for  fern-dishes 
(Nichol  N.  Bruckner.) 

INDEX. 

acrostichoidfs,  33  ebenoides,  5  parouZwm,  9 

Adiantum-nijjrum,20    Filix-fcemma,  32  pinnatifidum,  4 

affine,  19  faernculaceum,  22.  platyneuron,  10. 

alatum,  6  fontanum,  23,  roaihens,  9. 

angusti folium,  14  formosum,  11  rhizophyllum,  25. 

Baptistn,  18.  fraffrans,  22  rutsefolmra,  28 

Helanjien,  29  Hemiomtia,  3  salicifohum,  15 

bulbiferum,  24.  forum,  24  serratum,  1 

raudatum,  16.  luoidum,  17  spmulosum,  34 

cicutanum,  26.  inynophyllum,  25.  tenerum,  12 

Colensoi,  13.  Nidus,  2.  thelypteroides,  33. 

omtatum,  26.  nobilia,  31  Tnchomanes,  8 

cuneatum,  21.  obtttsilobum,  27.  Veitchianum,  12. 

dimorphum,  30.  oceameum,  27.  vinde,  7 

ebeneum,  10.  palmatum,  3.  viviparum,  31. 

A.  Son  linear  or  oblong,  straight,  borne  on  the  back  ofthelf. 

(Nos.  1-26.) 

B.  Lf.  simple,  witf»,  a  serrate  margin. 
1.  serratum,  Linn.   Lf.  1-3  ft  long,  on  a  very  short 
stalk,  2-4  in.  wide,  gradually  narrowed  below:  son  1  in. 
or  more  long    Fla.  to  Brazil. 


414 


ASPLENIUM 


ASPLENIUM 


2.  Nidus,  Linn.  (Thamndptens  Nidus,  Presl.  A.  and 
T.  Nidus-avis,  Hort ).    BIRD'S-NEST  FERN.   Fig.  414. 
Much  like  the  preceding  in  size  and  habit  of  growth,  but 
with  entire  margined  Ivs.  and  with  the  veins  partly 
united  to  form  a  net. 

BB.  Lf.  lobed  or  pinnatifid. 

3.  Hemionitis,  Linn.  (A.  palm&tum,  Lam.).    Lf.  4-6 
in.  each  way,  hastate,  with  a  triangular  terminal  lobe 
and  2  lateral  ones,  and  a  large,  rounded  sinus  at  the 
base:  sori  often  over  1  in.  in  length.    Spain,  Canary 
Isls.  S  1:586. 

4.  pinnatifidum,  Nutt.    Lvs.  clustered,  from  a  short 
rootstock,  3-9  in.  long,  with  mostly  rounded  lobes  at  the 
base  and  terminating  m  a  slender  point;  texture  thick, 
herbaceous;  occasionally  rooting  at  the  tip.   Pa.  to  Ala. 
8.1:628. 

5.  ebenoldes,  R  R  Scott.  Texture  thin:  Ivs.  5-10  in. 
long,  with  a  few  irregular  divisions  near  the  base,  and 
a  long,  slender,  much-incised  apical  portion,  occasionally 
rooting  at  the  apex.    A  very  rare  native  fern  —One  of 
the  very  few  definitely  proved  fern  hybrids,  its  hybrid 
name  being  A.  platyneuron  x  Camptosorus  rhizophyllus. 


414   Asplenium  Nidus.  (  X 


6.  alatum,  HBK    Lvs  1  M~2  ft  long,  the  stalks  4-6 
in.  long,  winged  above,  the  blades  \-\Yz  ft.  long,  3-4 
in.     broad,    deeply    pmiiatifid,    the     rachis     winged 
throughout,  the  lobes  1-1  \i  in.  long,  %-%\&.  broad, 
herbaceous.  —  W.  Indies  and  S.  Ainer. 

BED  Lf.  once  pinnate. 

c.  Pinnae  less  than  %in.  long,  blunt. 

D.  Rachises  greenish. 

7.  viride,  Hudson.    Lvs  3-8  in  long,  scarcely  more 
than  J^ia.  wide,  with  numerous  rather  distant  Ifts..  which 
are  ovate  and  deeply  crenate-  sori  abundant,  oblique. 
A^ubalpine  species  of  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer.  S.  1  :661. 

DD.  Rachises  purplish  or  blackish. 

8.  Trichtfmanes,  Linn   Lvs.  densely  clustered,  3-8  in. 
long,  Hin-  wide,  with  densely  crowded  oval  Ifts.  which 
are  slightly  crenate  on  the  upper  side  and  suddenly  nar- 
rowed at  the  base.  Northern  hemisphere  generally.  A  G. 
13:653.  8.1:653.   Gn.  59:318  (as  A.  incisum). 

9   resflietts,  Kunze  (A.  pdrvulum,  Mart.  &  Galeotti). 
Lf  .  5-0  in.  long,  with  20-30  pairs  of  mostly  opposite  Ifts., 


which  are  M-%  in.  long,  rounded  at  the  outer  margin 
and  squarely  truncate  at  the  base.  Southern  states  and 
Mex. 

cc.  Pinna?  %-l  in.  long,  with  a  strong  auricle  at  the  upper 
side  of  the  base  or  deeply  incised  on  the  upper  margin. 

10.  platyneiiron,  Oakes  (A.  e&endww,  Ait.).  Lvs.  6-15 
in.  long,  with  30-35  pairs  of  Ifts.  which  have  an  en- 
larged auricle  at  the  upper  side  at  the  base,  the  lower 
Ifts.  reduced  to  mere  triangular  auricles'  son,  when 
mature,  covering  the  entire  surface.     Canada  to  S. 
Amer.  A.G.  13:654.  S.  1:535. 

11.  fonndsum,   Willd.     Lvs.    12-16   in.   long,   with 
numerous  alternate  pinnae  which  are  mostly  deflexed, 
with  the  upper  margin  deeply  incised  and  the  lower 
margin  toothed,  sori  3-5  to  each  1ft.   Trop.  Amer.   S. 
1:576. 

12.  tSnerum,  Forst.  (A.  Veitchianum,  Hort.).   Lvs. 
1-1 K  ft-  long,  the  stalks  4-6  in.  long,  gravish,  the 
blades  8-15  in  long,  3-4  in.  broad,  1-pmnate  with  10-20 
pairs  of  stalked  pinnae,  the  pmnse  1-1 H  m  long,  y*- 
%in.   broad,  rounded,  toothed,  inequilateral,  usually 
auricled.  Asia,  Malaya. 

13.  Colensoi,  Col.    Stalks  3-4  in.  long,  with  small 
scales:   If.-blades  4-5  in    long,   2  m.   broad;   pinnae 
numerous,  spreading,  the  lower  pinnatufid  auricled,  on 
stalks  M-Hm.  long.   New  Zeal. 

ccc  Pinnx  V-6  in.  long,  linear  or  lanceolate. 

14.  angustifdlium,  Michx.    Lvs    18-24  in    long  on 
stout  stalks,  4-6  in.  wide,  with  20-30  pairs  of  nearly 
sessile  pinnas,  which  are  truncate  at  the  base  and  extend 
to  a  tapering  point,  fertile  pinnae  narrower  and  more 
distant.    Moist  woods  northward.   S.  1.496 

15.  salicifdlium,  Linn    Lvs  12-18  in  long,  with  about 
20  distinctly  stalked  horizontal  pmnsr,  which  are  wedge- 
shaped  at* the  base,  and  curve  upward  to  a  long  point* 
son  strongly  oblique  to  the  midrib,  wide  apart,  not 
reaching  either  margin  or  midrib.   W.  Indies  to  Brazil. 

16.  caudatum,  Forst.    Stalks  4-6  in.  long,  densely 
clothed  with  fine  fibnllose  scales,  blades  12-18  in  long, 
4-8  m   broad,  with  20-30  pairs  of  pinnae,  the  pmncc 
3-4  in  long,  YT\  m  broad,  acuminate,  deeply  toothed, 
auriculate  above    Polynesia,  Malaya. 

17.  Idcidum,  Forst     Stalks  3-6  m    long,  grayish, 
densely  clothed  with  large  gray  scales,  the  blades  1-2  ft. 
long,  4-8  in.  broad,  oblong,  or  ovate-deltoid,  with  a 
terminal  pinna  and  15-20  pairss  of  lateral  pinnae,  pinnae 
4-6  in.  long,  1-1 M  in.  broad,  acuminate,  toothed.  New 
Zeal. 

BBBB.  Lf  2-4  pinnate. 

c.  Ultimate  divisions  linear  or  cuneale  venation  somewhat 
fan-shaped,  texture  thick. 

18.  Baptistii,   Moore.     Lf.  bipmnate,  with  broadly 
ovate  pinnae  5  in  or  more  long,  each  with  about  4  stipi- 
tate  linear  toothed  pinnules;  son  nearly  parallel  with 
the  mid  vein  and  close  to  it,  rachises  scaly,  with  pur- 
plish lined  scales.   South  Sea  Isls. 

19.  afHne,  Swartz     Lf.  9-18  in.  long,  with  numerous 
pinnas  on  either  side,  the  lower  ovate  deltoid,  the  upper 
lanceolate,   pinnules   incised:   son   linear.     Mauritius 
and  Ceylon  to  E.  Indies. 

20  Adiantum-nigrum,  Linn.  Stalks  brownish,  Ivs.  3- 
pinnatifid  from  winged  rachises,  triangular,  5-9  in.  long; 
ultimate  divisions  ovate,  sharply  incised  and  serrate  on 
both  sides.  Old  World  generally.  8.1:486. 

21.  cuneatum,  Lam    Lvs.  12-16  in.  long,  4-6  in.  wide, 
tripmnate  below,  the  ultimate  divisions  broadly  obtuse 
above  and  strongly  cuneate  below  sori  linear,  usually 
long    for  the   size   of    the    segms.    Tropical   regions 
generally. 

22.  fragrans,    Swartz    (A.    fceniculaceum,    Kunth) 
Lvs.  2-3-pinnate;  ultimate  segms.  lanceolate,  sharp- 
serrate  above;  veins  simple  or  the  lowest  forked:  son 


ASPLENIUM 

oblong,  extending  from  midrib  to  near  base  of  the  lobes: 
petiole  brownish,  rachis  flattened.  W.  Indies.  S.  1 :577. 

cc.  Ultimate  divisions  rhombic,  sharply  spinulose: 

texture  herbaceous. 

23.  font&num,  Bernh.  Growing  in  dense  clusters:  Ivs. 
3-6  in.  long,  1  in.  or  more  wide,  2-pinnate;  segms.  with 
2-5  spinulose  teeth  which 
are  widely  divergent:  son  at 
maturity  covering  nearly 
the  entire  surface  of  the 
segms.  England  and  Spain 
to  the  Himalayas.  8.1:574. 

ccc.  Ultimate  divisions 
longer,  not  spinulose: 
texture  membranous  or 
herbaceous. 

24.  bulbiferum,    Forst. 
(A.    Idxum,    Hort ).    Lvs. 
1-1 K  ft  long,  6-8  m.  wide, 
3-pmnatifid,  pinnae  tapering 
to  a  slender  toothed  point: 
often  bearing  bulbs   from 
which     new    plants 
originate   while   still 
attached    to   the  M. 
Afr  and  Australasia. 
8.1:508.  Gn.72:156. 
25   myriophfllum,  Presl. 
(A.   rhizophyllum,  Kunze). 
Fig.  415.    Growing  in  ex- 
tensive tufts,  with  grayish 
brown  stalks  and  rachises: 
Ivs  6-15  in  long,  3-pmnate 
or  4-pmnatifid,  the  ultimate 
segms.    frequently    deeply 
2-lobed  with  a  single  sorus 
415.  Asplenium  mynophyllum.    to  each  division.    Fla.  to  S. 

26  cristHtum,  Lam  (A  cicutanum,  Swartz).  Lvs. 
3-pmnatifid  with  a  winged  rachis,  8-18  in.  long,  pinnules 
ovate,  witrh  5-7  narrow  divisions,  each  bearing  a  single 
sorus;  texture  thin,  membranous.  Trop.  Amer.,  rare 
in  Fla 

AA.  Son  linear,  marginal  or  submarginal,  on  narrow, 
linear,  ultimate  divisions  of  the  If.   (Darea.) 

B.  Lvs  bipinnatifid,  less  than  a  foot  long. 

27.  oceanicum,  C  Chr  (A    obtusilobum,  Hook.,  not 
Desv  ).  Lvs  4-7  in  long,  2  in.  wide  or  less,  with  about 
10  pinna,  which  are  made  up  of  5-7  narrow  segms  bear- 
ing occasional  son  m  the  outer  margin  of  the  segms. 
New  Hebrides  and  Fiji  Isls    S.  1 .625. 

BB.  Lvs.  2-pinnate  or  3-pinnatifid,  over  a  foot  long. 
c.  Pinnx  short,  wit  <,  close  segms. 

28.  rutaefdlium,  Kunze.    Lvs.  13-15  in.  long,  with 
12-20  pmnse  on  each  side,  each  with  7-11  narrow  segms., 

2  or  3  of  the  lower  ones  2-fld.  or  rarely  3-fld.   S.  Afr., 
India  and  Japan. 

29   Belingeri,  Kunze.   Fig.  416.   Lvs.  15-18  in.  long, 

3  in.  wide,  with  numerous  horizontal  pinnae  on  each 
side,  cut  into  about  12  slender  linear  segms.  on  either 
side,  which  are  set  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  rachis; 
the  lower  basal  segms.  often  forked.  Each  segm.  has  a 
single  sorus,  and  1  vein.   This  species  is  thought  by 
some  fern  students  to  be  merely  a  divided  variety  of  A. 
tenerum,  Forst.  (No.  12).   In  general  the  two  species 
are  much  alike.  E.  Indies. 

30.  dim6rphum,  Kunze.  Stalks  6-12  in  long,  naked: 
blades  2-3  ft.  long,  12-15  in.  broad,  ovate-deltoid.  2-3 
pinnate;  sterile  Ivs.  2-pinnate.  segms.  ovate  1  in.  long, 
>$n.  broad,  bluntly  toothed;  fertile  Ivs.  3-pinnate, 
Begins,  linear,  each  with  a  single  sorus.  Norfolk  Isl. 


ASTELIA 


415 


cc.  Pinna?  longer,  wth  scattered  narrowly  linear  aegms. 

31.  vMparum.  Presl.    Lvs   15-24  in.  long,  6-8  in. 
wide,  on  rather  short  stalks  with  pmnatifid  pinnules  and 
ultimate  segms ,  which  are  narrowly  linear  and  often 
forked:  plant  often  bulb-bearing,  like  A.  bulbiferum. 
Mauritius  and  Bourbon.    Cult,  under  vanous  names. 
8. 1 :662    A.  ndbilis,  Hort.,  is  a  more  vigorous  Variety, 
originally  from  New  Guinea. 

AAA.  Sori  more  or  less  curved,  sometimes  horseshoe- 
shaped:  Ivs  ample,  2-4-pinnatifid. 

32.  Filix-fgmina,  Bernh.    Lvs.   1^-3  ft,  broadly 
ovate-oblong,  bipinnate,  pmnse  4-8  in.  long,  lanceolate, 
with  numerous  more  or  less  pmnately  incised  or  serrate 
segms     Eu.  and  N    Amer — Very  variable,  especially 
in  cult.  Schneider  describes  56  vaneties 

33.  acrostichoides,  Swartz  (A  thelyptero\des,Michx.). 
Lvs  1-2  ft.  long,  on  long,  straw-colored  stalks,  6-12  in. 
wide,  2-pinnatmd,  with  linear-lanceolate  pinnae;  segms. 
crowded,  oblong,  minutely  toothed,  son  10-12  to  each 
segm.   Rich  soil  in  the  E.  U.  S.   S  T651 

34  spinuldsum,  Baker.  Lvs.  9-12  in.  each  way,  del- 
toid, 3-4-pmnatifid,  with  9-12  pmnse  on  either  side,  the 
lowobt  much  the  largest;  segms  short  and  sharply 
toothed.  China  and  Japan. 

Supplementary  list  of  less  common  trade  names:  A.  ocukd- 
tum,  Hort  Hab  (')  — A  arbdreum  See  Diplazium — A.  blfvdum— 
A.  hneatum  — A  decdrum,  a  snort  from  A  bulbiferum  — A  decus- 
sd/um  See  Calliptens  ~A  elllpticum,  Hort ,  a  trade  name  —A 
fldccidum,  Forst  Coolhouso  basket  fern  from  Austral  ,  Tasmania 
and  New  Zeal  Lvs  2-3  ft  long,  4-8  in  broad,  stipes  stout,  flex- 
ible, greenish,  naked,  pmna;4  numerous,  close  or  distant,  lanceo- 
late, leathery,  4-8  in  long,  ^j-84in  broad  Very  variable — A. 
Goringianum  var  plctum,  Mett  (Athynum  Gonngianum  var. 
pictum,  Hort  )  Distinguished  from  all  other  members  of  the  genus 
by  the  bright  color  of  its  entirely  deciduous  Ivs  ,  which  are  10-15 
in  long,  spear-shaped,  and  pendulous.  Possibly  the  only  hardy 
variegated  fern  It,  however,  needs  glass  protection  for  best  results 
Stalks  purple  or  claret-colored  Ks  green  with  a  central  band  of 
gra> ,  Ifts  divided  into  sharply  toothed  pinnules  on  which  the 
oblong  or  kidney-shaped  son  are  arranged  in  2  rows  parallel  to 
the  mid\em  Japan — A  laceratum,  Desv  Allied  to  A  Nidus  and 
possibly  a  variety  of  that  species  Lvs  narrower,  cut  into  irregu- 
lar lobes,  each  lobe  having  black  stripe  about  3  in  long  Brawl  — 
A  Idncrum  See  Diplazium  — A  Laurintu,  Christ,  var  denticu- 
Idtum  Allied  to  A  macrophyllum  but  smaller  Congo  — A. 
hneatum,  Swartz.  Warmhouse  species  from  Mauritius  and  Bour- 
bon, is  very  variable,  running  into  forma  with  Ifts.  again  pinnate, 
which  have  either  small,  linear  pinnules  or  these  again  twice  cut. 
Ivs  1-2  ft  long,  4-6  in  wide  stalks  erect,  6-9  in  long,  more  or  less 
scaly  — A.  longieeimum,  Blume  The  best  of  all  the  genus  for  large 
baskets.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  4-6  in.  broad:  stalks  blackish,  3-12  mi 


416.  Asplenium  Belangeri. 


long-  Ifts.  sessile,  auncled  E  Indies.  S.  1-602—  A  macronhtfl- 
lum,  Swartz.  Coolhouse  species  from  Polynesia,  Malaya,  China,  and 
Himalayas  Lvs.  6-18  in  long,  6-12  m  wide-  stalks  brownish:  Ifts. 
6-12  pairs,  stalked,  3-6  in  long,  1-3  in  wide,  sharp-pointed,  ser- 
rate.—A.  SMpherdu,  Sprang.  See  Diplazium. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

ASPRfiLLA:  Hystrix.  &•  C.  BENEDICT. f 

ASTfcLIA  (name  alluding  to  epiphytic  character  of 
some  species).  Ldiacex.  Greenhouse  plants  with 
racemes  or  panicles  of  small  flowers. 

Astehas  are  perennial  herbs  of  about  a  dozen  species 
in  New  Zeal.,  Austral,  and  the  Pac\fic  Isls.,  with  IVB. 
all  radical  or  crowded  at  the  base  of  the  st.,  belonging 
to  the  Dracsena  tribe'  fls.  small  and  dioecious;  perianth 


416 


ASTELIA 


ASTER 


6-parted,  persistent,  the  parts  spreading  or  reflexed; 
stamens  6,  attached  to  base  of  corolla-parts;  stam- 
modia  present  in  pistillate  fls ,  the  ovary  sessile.  1-3- 
celled:  fr.  an  indehiscent  somewhat  fleshy  and  globose 
berry.  In  New  Zeal,  the  astelias  form  a  prominent 
part  of  the  vegetation.  The  species  are  confused.  Two 
or  3  New  Zeal,  species  have  been  sparingly  mtro.  to  cult, 
abroad,  as:  A.  Cunninghamii,  Hook  f ,  with  1-celled 
fr.:  fls.  numerous  and  small,  greenish  yellow  or  red- 
dish yellow  or  maroon :  a  densely  tufted  species,  epiphy- 
tic or  terrestrial,  with  Ivs.  2-5  ft.  long  and  scape  1-3  ft. 
B.M.  5175.  A.  Banksii,  Cunn.,  with  3-celled  fr.:  fls. 
larger  (about  %m.  long),  many,  greenish:  densely 
tufted,  large,  the  Ivs.  2-6  It.  A.  Solandri,  Cunn.,  with 
3-celled  fr.:  fls.  very  numerous  and  lemon-yellow,  %m. 
long:  densely  tuftea,  often  making  large  clumps  on  trees 
aacl  rocks,  the  Ivs.  2-5  ft.  B.M.  5503.  L.  H.  B. 

ASTER  (a  star).  Including  Lhplopappus.  Compdsi- 
te.  ASTER.  STARWORT.  MICHAELMAS  DAISY.  A  large 
temperate-zone  genus  of  attractive  but  botamcally- 
confused,  mostly  perennial  leafy  herbs,  particularly 
abundant  in  North  America;  very  useful  for  border 
planting 

The  genus  is  characterized  by  numerous  flattish 
rays  (white,  blue,  red,  or  purple),  slender  subulate  or 
lanceolate  style  appendages,  compressed  several- 
nerved  achenes,  and  an  involucre  with  unequal  bracts 
in  few  or  several  rows,  the  pappus  simple,  soft,  and 
abundant  (Fig.  417) ;  leafy  stemmed,  mostly  blooming 
in  the  autumn:  Ivs.  always  alternate.  It  differs  from 
Erigeron  in  having  2  to  several  rows  of  mvolucrate 
bracts;  in  Erigeron  there  is  only  1  series  of  bracts 
Some  of  the  species  are  annual, 
but  those  in  cult  are  perennial  (or 
rarely  biennial).  Cahmens  and 
Linosyris,  which  have  yellow  fls , 
a  color  unknown  m  aster,  are  kept 
distinct  in  this  book. 

In  North  America,  where  the 
asters  are  such  abundant  plants  in 
the  autumn  flora,  the  species  are 
not  much  known  as  cultivated 
plants,  most  of  the  specimens  seen 
in  gardens  being  the  wild  species 
transplanted.  In  Europe,  however, 
there  are  numbers  of  named  gar- 
den kinds,  some  of  them  derived 
from  American  species  that  have 
been  long  cultivated  there.  A. 
nom-belgii  has  been  particularly 
productive  of  garden  forms.  Many 
of  the  garden  forms  are  undoubt- 
edly confused  hybrids.  The  Mich- 
aelmas daisies  are  mostly  from  this  species  and  per- 
haps also  from  A.  novx-anglix.  Many  of  the  Latin- 
form  garden  names  are  very  difficult  to  place. 

The  native  asters  are  amongst  the  very  best  plants 
for  borders  and  roadsides.  They  should  be  better 
known.  A.  acwmnalus  grows  well  in  shade  in  ordinary 
soil,  not  necessarily  moist;  increases  in  vigor  under 
cultivation.  A.  cordifolius  prefers  open  or  partial  shade; 
improves  much  under  cultivation  with  good  soil.  A. 
corymbovus  prefers  at  least  partial  shade,  and  will  grow 
even  in  very  deep  shade;  seeds  very  freely;  does  well  on 
dry  ledges  and  in  small  crevices  in  rock;  very  tenacious 
of  life.  A.  dumosus  prefers  full  sunlight  and  dry  situa- 
tion. A.  ericoides  wants  full  sunlight  and  dry  situation; 
will  grow  in  very  poor  or  shallow  soil,  but  does  best 
where  roots  can  penetrate  deep.  A .  hews  grows  in  either 
full  sunlight  or  partial  shade  and  good  soil.  A.  novae- 
cmglise  will  not  endure  much  shade;  prefers  moist joil, 
but  grows  well  in  ordinary  garden  situations.  *aii- 
jown  seedlings  of  A.  novx-anghx  var  roseus  come 
practically  true  to  varietal  name,  though  varying  in 
shade  of  color,  and  these  seedlings  bloom  later  than 


417.  Disk  floret 

of  Aster.  ( X3) 

a,  pappus;  6,  corolla; 

c,  stamens,  d,  styles. 


older  plants  and  at  a  height  of  1$  inches,  making  the 
plant  of  value  as  a  late  bedding  plant  treated  as  an 
annual.  A.  now-belgii  prefers  moist  soil;  will  not 
endure  heavy  shade.  A.  panicuLatus  prefers  moist  soil, 
but  will  do  well  in  rather  dry  situations;  will  endure 
more  shade  than  either  of  the  two  above  species.  A. 
patens  wants  open  or  half-shaded  places,  and  good 
soil;  one  of  the  weaker  species,  often  proving  short- 
lived. A.  pumceus  will  not  endure  shade;  prefers  moist 


418.  Aster  macrophyllus.    (X>i) 

places,  but  will  grow  in  good  soil  not  over-moist:  in  dry 
situations  it  loses  its  vigor;  spreads  rapidly  in  favored 
locations.  A.  spectabilis  prefers  open  or  partly  shaded 
places;  one  of  the  weaker  species  m  wild  state,  rather 
short-lived  A.  undulatus  wants  open  or  half  shade; 
late-flowering,  handsome  plant,  forming  large  clumps 
when  allowed  to  develop.  (F.  W.  Barclay.) 

The  garden  or  modijied  asters  undoubtedly  deserve 
more  attention  in  American  collections.  The  beautiful 
low-growing,  vernal  alpine  asters  are  little  known  at 
present,  but  are  valuable  for  rock-garden  and  for  bor- 
dering purposes.  The  earliest  asters  to  flower  are  the 
Alpine  varieties.  These  are  well  adapted  for  floral 
mass  effects,  and  transplant  well,  even  in  an  advanced 
state.  There  are  many  garden  varieties  of  asters,  among 
which  are  Schoene  von  Ronsdorf,  IJltraraann,  Beauty 
of  Colwall,  Beaute  Parfaite,  Rosalind  and  Boule  de 
Neigo  Alpine  asters  can  be  easily  raised  from  seed 
sown  in  spring.  Seedlings  do  net  flower  until  the  second 
year.  In  the  garden  they  require  a  light  rich  soil,  open 
exposure  and  moderate  amount  of  moisture.  Plants 
retain  their  foliage  over  winter  and  for  this  reason  need 
a  more  careful  covering  than  the  tall-growing  classes 
require.  Garden  varieties  of  the  latter,  as  a  rule,  dp 
better  in  low  and  rather  moist  locations.  Here  a  mini- 
mum of  care  is  sufficient.  To  bring  out  their  full  beauty, 
however,  it  is  necessary  to  plant  them  in  well-prepared 
richly  manured  ground  ana  properly  to  cultivate,  stake 
and  irrigate  them.  Stock  of  named  varieties  must  be 
purchased  as  plants.  Propagation  can  be  effected  by 
division  of  old  clumps,  or,  if  larger  quantities  are 


ASTER 


ASTER 


417 


desired,  by  cuttings.  If  distinctness  of  variety  and  color 
is  no  object,  seeding  may  be  employed;  sow  early  in 
spring,  thinly  in  rows;  transplant  seedlings  in  August 
or  early  in  September  and  await  their  coming  into 
flower  the  following  season.  (R.  Rothe.) 


INDEX. 

acria,  10. 

Falconen,  6. 

Petereianua,  12. 

albus,  1. 

himalaicus,  3. 

polycephalus,  16. 

alpinus,  1 
Amellus,  7. 
be-warabicus,  8. 

himalayens\9,  3. 
Horveyi,  19. 
lavis,  17. 

pyreneus,  6. 
roseufl,  16. 
Shortii,  14 

Ctfgpitoau*,  18 
oantM,  10 
cordifohua,  15. 

macrophyllue,  13. 
magnmous,  15 
me8agrandifloru8<~ 

flibincua,  9. 
Bpeciosus,  1. 
mibceruieiw,  4 

deeurrens,  17. 

Engeron   macran- 

BUperoua,  1. 

diplofltephioideo,  6. 

thus. 

tatancus,  12. 

elegant,  15 

nanus,  10. 

Thomsonii,  2. 

eminent,  18. 
encoidea,  20 

nove-angltce,  16. 
novi-belgii,  18. 

tnnemus,  11. 

A.  Old  World  asters,  some  of 

them  old  garden  plants, 
and  somewhat  modified 
by  cult.  Nos.  1-12 

B.  Sts  simple  and  scape-like, 

bearing    a    single    fi., 
sometimes   branched  in 
A.  Thomsonii. 
c.  Rays  purplish  or  violet. 

1.  alpinus,  Linn.  Lvs. 
entire  and  spatulate,  form- 
ing a  cluster  on  the  ground, 
those  on  the  st.  small  ana 
linear,  st.  3-10  m  ,  bearing 
a  large  violet-rayed,  hand- 
some head.  BM.199.  Gn. 
76,  p.  122 — In  its  wild 
state,  the  plant  also  occurs 
in  the  Rocky  Mts  Valuable 
alpine  or  rockwork  plant, 
with  fls.  varying  to  pink 
and  white.  Var.  specidsus, 
Hort ,  is  taller  and  stronger, 
with  heads  3-4  in.  across. 
Var  sup6rbus,  Hort.  (Gn. 
54  328.  G.  32:591),  is  a 
large  and  showy  form.  Var. 
albus  is  a  beautiful  pure 
white-fld  form  of  the  type. 
G.M  50:617. 

2  Th6msoniit  Clarke. 
An  erect,  sometimes  laxly 
branched  herb,  with  slender, 
flexuous,  hairy  branches. 
!vs.  2-4  in.  long,  almost 
clasping  at  the  base-  fls. 
solitary,  1H-2H  in.  wide, 
the  rays  reddish  purple, 
about  20-30  in  each  head. 


G.C.  111.38:23.  G.M.  48:411.    Gn.  68,  p.  11.— Needs 
protection  N.  June. 

5.  pyrenabus,  DC.   St.  erect,  simple,  10-18  in.  high: 
Ivs  sessile,  roughly  pubescent,  oblong-lanceolate  and 
prominently  3-nerved.  fls  solitary  or  2  or  3  together,  at 
least  2^  in.  wide,  the  numerous  rays  lilac,  the  disk- 
fls.  yellow.  S.  Eu.  Aug.,  Sept. 

DD.  Plants  2-3  ft.  high. 

6.  diplostephioides,  Benth    Two  to  3  ft.,  soft-pubes- 
cent or  hairy,  the  st.  simple  and  solitary:  Ivs.  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  entire  but  ciliate:  solitary  head  large, 
inclined,  2-3  in.  across,  blue  or  pale  purple,  very  showy. 
Himalayas.     B.M.  6718.    JH  III  33:262.    G.C.  III. 
48:56.  G.M.  35:445.— In  the  American  trade  has  been 
misspelled  A.  Deptostaphvks.  Var.  Falconer!,  Clarke 
(A.  Falconen.  Hort.),  from  CashmLr,  has  very  large 
sky-blue  heads. 

BB.  Sts.  usually  branched  and  several-  to  many-fid. 

7.  Ame"llus,  Linn.  St  simple  or  nearly  so,  few-fld.  or 
sometimes  only  1-fld  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse, 
somewhat  serrate,  more  or  less  3-nerved,   roughish, 
pubescent'  involucre  scales  oblong,  obtuse  or  nearly 
so,  spreading,  m  4-5  rows,  heads  large,  purple.  Eu.  and 


419.  Aster  cordifolius.  A  handsome 
blue-flowered  native  aster.  (XK) 


Himalaya  region.     Gn.W. 

23:27.  Gn.  42,  p.  295.— To 

be  treated  as  an  alpine  near  N.  Y.    Perhaps  better 

referred  to  Calimeris. 

cc.  Rays  predominantly  blue  or  lilac. 
D.  Plants  low,  not  over  1  ft.  in  height. 

3.  himalaicus,  C.  B.  Clarke  (A.  himalayensis,  Hort.). 
Similar  to  A.  alpinus,  but  dwarf er:  rays  lilac-blue, 
slightly  recurved  at  the  tip:  sts.  4-12  in.,  slightly  vil- 
lous:  Ivs.  oblong  or  elliptic,  nearly  entire.   Himalayas, 
13,000-15,000  ft.— Little  known  in  Amer. 

4.  subceeruleus,  S.  Moore.  Erect  herb  from  a  tufted 
mat  of  foliage  with  sessile,  nearly  oblong  Ivs.,  all  a  little 
hairv1  Ivs.  entire  or  sometimes  slightlv  denticulnt" :  fls. 
large,  solitary  on  long  stalks,  at  least  2  in.  wide,  the  rays 
a  beautiful  pale  blue,  the  disk  yellow;  involucral  Ivs. 
broadly  oblong,  ciliate.  N.W.India.  June.  G.  32: 449. 


420.  Aster  nore-aaglia.  One  of  the  best  and  most  thowy 
of  native  asters. 


Asia.  Gn.  27,  p.  202;  35:172.—  Variable,  and  several 
well-marked  garden  forms. 

8.  Var.  bessarabicus,  DC.  (A.  bessardbicus,  Bernh.). 
Lvs.  oblong  and  attenuated  at  base:  plant  taller  and 
larger-fld.,  deep  purple.   G.  21,  p.  167.  Gn.  35,  p.  173; 
75,  p  511.  —  Showy  and  desirable. 

9.  siblricus,  Linn.    A  foot  or  sometimes  nearly  2  ft. 
high,  somewhat  pubescent,  each  branch  terminating  m 
a  single  head:  Ivs.  oblong-spatulate  to  broad-lanceolate, 
serrate,  almost  clasping  the  st.:  heads  violet  or  lilac. 


418 


ASTER 


ASTER 


Arctic  Eu.  and  Amer.,  and  Rocky  Mts. — Excellent 
rockwork  plant. 

10.  acris,  Linn.  About  2-3  ft.,  slender-branched.  Ivs. 
linear,  or  lance-lmear.  heads  large  and  blue,  with  long, 
distinct,  handsome  rays.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  37:240.  G.M. 
34:615. — Excellent  showy  garden  plants  A  dwarf 
form  is  A.  canus.  Var.  nanus  is  a  very  dwarf  form,  not 
exceeding  15  in. 

11  trinervius.  Roxbg.  About  3  ft.,  stout,  corymbose 
at  summit  Ivs  lance-ovate,  1-4  in.  long,  usually  rough 
on  both  sides  and  strongly  toothed  •  heads  large,  blue 
or   purple   (a    pale  variety)   with    narrow,  spreading 
rays.   Himalayas.   R.H.  1892 : 396.— Hardy,  handsome, 
variable. 

12  tataricus,  Linn.  f.    St.  erect  and  striate,  hispid, 
corymbose  at  the  summit,  often  7  ft   high'  Ivs   large 
(the  radical  2  ft.  long),  lanceolate  or  oval  lanceolate, 
attenuate  at  base,  entire,  involucre  scales  purplish  at 


tip;  heads  blue  or  purple,  late  Siberia.  G.F.  4:197  — 
Excellent  for  the  hardy  border,  particularly  for  its 
very  late  blooming  Var  Petersianus,  Hort  ,  has  nar- 
rower Ivs  and  pale  blue  rays  and  yellow  disk  China 
AA  Native  Asters  These  plants  are  one  of  the  charms 
of  the  American  autumn,  and  are  amongst  the  best 
of  all  hardy  border  plants.  They  usually  improve 
greatly  in  habit  when  transferred  to  cultivated  grounds 
Any  of  these  wild  asters  are  likely  to  come  into  culti- 
vation at  any  time  The  number  of  kinds  is  large  The 
student  will  find  them  all  described  in  Gray's  Synopti- 
cal Flora  of  North  America,  1,  pt  2.  Those  of  the  north- 
eastern states  and  adjacent  Canada  will  be  found  in 
Bntton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora  of  the  United 
States  and  Gray's  Manual  Those  of  the  South  are 
described  in  Small's  Flora  of  the  Southeastern  States 
and  those  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Nelson's  Manual 
of  Rocky  Mountain  Botany.  The  following  comprises 
those  known  to  be  in  cultivation  Of  these,  A  navx- 
anghse  is  the  best  known  in  domestication.  The  species 
are  much  confused. 


B.  Basal  and  lower  Ivs.  cordate  and  slender  petioled. 
c  Plant  glandular:  rays  violet. 

13  macrophyllus,  Linn.    Fig  418.  Perennial  about 
2]/z  ft.  tall  with  reddish  angular  st.:  Ivs.  cordate  and 
petioled  below,  on  the  upper  part  of  st.  sessile  and 
acute,  rays  about  16,  violet-lavender,  the  involucrate 
bracts  prominently  green-tipped    E  N   Amer    G  F  4  : 
89  (adapted  in  Fig.   418).—  Suitable  for  dry   shady 
places. 

cc.  Plants  not  glandular:  rays  blue  or  purple. 

14  Sh6rtii,  Hook     Perennial,  3-4  ft  ,  with  a  rough, 
usually  slender  pamculately  branched  st     Ivs.  thick, 
usually  quite  smooth,  the  lower  cordate,  the  upper 
lanceolate  and  quite  entire  and   those  of  the  small 
branches  bract-like    heads  very  numerous,  the  10-15 
violet-blue  rays  showy  and  linear     S.  E  U    S     G  F. 
4-473      GC  III  32.269.—  Cult,    easy,    even   in    dry 
rocky  places 

15  cordifdhus,   Linn     Fig    419    Perennial,  much- 
branched  herb,  3-4  H  ft  ,  with  a  smooth  st    and  thin, 
rough,  usually  hairy  Ivs  ,  the  lower  cordate,  the  upper 
ovate  or  lanceolate,  heads  very  numerous,  not  over  ^2in. 
diam  ,  the  pale  blue  ra>  s  usually  10-20  in  number   Cent 
N.  Amer    Gn.M  3  211  —  Can  be  grown  almost  any- 
where.   There  are  many  varieties,  the  best  being  var. 
polycephalus  with  more  heads  than  the  type    Gn  40, 
p  337  —  In  cult    it   has  varied    much    and   is  prized 
abroad.     A     elegans  ib  probably  a   form  of  it.     Var. 
magnificus  is  large  with  many  small  fls 

BB.  No  cordate  and  petiolcd  Ivs    those  of  the  st.  with 

damping  bases 
c.  St.  rough  or  hirsute,  pubescent.  • 

16  ndvse-angliae,    Linn      NE\V     ENGLAND     ASTER. 
Fig  420    A  stout-btd  corymbosely  branched  perennial, 
3-5  ft  .  Ivs    oblong-lanceolate,  clasping  the  st  ,  hairy, 


in.  long  fls  numerous,  showy,  the  40-50  violet- 
purple  rays  about  y^im  long  K  N  Amer  A  F 
9  '283  —  The  best  and  most  widely  known  native  aster 


suitable  for  open  places  but  partial  to  moisture. 
Var  rdseus,  Hort  ,  an  excellent  rose-colored  form,  is 
offered  by  some  dealers  Many  cult  forms  in  European 
collections. 

cc  St.  quite  smooth. 

17.  l&vis,  Linn.  (A  decurrens,  Hort,  )  Perennial, 
with  stout  often  glaucous  st  ,  2-3  ft.  Ivs  thick,  bharply 
toothed,  often  rough-margined,  the  upper  strongly  st.- 
claspmg-  heads  numerous,  about  1  in  wide,  the  15-30 
blue  or  violet  rays  acutish  N.  E  N  Amer  —  There  are 
several  varieties,  but  apparently  not  known  to  the 
trade 

18  ndvi-belgii,   Linn     NEW  YORK  ASTER     Widely 
variable,  slender-std   perennial,  2-3  ft     Ivs  lanceolate, 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  entire,  smooth,   2j^-5  in    long. 
heads  many,  in  a  corymbose-paniculate  mfl  ,  the  15-25 
rays  a  rich  violet    Atlantic  coast  from  Maine  to  Ga  — 
Suitable  for  moist  places     Many  garden  varieties  and 
hybrids  are  known,  but  they  are  mostly  confined  to  the 
European  trade.   A.  eminens  and  A.  cxspitdsus  proba- 
bly belong  here. 

BBB   Lvs   neither  cordate  nor  st  -clasping 

19  HSrveyi,  Gray    Fig    421     A  rough-std    peren- 
nial, 2-3  ft  ,  with  firm  Ivs  that  are  rough  above,  hairy 
on  the  veins  beneath,  2H~5  in,  long,  and   toothed. 
heads  numerous,  about  2  in   broad,  with  15-25  violet 
rays,  very  showy.    New  England.  G  F.  2.473  (adapted 
in  Fig.  421).   Good  for  dry  sandy  soil. 

20.  ericoldes,  Linn.  WHITE  HEATH  ASTER.  FROST- 
WEED  ASTER  A  smooth-std.  perennial  with  pamcu- 
lately, much-branched  facies,  2-3  ft  Ivs.  slender, 
those  of  the  st  narrowly  linear  and  acute,  not  over  2% 
in.  long,  usually  shorter1  fls.  very  numerous,  the  heads 
not  over  %m.  wide,  and  composed  of  15-25  white  rays. 


ASTER 


ASTER 


419 


Not  very  showy.  E.  N.  Amer.  J.H.  111.49:465.  Gn. 
32,  p  318. — Useful  for  naturalizing  in  open  dry 
situations. 

Besides  these,  many  other  native  species  are  from 
time  to  time  found  in  the  catalogues  of  dealers  in  native 
plants  The  most  common  are: 

A.  acumindtus,  ,  Michx.;  A.  amethi/stinus,  Nutt. 
(G  F.  5  378);  A.  Andersonii,  Gray;  A.  Bigeltmi,  Gray 
(B  M.  6430);  A  cantecens,  Pursh;  A.  caradsws,  Gray; 
A.  carohmdnus,  Walt  ;  A.  Chamissdnis,  Gray;  A. 
Chdpmami,  Torr.  &  Gray;  A.  comrnutdtus,  Gray;  A. 
cdncolor,  Linn.  (Mn.  10:161);  A.  conspicuus,  Lindl.; 
A  corymbdsw,  Ait  ;  A.  Citsickn,  Gray,  A.  diffusus, 
Ait ,  and  var  honzontdhs;  A.  Douglasit,  Lindl  ,  A. 
Drummondn,  Lindl  ;  A  dumdsus,  Linn  ;  A.  falcaius, 
Lindl.,  A  Ftndlen,  Gray;  A  foh&ceus,  Lindl  (A. 
fohdsus,  Hort  ?);  A.  Frbmontii,  Gray,  A.  grandijlbruat 
I  Aim  (G.C.  III.  45:36),  A  Hdlln,  Gray;  A.  integn- 
fbhns,  Nutt  ,  A  hnanifbhits,  Linn  ;  A.  Isindleyanm, 
Torr.  &  Gray  (Fig  422),  (G  F.  2 '449,  adapted  in 
Fig  422,  GM.  34-615);  A.  longiftihus,  Lam.  (G  F. 
9507);  A.  Mfmieni,  Lindl;  A  midtiflbrus,  Ait; 
A  nemordhs,  Ait  ;  A.  oblongifblius^  Xutt  ;  A.  pamcu- 
latut>,  Lam  ,  A  pdtens,  Ait ,  and  var  Mebhanii,  A, 
polyphyllus,  Willd  ;  A.  Pbrteri,  Gray;  A  prenantkcMes, 
Muhl  ,  A  ptarmicffkks,  Torr  &  Gray  (G  F  3.153);  A. 
pulch&lus,  Eaton,  A  punlceux,  Linn  (G.M.  34:615), 
(Fig  423),  and  var  laincaidis  and  var.  luddulus;  A. 
radullnus,  Gray,  A  sagrtifblius,  Willd  ,  A.  sahcifdhus, 
Ait  ,  A  sericeus,  Vent  (G  F  5  473) ,  A  spectdbihs,  Ait 
(Mn  5.41),  A.  surcuttsus,  Michx  (G  F  5  521);  A 
ttinacittfdhus,  HBK.,  ,1.  Tradescdntn,  Linn.  (B  M. 
7825),  A.  turbineUus,  Lindl  (GF  6:17;  Gn.  32.  p. 
319),  A  unduldtus,  Linn;  A.  versicolor,  Willd.  (J.H. 
III.  49  309). 

In  the  following  list,  those  marked  *  are  offered  by  dealers 
A  brachytnchua,  Franch  D\\  arf  disk  -fla  yellow,  ray-fla.  blue. 


-*A   dehcata,  Hort ,  pale  flesh- 


Yunnan,  part  of  China    R  H  1900  369  —  *A  cocefneu*  nevadlntu 

«.(f)-.*X.    /Mfce/wi—  (»)  —  *A     htbndus     nanu«-=(?)      "Rosy 

color,    only   6  in     h>gh  "  —  *A    lancifAlius  cah/<5rnicus  =  (?).  —  +A. 

dfnma,  Hort  ,  white  to  pmk=(?).—  *A   de  "  •    -    • 

color  =  (?).—*  A.  ffractt- 

hrnus,      Hort  ,      white 

changing   to   rosy  pink 

==(?)  —A  Jb  ins,  of  gar- 

dens    20   in.    high,  of 

compact  even  growth 

fls  rich  blue     Probably 

a  form  of  AmeHus  —  *A 

hladnus     nevadtnns  •=• 

(?)—  A      Linosyris, 

Bernh  «"Lynosyris  vul- 

gans,  Cass  ,  which  see. 

—  *A    m^«a  yrdnde  spe- 

cid«a    ffrandifldra,  dark 

purplish   blue=(?)     R 

B    30  117  —*A    Mei-- 

hann,  Hort  ,  is  a  well- 

marked     form     of     A 

patens,  found  hy  Joseph 

Meehan  at  Antietam  — 


i$=(  ) 
—A  Rrtem,  Hort  , 
is  A  encoides  var 
Reevesn,  Gray,  a  "riKid 
form,  comparati  v  oly 
stout,  glabrous,  except 
that  the  Ivs  are  often 
hispid  ulous-oihate 
toward  the  base  the 
heads  and  rays  as  large 
and  the  latter  about  as 


423    Aster  puruceus.   ( X  H) 


412.  Aster  Lmdleyanus.    (  v 


numerous  as  in  A  poly- 
phyllus "  N  Amcr  — 
*4  rotundifdlius, 
Thunb  =•  Fehcia  —  A 
8\kkimtnma,  Hook 
Three  to  4  ft ,  stout 
and  erect  Ivs  lanceo- 
late-acuminate, spmu- 
lose-serrate  heads  pur- 
ple, in  large  corymbs 
Himalayas  B  M  4557 
J  F  1,  pi  91  — A  Strb- 
cheyi,  Hook  Stemless 
and  sarmentose,  with 
1-fld  bracted  scapes 
radical  Ivs  spatulate, 
hairy  heads  lilac-blue 
1  in  across  Pretty 
Himalayas  B  M  0912 
O  M  31  ^58  — *A 
trrminalis=*(?)  — A 
T6wnihfn<1\\,  Hook  = 
A  Bigelovu,  Gray.  N. 
Amer 

N    TAYLOR,  f 

ASTER,  CHINA 

(Callistephut,    hor- 

Mnsis)     One  of  the 

most  popular  of  all  garden  annuals,  being  particularly 

valuable  for  its  fall  blooming. 

The  evolution  of  the  China  aster  suggests  that  of  the 
chrysanthemum  at  almost  every  point,  and  it  is,  there- 
fore, a  history  of  remarkable  variations  The  plant  is 
native  to  China  It  was  introduced  into  Europe  about 
1731  by  R  P  d'Incarville,  a  Jesuit  missionary  in  China, 
for  whom  the  genus  Incarvillea  of  the  Bignoma  family 
was  named  At  that  time  it  was  a  single  Hower,  that  is, 
the  rays  or  hgulate  florets  were  of  only  two  to  four  rows. 
These  rays  were  blue,  violet  or  white  The  center  of  the 
flower  (or  head)  was  eompribod  of  very  numerous  tubu- 
lar, yellowish  florets  Philirj  Miller,  the  famous  gar- 
dener-botanibt  of  Chelsea,  Kngland,  received  seeds  of 
the  single  white  and  red  asters  in  1731,  evidently  from 
France;  and  he  received  the  single  blue  in  1736  In 
1752  he  secured  seeds  of  the  double  red  and  blue,  and 
in  1753  of  the  double  white  At  that  time  there  appears 
to  have  been  no  dwarf  forms,  for  Miller  says,  that  the 
plants  grew  18  inches  or  2  feet  high  Martyn,  in  1807, 
says  that,  in  addition  to  these  varieties  mentioned  by 
Miller,  there  had  then  appeared  a  "variegated  blue  and 
white'*  variety  The  species  \\as  v\ell  known  to  Ameri- 
can gardeners  at  the  opening  of  the  lat>t  century  In 
1806  M'Mahon.of  Philadelphia,  mentioned  the  "China 
aster  (in  sorts)'5  as  one  of  the  desirable  garden  annuals. 


420 


ASTER 


ASTER 


Bndgeman,  a  New  York  seedsman,  offered  the  China 
and  German  asters  in  1837  "in  numerous  and  splendid 
varieties,"  specifying  varieties  "alba,  rubra,  cerulea 
stnata  purpurea,  etc."  In  1845,  Eley  said  that  "China 
and  German  asters"  "are  very  numerous"  in  New- 
England  This  name  German  aster  records  the  fact  that 
the  first  great  advances  in  the  garden  evolution  of  the 
plant  were  made  in  Germany,  and  the  seed  then  used 
came  largely  from  that  country  The  first  marked  de- 
parture from  the  type  appears  to  have  been  the  pro- 
longation or  great  development  of  the  central  florets  of 
the  head,  and  the  production  of  the  "quilled"  flower. 
This  type  of  aster  was  very  popular  fifty  and  sixty 
years  ago  Breck,  in  the  first  edition  of  his  "Flower 
Garden/'  1851,  speaks  of  the  great  improvement  of  the 
aster  "within  a  few  years"  "by  the  German  floribts,  and 
others,"  and  adds  that  "the  full-quilled  varieties  are 
the  most  highly  esteemed,  having  a  hemispherical 
shape,  either  a  pure  white,  clear  blue,  purple,  robe,  or 
deep  red,  or  beautifully  mottled,  striped,  or  eciged  with 
those  colors,  or  having  a  red  or  blue  center  >r  About 
sixty  vears  ago  the  habit  of  the  plant  had  begun  to  vary 
considerably,  and  the  progenitors  of  our  modern  dwarf 
races  began  to  attract  attention  The  quilled,  high- 
centered  flower  of  a  generation  or  more  ago  is  too  st  iff  to 
satisfy  the  tastes  of  these  later  days,  and  the  many  flat- 
rayed,  loose  and  fluffy  races  are  now  most  in  demand, 
and  tneir  popularity  is  usually  greater  the  nearer  they 
approach  the  form  of  the  uncombed  chrysanthemums. 
The  China  aster  has  long  since  varied  into  a  wide 
range  of  colors  of  the  cyanic  series — shades  of  blue, 
red,  pink  and  purple.  The  modern  evolution  of  the 
plant  is  in  the  direction  of  habit  and  form  of  flower. 
There  are  various  well-marked  races  or  types,  each  of 
which  has  its  full  and  independent  range  of  colors.  The 
Comet  type  (with  very  flat  rays),  now  one  of  the  most 
deserving  of  the  China  asters,  illustrates  these  state- 
ments admirably  This  Comet  form — the  loose,  open 
flower  with  long,  strap-like  rays — appeared  on  the 
market  about  1886  or  1887,  with  a  flower  of  a  dull  white 
overlaid  with  pink.  The  pink  tended  to  fade  out  after 
the  flower  opened,  leaving  the  color  an  unwashed  white. 
The  rose  -  colored  Comet 
next  appeared,  and  the  blue 
was  introduced  in  1890. 
The  first  clear  white  was 
introduced  in  America  in 
1  1892,  coming  from  Vilmorin, 
of  Paris  The  Branching 
types  marked  a  departure, 
introduction  of  the 
"New  White  Branching"  by 
James  Vick's  Sons,  in  1893, 
gave  the  main  impetus  to 
the  com- 
mercial de- 
velopment 
of  the  aster 
in  America. 
It  is  prob- 
able that 
more  than 
one-half  of 
all  the  as- 
ters  now 
grown  in 

the  United  States  are  of  the 
various  Branching  varieties  The 
named  garden  forms  of  China 
aster  are  several  hundred.  As 
early  as  1895,  American  seeds- 
men offered  250  varieties.  Some 
of  the  forms  are  shown  in 
Figs.  424-427  For  botanical 
424.  China  aster,  the  account  of  the  China  aster,  sec 
Comet  type.  ( X  H)  Callistephus. 


425.  China  aster,  the  Branch- 
ing type 


It  is  impossible  to  construct  a  satisfactory  classifica- 
tion of  the  China  asters.  It  is  no  longer  practicable  to 
classify  the  varieties  by  color.  Neither  is  it  feasible  to 
classify  them  upon 
habit  or  stature  of 
plant,  for  several  of 
the  best  marked  types 
run  into  both  tall  and 
dwarf  forms  Vil- 
monn,  however,  divides 
the  varieties  into 
two  main  groups,  the 
pyramidal  growers, 
and  the  non-pyramidal 
growers.  Tne  most 
elaborate  classification 
is  that  proposed  by 
Barren,  from  a  study 
of  extensive  tests  made 
at  Chiswick,  England. 
Barren  has  17  sections, 
but  they  are  not 
coordinate,  and  they 
are  really  little  more 
than  an  enumeration 
of  the  various  types 
or  classes.  After  con- 
siderable study  of  the  varieties  in  the  field  and  her- 
barium, the  following  scheme  seems  to  be  serviceable: 

A  Flat-rayed  asters,  in  which  all,  or  at  least  more  than  5  or  6 
rows  of  rays,  are  more  or  less  prominently  flat  and  the 
florets  open 

B   Incurved  or  ball-shaped. 
BB  Spreading  or  re  flexed 
AA    Tubular  or  quilled  asters,  in  which  all,  or  all  but  the  2  or  3 

outer  rows  of  florets,  have  prominently  tubular  corollas. 
B  Inner  florets  short,  outer  onea  longer  and  flat     Represented 

by  tho  German  Quilled 
BB  All  the  florets  elongated  and  quilled 

A  grower's  classification  (Arnold)  would  be  approxi- 
mately as  follows 

Upright. — All  the  branches  erect;  plants  compact: 
e.  g.,  Victona,  Truffaut,  Giant  Comet 

Semi-upnght  — Branches  few;  strong,  ascending  from 
base  e  g  ,  "non-lateral"  type  of  Branching 

Branching — Strong  pyramidal  habit  Original  type 
much  branched 

Spreading  — More  open  and  spreading  form  than 
Branching,  e.  g ,  Queen  of  the  Market,  Early  Wonder 
and  Early  Hohenzollern 

For  growing  in  borders,  one  of  the  best  types  is  the 
Comet  (Fig  424),  in  various  colors.  Other  excellent 
races  are  the  Branching  (Vick's  Branching  is  shown  m 
Fig.  425) ;  Truffaut,  known  also  as  Perfection  and  Peony- 
flowered;  Chrysanthemum-flowered;  Washington;  Vic- 
toria, Mignon,  and  Queen  of  the  Market.  Tne  last  is 
commended  for  earlmess  and  graceful,  open  habit,  and 
it  is  one  of  the  best  for  cut-flowers  Many  other  types 
are  valuable  for  special  purposes.  The  Crown  or  Cocar- 
deau  i 
the  va 

Needle  (Fig.  427), 
dwarf  tufted  asters  are  well  represented  m  Dwarf 
Bouquet  or  Dwarf  German,  and  Shakespeare,  All  these 
are  easily  grown  in  any  good  garden  soil.  For  early 
bloom,  seeds  may  be  started  under  glass;  but  good  fall 
bloom  may  be  had,  even  in  the  North,  by  sowing  seeds 
in  the  open  as  late  as  the  1st  of  June  Asters  make 
very  showy  bedding  plants  when  grown  in  large  masses, 
and  are  also  valuable  for  filling  up  vacancies  m  the 
mixed  herbaceous  border,  where  they  ought  to  be 
planted  m  clumps,  the  dwarfer  kinds  put  m  front  and 
the  taller  behind.  The  colors  of  asters  are  not  so  strong 
or  heavy  as  to  introduce  violent  contrasts,  and  for  this 
reason,  as  well  as  because  of  their  simple  requirements, 
they  are  useful  and  popular.  L<  jj.  B. 


ASTER 


ASTER 


421 


426    China  aster  of  the 
Quilled  type    ( X  '  z> 

s  arid  a  natural  tendency 


The  China  aster  is  now  grown  largely  for  cut-flowers, 
rather  than  merely  for  garden  decoration  Commer- 
cially, it  is  the  most  important  of  the  cut-flowers  that 
are  grown  out-of-doors  In  the  garden  of  the  amateur,  it 
divides  honors  with  the  sweet  pea  The  commercial 
value  of  aster  seed  sold  by  American  seedsman  exceeds 
that  of  any  other  flower.  In  addition  to  the  large  amount 
of  aster  seed  grown  in  southern  Calif ornia,  New  York 
now  produces  annually  twenty  hundredweight  of  seed, 
mostly  in  varieties  used  by  the  commercial  florist 
The  principal  reasons  for  the  popularity  of  the  aster 
with  florists,  aside  from  its  range  of  useful  colors,  are 
its  excellent  keeping  qualities  as  a  cut-flower,  its  abil- 
ity to  stand  rough  handling 
in  shipping,  and  the  ease 
with  which  it  may  be  grown. 

The  past  ten  years  have 
been  marked  by  a  decided 
increase  in  the  use  of  the 
artistic  Comet  type  of  flower. 
Many  asters  of  American 
origin,  adapted  to  American 
market  conditions,  have  been 
widely  disseminated  "Non- 
lateral"  strains  of  Branching 
asters,  devoid  of  side  buds, 
have  been  produced  to  meet 
a  need  of  the  florists,  and  as 
a  result  of  careful  seed-grow- 
ing, the  semi-double  aster  has 
nearly  disappeared  from  field 
and  garden  The  frequent 
accidental  crossing  ana  re- 
crossing  of  widely  differing  t}  p( 

toward  variation  are  constant!}  furnishing  material 
for  improvement  when  asters  are  grown  in  quantity 
and  variety  Recent  introductions  of  types  of  asters 
show  increased  size  and  vigor  of  plant  commonly  attrib- 
uted to  a  more  or  le.ss  remote  Branching  cross  Some  of 
the  most  valuable  introductions,  like  the  Rochester  and 
the  Crego  Pink,  appear  to  be  a  combination  of  a  Branch- 
ing plant  and  a  Comet  flower 

The  Comet  aster  group  has  not  taken  the  place,  com- 
mercially, to  which  its  great  beauty  would  entitle  it, 
because  its  very  long  slender  petals  make  it  less  lasting 
as  a  cut-flower  than  flowers  with  broader,  shorter  petals 
The  slender  stems  usually  correlated  with  this  type  of 
flower,  although  attractive  in  cut-flowers,  are  undesir- 
able in  the  field  Beautiful  single  asters  have  been 
introduced  from  Europe,  but  so  far  have  made  little 
headway  against  the  American  prejudice  in  favor  of 
double  flowers 

Clashes  of  astern. 

The  typical  Branching  aster  is  pyramidal  m  form, 
large  and  vigorous,  with  many  lateral  branches  It 
blooms  at  the  close  of  the  season.  The  abundant 
leaves  are  broad  and  large  The  flower  is  large  and  deep 
with  the  long,  rather  broad  petals  irregularly  arranged, 
giving  it  a  soft  appearance  The  flowers  bear  well  the 
rough  handling  incident  to  ordinary  shipping,  and  if  cut 
before  full}  mature  will  last  for  two  weeks  The  size 
and  vigor  of  plant  enable  the  amateur  to  get  lair 
results  with  indifferent  culture  Modifications  of  the 
original  type  may  now  be  had  with  flowers  having  petals 
variously  folded,  incurved  or  whorled  and  with  plants 
varying  to  upright  in  growth  and  entirely  devoid  of  the 
many  branches  that  gave  the  type  its  name 

The  Comet  flower  is  characterized  by  having  petals 
that  are  long  and  narrow  and  strongly  recurved  This 
gives  it  a  charming  light  feathery  appearance  Origi- 
nally it  was  of  medium  size  and  bloomed  in  midseason 
on  upright  plants.  Comet  flowers  may  now  be  had 
on  every  sort  of  aster  plant.  The  season  includes  the 
earliest  and  the  latest,  and  the  largest  aster  flowers  now 
grown  are  of  the  Comet  type. 


Queen  of  the  Market  was  the  first  of  the  distinctively 
early  varieties  and  is  still  the  most  largely  grown  The 
plants  are  open  and  spreading  and  the  flowers,  while 
smaller  and  flatter  than  those  of  the  Branching,  have 
the  same  general  character 

Victoria  and  Truffaut  (or  Paeon y-flowercd  Perfec- 
tion) were  for  many  years  the  standard  varieties  and 
are  still  grown  to  some  extent  The  plants  are  upright 
and  bloom  in  midseason  The  petals  of  the  Victoria 
ahter  are  reflexed  at  the  ends;  those  of  the  Truffaut 
aster  strongly  incurve,  making  a  ball-shaped  flower 
Both  varieties  comprise  every  shade  of  color  known  in 
asters,  and  these  are  duplicated  m  Giant  and  Dwarf 


Cultivation. 

Asters  thrive  in  any  soil  that  can  be  kept  in  a  good 
mechanical  condition  The  large  late  festers  are  usually 
the  most  satisfactory  to  the  amateur  They  may  easily 
be  grown  from  seed  sown  as  early  as  possible  in  the 
open  ground  Asters  t.ansplant  readily. 

If  the  plants  are  started  in  boxes  in  the  house,  the  soil 
should  be  allowed  to  dry  off  on  the  surface  as  much  as 
possible  between  waterings  to  prevent  damping  off 
Midseason  varieties  may  be  grown  successfully  in  this 
way;  but  the  very  earliest  varieties  need  to  be  started  in 
a  greenhouse  or  an  early  hotbed 

For  market,  the  extra-early  kinds  should  be  sown 
eight  to  ten  weeks  befoie  the  soil  will  permit  planting 
out  They  should  be  kept  growing  thriftily  with  a 
night  temperature  of  about  50°  and  afterward  be 
thoroughly  hardened  off  in  coldframes  so  that  they  will 
not  be  injured  by  late  frosts  after  planting  out  The 
soil  should  be  quite  as  rich  as  that  used  for  profitable 
crops  of  onions  or  celery,  otherwise  the  flowers  will  be 
too  short -stemmed  Midseason  varieties  for  market 
succeed  well  when  started  in 
a  mild  hotbed  Give  plenty 
of  air  and  avoid  overwater- 
ing  The  last  sowing  of  late 
varieties  is  made  in  the 
open  ground. 

When  growing  m  large 
quantities,  the  seed  is  sown 
with  a  garden  drill  in  rows 
a  foot  apart  A  transplant- 
ing machine,  drawn  by 
horses,  is  used  for  setting 
the  plants  in  the  field 

The  most  destructive  dis- 
eases m  the  commercial 
cultivation  of  asters  are 
various  forms  of  stem-rot 
They  are  of  fungous  origin 
and  are  induced  by  allowing 
the  plants  to  remain  rnoist 
too  long  at  a  time.  The 
infection  usually  takes  place 
in  the  seed-row,  but  often 
no  effect  is  noticed  until 
the  plants  are  nearly  full- 
grown,  when  they  suddenly 
wilt  and  die  Covering  the 
soil  in  the  seed-boxes  with 
clean  sand,  which  can  be 
kept  dry  between  waterings, 
is  an  effective  aid  in  the 
prevention  of  damping-off  427.  china  aster,  Victorir 
and  stem-rot.  The  "yellow  Needle  type.  (XH) 
disease"  causes  the  plants 

to  have  a  bleached  appearance  and  to  make  a  spin- 
dling growth.  It  is  a  derangement  of  the  functions  of 
plant-growth  caused,  so  far  as  known,  by  irregularity 
in  the  moisture-supply  Thorough  cultivation  of  the 
soil  is  the  best  preventive  The  presence  of  "orange 
rust"  is  shown  by  conspicuous  orange-colored  pus- 


ASTER 


AST1LBE 


tules  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves  The  disease 
can  be  held  in  check  by  thorough  spraying  with  a 
fungicide.  The  Pennsylvania  blister  beetle  is  so  de- 
structive to  asters  south  of  the  latitude  of  New  York 
that  it  is  now  commonly  known  as  "the  aster  beetle." 
It  is  a  large,  soft-bodied,  black  beetle  It  feeds  on  the 
flower.  Spraying  with  an  arsenical  poison  will  control 
the  beetles  in  the  field.  Frequent  hand-picking  can  be 
practised  in  the  garden  The  season  of  this  insect  is 
short.  The  "tarnished  plant-bug"  causes  extensive 
damage  to  asters,  most  of  which  is  commonly  attributed 
to  other  causes  The  inconspicuous  yellowish  brown 
insect,  smaller  than  a  housc-ny,  easily  escapes  notice. 
The  terminal  buds  that  are  punctured  by  the  bug, 
usually  die  Frequently  the  branch  becomes  diseased 
and  sometimes  the  entire  plant  is  dwarfed  and  sickened. 
The  insects  cannot  be  poisoned,  but  kerosene  emulsion 
and  whale-oil  soap  are  effectual  deterrents.  Asters 
growing  in  partial  shade  are  seldom  injured  by  plant- 
bugs.  G^o.  ARNOLD. 

ASTEROLINOStRIS  (name  derived  from  Aster  and 
Linosyns)  Compdsitae  A  plant  with  "rosy-mauve 
petals,  mixed  yellow,"  reputed  to  be  a  hybrid  between 
Aster  dens  and  A.  Linosyns  (Linosyns  vulgdns). 
Apparently  a  bi-genenc  hybrid.  Asterolinosyns  Will- 
mdtlix  is  the  only  species  offered,  and  apparently  not 
by  American  dealers.  N.  TAYLOR 

ASTfLBE  (Greek,  meaning  not  shining).  Saxifra- 
gacese  Includes  Hoteia.  Ornamental  perennial  herbs 
grown  chiefly  for  their  showy  panicles  of  white  or  pink 
flowers 

Leaves  ternately  2-3-pmnate-  fls  perfect  or  dioecious; 
calyx  5-,  rarely  4-lobed,  petals  as  many,  rarely  want- 
ing; stamens  10  or  8,  rarely  5,  pistils  2  or  3,  distinct  or 
partly  connate:  fr  2  or  3  de- 
hiscent follicles  with  many  mi- 
nute seeds  — About  14  species 
in  Cent  and  E  Asia,  Java  and 
E.  N.  Amer  They  look  much 
like  Aruncus  (which  see),  and 
are  often  called  Spiraea  Arun- 
cus and  Spiraea  are  rosaceous 
genera,  and  are  characterized 
by  many  btamens  and  usually 
by  several  to  many  separate 
pistils,  whereas  Astilbe  has  10, 8 
or  5  stamens  (twice  the  number, 
or  of  the  same  number,  as  the 
petals),  and  a  2-3-lobed  pistil 
(which  finally  separates  into 
more  or  less  distinct  follicles). 
Astilbe  and  Arun- 
cus are  so  much 
alike  that  they  are 
often  confounded 
by  horticulturists. 

The  astilbes  are 
perennial  herbs, 
mostly  rather  tall 
with  handsome 
compound  bright 
green  foliage  and 
email  white,  pink  or 

almost  purple  flow-  428.  Astilbe  japonic*, 

"ers    in    slender  or 
dense  spikes  forming  large  terminal  feathery  panicles. 

They  are  hardy  plants  of  great  merit.  They  are 
easily  grown  in  any  well-made  border  and  like  rich  good 
soil  and  plenty  pi  water  during  the  growing  period. 
They  give  conspicuous  masses  of  bloom  m  summer. 

Propagation  is  mostly  by  division;  also  by  seeds 
sown  early  in  spring  in  the  greenhouse;  they  germinate 
after  two  or  three  weeks;  the  young  seedlings  must  be 
pricked  off  several  times  and  later  planted  out  m 


Arend&ii,  11 
aruncoides,  6 
d-,tilboides,  6 
biternata,  2 
carinmea,  11 
rhmensis,  8,  10 
compacta,  4 
Da\idu,  10 


frames  or  in  the  open  ground.   The  young  plants  will 
flower  the  second  year 

Forcing  of  astilbe. — Few  herbaceous  plants  force 
with  greater  ease  than  Astilbe  japonwa,  and  its  var  com- 
pacta, but  three  weeks  longer  t.ine  should  be  given  the 
latter  fully  to  develop  its  feathery  spikes  Astilbes  are 
so  easily  and  cheaply  imported  that  for  the  commercial 
florist  it  is  cheaper  to  buy  than  to  divide  and  grow  his 
own  plants  Wnen  first  received,  the  clumps  of  roots 
should  be  stored,  with  a  little  earth  or  moss  between  the 
roots  and  a  little  soil  over  the  crown,  until  the  florist  is 
ready  to  pot  them  No  amount  of  freezing  does  them 
the  slightest  harm;  but  the  boxes  or  flats  m  which  they 
are  stored  are  best  covered  with  a  little  straw  or  litter, 
and  should  have  the  full  benefit  of  rain  or  snow  to  keep 
the  roots  from  drying  From  potting  or  bringing  into 
the  greenhouse,  it  requires  from  ten  to  fourteen  weeks  to 
bring  them  into  flower,  according  to  the  earlmess  of  the 
season  at  which  they  are  wanted  in  flower  The  quality 
of  soil  is  of  no  consequence,  provided  it  is  light  and  easily 
handled  They  need  water  in  great  abundance  Tem- 
perature is  also  of  little  consequence  Anything  above 
50°  at  night  will  do,  but  it  is  best  not  to  flower  them  in 
a  higher  temperature  than  60°,  or  they  will  quickly  wilt 
when  cut  or  used  for  decorations  From  the  time  the 
sprays  begin  to  show  white  color  until  they  are  fully 
developed,  every  a&tilbe  should  stand  in  a  saucer  in 
which  there  should  be  constantly  an  inch  of  liquid 
manure  When  sold  for  window  plants  or  for  decor- 
ation, astilbes  are  often  disappointing  It  is  merely 
want  of  water  Before  the  full  development  of  the  shoots 
and  leaves,  they  are  easily  hurt  by  tobacco  smoke,  and 
should  be  covered  with  paper  or  well  wetted  when 
fumigation  is  necessary  Aphis,  spider  or  thrips  never 
trouble  astilbe  As  a  border  plant,  astilbe  is  one  of  the 
best  of  our  hardy  herbaceous  plant  a,  but  the  feath- 
ery plume  obtained  in  the  greenhouse  is  much  shorter, 
more  compact,  and  lacks  the  pure  whiteness  of  the  out- 
door-grown specimens.  (Wm  Scott.) 


INDEX 

deianrlrn,  2 
flonbunda,  6 
grandi  flora,  4. 
grandis,  3 
hybnda,  9 

fc)onlca,  4 
moinei,  5 
multiflora,  4 


purpurea,  4 
nvulans,  1 
rosea,  9 
rubella,  11 
rubra,  12 
rutilana,  11 
Thunbergu,  7 
varipgata,  4 


A.  Color  of  petals  white  or  yellowish  white 
(or  changing  to  pinkish  in  A  Thun- 
bergii),  rarely  petals  wanting. 

B  Petals  wanting;  stamens  f> 
1.  rivularis,  Ham  Rhizome  creeping 
st.  3-5  ft  :  Ivs  2-ternate,  the  Ifts  ovate, 
dentate  1-3  in  long,  the  petioles  tawny- 
hairy  like  the  sts  at  the  base  fls  yellowish 
white,  in  large  spikes,  which  arc  dis- 
posed in  panicles;  stamens  5,  pure  white 
Nepal,  W  China.  Gn  48,  p  355  —At- 
tractive, border  species,  blooming  late 
Probably  needs  protection. 

BB.  Petals  present  at  least  in  the  stammate 

fls,;  stamens  W. 

G.  Stamens  exceeding  the  petals  tall, 
3-6  ft.  high 

2  biternita,  Brit.  (A.  decdndra,  Don.  Tiarella 
biterndta,  Vent ).  Somewhat  pubescent,  3-6  ft.  Ivs. 
2-3-teraate,  the  Ifts.  ovate  and  cordate  or  abrupt  at 
base,  sharp-serrate,  2-5  in  long:  fls.  yellowish  white, 
in  a  large  (10-12  in.  long)  racemose  panicle;  petals 
linear,  spatulate  m  the  stammate  fls.,  small  or  wanting 
in  the  perfect  ones.  June.  Woods,  Va.  and  S.  B.B. 
2 . 170.—-Often  confounded  with  Aruncus  sylvester,  which 
has  numerous  stamens  not  exceeding  the  broad  petals. 


ASTILBE 


ASTILBE 


423 


8.  grindis,  Stapf.  St.  4-6  ft.:  Ivs.  ternately  pinnate 
or  3-pmnate,  Ifts  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  doubly  ser- 
rate, 2-4  in.  long,  slightly  huiry,  petiole  hairy  panicle 
2-3  ft  long  with  spreading  branches;  fls  crowded, 
petals  3  times  as  long  as  calyx,  stamens  longer  than 
petals.  July.  Cent.  China.  G.C.  111.  38.426.  R.B. 
33:232. 

re.  Stamens  shorter  than  petals,  st.  1-4  ft. 

D.  Lfts.  distinctly  cunente  at  the  base    petals  about  twice 

as  long  as  calyx. 

4  jap6nica,  Gray  (Hoteia  japonica,  Morr  &  Decne. 
H.  barbdta,  Morr   &  Drone     tipirjea  japonica,  Hort  ). 
Fig  428.   Erect,  1-3  ft  ,  hairy  on  the  petioles  and  nodes: 
Ivs.    3-2-ternate,    petiole    reddish,    Ifts     ovate-acute, 
tapering  to  the  base,  .serrate   fls  white,  m  a  pubescent 
racemose  panicle  \\ith  somewhat  recurved  branches, 
sepals  obtusish,  as  long  or  .slightly  longer  than  pistils. 
Japan    BM  3S21.   Gn.  4X,  p  366    Mn  5  174  —Com- 
monly known  as  a  spimg  glasshouse  plant  in  this  coun- 
try, but  hardy  in  the  open     There  are  various  cult 
forms,  as  var  grandifldra,  Hort  ,  with  larger  and  denser 
panicle,  var   compacta,  Hort.,  the  panicle  more  com- 
pact, var  multifldra,  Hort  ;  var  variegata,  Hort  ,  with 
variegated    Ivs  ,    var     purpurea,    Hort  , 

with  purple-shaded  foliage. 

DD.  Lfts.  rounded  at  the  base  or  occasion- 
ally broadly  cuneate.  petals  2^2~4  titnes 
as  long  as  calyx 

5  Lemdinei,  Lemoine     Foliage  grace- 
ful, standing  1  14  ft.  high,  with  Ifts  broad- 
oval,  dentate  and  crimped,  satiny  green, 
hairy:  fls  with  white  petals  and  10  pink 
stamens,    very   numerous,    m   plume-like 
clusters,  disposed  m  panicles  lj/>  ft.  long 
Gn    48,  p    3o5     R  H   1SS.5,  p  f>67     A  F 
11  459  —  Garden  plant,    a   hybrid  of  ;i 
Thunbergn  and  A  astilboides.   Hardy,  and 
forces  well 

6  astilboides,  Lemoine  (Spir&a  astilboides,  Moore 
Spiraea  Aruncus  var  a&tilb<ndt\,  Hort  ,  not  Maxim     A 
aruncmdei,  Lemoino)     Fig  429     St    2-3  ft      Ivs   2-3- 
pinnate,   Ifts    ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  1-2^  in    long, 
doubly  and  sharply  serrate,  hairy,  fls  white,  crowded 
in  dense  spikes,  forming  a  panicle,  with  straight  spread- 
ing branches,  sepals  aeutisn,  shorter  than  pistils,  petals 
linear-oblong,   at  lea^t   2Vj  times  as  long  as  sepals 
Intro  from  Japan.    G  C  11   14.113  —  Var  floribunda, 
is  supposed  to  be  a  cross  of  this  species  and  A.japonica. 


7.  Thunbergii,  Miq  St  1-2  ft..  Ivs  2-3-pmnate,  the 
Ifts  slender-stalked,  ovate,  I1  2-3  \  2  in  long,  serrate, 
yellowish  green,  hairy  fls  white,  on  reddish  stalks, 


p 
lo 


often  changing  to  pink,  m  clusters  on  rather  slender 
spikes  forming  a  spreading  panicle,  petals  2}^  times  as 
long  as  the  calyx  Japan  F  M  1881  457.  R  H.  1895, 
p  565.  —  A  graceful  plant  Forces  well 

8.  chinensis,   Franch     &    Sav.    (Hoteia    chinensis, 
Maxim.).    Plant  1J4-2  ft  ,  graceful    Ivs  ternately  2-3- 

mnate,  Ifts  ovate-lanceolate,  doubly  serrate,  2-3  J'j  in. 

ng,  hairy:  fls  in  a  branchy,  rather  narrow  panicle; 
petals  hnear-spatulate,  white,  3  or  4  times  as  long  as 
the  yellowish  white  or  pink  calyx;  stamens  lilac; 
anthers  blue.  July.  China.  M  D.G.  1907  :  547.—  Pos- 
sibly a  form  of  the  preceding 

9.  rdsea,  Van  Waveren  &  Kruijft  (A.  hybnda  rdsea, 
Arends).    A  hybnd  between  A.  chinensis  and  A  ja- 
ponica. Similar  to  A  japomca  in  habit,  but  fls.  pinkish. 
The  two  best  known  forms  are  var.  Peach  Blossom,  with 
lighter  pink   fls.,  R.H.  1908,  p.  341,  and  var.  Queen 
Alexandra,  with  deeper  pink  fls.   M.D.G.  1911:53. 

AA.  Color  of  petals  pink. 

10.  Davidii,    Henry    (A.    chinensis    var.     Ddvidii, 
Franch.).    St   4-6  ft..  Ivs.  ternately  pinnate  or  bipin- 
nate;  Ifts.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  1-1  Yi  in.  long,  coarsely 


and  unequally  serrate:  panicle  about  2  ft.  long,  narrow, 
with  ascending,  spike-like  slender  branches,  the  lower 
4-5  in.  long,  fls  neaily  sessile,  crowded,  fascicled, 
bright  rose-pink;  petals  linear,  stamens  10,  snorter  than 
petals  with  violet  filaments  and  dark  blue  anthers. 
July.  N.  and  Cent.  China.  B.M.  7880  G  C.  Ill 

32  •  103     R  H. 

1907  :  40.      Gn. 

D.GP>1907  545  ' 
11  rubella, 
Lemoine  A  hy- 
brid between  A. 
Lemoinei  and  A. 
Davidii  (or  A 
LemoineixA. 
chinensis  x  A 
uawdii)  Similar 
to  A.  Lemoinei, 
but  fls  rose-col- 
ored ,  panicle 
more  compact 
than  in  A  Da- 
vidn  RB3428 
— Other  forms 
of  the  same  parentage  are  var 
rutilans,  Rehd  (A  rutilans,  Le- 
moine), with  rosy-carmine  fls 
and  white  stamens,  and  var 
carminea,  Rehd  (A  carminea, 
Lemoine),  with  violet -carmine 
fls  ,  also  Crepuscule,  with  fle.sh- 
colored  fls  ;  Lummeux,  with 
rosy  carmine  fls  changing  to 
pink,  plant  over  3  ft  high, 
Magenta,  with  carmine  fls  , 
Solfenno,  with  violet-pink  fls  » 
and  Titien,  with  delicate  pink 
fls,  plant  over  3  ft  high  A 
series  of  hybrids  of  A  Davidii 
with  different  species  has  been 
put  into  the  trade  under  the. 
collective  name  of  A  Arendsu, 
Arends  M  D  G  1907  546 
These  comprise  the  following 
crosses  A  Davidii  x  A  astilboi- 
des, with  rosy-lilac  fls  in  loose  and  graceful  feathery 
panicles,  stamens  and  petals  much  exceeding  the 
sepals,  here  belong  the  varieties  Juno,  with  purplish 
pink  fls  ,  plant  over  3  ft  high ;  Venus,  also  with  pur- 
plish pink  fls  ,  Vesta,  with  rosy  lilac  fls  ,  and  Ceres, 
with  lilac-pink  fls  A  Davidii  x  A.  japonica,  with 
creamy  white  to  pale  pink  or  salmon  fls  m  dense  spikes, 
petals  and  the  pink  stamens  not  much  exceeding  the 
sepals;  here  belongs  Rose  Perle.  A  Davidii  x  A.  rosea, 
similar  to  A  japomca  m  habit,  with  purplish  pink  to 
salmon  or  nearly  white  fls  ,  this  cross  may  be  classed 
with  A  rubella  A  Davidii  x  A.  Thunbergii,  taller,  4-5 
ft.  high  with  large  feathery  panicles,  their  branches 
nodding  at  the  tips  fls  pale  pink  to  white. 

12.  rubra,  Hook.  &  Thorns.  St.  simple,  4-6  ft ,  long- 
hairy-  Ivs  2-ternate;  Ifts.  oblique-ovate,  more  or  less 
cordate,  1-3  in.  long,  sharp-serrate:  fls  numerous,  rose- 
red,  m  compact,  robust  panicles,  with  the  main  branches 
erect  and  numerous  short  lateral  branchlets  about  1 
in  long;  stamens  10,  shorter  than  petals.  India.  B.M. 
4959. — Needs  protection  Little  known  in  Amer. 

A  crenatilobata.  Small  (A  deoandia  crenatilobata,  Brit  )  Allied 
to  A  dccandra.  Lfts  crenatt-ly  toothed,  the  terminal  one  usually 
3-lobed  N  C  —  4  simphctfdlia,  Makmo  Low,  not  exceeding  1  ft 
Ivs  simple,  ovate,  deeply  lobed  or  incised,  about  3  m  long  panicle 
slender  and  narrow,  the  branches  short,  with  star-hke  white  fls 
Japan  G  C  III  48  294,  £2  101  —A  nrtvcens,  Hutchmn 
Allied  to  \  nvulans  Lfts  obliquely  cordate-ovate,  3-4  in  long, 
denticulate  panicles  much  branched  with  small  greenish,  white 
fragrant  fls  ,  petals  wanting,  stamens  10  China 

ALFRED  REHDER.! 


429 

Astilbe 
astilboides. 


424 


ASTRAGALUS 


ASTRAGALUS  (ancient  Greek  name  of  some  shrub). 
Legumindsx.  MILK  VETCH.  Hardy  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  now  and  then  seen  m  plantings. 

Leaves  mostly  odd-pinnate,  sometimes  simple:  fls.  in 
spikes  or  racemes,  yellow,  purple  or  white;  calyx  tubular, 
its  teeth  nearly  equal;  petals  clawed,  the  standard  erect; 
stamens  m  2  clusters,  the  anthers  similar  pods  fleshy, 
leathery  or  papery,  not  much  swollen,  as  they  are  m 
the  membranous-legumed  Phaca,  the  nearest  relative.. 


430.  Astragalus 
hypoglotus 

(XH) 


-About  1,500  species.  Many  kinds  are  cult,  in  the 
Old  World,  but  those  described  below  are  the  only 
kinds  commonly  sold  in  Amer.  The  loco-weed  of  the 
prairies,  which  is  said  to  poison  cattle,  is  A  molhssi- 
mus.  For  those  below  and  many  others,  the  student 
is  referred  to  Bntton  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora, 
Nelson's  Manual  of  Ilocky  Mountain  Botany,  and 
Hydberg's  Flora  of  Colorado  The  botanical  characters 
are  mostly  found  in  the  pods. 

Astragaluses  prefer  a  light,  porous  soil  and  no  shade. 
The  dwarfer  kinds  may  be  placed  in  the  front  of  the 
border  or  in  the  rockery 

Propagation  is  chiefly  by  seeds,  which  germinate 
slowly,  or  by  careful  division  in  early  spring.  Many 
kinds  are  likely  to  die  if  divided  or  transplanted,  as  they 
are  mycorrhizal  plants,  much  dependent  on  a  semi- 
parasitic  organism,  which  is  better  left  undisturbed. 

A.  Fls.  yeUow. 

alopecuroides,  Lmn  St.  erect,  strict;  height  2-5  ft.: 
Ifts.  ovate-lanceolate,  pubescent'  fls.  in  thick  ovate- 
oblong  spikes,  on  short,  axillary  peduncles.  Sibena. 
B.M.  3193. 

carolinianus,  Linn.  (A  canadensis.  Linn.).  One  to 
3M  ft.:  Ifts.  15-31,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent, 


ASTRANTIA 

elliptic  or  oval,  obtuse  or  slightly  emarginate  at  apex: 
fls  yellowish,  %-l  m.  long,  m  a  dense  spike*  poofs  2- 
celled,  coriaceous,  sessile,  terete  and  glabrous.  July, 
Aug.  E.  N.  Amer.  L.B  C  4:372. 

Drununondii,  Douglas.  Erect,  10-20  in.-  Ifts.  19-33. 
glabrous,  oblong  or  sometimes  oblanceolate,  and 
obtuse:  fls.  yellowish  white,  the  keel  rarely  tinged  with 
purple,  1-1  %  m-  long»  m  a  loose  spike:  pods  1-celled, 
distinctly  stalked,  glabrous  and  grooved.  June,  July. 
Plains  of  Cent.  N.  Amer  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  57. 

AA.  Fls.  not  yellow. 

B.  Sts.  trailing. 

monspessulanus,  Linn.  St.  trailing:  height  9  m.:  fls. 
purple,  purplish  or  white,  in  smaller  and  looser  heads 
than  the  above.  Eu.  B.M.  375. 

BB.  Sts.  erect  or  merely  decumbent,  not  trailing. 
c.  Plants  not  spiny. 

D.  Pods  1-celled 

flexudsus,  Hook.  Four  to  15  in.,  leafy-std  and  finely 
hairy:  Ifts  9-21,  linear,  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  obtuse 
or  ernargmate:  fls.  purplish,  ^2~/<4in-  l°ng.  the  pedun- 
cles exceeding  the  Ivs.  .  pods  1-celled,  sessile,  cyhndric, 
linear  or  linear-oblong  June-Aug.  Plains  of  Cent. 
N.  Amer 

alpinus,  Linn  Height  6-15  in  :  Ifts.  13-25'  fls. 
violet,  keel  darker'  pods  1-celled,  black-pubescent. 
Northern  and  Arctic  regions  around  the  world. 

DD.  Pods  more  than  1-celled 

hypogWttis,  Lmn  Fig  430  Height  3-24  in.  Ifts. 
17-25'  fls  violet-purple,  6-10  lines  long,  m  dense 
heads  pods  4-5  lines  long,  2-celled,  densely  villous 
with  white  hairs  Eu  ,  Asia,  and  from  Kan  west  to 
Nev.  and  north  to  Alaska  —  Also  a  white  variety 
excellent  for  pots 

caiyoc£rpus,  Ker-Gawl  Perennial,  the  whole  plant 
tomentulose.  sts  decumbent,  ultimately  ascending  * 
Ivs  alternate,  distant,  with  17-25  Ifts  :  fls.  pale  violet- 
purple.  the  calyx  about  half  as  long  as  the  corolla  seeds 
several  m  each  cell.  La.  B  R  176. 

adsurgens,  Pall.  (A  Ldxmami,  Jacq  )  Fig.  431 
Small,  erect  or  mostly  decumbent  plant,  with  15-25 
Ifts  ,  which  are  oval  to  linear-oblong,  obtuse  and  rarely 
emarginate.  fls.  purplish,  Yi~\  in.  long,  the  peduncles 
exceeding  the  Ivs.,  the  spikes  dense:  pods  2-celled, 
sessile,  oblong  and  pointed.  June,  July.  Plains  of  Cent. 
N.  Amer.  Jacq.  Hort.  Vmd.  3.37  (as  A.  Laxmanii). 

cc.  Plant  spiny:  fls.  white. 

h<5rrida,  Boiss.  A  low  bristly  perennial  with  spiny 
Ivs  composed  of  7-8  pairs  of  broad  Ifts.:  fls.  white  m  a 
dense,  long-stalkeH.  spike-like  cluster.  Persia  —  Curi- 
ous and  rare,  rathei  than  attractive. 

A  racemdiua,  Pursh.  Zigzag,  erect  st.  Ifts.  17-21:  fls.  yellowish 
m  loose  racemes  July  Plains  of  Cent  U  8  —  A  Rdbbinni,  Oakes. 
Erect  and  glabrous  Ifts.  9-25  fls.  in  loose  racemes,  white  or  purple 
pods  1-celled,  flattened  Suitable  for  rocky  places  June,  July 
N  E  U  S  —  A  Shortidnus,  Nutt  Silvery  cancscent  Ifts  9-15  fls 
blue  or  violet,  pods  sessile,  1-oelled,  strongly  curved  upward  May, 
June  Plains  of  Cent  U.  8  j^  TAYLOR 


(name  in  allusion  to  star-like  appear- 
ance of  umbels)  Umbdliferx.  MASTERWORT.  Peren- 
nial garden  plants,  grown  for  the  odd  and  ornamental 
umbels  and  attractive  habit. 

Glabrous  and  erect  low  herbs  with  dark-colored 
aromatic  roots*  Ivs.  palmately  lobed  or  dissected, 
petioled,  the  st.-lvs.  often  sessile  and  more  simple:  fls. 
polygamous,  the  sterile  long-pedicelled  and  the  fertile 
short-pedicelled;  calyx  with  5  foliaceous  lobes,  more  or 
less  tuberculate;  petals  oblong-ovate,  connivent:  fr. 
compressed  —  Perhaps  a  half-dozen  species,  in  Eu. 
and  W.  Asia,  beanng  fls  in  leafy-involucred  umbels 
and  umbellules,  the  fls  being  white,  rose-colored  or 
blush  The  astrantias  grow  a  foot  or  more  high,  making 


ASTRANTIA 


ASYSTASIA 


425 


interesting  branching  plants  for  the  border,  particu- 
larly m  moist  places.  Prop,  by  seeds,  and  easily  by 
divisions  in  autumn  or  spring. 

carniolica,  Wulf.  About  1  ft  •  radical  Ivs.  5-7-lobed, 
the  lobes  oblong-acuminate,  serrate:  fls  white  or  blush: 
involucel  of  about  12  entire  whitish  parts  with  green 
red-tmged  line.  Eu.  Attractive.  June,  July. 

major.  Linn  The  commonest  species  in  cult  •  1-3 
ft  '  radical  Ivs.  5-lobed,  the  lobes  ovate-lanceolate  and 
more  or  less  parted  and  toothed,  acute,  fls  pinkish,  or 
rose,  or  white  involucel  of  20  or  less  linear-lanceolate 
entire  leafy  parts,  calyx-lobes  lanceolate  and  spmulose, 
exceeding  the  petals  Eu  — Thrives  by  running  water 
and  in  partial  shade  May,  June 

Biebersteinii,  Traut.  Small  radical  Ivs  3-parted, 
the  middle  lobe  oblong  or  obovate  and  more  or  less 
3-lobed,  sharp-serrate  involucel  parts  oblong,  entire 
or  nearly  so,  equaling  the  umbel;  calyx-lobes  lanceo- 
late-acute, equaling  the  petals.  Caucasus. 

A  hclleborifiaut,  Salisb  (A  heterophylla,  Willd  ,  A  maxima. 
Pall  )  2  ft  or  less  radical  Iva  3-lobed,  serrate  fli  pink:  involu- 
cre of  about  12  ovate-lanceolate  bristly  parts  Caucasus  — A  minor, 
Linn  8-10  in  •  radical  Ivs.  7-9-lobed,  toothed.  Qs.  white:  invo- 
lucre white  Eu 


L.  H.  B. 


ASTRAPJEA:  Dombeya. 


ASTROCARYUM  (Greek,  astron,  star,  and  karyon, 
nut,  referring  to  star-like  arrangement  of  the  fruits). 
Palmdcej',  tribe  Bactrldex  Spiny  palms,  stemless  or 
with  a  short,  or  tall,  ringed  eaudex 

Leaves  terminal,  pmnately  parted,  segrnfa  approxi- 
mate, equidistant  or  fasciculate,  lanceolate-acuminate 
or  attenuate  to  the  obliquely  truncate  apex,  plicate, 
whitish  beneath,  the  terminal  ones  free  or  confluent,  the 
spiny  margins  recurved  at  the  base,  petiole  very  short; 
sheath  short,  open,  the  spines  of  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
plant,  in  some  cases,  nearly  a  foot  long,  spadices 
short  or  long,  the  finely  divided  branches  pendulous, 
thickened  at  the  base,  thence  very  slender,  long,  naked, 
the  flonferous  naked  basal  portion,  as  it  were,  pedun- 
culate; spathes  2,  the  lower  one  membranous,  decidu- 
ous, the  upper  fusiform,  coriaceous  or  woody,  open  on 
the  ventral  side,  persistent,  bracts  of  the  female  fls. 
broad,  imbricated  like  the  bractlets;  pistil' ate  fls  with 
a  stipitate  male  one  on  either  side'  fr  rather  large, 
ovoid  or  subglobose,  beaked,  smooth  ,or  spiny,  red  or 
orange. — Species  30.  Trop.  Amer. 


431.  Astragalus  adsurgens.  (XH> 


Astrocaryums  are  elegant  palms  of  medium  height, 
very  suitable  for  moderate-sized  conservatories  A, 
Murumuru,  A.  mexicanum  and  A.  argenteum  are  the 
kinds  most  commonly  met  with  in  collections  The 
leaves  are  pinnate,  spiny  on  both  sides,  even  in  very 
young  plants,  and  in  small  plants,  at  least  in  some  of  the 
species,  the  segments  are  narrow,  four  or  five  pairs  of 
these  alternating  with  two  very  broad  ones  A.  argen- 
teum has  the  under  surfaces  of  the  leaves  of  a  much 
lighter  color  than  the  others 

In  a  young  state,  the  plants  require  the  temperature 
of  the  stove,  and  after  attaining  the  height  of  a  few 
feet  they  may  be  best  grown  in  a  warmhouse,  and 
given  plenty  of  water,  also  a  humid  atmosphere  Speci- 
mens 8  to  10  feet  high  fruit  freely. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  slow  in  germina- 
ting. The  soil  in  which  they  are  sown  should  be 
changed  occasionally,  to  prevent  it  frbrn  becoming 
sour  Be  careful  not  to  overpot,  or  the  fleshy  roots 
will  decay  G.C.  II  22  522  See  Palrrx 

A.  Lvs.  scurfy,  al  least  bene^th  or  on  the  petioles 
Mururnuru,  Mart    Lvs  9-12  ft  long  Begins  lanceo- 
late,   somewhat    falcate,    rich    green    above,    silvery 
beneath  sts  12-15  ft  high,  densely  covered  with  stout, 
black  spines  6  in  long    Brazil    I  H  22  213 

argSnteum,  Hort  Petioles  and  under  surface  of  the 
Ivs  covered  with  silvery  white  scurf  Ivs  arching, 
wedge-shaped,  2-lobcd,  distinctly  plicate,  bright  green 
above;  petioles  with  numerous  dark,  spreading  spines 
1  in.  long  Colombia  FR  3  569  —Perhaps  more 
correctly  named  A  Malybo,  Karsten 

filulare,  Hort.  Small,  slender:  Ivs  erect,  narrowly 
cuneate,  with  2  divergent  lobes,  inversely  sagittate; 
petioles  densely  scurfy,  rachis  scurfy  on  both  sides; 
spines  numerous  on  the  petioles  and  rachiis,  and  on  the 
principal  nerves  above,  brown  Country  unknown. 

AA   Lvs    not  scurfy 

Ayri,  Mart    Trunks  18-30  ft  high,  8-12  in   diam., 
usually  cespitose    Ivs    15   ft    long,  equally  pmnatisect 
to  the  apex,  petiole  piano-compressed,  membranaceous  . 
on  the  margins,  densely  scaly  and  with  scattered  spines; " 
lower  scgms.  over  3  ft  long,  1?4~2  in  wide,  2  in  apart, 
the  upper  ones  2-2  V£  ft  long,  1  in  wide,  1  \±  in  apart, 
conduphcate    at    the    base,    linear,    long,    attenuate, 
pointed,  minutely  and  remotely  spiny  along  the  margins, 
white-tomentose  below    Brazil 

mexicanum,  Liebm  St.  4-6  ft.  high,  cylindrical, 
thickly  covered  with  rings  of  black,  straight  2-edged 
spines:  petiole  2  ft.  long,  4-sided,  the  2  upper  sides 
concave,  clothed  (as  is  the  rachis)  with  straight  black 
spines;  blade  6  ft  ,  segms.  15-18  in  long,  1  in.  wide, 
alternate,  broadlv  linear,  acute,  straight,  white  beneath, 
with  deciduous  black  spmes  along  the  margins  Mex. 

A.  granalinse,  Hort ,  is  an  unidentified  trade  name 

J  G  SMITH  and  G    \V    OLIVER. 
N   TAYLOR! 

ASYSTASIA  (obscure  name)  Including  Henfreya, 
Dwentranthera  and  Mackdya  Acanthaccse  Hothouse 
or  greenhouse  evergreen  herbs  and  shrubs 

Plants  erect  or  scandent  Ivs  membranaceous, 
entire  corolla-tube  straight  or  curved,  the  spreading 
limb  5-lobed  and  nearly  or  quite  regular;  stamens  4, 
unequal,  stigma  blunt  or  minutely  2-lobed,  Us  white, 
blue  or  purple,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  often 
very  showy  — About  20  species  in  the  Old  World 
tropics  Require  the  general  treatment  of  Justicia,  in 
intermediate  or  warmhouses 

bSlla,  Benth  &  Hook  (MackAya  b&la,  Harv.) 
Glabrous,  upright  sub-shrub  Ivs  ovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, spreading,  short-stalked,  sinuate- toothed .  fls. 
lilac,  2  in  long,  with  a  long  tube  below  the  flaring 
throat,  the  spreading  segms.  ovate-obtuse,  disposed 
on  one  side  of  a  raceme  5-8  in  long  S  Afr  B  M 


426 


ASYSTAS1A 


ATALANTIA 


5797. — A  beautiful  plant,  rarely  seen,  and  thought  to 
be  difficult  to  manage;  but  it  seems  to  flower  readily 
in  fall  in  our  climate,  if  rested  during  the  previous 
winter  and  brought  on  in  the  summer.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings of  firm  wood  in  spring  or  summer.  Young  plants 
in  small  pots  often  bloom  well. 

A.  coromandehdna,  Nees  (A  comorenaia,  Bojer.  A.  violacea, 
D&lz  Juaticm  gangetica.  Lion.)  Zigzag  sub-shrub:  Ivs  ovate- 
cordate,  wavy:  fls.  purple,  nearly  sessile,  m  6-10-fld  raceme 
India  BM  4248.  PM  14-125  FS  2.179  —  A.  tcdndens,  Lmdl. 
(Honfreya  scandena,  Lmdl  ).  Climbing-  Ivs  obovate  to  ovate, 
thick,  entire,  fls  large,  yellow,  white  and  blush,  in  a  thyrae  Air. 
B.M.  4449  B.B.  33:31.  F.S.  3.231.  L  jj  3 

ATACCIA:  Tacca. 

ATALANTIA    (Atalantia,  one  of   the  Hesperides). 
tribe  Cltrex.    Woody  plants,  now  receiving 
attention  in  America  as  stocks  for  cit- 
rus fruits,  and  as  possible  parents  in 
breeding  new  forms  of  such  fruits. 

Small  trees  or  shrubs,  usually  spiny, 
with  persistent  coriaceous  simple  Ivs. 
having  prominent  netted  veins  and 
wingless,  or  very  narrowly  winged 
petioles  jointed  at  base  of  If.  •  fls.  usu- 
ally pentamerous,  with  the  stamens 
free  or  united  into  a  tube,  twice  as 
numerous  as  the  petals;  ovary  3-5- 
celled,  with  1  or  2  ovules  in  each  cell: 
fr.  like  a  small  orange  with  a  lemon- 
hke  skin.  In  the  typical  species,  the 
pulp -vesicles  fill  the  segms  ,  but  in 
some  dry-fruited  species  they  are 
rudimentary;  these  species  constitute 
the  subgenus  Rissoa  — Twelve  or  15 
species  are  known,  ranging  from  India 
through  the  Malayan  peninsula  to 
Austral 


432. 

Leaf  of  Atalantia 
citrioide8.(X$) 


A.  Subgenus  Euatalantia.   Cells  of  fr. 

lined  with  pulp-vesicles. 
monophylla,  DC.  (Limbnia  monophylla,  Roxbg.,  not 
Linn.).  A  large  shrub  or  small  tree,  native  to  India, 
Ceylon,  Burma,  Siam  and  Indo-Chma,  usually  spiny: 
Ivs.  glabrous,  or  sometimes  pubescent,  1-3  in.  long; 
petioles  short,  slightly  or  not  at  all  winged  •  fls  borne  m 
axillary  panicles;  calyx  irregularly  lobed,  split  to  the 
base  on  one  side;  petals  usually  4,  stamens  8,  the  fila- 
ments connate  and  forming  a  completely  closed  tube; 
ovary  3-5-celled  fr  from  Hr%m.  diam.,  with  a  skin 
like  a  lime,  globose,  with  several  cells  (generally  4;,  each 
usually  containing  1  seed  and  filled  with  pulp-vesicles, 
making  the  fr.  much  like  a  miniature  orange.  India, 
Ceylon,  farther  India.  111.  Roxbg.  PI.  Corom  ,  pi.  83. 
Wight,  Icones,  pi.  1611.  Engl  in  Engl  and  Prantl. 
Nat.  Planzenf.  111.4:191;  fig.  Ill,  C.D— This  tree, 
still  little  known  outside  of  India  and  Ceylon,  is  the 
type  of  the  genus  Atalantia,  and  one  of 
the  promising  species  for  trial  as  a 
stocK  on  which  to  graft  other  citrus 
frs.,  and  also  for  use  in  breeding  new 
types  of  citrus  frs  The  frs.  yield 
an  oil  which  m  India  is  considered 
a  valuable  application  in  chronic 
rheumatism. 

macrophylla,  Kurz.  (A.  monophylla 
var.  macrophylla,  Oliver).  A  small  or 
medium-sized  tree,  native  to  the  Anda- 
man Isls.  and  Burma,  having  ovate- 
elliptical  emargmate  Ivs.  1^-4  in.  long  and  1-2 ^  in. 
broad:  fls.  on  short  axillary  racemes;  calyx  irregularly 
lobed,  split  to  the  base  on  one  side  as  in  A.  monophylla; 
stamens  connate  and  forming  a  tube:  fr.  large,  said  to 
reach  1^-2  in.  diarn.  Andaman  Isls ,  Burma,  Malay 
Peninsula,  Bangka  Isl. — Little  known  and  is  chiefly  in- 
teresting because  of  the  large  size  of  its  frs.  Kurz,  m  his 
"Forest  Flora  of  British  Burma,"  says  of  this  snpoies. 


434.  Atalantia  ceylonlca. 


"Berries  globose,  the  size  of  a  wood-apple,  glabrous," 
and  gives  the  size  of  the  wood-apple  as  l^£-2  in. 
diam  A  tree  brought  from  the  island  of  Bangka,  east 
of  Sumatra,  and  now  growing  at  the  Botanical  Gar- 
dens at  Buitenzorg,  Java,  is  considered  by  Hochreu- 
tiner  to  belong 
to  this  species 
It  is  of  remark- 
able size,  being  a 
beautiful  round- 
topped  tree  40 
ft.  high  with  a 
deeply  furrowed 
trunk  6  ft.  in  cir- 
cumf  eren  ce, 
forking  at  3  ft. 
from  the  ground 
and  branching  profusely  at 
6J^-10  ft  No  other  species  of 
Atalantia  is  known  to  reach 
this  size  or  to  bear  frs  so  large. 
This  species  is  of  unusual  in- 
terest for  trial  as  a  stock  and 
also  for  hybridizing  with  other 
citrus  frs. 

citrioJdes,  Pierre.  A  small 
tree  native  to  Indo-Chma.  usu- 
ally spiny,  having  glabrous 
emargmate  oval  Ivs.  2-3  j^  in. 
long  (Fig.  432)  calyx  cup- 
shaped,  not  split  to  the  base, 
stamens  connate,  forming  a  tube;  ovary  Ubually  3-  or 
4-celled.  fr  resembles  a  small  orange  about  34in  diam  , 
with  a  roughened  glandular  skin;  cells  filled  with  pulp- 
vesicles  and  contain  usually  a  single  seed  about  3^m 
long  (Fig  433).  Ill  H.  Lecomte  Fl.  g6n  de  1'Indo- 
Chine,  Vol  I,  pi  24,  fig.  C  5,  6—  This  interesting 
species  is  native  to  Cochin  China  and  Cambodia  and 
has  recently  been  intro  into  this  country,  where  it  will 
be  tested  as  a  stock  and  for  breeding  purposes  Its  close 
relationship  to  Citrus  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  it  grows 
well  when  grafted  on  grapefruit 

racemdsa,  Wight.  A  shrub  or  small  tree,  differing 
from  A.  monophylla  chiefly  in  having  a  regular  calyx 
not  split  down  one  side.  S.  India,  Cevlon.  111.  Hook. 
J.  bot.  Vol.  I,  pi.  122:  Wight,  Icones,  pi.  71 

AA.  Subgenus,  Rissoa,  n  subg  ,  named  for  A.  Risso,  b 
Nice,  1777,  d  184$,  a  well-known  writer  on  citrus 
frs.  Rissoa,  Arnott,  1836  as  a  genus  Like  Eu- 
atalantia, but  with  dry  frs  ,  the  cells  being  nearly 
filled  with  1  or  2  large  seeds',  pulp-vesicles  rudi- 
mentary and  greatly  reduced  in  number. 

ceyldnica,  Oliver  (Rissda  ceylonica,  Arn  )  Fig.  434. 
A  much-branched  spiny  shrub  or  small  tree  native  to 
Ceylon  and  India-  Ivs.  lanceolate  emargmate,  1^-3  in. 
long:  fls  borne  in  crowded  cymes;  calyx  not  split  on  one 
side;  stamens  free,  alternate  ones  longer,  ovary  usually 
2-celled  with  2  ovules  in  each  cell.  frs.  about  J^-^in. 
diam?  dry,  having  only  rudimentary  pulp- vesicles; 
containing  from  2-4  very  large  rounded  seeds.  Ceylon. 
— This  species  is  of  interest  chiefly  for  trial  as  a  stock, 
since  its  large  seeds  would  be  likely  to  produce  very 
vigorous  seedlings.  The  dry  fr.  renders  it  unpromising 
for  breeding  purposes  The  figure  is  from  a  specimen 
grown  at  the  Hope  Garden,  Jamaica. 

Guillaumfnii,  Swingle.  A  small  spiny  tree,  1(M3  ft. 
high:  young  branches  angular  and  pubescent:  Ivs.  oval, 
more  or  less  pointed  at  both  ends,  2-4  in.  long:  fls. 
unknown:  frs.  %-l  in.  diam.,  3-celled,  2  large  seeds 
in  each  cell,  pulp-vesicles  rudimentary.  Tonkin  111. 
Notulae  systematica.  H.  Lecomtej  Vol.  II,  p  162,  fig.  1. 
— A  little-known  species,  interesting  on  account  of  its 
large  frs  Because  of  its  large  seeds,  it  should  yield 
vigorous  * 


ATALANTIA 

simplicifdlia,  Engl  (Amyris  simphcifolui,  Roxbg. 
Ataldntia  Roxburghiana,  Hook  f.).  A  spineless  shrub  or 
small  tree:  Ivs.  very  large,  4Hi  in.  long,  1^-2^  in.  wide, 
elliptic,  pointed  at  both  ends,  stamens  free;  ovary  2- 
eclled .  fr.  spherical,  rough-skinned,  YT\  m  diarn  ,  with 
large  seeds.  Malay  Peninsula.  111.  Wight,  icones,  nl. 
72  — An  interesting  species  because  of  its  unusually 
large  Ivs 

Imperfectly  known  species:  A  caudAta,  Hook  f  LVB  caudate- 
acuminate,  narrowed  at  base  ovary  2-eelled  India  — A  pubfrula, 
Mui  Lvs  narrowly  oblong-emargmate  twigs,  petioles,  If -bases 
and  midrib  puberulous,  perhaps  a  form  of  A.  monophylla 

WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

ATAMASCO  LILY:  Zephyranlhes. 
ATHANASIA:  Lonas. 

ATHROTAXIS  (name  alludes  to  the  crowded  cone- 
scales)  Sometimes  spelled  Arthrotaxis  Pinacex,  Ever- 
greens, allied  to  Cryptomena,  Sequoia  and  Sciadopitys, 
hint  able  for  planting  South,  or  for  use  as  tub  specimens 
in  eoolhouses 

Trees,  densely  branched,  monoecious  Ivs  small, 
cither  short,  blunt,  scale-like  and  appressed,  or  lanceo- 
late and  somewhat  loosely  disposed'  stammate  fls  in 
imbncated  spiral  arnents,  the  anthers  2-celled,  pistil- 
late fls  in  spirally  imbricated  aments,  3-6  ovules  under 
each  scale,  these  aments  becoming  small  globular  cones 
with  woody  scales  which  are  contracted  at  base  and  at 
apex  incurved  or  acuminate  or  pointed  — Three  species 
in  Tasmania,  by  some  considered  to  be  inseparable 
from  the  genus  Cunmnghamia  These  plants  are 
little  known  in  cult  Aside  from  seeds,  cuttings  may 
be  used  for  prop 

selaginoides,  Don  (A  alpina,  Van  Houtte  Cun- 
ning hdmia  sclagin(n(let>,  Xucc  )  Stout,  to  45  ft  Iv.s 
loose,  lanceolate,  incurved,  acute,  V^m  or  less  long, 
those  of  young  seedlings  narrower  cones  M~%m 
diam  ,  the  scales  lanceolate-pointed  Mts 

cvpressoides,  Don  (A  i-nbncatn,  Maule  Cunning- 
hamid  ruprrssoa/cs,  Zucc  )  Tiee,  reaching  40  ft  ,  with 
ascending  branches  Ivs  broad  and  obtuse,  less  than 
1  em  long,  thick  and  keeled,  closely  appressed  to  the 
branches  cones  }  ±\\\  or  less  diam  ,  the  scales  rounded 
at  top  and  bearing  a  shoit  point 

laxifoha,  Hook  (A  Dotudrw,  Henk  &  Hochst  ) 
T^ee,  25-30  ft  ,  ( losely  allied  to  .1  cupretsoideb  Ivs 
imbricate  but  less  appressed,  acute,  about  ^m  long 
cones  laigei  and  scales  more  acuminate  Mts 

L    H    B 

ATH^RIUM.  A  generic  name  recognized  as  valid  by 
many  well-known  fern  students  As  usually  delimited, 
it  includes  species  of  Aspleniurn  (\\hich  see)  vvhich  liave 
some  of  the  son  curved  across  the  subtending  vemlets 
There  are  also  differences  in  the  stern  structure  The 
species  are  mostly  larger  and  more  herbaceous  than 
those  of  true  Asplemum.  R  (3.  BENEDICT. 

ATRAGENE:  CUmntii 

ATRAPHAXIS  (ancient  Greek  name)  Polugonacea>. 
( )rnamental  shrubs  grown  chiefly  for  the  white  or  pink- 
ish flowers  produced  during  the  summer 

Low  shrubs  with  spiny  or  unarmed  branches'  Ivs 
deciduous,  short-petioled,  alternate  or  fasciculate  fls 
small,  apetulous  in  few-fld  axillary  clusters  forming 
terminal  racemes,  sepals  usually  5,  sometimes  4,  the  2 
outer  ones  smaller  and  usually  reflexed;  stamens  8, 
sometimes  6;  ovary  superior  with  2-3  styles  free  or 
connate  at  the  base'  fr  a  small  2-  or  3-angled  achene 
enveloped  by  the  enlarged  inner  sepals.  Summer  — 
About  18  species  in  Cent,  and  W.  Asia,  Greece,  and  N. 
Afr. 

These  plants  are  of  spreading  habit,  with  usually 
small  leaves,  attractive  with  their  numerous  racemes  of 
white  or  rose-colored  flowers,  which  remain  unchanged 
for  a  long  time,  owing  to  the  persistent  calyx. 


ATRIPLEX 


427 


They  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  and  sunny  situa- 
tions, but  do  not  stand  transplanting  well  when  older. 
They  are  well  adapted  for  planting  in  rockeries  or  on 
rocky  slopes  and  are  hardy  North.  The  handsomest 
of  the  species  is  A  Muschketowu.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds  sown  in  spnng;  the  seedlings  are  liable  to  rot  if 
kept  too  moist,  or  in  damp  air  Increased  also  by 
greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  in  early  summer,  and 
by  layers.  None  of  the  species  is  in  the  American 
trade 

A  buxifbha,  Jaub  &  Spach  (Polygonum  cnapulum,  Sims) 
Height  1  -2  ft  ,  spineless  Ivs  obovatc,  crenate,  dark  green,  Vz~l  in 
long  racemes  short  Transcaucasia,  Turkestan  B  M  10fi>  —A 
fruttarens,  Koch  (A  lanceolata,  Meisn  )  Height  1-2  ft  ,  spineless 
Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  glaucescent,  J-tf-l  in  long  racemes  loose 
Caucasus,  Turkestan,  Siberia  LBC  5  4S<)  BR  3  251  —A 
Muschketowu,  Krassn  (A  latifolm,  Kochne  Trttgopyrum  lanceo 
latum  var  latifolium,  Hegel)  Erect,  2-3  ft  ,  spineless  lv>i  lanceo 
late,  crenate,  ?£-2  in  long  fls  white  with  the  inthors  and  ovary 
red,  Hm  across  m  dense  racemes  Turkestan  BM  74 $5  (it 
40  1341  —A  xpintma,  Linn  Height  1-2  ft  ,  spiny  Jvs  elliptic, 
entire,  glaucesccnt,  ^-l^\n  long  racemes  short,  sepals  usually  4 
and  stamens  0  S.  Russia,  Orient,  Siberia  ALFRED  RLHDfcK 

ATRIPLEX  (from  a  Greek  name  of  orache)  Cheno- 
podiaccx  Herbs  with  inconspicuous  flowers,  snim  oi 
which  are  used  for  forage  under  the  name  of  salt- 
bushes,  some  for  hedges  or  lawn  specimens,  and  one 
as  a  garden  vegetable,  and  many  succulent  weeds  of 
desert  regions. 

Flowers  dioecious  or  mon<wious,  in  spicate  or  pani- 
culate clusters,  sometimes  bunched  m  the  axils  Ivs 
usually  alternate  or  some  opposite  fr  half  or  wholh 
inclosed  by  the  persistent  bract  lets  — About  125  widely 
distnbuted  species,  often  weeds  A  patula,  in  manv 
forms,  is  u  common  weedy  plant  throughout  the  country 

A  triplex  hortensi?  is  a  garden  vegetable  used  like 
spinach,  for  culture,  see  Orach  A  leptocarpa,  A 
setmbaccnla  and  others  have  been  introduced  as  sup- 
plementary forage  plants  for  arid  regions  A  Itrewn 
is  a  popular  low  hedge 
plant  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia 

A   (lardrit     vegetable 

(with    tjrnamental- 

Ivd  v(irietu), 
hortensis,  Linn 
ORACH  SE  \  PURS- 
LAXK  Annual  st  her- 
baceous, erect  Ivs  has- 
tate, cord.ite,  or  tri- 
angular-oblong, acute, 
4-5  in  long,  2M-3 
in  \\idc,  petioles  12-18 
lines  long  fruiting 
bracts  4-8  lines  long, 
short  -  pediceled  Var 
atro-sangumea,  Hort , 
is  a  crunson-lvd  orna- 
mental about  4  ft 
high,  sometimes  grown 
with  amarantus  -  like 
plants  Old  World 
See  Orach 

AA.  Ornamental  shrubs. 

B  Shrub*  1-3  feet, 

canescens,  James  A 
pule,  densely  scurvy 
shrub,  1-Ii  ft.  high  Ivs  oblanceolate,  entire  iruitmg 
bractlets  with  4  vertical,  reticulated  wings.  July-Sept 
New  Mex  to  S  Dak.  and  west  to  Calif 

Halimus,  Lmn  Low-spreading  shrub  with  giay  fol- 
iage, cult  in  Calif  for  hedges  and  for  seaside  planting1 
Ivs  1-1  Yi  in.  long,  petioles  3-4  lines  long  fls  purplish 
fruiting  bracts  1  j^  lines  long,  2  lines  wide,  sessile,  rent- 
form,  obtuse,  entire  seed  compressed,  yellowish 
Medit  region  and  S  \fr 


435   Atnplex  Brewcn    Used  for 
hedges  in  California    (  X  '  M  - 


428 


ATRIPLEX 


ATTALEA 


BB.  Shrubs  4-10  feet. 

BreVeri,  S  Wats  Fig  435.  Stout  woody  shrub,  ^6 
ft. :  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  silvery  gray,  somewhat  rhombic- 
cuneate  at  the  base,  obtuse  and  acute  at  apex.  1-3  in 
long:  fls.  dioecious,  the  calyx  deeply  4-cleft.  At  home 
in  sandy,  wind-swept  places  S.  Calif. 

lentifdrmis,  S.  Wats.  (Obibne  lentifdrmis,  Torr  ). 
Diffusely  branched,  4—10  ft.,  the  branches  terete,  with 
rigid  often  spinescent  branchlets  Ivs.  oblong-rhombic, 
\%-ll/2  "*.  long-  fl -clusters  small,  golden  or  silvery, 
the  calyx  5-parted.  S.W.U  S.— Silvery  and  tall,  grow- 
ing as  the  preceding  but  standing  more  cold. 

N.  TAYLOR.! 


436.  Atropa  Belladonna 
or  Deadly  Nightshade. 


ATROPA  (after  Alropos,  that  one  of  the  three  Fates 
who  cut  the  thread  of  life).  Solandceae.  BELLADONNA. 
V  genus  of  2  species  of  Old  World  herbs  of  great  eco- 
nomic importance  Calyx  with  5  ovate  leafy  divisions, 
enlarging  in  fr  ;  corolla  bell-shaped  or  funnefform.  The 
purple  berries  are  poisonous  The  plant  is  used  in  medi- 
cine and  is  the  source  of  atropme  and  other  drugs  Not 
in  cult,  m  U.  S  except  m  botanic  gardens. 

Belladfinna,  Linn.  Fig.  436.  Plant  erect,  branching, 
leafy:  Ivs.  ovate,  entire,  pointed:  fls.  single  or  in  pairs, 
nodding  on  lateral  peduncles;  corolla  blue-purple  or 
often  greenish  purple.  Eu.  to  India. 

N   TAYLOR. t 

ATTAL&A  (attalus,  magnificent).  Palmdcese,  tribe 
Cocoinex.  A  large  genus  of  horticulturally  little-known 
palms,  well  worth  more  attention. 

Stems  spineless,  single,  usually  ringed,  sometimes 
lacking:  Ivs.  usually  many  in  a  large  erect  tuft,  pinnate, 
the  numerous  Ifts.  rather  regularly  placed,  but  at  nght 


angles  to  the  rachis,  those  above  standing  erect,  those 
beneath  falling  below  the  rachis,  young  Ivs.  very  attrac- 
tive but  rather  stiff  in  their  perfect  erectness;  petiole 
concave  above,  often  very  fibrous  at  the  base.  fls. 
monoecious  or  polygamo-dioacious,  on  a  branched  spadix 
inclosed  in  a  rather  woody  spathe,  at  least  at  first, 
which  appears  among  the  lowest  Ivs. ;  spadix  ultimately 
recurving,  sessile,  bracted,  usually  yellow .  f r.  a  drupe, 
sometimes  quite  large,  frequently  fibrous-coated  — Be- 
cause of  their  slow  growth  the  20-25  species  are  not 
very  favorably  known  to  the  dealers.  All  are  natives  of 
Trop.  Amer  See  G.C.  II  22.523. 

At  least  two  of  the  species  are  of  economic  impor- 
tance A  Cohune  is  the  source  of  a  finer  oil  than  that  of 
the  coconut,  and  is  also  used  in  making  an  intoxicating 
beverage  A  fumfera  is  the  source  of  a  fine  fiber  much 
used  in  the  making  of  brooms,  and  in  rope-making 

Attaleas  must  be  grown  in  a  tropical  greenhouse,  with 
a  night  temperature  not  leas  than  60°.  They  will  do  best 
in  a  mixture  of  loam  three  parts,  cow-  or  horse-manure, 
one  part,  and  one  part  of  hand 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  may  be  placed  2  inches 
deep  m  a  box  to  be  plunged  out-of-doors  m  summer, 
covered  with  moss  and  watered  freely 

A   Trunks  becoming  tall,  or  at  least  not  stemless. 

B  Bases  of  the  petiole  prominently  fibrous  old  Ivs  persist" 
ent  in  A.  fumfera   trunks  18-30  ft 

fumfera,  Mart  PISSABA  PALM.  COQUILLA.  St. 
18-30  f t ,  8-13  in  diam  ,  smooth  Ivs  as  long  as  the 
caudox,  green  both  sides,  petioles  with  very  long  hang- 
ing fibers,  segms  broudly  linear-acuminate,  in  clu.stors 
of  3-5,  divaricate,  very  numerous,  drupe  4  in.  long 
Brazil 

gomphocdcca,  Mart  St.  20-30  ft  crowned  by  a 
magnificent  cluster  of  large  (6-9  ft )  Ivs  Ifts  very  nu- 
merous, linear  or  linear-lanceolate,  bright  green  above, 
paler  beneath;  petiole  relatively  short,  very  fibrous  at 
the  base  spathe  slender  and  woody,  the  spadix  reflexed, 
but  short-stalked  and  half  hidden  by  the  Ivb  fr. 
fibrous-coated  Costa  Rica  — Intro,  by  Reasoner  Bros, 
in  1911. 

BB.  Bases  of  the  petiole  not  prominently  fibrous' 
trunks  ,50-100  ft 

exce"lsa,  Mart  St  90-100  ft  high  m  the  wild,  16-20  in. 
diam.  Ivs.  erect-spreading-  pistillate  fls  solitary  on 
the  branches  of  the  spadix.  drupe  oblong-cylmdric, 
acute  at  both  ends.  Brazil  — A  little-known  palm 
among  the  dealers,  but  not  uncommon  m  fanciers' 
collections  Stately  in  habit  and  with  splendid  large  Ivs. 

Coh&ne,  Mart.  COHUNE  PALM  Fig  437  St  50-60 
ft. :  Ivs.  erect,  pinnate,  the  dark  green  mnnae  30-50  and 
18  in.  or  less  long;  petiole  flat  above  and  rounded  below: 
drupe  broadly  ovate,  nearly  3  in.  long,  with  a  very  short 
beak.  Honduras — Fruit  used  for  soap-making,  and 
exported  from  Cent.  Amor,  for  that  purpose.  Used  for 
thatching. 

AA.  Without  trunks. 

spectabilis,  Mart.  Stemless,  or  with  a  very  short  cau- 
dex'  Ivs.  18-21  ft.  long,  erect  or  spreading,  the  lower 
segms.  3-4  ft ,  the  upper  12-16  in  ,  J^in  wide,  linear- 
acuminate  spathe  erect  fr  about  as  large  as  a  hen's 
egg.  Brazil  — Requires  plenty  of  water,  as  its  home  is 
on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon 

amygdallna.  HBK.  (A  nudfera,  Karsten)  Stemless: 
Ivs  15-18  ft  long,  crowded,  pinnatisect;  segms  90-100 
on  each  side,  ensiform,  glabrous  above,  with  hairs  along 
the  outer  margins  beneath,  2%-2%  ft.  long,  about 
\\i  in.  wide;  petiole  with  rusty  scales  beneath:  spadix 
of  male  fls.  about  18  in.  long,  with  a  flattened  stalk, 
inclosed  by  a  thick  woody  spathe.  Brazil 

A  Guichlre  is  a  trade  name,  "extremely  long-leaved  " — A. 
Mdnpa,  Mart  (A.  Manpcwa,  Hort  ).  See  Maximihana 

N.  TAYLOR. t 


AUBRIETIA 


AUCUBA 


429 


AUBRT&TIA  (Claude  Aubnet,  French  natural  his- 
tory painter  of  last  century).  Crudferx  PURPLE 
ROCK-CHKSS  Showy  perennial  more  or  less  evergreen 
trailers,  excellent  for  rockwork  or  edgings 

Allied  to  Alyssum  and  Vesicana.  distinguished 
chiefly  by  the  outer  sepals  being  saccate  at  base,  the 
shorter  filaments 
toothed,  and  the 
valves  of  the  oblong 
or  globose  silique 
convex  and  not 
ribbed.  Ivs  entire  or 
angular- toothed  fls. 
in  shades  of  violet 
or  purple,  in  few-fld 
bractless  racemes' 
plant  canescent  or 
tornentose  — About  a 
half  -  dozen  species, 
Italy  to  Persia  The 
aubrietias  are  of 
simple  cult  Prop  by 
seeds,  layers  or  cut- 
tings They  make  excellent  mats 
of  foliage  and  bloom 

deltoidea,  DC  Fig  438  Lvs 
oblong  -  spatulate,  deltoid  or 
rhomboicl.  with  1  or  2  teeth  on 
either  side,  grayish,  nan  owed 
into  a  very  short  petiole  fls  in 
few-fld.  lax  clusters,  the  violet 
or  purple  petals  twice  the  length 
of  the  calyx — Grows  2-12  m 
high.  Pretty  spring  and  sum- 
mer bloomer  Hardy  m  the  N  ^. **»»»«,*,] 
Very  variable,  some  of  the  forms  ^  ^aUja  Cohunc 
being  named  as  if  of  specific 
rank  Var.  Bougamvillei,  Hort  FLs  light  violet 
dwarf  and  compact  Var  Campbellu,  1  tort  Fls  lai  ge, 
purple  plant  large  Var  E^rei,  Hort  Fls  large  and 
long,  deep  violet  Var  grgfeca,  Iloit  (var  wpcrbu). 
Dwarf  and  compact,  large-fid  One  of  the  best  Var 
Hendersonu,  Iloit  ,  probably  the  same  as  Campbellu 
Var  Leichthnii,  Hort  Profuse  bloomer,  pink  fls  Var 
olympica,  Hoi t  Fls  huge,  violet,  like  vai  Eyrei  Vai. 
violacea,  Hort  One  of  the  largest  forms  Var.  Moore- 
ana,  Hort  Compact  fls  blue  Var  PSrkmsii,  Hort. 
Fls.  deep  purple  with  tiny  white  eye,  the  petals  rounded 
plant  strong,  10  in  ,  making  a  laige  mat  Gri  67,  p. 
344  Raised  by  F  Perkins,  Strut  ford-on- A  von  Var. 
Moerhehnu,  Lemome  Fls  large,  rosy  pink  or  mauve, 
blooming  all  summer  Var  purpfcrea,  Hort  Erect  m 
habit,  fls  large,  purple  Var  vanegata,  Hort.  Lvs. 


variegated. 


L.  H.  B. 


AUCUBA  (Latinized  for  Aokiba,  its  Japanese  name) 
Cornaces1  Ornamental  plants  grown  for  their  large 
evergreen  foliage,  often  handsomely  variegated,  and 
also  for  the  bright  scarlet  fruits 

Shrubs  with  stout  forked  branches'  Ivs  opposite, 
remotely  serrate  or  nearlv  entire  fls  dioecious,  small, 
calyx  minute,  4-toothed;  petals  4;  stammate  fls  with  4 
stamens,  filaments  short,  with  a  large  disk  in  the 
middle;  pistillate  with  an  inferior  1 -celled  ovary,  style 
short  with  an  oblique  stigma  fr.  a  1 -seeded  berry-like 
drupe. — Three  species  in  E.  Asia  extending  west  to  W. 
China  and  E  Himalayas,  often  considered  varieties 
of  one  polymorphous  species. 

The  aucubas  are  evergreens  with  large,  lustrous, 
and  often  handsomely  variegated  leaves,  small  purple 
flowers  m  terminal  panicles,  elongated  in  the  stammate, 
short  and  rather  dense  in  the  pistillate  plant  and  with 
bright  scarlet  oblong  berries  forming  terminal  clusters 
Hardy  in  the  southern  states  about  as  far  north  as 
Washington,  D.  C.,  and  in  sheltered  localities  even 
farther  north;  they  are  well  adapted  for  city  gar- 


dens as  they  withstand  dust  and  smoke  to  a  consider- 
able degree 

In  the  northern  states,  aucubas  are  grown  m  cool- 
houses — those  adapted  to  azaleas  are  excellent— and 
they  are  kept  evergreen  by  keeping  them  in  a  pit  dur- 
ing winter,  or  by  holding  them  cool  and  partially  dry 
in  the  house  They  will  stand  five  or 
six  degrees  of  frost  in  a  pit  From  cut- 
tings of  half-ripened  wood,  good  speci- 
men plants  may  be  had  in  two  or  three 
years  Fruiting  plants,  with  their  numer- 
ous bnght  scarlet  berries,  are  exceedingly 
attractive,  but  as  the  plant  is  dioecious, 
there  must  be  male  plants  with  the 
female  ones  If  grown  in  pots  and  under 
glass,  the  plant  must  be  fertilized  by 
shaking  the  flowering  male  plant  over 
the  female,  or  by  apply  ng  the  pollen 
with  a  camel's-hair  pencil.  If  the  male 
plant  flowers  earlier,  the  pollen  may  be 
collected  and  kept  dry  until  the  female 
plant  is  in  flower,  it  remains  effective 
for  some  weeks  In  the  open,  aucuba 
grows  well  in  any  good,  somewhat  rnoist  though  well- 
drained  soil,  in  a  half-shaded  position  In  pots,  it  will 
thrive  in  a  sandy  loam  with  sufficient  drainage,  and 
requires  plenty  of  water  during  its  growing  period 
Fruiting  plants  should  not  have  too  large  pots 

They  are  propagated  very  easily  by  half-npened 
greenwood  cuttings  at  nearly  any  time  of  the  year, 
under  glass,  and  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  maturity, 
the  varieties  are  sometimes  grafted  on  the  common 
form  in  early  spring,  under  glass 

jap6mca,  Thunb  A  stout  shrub,  4-15  ft  .  Ivs. 
usually  ovate,  3-8  in  long,  remotely  and  coarsely 
dentate,  obtusely  acuminate,  shining  petals  obtusely 
acuminate  berries  scarlet,  rarely  white  or  yellow, 
usuallv  oblong  From  Himalayas  to  Japan  BM  5512.« 
I  H  11  499  S  I  F  2  59  FS  1(3-1609  F.  1865  65.— 
There  are  a  great  number  of  garden  forms  in  culti- 
vation, mostly  \vith  variegated  lea\es,  the  latter  are 
more  often  cult  than  the  green  forms  Handsome 
variegated  forms  are  Var  latunaculata,  Kirchn  (var/ 
aureo-mocuHita,  Dombram)  Lvs  ovate-oblong  with  a 
large  irregular  yellow  blotch  in  the  middle  and  smaller 
yellow  dots  around  it  F  M  10  527.  FW  1876. 353. 
Var  vanegata,  Domhram,  not  Regel  (var  maculdta^ 
Regel,  var  pi-cta,  Hort ,  var  punctata,  Hort  )  GOLD 
DrsxTREE  Fig  439  Lvs  with  numerous  yellow  spots. 
— The  most  commonly  cult  form  B  M.  1197.  F.M. 
5.277  RH  1866  292  Var  hmbata,  Bull  Lvs  large, 
coarsely  dentate,  with  a  greenish  }  ellow  margin  Var. 
bicolor,  Regel.  Lvs  with  a  large  >  ellow  blotch  in  the 
middle,  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  remotely  dentate.  The 
following  forms  have  green  Ivs  Var  angustifdlia, 
Regel  (var  sahcifolm,  Hort )  Lvs  narrowly  oblong- 
lanceolate.  Var  c6ncolor,  Regel  (var.  vindts,  Hort.). 
Lvs  ovate  -  lanceolate 
or  elliptic -ovate,  re- 
motely and  coarsely 
serrate  Gt  25.859. 
V  ar  dentata,  C  a  r  r . 
(var.  macroddnta, 
Hort )  Lvs  elliptic, 
coarsely  and  long-den- 
tate Var  macrophylla, 
Bull  Lvs  large  and 
broad,  remotely  and 
slightly  dentate.  Var. 
ovata,  Regel  Lvs. 
ovate,  coarsely  em- 
uately  dentate,  dark 
green,  lustrous.  Var. 
pygmsfea,  Regel.  Low: 
Ivs  ovate-oblong,  re- 
motely and  sharply  438.  Aubrietia  deltoide*.  (pUnt  x  H) 


430 


AUCUBA 


AURICULA 


dentate,  bright  green,  dull.  Differently  colored  frs 
distinguish  the  following  forms.  Var.  luteoc&rpa,  Rehd. 
04.  luteo-cdr pa,  Dombram)  with  yellow  fr.  F.M  1872: 
12.  Var.  leucocarpa,  Matsum.  &  Nakai,  with  white 
fr — A.  cramfolia,  once  offered  in  American  trade,  is 
probably  a  form  of  A.  japonica.  To  indicate  whether  a 
certain  form  is  a  stanunate  or  a  fruit-bearing  plant, 
mascula  or  femma  (foemma)  is  often  added  to  the 
varietal  name 

A  chinensia,  Benth  Lvs  lanceolate  to  nearly  obovate,  entire 
or  toward  the  apex  sharply  dentate,  sharply  acuminate  petals 
finely  and  long-acuminate,  panicle  with  scattered  short  and  stiff 
hairs  China  — A  himnlAicci,  Hook  f  «fe  Thorns  (A  japonica  var 
himolaica,  Dipp  )  Lvs  usually  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
entire  or  dentate,  sharply  and  long-acuminate  panicles  densely 
hairy,  petals  long  and  finely  acuminate  fr  orange  to  scarlet  L 
Himalayas  F  S  12  1271  I  H  6  197  ALFRED  REHDER 

AUDffifiRTIA  (M.  Audibert,  of  Provence).  LobiaLv 
Including  Ramdna  Perennial  herbs  or  sub-shrubs, 
sometimes  grown  for  bees  and  m  ornamental  plantings 

Ten  species  all  from  W.  IT    S.  mostly  from  Calif  , 
related  to  Salvia,  but  differing  m  the  calyx  being  more 
deeply  cleft  in  front,  and  in  being  almost  spathaceous 
Ivs  opposite,  usually  rugose,  sage-like    fls    axillary  or 
terminal,   not   unlike 
those  of  Salvia  ojjici- 
nalis,     corolla     with 
upper  lip    spreading, 
2-lobed     or     emargi- 
nate 

grandifldra,  Benth. 
St  villous,  glandular, 
1-3  ft  high   Ivs  woolly  beneath;  lower 
Ivs     hastate,    obtuse,    3-8    in     long, 
coarse;  bracts  crowded,   conspicuous 
fls  1-1%  in   long,  red  or  crimson-pur- 
ple, in  dense,  showy  clusters.   Calif  — 
Prized  for  bees. 

incana,  Benth     St.  woody,  tomen- 
tose-canescent,  leafy    Ivs  spatulate  or     439  Aucuba  japoni 
obovate,  obtuse  or  retuse,  not  rugose, 
scarcely    1    in    long;  bracts   obovate,   ciliate,   purple- 
tinged    corolla  Km    long,  rarely  slightly  longer,  pale 
blue    Wash  to  Ariz.   B  R  1469  jsj    TAYLOR 

AURfCULA  (Primula  Auricula,  Linn  )  Fig  440  A 
European  perennial,  sending  up  short  scapes,  bearing 
flowers  of  many  colors  It  is  one  of  the  most  famous  of 
florists'  flowers,  but  it  has  never  received  the  attention 
in  this  country  that  it  has  in  Europe  Our  summers  arc 
generally  too  hot  for  it  In  this  country  generally 
treated  as  a  greenhouse  plant,  but  it  is  hardy,  and  in  the 
Old  World  is  grown  largely  in  frames  See  Primula 

Auriculas  grow  wild  in  the  mountainous  districts  of 
Switzerland,  Austria,  Syria,  and  the  Caucasus;  there- 
fore they  are  generally  regarded  as  alpine  plants,  but 
like  many  other  alpines,  they  have  proved  to  be  excel- 
lent subjects  for  cool  greenhouse  culture  as  well  as  for 
rock-  or  alpine-garden  culture  In  their  native  habitats, 
some  plants  are  heavily  powdered  with  a  fine  mealy 
substance  called  "farina,  while  others  are  perfectly 
destitute  of  it.  Under^ cultivation,  also,  they  show  this 
same  charactenstic  This  has  caused  fanciers  to  divide 
them  into  two  sections,  those  covered  with  farina, 
called  show  auriculas,  and  those  destitute  of  it,  termed 
alpine  auriculas  The  show  aunculas  have  received  the 
most  attention  at  the  hands  of  fanciers  Their  flowers 
are  large,  and  present  more  combinations  in  vanety  of 
color  than  the  alpine  section,  and  since  rains  mar  their 
beautiful  farina-covered  leaves  and  flowers,  they  are 
by  far  best  adapted  to  greenhouse  culture.  Like  all 
primulas,  the  flowers  are  tubular  and  borne  in  erect 
trusses  well  above  the  foliage  Well-grown  plants  will 
produce  strong  trusses  with  often  as  many  as  twenty 
"pips"  or  individual  flowers  Such  a  number  cannot 
fully  develop,  consequently  they  should  be  thinned  out 


and  only  eight  or  nine  flowers  allowed  to  develop  on 
each  truss  The  tube  of  the  flowers  of  show  aunculas  is 
usually  white,  with  a  circle  of  maroon,  violet,  plum  or 
chocolate-color  above  and  a  margin  of  green,  gray, 
white,  or  yellow  In  what  are  called  "selfs,"  the  circle 
of  chocolate-maroon,  or  violet,  extends  to  the  edges  of 
the  flowers  They  are  usually  very  sweet-scented  Alpine 
auriculas  are  best  adapted  for  growing  in  the  rock-  or 
alpine-garden  since  the  leaves  and  flow  ers  are  destitute  of 
farina  This  section  does  not  exhibit  as  large  a  variety 
of  color  in  the  flowers  The  tube  of  the  corolla  is  usually 
yellow  or  cream-color  with  a  margin  of 
maroon  or  purple  which  shades  off  toward 
the  edges  The  culture  given  below  is  the 
same  for  both  sections  except  that  the 
alpine  section  should  be  planted  on  the 
north  side  of  the  rock-garden  in  October, 
where  they  will  flower  the  following  spring. 
Auriculas  may 
be  propagated  by 
seed  for  general 
purposes  and  for 
the  production  of 
new  varieties,  but 
to  perpetuate  very 
choice  varieties  it 
is  necessary  to 

;ropagate  either 
y  offsets  or  divi- 
sion of  the  plants 
Seed  should,  be 
sown  in  shallow 
pans  or  l-inch  pots 
early  in  March,  so 
that  the  seedlings  will  be  well 
developed  before  very  warm 
weather  sets  in  The  hoil  u^ed 
in  the  seed-pans  should  be  very 
light  and  sandy,  the  surface 
should  be  made  smooth,  and 
the  seals  then  piessed  lightly 
into  the  soil,  after  which  a  light  covering  of  hand 
should  be  given,  and  the  pans  placed  in  a  temperature 
of  (iO°  until  they  have  germinated,  which  usually  takes 
from  three  to  four  weeks,  pans  should  then  be  removed 
to  a  light  position,  shaded  from  direct  sunlight,  in  a 
rather  lower  temperature,  to  induce  a  stocky  growth. 
As  soon  as  the  seedlings  are  large  enough  to  handle  con- 
veniently, they  should  be  pricked  off  into  other  pans  or 
shallow  boxes  containing  a  mixture  of  three  parts  leaf- 
mold  and  one  part  sifted  loam  and  clean  silver-sand 
Watering  should  be  carefully  attended  to,  and  every- 
thing done  to  promote  active  growth,  so  that,  if  possible, 
the  plants  may  be  large  enough  to  require  a  second 
shift  into  other  boxes,  similarly  prepared,  by  the  end  of 
June.  Auricula  seedlings  go  through  the  hottest  months 
much  better  in  boxes  than  in  pots,  as  they  can  be  kept 
more  evenly  moist  For  their  summer  quarters,  a 
wooden  frame  placed  on  sifted  coal-ashes  on  the  north 
side  of  a  building  or  wall,  or  almost  any  position  in 
which  they  will  be  sheltered  from  the  sun  and  still  receive 

Elenty  of  light,  should  be  given  them.  The  frame  should 
e  provided  with  sash,  which  should  be  kept  over  the 
plants  most  of  the  tune,  giving  air  m  abundance  m 
favorable  weather,  and  during  the  warmest  weather  the 
whole  frame  should  be  raised  by  placing  a  brick  under 
each  corner,  so  as  to  allow  a  good  circulaton  of  air 
among  the  plants  About  the  second  week  in  Septem- 
ber the  young  plants  should  be  potted,  using  a  compost 
of  two  parts  good  fibrous  loam,  one  part  leaf-mold,  and 
one  part  well  decayed  cow-  or  sheep-manure,  with  a 
little  sand  added.  The  frame  should  be  kept  a  little 
close  for  a  few  days  after  potting,  and  from  this  time 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  wet  the  foliage  in  watenng 
The  plants  may  remain  in  the  frame  until  danger  of 
freezing,  when  they  should  be  transferred  to  a  cool 


ca  var  variegata 


AURICULA 


AUTUMN-GARDKNING 


43i 


greenhouse  for  the  winter.  All  decaying  leaves  should 
be  carefully  removed,  and  but  little  water  will  be 
required  during  the  dull  winter  months.  Toward  the 
end  of  February  the  plants  will  show  signs  of  flowering, 
when  they  should  be  given  a  top-dressing  of  pulverized 
sheep-manure  and  placed  in  a  light,  airy  position,  in  a 
temperature  of  5.5°.  The  flowering  season  lasts  about 
two  months,  after  which  the  plants  should  receive 
their  annual  potting  Ail  diseased  or  decayed  roots 
should  be  cut  away,  and  most  of  the  old  sou  carefully 
removed  The  propagation  of  very  choice  varieties  by 
offsets  or  division  is  best  done  at  this  time.  The  pots 
used  in  potting  should  be 
well  drained,  and  no  larger 
than  will  just  accommodate 
the  plants  The  soil  best 
suited  is  the  same  as  before 
recommended.  After  pot- 
ting, they  may  be  placed 
in  their  summer  quarters. 
Offsets  should  be  inserted 
around  the  edge  of  4-inch 
pots,  using  very  sandy  soil, 
and  kept  in  a  moist,  shaded 
position  until  rooted  By 
annually  repotting  and  giv- 
ing a  little  extra  care  dur- 
ing the  summer  months,  a 
batch  of  show  auriculas  will 
return  very  satisfactory  re- 
sults, and  may  be  kept  in 
a  good,  healthy  condition 
for  several  years. 

EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

AUTUMN  COLORS, 
PHYSIOLOGY  OF.  When 
the  conditions  in  almost 
any  locality  are  favorable 
for  the  rapid  growth  of  plants,  the  prevailing  color  of  the 
vegetation  is  green  The  leaf -green,  or  chlorophyll,  is 
a  conspicuous  part  of  vegetative  organs  Green  is 
normal,  so  that  one  does  not  regard  a  green  plant  as 
"colored  "  It  is  true  that  in  some  species  of  plants, 
chlorophyll  is  partially  or  completely  veiled  by  the 
presence  of  other  pigments,  and  in  the  blossoms  it  may 
practically  fail,  but  in  the  latter  case  the  life  of  the 
brilliant  structures  is  fleeting,  and  green  is  promptly 
predominant  "Color"  is  more  or  less  restricted  to 
blossoms,  to  particular  species,  or  to  seasons  The  great 
seasonal  change  is  here  the  center  of  interest 

In  the  autumn  the  vegetation  of  the  usual  temperate 
landscape  loses  gradually  its  distinctive  green,  while 
striking  yellows  and  reds  are  substituted  With  favor- 
able conditions,  the  climax  of  this  transformation  is 
such  a  not  of  color  as  is  not  seen  at  any  other  time.  It 
is  noteworthy  that  this  change  is  an  immediate  fore- 
runner of  leaf-fall  and  death  The  vegetation  that  is 
suddenly  cut  off  by  severe  frost  seldom  exhibits  true 
autumnal  colors,  but  instead  the  dry  brown  or  black- 
ened effects  of  rapid  death,  characteristic  of  any  sea- 
son On  the  other  hand,  autumn  tints  of  leaves  may 
appear  in  the  summer,  as  when  limbs  of  the  hard  maple 
or  peach  are  ringed  This  suggests  that  the  produc- 
tion of  color  is  susceptible  of  experimental  study  On 
the  whole,  the  layman  may  regard  the  autumn  colors 
as  a  necessity  to  the  wholesome  rounding  out,  and  a 
fitting  terminus,  of  a  season  of  usefulness  Coloration 
is,  however,  an  evidence  of  fundamental  physiological 
changes,  and  it  is  appropriate  to  ask  regarding  the 
climatic  or  other  conditions  which  bring  this  about,  as 
well  as  concerning  the  nature  of  these  internal  changes 
which  also  make  for  the  development  of  color  in  the 
autumn. 

For  the  most  part,  the  autumn  leaf-colors  fall  into 
two  groups — yellows  and  reds  These  colors  are  pro- 


440   Auricula,  (x 


duced  by  two  groups  of  pigments  essentially  different  in 
chemical  and  physical  properties;  yet  these  pigments 
are  frequently  blended  in  the  same  leaf,  yielding  such 
gorgeous  effects  as  may  be  seen  in  the  sumach 

The  yellow  pigment  (more  correctly  pigments)  of 
leaves  occurs  in  the  chlorophyll  bodies  of  the  cell.  It  is 
present  in  conjunction  with  the  leaf -green  in  the 
healthy  leaf,  but  not  infrequently  it  seems  to  increase 
in  quantity  as  the  chlorophyll  disappears  It  belongs  to 
a  group  of  substances  often  called  xanthophylls.  These 
are  carotin-like  compounds,  that  is,  related  to  carotin, 
the  orange  or  orange-red  pigment  of  the  carrot  root. 
Carotin-like  bodies  are  widely  distributed  in  plants  and 
are  also  responsible  for  the  yellow,  orange,  and  orange- 
red  colors  of  a  large  number  of  blossoms  These  pig- 
ments do  not  occur  in  solution  in  the  cell-sap,  but  may 
be  present  either  in  the  healthy  chlorophyll  bodies 
(plastids)  or  outside  of  them  In  the  laHer  case,  they 
form  crystals,  or  are  in  solution  m  droplets  of  fatty 
oils  Carotin-like  compounds  are  more  permanent  than 
chlorophyll,  so  that  any  green  plant  may  exhibit  a  yel- 
lowish color  upon  the  gradual  disappearance  of  the 
chlorophyll 

The  red  pigments  of  autumn  leaves  are  cell-sap  colors, 
substances  soluble  in  the  aqueous  solution  constituting 
plant  juices  They  are  supposed  to  be  tannoid  com- 
pounds, and  are  generally  referred  to  as  anthocyanm. 
The  pigments  of  red  beets  and  dark  grapes  are  similar 
compounds  It  is  significant  that  those  plants  exhibit- 
ing conspicuous  red  coloration  in  the  autumn  are 
usually  those  which  give  some  indication  of  red  during 
the  growing  season,  as  in  the  possession  of  red  petioles 
or  twigs;  and,  more  especially,  they  are  those  in  which 
red  is  more  or  less  conspicuous  as  the  buds  open  and  the 
leaves  unfold  in  the  spring  The  attractive  tints  of 
unfolding  hard  maple  buds  are  therefore  an  indication 
that  the  maple  has  the  capacity  to  develop  a  coloration 
of  the  cell-sap  in  the  autumn  Some  plants  develop  no 
anthocyanm  under  normal  conditions  of  growth 

It  is  then  evident  that  the  yellow  colors  of  autumn 
leaves  may  be  due  to  both  a  greater  visibility  of  the 
yellow  m  the  chlorophyll  body  when  the  chlorophyll 
disappears,  and  also  to  actual  increased  development 
of  carotm-hke  compounds  The  reds  and  purples  in 
autumn  leaves  are  a  result  of  the  formation  or  increased 
formation  of  tannoid  compounds.  The  question  then 
is'  What  are  the  conditions  which  make  the  autumn 
season  particularly  favorable  for  the  development  of 
these  suostances? 

Some  careful  studies  have  been  made  that  bear 
upon  this  question  It  appears  that  the  production  of 
autumnal  reds  in  many  species  is  related  to  the  sugar- 
content,  and  color  may  be  induced  or  heightened  in  the 
shoots  of  many  plants  by  growing  them  for  a  time  in 
strong  solutions  Moreover,  cold  weather  has  been 
found  to  be  generally  favorable  to  the  accumulation  of 
sugar  in  the  tissues  Observation  indicates  that  after  a 
season  favorable  for  growth,  a  cold,  protracted  autumn 
results  in  exquisite  autumn  coloration  It  is  certain 
that  nothing  is  more  disastrous  to  brilliance  of  coloi 
than  severe  early  frosts  In  addition  to  enhancing 
pigmentation,  sugar-content  seems  to  be  most  impor- 
tant as  one  factor  in  cold-resistance  It  requires  a  verj 
light  frost  in  the  late  summer  to  kill  outright  the  leaves 
and  young  shoots  of  many  trees,  but  the  same  shoots 
may  be  unaffected  by  an  equal  degree  of  cold  when  the 
conditions  have  been  such  as  to  bring  about  the  normal 
autumn  coloration  B.  M.  DUGGAR. 

AUTUMN -GARDENING.  There  is  wealth  oi 
material  for  spring,  and  summer -gardening;  but  tc 
secure  good  garden  effects  m  autumn  requires  mostly 
other  material  and  a  different  intellectual  conception 
of  the  problem.  The  common  problems  of  the  gardener 
in  autumn  grow  out  of  two  facts'  First,  the  frost  kills 
tender  plants  sooner  than  he  desires;  therefore  he  tries 


432 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


to  save  vegetables  and  flowers  as  long  as  possible  by 
protection  and  by  choosing  hardy  kinds.  Second,  gar- 
dens tend  to  look  unattractive  and  seedy  in  September, 
because  this  is  nature's  time  for  ripening  fruits;  there- 
fore he  desires  fresh  flowers  The  popular  demand  is  for 
fresh  vegetables  as  long  as  possible,  color  in  the  garden 
right  into  the  teeth  of  winter,  cut-flowers  after  frost, 
home  grounds  that  will  be  attractive  even  after  a  sum- 
mer's absence,  and  a  note  of  welcome  to  the  children 
m  every  school-yard  Also,  there  are  enthusiasts  who 
wish  gardens  devoted  exclusively  to  autumn  beauties. 

Prolonging  the  vegetable-garden. 

The  ideal  way  to  prolong  the  yield  of  fresh  vegetables 
in  late  autumn  is  by  means  of  greenhouse,  hotbeds  and 
coldframes.  In  frames,  which  are  the  cheapest,  it  is 


-'  '    ••       j 

441.  A  good  autumn  landscape  for  color  effects. 


easy  to  have  in  November  lettuce,  spinach  and  radishes. 
The  next  best  plan  is  to  shelter  the  garden  from  cutting 
winds  arid  frost  by  a  windbreak,  e  g  ,  wall,  fence,  hedge, 
natural  wood,  or  group  of  evergreens  Sheltered  gar- 
dens often  yield  fresh  vegetables  two  to  six  weeks  after 
adjacent  unsheltered  gardens  have  been  devastated  by 
frost  It  is  also  possible  to  prolong  the  season  by  rais- 
ing late-growing  varieties  and  by  starting  the  ordinary 
kinds  later  in  the  year. 

Freshening  the  flower-garden. 

Parks  and  the  grounds  of  wealthy  people  often  rely 
chiefly  on  tender  or  temporary  bedding  plants,  eg., 
.,_,.,_    ----''  '    '    ' 


year,  but  is  costly  in  the  long  run  Moreover,  these 
plants  are  killed  by  frost,  leaving  gaps  too  large  to  fill. 
A  grade  higher  is  hardy  bedding,  which  has  become 
popular  since  1900  The  favorite  plants  are  long-bloom- 
ing shrubs  and  perennials,  e  g  ;  Baby  Rambler  rose, 
garden  and  tree  hydrangeas,  Miss  Lmgard  phlox,  gail- 
lardias,  stokesia,  Napoleon  III  pink,  double  ragged 


robin,  Veronica  longifolia  var.  subsessilis,  Conochnium 
(Eupatonum)  ccelestinum 

Unfortunately,  the  flowers  of  the  two  preceding  hots 
do  not  really  freshen  the  garden,  because  they  are  sum- 
mer flowers  or  are  being  made  so  by  the  irresistible 
tendency  to  exploit  earlier  varieties  of  everything  As 
taste  improves,  there  is  a  reaction  against  excessive  use 
of  long-blooming  plants,  and  a  desire  has  arisen  for 
"season  markers."  Among  the  finer  plants  of  this  real 
autumn  sort  are  Colchicum  Parkinsonn,  Crocus  zonatus, 
C  speciosus,  C  sativus,  Cnnum  Powelhi,  Slernbergia 
lutea,  Chrysanthemum  uliginosum,  gordoma,  and  the 
rarer  plants  to  be  mentioned  hereafter.  They  are,  how- 
ever, plants  of  the  skilled  amateur 

For  beginners,  the  favorite  hardy  autumn  flowers 
include  the  following  annuals  or  plants  treated  as  such, 
— China  asters,  pansies  (sown  outdoors  about  May 
10  in  latitude  of  New  York  City),  snapdragons,  and 
cosmos;  bulbs, — Colchicum  autumnale,  perennials, — 
sneezeweed,  Hehanthus  orgyalis  and  H.  Maximilianii, 
and  pompon  chrysanthemums 

Another  way  of  providing  fresh  color  in  autumn  is  to 
make  a  second  or  June  sowing  of  favorite  annual  flowers, 
e  g  ,  sweet  alynsum,  candytuft,  love-in-a-mist,  common 
and  pot-marigold,  mignonette,  nasturtium,  phlox, 
California  poppy,  portulaoa  and  zinnia  These  usually 
fail  in  September  from  ths  April  sowing  The  June 
sowing  will  carry  them  beyond  a  hard  frost,  except 
nasturtium  and  portulaca. 

Flowers  after  frost. 

In  early  November,  after  frost  had  devastated  the 
gardens  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  the  fol- 
lowing flowers  were  in  condition  at  one  of  the  largebt 
nurseries  of  perennials.  Only  those  are  mentioned  that 
gave  decided  masses,  not  mere  dots  or  remnants  of 
color:  Aconitum  columbianum,  A  Fischen,  alyssum, 
antirrhinum,  Aster  grandiflorus.  A.  tatancus,  Cimicifuga 
simplex,  Napoleon  III  dianthus,  Engeron  glabellus, 
gaillardias,  gladioli,  Hehanthus  Maximihanu,  hunne- 
mannia,  kniphofias,  pansies  (sown  in  May),  Miss  Lin- 
gard  phlox 

Nearly  all  the  flowers  in  the  two  preceding  lists  are 
available  for  home  decoration,  although  the  quality 
may  not  be  equal  to  that  of  early  September.  If  long- 
stemmed,  long-lasting  flowers  are  needed  in  quantity, 
the  most  satisfactory,  perhaps,  are  chrysanthemums, 
snapdragons,  Miss  Lmgard  phlox,  gaillardias.  To  this 
list  may  be  added  delphiniums,  Baby  Rambler  rose 
and  Catananche  cxrulea. 

Gardens  based  on  the  dominant  color. 

It  is  feasible  to  make  a  garden  that  changes  its  color 
every  three  or  four  weeks,  based  upon  the  idea  that  a 
garden  may  well  reflect  the  dominant  color  in  the  land- 
scape produced  by  the  wild  flowers  of  each  season. 
Since  yellow  is  the  dominant  color  of  autumn  (witness 
the  goldenrods,  sunflowers  and  other  composites)  such 
gardens  may  be  rich  in  sneezeweed  and  perennial  sun- 
flowers (especially  Hehanthus  Maximihanii,  II  orgyahs, 
and  H.  multiflorus  var.  plenus)  since  these  are  partic- 
ularly appropriate  to  season  and  country.  The  following 
yellow  nowers  of  summer  may  be  prolonged  into 
autumn  by  seed-picking,  cutting  back,  fertilizing,  and 
watering.  Tufted  pansies,  snapdragons,  Golden  Glow 
rudbeckia,  gaillardia,  Iceland  and  horned  poppies, 
Anthemis  tinctona  and  Lepachys  columnans. 

Gardens  of  perennial  asters. 

The  English  make  an  exceedingly  showy,  yet  artistic, 
garden  based  upon  what  they  call  "Michaelmas  dai- 
sies" (asters),  of  which  137  species  and  varieties  are 
catalogued  by  a  single  dealer.  It  consists  of  a  double 
border  devoted  to  the  early  kinds  that  bloom  during 
the  first  three  weeks  of  September,  and  a  separate  bor- 
der for  the  October-  and  November-blooming  species. 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-  GARDENING 


433 


The  pictorial  effect  13  improved  by  a  definite  color 
scheme,  planting  in  drifts,  and  an  ingenious  system  of 
training  on  hidden  branches  This  type  of  garden  is  of 
peculiar  interest  to  Americans  because  the  perennial 
asters  are  mostly  American  wild  flowers,  and  it  meets  the 
general  desire  to  grow  a  class  of  flowers  which  is  too 
prolific  for  the  ordinary  garden  Owing  to  the  notorious 
difficulties  of  identifying  species  of  this  genus,  Ameri- 
cans find  it  more  practicable  to  import  collections  than 
to  assemble  species  from  the  wild  The  true  asters  are 
generally  supplemented  by  yellow  flowers  of  other 
genera  (e  g ,  Chrysopsis)  in  order  to  make  the  early 
garden  a  pink  and  yellow  composition,  while  the  later 
garden  is  devoted  to  purple,  lavender  and  blue. 

Woody  plants  for  autumn  bloom. 

In  larger  gardens  and  on  home  grounds  it  is  desirable 
to  secure  flowers  by  using  more  permanent  materials, 
as  woody  plants  Unfortunately,  the  only  tree  that 
blooms  in  autumn  (gordoma)  has  to  be  wrapped  dur- 
ing winter  m  the  North  The  list  of  vines  also  is  small, 
being  confined  to  left-over  blooms  of  trumpet  creeper, 
Hall's  honeysuckle,  and  pamcled  clematis 

The  autumn-blooming  shrubs,  however,  are  excellent. 
Unluckily,  the  sho\uest  of  them  all,  Hydrangea  panicu- 
luta  var  grandijloru,  is  commonly  used  in  such  ways 
as  to  bring  upon  American  yards  the  reproach  of 
gaudine^  and  vulgarity  It  looks  gross  and  over-fed 
compared  with  the  slender  grace  of  its  prototype,  H 
paniculata,  and  its  double  flowers  are  artificial  compared 
with  the  single  ones  True,  they  last  longer  and  give 
more  for  the  money  than  any  other  flower  of  autumn, 
hut  such  plants  from  their  irresistible  appeal  to  begin- 
ners, are  planted  in  every  yard  and  tend  to  make  home 
grounds  look  too  much  alike  and  too  common.  The 
situation  is  aggravated  by  inartistic  ways  of  using  it, 
e  g  ,  hedges  from  snleualk  to  porch,  great  masses  across 
the  front  of  the  house,  borders  of  curving  drives,  and 
beds  in  the  middle  of  the  lawn  Again,  it  is  pruned 
severely  to  make  the  largest  trusses,  which  results  in 
loss  of  height  and  dignity,  and  in  top-heavy  masses 
ill-concealed  by  supports  A  better  system  of  yard- 
decoration,  is  the  use  of  informal  shrubbery  borders, 
since  they  give  year-round  interest  and  greater  variety 
to  yards 

To  supplement  the  ubiquitous  double  hydrangea,  the 
following  may  be  reeommended,  subject  to  the  limita- 
tions noted  Abelia  chincrws,  white,  begins  blooming 
in  Georgia  in  June  and  is  \>ell  covered  in  New  England 
as  late  as  September  30;  Abelia  grandiflora,  pink,  needs 
a  winter  covering  of  boughs  North,  Bcuxhnns  nalimi- 
folia,  has  tufts  of  showy  pappus,  like  camcl's-hair 
brushes,  that  look  like  white  flowers,  Buddleia  varia- 
6ihb,  pink,  is  killed  to  the  ground  at  New  York  but 
recovers  and  blooms  freely,  Caryoptens  Mastacanthus, 
blue,  behaves  like  buddleia,  Hamamehs  virginiana, 
yellow,  not  showy,  but  the  last  shrub  to  bloom,  Hibiscus 
syriacus  or  althica  (only  the  single  white  variety  here 
recommended),  Hydrangea  pamculata  var.  tardiva, 
which  gives  a  fresh  white  after  the  double  hydrangea 
has  begun  to  assume  its  metallic  colors;  roses,  hybrid 
teas,  which  are  at  their  best  on  Ixmg  Island  in  early  Sep- 
tember; Vitex  Agnut>-Castus,  lilac,  hardy  to  New  York. 

A  more  artistic  way  of  securing  color 

Although  the  popular  interest  is  m  flowers,  there  is  a 
far  more  important  method  of  securing  color, — by 
means  of  trees,  shrubs  and  vines  with  brilliant  autumn 
colors  in  foliage  and  fruit  This  method  is  more  artistic 
because  more  appropriate  to  the  season,  more  perma- 
nent, and  cheaper  in  the  end  It  is  also  more  American, 
because  we  have  more  native  shrubs  than  autumn 
flowers;  because  shrubbery  is  the  only  class  of  material 
(except  water-lilies)  m  which  we  enjoy  a  climatic  advan- 
tage over  England;  and  because  autumnal  colors  m 
America  are  more  brilliant  than  those  in  western  Europe. 

28 


For  home  decoration,  cut  sprays  of  multiflora  rose,  com- 
mon barberry,  bittersweet,  and  the  like,  are  longer-stem- 
med and  last  longer  than  flowers  Those  just  named 
remain  attractive  all  winter,  even  when  shriveled 

Our  climate  naturally  suggests  flowers  m  spring, 
attractive  foliage  in  summer,  natural  colors  in  autumn, 
and  in  winter  the  shrubs  with  brightly  colored  berries 
and  twigs.  The  late  season  situation  can  be  met  by 
making  90  per  cent  of  the  planting  consist  of  combina- 
tions of  trees  and  shrubs  with  triple  or  quadruple  attrac- 
tions of  flowers,  foliage,  autumn  colors  and  fruit,  e  g., 
Cornus  alba  and  var  dibinca,  C  Amomum,  C  Jlonda, 
and  C  mas,  Viburnum  cat>nnoides,  V.  Lentago,  V. 
prunifohum,  V  Lantonn,  V  tomentosum,  and  V.  amen/ 
canum,  Magnolia  stellala,  M  tioulangeana,  M  glauca, 
M  acuminata,  and  M  tmpetala,  Berbens  vulgans  and 
B  Thunbergn;  Hegel's  privet  and  the  best  form  of  the 
Amoor  River  pnvet,  Morrow's  bush  honeysuckle: 
prairie,  multiflora,  rugosa,  and  Wichuraiana  roses  ana 
their  sturdiest  descendants,  and  the  following  vines: 
Euonymus  radicans  var  vegrtub,  trumpet  creeper,  wis- 
taria, bittersweet,  and  the  wild  and  pamcled  clematis. 


442.  An  autumn-blooming  bulb — Colchicum  autumnaJe. 


Color  harmony  in  autumn. 

Sentimentalists  aver  that  nature  never  produces  dis- 
cordant colors,  although  the  famous  pomciana  of  the 
tropics  and  the  nernesias  of  the  garden  furnish  a  com- 
bination of  magenta  and  scarlet  in  the  same  flower.  A 
walk  through  a  good  arboretum  m  September  will  con- 
vince the  unprejudiced  observer  that  discords  exist 
in  flowers,  fruit,  and  foliage.  In  practice,  nine-tenth?  of 
the  troublesome  discords  are  produced  by  the  magenta 
group  of  colors,  including  the  strongest  purples,  crim- 
son, lilac,  and  crimson-pink  The  artistic  way  to  handle 
these  colors  is  to  isolate  them  in  nooks  surrounded  by 
green,  or  to  put  them  in  deep  shade,  where  they  are 
purified  and  softened,  instead  of  allowing  them  in  the 
open  garden,  where  full  sun  makes  them  too  strong  and 
where  they  conflict  with  all  other  colors,  except  white  and 
green  The  list  of  "dangerous  colors"  includes  the 
flowers  of  Japanese  anemone,  crimson-pink  chrysanthe- 
mums and  China  asters  (m  all  of  which  safer  colors 
are  available),  the  Anthony  Watcrer  spirea,  the  sub- 
sessile  veronica,  Leapedeza  Sieboldii  and  Clerodendron 
faetidum  Examples  among  fruits  are  Indian  currant, 
calhcarpa,  burning-bush,  strawberry-bush  and  several 
of  the  species  of  euonymus  during  the  period  when  then 
highly  colored  capsules  conflict  with  their  scarlet  arils. 
The  purplish-twigged  shrubs,  e.  g.,  Cornus  alba,  C. 
Amomum,  C.  stolonifera,  and  C.  Purpusn  (the  last  a 
species  commonly  but  unwittingly  distributed  as  C. 
Amomum),  constitute  an  exception,  since  they  are 
brilliant  only  m  sunlight,  and  their  color  being  dis- 


434 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


sijpated,  instead  of  massed,  is  less  liable  to  produce 
discords. 

In  foliage,  the  colors  bordering  on  magenta  are  so 
rare  that  they  may  be  ignored  in  planning  the  home- 
grounds,  although  careful  designers  always  consider 
autumnal  colors.  When  discords  occur  they  may  be 
resolved  usually  by  planting  between  the  discordant 
trees  or  shrubs  some  plants  that  retain  green  foliage 
until  late  autumn.  Wine-  or  claret-colored  foliage,  like 
'-hat  of  the  maple-leaved  arrow- wood,  or  crimson,  like 
hat  of  Itea  virginica,  occasionally  makes  discords  with 
nearby  foliage  of  yellow  or  scarlet,  but  in  the  case  of 
?uch  small  plants  it  is  usually  easier  to  remove  one  of 
the  trouble-makers  The  sweet-gum,  however,  often 
makes  a  large  mass  of  veiy  dark  purple,  which  may 
seriously  disagree  with  yellow-fohageu  specimens,  or 
with  buildings  of  yellow  or  red,  especially  since  it  has 
come  to  be  used  as  a  street  tree  In  practice,  however, 
flowers  make  less  trouble  than  shrubs,  and  shrubs  than 
trees,  and  discords  may 
generally  be  abolished  by 
moving  the  smaller  plants. 
The  commonest  and  great- 
est color  difficulty  in  au- 
tumn foliage  comes  from 
over-planting  the  follow- 
ing class 

Scarlet  foliage  in  autumn 
theoretically  may  be  no 
more  vivid  than  other 
colors,  but  it  is  popularly 
regarded  as  the  climax  of 
all  the  autumn  colors  For 
example,  persons  who  give 
little  thought  to  plant- 
ing for  autumn  effect  buy 
the  scarlet  and  Tartarian 
maples,  the  red  variety  of 
silver  maple,  and  ask  the 
nurserymen  for  "a  sugar 

maple  that  is  guaranteed 

443  Hardy  chrysanthemum,  to  turn  red  "  The  aroma- 
one  of  the  best  of  the  autumn-  tic,  scarlet,  smooth,  ana 
blooming  herbaceous  plants  staghorn  sumachs  are 

in    considerable   demand 

And,  above  all,  the  Japanese  and  common  barberry  are 
planted  At  the  entrance  to  public  parks  are  often 
seen  several  hundred  Japanese  barberries  planted  m  a 
bed  for  a  blaze  of  autumn  color  If  disproportionately 
large,  such  masses  of  scarlet  are  perhaps  only  one 
grade  higher  than  tender  foliage  plants.  The  brilliant 
reds  commonly  conflict  with  brick  buildings  and  parti- 
colored houses  of  wood 

Deep  red  foliage  in  autumn  is  quieter,  but  rich  enough. 
It  is  seen  m  the  scarlet,  pin,  and  red  oaks,  flowering 
dogwood,  black  choke-cherry,  wild  gooseberry  (Ribes 
Cynosbati),  and  several  native  huckleberries  and 
roses 

Bronze  foliage  is  seen  in  most  of  the"  plants  that 
become  red,  for  they  attain  to  it  from  green  through 
many  bronzy  colors  But  the  richest  bronzes  generally 
are  associated  with  thick,  lustrous,  persistent  leaves 
The  most  highly  esteemed,  because  most  costly,  arc 
the  broad-leaved  evergreens,  e  g  ,  the  Ilinodigiri  and 
amoena  azaleas,  mahonias,  leucothocs,  Piens  flonbunda 
and  P.  japonica,  and  galax.  These  assume  their  bright- 
est colors  m  full  sunshine  and,  at  the  northern  limits 
of  their  cultivation,  sometimes  suffer  a  loss  of  foliage. 
In  the  higher  latitudes  it  is  often  best  to  sacrifice  color 
to  hardiness,  by  sheltering  the  plants  from  winter 
winds  and  sunshine,  in  which  case  they  usually  retain 
a  lively  green.  A  cheaper  list,  because  composed  of 
semi-evergreen  plants,  comprises  California  privet, 
Hall's  honeysuckle,  Wichuraiana  rose,  sweet  fern,  and 
bayberry.  These  color  poorly  in  some  localities,  but 
they  are  of  Special  value  in  the  latter  half  of  Novem- 


ber, when  the  landscape  first  becomes  bare,  except  for 
evergreen  and  nearly  evergreen  plants. 

Yellow  and  orange  foliage  in  autumn  is  midway 
between  the  vivider  and  the  quieter  autumn  colors,  the 
former  having  an  exciting,  while  the  latter  have  a 
soothing,  effect  upon  the  mind.  The  yellow  and  orange 
group  rises  in  vividness  from  pale  yellow,  through  gold 
to  orange,  the  three  stages  being  exemplified  by  larch, 
witch-hazel,  and  persimmon  Here  belong  the  striped 
maple,  yellow-wood,  Kentucky  coffee  tree,  ironwood, 
Prunus  pennsylvanica  and  P  serotina,  cucumber  tree, 
large-leaved  magnolia,  Cratxgus  punctata,  yellow-root 
and  sugar  maple.  The  duller  yellows  merge  with  the 
next  group. 

Brown  and  neutral  autumn  foliage  tones  down  the 
most  brilliant  colors  and  resolves  nature's  discords 
Examples  are  the  American  and  slippery  elms,  and  per- 
haps even  the  brighter  red  and  chestnut  oaks 

Green  foliage  in  autumn  is  even  more  valuable  m 
harmonizing  colors.  It  is  well  expressed  m  the  ever- 
greens and  nearly  evergreen  plants  The  sudden 
devastation  of  the  landscape  occasioned  by  the  fall  of 
the  leaves  (whence  the  Americanism  "fall '  as  a  syno- 
nym of  autumn)  excites  fresh  interest  in  all  the  plants 
that  remain  green.  These  are  of  three  classes  (1) 
The  broad-leaved  evergreens  constitute  the  most  sump- 
tuous class  of  hardy  plants,  because  they  often  possess 
showy  flowers  or  fruits  m  addition  to  broader  and  more 
lustrous  leaves  than  the  conifers  Of  the  fifty  kinds 
that  are  hardy  in  the  latitude  of  New  York,  the  follow- 
ing have  special  autumn  attractions  Obinanthu?  Aqui- 
folium  (flowers),  mountain  lain  el  (red  twigs),  American 
hclly,  climbing  euonymus,  fire  thorn,  Cotoneat>ler  buxi- 
foha  and  C  microphijlla,  partridge  berry,  and  winter- 
green  In  the  South,  the  following  have  special  attrac- 
tions in  autumn  English  holly,  Euonymus  japonicus, 
ardisia,  and  nandma,  all  of  which  have  red  fruits,  and 
pernettyas  having  fruits  of  various  colors  Unfortu- 
nately, no  plant  of  this  class  much  exceeds  15  feet  in  height 
m  the  northeastern  United  States,  and  it  is  idle  to  hope 
for  a  50-foot  tree  of  this  group,  such  as  England  possesses 
m  the  holm  oak  or  ilex  (2)  The  narrow-leaved  ever- 
greens, or  conifers,  may  lack  showy  flowers  but  they 
furnish  more  tall  hardv  plants  than  the  broad-leaved 
evergreens  Their  year-round  uses  are  too  numerous 
for  mention  here,  but  their  autumnal  functions  are 
four, — (a)  to  harmonize  discords;  (6)  to  rest  the  eye 
from  color;  (c)  to  furnish  contrast,  \vhich  intensifies 
color;  (d)  to  give  greater  dignity  than  showy  colors  pos- 
sess This  dignity  is  due  to  the  year-round  beauty, 
longer  life,  and  costliness  of  white  and  red  pine,  north- 
ern and  Carolina  hemlock,  Nordmann  and  concolor 
fir,  white  and  Douglas  spruce,  red  cedar  and  arborvitac, 
as  compared  with  cheap,  showy  and  temporary  decidu- 
ous trees  like  willows,  poplars,  silver  maples,  and  the 
like  Even  the  Vermont  sugar-bush  which,  m  October, 
is  one  of  the  most  gorgeous  spectacles,  presents  a  finer 
appearance  in  the  landscape  when  skirted  by  occasional 
white  pines,  which  add  greatly  to  the  dignity  and  "paint- 
able  quality"  without  obscuring  its  farm  value  or  pur- 
poseful character  (3)  The  nearly  evergreen  or  half" 
evergreen  plants  may  be  bare  from  one  to  three  months, 
depending  largely  on  latitude  and  season  The  plants 
that  remain  green  until  their  leaves  fall  are  mostly 
natives  to  western  Europe,  or  to  the  warmer  parts  of 
China,  Japan  or  Korea,  and  are  usually  associated  with 
a  moist  and  cloudy  autumn  European  examples  are 
buckthorn,  common  privet,  sea  buckthorn,  Cytisus 
capitatus  and  C.  nigncans,  Genista  tinctona,  G.  elata, 
G.  pilosa  and  G  germanica.  Far-eastern  examples  are 
California  privet,  matrimony  vine,  panicled  clematis, 
Akebia  qwnata  and  A.  lobata,  Lomcera  fragrantis&ima 
and  L.  Standishn,  and  Euonymus  Hamiltomanus 
var  semipersistens.  American  examples  are  few,  and 
Lonicera  Ledebourii  comes  from  California  (climate  like 
Europe),  but  the  overcup  oak  and  Leucothoe  racemo»* 


AUTUMN  GARDENING 


AVERRHOA 


435 


are  eastern  and  southern  plants  All  these  species  were 
reported  as  being  green  at  the  Ainold  Arboretum  as 
late  as  November  8  The  peculiar  value  of  this  class 
is  as  a  substitute  for  broad-leaved  evergreens  Unfor- 
tunately, the  climate  of  the  northeastern  United  States 
is  not  favorable  to  broad-leaved  evergreens,  compared 
with  the  South  or  Europe,  and  the  lavish  use  of  them 
requires  a  princely  income  Consequently,  some  of 
these  cheaper  plants,  e  g ,  California  privet,  Hall's 
honeysuckle,  and  Wichuraiana  roses,  are  available 
even  to  the  poor,  while  the  whole  list  is  of  special 
interest  to  people  who  have  summer  homes. 

Ornamental  fruits  of  autumn 

The  extraordinary  beauty  of  shrubs  with  brightly 
colored  berries  was  first  publicly  and  sufficiently 
demonstrated  in  this  country  by  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
Compared  with  autumnal  colors  of  foliage,  the  fruits 
present  fewer,  smaller,  and  more  jewel-like  masses 
Amid  the  bewildering  variety  one  may  discern  three 
groups 

Fust  are  the  short-lived  fruits,  which  drop  soon  after 
the  killing  frost,  or  present  an  unattractive  appearance 
owing  to  decay  Here  belong  the  vast  majority  of 
ornamental  fruits,  including  crab  apples,  dozens  of 
hawthorns,  Viburnum  Lanlana,  V  aim  folium,  V  cas- 
sinoides,  V  tiieboldn  The  chief  function  of  tins  class  is 
to  suggest  the  fecundity  and  variety  of  nature  in 
autumn,  but  attractive  tnornenes  have  been  designed, 
and  the  ornamental  fruits  of  the  Rosacea*  are  now  used 
to  connect  the  battle-scarred  remnants  of  old  orchards 
with  modern  ornamental  planting,  especially  boun- 
daries 

The  second  group  comprises  all  the  fruits  that 
remain  attractive  until  Christmas,  e  g  ,  the  rugosa  rose 

The  third  and  most  valuable  group  comprise^  those 
that  remain  attractive  all  winter,  like  the  barberries 
This  and  the  second  group  are  classified  by  color  under 
Winter  hardening  (Vol  VI ) 

Most  persons  are  willing  to  sacrifice  some  degree  of 
ornament  in  order  to  attract  the  birds  The  following 
furnish  food  in  autumn,  when  it  is  especially  desirable 
to  attract  the  migrants  to  the  South  the  flowering 
dogwood,  red  osier,  and  alteniate-lea\ ed  dogwood, 
choke-cherry,  black  and  sweet  elder,  ai  row-wood, 
sassafras,  kinnikmnick,  crab-apple,  hawthorn,  fire- 
thorn,  cotoneaster,  buffalo  berry,  tupelo,  and  moun- 
tain ash. 

Landscape  forestry  in  autumn 

Private  and  public  \\oodlands  in  the  East  are  more 
beautiful  than  a  decade  ago,  in  spite  of  the  destruction 
of  magnificent  chestnut  trees,  and  this  is  true,  although 
probably  to  a  lesher  extent,  m  other  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. The  sudden  spread  of  the  chestnut  disease  has 
brought  certain  compensations  For  example,  the 
flowering  dogwood,  which  was  formerly  kept  down,  has 
prospered  mightily,  making  the  woods  showiei  both 
in  May  and  September,  and  other  vegetation  changes 
are  following 

There  is  arising  a  general  interest  in  pleasuie  woods, 
as  witness  the  term  "landscape  forestry,"  which  was 
unknown  ten  years  ago  We  aie  beginning  to  make 
personal  use  of  woods  Judged  bv  English  standards, 
American  woods  are  too  crowded  by  crooked  and 
spindling  trees  for  comfort,  and  the  general  lack  of 
evergreens  robs  them  of  mystery  and  charm  Our  most 
urgent  needs,  therefore,  arc  thinning,  drives,  paths,  and 
the  restoration  of  evergreens,  all  of  which  are  especially 
enjoyable  during  the  autumn  and  nutting  season  Mis- 
taken xeal  has  denuded  many  woods  of  undergrowth, 
which  should  quickly  be  restored  along  drives  ana 
paths  To  glorify  the  woods  on  dark  autumnal  days, 
it  is  well  to  use  masses  of  witch  hazel,  the  foliage  of 
which  furnishes  one  of  the  cheapest  and  quickest  ways 
of  getting  great  sheets  of  sunny  color. 


|Tnfortunatelv  the  eastern  mountains  have  been 
devastated  so  often  by  fires  and  lumbermen  that  there 
is  comparatively  little  variety,  the  chief  masses  of  color 
being  furnished  by  quick,  short-lived  species,  like 
poplars,  birch  and  balsam,  which  are  mere  weeds  com- 
pared with  the  more  enduring  and  valuable  oaks  and 
pines  Our  greatest  problems  are  the  restoration  of 
variety  and  of  long-lived  species  In  such  work  the 
fashionable  colonies  in  the  Berkshire^  ought  to  take  the 
lead,  since  the  social  season  reaches  its  height  at  Lenox 
in  September.  The  Arnold  Arboretum  presents  one  of 
the  most  artistic,  and  probably  the  most  varied, 
autumn  landscapes  made  by  man. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

AVfeNA  (the  old  Latin  name)  Gramincx  OATS 
Mostly  annuals  with  open  panicle  and  large  spikelets 

Spikelets  2-6-fld  ;  rachilla  bearded  ba'ow  the  florets; 
glumes  about  equal,  large  and  membranaceous,  man>- 
nerved,  usually  as  long  as  the  spikelet,  lemmas  indu- 
rated, bidentate  at  apex,  bearing  a  stout  twisted  awn  on 
the  back  (this  often  straight  or  wanting  in  the  culti- 
vated oat)  — Species  about  50,  of  the  temperate  or 
cooler  regions  of  the  world  Scarcely  grown  as  orna- 
mental subjects. 

fatua,  Linn  WILD  OATS.  Resembles  the  cultivated 
oat,  but  differs  in  having  long,  brown  hairs  on  the 
lemmas  spikelets  usually  3-fld  ,  glumes  1  in  long; 
awns  of  lemmas  about  an  inch  long  Dept  Agnc  ,  Div. 
of  Agrost  20.94 — Intro,  from  En,  especially  on  the 
Pacific  coast,  where  it  is  a  troublesome  weed  In  the 
latter  region  the  spontaneous  growth 
is  frequently  used  for  hay. 

sativa,  Linn  CULTIVATED  OATS 
Spikelets  usually  2-fld  ;  lemmas 
glabrous,  awns  usually  straight  or 
wanting  See  Cyclo  Agnc  I 

stenhs,  Linn  ANIMATED  OATS 
Resembles  A  fatua  but  the  spikelets 
larger,  the  glume*  about  1*£  in  , 
awns  2-3  in  — Occasionally  cult  as 
a  curiosity,  the  florets  when  moist- 
ened presenting  spontaneous  move- 
ments due  to  the  twisting  and  un- 
twisting of  the  awns  as  they  absorb 
or  give  off  moisture 


A    etoUor=«Arrhcnatherum  clatius 

A    S    HITCHCOCK 


444.  Averrhoa 
Carambola.    (Xh) 


AVERRHOA  (after  Averrhoes,  the  Arabian  physi- 
cian; Oxalidfices1,  Tropical  fruit  trees,  cultivated  in 
India  and  China,  and  bometimes  grown  under  glass  for 
ornament 

Leaves  alternate,  odd-pinnate,  Ifts  alternate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  entire,  stalked,  sensitive  fls  borne  on  the 
naked  sts  and  branches,  minute,  fragrant,  rose-colored 
to  reddish  purple  in  axillary  or  lateral  cvmes  which 
are  often  pamcle-hkc,  calvx  red,  corolla  campanulate, 
petals  5  See  N  Amer.  Fl  2o  57  (1907). 

Carambdla,  Linn.  CAKAMBOLA  Fig  444.  Height 
15- 30  ft  Ifts  5-10-  fls  rosy  purple  borne  in  the  If - 
axils .  f r  varying  in  size  from  a  hen's  egg  to  a  large 
orange,  ovate,  acutely  5-angled,  yellow,  fragrant,  the 
pulp  acid  P  M  15,  p  231  llheede,  Hort.  Ural  3  pi 
43,  44  Cav  Diss.  pi  202.— Cult  sparingly  in  S  Calif , 
and  frequent  in  W  Indies.  The  half-grown  fr  used  as 

Sickles,  the  ripe  fr.  for  preserves     Theie  aie  said  to 
e  two  varieties,  the  sweet  and  sour,  the  foimer  being 
eaten    Said  to  produce  3  crops  a  ^ear.  Leaves  respond- 
ing to  the  touch. 

4  Billmbi,  Lmn  CUCUMBER  TH^E  BILIMUI  Height  20-60  ft  : 
Ifts  usually  31-45  pairs  fls  red,  m  longer  clusters  than  the  above 
and  borne  on  branchless  from  the  hard  wood  fr  smaller  than  the 
carambola,  cucumber-shaped,  smooth,  green  nnd,  and  acid  pulp. 
Extensively  cult  in  8  Amer  PM  15,  p  231  Rheede.  Hort  Mai  3, 
pi  45  46  Lam  Encyc  pi  385  ^  TAYLOR,  f 


436 


AVICENNIA 


AVOCADO 


AVICfiNNIA  (from  Aincenna,  the  Latin  name  of  an 
illustrious  physician  of  the  Orient,  980-1036).  Ver- 
benacex  BLACK  MANGROVE  WHITE  MANGROVE. 
Trees  or  shrubs  usually  growing  in  mangrove  swamps 
and  on  the  shores  of  tropical  estuaries,  remarkable  for 
the  vertical  leafless  breathing-stems  that  rise  above  the 
soil  from  their  long  spreading  horizontal  roots. 

Leaves  opposite,  entire,  coriaceous,  persistent:  fls. 
small  and  inconspicuous  in  axillary  cymes,  calyx  cup- 
shaped,  deeply  5-lobed;  corolla  bell-shaped,  whitish, 
4-looed,  stamens  4,  inserted  on  the  corolla-tube,  exserted, 
bearing  ovate,  2-celled  anthers,  ovary  sessile,  1 -celled, 
ovate,  tapering  upward  into  a  slender  2-lobed  style,  and 
containing  4  ovules  suspended  from  a  central  placenta, 
tr  ovate,  oblique,  opening  by  the  ventral  suture  and 
exposing  the  expanding  embryo,  before  dropping  off; 
embryo  with  broad,  fleshy  conduplicate  cotyledons  — 
Three  species  now  recognized*  A  nitida  which  reaches 
S.  Fla.  and  La.,  A  officinahs  of  Polynesia  and  the  E. 
Indies,  and  A.  afncana  of  the  west  coast  of  Afr  Planted 
on  the  shores  of  estuaries  to  prevent  washing  by  tidal 
currents,  they  collect  floating  debris  by  means  of  their 
erect  breathmg-sts  ,  and  by  this  means  aid  in  extending 
the  shoreline  seaward. 

nitida,  Jacq.  BLACK  MANGROVE  WHITE  MAN- 
GROVE. HONEY  MANGROVE  SALT-BUSH.  A  tree, 
usually  of  moderate  size  but  sometimes  60  to  70  ft 
high,  with  a  short  trunk,  and  spreading  crooked 
branches:  inner  bark  bright  orange-red,  outer  bark 
scaly,  deciduous,  dark  reddish  brown  young  branches 
hoary-pubescent,  at  length  glabrous  and  marked  with 
mterpetiolar  lines  and  conspicuous  If. -scars'  Ivs.  oppo- 
site, oblong  or  lanceolate-elliptical,  gradually  narrowed 
at  the  base,  coriaceous,  deep  green  and  glossy  above, 
whitish  or  grayish  beneath,  2  or  3  in.  long  and  about 
1-1  Yi  in  broad,  fls  inconspicuous,  fragrant,  borne  in 
few-fld  spikes  on  angled  canescent  peduncles,  closely 
invested  with  small  bracts,  corolla  whitish,  about  %m 
diam.  when  expanded,  the  lobes  slightly  tomentose 
on  both  surfaces,  and  the  4  anthers  together  with  the 
style  protruding  from  the  nearly  closed  throat:  fr 
oblong  or  elliptic  1-2  in  long  and  about  1  in.  broad 
Mangrove  swamps  and  shores  of  estuaries,  Fla  ,  Miss  , 
and  Texas;  also  Trop  Amer  — The  fls  are  very  rich  in 
honey,  on  which  account  bee-keepers  in  certain  parts 
of  Fla  transport  their  entire  apiaries  to  the  coast,  along 
the  Indian  River  during  the  season  of  blooming,  which 
occurs  m  June  and  July  The  honey  produced  is  white 
and  clear,  and  of  excellent  flavor,  and  always  com- 
mands the  highest  market-price  The  embryo  begins 
to  germinate  while  the  fr  is  still  on  the  tree.  When  it 
drops  off,  the  two  cotyledons  unfold  into  a  miniature 
boat,  floating  on  the  tide,  which  distributes  the  fr. 
along  the  shores  of  bays  and  lagoons  and  carries  it  to 
the  outlying  keys  Crystals  of  salt  are  often  deposited 
on  the  Ivs.,  on  which  account  this  species  is  sometimes 
called  polo  de  sal,  or  salt-bush  \y.  E.  SAFFORD. 

AVOCADO.  (Persia  gratissima,  Gaertn.).  Figs. 
445,  446  One  of  the  most  highly  valued  of  tropical 
fruits  It  is  commonly  grown  in  Mexico,  Central 
America,  parts  of  South  America,  the  West  Indies, 
and  Hawaii;  to  a  limited  extent  in  India,  Mada- 
gascar, Reunion,  Madeira,  Samoa,  Tahiti,  Algeria, 
Queensland,  and  other  tropical  and  subtropical 
countries  In  Flonda  and  California,  its  cultivation  is 
conducted  commercially  See  Persea 

The  avocado  is  considered  by  most  authorities  to  be 
indigenous  to  Mexico,  Central  America,  and  South 
America  to  Peru  and  Brazil  From  the  Aztec  ahuacatl 
has  been  derived  the  Spanish  adaptation  ahuacate  or 
aguacate,  the  name  in  general  use  in  Spanish-speaking 
countries.  Avocado  is  an  adaptation  in  use  m  the 
United  States  and  other  English-speaking  countries; 
avocai  in  the  French  colonies  Alligator  pear  is  a  mis- 
leading corruption  that  should  be  dropped. 


Seedling  avocados  grow  to  a  height  of  50  or  60  feet; 
when  budded  the  tree  is  considerably  dwarfed  The 
leaves  are  elliptical  to  oblong-lanceolate,  varying  from 
4  to  8  inches  in  length,  persistent,  deep  green,  the 
new  growth  frequently  wine  -  colored.  The  tree  is 
worthy  of  a  place  in  every  dooryard  for  shade  and 
ornament  The  small,  greenish  flowers  are  produced 
m  great  abundance  on  loose  axillary  racemes. 

The  fruit  is  variable  in  form,  color,  and  size,  as  well  as 
in  quality  and  minor  characters  The  form  ranges 
from  oblate  or  spherical  to  slender  pynform,  including 
a  great  variety  of  shapes,  one  of  the  commonest  being 
broad  pynform.  The  color  may  be  light  or  dark  green, 
purple,  eiimson,  or  maroon.  The  fruit  varies  from  1 
to  6  inches  in  diameter,  and  in  weight  from  a  few 
ounces  to  three  or  four  pounds  The  skin  is  sometimes 
soft  and  pliable,  and  no  thicker  than  that  of  an  apple, 


445.   Avocado  tree. 

in  other  forms  it  is  coarsely  granular,  woody,  and 
Y%  inch  thick, — in  reality  almost  a  shell  Inclosed 
by  it  is  a  mass  of  yellowish  pulp,  of  the  consistency 
of  firm  butter,  and  of  delicious  nutty  flavor  The 
avocado  is  unlike  most  other  cultivated  fruits  in  the 
fact  that  it  contains  a  large  amount  of  vegetable  oil, 
sometimes  as  much  as  18  per  cent;  hence  it  can  be 
considered  more  as  a  food  than  as  a  dessert  It  is 
used  in  numerous  ways,  the  commonest  being  as  a 
salad,  with  the  addition  of  salt,  pepper  and  an  acid 
Sometimes  it  is  cut  in  half,  the  seed  removed,  and 
the  flesh  eaten  with  a  spoon,  as  muskmelons  are 
eaten,  salt  or  other  condiment  being  added.  The 
single,  spherical  or  conical  seed  is  frequently  as 
large  as  a  hen's  egg.  It  is  provided  with  two  more 
or  less  distinct  coats,  which  sometimes  adhere  to  the 
seed,  and  in  other  instances  to  the  flesh. 

In  recent  years  the  avocado  has  been  given  systematic 
attention  in  the  United  States,  both  m  regard  to  culti- 
vation and  varieties  Previous  to  1900,  propagation 
was  exclusively  by  seed,  and  as  the  species  is  variable 
when  grown  in  this  way,  many  trees  produced  inferior 


AVOCADO 


AVOCADO 


437 


fruit  and  commercial  cultivation  on  a  sound  and 
profitable  basis  was  not  possible  The  choicest  varieties 
are  now  propagated  by  budding  and  are  grown  on  a 
large  scale 

The  diverse  climatic  conditions  under  which  the 
avocado  is  found  enable  varieties  to  be  obtained  which 
are  suited  to  regions  with  cool  climates  as  well  as  those 
which  are  strictly  tropical.  In  Mexico  the  fruit  has  been 
grown  for  centuries  at  altitudes  of  6,000  or  7,000  feet, 
where  severe  frosts  are  experienced  each  winter,  varie- 
ties from  such  regions,  as  opposed  to  those  from  hot 
and  humid  lowlands,  are  suitable  for  cultivation  in 
those  parts  of  California  and  Florida  in  which  slight 
frosts  are  the  usual  winter  occurrence  When  mature, 
some  types  will  stand  temperatures  as  low  as  20°  F. 
without  injury,  if  in  proper  condition  at  the  time  of  the 
freeze,  others  will  not  withstand  lower  than  27°  or  28° 
without  serious  damage 

The  subject  of  races  or  types  has  not  been  given 
systematic  attention  outside  of  the  United  States,  and 
no  attempt  at  classification  has  been  made,  other  than 
brief  descriptions  of  types  found  in  limited  areas  in 
Mexico  and  Central  America.  In  California  two  very 
distinct  types  are  grown,  commonly  referred  to  as  the 
Mexican  and  the  Guatemalan;  the  former  (/Vr.sra 
drymifolw.  of  some  botanists)  is  ordinarily  a  small  fruit, 
four  to  eight  ounces  in  weight,  oval  or  pyriform,  and 
thin-skinned  It  is  one  of  the  hardiest  types  in  cultiva- 
tion and  very  productive,  as  a  rule  The  Guatemalan 
type  is  characterized  by  its  thick,  woody  skin,  fre- 
quently rough  or  tuberculate  on  the  exterior,  the  fruits 
are  medium-sized  It  is  considered  one  of  the  best  for 
commercial  use,  as  it  can  be  shipped  without  difficulty 
The  type  grown  in  Florida  is  usually  referred  to 
as  the  West  Indian-South  American.  It  has  a  skin 
sometimes  as  thick  as  the  Guatemalan,  but  of  softer 
texture,  some  varieties  are  of  large  size  and  attrac- 
tive appearance,  but  the  type  is  rather  susceptible  to 
frost 

The  avocado  haa  been  subjected  to  systematic  culti- 
vation for  so  brief  a  period  that  a  large  number  of 
named  varieties  has  not  been  established  In  Florida 
the  Trapp  is  the  most  widely  planted  and  is,  in  fact, 
the  standard  commercial  variety,  Pollock  occupying  the 
place  of  next  importance  Several  others  are  grown  to  a 
limited  extent,  including  Family,  Rico,  Blackman,  and 
Wester  In  California  some  of  the  most  promising 
varieties  are  Taft,  Lyon,  Meserve  and  Murneta,  a  num- 
ber of  others  have  been  disseminated  Several  named 
varieties  have  been  established  in  Hawaii 

For  commercial  cultivation,  winter-fruiting  varieties 
have  been  found  to  be  the  most  valuable,  since  north- 
ern markets  are  almost  destitute  of  fre«h  fruit  during 
that  season  It  is  desirable,  however,  to  have  a  supplj , 
for  local  consumption  at  least?  during  other  seasons  of 
the  year  Fortunately  varieties  are  obtainable  which 
ripen  at  widely  different  times, — in  California  fruit  is 
m  the  markets  fully  ten  out  of  the  twelve  months, 
although  the  season  in  Florida,  at  the  present  time,  is 
not  so  long  A  variety  running  uniformly  about  a 
pound  in  weight  appears  to  be  the  most  desirable, 
and  if  the  fruit  is  round  or  oval,  it  can  be  more  advan- 
tageously packed  and  shipped  than  if  pear-shaped  or 
"bottle-necked  "  The  skin  should  be  sufficiently  thick 
and  tough  to  withstand  shipment  without  undue  care 
in  packing,  and  the  seed  should  be  as  small  as  possible. 
It  is  also  important  that  the  seed  be  tight  in  its  cavity, 
for  in  the  loose-seeded  varieties,  the  flesh  is  often  seri- 
ously damaged  by  the  seed  shaking  around  while  the 
fruit  is  in  traisit.  Flavor  and  quality  must  of  course  be 
up  to  the  standard,  there  being  a  wide  difference  among 
tne  varieties  in  these  respects. 

Large  seedling  trees  of  the  small-fruited  Mexican 
type  sometimes  produce  as  many  as  2,000  or  3,000 
fruits  in  a  season,  while  a  large-fruited  variety  may  not 
produce  more  than  a  few  dozen.  Two  or  three  hundred 


fruits  may  be  considered  a  good  crop  for  a  tree  of  a 
medium-sized  variety. 

In  Florida,  budded  trees  are  planted  in  orchard  form 
20  feet  apart;  in  California  the  distance  is  increased  to 
24  or  25  teet  Seedlings  must  be  given  more  room, — 30 
feet  at  least.  A  well-drained,  sandy  loam  is  the  soil 
best  suited  to  the  avocado,  drainage  being  the  most 
important  requirement.  For  this  reason  it  is  oest,  where 
possible,  to  select  a  sloping  piece  of  ground  as  a  site  for 
the  orchard  Heavy  soils,  such  as  clay  and  adobe,  will 
grow  the  tree  successfully  if  the  drainage  is  good 

Transplanting  is  best  done  in  early  spring,  after 
danger  of  frost  is  over,  but  before  the  tree  has  started 
into  ne\v  growth  In  climates  such  as  those  of  Cali- 
fornia and  Florida,  the  tree  is  in  a  semi-dormant  state 
after  the  cool  weather  of  winter,  and  can  be  moved 
with  little  difficulty  A  ball  of  soil  should  be  taken  with 
the  roots,  and  the  top  pruned  moderately  In  light 
soils  which  cannot  be  balled,  the  trees  should  be  trans- 
ferred to  pots  or  boxes  and  allowed  to  establish  them- 
selves, after  which  they  may  be  set  out  m  the  orchard 
without  disturbing  the  roots  When  the  budded  trees 
have  been  grown  in  pots,  the  possibility  of  injuring  the 
delicate  roots  is  eliminated 

The  cultural  requirements  of  the  avocado  are  similar 
to  those  of  the  citrous  fruits  In  dry  climates  the  trees 
must  be  irrigated  regularly  and  frequently,  particu- 
larly during  the  first  two  or  three  years  For  bearing 
trees  a  fertilizer  containing  3  per  cent  nitrogen,  5  per 
cent  phosphoric  acid,  and  12  per  cent  potash  has  been 
recommended,  the  quantity  required  each  season  vary- 
ing from  three  to  ten  pounds  per  tree,  according  to  the 
character  of  the  soil  This  should  be  applied  in  several 
doses  during  the  growing  «e;ison  The  growth  of  young 
trees  is  greatly  encouraged  by  organic  nitrogen. 
Leguminous  cover-crops  are  very  desirable,  for  the 
humus  they  will  furnish  as  well  as  the  nitrogen 

Often  there  is  a  tendency  especially  in  seedlings,  ta 
shoot  upward  and  not  spread  out,  this  must  be 
checked  by  heading  back  \\\  weak  or  unshapely 
growths  should  be  trimmed  out,  and  all  wounds  made 
when  pruning  should  be  covered  with  grafting  wax 
or  paint  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  any  fungus  into, 
the  wood  It  is  well  to  keep  the  trees  headed  low  to 
prevent  damage  from  winds  as  much  as  possible,  this 
also  brings  the  fruit  within  easy  reach  for  picking 

In  regions  subject  to  severe  frosts,  the  trees  should 
be  protected  during  the  first  two  or  three  winters 
with  a  shelter  of  palm  leaves,  corn  stalks,  burlap, 
or  some  such  material  Where  irrigation  is  practised, 
it  is  well  to  harden  the  trees  by  withholding  water  m 
late  fall 

In  Florida  the  avocado  is  attacked  by  the  wither-tip 
fungus  (CoUetolnchum  glcosponoides),  which  can  be 
controlled  with  bordeaux  mixture.  Two  or  three  scale 
insects  have  been  noted  on  trees  in  California,  but  up 
to  the  present  time  they  are  not  of  serious  importance, 
with  the  exception  of  the  black  scale  (Saissetia  olex), 
which  sometimes  requires  combative  measures  The 
avocado  mealy  bug  (Pseudococciis  nipx)  is  troublesome 
in  Hawaii 

For  market  purposes,  the  fruit  should  be  graded 
according  to  size,  color  and  form,  and  carefully  packed; 
it  is  essential,  if  the  fruit  is  to  be  shipped  any  distance, 
to  select  varieties  having  good  carrying  qualities  Light 
wooden  crates  are  used  for  shipping,  containing  one 
laver  of  fruits,  and  provided  with  good  ventilation. 
The  fruits  must  be  separately  wrapped  in  pieces  of 
strong  paper,  and  packed  closely  together  to  prevent 
their  shaking  about  and  becoming  bruised  If  they  are 
to  be  shipped  long  distances,  refrigeration  is  essential, 
experiments  having  shown  that  the  temperature  should 
be  40°  to  45°  F  Prolonged  storage  in  temperature 
lower  than  40°  results  in  decomposition  of  the  flesh 

Seedlings  do  not  usually  bear  as  early  as  budded 
trees,  and  on  account  of  the  vanation  which  they  are 


438 


AVOCADO 


AZALEA 


likely  to  show  in  productiveness,  as  well  as  m  form, 
size  and  quality  of  fruit,  they  are  unsuitable  for  com- 
mercial cultivation  For  the  home  grounds,  on  account 
of  their  ornamental  value,  they  are  worth  planting;  it 
.s  imperative,  however,  to  select  seeds  from  thp  most 
desirable  fruits,  of  known  quality  and  productiveness 

The  avocado  is  budded  on  seedlings  of  the  same 
species  For  nursery  purposes  the  seeds  are  usually 
planted  singly  m  pots  or  in  rows  in  the  open  ground 
They  may  also  be  planted  in  flats,  and  potted  off  as 
soon  as  they  have  germinated,  as  the  roots  are  delicate 
and  easily  injured,  however,  this  is  not  a  desirable 
method  A  glasshouse  is  unnecessary,  provided  the 
seeds  are  planted  during  warm  weather, 
but  they  are  usually  started  under  a 
lath  or  slat  covering  of  some  kind. 
Seeds  will  not  retain  their  vitality 
very  long,  and  should  be  planted  as 
fresh  as  possible.  Pots  or  ooxes  less 
than  4  inches  in  diameter  should  not  be 
used  The  soil  should  be  light  and 
porous,  preferably 
rich  in  humus  Most 
avocado  seeds  are 
somewhat  conical; 
they  should  be 
planted  with  the 
pointed  end  up,  leav- 
ing the  tip  projecting 
above  the  surface  of 
the  soil  The  pots 
should  then  be 
plunged  in  a  frame, 
covered  with  straw 
or  litter,  and  kept 
continually  moist, 
but  not  soggy  Ger- 
mination will  take 
place  in  two  or 
three  weeks  if  condi- 
tions are  favorable  If 
planted  in  the  open  ground,  the  seeds  should  be  placed 
in  rows  3  or  4  feet  apart,  and  14  inches  apart  in  the 
row,  covering  them  with  an  inch  or  two  of  soil  It  is 
well  to  cover  the  ground  with  a  mulch  of  straw  to 
prevent  evaporation  as  much  as  possible 

The  avocado  is  a  rapid  grower,  and  young  plants 
require  frequent  repotting.  It  is  also  a  gross  feeder,  so 
that  a  rich  soil  should  be  used  The  plants  may  be 
budded  either  m  pots  or  in  the  open  ground;  if  m  the 
former,  they  must  be  given  very  careful  attention  HO  as 
to  keep  them  growing  vigorously,  and  should  be  in  6- 
or  8-inch  pots  They  may  be  budded  when  ^g  inch  in 
diameter,  or  even  slightly  less. 

For  avocados,  shield  budding,  essentially  the  same  as 
practised  with  the  citrus  fruits,  is  most  successful  and 
advantageous  The  amateur  may  have  some  trouble 
in  performing  the  work  successfully,  but  after  a  little 
experience,  few  difficulties  will  be  encountered 

The  season  at  which  budding  is  most  successful 
naturally  depends  somewhat  upon  the  locality  In 
Florida,  late  autumn  and  winter  budding  is  favored; 
in  California,  May  and  June  seem  to  be  the  best, 
although  good  success  is  often  obtained  in  the  fall,  in 
Hawaii  winter  and  early  spring  are  preferred.  Probably 
the  work  can  be  done  at  any  season  when  the  bark  will 
slip  readily,  but  all  seasons  are  not  equally  advantageous. 

Selection  of  budwood  is  one  of  the  most  important 
matters,  and  one  likely  to  give  the  novice  most  trouble. 
If  the  wood  is  too  old  or  too  far  advanced,  the  buds  arc 
almost  certain  to  drop,  leaving  a  "blind"  shield,  this 
may  happen  even  when  good  budwood  is  used,  if  the 
stock  is  not  in  vigorous  condition.  The  ideal  wood  is 
of  recent  growth,  but  hardened  up  sufficiently  so  that  it 
does  not  snap  on  bending,  and  having  plump,  well- 
developed  buds, 


446    Avocado 


It  is  essential  that  the  buds  be  cut  large,—- not  less 
than  \l/i  inches  in  length,  and  thick  enough  so  that  a 
small  quantity  of  wood  will  be  taken  In  budding  large 
stocks,  %  inch  in  diameter,  2  inches  is  not  too  long  for 
the  bud,  provided  the  budstick  is,  as  it  always  should 
be,  not  less  than  %  inch  in  diameter.  The  budding- 
knife  must  be  as  keen  as  a  razor,  and  kept  in  as 
neaily  that  condition  as  possible  by  frequent  strop- 
ping or  whetting  the  knife  after  cutting  each  thirty  or 
forty  buds  The  incision  in  the  stock  may  be  made 
eithei  in  the  form  of  a  T  or  an  inverted  T,  preferably 
the  latter,  which  has  the  recommendation  of  the  most 
buccehsful  avocado  budders  In  lifting  the  bark  be 
careful  not  to  injure  the  delicate  tissues  which  lie  under 
it,  and  push  the  bud  in  very  gently  Tie  it  in  firmly 
with  waxed  tape,  leaving  the  eye  exposed 

In  three  to  five  weeks  the  bud  will  have  united  with 
the  stock,  and  the  wrap  should  be  loosened;  it  should 
not  be  entirely  removed  until  the  bud  has  made  a  growth 
of  3  or  4  inches     Force  the  bud  into  growth  by  partly 
girdling  the  stock  3  or  4  inches  above  it,  or  by  cutting 
off  the  stock  about  a  foot  above  it    Lop- 
ping is  difficult,  as  the  wood  is  brittle  and 
will  frequently  break  off  rather  than  be 
lopped    The  stock  must  be  gone  ov  er  every 
week  and  all  adventitious  buds  rubbed  off 
When  the  bud  \8  8  or  10  inches  high,  the 
stock  may  be  trimmed  off  close  above  it, 
and  the  stump  covered  with  paint  or  graft- 
ing-wax 

Both  marching  and  grafting  are  prac- 
tised to  a  limited  extent,  the  latter  usually 
under  glass  Neither  of  these  methods  is 
so  desirable  as  budding  Cuttings  can  be 
grown  if  bottom  heat  is  available  but  trees 
produced  in  this  way  do  not  seem  to  have 
the  vigor  of  budded  trees 

Large,  unproductive  or  undesirable  seed- 
lings should  be  worked  over  to  a  good 
variety  This  is  not  difficult  to  do  by 
budding,  grafting  is  also  possible  Cut  the 
tree  back  severely  in  spring,  leaving  only  the  stumps 
of  the  largest  branches,  3  or  4  inches  m  diameter,  and 
painting  the  cut  ends  with  white  lead  Numerous 
sprouts  will  soon  make  their  appearance;  all  but  three 
or  four  of  these  on  each  branch  must  be  rubbed  off, 
and  when  these  have  attained  a  diameter  of  %  inch 
they  can  be  budded  in  the  same  manner  as  seedlings 
It  is  necessary  to  loosen  the  wraps  oftener,  however, 
as  the  sprouts  naturally  make  a  very  rapid  growth 
Old  trees  worked  over  in  this  way  will  often  produce 
fruit  in  two  years  p  \y  POPENOE 

AZALEA  (from  Greek  azaleos,  dry:  Linnaeus  believed 
them  to  grow  in  dry  locations).  Encdcex.  See  Rhodo- 
dendron 

The  genus  Azalea  seems  botamcally  inseparable  from 
Rhododendron;  there  are  no  characters  by  which  the 
two  genera  can  be  clearly  separated,  though  if  one  looks 
only  at  the  American  species  and  those  generally  in 
cultivation,  the  differences  seem  to  be  clear  enough, 
but  if  one  takes  into  consideration  the  whole  genus, 
part  icularly  as  it  is  represented  in  Asia,  where  it  reaches 
its  greatest  development,  one  finds  many  species  that 
have  the  characters  of  these  two  groups  combined  in 
various  ways  and  render  a  natural  and  clear  separation 
impossible 

Most  of  the  species  retain  the  same  specific  or  varietal 
name  under  Rhododendron,  except  the  following- 

A  dlba,  Swept=Rhododendron  rosmanmfolium  — A  balsaminx- 
fldra,  Carr  =R  mdicum  var  rosiflorum  — A.  calif 6rnica,  Buck!  -« 
R  orcidantalo  — A  Damelaidna  Paxt  -=R.  mdicum  var  macran- 
thura  — A  ledifbha,  Hook  =R  roamannifohum  — A  hhifldra, 
Poir  =R  rosmannifohum  —A  liitea,  Lmn.=R  calendulaceum  — 
A  mfillis,  Blume»R  smense — A,  m6ttis,  Miq  =-=R  japomcum  — 
A  mucron&ta,  Blume—R.  rosmanmfolium. — A.  pdntica,  Lmn.— 
R.  luteurn — A.  procilmbens,  Linn.— Loiaeleuna  procumbent. — 
A.  punicea,  Sweet— R.  roamannifolium. — A.  rtticuldta,  Koch— 


AZALFA 


AZOLLA 


439 


R.  rhombicum. — A  Rdlhnonn,  Hort  — *R  mdioum  var.  rosiflorum. 
— A.  Siebdldn,  Miq  — R  mdicum  —A  specidaa,  Willd  —R  calen- 
dulaceum  — A  aquamdta,  Lmdl  ""-R  Farrera 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

AZARA  (I.  N.  Azara,  a  »Spanish  promoter  of  science, 
especially  of  botany).  Flacourtiacex.  Ornamental 
shrubs  or  small  trees  grown  for  their  handsome  ever- 
green foliage  and  also  for  their  fragrant  flowers. 

Leaves  evergreen,  alternate,  short-petioled,  entire  or 
serrate,  with  usually  one  of  the  stipules  enlarged  and 
If -like  fls  small,  in  axillary  peduncled  racemes  or 
clusters,  apetalous,  sepals  4-5,  with  glands  between 
the  stamens  and  the  sepals  opposite  the  latter,  stamens 
numerous,  rarely  5,  ovary  superior,  1 -celled,  with 
numerous  ovules,  style  simple,  elongated  fr  a  manv- 
seeded  berry. — About  20  species  in  S  Amer  ,  especially 
in  Chile 

They  are  handsome  evergreen  shrubs,  with  small 
or  medium-sized  foliage,  inconspicuous  but  fragrant 
flowers,  and  therefore  called  "arorno"  in  Chile 

They  can  be  grown  only  in  warmer  temperate  regions; 
the  hardiest  species  is  A  rmcrophylla.  They  are  some- 
times cultivated  as  greenhouse  plants  and  potted  in  a 
sandy  compost  of  loam  and  leaf  soil.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  autumn  under 
glass  with  slight  bottom  heat 

microphylla,  Hook  f  From  3-12  ft  Ivs.  obovate, 
serrate,  or  nearly  entire,  %-%m  long,  shining,  gla- 
brous, the  stipules  similar,  but  half  the  size  fls  greenish 
in  few-fld  clusters,  stamens  5  berries  orange  Feb  , 
March.  Chile  G  C  II  1  81  Gn  18,  p  403  Gt  23, 
p  340  F  1874,  p  221  — Graceful  evergreen  shrub, 
regularly  pinnately  branched,  excellent-  for  covenng 


walls;  the  hardiest  of  all  the  cult  species,  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Washington,  D.  C 

Gilliesii,  Hook.  &  Arn  Height  10-15  ft  •  Ivs.  2H~3 
in.  long,  broad-ovate,  with  coarse,  spiny  teeth,  gla- 
brous; stipules  orbicular,  much  smaller  fls  in  dense, 
elliptic,  nodding  heads,  yellow.  Feb  ,  March  Chile 
BM  5178  FS  23  2 1 45  G.C.  II.  15.401.— The 
handsomest  of  all  azaras. 

A  craisifdlia,  Hort  ==A  Gilliesn  —A  dent&ta,  Ruiz  Height  12 
ft  Ivs  obovate  or  elliptic,  cri'natc-*<errate  fls  yellow,  m  small 
corymbs  Chile  BH  17S8  4  integrifdlia,  Ruiz  Height  10- 
20  ft  Ivs  entire  "s  yellow,  in  oblong  heads  Chile  Ha«  a 
variegated  form  ALFRED  REHDER 

AZ6LLA  (Greek,  to  destroy  by  drying}  Salvin,&ce& 
A  small  genus  of  floating  aquatics  with  small,  pinnately 
branched  sts  and  minute  fleshy  2-lobed  Ivs  ,  producing 
2  sorts  of  spores  in  globular  sporocarps  The  plants 
multiply  lapidly  by  self-division,  and  wMl  grow  readily 
in  water  containing  a  little  nutriment  The  species  are 
distinguishable  only  by  microscopic  examination  In 
natural  conditions,  the  plants  grow  so  closely  together 
and  multiply  so  rapidly  as  to  cover  very  completely  anv 
quiet  water  surface  For  this  reason,  they  have  been 
fouud  useful  in  preventing  the  propagation  of  mos- 
q nit os  in  Germany  and  Panama 

carolini&na,  Willd  Plant  Y\-l  in.  long  anchor-like 
processes  of  spores  with  septa  N  Y.  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mex 

filiculoides,  Lam  Plants  1-2  in.  long  anchor-like 
processes  without  septa.  Calif,  to  Chile. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 
R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 


BABlANA  (said  to  come  from  Dutch  for  baboon,  be- 
cause those  animals  eat  the  bulbs)  Inddcese.  About 
fifty  cormous  plants  of  South  Africa  (and  one  Socotran), 
sometimes  grown  for  spring  bloom  under  glass,  or  in  the 
open  in  the  South 

Usually  less  than  1  ft.  tall:  fls  showy,  red  or  pur- 
plish, in  a  short  spike-like  cluster  or  raceme,  tubular 
at  the  base,  the  segms.  with  claws  or  narrow  bases, 
and  the  limb  erect-spreading,  in  marked  colors  and 
shades,  often  fragrant,  ovary  3-loculed.  Ivs.  narrow, 
hairy,  plaited,  standing  edgewise  to  the  st 

Low  plants,  of  easy  culture  if  treated  like  freesias  or 
hyacmtns  Three  or  four  corms  placed  in  a  4-inch  pot, 
in  autumn,  give  attractive  bloom  in  March  or  later. 
Grown  only  indoors  or  under  frames  in  the  North. 
Outdoors  in  mild  climates 
they  may  remain  continu- 
ously in  the  ground,  al- 
though it  is  better  to  take 
up  and  replant  every  year 
or  two  Propagation  is  by 
cormels  and  seeds  They 
are  showy  and  useful  plants. 
Monograph  by  Baker  in 
Handbook  of  the  Indese, 
1892. 

A.  Perianth-limb  regular  or 
nearly  .so,  and  wide- 
spreading. 

strfcta,  Ker  (B  villosa 
and  B  purpiirea,  Ker) 
Fig  447.  Plant  1  ft  or  less 
high  Ivs  broad,  oblong- 
lanceolate  or  sword -shaped, 
barely  reaching  the  spikes: 
fls  scattered,  showy,  usu- 
ally red  or  purple,  with  a 
prominent  tube,  the  segms. 
oblong  -  lanceolate  B  M. 
583, 621  — Babianas  are  not 
sold  under  species-names  in 
this  country,  but  as  mixed 
varieties.  These  varieties  ^  fr 

are  chiefly,  if   not  wholly,      447  Babiana  stricta.  (XX) 
of  this  species      There  are 

many  foims  and  colors  Var  angustifdlia,  Sweet.  Lvs. 
linear  fls  blue,  pinkish  inside  B.M  637.  Var.  rfibro- 
cyanea,  Ker  Limb  lilac,  throat  red.  B.M.  410  (as 
Ixia).  Var  sulphiirea,  Ker.  Yellow  or  whitish  B.M. 
1053.  Two  other  long-cult,  types  are  described  below. 
AA  Perianth-limb  distinctly  nngent  or  gaping. 

plicata,  Ker  Low  Ivs  lanceolate,  hairy,  usually 
overtopping  the  spikes,  fls  lilac  or  red,  long-tubed,  the 
segms.  oblong  and  unequal,  odor  pink-like.  B.M.  576. 

dfsticha,  Ker  Differs  from  the  last  in  having  the 
perianth-tube  distinctly  exserted  from  the  spathe;  odor 
hyacinth-like.  B.M  626. 

B  flabelhfMia,  Harv  Fls  2-5,  m  erect  spike,  long-tubed,  lower 
lobes  blotched  Ivs  Jfcn  broad,  toothed  at  apdx  —  B  rinaena,  Ker. 
6-10  in  fh  gaping  and  nngent,  scarlet  Ivs  narrow  and  pointed.— 
B  aambuctna,  Ker  6-10m  fls  purplish,  with  spreading  divisions, 
elder-scented  B  M  1019  —  B  socolrdna,  Hook  f  §-4  in  fl. 
single,  the  tube  very  slender,  pale  blue,  2-lipped  Ivs.  narrow- 
lanceolate  Jsl  of  Socotra  B  M  6585  L  H  B 

BABY'S  BREATH:  Gypsophila;  tdsoGahum  and  Androstephium. 

BACCAUREA  (Greek,  bacca,  berry,  and  aureus,  gol- 
den, from  the  yellow  fruit).  Euphorbiocex.  Trees,  rarely 


cult.,  some  with  edible  fr  :  Ivs  large,  alternate,  simple: 
mfl.  racemose;  calyx  imbricate;  petals  absent;  2  ovules 
in  each  of  the  2-5  cells  — About  50  species  in  the  Old 
World  tropics,  related  to  Antidesma.  B.  bracteata, 
Muell.  Arg.  (Pierardia  diUcis,  Wall ),  is  mentioned  as 
once  intro.  to  England.  Malaya.  Seed  of  B.  Motley- 
ana,  Muell.  Arg ,  of  Malaya  wnere  the  fr.  is  used,  has 
been  intro  by  the  U.  S.  Dept  Agnc 

J.  B.  S  NORTON. 

BACCHARIS  (bakkhans,  an  ancient  Greek  name 
for  different  shrubs).  Compdsitae.  GROUNDSEL  TREE 
Ornamental  plants,  chiefly  grown  for  the  showy  white 
pappus  of  the  fruit;  some  species  also  for  their  ever- 
green foliage. 

Shrubby  or  suffruticose:  Ivs.  alternate,  usually  ser- 
rate, glabrous,  deciduous  or  evergreen  heads  of  fls. 
small,  white  or  yellowish,  dioecious,  m  panicles  01 
corymbs,  involucre  with  many  imbricate  scales,  recep- 
tacle flat,  naked,  pistillate  ns  with  filiform  corolla 
achenes  compressed,  ribbed,  with  pappus  — More  than 
250  species  in  Amer  ,  chiefly  in  fe  Arner 

Boccharis  halwmfolia  and  B.  salicina  are  hardy 
North,  while  the  evergreen  species  are  more  tender 
They  grow  m  almobt  any  well-drained  boil  in  a  sunny 
position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  dry  and  rocky  slopes, 
and  valuable  for  seashore  planting  Propagation  is  by 
seeds,  or  by  cuttings  under  glass 

halimifdlia,  Linn  Shrub,  3-12  ft  branches  angular* 
Ivs  cuneate,  oblong  or  obovate,  coarsely  toothed,  the 
uppermost  entire,  glabrous,  1-2  m.  long,  fls  in  large 
panicles'  pappus  white,  about  Hm  l°nj?  Sept  Sea- 
coast,  from  New  England  southward  Gng  7  113 — • 
The  hardiest  species,  in  fr  resembling  a  shrub  with 
abundant  snow-white  fls. 

B  glomeruliflAra,  Pers  Allied  to  B  hahmifoha  heads  axillary, 
solitary  or  clustered,  sessile  or  nearly  so  pappus  somewhat  shorter 
N  C  to  J  la  — B  patagdmca.  Hook  &  Arn  Low  evergreen  shrub 
Ivs  H-J'iin  long  heads  mostly  axillary  Patagonia — B  pt/uJdm, 
DC.  Height  6  ft  ,  evergreen  Ivs  1  in  long  heads  m  racemose  pani- 
cles Pacific  coast  — B  saUcina,  Torr  &  Gray  (B  -jalicifolm,  Nutt  ). 
Allied  to  B  hahmifoha  Lvs  narrow-oblong,  or  linear-lanceolate 
Colo  to  W  Texas.  ALFRED  REHDER 

BACHELOR'S  BUTTONS:  Centaurea  Cyanus,  Gomphrena  glo- 
boaa,  Ranunculus  acris  and  Ageratum  conyzoides 

BACKHOtSIA  (James  Backhouse,  botanical  trav- 
eler) Myrtacex.  Evergreen  greenhouse  plants,  bloom- 
ing in  spring. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  with  opposite  Ivs.  and  blossoms  in 
cymes  or  umbels:  calyx-tube  turbmate,  or  broadly 
campanulate,  adhering  to  base  of  ovary,  with  4  persist- 
ent segms.;  petals  4,  short;  stamens  many,  ovary  2- 
celled,  bearing  a  filiform  style  fr.  a  caps.,  more  or  less 
inclosed  m  calyx,  mdehiscent  or  separating  into  2  parts. 
— Five  species  in  Austral.  Requires  the  general  treat- 
ment of  myrtaceous  coolhouse  plants.  Prop,  by  harden- 
ing cuttings  under  glass. 

myrtifdlia,  Hook.  &  Harv.  Large  slender-branched 
shrub,  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  stiff,  pel- 
lucid-punctate, fls.  white,  in  pedunculate  corymbs,  the 
younger  ones  partly  concealed  by  the  petaloid  bracts; 
petals  small,  round-ovate,  concave,  acute;  calyx  hairy 
Queensland  and  New  S.  Wales.  B.M.  4133. 

L.  H.  B. 

BACTRIS  (Greek,  baktron,  cane;  the  young  sterna 
used  for  walking-sticks).  Palm&cex,  tribe  Bactrideae. 
Usually  low  palms,  very  rarely  entirely  spineless. 

Stems  solitary  or  fasciculate  ringed,  spiny  or  smooth, 
sprouting  from  the  roots  Ivs  terminal  or  scattering, 


(440) 


BACTRIS 


BACULARIA 


441 


equally  or  unequally  pinnatisect,  glabrous  or  pubes- 
cent, segms.  sparse  or  aggregated,  or  more  or  less 
imperfectly  connate,  forming  a  bind  blade,  acute  or 
rarely  obtuse  at  the  apex,  the  ciliate  margins  recurved 
at  the  base,  petiole  short  or  long,  sheath  long,  spiny: 
epadices  sessile  or  pedunculate,  perforating  the  lf.- 
eheaths;  spathes  2,  the  lower  short,  open  at  the  apex, 
the  upper  coriaceous  or  woody,  exceeding  the  spadix, 
or  fusiform,  ventrally  dehiscent,  smooth,  bristly  or 
spiny,  bracts  persistent:  fls.  small  or  medium,  pale  yel- 
low or  greenish:  fr.  small,  green,  ovoid  or  globose. — 
Species  90.  Trop.  Amer.  GO  11.22:595. 

These  are  ornamental  palms,  but  little  grown  on 
account  of  the  spines  The  fruits  of  B.  major  are  used 
extensively  in  South  America  for  food 

The  cultivation  of  baetns  is  easy  if  it  is  grown  in  a 
warmhouse,  with  a  range  of  temperature  from  60°  to 
80°,  and  given  plenty  of  water.  Fiequent  syringing  is 
advisable  It  thrives  best  in  a  mixture  of  loam,  two 
parts,  leaf -mold,  one  part,  well-iotted  cow-manure, 
one  part  The  young:  plants  are  veiy  decorative,  but  in 
age  most  of  the  species  become  spindly 

Propagation  is  by  suckers  which  grow  freely;  rarely 
by  seeds,  which  are  hard  to  get 

A  Spines  yellow,  tipped  black. 

pallidispina,  Mart  (B  Jlavi^nna,  Hort  ).  St  10-18 
ft  high,  1-2  in.  diam  ,  the  internodes  spiny  Ivs 
showy,  5-9  ft.  long,  equally  interruptedly  pinnatisect, 
petiole  4-6  ft ,  brown-scaly,  thickly  covered  with  very 
long  (%-2]/£  m  ),  black-tipped  yellow  spines,  either 
solitary  or  in  groups  of  2-4,  segms  linear-lanceolate, 
caudate-acuminate,  prickl}  on  the  margins,  the  basal 
ones  2-8  in  long,  l1-^  in  wide,  the  upper,  12x1)4  m 
fr  3-4  times  exceeding  the  persistent  calyx,  about 
IK  m.  long.  Brazil 

AA.  Spinet  black. 
B.  Lf. -segms  acute  at  both  ends. 

major,  Jacq  BKACII  PALM  St.  9-15  ft  high,  1-1  ^ 
in.  diam  ,  armed  with  rows  of  black  spines  2  in.  long: 
petiole  armed  with  very  long  black,  terete  spines;  Ivs. 
4-6  ft.  long,  equally  pinnatisect  nearly  to  the  rachis; 
sheath  and  rachis  spiny  and  \\hite  or  brown  tomentose; 
eegms.  linear,  acute  at  both  ends,  25-35  on  each  side, 
1-nerved,  8-12  in.  long,  l/i-]/2in  wide,  glabrous  on 
both  sides,  densely  setose,  with  black  hairs  along  the 
margin."  frs  about  the  size  of  an  apricot,  edible.  Brazil. 

minor,  Jacq  Fig  448  A  tall,  slender-stemmed 
palm,  often  40  ft  in  height,  armed  with  many  dark- 
colored  spines'  Ivs  roundish  in  outline,  about  3  ft. 
long  and  composed  of  numerous  narrow,  sharp-pointed 
Ifts  that  are  apmy  on  the  veins  beneath  spathe  axil- 
lary, solitary,  spreading,  very  spiny;  corolla  in  both 
sexes  gamopetalous.  fr  rotunu,  purplish  black. — A 
rare  but  showy  palm  grown  sometimes  in  tropics. 

BB   Lf. -segms.  acute  at  tip. 

Gasipaes,  II BK  (Guihebna  specidsa,  Mart).  St. 
about  60  ft  high,  single  or  cespitose,  with  nngs  of  subu- 
late-compressed black  spines,  1  in.  long,  the  rings  about 
as  far  apart  as  the  diam.  of  the  st. .  Ivs.  6  ft.  long,  curv- 
ing; segms  dark  green  above,  pale  green  below,  very 
numerous,  approximate,  1)^  ft.  long,  1%  in.  wide, 
linear-lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  bnstly  or  minutely 
prickly  along  the  margins*  fr.  orange  or  reddish,  nearly 
2  in.  long,  ovoid.  Lower  Amazon. 

homda,  Oerst.  Cespitose  sts  6-8  ft.  high,  8-9  in. 
diam.,  very  spiny,  sheathed  for  most  of  its  length  with 
bases  of  dead  Ivs  ;  spines  3-4  in.  long,  4-sided,  whitish 
tomentose,  at  length  glabrous:  Ivs.  2^-3  ft.  long; 
sheath  8  in.,  brown-tomentose;  petiole  1H  ft  ,  densely 
spiny,  subtetragonal,  densely  brown-tomentose  be- 
neath, segms  7  in  long,  ^m.  wide,  lanceolate,  rigid, 
glaucous  Unlike  all  the  above  in  having  a  hairy  but 
not  spiny  spathe.  Nicaragua 


B.  aurantiaca,  Hort ,  is  a  "pinnate  palm  from  Mex  ,  dwarf  and 
spiny  but  beautiful  "  The  name  is  unknown  in  botanical  literature 
— B  caryotaefblia.  Mart  ,  from  Brazil,  with  wedge-shaped  3-)obed 
pinnae,  has  been  catalogued,  also  B  ittih*,  Benth  &  Hook  (Gul- 
helma  utiluj,  CErst),  from  Costa  Rica,  with  spiny  petioles  and 

youn«  lV8«  N.  TAYLOR,  f 

BACULARIA  (Latin,  baculum,  a  small  walking-stick). 
Palmdcex,  tribe  Arecex.  Two  or  three  small  palms, 
completely  spineless  By  some,  included  in  Linospndix 
Stems  very  thin,  either  solitary  or  in  bunches,  which 
are  prominently  nnged  Ivs  usually  numerous,  terminal, 
unequally  pinnate,  and  with  relatively  short  petioles; 
Ifts  coriaceous,  usually  alternate,  from  4-6  pairs,  strap- 
shaped,  and  with  incised  or  much-lacimated  apices, 
attached  by  a  broad,  almost  decurrent  base,  nerveg 
prominent,  numerous  on  older  Ifts  ,  on  small  ones  soli- 
tary spathes  in  pairs;  spadix  consisting  of  a  long  spike- 
like  cluster,  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  Ivs  ;  fls.  in 
3's,  a  female  with  2  males  m  each  cluster  on  the  greep 
epadix-  fr.  small,  obovatc  or  ovoid,  green,  from  lArH  va 


448.  Bactris  minor. 


long    The  genus  is  confined  to  temperate  and  tropical 
Austral    G.C.  II  22  595. 

For  general  culture,  see  Areca,  to  which  they  are 
allied.  The  only  species  known  in  cultivation  seem  to 
do  better  in  a  temperate  rather  than  a  tropical  house, 
but  shifting  will  probably  be  found  advantageous.  One 
of  the  smallest  palms  in  cultivation,  B.  monostaehya 
13  very  popular,  particularly  in  England. 

monostechya,  F  Muell.  (Areca  monobtachya,  Mart. 
Kentia  monostdchyn ,  F.  Muell.)  WALKING-STICK 
PALM  Trunk  6-12  ft  high,  scarcely  1  in  thick:  Ivs. 
1J4-4  ft  long;  the  sheath  broad,  coriaceous,  about 
6  in  long,  produced  into  2  stipular  lobes,  segms  very 
irregular,  acuminate,  very  variable  in  breadth  and  dis- 
tance, adnate  to  the  rachis,  or  tapering  at  f  he  base,  the 
longest  about  1  ft  long'  infl  very  long,  often  exceeding 
the  Ivs  ,  stamens  usually  10:  fr  ovoid,  about  ^m.  thick. 
Queensland,  New  S.  Wales.  B  M.  6644. 

minor,  F.  Muell.  Sts  several  from  the  same  rhizome, 
2-5  ft  high,  about  y2m  thick:  Ivs  about  3^  ft  long, 
with  from  12-14  Ifts  spadix  about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.  or 
a  little  shorter,  scarcely  i^m.  thick;  stamens  12;  seed 
about  Hm  diam  Queensland  — A  delicate  palm,  not 
so  well  known  as  the  preceding,  but  attractive. 

N    TAYLOR.! 


442 


BAERIA 


BALSAM 


BAfeRIA  (after  the  ilussian  zoologist,  Karl  Ernst  von 
Baer).  Compdsitx.  Small  plants,  one  of  which  is  some- 
times grown  as  a  garden  annual. 

Heads«usually  many-fid  ,  radiate,  the  rays  5-15;  bracts 
of  the  involucre  as  many  as  rays, 
pappus  often  wanting  — Twenty 
species  of  Cahforman  annuaw 
(or  one  or  two  perennial  species)  > 
with  numerous  showy,  inch-wide 
yellow  fls.  in  early  summer 

grAcilis,  Gray  (Bumklia  grdci- 
lis,  DC  )  Easily  distinguished 
from  Adinolepsis  coronana  by 
its  hairy  sts  and  foliage  and 
undivided  Ivs  .  plant  much 
branched'  height  4-12  in.:  Ivs. 
opposite,  connate,  linear-lanceo- 
late' fls.  solitary,  on  slender 
terminal  peduncles,  involucre 
leafier  than  in  Acttnolcpsis  coro- 
nana, the  scales  longer,  downy, 
in  2  series,  rays  8-12.  B  M. 
3758  —This  is  likely  to  be'  cult 
as  Lasthema  cahformca,  which, 
however,  is  not  hairy  and  has  mu"h  longer  Ivs. 

B  chruidstoma,  Fisch  &  Mey  Lvs  narrowly  linear  1  line 
or  leas  wide  fls  larger  than  in  B  gracihs,  the  Leads  3-4  line-* 
high,  hgulea  3-4  lines  long  habit  more  erect — B  coron<ina= 
Actmolepsis  coronana  AT  TAYLOR  i 

BAHlA  (probably  from  the  port  of  Bahia,  or 
San  Salvador,  South  America).  Compdsitx.  A  little- 
knoun  group  of  herbaceous  perennials  or  some- 
times subshrubs  grown  for  their  yellow  flowers  and 
canescent  leaves 

Leaves  mostly  opposite,  rarely  alternate,  the 
rather  small  pedunculate  heads 
terminating  the  branches,  invo- 
lucre hemispheric  or  obovate; 
receptacle  mostly  flat,  achenes 
narrow,  4-sided,  pappus  of  sev- 
eral scarious  scales  — There  are  12 
species,  all  American  They  thnve 
on  borders  of  light  and  well- 
drained  soil,  and  may  be  increased 
by  seeds  or  by  division  in  spring 

lanata,  DC.  One  to  2  ft  high,  slender:  Ivs  pmnately 
cleft  or  divided  into  3-7  linear  or  linear-lanceolate  lobes: 
rays  mostly  8-9,  oblong,  showy  achenes  glabrous  or  mi- 
nutely hairy  Calif  BR  1167  (as  Eriophyllum).— Per- 
haps not  hardy  in  the  N.  E.  Summer.  N.  TAYLOR 

BAIKLEA  (Wm.  B  Baikie,  African  traveler). 
Legummdsae  Great-flowered  Trop.  African  trees  of  2 
species,  one  of  which  has  been  cult, 
in  En  Trees  unarmed:  Ivs.  abruptly 
pinnate,  coriaceous:  fls  few  in  each 
raceme,  not  papilionaceous;  petals  5, 
much  exceeding  the  turbmate  calyx, 
broadly  oblanceolate  or  obovate,  long- 
•jlawed;  stamens  10.  B.  insignis,  Benth  , 
is  an  erect  evergreen,  to  40  ft ,  with 
short-lined  fls  10  in.  across,  snow-white 
with  lower  petal  or  lip  lemon-yellow. 
Upper  Guinea.— Said  to  be  the  largest 
flower  m  the  Leguminosse. 

BALAKA    (the    Fijian    vernacular 
name)    PoZwdcea?, tnbe Arbcex.  Palms, 
differing,  if  at  all,  from  Ptychosperma, 
to  which  they  are  with  equal  propriety 
referred,  m  having  the  seed  not  sulcate, 
and  in  the  half-rhomboid  segms.  of  the 
^^          Ivs  ;  and   from  Drymophlceus   in  the 
450.  Pod  of  gir-     form  of  the  If  and  the  caducous  spathes. 
-     -  -  —Species  2.  Fiji  Isls. 


449.  Balaka  Seemanmi 


Seemannii,  Becc.  (Ptyckot>pernui  Sekmannti,  H, 
Wendl.).  BALAKA.  Fig.  449  Caudex  slender,  8-12  ft. 
high,  straight,  ringed,  about  1  in  diam.:  Ivs.  pinnatisect, 
4  it.  long,  segms.  erose-dentate  at  the  apex,  alternate, 
9  on  each  side,  semi-rhom- 
boid, obliquely  truncate,  the 
upper  margin  longer,  cuspi- 
date at  the  apex,  the  terminal 
one  deeply  bifid  Growing 
as  underwood  in  dense  for- 
ests Fiji — Sts  used  for 
spears  by  natives,  because  of 
tneir  strength  and  straight- 
ness.  Fig.  449  is  adapted  from  iSee- 
man's  Flora  Vitiensis.  jj  TAYLOR.! 

BALLOON  VINE:    Cardiospermum 

BALM  (Melissa  offianali^  Linn.). 
Lalnatx  LKMON  BALM  and  BEE  BALM. 
Sweet  herb,  the  Ivs  being  used  for 
seasoning,  particularly  in  liquors,  and 
also  in  medicine  It  has  a  lemon-hke 
flavor.  It  is  a  hardy  perennial  from 
S  Eu  The  plant  grows  1-2  ft  high,  somewhat 
hairy,  loosely  branched,  with  ovate-petioled,  some- 
times cordate,  Ivs.  and  yellowish  or  whitish  fls.  m 
loose  axillary  clusters.  iTirives  m  any  warm  posi- 
tion, and  is  easy  to  grow.  Prop,  by  seeds,  also  by 
division.  Becoming  wild  m  E.  U.  S. 

BALSAM,  Impaliens  Balsdmina,  Lmn.  (Balsdm- 
ina  horttnsis,  DC  Bukdmuin  Impatiens,  Hort  1m- 
pdtiens  coccinea.  Sims,  B  M  1256).  Balsamindcex 
An  erect,  mucn-branchcd,  half-succulent  annual, 
long  ago  introduced  from  India,  and  now  widely 
cultivated  for  its  showy  flowers. 

Plant  1 3/2-2 Y2  ft.:  Ivs  lanceo- 
late, toothed,  the  lower  ones  being 
mostly  in  pairs,  fls.  clustered  in 
the  axils  of  the  Ivs  ,  on  very  short 
stulks,  sepals  and  petals  similarly 
colored  and  not  easily  distin- 
guished, one  of  the  sepals  (of  which 
there  seem  to  be  3)  long-spurred; 
petals  apparently  3,  but  2  of  them 
probably  represent  2  united  petals, 
thus  making  5;  stamens  5  The  pod,  shown  in  Figs 
450  and  451,  is  explosive  It  has  5  carpels  and  very 
thin  partitions,  and  seeds  borne  on  axile  placentae. 
When  the  caps,  arc  ripe,  a  pinch  or  concussion  will  cause 
the  valves  to  separate  and  contract,  the  seeds  being 
thrown  with  considerable  force.  The  balsam  has  varied 
immensely  in  the  doubling,  size  and  color  of  its  fls.  and 
in  the  stature  of  the  plant  It  was  known  to  Gerarde 
in  1596  The  balsam  is  sometimes  called  "lady  slip- 
per," although  this  name  is  properly  confined  to 
Cypripedmm,  and  used  for  Calceolaria. 

Practically  all  the  garden  balsams  are  now  double  or 
semi -double.  The  full -double 
forms  are  known  as  the  camelha- 
flowered  varieties.  Fig  452.  In 
well-selected  stock,  the  greater 
part  of  the  flowers  from  any 
batch  of  seedlings  should  come 
very  double.  The  colors  range 
from  white  to  dark  blood-red,  j 
yellowish  and  spotted.  Balsams 
are  of  very  easy  culture.  They 
are  tender,  and  should  be  started 
in  thumb-pots  or  boxes  indoors, 
or  in  the  open  when  danger  of 
frost  is  past.  The  seeds  are 
large,  and  germinate  quickly. 
The  plants  prefer  a  rich,  sandy 
loam,  and  must  not  suffer  for  451.  Bzploiionof 
moisture  Transplanting,  and 


BALSAM 


BALSAMOCITRUS 


443 


pinching-m  the  strong  shoots,  tend  to  make  the  plants 
dwarf  and  compact,  two  or  three  transplanting  are 
often  made.  It  is  well  to  remove  the  first  flower-buds, 
especially  if  the 
plants  are  not  thor- 
oughly established. 
Better  results  are 
secured  when  only 
a  few  mam  branches 
are  allowed  to  grow, 
all  the  secondary 
and  weak  ones  be- 
ing pinched  out. 
Sometimes  they  are 
pruned  to  a  single 
stem,  and  if  much 
room  is  given  very 
large  blooms  are 
secured.  The  lower 
leaves  may  be  re- 
moved if  they  ob- 
scure the  flowers 
Well-grown  bushy  plants  should  stand  2  feet  apart 
each  \\ay,  and  the  tall  kinds  will  reach  a  height  ol 
2  to  2\$  feet  CJood  bloom  is  impossible  if  plants  are 
crowded  For  this  reason,  balsams  do  well  in  rows  on 
the  border  of  a  garden  where  they  may  have  room. 
Seed  of  the  finest  double  strains  is  expensive,  but  infe- 
rior or  common  seed  gives  little  satisfaction  Plants 
started  early  in  May  should  give  flowers  in  July,  and 
should  bloom  until  frost 


452    Camellia-flowered  balsam.  (XI) 


in  Fig 


, 

A  full-grown  plant  is  snown 
!53     At  present,  balsams  arc  gro\vn  chiefly  as 


flow  ei  -garden  plants,  but  some  years  ago  the  flowers 
were  largely  used  us  "groundwork"  in  florists'  designs, 
particularly  the  double  white  varieties  The  flowers 
were  wired  to  toothpicks,  and  were  then  thrust  into  the 
moss  that  formed  the  body  of  the  design  L  H  B. 

BALSAMOClTRUS  (Latin,  balsamum,  balsam,  and 
citrus)  RuUkf,e,  tribe  ('itrese.  Trees;  usually  spinv, 
suggested  as  stocks  foi  citrous  fruits,  as  yet  scarcely 
known  in  this  countij 

Fruit  shard-shelled  and  persistent  Ivs  tnfoholate,  or 
rarely  simple  fls  4-5-parted  ,  stamens  10-20,  ovary 
8-9-cclled,  ovules  numerous  in  each  cell,  seeds  large, 
smooth,  hypocotyl  very  short,  the  cotyledons  remaining 
near  or  just  above  the  surface  of  the  ground  The  first 


453.  The  garden  balsam. 


foliage  Ivs  are  opposite,  lanceolate  or  ovate  — Three 
species  are  known,  all  occurnng  in  Trop  Afr  B 
Dawei  is  the  type  species 

The  subgenus  Afiwgle  (Latin,  Africa  and  £gle) 
differs  from  Balsamoeitrus  proper  in,  having  more  than 
twice  as  many  (usually  4  times  as  many)  stamens  as 
petals  and  in  having  a  larger,  more  deeply  lobed  disk 
B,  paniculata  is  the  type  of  this  subgenus. 


Dawei,  Stapf  Fig  454  A  large  tree,  50-60  ft.  or 
more  m  height:  first  few  foliage  ivs  on  young  plants 
simple  but  next  succeeding  ones  3-foholate,  lateral  Ifts. 
three-fifths  to  three-fourths  as  long  as  the  terminal  1ft , 
having  a  cylindrical  petiolule  iHr~Min  long,  terminal 
1ft  with  a  much  shorter  petiolule,  H-Kin  I°n8>  but 
usually  borne  on  a  section  of  the  rachis  yz-^A  m  long, 
jointed  both  at  the  insertion  of  the  lateral  Ifts  and  also 
where  the  petiolule  of  the  terminal  1ft  is  inserted  (such 
imperfectly  pinnate  Ivs  are  riot  uncommon  in  some 
pinnate-lvd  plants  but  are  rare  in  tnfoholate  species) 
fls  5-merous  with  10  free  stamens  (twice  as  many  as 
the  petals)  frs  globose  or  oval,  4-fi  in  diam  ,  with  a 
very  thick,  hard  woody  rind  and  8  oval  cells  surrounded 
by  the  more  or  less  fibrous  rnesocarp  tissue,  cells  eon- 
tain  numerous  seeds  imbedded  in  amber-colored,  fra- 
grant gum  The  ripe  frs  drop  off  the  pedicel,  leaving  a 
hole  through  the  shell  where  they  wr  re  attached  The 
seeds  are  large,  ^-^4  x  iY-/&in  >  smooth,  and  germi- 
nate with  a 
very  short  hy- 
pocotyl,  often 
bringing  the 
cotyledons  to 
the  surface  of 
the  ground  or 
just  above  it 
Occurnngmthe 
Budongo  forest 
east  of  Lake 
Albert  N>anza 
in  Uganda,  E 
Cent  Afr ,  at 
an  altitude  of 
2,000-3,000  ft. 
—The  seed- 
lings grow  very 
rapidly  Exper- 
iments indicate 

that   this    IS    a      454.  Pmit  of  Balsamoeitrus  Dawei  (XH) 
very  promising 

stock  on  which  to  graft  the  bael  fruit  (jEgle  Marmelos), 
which  it  is  difficult  to  grow  on  its  own  roots  111. 
Journ  Linn.  Soc  Bot  37,  pi.  22 

paniculata,  Swingle  (Citrus  paniculata,  Schum. 
Mgle  Bdrten,  Hook  f.  Limbnia  Warneckti,  Engler). 
Fig  455  A  handsome  tree,  20-45  ft  high  and  much 
branched  Ivs  on  old  trees  tnfoholate,  the  lateral  Ifts 
about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  terminal  one  and  nar- 
rowed into  a  slender  petiolule  I^~f6m  long;  terminal 
1ft  has  a  long  slender  petiolule  M-^in  l°ng  but  there 
seems  to  be  no  articulation  where  it  joins  the  lamina  as 
in  case  of  B  Dawei,  spines  are  said  to  be  solitary,  from 
1-4  in  long  but  are  wanting  on  fruiting  branches 
fls  usually  4-merous,  sometimes  5-merous,  stamens 
13-20,  normally  4  times  as  many  as  the  petals;  ovary 
8-  or  9-celled,  disk  large,  lobed  •  frs.  spherical  or  obo- 
void,  3-5  in  diam  ,  wTith  a  thick  woody  rind,  green 
until  maturity,  then  taking  on  a  gray  color;  cells  of 
fr  contain  numerous  smooth  seeds;  germination  un- 
known — Commonly  planted  in  the  villages  of  Nigena 
and  the  Gold  Coast  in  Trop  W  Afr  This  species  has 
not  yet  been  intro  into  cult  ,  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that 
seeds  will  be  secured  from  Afr  to  permit  its  being  tested 
as  a  stock  for  citrous  frs.  III.  Hooker,  Ic  37,  pi.  2285. 
Bull.  Soc  Bot.  Fr  v  58,  Mem.  8d  ,  pi.  1-2 

gabone'nsis,  Swingle  A  little-known  tree  or  shrub: 
Ivs.  narrowly  lanceolate,  simple,  with  short  petioles: 
vigorous  young  trees,  when  they  have  reached  a  height 
of  8  or  10  ft  ,  begin  to  show  tnfoholate  Ivs  with  relatively 
small  lateral  Ifts.  from  one-third  to  one-half  as  long  as 
the  terminal  1ft.  and  like  it  acute  at  both  ends;  terminal 
1ft  sessile:  fls  unknown  fr.  nearly  globular,  slightly  pear- 
shaped,  with  a  thick  woody  rind  — The  natives  remove 
the  contents  through  an  opening  at  the  stem  end  and  use 


444 


BALSAMOCITRUS 


BAMBOO 


the  empty  fr  as  a  powder-flask.  Native  to  the  M'fan  or 
Pahouin  country  in  N.  French  Congo  and  S.  Kamerun 
where  the  fr.  is  known  to  the  French  residents  as 
"poire  a  poudre"  (powder-flask).  This  species  grows 
very  rapidly  under  greenhouse  conditions  It  has  been 
grafted  successfully  on  the  tabog  (Chxtospermitrn 
glutinosa),  a  related  tree  native  to  the  Philippines,  and 
may  prove  of  value  as  a  stock  for  citrous  fruits  on  ac- 
count of  its  vigor  and  healthiness  III.  Bull  Soc. 
Bot.  Fr.  v.  58,  Mem  8d,  pi.  3,  and  Fig  B  ,  p  235 
WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

BALSAMORRHiZA  (Greek,  bdsamroot)  Compdsitse. 
Low  perennials  with  thick,  deep,  resinous,  frequently 
tuberous  roots,  tufts  of  radical  Ivs  ,  and  large  vellow 
fls  :  Ivs  usually  long-pet lolate,  when  eaulme  usually 
opposite,  mostly  radical'  scapes  few-lvd.  or  naked; 
fls  usually  solitary  The  root  was  an  aboriginal  food, 
when  the  rmd  was  peeled  — About  10  species,  mostly 
from  Cent,  and  W.  N.  Amer 

Hodkeri,  Nutt.  Canescenf  height  4-12  in  :  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  1-2-pmnately  parted  fls  solitary,  on  naked 
scapes  — Intro.  1881  by  E  Gillett,  but-  scaicely  known  to 
horticulturists.  Useful  in  dry  situations 

N    TAYLOR. 


gentle  climate,  but  it  is  possible  to  grow  certain  species 
where  the  cold  of  winter  may  reach  zero  Fahrenheit, 
or  even  occasional  depressions  of  greater  severity 

Bamboos  delight  in  a  deep,  rich  loam,  and  generously 
respond  to  good  treatment  A  warm,  slightly  bhady 
nook,  protected  from  the  prevailing  cold  winds  of  win- 
ter, and  in  which  moist  but  well-drained  soil  is  plenti- 
ful, is  an  ideal  location  A  top-dressing  of  manure  and 
leaves  is  not  only  beneficial  in  winter,  by  preventing  the 
frost  from  penetrating  the  ground  too  deeply,  but  it 
also  preserves  the  moisture  that  is  so  essential  to  the 
welfare  of  the  plants  during  the  growing  season  Home 
species  produce  rampant  subterranean  steins,  and  spread 
rapidly  when  once  established  These  should  not  be 
planted  for  ornamental  purposes,  but  only  those  form- 
ing tufts  or  clumps  It  is  best  to  plant  each  group  of  but 
a  single  species,  and  to  resstnct  the  widespread  ing  sorts 
to  isolated  positions  The  most  effective  res-ults  to  be 
obtained  by  planting  bamboos  are  seemed  on  gentle 
banks  above  clear  water,  and  against  a  background  of 
the  deepest  green  In  such  situations  the  graceful 
stems  and  dainty  branches,  bending  with  their  wealth 
of  soft  green  leaves,  and  the  carele-ss  lines  of  symmetry 
of  each  individual,  lend  a  bold  contrast  of  the  richest 
beauty  Ordinarily  it  will  require  two  or  three  years 
thoroughly  to  establish  a  clump  of  bamboos  in  the 
open  air,  and,  until  this  it*  'iccomphshed,  tho  vigor, 
hardme.vs  and  beauty  that  characterize  .some  noble 
kinds  will  be  lacking  During  the  first  few  yeans,  a  new 
plantation  should  receive  generous  protection  in  locali- 
ties in  which  the  winters  are  trying,  and  even  with  this 
precaution  it  is  likely  the  plants  will  buffer  to  some 
extent  in  cold  weather  Planted  out  in  conservators 
or  confined  in  tubs  or  large  pots,  the  bamboos  present 
many  admirable  qualities,  and,  as  decorative  plants, 
several  species  offer  many  inducements  to  their  culti- 


455.  Balsaraocitrus  paniculate    (  X  5  s) 


BAMBOO.  Various  perennial  ornamental  grasses 
embracing  the  genera  and  species  of  the  tribe  Bambu- 
sese,  order  Gramine<p,  cultivated  for  the  surpassing 
beauty  of  their  foliage  and  habit;  some  of  them  are 
hardy  even  in  parts  ot  the  northern  states,  but  they 
are  warm-country  plants. 

Usually  large,  sometimes  tree-like,  woody,  rarely 
herbaceous  or  climbing  plants,  of  wide  geographical 
range.  The  species  are  irregularly  distributed  through- 
out the  tropical  zone,  a  few  occurring  in  subtropical 
and  temperate  zones,  attaining  their  maximum  devel- 
opment in  the  monsoon  regions  of  Asia  —  About  twenty- 
tnree  genera,  only  two  being  common  to  both  hemis- 
pheres Something  more  than  200  species  are  recog- 
nized, of  which  upwards  of  160  occur  in  Asia,  about 
seventy  in  America,  and  five  in  Africa.  They  extend 
from  sea-level  to  altitudes  of  more  than  10,000  feet  in 
the  Himalayas  and  15,000  feet  in  the  Andes,  and  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions  some  species  may  attain 
a  height  of  100  to  120  feet,  with  a  diameter  of  culm 
of  8  to  12  inches 

An  attempt  to  enumerate  the  numerous  and  varied 
economic  uses  of  the  giant-grasses  would  greatly  over- 
reach the  field  of  this  article;  but  as  objects  of  grace 
and  beauty  in  the  garden,  conservatory,  and  under 
special  conditions  of  landscape,  bamboos  are  matchless. 
Not  only  are  they  adapted  to  sections  favored  with  a 


vation,  especially  as   they  may  be   grown  and  used 

out-of-doors  in  the 

coolhouse 


out-of-doors  in  the  bummer  and  cheaply  \\mtered  in  a 


Propagation  is  best  effected  by  careful  division  of  the 
clumps  before  the  annual  gro\vth  has  started  The 
difficulty  of  procuring  seeds  in  some  instances  is  "very 
great,  indeed,  the  fruiting  of  a  number  of  species  has 
never  been  observed  Home  species  flower  annually, 
but  the  majority  reach  this  stage  only  at  intervals  of 
indefinite  and  frequently  widely  beparated  periods  In 
some  species  the  flowers  appear  on  leafy  branches,  m 
others  the  leaves  fall  from  the  culms  befoie  the  flowers 
appear,  or  the  inflorescence  is  produced  on  leafless, 
radical  btems  Fructification  does  not  exhaust  the 
vitality  of  borne  species,  but  others,  on  the  other  hand, 
peribh  even  to  the  portions  underground,  leaving  their 
places  to  be  filled  by  their  seedling  offspring  Owing 
largely  to  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  flowering  speci- 
mens, the  systematic  arrangement  or  nomenclature  of 
the  bamboos  is  in  a  sad  plight  As  it  is  sometimes  even 
impossible  to  determine  accurately  the  genus  without 
flowers,  the  correct  positions  of  some  forms  are  not 
known. 

Four  sub-tribes  of  Bambusese  are  accepted  by  Hackel, 
namely:  Arundinariex — Stamens  3"  palea  2-keeled: 
fr.  with  the  seed  grown  fast  to  the  seed-wall.  To  this 
belong  Arundinana  and  Phyllostachys  Kubambuse*  — 
Stamens  6*  fr  with  the  seed  fused  to  a  delicate  seed- 
wall.  Bambusa  is  the  only  garden  genus  Dendrocala- 
mese — Stamens  6  (rarely  more)1  palea  2-keeled.  fr  a 
nut  or  berry  Here  belongs  Dendrocalamus  Mclo- 
cannesp. — Characters  of  the  last,  but  palea  not  keeled 
Melocanna  is  an  example,  an  extra-tropical  genus, 
probably  not  in  cult  in  the  U.  S. 

The  genera  Arundinana,  Phyllostachys,  Bambusa 
and  Dendrocalamus  contain  the  most  important  species 
in  cultivation.  Roughly,  the  species  of  Arundmana  may 
be  separated  from  Phyllostachys  by  the  persistent 
sheaths  and  cylindrical  stems  In  Phyllostachys  the 
sheaths  are  early  deciduous,  and  the  intercedes,  at 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


445 


least  those  above  the  base,  are  flattened  on  one  side 
Generally,  Arundmana  and  Bambusa  cannot  be  sepa- 
rated by  horticultural  characters,  and  Dendroealamus 
is  hardly  separable  except  by  its  great  size.  It  is  proba- 
ble that  many  of  the  forms  now  classed  as  .species  of 
Bambusa  will  eventually  be  found  to  belong  to  other 
genera,  especially  to  Arundmana  K\tended  informa- 
tion regarding  the  Bambusea?  may  H  found  in  the 
following  publications  Munro's  Monograph,  in  Trans- 
actions of  the  Lmnaan  Society,  Vol  XXVI  (1868); 
Hackel,  in  Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamihen,  Vol  II, 
part  2,  p  89  (1887),  English  Translation  by  Lamson- 
Senbner  &  Southworth,  as  The  True  Grasses,  New 
York,  1890,  papers  by  Bean  in  Gardeners'  Chronicle 
III,  15  167,  et  seq  (1894),  Freeman-Mitford,  The 
Bamboo  Garden,  1896,  New  York,  The  Macmillan 
Company,  pp  224,  A  &  C  Riviere,  I/es  Bambous, 
Pans,  1879,  Gamble,  The  Bambuseac  of  British  India, 
Calcutta  and  London,  1896,  Houzeau,  Le  Bambou, 
Mons  ,  1906,  Fairchild,  Japanese  Bamboos,  1903, 
Franceschi,  Bamboos  m  California,  Santa  Barbara, 
1908  Among  the  hardiest  of  the  bamboos  are  the  fol- 
lowing Phylhbtachys  Henoni*,  P  mgra,  P  vindi-glau- 
fY.scv'Ns,  Arundinaria  macro* perma,  A  japonica,  A. 
nit i da,  Bambusa  palmata,  B  tessellata  and  B  pygm*m 

The  list  of  descriptions  contains  the  important  kinds 
of  bamboos  in  cultivation  in  America,  and  following  the 
classified  descriptions  will  be  found  a  list  of  species, 
showing  those  that  arc  more  or  less  rare  in  gardens,  but 
procurable  from  time  to  time  through  horticultural 
catalogues  or  prominent  growers  An  attempt  has  been 
made  to  separate  the  hardier  forms  of  bamboos  from 
the  tenderer  kinds  by  the  character  of  the  venation  of 
the  leaves,  a  distinction  that  has  been  enthusiastically 
entertained  by  Freeman-Mitford  m  his  most  estimable 
\\ork,  a  book  that  has  done  much  to  create  a  popular 
appreciation  of  bamboos,  and  also  to  clear  up  the  com- 
plete confusion  into  which  the  trade  names  have  fallen 

Bamboos  have  slowly  but  peisistently  increased  m 
popular  esteem,  especially  in  the  southern  and  Pacific 
states,  when1  they  have  proved  their  great  beauty  and 
usefulness  as  gaiden  ornamentals  A  new  impetus  has 
been  given  the  cultivation  of  these  plants  bv  the  dis- 
semination of  suitable  species  and  varieties,  and  by  the 
introduction  of  new  and  desnable  kinds  b>  commercial 
horticultuiMs  and  the  U  S  Department  of  Agriculture. 

In  the  following  taxonomy,  A  --Arundinaria,  B  = 
Bambusa,  D  =  Dendroealamus,  P  =  Phyllostach}s, 
T  =-Thainnocalamus,  \vhich  is  here  considered  a  sub- 
genus  of  Arundmana  No  Japanese  native  names  arc 
indicated,  although  bamboos  are  sometimes  offered 
under  such  names  The  pie  vailing  tendency  is  to  dis- 
card vernacular  names,  \vhen  unassociated  with  the 
Latin  binomials,  as  they  breed  hopeless  confusion. 


INDEX. 

B   angustifoha,  19 

A 

Hmdsii,  11 

B 

pumila,  6. 

B   arundmacea,  40 

A 

HookiTiuna,  35 

P 

punctata,  21. 

A    aurea,  17 

A 

luimihs,  7 

B 

pygmasa,  5 

B   aurea,  24 

A 

jiponioa,  12 

B 

quadrangulans,  15. 

P   aur«a  24 

P 

Aurruisaca,  30 

B 

Quilwi,  26. 

B  auroovari(Kata,36. 

D 

latiHorus,  38 

P 

Ouihoi,  26 

A   auncoma,  18 

A 

macrosperma,  10, 

B 

/CoffamowsfrH,  3. 

P  barnbusoidofl,  29 

11 

B 

ruscifolia,  30 

B   Caxtilloiun,  23 

A 

marmorca,  16 

P 

rusci  folia,  30. 

P  CastillmiH,  25 

B 

mnrmorea,  16 

A 

Simonn,  13 

A   ohrysantha,  20 

B 

Matimowiczn,  13. 

B 

Simonii.  13. 

B  chrysantha,  20 

B 

Mazeln,  2b 

D 

stnctus,  41. 

A  dcbihs,  32 

D 

membranaceus, 

A 

tccta,  11 

A  dccidua,  11 

39 

B 

tessellata,  3. 

B  disticha,  4 

B 

Metake,  12. 

A 

Veitrhn,  1 

B   erecta,  14 

B 

mifn,  2.r>. 

B 

Vntchn,  1 

A  falcata.  34 

P 

miti8,  25. 

B 

Vt/mort«ti,  19. 

B  falcata,  34 

B 

B 

vimmahs,  30 

A    Faleoneri,  ,M 

A 

Van/ara,  13 

B 

nolescens,  22 

T   Faleoneri,  3.1 

B 

A'anAira,  13 

P 

violoscens,  22 

B   fastuosa,  9 

B 

nigra.  21 

B. 

tindi-fflaucescens, 

A  Fortunei,  7,  17,  18. 

P 

28 

B   Fortunn,  17,  18 

A. 

nitida,  8 

P 

viridi-glaucesccns, 

B  (jracihv.  33 

A 

nobihs,  31 

28 

H   Hamiltonn,  37 

B 

palmata,  2 

B 

viridi-stnata,  13. 

B   Henont*,  27 

B 

phcata,  13 

A 

»irtdt«,  17. 

P   Henoms,  27 

A 

pumila,  6 

B 

vulgans,  36. 

SECTION  I. — Venation  conspicuously  tessellate,  i.e ,  the 
veins  crossing  one  another  like  the  meshes  of  a  net, 
visible  to  the  naked  eye  by  holding  a  I/  up  to  the 
light,  or  more  clearly  seen  by  the  tt.se  of  a  lens. 
(Embraces  the  hardier  types  of  bamboos,  1-30.) 

A.  Internodes  not  flattened'  Jieaths  persistent. 
B.  Lvs.  relatively  very  broad,  usually  2  in  wide,  or  more. 

1  A.  Veitchii,  N    E    Br  (Bambusa  Vdtchu,  Carr.). 
Fig  487     Height  usually  3  ft  or  less,  sis  purple,  white- 
waxy  below  the  nodes   Ivs  5-8  in  long,  about  2  m.  wide, 
bright  greeri  above,  below  pale  and  minutely  pubes- 
cent, serrate.  Japan    M  77  but  not  G  C  III  15 '169, 
or  R  B  23,  p  270,  which  are  pictures  of  B  palmata,  as 
explained  in  G  C  III   15  209  —This  is  also  liable  to 
confusion  with  B  tessellata.,  but  may  be  separated  by 
If  characters    Quite  hardv,  but  the  e/lges  of  the  Ivs 
wither  in  late  autumn,  giving  a  vanegated  but  injured 
appearance 

2  B.  palmata,  Burbidge     Fig  488     Height  2-5  ft  : 
Ivs   10-15  in.  long,  2-33/2  m  wide,  bright  green,  serrate, 
smooth  and  shin- 
ing above,  below 

pale  and  min- 
utely pubescent; 
longitudinal  veins 
very  prominent 
Japan  M  79 
Gn  49,  p  59, 
shows  a  clump  36 
ft  in  eircuin  — A 
beautiful,  broad- 
Ivd.  ornamental 


456   Bambusa  tessellata.  ( 


3  B.  tessellata, 
Munro  (B  Rag- 
amou-skii,  Hort  ). 
Fig  456  Height 
3-4  ft  Ivs  12- 
18  in  long,  2-4 
in  wide,  smooth 
and  shining  above, 
whitened  beneath, 
sharply  serrate; 
midrib  prominent 
and  bearing  a 
tomentose  line  on  one  side  China  and  Japan  G  C  III. 
15  167,18  189  R.B  2.3,  p  269 —Produces  the  largest 
Ivs  of  any  of  the  hardy  bamboos  in  cult  ,  \vhich  ia 
especially  remarkable  on  account  of  its  dwarf  habit. 
Much  confused  in  gardens,  but  unnecessarily,  with 
A  Vntchu,  as  the  tomentose  line  on  one  side  of  the  mid- 
rib is  unique  in  B  te^ellata  The  Ivs  are  used  by  the 
Chinese  for  wrapping  tea. 

BB  Lvs  distinctly  narrower. 

c.  Foliage  green 
D.  Plants  low,  usually  1-3  ft  in  height. 

E.  Arrangement  of  Ivs.  distichous. 
4.  B.  dfsticha,  Mitford  (B  nana,  Hort ,  not  Roxbg.). 
Height  2-3  ft  .  sts  zigzag,  slender,  green  or  tmged  with 
purple  branches  borne  singly  Ivs  2-2^2  in  long,  J^m 
wide,  or  less,  green,  serrate  on  both  edges,  produced  m 
2  vertical  ranks  Origin  uncertain  — An  interesting  and 
beautiful  species,  the  distichous  arrangement  of  the 
Ivs.  lending  a  distinct  and  unusual  character. 

BE  Arrangement  of  Ivs.  not  distichous. 
5  B.  pygmfea,  Miq  Height  ^-1  ft  :  sts.  very  slen- 
der, purple,  much  branched;  nodes  prominent,  with  a 
waxy  glaucous  band  Ivs  3-4  in  long,  about  y2m.  wide, 
serrate,  pubescent,  bright  green  above,  glaucous  be- 
neath Japan  — The  smallest  of  the  bamboos,  and  re- 
markably hardy.  It  is  especially  valuable  as  an  under- 
growth, quickly  making  a  carpet  in  wild  places,  but  its 
rampant  growth  will  quickly  outgrow  close  quarters. 


446 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


6.  A.  pfcmlla,  Mitford  (B.  pitmila,  Hort  )  Height 
1-2  ft.:  sts  very  slender,  purplish,  white-waxy  below 
the  nodes  Ivs.  4-5  in  long,,  Hin-  or  1C8S  wide,  minutely 
pubescent,  bright  green  — Much  rarer  than  B,  Veitchti, 
dwarfe^,  the  sts.  merely  purplish,  the  Ivs  shorter  and 
narrower  The  Ivs.  are  a 
darker  green  than  in  A. 
h umihs,  shorter,  narrower, 
and  taper  less  gradually, 
nodes  less  well  defined,  but 
having  a  waxy  bloom,  in- 
ternodes about  2  }^  in  long. 
7.  A.  hftmilis,  Mitford 
(A  Fdrtunei  var.  vindis, 
Hort).  Height  2-3  ft., 
branches  in  2's  and  3's, 
long  in  proportion  to  the 
sts  Ivs.  4-6  in  long,  the 
largest  about  l^m  wide, 
pale  green  internodes  2-5 
in  long  Japan  — A  rare 
and  pretty  plant,  liable  to 
confusion  with  A  pumila, 
but  the  sts  lack  the  waxy 
bloom  of  that  species 

DD   Plants  taller  thar  in  D, 

usually  in  excess  of  3  ft. 
E.  Sts  hollow,  cylindrical, 

or  nearly  so, 

p   Culms  purple,  or 

purplish 

8    A.   nitida,    Mitford 
Fig  457    Height  0-10  ft 
sts  slender,  seldom  exceeding  a  load-pencil  in  thickness, 


457  Arundmaria  nitida.  ( x  )  g) 


sts  slender,  seldom  exceeding  a  lead-pencil  in  thickness, 
black-purple  in  color  Ivs  2-3  in  long,  ^m  wide, 
fehimng  green  above,  pale  beneath,  sheaths  purplish,  the 
hgule  without  hairs  China  M  73  GC  III  18  179, 
24  211.  Gn  49,  p  388— One  of  the  daintiest  and  most 
attractive  of  the  arundmarias,  and  exceptionally  hardy. 
Some  shade  is  desirable,  as  the  Ivs  are  often  injured  by 
strong  sun  Easily  distinguished  from  A  Veitchn  and 
A.  pumil'i  by  the  deeper  color  of  the  sts,  which  are 
almost  black. 

9  B.  fastudsa,  Latour-Marliac  Height  15-20  ft  . 
culms  marked  with  purple-brown  the  internodes  with 
an  unusually  large  cavity  branches  numerous,  erect, 
giving  a  columnar  outline  to  each  st  bheaths  shaded 
with  purple  Ivs  5-7  in  long,  an  inch  or  less  wide,  bright 
green  above,  glaucous  beneath  Japan 

Kt    Cuhm>  grt'tn  or  golden 
G  Species  native, 

10.  A.  macrosperma,  Michx     LAIKJE  CANK    Height 
15-25  ft ,  with  numerous,  short,  divergent  branches' 
Ivs   4-8  in    or  moie  long,  ?4~1 '  2  in   broad,  smoothish 
or  pubescent,  sheaths  veiv  persistent    sts  erect,  rigid, 
simple  or  snarmglv  branched  the  first  year,  becoming 
dense  and  leafy  the  second,  afterwaids  fiuitmg  at  in- 
definite penods,  and  soon  aftei  decaying    Chiefly  along 
river  banks,  Va,  and  Ky    .southwaid  —Forming  cane- 
brakes,  sometimes  of  gieat  si/e  and  density    This  and 
the  next  are  the  only  bamboos  native  to  the  U.  S. 
Sometimes  cult  as  an  ornamental 

11.  A.  tecta,  Muhl    (A    macro*  ph  ma  var    suffruti- 
c6sa,  Munro)     SM\U,  CANK     SWITCH  CANK     SCUTCH 
CANE.    Height  2-12  ft     sts  slender   Ivs  3-6  in   long, 
4-12  lines  wide,  rough  ish,  sheath  bearded  at  the  throat. 
Swamps  and  moist  soil,  Md  and  S  Ind  southward  — 
A  form,  perhaps  specifically  distinct,  which  may  be 
known  as  var  decidua,  common  in  W  N  C  ,  has  the 
peculiarity  of  dropping  its  Ivs  every  autumn,  and  pass- 
ing the  winter  in  a  leafless  state     The  foliage  of  this 
deciduous  cane  turns  yellow  in  autumn,  drops,  and  m 
early  spring  the  culms  reswrie  their  verdure. 


GG.  Species  not  native  to  the  U.  S. 
E.  Branches  borne  singly  in  the  axils. 
12.  A.  japdnica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  (B.  Metdke,  Sieb.) 
Fig.  458  Height  5-10  ft  Ivs  4-8  in  or  more  in  length, 
1-2  in  wide,  smooth  and  shining  on  the  upper  surface, 
below  whitened  and  finely  pubescent,  sheaths  conspicu- 
ous Japan  M  1  G.C;  III  15239,  18.185— The 
commonest  of  the  hardy  bamboos,  and  readily  dis- 
tinguished from  other  tall-growing  kinds  of  arundmanas 
by  the  large,  broad  Ivs  and  by  the  broad,  persistent 
sheaths  which  almost  permanently  enwrap  the  etines 
From  A  tiimonu  it  differs  by  the  bud  bung  a  simple 
flattish  scale,  instead  of  a  complex  scaly  one,  and  also  oy 
the  less  amount  of  waxy  bloom  on  the  sts  Particularly 
recommended  for  cities. 

HII  Branches  borne  in  dense,  semi-verticillute  clusters 
13  A.  Simonii,  A  &  C  Riviere  (B  Slwonn,  Carr  B 
vindi-striata,Ilort'  A  and  B  Nanhlra,  Hoit  )  Height 
10-20  ft  .  Ivs  6-10  in  or  more  in  length,  usualh  less 
than  an  inch  wide,  sometimes  striped  with  white, 
tapering  to  a  long,  fine  point ,  mid-vein  glaucous  on  one 
side  toward  the  apex,  green  on  the  other  Himalayas, 
China  and  Japan  GC  111  15  301,  18  LSI —A  sil- 
ver-variegated  form  is  sometimes  known  as  B  Maxi- 
mowiczn,  Hort,  and  B  pluata,  Hort  RM  7146  — 
One  of  the  tallest  of  the  arundmarias  Very  late  in 
starting  into  growth  It  flowers  quite  frequently,  and 
does  not  die  down  entirely  after  blooming,  as  some 
kinds  do  llesistent  to  drought,  hardy  and  ultimately 
very  vigorous  and  handsome 

14.  A.  Hindsii,  Munro  (B  er<5tta,Hort  )  Height  6-10 
ft  .  culms  straight,  the  branches  appearing  as  if  whorled 
Ivs.  upright  at  hrst,  van  ing  in  length  up  to  9  in  ,  and 
about  /^m  wide,  the  veins  conspicuously  tessellated 
internodes  3-7  in  long,  waxy-white,  bheaths  with  a 
few  hairs,  long  persistent  Japan  — The  erect  habit  of 


458.  Arundmaria  japonic*.  ( x  h't 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


447 


growth  is  vejy  pronounced,  and  it  spreads  with  marked 
rapidity. 

EE.  £te  either  solid  or  quadrangular. 
15.  B.  quadrangularis,  Fenzi  Sts  square,  especially 
in  older  plants,  20-30  ft.  tall  Ivs.  deep  green,  serrate, 
6-7  in.  long,  about  1  in.  wide,  the  tessellation  minute. 
China  and  Japan  — A  wide-spreading  species,  when 
established,  and  one  possessing  considerable  hardiness. 
New  growth  is  produced  mostly  in  late  summer  and 
autumn. 

16  A.  marmdrea,   Franceschi    (B    marmdrea,   M  it- 
ford)     Height  3-o  ft.    sts.  slender,  cylindrical,  without 
a  cavity,  sheaths  purple,  marbled  with  gray   nodes 
unusually  prominent,  purple,  with  the  under  side  bright 
green,  internodes  short,  usually  1-2  in   long   Ivs   3-5 
in.  long,  about  ^m  wide,  abruptly  and  sharply  pointed 
at  the  apex     Japan  — In  cult    for  several  years  in 
Calif 

cc  Foliage  variegated. 
D.  Plants  low,  usually  1-3  ft.  in  height. 

17  A.  F6rtunei,  A  &  C  Riviere  (B    Fortunei,  Van 
Houttc,  and  var   vanegatn,  Hort  )     Fig   459.    Height 
1-3  ft  .  Ivs    4-5  in    long,    }3-%in.  wide,  beautifully 
striped  with  white    Japan     F  S.  15.1535 — Sometimes 
loses  its  Ivs   in  severe  winters,  but  quickly  recovers  in 
spring     The  internodes  are  rarely  more  than  an  inch 
long    Var  aurea,  Hort  ,  with  yellow  variegation,  is  A 
auricoma      Var    "frw/is,    Hurt  =.4.   humilts      An   old 
favorite     Rhizomes  very  active,   requiring   consider- 
able  space 

18  A.  auricoma,  Mitford  (A    and  B    Ffotunei  var. 
ahrca,  Hort  )     Height  2-3  ft     Ivs.  4-6  in    long,  about 
an  inch  wide,  brilliantly  variegated  with  yellow,  v el- 
vet  v  pubescent  on  the  lower  surface,  serrate,  with  the 
tooth  more  pronounced  on  one  side    sts   purple    nodes 
3-5  in    apart     Japan  — An  exceedingly  beautiful  and 
meritorious  ornamental  of  striking  character 

19  B.  angustifdlia,  Mitford   (B   Vtlmorlmi.  Hort). 
Height  about  1  ft  •  sts  slender,  purplish  or  light  green, 
with  prominent  nodes    Ivs    2-4  in    long,  about  Mm. 
wide,  serrate,  frequently  variegated  with  white    Japan. 
— A  dainty  species,  soon  forming  attractive  clumps. 

nn   Plants  taller  than  in  D,  usually  in  excess  of  3  ft.   (See 
alt>o  under  No   13  for  A   Sunonii ) 

20  A.  chrysantha,  Mitford   (B    chrysdntha,  Hort.). 
Height  3-5  ft     Ivs    5-7  in    long,  1  in    or  less  wide, 
nearly  smooth,  more  or  less  variegated  with  yellow. 
Japan  — Not  so  brilliantly  colored  as  A  auncoma,  from 
which  it  ma>  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  prominent 
ribs  and  absence  of  the  soft  velvety  pubescence  from 
the  lower  surface  of  the  Ivs. 

AA.  Internodes  flattened  on  one  side:  sheaths  early 

deciduous. 
B.  Sts.  black  or  brown. 

21  P.  nigra,    Munro    (B     nlgra,    Lodd ).     BLACK 
BAMBOO    Height  10-20  ft  .  sts  green  at  first,  but  chang- 
ing to  black  the  second  year    nodes  conspicuous,  the 
upper  rim  nearly  black,  the  lower  edged  "with  white. 
Ivs.  very  thin,  2-6  in  long,  6-10  lines  broad    China  and 
Japan     M.  142,    and  frontispiece     O.C    III    15:369; 
18  185.  R  B  23,  p  268.   B  M  7994  —One  of  the  most 
popular  of  the  bamboos,  markedly  hardy  and  distinct. 
Var.  punctata,  Hort ,  has  yellowish  sts.  spotted  with 
brownish  black. 

22  P.  viole"scens,  A,  &  C    Riviere  (B.  violescens, 
Carr )     Height  10-20  ft  •  sts  violet,  almost  black  the 
first  few  months,  changing  the  second  year  to  a  dingy 
yellow  or  brown   Ivs  variable  in  size,  2-6  in.  long,  l/^~ 
\  Yz  in.  wide,  the  larger  Ivs.  borne  on  young  shoots  or 
lower  branches;  they  are  sharply  serrate,  and  have  a 
well-defined  purplish  petiole.   China  and  Japan 


BB.  St8.  striped  with  yellow  and  green. 

23.  P.  CastUldnis,    Hort.     (B     Castittdnis,    Hort.). 
Height  10-20  ft.  or  more-  sts.  zigzag,  striped  golden 
yellow  and  green,  the  colors  alternating  at  the  nodes: 
Ivs  spanngly  striped  with  yellowish  white,  variable  in 
size,  usually  3-6  in.  long,  %-l  %  in  wide,  serrate,  the 
teeth  being  especially  prominent  on  one  edge:  If  -sheaths 
topped  by  a  wnorl  of  dark  brown  or  purple  hairs.  Japan. 
—  Both  beautiful  and  uncommon. 

BBB.  Sts.  greeny  yellow,  or  yellowish. 

c.  Plants  tail,  i  e.,  more  than  5  ft.  high. 

D.  The  internodes  very  short  at  the  base  of  the  culms. 

24.  P.  afcrea,  A.  &  C  Riviere  (B  aurea,  Hort  ).  Height 
10-15  ft."  sts.  yellowish,  often  brilliant  in  color,  the 
interned  cs  at  the  base  remarkably  short*  Ivs  narrowed 
from  near  the  base  to  the  apex,  mmii'ely  and  regularlv 
serrate  on  only  one  border,  usually  2-4  in   long  and 
%m  wide,  but  vanable,  light  green,  glaucous  beneath  ; 
sheaths  deciduous,  marked  with  purple     China  and 
Japan.    Gn.  8:206.    A.F.  5:41.  —  Easily  recognized  by 
the  very  short  nodes  at  the  base  of  the  culms 

DD.  The  internodes  at  the  base  of  the  culms  not  congested. 
E.  Outline  of  sts.  not  conspicuously  zigzag 

25.  P.  mitis,  A    &  C.  Riviere  (B.  m\lis,  Hort  ,  not 
Poir.).  Height  20  or  more  ft.,  and  said  to  attain  60  ft 

in    its    native 
soil     sts    deep 
green   at  first, 
eventually  yel- 
low internodes 
at  the  base  not 
conspicuously 
short  Ivs  van- 
able,  usually    2-4    in 
long    and    %m    W1tle, 
light  green,  serrate  on 
only    one   border, 
sheaths     deciduous, 
marked    with    purple 
China  and  Japan     Gn 
17.44  —Readily    dis- 
tinguished    from    /* 
aurea  by  the  long  inter- 
nodes  at  the  base  of 
the  culms 

26.  P.  Quflioi,  A  & 
C.  Riviere  (B  Quihoi, 
Hort  B.  Mazelii, 
Hort  )  Height  20  or 
more  ft  ,  and  under 
favorable  conditions  up 
to  70  ft  :  sts  arched,  green  or  yellowish,  bearing  unusu- 
ally long  branches:  Ivs  remarkably  large  and  broad, 
the  largest  8  in.  long,  1%  in  wide,  conspicuously  serrate 
on  one  edge,  dark  green,  often  spotted  with  brown, 
very  glaucous  beneath*  If.  -sheaths  pinkish  brown, 
deeply  mottled  with  purple  spots  China  and  Japan  — 
Rare  and  unusually  attractive 

27   P.    Hendnis,     Mitford    (B      Hendnis,     Hort  ;. 
Height  10-15  ft     sts  arched,  bright  green,  eventually 


4S9.  Arundinaria  Portunet.  (X&) 


, 

yellowish,  the  surface  slightly  roughened  sheaths  yel- 
low-brown, early  deciduous  Ivs  2-3  in  long,  a  little 
under  V£m  broad,  narrowed  below  the  middle  to  the 


base,  long-attenuate  at  the  apex,  bright  green  ;  If  - 
sheaths  often  purplish,  the  ligule  fringed  with  purple 
hairs,  internodes  5-6  in.  long  near  the  base  and  middle 
of  the  culm,  grooved  with  a  double  furrow  Japan.  — 
Wonderfully  graceful  and  eminently  hardy. 

EE.  Outline  of  sts.  conspicuously  zigzag. 
28   P.  vfridi-glaucSscens,  A  &  C.  Riviere  (B  vindi- 
glaucescens,  Carr.)     Height  20  or  more  ft.,  and  under 
favorable  conditions  up  to  60  ft  :  sts   zigzag,  arched, 


448 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


bright  green  at  first,  fading  as  they  ripen  to  a  dingy 
yellow,  sheaths  early  deciduous,  the  hgule  extended 
into  fnnged  auricles:  Ivs.  3-4  in.  long,  about  ^m.  wide 
or  a  little  more,  bright  green  above,  whitened  below. 
China  and  Japan.  Gn.  7:279.  G.C.  III.  15:433; 
18:183. — Frequent  in  cult,  and  very  hardy. 

29  P.  bambusoides, 
Sieb.    &    Zucc.      Height 
6-10  ft  :  sts.  slender,  zig- 
zag, green  at  first,  event- 
ually  yellowish:    sheaths 
purplish,  early  deciduous, 
branches  in  3's,  the  long- 
est m  the  middle,  little 
longer  than  the  internodes: 
Ivs.  variable,  &-7 

in  long,  1  in. 
or  less  wide,  ser- 
rate, the  teeth 
especially  sharp 
on  one  edge, 
bright  green, 

&ale     beneath, 
hina       and 

Japan    Gamble,  Bamb.  Bnt.  Ind.27,t 
27. — The  true  plant  very  rare  in  cult. 

cc  Plants  low,  1-3  ft.  high. 

30  P.  ruscifdlia,    Hort.     Kew    (P. 
Kumasdca,    Mitford.     P.    Kumasdca, 
Munro    B.  ruscifbha,  Sieb    B  mmina- 
lw,  Hort )     Fig  460.    Height  1-3  ft.: 
sts.  zigzag,  dark  to  pale  green  sheaths 

purple,  much  fnnged.  branches  very    450  Phyllostachys 
shdrt,  not  more  than  1  or  2  in.  long,  in     ruscifolia.  (x-jf$) 
3's  and  4V  Ivs   2-3  in   long,  about  1 
in  wide,  ovate  in  outline    Japan.   GC   III    15:369; 
18 '189 — The  sts  are  almost  solid,  the  tube  being  ex- 
ceedingly small    Dwarfest  species  of  Phyllostachys. 

SECTION  II  Venation  essentially  stnate,  i  e  ,  the  veins 
running  in  parallel  lines  from  the  base  to  the  apex, 
cross  veins  obsolete  or  obscure,  but  usually  with  a 
number  of  interposed  pellucid  dots.  (Embraces 
the  less  hardy  types  of  bamboos,  31-41.} 

A.  Sts.  hollow,  not  spiny. 
B.  Lvs.  averaging  not  more  than  3  in.  long. 

31.  A.  n6bilis,  Mitford  Height  15-25  ft  :  Ivs.  2-3 
in.  long,  usually  less  than  %m  wide,  bright  green, 
borne  on  short,  purple  petioles,  stn ate- veined .  sts. 
yellow-green,  with  purple-brown  nodes.  Probably  a 
native  of  China — A  large  and  graceful  species  mtro. 
into  Calif,  by  Franceschi  m  1896.  One  of  the  hardiest 
of  the  arundmarias  with  striated  Ivs. 

32  A.  d6bilis,  Thwaites  Height  probably  5-10  ft.: 
sts.  clustered,  much  branched,  the  nodes  2-6  in  apart, 
yellowish.  Ivs  1-3  in  long,  Hm.  or  less  wide,  stnate- 
vemed.  High  mts  of  Ceylon  and  the  Philippines. 
Gamble,  Bamb  Bnt  Ind  7,  t  6. — Intro  m  Calif  and 
offered  m  1910  by  the  Montanoso  Nursery.  The  char- 
acter of  the  venation  would  seem  to  imply  only 
moderate  hardiness. 

BB.  Lva.  averaging  not  more  than  6  in.  long. 
33.  A.  Fftlconeri,  Benth.  (T.  Fdlconen,  Hook.  f. 
B.  gracihs,  Hort,  not  Wall)  Height  10-15  ft.,  sts. 
slender,  bright  green  when  young,  yellow  when  old, 
the  mternodes  sometimes  white-waxy.  Ivs.  thin,  3-4 
in.  long,  about  J^in.  wide,  stnate-vemed.  Himalayas. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind  20,  t  18  B  M  7947.— Not 
very  hardy.  The  If  -sheaths  are  smooth,  cut  short  at 
the  top,  without  a  fnnge,  and  with  an  elongated  ligule; 
while  A.falcata  has  very  downy  If  -sheaths,  fringed  with 
long  hairs  at  the  intersection  with  the  If.  The  serra- 


tions of   the  If.-edges  are  more  pronounced   in   A. 
Falconen,  especially  on  one  side. 

34.  A.  falcate,  Nees  (B.  falcdta,  Hort ).  Height  10- 
20  ft.:  Ivs.  4-6  m.  long,  about  J^m.  wide,  light  green, 
striate-vemed :  sts.  slender,  not  exceeding  ^m.  diam., 
covered  with  a  bluibh  white-waxy  coating  when  young, 
eventually  yellow-green,  sheaths  downy,  ciliate  at  the 
hgule.  Himalayas.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit  Ind.  12,  t. 
11  and  12. — A  great  many  plants  cult,  under  this  name 
are  really  A.  Falcontn,  a  species  with  smooth  sheaths 
and  frmgeless  ligules.  Requires  a  mild  climate. 

BBB.  Lvs.  averaging  more  than  6  in.  long. 
c.  Culms  16-26  ft  tall,  reddish  brown 

at  maturity. 

35   A.    Hookeriana,    Munro.      Height 
15-25    ft  .    culms  glaucous   green  when 
young,  turning  reddish  brown  with  age: 
nodes  prominent,  with  a  bluish  ring'  Ivs. 
6-10 m  long,  Yz~\lA  in  wide,  the  venation 
striate     Himalayas     Gamble,  Barnb.  Brit    Ind    17,  t. 
15. — The  tallest  and  largest  species  of  arundmaria  in 
cult.    Intro,  in  Calif  by  Franceschi.    Not  very  hardy. 

cc.  Culms  taller,  giant  species   sts  green  or  yellowish. 

36  B.  vulgaris,  Schrad    FEATHERY  BAMBOO    Height 
20-80  ft     sts    bright   green,  4  m    diam  ,   or  more, 
straight  at  first,  eventually  much  arched  by  the  weight 
of  the  dense  foliage    branches  numerous,  striate'  Ivs 
usually  6-10  in    long,  8-15  lines  wide,  rough  on  and 
near  the  margins  and  on  the  lower  surface     India. 
GC  III  25'390    Gamble,  Bamb   Brit  Ind.  44,  t.  49. 
Var.  afcreo-variegata,    Hort ,   GOLDEN   BAMBOO,   has 
canes  of  a  rich  golden  yellow  color,  penciled  with  green. 
—Will  stand  but  slight  frost 

37  D.  Hamiltonii,  Nees  &  Arn     Height  up  to  80  ft  • 
sts    4-7  in    diam ,  much  branched  above,  pubescent 
with  white  hairs  when  young    mternodes  12-20  in. 
long  Ivs  variable,  sometimes  15  in  long,  2H  m  wide, 
finely  serrate;  midrib  narrow,   with  6-17  nerves  on 
either  side,   the  nervules  chiefly  of  pellucid  glands. 
Himalayas.    Gamble,  Bamb    Brit    Ind    85,  t    74  — 
The  lower  branches  usually  seated  on  woody  knobs. 
Promises  to  become  an  important  member  of  the  tall 
bamboos  m  S.  Calif. 

38  D.  latiflfi- 
rus,    Munro. 
Height    60-70 
ft  *     sts.     erect 
and  remarkably 
straight,  4-5  m 
diam.,    with     a 
large  cavity:  Ivs. 
7-10   in.  long, 
1-2    in     broad, 
long-acuminate, 
deep     green, 
borne  on  short 
petioles;  midrib 
prominent,  with 
about    9    nerves 
either  side,  the  trans- 
verse nervules  lacking 
or  obscure.    Formosa, 
Burma,  Cochin  China. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit. 
Ind.      131.     t.     117. 
Munro,    Trans.   Linn. 
Soc.    26:152,    t.   6.— 
Considered  one  of  the 
best  of  the  giant  bam- 
boos in  S.  Calif 

39.  D.  membrana- 
ceus,  Munro.  Height 
60-70  ft.:  sts.  white- 


441.  Bambusa  arundlnafcet. 


BAMBOO 


BANANA 


449 


powdery  when  young,  smooth  and  bright  green  when 
older,  1-5  in.  diam.:  nodes  prominent:  internodes  9-20 
in.  long:  sheaths  with  waved,  hairy  auricles.  Ivs.  5-10 
in.  long,  H~%m.  wide,  deep  green  above,  pale  beneath, 
slightly  hispid.  Burma,  India.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Bnt. 
Ind.  81,  t.  71.  —  Requires  a  warm,  protected  situation 
to  attain  full  development.  Intro,  into  Calif,  in  1895 
by  Franceschi. 

AA.  Sts.  either  solid  or  spiny. 

40.  B.  arundinacea,  Retz.  Fig.  461.  A  majestic 
species,  often  attaining  a  height  of  more  than  40-60  ft  • 
sts  produced  in  dense  clumps,  at  first  green  and  shining, 
zigzag  in  outline,  eventually  straight  and  golden  in 
color  branches,  especially  the  lower,  more  or  less  spiny 
Ivs  4-8  m.  long,  ^m  or  a  little  more  wide,  nearly  gla- 
brous; sheaths  persistent1  fis.  produced  at  long  intervals, 
and  after  perfecting  seeds,  the  plants  die.  India. 
Gamble,  Bamb  Bnt  Ind  51,  t  48. 

41  D.  strictus,  Nees  Called  MALE  BAMBOO,  on 
account  of  the  solid  character  of  the  culms.  Height 
20-50  ft.  sis.  1-3  in  diam  ,  solid  or  nearly  so,  glau- 
COUH  green  when  young,  yellowish  when  mature  nodes 
swollen  internodes  10-15  in  branches  long  and  blen- 
der, leafy  Ivb  4-10  in.  long,  up  to  IK  m  wide,  soft- 
hairy,  at  least  when  young,  narrowed  from  near  the 
base  to  the  tip,  the  apex  usually  twisted  ;  midrib  promi- 
nent, with  3-6  nerves  on  either  side,  the  ncrvules 
chiefly  of  interposed  pellucid  glands.  India,  Burma. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Bnt.  Ind  78,  t  68  and  09. 

B  agr^tis,  Poir  India.  Cochin  China  Adv  by  Yokohorna  Nurs 
Co  —  li  Alph<w*e  Kitrn,  Hort  A  variegated  form  of  B  nana,  Roxbg 
Young  sts  b  tripod  with  white  and  pink,  older  sts  yellow  with  broad 
green  stripes  Tender  —  A  dnctpt,  Mitford  hirnilar  to  \  mtida, 
but  mature  sts  ycllow-gieen  or  brown,  and  If  -sheaths  fringed  with 
\v  hite  hairs  Nati\  e  of  the  Himalayas,  at  elevations  betw  een  9,000- 
KMKJOft—  "B  nrofnlea  Grows  2  3-  35  ft  high,  thedensr  massi  s  of 
beautiful  gnen  foliage,  glaucous  underneath,  and  the  hundreds  of 
slender  culms  growing  close  together,  the  exterior  ones  bending  o\  er 
to  all  sides,  combine  to  make  this  bamboo  indescribably  brautiiul  " 
II  Nehrlmg,  Fla  —  "li  argtntea  var  mtttia,  the  variegated  bamboo 
or  the  blue  bamboo  of  gardens,  the  taiho-chiku  of  the  Japanese, 
who  have  grown  tlm  from  time  immemorial  in  pots,  is  one  of  the 
most  satisfactory  in  Fla  ,  it  attains  the  swe  of  B  argontea,  but  Us 
Ivs  are  still  more  blue  on  the  under  side  and  altogc  ther  smaller 
and  more  delicate,  they  are  striped  and  edged  with  white  "  Nehr- 
ling  —  A  anitata.  Gamble  Sts  5  ft,  purplish  brown  Ivs  4  in 
long,  'urn  or  less  wide,  narrowed  to  au  acute  apex,  venation  tessel- 
late  Himalayas,,  where  at  thrnes  at  elevations  of  11.000  ft  —  B 


,,  . 

ifu,  llcgel  Japan  —  P  Bory&na,  Hort  By  some  aathon- 
tics  considered  to  be  n  form  of  P  mgra,  but  the  culms  are  of  t  dull 
yellow  color  when  mature,  splashed  here  and  there  \vith  purple 


, 

brown  blotcht  s,  and  the  branches  are  much  longer  m  proporti 
the  culms  China  and  Japan  —  /'  flexudsa,  A  &  C  Kiviere  Culma 
6-10  ft  ,  dull  greenish  ytllow  when  mature  Ivs  similar  to  those  of 
P  vindi-glaucescens  ligules  of  t  ho  culm-sheaths  without  auricles 
A  comparatively  small  and  compact  ornamental  China  —  4  fdlut,- 
vane(]<itist  llort  ,  is  presumably  A  Fortunei,  the  commonest  low- 
growing,  variegated  arundmaria  —  "li  yrdcilis  This  most  beautiful 
small  species  used  to  be  grown  in  gardens  under  the  name  of  A. 
falcata  the  Ivs  are  very  small,  arranged  in  a  distichous  way  on 
both  sides  of  the  twigs,  they  have  a  fine  emerald-green  color  sts. 
thin  and  slender,  the  whole  plant  not  growing  taller  than  10-12  ft  " 
Nehrlmg  —  P  hcterocycla,  Carr  A  curious  plant,  the  lower  inter- 
nodes  of  which  are  obliquely  and  alternately  arranged  like  the 
scales  of  a  tortoise,  and  for  this  reason  called  the  "tortoise-*hcll 
bamboo  "  At  about  1-3  ft  from  the  ground  the  nodes  lose  this 
peculiar  character,  and  assume  a  regularity  as  m  other  species  In 
other  respects  this  interesting  bamboo  does  not  differ  much  from 
P  mitis,  or  P  aurea  Japan  —  A  Khasidna,  Muiiro  A  Himalayan 
species  with  black  sts  ,  allied  to  A  falcata  The  name,  however,  has 
been  misapplied  to  A  nttida  and  A  nobihs,  and  the  true  species  is 
probably  not  in  cult  m  the  U  S  -B  LajjdfUn,  Hort  Height  3-8 
ft  sts  green  with  a  tinge  of  purple,  verticillately  branched  above, 
the  branches  relatively  long  Ivs  4-ti  in  long,  Vtm  or  less  wide,  dark 
green,  somewhat  mottled  in  appearance  China  and  Japan  —  "B. 
macroailmii  Received  about  15  years  ago  directly  from  Japan 
under  the  name  of  taisan-chiku  It  is  a  veritable  want,  growing  SO- 
TS ft  high  with  large  dark  green  Ivs  and  thick  culms,  first  green, 
then  black,  old  culms  have  a  gray  color  m  stature  this  is  one  of  the 
noblest  of  all  the  bamboos,  and  it  is  perfectly  hardy,  the  sts  spring 
straight  out  of  the  soil  like  spears  and  when  they  have  fully  devel- 
oped they  bend  over  to  all  sides  at  their  tops,  so  that  the  entire 
plant  from  a  distance  looks  like  a  gigantic  sheaf  "  Nehrlmg  —  P 
marMcca,  Mitford  Wrinkled  Bamboo  Similar  to  P  Quihoi,  but 
the  internodes  at  the  base  aro  very  close  together,  not  more  than 
1-2  in  apait,  much  wrinkled  Japan—/'  nlgro-punchlta,  Hort 
Probably  a  variety  of  P  mgra,  under  which  it  appears  in  the  classi- 
fied descriptions  above  —  B  niitans  A  most  exquisite  bamboo 
grown  for  many  years  under  the  name  of  Dendrocaiamus  strictus. 

29 


which  is  a  very  different  plant,  grows  35-40  ft  high  with  a  very 
dense  growth  of  small  green  Ivs,  the  green  having  a  shade  of  blue  IL 
it,  the  sts  hang  over  to  all  Hides,  forming  beautiful  arches,  tender,  a 
most  extjuisite  plant  to  gro-v  on  lawns  or  on  the  edge  of  lakes,  or  in 
the  foreground  of  det  p  green  magnolias  "  Nehrlmg — B  orientdlis, 
Nces  Adv  by  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif  ,  who  regards  it 
as  a  form  of  13  arundinacea,  with  Ivs  larger  and  velvety  to  the 
touch  It  forms  clumps  quickly  E  India — A  racemdsa,  Munro. 
A  native  of  the  Himalayas,  growing  at  high  altitudes  height  up  to 
15  ft  ,  the  culms  brown,  very  thick  in  proportion  to  height,  the  long 
and  narrow  Ivs  are  conspicuously  tessellated  — "B  scriptdria  A 
3rnall  species  not  growing  ovtr  b-S  ft  high,  forming  fine  dense 
clumps  Ivs  anml',  green,  underneath  glaucous,  particularly  valu- 
able for  small  gardens  "  Nthrlmg  —A  apathiflbra,  Tnn  Height 
10-20  ft  ,  the  culms  yellowish  or  nearly  brown,  slender  and  much 
branched  Ivs  tessellated,  2  3  in  long,  about  Jfin  wide,  acutely 
pointed,  thin  in  texture  Himalayas,  at  altitudes  of  7,000-10,000  ft 
— B  KtnAta,  Lodd  Height  4  5  ft  «ts  striped  yellow  and  green,  as 
thick  as  the  thumb,  internodfs  4 -bin  long  Ivs  6-8  in  long,  *^-l  in 
broad  China  B  M  0079,  which  shows  a  flowering  specimen  with 
conspicuous  anthers,  red-purple  at  first,  and  fading  to  lilac  Not 
described  by  Mitford  1-  ormerly  sold  by  Yokohoma  Nurs  Co  —  B. 
stnatifdlta  var  aurea,  Hort  ,  an  abandoned,  fade  name  never  re- 
cognized by  botanists  --B  strlctn,  Hort ,  an  old  trade  name  probably 
notB  stncta,  Roxbg  —  P  sulphurm,  \  &C  Rividre  Height  10- 
15  ft  ,  seemingly  intermediate  between  P  mitis  and  P  aurea  It 
is  less  tall  than  the  former,  and  the  sts  are  more  brightly  colored 
than  m  the  latter  species  Japan  -B  Thoudran,  Kunth  A  doubt- 
ful species,  considered  by  some  botanists  to  be  only  a  form  of  the 
widespread  B  vulgans,  But,  according  to  Franceschi,  at  least  horti- 
culturally  distinct  Height  50  60  ft  ,  w  ith  a  diam  of  culm  of  4-5  in 
Intermediate  in  outline  between  the  erect-growing  D  latiflorus,  and 
the  spreading  or  horizontally  inclined  B  vulgans  Intro  into  Calif, 
some  25  years  ago,  and  in  recent  years  remt  10  bytheU  S  Dept  of 
Agnc  from  S  France,  where  it  had  come  from  Algiers  40-15  years 
ago  —  B  Tulda,  Roxbg  Height  up  to  70  it  ,  the  culms  4-5  in 
diam  ,  and  of  a  remarkable  gray-green  color  Ivs  very  glaucous  oi» 
the  lower  surface  Recently  mtro  by  the  U  S  Dept  of  Agnc. 
Bengal  and  Burma  Gamble,  Bamb  Bnt  Ind  30,  t  29  —  B  mne- 
gnta  Sieb=A  Fortunei —ft  lerhnllata,  Hort  ,  Franceschi  Height 
15-20  ft  sts  orange-yellow  Ivs  in  whorls,  striped  white 

Among  the  recent  introductions  of  bamboos  by  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  representing  two  genera  of  much 
interest  and  rarity  to  the  I  nited  htates,  are  the  following 

CHDSQUfeA  A  genus  belonging  to  the  subtnbe  Arundmaneas, 
of  tall,  shrubby  or  climbing  plants  with  the  flowering  branches  in 
clusters  at  the  joints,  and  comparatively  small  Ivs  and  spikeleta. 
W  Indies  amlS  Amer  ,  chicliy  m  the  \ndcs-f  bambusMts,  Hack 
A  large  species  with  small  panieUs  exceeded  by  the  crowded  bladea, 
1  in  wide  and  about  6  in  long  Native  of  Brazil  — C  quita,  Kunth. 
A  frer ly  branching  arborcsu  nt  spec  les  with  numerous  open  panicles 
and  distant  Ivs  scarcely  '  ..m  wide  Native  of  Chile —C'  valdi- 
renut,  Desv  ,  of  Chile,  is  a  ^<  nder  climbing  species  with  naked  sts. 
and  numerous  fascicled  leafy  (lowering  branches,  the  Ivs  3-4  m 
long  — C  nbictifdha,  Gnseh  V  climbing  species  with  dense  tufts  of 
short  branches  with  Ivs  less  than  2  in  long  and  about  >gin  wide 
Native  of  the  W  Indu  s 

OXYTENANTHfeRA  A  genus  of  the  subtnbe  Eubambusese,  of 
tall,  shrubby  plants  from  the  K  Indies  and  Afr  ,  characterized  by 
long,  eyhndncal  or  conical  spikelets  in  compact  fascicles,  the  anther? 
ending  in  a  bristle — O  abysslnica,  Munro  (Bambusa  abyssimca, 
Rich  )  Infl  capitate,  large  and  spiny  Ivs  about  6  in  long,  6-8 
lines  broad  Native  of  Trop  Afr  Q  D>  BEADLE 

BAMBURANTA  (Bambusa  and  Maranta).  Zingiber- 
dce<e  A  name  applied  to  an  undetermined  plant  with 
maranta-like  leaves  and  bamboo -like  habit,  from 
the  Congo  Free  State  B.  Arnoldiana,  Lmd  Lvs- 
broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  distinctly  petioled,  on  long, 
spieadmg,  graceful  stems;  attrac- 
tive as  a  pot-plant  G.C  III  28* 
313  (1900). 

BANANA,  a  name 
applied    to    certain 
species    of    M  u  s  a , 
particularly  to  those 
that  produce  edible  fruits, 
although    it    is    sometimes 
used  for  species  grown  for 
ornament,     as     for     Musa 
Ent,cte      There    are    three 
groups  of   edible  bananas, 
the  common  banana,  eaten 
raw,  Musa  snpientum,  the 
plantain,    fruits    to    be 
cooked,      M.     paradisiaca, 
dwarf,   with   eaible  fivuts, 
M.   Cavendishn.    The  first 
two  are  probably  forms  of 


462.  Tip  of  flower-cluster 
of  banana. 


450 


BANANA 


BANANA 


463.  Plantain  banana.  (Xi) 


one  species,  and  the  botanical  nomenclature  is  con- 
fused Some  species  produce  fiber.  Consult  Abaca  and 
Musa. 

The  banana  plant  is  a  great  perennial  herb.  It 
grows  10  to  even  30  feet  tall,  and  produces  a  bunch  of 
fruit,  and  the  stalk  then  dies  or  becomes  weak;  m  the 
meantime,  suckers 
have  arisen  from  the 
rootstock  to  take  its 
place  The  peculiar 
flower-bearing  of  the 
banana  is  shown  m 
Fig.  462.  which  illus- 
trates tne  tip  of  a 
flower  -cluster  This 
cluster  may  be  likened 
to  a  giant  elonga- 
ting bud,  with  large, 
tightly  overlapping 
scales  or  bract  s  Three 
1  of  these  bracts  are 
shown  at  a  a  a.  in 
different  stages  of  the 
flowering,  As  they 
rise  or  open,  the 
flowers  below  them  expand  The  bracts  soon  fall  The 
flowers  soon  shed  their  envelopes,  but  the  styles,  6, 
persist  for  a  time.  The  ovaries  soon  swell  into  bananas, 
c  The  bracts  are  royal  purple  and  showy. 

The  banana  has  come  to  oe  one  of  the  most  popular 
fruits  m  North  America,  due  to  the  cheapness  of  its 
cultivation  and  transportation,  ease  of  handling,  long- 
keeping  qualities,  and  adaptability  to  many  uses  The 
source  of  supply  is  mostly  Jamai  m,  Costa  Rica,  Cuba, 
Honduras,  and  latterly  the  northern  shores  of  Colombia 
In  the  tropics,  the  ordinary  bananas  are  cooked  and 
used  as  a  vegetable  rather  more  than  as  a  fruit  to  be 
eaten  from  the  hand  The  plantains,  which  are  coarser 
and  harder  fruits  and  thicker,  are  alwavs  cooked.  A 
form  of  cooking  banana  used  in  parts  of  tropical 
America  is  shown  in  Fig  463  Of  the  banana  itself 
there  are  many  varieties.  The  common  large  fruit  in 
northern  markets  is  the  Martinique,  Jamaica,  Gros 
Michel  or  Bluefields.  A  red  variety,  the  Baragoa  or 
Red  Jamaica,  is  sometimes  seen.  In  the  tropics,  vari- 
ous very  small  forms  are  grown  for  local  consumption 
These  are  fragile  and  do  not  keep  long,  and  are  rarely 
seen  in  the  markets  North  One  of  them,  known  as  the 
"fig"  in  Trinidad,  is  shown  in  Fig  464,  the  fruits  are 
about  3  inches  long.  The  dwarf  or  Cavendish  banana 
is  grown  extensively  m  the  Canary  Islands,  and  appar- 
ently also  in  Bermuda;  and  it  is  not  uncommon  as  an 
ornamental  plant  in  conservatories 

It  is  said  that  the  banana  was  first  imported  into  the 
United  States  m  1804  by  Captain  John  N.  Chester  of 
the  schooner  Reynard,  the  lot  consisting  of  thirty 
bunches  The  first  full  cargo  is  said  to  have  been  1,500 
bunches  brought  to  New  York  in  1830  on  the  schooner 
Harriet  Smith,  chartered  by  John  Pearsall  of  the  firm 
of  J.  &  T  Pearsall.  Two  or  three  cargoes  would  appear 
each  year,  until  about  1857  William  C  Bliss  entered  the 
banana-  importing 
business,  securing 
his  supply  from 
Bara^oa,  Cuba, 
and  taking  the 
trade  to  Boston. 
In  1869,  he  se- 
cured a  small  car- 
go from  Jamaica. 
In  recent  years, 
the  Jamaica- 
United  States 
banana  trade  has 
assumed  very 
large  proportions. 


In  the  United  States,  there  is  little  commercial  culti- 
vation of  bananas,  since  the  frostless  zone  is  narrow  and 
the  fruit  can  be  grown  so  much  more  cheaply  in  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies.  Small  banana  planta- 
tions are  common  in  southern  Florida,  however,  and 
even  as  far  north  as  Jacksonville.  They  are  also  grown 
in  extreme  southern  Louisiana,  and  south westw ard  to 
the  Pacific  coast.  The  plants  will  endure  a  slight  frost 
without  injury.  A  frost  of  five  or  six  degiecs  will  kill 
the  leaves,  but  if  the  plants  are  nearly  full  grown  at 
the  time,  new  foliage  may  appear  and  fruit  mav  form 
If  the  entire  top  is  killed,  new  suckers  will  spring  up 
and  bear  fruit  the  following  year  A  stalk,  or  trunk, 
bears  but  once;  but  the  new  sprouts  which  anse  from  the 
roots  of  the  same  plant  continue  the  fruit-bearing.  A 
strong  sprout  should  bear  when  twelve  to  eighteen 
months  old  (from  two  to  three  years  in  hothouses). 


4  4    A  hand  of  the  "fig"  banana 


465   A  bearing  banana  plant. 


The  plantation  will,  therefore,  continue  to  bear  for 
many  years.  A  bearing  stalk,  as  grown  in  southern 
California,  is  shown  in  Fig.  465. 

The  species  mostly  m  demand  for  fruiting  seldom  or 
never  produce  seeds,  and  naturally  increase  oy  suckers 
The  suckers  are  most  readily  separated  from  the  parent 
rootstock  by  a  spade.  This  is  a  slow  process  of  increase, 
but  the  suckers  so  produced  make  large  and  vigorous 
plants.  A  quicker  method  of  propagation  is  to  cut  the 
entire  rootstock  into  small,  wedge-shaped  pieces,  leav- 
ing the  outer  surface  of  the  root  about  1  by  2  inches  in 
size,  planting  in  light,  moist  soil,  with  the  point  of  the 
wedge  down  and  the  outer  surface  but  slightly  covered. 
The  best  material  for  covering  these  small  pieces  is  fine 
peat,  old  leaf-mold,  mixed  moss  and  sand,  or  other 
light  material  that  is  easily  kept  moist  The  beds 
so  planted  should  be  in  full  open  sunshine  if  in  a 
tropical  climate,  or  given  bottom  heat  and  plenty  of 
light  if  in  the  plant-house  The  small  plants  from  root- 
cuttings  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  original 
bed  longer  than  is  necessary  to  mature  one  or  two  leaves, 
as  that  treatment  would  stunt  them. 


BANANA 


BANKS 


451 


The  textile  and  ornamental  species,  also,  may  be 
increased  by  the  above  process,  but  as  these  species 
usually  produce  seeds  freely,  seedlings  can  be  more 
quickly  grown,  and  with  less  trouble.  The  seeds  of 
bananas  should  be  sown  as  fresh  as  possible,  treating 
them  the  same  as  recommended  for  root-cuttings  As 
soon  as  the  seedlings  show  their  first  leaves,  they  should 
be  transplanted  into  well-prepared  beds  of  rich,  moist 
soil,  or  potted  off  and  plunged  into  slight  bottom 
heat,  as  the  needs  of  the  grower  or  his  location  may 
demand  Both  seedlings  and  root-cut!  ings  should  have 
proper  transplanting,  sufficient  room  and  rich  soil,  as 
a  rapid,  unchecked  growth  gives  the  best  and  quickest 
results. 

In  the  We.st  Indies,  Central  America  and  Mexico, 
banana?  are  laised  for  export  to  the  United  States  and 
Canada  The  site  chosen  is  usually  a  level  plain  in  the 
lowlands,  near  the  coast,  or  in  valleys  among  the  hills, 
where  the  i  am  fall  or  artificial  moisture  is  sufficient. 
For  distant  shipping,  bunches  of  fruit  are  cut  with 
"machetes"  or  knives,  after  they  reach  their  full  size 
and  are  almost  mature,  but.  quite  green  in  color.  Ripen- 
ing is  effected  during  shipment  in  warm  weather,  and 
by  storing  m  daik,  artificially  heated  rooms  during  cold 
weather  Banana  floui  is  a  valuable  product  of  ripe 
bananas  prepared  among  the  plantations  in  the  tropics 
It  is  mittitious,  and  ha-*  an  increasing  demand  and  use 
as  human  food  A  recently  invented  process  of  drying 
ripe  bananas  has  been  found  verv  successful,  and  the 
industry  promises  to  be  of  v.ist  importance  as  the  mar- 
ketable article  finds  ready  sale  Further  details  of  the 
growing  of  the  commeicial  crop  in  the  tropu 
found  in  Cyrlo  Amer  Agnc  ,  Vol  II,  p  199 


BANEBERRY     Artva 


P 

E.  X   KKASONKR 
L   II   B 


BANKS.  The  means  of  holding  and  planting  banks 
and  steep  surfaces  is  one  of  the  perplexities  of  the  horti- 
culturist and  landscape  designer.  The  banks  to  be 
considered  may  be  defined  as  very  steep  earth  slopes 
with  a  bare,  shifting  surface,  requiring  protection  and 
planting,  or  a  surface  covered  with  natural  vegetation 
Figs  460-469 

Low  banks,  either  curved  or  rigidly  formal,  usually 
enter  into  symmetrical  designs  of  the  elaborately 
finished  surroundings  of  a  fine  home  Usually  they  are 


'  "-»       zir^--j?^ 

466.  A  bank  before  planting 

olaced  to  outline  or  to  inclose  parts  of  a  design,  or  to 
decrease  or  increase  the  apparent  height  of  a  building 
or  other  structure,  or  of  a  garden  compartment. 

Protection. 

One  problem  to  be  solved  is  the  protection  of  sea, 
lake,  nyer,  and  small  stream  banks  and  bhiffs  against 
the  sliding  of  the  soil,  due  to  waves  or  along-shore  cur- 
rents m  sea  or  lakes  and  to  running  water,  especially 


floods,  in  stream  beds.  Such  water-action,  cutting 
under  the  base  of  a  bank,  causes  the  soil  above  to  slide 
down.  On  lake  and  sea  shores,  jetties  built  from  the 
bluff-base  into  the  water  will  check  an  eroding  margi- 
nal current,  make  it  drop  its  load  of  silt,  and  extend 
the  shore  In  many  positions  willows,  planted  close 
together  in  a  wide  band  on  the  beach  or  at  the  bluff- 
base,  will  accumulate  and  fill  with  roots  the  soil  that 


467.   Same  bank  after  planting. 

is  washed  down  and  blown  in,  and  thus  create  a  water- 
resisting  barrier  Along  suit  water,  plantations  of  the 
sea-beach  grass,  Ammophtla  arenaria,  and  the  shrubby 
Bocchans  hnlinufolvi  and  /w/ru/^scens  are  serviceable; 
and  far  South,  the  mangrove  may  be  planted  on  outer- 
most sea-edges 

Another  bank  trouble  is  soil-seepage  water  coming 
to  the  surface  part  way  up  the  slope  and  making  mud 
patches  that  slide  down  and  cause  the  soil  above  to 
cave  away  Usually  this  sloughing  is  at  an  impervious 
soil  layer  at  some  feet  below  the  surface,  to  which  the 
water  passes,  then  finds  its  way  out  to  the  bank-face 
If  this  water  is  at  fixed  spring-like  points,  a  tile  drain 
laid  m  porous  material  about  3  or  4  feet  deep  and 
directlv  down  the  bank  to  a  concrete  anchor  at  the  out- 
let opening  will  usuallv  take  off  the  water  that  causes 
sliding.  If  the  seepage  is  all  along  the  face  of  the  bank, 
it  may  be  necessarv  to  carry  a  drain  some  feet  back 
from  and  parallel  to  the  edge  of  the  bluff -top  down  to 
and  a  little  into  the  impervious  soil,  with  tile  outlets 
down  the  bank. 

The  surface  of  banks  is  often  gullied  by  water  run- 
ning from  the  top  down  the  face  at  frequent  intervals 
This  may  be  prevented  by  forming  a  ridge  or  barrier 
at  the  edge  of  the  bluff  to  carry  the  water  along  sodded 
channels  to  paved  or  piped  outlets  down  the  slope 

Sand-bluff  surfaces  that  drift  with  the  wind  need 
thick  plantations  of  plants  that  will  grow  well  in  sand, 
with  a  mulching  of  ha^ ,  lea\  es  or  litter  to  keep  the  sand 


[i  place  until  vegetation  is  established. 
Thf 


The  erosion  of  large  streams  at  the  base  of  bluffs 
is  often  beyond  the  means  of  individuals  to  control, 
although  persistent  willow-planting  along  shore  and 
planting  on  the  slope,  will  often  suffice  In  bad  banks,  a 
riprap  of  stone  with  plants  having  matted  roots  between 
the  stones  will  holu  On  smaller  streams,  ripraps  of 
stones  or  stumps,  while  unattractive  until  covered  with 
vines,  will  hold  banks  at  critical  places  A  continuous 
stone  wall  is  not  a  good  barrier  unless  it  is  high  enough 
on  both  sides  to  include  flood-water,  and  the  cost  of 
such  walls  is  too  high  for  most  individuals 

On  sliding  slopes  there  is  usually  an  overhanging 
upper  edge  with  a  short  perpendicular  edge  just  under 
it  to  be  graded  back  The  material  thus  secured  may 
be  used  at  the  foot  of  the  bluff.  When  more  ideal  con- 
ditions are  desired,  the  grading  may  be  extended  tr. 
give  angular  raw  banks  the  graceful  contours  thai 
nature's  gradual  rounding-down  of  angles  will  give 


BANKS 


BANKSIA 


Planting. 

On  low  banks  and  terraces,  where  soil  may  be  thor- 
oughly prepared  and  well  cared  for,  turf  or  any  vigorous 
plant  can  be  established.  In  elaborate  garden  designs, 
such  planting  is  often  trimmed  or  trained  to  a  uniform 
surface  or  arranged  to  make  a  part  of  a  formal  pattern. 

On  high  banks,  landscape  beauty  of  distinction  may 
be  created  by  the  selection,  arrangement  and  manage- 


468.  Banks  held  by  moderate  planting,  the  scenic  features 
not  being  obscured 

ment  of  artificial  plantations  or  the  natural  growth 
High  banks  uniformly  drained  and  graded  to  prevent 
slipping,  such  as  railroad  and  reservoir  slopes,  may  be 
turfed  Such  treatment  is  not  recommended  m  large 
operations  in  which  an  interesting  and  varied  surface- 
cover,  or  a  low  maintenance  cost,  is  desired  \\  hen 
large  bluffs  require  many  thousand  plants  and  limita- 
tions of  cost  require  that  they  be  planted  with  little 
soil  preparation,  varieties  must  be  (selected  that  will 
grow  well  in  the  soil  presented  They  must  be  pUnts 
that  can  be  procured  m  large  quantities  at  low  cost,  for 
the  bulk  of  the  planting,  and  it  is  desirable  that  they 
have  such  special  characteristics  as  underground  or 
surface  stolons  or  trailing  stems  that  root  strongly  at 
frequent  intervals,  or  stems  that  root  at  the  tips 
There  aie  also  varieties  with  very  densely  matted 
fibrous  roots  that  hold  soil  well 

The  following  plants  meet  these  requirements  for 
the  soils  indicated' 

Low  evergreen  plants  for  the  sandy  or  gravelly  soil 
of  the  North  Bearberry  (Ardotfaphijlos  Uua-Ursn)  an 
ideal  evergreen  trailing  giound-cover  for  sand  or  gravel, 
of  which  collected  plants  must  be  used  that  are  not 
easily  transplanted.  Trailing  jumper  (Jumperus  corn- 
mums).  Savin  jumper  (Jumperus  Sabina)  These 
three  species  are  not  procurable  in  large  quantities  at 
low  cost,  and  collected  plants  do  not  transplant  readily. 

Low  evergreen  plants  for  good  soil  in  shade  Ever- 
green spurge  (Pachywndra  termmalis),  excellent  for 
shade  and  hardy  over  a  wide  territory.  Myrtle  or  large 
periwinkle  (Vinca  major),  from  Virginia  .south.  Periwin- 
kle (Vmca  minor),  from  Pennsylvania  north  The  last 
three  plants  are  offered  by  nursenes  in  large  quanti- 
ties, the  latter  at  low  cost  by  collectors,  and  collected 
plants  transplant  well.  Japanese  evergreen  honey- 
suckle (Lomcera  japomca)  This  climber  and  trailer  is 
one  of  the  best  bank-covers  in  states  south  of  New 
York,  and  it  can  be  obtained  in  nurseries  or  from  col- 
lectors in  large  quantities.  Spring  planting  should  be 
done  very  early 

For  low  deciduous  trailers  or  medium  high  shrubs  for 
nearly  all  soils,  the  tip-rooting  species  of  blackberry, 
such  as  Rubus  canadensis,  R  dumetorum,  R  occiden- 
tahs,  and  the  species  with  underground  stolons,  such  as 
the  cultivated  high-bush  blackberries,  and  red  raspber- 
ries, are  serviceable  and  can  be  obtained  in  large  quan- 
tities at  low  cost  Plants  having  a  similar  habit  may  also 
be  thus  secured,  as  the  matrimony  vine,  the  Indian 


currant,  the  weeping  golden  bell  (Forsythia  i.  

the  wild  roses,  (Rosa  lucida  or  R  mtida),  the  staghorn 
sumac  (Rhiis  ti/phina)  Of  low-cost  trees,  the  common 
locust,  soft  maple,  box  elder,  and  Russian  mulberry,  are 
all  suitable 

Of  mat  ted -root  plants,  the  Japanese  barberry,  the 
hop-tree  (Pleha  tnfoliata),  the  European  euonyrnus, 
the  common  buckthorn,  can  usually  be  readily  procured. 

Of  small  trees  for  shade,  the  flowering  dogwood  and 
red-bud  are  especially  suitable  and  attractive  from 
Massachusetts  arid  New  York  south 

Of  tall  evergreen  trees,  the  white  pine  is  more  ser- 
viceable for  light  soils  and  more  easily  procured;  the 
arborvitse  and  red  cedar  are  the  most  available  medium- 
height  trees  for  average  soils 

In  California,  the  mesembryanthemums  are  largely 
used  for  bank-covers 

It  is  very  desirable  to  establish  a  ground-cover  of  low 
shrubs  and  especially  herbs  under  trees  on  banks  as  soon 
as  practicable.  By  using  hay  containing  wild  asters, 
thorough  worts,  blazing  star,  goldenrod,  perennial  sun- 
flowers, and  the  like,  for  mulching  young  plantations, 
many  of  these  plants  will  be  introduced  from  seed, 
especially  when  seeds  are  mature.  These  will  gradually 
be  superseded  by  such  shade-loving  plants  as  ferns, 
violets,  woodland  asters,  and  goldenrods,  especially  if 
colonies  of  these  plants  are  introduced  as  soon  as  the 
plantations  are  high  enough  to  give  shade. 

Arrangement 

If  it  is  important  to  retain  an  extended  open  view 
from  the  top  of  high  banks,  then  high  trees  must  be 
confined  to  the  lower  edge,  medium-sized  trees  and  large 
shrubs  to  the  central  zone,  and  trailing  plants  or  low 
shrubs  to  the  upper  zone  If  the  bank  is  a  lo\\  one,  then 
low  trees  or  large  shrubs  must  be  substituted  for  the 
large  trees  at  the  bottom  of  the  bank  It  is  often  more 
interesting,  however,  to  allow  the  bank  to  be  covered 
with  tall  trees  and  then  open  vistas  and  views  through 
these  trees 
by  cutting 
branches  and 
thinning  out 
as  they  de- 
velop. Banks 
offer  rather 
an  unusual 
opportunity 
for  the  de- 
velopment of 
interesting 
detail  in  the 
development 
of  the  plant- 
ing, because 
of  varying 
conditions  of 
moisture  and 
soil  Such  in- 
teresting de- 
tails should 
be  made  ac- 
cessible by 


469.  Flat  plan  of  a  bank  treatment  on  the 
right  of  the  plan;  and  good  planting  against 
the  residence,  and  up  a  bank  at  the  rear. 


trails  following  along  the  slope  on  easy  grades  that  can 
be  made  at  the  time  the  bank  is  fust  graded  or  at  later 
periods  as  the  growth  develops 

WARREN  H.  MANNING. 

BANKSIA  (Sir  Joseph  Banks,  1743-1820,  famous 
English  scientist)  Proteacex  Australian  evergreen 
shrubs  or  trees  with  handsome  foliage,  but  not  widely 
known  m  cultivation  here. 

Leaves  variable,  often  deeply  incised,  usually  dark 
green  above,  white  or  brown  downy  beneath,  fls  showy, 
sessile,  usually  in  pairs,  spicate;  spike  terminal  or  axil- 
lary, mostly  crowded  within  the  bracts  and  floral  Ivs., 


BANKSIA 


BARBADOS   LILY 


453 


470.  Banksia  encifolia. 


the  pistillate  ones  ultimately  forming  thick  woody 
strobiles. — Species  46,  more  than  23  of  which  have  been 
more  or  less  cult,  in  England,  but  only  2  or  3  so  far 
known  here. 

Propagation  is  difficult,  and  by  seeds  is  usuallv  an 
unsatisfactory  method,  although  B.  wrrata  has  been 
grown  satisfactorily  from  seeds.  Cuttings  under  a  bell- 
jar,  without  too  much  heat,  root  fairly  well. 

The  following  have  been  recently  catalogued  in 
North  America;  none  of  them  has  "gained  a  perma- 
nent foothold"  in  California.  Several  species  are  known 
in  American  botanic  gardens. 

integrifdlia,  Linn.  Ten  to  12  ft. .  Ivs  6  in  long,  1-1^ 
m.  wide,  entire,  or  rarely  a  little  dentate,  the  upper  side 
dark  green,  silveiy  white  beneath,  scattered  or  some- 
times irregularly  verticillatc,  spikes  3-6  in  long;  peri- 
anth about  1  m  long,  greenish  yellow.  Cav.  Ic.  546. 
B  M  2770.  Lam.  Encyc. 
54. 

serrata,  Linn  Tree,  10-20 
ft ,  the  young  branches  to- 
mentose.  Ivs  oblong-lanceo- 
late, 3-6  in  long,  coiiaceous 
and  deeply  and  regularly  ser- 
rate, fls  similar  to  the  pie- 
ceding,  but  red  B  R  131<i 
(as  B  unduldta)  Cav  Ic 
539,  540 —Almost  perfectly 
hardy  in  Cent  Fla 

ericifdlia,  Linn  Fig  170 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  12-14 
ft  Ivs  scarcely  longer  than 
^m  ,  heath-like  spikes  6-10 
in  long,  the  yellow  penarith 
about  %m  long  B  M  738. 
Andr.  Bot  Rep  ,  pi.  156 
Cav  Ic  538 

B  latifMin,  R  Br  Stout  shrub  hs  irregularly  almost  spiny 
serrate,  4  S  in  long,  I1 7-,$  m  wulc  spikes  i-">  m  long,  perianth 
slender,  scarcely  1  in  long,  greenish  HM  2100 — H  priorities, 
Lmdl  Tree,  15-2")  ft  Ivs  8-11  in  long,  >2-l  in  wide,  pmnatifid 
spikes  I-1}  in  long,  perianth  scarcely  an  inch  long,  vinous,  style 
rigid,  incurved  at  the  base.  j^  TAYLOR 

BANUCALAG:   Alcuntes  tnsperma. 

BANYAN  TREE:   Ficus  indica,  and  other  species. 

BAOBAB:   Adansonia. 

BAPHIA  (name  meaning  dye).  Leguminbsx.  CAM- 
WOOD BAR  WOOD.  Shrubs  or  small  tiees,  sparingly 
planted  far  south 

Erect  or  climbing*  Ivs  1-fouolate,  exstipellate,  the 
stipules  small  fls  white  or  vellow,  papilionaceous,  fas- 
c'ded  or  racemose,  calvx  snort-toothed  but  becoming 
»ht  as  the  fl  opens,  .standard  oibicular,  and  wings 
oblong  or  obovate,  keel  obtuse  and  slightly  incurved; 
stamens  not  united  pod  hneai -lanceolate,  acuminate, 
flattened — A  dozen  species  in  Tiop  Afr  and  Mada- 
gascar Sometimes  grown  in  hot  houses.  Prop  by  cut- 
tmgs  bearing  Ivs. 

racem&sa,  Hochst  Erect,  S  ft  ,  branches  glabrous: 
Ivs  leathery,  3  in  long,  oblong  or  nearly  so,  acute  fls. 
large  in  a  leafy  panicle,  corolla  much  exceeding  the 
calyx,  white  \vith  purple  veins  on  the  standard  pod 
2  in  long,  about  2-seeded.  S  Cent  Afr.  and  Natal. 
--Offered  in  S.  Fla.  L.  H.  B. 

BAPTfSIA  (Greek,  to  dye,  alluding  to  the  coloring 
matter  m  some  species).  Lcgunnnbso'.  FALSE  INDIGO. 
About  twenty-five  erect  perennial  herbs  of  eastern 
North  America,  sometimes  planted  in  borders  and 
collections 

Branching  herbs  Ivs  alternate,  mostly  3-foholate: 
corolla  papilionaceous,  the  standard  not  larger  than  the 
wings  calyx  campanulate,  the  5  teeth  separate  and 
equal  or  the  2  upper  ones  united  stamens  10,  distinct' 


pod  stalked  m  the  calyx. — Plants  usually  turn  black  in 
drying. 

Baptisias  thrive  in  any  ordinary  soil  and  under  com- 
mon treatment,  preferring  free  exposure  to  sun.  Prop- 
agation is  by  division  or  seeds. 

A.  Lf  -blades  simple'  fls.  yellow. 

simplicifdlia,  Croom.  Branchy,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  2-4  in. 
long,  sessile,  broadly  ovate  and  obtuse:  fls  in  numerous 
terminal  racemes.  Fla.,  in  dry  pine-  or  oak-lands  — 
Intro  1891. 

perfoliata,  R.  Br ,  with  small  axillary  fls  and  broad 
perfoliate  Ivs  ,  is  occasionally  planted,  and  is  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Washington,  but  is  evidently  not  m  the 
trade.  S.  C.  and  (ia  ,  on  sand-hills  B.M.  3121. 

AA.  Lf  -blades  compound,  S-folwlate. 

B  Fls  yellow 

tinctdria,  R  Br  WILD  INDIGO.  Bushy-branched, 
2-4  ft ,  glabrous  Ivs  stalked,  the  1ft a.  small,  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  and  nearly  or  quite  sessile 
and  entire  fls  ^m.  long>  bright  yellow, 
in  numerous  few-fld  racemes  Common 
in  eastern  states  and  to  La  B.M.  1090. 
Mn.  5  81  — A  kind  of  indigo  may  bt 
extracted  from  this  plant,  and  it  has  been 
used  by  dyers  The  root  and  sometimes 
the  herb  are  employed  medicinally 

lanceolata,  Ell  About  2  ft ,  pubescent 
when  young,  but  becoming  nearly  gla- 
brous: Ivs  short-stalked,  the  Ifts.  thick,  lanceolate  to 
obovate  and  obtuse  flfe  large,  dull  yellow,  axillary  and 
solitary  but  close  together  near  ends  of  branches.  Pine 
barrens,  N.  C  to  Fla 

BE  Fts  blue. 

australis,  R  Br  (B  cxruka,  Eaton  &  Wright.  B. 
exaltata,  Sweet)  Stout,  4-6  ft ,  glabrous:  Ivs.  short- 
stalked,  Ifts  oblanceolate  to  oval,  entire,  obtuse'  fls 
lupmc-hke,  indigo-blue,  nearly  or  quite  an  inch  long, 
m  loose-fid  ,  long  terminal  racemes.  Pa ,  W.  and  o. 
J.H  III  29-64;  '34:511 —Handsome.  Probably  the 
best  species  for  cult 

BBS.  Fls.  white  or  whitish. 

filba,  R.  Br.  Wide-branching,  1-3  ft ,  smooth:  Ivs. 
stalked;  Ifts  oblong  or  lanceolate,  obtuse,  thin,  drying 
green:  fls.  white,  j^in  long,  in  long-peduncled,  elonga- 
ted lateral  racemes  N.  C ,  W  and  S  ,  and  extending 
northward  B  M.  1177 

leucantha,  Torr.  &  Gray  Branching,  more  or  less 
succulent,  2-4  ft.,  glabrous.  Ivs  stalked;  Ifts.  obovate  to 
oblanceolate  to  cuneate,  very  obtuse,  drying  black,  fls 
white,  nearly  an  inch  long,  in  loose-fld.,  lateral  racemes. 
Ont  to  Texas 

leucopbsfea,  Nutt  St  stout  and  angled,  but  low  and 
wide-branched,  1-2}  j  ft  ,  hairy  or  nearly  glabrous.  Ivs. 
short  petioled,  Ifts  oblanceolate  to  obovate,  stiff,  dry- 
ing black  fls  large  and  cream-colored,  on  slender  erect 
pedicels,  borne  in  1-sided  declined  racemes  Mich,  to 
Texas  BM  5900.  Mn.  3*177.  F.S.  23:2449. 

L.  H.  B. 

BARBACfeNIA  (Barbacena,  a  Brazilian  governor). 
Amai  ylhddcfH'  About  30  Brazilian  plants,  with  scape 
beaung  a  single  purple  fl  Grown  mostly  in  baskets, 
after  the  manner  of  many  orchids.  B.  purpftrea,  Hook  , 
is  occasionally  seen  m  fine  collections,  but  does  not 
appear  to  be  m  the  American  trade.  Grown  in  a  warm, 
moibt  house  It  has  many  scapes  which  are  much 
longei  than  the  long,  grass-like,  toothed,  prominently 
keeled  Ivs;  \Y^  ft  Summer  B  M  2777 — The  genus 
is  anomalous.  It  has  been  placed  in  the  Hapmodoraceae 
as  well  as  in  Amnrylhdacea?,  and  Engler  &  PrantJ 
place  it  m  the  small  family  Velloziaceas 

BARBADOS  LILY:   Ihppeastrum. 


BARBAREA 


BARRINGTONIA 


471    Barbarea  vulgaris. 


BARBAREA  (from  the  old  name,  Herb  of  Saint  Bar- 
bara). Crudferx.  Hardy  biennials,  with  yellow  flowers, 
sometimes  cultivated;  allied  to  water-cress  and  horse- 
radish. 

Branching  leafy  herbs:  fls.  small,  yellow,  clustered: 
fr.  a  linear  cylindrical  and  4-anpled  pod,  the  valves 
keeled. 

vulgaris,    R.    Br      COMMON 
WIN  TER  CRESS.  UPLAND  CRESS 
YELLOW    ROCKET      Fig     471 
Height    10-18    in  :    lower    Ivs. 
lyrate,  the  terminal  lobe  round, 
the   lateral  usually  1-4  pairs; 
upper  Ivs.  obovate,  cut-toothed 
at  the  b<ise.    Eu.    Asia  — Cult 
for  salad,  and  also  a  common 
weed,  making  fields  sulfur-yellow 
in  early  spring.   Native  far  N., 
but  apparently  a  settler  m  cen- 
tral states.  Var.  variegata,  Hort., 
Ivs.  splashed  and  mot- 
tled with  yellow,  is  cult 
as  a  border  plant,  and 
grows   freely    in    nch 
soil.    If   the    fls.   are 
picked  off,   st.  and   all,  before 
they   open,  the    plant   will    be 
practically  perennial. 

prsfecox,  R.  Br.  (B.  verna, 
Asch  ).  EARLY  WINTER,  or  BELL 
ISLE  CRESS  Distinguished  by 
the  more  numerous  divisions  of 
the  Ivs.  (4-8  pairs)  and  thick- 
ened pedicels  Slightly  cult  as  a 
winter  salad,  and  known  S.  as  scurvy  grass.  Natural- 
ized from  Eu.  L.  H.  B.f 

BARBE  DE  CAPUCIN:   Chicory. 
BARBERRY:  Berber,*. 

BARBlfiRIA  (after  J.  B.  G  Barbier,  French  physi- 
cian). Legumindsx  Hothouse  evergreen;  1  species,  from 
Trop.  Amer.  Its  nearest  allies  familiar  to  the  horti- 
culturist are  Indigofera  and  Petalostemon  It  is  dis- 
tinguished from  these  allied  genera  by  the  calyx-  and 
corolla-tubes,  which  are  much  longer  than  in  either  of 
them  Tender  evergreen  shrubs,  with  odd-pinnate  Ivs  , 
numerous  entire  Ifts  ,  and  awl-shaped  stipules  fls  large 
racemose,  red  Prop  by  seed  and  Ly  cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  under  a  bell-jar,  with  bottom  heat 

pinnata,  Baill.   (B.  polyphylla,   DC.    Gnldctia   jnn- 
ndto,  Pers.  Chtbna  polyphylla,  Poir  ).  Lfts  9-11  pairs, 
elliptic  -  oblong,      mucro- 
nate,  pubescent  with  age: 
racemes  few-fid  ,  shorter 
than   the  Ivs  ;  fls    2  in. 
long.     Trop.    Amer  — B. 
glabella,  Hort ,  is  probably 
a  variety.  N  TAYLOR.! 
BARKERIA:  Epidenlrum 

BARLfcRIA  (J  Barrel- 
ler,  died  1673,  French 
botanist).  Acanthfaese. 
Hothouse  evergreen 
shrubs 

Fls  axillary  or  terminal, 
the  calyx  with  4  sepals, 
the  2  outer  larger  than 
the  inner,  corolla -tube 
long,  its  limb  of  5  rounded, 
ovate  lobes  — A  genus  of 
150  species  of  tropical 
shrubs,  mostly  African, 
*72.  Barosma  pulchelU.  sometimes  seen  in  fine  col- 


lections of  stove  plants,  but  not  offered  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade  Prop,  by  cuttings  of  young  wood,  under  a 
bell-jar  with  bottom  heat.  B.  cristata,  Linn.,  with 
purplish  blue  fls  ,  or  rarely  white,  in  dense  spikes,  is 
sometimes  used  as  a  bedding  plant  B.  strigdsa,  \\  illd  , 
with  subconaceous  Ivs  ,  somewhat  stngose,  and  larg^e 
blue  fls.  in  terminal  spikes,  is  not  uncommon  in  botanic 
garden  collections. — Worthy  of  greater  notice 

N.  TAYLOR. 

BARLEY.  Various  kinds  of  H6rdeum  of  the  Gra- 
mineoe.  Common  barley  is  H.  satlvum,  Jess.  According 
to  Hackel,  it  "undoubtedly  originated  from  //  \pon- 
tdneum,  C.  Koch,  which  grows  wild  from  Asia  Minor 
and  Caucasian  countries  to  Persia  and  Beloochistan,  as 
well  as  in  Svna,  Palestine,  and  Arabia  Petra-a  "  The 
common  barley  has  a  4-rowed  ear  or  head  There  are 
also  2-rowed  and  6-ro\\  ed  races,  and  other  well-marked 
forms.  They  are  probably  all  domestic  forms  of  one 

parent  stock.    For  fuller  treatment,  see  Oyclo. 

Amer.  Agnc  ,  Vol.  II,  p.  202 

BAR<5SMA  (heavy  Rcent}.   Rutacex    A  group 
of  15  species  of  S    African   heath-like  shrubs 
Fls.  on  axillary  twigs,  calyx  o-cleft  or  5-parted, 
petals  5,  oblong,  usually  subsossile;  stamens  5.  alterna- 
ting with  5  staimnoidea    Ivs    mostly  opposite,  rarely 
in  3's.    Some  of  the  species  furnish  the  buchu  Ivs   of 
commerce,  which  are  useu  in  medicine  for  their  diu- 
retic,  thaphoi ctic,    stimulant,    and    tome    properties 
They  are  evergieens,  and  m  the  N    must  be  grown 
under  glass.    Prop  by  mature-wood  cuttings 

pulchella,  Bart!  &  Wendl  Fig  472  Shrubby, 
3-4  ft  Ivs  scattered,  ovate,  with  a  revolute  margin 
fls.  axillary,  solitary  or  m  pairs  longer  than  the  If., 
petals  3  times  longer  than  the  calyx  B.M  1357  (as 
Diosma)  — Sold  by  some  dealers,  but  rare  m  this 
country. 

B  fatidlssima,  Bartl  &  Wendl  (Agathosma  fo3tidissm-a,  Hort  ) 
A  low  nhrub,  2-3  ft  Ivs  ternatr>,  a  little  longer  than  the  mtcrnodes 
fls  umbellate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  the  petals  one-half  to  one- 
third  longer  than  the  ralyt,  white  or  pinkish  white — Attnu- 
tive  little  shrub,  grown  in  the  temperate  house,  but  ev il-smelhng 
It  often  scents  a  whole  greenhouse  j^  TAYLOR 

BARRINGT6NIA  (Dames  Barnngton,  English 
naturalist  and  antiquary,  died  1800)  Including 
Stravidi  urn  Myrtacey,  placed  in  Lecythidacex  by  those 
who  keep  this  group  as  a 
distinct  family.  Evergteen 
broad-leaved  trees,  some  of 
which  are  planted  in  the 
tropics  for  the  striking  foliage 
ana  flowers. 

Leaves  mostly  large  and 
crowded  at  the  ends  of  the 
branches,  entire  or  somewhat 
crenate  fls  large  in  the  cult 
species  and  striking  becausa 
of  the  numerous  long  and 
protruding  stamens  which 
are  united  in  a  ring;  calyx- 
tube  ovoid  or  turbmate, 
lobed;  petals  4  or  5;  ovary 
inferior,  2- 4 -celled'  fr  a 
fibrous  berry-like  or  box-like 
structure,  crowned  by  the 
calyx-limb,  1 -seeded  by  abor- 
tion of  other  ovules. — About 
30  species  in  tropical  parts 
of  Asia,  Afr.,  and  Polynesia, 
bearing  the  white  or  reddish 
fls.  in  spikes  or  racemes. 

specidsa,  Forst  (Figs.  473, 
474),    is    apparently    most 
planted  in  parts  of  the  Ameri-      m,  Barrlngtonia  spedos* 
can  tropics  troe  wide-spread-  ( x  ys) 


BARRINGTONIA 


BASKET  PLANTS 


455 


ing,  large-boled,  to  50  ft  in  height-  Ivs.  entire,  obo- 
vate,  sessile,  shining,  12-15  in  long.  fls.  few  in  the 
raceme,  large  and  showy,  petals  white  and  stamens 
tinted  purple,  the  style  long  and  prominent  fr 
4-sided  (almost  square  in  cross-section  at  the  mid- 
^  die  or  below),  3  in.  diam.  at  base,  box-like  in  looks, 
with  a  single  large  seed 
and  crowned  by  calyx- 
lobes  and  style  India, 
near  the  sea.  L  H  B. 

BART&NIA  of  Sims  is 
Menlzeha,  this  is  in  cult. 
Bartoma  of  Muhlenberg 
is  one  of  the  Gentian- 
474.  Fruit  of  Barrmgtonia.  ( X  H)     aceae,  but  18  not  cult 

BAS&LLA  (native  Malabar  name)  Baxellacese 
MALABAR  NIGHTSHADE  Annual  or  biennial  herbs,  cult, 
in  the  tropics  as  a  pot-herb,  like  spinach  They  have 
bisexual,  white,  rod  or  violet  fls  Rarely  cult  N  as  an 
ornamental  warmhouse  climber  It  may  also  be  started 
indoors,  and  set  out  in  May  for  use  as  a  garden  vege- 
table, to  follow  spinach  Prop  by  seeds  Only  1  spe- 
cies, which  is,  however,  remarkably  variable 

rftbra,  Linn  Lvs  succulent,  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  almost  entire,  of  various  forms'  fls.  not  pedi- 
celled,  in  simple  spikes  or  racemes;  spikes  short  or  long, 
lax,  fe\v-fld  Lam  111  ,  pi.  215,  fig  1.  Rhecde,  Hort. 
Mai  7,  pi  24  — The  following  species  are  now  con- 
sidered only  forms  of  the  above.  B  dlba,  a  white-fld. 
form  rarely  cult  as  a  trailer  from  roofs  of  warmhouses, 
or  as  a  basket  plant,  B  cammfblia,  B  conhfblia,  with 
heart-shaped  Ivs  4-5  in  long  and  2-2 \i  in  wide, 
B.  crassifoha,  B  japdmcn,  B.  liicida,  from  India,  B 
n\gra,  a  Chinese  form;  B  ramoyi  and  B,  volubihs 
Under  the  name  of  sweot  malabar  vine,  a  form  with 
tiny  yellow  and  red  fls  ,  and  Ivs  \anegated  with  \\hite, 
pink,  and  green  has  been  advertised  It  is  said  that 
with  age  it  assumes  a  drooping  habit  When  cut, 
keepb  fresh  for  weeks  " 

BASIL.  Species  of  Ocimum  (sometimes,  but  incor- 
rectly written  Ocymum),  of  the  Ijabiatx  They  are 
Indian  annuals,  and  are  cult  a.s  pot-herbs,  the  clove- 
flavored  foliage  being  used  as  seasoning  in  soups,  meats 
and  salads  They  are  of  easiest  cult  ,  the  seed  being 
sown  in  the  open  as  soon  at>  the  weather  is  settled 
Common  basil  isOcimum  baxllicum,  Linn  ,  a  foot  high, 
branching,  with  ovate  toothed  Ivs,  and  white,  bluish 
white,  or  purplish  fls  in  leafy  terminal  racemes  or 
spikes  ()  minimum,  Linn  ,  the  d\\arf  basil,  is  lower, 
and  smaller  in  all  its  parts,  rarely  seen  and  perhaps 
only  a  mere  form  of  0  basuicitm,  1  inn  When  basil 
is  m  bloom,  it  can  be  cut  and  dried  for  winter  use. 

BASILlMA.  Sorbana 

BASKET  PLANTS.  Under  this  term  are  included 
all  those  plants  which,  from  their  habit  of  growth  and 
blooming  and  adaptabilities  <v»  to  cultivation,  have  been 
found  especially  .suitable  for  use  in  hanging-basket*. 
Figs  475,  476 

Most  of  the  basket  plants  are  dwarfish  subjects  of 
indeterminate  growth,  of  gracefully  drooping  or  vine- 
like  habit,  and  are  valued  either  for  their  grace,  or  for 
freedom  arid  daintiness  nf  bloom  Some  of  the  plants 
used  in  baskets  are  of  upright  habit  These  are  eitn^r 
plants  of  naturally  small  stature,  or  are  practically  such 
for  a  season  from  a  slow  habit  of  growth  The  suitability 
of  these  erect-growing  plants  for  the  purpose  is  deter- 
mined, aside  from  their  stature,  bv  their  freedom  of 
bloom,  beauty  of  foliage,  striking  form,  or  grace  of 
habit  Such  plants  are  used  principally  for  filling  the 
central  part  of  the  basket,  whereas,  plants  of  trailing 
habit  are  inserted  near  the  sides — some  to  droop,  others 
to  twine  upward  on  the  cords  or  handle  by  which  the 


basket  is  suspended.  In  addition  to  the  long  drooping 
or  climbing  plants,  there  are  a  number  of  half-erect 
habit,  hke  the  lobelia,  sweet  alyssum  and  russelia. 
These  may  droop  somewhat,  but  are  not  of  a  truly 
vine-like  habit  Some  plants  are  more  suitable  than 
others  for  shady  places,  the  selagmellas,  are  examples. 
Others  thrive  only  with  several  hours  of  direct  sun- 
shine each  day 

The  following  list  of  common  trade  names  embraces 
a  number  of  the  most  important  basket  plants,  ar- 
ranged according  to  habit  of  growth  and  blooming  The 
list  is,  of  course,  not  complete  Any  list  would  need 
amending  from  year  to  year  to  suit  individual  taste  and 
experience  Plants  that  withstand  considerable  shade 
are  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*);  those  that  will  bear 
much  shade  are  marked  with  two  asterisks  (**) : 

1.  Plants  of  vine-like  habit 

a  LONG-DROOPING. 

**English  Ivy,  *Kemlworth  Ivy,  *Vmca  major,  *V.  Hamsonu, 
Saxifraga  sarmentoia,  *Ciwms  discolor,  *Moncywort  Ivy,  Tropseo- 
lums  (Nasturtiums),  Lonicera  Halhana,  L  aurea  var  reticulata, 
Nepeta  Glechoma,  Ampclopsis  qumquofoha.  A  Veitchn  The 
ampelopsis  is  deciduous,  and  not  suitable  for  winter  bankets. 

b  CLIMBING 

Maurandia,  **Lygodmm  scandens  *Senccio  scandens,  Thun- 
bergia,  Cobsea  scandens,  Japanese  Variegated  Hop,  Manettia  bi- 
color,  Lonicera  Halliana,  L  aurea  var  retitulata,  Clematis coccmea, 
Tropaeolum  peregrmum,  forms  of  Convolvulus 

c  SHOKT-DROOPIVO,  or  HALF-KKLCT 

*Lobeha  Ennut,  *Othonna  crassifolia,  *Sn  cot  Alyssum,  *Trades- 
cantia,  Petunias,  Oxahs  flonbunda,  *Rus»elia  mncta  ( il-*o  bears  sun 
well),  *Fittoma,  *Fuchsm  procumbens,  Ice  Plant,  \erbena,  *Ivy 
Geranium,  **iSelagimlla«,  *Btgoma  glaucophylla  Aar  *candena, 
*Sedum  Sieboldli,  *S  tarneum  var  vanegaturn,  *Asparagui  Spron- 
g<ri,  *Passifloras,  *Pamcum  \anegatum,  Gazama  uplendens,  Abu- 
Ulon  megapotamicum  and  \ar  \an<'gdtum,  Lantana  dolicatissiraa, 
Solanumjacminoides,  S  Seaforfhianum,  Convolvulus  mauntanicus 

2.  Plant?  of  upright  habit 

a  LOW-OROWIM. 
(1)  Flowering      Plant 


*Panby,  Cuphca  platyientra,  C  hys- 
sopifoha,  *  Primula  obconita,  Dwarf 
Alyssum,  Belhs  perennis,  Linuin  or 
Remwardtia  tngyna,  Phlox  Drum- 
mondu,  Dutch  bulbs 

(2)  Foliage  Plants  —  *  Peperomia, 
*BeKoma  Rex,  *Farfugium  Krandi-  Al- 
ternanthera,  **Maidenhair  Fern,  Gera- 
mums  (especially  Mmf  Salleroi),  *Iso- 
lepis  graciln  (droopt*  with  uge) 


b  TALLER-QHI 
(1)  Flowering—  Gen 


ING 


_n,  *Fuchhiaa,  Petunias,  *Begonias, 

rowalha,  *Stevia  serrata  MIT  nana, 
Madagascar  Periwinkle,*  Nierembergn, 
Lantana,  *Impatiens  l-mltana,  Cuphea 
Llavea,  Swamsona,  Chrysanthemum 
frutescens,  Salvia« 

(2)  Foliage  —'Dusty  Miller,  *Cro- 
tons,  *Palms,  **FeniN,  *Fancy  Cala- 
diunvs,  Coleua,  Achyranthes,  **Aspidis- 
tra,  *Cypcrua  altermfohus,  *Drae»na 
mdivisa,  *D  termmahs,  Coeooloba 
platyclada 

iSome  of  t he  above  plants  make  *^%L<te 

large  subjects  when  growing  in  j\ 

the  open  ground.   Of  such,  only          X     7J/* 
young  or  smaller  plants  are  avail-  *y 

able  for  use  m  hanging-baskets  oT 

Ordmanly,  several  different  sorts  475  ^  hanging-basket 
of  plants  are  used  for  filling  a 
basket.  In  some  cases,  however,  a  satisfactory  basket 
is  me-de  bv  using  but  one  kind  of  plant.  A  hanging- 
basket  fUled  with  sword  fern  (nephrolepis),  for 
example,  makes  a  handsome  object. 

The  soil  used  in  hanging-baskets  is  simply  good, 
common,  florists'  potting  soil  This  usually  contains 
about  25  per  cent  of  humus,  and  a  small  amount  of 
sharp  sand  to  make  it  porous.  Prior  to  filling,  wire 
baskets  must  be  lined  with  moss  This  is  merely  com- 
mon woodland  moss  from  rotting  logs,  or  rich,'  damp 


456 


BASKET  PLANTS 


BAUHINIA 


soil.  In  filling  baskets,  a  few  drooping  or  climbing 
plants  are  disposed  around  the  sides;  then  one  or  more 
upright-growing  or  half-erect  plants,  according  to  the 
size  of  the  plants  and  basket,  are  planted  in  the  center. 
Immediate  effects  require  plants  which  have  already 
made  considerable  growth.  Florists  usually  carry  a 
stock  of  suitable  plants.  Tn  case  seedlings  or  cuttings 
are  grown  for  the  purpose,  it  is  usually  best  to  start 
them  in  seed-pans  or  cutting-boxes,  and  transfer  them 
later  to  the  basket.  Seeds  may  be  sown  or  the  cuttings 
started  in  the  basket,  but  it  is  so  long  before  they  fill 
the  basket  that  there  is  no  advantage  in  it 

A  common  mistake  in  arranging  baskets  is  crowding, 
or  filling  them  too  full.  Fewer  plants  will  appear  more 
graceful,  growth  will  be  more  vigorous,  and  the  basket 
will  retain  its  grace  and  beauty  for  a  longer  time.  Exer- 
cise vigilance  and  care  m  watering  After  the  roots 
have  well  filled  the  basket,  watering  is  be&t  done  by 


dish  stained  at  the  base  of  middle  lobe.    B.R.  1714. 
B.M.  3818.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BATODftNDRON:   Vacctmum. 

BAUfcRA  (H.  Gottfr.  and  Franz  Bauer,  German 
professor  and  painter,  respectively).  Saxifragdcex. 
Choice  little  evergreen  shrubs  grown  in  greenhouses. 

Leaves  3-parted  and  opposite,  looking  like  a  whorl  of 


dipping  the  basket  in  a  tub  or  barrel  of  water,  and 

allowing  it  to  remain  until  it  is  well  saturated.   Dipping 

the  basket  in  weak  liquid  manure 

once  or  twice  a  month  will  greatly 

promote  vigor  when   the  plants 

nave  been  long   m   the  .  basket 

These   remarks   also   apply  in   a 

general  way  to  vases  and  rustic 

stand*? 

Baskets  of  many  patterns  are 
obtainable  from  florists  and  other 
dealers.   The  baskets  most  exten- 
sively used,  are  made  of  strong 
wire,  woven  into  hemispherical  or 
other  forms    These  are  sometimes 
plain,   and  again   of  ornamental 
character.    The  better  form  has  a 
flat  bottom,  or  a  stand,  formed  of 
wire,  to  support  the  basket  in  an 
upright   position   when   it  is  not 
pendent    Another  style  is  formed 
of  rustic  work    Here  the  vessel  or 
plant  basin  is  covered  about  the 
sides  with  rough  bark  or  knotted 
roots.   For  this  purpose  the  roots 
of    th*1   laurel    are    much    used 
Above  the  basket  there  is  an  arch 
or  handle  by  which  it  is  suspended. 
Again,  earthenware  vessels,  to  be 
suspended  by  wires,  are  offered 
for  sale  in  a  variety  of  shapes. 
Some  of  these   are  molded  and 
painted  in  imitation  of  logs,  and  are  known  as  "stick 
baskets"  and  "log  baskets."    Such  baskets  are  often 
without  provision  for  drainage    When  this  is  the  case, 
holes  should  be  drilled  at  the  lowest  point  in  the  bottom. 
A  special  form  of  basket  is  much  used  for  orchids.   It  is 
made  of  square  ced^r  slats  in  raft-  or  log-fashion    Fern- 
fiber  and  broken  bits  of  brick,  flower-pots  or  charcoal, 
are  used  for  filling  them.   See  also  the  article  Vases. 

BASSWOOD:  r*.  E"NEST  WALKEB> 

BATATAS:   Ipomaea 


BATEMANNIA,  (James  Bateman,  a  distinguished 
collector  and  cultivator,  and  author  f  important 
orchid  works).  Orchidfice<y  Epiphytic;  greenhouse. 

Stems  thickened  mto  pscudobulbs,  1-3-lvd.:  Ivs.  pli- 
cate-veined  racemes  arising  from  base  of  pseudobulbs; 
sepals  and  petals  smnlai  in  shape;  lip  articulated  to  the 


, 

6.  fls  white  to  purple,  axillary  and  solitary,  but  some- 
times aggregated  at  top  of  the  st  ,  calyx  4-10-divided; 
petals  as  many  as  the  calyx-di  visions,  stamens  few  to 
many,  borne  on  a  disk  fr  a  2-valved  caps  ,  the  valves 
again  splitting  —  Three  species  in  Austral,  and  Tas- 
mania, one  of  which  is  in  cult 

These  small  shrubs  make  handsome  specimen  plants 
for  the  cool  greenhouse,  and  flower  mos>t  of  the  year, 
especially  during  the  winter  and  spring  months  Bau- 
eras  are  easily  propagated  from  cuttings  of  half-ripened 
wood  in  spring,  cut  into  lengths  of  about  2  inches,  insert 
in  equal  parts  of  finely  sifted  peat 
and  sharp  sand  in  3-inch  pots, 
pricking  them  round  the  rim  of 
the  pot,  and  cover  with  a  bell- 
glass  in  a  greenhouse  with  a  tem- 
perature from  55°  to  CO0  Give 
them  a  thorough  watering  at  the 
time  of  insertion,  and  they  will 
frequently  root  without  further 
watering  When  the  cuttings  be- 
gin to  show  signs  of  growing,  they 
should  be  potted  singly  in  2-inch 
pots  in  the  same  mixture  as  above, 
and  should  be  kept  in  a  tight  case 
for  a  few  days  After  they  have 
gripped  the  soil,  they  should  be 
cut  back  to  about  an  inch  above 
the  pot,  which  will  encourage  them 
to  branch  Baueras  should  never 
be  allowed  to  become  pot-bound 
until  the  desired  size  of  plant  is 
reached  The  plants  at  all  times 
should  bt*  kept  in  good  shape  by 
cutting  back  the  strong  shoots  In 
summer,  baucras  do  better  when 
plunged  in  a  bed  of  coal-ashes 
out-of-doors,  and  strict  attention 
given  to  watering  A  cool  green- 

470.  Rustic  basket  (with  Convolvulus).  JJUf  with  a  night  temperature  of 

40  to  45  will  be  ideal  all  winter 
Water  occasionally  with  soft-coal  soot  mixed  m  water, 
a  handful  to  an  ordinary  watering-pot;  water  with  clean 
water  three  times  and  the  soot-  water  once.  (Geo.  F 
Stewart  ) 

rubioides,  Andr  Erect  or  prostrate,  usually  1-2  ft. 
in  cult  ,  but  becoming  6  ft  or  more  Ifts.  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  somewhat  acute,  %~}Ain-  long,  serrate: 
fls.  pink  or  white,  slender-  pedicellod,  the  very  obtuse 
petals  exceeding  the  spreading  or  reflexed  acute-toothed 
calyx-divisions  Inhabits  swarnpy  places  B  M.  715. 
L  B.C.  14:1313  (as  B.  rubyfoha)  —  An  old  favorite, 
blooming  m  spring  L.  II  B. 


BAUHfNIA  (after  John  and  Caspar  Bauhin,  six- 
teenth century  herbalists,  the  twin  leaflets  suggesting 
two  brothers).  Legumindsx  MOUNTAIN  EBONY. 
ORCHID  TREE.  Tropical  trees  and  shrubs,  sometimes 
climbing,  planted  in  southern  Florida  and  southern 
California  to  some  extent  for  the  flowers;  odd  foliage, 


foot  of  the  column,  the  lateral  lobes  inclosing  the      and  generai  attractive  appearance,  distinguished  ly 
column,  the  middle  lobe  short,  entire;  pollima  2  —A      the  usuaily  bifid  or  bmate  leaves:  allied  to  Cercis 
single  species,  native  of  Guiana,  rarely  seen  in  cult.  TreeS)  shruba  or  ^nes,  with  snowy  fls  ranging  from 

C611eyi,  Lmdl    Pseudobulbs  2-3  in.  long   Ivs.  up  to        * ~  '  '     ' 

10  in.  long:  raceme  pendulous,  with  4  or  more  distant 
fls.  about  3  m  diam.;  sepals  and  petals  vinous,  pur- 
ple, the  lateral  sepals  green-margined;  lip  white,  red- 


white  to  purple  and  yellow.  Ivs.  broad,  entire  or  2-lc 
in  some  cases  the  Ifts.  being  entirely  free;  petiole  . 
longed  into  a  short  but  characteristic  awn  between  the 
Ifts.:  fls.  in  simple  or  panijcled  terminal  or  axillary 


pro- 


BAUHINIA 

racemes:  petals  5,  somewhat  unequal,  usually  narrowed 
into  a  claw;  stamens  10,  but  sometimes  reduced  even 
to  3  and  perhaps  bearing  sterile  filaments;  ovary 
stalked,  stigma  in  some  species  peltate  and  m  others 
oblique:  fr.  a  long  flat  pod,  dehiscent  or  indehiscent  — 
About  150  species  in  tropics  of  both  hemispheres  The 
number  and  fertility  of  the  stamens  are  important 
characters  in  determining  the  subgenera  The  purplish 
fls.  of  some  species  suggest  those  of  some  kinds  of 


BAUHINIA 

AA.  Plant  upright,  a  bush  or  tree. 
B.  Fls  white 


457 


pelargonium  The  bauhimas  are  not  papilionaceous 
Some  of  the  arboreal  species  (as  B  vanegata)  produce 
ebony  wood  Others  are  gigantic  climbers,  sometimes 
mounting  the  highest  trees 

Bauhimas  are  frequent  in  plantings  in  many  parts  of 
the  tropics.  They  are  planted  to  some  extent  in  south- 
ern Florida  and  southern  California.  Numbers  of  spe- 
cies are  likely  to  be  introduced  from  tune  to  time 
because  of  their  gorgeous  appearance  m  the  t  topics 
In  the  experience  of  Old  World  gardeners,  the  most 
reliable  species  under  glass  me  B  vanegata,  B  coryin- 
bosa,  and  B.  natalensia.  These  can  be  planted  outside 
in  southern  Florida  in  summer,  and  kept  over  winter 
as  oleanders  are  B.  vanegata  and  B.  purpurea  are  two 
of  the  commonest  and  showiest  (small  trees  of  India, 
and,  although  frequently  introduced  into  northern 
greenhouses,  have  rarely  succeeded  permanently  B 
vanegata  is  much  cultivated  in  India  The  astringent 
bark  is  used  in  tanning  and  dyeing,  and  the  leaves  and 
flower-buds  as  a  vegetable,  the  latter  being  pickled 
Bauhimas  thrive  m  a  variety  of  soils  on  our  southern- 
most borders  They  delight  in  high  well-drained  land, 
but  will  grow  on  lower  lands  in  southern  Florida  if  it 
is  fairly  well  drained  or  if  set  on  slight  mounds,  all 
of  them  are  very  tender  and  easily  affected  by  low 
temperatures,  but  are  easily  saved  by  banking  B  pur- 
purea and  B.  vanegata  (B  alba)  have  withstood  a 
temperature  of  26°  F.  in  Florida  No  particular  caie  in 
tillage  or  fertilizing  is  necessary,  but  better  bloom  is 
secured  if  some  attention  is  given  to  these  details 
From  seeds  in  Florida  bauhimas  grow  readily  and 
bloom  fieely  in  three  or  four  years  Cuttings  root  \vi'h 
difficulty,  but  some  kinds  propagate  readih  from 
suckers  Bauhimas  are  little  known  as  greenhouse 
subjects;  but  in  the  tropics  they  make  sho\v\  and  veiy 
attractive  shrubs  or  small  trees  or  profuse  vines  (E  X 
Reasoner  ) 

INDEX. 

aoummata,  4  Galpinn,  *  purpurea,  11 

alba,  12  grandiflora,  T  tomontosa,  9 

Candida,  12  Kapplen,  10  triandrn,  11 

corymbosa,  2  Krugn,  10  vanegata,  12 

'orneata,  8  natalonsw,  6  yunnanenais,  1 

jurfuracea,  8  picta,  7 

A   Plant  climbing,  or  at  least  of  climbing  habit  or 
tendencn  * 

1  yunnan£nsis,    Franch      Vigorous,    glabrous    and 
glaucous  throughout    Ivs   coriaceous,  bipartite,  segms. 
obliquely  elliptic.  3—  i-nerved,  rounded,  1  1  2  m  .  fls  m 
many-fld    pendulous  racemes,  losy  white  striped  with 
purple    Yunnan,  China    B  M  7814. 

2  corymbdsa.   Roxbg.    Woody  climber,  branching 
from  the  ground:  blanches  grooved    tendrils  opposite, 
revolute     Ivs     \}<2-l    in     long,    outer    edges    slightly 
rounded,  innei  edges  straight  and  paiallel,  Ifts   neaily 
free  from  each  other,  nerves  2-4  fls  numerous,  coivm- 
bose,  1  in    across,  rosy,  with  fluted  petals,  and  char- 
acteristic venation;  stamens  bright  red,  3  very  long, 
the  rest  abortive.  China    BM  6621.   G  C  II  16204 

3.  GAlpinii,  N.  E.  Br.  Half-climbing  shrub,  5-10  ft  : 
Ivs  1-3  in  long,  2-lobed  from  one-fifth  to  one-half  their 
length,  7-nerved;  petiole  about  J^in  long,  racemes 
6-10-fld  ;  fls.  borne  continuously  from  spring  to  late 
autumn;  petals  5,  all  alike,  1-1  1A  m  long;  claw  as  long 
as  the  limb;  limb  orbicular,  cuspidate,  brick-red;  fertile 
stamens  3'  pod  3-5  in.  long,  seeds  dark  brown  S  and 
Trop  Afr.  B  M.  7494—  Discovered  1891 


4.  acuminata,  Linn    Height  5-6  ft  :  Ifts.  ovate,  acu- 
minate, parallel,  4-nerved,  closing  at  night   fls  2-3  in. 
across,  fertile  stamen  long  and  nearly  free,  the  other  9 
short,  connected,  and  sterile      India,  Malaya.  China 
B  M.  7866.   J.H  III.  44.  343  —One  of  the  most  satis- 
factory of  all,  either  for  open  ground  or  greenhouse  cul- 
ture, as  it  will  bloom  the  first  summer,  when  but  a  few 
months  old  and  but  a  foot  or  two  high,  and  in  succeed- 
ing summers  blooms  continuously  from  May  to  Sept. 

5.  grandiflora,  Juss    Tree,  to  20  ft  •  Ivs.  oval  or  sub- 
cordate,  tomentose  beneath,  not  deeply  divided,  the 
lobes  ovate-obtuse  and  3-4-nerved,  stipules  spiny:  fls. 
very  large,  pure  white,  opening  at  night,  1-3  on  axillary 
peduncles,  petals  obovate,  acute  at  apex,  clawed.    S. 
Amer.    R  H   1897,  p  393. 

6  nata!6nsis,  Oliver     Small  shrub'   Ivs.  numerous; 
Ifts   each  1  in    long,  with  a  midrib  and  a  few  nerves, 
dark  green,  petioles  Y±-l/i\\\  long,  Ifts  entirely  free.  fts. 
single  or  in  2s,  \Yi  in  across,  white,  the  nudvein  of  the 
3  upper  petals  reddish;  petals  erect  or  spreading,  the  2 
lower  ones  larger;  stamens  10,  5  long  and  5  short   pod 
3  in  long     S   Afr    B  M  6086 

— Not  advertised  at  present 

7  picta,  DC    Unarmed  Ivs. 
roundish  elliptic,  membranous-, 
glabrous,  Ifts  semi-ovate,  aeu- 
tish,  .5-nerved     fls    in  solitary 
terminal  racemes,  white,  calyx  ' 
ferrugmeous-tomentose ;  petals 
oblong    Colombia. 

BB  /"V.s  colored  (cream  -color, 
yellow,  or  shades  of  red  or 
purple) 

8  forficata,  Link  (B  furfur* 
acea,   Hort.)      Thorny   shrub. 
Ivs  cordate  at  base,  glabrous, 
cleft  to  middle   fls  ri  cam-color 
m  summer,  i  at  her  bell-shaped, 
the    petals     narrow       Brazil. 
B  M.  3741    Gt  10  333 

9  tomentdsa,    Linn      ST 
THOM  \s  TREE    Kreet  shrub  or 

small  tree,  branches  downy  Ivs  broader  than  long, 
1—2  in  long,  coriaceous,  the  lobes  obtuse,  7-nerved:  fls 
mostly  m  axillary  pairs  (sometimes  1  or  3)  on  pedicels 
bearing  a  pair  of  bract  lets,  yellow  with  red  blotch  on 
the  upper  petal,  the  petals  2  in  or  less  long,  obovate, 
much  exceeding  calyx  (which  is  entire)  pod  stalked, 
4-5  in  long  India  B  M  5560 

10  Kappleri,  Sagot  (B   Krugu,   Urban)     Fig.  477. 
Strong  tree,  to  50  ft  •  Ivs   2l/2  in   or  less  long,  long- 
petioled,   longer  than  broad,    truncate  or  somewhat 
cordate  at  base,  divided  about  one-third  of  the  length 
into  obtuse  lobes  that  are  about  5-ncrved:  fls  m  short 
racemes  opposite  the  Ivs  ,  whitish  rose  with  darker  and 
purple   markings,    the   petals  spatula te  and   clawed; 
lovNer  stamens  feitile   pod  6-10  in.,  narrow  and  curved. 
Probably  French   Guiana;   cult    and    partly  sponta- 
neous in  W  Indies  — Attractive 

11  purpurea,  Linn    (B  tridndra,  Roxbg).   Small  to 
middle-sized  tree.  Ivs   coriaceous,  glabrous,  somewhat 
cordate,  cleft  one-third  to  one-half  their  depth,  9-11- 
nerved:  lobes  obtuse  or  somewhat  acute'  fls   m  few- 
fld    axillary  and  terminal  corymbs,  fragrant;  petals 
red,  one  streaked  with  white  on  the  claw,  oblanccolate, 
acute;  fertile  stamens  3-4,  very  long,  the  rest  sterile  or 
abortive    pod  1  ft.  long.    India,  Burma,  China. — One 
of  the  finest  flowering  small  trees  in  S   Fla    Fls   are 
borne  m  the  greatest  profusion,  3-5  in.  across,  varying 
in  color  from  almost  white  to  a  shade  of  rich  purple,  ana 
marked  and  shaded  with  many  tones     The  plant  is 


477    Bauhinia  Kapplen. 

( X  ><i) 


BAUHINIA 


BEAN 


robust  and  hardy,  growing  to  a  height  of  15  ft  in  less 
than  2  years,  and  blooms  all  winter  and  spring  What 
is  known  as  B  tnandra  to  Fla  cultivator  is  descnbed 
as  a  very  tender  species  but  succeeding  admirably 
there;  growth  like  that  of  B  purpurea  but  with  longer 
willowy  branches  that  bear  at  the  tips  great  clusters 
of  pink  fls.  m  late  autumn  or  early  winter,  delicately 
scented. 

12  variegata.  Linn  Much  like  B  purpurea  in  habit: 
tree,  6-20  Ft  :  Ivs.  3-4  in.  across,  somewhat  broader 
than  long,  divided  one-fourth  to  one-third  the  depth, 
9-11-nerved,  lobes  rounded;  petiole  1-2  in  long  fls 
about  7,  in  a  short  raceme  or  corymb,  4  in  across; 
calyx  spathe-like,  petals  5,  clawed,  obovate-oblong, 
veined,  robe-colored  and  variegated  with  red  and  yellow, 
the  lowest  one  larger,  broader  above  the  middle, 
strongly  marked  with  crimson,  pod  1-2  ft  long  India 
B.M.  6818. — The  coloring  of  the  fls.  varies  Var. 
cAndida,  Roxbg  (B.  Alba,  Buch-Ham ).  Height  12 
ft.:  fls  white,  beautifully  veined  with  green  fls.  Feb  - 
May.  B.M.  7312 

Numbers  of  bauhimaa  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  plantings 
along  the  southern  borders  .  The  following  names  have  already 
occurred.  B.  cdndicana,  Benth  Closely  rclaled  to  B  forficala 
Bpmy  branchlets  and  racemes  whitish  tomento-'o  Ivs  pubescent 
below,  9-norved  petals  nearly  3  in  long  Uruguay,  Argentina  — 
B  Hodken,  F.  Muell  Large  tree  Ifts  distinct,  broad,  very 
obtuse,  5-7-nerved:  fls  white,  edged  with  crimson,  m  few-fld 
terminal  racemes,  petals  clawed,  the  blade  about  1,V£  in.  long 
Austral. — B  Rlchardaomi,  said  to  be  from  Mauritius,  unidentified. 

L.  II  B.f 

BAY  TREE:   Laurus. 

BEAN.  A  name  applied  to  various  plants  of  the  Legu- 
minbsse.  The  word  is  commonly  used  for  herbaceous 
plants  of  the  Phaseolus  tribe,  but  it  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  seeds  of  leguminous  trees  and  shrubs.  The 
species  of  true  beans  (Phaseolus  and  closely  allied  gen- 
era) are  yet  imperfectly  undei stood  The  bean  di tiers 
from  the  pea,  among  other  things,  in  being  epigeal  in 
germination  (cotyledons  appearing  above  ground). 
Some  of  the  plants  to  which  the  name  is  applied  are 
really  peas 

The  beans  chiefly  known  to  horticulture  are  of  five 
types.  (1)  The  Broad  bean  (Vicia  Fabu),  or  the  bean  of 
history,  an  erect-growing  plant,  producing  very  large 
and  usually  flat,  orbicular  or  angular  seeds  Probably 
native  to  southwest  Asia  (Figs  478,  479  a).  See  Vicia. 
These  types  of  beans  are  extensively  grown  in  Kurope, 
mostly  for  feeding  animals.  They  are  c,ither  grown  to 
full  maturity  and  a  meal  made  from  the  bean,  or  the 
plant  is  cut  when  nearly  full  grown  and  used  as  forage 

or  made  into 
silage.  The 
Broad  bean 
needs  a  cool  cli- 
mate and  long 
season  In  the 
United  States, 
the  summers  are 
too  hot  and  dry 
for  its  successful 
cultivation  on  a 
large  scale,  and 
the  plant  is 
practically  un- 
known here.  In 
Canada,  the 
plant  has  been 
used  with  corn 
to  make  silage; 
and  this  com- 
bination has 
been  called  the 
"Robertson  mix- 
ture" (2)  Kid- 
ney bean  (Pha- 
478.  Broad  bean— Vicia  Faba  ( X }•  5)  seoLus  vul- 


gans]  Figs  479fc,  480)  This  is  the  plant  which  tt 
evervwhere  known  as  bean  in  North  America,  com- 
prising all  the  common  field,  garden,  snap  and  string 
beans  By  the 
French  it  is  known 
as  haricot,  and  by 
the  Spanish  as  f  n- 
jole,  and  these 
words  are  often 
found  in  our  litera- 
ture Its  nativity 
is  unknown,  but  is 
probably  of  tropical 
American  origin  For  in- 
quiries into  the  nativity 
of  the  bean,  see  DeCan- 
dolle,  Origin  of  Culti- 
vated Plants,  Gray  & 
Tiumhull,Amer 
Jour  Sci2G  130, 
Sturtevant, 
A  in  e  r  Nat. 
1887  332,  ^itt- 
mack,  Ber  der 
Deutschen  Bot 
Gesellschaft,  6 
374  (1888)  (3) 
Lima  or  Sugar 
beans  (Phasco- 
lunatm,  which  see) 
Long-season,  normally 
tall -climbing  plants, 
producing  large,  flat 
seeds  (Figs  479  c,  481) 
Native  to  South  Amer- 
ica See  Bailev,  Bull 
87,  Cornell  E\p  Sta 
(4)  Various  species  of 


479    Types  of  beans     (.Natuiul  s 
a    Vim    Fuba     b    Phas<  olui   \\ilguri8      c.   Phji'rolui    lunatus 
d    Dohchos  se^qmpedalH  (properly  a  Vignu)     e  Glycine  hispida 
lus  multiflrrua 


Dolichos  (as  D  sesquipcdahs  of  gardens),  or  closely 
related  things.  Vines  which  produce  very  long,  slender 
pods  and  small,  narrow  beans  (Figs  479  d,  482)  Native 
to  tropical  America  («F))  Soy,  or  So^a,  bean  (Glycine 
hispida).  A  bushy,  erect,  hairy  plant  producing  small 
pods  in  clusters,  and  pea-like  seeds  (Figs  479  e,  483). 
In  this  country  used  mostly  for  forage  Native  to 
China  and  Japan,  where  it  is  much  grown 

Aside  from  these  types,  there  are  others  of  less  econ- 
omic importance  Tne  Scarlet  Runner  type  is  a  peren- 
nial phaseolus  (P.  imdliflorm),  grown  in  this  country 
mostly  for  ornament  (Figs.  479/,  484).  The  Tepary 
bean,  now  gaining  prominence  in  the  Southwest,  is  a 
form  of  Phaseolus  acuiifohus,  a  native  species  Various 
other  species  of  Phaseolus  are  also  cultivated  in  va- 
rious parts  of  the  world  under  the  name  of  beans  P. 
rndiatus  is  prized  in  Japan,  and  has  been  introduced 
into  the  United  States  as  Adzuki  Bean  (see  Ceorgcson, 
Bull  32  Kan  Kxp  Sta  )  Viqna  sinensw,  known  in 
North  America  as  cowpea  (which  see),  is  sometimes 
called  a  bean.  The  Velvet  bean  of  tne  South  is  a 
Mucuna  (which  see),  recently,  however,  referred  to 
Stizolobium.  The  Jack  bean  is  a  Canavaha  (Fig.  485). 
Recent  American  studies  on  varieties  and  types  of 
beans  are  Irish,  Rep  Mo.  Bot.  Gard  1901,  81-165; 


480.  Common  or  Kidney  bean.- 
Phaseolusvulgam 


BEAN 

Jarvis,  American  Varieties  of  Beans,  Cornell  Bull.  260 
(1908);  Freeman,  Ariz  Bull.  68  (1912). 

The  sea  beans  of  the  Florida  coast  are  seeds  of  various 
tropical  leguminous  plants,  and  are  transported  by 
ocean  currents  (see  Coe,  in  G  F  7*503). 

For  botanical  treatment,  see  Dolichos,  Glycine, 
Pkaseolus,  Vicia,  Vigna.  £/.  jj<  j^ 

Culture  of  the  bean. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  practical  gardener,  the  various 
types  and  numerous  varieties  of  the  bean  may  be  classi- 
fied in  two  groups,  in  two  different  ways,  namely, 
either  as  "field 
beans"  and  "gar- 
den beans,"  or  as 
"bubh  beans"  and 
"pole  beans  " 
Field  beans  are 
grown  on  a  large 
commercial  scale 
for  the  dry-shelled 
seeds,  either  as  a 
farm  crop  in  regu- 
lar rotation,  as 
corn  and  potatoes 
are  grown,  or  at 
times  as  a  sub- 
sidiarv  or  chance 
crop,  or  side  line, 
in  young  orchards, 
and  so  on,  but  are 
not  usually  found 
in  the  home-  or 
market- garden, 
where  highly  ma- 
nured soil  xvould 
tend  to  stimulate 
growth  of  foliage  at  the  expense  of  seed-production 
Field  beans  belong  mostly  or  entirelv  in  the  class  of 
bush  beans  The  garden  beans  are  more  commonly 
grown  for  their  succulent  podh  and  immature  seeds, 
and  include  both  bush  and  pole  or  "running"  sorts 
The  latter  come  almost  exclusively  under  the  head  of 
"garden"  beans 

The  great  economic  \alue  of  the  bean  is  generally 
recognized,  not  alone  m  respect  to  its  high  place  as  a 
farm  and  gaiden  crop,  but  also  as  the  most  suitable 
material,  next  to  animal  products,  m  compounding  a 
balanced  i  at  ion  for  man,  and  to  some  extent  for  beast, 
and  as  a  substitute  for  deal  meats 

Beans  are  easily  forced  under  glass,  in  a  temperature 
suitable  for  tomatoes  They  may  be  grown  either  in 
pots  or  beds  rlhe  bush  \aneties,  as  Sion  House,  are 
preferred  Keep  them  growing,  and  look  out  for  red 
spider 

FieUi  beans 

Ordinary  field  beans  like  a  fairly  good  warm  farm 
soil,  such  as  will  suit  corn  or  potatoes  They  do  not 
dra\v  verv  heavily  on  the  fcrtihtv  of  the  land  Belong- 
ing to  the  legumes,  they  are  able  to  make  use  to  a  large 
extent-  of  atmospheric  nitrogen,  and  if  given  a  good 
btart  will  not  only  look  out  for  their  own  needs  in  that 
respect,  but  may  leave  the  land  better  supplied  with 
nitrogen  than  it  was  found  at  planting-time  They  will 
not  thrive  on  wet  or  badly  drained  land;  otherwise 
good  strong  loams,  or  soils  resting  on  limestone,  are 
considered  most  desirable,  with  sandy  loams  and 
gravelly  loams  next  in  order  They  should  have  a  fair 
but  not  excessive  amount  of  humus  A  few  loads  of  fine 
old  stable  manure  spread  evenly  on  the  surface  after 
plowing,  if  possible  supplemented  with  fifty  or  a  hun- 
dred pounds  of  muriate  of  potash  and  a  few  hundred 
pounds  of  dissolved  rock  (acid  phosphate)  or  other 
phosphatic  manure  may  be  expected  to  give  good  re- 


BEAN 


459 


turns.  Or,  in  the  absence  of  these  chemicals,  200 
pounds  or  so  of  a  commercial  fertilizer  such  as  is  usually 
applied  foi  gram  crops,  and  which  analyzes  about  2  or 
3  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  8  of  phosphoric  a  "id  and  3  or  4  of 
potash,  may  be  applied  broadcast  after  plowing  Al- 
though the  planting  should  not  be  done  until  after  the 
soil  has  become  warm,  in  the  northern  states  not  before 
June,  the  customary  planting-time  in  the  great  bean- 
producing  sections  extends  from  June  1  to  June  2^,  it 
is,  nevertheless,  of  great  importance  to  plow  the  land 
earlv  and  keep  it  worked  \vith  disk  or  other  harrows 
until  planting-time,  this  for  the  purpose  of  preserving 
moisture  and  getting  ahead  of  tne  weeds  Important 
also  is  the  use  of  good  hand-picked  se^d  beans,  not  over 
one  year  old,  and  free  from  weev  ils  and  disease  infection. 
The  rows  are  to  be  made  2$  to  3o  inches  apart,  and  for 
small  areas,  planting  by  hand  or  with  a  corn-planter 
will  do  For  planting  on  a  larger  scale,  a  regular  bean- 
plantor  or  a  gram-drill  with  part  of  the  tubes  stopped  up 
so  as  to  bring  the  rows  the  correct  distance  apait  should 
be  used  If  fertiliser  is  to  be  applied  with  the  drill  at 
the  same  time,  it  may  be  allowed  to  run  from  the  hoe 
or  tube  on  each  side  of  each  tube  that  discharges  the 
seed  beans 

Among  the  vane  ties  generally  grown  in  field  culture 
arc  the  Pea  or  Navy,  the  Medium,  Red  and  White 
Kidncv  The  Pea  bean  is  small  hut  early  and  prolific, 
and  considered  to  be  about  as  profitable  as  any  other 
under  ordinary  circumstance.*,  It  is  particularly  recom- 
mended for  the  small  or  home  gio\\er 

The  harvesting  come.s  when  the  pods  ha\e  upened 
and  the  ha\es  ha\e  dropped  oil,  and  is  to  be  done 
with  u  bean-puller  or  harvester,  taking  two  rows  at  a 
time,  or  in  a  small  way  by  hand-pulling  The  vines  are 
put  in  small  heaps,  allowed  to  <  me,  and  promptly  stored 
out  of  the  way  of  moisture,  afterwards  thicshed  with 
a  bean  thresher,  or  in  a  small  wa\  with  the  flail,  cleaned, 
sorted  b\  hand  (in  a  large  commercial  way  with  the  help 
of  a  bean-sorting  dexiee),  and  marketed 

Garden  beans 

The  warm  and  fertile   .soil  of  the  a\erage  home-  or 
market-garden  suits  the  requirements  of  the  "garden" 
beans,  a.s  they  arc  mostK  grown  for  their  tender  arid 
succulent  pods  and  not   for  their  seeds,  or,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  lima  and  several  others,  for  their  seeds  in 
an  immature  or  half-developed  state     The  pods  of  all 
these  garden  beans  should 
be  picked  promptly  and 
clean  m  order  to  prolong 
the    bearing    period    as 
much  as  possible     If  the 
beans  are  allow  ed  to  ripen 
on  the  vines,  the   latter 
will  soon  give  out     Only 
when  these  garden  beans 
arc  grown   for  seed  pur- 
poses is  early  and  even 
ripening  desirable,  and  in 
that  case  the  pods,  per- 
haps with  the  exception 
of    the    first,    setting    if 
light,  must  all  be  left  on 
A  good  string  bean  has  a 
thick,  meaty  pod  which 
snaps    off     clean    when 


(XH) 


Ljma  beaQ 


broken  leaving  no  string 
along  the  back 

Many  varieties  which 
answer  this  description  arc  offered  in  the  various  seeds- 
men's lists,  both  green-podded  and  yellow-podded 
Early  Valentine,  with  its  many  strains  (Red,  Black 
Earliest  Improved,  and  so  on),  is  still  in  favor  with 
growers  for  a  green-podded  variety  A  newer  good 
one  is  Strmgless  Green-Pod  Quite  numerous  are 
the  yellow-podded  sorts  Among  them  are  Black  Wax, 


460 


BEAN 


BEAN 


Golden  Wax,   Davis  Kidney  Wax,  Wardwell  Wax, 
Hodaon,  and  others. 

Pole  beana. 

Pole  or  running  varieties  of  beans  require  especially 
fertile  soil;  and  for  that  king  of  table  beans,  the  lima  of 
all  forms,  too  much  can  hardly  be  done  in  the  way  of 
enriching  the  ground.  Warm  soil  is  one  of  the  first 
essentials  of  success  in  growing  pole  beans.  When  poles 
are  to  be  used  for  support,  they  should  be  set  not  less 
than  4  feet  apart  each  way,  before  the  beans  are  planted. 
Four  or  five  beans  are  to  be  placed  around  each  pole, 
1  to  1  Y%  inches  deep  While  it  is  a  safe  rule  to  put  the 
seed  eye  downward,  it  is  not  a  necessary  condition  of 
prompt  and  uniform  germination  In  case  of  absence  or 
scarcity  of  poles,  a  serviceable,  cheap  and  ornamental 
trellis  may  be  constructed  by  setting  posts  firmly  at 
proper  distances  along  the  row,  connecting  them  with 
two  wires,  one  a  few  inches  and  the  other  5  or  6  feet 
from  the  ground,  and  finally  winding  cheap  twine  zig- 
zag fashion  around  the  two  wires.  Cultivate  and  hoe 
frequently.  A  top-dressing  of  good  fertilizer,  or  of  old 
poultry-  or  sheep-manuie,  hoed  in  around  the  plants, 
may  be  of  great  help  in  keeping  up  the  productiveness 
of  the  plants  to  the  end  of  the  season.  To  have  a  con- 
tinuous supply  during  the  entire  season,  the  pods, 
when  large  enough,  must  be  gathered  frequently  ana 
clean.  Among  the  varieties  used  both  for  stnng 
and  shell  beans,  are  the  Green-podded  Creaseback, 


482.  Yard-long  Bean.  A  species  of  Vigna. 


several  wax  varieties,  Golden  Cluster,  and  the  popular 
Horticultural  or  Speckled  Cranberry  bean,  besides  any 
number  of  others  A  very  fine  bean  is  the  Dutch 
Runner  (Fig  484),  which  approaches  the  lima  in 
quality  and  resembles  it  in  habit  of  growth  The  seed 
is  of  the  largest  size  and  clear  white  in  color.  Highly 
ornamental  is  the  closely  related  Scarlet  Runner,  with 
its  abundance  of  showy  scarlet  blossoms  This  latter 
bean  is  grown  in  Europe  for  eating,  but  is  rarely  used 
for  that  purpose  here. 

Lima  beans. 

Of  all  pole  beans,  the  hmas  have  undoubtedly  the 
greatest  economic  value.  They  enjoy  a  deserved  popu- 
larity, and  are  usually  grown  with  profit  by  the  market- 
gardener.  The  varieties  might  be  classed  in  three  types, 
— that  of  the  Large  Lima,  the  Dreer  Lima,  and  the 
Small  Lima  or  Sieva  Each  of  them  has  a  number  of 
sub- varieties  or  strains,  and  appears  in  both  pole  and 
bush  form.  The  old  Large  Lima  (Fig  481)  is  a  very 
large,  flat  bean,  and  yet  largely  grown  for  main  crop. 
To  the  same  type  belong  Extra-Early  Jersey,  Kmg- 
of-the-Garden,  and  others  The  pods  of  these  are  very 
large,  and  the  beans  in  them  somewhat  flattened. 

There  are  dwarf  forms  of  both  eieva  and  the  regular 
lima.  The  Burpee  Bush  Lima  is  a  form  of  the  Targe 
lima  type.  The  Dreer  Lima  of  both  forms  is  appreciated 
especially  for  its  high  quality.  The  seeds  are  more 
roundish  and  crowded  close  together  in  the  pods,  the 
latter  being  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  Large  Lima. 
The  seeds  of  these  two  types  are  light-colored,  with  a 


.  tinge,  but  the  Large  Lima  is  also  represented 

by  red  and  speckled  (red-and-white)  sports.  The  Small 
Lima  or  Sieva,  with  its  dwarf  form.  Henderson  Bush 
Lima,  seems  to  be  hardier  and  earlier  than  the  two 
larger  types,  but  pod  and  bean  are  quite  small.  The 
color  of  this  bean  is  nearly  clear  white,  but  there  is  also 
a  speckled  sub-variety  of  it.  Wherever  there  is  a  place 
for  the  Sieva,  its  bush  form  will  be  appreciated.  The 
bush  forms  of  the  two  larger  types,  however,  are  not 
uniformly  productive  enough  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pole  forms  entirely.  The  latter  will  often  be  preferable 
when  a  season  of  continuous  bearing  is  desired. 

Lima  beans  require  a  long  season,  and  therefore  are 
not  much  grown  along  the  northern  borders  and  in 
Canada  They  must  be  given  warm  and  "quick"  soil 
and  kept  constantly  growing. 

Other  beans. 

Three  other  members  of  the  bean  tribe  might  be  men- 
tioned in  this  connection;  namely,  the  Black  bean  or 
cowpea  of  the  South,  the  Japanese  Soy  bean,  and  the 
English  or  Broad  bean  The  cowpea  takes,  in  some 
measure,  the  same  place  in  the  southern  states  that  red 
clover  takes  at  the  North,  being  used  both  as  stock  food 
and  as  a  green-manure  crop.  There  are  many  varieties 
of  it,  early  and  late,  some  of  strictly  bush  habit 
and  some  producing  long  runners.  See  Cowpea  Of 
greater  value  for  the  same  purposes,  north  of  New  Jer- 
sey, seems  to  be  the  Japanese  Soy  bean,  which  is  early 
enough  to  come  to  maturity  almost  anywhere  in  the 
United  States.  Its  foliage  is  rather  thin  or  open,  how- 
ever, which  impairs  its  value  for  green-manuring  The 
dry  bean  constitutes  one  of  the  richest  vegetable  foods 
known,  and  its  flavor  seems  unobjectionable  to  all  kinds 
of  stock  Sow  one  bushel  to  the  acre.  Similar  to  this  in 
value  is  the  English  Broad  bean,  several  varieties  of 
which,  as  the  Broad  Windsor,  the  Horse  bean,  and  others, 
are  urown  and  are  popular  in  England  and  in  some  parts 
of  the  European  continent  In  most  parts  of  the  United 
States  they  are  scarcely  known,  and  in  none  generally 
cultivated  Only  a  few  of  our  seedsmen  list  them  in 
their  otherwise  complete  catalogues  Yet  they  are  a 
decidedly  interesting  group  of  plants,  and  worthy  of 
greater  attention  in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  country 
Being  about  as  hardy  as  peas,  they  may  be  planted 
much  earlier  than  would  be  safe  for  ordinary  beans 
The  Windsor  is  used  in  England  in  much  the  same  way  as 
lima  beans  are  used  in  America,  but  the  latter  are  so 
much  better  that  in  the  United  States  there  is  no  need 
of  planting  the  former  as  a  table  vegetable  The  vane- 
ties  with  smallish  seeds  are  sometimes  grown  and  used 
in  parts  of  Europe  for  feeding  pigeons  and  chickens, 
and  under  certain  conditions  might  have  some  value 
here  foi  the  same  purpose  on  account  of  the  high 
protein  content. 

Insects  and  diseases. 

The  foliage  of  the  various  beans  is  rarely  attacked  by 
insects.  A  somewhat  serious  pest,  however,  which 
attacks  the  seeds  both  in  the  pod  and  dry,  after  being 
shelled,  is  the  bean-weevil,  a  smaller  brother  of  the  pea- 
weevil,  and  having  nearly  the  same  general  habits  of 
development  If  only  beans  free  from  live  weevils  are 
used  for  seed  in  a  given  locality,  the  product  will  be 
free  from  them  also.  For  that  reason,  all  beans  to  be 
used  for  seed,  or  for  food,  if  suspected  of  being  weevil- 
infested,  should  be  subjected  to  the  carbon-bisulfid 
treatment  in  the  fall  It  is  simple,  but  care  should  be 
taken  to  keep  the  highly  inflammable  drug  away  from 
an  open  fire  or  light  Place  the  beans  in  a  tight  recep- 
tacle. Pour  a  quantity  (half  pint  to  barrel)  of  the 
bisulfid  into  a  saucer  or  other  flat  dish,  which  place  on 
top  of  the  beans,  and  cover  the  receptacle  tightly, 
leaving  it  thus  for  twenty-four  hours  or  more. 

Difficult  to  control  is  the  bean  blight,  a  disease  which 
frequently  affects  field,  garden  and  lima  beans.  Seed 


XIII.    Bean.— The  Bush  Lima 


BEAN 


BEAN 


461 


from  an  affected  field  should  not  be  used,  nor  should 
beans  be  planted  again  on  a  field  for  several  years  after 
having  been  affected.  For  bean  anthracnose,  also  called 
bean  rust  (erroneously)  and  pod-spot,  which  is  easily 
recognized  by  the  dark  or  brownish  spots  on  the  pods 
and  occurs  both  on  field  and  garden  beans,  there  is  one 
sure  preventive.  Plant  clean  seed  and  grow  a  practically 
clean  crop.  It  is  advisable  for  the  grower  to  select  his 
own  seed  beans,  carefully  rejecting  every  pod  that 
shows  the  least  sign  of  the  disease.  The  true  bean  rust 
is  not  so  often  met  with,  therefore  not  so  serious. 

T.  GREINEB. 

Lima  beans  in  California. 

Lima  beans  are  grown  in  California  very  extensively 
as  a  field  crop,  supplying  the  markets  of  the  country 
with  the  bulk  of  the  dry  shelled  product.  The  figures 
for  the  lima  bean  crop  of  1910  in  California  are  as 
follows-  0  , 

Sacks 

Ventura  County  800000 

Orange  County  150,000 

Santa  Barbara  County  75,000 

Los  \ntfeles  County.  75,000 

San  Diego  County  60,000 


Total 


1,160,000 


The  above  represents  a  total  of  about  82,850  acres 
devoted  to  this  crop 

Lima  beans  delight  in  warm,  summer  weather,  but 
if  the  relative  humidity  is  low,  they  suffer  in  conse- 
quence Along  the  California  coast,  which  is  the  heavi- 
est producing  section,  the  fogs  are  lemarkably  constant 
in  the  night  and  early  morning,  and  when  for  a  week  or 
ten  days  these  fogs  are  lacking,  the  bean  crop  buffers 
markedly  The  small  pods  that  are  just  foiming  dry 
up  and  tall  off  without  making  seed.  The  heavy  fogs 
which  roll  in  may  add  a  little  moisture  to  the  surface 
soil  for  a  time,  but  not  enough  to  reach  the  roous  and 
aid  the  plants  directly  The  great  benefit  of  tne  fog  is 
in  lessening  evaporation  and  tempering  the  atmosphere, 
less  water  passing  from  the  plant  into  moist  atmosr  heie 
than  would  pass  into  dry  atmosphere 

The  profitable  production  of  lima  beans  is  limited  to 
some  extent  by  soil,  though  not  so  much  as  by  climate 
They  are  grown  on  soil  ranging  all  the  way  .rom  sandy 
to  adobe  The  lima  bean  plant  does  not  grow  well  on 
an  acid  soil,  neither  does  it  thrive  on  an  alkali  soil 
California  soils,  being  mostly  and  or  semi-arid,  are  not 
badly  leached,  and 
therefore  lime  is 
usually  abundant, 
insuring  freedom 
from  acidity.  But 
the  same  aridity 
and  consequent  lack 
of  leaching  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  ac- 
cumulation in  some 
lands  of  consider- 
able amounts  of 
alkali  salts,  enough 
to  limit  the  area 
and  the  production 
in  the  counties 
where  the  bulk  of 
the  limas  is  grown 
The  amount  of 
alkali  which  this 
bean  can  endure 
and  still  produce 
paying  qrops  has 
not  been  definitely 
determined,  but  it 
is  not  high.  How- 
ever, experience  has 
483.  Soy  bean  —  Glycine  hispida.  ( X  K)  shown  that  the  lima 


484.  Phaseolus  muluflorus. 
(XM) 


will  bear  more  alkali  than  the  Blackeye,  Lady  Washing* 
ton,  or  other  beans  of  the  common  kidney  type. 

The  difference  in  time  of  maturity  is  very  great 
between  sandy  and  clayey  soils,  and  still  greater  be- 
tween dry  and  moist  soils.  A  difference  of  a  week  may 
be  observed  in  the  same  field,  due  to  physical  variations 
in  the  soil,  and  much  more 
than  this  difference  in  time 
has  been  frequently  observed 
within  the  distance  of  a  few 
miles  It  seems  that  the 
water-supply  of  the  soil  more 
than  the  texture  is  respon- 
sible for  this  difference  in 
tune  of  ripening,  as  irrigation 
on  light  soils  causes  the  same 
lateness  in  maturity.  Thus, 
a  tendency  is  found  toward 
the  perennial  habit  which  the 
plant  maintains  under  the 
humid  conditions  of  the 
tropics 

Soils  with  much  nitrogen 
tend  to  produce  late  matu- 
rity, hence  the  limas  ripen 
later  on  land  which  has  been 
recently  manured  On  the 
other  hand,  the  mineral  ele- 
ments tend  toward  early 
maturity  Lunas  require  a 
richer  soil  than  do  the  white 
kidney  beans,  the  pole  vane- 
ties  require  a  richer  soil  than 
the  bush  varieties 

The  standard  preparation 
of  land  for  a  bean  crop  is 
practised  Growers  have 
learned  by  experience  that 
good  preparation  pays,  in  fact,  very  much  more  culti- 
vation is  given  the  soil  before  seeding  than  after 

Planting  is  from  May  1  to  May  25,  at  the  rate  of 
forty-five  to  sixty-five  pounds  per  acre,  according  to 
the  moisture  condition  and  fertility  of  the  soil  The 
beans  are  planted  in  rows  30  to  36  inches  apart,  8  to  12 
inches  apart  in  the  row,  a  single  seed  being  dropped  in  a 
place  On  the  heavier  and  more  moist  soils,  where  the 
growth  of  vines  is  rank,  the  wider  distances  are  given 
between  rows  Two  inches  in  the  moist  soil  is  considered 
the  best  depth  of  planting 

The  beans  are  tilled  while  young,  one,  two  or  three 
timeb,  the  average  number  of  cultivations  being  two  or  a 
little  more.  The  fields  are  ordinarily  kept  free  from 
weeds  from  the  time  of  working  in  the  winter  till  the 
vines  cover  the  ground  Cultivation  must  cease  when 
the  vines  get  large,  as,  not  being  provided  with  supports, 
they  spread  across  the  row  and  would  be  badly  injured 
by  the  passage  of  the  cultivator  After  the  vines  have 
made  such  a  growth  as  practically  to  cover  the 
ground,  the  mulch  is  not  so  much  needed  to  prevent 
evaporation. 

Irrigation  in  California. 

As  there  is  normally  no  rain  on  the  bean  crop  in 
California  from  planting  till  harvest,  the  ground,  of 
course,  becomes  very  dry.  Hence  irrigation  has  been 
found  profitable,  the  production  in  many  fields  being 
doubled  by  the  use  of  water.  The  most  common 
method  of  irrigation  is  by  the  row  system  Furrows  are 
made  between  all  the  rows  with  an  implement  carrying 
four  broad  shovels,  furrowing  between  four  rows  at  a 
time.  Water  is  run  in  these  furrows  for  the  desired 
time,  after  which  the  land  is  leveled  by  a  shallow 
cultivation.  This  prevents  excessive  evaporation  which 
would  take  place  if  the  furrows  were  allowed  to  bake  in 
the  sun.  Usually  only  one  irrigation  is  given,  and  that 
about  July  1st,  just  before  cultivation  ceases  Two  and 


162 


BEAN 


BEAN 


one  half  to  3  acre-inches  per  acre  are  applied  at  this 
time 

Harvesting,  and  caring  for  the  product. 

In  the  sections  of  light  and  unirngated  land,  the 
beans  ripen  from  August  20  to  September  10.  In  the 
irrigated  parts  and  on  heavier  land,  they  ripen  from 
September  10  to  September  25  or  October  1.  These 
dates  indicate  the  time  the  beans  are  harvested.  Before 
the  earliest  date  for  each  section  there  will  be  some  dry 
pods  in  all  the  fields  and  at  the  latest  date  of  harvest 
there  are  always  green  pods 

The  beans  are  harvested  by  a  seed-cutter  with  two 
runners  12  to  15  inches  high  On  the  inner  side  of  each 
a  knife  is  set  diagonally  backward  and  toward  the  middle 
of  the  sled  A  few 
inches  above  each 
knife  is  a  bar  of  iron 
or  wood  set  in  a  simi- 
lar position  The  sled- 
runners  are  such  a 
distance  apart  that 
two  rows  of  beans 
will  pass  between 
them.  Hence  each 
knife  is  drawn  along 
the  line  of  the  row 
cutting  the  plants 
just  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground. 
The  diagonal  position 
of  the  knife  causes  it 
to  cut  the  plants 
clean  without  pulling 
up  by  the  roots,  and 
together  with  the 
diagonal  bar  above,  pushes  both 
rows  to  the  middle,  leaving  them 
together  in  a  windrow  These 
cutters  are  often  mounted  on 
wheels  to  bear  the  mam  weight 
of  the  sled  and  driver,  the  runner 
cutting  into  the  ground  just 
enough  to  hold  it  firmly  to  the 
row  Levers  are  provided  to 
raise  and  lower  the  frame  of  the 
sled  A  man  with  two  or  three 
horses,  usually  three,  cuts  from 
8  to  12J-2  acres  a  day. 

The  vines,  after  lying  in  wind- 
rows for  a  few  hours,  as  left  by 
the  cutter,  are  piled  by  hand 
with  pitchforks  Three  wind- 
rows are  commonly  placed  to- 
gether in  one  row  of  piles  Piles  are  4  or  5  feet  in 
diameter  on  the  ground  and  3  feet  high.  They  remain 
in  these  piles  till  very  dry,  which  is  a  length  of  time 
varying  with  the  weather  and  the  maturity  of  the 
beans,  but  usually  from  two  to  three  weeks  A  man 
is  expected  to  pile  about  5  acres  a  day,  but  frequently 
does  not  pile  more  than  2  or  3  acres.  It  requires  from 
two  to  three  men  to  handle  the  beans  cut  with  one  sled. 

Threshing  is  done  by  itinerant  machines,  using  for 
power  either  steam  or  gasolene  engines  The  machines 
thresh  from  1,000  to  2,500  sacks  per  day,  1,500  being  a 
fair  day's  work  In  a  few  instances  about  3,000  sacks 
have  been  threshed  in  a  day.  The  charge  is  usually 
25  cents  a  hundred  pounds,  equal  to  20  cents  a  sack. 
The  beans  are  stored  in  large  warehouses  until  mar- 
keted, and  are  generally  recleaned  by  a  mechanical 
recleaner  which  is  very  satisfactory. 

Yield  and  value  of  crop. 

The  average  yield  is  about  fourteen  sacks,  eighty 
pounds  per  sack,  or  about  1,120  pounds  per  acre.  Some 
fields  produce  nearly  three  times  this  amount,  but  in 


485.  The  Chickasaw  Lima,  or  Jack  bean.— 
Canavalia  ensiformis.   (XJi) 


the  best  section  an  average  of  twenty-five  sacks  or  2,000 
pounds  per  acre  is  considered  to  be  satisfactory 

Another  factor  which  is  of  importance,  and  which  has 
only  recently  come  to  be  appreciated,  is  the  value  of  the 
bean  straw  as  rough  feed    It  is  generally  regarded  that 
the  straw  is  worth  about  $1  per  ton  m  the  held,  loose. 
GEORGE  W.  SHAW. 

Tepary  beans. 

The  tepary  is  a  small  white  bean  native  to  the 
southwestern  region  of  the  United  States  (Phaseolus 
acutifohus  var  latifohus),  long  grown  by  the  Indians 
and  now  receiving  attention  from  general  cultivators 
The  first  full  acount  is  in  Bulletin  08,  Arizona  Experi- 
ment Station  (1912) 

The  development  of  artesian  and  dry-farming  dis- 
tricts in  Arizona,  together  with  the  increased  use  of 
pumped  water  for  irrigation,  have  created  a  need  for  a 
leguminous  crop  which,  used  in  rotation  with  grain  or 
forage  planting,  will  maintain  tho  mtiogen  and  humous 
content  of  the  soil  and  at  the  same  time  provide  a 
money  return  which  is  sure  and  profitable    The  expeii- 
ence  of  practical  farmers  throughout  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico  has  for  years  demonstrated  the  fact  that  no 
crop  so  well  fills  this  demand  as  the  growing  of  dry 
shell  beans.  Being  a  countrywide  food  staple,  they  have 
a  steady  market  which  is  little  influenced   by  local 
conditions  other  than  transportation 
charges     As  corn  in  Illinois,  cotton  in 
Texas  or   wheat   in  Kansas  represent 
to  their  producers  products  of  staple 
value,  so  may  the  diy-fanners  of  the 
Southwest,  and   those  i  ruga  ting  with 
artesian  and  pumped  wateis,  look  to 
the  bean  as  a  money-crop  which  at  all 
tunes  may  be  surely  and  readily  turned 
into  cash 

Varieties  of  beans  ongmated  in  the 
humid  sections  of  the  East  are  of  but 
little  value  when  grown  in  Arizona 
They  do  not  withstand  satisfactory 
the  extreme  aridity  and  heat  of  the  air 
during  the  summer  months  Out  of  a 
large  number  of  varieties  tested  at 
Yuma,  only  those  of  southwestern 
origin  were  at  all  successful 

Among  these  southwestern  varieties 
of  beans,  first  tested  at  Yuma  in  1909, 
certain  ones  were  noted  which  gave 
yields  far  in  excess  of  all  others,  includ- 
ing even  the  much-pn-«ed  pink  bean, 
or  fnjolc  Subsequent  investigations 
developed  the  fact  that  this  group  of 
varieties  (known  as  tepanes)  was  distinct  fiom  either 
the  common  kidney  or  snap  bean  They  were  found  to 
constitute  a  new  species,  hitherto  unrecognized  as  a 
cultivated  plant  in  botanical  or  horticultural  literature 
It  has  been  described  by  the  writer  an  a  new  variety  of 
Phaseolus  acutifohus  In  its  wild  state,  Phaseolus 
acutifohus  is  peculiar  to  the  southwestern  desert 
region  It  may  be  found  on  the  mountain-sides  and  in 
narrow  valleys  from  the  Pecos  river  westward  across 
New  Mexico  and  Arizona  and  southward  into  the 
adjoining  states  of  Mexico.  Domesticated  from  the 
neighboring  canons  and  cultivated  in  small  patches, 
attended  at  best  by  a  crude  husbandry  and  dependent 
upon  the  precarious  summer  rams  and  uncertain  floods 
from  the  mountain  washes  for  irrigation,  the  tepary  has 
lost  none  of  its  native  hardiness  It  has  been  cultivated 
by  the  Papago  and  Puna  Indians  from  prehistoric 
times  and  in  all  probability  foimed  one  of  the  principal 
food-crops  of  that  ancient  and  unknown  agricultural 
race,  the  ruins  of  whose  cities  and  irrigating  canals  are 
now  the  only  witnesses  of  their  former  presence  and 
prosperity. 


BEAN 


BEAUMONTIA 


463 


While  growing,  the  tepary  may  easily  be  distinguished 
from  the  common  garden  bean  by  its  more  slender 
vines  and  smaller  leaves  The  leaves  are  also  thinner, 
smoother,  narrower  and  moie  pointed  at  the  apex  than 
those  of  the  bean  The  pods  are  smaller  than  those  of 
the  bean,  averaging  about  3  inches  long  arid  •£  inch 
wide.  Being  somewhat  flattened  and  having  thin, 
rather  tough  walls,  the  pods  imghi  resemble  rather 
closely  a  small  variety  of  the  lima  Tepanes,  however, 
differ  markedly  irom  either  the  bean  or  the  lima  in  the 
length  of  the  stems  bearing  the  first  pair  of  aerial 
leaves.  For  tepanes  these  measure  only  about  ^  inch, 
whereas  foi  beans  and  limas  they  will  average  an  inch 
or  more  The  seeds  of  the  tepary  are  smaller  than  those 
of  the  other  sorts  mentioned  and  there  are  a  number  of 
minor  differences  which  suffice  to  give  them  a  distinctive 
appearance  at  least  to  those  who  are  familiar  with  the 
group  The  seeds  of  the  white  variety 
are  veiy  similar  to  those  of  the  navy 
bean,  with  which  they  would  in  all 
probability  be  classed  on  the  general 
market  A  convenient  test  for  shelled 
tepary  beans  is  to  immerse  them  in 
water  They  will  wrinkle  in  five  to 
ten  minutes,  while  other  cultivated 
species  commonly  require  forty-five 
minutes  to  one  hour. 

The  tepary  as  a  food 

There  is  considerable  difference  of 
opinion  as  to  the  relative  palat ability 
of  beans  and  tepanes  Among  the 
Indians  and  Mexicans,  the  commer- 
cial pink  bean  is  preferred  to  the 
tepary,  as  they  say  it  has  a  better 
flavor  These  people,  however,  make 
the  same  diffeience  between  the  pink 
bean  and  the  \vhite  navy  which  is 
shipped  in  from  tho  Kast  Tepaiies 
should  be  soaked  twelve  hours  before 
cooking,  during  which  time  thcj  s \\ell 
to  at  least  twice  their  original  volume 
and  more  than  double  in  weight  In 
this  respect  they  markedly  surpass 
other  beans  Well-cooked  tepanes 
are  light  and  mealy  and  have  a  rich 
bean-like  aroma  Boiled  and  baked 
with  bacon  or  mashed  and  added  to 
soups,  they  form  most  acceptable 
dishes  To  such  as  aie  fond  of  the 
onion,  a  small  amount  of  this  vegetable  finely  chopped 
and  stirred  in  during  boiling  makes  a  pleasing 
addition. 

Yields  and  culture. 

The  superiority  of  the  tepary  over  other  beans  for 
planting  in  the  southwest  is  exhibited  m  its  gi eater 
productivity  when  grown  under  similar  conditions. 
This  statement  is  not  only  true  in  irrigated  sections, 
but  even  more  marked  in  regions  devoted  to  dry-farm- 
ing In  nine  experiments  m  Arizona  covering  almost 
every  condition  of  soil,  culture  and  water-supply,  and 
extending  over  three  years,  the  average  yield  of  the 
tepanes  nas  been  slightly  more  than  four  times  the 
average  for  varieties  of  the  kidney  bean.  These  greater 
yields  are  due  to  the  ability  of  the  tepary  to  germinate 
quickly  in  the  presence  of  a  low  moisture-content  of 
the  soil,  with  the  resulting  better  stands  on  dry  lands 
The  tepary  is  also  able  to  withstand  protracted  seasons 
of  drought  without  permanent  injury,  returning  to  full 
vigor  immediately  when  the  rains  come  Other  beans 
do  not  possess  this  ability  to  a  marked  degree  The 
tepary  is  also  inured  to  the  greatest  extremes  of  sum- 
mer temperatures  and  will  bloom  and  set  seed  any 
month  from  May  to  November  On  the  other  hand, 
when  the  blooming  period  of  common  beans  happens  to 


486   Typical  Soap, 
or  String  beans. 


487.  Bedding  —  Arundmana 
Veifchn. 


fall  within  a  season  of  extreme  heat,  the  buds  will  for 
the  most  part  drop  without  setting  pods  I'or  these 
reasons  the  tepai  y  is  a  more  sure  and  dependable  crop, 
often  giving  fair  returns  when  beans  are  a  total  failure 
With  an  ample  supply  of  water,  good  soil  and  other 
conditions  favorable, 
tepanes  should  yield  700 
to  1 ,200  pounds  per  acre 
However,  1,500  pounds 
per  acie  have  been  re- 
ported from  the  Colo- 
rado Valley  near  Yuma. 
Under  dry-farm  condi- 
tions, yields  of  150  to 
700  pounds  have  been 
reported  On  nrigated 
lands,  tepanes  may  be 
planted  in  southern  Arizona  any  time  from  the  early 
spring  when  danger  of  fiost  is 'past  until  August  10. 
The  best  crops  however,  are  secured  by  early  planting, 
March  20  to  Apnl  1,  or  by  midsummer  planting,  July 
12  to  25  In  diy-farmmg,  they  are  planted  any  time 
fiom  the  10th  to  the  loth  or  20th  of  July 

GEO.  F.  FREEMAN. 

BEARBERRY.  Ardostaphylos 
BEAR'S  BREECH:  Acanthus. 
BEAUCARNEA:  Nolma. 

BEAUFORTIA  (Duchess  of  Beaufort,  patron  of 
botany)  Mifrlacex  Greenhouse  red-flowered  shrubs, 
blooming  in  spimg 

Stiff,  more  or  less  heath-like  shrubs.  Ivs  commonly 
opposite,  small  and  rigid,  often  only  1 -nerved,  fls  in 
heads  or  shoit  spikes,  sessile,  calyx  5-lobed,  petals  5, 
spreading,  stamens  man>,  longer  than  the  petals,  in 
bundles  opposite  each  of  the  petals,  ovary  3-celled.  fr. 
a  locuheidal  caps  borne  in  the  hardened  calyx-tube  — 
Twelve  or  13  species  m  VV  Austral  Requires  the  treats- 
ment  of  coolhouse  Australian  things,  with  peaty  soil. 
Prop  by  maturing  shoots  under  glass 

purpurea,  Lmdl  Small  free-flowering  shrub,  with 
vn gate  branches  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate  or  narrower, 
becoming  hnear  on  the  small  branches  fls  small,  pur- 
plish red,  the  petals  shorter  than  the  erect  subulate 
calyx-lobes  L  H.  B. 

BEAUM<5NTIA  (after  Mrs  Beaumont,  of  Bretton 
Hall, Yorkshire,  England).  Apocynacex  Hothouse  white- 
flowered  twiner 

Corolla  funnelform,  short-tubed,  without  scales  in 
the  throat,  with  5  brood  lobes,  stamens  5,  included, 
attached  to  corolla,  disk  5-lobed  or  of  5  scales.  The 
genus  is  more  nearly  allied  to  the  familiar  greenhouse 
shrub  Trachelospennuni  javmmoidtb  than  to  the  splen- 
did tropical  climbers  in  Allamanda  and  Dipladema. — 
Four  or  5  Indian  or 
Javanese  trws  or  tall 
climbers,  wit  h  very 
large,  white,  fra- 
grant, bell-shaped  fls. 
in  terminal  cymes 

B  urandiflora  has 
been  neglected  of 
late,  presumably  be- 
cause it  needs  so 
much  room.  It 
should  be  planted 
out  in  strong,  fibrous, 
loamy  soil  of  a  warm- 
house,  as  it  rarely  succeeds  m  pots  It  is  best  trained 
to  the  roof,  as  full  light  is  necessary  for  flowering,  if 
not  for  growth  The  shoots  may  be  thinned  if  the  large 
leaves  east  too  much  shade  on  the  plants  beneath  The 
wood  should  be  well  ripened  to  produce  an  abundance 
of  winter  bloom.  The  flowers  are  produced  on  the 


488  Bedding.— Bambus*  pftlmata. 


464 


BEAUMONTI A 


BEDDING 


growth  of  the  previous  season.  After  flowering,  the 
plant  should  be  severely  pruned  to  produce  lateral 
shoots  for  the  next  season's  bloom.  In  its  native  coun- 
try, this  vine 
climbs  over  very 
tall  trees. 

grandifldra. 
Wall  A  tall- 
growing,  woody 
vine*  Ivs  obo- 
vate,  cuspidate, 
wavy  margined: 
sepals  5,  large, 
ovate,  wavy, 
pink-tipped;  co- 
rolla-tube veined 
with  green,  the 
limb  5-cleft.  B. 
M.  3213.  Gn. 
45,  p.  138:  49, 
p  314.  J  H.  III. 
28-243.  Var. 
superba,  having 
larger  whiter  fls. 
than  the  type,  is 
known. 


489    Oriental  pattern. 
1    White  geranium     2  CMendula  offici- 
oahs,    "Orange   King "    3    Coleu: 
4    Verbena  hybnda  Purple  Mam 
Lemome'a  heliotrope       5    Alyssu: 
gatura      6    Outhc 
bounding  all  parts 


green 

ith,  or 

im  vano- 


B  fr&0ranst 
Pierre  Evergreen 
shrub  with  white,  fragrant,  shallow  bell-shaped  fls  Cothm  China 
GC  III  49  306—  B  JerdomAna,  Wight.  Similar  to  the  above  but 
with  smaller  parts,  and  with  follicles  10  in.  long.  Cult  only  in  rare 
collections  Wight  Ic..  pi.  1314.  -^  TAYLOR  f 

BEDDING,  or  BEDDING-OUT.  The  temporary  use 
out-of-doors  of  plants  that  are  massed  for  showy  and 
striking  effects  There  are  four  mam  types:  spring, 
summer,  subtropical  and  carpet-bedding. 

Spring  bedding. 

The  most  temporary  of  all  forms  of  bedding  is  that 
designed  only  for  spring  effects  It  is  usually  followed 
by  summer  bedding  in  the  same  area  It  is  the  only 
kind  that  largely  employs  hardy  plants,  as  crocuses, 
narcissi,  daffodils,  tulips,  hyacinths,  and  other  Dutch 
bulbs  All  four  types  of  bedding  are  commonly  seen  in 
public  parks,  but  spring  bedding  is  the  most  appropri- 
ate for  amateur  and  homo  use,  as  the  bulbs  flower  at  a 
dreary  time  of  the  year,  when  their  brave  colors  are  most 
cheering,  and  also  because  they  are  much  more  familiar 
than  the  subtropical  and  foliage  plants  of  summer. 
Moreover,  hardy  bulbs  are  more  easily  cultivated  than 
any  other  class  of  plants,  and  they 'are  cheap.  The 
mam  principle  is  to  plant  them  early  enough  to 

secure  a  strong 
root  develop- 
ment. There- 
fore, they  should 
be  ordered  early, 
and  planted  in 
the  latter  part  of 
October  or  first 
of  November. 
The  colors  may 
be  massed  or 
mixed  according 
to  taste,  the 
terms  massed 
and  mixed  bed- 
ding referring  to 
unity  or  vanety 
of  effect,  and  be- 

490.  French  pattern.  m«  applicable  in 

1   Calendula  offioma  hi,  "Sulphur  Queen"        each  of  the  four 
2.  Ageratum   nanum.    "Blue    Perfection"        mam  types  men- 
3    White  geranium     4    Scarlet  geranium.        tioned  above 
5.  Pink  geranium  Palm  at  center  for  accent  f\**~      J      * 

Whole   dcBijm    oultmed   with  green  alter-  Upposed     to 

nanthera  tins  style  of  bod- 


ding  is  the  naturalizing  of  bulbs  in  the  lawn.  Crocuses 
and  squills  are  particularly  charming  when  they 
appear  singly,  or  in  twos  or  threes,  at  unexpected 
places  in  the  lawn.  Daffodils  are  frequently  natural- 
ized in  large  masses  in  spots  where  the  grass  is  not 
mowed. 

Pansies  are  the  only  other  plants  that  are  used  ex- 
tensively for  spring  oeddmg.  English  double  daisies 
and  catchflies  are  largely  used  for  edgings.  Pansies  are 
set  out  between  April  1  and  15.  In  large  operations, 
pansy  seed  is  sown  in  August  of  the  preceding  year, 
and  the  young  plants  are  transplanted  once  and  win- 
tered in  a  coldframe  After  flowering,  the  plants  are 
thrown  away.  The  other  method  is  to  sow  the  seed  in 
a  greenhouse  in  January,  The  August-sown  pansies 
give  larger  and  earlier  blooms,  but  the  January-sown 
panties  will  last  longer,  and  in  partially  shaded  places 
will  give  scattering  bloom  all  summer,  especially  if  pro- 
tected  from  drought. 

Summer  bedding 

Bedding  for  summer  effects  often  follows  spring 
bedding  in  the  same  space  of  ground,  and  employs 
chiefly  geraniums,  coleus,  begonias,  ageratum,  salvia, 
vinca,  alyssuin,  petunia,  verbena,  heliotrope,  grasses, 
cacti,  and  aquatic  plants,  the  culture  and  varieties  of 
whicn  may  be  sought  elsewhere  in  this  work.  As  to 
tenderness,  these  fall  into  two  groups,  the  first  of  which 
may  be  set  out  about  May  15  in  Now  York,  and  the 
second  about  June  I.  Geraniums  are  the  most  impor- 
tant of  the  first  group,  and  coleus  is  an  example  of  the 
tenderest  mate- 
rial, which  is  set 
out  simultane- 
ously with  sub- 
tropical plants 
when  all  danger 
of  frost  is  pabt 

As  to  fondness 

for     sunlight,  Marguerite,    "Queen   Alexandra "    2 

there   are    again  ColcuSi  ••5oldcn  Boeder  "  3   Scarlet  gera- 

tWO   groups,  bllt  mum    4   Cineraria  maritnna    5   Calendula 

the  only  bedding  officmahs,  "Sulphur  Queen  "   6    Ageratura 

plants  of  im-  ^ra'  Blue ferfectlon  7  Whlte  gera' 
portance  that 

prefer  shade  are  tuberous  begonias  and  fuchsias.  The 
popularity  lately  achieved  by  tuberous  begonias  in 
Europe  will  probably  never  be  duplicated  in  Amenca. 
The  secret  of  their  culture  is  shade,  shelter,  and  mois- 
ture at  the  roots  Therefore,  a  clay  bottom  is  desirable 
for  a  bed  of  tuberous  begonias,  as  being  more  retentive 
of  moisture  than  a  sandy  or  porous  soil  They  enjoy 
cool  air  and  as  much  indirect  light  as  possible,  but  not 
the  direct  rays  of  the  sun  The  north  side  of  a  build- 
ing is  better  for  them  than  a  station  under  trees,  as 
the  trees  usually  give  too  dense  a  shade,  and  their 
roots  interfere.  On  the  other  hand,  coleus  is  more 
highly  colored  in  full  sunlight  than  in  shade. 

The  only  fibrous-rooted  begonias  largely  used  for 
bedding  are  varieties  of  the  semperflorens  type,  of  which 
Vernon  and  Erfordii  are  popular  vaneties  at  present. 
In  the  mampula  on  of  tender  perennials,  there  are  often 
two  methods  of  propagation,  either  of  which  may  be 
better,  according  to  the  ideal  in  view.  As  a  matter  of 
general  tendency,  propagation  by  cuttings  gives  bloom 
that  is  earlier  but  not  so  continuous  or  profuse  as  by 
seeds.  Salvias  and  verbenas  are  pronounced  examples. 
On  the  contrary,  cuttings  must  be  depended  on,  as  a 
rule,  to  keep  the  choicest  vaneties  true  to  type,  as  a 
function  of  seeds  in  nature  seems  to  be  to  produce  more 
variation  than  can  be  attained  by  non-sexual  methods 
of  propagation,  as  by  bulbs  or  cuttings.  Salvias  are  also 
an  example  of  plants  that  are  particularly  effective 
when  seen  at  a  great  distance,  and  also  of  plants  that 
are  generally  massed  for  unity  of  effect,  and  not  mixea 
with  others  Verbenas  aie  commonly  grown  by  them- 


BEDDING 


BEDDING 


465 


lelves,  but  this  is  because  they  demand  much  room  by 
reason  of  their  trailing  habit. 

Subtropical  bedding. 

Summer  bedding  for  subtropical  effects  employs 
chiefly  cannas,  musas,  castor-oil  plants,  crotons,  palms, 
ferns  of  coarser  habit,  screw-pines,  dracenas,  araucanas, 
elephant-ear  caladiums,  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  abutilon, 
acalypha,  achyranthes,  anthericum,  Canca  Papaya, 
sanchezia,  and  others  Cannas  are  by  far  the  most 
popular  at  the  present  time,  especially  for  mass-work. 
Sometimes  the  tall,  purple-leaved  old-fashioned,  small- 
flowered  types  are  used  in  the  center  or  at  the  back  of 
the  bed,  and  the  dwarf,  modern,  large-flowered  types 
around  the  edges  or  in  front  Frequently,  massing  with 
a  single  vanety  of  canna  is  practised.  Next  to  cannas 
in  popularity  probably  come  the  crotons  or  codieums,— 
the  broad-leaved  types,  as  Queen  Victoria,  being  better 
for  this  purpose  than  the  narrower-leaved  or  simply 
curious  kinds,  as  Codi<eum  mterruptum  and  C  volulum, 
which  belong  to  fanciers'  collections  For  carpeting  the 
ground  in  a  croton  bed,  two  variegated  trailers  can  be 
used  with  good  effect,  the  wandering  Jew  or  trades- 
cantia  and  Oplismenux  liurmannu,  which  is  familiar 
to  gardeners  as  Panicum  vanegaturn  The  large  leaves  of 
bananas  give  a  very  rich  tropical  effect,  especially  if 

they  can  be  so 
sheltered  that 
the  wind  will 
not  split  them 
One  of  the  very 
best  plants  for 
encircling  a 
public  fountain 
is  the  huge- 
leaved  ele- 
phant-car eala- 
dium  For  in- 
teresting points 
concerning  its 
culture,  see  Co- 
locawi  Among 
the  first  "half- 
dozen  favonties 
for  sub -tropi- 
cal bedding  is 
the  castor -oil 
plant,  or  nci- 
nus  Its  mar- 
velous growth  from  seed  in  a  single  season  makes  it 
one  of  the  very  best  of  all  plants  for  rapidly  filling  up 
large  areas  temporarily  Grasses  furnish  an  exception 
to  the  general  rule  that  bedding  plants  are  tender 
There  are  some  kinds  of  bamboos  that  are  more  or  less 
hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and  these  are  bound  to 
increase  in  popularity.  Figs.  487,  488.  A  favorite 
combination  of  grasses  for  bedding  is  Arundo  Donax, 
the  giant  reed,  surrounded  by  eulahas  Grasses  and 
their  kind  are  particularly  effective  m  aquatic  groups 
No  well-kept  large  establishment  is  complete  without 
a  pond  or  body  of  water  in  which  aquatic  plants  are 
naturalized  For  a  more  extended  account  of  this 
attractive  subject,  see  the  article  Aquatics 

There  is  a  large  class  of  tender  material — as  palms, 
screw-pines,  the  coarser  fcms,  dracenas,  araucanas — a 
class  of  f  oh  age  plants  that  really  does  better  outdoors 
dunng  summer  in  a  shady  and  sheltered  position  than 
indoors  all  the  year  round.  In  the  more  formal  styles 
of  ornamental  gardening,  such  plants  often  form  the 
nucleus  of  a  subtropical  bed,  the  large  tubs  of  the 
palms  being  hidden  by  lower-growing  plants,  as 
oegomas,  or  whatever  may  be  left  over  from  the  spring 
operations.  In  less  formal  gardening,  the  tubs  may  be 
hidden  by  plunging  them  half-way  into  the  ground  and 
grading  the  sod,  which  has  been  previously  broken,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  conceal  the  tubs  entirely.  The 


plants  are  arranged  in  a  freer  and  more  natural  manner, 
and  the  outer  fringe  of  begonias  and  the  like  may  be 
dispensed  with  The  chief  dangers  to  such  plants  are 
from  the  sun  and  wind.  Palms  once  scorched  or  wind- 
whipped  are  ruined.  Hence,  a  sheltered  position  on 
the  north  side 
of  a  building, 
or  under  the 
shade  of  trees,  is 
usually  the  best 
spot  for  their 
summer  vaca- 
tion. 

Carpet-bedding 

What  is  known 
as  carpet-  or  de- 
sign-bedding  18 
the  most  formal 
and  most  expen- 
sive of  all  kinds 
of  bedding,  and 
employs  plants 
that  stand  pinching  and  shearing,  as  coleus,  achyran- 


492   Tudor  rose  pattern 
1    Scarlet    begonia       1      Lobelia    ermus, 
white       3     Eoheveria    sccunda    glaueu     4. 
Scarlet  geranium       5    Cineraria    mantima 
6    Alternanthrra  paronychioidea 


493.  Eighteenth  century  English  border 
pattern 

1  Lobelia  ennus,  />lue  2  Begonia, 
"Fairy  Queen  "  3  Cineraria  maritime  4 
Calendula  officmalis,  "Sulphur  Queen  "  5. 
Lobelia  crinus  white  6  Alternanthera 
paronychioidea  Alternative  Use  pansies 
alone 


....  i,  alternanthera,  lobelia,  one  of  the  dusty  millers 
(Cenlnurea  gymnocarpa, — C  candidibsima  will  not  beai 
the  shears),  and  certain  succulents  of  the  hen-and- 
ehiekens  type  (as  eche\enas),  and  many  others  The 
plants  are  started  indoors,  mostly  by  cuttings,  and 
from  very  carefully  selected  stock  The  terms  "geo« 
metrical  bedding"  and  "fancy  bedding"  are  somewhat 
synonymous.  Here  belong  the  imitations  of  buildings 
and  animals,  the  portraits  of  men,  the  lettered  greet- 
ings to  conventions,  the  calendars,  floral  clocks,  and 
similar  ingenuities 

The  designs  of  carpet-beds  are  very  numerous,  but 
there  ar^  certain  recognized  standards  The  diagrams 
(Figs  489  to  494)  give  forms  and  planting  material  for 
a  half-dozen  unlike  and  regulated  patterns,  with  har- 
monious color  combinations  Forms  of  pattern-beds  on 
the  lawn  are  shown  in  Figs  495,  496  A  proper  setting 
for  pattern  beds  is  indicated  in  Fig  497  For  designs 
and  for  extended  cultural  information,  the  readei  js 
referred  to.  the  numerous  German  books  on  the  subject, 
to  Mottet's  La  Mosalculture,  and  to  a  book  published 
by  Geo  A  Solly  &  Son,  Springfield,  Mass  This  style 
of  bedding  requires  the  highest,  degree  of  technical 
skill,  and  is  especially  enjo>ed  by  the  Germans,  whose 
gardeners  excel  in  it 

The  position  of  a  bed  is  far  more  important  than  the 
style  of  bedding  or  the  kinds  of  plants  that  are  used 
The  natural  school  of  landscape  gardening,  as  opposed  to 
the  various  schools  of  ornamental  gaidemng,  makes  no 
object  ion  to  beds 
in  themselves, 
but  dislikes  their 
usual  position 
They  are  com- 
monly given  the 
most  conspicu- 
ous places,  where 
they  must  be 
seen,  whether 
people  like  them 
or  not  They 
should  be  in  a 
place  by  them- 
selves where 
they  do  not  in- 
terfere with  the 

quieter    and    ^ 

larger  pictures  of  494  An  Italian  pattern, 

the  whole  place  1    Calendula  officmaha,  "Orange  King." 

Sunken    areas         2    AK^ratum  nanum,    "Blue   Perfection, 
feunken   areas,       3  ^^  Reranmm    4   ^.&Tlei  g^amum 

as  in  1<  airmount,        6    Alternanthera  paronychioideB  as  an  out- 
Park,     Phlladel-        hne  neparating  parts  of  the  design 


466 


BEDDING 


BEES  IN  HORTICULTliRE 


phia,  are  particularly  commendable;  a  flower-bed  should 
not  be  in  the  middle  of  a  large  lawn,  because  it  dis- 
tracts the  attention  from  the  larger  picture,  and 
because  the  lawn  is  the  canvas  upon  which  the  land- 
scape gardener  makes  his 
picture.  The  chief  ment  of 
beds  is  their  attractiveness 
and  brightness,  which  ac- 
counts for  their  presence  in 
parks  and  public  places  On 
the  other  hand,  they  are  ex- 
pensive, and  they  are  at 
their  best  only  two  or  three 
months  m  the  year,  while 
a  mud-hole  in  a  lawn  for 
nine  months  of  the  year  is 
an  unsightly  object  Formal 
beds,  especially  of  foliage 
plants,  with  their  gaudy 
colors  and  unchanging 
monotony,  are  considered 
by  some  the  most  unnatural 
and  the  least  artistic  style 
of  gardening  Nevertheless, 
they  require  a  high  degree  of 

„-    ,         .  technical    skill,    which    de- 

495.  Lawn  beddmg  pattern.      gerveg  appreciailoll. 

General  instructions. 

A  few  practical  suggestions  may  be  given  for  making 
any  bed  The  soil  should  be  rich  and  full  of  vegetable 
matter.  If  a  foot  or  18  inches  of  the  surface  soil  is  so 
poor  that  it  must  be  removed,  it  may  be  replaced  by 
two  parts  of  fibrous  loam  and  one  of  well-rotted  manure, 
with  some  upturned  broken  sods  in  the  bottom  for 
drainage.  The  fall  is  the  proper  time  to  apply  manure, 
and  if  the  bed  be  thoroughly  spaded  over  and  loft  rough 
during  the  winter,  the  alternate  freezing  and  thawing 
will  fine  both  the  soil  and  the  fiber  of  the  manure 
Beginners  nearly  always  fail  to  supply  perfect  condi- 
tions for  watering  A  midsummer  mulch  of  half-rotted 
manure  enables  the  plants  to  take  all  the  moisture  they 
need  during  the  drought  and  to  keep  it  The  soil  should 
be  in  ideal  condition  before  the  plants  are  set  into  it, — 
mellow,  nch,  full  of  fiber,  and  of  firm  and  uniform 
texture.  Begin  in  the  middle  and  work  toward  the 
edges.  When  the  bed  is  finished,  give  it  one  thorough 
soaking,  to  settle  the  soil  at  the  roots. 

BEECH:  Fagu,.  R°BERT  SHORE' 

BEES  IN  HORTICULTURE.  Bees  pollinate  the 
greatest  number  of  flowers  of  any  insects  To  them, 
therefore,  horticulturists  arc  indebted  for  a  service  that 
is  inestimable,  but  it  is  usually  disregarded.  The  pro- 
gressive horticulturist,  how- 
ever, today  is  awake  to  the 
situation  and  ready  to  uti- 
lize the  honey-bee  in  an 
effort  better  to  meet  com- 
petition. 

The  bee's  service  to  the 
horticulturist  in  pollinating 
the  flowers  of  fruits  and 
vegetables,  is  the  result  of 
its  effort  to  secure  nectar 
or  pollen,  the  male  element 

496.  Lawn  bedding  pattern.      °f  tne  flower;  this  is  trans- 
planted from  the  anther  to 

the  stigma,  which  latter  is  the  female  organ  Many 
flowers,  for  satisfactory  fertilization,  require  a  foreign 
pollen,  and  it  is  through  the  agency  of  bees  that  this  is 
usually  supplied.  The  intricacies  of  the  mechanisms  and 
the  means  of  pollination  have  been  described  by  a  host 
of  writers,  including  Darwin  and  Muller. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  bees,  solitary  and  colonial 
(social).   Solitary  bees  live  isolated  and  singly,  seldom 


becoming  numerous.  Among  the  colonial  bees  are  the 
bumblebee  and  honey-bee.  While  the  honey-bee  may 
be  classed  as  wild  when  colonies  escape  from  apiaries, 
wild  bees  may  be  considered  to  include  all  bees  other 
than  the  honey-bee. 

While  wild  bees  are  sometimes  numerous  and  may  be 
observed  at  work  on  the  apple,  raspberry  and  many 
other  flowers,  the  honey-bee,  in  most  localities,  prob- 
ably outnumbers  them.  If  it  were  possible  to  calculate 
the  value  derived  from  pollination  by  the  honey-bee 
alone,  these  returns  would  without  doubt  far  exceed  the 
total  income  of  beekeepers  through  their  honey  and 
wax  In  the  bee,  therefore,  there  is  a  source  of  double 
income. 

Among  the  cultivated  plants  in  northern  latitudes 
that  are  pollinated  by  honey-bees,  are  the  apple,  pear, 
plum,  quince,  peach,  raspberry,  blackberry  and  straw- 
berry (to  some  extent),  mulberry,  pea,  bean,  currant, 
grape,  squash,  melon,  cucumber  and  the  cranberry. 
The  value  of  the  honey-bee  in  the  cultivation  of  the 
cranberry  was  but  recently  recognized  and  is  mentioned 
on  next  page. 

While  growers  of  fruits  and  vegetables  have  usually 
recognized  that  bees  play  an  important  part  in  their 
croppage,  they  have  largely  depended  on  the  wild  bees 
or  bees  in  neighboring  apiaries  for  service.  There  is, 


497.  Pattern  beds  in  a  formal  setting. 


however,  some  risk  in  this,  because  the  seasons  vary  and 
the  prevalence  of  insect-  and  bee-life  vanes  from  year 
to  year. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  prevalence  of  all  wild  life, 
plant  or  animal,  is  subject  to  fluctuations  due  to  favor- 
able and  unfavorable  environmental  conditions  Some 
years  in  a  locality  there  is  a  pest  of  mosquitos  or  house- 
flies  In  succeeding  years  they  may  be  few.  It  is  so  with 
the  game  birds  and  the  fish  of  the  sea;  they  are  plenty 
or  scarce  from  time  to  time  Bees  also  have  their 
periods  of  ups  and  downs  When  favored,  they  rise  to 
the  crest  of  prosperity  and  prevalence.  It  may  be  that 
disease  enters  a  locality  and  reduces  their  numbers. 
Hard  winters  may  also  depreciate  them  so  that  in  a 
year  when  they  are  needed  for  their  service  as  pollen- 
bearers,  they  are  at  a  low  ebb  Fig  498  illustrates  the 
hypothetical  curve  of  this  fluctuation. 

When  the  horticulturist  realizes  that  he  is  depending 
on  this  fluctuating  service  of  wild  bees,  he  asks  what  he 
can  do  to  overcome  the  unreliability  and  assure  him- 
self of  a  maximum  crop  or  a  more  even  crop  The 
recommendation  would  be  to  establish  an  apiary  in 
proportion  to  the  size  of  the  orchard  or  garden.  This 
eliminates  any  dependency  upon  wild  bees  or  honey- 
bees from  neighboring  apiaries  Yet  their  additional 
service  will  do  no  harm.  It  is  far  better  to  over-supply 
an  orchard  with  bees  during  the  blooming  penod  than 
to  have  a  scarcity.  Furthermore,  the  cost  of  the  small 
apiary  is  infinitesimal  as  compared  with  the  possible 
benefits  and  returns. 


BEES   IN   HORTICULTURE 


BEET 


It  should  also  be  remembered  that  during  fruit- 
bloom  particularly,  weather  conditions  often  prohibit 
free  flight  of  bees  Hence  they  should  be  near  at  hand 
to  perform  their  service  Numerous  observations  are 
on  record  in  which  orchards  were  successfully  fertilized 
when  the  bees  had  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  fly, 
while  more  distant  orchards  bore  no  crops.  Thus  the 
apiary  in  or  adjacent  to  an  orchard  will  safeguard  failure. 

A  specific  instance  of  the  importance  of  bees  to  the 
practical  orchardist,  is  shown  in  an  observation  on  two 
orchards  of  about  equal  acreage  in  a  western  "pocket" 
in  the  foothills  of  an  admirable  fruit  land,  well  drained 
and  protected  from  frost  One  grower  secured  large 
crops,  while  his  neighbor  secured  none,  although  his 
fruit  trees  were  of  the  same  age  and  blossomed  heavily 
each  soring  The  owner,  m  despair  of  financial  ruin, 
called  for  assistance  upon  the  State  Experiment  Station 
A  specialist,  who  \\as  a  pomologist  and  entomologist, 
investigated  the  two  entirely  comparable  orchards,  but 
was  about  to  return  without  solving  the  problem  when 
the  question  of  bees  arose  Upon  inquiry  it  was  asserted 
that  no  bees  had  been  maintained  for  either  orchard. 
Going  over  the  ground  more  carefully,  however,  the 
specialist  found  in  a  neglected  corner  of  the  fruiting 
orchard,  a  fallen  log  partially  sunken  in  the  damp 
land  This  sheltered  a  very  large  colony  of  bees,  to  it  is 
attributed  the  success  of  the  orchard  The  following 
season  bees  were  provided  in  the  orchard  which  had 
previously  failed,  with  the  result  that  the  owner  netted 
$3,800  on  his  crop. 

Special  services  of  bees 

Various  fruits  — The  honey-bee  has  been  known  to 
work  the  .strawberry  although  it  does  not  always  fre- 
quent it  There  i.s,  however,  a  particular  affinity  in  the 
raspberry  for  bees  One  of  the  sources  of  the  finest 
honey  is  the  wild  raspberry  The  blackberry  is  less 
frequently  visited  Plums  benefit  materially 

Cranbtrry — Recently  investigations  have  shown  the 
bees  to  be  of  prime  importance  in  the  setting  of  cran- 
berries In  cranberry-growing  in  Massachusetts,  own- 
ers are  maintaining  their  own  apiaries  It  may  be 
desirable  to  ha\e  one  colony  for  every  two  acres.  The 
growers  of  melons  u^e  colonies  of  bees  on  their  planta- 
tions with  most  marked  success  Similarly,  cucumber- 
growers  for  picklmg-houses  and  squash-growers  regu- 
larly maintain  bees  General  market-gardeners  also 
believe  in  the  benefits  derived 

Apple  and  peaih  orchaids  — Apple  and  pear  crops  as 
well  as  peach  and  plum  are,  without  doubt,  more  even, 
larger  and  more  constant  when  bees  are  kept  In  Ver- 
mont it  has  rcccntl}  been  noticed  that  the  largest  apple 
crops  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  the  commercial  apiaries 
It  is  fast  becoming  the  custom  among  commercial 
growers  to  maintain  their  own  apiaries  adjacent  to  or 
in  their  orchards.  Some  advocate  a  colony  of  bees  for 
every  fifty  trees. 

In  greenhouses  — For  the  fertilization  of  vegetables 
and  fruits  in  greenhouses,  bees  are  of  material  service, 
having  largely  done  away  with  the  use  of  the  camels- 
hair  brush,  impossible  for  commercial  growers.  For 
example,  in  Massachusetts,  one  grower  of  greenhouse 
cucumbers  uses  upwards  of  eighty  colonies  a  year  The 
total  number  used  annually  in  the  state  by  greenhouse 
cucumber-growers  exceeds  2,000  colonies  It  is  believed 
by  some  that  tomatoes  in  the  greenhouse  benefit  to 
some  extent  by  the  service  of  bees. 

The  alleged  injury  to  fruit  by  bees. 

Occasionally  it  is  alleged  that  bees  damage  an 
orchard.  It  might  be  concluded  when  bees  are  seen 
upon  peaches,  grapes  or  pears,  sucking  at  the  flesh,  that 
the  bee  is  injurious.  On  the  other  hand  if  this  act  could 
have  been  tiaccd,  it  would  have  been  found  that  some- 
thing other  than  a  bee  had  first  pierced  the  skin  of  the 
fruit  Investigation  shows  that  wasos  and  birds  do  thisx 


or  that  a  fungus  may  disintegrate  the  skin  In  some 
such  break  in  the  skin  the  honey-bee  can  make  a  start; 
but  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  beekeepers  and  most 
orchardists,  it  has  been  proved  by  experiments  and 
demonstrations  that  the  honey-bee  is  physically  incap- 
able of  puncturing  a  sound  fruit.  Thus,  the  injury  by 
bees  to  fruit  is  a  misconception;  the  news  should  be 
spread  by  successful  orchardists. 

Securing  of  bees 

Bees  are  available  to  horticulturists  in  several  ways 
A  small  number  of  colonies  is  sometimes  hired  for  a 
period  of  a  few  weeks,  during  I  he  blosbornmg  period  of 
the  crop  Growers  occasionally  induce  beekeepers  to 
establish  an  apiary  in  their  orchards  by  granting  them 
privileges  Bee-keepers  sometimes  approach  orchardists 
for  the  location  of  the  apiary  The  more  thoughtful 
grower,  however,  considers  it  advisab'e  to  own  his  bees. 
These  he  maintains  hun.self  or  hires  kept  by  a  practical 
apiunst  The  practice  IB  growing  in  favor,  especially 
among  moderate-sized  orchardists  or  cranberry-grow- 
ers, of  hiring  a  practical  apiarist  to  maintain  the 
colonies  on  several  adjacent  farms  This  cooperative 
plan  insures  a  maximum  efficiency  of  the  colonies  at  a 
minimum  cost  and  without  burdening  the  horticul- 
turist with  additional  detail  Those  who  use  bees  in 


498     Hypothetical    curve    illustrating  the   fluctuation   of 
wild-bee  life,  their  periods  of  "ups"  and  "downs"    Dotted 
line  illustrates  high  efficiency  secured  by  maintaining  an  apiary 

greenhouses  will  find    it  advantageous   to  maintain 
colonies  rather  than  to  purchase  annually 

In  buying  bees  it  is  particularly  essential  to  secure 
dibease-frce  stock  Bees  are  subject  to  at  least  two 
prevalent  diseases,  known  as  "Ameiican  foul  brood" 
and  "European  foul  brood,"  to  wrhich  they  succumb 
rapidly  The  inexperienced,  therefore,  .should  secure 
information  and  ascertain  that  the  bees  have  been 
inspected  for  disease,  when  this  is  possible  Should 
disease  set  in,  a  considerable  loss,  both  m  bees  and  to 
the  orchard,  might  result  in  a  short  time  Information 
concerning  diseases  can  usually  be  had  through  the 
experiment  stations  or  agricultural  colleges  as  well  as 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Manipulation  of  bees. 

There  are  numerous  books  and  bulletins  upon  the 
manipulation  of  colonies  A  few  fundamental  features 
arc  Always  keep  the  colonies  strong,  secure  an  amiable 
race  so  that  the  bees  may  be  handled  agreeably;  keep 
the  colonies  in  hives  from  which  the  combs  may  be 
removed,  eliminate  swarming,  give  adequate  pro- 
tection in  winter;  feed  when  necessary 

If  the  inexperienced  grower  is  to  manipulate  his  own 
bees,  it  is  advised  that  he  begin  with  a  small  number  of 
colonies,  say  not  more  than  five 

If  the  bee-moth  becomes  prevalent  in  the  hive,  it  is 
a  sign  that  something  is  radically  wrong  with  the 
colony    An  experienced  apiary  inspector  always  sus- 
pects the  presence  of  disease  when  moths  are  found. 
BURTON  N    GATES. 

BEET.  A  set  of  garden  vegetables,  grown  for  the 
fleshy  roots  and  a  few  sorts  for  the  thickened  midnbs; 
and  some  kinds  in  the  ornamental  garden  for  the  highly 
colored  foliage 

There  are  4  or  5  species  of  the  genus  Beta,  which  are 


468 


BEET 


BEET 


sometimes  cultivated  under  the  name  of  beet,  but  Beta 
vulgans,  Linn.,  is  the  only  one  of  practical  importance. 
From  it  all  our  common  garden  varieties  are  derived 
According  to  DeCandolle,  the  aboriginal  slender-rooted 
species  is  found  in  sandy  soil,  and  especially  near  the 
sea,  throughout  southern  Europe,  and  on  nearly  all  the 
coasts  of  the  Mediterranean.  It  also  occurs  as  far  east- 
ward as  the  Caspian  Sea  and  Persia  "Everything  shows 
that  its  cultivation  does  not  date 
from  more  than  two  or  three  cen- 
turies before  the  Christian  era."  It 
is  now  highly  improved,  principally 
in  the  one  direction  of  large  and  suc- 
culent roots,  and  is  much  esteemed 
in  all  civilized  countries.  See  Beta. 

The  beet  grows  at  a  low  tempera- 
ture and  thrives  best,  therefore,  in 
the  cooler  parts  of  the  country.  It  is 
also  an  important  winter  crop  at  the 
South  and  an  early  spring  crop  at  the 
North.  The  young  plants  will  stand 
light  frosts  and  after  two  weeks  will 
499.  Bassano  beet  stand  fairly  heavy  frosts. 

With  the  extension  of  glasshouse 
gardening,  beets  have  come  to  be  one  of  the  important 
greenhouse  crops.  They  are  not  usually  made  a  mam 
crop,  however,  but  are  grown  between  other  crops, 
such  as  lettuce,  beans,  or  even  tomatoes  They  are 
sown  very  thick  and  when  the  young  plants  begin  to 
crowd,  they  are  thinned  out  and  the  thinning  sold  for 
greens  As  beets  thnve  best  at  relatively  low  tempera- 
tures, they  may  first  be  grown  in  a  lettuce-house  or 
other  greenhouse  having  a  temperature  of  60°  to 
70°,  rather  than  in  a  house  piped  for  tomatoes  or 
cucumbers. 

The  beet  is  grown  exclusively  from  seed  Most  table- 
beet  seed  for  use  in  the  United  States  is  produced  in 
Europe  It  is  possible,  of  course,  for  any  gardener  to 
grow  his  own  seed,  but  in  order  to  do  this  the  roots  must 
be  taken  up  before  the  crown  is  exposed  to  severe  frost, 
and  carried  through  the  winter  in  cool  and  moist  but 
frost-proof  storage,  and  planted  in  the  garden  the  sec- 
ond year.  Seed  stems  run  up  to  the  height  of  4  feet. 
When  the  seeds  are  npe  the  tops  are  cut  and  put  in  a 
warm  storage  house  to  dry  Whon  fully  dry  the  seed 
is  winnowed  out.  Seed  is  usually  sown  where  the  crop 
is  to  grow,  although  the  plants  are  easily  transplanted 
The  transplanting  is  sometimes  undertaken,  especially 
when  beets  are  to  be  grown  as  a  catch-crop  or  intercrop 
in  greenhouses. 

Varieties  and  types. 

Some  of  the  most  popular  varietal  types  of  the  gar- 
den beet  are'  Bassano  (Fig  499). — Flesh  white  and 
light  red  mixed;  an  old-time  early  variety,  now  less 
grown  than  formerly  Crosby  — Slightly  oblate,  red 
flesh,  excellent  for  general  purposes,  including  forcing 
Early  Blood  Turnip — Rich,  deep  blood-red,  flattened 
turnip-shape,  an  old  and  well-known  sort  Edmand. — 
Moderate  size;  handsome,  rounded,  smooth,  deep  red, 
good  grain  and  flavor,  not  quite  first-early  Eclipse. — 
Uniformly  globular,  bnght  red,  fine-grained  and  sweet, 
one  of  the  best  quick-growing  early  beets.  Egyptian 
Turnip — Tops  quite  small,  roots  .air  size,  rich,  deep 
red,  a  standard  early  variety. 

For  field  culture  of  culinary  beets,  the  long-rooted 
varieties  are  chiefly  used  These  are  sown  in  the  field 
as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled,  in  rows  far  enough 
apart  to  allow  ot  tillage  by  horse.  Most  of  them  require 
the  entire  season  in  which  to  mature.  They  are  grown 
mostly  for  storing  for  winter  use  They  were  once  grown 
for  stock,  but  the  mangel-wurzels  give  much  greater 
yields  The  various  types  of  Long  and  Half-long  Blood 
beet  (Fig.  500)  are  chiefly  used  for  field  culture. 

Favorite  varieties  of  mangel-wurzels  are  Golden 
Tankard,  Golden  Yellow  Mammoth,  Mammoth  Long 


Red.  Several  sorts  of  sugar  beets,  mostly  imported 
from  Germany,  are  being  grown  in  divers  places  in 
Amenca.  Of  chard,  there  are  few  selected  varieties 
offered  in  America. 

The  varieties  of  Beta  vulgans  may  be  conveniently 
divided  into  five  cultural  sections,  though  the  distinc- 
tions are  somewhat  arbitrary  and  of  no  fundamental 
importance.  These  sections  are  as  follows. 

1.  GARDEN   BEETS      Varieties   with   comparatively 
small  tops,  roots  of  medium  size,  smooth,  regular  and 
fine-grained,  mostly  red,   but  sometimes  wnitisb   or 
yellowish. 

2.  MANGEL-WURZELS,  or  MANGELS.    Large,  coarse- 
growing  varieties,  with  large  tops  and  often  very  large 
roots,  the  latter  frequently  rising  some  distance  out  of 
the  ground,  rather  coarse-grained     Extensively  grown 
for  stock-feeding.    See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agnc  Vol  II,  p 
539  (Root  Crops). 

3  SUGAR-BEETS  Sometimes  said  to  belong  to 
another  species,  but  doubtless  to  be  classified  here. 
Rather  small-growing  varieties,  with  medium  tops: 
roots  small  to  medium,  usually  fusiform,  smooth, 
nearly  always  yellowish  or  whitish.  See  Cyclo  Amer 
Agnc  Vol.  II,  p.  588 

4.  CHARD,  or  Swiss  CHARD     Vaneties  with  com- 
paratively large  tops,  broad  leaf-blades  and  very  large, 
succulent  leaf-stems,  which  are  cooked  and  eaten  some- 
what like  asparagus.    The  thrifty,  tender  -\  ourig  leaves 
make  a  very  excellent  pot-herb.   Chard  has  sometimes 
been  referred  to  a  separate  species,  Beta  Cida,  but 
should  be  included  with  B.  vulgans.   See  Chard 

5.  FOLIAGE  BEETS.  A  race  which  has  been  developed 
to  produce  luxuriant  foliage  of  many  colors  and  varied 
markings.   Of  such  varieties  are  the  Brazilian,  Chilian, 
Victoria,  and  Dracaena-leaved     The  ribs  of  the  leaves 
are  usually  beautifully  colored.    Whore  the  leaf-blight 
fungus  is  not  serious,  these  foliage  beets  make  excellent 
borders  when  strong  and  heavy  effects  are  desired,  and 
they  are  excellent  for  bedding.    Raised  from  seeds,  as 
other  beets  are;  roots  may  be  kept  over  winter. 

Cultivation. 

Young  beets  constitute  one  of  the  most  important 
early  crops  in  truck-gardening.  Many  acres  of  them  are 
grown  near  all  the  city  markets,  and  as  they  bear  trans- 
portation well,  they  are  often  grown  at  comparatively 
remote  places  Large  quant  ities  are  shipped  early  from 


500.  Half-long  Blood  beet. 


Norfolk.  Va  ,  and  from  other  southern  points  to  north- 
ern markets.  Like  all  root  crops,  the  beet  needs  a  loose, 
light,  fresh,  clean,  rich  soil,  which  must  be  in  the  best 
condition  of  tillage.  No  fermenting  manure  should  be 
used,  but  instead  fully  rotted  barn  manure,  with  some 
good  potash  fertilizer.  Light  applications  of  nitrate  of 
soda  often  produce  marked  beneficial  effects.  The  seed 
for  the  first  crop  is  sown  early  in  spring,  as  soon  as 
the  soil  can  be  well  worked  When  intensive  garden- 


BEET 


BEGONIA 


'409 


ing  is  practised,  the  drills  may  be  as  close  as  1  foot 
apart,  in  which  case  the  young  beets  are  thinned  to  6 
inches  apart  in  the  row.  But  in  ordinary  gardening,  it 
will  be  found  most  convenient  to  run  the  rows  2  to  3 
teet  apart,  allowing  cultivation  with  the  horse.  The 
plants  m  such  rows  can  be  left  4  inches  apart  at  thin- 
ning time  The  thinning  is  done  when  the  young 
plants  are  large  enough  to  be  pulled  for  "greens,"  for 
which  purpose  they  find  a  ready  market  Beets  are  also 
grown  in  quantities  as  a  fall  crop,  and  are  stored  for 
winter  use.  When  this  is  to  be  done,  the  seed  is  sown 
in  June,  and  the  plantation  is  managed  in  all  respects 
like  the  spring  sowing  When  the  young  roots  are 
ready  for  the  early  market,  they  are  pulled  and  tied 
in  bunches  of  five  or  six  The  fall  crop  is  pulled  soon 
after  the  first  frost,  the  tops  are  removea,  and  the 
roots  stored  in  pits  or  root  cellars. 

Marketing. 

Greenhouse  beets  and  early  beets  are  usually  bunched 
for  market,  three  to  six  together,  according  to  size  They 
are  bunched  together  tightly  with  a  string  about  the 
tops  All  boots  should  be  thoroughly  washed  before 
marketing  Considerable  quantities  of  late  beets  and 
field-grown  stock  are  sold  in  bulk,  like  potatoes  In 
this  ease  the  tops  are  cut  off  Late-grown  neets  may  be 
stored  over  winter  in  the  same  manner  as  potatoes. 
They  are  often  buried  in  the  fields  in  pits,  but  may  be 
kept  m  a  good  cellar  or  storage  house  The  yield  of 
mature  beets  varies  from  200  to  500  bushels  to  an  acre, 
300  being  an  average  yield 

Insects  and  diseases  • 

There  are  many  species  of  insects  that  feed  upon 
beets,  but  flea  beetles  are  about  the  only  ones  of  im- 
portance These  may  be  poisoned  by  spraying  \vith 
pans  green  or  arsenate  of  lead,  and  they  are  driven 
away  in  many  cases  bv  the  use  of  bordeaux  mixture 
\\hich  is  also  the  most  important  preventive  of  leaf- 
spot  This  leaf-spot  is  perhaps  the  worst  disease  which 
attacks  beets,  but  this  is  more  common  upon  the  sugar- 
beets  in  the  field  than  upon  the  more  common  varieties. 
The  potato  scab,  very  common  on  potatoes,  is  found 
also  on  boots,  and  as  this  disease  lives  in  the  soil  from 
year  to  year,  it  is  a  bad  practice  to  grow  beets  after  a 
crop  of  potatoes.  F  \  WAUGH 

BEGONIA  (named  after  Michel  Begon,  superin- 
tendent at  St  Domingo,  1638-1710,  a  French  pro- 
moter of  botany)  BegoniAcea?  BEGONIA  ELEPHANT'S 
EAR  BKEFSTEAK  GERANIUM  A  various  group,  rang- 
ing from  hothouse  to  conservatory  and  window-garden 
subjects,  many  of  them  grown  primarily  for  foliage, 
others  for  the  showy  bloom,  treated  mostly  as  single 
pot-specimens,  but  some  kinds  used  for  bedding 

More  or  less  sappy  or  succulent  herbs  or  undershrubs, 
having  the  st  in  some  cases  reduced  to  a  thick  rhizome, 
in  others  to  a  distinct  small  tuber,  while  a  few  others 
possess  a  semi-tuber  in  which  there  are  a  number  of 
closely  set  scales  or  suppressed  Ivs  ,  resembling  bulbs: 
Ivs  variable,  alternate,  more  or  less  unequal-sided, 
entire,  or  lobed,  or  toothed,  ovate-acuminate,  orbicular 
or  peltate,  fls.  monoscious  (bisexual  variations  are 
known.  Dummor,  Annals  Bot,  xxvi  1123),  asym- 
metrical, usually  in  axillary  cymes,  the  males  usually 
with  4  parts,  of  which  2  arc  mostly  small,  the 
females  with  5  (rarely  2),  pink,  white,  rose,  scarlet,  yel- 
low, and  all  shades  of  these,  being  represented ;  stamens 
numerous:  filaments  free  or  united  at  the  base;  styles 
2  or  4,  free,  sometimes  connate;  stigmas  branched  or 
twisted  like  a  corkscrew,  ovary  inferior:  fr  usually  a  1- 
3-wmged  caps  ,  which  is  often  colored ;  seed  numerous, 
very  minute — The  genus  Begonia,  with  400-500 
species  in  warm  countries  around  the  globe,  gives  the 
name  and  definition  to  the  Begomaceae.  Only  three 
other  genera  are  recognized:  Hiflebrandia,  with  1  spe- 


cies in  Hawaii ,  Symbegoma,  1  little-known  species  in 
New  Guinea;  Begomella,  3  species  in  Colombia  The 
begonias  are  exceedingly  variable,  the  genus  running 
into  about  60  well-marked  sections,  but  the  mter- 
gradations  are  so  many  and  the  essential  floral  charac- 
ters so  constant  that  it  is  impracticable  to  break  up 
the  great  group  into  separate  genera 

The  begonia  is  one  of  the  great  groups  of  cultivated 
ornamental  plants  Very  many  species  have  been  intro- 
duced, and  there  are  numberless  hybrids  and  variations 
The  most  popular  single  begonia  is  now  probably  the 
wonderfully  flonferous  (lloire  de  Lorraine  (Fig  505) 
The  foliage  begonias  are  of  many  'original  kinds,  and 
the  numerous  hybrids  and  variations  have  given  great 
choice  to  the  cultivator  B  Rex  is  the  chief  basis  of 
the  foliage  races  Many  cultivators  are  unaware  of  the 
possibilities  of  the  Rex  derivatives,  because  they  grow 
them  m  pots  (for  commerce)  on  benches,  whereas  the 
singular  and  characteristic  results  arr  secured  by  grow- 
ing them  in  the  earth  against  greenhouse  walls  or  in 
rock  pockets  below  the  benches  (Plate  XIV). 

Because  of  the  great  numbers  of  interesting  forms, 
begonias  have  appealed  strongly  to  collectors  and 
fanciers  In  recent  years,  however,  the  collections  have 
been  passing  out  in  the  large  private  places,  and  most 
dealers  now  carry  only  a  few  standard  kinds  (mostly 
modified  cultivated  forms),  in  addition  to  the  florists' 
bedding  and  garden  sorts  and  a  general  mixed  stock  of 
tuberous  kinds.  The  following  botanical  account,  there- 
fore, does  not  accurately  represent  the  present  state  of 
the  begonia  trade  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  fan- 
ciers' collections  are  not  kept,  and  it  is  partly  m  the 
hope  that  the  desire  for  collections  will  return  that 
this  rather  full  treatment  is  given  of  the  mam  species 
and  stem-groups  now  in  cultivation 

The  foliage  begonias  of  the  Rex  type  are  subject  to 
an  insidious  disorder,  affecting  the  loaves  and  eventually 
the  entire  plant.  The  remedy  seems  to  be  to  discard 
all  suspected  stock  and  to  propagate  from  wholly 
healthy  plants,  or  to  grow  them  out  of  it  by  planting 
them  m  a  shaded  airy  greenhouse  bench  for  a  summer 
and  potting  again  in  fall 

The  interest  in  begonias  centers  in  their  use  as  orna- 
mental subjects.  It  is  said  that  the  stalks  of  sonic  of 
the  species  are  used  as  the  leaf-stalks  of  rhubarb  are 
used  The  rhizomes  of  many  species,  particularly 
those  from  South  America,  are  bitter  and  astringent 
and  are  employed  locally  for  certain  fevers  and  for 
syphilis.  Some  species  contain  purgative  principles. 
The  sour  sap  of  one  of  the  Asiatic  species  is  said  to  be 
used  for  the  cleaning  of  weapons 

The  first  begonia  was  introduced  into  England  in 
1777,  B.  mtula.  Since  then,  about  200  have  proved  of 
value  to  the  horticulturist  Few  other  plants  have  been 
unproved  or  varied  so  rapidly,  there  oemg  thousands 
of  variations  now  in  cultivation,  displaying  the  most 
gorgeous  colors  in  their  flowers  and  beautiful  color- 
ing in  their  leaves  The  development  of  the  modern 
race  of  hybrid  tuberous  begonias  followed  the  intro- 
duction of  B.  Veitchu,  B  rosaeflora,  B.  Davisu,  B.  bolivi- 
ensis,  B  Pearcei  and  others  after  1860.  The  geograph- 
ical distribution  of  begonias  is  very  disjunctive  and 
localized  They  are  indigenous  to  Mexico,  Central  and 
South  America,  Asia,  and  South  Africa.  They  seem  to 
have  no  genetic  relationship  with  other  plants  now 
living  For  literature,  see  Dryander,  The  Genus  Be- 
gonia, Trans  of  the  Linn.  Soc  ,  Vol  I,  1791,  Klotzsch, 
Begomaceen-Gattungen  und  Arten,  12  plates,  1855 
(Abh.  Ak  Berlin);  DeCandolle's  Prodromus,  15,  1, 
1864;  and  floras  of  regions  in  which  begonias  are  native. 

L.  H    B. 
General  culture  and  propagation. 

For  horticultural  purposes,  the  begonias  may  be 
arranged  in  four  groups-  The  socotrana  or  semi-tuber- 
ous set;  the  tuberous-rooted;  the  foliage  kinds,  mostly 


470 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


501.  Young  plants  starting  from  the 
incisions  on  a  begonia  leaf. 


rhizomatous;  and  the  fibrous-rooted.  The  bedding 
begonias  are  mostly  of  the  fibrous-rooted  section, 
particularly  in  the  bemperflorens  group,  although  the 
improved  tuberous  kinds  may  be  used  for  this  purpose  in 

special  places. 

(1)  The  semi- 
tuberous  or 
bulbous  group 
comprises  such 
begonias  as  B 
\  socotrana  and 
',  G  1  o  i  r  e  d  e 
i  Sceaux.  They 
require  much 
care  and  should 
be  grown  in  a 
soil  with  more 
leaf-mold  than  the  fibrous-rooted,  and  a  temperature  of 
65°  to  70°  in  the  daytime  and  60°  at  night  Of  Oloire  de 
Sceaux  and  some  others,  plants  two  years  old  will  be 
found  best  for  decorative  purposes  For  special  notes  on 
B.  socolrana,  see  the  treatment  of  that  species,  page  473. 

(2)  The  tuberous  begonias  are  grown  in  pots,  boxes 
or  baskets,  under  glass,  or.as  bedding  plants,  in  a  shaded 
border.    If  the  plants  are  intended  for  pot-culture  in 
the  greenhouse,  it  is  best  to  use  the  tubers.   For  early 
flowering,  start  the  tubers  in  February  or  March,  either 
in  small  pots  or  shallow  boxes.   The  soil  may  be  com- 
posed of  loam,  sharp  sand  and  leaf-mold,  and  the  tem- 
perature about  60°  to  65°,   When  the  plants  are  ready 
for  repotting,  well-rotted  manure  may  be  added,  and 
when  the  roots  have  taken  a  fresh  hold  a  cooler  tem- 
perature may  be  maintained.    For  bedding  purposes, 
seedling  plants,  as  well  as  tubers,  may  be  used,  provid- 
ing they  are  of  a  first-class  strain.  Tubers  are  preferred 
if  early-flowering  plants  are  desired.    For  further  cul- 
tural notes,  see  the  discussion  on  page  471 

(3)  The  Rox  begonias  are  grown  entirely  for  the 
beauty  of  their  foliage     They  may  be  propagated  by 
means  of  either  shoot-  or  leaf-cuttings,  the  latter  being 
the  better  when  plants  have  to  be  raised  in  quantity. 
Large  and  well-matured,  but  still  healthy  and  vigorous 
leaves  may  have  the  principal  nerves  cut  on  the  under 
side.  The  leaf  is  then  pegged  or  weighted  down  on  the 
surface  of  a  well-drained  propagating  bed.    If  care- 
fully shaded,  roots  will  be  formed  at  every  cut,  a  tiny 
leaf  will  follow  (Fig.  501),  and  the  little  plants  may  be 
inserted  singly  in  small  pots     Another  method  is  to 
cut  the  large  leaves  into  triangular  parts,  with  a  bit  of 
the  main  petiole  at  the  tip  of  each,  and  insert  the  pieces 
about  1  inch,  with  the  lower  or  thickest  end  of  the  rib 
downward  (Figs   502,  503).     Still  another  method  is 

to  cut  the  leaf  in  two,  across  the 
veins,  and  stand  it  edgewise  in  the 
propagating  bed.  The  young  plants 
may  be  potted-up  into  small  pots, 
using  a  light,  porous,  sifted    soil. 
Keep  shaded  in  a  low  house  with 
a  moist  atmosphere.   The  soil  may 
be  gradually  made  coarser  with  each 
potting  until  in  the  final  shift,  an 
unsifted  compost  of  two  parts  loam, 
one  part  leaf-mold,  one  part  well- 
rotted  manure,  and  one  part  sand, 
S02.  Triangular  leaf-    ls  used,  adding  a  sprinkling  of  hine. 
cutting  of  begonia.      While  watering,  avoid  wetting  the 
leaves  as  much  as  possible,  and  keep 
large,  well-developed  plants  in  a  shaded  house,  with 
plenty  of  ventilation  day  and  night  during  the  summer. 

(4)  The  fibrous-rooted  begonias  comprise  such  spe- 
cies as  B.  mtida,  B.  semperflorens  var.  gigantea,  B  albo- 
picta,  B.  Haageana,  and  B.  Duchartrei.  Of  these,  cut- 
tings taken  from  clean,  healthy  stems  in  spring  will 
strike  readily  in  an  ordinary  propagatmg-box  or  bench, 
and  if  potted-on.  as  they  require  root-room,  will  make 
fine  plants  for   late  winter  and  spring  flowering.    As 


8oon  as  one  neglects  good  treatment,  especially  in  re- 
gard to  light,  fresh  air  and  fresh  soil,  the  red  spider,  a 
physiological  disease  appearing  like  rust,  and  the 
dreaded  nematodes,  will  soon  attack  them  and  give 
them  a  sickly  and  stunted  appearance.  They  require  a 
temperature  of  55°  to  60°  at  night  and  65°  to  70° 
in  the  daytime.  The  plants  should  be  kept  close  to  the 
glass  in  the  early  stages  of  growth,  on  account  of  the 
tendency  of  many  of  the  varieties  to  send  out  rather 
long  shoots  A  good  compost  is  three  parts  loam,  one 
part  well-rotted  manure,  and  one  part  sand 

While  begonias  in  general  are  iniured  by  too  strong 
sunshine  during  summer,  they  are  benefited  by  all  the 
sunshine  they  can  get  during  the  winter  and  early 
spring  months.  Strong  sunshine,  however,  pouring 
through  imperfect  glass  upon  wet  foliage,  is  liable  to 
blister  the  leaves  of  any  begonia  Such  species  as  B 
Dregci  and  B  weltomensis,  which  produce  at  their  base 
a  thickened,  fleshy  stem  like  a  potato,  may  be  propa- 
gated either  by  division  or  by  cuttings.  Many  kinds  of 
the  fibrous-rooted  and  rhizomatous  sections  can  be 
grown  by  amateurs,  and  make  excellent  house-plants, 
especially  B  mamcata,  B.  coccinea,  B  speculata,  B 
argyroshgma  \ar  picta,  B.  ncimfoha,  B  heracleifolia, 
B.  incarnata.  ROUERT  SHORE 

Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine. 

Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (Fig.  505)  was  raised 
by  Lemoine  by  crossing  B  Dregei  and  B  svcotrana, 
and  is  one  of  the  most  useful  and  beautiful  deco- 
rative plants  introduced  If  large 
specimen  plants  in  10-  or  12-inch 
pans  are  desired,  propagating 
should  be  begun  about  November 
or  December  of  the  year  previous, 
as  these  plants  are  generally  at 
their  best  about  Christmas  time 
The  best  plants  are  obtained  from 
leaf-cuttings.  Select  medium-sized, 
well-ripened  leaves,  cut  off  with  a 
sharp  knife,  insert  in  a  bed  of 
sharp  sand  in  a  temperature  of  70° 
and  space  them  far  enough  apart, 
so  that  they  do  not  touch  one 
another  The  propagating  -  bed 
should  be  at  least  2  inches  deep,  but  4U  .  - 

the  stems  should  not  be  buried  so  fr°m  thc  ba"  (or.  UP> 
deeply  that  the  leaf  lies  on  the  top  cutttng 
of  the  bed  These  precautions  pre- 
vent damping  off  A  further  preventive  against  damp- 
ing off  is  to  dust  powdered  charcoal  over  the  bed  after 
the  cuttings  have  been  thoroughly  watered  The  leaf- 
cuttings  of  Gloire  de  Lorraine  are  far  superior  to  shoots 
that  start  from  the  base  of  a  cut  back  plant,  thc  leaf- 
cutting  having  greater  vigor  and  breaking  more  shoots 
from  the  base  of  the  plant.  The  leaf-cuttings  \v  ill  root 
in  three  weeks  in  the  temperature  recommended  above, 
but  they  should  be  left  in  the  sand  until  they  begin  to 
throw  up  shoots  from  the  callus  formed  at  the  end  of  the 
leaf-stem,  after  which  they  should  be  immediately 
potted  in  2-inch  pots,  in  equal  parts  of  fibrous  loam  and 
leaf-mold,  with  about  a  fourth  part  of  charcoal  Never 
allow  the  plants  to  become  pot-bound  until  they  have 
attained  the  desired  size,  and  for  all  future  pot  tings  use 
equal  parts  of  the  fiber  of  loam,  half-decayed  flaky 
leaves,  well-rotted  cow-manure  or  horse-droppings,  and 
a  fourth  part  of  charcoal  Use  this  compost  us  rough 
as  can  be  conveniently  worked  around  the  plant  while 
potting.  During  the  summer,  they  should  be  grown  in 
a  rather  humid  atmosphere  near  the  glass,  always 
lightly  shaded  from  the  sun  until  they  begin  to  flower. 
Pinch  the  shoots  two  or  three  times  during  the  season 
as  this  encourages  breaks  from  the  base  of  the  plant 
When  well  rooted  in  the  final  shift,  waterings  with 
manure-water  will  be  beneficial  When  the  plants  begin 
to  flower,  they  should  be  neatly  staked  with  thin  twigH, 


503     Plant    arising 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


471 


"J    i         7 
504.  Begonia  socotrana  ( x|) 


No  1 


unless  desired  for  hanging 
plants,  when  they  may  be 
allowed  to  droop  around 
the  pan  When  in  flower 
they  should  be  in  a  light 
airy  greenhouse  with  a 
temperature  of  45°  by 
night.  These  plants  are 
subject  to  mealy-bug  and 
may  be  fumigated  at  in- 
tervals of  two  weeks  with 
hydrocyanic  gas. 

GEO.  F.  STEWART. 

Tuberous  begonias. 

The  tuberous-rooted  be- 
gonias, which  are  every 
year  becoming  more  popu- 
lar, both  as  pot-plants, 
and  for  bedding  out-of- 
doors,  are  the  result  of 
crossing  .several  different 
soecie.s  differing  consider- 
ably in  habit,  and  are 
easily  cultivated  They 
aie  raibed  almost 
wholly  from  seed,  and 
good  strains  in  differ- 
ent colors  may  be  ob- 
tained fiom  any  repu- 
table seed  firm  How- 
ever, if  one  wishes  to 
increase  th°se  plants 

by  cuttings  it  can  be  done    Shallow  boxes  or  seed-pans 

may  be  used  in  which   to  sow   the  seed  about   the 

beginning  of  February     They  .should  be  well  drained 

and  filled  with  a   compost  made   up  of   equal   parts 

of   peat,  leaf-mold   and  about  a  fourth   of   charcoal. 

As  soon  as  the   plants   are   large  enough   to   handle, 

prick  them   out   about  2    inches  apart  m   the   same 

soil   as    above,    place    them   elose   to    the   glass,    but 

always  shaded  from   the  bright   sun,  and  in   a  moist 

atmosphere      When    they    have 

grown    close    together,    transfer 

them    to   8}/2-inch    pots,  the    best 

soil  to   use  from   now  on  being  a 

spent      mushroom      bed,      adding 

about  a  fifth  part  of  charcoal     A 

6  -  inch     pot     is     generally     large 

enough    for    the    fiist    season,   and 

when  they  are  well  established  in 

these  pots  should  be  kept  as  cool 

as  possible     A  house  facing   noith 

is  the  best  place  for  them  during 

the  summer,  and  all  the  air  pos- 
sible may  be  admitted  night  and 

day     On   no  account   allow  the«e 

plants  to  Buffer  for  lack  of  water 

until  fall,  when  they  will  begin  to 

show  signs  of  ripening  off.  Dur- 
ing their  growing  period,  they 

may   be    stimulated    by   frequent 

applications  of  cow-manure  water, 

and    soot    diluted    in    water,    an 

ordinary    handful    to    two    and    a 

half  gallons  of  water;  water  three 

times  with  clean  water,  and  alter- 
nately with  the  other  two  When 

signs   of    ripening  begin   to   show, 

gradually     withhold    water     until 

the  growths  decay,  and  then  place 

the   pots   on    their   sides   under  a 

bench  in  a  greenhouse  where  the 

temperature  keeps  around  40°.    Be 

sure  they  are  in  a  position  where 


water  does  not  reach  them.  The  tubers  will  be  good  for 
beveral  years,  but  the  best  plants  are  in  their  second 
year.  The  plants  may  be  started  at  intervals,  having 
an  earlier  and  a  later  lot  For  bedding  out  in  partial 
shade,  these  plants  have  no  equals.  Start  the  tubers  in 
flats  about  the  end  of  April,  have  the  bed  heavily 
manured  and  the  soil  level  with  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  as  the  roots  run  near  the  top  of  the  ground, 
and  consequently  they  have  to  be  watered  frequently. 
The  top  of  the  bed  should  be  always  moist,  a  mulching 
of  well-rotted  manure  being  of  great  assistance  in 
retaining  the  moisture.  Plant  about  a  foot  apart,  all 
of  one  color,  unless  great  care  is  exeicised  m  blending 
the  brilliant  colors  so  that  they  do  not  clash 

GEO   F.  STEWART. 


INDEX. 

acummata,  74. 

Comte  de  L/imminghe, 

fohosa,  72. 

alba,  18 

,JJ 

}vajhclu,  8. 

albo-coccmea,  56. 

conrhiffoha,  54. 

R.chsioide8,  67. 

albo-puta,  75 

corallma.  11.3 

fulgcns,  19. 

Allcryi,  92 

Corbeille  de  Feu,  66 

Gtntiln.  43 

angularis,  99 

coronuta,  110 

geranifoha,  25. 

annuluta,  10 

Counte^L  Krdoedy.W 

geraruoides  26. 

argon  teo  -  guttata, 

(  r«'nm,  Ul 

gigantea,  46,  61. 

112 
arKyroMigma,  113 

cn'n'i1''^ 

glmirophylla,  31 
Gloire  de  Chatelaine, 

ascot  ion-  is,  71 

(yclopliylla,  24 

()0 

atropurpuren,  00 

cypr.d,  <Ji 

Gloi-p  do  Lorraine,  2 

aurub*  folia,  70 

Gloire  do  Rceaux,  3 

Aucustim  i   37 

Da\i  nt'o 

Glorv  oK  'incmnati,  2 

auroo-maculata,  57 

decora,  40 

goegoen-is,  45 

Baumaunii,  20 

dcli(io-a,  96. 

gratilu.  10 

Bcrtmu,  11 

diadc  ma,  SI 

birolor,  16 

duhroa,  115 

Krandifloru,  li),  70. 

Hinotii,  44 

digital  a,  82 

arandis,  15,  85 

Bismarckii,  106. 

Digswellmna,  09. 

Gnllithu,  35 

hohdaviN  11 

discolor,  15 

gunnertrfoha,  81. 

bolmensis,  11 

duersifoha,  16 

Haagpana,  91 

Koirnnyiana,  95. 

Dr   Nachtigal,  104 

Hastkarln,  77 

Bruanlu,  02 

Dregpi,  17 

H<  rn-lyana,  80 

Bunchu,  52. 

Duchartrci,  90 

herarloifoha,  47 

caffm,  17. 
Caledonia,  2 

echiuosepala,  87. 
elogantissima,  113 

heracloicotyle,  50. 
hydrodotyhfolia,  51.* 

carrnimata,  107. 
rarohmsefoha,  83. 

dliptica,  32 
Englen,  86. 

impercahs,  41. 
incarnata,  70 

C-vrnerei,  62 

Enaltnana,  86. 

mcomparabihs,  5. 

Cathay  una,  95 

Lrfordu,  63 

cinnabarina,  22,  67 

erythrophvlla,  88. 

insianis,'70.' 

Clarkei,  li 
coccmea,  109 

E\ansian%  15 
Feist  H,  52 

£  \rophxfolia,  47. 
wcnsis,  103. 

SOS.  Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine.  No  2. 


172 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 

knowaleyana,  73. 
lacmiata,  97. 

parmfolia,  17. 
Pearoei.  13. 

soootrana,  1. 
apeciosa,  104. 

Lazulu,  34. 
leprosa,  58. 
Limmnghei,  31. 

peltata,  77 
phyllomanmca,  117. 
jncta,  35. 

speoulata,  39. 
stngittosa,  38. 
Sunderbruchii,  47. 

longipes,  101. 

pictaviensis,  91. 

Sutherlandii,  12. 

longipila,  47. 
Lubbersn,  55. 

pictifolia,  34. 
platanifolia,  81. 

tonera,  30. 
Touchen,  105. 

luoerna,  119. 

polyantha,  108. 

Thurstomi,  114. 

Lucianae,  65. 
lunda,  32. 
luxurians,  79 
Lyncheana,  64. 

polypetala,  28 
Pres.  Carnot,  118. 
puuctata,  47. 
Rajah,  36. 

Thwaitesn,  30. 
Tnotnphe  Lemoine,  4. 
Tnomphe  de  Lor- 
raine, 60 

maculata,  41,  109, 

renifarmis,  17,  85. 

Triomphf  de  Nancy  ,4. 

113. 

Rex,  33 

tuberhybnda,  21. 

Mad  de  Lesseps.llO. 

ncmifoha,  46. 

tuberoi>a,  21 

magmfica,  59. 

Roezln,  64 

Turnford  Ha'l,  2. 

.namcata,  57 

roswflora,  7. 

ulmifoha,  100 

Margarita,  94 

rosea,  7b 

undulata,  102 

Martiana.  16. 

Rothschilds,  2. 

vanegata,  93. 

metalhoa,  93 

rubella,  48 

Veitcbu,  9 

miniata,  67. 

rubra,  109 

velutma,  93. 

minor,  104. 

rubricaulia,  29. 

venosa,  78 

modtca,  42. 

tiander&onu,  69. 

vernalis,  8. 

uana,  8,  11. 

sangmnea,  98. 

Vcrnon,  6C. 

aatalonsis,  27,  108. 

scandens,  32 

Verschaffeltiana,  49 

nelumbtifolia,  53 

Scharffiana,  89. 

VerschaffeUu,  49 

nigr  icans.  47 

Scharffil,  91. 

vitifoha,  85 

mtida,  104. 

Schnudtiana,  76. 

Wa^hinQtonvina,  81. 

obhqua,  104. 

Schmidlti,  76. 

weltomentus,  18. 

octopetala,  10, 

SeUawn,  60. 

Wortluana,  11. 

odorata,  104. 

semporflorens,  60. 

Wrightii,  113. 

olbia,  111. 

smaragchna.  41. 

xanthma,  34. 

palmaia,  82. 

SmUk»,  62. 

sebn»<i,  99. 

506.  Begonia  Gloire  de  Sceaux  (XH).  No.  3. 


HORTICULTURAL  ARRANGEMENT  or  SPECIES. 

This  arrangement  often  throws  together  species  of 
no  close  botanical  relationship,  but  it  will  aid  the  cul- 
tivator to  understand  the  genub. 

I.  SPECIES  BULBOUS  OR  ESSENTIALLY  so. 

socotrana 
II.  SPECIES  TUBEROUS. 

A.  Plant  stemless,   hs.   springing  directly  from  the 
crown  or    tuber   (Davisu,  rosseflora,   Froebelii, 
Veitchu,  octopetala  ) 
AA.  Plant  with  sts.,  more  or  less  branching. 

B.  Lvs.  narrow  (lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate) 

(bolimensis,  Sutherlandii). 

BB.  Lva.  broad  (ovate  to  cordate-ovate)  (Pearcei, 
Clarkei,  Evansiana,  gracilis,  Dregei,  weltoni- 
ensis,  fulgens) 

BBB.  Lvs.  orbicular  (Baumannn). 
BBBB.  Lvs   various,  mostly  broad-ovate  at  base,  acu- 

minate (tuberhybrida). 
III.  SPECIES  RHIZOMATOCS 

A.  Plant  creeping,  trailing,  or  climbing  (glaucophylla, 

scandens). 
AA.  Plant  upright,  often  diffuse. 

B.  The  picture-lvd.  species,  groum  for  the  foliage, 
which  is  large  and  prominent  atid  blotched, 
strongly  colored,  blistered,  or  otherwise  illus- 
trated    The  Rex  set,  and  others 
c.  Lvs.  oblique,  lobed  at  the  base,  not  peltate  (or 
only  slightly  so)  (Rex,  xanthina,  Onffithii, 
Rajah,     Auguetinei,     daedalea,     speculata, 
decora,  imperials). 


00.  Lvs.    markedly    peltate      (modica,     Gentilii, 

Binotn,  goegoensis). 

BB.  The  essentially  plain-lvd  rhizomatous  kinds, 
although  some  of  them  are  grown  chiefly  for 
foliage. 

0.  Lvs.  prominently  lobed,  or  parted  or  even 
divided  (ncinifolia,  heracle\folw,  Sunder- 
bruchii, rubella,  Verschaffeltiana,  hera- 
cleicotyle). 

CO.  Lvs.    lanceolate   to   ovate   or  cordate-ovate   to 
orbicular,  not  deeply  lobed,  often  entire,  and 
sometimes  peltate. 
D.  Foliage  bmatt,  the  Ivs.  less  than  2  in.  wide 

(hydrocotylifolia) . 
DD.  Foliage  of  u»?#i/  or  large  size 

E.  The   Ivs     peltate  (Feastn,  ndumbiifolia, 

conchsefolia,   Lubberm,  alho-coccinea). 

EK.  The  IDS.  not  peltate   (manuata,  leprosa, 

inagmfica). 
IV.  SPECIES  FiaRous-nooTED  (Rhizomes  small  or  0.) 

A.  The  herbaceous  kinds — the  plant  small,  succulent, 

never  becoming  very  tall  or  woody  (t,enii>erjiorens, 

gigantea  rosca,  Camerei,  Erfordn,  Lyncheana, 

Lucianje   Corbcille  de  Feu) 

AA.   The    woody    or    shrubby     kinds,    usually    much 

branched  when  mature,  and  ofttn  tall 
B.  Kinds    slend<r,     upright,    ^mall-leaved,     mostly 
smooth,    gietn    or    marly   so     IPS    many  and 
usually  not  more  than  I  in   across 
c.  Fits    pink  or  rtfl  (Jnt/wioides,  Ingramii,  Diga- 

welliana,  innf  >n<*ta,  as<otiensis) 
CC  Fls     white,   or   tinted   white    (foliosa,   knows- 

leyatui,  acnnnnata,  albo-picta) 
BB.  Kindt,  luw-giownifj,  <hffut>e  (Xchmidtiana) 
BBB  Kinds    stiff,    Mtcddent     wtutc-scurfy     (peltata, 

vcnoi>a) 

BBBB.  Kindt  mostly  (nil  and  eiect,  some  of  them  becom- 
ing 8  ft   high,  distinctly  shrubby  and  bushy 
c.  Lvt>   compound,  or  divided  (luxunans,  Hems- 
Ityarui,     platamfulia,     digitata,     carolmise- 
foha,  diadirna) 
cc.  Lv<<      not     comitound,     although     sometimes 

strongly  nctchtd  or  even  lobid) 
D   Whole  ]>l(int  hairy,  or  at  least  so  much  so 
as  to  uive  it  the  appearance  of  being  a 
rough  or  pubescent  species. 
K.  Foliage  light  grei  n  and  plant  pubescent 

(vitifolut,  Knglin) 

EE.  Foliage   marktdltj   colored    above    or    be- 
neath, or  both 
F  Fls  white  (echinosepala,  erythrophylla, 

Scharjhann,  Duehartrei). 
FF.  Vh      colon  d     (Haugeana,      Crednen, 
Alluyi,  M(iruaiit<x,   metallica,  cath- 
aynmi,  deltcioia,  laciniata) 
DD.  Whole  plant  smooth  or  becoming  so  (a  few 
hairs  perhaps  remaining  on  the  Ivs  ),  or 
so  much  so  as  to  (/lie  it  the  appearance  of 
being  a  glabrous  species. 
E.  Los.  medium  to  large,  very  broad,  fleshy 
or    thick,    entire,    often    peltate    (san- 
guinea) 

BE.  Lvs.  medium  t>ize,  stiff,  green  and  shining, 
often    elongated,    mostly    undulate    or 
notched. 
V.  Fla    white   (angulans,   ulmifolia,  lan~ 

gipes,  undulata,  kewensis). 
FF.  Fls.    colored    (mtida,    Teuscheri,    Bw- 
marcku,  carminata,  polyantha,   coc- 
cinea). 
BEE.  Lvs      medium    to    large,     the    margins 

strongly  toothed,  incised  or  lobed. 
F.  Fls  white  (Madame  de  Lesseps,  olbia). 
FF.  Fls.    colored,    varying   to   tinted   white 
(argenteo-guttata,    maculata,    Thurs- 
tonii,    dichroa,     coronata,     phyllo- 
maniaca,  President  Carnot,  lucerna) 

I.  BULBOUS  BEGONIAS,  AND  SEMI-BULBOUS  OR  SEMI- 
TUBEROUS  DERIVATIVES. 

1.  socotrina,  Hook.  Fig.  504.  A  winter-flowering 
species:  st.  annual,  stout  and  succulent,  forming  at 
the  base  a  number  of  closelv  set  scales  or  suppressed 
Ivs.  resembling  bulbs:  Ivs.  dark  green,  orbicular,  pel- 
tate, 4-7  in.  across,  center  depressed,  margin  recurved, 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


473 


507   Begonia  DavisU  (XK).    No  6 


crenate:  fls.  all  male  except  the  terminal  one  of  each 
branch  of  the  cyme,  in  terminal  few-fld  cymes,  bright 
rose  G.C  II.  15:8.  B  M.  6555.  Gn  21:163;  49'426 
(as  B  Gloire  de  Lorraine).  J  H.  III.  51-317.  R.H. 
1906,  p  130;  1909,  p.  426.  A  F.  13:587,  588 —Bulbs  or 
semi-tubers  were  brought  from  the  hot  sandy  island  of 
Socotra  by  I.  B  Balfour,  and  grown  at  Kew  in  1880. 
The  species  was  first  described  in  Gardeners'  Chronicle 
in  1881,  and  in  the 
same  year  in  Bo- 
tanical Magazine 
See  also  Balfour, 
Botany  of  Socotia, 
p.  102,  1888  (Vol 
31,  Roy.  Soc  ,  Edin- 
burgh) An  early 
stuoy  of  the  nature 
of  the  bulbs  by 
Duchartre  will  be 
found  in  Bull.  Soc 
Bot.  de  France,  12 
(1885)— This  ex- 
cellent plant  re- 
quires to  be  grown 
in  a  light  position 
in  a  stove  to  develop 
at  its  best.  The 
bulbs  should  be 
bhaken  out  of  the 
old  soil  in  Sept.  or 
Oct  and  potted  up 
^  in  a  light  KOI!,  rich  in 
humus  and  placed 
in  heat  and  mois- 
ture, and,  when  well 
established,  should 
be  liberally  supplied  with  manure-water  The  fls. 
appear  during  the  winter  months,  after  which  the 
plant  dies  down,  forming  a  number  of  large  resting 
buds  or  bulbs,  the  pots  should  then  be  placed  in  an 
intermediate  temp  and  be  kept  nearly  ary  until  the 
following  growing  period  comes  round.  On  account  of 
its  hamt  of  producing  fls  in  winter,  this  bpecies  has 
been  largely  used  by  the  hybridist  in  the  production 
of  a  race  of  winter-flowering  begonias,  of  which  there 
are  many  named  varieties 

Following  arc  leading  Socotrana  derivatives: 

2  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (B  socotrana  xB  Dregei)    Fig  505  One 
of  the  finest  hybrid  begonias  cvor  raited    Ivs  small,  nearly  regular, 
pure  green    fls   almost  exclusively  male,  4-petaIed,  large,  borne  in 
broad  panicles,  covering  the  whole  superior  part  of  the  plant,  rose- 
colored,  not  deciduous    Gt  42,  p  111    A  F.  12  842    GF  5  247  — 
M  though  B  aocotrana  is  semi  -  bulbous  and  B  Dregei  has  a  thickened 
rhizome,  the  hybrid  forms  show  neither,  but  the  base  of  the  st 
throws  out  many  shoots,  which  can  be  separated  and  insure  the 
multiplication   of   the  plant     Intro  by  Lemoine  in   1892 — There 
are  several  forms  of  this  plant  now  in  cult    Rothschilds  variety  has 
larger  and  darker  colored  fls   than  the  type     Turnford  Hall  is  a 
form  with  white  fls    Caledonia  also  has  white  fls  but  is  far  inferior 
aa  a  garden  plant  to  that  of  Turnfard  Hall     Glory  of  Cincinnati,  a 
form  with  very  lasting  large  satiny  pink  fls  ,  is  a  seedling  from  B 
socotrana  x  a  sport  of  Gloire  de  Lorraine,  it  bloomed   first  in 
Dec  ,  1908,  and  was  intro  to  trade  in  1910  (J.  A.  Peterson) 

3  Gloire  de  Sceaux  (B.  socotrana  x  B.  oubpeltata).    Fig  506. 
Plant  stout,  half  shrubby,  erect,  vigorous,  compact,  will  form  a 
plant  aa  much  aa  8  ft.  high  in  a  year  with  good  cult  and  produce 
quantities  of  its  large  rose-colored  fla    over  a  period  of  several 
months   Ivi   dark  metallic  grcon,  thick,  largo,  red  beneath,  vema 
red  above,  suborbicular,  slight lyobhuue1  fls  profuse,  beautiful  rose- 
pink,  shiny,  females  the  last  fl  on  (he  cyme    Fls  from  Dec  till  May 
H.H.  1884  516    G  F.  7  185  —Intro  in  1885 

4  Triomphe  de  Lemoine  (B  socotrana  xB  Roczln)   St  her- 
baceous, spreading,  then  erect  and  branching  into  numerous  flower- 
ing branches    Ivs   large,  coriaceous,  orbicular,  somewhat  oblique, 
margins  slightly  cenerous,  6  in   diam.'  fls  in  dichotomous  cymes 
from  axils  of  Ivs  ,  rose-carmine,  female  fls  exceedingly  rare,  males 
very  profuse,  plant  resembling  a  large  bouquet  when  in  full  bloom 
G  F  2  557  —Intro  by  Lemome  in  1887    Retains  its  flu  after  they 
are  withered,  a  rare  occurrence  in  begonias    Another  hybrid  from 
the  same  parent  is  Triomphe  de  Nancy,  with  fls  rich  yellow  in  tho 
center,  double,  and  the  outer  petals  of  a  paler  hue  —Intro.  188S. 

5.  incomparabilia.  Hort.  (B.  socotrana  x  a  garden  tuberous 
form).  Lva.  large,  with  the  showy,  well-formed  orange-red  fls. 
standing  well  above  them  R.B.  33 . 00 


II.  TUBEROUS  BEGONIAS,  the  plant  passing  the  winter 
as  a  dormant  tuber    Nos.  6-30. 

A.  Plant  stemless  •  Ivs   springing  directly  from  the  crown 

or  tuber. 

6.  Davisii,  Veitch  Fig  507.  Lvs.  ovate-cordate, 
dull  green,  thinly  haiiy,  above  and  below,  upper  side 
lighter  veined  and  under  hide  red,  petiole  short,  pedun- 
cles, pedicels  and  fls  bright  red  Peru  B  M.  6252. 
F.M.  1876-231.  G  C  II  15'669— A  favorite  with 
hybridists,  becauhe  of  its  rich  coloring  and  its  free  flow- 
ering It  has  given  ri.se  to  numerous  dwarf,  erect-habited 
garden  forms,  with  hmall  but  brightly  colored  fls 

7  rosaefldra,  Hook     Stout    petioles,  scapes,  bracts, 
and  stipule*  bright  red.  Ivh  green,  2-4  in.  wide,  on  stout, 
hairy  petioles,  2-6  in.  long,  orbicular,  rernform,  con- 
cave, margins  lobed,  red,  toothed:  fls    2  in    across, 
rose-red.    Andes  of  Peru,  12,000  it.    Intro,  in  1867. 
B  M.  5680  —  Light-colored   seedlings  of   this   species 
gave  rise  to  Queen  of  Whites,  put  into  commerce  in 
1878,  and  apparently  an  important  factor  m  subse- 
quent garden  forms  of  the  same  color.    The  species 
itself  is  probably  not  now  in  cult 

8  FroSbelii,  A  DC.  More  or  less  hairy:  Ivs  numer- 
ous, cordate,  acuminate,  green,  covered   with   fleshy, 
purphbh  hairs:  flb.  in  tall,  lax,  drooping,  branching 
cymes,    brilliant    scarlet,    large.     Late    autumn    and 
winter.    Ecuador     J II  III  32,  p    33     Journ    Roy. 
Hort    Soc    19,  p.  c\cu     Gn  12,  p.  376     Intro,  about 
1872-3  by  Otto  Froebcl  of  Zurich  —A  beautiful  flower- 
ing plant,  useful  for  conservatory  work  in  winter    Var 
vernalis,  Hort ,  hybrid  (B   FroebdnxB   Dregei),  simi- 
lar to  type,   intro    by  Deleuil  m    1880.    Var    nana, 
Hort.   Very  dwdif'  fl.s  dark  scarlet 

9.  VSitchii,  Hook  Loosely  hairy  st  very  short  or 
practically  none,  thick,  fle-hy,  green*  Ivs  orbiculate, 
cordate,  lobed  and  incited,  margins  cihate,  green, 
principal  veins  radiating  from  a  bright  carmine  bpot 
near  the  center,  under  bide  pale  green,  petiole  thick, 
terete  pilose,  fls.  2*4  in  diam  ,  cinnabar-red  caps, 
smooth,  unequal  wings  Peru,  12,000  ft  B  M  5663. 
F  S  22  2326  —One  of  the  progenitors  of  the  tuberous 
race.  Intro.  1867  Probably  not  now  in  cult ,  but  a 
beautiful  species. 

10  octopetala,  L'Her.  (B  grandiflbra,  Knowl  & 
West).  Lvs  on  long,  succulent  downy  petioles  1*4  ft. 
long,  cordate,  deeply  lobed  and  serrated,  bright  greea: 
fls  seldom  produced 
in  cult  ,  greenish 
white,  in  corymbs, 
males  with  8  or  9 
petals  2  in  across, 
females  smaller  and 
generally  fewer 
Intro  to  Glasgow  - 
from  Lima,  Peru, 
m  1835  B.M  3559. 
F.  S  20-2056-7. 
A  F  4  225  (var 
Le  wot  net).  This 
species  is  of  little 
or  no  horticul- 
tural value. 

AA.  Plant  with 
st  (not  scapes) 
evident  and 
more  or  less 
upright,  usu- 
ally branching. 

B.  Lvs     narrow, 
lanceolate      to  • 
ovate-lanceolate 
11.  boliviensis, 

A.  DC.    Fig.  508. 

Plant    sparsely    508.  Begonia  bolivtauii  ( X H).   No.  11. 


474 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


hairy:  st.  erect  at  first,  but  drooping  and  becoming  slen- 
der with  age,  2-3  ft.  high,  branching:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  in 
drooping  panicles,  cinnabar-scarlet,  long  and  fuchsia- 
like;  males  twice  as  long  as  females  Bolivia.  B  M. 
5657.— Intro,  into  England  in  1864.  It  is  a  very  useful 
basket-plant.  This  species  has  recently  been  crossed 
with  some  oi  the  double  and  single  garden  forms  of 
the  tuberous  race  (of  which  this  species  was  one 
of  the  ancestors),  and  has  given  rise  to  a  pretty  and 
distinct  type  with  long  pendulous  sts.  and  drooping 
fls.  which  render  them  most  useful  as  subjects  for 
baskets.  B.  Bertfnii,  Hort ,  is  closely  allied,  and  per- 
haps a  form  of  B.  bohvtensis  Fls  light  scarlet,  numer- 
ous and  large,  not  so  pendent.  Gt  51,  p  550,  desc.  R  H. 
1894,  p  247.  There  is  a  dwarf  form  (var.  nd.no)  of  this. 
B.  Worthiana,  Hort.,  said  to  be  a  seedling  of  B.  bohvi- 
ensis,  with  larger  and  shorter  Ivs.  and  more  numerous 
and  less  pendent  fls.  B.  bolidavis,  Hort ,  is  a  hybrid  of 
B  Davisii  and  B.  bohviensis. 

12.  Sfitherlandii,  Hook.    Slender  and  graceful,  1-2 
ft  high,  bright  vinous  red,  from  small  tubers:  Ivs.  4-6 
in.  long,  lanceolate,  lobed  and  serrated,  green,  with  red 
veins  and  margin;  petioles  slender,  red.  fls  numerous, 
coppery  or  salmon-red     Natal     B  M  5G89  — Intro,  by 
Backhouse  in  1867.  Of  little  decorative  value. 

BB.  Lvs  broad-ovate  to  cordate-ovate. 

13.  Pdarcei.  Hook.    Pubescent,  branching,  1  ft. 
high:    Ivs     oblique-ovate,    cordate,    acuminate, 
toothed,  glabrous  and  velvety  green  above,  tomen- 
tose  beneath,  pale  red  on  under  surface'  fls.  in 
loose,  axillary  panicles,  large,  bright  yellow    Boli- 
via; mtro.  from  La  Paz,  being  sent  by  Mr  Pearce, 
collector  for  Messrs.  Veitch.   B  M.  5545  — A  van-    510. 
able  plant,  both  in  hubit,  size,  color  of  the  fls 

and  in  the  degree  of  the  venation  of  the  strongly 
nerved  Ivs  It  is  the  only  vellow-fld  tuberous  begonia 
in  cult.  It  has  been  the  chief  factor  in  the  production 
of  the  hundreds  of  yellow,  buff  and  orange-colored 
garden  forms  Intro  in  1865. 

14  Clarkei,  Hook  Stout  and  erect,  2  ft ,  puberu- 
lent,  the  st.  purplish,  fleshy:  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate- 
ovate,  serrate:  fls.  in  pendulous  racemes,  abundant, 


509.  Becooit  Dr«i«l  (XH).    No.  17. 


large,  bright  red.  Bolivia,  9,000-10,000  ft.  B.M. 
5663  (as  B.  Veitchu),  5675.— Resembles  B.  Vettchh.  It 
was  the  seed  parent  of  Vesuvius  and  Emperor,  two  im- 
portant and  useful  varieties  for  bedding  out.  Probably 

not  now  in  cult. 
15.  Evansiana, 
Andr.  (B.  dis- 
color, R.  Br.  B 
ardndis,  Dry.) 
Smooth,  st  de- 
ciduous, branch- 
ing^ ft  high  Ivs 
ovate-acute,  t>ub- 
cordate,  lobed, 
margins  denticu- 
late, green  above, 
under  side  ana 
petioles  red,  pe- 
duncles branch- 
ing, axillary,  fls 
numerous,  flesh- 
colored,  large. 
Java,  China, 
Japan  B  M. 
1473  —A  nand- 
some  and  almobt 
haidy  species. 
Intro  in  1804  to 
Kew.  Little  cult 
now.  It  makes  a 
pretty  and  free- 
flowering  plant 
for  the  cool 
greenhouse  in 
Begonia  tuberhybnda.  Single-flowered  (XM).  summer  Readily 
No  21  prop  bybulblets, 

which  are  produced  in  quantities  in  the  axils  of  the 
Ivs.  ufter  flowering,  and  which  will  give  flowering  plants 
the  following  year.  Stands  some  frost. 

16.  gracilis,   HBK     (B    blcolor,   Wats     R    diversi- 
fdha,   R    Grah  )      Smooth   and   shining,   tall   and  &t 
erect,  seldom  branched,  succulent   Ivs   thinly  scattered 
along  sts  ,  almost  heart-shaped,  slightly  hany,  lobed, 
denticulate,  ciliate    fls    on  bhort,  axillary  peduncles, 
pink.     Mex      B  M  2966  — In    axils   of   Ivs    between 
stipules  a  cluster  of  bulblets  is  home     These  may  be 
gathered  and  sown  as  seeds     Along  with  its  varieties, 
annulata,  diversifdlia,  Martiana,  and  others,  it  makes 
a  very  beautiful  summer-flowering  greenhouse  begonia 
— Intro    by  P.   Neill,   of  Cannonmills.  Edinburgh,  in 
1829.    This  species  should  be  treated  in  exactly  the 
same  way  as  the  garden  race  of  tuberous  begonias  as 
to  cult    The  variety  Martiana  is  a  largc-fld  form  with 
rose-colored  fls  and  frequently  reaches  5  ft   in  height 
It  is  a  pretty  and  desirable  greenhouse  plant,  producing 
a  succession  of  fls  for  2-3  months  during  the  summer 

17.  Dregei,  Otto   &    Dietr    (B.  cdjfra.   Meisn      B. 
parvifdlia,  Grah    B.  remfdrrms,  Hort ).    Glabrous   t>ts. 
succulent,   annual,    1-3  ft.   high     from   a  rootstalk   a 
fleshy  irregular  tuber1  Ivs    thin,  small,  oblique-ovate, 
green,  deeply  serrated,  reddish  on  the  under  side.  fls. 
white,  small,  profuse    Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B  M  3720. 
— Received  at  Botanic  Gardens,  Edinburgh  in  1836 
from  Berlin.    A  useful  free-flowering  greenhouse  plant. 

18.  weltontensis,  Hort.  (B  Sutherland™  x  B  Dregei}. 
St.  reddish,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ivs  light  green,  smooth,  ovate- 
acuminate,  lobed,  dentate,  1^-2  in.  across;  petiole  red, 
1-1  %  in.  long:  fls.  pink,  profuse,  on  short  peduncles. — 
Frequently  met  with  in  cottagers'  windows  in  England ; 
of  very  easy  cult.    Intro,  by  Major  Clark,  of  Welton 
Park,  England.   Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls. 

19.  fulgens,  Lemoine.    Stout:  st.  short:  Ivs.  large- 
remform  to  cordate-ovate,  more  or  less  oblique,  irregu- 
larly sinuate-toothed,  sparsely  hairy  above  and  beneath, 
dull  dark  green  above  and  reddish  on  the  under  side. 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


475 


duncled 


fle.  large  (2  in.  across)  in  many  long- 
clusters,  bright  rich  rose-red,  fragrant.      ovia.  — 
A  handsome  plant,  published  by  Lemome  in  cata- 
logue of  1893. 

BBB.  Los.  orbicular. 

20.  Baumannii,  Lemome.   Loose-hairy  or  nearly 
glabrous,  the  sta.  often  very  short  and  the  plant 
appearing  acaulescent,  but  becoming  1-1^  ft.  nigh: 
Ivs     largo,    orbicular,   with   short,    thick   petioles: 
peduncles  18  in.  high,  bearing  panicles  of  4-6  fls., 
which  are  rose-red,  4-petaled,  from  3-4  m.  across, 
and  fragrant  as  robes.  Bolivia,  8,000-9,000  ft.  B.M. 
7540     Gt.  40.1348;  42,  p  25.    A  F.  7:  561.    G  F. 
5  '77  —  It  is  described   as   plentiful   m  the  moi&t 
valleys  of  the  Cordilleras,  where  it  is  eaten  by  cattle. 
Distributed  by  Lemome  in  1890.   Tubers  as  large 
as  ostrich  eggs.   Habit  of  D.  socolrana. 

BBBB.  Lvs.  various,  mostly  broad-ovate  at  base, 
acuminate,  oblique. 

21.  tuberhybrida,  Voss  (B  tuber  bsa,  Hort.).   Figs. 
510,  511,  512     The  garden  race  of  tuberous  bego- 
nias, combined  of  many  species  and  derived  from 
many  sources,  very  variable  and  yet  for  the  most 
part  agreeing  in  general  11.  form.   There  are  many 
named  garden  varieties. 


OTHER  TUBEROUS-ROOTED  SPECIES. 

22  cinnabarlna,  Hook  Pubcrulent  sts  short,  green,  zigzag. 
slightly  downy  lv*  on  hhort  petioles,  obliquely  ovate,  lobod  and 
serrated  peduncles  9-12  in  long,  red,  fls  cintmlmr-rcd,  2  in  across. 
Bolivia  B  M  448.J  P  M  Ib  225  —Intro  1849,  not  in  cult 

24  cnnita,  Oliver  Slender,  sparsely  hairy  8t-»  red,  hairy,  1  ft 
high  Ivs  ovate-cordate,  irregularly  toothed,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
under  side  peduncles  erect,  red,  producing  3  pale  rose-colored  fls. 
Bolivia  B  M  58')7  —Intro  by  Vreitch  in  18GG 

24  cyclophylla,   Hook     Slightly  hairy,  slender,  stemless     If 
eohtary,  orbicular,  0  in    across,   green,   with   hmbnated   margin 
peduncles  erect,  b  in    long,  hN   rose-colored,  with  the  fragrance  of 
roses     China    B  M  0926  —Intro  to  Kew  in  1885 

25  geramfdha,  Hook   Glabrous    st   1  ft  high,  erect,  greenish- 
Ivs    cordate,  lobed,  incised  and  serrated,  green,  margins  red    Ms   2 
or  3  on  terminal  peduncles,  outer  petals  orbicular,  red,  the  two 
inner  obovate,  white     Luna     BM   3387  —Intro    1833 

26  geramoldes,  Hook     Small.  10-14   in  .   stemless,  rootstock 
fleshy   'vs  radical,  rcmform,  G  in  across,  lobed  and  toothed,  green, 
Imiry,  petioles  8  in    long    peduncles  erect,  0-12  in   long,  reddish, 
hairy,  bearing  a  lax  panicle  of  Us  ,  each  1  '*  in    across,  pure  white, 
with  a  button-like  cluster  of  yellow  anthers     Natal     B  M  5583.— 
Planted  in  a  border  in  a  sunny  greenhouse,  this  is  a  fine  begonia, 


flowering  profusely  during  Oct 
and  Nov  Intro  to  Kew  in  1S66. 
Probably  not  now  m  cult  Allied 
to  B  Dregei 

27  natal  §nsis,  Hook    Glab- 
rous  sts   fleshy,  1-2  ft   high  Ivs. 
obliquely  cordate,  lobed,  sinuate, 

mottled  with  gray,  veins  reddish    fls   yellowish  white,  tinged  with 
rose,  1  in   across     Natal     B  M  4841  —Intro  to  Kew  in  1854 

28  polypetala,  A   DC     St    short,  fleshy     Ivs    ovate-cordate, 
toothed,   hairy,  with   rained    veins,    10x8    in      fls    with   9  or  10 
ovate-oblong  petals  an  inch  long,  red,  ovary  hairy,  with   1  long 
wing     Peru     Gn    14,  p   531  —Intro  by  Froebel  in  1878 

2Q  rubricauhs,  Hook  Pubescent,  stemless,  scapes  red  Ivs  4-6 
in  long,  ovate,  wavy,  ciliate  along  the  margins,  deep  green  fls  large* 
males  1  '<£  in  across,  5-petaled.  females  smaller,  6-petaled,  reddish 
Country  unknown  BM  41  il  —  Intro  to  Birmingham  Botanic 
Garden  in  or  about  1844 

30  t£nera,  Dry  (B  Thwntesn,  Hook  )  Pubescent,  stemless: 
Ivs  radical,  cordate,  5  in  long,  coppery  green,  mixed  with  purple 
and  blotched  with  gray,  under  surface  very  red  fls  white,  tinged 
pink  Ceylon  B  M  4G92  -Chiefly  interesting  as  a  variegated 
plant.  Intro  to  Kew  about  1852 

III.  SPECIES  RHIZOMATOUS  the  rhizomes  mostly  shaggy 
and  lyinq  on  top  the  ground  or  very  nearly  so 
(Fig  516),  plant  making  no  proper  upright  stem 
or  trunk.  Nos  31-59 

A  Plant  creeping,  trailing,  or  climbing. 

31.  glaucophylla,  Hook.  (B.  glaucophylla  splfndena, 
Hort.  B  glaucophylla  scdndens,  Hort  B  Comte  de 
Limmmqhe,  Hort  B  Llmnnnghn,  Hort  )  Glabrous: 
sts  long,  drooping  or  creeping,  lending  themselves  to 
training  on  rafters.  Ivs.  ovate,  wavy,  3  in  long,  glaucous 
green,  reddish  and  variegated  in  bud,  purple  beneath 
and  white-spotted  above,  the  margin  cartilaginous:  fla. 
brick-red,  males  1  in  across,  with  petals,  females  of 
equal  petals  Brazil.  BM  7219  C,n  59,  p.  336—  A 
good  basket  plant,  flowering  freely  all  winter.  Excellent 
for  a  permanent  position  in  a  greenhoube;  reaches  6-S 
ft.  or  more  high. 

32  scandens,  Swartz  (B  Ihcida,  Otto  &  Dietr.  B 
elliptica,  HBK  ).  Glabrous:  sts  climbing  or  trailing 
clinging  by  means  of  short  aerial  roots  Ivs  ovate  or 


511.  Begonia  tube rhybrid*.  Double-flowered.  No  21. 


climbing  plant. 


476 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


AA.  Plant  upright,  often  diffuse. 

B.  The  picture-lvd.  set-  plants  low  and  tending  to  be  com- 
pact, the  mature  Ivs  usually  hanging  nearly  verti- 
cal, often  variously  colored  and  marked. 
C  Lvs.  oblique,  lobed  at  the  base,  not  peltate  (or  only 

slightly  so). 

33.  Rex,  Putz.  Fig  513  Very  hairy:  st  a  short, 
fleshy  rhizome,  from  which  spring  the  long-b  talked 
large  ovate  wavy  Ivs  ,  which  are  hairy  and  colored  a 
rich  metallic  green,  with  a  zone  of  .silvery  gray  pedun- 
cles erect,  fls.  large,  rose-tin  ted,  males  2  m.  across,  with 
4  unequal  petals,  females  smaller,  with  5  nearly  equal 


513.  Begonia  Rex,  in  its  original  form.  No.  33 


petals;  ovary  3-angled,  with  2  short  and  1  long  wing. 
Assam.  F  S  12  12.55-1258  B  M  5101  —  Thib  noble 
species  is  the  principal  parent  in  the  production  of  the 
numerous  ornamental-fohaged  begonias  It  has  been 
crossed  with  a  few  species  in  the  fir.-<t  place,  and  then 
hybrid  seedlings  have  been  laised  again  and  again  from 
the  progeny  Fig  513  is  a  copy  of  a  part  of  the  original 
figure  m  Flore  des  Serres  (1857),  and  is  given  here  for 
the  purpose  of  showing  what  this  species  was  like  when 
first  known  to  horticulturists  There  are  very  many 
named  forms,  but  most  of  the  listed  kinds  tend  soon 
to  pass  out  One  of  them  that  has  persisted,  because  of 
the  odd  quirl  to  the  If  is  Counter  Louise  Erdoedy  (B 
Alexander  von  Humbol  'It  x  B  argentca-cupreata).  Fig 
514  Lvs  obliquely  cordate,  ovate-acute,  the  smaller  of 
the  2  lobes  twisted  m  a  spiral  manner,  with  as  many  as 
4  coils;  upper  surface  silvery,  with  veins  deep  green, 
under  surface  reddrh,  pilose  III  31  '516  C.C.  II. 
22.205  Intro  by  F.  Ncmeczek,  gardener  to  Count 
Erdody,  a  Hungarian  nobleman,  in  1881  —  Other  Rex 
varieties  of  unknown  or  uncertain  origin:  Louise  Clos- 
son  Lvs  ovate-acuminate,  lobcd,  veins  deep  purple, 
surface  blotched  with  deep  purple  bronze,  metallic 
luster  very  bright  Lucy  Closson  is  very  similar,  but 
more  vigorous,  with  the  blotches  more  numerous  and 
better  distributed  Marquis  de  PerrMa  Lvs.  small, 
margins  hany,  numerous  silvery  spots  on  surface 
Compact,  dense  grower  Duchesse  de  Brabant  Lvs. 
large,  purple,  margins  and  surface  hairy,  otherwise  like 
B.  Rex  Louise  Chretien  Lvs  green,  with  a  zone  of 
glossy  silver  towi.uls  the  center,  covered  with  very 
small  white  spots  Count  Erdoedy.  Silver-white,  green- 
striped  along  the  veins,  hairy,  lobes  twisted  into  a 
spiral,  hairy 

34.  xanthina,  Hook  Similar  to  B  Rex:  Ivs.  large, 
fleshy,  cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  sinuate-ciliated,  dark 
glossy  green  above,  purplish  beneath,  fls.  large,  almost 
golden  yellow,  tinged  on  the  back  with  red.  caps  with 
one  large  wing  India  B  M  4683  Var  pictifdlia, 
Hook.  Lvs  with  rows  and  spots  of  silvery  white:  fls. 
yellowish  white.  B.M  5102  Var  Lftzulii,  Hook.  Lvs. 


not  spotted,  tinted  with  bluish  purple.    B.M.  5107. 
This  species  is  probably  not  now  in  cult. 

35.  Griffithii,  Hook.  (B   picta,  Hort.).    St.-lvs.  and 
habit  as  in  B  Rex-  Ivs  olive-green,  with  a  broad  zone 
of  gray  ms>ide  a  purple  margin,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
under  side,   the  basal   lobes    ovei lapping,    fls.   large, 
fleshy,  pink;  ovary  curiously  crinkled  along  the  angles. 
Assam.   B.M.  4984 — Intro    by  Henderson,  England, 
in  1856    Probably  not  now  in  cult. 

36.  Rajah,  Ridley.    Fig    515     Lvs.  from  the  root- 
stock,    angular-orbicular,    papery,    the    petioles    and 
under  veins  setose,  upper  surface  smooth  and  richly 
mottled  from  the  green  ribs  and  the  brown  or  brown- 
red    intermediate    spaces,    the    margins    serrate    and 
setose-  fls.  small,  pink,  on  hispid  peduncles  that  stand 
about  as  high  as  the  Ivs.   Malaya.   G.C.  Ill  16 '213 
— A  distinct  and  beautiful  hothouse  species,  deserving 
of  popularity    Said  erroneously  to  be  a  garden  hybrid 

37  Augustinei,  Hemsl  A  dwarf,  compact  species, 
allied  to  B  Rex  hut  devoid  of  color  in  the  Ivs  as  in  that 
species'  sts.  branching  freely,  short-jointed.  Ivs.  erect 
or  spreading,  elliptic  or  ovate,  3-6  in  long,  reddish 
green  above  and  below,  covered  on  both  sides  with  red 
hairs,  petiole  red,  terete,  provided  with  dense  white 
hispid  hairs  whole  plant  presenting  a  mixture  of  white 
or  red  h!*'rs  mfl  erect,  few-fld  ;  fls  pink.  China  — 
Differs  from  B  xanthina  in  its  rough  rugose  hairy  Ivs 
and  rose-pink  fls. 

38.  daedalea,  Lem  (B.  stngillosa,  Dietr).  Hairy, 
Rex-like  st  a  short,  thick  rootstock  Ivs  large,  green, 
ovate-acuminate,  cordate,  margins  slightly  serrate  and 
beset  with  long  reddish  hairs,  surface  covered  with  a 
peculiar  network  of  russet-brown  peduncles  spotted 
and  slightly  hairy,  fls  white,  tinged  with  pink  Mex 
I  H  8  269  — A  handsome  foliage  plant,  not  very 
widely  known 

3.9  speculata.  Hort  Probably  a  hybrid  st  a  short, 
thick  rhizome  Ivs  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  cordate, 
lobed  half  way  down  the  blade,  on  long,  hairy  petioles, 
dull  green,  rough,  speckled  with  gray,  hairy,  reddish 
on  the  under  side,  veins  very  prominent,  light  green 
fls  on  long,  hairy  peduncles,  pink-white,  maleb  and 
females  both  with  2  petals:  caps,  green,  with  small  red 


514.  Begonia  Countess  Louise  Erdoedy  ( X  H)     No  33 


spots  — Origin  uncertain,  although  apparently  com- 
mon in  cult,  in  this  country.  A  hardy  and  useful 
begonia  for  conservatory  and  window-garden. 

40.  decora,  Stapf.  A  small  species  of  compact  habit, 
allied  to  B  Rex.  rhizome  short,  reddish  green:  Ivs.  3-4 
m  long,  ovate,  rich  reddish  brown  with  prominent 
yellow-green  veim,  whole  plant  covered  with  thick- 
set papillae  and  short  hairs:  fls  pink,  comparatively 
large  for  so  small  a  plant,  Perak. — This  plant  thrives 
best  in  a  stove  It  is  readily  crossed  with  many  other 
species,  notably  with  B.  Rex.  and  the  offspring  art 
amongst  the  finest  ornamental  foliage  plants. 


BEGONIA 

41.  ixnperialis.  Lem.  Very  hairy,  low  st.  short,  her- 
baceous, green:  Ivs.  4-6  in  wide,  brownish  green,  with 
irregular  bands  of  bright  green  along  the  nerves,  mak- 
ing a  striking  contrast,  fls.  insignificant,  white.  Mex 
I.H.  8:274.  Var  maculata,  Hort ,  has  brown  Ivs  with 
green  blotches.  Var.  smaragdina,  Hort.,  has  wholly 
bright  green  Ivs.  I  H.  7.262. — These  plants  require  a 
hothouse  treatment  in  winter. 

cc  Lvs.  markedly  peltate. 

42  mfidica,  Stapf.    A  spreading,  dwarf  plant  with 
;sts.  green,  slender:  Ivs    peltate,  orbicular  or  broadly 
ovate,  2-4  in.  long,  pale  green  in  color,  margins  pink, 
undulate,  margins  and  veins  cihate;  petioles  greenish 
red,  hairy,  3-5  in    long    mfl    few-flu  ,  males  small,  2- 
petaled,    orange-yellow,    with   red   blotch   at   base   of 
petals,  females  .same  as  males  in  color;  ovary  4-celled, 
Hm  long,  winged,  hairy    W  Trop  Afr    B  M.  8258.— 
A  recent  species,  requiring  stove  conditions 

43  Glntilii,  De  \\  lid     A  near  ally  of  B   modica'  sts 
creeping,  red   hauy    Ivs    peltate,  erect,  ovate,  acute, 
margins  finely  serrate,  slightly  reflexed,  green  suffusea 
with    light    red,   young   Ivs    red,   petiole    terete,   red, 
hairy,  6-12  in   long,  blades  3-4  in.  long    mfl   few-fld  ; 
fls    orange-yellow  suffused  with  red,  ovary  4-celled, 
winged    Congo 

44  Bindtn,  Hort      Plant  rough  hairy  like  B   Rex, 
Ivs    elliptic-orbicular,  markedly  peltate,  green  above 
and    red-hairy    beneath,    bhsteied    or    bullate — Very 
recently  offered,  and  yet  little  known 

45  goegoSnsis,  X  K  Bi     FIRE  KING    Compact  but 
large  plant    *t    a  hhort,  thick,  greenish  red  rootstock: 
Ivs    handsome,  erect,  peltate,  ovate-orbicular,  6-9  in. 
long,  surface  blistered  or  puckered  green,  with  dark 
bronzy  blotches,  prominently  veined,  dull  red  on  tlv 
under  side    fls   small,  ro.se-pmk,  in  a  lax  cluster  6  in. 
high.     Goego,  Sumatra — A  distinct  and  ornamental- 
Ivd.  plant,   lequning   btove  conditions,  deserves   the 
attention  of  amateurs. 

BB   The  essentially  plain-lvd  rhizomatoiis  kinds,  although 
some  of  them  nre  grown  almost  wholly  for  the  foliage 
(»S'om£  of  //iii>  group  are  bold  and  striking  ) 
c   Lvii    prominently  lobed,  or  parted  or  even  divided 

46  ricinifdha,   Hort    (B    heraclcifoha  X  B.   peponi- 
folia)     St    a  short,  thick  rootistock    Ivs   large,  bronzy 


BEGONIA 


477 


date,  the  lobes  extending  one-third  cr  less  deep  and 
notched,  fls.  on  long  scapes,  standing  above  the  Ivs., 
delicate  rose-color  and  with  tea-rose  odor.  Gt.  54, 
p  42. 

47  heracleifdlia,  Cham  &  Schlecht  (B  jalropha>fdlia, 
Hort )  Hairy  st  a  short,  thick  rhizome  Ivs  6-12  in 
across,  with  5-9  deep  and  narrow  notched  and  toothed 


515.  Begonia  Rajah  (Xh)-   No.  36. 


green,  lobed,  resembling  castor-oil  plant:  fls.  numerous, 
on  long,  erect  peduncles,  rose-pink. — A  useful  free- 
flowering  plant  for  the  greenhouse,  producing  its  fls  m 
winter  and  early  spring.  Var  gigantea  odorata,  Hort , 
is  a  double  hybrid  (B.  ncimfolia  and  B  fulgens  x 
B.  Scharffiana)  of  German  origin.  Lvs.  large,  round-cor- 


516.  Begonia  magmfica  (X'i) 
No  o9. 

lobes,  rich  green:  peduncles  2-4  ft ,  long,  straight,  fls. 
white  or  rose-tinted,  small,  with  2  prominent  rounded 
parts.  Mex.  BM.3444.  BR  1668  JH  III  56  309. 
Var  nigricans,  Hook  ,  has  the  margins  of  the  Ivs  bor- 
dered with  dark  (almost  black)  green  B  M.  4983  Var. 
longipila,  Hort  has  long,  fleshy  hairs  on  the  If  -stalks 
and  peduncles  B.  Sunderbruchu,  Hort  ,  is  an  American 
form  of  this  var.:  Ivs.  bronze-green,  silver  bands  along 
the  nerves,  purple  underneath.  Var  punctata,  Hort , 
ha>  green  Ivs..  reddish  near  the  margin:  fls.  rose-colored, 
with  deep  red  spots  on  the  outside. 

48.  rubella,  TIamil.   Smooth    bt    a  short,  thick  rhi- 
zome* Ivs.  handsome,  large,  cordate,  acuminate,  deeply 
lobed, spotted  with  irregularly  shaped  dark  brown  marks' 
fls.  pale  pink,  on  long  peduncles,  decorative     Nepal. 

49.  Verschaffeltiana,  Regel  (B.  Verschaffcltii,  Hort. 
B    manicata  x  B   carotin isefblui)      Hauy     &t     a   thick 
rhizome.  Ivs   large,  ovate,  acuminate,  lobed:  fls.  rose- 
colored,  pendent  on  long  peduncles     I  II.  2*68 — Tall, 
coarse  and  unsightly  as  an  old  specimen,  but  when  well 
grown  from  year  to  year  from  cuttings  makes  an  excel- 
lent plant  and   producer  quantities  of  its  small  rose- 
coloied  fls.  in  early  spring,  which  la.st  for  several  months 
and  have  a  considerable  decorative  value 

50  heracleic6tyle,Veitch  (B  heracleifolia  x  B  hydro- 
cotyhfolia).  A  small,  essentially  smooth  plant,  with 
Ivs  close  to  the  rhizomes:  Ivs  thick,  obliquely  cordate- 
ovate,  many-lobed  and  toothed,  margins  slightly  ciliate, 
shining  metallic  green  above  and  reddish  beneath:  fls 
pink,  small,  freelv  produced  on  about  8  free-branching 
peduncles  in  early  spring.  Veitch,  1895  — A  useful  and 
decorative  greenhouse  plant. 

cc.  Lvs.  lanceolate  to  ovate  or  cordate-ovate  to  orbicular, 
not  deeply  lobed,  often  entire,  and  sometimes  peltate. 

D.  Foliage  small,  the  Ivs.  less  than  2  in.  wide. 
51.  hydropotylifdlia,  Otto.    Whole  plant  hairy:  st 

succulent,  creeping-  Ivs.  rotundate-cordate,  repand  but 


478 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


entire,  small,  on  short  petioles  and  therefore  clustered 
near  the  ground:  peduncles  1-1^  ft.  high,  pilose;  fls. 
dipetalous,  rose-colored,  small  and  numerous,  showy. 
Mex.  B.M.3968. 

DD.  Foliage  of  usual  or  large  size. 

E.  The  Ivs.  peltate. 

52.  Ffcastii,  Hort.  (B  manicdta  x  B.  hydrocotyhfblia). 
Shaggy-hairy  on  petioles  and  If  .-edges,  st.  a  short, 
thick  rootstock:  Ivs.  suborbieular,  thick,  red  beneath, 


517.  Begonia  semperflorens    A  recently  struck  cutting. 
To  show  the  precocity  of  bloom.   No  60. 

entire  with  long  white  hairs  on  margins;  petioles  short, 
irregularly  marked  fls  light  pink,  on  long  peduncles. 
A.G.  23 : 335. — Intro,  by  John  Feast,  of  Baltimore,  before 
1880.  A  common  pot  and  house  plant  B.  Bunchii, 
Hoit ,  is  a  form  with  edges  of  Ivs.  crested  and  frilled. 
Originated  with  Lloyd  C.  Bunch,  Fredonia,  Kan. 

53  nelumbiifdlia,  Cham.  &  Schlecht.  Hairy:  st.  a 
short,  thick  rhizome:  Ivs.  large,  12-18  in.  long,  8-12  in. 
wide,  peltate,  hairy  on  the  under  side,  on  long  upstand- 
ing petioles'  fls  many  and  small,  white  or  rose-colored, 
in  a  dense  erect  much-branched  cluster.  Mex. — The 
foliage  is  bold  and  handsome,  and  distinct  in  general 
effect  from  any  other  cult  species 

54.  conchaefdlia,  A.  Dietr.    Lvs.  nearly  peltate  or 
semi-peltate,  thick,  cordate-ovate  and  the  basal  lobes 
or  ears  overlapping,  margins  entire  or  repand,  becoming 
smooth  above,  shining  green  above  and  reddish  beneath: 
fls.  pink.   Cent,  ^mer 

55.  Lubbersii,  E    Morr.    Semi-shrubby,  the  short 
rhizome  occasionally  ascending  and  becoming  gouty 
at  the  base:  Ivs.  large,   peltate,   obliquely  lanceolate, 
entire,  green  with  many  silvery  blotches  above,  claret- 
colored  beneath .  fls.  white,  on  long  peduncles.    Brazil. 
G.C.  III.  3.301.  R  H.  1888,  p.  225— Named  in  compli- 
ment to  M.  Lubbers,  curator  Brussels  Bot.  Card.   Has 
spots  like  B.  macidata  — Of  little  horticultural  value. 

56.  albo-cocclnea,  Hook    (B.  Grahamiana,  Wight). 
Smooth  and  shining,  rootstock  creeping:  Ivs.  peltate, 
ovate,  leathery,  6  in.  long:  peduncles  1  ft.  long,  coral- 
red,  springing  from  the  crown;  male  fls.  1  in.  across, 
with  4  petals;  female  fls.  also  of  4  petals,  white  above, 
coral-rea  beneath.    Flowers  in  winter.    India.    B.R. 
32:39.    B.M.  4172.— A  beautiful  species,  apparently 
little  cult.  now. 


BE.  The  Ivs.  not  peltate. 

57.  manicata,  Cels.    Essentially  smooth  except  the 
hairy  If  .-edges,  short-stemmed,  succulent:  Ivs.  ovate, 
obliquely  cordate,  thick,  fleshy,  smooth,  shiny  green, 
6-8  in.  long,   petioles   covered  with  fleshy  scale-like 
hairs:  peduncles  a  foot  or  more  long,  bearing  loose 
panicles  of  pink  dipetalous  fls    Mex.   Var  aureo-macu- 
lata,  Hort ,  has  large  blotches  of  yellowish  white  on 
the  Ivs.     FE   8.1159     F  R.  2.435.    AG    23 '337.— 
Flowers  profusely   in   spring,   having  a  light  elegant 
and  feathery  effect  supported  on  long  erect  and  free- 
branching  peduncles.  Var.  crispa,  Hort ,  has  foliage  with 
cnspate  margins;  there  is  also  a  yellow-spotted  form  of  it 

58.  leprdsa,  Hance    A  dwarf,  compact  species,  with 
short,  free-branching  rhizomes  and  erect,  ovate,  pale 
green  Ivs.  with  biserrate  margins  and  leaching  to  a 
height  of  6-9  in. .  infl  few-fld  ,  fls.  large  for  so  small  a 
plant,  rose-pink,  male  with  4  petals  and  female  with  6 
petals    partially  deciduous  during  the  winter  months. 
China  — Thrives  best  in  a  greenhou.se 

59  magnifica,    Lind.      Fig     516      Sub-frutescent. 
smooth  and  shining,  the  sts.  creeping    Ivs    large  and 
bold,  sometimes  rising  2  ft ,  obliquely  ovate-cordate, 
entire   or  obscurely    lobed,   serrate,   slightly    peltate, 
bright  green,  the  margins  ciliate   fls.  long  and  fuchsia- 
like,  numerous,  the  sts  ,  bracts,  fls    and  hairs  of  the 
clusters  all  scarlet-red,  snowy     Colombia     R  H   1870. 
270 — One  of  the  best  of  the  rhizomatous  begonias. 
Lf  -blades  often  2  ft  across. 

IV.  SPECIES  FIBROUS-ROOTED  (rooteiock,  if  any,  small) 
Nos.  60-119 

A.  The  small  succulent  herbaceous  kinds,  never  becoming 
very  tall  or  woody 

60  semperflorens,    Link     &    Otto    (B     Selhwn, 
Klotzsch).    Fig    517     Erect,  smooth  plants  with  st. 
herbaceous,  green  or  reddish,  6-18  in  high   Ivs  ovate, 
rotundate,  obtuse  at  the  base,  toothed  and  cilmte  along 
the  margin,  pale  glassy  green,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
midrib   and   petiole     peduncles   avillarv,    few-fld  ;   fls 
white  or  rose-colored;  males  uith  4  petals,  females  with 
5  petals    caps    green,  wings  tinged  with  red     Brazil 
L.B  C.  10-1439     R  H. 

1897,  p  46  B  M.  2920 
— This  is  an  exceedingly 
variable  species  An 
endless  number  of  gar- 
den forms  has  been  pro-  , 
duced  from  it.  A  very 
popular  bedding  bego- 
nia, and  a  pcrststent 
bloomer  Var  Vernon 
(atropurpurea  compdcta, 
Gt  44,  p  570)  is  one  of 
the  best  forms  Tri- 
omphe  de  Lorraine  (Fig. 
518)  is  one  of  the  good 
bedding  kinds.  Fls 
cherry-red,  the  stamens 
golden  yellow.  Gloire  de 
Chatelaine  is  a  form  of 
dwarf  habit  and  deep 
rose  fls  ;  one  of  the 
best  in  England  for  bed- 
ding and  pots,  and  a 
continuous  bloomer. 

61.  Var.giganttardsea 
(B.  semperflbrens  x  B. 
Lynchedna) .  Very  dis- 
tinct' rootstock  woody: 
ste.  succulent,  about  3 
ft.  high.  Ivs.  on  short 

petioles,  ovate  or  reni-     518.  Begonia,  Trlomphe  de  Lor- 
form,  obtuse,  toothed  at  wine  (XK).  No.  60. 


1 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


479 


the  margins,  about  7  in  across,  bright  green,  with  a 
reH  spot  at  base  of  emus,  peduncles  axillary  stout, 
4-8  in.  long,  bearing  large  panicles  of  large  rosy 
red  fls.,  of  which  the  males  have  2  ovate  petals,  the 
females  2-4  smaller  petals.  A.F  13:586.  A  G.  16:41. 
— One  of  the  boHt  begonias  for  winter  decoration  m 
the  cool  greenhouse.  Intro  by  Lemome  in  1888. 

62  Carrie" rei,  Hort  (B  semperflbrens  x  B.  Schmidtii. 
B.  Brudntn,   Hort.     B    fimUhii,  Hort)     DEWDROP. 
Compact,  about  1  ft  high.  Ivs  hkeJ5  semper flor ens* fls. 
nearly  as  large  as  in  B.  semper florens,  abundant,  pure 
white      G  6.557.     JH  III.  53.249 —Excellent    bed- 
ding begonia,  also  a  good  late  winter  bloomer.    Intro, 
by  Bruant  m  1883. 

63  ISrfordii,  Hort    (B.  Schmidtu  x  B   semperflbrens 
Vernon).    Very  dwarf  and  bushy,   \Yi  ft    high*  fls 

abundant,  rose-carmine. — Ex- 
cellent for  bedding  Intro  by 
Haage  &  Schmidt  in  1894. 

64.  Lyncheana,  Hook  (B 
Roezlii,  Hort ,  not  Regel) 
Glabrous:  rootstock  stout, 
somewhat  tuberous  st  erect, 
tall,  succulent,  smooth  Ivs 
green,  smooth,  ovate-cordate 
sinus  red:  fls  in  axillary, 
drooping  cymes,  deep  reddish 
crimson  Mex  B  M  6758  — 
Very  like  B  semperjlorens 
qigantea  roiea,  but  not  so 
strong  a  grower  Perhaps  not 
now  in  cult. 

65  Lucianae,    Hort      (B 

Li/nrheanaxB  Brudnlu)  FK 
large,  m  the  axils  of  the  Ivb  , 
io*>e  — Intro,  by  Bruant  in 
1889 

66  Corbeille   de   Feu   (B 

semperflbrens X B  Juchuoides) . 
Fig  519  Intel  mediate  in 
habit  between  itj>  parents  fls 
bright  coral-red,  produced  m 
quantity  nearly  all  the  year 
round — The  plant  branches 
freely  from  the  base  and 
makes  an  excellent  bedding 
plant,  the  fls  aro  rich-colored 
and  withstand  the  sun  well. 
Intro  by  Lemome,  1891. 


519  Begonia  Corbeille 
de  Feu  (.''Basket  of  Fire") 
(X>s)  No  66 


AA   The  kinds  becoming  woody  or  shrubby,  mostly  taU 

and  much  branched 

B  Plants  slender,  upright,  small-leaved, 
c  Fls  pink  or  red. 

67  fuchsioides,  Hook.  Fig  520  Smooth  rootstock 
woody,  not  prominent  sts.  slender  and  erect,  2-3  ft., 
succulent.  Ivs  many  and  small,  ovate,  1^  in  long, 
tinged  with  red  when  young  fls  drooping  like  a  fuchsia, 
rich  scarlet,  males  with  4  petals,  females  with  5  petals. 
Mex  — Requires  the  conditions  of  a  warm  airy  green- 
house If  kept  in  a  moist  close  atmosphere  it  is  apt  to 
damp  off  badly,  and  if  kept  too  waim  it  makes  a  lot 
of  growth  and  produces  very  few  fls.  It  rapidly  forms 
a  large  specimen  if  kept  growing,  and  is  a  most  attrac- 
tive plant  for  greenhouse  decoration  during  winter  and 
spring  months  B  M  4281.  Var  miniata,  Lmd  (B. 
cinnabatina,  Hort  ),  differs  only  in  having  flesh-colored 
fls  and  smaller  Ivs  R.H  1855:221.  FS  8787. 

68.  fngramii,  Hort  (B  nitida  x  B  fuchsundes). 
Fig.  521.  Combines  the  characters  of  the  two  species: 
very  free-flowering  and  makes  a  most  desirable  bedding 
plant,  and  also  blooms  well  in  winter,  fls.  rose,  large: 
foliage  tinted  with  red  when  exposed  to  the  sun.  The 


horizontal  blooming  side 
branches  are  characteris- 
tic of  this  plant  as  a  green- 
house subject — Intro,  by 
Ingram  in  1849. 

69.  Digswelhana,  Hort 
(B.  Sdndersonn,  Hort ) 
A  useful  hybrid  probably 
between  B.  fuchsioides 
and  one  of  the  numerous 
varieties  of  B  semper- 
florens  sts.  erect  or  nearly 
so,  green  suffused  with 
red'  Ivs  elliptic,  serrate, 
2-4  in  long,  dark  rich 
green  in  color,  mfl  me- 
dium in  length  and  size; 
fls  rosy  scarlet,  pendu- 
lous —  A  useful  bed- 
ding plant  or  may  be 
used  for  a  cool  greenhouse. 

70  incaraata,   Link   & 
Otto  (B    aucubzfoha, 
Hort    B  insignia,  Grah  ). 
Smooth     st.    erect,    sub- 
herbaceous,  2-3  ft    high 
lys    very  unequally  cor- 
date, ovate-lanceolate,  toothed'  fls  rose-colored,  abun- 
dant, males  \l/2  in  across,  with  2  ovate  and  2  narrow 
petals,  females  smaller,  with  5  equal  petals    B  M  2900 
AG    16  97     AF     12  72 1-."),   13  588;   17  857      R  H. 
1870,  p   266,  1875  151    Var    grandifldra,  Hort  ,  is  a 
much  improved   variety,  very   useful  for  cut-fls    or 
decoration  in  winter 

71  ascotiensis,  Weber    Of  hvbrid  origin,  probably 
obtained  from  B  fuchsioides  and  one  of  the  forms  of  B. 
t>emperflorcns.  Ivs    ovate,  2  in    long,  smooth,  blown, 
margin  green,  dentate    fls    on  peduncles  4  in    long, 
bright  red  — An  excellent  bedding  begonia. 

oc   Fls.  white,  or  tinted  white 

72  foliftsa,  HBK       Small,  smooth,  shrubby  ste. 
herbaceous,  slender,  branching  Ivs  very  many,  frond- 
like,  very  small,  somewhat  3-lobed,  glossy  green,  dis- 
tuhous:  fls    white,   tinged  with  rose      Blooms  early 
summer.     Colombia — An   elegant   little   basket   and 
ornamental  plant 

73  knowsleyana,  Hort    Much  like  B  incarnata,  but 
If  smaller,  entire  or  nearly  so.  fls  nearly  white    Named 
for  Knowsley,  seat  of  the  Eail  of  Derby    Origin  not 
known,  probably  a  seedling  of  B  acunnnata     A  good 
winter  bloomer,  particularly  in  6-m.   pots.    J.H.  III. 
49,  p   177. 


520   Begonia  fuchsioides 

( X  H)     No.  67 


521.  Begonia  Ingramii  (Xtf).  No.  68. 

74.  acuminata,  Dry.  Slender,  3-4  ft.:  sts.  nearly  or 
quite  smooth  Ivs.  2-3  m.  long,  oblique-ovate,  taper- 
mjz;  to  the  point,  toothed  and  serrate,  the  margin  and 
veins  underneath  hairy:  fls.  white,  3-5  on  a  peduncle, 
nearly  1  m.  across,  spring  and  summer.  Jamaica. — 4 


180 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


useful  plant  for  growing  in  baskets,  thriving  and  flower- 
ing freely  in  a  sunny  position  in  a  cool  airy  greenhouse. 
Intro,  to  Kew  in  1790.  B.M.  4025.  B.R  364. 

75.  albo-pfcta,    Hort     Shrubby,   compact   growth, 
freely  branched:  Ivs.  elliptical,  lanceolate,  covered  with 


compound  long-stalked  cluster.    S.  Amer.    Q.C.  III. 
51:28. — Thrives  in  an  intermediate  temp. 

80.  Hemsleyana,  Hook.   Slightly  hairy:  habit  dense, 
free-branching1  sts.  erect,  red,  hairy:  Ivs.  digitate  6-12- 
parted,  the  parts  or  Ifts.  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  slightly 
curved,  serrate  undulate,  rich  shining  green  above,  dull 
greenish  red  beneath;  petiole  long,  red:  sts.  and  petioles 
covered  with  soft-tomentose hairs,  infl.  slender,  few-fld.; 
fls.  pink,  large,  1-1 H  in   diam     Yunnan,   S.  China. 
B.M.  7685.— One  of  the  hardiest  species. 

81.  platanifdlia,    Hort.     (Schott?).      St.    shrubby, 
nooth,   5-6  ft.   high,   erect,   robust,   smooth, 

joints  annulated:  Ivs.  8-10  in.  across,  remform 


smooth,  5-6  ft.  high,  erect,  robust,  smooth,  green, 
joints  annulated:  Ivs.  8-10  in.  across,  remform,  lobed 
half  way  down,  hispid  on  both  sides,  dark  green,  lobes 


522    Begonia  Scharffiana.   No 

numerous  small  silvery  white  spots  fls  greenish  white, 
males  with  2  broad  arid  2  narro\v  petals,  females  of  5 
subequal  petals  Brazil  — An  elegant  foliage  plant, 
especially  in  the" young  state  Intro  by  Bull  in  1885. 

BB  Plants  low-growing,  diffi^se. 

76.  Schmidtiana,  Reg3l  (B  Schmtdtii,  Hort ).    Her- 
baceous 01  half-shrubby,  blender-branched,  1  ft  or  less 
in  height,  *he  branches  rod-tinged'  Ivs. 

lobed,  toothed,  hairy,  about  2  in  long, 
reddish  beneath'  fls  white,  tinted  with 
rose.  Brazil.  R  H.  1883,  pp  56-7.  Gn. 
17,  pp  268-9  — A  very  useful  plant  for 
summer  bedding  Named  tor  Mr  Schmidt, 
of  the  firm  of  Haage  &  Schmidt,  Erfurt. 
Var.  rdsea,  Hort ,  has  rossc-red  fls 

BBB.  Plants  stiff,  succulent,  white-scurfy. 

77.  peltata,  Hassk'  (B  Hdsskarhi,  Zoll ). 
Upright:  st  perennial'  Ivs.  peltate,  ovate- 
acuminate,    very    thick    and    succulent, 
covered  with  a  whitish  tomentum,  6-9  in. 

long'  fls  small,  white,  on  long  peduncles  Brazil — It 
is  the  only  begonia  in  cult  with  thick,  felted,  peltate, 
silvery  Ivs. 

78  ven&sa,  Skan.  A  tall,  stout,  erect  species  with 
white-frosted  very  fleshy  foliage,  and  marked  by  very 
large  inflated  conspicuously  veined  fetipules'  Ivs  reni- 
form  or  ear-shaped,  repand-entire,  joined  at  the  middle 
(not  peltate)  with  the  thick  flattened  petiole,  fls.  many, 
white,  crowded  on  a  reddish  peduncle.  Brazil.  B.M. 
7657. — Very  distinct,  and  a  striking  plant  when  well 
grown.  Requires  a  warm  sunny  position  in  the  green- 
house, and  to  be  kept  rather  on  the  dry  side  at  the  roots 
during  winter. 

BBBB.  Plants  mostly  tell  and  erect,  distinctly  shrubby. 
c.  Lvs.  compound  or  nearly  so. 

79.  lururians,  Scheidw.  Sts  and  If  -stalks  hairy,  the 
If  .-stalks  reddish '  pointed  membraneous  stipules  at  the 
younger  nodes.  Ivs.  peltately  compound,  the  7-17  Ifts. 
lanceolate  (3-6  in  long  and  1  in.  broad),  serrate, 
under  surface  glabrous  and  green,  upper  surface  with 
atiff  short  hairs  and  red:  fls.  small,  cream-color,  in  a 


acute,  toothed,  ciliated:  fls.  in  axillary  dichotomous 
cymes,  large,  white,  tinted  rose  Brazil.  B.M.  3591. — 
B.  gunnercefdlia,  Lind.  (B.  Washingtoniana,  Hort.), 
is  very  bimilar  to  this,  but  its  Ivs.  are  not  so  deeply 
lobed  and  the  fls.  are  very  insignificant  I.H  22  212. 
Runs  into  many  forms.  See  B.  Faureana  in  supplemen- 
tary hst,  p  484. 

82  digitata,  Raddi  (B.  palmdta.  Hort.).  St  short, 
gouty  Ivs.  palmate,  10-12-parted,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent, green  above,  brownish  beneath:  fls  white,  in 
dense  clusters.  Brazil. — A  species  of  little  decorative 
value. 

83.  carolinisefolia,  Regel    St  erect,  thick,  fleshy  Ivs. 
palmately  divided  into  6-8   long   ovate   segms  .    fls 
small,  pink,  on  long  peduncles     Mex.    Gt.  1  258  — 
Named  for  its  Ivs   resembling  those  of  the  Carol inea 
(Pachira).  The  Ifts.  are  ovate,  rather  than  narrow  as  in 
most  begonias  with  divided  or  compound  Ivs  ,  and  in 
this  regard  peculiar. 

84.  diadema,  Lind    Sts.  short  and  fleshy,  2  ft  high 
Ivs.   many,   maple-like,   deeply   parted,   bright  green 
blotejied  with  white,  dentate    fls.  insignificant,  pink 
Borneo.  I.H.  29:446. — Attractive  for  its  conspicuously 
marked  foliage. 

cc.  Lvs  not  compound 
D.  Whole  plant  htury. 
E.  Foliage  light  green,  and  plant  pubescent. 
85.  vitifdlia,  Schott,  not  Lmdl.  (B. 
grdndis.  Otto.     B  remformis,  Hook  ) 
Tall,  strong  species,  3-4  ft    high 
Ivs    large   and    grape-like    (Vitm 
virnfera),    orbicular   or  remform, 
lobed  and  serrate,  Koft-pubescent. 
green    above    and    rusty    veined 
beneath,  the  petiole  flat  or  can- 
aliculate on  top    fls  small,  white, 
slightly  downy,  winter    Brazil 
B  M.  3225. 

86.  fingleri,  Gilg    (B.  Eng- 
lendna,  Hort ) .  Striking  species 
with  mostly  a  single  st     con- 
spicuously   red  -  strigose  -  hairy 
and  scaly,  becoming  5  ft.  tall' 
Ivs    large  and   showy,  thin. 
^  oblique     and 

ovate-oblong, 
deeply  and 
evenly  serrate, 
hairy,  red  -  rib- 
bed: fls.  on  long 
pendulous  pe- 
duncles, numer- 
ous, pink.  E. 
Trop.  Afr.— Dis- 
tinct,  and 
worthy  of  atten- 
tion on  account 

523.  Begonia  Haageana.  Showing  a  very        of  its  handsome 
small  cluster  ( X  >3)     No  91  hairy  Ivs. 


BEGONIA 

BE.  Foliage  colored  above  or  beneath,  or  both. 

p.  Fls.  white. 

87.  echinpsipala,  Regel.  St.  green,  succulent,  erect 
and  branching  freely:  Ivs.  obliquely  oblong,  finely  ser- 
rate, rather  small:  fls.  on  axillary  peduncles,  white, 
with  curiously  papillose  sepals.  Brazil  — A  useful  species 
for  warm  greenhouse,  of  very  easy  cult  and  very  free- 
flowering.  One  of  the  best  for  decoration 


BEGONIA 


481 


524.  Begonia  cathayana    (  X  '  e)     Nro   95 

88  erythrophylla,  Neum     Soft-hairy,  the  st  fleshy, 
strong    Ivs    thick,  remform,  long-htalked,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  above  and  rod   beneath,   almost  entire, 
strigillobe  fls  small,  white  — Probably  of  garden  origin. 

89  Scharffiana,  Regel     Fig    522.    A  robust  herba- 
ceous perennial,  1-3  ft   high    Ivs   large,  thick,  fleshy, 
hairy,  olive-green  above,  crimson  below   stipules  veiy 
large  and  prominent   fls  waxy  white  with  red  hairs  on 
under  surface  of  petals,  large    Brazil    Gt  1888,  p  661 
— This  begonia  requires  warmth  and  cai  e  to  succeed  well. 
When  well  grown,  it  is  an  excellent  bracket-plant 

90.  Ducbartrei,  Hoi  t    (13   echinoskpala  x  B   Scharf- 
fiana)    St  2-3  ft  high,  branched  profusely,  hairy,  pur- 
ple1   Ivs     ovate-lanceolate,    acuminate,    green    above, 
Hairy,  red  below   fls  large,  waxy  white,  a  few  red  hairs 
on   the  under  surface  of  petals.    R  II.  1892,  p  29. — 
Intro  by  Bruant  in  1892. 

FF  Fls  colored. 

91.  Haageana,  Wats   (B  Schttrffi,  Hook  ).   Fig  523. 
Tall-shrubby,  whole  plant  hairy.  Ivs    ovate-cordate, 
acuminate,    wavy,    red-nerved   above,    fls    rose-pink, 
with  a  cyme  8-12  in  diam  ,  males  with  2  round  and  2 
narrow  petals,  females  with  5  equal  petals.    Brazil. 
GC.  III.  16.633.    B.M.  7028,  (as  B    Scharffi)  —  One 
of  the  most  beautiful  plants  of  the  genus,  and  now 
one  of  the  best  known  of  the  big  tall  red-hairy  begonias; 
the  hanging  trusses  of  fls    (imperfectly  represented  in 
Fig.  523)  are  very  conspicuous.    Named  for  one  of  the 
firm  of  Haage  &  Schmidt.  B  Crdd/ien,  Hort  (B  Scharf- 
fiana  x  B  metdllica).  Intro  by  Haage  &  Schmidt,  1890 
There  is  another  plant  named  B   Crednen,  which  was 
raised  by  Lemoine  in  1891  from  the  same  parents 
Bruant  also  used  these  two  parents  m  1891,  and  called 
his  plant  B.  pictaviensis    All  three  plants  can  be  dis- 
tinguished from  B.  Haageana  only  by  their  smaller  fls 
anal  the  peduncles  standing  erect  and  not  gracefully 
bending  over,  as  in  B.  Haageana. 

31 


92.  Alteryi,  Hort.  (B.  metdllica  x  B.  gigantea).  Of  the 
B.  Haageana  type  hairy,  Ivs.  bronzy,  red-veined  be- 
neath, toothed'  plant  becoming  very  tall  (even  4-6  ft. 
in  a  bingle  year),  producing  many  large  pendulous 
clusters  of  rose-colored  fls  — A  very  fine  warm  green- 
house or  stove  variety,  free-flowering,  of  easy  cult 
Shown  in  1905  before  8001616  National  d'Horticulture 
de  France  by  M.  Allery  Aubert  of  Tours. 

93  metallica,  G.  Smith.  Hairy:  sts.  perennial,  uuc- 
culent,  4  ft.  high,  branched  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate, 
lobed  and  serrated,  3-<>  in  long,  upper  surface  green, 
shaded  with  a  dark  metallic  color'  fls.  blush-white, 
under  side  of  petals  clothed  with  red  bristly  hairs. 
There  are  a  number  of  varieties,  e.  g ,  var  variegata, 
var.  velfctina,  var.  cforea,  but  they  do  not  differ  much 
from  the  original  Bahia.  RH  1844  '21 8  (as  B  velu- 
tina).  G.C.  II.  5.397.— A  very  attractive  plant. 

94.  Margaritas,   Hort.    (H.  metdllica   x  B    echino- 
stpala).    Plant  1-2  ft.  high:  bts.  purple,  hairy.  Ivs. 
ovate-acuminate,   sinuously   dentate,   green   and   pur- 
plish above,  red  beneath    fl-».  in  cymes,  large,  rose- 
colored;  sepals  with  long  hairs  at  the  r>a,se  — Intro.  1884. 

95.  cathayina,  Hems!    (B.  Boivnngiana,  Hort,  not 
Champ ).     Fig     .524      A    beautiful    ornamental-lvd. 
species,  named  in  l'K)8    .sts.  fleshy  and  crimson-hairy, 
18  in.  nigh'  Ivs   hanging  much  like  the  Rex  varieties, 
large,  obliquely  cordate,  long-pointed,  toothed  and  ser- 
rate, green  with  cmnson  nerves  above  and  bright  mot- 
tled crimson  beneath,  very  showy:  fls    large  for  the 
group,  vermilion    Sept    China    B.M.  8202  — It  prop- 
agates readily  from  ruttmgs  of  both  sts.  and  Ivs.   It  has 
been  hybridized  with  B    Rex,  producing  very  richly 
colored  foliage.    B  Bounngi-ana,  Champ     B  M    5182, 
is  distinct  from  B   cathayana,  and  apparently  is  not  m 
cult  ;  but  the  B  Bou-nn  nnna  of  garder«,  as  figured  m 
G.C.   Apr.  18,  1903  wippl ,  is  the  plant  here  described. 

96.  delicidsa,  Lind    Plant  the  size  of  B   Rex,  but 
smooth  or  nearly  so  Ivs  large,  obliquely  cordate-ovate, 
many  triangular-toothed  or  -lobcd,  marked  above  with 
many  gray  blotches,   reddi-h   beneath     fls    in   dense 
clusters,  pink,  produced  in  winter    Ceylon 

97.  lacmiata,  Roxbg    Erect,  1-2  ft  ,  becoming  strag- 
gling, the  sts.  green    Ivs  loundly  ovate,  sharply  lobed, 
pubescent,  black-purple,  with  a  broad  zone  of  green, 
reddish  on  the  under  side   fls    as  in  B   Rex     India, 
S  China.   B  M.  5021     GC  III  34.368— Odd. 

DD.  Whole  plfint  smooth. 
E.  Lvs.  thick,  broad  and  entire,  often  peltate. 

98  sangufnea,  Raddi.    Fig   525     Very  smooth  and 
shining,  sts    perennial,   woody  at  the  base,   red     Ivs. 
4-6  in    long,  subpeltate,  obliquely  cordate,  abruptly 
pointed,     thick, 

fleshy,  bright 
green  above, 
blood -crimson 
below  fls  small, 
white  Brazil 
BM  3520.— A 
handsome  ever- 
green-foliaged 
begonia,  notable 
for  its  brilliant 
red-lined  thick- 
edged  Ivs. 

EE  Lvs  medium,  stiff,  green  and  shining. 
F.  Fls.  white. 

99  angularis,  Raddi  (B.  zebrina,  Hort ).    Smooth, 
shrubby,   very  tall   (to  8  ft ),   much  branched,   the 
branches  spreading  or  drooping:  Ivs    elongate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  shiny  dark  green,  veins  white,  pale  green 
and  reddish  tinged  beneath,  the  margins  undulate  and 
crenate-serrate :  fls  small  ( %\n.  across)  and  many  in  large 
cluster,  white.     Brazil     B.M.  7842.— A  striking  plant. 


482 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


100.  ulmifdlia,  HBK.  (DontUdia  ulmifblia,  Klotzsch). 
Tall,  green,  the  st.  4-angled  and  grooved,  shedding  its 
hairy  scurf.  Ivs.  small  and  elm-like  (whence  the  name), 
thinly  hairy,  green  on  both  sides:  fls.  white,  small. 
Colombia.  Gt.  1854:93.— Very  free-flowering  when 
grown  large,  the  fls.  appearing  in  winter  and  early 
spring. 


526.  Begonia  nitida  (X1:,) 
No  104 


101  Wngipes,  Hook.  Tall  and  stout  (3  ft.  or  more), 
the  st  furrowed  and  more  or  less  glandular  but  other- 
wise the  plant  green,  smooth  and  shining  Ivs.  ample, 
renifonn  or  nearly  orbicular,  oblique  or  lop-bided,  glossy, 
serrate  fls  small,  white,  numerous  in  a  long-stalked 
cluster,  winter-blooming  Trop  Amer  B  M  3001. — 
In  some  forms,  the  peduncles  are  excessively  long. 

102.  undulata,  Schott.  Plant  green  and  shining, 
although  somewhat  hairy  when  young  Ivs  2-ranged, 
oblong,  very  short-stalked,  acuminate,  wavy  or  undu- 
late on  the  margins,  fls.  rather  small,  white,  in  short 
axillary  clusters,  the  pistillate  ones  long  Brazil.  B.M. 
2723 

103  kewlnsis,  Hort.  Like  B.  undulata  slender,  with 
spreading  or  drooping  leafy  branches  Ivs.  ovate  to 
cordate-ovate  about  6  in.  long,  smooth  and  shining, 
green,  fls  many,  in  large  clusters,  small,  white  or 
slightly  cream-colored,  }£m.  across  Of  garden  origin  — 
There  is  a  hybrid  between  this  and  B.  coccinea.  A  good 
basket  plant. 

FF.  Fls.  colored. 

104.  nitida,  Dry.  (B.  minor,  Jacq  B.  specibsa,  Hort. 
B.  obhqua,  L'Her  )  Fie  526.  Smooth:  st  3-4  ft  high, 
perennial,  fleshy,  woody  at  the  base  when  old*  Ivs. 
obliquely  ovate,  wavy,  4-6  in  across,  glossy  dark  green: 
fla.  on  long,  axillary  peduncles,  pale  pink,  with  a  sil- 
very blush;  males  1>£  m.  across,  with  2  broad  and  2 
narrow  petals;  females  smaller,  with  5  equal  petals. 
Jamaica.  B.M.  4046.  A.G  24.575  Gt.  2 : 192 —A  very 
useful  plant  in  the  greenhouse,  flowering  all  winter. 
Also  interesting  on  account  of  being  probably  the 
first  begonia  intro.  to  cult  in  Eu  (1777,  at  Kew,  by 
Win.  Brown).  Var.  odorata  ftlba  is  a  very  handsome 
variety  of  this  species,  which  has  smaller  fls.  of  the 
purest  white  and  sweet-scented.  Dr.  Nachtigal  (B. 
nitida  var  odordta  dlba  x  B  Lynchedna),  is  similar  in 
general  form  to  the  latter,  but  has  fls  of  a  delicate 
rose-pink,  especially  on  the  inner  surface  of  petals. 


105.  Tefcscheri,   Lind.    Stout:    st.    2-6    ft.   high, 
erect,  strong  grower.  Ivs.  large,  oblique,  fleshy,  acutely 
lobed,  ovate-lanceolate,  margins  serrate,  bright  green 
above,  with  large  grayish  blotches  or  in  one  form  with 
dots,  red  and  strongly  veined  beneath:  fls.  in  axillary 
clusters,  bright  red,  large.   Malaya.   I.H.  26.358. 

106.  Bfamarckii,    Veitch.     Lvs.    large    and    lobed, 
oblique,  acuminate-pointed,  6  m.  long:  fls  in  drooping 
clusters,  satiny  rose,  males  insignificant,  females  1% 
in.  across  and  making  a  gorgeous  display. — Very  similar 
to  B.  Teuschen. 

107.  carminata,  Veitch.    A  handsome  hybrid,   the 
result  of  a  cross  between  B.  coccinea  and  B.  Dregei: 
plant  erect  or  nearly  so,  branching  freely    st    green, 
shining  Ivs  obliquely  ovate-acuminate,  deeply  toothed, 
light  green  fls.  rosy  scarlet  in  large  pendulous  cynics  — 
The  male  fls    do  not  remain  on  the  plant  long,  the 
mam  feature  being  the  large  bright  rosy  scarlet  female 
fls  and  their  brightly  colored  ovaries  which  remain  on 
the  plant  for  a  considerable  period     In  this  respect  it 
greatly  resembles  its  parent,  B.  coccinea     It  is  a  very 
fine  greenhouse  plant  and  should  be  m  every  collection. 

108  polyantha,  Hort     Sts   green,  red  at  the  nodes, 
erect,  free-branching   Ivs  elliptic,  rich  green,  glabrous 
or  nearly  so;  petioles  reddish  green,  2-3  in    long    mfl. 
numerous,  10-20-fld  ;  fls  pink,  */\-\  m  diam     Mex  — 
A  strong-growing  species  of  quick  growth  and  produc- 
ing a  mass  of  charming  fls   all  over  the  plant  in  winter 
and  early  spring     One  of  the  finest  and  best  of  the  win- 
ter-flowering begonias      The  plants  often  supplied  as 
B  natalensis  are  said  to  be  this  species. 

109  coccinea,  Hook    (B   riibra,  Hort     B    mnculdta 
var  corall}na,  Hort  )     Fig  527    Smooth   sts  tall,  suc- 
culent  Ivs  on  short  petioles,  obliquely  oblong,  angular, 
with  wavy  red  margins,  4-(3  m  long   fls  deep  coral-red; 
males  *om  across,  with  4  unequal  petals,  females  more 
attractive,  owing  to  the  length  and  rich  color  of  the 


527.  Begonia  coccinea  ( X  H).  No.  100. 

ovary,  which  has  3  small  subequal  wings.  Brazil.  B.M. 
3990. — The  fls.  are  very  persistent  and  exceedingly 
ornamental,  especially  when  planted  out.  Thrives 
well  in  a  warm  airy  greenhouse  One  of  the  most 
attractive  and  best-known  members  of  the  genus.  It 
has  been  largely  used  by  the  hybridist,  the  well-knowo 


BEGONIA 

President  Carnot  being  one  of  its  offspring.    Intro, 
from  the  Organ  Mts.  of  Brazil  by  William  Lobb  in  1841. 

EBB.  Lvs.  medium  to  large,  the  nuirgins  strongly  toothed, 
incised  or  lobed. 

F.  Fls.  white. 

110.  Madame  de  Lessens.  Fig  528.  Showy,  strong, 
erect  grower:  Ivs  acutely  lobed,  large,  margins  serrate, 
green  above,  red  and  strongly  veined  below,  fls.  large, 
white,  in  axillary  clusters,  males  small.  Garden  origin. 


BEGONIA 


483 


528.  Begonia  Madame  de  Lesseps  (XH)    No  110 

111.  61bia,  Ken-hove.  Erect,  the  st  2-3  ft  high  Ivs 
lobod,  hairy  and  olive-green  above,  smooth  and  red 
beneath,  margins  reddish,  petioles  grooved,  smooth, 
veins  pi  eminent  as  dark  lines'  fls  concealed  by  Ivs  ,  in 
small  clusters  directly  on  the  st  without  peduncles, 
large,  white,  male  and  female  m  same  cluster.  Brazil. 

FF.  Fls.  colored,  varying  to  tinted  white. 

112  arggnteo-guttata,  Hort  (B  dlbo-jfota  x  B. 
olbin).  Fig  529  Profusely  branching  Ivs.  shin- 
ing gieen,  ovate-acuminate,  slightly  lobed,  smooth, 
2J2  m.  wide,  3-5  in  long,  thickly  dotted  with 
white  spots'  fls  in  clusters,  vanable,  petals  white, 
tinged  with  pink.  caps,  rose-pink — Intro  by 
Lemome,  1889  V\  ell  woith  a  place  in  a  collection 
on  account  of  its  decorative  foliage. 

113.  maculata,  Kadch  (B.  argurostlgma,  Fisch  ). 
Very  smooth:  st  erect,  2-3  ft ,  branching,  woody 
when  old  Ivs.  cordate,  lanceolate,  wavy,  4-6  in 
long,  upper  surface  sometimes  with  large  white 
roundish  or  circular  spots,  fls.  pale  rose  or  white, 
males  with  2  ovate  and  2  narrow  petals,  females 
with  5  equal  petals.  It  includes  several  forms. 
Brazil  B  11.  666.  Var.  argyrostfgma  pfcta,  Hort , 
is  a  common  form,  with  very  large  white  spots  on 
the  Ivs  An  old  greenhouse  or  conservatory  plant. 
Var.  elegantfssima,  Hort.,  a  variety  with  more 
slender  habit  of  growth  than  the  type  and  only 
sparingly  maculated  on  the  Ivs  ,  but  forming  a  large 
free-branching  specimen.  Var.  Wrightii,  Hort ,  a 
variety  with  Targe  Ivs  heavily  maculated  with  white, 
especially  in  the  young  state'  infl  pendulous,  10-20-fld.; 
fls.  white,  an  m.  diam.;  males  short  lived;  females  green- 


529.  Begonia  argenteo-guttata 
(XH)    No   112 


ish  white,  remaining  on  the  plant  for  several  weeks. — 
This  variety  does  not  branch  very  freely  as  with  the 
preceding  variety  but  has  the  habit  of  sending  up  long 
stout  shoots,  6  or  8 
ft.  high,  from  which 
the  fine  handsome 
clusters  of  fis.  hang 
in  the  form  of  a 
chain  — B.  coral- 
lina,  Hort.,  is  a 
free-flowering  form, 
useful  for  conser- 
vatory, 8-10  ft  on 
rafters  Ivs.  dark 
glossy  green,  almost 
covered  with  bright 
coral-red  long  fls. ./ 
in  large  drooping  • 
trusses.  JH  III. 
51:339. 

114  Thtfrstonii, 
Hort    (B    mcMllua 
X  B  san  guinea). 

Smooth  and  shiny,  st  2  ft.  high  Ivs  orbicular-acumi- 
nate oblique,  ruh  purple,  red  on  the  under  side,  veins 
prominent,  fls  insignificant,  small,  rosy  white,  on 
slender  peduncles  A  F  7  7?()  — Excellent  for  bedding 
on  the  north  side  of  a  building,  and  as  a  pot-plant. 
Originated  with  C  Thurston,  Pater-on,  N  J. 

115  dichroa,  Sprague     A  tall-gio\\mg  species  but 
often  remaining  dwarf,  woody  in  loner  paits,  habit 
half-pendulous    sts    green   in   upper  paits  only    Ivs. 
large  for  so  dwarf  a  plant,  elliptic-ovate,  6-12  in   long, 
rich    green,    glabrous    on    both    sides,     occasionally 
toothed,  prominently   veined    seedling  plants  beauti- 
fully maculated  with  \\hitc  when  young  but  the  spot- 
ting is  entirely  lost  in  the  adult  stage  infl  dense,  short,, 
hidden  amongst  the  upper  Ivs  ,  fls   large,  males  occa- 
sionally 2  in    diam  ,  petals  4,  rich  brick-red,  females 
smaller,  ovaiies  brick-red  sh.ided  \\ith  white  and  promi- 
nently winged      Bia/il      BM   SH2 — A  distinct  and 
handsome  species,  useful  a>  a  basket-plant 

116  coronata,    Hort     (B    carotin  is  foha  x  B.   poly- 
dnlha)    St  shrubby,  coarse,  2-3  ft   high,  covered  with 
numerous  withered  stipules    Ivs    large,  lobed,  on  long 
petioles    fls    pale  pink,  with  Luge,  somewhat  dioop- 
ing  cymes 

117  phyllomanlaca,   Mait      Fig    530     Hairy  and 
shaggy,  st  perennial   Ivs  obliquely  cordate,  attenuate, 
4-6  in    long,  slightly  Ueunated  and  fringed1  fls.  pale 


530    Begonia  phyllomamaca,  showing 
adventitious  plantlets  (X}/)     No    117. 


runk  B  M  5254  Brazil  — This  species  is  pecu- 
liar in  producing  from  the  st ,  petioles  and  Ivs. 
innumerable  buds  and  small  growths.  It  is  one 
of  the  most,  interesting  of  plants.  It  is  covered 
with  small  fls.  in  early  spring 

118   President  Carnot,  (B  coccmeax ?). 

Figs  531,532  Plant,  2-6  ft.  high,  spreading  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute-lobed,  ribs  on  the  under  side 
red  fls  in  a  large  cluster;  males  small,  insignificant; 
females  large,  bright  red-carmine,  2  in  long,  includ- 
ing caps  — A  striking  and  handsome  plant  and  one 
that  should  be  m  all  collections.  It  ie  of  very  easy 


484 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


531.  Begonia  President  Carnot. 
No.  118 


cult,  and  each  shoot 
bears  1-3  of  its  im- 
mense clusters  of  bril- 
liant female  fls. 

119.  lucerna,  Hort. 
Fig.  533.  Hybrid  of  ex- 
ceptional merit,  with 
habit  and  constitution 
of  President  Carnot 
Ivs  heavily  spotted 
»  with  white,  specially 
when  young,  fls.  m  long 
pendulous  clusters  that 
are  often  1  ft  in  diam.; 
male  fls.  1  in.  across; 
lemales  much  larger, 
with  bright  pink  ova- 
ries, giving  the  plant  a 
distinctive  appearance 
as  they  persist  for  many  weeks  — The  plant  succeeds 
well  in  a  warm  greenhouse  Should  be  in  every  collec- 
tion. Named  for  Lucerne,  where  it  originated  Intro, 
to  commerce  in  190ft. 

B  amdbiha.  Hort  A  large-fld  form  of  the  Gloiro  dc  Lorraine 
class,  the  clear  brilliant  pink  blossoms  being  nearly  11  j  in  across 
(Rochford) — B  Balrrusulna,  Ruiz  (B  popuhfohu,  Kunth)  Var. 
miteUifdha,  Dav  Tuberous  rootstork  st  simple,  erect,  purplish, 
pubescent.  Ivs  rtmform,  obscurely  lobed  irregularly  serrate, 
whitish  tomentose  beneath  fls  pale  rose,  in  a  terminal  raceme 
Mex.  RH  1911,  p  i'i—  B  Bdrkm,  Knowl  &  Wosc  Fibrous- 
rooted  stiff,  erect,  sparely  branched  sts  somewhat  woody,  brown, 
densely  hairy  Ivs  peltate,  ovate,  acute,  lobed,  serrate,  5-7 
in.  long,  light  green  in  color,  veins  pale  yellowish  gicen, 
petioles  long  and  fairly  stout  infl  large  and  spicading,  freely 
branched,  fls  pink,  produced  in  early  spring  Mex — \ 
distinct  and  pretty  begonia  — B  cuhibdnca,  Stapf  St 
short  and  pro-trate  Ivs  peltate,  oblique,  brocidly  cordite- 
ovate,  2-3  in  long,  cilmte  on  margins  fls  red,  smil! 
Calabar,  W  Trop  Afr  —  B  crasstcaiWii,  Hort  (Lindl  ') 
Lvs  large,  nearly  circular,  coriaceous,  clear  green  fls 
vertical  clusters,  small,  lose-white,  the  bloom  being  more  beautiful 
than  that  of  B  mamcata,  which  it  re*emble« — B  crispa,  Kielago. 
Fls  large,  on  long,  erect  peduncles  above  the  Ivs  ,  the  5-8  perianth 
sogms  onspate  Countiy  unrecorded — B  cnstata,  Hoit  A  form 
or  race  of  tuberous  begonia?  with  a  crested  outgrowth  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  fl  the  race  is  fixed  and  comes  more  or  less  true  from  seed 
— B  elatior,  Hort  Veitch,  is  a  cross  between  B  socotrana  and  a 
tuberous  begonia  —  B  Klimen,  Hort  Of  garden  origin,  probably 
hybrid  fls  btellatc,  large,  flesh-coloiod,  in  winter  European  — 
B.  FaureAna,  Garn  Lvs  palmately  parted  to  the  middle  into  3  or 
6  mam  divisions  and  these  divisions  again  parted  or  notched, 
beautifully  colored  with  silvery  white  on  a  green  ground  and  with 
brown-green  on  the  ribs  Brazil  Intro  to  France  in  1892;  named 
for  the  former  President  of  France  I  H  42  34  —Some  at  least 
of  the  B  platamfolia  of  gardens  is  this  species — B  Foryet\ftna, 
Hemsl  Fibrous-rooted  nearly  2  ft ,  more  or  less  branched  Ivs. 
fleshy,  glossy  green,  6-7  m  long  and  2  in  broad,  fls  pink  and 
white,  1  in  across,  m  clusters  Brazil  — Named  for  L  Forget, 
collector  for  Messrs  Sander  Allied  to  B  undulata  — B  gemmdla, 
Hort  (B  decora  XB  Rex  vtr  )  Lvs  angled,  Rex-like,  dotted  with 
silver  on  a  green  ground  very  attractive  as  a  specimen  plant.  G. 


22  123—  B  gigantfa,  Hort  Rootstock  woody  st.  2-3  ft.'  Ivs. 
caudate-acuminate,  becoming  1  ft.  long  fls  many,  small,  white  or 
pale  pink  It  is  probably  a  form  of  garden  origin. — B  Gilaonn, 
Hort.  Plant,  2  ft  high  st  shrubby,  coarse  Ivs  large,  lobed  fls 
on  long,  erect  peduncles,  pale  pink  — Interesting  as  being  a  double- 
fid,  fibrous-rooted  begonia  Named  for  Gilson,  colored  gardener  to 
Mrs  Livingston,  N.Y—  B  HMdei,W&Tb  Tall,  branching  Ivs. 
triangular-ovate  or  broadly  elliptic,  acuminate,  jagged  and  notched 
and  usually  lobed  toward  the  base,  green  above  and  red  beneath: 
fls.  light  rose,  borne  amongst  the  Ivs  German  E  Afr  — -B  IdeAla, 
Hort  Veitch  Neat  dwarf  plant,  B  socotrana  X  a  tuberous 
begonia  6  in  fls  semi-double,  2  in  across,  brilliant  rose,  long- 
lasting  winter  Gn  fal,  p  13  R  H  1906,  p.  131  — B  Kummeride, 
Gilg  Fibrous-rooted  st  erect  and  free-branching,  green  suffused 
with  red  Ivs  ovate,  6  in  diam  ,  shining,  green  veins  and  petiole 
red  infl  short,  few-fld  ,  fls.  blush-white,  tipped  with  rose,  male,  84in 
diam  ,  female  with  bright  yellow  stigmas,  ovary  3-celled  bluntlj 
triangular,  swelling  up  to  a  large  fleshy  fr  some  2  in  long  Trop. 
Afr  —  B  KunthiAna,  Walp  St  erect  Ivs  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
serrate,  smooth,  green  above,  red  below  fls  white,  large  B  M 
6284  Brazil  —  B  Lkhmbachn,  Warb  Allied  to  B  Heddei  herb, 
erect,  8-16  in  ,  the  sts.  fleshy  and  red  Ivs  oblique,  4-5  in  long, 
irregularly  5-lobed,  dentate,  light  green  and  somewhat  hairy  above, 
red-green  beneath,  fls.  axillary,  small,  tinted  and  red-stnate  Ger- 
man E  Afr.  Gt.  49  1476— B  Lindleyana,  Hort.==B  incarnata 
— B.  lobulAta,  A  DC  Fibrous-rooted  erect,  branching  sts  light 
green  Ivs  highly  glabrous,  pale  green,  ovate-acute,  serrate,  occa- 
sionally lobed.  prominently  veined,  6-8  in  long,  petiole  red  infl 
rather  short,  densely  fld  ,  fls  small,  white  Mex  — B  lonaicyma, 
Boll  air,  is  a  garden  hybnd  of  B.  Schmidtiana  and  B  semperflorens, 


532.  Begonia  President  Carnot  ( X  >i). 


533.  Begonia  lucerna  (XH)    No  119 


of  the  fourth  generation  nmih-branchmg,  bushy  Ivs  like  those  of 
B  graoihs  female  fls  few  or  none,  terminal,  main-*  lateral,  fls  rose- 
tinted  RH  1905,  p  582  —  B  MartiAna,  Link  &  Otto  Tuberous 
Bt  1-1  H  ft  ,  with  erect  branches,  glabrous,  leuty  Ivf  oblique,  cor- 
date-ovate, acuminate,  doubk  toothed,  'i-tt  in  long  fls  solitary  or 
clustered  in  axils,  large,  rose-pink,  the  males  4-merous  and  lemales 
5-inerous  Mex  Vars  yrandtfldra,  pulchtrrima  and  tanmifldra  are 
known  to  growers  B  M  8322  All  considered  to  be  forms  of  B 
graciha  (p  474}—  B  PAtrw,  Hort  A  garden  hybrid  of  B  soco- 
trana anclB  Pearcci  plant  dense  and  free-flowering,  10-12  in  fls 
many,  rather  small,  bright  rose-pink  Ivs  similar  to  those  of  B  soco- 
trana (Lemoine.)  —  B  P&agn,  Warb  Fibrous-iooted  erect  or 
spreading  sts  terete,  woody  in  lower  part,  dull  brownish  green  Ivs 
only  slightly  oblique,  elliptic,  4-6  in  long,  dark  green  above,  buffused 
with  red  beneath  infl  in  short  axillary  clunters,  fl*  small,  white 
veined  with  red,  female  with  rather  narrow  petals,  ovary  distinct 
terete,  not  winged,  bnght  red,  1-2  in  long  whole  plant  covered 
with  rufous  hairs  A  remarkably  distinct  begonia,  but  of  little 
horticultural  value  —  B  prwnAta,  A  DC.  8t  erect  or  spreading, 
seldom  branched,  covered  with  greenish  white  spots  Ivs  peltate, 
fleshy,  on  long  terete  petioles,  spreading  or  erect,  blades  broadly 
ovate,  lobed  and  undulate,  dark  green  above,  with  prominent  veins 
of  a  greenish  yellow  color,  and  dull  grey  beneath  infl  erect,  large, 
branching  freely,  fls  pure  white.  Costa  Rica  A  fine  winter- 
flowering  species  —  B  pyramidahs,  Lemoine  B  mamcata  XB, 
carohniffifoha  Ivs.  large,  palmate,  entire,  thick,  brilliant  green 
fla  large,  in  panicles,  white-rose  or  rose-tinted  —  B  Queen  A  gar- 
den hybnd,  fibrous-rooted  erect  with  brilliant-colored  foliage  sts. 
green,  terete  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  undulate,  finely  serrate,  upper 
side  a  brilliant  purple-red,  the  veins  being  green,  under  side  bright 
red  fls  rosy  red  seldom  produced  One  of  the  finest  and  most 
ornamental  of  the  fibrous-rooted  begonias  It  is  somewhat  diffi- 
cult to  grow  into  a  large  specimen  and  should  be  kept  slightly 
drier  at  the  roots  than  most  plants  of  this  section  —  B  Reichen- 
hhmn,  Hort  (B  rubella  XB  heraclcifoha)  Lvs  all  basal,  large 
and  long-petioled,  parted  to  the  middle  fls  on  sts.  upnght  above 
the  Ivs  Gt  52,  p  207.—  B  Rdchfordti,  Hort  ,  ia  a  bright  rosy  car- 
mine begonia  of  the  Gloire  de  Lorraine  type,  with  larger  fla.  and 
foliage.  FE.  31  (1911),  p  434.—  B.  Saitlit,  Hort,  named  for  th* 


BEGONIA 


BELLIS 


48o 


late  John  Saul,  was  intro.  from  Guatemala  resembles  B.  Feastu 
in  the  shape  and  oolor  of  its  Ivs  ,  but  with  a  dwtinct  red  sinus  at 
Junction  of  petiole  with  If  Probably  not  now  cult  under  this 
name — B  sciptrum,  Hort  Erect,  sparsely  branched1  sts.  light 
brown  colored  with  red  on  young  growth  IVH  large,  broadly  ovate, 
deeply  lobed,  margins  serrate,  pale  green  suffused  with  red  and 
irregularly  blotched  with  white,  prominently  veined  on  the  under- 
side, petioles  bright  rod  fls.  10-20  in  a  cluHter,  pink  or  white  — B 
atigmdaa,  Lmdl  Ht  a  short,  creeping  rhizome  IVH.  large,  cordate- 
acute,  irregularly  toothed,  smooth  above,  hairy  beneath,  green, 
with  purple-brown  blotches,  fls.  insignificant,  white,  in  cymose 
panicles  Mex  — B  Sturtn,  Hort  A  flonferous  form  of  B  sem- 
perflorens,  with  rose-pink  fls  in  broad  panicles,  and  Ivs  white- 
spotted  — B  subpeltata  nioricans,  Hort.  (B  mgrioans,  Hort  ) 
Plant  2-3  ft  high  Ivs  ovate,  acuminate,  blood-red  below,  sikcry 
and  slightly  hairy  above,  4-8  in  long,  2-4  in  across  fls  rose-pink, 
profuse  caps  wings  equal,  pink  Very  useful  for  decoration  Var 
Pres  de  Boureuilles,  H*rt ,  has  Ivs.  of  a  much  richer  color,  and  more 
profusely  studded  with  rod  hairs  fls  of  a  deeper  pink  — B  Temp- 
hnu,  Hort  Sport  from  B  phylloraamaca  var  variegata'  differs  m 
having  its  regular  blotches  over  the  face  of  the  Ivs  varying  from 
true  yellow  to  light  sulfur-color,  often  with  blending  of  shades  of 
pink.  2  H-3  ft  Ivs  oblique,  the  margins  ruffled  and  fringed  Origi- 
nated with  H  G  Wolfgang,  of  the  Templm  Co  ,  Calla,  Ohio,  and 
put  in  the  trade  in  I'M)1)  FE  18- 258 — Tree  A  group  of  large- 
growing  begonias  produced  by  Mrs  Theodosia  B  Shepherd,  Calif 
Some  of  them  aro  described  as  a  cross  of  Gloirc  do  Jouy  by  Rubra, 
having  the  cane-like  growth  of  Rubra  (B  cocrmea),  with  its  long- 
stemmed  fls  but  larger  sepals  and  pistils,  Ivs  illuminated  with  red, 
terra-cotta,  pink  and  yollow  Other  giants  are  hoedhngs  of  Pink 
Rubra,  with  stronger  canes,  larger  Ivs  ,  and  more  beautiful  fls  ,  the 
Ivi  on  young  growth  spotted  with  silver  (Princess  Alien,  RuSra 
Bamboo,  Striking  Beauty,  Hebe  and  others,  are  of  this  parentage) 
—  B.  untfdlia,  Rose  A  singular  begonia  from  Mex,  recently 
described  (Rep  Mo  Bot  Gard  .  1904,  p  79,  Jig  28)  tuberous- 
rooted.  If  1,  lying  on  the  ground,  sessile,  nearly  orbicular,  double- 
toothed  fls  on  slender  scape  to  2  ft  high,  nearly  \vhite  N'ot  m 
the  trade. — Voss  has  called  the  hybrids  of  the  rlnzomatou,  croui) 
B  rhizohybrida  and  of  the  fibrous-rooted  upright  caulescent  group 
B  cnulohybnda ,  those  names  represent  such  various  and  o.ti  i 
unlike  forms  that  they  will  probably  have  little  appheition  in 
common  practice,  although  useful  for  taxonomic  purposes 

L  II  B 

BELAMCANDA  (East  Indian  name)  Iridace<e 
BLACKBERRY  LILY  LEOPARD  FLOWER  A  hardy,  her- 
baceous perennial,  which  is  an  old 
garden  favorite  The  fiist  of  the 
popular  names  comes  from  the 
clusters  of  shining  black  roundish 
seeds,  and  the  second  from  the 
flower,  which  is  orange,  spotted 
red  It  is  more  commonly  sold  as 
a  Pardanthus,  which  also  means 
leopard  flower 

Perianth  segms    oblong,  the 
inner  slightly  shorter  and  spiral  . 
twisting  as  they  fade    stamens  m 
one  group  only  at 
the     base      caps 
pear-shaped,    the 
valves    ultimately 
falling     away 
Prop   hy  seeds  or 
by   division.     Of  easy 
culture  in  rich,  sandy 
loam  and  in  a  sunny 
place.    Sometimes,  but 
incorrectly,  spelled  Be- 
lemcanda    One  species 
chinensis,DC  (Gem- 

mlngia    chintnsis, 

Kuntze     B.    punct&ta, 

Moench     Ixia  chinen- 

sit,   Linn     MorjBa  chi- 

nrnMs.Thunb  Parddn- 

thw  cnintnsis,  Ker.   P. 

smtn&is,  Van  Houtte) 

Fig    534.     Height  2-3 

ft  :    rootstock  short, 

stoloniferous  Ivs 

about  6,  equitant,  stn- 

ate.  1-1 H  ft.  long,   1 

in  broad:  outer  spathe- 

valves   %-\   in.  long:  ^  .„,  .- 

pedicels  1-2  i  n .  1 0  n  g  :      534   Belamcandi  chinensis    ( x  \i) 


535.  Bellis  perenms    (  X  '  2) 


caps.  1-1 H  in.  long;  valves  reflexing.  persistent    China 
and  Japan.    B.M.  171  (as  Ixia).  F.S.  16:1632     L.B.C. 
19.1874 — The  seed-stalks  are  sometimes  used  with 
dried  grasses  for  decora- 
tion   It  is  said  that  the  ^j^r? 
birds  sometimes  mistake  "*    " 
the     seeds     for    black- 
berries.   N.  TAYLOR  t 

BELGAUM   WALNUT: 

Aleuntes 

BELLADONNA:   Alropa 

BELLADONNA     LILY: 

Amaryllis 

BELLFLOWER:  Campan- 
ula 

BELLIDlASTRUM 

(daisy  and  star),  is  now 
referred    to    Aster      B.      ^ 
MichSlhi,   Cass     (Aster  ^ 
BeUuitdstrum,  Scop  ),  is 
a  small  European  com- 
posite,  1  ft ,  perennial, 
with  white  heads  single 
on    naked    scapes    and 
Ivs  in  a  rosette,  sometimes  planted  but  probably  not 
in  Amer 

BfiLLIS  (Latin,  belliis,  pretty)  Comptsitse  ENG- 
LISH DUSY  The  true  daisy  a  low  perennial  with 
single  heads  on  scapes,  planted  in  borders  and  edgings 
and  naturalized  in  gras->  land  Fig  535 

The  daisy,  as  it  grows  wild  in  England,  has  a  yel- 
low center,  surrounded  by  numerous  rays  in  a  single 
row,  but  the  favorite  cult  forms  are  double,  the  rays 
rising  in  tier  upon  tier,  and  frequently  crowding  out 
every  trace  of  a  yellow  center  The  English  daisy  19 
essentially  a  pink  or  pinkish  fl  in  its  general  effect,  the 
tips  of  the  rays  sometimes  and  the  under  surfaces 
usually  being  pink  or  red  There  are  about  10  species  m 
the  genus,  only  one  of  which  is  American  B  inlcgrifolm 
is  found  m  moist  soil  from  Kv  and  Tenn  to  Ark  and* 
Texas,  but  is  too  rare  and  sectional  to  become  a  general 
favorite  The  plant  that  is  most  commonly  called 
daisy  in  Amer  is  fhiij^anthenium  Lcucnnihemum  For 
a  list  of  the  various  plants  known  as  daisies  in  Amer^, 

Daisies  are  favorite  border  plants,  and  are  much  used 
in  spring  bedding,  especially  for  edging  They  thrive 
m  a  cool  soil  and  moist  atmosphere,  and  are,  therefore, 
much  better  adapted  to  English  than  American  gar- 
dens They  can  be  grown,  howe\er,  m  a  cool  green- 
house where  they  will  flowrer  profusely  during  February 
and  March  Although  the  English  daisy  is  a  perennial, 
it  can  be  very  easil}  grown  as  an  annual  A  light 
mulch  is  desirable  for  winter  protection  In  home 
gardening,  the  plants,  after  flowering,  are  divided  into 
Dingle  crowns  These  are  planted  about  6  inches  apart  in 
good  rich  garden  soil  Each  crown  soon  sends  out  side 
growths,  which,  m  time,  form  new  crowns  Before 
winter  sets  in  the  young  clumps  can  be  moved  readily 
to  any  place  m  the  garden  in  which  they  are  wanted  to 
bloom  Daisies  are  also  forced  by  florists  for  winter 
bloom  When  daisies  are  desired  for  edging  spring 
flower-beds,  the  clumps  are  divided  into  single  plants 
during  the  previous  September,  or  early  enough  to 
allow  the  new  plants  to  get  a  firm  hold  before  winter, 
and  are  placed  3  inches  apart  in  a  narrow  trench  These 
edgings  must  be  renewed  each  year,  as  the  plants,  if 
they  grow  well,  spread  too  wide,  or  irregularly.  In  dry 
summers  many  roots  fail,  and  if  they  remain  in  the 
same  spot  year  after  year,  the  flowers  will  degenerate  to 
the  single  condition. 

The  simplest  way  of  propagating  and  growing  Eng- 
lish daisies  for  spring  bedding  in  this  country  is  to 


486 


BELLIS 


BENTINCKIA 


sow  the  seed  in  shallow  boxes  about  August  10.  As 
soon  as  large  enough  to  handle,  transplant  5  inches 
apart  into  coldframes,  and  when  the  winter  sets  m 
put  on  the  sash,  giving  air  whenever  the  weather  may 
be  mild.  Transplant  to  the  flower  beds  as  early  as  pos- 
sible m  the  spring,  where  m  a  very  short  time  they 
will  be  a  mass  of  bloom,  and  will  continue  to  bloom  till 
the  beginning  of  June,  when  they  should  be  thrown  out. 
and  the  summer  bedding  plants  put  in.  Longfellow  and 
Snowball  are  the  two  best  varieties  for  this  purpose. 
Myosotis  alpestns  and  Silene  pendula  may  be  grown  the 
same  way,  using  the  daisies  as  edging  when  in  the  beds, 
and  the  others  as  center  pieces 

The  daisy  is  propagated  by  seeds  (which  are  sown 
early),  and  by  divisions,  the  choicest  varieties  being 
maintained  by  the  latter  method  The  main  types 
grown  from  seed  are  the  white,  rose,"  quilled,  and  white 
with  red  center,  all  of  which  are  double  A  dark  red  is 
less  common.  Of  kinds  propagated  by  seed.  Long- 
fellow is  now  the  best  rose-colored,  and  Snowball  the 
best  white  variety,  the  latter  being  especially  prized 
by  florists  for  cut-flowers,  as  it  has  long,  stiff  stems. 
Other  varieties  are  Maxima,  Siiowflake,  and  Rob  Roy, 
which  is  perhaps  the  best  red 

perenms,  Linn.  TRUE  or  ENGLISH  DAISY.  Hardy 
herbaceous  perennial,  3-6  in  high  •  Ivs  clustered  at  the 
root,  spatulate  or  obovate  fls  1-2  in  across,  solitary, 
on  hairy  scapes  Apr  -June  W  Eu  ,  escaped  in  Calif  ; 
rarely  runs  wild  in  the  eastern  states  B  M.  228. 
F.S  6.584,  which  shows  11  well-marked  types — An 
interesting  but  not  permanent  form  is  the  "hen-and- 
chickens  daisy,"  m  which  a  number  of  small  fl  -heads 
are  borne  on  short  stalks  springing  out  of  the  mam  fl.- 
head  Cockscomb  forms,  in  which  several  scapes  unite 
to  produce  a  monstrous  fl  ,  are  sometimes  seen,  but 
cannot  be  perpetuated  The  rays  are  sometimes  wholly 
incurved,  or  reflexed,  or  quilled  Other  English  names  of 
the  daisy  are  herb  Margaret,  ewe-  or  May-gowan, 
childing  daisy,  bone-  or  bruisewort,  bone  flower,  March 
daisy,  bairnwort.  j.  3.  KELLER,  E  J.  CANNING, 

and  WILHELM  MILLER. 

BELLIUM  (from  its  resemblance  to  Belhs,  the  daisy). 
Compdsitx  Miniature  plants,  sometimes  planted  m 
rock-gardens. 

Leaves  crowded  or  m  a  rosette,  from  which  arise 
scapes  bearing  a  single  daisy-like  head  or  "flower," 
white,  with  Tight  yellow  disk  differs  from  Belhs 
largely  in  its  pappus,  which  is  unequal  and  double,  of 
bristles  and  scale&. — Four  to  6  species  m  the  Medit. 
region,  annual  and  perennial.  Require  treatment  given 
rock-plants  and  sod-plants 

bellidioides,  Linn  Annual,  2  in ,  with  creeping 
stolons  Ivs  spatulate:  heads  white,  all  summer. — Like 
a  miniature  daisy.  Apparently  little  known  m  this 
country.  L.  H.  B. 

BELL  WORT:  In  England,  any  member  of  the  Campanulacex. 
In  America,  Uvulana 

BELOU  (Brahman  name  for  the  Bael  fruit).  Rutacese, 
tribe  Citrese  An  older  name  for  vEgle,  recently  rein- 
stated by  American  taxonomic  botanists.  See  descrip- 
tion under  dtgle 

B  Mdrmelos,  A  B  Lyon,=^Egle  Marmelos,  the  Bael  fruit  of 
India  B.  glutindsa,  Skeels=*ChsetO8permum  glutmoaa,  Swingle 

BBLOPERONE  (name  refers  to  the  arpow-shaped 
connective).  Acanthacex  Hothouse  evergreen  shrubs 
of  the  Justicia  group,  rarely  seen  in  cult  and  apparently 
not  in  American  trade  Lvs  entire*  fls  usually  red  or 
purple,  mostly  in  showy-bracted  axillary  or  terminal 
clusters;  corolla- tube  narrow,  often  long,  the  limb  2- 
lipped;  stamens  2,  affixed  on  the  tube,  btyle  filiform, 
entire  or  slightly  2-lobed  •  fr  an  oblong  or  ovoid  caps  — 
About  30  species  inhabiting  Trop  Amer ,  of  which 
2  or  2  are  listed  as  cult,  plants.  B.  violacea,  Planch.  & 


Lind.,  has  lanceolate-acuminate  Ivs  and  violet-purple 
fls.  BM  5244.  B.  oblongata,  Lmdl.,  has  oblong- 
lanoeolate  Ivs.  and  axillary  spikes  of  rose-purple  fls. 
B  R.  1657.  A  recent  species  is  B.  angustiflora,  Stapf, 
resembling  B.  violacea.  with  oblong-elliptic  Ivs.  and  a 
very  narrow  corolla-tube  with  a  violet-purple  limb. 

BELVIDERE,  or  SUMMER  CYPRESS:  Kochui. 

BENE:   Sesamum 

BBNI,  JAPANESE:   Caroyptcris  Mastacanthus. 

BENINCASA  (name  of  an  Italian  nobleman).  Cucur- 
bitdcese.  Annual  running  squash-like  herbs  grown 
sparingly  for  the  edible  fruits 

Leaves  5-lobed  soft-hairy  fls  solitary,  yellow, 
monoecious,  the  stammate  long-peduncled,  the  pistil- 


536.  Bemncasa  hispida 


late  nearly  sessile;  corolla  deeply  lobcd;  tendiils  2-3- 
branched  — Two  species  in  Trop.  Asia. 

hispida,  Cogn  (B  cerffera,  Savi)  Fig  586  WAX 
GOURD.  WHITE  GOURD  of  India  ZIT-KWA  CHINESE 
PRESERVING  MELON  CHINESE  WATERMELON  Vine 
long,  like  a  muskmelon,  hairy,  with  cordate  lobed  Ivs  : 
fr  mostly  oblong,  10-16  m  long,  hairy,  white-waxy, 
with  solid  white  flesh  and  small  cucumber-like  Heeds. 
Cult  the  bame  as  muskmelon  or  cucumber  R  H 
1887  540 — Used  for  making  preserves  and  sweet 
pickles;  said  to  be  eaten  raw  in  warm  countries,  and  the 
unripe  frs.  to  be  employed  by  natives  in  India  in  the 
making  of  curries.  7^  jj.  g 

BENJAMIN  BUSH:   Benzoin  wtivale. 
BENT-GRASS:   40ro/rii«. 
BENTHAMIA:   Cornus 

BENTfNCKIA  (named  for  Lord  Bentinck,  governor 
of  Madras,  1803-1805).  Palmacex,  tribe  Geonomex. 
Tall  stately  unarmed  palms,  with  equally  pinnate, 
terminal  leaves,  not  as  yet  well  known  to  the  trade, 
but  deserving  greater  attention. 

Leaves  of  many  Ifts  which  are  usually  2-lobed  at  the 
apex  spathes  many,  the  2  lower  short  and  incomplete, 
spadix  arising  from  among  the  Ivs  ,  branched ,  fls  small, 
mono?cious  or  polygamous,  fr  small,  almost  round, 
with  a  single  seea  pendulous  from  the  top  of  the  cavity. 
— There  are  only  2  species,  both  Indian.  G.C  II 
22.595 

The  following  is  a  graceful  palm  "in  general  appear- 
ance not  unlike  the  coconut  palm,  than  which  it  is, 
however,  much  more  graceful.  The  young  leaves  for 
the  first  year  axe  bi-partite,  quite  like  young  coconut 
palms 

They  should  be  grown  in  a  warmhouse,  never  less 
than  60°,  and  should  be  given  plenty  of  water  at  all 
seasons  A  mixture  of  rich  loam  and  peat  or  leaf-mold, 
half  and  half,  makes  the  best  medium  for  growth. 

nicobarica,  Becc  ORANIA  St  50-60  ft ,  solitary, 
usually  from  7-10  in.  thick  Ivs  5-8  ft.  long,  Ifta  1-2 
ft.,  sessile,  linear  and  leathery,  the  tips  distinctly  2- 
lobed;  petiole  and  rachia  glabrous,  the  former  short: 


BENTINCKIA 


BERBERIS 


487 


soadix  1^-2  ft.,  many  times  branched,  the  branchleta  BERBERID6PSIS  (from  Berberis  and  Greek  opsia, 

inserted  in  woolly  grooves,  fr.  about  as  large  as  a  likeness)    Flacourlidce<B     Ornamental  shrub  cultivated 

cherry.   India.   R.H.  1896,  p.  249.           jyj    TAYLOR.  f°r  lts  Crimson  flowers  and  evergreen  foliage. 

Branches   slender,    terete.    Ivs.    alternate,   petioled, 

BENZOIN  (of  Arabic  or  Semitic  origin,  meaning  a  dentate  fls  perfect,  long-pcdicelled,  in  terminal  racemes; 

gum  or  perfume).   Syn.,  Lindera    Laurdce<e.   Ornamen-  bracts,  sepals  and  petals  gradually  passing  into  one 

tal  woody  plants,  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome  another,  9-15,  the  inner  ones  concave,  larger,  stamens 

aromatic  foliage,  some  species  also  for  their  early  ycl-  7-10  with  very  short  filaments;  ovary  superior,  1-celled 

low  flowers  and  the  brightly  colored  fruits  in  autumn  with  many  ovules,  style  short,  with  3-lobed  stigma. 

Aromatic  shrubs  or  trees,  Ivs    alternate,  entire  or  fr.  a  berry. — One  species  in  Chile 

3-lobed,  deciduous  or  persistent     fls.   polygamous  or  This  is  a  low,  glabrous,  slightly  climbing  shrub,  with 

dioecious,  apetalous,  small,  in  axillary  clusters  with  an  deep  green  foliage  and  crimson  flowers  in  drooping 

involucre  of  4  deciduous  scales;  sepals  6,  rarely  more;  racemes,  for  temperate  regions  or  the  cool  greenhouse, 

stammate  fls  with  9  stamens,  pistillate  with  a  globose  growing  in  almost  any  soil     Propagation  is  by  seeds' 
ovary  and    9-15  stammodes.   fr    a   1 -seeded    drupe 
— About  60  species,  if  Daphmdium  and  Aperula  are 


included,  in  Temp  and  Trop.  E  and  Cent  Asia  and  in 
N.  Amer 

Some  Asiatic  species  yield  an  odorous  oil  used  in  per- 
fumery The  cultivated  species,  with  the  exception  of 
B  gra(  tie,  are  deciduous  shrubs,  with  yellow  flowers  in 
small  clusters  before  the  leaves  and  red  or  black  fruits 
in  autumn.  B  sc^twale  is  hardy  Noith  and  B  obtusi- 
lobum  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  in  a 
sheltered  position,  B  hijpoglaucum  is  of  about  equal 
hardiness,  the  other  species  are  more  tender 

They  thrive  best  in  peaty  or  sandy  and  moist  soil 
Propagation  is  usually  by  seeds,  which  must  be  sown 
after  maturity,  as  they  soon  lose  their  vitality;  also  by 
layers,  which  root  best  in  peaty  soil;  of  gi  »on \\ood  cut- 
tings under  glass,  one-half  may  be  expected  to  loot. 
The  ben/oin  of  the  drug- 
gists is  a  balsamic  resin 
obtained     from     tityrnr 
Benzoin 

aestivale,  Nees  (Ben- 
zoin Ktnzoin,  Coultei 
B  odorlj(  r u in ,  N ees  Li n- 
dera  Btnzoin,  Blume) 
SPICE  BUSH  BLMAMIN 
BUSH  WILD  AT  L^PICK 
FEVEK  Brsn  Fig  537 
Shrub,  6-15  ft ,  nearl> 
glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong- 
obovate,  finely  cihatc, 


bright  green,  pale  be- 
neath, 3-5  in  long  fls 
yellow,  before  the  Ivs 
berry  red,  oblong,  spicy 
New  Kng.  southward 
and  west  to  Kan  Km 
365.  —  The  bark  is  aro- 
matic, stimulant,  tonic, 
astimgent,  the  fr  is  like- 
wise used  medicinally. 
The  shiub  is  attractive 
in  caily  spring  with  its 
yellow,  small,  but  numer- 
ous fls  ,  and  handsome 
in  autumn  with  its 
foliage  turning  clear  yel- 
low and  studded  with 
the  scarlet  frs 

B   grdcile,  Kuntze    (Daphmdium    graeile,  NCOS)      Lvs    o\atc, 
3-nerved,  chartaceous,  persistent     Habitat  unknown     Stove  plant 


sown  m  spnng,  by  greenwood  cutting*,  in  spring,  or  by 
layers  in  autumn 

corallma,  Hook  Lvs  cordate,  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
spmulose-dentate,  2-3  in  long  fls  globose,  over  Vtfm. 
long,  crimson,  in  many-fid  bracteate  racemes  B  M. 
5343  FS  202137  F.W  187597  G  2 "547  32175. 
HF  1863.148.  ALFRED  REHDER 

BfiRBERIS  (Arabic  name)  Berbenddcex  BAR- 
BERRY Ornamental  deciduous  or  evergreen  shrubs, 
cultivated  for  their  handsome  foliage  assuming  in  most 
species  brilliant  autumnal  tints,  and  for  their  bright 
yellow  flowers  and  attractive  fruit 

Spiny  shrubs  with  yellow  inner  bark  and  wood  Ivs 
alternate,  often  fascicled,  usually  glabrous,  simple, 
deciduous  or  evergreen  fls  m  elongated  or  umbel-like, 
rarely  compound  racemes,  or  fascicled  or  solitary, 
sepals  6  with  2  or  3  bractlets  below,  petals  6,  otten 
smaller  than  sepals  and  usually  with  2  glands  near  the 
base,  stamens  6,  included,  the  anthers  opening  with 
valves,  ovary  superior,  1 -celled,  with  1  to  many  ovules 
fr  a  berry  with  1  or  several  oblong  seeds  — Nearly  175 
species  in  Amer  from  But  Col  to  Patagonia,  in  Asia, 
\  Eu  ,  and  N  Afr  Monogr  by  Schneider  in  Bull  iiort 
F/Boissier,  Ser  II.  5  33,  133,"  391,  449,  655,  800,  813 
•  (1905)  Mahonia  is  now  considered  by  most  botanists 
as  a  distinct  genus,  differing  from  the  tnie  barberries  by 
the  pinnate  Ivs  ,  by  the  racemes  appearing  m  the  axils 
of  the  bud-scales  and  b>  the  spineless  branches  The 
spines  of  the  barberry  are,  morphologically,  Ivs  ,  and 
the  Ivs  are  borne  on  short  branches  m  their  axils  (Fig 
538)  The  stamens  are  sensitive,  when  the  filaments 
aie  touched  with  a  pin,  the  fls  first  open,  and  the  sta- 
mens fly  forward  upon  the  pistil  ALFRED  REHDER 

The  different  species  of  hardy  deciduous  barberries 
arc  excellent  decorative  shrubs  with  pleasing  habits  of 
growth  The  flowers  of  most  of  them  m  spring  and 
early  summer,  whilst  not  conspicuous,  are  very  attrac- 
tive, and  the  fruits  of  nearly  all  are  highly  ornamental 
in  late  summer,  fall  and  early  winter  on  account  of  their 
red,  dark  blue  or  nearly  black  color  Berberis  amurensis, 
B  sinensis,  B.  diaphana,  B  Poireln,  B  Regcliana,  B. 
Siebolfin,  and  B  Thunbergn  all  assume  brilliant  fall 
colors  in  varying  shades  of  orange  and  red  Some 
species,  as  B  Thunberqii,  B  SieboUln,  and  B  Rehder- 
wna,  retain  their  bright  red  fruits  unchanged  until  the 
following  spnng,  while  the  fruits  of  the  other  species 
shrivel  and  dry  up  during  the  winter 

Berberis  anslata  is  the  strongest-growing  species  and 
attains  a  height  of  12  to  13  feet  in  twenty  years,  with 


o-nerveu,  cnartaeeous,  persistent     iinmtat  uiiKnown     move  plant          0,1/1.0.1110  »  iici^tii/  ui    A^   i«'   m  io*-u  in  i/wcuuj   ^ccno,   wuu 

— B.  hypoyiaitcum,  Ilohd  (Lmdura  hypoRiauca,  Maxim     B  hypo-      gracefully  arching  bran chcs,  and  has  violet-red  traits, 


, 

leucum,  Kuntze)  Lvs  penmn 
few-fld  ,  with  or  be  fore  the  l\s  b 
lium,  Nees  \llied  to  B  lesu 
oblong,  downy  beneath  South 
silubum,  Kuntrc  Large  shrub 

3-ncrved,    ovate   or   3-lobed,   grayish   green   and  n 
beneath,  2   1  '  2  in    long    clusters  many-fid     berries 
GF   0  2Q5    Sf  K    1  41  —  /?    prcecor,   Sieb    &  Zucc     Lvs    penm- 
nervcd, 


ed,  glaucous  beneath 
rne*  black  Japan  —  B.  m«Jmi/d- 
alc  Brnnrhcs  pubescent  Ivs. 
rn  states  BM  1470—  B  obtu- 
ith  very  handsome  foliage'  Ivs 
green  and  nearly  glabrous 
any-fid  berries  black  Japan. 


, 

ervcd,  elliptic-oblong,  greenish  beneath,  acuminate    clusters  few- 
d  ,  before  the  Ivs     berries   brownish,  \t\n   diam     Japan     S  I  F. 
2  19  —  B     serlitum,    Sieb     &    Zute      Lvs     penmnerved,    grayish 
pubescent  beneath    clusters  many-fld  ,  with  the  Ivs     Japan 

ALFRED  REHDER 


the  thickish  leaves  are  semi-persistent  B.  canadensis 
forms  a  neat  compact  bush  3  to  3^  feet  with  upnght 
spreading  branches.  The  small  clusters  of  bright  red 
fruits  are  very  attractive  This  is  a  rare  shrub  in  culti- 
vation, and  B.  vulgans  has  often  been  sold  for  it  B 
sinensis  is  a  neat,  graceful  shrub  with  pendulous 
branches  3^  to  4  feet  and  bears  numerous  clusters  of 
bnght  red  fruits.  B  diaphana  forms  a  dense  compact 
shrub  2^  to  3  feet,  but  its  chief  decorative  value  is  in 
its  nch  fall  coloring,  as  the  solitary  flowers  and  fruits 


488 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


are  inconspicuous.  B  Regeliana  has  an  upright  dense 
habit,  and  grows  from  5  to  6  feet.  It  has  the  largest 
leaves  of  any  of  the  deciduous  species,  and  the  orange- 
red  fruits  are  remarkably  ornamental  throughout  late 
summer  and  fall,  until  midwinter.  This  is  perhaps 
the  most  beautiful  barberry  in  cultivation.  B  8tebold.ii 
is  slow-growing,  but  is  a  very  choice  species.  The 
habit  is  upright  and  compact,  and  the  tall  coloring 
is  brilliant  The  small  vermilion-red  fruit-clusters  are 
very  attractive  B  vulgans,  which  is  commonly  grown 
and  has  become  extensively  naturalized,  has  large 
clusters  of  brilliantly  colored  fruits,  arid  is  a  mobt 
useful  shrub  in  border  plantations  It  is  prolific  in 
many  varieties  Perhaps  the  most  distinctive  form  is 
the  one  with  yellow  fruits,  which  are  usually  seedless, 
or,  if  the  seeds  are  present,  they  are  abortive.  This 
species  makes  a  good  hedge  plant  as  does  also  B. 
amurensts,  for  low  ornamental  hedges,  B  Thunbergii  is 
excellent  Since  it  makes  a  rather  oroad  hedge,  the 
plant  is  most  beautiful  when  it  is  not  necessary  to 
trim  it  B  Wilsonse  is  a  small  beautiful  shrub,  2  to  2J£ 
feet  with  slender  branches  and  small  leaves.  The  coral- 
red  fruits  are  very  distinctive  The  tips  of  the  branches 
usually  are  winterkilled,  but  the  plants  recover  rapidly 
in  summer. 

Few  of  the  evergreen  species  aie  dependable  in  the 
northeastern  states.  B  Sargentwna,  a  handbome  shrub, 
attaining  a  height  of  about  6  ft ,  with  rather  large 
oblong  leaves,  has  proved  quite  hardy,  and  B.  buxifo- 
ha,  B.  stenophylla  and  B  verruculosa  nearly  hardy  in 
Massachusetts.  B.  Neuberln  rarely  has  the  leaves 
scorched  by  winter's  cold,  but  is  very  slow-growing. 
For  other  evergreen  species,  see  Manama  (formerly 
included  in  Berbens) 

The  root  and  the  inner  bark  of  several  species  are 
sometimes  used  kfor  dyeing  yellow  Some  species  have 
medicinal  properties  The  fruits  of  B  vulgans  are  made 
into  jelly  In  wheat-growing  districts,  planting  of  Ber- 
beris  should  be  avoided,  as  it  is  the  hobt  of  the  aecid- 
mm  stage  of  Puccinia  gramima,  a  fungus  which  causes 
the  wheat-rust  Destrojing  the  Berbers,  however,  will 
not  check  the  propagation  of  the  funguss,  as  it  is  able 
to  grow  and  to  spread  for  years  without  forming  the 
aecidium  stage 

To  secure  the  beht  results  from  most  of  the  barberries, 
they  should  be  planted  in  moist,  light  loam,  well 
drained  The  deciduous  species,  however,  can  be 
grown  in  drier  situations 

Barberries  germinate  readily  from  seeds  The  seeds 
should  be  separated  from  the  pulp  by  maceration  and 
sown  in  "flats"  or  broadcast  in  beds  in  the  fall,  and  they 
will  germinate  the  following  season  The  seeds  of  raie 
and  scarce  species  should  be  sown  in  the  greenhouse 
where  they  will  germinate  dunng  the  winter  Berbens 
Wilson*  will  germinate  in  two  to  three  weeks  in  the 
greenhouse  if  sown  as  soon  as  ripe  Some  of  the  spe- 
cies cross  when  grown  together,  but  B  binensis,  B  Rege- 
hana  and  B.  vulgans  appear  to  come  true  The  prog- 
eny of  B.  Thunbergii  sometimes  seem  to  show  that 
they  have  been  affected  by  the  pollen  of  B  vulgans. 

Most  of  the  barberries  can  be  propagated  from  the 
green  cuttings  of  the  young  wood  taken  from  the  first 
to  the  middle  of  June,  and  placed  in  sand  in  a  shaded 
hotbed  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  lilacs,  viburnums 
or  hydrangeas  arc  treated  This  is  the  best  way  to 
perpetuate  individuals  of  strikingly  chaiactenstic 
habits  A  very  small  percentage  of  the  cuttings  of  the 
ripe  wood  placed  in  the  greenhouse  in  the  fall  will 
"strike,"  but  not  enough  to  pay  Some  species  may  be 
propagated  by  suckers  Rarer  kinds  and  varieties  are 
sometimes  grafted  on  B  vulgans  or  B  Thunbergii,  in 
August  or  September  under  glass,  or  m  early  spring  m 
the  greenhouse  Grafting,  however,  is  not  to  be  recom- 
mended, for  the  stock  usually  throws  up  suckers  which 
are  often  overlooked  on  account  of  the  similarity  of  the 
foliage  of  many  species;  they  will  overgrow  the  cion 


in  a  short  time  and  smother  it.   A  good  plan  is  to  UPC 
the  purple-leaved  barberry  as  a  stock;  the  suckers  are 
thus  easily  noticeable  and  may  be  removed  in  time. 
JOHN  DUNBAR. 


alba,  1 

dulcis,  1,  18 

Maximo  wiczn,  14. 

albicaulis,  16 

eduhs,  1 

minor,  14 

albo-vanegata,  1 

empctnfoha,  19. 

Neubertn,  31 

amurensis,  2,  3 

eprumoaa,  16. 

nigra,  1 

anyulizans,  5 
angustifolia,  10 

flonbunda,  4. 
Francisci-Fcrdini 

nummularia,  13. 
Midi,  plunflora,  14 

approximata,  16 

9 

Poirotu,  10 

apurena,  1 

OaKnepainn,  23 

polyantha,  8. 

aristata,  4,  30 

(,'uimpeiu,  11 

iturpurea,  I 

asiatica,  2l) 

hakcoulcfl,  26 

Uogehana,  3 

abporma,  1 

Hakodate,  3 

wngmnoUnta,  11 

atropurpurea,  1 
aureo-marginata,  1. 

heteropoda,  12 
hypnleitca,  29 

Surgentiana,  25. 
Hieboldn,  3,  7. 

buxifoha,  18 

lOertca,  11 

smensis,  10,  11 

canadensis,  5 

iluifoha,  27,  31. 

sjmlhulatii,  11 

ohitria,  30 
concmna,  21 

inU'Rerrima,  13 
japomcn,  3 
koreana,  0 

stenophylla,  20. 
Thunbergii,  14 
verruculosa,  22 

conyesttflota,  26. 

latifoha,  31. 

molacea,  1 

conana,  4 
Darwmii.  28 

leucocarpa,  1 
lovis,  24 

vulgam,  1,  2,  3 
Wilsonse,  15 

Duwsiniu,  14 

lutca,  1 

mnthocarpa,  1 

diuphana,  17. 

macrocarpa,  1 

yunnanen&is,  17. 

dictyophylla,  16. 

macrophylla,  1 

KEY   TO   THE    SPECIES 

A   Foliage  dec  id 

nous,   /cs   membranous  or 

chartaccoui, 
B.  F/s    in  elongated  racimcs  or  panicles 
(fcw-jld  ptduncledurnbclsinNo.  7). 
C    Li's   dentate  or  Mrratt 
u    Infl   simple,  racemose 

E    Branches    of   la^t    year   gray, 
except    tho^e    of  the   purple- 
Ivd  foi  m  of  \o   1 
F.  Textun    of  /PA    rather  thin, 
not     distinctly     reticulate 
beneath 
Q   Shape    of    /ts      geneiully 

obovatf ,  t>tluloae-dc,ntate    1   vulgans 
GO.  Shape   of  /is     oblong   or 
elliptic,  dtubilu  cilvite- 
dtntate,  2  amurensis 

FF.  Texture  of  IDS  firmer  than 
in  F,  distinctly  reticulate 
beneath,  often  obtuse  3  Hegelian* 

BE.  Branches  of  la^t   year  reddish 

brown  or  ydlowi&h  brown 
F    The  /rv   t,pinnlos<-dent(it< 
o    Fr   pwpUth  blue,  oblong- 
ovoid,    lonyti    than    th< 
t,tout   pedials     racemes 
longer  than  the  Ivs  4  anstata 

OQ  Fr  red,  t,hort-ovoid,  shorter 
than  the  slender  pidicels 
H    Breadth  oflvs  l/z~A/±in  , 
oblong-obovate  to  obo- 
vate,    scarcely   reticu- 
late 5  canadensis 
HH    Breadth     of    Ivs      %- 
1  Yi  in  ,  usually  obo- 
vate,  reticulate,  round- 
ed at  the  apex  6  koreana 
FF    The  Ivs    densely  setose-cili- 
ate,  oblong     racemes   um- 
bel-like, 3-6-fld  7  Sieboldii 
1)U    Infl    compound,    paniculate,   2- 

6  in   long 

E  Branches  angled,  grayish 
brown  IDS  rounded  at  the 
apex,  subconaceous  8  polyantha 

EE   Branches  nearly  terete,  brown 

IDS  acute,  thin  9  Francisci- 

cc.  Lvs.   entire,   at   least   those   of  the         [Ferdinand! 

flowering  branches 
D.  Fr    red  or  purple-  ks    narrow- 
obovate   or   oblanccolate,    acute 
or  acutish,  bright  green 
E.  Bracts  at  least  half  as  long  as 
the  short  pedicels    Ivs    green 
beneath,   usually  narrow-ob- 
lanceolate,  entire  10.  PoiretU 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


KB.  Bracts  much  shorter  than  th& 
elongated  pedicels'  Iva  gray- 
ish or  bluish  gray  beneath, 
those  of  the  shoots  often  spin- 
ulose,  broader  .  11.  sinensis 

DD.  Fr  bluish  or  purplish  black, 
bloomy  Ivs  usually  grayish  or 
bluish  green,  broadly  obovate  to 
oblong-obovate. 

E    Racemes    thort,    usually   5-7- 
fld     branches  slightly  angu- 
lar ovule?  slender-stalked       12  hcteropoda 
BE    Racemes     many-fld ,     dense 
branched  terete    ovules  short- 
stalked  13  mtegerrima 
BB.  Fls   solitary  or  sometimes  in  fcw-fld. 
umbels  or  in  dtn^e  fascicles  (in  a 
variety  of  No  14  in  3-10-fld  short 
racemes) 
c.  Lvs.  always  entire 

D  Young   branchtfts   glabrous    Ivs 
not    reticulale,    generally    obo- 
late,  Yi  1  Yi  in   long  fr   scar- 
let, rather  dry  14   Thunbergu 
DD.  Young     branchlets     pubmulou* 
Ivs      reticulate,     generally    ob- 
lanccolate,    V^-/    in     long    fr 
salmon-red,  juicy  15  Wilsona 
CC.  Lvs  partly  dentate,  partly  entire 
D    Peduels    ]^in    long    Ivs    chsilky 
white    beniath,    not    reticulate, 
less  than  1  in    long    fr    Y$in 
long  16  dictyophylla 
DD.  Pedicels  "*4in   long,  fls   nodding 
Ivs  giaucoits  beneath,  reticulate, 
more  than  1  in  long  fr.  nearly 
^2in  long  17  diaphana 
AA.  Foliage  persistent  or  half-evergreen 
B.  Lvs  entire 

C   Shape  of  Ivs  obovate  or  elliptic    fix 

solitary,  long-pedicellid  18  buxifolia 

cc   Shape  of  Ivs   narrow-oblong  to  lin- 
ear, reiolute  at  the  margin 
D   Fls   1   2,  long-pedicilled    hs  hn- 

ear  19  empetnfoha 

DO   Fls    2-6,    in  p(duncled  uinbilt, 

hs   narrow-oblong  20  stenophylla 

BB.  Lvs   dentate 

c   Fls   in  fas^idei  or  solitary 

D    Lower   surface    of   /i*      white    or 
glaucous,  \i~l  in    long  jls   1-2 
E    Branchlets  ftngled,  smooth         21.  concinna 
SK    Branchlets  tirtte,  densely  vcr- 

rucidot,e  22  verruculosa 

DD    Lower  surf  act  of  Ivs    green   fls 

several  to  many 

E    Shape  of  Ivs   oblong  to  nai  row- 
lanceolate,  with  many  teeth 
F.  Texture  of  Irs    ratlur  thin, 
hs     usually    about     \'iin 
bioad,  indistinctly  unntd 
c.    Ptdicels  slender,   Yirl  in 
long,  fls    .3-8    hs    uith 
8-20  teeth  on  each   side 
fr  bluish  black,  bloomy  23  Gagnepainu 
GO    Pedicels     J4-M?//      long, 
fls   many   Ivs   with  5-12 
teeth  on   each  side    fr 
jet-black  24  levis 

FF    Texture    of   Ivs     thick    and 
firm,      Ivs        <4   1M      in 
broad  fls   man  if,  pidiuls 
about  \'iin  long  fr  bla<k    25  Sargentiana 
fc-h   Shape  of  Ivy   roundish  to  ellip- 
tic,  with  3- ft   teeth    fls     in 
dense  globow  thit,ters  20  hakeoides 

cc.  ris  in  raceme?  or  jwmclcs 

D.  Branches  spiny,  young  branchlits 
pubescent   or   puberulous     Iva. 
always  simple 
B.  Racemes  simple 

v.  Ovary  with   long  style     Ivs. 

green  beneath 

o.  Branchlets  puberulous.  Ivs 
1  -2  in  long  racemes 
shorter  than  Ivs  ,  4~W- 
fld  27  ihcifolia 


GO.  Branchhts  hairy   Iva    J/£~ 
1%   in    long .    racemes 
longer  than  Ivs  ,  many- 
fld  .  .         28.  Darwmii 
FF.  Ovary     with     short     style, 
branchlets  pubfrulous   Ivs. 
whitish  beneath,  l-2Yi  m 
lony  29  asiatica 
EE.  Ractmes  compound    Ivs.  obo- 
vate-oblong,    with   few    teeth 
above  the  middle  or  t  ntire,  I— 
2lAin  long  30  chitna 
DD    Branch?!)  spineless,  glabrous   hs 
occasionally    3-folwlate,     half- 
evergreen  31  Neubertii 

1  vulgaris,  Linn  COMMOX  BARBERRY.  Fig  538. 
From  4-8  ft  ,  rarely  15  branches  grooved,  gray,  upright 
or  arching  Ivs  oblong-spatulate  or  obovate,  setulose- 
dentate,  pale  or  grayish  green  beneath,*  membranous, 
1-2  m  long,  racemes  pendulous,  many-fld  ,  fls.  bright 
yellow  fr  oblong-ovoid,  scarlet,  finally  purple  May, 
June  fr  Sept ,  Ort  Eu  to  E  Asia,  escaped  from  cul- 
ture and  naturalized  m  E  N  Amer  Gn  35 '264  — 
Handsome  in  spring,  with  its  golden  yellow  fls  and 
light  green  foliage,  and  in  fall,  with  its  bright  scarlet 
frs  ,  remaining  through  the  whole  winter.  A  very  \an- 
ablc  species  Of  the  many  garden 
forms,  the  most  effective  is  var. 
atropurpftrea,  Regel  (var  puipurea, 
Hort ,  not  Loud  ,  which  is  a  form 
with  purple  fr  ),  with  purple-colored 
Ivs  (Gt  9  278,  1),  little  different 
is  var  macrophylla,  Kew  Bull  (B 
vulgans  folit^  purpuren  macrophylla, 
Paul  &  Sons),  with 
larger  Ivs  of  deep 
purple  color  Other 
varieties  are'  Var.  ' 
albo-variegata, 
Zabel,  Ivs  varie- 
gated with  white, 
rather  small;  Var 
a  u  r  e  o  -  marginata, 
Zabel,  Ivs  with  yel- 
low margin,  rather 
large ,  \  ar  alba, 
Don  (var  leuco- 
cti  rpa ,  1 1  ort  ) ,  wrhit  e- 
f  ruited ,  var  as- 
p£rma,  Don  (\  ar 


538.  Berbens  vulgans    (Xh)    Showing 
the  spines  and  foliage. 


api/tcria,  Ilort  ),  seedless,  var  dulcis,  Loud  (var.  edidis, 
Hoit  ),  le.ss  acid,  var.  lutea,  Don  (var  xanthocdrpa, 
Hort ),  yellow-fruited;  var  macrocarpa,  Jaeger,  with 
larger  fr  The  forms  with  black  or  purplish  blue  fr  ,  as 
var  mgra,  Don,  and  var  violacca,  Don,  do  not  belong 
here,  but  are  cither  hybrids  or  belong  to  other  species. 

2  amurSnsis,    Rupr     (B.   vulgans   var    amurtnsis, 
Regel)    Three  to  8  ft     branches  straight,  gray,  upright, 
grooved  hs  cuneate,  oblong  or  elliptic,  densely  ciliate- 
dentatc,  slightly  reticulate  and  bright  green  and  lus- 
trous beneath,  1-3  in.  long'  racemes  upright  or  nodding, 
6-12-fld.,  about  as  long  as  Ivs    fr  oblong-ovoid,  scarlet. 
May  fr    Sept     Manchuria,  N.  China     Gng    5  119. 
G  W   7,  p  413     See  page  3566 

3  Regeliana,    Koehne    (B.   vulgans   var    japonica, 
Regel    B  amui  crisis  var.  japdnica,  Rehd    B  japoniat, 
Schneid  ,  not  DC     B   Sieboldii,  Hort ,  not  Miq     B. 
Hakodate,  Hort )     Fig   539      Upright  shrub,  to  6  ft  • 
branches  gray,  grooved.  Ivs.  elliptic-oblong  and  acute, 
or  obovate  or  obovate-oblong  and  obtuse,   1-2^  m. 
long,  setulose-dentate.  often  rather  densely  so,  pale  or 
grayish   green   and   distinctly   reticulate   beneath,   of 
firm  texture*   racemes  upiight   or  nodding,  6-12-fld., 
shorter  or  about  as  long  as  Ivs    fr  oblong-ovoid,  scarlet, 
with  slight  bloom.    May,  June   fr  Sept.,  Oct     Japan. 
G  F.  3  249  (adapted  in  Fig  539\   A.G.  18:454. 


490 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


4.  aristata,  DC.  (B.  coridna,  Royle.    B.  flonbunda, 
Wall )     Shrub,  to  8  ft  :  last  year's  branches  yellowish 
brown,   slightly  angular;   spines  mostly  simple'   Ivs 
elliptic  to  ovate-oblong,  acute  or  obtusish,  spinosely 
dentate,  occasionally  entire,  1-2 J^  in  long,  of  firm  tex- 
ture at  maturity,   racemes   10-25-fld.,  sessile,  usually 
spreading  and  stout' 

fr  nearly  lA\n  long, 
longer  than  the  stout 
pedicels,  bright  red, 
finally  bluish  purple 
and  bloomy;  stigjma 
on  a  short  distinct 
style  June;  fr  Sept , 
Get  Himalayas.  B 
R  27-46,— Hardy  at 
the  Arnold  Arbore- 
tum Hybrids  occur 
with  B  vulgans 

5.  canadensis,  Mill. 
(B.carolinidna,  Loud 

B  angithzans,  Hort  ).  Up; 
right  shrub,  1-3  ft ,  with 
arching  branches'  spines 
small,  3-parted '  Ivs 
cuneate  -  oblong  to  ob- 
ovate, remotely  spmulose- 
dentate,  rarely  entire,  usu- 
ally obtusish,  1-2  in  long' 
racemes  many-fid  ,  longer 
than  the  Ivs  ;  petals  re- 
tuse  or  ernargmate  fr 
ovoid,  scarlet  May,  June; 
fr  Sept ,  Get  Alleghames 

^d^it^    -  -r^r1- 

usually  B  vulgans.  Lower 

and  more  graceful  then  B.  vulgans,  the  foliage  turns 

scarlet  in  autumn. 

6  koreana,  Palibm.  Shrub,  to  6  f  t  :  branches 
grooved,  yellowish  or  reddish  brown,  spines  short, 
scarcely  ^m  long,  usually  vsimple  Ivs  obovate,  or  oval, 
rounded  at  the  apex,  cuneate  at  the  base,  1-2}  2  in  long 
and  ^-1H  in  broad,  spinose-serrulate,  reticulate  and 
pale  beneath  racemes  shorter  than  Ivs  ,  rather  dense, 
slender-stalked,  nodding  fr  biibglobose-ovoid,  Km 
long,  bright  red  May.  fr  Sept  ,  Get  Korea.  J  C  T 
26,  1.5 — Handsome  species  with  broad  Ivs  coloring 
deep  red  m  autumn  and  with  bright  red  fr  persisting 
until  the  following  spring;  has  proved  perfectly  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 

7.  Siebdldii,  Miq    Shrub,  to  3  ft    last  year's  branches 
deep  reddish  brown,  angular,  2-edgod  toward  the  end. 
spines  3-partcd,  slender  Ivs  oblong-obovate,  1-2}  2  m. 
long,  acute  or  obtusi&h,  cuneate  at  the  base,  setosely 
ciliate  and  usually  revolute  at  the  margin,  bright  green 
below,  racemes  3-6-fld  ,  slender-pedunclcd,  umbel-like 
fr.  ovoid  to  subglobose,  ^4 in.  long,  rather  dry,  bright 
red  and  lustrous.    May,  June.  fr.  Sept    Japan     S  T  S. 
1'14. — A  very  Handsome  shrub:  Ivs    purplish  when 
unfolding  and  marked  with  green  veins,  deep  vinous  red 
in  autumn-  the  fr    retains  the  bright  color  until  the 
following  spring     It  has  proved  perfectly  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum     Gften  B.  Rcgehana  is  cultivated 
under  the  name  B.  Sicboldn. 

8.  polyantha,   Hemsl      Shrub,   to   12  ft  •  branches 
grayish  brown,  slightly  angled,  glabrous  or  puberulous 
with  usually  short  spines  Ivs  cuneate-obovate,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  leathery,  spiny-serrate,  rarely  nearly  entire, 
pale  grayish  green,  %-l  \\  in   long   fls  deep  yellow  m 
pendulous  short -stalked  panicles  2-6  in  long  fr  oblong- 
ovoid,  narrowed  into  a  distinct  si>le,  pale  red,  bloomy, 
J^m.  long     June,  July;  fr    Sept     \V.  China     G.  33' 
209  — Very  handsome  with  its  large  panicles  of  deep 
yellow  fls  ,  not  quite  hardy  in  Mass. 


9.  Francisci-FerdinAndi,  Schneid.  Shrub,  to  10  ft.' 
branches  red-brown,  nearly  terete,  with  long  spines: 
Ivs  elliptic  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  cuneate  at  the 
base,  densely  spiny-serrate,  bright  green,  thin,  1-2 ^  in 
long  fls  yellow  in  pendulous,  usually  narrow  panicles, 
with  the  slender  stalk  3-5  in  long  fr  ovoicf-oblong, 
scarlet,  almost  J^m  long,  with  nearly  sessile  stigma. 
May,  June,  fr  Sept  W  China  — The  drooping  pani- 
cles of  scarlet  frs  are  very  handsome 

10    PoirStii,  Schneid   (B  sintmis,  Hemsl ,  not  Poir. 
B.  sinhiMS  var   angiiAtifdlia,  Regel)     Shrub,  to  5  ft  : 
branches  slender,  arching,  the  younger  giooved,  pur- 
plish brown,  spines  about  ^3111    long,  usually  simple  - 
Ivs    oblanceolate,  to  narrow-oblanceolatc,    J^-l  V£  m. 
long,    entire,    slightly   reticulate   and    green    beneath: 
racemes  8-14-fld  ,  1-2  in.  long,  pedicels  scarcely  i-^m 
long,  bracts  about  half  as  long    fr  ovoid-oblong,  deep 
blood-red     N  China,  Amurlund  — Hardy 
and  handsome,  but  rare  in  cult   and  usu- 
ally confounded  with  the  following  species 
11   sinensis,  Poir  (B  tpathuJatu,  Schrad. 
B    ibinca,  Stev    &  PYsch     B    .vmgmno- 
ttnta,  Schrad    B  Guimptlu,  Koch)     From 
4-6     ft ,     with     blender,     often      irching 
branches,   the    younger   giooved,   reddish 
brown,   spinet)   1-3-partcd,  l^-^{\\\    long 
Ivs    cuneate,    oblong   or  obovate-Lincco- 
late,  entire  or  sometimes  with  a  few  teeth, 
grayish  green  or  glauccscent  beneath,  \2~ 
\]/2  in    long    racemes  pendulous,   blender-peduncled, 
rather  dense,  pedicels  slender,  about  ^m   long,  several 
times  longer  than  the  bracts    berries  ovoid,  purplish 
Caucasus    B  M  G573     G  O  H  63     L  D  7  187     G  W 
8'115     G    3i  379 — A  hardy,  graceful  species,    very 
handsome  in  fr 

12  heter6poda,  Schrenk.    Fig   540     Throe  to  6  ft 
branches    stout,    spreading,    the    younger    chestnut- 
brown,  lustrous  slightly  grooved,  spines  sometimes  to 
2  in  long,  often  wanting   Ivs  broadly  obovate  or  oval, 
entire  or  sometimes  remotely  serrate,  pale  bluish  green, 
1-2  in    long,  some  short  arid  some  slender-petiolcd 
fls   in  stalked,  usually  5-7-fld    racemes,  orange-yellow, 
fragrant,  ovules  long-stalked   fr  ovoid,  diuk  blue  with 
glaucous   bloom.     May      Turkestan,    Songana      G  F 
8:455   (adapted  in  Fig    540) — Handsome  and  very 
distinct    species      B     heteropoda    var    oblongn,   Hegel, 
see  B.  oblonga  in  supplement  aiy  list 

13  integerrima,    Bunge    (B    nummuldria,    Bunge) 
Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  last  year's  branches  terete,  purplish 
brown,  spines  usually  simple,  to  2  m  long  Ivs.  obovate 
or  broadly  obovate,  usually  entire,  sometimes  remotely 
setose-serrate,   grayish  green*  racemes  dense,  usually 
many-fld  ,  fls    small,  on    short  pedicels,    about  i-m 
long,   ovules   short-stalked     fr    black,    globose-ovoid 
May. — A  variable  species  similar  to  the  preceding 

14.  Thunbergii,  DC  Figs  541,  542  Dense,  low 
shrub,  2-5  It  .  branches  spreading,  deeply  grooved, 
brown,  with  simple  spines.  Ivs  obovate  or  spatulate, 
quite  entire,  glaucescont  beneath,  /^-l/^  in  long  fls 
1-3,  pale  yellow:  fr  elliptic  or  nearly  globose,  blight 
red  Apr,  May.  G.F  2 '53  BM  6646  RH  1894' 
173.  AG  18.357.  Gng  4  241,  5.119,  353,  355  Mn. 
2  118  A  F  8*526  — Gne  of  the  most  valuable  species, 
especially  remarkable  for  its  low,  dense,  horizontal 
growth,  its  large  brilliant  red  frs  ,  remaining  fresh  till 
the  following  spring,  and  for  its  bright  scailet  fall  color- 
ing, hardy  Very  valuable  for  borders  of  walks  and 
drives  and  for  low  ornamental  hedges.  Endures  par- 
tial shade  Cattle  and  sheep  do  not  browse  it  much. 
Var  Maxim&wiczii,  Fran  eh  &  Sav.,  has  the  Ivs  green 
beneath  Var  plurifl&ra,  Koehne,  has  3-10  fls  in  short, 
umbol-like  raceme  Var.  minor,  Rohd  (Var  Daivsonn, 
Bean).  Very  low,  dense  shrub,  H~2  ft  high,  with  small 
Ivs  about  J^in  long  A  variety  with  the  Ivs  variegated 
with  white  is  var  Silver  Beauty,  which  originated  m 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


491 


Franklin,   Mass.    G.C.  III.  49:10.    Hybrids  with  B. 
vulgans  occur 

15.  Wilsonae,  Hems!  Low  shrub  with  spreading 
branches  last  year's  branches  reddish  brown,  angular, 
puberulous,  spines  3-parted,  slender,  M~/4m  l°ng- 
Ivs  oblanceolate  or  narrowly  obovate,  ^-1  in.  long, 
rounded  and  mucronate  or  acutish  at  the  apex,  rarely 
3-pomted,  pale  green  and  dull  above,  glaucous  beneath, 
reticulate,  thickish.  fls  golden  yellow,  in  dense  clusters 
or  in  very  short-stalked  umbels  fr  globose,  J-^m 
diam  ,  salmon-red,  usually  yellow  or  whitish  on  the 
shady  side  May;  fr.  m  Sept  VV  China  B  M  8114 
GC  III  12  372  Gn  71,  p  511  G  29-520  JH  III 
55-425 — Very  distinct  handsome  shrub,  with  small 
foliage,  assuming  a  brilliant  fall  coloring  It  has  proved 
hardy  at  the  Arnold  Aiboretum  m  somewhat  sheltered 
positions 

16  dictyophylla,  Franch    Shrub,  to  6  ft   high,  with 
slightly  angular  branches,  usually  covered  with  white 
bloom  while  young,  reddish  brown  the  second  year 
Ivs  obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  J2~l  in  l°nK>  obtuse  or 
acutish,  entire  01  spinose-dentate,  chalky  white  beneath 
fls  solitary,  pale  yellow,  Mr"Kin  diam  ,  short-stalked 
fr   red,  ovoid,  Km    long    May    S  \\    China — Very 
distinct,  with  its  small  foliage  white  beneath  like  the 
young  shoots     Var    albicaulis,  Ilort  ,  is  a  form  with 
the  young  branehleth  distinctly  bloomy  and  the  hb 
intensely '  white    beneath      Var     epruindsa,    Schneid 
Branchlets  angled,  red-brown,  not  bloomy    Us    light 
green  beneath     Var    approximata,  Hehd    (B   r;/;/>r<m- 
maia,  Sprague)     Lvs   obovate,  ^pmose-dentate,  rarely 
entire,  fls  smaller     BM  7S33,  the  type  of  the  species 
with  all  or  nearly  all  Ivs   entire  is  figured  in  Franchet, 
Plant    Uelavay   11 

17  diaphana,  Maxim    (B    yunnanuiw,  Hutchms , 
not  Franch  )    Shrub,  to  3  ft  ,  with  rather  stout  branches, 
grooved,  light  yellowish  brown  in  their  second  year, 
spines  1 -3-parted,    l'\-\i,  raiely  to  P2  m    long     Ivs 
obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  obtusish,  }\-\  '  j  in    long, 
spmosr-serrulate    or   sometimes    entire,    glaucous    and 
reticulate  beneath    fls   bright  yellow,  '  2in   diam,  sol- 
itaiy,  or  in  2's  or  3's  on  a  common  peduncle,  pedicels 
J4-m   long    fr    oblong,  often  attenuated  at  the  ape\, 
scarlet,  slightly  bloomy,  nearlv    ]  2in    long     Mav,  fr 
m    Sept       \\      China  *    B  M    S224      S  T  S    2  101)  — 
Remarkable  for  its  large  fr  ,  the  Ivs    turn  scar- 
let in  autumn    Haul}  at  the  Ainold  Arboretum 

1*  buxif&lm,  Pon  (B  f/w/m.  Sweet)  One  to 
3  ft  branches  brown,  grooved,  spines  usually 
3-parted,  shoit  Ivs  cuneate,  obovate  or  elliptic, 
K-l  in  long  fls  solitary,  on  long  pedicels, 
oiange-yellovv  fr  nearly  globose,  blackish  pm pie 
May  Chile  to  Stiait  of  Magellan  B  M  6505. 
SB  FG  II  1  100  PM  10  171  LBC  20  1011 
II  F  1857  122 — A  very  graceful,  free-flow  enng 
shrub,  one  of  the  hardiest  of  the  eveigreen 
spene.s,  will  stand  the  winter  even  N  if  somewhat 
protected 

1 9  empetrifdha,  Lam    Low ,  densely  bi anched  shrub, 
to  2  ft    last  year's  branches  slightly  angular,  brown,  the 
young  ones  purplish,  often  bloomy  ,  spines  1-3-parted, 
'i-^iin     long     Ivs     Imeai,    K~?4m     long,    stronglv 
revolute  at  the  margin,  spiny  pointed,  blight  green 
fls    1-2,  on  slender  pedicels,  about  14111    long    fr  glo- 
bose, bluish  black,  about  }$in  diam    May,  June    Chile 
to  Patagonia   B  11.  26.27   vS  B  F  G   1  350— Less  often 
cult    and  not   so  handsome  as  the  following  hybrid, 
which  has  larger  Ivs  and  umbellate  fls. 

20  stenophy!la,Mast  (11  DdnnuuxB  empetrif&lwi). 
Height   1-3  ft ,  with  slender,  arching  branches'  Ivs. 
narrow-oblong,  revolute  at  the  margins,  spiny  pointed, 
lA~lYi  in    long,  dark  green  above    fls  2-6,  in  pedun- 
cled  nodding  umbels     Of  garden  origin.    May     G  C. 
111.  7.619.     A.F.  6.325.     Gn.  14,  p.  46,   61>  p.   305 


(habit);  69,  p.  318.  G  W  14,  p.  593;  15,  p  103.— 
Handsome  shrub,  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum. 

21  concfnna,  Hook   f.    Low,  spreading  shrub,  to  3 
ft     branches  oi  last  year  pale  brown,  angular,  spines 
3-parted,  slender    Ivs    obovate,   ^-1  in    long,  rather 
thin  and  only  half-evergreen,  lernotely  spinose-dentate, 
blight  green  above,  glaucous  beneath   fls  solitary  or  in 
2's  on  slender  stalks,  %-l  in  long,  bright  yellow,  over 
)->m   across,  fr.  red,  oblong-ovoid     June     Himalayas. 
BM  4714 — One    of    the    most    graceful    barberries, 
simihar  to  B   diet  ijo  phi/I  In,  but  easily  distinguished  by 
the  slender-stalked  fls    and  half-evergreen  Ivs     It  has 
proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Aiboretum  in  sheltered 
positions 

22  vemiculdsa,  Hemsl  <fe  Wilson    Dwarf,  spreading 
shrub,    to   3   ft ,  evergieen     branches   terete,  densely 
verrueulose,  with  sleridoi  spines  often  as  long  as  Ivs  : 
Ivs    ovate  or   elliptic   to   ovate -lanceolate,    remotely 
spiny-toothed,  dark  gieen  and  lustrous  above,  glaucous 
beneath,  3^-1  m   long   fls    1-2,  j  ^m   across   fr   violet- 
black,  bloomy,  ovoid  ^m    long,  with  sessile  stigrna 
June,fr  Oct.   W.  China    BM   8154 —Very  handsome 
with  its  dense  dark  green  and  lustrous  foliage     Has 
proved  haidy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

23  Gagnepainii,     Schneid       Evergreen    shrub,    to 
6  tt      branches  yellowish  gray,  terete,   with    slender, 
rather  long  spines    Ivs    narrow-lanceolate,   spmy-ser- 
r.'ite  revolute  at  the  margin,  h^ht  guen  beneath,  mdis- 
tmctlv  veined,  l}'>-3}2m  '()I1K  ^  fascicled,  3-8,  J ^n. 
across,  pedicels  ]^-l  m    long    fr    ovoid,  about   J-jjin. 
long,  bluish  black,  bloomv,  with  rieaily  sessile  style. 
Jmie,fr  Od     W  China    GC  III  4(5  226    B.M  8185 
(as  B  (ic  uminuta). 


540   Berbens  luttropoda 


21.  levis, Franch  Shrub,  to  5  ft  ,  evergreen  branches 
light  yellowish  gray,  angled,  usually  with  long  spines 
Ivs  narrow-lanceolate,  remotely  spin v-sei rate,  slightly 
or  not  revolute  at  the  margin,  light  green  beneath, 
indistinctly  veined,  1-2  in  long  fls  in  many-fld. 
fascicles,  ^jin  across;  pedicels  short,  1/4-}<2in  I°n8  fr 
short  -ovoid,  about  J^m  long,  black,  stigma  on  a  short 
stvle  June;  fr  Oct.  W.  China  See  discussion 
page  3566 


492 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


25.  Sargentiana,   Schneid.    Evergreen   shrub,  to  6 
ft. .  branches  nearly  terete,  grayish  brown,  with  usually 
short  spines.  Ivs   coriaceous,  elliptic-oblong  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  densely  spiny-serrate, 
dark  green  above,  light  green  and  reticulate  below, 
1M~4  in.  long:  fls  fascicled,  many.  J^in  across;  pedicels 
J^-^in   long.  fr.  globose-ovoid,  V^in   long,  black,  with 
sessile  stigma.   May,  June;  fr.  Sept  ,  Oct.   W.  China 
— Very  handsome  with  large  dark  green  Ivs.    At  the 
Arnold  Arboretum  it  has  proved  the  hardiest  of  the 
evergreen  barberries.  See  page  3566. 

26.  hakeoides,  Schneid    (B   congestifldra  var    hake- 
(fides,  Hook  f    B  congestiflbra,  Hort  ,  not  Gay).   Shrub, 
to  6  ft  .  last  year's  branches  angular,  grayish  brown; 
spines  small  or  oftener  leafy.,  and  semi-orbicular  with 


confused  with  B.  aristata,  which  is  easily  distinguished 
by  its  simple  sessile  racemes. 

31.  Neubertii,  Lem  (B.  vulgdns  x  Mahoma  Aqui- 
fdlium)  Branches  grayish  brown,  without  spines, 
upright1  Ivs.  simple,  oval  or  ovate,  or  sometimes 
oblong,  cuneate  at  the  base,  often  with  1  or  2  smaller 
lateral  Ifts.,  spiny-toothed,  dark  grayish  green  above, 
1^-3  in.  long.  fls.  in  racemes  Of  garden  origin.  1  H 
1:111.  GC.  III.  9  73,  75.  Var.  latifdlia,  Rehd.  (B. 
^llclft^lla,  Hort,  not  Forst  B  litifblw,  Hort)  Lvs. 
broader,  those  of  the  shoots  more  rigid,  with  fewer 
and  broader,  more  spreading  spines,  with  broader 
often  nearly  truncate  base  —  Hardy  in  sheltered  posi- 
tions at  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  but  not  evergreen,  in 
the  S.  the  Ivs.  are  persistent. 

B  actiiMcdntha,  Mart  Evergreen  shrub,  to  3  ft  spines  4-7- 
parteel  Ivs  obovato  to  oblong,  J-2-1  in  long,  spiny  fls  slendcr- 
stalked,  in  clusters  Chile  H  R  U  55  —  B  acummMa,  French 
Alhod  to  B  Gagnepainu  Evergreen  shrub  branches  yellow,  terete 
Ivs  lanceolate,  4-7  in  long,  acuminate,  vMth  numerous  small  spiny 
teeth  fls  fascicled,  pedicels  about  1  in  long  S  W  China  J  IJ  F 
1900  191  ~B  aiuminAta,  HUpf^-B  Gugnepaimi  -B  cuuminuta, 
Veitch=B  Vcitchu  —  B  ahitusis,  Presl  Low,  deiibe,  dcciduouu 
shrub  brandies  yellowish  gray,  angular  \\ith  numerous  spines, 
about  J^in  long  Us  oblanceolate  or  obovate,  spmose-seiratt,  }£- 
lJ2in  long  r  iceme*  short,  S-ll-fld  Sicily,  Sardinia,  Corsica  —B 
arefftita,  Schneid  Allied  to  B  polyantha  Lvs  oblong-obovate, 


At- 


541.  Berbens  Thunbergn. 


spiny  teeth*  Ivs  oval  to  nearly  orbicular,  1-2  in  long, 
rigid,  spmose-dentate,  bright  gieen  above,  glaucous 
beneath  fls  in  dense  globose  clusters;  clusters  very 
numerous  along  the  branches  and  forming  spikes  toward 
the  end  which  is  often  leafless*  fr  ovoid,  J^in  ,  bluish 
black  Chile  O  C.  Ill  29' 205.  B  M  6770— Very 
handsome  with  its  numerous  bright  yellow  fl  -clusters. 
Not  hardy  N. 

27  mcifdlia,    Fort.!      Shrub,    to   8   ft  •   last   year's 
branches  angular,  purplish,  minutely  pubescent  when 
young    Ivs    obovate,   >4~2  in    long,  dark  green  above, 
coarsely  spiny-toothed   racemes  5-10-fld  ,  shorter  than 
the  Ivh   with  the  peduncle  about  1  in  long,  fls.  orange- 
yellow     Patagonia.    B  M  4308     F  S  3  291.— Similar 
to  the  following     Veiy  rare  in  cult  ;  for  the  plants 
usually  cult,  under  this  name  see  No.  31. 

28  Darwinii,  Hook    Shrub,  1-3  ft    branches  brown, 
pubescent  when  young    Ivs    cuneate,  obovate,  spmy- 
toothrd  and  usually  3-pomlrd  at  the  apex,  glossy  dark 
green  above,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath,   ^-1 
in  long  racemes  6-20-fld  ,  longer  than  the  Ivs  ,  with  the 
peduncle  2-4  in    long,  pendulous,  fls    orange-yellow, 
often  reddish  outside;  style  as  long  aa  the  ovary,  fr. 
dark  purple    June;  fr  Aug  ,  Sept    Chile  to  Patagonia. 
BM    4590     FS.  7663.     P  F  G.  2.46.    J  F.   2.111. 
G  M   44  660 

29  asiatica,  Roxbg.  (B    hypoleuca,  Lmdl).   Shrub, 
to    10    ft       last    year's    branches    grayish    yello\\, 
grooved,  puborulous  when  young,  spines  small    Ivs 
obovate  to  oblong,  1-3  in  long,  entire  or  with  few  teeth, 
\\hitish  beneath    racemes  8-25-fld  ,  1-2  in    long.   fr. 
purple,  with  distinct  style     Apr     May.    Himalayas. 
J  H  S  2:246.— Hardy  only  S. 

30  chitria,   Lindl.    (B.   anstdta,   Sims,    not    DC.). 
Shrub,  to  6  ft  :  last  year's  branches  yellowish  or  reddish 
brown,  slightly  grooved  or  nearly  terete,  spines  slender, 
to  %m   long   Ivs.  oblong,  or  oblong-obovate,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  1-3  in  long,  spinose-serrate  or  entire,  sub- 
coriaceous    fls    deep  yellow,  often  reddish,  in  long- 
peduncled  panicles,   fr.   purplish,   ovoid-oblong,   with 
distinct  style     June.  July.     Himalayas.    B.R.  9:729 
BM.2549  (a  few-fld.  form,  as  B    umbellata).— Often 


,  , 

fopiny-toothed,  "4-!  in    long    panicles  short  and  very  dense,  about 
%\n   long    fr    subglobose,  salmnn-red     W    China 
Naudm=3  Kunn<i  —  fl 


young  branchlcts  pube 
H-Ui  in    long, 


~B    Andreant-, 

if/uldw,  Wall     Deciduous  shrub,  to  4  ft 
•ulous,  angular,  spiny    Ivs   oblong-obovate, 
ish  beneath,  entire  or  sparsely  hpfnulosc    fls. 

solitary  or  fevvT'slender-stalked  fr  red  Himalayas  BM  7071  — 
B  Aquifbhum,  Pursh=Mahonta  Aquifolium  —  B  arauta,  Ball=* 
Mahoma  arguta — B  Belatammm,  Hort  =B  vireseens  —  B  Beig- 
mdnnix,  Schneid  Allied  to  B  SarKentiaiia  Evergreen  shiub,  to 
b  f t  Ivs  coriaceous,  elliptic,  indistinctly -veined,  1-1 ',;  in  long  tts. 
fascicled,  many  fr  oblong-ovoid,  black,  bloomy  Cent  and  W 
China  Var  ncanthophijWi,  Schneid  Lvs  to  2  in  long,  smuately 
bpmy  W  China  Only  the  varu  ty  is  in  cult  —  B  Bretscfinenltn, 
Rehd  Alhel  to  B  koi<  ma  Shrub,  to  S  ft  blanches  terete,  re  d- 

in  long,  «et e>ie-serr'ite  race  mes  about  1 '  ^  in  long  fr  oblong,  pur- 
plish N  C'una  STS  2  110  Hardy  N —B  hrachypoda,  Maxim 
Allied  to  B  arnuren^s  Shrub,  to  (>  ft  Ivs  elliptic-oblong,  ac  ut« , 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  1  '2-3'z  in  long  ne ernes  pubescent,  slen- 
der, 2 -.1m  long  fr  scarlet  Cent  China—/*  mndfdula,  Schneid. 
(B  Walhthiana  var  pamhdulu,  S<  hneid  R  Wallichiana  var  pal- 
hda,  Boiss  )  Allied  to  B  vt  rruculosa  Evergreen  prostrate  shrub 
branchlets  glabrous,  yi  llo\\  i^h  Ivs  elliptic  with  few  spiny  teeth, 
TV  hite  beneath,  about  1  in  long  fl,  solil-iry  Cent  China  \  F  1  "> 
— B  Cdroh,  Schneid  (B  mte gernma  \.ir  stenophylla,  Maxim  ). 
Similar  to  B  Poiretu  Shrub,  to  t>  ft  h  *  oblameolate,  usually 
entire,  ?4-lHm  long:  racemes  S-  14-fld  Mc/ngoh<i  Var  hoanu* 
htnms,  Schneid  Racemes  m<iny-fld  ,1  1 }  3  in  long,  pedicels  >  Hm. 
long  fr  subglobose,  salmon-red  VV  China  Only  the  variety  is  in 
cult — B  cerdsma,  SchracJ.  Alliod  to  B  sinensis,  but  Ivs  more  often 
toothed,  racemes  shorter,  haully  longer  than  the  lv»  and  spines 
shorter,  usually  simple  Of  unknouu  origin  —  B  congt  ^tifldra,  Gay 
Allied  to  B  hakeoides  Lvs  oblong-ovate  to  orbicular,  often 
entire  fls  in  dense  umbels  on  upright  stalks  ^-1  in  long  Chile  — 
B  cratxginn,  DC  Shrub,  to  .>  ft  branch<  s  brownish  red,  nearly 
terete  l\a  deciduous,  oblanceolate  to  oblong-obcnate,  ^  l}2'n 
long,  usually  entire  race  mes  0-20-fid  ,  1  2  in  long  fr  bluish  black 
Asia  Minor  — The  true  B.  cratifigma  does  not  sc'em  to  be  in  cult  — 
B.  crttica.  Linn.  Deciduous  shrub,  to  3  ft  branches  purplish  with 


542.  Fruiting  twig  of  Berbens  Thunbergii. 


numcious  spines  often  nearly  1  m  long  Ivs  lanceolate,  ^-14in. 
long,  usually  entire  fls  3-7,  in  short  umbel-like  racemes  S  E  Eu. 
Orient  — B  crispa.  Gay  Allied  to  B  hakeoides  Branches  puber- 
ulous Ivs  thinnei,  ovate  or  oval,  spiny-toothed,  Jz-lHm.  long, 
fls  5-8,  on  slender  pedicels,  clustered  Chile  — B  dcalhdta,  Lindl 
Lvs  persistent,  nearly  orbicular,  with  few  spiny  teeth  racemes 
short,  dense,  nodding  Mex  B  R  21  1750  — B  Megam,  Hort  =B 
Lyciurn  — B  emarg\n(tta,  Willcl  Possibly  B  sibinca  X  rulgana. 
Low  shrub  spines  1-5-parted  Ivs  obovate  to  obovate-oblong,  Yr- 
1  %  in  long,  setulose-dentatc  racemes  shorter  than  the  Ivs  ,  up- 
right ,  petals  usually  emargmate  Of  unknown  origin  G  O  H  62  — 
B  Ffndlen,  Gray  Allied  to  B  canadensis  Shrub,  to  5  ft  spines 
3-5-parted  Ivs  obovate-lanceolate,  si-l  ?£  in  long,  lustrous,  entire 
w  spinulose  racemes  dense,  long-peduncled,  pendulous  Colo  to 
New  Mex  G  F  1  4b2  —  B  Ftrtunei,  Lindl  —Mahoma  B'ortunei. 


BERBERIS 


BERGEROCACTUS 


493 


— B  Premdntii,  Torr  ^Mahonia  Fremont u  —  B.  glauca,  Benth., 
not  Kunth=«=B  Jamiesonu  — B  grdcilm,  Hartw  =»  Mahonia  gracilia 
— B  hxmatocdrpa,  Wooton=  Mahonia  hsernatocurpa — B  hetero- 
•phylla,  Juss  Allied  to  B  ilicifohu  Branches  glabrous,  yellowish 
brown,  spines  3-5-parted  Ivs  persistent,  obovate  to  oblong,  lA~lli 
m  long,  entire,  or  with  2-4  spiny  teeth  Hs  "olitary  fr  purplish 
black  Straits  of  Magellan  H  E  1  14  — B.  hcterophylla.,  Zabel=» 
Mahonia  hetorophylla  — B  Hodktn,  Lem  (B  Jamieionn,  Hort  ,  not 
Lmdl  B  VValhchiana,  Hook  ,  not  DC).  Allied  to  B  Sargentiana 
Branchlets  angular,  stout,  pale  yellowish  brown  Ivs  elliptic-oblong 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  smuately  spiny-toothed,  1-2  in  long  fls  3-tt, 
pedicels  slender  fr  oblong,  large,  with  4-8  seeds  Origin  uncertain, 
probably  Himalayas  I  II  0  2U7  B  M  4<JoO  ~B  llulcktnt,Ann, 
Rehd=-Mahoniaarguta  —  B  JamnuAnn,Lmdl  (B  glauca,  Benth  , 
not  Kunth)  Evergreen  hhrub  branches  terete,  brownish  red  IVH 
oblong,  2-3  in  long,  entire  or  with  few  teeth,  lustrous,  pale  green 
beneath  fis  in  close  parados,  podiccU  ^in  long  Peru — Often 
confused  with  B  Hooke  n  and  B  Verschaffeltn  —  B  japunica, 
Spreng  =  Mahonia  japomca  — B  Kmglitti,  Hort  =B  Walhchiana 
vur  latifoha  —  B  Imirlna  Billbg  (B  Andreana,  Naudm)  Allied  to 
B  buxifoha  Shrub,  to  5  ft  branches  glabrous,  terete,  spines  to  1  in 
long  Ivs  oblanceolate,  1—3  in  long,  cntne,  pale  beneath  racemes 
pendulous,  to  3  in  long  fr  black,  bloomy  S  Bra/il  R  H  1809,  p. 
9  -B  lanflbra,  Schrad  Allied  to  B  amurenms  Lvs  oval  to  oval- 
olhptic,  obtuse,  serration  less  dense,  grayish  green  be  neath  racemes 
pendulous,  2-3  \  a  in  long  Of  unknown  origin  — B  Lnch.tensttinn, 
ftchneicl  De  ciduous  shrub,  to  5  ft  brandies  slightly  angled,  pur- 
plish with  strong  spines  IVH  ovate  to  lanceolate,  sinuate-ly  spiny, 
light  gn  en  beneath,  '  t-2  in  long  fls  iniaom.sl  1  >  2  in  long 
fr  globose,  red,  with  2  seeds  U  China  —B  lojenm*.  &  nth  Lvs 
persist!  nt,  oldong-obovate,  entire  or  nom<  tunes  with  a  few  spiny 
te-eth,  lu«trous  fls  small  in  peduncl«l,  loose  racemes  Peru  F  S  6, 
p  b<)  B  lunda,  Schrad  Allied  to  B  vulgari*  Lvs  <  Iliptic  to 
elliptic-oblong,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  obtuse,  remotely  and 
finely  senate  rait  me  s  spreading,  about  2  in  long  fr  red  Of  un- 
known origin,  pos  ibly  variety  of  B  vulgaim— B  Lycium,  Hoylo 
(B  ruse  .folia,  Hort  ,  not  1  nn  B  clegans,  Hort  )  Shnib,  to  b  ft  or 
more  br.mc  h(  s  t<  re  te ,  jc  llowish  graj  1\  s  sub-persistent,  obovate- 
lanceolnte,  3t-2m  long,  <  ntire  or  hpmulosi  rac  ernes  sessile,  longe  r 
than  the  hs  ,  drooping  tr  violet  Himalayas  BM  7075  —B 
ma(Titphylla,l\ur\  -=B  \\alliohiinavm  latifolm — li  wu  raalntlia, 
Sehrael  Possibly  B  aristatn  X\ulg'ms  Brant  hi  s  j  <  llowish  gray 
Ivs  elliptic,  acutish,  remotely  spmj -toothed,  1-2  in  long  racemes 
nodding,  1 'i  2)2  "»  1<>'»K  fr  red  Of  unknown  origin — B  mirro- 
vhylla  var  semi/a,  Hort  ==H  scnata  —  B  MouiUneana,  Schneid 
Deciduous  shrub,  to  10  ft  branchc  s  grooved,  purplish,  with  simple 
spines  hs  obovate-lanceol.it e,  obtuse,  usually  entnc,  light  green 
beneath,  '  >-2  in  long  fls  m  race,  mi  s,  to  1  >  2  in  long  fr  scarlet, 
with  2  seeds  W  (  hma  —  B  oblonua  Schneid  (B  he  teiopoda  var 
oblonga,  Kc  ge>l  )  \llied  to  B  hetcropoda  Branches  angular  Ivs 
obovate  lac  ernes  10-JO-fld  ,  usu.illy  compound  near  the  base,  ovary 
with  2  sessile  ovules  fr  oblong  Turkestan  — B  m-peifM-rn,  Spreng 
—  Mahonia  nepali  ns.s  —  B  tnrn^n,  Puish^Muhoma  nenosa  — 
B  jxillnla,  Benth  =Mahonm  pallida  — B  pnruJIAra,  Lmcll  =B 
niseifoha—  B  parufulin,  Spragiie  MliedtoB  \\  iKomr  Ixjwshrub 
Ivs  half-«  veurroen,  oblanceol-itc,  tut  ue  or  occasionally  spiny- 
toothed,  glabrous  and  reticulate  beneath  fls  fascicled,  3-0  fr 
globose,  terru-totta  color  W  C_  hma  —It  pmimta,  Lag  -=Mahoma 
pirmata — B  J'ratln,  Sc  hneid  Allied  to  B  polv.uitha  Shrub,  to 
10ft  Ivs  oblong-obov.ite,  entire  or  with  few  spiny  teeth,  reticulate, 
thinner  panicles  narrow,  to  b  in  long  fr  globose,  s  ilmon-red  W 
China  \ar  r<cun<itn,  Schneid  Raceme  narrow,  spike-hkt  fr  on 
reflexed  pedicels  \V  ("hma — B  pnnnfaa,  Franc h  Evergreen 
shrub  branches  brownish  yellow,  nearly  terete,  s-pmes  to  1  in 
long  Ivs  ovato-ollong,  }4-2  in  long,  strongly  -piny-toothed, 
wlutish  benrath  fl,  8-25,  fn  ,cicl(  d,  r  ire  Iv  in  a  peduncled  umbel  fr 
bluish  bl-ick  SW  China  —B  Hehdtrwna,  Schneid  \lliedtoB. 
koreana,  but  much  smaller  in  e\<o  part,  branches  reddish  brown, 
slightly  angled,  spines  1-3-parted  hs  obovate  to  oblong,  .spmose- 
scrraU,  »4'-l  U  »n  lon«  fls  S-15,  in  a  peduncled  race-me  fr  sub- 
globose,  bright  rod  Origin  unknown  — Hardy,  graceful  shrub,  the 
fr  remains  unchanged  until  the  following  spring  — B  rtpcus,  Lmdl. 
=Mahonm  re  pens — B  rotumhfoha,  Hort  =Mahonm  repens  var. 
rotundifolia — B  rusn/Mia,  T.am  (B  paiviflora,  Lmdl  )  Allied  to 
B  buxifoha  Branches  terete,  yellowish  gray  Ivs  oblong,  entire  or 
with  a  few  coarse  teeth,  ia-l'^in  long  lls  m  a  1-5-fld  peduncled 
raceme  fr  bluish  black  Argentine  JHS  2  243  — B  ruso/Ma, 
Hort  ^^B  Lynum  — B  sanuulnea,  Franth  Allied  to  B  Gagne- 
pamii  Lvs  narrow-lanceolate,  ?4~2  in  long,  spmose-serratc,  pale 
beneath  fls  with  red  fecpals,  in  fascicles  of  2-4,  pedicels  ?4in  long 
fr  bluish  black  W  China  V  F  10  —B  serdlina,  Lango  Allied  to 
B  smensis  Lvs  light  green,  oblanceolate,  usually  entire  racemes 
short  and  dense  Ongm  unknown  — B  serrutn,  Koehnc  (B  nucro- 
phylla  var  serrata,  Hort  )  Low,  deciduous  shrub,  branches 
ziooved,  reddish  or  yellowish  brown  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  J^-l  m. 
Jong,  spinulose-serrate  racemes  dense,  short  Origin  unknown  — 
B  iMiica,  Pall  Deciduous  shrub  branches  angular,  yellowish 
brown,  spines  3-9-parte>d  Ivs  obovate,  remotely  toejthed.  fls  soli- 
tary or  2,  short-peclicellcd  fr  rod  Siberia  B  R  0  487  — B  Silva- 
Turoutana.  Schneiel  Deciduous  bhrub.  to  10  ft  branches  grooved, 
brown,  spines  small  or  wanting  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate  or  obovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  entire-  or  with  few  small  teeth,  prumoso  beneath, 
H~2  in  long  racemes  1-2  J^  in  long,  pedicels  H-^tin  long  fr 
globose-ovoid,  scarlet,  with  1-2  seeds  W  China  — B  subcaulialtita, 
Schneid  Deciduous  shrub  branches  strongly  angulate  Ivs  oblan- 
ccolate,  H-l  m  long,  acute,  rarely  3-pomted  at  tho  apex,  whitish 
beneath  fls  m  very  short,  b-8-fld  racemes  or  rarely  fascicled,  nod- 
ding fr  globose,  red  W  China  — B  trmufdlia,  Lmdl  —Mahonia 
tcnuifoha  — B  thibthcn,  Schneid  Deciduous  shrub  branches  an- 
gular, purplish,  bloomy  Ivs  obovate-lanccolate,  l/i~l  in  long, 
rounded,  or  acutish,  mucronalato,  entire,  whitish  beneath  fls.  m 


fo 


1-5-fld  fascicles;  pedicels  about  Hm.  long  W.  China  ~B.  Tisch- 
len,  Schneid  Allied  to  B.  diaphana  Shrub,  to  8  ft  branches 
angled,  gray,  spiny  Ivs.  obovate  to  oblong,  obtuse,  spmulose-ser- 
rate,  prumose  beneath,  U-l  54  in  racemes  4-15-fld  ,  pedicels  }^-l 
in  long  fr  oblong,  with  a  distinct  style,  pale  red,  prumoso  W 
China  — B  toluacfnsm,  Hort  =Mahoma  heterophylla  — B  tnacan- 
thtiphora,  Fedde  Allied  to  B  tJagnepamn  evergreen  shrub,  to  5  ft 
branches  terete,  brown  Ivs  linear-lanceolate  with  2  to  .">  spiny  teeth 
on  each  side  or  entire,  glaucescent  bene  ath,  1-2  in  fls  2-5,  slender- 
stalked  fr  black,  ovoid,  with  sessile  style  Cent  China  — B  tn- 
fohata,  Hartw  =»Mahe>ma  tnfoholata  — B  Irifoliolnta.  Monc  == 
Mahonia  tnfoholata  — B  tn/urut,  Foibes= Mahonia  japonica  var 
tnfurca— B  umbcllAta,  Wall  DC eiduons  shmb  branches  angular, 
gray  Ivs  oblanceolate,  usually  entire-,  rarely  sparsely  serrulate 
race  mes  long-poduncled,  usually  umbel-like,  sometimes  elongated 
Himalayas  BR  30  41— B  Vnlelm,  hchneid  Allied  to  B  levin 
Evergreen  shrub  Ivs  narrow-lane e>olate,  acuminate,  smuately 
toothed  with  long  and  strong  spines,  2-4  in  long  fls  5-8,  slender- 
stalked  fr  ovoid,  bluish  black  Cent  China —B  Verschnfftltn, 
Schneid  (B  Jamesonn,  Lem  ,  not  Lmdl  )  Evergreen  shrub  Ivs 
oblong,  2-3  in  long,  sparingly  spiny-toothed'  fls  orange  in  drooping 
panicles  Ecuador  I  II  6  201  — B  tirfRcena,  Hook  Deciduous 
shrub,  2-5  ft  branches  yellowish  red  or  red,  lustrous,  terete  Ivs 
obovate,  J^-l  %  in  long,  spiny-toothed  or  entire,  Kght  green,  whitish 
beneath  fls  pale  yellow,  few,  fahcicled  or  in  peduncled  umbel- 
like  racemos  fr  purple,  bloomy  Himalayas  BM  7116 —Graceful 
shrub  Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  — B  Walltchiana,  DC 
Allied  to  B  Sargentiana  Evergreen  shrub,  to  10  ft  branches 
grooved,  spiny  Ivs  elliptic  to  lanceolate,  spiny-serrate  with  numer- 
ous small  tee»th,  lustrous  above,  light  green  beneath,  reticulate,  2-4 
in  long  fls  lt)-20,  pedicels  about  'im  long  fr  ovoid,  black,  with 
usually  1  long-stalked  seed  Himalayas  PI-G  l.p  79  \  ar  lati- 
f&lin  Hook  f  &  Thorns  (B  Kmghtii,  Hort  ,  not  Koch  B  macro- 
phylla,  Hort  )  Branchlets  less  grooved  Ivs  bioader,  thinner  — 
B  WattiLhiAna,  Hook —B  Houken  —  B  yunnnntnsit,  I' ranch. 
Allied  to  B  diaphana  Branches  grooved,  gray  hs  obovate-oblong, 
1  in  long,  entire-,  glaucous  beneath  fls  3-5,  fascicled  S  W  China 
— Has  been  confused  with  B.  diaphana  See  page  3500 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

BERCH&MIA  (derivation  uncertain).  Rhamndcex 
Ornamental  woody  climbers,  grown  chiefly  for  their 
bright  green  graceful  foliage 

Deciduous  twining  shrubs.  Ivs  alternate,  entire  or 
nearly  so,  petioled,  \\ith  conspicuous  numerous  parallel 
veins  fls  perfect;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens  5|  calyx- 
tube  shallow,  ovary  free,  2-celled,  with  a  2-parted 
style  drupe  oblong  to  cylmdnc  with  a  2-celled  stone  — • 
About  12  species  m  S.  and  Cent  Asia,  N  Amer  and 
K.  Afr 

These  slender  climbing  shrubs  have  inconspicuous 
greenish  white  flowers  in  terminal  panicles  followed  by 
berry-like,  small,  usually  oblong,  black  or  red  fruits.' 
The  cultivated  species  are  not  quite  hardy  North  and 
prefer  sunny  positions;  they  grow  in  almost  any  soil  and 
are  useful  for  trellis-work,  \\hen  no  dense  bhade  is 
desired.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  root-cuttings 
in  spnng  under  glass,  also  by  layering  the  young  shoots 
and  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  fall  under  glass. 

scdndens,  Koch  (B.  volhbihs,  DC  ).  SUPPLE-JACK. 
Ten  to  15  ft  •  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate, 
often  undulate,  1-3  in  long,  with  9-12  pairs  of  lateral 
veins:  fls.  greenish  vshite  in  small  terminal  panicles  fr 
bluish  black,  K~/^n  long-  June  Southern  states 
BB.  2:404.  S.OB  3  153. 

racem&sa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Closely  allied  to  the  former. 
Lvs  cordate,  ovate,  1-2} 2  m.  long,  with  6-8  pairs  of 
veint>  fls  greenish  in  large  terminal  panicles*  fr.  first 
led,  becoming  black  at  length  July.  Japan,  China  — 
Hardier  than  the  former,  not  high-climbing;  attractive 
in  late  summer,  with  its  red  frs. 

B  Giralditina,  Schneid  Allied  to  B  racemosa  Lvs  ovate- 
oblong,  1-3  in  long,  grayish  white  beneath,  with  9-11  pairs  of  veins, 
petioles  »|m  long  W  China — B  hnedta,  DC  Allied  to  B.  scan- 
dens  Lvs  smaller,  oblong-ovate,  obtuse,  with  about  9  pairs  of 
veins,  grayish  white  beneath.  N  and  W.  China. 

ALFRED  REHDER 

BERGAMOT.  Name  applied  to  various  aromatic 
plants,  particularly  to  members  of  the  Lab  take,  as 
inenthas  and  monardas.  The  bergamot  essence  of 
commerce  is  made  from  a  citrous  fruit.  See  Citrus 

BERGEROCACTUS  (named  for  Alwin  Berger, 
Curator  of  the  Hanbury  Garden,  at  La  Mortola,  Italy) 
Cuctdcesp.  A  low,  much-branched,  day-blooming  cactus 
with  cylindrical,  low-ribbed  sts  :  areoles  close  together, 


494 


BERGEROCACTUS 


BERTOLONIA 


bearing  many  yellow  spines'  corolla  short,  funnel- 
shaped,  greenish  yellow:  fr.  globose,  densely  spiny. — A 
single  species  known. 

Emoryi,  Brit  &  Rose  (Cereus  Emoryi,  Engelm.). 
Prostrate  or  ascending,  6-10  in.  high,  1-2  in.  diam  , 
often  forming  thick  masses  10-20  ft.  m  diam  :  fis.  1-2 
in  broad-  fr.  1-1  %  in.  diam  On  mainland  and  isls. 
of  S  Calif.,  and  N  Low  Calif — This  species,  native 
of  Calif  ,  can  easily  be  grown  in  the  open  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  that  state  It  forms  large  masses  and  care 
must  be  taken  that  it  does  not  preempt  more  than 
its  share  of  the  garden  The  species  has  long  been  m 
the  trade,  but  it  does  not  do  well  in  the  greenhouse,  and 
it  is  hardly  to  be  recommended  for  the  small  collection. 
Its  slender  sts.,  covered  with  striking  yellow  spines,  are 
very  unlike  any  of  our  other  cereus-like  plants 

J.  N.  ROSE. 

BERMUDA  GRASS:  Cynodon  dactylon. 

BERRIA  (after  Dr.  Andrew  Berry,  a  Madras 
botanist)  Syn  ,  Berrya,  DC  ,  not  Klein  Tihacex. 
A  timber  tree  of  India,  which  has  been  sparingly 
introduced  into  this  country.  One  species. 

Ammonflla,  Roxbg  High  tree:  Ivs  entire,  heart- 
shaped,  long-petioled,  smooth,  5-7-nerved,  alter- 
nate1 fls  in  racemes,  small,  white,  very  numerous: 
fr  a  3-celled  caps  with  6  wings,  the  3-12  seeds 
with  stiff  hairs,  which  readily  penetrate  the  skin 
and  produce  a  painful  itching  — Crows  abundantly 
in  British  India,  Ceylon,  the  Malay  Archipelago,  and 
the  Philippines  The  wood  is  smooth-grained,  yollow, 
with  dark  red  heart,  used  for  house-building,  agricul- 
tural implements,  oil-casks,  boats,  and  the  like  ?]x- 
portedas  "tnncomalee  wood  "  G.  T  HASTINGS. 

BERSAMA  (Abyssinian  name)  Sapmdaceae  Trop. 
and  S  African  trees  and  shiubs,  of  perhaps  a  half-dozen 
species,  probably  not  cult  Lvs  alternate,  odd-pinnate, 
Ifts  entire  or  serrate  fls  silky,  white,  of  o  sepals  and 
5  unequal  clawed  petals  li  "usambarSnsis,  Guerke,  a 
recently  descnbcd  species  from  German  E  Air,  has 
been  discussed  in  horticultural  journals  tree,  50  ft.. 
Ivs.  more  than  2  ft  long,  with  winged  raehis,  the  Ifts. 
oblong-lanceolate  and  somewhat  cut,  prickly-margined. 

BERTHOLLETIA  (after  Louis  Claude  Berthollet, 
French  chemist).  Myrlacese.  BRAZIL-NUT  BUTTER- 
NUT PARA-NUT.  CREAM-NUT.  NIGGER-TOE.  Large 
trees  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, bright  green, 
leathery,  about  2 
ft.  long,  6  in  broad : 
fls  cream  -  colored ; 
calvx  parts  united 
and  tearing  into  2 
parts  when  the 
flower  opens,  petals 
6;  stamens  many, 
united  into  a  hood- 
shaped  mass,  the 
upper  ones  sterile' 
fr  round,  about  6 
in  diam  ,  with  a 
hard  shell  contain- 
ing 18-24  3-sided 
nuts  (Fig.  543).— 
Species  several,  all 
furnishing  Brazil 
nuts  and  usually 
described  as  B.  excelsa.  The  common  trade  name  is  Cas- 
.tanea,  the  name  of  the  genus  including  the  chestnuts. 
exceisa,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.  Fig.  543.  A  tree  100-150 
ft.  with  a  smooth  trunk  3-4  ft  m  diam  :  branches 
near  the  top  — It  forms  large  forests  on  the  banks  of  the 
Amazon  and  Rio  Negro.  The  natives  gather  the  nuts 
m  large  quantities,  chopping  the  fr  open  They  are 


exported  in  large  quantities,  chiefly  from  Para.  An  oil 
is  expressed  from  the  kernels,  and  the  bark  is  used  at 
Para  for  caulking  ships  The  tree  is  of  little  value  for 
decorative  purposes,  and,  is  too  tender  for  growth  any- 
where m  the  U.  S.  G.  T.  HASTINGS. 

BERTOL6NIA  (after  A.  Bertohm,  Italian  botanist). 
Melastomacese.  Excellent  warmhouse  foliage  plants 
from  Brazil. 

Always  dwarf,  and  sometimes  creeping;  the  garden 
forms  with  membranaceous,  5-11-nerved  Ivs.  5-8  in. 


543.  Bertholletia  excelsa.  Cross-sec- 
tion   of     husks,   showing    Brazil-nuts 


544.  Bertolonia  marmorata. 


long,  and  purple  beneath  fls  white,  purple  or  rose- 
colored,  5-petaled,  in  scorpioid  racemes  or  spikes  There 
are  only  9  species,  5  of  which  were  distinguished  when 
the  last  edition  was  issued  (A  Coigneaux,  in  DC 
Mon  Phan  ,  Vol  VII  )  Some  carhor  botanists  do  not 
separate  certain  allied  genera  which  usually  cannot 
be  distinguished  by  habit  alone  The  surest  character 
is  the  inflated  and  3-angled  or  3-wmged  calyx  of  Berto- 
lonia In  Bertolonia,  fl  -parts  are  in  5's,  but  the  ovary 
is  3-celled  Gravesia  has  a  5-celled  ovary,  and  Soncnla 
.is  tnmerous  In  Bertolonia,  the  connective  of  the 
anthers  has  no  appendage,  in  Salpmga  there  is  a  spur 
below  and  behind  the  connective,  in  Monolena  there  is 
a  spur  m  front,  and  the  calyx  LS  not  hairy 

Bertolonias  are  essentially  fanciers'  plants  It  is 
somewhat  difficult  to  bring  out  their  true  character- 
istics under  ordinary  stove  treatment,  as  they  require 
a  more  humid  atmosphere  than  can  usually  be  main- 
tained, even  in  a  small  house  The  additional  shelter  of 
a  small  frame  should  be  provided,  where  the  atmos- 
pheric conditions  will  be  much  more  easily  regulated. 
A  plentiful  supply  of  water  at  the  roots  is  necessary, 
syringing  or  sprinkling  overhead  is  not  advisable  — • 
The  most  convenient  method  of  propagation  is  by 
cuttings,  which  strike  readily,  in  a  moderately  close 
propagatmg-casc  filled  with  sharp,  clean  sand  The 
pots  should  be  thoroughly  clean  and  drained,  and  the 
compost  open  and  porous  They  may  also  be  grown 
from  seed  They  thrive  in  dense  shade  Old  plants  are 
not  so  brilliant  as  young  ones  (Win.  Scott ) 

Bertolonias  and  their  allies  furnish  an  excellent 
example  of  Van  Houtte's  triumphs  in  hybridization 
The  two  species  described  below  have  probably  been 
important  factors  in  the  plant-breeding,  and  Gravesia 
guttata  even  more  so.  Gravesia  is  a  Madagascar  plant, 
and  has,  perhaps,  been  crossed  with  the  Brazilian 
bertolomas  Unfortunately,  the  pictures  in  Flore  des 
Serres  show  no  flowers,  and  the  pedigree  is  not  given 
The  bertonenlas  figured  and  described  in  I.H.  43,  pp. 
188  and  189,  with  colored  plates  64  and  68,  are  pre- 
sumably hybrids  between  Bertolonia  and  Sonenla. 
Excepting  B  maculata  and  B.  marmorata,  the  following 
are  hybrids' 

A   Veins  not  lined  on  both  sides  with  a  colored  band 
marmorata,  Naudm.   Fig.  544.   St.  less  densely  hairy 
than  B    maculata  •  Ivs    more  narrowly  ovate,  ovate- 


BERTOLONIA 


BESCIIORNERIA 


495 


oblong,  acute,  sparsely  hairy,  streaked  with  white  along 
the  veins  calyx  sparsely  hairy,  not  glandular,  petals 
somewhat  blunter,  dilute  purple.  H  H  1848  381  (as 
Erwcnema  rnnrmorata,  Naudin).  FS  7  750  (as  B 
maculata  var  marnwrata,  Planch  )  Coigneaux  recog- 
nizes 2  varieties,  var  genuina,  with  Ivs  green  above, 
and  banded  with  white  along  the  veins,  var.  &nea, 
(E  &nea  and  B.  £nca,  Naudin),  with  Ivs  dark  green 
with  a  coppery  cast,  but  not  spotted  or  only  slightly  so. 
Mirindaei,  Van  Houtte.  Spots  red  on  the  lower  Ivs 
and  white  on  the  upper  or  younger  ones:  Ivs.  purple 
beneath  FS  21:2235  (1875) 

AA.  Veins  lined  on  both  t>tdet>  with  a  white  or  colored  band. 
B.  Bands  and  t>potx  magenta  or  purple. 

maculata,  DC  St  short,  decumbent,  rooting  at  the 
base,  densely  clothed  with  rusty  hairs  Ivs  long-petioled, 
cordate,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  hispid  above  and  at 
margins,  dark  velvety  green  above,  often  spotted 
calyx  densely  clothed  with  glandular  haus,  petals  obo- 
vace,  scmewhat  acute,  rose-colored  B  M  4551 

Houtteana,  Van  Houtte  (B  Van  Houttei,  Hort). 
Lvs  purple  beneath  F.S.  20  2120 — This  was  a  sen- 
sational plant  of  1875,  and  Van  Houtte  refused  $2,000 
for  his  stock  of  it 

BB.  Band^  and  upots  silvery  white. 
c  Spot*  very  distinct 

Hrubyana,  Van  Houtte  This  has  bars  of  white  con- 
necting the  veins  The  under  side  of  the  Ivs  seems  to 
be  green  instead  of  purple,  at  least  toward  the  tip 
FS  23  2381 

Rodeckiana,  Van  Houtte  Distinguished  from  the 
above  and  all  others  of  this  group  bv  the  abundance  of 
dark  red  color  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  Ivs  veins  of 
the  under  side  prominent  and  green  F  S  23  2382 

CC  S potts  very  faint 

Legrelleana,  Van  Houtte  (B  L< (/relit,  Hort )  There 
are  a  few  longitudinal  bars,  but  they  do  not  connect 
the  veins  Referred  to  Grave^ia  guttata  by  Coigneaux. 
FS  23-2407. 

Other  trade  names  are  B  guttuta.  Hook  f  —Gravesia  guttata  — 
B  margantdrea  Hort  Bull  -— Salpmga  inargantacea — B  pnmuLf- 
jlbra,  Hort -Mouolena  pnniulteflora  —-B  puUtmns.  Hort  ,  with 
long  white  hairs,  and  ,.  chocolate  band  down  the  center  Ecuador 
— B  punctaHsHima,  Hort  — li  iiiptrbtiKima,  Hort  (B  superba', 
Hort  ),  with  rose-colored  spots,  which  are  larger  and  brighter  near 
*he  margin  F  M  151  (1875)  —Probably  a  variety  of  Gravesia 

*uttata  WILHELM  MILLER. 

N    TAYLOR t 

BERTONERlLA.  A  class  of  handsome  foliage  plants, 
presumably  hybnds  between  Bertoloma  and  Sonerila. 
IJertonerila  is  a  combination  of  the  names  Bertoloma  and 
Sonerila  IH  Vol  43  (1890),  pp  188-190  For  culture, 
see  Bertoloma — Rare  m  this  country,  perhaps  not  m 
cult  outside  of  a  few  botanic  gardens  Some  of  the 
best-known  forms  are  Madame  Cahuzae,  Madame  de 
Brezetz  and  Madame  Trcyeran. 

BESCHORNERIA  (after  H.  Beschorner,  German 
botanist).  Amarylhdacex.  Succulent  desert  plants,  al- 
lied to  Bravoa,  Fourcroya  and  Doryanthes,  planted  far 
south  and  in  California,  and  sometimes  seen  in  col- 
lections under  glass  in  the  North. 

Leaves  in  a  rosette,  glaucous,  roughish  at  the  margins, 
not  so  thick,  firm  or  fleshy  as  in  Agave  (which  has  a 
strong  end-spine  and  horny  marginal  prickles),  root- 
stock  short,  tuberous,  fls  accompanied  by  showy  colored 
bracts  In  Beschorneria,  the  perianth  is  usually  reddish 
green,  funnelform  but  with  a  very  short  tube  and  with 
long,  oblanceolate  segms.;  in  Doryanthes  the  perianth 
is  bright  red,  the  segms.  long,  narrowly  falcate;  m 
Bravoa  the  perianth  is  red  or  white,  the  tube  curved, 
sub-cylindrical,  and  the  segms.  short  From  Fourcroya, 
to  which  the  genus  is  closely  related,  Beschornena  is 


distinguished  by  its  tubular-shaped  perianth,  long  arid 
narrow  segms,  thin  and  Blender  filaments,  which  ate 
only  slightly  thickened  below  the  middle  '1  he  perianth 
of  Fouicroya  is  campanulale,  with  spreading,  ovoid  or 
elliptic  segms ,  arid  short  thickened  fii,unents,  the 
fourcroyas  are  larger  plants,  and  without  laige  showy 
bracts,  and  often  produce  bulbil-,  which  Be^ornena 
never  does. 

The  species  are  veiy  eloselv  allied,  and  difficult  to 
distinguish  The  following  are  the  only  kinds  well 
known,  and  they  are  all  from  Mexico.  If  in  good  con- 
dition they  bloom  every  year  in  warm  countries  from 
suckers  of  the  previous  year,  but  in  the  North  they  are 
likely  to  bloom  only  at  long  irregular  intervals  The 
species  succeed  best  when  treated  similarly  to  agaves, 
wrth  the  exception  of  the  soil,  which  may  be  made 
richer  by  <he  addition  of  crushed  bonip  and  a  little 
vegetable-mold  A\\  of  the  species  neid  greenhouse 
protection  in  the  northern  state1-  They  are  hardy  in 
the  warmest  pails  of  the  British  Islands  Useful  for 
bedding  as  striking  foliage  subjects 

tubifldra,  K unth  No  st  or  trunk:  Ivs  12  or  more, 
1/2-2  ft  long,  1  in  bro.ul,  linear,  long-acuminate, 
roughish  on  both  surfac  es,  tutted,  more  01  less  recurved, 
thickened  and  triangular  at  base,  minutely  striated, 
glaucous-green  scape  4  ft  ,  terminating  in  an  erect 
raceme,  fls  dioopmg,  2-4  together,  the  perianth  divided 
to  the  top  of  the  ov.try,  biownish  green.  B  M  4042  — 
The  oldest  and  best-known  species 

TonShi,  Jacobi  (B  Tondunui,  Jacobi)  Allied  to  B. 
tubi flora,  but  with  loo^ci  habit,  inaeh  broader  foliage, 
bright  red-purple  scape  and  a  colored  panicle  with 
drooping  branches,  longer  purple  and  red  fls  with  more 
acute  segms  st  or  trunk  very  short  Ivs  very  glau- 
cous, roughish  beneath  and  on  the  margins,  15-20  in 
number,  1-1  j  2  ft  long,  2  2J2  m  broad,  short-acumi- 
nate, and  contracted  below  the  middle  into  a  flat  thick" 
petiole  1  m  broad  B  M  0091 

Dekostenana,  C  Koch  (B  Decoct f-nana,  Baker). 
Lvs  15-20  or  more,  2-2,]o  ft  long,  2-2^2  m  broad, 
oblanceolate,  long-acuminate,  very  gradually  tapering 
both  ways  from  the  middle,  1-1 14  in  broad  above  the* 
base,  which  is  vei y  thick  fls  in  a  deltoid  panicle,  green, 
\y>  in  long,  cut  nearly  to  base,  the  ovary  protruding. 
BM  6708 

bracteata,  Jacobi.  Stemless  Ivs  20-30,  lj^-2  ft. 
long,  2  in  bioad,  short-acuminate,  texture  thin  but 
firm,  contracted  to  less  than  I  in  wide  above  the 
dilated  base,  glaucous  green,  scanous  or  dry  on  the 
margin  scape  4-5  ft  ,  the  panicle  reddish  brown,  fls. 
]  Vj  in  long,  segms  free  but  connivant,  green,  chang- 
ing to  yellowish  red  B  M  0641 

yuccoides,  Hook  f  St  none,  or  apparently  present 
by  shedding  of  older  Ivs  in  the  rosette  Ivs.  about  20, 
1-1 }  2  ft  long,  2  in  broad,  lanceolate,  short-acuminate, 
nan  owed  to  *2in  above  the  base,  glaucous  green, 
scape  3-4  ft ,  with  fls  on  drooping  red  branches  in  the 
panicle,  fls  about  3  in  long,  dark  green,  tinged  yellow. 
B  M  5203.  G  C  III.  46  8,  309,  313.— The  Ivs.  are 
broader  than  m  A.  tubi  flora,  shorter  acuminate,  and 
more  boldly  narrowed  below  the  middle. 

Wrightii,  Hook.  f.  Allied  to  B.  Dekostenana,  but  fls. 
pubescent,  st.  or  trunk  18  m.:  Ivs.  about  50,  densely 
crowded,  spreading  or  recurved,  ensiform,  4-5  ft  long 
by  2  in  at  the  middle,  the  tip  narrowed  to  a  long  brown 
stiff  point,  the  base  dilated  and  very  thick  and  bi-con- 
vex,  the  margins  very  narrowly  scarious,  denticulate: 
panicle  pyramidal,  8  ft  ;  fls.  fascicled,  nodding,  green- 
ish, pubescent  B  M  7779. 

pubescens,  Berger.  Smaller:  Ivs.  2  ft.  long  by  2  in 
broad,  glaucous,  rather  stiff  and  fleshy  along  the  midrib, 
nearly  smooth  underneath,  rough  only  near  tip,  margins 
finelv  and  deeply  denticulate'  panicle  4-5  ft ,  rather 
slender,  the  scape  bright  red;  fls.  fascicled  in  axils  of 


496 


BESCHOUNERIA 


BETULA 


ovate  bracts,  green,  fading  to  yellow,  pubescent.   G.C. 
Ill  40  350. 

B    argyrophijlla,  Hort  =B    Dekostenana.— B    cahf6rmca  is  a 
nomen  nuduin  — B    sup£rbat  Hort.  and  B    mndifldra,  Hort.=B. 
yuccoidcs 

G.  W  OLIVER. 
L.  H.  B.f 

BESLERIA 

(after  Basil  Bes- 
ler,    Nuremberg 
apothecary,  and 
>  reputed    author 
of    the    superb 
Hortus    Kystet- 
tcnsis,    1613). 
Gesnoncese       A 
genus  of  50  spceics  of 
Trop  American  plants, 
mostly  subshrubs,  with 
somewhat    4  -  a  n  g  1  e  d 
sts ,  large,  membrana- 
ceous,  opposite,  petio- 
late   Ivs    prominently 
veined    beneath,    and 
yellow,  white  or  purple 
fls      calyx    eampanu- 
late,  at  length  globose, 
shortly  5-toothed,  cor- 
olla tubular    B  Immy 
is  herbaceous,  with  ser- 
rate   Ivs.    and    yellow 
axillary  fls.  BM'6341. 
Prop  by  cuttings  over 
bottom  heat     None  is 
known  to  be  offered  m 
Amer 

l&tea,  Linn.  St  6-10 
ft ,  glabrous  or  nearly 
so  Ivs  elliptic  or  elliptic-oblong  calyx  about  half  as  long 
as  the  yellow  slightly  gibbous  corolla  Trop  Amer 

N    TAYLOR  t 

Bl£SSERA  (after  Dr.  Besser,  professor  of  botany  at 
Brody)  Lihaceap.  MEXICAN  CORAL  DROPS  An  ex- 
ceedingly pretty  summer-flowering  bulbous  squill-hke 
plant 

Umbels  pendulous,  fls  vermilion  outside,  with  a 
white  corona  or  cup  within,  and  long,  purple  stamens; 
perianth  cup-shaped,  the  tube  shorter  than  the  oblong- 
lanceolate  segms  ,  stamens  6 — A  monotypic  genus 
allied  to  Androsteplnum  Culture  simple  Bulbs 
planted  out,  and  lifted  when  ripe  May  be  prop  by 
offsets 

elegans,  Schult.  f.  Fig  545  Bulb  globular,  1  in 
thick,  tumcated  Ivs  2-3,  about  10-12  in  ,  or  even  2  ft., 
long,  scape  1-2  ft.  long,  hollow,  fragile,  umbels  4-10- 
fld  ,  pedicels  1-1  }j  in.  long,  perianth  9-10  lines  long, 
keeled  on  the  back,  variously  marked  with  white 
within,  but  usually  with  \crmihon  margins  and 
center-band,  fls  borne  through  two  months  of 
late  summer  and  early  autumn  G  F.  4*125 
(adapted  in  Fig  545)  Gn  25 '42.  B  R.  1546  J 

(as  Phanum  fistidosum)',  25.34  F  8.4:421  (as 
B  mimatum)  — Strong  bulbs  sometimes  throw 
up  6-10  scapes,  with  12-20-fld.  umbels 

WILHELM  MILLER 

BETA  (ancient  name)  Chenopodidcey.  BEET- 
ROOT. BEET  Annuals  in  cultivation,  or  bien- 
nials by  the  wintering  of  the  roots,  grown  for 
the  thick  edible  roots,  edible  leaves,  and  orna- 
mental foliage. 

Glabrous,  mostly  thick-rooted  herbs,  with 
alternate,  entire  or  sinuate  Ivs.:  fls.  perfect, 
bracted;  perianth  urn-shaped,  5-lobed,  adhering 
at  base  to  the  ovary,  becoming  hardened  in  fr.; 


545.  Bessera  elegans 


stainetH  5  on  a  fleshy  ring  or  disk;  ovary  partly  inferior, 
in  fr  covered  by  the  withered  and  corky  remains  of 
the  perianth;  the  fls  usually  stand  2  01  more  together 
and  cohere  into  a  "seed"  or  "ball"  that  is  moie  than 
1-seeded  — The  species  of  Beta  are  much  confused,  but 
probably  all  of  them  can  be  referred  to  a  half-dozen 
species.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  Asia. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  (B.  marltima,  Linn.).  The  supposed 
source  of  the  cult  beets  and  foliage  beets  Probably  a 
development  from  the  peienmal  beet  of  the  coasts  in 
patts  of  Ku  ,  a  much-branched  decumbent  plant  (Fig. 
516),  with  thick,  long  and  hard  (not  really  fleshy) 
perennial  roots  In  cult  forms,  the  plant  is  erect  in 
fls  and  fr ,  with  greenish  clustered  fls  ,  and  ovate- 
oblong,  smooth,  more  or  less  thick  and  wavy-margined 
Ivs.  There  arc  3  main  races  of  the  cult,  beet-plant 

Var  crassa,  Alef  BEET-ROOT  BEET  of  American 
gardens  and  fields,  chaiacteiizcd  by  its  thickened  loot 
of  many  forms,  some  of  which  are  developed  for  their 
sugar-prpducmg  qualities'  See  Bcel. 

Var.  cruenta,  Alef  (B  hortin^is  and  B  riibra,  Hort ). 
RED  and  VICTORIA  foliage  beets.  Root  not  highly 
developed  Ivs  large  and  showy,  red  or  gieen,  with  yel- 
low ribs  Var  metdlhca  is  a  form  of  this.  In  many  bril- 
liant foims,  often  used  in  bedding  and  for  strong  color 
effects 

Var  Cicla,  Moq  (B  Clcia,  Linn  B  brasihenws  and 
B.  chilcnt>i>,,  Hort )  LEAF-BEET  SICILIAN  BEET. 
HEA-KALK  BEET.  SPINACH  BEET.  CHILIAN  BEET. 
ROMAN  KALE  POIREI.  Root  small  and  blanched,  not 
thick  or  fleshy  Ivs  very  large,  thick-ribbed,  green, 
yellow-green,  reddish  green  or  even  led,  often  with  very 
wide  and  thick  petioles — Used  as  a  pot-herb  Differs 
widely  in  the  coloiation  of  the  If -ribs,  and  shape  and 
development  of  If -blade  One  foim  of  it  is  Chard 
(which  see)  L.  H  B. 

BETEL,  or  BETLE.  The  leaf  of  Piper  Bdle,  a  kind 
of  pepper  Used  in  wrapping  the  pellets  of  betel-nut  and 
lime  which  are  commonly  chewed  m  the  Orient  The 
pellets  are  hot,  acrid,  aromatic,  astringent  They 
redden  the  saliva  and  blacken  the  teeth,  and  event- 
ually corrode  them  The  betel-nut  is  the  fruit  of  Areca 
Catechu,  a  palm  See  pp  16  and  24. 

BET6NICA  and  BETONY.   Staehyi 

B^TULA  (ancient  Latin  name).  Beluldceae.  BIRCH. 
Ornamental  deciduous  woody  plants  grown  chiefly  for 
their  bright  gicen  handsome  foliage.  Page  3566. 

Trees  or  shrubs  winter-buds  usually  conspicuous, 
sessile,  with  several  imbricate  scales.  Ivs.  alternate, 
petioled,  serrate  or  crenate  fls  monoecious,  apetalous, 
in  catkins,  stammate  formed  in  autumn  and  remaining 
naked  during  the  winter,  every  scale  beanng  3  fls  ,  each 
with  a  minute  4-toothed  calyx  and  with  2  stamena 
divided  at  the  apex;  pistillate  catkins  oblong  or  cylin- 
drical, bearing  3  naked  ovaries  in  the  axil  of  every  scale 


.  Beta.  The  wild  perennial  form  of  the  beet  plant  as  it  prows  on 
the  coasts  of  England. 


BETULA 


BETULA 


497 


consisting  of  3  connate  bracts,  fr.  a  minute  nut,  often 
erroneously  called  seed,  with  membranous  wings, 
dropping  at  maturity  with  the  3-pointed  scales  from  the 
Blender  rachis  of  the  stiobile — About  35  species  in  N. 
Amer.,  Eu  ,  N  and  Cent.  Asia,  especially  in  the  northern 
regions  No  tree  goes  farther  north  than  the  birch,  in 
N.  Amer  B  papynfera  reaches  66°  north  latitude, 
and  in  Eu  B  pubescent  goes  to  the  N  Cape,  and  its  still 
a  forest  tree  at  70°  Monogr  by  Hegel  Monograph ibche 
Bearbeitung  der  Betulacea?  (1X61),  and  in  De  Candolle, 
Prodromus,  16,  2,  p  162  (1S69);  and  by  Winkler  in 
Engler's  Pflanzenreich  Betulaceir,  p  56,  quoted  below 
asW.  B 

The  birches  are  often  conspicuous  on  account  of  their 
colored  bark,  and  slender  usually  pendulous  stammate 
catkins  before  the  leaves  and  much  smaller  pistillate 
catkins,  followed  by  subglobose  to  cylindnc  strobiles 
The  hard  and  tough  \\ood  is  often  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  furniture  and  of  many  small  articles,  in 
making  charcoal,  and  for  fuel,  from  the  bark,  boxes,  bas- 
kets, and  many  small  articles  are  made;  also  canoes 
from  that  of  the  B  papynfera;  in  Russia  and  Siberia  it 
is  used  in  tanning  leather  The  sap  of  some  species  is 
used  as  a  beverage  The  birches  are  very  ornamental 
park  trees,  hardy,  except  two  or  three  Himalayan  spe- 
cies, and  especially  valuable  for  colder  climates.  '1  hey 
are  essentially  northern  trees  and  are  short-lived  in 
warmer  regions,  particularly  mountain  species  like  B 
luieu,  while  B  nigra  and  B  Icnta  are  better  suited  for 
a  warmer  climate  than  rnoht  other  species  Their 
foliage  is  rarely  attacked  by  insects,  and  turns  to  a 
bright  or  orange-yellow  in  fall  Their  graceful  habit, 
the  slender,  often  pendulous  branches,  and  the  pictur- 
esque trunks  make  them  conspicuous  features  of  the 
landscape  Especially  icmarkable  arc  those  with  white 
bark,  as  B  papyiifua,  B  popuhfolia,  B  ptndida, 
B  Ermanii,  and  also  B  Maximowiczn  with  vellow 
bark 

Most  birches  prefer  moist,  sandy  and  loamy  soil, 
but  some,  as  B  pendida  and  B  popuhfolia,  grow  as 
satisfactorily  in  dry  localities  and  poor  soil  as  in  swamps 
and  bogs,  and  they  are  especially  valuable  in  leplant- 
mg  deserted  grounds  as  nurses  for  other  trees,  both  are 
comparatively  short-lived  trees 

Propagation  is  readily  accomplished  bv  seeds,  gath- 
ered at  maturity  and  sown  in  fall,  or  usually  kept  dry 
during  the  winter,  or  stratified,  but  B  tnqia,  which 
ripens  its  fruits?  in  June,  must  be  sown  at  once,  and  bv 
fall  the  seedlings  will  be  several  inches  high  The  ^eeds 
should  be  sown  in  sandy  soil,  rather  thick,  as  the  per- 
centage of  perfect  seeds  is  not  very  large,  slightly  or 
not  at  all  covered,  but  pressed  fumly  into  the  giound 
and  kept  moist  and  shadv  The  seedlings  must  be 
transplanted  when  one  >  ear  old  Rarer  species  and 
varieties  are  grafted,  usuallv  on  B  lenta,  B  papynfera, 
B  nigra  or  B  pcndula.  Cleft  or  tongue-grafting  in  early 
spring,  on  potted  stock  in  the  greenhouse,  is  the  best 
method  Budding  in  summer  is  also  sometimes  prac- 
tised. Shrubbv  forms  may  also  be  increased  by  la>  ers, 
and  B  nana  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 


alba,  8,  9,  10 

japonica,  9 

pubescent,  9,  10 

atplennfoha,  10 

liu  iniata.  8,  9. 

pumild,  14 

atropurpurea,  9 
Bhojpattra,  3 

Icnta,  4 
lutea,  5 

purpuroa,  S,  9. 
pynfnlm,  11 

carpatica,  10 

Lyalliana,  12 

Pl/ranndalis,  9. 

carpimfoha,  4 
cordifoha,  11. 

Maximo\viczn,  1. 
minor,  11. 

rubra,  2 
songanca,  10. 

cantata,  6. 

Munthu,  10 

Tauschii,  9. 

daleearhca,  9 

nana,  15 

tortuosu,  10. 

elegans,  9. 

nigra,  2 

IrwtH.  9 

Ermami,  7. 

occidentals,  12. 

ulmifoha,  6. 

excelsa,  5 

odorata,  10 

urticifoha,  10. 

fastigiata,  9,  14. 
glandulosa,  13 
gr.icilis,  9 

papyracea,  11,  12. 
papynfera,  11. 
pcndula,  8,  9. 

utilH,  3 
VanoRata,  10. 
verrucosa,  9. 

arandia,  11. 

persicifoha,  5 

vulanriK,  9 

\1ibnda,  9 

platyphulla,  11 
popuhfoliH    1 

VnunRii    '> 

A.  Veins  of  Ivs.  7  pairs  or  more,  usually  impressed  above 
Trees. 


-6?  in.  long,  deeply  cordate   cones  cylin- 
drical, racemose,  2-4- 

1  Maximowiczh,    Regcl      Tree,    80-90    ft ,    with 
smooth,  orange-colored  trunk  and  dark  reddish  brown 
branchlets    Ivs.  long-pet  loled,  broadly  ovate,  coarsely 
and     doubly     seirate,    membranous,     pubescent     on 
younger  trees,   nearly   glabrous  on  older  ones    cones 
H-3  m    long,  slender,  nodding,  fr    with  vrry  broad 
wings      Japan      B  M  8337     S  I  F   1  23     VV  B  90  — 
This  is  probably  the  most  beautiful  of  all  birches,  per- 
fectly hardy  N    and  of  rap.d  growth;  its  large  foliage 
and  the  yellow  color  of  the  trunk  render  it  a  highly 
ornamental  and  conspicuous  park  tree 

BB   Lvt.  2-5  in  long   corus  solitary   wings  narrower 
than  thefr 

c.  Under  side  of  Ivs  (jltmtt'scenl  Iv?  rhombic-ovate,  cu- 
neate  at  base  anth  7-f*  slightly  impressed  pairs 
of  veins 

2  nigra,  Linn    (B  rnbra,  Michx  )      RED   01    RIVEH 
Butrir     Tree  50  90  ft     bark  reddish  brown,  or  -alverv 
gruv  on  younger  blanches,  .separa- 
ting into  numerous   thin,  papery 

flakes      1)  r  a  n  c  h  1  e  t  s   pubescent 

petioles   scarcely    /2i"    long    Ivs 

rhombic-ovate,  acute,  doubly  ser-  , 

rate,  pubescent  when 

young,  at  length  only 

on  the  veins  beneath, 

pale    or    glaucescent 

beneath,     2-3  M     in 

long    cones  1— I2}  in 

long,    c v  li ndric al, 

iipemng    m   Mav   or 

June,    scales    pube>-  > 

cent,      with       erect, 

linear-oblong,  nearly 

equal     lobes      From 

Mass    KHith   to  rla 

and  west  to  Kan  and 

Minn       SS     9  452 

L  BC     13  1218     G 

F  2  591     On.  55,  p 

161    (habit)      AA    B. 

63     H  T  122,  123  — 

A   moisture-loving,   grace! ul   tree,  with    slender,  verv 

numeious  blanches,  and  remarkable  for  its  torn  and 

ragged  baik. 

re    Unihr  sn/r  of  /r.s  light  (jie<n    lv^   rounded  or  truncate 

at  the  bise,  with  8-14  pairs  of  iirpn^ed  veins 
D  Shape  of  Ivs   ovate  0)  oblong-ovate,  rounded  and  often 
cordate   at   the   b<i\e,    broadtst   about   the  middle, 
veins  distinctly  impressed  above    petioles  less  than 
%in.  long     See  page  3560 

E   Con-ct,  ped uncled,  cyhndiic 

3  fctilis,   Don   (B    Bhojpdttra,  Wall.)     Tree,   4(MiO 
ft     trunk  with  reddish  brown  bark    branchlets  pubes- 
cent while  young,  not  glandular   Ivs  ovate,  rounded  at 
the  base,  acuminate,  densely  irregularly  serrate,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  2-3  in  long,  with  8-12  pairs 
of   veins     cones   peduncled,  cylindrical,   1-2  in    long 
with  erect  oblong  lobes,  the  middle  one  much  longer 
Himalaya    Japan     SIF   1'23 — Not  quite  hardy  N 

EE    Cones  sessile  or  nearly  sessile,  oroid  or  ovoid-oblong . 

4  le"nta,  Linn    (B    cai  pimfoha,  Ehrh  )      CHERRY, 
SWEET,  or  BLACK  BIRCH     Tree,  60-70  ft    trunk  dark 
reddish   brown,   young  hark   aromatic,    of   agreeable 
flavor   Ivs   oblong-ovate,  usually  cordate  at  the  base, 
sharply  and  doublv  serrate,  hairy  beneath  when  vounc, 

long    cones  ovoid- 
,-m    lonir 


547    Cone  of  Betula  lutea. 


arply  and  doublv  serrate,  hairy  b 
arlv  glabious  at  length,  2-5  in 
lnne,  "l-}^-^  in  Joniz,  scales  about 


498 


BETULA 


BETULA 


only  at  the  apex,  the  middle  lobe  slightly  longer. 
From  Maine  to  Ala.,  west  to  eastern  Ohio  S  S.  9.448. 
H  T.  124, 125.  Em.  232.— Very  handsome  tree,  round- 
headed,  and  with  pendulous  branches  when  older; 
attractive  in  spring,  with  its  long  stammate  catkins. 
Bark  and  Ivs.  largely  used  in  domestic  practice: 
branches  and  foliage  yield  an  oil  very  similar  to  oil  of 
wintergreen,  and  employed  for  all  conditions  in  which 
the  latter  proves  use- 
t .  ful,  bark  as  well  as  the 

CV,£,f'  °il     much     used     for 

flavoring. 

5.  Ifttea,  Michx.  (B. 
excelsa,  P  u  r  s  h,  not 
Ait.).  YELLOW  BIRCH. 
Fig,  547.  Tree,  some- 
times 100  ft.,  bark 
silvery  gray  or  light 
orange,  on  old  trunks 
reddish  brown,  young 
bark  aromatic,  but 
somewhat  bitter* 
branchlets  usually 
pilose:  Ivs,  ovate  or 

rounded  at  the  base, 
acuminate,  sharply  ana 
doubly  serrate,  usually 
hairy  along  tne  veins 
beneath:  cones  like  the 
last,  but  thicker;  scales 

548  Betula  pendula.  nearly  }  £m  long,  lobed 

to  the  middle,  pubes- 
cent outside  From  Newfoundland  west  to  Minn , 
south  along  the  Alleghames  to  the  high  peaks  of  N  C. 
andTenn.  S.S.  9.449  Em.  235.  H.T  126,  127— One 
of  the  most  valuable  forest  trees  in  the  northern 
states,  much  resembling  the  former  in  habit.  Var 
persicifdlia,  Dipp ,  has  larger  and  longer  Ivs.,  often 
ovate-lanceolate. 

DD.  Shape  of  Ivs  ovate,  broadest  near  the  base  and  usually 
truncate  or  sometimes  cordate,  veins  not  impressed 
above  petioles  to  I  in.  long. 

6.  ulmifdlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (B  costdta,  Trautv ). 
Tree,  50  ft.:  bark  yellowish  brown  branches  not,  or 
slightly  glandular:  Ivs.  ovate,  rarely  oblong-ovate, 
irregularly  doubly  serrate,  with  9-14  pairs  of  veins, 
long-acuminate,  2-3  H  m  long,  hairy  when  unfolding, 
glabrous  at  maturity  cones  elliptic;  scales  glabrous, 
with  short,  rhombic  or  obovate  lateral  lobes,  wings 
about  half  as  broad  as  nutlet.  Japan.  Manchuria. 
S I  F  1  22  W  B.  63. 

7  Ermanii,  Cham.  Tree,  60  ft.:  trunk  white- 
branches  yellowish  white  or  orange-colored;  branchlets 
usually  glandular  and  pubescent  when  young'  Ivs. 
broadly  triangular-ovate,  acuminate,  irregularly  coarsely 
serrate,  2-4  in  long,  hairy  when  unfolding,  with 
7-10  pairs  of  veins  cones  oblong;  scales  pubescent, 
with  linear-oblong  lobes,  middle  one  somewhat  longer; 
wings  about  one-third  as  broad  as  nutlet  N.  E.  Asia, 
Japan  SI  F  1.22  W  B  63.— Handsome  round- 
headed  tree,  with  slender  branches.  See  page  3566. 
AA.  Veins  of  Ivs.  7  or  less  pairs,  not  impressed. 
B.  Wings  usually  broader  than  the  nut. 

c.  Bark  white. 

D.  Branchlets  glabrous  and  glandular'  Ivs.  usually  rhom- 
bic-ovate' scales  of  strobiles  with  divergent  broad 
lobes  larger  than  the  middle  lobe. 
8.  populifdlia,  Ait.  (B  dlba  var  populifblia,  Spach). 
WHITE  BIHCH.    Small  tree,  exceptionally  40  ft ,  with 
smooth  white  bark:  branohlets  with  numerous  resinous 
glands:   Ivs.   slender,   petioled,   triangular  or  deltoid, 
long-acuminate,  coarsely  doubly  serrate,  glutinous  when 


young,  glabrous  at  length  and  shining:  cones  slender 
stalked,  cylmdric,  about  1  in.  long;  bracts  pubescent, 
the  lateral  lobes  divergent,  about  as  long  as  the  middle 
one.  From  New  Brunswick  to  Del ,  west  to  Ont  S  S 
9:450.  H  T  118,  119.  Em.  1:242.— A  small,  graceful, 
but  short-lived  tree,  yet  thriving  in  dry  and  poor  soil. 
Var.  laciniata,  Loud.  Lvs.  mcised-lacimate  Var  p6n- 
dula,  Loud  Branches  distinctly  pendulous.  Var.  pur- 
purea,  Ellwanger  &  Barry.  Lvs.  purple  when  young, 
green  at  length  B.  populifolia  X  B.  papynfera  is  shown 
in  G  F  8 . 356.  It  has  been  found  wild  in  several  locali- 
ties, but  is  apparently  not  in  cult. 

9.  pendula,  Roth  (B  verrucdsa,  Ehrh  B  dlba,  Linn., 
in  part)  Figs  548,  549.  Tree,  to  60  ft ,  with  slender, 
in  older  trees  usually  pendulous,  branches  young 
branchlets  usually  glandular.  Ivs.  rhombic-ovate,  %-~ 
2)2  in.  long,  glutinous  when  young,  glabrous,  usually 
cuneate,  sometimes  truncate  at  the  base,  acuminate, 
doubly  serrate,  petioles  slender,  about  1  in.  long: 
strobiles  cylmdric,  about  1  m.  long,  slender-peduncled, 
usually  pendulous'  wings  of  nutlet  about  one  and  a  half 
to  two  and  a  half  times  as  broad  as  its  body  J£u  to 
Japan.  H  W.  2  15,  p.  20  W  B  76.  Var  Tafcschh, 
Rehd  (B  japdnica,  Sieb.  B.  dlba  var  Tuu6c/m,  Shirai. 
B.  pendula  var  japdnica,  Rehd  ).  Lvs  broadly  ovate, 
truncate  or  sometimes  subcordate  at  the  base,  some- 
times puberulous  beneath  aud  often  with  tufts  of  hairs 
in  the  axils  S  I  F  1  21  Var  dalecarlica,  Schneid 
(B  laciniata,  Wahl.  B.  hybrida,  Blom)  Lvs.  more  or 
less  deeply  lobed  with  irregularly  serrate-acuminate 
lobes,  branches  on  older  trees  pendulous — A  very 
graceful  tree  Var.  fastigiata,  Koch  (B  dlba  fastigidta, 
Carr  B  pendula  pyramiddlis,  Dipp  )  With  straight 
upright  branches,  forming  a  narrow  columnar  pyr- 
amid GC  III  41:151  MDG  16:164.  Var  tristis, 
Schneid  With  very  slender,  strongly  pendulous 
branches,  forming  a  round  regular  head.  Var  Yoftngii, 
Sohneid  (B  dlba  penthda  Youngn,  Moore.  B  ptndula 
elegans,  Dipp  B.  dlba  elegant!  ssima  pendula,  Hort ). 
Branches  very  slender,  strongly  pendulous;  primary 
branches  spreading  or  recurved,  forming  an  irregular 
picturesque  head;  similar  in  habit  to  the  weeping  beech 
F  1873,  p  60  R  H  1869,  p  136  Gn  6,  p  528  Var. 
gracilis,  Rehd.  (B. 
dlba  laciniata  grdci- 
hs  pendula,  Hort 
B.  elegans  lacim- 
dta,  Hort  ).  Habit 
like  the  preceding, 
with  lacimate  Ivs 
Much  slenderer  and 


549.  Leaves  of  Betula  pendula.  (x  M> 


smaller     and 

slower  growth  than 

var    dalecarlica 

Var.    purpftrea, 

Schneid.  (B  vulgdns 

purpurea,    Andre". 

B.     dlba     atropur- 

purea,  Lauche.    B. 

pubescens  atropurpurea,  Zabel).  Lva.  dark  purple    R  B. 

4:185. 

DD.  Branchlets  pubescent  and  slightly  glandular  or  gland- 
less:  Ivs.  generally  ovate,  rounded  at  the  base 
bracts  with  the  lateral  lobes  upright  or  spreading, 
shorter  than  the  middle  lobe. 

10.  pubgscens,  Ehrh.  (B.  odordta,  Bechst  B  dlba, 
Linn  ,  in  part)  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  branches  upright  or 
spreading,  rarely  pendulous  in  old  trees;  branchlets 
pubescent  and  glandless  Ivs  ovate  or  rhombic-ovate, 
1-2  in  long,  rounded,  truncate  or  cuneate  at  the  base, 
acute,  usually  unequally  and  doubly  serrate,  pubescent 
beneath,  at  least  while  young'  strobiles  cylmdric,  about 
1  in  long,  upright  or  nodding;  scales  puberulous, 


lateral  lobes  upright  or  spreading,  rarely  recurved.    N. 
ent  Eu.  to  E.  Siberia.   H.W.  2,  pp.  24,  25.   Var. 


and  Cen 


BETULA 


BETULA 


499 


urticifolia,  Spach  (B  urhcifoha,  Rcgcf.  B.  dlba  asplenn- 
jblw,  liort.).  Lvs.  small,  deep  green,  irregularly 
incised.  Var.  variegata,  Zabel  (B,  Alba  fdlns  vanegatis, 
Hort.).  An  inconstant  form  with  variegated  Ivs  There 
are  also  a  number  of  geographical  varieties  as  var 
carpatica,  Koch;  var  songarica,  Hegel;  var.  tortudsa, 
Koehne;  var.  Murithii,  Gremi,  which  are  rarely  met 
with  in  cult  and  horticulturally  are  of  no  importance. 
— In  the  wild  state  this  species  is  generally  found 
in  moist  places,  often  in  swamps,  while  the  preceding 
species  prefers  drier  situations. 

11  papyrffera,  Marsh    (B   papijracea,  Ait    B  gran- 
dis,  Schiad  )    PAPER  or  CANOE  BIRCH    Figs  550,  551 
Tree,  tiO-80,  exceptionally  120,  ft  .  brunchlets  slightly 
glandular,  hairy  whon  young    Ivs   ovate,  narrowed  to 
cordute  at  the  base,  acuminate,  coarsely  and  usually 
doubly  serrate,   pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  or 
nearly  glabrous,  I13-4j.^in   long   strobiles  peduncled, 
1-2  in    long,  scales  with  short  and  broad  divergent 
lateral   lobes      Northern  states  from  the  Atlantic  to 
Pacific  coast    S  H  9  451    Em   238    OF  8 '223    II  T. 
120,121       I.T.  4  125  —Ornamental    tree,    with   very 
white   trunk  and  a  loose,  graceful   head   \vhcn  older 
B.irk  known  for  its  use  in  making  Indian  canoe.s    Var. 
cordifdha,  Hegel  (B  pijnfolta  and  B  plati/phi'/lla,  Ilort  ) 
Lvs   broadly  ovate,  usually  cordate     SS   14:724     Var. 
minor,  Tuckm     Lo\\,  bushy  tree  with  smaller  Ivs  and 
frs     Mts  of  New  England  "and  N  Y. 

cc  BaiL  orange-broirn  bianchhh  glandular  and  hairy 
when  i/onntj  Intdttl  loh<s  of  scales  upright,  shorter 
than  the  middlt  lobe 

12  occidentals,  Hook    (H    Lyalliuna,  Koehne     B 
vapi/ra(«i  \ar    oind< ul(di^,  Dipp  )      Tree,  to  100  ft 
brandies  in  older  trees  often  pendulous   Ivs  ovate,  3-4 
in    long,  usu.illv  rounded  at   the  base,  acute,  coarsely 
and  mostly    doubly  serrate,  resinous  \\hile  joung  and 
villous  on  the  veins,  glabrous  at  rnatuiitv  except  on 
the     puberulous    \eins      strobiles    c\lmdnc,    l^-l^i 
in     long;   scales   cihate,    with   rhombic-ovate   upright 
lateral  lobes,  about  half  a*s  long  as  the  oblong  middle 

lobe     B    C    to  Wash. 
S  S  14  725. 

MB  Wings  nan  ower  than 
the  nut    shrub*,  1-15 
ft     Ivs    (>mall,  f>hort- 
petwled"  cones  erect. 
c   Bmnchlets  glandular, 

not  pubescent 
13    glanduldsa, 
Michx     Only   1-4  ft  : 
1  v  s       short  -  pctioled, 
rounded     or     cuneate 
at  the  base, 
orbicular    or 
broadly     ob- 
|ovate,    ob- 
( tuse,  dent  ate, 
!  glabrous,  }£- 
\y<i  in   long: 
strobiles   pe- 
duncled,  ^'2- 
34m     long; 
lobes  of  scales 
nearly  equal, 

550   Staminate  catkin  (natural  size)  and  flowers   slightly 
(enlarged)  of  Betula  papynf  era  spread  in  g; 

wings  of  nut- 
let sometimes  as  broad  as  its  body.  Newfoundland  to 
Alaska,  south  to  Mich.,  and  m  the  Rocky  Mts.  to 
Colo.  B.B.  1:510. 

cc  Branchlets  -pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  not  glandular. 
14    pumila,  Linn.  Usually  2-8,  rarely  15,  ft.-  branch- 
lets  tomentose  or  pubescent,  at  least  when  young   Ivs. 


551.  Catkin  of  Betula 
papynf  era    (XH) 


orbicular  or  oval,  acute  or  obtuse,  coarsely  dentate,  pale 

and  glabrous  or  pubescent  beneath,    ^-2  in.   long: 

strobiles  peduncled,  H~l  m   long;  lateral  lobes  of  the 

pubescent  scales  spreading,   shorter  than  the  middle 

one,    wings  of  nutlet  half  as  broad  as  its   body  or 

narrower     Newfoundland  to  Minn.,  south  to  Ohio. 

B  B.  1-511.    WB  71     Var.  fasti- 

g&ta,    Hehd      (B.    humihs   fatii- 

gidta,  Hort  )     Shrub,  with  upright 

branches,  forming  a  narrow  pyra- 

mid  branchlets  soft  pubescent  Ivs 

bioadly  rhombic  to    suborbicular, 

l-l*/2  in    long,  broadly  cuneate  at  , 

base,  pubescent  beneath  only  on  the 

veins,  rebin-dotted  on  both  side,s 

15  nana,  Linn  Low,  spreading, 
rarely  4  ft  .  Ivs  orbicular  or  cuneate- 
obovate,  crenate,  rounded  at  apex, 
glabrous,  K~Kin  l°nK  strobiles 
nearly  sessile,  K~3^m  long'  the 
upper  scales  usually  entire,  the 
lower  ones  3-lobed;  wings  of  nutlets  very  narrow. 
Arctic  N  E.  Amer.,  N  Eu  ,  Siberia.  BB  1.511. 
W  B  71  —  A  low,  graceful  shrub  for  rockeries  and 
rocky  slopes 

B  arumwitta.  Wall  =B  alnoides  —  B  al^L&na,  Sarg  Allied  to 
B  occidentals  Tre.  ,  to  10,  rarely  80  ft  bark  grayish  white 
branchlcts  dcnselv  glandular  Ivs  rhombic-ovate,  1  J^-3  in  long, 
truncate  to  broadly  r  unfair  pubescent  :>n  the  veins  beneath  or 
finally  glabrous,  petiole  about  1  in  V>ng  sca'es  of  strobiles  "iliate 
AUska  hS  11  72(>—H  alhyhan  timia  Brit  Intermediate  be- 
tween B  lent  a  and  H  lutea  Bark  eitl  ~-  lose  and  furrowed  Ot  peel- 
ing off  in  thin  flakes  young  bram  hi>  t  .  Joescdt  Ivs  usually 
cordateatbaseandpubr^cent  beneath  strobile'  o\  3ia-oblong,  about 
1  in  long,  scalis  '4m  long,  Mobtd  about  to  tut  inddle  Que 
and  Mirh  to  Ga  —  «  alnwlii,  Hairnl  (B  ar  inmata  Wall  B 
cyhmlrostachya,  \\  all  )  Mind  to  B  Maximowic/ii  Treo,  to  60  ft 
ye  'Ling  branrhlc  ts  pube^cr  nt  ,  bark  brow  n  Iv  H  o\  at  i  -oblong  to  ovate- 
lanecolate,  2'^  o  in  long,  rounded  at  the  ba->e,  doubly  euspidate- 
^(rrate,  with  10  H  pairs  nt  M  in-  '-trobiic-,  m  lacemes  Himalayas, 
b\\  China  WB  90  —  «  n/;Wns  Fne—  B  intermedia  —8 
Borgorivei,  Zabel  (B  pipynf.  riXB  pumila)  hhrubby  Inter- 
mediate between  the  parents,  but  more  similar  U  B  jumila  Raised 
it  H-inn  ,  Mueiuhn,  Gtrnnnv,  from  \inencan  se-,1  ~B  uerulea, 
Blan'h  Allied  to  B  pendul  i  1  r<  e,  to  60  ft  y(  ung  branchlets 
hairy  Ks  ovate,  2-i1^  in  long,  rounded  or  cuneate  at  bane,  acu- 
minate, sh  irply  serrate,  dull  bluish  green  above  slightly  hairy 
along  the  \eins  bemath  si  airs  of  Mrobiles  similar  to  those  of  B 
popuhfona  Vt  ,  Me  S  M  201  —  -B  carpimfoha,  Sieb  &  Zucc  = 
B  grossa  —  B  carp\mfblu>,  Hhrh  -=-B  lenta—  B  corijlifdlia,  Regel 
Allied  to  B  mgra  Lvs  broaill>  elliptic  or  obov  ate,  1  34  -2  4  m  long, 
coarsely  dentate,  silk>  on  the  ',<m»  beneath,  with  10  14  impressed 
pairs  of  veins  strobiles  cjhndm  J'ipan  S.I  b  2  14  WB  60«— 
1  he  plant  i  ult  und(  r  this  name  is  uMiilly  B  trmann  —  B  rylindro- 
slarhya,  Wall  -=B  alnoidc  s  —  Ji  dilmrica  Pall  Allied  to  B  pubes- 
cen«  Tree,  to  hO  ft  bark  brown  brine  hlet*  glandular,  hairy  when 
young  l\s  ovate,  1-2  in  long,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath 
strobiles  oblong,  wings  of  nutlet  half  as  broad  as  body  or  less 
Dahum,  Manchu.ua  Pallis,  Fl  Ross  ^59  -  B  eicflw.  Ait  (B  alba 
xctlsa,  Regd)  Allud  to  B  pub<  scens  Lirgitree  bark  yel- 

broadly 
he  base, 


o\  ate  t 


brown    young  brauchlets  dtnstly  pubescent     Ivs 
olx>v  -ite,  1    2  >  t  in   long,  roimdt  d  or  bubcordate  at  t 


,  ,  , 

acute,  pubestent  beneath  strobiles  tylmdnt-oblong,  upright  or 
nodding,  late-nil  lobes  of  s(  alts  t-hghtlj  shorter  than  the  middle  one 
Of  unknown  origin  \V  D  B  2  l>5  N  I)  3  52  —B  fontinMis,  Sarg 
(B  occidentals,  Nutt  ,  not  Hook  B  rhombifolia,  Nutt  ,  not 
Tausch)  Allied  to  B  occidentals  Small  tree,  to  40  ft  or  shrubby: 
bark  dark  bronze  color,  lustrous:  branchlets  glandular  Ivs  broadly 
ovate,  1-2  m  long,  truncate  to  broadly  cuneate,  sharply,  often 
doubly  serrate  strobiles  cyhndrie-oblong,  1-1  }\  m  long,  scales  gla- 
brous or  puberulous  B  C.  to  Calif  ,  east  to  Dak  and  Colo  S  S. 
9  153  (as  B  occidentahs)  —  B  fruticdt>a.  Pall  (B  Gmtlmii,  Bunge). 
Allied  to  B  glandulosa  Shrub,  to  lf>  ft  branchlets  glandular  and 
pubescent  Ivs  ovate-elliptic,  }^-\\  i  in  long,  glabrous  at  length 
and  usually  glandular  l>eneath  strobiles  oblong-oylmdnc,  »4-l  in 
long,  wings  about  (is  broad  as  nutlet  Siberia,  Manchuria  Pallas, 
Kl  Ross  10  —  B  olobispica,  Shinu  \lhed  to  B  ulmifolm  Tree,  to 
GO  ft  bark  grayish  brown  Ivs  broadly  rhombic-ovate,  1  '.j-2/i  in. 
long,  short-acuminate,  unequally  serrate,  with  about  10  pairs  of 
\cins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneith  strobiles  subglobose  or  ovoid, 
about  l'$  in  long,  scales  deeply  3-lobed  with  spatulate  lobei 
Japan  SIF  1  21  WB  OS  —  B  (imilinu.  Bunge=B  fruticosa 
—  B  arfaw,  Sieb  &  Zucc  (B  carpimfoha,  Sieb  &  Zucc  )  Tree 
branchlets  glabrous  Ivs  ovate,  2-4  in  long,  unequally  serrate,  with 
10-13  pairs  of  veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  and  glandular- 
punctate  strobiles  nearly  sessile,  elliptic-ovoid,  middle  lobe  of  the 
scale  slightly  longer  than  the  lateral  ones  Japan  SIF  1  22  —B 
A&mih«,  Schrank  Allied  to  B  glandulosa  Shrub,  2-6  ft.  branch- 
lets  glandular  and  slightly  pubescent  at  first  Ivs  ovate,  or  subor- 
bicular,  H-l'jm  long,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous  strobiles  ovoid, 
Hbout  '2in  long  N  and  W  Eu  ,  N  ASH  G  WH  2  149.  H.W  2- 


500 


BETULA 


BIENNIALS 


n  20  HPQ  12  1279—  B  intermedia,  Thomas  (B  alpestns, 
Frios.  B  pubescensxB  nuua)  Shrub  Ivs  orbicular  or  ovate,  H- 
1  JD  long,  crenate-serrate,  Usually  pubescent  while  young,  and  often 
glutinous,  finely  glabrous  strobiles  oblong,  lateral  lobes  of  scale  up- 
right and  usually  shorter  than  the  middle  one  N  Eu. — Natural 
hybrid,  very  -variable — B  JAckn,  Schneid  (B  IcntaXpumila) 
Shrub:  bark  of  the  odor  of  B  lenta  lv».  usually  obovate,  1-2  m. 
long,  usually  with  about  7  pairs  of  veins  stiobiles  oblong,  H-?4«». 
long,  lateral  lobes  of  scales  spreading,  somewhat  shorter  than  tho 
middle  one  Originated  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  G  F  8  245  — 
B  LtnSmcn,  Evans  Allied  to  B  occidentals  Tree,  to  40  ft  bark 
graynK  white  or  light  reddish  brown  hi  mchlets  glabrous,  not  or 
slightly  giandul.u  Ivs  ovate,  1 1 1~2  in  long,  cuneate  or  rounded  at 
the  base,  irregularly,  often  doubly  seirate,  glabrous  strobiles  eylm- 
drio-oblong,  about  1  in  long,  glabrous  Alaska  SS  14  T2A—B. 
Kcehnei,  Sohneid  (B  papynfera  Xpcndula)  Intermediate  between 
the  parents  Tree  brtru  hlets  spaimglv  pubescent  Ivs  ovate,  2-3 >i 
in  long,  usually  truneate  at  base,  acuminate,  rather  finely  and 
doubly  serrato  scales  of  strobiles  similar  to  those  of  B  papynfeia 
Origin  unknown  —  B  lumintfera,  Wmkl  Allied  to  B  alnoides  Lvs. 
ovate,  subcordato  at  the  base,  serrate  with  acuminate  teeth,  3-5  in 
lo/ig  strobiles  solitary,  2-3  in  long  Cent  China  W  92 — B  Med- 
wedjewu,  Regel  Allied  to  B  utihs  Tree  young  branchlets  hairy 
Ivs  broadly  ovute  to  obovate,  2-3  in  long,  rounded  or  sometimes 
suheordate  at  tho  base,  abort-acuminate,  glabrous  or  pubescent  on 
the  veins  beneath  strobiles  cylmdrio-oblong,  1-1 34  in  long,  wings 
ot  nutlet  often  4  times  narrower  than  its  body  Caucasus  Gt  36, 
p  3*4—  B  occulent&li*,  Nutt  ,  not  Hook  =B  fontmahs  —  B  Pur- 
J»MSII,  Schneid  (B  luteaXpunula)  Shrubby  or  small  tree  Ivs 
oblong-ovate,  1-2  m  long,  with  7-9  pairs  of  veins,  soft-pubescent 
beneath  Intro  to  Eu  from  Mich  — B  Raddiana,  Trautv  Tree' 
Ivs  ovnte-pubesoeut  on  the  veins  beneath,  with  0-7  pairs  of  veins, 
1-2  in  long  strobiles  oblong,  upright,  J^m  long,  wings  as  brond  as 
nutlet  Caucasus.  Gt.  36,  p.  384  —B  rhombijdlia,  Nutt  =B. 

fontinf "  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BIARUM  (old  and  obscure  name)  Inch  Ischarum. 
Aracex-  Dwarf,  tuberous  perennials  of  the  same  tribe 
with  our  native  jack-in-the-pulpit  They  are  haidy  in 
England,  but  probably  arc  suitable  only  for  pot-cul- 
ture in  the  Northern  United  States. 

Bun  urns  have  a  spathe  which  is  tubular  at  the  base, 
mostlv  with  a  long  limb,  and  usually  a  long  tail-like 
spadix,  otherwise  much  as  in  Arum  They  grow  a  few 
inches  high  Odd  Little  known  in  Ainer.  A  few  spe- 
cies in  Eu  and  Asia  Minor 

tenuifdlium,  Schott  (Aiuni  tenuifdlium,  Linn). 
Lvs  linear-lanceolate  or  spatulate,  appearing  after  the 
flh  decay  spathe  long-acuminate,  at  length  recurved 
and  twisted  spirally,  about  10  m  long,  outside  green, 
streaked  purple,  inside  dull  purple,  spotted,  margins 
wavy,  spadix  15  m  long  Spain.  B  M.  2282. 

Pyramu,  Engler  (Ischarum  Pyrdmn,  Schott).  Lvs. 
oblong  above  the  middle,  narrowing  abruptly  to  a  very 
long  petiole,  resembling  Cnlln  palu&tns  spat  he  green 
outside,  shining,  velvety  purple  within,  shorter  and 
broader  than  m  B  tubifloium,  at  length  revolute;  tube 
swelling,  connate  only  at  the  very  base;  spadix  thicker 
and  shorter  Syria  B  M  5324. 

Bdvei,  Bluine  Lvs  similar  to  B.  Pyramu;  spathe- 
tube  connate  a  fourth  of  its  length;  blade  of  spathe 
longer  and  rnoie  nanowly  lanceolate,  green  outside, 
dark  purple  w  ithm.  Syria,  Asia  Minor.  L.  H.  B 

BIDENS  (Latin,  two-teeth,  in  reference  to  the  awns). 
Composite  BUR-MARIGOLD  STICK-TIGHTS  TICK-SEED. 
Annual,  or  rarely  perennial,  herbs,  mostly  American, 
related  to  Coieopsis,  Dahlia,  and  Cosmos 

Leaves  opposite,  serrate  or  incised,  often  pinnately  or 
ternatcly  divided  heads  radiate  or  discoid;  rays  yellow 
or  white;  disk  yellow,  involucre  double,  the  outer  set  of 
bracts  green  and  more  or  less  foliaceous,  the  inner  of 
quite  different  texture  and  shape,  more  appressed, 
thinner,  more  seanous  and  stnate  achenes  flat  or 
angled,  pappus  of  2-4  stiff  bristles  or  awns,  usually 
retrosely  barbed  — Plants  grown  as  garden  annuals. 
B.  frondosa,  a  common  weed,  is  the  well-known  boot- 
jack bur  or  stick-tight. 

A.  Achenes  obovate  or  cuneate-oblong,  more  or  less  flattened 
or  triangular,  the  facet*  um-cottate  texture  of  if,  medium, 

B.  Size  of  achenes  small  (1-2  lines  long)  with  firm  gla- 

brous margins   inner  involucre  dark  dotted. 
coronata,  Fisch.  (Coreopsis  aiirea,  Ait ).    St.  1-4  ft. 
hi«h,  branched  above,  glabrous  or  nearly  so-  Ivs  ter- 


nately  or  pinnately  divided:  outer  involucre  about 
equaling  the  dark -dotted  inner:  achenes  dark,  very 
small,  1-2  lines  long,  narrowly  cuneate,  3-angled,  mar- 
gin firm  and  glabrous;  pappus  of  2-4  nunute  awns  and 
some  chaff.  S.  E.  U.  S.— Very  variable. 

BB.  Size  of  achenes  larger  (2-4  lines  long)  with  hwpid 

margins:  involucre  not  dotted. 

trichosperma,  Brit.  (Coredpsis  tnchosptrma.  Michx.). 
St.  tall,  2-5  ft.  high,  glabrous,  branched  above.  Ivs. 
pinnatifid:  outer  involucre  about  equaling  the  undotted 
inner'  achenes  dark,  larger,  2j^-4  hues  long,  cune-ite, 
moderately  flat,  margin  firm,  usually  pubescent,  pap- 

E us  of  2  upwardly  hispid  bioad-b;ised  awns  about  y^ 
ne  long     E    U.  S     Var.  tenuifdlia,  Brit.    Lf -segms. 
narrowly  linear,  achcncb  2-3  lines  long 

aristdsa,  Brit.  (Coreopsis  am/d&a,  Michx  )  St  1-4 
ft  high,  branched  above,  nearly  or  quite  glabrous: 
Ivs  pinnatifid,  often  pubescent  beneath1  outer  involu- 
cre about  equaling  the  undotted  inner  achenes  olive 
or  brownish,  laige,  2-4  lines  long,  broad  and  very  flat 
l-2j^  lines  broad,  abruptly  contracted  at  summit, 
margin  thin  and  hispid,  often  crenulate,  pappus  awns 
2,  each  1-2  linos  long,  divergent,  stramineous,  up- 
wardly or  downwardly  barbed,  or  sometimes  entirely 
wanting.  Cent  U  S  BM  0462.  R.H.  1809.72 

A  A   Achenes    linear-spindle-shaped,    tapering    gradually 

above,  angled  01  collate  texture  of  If  usually  fiuncr 
B.  Lvs  ,  in  part,  finely  directed,  rayv  large,  golden  yellow. 
grandifldra,  Balb.  St  1-4  ft.  high,  branched,  gla- 
brous and  (somewhat  glaucous  1\&  pmnatiiid,  the 
divisions  either  lanceolate  and  serrate  or  dissected  into 
narrowly  linear  divisions  outer  involucre  about  equal- 
ing the  more  or  loss  husute  inner;  rajs  large,  golden 
yellow  achenes  3-6  lines  long,  awn.s  2,  downwardly 
barbed,  about  1  line  long  Mex  — A  showy  plant  hoaie- 
times  cult,  in  Amer 

BB  Lvs  or  their  division**  lanceolate  to  ovate  rayt>  pale 
ytlloiv  o>  u'/tili^h 

Warszewicziana,  Regel  Erect,  glabrous  perennial: 
Ivs  simple,  or  pinnate  or  raiely  bipmnate,  the  lobes 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate  Juads  corjmbo.se,  the 
involucral  bracts  ciliate,  petals  whitish  or  yellowish, 
of  medium  size:  achenes  compressed,  angular,  the 
angles  ciliate  Guatemala — Hurdj  N  only  with  pro- 
tection. 

pildsa,  Linn.  St.  2-5  ft.  high,  much  branched,  nearly 
glabrous  Ivs  teinate  or  pinnate,  divisions  lanceolate, 
mcised-serrate  with  somewhat  rounded  teeth  outer 
involucre  about  equaling  the  glabrous  or  minutely 
puberulent  mnei  lays  short,  1-3  tunes  as  long  as  the 
involucre,  creamy-white,  achenes  4-7  lines  long;  awns 
2-4,  downwardly  barbed,  13^  hues  long  Tropics  — 
Sometimes  grown  in  botanic  gardens. 

B  tlahltoides,  Wats  A  perennial  with  dahha-hko  tubers.  Mex. 
G.C.  Ill  48  226  II  H.  1910,  p  475. 

K.  M    WIEQAND  and  N.  TAYLOR. 

BIENNIALS.  Plants  that  bloom  a  year  after  the 
seeds  are  sown,  then  make  seeds  and  die.  Familiar 
examples  among  vegetables  are  cabbage,  turnips, 
celery  and  onions,  but  m  warm  or  long-season  climates 
they  become  annuals  Even  in  northern  gardens,  celery, 
carrots  and  beets,  if  permitted  to  crowol,  will  often  run 
to  seed  the  first  year.  On  the  other  hand,  many  bien- 
nials, such  as  hollv,  hocks  and  otheis,  are  practically 
perennial  because  they  self-sow,  or  multiply  by  off- 
shoots, so  that  there  is  little  danger  of  losing  them. 
Such  cases  give  rise  to  discussion  as  to  whether  a  plant 
is  an  annual,  biennial,  or  perennial,  but  the  practical 
problems  are  few  and  simple,  and  are  commonly  con- 
nected with  the  following  favorite  flowers* 

Hollyhock  (Althaea  rosea),  snapdragon  (Antirrhinum 
rnajus),  English  daisy  (Bellis  perenm^'),  Canterbury 


BIENNIALS 


BIFKENARIA 


501 


bells  (Campanula  Medium),  steeple  bellflower  (Cam- 
panula pyrnmidalis),  sweet  William  (Dianthua  barbatus), 
foxglove  (Digitalis  purpurea),  horned  poppy  (Glaucium 
luteum),  French  honeysuckle  (Hedt/sarum  coronanum), 
morning  campion  (Lychnis  dioica),  evening  campion 
(Lychnis  alba),  rose  campion  (Lychnis  Coronana), 
honesty  (Lunana  annua,  L  lienni^s),  pansy  (Viola  tri- 
color x)  tufted  pansies  (Vioki  cornutn  x  ) 

Every  beginner  desires  to  know  what  to  do  with  the 
seedlings  that  spring  up  in  every  border  by  the  dozen 
or  hundred  around  sweet  Williams,  foxgloves,  lark- 
spurs, hollyhocks,  and  the  like  All  that  is  necessary  is 
to  thin  the  seedlings  and  transplant  some  at  any  con- 
venient time  before  autumn  to  the  positions  in  which 
they  are  to  bloom  next  year  This  practice,  however, 
does  not  suit  those  who  want  only  the  finest  varieties, 
for  these  do  not  come  true  from  seed  Therefore,  they 
must  buy  seeds  every  year  of  the  best  varieties  of  highly- 
bred  groups,  such  as  sweet  \vilham,  foxglove,  English 
daisy,  Canterbury  bells,  and  hollyhocks,  or  else  buy 
plants  If  a  very  fine  variety  appears,  it  is  desirable 
to  multiply  it  by  methods  other  than  seed-sowing  if 
possible,  eg,  by  offsets,  cuttings  or  division  Named 
larkspurs  cannot  be  kept  a  long  tune,  owing  to  disease, 
unless  propagated  by  cuttings  every  year  Double 
hollyhocks  can  be  maintained  by  division  and  by  ke^p- 
mg  the  leaves  coated  constantly  with  ammomacal 
copper  carbonate,  which  is  less  unsightly  than  bor- 
deaux \  (Jerman  cultivator  avers  that  one  should 
vive  seeds  from  diseased  hollyhock  plants  instead  of 
health v  ones,  and  declares  that  he  has  raised  1,500 
such  seedlings  that  proved  immune  So  fai  as  known, 
this  has  not  been  thoroughly  tested  in  America 

Those  who  do  not  want  such  expense  and  care,  and 
prefer  lustv,  many-flowered  plants  of  ordinary  varie- 
ties to  sickly  specimens  of  high-bred  types,  wifl  find  it 
cheaper  and  easier  to  collect  seeds  as  they  ripen  and  sow 
them  immediately  Color  discords  can  be  mitigated  by 
thinning  out  01  transplanting  offenders  This  is  the 
\\ay  to  secure  gorgeous  masses  ot  blue  delphiniums,  if 
one  cares  more  for  color  than  sue  and  form 

What  to  do  with  famous  English  spring  flowers  that 
dislike  our  hot  summers  is  another  common  problem. 
The  beginner  finds  that  violets,  pansies,  daisies,  prim- 
roses, polyanthus,  and  auriculas,  will  not  bloom  all 
summer,  as  the\  do  in  the  cool,  moist  climate  of  Eng- 
land, unless  in  similar  climates  (e  g  ,  at  the  seashore  or 
in  the  northern  tier  of  states),  and  then  only  with  special 
care  in  seed-picking,  cutting-back,  fertilizing,  water- 
ing At  best  the  summer  bloom  is  only  intermittent, 
rarely  massive,  and  the  common  practice  is  to  treat 
these  speoes  frankly  a*s  spring  bedding  plants  (April  15 
to  May  15  near  New  York;,  and  when  their  glory  is 
past  discard  them  or  move  them  to  some  moist,  shady 
spot  m  which  there  is  a  better  chance  for  casual  sum- 
mer bloom  and  a  tolerable  autumn  show  than  in  the 
hot  sunny  border 

Those  who  cannot  afford  greenhouses  may  easily 
have  larger  and  better  flowers  of  the  species  just  named 
by  the  use  of  coldframes  They  are  particularly  enjoy- 
able while  the  snows  of  March  are  on  the  ground. 

In  these  days  of  cheap  greenhouses,  everyone  wants 
cut-flowers  the  year  round,  especially  long-stemmed, 
long-lasting  kinds  m  many  colors.  Consequently  snap- 
dragons and  ten-weeks  stocks  have  become  popular 

The  commonest  way  of  raising  biennials  is  to  sow 
the  seeds  in  an  outdoor  seed-bed  in  summer,  and  in 
autumn  transplant  the  seedlings  to  their  permanent 
quarters  English  books  have  always  disappointed 
Americans  by  advising  that  this  be  done  in  June  But 
in  America  the  best  time  is  early  August.  Not  only 
does  one  save  two  months'  care,  but  June-sown  bien- 
nials and  perennials  m  our  climate  make  plants  that 
are  too  large  to  winter  easily  in  coldframes,  and  they 
often  try  to  bloom  just  when  the  killing  frost  of 
autumn  comes. 


A  much  better  way  is  to  sow  the  seeds  in  flats  in  cold- 
frames  (for  protection  against  summer  showers)  and 
to  winter  the  young  plants  m  frames  This  is  the  way 
to  secure  the  finest  white  foxgloves,  Canterbury  bells, 
larkspurs,  and  steeple  bellflowers. 

Professional  gardeners  often  prefer  to  treat  biennials 
as  half-hardy  annuals,  i.e.,  they  sow  the  seeds  in  green- 
houses in  March  and  set  the  young  plants  outdoors  in 
May  On  new  places  this  saves  a  year,  it  is  especially 
worth  doing  with  snapdragons  and  intermediate  stocks 

Many  of  the  flowers  named  above  are  technically 
perennial,  but  m  practice  thev  are  so  short-lived  that 
it  usually  pays  to  raise  a  fresh  batch  from  seed  every 
>°ar  WILHELM  MILLER 

BIFRENARIA  (Latin  for  twice  and  strap,  referring  to 
the  two  stalks  of  the  pnlhnia)  Orchid&cex.  Epiphytic 
plants,  with  pscudobulbs,  plicate- 
veined  Ivs ,  and  lateral  mfl  fls. 
sometimes  single  and  large,  or  more 
frequently  smaller  and  several  to 
many  in  a  raceme;  sepals  about 
equal,  spread- 
ing, the  lateral 
adnate  to  the 
foot  of  the  col- 
umn, petals 
similar  to  the 
dorsal  sepal;  lip 
articulated  to 
the  apex  of  the 
column-foot,  3- 
lobed,  polhnia-l, 
OH  2  stalks  — 
About  25  species  in 
Trop  Amer 

A  Foot  of  column  or 
mtntutn  bhort  and 
broad  fls  deep  yel- 
low with  golden  pur- 
ple spots 

aurantlaca,  Lindl. 
Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up 
to  \Yi  in  long*  Ivs  up 
to  8  in.  long  and  2  m 
broad  raceme  few-  t.o  several-fid  ;  fls  about  1  in  across, 
deep  yellow  and  spotted  with  golden  purple.  Guiana 
and  Trinidad.  H  M  3597  B  It  1875. 

AA.  Foot  long,  acute  flx.  not  colored  as  above. 

B   Fh   large,  1-3 

C.  Ijip  purple,  darker-veined  flt>  ivory-white. 
Harrisoniae,  Reichb  f  Fig  552.  Pseudobulbs 
broadly  ovoid,  up  to  21  2  m  long,  1-lvd  Ivs  up  to  1  ft. 
long  and  4  m  broad  peduncle  with  1  or  2  ivory-white 
large  fls  about  3  in  across,  the  hp  purple  with  darker 
veins  Brazil  Lmd  5  239  B  R  897  B  M  2927  (as 
Maxillana) 

cc.  Lip  white,  yellow  or  rose- fls.  apple-green. 
inoddra,  Lmdl    Resembles  B  Hamsonise  m  pseudo- 
bulbs,  Ivs ,  mfl    and  size  of  fls  .  sepals  apple-green; 
petals  of  the  same  color  but  brighter,  smaller;  lip  white, 
yellow  or  rose;  spur  half  as  long  as  ovary.   Brazil. 

un  Fls  small,  several 

vitelllna,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up  to  1^  in. 
long,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft  long  and  \%  m  broad: 
fls.  about  1  m  across,  orange-yellow,  with  a  purplo  spot 
on  the  lip;  lip  cordate.  Brazil.  B.R.  25:12.  (As 
Maxillana ) 

5.  6tcorrwkna,  Roichb,  Allied  to  B  aurantiaca  Vis  orange- 
colored.  Brazil  — B  Fueratenbergwrm ,  Schloeht  Bis  yellow  Bra- 
zil — B  mdandpoda,  Klotzwh  Sepals  and  petals  light  groon.  lip 
fringed,  white  Brazil  —  B  tetrigfina,  Hort  Fls  wax-like  with 
greenish  «epals  and  petals  Brazil  — B  t]/rtanthina  var  Gwlsitnx, 
Reichb.  Ffa  light  purplo  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 


552   Bifrenaria  Hamsonue.  ( X  } 


502 


BIGELOVIA 


BIGEL6VIA  (after  Dr  Jacob  Bigelow,  author  of 
Florula  Bostomensis,  Medical  Botany  of  United  States, 
etc.).  Frequently  written  Bigelowia.  Compdsitae  More 
than  thirty  species  of  western  American  herbs  or  low 
shrubs,  one  or  two  of  which  are  sometimes  offered  by 
dealers  in  native  plants 

Heads  3-30- fld ,  without  ray  fls,  small;  involucre 
narrow,  its  bracts  mostly  lacking  herbaceous  tips.  The 
only  species  in  cult  is  the  one  originally  described, 
which  resembles  a  goldcnrod,  to  which  Bigelovia  is  very 
closely  related.  It  differs  in  not  having  the  racemiform 
mfl  of  goldenrods  Prop,  by  cuttings  and  by  seed 

graveolens,  Gray  (Bigelbwia  dracuncidoidcs,  DC  ). 
Low  shrub,  1-3  ft  high,  densely  white-tomentose 
when  young,  smoother  m  age,  much  branched,  very 
leafy,  malodorous  only  m  drying  Ivs  linear,  1-2  m. 
long  fl  -heads  yellow,  5-8  lines  high,  very  numerous, 
crowded,  in  terminal  corymbose  cymes,  rayless  Alka- 
line soils  Dak  to  B.  C  and  south  to  S  Calif  and 
Ariz  — An  extremely  variable  species.  Var  albica&lis 
is  more  permanently  and  densely  woolly,  dwarf er,  and 
has  been  recommended  in  the  West  for  low  hedges  and 
edgings.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

BIGNAY:   Antidesma. 

BIGNONIA  (The  Abbe"  Jean  Paul  Bignon,  1662- 
1743,  Court  librarian  to  Louis  XIV).  Bignomaceae. 
Woody  tendril-climbers,  grown  in  the  open  m  the 
warmer  parts  and  also  under  glass 

Leaves  opposite,  compound  (in  proper  representatives 
of  the  g^enus),  the  terminal  1ft  often  represented  by 
a  tendril'  fls  large,  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  enlarged 
above  the  calyx,  obtusely  5-lobed,  and  more  or  fess 
2-hpped,  the  calyx  slightly  or  not  at  all  toothed;  sta- 
mens 4,  paired,  and  sometimes  a  sterile  rudiment  fr. 
a  2-celled  septifragal  caps,  flattened  parallel  with 
the  partition;  valves  thickened;  seeds  winged — The 
genus  Bignoma  is  variously  understood  By  Bentham 
&  Hooker  it  is  regarded  as  a  polymorphous  group  of 
150  or  more  species,  by  Schumann  (in  Engler  &  Piantl) 
it  is  reduced  to  2  species  with  claw-like  (not  disk-bear- 
ing) tendrils,  B  exoleta,  Veil  ,  and  B  Ur>gins-cati,  Linn. 
By  the  former  authors  Bignomacecc  is  held  to  contain 
about  50  genera,  and  by  the  latter  about  100  Schu- 
mann distributes  the  bignomas  of  Bentham  &  Hooker 
into  several  genera,  the  common  P^ast  American  B. 
capreolata  goes  to  Doxantha,  a  disposition  that  has  not 
been  accepted  by  American 
botanists  As  here  employed, 
Bignoma  is  deprived  of  many 
of  the  tropical  species  that 
have  been  placed  in  it  m  horti- 
cultural literature,  and  the 
student  is  referred  to  Clytos- 
toma,  Cydista,  Phavlranthus, 
Pithecoctemum,  Pyrostegia, 
Tabebuia  and  others  Very  re- 
cently the  name  Bignoma  has 
been  used  for  the  species  de- 
scribed in  this  woik  under 
Campsis,  because  Bignoma  orig- 
inally was  based  mainly  on  B 
radicans  =  Campsis  radicans.  In  this  case,  the  generic 
name  for  B  exoleta  and  B  Unguis-cati  above  becomes 
Doxantha;  otherwise,  this  latter  name  remains  a 
synonym  of  Bignoma,  although,  as  stated  above, 
Schumann  has  used  it  as  the  generic  name  of  B  capreo- 
lata; but  the  correct  name  for  this  plant  appears  to  be 
Amsostichus  capreolata,  of  Bureau  The  other  species 
descnbed  here  under  Bignoma  probably  belong  to  dif- 
ferent genera,  but  their  correct  botanical  affinity  has 
nob  yet  been  ascertained. 

The  bignomas  are  American  climbers,  mostly  trop- 
ical, some  of  them  and  their  allies  constituting  lianas 
of  great  length,  and  the  profusion  and  beauty  of 


553.  Cross  -  section  of 
stem  of  a  tropical  climber 
of  the  bignonia  family. 


BIGNONIA 

their  flowers  makes  them  conspicuous  and  interest- 
ing The  stem  of  some  species  shows  a  4-partcd  or 
cross-like  arrangement  in  cross-section,  whence  the 
name  "cross- vine,"  and  on  this  account,  some  of  the 
natives  of  Spanish  Ameiica  attribute  sacred  virtues  or 
attributes  to  the  plants,  calling  them  "bejucos  do  la 
cruz  "  Fig  553 

The  bignomas  (using  the  term  in  the  horticultural 
sense)  aie  strong  and  rapid-growing  evergreen  green- 
house climbers,  requiring  considerable  space  for  their 
best  development,  such  as  the  roof  of  a  large  conser- 
vatoiy,  or  the  back  wall  of  a  lean-to  greenhouse.  If 
convenient,  they  should  be  planted  out  under  the  plant 
stage  of  the  greenhouse,  or  otherwise  in  boxes  placed  on 
the  stage  A  box  5  feet  by  1^2  feet  arid  1  foot  deep  will 
be  found  a  convenient  size  for  them  As  with  most 
greenhouse  climbing  plants,  the  roots  like  considerable 
freedom,  but  with  bignomas  the  roots  must  be  some- 
what restricted  (though  not  to  the  limitations  of  a 
flower-pot),  otherwise  an  immense  growth  and  few 
flowers  will  be  the  result.  They  are  not  verv  fastidious 
as  to  soil.  A  good,  fibrous  loam,  to  which  one-third 
well-decomposed  cow  or  sheep  manure  has  been  added, 
suits  them  admirably  A  winter  temperature  of  15° 
to  50°,  with  a  gradual  rise  as  the  days  lengthen,  should 
be  given  them,  admitting  .air  freely  whenever  the 
weather  is  favorable  They  like  plenty  of  moisture  at 
the  roots — especially  during  the  spring  and  summer 
(the  growing  season) — but  pcifect  drainage  should  be 
insured,  as  the  soil  at  no  time  must  become  saturated  or 
sour  Except  when  in  flower,  a  good  syringing  on  all 
fine  days  will  be  very  beneficial  They  should  also  be 
sprayed  once  or  twice  a  week  with  a  moderately  stiong 
solution  of  kerosene  emulsion,  or  kerosene  and  water, 
to  keep  them  fiee  from  mealy-bug,  as  they  are  very 
subject  to  this  pest  The  vines  should  be  trained  so  as 
to  allew  a  free  circulation  of  air  among  the  branches 
for  the  purpose  of  ripening  the  wood,  as  upon  this 
depends  the  assurance  of  flowers  All  superfluous 
branches  and  weak  shoots  should  be  removed,  and 
before  the  growing  season  begins  all  the  branches  should 
be  shortened  from  1  to  3  feet,  according  to  their 
strength;  this  will  throw  the  energy  of  the  plant  into 
the  lateral  buds,  which  will  produce  the  flowering 
branches,  providing  the  wood  has  been  pioperly 
ripened  the  previous  season  — Propagation  is  effected 
by  cuttings  taken  in  late  spring  and  inserted  in  sand 
under  a  bell-glass,  or  in  a  propagating-oox,  in  a  warm 
temperature.  Choose,  if  possible,  stout,  short-jointed 
lateral  growths  for  the  purpose.  They  must  be  care- 
fully watered  until  rooted,  which  usually  takes  from 
six  to  ten  weeks  (E.  J  Canning  ) 

A.  Lvs  compound   flu  yellow  or  yellow-red. 

Chamberlaynii,  Sims  (AnemopJegma  racembsum, 
Mart )  Glabrous.  Ifts.  ovate-acuminate,  glabrous, 
shining  above,  paler  beneath,  more  or  less  tapering  at 
base,  fls  tubular,  contracted  below,  3-4  in  long,  the 
limb  comparatively  short  and  spreading,  bright  yellow; 
cluster  many-fid.  Brazil.  B  M  2148  F  S.  3  235. 
PM  14 '3-4. — One  of  the  freest  and  most  beautiful 
tropical  climbers,  flowenng  well  in  a  small  house. 
Should  be  in  all  collections  of  tropical  plants  This 
plant  bears  the  name  of  Consul-Gencral  Charnberlayne, 
stationed  about  100  years  ago  in  Brazil.  The  genus 
Ancmopaegma  is  kept  distinct  by  many. 

tJnguis-cati,  Linn  (B  Tweedi&na,  Lindl ,  not  Griseb  ) 
Lvs.  evergreer,  Ifts.  1  pair,  lanceolate  and  pointed, 
cordate,  3  in  or  less  long,  with  3-parted  claw-like 
tendrils:  fls.  trumpet-shaped,  2  in  long,  allamanda-hke, 
tube  clear  bright  yellow,  upper  surface  of  limb  orange- 
yellow,  and  throat  with  orange  lines,  the  limb  of 
rounded,  spreading  lobes  and  from  2-4  in  across. 
Argentina.  B  11.  26 '45.  Gn.  40 "10  —Will  stand  a 
little  frost  if  grown  in  the  open  in  the  S.  B.  Tweediana, 
Griseb  ,  is  a  Macfadyena. 


BIGNONIA 

capreolata,  Linn.  (B.  crucigera,  Linn.,  in  part. 
Anisdsttchus  capreolata,  Bur  Doxdntha  capreolata, 
Miers).  TRUMPET-FLOWER  CHOBB-VINE.  QUARTER- 
VINE  Climbing  to  great  heights  (often  50  ft  or  more), 
glabrous,  evergreen .  Ivs  stifhsh,  ending  in  a  branched 
tendril  that  clings  by  Hmall  disks;  Ifts  btalked,  oblong- 
acuminate,  cordate,  entire,  flb  in  many  2-5-fld  short- 
peduncled  cymes,  yellow-red  and  lighter  within,  tubu- 
lar (2  in.  long),  with  a  stout  limb.  Native  from  Md. 
south  and  west,  and  often  a  pest  in  orchards,  climbing 
on  the  trees.  B.M.  864.  Gng  1.370-1  —Handsome 
vine  for  outdoor  use.  Good  for  covering  walls.  Some- 
times grown  in  conservatories.  Not  hardy  N  ,  but  will 
survive  in  Mass  as  a  creeping  plant 

Var.  atrosangumea,  Hook,  f  (B.  atrosanguinea, 
Hort.).  Lvs  longer  and  narrower,  fls  dark  purple,  the 
lobes  short  and  triangular-ovate.  B  M.  6501.  F.R. 
2:27.— Handsome. 

AA  Lvs  simple,  opposite  (horticultural  names,  plants 
evidently  not  of  this  genus  perhaps  Tabebuias) 

magnified,  Bull.  Free-growing  and  flonferous,  need- 
ing warm  treatment  Ivs  ovate-elliptic,  stalked,  entire: 
fls.  panic-led,  large  (.i^  in  across),  ranging  from  mauve 
to  purple-red,  the  throat  primrose  limb  wide-spread- 
ing Colombia  G  C  11  12  73  —Requires  hot  sunny 
position  under  tropical  conditions 

regalis,  Hort  Lvs  elliptic-lanceolate'  fls.  large,  yel- 
low and  red  Guiana  — Requires  warm  treatment 

argyreo-violascens,  Ilort  Lvs  ovate,  cordate  at 
base,  short-stalked,  purple  when  young,  but  becoming 
beautifully  veined  and  blotched  with  white,  fis.  purple. 
8  Amer  (?)  I  H  13  469 

/;  mlinophyllii.  Wall  —  Hetcropliragrna — B  xqumodifihs, 
Linn  =-(  vdibtu  —  B  dltxi,  Hort  =I'itht(octcnjum  —  B  buccir.aid- 
na,  Mair  ^Phtedrauthus  —B  Chirhe,  Lmdl  —Phiedranthu*  —  B. 
rJirysdntha,  Hort  =Tabebiu.i  — B  urandiflura,  Thunb  =C'drnp«.is — 
B  jasmirnMes,  \  Cunn  =Pandorea  — B  Limlhyi,  DC  W  lytos- 
toma—  B  htloraliK,  HBK  Hairy  on  branohleH  Ifts  roundish- 
ovate,  acuminate,  hairy  fls  nd,  pubrsrent.  funnol-shaped,  in 
axillary  panicles  Mux  —  B  jwi//i</a,  Lmdl  =  Tabcbuia  — B  plcta, 
Lmdl  «~Llytostoma— B  p»r/<nr»i,  Hook  -=riytostoina  —  B  rrwfi- 
cans,  Linn  ==-Canip'-is — tt  rupriw,  Hook  H  iiry  Ifts  2,  oblong 
acummato  fls  axilhry,  2  -2  \t  in  long,  pnmrooc-color,  limb  short. 
Venezuela  Probably  a  Maemdiscus  13  \f  7124  — B  spe«d«i,Grah. 
— riyto-,toina  -  B  itiarMena,  Thunb  —Stirpospermum.— B  Thun- 
bergn,  Hort  -=Cainpsi«t  — B  venusta,  Kir=Pyro-UeKia  L  J[  J3 

BILIMBI     Averrhoa. 

BILLARDlfcRA  (after  J.  J.  Labillardiere,  French 
botanist  and  traveler)  l*itto^poracex  Six  or  eight  spe- 
cies of  tender  Australian  undcrshrubs.  with  twining 
branches,  and  terminal  flowers  suitable  for  outdoor 
planting  South  and  for  gi owing  under  glass 

Leaves  entire  or  sinuate,  alternate,  fls  solitary  or 
2-3  together,  sometimes  as  many  as  15,  yellow,  purple 
or  rarely  blue;  bhovvy  in  B  longijlora.  fr  succulent  or 
fleshy,  edible  m  some  species  Prop,  by  cuttings  under 
a  bell-jar  or  by  seeds,  which,  at  least  in  England,  are 
produced  freely  in  some  of  the  .species  B  longijlora 
and  B.  scandens  are  cult,  abroad  as  greenhouse  climb- 
ers. B.  cymosa  is  cult,  outdoors  at  Santa  Barbara. 
Calif. 

scandens,  Smith.  Fig.  554.  Sts.  twining,  often  exten- 
sively so.  Ivs  variable,  ovate-lanceolate  to  linear, 
obtuse  or  with  a  recurved  point,  1-2  in  long,  entire  or 
undulate-  fls  solitary,  rarely  2  together,  greenish  yel- 
low, violet  or  purple.  Sweet.  Fl.Aust.,pl.54.  BM  801. 
— Offered  by  Montanoso  Nurseries,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif. 

cymdsa,  F.  Muell.  Shrubby  with  the  branches  more 
or  less  twining:  Ivs.  oblong  or  lanceolate,  sessile  or  nearly 
so,  1-2  m.  long,  obtuse  or  acute:  corymbs  several-fld. ; 
sepals  usually  lanceolate-subulate;  petals  7-8  lines  long, 
bluish  or  violet-purple. 

longifldra,  Labill  Lvs.  lanceolate,  entire:  fls.  greenish 
yellow,  often  changing  to  purple,  solitary;  pedicels 
glabrous1  berries  blue.  N.  TAYLOR. 


BILLBERGIA 


503 


BILLBfeRGIA  (for  the  Swedish  botanist,  J  O.  Bill- 
berg).  Bromchdcesp.  About  forty  tropical  American 
evergreen  epiphytal  herbs,  now  much  cultivated  by  ama- 
teurs and  in  fancy  collections.  A  few  kinds  aie  well 
known  to  florists  A 
closely  allied  genus  is 
vKchmea,  which  see  for 
botanical  diifcienceb 

1  hells  aiem  a  spike 
or  ^picate  panicle, 
which  rises  from  the 
center  of  the  robette  of 
long,  spiny-edged,  and 
usually  stiff,  pineap- 
ole-hkc  Ivs  ,  bhowy, 
with  3 -parted  calyx 
and  3  long  petals,  6  ex- 
serted  stamens,  thread- 
like style,  and  berry- 
hke  fr  1  he  colored 
bracts  of  the  fl  -clusters 
are  usually  very  showy. 
Cf  Charles  Mez,  the 
latest  monographer,  in 
DC  Phaner  Alonogr 
9  Species  confused 
but  the  artificial  ar- 
langement  given  below  may  aid  the  gardener. 

Billbergias  can  be  cultivated  best  m  greenhouses, 
planted  in  pans,  pots,  wooden  cnbb,  or  \\ire  baskets, 
with  loose,  light  material  about  their  roots,  such  as 
pieces  of  charcoal,  roots  of  very  fibrous  plants,  or  fern 
roots  and  sphagnum  moss,  and  such  material  They 
demand  little  \\aterat  the  roots  in  winter,  and  nothing 
but  light  .sprinkling  over  the  foliage  i.s  required  to  keep 
them  ah\  e  during  that  time  But  in  bummer,  when  the 
heat  is  great  and  thej  are  making  their  growth,  they, 
can  withstand  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the  roots 
as  well  as  at  the  top,  most  of  the  time  holding  water  in 
the  funrifl-hke  center  or  body  of  the  plant  They  usu- 
ally pi o« luce  their  conspicuous  bhowy  bloom  in  the 
spring,  when  moisture  overhead  or  sprinkling  should  be- 
withheld  in  ordei  to  prolong  the  beauty  of  the  flowers 
They  require  at  night  a  temperature  of  50°  to  75°, 
but,  of  course,  can  stand  any  amount  of  heat  in  summer 
Billbergias,  like  all  other  bromehads,  make  very  good 
house  plants,  and  tho>  will  thrive  exceedingly  well  in  a 
living-room  temperature  They  love  plenty  of  light  and 
sun  All  first-class  private  garden  establishments  should 
have  at  loa^t  a  fe\v  of  this  class  of  plants — They  are 
propagited  best  from  suckers  or  sprouts,  which  arise 
from  the  base  of  the  old  plant,  usually  after  it  has 
bloomed  and  perfor  nod  its  functions  The  old  plant  * 
then  gradually  deteiiorates,  sending  out  two  to  five 
young  plants  from  its  base.  These  can  be  taken  off  as 
boon  a,s  they  are  hardy  and  substantial  enough,  and  can 
be  mounted  or  potted  into  the  same  kind  of  material 
Then,  suspended  in  the  greenhouse^  conservatory,  or 
window  for  an  exhibition,  they  thrive  best  — Besides 
their  beautiful  and  attractive  flowers,  billbergias  have 
very  handsome  foliage,  which  is  of  a  tough  and  leathery 
texture  Billbergias,  scchmeas,  and  the  like,  are  na- 
tives of  the  tropics,  and,  therefore,  require  a  warm  tem- 
perature vEehmeas  are  usually  larger  than  billbergias 
and  tillandsias  (H  A  Siebrecht ) 

A.  Petals  curling  spirally  after  jl  expands  (Hehcodea.) 
zebrina,  Lmdl.  (Bromttia  zebrlna,  Herb  Mchmka. 
zebrina,  Hort.)  St  very  short,  or  none:  Ivs  sheathing, 
deep  green,  with  blotches  and  zones  of  gray-white, 
strongly  spine-margined :  fl  -cluster  loose,  long  and 
drooping,  fls  green  or  yellow-green,  the  stamens  be- 
coming long-cxserted,  bracts  salmon  or  rose,  long-lan- 
ceolate. S  Amer  LBC  20.1912  B  M  2686 

decdra,   Poepp    &   Endl     (Hehcbdea  Baraqmmdna, 
Lein.).    Differs  from  the  last  in  having  longer  petals, 


504 


BILLBERGIA 


BIRDS 


denser  spikes  and  longer  bracts .  Ivs.  8-10,  from  1-2  ft. 
long,  mealy,  white-blotched  and  banded.  Brazil.  I.H. 
11:421.  B.M.  6937. 

AA.  Petals  not  spirally  twisting. 
B  Infl.  nodding, 
c.  Fls  in  panicles. 

specidsa,  Thunb  (B  amana,  Lindl.  B.  pdllida, 
Ker)  Lvs  strap-shaped,  conmvent,  and  forming  a 
tube  at  the  base,  1-2  ft  long,  somewhat  spine-margined, 
green  above  and  lepidote  and  somewhat  striped  on  the 
back  fl  -cluster  large  and  loose,  drooping,  bracts  rose, 
fls  pale  green  or  whitish,  tipped  with  blue.  Brazil. 
--An  old  and  well-known  species 

cc.  Fls  in  racemes. 

nil  tans,  Wendl  Stemless,  stolomferous  Ivs  linear 
and  long-pointed,  1-2  ft  ,  distantly  small-toothed, 
finely  striate  on  the  back.  fls.  4-8,  in  a  loose,  drooping 
raceme,  petals  green,  blue-edged,  bracts  lanceolate,  red. 
Brazil  B  M  6423  Gn  32.  p  107 

Morelii,  Brongn  (B  '  Morehdna,  Hort  B  Wether- 
ellii,  Hook  )  Lvs  short,  1-1  Yz  ft  ,  with  few  weak 
spines,  wide,  glabrous  and  greon  fl  -cluster  exserted  and 
drooping,  with  showy,  pointed  red  bracts,  the  rachis 
woolly,  fls  with  red  sepals  and  purple-limbed  petals. 
Brazil.  B  M  483,5  J  F  2,  pi.  138  —Very  showy. 

BB.  Infl.  erect 
c.  Fls  led 

thyrsoidea,  Mart  Lvs  1-2  ft ,  broad-hgulate,  spme- 
margmed,  concave  on  upper  surface,  green  above  and 
paler  beneath,  abruptly  acuminate  fl  -cluster  shorter 
than  Ivs  ,  farinaceous,  densely  red-bracted,  fls  numer- 
ous, bright  red,  petals  reflexing^  Biazil  B  M  4756 
J  F.  3,  pi.  267  — Showy.  Runs  into  several  varieties, 
some  01  them  with  purple-tipped  fls  (as  vars  spl€n- 
dida  and  fastudsa,  Andre",  R  H  1883  300)  B  splen- 
dens,  Hort ,  is  evidently  one  of  the  forms  Species  too 
near  the  next 

pyramidalis,    Lmdl      (Bromclia    pyramiddlis,    Sims. 
B.  Croyiana,  De  Jonghe) .   A  foot  high  differs 
from  the  last  in  having  more  gradually  acumi- 
nate Ivs.,  which  are  more  strongly  and  dis- 
tantly toothed  and  whitish,  or  even  banded 
on    the    back     fl  -cluster    less    fannaceous, 
broader  and  looser,  the 
fls  less  numerous    Peru. 
B  M.  1732 

cc.  Fls  purple. 

vexilliria,  Andre"  Fig. 
055  Hybrid  of  B  thyrs- 
oidea and  B.M ordu  Fls 
purple ,  lower  bracts 
long-pointed  and  red ; 
spike  erect,  exceeding 
the  Ivs  R.H.  1889:468. 

vittita,  Brongn.  (B. 
Leopoldn,  Hort  ,  not 
Morr ).  Vigorous,  2-3 
ft  Ivs  long  and  large, 
concave  above,  recurved 
at  the  summit  obtuse, 
or  abruptly  pointed,  red- 
spmed,  cross-banded  on 
the  back  •  fl  -cluster  loose 
and  nodding,  shorter 
than  the  Ivs ,  red- 
bracted;  fls  deep  blue, 
with  recurving  limbs. 
Brazil  Gn  32.106.  R. 
H  1869,  p  87. 

Libontena,  De  Jonghe. 
Small,  1-1  %  ft  ,  produo-  555.  Billhergia  venllarla. 


ing  runners.  Ivs  long-linear  or  strap-shaped,  spiny,  very 
sharp-pointed,  concave  and  green  above  and  whitish- 
mealy  below  fl.-cluster  erect  or  near'y  so,  rather  slen- 
der, the  bracts  not  prominent,  fls  with  red  sepals  and 
erect  blue  petals.  Brazil.  B.M.  5090.  FS  10:1048. 
J.F.  2,  pi  197 

In  the  American  trade  the  following  names  have  been  used: 
B  clav&ta  longifdlia,  once  offered  by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  la  probably 
an  jiCchmea — B  /a8ri<Ma=.,Echmea  fasciata.— B  mrfxima=-(')  — 
B  nrnata=(t)  — B  QufKn^ulna=Quosnelia  —  B  rhodocyAnea*~ 
j4Schmca  fasciata — B  strlda-=(<>) 

Any  of  the  following  may  bo  expected  to  appear  in  the  American 
trade  at  any  <une  B  aiulewvtnam,  Hort  ,  is  B  thyrsoidoa  X  Mo- 
rellu  fls  red  and  blur  —  B  BMeri,  Morr  (B  pallesrens.  Baker) 
Fls.  greenish,  tipped  purple  B  M  M42  — B,  Breaute<lna,  Andre  (B 
pallescenaXvittuta),  has  reddish,  purple-hmbed  fls  RH  1885  300. 
— B  Briiantu,  Hort  (B  Bakenx  decora)  Fls  greenish,  bracts 
red — B  Knden,  Hegel  Small  fls  very  deep  blue,  bracts  coral-red 
Brazil  -B  Furyetiana,  Ilort  Lvs  large  with  bands  of  white  on  a 
green  ground  G  C  III  H  258  —  B  i nd if  Mia,  Lmdl  Fls  red  and 
wllow,  blue-tipped  Brazil  B  R  106S  —  B.  Lilttzei,  Morr  Fl«  aud 
bracts  ro-^e  Brazil  — B  nobilis.  Bull  Cat  Bracts  cerise-carmine, 
petals  green,  curling  spirally  after  flowering  Ivs  barnd  — Perhaps 
only  a  form  of  B  decora,  Poepp  &  Endl  — B  Portedna,  Brongn 
Fls  green  the  petals  rolling  spirally  Brazil  B  M  6070  —  B  San- 
demlna,  Morr  Fls  green,  tipped  blue  Brazil  —  B  Saundersii, 
Bull  Fls  greenish,  tipped  blue  Ivs  striking,  green  above,  reddish 
beneath  white-blotched  and  red-spincd  Brazil  Gt  39  1316 

L  H.  B. 

BILSTED-    Liquidambar  GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 

BlLTIA     Rhododendron  Vaaeyi 

BINDWEED  Name  applied  to  vanous  twining  weedy  plants, 
particularly  to  various  kinds  of  Convolvulus 

BIOPHtTUM  (life-plant,  some  of  the  species  being 
sensitive  to  the  touch).  Oxnlidacese  Oxahs-hke  peren- 
nial herbs,  .sometimes  giown  under  glass  as  curiosities: 
Ivs.  abruptly  pinnate,  with  many  Ifts  valves  of  caps, 
separating  to  base  There  are  about  20  species  m  Trop. 
Asia,  Afr  and  Ainer  B.  sensitivum,  DC  ,  with  6-15 
pairs  of  Ifts ,  has  Ivs  that  contract  at  the  touch  fls. 
small,  yellow  6  in  Generally  spread  in  the  tropics 
B.R.  31  68  (as  Oxalis)  B.  F6xu,  Sprague,  is  a  recently 
described  species  from  Peru,  with  st  2  in  high  and 
bearing  8  Ivs  at  the  apex  in  a  whorl  Ifts.  3-6  pairs: 
fls  white 

BIOTA:  Thuja. 
BIRCH.  Betula 
BIRD  CACTUS.  Pedilanthus 

BIRD-OF-PARADISE  FLOWER:  Strelitzw.;  also  Owoipwito 
GtUien* 

BIRDS.  The  horticulturist  has  the  opportunity  to 
avail  himself  of  a  mighty  band  of  helpers  in  the  birds 
It  seems  not  to  be  understood  that  it  is  perfectly  pos- 
sible for  a  bird  to  bo  eating  something  useful  to  man 
at  some  particular  moment,  and  at  the  same  time  to  be 
spending  by  far  the  greater  part  of  its  time  eating 
things  that  are  harmful  to  man,  for  which  service  it 
should  be  carefully  protected.  Very  thorough  studies  of 
the  food  of  birds  have  proved  that  the  great  maionty 
are  helpful  to  one  who  raises  crops.  Most  birds  are 
beneficial  most  of  the  time,  and  very  few  have  no  re- 
deeming traits  m  this  regard.  Moreover,  if  useful  birds 
are  protected  at  all  times,  so  as  to  encourage  the  natural 
increase,  they  will  do  their  part  in  an  emergency,  such 
as  an  invasion  of  insects  Aside  from  these  economic 
reasons  for  bird-protection  is  the  gain  that  comes  from 
their  presence  as  attractive  and  interesting  objects  in 
nature,  as  much  to  be  desired  as  blossoms  and  gardens 

It  is  said  that  there  is  less  need  of  birds  now  that 
insects  are  being  destroyed  by  arsenical  sprays.  This 
is  perhaps  to  some  extent  true,  but  even  in  fruit-planta- 
tions the  birds  are  still  effective:  and  there  are  hosts  of 
insects  that  are  not  effectively  held  within  bounds  by 
the  sprays.  Spraying  will  never  take  the  place  of  birds. 

Protection  of  birds  from  their  enemies 

Birds  should  be  both  protected  and  attracted.  Mtn 
and  boys  with  guna  and  sling-shots,  cats,  and  the  Eng- 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


500 


lish  or  house  sparrow  are  the  most  common  enemies 
or  destroyers  of  birds.  The  red  squirrel,  weasel,  crow, 
and  shrike  are  destroyers  as  well,  but  they  seem  to  be 
regulated  natural^  although  frequently  one  may  inter- 
fere to  good  effect,  parti- 
cularly in  the  case  of 
squirrels  in  parks  But 
man,  the  cat  and  the 
English  spairow  should 
be  controlled.  Our  boys 
can  be  educated  to  pro- 
tect the  wild  birds  it  is 
being  done  in  many 
homes  and  schools  As 
soon  as  a  boy  learns  the 
interesting  habits  of  the 
common  birds  he  loses 
the  desire  to  kill,  and 
he  prefers  to  protect  and 
observe.  A  nluebml  or 
wren  nesting  on  the 
premises  will  do  more 

556.  Pounng  the  food  on  uie        than  all  the  laws  to  cor- 
"food-tree  "  rect   the   lawlessness  of 

boys. 

Experience  shows  that  one  must  deal  with  the  house 
or  English  sparrow,  if  one  is  to  win  back  our  insett- 
eatmg  birds  m  any  great  numbeis  The  increase  of 
other  birds  is  m  inverse  ratio  to  the  decrea.se  of  English 
sparrows  However,  not  everyone  should  be  allowed  to 
take  part  in  the  warfare  against  them  Schoolboys 
and  inexperienced  men  make  too  mariv  mistakes  in 
trying  to  destroy  them  and  their  n^ts,  and  the  taking 
of  the  eggs  from  the  nest  seems  too  much  like  an  out- 
rage on  the  instinct  of  motherhood,  to  be  tolerated.  The 
English  sparrows  should  be  kept  within  bounds  as  to 
numbers  They  can  be  kept  in  check  bv  the  use  of 
poisoned  gram  in  winter  Some  persons  object  to  this 
practice  from  sentimental  reasons,  but  it  is  no  worse  to 
despatch  house  sparrows  than  mice,  pnune  dogs  insects 
or  other  pests,  and  if  man  does  not  keep  the  sparrows 
within  limits,  they  will  destroy  or  dn\e  away  other 
birds  A  certain  number  of  house  spanows  is  desirable 
in  winter,  particularly  in  towns  where  there  are  few 
other  winter  birds,  but  they  should  not  be  allowed  to 
become  nuisances  See  page  507 

It  has  been  estimated  that  a  cat  destroys  on  an 
average  about  fifty  song  birds  in  one  season  A  new- 
attitude  toward  cats  is  needed  They  should  no  more 
be  allowed  to  roam  at  will  than  should  chickens  or 
goats  All  cats  away  from  home  aic  trespassers,  and 
^hould  be  so  regarded,  they  should  fall  to  the  care  of 
a  bird-warden.  Bird-killing  cats  should  be  destroyed 
or  kept  within  doors. 

To  attract  birds,  it  is  of 
course  necessary  to  win 
their  confidence.  They 
must  feel  comfortable  and 
secure.  They  must  be 


557.  The  'food-stick  " 


aided  to  live  through  severe  w  inter  weather,  and  they 
must  have  adequate  nesting-places  and  drinkmg-places. 
Measures  to  secure  these  ends  have  been  put  to  the 
test  and  found  to  be  genuinely  satisfactory. 

Feeding  birds  in  winter. 

Many  birds  perish  for  want  of  food  in  every  severe 
winter  They  digest  their  food  so  quickly  that  lack  of 
it  for  a  few  days  results  in  death.  The  real  necessity 
is  in  the  time  of  blizzards  and  continued  cold,  when 
they  cannot  find  their  natural  food. 

For  insect-eating  birds,  suet  and  fat  pork  or  a  split 
bone  may  be  fastened  to  the  trunks  of  trees  by  means 
of  wire  netting  and  stout  cord.  Woodpeckers,  nut- 
hatches, and  chickadees  will  be  attracted.  The  netting 
prevents  crows,  jays  and  squirrels  from  carrying  oft 
the  whole  piece  of  food 


Seed-eating  birds  ma>  be  fed  crumbs,  nuts,  millet, 
chaff,  sunflower  beetle,  squash  seeds,  and  various  grains, 
including  corn;  also  any  kind  of  poultry-food,  and  even 
dog-biscuit.  These  materials  may  be  placed  on  the 
ground  after  removing  the  snow,  but  should  be  pro- 
tected to  prevent  waste  Many  a  bob-white  has  sur- 
vived a  heavy  snowstorm  by  coming  regularly  to  such 
a  place  All  kinds  of  sparrows,  j  uncos,  and  snow  bunt- 
ings arc  among  the  birds  that  are  attracted  by  such 
supplies 

Many  ways  for  feeding  birds  near  tlie  t<  sidence  have 
been  more  or  less  successful,  depending  largely  on 
the  prevalence  of  the  English  or  house  sparrows.  The 
tree  -shelf,  window  -shelf, 
moving  shelf  or  counter, 
and  the  coconut  filled 
with  pork  and  kernels  of 
nuts,  are  among  the  most 
useful  devices 

In  Germany.  Baron  von 
Berlepsch  has  experi- 
mented effectively  m  the 
winter-feeding  of  birds, 
with  the  idea  of  securing 
the  protection  of  the  food, 
and  of  making  it  acces- 
sible at  all  times  to  all 
birds.  On  his  estate  at 
See  bach  he  uses  the 
"food-tree,"  the  "food- 
stick,"  the  "food-house" 
and  the  "food-bell,"  all  of 
which  were  devised  after 
many  years  of  study  of 


558   A  "food-house"  that  can 
be  easily  made. 


the  habits  of  birds.  The  food-tree  (Fig  556)  imitates  a 
coniferous  tree  closely  co\ered  with  insect  eggs  and 
larvae  A  mixture  of  hot  liquid  food  which  hardens  as 
it  cools  is  poured  upon  the  tree.  This  food  consists  of 
white  bread  (dried  and  ground),  meat  (dried  and 
ground),  hemp,  millet,  sunflower  seeds,  and  other  seeds 
mixed  with  water  The  food-tree  is  especially  inter- 
esting to  children  and  has  brought  good  results  m  ths 
study  of  winter  bird*  Tho  food-stick  (Fig.  557)  is 
merely  a  part  of  a  branch  with  six 
holes  in  which  the  food  mixture  is 
placed  at  intervals  The  food-house 
(Fig  5,58)  is*  the  most  satisfactory  of 
all  ways  of  feeding  It  consists  of  a 
roof  on  four  corner  posts  with  upper 
and  lo\\er  food-tables,  the  lower  being 
used  only  until  the  birds  have  dis- 
covered the  upper  table  Below  the 
roof  a  strip  of  glass  is  fixed  from  post 
to  post.  This  is  very  important  to 
protect  the  food  from  the  weather  and 
also  to  admit  light  The  food-bell  (Fig 
5r>9)  is  a  device  for  making  hemp  seed 
alwa>s  accessible  to  the  birds.  It 
is  very  popular,  except  with  the 
English  sparrows  It  may  be 
placed  on  trees  or  buildings. 

Nesting-houses. 

The  birds  that  naturally  make 
their  nests  in  holes  in  trees  are 
the  ones  that  have  been  induced         ft)0d  reaervoir 
to  build  in  artificial  houses     Ac-      J,  mctal  bell.     ' 
cordmgly,    the     most    successful 
houses  are  those  that  somewhat  resemble  a  hollow  limb, 
although  great  success  has  been  attained  with  board 
houses,  and  other  styles,  as  gourds,  and  coconuts,  and 
even  tin-cans     In  fact,  some  bird  will  adapt  itself  to 
almost  any  kind  of  house,  provided  cats,  red  squirrels 
and  English  sparrows  are  kept  awav. 

A  most  satisfactory  cat-proof  box  for  a  bluebird  can 
be  made  of  weather-stained  boar  Is,  if  the  following 


559.  Section  of 
"food-bell." 


506 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


precautions  are  taken:  The  hole  should  be  well  near 
the  top  with  no  perch  near:  the  roof  should  slope  from 
the  back  toward  the  front  and  should  project  about 
three  inches  if  the  box  is  deep,  the  young  bluebirds 
find  it  dithcult  to  leave  the  house  until 
they  are  strong  and  able  to  care  for 
themselves,  and  this  is  a  great  advant- 
age. The  roof  prevents  ram  from  beat- 
ing in,  and  keeps  the  cats  out.  From 
whatever  direction  the  cat  may  attempt 
to  reach  the  hole,  the  projecting  roof 
stands  m  the  way  of  reaching  the  nest. 
Twelve  by  6  by  6  inches  are  good 
dimensions  for  such  a  house.  It  should 
be  placed  8  to  15  feet  above  the 
ground. 

The  house  wren  is  the  easiest  of  birds 
to  attract.  It  will  easily  appropriate 
any  little  house  if  the  English  sparrow 
does  not  interfere  A  good  size  is  7  by 
5  by  5  inches,  with  the  hole  only  as 
large  as  a  25-cent  piece.  'It  should  be  h*use 
placed  6  to  8  feet  from  the  ground,  with 
the  long  axis  of  the  box  backward.  The  wren  has  the 
habit  of  filling  the  front  of  the  house  with  sticks  and 
leaving  a  hollow  in  the  rear  for  the  eggs  The  hole 
should  be  in  the  upper  half  of  the  box.  The  middle  of 
April  is  not  too  early  to  place  it,  in  the  northern  states, 
although  houses  put  out  late  may  attract  for  the  second 
brood.  It  is  well  to  make  the  house  so  that  it  can  be 
opened,  to  permit  of  its  being  cleaned  for  the  second 
brood,  for  the  wren  will  choose  a  clean  house  if  it  can 
find  one. 

The  purple  martin  is  an  attractive  neighbor  Unlike 
the  wrens,  which  will  not  nest  near  one  another,  the 
martins  are  gregarious,  so  that  the  houses  should 
have  a  number  of  compartments,  each  part  9  by  11 
inches,  with  entrance  2%  inches  across  The  house 
should  be  placed  15  to  20  feet  above  the  ground  To 
prevent  English  sparrows  from  build- 
ing before  the  martin  arrives  in  the 
spring,  the  openings  should  be  covered 
until  April,  or  better,  the 
house  may  betaken  down 
in  the  fall  and  put  up 
again  in  April. 

Woodpeckers  may  be 
induced  to  live  in  houses. 
The    opening     should 
always  be   circular  and 
with   an   upward   slant; 
the  bottom  of  the  nest- 
ing   cavity    should    be 
562  Longj-     gourd-shaped  and  end  in 
tudmal section          nomfpd  troneh  within 
561   Berlepsch    of  Berlepsch's      »  P""1"*1  tiouKii  wiuim 
Nesting-box,     nesting-box.        wnien  a  lew  snavmgs  are 
placed:    and    the    inner 

walls  should  be  roughened  somewhat  to  allow  the 
young  birds  to  cling  more  easily.  Of  the  10,000  or 
more  of  these  houses  tried  in  parts  of  Germany,  more 
than  30  per  cent  arc  occupied. 

Drinking-  and  bathing-places  for  birds. 

Birds  need  free  access  to  water.  If  a  brook  or  pond  is 
near  by,  no  more  is  necessary ;  but,  otherwise,  special 
provision  should  be  made  The  presence  of  water  is  a 
great  factor  m  inducing  birds  to  nest  in  a  given  locality. 

There  are  many  kinds  of  bird-fountains,  but  the  chief 
characteristics  are  that  the  water  be  shallow,  that  the 
edge  of  the  container  be  not  slippery,  and  that  they  be 
placed  where  there  are  no  hiding-places  for  cats  Most 
interesting  styles  have  been  devised,  varying  from  con- 
structions of  natural  rocks  holding  little  pools,  with 
wild  flowers  and  ferns  close  by,  to  those  maae  of  flower- 
pot saucers,  or  of  special  pans,  placed  safe  from  moJesta- 
tion.  School  children  are  readily  interested  in  the  pla- 


cing of  bird-fountains  and  m  watching  the  birds  that 
come  to  drink  and  to  bathe. 

Nesting-places  for  birds  that  build  in  the  open. 

Birds  breeding  in  the  open  nest  in  bushes  and  trees 
and  on  the  ground,  and  among  reeds  or  in  banks  These 
compuse  by  far  the  larger  class,  and  yet  these  birds 
are  finding  it  more  and 
more  difficult  to  secure 
nesting -places  One 
cuts  off  hedges  along 
roads  and  fences,  cleans 
the  pastures  and  rnead- 

dows,   digs    away   the  563.  Nesting-box, 

banks  and  seals  up  the 

roofs  of  barns  with  little  thought  of  the  birds  that 
would  like  to  nest  there. 

While  all  trees  provide  more  or  less  shelter  for 
birds,  the  comfeis  aie  most  useful  for  this  purpose 
It  is  practicable  so  to  plant  as  to  have  wild  fruits  for 
birds  at  all  times  of  the  year,  and  especially  in  cold 
winter  days,  and  perhaps  during  the  time  in  which 
one  wishes  to  protect  cultivated  fruits  It  seems  to 
be  agreed  that  the  best  single  tree  is  the  mulberry, 
either  the  white  or  the  Russian  The  fruiting  season 
is  long,  and  the  trees  are  easily  grown  Four  good 
plants  are.  eaily  sweet  cherry,  Juneberry  or  shadbush, 
mulberry,  Virginia  creeper.  Probably  more  birds  visit 
these  plants  than  any  others  Many  other  shrubs  and 
herbs  are  of  great  value,  as  elder,  black  cherry,  rasp- 
berry, blueberry,  dogwood,  pokeberry, 
and  mountain-ash  Many  growers  pro- 
tect their  cherries  and  strawberries 
with  mulberry  and  shadbush,  or  they 
plant  a  sweet  early  variety  of  the  given 
fruit,  to  be  left  unpicked  especially  for 
the  birds  Elder,  Virginia  creeper,  and 
black  cherry  will  serve  as  protectors 
for  grapes  Raspberries  and  black- 
berries may  be  protected  by  mulberry, 
chokecherry,  and  elder 

Germany  recognizes  Seebach  as  the 
great  bird  experiment  station.  Repre- 
sentatives of  many  states  and  countries  have  visited 
the  place,  making  effective  observations  of  methods. 
For  these  students,  special  winter  courses  in  bird-pro- 
tection have  been  arranged,  including  nob  only  theory 
but  practical  instruction 
They  find  many  acres 
of  wood,  thicket,  and  park 
made  attractive  to  birds, 
with  luxuriant  undergrowth 
about  the  trees,  special  care 
as  to  the  species,  the  shrubs 
specially  pnmed  (Figs  565, 
566),  hundreds  of  nesting- 
houses,  food -houses  and 
food-bells  in  various  situa- 
tions for  \vmter-feeding  In 
the  spring  of  1905,  the  trees 
of  the  Haimch  wood,  south 
of  Seebach,  were  stripped 
bare  by  the  larva  of  a  little 
moth  (Tortnx  vindana), 
whereas  the  wood  at  See- 
bach  with  its  nesting-boxes 
was  untouched.  At  a  dis- 


5,56.  Old  whorls  recently 
pruned. 


tance  of  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  the  first 
traces  of  the  plague  were  apparent. 

VHE  ECONOMIC  IMPORTANCE  OF  FAMILIAR  BIRDS. 

Woodpeckers  are  especially  fitted  for  the  care  of  trees  The 
downy  is  the  most  Useful  woodpecker  It  is  the  bird  of  tho  old 
orchard,  preferring  neglected  trees,  under  the  scales  of  which  the 
codling-moth  larva  lies  dunng  the  winter  It  has  been  known  to 
visit  as  many  as  181  woodland  trees  between  9  40  A  M  and  12  15 
p  M  ,  making,  meanwhile,  twenty-six  excavations  for  food,  most  of 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


507 


which  exposed  galleries  of  wood-boring  ants  The  hairy  woodpecker 
(Fig  567)  is  equal  to  the  downy  in  importance,  being  fond  of 
wood-boring  beetles  and  wood-boring  ants  Its  large  size  and 
strong  beak  give  it  much  power  in  drilling  deep  A  few  ears  of  corn 
and  a  little  suet  will  attract  him.  He  is  becoming  less  common  than 
the  other  woodpeckers  The  flicker  is  much  misunderstood.  Ants 
constitute  about  40  per  cent  of  his  food,  and  he  eats,  also,  many 
beetles,  grasshoppers,  and  caterpillars,  besides  some  wild  fruit  The 
red-headed  woodpecker  is  especially 

It1! liiiV'V  iJH    h'r*~  fond  of  beech-nuts  and  acorns.  It  stores 

II.WsWL'-WaSllllfti.  i-  them  for  winter  use    In  its  storehouse 

are  often  to  bo  found  quantities  of 
dneel  grasshoppers  also.  It  is  an  irregu- 
lar permanent  resident  in  the  East, 
but  in  the  West  it  migrates  regularly. 
1  he  yellow-bellied  sapsucker  (Fig  568) 
doubtless  does  considerable  harm,  in 
fact,  it  is  responsible  for  most  of  the 
objections  to  wcx>dpcckers  in  general 
Whether  the  good  done  in  destroying 
inse-ets  in  the  breeehng  season  balances 
the  harm  done  in  sucking  sap  is  an 
open  question  The  sapsucker  drills 
holes  in  the  trunks  of  many  of  the  most 
valuable  trees,  as  sugar  maple,  birch, 
pignut  hickory,  pine,  apple,  mountain- 
ash,  beech,  and  others  The  death  of 
the  trees  may  result  not  only  from  the 
loss  of  sap,  but  from  the  work  of  borers 
I  hat  deposit  egj;n  in  the  holes  If  the 
sapsuckers  are  to  be  destroye-d,  care 
must  be  taken  not  to  kill  the  downy 
wexxlpeeker  at  the  same  time  Fortu- 
nately, the  sapsuckern  are  resident  in 
fruit  sections  for  only  a  short  time  in 
the  spring  and  autumn  In  their  north- 
ern breed  ing -grounds  the-y  destroy 
many  noxious  insects  The  red-bellied 
woodpecker  annoys  growers  of  Florida 
by  its  fondness  for  orange  juice  Else- 
i  value  as  a  destroyer  of  ants  and  beetles  and 

*  a  permanent  resident     Many  other  birds  seek 
that  one  has  but  to  follow  them  as  they  \ 


W 

567    Hairy  woodpecker. 


where  it  is  of  muc 
other  inserts 
The  chickadee  i 


nailer  bird' 
warblers  a 
chickadee' 


This  is  particularly  true  in  ppnng  and 


attracted 


In   an  experiment  m 
to  an  orchard  in  the 


stomachs  of  330  robins  showed  that  vegetable  food  constituted 
about  68  per  cent  of  the  contents  Of  this,  47  per  cent  was  wild 
fruit,  with  only  a  little  over  4  per  cent  cultivated  fruit  The  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  has  shown  by  recent  investiga- 
tion that  in  the  South  the  robin  is  essentially  an  insect  eating  bird 
The  robin  is  the  great  enemy  of  the  white  grub,  the  young  of  the 
May-beetle  or  June-bug  The  robin  is  an  m\cterate  devourer  of 
earth-worms  in  spring.  Although  the  earthworm  IN  useful  to  the  soil, 
if  it  were  allowed  to  increase  naturally,  with  no  interference  by  the 
birds,  it  would  rapidly  become  a  pest  The  favorite  food  of  young 
robins  is  the  cutworm,  and  this  is  important,  since  there  are  fie- 
quently  two  or  three  broods  of  robins  in  a  season  and  a  young 


multitudes  of  eggs  of  the  fall  canker-worm  me>th  The  conclusion 
was  rtnched  that  one  chickadee  would  destroy  in  one,  day  5,550 
eggs,  mid  in  the  twenty-five  days  during  which  the  canker-worm 
moths  cr-iwl  up  the  trees  138,750  egKs  might  be  taken  by  one 
chickadee  Chick.idees  re adily  iceept  a  nesting-box 

The  white-breasted  nuthatch  is  the  constant  companion  of  the 
chickadee  and  the  downy  woodpecker  It  takes  fiom  the  bark 
great  number-  of  eg^s  of  canker-worms,  and  nviny  of  the  oyster- 
shell  bark-louse,  arid  e  \en  the  hairy  caterpillars  of  the  gypsy  moth. 
It  is  easily  tiltrncted  by  suet  and  will  often  eat  crumbs  as  well. 
The  red-breasted  nuthatch,  a  sin  iller  bird  with  dull  reddish  bieast, 
comes  from  t  he  North  in  S*  ptember,  spending  the  winter  m  attend- 
ing to  tree-trunks,  and  re  turning  Noith  in  the  spring 

The  biown  c  re*  per.  with  its  lon«  curved  beak,  rounded  hack, 
and  stiff  tail,  is  especially  valuable  for  service  among  shade  trees. 
It  starts  at  the  base  of  the  trunk,  ascending  spirally,  quietly  investi- 
gating   crevices    as 
.1  \      it  goes 

The  slate-colored 
juneo,  or  snowbird, 
comes  from  the 
North  m  autumn 
and  remains  all  win- 
ter, busy  all  the 
time  m  reducing 
t  he  number  of  w  eed- 
peH*ds  The  snow- 
birds rove  in  httlo 
flocks,  and  easily 
respond  to  eeexfa 
and  crumbs  put  in 
any  op«»n  place  In 
the  North  the  juneo 
destroys  many  in- 
sects, for  the  young 
eat  insect  food  only 
The  American 
robm  (Fig  5bQ), 
(which  is  a  very 
different  bird  fiom 
the  robin  of  Eu- 
rope), is  protected 


_,0    „  „ 

568   Yellow-bellied  woodpecker,  or 
sapsucker    (Length  8^  In  ) 


, 

by  law  m  all  of  the 
United  States  ex- 
cepting seven  of  the 
southern  states 
The  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Audubon 
Societies  is  making 
efforts  to  secure  the 
passage  of  1  a  w  a 
better  calculated  to 
protect  it.  An  ex- 
animation  »f  the 


569    The  American  robin    (10  zQ  ) 

robin's  appetite  is  nearly  insatiable  The  cutworm  feeds  at  night 
and  is  going  back  to  its  hole  at  daybreak,  when  the  robin  intercepts 
it  One  may  prevent  the  robin  from  eating  cherries  by  planting 
trees  that  are  in  fruit  at  the  same  time,  us  the  Russian  mulberry,  and 
the  shadbush  and  wild  cherries  or  even  a  cheap  variety  of  cherry 
The  «trawberry-fzrowc  r  may  plant  a  variety  of  inferior  strawberries 
to  attract  the  robins  from  his  choice  fruit 

Tho  bluebird  (Fig  570)  destroys  quantities  of  cutworms  and 
other  caterpillars  In  August  and  September  grasshoppers  consti- 
tute more  than  60  per  cent  of  its  food  It  is  fond  of  wild  fruit,  espe- 
cially berries  Unfortunate  ly,  the  bluebird  is  becoming  uncommon 

The  sparrows  are  among  the  most  valuable  birds  to  the  farmer 
The  food  of  the  native  sp'irrows,  as  a  family,  consists  of  25  to  35 
per  cent  of  vegetable  matter,  and  (M  to  7*>  per  cent  animal  m<ittcr 

the  nest  Many  sparrows  rtur  two  broods  in  a  season  As  soon  as 
the  insect  season  is  o\tr,  they  turn  their  attention  to  weed-sreds, 
of  which  Deal  estimates  tint  UK  sp-irrows  alone  cut  875  tons  m 
one  season,  and  even  this  estimate  may  Ixj  too  low  Forbush  found, 
among  other  things,  that  a  song  sparrow,  even  after  it  hod  been 
eating  seeds  for  about  an  hour  before  he  began  to  count,  ate  154 
aeods  in  ten  minutes  and  forty-five  seconds  Song  sparrows  eat 
the  seeds  of  such  troublesome  things  as  elm  kweed,  purslane,  sorrel, 
dandelion,  and  dock,  also  pests  like  plant-lice  and  cutworms,  ana 
caterpillars  of  the  brown-tail  and  gypsy  moths  The  field  sparrow 
(Fig  571)  is  smaller  than  the  song  sparrow  and  very  shy  It 
scarcely  comes  into  our  towns,  but  its  clear  trill  from  the  fielda 
suggests  the  warm  days  of  late  spring  and  early  summer  It  has 
been  seen  to  eat  Ma> -beetles,  leaf-hopper?,  saw -flies,  spiders,  ants, 
and  some  earthworms  In  the  field  it  prefers  weed-seed  to  grain 
The  chipping  sparrow  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  most  useful 
sparrow,  having  an  astonishing  list  of  services  to  its  credit  In  the 
spring  it  feeds  largely  upon  small  caterpillars, as  the  gypsy,  brown- 
tail,  and  tussock  moths  It  dt  ^toyn  at  least  three  species  of  cater- 
pillars on  the  cabbage,  it  is  fond  of  wild  cherries,  duckweed  seeds 
and  seeds  of  ragweed,  smartweed 
and  many  other  weeds,  including 
dandelions  and  the  crab-grass  of 
the  lawn  The  vesper  sparrow  is 
nearly  as  abundant  as  the  song 
sparrow  It  eats  ouantities  of 
grasshoppers  and  neetles  and 
weed-seeds  The  English  eparrow 
was  introduced  into  the  I  nited 
States  in  1K.">0  for  the  purpose  of 
destroying  cnnkcrworms  and  other 

ous  At  first  it  was  received  with 
delight  A  very  short  tune,  how- 
ever, showed  conclusively  that  it 
did  more  harm  than  good,  and 
now  every  locality  has  its  "spar- 
row problem  "  The  charges  against 
the  English  sparrow  are  serious 
An  investigation  in  Illinois  showed 

that  out  of  twenty-five  stomachs  of  English  sparrows  at  a  time 
when  30  per  cent  of  the  food  of  the  robin,  30  per  cent  of  the  food 
of  the  catbird,  and  90  per  cent  of  that  of  the  bluebird  consisted  of 
insects,  no  insects  were  found  m  these  sparrows,  excepting  traces 
of  grasshoppers  making  perhaps  6  per  cent  of  the  food  However, 
during  the  first  sixteen  days  of  the  nestlings'  life,  40  per  cent  of  the 
food  consists  of  caterpillars,  10  per  cent  of  beetles,  and  40  per  cent 
of  small  grains  This  is  perhaps  the  best  that  can  be  said  for  the 
English  sparrow  It  is  so  pugnacious  that  it  has  driven  most  of  the 
bluebirds,  wrens,  and  purple  martins  from  the  towns,  while  they 
themselves  do  not  eat  the  insects  that  these  birds  would  eat  Organ- 
ned  warfare  against  them  has  been  more  or  lesa  successful.  But  to 


570   Bluebird.  (7  m  ) 


508 


BIRDS 


allow  the  public  m  general  to  attempt  destroying  the  nests,  poison- 
ing them  or  shooting  them,  la  running  a  great  nak  m  the  use  of 
guns  and  poison,  and  to  offer  prizes  for  their  nests  and  eggs  is  sure 
to  result  m  the  destruction  of  many  nests  of  valuable  sparrows. 
This  work  should  be  done  systematically  by  specially  appointed 
persons  at  the  public  expense  In  some  European  pities,  there  is  an 
official  known  as  the  "Sparrow  Warden,"  whose  duty  it  is  to  pro- 
ceed energetically  against  the  sparrows 

The  house  finch,  or  linnet,  has  been  the  source  of  much  com- 
plaint on  the  part  of  the  fruit-growers  of  California,  so  that  the  in- 
vestigations of  the  Biological  Survey  were  of  great  interest  It 
appears  that  its  claim  to  protection  is  in  its  enormous  consumption 
«f  the  seeds  of  weeds,  as  well  as  for  its  esthetic  vamo,— for  it  cer- 
tainly id  a  trim  little  bird  and  a 
good  singer  Inasmuch  as  the  lin- 
net's food  has  been  proved  to  be 
86  2  per  cent  w eed-vceds,  and  since 
examination  of  the  contents  of 
f  many  stomachs  shows  that  fruit  is 
far  from  being  its  principal  aiticle 
of  diet,  many  Califormans  pi^tect 
'  the  bird  and  plant  shrubs  and  trees 
,  to  attract  them  away  from  the 
/  fruit  These  birds  are  fond  of  elder- 
i  berries  and  many  other  wild  fruits. 
The  cedar  waxwuigs  or  cherry- 
birds  (Fig  672),  go  in  small  flocks 
in  search  of  food  Their  fondness 
for  cedar  berries  has  given  them 
their  name  although  they  have  a 
wide  range  of  food  In  early  sum- 
mer they  feed  almost  exclu-ively 
on  insects  ind  become  export  fly- 
catchers. Unfortunately,  they  have 
among  fruit- 

.,  .  their  fondness 

for  cherries  It  has  been  shown, 
however,  that  they  abundantly  pay  for  the  cherries  taken  From 
an  orchard  infested  with  canker-worms,  the  stomachs  of  seven 
cedar-birds  were  examined,  all  of  which  were  full  of  worms, 
averaging  100  to  each  It  was  estimated  that  this  flock  would 
destroy  90,000  of  the  pests  if  they  stayed  in  the  orchard  a  month. 
At  Washington,  152  stomachs  of  cedar-birds  were  examined  show- 
ing that  74  per  cent  of  the  food  consisted  of  wild  fruits,  13  per 
cent  of  cultivated  fruits,  6  per  cent  of  which  was  cherries  The 
remainder  consisted  of  grasshoppers,  bark-lice,  and  beetles,  among 
them  the  elm-leaf  beetle. 

The  Carolina  wren  adapts  itself  to  civilized  conditions,  and  often 
nests  about  houses  and  farm  buildings,  as  well  as  in  old  logs  and 
tree-trunks  It  is  an  eminently  useful  species,  destroying  great 
numbers  of  beetles,  ants,  weevils,  especially  the  boll-weevil,  which 
it  destroys  during  its  period  of  hibernation  Like  its  relatne,  the 
house  wren,  it  may  be  attracted  by  nesting-houses  It  is  not 
migratory  and  may  be  heard  all  the  year  round  from  the  Gulf  north 
to  Connecticut  and  Illinois  The  house  wren  (tig  573)  will  occupy 
almost  any  little  box,  provided  it  be  water-tight  The  English 
sparrow  will  do  its  best  to  drive  the  wren  away,  but  with  a  small 
opening  the  wren  is  safe  and  will  usually  win  in  the  contest  The 
diet  of  the  wren  is  mainly  insectivorous,  consisting  of  gia^hoppprs, 
ants,  beetles,  grubs,  spiders,  and  hairy  caterpillars  Many  a  fruit 
tree  has  been  saved  from  the  ravages  of  the  tussock  moth  cater- 
pillar by  a  family  of  wrens  in  the  vicinity  Wiens  gather  seders' 
egg-sacs  full  of  eggs,  putting  them  inside  the  bouse  on  the  wall, 
ready  for  the  first  meal  of  the  young  birds 

The  catbird  (Fig  574)  ia  fond  of  fruit  The  robin  is  often  blamed 
for  the  deeds  of  the  catbird  Inasmuch  as  the  nestlings  eat  95  per 
cent  animal  food,  mainly  insects  and  spiders,  it  is  far  better  to 
plant  fruit  trees  especially  for  the 
catbirds  than  to  destroy  them  on 
account  of  their  fruit-eating  habits. 
In  caso  of  insect  outbreaks,  the 
catbird  attacks  gypty,  brown-tail, 
canker-worm,  and  tent-caterpillars. 
The  attacks  that  the  Balti- 
more onole  makes  on  the  cherries, 
grapes,  and  the  pea-pods,  are  more 
than  paid  for  by  its  destruction  of 
insects  Tent-caterpillars  and  other 
hairy  larvae  that  many  other  birds 
w  ill  not  touch  are  eagerly  eaten  by 
it  The  oriole  does  not  swallow 
the  whole  caterpillar,  but  carefully 
removes  a  small  portion  of  the 
inside  The  orchard  oriole  is  a 
related  bird  Investigations  in  the 
cotton  fields  of  Texas  and  Louis- 
iana show  that  nearly  a  third  of 
the  specimens  examined  contained 
remains  of  the  cotton-boll-weevil  Like  the  Baltimore  onole,  it  is 
mainly  insect' vorous  in  its  diet  and  destroys  a  great  many  injuri- 
ous species 

Blackbirds  are  of  several  kinds  The  purple  grackle  and  the 
bronzed  grackle  are  together  known  as  crow  blackbirds  (Fig  575). 
Their  food  has  been  thoroughly  studied  An  examination  of  2,258 
stomach?  showed  that  corn  in  consumed  every  month  At  the  same 
time,  were  found  insects,  spiders,  mynapods,  crawfish,  earthworms, 
sow-bugs,  hairsnakes,  snails,  fishep,  tree-toads,  salamanders,  lizards, 
snakes,  birds'  eggs,  and  mice  Of  the  48  per  cent  of  animal  food, 
46  per  cent  consisted  of  insects  Of  these,  beetles  were  present 
m  the  greatest  numbers  Many  stomachs  were  crammed  with 
large  white  beetle  grubs  Often  more  than  thirty  grasshoppers 
were  found  m  a  single  bird.  Young  blackbirds  are  fed  on  insect 


572.  Cedar-bird,  or  cedar 
waxwmg    (Length  7  in  ) 


573.  House  wren.  (4%  m  ) 


BIRDS 

tood  entirely  They  flock  to  caterpillar  outbreaks  Many  ca-»  s 
are  reported  in  which  fields  have  been  entirely  freed  of  sudden 
growths  of  grasshoppers  and  crickets  The  red-winged  black- 
bird has  a  bad  reputation  and  is  unprotected  in  many  states 
These  birds  appear  early  in  the  spring  and  remain  late  in  the  fall 
They  feed  their  young  on  in- 
sect food  Examinations  of  the 
Btomach  contents  of  the  adulta 
show  that  about  seven-eighths  of 
the  rec'-wmg's  diet  is  made  up  of 
noxious  insects  and  weed-seeds. 
The  slaughter  of  blackbirds  that 
occurred  m  the  West  during  the 
twelve  years  previous  to  1877  w  as 
in  reality  a  national  loss  The 
cow  bird  was  named  from  its  habit 
of  accompanying  the  tattle  and 
eagerly  picking  up  the  insects 
which  are  started  up  as  they  feed 
The  cowbird's  food  habits  are  on 
the  whole  beneficial,  since  it  eats 
many  insects  and  weed-seeds  The 
fact,  however,  that  each  young 
cowbird  is  rawed  at  the  expense 
of  several  more  valuable  birds  (by  appropriating  their  nests) 
makes  it  too  costly  Brewer's  blackbird  is  the  western  representa- 
tive of  the  eastern  rusty  blackbird  Examination  of  140  speci- 
mens gave  the  following  facts  (1)  Grasshoppers  constitute  more 
than  half  of  its  animal  food,  (2)  more  than  88  per  cent  of  the 
vegetable  food  is  giain,  which  is  freely  eaten  at  all  seasons,  even 
when  msecta  are  abundant,  (3)  seeds  of  harmful  weeds  are  eaten 
sparingly  On  the  other  hand,  it  does  not  attack  fruit,  which 
is  an  important  point  m  a  California  bird  The  yellow -headed 
blackbird,  while  wintering  in  the  Houth,  wanders  over  the  country 
in  quest  of  scattered  and  wild  gram,  weed-needs,  various  insects, 
grubs  and  worms,  and  does  little  harm  In  the  spring,  however, 
the  birds  congregate  at  their  nesting-haunts  and  supplement  their 
insect  and  waste-seed  diet  by  various  grains  planted  by  the  farmer 
of  the  Great  Plains,  and  they  are  deservedly  regarded  as  a  great 
problem  In  the  plowing  season,  they  follow  the  plow  and  greedily 
devour  the  earthworms  and  insects  turned  out,  also  the  white  grub, 
the  cockchafer,  and  grasshoppers,  the  laut  forming  a  large  part  of 
the  food  of  the  young  So  far  as  it  haa  gone,  the  published  work  of 
the  Biological  Survey  on  the  food  of  the  yellow-headed  blackbird, 
indicates  that  on  the  whole  the  good  done  by  this  bird  somewhat 
overbalances  the  harm 

The  meadowlark  destroys  quantities  of  grasshoppers,  cutworms, 
beetles,  chinch-bugs,  ci ants-flic?,  and  '  thousand-legs,"  where  it 
takesionly  a  few  useful  insects  and  a  little  scattered  grain.  In  sum- 
mer, 99  per  cent  of  its  food  consists  of  insects,  and  m  winter  it  takes 
many  weed-seeds 

The  kingbird  (bee  martin)  (Fig  570)  is  esteemed  by  agricul- 
turists for  its  pugnacious  disposition  in  driving  off  crow  s  and  hawks. 
Ninety  per  cent  of  its  food  consists  of  flying  insects  It  boiongs  to 
the  family  of  flycatchers,  of  which  the  phcebe,  the  wood  pew.ee 
and  the  great  crested  flycatc  her  are  conspicuous  members  They 
all  obtain  their  food  on  the  wing,  darting  out  frequently  from  some 
chosen  limb  and  back  again  Bio-keepers  have  contended  that  the 
kingbird  catches  and  kills  honey-bees  In  an  investigation  of  281 
stomachs,  only  fourteen  contained  any  remains  of  bees,  fifty  in  all, 
of  which  forty  were  drones,  four  were  workers,  and  six  undeter- 
mined At  tho  same  time,  nineteen  robber-fliea  were  found,  which 
more  than  compensated  for  tho  four  workers.  It  is  probable  that 
kingbirds  do  eat  a  few  bceg,  mostly  drones,  but  they  certainly 
also  protect  bees  from  insects  that  prey  upon  them 

Of  swallows,  there  arc  five  species  in  Eastern  North  America 
that  ono  may  expect  to  see  the  barn  swallow,  the  cliff  swallow, 
bank  swal'ow,  tree  swallow,  and  the  purple  martins  AH  of  them 
do  valuable  work  in  cleanng  the  air  of  insects,  but  the  horticul- 
turist will  do  well  to  encourage  especially  the  purple  martin  It 
feeds  largely  on  some  of  the  greatest  pests  rose-beetles  and  May- 
beetles,  the  stnped  cucumber-beetle,  as  well  as  house-flies  and  flies 
that  trouble  cattlo  and  horses 


574.  Catbird.  (Length  9  in  ) 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


509 


The  blue  jay  (Fig  577)  has  been  shown  by  investigation  to  bo 
beneficial  as  a  rule,  and  that,  except  in  cases  in  which  it  is  dis- 
covered actually  engaged  in  doinz  harm,  it  whould  bo  protected. 
Nearly  300  •stomachs  showed  that  the  real  food  is  composed  of  about 
26  p*r  cent  animal  matter,  and  about  75  por  cent  vegetable  matter 
The  animal  matter  is.chiefly  insects,  with  a  few  spiders,  mynapods, 
snails,  fish,  salamanders,  tree  frogs,  mice,  and  birds  Remains  of 
buds  were  found  in  only  two  out  of  300  examined  Only  throe  con- 
tained eggs  of  small  birds  Apparently  its  newt-robbing  prop<  nmties 
are  not  HO  general  an  IH  supposed  In  August,  the  percentage  of 
inserts  reaches  66  per  cent  The  y  prefer  mast,  or  seeds  of  trees  and 
shrubs,  to  corn  or  any  other  ve-ge  table  food  Corn  is  the  only  vege- 
table food  of  which  the  farmer  suffers  any  Ions,  and  here  the  aamag* 
is  small  The  California  jay  is  a  problem  Very  careful  and  exten- 
sive investigations  of  the  bird  have  resulted  m  the  conviction  that 
it  has  many  more  bad  qualities  than  good  In  fact,  it  has  few  redeem- 
ing virtues  Something  may  be  saia  in  his  favor,  from  the  esthetic 
side,  as  he  is  a  handsome  bird,  and  people  interested  in  country 
life  would  no  doubt  miss  his  presence  Real  says  that  if  they  could 
bo  reduced  to  a  fourth  or  a  half  of  their  present  numbers,  the 
remainder  would  probably  do  no  serious  harm  They  eat  very  few 
insects,  and  destroy  many  eggs  and  young  birds  They  eat  gram 
from  the  newly  sown  holds,  but  do  not  pull  it  up  after  it  has 
sprouted,  so  that  this  is  of  minor  importance  They  are  insatiable 
fruit  thieves,  not  only  eating  enough  for  present  need,  but  storing 
it  aw«y  for  future  use 

The  black-billed  and  yellow-billed  cuckoos  are  valuable  to  the 
forester,  orchardist,  and  the  farmer  They  feed  mainly  on  the 
medium-sized  and  larger  <  tterpillarn  and  grasshoppers,  as  well  as 
many  other  inject?  In  May  and  June,  when  the  tent-caterpillais 
are  defoliating  forest  trees,  these  insects  constitute  half  of  the 
cuckoo's  food  One  stomach  was  so  full  that  the  bud  had  evidently 


study  From  353  stomachs  of  bush-tita  collected  in  every  month. 
less  than  1  per  cent  of  the  food  was  found  to  consist  of  truit,  bad 
over  four-fifths  consisted  of  insects  and  spiders.  The  largest  item 
was  plant-lice,  or  bark-lice,  or  scale  insects.  Several  stomachs 
were  entirely  filled  with  them.  The  stomachs  of  eight  nestlings 
contained  pup®  of  the  cod- 
lin-moth  It  would  prob- 
ably be  difficult  to  find  a 
more  valuable  bird  than  the 
bush-tit  The  birds  live  in 
flocks  nearly  nine  mouths 
of  the  year 

The  black-headed  gros- 
beak has  been  the  subject 
of  complaint  \,y  the  Pacific 

st  fruit-grow  i  rs,  for 


, 

fond  of  figs,  cherries,  and 
wever,  it  eats 
that  cost  the 


berrus 


576.  Kingbird.    (8>$  in  ) 


575    Crow  blackbird,  or  purple  grackle    (Length  12  in  ) 

de\oured  the  whole  tint-colony  It  is  impossible  to  over-estimate 
the  \iilue  of  the  cuckoo's  work  The  cuckoo  of  hurope  is  a  bird  of 
k'ery  differ*  nf  habit « 

The  common  crow  is  n  subject  of  much  dispute  In  u  report  of 
the.  I  mtc-d  Mates  Department  of  \gn»uliun  ls«J5,  the  evidence 
for  and  against  the  crow  is  clearly  sununan/<  d  as  follows  (1) 
Trows  seriously  damage  the  corn  crop  and  mjuie,  oth<  r  farm  crops, 
usually  to  a  Irs-,  extent,  i2)  tiny  aie  wry  destructive  to  the  eggs 
and  >oungof  dome  totted  Jowl-  Ml  they  do  incalculable  dam- 
age to  the  eggs  nnel  young  of  oil  or  buds.  (4)  th*y  do  much  harm  by 
the  distribution  of  studs  of  poi-on-ivj.  poison  sum  n  h.  und  perhaps 
jthcr  noxious  plants,  (.">)  they  do  harm  by  the  dest tuition  of  bene- 
ficial inserts  On  the  othi  r  liand  they  do  much  good  (1)  By  the 
lestruetum  of  injurious  insects  <2l  by  the  do  tiuction  of  mice  and 
other  rodents,  (.3)  they  me  valuable  occasionally  as  scavengers. 
On  the  whole,  it  seems  that  the  crow  is  not  to  be  encouraged, 
although  it  need  not  be  altogether  exterminated 

The  bobolink  does  nothing  but  good  while  it  is  feeding  the  young, 
insects  forming  about  H5  per  cent  of  the  food  No  fault  can  bo 
found  with  him  in  the  Noith,  although  he  becomes  a  \entable  pest 
in  the  South,  destroying  much  rue  The  annual  slaughter  of  the 
"rice-birds"  in  the  South  accounts  for  the  gradual  decrease  m  num- 
bers, in  New  England 

An  examination  of  eight  j -two  specimens  of  California  thrasher 
shows  that  vegetable  loocl  i  \ce*  ds  the  animal  in  the  proportion 
of  59  to  41  Since  it  is  emmi  ritly  a  bird  of  the  ground,  it  is  sur- 
prising to  find  that  in  addition  to  very  many  hi  etlos,  caterpillars, 
lints  aiid  spiders,  a  great  numhct  ui  '  ces  and  wasps  were  found  lu 
the  food,  also  There  were  many  more  wasps  than  bees  The  vege- 
table food  consisted  of  fruit,  poison-oak  seeds,  and  miscellaneous 
matenal  The  thrasher  must  be  added  to  the  list  of  birds  that 
assist  in  the  dissemination  of  pousonous  plants  It  is  not  probable 
that  the  thrasher  will  ever  become  a  resident  of  the  orchard 

The  western  tanager,  like  the  robin,  sometimes  becomes  a  nui- 
sance 'n  the-  orchard  It  breeds  north  of  the  fiuit-grovvmg  sections 
of  California,  but  doea  injury  to  tho  cherry  crop  on  its  way  north 
during  the  migration  pencxl  The  investigation  of  the  Biological 
Survey  shows  that  it  has  a  fair  right  to  protection  at  the  hands  of 
the  farmer,  and  even  of  the  orchurdist  It  is  suggested  that  wild 
cherry  trees  planted  around  cherry  orchards  may  attract  the  birds 
ivvay  from  the  fruit 

The  rnhforTMn  bush-tit   h«s  Iw^ti   mnde  th^  subiect  of  snecinl 


horticulturists  much  annoy- 
ance The  codlm-moth, 
canker-worm,  flower-beetles, 
and  scale  insects  are  among 
its  favorites  An  examina- 
tion of  220  stomachs,  the 
majority  of  which  were  col- 
lected in  California,  shows 
that  during  the  six  months 
of  its  stay  in  that  state  the 
bird  consumes  about  34 
per  cent  of  vegetable  food, 
and  66  per  cent  of  animal  food,  with  a  distinct  preference  for  the 
black  olive-scale,  one  of  the  most  destructive  m^cts  of  the  coast 
This  insect  alone  constitutes  a  fifth  of  the  entire  food  'lo  put  it 
graphically,  the  black-headed  grosbeak,  for  every  quart  of  fruit 
eaten,  eats  more  than  three  pints  of  black  olive-scales,  and  more 
than  a  quart  of  flower-beetles,  besides  a  generous  supply  of 
canker-worms  and  pupae  of  codlm-rnoths 

The  mourning  dove  has  scarcely  an  equal  as  a  weed-cradicator 
The  Biologic  tl  SurVev  has  shown  that  of  237  stomachs  examined, 
over  Cy  per  cent  of  trie  food  consisted  of  seeds  Wheat,  oats,  rye, 
corn,  ba-ley,  and  buckwheat,  were  found  in  150  of  the  stomachs 
and  constituted  ahout  42  per  cent  of  the  w  hole  food  Three-fourths 
of  thii  how*  ver,  was  waste  grain  picked  up  from  the  fields  after  the 
harvesting  was  ovn  Wheat  wa*  the  fuvonte  gram,  and  about  the 
only  one  taken  \v  h  n  m  good  condition  Corn,  the  second  in  amount, 
was  damaged  giam,  taken  afte:  the  harvest  The  principal  and 
almost  constant  diet,  howeve  r,  is  wi  ul-seed  eaten  at  all  seasons,  con- 
stituting (>1  por  cent  of  the  annual  food-supply  and  showing  little 
variation  in  am  month  Three  mourning  doves  w hich  were  exam- 
ined had  destroyed  2.i,000  prospective  weeds  Yet  they  moved 
silently,  and  no  one  knew  of  their  work 

The  diokci^sel,  or  black-throated  bunting,  is  common  m  field  and 
prairie  in  the  Middle  West,  where  it-,  plaintive  song  gives  variety 
to  the  silent  da>s  of  July  and  August  Its  food  is  more  than  half 
grasshoppers  and  crickets,  and  the  remainder  seeds  of  weeds  and 
grasses  In  some  localities  it  is  known  as  the  'little  meadow  lark," 
its  color  be  ing  like-  that  of  the  meadow  lark,  even  to  the  black  locket 
on  i  breast  of  brilliant  yellow 

The  can  h  mi)  and  his  mate  arc  indeed  a  conspicuous  pair  They 
are  known  as  cardinal  grosbeaks,  redbirds,  crested  redbirds,  and 
\irpima  nightingales  '1  hej  are  mobt  abundant  in  the  southern 
United  btates,  although  frequent  records  show  the  limit  of  their 
range  to  be  approximately  a  line  drvwn  from  New  York  City  west- 
v  ard  to  houth<  rn  Nebraska,  nud  thence  south  to  Texas  The  cardi- 
nals' food  is  varied,  ton-isting  of  seeds  of  numerous  plants,  especi- 
ally those  of  rank  w  eeds  and  grasses  The  large  and  powerful  beak 
readily  breaks  into  large  v<  ds.  as  corn,  wheat,  rye,  and  oats  It 
eats  jzreat  quantities  of  adult  beetles,  especially  rose-ber ties,  also 
crickets,  grasshoppers,  flies  and  ants  It  enjoys  grapes,  berries, 


577.  Blue  jay.  (11  Jim  ) 


mulberries,  cedar-berries,  prefernnK  the  wild  varieties  always. 
These  habits,  added  to  the  striking  beauty  of  its  plumage  and  of 
its  song,  make  the  cardinal  a  great  favorite 

The  mockingbird  is  omnivorous  While  investigating  the  feed- 
ing habit  of  this  remarkable  bird,  Beal  found  that  in  fifty-two 
specimens  29  per  cent  of  the  food  consisted  of  vegetable  matter. 
of  which  "SO  per  cent  was  fruit  The  birds'  aprwtite  for  fruit  ann 


XV.   The  American  blackberry. — The  Agawam;  about  natural  size. 


msh^&^m 

HP;tfA'i.'  £>*;S$&si%;$%! 


XV.   The  American  blackberry. — The  Agawam;  about  natural  size. 


BLACKBERRY 


BLACKBERRY 


511 


(6)  The  Evergreen  blackberries,  of  unknown  origin,  to 
which  the  Himalaya  is  closely  related,  are  commonly 
put  in  R  laciniatus,  Willd  ,  but  may  be  but  a  cut-leaved 
form  of  the  European  bramble  (R  fruticosus,  Linn  ).  The 
vines  are  clinging,  the  foliage  evergreen  or  nearly  so, 
and  the  berries  in  the  Pacific  coast  climate  are  large, 
black,  sweet,  and  ripen  through  a  period  of  two  or  three 
months.  The  Oregon  Evergreen  is  the  typical  variety. 

Propagation. 

In   nature  the  blackberry   propagates   itself  from 
suckers    and    under    cultivation    young   plants   from 
suckers  are  thriftiest,  but  many  varieties  produce  but 
few  suckers  and  the  natural  process  is  a  slow 
one  with  all  kinds    A  more  expeditious  method 
is  to  use  root-cuttings     Such  cuttings  are  usu- 
ally made  during  the  dormant  season  by  taking 
up  old  plants  and  cutting  the  roots  with  prun- 
mg-shears  into  parts  2  inches  long     The  cut- 
tings   are     then     started 
under  glass,  or    sown  m 
furrows  in  well-prepared 
nursery  beds  m  the  spring 
The  cuttings   should  fall 
in  sowing  2  inches  apart 
in  furrcn\s  3  inches  deep 
and    should     be    covered 
with  well-pulverized  soil. 
The   soil    must    be   such 
that  it  does  not  bake  as 
the  young  shoots  appear 
It  sometimes  requires  two 
summers     to     p  r  o  d  u  c  e 
plants  ready  for    setting, 
nut    in    the    South,    the 
Pacific  coast,   and   under 
favorable  circumstances  in 
the  East,  yearling  plants 
are  strong  enough  for  set- 
ting     Cuttings    should    be    made 
from  the  roots  of  thrifty,  healthy 
plants,  preferably    from   a    young 
plantation      It    is   contended    and 
there  are  many  facts  to  substantiate 
it,     that     propagating     successive 
generations    of    blackberries    from 
root-cuttings  results  in  unproduc- 
tive or  e\  en  sterile  plants 

Some  blackberries  from  the  sev- 
eral varietal  groups  may  be  grown 
in  almost  every  condition  of  climate 
and  soil  in  temperate  regions,  yet 
this  fruit  does  best  m  a  carefully 
selected  environment  Blackberries 
cannot  stand,  without  protection,  57g  -j-hg  short. 

more  \vintcr  cold  th.in  the  peach 


In  dry,  hot  climates  the  plants  suffer  and  the  berries 
are  few,  small,  noorly  colored  and  lacking  in  flavor. 
A  deep,  mello>v,  clay  loam,  well  filled  with  humus,  19 
most  suitable  for  this  fruit  Gravelly  and  sandy 
lands  are  usually  too  hot  and  dry  Flat  wet  lands  are 
quite  unsuited  and  in  such  soils  the  plants  suffer  alike 
from  cold  and  heat;  whatever  else  mav  be  said  of  the 
soil,  good  drainage  is  imperative  A  northern  exposure 
-8  usuallv  desirable  Fertilizers  are  little  needed  if  the 
land  be  rich  enough  naturally  to  grow  fair  farm  crops. 
Stable  manure  often  induces  rank-growing  canes  which 
produce  but  little  fruit.  Cover-crops  of  vetch  or  clover 
and  some  grain  as  oats  or  barley,  sown  in  August,  will 
supply  much-needed  humus  and  about  all  the  plant- 
food  usually  necessary  to  add. 

Field  cultivation. 

The  plants  are  set  in  rows,  7,  8,  or  9  feet  apart, 
depending  on  the  soil  and  the  variety .  and  from  3  to  4 
feet  apart  in  the  row.  There  should  be  room  between 


the  rows  for  a  two-horse  harrow  or  cultivator  to  keep 
the  plantation  in  good  condition.  Planting  may  be 
done  by  spade  or  in  furrows  6  or  7  inches  deep  A  hoed- 
crop  is  usually  grown  between  the  rows  the  first  year 
but  seldom  the  second,  as  the  plants  need  all  the  food 
and  moisture  to  make  {sufficiently  strong  plants  to  bear 
a  crop  the  third  season  The  canes  are  allowed  to  grow 
the  first  year  to  a  height  of  18  to  30  inches,  when 
they  should  be  cut  back  a  few  inches  The  plants  are 
thus  pruned  to  cause  them  to  grow  low,  stocky  and 
upright,  with  many  lateral  branches,  and  so  avoid  the 
necessity  of  a  trellis  and  vet  be  able  to  hold  the  crop 
up  well.  Trelhsing  is  troublesome  and  expensive 

Subsequent  training 
and  pruning  consist  IB. 
keeping  the  plants  well 
branched,  low  and  stocky, 
and  in  regulating  the 
amount  of  bearing  wood. 
Success  in  growing  black- 
berries depends  largely 
upon  proper  training  and 
pruning  The  fruit  is 
borne  upon  one-year-old 
canes  which  should  be 
removed  as  soon  as  the 
crop  has  been  harvested. 
To  allow  them  to  stand 
through  the  growing  sea- 
son jeopardizes  the  proper 
development  of  the  new 
canes,  and  often  exposes 
them  to  infection 
from  fungi  Five  or 
six  canesto  the  plant 
are  quite  enough; 
if  there  are  more, 
the  sue  and  quality 
of  the  crop  will  be 
reduced  The  canes 
should  be  headed -in 
annually  during  the 
growing  season,  as  re- 
commended for  the 
first  year.  Inthespnng 
laterals  are  shortened- 
m,  the  amount  of  cut- 
ting-back depending 
upon  how  close  the 
fruit  is  borne  to  the 
cane  on  the  variety  in 
hand.  The  laterals 
are  usually  left  from 
12  to  20  inches  long 
This  spnng  pruning 
may  be  and  often 
should  be  made  a  thinning  process  Managed  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  just  given,  the  plants  need  neither 
stakes  nor  trellises  In  some  plantations,  however,  a 
wire  is  stretched  along  each  side  of  the  row  to  hold  the 
plants  up,  and  in  others,  notably  along  the  Hudson 
River,  the  plants  are  trained  on  two-wire  trellises.  In 
northern  climates  the  training  must  be  such  as  to 
provide  for  winter  protection  for  many  varieties 

Winter  protection  consists  in  laying  down  the 
canes  and  covering  them  wholly  or  in  part  with  a  thin 
mulch  of  straw  or  earth.  The  method  of  laying  down 
must  be  varied  with  the  vanety,  the  soil  and  the  amount 
of  protection  to  be  given  Three  men  can  do  the  work 
most  expeditiously;  one  goes  ahead  and  digs  the  earth 
from  the  front  and  back  of  the  roots,  a  second  with 
fork  or  foot  pushes  the  plant  forward  to  the  ground,  the 
third  puts  on  the  mulch  of  earth  or  straw  Tender 
vaneties  are  wholly  covered,  but  the  hardier  sorts  need 
only  a  covering  on  the  tips  of  the  canes  The  plants  are 
raised  in  the  spring  just  before  or  as  the  buds  begin  to 


t-cluster  garden  blackberry.  ( X  H) 


512 


BLACKBERRY 


BLANDFORDIA 


ourst.  Care  must  be  taken  not  to  break  or  split  the 
canes.  Such  protection  at  present  prices  of  labor  will 
cost  from  eight  to  twelve  dollars  per  acre  Winter  in- 
jury is  sometimes  a  matter  of  moisture  as  well  as  of 
temperature,  and,  in  irrigated  regions,  late  irrigation 
may  obviate  the  necessity  of  a  winter  covering. 

Thorough  cultivation  is  essential  for  the  proper 
conservation  of  moisture  m  a  blackberry  plantation, 
abundant  moisture  being  a  prime  requisite  for  this 
fruit  It  must  be  frequent  and  constant  until  the  ber- 
ries begin  to  turn  in  color  After  the  crop  is  harvested, 
the  cultivator  should  be  used  to  put  the  ground  in  shape 
for  the  cover-crop.  The  cultivator  must  be  shallow- 
cutting  since  deep  cultivation  injures  the  roots,  thereby 
weakening  the  plants,  and  inducing  suekenng  Mulch- 
ing to  take  the  place  of  cultivation  is  not  to  be  recom- 
mended, except  in  small  patches,  and  in  the  row  with 
cultivation  between  rows. 

Blackberries  should  not  be  harvested  until  fully  ripe, 
and  the  sooner  eaten  after  picking  the  better  the  qual- 
ity. The  fruits  are  not  ripe  when  they  attain  full  color 
but  must  be  left  on  the  bushes  until  bbft,  at  which  time 
they  should  part  from  the  stem  readily  when  the  cluster 
is  shaken.  In  picking,  the  berries  should  not  be  exposed 
to  the  sun.  Well  treated,  the  plants  should  bear  some 
fruit  the  second  season,  and  the  third  summer  should 
give  a  fair  crop.  The  length  of  time  the  plants  will  bear 
depends  upon  the  variety,  the  soil  and  the  treatment. 
When  the  stools  become  thin,  the  canes  weak  and  the 
fruits  small,  the  plantation  should  be  cut  down,  this 
time  coming  usually  when  the  bushes  are  ten  or  twelve 
years  old 

Blackberry-growers  have  several  troubles  to  contend 
with  Late  i*osts  occasionally  do  much  harm  in  north- 
ern latitudes  Borers  often  do  much  damage  to  canes 
and  can  be  circumvented  only  by  cutting  out  infested 
stalks  T\vo  fungous  diseases,  orange  rust  and  anthrac- 
nose,  are  dangerous,  and  are  successfully  kept  in  check 
only  by  cutting  out  the  diseased  wood  Root-galls  are 
often  found  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  do  much 
damage,  and  it  is  certainly  not  worth  while  trying  to  con- 
trol them.  Good  treatment,  especially  as  regards  culti- 
vation and  pruning,  with  careful  attention  to  destroy- 


581    Sand 
blackberry. 

(XH) 


580.  Wild  probable  hybrid  of  blackberry  and  djwberrv 


ing  the  pests 
mentioned  as 
soon  as  practi- 
cable, will  keep 
the  plants  in 
health. 

The  yields  and 
profits  in  black- 
berry-growing 
arc   most    en- 
couraging    to     small- 
fruit  -  growers.     In    a 
Elantation   well   cared 
3r,  a  crop  of  two  hun- 
dred bushels  per  acre 
may    be    expected. 
Blackberries    are    not 
suitable    for    long-dis- 
tance   shipments   and 
monetary   rewards 
come  from  local  mar- 
kets and  here  they  are 
often   large  when  cli- 
mate, soil  and  general 
conditions    are   favor- 
able,    u.  P.  HEDRICK, 

BLACKBERRY    LILY: 

Belamcanda. 

BLACKWOOD:  Acacia. 

BLADDER -NUT.  Sta- 
phylea. 

BLADDERWORT: 

Utncutarva. 

BLAKEA  (Stephen 
Blake,  gardener,  of  the  island  of  Antigua  in  the  West 
Indies,  who  wrote  "Compleat  Gardener's  Practice," 
London,  1664).  Valdesia,  Ruiz  &  Pav  Melaftamacex. 
Hothouse  or  greenhouse  evergreen  shrubs,  of  which  two 
species  are  m  cultivation  for  the  showy  flowers  and 
prominent  foliage 

Erect  or  scandent  woody  plants,  sometimes  small 
trees:  Ivs.  opposite,  leathery,  mostly  prominently  3-7- 
nerved,  petioled,  nearly  or  quite  entire,  often  rusty- 
pubescent  beneath  fls  rose-purple  or  white,  showy  and 
large,  solitary  or  fascicled  m  the  axils;  calyx  with  4  or 
more  scales  or  bracts  at  base,  petals  6,  oblong  or  obo- 
vate,  stamens  12  with  thickened  filaments,  the  anthers 
cohering  and  opening  bv  2  pores  at  the  apex;  ovary 
adhering  to  calyx,  4-6-celled  fr  a  fleshy  berry  — About 
30  species  in  W    Indies  and  S    Amor.    By  some  the 
genus  Amaraboya  (which  see)  is  included  with 
Blakea,  Amaraboya  has  capsular   rather   than 
baccate  fr. 

trine'rvia,  Linn.  Shrub,  in  the  wild  the  branches 
supporting   themselves  on   neighboring  bushes, 
and  roots   sometimes  springing  from  the  sts 
Ivs  oval-oblong  to  elliptic,  dark  green  above,  often 
rusty-tomentose  beneath,  prominently  3-nerved. 
fls  pink  or  rose-color,  solitary,  on  long  stalks, 
in  early  summer     Mountain  woods,  Jamaica  — 
A  good  plant  for  the  warm  con- 
servatory 

gracilis,  Hemsl.  Compact  shrub, 
2-3  ft.'  Ivs  elliptic,  acuminate, 
leathery,  glabrous,  fls.  solitary, 
fragrant,  2  in.  across,  the  petals 
white  with  a  rose-colored  spot  at  the 
base  Costa  Rica. — Needs  an  inter- 
mediate temperature.  L.  H.  B. 

BLANDF6RDIA  (after  George, 
Marquis  of  Blandford).  Lilidcex. 
Tender  rhizomatous  plants  from 
Australia  and  Tasmnnia,  placed  bv 


BLANDFORDIA 


BLECHNUM 


513 


Baker  (Jour.  Lmn.  Soc.  11:361)  between  Kniphofia 
and  Funkia;  adapted  to  cultuie  m  greenhouses  BlanH- 
fordia  of  Andrews  is  a  synonym  of  Galax 

Roots  thickly  fibrous  Ivs  in  two  vertical  i.-mks, 
narrowly  linear,  hard,  persistent  fls  large,  1  }£-3  m 
long,  showy,  nodding,  m  short  racemes,  usually  orange- 
red  to  crimson,  with  yellow  tips  —  The  authorities 
recognize  only  4  botanieal  species,  but  those  below  arc 
hortirulturally  distinct  from  one;  another 

Being  tenderer  than  the  poker  plant,  and  of  more 
difficult  culture,  blandfordias  are  rarely  grown  in  Amer- 
ica B  flammea  var  prince  ps  is  the  bi.st  kind.  In  New 


South  Wales  they  grow  in  peat  bogs  and  on  shady 
mountain  sides  ))urmg  the  growing  season  they  must 
be  shaded  from  bright  sunshine,  and  during  the  resting 
season  they  may  be  placed  m  a  light  pit,  m  which  they 
are  not  crowded  01  shaded  by  taller  plants  They  like 
a  moist  atmosphere  and  plenty  of  air,  but  not  draughts. 
The  chief  element  of  the  potting  soil  should  be  peat, 
if  the  peat  is  heavy,  use  freely;  if  light,  use  some  loam, 
and  park  firmly;  if  spongy,  add  some  charcoal  Pot 
after  flowering,  m  early  spring,  being  careful  not  to 
overpot,  and  plan  to  leave  roots  undisturbed  for  two 
year*  at  least  \  *  op-dressing  each  year  and  liquid 
manure  during  growing  season,  is  necessary  to  produce 
a  good  flowering  Perfectly  hardy  m  central  Flonda 
when  grown  in  lath-houses  —  Propagation  is  b>  seeds 
sow  n  m  sandy  peat  with  mild  bottom  heat,  or  usually  by 
caieful  and  not  too  frequent  divisions  of  the  root,  made 
m  early  spring,  after  flowering  at  the  time  of  repotting, 
and  pieferably  when  strong  offsets  are  formed 

A   Mm  gin  of  Ivs   not  roiighith 

Cunninghamii,  Lmdl  Lvs  1S-21  in  long.  3-4  line's 
wide,  broader  than  in  B  flam  nun  fls  10-15,  or  even  20 
Blue  Mts  of  Austral  B  M  .5734  Gn  21  36(>  —  This 
has  been  held  to  be  synonymous  with  B  grandi- 
Jlora,  but  it  is  horticulturally  distinct,  and  the  pedicel-* 
are  shorter  Considered  by  Bentham  the  same  as  B 
grandi  flora 

A  A   Margin  of  /t's   ronghi*>h 

u.  Flf>   golden  i/cllow,  without  any  red. 

aurea,  Hook  f    L\s  8-  12m  long.  I1  4-2  lines  wide 

fls    3-0,  the  only  ones  m  the  genus  not  touched  with 

red,  perianth  wide-swelling,  sometimes  nearK  as  wide 

as  long,  more  bell-shaped  than  any  other  species     New 

S    Wales     B.M.  5809.  —  By  some  considered  a  mere 

variety  of  B  flammea 

BH   FU  red-tubed  and  yellow-tipped 
r   Perianth  long,  3-4  times  as  long  as  itnde. 

n6bilis,  Smith  Lvs  12-18  in  long,  J  r-?4  lines  wide, 
dark  green,  sharpl>  3-angied  fls  4-0,  smallest  of  the 
genus,  and  narrowest  Near  Port  Jackson  B  M.  2003. 
B  R  286.  Var.  imperialis,  Hort  Fls  bright  orange- 
red,  margined  with  yellow  or  gold,  larger  than  the  type 

flammea,  Lmdl  Lvs  12-18  in  long,  2-2'  j  lines  wide 
fls  4-12,  typically  constricted  near  the  base  of  the  tube 
and  much  lower  down  than  in  B  ("unnmghamii  E 
Austral  B.M.4819.  P.M  16.353  FS  6  585,  18:1829 
(as  B.  Cunninghamn).  Var.  princeps,  Baker  (B  j>r\n- 
cepa,  W.  G.  Smith),  haa  larger  and  bnghter-coloied  fls 
and  is  the  best  of  the  genus  The  perianth  is  longer 
and  less  spreading  than  in  the  type,  and  swells  very 
gradually  from  the  base,  instead  of  being  constricted 
near  the  base  B.M.  6209.  F.M.  1S75  170.  F  S. 
22-2314.  Gn.  47-324. 

re.  Tube  short,  scarcely  twice  as  long  as  wide 
grandifldra,  R.  Br  Lvs  12-18  m  long,  3-1  J3  lines 
wide'  fls  10-30.  Distinguished  from  all  others  bv  hav- 
ing the  filaments  inserted  instead  of  at  the  middle,  but 
in  var.  intermedia,  Baker,  which  connects  B  grandiflora 
and  B  nobihs,  the  filaments  are  inserted  at  the  middle 
of  the  tube,  the  Ivs.  axe  narrower  and  the  fls.  smaller. 

33 


Tasmania.  B.R.  924. — The  name  B.  arandiflora  is  now 
a  misnomer,  as  the  fls  are  smaller  than  in  any  other 
species  except  B  nohilis 

B   cordata,  Andr  -Galax  aphylla  WlLHELM    MlLLEB. 

BLANKET  FLOWER.   (Jaillardia       ^.   TAYLOR  t 
BLAZING  STAR.    Lio/rw;  also  A/cn/«Zia. 

BLECHNUM  (Creek  name  for  some  fern)  Poly- 
podiacey  Rather  coarse  greenhouse  ferns,  with  pm- 
natifid  or  pinnate  Ivs  ,  and  rows  of  almost  continuous 
son  parallel  to  the  midvem  and  close  to  it,  covered  with 
a  membranous  mdusium  Blechnum  is  here  recognized 
as  including  the  species  sometimes  classified  under  the 
generic  name  Lomaria  in  addition  to  those  specie8 
which  all  writers  agree  to  put  in  Blechnum.  The  dif- 
ferences on  which  Lomaria  ha*  been  based  are  very 
fehght  and  are  not  recogni/ed  by  leading  European  fern 
students  Besides,  if  the  species  included  in  Lomaria 
are  kept  separate,  it  is  practically  certain  that  they 
must  be  classified  under  the  older  name  Skruthioptens. 

In  Blechnum  occuis  a  singular  knot  m  nomen- 
clature LinriaMis  described  two  species  m  1753,  and  to 
the  Wist  Indian 
one  he  gave  the 
name  B  orietit<il<, 
citing  figures,  etc  , 
showing  that  it  is 
the  plant  that  re- 
cent writers  call  li 
orcidentale  His  < 
Kast  Indian  plant 
he  smulaily  railed 
B  ocitihntale  The, 
normal  or  ordinary 
usage  has  been  fol- 
lowed below,  the 
name  B  ont  nlalc 
being  given  to  the 
eastern  plant 

Blechnums  will 
thri\  e  in  almost 
any  compost,  but 
their  leaves  quickly 
turn  brown  and 
then  black  if 
watered  o\erhead 
Propagation  of  Blechnum  is  effected  by  spores. 

Blechnums  are  very  useful  to  florists  for  jardinieres, 
and  for  specimen  ferns  To  attain  best  results,  it  is 
necessary  to  maintain  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 
roots,  with  a  drier  atmosphere  than  most  other  ferns 
require,  to  prevent  leaves  from  turning  brown  during 
w  inter  months.  Av  erage  temp  GO0  to  65°  F  Soil,  equal 
parts  of  rich  loam  and  leaf-mold  or  peat.  The  spores  of 
most  blechnums  germinate  \ery  freely  if  sown  on  a 
compost  of  loam  and  leaf-mold  or  peat  in  equal  parts, 
and  placed  in  amodeiately  moist  and  shady  position  m 
a  temperature  of  60°  to  65°  F  Some  of  the  species  send 
out  creeping  rhizomes,  which  develop  young  plants  at 
the  encts  \\  hen  of  sufficient  size  these  may  be  detached 
and  potted,  and  in  a  short  time  they  will  develop  into 
good  specimens.  Some  very  attractive  species  are  found 
among  the  hardy  British  blechnums.  (N.  N.  Bruckner.) 


582.  Blechnum  brasihense. 


hrasihense,  1 
oorco\  adense, 
cnaputn,  3 
discolor,  8 
Kibbuin,  9 


INDEX. 

lanrrolatum,  7 
Moorei,  0 
nitiduri,  2, 
ocTidentiile,  4 


platyptera,  9. 
eernuatum,  5. 
spirant,  11 
tabular?,  10 


A   Fertile  Ivx   not  strongly  different  from  the  stcnU  Ivs 

B  Pinny  strongly  d< current  at  the  base,  joining  with  the 

one  next  below 

1.  brasilignse,   Desv      Fig    582      Growing  from  a 
stout,  slightly  arborescent  trunk  1  ft.  or  ui ore  long-  iv». 


514 


BLECHNUM 


BLETIA 


2-3  ft.  long,  1  ft  or  more  wide,  with  the  pinnae  set  at 
an  acute  angle  with  the  rachis,  the  lower  much  shorter 
and  more  distant.  Brazil  824  —  Rather  tender  m 
Cent.  Fla  and  needs  protection  during  winter. 

2  nftidum,  Presl  Habit  of  B  brasihent>e,  but  much 
smaller.  Ivs.  pinnate,  pinna}  oblong-falcate,  thickish, 
2-4  in.  long,  serrate  Brazil  — Plants  1-2  ft  high. 

3.  corcovadense,  Raddi  Finnic  not  cut  to  the  rachis, 
much  crowded  and  shorter  than  the  last,  longest  pimue 
less  than  6  in  long,  attenuate  at  the  tips,  Ivb  crimson 
when  young,  and  gradually  turning  to  a  metallic  hue 
before  becoming  permanently  green.  By  some  con- 
sidered a  vanety  of  B.  brasiliense.  Brazil. 
Var.  crispum,  Hort ,  with  wavy  edges,  may 
be  commoner  in  cult,  than  the  type. 

BB.  Pinnse  contracted  at  the  base  to  the  midnb, 

forming  a  very  short  stalk, 
4.  occident&le,  Linn.    Fig  583     Lvs.  from 

an  erect  rigid  st ,  which  is  covered  with 
brownish  scales,  9-18  in.  long, 
4-6  in  wide,  with  the  pinnae 
truncate  or  even  cordate  at  the 
base  and  slightly  falcate  Mex. 
and  W  Indies  to  Brazil —A 
beautiful  small  fern 

5.  serrulatum,  Rich.  Grow- 
ing from  an  ascending  nearly 
naked  rootstock  Ivs  1-2  ft 
long,  6-15  in  wide,  with  numer- 
ous narrow  pmme,  winch  are 
contracted  at  the  base  .ind  of 
nearly  uniform  width  through- 
out; margins  finely  serrulate, 
text  lire  coriaceous  Fla  to  Brazil 
— Especially  adapted  for  the 
edges  of  boggy  ponds,  river 
banks  and  the  like  Soon  forms 
"  dense  clumps  2-3  ft  high. 

AA    Fertile     Ivs.    distinct     from 
sterile   Ivs  ,  very  much   nar- 
rower    (Lomana  ) 
B.  Plant  with  an  erect  rigid  st 

c  Lvs  6-12  in.  long. 
6    Modrei,  C    Chr.  (Lomana 
cihdta,  Moore)      St    6  in    high, 
\l/i  in    thick     stipes  blackish. 
Ivs     8-12   in    long,    the   upper 
pinnae  with  a  rounded  auricle  at 
the    lower  hide    of    the    base; 
fertile  Ivs.  narrow-linear.    New  Caledonia 

7.  lanceolatum,  Sturm  St  elongate,  densely  clothed 
with  dark  brown  scales  Ivs  6-12  in  long,  2-4  in  wide, 
with  close,  slightly  falcate  pinnae;  texture  leathery; 
fertile  pinnae  linear  spreading  Austral  and  Polynesia. 

cc  Lvs  iVi-SjL  long. 
D  Lower  pinnse  connected  at  base. 
8   discolor,    Keys      St.    ascending-    stipes    black, 
glossy,  with  dense  scales  at  base    Ivs.  1^-3  ft    long, 
4-6  in  wide,  with  pinna1  narrowed  suddenly  toward  the 
point;  fertile  pinnse  narrower  and  shorter     Austral 
and  New  Zeal 

9.  gfbbum,  Mett.   St  2-3  ft.  high:  stipes  short,  with 
black  scales   Ivs  2-3  ft  long,  6  in  wide;  fertile  pinnze 
narrower,  4-6  in.  long    Var.  platyptera  is  advertised. 
L.  intermedia,  Hort ,  may  be  derived  from  this  species. 
New  Caledonia. 

DD.  Lower  pinnx  narrowed  at  base  and  distinct. 

10.  tabulftre,    Kuhn    (Lomana    Borydna,    Willd.). 
St.  stout,  erect  1-2  ft  high,  woody,  densely  scaly  Ivs. 
lJ^-2  ft.  long,  6-8  m   wide,  narrowed  and  sometimes 
auricled  at  base;  fertile  pinnae  narrow-linear,  close.  W. 


583.  Blechnum 
occidentale. 


Indies  to  Patagoria,  Mauritius  and  S.  Afr. — Probably 
includes  2  or  3  species,  among  them  L.  zamisefolia, 
Hort. 

BB.  Plant  with  a  stout,  short,  creeping  rhizome. 

11.  spicant,  With  Sterile  Ivs  lanceolate,  6-9  in  long, 
\-\lA  m  wide,  gradually  narrowed  below;  fertile  Ivs. 
1  ft.  long,  with  longer  stalks  (6-9  in  )  and  narrowly  lin- 
ear pinna?  Eu  ,  W.  N.  Amer  — The  large  Cahfornian 
form  with  Ivs  2-3  ft  long  is  possibly  a  distinct  species. 
The  European  plant  was  early  called  Struthioptens 
spicant  by  Scopoli,  by  which  name  it  is  now  cited  as  the 
earliest  generic  name.  Hardy,  needs  deepest  shade 
Lomana  nippdnica,  Kunze,  Japan,  usually  larger  than 
preceding,  is  much  like  it  in  other  respects  and  probably 
is  better  to  be  considered  as  a  form  of  B.  spicant  rather 
than  as  a  distinct  species. 

B  orient  Ale,  Linn  ,  is  a  larRe  E  Indian  and  Polynesian  fern  with 
Ivs.  often  3  ft.  long  — Well  worthy  of  cult 

L.  M  UNDERWOOD. 

BLEEDING  HEART:   Dicentra         R    C    BENEDICT,  f 

BLEPHARIS  (Greek,  eyelash;  referring  to  fringed 
bracts)  Acanthdcex.  A  large  (80  species)  genus  of 
dwarf,  often  spiny  shrubs  and  herbs,  allied  to  Acanthus, 
and  of  similar  culture  Fls  in  bracted  spikes;  calyx 
cruciate,  4-parted  nearly  to  the  base,  the  2  inner  sepals 
much  shorter  than  the  outci;  corolla  short-tubed,  the 
limb  blue  or  white,  caps  ellipsoid,  flattened  and  woody. 

carduifdlia,  T  Anders  (Acdnthus  carduifdhus,  Linn. 
Acanthbdium  cnrduifbluis,  Nees)  Plant  villous  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  sinuate-dentate,  spiny  spiko  terminal, 
c\hndncal  bracts  roundish,  palmately  5-spmed  at 
the  apex  S  Afr  — Not  commonly  cult 

N.  TAYLOR f 

BLEPHAROCALYX  (eye-lath  and  calyx,  probably 
referring  to  a  fringed  condition)  Myrtact<f  Woody 
plants*  differing  from  Myrtus  in  having  a  thin  crusta- 
ceoub  testa  of  the  seed  instead  of  a  thick  and  horny  one, 
and  other  minor  characters,  and  by  some  authors 
united  with  that  genus  There  are  about  30  species  in 
S  Amor  ,  but  very  little  known  in  cult  B.  spiraeoides, 
Stapf  (Eugenia  myrwphylla,  Hort ),  is  a  much-branched 
•shiub,  9  ft  high,  free-flowering  Ivs.  lance-linear,  %in. 
or  less  long  fls  small,  pale  yellow,  in  terminal  panicles; 
petals  4  Brazil  B.M  8123 

BLETIA  (named  for  Louis  Blet,  a  Spanish  botanist). 
Orchidacese  Terrestrial  orchids  with  globose  or  depressed 
pseudobulbs,  from  the  apex  of  which  arises  a  leafy 
st  ,  mostly  hothouse  plants. 

Leaves  plicate-veined  fls  borne  on  a  lateral  leafless 
st  ,  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  similar,  or  the  latter 
broader,  lip  attached  to  the  base  of  the  column,  3-lobed, 
the  lateral  lobes  erect,  the  middle  lobe  spreading,  the 
disk  with  several  entire  or  denticulate-crisped  ridges, 
pollmia  8  — A  genus  of  about  20  species  m  Trop  Arner 

A.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  much  cnsped. 
B  Petals  as  wide  as  sepals,  fls.  rose. 
verecunda,  R  Br.  Lvs  up  to  3  ft  long,  2-4  in  wide, 
scape  2-4  ft  tall,  the  upper  portion  a  raceme  or  panicle 
of   numerous   rose-colored    fls      W.    Indies   and    Fla 
G  C.  II.  26,  p  141    B  M  3217  (as  B  acutipetala) . 

BB  Petals  broader  than  sepals,  undulate,  fls  deep  purple. 
ShSpherdii,  Hook.  Lvs  up  to  2  ft  long,  3-4  in. 
broad  scape,  2-3  ft  tall,  the  upper  portion  a  raceme  or 
panicle  of  numerous  deep  purple  fls  ;  sepals  oblong, 
acute,  the  petals  broader,  undulate;  lip  with  the 
lamellae  white  Jamaica.  B.M  3319  P  M.  2 '146. 

A  A  Middle  lobe  jf  lip  not  cnsped. 
Sherrattiana,  Batem.    Lvs.  up  to  4  ft  long,  3-4  in. 
broad    fls    bright  rose,  in  a  raceme  of  10  or  more; 
sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse;  petals  much  broader, 


BLETIA 


BLUEBERRY 


515 


rounded  at  apex;  middle  lobe  of  lip  not  crisped,  deeply 
emargmate.   Colombia.    B.M.  5646 

H  campanuDta,  La  Llavo  &  Lex  Fls  bell-shaped,  purple,  with 
white  center  Mex  —B  hyarinthina.  It  Br  — Blctilla  —  U  pdtula, 
Hook  FN  up  to  2  in  aoroBs,  drop  pink  Said  to  be  a  native  of 
Haiti  B  iM  3518  —  B  TdnkerviUex,  R  Br  =Phams 

GEOROE  V.  NASH. 

BLETfLLA  (diminutive  of  Blctia).  Orchid&ce*  Ter- 
restrial orchids  with  pseudobulbs,  and  a  leafy  st. 
with  a  terminal  mfl  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike, 
somewhat  spreading;  lip  3-lobed,  furnished  with 
lamella?,  the  lateral  lobes  surrounding  the  slender 
column,  polhnia  8  — Outdoor  orchids 

hyacinthlna,  Heichb  f  (Blehn  hyannth)na,  R  Br.). 
Pseudobulbs  tuberform  sts  up  to  1  ft  tall,  with  3-6 
plaited  Ivs  fls  racemose,  on  short  pedicels,  sepals  and 
petals  amethy.st-purple,  lip  3-lobcd,  amethyst-purple, 
the  middle  lobe  nearly  quadrate,  denticulate  China 
and  Japan  Gt  15  527  Gn  16  416  BR  33 '60  (as 
Hlftia  (Jpfana)  B  M  1492  (as  Cymbidium)  —Grows 
beautifullv  in  half-shadv,  moist  places,  soon  forming 
large  clumps  Prop  by  division  of  the  clumps 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BLlGHIA  (W  Bhgh,  British  manner,  who  wrote  on 
a  journev  in  the  South  Seas-,  1702)  Kajnndaceje  Trees 
and  shrubs  with  pmnately  compound  Ivs  and  axillary, 
racemose  ft*  ,  diffeis  from  Cupania  in  having  a  deeply 
cut  calvx  (rather  than  sepaiate  .sepals)  with  the  parts 
only  slightly  imbricate,  and  also  in  thefr — Onespecies 
m  Guinea,  now  naturalized  in  the  W  Indies,  and  yield- 
ing the  akee,  a  3-paited  fr  with  edible  red  aril  that  is 
much  improved  by  cooking  The  fls  are  so  fragrant  as 
to  deserve  distilling  The  tree  reaches  a  height  of  30 
ft ,  and  is  cult  in  Jamaica  to  an  altitude  of  only  3,000 
ft ,  hut  can  endure  Alight  frost  It  is  also  cult  m  S  Fla 

sapida,  Kon  (Cupdnm  sdjnda,  Voigt  )  AKEE  TREE 
Fig  581  Lfts  3  or  4  pairs,  obovatc-oblong,  entire, 
veined  fls  pubescent,  the  oblong  petals  white  and 
rather  showy,  bearing  scales  and  stamens 

X    TAYLOR  f 

BLIGHT.  An  indefinite  term,  popularly  used  to  desig- 
nate any  sudden  and  inexplicable  death  of  plants  The 
term  is  now  lestricted 
by  botanists  to  para- 
sitic diseases  These 
diseases  are  of  two 
classes, — those  due  to 
bacteria  or  microbes, 
and  those  due  to  para- 
sitic fungi  For  an 
account  of  these 
troubles,  sec  fhseases. 

ELITE     Chenopodium 
BLOODROOT-  San- 

BLO  O  MERIA 

(named  for  Dr  H  G. 
B 1  o  o  m  e  r)  Lilulceae 
Small  summer-bloom- 
ing bulbous  plants  of 
the  allium  kind 

A  genus  of  2  species, 
natives  of  S  Calif  In 
every  wav  they  are 
closely  allied  to  Bro- 
dwa,  but  differ  m 
having  the  perianth 
parted  nearly  to  the' 
base  Bloomenas  have 
a  flattish  corm,  much 
like  Crocus,  covered 
584.  Blighia  sapida.  (XH)  with  fiber,  and  not 


often  producing  offsets  The  Ivs.  are  radical,  slender, 
and  grass-hke  scape  slender  but  stiff,  6-18  in  high, 
naked,  except  for  short  bracts  beneath  the  many-rayea 
umbel;  pedicels  slender,  jointed;  fls  nearly  rotate,  less 
than  an  inch  across,  orange 

Bloornenas  prefer  a  sandy, 
warm  and  well-drained  soil. 
In  northern  California,  with  a 
minimum  temperature  of  15° 
above  zero,  they  are  perfectly 
'  hardy.  In  a  colder  climate,  a 
covering  of  straw  or  leaves  or 
a  position  in  the  coldframe 
would  be  a  judicious  precau- 
tion Plant  early,  and  see  that 
the  soil  is  light  and  sweet 
They  like  the  sun,  and  are  good 
for  forcing  The  light  soil  and 
warmth  of  a  pot  more  nearly 
approximates  natural  condi- 
tions than  the  open  ground 
does  in  cooler  climates  After 
ripening,  it  is  best  to  dig  and 
replant  in  fall  The  seeds  grow 
readily,  and  the  plants  flower 
in  three  to  four  years 

aurea,  Kellogg. 
Fig  585  Scape 
roughish,  6-1 8m  If. 
]  ix-)^m  broad* 
fls  numerous, 
bright  orange, 
in  a  dense  um- 
bel, stamens 
neaily  as  long 
as  the  perianth, 
the  filaments  dilated  at  the  base  B  M  5896  (as 
Nothoicordum  aureum)  G  C  III  20  687. 

CISvelandii,  Wats  More  slender  Ivs  3-7'  fls. 
smaller,  keeled  with  brown,  the  stamens  shorter  G  C. 
Ill  20  687  — Less  valuable  than  the  other 

CARL  PURDY. 

BLUEBELL:    Campanula 

BLUEBERRY-CULTURE.  Fig  586  Blueberries  are 
fruit-bearing  shrubs  of  the  genus  Vacemium,  long  gath- 
ered wild  in  North  America  in  great  quantities  and  now 
about  to  be  cultivated  with  success 

Success  in  blueberry-culture  rests  especially  on  the 
recognition  of  two  peculiarities  in  the  nutrition  of  these 
plants  first,  their  requirement  of  an  acid  soil,  second, 
their  possession  of  a  root-fungus  that  appears  to  have 
the  beneficial  function  of  supplying  them  with  nitrogen. 

If  blueberries  are  planted  in  a  soil  xvith  an  alkaline  or 
neutral  reaction,  such  as  the  ordinary  rich  garden  or 
fertile  field,  it  is  useless  to  expect  their  successful 
growth  In  such  a  situation  they  become  feeble  and 
finally  die  Blueberries  require  an  acid  soil,  and  they 
thrive  best  m  that  particular  type  of  acid  soil  which 
consists  of  a  mixture  of  pure  sand  and  peat  The  peat 
mav  be  of  either  the  bog  or  the  upland  sort 

Good  aeration  of  the  soil  is  another  essential  It  is 
commonly  but  erroneously  supposed  that  the  swamp 
blueberry  ( Vacctnium  corymbosum),  the  species  chiefly 
desirable  for  cultivation,  grows  best  in  a  permanently 
wet  soil  It  is  to  be  observed,  however,  that  the  wild 
plants  of  the  swamps  occupy  situations  which  though 
perhaps  submerged  in  winter  and  spring  are  exposed 
during  the  root-forming  period  of  summer  and  autumn, 
or,  when  growing  m  permanently  submerged  places, 
they  build  up  a  hummock  or  a  cushion  of  moss  which 
rises  above  the  summer  water-level  and  within  which 
the  feeding-roots  of  the  bush  are  closely  interlaced. 
In  actual  culture,  moreover,  it  has  been  found  that  the 
swamp  blueberry  does  not  thrive  m  a  permanently  wet 
or  soggy  soil. 


516 


BLUEBERRY 


BLUEBERRY 


Although  some  species  of  Vaccinium,  such  as  the 
common  low-bush  blueberry,  V.  pennsylvanicum,  grow 
and  fruit  abundantly  in  sandy  uplands  that  are  sub- 
ject to  drought,  the  swamp  blueberry  grows  best  m 
soils  naturally  or  artificially  supplied  with  adequate 
moisture 

These  then  are  the  three  fundamental  requirements  of 
successful  blueberry  culture  (1)  An  acid  soil,  especially 
one  composed  of  peat  and  sand;  (2)  good  drainage  and 
thorough  aeration  of  the  surface  soil,  and  (H)  perma- 
nent but  moderate  soil-moisture  Under  such  conditions, 
the  beneficial  root-fungus  which  is  believed  to  be  essen- 
tial to  the  nutrition  of  the  plant  need  give  the  cultivator 
no  concern,  for  it  will  propagate  itself  spontaneously 
and  adequately,  without  any  necessity  of  soil  or  plant 
inoculation. 

Propagation. 

Blueberry  plantations  may  be  formed  by  the  trans- 
planting of  unselected  wild  bushes  or  by  the  growing 
of  seedlings,  but  such  a  course  is  not  the  best.  Seedling 
plants,  even  from  the  largest-ben  led  parents,  prod  vice 
small  berries  oftener  than  large  ones  Until  nurserymen 
are  prepared  to  furnish  plants  asexually  propagated 
from  superior  stocks,  the  cultivator  should  begin  b> 
the  transplanting  of  the  best  wild  bushes,  selected  when 
in  fruit  for  the  size,  color,  flavor,  and  earhness  of  the 
berry,  and  the  vigor  and  product iveness  of  the  bush. 
These  he  should  propagate  by  layering  and  by  cuttings 
until  his  plantation  is  completed  By  moans  of  a  com- 
bination of  these  two  methods,  a  valuable  old  plant 
can  be  multiplied  by  several  hundred  at  one  propa- 
gation, the  fruit  of  the  progeny  retaining  all  the 
characteristics  of  the  parent. 

Large  berries  cost  less  to  pick  than  small  ones  and 
bring  a  higher  price.  A  berry  ^  of  in  inch  in  diame- 
ter has  already  been  produced  under  cultivation  and 
others  of  still  larger  size  are  to  be  expected 

While  grafting  and  especially  budding  are  useful 
in  experimental  work,  neither  method  is  suitable  for 
commercial  plantations  because  blueberry  bushes  are 
continually  sending  up  new  and  undesirable  shoots 
from  the  stock.  The  best  season  for  budding  is  from 
the  middle  of  July  to  the  end  of  August  The  budded 
plants  should  be  protected  from  direct  sunlight,  and 
special  care  should  be  taken  that  the  raffia  wrapping 
does  not  become  wet  for  the  first  three  weeks. 

The  easiest  way  to  propagate  the  swamp  blueberry  is 
by  a  special  process  of  layering  known  as  "stumping  " 
In  early  spnng,  preferably  before  the  buds  have  begun 
to  push,  all  the  stems  of  the  plant,  or  as  many  as  it  is 
desired  to  sacrifice  for  propagation,  are  cut  off  close  to 
the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  stumps  are  then  covered 
to  the  depth  of  2  inches  with  a  mixture  of  about  four 
parts  of  clean  sand  and  one  of  sifted  peat.  The  sand- 
bed  must  not  be  allowed  to  become  dry,  except  at  the 
very  surface  The  new  growth  from  the  stumps,  which 
without  the  sand  would  consist  of  stems  merely,  is 
transformed  in  working  its  way  through  the  sand  into 
scaly,  erect  or  nearly  erect  rootstocks  which  on  reach- 
ing the  surface  continue  their  development  into  leafy 
shoots.  Although  roots  are  formed  only  sparingly  on 
the  covered  bases  of  stems,  they  develop  quickly  and 
abundantly  on  these  artificially  produced  rootstocks 
By  the  end  of  autumn  the  shoots  are  well  rooted  at  the 
base.  They  should  remain  in  place  in  the  sand-bed 
through  the  winter,  exposed  to  freezing  temperatures. 
Early  in  the  following  spring,  before  the  buds  have 
begun  to  push,  each  rooted  shoot  is  carefully  severed 
from  the  stump  The  upper  portion  of  the  shoot  is 
discarded,  the  cut  being  made  at  such  a  point  as  to 
leave  on  the  basal  portion  about  three  buds  above  the 
former  level  of  the  sand-bed.  The  rooted  shoots  are 
potted  in  clean  3-inch  porous  pots  in  a  soil  consisting 
of  two  parts  of  rotted  upland  peat  to  one  of  sand  and 
one  of  clean  broken  crocks.  They  are  then  plunged  in 


sand  in  a  shaded  coldframe  or  greenhouse,  with  abun- 
dant light  but  no  direct  sunlight.  For  the  first  twc 
months  the  temperature  should  be  kept  below  65°  F 
When  subjected  to  high  temperatures,  the  newly  cut 
shoots  are  liable  to  die  and  rot  from  the  base  upward. 
Watenng  should  be  infrequent,  only  sufficient  to  keep 
the  soil  moist  but  well  aerated  The  frame  should  re- 
ceive ventilation  but  not  enough  to  cause  the  new  twigs 
to  droop.  They  are  very  susceptible  to  over-ventilation 
and  overheating  just  before  they  complete  their  pri- 
mary growth  After  the  new  twigs  have  stopped  growing 
and  their  wood  becomes  hard,  new  root-growth  takes 
place  Then  secondary  twig-growth  follows  Not  until 
this  has  occurred  is  the  life  of  the  plant  assuror!  Those 

Slants  that  make  sufficient  growth  to  require  repotting 
urmg  the  first  summer  should  be  transferred  to  clean 
pots  of  2  inches  larger  diameter  in  a  standard  blue- 
berry soil  mixture. 

A  very  successful  potting  mixture,  or  nursery-bod 
mixture,  for  blueberry  plants  consists  of  one  part  of 
clean  or  washed  sand,  nine  parts  of  rotted  upland  peat, 
either  chopped  or  rubbed  through  a  sieve,  and  three 
parts  of  clean  broken  crocks 
No  loam  and  especially  no 
lime  should  be  used  Ma- 
nure is  not  necessary,  and 
in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  may  be  re- 
garded tus  dangerous,  al- 
though in  small  amounts 
it  selves  to  stimulate  the 
plants,  at  least  temporarily 
The  danger  from  manure 
apparently  lies  in  its  ten- 
dency to  produce  an  alka- 
line condition  in  the  soil 

The  use  of  crocks  in  the 
potting  mixture  is  based  on 
the  fact  that  the  rootlets 
seek  them  and  form  around 
them  the  same  mats  that 
they  form  at  the  wall  of 
the  pot,  thus  increasing 
the  effective  root-surface 
and  the  vigor  of  growth 

The  peat  most  success- 
fully used  for  potting  blue- 
berry plants  us  an  upland 
peat  procured  in  kalmia,  or 
laurel,  thickets  In  a  sand> 
soil  in  which  the  leaves  ot 
these  bushes  and  of  the  oak 
trees  with  which  they  usually  grow  have  accumulated 
and  rotted  for  many  years  untouched  by  fire,  a  mass 
of  rich  leaf-peat  is  formed,  interlaced  by  the  super- 
ficial rootlets  of  the  oak  and  laurel  into  tough  mats 
or  turfs,  commonly  2  to  4  inches  in  thickness  These 
turfs,  ripped  from  the  soil  and  rotted  from  two  to  six 
months  in  a  moist  but  well  aerated  stack,  make  an 
ideal  blueberry  peat  A  good  substitute  is  found  in 
similar  turfs  formed  in  sandy  oak  woods  having  an 
underbrush  of  other  encaceous  plants  than  laurel  Oak 
leaves  raked,  stacked,  and  rotted  for  about  eighteen 
months  without  lime  or  manure  are  also  good  The 
leaves  of  some  trees,  such  as  maples,  rot  so  rapidly 
that  within  a  year  they  may  have  passed  from  the 
acid  condition  necessary  for  the  formation  of  good 
peat  to  the  alkaline  stage  of  decomposition,  which  is 
fatal  to  blueberry  plants  Even  oak  leaves  rotted  for 
several  years  become  alkaline  if  they  are  protected  from 
the  addition  of  new  leaves  bearing  frehh  charges  of 
*  acidity. 

By  ordinary  methods,  cuttings  of  the  swamp  blueberry 
have  been  rooter!  only  in  occasional  instances.  Two  suc- 
cessful methods,  however,  have  been  especially  devised 
tor  these  plants.  The  most  novel  of  these  but  the  one 


586.  Swamp  Blueberry.  A 
cluster  of  bernes  on  a  budded 
greenhouse  plant.  ( X  *  2) 


BLUEBERRY 


'BLUEBERRY 


517 


easiest  of  operation  is  that  of  "tubenng  ''  This  method 
involves  the  same  principle  as  that  employed  in  stump- 
ing, namely  the  forcing  of  new  shoots  in  such  a  manner 
that  their  basal  portions  are  moiphologically  scaly 
rootstocks,  with  a  strong  rooting  tendency  This 
method  of  propagation  from  stem  cuttings  is  called 
tubenng  because  the  treatment  as  well  as  the  behavior 
of  the  cuttings  is  essentially  identical  with  that  which 
takes  place  in  reproduction  from  tubers,  as  m  the  case 
of  the  potato. 

The  cuttings  arc  made  in  late  winter  or  early  spring, 
and  the  whole  plant  may  be  used,  including  old  steins 
an  inch  or  more  in  diameter  With  a  saw  and  knife 
cut  the  wood  in  pieces  about  4  inches  long  Lay  these 
horizontally  m  a  shallow,  well-drained  box  containing 
a  bed  of  clean  sand  and  cover  them  with  half  an  inch 
cif  the  same  material  Water  the  sand  well,  cover  the 
box  with  glass,  and  keep  it  at  a  temperature  of  60°  to 
05°,  or  less  if  the  equipment  does  not  permit  the  main- 
tenance of  such  a  temperature  The  sand-bed  must  be 
kept  moist,  although  if  there  are  only  slight  apertures 
beneath  the  glass,  a  second  watering  may  not  be 
required  for  several  weeks 

At  the  temperature  already  specified,  shoots  should 
begin  to  appear  above  the  sand  within  six  weeks  The 
boxes  should  then  be  placed  in  good  light  but  pro- 
tected from  direct  sunlight,  and,  when  warm  weather 
approaches,  they  should  be  given  the  coolest  situation 
available  so  a.*  to  keep  the  temperature  below  f>.r)°  as 
long  as  praet  icable  W  hen  the  first  shoot  s  hav  e  stopped 
growing  and  their  foliage  has  turned  to  a  mature  green 
color,  the\r  are  ready  to  produce  roots  A  half-inch 
layer  of  finely  sifted  rotted  peat  should  then  be  added 
to  the  surface  of  the  sand-bed  arid  thoroughly  wet 
down  with  a  fine  spray  'I  he  box  should  remain  in 
this  condition,  with  a  little  ventilation  but  a  saturated 
or  nearly  saturated  atmosphere,  until  new  shoots  cease 
to  appear  Meanwhile,  during  the  spring  and  early 
summer  the  older  shoots  will  ha\e  fonned  roots  between 
the  surface  of  the  ground  and  the  point  at  which  they 
sprang  from  the  cutting  Aftei  a  shoot  is  well  rooted  it 
will  make  secondary  twig-growth,  and  if  the  de\elop- 
ment  of  roots  has  not  alrea<h  been  :iMertained  b> 
direct  examination,  the  making  of  such  secondary 
growth  is  good  evidtnce  that  rooting  ho-s  actually 
taken  place  If  the  rooted  --hoots  have  not  already 
disconnect ed  themselves  from  the  dead  cuttings  they 
should  be  carefulh  se\  ered  with  a  sharp  knife  They 
are  then  potted  in  2-ineh  pots  m  the  standard  blueberry 
soil  mixture  alrc;id\  described,  and  during  a  period  of 
three  or  four  weeks  thev  should  be  gradually  changed 
from  their  saturated  atmospheie  and  full  shade  to  open 
air  and  half  sunlight  If  preferred,  the  shoots  may 
remain  in  the  original  cutting-bed  until  the  following 
spring,  before  potting,  the  cutting-bed  being  exposed  to 
free/ing  temperatures  during  the  winter 

When  blueberry  plants,  either  large  or  small,  are 
grown  m  porous  pots,  the  surface  of  the  pot  should 
never  be  allowed  to  become  dry,  for  the  rootlets,  which 
grow  through  the  soil  to  the  wall  of  the  pot  for  air, 
are  exceedingly  fine  and  easily  killed  by  drying, 
to  the  great  injury  of  the  plant  This  danger  may 
he  eliminated  by  plunging  the  pots  to  the  run  in  a 
well-drained  bed  of  sand,  or  by  setting  the  pot  in 
another  jx)t  of  2  to  4  inches  greater  diameter,  with 
a  packing  of  moist  sphagnum  between,  and  crocks  at 
the  bottom. 

A  burning  of  the  young  leaves  and  growing  tips  of 
twigs  is  often  produced  by  the  hot  sun  from  the  mid- 
dle of  June  to  the  middle  of  September  Plants  in  pots 
or  nursery  beds  are  easily  protected  from  such  injury 
and  forced  to  their  maximum  growth  by  a  half-shade 
covering  of  slats,  the  slats  and  the  spaces  between 
being  of  the  same  width.  On  cloudy  days  the  shade 
should  be  removed.  It  should  not  be  used  m  fall  or 


During  the  winter  the  rooted  cuttings  or  one-year- 
old  plants  should  be  kept  outdoors,  exposed  to  freezing 
temperatures,  their  soil  mulched  with  leaves,  prefer- 
ably oak  leaves.  When  kept  in  a  warm  greenhouse 
during  the  winter  they  make  no  growth  before  spring. 
Even  then  their  growth  is  abnormal,  often  feeble,  or 
sometimes  deferred  for  a  whole  year. 

Plants  from  cuttings  or  rooted  shoots  are  ready  for 
permanent  field  planting  when  they  are  two  or  three 
years  old  and  about  1  ^  to  2  feet  high.  They  are  best 
set  out  in  early  spring  before  the  buds  have  begun  to 
push. 

The  field  plantation. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  these  plants  send  out  no  new 
roots  in  spring  until  they  are  in  full  leaf,  their  flowering 
is  nearly  or  quite  finished,  and  their  principal  twig- 
growth  has  ceased  It  is  important,  therefore,  m  tak- 
ing up  either  a  wild  or  a  cultivated  plant  from  the  open 
ground,  that  as  much  as  possible  of  the  old  root-mat 
be  lifted  with  the  plant,  for  upon  this  they  depend 
for  moisture  until  their  new  rootlets  are  formed. 

In  the  case  of  mature  wild  bushes  with  very  large 
root-systems,  when  it  is  practicable  to  secure  but  a 
fraction  of  the  root-mat,  say  a  disk  only  3  or  4  feet  in 
diameter,  it  is  the  best  procedure  to  cut  all  the  stems  to 
the  ground  at  the  time  of  transplanting  The  bush  will 
then  produce  a  new  and  symmetrical  top  of  a  size 
suited  to  the  capacity  of  the  roots  The  wood  that  is 
removed  may  be  used  for  cuttings  if  the  plant  is  suffi- 
ciently valuable. 

A  plant  pollinated  with  its  own  pollen,  or  with  pol- 
len from  its  asexual  offspring,  produces  fewer,  smaller, 
an  1  later  berries  than  a  cross-pollinated  plant  In  a 
field  of  plants  propagated  from  cuttings  or  layers,  two 
parent  stocks  should  be  used,  a  row  of  plants  from  one 
stock  being  followed  by  a  row  from  the  other. 

In  the  permanent  field  plantation  the  bushes  should 
be  set  8  feet  apart  each  way  When  they  reach  mature 
size  they  will  nearly  or  quite  cover  the  intervening 
spaces- 

To  secure  full  vigor  of  growth,  the  ground  between 
the  bushes  must  be  kept  free  from  all  other  vegetation. 
On  rockv  uplands  a  continuous  mulch  of  oak  leaves, 
when  it  is  practicable  to  secure  them,  will  help  toward 
this  end  as  well  as  keep  the  boil  in  the  necessary  acid 
qondition  It  is  more  economical,  however,  to  choose 
such  a  location  for  the  plantation  as  will  permit  the  use 
of  horse-drawn  machinery,  and  will  make  mulching 
unnecessary 

The  most  favorable  location  for  blueberry-culture  is  a 
boggy  area  with  a  peat  covering  and  sand  subsoil,  the 
pc\it  preferably  of  such  a  thickness  that  a  deep  plowing 
will  turn  up  some  of  the  underlying  sand 

The  land  should  be  so  ditched  that  the  water-level 
can  be  kept  at  least  a  foot  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground  during  the  growing  season  or  can  be  raised  for 
bubirngation  during  a  drought 

The  ground  should  be  plowed  to  the  depth  of  about 
8  inches  and  repeatedly  harrowed  during  the  season 
preceding  the  planting,  in  order  to  kill  the  vegeta- 
tion. After  the  plants  are  old  enough  to  have  formed 
a  root-mat,  the  harrowing  should  be  very  shallow, 
not  more  than  2  or  3  inches,  so  that  the  roots  will 
not  be  injured. 

By  proper  manipulation  m  the  greenhouse,  seedling 
blueberry  plants  can  often  be  made  to  ripen  a  few  ber- 
ries m  less  than  a  year,  but  they  do  not  come  into  com- 
mercial bearing  in  field  plantations  until  they  are 
about  five  years  old,  when  the  plants  are  3  to  4  feet 
high  They  then  increase  slowly  to  full  size  and  full 
bearing. 

The  field  plantings  resulting  from  the  recent  experi- 
ments in  blueberry  culture  are  too  young  to  show  the 
mature  yield  Fortunately,  however,  there  has  been 
found,  near  Elkhart,  Indiana,  a  small  blueberry  plant- 


518 


BLUEBERRY 


BOCCONIA 


ing  of  mature  age,  believed  to  be  the  only  commercial 
plantation  m  existence,  which  sets  forward  our  knowl- 
edge of  yields  by  at  least  a  decade.  The  plantation  is  a 
little  less  than  two  and  a  half  acres  m  extent  It  was 
started  m  1889  m  a  natural  blueberry  bog,  which  was 
first  drained  and  then  set  with  unselected  wild  blue- 
berry bushes.  Exact  records  of  yield  and  receipts  are 
available  only  for  the  years  1910  to  1912.  They  are 
as  follows: 


Year 

Yield 
Qts 

Price 
(approx  avg 
per  qt.) 

Receipts 

1910  (a  year  of  "almost  total 
failure"  because  of  late 

spring  freezes) 
1911  . 

1040 
5620 

17!^  eta 
12  Jg  cts 

$178  25 
725  25 

1912. 

5900 

12  Ji  eta 

758  25 

The  annual  expenses  for  weeding,  cultivation,  and 
irrigation  were  about  $50.  The  cost  of  picking  was  5 
cents  a  quart  The  general  cost  of  maintenance  of  the 
equipment  was  about  $5  per  year,  the  crates  and  boxes 
being  used  repeatedly 

Estimating  an  annual  charge  of  $30  for  interest,  $5 
for  taxes,  and  $10  for  depreciation,  the  profits  for  these 
three  years  are  computed  as  follows: 


Year 
1910 
1911 
1912 


Profits  per  acre 
$10 
139 
147 


It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  these  figures  are  based 
on  the  yields  from  wild  bushes  transplanted  without 
selection  as  to  individual  productiveness  or  the  size 
of  the  berries  With  bushes  propagated  from  selected 
stocks,  the  yield  should  be  greater  and  the  berries  much 
larger,  this  greater  sue  probably  effecting  a  reduction 
in  the  cost  of  picking  and  certainly  an  increase  in  the 
selling  price.  FREDERICK  V.  COVILLE. 

BLUE  FLAG:   Jrta 
BLUETS:    Houatonia 

BLUMENBACHIA  (after  Dr.  J.  F.  Blumenbach,  pro- 
fessor at  Gottmgen,  1752-1840).  Loasdcese  S.  Amer- 
ican plants  allied  to  Loasa  and  Mentzelia  (prairie 
lilies),  not  cult  in  Amer  because  of  their  covering 
of  stinging  hairs  The  fls  are  odd  and  pretty,  axillary, 
solitary  and  bracteate.  Ivs  opposite,  lobed  The 
garden  forms  are  mostly  treated  as  tender  annuals. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  to  be  sown  m  pots  in  spnng.  Trans- 
plant only  when  danger  from  frost  is  over. 

B  chuquitensii,  Hook  f  Lvs  8-10  in  long  fls  l'i-2m  long, 
brick-rod,  tipped  yellow  without,  and  yellow  within,  petals  5-10, 
boat-shaped  Peru,  Ecuador  F  S  22  2358  B  M  6143  — B 
corondta,  Haage  <fe  Schmidt  \\i  ft  Ivs  narrow,  bi-pmnatifid 
fls  half  hidden  by  the  Ivs  ,  2  in  diam  ,  pure  white  ft  H  1874, 

658  F  M  1874  U9  —  B  (jramliflf>ra,  Don  (B  contorta, 
ook  f  BM  6H4)  Lvs  4-b  in  long  fls  l,i£-2m  long,  wholly 
red,  scales  J^m  long,  cup-shaped,  green,  stamens  in  5  bundles,  with 
long,  filaments  Peru  B  insignia,  Schrad  St  climbing,  4-sided 
petals  white,  ungmrulate  B  M  2805  —  B  laterUui,  Brit  (Cajo- 
phora  latentia,  Bonth  )  Lvs  pinnate,  with  roundish  lobed  Ifts  fl  - 
stalks,  twin,  singlt-fld  fls  orange-red  S  Amer  B  M  36J2  B  11. 

24  22'  N     TAYLOR.f 

BOCC6NIA  (after  Dr  Paolo  Bocconi,  Sicilian  botan- 
ist and  author).  Papaverdcex.  PLUME  POPPY.  TREE 
CELANDINE  Tall  garden  herbs,  suitable  to  the  hardy 
border 

Herbs,  but  sometimes  almost  shrubby  ?  glaucous: 
Ivs.  lobed:  fls.  small,  many,  m  terminal  panicles;  sepals 
2,  colored;  petals  wanting;  stamens  many'  fr  a  stalked 
caps.,  few-seeded. — Four  or  5  species  in  American  trop- 
ics, and  China  and  Japan.  The  well-known  China-Jap- 
anese species,  B.  cordata,  is  by  some  recent  authors 
referred  to  Macleya,  B  frnte^cen^  and  B 


(latter  apparently  not  cult.)  representing  Bocconia  as 
limited. 

The  large,  handsome  leaves  remind  one,  by  their  tex- 
ture and  Tomng,  of  bloodroot  and  Stylophorum,  which 
belong  to  allied  genera  The  flowers  are  very  unlike 
our  common  poppies,  being  small  and  without  petals, 
but  they  are  borne  m  great  feathery  or  plumy  masses, 
in  terminal  panicles  raised  high  above  the  heavy  foliage, 
making  the  plant  unique  in  its  picturesque  general 
appearance  Hence,  it  is  much  ussed  for  isolated  lawn 
specimens,  or  for  very  bold  and  blriking  effects,  being 
especially  adapted  to  be  viewed  at  long  distances  It 
is  also  placed  in  shrubberies,  wild  gardens,  and  at  the 
back  of  wide  borders  It  spreads  rapidly  by  suckers, 
any  of  which,  if  detached,  will  make  a  strong  plant  in 
a  single  season.  The  plume  poppy  seerns  to  be  much 
hardier  in  America  than  in  the  Old  World.  It  was 
popular  early  in  the  century,  but  was  neglected, 


587   Bocconia  cordata. 


probably  because  it  spread  so  rapidly  Lately  it  has 
become  popular  again  It  deserves  to  be  permanently 
naturalized  in  the  American  landscape  To  produce 
the  largest  specimens,  it  is  well  to  plant  in  very  rich 
soil,  give  the  old  clumps  liquid  manure  in  spring, 
and  cut  off  the  suckers.  Propagation  chiefly  by 
suckers  See  Pflanzenreich,  hft  40,  p  217  for  the  latest 
monograph 

cordata,  Willd  (B  japdnica,  Hort )  Fig  5H7  I  lard  v 
herbaceous  perennial  height  5-8  ft  •  Ivs  large,  glau- 
cous, heart-shaped,  much  lobed,  deeply  veined  fls 
pinkish,  stamens  about  30  China,  Japan  B  M  1()0.>. 
Gn  54,  p  279  Ong  3.342. 

microcarpa,  Maxim  Perennial,  9  ft  fls  golden 
brown  or  bronzy,  in  immense  panicles,  summer  Ivs. 
much  as  in  B  cardnta  N  China  R  II  1898,  p  .Jt>2,  f. 
125 

frute*scens,  Linn  Perennial,  somewhat  shrubby, 
4-9  ft.1  Ivs.  pinnatifid,  pale  green,  often  glaucescent 
beneath,  ovate-oblong,  cuneate  at  the  base,  6-12  in. 
long:  fls.  greenish,  the  panicle  often  a  foot  long  Oft 
Mex.  and  Peru.  L.B.C.:83 — Intro,  by  Franceschi 
in  1895. 

B  mtegnfdlta,  Humb  &  Bonpl.  9ft  fls  greenish,  t-s  nearly 
entire.  Peru.  Is  sometimes  cult  — B  macracdrpa,  B  Girdlda  and 
B.  Thtlnberyu  are  trade  names,  the  first  two  referable  to  B  cordata, 
the  last  probably  to  B  microcarpa  jj  'pAYIOB| 


BOEA 

BO&A  (name  obscure,  probably  personal).  Sometimes 
Bpelled  Bospa.  GT?sntratce#.  Allied  to  Streptoearpus, 
sometimes  found  in  choice  collections.  Differs  from 
Streptocarpus  m  having  a  short  corolla-tube  and  a 
broadly  campanulate  fl  ,  no  disk,  and  very  minor 
characters.  Boeas  are  perennial  herbs  with  ovate  or 
oblique  Ivs  radical  or  opposite  on  a  very  short  at.: 
peduncles  axillary  or  elongated  leafless  scapes,  the  fls. 
small  or  medium  in  size,  blue  — Species  10-20  in  K. 
Asia  and  to  Austral  and  Seychelles  B.  Clarkeana, 
Hemsl ,  from  China,  has  been  offered  in  the  trade.  Ivs. 
radical,  roundish,  strongly  crenate,  pctioled,  bronze- 
green  above  and  maroon-red  beneath  fls  3-4  on  each 
peduncle,  clear  azure-blue  with  a  whitish  spot 

BOEHM&RIA  (G  R  Boehrner,  a  German  botanist). 
Urticdcex  A  fiber  plant,  and  a  greenhouse  shrub  or 
tree 

Leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  often  3-nerved  fls 
monoecious  or  dureious,  in  dense  clusters,  petals  none; 
sepals  2-5  fr  a  flattened  aohene  B  mvea,  Gaud  ,  of 
Trop  Asia,  is  cult  in  some  countries  as  a  fiber  plant, 
and  has  been  mtro  into  this  country  for  that  purpose 
Now  grown  extensively  m  Calif  and  La  for  its  fiber. 
See  Report  No  2,  office  of  Fiber  Investigations,  U  S. 
Dept  Agne  ,  and  Cyelo  Amer  Agnc  II,  p  284.  It 
produces  ramie  It  is  a  strong-growing,  large-lvd  per- 
ennial, well  suited  to  the  border  as  an  ornamental 
subject  A  genus  of  45  widely  distributed  species  of 
shrubs,  trees  or  herbs 

argentea,  Lmd  Fig  588  Tree,  10-30  ft  Ivs  alter- 
nate, ovate,  long-aeurnmate,  8-10  in  long,  3-5  in  wide, 
usually  silver}'  fls  in  an  axillary  compound  catkin-like 
cluster,  (5-10  in  long  Mex  — An  excellent  warrnhouse 
plant,  cult  mostly  in  botanic  gardens,  but  worthy  of 
wide  attention 

B  macro phvlta,  Don  A  shrub  or  small  tree  Ivs  lanctoUte,  6-9 
in  long,  Mrrite,  promim  ntly  3-n<r\«i  spikes  slender,  usually 
shorter  than  the  Iva.  Himalayan  region.  ^  r|\yLOR 

BOG  -  GARDENING.  The  growing  of  plants  in 
swamps,  marsh-spots  and  bogs,  distinguished  from 
water-gardening  or  aquatic-gardening  in  the  fact  that 
the  plants  are  not  immersed  or  floating  but  grow 
mostly  free  above  the  soil  When  water-gardening  is 
made  to  include  bog-gardening,  confusion  m  practice 
is  likely  to  result  because  the  cultural  requirements  are 
unlike 

Bog-gardens  m.iy  be  separate  areas  in  themselves, 
or  they  may  comprise  the  edges  of  water-gaidens  or 
the  spongy  ground  along  runnel-*  or  the  margins  of 
pools  Bog-gardening  is  mostly  a  practice  in  colonizing 
plants,  finding  the  ones  that  are  specially  adapted  to 
the  particulai  place  The  artistic  scheme  is  one  of 
informality  If  the  place  is  vei>  soft,  stepping-stones 
may  comprise  the  walks  Hereabouts  may  be  grown 
the  many  marsh  and  wet-land  plants,  many  of  which 
are  showy  and  also  little  known  to  cultivators.  The 
spargamums,  pontedcrias,  some  of  the  hibiscus  (page 
338),"  many  orchids,  loosestrifes,  cephalanthus,  utnc- 
ulanas,  and  a  host  of  others  will  occur  to  frequenters 
of  morasses  and  distant  shores  L  H  B 

BOLANDRA  (II  N  Bolander,  Cahfornian  botanist). 
Saxifragdcese  Two  species  of  small  \V.  American  herbs 
offered  for  borders  and  wild  gardens 

Flowers  purplish  in  lax  corymbs,  petals  5,  inserted 
on  the  throat  of  the  5-lobed  calyx,  stamens  5,  alternate 
with  petals  Delicate  herbs,  suitable  for  rockwork 
where  there  is  a  plentiful  supply  of  moisture. 

oregana,  Wats  A  foot  or  2  high,  pubescent  and 
glandular  Ivs  lacimately  toothed  and  lobed.  fls.  deep 
purple,  tube  of  the  calyx' equaling  the  teeth  and  a  little 
shorter  than  the  petals  pedicels  reflexed  m  front.  Ore. 
and  Wash  —Intro  by  Gillett  in  1881. 

The  first-described  species,  B  califormca,  Gray,  seems  not  to 
have  been  offered  m  the  trade  It  w  a  smaller  specie*  less  pubescent 


BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA    519 

with  smaller  fls  ,  the  lower  Ivs  round-remform  and  5-lobed.  plant 
3-12  in.  high,  the  sts  weak  and  slender 

BOLD&A  FRAGRANS,  cult  in  S.  Calif  :   Peumu*. 
BOLfiTUS:    Mushroom 

B6LLEA  (in  honor  of  Dr  Karl  Bolle).  Orchidfaex. 
Epiphytic  greenhouse  orchids  without  pseudobulbs,  with 
flat  Ivs  ,  and  lateral  1-fld  peduncles  sepals  and  petals 
nearly  alike,  spreading,  the  lateral  sepals  forming  a 
distinct  chin,  lip  articulated  to  the  column-foot,  entire, 
the  margin  revolute,  furnished  with  a  thick  ndged 
plate,  over  which  the  stout  column  extends,  polliiua  4 
— A  Trop.  American  genus  of  4  species 

A.  Recurved  tip  of  lip  purple 

violaceum,  Reichb  f  (Ifuntlcya  violacea,  Lindl. 
Zygopetalum  violaceum,  Reiehb  f  )  Fls  deep  violet; 
sepals  and  petals  broad,  undulate,  lip  ovate,  cordate, 
the  tip  recurved.  British  Guiana  F  S.  7  t>78.  P  M. 
8.1. 


588.  Boehmena  argentea 
(XJfl 


AA.  Recurved  tip  of  lip  yellow 

B.  Fte  motet  or  purple 

coele'stis,  Reichb  f  (Zygopetalum  cceleste,  Reichb  f  ). 
Lvs  up  to  1  ft  long  and  2  in  broad,  fls  3-4  in  across, 
sepals  and  petals  bluish  violet,  with  yellow  tips,  the 
dorsal  broadly  obovate,  petals  similar  to  the  dorsal 
sepal,  lip  colored  like  the  petals,  the  crest  buff 
Colombia  BM  6458  Gt  31.1075.  Lmd.  2 '61. 
G.  16.99.  Gn.  31,  p  121 

BB   Fte  rose-colored. 
c.  Sepals  and  petals  light  rose 

P&tinii,  Reichb  f  (Zygopetalum  PAtinii,  Reichb  f  ). 
Lvs  up  to  1  ft  long  and  2-3  in  wide  fls  3-4  in  across; 
sepals  and  petals  light  rose,  undulate,  the  lower  side  of 
the  lateral  sepals  darker;  lip  triangular-hastate,  yellow. 
FM  1875  147.  GC  II  3.9 

cc.  Sepals  and  petals  dull  ro.se,  tipped  with  yellow  and 

margined  white  or  yellow. 

Lalindei,  Reichb  f.  (Zygopetalum  Lalindei,  Reichb. 
f.).  Lvs  as  in  B  Pah  mi,  but  fls  smaller  and  darker,  lip 
ovate-hastate,  yellow.  Colombia.  B  M.  6331.  O.R. 
8.369  GEORGE V  NASH. 

B6LLEO-CHONDRORH? NCHA.  A  cross  of  Bollea 
ccelestis  with  probably  Chondrorhyncha  Chestertonii, 
with  both  of  which  it  was  found  growing  in  Colombia, 
whence  it  was  mtro  to  the  collection  of  Otto  Froebel  of 


520     BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA 


BOMAREA 


Zurich  in  1898  It  has  received  the  name  B.-C.  Froe- 
beliin.*.  Cocn.  This  natural  hybrid  has  a  slender  erect 
peduncle  4  in.  long,  at  the  top  bearing  2  membranous 
bracts  half  the  length  of  the  ovary  fl  3  34  in  wide,  the 
Rppals  and  petals  lanceolate-hgulatr,  yellow- white, 
lightly  tinged  with  rose,  especially  at  the  summit,  dor- 
sal sepal  pointed,  curving  outward  at  the  top,  the  lateral 
ones  much  incurved,  petals  obtuse,  almost  flat,  curved 


B.M.  2381,  2554.    Mn.  1:33.    Gn.  74,  p.  438.    R.H 
1903,  p.  59  —Perennial. 

latisquama,  Gray.  Fig.  589.  A  handsomer  plant, 
with  larger  and  more  showy  heads  with  blue- violet 
rays,  mvolucral  bracts  oblong  or  obovate  and  obtuse 
(often  bearing  a  minute  point);  pappus  scales  small, 
the  awns  present  and  conspicuous.  Kan.  and  Mo.  to 
Ark.  G.F.  5-271  (adapted  in  Fig.  589).  C.L.A.  7:490 
Perennial.  Var.  nana,  Hort.  A  dwarf  form  scarcely 
2-3  ft  tall,  with  pinkish  rayed  fls  Branches  freely 
from  the  base. 

B  cantonifnsis,  Franch  &  Sav  ,  18  native  to  Japan,  where  the 
young  plants  are  used  for  Rreons  See  Georgeson,  A  G  13,  p  8,  fig. 
4.  It  is  annual  Has  not  yet  appeared  in  the  American  trade  Gray 
restricts  Boltoma  to  the  U  S  ,  and  regards  his 
genus  B  laevigata,  Hort  =B  asteroidesC*) 


BOLUSANTHUS     Lonchocarpu*. 


a  species  as  of  anothe 

L   H.  B. 

N.    T \YLOR.f 


589.  Boltoma  latisquama 

back  at  the  tip;  lip  somewhat  thick  and  fleshy,  more 
delicate  than  in  B.  ccelettis,  the  blade  widely  obovate 
and  rounded,  crest  orange-yellow,  with  a  yellowish 
border  and  an  edge  of  brown-purple. 

BOLOCANTHUS,  BOLUSANTHUS:  Lophocarpua. 

BOLTONIA  (James  Bolton,  English  botanist).  Com- 
vdsite.  FALSE  CHAMOMILE  Four  or  5  species  of  aster- 
like  glabrous  often  glaucous  herbs  of  the  United  States 
and  eastern  Asia,  sometimes  planted  in  borders  and 
wild  gardens 

They  are  tall  and  leafy  plants,  blooming  profusely 
in  late  summer  and  autumn,  and  excellent  for  the 
hardy  border  They  have  alternate,  entire  and  sessile  or 
clasping  Ivs  and  angled,  often  striate,  sts.  Differs  from 
Aster  in  having  very  few  pappus  bristles  which  in 
Aster  are  numerous,  and  in  other  technical  characters. 

Boltomas  are  of  easiest  culture  They  take  care  of 
themselves  when  once  established  Propagation  is 
effected  by  division  Should  be  better  known  to  garden- 
ers. They  stand  without  staking 

asteroides,  L'Her.  (B.  glastifMia,  L'Her )  Sts  2-8 
ft.,  simple  below  and  branching  at  the  top:  Ivs  broadly 
lanceolate  or  the  upper  narrower  heads  short-pedun- 
cled,  numerous,  the  rays  varying  from  white  to  violet 
and  purple,  mvolucral  bracts  lanceolate  and  acute, 
greenish;  scales  of  the  pappus  numerous  and  conspicu- 
ous, the  2  awns  sometimes  missing  Pa  to  111  and  S 


BOMAREA  (named  after  the  French  botanist,  J  C. 
W  de  Bornare)  Anuirylhddcw  Tender  South  Ameri- 
can plants  allied  to  Alstru-meria,  and  with  similar  fls. 
but  a  twining  habit  Lvs  parallel -veined,  usually 
borne  on  short,  twisted  petioles  fls  in  pendulous 
umbeK,  variously  colored  and  spotted,  borne  in  early 
spring  and  suminei ,  penurith  funnel-shaped,  tube 
none 

The  most  beautiful  specie*  now  grown  is  probably 
B  Carden  It  has  laige  terminal  cymes  of  rose-col- 
ored flowers,  about  2  inches  long,  with  dark  purple 
spots  and  blotches  Another  valuable  form  is  B  Shut- 
tleworlhu  with  pale  yellow  flowers,  spotted  with  green 

Bomarcas  delight  in  a  rich,  fibrous  soil,  and  require 
plenty  of  water  during  the  growing  season,  which  be- 
gins early  in  the  spring  A  little  well-decayed  cow- 
manure  mixed  with  the  soil  lmpro^  es  the  growth  and 
results  in  larger  clusters  of  flowers,  as  does  also  manure 
watering  during  the  growing  season  Late  in  fall  the 
stems  are  cut  down  to  the  ground  and  the  roots  are 
kept  in  the  soil  in  a  diy  state  While  they  often  make 
satisfactory  pot-plants,  they  do  best  when  planted  out 
in  an  open  sunny  position  in  a  cool  conservatory  where 
they  have  plenty  of  air  in  summer  In  the  south, 
bomareas  may  be  grown  in  the  open  air  on  trellises  in 
half-shady  place-.  All  are  woodland  plants  and  cannot 
be  successfully  grown  in  the  glaring  heat  of  the  sun. 

Propagation  is  by  fresh  seeds,  which  germinate 
readily  if  sown  in  shallow  pans  in  a  warm  nropagating- 
house,  also,  and  more  rapidl},  by  careful  division  of 
the  rhizome,  to  which  some  of  the  roots  should  be 
attached. 


A.  Penanth-segms.  equal. 

B    Umbel  simple,  fls  medium-sized. 

oligantha,  Baker    LVH   3-4  in.  long,  oblong,  acute 

lax,  thin,  densely  pubescent  beneath:  fls    6-8  in  an 

umbel;  bracts  large,   If  .-like;  segms.   1-1 J^  in.  long, 

outer  dull  red,  inner  bright  yellow  with  reddish  brown 

hpots    Peruvian  Andes 


591.  Bombax  tnalabancum 


BOMAREA 

BB.  Umbel  compound. 

c    Fls.  small. 

Salsflla,  Herb  (B  oculdta,  M  J  Roem  Alstrcemena 
oculdta,  Lodd.)  Fig  590  Lvs.  2-4  in  long,  ]^m. 
broad,  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  moderately  firm, 
glabrous  beneath:  umbel  4-15-rayed;  rays  1-3  in. 
long.l-3-fld.;bracta 
small;  fls.  pink  or 
red,  marked  with 
blue  and  dark  pur- 
ple within.  Chile. 
L.B.C  19:  1851. 
B.M.  3344. 

cc.  Fls.  large. 
Carderi,    Mast. 
Lvs    4-6  in    long, 
MH-3m  broad,  ob- 
,  long,  acute:  umbel  1 
ft  long,  6-9-rayed; 
rays  1-4-fld  ;  bract* 
-  large,    leafy,    peri- 
anth-segms.    2    in 
long,      outer     pale 
pink,  spotted  brown 
near  the  top,  inner 
greenish  white, 
much  spotted.     F. 
M   1876  239.  G.C. 
II  5793 

chontale'nsis, 
Seem     Lvs  6-8  in. 

long,  broadly  lanceolate  umbel  very  large,  rays  4-6- 
fld  ,  fls  numerous,  2}<2  in  long,  outer  segms  waxy, 
wavy  margined,  rosy  red  or  pink  with  brown  spots, 
inner  ones  thinner,  pale  greenish  yellow,  spotted  — The 
largest-fid  species,  very  effective  when  well  grown 

Shuttleworthii,  Mast  Lvs  5-6  in  long,  oblong, 
acute,  glabrous  urnbel  1  ft  long,  5-10-rayed,  rays 
usually  3-fld  ,  penanth-segms  2  in  long,  outer  reddish, 
inner  greenish  yellow  Colombian  Andes  G  C  II. 
17  77,  85  — The  curious,  egg-shaped  tubers  termi- 
nate unbranched  roots,  which  spring  from  a  rhizome 
about  1  in  wide  Having  no  eyes  or  buds,  they  cannot 
be  used  for  propagating 

AA    Perwnth-segms  not  equal,  the  inner  longer. 
B.  Umbel  simple. 

patacocensis,  Herb  (B  conferta,  Benth  )  Sts  pur- 
ple-tinted, pubescent  Ivs  5-45  in  long,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, pubescent  beneath  fls  20-30,  outer  segms.  \\2 in 
long,  bright  red,  inner  ones  2J/£m  long,  bright  red, 
>ellow-keeled,  with  a  few  spots  Andes  of  Ecuador 
and  Colombia  G  C  II  17  187.  B  M  6692  —When 
well  grown,  the  umbel  is  very  dense  and  many-fld. 

Caldasiana,  Herb  Lvs  thin,  spreading,  oblong, 
acute,  distinctly  petioled,  3-6  in  long,  glaucous,  puber- 
ulent  beneath  umbel  6-30-fld  ;  bracts  many,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  pedicels  1-2  in  long,  pilose,  outer  segms 
reddish  brown,  about  1  in  long,  inner  J^m.  longer, 
bright  yellow.  B  M  5442  (as  Alstraenesia  Caldami). 

BB    Umbel  compound. 

vitellina,  Mast.  Lvs  3-4  m  long,  ovate-oblong:  um- 
bel about  12-rayed;  perianth-segms  bright  yellow, 
outer  1^2  m  long,  inner  2  in  long;  bracts  large,  leafy. 
Peruvian  Andes  GC  II.  17:151. 

B  Wfrcklei,  Lemome  Lvs  lanceolate,  acuminate,  bright  green 
HB  about  12  in  a  terminal  umbel,  vermilion — orange  with  orange- 
yellow  inside  Costa  Rica  j^  j  RQQE  f 

BOMBAX  (a  Greek  name  for  raw  silk,  alluding  to  the 
cottony  contents  of  the  pods)  Bombacaceae.  SILK 
COTTON  TREE  A  genus  of  50  species  of  tropical  shrubs 
and  trees,  with  digitate  5-9-foholate  Ivs.,  1-fld.  axillary  593  BOD 


BORASSUS 


521 


or  clustered  peduncles,  and  usually  large  white  or 
scarlet  fls  Specimens  are  rarely  seen  in  cult,  in  fine 
glasshouses,  and  only  1  of  the  species  appears  to  be  in 
the  American  trade.  The  bark  of  some  species  pro- 
duces commercial  fiber  such  as  the  Kapok  fiber. 

malabaricum,  DC    (B.  C&ba,  Burme ).    Fig.  591. 
Large  deciduous  tree,  the  branches  in  whorls,  the  trunk 


592    Borage—  Borago  officinalis.  (  X  H) 


and  branches  spiny  Ivs  5-7-foholate,  palmate,  the  Ifts 
entire,  cuspidate  fls  6-7  in  long,  clustered  near  the 
ends  of  the  branches,  red  or  scarlet,  sometimes  white 
fr  a5-valved  caps,  silky  India  —  A  ver>  showy  plant, 
lent  for  warmhouse,  but  tender.  Intro  in  U  S. 


excellen 

by  Royal  Palm  Nurseiies  in  1912. 

BONESET:  Eupatonum  perfoliatum 
BOOKS'    Literature 


TAYLOR. 


BORAGE  (Borago  officinalis, 
Linn  )  Fig  592  Boraginaftx  A 
coarse  annual  plant  grown  for 
culinary  use  m  some  parts  of  Eu.. 
as  in  Germany  Used  as  a  pot- 
herb and  sometimes  with  salads. 
Only  the  young  Ivs  are  palatable. 
Mostly  known  m  this  country  as 
a  bee-plant  and  for  its  handsome 
blue  or  purplish  racemed  fls  It 
is  a  hairy  plant,  Uf-2  ft  high, 
with  oval  or  oblong  Ivs  £u  ,  N. 
Afr  Eng  Bot  1  36  Borago  laxi- 
fldra  DC  ,  is  a  small,  decumbent 
alpine,  but  of  easy  cult ,  offered  in 
the  trade  It  hat>  alternate,  ovate 
Ivs  ,  hairy  throughout,  and  pretty, 
long-peduncled,  purple  or  violet 
fls  Corsica  B  M.  1798— Little 
known  in  Amer.  $•  TAYLOR  f 

BORASSUS  (an  old  name,  cf 
no  significance  here)  Palmaceae. 
tribe  Bordssinx  Tall  unarmed 
palms,  with  ringed  trunks 

Leaves  large,  palmately  flabelh- 
.    form;  plicate  sheath  short,  petiole 
^  spiny;  ligule  short  rigid   fls  small, 
^K)    densely  packed  in  pits  on  the  cat- 
kin-like branches  of  a  spathe  which 
conies  out  between  the  h  s  ,  sta- 
« ' ,  mens    6  •    fr    large,    subglobose, 
».*WrvW*"*-»  brown. — Species  1.  Trop  Afr  For 
flabelhfer.    cult ,  see  Latanta    The  seeds  are 


522 


BORASSUS 


BORDER 


very  hard  and  do  not  germinate  readily  unless  given 
strong  bottom  heat  and  abundant  moisture. 

flabelltfer,  Linn.  (B  flabelhfdrmis,  MUTT.  B.  sethtd- 
pium,  Mart.).  MEELALLA,  a  native  name  for  young 
plants,  called  also  PALMYRA  PALM  by  the  Hindoos  Fig 
593.  St  60-70  ft  high:  Ivs.  8-10  ft.  long,  broader  than 
long'  If-segms.  bifid  at  the  apex,  lanceolate  or  sword- 
shaped  in  outline. — Widely  cult  One  of  the  most  use- 
ful palms  of  India.  The  frs  are  very  large  Many  parts 
of  the  plant  are  utilized  by  the  natives  as  food  and  in 
the  arts.  Wood  black,  very  hard.  This  plant  requires 
rich  soil  and  strong  heat  for  its  best  development,  and  is 
rather  slow-growing  under  cult.,  especially  while  young. 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

BORDER.  In  gardening  practice,  the  term  "border" 
is  employed  to  designate  definite  strip-planting  on  the 
margins.  The  margin  may  be  along  the  boundary  of 
a  yard,  park  or  other  area;  close  about  a  residence  or 
other  building;  or  a  parallel  of  walks  and  drives  In  all 
these  positions,  the  border  becomes  a  part  of  the 
artistic  landscape  plan.  In  some  cases  oorders  are 
designed  separately  as  flower-garden  or  ornamental 
features,  as  margins  or  boundaries  of  an  avenue  of  sod 


594   Border  planting  about  a  residence 


or  of  a  formal  walk  The  border  derives  its  value  from 
its  relationship  as  well  as  from  its  intrinsic  character 
It  is  a  conception  of  boundaries  and  mclosures,  and 
consequently  is  part  in  a  design  of  open  centers  and 
good  lawns.  It  develops  mass  effects  rather  than  the 
detached  and  spot  effects  of  lawn  beds  and  of  single 
planting;  and  it  derives  much  of  its  pleasing  result 
from  its  length,  distance  and  perspective  The  border 
may  be  permanent,  comprised  of  hardy  plants;  or 
it  may  be  a  bedding  form  of  gardening,  using  tem- 
porary subjects;  or  it  may  have  a  framework  of  hardy 
material,  with  inter-planting  of  bulbs  and  annuals  and 
greenhouse  plants.  Borders  are  often  designed  to  cany 
and  emphasize  one  idea, — the  idea  of  larkspurs  or  of 
hollyhocks,  for  example;  and  in  such  cases  the  domi- 
nance is  secured  by  similarity,  and  repetition  of  one 
plant-form.  These  borders,  when  well  made,  are  most 
effective;  but  they  do  not  cover  the  entire  season  unless 
expensive  efforts  are  made  to  replant  with  other  things 
as  soon  as  the  desired  effects  are  passed.  Figs.  594- 
596  show  the  placing  of  borders  in  recognized  land- 
scape plans;  and  Fig.  597  suggests  how  a  mixed  hardy 
border  works  itself  out.  Fig  598  shows  the  emphasis 
of  a  single  strong  plant-form  set  against  a  border 
rather  than  to  be  placed  alone  in  the  lawn  without 
background  or  support.  L.  j£,  g¥ 


The  hardy  border. 

The  hardy  border  has  assumed  a  new  relation  to  orna- 
mental planting  within  recent  years  in  America.  Once 
only  occasional,  it  now  forms  a  dominant  part  of  many 
gardens  previously  given  up  almost  entirely  to  the  dis- 
play of  greenhouse  plants  or  tender  annuals.  Properly 
designed  for  a  specific  purpose,  it  is  capable  of  giving  a 
maximum  of  pleasure  for  a  minimum  of  effort  and 
exoense.  Now  that  plants,  especially  American  native 
plants,  are  coming  to  be  valuea  for  their  intrinsic  beauty 
and  interest  rather  than  for  their  rarity  and  cost,  the 
hardy  border  is  a  more  peisonal  and  individual  expres- 
sion than  some  other  forms  of  garden  effort. 

The  informal  hardy  border  is  often  the  most  charm- 
ing, and  nature  has  provided  us  with  many  roadside 
or  meadow-corner  examples  of  exquisite  beauty.  Such 
a  border  may  change  not  only  with  the  day  but  almost 
from  morning  until  afternoon  during  the  luxuriant 
June  weeks  It  may  follow  the  chromatic  balance  of 
the  season  from  the  blight  ness  of  spring  hues  through 
the  cooler  tones  of  summer  until  the  rich  tints  of  the 
autumn  asters  and  goldemods  blend  into  the  warmer 
colors  of  the  aftermath  that  remains  to  enhance  the 
effectiveness  of  the  winter's  snow  in  making  the  border 
a  continuous  pleasure  This  informal  planting  can  be 
handled  with  individuality  and  changed  to  suit  knowl- 
edge, circumstance  and  suiroundings  without  destroy- 
ing its  charm  The  wild  things  that  are  picked  up — • 
let  as  hope  without  ever  exteimmating  a  plant  colony 
anywhere — in  a  day's  \\oodland  ramble,  belong  in  this 
informal  border  Often  the  border  is  built  around  or 
with  reference  to  some  essential  tree  or  larger  shrub, 
as  a  rugged  old  pine,  or  a  picturesque  clump  of  lilac, 
or  a  mass  of  rhododendrons.  It  ma>  combine  shrubby, 
herbaceous  and  bulbous  plants  to  advantage 

The  formal  hardy  border  has  been  exemplified  in 
some  notable  New  England  gardens  It  is  usually 
formed  with  masses  of  similar  plants — as  a  long  strip 
of  delphinium^,  a  great  body  of  aquilegias,  serried  rows 
of  phloxes,  or  lupines, — and  at  times  is  effectively  com- 
bined with  architectural  adjuncts  m  the  so-called 
"Italian"  style,  or  with  evergreen  trees  of  formal  or 
clipped  outline.  But  the  "barbered"  formal  border  is 
passing,  and  even  m  the  be^t  American  example  of  a 
formal  hardy  garden,  made  up  of  various  borders,  the 
edging  of  the  daintily  informal  evergreen  pachysandra 
gives  a  note  of  variation  that  is  significant  and  pleasing. 
The  hollyhocks,  foxgloves  and  similar  treasures  of  all 
gardens  are  indispensable  in  the  formal  border  to  cany 
line  and  give  contour  and  mass.  In  one  notable  example, 
the  background  of  a  succession  of  fine  hardy  borders 
is  a  clambering  mass  of  Crimson  Rambler  roses  hang- 


ng over  a  great  wall. 
In 


t  the  conventional  hardy  border,  the  shrubby  plants 
are  used  less  freely  than  the  herbaceous  perennials,  and 
the  bulbs  still  less  freely,  as  yet.  The  shrubs,  if  selected 
properly  as  to  character,  eventual  height,  color,  time 
of  bloom  and  effect  of  foliage,  may  well  form  a  frame- 
work in  which  to  set  the  higher  colors  of  the  composi- 
tion supplied  by  the  herbaceous  plants — the  peonies, 
iris,  gailfardias,  veronicas,  and  the  like.  Or  it  is  prac- 
ticable to  build  the  border  entirely  without  shrubs, 
depending  only  on  the  masses  and  forms  available  in 
the  plants  that  d'e  to  the  ground  each  winter.  With 
the  increase  in  vanety  of  herbaceous  plants  now  com- 
mercially available  everywhere,  a  very  delightful  and 
continuous  succession  of  bloom  may  be  had. 

The  bulbous  plants — of  course  as  fully  herbaceous 
as  any,  but  distinguished  m  trade  parlance  by  their 
"onions"  instead  of  roots,  and  their  different  dormant 
conditions — should  come  to  more  importance  in  the 
hardy  border.  They  give  colors,  forms,  fragrance  and 
effects  unique  to  the  class.  The  popular  conception  of 
"bulbs"  has  centered  around  tulips  and  hyacinths,  the 
so-called  "Dutch"  bulbs,  but  the  various  narcissi,  the 


I 


BORDER 


BORDER 


523 


scillas,  snowdrops,  anemones,  and  especially  the  lilies, 
are  more  adapted  to  the  permanent  border  than  those. 
The  narcissus,  for  instance,  in  several  largely  grown 
forms,  adapts  itself  to  both  the  informal  and  formal 
border  plantings  Combined  with  iris  and  lilies,  and 
using  certain  of  the  late-flowering  tulips,  effects  as  per- 
manent as  they  are  pleasing  are  now  produced,  and  at 
little  expense.  The  fancier  of  rare  things  may  indulge 


595   Border  mclosure  of  a  city  square. 


himself  according  to  his  resources  with  the  newer  and 
more  unusual  forms,  thcie  are  narcissi  m  commerce  at 
$(>()  each  and  &«>  is  cheei  fully  paid  for  a  gladiolus  bulb 

\\hile  the  nature  of  hardy  garden  flowers,  with  the 
relief  of  varied  green  iohage,  seems  to  make  agreeable 
a  heterogeneous  color-combination,  yet  more  pleasing 
pictures  arc  painted  in  harmonizing  or  properly  con- 
trasting hues  The  raw  scarlet  of  the  oriental  poppv 
or  the  kmphoha,  for  example,  does  not  "go"  or  com- 
pose agreeably  \vith  pink  or  magenta  phlox  It  is  well 
to  keep  tiger  lilies  and  certain  pink  hibiscus  colors  from 
fighting  each  other,  as  another  example  Indeed,  a 
fascination  of  the  hardy  border  is  this  opportunity  to 
select  and  combine  hues  that  shall  match  and  succeed 
each  othei  agreeably  A  border  is  in  mind  that  blended 
insensibly  from  deep  cnmson  at  one  end  through  white 
to  pink  and  white  to  yellow  along  to  orange  and  scailet 
at  the  other  end  There  w  as  no  clash  It  must  be  said, 
however,  that  if  the  larger  and  more  vividly  colored 
flowers  are  judiciously  placed,  the  general  mixture  of 
blooming  plants  in  a  bolder  is  wholly  agreeable,  even 
as  an  oriental  rug  including  many  hues  in  small  masses 
is  agreeable 

Fragrance,  also,  is  a  quality  to  plan  for  in  hardv 
borders,- — here  a  bit  of  bergomot  in  a  half-shady  corner, 
there  the  statelmess  and  the  sweetness  of  many  lilies 
The  funkia  scents  the  evening  air,  and  the  \vild  rose  is  as 
fragrant  in  foliage  as  in  flower  There  is  added  delight 
in  the  odorous  quality  of  certain  shrubs 

An  interesting  feature  ot  the  border  is  the  seasonal 
succession  of  its  bloom  It  may  begin  before  spring 
is  more  than  an  atmospheric  hint,  with  its  hepaticas, 
certain  violets,  and  the  snowdrops  and  crocuses  After 
that  there  need  be  no  flowerless  moment  until  a  freeze — 
not  a  mere  frost — stops  the  glow  of  the  chrysanthe- 
mum and  finishes  the  dainty  display  of  the  monkshood 
The  garden  may  also  continue  to  please  through  ex- 


tended weeks  by  changing  foliage  and  by  bared  twigg 
of  bright  colors,  as  well  as  by  glowing  fruits  that  hang, 
like  the  barberries,  until  the  next  spring  signals  retire- 
ment 

A  pleasing  way  of  creating  hardy  borders  is  by  the 
segregation  of  genera  and  families  Ins  will  cover  four 
months  with  varied  flowers  of  as  varied  heights.  All 
the  columbines  may  cover  many  weeks  in  time  of  beauty. 
A  collection  of  viburnums  makes  a  shrub  border  of 
long  showmess  Lilies  are  gorgeous,  or  dainty ,  they  are 
short  or  stately,  and  they  include  months  of  bloom-time 
as  a  family  There  IH  great  delight  in  studying  plant 
families  grouped  in  neighborly  fashion 

The  hardy  border  ma>  endure  full  sun  or  deep  shade 
with  all  variations  between,  if  its  citizens  are  selected 
for  their  adaptability.  Some  plants  of  the  border  need 
wet  feet,  others  are  best,  like  the  moss  pink,  on  a 
diy  and  sterile  sunny  bank  It  is  this  great  range  that 
makes  the  good  border  so  very  good,  for  it  reflects  the 
adaptability  of  nature  for  thousands  of  years 

The  plants  for  a  border  are  nov\  legion  The  nursery- 
men in  these  days  have  considered  the  needs  of  the, 
planter,  and  there  is  little  difficulty  in  securing  what  is 
wanted  Certain  tradesmen  grow  perennials  in  small 
pots,  available  nearly  all  the  growing  season  But  a 
personal  hardy  border  can  be  made  with  little  aid  from 
the  nurseryman  The  man — or  woman — who  loves 
them  can  transplant  hardy  plants  with  success  at  any 
time  of  the  year  when  the  ground  is  not  frozen  deeply, 
and  such  persons  find  plants  in  the  wild  that  mav  be 
separated  without  destroying  colonies  of  a  kind  There 
is  also  the  fascinating  and  inexpensive  method  of 
growing  the  perennials  from  seed,  resulting  in  more 
knowledge  gamed  through  failures;  and  in  enough  suc- 
cesses to  furnish  plenty  of  plants  to  the  grower  and  his 
friends  The  hardy  border  of  the  personal  sort  is  a 
great  educator  m  patience,  perseverance  and  knowl- 
edge of  plant  life.  j.  HORACE  MCFAHLAND. 

The  making  of  the  border. 

Perennial  herbaceous  plants  should  form  the  major 
part  of  the  planting  in  most  borders,  as  these  are  per- 
manent and  eliminate  the  necessity  of  replanting  the 
whole  each  year.  Biennials,  such  as  the  Canterbury 
bells  and  foxglove, — for  these  arc  best  treated  as  such, — 


596  Border  inclosing  the  back  area  of  a  city  place,  the  central 
area  being  planted  for  shade. 


524 


BORDER 


BORDER 


hollyhocks  and  sweet  Williams  are  an  essential  that 
•should  be  provided  for  in  a  reserve  garden,  and  moved 
to  the  place  in  which  they  are  desired  to  bloom  as  gaps 
occur  Annuals  are  necessary,  such  as  mignonette, 
larkspur,  candytuft,  asters,  stocks  and  other  favorites 
to  help  out  the  display  during  July  and  August,  for 
this  is  a  period  when  perennials  in  bloom  arc  scarce. 
There  should  be  a  background  of  shrubs  with  a  group  or 
individual  dwarf  shrub  here  and  there  to  break  up  the 
flatness,  especially  in  winter  and  early  spring 

It  is  a  question  whether  spring-flowering  bulbs  are 
admissible  in  this  type  of  permanent  border.  It  is 
better  to  keep  them  in  a  place  by  themselves  for  the 
reason  that  it  is  difficult  to  make  changes  \\hen  the 
ground  is  planted  with  bulbs,  and  to  lift  these  at 
stated  periods  necessitates  disturbing  all  the  other 
occupants  A  group  of  Darwin  tulips  here  and  there  is 
much  admired  and  in  keeping,  but  a  general  planting 
is  better  made  elsewhere,  as  under  trees  and  among 
ferns 

A  border  being  permanent,  no  effort  should  be 
spared  to  prepare  thoroughly  in  the  beginning  Dcep- 
rooting  plants,  as  peonies,1  hemerocalhs,  delphiniums 
and  columbines,  require  deep  preparation  of  the  soil 
and  liberal  enrichment,  double-digging  or  trenching 
being  essential  It  is  better,  if  possible,  to  prepare  and 
plant  a  portion  at  a  time  rather  than  to  plant  in  a  hurry 
and  go  over  it  all  again  later.  If  the  soil  is  heavy,  add 
sand  and  coal-ashes,  so  that  it  may  be  easier  to  work  at 
all  times  If  the  soil  is  inclined  to  be  wet,  it  must  be 
drained  to  take  care  of  surplus  water  A  dry  soil  can 
be  improved  by  the  addition  of  leaf-mold,  and  provision 


597.  A  good  mixed  border,  with  many  attractive  plant  forms. 


must  be  made  for  watering  in  dry  seasons.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  lay  the  pipes  deep  if  there  is  a  natural 
pitch  to  the  land,  the  water  then  being  turned  off  late 
in  the  year  and  the  pipes  drained  for  safety.  Faucets 
should  "be  so  placed  that  50  feet  of  hose  will  water  any 
part  that  needs  it;  thus  the  outlets  may  be  100  feet 
apart. 

The  grouping  of  plants  in  a  mixed  border  is  governed 
by  the  width  and  extent  of  this  border.   In  large,  wide 


spaces,  ample  groups  of  each  plant  are  necessary  to 
secure  the  desired  effect  and  to  avoid  "spottmess." 
1  arge-growing  permanent  plants,  as  peonies,  boltonias, 
helemums,  rudbeckias  and  even  silphmms  and  late- 
flowering  asters  should  be  planted  at  the  back,  in  front 
of  these,  the  phlox  in  separate  colors,  or  at  most  two 
colors  together  that  will  harmonize,  German  ins  in 
masses  of  one  or  more  colors,  bleeding  heart,  campanu- 
las, Veronica  subsessilis,  monarda,  oriental  poppy,  col- 
umbines, pyrethrums,  perennial  candytuft,  and,  in  front 
of  these,  the  usual  dwarf  edging  plants,  as  arabis, 
alyssum,  the  Carpathian  harebell,  shooting-star,  ery- 
simum.  Tunica  saxifraga,  geum,  Ileuchera  sanguinea 
and  others  If  the  border  is  narrow,  individual  treat- 
ment must  be  followed  to  secure  a  greater  variety,  and 
it  is  always  permissible  to  add  the  old  favorite  bweet- 
smelhng  plants  and  herbs,  such  as  balm,  thyme,  lemon 
verbena,  southernwood,  rosemary,  rue,  marjoram,  bor- 
age and  fennel,  and  some  sweet  geranium.  All  these 
give  interest  when  flowers  are  waning,  and  call  up 
associations  helping  to  take  the  memory  back  to  old 
friendships 

A  bo  refer  of  this  kind  will  need  the  addition  of  annuals 
to  take  the  place  of  the  earlier  flowering  plants  that  are 
past  Seeds  of  mignonette  may  be  sown  in  the  place 
where  they  are  to  flower;  snapdragons  may  be  raised  in 
frames  or  hotbeds  and  set  out  among  other  plants  that 
are  passing;  the  scailct  salvia  may  be  put  where  its 
color  will  not  clash  when  in  flower;  gladiolus  may  be 
set  out  in  groups  of  one  color;  Hyacinthus  candicans 
looks  well  in  fall  when  planted  at  the  back,  in  fact,  the 
mixed  border  of  today  should  contain  every  desirable 
plant  that  has  either 
sentiment  or  blossoms 
—  possibly  both  —  to 
recommend  it. 

Lilies  often  do  well 
in  partially  shaded 
situations  in  which 
moisture  is  sure  and 
leaf  -  mold  has  been 
added.  They  should 
never  be  treated  to 
manure  They  are  best 
seen  when  planted  in 
masses  sufficient  to 
make  a  display  in  their 
season  L.  auratum 
never  lives  long  but  is 
good  for  a  year  or  two ; 
L,  speciosum  is  a  better 
lily  to  keep;  the  tiger 
lily  always  remains 
with  us  as  do  also  L. 
umbellatwn,  L.  Han- 
sonn,  L.  Thunbergi- 
anum  or  L.  eleyans,  and 
great  results  are  ex- 
pected from  the  new 
Chinese  L.  mynophyl- 
lum  andothers  of  recent 
introduction.  The 
flower-stalks  of  hliea 
should  never  be  pulled 
up  in  fall,  but  cut  off 
at  the  ground.  It  IB 
a  protection  to  the 
heart  of  the  bulb  to  let  the  stem  remain. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  detail  of  the  manage- 
ment of  the  border  is  that  of  protection  in  winter.  The 
border  should  be  protected  and  nourished  at  the  same 
time,  this  is  possible  when  a  quantity  of  well-decayed 
manure  and  leaf-mold  is  available  for  a  top-dressing, 
preferably  after  a  little  frost  has  penetrated  the  sou. 
This  can  be  lightly  forked  into  the  soil  in  spring,  but  a 
spade  should  never  be  used  except  when  making 


BORDER 


BORONIA 


525 


changes.  The  great  charm  of  this  form  of  gardening  is, 
after  all,  the  necessity  of  change  from  year  to  year  It 
must  not  in  any  sense  be  considered  changeless  Some 
plants  will  outgrow  their  allotted  space  and  must  be 
restricted,  biennials  will  die  out  and  need  replanting, 
some  color  scheme  may  be  wrong  and  need  alteration, 
other  really  good  things  will  need  to  be  divided  and 
replanted,  and  in  this  way  the  interest  is  kept  up  by 
the  taking  of  notes  through  the  season  for  reference  at 


598.  The  single  specimen  set  against  a  border  planting. 

the  planting-time,  and  this  is  best  done  after  the  fall 
rams  in  September  and  early  October  before  the  soil 
loses  its  \vaimth,  root-action  being  rapid  then,  and  the 
roots  soon  become  established  before  winter  There  is 
always  enough  to  do  in  spring,  and  changes  in  the 
borders  left  for  that  time  are  often  made  at  the  saen- 
fice  of  the  display  due  in  bummer-time  Much  rniscon- 
eeptum  was  the  result  of  the  term  "perennial  border  " 
The  plants  were  not  all  permanent,  and  the  displav  was 
not  continuous  Out  of  it  has  been  evolved  a  much 
more  satisfactory  thing  in  that  it  calls  for  endless  study, 
a  greater  variety  containing  all  the  good  things,  and  the 
possibility  of  change  each  season  as  fancy  dictates. 

In  wide  borders  especially,  it  adds  greatly  to  the 
effect  to  plant  some  dw arf -growing  shiubs  near  the 
path,  such  as  Lcirome's  deut/ia  and  philadolphus, 
some  specimens  of  the  new  choice  lilacs  (double  and 
single),  Daphne  Ctuonim,  the  dwarf  flowering  crabs 
like  Malm  Tounyo  and  M.  Ringo  These  are  all  very 
beautiful  and  stand  close  inspection  The  shrubs  may 
be  so  arranged  as  to  form  bays  for  groups  of  plants, 
either  for  certain  seasons  or  color  effects,  and  if  there  is 
a  tendency  to  outgrow  the  situation,  pruning  judi- 
ciously will  help  if  done  directly  after  the  flowering 
season  is  past,  with  no  sacrifice  of  bloom,  always  taking 
care  to  K(xi'p  the  individual  shape  of  each  shrub 
Shears  must  never  be  used  on  shrubs,  but  shorten-in 
the  longer  shoots  with  a  knife 

The  Japanese  iris,  if  used  in  the  border,  must  be 
planted  near  water  so  they  can  be  frequently  irrigated 
in  dry  t  lines  or  failure  is  sure  to  ensue.  They  are  semi- 
aquatic  and  will  take  much  nourishment  also  The 
German  kinds  require  a  warm  sandy  soil,  and  a  dry 
time  in  late  summer  suits  them  well.  They  are  also 
best  transplanted  in  September  before  the  heavy  rams, 
as  root-action  begins  at  this  time  and  they  become 
reestablished  before  the  winter  sets  in 

Borders  need  constant  care  m  summer  to  keep  them 
trim  and  clean.  All  seed-stems  and  dead  flowers  should 
be  removed,  tall-growing  plants  staked  up  with  neat 
stakes,  and,  above  all,  plants  grown  m  reserve  to  take 
the  place  of  such  as  are  dying  out  after  blooming  There 


is  no  more  interesting  phase  of  gardening  than  this, 
because  it  calls  for  care  and  study  all  the  tune,  year  by 
year,  and  our  failures  of  this  season  are  with  us  to 
profit  by  during  the  next.  E.  O.  ORPET. 

BORECOLE:   Kale 

BORETTA:    Dabvna. 

BORONIA  (after  Francis  Borone,  an  Italian  who 
lost  his  life  at  Athens  m  the  service  of  Dr  Sibthorp). 
Rutdcese.  Greenhouse  shrubs,  interesting,  and  very 
fragrant 

Boroma  is  a  genus  of  Australian  shiubs  with  numer- 
ous fls  ,  having  a  rue-like  fragrance  Ivs.  opposite,  odd- 
pinnate,  or  simple  fls  axillary  and  terminal,  red,  rarely 
white  or  purplish,  on  the  plan  of  4,  beating  a  thick 
entire  disk:  fr  2-4  carpels,  each  1-  or  2-seeded  B. 
megat>tigmc  and  its  allies,  B  elatior  and  B.  helerophylla, 
are  remarkable  for  their  very  large  btigrna  (which  is 
4-lobed  at  the  base),  and  their  curious  stamens,  4  of 
winch  are  small,  yellow,  pollen-bearing,  and  hidden 
under  the  stigma,  while  the  4  large,  conspicuous  ones 
are  dark  purple  or  black,  and  bear  no  pollen  — About 
00  species,  in  Australia. 

The  chief  value  of  boromas  is  their  dehciouj  fragrance. 
A  small  (specimen  will  perfume  a  whole  house  for  two 
or  three  weeks  Boromas  are  cultivated  like  Cape  heaths 
in  a  cool  greenhouse.  After  flowering  they  should  be 
cut  back,  in  order  to  make  compact,  bushy  .specimens. 
The  leading  shoots  ma\  be  frequently  pinched,  to  pre- 
vent a  straggling  growth  As  most  of  them  are  native 
of  barren  sandy  places,  not  bogs,  good  drainage  is 
necessary.  "Sour"  soil  is  very  disastrous  to  them  The 
English  florists  set  their  young  plants  m  the  open  ground 
during  summer,  being  careful  to  shade  them  with  lath 
f  nil  nes  Plants  that  have  flowered  two  seasons  are 
thrown  away  and  replaced  by  younger  specimens. 
They  are  propagated  by  cuttings  from  half-ripened 
wood  inserted  in  1-inch  pots,  which  are  filled  to  within 
an  inch  of  the  top  with  a  compost  of  hriely  sifted  loam, 
peat  and  sand,  over  which  is  bpread  a  layer  of  sharp 
band  After  a  thorough  watering,  they  may  be  placed 
under  a  bell-glass  in  a  greenhouse  m  which  the  tem- 
perature ranges  from  4o°  to  50°  F  ,  and  shaded  from 
bright  sunshine  Seeds  germinate  readily  in  the  same 
temperature,  and  make-  good  flowering  plants  in  one 
he.ison  Seeds  can  be  obtained  from  German  or  Austra- 
lian dealers,  large  quantities  being  collected  in  the  wild. 
Boromas  belong  to  a  large  clas*  of  hard-wooded  Aus- 
tralian plants  that  were  popular  along  with  the  Cape 
heaths  in  the  early 
part  of  the  nineteenth 
century  These  were 
largely  replaced  by 
quicker- growing, 
soft  -  wooded  pi  ants. 
The  renewed  interest 
in  boromas  is  largely 
due  to  the  more  re- 
cently introduced 
species,  of  which  the 
first  three  described 
below  are  the  best. 
American  florists 
have  lately  grown 
them  somewhat  for 
Easter,  especially  B. 
het*.  rophylla.  Many 
species  are  likely  to 
be  introduced,  as 
these  shrubs  arc  very 
brilliant  m  Australia, 
blooming  when  very 
voung,  and  remain- 
ing attractive  for  two 
or  three  months.  599.  Boroni*  megastignuu  (XH> 


526 


BORONIA 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


A.  Stigmas  large. 
B.  Los.  less  than  1  in.  long,  Ifts.  in  1  or  2  pairs,  plus  an* 

odd  one. 

c  Fls  borne  singly. 

megastfgma,  Necs.  Fig  599.  Height  about  2  ft.: 
ivs.  very  sparse,  %-%m  long,  sessile,  the  upper  with  1 
pair,  the  lower  with  2  pairs  or  Ifts  beside  the  end  one; 
Ifts  narrowly  linear:  fls  maroon-purple  outside,  yel- 
low within,  borne  less  densely  than  m  B  elatior.  At 
tunes  some  fls  are  chiefly  brown,  others  chiefly  pur- 
ple B.M  6046  — Var.  aurea,  Hort ,  has  pale  creamy 
yellow  fls. 

cc.  Fls.  borne  in  whorls  of  4  or  6. 
heterophylla,  F.  Muell  Height  5-6  ft.  in  Austra  : 
Ivs  1-1 M  in  l°ng>  sometimes  simple,  usually  with  1 
pair,  rarely  2  pairs,  of  Ifts  :  fls  bright  scarlet,  but  usually 
pictured  as  purplish  crimson.  Differs  from  B  elatior 
and  B  megastigma  in  its  larger  Ivs  ,  fewer  Ifts  ,  more 
brilliant  fls  and  longer  filaments  Cult  only  in  its  var. 
brSvipes,  Hook  f  ,  which  differs  merely  in  the  shorter 
peduncles.  B  M.  6845  Gn  32:442— Of  late  years 
it  has  been  grown  for  Easter- by  florists  to  a  consider- 
able extent 

BB.  Lvs.  more  than  1  in.  long,  Ifts.  in  2-6  pairs,  plus  an 

odd  one 

elatior,  Bartl.  Height  about  4  ft  •  pubescence  van- 
able  Ivs  close-set,  1-2  in  long,  %-%m.  broad,  petioled, 
with  Ifts  in  2-6  pairs,  Ifts.  broader  and  shorter-acumi- 
nate than  in  B  megnstigma  fls  dark  red-brown,  or  rosy 
red,  or  purple,  sometimes  showing  groups  of  widely 
different  colors  on  the  same  branch,  and  borne  so 
densely  as  to  hide  one  side  of  the  branch.  B.M  6285 
Gn.  10:312.  FE  9.491 

AA  Stigmas  small 

pinnata,  Smith  Lfts  in  2-4  pairs,  very  smooth, 
acute:  peduncles  dichotomous,  5-7-fld  ,  stamens  8. 
B.M.  1763.  L  B,C  5  473. 

tetrandra,  Labi  11.  Lfts  in  4-5  pairs,  obtuse,  gla- 
brous; branches  pilose  pedicles  short,  1-fld  *  stamens  4. 

B  denticuldta,  Smith  2-(»  ft  Ivs  mucronate,  denticulate  fls  m 
pedunclcd  corymbs,  rose-purple — B  Frrtstn,  Hook  (B  anemom- 
foha,  Paxt  )  1-3  ft  Ivs  tnfid,  the  w  edge-shaped  segms.  entire 
or  2-3-toothed  fls  axillary,  solitary,  pink  New  Holland  P  M 
9-123—  B  pulchtlla,T\iTcz  (B  Drummondn,  Planch)  2  ft'  Ivs. 
pinnatifid  fls  rose-pink,  freely  produced  in  spring  and  summer. 
Var  Alba  A  white-fld  form  is  known  F  S  9  881 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
N.  TAYLOR.! 

BORZICACTUS:  Cereus. 

B6SEA  (after  Kaspar  Bose,  German  amateur  of 
plants,  at  Leipzig,  about  1700).  Amarantacese  Syn., 
Bosia.  Woody  plants,  rarely  cultivated  for  their  orna- 
mental crimson  berries 

Upright  shrub  Ivs  petioled,  alternate,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  entire  fls  small,  with  2-4  bracts  at  the  base, 
m  terminal  spikes  or  racemes;  sepals  and  stamens  5; 
petals  wanting;  ovary  with  3  subulate  stigmas  fr  a 
1-seeded  berry — Three  species  in  the  Canary  Isls., 
Cyprus  and  Himalayas  They  can  be  cult  only  in 
warmer  temperate  regions  Prop  by  seeds  and  proba- 
bly by  cuttings  of  young  wood. 

Amherstiana,  Hook  (Rodttia  Amherstiana,  Moq.). 
Glabrous  shrub.  Ivs  ovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  3-6 
in.  long,  narrowed  at  the  base  into  a  petiole  l^-l^m. 
long.  ns.  perfect,  greenish,  J^in.  across,  sessile,  with  2- 
4  bracts  at  the  base,  in  terminal  panicles:  berries  glo- 
bose, Hin  across,  crimson  W.  Himalayas  — Adv  as 
Bohea  Amherstiana.  The  closely  related  B  yervamdra. 
Linn.,  from  the  Canary  Isls  ,  is  sometimes  cult  m  Old 
World  botanic  gardens,  it  differs  chiefly  m  its  short- 
stalked,  polygamous  fls.,  with  only  2  bracts  at  the  base. 
ALFRED  REHDER. 

BOSTON  FERN:   Nephrolepia 


toOTANIC  GARDEN,  A  collection  of  growing 
plants,  the  primary  purpose  of  which  is  the  advance- 
ment and  diffusion  of  botanical  knowledge 

This  purpose  may  be  accomplished  in  a  number  of 
different  ways,  and  by  placing  emphasis  on  different 
departments  of  the  science.  Some  gardens,  for  exam- 
ple, are  preeminently  centers  of  systematic  botany,  or 
taxonomy;  others  of  plant  physiology  and  morphology; 
while  in  two  or  three  cases,  more  than  special  empha- 
sis is  placed  on  botanical  education,  or  formal  instruc- 
tion, as  distinguished  from,  or  in  close  connection  with, 
research.  But  whatever  the  method,  or  wherever  the 
emphasis,  the  aim  is  the  advancement  of  botany  as 
distinguished  from  horticulture  or  agriculture  Some 
of  the  ideas  embodied  in  botanic  gardens  are  dis- 
played m  Figs  600-603 

All  the  scientific  and  educational  work  of  a  botanic 
garden  centers  around  the  one  important  and  essential 
problem  of  maintaining  a  collection  of  living  plants, 
both  native  and  exotic  The  extent  to  which  this  may 
be  done  depends  largely  on  the  local  climate,  arid  ex- 
tremes are  found  in  such  gardens  as  Christiana,  Nor- 
way, where  the  glasshouse  is  of  prime  importance,  and 
Havana,  Cuba,  or  Buitenzorg,  Java,  where  the  tropical 
climate  renders  a  conservatory  superfluous.  At  Buiten- 
zorg there  are  coolhouses  instead  of  hothouses 

Many  ancient 
gardens  were 
little  more  than 
olive  orchards, 
and  one  of  the 
earliest  of  these 
of  which  there 
is  any  authentic 
record  is  the 
temple  garden  of 
Karnak  There 
was  recently 
discovered  at 
Thebes,  the  tomb 
of  Nckht,  the 
head  gardener  of 
this  place,  who 
is  believed  to 
have  designed  it 
during  the  reign 
of  Thotmes  111, 
about  1500  B  C. 
While  the 
early  gardens 
wore  cultivated  largely  for  economic  rather  than  orna- 
mental purposes,  yet  the  Greeks,  as  may  well  be 
expected,  developed  ornamental  nouer-gardens,  and 
this  idea,  with  so  many  others  of  Greek  origin,  was 
borrowed  by  the  Romans  Among  the  best  known  of 
the  Roman  ornamental  gardens  were  those  of  Lucullus, 
and  of  Phny  the  younger. 

We  learn  from  Pliny  that  during  the  first  century  of 
the  Christian  era,  Antomus  Castor  maintained  in  Rome 
a  garden  of  medicinal  plants.  Four  hundred  years  pre- 
vious to  this  however,  or  about  350  B.  C.,  a  botanic 
garden  was  established  in  Athens  by  Aristotle.  The 
first  director  of  this  garden  was  Theophrastus,  a  pupil 
of  Aristotle,  who  fell  heir  to  it  on  the  death  of  the  latter, 
and  was  able  to  improve  it  by  means  of  funds  supplied 
by  a  philanthropic  citizen  of  Athens 

The  gap  between  these  more  ancient  gardens  and 
those  of  today  is,  however,  a  wide  one,  and  the  modern 
botanic  garden  may  be  considered  as  more  immediately 
derived  from  the  private  gardens  of  the  herbalists  in  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  One  of  the  best 
known  of  these  was  the  garden  of  John  Gerarde,  in  Hoi- 
born.  The  plants  here  grown  were  chiefly  medicinal 
herbs,  and  the  study  of  these  collections,  together  with 
the  attempts  to  describe  the  plants  accurately,  grad- 
ually develooed  into  modern  systematic  botany. 


600.  Entrance  to  botanic  garden,  Roseau, 
Dominica,  B  W  Indies. 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


527 


The  organization  of  all  modern  botanic  gardens  is 
very  similar  in  broad  outline.  There  is  usually  a 
director,  with  a  scientific  staff,  and  a  head  gardener, 
with  assistants  Some  gardens  are  purely  scientific 
institutions.  Such  were  the  early  gardens  or  M'chaux, 
in  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  of  Darlington,  in  Ches- 
ter, Pennsylvania,  of  Bartram,  m  Philadelphia,  and  of 
Hosack,  in  New  York  City,  all  long  since  extinct,  and 
the  Cambridge  (England)  Physic  Garden  A  large 
number  of  "botanical  stations"  and  "acclimatization 
gardens"  in  the  various  colonies  of  European  coun- 
tries, the  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington,  at  Tucson,  Arizona,  and 
the  Acclimatization  Garden  of  the  same  Institution  at 
Carmel,  California,  all  devoted  entirely  to  scientific 
research,  are  often  classed  as  botanic  gardens,  although 
not  such  in  a  strict  sense  of  the  term 

Many  of  the  more  purely  scientific  gardens  are  con- 
nected with  universities,  or  other  institutions  of  learn- 
ing, or  closely  affiliated  with  them  This,  for  example, 
is  true  of  the  Hortus  Botamcus  at  Amsterdam,  where 


versities  of  Bonn,  Breslau,  Gottingen,  Halle,  Munich, 
Strassburg,  and  Wurzburg,  in  Germany;  of  Ajbhens, 
in  Greece:  of  Groningen,  Leiden,  and  Utrecht,  in  Hol- 
land; of  Genoa  and  Modena,  in  Italy;  of  Kov,  Odessa, 
and  St  Petersburg,  in  Russia;  of  Basel,  in  Switzerland; 
of  Nikko  and  Tokyo,  Japan,  and  in  the  United  States, 
those  of  the  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  Har- 
vard University  (Cambridge,  Massachusetts).  Smith 
College  (Northampton,  Massachusetts),  Mt  Holyoke 
College  (South  Hadley,  Massachusetts),  Michigan 
Agricultural  College  (Lansing),  the  University  of 
Michigan  (Ann  Arbor),  the  University  of  Minnesota 
(Minneapolis),  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  (Phil- 
adelphia), and  Johns  Hopkins  University  (Baltimore). 
It  is  not  uncommon  in  European  countries  to  find 
botanic  gardens  in  connection  with  gymnasia  (high 
schools),  and  normal  schools,  but  the  only  instance  of 
this  kind  in  the  United  States,  known  to  the  wnter,  is 
the  botanic  garden  of  the  Michigan  State  Normal 
School,  at  Ypsilanti.  This  garden,  with  an  area  of  3 
acres,  serves  only  the  purpose  of  supplying  study- 


601.  View  in  a  botanic  garden,  showing  related  plants  m  groups. 


were  conaucted  the  epoch-making  experiments  of  De 
Vries  with  the  evening  pnmrose,  (Enothera  Lamarckwna, 
and  other  species,  culminating  in  the  elaboration  ot  tne 
mutation  theory,  giving  a  new  stimulus  to  studies  m 
experimental  evolution  and  plant-breeding,  and  inci- 
dentally illustrating  how  studies  in  pure  botanical 
science,  made  primarily  for  their  own  sake,  and  seem- 
ing, at  first  thought,  ever  so  academic  or  impractical, 
may  be  of  inestimable  value  to  such  applied  sciences  as 
horticulture  and  agriculture. 

Among  other  botanic  gardens  forming  an  integral 
part  of  the  organization  of  collegiate  or  university 
departments  of  botany  may  be  mentioned  those  of 
Aberdeen,  Dundee  and  St.  Andrews  universities  m 
Scotland;  those  of  Birmingham,  Cambridge  and  Oxford 
universities,  and  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  College  at 
Cirencester  (Gloucester),  in  England;  that  of  Trinity 
College  (Dublin),  in  Ireland;  those  of  the  universities 
at  Budapest,  Czernowitz,  Krakau,  Lemberg,  Prag,  and 
Vienna,  in  Austria-Hungary;  of  Ghent  and  Liege,  in 
Belgium;  of  Copenhagen,  in  Denmark;  of  the  Catholic 
university,  in  Lille,  and  the  medical  college  and  the 
veterinary  college  in  Lyons,  France,  those  of  the  uni- 


rnatenal  for  the  courses  in  botany,  nature-study  and 
agriculture. 

It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance  that  botanic  gardens  are 
much  more  common  in  Europe  than  in  the  United 
Scates,  and  especially  under  governmental  auspices. 
The  National  Botanic  Garden,  at  Washington.  D.  C., 
has  not  been  developed  as  a  scientific  institution  to 
the  extent  of  several  private  or  semi-private  foun- 
dations. 

Other  so-called  botanic  gardens  are  little  more  than 
public  pleasure  parks  Golden  Gate  Park,  the  munici- 
pal park  of  San  Francisco,  and  primarily  a  pleasure 
park,  is  administered  with  some  regard  to  scientific 
ideas,  and  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  a  botanical  gar- 
den. Here,  also,  for  example,  may  be  classed  Prospect 
Park,  in  Brooklyn,  in  which  the  labeling  of  the  trees 
gives  a  somewhat  botanical  aspect  to  the  place  Thie 
park  is  said  to  contain  more  different  species  of  trees, 
both  native  and  foreign,  than  can  be  found  elsewhere  in 
America  outside  of  a  true  botanic  garden  or  arboretum 

A  third  type  of  garden  combines  the  features  of  a 
scientific  institution  for  research  and  education  with 
those  of  a  public  park.  Of  this  nature  are  the  KPW 


528 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


Gardens,  near  London,  the  Jardm  des  Plantea,  Paris, 
the  Berlin  Botanic  Garden,  at  Dahlem,  the  New  York 
Botanical  Garden,  in  Bronx  Park,  the  Missouri  Botani- 
cal Garden,  St.  Louis,  the  Botanic  Garden  of  the 
Imperial  University,  at  Tokyo,  Japan,  and  the  new 
Brooklyn  Botanic  Garden. 

It  has  already  been  implied  above  that  the  early 
study  of  botany  was  closely  connected  with  the  use  of 
plants  for  medicine,  gardens  being  largely,  or  even 
exclusively,  devoted  to  growing  medicinal  herbs.  In 
this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the 
staple  food,  fodder,  and  fiber  plants  are  grown  as  crops, 
pharmacists  and  physicians  have,  with  few  exceptions, 
such  as  the  opium-poppy  and  the  ginseng,  always 
depended  upon  wild  plants.  This  practice  of  gathering 
only  wild  herbs  doubtless  accounts  m  large  part  for  the 
well-known  and,  until  recent  date,  quite  general  adul- 
teration of  drugs 

The  total  number  of  botanic  gardens  outside  the 
United  States  is  approximately  325.  In  our  own  coun- 
try there  are  about  sixteen,  eleven  of  which  are  college 
and  university  gardens  The  following  foreign  gardens 
are  referred  to  in  the  order  of  their  establishment. 

Foreign  gardens 

1.  Pisa,  Italy,  founded  m  1543,  by  order  of  the 
Grand  Duke  Cosmo  de  Medici  I    The  second  director 
of  this  garden  was  Csesalpino,  after  whom  the  legumi- 
nous genus  Csesalpmia,  was  named.    This  was  one  of 
the  earliest  gardens  devoted  to  the  public  study  of 
botany. 

2.  Museum  d'Histroire  Naturelle,  Paris,  founded  in 
1635  by  Guy  de  la  Brosse,  physician  to  the  king.    Its 
first  name  was  Jardm  Royal  aes  Plantes  Medicinales, 
which  was  changed  to  the  present  name  m  1790.   The 
gardens  proper  occupy  14  hectares  out  of  a  total  of  23. 

3  Chelsea  Physic  Garden,  London.  Established  by 
the  Society  of  Apothecaries,  in  1673,  for  the  stated  pur- 
pose of  furthering  the  teaching  of  botany,  and  of  pro- 
viding material  and  opportunity  for  botanical  research. 
The  educational  and  scientific  influence  of  this  garden 
can  hardly  be  overestimated.  It  was  founded  by  the 
Society  of  Apothecaries  of  London,  in  1606,  and  origi- 
nally comprised  the  Grocers'  Company,  an  ancient 
guild  In  1617  a  new  charter  was  granted  by  James  I, 
and  the  Society  of  Apothecaries  became  separate  from 
the  Grocers'  Company.  From  the  start  the  Society  was 
active  in  advancing  botanical  knowledge,  and  soon 
after  its  incorporation,  field  trips,  called  "herbanzings," 
were  held  at  irregular  intervals,  and  to  these  irregular 
trips  a  regular  anilual  one  was  added  about  1633.  The 
botanical  interests  and  activities  of  the  Society  found 
natural  expression  m  1673  in  the  establishment  of  the 
Physic  Garden  At  first  the  ground  was  utilized  not 
only  for  growing  specimens  for  scientific  study,  but  also 
for  growing  crops  of  medicinal  plants  sufficient  to  fur- 
nish crude  drugs  for  the  commercial  use  of  the  Society. 
However,  when  Sir  Hans  Sloan,  in  1722,  deeded  to  the 
Society  additional  ground,  adjacent  to  the  original  4 
acres  of  the  garden,  in  the  terms  of  the  deed  was  a  pro- 
hibition of  this  practice,  and  the  garden  became  from 
thenceforth  devoted  to  investigation  and  instruction. 

The  garden  entered  upon  a  new  epoch  with  the 
appointment,  as  ''gardener."  of  Philip  Miller,  well 
known  as  the  author  of  the  classic  ^'Dictionary  of 
Gardening."  The  title  of  "gardener"  was  subsequently 
changed  to  "curator  "  In  1681  steps  were  taken  toward 
the  envelopment  of  a  botanical  library,  which,  by  1769, 
contained  about  300  bound  and  unbound  books,  deal- 
ing chiefly  with  botany  In  1835  John  Lindley  was 
appointed  Director  of  the  Garden 

It  was  m  connection  with  the  Society's  endeavor  to 
grow  successfully  plants  that  could  be  grown  only  with 
difficulty  or  not  at  all  m  the  smoky  atmosphere  of  Lon- 
don that  the  well-known  "Wardian  case"  was  devised, 
by  Nathaniel  Bagshaw  Ward,  Fellow  of  the  Royal 


Society,  and  a  friend  and  patron  of  the  Physic  Garden. 
These  "closely-glazed  cases"  were  first  described  by 
Ward  in  a  letter  to  Sir  William  Hooker,  dated  1834,  and 
published  in  the  "Companion  to  the  Botanical  Maga- 
zine," m  May,  1836.  It  was  also  found  possible,  by 
employing  these  cases,  to  ship  living  plants  across  the 
tropics  from  the  southern  to  the  northern  hemisphere 
witn  the  loss  of  scarcely  a  plant,  whereas,  under  former 
methods  of  shipment  many  more  plants  penshed  than 
survived. 

Among  many  important  publications  growing  out  of 
the  work  of  th*>  Chelsea  Physic  Garden  or  produced  by 
members  of  its  staff,  may  be  mentioned  Curtis's  "Lin- 
nieus's  System  of  Botany,"  and  his  "Botanical  Maga- 
zine," and  "Flora  Londonensis;"  Lmdley's  "Flora 
Medica,"  and  Lmdley  and  Moore's  "Treasury  of  Bot- 
any," Miller's  "Gardeners'  Dictionary,"  mentioned 
above;  and  Hudson's  "Flora  Anghca  "  In  1902  a  well- 
appointed  laboratory  building  was  opened  m  the  gar- 
den. In  this  building  are  two  small  rooms  which  con- 
tain the  private  library  of  Charles  Darwm.  The  library 
equipment  is  used  by  students  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Science,  and  the  Professor  of  Botany  of  the  college  is 
Scientific  Advisor  to  the  Committee  of  Management. 
The  garden  is  used  freely  and  largely  by  teachers  with 
classes,  and  living  material  for  class  study  is  supplied 
in  quantity  to  the  University  of  London,  the  Royal 
College  of  Science,  and  other  local  schools. 

4.  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  London  (1759). 
The  present  gardens  resulted  from  the  fusion  of  two 
royal  estates,  the  Richmond  Gardens  and  the  original 
Kew  Gardens.  Richmond  Gardens,  composing  the  west- 
ern portion  of  modern  Kew,  were  the  grounds  of  the 
royal  residence  of  Edward  I  The  second  half  was  the 
private  grounds  of  Kew  House  Lord  Capel,  who,  by 
marriage,  came  into  possession  of  Kew  House  in  1696, 
was  greatly  interested  in  the  cultivation  of  plants,  and 
his  collections  formed  the  nucleus  of  the  modern  Kew 
plantations.  The  property  was  leased  to  Frederick, 
Prince  of  Wales,  about  1730,  and  after  his  death,  his 
widow,  Princess  Augusta  of  Saxe  Gotha  engaged,  in 
1759,  William  Alton,  a  former  pupil  at  the  Chelsea  gar- 
den, to  establish  a  physic  garden,  its  rank  as  a  true 
botanic  garden  may  be  considered  to  date  from  this 
year  The  union  of  Richmond  and  Kew  was  effected 
in  1802. 

Under  Aiton  was  inaugurated  the  plan  of  sending  out 
expeditions  for  botanical  exploration  in  foreign  coun- 
tries, a  practice  which  has  greatly  enriched  the  her- 
barium and  living  collections,  and  which  has  been  car- 
ried out  on  a  large  scale  and  with  similar  results  m 
America  by  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  Perre'des 
states  that  the  specimen  on  which  L'H6ntier  founded 
the  genus  Eucalyptus  was  collected  on  one  of  these 
expeditions  to  the  Cape  in  1772  In  1789  Alton  pub- 
lished his  now  classic  ^Hortus  Kewensis."  He  was  suc- 
ceeded m  the  directorship  by  his  son  William  T.  Alton, 
and  the  latter,  in  1841,  by  Sir  William  J.  Hooker, 
although  Aiton  retained  directorship  of  the  pleasure- 
grounds  until  1845. 

Hooker's  aims  were  to  make  Kew  so  attractive  as  to 
create  in  the  general  public  an  interest  in  plants,  to 
advance  pure  and  applied  botany,  and  to  tram  col- 
lectors and  gardeners.  The  area  of  the  garden  has 
increased  from  15  acres,  when  Sir  William  Hooker 
became  director,  to  about  95  acres  at  the  present  time. 
The  former  pleasure-grounds  are  now  developed  and 
known  as  the  Arboretum.  In  1875,  on  the  retire* 
ment  of  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker,  who  succeeded  his  father  in 
1865,  Sir  William  Turner  Thistle-Dyer  was  appointed 
director.  The  present  director  is  Lieut.-Col.  Sir  David 
Prain. 

In  scientific  matters  the  power  of  the  Director  of 
Kew  is  absolute,  but  in  matters  of  administration,  he 
is  under  the  governmental  Board  of  Agriculture.  The 
library  consists  of  about  20,000  volumes,  over  one-half 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


529 


of  which  are  set  apart,  primarily  in  the  office  of  the 
Keeper  of  the  museums. 

Kew  has  throughout  exerted  a  profound  influence  on 
the  development  of  botanical  science,  and  by  the  tram- 
ing  of  gardeners,  and  in  numerous  other  ways,  has  for- 
warded arid  really  made  possible  the  development  and 
work  ot  the  numerous  colonial  gardens  and  botanic 
stations  The  latter  are  in  reality  experiment  stations, 
and  while  administered  by  the  colonial  office,  depend 
upon  Kew  for  scientific  advice  and  for  much  economic 
plant  material.  Conbult  Arboretum 

5.  Royal  Botanic  Society's  Gardens  (1740).  Special 
mention  should  be  made  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Society's 
Gardens  at  Regent's  Park,  London,  since  so  much 
attention  has  been  given  there  to  the  various  aspects 
of  horticulture  Prior  to  being  taken  over  by  the  Royal 
Botanic  Society,  about  1840,  the  area  of  the  garden  was 
occupied  by  a  nursery.  Originally  flat  and  circular  m 
outline,  it  has  been  given.  Toy  artificial  treatment,  a 
diversified  topography,  and  the  plantations  include  an 


A  practical  gardening  school  was  established  m  1897, 
and  m  1902  a  laboratory  building  was  erected  for  the  use 
of  the  school.  A  portion  of  the  grounds  is  also  set  aside 
for  this  school,  and  the  head  of  the  gardening  staff  is  the 
chief  instructor  in  the  gardening  school  Occasional 
exhibitions  are  given  to  illustrate  the  nature-study  work 
of  local  schools. 

The  work  of  the  garden  m  supplying  study-material 
for  schools  is  unusually  extensive,  from  50,000  to  60  000 
specimens  of  living  plants  being  supplied  annually  to 
students.  Several  hundred  students  tickets  are  issued 
each  year  by  teachers  in  various  schools.  These  tickets 
admit  the  bearer  daily  until  three  o'clock,  after  which 
hour  the  garden  is  closed  to  all  except  Fellows  and 
other  visitors 

The  grounds  are  leased  from  the  Crown,  and  the 
money  for  this  and  other  purposes  is  derived  entirely 
from  private  subscriptions  by  Fellows  of  the  Royal 
Botanic  Society.  On  this  account  provision  is  made  to 
provide  attractions  for  thobe  not  primarily  or  entirely 


12.  Plan  of  a  small  botanic  garden. — Smith  College,  Northampton,  Mass    Early  plan. 


American  garden  (which  is  said  to  be  now  restricted  to 
a  planting  of  rhododendrons),  an  herbaceous  garden,  and 
an  economic  garden  Much  attention  is  given  to  the 
growing  of  medicinal  plants  An  arboretum  was  started, 
But  eventually  abandoned  on  account  of  the  small  area. 

The  arrangement  of  plants  in  the  herbaceous  garden 
is  that  devised  by  Marnock,  the  first  curator,  and  the 
one  who  planned  the  entire  garden  Each  of  the  differ- 
ent-shaped beds  is  devoted  to  one  family  of  plants,  so 
that  the  relative  LIZC  of  the  families  is  seen  at  a  glance, 
and  beds  of  nearly  related  families  are  grouped  together. 
The  economic  division  comprises  trees  and  shrubs,  but 
the  economic  herbaceous  plants  are  included  in  the 
general  herbaceous  garden  This  is  the  most  exten- 
sive exhibit  of  economic  plants  grown  in  London,  and 
it  is  said  that  the  first  banana  ever  tasted  by  the  late 
Queen  Victoria  came  from  a  plant  in  this  garden 

The  main  part  of  the  conservatory,  built  in  1845, 
was  the  first  large  plant-house  of  glass  and  iron  to  be 
erected  in  England  The  system  of  heating  is  that  of 
hot  water,  and  the  pipes  are  underground,  but  this 
arrangement  has  not  proved  to  be  economical. 

34 


interested  in  botany  The  attractions  include  a  tennis- 
court,  croquet-ground,  flower-shows,  garden  fetes,  and 
a  club-house. 

There  is  a  set  of  meteorological  instruments  in  the 
garden,  and  records  of  barometer,  wet-  and  dry-bulb 
thermometers,  temperature  of  the  soil  at  depths  of  1 
foot  and  4  feet,  maximum  temperatures  in  sun  and 
shade,  minimum  temperatures  in  shade  and  "on  grass," 
precipitation,  wind  direction  (but  not  velocity),  dura- 
tion of  sunshine,  and  general  remarks  are  published  in 
the  Botanical  Journal  of  the  Society  This  lournal, 
issued  quarterly,  is  now  (1912)  in  its  second  volume 

6.  Buitenzorg  (1817).  The  botanic  garden  at  Buiten- 
zorg  is  known  officially  as  's  Lands  Plantentum 
(Botanic  Garden  of  the  State)  Its  Latin  name,  ''Hor- 
tus  Bogorensis,"  ig  derived  from  Bogor,  the  native 
name  of  Buitenzorg.  The  garden  is  a  division  of  the 
governmental  Department  of  Agriculture  of  the  Dutch 
East  Indies,  and  has  been  described  as  the  most  beau- 
tiful botanic  garden  in  the  world.  It  was  established 
in  1817  bv  Remwardt,  and  is  located  36  miles  from 
Batavia.  This  location  was  fortunate  for  climatic  rea- 


530 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


sons,  for  while  on  the  Java  east  coast  there  is  a 
drought  season  of  three  to  four  months,  there  is  no 
drought  season  at  Buitenzorg  The  total  annual 
precipitation  is  between  180  and  200  inches,  or  approxi- 
mately five  times  that  of  New  York  State.  The  inces- 
sant rains  are  accompanied  by  a  general  lowering  of 
the  temperature,  and  this  makes  possible  the  cultiva- 
tion of  plants  from  the  higher  altitudes  The  altitude 
of  Buitenzorg  is  900  feet.  There  are  in  reality  three 
gardens:  First,  the  botanic  garden  proper,  in  the  center 
of  the  city,  with  an  area  of  89  acres.  Each  division  of 
this  garden  has  a  blanket  label,  giving  a  list  of  the 
genera  it  contains,  and  each  species  is  represented  by 
two  specimens,  one  of  which  bears  a  label,  giving  the 
scientific  name,  the  common  name,  if  there  is  one,  and 
usually  the  economic  products  of  the  plant  The  climb- 
ing plants  are  arranged  systematically  in  a  group  by 
themselves  The  vast  majority  of  plants  are  arbores- 
cent, and  there  are  about  10,000  species  cultivated. 
The  garden  is  open  day  and  night.  The  second  division 
is  the  agricultural  garden,  about  a  league  from  the 
center  of  Buitenzorg,  and  having  173  acres  Only 
plants  of  economic  .importance,  including  medicinal 
plants,  are  grown  here  The  third  division  or  garden  is 
some  distance  from  Buitenzorg,  on  the  slopes  of  the 
volcano  of  Cede  Its  area  is  74  acres,  and  its  altitude 
is  5,000  feet,  thus  making  possible  the  cultivation  of 
plants  that  cannot  be  grown  in  the  other  two  gardens. 
There  is  a  museum  building  in  connection  with  the 
garden  proper  at  Buitenzorg. 


"The  Annals,"  the  well-known  publication,  was 
founded  by  the  third  director,  Scheffer. 

American  gardens. 

1.  Bartram's  Garden  (1728).  The  first  botanic  gar- 
den in  America  was  that  of  John  Bartram,  established 
in  1728,  and  still  existing,  although  in  a  greatly  modified 
form  At  about  the  same  date  (1725),  Robert  Prince, 
one  of  the  early  settlers  on  Long  Island,  began  to  raise 
a  variety  of  trees  for  the  purpose  of  ornamenting  his 
own  grounds,  and  this  activity  soon  developed  into  a 
nursery,  ultimately  well  known,  not  only  in  America, 
but  throughout  Europe  Such  a  venture  was  favored 
by  a  growing  interest  in  ornamental  and  edible  plants 
resulting  from  the  importation  of  various  trench 
fruits  by  the  Huguenots,  who  settled  at  New  Rochelle, 
Now  York,  and  along  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island. 
This  nursery  continued  under  the  supervision  of  the 
same  family  for  five  generations  (130  years).  For  a 
number  of  years  the  proprietors  confined  their  atten- 
tion to  fruit  trees  The  institution  was  visited  by 
President  Washington,  and  on  August  29,  1796,  after 
the  battle  of  Long  Island,  the  British  General  Howe 
placed  a  guard  around  the  garden  to  protect  the  trees 
and  plants  until  all  danger  was  passed.  In  many  old 
English  gardens  today  are  numerous  native  American 
plants  derived  from  tne  Prince  nurseries  In  1793  the 
nursery  was  christened  the  Lmnaean  Botanic  Gar- 
den, and  a  catalogue  of  plants  here  grown  passed 
through  more  than  twenty  editions.  The  mahomas, 


.;>-.-:.<  .^:y^\yjg^^^^ft^^^.^^Bg^ 


603.  Entrance  to  a  botanic  garden  (or  arboretum),  showing  the  utilization  of  natural  features  and  woods  as  well  as  planted  specimens. 


Under  the  directorship  of  M  Treub,  the  garden 
became  a  mecca  for  investigators  from  all  over  the 
world.  One  large  laboratory  is  reserved  entirely  for 
the  use  of  visiting  botanists.  In  the  herbarium  the 
sheets  are  not  kept  in  folios  as  ordinarily,  but  m  tin 
boxes,  a  necessary  protection  against  insects  and  exces- 
sive moisture.  There  is  a  library  of  several  thousand 
volumes.  The  director  distributes  annually,  under  the 
authority  of  the  government,  and  free  of  charge,  seeds 
and  plants  of  useful  vegetables. 


described  in  some  of  the  earlier  manuals  as  "from  Ore- 
gon," are  said  to  have  been  first  grown  in  the  Linnaean 
garden,  being  one  of  the  many  novelties  received  from 
the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition.  One  of  the  plant- 
houses  was  devoted  to  camellias,  one  to  azaleas,  one 
to  oranges  and  lemons,  one  to  African  and  Asiatic 
plants,  and  two  to  miscellaneous  collections.  The  pro- 
prietors were  ever  alert  for  novelties,  and  at  the  time  ot 
the  potato  famine  in  Ireland,  Pnnce  paid  $600  for  lesu 
than  a  pint  of  bulbs  of  Dioscorea  Batatas,  for  the  pur* 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


531 


pose  of  testing  them  as  a  possible  substitute  for  the 
Irish  potato  At  one  time  there  were  over  100  varieties 
of  strawberries  under  cultivation  here,  including  the 
once  famous  Isabella,  which  originated  as  a  chance 
seedling  or  mutant  in  the  garden  of  Isabella  Graham, 
in  Brooklyn.  While  not  a  botanic  garden  m  the  modern 
or  scientific  sense,  the  Linnamn  garden  exerted  such 
a  profound  influence  on  American  horticulture  and 
arboriculture  that  it  should  not  be  entirely  passed  over 
in  this  place. 

2  Evans's   Garden    (1828).     The   garden  of  John 
Evans  is  located  along  Ithan  Creek,  near  Philadelphia, 
within  walking  distance  from  Rosemont  (Station,  on 
the  Pennsylvania  Railroad     It  was  established  about 
1828,  and  was  one  of  the  fruits  of  Bartram's  garden 
Evans  frequently  visited  the  Bartram  garden  and  other 
gardens   in    Philadelphia   and    vicinity,    and    became 
greatly  interested  in  plants     His  father  was  a  miller, 
and  the  vicinity  of  the  mill,  with  the  creek  and  mill- 
pond,   and  the  diversified  land   adjacent,   afforded   a 
wide  range  of  habitat  conditions.    Evans  corresponded 
with  Sir  William  Hooker  and  exchanged  seeds  with  him, 
as  well  as  with  the  son,  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  including 
material  collected  by  the  latter  in  the  Himalayas    He 
also  had  a  correspondent  in   Germany      In  Evans's 
garden  the  plants  were  arranged  almost  entirely  on  an 
ecological  basis,  in  "the  order  of  nature,"  and  in  this 
respect  it  differed  materially  from  most  other  gardens 
befoie  or  since     Mr  Evans  was  his  own  director,  cura- 
tor, and  head  gardener,  doing  most  of  the  manual  labor 
in  the  garden  himself    It  is  of  interest  to  note  here  that, 
he  used  sawdust  from  his  father's  null  to  kill  the  weeds 
around  the  cultivated  plants,  and  this,  on  decaying, 
made  a  rich  fertili/ei,  \\hich  was  spaded  under     The 
garden  is  said  to  have  been,  in  its  prime,  practically 
unrivaled  in  shrubs  and  trees,  and  to  have  had  few 
equals  in  the  richness  of  its  herbaceous  material    Many 
of  the  trees  and  shrubs  were  labeled  with  lead  labels, 
but  no  catalogue  of  the  collections  was  ever  published 

3  The    Missouri    Botanical    Garden    (1859)      The 
Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  at  St    Louis,  was  estab- 
lished bv  a  gift  of  money  and  land  from  Hemy  Shaw 
It  is  popularlv  known  in  St  Louis  as  "Shaw's  Gardens  " 
On    November   G,    18X5,    Mr    Shaw   establithod    the 
Henry  Shaw  School  of  Botany  as  a  department  of 
Washington  University,  at  St   Louis,  and  the  garden 
and  school  became  closely  allihated     The  professor  or 
one  of  the  professors  in  the  school   shall    be  director 
or   director's    assistant,  or   both     The   grounds  were 
formerly  closed  to  the  public  on  Sunda>s,  except  the 
first  Sunday  of  June  and  September,  but  since  1912  they 
have  been   open  eveiy  Sunday  afternoon  Irorn  April 
to  December     Each  jear  there  is  preached  in  a  local 
church  a  sermon  on  "the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  God 
as  shown  in  the  growth  of  flowers,  fruits,  and  other 
products  of  the  vegetable  kingdom."  The  first  director 
of  this   garden  was   William  Trelease,  who   resigned 
in    1912,  and   was   succeeded   by  George   T    Moore. 
The  grounds  comprise  about  45  acres,  the  herbarium 
about  800,000  sheets,   and  the  library  about  50,000 
books  and  pamphlets    One  of  the  features  of  the  gar- 
den is  a  vegetable-garden,  which  gives  pupils  practice 
in  the  growing  of  vegetables,  and,  by  means  of  a  forcing 
house,  this  work  is  continued  throughout  the  year    The 
best-known  publication  is  the  Annual  Report     "The 
Missouri  Botanical  Garden  Bulletin,"  established  in 
January,    1913,    will    hereafter    contain    the    annual 
reports  of  the  officers  of  the  board  and  the  director, 
while   the   volume   hitherto   known   as  the   "Annual 
Report"  will  in  the  future  be  devoted  exclusively  to 
the   results  of  scientific   research   carried   on   at  the 
gardens. 

4  Elgin  Botanic  Garden  (1801)     The  first  botanic 
garden  in  New  York  City  was  located  on   Murray 
Hill,    about    1656,    and    was    the    precursor  of    the 
Elgin  Botanic  Garden,  established  m  1801,  by  David 


Hosack,  on  20  acres  of  ground,  located  at  what  is  now 
the  northwest  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  47th  Street. 
This  garden  was  transferred  to  New  York  State  m 
1810,  and  became  known  as  The  Botanic  Garden  of  the 
State  of  New  York.  It  was  later  transferred  to  Co- 
lumbia University,  but  finally  abandoned  for  lack  of 
funds.  In  the  spring  of  1913  the  area  was  sold  by  the 
university  for  $3,000,000 

5  New  York  Botanical  Garden  (1894).  The  present 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  established  in  1894,  m 
located  at  Bronx  Park,  in  the  Borough  of  the  Bronx, 
New  York  City.  It  comprises  an  area  of  approximately 
250  acres,  and  besides  two  extensive  ranges  of  plant- 
houses,  a  range  of  bix  propagatmg-houses  and  the  plan- 
tations, includes  the  largest  purely  botanical  museum 
in  the  countiy,  if  not  in  the  world.  On  the  third  floor 
of  the  museum  building  arc  located  the  herbarium, 
libiary  and  laboratories  The  gr  >unds,  conservatories, 
and  museum  are  open  daily  without  charge  The 
present  Director-in-Chief.  N  L  Bntton,  is  also  Pro- 
fessor of  Botany  m  Columbia  University,  and  has 
served  since  the  foundation  of  the  institution.  Under 
the  auspices  of  this  garden,  the  director  and  mem- 
bers of  the  staff  have  conducted  a  systematic  explora- 
tion of  continental  and  insular  America,  the  results  of 
which  are  being  embodied  in  the  "North  American 
Flora,"  the  most  extensive  botanical  work  evei  under- 
taken m  America,  appearing  at  intervals  in  fascicles  or 
parts.  The  herbarium,  composed  of  the  herbariums  of 
Columbia  University,  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  and 
that  of  the  garden  pioper,  contains  over  1,500,000 
specimens,  and  the  library  has  over  40,000  volumes 
and  pamphlets  The  scientific  policy  of  the  institution 
is  directed  by  a  Board  of  Scientific  Directors,  and  the 
financial  administration  by  the  Board  of  Managers  of 
the  Trustees  The  scientific  fetaff  comprises  (1912), 
besides  the  director-in-chief,  an  assistant  director,  a 
head  curator,  four  curators,  two  assistant  curators, 
head  gardener,  director  of  the  laboratories,  bibliogra- 
pher, librarian,  and  other  officers  Free  public  lectures 
on  botanical  and  closely  related  subjects  are  given  on 
successive  Saturday  afternoons,  and  the  following  pub- 
lications are  issued  "Journal"  (monthly),  "Mycolo- 
gia"  (bi-monthly),  "Bulletin"  (irregularly,  and  contain- 
ing the  Annual  Report),  "North  American  Flora," 
Memoirs,  and  Contributions.  The  Garden  is  supported 
by  municipal  and  by  private  funds 

6  Brooklyn  Botanic  Garden.  The  Brooklyn  Botanic 
Garden,  established  in  1910,  is  a  department  of  The 
Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  an  out- 
growth of  the  work  of  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the 
Institute  It  was  the  wish  of  the  founders  to  develop  an 
institution  that,  in  connection  with  research,  would 
place  more  than  usual  emphasis  upon  formal  instruc- 
tion in  botany.  It  is  also  the  intention  to  emphasize 
chiefly  departments  of  botany  other  than  taxonomy, 
such  as  plant  physiology  and  ecology,  morphology,  and 
pathology,  experimental  evolution,  and  plant-breeding. 
The  first  and  present  director  is  C  Stuart  Gager 
The  new  laboratory  and  instruction  building,  in  process 
of  erection  (1912),  will  contain  offices  of  administration, 
several  lar^e  laboratories,  a  small  herbarium  room,  a 
library,  physiological  and  photographic  darkrooms, 
and  twelve  private  research  rooms  A  range  of  plant- 
houses  is  also  under  construction  The  grounds  com- 
prise about  43  acres,  located  in  the  heart  of  the  borough 
of  Brooklyn  Through  the  center  runs  an  artificial 
brook,  with  swamp  The  plantations  are  classified  un- 
der ten  heads,  as  foUows  (1)  Systematic  Section,  com- 
prising hardy  herbaceous  plants,  chiefly  perennials, 
not  native  within  100  miles  of  the  Garden,  and  arranged 
in  beds  according  to  their  natural  affinities  (2)  Local 
Flora  Section  (Native  Wild-flower  Garden),  containing 
herbaceous  and  woody  plants  growing  without  cultiva- 
tion within  a  radius  of  100  miles  of  the  Garden  (the 
Torrey  Botanical  Club  Range).  The  strictly  native 


532 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANY 


sorts  are  designated  by  labels  of  different  color  from 
those  of  introduced  species  (3)  Morphological  Sec- 
tion, with  divisions  of  (a)  External  Anatomy  and  (6) 
Comparative  Morphology  (4)  Ecological  Section, 
adjacent  to  and  including  the  swamp  section  of  the 
brook  and  extending  back  to  include  a  dry  knoll  Here 
la  illustrated  the  adjustment  of  plants  to  environmental 
influences  (5)  Evolution  Section,  illustrating  such 
subjects  as  variation,  inheritance,  artificial  and  natural 
selection  (including  the  origin  of  horticultural  forms), 
struggle  for  existence,  and  survival  of  the  fittest.  (6) 
Economic  Section  with  divisions  of  (a)  Foods  and  Con- 
diments, (6)  Medicinal  and  Poisonous  Plants,  and  (c) 
Fiber  Plants  (7)  Weed  Section,  to  show  the  botanical 
characteristics  of  weeds,  as  bearing  on  their  economic 
significance  (8)  Formal  Garden  Section,  in  front  of 
the  laboratory  building  and  greenhouses,  and  serv  ing  to 
illustrate  the  uses  of  plants,  chiefly  horticultural,  for 
purely  ornamental  purposes  (9)  Arboretum,  a  col- 
lection of  trees,  chiefly  native  (10)  Fruticetum,  a  col- 
lection of  shrubs,  both  native  and  exotic.  The  arbore- 
tum and  fruticetum  features  are  developed  in  close 
connection  with  the  other  sections,  and  in  the  syste- 
matic garden  the  aim  has  been  to  group  the  shrubs  arid 
trees  as  near  as  practicable  to  the  herbaceous  material 
with  which  they  are  most  closely  related  The  willows 
and  alders  are  grown  along  the  brook. 

The  Garden  issues  an  administrative  quarterly,  "The 
Brooklyn  Botanic  Garden  Record"  (the  April  number  of 
which  contains  the  Annual  Report),  Contributions, 
and  Guides.  A  series  of  Memoirs  and  of  Educational 
Leaflets  is  also  projected  Admission  to  the  grounds  is 
free  daily,  including  Sundays  and  holidays,  from  SAM. 
until  sunset  The  Garden  is  supported  by  annual  munic- 
ipal appropriations,  by  the  income  from  an  endowment, 
amounting  at  present  to  over  $50,000,  and  by  gifts. 

Suggestions  from  the  foregoing 

As  may  be  inferred  from  what  has  preceded,  the  his- 
tory of  botanical  gardens  has  shown  a  steady  progress- 
ive development  from  collections  of  medicinal  herbs, 
gathered  and  studied  with  reference  to  their  economic 
uses,  to  institutions  endeavoring  to  maintain  collections 
of  all  kinds  of  plants,  both  herbaceous  and  \\oody, 
some  ornamental  and  useful,  but  perhaps  most  of  them 
collected  and  studied  for  their  own  sake,  from  the  stand- 
point of  pure  science,  with  an  endeavor  to  understand 
the  nature  as  well  as  the  uses  of  plants.  The  Chelsea 
Garden  affords  a  concrete  illustration  of  this,  for  while 
the  collections  here  were  at  first  almost  entirely  confined 
to  medicinal  plants,  these  now  form  only  a  compara- 
tively small  portion  of  the  collections  In  this  way,  and 
in  this  way  only,  may  botanical  science  be  most  rapidly 
and  most 'surely  advanced,  to  the  advantage  not  only 
of  pure  science  itself,  but  of  horticulture,  agriculture, 
forestry,  pharmacology,  and  all  phases  of  applied 
botanical  science 

It  was  one  of  the  marks  of  greatness  and  of  sound 
judgment  of  Sir  William  Hooker,  that  he  aimed  defi- 
nitely to  make  Kew  Gardens  not  only  a  scientific  insti- 
tution of  the  first  rank,  but  to  make  them  beautiful, — 
attractive  to  the  general  public.  This  latter  aim  has 
been  too  often  neglected  or  minimized,  on  the  theory 
that  a  botanic  garden  is  a  scientific  institution,  and 
should,  therefore,  be  developed  with  little  regard  for 
the  non-scientific  public.  This  is  an  unfortunate  and 
unfair  attitude,  unfair  to  the  general  public^  espe- 
cially in  those  gaidens  which  are  supported  in  part 
by  public  money,  and  unfortunate  for  botanical  science 
because  it  not  only  neglects  a  very  important  aspect  of 
botany — applied  botany, — but  loses  the  opportunity  of 
enlisting  the  intelligent  sympathy  of  the  community 
with  botanical  endeavor  Many  persons  who  might 
otherwise  remain  quite  indifferent  to  botanical  work  m 
general,  or  even  to  the  work  of  a  given  garden  in 
particular,  may,  through  being  attracted  primarily  by 


the  beauty  of  the  collections  and  grounds,  be  led  to  give 
generous  support  to  such  work,  or  even  to  discover  that 
their  own  mam  interest  is  botany,  and  ultimately  to 
advance  the  science  by  their  own  studies. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  United  States  government 
has  no  national  garden  to  do  for  our  own  country  what 
Kew  has  done  for  England.  The  climate  and  location 
of  Washington  combine  to  make  the  capital  city  an 
admirable  place  for  the  development  of  a  botanic  gar- 
den, and  two  or  three  branch  gardens  could  be  estab- 
lished to  advantage  in  parts  of  the  country,  giving 
wide  diversity  of  climatic  conditions,  such  as  one  of 
the  extreme  southern  states,  the  great  American  desert, 
and  one  of  the  most  northern  states. 

With  only  very  little  additional  expense,  many  city 
parks  could  be  made  more  interesting  and  instructive, 
and  none  the  less  beautiful  and  attractive,  by  giving 
potions  of  them  more  the  character  of  a  botanic  gar- 
den, at  least  by  suitably  labeling  the  trees  and  shiubs 
and  growing  them  with  some  regard  to  botanical 
affinities 

With  the  exception  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Gar- 
den, there  is  nowhere  offered  in  the  United  States  a 
thorough  course  of  study  for  the  purpose  of  training 
gardeners  to  take  charge  of  botanic  gardens  The 
training  received  in  a  few  months'  experience  with 
a  commercial  florist  or  eicdsmon  IK  not  sufficient,  nor 
do  horticultural  courses  in  our  agricultural  colleges 
answer  the  purpose  Botanic  gardens  need  for  garden- 
ers, and  especially  for  head-gardeners,  men 
whose  training  has  included  not  only  in- 
struction in  the  care  and  management  of 
greenhouses,  and  in  plant-propagation  and 
cultivation,  but  also  a  thorough  laboratory 
course  in  the  elementary  principles  of 
botanv,  a  course  in  systematic  botany, 
including  the  collection  and  identification 
of*  a  minimum  number  of  wild  plants,  an 
elementary  course  in  plant  pathology,  with 
emphasis  on  methods  of  treatment,  a 
course  in  the  physics  and  biology  of  soils, 
and  also  in  such  specialized  work  as  acces- 
sioning arid  labeling  Ihe  general  educa- 
tion of  men  for  these  positions  ought  also 
to  be  such  as  to  enable 
them  to  express  them- 
selves well  in  writing, 
and  to  give  courses  of 
instruction  to  others  in 
the  various  practical 
phases  of  their  work, 
such  as  greenhouse 
economy,  plant -pro- 
pagation, and  the  care 
of  herbaceous  and 
woody  plants  out-of-  k 
doors  The  recent  suc- 
cess of  a  number  of  popular  books 
on  gardening  indicates  a  rather 
widespread  demand  for  such  infor- 
mation on  the  part  of  amateurs 
and  people  of  comparative  leisure, 
as  well  as  others.  It  is  much 
better  to  get  this  information  in 
connection  with  the  actual  opera- 
tions of  a  scientifically  adminis- 
tered botanic  garden,  rather  than 
by  the  wholly  inadequate  method 
of  reading  a  book  on  the  subject. 
C.  STUART  GAGEK. 

BOTANY,     The   science    that 
treats  of  plants;  plant-knowledge 
In  its  widest  sense,  and  properly, 
it  includes  much  that,  by  common       504.  Botrychmm 
consent,    is   usually   included    in       obhquum.  (XMi) 


BOTANY 


BOUGAINVILLEA 


533 


horticulture, —  as  amelioration  of  plants  by  domestica- 
tion, hybridizing,  and  the  like  Horticulture  is  a  part 
of  the  large  conception  of  botany,  so  far  as  its  scien- 
tific aspects  are  concerned. 

BOTRf  CHIUM  (Greek,  in  allusion  to  the  grape-like 
sporangia).  Ophioglo&sacix.  A  genus  of  mostly  tem- 
perate plants  allied  to  ferns,  with  fleshy  roots,  short 
underground  sts  ,  each  of  which  bears  a  single  free- 
veined  If ,  consisting  of  a  short  petiole,  a  usually  tri- 
angular, divided  blade,  and  a  single  erect  panicle  bear- 
ing the  fleshy  sporangia 

These  plants  may  be  grown  in  the  hardy  border,  or 
against  a  building  on  the  shady  hide  They  require  no 
special  treatment  They  are  little  cultivated,  but  are 
of  interest  to  the  collector  or  fancier. 

A  Petiole  as  long  an  the  fertile  portion. 

virginianum,  Swartz  MOONWORT.  Six  in.  to  2  ft 
high,  with  a  broad,  triangular  blade,  with  3  mam  tn- 
quaan-pmnatifid  divisions  fertile  portion  long-stalked. 
E  U.  S. — The  only  species  large  enough  to  make  a 
display. 

A  A   Petiole  much  shorter  than  fertile  portion. 

obliquum,  Muhl  Fig  604  Plant,  6-15  in  high,  with 
a  ternate  blade  2-6  in  wide  segms  obliquely  ovate  or 
oblong,  3i~/|m  long  fertile  part  long-stalked.  (B, 
ternatum,  Authors,  not  Swartz,  which  latter  is  a  dif- 
ferent Japanese  species  )  K  U.  S 

dissectum,  Spreng  Plant,  6-1 S  in  high,  with  a  ter- 
nate, finely  dissected  blade,  3-8  in  wide,  the  ultimate 
divisions  loin  or  less  wide  E  U  S  — Evergreen,  deli- 
cate and  graceful  Grows  in  woods  and  meadows 

11.  C    BENEDICT. 

BOTTLE-BRUSH:  Metrnaideros;  also  Calhstemon  ami  Mela- 
leuca 

BOTTOM  HEAT.  Soil  temperature  that  is  higher 
than  that  of  the  superincumbent  air  Most  tender 
plants  require  to  have  the  roots  warmer  than  the  tops, 
particularly  when  grown  under  glass 

BOUGAINVfLLEA  (De  Bougainville,  1729-1811,  a 
French  navigator).  Nyctagindcese.  South  American 
shrubs,  often  climbers,  with  very  gaudy  large  bracts, 
grown  under  glass,  and  as  arbor  plants  South 

Leaves  alternate,  petmled,  entire  fls  small  and  incon- 
spicuous, tubular,  the  margin  5-6-lobed,  stamens,  7-8, 
on  unequal  capillary  filaments;  ovary  btipitate  The 
small  and  inconspicuous  fls  arc  inclosed  with  large  and 
showy  magenta-purple  or  red  bracts  that  constitute 
the  decorative  value  of  the  plants.  Two  more  or  less 
ficandent  species  arc  chiefly  known  in  cult.  Less  than  a 
dozen  recognized  species 

The  bougamvilleas  have  been  much  grown  of  late  as 
pot-plants.  The  young  stock  (started  from  cuttings) 
may  be  grown  m  the  field  and  be  lifted  in  early  autumn; 
this  will  produce  plants  for  spring  bloom  but  not  for 
early  flowering  For  earlier  bloom,  the  plants  may  be 
carried  through  the  summer  in  pots  Half-ripened  or 
old  wood,  in  6-  to  12-inch  lengths,  may  be  used  for 
cuttings  m  April  to  June  The  subsequent  culture  is 
simple.  For  glasshouse  work  the  plants  may  be  kept 
cut  back  and  the  branches  trained.  In  California, 
Florida,  and  other  southern  regions,  bougamvilleas  are 
plentifully  used  as  poich-covers,  where  they  make  a 
most  brilliant  show  Not  hardy. 

The  cultural  requirements  of  the  bougainvilleas  are  of 
the  easiest.  They  thrive  in  almost  any  kind  of  soil  and 
should  be  grown  in  full  sunshine.  H.  glabra  and  its 
varieties  are  the  best  for  ordinary  purposes,  as  they 
bloom  when  small,  and  thrive  readily  in  a  cool  green- 
house or  in  the  open  where  free  from  frost.  B.  specta- 
bihs  and  its  var  latentia  require  more  tropical  condi- 
tions and  reach  large  dimensions  All  are  readily  prop- 
agated, and  will  root  in  a  few  weeks  from  cuttings  of 


the  young  shoots  a  few  inches  in  length  and  placed  in 
sandy  boilin  bottom  heat  and  moisture  at  a  temperature 
of  65°  or  70°  F  B  glabra  and  its  varieties  make  most 
excellent  pot-plants,  either  as  large  or  small  specimens. 
They  are  also  valuable  for  summer  bedding.  All  the 
kinds  make  very  desirable  subjects  for  clothing  ver- 
andas, arches  and  pergolas  or  for  planting  at  the  base 


60S.  Bougaimnllea  glabra    (  X 


of  trees  (where  the  climate  is  suitable  for  outdoor  cul- 
ture), which  they  will  rapidly  clothe  in  a  mass  of  most 
beautiful  and  highly  colored  flower-bracts  Another 
and  most  effective  puipose  to  which  these  plants  can 
be  put  is  that  of  hedge  or  fence  plants  in  tropical  and 
subtropical  countries  They  stand  drought  "exceed- 
ingly well  and  may  be  pruned  with  impunity.  (C  P. 
Raifill  ) 

glabra,  Choisy  Fig  605  Grows  10  and  more  ft  high 
and  wide,  when  planted  in  the  ground  and  allow  ed  to  have 
its  way,  glabrous.  Ivs  ovate  and  acunnnate,  glabrous 
and  bright  green  bracts  cordate-ovate,  bright  rosy  red, 
distinctly  veined  Brazil.  GC  III  23  168,  30: 
265  On.  54,  p  257;  64,  p  353  R  II  1889  276  A  G 
16  15  A  F.  11  '  1371  F  E  10.  106  —Free-flowering  and 
handsome,  often  grown  in  pots  and  kept  dwarf  Var. 
Sanderiana,  Hort.  Veiy  flonferous,  blooming  even  in 
very  small  pots.  Gn  45.418.  A  F  10:307,  11.977; 
12  1185  Gng  4  281;  5  345.  G.  27:457—  A  very 
worthy  plant  both  for  pot  culture  or  as  a  shrub  or 
climber  Often  blooms  when  1  ft  high,  but  reaches  a 
height  of  10-20  ft  Var.  Cypher!,  Hort  A  much 
larger  and  finer  plant  than  the  type;  the  large  and 
bright-colomi  deep  rose  bracts  are  freely  produced  in 
long  plumose  clusters  on  all  the  principal  growths,  and 
aie  more  highly  colored  than  those  of  tht  var  San- 
d(nana  It  may  be  treated  the  same  as  var  Kandenana 
as  to  cult  It  is  an  acquisition  as  a  decorative  plant. 
Var  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  prettily  variegated  with 
creamy  white;  useful  as  a  neat  and  quick-growing 
foliage  plant  for  summer  bedding 

spectabihs,  Willd  (B  specidsa,  Lindl  B  splendens> 
Hort  )  Taller  and  stricter,  with  larger  and  thicker  Ivs., 
hairy,  fls.  m  large  panicles;  bracts  larger,  deep  rose- 
color,  but  varying  to  purple  and  greenish  Brazil.  B.M. 
4810,  4811  P.M.  12-51.  I  H  42  '30—  An  immense  and 
strong-growing  climber,  rising  by  means  of  numerous 
stout  hooked  spines  Variable;  known  also  as  B. 


534 


BOUGAINVILLEA 


brastlietms.B.  bracteata  and  B.  peruviana.  Var.  later- 
itia,  Lem.  (B.  lateritia,  Hort.),  has  brick-red  bracts.  I  H. 
13.466  More  showy  than  the  last  when  in  full  bloom, 
perhaps  distinct;  said  to  be  more  difficult  to  start  from 
cuttings  than  the  type,  at  least  without  bottom  heat. 

B  aurantlaca,  Hort  =»B    Lmdleyana 

— B  formtma,  Bull     Semi-scandent,  free-  * 

flowering     purplish  mauve     under  com- 
paratively cool  treatment  said  to  bo  well 
adapted  tor  decoration  of  warm    green 
houses   and   conservatories      Brazil  — B 
Lmdleyana,  Hort    Hairy,  climbing,  with 
strong     curved     spines      Ivs      obovate- 
rounued,  acute,  slightly  undulate,  very 
hirsute  bracts  ellip- 
tic,    short  -  acumi- 
nate,     cinnabar-    ^,/     \ 
color  — B  refulgens,  < 


and  drooping,  and 
bracts  purple 
Brazil  Apparently 
a  less  valuable  and  ^  ^  Fiower  theme  (at  the  left)  and 

nf  y«         ffi  *°l*6*  **m*  («*  the  ri«ht)-  *»  Figs.  606- 

of  B  •Ptdaklu.  616,  the  outline   circle!  represent  flower 

Li.  ri.  r>.          masses,  and  the  black  circles  foliage  masses. 

BOUQUETS.  The  aim  in  flower-arrangement  is 
beauty  (1)  A  display  of  the  natural  beauty  of  the 
plant,  or  (2)  the  creation  of  a  beautiful  group  of  floral 

material 

([*)  (1)  Plant  beauty  combines  two  chief  ele- 

«••>!*          ments  color  and  form     In  such  plants  as 
:>yO        the  pansy,  the  peony,  and  the  full-blown 
V-1?  _s      rose,  color  is  the  dominant  element     In 
•?<V.)     such  plants  as  the  calla,  the  Easter  lily, 
,S..{  /        and  many  of  the  orchids,  form  is  the  domi- 
',  %j£        nant  element    In  some  flowers,  as  rosebuds, 
*(  ")O      nasturtiums,  and  chrysanthemums,  the  two 
%lf/[T         elements  are  so  nearly  balanced  that  either 
lit-,        one  may  be  selected  for  special  display. 
JKa'        In  any  case,  one  element,  color  or  form, 
•'" '.II          should  predominate  in  the  arrangement 
Plate  XVIII  shows  at  a,  the  yellow-centered 
daisy  massed  to  emphasize  its  beauty  of 
color,  b  shows  the  same  flower  arranged  to 
display  its  beauty  of  form    A  single  clump 
of  the  plant  has  been  transplanted  to  a 
bowl,  that  its  wayward  natural  growth  in 
the  midst  of  the  grasses  may  be  enjoyed 

In  some  cases  the  flowers  may  be  the 
theme.  The  arrangement  then  becomes 
similar  to  Fig  606.  (In  all  the  figures  the 
dotted  circles  indicate  flower  masses,  and 
the  solid  black  circles,  leaf  masses  )  In 
others  the  foliage  may  be  worthy  to  become 
the  theme,  or  may  be  used  as  a  foil  to 
bring  out  more  clearly  the  exquisite  grace 
or  hue  of  a  few  flowers  In  such  a  case 
mon? m?ase  FlS  607  rePresents  tlie  ^P0  of  nrrange- 
and  bouquet  nient.  Foliage  and  flowers  should  never  vie 

with  one  another  for  first  place 
Color  flowers  may  oe  massed  The  Digger  the  bunch 
of  peonies,  the  more  impressive  and  splendid  is  the  color. 
Form  flowers  should  not  be  massed.  A  single  stalk  of 
Easter  lilies  is  enough.  When  massed,  the  marvelously 
graceful  lines  of  leaves  and  flowers  are  lost. 


610,611    Simple  and  reversed  curves. 


609.  Harmony  in  vase  and  bouquet. 


BOUQUET 

Receptacles  should  always  be  less  attractive  than 
that  which  they  hold.  Brilliant  colored  vases,  those 
with  gilding,  cut  glass,  vases  decorated  with  pictures, 
or  with  flowers  modeled  in  high  relief  or  represented  in 
color,  arc  all  to  be  avoided.  They  are  too  obtrusive. 
They  force  the  floweis  to  take  second  place.  Recepta- 
cles of  clear  glass  which  take  on  the  color  of  the  stems 
put  into  them,  of  dull  soft  colors,  of  unpolished  metal, 
are  likely  to  be  most  serviceable  in  displaying  the 
natural  beauties  of 
flowers 

The  receptacle 
should    be    of    the 
shape  best  adapted  r^X*.  •'"*• ., 
to  holding  the  flow-  ^5*     Sf  ,-'  y 
ers  as  nearly  as  pos-  •\»J 

sible  m  the  position 
in  which  they  grew. 
In  Plate  XVII  atd, 
the  broad  bowl  (full 
of  pebbles  to  steady 
the  stems)  makes 
possible  such  an  ar- 
rangement for  the 
apple  blossoms  The 
tall  vase  with  the 
narrow  neck,  at  c, 
insures  the  right 
position  for  the 
spray  of  bay  berry. 

Of  course  the  na- 
tural beauty  of  a 
plant  cannot  be  displayed  to  advantage  when  confused 
with  other  plants  This  is  the  reason  for  the  general 
rule  Use  in  a  bouquet  only  flowers  of  one  kind,  with 
their  own  foliage. 

(2)  Beautiful  groups  of  plant  forms  present,  (a) 
'unity,  (6)  rh>thm,  and  (c)  balance 

(a)  An  arrangement  has  unity  when  all  the  parts  of 
which  it  is  composed  are  so  related  that  the  whole 
makes  its  appeal  to  the  eye  first  All  the  parts  must  have 
something  at  least  in  common  to  bind  them  together. 
In  nature  the  common  element  may  be  texture,  as  in 
the  snakeroot,  color  as  in  the  mullein,  line  as  in  the 
goldenrod.  In  flower-arrangement  the  receptacle  must 
have  some  element  in  common  with  the  plant,  in  a 
(Plate  XVIII)  the  color  of  the  jar  echoes  the  color  of  the 
flowers;  in  b  both  the  color 
and  the  ornament  of  the 
bowl  echo  the  character 
of  the  sod,  in  d,  the  shape 
of  the  bowl  echoes  the  /*** 
shape  of  the  apple  blos- 
som and  its  color  echoes 
their  color  In  c,  the  shape 
of  the  vase  echoes  the 
shape  of  a  bayberry  leaf, 
its  contours  echo  the  lines 
of  the  stems;  its  pattern 
echoes  the  speckle  of  the 
baybernes;  and  the  dark 
stand  gives  the  receptacle 
a  color  repeating  the  dark 
color  of  the  leaves  The 
receptacle  must  have 
something  at  least  in  com- 
mon with  the  plant,  but  must  never  vie  with  it  in  any 
way.  If  the  bouquet  is  tall  and  slim,  the  vase  may  have 
similar  form  (Fig  608) ;  if  it  is  short  and  broad,  the  vase 
may  repeat  that  shape  (Fig  609)  In  Fig  610,  the  sprays 
have  oneline  in  common,  asimple  forcetul  curve  repeated 
in  the  vase  In  Fig  611,  the  sprays  have  the  reversed 
curve  in  common,  echoed  softly  in  the  vase. 

(6)  Rhythm  means  orderly  variety  of  some  kind.  Fig. 
612  exhibits  orderly  variety  in  the  sizes  of  leaves,  all 
subordinate  to  the  one  flower.  Such  an  effect  can  always 


612, 613, 614,  respectively,  show- 
ing  simple  rhythm  forms. 


XVII.   The  arrangement  of  bouquets. 


BOUQUET 


BOUSSINGAULTIA 


535 


615   A  color  rhythm. 


be  produced  by  pruning  the  spray.  Fig.  613  shows  an 
orderly  variety  in  sises  in  both  leaves  and  flowers.  The 
parts  are  in  pairs,  a  larger  and  a  smaller  composing  each 
rjair  like  march  time  in  music.  Fig. 
614  shows  an  orderly  vanety  in 
which  each  set  is  composed  of  a 
series  of  three,  large,  smaller,  small- 
est,—something  like  a  three-part 
measure,  waltz  time,  in  music  Figs. 
610  and  611  show  rhythm  of  meas- 
ure in  the  lengths  of  the  sprays  and 
rhytlun  of  line  in  their  curves.  In 
>  each  case  there  are  three  similar 
curves,  but  three  which  form  a  senes 
from  least  bent  to  most  bent  Fig. 
608  presents  a  rhythm  of  measure 
in  the  sizes  of  the  flowers,  another 
in  the  sizes  of  the  leaves,  and 
another  in  the  lengths  of  the  stems. 
Fig  615  shows  a  rhythm  of  color. 
When  flowers  of  one  kind  present  a 
wide  range  of  tone, — pinks,  for 
example,  running  from  white  to  red 
through  various  tones  of  pink,  they 
may  be  arranged  agreeably  by  mak- 
ing evident  the  rhythm  of  color  from 
lightest  to  darkest.  When  the  flow- 
ers vary  in  hue  as  nasturtiums  do, 
from  yellow  through  orange  to  red, 
a  rhythm  of  hue  may  be  estab- 
lished in  a  similar  way  Such  sequences  of  color 
(unless  too  formal)  are  always  more  plea-smg  than  hap- 
hazard spottings  of  color  All  these  arrangements  show 
rhythms  of  mass  Fig  608,  610,  and  611  show  a  triple 
subdivision,  large,  smaller,  smallest,  but  not  so  discon- 
nected as  to  destroy  the  unity  of  the  whole  in  any  case 
Figs  609,  615,  and  616,  show  more  complex  rhythms  of 
mass,  but  in  a  general  way  they  present  a  simple  move- 
ment from  the  diffuse  to  the  compact  This  the  eye  can 
take  in  at  a  glance  Each  review  of  this  rh>  thm  gives 
additional  pleasuie  to  the  sense  of  sight  A  rhythm,  an 
orderly  sequence  of  some  kind,  for  the  eye  to  follow,  is 
essential  in  floral  arrangement 

(r)  Balance  — A  flower-arrangement  must  not  be  too 
iorrnal  It  must  present  something  of  the  freedom  of 
wild  nature  but  it  must  appear  to  be  in  stable  equilib- 
rium. Every  spot,  every  color,  every  stem  line,  every 
space  between  these  elements,  presents  an  attraction  fof 
the  eye.  All  these  attractions  must  be  adjusted  to  one 
another  so  that  the  whole  appears  to  stand  securely 
This  means  that  the  parts  must  be  disposed  with  refer- 
ence to  the  vertical  center  line  of  the  vase  The  principle 
is  that  of  the  steelyard.  A  large,  a  brilliant,  a  solid  mass, 
near  the  center  line,  may  be  balanced  by  a  small,  a  dull, 
or  a  diffuse  mass,  farther  removed  from  the  center  line 
To  appear  free,  like  nature,  the  attractions  on  one  side 
must  not  duplicate,  in  form,  size 
or  position,  the  masses  on  the 
other  Such  an  arrangement  is 
formal,  and  belongs  in  the  realm 
of  structural  and  conventional 
art;  but,  however  varied  the  ele- 
ments  may  be,  they  must  be  so 
disposed  as  to  counterbalance 
each  other,  and  maintain  the  bal- 
ance of  the  whole  Compare  the 
illustrations  with  this  principle  m 
mind. 

Lovers  of  natural  beauty  do 
not  overlook  the  possibilities  of 
winter  bouquets.   Sprays  of  seed 
packs,  withered  leaves,  and  the 
like  often  present  soft  dull  colors 
in  such   harmonious   groups  of 
oift.  Complex  rhythm        tones  that   they  may  serve  as 
of  mass  models  for  color  schemes  for  cos- 


tumes  and  the  interior  decoration  of  rooms.  They  often 
present  exquisite  rhythms  of  measure,  subtle  refine- 
ments of  line,  charming  combinations  of  erratic  curves 
and  surprising  oppositions  of  harmoniously  related 
details,  unrivaled  in  the  growing  period  of  the  plant's 
life.  Plate  XVIII  shows  at  e  a  picturesque  spray  or  white 
oak  with  "oak  apples." 

More  than  one  kind  of  plant  may  be  used  in  an 
arrangement,  provided  the  beauty  of  one  enhances  the 
beauty  of  the  other,  like  day 
and  night,  like  a  handsome 
man  and  a  beautiful  woman 
side  by  side  But  even  then 
the  two  must  have  something 
in  common  The  Japanese 
often  combine  a  round-leaved 
plant  with  a  linear-leaved  plant 
While  presenting  a  contrast  in 
form  the  two  have  green  in  com- 
mon.  Na- 
ture often 
combines 
strong  con- 
trasts, as  in 
the  dark 
green  holly  ( 
with  itsv 
bright  red 
berries. 
While  the 
colors  are 
complemen- 
tary, the 

textures  are  alike.  Both  pre-  \ 
sent  smooth  surfaces  with  glints 
of  light  in  common  Moreovei 
the  red  never  vies  with  the 
green  in  mass.  It  is  a  green 
spray,  with  a  few  precious  red 
dots 

In  a  word,  in  good  flower- 
arrangement  either  beauty  of 
color  or  beauty  of  form  is  the 
dominant  element  The  whole 
arrangement  presents  a  unity 
within  which  play  rhythms  of 
measure,  of  line  and  of  tone,  all 
related  to  a  principal  mass,  the 
supreme  center  of  interest,  and 
all  so  disposed  as  to  constitute 
a  balanced  whole. 

HENRY  TURNER  BAILEY. 

BOUSSINGAtLTIA  (J.  B. 

Boussmgault,  born  in  1802,  a 
famous  agricultural  chemist). 
Bassellacesp.  Strong  herbaceous 
perennial  vines,  grown  in  the 
open  and  sometimes  under 
glass 

Branching  twiners  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, entire,  thick:  fls.  small, 
perfect,  with  2  sepals,  a  5- 
parted,  short-tubed  perianth,  5 
stamens,  and  3-divided  style  or 
3-lobed  stigma,  in  long  ter- 
minal and  axillary  racemes. — 
Ten  species  in  Trop  Amer. 
Anredera  is  a  related  genus 

baselloideSjHBK  MADEIRA 
VINE  MIGNONETTE  VINE  Fig.  617.  Perennial,  root 
tuberous  sts.  smooth,  reaching  10-20  ft.  in  a  season, 
and  in  late  summer  or  fall  bearing  profusely  of  the 
fragrant  white  fls.  (which  become  nearly  black  with 
age),  and  producing  little  tubercles  by  means  of  which 
the  plant  is  prop.  Ecuador.  B  M.  3620  — A  common 


617.  Boussmgaultia 
basselloides.  (XH) 


536 


BOUSSINGAULTIA 


BOUVARDIA 


618.  The  common  garden  form  of 
Bouvardia.  Cluster  from  a  side 
growth. 


vine,  prized  for  porches  and  arbors.  The  roots  are 
stored  in  the  winter,  and  planted  out  after  danger  of 
frost  is  past  The  plant  will  not  endure  frost.  Some- 
times grown  in  the  conservatory  and  window-garden. 
It  has  run  wild  in  Fla.  and  Texas.  L  H  B. 

BOUVARDIA  (Charles  Bouvard,  1572-1658,  physi- 
cian to  Louis  XIII,  and  Superintendent  of  Royal 
Gardens  in  Paris)  Rubiacex.  Handsome  greenhouse 
flowering  shrubs,  once 
popular  as  florists' 
plants, 

Small  shrubs  (rarely 
perennial  herbs),  witn 
simple,  sometimes  ver- 
ticiUate,  Ivs  and  sub- 
ulate stipules:  fls.  in 
terminal  cymes,  showy, 
in  red,  yellow  ana 
white;  calyx  4-lobed, 
the  lobes  persistent; 
corolla  long  -  tubular 
or  salver  form,  with 
4  spreading  lobes; 
stamens  4,  alternate 
with  corolla-lobes  and 
attached  in  the  tube 
or  throat;  styles  in- 
serted or  exserted  in 
different  fls.,  the  stig- 
mas 2;  ovary  2-celled: 
fr.  a  locuhcidal  caps. — About  30  species,  from  Texas 
and  Ariz  to  Colombia  and  southward,  chiefly  in  Mex. 
and  Cent  Amer. 

Bouvard  las  were  once  very  important  florists'  flowers, 
but  they  have  now  given  place,  along  with  camellias 
and  others,  to  chrysanthemums,  carnations  and  other 
plants.  The  plants  have  such  merit  in  themselves,  how- 
ever, and  are  so  likely  to  return  to  favor  in  this  coun- 
try, that  a  rather  full  cultural  treatment  is  here  given. 
The  bouvardias  of  florists  do  not  represent  any  of  the 
type  species  They  are  sports,  hybrids,  and  other  types 
of  variations.  The  Latin-form  names  in  American 
trade  catalogues  nearly  all  belong  to  these  garden  forms. 
The  species  which  are  of  most  importance  to  the  hor- 
ticulturist are  mentioned  below: 

A.  Fls  in  shades  of  red. 

B.  Lvs.  normally  in  S's  (except,  perhaps,  on  the 

branchlets). 

triphylla,  Sahsb  (B  Jdcqumn,  HBK  ).  Small  pubes- 
cent shrub,  2-6  ft.  high:  Ivs.  in  3's  or  4's  (or  opposite 
On  the  branchlets).  lanceolate  to  lance-ovate,  glabrous 
above,  fls.  an  inch  long,  pubescent,  bright  scarlet  Mex. 
and  reaching  north  to  Ariz.  B  M  1854;3781  (as  B. 
splendens,  Graham)  — The  genus  Bouvardia  was  founded 
upon  this  species,  which  was  intro  into  England  more 
than  100  years  ago.  It  is  evidently  the  most  important 
parent  strain,  although  it  is  probably  not  in  cult  in  its 
original  form.  Figs  618  and  619  partake  very  strongly 
of  this  species  In  fact,  Fig  618  compares  well  in 
botanical  characters  (except  less  long-pointed  Ivs.)  with 
the  early  pictures  of  B  tnphylla. 

le&ntha,  Benth  Much  like  B.  tnphylla,  more  bushy 
and  better  grower1  sts  hairy.  Ivs.  hairy  above:  fls. 
glabrous.  Mex.  R  H.  1851:81. — Perhaps  only  a  form 
of  the  preceding.  It  is  said  that  the  first  recorded 
hybrid  bouvardia  appeared  about  1857,  with  Mr. 
Parsons'  nurseries  at  Brighton,  England,  being  between 
B,  leiantha  and  B.  longiflora  Many  secondary  forms 
have  come  from  this  cross,  some  of  them  being  white, 
as  B.  Davidson  or  B.  Vreelandn  (G.  27:632). 

Other  red-fld.  3-lvd.  species  are:  B.  anqustofbha. 
HBK.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  revolute,  glabrous  above  ana 
fine-pubescent  below:  branches  nearly  glabrous.  Mex. 
B.  hirtella,  HBK.  Very  similar:  Ivs.  pubescent  on  both 


surfaces.  Mex.  B.  scdbra,  Hook,  fe  Am.  Lva.  ovate, 
short-stalked,  fls.  large  in  dense  clusters,  pink:  st. 
hairy.  Mex. 

BB.  Lvs.  opposite. 

Cavanfllesii,  DC.  (B.  multiflora,  Schult.).  Hairy: 
Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  broad  at  base,  short-stalked,  edges 
hairy:  fls.  1^  in.  long,  very  slender,  glabrous.  Mex. 

AA.  Fls.  yellow. 

flava.  Decne.  Lvs.  opposite,  ovate-lanceclate  or 
lance-elliptic,  very  short-stalked,  ciliate:  fls.  very  long 
drooping,  in  3-5-fld.  racemes,  bright  yellow.  Mex. 
F.S.  1:43. 

AAA.  Fls.  white. 

longifldra,  HBK.  Glabrous,  branching  shrub-  Iva. 
opposite,  ovate-acuminate,  stalked'  fls  lJ^-2  in  long, 
with  a  very  slender  tube  and  a  wide-spreading,  large 
limb,  2  or  3  together  and  aggregated  into  a  terminal 
cyme.  Mex  B.M.  4223.  FS  2 '123 

Htimboldtii,  Hort  Lvs  opposite,  ovate-acuminate: 
fls.  very  large,  fragrant,  in  a  large,  toimmal  cluhter 
G.C  1873'717.  G  27'331  (var  grandi/lora)  —  This  is 
a  choice  conservatory  plant  It  is  usually  catalogued 
as  B.  Hwriboldtii  corymbiflora.  Blooms  from  bummer 
to  winter.  Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora  B 
candidissima,  Hort ,  white-fld  ;  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid, 
with  B  Humboldtii  as  one  of  its  parents. 

jasminifldra,  Hort.  Compact  and  dwarf,  very  flonf- 
erous,  the  fls  in  close,  terminal  clusters  G  C  1872  215. 
— Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora.  j,  u  g 

All  the  cultivated  species  and  varieties  of  bouvardia 
are  evergreen  greenhouse  plants  They  thrive  best  in  a 
mixture  of  equal  parts  of  rich  turfy  loam,  leaf-mold  and 
sand,  which  should  be  rammed  moderately  firm  but 
not  too  hard.  They  require  an  abundance  of  water  dur- 
ing the  growing  season,  and,  once  they  have  started 
into  growth  in  the  spring,  should  never  be  allowed  to 
suffer  for  the  want  of  water  at  the  roots  A  house  in 
which  the  temperature  can  be  maintained  at  55°  F. 
with  fire-heat,  suits  them  best,  but  the  temperature 
may,  with  advantage,  be  allowed  to  run  up  to  80°  or 


619.  The  double-flowered  form  of  the  garden  Bouvardia. 

90°  F.  with  sunheat,  providing  they  are  given  an 
abundance  of  ventilation  at  the  same  time.  The  plants 
should  be  frequently  syringed  during  the  growing  sea- 
son to  keep  down  insect  pests  and  to  help  to  main- 
tain a  healtnful  growing  atmosphere.  All  the  bouvardias 
revel  in  a  fair  amount  of  sunshine,  and  may  be  described 
as  sun-loving  plants,  but  under  glass  during  the  hottest 
part  of  the  day,  it  is  an  advantage  to  shade  them 
lightly  to  break  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.  Under  thin 


BOUVARDIA 


BOWIEA 


537 


treatment  growth  is  rapid,  and  the  plants  require  to 
be  frequently  pinched  back  at  the  points  in  order  to 
induce  sturdy,  well-balanced  specimens  If  this  pinch- 
mg-back  is  neglected,  the  plants  will  become  ill-bal- 
anced and  few  flowers  will  be  the  result.  The  time  of 


grown,  are  the  decoration  of  the  greenhouse  or  conser- 
vatory, and,  in  warm  localities,  as  bedding  plants  A 
selection  of  some  of  best  varieties  is  given  herewith: 

Alfred  Neuner,    Double,  pure  white  fls  ;  an  old  variety  of  great 

.......  merit,  of  good  constitution    Bridal  Wreath    White,  free-flowering, 

flowering  Can  be  readily  regulated  by  the  time  Of  the        with  large  loose  trusses    one  of  the  best  for  cut-fls.    Bridesmaid 

last  pinching  back,  and  a  succession  of  flowering  plants      ?°^le'  <>ink  fls;  bn*hter  than  President .  Garfield 


may  be  maintained  practically  throughout  the  whole 
year.  Amongst  market-growers,  the  aim  should  be  to 
secure  the  bulk  of  the  flowers  in  the  winter  period,  for 
which  purpose  very  little  pinching  of  the  shoots  should 
be  practised  after  September,  and  the  plants  should 
then  be  allowed  to  grow  on  until  the  flowers  appear. 
When  in  flower,  the  plants  should  be  removed  to  a 
somewhat  drier  house,  and  they  last  much  longer  if 
kept  in  a  temperature  of  about  50°  F 

Many  growers  plant  out  strong  healthy  plants  upon 
benches  under  glass,  or  m  favored 
situations  outdoors  Under  these 
conditions  growth  is  rapid,  and  if 
carefully  watered  and  attention  is 
paid  to  pinching-back  the  leading 
growths,  fine  flowering  specimens 
are  quickly  secured.  For  the  cut- 
flower  trade,  this  method  has  a 
consideiable  advantage  over  pot 
culture  All  through  the  growing 
period,  it  is  absolutely  essential 
that  the  plants  should  never  be 
allowed  to  suffer  for  the  want  of 
water  and,  when  well  established, 
they  should  be  fed  liberally  with 
manure 

Specimens  planted  out  in  the 
open,  should  be  lifted  with  a  good 
ball  in  early  autumn,  potted  up  and 
placed  in  a  close  shaded  house  until 
the  roots  again  become  active 
These  plants  will  furnish  a  laigc 
supply  of  flowers  during  the  winter 
months 

After  the  flowering  period  is  over, 
bouvardias  should  be  kept  some- 
what cooler  and  drier  at  the  roots 
for  a  few  weeks,  after  which  they 
should  be  cut  back  and  started 
again  in  heat  and  moisture  If  kept 
frequently  syringed,  they  will  soon 
break  freely  and  furnish  a  good 
supply  of  cuttings  These  are  best 
removed  with  a  heel  when  about 
2  inches  long,  and  placed  in  4-  or 
5-inch  pots  in  an  open  compost  of 
equal  parts  sand  and  peat  or  fine 
leaf -mold,  and  placed  in  a  moist 
and  close  frame  with  a  brisk  bot- 
tom heat  Roots  are  soon  emitted, 
when  the  plants  should  be  potted  up  singly  and  moved 
on  into  larger-sized  pots  as  required  Most  of  the  gar- 
den varieties  are  also  readily  propagated  from  pieces 
of  the  larger  and  thicker  parts  of  the  roots  in  spring 
These  may  be  cut  into  lengths  of  about  2  inches  and 
planted  the  same  as  cuttings,  leaving  a  small  piece 
exposed  above  the  soil  Adventitious  shoots  are  soon 
formed  on  these  and  soon  make  good  serviceable  plants 

The  numerous  garden  forms  are  all  so  distinct  in 
habit,  shape  and  poise  of  the  flowers  from  all  the  known 
species,  that  it  is  difficult  to  identify  any  of  them  as 
varieties  of  any  one  species.  It  is  probable  that  they 
are  complex  hybrids  of  B.  tnphylla,  B.  leiantha,  B 
Cavamllesii,  B  scabra  arid  possibly  B.  flava,  all  of  which 
species  are  more  or  less  villose  and  scentless  The 
garden  forms  are  extremely  handsome,  and  useful  as 
cut-flowers,  for  indoor  decoration,  also  for  button- 
holes and  for  making  up  into  ladies'  sprays,  wreaths 
and  so  on  Other  purposes  for  which  they  are  largely 


Bright  crimson,  flonferous,  and  of  easy  cult  B  candidissima 
White,  an  improvement  on  B  jasmmoides  Dazzler  Rich  scarlet, 
free  and  compact-growing  B  eleoans  Scarlet,  largo  truss  of  loose 
habit  B  flavescens  Light  yollow,  distinct,  bad  habit  B  foreseen* 
flore-pleno  Double  form  of  last-named  Hogarth  Brilliant  scarlet, 
large  truss,  a  well-known  variety  Hogarth  flore-pleno  Double, 
scarlet  B  jasminoidcn  White,  a  free-flowering  dwarf  form,  of 
easy  cult  King  of  the  Scarlets  Light-scarlet,  large  truss  of  very 
fane  large  fls  ,  a  new  variety  of  great  merit  Maiden's  Bluah  Light 
rose,  floriferous  Mrs  Robert  Green  A  fine  salmon-pink  sport  froi* 
President  Cleveland,  distinct  and  beautiful  President  Cleveland 
Brilliant  scarlet,  with  cnmson  tube,  the  richest  and  best  of  its  ^olor, 
flonferous  and  of  easy  cult  Prtwdent  Garfield  Double,  pink; 
floriferous,  large  truss  Priory  Beauty  Delicate  rose  or  deep  pink; 
one  of  the  most  beautiful,  elegant  habit; 
medium  and  coiui  act  truss  Purity.  White; 
fragrant,  free,  large  fls  ,  loose  truss  Sang 
Lorraine  Bnght  vermilion-scarlet,  double 
The  Bride  White,  tinted  with  pink,  one  ol 
the  best  for  bouquets,  etc  Thomas  Meehan. 
Double,  bnght  bcarlet,  with  pale  rose-scar- 
let tube,  floriferous  Tnomphe  de  Nancy 
Double  bnght  orange-red,  large  truss,  dis- 
tinct Victor-  *  frnoine  Large,  very  double 
fls  ,  brilliant  scarlet  B  Vreclandii  (B 
Davidisomi)  Pure  white,  txtiemely  flon- 
ferous, a  favorite  variety  in  gardens,  and 
of  very  easy  cult  Vulcan  Scarlet,  medium- 
Sized  truss  White  Bouquet  Pure  white, 
exceedingly  dwarf  and  compact 

C.  P.  RAFFILL. 

BOWtNIA  (bears  the  name  of 
Sir  Gco  F  Bowen,  once  Governor 
of  Queensland)  Cycaddrese.  Zamia- 
like  plant,  grown  to  some  extent  in 
Florida  and  hardy  in  the  central 
nart. 

Bowenia,  a  monotypic  genus,  dif- 
fers from  Macrozamia  in  foliage 
characters  and  in  the  absence  of  a 
point  on  the  cone-scales,  and  from 
Zamia  largely  in  its  bipmnate  Ivs. 
B.  spectabilis,  Hook  Trunk,  thick, 
scarcely  ri&mg  above  ground,  plant 
glabrous  Ivs  3-4  ft  long,  loosely 
bipmnate,  each  pinna  or  1ft  1  ft. 
or  more  long,  the  9-20  segms  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  oblique  or  fal- 
cate, acuminate '  cones  short-pedun- 
cled,  the  sterile  ones  1^-2  in.  long 
and  half  as  thick,  the  fertile  ones 
3-4  in  diam  ,  and  the  scales  ex- 
panded between  the  seeds  into  a 
broad  and  thick  truncate  apex 
Queensland,  Austral.  There  is  a  var 
semdata  B  M  5398,  6008  —This 
charming  little  cycad  makes  beauti- 
ful clumps,  thriving  well  under  lath  houses  in  Fla  , 
when  given  proper  shade,  good  supply  of  moisture  and 
soil  rich  m  humus,  the  Ivs.  are  easily  broken  if  the 
plant  is  roughly  handled.  Lt  jj  g 

BOWIEA  (after  ,1  Bowie,  collector  for  Kew).  Lili- 
Acex  A  monotypic  genus  containing  one  of  the  most 
curious  plants  m  the  vegetable  kingdom,  sometimes 
grown  under  glass  as  an  oddity,  and  as  an  illustration 
to  students  of  botany. 

A  round,  green  bulb  4-5  m.  thick  throws  up  yearly  a 
very  slender,  twining  fl.-st.  6-8  ft  high,  with  many  com- 
pound, forked,  curving  branches  below,  and  numerous 
small  green  fls  above  This  branched  n  -stalk  is  green 
and  performs  the  function  of  the  usually  absent  Ivs.; 
somewhat  asparagus-like.  There  are  no  Ivs  except  2 
small,  linear,  erect  scales  at  the  apex  of  the  bulb,  which 
quickly  vanish.  The  Ivs.  show  its  relation  to  Drimia 
and  Scilla. 


62  J   Bowiea  volubihs. 


538 


BOWIEA 


BRACHYCOME 


volftbilis,  Harv.  Fig.  620.  Perianth  6-cleft  to  the 
base,  persistent,  green  or  greenish  white,  the  segms. 
incurved  at  the  tips,  ultimately  reflexed.  S.  Afr.  B  M. 
5619. — Sold  by  dealers  now  and  then,  and  cult. 
in  botanic  gardens  with  cactus-like  euphorbias  and 
other  curiosities.  B.  volubihs  is  a  remarkable  bulbous- 
rooted  twining  greenhouse  climber.  The  bulbs  grow  to 
be  very  large,  sometimes  becoming  19  in.  circum. 
and  some  6  or  7  in.  deep.  The  slender,  twining 
vine  seems  out  of  proportion  to  the  size  of  bulb.  It 
does  not  produce  Ivs.,  but  the  lower  part  of  the  vine 
is  furnished  with  pendulous,  abortive  panicles  which 
seem  to  perform  the  function  of  Ivs.  The  small  insig- 
nificant greenish  white  fls  are  borne  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  vine.  This  is  a  useful  plant  for  twining  on  the 
supports  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse,  and  is  of 
the  easiest  possible  cult  Prop  is  effected  by  seeds,  or 
occasionally  by  the  natural  division  of  the  bulbs.  The 
season  of  growth  usually  begins  about  the  first  of  Oct., 
when  the  bulbs  should  be  repotted  in  any  light,  rich 
soil,  and  kept  well  watered  until  the  sts  begin  to 
mature,  which  usuaHy  occurs  in  May,  when  water 
should  be  gradually  withheld,  and  the  plants  stored 
away  in  some  shaded  part  of  the  greenhouse  and  kept 
quite  dry  until  the  season  of  growth  bogms  again. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

E.  J.  CANNING. 

BOWKfcRIA  (Henry  Bowker  and  sister,  botanists  in 
S.  Afr.)«  Scrophulanacex  South  African  shrubs  of  5 
species,  one  of  which  is  rare  in  cult  m  south  of  England, 
and  likely  to  be  mtro  into  this  country  Allied  to  Scroph- 
ulana,  differing  in  being  ligneous  and  m  technical  floral 
characters  B.  Gerrardiana,  Harv.  (B.  tnphylla,  Hort ). 
Erect-branched  t»hrub,  8-10  ft ,  with  gray  hairs  Ivs. 
in  3's,  sevssile,  elliptic  or  oblong-lanceolate,  4-6  in.  long: 
fls  in  small  axillary  cymes,  1  m.  across,  satiny  white, 
calceolana-liKe,  red-dotted  inside,  the  upper  hp  flat, 
lower  lip  shorter  and  ventncose  and  3-lobed  B  M. 
8021.  G  C  III  36.  Suppl.  Dec.  10.— Hardy  in  thp 
Isle  of  Wight 


BOX  ELDER  (Acer  Negundo,  which  see).  A  very 
popular  small  native  tree  for  planting  on  the  prames 
and  in  trying  climates  It  propagates  most  readily  from 
seeds  It  is  an  excellent  nurse  tree  for  other  species. 
The  wood  is  of  inferior  quality.  It  grows  with  great 
rapidity  for  a  few  years. 


621.  Brachycome  iberidifolla. 


BOYKINIA  (named  after  Doctor  Boykin,  of  Georgia) . 
Tkfrofon.  Raf.  Saxtjragacey  Glandular-pubescent 
perennial  herbs,  7  species,  of  which  one  is  Japanese 
and  the  others  in  the  S  Alleghany  region  and  Calif , 
two  of  which  have  been  offered  for  wild  gardens.  Lvs. 
alternate,  but  mostlv  radical,  stalked,  blade  orbicular 


or  very  broad  and  lobed  or  cleft:  fls.  white,  small,  in 
terminal  clusters;  petals  5.  entire  or  nearly  so;  stamens 
5;  styles  2-3  fr  an  urn-shaped  or  globose  caps  ,  eiect 
or  pendulous.  Mostly  mountain  plants  B.  rotundi- 
fdlia,  Parry  Villous-pubescent,  2-3  ft.,  leafy:  Ivs  2-4 
in.  across,  orbicular  or  broadly  ovate,  crenately  cut 
and  toothed:  fls.  shoi t-pedicclled,  on  one  side  of  the 
branches;  petals  little  surpashing  the  acute  calyx-lobes. 
Water-courses,  San  Bernardino  Mts.  B.  aconitifdlia, 
Nutt.  Erect,  1-3  ft. '  Ivs.  2-6  in.  across,  nearly  orbicu- 
lar or  remform,  palmately  5-7-lobed  .fls  ma  glandular- 
pubescent  corymb,  petals  eroded,  sepals  triangular- 
ovate.  Mt  hlopes,  Va.  to  Ga. — A  pretty  foliage  plant 
for  wild  gardens  and  borders.  jjt  H.  B. 

BRACHYCHL&TA  (Greek,  short  bnstle).  Cora- 
ptisitse,  A  monotypic  genus,  growing  m  open  woods 
from  Ky  to  N  C.  and  Ga.  Closely  allied  to  hohdago, 
from  which  it  differs  in  the  very  short  pappus  (the  bris- 
tles shorter  than  the  achene),  and  the  lower  Ivs  cordate. 
B.  cordata,  Torr  &  Gray  (B  sphaceldta,  Brit.), 
which  has  been  mtro  by  dealers  in  native  plants,  is 
2-3  ft  high,  soft-pubescent,  with  thin,  serrate,  ovate  to 
orbicular-ovate  Ivs  :  fls.  golden  yellow,  in  small  heads, 
which  are  borne  on  the  thynsoid.  secund  branchlcts; 
disk-fls  perfect  — Recon  mended  for  the  native  border, 
particularly  in  half  shade. 

BRACHYCHiLUS  (short  hp,  the  labellum  being 
suppressed)  Spelled  also  BrachychiJum,  from  the  name 
as  a  subgenus  of  Hedychium.  Z  mgiberacese  Herbaceous 
plants  of  two  species,  one  or  both  of  which  have  been 
cultivated  abroad,  in  warmhouses  Closely  allied  to 
Hedychium,  The  species  aie  B  H6rsfieldu,  Peters 
(Hedychium  Hdrsfieldn,  Wall  ),  from  Java;  and  B 
tentllum,  Schum ,  from  Moluccas  The  former  has 
Jtpeen  cultivated  as  Alpinui  calcarata. 

BRACHYCHlTON  (name  referring  to  the  short 
imbricated  hairs  and  scales)  Rterculiacese.  Australian 
trees  (about  eleven  species),  grown  to  some  extent  in 
Florida  and  perhaps  elsewhere  South,  often  included 
with  Stercuha,  from  which  they  differ  (when  the  genera 
are  distinguished)  by  bearing  the  radicle  next  the  hilum 
in  the  seed,  having  the  seeds  and  inside  of  carpels 
villous,  and  other  technical  characters 

Leaves  entire  or  rarely  lobed .  fls  unisexual  or  polyg- 
amous, in  panicles  or  racemes,  calyx  with  5  or  4 
spreading  lobes;  petals  wanting;  stamens  10-15  in  a 
column  united  with  the  pistils,  ovary  with  5  nearly  or 
quite  distinct  carpels,  the  styles  united  under  the  pel- 
tate or  lobed  bt  igma  — Two  showy-fld  species  are 
repoited  m  this  country  B.  acerifdlium,  Muell.  (Ster- 
cuha  acerifdha,  Cunn  )  Large  timber  tree  in  its  native 
country:  Ivs.  long-stalked,  5-  or  7-lobcd,  8-10  in. 
across,  the  lobes  oblong-lanceolate  or  almost  rhom- 
boid fla  rich  red,  in  loose  racemes  or  small  panicles; 
calyx  54 in.  long,  glabrous,  broad-lobed,  ovary  Dome  on 
a  short  stalk  or  column*  tr  large  follicles,  long-stalked, 
glabrous  B.  diversifdlium  may  be  either  B  diverse 
folium,  R.  Br  *=*Sterculm  caudata,  Reward;  or  B. 
vopidnkum,  R.  Br..=»S.  dwersifoha,  Don,  probably  the 
latter  and  here  desciibed.  tree,  20-60  ft.,  glabrous 
except  the  blossoms:  Ivs  long-stalked,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate  and  entire,  or  more  or  less  deeply  3-  or  5- 
lobed:  fls.  yellowish  white,  reddish  within,  in  axillary 
panicles  that  rarely  exceed  the  Ivs.;  calyx  broadly 
campanulate,  about  %m  diarn.,  acutely  lobed  to  mid- 
dle: follicles  nearly  ovoid,  sometimes  3  in.  long,  on 
stalks  1-2  in.  long  Both  species  are  reported  as  grow- 
ing vigorously  in  high  pine-land  garden  in  Fla. ;  trunk 
unusually  thick  near  the  ground,  characteristic  in  the 
open  cone-like  tops  L.  H.  B. 

BRACHYCOME  (short  hair,  from  the  Greek,  allud- 
ing to  the  pappus).  Compdsitx.  About  40  species  of 
Australian  heros.  with  membranaceous  involucral 


BRACHYCOME 

bracts,  naked  pitted  receptacle,  very  short  pappus 
bristles,  and  diffuse  leafy  growth,  one  of  which  is  cult. 
as  a  garden  annual,  of  very  simple  cult. 

iberidifdlia,  Benth  SWAN  RIVER  DAISY.  Figs.  621, 
022  A  very  graceful  little  annual  (6-16  in.  high), 
suited  to  borders,  and  also 
attractive  in  pots,  seeds  may 
be  sown  in  the  open  or  under 
glass  fls  blue,  lose  or  white, 
an  inch  across.  Ivs  small,  pin- 
nate, with  narrow  divisions. 
II  F.  4  90.  JH  III.  51-461. 
V.  3  170  A  good  wmter- 
bloorner  1  or  5  mos.  after 
sowing  L.  H.  B. 

BRACHYSEMA  (short 
standard,  refeinrig  to  the 
flower)  JjcgutntnottJ'  Shrubs 
or  undershiubs,  Australian, 
making  good  pi  liar  or  climbing 
plants  for  gieenhouse;  allied 
to  Baptism  and  Theimopsis 

Kvergteen  Ivx-  opposite 
or  alternate,  simple,  some- 
times reduced  to  scales  fls 
red  or  vellowish  or  almost 
black,  sohtaiy  or  several  to- 
gethei  ot  sometimes  crowded 
on  short  ladieal  s(aji"s,  the 
keel  turned  upwaid  by  the 
cuiving  ot  the  pedicels,  sta- 
mens not  united  with  each 
other  fi  ovoid  or  "longated, 
tin  gid  —About  14  speues, 
a  few  of  winch  are  known 
in  gaidemng  hteiature  B. 
acummatum,  Tiuff  (B  bpeci- 

i\  good  led-fld  pillni  plant 
-.ub-ft ut extent  Ivs  opposite, 
oval-elliptic,  entne,  moie  or 
less  narrowed  to  base  and 
shoi  t-petioled,  the  older  ones 
long-acuminate  fls  deep  car- 


BRASSAVOLA 


539 


622   Brachycome  lbendifolia. 

(Natural  size  ) 


mine-red  to  nearly  purple,  in  short  axillary  clusters, 
the  coiolla  much  exceeding  the  yellow-green  calyx,  the 
standard  very  small  11  H.  1800.413—  An  attractive 
free-flowering  species  ^  jj  ft 


BRACHYSPATHA.    AmorphophaUui 
BRADLfclA:    Phyllanthus  and  Wisteri 


alnlu.    A.    Titanum, 


BRAHEA  (Tycho  Brahc,  the  Danish  astronomer) 
Pahnacesr,  tribe  Coriiphest  Medi  urn-si  zed;  usually 
spineless  palms  except  on  the  leaf-stalks,  with  ringed 
trunks,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  usually  clothed  with 
the  persistent  leaf-bases. 

Leaves  usually  numerous,  nearly  round  and  some- 
what peltate,  the  many  Ifts  plicate  and  deeply  2- 
parted,  [sometimes  slightly  spiny  on  the  margin,  more 
often  filamentous,  petioles  flattened,  dentate  or  rarely 
spiny  along  the  margins,  very  fibrous  at  the  sheathing 
base  spathes  usually  linear,  firm,  almost  woody,  fre- 
quently perfectly  glabrous,  spadix  much  branched, 
sometimes  twice  or  thrice  paniculate  and  bearing 
among  the  dense  white  wool  1  or  many  sessile  fls.  in 
each  cluster,  fls  hermaphrodite,  sometimes  with  incon- 
spicuous bracts,  3  nearly  round  sepals,  3  valvate  petals 
and  6  stamens-  fr  small,  ovoid,  sometimes  pubescent. 
Beccan  admits  only  4  species,  all  Mexican  except  B. 
snlvadorensis.  From  its  nearest  horticultural  relative, 
Sabal,  Brahea  is  distinguished  by  the  purely  technical 
character  of  having  3  free  carpels. 

In  a  moderately  warm  house,  the  cultivated  braheas 


will  thrive  very  well.  A  mixture  of  sand,  rich  loam 
and  well-rotted  horse-  or  cow-manure  is  best.  They 
require  plenty  of  water.  They  are  not  very  common 
in  the  trade  but  two  species  are  grown  outdoors  in 
southern  California  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are 
rare. 

A.  Fls.  solitary  on  the  spadix. 

dulcis,  Mart.  PALMA  DULCK  Sts.  several  in  a  clus- 
ter, 10-20  ft.,  6-8  in.  thick,  cylindrical.  Ivs  4-5  ft  long, 
petiole  plano-convex,  green,  with  pale  margins;  hgule 
short,  nearly  triangular,  green,  the  scanous  villous 
margin  at  length  deciduous,  Ifts  36-50,  linear,  acumi- 
nate spadix  6-K  ft ,  pendulous  from  among  the  lowest 
Ivs  ,  much  branched  fr  edible  Mex  I  H  10.379 

calcHrea,  Liebm  (B  nituia,  Andre)  Trunk  8-15  ft 
high,  covered  with  the  woody  persistent  If -bases.  Ivs. 
usually  20-30  in  a  dense  bushy  crown,  unarmed,  mcm- 
branaccous,  covered  below  with  f,  brownish  powder 
spadix  long,  more  or  less  erect  and  considerably  longer 
than  the  Ivs  ,  after  flowering  more  or  less  pendulous,  fls 
solitary,  with  a  single  bract  fr  o\oid  Mex  R.H  1887, 
p  341  Gn.  35,  p.  285. — Offered  by  Mont  arioso  Nur&ery. 

AA.  Fls.  in  more  or  less  den*>e,  tlwiigh  i>mall,  dusters  on 

the  spudix 

Pimo,  Becc.  St  8-12  ft  much  the  same  as  the 
last  in  general  appearance  and  vegetative  characters 
spadix  3-4-branched,  the  finer  ramifications  very  slen- 
der and  bearing  small  clusters  of  whitish  yellow  fls  , 
stamens  0,  forming  by  unit  ion  a  6-lobed  ring  fr  un- 
known— A  rare  Mexican  species,  known  in  the  trade 
only  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif 

B  edtihe,  Wpndl  ,  sometimes  offered  in  Araer  ,  is  Ervthea  eduhs, 
Wats  —B  filamentdsa,  Hort  =Wa.-,hingtoma  fihfpra,  Wendl  --B 
fitifera,  Hort -=W  hhf.  ra  — #  glanca,  Hort  —Krythea  armata, 
Wats—  H,  rubnsta,  Hort  =\V aihingtoma — B  Roezln,  Lmdl  = 
Lrythea  armata.  Wats  N  TAYLOR 

BRAlNEA  (C  J  Brame,  Hongkong).  Polypodvicex 
One  species  related  to  Woodwardia  L\s  in  a  cr6wn,  1- 
pinnate,  the  venation  as  in  Woodwardia,  consisting  of 
a  single  row  of  areoles  along  each  mulv  em  with  free 
simple  veins  extending  to  the  margins'  sporangia  along 
the  free  veins,  not  reaching  the  margin,  without 
indusmm 

insignis,  J  Smith  A  beautiful  small  tree  fern  from 
S.  E.  Asia.  Requires  rich  soil,  moisture  anil  shade 

H    C    BENEDICT. 

BRAKE.  A  name  applied  to  various  coarse  ferns, 
particularly  to  Pt&ns  aquihna. 

BRAMBLE.  Thorny  plants  of  the  genus  Rubus, — 
raspberries,  blackberries,  dewberries. 

BRASENIA  (meaning  unexplained).  Nymphxdzex. 
WATER-SHIELD  or -TARGET  One  species  of  aquatic  plant 
widely  distributed  (in  N  Amer  ,  Asia,  Afr.,  Austral ) 
Lvs  oval,  entire,  floating,  centrally  peltate;  submerged 
parts  coated  with  thick  transparent  jelly  fls  axillary 
near  the  summit  of  the  st ,  small  (J^in.),  purple;  sepals 
3  or  4;  petals  3  or  4,  linear,  stamens  12-18,  on  filiform 
filaments,  carpels  4-18,  separate,  forming  indehiscent 
1-2-seeded  pods  B.  Schr6berif  Gmel.  (B  peltdta, 
Pursh  B  purpurea,  Casp  ),  is  not  a  showy  plant  but 
is  interesting  and  suitable  for  edgings  of  small  aquatic 
gardens.  Grows  in  1-6  ft  of  water.  Easily  prop  by 
division  of  roots  or  by  seed.  H.  S.  CONARD. 

BRASSAVOLA  (A.  M.  Brassavola,  Venetian  botan- 
ist) Orchuidcex  About  twenty  tropical  American 
epiphytes,  closely  allied  to  Lselia,  and  demanding  simi- 
lar treatment. 

The  fls  are  large,  solitary  or  racemose,  the  sepals  and 
petals  narrow  and  greenish,  the  lip  white:  Ivs  thick, 
solitary  For  the  cultivator,  the  treatment  of  Bras- 
savola is  identical  with  that  of  the  Mexican  laelias. 
Plenty  of  sun  to  mature  the  young  growths,  and  water 


J540 


BRASSAVOLA 


when  growing,  with  a  somewhat  drier  atmosphere  when 
resting,  will  be  found  to  suit  them  Suspend  on  blocks. 
B  fhgbyana,  Lmdl ,  is  Lxlia  Digbyana;  B.  glauca, 
Lindl  ,  is  Lsdwi  glauca. 

A.  Fls.  solitary. 

B.  Lvs.  long  and  narrow  lip  fimbnate-toothed. 
cucullata,  R  Br  (B  cuspidata,  Hook  )    Lf  terete  and 
subulate,  grooved  above1  scape  very  short  but  bear- 
ing a  very  long-tubed  fl  ,  so  that  the  blossom  seems  to 
be   elevated    on    a 
st. ,    sepals    cream- 
colored,  tinged  red; 
petals  white;  lip  3- 
Iobed,fimbnate,the 
middle   lobe  beak- 
like.  S  Amer.  B  M 
543,3722    G  W.  11, 
p    556     Gt    1,   p 
324.   O  R  10  265. 


BRASSIA 

dens,  makes  a  most  attractive  object  The  long-tailed 
sepals  and  petals  are  a  characteristic  of  tho  brassias, 
and  some  have  an  agreeable  odor.  Pot  culture  is  best, 
with  the  usual  peat  fiber  as  a  rooting  medium  In 
winter-time  much  less  water  is  necessary  than  in  the 
growing  time,  although  the  plants  must  never  be  dried 
off  completely  or  the  flowering  will  be  interfered  with. 
One  often  sees  plants  of  B  maculala  brought  here  by 
visitors  to  Jamaica,  and  other  species  are  now  intro- 
duced there  from  the  mainland  of  South  America,  and 
thrive  well.  These  may  all  be  grown  in  an  ordinary 
greenhouse  with  other  plants,  in  fact  a  mixed  collec- 
tion, and  give  satisfaction.  Propagation  is  effected  by 
division  only  Green-fly  is  ottcn  troublesome  on  the 
young  flower-spikes  and  must  be  kept  down  by  fumiga- 
tion, or  sponge  dipped  in  soapy  water  (Orpct ) 


Lan 
Law 
Ion, 


INDEX 


maculata  3. 
vcrrufosa,  1. 
Wrayx.  J. 


brachiata,  2 
caudata.  5 
Gireoudeana.  4 
guttata,  3 

A  Lip  with  flat  green  warts. 
B  Sepalts  3-4  in.  long   lip  white. 
1.  verrucdsa,  But  em     Fig  624    Pscudobulbs  ovoid, 


much  compressed,  up  fc  t  in  long-  Ivs  up  to  1  ft  lon 
racemes  8-15-fld  ,  sepals  and  petals  light  yellowis 
green,  spotted  at  babe,  the  sepals  3-t  in    long, 


long: 
iwish 


BB   Lvs.  short   lip  entire. 

aca&lis,  Lmdl  <fe  Paxt  Low  Ivs  very  narrow:  fls. 
large,  greenish  white,  lip  cordate;  tube  red-spotted  at 
base  Cent  Amer 

AA  Fls  in  racemes 
B  Blade  of  lip  not  longer  than  claw. 
cor  data,  Lmdl    Fig  623    Lvs  linear,  rigid,  recurved: 
fls   corymbose,  sepals  and  petals  lance-linear,  acumi- 
nate, pale  green,  lip  roundish-cordate,  cuspidate,  entire, 
scarcely  as  long  as  the  claw     Jamaica,  Brazil.    B  M. 
3782. 

BB.  Blade  of  hp  longer  than  claw. 

c  Claw  %-l  in  long 

noddsa,  Lmdl  (B  grandijlora,  Lmdl ).  Lvs  lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  channeled  above  fls  few  and  large, 
corymbose;  sepals  and  petals  linear-acuminate;  lip 
round-ovate,  long-cuspidate,  entire,  longer  than  the 
claw  Jamaica,  Mex  ,  S  B  M  3229,  of  this  name,  is  B. 
subuhfoha 

cc.  Claw  very  short 

fragrans,  Rod  Lvs  up  to  16  in  long,  terete,  deeply 
furrowed  above  raceme  of  4-12  large  fls  ,  sepals  linear- 
lanceolate,  yellowish  white  and  faintly  purple-spotted; 
petals  linear,  yellowish  white,  lip  obovato,  with  a  very 
short  claw,  a  yellowish  green  spot  at  the  base  Brazil. 
I.H.5.180.  GEORGE  V.  NA*H  t 

BRA  SSI  A  (named  in  honor  of  William  Brass,  a  botan- 
ical collector  of  the  last  century)  Orchidacex  Epiphytic 
orchids,  thriving  in  intermediate  temperatures 

Pseudobulbs  bearing  1  or  2  terminal  Ivs  ,  and  lateral 
or  axillary  racemes  sepals  narrow,  acuminate,  or  some- 
times tailed,  spreading,  equal  or  the  lateral  longer; 
petals  similar  to  the  dorsal  sepal  or  smaller;  lip  sessile 
on  the  foot  of  the  column,  spreading,  flat,  entire, 
shorter  than  the  sepals;  pollmia  2,  waxy  — A  genus  of 
about  30  species  extending  from  Mex  to  Brazil  and  the 
W.  Indies 

The  brassias  are  plants  of  easy  culture  and  add  con-  A 
siderable  interest  to  collections.   They  have  little  valuej 
as  a  florists'  flower  since  the  colors  are  not  suitable,  but  a 
well-grown  specimen,  such  as  is  often  seen  in  old  gar- 


the  petals  about  half  as  long,  lip  white,  with 
numerous  dark  green  warts,  \\ith  a  broad 
dilated  claw,  the  upper  part  near!}  orbicular, 
abruptly  acuminate  Guatemala 

BB  Sepals  6  in  lovg'  hp  light  yellow 

2   brachiata,    Lmdl       Pseudobulbs    3-5    in     long, 

oblong,  compressed   Ivs  up  to  1  ft   long   lacemes  6-12- 

£d  ;  sepals  and  petals  light  yellowish  green,  with  a  few 

purple  basal  spots,  the  petals  about  two-thirds  as  long 


624.  Brawl*  verrucosa. 


BRASSIA 


BRASSICA 


541 


as  sepals;  lip  light  yellow,  with  dark  green  warts,  con- 
stricted at  the  middle,  the  basal  part  nearly  orbicular, 
the  upper  portions  broadly  triangular-ovate,  acuminate. 
Guatemala.  B  R.  33 '29. 

AA  Lip  without  warts. 
B.  The  lip  with  a  broad  claw,  broadly  obovate  or  nearly 

orbicular  above 

c.  Lateral  sepals  lanceolate,  about  3  in.  long. 
3.  maculata,  R  Br.  Pseudobulbs  3-4  in.  long,  1- 
Ivd  .  Ivs  up  to  9  in  long  racemes  of  5-10  fls  ;  sepals 
and  petals  yellows  h  green,  brown-spotted  on  the  lower 
part,  the  sepals  about  3  in  long,  the  petals  two-thirds 
as  long,  lip  cream-white,  purple-dotted,  with  broad 
claw,  the  upper  part  broadly  ovate,  acute.  Jamaica. 
B  M  1691  P  M  6  5  Var  guttata,  Lmdl  (B  Wrdyx, 
Skinner)  Fls  smaller  and  greener.  Guatemala. 
B  M  4003 

cr   Lateral  sepals  nairowly  linear,  4~fi  in  long. 

4  Gireoudeana,  Reichb     Pseudobulbs  1-lvd,  3-4 
in.  long  and  about  half  as  broad,  much  compressed  I 
Ivs  up  to  1  ft  long   racemes  with  6-12  fls  ;  sepals  yel- 
lowish   green,    the    base    brown-spotted,    the    lateral 
sepals  up  to  5  in  long,  the  dorsal  a  little  shorter,  pet- 
als about  half  as  long  as  doisal  sepal,  the  base  brown, 
the   remainder   yellowish    green,    lip   yellow,   brown- 
spotted,  %vith  a  broad  claw,  the  upper  part  nearly 
orbicular,  acute    Cost  a  Rica. 

BB  The  hp  not  clawed. 

c  Lateral  sepals  6-8  in  long. 

D  Kcpah  greenish  ij<llow,  hp  ovate. 

5  caudata,  Lmdl     Pseudobulbs  up  to  5  in.  long: 
Ivs  up  to  10  in   long   raeem<s  with  6-12  fls  ;  sepals  and 
petals  greenish  yellow,  brown-spotted  at  base,  dorsal 
sepal  about  3  in   long,  the  lateral  6  in  ,  petals  about  1 
in    long,  lip  \\ithou1   a  cla\\,  ovate,  acuminate,  light 
yellow  \\ith  blown  spots     W    Indies.    B  R.  832.    B.M. 
3451     A  F  G  f>0<) 

DD  Sepals  deep  oranqe-ytllow,  hp  oblong-lanceolate. 

6  longissima,   Nash   (B    Laimnreana,  Lmdl,  var. 
lonqi \Mnia,  lleichb  j     Pseudobulbs  2-3  in    long,  com- 
pressed, 1-lvd     Ivs   up  to  9  in   long    racemes  of  nu- 
merous fls  ,  sepals  and  petals  deep  orange-vellow,  with 
a  few  large  basal  blotches,  the  doisal  sepal  about  half 
as  long  as  the  lateral  which  are  7-8  in  long  and  about 
J^in   wide  at  base,  the  petals  2-3  in  long,  lip  oblong- 
lanceolate,   about  3   in   long,  pale  yellow,  acuminate, 
purple-spotted  at  base.   Costa  Rica.   B  M.  5748. 

CC  Lateral  wpals  2l/r~^ 

in.  long. 

D.  Crest  2-lobed,  hp  oblong. 
7  Laaceana,  Lmdl  Pseu- 
dobulbs 2-lvd  ,  3-5  in  long, 
much  cornpiessod  and  ribbed: 
Ivs  up  to  1  ft  long,  racemes 
of  7-12  fls  ,  sepals  and  petals 
light  yellow,  brown-spotted 
below,  the  sepals  2^2-3  m 
long,  the  petals  about  half 
as  long,  hp  oblong,  yellow, 
unspotted  or  with  a  few  basal 
brown  spots,  andulate,  acute, 
1-1 K  in.  long.  Guiana.  B.R  1754.  B.M  3577. 

DD.  Crest  truncate  in  front,  hp  oblong-lanceolate. 
8  Lawrenceana,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  2-lvd  ,  3-5  in. 
long,  ribbed  and  much  compressed  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft. 
long  racemes  of  7-12  fls  ;  sepals  and  petals  light  yel- 
low, brown-spotted  below,  the  sepals  aoout  3  m.  long, 
the  petals  about  1}^  in  long;  Jip  oblong-lanceolate, 
light  yellow,  about  1  %  in  long,  acute,  undulate.  Bra- 
zil. BR.  27-18.  J.H.  III.  30.275. 


„  -.          ,  , 

625  Flower  of  mustard. 

( x  ; 


B  Forgeti&na,  Hort  FH  whitish  with  chocolate  markings,  the 
crest  of  the  lip  orange  Related  to  B  maculata  G  C  III  48  471. 
—  B.  Josstidna,  Reichb  f.  Brazil.  Gt  3  308. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BRASSICA  (old  classical  name)  Including  Sindpts. 
Crucifene  Annual  and  biennial  herbs,  including  cab- 
bage and  turnip,  and  their  allies,  and  also  the  mustards. 
Leaves  various,  the  lower  ones  mostly 
lyrate  or  pmnatifid  fls  yellow,  mostly  in 
erect  racemes,  petals  and  stamens  4.  pod 
long  and  slender,  compressed-cylindrical  or 
4-sided,  beaked,  seeds  not  winged,  the  coty- 
ledons conduphcate  (Figs.  625,  626).—  Nearly 
or  quite  100  species  m  Eu.,  Asia,  Afr  ,  and 
many  of  them  widely  naturalised.  The 
brassicas  possess  a  remarkable  natural 
tendency  toward  the  thickening  of  parts 
under  cult.,  as  of  root,  st  ,  axdlary  buds, 
If  .-rosettes,  midribs  ai.d  even  of  fl  -clus- 
ters Oil  is  extracted  from  the 
seeds  of  several  species,  and  the 
ground  mustard  of  commerce  is 
made  fiom  the  seeds  of  B  nigra 
and  others. 

The  brassicas  are  botamcally 
much  confused,  paiticularly  in  the 
groups  containing  cultivated  spe- 
cies The  manuals  probably  con- 
tain too  few  rather  than  too  many 

SP°('10S  of   B'assu-a;   at   ]™^   the 
miscellaneous  throwing  of  rutabagas, 

turnips,  rape  and  other  plants  into 
Brasstca  campeslris  is  unnatuial,  and,  therefore,  unfor- 
tunate One  of  the  best  piesentations  of  the  true  bras- 
sicas is  that  of  De  Candolle's  Prodromus,  as  long  ago  as 
1S24  (also  in  Trans.  Lond  Ilort  Soc  ,  Vol  V,  and  in 
Systeina,  2.582-607),  and  the  present  treatment  follows 
that  outline  in  general  Some  of  the  forms  that  are  here 
kept  separate  as  species  may  be  derived  fiom  their 
fellows,  but  the  evidence  of  such  origin  is  lost,  and  per- 
spicuity demands  that  they  be  kept  distinct  in  a  horti- 
cultuial  treatise  The  taxonomic  arrangement  here 
presented  can  be  regaided  as  only  tentative,  however, 
and  new  systematic  studies  should  be  made  of  the 
entire  group 

The  confusion  into  which  our  brassicas  have  fallen  is 
m  some  measure  due  to  the  various  vernacular  names  m 
the  different  countries  The  French  use  the  word  chou 
generically  to  include  all  forms  of  B  oleracui  and  the 
rutabaga  —  that  is,  all  the  blue  thiek-leaved  brassicas; 
while  in  England  the  rutabaga  is  called  the  Swedish 
turnip.  A  tabular  view  of  the  different  vernaculars  may 
be  useful' 


(  vi  w 
VA1/W 


French. 
Chou  cabus 
Chou  de  Milan 
Chou  de  Bruxellea 
Choux-verta 
Chou-rave 

Chou-nave 

Chou-fleur 
Navet 


English  American. 

Cabbage  Cabbage 

Savoy  rabbage  Savoy  cabbage 

Brussels  Sprouts  BrusM-la  sprouts 

Borecole  or  Kale  Borecole  or  Kate 

Kohlrabi  Kohlrabi 
Swede,  or  Swedish ^ 


Cauliflower  Cauliflower 

Turnip,  Turnip 


The  Latin  names  in  Brassica,  particularly  in  the 
oleracea-campeatris  group,  have  been  so  variously  used 
that  it  is  practically  impossible  to  place  some  of  them 
accurately. 


INDEX. 

accphala,  1. 

tntcgnfoha,  9. 

olei/era,  2,  3,  4. 

alba.  10 

iapomca,  8. 

oleracea,  1,  3. 

botrytis,  1 

nmcea,  9 
Itevigata,  9 

patens,  9. 
Pe-tsai,  7. 

tampe-*tns,  3 

lanceolata,  9. 

ramoso,  9 

oapitatii,  1 
Caulo-Kupa,  1. 

napiformis,  6. 
Napo-Brassica,  3. 

Rapa,  4 
rugosa,  9 

chinensis,  5. 

Napus,  2 

Si  nap?  strum,  11 

cuneifolia,  9 

nigra,  12. 

8ylventri8,  1 

gemmifera,  1. 

542 


BRASSICA 


627.  Flowers  of  cabbage. — 
Brassica  oleracea.  (X^£) 


\.  Whole  plant  glaucous-blue  when  in  fl  :  Ivs  of  the  fl.- 
sts.  clasping- fls  various.  (Mostly  Brassica  proper  ) 
B.  Lvs.  from  the  firt>t  more  or  lex*>  flet>hy  throughout,  and 
glaucous-blue  even  when  young:  flu  large  and  creamy 
yellow,  the  petals  conspicuously  long-clawed,  and  the 
sepals  usually  erect. 

I  olerftcea,  Linn  CABBAOE,  CAULIFLOWER,  BRUS- 
SBLS  SPROUTS,  KALE  Fig  627.  Lvs  smooth  from  the 
first,  and  the  root  not 
tuberous  fls.  large  and 
long  (%-l  in  lengtn, 
at  least  often),  light- 
colored,  slender  -  pedi- 
celled,  in  long  and 
open  racemes  pods 
large,  long-beaked  If 
the  name  Brassica  ole- 
racea is  held  for  a 
generalized  group  with- 
out a  type  form,  then 
the  wild  plant  may  be 
designated  as  var  syl- 
vestns,  Linn  In  the 
present  treatment, 
however,  the  wild  form 
is  regarded  as  the  type 
and  is  therefore  not 
given  a  varietal  name. 
Brnssica  oleracea  grows 
wild  on  the  sea-cliffs  of 
W  and  S  Eu.  Fig. 
628,  from  nature,  shows 
the  common  form  as  it 
grows  on  the  chalk 
cliffs  of  the  English 
Channel.  It  is  a  peren- 
nial plant  of  short  dura- 
tion, or  perhaps  sometimes  a  biennial,  with  a  very  tough 
and  woody  root,  a  diffuse  habit,  and  large  thick  deep- 
lobed  Ivs  in  various  shades  of  green  and  reddish,  and 
more  or  less  glaucous  The  Ivs  of  this  plant  were 
probably  eaten  by  the  barbarous  or  half -civilized  peo- 
ples; and,  when  history  begins,  the  plant  had  been 
transferred  to  cult  grounds  and  had  begun  to  produce 
dense  rosettes  or  heads  of  Ivs.  It  appears  to  have  been 
in  general  use  before  the  Aryan  migiations  to  the  west- 
ward There  were  several  distinct  types  or  races  of  the 
cabbage  in  cult  m  Pliny's  time  From  the  one  original 
stock  have  apparently  sprung  all  the  forms  of  cabbages, 
cauliflowers,  brussels  sprouts  and  kales  For  this  family 
or  group  of  plants  the  Knghsh  language  has  no  generic 
name.  The  French  include  them  all  under  the  term 
Chou,  and  the  Germans  treat  them  under  Kohl.  These 
various  tribes  may  be  classified  as  follows. 

Var.  acephala,  DC  Fig  706.  The  various  headless  cab- 
bages, comprising  kales  or  borecoles,  in  many  types  and 
varieties,  as  the  tall 
or  tree  kales,  curled 
or  Scotch  kales, 
and  collards.  Its 
likeness  may  be 
-  found  wild  on  the 
cliffs  of  the  south- 
eastern coast  of 
England  today.  The 
thick,  tender  Ivs.  of 
the  kales  are  used  as 
"greens."  See  Col- 
lards  and  Kale.  It 
is  not  certain  that 
all  the  kales  and 
collards  belong 
here;  some  of  them 

628.  Wild  cabbage  on  the  cliffs  of  the       may  be  B.  campes- 
EngUsh  Channel.  Ira. 


BRASSICA 

Var.  Caftlo-Rapa,  DC.  KOHLRABI  (which  see).  St. 
tuberous  above  the  roots,  the  tuber  bearing  th»»  Ivs. 

Var  gemmifera,  DC.  The  bud-bearing  cabbage,  or 
brussels  .sprouts  (see  Fig 
672)  In  tins  group,  the  main 
&t.  01  axis  is  tall  and  erect, 
and  axillary  buds  are  devel- 
oped into  little  heads  See 
unit  xls  sprouts. 

Var.  capitata,  Linn  The  , 
head-bearing,  or  true  cab- 
bages, kraut  of  the  Germans. 
In  this  group,  the  main  axis 
is  short  and  thick,  and  the 
Ivs  are  densely  packed  into 
a  gigantic  bud  or  head  (Figs 
701-705)  The  varieties  of 
cabbage  are  veiy  numeiouy 
and  various  See  Cabbage 
A  serviceable  classification 
of  them  might  follow  this  620  Flowers  of  rutabaga 
order:  Brassica  campestris  (XH) 

A.  Lvs  plain  (not  blistered). 

B    Head  oblong  or  conical  (Fig  701). 

c    Green 
cc    Red 
BB.  Head  oblate  or  flattened  (Jig    702),  including  c  and  cc, 

as  above 

AA.  Lvi  blistered  or  purkered  Tho  Savoy  cabbages,  Fig  703 
(B  ulerartn  var  bullnta,  DC  ,  or  var  wbauda,,  Linn  ),  to  be 
further  divided  as  in  A. 

Var.  botrytis,  Linn  Cauliflower  and  broccoli,  in 
which  the  head  is  formed  of  the  condensed  and  thick- 
ened fl  -cluster  Broccoli  produces  its  heads  later  in  the 
season  than  cauliflower,  and  in  mild  climates  it  is  .allowed 
to  remain  and  make  its  heads  in  spi  ing  See  Ca  ulijloirer. 

2  Napus,  Lum  RAPE  Lvs  smooth  from  the  first 
differs  from  B  oleracea  chiefly  in  habit  and  more  deeply 
scalloped  Ivs.  There  are  oil-producing  forms  (var. 
oleifera,  DC  ).  The  botanical  position  of  the  rapes  is 
doubtful 

3.  campestris,  Linn  First  Ivs  hairy,  all  Ivs  glaucous 
and  thickish  or  somewhat  fleshy,  the  lower  ones  lyrate 
and  toothed,  the  st  -Ivs  cordate-amplexicaul  and 


630.  Pak-choi  —Brassica  chinensis. 

acuminate  fls  shorter  and  also  smaller  than  in  the  B. 
oleracea  scries  (Fig.  629)  A  weed  in  waste  places,  in 
its  run-wild  form,  but  rarely  persisting  long  or  becom- 
ing troublesome  Theie  are  oil-bearing  forma  (var. 
oleifera,  DC.). 

Var  Napo-Brassica,  DC  (B.  oleracea  var  Nhpo- 
Brdssica,  Linn  ),  is  the  rutabaga  evolution  of  the  plant. 
The  rutabaga  tuber  is  either  white-fleshed  or  yellow- 
fleshed,  but  the  preference  in  this  country  seems  to  be 
for  the  yellow  kinds.  For  contrasts  with  turnips,  see 
No.  4;  also  Turnip  in  Vol.  VI. 


BRASSICA 


BRASSICA 


543 


BB.  Los.   (except  upon  the  fl  -at )   thin  and  green:  fls. 

smaller  and  bright  yellow,  less  prominently  clawed. 
c.  Plant  potentially  biennial  (that  ?*,  the  root  hard  and 

thickened,   often   distinctly   tuberous):  foliage  firm 

in  texture. 

D.  Foliage  distinctly  hairy. 

4  Rapa,  Linn  COMMON  TURNIP.  Lvs.  prominently 
lyrate  or  interrupted  below,  the  root  tuberous  — What- 
ever the  origin  of  the  rutabaga  and  turnip  may  be,  the 
two  plants  show  good  botanical  characters  The  tubers 
of  the  two  are  different  in  season,  texture  and  flavor 
In  the  rutabaga,  the  small  Ivs  immediately  following 
the  seed-lvH  arc  sparsely  hany,  but  all  subsequent 
Ivs.  are  entirely  smooth,  densely  glaucous  blue,  thick 
and  cabbage-like,  with  a  fleshy  petiole  arid  midrib.  In 
the  turnip,  the  radical  Ivs.  are  always  more  or  less 
hairy,  and  they  are  green  and  radish-like,  thin,  with 
slender  petiole,  and  the  Ivs  arc  much  more  lyrate, 
with  intcnupted  Ifts  on  the  petiole;  the  small  Ivs. 
following  the  seed-lvs  are  also  thinner  and  narrower 
and  more  deeply  scalloped  In  the  rutabaga,  the  fls. 
are  large  and  creamy-yellow,  whereas  m  the  turnip 


631    Tuberous  root  of  pak-choi  — Brasstca  chmensis. 


they  are  small,  yellow  and  mustard-like,  with  shorter 
claws  and  more  spreading  calyx  The  turnips  vary  m 
hairiness,  but  the  cone  of  expanding  Ivs  ,  01  the  "heart- 
Ivs ,"  alwavs  shows  the1  hairs  distinctly,  while  the 
heart-lvs  of  the  rutabagas  are  normally  entuely  gla- 
brous, fle.shy,  and  lemmd  one  of  the  young  shoots  of 
^ea-kale  The  turnip  usually  pioduces  seed  freely  if 
the  bottoms  are  left  in  the  ground  over  winter,  and 
thereby  the  plant  spieads.  becoming  a  true  annual  and 
a  bad  weed,  with  a  .slender  hard  root  Oil-producing 
forms  are  var  olcifera,  DC. 

DD.  Foliage  not  hairy 

5  chin&asis,  Linn.    PAK-CHOI  CABBAGE      Fig   630. 
Radical  Ivs   broad  and  ample,  glossy  green,  obovate  or 
round-obovate    in    general    outline,    cither    entire    or 
obscurely  wavy  or  even  crenate,  tapering  to  a  distinct 
and  thick  strong  petiole,  which  is  usually  not  promi- 
nently margined,  pod  large  and  tapering  into  a  beak 
half  an  inch  long    root  sometimes  tuberous  (Fig  631). 
—This  plant  is  grown  by  the  American  Chinese,  and  is 
occasionally  seen  m  other  gardens  (see  Bailey,  Bull  No 
67,  Cornell  Exp  Sta  )    It  is  impossible  to  determine 
whether  this  particular  plant  is  the  one  that  Linmeus 
meant  to  distinguish  by  his  Brassica  chmensis,  but  it 
best  answers  the  description  in  his  Amcemtates  (Vol 
IV).    In  Linnaeus'  herbarium   is  a  Brassica  marked 
"chinensis"  in  his  own  handwriting,  but  it  shows  purple 
fls  and  has  lyrate-lobed  Ivs  ,  whereas  Linnaeus  described 
his  plant  as  having  yellow  fls    and   cynoglossum-hke 
Ivs.;  probably  not  the  original 

6  napif6rmis,    Bailey    (Sinapis  jiincea   var    napi- 
fdrmis,  Paill    &  Bois)     TUBEROUS-ROOTED  CHINESE 


MUSTARD.  Fig.  632.  Radical  Ivs  comparatively  few. 
the  blade  thin  and  oval  m  outline,  and  on  long  and 
blender,  slightly  feathered  petioles,  sharply  and  irregu- 
larly toothed,  with  a  thin  bloom'  beak  of  the  pod  more 
abrupt,  root  distinctly 
hard  and  tuberous. 
China. — This  vege- 
table appeared  in 
France  in  1882  from 
seeds  sent  by  Bre- 
tfechneider,  of  the  Rus- 
sian legation,  Pekin  It 

was  offered  by  Amen-  _ 

can  seedsmen  as  early     632.  Lower  stem  leaf  of  Brassica 
as  1889.    The  plant  is  napifornus. 

a  biennial,   with   thin 

bluish  foliage,  and  a  small  tuberous  root  like  a  conical 
turnip  These  roots  reach  a  dianl  of  3  or  4  in  ,  and  are 
scarcely  distinguishable  from  white  turnips  in  appear- 
ance, texture  and  flavor  In  China  the  tubers  are  used 
as  a  winter  vegetable,  the  seeds  being  sown  m  summer 
The  plant  does  not  appear  to  have  been  brought  to 
the  attention  of  botanists  until  Bretschncider  published 
an  account  of  it  in  a  French  jour- 
nal in  1881  Pailheux  and  Boia 
(Le  Potager  d'un  Curieux)  regard 
it  as  a  variety  of  Bra^ica  juncea, 
to  which  the  Chinese  mustard 
belongs,  but  it  is  very  different 
from  that  plant  It  is  nearly 
related  to  pak-choi,  and  it  may 
have  sprung  from  the  same  spe- 
cies; but  it  is  clearly  distinguished 
by  its  sharply  toothed  Ivs  ,  one  of 
which  is  shown  m  Fig  632 

cc  Plant  truly  annual  fohage 
profuse,  loot>e  and  i>ofi 

7.  Pe-tsai,  Bailey  PE-TSAI 
CABBAGE  Fig  633.  Nunu-ious 
radical  Ivs  ,  laige  and  light  green, 
oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  cunkled 
and  very  veiny,  and  the  margins 
wavy,  contracted  into  a  flat  and  ribbed  petiole  1-3  in. 
wide,  which  is  provided  with  a  wide  thin  notched  01 
wavy  wing;  st  -Ivs  sessile  and  clamping  pod  of  medium 
size,  with  a  short  cone-like  beak  — The  pe-tsai,  or 
Chinese  cabbage,  is  no  longer  a  novelty  m  American 
gardens,  although  it  does  riot  appear  to  be  well  known 
and  its  merits  are  not  understood.  Its  cult,  and  peculi- 


633.  Brassica  Pe-tsai. 

arities  were  described  in  France  as  long  ago  as  1840,  by 
Pepm,  who  says  that,  while  the  plant  had  been  known 
in  botanic  gardens  for  20  years,  it  was  brought  to 
notice  as  a  culinary  vegetable  only  3  years  before  he 
wiote.  It  appears  to  have  attracted  little  attention  in 
Eu.  until  late  in  the  last  century,  however.  It  began  to 
attract  attention  in  the  U  S  probably  about  25  years 


544 


BRASSICA 


BRASSO-CATTLEYA 


ago.  The  Ivs.  tend  to  form  an  oblong  loose  head,  like 
cos  lettuce.    Cabbage;  also  paeje  3582. 

AA.  Whole  plant  green  or  but  slightly  glaucous  when 
in  fl..  Ivs.  on  the  fl.-sts.  not  prominently  clasping: 
fls.    small   and   yellow.     Annuals,     (kinapis   or 
Mustard ) 
B.  Pod  long,  terete  or  nearly  so:  pedicels  spreading. 

8.  japdnica,  Sieb.    POT-HERB  MUSTARD.    Fig.  634. 
Annual,   self -sowing:    rather    numerous    radical    Ivs., 

oblong  or  oblong- 
obovate,  the  margins 
either  crisped  or  cut 
into  many  very  fine 
divisions,  the  petiole 
distinct  at  its  lower 
end;  st-lvs.  all  peti- 
oled .  pod  very  small, 
with  a  slender  beak. 
— The  very  soft  thm 
Ivs.  make  excellent 
"greens."  Long 
known,  but  with  no 
designative  name,  in 
old  gardens  in  this 
country,  and  some- 
times run  wild  about 
premises.  Intro,  in 
1890  by  John  Lewis 
Quids  as  California 
pepper-grass  A  very 
worthy  plant  (Bull. 
67,  Cornell  Exp.Sta). 

9.  juncea,  Coss    (Sinapis  juncea,  Linn  )     CHINESE 
MUSTARD.   Figs  626,  635.  Rank  and  coarse  grower,  in 
the  common  forms  making  great  tufts  of  root-lvs    if 
sown  early:   radical  Ivs    usually  abundant  and  often 
very  large,  oval  or  obovate  in  outline,  the  blade  angled  or 
toothed,  tapering  into  a  narrow  petiole,  which  generally 
bears  leafy  appendages,   lower  st-lvs    more  or  less 
toothed  and  petiolate,  the  upper  onos  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  entire  and  usually  sessile  or  alternate*  flow- 
ering sts.  and  Ivs.  more  or  less  lightly  glaucous    fls. 
bright  yellow:  pod  slender,  of  medium  size,  tapering 
into  a  short  seedless  beak    Asia. — This  species  is  held 
by  Hooker  and  Thomson  (Journ.  Linn  Soc.  v  170)  to 
include  a  great  variety  of  forms,  as  Siwipis  Isevigata, 
Linn.;  S.  integnfolia,  Willd.,  S   ramosa,  S.  rugosa,  S 
patens,  S   cuneifoha,  Roxbg  ;  S.  lanceolata,  DC  ,  and 
others.   There  are  two  types  of  it  in  cult,  in  our  gar- 
dens,  one  with   the  radical  Ivs    somewhat  sharply 
toothed  and  nearly  smooth  below  (sometimes  grown  as 


634.  Brassica  japonica,  the  radical 
leaves  used  for  greens. 


Brassica  [or  Sinapis]  rugosa),  the  other  with  root-lvs, 
obtusely  toothed  and  spinescent  on  the  veins  below 
(comprising  Chinese  mustard,  Chinese  broad-leaved 
mustard,  and  brown  mustard).  Lmnieus  founded  his 
*Stnaptsjwnceaonafigure  m  Hermann's  Paradisub  (Her- 
mann, Paradisus  Batavus,  t  230,  1705),  which  repre- 
sents a  plant  very  like  the  former  type  mentioned  above, 
and  which  Hermann  described  as  ''lettuce-leaved." 

10.  alba,  Boiss.  WILD  MUSTARD.  Tall:  Ivs  pinna- 
tifid  and  rough-hairy:  pods  spreading,  hairy,  the  lower 
part  thick  and  few-seeded,  the  beak  longer,  seeds  pale 
brown,  large.  Weed,  from  Eu. 

11  arvensis,  Kuntze  (B  Sinapislrum, 
Boiss  Sindpis  arvensis,  Linn.  Sinapis- 
trurn  arvense,  Spach).  CHARLOCK  lall* 
Ivs.  strong-toothed,  or  sometimes  nearly 
lyrate:  pods  knotty,  glabrous  or  hairy,  the 
upper  third  indehiscent  and  2-edgcd,  usu- 
ally 1-seeded.  Weed,  from  Eu 


635.  Broad-leared  Chinese  mustard  —Form  of  Brassica  juncea. 


BB.  Pod  short,  distinctly  4-anO 
and  pods  oppressed 

12.  nigra,  Koch.  BLACK  MUSTARD  Fig 
636.  St  tall  and  upright,  with  wide-spread- 
ing branches'  Ivs  pmnatifid,  somewhat 
hairy:  pods  short  and  erect,  glabrous,  seeds 
small  and  dark  brown,  pungent,  supplying 
the  mustard  of  commerce  Cult  in  Eu  ,  but 
a  weed  in  this  country  —  Commercial  mus- 
tard is  the  flour  of  the  seeds  of  this  species 
chiefly,  but  the  seeds  of  B.  alba  and  prob- 
ably of  B.  juncea  are  sometimes  used 

B  adpressa,  Boiss  Annual  or  biennial, 
much  like  B  nigra  but  st  suffer,  Ivs  less 
divided  and  plant  somewhat  hoary  pods 
with  a  short  1-seeded  beak.  Occasionally 
adventive  from  Eu  —  B.  sinensis,  Hort  = 
B.  chmensis 

Many  forms  of  Brassica  have  been  described 
that  it  is  not  necessary  to  endeavor  to  account  for 
here  Studies  in  crossing  may  be  expected  to  indi- 
cate some  of  the  relationships  The  writer  has 
found,  no  difficulty  in  crossing  cabbage-kale-cauh- 
flowcr  and  others  See  Lund  and  Kiaorskou,  Land- 
brugets  Kulturplanter  No.  4,  and  "Morfologisk- 
anatormsk  besknvolse  af  Brassica  oleracea,  B. 
campestris  og  B.  Napua  '  L  H  B 

BRASSOCATTL&LIA  (compounded 
from  Brassavola,  Cattleya  and  Laelia). 
Orchidacex  A  small  group  of  trigenenc 
hybrids  between  the  genera  Brassavola, 
Cattleya  and  Laelia. 

B  balarucensu  (B.  Digbyana  x  L  -C. 
Schillenana)  .  —  B.  Fuerstenbergii  (Bras- 
solaelia  Gratnxise  x  C.  Triante)  —  B.  Mdck- 
ayi  (B  Digbyana  x  L  -C  elegans).  See 
also  Adamara  and  Linneara. 

BRASSOCATTLEYA  (compounded 
from  Brassavola  and  Cattleya)  Orchidacex  Siliques  of 
A  genus  established  to  include  hybnds  Brassica 
between  the  species  of  the  genera  Bras-  nwMxi) 
savola  and  Cattleya. 

The  following,  among  others,  are  offered  m  the 
American  trade: 

B.  Akcbenu  (B.  Digbyano-gigas  x  C.  Luddeman- 
neana).  —  B  Alexander),  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  citrma).  — 
B.  Chdmberlainix  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  quadncolor).— 
B.  Cliftonii,  Hort.  (B.-C.  Digbyana-Massise  x  C 
Trianae  var.  Uplands).  G  C.  III.  45  '34.  OR  18:48  — 
var.  Wellesleyse,  Hort  G  C.  Ill  51  :  135  —B.  conspicua 
(B  glauca  x  C.  Leopoldu).  —  B.  Digbyano-Fdrbesu  (B 
Digbyano  x  C.  Forbesii).  —  B.  Digbyano-gigas  (B.  Dig- 
byana x  C.  Gigas).  —  B.  Eva  (C  Lawrenciana  x  B.  Dig- 
byana) —  B.  gesnenxfldra  (B.  fragrans  x  C.  maxima). 
—  B.  heatonensis  (B.  Digbyana  x  C  Hardyana).  —  B. 
Holfordii  (C  Forbesii  x  B  Digbyana).—  B.  Hyese  (B. 


BRASSO-CATTLEYA 


BREEDING 


545 


Digbyana  x  C.  Harnsomana).— B.  langley&isis  (B.  Dig- 
byana  x  C.  Schroederse). — B.  Laurenttdno-glaiica  (B. 
Laurentiano  X  C.  glauca). — B.  Leemdnnue  (B.  Dig- 
byana x  C.  Dowiana).  O.K.  11 '57—  B.  Marl*  (B. 
Digbyana  x  C.  Warnen). — B.  Marbnx  (B.  Digbyana 
X  C.  Warscewiczn). — B.  nivdhs  (B.  fragrans  x  C. 
intermedia)  — B.  Pektersii  (B.  glauca  x  C.  Lawrence- 
ana).—  B  Pocahdntas  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  Eldorado). 
— B.  Sdnderi  (B.  glauca  x  C.  Schroedera) .—  B. 
sandhaghensis  (B  Digbyana  x  C.  Setullenana). — B. 
stndta  (B.  fragrans  x  C.  Mossiae).  Fls.  rose-colored, 
fragrant  RH  1903  276,  desc.— B  Susannas.  (B. 
Digbyana  xC  Thayenana). — B.  Thorntomi  (B.  Dig- 
byana x  C  Gaskelhana)  J  H.  III.  61  601  —  B. 
Vhichn  (B.  Digbyana  x  C  Mossiae). — B.  Vilmonnidna 
(B.  Leemanmae  x  C.  Mossiae)  —B.  Wttlesleyx  (B. 
glauca  x  C.  Mossiae  Wageneri) 

Brassavola  Digbyana,  Lmdl ,  is  now  considered  a 
Lajha,  so  the  above  hybrids,  under  that  conception, 
might  be  designated  Lajlio-Cattleya. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BRASSO-L^ELIA  (compounded  of  the  genera 
Brassavola  and  Laeha]  Orchidacex  Established  to 
include  hybrids  between  the  two  genera 

The  following  are  to  be  found  m  the  American  trade: 

B  Candn  (B.  Digbyana  x  L  xanthma)  — B.  Digby- 
dno-purpurdta  (B  Digbyana  x  L.  purpurata)  — B 
fladota  (B  nodo^a  x  L  flava)  —  B.  Helen  (B  Digby- 
ana x  L  tenebrosa)  OH.  10  160 — B.  Jfasopn  (B. 
Digbyana  x  L -C.  xanthuia). — B  Lellicuxu  (B  Digby- 
ana x  L  anceps)  — B  Rdlfei  (B  Digbyana  x  L  crispa). 
— B  Thwditesn  (B  Digbyana  x  L  grandiflora)  — B. 
Veitchu  (B  Digbjana  x  L  purpurata). — B .  we>>lfiddi- 
tmii.  (B  glauc  a  x  L  flava) 

Brassavola  Digbyana,  Lmdl ,  is  now  considered  a 
Livha,  so  the  above  hybrids,  under  that  disposition, 
might  be  designated  as  hybnd  LaBlias 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BRASSO-L^LIA-CATTLEYA.  Orchidacex.  Atngen- 
enc  hybrid  B  -L  -C.  Fbwlen  (C.  Schroederae  auran- 
tiaca  x  IJrasso-La>ha  Mrs  M  Gratnx)  Fls.  yellow, 
tinged,  and  veined  with  salmon-rose  G  C.  III.  41: 
303  Brassavola  Digbyana,  one  of  the  elements,  is  now 
considered  a  Ltelia,  and  the  plant  would  then  belong  to 
Laeho-Cattleya  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

BRAVO  A  (Bravo,  Mexican  botanist).  Amaryl- 
hddceif  A  small  genus,  much  ras-imbling  in  some  of  its 
species  the  tuberose  (Pohanthes) ,  and  hardly  distinct 
trom  it 

Stems  slender,  from  small  thickened  rootstocks  Ivs 
mostly  basal  mfl  a  lax  spike  or  raceme;  fls.  always  in 
pairs,  more  or  less  bent  or  curved,  stamens  6,  included 
within  the  perianth-tube  fr  3-celled,  many-seeded 
Native  of  the  mountain  and  tableland  region  of  Mex  — 
Five  species  have  been  described  formerly,  but  recent 
explorations  have  discovered  some  5  or  6  additional 
species. 

While  the  flowers  are  not  so  showy  as  the  common 
tuberose,  yet  the  genus  should  be  found  m  every  choice 
bulb  collection  Only  one  species  has  been  cultivated  to 
any  extent,  and  even  this  species  is  not  well  known.  As 
the  species  often  grow  in  the  high  mountains  of  Mexico, 
they  ought  to  be  hardy  in  the  southern  stretches  of  the 
temperate  zone. 

geminifldra,  Llav  &  Lex.  MEXICAN  TWIN-FLOWER. 
Sts  1-2  ft  high:  bulbs  small,  1-1  ^  m.  long,  the  outer 
scales  cut  into  fine  fibers  at  the  top:  basal  Ivs.  linear, 
erect,  6  lines  or  less  broad,  smootn:  fls.  in  a  slender 
raceme,  reddish  or  orange-colored;  lobes  minute, 
roundea.  B.M.  4741. — Handsome,  and  worthy  of  more 
attention. 

B  Bulhdna,  Baker.  Basal  Ivs.  described  as  lanceolate,  1-1 H  m 
broad  fls.  m  5  or  6  pairs,  white.  Seemingly  too  near  the  little-known 

35 


Pohanthea  mexicana.  Not  m  cult  — B  eesnliflbra,  B.  dennfldra, 
and  B  singuhfldra,  arc  rare  species,  only  known  from  herbarium 
specimens  The  latter  two,  however,  should  probably  be  excluded 
from  this  group.  j  N  Ro8E 

BRAYA  (Count  de  Bray,  1765-1831,  German 
botanist).  Cruciferx.  Small  tufted  alpine  or  boreal 
perennial  herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  alpine  gardening. 
There  are  a  dozen  or  moie  species  in  Eu  ,  Asia  and 
Amer.  Plant  glabrous  or  cano-tomentose*  Ivs.  radical, 
spatulate  or  linear,  entire  or  dentate,  fls.  on  scapes 
tnat  often  are  naked  and  sometimes  only  1-flcl  but 
mostly  bearing  racemes  or  corymbs,  white  or  rose- 
colored  or  purple  B  alplna,  Sternb.  &  Hoppe,  is  the 
usual  species,  with  white  fls.  B  pinnatifida,  Koch 
(probably  properly  Si^ymbnum  pinnalifidum,  DC  ), 
has  white-lilac  fls.  Practically  unknown  in  cult,  in  N. 
Amer. 

BRAZIL-NUT:  Bertholletia. 
BREAD-FRUIT:   Artocarpus. 
BREAD-NUT:   Brosimum  Ahcastrum. 

BREEDING  OF  PLANTS.  The  definite  producing 
of  kinds  of  plants  adapted  to  given  uses  and  conditions 
is  known  now  as  plant-breeding  The  existing  varieties 
are  of  course  the  result  of  1  he  action  of  natural  tenden- 
cies and  laws,  but  the  producing  of  them  has  not  been, 
for  the  most  part,  a  conscious,  or  at  least  not  a  regu- 
lated, act  on  the  part  of  man.  The  laws  of  variation 
and  inheritance  are  now  beginning  to  be  understood, 
and  the  application  of  this  knowledge  is  to  produce 
orderly  and  more  or  less  predictable  results. 

In  beginning  the  artificial  cultivation  of  plants,  our 
early  ancestors,  even  with  their  crude  understanding 
and  methods,  probably  selected  seed  for  planting  from 
the  best  wild  individuals  of  any  plant  The  selection  of 
seed  from  the  best  individuals  has  thus  been  continuing 
for  thousands  of  years,  ever  since  the  dawn  of  civiliza- 
tion. While  this  is  a  crude  method  of  breeding,  if  long 
continued  on  an  extensive  scale,  it  could  not,  as  is  now 
recognized,  fail  to  have  results  The  greatness  of  the 
changes  produced  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  some  of 
the  most  extensively  cultivated  crops,  such  a»  wheat 
and  maize,  have  been  so  modified  that  the  wild  types 
from  which  they  sprang  cannot  now  be  recognized, 
although  the  original  wild  ancestors  probably  still  exist. 

Breeding  did  not  become  established  as  an  art  until 
comparatively  recently  The  sexuality  of  plants  was 
not  established  until  it  was  proved  experimentally  by 
Cameranus  in  1691 ,  arid  the  first  hybrid  of  which  there 
is  record  was  made  in  1719  by  Thomas  Fairchild,  an 
English  gardener,  who  crossed  the  carnation  with  the 
sweet  William  The  first  exact  knowledge  of  hybridiza- 
tion dates  from  about  1761  \vhen  Koelreuter  began 
publishing  the  results  of  his  observations,  but  even  his 
work  had  little  bearing  on  practical  plant-breeding 
The  systematic  breeding  of  plants  may  be  said  to  have 
begun  with  the  work  of  Knight  and  Von  Mons  about 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

Knight  worked  mainly  m  hybridization  and  m  1806 
said  "New  varieties  of  every  species  of  fruit  will  gen- 
erally be  better  produced  by  introducing  the  farma  of 
one  variety  of  pollen  into  the  blossoms  of  another  than 
by  propagating  from  a  single  bud  "  Von  Mons  worked 
mainly  in  selection  and  it  is  interesting  to  note  that 
his  experiments  were  made  primarily  with  pears.  He 
emphasized  continuous  selection  and  produced  very 
many  valuable  varieties.  It  is  probable  that  a  large 
part  of  the  success  of  Von  Mons  work  was  due  to  the 
fact  that  pears  are  normally  sterile  to  their  own  pollen, 
requiring  cross-fertilization,  and,  therefore,  many  of 
his  new  varieties  were  probably  hybrids.  He  was  not 
aware  of  this  fact,  however,  and  it  made  no  great  differ- 
ence in  the  establishment  of  the  principle  which  has 
since  proved  to  be  so  important. 

A  most  important  stimulus  to  the  development  of 


546 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


plant-breeding  was  given  by  the  publication  of  Darwin's 
famous  works,  particularly  his  "Animals  and  Plants 
under  Domestication,"  in  1868.  His  extensive  re- 
searches, masterful  compilation  and  systematization  of 
the  existing  knowledge  may  be  said  to  have  established 
breeding  on  a  systematic  basis 
Following  Darwin,  little  advance  was  made  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  principles 
of  breeding  until  in  1900, 
when  Mendel's  papers  on  plant 
hybridization,  describing  his 
now  famous  principles  or  laws 
of  inheritance,  were  rediscovered 
independently  and  brought  to 
attention  by  DeVncs,  Correns 
and  Tschermak  The  discovery 
of  these  laws  and  the  publication 
of  DeVries'  "Mutation  Theory" 
in  the  same  year,  marked  the 
beginning  of  a  new  era  in  plant- 
breeding.  No  matter  what  the 
final  conclusions  may  be  regard- 
ing Mendel's  principles  and  the 
mutation  theory,  the  stimula- 
tion which  these  two  theories 
have  given  to  breeding  has 
already  served  greatly  to  modify 
and  extend  knowledge,  both  in 
scientific  and  practical  direc- 
tions 

The  great  advance  that  has 
been  made  in  the  discovery  of 
the  underlying  principles  of 
breeding  puts  experimentation 
in  this  field  on  a  much  surer 
basis  and  the  breeder  ran  now 
approach  his  subject  with  defi- 
nite understanding. 


637.  Variations  in  size 
of  wheat  plants  grown 
side  by  side  in  field. 


Classification  of  varieties. 

To  understand  clearly  the  character  of  organisms 
with  which  breeding  deals,  careful  definitions  of  the 
different  groups  of  cultivated  plants  which  are  ordi- 
narily known  as  varieties  are  needed  One  speaks  of 
varieties  of  wheat,  corn,  apples  and  pears,  yet  it  is 
known  that  these  varieties  differ  from  each  other  as 
natural  groups.  In  order  to  distinguish  clearly  these 
differences,  the  following  classification  of  varieties  into 
races,  strains  and  clons  has  been  proposed 

Racea  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  that  have  well-marked 
differentiating  characters,  and  propagate  true  to  seed  except  for 
simple  fluctuating  variations  The  different  groups  of  beans,  peas, 
wheat,  oats,  corn,  cotton,  and  the  like,  referred  to  commonly  as 
varieties,  are  thus  in  a  more  restricted  sense  races  Boone  County 
White,  Learning,  Golden  Bantam,  and  so  on,  would  be  recognized 
as  races  of  corn,  and  Turkey  Red,  Fulcaster,  Fultz,  as  races  of 
wheat,  and  Early  Pans,  Dwarf  Erfurt  and  Snowball  as  races  of 
cauliflower. 

Strains  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  derived  from  a  race, 
which  do  not  differ  from  the  original  of  the  race  in  visible  taxonomic 
characters  When  the  breeder,  by  a  careful  selection  of  Blue  Stem 
wheat,  produces  a  sort  of  Blue  Stem  that  differs  from  the  original 
race  only  m  the  quality  of  yielding  heavily,  it  would  be  called  a 
strain  of  Blue  Stem 

Clons  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  the  different  individuals 
of  which  are  simply  transplanted  parts  of  the  same  individual,  the 
reproduction  being  by  the  use  of  vegetative  parts  such  as  bulbs, 
tubers,  buds,  grafts,  cuttings,  runners,  and  the  like  The  various 
sorts  of  apples,  potatoes,  strawberries,  chrysanthemums,  and  so  on, 
commonly  denominated  varieties,  in  a  moro  restricted  sense  -would 
be  clons  Clons  of  apples,  pears,  strawberries,  potatoes,  and  the 
like,  do  not  propagate  true  to  seed,  while  this  is  one  of  the  most 
important  characters  of  races  and  strains  of  wheat,  corn,  and  others. 
The  term  variety  would  thus  bo  used  in  a  general  sense,  and  would 
include  races,  strains  and  clons. 

Heredity. 

The  laws  of  heredity  are  of  pnmarv  importance  to 
the  breeder  It  is  a  general  principle  that  like  begets 
like,  but  it  is  also  true  that  like  frequently  gives  rise  to 


unlike.  In  general,  by  heredity  is  meant  the  tendency 
which  an  organism  manifests  to  develop  in  the  form  ana 
likeness  of  its  progenitors,  and  the  study  of  heredity 
includes  thus  the  inheritance  of  characters  It  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  that  organisms  in  general  reproduce 
their  kind,  as  otherwise  the  breeder  would  be  confronted 
with  confusion,  but  it  is  of  equal  importance  that  the  off- 
spring does  not  always  reproduce  the  parental  charac- 
ters There  are  thus  apparently  two  conflicting  prin- 
ciples in  plant-breeding  On  the  one  hand,  the  breeder 
seeks  to  produce  variations  in  order  to  get  new  types 
as  the  foundations  for  improvement.  On  the  other  hand, 
when  such  a  variation  from  or  improvement  on  the  nor- 
mal type  is  secured,  he  reverses  the  process  and  tries 
to  establish  heredity  and  reduce  the  amount  of  varia- 
tion, so  that  the  aphorism,  "like  begets  like/  will  hold 
true. 

In  pedigree-  or  grade-breeding,  and  in  breeding  to 
produce  new  varieties,  the  importance  of  hereditary 
strength  cannot  be  overestimated,  as  it  is  only  by  ren- 
dering this  power  very  great  that  any  new  form  can  be 
brought  to  what  is  called  a  fixed  type 

In  recent  years,  the  ideas  of  fixity  of  type  have  been 
greatly  modified,  and  it  is  now  hold  that  fixity  of 
type  is  secured  by  purifying  a  race  from  all  admixtures 
so  that  any  character  represented  in  a  race  will  be  pure. 

Unit-characters. 

The  modern  studies  of  heredity  have  led  to  a  new 
conception  of  organic  characters  that  should  be  clearly 
understood  by  the  brooder  A  caroful  study  of  species  or 
varieties  of  plants  or  animals  focuses  the  attention  not 
on  the  generality  of  the  differences  exist'ng  but  rather 
on  the  differences  in  certain  characters,  one  observes 
whether  a  plant  is  smooth  or  hairy,  cut-leaved  or  entire- 
leaved,  much  branched  or  Mmply  branched,  erect  or 
procumbent,  tall  or  short,  and  the  like  This  leads  to 
the  conception  that  a  plant  is  not  of  simple  organiza- 
tion but  is  comprised  of  a  combination  of  characters. 
These  characters  or  the  physiological  units  which  cause 
them  are  now  thought  of  as  in  considerable  measure 
independent  of  each  other  and  as  representing  dis 
tmct  organic  units.  The  classical  studies  of  Gret>o 


038  Red  cedar:  a,  Columnar  form;  b,  Spreading  form. 

Mendel  on  the  hybridization  of  races  of  peas  that 
exhibited  different  characters  established  the  fact  that 
at  least  certain  characters  are  inherited  separately  and 
may  form  permanent  new  combinations. 

A  unit-character,  then,  may  be  defined  as  any  char 
actenstic  quality  or  set  of  qualities  or  expression  O- 
character  in  an  organism  that  is  inherited  as  a  whole 
and  independent  of  any  other  quality  or  set  of  quantum 
They  are  the  organic  units  of  inheritance  The  urn. 
that  are  considered  in  hybridization  are  not  tnc 
species  or  varieties  themselves,  but  the  unit-character*, 
of  which  they  are  composed  The  origin  of  a  new 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


547 


variety  would  then  consist  in  the  acquirement  of  a  new 
character  by  the  organism  or  the  loss  of  an  old  character 
or  of  the  production  through  hybridization  of  new 
combinations  of  characters  that  already  existed  but 
in  different  combinations. 

Nature  of  variation. 

While,  as  indicated  m  the  discussion  of  heredity, 
organisms  are  usually  reproduced  in  the  likeness  of 
their  parents,  nevertheless  it  is  well  known  that 
all  plants  vary  Individual  plants  differ  from  one 
another  mst  as  do  men  The  fact  that  plants  can  be 
improved  by  selection  depends  upon  the  occurrence  of 
these  so-called  variations  One  is  accustomed  to  think 
of  plants  as  very  stable  and  uniform  Casually  looking 
over  a  field  of  ox-eye  daisies  and  admiring  their  beautv, 
one  distinguishes  no  appan  nt  variability,  all  seem  to  be 
alike  Nevertheless,  if  the  plants  arc  examined  care- 
fully and  the  different  individuals  studied,  it  is  found 
that  each  one  possesses  certain  peculiarities  Some  have 
large  flower-heads,  otheis  small  flower-heads;  some 
have  very  many  rays  or  petals,  others  comparatively 
few,  some  have  broad  rays,  others  narrow  rays  Some 
plants  are  tall,  others  hhort.  No  two  plants  can  be 
found  which  do  not  differ  from  each  other  in  some 
noticeable  character  They  present  different  facial 
expressions,  the  same  as  do  people  or  cattle,  so  that 
different  individuals  may  be  recognized  aftor  one  has 
studied  them  and  made  their  acquaintance  This  is 
one  of  the  interesting  studies  which  the  breeder  pur- 
sues Careful  gardeners  learn  to  recognize  the  individ- 
ual plants  that  thev  handle  day  after  day  as  the 
shepherd  recognises  the  different  members  of  his  flock. 

The  inheritance  of  a  character  ordinarily  does  not 
mean  its  exact  expression  in  the  offspring  as  in  the  par- 
ent In  considering  variations  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  conception  of  unit-characters,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  only  the  determiners  of  a  character  arc  in- 
herited and  the  expression  of  the  character  in  the  new 
individual  is  influenced  by  the  environment  under  which 
the  individual  develops  It  must  also  be  remembered 
that  in  the  higher  plants  arid  animals  with  which  the 
breeder  orchnanlv  has  to  deal,  an  individual  results 
from  a  fertilized  egg-cell  which  contains  the  heritage 
determiners  of  two  parents  and;  as  theie  are  a  very 
large  number  of  ehaiacters  making  up  an>  individual 
ami  as  different  individuals  possess  different  determi- 
ners which  are  brought  together  in  fertilization,  rarely  or 
never  can  one  individual  be  conceived  to  be  an  exact 
counterpart  of  another 

Variation*  are  of  very  great  difference  in  magnitude 
and  kind,  and  while  many  different  names  have  been 
given  to  the  different  t>pes  of  variation,  the  most 
generally  accepted  usage  at  present  is  to  classify  all 
variations  either  as  fluctuations  or  mutations 

Fluctuations  are  those  variations  that  are  supposed 
to  be  due  to  the  direct  action  of  environment  and  that 
are  not  inherited  The  vaiiation  in  size  a.s  a  icsult  of 
richness  of  soil,  is  such  a  fluctuating  variation  and,  as 
well  recognized,  is  not  a  heritable  character  A  similar 
illustration  of  such  a  variation  is  the  difference  in  size 
of  oat  or  wheat  plants  due  to  crowding  in  the  field 
(Fig  637)  It  is  known  that  if  a  pole  bean  be  trans- 
ferred to  the  North,  it  tends  to  produce  a  bush  type, 
and  if  a  cowpca  be  transferred  to  the  North,  it  tends  to 
shorten  up  its  vine  and  assume  a  bush  hanit  An  in- 
teresting illustration  of  such  modifications  is  shown 
m  the  ordinary  red  cedar,  Juniperus  virgimana  (Fig. 
638).  In  the  rich,  moist  soils  of  Pennsylvania,  Mary- 
land and  Virginia,  this  tree  forms  a  beautiful  tall  col- 
umnar top  with  dense  foliage  (Fig  638  a) .  On  the  dry, 
sterile,  limestone  hills  of  Kansas,  Nebraska,  and  Ken- 
tucky, and  in  the  sandy  soil  of  Florida,  the  same  tree 
produces  a  spreading,  scraggly  top  of  entirely  different 
character  (Fig.  6386).  If  one  of  these  trees  .is  trans- 


planted while  young,  from  sterile  barren  soil  to  moist 
rich  land,  it  assumes  the  tall  columnar  habit  as  a  result 
of  the  environment 

Plant-breeders  have  sometimes  assumed  that  such 
modifications,  which  are  the  result  of  environment 
(Fig  b'39),  are  of  great  importance  to  them  This 
matter,  however,  is  in  grave  doubt.  The  informa- 
tion at  command  indicates  that  these  characters,  which 
are  physiological  adaptations,  are  not  hereditary,  and 
are  lost  as  soon  as  the  plant  is  transferred  again  to  its 
normal  environment  If,  for  example,  it  is  desired  tc 
produce  a  bush  cowpea  and  the  selection  is  undertaken 
in  the  South  with  a  vmv  variety,  a  search  should  be 
made  among  the  plants  for  the  individual  that  ap- 
proaches most  nearly  to  the  bush  type,  and  it  m  probabl< 
that  this  plant  would  be  as  likely  to  transmit  this- 
character  to  its  progeny  as  a  similar  bushy  tvpe  selected 
under  northern  conditions  As  a  rnf  ttcr  of  fact,  it  may 
be  that  this  tendency  could  be  recognized  much  more 


* 

639.  Variation  in  size  of  dandelion  caused  by  growing  at  dif- 
ferent altitudes,  a,  Plant  grown  in  valley  at  low  altitude,  6,  plant 
grown  on  mountain  at  high  altitude  (From  Bonnier  ) 

clearly  in  a  southern  location,  where  the  plants  normally 
pioduce  vines,  than  in  a  northern  location 

Mutations,  on  the  other  hand,  are  changes  that  are 
more  profound  and  effect  the  germinal  cells  of  ths 
organism  in  such  a  way  that  the  changes  are  inherited 
The  most  typical  illustrations  of  mutations  are  the 
striking  large  type-variations  that  are  known  to  gar- 
deners as  sports,  and  which  ordinarily  reproduce  true 
to  seed.  It  must  not  be  understood,  however,  that 
all  mutations  are  large  type-variations  This,  it  is 
true,  was  in  large  measure  the  meaning  given  to  muta- 
tions by  DeVries  in  his  development  of  the  mutation 
theory  of  evolution,  but  the  moie  general  interpretation 
of  biologists  at  present  is  to  consider  any  type  of  varia- 
tion that  is  inherited  as  a  mutation.  Many  small  varia- 
tions, such  as  a  slight  difference  in  height  of  ear  in  corn, 
may  be  regularly  inherited,  and  in  some  instances 
differences  that  are  so  slight  as  to  be  distinguished  only 
by  careful  biometrical  analysis  are  regularly  inherited, 
generation  after  generation,  even  under  very  different 
conditions  Recent  scientific  studies  have  emphasized 


548 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


the  great  importance  of  such  variations  in  the  produc- 
tion of  cultivated  varieties  and  the  evolution  of  species. 
As  is  well  known  to  gardeners,  these  sports  or  mutations 
appear  suddenly  without  warning  or  reason,  so  far  as  is 
known  They  cannot  be  produced,  and  one  must  simply 
wait  until  they  appear  and  then  be  prepared  to  recog- 
nize and  propagate  them.  Mutations  usually  repro- 
duce their  characters  without  much  reversion  to  the 
parental  type  except  such  as  is  caused  by  cross-pollina- 
tion. Mutations  of  self-fertilized  plants  thus  usually 
come  true  to  type,  while  in  cross-fertilized  plants  the 
mutation  must  usually  be  cultivated  m  an  isolated 
place  and  carefully  selected  to  weed  out  the  effect  of 
such  crossing  as  has  occurred  Many  seedsmen  examine 
their  trial-grounds  regularly  for  sports  or  mutations, 
and  many  of  the  best  varieties  have  lesulted  from  the 
selection  of  such  sports.  Livingston,  of  Ohio,  who  dur- 
ing his  life  was  famous  for  the  number  of  new  varieties 
of  tomatoes  which  he  produced,  made  it  a  practice  to 
search  regularly  the  fields  of  tomatoes,  which  he  grew 
for  seed  purposes,  for  such  sports,  and  almost  all  of  his 
numerous  varieties  were  pioduced  by  the  discovery  of 
such  striking  variations. 

A  very  interesting  case  of  a  variety  that  originated  as 
a  seedling  sport  or  mutation  is  the  now  familiar  case  of 
the  Cupid  sweet  pea  Until  about  fifteen  years  ago  the 
only  sweet  peas  known  were  the  ordinary  tall  twining 
sorts  which  grow  to  a  height  of  3  to  6  feet,  depend- 
ing upon  the  richness  of  the  soil  At  this  time  there  was 
found  in  California,  a  small  dwarf  s\veet  pea  plant  only 
about  6  or  8  inches  high.  This  \vas  growing  in  a  row  of 
the  Emily  Henderson  variety,  one  ot  the  ordinary  tall 
sorts  from  which  it  evidently  had  sprung.  Seed  of  this 


640.  Stem  of  pondweed  (Potamogeton 
spirahs),  showing  narrow  submerged 
leaves  and  broad  floating  leaves.  (After 
Bntton  and  Brown ) 


dwarf  plant  was  saved  and  grown,  and  it  was  found  to 
reproduce  plants  of  the  same  dwarf  character.  The 
variety  was  designated  the  Cupid,  under  which  name  it 
was  introduced  to  the  seed  trade  and  distributed  over 
the  world.  The  Cupid  differed  from  other  sweet  peas 
not  only  in  height  but  in  its  closely  set  leaves  and  general 
habit  of  growth.  Indeed  it  is  as  distinct  from  other 
sweet  peas  as  are  distinct  species  of  plants  in  nature. 
From  the  original  Cupid,  there  have  sprung  many 


different  sorts,  until  now  there  are  varieties  of  Cupids 
representing  almost  all  variations  of  color  and  shape 
of  flower  known  in  the  sweet  pea  family. 

Causes  of  variation. 

Understanding  of  the  causes  of  variation  is  as  yet 
\ery  imperfect.  Fluctuations  are  in  general  interpreted 
as  the  direct  physiological  action  of  environment  on  the 
piarit,  or.  in  other  words,  environmental  reactions. 
There  would  seem  to  be  no  doubt  of  the  correctness  of 
this  view  for  the  cause  of  ordinary  fluctuations,  and  it 
may  be  accepted  as  the  cause  of  such  fluctuating  varia- 
tions as  the  breeder  will  commonly  meet  Such  reactions 
as  the  changes  m  structure  and  form  of  the  entire  air- 
leaves  and  finely  divided  \v  ater-leaves  of  certain  butter- 
cups (Ranunculus)  and  the  floating  and  submerged 
leaves  of  pond  weeds  or  Potamogeton  (Fig  610),  and  the 
loss  of  kncas  on  the  bald  c>  press  when  cultivated  on 
high  land  where  the  soil  is  \\ell  aerated,  may  be  inter- 
preted merely  as  extreme  environmental  reactions 
Even  these  extreme  changes  are  not  inherited  other 
than  that  the  ability  to  react  in  this  \vay  under  different 
environments)  is  inherited 

To  account  for  mutations  is,  however,  a  mucn  more 
difficult  matter  and  no  definite  conclusion  ah  to  their 
cause  has  yet  been  r^nrhed  Lamarck  and  hi*  followers 
have  strongly  maintained  the  hypothec  that  changed 
environment  \\ould  (stimulate  the  production  of  varia- 
tions that  would  permanently  effect  the  orgam&m  and 
its  progeny  in  the  direction  of  better  adapting  them 
to  their  environment  Many  scientists,  even  today, 
believe  m  the  effectiveness  of  environment  in  develop- 
ing adaptive  changes  Weisman  arid  his  followers, 
however,  appear  to  have  shown  that  characters  acquired 
through  external  influences,  the  so-called  acquired 
characters,  do  not  affect  the  germ-cells,  \\hieh  are  early 
differentiated  in  the  development  of  the  organism,  and 
are  thus  not  inherited 

While,  m  general,  it  is  certain  that  the  ordinary 
environmental  reactions  are  not  inherited,  it  is  known 
that  plants  long  grown  under  a  certain  environment 
become  modified  to  feint  that  environment,  and  that 
such  adaptive  changes  have  m  some  way  so  modified 
the  organism  that  the  adaptive  changes  are  rendered 
heritable  Thus  the  conclusion  follows  that  in  some  way 
environment  by  its  stimulation  does  occasionally  affect 
the  germ-cells  and  produce  changes  that  arc  inherited. 
Plants  that  have  long  been  cultivated  under  widely 
varying  conditions  almost  invariably  develop  numerous 
heritable  variations  that  would  be  classed  as  muta- 
tions The  older  breeders  strongly  held  to  the  belief 
that  such  conditions  as  change  of  food-supply,  change  of 
altitude,  artificial  cultivation,  budding,  and  grafting, 
indeed  the  ordinary  manipulation  of  agricultural  culti- 
vation, lead  plants  to  vary  in  directions  of  importance 
to  the  breeder  Cleai  ly,  no  problem  is  of  more  impor- 
tance to  the  breeder  than  to  be  able  to  produce  or  cause 
such  new  characters  to  appear. 

It  is  only  very  recently  that  the  idea  has  developed  that  one  can 
go  farther  than  possibly  to  change  the  environment  With  the 
publication  of  MacDougal's  researches  in  1906,  describing  mutations 
that  were  apparently  caused  by  injecting  the  capsules  of  plants  w  ith 
certain  solutions,  such  as  zinc  sulfale  and  magnesium  chloride,  a 
possible  new  method  of  forcing  variations  was  introduced  Mac- 
Dougal  apparently  obtained  marked  variations  as  a  result  of  his 
treatment,  that  were  inherited  in  succeeding  generations 

Tower,  by  subjecting  potato  beetles  during  the  formation  of  the 
germ-cells  to  extremely  hot  and  dry  or  hot  and  humid  conditions 
with  changes  of  atmospheric  pressure,  was  able  to  cause  the 
development  of  marked  changes  or  mutations  that  were  found  to 
transmit  their  characters  true  through  several  generations  and  which 
segregated  as  unit-characters  following  hybridization.  He  con- 
cludes from  his  experiments  "that  heritable  variations  are  produced 
as  the  direct  response  to  external  stimuli  " 

Gager  has  produced  similar  changes  in  plants  by  subjecting  the 
developing  ovaries  to  the  action  of  radium  rays,  and  a  number  of 
similar  studies  by  Hertwig  and  others  indicate  that  radium  ema- 
nations have  a  very  active  effect  on  both  plants  and  animals 

While  the  evidence  favoring  the  value  of  such  external  stimuli 
as  the  above  in  producing  new  bentable  characters  is  apparently 
definite  and  positive,  the  extent  to  which  the  method  cao  be  used  in 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


549 


practical  breeding  has  not  been  determined,  and  indeed  further 
experience  muni  be  awaited  before  the  evidence,  or  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  evidence  presented  in  these  very  valuable  and  sug- 
gestive researches,  can  finally  be  accepted  Humbert  has  made  ex- 
periments in  which  the  capsules  of  a  pure  hue  of  a  wild  plant 
(Silene  nodiflora)  were  injected  with  the  solutions  used  by 
MacDougal,  and  although  the  number  of  plants  handled  (about 
15,000)  was  apparently  as  great  or  greater  than  was  used  in  Mac- 
Dougal's  experiments,  no  mutations  were  found  in  the  treated 
plant-*  that  were  not  also  found  in  the  untreated  or  check  plants 

borne  observations  and  experiments  are  recorded  in  literature 
which  indicate  that  mutilations  or  severe  injury  may  induce  the 
development  of  mutations  Most  noteworthy  among  s>uch  obser- 
vations are  those  of  Blannghem,  who  by  mutilating  corn  plants  m 
various  ways,  such  as  splitting  or  twintirig  the  btalks,  apparently 
produced  variations  that  bred  true  without  recession  and  which 
he  described  as  mutations  Observations  on  the  great  frequency  of 
striking  bud-variations  on  recovering  trunks  of  old  citrus  trees  in 
Florida,  following  the  severe  freeze  of  1894-5,  also  furnished 
evidence  in  support  of  this  theory 

While  the  evidence  at  command  ngarding  the  artificial  pro- 
duction of  mutations  is  not  yot  sufficiently  exact  and  trustworthy 
to  enable  one  to  draw  definite  conclusions  and  formulate  recom- 
mendations for  practical  breeders,  it  may  be  stated  that  this  is 
apparently  one  of  the  most  profitable  hues  of  experimentation  for 
the  immediate  future 


Principles  of  selection. 

Selection  is  the  principal  factor  of  breeding,  both  in 
the  improvement  of  races  and  in  the  production  of 
new  races  and  varieties  (Fig  041).  The  keynote  of 
selection  is  the  choice  of  the  best,  and  a  factor  of  the 
highest  importance  in  finding  the  best  is  the  examination 
of  very  large  numbers 

In  evolut  lonary  studies,  it  has  long  been  recognized 
that  variation  is  the  foundation  of  evolution  and  that 
no  evolution  is  possible  without  variation,  but,  to  selec- 
tion has  been  assigned  an  all-important  part  as  guiding 
and  even  stimulating  the  variation  in  a  certain  direc- 
tion Darwin,  and  particularly  some  of  his  more  radical 
followers,  have  assigned  to  sok*<  tion  a  creative  force,  m 
that  it  has  been  assumed  that  when  nature  by  a  slight 
variation  gave  the  hint  of  a  possible  change  in  a  certain 
direction,  natural  or  artificial  selection,  by  choosing  this 
variation  and  selecting  from  among  its  progeny  the 
most  markedly  similar  variants,  could  force  the  advance 
in  the  direction  indicated  Since  Darwin's  time,  this 
cumulative  action  of  selection  had  been  emphasized  so 
forcibly  that  selection  had  come  to  be  recognized  as  an 
active  force  in  creation  rather  than  merely  as  a  deter- 
minative agency 

It  is  certain,  of  course,  that,  by  careful  observation 
and  selection  from  any  particular  race,  ultimately  a 
new  race  may  be  produced  The  question  is  whether 
the  individual  or  individuals  selected  in  producing  the 
new  race  have  not  varied  bv  mutation  or  seed-sporting 
rather  than  being  meiely  representative  of  the  cumula- 
tive result  of  the  selection  of  slight  individual  varia- 
tions The  sugar-beet  furnishes  an  interesting  illustra- 
tion m  this  direction  It  will  be  remembered  that 
Louis  Vilmonn  started  the  selection  of  sugar-beets  for 
richness  in  sugar  between  1830  and  1840,  selecting  first 
by  means  of  specific  gravity,  the  method  being  to  throw 
the  beets  into  solutions  of  brine  strong  enough  so  that 
the  great  majority  of  them  would  float,  the  few  that 
sank  being  of  greater  specific  gravity  and  presumably 
of  greater  sugar-content  Considerable  improvement 
was  produced  by  this  method.  About  1851,  the  method 
of  chemical  analysis  was  introduced  to  determine  the 
exact  sugar-content.  At  this  time,  the  sugar-content 
was  found  to  vary  from  7  to  14  per  cent,  and  m  the 
second  general  ion  of  selection  individuals  with  21  per 
cent  of  sugar  were  found.  The  selection  based  on  per- 
centage of  sugar,  using  the  beets  highest  in  sugar  as 
mothers,  has  been  continued  regularly  since  that  time, 
and  the  industry  has  come  to  rely  entirely  on  careful 
selection  for  high  sugar-content  It  would  be  expected 
that  under  these  conditions,  the  percentage  of  sugar 
would  have  increased  sufficiently  so  that  the  selected 
plants  could  be  considered  a  different  race  orstram.  Yet, 
after  fifty  years  of  selection,  the  highest  sugar-content 
found  is  only  about  26  per  cent,  and  this  m  a  very  few 


instances,  seldom  over  21  per  cent  being  found  At  the 
present  time,  many  thousand  analyses  are  made  every 
year,  so  that  abundant  opportunity  is  afforded  to  find 
individuals  producing  a  high  sugar-content.  On  the 
contrary,  when  Vilmorm's 
work  was  started,  the 
determination  of  sugar- 
content  was  made  by 
very  laborious  methods, 
and  was  limited  to  com- 
paratively few  individ- 
uals. It  is  not  improb- 
able that  if  Vilmonn  had 
been  able  to  make  analy- 
ses of  the  sugar-content 
m  many  thousands  of 
roots,  he  would  have 
found  certain  individuals 
producing  as  high  as  26 
per  cent.  The  inference 
from  this  illustration 
would  be  that  the  limita- 
tions of  the  variation 
within  the  race  have  not 
been  surpassed  as  a  result 
of  selection 


641  Improvement  of  corn  by 
selection  Boone  County  White 
corn  on  left,  and  original  type 
from  which  it  was  developed  by 
selection  on  right. 


Of  recent  studies  favoring  the  active  influence  of  selection  in 
creating  or  strengthening  characters,  the  most  noteworthy  are  those 
of  Castle  and  Smith 

Castle  and  his  assistants  made  an  extensive  series  of  experiments 
with  hooded  rats  to  increase  the  black-colored  dorsal  band  on  the 
one  hand  and  to  decrease  or  obliterate  it,  on  the  other  He  appears 
to  have  obtained  very  positn  e  ev  idence  favoring  the  gradual  cumu- 
lative action  of  the  selection,  as  he  succeeded  in  markedly  increasing 
the  amount  of  black  in  one  htrain  until  the  rats  were  almost  wholly 
black  and  in  the  other  strain  almost  wholly  obliterating  the  black. 
Castle  has  also  obtained  similar  results  in  produ<  mg  a  four-toed 
race,  and  a  change  of  coloring  m  guinea-pigs  His  view  may  be 
summarized  m  the  following  quotation  "In  Johannsen's  view, 
selection  can  do  nothing  but  sort  out  variations  already  existing  in 
a  rate  I  prrfcr  to  think  with  Darwin  that  selection  can  do  more 
than  thu,  that  it  can  heap  up  quantitative  variations  until  they 
reach  a  sum  total  otherwise  unattainable,  and  that  it  thus  becomes 
creative  " 

The  experiments  conducted  by  Smith  and  others  at  the 
Illinois  Experiment  Station  on  selecting  high  and  low  strains  of 
corn  with  reference  to  oil-  and  protein-content,  have  re^il^ed  in 
markedly  distinct  strains  possessing  these  qualities  Experiments 
have  also  been  made  m  cultivating  these  varieties  without  selection 
and  the  new  characters  have  been  maintained  for  several  years 
without  marked  regression 

The  standard  researches  of  De\  ries,  now  familiar  to  all,  chal- 
lenged the  correctness  of  the  selection  theory  and  bought  to  show 
that  species  originated  by  sudden  jumps  or  mutations  It  may  be 
admitted  that  DeVncs  proved  that  species  or  new  characters 
were  formed  suddenly  as  mutations,  but  this  would  not  prove 
that  they  might  not  also  be  formed  or  actually  induced  to  mutate 
by  a  continuous  process  of  selection  Indeed,  in  his  experiments  on 
the  production  of  a  double-flow  cred  variety  of  Chrysanthemum 
sroctum  ("Mutdtionstheonc,"  \  ol  I,  p  523\  a  few  generations  of 
selection  led  to  increasing  markedly  the  number  of  ray-florets 
before  the  ligulate  corollas  appeared  among  the  di«k-florets,  the 
change  that  ho  interpreted  as  the  mutation  that  gave  him  the  double 

Tower's  experiments  with  the  potato  beetle  m  attempting  to 
create  by  selection  largo  and  small  races,  albimc  and  melanic  races, 
and  races  with  changed  color-pattern,  although  conducted  carefullj 
from  ten  to  twelve  generations,  failed  to  give  any  evidence  of  pro- 
ducing permanently  changed  types  While  strains  of  plus  and 
minus  varieties  gave  populations  with  a  range  of  variation  appar- 
ently markedly  restricted  to  their  respective  sides  of  the  normal 
variation  range,  still  these  selected  strains  did  not  greatly  exceed 
the  normal  range  of  variation  in  either  direction,  and  when  the 
selection  was  discontinued,  in  two  or  three  generations,  again 
populations  exhibiting  the  normal  range  of  variation  were  produced 
Jennings,  in  a  aeries  of  selection  experiments  with  paramecium 
extending  over  twenty  generations,  and  Pearl,  in  an  extensive 
experiment  m  the  selection  of  chickens  in  an  attempt  to  produce  a 
breed  of  high  egg-laying  capacity,  failed  to  secure  any  evidence 
favoring  an  accumulative  effect  of  selection 

No  scries  of  experiments  have  had  a  more  profound  influence  on 
the  conception  of  selection  than  those  of  Johannsen,  the  Danish 
investigator  In  studying  commercial  varieties  of  beau«,  he  found 
that  such  characters  as  weight  and  sire  of  seed  fluctuated  around  a 
certain  average,  and  when  large  seed  or  small  seed  was  chosen,  the 

Rrogcny  showed  the  influence  of  the  selection,  being  smaller  o» 
uger  in  accordance  with  the  direction  of  the  selection  Tho 
progeny,  however,  did  not  exhibit  the  extreme  si/es  of  the  selected 
parents,  there  being  a  certain  regression  toward  mediocrity  In 
investigating  this  matter,  Johannsen  was  led  to  use  the  ordinary 
pedigree  method  of  cultivating  the  progeny  of  different  individual 
separately  and  inbreeding  or  selfing  all  seed  used  to  prevent  the 


550 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


crossing  of  different  strains  By  this  method,  he  found  that  the 
progeny  of  each  individual  fhictuated  around  an  a/eragc  or  typical 
size,  as  had  the  commercial  varieties,  but  that  while  some  strains 
were  exactly  the  same  in  average  size  an  the  commercial  variety, 
others  fluctuated  around  a  larger  mean  or  a  smaller  mean  than  tht 
commercial  variety  He  tried  the  experiment  of  selecting  from 
these  large  and  small  strains  extreme  variants,  and  found  that  no 
advance  was  made  as  a  result  of  the  selection  Ho  was  thus  led 
to  conclude  that  in  a  pure  self-fertilized  strain  from  a  single  plant — 
what  he  called  a  pure  lino — no  advance  could  be  made  by  selection 
and  that  the  commercial  variety  with  which  he  first  experimented 
was  a  mixed  race  In  the  course  of  his  experiments  with  pure  lines, 
several  variations  were  obtained  which  reproduced  true  to  type, 
but  these  were  interpreted  by  him  as  changes  of  type  by  mutation. 
While,  before  the  publication  of  Johannsen's  results,  breeders 
clearly  recognized  the  importance  ef  determining  individual  per- 
formance and  using  pedigree  methods,  still  his  pure-line  conception 
was  a  distinct  advance  and  forcibly  brought  to  attention  the  fact 
that  most  commercial  varieties  and  races  consist  of  a  number  of 
distinct  types — biotypos,  as  he  called  them, — and  that  much  of 
our  work  of  selection  consists  merely  in  isolating  and  purifying 
these  types 

Is  one,  then,  to  conclude  that  the  practice  of  breeders 
in  continually  selecting  from  the  best  for  propagation 
is  useless,  and  must  one  advise  practical  breeders  to 
discontinue  their  selection?  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  practical  breeders  have  made  advances  by 
selecting  from  the'  bast  individuals  No  scientific 
breeder  will  deny  this  It  is  simply  the  question  of  the 
interpretation  of  how  the  results  were  secured  that  is 
in  doubt  and  whether  these  results  can  be  considered 
as  permanent  new  unit-characters 

It  appears  that  one  is  dealing  in  breeding  with  two 
markedly  distinct  types  of  selection,  based  on  different 
principles  and  arriving  at  different  results,  both  correct 
in  principle  and  productive  of  equally  valuable  practical 
results,  but  of  very  different  value  when  considered 
from  a  strictly  evolutionary  standpoint  The  first  of 
these  types  would  be  that  in  which  mutations  are 
selected  and  new  races  established,  while  the  second 
would  be  illustrated  by  that  type  of  selection  which  is 
intended  merely  to  maintain  a  maximum  strain  of  the 
race 

It  would  seem  that  such  cases  of  improvement  as 
are  illustrated  by  the  sugar-beet  indicate  that  the  con- 
tinuous selection,  generation  after  generation,  of  maxi- 
mum fluctuations  shown  by  a  character,  will  result  in 
maintaining  a  strain  at  nearly  the  maximum  of  effi- 
ciency, and  that  within  a  pure  race  the  progeny  of  a 
maximum  variate  which  would  probably  be  classed 
as  a  fluctuation,  docs  not  regress  entirely  to  the  mean  of 
the  roee  m  the  first  generation  succeeding  the  selec- 
tion, but  that  there  is  only  a  certain  percentage  of  re- 
gression similar  to  the  regression  determined  by  Claltoii. 

These  races  or  solected  stiams  maintain  themselves 
as  long  as  the  selection  is  continued,  and  when  the 
selection  is  discontinued  rapidly  regress  to  the  mean  of 
the  species 

The  practical  breeder  should  clearly  recognize  that 
the  act  of  selection,  the  choice  of  the  best,  remains  just 
as  important  whether  it  has  a  cumulative  effect, 
theroby  augmenting  the  character,  or  whether  he  is 
merely  punfymg  an  already  existing  superior  race.  The 
final  result  remains  the  same. 

Methods  of  selection,  or  pedigree  breeding. 

Bv  methods  of  selection  is  meant  those  practices  that 
the  breeder  uses  to  find  promising  variations,  determine 
their  value,  and  punfy  or  develop  them  into  fixed 
races  coming  true  to  seed. 

Choosing  superior  plants. 

The  first  concern  of  the  breeder  is  to  find  the  valuable 
variations  How  he  had  best  do  this  will  depend  largely 
upon  the  plant  with  which  he  is  working.  In  all  cases, 
it  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  find  the  best  possible 
plants  and  this  is  likely  to  require  the  examination  of  a 
very  large  number  of  individuals.  This  factor  cannot 
be  too  strongly  emphasized.  If,  for  example,  one  at- 
tempted to  find  a  man  7  feet  high,  one  would  probably 


ha\e  to  examine,  or  pass  over,  a  million  individuals 
to  find  him  The  superior  individuals  fitted  to  be  the 
progenitors  of  a  new  or  improved  race  arc  very  few. 
Certain  individuals  far  above  the  average  may  be 
found  by  examining  a  comparatively  limited  number, 
but  the  very  best  possible  individual  is  but  rarely 
produced 

The  plants  from  which  selections  are  to  be  made 
should  be  grown  under  as  uniform  conditions  as  possible, 
so  that  the  experimenter  may  have  opportunity  to 
examine  and  select  the  best  Iwo  methods  of  growing 
plants  for  selection  are  in  general  use,  and  may  be 
termed  the  nursery  method  and  the  field  method 

The  nursery  method,  which  was  first  used  by  Hallett 
about  1808,  consists  m  cultivating  each  plant  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions  possible  tor  its  best 
development.  By  this  method  with  wheat,  ior  example, 
Hallett  pursued  the  policy  of  planting  the  mdidivuals 
in  squares  a  foot  apart,  which  would  give  each  plant 
abundant  opportunity  for  spooling,  and  also  the  investi- 
gator an  opportunity  clearly  to  distinguish  each  indi- 
vidual plant  and  determine  its  iharacteristics,  total 
yield,  and  so  on  In  iccent  \ear-s,  this  method  of  grow- 
ing the  individual  plants  at  a  standard  distance  from 
each  other,  m  order  to  test  their  yielding  capacities  and 
the  like,  has  been  u^vrj.  very  pxlen-sivvly 

The  field  method  was  used  by  Kimpau  about  1S67, 
and  probably  by  many  otheis  before  that  time  By 
this  method,  the  selections  are  made  from  plants  grown 
under  normal  field  conditions  The  advantages  of  this 
method  are  that  it  can  be  judged  only  what  a  plant  will 
do  in  the  field  under  ordinary  conditions  of  field  cul- 
ture, by  growing  and  selecting  it  under  these  conditions 
In  the  large  majority  of  cases,  the  first  selections  are 
probably  made  fiom  plants  grown  in  the  held  in  the 
regular  course  of  crop-production,  which  thus  wcie 
,not  specially  grown  for  the  purpose 

If  one  is  to  use  the  nursery  method,  the  plants  must 
be  especially  planted  \\hile  the  nursery  method  cer- 
tainly allows  the  breeder  to  distinguish  the  individual 
plants  more  clearly,  m  wheat,  oats,  and  other  crops  that 
are  sown  broadcast  or  drilled,  it  entails  \ery  much 
extra  work  and  is  prob.iblv  to  be  lecommended  only  for 
the  use  of  experimenters  who  are  giving  their  entire 
time  to  the  work  In  the  greater  number  of  horticultural 
crops,  the  individuals  are  normallv  cultivated  one  in  a 
place,  as  in  the  case  of  tomatoes,  cabbages,  strawberries, 
currants  and  the  like,  and  the  examination  of  individuals 
in  the  field  thus  satisfies  the  requirements  of  both 
the  above  methods 

The  breeder  may  have  in  mind  either  of  two  pur- 
poses m  his  work  (I)  On  the  one  hand,  he  may  desire 
to  secure  an  impioved  strain  ot  a  certain  race,  that  is, 
by  selection  to  keep  his  seed  up  to  the  maximum  of 
efficiency  This  may  be  called  stiain  breeding  (2)  On 
the  other  hand,  he  may  desire  to  produce  an  entirely 
new  race  with  different  characters,  and  this  may  be 
called  race-breeding 

He  should  clearly  recognize  which  of  these  types  of 
breeding  he  is  following  As  an  illustration,  suppose 
that  the  breeder  is  growing  the  Stone  tomato  and 
desires  to  maintain  the  best-yielding  strain  possible  of 
this  race  He  would  then  attempt  to  choose  from  a  very 
large  number  of  plants  of  the  Stone  variety,  the  best- 
yielding  plants  having  the  largest  number  of  perfect 
fruits  and  typical  of  the  variety  in  habit  of  growth, 
quality,  character  of  fruit,  and  the  like,  and  would  hope 
by  a  process  of  continuous  selection  to  maintain  his 
selected  strain  in  a  state  of  high  productivity.  This  is 
the  type  of  selection  pursued  by  the  sugar-beet 
breeders  described  earlier  in  this  article. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  he  desires  to  produce  an  im- 
proved new  race,  he  would  search  among  large  numbers 
of  tomato  plants  of  any  or  all  varieties  for  the  appear- 
ance of  mutations  or  sports,  or  plants  of  new  type  differ- 
ing from  any  known  variety  As  a  matter  of  experience, 


BREEDING 

it  should  be  stated  that  it  is  very  easy  to  find  types  of 
plants  differing  from  the  varieties  or  races  ordinarily 
grown,  but  far  the  larger  pait  of  such  variations  are 
worthless  types.  Good  new  types,  the  superior  or  even 
the  equal  of  the  known  varieties,  are  of  very  rare 
occurrence 

If  the  general  improvement  of  a  variety  is  the 
breeder's  purpose,  he  snould  choose  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  apparently  superior  plants  of  good  type,  which 
will  form  the  basis  of  his  selection  work.  Breeders  who 
are  conducting  careful  experiments  will  find  it  neces- 
sary and  desirable  to  use  careful  methods  of  judging 
their  plants.  While  one  is  breeding  possibly  for  one 
primary  improvement,  as,  for  example,  increased  yield, 
it  is  necessary,  at  the  same  time,  that  one  should  keep 
the  product  up  to  the  standard  in  other  characteristics, 
namely,  quality,  disease-resistance,  drought-resistance, 
and  the  like,  and  that  one  sees  that  all  of  the  good 
qualities  of  the  variety  are  retained.  To  do  this  properly 
necessitates  the  use  of  a  score-card,  on  which  each  char- 
acter of  the  plant  that  is  important  is  given  its  relative 
weight  or  giade.  By  the  use  of  such  a  score-card,  the 
breeder  can  judge  each  character  separately,  and  by  the 
adding  up  of  the  score-card  get  the  rank  of  different 
plants  in  a  comparative  wav 

Inheritance  tebl  — When  a  number  of  plants  have  been 
chosen,  the  next  important  factor  is  to  test  each  indi- 
vidual as  to  its  inheritance  It  must  be  continuously 
remembered  that  a  plant  is  valuable  only  as  it  produces 
good  progeri>  To  determine  the  inheritance,  the  usual 
method  is  to  plant  the  seed  from  each  individual  se- 
lected in  a  row  bv  itself,  or  in  a  marked  part  of  a  row. 
This  is  the  so-called  "plant-to-row"  method,  and  brings 
the  offspring  of  a  single  mdn  idual  together  so  that  they 
may  be  readily  compared  with  each  other  and  their 
qualities  carefully  judged.  These  progeny  rows  should 
be  grown  in  a  special  breeding-patch  in  which  the  soil 
is  as  uniform  as  can  be  secured 

It  is  frequently  found  tha*  two  select  plants  that  are 
equally  good  so  far  as  their  yield  is  concerned  will  give 

Erogem  that,  as  a  whole,  differ  greatly  in  this  respect, 
n  the  progeny  of  one,  almost  every  plant  may  nave 
inherited  tho  denred  quality,  while  in  the  progeny  of 
the  other  only  a  few  of  the  plants  may  show,  m  any 
noticeable  degree,  the  inheritance  of  the  quality  To 
determine  Ihe  degree  of  inheritance,  it  is  necessary  to 
grade  car:  fully  the  progeny  of  each  individual 

Fmall>,  \\ith  the  use  of  his  best  judgment,  the 
breeder  determines  the  superior  progenies,  and  these 
would  be  the  ones  which  have  most  nearly  given  the 
ideal  type  and  produced  the  best  yield  of  the  highest 
quality  This  would  end  the  \\ork  of  the  first  gen- 
eration of  the  selection  as  the  breeder  now  has  the 
data  which  shows  him  which  of  the  original  plants 
selected  was  the  .superior  one  It  will  be  seen  that  this 
is  a  method  of  judging  the  individual  by  its  progeny. 

Continuation  of  the  selection  Hie  second  year. 

Having  determined  the  superior  progeny  or  progenies 
at  the  end  of  the  hrst  year,  the  breeder  then  makes  his 
selections  of  heed-plants  from  these  best  progenies  for 
continuing  the  breeding  While  one  progeny  may  be 
and  usually  is  superior  to  all  others,  this  may  be  due 
to  the  season  or  other  accidental  conditions  and  for  a 
few  generations  it  is  usually  the  best  policy  to  make 
selections  from  several  of  the  best  progenies.  Select 
from  each  of  the  superior  progenies  several  of  the  best 
plants,  using  the  same  care  in  selecting  these  plants  as 
was  used  in  choosing  the  first  plants  Preserve  the  seed 
from  each  of  these  plants  separately  and  keep  it  care- 
fully labeled  so  that  its  origin  may  be  known 

The  further  work  with  these  plants  consists  in  plant- 
ing each  individual  by  the  plant-to-row  method,  test- 
ing the  inheritance  as  described  in  the  first  generation, 
and  finally  selecting  again  the  best  progenies  This 
would  be  followed  by  again  selecting  from  the  best  pro- 


BREEDING 


551 


genies  a  number  of  superior  individuals  to  continue  the 
selections  in  the  third  year 

The  third  and  succeeding  years  of  the  selection  would 
be  conducted  in  the  same  way  as  long  as  it  was  thought 
necessary  or  desirable  to  continue  the  work. 

Securing  general  stock  seed  of  the  improved  strain. 

In  carrying  out  selection  work  as  outlined  in  the  pre- 
ceding section,  it  is  ordinarily  the  object  of  the  breeder 
to  secure  an  improved  strain  of  the  race  with  which  he 
is  working,  and  usually  he  desires  to  utilize  such  im- 
provements as  he  can  make  at  the  earliest  possible  time. 
With  ordinary  annual  crops  such  as  beans,  peas,  toma- 
toes, corn,  and  cotton,  it  will  be  found  a  good  policy  at 
the  end  of  the  second  year  of  the  selection^  after  taking 
the  seed  from  the  few  special  plants  used  m  continuing 
the  pedigree  breeding,  to  harvest  the  seed  from  a  num- 
ber of  the  best  plants  remaining  in  the  chosen  progenies 
and  using  this  seed  to  plant  a  multiplication  plat  from 
which  stock  seed  may  be  secured  to  plant  a  fairly  large 
crop  Each  year  following  this,  seed  may  be  taken  m 
the  same  way  from  the  best  progenies  in  the  breeding 
patch  to  plant  a  multiplication  plat  By  this  method, 
seed  of  a  gradually  improving  grade  may  be  secured 
for  planting  a  general  crop. 

Control  of  parentage. 

In  plant-breeding,  as  in  animal-breeding,  the  isola- 
tion of  the  parents  is  a  very  important  consideration. 
It  is  necessary  that  the  character  of  both  parents  should 
be  known  whenever  this  is  possible  In  breeding  plants, 
more  attention  is  given  ordinarily  to  the  mother  parent, 
and  in  very  many 
instances  the  charac- 
ters of  the  father 
parent  are  entirely 
neglected  Animal- 
breeders,  on  the  con- 
trary, give  more 
{attention  to  the  char- 
acters of  the  male 
parent,  and  much 
improvement  in  ordi- 
nary herds  has  been 
accomplished  by  the 
introduction  of  im- 
proved heritage 
through  the  male  In 
plant-breeding,  it  is 
desirable  that  the 
seed  of  the  select  in- 
dividuals be  planted 
in  a  field  by  them- 
selves. This  insures 
that  only  progeny  of 
carefully  selected  m- 
dividuals  will  be 
planted  near  to- 
gether, and  thus  no 
ordinary  stock  will 
enter  as  a  contamination.  One  can  be  certain  that  each 
plant  of  the  progeny  is  fertilized  with  pollen  from 
another  similarly  good  plant,  or  at  least  from  a  plant 
derived,  from  good  parentage.  One  difficulty,  however, 
has  been  experienced  by  plant-breeders  in  planting  con- 
tinuously their  selected  stock  m  such  isolated  plats.  If 
this  method  is  continued  year  after  year,  it  results  in 
fairly  close  inbreeding,  which,  in  the  case  of  plants, 
frequently  results  in  loss  of  vitality  and  vigor.  In 
animals  there  is  freouently  no  noticeable  effect  from 
close  inbreeding,  and  many  of  the  most  famous  animals 
have  been  produced  as  a  result  of  the  closest  m-and-in- 
breedmg.  In  plants,  however,  it  is  possible  to  secure 
much  closer  inbreeding  than  in  animals,  as  in  many 
cases  a  plant  can  be  fertilized  with  its  own  pollen. 
Within  recent  years,  much  activity  has  been  shown 


642.  Aquilegia  flowers,  illustrating 
the  process  of  emasculation. 

a,  mature  bud  showing  stage  which 
should  be  chosen  for  emasculation, 
6,  similar  bud  with  the  tips  of  the 
corolla  pried  apart  and  tho  stamens 
removed,  c,  a  bud  opened  naturally, 
too  old  to  operate  on ,  d,  a  bud  of  the 
stage  shown  in  a  and  b,  with  corolla 
removed  to  show  the  internal  organs, 
..,  a  bud  the  same  as  in  d,  but  with 
tho  stamens  removed,  /,  the  same  as  e, 
but  older,  at  the  age  when  pollination 
normally  takes  place,  g,  pistil  shortly 
after  fecundation,  the  remnants  of  the 
stamens  having  fallen  away. 


552 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


in  the  careful  breeding  and  improvement  of  corn.  The 
corn  plant  has  been  shown,  as  a  result  of  experiments 
made  by  various  investigators,  as,  for  example,  the 
Illinois  Experiment  Station  and  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  to  lose  vitality  very 
rapidly  when  self-fertilized.  Within  three  or  four 
generations,  by  the  most  careful  inbreeding,  it  is  pos- 
sible to  reduce  corn  almost  to  total  sterility.  The 
general  practice  of  corn- 
breeders  who  have  been 
giving  attention  to  the  pro- 
duction of  pedigree  strains 
is  to  plant  the  rows  of  corn 
from  different  select  ears 
side  by  side,  giving  a  row 
to  each  select  ear,  and  each 
year  selecting,  from  the 
progeny  of  those  rows  that 
give  the  largest  yield,  plants 
to  continue  further  the 
selection  Planting  these 
select  ears  together  every 
year,  therefore,  means  that 
they  are  more  or  less  inbred, 
as  the  closest  relatives  are 
1  planted  together  in  the 
same  row.  While  in  follow- 
ing this  practice  at  first  no 

643  Plant  of  aquilegia  with  £ffec*  was  V18lb1^  ,  corn" 
flowers  covered  with  bags  in  breeders  are  now  finding  in 
hybridization  work.  some  cases  an  apparent  de- 

crease in  yield,  which  seems 

to  be  traceable  to  the  effect  of  inbreeding.  It  seems 
necessary,  therefore,  in  corn  and  m  other  plants  that 
are  affected  by  inbreeding,  to  use  methods  that  will 
avoid  close  inbreeding.  The  detrimental  effect  of  in- 
breeding is  largely  limited  to  those  plants  that  are 
normally  cross-fertilized,  this  fact  being  strikingly 
brought  out  in  Darwin's  "Effects  of  Cross  and  Self 
Fertilization  m  the  Vegetable  Kingdom  "  Tobacco, 
wheat,  and  some  other  plants  that  are  normally  self- 
fertilized  do  not  show  this  decrease  in  vigor  as  a  result 
of  inbreeding 

Considerable  effort  has  been  made  within  recent  years, 
in  the  selection  of  certain  crops,  particularly  corn, 
to  follow  both  parents,  choosing  good  males  and  good 
females  of  known  parentage  and  crossing  these  by 
artificial  means  There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that 
by  the  use  of  such  methods  more  rapid  progress  could 
be  made,  but  in  the  greater  number  of  cases  the  meth- 
ods thus  far  devised  require  so  much  work  as  to  be 
almost  prohibitive 

A  method  of  breeding  has  recently  been  devised  by 
J.  B  Norton  m  the  improvement  of  asparagus,  which  is 
worthy  of  careful  consideration  and  may  be  applicable, 
at  least  in  modified  form,  to  use  m  the  improvement  of 
various  crops  Asparagus  is  dio?cious,  the  male  and 
female  flowers  being  borne  on  different  plants  The 
first  part  of  the  process  consists  m  selecting  a  number 
of  superior  plants  of  both  sexes,  attention  being  given 
to  all  important  characters  such  as  yield,  quality,  rust- 
rewstance,  and  the  like  This  having  been  done,  the 
next  process  consists  in  crossing  each  female  with  each 
selected  male  plant  and  testing  the  progeny  produced  by 
the  cross.  If,  for  example,  ten  superior  females  and  ten 
superior  males  weie  chosen,  a  sufficient  number  of 
flowers  on  female  No  1  would  be  crossed  with  pollen 
of  each  of  the  ten  males  to  obtain  sufficient  seed  to  test 
the  comparative  value  of  the  progeny  of  female  No.  1 
with  each  of  the  ten  males.  The  ten  lots  of  seed  from  the 
crosses  on  female  No.  1  would  be  grown  separately  and 
the  comparative  value  of  the  different  progenies  deter- 
mined by  careful  observations  on  vigor,  rust-resistance, 
quality  of  product,  yield,  and  the  like.  In  this  way,  it 
would  ultimately  be  detei mined  which  of  the  ten  male 
plants  was  the  superior  one  to  use  m  crossing  with 


female  No.  1.  In  like  manner,  female  No.  2  would  be 
crossed  with  each  male  and  the  progenies  tested  to 
determine  the  superior  male  in  this  combination. 
Finally  the  combination  of  each  female  with  each  male 
can  be  compared  and  if  the  work  has  been  conducted 
with  sufficient  care  and  for  a  long  enough  period,  it  can 
be  determined  which  combination  has  uniformly  given 
the  best  results. 

Asparagus  is  perennial  and  is  easily  propagated 
vegetatively  by  separation  of  the  roots,  so  that  when 
once  the  superior  male  and  female  combination  has  been 
determined, these  may  be  propagated  vegetatively  as 
clons,  in  alternate  rows  m  an  isolated  place  so  that  all 
seeds  developed  will  be  ot  the  desired  combination. 
Asparagus  produces  numerous  seeds  and  by  such  a 
method  an  indefinite  quantity  of  seed  of  the  desired 
combination  can  be  produced  It  would  doubtless  be 
possible  in  a  few  years,  if  desired,  to  have  all  of  the 
seed  used  commercially  grown  from  a  single  superior 
combination 

If  experiments  of  this  nature  could  be  made  on  an 
extensive  scale  so  that  the  males  and  females  of  the 
highest  or  maximum  grade  could  be  discovered,  they 
would  be  of  almost  fabulous  value  The  importance 
of  this  method  of  breeding  may  be  better  appreciated 
by  imagining  the  valun  cf  the  best  bull  and  the  best 
cow  in  the  world  if  they  would  live  indefinitely  and  if 
it  were  possible  for  them  to  reproduce  rapidly  enough 
to  supply  all  of  the  individuals  desired 

The  direct  application  of  this  method  is  possible  only 
with  perennial  dioecious  plants  that  can  be  propagated 
as  clons  and  that  develop  numerous  seeds  The  hop  is 
another  plant  to  which  this  method  of  improvement 
could  be  applied. 

Hybridization. 

-.Aside  from  selection,  hybridization  has  played  the 
most  important  role  in  the  formation  of  the  varieties 
and  races  of  our  cultivated  plants,  but  the  results 
obtained  are  in  many  cases  closely  connected  with  selec- 
tion Ever  since  the  tune  of  Knight,  hybridization  has 
been  used  extensively  in  plant-breeding,  and  it  seems 
that  this  is  the  only  sure  means  that  the  breeder  can 
use  in  producing  new  and  desirable  combinations  of 
characters.  In  hybridization,  as  generally  used,  the 
breeder  does  not  expect  to  cause  or  produce  new  unit- 
characters,  although  such  changes  may  occasionally 
occur  under  the  stimulus  of  hybridization.  What  he 
can  do  with  certainty  is  to  secure  hybrids  combining 
the  different  characters  of  two  distinct  sorts  The 
extent  to  which  such  recombination  of  characters  can 
be  carried  is  almost  unlimited.  In  many  cases,  two  or 
three  or  even  four  distinct  species  and  the  characters 
represented  in  then-  various  varieties  have  been 
recombmed  in  hybrids 

In  older  literature,  the  term  hybrid  was  restricted  to 
crosses  resulting  from  the  combination  of  distinct 
species,  while  combinations  of  different  races  of  the  same 
species  were  known  as  crosses  or  mongrels  The  teim 
hybrid  is  here  used  as  designating  any  product  of  a 
cross  when  the  parents  were  noticeably  distinct  from 
each  other,  whether  the  parents  belonged  to  different 
clons,  races  or  species  This  broader  use  of  the  term 
hybrid  has  become  almost  universal  in  recent  years. 
If,  in  discussion,  it  is  necessary  to  refer  to  the  degrees  or 
grades  of  difference  in  the  parents,  the  hybrids  may  be 
characterized  as  species  hybrids,  racial  hybrids,  clonal 
hybrids  and  the  like. 

Choosing  varieties  to  hybridize. 

In  starting  any  work  in  hybridization,  the  first 
important  step  is  the  choice  of  the  varieties  to  be 
hybridized.  It  is  interesting  to  make  crosses  of  any  two 
plants  with  distinct  characters  and  observe  the  recom- 
binations of  characters  which  result,  but  this  haphazard 
work  takes  too  much  time  and  is  not  to  be  recona- 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


553 


mended.  The  breeder,  in  general,  should  hybridize  with 
some  definite  aim  in  view  and  use  systematic  methods 
m  attempting  to  accomplish  that  aim  One  cannot 
ordinarily  expect  to  obtain  in  hybrids  of  any  two  varie- 
ties any  characters  which  are  not  present  in  the  parents. 
The  unit-character  conception  explained  in  the  begin- 
ning of  this  article  is  of  fundamental  importance  m 
understanding  hybrids.  The  breeder,  by  a  careful 
study  of  varieties,  determines  the  good  characters  and 
the  poor  or  weak  characters  of  each  variety  He  may,  as 
an  illustration,  if  working  with  tomatoes,  find  all  of  the 
varieties  with  yellow  pear-shaped  fruits  to  be  large 
bushy  plants,  the  so-called  standards,  and  he  may 
desire  a  dwarf  type  of  plant  and  red  fruits.  By  examin- 
ing the  different  races  of  tomatoes,  he  would  soon  find 
a  vanety,  such  as  the  Quarter  Century,  which  possesses 
the  characters  of  dwarf  plant  and  red  fruit  By  crossing 
these  two  varieties,  he  would  obtain  new  combinations 
of  the  characters  of  the  two  sorts,  and  if  he  grew  a 
sufficient  number  of  the  second  generation  of  these 
hybrids,  he  would  be  certain  to  find  some  plants  in 
which  the  pear-shape  had  been  combined  with  the  red 
color  and  dwarf  habit  of  the  Quarter  Century  vanety. 
The  study  of  the  vaneties  of  any  crop  thus  gives  the 
breeder  an  idea  of  the  characters  available,  anahe  must 
then  use  his  originality  and  judgment  in  determining 
what  combinations  of  these  characters  would  form  the 
best  commercial  variety  If  this  combination  does  not 
already  exist,  he  may  start  out  with  considerable  con- 
fidence that  it  is  possible  for  him  to  obtain  such  a 
combination  and  thus  a  valuable  new  variety.  Plants, 
however,  arc  not  simple  m  their  organization  and  the 
reaction  of  different  characters  on  one  another  in 
different  combinations  may  not  always  be  what  one 
expects.  Again,  in  no  plant  has  a  complete  analysis 
been  made  of  all  chaiacters,  and  it  may  be  impossible 
for  us  ever  to  reduce  all  the  characters  of  a  plant  to  a 
unit-character  basis,  thus  there  is  always  an  element 
of  doubt  a.s  to  the  value  of  any  new  combination  of 
characters  until  this  combination  has  been  produced 
and  tested 

Methods  of  crossing  plants. 

Plants,  like  animals,  bear  male  and  female  organs,  and  an  act 
of  foe  umlation  is  necessary  in  all  ordinary  cases  to  insure  the  devel- 
opment of  seeds  In  probably  the  larger  number  of  plants,  the  male 
and  female  oigans  or  the  stamens  and  pistils  are  borne  in  the  same 
flowers  011  one  plant  In  some  cases,  as  m  the  castor  bean,  corn,  and 
the  like,  both  sexes  arn  borne  on  the  same  plant  but  m  different 
flowers  In  still  other  cases,  as  m  the  date  palm,  asparagus,  hop 
and  hemp,  the  sexes  am  on  different  plants 

In  hybridizing  plants,  it  is  necessary  to  insure  that  the  plants 
are  not  fertilized  with  their  own  pollen  or  with  pollen  from  any 
other  source  than  that  desired  If,  therefore,  the  plant  to  be  oper- 
ated on  has  the  stamens  and  pistils  in  the  same  flatter,  the  stamens 
must  be  removed  from  the  buds  before  they  burst  and  discharge 
the  pollen  This  net  of  removing  the  stamens,  or  emasculation, 
as  the  process  is  called,  is  necessary  in  order  to  prevent  self-fer- 
tih/ition  In  some  plants,  it  is  necessary  to  emasculate  the  buds 
very  early,  as  the  pollen  develops  considerably  in  advance  of  the 
pntils  In  other  cases,  the  pistils  reach  maturity  or  a  receptive 
condition  be-fore  the  pollen  is  shed  In  this  latter  case,  the  emas- 
culation may  be  delayed  until  a  time  just  previous  to  the  normal 
opening  of  the  flower 

The  process  of  emasculation  may  be  illustrated  by  the  colum- 
bine Htrc  large-sized  buds  are  chosen  just  before  they  open 
normally  (Fig  642)  The  tips  of  the  petals  can  then  be  easily  pried 


plants  are  difficult  to  hybridize  and  every  process  must  be  aa 
natural  as  possible  to  insure  results 

Many  handy  methods  have  been  devised  to  use  in  pollination 
work  and  are  described  m  breeding  literature  In  all  work  fine 
copper  wire  is  better  to  attach  bags  and  labels  than  is  string  In 
emasculation  work  also,  it  will  often  be  found  convenient  when 
some  pollen  has  accidentally  fallen  on  the  pistil  to  wash  it  off  with 
water  by  means  of  a  small  dental  syringe  In  many  cases,  such  aa 
apples,  pears  and  cotton,  the  best  means  of  emasculation  is  to 
remove  the  outer  floral  envelopes  by  cutting  them  off,  umng  a 
sharp  scalpel.  With  a  little  practice  this  can  be  done  quickly  and 
with  minimum  injury  to  the  essential  organs  (Fig  644) 

Difficulty  13  frequently  experienced  when  hybridizing  different 
vaneties,  in  getting  plants  of  each  vanety  to  bloom  at  the  same 
time.  This  difficulty  may  bo  overcome  in  many  cases  by  keeping  the 
pollen,  which  can  be  done  for  a  limited  period  by  slightly  drying 
the  pollen  without  allowing  it  to  become  desiccated,  and  preserving 
it  in  a  tightly  corked  bottle 

After  the  pollen  has  been  placed  on  the  stigma  of  the  pistil  by 
the  act  of  pollination,  each  pollen-grain  develops  a  small  tube 
which  grows  down  through  the  pistil  to  the  ovary  Through  this 
tube,  the  male  germ-cells  pass  down  and  finally  a  male  germ-cell 
comes  in  contact  with  each  egg-cell  of  the  different  ovules  in  the 
ovary  (m  most  plants  there  are  several  ovuj*  a  in  each  ovary)  and 
fuses  with  them  This  constitutes  the  act  of  fecundation  or  fer- 
tilization This  fecundated  egg-cell  is  then  the  beginning  of  the 
hybnd  and  from  the  seed  containing  it,  when  grown,  there  develops 
the  hybnd  plant.  The  plant  developed  directly  from  this  hybnd 
egg-cell  is  known  as  the  first-generation  hybrid  (F  , )  Seeds  from 
this  first-generation  hybrid,  when  grown,  give  second-generation 
hybnds  (F»)  The  expressions  Fl,  F,,and  F,,  meaning  first,  second 
and  third  filial  generations,  are  used  very  commonly  to  designate 
the  first,  second  and  third  generations  of  hybnds 

Laws  of  inheritance  in  hybrids 

When  plants  of  different  pure  races  are  crossed,  as, 
for  example,  different  races  of  wheat,  corn  or  cotton,  the 
hybnds  are  usually  all  very  bimilar  to  each  other  in  the 
first  generation,  exhibiting  in  general  the  same  char- 
acters And  this  is  the  case  also  when  different  fixed 
species  are  crossed  If,  however,  individuals  belonging 
to  unfixed  races  are  crossed,  there  is  usually  a  consider- 
able variation  in  the  first  generation  This  is  well 
illustrated  by  the  crossing  of  different  clons  of  apples, 
pears,  oranges,  and  the  like,  when  the  different  so-called 
varieties  are  merely  transplanted  parts  of  the  same 
individual  seedlings  which  have  not  been  bred  to  a 
purity  of  type.  It  is  well  known  that  if  seeds  of  an  apple 
vanety  be  planted,  the  resulting  plants  exhibit  many 
different  variations  in  the  first  generation  The  parents, 
themselves,  therefore,  not  being  of  pure  type,  when 
they  are  hybridized  produce  progeny  which  in  the  first 
generation  is  variable.  In  the  crossing  of  races  which 
have  been  bred  true  to  type,  whether  of  the  same  or  of 
different  species,  the  first-generation  hybnds,  however, 


apart  so  that  the  stamens  may  be  pulled  off  with  small  forceps. 
This  process  should  be  performed  carefully  to  avoid  crushing  or 
injuring  the  pistil  The  bud  should  then  be  inclosed  m  a  small 


light  paper  bag  in  order  to  prevent  pollen  from  any  foreign  source 
being  brought  to  the  pistil  by  insects  or  wind  (Fig  643)  The  bud 
should  remain  covered  until  sufficient  time  has  elapsed  to  allow  the 
pistil  to  reach  normal  maturity,  when  the  bag  should  be  removed 
and  the  pollen  from  the  desired  vanety  dusted  over  the  pistil. 
After  this  act  of  pollination,  the  bud  should  again  be  covered  with 
the  paper  bag,  which  should  not  bo  finally  removed  until  several 
days  later,  after  fecundation  has  taken  place  As  soon  as  a  flower  is 
pollinated,  it  should  be  labeled  with  t  small  tag  of  some  sort 
which  may  remain  attached  to  the  flower-«tem  until  the  fruit  is 
ripe  In  some  cases,  the  pollen  may  be  placed  on  the  immature 
pistil  without  injury,  when  the  flower  is  emasculated,  and  this  is  a 
groat  saving  of  time  when  it  can  be  done.  However,  in  most 
oases,  premature  pollination  is  liable  to  imure  the  pistil  and  pre- 
vent the  setting  of  seed  One  should  ordmanly  attempt  to  oolli- 
nate  the  pistil  at  as  nearly  the  normal  time  as  possible  Many 


644.  Cotton  flowers,  illustrating  the  process  of  emasculation. 

a,  mature  bud  showing  the  stage  which  should  be  chosen  for 
emasculation,  6,  a  similar  bud  with  the  corolla  cut  off  ready 
to  emasculate;  c,  a  similar  bud  with  the  stamens  removed,— 
emasculated 

are  nearly  uniform  in  the  characters  presented,  and  in 
such  instances  it  is  necessary  to  secure  a  second  genera- 
tion of  the  hybrids  in  order  to  accomplish  the  segrega- 
tion of  the  characters  and  the  production  of  a  large 
number  of  variations  Ordinarily,  therefore,  desirable 
variations  are  looked  for  in  the  second  generation. 
This,  as  has  been  explained  above,  is  true  only  in  the 
case  of  hybrids  of  species  and  races  that  are  fixed  in 
type 


554 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


Mendel's  law  of  hybrids 

The  preceding  discussion  represents  fairly  well  the 
general  understanding  of  hybrids  until  about  1900, 
when  DeVries  and  Correns  rediscovered  what  is  now 
termed  "Mendel's  law  of  hybrids."  These  laws  or  prin- 
ciples are  of  great  value  from  an  economic  standpoint, 
and  are,  furthermore,  of  the  greatest  scientific  interest. 
They  should  thus  be  thoroughly  understood  by  every 
practical  breeder  of  plants  It  has  been  known  for 
many  years  that  a  sphtting-up  and  redistribution  of 
parental  characters  occur  in  hybrids,  and  it  is  on  this 
fact  largely  that  the  practical  application  of  hybridiza- 
tion in  plant-breeding  depended.  Until  Mendel's  law 
was  discovered,  however,  there  was  no  understanding 
of  why  or  how  such  a  recombination  could  be  made,  and 
it  was  necessary  to  experiment  extensively  m  order  to 
determine  what  could  be  accomplished 

If  one  carefully  studies  a  number  of  first-generation 
hybrids  with  special  reference  to  the  characters  of  the 
parents  exhibited  m  the  hybrids,  it  will  be  found  that 
certain  characters  possessed  by  the  male  parent  are 
plainly  represented. in  the  hybrid,  while  other  charac- 
ters possessed  by  the  female  parent  are  also  represented 
in  the  hybrid  Many  characters  of  the  parents  are  thus 
plainly  represented  in  the  hybrid,  but  it  is  probable  that 
other  characters  will  be  blends  of  the  similar  parental 
characters,  or  possibly  differ  from  any  definite  characters 
distinguishable  in  the  parents  Attention  has  already 
been  called  to  the  complexity  of  organisms  m  general 
and  the  difficulty  of  recognizing  all  of  the  unit-charac- 
ters Thus  far  it  has  been  possible  only  to  follow 
carefully  certain  plainly  marked  characters  This  com- 
mingling of  the  different  characters  of  each  parent 
gives  the  hybrid  a  mosaic  appearance,  as  if  certain 
characters  had  been  taken  from  each  parent  and  thrown 
together  to  make  up  a  hybrid  individual. 

Character-pairs  — To  understand  this  commingling  of  char- 
acters m  the  first-generation  hybrids,  it  is  necessary  to  know  that 
the  parents  used  m  the  hybridization  diffprcd  from  each  other  m 
certain  characters.  One  parent  may  have  had  red  fruits,  hairy 
stems,  and  dwarf  habit,  while  the  other  may  have  had  yellow 
fruits,  smooth  stems,  and  tall  habit  Such  characters  are  opposed 
to  each  other,  and  such  opposed  qualities  or  characters  are  termed 
'  character-pairs"  A  plant  may  ha\e  red  fruits  and  smooth 
stems,  but  it  could  not  have  red  fruits  and  yellow  fruits  at  the 
same  time  As  an  illustration  of  such  character-pairs,  may  be 
cited,  scarlet  and  yellow  fruits  of  peppers,  reversed  or  erect  fruit1* 
of  peppers  (Fig  645),  starchy  and  sweet  kernels  of  corn,  standard 
and  dwarf  size  in  tomatoes,  stringy  and  stnngloss  pods  of  beans, 
and  the  like  Such  pairs  of  characters  have  been  termed  by  Bateson 
"allelomorphic  pairs  of  characters,"  and  this  terminology  is  com- 
monly used  in  the  literature  on  hybrids  Whon  parents  posset-sing 
opposed  or  contrasted  characters  are  crossed  the  hybrid  egg-cell 
receives,  through  the  male  and  female  germ-cells  uniting  in  the 
fecundation,  the  determiners  which  represent  the  different  con- 
trasted pairs  of  characteis,  and  all  cells  making  up  the  first-gener- 
ation hybrid  will  contain  m  like  manner  the  determiners  repre- 
senting these  characters,  and  arc  thus  hybrid  in  nature.  This 


645  Pepper  plants:  a,  with  scarlet-colored  reversed  fruits,  6, 
with  yellow-colored  erect  fruits.  The  number  and  form  of  branches 
are  also  markedly  different. 


being  the  case,  it  might  be  expected  that  all  characters  m  the 
hybrid  would  show  as  blends  of  the  parental  characters  or  exhibit 
some  stage  of  intermediacy  between  the  characters  of  the  parents. 
This  is  indeed  frequently  the  case,  but  more  commonly  one  of  the 
characters  is  very  strong,  or  "dominant,"  as  Mendel  expressed  it, 
and  only  this  character  will  show  in  the  first-generation  hybrid, 
the  other  character  remaining  recessive  or  masked,  although 
present  As  an  illustration,  m  the  character-pairs  mentioned  above, 
scarlet  fruits  of  pepper,  reversed  fruits  of  pepper  (this  is  true  only 
in  certain  varieties),  starchy  kernels  of  corn  and  standard  size  of 
tomato  plants,  are  dominant  over  their  corresponding  contrasted 
characters  Illustrations  of  blended  or  intermediate  characters  are 
found,  for  example,  in  first-generation  hybrids  of  round  with  pear- 
shaped  tomatoes,  and  large  with  small  fruits  of  tomatoes  or  peppers 

The  law  of  segregation  and  purity  of  the  germ-cells  — The  second 
important  principle  of  Menders  law  is  what  is  termed  the  law  of 
segregation  and  punty  of  the  germ-colls  It  seems  certain  from  the 
researches  that  have  been  conducted  that,  when  the  germ-cells  of 
the  first-generation  hybrids  are  formed,  the  determiners  which 
represent  the  two  different  characters  under  consideration,  and 
which  were  united  by  the  hybridization,  ordinarily  segregate 
again  m  the  cell-divisions,  which  lead  to  the  formation  of  the  germ- 
cells,  so  that  certain  germ-cells  include  the  determiner  of  one  only 
of  the  two  characters  There  are  thus  two  kinds  of  gerrn-cclfa 
formed  with  respect  to  this  one  character-pair  Choosing  as  an 
illustration  a  hybrid  of  a  pep{>er  having  scarlet  fruits  with  one 
having  yellow  fruits  (Fig  045),  when  the  germ-cells  were  formed 
a  segregation  of  the  determiners  representing  the  two  opposed 
characters  would  take  place  and  there  would  be  ge  rm-ccll-*  ol  one 
kind,  both  male  and  female,  containing  the  scarlet  fruit  deter- 
miners and  of  a  second  kind,  both  male  und  fein  ile,  containing  the 
yellow  fruit  determiners  This  segregation  takes  place  in  the  for- 
mation oi  both  the  egg-cells  and  the  sperm-cells  or  pollen-grains. 
It  is  thus  seen  that  the  first-generation  hybrid,  when  two  such 
allelomorphic  chaiacterp  i»re  combined,  forms  two  kinds  of  egg- 
cells  and  two  kinds  of  sperm-cells,  so  far  as  this  one  character-pair 
is  concerned  This  segregation  of  characteis,  which  ha-,  been  termed 
the  law  of  segregation,  is  one  of  the  most  important  facts  oi  in- 
heritance and,  m  enabling  us  to  get  rec  ombmations  of  characters, 
is  of  the  highest  importance  m  breeding 

The  law  of  probability  tn  rtcombmatwn  of  characters  — The  third 
important  principle  of  Mendel's  law  is  what  is  termed  the  law  of 
probability,  and  explains  what  may  be  expected  in  plants  of  the 
second  generation  of  such  a  hybrid  Remembering  that  there  are 
formed  in  the  first-generation  hybrid,  as  explained  above,  two  kinds 
of  egg-cells  and  two  kinds  of  sperm-cells  with  reference  to  the 
opposed  characters,  what  would  happen  if  the  hybrid  were  bred 
with  its  own  pollen,  or,  m  the  case  ot  an  animal,  if  it  were  bred  with 
another  hybrid  of  the  same  parentage?  For  the  purpose  of  illus- 
'  tration,  suppose  that  a  hybrid  of  a  scarlet-fruited  pepper  with  a 
yellow-fruited  pepper  be  fertilized  witu  its  own  pollen,  and  that 
100  egg-cells  be  fertilized  with  100  pollen-grains  of  the  same 
hybrid  There  are  two  kinds  of  egg-cells  produced,  some  carrying 
determiners  of  the  scarlet  fruit,  and  others  determiners  of  the 
yellow  fruit,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  pollen-grams  Taking 
the  egg-cells  and  pollen-grains  without  choice,  as  equal  numbers  are 
produced  of  each  kind,  one  would  expect  to  have  of  the  egg-cells 
fifty  with  scarlet  determiners  and  fifty  with  yellow  determiners 
In  the  pollen-grains,  also,  one  would  expe>c  t  to  have  fifty  with  scarlet 
determiners  and  fifty  with  yellow  determiners  If,  then,  the  100 
egg-cells  and  100  pollen-grams  are  brought  together  in  fertilization 
by  chance,  as  would  occur  in  nature,  according  to  the  law  of  prob- 
ability, them  would  be  twenty-hve  scarlet  uniting  with  twenty- 
five  scarlet,  twenty-five  scarlet  uniting  with  twenty-hve  yellow; 
twenty-five  yellow  uniting  with  twenty-five  scarlet  and  twenty- 
five  yellow  uniting  with  twenty-hve  yellow.  Representing  scarlet 
determiners  by  the  capital  letter  S  because  scarlet  is  the  dominant 
character,  and  the  yellow  determiners  by  the  small  letter  y,  as 
yellow  is  recessive,  the  unions  may  be  represented  as  follows 

ONE  HUNDRED  EGO-CELLS  BY  100  SPERM-CELLS. 
Female      Male        Composition 
Cells         Cells          of  hybrids 

9*  <a  v  95  s  =,  9*  ej<4  /These  do  not  contain  determiners 
25  S  X  258  -  25  SS  |  of  y  and  will  reproduce  true. 

These  are    hybrids  so  far  as  this 
character -pair    is     concerned, — 
25  S     X     25  y     =     25  Sy  exactly  the  same  as  in  the  first 

generation  and  contain  determi- 
ners of  both  S  and  y    These  will 
25  y     X     25  S     »     25  yS  not  reproduce  true  to  type  and 

will  break  up  like  second-genera- 
tion hybrids 
(These   do   not    contain   the  deter- 

25  y     X     25  y     =     25  yy   •<      miners  of  S,  and  will  reproduce 
(     true. 

The  above  illustration  explains  the  law  of  segregation,  and  the 
probable  ratio  of  recombination  when  hybrids  are  inbred  with 
their  own  pollen,  and  when  only  one  pair  of  characters  is  considered. 
When  an  egg-cell  with  scarlet  determiners  unites  with  a  sperm- 
cell  with  scarlet  determiners,  this  gives  rise  to  a  pure  germ-cell, 
or  zygote,  containing  only  scarlet  determiners,  and  the  progeny  m 
subsequent  generations  will  breed  true  so  far  as  this  character  is 
concerned  Also,  when  an  egg  cell  with  yellow  determiners  unites 
with  a  sperm-cell  with  yellow  determiners  the  result  is  a  pure 
germ-cell,  containing  only  yellow  determiners  and  the  progeny 
would  reproduce  true,  so  far  as  this  character  is  concerned,  in  sub- 
sequent generations  In  the  other  two  "ases,  when  in  fecundation 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


gametes  with  scarlet  determiners  unite  with  gametes  with  yellow 
determiners  giving  the  combinations  Sy  and  yS,  which  amount  to 
the  same  thing,  there  result  m  reality,  hybrids  exactly  the  name  a* 
in  the  first  generation  and  the  progeny  from  these  m  the  next 
generation  behave  exactly  the  same  at*  did  the  first-generation 
hybrids  m  the  second  generation 

In  such  a  case  as  the  one  under  consideration,  in  which  the  sc  arlet 
is  a  strong  dominant  character,  all  combinations  that  contain  the 
determiners  of  this  character,  whether  pure  or  of  hybrid  nature, 
show  this  character  only  Thus  m  the  above  100  combinations  the 
twenty-five  yy  would  come  with  yellow  fruits  while  the  seventy- 


characters,  it  can  be  foretold  exactly  what  combinations  will  occur 
and  the  relative  number  of  each  This  is  a  second  allrlomorpnic 
pair  of  characters  that  behaves  in  inheritance  the  same  way  as  did 
UK  two  colors  of  fruit  In  this  case,  the  reversed  poduel  ib  the 
dominant  character,  as  m  the  Fj  hybrids  of  reversed  with  erect 
Hurts  the  pedicels  are  always  or  very  generally  ic  curved  Fhcse 
characters  would  thus  be  represented  by  It  for  the  recurved  or 
dominant  character  and  e  for  the  erect  or  recessive  character  In 
this  character-pair  one  would  expect  a  splitting  and  segregation  to 
have  occuired  in  the  formation  of  the  germ-cells  of  the  first  gen- 
eration so  that  the  hybrid  plants  of  the  second  generation  would 
e  characters  m  Mendelum  proportions  as  in  the  cha 


ration 


exhibit  the-.e 

acter-pair  first  described  The  progeny  in  the  second  gen 
woulel  thui  exhibit  these  characters  in  the  following  combinations 
and  proportions  1  11  R  2  Re  1  ee  Tlus  theoretic  al  proport  ion 
bhould  hold  rather  constantly,  either  in  small  or  large  numbers  of 
hybrids,  though  in  large  numbers  it  would  be  more  nearly  realised 
The  determiners  of  the  four  characters,  or  two  character-pairs,  are 
commingled  m  the  cells  of  the  first-ge  r.ention  hybrid.  When  the 
egg-cells  and  pollen-grams  are  formed,  however,  a  segregation  of 
the  dote  rminera  of  the  two  charac  te  r-pairs  occurs,  but  independent 
of  each  other  Each  egg-cell  or  pollen-pram  will  receive  only  the 
determiner  of  ones  character  of  a  certain  f  liar  icter-pair  but  will, 
at  the  same  time,  receive  determine  is  of  othe  r  c  haractera  belonging 
to  other  character-pans  Considering  the  two  charvcter-pairs 
described  in  peppers,  an  egg-cell  receiving  the  deteri.nner  of  the 
scarlet  color  of  fruit  S,  might  a  No  re  cone  the  dctei  miners  for  eithci 
II  ore  representing  the  charac  te  is  of  iccur\<  d  or  erect  fruits  These 
two  character-pairs  would  thus  give  egg-cells  of  tour  combina- 
tions, SH,  So,  yK,  and  ye 

In  tho  formation  ol  the  poile  n-grams,  the  same-  combmitinn 
occurs,  s>o  that  with  reference  to  the  two  chime  te  r-p,urs  described, 
the  pollen  -  grain*  that  would  be  formed  have  the  siine  combi- 
nations of  determiners  as  the  cgg-ce  lib,  namely,  SR,  Se  ,  yK,  and  ye 
There  would  thus  be  four  kinds  of  egg-cells  and  four  kinds  of  pollen 
grains  so  far  as  these  two  character-pairs  are  concerned  If  these 
are  bi  ought  together,  sixteen  combinations  are  possible  as  follows: 


bRSR 
SRSe 
SR>  R 
SKye 


SoHR 

Se.So 
SeyR 
Scje 


yRSR 
yRbo 
yRyil 
yRye 


Examining  these  combinations  carefully,  and  placing  together 
those  combinations  that  contain  the  same  chancier-determiners 
as  indie  ited  by  the  letters,  and  this  can  properly  be  done  a^  it 
does  riot  matt,  r  in  the  fecundate  d  e  gg  w  he  thcr  a  c.  rtam  determiner 
is  furnished  by  the  egg-cell  or  the  pollen-grain,  ttieie  result  the 
following  nine  combinations,  all  of  which  are  dufeient  in  germinal 
constitution  with  reference  to  these  two  character-pairs 


646   Representing  Mendelian  inheritance  of  scarlet  S,  and 
yellow  Y,  color  of  fruits  in  pepper  hybrids. 


TABLF  SHOWING  \UMBEROFGERMIVALOOM 

ACrt-B  Of    1  a    Ptl'Pitt    HlBKIDS   WITH    fv\ 


1NATIONS  AND  ClIAK- 

i  ALLELOMORPHS 


fi\e  other  combinations  would   have  scarlet   fruits,  although   fitly  = 

ol   thes,    would  bo  of  hybrid  nature      To  determine  which  of  the  .e  No  uf       (;,  , 


scirlot  with  yellow,  and  which  -ire  SS,  that  is,  scarlet  with  scarlet, 
re-enures  I  he  growing  ot  self-fe  rtili7od  piogeny  from  the'iii  to  deter- 
mine which  ure  re-proelue  c  d  tine  to  IJJM.  ',s  these  would  be  the 
purescarUt  File  progemi  s  of  my  of  the  M  plants  t  h  it  produced 
both  scarlet-  and  vellow-funtod  plants  would  show  that  the  paieut 
of  sue  h  progeny  was  a  hybiul 

hi  the  hunched  combinations  thcic  is  thus  produced  a  ratio  of 


:•  pi: 


•  se  irlets 


illow  I 


'ellov 


,  1  SS  J  Sy  1  v  v 
tamoii*   t  1   Mciick-lum  formula 

Ihiii  p~ocess  ot  union  of  an  allc  lomotphie  pair 
in  hybri.li/aticin,  the  fo.nmtion  e.l  four  kinds  of  «. 
male.' and  female,  by  the  hybrid,  and  their  four  diffc 
graphically  illusii -iicd  in  l-ig  <>lf> 

While  in  certain  hybrids   of  parent 


ul  this  i,  the 


SRMl 

Se-Se 

yRyR 


pOhse 


parental  characters,  this  ratio  of  probabilities 
large  num1 


sing    two    opposed 
s  not   nioiluceel    if 

lumbers  are;  used  tho  ratio  will  be  found  in  many  oases  with 
little  deviation  \  sufficiently  large  number  of  cases  have  now 
been  studied  with  vaiiems  plants  and  animals  to  place  this  con- 
clusion beyond  question  It  is  not  known,  however,  how  miny 
characters  follow  Mendel's  law,  nor  is  it  yet  entirely  certain  whether 
those  character-pairs  that  sometimes  follow  the  law  of  segregation 
always  follow  it 

The-  individuals  of  the  second  generation  which  contain  the 
determiners  of  both  characters  of  the  pair,  if  *e  If-fe-rtili7e>d  or  bred 
with  similar  individuals  containing  the  determiners  of  both  char- 
acters, exhibit  in  the  third  generation  exactly  the  s  xme  natuie 
that  first-generation  hybrids  exhibit  in  the  second  generation  Tin- 
two  determiners  are  commingled  m  their  cells,  and  to  all  intents 
and  purposes  they  are  exactly  the  same  as  first-generation  hybrids 
When  such  self-fertilized  hybrids  are  grown  the-y  give,  again,  in 
the  third  generation,  the  re-gular  Mendchan  proportion  of  1  SS  2  Sy 
1  yy  Here  the  mdividuils  containing  only  determiners  of  one 
character,  that  is,  SS  and  yy,  would  come  true  to  these  characters 
in  succeeding  ge-nerations,  while  those  individuals  containing  the 
determiners  of  both  characters,  S  and  y,  would  be  expected  to 
segregate  again  in  the  fourth  generation  in  similar  proportions 

When  dealing  with  more  than  one  character-pair,  ratios  of  seg- 
regation become  complicated  but  are  easily  understood  If  the 
character  of  reversed  fruits  (R)  and  erect  fruits  (e),  two  plainly 
marked  characters  of  ordinary  garden  peppers,  caused  by  the 
pedicel  of  the  fruit  curving  backward  m  one  case  and  remaining 
straight  in  the  other,  are  combined  with  the  above  allelomorphic 


yRye 
Miyc 


charae  ters  of 
hybrid 


of  hybrid 


Scarlet  recurved  'Pure  scarlet  and  recurved 
Scarlet  c  rtc  t          ,Pure  scarlet  and  erect 
Yellow  recurved    Pure  \rllow  and  recurved 
Yellow  erect  Pure  yelleiw  and  erect 

ed    Pure  scarlet  and  hybrid  re- 

irved  <  erect 
-let  recurved    Hybrid  sc  arle  t  v  y<  How  and 

pure  rcc  urved 
Scarlet  erect  Hybrid  Dearie  t  <  ye  How  and 


\  e  How  recurved 
Scarlet  recurved 


pure 

Pure  yellow  and  hybrid  re- 
curved X  erect 

Hybrid  scarlet  X  yellow  and 
hybrid  recurved  X  erect 


\n  examination  of  the  pre-ceding  table,  in  which  are  grouped 
the  sixteen  po-sible  combinations  when  two  allelomorphic  pairs 
ne  eon  eine-d  in  the  hybridization  will  show  that  among  these 
i\te  e  n  ihi  te  are  nine  groups  with  different  germinal  constitutions 
UK-  \iMiil  character  of  the  hybrid  plants  of  these  nine  different 
jiioiip-.  is  KIVCII  in  the  third  column  and  is  easily  understood  by 
examining  the  germinal  constitution  and  remembering  that  scarlet 
S,  and  reverse-el  11,  are  the  dominant  characters  in  the  two  allelo- 
morphs and  that  the  presence  of  one  determiner  of  either  of  these 
(haractcis  will  cause  the  appearance  of  that  character  in  the 
hybiid  plant  It  will  be  observe-d  that  by  grouping  the  hybrid 
pi-nits  according  to  the  characte-rs  they  show,  there  will  be  nine 
*e  u let  and  reversed,  thre>e  scarlet  and  erect,  three  yellow  and 
reve  rsed,  and  one  yellow  and  erect  This  is  the  Mendc  [.an  formula 
0331  The  nature  of  tho  nine  different  groups  of  hybrid  plants 
with  different  germinal  constitution  is  given  in  the  fourth  column  of 
the  table  When  a  character  is  pure,  it  may  be  expected  to  reproduce 
true  in  succeeding  generations  but  in  those  cases  m  which  both 
determiners  of  a  character-pair  are  present,  the  character  la  ot 
hybrid  nature  and  will  segregate  m  succeeding  generations 

In  the  illustration  of  the  character-pair,  scarlet  and  yellow  fruitt* 
and  the  probable  ratio  of  number  of  unions  m  F,  hybrids,  it  was 
shown  that  out  of  100  unions  one  should  expect  25  SS  50  Sy  25  yy. 
If  now  tho  second  character-pair  recurved  and  erect  fruita  is  con- 


556 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


sidered  in  connection  with  these  same  100  unions,  there  would  occur 
the  following  combinations,  according  to  the  law  of  chance: 


25  yy 


OH  ycye 


These  nine  combinations  are  the  same  as  given  above,  but  the 
percentage  of  each  combination  out  of  the  100  unions  is  shown 

If  a  third  character  were  considered,  the  proportions  of  the 
combinations  can  bo  determined  in  exactly  the  ^atne  way  Each 
one  of  the  above  nine  possible  combination  would  bo  again  divided 
into  three  different  unions  in  the  same  way  as  the  three  combina- 
tions of  the  one  character-pair  gave  nine  different  combinations 
with  the  second  character-pair.  In  the  consideration  of  the  three 
character-pairs,  there  would  thus  bo  twenty-seven  different  com- 
binations of  parental  characters  And  again  in  each  ovary  fecun- 
dated, when  only  one  determiner  of  each  character-pair  occurred, 
the  opposing  character-determiner  being  m  each  case  eliminated, 
such  a  cell  should  give  a  plant  that  would  reproduce  its  character 
true  to  type  It  is  well  known  that  almost  any  two  different  races 
or  species  that  may  be  chosen  for  hybridization  will  ordinarily 
differ  from  each  other  m  numerous  characters.  When  there  are  a 


647  Pepper  hybrids  distinct  from  parental  types,  formed  by 
recombination  of  characters,  a,  dwarf  type  with  few  small  hori- 
zontal branches,  b,  giant  type  with  many  large  erect  branches. 

number  of  these  opposing  characters  which  form  Mendelian 
character-pairs,  the  determination  of  the  possible  combinations  by 
Mendel's  formula}  becomes  very  complex  and  difficult  to  under- 
stand It  is  only  by  taking  a  few  well-marked  character-pairs  and 
carefully  studying  them  that  the  segregation  and  new  combi- 
nations according  to  Mendelian  proportions  can  be  followed  and 
understood 

Any  character-pairs  following  Mendel's  law  would  segregate  as 
indicated  above,  in  the  case  of  scarlet  and  yellow  fruits  and  reversed 
or  erect  fruits  of  the  pepper  A  very  large  number  of  characters  of 
various  plants  and  animals  are  now  known  to  bo  Mendelian  and 
while  many  modifications  of  the  principles  have  bc(  n  necessary  to 
harmonize  them  with  special  cases,  still  it  may  be  said  that  there  is 
no  other  general  law  of  heredity  and  Mendel's  law  has  thus  fur- 
nished us  with  a  working  basis  of  great  value 

The  study  of  hybrids  has  been  resolved  into  a  study  of  unit- 
characters  and  their  relation  to  each  other  By  hybridizing  related 
type*  having  opposed  characters  and  obseivmg  the  segregations 
which  occur  in  the  later  generations,  the  characters  of  each  type 
are  analysed  and  it  is  determined  when  a  character-pair  occurs. 
The  researches  on  this  subject  by  Mendel,  Bateson,  Davenport, 
Castle,  Punnctt,  Shull,  Hurst,  Corrcns,  Tschermak,  East  and  dozens 
of  other  now  well-known  investigators,  have  developed  a  science 
of  heredity  of  which  there  was  no  conception  a  few  years  ago 

The  characters  presented  by  the  different  varieties  of  a  plant  or 
of  different  species,  which  can  be  crossed  with  it,  can  now  be  studied, 
and  one  can  definitely  plan  the  combination  of  characters  desired 
m  an  ideal  type,  and  can  with  considerable  confidence  estimate  the 
number  of  plants  it  will  be  necessary  to  grow  to  get  this  combina- 
tion It  is  now  known  in  general  how  characters  behave  in  segre- 
gation and  inheritance,  so  that  one  can  go  about  the  fixation  of  a 
deaired  type,  when  one  is  secured,  in  an  orderly  and  intelligent 
way 


The  further  the  study  of  characters  is  earned,  the  more  it  !• 
coming  to  bo  realized  that  the  appearance  of  apparently  new  types 
following  hybridization  is  due  to  recombinations  of  different  units 
which  in  their  reactions  give  apparently  new  characters  As  an 
illustration,  in  a  study  of  pepper  hybrids,  which  has  been  con- 
ducted dunng  the  past  four  yoars,  it  has  become  evident  that  the 
form  of  plant  and  branching  is  duo  to  thrco  pairs  of  characters  or 
allelomorphs,  namely,  first,  erect  or  horizontal  branches,  second, 
large  or  small  branc  hes,  and  third,  many  or  few  branches  In  cross- 
ing two  medium-sized  races,  one  with  large  horizontal  and  few 
branches,  and  the  other  with  small  erect  and  numc  rous  branches, 
there  result  many  new  combinations  of  characters,  among  which 
appear  some  with  small  horizontal  and  few  branches,  which  gives 
a  dwarf  plant,  and  others  will  have  a  combination  of  large  erect 
and  numerous  brunches,  which  gives  a  giant  plant  (Fig  647) 
These  dwarfs  on  the  one  hand  and  giants  on  the  other  <ippear  as 
distinct,  new  creations,  though  they  are  very  CMC!*  ntly  men  ly  the 
recombinations  of  already  existing  unit  characters,  and  dwurfness 
and  giantncss  are  the  results  of  the  reaction  of  the  different  units 
combined 

When  the  large  number  of  distinct  characters  that  are  pre- 
sented by  the  very  numerous  varieties  of  any  of  our  cultivated 
plants  is  remembered,  an  understanding  ib  secured  of  the  pos- 
sibilities of  improvement  which  the  held  of  hybiidizatum  afford? 

The  development  of  hybrids  into  pure  races. 

When  hybrids  have  been  produced  between  species  or 
varieties  possessing  certain  characters  that  it  is  desired 
to  unite  in  a  variety,  the  recombinations  of  characters 
as  explained  in  the  preceding  section  become  visible 
in  the  second  generation,  and  it  is  thus  among  the  plants 
of  this  generation  of  the  hybnd  that  one  should  expect 
to  find  the  combination  of  characters  desired  The 
breeder  would  thus  very  carefully  examine  a  large  num- 
ber of  second-generation  plants  and  choose  for  further 
experimentation  those  plants  that  were  found  to  have 
inherited  the  characters  which  he  desired  to  combine 
The  entire  batch  of  F2  plants  should  be  carefully  exam- 
ined to  determine  what  characters  behave  as  character- 
pairs  and  also  the  dominant  or  recessive  nature  of  each 
character  This  knowledge  is  necessary  in  order  to 
•determine  the  practice  to  be  pursued  m  choosing  plants 
in  which  the  characters  desired  will  be  pure  with  refer- 
ence to  these  characters  If,  for  example,  the  breeder  is 
working  to  get  a  combination  of  two  characters  only, 
such  for  instance  as  a  yellow-  and  erect-fruited  pepper, 
from  the  combination  of  character-pairs  discussed  above 
in  explaining  Mendel's  law  he  would  discover  that  both 
of  these  characters  are  recessive,  and  thus  when  a  hybrid 
was  found  in  which  these  two  characters  were  united, 
he  could  be  sure  that  by  self-fertilizing  such  an  individ- 
ual it  would  reproduce  true  with  reference  to  both  of 
these  chaiacters  m  the  next  and  succeeding  generations 
He  would  know  furthermore  m  dealing  with  only  two 
pairs  of  characters  that  he  should,  according  to  the  law 
of  chance,  secure  on  an  average  about  one  such  com- 
bination in  sixteen  hybrids 

If,  however,  the  combination  desired  was  a  scarlet 
reversed  fruit,  both  dominant  characters,  the  process 
would  be  much  more  difficult  As  shown  in  the  preced- 
ing section  describing  the  segregation  and  recombina- 
tion of  characters,  nine  plants  out  of  the  sixteen  possible 
combinations  would  have  red,  reversed  fruits,  while 
only  one  of  the  nine  would  be  pure  with  reference  to 
both  of  these  characters  The  breeder  would  thus  be 
compelled  to  self-fertilize  a  number  of  the  plants  hav- 
ing red  and  reversed  fruits  and  grow  a  number  of  plants 
from  each  in  order  to  determine  which  one,  if  any,  was 
pure  with  reference  to  both  characters.  If,  then,  the 
progeny  from  any  one  of  the  plants  chosen  and  self- 
fertilized  came  true  to  type  with  reference  to  both 
characters,  he  would  be  certain  of  its  purity  and  would 
again  self-fertilize  some  of  the  best  plants  of  this 
progeny,  which  should  give  him  a  pure  type. 

If  a  combination  of  a  dominant  and  recessive  charac- 
ter is  desired,  the  examination  of  the  F2  hybrids  would 
enable  the  breeder  to  choose  a  pure  plant  so  far  as  the 
recessive  character  is  concerned,  but  he  could  not 
determine  the  purity  of  the  dominant  character  and 
would  be  compelled  to  self  a  number  of  plants  exhibit- 
ing the  two  characters  and  grow  progenies  in  the  third 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


557 


generation,  when  he  should  be  able  to  select  a  pure 
type  with  reference  to  both  characters 

If,  as  frequently  occurs,  neither  character  of  an 
allelomorphic  pair  is  dominant,  but  gives  in  the  hybrid 
an  intermediate  form,  the  fixation  becomes  simple,  as  in 
such  cases  those  hybrids  in  which  either  character  is 
pure  can  be  recognized. 

While  these  methods  appear  very  complex  at  first, 
they  will  be  easily  understood  with  careful  study,  and 
are  far  simpler  than  the  methods  breeders  were  com- 
pelled to  employ  in  fixing  hybrids  before  they  had  an 
understanding  of  Mendel's  law. 

When  more  than  two  characters  are  concerned  m  the 
recombination,  the  process  becomes  more  difficult,  and 
indeed  one  cannot  limit  one's  consideration  to 
two  characters  in  practical  breeding  unless  one 
is  combining  standard  varieties  where  all  charac- 
ters are  good  As  in  simple  selection  work,  one 
must  necessarily  consider  all  important  characters 
that  go  to  make  up  a  good  variety,  and  usually 
one  will  be  able  to  recognise  Mendehan  segrega-  I 
tion  only  in  a  few  prominent  differential  charac- 
ters The  breeder  should  use  the  knowledge  of 
inheritance  that  he  possessess  with  all  characters 
which  he  can  recognise,  but  at  the  same  time  the 
plants  which  he  mbreeds  to  secure  purity  of  type 
should  be  perfect  plants  of  all-round  good  tjpe, 
and  in  every  generation  of  the  Inbnds  grown  he 
should  exercise  his  best  judgment  m  selecting 
the  best  plants  for  seed-bearers 

In  the  fixation  of  cotton  h>bnds,  the 
pohcv  was  pursued  of  selecting  for  in- 
breeding the  most  fruitful  and  best -shaped 
plants  of  those  hybrids  having  the  desired 
characters,  using  very  large  numbers  of 
h>biids  from  \\hich  to  choose  rlhe  self- 
fertilized  seed  of  a  ceitam  type  was  then 
planted  by  the  plant-to-row  selection 
method  in  an  isolated  plat,  m  ordei  to 
give  an  opportunity  to  select  not  only 
the  pure  combination  of  the  desiied 
characters  but  the  best  all-round  plants 
As  soon  as  the  plants  in  such  an  isolated 
plat  were  sufficiently  developed  to  show 
their  characters  and  it  could  be  recognized 
that  certain  ones  had  inherited  the  de- 
sired qualities,  the  fiekK  were  carefully 
searched  and  all  plants  not  true  to  type 
\\ere  pulled  up,  lea\mg  only  a  few  good 
plants  of  the  coirect  tvpe  Tins  process 
of  roguing,  as  the  seedsmen  call  it,  insures 
that  at  least  the  great  er  part  of  the  seed 
developed  would  be  fertilized  with  pollen 
of  similar  plants  of  good  type.  This  sort 
of  selection  and  punfication  of  type  will 
probably  m  most  cases  be  found  neces- 
sary even  after  such  Mendehan  charac- 
teis  as  can  be  recognized  have  been 
secured  in  a  pure  state. 

The  inheritance  of  many  fundamental 
characters  will  doubtless  remain  obscure 
for  many  years. 

The  use  of  impure  first-generation 
hybrids. 

In  the  case  of  very  many  of  the  most 
important  horticultural  crops,  fortu- 
nately, it  is  possible  to  use  hybrids  with- 
out the  necessity  of  purifying  or  fixing 
them  as  described  m  the  last  section. 
Plants  such  as  apples,  pears,  oranges, 
grapes,  roses  and  strawberries,  which  are 
grown  as  clonal  vaneties,  being  pro- 
pagated by  buds,  grafts  or  slips,  are 
merely  parts  of  one  individual  and  it  does 
not  matter  whether  they  are  germinally 


648  Pyrus  baccata  above* 
and  three  named  crosses 
with  forms  of  P  Matus.— 
Alberta,  Columbia  and  Robin 
respectively  from  top  to 
bottom.  ( x  ?«) 


pure,  as  seeds  are  not  needed  This  makes  it  possible 
to  use  FI  hybrids  and,  as  hybrids  are  notoriously  vigor- 
ous, this  is  a  factor  of  very  great  importance.  Again, 
characters  which  blend  and  give  intermediates  in  the  Vl 
generation  may,  in  such  cases,  prove  very  valuable 

The  work  that  has  been  carried  out  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  in  the  bleeding  of  citrus  fruits  very 
clearly  indicates  that  valuable  intermediates  may  some- 
times be  secured     The  writer,   m   conjunction  with 
Walter  T   Swingle,  hybridized   the  hardy  cold-resist- 
ant trifoliate  orange  (Ponctrus  tnfoliaia)  with  several 
vaneties  of  the  tender  sweet  oiange,  and  as  a  result  at 
least  five  different  varieties  of  hardy  oranges  or  citranges 
have  been  produced     These  h\  bnds  are  nearly  inter- 
mediate  between   the   t\\o  parents,  having  the 
characters  in  the  fust  generation  nearly  blended. 
The  leaves  are  trifoliolutc,  but  are  much  larger 
than  the  leaves  of  the  ordinary  trifoliate  orange 
tree,  and  show  a  tendency  to  drop  off,  the  lateral 
leaflets  producing  an  umfoholate  leaf    The  tri- 
foliate orange  is  deciduous,  while  the  sweet  orange 
is  evergreen.    The  hybrids  are  semi-deciduous, 
holding  a  large  share  of  their  leaves  through  the 
winter    Jn  hardiness  they  also  seem  to  be  inter- 
mediate, being   much  more  cold-resistant   than 
the  ordinary  orange,  but  not  so  hardy  as  the  tri- 
foliate orange     They  are  sufficiently  hardy  so 
that  they  doubtless  may  be  grown  with  safety  as 
far  north  as  South  Carolina,  or  300  to  400  miles 
north  of  the  present  orange  region.   Some  of  the 
fruits  produced  are  as  large  as  the  ordi- 
nary orange,  but  most  of  them  are  very 
nearly  intermediate  in  size.  They  are  very 
variable,  however,  in  the  first  generation 
At  least  five  of  the  fruits  that  have  been 
produced  are  juicy  and  valuable    It  is  not 
probable  that  they  would  be  reproduced 
true    to    seed,   but  orange   varieties   are 
clons,    and    the   different   types    will,   of 
course,  be  normally  reproduced  by  buds 
or  grafts,  so  that  from  a  practical  stand- 
point it  does  not  matter  whether  or  not 
they  would  reproduce  true  through  the 
seed.    In  the  second  generation  it  is  prob- 
able    that     these      different     characters 
would    split    up,    possibly   according  to 
Mendel's  law,  and  it  is  likely  that  still 
more  valuable   varieties  will  be  secured 
when    a    second     generation    has     been 
grown     See  Citrange 

Similar  groups  of  valuable  intermedi- 
ate types  of  fruits  have  been  produced  by 
Wm  Saundcrs,  until  recently  the  Director 
of  the  Canadian  Experimental  Farms,  by 
crossing  varieties  of  the  ordinary  apple, 
such  as  the  Pe\vaukee  and  Wealthy,  with 
a  very  hardy  cold-resistant  crab  (Pyrus 
baccala).  Saunders  has  produced  already 
numerous  hardy  intermediate  types 
which  bid  fair  to  be  of  very  great  eco- 
nomic value,  particularly  in  the  cold 
regions  of  Manitoba  and  Saskatchewan 
(Fig  648)  Second  generation  seedlings  of 
these  valuable  types  may  be  expected  to 
yield  still  more  important  improvements 

The  reproduction  of  such  unfixed  hy- 
brids may  be  said  to  form  the  basis 
of  fruit-culture,  as  all  of  the  apple, 
peach,  pear,  plum,  orange,  lemon  and 
grape  varieties,  as  well  as  the  varieties  of 
small  fruits,  arc  of  rmxed  parentage  and 
do  not  reproduce  true  to  seed.  Most  cf 
the  varieties  ot  these  fruits  are  either 
known  to  be  hybrids  or  are  superior  seed- 
lings that  have  been  selected  and  propa- 
gated. These  latter,  doubtless,  ia  the 


558 


BREEDING 


BREVOORTIA 


greater  number  of  cases  were  of  hybrid  nature  as  all 
of  these  fruits  are  normally  cross-fertilized  and  natural 
hybridization  is  exceedingly  common 

The  same  may  be  said  of  most  flowers,  such  as  carna- 
tions and  roses,  that  are  cultivated  extensively  for  the 
cut-flower  trade.  Practically  all  of  the  varieties  are 
unfixed  hybrids. 

The  selection  of  bud-variations. 

No  consideration  of  the  methods  of  plant-breeding 
would  be  complete  without  a  mention  of  the  improve- 
ments that  can 
be  produced  by 
what  may  be 
termed  the  selec- 
tion of  bud-varia- 
tions While,  in 
general,  all  buds 

^  Rt*»^e3r*vs3Bre*fe-  of   a   plant    are 

^9^VC^SS^  practically    the 

same,  as  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that 
buds  taken  from 
the  Baldwin  apple 
almost  uniformly 
produce  Baldwin 
apples,  yet  there 
is  considerable 
variation  fre- 
quently in  the 
product  from  dif- 
ferent buds,  and  it 
is  evident  that 
bud-variations 
may  be  classified 
like  seedling-vari- 
ations, into  fluc- 
tuations and 
mutations  or  the 
so-called  bud- 
sports  (Fig  649) 
Hybrid  plants  also  frequentlv,  for  some  causr,  show 
segregations  of  characters  m  different  buds  similar  to  the 
segregations  shown  in  F2  hybrid  seedlings  It  would 
thus  seem  natural  to  suppose  that  these  variations 
could  be  utilized  in  producing  new  varieties  much 
as  the  similar  t>pes  of  seedling-variations  are  used 

In  violets,  for  example,  the  propagation  is  normally 
by  slips  that  are  developed  from  different  buds  These 
slips  when  grown  into  plants  frequently  show  consider- 
able difference,  and  B  T.  Galloway  and  P  H.  Dorsett, 
of  the  national  Department  of  Agriculture,  have 
demonstrated  that  by  the  selection  of  slips  from  plants 
which  are  very  productive  the  yield  in  the  number  of 
flowers  to  the  plant  can  be  increased  considerably  In 
the  case  of  the  orange,  seedling  trees  are  almost  always 
very  thorny,  yet  certain  branches  may  show  a  tendency 
to  be  more  nearly  thornless,  and  by  the  selection  of  buds 
from  such  branches  the  thorny  character  of  almost  all 
the  standard  varieties  has  been  reduced  By  the  sys- 
tematic selection  of  vegetative  parts,  such  as  buds, 
slips,  suckeis,  and  the  like,  in  many  cases  very  impor- 
tant improvements  could  doubtless  be  secured,  and  the 
plant-breeder  should  have  a  thorough  understanding 
of  this  method  of  improvement.  In  hybrids  of  mixed 
parentage,  frequently  a  bud  on  one  side  of  a  plant  will 
sport,  showing  different  tendencies,  and  many  of  our 
new  varieties  of  roses,  chrysanthemums  and  carnations 
have  been  produced  by  the  selection  of  such  bud-sports. 
Many  standard  varieties  of  carnations  have  produced 
bud-variations  that  have  proved  valuable;  the  Lawson 
has  given  rise  to  the  Red  Lawson  and  White  Lawson, 
the  Enchantress  has  produced  the  Pink  Enchantress 
and  White  Enchantress  The  practice  of  exercising  care 
m  choice  of  chrysanthemum  or  carnation  cuttings  and  of 


649.  Bud  sport  of  Cupressus  to  fastigiate 
type,  with  branch  of  similar  fastigiate 
variety  on  right. 


cions  for  fruit  trees  is,  therefore,  seen  to  rest  on  rational 
reasons 

Variations  in  the  character  of  the  seed  from  different 
bolls,  in  the  case  of  hybrid  cottons,  are  frequently  tound 
and  may  be  of  value  to  the  breeder  even  in  cotton  that 
is  propagated  by  seed  In  the  study  of  cotton,  similar 
bud-variations  have  been  found,  showing  in  the  lint 
characters  of  hybrids  In  a  number  of  instances, 
certain  bolls  have  been  found  which  produced  much 
longer  lint  than  other  bolls  on  the  same  plant,  and  simi- 
lar vanations  in  strength  and  uniformity  of  length  have 
been  observed  Experiments  indicate  that  such  varia- 
tions, \vhich  are  doubtleSvS  to  be  classed  as  bud-vana- 
tions,  are  inherited  in  considerable  degree  This  being 
the  case  even  in  seed-propagated  plants,  it  becomes 
desirable  to  observe  and  search  for  bud-variations 

The  importance  of  bud-selection  m  oranges  and 
lemons  has  recently  been  called  to  attention  by  the 
investigations  of  A  D  Shamel,  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agncultuie  It  has  been  found  that 
groves  planted  with  the  Bahia  or  Washington  Navel, 
which  is  grown  extensively  m  California,  fiequently 
show  a  number  of  different  types  with  reference  to  pro- 
ductiveness and  form  of  fruit  and  that  these  conditions 
remain  the  same  from  year  to  year  The  same  has  been 
found  to  be  the  case  also  in  lemon  groves,  several  dis- 
tinct types  not  infrequently  being  produced  on  the  same 
tree  (Fig  650)  These  barren  trees,  and  trees  producing 
poor  fruit,  greatly  reduce  the  production  of  the  grove 
and  in  many  cases  are  a  serious  handicap  Evidence 
has  been  collected  showing  that  when  buds  are  taken 
from  productive  trees  of  good  type  they  may  ordinarily 
be  expected  to  produce  good  types 

In  experiments  which  ha\e  been  conducted  during 
the  last  six  years  in  the  selection  of  potatoes,  it  has  been 
clearly  demonstrated  that,  in  a  family  of  potatoes 
developed  from  a  single  tuber  and  thus  positively  known 
to  be  pure,  low-  and  high-vielding  strains  can  be  pro- 
duced by  selecting  from  low-  and  high-yielding  hills 
(Fig  651)  Such  low-  and  high-yielding  strains  have 
now  maintained  themselves  for  three  years  in  over 
thirty  different  cases  representing  work  with  eighteen 
different  varieties. 

The  importance  of  bud-selection  is  only  beginning 
to  be  realized  and  further  data  is  necessary  before  it  can 
be  determined  how  important  this  is  in  different  cases 
The  evidence  now  at  hand,  however,  clearly  indicates 
that  this  method  of  improving  plants  should  be  given 
careful  consideration.  H  j  WEBBER 

BREVOORTIA  (J  Carson  Breevoort,  naturalist, 
Regent  N  Y  State  University)  Liliace^e  Differs  from 
BrodiA'a  in  the  long-tubular  and  6-saccate  corolla 
stamens  3,  with  3  broad  and  truncate  stammodia  caps, 
atalked  — One  species 


650   Two  types  of  fruit,  good  and  poor,  borne  on  same  tree 
of  the  Eureka  lemon. 

Ida-Miia,  Wood  (B.  cocdnea,  Wats.  Brodixa  coc- 
clnea,  Gray).  FLORAL  FIRE-CRACKER  Lvs.  slender, 
grassy  scapes  slender,  1-3  ft.  high,  with  3-6  pendu- 
lous tubular-saccate  fls  1-2  in  long,  which  are  bril- 
liant crimson-red,  tipped  with  pea-green.  N  Calif,  to 
Ore  m  wooded  foothills.  BM  5857.  G.C  III  20  687. 
Gn  46,  p.  503  — The  fls.  are  very  lasting  and  beautiful. 


BREVOORTIA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA     559 


Half-hardy.  Needs  partial  shade  and  a  deep,  loose  soil, 
thoroughly  drained,  and  with  some  leaf-mold.  Corm 
the  size  of  a  nutmeg.  CARL  PURDY. 

BREWfcRIA  (Samuel  Brewer  was  an  English  bota- 
nist of  18th  century).  Convolvulacex  Perennial  herbs, 
rarely  somewhat  woody:  fls  much  like  those  of  Con- 
volvulus but  the  styles  distinct  or  partly  so,  the  corolla 


651    Low-  and  high-yielding  strains  of  Rural  New  Yorker  potato 
developed  by  hill-selection  within  the  progeny  of  a  single  tuber 

pubescent  outside  m  the  bud  Ivs  simple,  entire. — Trail- 
ing plants  ol  .30  or  more  species  in  warm  climates. 

grandifldra,  Gray  Root  tuberous  st  pubescent.  Ivs. 
broad-ovate  or  oblong-ovate  and  very  short-stalked, 
peduncles  1-fld  ,  fl  very  largo  (3  in  long),  bright  blue 
and  bhowy,  tunnel-shaped  caps  large  and  globose- 
ovoid  or  ovoid  Fla — Intro  by  Reasoner  Bros  One 
species  of  Bre\veria  (H  Ptcktrmqu,  Gra>)  occurs  from 
N  J  and  111.  south,  and  a  few  other  species  are  also 
native  farther  south  in  the  U.  S  \  TAYLOK  f 

BREtNIA  (for  J  P  Brevn,  a  German  botanist  of 
17th  century)  Kuphorbtnresp  Tropical  shrubs  or  trees, 
rarely  cult  Lvs  alternate,  simple,  fls  small,  in  short 
axillary  clusters,  monoecious,  apetalous,  calvx  imbri- 
cate, styles  2-parted  fi  a  red  berry  Related  to  Phyl- 
lanthus  about  15  snecies  in  Tron  Asia  and  P;icifie, 
Isls  11  turbniata  (Phyllanthus  lurbmatui,  Sims).  B  M 
1862.  L  B  C.  8  731,  may  be  the  same  as  Andrachne 
frulicosa.  J  B  S  N  ORION 

BRICK£LLIA  (Dr  John  Brickell,  an  early  American 
naturalist)  Coleosanthub,  Cass  Comp6t>il<t'  About  40 
species  of  herbs  or  small  shrubs  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
the  U.  S  and  Mex  ,  only  one  of  which  seems  to  be  in  the 
trade.  Somewhat  allied  to  Eupatonum,  from  which  it 
differs  in  having  10-nbbed  achencs  Lvs  veiny,  cither 
opposite  or  alternate:  fls  white,  cream-colored  or  flesh- 
colored,  small,  with  pappus  either  scale-like  or  somewhat 
plumose,  mvolucral  bracts  Btnate-nerved:  achenes 
stnate  Prop  by  cuttings  under  a  bell-jar. 

grandifldra,  Nutt  TASSEL  FLOWER  Nearly  gla- 
brous, 2-3  ft  ,  branchy  above  Ivs  triangular-cordate  or 
triangular-lanceolate  above,  coarsely  toothed:  heads 
about  40-fld  ,  drooping,  in  large  panicles,  tassel-shaped 
and  yellowish  white.  Rocky  Mts. — Recommended  for 
moist  shady  borders,  and  best  grown  hi  a  mixture  of 
leaf-mold,  loam  and  sand.  jsj\  TAYLOR.! 

BRIDAL  WREATH:  Spirya  prunt/oha 

BRIER.  In  America,  commonly  applied  to  brambles 
or  thorny  plants  of  the  genus  Rubus,  especially  black- 
berries In  the  Old  World,  it  is  applied  to  large  wild- 
gruwing  roses 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA,     Horticulture  in. 

The  vast  territory  of  British  North  America,  as  under- 
stood in  this  article,  comprises  the  Colony  of  Newfound- 
land and  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  Much  of  the  terri- 
tory is  so  little  developed  horticulturally,  and  most  of 
the  provinces  are  so  very  large,  that  rather  extended 
attention  is  given  here  to  the  adaptabilities  of  the  dif- 
ferent political  divisions  The  map  (Fig  652,  page  560) 
shows  the  outlines  of  the  territory  under  consideration, 
and  its  relation  to  the  northernmost  part  of  the  U  S 

Horticulture  m  Newfoundland  has  so  far  not  devel- 
oped to  a  great  extent  and  the  island  is  not  thought  of  as 
a  horticultural  region,  but  the  colony  has  great  possi- 
bilities in  this  direction  The  wmtei  temperatures  are 
not  so  low  as  in  some  parts  of  Canada  where  apple  trees 
grow  well;  and  with  care  and  protection  from  wind  the 
hardiebt  summer  and  autumn  varieties  can  be  grown. 
The  Canada  plum  (Prunus  mgr<i)  is  a  native  of  the 
southern  part  of  the  island  and  no  doubt  good  varieties 
of  this  could  be  produced  The  European  01  domestic 
plums  can  also  be  grown  successfully  near  the  coast 
where  protected  from  the  high  winds,  but  owing  to  the 
moist  air  they  are  very  liable  to  become  covered  with 
moss  and  lichens  Bush-fruits  thrive,  and  strawberries 
and  goosebeines  succeed  particularly  well,  and  English 
varieties  of  both  these  fruits,  which  do  so  poorly  in 
Canada  on  account  of  the  hot,  dry  summers,  are  giving 
admirable  results  In  w  inter  the  plants  are  well  protected 
by  a  deep  covering  of  snow  The  hardier  vegetables 
flourish,  and  large  quantities  of  potatoes  are  grown  by 
the  settlers 

Owing  to  the  relatively  moist  summer,  annuals  and 
herbaceous  perennials  do  particularly  well,  it  being 
possible  to  have  almost  or  quite  as  beautiful  a  gaiden 
there  as  in  eastern  Canada 

In  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  horticulture  has  become 
one  of  the  most  important  industries  In  fruit-growing, 
in  floriculture,  m  vegetable-culture  and  in  the  beautify  ing 
of  cities,  towns,  and  private  grounds,  Canadians  are 
fully  alive  to  the  possibilities  of  their  country,  and  the 
rapid  development  of  horticulture  in  all  its  branches  is 
an  indication  of  the  success  that  has  attended  those 
engaged  m  its  pin  suits 

The  history  of  horticulture  in  Canada  dates  from 
the  early  settlement  at  Annapolis  Royal  in  Acadia,  now 
Nova  8cotia,  in  1605,  and  from  the  founding  of  the 
city  of  Quebec,  now  in  the  province  of  Quebec,  in  1608 
There  is  a  definite  statement  as  early  as  1663  that 
apple  tiees  were  growing  near  the  banks  of  some  of  the 
rivers  in  Acadia.  There  are  also  records  of  trees  grow- 
ing in  the  province  of  Quebec  about  that  time  In  the 
province  of  Ontario,  it  was  about  the  beginning  of  the 
eighteenth  century  before  horticulture  began  appre- 
ciably to  develop,  while  in  British  Columbia,  which  has 
made  such  rapid  advances  in  recent  years,  fruit  trees 
were  not  planted  until  about  the  middle  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  Owing  to  inadequate  means  of  trans- 
portation, the  development  of  fruit-cultuie  was  not 
rapid  in  any  part  of  Canada  until  within  the  past  half- 
century,  but  now  the  extension  of  orchards,  small 
fruit-plantations,  glasshouses,  and  truck-farms  is  very 
marked  every  year 

The  census  of  Canada  for  1911  gives  the  following 
figures  Total  number  of  fruit  trees  in  Canada,  20,812, 
556,  area  occupied  by  fruit  trees  in  Canada,  376,322 
acres,  estimated  capital  value  of  fruit  trees  in  Canada, 
$127,000,000.  The  quantitv  of  fruit  grown  in  Canada 
is  not  known,  but  the  Trade  and  Navigation  Returns 
for  the  year  ending  March  31,  1912,  show  the  exports 
of  fruit  from  all  ports  to  be* 

Value 

Dried  apples,  3,149,620  pounds  . . .  $248,035 
Fresh  apples.  1,664,165  barrels  5,104,107 
Berries  .  106,486 

All  other  fruits  .  159,293 

Canned  and  pieserved  fruits  .      ...      257,590 


(660) 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA      561 


The  larger  proportion  of  this  fruit  is  produced  in  the 
provinces  of  Ontario  and  Nova  Scotia,  but  rapidly 
increasing  quantities  are  grown  in  British  Columbia. 

The  fruit  areas  of  Canada  are  large  enough  to  sup- 
ply Canada  and  a  large  part  of  the  world  with  some 
kinds  of  fiuit,  and  particularly  with  the  apple,  for 
many  years  to  come  In  the  great  province  of  Ontario, 
220,000  square  miles  in  area,  larger  than  the  states  of 
New  York,  Ohio,  Illinois  and  Michigan  together,  there 
are  large  districts  m  which  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums, 
cherries,  grapes  and  the  small  fruits  can  be  grown  to 
perfection.  The  province  of  Quebec  is  considerably 
larger  than  Ontario,  and  while  the  tender  fruits  do  not 
succeed  except  in  the  most  favored  parts,  apples  are 
gro\vn  in  large  quantities  yearly  From  east  to  west  in 
the  provinces  of  Quebec  and  Ontario  there  is  a  belt  of 
about  700  miles  in  length  in  which  apples  and  other 
hardy  fruits  can  be  grown;  while  m  the  province  of 
Ontario  alone  the  best  winter  apples,  pears,  and  plums 
can  be  grow  n  successfully  over  an  area  about  350  miles 
lor-g  and  30  to  1">0  miles  in  width.  The  successful 
cultivation  of  peaches  in  Ontario  is  confined  to  the 
Niagara  district  and  to  points  along  Lake  Erie  and 
Lake  Huron,  but  the  area  suitable  for  this  fruit  is 
extensive  enough  to  supply  a  large  population. 

Nova  Scotia  has  long  been  noted  for  its  apples.  The 
rno.st  favored  districts  are  the  Annapolis  and  Corn- 
wallis  valleys,  where  apples,  pears,  plums  and 
cherries  can  be  grown  and  where  even  peaches 
can  be  successfully  raised  These  valleys  have  a 
total  length  of  about  100  miles  and  vary  m 
width  from  6  to  11  miles  Fruit-culture  is  not 
confined  to  this  district,  as  over  most  of  the 
province  the  hardier  Iruits  can  be  grown  suc- 
cessfully New  Brunswick  has  not  yet  developed 
a  fiuit  industry  to  anv  great  extent,  but  in  some 
of  the  valleys  apples  and  other  hardy  fruits  of 
the  finest  appearance  and  best  quality  can  be 
produced  In  recent  years  there  has  been  a 
marked  awakening  in  this  province  and,  owing 
to  The  cheapness  of  land  and  the  beauty  and 
qualitv  of  the  fruits  that  can  be  produced, 
there  would  seem  to  be  a  good  future  for 
horticulture 

Prince  Edward  Island,  the  smallest  province 
of  the  Dominion,  produces  excellent  tree  fruits,  and, 
owing  to  the  late  season,  the  apples  keep  better  than  in 
any  other  part,  of  the  Dominion  Means  of  transporta- 
tion are  not  yet  good,  but  it  is  hoped  that  this  will 
Boon  be  much  impioved 

British  Columbia,  the  area  of  which  is  about  370,000 
square  miles,  or  more  than  twice  the  size  of  California, 
has  large  sections  admirably  adapted  to  fruits  Like 
the  states  of  Oregon  and  Washington,  with  which  its 
natural  conditions  may  be  compared,  British  Columbia 
has  a  number  of  districts  with  special  conditions. 
"Ihrce  of  these  are,  (1)  that  in  the  damp  coast  climate 
of  Vancouver  Island  and  the  Lower  Mainland,  (2)  m 
the  dry  interior  country  where  irrigation  is,  as  a  rule, 
necessary;  (3)  m  the  Kootenays,  east  and  west,  where 
irrigation  is  necessary  only  in  places.  In  these  districts 
all  the  best  fruits,  including  peaches  in  some  places,  can 
be  grown  to  great  advantage.  There  are,  however, 
many  valleys  that  are  being  found  suitable  for  fruit- 
culture,  varying  much  in  climate  and  extending  from 
the  American  boundary  far  north. 

Butish  Columbia  is  expending  its  efforts  mainly  to 
supplying  the  prairie  provinces  of  Canada;  and  it  has 
been  very  successful  in  placing  fruits  on  these  markets 
in  good  condition.  The  trade  abroad  is  growing  also. 
Ontario  is  a  close  competitor  of  British  Columbia  for 
the  prairie  trade,  but  the  increase  in  population  is  so 
lapid  that  it  will  require  both  provinces  to  supply  the 
demands  for  a  long  time  to  come. 

The  prairie  provinces  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta  and  the  great  territories  to  the  north  pro- 

36 


duce  excellent  bush  fruits,  but  the  tree  fruits  have  fof 
the  most  part  not  done  well  up  to  the  present,  although 
the  hardiest  varieties  of  apples  succeed  in  some  of  tne 
more  favored  localities  and  plums  are  native  to  Man:' 
toba  and  the  early  varieties  can  be  grown  successful!} 
over  a  wide  area 

Some  of  the  influences  affecting  Canadian  horti- 
culture may  be  mentioned.  The  Dominion  Experi- 
mental Farms,  now  sixteen  m  number,  work  upon 
which  was  begun  twenty-five  years  ago,  have  played  an 
important  part.  There  are  SIK  Provincial  Agricultural 
Colleges,  all  of  which  have  Experiment  Stations  that 
disseminate  information  both  through  the  students  and 
by  literature.  The  Provincial  Experiment  Stations  and 
demonstration  orchards  are  also  doing  much  to  explain 
the  possibilities  of  fruit-culture  in  their  several  dis- 
tricts Seven  Provincial  Fruit  Growers'  Associations 
lend  their  aid  in  spreading  a  knowledge  of  the  best 
methods  of  fruit-culture  and  of  uniting  the  growers  m 
cooperation  and  legislation  The  horticultural  periodical 
literature  of  Canada,  although  represented  by  few 
papers,  has  done  much  to  aid  fruit-,  flower-  and  vege- 
table-growers. 

The  Farmers'  Institute  and  orchard  meetings  organ- 
ized by  the  Provincial  Governments  and  assisted  by  the 
Dominion  Government,  are  very  practical  and  helpful. 
In  the  province  of  Ontario,  a  large  proportion  of  the 


653.  The  fruit  regions  in  eastern  Canada. 


counties  have  the  District  Representative,  a  Government 
official  whose  duty  it  is  to  instruct  the  people  by  word, 
by  experiment  and  bv  demonstration 

The  horticultural  societies  assisted  by  the  Provincial 
Government,  of  which  there  are  seventy-five  in  Ontario, 
are  doing  excellent  work  in  aw  akenmg  a  greater  interest 
m  horticulture  and  in  spreading  information,  especially 
m  regard  to  ornamental  plants 

The  apples  ongmated  by  Wm  Saunders  in  crossing 
the  wild  Siberian  crab-apple,  Pyrus  baccata,  and  the 
varieties  of  the  apple,  have  enabled  the  settlers  in  the 
prairie  provinces  to  grow  at  least  small  apples  where 
larger  ones  do  not  succeed ;  and  the  larger-fruited  vane- 
ties  obtained  by  Saunders,  by  introducing  more  of  the 
blood  of  the  apple  into  the  first  crosses,  are  now  being 
tested  for  hardiness,  and,  if  found  worthy,  will  mark  a 
step  in  advance. 

All  these  factors  affecting  horticultural  conditions 
and  progress  have  been  made  still  more  effective  by  the 
cooperative  movement  that  has  in  recent  years  made 
much  progress  in  Canada.  In  the  provinces  of  Ontario 
and  Nova  Scotia  are  many  cooperative  associations 
that  now  have  central  organizations  where  plans  affect- 
ing the  weliare  of  all  the  associations  are  discussed. 
These  associations  are  doing  much  to  make  the  fruit 
marketed  of  more  uniform  character  and  to  bring  better 
returns  to  the  producer.  One  of  the  best  influences  in 
the  improvement  of  horticultural  products  in  Canada 
is  the  Fruit  Marks  Act  (now  the  Inspection  and  Sales 
Act)  passed  in  1901,  and  operative  over  the  whole  of 
Canada.  By  this  Act,  growers  are  compelled  to  pack 


562     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


their  fruit  according  to  certain  standards  and  are  liable 
io  fine  if  they  do  not  do  so.  Inspectors  are  stationed 
at  packing-houses,  on  the  markets,  and  at  the  ports  of 
export,  who  examine  the  fruit  to  determine  whether  it 
is  packed  according  to  law  A  marked  improvement 
has  been  noticed  in  the  Canadian  fruit  exported  since 
this  law  went  into  effect.  There  are  also  standard 
barrelu,  boxes  and  baskets  for  the  whole  of  Canada 

While  floriculture  is  growing  very  rapidly,  the  area 
under  glass  in  Canada  is  not  very  large  yet,  it  being 
estimated  at  about  120  acres  or  6,000,000  square  feet 
in  1912  The  estimated  capital  invested  is  $1,500,000 
and  the  value  of  the  output  $1,800,000  The  flowers 
mobt  grown  under  glass  in  Canada  are  carnations  and 
roses,  although  many  other  kinds  are  also  raised  Some 
of  the  Canadian  growers  have  an  international  reputa- 
tion for  the  quality  of  the  flowers  they  produce  The 
official  organ  of  the  florists  in  Canada  is  "The  Canadian 
Florist,"  a  trade  paper  published  every  two  weeks 

Many  kinds  of  vegetables  succeed  admirably  in  Can- 
ada and  there  are  a  large  number  of  skillful  growers. 
Owing  to  the  rapid  development  of  the  larger  cities  and 
the  many  new  towns  in  the  newly  settled  parts,  there 
are  many  openings  for  market-gardeners  Large  quan- 
tities of  vegetables,  including  particularly  tomatoes 
and  corn,  are  grown  for  the  canning  factories  in  south- 
western Ontario  where  the  season  is  earlier  than  in  any 
other  part  of  eastern  Canada.  Early  vegetables  are 


654.  The  fruit  region  (within  dotted  lines)  in  British  Columbia. 

grown  on  a  large  scale,  and  have  proved  very  profitable 
to  those  engaged  in  the  business  Perhaps  the  most 
noted  vegetable  grown  in  Canada  is  the  Montreal  musk- 
melon,  which  is  well  known  for  its  high  quality  in  many 
cities  of  the  United  States  The  production  of  such  a 
high-class  melon  is  a  good  indication  of  the  summer 
climate  of  Canada,  which  m  many  parts  is  hot  enough 
to  mature  melons  well  The  market-gardeners  are 
represented  in  Ontario  by  the  Provincial  Vegetable 
Growers'  Association,  branches  of  which  are  to  be 
found  in  a  number  of  the  cities  and  towns.  This  organ- 
ization has  done  much  to  assist  market-gardeners  and 
to  make  them  feel  that  their  calling  is  as  important  as 
any  other  branch  of  agriculture.  \\r  f.  MACOUN. 

Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotia  (Fig  655)  is  a  peninsula  on  the  extreme 
eastern  side  of  Canada.  It  extends  in  a  northeasterly 
and  southwesterly  direction  and  is  crossed  by  the 
forty-fifth  parallel  of  north  latitude.  No  part  of  the 
interior  is  more  than  30  miles  from  the  sea  The  sur- 
face is  gently  undulating,  with  no  high  mountain 
ranges  The  principal  farming  and  fruit-growing  sec- 
tions are  mainly  in  the  valleys  through  which  the  rivers 
run  and  around  the  headwaters  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy, 
where  the  high  tides  have  left  extensive  deposits  of 
rich  alluvial  soil  The  annual  rainfall  is  about  42  inches. 

The  French  Acadians  early  made  plantings  of  the 
apple  in  this  province  When  the  New  England  settlers 


came,  in  1761,  to  occupy  the  lands  of  the  deported 
French,  they  found  apple  trees  in  bearing,  many  of 
which  lived  and  continued  to  bear  fruit  well  along  into 
the  last  century.  The  leading  horticultural  industry 
is  fruit-growing.  Its  most  important  division  is  apple- 
culture,  although  pears,  plums,  cherries  and  small 
fruits  are  successfully  grown  These  soft  fruits  are 
necessarily  sold  in  the  local  markets,  which,  though 
steadily  growing  in  size,  are  as  yet  of  too  limited  capa- 
city to  justify  an  extensive  development  of  the  culture 
of  such  perishable  products  Apples,  on  the  other 
hand,  are  shipped  to  the  British  ana  other  foreign  mar- 
kets where,  in  their  season,  they  successfully  compete 
with  those  from  other  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere. 

The  strictly  horticultural  region  of  Nova  Scotia  is  a 
small  section  of  the  western  part  of  the  province  gen- 
erally called  the  Annapolis  Valley.  This  region,  except 
in  its  extreme  eastern  part,  is  separated  from  the  Bay  of 
Fundy  and  protected  from  the  direct  force  of  the  north- 
erly and  westerly  winds  by  a  range  of  hills,  some  400  to 
500  feet  m  height,  known  as  the  North  Mountain  It 
includes  the  valley  of  the  Annapolis  River,  which  flows 
southwesterly  to  the  Annapolis  Basin,  and  the  valleys 
of  the  Pereuux,  Habitant,  Canard,  Cornwalhs,  Gas- 
pereau  and  Avon  Rivers,  which  flow  into  Mmas  Basin 
on  the  east  It  is  a  narrow  strip  of  country  6  to  10 
miles  wide  and  less  than  100  miles  long 

Here  apple-culture,  from  being  a  side  line  to  generak 
farming  down  to  about  forty  years  ago,  has  grown  to  be 
the  leading  branch  of  agriculture.  The  yield  of  apples  m 
this  district,  packed  and  sold  in  1911,  was  1,734,000 
barrels  The  yield  for  1912  is  estimated  at  1,100,000 
barrels  These  figures  do  not  include,  in  either  case, 
those  that  were  used  by  the  canneries,  evaporators  and 
vinegar  factories,  or  that  were  consumed  in  the  dis- 
trict in  which  grown  About  one-tenth  of  the  output 
finds  a  market  m  the*  towns  and  the  villages  of  the  non- 
1  fruit-growing  sections  of  the  maritime  provinces,  the 
remainder  being  exported  to  Great  Britain,  Germany 
and  other  European  countries,  and  to  Newfoundland, 
the  Canadian  West,  the  West  Indies  and  South  Africa 
The  varieties  of  apples  grown  have  been  selected 
chiefly  with  reference  to  the  English  market  Tho 
leading  commercial  sorts  are  Gravenstem,  Blenheim, 
Ribston,  King,  Yellow  Bellflower,  Cox  Orange,  Wagener, 
Baldwin,  Stark,  Spy,  Golden  Russet,  Falla water,  Rox- 
bury  Russet  and  Ben  Davis  Some  of  these  have  lonf* 
been  known  in  England  and  were  introduced  from  that 
country  The  Gravenstcin,  especially,  reaches  a  high 
quality  here  The  winter  varieties  also  do  well  and 
mature  just  as  the  cool  weather  of  autumn  comes  on 

As  a  rule,  orchards  are  carefully  cultivated,  ferti- 
lized, pruned  and  sprayed  A  large  quantity  of  com- 
memal  fertilizer  is  used  every  year,  as  the  area  in 
orchards  has  outgrown  the  supply  of  stable  manure 
Cover-crops  are  grown  to  furnish  humus,  the  clovers, 
vetches  and  buckwheat  being  the  crops  chiefly  used  for 
this  purpose  The  practice  of  thinning  apples  has  lately 
been  adopted  by  many  ot  the  best  growers  and  is  likely 
to  become  more  general  as  competition  in  fruit-raising 
increases 

A  system  of  frost-pi  oof  apple  warehouses,  that  has 
come  into  existence  curing  the  last  sixteen  years,  is  an 
important  element  in  the  carrying-on  of  the  fruit  busi- 
ness m  Nova  Scotia  These — numbering  one  hundred 
in  all — are  found  at  the  railway  stations  throughout 
the  fruit  district  The  usual  width  is  about  40  feet,  the 
length  from  80  to  120  feet,  affording  room  for  packing 
and  storage  for  5,000  to  10,000  barrels.  Formerly, 
the  fruit-grower  packed  his  apples  at  home,  or  in  his 
barn  Then,  when  a  steamer  was  ready  to  load  at  Hali- 
fax, the  apples  had  to  be  hauled  to  the  railroad  station, 
often  several  miles  distant,  and  loaded  into  the  waiting 
cars.  Now  the  apples  are  generally  taken  in  barrels 
directly  from  the  orchard  to  the  warehouse  where  they 
are  stored  until  ready  to  be  packed  out  for  shipment. 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA     563 


Under  this  system,  it  is  possible  with  very  little  delay 
to  pack  and  place  on  cars  a  steamer-load  of  apples. 
A  railway  haul  of  four  or  five  hours  brings  the  cars  to 
the  side  of  the  steamer  so  that  the  danger  from  frost, 
even  in  zero  weather,  is  largely  avoided 

A  further  advance  was  made  in  the  business  of  pack- 
ing and  marketing  apples  when  cooperative  fruit  com- 
panies were  formed.  The  first  company  of  this  kind 
was  organized  in  Berwick  in  1907.  During  the  next  five 
years,  more  than  thirty  simihar  companies  were  formed 
Under  provincial  legislation  enacted  m  1912,  these  were 
organized  into  a  central  association  known  as  the 
United  Fruit  Companies  of  Nova  Scotia,  Limited  All 
the  apples  of  the  companies  affiliated  in  this  central 
association  are  sold  through  its  agency  It  controls  the 
sale  of  fully  one-half  of  the  apple  crop  of  the  province 
A  uniform  standard  of  grading  is  maintained,  an  official 
of  the  central  association  inspecting  the  packing  in  all 
the  warehouses  of  the  affiliated  companies  Coopera- 
tion in  the  marketing  of  apples  was  quickly  followed 
by  the  cooperative  manufacture  of  barrels  and  pur- 
chase of  fertilizers,  feeds  and  seeds,  greatly  to  the  con- 
venience and  financial  advantage  of  the  members 
of  the  companies  In  the  near  future,  all  farmers' 
supplies  will  probably  be  purchased  cooperatively 

The  establishment  of  evaporators,  canneries  and 
vinegar  factories  throughout  the  fruit  district,  some 
of  them  owned  by  cooperative  companies,  furnishes 
a  market  for  defective  fruit  and  has  also  the  effect 
of  improving  the  grade  of  apples  packed  There 
are  now  eight  evaporators,  two  canneries  and  four 
vinegar  factories  in  operation. 

Ivocal  nurseries,  chiefly  for  the  propagation  of 
apple  trees,  aie  to  be  found  at  Annapolis,  Berwick, 
Watcrville  and  \\olfville  While  these  have  re- 
ceived good  patronage  in  the  past,  the  larger  quan- 
tity of  nuisery  stock  in  recent  years  has  been 
imported,  chiefly  from  Ontario  With  a  view  to 
avoiding  the  danger  of  introducing  noxious  insects 
and  plant  diseases,  the  provincial  department  of 
agriculture  has  lately  passed  strict  regulations 
governing  the  importation  of  nurseiy  stock  The 
effect  of  this  has  been  to  stimulate  the  home 
nursery  industiy 

Peais  plums  and  ch ernes  are  grown  for  home  use 
and  the  local  markets    Brrtlett  and  Clapp  Favorite 
are    the   varieties   of    pears    most   largely   giown 
Moore   Arctic,   Lombard,  Yellow  Egg,  the  Gages, 
Damsons  and    Burbank  are  the  chief  plums     The 
cherries  are  the  Morello  and  other  varieties  of  the  sour 
type    Peaches  are  grown  to  some  extent  in  the  western 
part  of   the  province,  Alexander,  Early  Canada  and 
Fitzgerald  proving  hardy 

Cranbemes  constitute  an  important  part  of  the  fruit 
crop  of  Nov  a  Scotia  They  are  grown  on  reclaimed  bog 
lands  that  would  be  unsuitable  for  any  other  fatm  crop 
There  is  much  land  of  this  kind  m  the  province  still 
unused  In  1908,  the  cranberry  crop  in  the  vicinity  of 
one  railway  station,  Auburn,  amounted  to  nearly  5,000 
barrels  and  netted  the  growers  $25,000  A  good  market 
for  Nova  Scotia  berries  is  found  in  Montreal  and  the 
Canadian  West 

Truck-gardening  is  conducted  to  some  extent  on  the 
light  sandy  soil  of  the  central  part  of  the  Annapolis 
Valley  In  the  vicinity  of  Berwick,  Aylesford,  and 
Kingston,  such  crops  as  strawberries,  raspberries, 
tomatoes,  green  beans,  asparagus  and  rhubarb,  are 
grown  for  the  local  markets.  Some  of  the  tomatoes  go 
to  the  cannery. 

Only  one  important  variety  of  apple  originated  in 
Nova  Scotia,  the  Banks  Red,  a  bud-sport  of  the  Graven- 
stem.  John  Burbidge,  who  settled  in  the  Cornwal- 
hs  Valley  in  1764  introduced  the  Nonpareil  (Roxbury 
Russet)  Charles  Inghs,  first  Bishop  of  Nova  Scotia, 
who  re  jcived  a  grant  of  land  in  Aylesford  Town- 
ship, in  1790,  introduced  the  Yellow  Bellflower,  which 


thence  came  to  be  known  here  as  Bishop  Pippin  Charles 
R  Prescott  introduced  Ribston  in  1814,  Blenheim  m 
1829,  Gravenstem  and  Alexander  in  1835,  Baldwin  and 
Greening  in  1820  and  Northern  Spy  shortly  after  1852. 

The  Nova  Scotia  Fruit-Growers  Association,  founded 
m  1863,  is  the  oldest  in  the  Dominion,  and  receives  an 
annual  grant  from  the  provincial  government  For 
several  years  it  assisted  in  maintaining  a  school  of 
horticulture  at  Wolfville  In  1905,  this  school  was 
merged  into  the  College  of  Agnculture  at  Truro. 

In  1911,  a  fruit  experiment  station  was  established 
at  Kentville  This  is  maintained  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment at  Ottawa  The  provincial  government  has 
established  thirty-five  demonstration  orchards  in  parts 
of  the  province  outside  the  fruit  district  pioper  The 
purpose  of  these  orchards  is  to  discover  the  fruit-growing 
possibilities  of  the  different  sections*  of  the  province, 
to  find  out  the  varieties  best  suited  to  these  sections,  ana 
to  give  a  demonstration  of  what  orchard  practice  is 
considered  most  effective  in  such  localities  Horticul- 
ture is  taught  at  the  Agricultural  College  which  was 
established  at  Truro  in  1905.  PERCY  J.  SHAW. 


655  Nova  Scotia,  showing  the  present  fruit  district  and  two  centers 
(Bridgewater  and  Brookfield),  where  the  industry  is  beginning  to 
develop. 

Prince  Edward  Island. 

In  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  and  separated  from  the 
continent  by  the  Northumberland  Strait,  lies  the  prov- 
ince of  Prince  Edward  Island  (Fig.  656),  the  "low  and 
beautiful  land"  that  Cartier  saw  on  the  afternoon  of 
June  30,  1534.  It  is  situated  between  46°  and  47°  7' 
noith  latitude  and  east  of  61°  27'  west  longitude,  and  is 
distant  from  New  Brunswick  9  miles,  from  Nova  Scotia 
15  miles  and  from  Cape  Breton  30  miles.  In  form,  it  is 
an  megular  crescent,  concaved  toward  the  north  with 
such  an  exceedingly  indented  coastline  that  no  part  of 
the  country  is  far  distant  from  the  sea.  Sand-dunes 
extend  along  the  north  shore  for  a  distance  of  50  miles 
The  surface  is  gently  undulating  Ranges  of  low  hills 
ti  averse  the  island  from  New  Ixmdon  to  Hampton, 
from  Brooklyn  to  Wood  Islands,  and  from  Red  Point 
to  Hollo  Bay.  The  highest  elevation  is  less  than  300  feet. 
Small  flat  areas  occur  m  the  western  part  of  Prince  Co. 

The  climate  is  temperate  and  not  subject  to  rapid 
changes  For  the  past  five  years,  the  average  tempera- 
ture during  the  winter  months  was  36.6°,  the  lowest 
registered  being  — 19  5°,  and  during  the  summer  months 
70°,  with  86  5°  the  highest  The  yearly  precipitation 
varies  from  38  to  42  inches,  a  httle  less  than  half  falling 
during  the  months  May  to  October  m  light  showers  at 
more  or  less  regular  intervals 


564     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


The  whole  population  ie  engaged  in  agriculture  and 
fishing  and  in  the  merchandise  connected  therewith 
Horticulture  is  yet  in  its  infancy  and  only  very  few  of 
the  inhabitants  have  begun  to  realize  its  possibilities. 

Nearly  every  farmer  has  a  few  trees  producing  suffi- 
cient apples  for  his  own  family.  But  few  have  seriously 


656.  Prince  Edward  Island   The  shaded  parts  are  horticultural  sections. 

considered  apple-growing  as  a  revenue-producing  branch 
of  agriculture.  The  first  trees  were  planted  shortly 
after  the  English  occupation  m  1763  The  stock  was 
brought  out  from  *he  Old  Country  and  was  nearly  all 
of  the  cider  varieties  On  this  account  it  was  generally 
believed  that  good  apples  could  not  be  grown  in  this 
province.  For  over  a  century  very  little  improvement 
was  made. 

The  development  of  the  apple  industry  in  Nova 
Scotia  stimulated  the  planting  of  more  trees  in  Prince 
Edward  Island  and  led  to  the  setting  out  of  nurseries 
in  1886  by  William  Taylor  at  Lower  Freetown  and  by 
Condon  at  Kensington  They  received  a  great  many 
orders  for  trees  but  the  orders  wore  so  small  (very  few 
people  wanting  more  than  half  a  do/en)  that  there  was 
not  much  profit  m  the  business  and  it  was  not  continued. 

A  few  men,  however,  were  enthusiastic  over  the  pos- 
sibilities of  fruit-growing  and  at  the  call  of  Lieutenant- 
Go  vernor  Howl  an  met  in  Charlottetown  on  March  30, 
1896,  and  formed  the  Fruit-G rowers'  Association  of 
Prince  Edward  Island  It  received  the  encouragement 
of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  was  given  an 
annual  grant  of  $100,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  a 
fruit  show. 

This  again  gave  a  further  stimulus  to  tree-planting, 
and  nurseries  were  set  out  by  D  A.  Sharp  at  Summer- 
side,  Thomas  Moyse  at  Central  Bedcque  and  John 
Robertson  at  New  Perth.  Many  trees  were  sold  but 
the  business  does  not  seem  to  have  been  very  profitable, 
and  at  the  present  time  all  the  stock  is  imported.  A 
few  men,  however,  set  out  commercial  orchards  and 
between  the  years  1897  to  1900  some  shipments  of  apples 
were  made  to  the  British  market  It  was  very  difficult, 
however,  to  find  more  than  a  few  barrels  of  one  variety 
in  a  district  This  added  veiy  much  to  the  expense  of 
packing  and  shipping,  and  as  the  business  was  at  best 
very  uncertain,  it  vas  soon  given  up. 

In  1909  the  Cooperative  Fruit  Company  was  formed. 
The  purpose  was  to  provide  proper  packages  and  to  get 
together  sufficient  quantities  of  apples  of  one  variety 
to  make  a  profitable  shipment  The  Department  of 
Agriculture  provides  the  Company  with  a  secretary  and 
makes  a  small  annual  grant,  sufficient  to  cover  truckage 
expenses. 

In  1909,  eighty-four  barrels  were  shipped,  in  1910, 


For  a  number  of  years  the  question  of  varieties  has 
been  taken  up  by  the  Fruit-Growers  Association.  The 
following  are  now  recommended'  For  home  orchard — 
Yellow  Transparent,  Ciimson  Beauty,  Duchess  of 
Oldenburg,  Wealthy.  Wagener,  King,  Northern  Spy, 
Mclntosh  Red,  and  Stark  For  commercial  orchard — • 
Wealthy,  Alexander  or  Wolt  River,  Mclntosh 
Red,  Ribston  Pippin  and  Ben  Davis 

The  feeling  is  general  that  the  next  few  years 
will  witness  a  great  development  of  the  apple 
industry  in  Prince  Edward  Island 

Very  few  near  trees  have  been  planted,  but  when 
given  good  cultivation  and  properh  sprayed,  they 
have  done  well  The  most  popular  varieties  are 
Clapp  Favorite,  Bartlett,  Vermont  Beauty,  Flemish 
Beauty,  Howell  and  Anjou 

The  cool,  moist  climate  of  Piince  Edward  Island 
favors  the  growing  of  plums  of  the  very  finest 
quality,  and  of  late  years  quite  a  number  of  trees 
have  been  set  out  Among  the  varieties  best  suited 
to  Island  conditions  are  Glass  Seedling,  Moore 
Arctic^  Quaekenboss,  Yellow  Egg,  Victoria,  Brad- 
shaw,  Prince  Englebert  and  Blue  Damson 

Cherry  trees  were  introduced  by  the  early  French 
settlers  and,  as  they  were  able  to  take  care  of  themselves, 
met  with  great  biicce^  Nearly  every  farmstead  has  a 
few  trees  The  crop  is,  however,  veiy  unceitam,  as  a 
late  fiost  catches  the  blossoms  about  evety  third  year 
They  aie  nearly  all  sour  cherries  of  the  Richmond  and 
Montmorency  varieties.  In  a  few  orchards  sweet  cher- 
ries are  being  tried  with  indifferent  success.  They  bloom 
too  early  and  are  caught  by  the  frost 

Grass  lands  that  have  not  been  manured  with  mussel 
mud  invariably  grow  a  crop  of  strawbeines  in  every 
part  of  the  province  The  increased  cost  of  labor  has 
made  the  picking  of  the  wild  ones  unprofitable  and  for 
.the  last  few  years  the  cultivated  varieties  have  taken 
their  place  on  the  market  From  8,000  to  10,000 
boxes  to  the  acre  is  considered  an  average  crop  Some 
progressive  farmers  have  had  very  large  returns  from 
strawberry-growing,  with  the  result  that  prospects  are 
very  bright  for  a  large  industry  The  chief  varieties 
grown  at  the  present  time  are  Splendid,  Glen  Mary, 
Senator  Dunlap,  V\  ilhams  and  \\  ilson 

Among  the  bush  fruits,  raspbernes  and  blackberries 
are  being  cultivated  but  not  to  the  same  extent  as  goose- 
berries and  currants,  which  are  in  greater  demand.  AH, 
however,  are  being  grown  very  successfully  Dewber- 
ncs  are  not  grown  to  any  extent  They  have  been 
introduced  at  the  Experimental  Farm  and  their  culti- 
vation will  likely  be  extended 

As  wild  strawberries  are  found  in  the  higher  grass- 
lands, wild  cranberries  are  found  in  the  bog-lands  and 
marshes  In  a  few  districts  they  are  being  cultivated 
and  giving  very  large  returns.  When  the  plantation 
can  be  flooded,  the  crop  is  fairly  sure,  but  when  it 
cannot  be  flooded  the  frost  frequently  does  much 
damage.  The  average  crop  is  about  eighty  bushels 
to  the  acre. 

There  are  several  thousand  acres  of  blueberry  bar- 
rens in  the  province,  from  which  about  twenty  car- 
loads of  berries  are  shipped  annually  They  do  not, 
however,  seem  to  improve  by  cultivation  and  the 
increasing  cost  of  labor  will  likely  lessen  the  amount 
marketed  Now  and  again  the  crop  is  a  comparative 
failure,  due  to  frost  or  to  severe  drought. 

Prince  Edward  Island  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the 


some  350  barrels.   1  he  expenses  of  getting  their  apples  growing  of  fruit     The  reason  that  more  progress  has 

together,  graded,  properly  packed  and  marketed  were  not  been  made  is  the  inadequate  transportation  facih- 

too  great  and  in  1911  each  grower  shipped  his  own  ties.    Last  year,  however,  arrangements  were  made  for 

This,  however,  proved  even  less  satisfactory  and  the  three  calls  of  an  ocean  steamship  at  Charlottetown  on 

Company  is  preparing  to   pack   again   this  autumn.  the  way  from  Montreal  to  Manchester    The  car  ferry. 

They  hope,  however,  to  get  a  number  of  barrels  of  also,  that  is  about  to  be  built  between  Carle  ton  and 

apples  together  at  certain  centers,  and  with  this  end  in  Cape  Tormentine  will  uirther  help  to  overcome  this 

view,  all  the  orchards  in  these  vicinities  are  being  difficulty,  and  it  is  expected  that  the  next  few  years  will 

sprayed  '  witness  a  great  development  in  horticulture  in  this 


BRITISH  NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA     56$ 


province.   The  census  returns  for  1911  give  the  follow- 
ing figures  of  the  industry: 

No  Product 

Apple  trees  .    .    .205,979       .    .160,124  bushels 

Peach  trees 546  ...          13  bushels 

Pear  trees 2,439  ....        773  bushels 

Plum  trees    20,625         . .  27,480  bushels 

Cherry  trees 53,094        . . .     7,576  bushels 

Other  fruit  trees  .     9,998 1,479  bushels 

Grapes        1,641  pounds 

Strawberries    186,692  boxes 

Currants  and  gooseberries 48,429  quarts 

Other  small  fruits         1,860  boxes 

THEODORE  Ross. 
New  Brunswick. 

The  province  of  New  Brunswick  (Fig  657)  lies 
mainly  between  45°  and  48°  north  latitude,  and  64° 
and  68°  west  longitude  Its  boundaries  arc.  On  the 
south  tho  Bay  of  Fundy,  on  the  east  the  Strait  of 
Northumberland  and  the  Gulf  of  St  Lawrence,  on  the 
north  the  Bay  of  Chaleur  and  tho  province  of  Quebec, 
on  the  west  the  state  of  Maine  Tho  greatest  length  of 
the  province  from  north  to  south  is  230  miles,  and  its 
greatest  breadth  is  190  miles  It  has  an  area  of  27,()85 
equate  miles  and  about  COO  miles  of  seacoast  It  is  a 
rolling  country  of  no  great  elevations  with  the  more 
hilh  sections  formed  by  an  extension  of  the  Appala- 
chian Mountains  in  the  northern  and  north \\cstern 
parts  of  the  province  Few  countries  arc  so  well  wa- 
tered as  New  Brunswick  Lakes  and  small  streams  arc 
numerous  all  over  the  country.  The  St.  John  Rivei, 
which  flows  into  the  Hav  of  Fundv,  is  450  miles  long. 
The  Miramiehi  and  Restigouche  Rivers,  both  of  which 
are  over  200  miles  long,  drain  into  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence  The  Potiteodiac  and  St  Croix  are  impor- 
tant rivers  situated  respectively  in  the  eastern  and 
western  ends  of  tho  province  and  flowing  into  the  Bay 
of  Fundy  The  yearly  record  for  continuous  sunshine 
is  excelled  by  only  one  other  province  in  the  Domin- 
ion The  average  hours  of  sunshine  recorded  yearly  at 
Fredencton  is  1,983  Tho  average  annual  precipita- 
tion for  the  last  thirty-eight  years  at  Frederic-ton  is 
45  6  inches 

The  province  contains  17,393,000  acres,  of  which 
7.750,000  are  Crown  land,  5,000,000  acres  are  settle- 
ment land  and  4,643,000  acres  aie  private  limber  land 
According  to  the  report  of  the  Agricultural  Commis- 
sion, which  investigated  farming  conditions  all  over  the 
province  in  190S,  there  weie  at  that  time  32,480 
farms,  and  1,171,076  acres  of  cleared  land 

Potato-growing  is  the  leading  hnrticultuial  mdustiy. 
The  province  is  paiticularly  adapted  for  the  produc- 
tion of  this  crop,  as  the  comparatively  cool  moist 
climate  enables  the  potatoes  to  grow  for  a  long 
period  of  time,  and  they  are  green  and  vigor- 
ous until  the  frost  comes,  hence  their  firmness, 
full  starch  content,  good  keeping  quality  and 
pleasant  flavor  An  additional  advantage  is 
the  ease  and  cheapness  with  which  the  potato 
can  be  shipped  to  tide-water,  since  the  St 
John  River  and  its  tributaries  water  an  area 
of  2,000  square  miles  Carried  in  scows,  pota- 
toes are  delivered  in  St  John  from  York 
County  for  5  cents  the  barrel  Carleton 
County  on  the  western  border,  watered  by 
the  upper  roaches  of  the  St.  John  River,  has 
long  been  the  banner  county  for  potato-grow- 
ing. In  1910,  it  had  8,786  acres  under  culti- 
vation, with  a  production  of  1,127,680  bushels, 
or  128.3  bushels  to  the  acre.  In  1909,  from 
8,910  acres,  it  derived  1,800,676  bushels,  or 
201.4  bushels  to  the  acre.  The  same  year  the 
province  averaged  187.4  bushels  to  the  acre. 
Victoria  County,  to  the  north  of  Carleton 
County  and  immediately  adjoining  Aroostook 


County.  Maine,  affords  considerable  excellent  potato- 
raising  land.  In  fact,  the  entire  valley  of  the  St  John 
River  is  well  suited  for  this  purpose  and  potatoes  are 
also  grown  extensively  in  the  eastern  counties  of  Kent 
and  Westmoreland. 

The  entire  acreage  under  potatoes  in  the  province 
in  1910  was  47,744  and  the  yield  6,067,276  bushels  In 
1909  it  was  47,853  acres  and  the  yield  was  nearly  9,000,- 
000  bushels  In  1911,  the  acreage  was  47,304  and  the 
yield  8,493,212  bushels.  Large  quantities  of  potatoes 
are  now  being  shipped  annually  to  Ontario,  the  West 
Indies  and  Cuba.  Experiments  conducted  during  the 
past  few  years  by  experimental  stations  and  practical 
fanners  in  Ontario  show  that  potatoes  produced  in  the 
maritime  provinces  gave  a  much  larger  yield  than  those 
from  Ontario-grown  seed.  This  has  led  to  an  increas- 
ing demand  from  Ontario  for  New  Brunswick  potatoes 
for  seed  purposes. 

Apples  were  undoubtedly  grown  in  the  province  in 
the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  but  it  remained 
for  Francis  Peabody  Sharp,  New  Brunswick's  pioneer 
horticulturist,  to  demonstrate  the  possibilities  of  com- 
mercial apple-growing  in  this  northern  climate.  His 
operations  were  conducted  at  Upper  Woodstock  on  the 
St  John  River,  and  there,  in  1844,  he  sot  out  his  first 
trees  Sharp  planted  many  large  orchards,  did  exten- 
sive work  in  h>  bndizing  and  introduced  many  of  the 
standard  'aneties  into  New  Brunswick  from  the 
United  States  and  elsewhere  His  death  occurred  at 
Upper  Woodstock  m  December,  1903  From  that  tune 
an  impression  that  apple-growing  could  not  be  made  a 
success  seemed  to  gam  ground,  but  of  late  years  this 
has  been  swept  away  and  the  outlook  for  the  future  of 
the  industry  is  now  Very  bright 

M  he  list  of  apples  recommended  for  New  Brunswick 
covers  the  season  and  provides  a  class  well  suited  for 
export  shipment,  as  well  as  for  supplying  the  local 
markets  With  cheap  and  rapid  transportation  by 
water,  with  an  over-seas  market  close  at  hand,  with 
plenty  of  suitable  land  at  a  moderate  cost,  with  the 
knowledge  that  has  been  secured  as  to  the  proper 
varieties  to  plant,  and  with  the  active  cooperation  of 
the  government,  the  success  of  New  Brunswick  as  a 
fruit -producing  area  seems  assured. 

Many  commercial  orchards  are  now  being  planted, 
chiefly  in  the  St  John  River  valley  and  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  province,  and  apple-growing  bids  fair  in  the 
near  future  to  take  first  place  in  the  horticultural 
crops  of  the  province.  Tho  provincial  Department  of 
Agriculture  established  a  horticultural  division  m  1910 
xnd  there  are  now  a  provincial  horticulturist  and  three 
assistants  actively  engaged  in  promoting  the  fruit- 
growing industry.  Preparations  for  an  export  trade 
are  being  made  by  experimental  shipments  of  apples 


,  New  Brunswick    The  shaded  parts  represent  the  chief  fruit-growinf 
and  horticultural  areas  of  the  province. 


566      BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


to  the  European  markets  and  the  placing  of  exhibits  in 
the  principal  cities  of  the  United  Kingdom  and  Can- 
ada The  following  varieties  of  apples  are  grown  very 
successfully:  Crimson  Beauty,  Red  Astiachan,  Duch- 
ess, Sharp  New  Brunswick,  Yellow  Transparent, 
Wealthy,  Dudley,  Alexander,  Wolf  River,  Fameuse. 
Mclntosh  Red,  Bishop  Pippin,  Golden  Russet  and 
Bethel  Northern  Spy,  King  of  Tompkms  and  Rhode 
Island  Greening  are  grown  to  a  limited  extent.  The 
Moore  Arctic,  Ixwnbard  and  Yellow  Egg  plums  and 
Flemish  Beauty  and  Clapp's  Favorite  pears  are  grown 
successfully. 

Wild  raspberries,  strawberries,  blueberries  and  cran- 
berries grow  in  abundance.     Strawberry-culture  was 


but  in  the  extreme  north  arctic  conditions  prevail  and 
the  country  is  hparsely  inhabited.  The  greater  part  of 
the  piovmce,  however,  is  well  suited  to  agriculture,  and 
the  returns  per  acre  compare  favorably  with  other 
agricultural  areas  of  Canada  The  rainfall,  although 
quite  scanty  at  certain  seasons,  is  usually  sufficient. 
Iingation  is  seldom  or  never  practised  arid  is  usually 
unneceshaiy 

When  horticulture  began  in  Quebec  is  not  known,  as 
it  is  oldei  than  the  oldest  records  When  the  country 
was  first  explored  by  the  French,  the  Indians  knew  the 
melon  and  cultivated  it  with  some  success,  as  well  as  a 
number  of  other  crops  of  interest  to  hoiticultun&ts 
Father  Charlevoir  (S  J  ).  the  histonan,  is  veiy  plain 


utinta    £njw     in    ttuuuunaivt;.       ui/iavvucn^-uuituic     wii»  i-aiiiui    \~iitnit;  vun     \ij  <j  j.    tut;    UI.-IIA.U  mil,    in    vvij    jjiu.ni 

first   introduced   into   New   Brunswick   at   Kingston,  on  this  latter  point    In  a  letter  dated  Chambly,  Apiil  1, 

Kings  County,  about  1862,  by  the  late  D.  P.  Wetmore,  1721,  while  let  erring  to  Montreal,  he  asserts  that  "The 

Inspector  of  Schools.    Large  quantities  arc  now  pro-  Indians,  beiore  our  arrival  m  Canada,  were  familiar 


duced,  and  as  the  season  01  maturity  is  comparatively 
late,  many  shipments  are  made  to  Boston  and  Mon- 
treal, where  they  are  much  in  demand,  as  the  straw- 
berry crop  is  then  finished  m  other  sections  Blueber- 
ries grow  wild  m  enormous  profusion  and  are  canned  in 
large  quantities. 
Truck-gardening  is  practised  extensively  on  the 


7s 


658.  Horticultural  regions  of  Old  Quebec 


northeastern  bank  of  the  St  John  River,  in  the  vicinity 
of  Maugerville  and  Sheffield.  The  soil  there  is  a  dark 
loam,  several  feet  deep  and  exceedingly  fertile,  being 
the  old  river-bed,  and  large  quantities  of  cabbages, 
cauliflowers,  tomatoes,  cucumbers,  and  the  like,  are 
grown  and  shipped  to  Fredericton  and  St  John. 

A.  G.  TURNEY. 
Quebec. 

Old  Quebec  (Fig  658)  occupies  a  unique  position  in 
the  Dominion  of  Canada  because  it  is  the  oldest  prov- 


with both  ordinary  melons  and  watermelons."  He 
said,  "The  former  are  as  good  as  any  in  France,  especi- 
ally tho.se  raised  on  the  island  of  Montreal,  where 
they  grow  m  rich  profusion"  (Vol  III,  Journ  d'un 
Voyage,  etc  ,  p.  1G4). 

That  melons  in  ordinary  seasons  were  common 
enough  in  Montreal  may  be  gleaned  from  the  appended 
Quotations  from  a  letter  of 
Father  Claude  Chauchetiere 
(S  F  ) ,  dated  Montreal, 
August  7,  1094.  "We  have 
had  no  melons  to  speak  of 
this  year,  we  shall  barely 
have  enough  for  seed 
This  is  something  I  have 
never  yet  seen  before  in 
Montreal,  and  every  one  is 
surprised  at  it  " 

The  "Relation  par  let- 
tres  "  1709,  attributed  to 
Father  Antome  Tiley  (S.J  ), 
is  authority  for  the  state- 
ment, "The  savage  had  the 
small  squash,  the  water- 
melon, the  gourd  and  the 
sunflower  before  the  French 
came  to  the  country."  Al- 
though horticulture  is  old 
in  Quebec,  it  has  never 
been  extensively  practised, 
and  the  industry  is  expand- 
ing slowly  In  the  vicinity 
of  Montreal,  vegetables  are 


extensively  cultivated  for  the  home  market^  but  the 
home  market  is  not  nearly  supplied  by  native-grown 
produce  and  will  not  be  for  some  tune  to  come. 

The  present  fruit  areas  are  indicated  on  the  map  by 
parallel  lines,  while  those  partly  in  fruit  are  dotted  The 
areas  in  which  fruit  might  be  grown  are  inclosed  by  a 
dark  line  surrounding  the  section.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  total  area  is  not  large.  Much  of  the  province  south 
of  the  St.  Lawrence  possesses  great  horticultural  pos- 
sibilities and  expansion  may  there  be  looked  for. 
Rouville,  Chateauguay,  Hochelaga,  Jacques  Cartier. 


i/iic  -L^uiiumvjii  <ji   v^tuj.u,iia>  uctjauno  it  us   uiit;  uicicou  L/HJV-         JLVUU.VHH:;,     v^iia.uctnafi.uiijr,     xi\.Jv;m -itij^cj,,     ut*»-.vjuvo    v^cviui\jx. 

ince,  the  largest  province  and  the  province  in  which  the      Two  Mountains,  Stanstead,  L'Assomption  arc  regarded 


English  -  speaking   people  are   in  the   great  minority. 

Although  not  regarded  as  maritime,  yet  it  possesses      ^wu«*iiRc,  ^a,  *  tam^,  na.^™™*™,  ^a,^^^ «*-,««,  ^  if,^u, 

considerable  coast,  and  the  mighty  St  Lawrence  takes      Montmagny  and  Bellechasse  are  partly  in  fruit;  while 


a  c,  a  e  migy  awrence  aes 
on  the  character  of  an  open  sea.  The  St  Lawrence  and 
the  numerous  rivers  and  lakes  that  feed  it  are  the  prin- 
cipal physical  features  of  the  province,  and  these 
features  have  made  of  Montreal,  Quebec's  chief  city, 
the  importing,  exporting  and  distributing  center  of 
Canada  The  Appalachian  Mountains  extend  into 
Quebec  under  the  name  of  Notre  Dame,  but  in  no  place 
do  they  reach  any  great  height.  The  greater  part  of  the 
country  is  decidedly  level,  while  some  sections  are 
gently  undulating 
South  of  the  St  I  awrence  the  climate  is  not  severe; 


,  , 

as  fruit  counties;  Huntingdon,  Argenteuil,  Vaudreuil, 
Soulange,  La  Prairie,  Napierville,  Kamouraska,  L'  Islet, 
Montmagny  and  Bellechasse  are  partly  in  fruit;  while 
Compton,  Missisquoi,  Brome,  Beauce,  Shefford,  Bagot 
and  counties  on  the  St  Lawrence  to  Champlam  County 
may  be  regarded  as  possible  fruit  areas,  but  are  not  as 
yet  extensively  planted 

The  present  status  of  horticulture  may  be  gleaned  by 
a  study  of  the  census  of  1911  so  far  as  the  fruit  industry 
is  concerned  It  would  seem  that  many  of  the  old  trees 
have  fallen  victims  to  the  ravages  of  time,  but  that 
young  trees  are  being  set  in  larger  numbers  Better 
methods  and  a  more  thorough  dissemination  of  knowl- 
edge are  constantly  crowding  out  the  old,  so  that  there 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA      567 


is  no  doubt  that  a  few  years  hence  the  number  of 
bearing  trees  will  be  much  increased.  The  census 
figures  are  as  follows: 


1901 

1911 

Increase 
or 
decrease 

Per  cent  of 
Increase 
or 
decrease 

Orchard  and  nur- 

sery (acres 
Vineyard  (acres) 

34,289 
119 

34,376 
641 

Inc             87 
lac           522 

Inc           02 
Inc       438  6 

Smull  fruits 

(acres) 
Apple  trees  (no  ) 
Bearing  (no  ) 

not  given 
2,250,752 
1,476,727 

1,669 
2,  158.  580 
1,295,992 

Dec      98,163 
Dec    180,735 

Dec          4  3 
Dec        12  2 

Non-bearmg 

(no  ) 

780,025 

862,597 

Inc       82,572 

Inc.         10  5 

Product  (bus  ) 

2,025,113 

1,  401,104 

Peach  trees  (no  ) 

332 

2,211 

Inc         1.912 

Ino       575  9 

Hearing  (no  ) 

08 

1,041 

Inc         1,573 

Inc.  2,3132 

Non-bearing 

264 

603 

Inc           339 

Inc        128  4 

Product  (bus  ) 

17 

987' 

Pear  trees  (no  ) 

11,823 

7,534  Dec        4,289 

Dec        36  2 

Bearing  (no  ) 

5,191 

3,807  Dec        1,384 

Dec        26  6 

Is  on-bearing 

(no  ) 

6,632 

3,727  Dec        2,905 

Dec        43  8 

Pro.luct  (bus  ) 

3,275 

4,067, 

Plum  trees  (no  ) 

364,280 

260,076  Dec    104,204 

Dec         28  6 

Bearing  (no  ) 

245,370 

H3.507  Dec    111,803 

Dec         45  5 

Non-bearing 

118,910 

126,509  Inc         7  599     Inc            6  1 

Product  (bus  ) 

122,048 

51,015 

Cherry  trees  (  no 

}')  1,000 

167,27r.  Dec    226.81  r>     Dec         57  r> 

Bearing  (no  ) 

317,702       111,207  Dtc    206.495     D.-c         64') 

Non-be  inng 

(no  ) 

70,328 

50,008  .Dee      20,320     Dec          2..  0 

Product  (bus  ) 

150,690         11,705 

Other  fruit  trees 

(no)                      2S,~)2S        42,087  Inc       H,lr>y  !  Inc          »'H» 

Bearing  (no  )    |        2J.711         33,073  Inc         9.1M!     Inc           }')  I 

Non-bearmg 

(no  ) 

4,817 

9,611  Inc         4,797  1  Inc          99  r> 

Product  (bus  )l        21,380         10.704 

Total  fruit  trees  ! 

(no  )                 3,055,805 

2,638,405  Dec    417,400     Dec         13  (. 

Bearing  (no  )     2,068,829 

1,579,347  Dec    489,482     Dec         210 

Non-bearing 

(no  )               |     986,976 

1,059,058  Inc       72.082 

luc            7  3 

drapes  (Ibs  )         j     995.S19 

310,  820'  Dec   685,023 

Dec        6S  7 

Strawberries      ") 

I 

(qts  ) 

1,955,749) 

Currants     and 

Gooseberries 

842,068 

661,101  Dec    181,867 

Dec         21  5 

(•Its  ) 

Other    Hmall 

fruits 

194,901 

The  nursery  business  is  popular  in  the  province. 
Considering  the  size  of  the  horticultural  areas,  the  num- 
ber of  nursery  firms  doing  business  is  large  Under  the 
name  of  "northern-giown  stock"  the  sale  has  been 
pushed  All  nursery  produce  ic,  carefully  inspected  by 
government  officials,  and  all  imported  stock  must  be 
inspected  befoie  planting  may  be  made 

Many  varieties  have  originated  in  Quebec  The  most 
of  these  are  of  minor  importance,  but  the  Montreal 
melon  and  the  Fameuse  apple  have  done  more  to  adver- 
tise horticultuie  in  Quebec  than  all  other  causes  com- 
bined. The  Montreal  muskmelon  is  a  melon  of  great 
size,  often  weighing  nineteen  and  a  half  pounds  There 
are  many  cases  on  record  in  which  they  became  much 
heavier,  but  these  exceptionally  large  ones  are  not 
sought  after.  It  has  been  stated  that  early  French 
Jesuits  brought  melon  seed  to  Quebec  and  that  the 
present  Montreal  melon  evolved  from  this  source,  but 
there  is  no  such  record.  If  this  ever  happened,  the 
event  was  deemed  of  so  little  importance  as  to  be  un- 
worthy of  record.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  however,  that 
the  Indians  were  cultivating  the  melon  in  Quebec  when 
first  explored  by  the  French  m  1645  to  1649.  Father 
Bressani  (S.F.)  mentions  a  plant  he  had  seen  m  the 
country  of  the  Hurons,  now  Simcoe  County,  which  he 
says  was  similar  to  the  melon  of  India  (Bresse  Rela- 
tion, Martin's  translation,  p.  68).  The  Journal  of  a  "per- 
son of  merit,"  name  not  given,  1663,  who  was  sent  out 
expressly  to  report  on  the  resources  of  Canada,  and 


who  spent  one  year  in  the  colony,  has  this  to  say  on 
the  matter  in  question  ' 'Thence  we  proceeded  up  the 
river  to  Montreal.  Its  latitude  is  that  of  Bordeaux,  its 
climate  most  agreeable,  its  soil  excellent;  a  gardener 
heie  has  but  to  cast  his  melon  seeds  into  a  little  patch 
of  loosened  earth  among  the  stones  and  they  do  not  fan 
to  thrive  without  further  care  on  the  part  of  the  man" 
(Relations  1663,  quib,  ed.  p  28,  2  col  ,  Chiv  ed  ,  Vol  48, 
p  169).  He  adds,  "Squashes  are  raised  there  with  still 
less  labor,  but  differ  much  from  ours  [m  France]  for 
some  have  the  flavor  of  apples  and  pears  when  cooked 
The  Montreal  melon  has  not  been  an  equal  success  m 
other  sections  The  peculiar  soil -format ion  and  cli- 
matic conditions  on  the  island  of  Montreal  combine  to 
give  the  fiuit  a  flavor  which  is  not  oquahd  elsewhere. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  melon  season  moderate-.°ized 
specimens  bring  on  the  Montreal  market  $18  per  dozen 
and  retail  at  $2  25  each  The  Fa  n.  use  apple  is  now 
commonly  spoken  of  as  the  national  apple  of  Quebec. 
No  definite  records  exist  concerning  the  exact  origin  of 
the  Fa:ncuse  There  can  be  no  doubt,  however,  that 
the  Fameuse  is  a  seedling  arising  fiom  seed  brought 
from  France  by  early  French  priests  The  Fameu<-p 
rn  Quebec  is  a  very  striking  apple;  in  form,  color  an  1 
fiavoi  it  is  par  excellence  No  province  to  the  west  can 
compote  with  Quebec's  Fameuse  Specimens  are  p~o- 
duced  here  as  nearly  ideal  as  may  be  found,  as  com- 
parative exhibitions  have  shown  Fameuse  apples 
from  this  province  are  eas\  winners 

The  local  government  giants  $12,600  as  an  aid  to 
horticulture  From  tins  sum  S7  a  month  is  allowed  all 
stud  %nts  fiom  Quebec  attending  the  regular  agricul- 
tural c  >urs,»s  at  the  coil's  's,  SI,";*))  is  gra  it  \i  to  thr,»o 
pomological  societies  AU  is  also  given  to  horticultural 
extension  work,  such  as  demonstration  trains,  demon- 
stration orchards  and  various  toims  of  institute  work 
Iloiticulturc  is  taught  in  thiec  colleges,  Macdonald  Col- 
lege, Oka,  and  St  Anne  dc  la  Pocatiere,  which  deserve 
special  mention  Macdonald  College  is  unique  in 
agricultural  development  along  educational  lines  It 
spuing  into  being  fully  equipped  and  ready  for  effi- 
cient service  at  once  This  was  made  possible  by  the 
munificence  of  Sir  William  Macdonald,  a  public-spirited 
capitalist  of  Montreal  It  was  Macdonald  who  financed 
the  undertaking,  but  it  was  James  W  Robertson,  a 
man  of  gieat  vision,  who,  by  means  of  lectures,  litera- 
ture and  personal  persuasion,  arouse  1  widespread 
interest  in  agriculture,  and  who,  bv  his  work  and  ideals 
was  able  to  attiact  the  nttf  ntim  01  Sir  William  and  to 
gam  his  financial  support  The  college  property  com- 
prises ."»(3l  acres,  and  boasts  the  largest  horticultural 
department  in  similar  institutions  in  America  The 
couises  run  over  four  >eurs,  leading  to  the  degree  of 
B  S  A  The  agricultural  school  conducted  by  the 
Trappist  fathers  is  of  great  mteiost  to  visitors  These 
Trappist  monks,  by  their  industry  and  skill  m  agricul- 
ture, have  changed  th^  face  of  the  countryside  in  the 
region  of  the  Lake  of  the  Two  Mountains  since  1880 
The  scientific  and  practical  training  at  the  college  is 
given  by  twelve  to  fifteen  fathers  and  lay  teachers 
The  average  number  of  pupils  at  present  is  about  on  ^ 
hundred,  who  come  largely  from  the  province  of  Que- 
bec Students  who  have  passed  all  examinations  suc- 
cessfully obtain  the  degree  of  B  S  A  from  Laval  Uni- 
versrty  The  agricultural  school  of  St  Anne  de  la 
Pocatiere  teaches  horticulture  as  well  as  allied  agricul- 
tural subjects  A  limited  number  of  students  arc  in 
attendance,  who  secure  diplomas  upon  completing  the 
courses.  E.  M.  STRAIGHT. 

Ontario. 

The  horticulture  of  Ontario  is  undergoing  very  rapid 
evolution.  The  province  is  so  situated  geographically 
and  topographically  as  to  enjov  a  climate  much  mrlder 
than  that  of  most  parts  of  Canada  Within  the  prov- 


568      BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


Sjar  a  large  volume  of  trade  that  formerly  went  to 
reat  Britain  and  western  Europe 

Ontario  (Fig  659)  includes  a  vast  extent  of  country, 
being  over  700  miles  from  extreme  north  to  extreme 
south  and  approximately  1,000  miles  from  east  to  west. 
The  outline  of  the  province  is  very  irregular.  The  most 
noticeable  feature  is  the  vast  extent  of  boundary  line 
which  borders  on  the  Great  Lakes  The  altitude  of  the 
lakes  varies  from  250  to  about  600  feet  and  inland 
Ontario  ranges  from  lake-level  to  1,700  or  1,800  feet. 
Practically  all  of  the  fruit-growing  districts  he  below 
1,000  feet  and  all  the  important  fruit  districts  border 
the  Great  Lakes 

The  early  settlers  paid  less  attention  to  horticulture 
than  to  other  branches  of  rural  activity,  but  of  late 
years  very  rapid  development  has  begun,  especially  in 
connection  with  fruit-growing,  although  commercial 
vegetable-growing  and  commercial  floriculture  are 
becoming  increasingly  important  Landscape  art  is 
newer  and  less  developed  than  are  the  commercial 
branches  of  horticulture,  but  many  of  the  towns  and 
cities  possess  active  horticultural  societies,  part  of  the 
work  of  which  is  a  propaganda  looking  toward  the 
beautifying  of  home  surroundings  Ontario,  as  a  prov- 
ince, possesses  great  natural  beauty  Few  sections  are 
entirely  level  and  the  general  character  is  undulating 
or  more  or  less  rolling  There  are  many  beautiful  homes 
in  towns  and  cities  and  many  also  throughout  the 
countryside 

The  many  local  horticultural  societies  and  the  provin- 
cial federation  of  them  are  exerting  profound  influence 


ince.  towns  and  cities  are  growing  very  rapidly,  and  Old  Ontario  lies  farther  south  than  any  other  part  of 
markets  are  thus  being  provided  for  high-class  products  Canada,  the  most  southerly  part,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
of  all  kinds.  The  Canadian  Northwest,  also,  is  rapidly  lying  in  the  same  latitude  as  Boston,  Mass.,  and  on  a 
becoming  an  important  market  and  is  attracting  every  level  with  the  northern  boundary  of  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia In  this  southern  district,  the  production  of 
early  vegetables,  both  under  glass  and  out-of-doors, 
has  become  an  important  industry.  In  the  vicinity  of 
many  towns  and  of  the  large  cities,  such  as  Hamilton, 
Brantford,  London,  Toronto  and  Ottawa,  there  have 
also  grown  up  important  local  industries  in  the  produc- 
tion of  vegetables  The  extensive  production  of  such 
truck-crops  as  onions,  cabbage,  and  celery  is  conducted 
in  a  few  small  districts  only,  but  with  the  rapid  devel- 
opment of  markets  this  phase  of  vegetable-growing  is 
taking  on  increased  importance  In  certain  sections, 
such  as  Prince  Edward  County,  the  vegetable  industry 
takes  the  form  of  production  for  canning  factories  In 
that  county,  there  are  some  sixteen  large  commercial 
canning  plants,  and  many  additional  factories  are 
located  in  other  sections  and  devote  themselves  to 
the  canning  of  full  lines  of  vegetables  and  fruits  The 
industry  is  growing 

The  apple  is  by  far  the  most  important  fruit  pro- 
duced within  the  province,  but  certain  sections  have  for 
years  been  producing  peaches  in  a  large  \\ay     The 
Niagara  Peninsula  has  long  been  famed  as  an  important 
fruit  center,  and  many  fine  commercial  plantations  of 
peach  and  other  fruits  are  found  there     Peaches  from 
this  locality  are  being  successfully  shipped  to  \\  innipeg 
and  northwestern  markets,  and  a  few  shipments  have 
also  been  landed  in  Great  Britain  in  excellent  condition 
On  the  accompanying  map,  the  three  districts  marked 
No  1  produce  peaches  successfully  in  a  eommercial  \vay. 
The  peach  section  bordering  on  Lake  Huron  is  of  com- 
paratively recent  development,  but  the  climate  and  soil 
are  perfectly  adapted  to 
this  fruit,  and  a  great 
extension  of  acreage  has 
taken  place  inthat  local- 
ity within  recent  years. 
That    part    of    district 
No    1  which  lies  to  the 
north  of  Lake  Erie  does 
not    produce     peaches 
as    extensively    as 
its  area  would  indicate, 
but  there  are  numerous 
localities  that  can  and 
do   grow  large  quanti- 
ties of  this  tender  fruit. 
The  section  marked 
No    1  \vluch  lies  south 
of  the  west  end  of  Lake 
Ontario  is  the  Niagara 
district  of  Canada,  and 
is  world-famous. 

The  sweet  cherry  as 
a  commercial  crop  is 
found  only  in  very  few 
localities,  and  these  are 
practically  all  in  district 
No  1.  This  district  is 
also  the  only  part  of  the 
province  that  grows 
grapes  extensively,  as 
the  more  northerly  sec- 
tions have  not  sufficient 
length  of  season  to  ripen 

throughout  the  country  on  all  kinds  of  amateur  horticul-  the  crop.  District  No.  2  produces  most  of  the  plums 
tural  work,  and  floriculture  especially  is  a  feature  of  and  pears  grown  commercially  in  the  province,  but  the 
very  many  home  gardens  and  of  many  school  and  pub-  Niagara  section  of  district  No  1  also  grows  these  two 
he  grounds  as  well.  In  commercial  floriculture,  the  fruits  extensively.  The  part  of  district  No  2  bordering 
Dale  greenhouses  in  Brampton  were  until  recently  said  on  Georgian  Bay  was  formerly  one  of  the  most  impor- 
to  be  the  largest  range  of  houses  in  America,  and  there  tant  plum  districts.  The  only  district  m  the  province 
are  many  other  up-to-date  glasshouse  plants  in  various  that  produces  pears  extensively  is  the  Burlington  sec- 
parts  of  the  province.  tion,  lying  at  the  west  end  of  Lake  Ontario. 


659   Fruit-regions  (numbered)  in  lower  Ontario. 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA     569 


The  commercial  cultivation  of  strawberries,  rasp- 
berries, gooseberries,  blackberries,  and  of  sour  cnernes, 
is  extensive  in  many  districts  of  the  province.  Local 
conditions,  such  as  the  presence  of  urban  markets  or  of 
canneries,  together  with  the  availability  of  labor,  seem 
to  determine  the  localities  which  can  engage  profitably 
in  the  production  of  these  fruits.  Large  quantities  of 
even  the  moist  tender  fruits,  such  as  strawberries,  are 
shipped  west  to  points  in  the  prairie  provinces,  and 
eastward  in  some  cases  to  Quebec,  New  Brunswick 
and  Nova  Scotia. 

The  most  important  apple  districts  of  the  province 
are  all  included  in  districts  Nos  2  and  3  The  northern,  or, 
more  correctly,  the  upper  limit  of  district  No  2,  forms 
approximately  the  limit  of  the  commercial  cultivation 
of  the  Baldwin  apple  Other  important  varieties  grown 
in  district  No  2  are  Northern  Spy,  Greening  and  King. 
That  part  of  district  Xo  2  lying  to  the  north  of  Lake 
Ontaiio  produces  few  Baldwins  and  some  Greenings,  but 
the  leading  variety  is  probably  Northern  Spy  District 
No  X  grovss  \\mter  varieties  for  storage  purposes  and 
Northern  Spy  gi own  here  ket-p-.  \\ell  until  March  or 
April  The  counties  north  of  Lake  Ontario  also  produce 
large  qiun  tit  let,  of  Ben  Davis,  (Jano  and  Stark  These 
vaiieties  have  been  exported  in  laige  quantities  for 
man_y  years  to  Kmonean  maikets 

The  area  marked  district  Xo  1  in  western  Ontario  lies 
at  a  much  higher  altitude  than  the  surrounding  dis- 
tricts and  is  consequent  1',  much  colder  There  arc  few 
apples  gro\\  n  commei  uilly,  but  the  climate  coi responds 
very  closely  to  that  of  the  St  Lawrence  Rivei  \  alley, 
part  of  which  on  the  map  is  also  marked  district  No  4 
The  St  Lawrence  River  \  alley  has  long  been  noted  for 
its  Mclntosh  Red  and  Fameusc  '1  he  Melntosh  Red,  by 
the  way,  had  its  oiigm  in  Dundas  County,  not  far  from 
the  St  La\vrence  River,  about  1790  (See  page  317  ) 

District  No.  f>  and  the  large  extent  of  country  lying  to 
the  north  of  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Superior,  and  extend- 
ing to  James  Bay,  is  comparatively  new  and  untried  with 
regard  to  its  possib.hties  in  fruit-growing  In  one  or 
two  distiicts  of  the  great  noithland,  apples  are  grown 
successfully  in  a  commercial  wav  This  is  true  of  St 
Joseph's  Island,  Algoma,  and  of  the  mainland  of  Algoma 
District  bordering  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Huron 

One  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  Ontario  hor- 
ticulture is  the  existence  within  the  province  of  a  large 
number  of  very  successful  fruit-growers'  selling  organ- 
izations The  story  of  the  work  done  by  some  of  these 
organizations  in  reviving  the  fruit  industry  in  certain 
previously  neglected  counties  reads  like  romance.  In 
Norfolk  County,  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Kne,  the 
production  of  apples  mci  eased  in  ten  \ears  from  nothing 
to  approximately  50,000  barrels,  and  this  tremendous 
development  came  about  simply  through  the  care  given 
to  the  old  orchards,  many  of  which  had  been  standing 
uncared  for  and  idle  thirty  or  forty  years  previous  to 
the  organization  of  the  fiuit-gio\vers'  association  There 
are  some  forty  of  these  associations  now  doing  business 
within  the  province,  and  by  their  aid  Ontario  expects  in 
the  future  to  be  able  to  dispose  of  her  fruit  successfully 
in  the  face  of  all  competition.  J4  \\r.  CROW. 

Manitoba. 

In  considering  the  agricultural  possibilities  of  the 
province  of  Manitoba  (Fig  660),  the  subject  of  horti- 
culture is  too  frequently  overlooked  or  given  scant  con- 
sideration The  fact  that  cereals  can  be  grown  with 
great  success  has  been  very  clearly  demonstrated,  but 
up  to  the  present  time  comparatively  few  of  the  persons 
residing  in  western  Canada  have  had  sufficient  confi- 
dence in  the  fruit-growing  possibilities  of  the  country 
to  enter  the  industry  on  a  very  extensive  scale.  How- 
ever, a  few  pioneers  have  opened  the  way,  and  to  the 
results  of  their  work  one  looks  for  encouragement  and 
guidance. 


Geographically,  Manitoba  lies  just  north  of  the 
international  boundary  line,  extending  from  longitude 
95°  W.  to  101 1A°  W.,  or  about  276  miles  Since  the  ex- 
tension of  the  boundary,  the  northern  limits  are  on 
the  shores  of  the  Hudson  Bay  The  altitude  varies 
from  760  to  1,500  feet  above  sea-level. 

The  annual  precipitation  in  the  Red  River  Valley 
varies  from  20  to  25  inches,  and  in  the  western  part  of 


660    Manitoba. 

the  province  from  15  to  20  inches  The  average  rain- 
fall for  the  growing  season — May,  June,  July  and 
August — varies  from  8  to  11  inches 

The  annual  sunshine  is  i7  per  cent  of  the  possible, 
and  during  the  growing  season  is  56  per  cent,  making 
an  average  of  8  5  hours  of  bright  sunshine  a  da>,  which 
accounts  for  the  phenomenal  growth  which  is  made  by 
most  plants 

The  average  monthly  temperature  in  degrees  Fahren- 
heit is  as  follows  January,  1  9;  February,  5;  March, 
14.4;  April,  382;  May,  504,  June,  606,  July,  646; 
Aug,  62  1;  September,  528,  October,  40.7,  November, 
207;  December,  75  Average  temperature  for  the 
growing  season  from  the  fii-st  of  May  to  the  first  of 
September  is  59  2°  F. 

In  a  country  of  such  rich  agricultural  resources  as 
Manitoba,  in  which  excellent  crops  of  cereals  can  be 
produced  on  an  extensive  scale  with  a  minimum  of 
labor,  one  would  naturally  expect  that  the  people  would 
turn  rather  slowly  to  the  production  of  fruit  a,  which 
require  much  greater  care  and  a  much  more  intensive 
and  exact  system  of  cultivation.  The  growing  ol  this 
finer  class  of  agricultural  products  is  usually  delayed 
until  the  country  has  become  thickly  populated  and  the 
land  has  been  brought  into  a  fairly  good  state  of  cultiva- 
tion. Making  an  allowance  for  the  difficulties  that  must 
be  overcome  in  the  production  of  fruits,  some  excellent 
work  has  been  done  and  substantial  progress  made 

Among  the  valuable  introductions  is  the  Pyrw 
baccata,  or  Siberian  crab-apple,  which  was  first  planted 
on  the  experimental  farm  at  Brandon,  in  the  year  1890, 


570     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


the  trees  having  been  grown  at  the  Central  Experimental 
Farm,  Ottawa,  from  especially  selected  seeq  that  had 
been  imported  from  Russia.  The  introduction  of  this 
hardy  Russian  apple  has  done  much  for  the  advance- 
ment of  apple-growing  in  Manitoba  It  furnishes  a 
hardy  stock  on  which  the  tenderer  standard  varieties 
may  be  grafted  and  their  hardiness  very  much  in- 
creased An  effort  has  also  been  made  to  increase  the 
hardiness  of  some  of  the  standard  varieties  by  hybridiz- 
ing them  with  Pyrus  baccata.  Several  promising  hybrids 
have  been  produced  in  this  way  and  are  now  being 
grown  to  some  extent  m  the  province.  (See  page  557) 

Among  the  earliest  attempts  m  fruit-growing  in  the 
district  of  Winnipeg,  may  be  mentioned  those  of  the 
late  W.  B.  Hall,  of  Headmgly.  In  the  early  sixties, 
some  not  unsuccessful  experiments  were  conducted  by 
him  with  currants,  tomatoes,  gooseberries,  Siberian 
crab-apples  and  ihubarb  The  results  were  indeed  so 
satisfactory  that  he  and  others  in  the  neighborhood 
were  induced  to  undertake  fruit-growing  on  a  limited 
scale  Among  other  pioneers  whose  experiments  on 
fruit-growing  have  been  of  value,  may  be  mentioned  the 
late  Thomas  Frankland,  of  Stonewall,  A  P  Stevenson, 
of  Dunstan.  and  D.  VV.  Buchanan,  of  St  Charles  Mr. 
Stevenson  has  experimented  with  apples,  plums,  cher- 
ries, grapes,  gooseberries,  currants,  raspberries  and 
strawberries,  and  his  untiring  efforts  have  been  a  great 
incentive  to  others  He  has  been  very  successful  in 
growing  apples,  particularly  the  haidy  Russian  sorts 
He  has  at  the  present  time  a  number  of  the  better 
varieties  of  this  claiss  growing  m  his  orchard,  practi- 
cally all  of  which  are  yielding  good  returns,  his  annual 
crop  being  usually  over  one  hundred  barrels  The 
various  hardy  crab  apples  also  yield  good  returns.  Mr 
Stevenson  is  convinced  that  apples  can  be  successfully 
grown  m  Manitoba  if  the  proper  varieties  are  chosen 
and  the  proper  conditions  provided 

The  experimental  farm  at  Brandon  has  accomplished 
much  for  Manitoba  horticulture  Hundreds  of  varie- 
ties of  the  various  classes  of  fruits  from  different  parts 
of  America  and  Europe  have  been  tested  there  and  the 
results  published  In  the  month  of  April,  1899,  about 
500  fruit  trees,  consisting  of  apples,  crab-apples,  plums 
and  cherries,  were  placed  under  test  at  the  experimental 
farm.  These  included  many  of  the  large  standard 
varieties  together  with  a  number  of  hardy  imported 
kinds.  Numerous  varieties  of  grapes,  currants,  goose- 
berries, raspberries,  blackberries  and  strawberries  were 
also  tested.  Many  of  these  plants  did  not  survive  the 
first  winter  and  in  a  few  years  only  the  hardiest  sorts 
were  found  to  be  alive.  Since  the  first  planting,  many 
other  varieties  of  fruits  have  been  introduced  and 
experimented  with  and  much  valuable  information 
has  been  gained  Among  the  numerous  introductions 
made  was  the  Russian  berry-crab,  Pyrus  baccata.  Its 
extreme  hardiness  makes  it  eminently  well  suited  to  this 
country,  where  it  is  used  as  stock  on  which  the  less  hardy 
sorts  are  grafted  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  their 
hardiness  and  thereby  adapting  them  to  an  environment 
that  would  otherwise  be  uncongenial  to  them. 

Small-fruit  culture  m  the  province  of  Manitoba  haa 
always  been  attended  with  a  fair  degree  of  success. 
Currants,  gooseberries,  red  and  black  raspberries,  and 
strawberries  have  been  grown  since  the  early  settle- 
ment of  the  country.  They  yield  profitable  returns  when 
intelligently  cultivated  Ihey  apparently  possess  an 
inherent  hardiness  not  shared  by  many  tree  fruits, 
which  renders  them  much  more  suitable  for  the  severe 
climate.  It  is  only  a  matter  of  a  few  years  until  these 
smaller  fruits  will  be  grown  in  all  parts  of  the  province, 
in  sufficient  quantities  to  supply  the  local  demand. 

Another  phase  of  horticultural  work  to  which  con- 
siderable attention  is  being  given,  is  the  decoration  of 
home- and  school-grounds  by  the  planting  of  ornamental 
trees,  shrubs  and  flowers  The  prairie  is  bare  and  unat- 
tractive and  around  many  prairie  homes  there  has  been 


a  lack  of  trees  and  shrubs.  The  work  of  beautifying  the 
surroundings  of  residences  is  one  of  the  most  necessary 
steps  m  the  horticultural  work  of  Manitoba  Much 
has  already  been  done  in  the  cities,  towns  and  lural 
districts  by  horticultural  organizations  to  increase  their 
attractiveness  by  ornamental  planting. 

Practically  all  garden  vegetables,  with  the  exception 
of  a  few  that  require  a  long  season,  mav  be  grown  to  a 
high  state  of  perfection  The  richness  of  the  soil  and  the 
shortness  of  the  seasons  tend  to  give  a  flavor  and  tender 
cnspness  to  the  vegetables  not  attainable  elsewhere 
The  heavy  yields  that  may  be  obtained  from  these 
gardens  make  vegetable-growing  a  very  profitable 
branch  of  horticulture,  as  there  is  an  abundant  demand 
for  vegetables  in  the  home  market 

The  work  of  fostering  horticulture  within  the  prov- 
ince is  borne  largely  by  the  Agricultural  College  and 
certain  societies,  among  the  latter  are  the  Manitoba 
Horticultural  and  Forestry  Association,  the  Brandon 
Horticultural  and  Forestry  Society,  and  others  of  a 
more  or  less  local  character  The  objects  of  these 
societies  are  to  bring  together  those  persons  interested 
in  horticulture,  to  assemble  horticultural  literature, 
and  to  stimulate  in  every  possible  way  a  greater 
interest  in  horticultural  pursuits  Much  good  work 
has  been  accomplished  by  these  societies  and  to  their 
efforts  19  largely  due  the  increasing  interest  that  is 
being  taken  in  the  various  lines  of  horticultural  work 
within  the  province 

There  are  several  directions  in  which  progress  may 
be  made  in  Manitoba  horticulture,  for  example,  a  bet- 
ter selection  of  vaiieties,  an  improvement  by  breeding 
and  selection  of  wild  and  native  fruits  and  varieties 
grown  in  the  country,  and  impioved  systems  of  culture 
Much  is  being  done  in  plant-improvement  in  other 
parts  of  the  country,  and  Manitoba  also  offers  an 
excellent  field  for  the  improvement  of  native  fruits 
Various  wild  fruits  grow  very  abundantly  m  many 
parts  of  the  province,  and  if  a  combination  could  be 
effected  whereby  the  hardiness  and  productiveness  of 
these  could  be  combined  with  the  larger  size  and 
better  quality  of  the  cultivated  fruit,  a  great  step  in 
advance  would  be  achieved.  p  \y  BRODRICK. 

Saskatchewan. 

In  the  map  (Fig  661),  all  that  part  of  Saskatchewan 
that  need  be  considered  here  is  shown  in  the  numbered 
districts,  the  remainder  farther  north  being  still  beyond 
the  reach  of  settlement,  although  many  parts  of  it  will 
no  doubt  be  found,  amidst  its  lakes  and  forests,  emi- 
nently suited  to  the  growing  of  farm  and  garden  prod- 
ucts, where  now  the  lonely  trapper  and  the  mink  and 
marten  roam.  Districts  Nos.  2,  3,  5  and  6  are  mostly 
bare  prairie,  beiiig  slightly  wooded  about  some  of  the 
hills,  river-banks  and  coulees;  district  No.  1  has  also 
considerable  prairie,  but  about  the  center  is  situated 
the  Moose  Mountain  Forest  Reserve,  while  mixed  prai- 
rie and  scattered  groves  of  poplar  extend  over  the 
northeastern  part  and  through  districts  Nos  4,  5  and 
9,  with  heavier  timber  towards  the  northeast  in  dis- 
trict No  7. 

The  average  annual  precipitation  has  been  about  17 
inches,  but  hardly  more  than  15  inches  in  districts 
Nos.  2,  3  and  6.  Over  12  inches  of  this  occurs  from 
April  to  September.  The  elevation  is  also  greater  in  this 
southwestern  portion  of  the  province,  being  2,439  feet 
above  sea-level  at  Swift  Current,  1,884  feet  at  Mooso- 
min  near  the  eastern  boundary,  and  1,432  feet  at  Prince 
Albert  on  the  Saskatchewan  River  in  the  north. 

The  i 
ten  years 

March,  14._  ,  __r.__, ,  _._„„, ,  ,  . 

July.  63  3°;  August,  60.5°;  September,  50  1°,  October, 
40.9*;  November,  25.0°;  December,  10  4°  F. 

Horticultural  industries  have  not  yet  been  developed 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA      571 


to  any  extent,  and  consequently  imports  of  canned  fruits 
and  vegetables,  fresh  fruits  and  flowers,  have  been  very 
heavy  m  proportion  to  the  population,  and  of  exports 
there  have  been  none.  A  rapidly  increasing  resident 
and  floating  population,  combined  with  the  attractions 
of  grain-farming,  to  some  extent  account  for  this.  There 
is  no  adequate  reason  why  vegetables,  small  fruits  and 
flowers  should  not  be  grown  in  quantity  sufficient  at 
least  to  meet  the  demand  of  the  homo  market.  There 
is  ample  evidence  at  any  of  the  fairs  held  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  province  that  the  soil  and  climate  are  suit- 
able for  the  production  of  a  large  variety  of  vegetables  of 
unexcelled  quality  It  has  been  proved  that  vegetables 
and  flowers  can  be  grown  profitably  under  glass  during 
the  coldest  wint^is  The  most  important  points  to  con- 
sider in  locating  such  industries  are  access  to  market 
and  cheap  fuel.  A  glance  at  the  map  will  show  many 
favorably  situated  distributing  points  on  the  network 
of  railway  lines,  while  the  lignite  of  the  Souris  Valley 
m  the  south  and  the  wood  of  the  northland,  readily 


Saskatchewan 


solve  the  fuel  problem  without  considering  the  possi- 
bilities that  lie  hidden  in  the  straw  piles  that  accumu- 
late or  are  burned  on  the  millions  of  acres  of  grain 
fields  each  season 

Small  conservatories  and  nurseiies  located  at  Prince 
Albert,  Moose  Jaw  and  possibly  other  points,  are  devot- 
ing their  attention  mostly  to  winter  vegetables,  while 
at  Saskatoon  25.000  feet  of  glass  is  used  in  the  produc- 
tion of  pot-  and  cut-flowers.  There  is  also  a  large  de- 
mand for  shrubs  and  ornamental  trees  for  the  beautify- 
ing of  the  homes  so  rapidly  growing  in  numbers  in 
village,  town  and  city,  but  few  nurseries  are  specializing 
in  that  line.  The  abundance  of  native  small  fruits  such 
as  the  currant,  gooseberry,  raspberry,  saskatoon,  blue- 
berry, cranberry,  cherry  and  strawberry,  has  to  some 
extent  delayed  the  introduction  of  cultivated  varieties 
into  the  gardens  of  the  residents  in  those  portions  of 
the  province  most  suitable  for  successful  fruit-growing, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  those  living  on  the  open  prairie 
have  first  to  grow  shelter-belts  before  they  can  hope 
for  good  gardens.  When  shelter  is  provided,  the  hardier 
varieties  of  small  fruits  and  crab-apples  may  be  grown 


without  difficulty.  There  are,  however,  peculiar  weather 
conditions  that  should  be  considered  before  anything  of 
this  kind  be  attempted  on  a  commercial  scale.  Bright 
warm  days  and  cold  nights  in  April,  and  frosts  in  May, 
determine  the  extent  of  the  fruit  crop.  It  is  true,  how- 
ever, that  some  of  the  evil  effects  of  freezing  and  thawing 
can  be  avoided  by  protection  of  the  stems  from  the 
direct  rays  of  the  sun 

In  isolated  instances,  in  sheltered  gardens,  some  of 
the  hardiest  varieties  of  standard  apples,  such  as  Hiber- 
nal, Anisette  and  Blushed  Calvilie,  are  growing  and 
some  are  producing  fruit,  but  the  day  is  yet  distant 
when  it  can  be  said  that  apples  are  commonly  grown 
here  The  late  Director  of  the  Dominion  Expenmental 
Farms,  Wm  Saunders,  since  the  beginning  of  these  farms, 
took  a  keen  interest  in  the  finding  of  suitable  fruits 
for  the  prairie  provinces  and  in  the  encouragement  of 
horticulture,  and  has  been  ably-  assisted  in  this  by 
Angus  Mackay,  Superintendent  of  the  Indian  Head 
Farm,  where  the  Siberian  crab  has  been  found  hardy 
enough  to  withstand  the  most  severe  climatic  vicis- 
situdes. This  hardy  crab  has  been  used  in  the  produc- 
tion of  most  promising  hybiids  and  as  stock  on  which 
to  root-graft  hardy  cross-breeds  At  the  same  station 
varieties  of  the  native  Manitoba  plum  of  good  quality 
have  been  developed  \\oik  of  this  kind  is  also  being 
undertaken  at  the  more  recently  established  experi- 
mental stations  at  Host  hern  and  Scott  Another  insti- 
tution that,  under  the  superintendence  of  Norman  M 
Ross,  has  aided  greatly  in  demonstrating  to  the  people 
the  possibilities  in  the  way  of  landscape  gardening  and 
floral  beautihcation  of  home  surroundings,  is  the  Do- 
minion Forestry  Farm  at  Indian  Head,  from  which  many 
millions  of  trees  are  distiihuted  yearly  to  the  farmers 
on  the  open  plains  to  be  planted,  as  windbreaks  arid 
shelter-belts,  under  expert  supervision  Much  encour- 
agement was  given  to  the  hoiticulture  of  the  North- 
west Territories,  and  Saskatchewan  especially,  -by  the 
interest  displayed  by  A  E.  Forget,  recently  Lieuten- 
ant-Go vei  nor,  and  the  skill  and  success  of  his  popular 
gardener,  Geoige  Watt,  who  \\as  ever  ready  to  advise 
and  assist  the  inquiring  amateur  Probably  no  farm 
in  the  province  could  boast  of  so  attractive  a  garden 
as  that  of  Geiald  Spring-Rice  near  Pense,  where  in 
typical  Old  Countiy  fashion  its  labyrinth  of  walks  mid 
the  choicest  of  fkw  ers  and  shrubs,  was  centered  by  a 
sun-dial  Another  fat  in  on  which  the  possibilities  in 
the  way  of  garden  and  fruit-culture  have  been  demon- 
strated is  that  of  George  Harvey  in  the  Indian  Head 
district,  where  shelter-belts,  shade  trees  and  hedges 
provide  the  protection  so  necessary  for  success  in  horti- 
culture and  nesting-places  for  the  birds  that  are  of 
so  much  assistance  in  controlling  insect  form.  Personal 
mention  should  also  be  made  of  John  Ashworth,  a 
member  of  the  legal  fraternity,  who,  from  love  of 
flowers  and  the  pleasure  of  overcoming  obstacles,  estab- 
lished the  Saskatoon  Nursery  Company,  which  is  now 
a  profitable  industry 

So  closely  is  bee-keeping  associated  with  successful 
fruit-growing,  that  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  say 
that  very  few  in  this  province  have  yet  turned  their 
attention  to  the  production  of  honey,  although  it  has 
been  amply  demonstrated  that  bees  make  noney  of 
excellent  flavor  from  the  abundance  of  wild  flowers  on 
the  prairie;  and  bees  may  be  safely  wintered  notwith- 
standing the  seventy  of  the  frost  at  times 

There  are  now  only  two  horticultural  societies  m  the 
provmce;  one  being  located  at  Regina  and  in  receipt  of  an 
annual  civic  grant,  the  other  having  been  just  started  at 
Saskatoon  No  direct  aid  to  horticulture  is  given  by 
the  provincial  government,  but  through  the  Extension 
Department  of  the  University  of  Saskatchewan,  the 
agricultural  societies  and  the  homemakers'  clubs  may 
draw  grants  founded  on  their  prize  lists,  m  which  horti- 
cultural competitions  may  assume  a  prominent  place  and 
expert  judges  are  furnished  when  required.  There  is  no 


572     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


horticultural  school  at  present  in  the  province,  but  a 
department  of  horticulture  is  planned  for  the  College 
of  Agriculture  and  will  no  doubt  be  equipped  in  the 
near  future,  but  at  present  the  only  instruction  given 
is  through  qualified  practical  horticulturists  sent  out 
by  the  Extension  Department  to  address  meetings 
throughout  the  province  T.  N.  WILLING. 

Alberta. 

Alberta  (Fig.  662),  is  the  farthest  west  of  the  three 
prairie  provinces  of  Canada.  Its  eastern  boundary  is 
the  110th  parallel  of  longitude,  and  its  western  bound- 
ary lor  about  500  miles  north  is  the  summit  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains;  and  beyond  this  point,  its  western 
boundary  is  the  120th  parallel. 


From  a  climatic  point  of  view,  the  province  naturally 
divides  itself  into  four  principal  regions, — southern 
Alberta,  central  Alberta,  northern  Alberta,  and  the 
foothills  or  highlands  district.  The  latitude  of  the 
northern  part  of  the  province  is  offset  to  a  great  degree 
by  its  lesser  elevation 

Northern  Alberta  may  be  said  to  be  that  part  of  the 
province  lying  north  of  a  line  drawn  cast  and  west 
through  Athabasca  Landing.  The  whole  of  this  dis- 
trict is  still  practically  unsettled,  although  people  are 
going  in;  a  few  small  older  settlements  are  scattered  here 
and  there  about  the  fur-trading  posts,  and  all  the  com- 
mon garden  vegetables,  as  well  as  farm  crops,  arc  grown 
at  these  places,  as  far  north  as  400  miles  bevond  Edmon- 
ton. Wild  currants,  gooseberries,  strawberries,  rasp- 
berries, and  saskatoons  or  Junebernes  are  plentiful 
throughout  the  region.  The  country  is  more  or  less 
bush-covered  or  park-like,  and  is,  in  this  way,  protected 
from  the  winds  that  sweep  over  the  open  country  in  the 


south.  In  view  of  what  has  been  accomplished  in  fruit- 
growing in  the  south,  at  a  higher  altitude  and  under 
wind-swept  conditions,  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  at 
least  some  of  the  hardier  apples  and  crabs  will  in  time 
be  grown  successfully  m  the  far  north  The  soil  of 
northern  Alberta  is  a  deep  black  humous  loam,  and  its 
very  richness  constitutes  a  danger  from  a  horticultural 
point  of  view.  There  is  usually  an  abundance  of  rain- 
fall, and  the  difficulty  with  fruit  trees  under  such  con- 
ditions is  to  get  them  maturcd-up  before  winter  No 
reports  are  at  hand  as  to  attempts  at  growing  fruit  in 
northern  Alberta.  The  distance  from  the  railways  is  so 
great  that  plants  are  usually  dried  out  before  reaching 
their  destination,  but  as  railways  are  now  being  pushed 
north,  it  will  doubtless  not  be  long  before  promising 
results  will  be  secured. 

Central  Alberta  may  be  said  to  comprise  the  region 
lying  south  of  northern  Alberta  as  far  as  a  line  drawn 
through  Red  Deer  to  Provost  near  the  Saskatchewan 
border  Its  soil,  climate,  and  other  featuies  arc  similar 
to  those  of  northern  Alberta,  although  the  altitude  in 
the  central  part  of  the  distnct  is  greater,  rising  at 
Lacombe  to  over  2,900  feet  It  is  the  oldest  settled 
part  of  Alberta,  and  is  covered  with  well-handled  f turns, 
whose  owners,  having  been  some  years  in  the  country, 
have  had  time  to  makr  experiments  in  fiuit -growing 
Apples  have  been  produced  near  Edmonton,  Ponoka 
and  Red  Deer,  and  crabs  have  been  gnnvn  at  the  Do- 
minion Expenmental  Farm  at  Lacombe  and  also  at 
Calgary.  Small  flints  arc  grown  successfully  all  over 
the  district  The  influence  of  the  difference  in  altitude 
is  very  marked  m  this  territory,  as  ornamental  trees, 
such  as  the  soft  maple  (Acer  wtchannum)  and  the 
Amciican  basswood  (Tiha  amencana]  are  hardy  m 
Edmonton,  while  they  are  a  failure  farther  south  at 
higher  altitudes,  and  with  similar  soils,  shelter,  and 
rainfall 

The  Highlands  of  Alberta  may  be  described  as  the 
country  south  of  the  Red  Deer  River,  east  as  far  as  a 
line  drawn  north  of  (»leichen  on  the  mam  line  of  the 
Canadian  Pacifie  Railway,  and  thence  running  south- 
west to  Stavely  on  the  Calgary  and  Macleod  line,  and 
from  that  point  south  to  a  point  north  of  Cardston, 
and  thence  east  through  Spring  Coulee  Its  western 
boundary  is  the  boundary  of  the  province  This  is  the 
highest  part  of  the  cultivable  land  of  Alberta,  rising  to 
a  height  of  over  4,000  feet  A  very  small  area  of  the 
northern  part  of  this  region  is  wooded,  the  remainder 
being  open  and  often  wind-swept  prairie,  \vith  the  addi- 
tional harassment  in  the  south  of  the  warm  chmook 
winds.  In  appearance,  this  southern  section  is  not 
unlike  the  country  cast  of  it,  while  it  is  still  in  the  "dry" 
belt,  with  a  rainfall  reaching  in  certain  places  at  times 
over  20  inches  It  has  a  little  more  precipitation  than 
southern  Alberta  to  the  east  ot  it  This  increased  pre- 
cipitation causes  longer  and  thicker  grass,  arid  this 
growing  and  dying  down  for  generations  has  left  a 
richer  soil,  which  in  turn  encomages  late  growth  in 
trees  This,  coupled  with  the  often  shorter  season  be- 
tween frosts,  incident  to  its  higher  altitude,  will  proba- 
bly preclude  the  possibility  of  apple-growing  becoming 
general  in  the  higher  districts  unless  m  favored  spots: 
The  hardier  varieties  of  small  fruits  do  well  in  thr- 
region,  and  at  Cardston,  12  miles  from  the  United 
States  boundary  line,  at  an  altitude  of  approximately 
4,000  feet,  apples  have  been  grown  by  a  number  of 
persons  At  JoeMcFarlane's  ranch  about  6  miles  from 
the  Livingstone  Range  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  at  an 
altitude  of  over  4,000  feet,  Hyslop  crabs  have  been 
ripened  These  successes  were  m  sheltered  situations; 
and  while  this  district  may  never  become  known 
as  apple-producing,  still  these  cases  serve  to  show 
what  may  be  done  in  isolated  instances  in  which 
conditions  are  favorable,  and  may  be  accepted  as  an 
indication  of  what  may  become  more  general  in  years 
to  come. 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA     573 


Southern  Alberta  proper  is  the  district  lying  east  of 
the  foothills,  and  south  of  central  Alberta  It  also  has 
conditions  peculiarly  its  own  rlhe  piairie  is  bare  of 
trees,  and  while  the  soil  is  of  excellent  quality,  it  is  not 
the  black,  deep,  vegetable  mold  of  the  other  parts  of  the 
province  It  is  what  may  be  classified  as  a  friable  clay 
loam,  that  is,  a  rich  clay  loam  containing  enough  sand 
to  enable  it  to  be  worked  easily  It  is  in  the  dry  belt, 
and  the  rainfall  ranges  from  12  to  15  inches  per  annum. 
Being  bare,  it  is  often  windswept,  and  gardening  with- 
out shelter-belts  will  never  be  successful  It  is  the  home 
of  the  warm  chinook  winds,  and  these  may  come  at  any 
time,  and  often  in  a  few  hours,  or  even  minutes,  a  rise 
of  temperature  from  30°  below  zero  to  8°  or  10° 
above  free/ang  will  take  place  This  is  an  extreme 
change  m  temperature,  arid  if  the  warm  wave  is  fol- 
lowed, after  a  lew  days  or  weeks,  by  a  cold  spell,  it  can- 
not fail  to  be  a  seveie  tnal  to  growing  trees  These  rapid 
changes  in  winter  have  been  declared  by  many  of  the 
old  settlers  to  be  the  cause  of  the  scarcity  of  trees  on 
the  prairie  This,  howevei,  IM  to  a  large  extent  a  fallacy, 
as  is  being  now  proved  constantly  by  the  successful 
growth  of  shelter-belts  of  suitable  species  all  over  the 
country,  and  exposed  in  the  fullest  degree  to  the  in- 
fluences of  the  chinooks  The  lack  of  rainfall,  however, 
does  constitute  a  menace  to  successful  fruit-growing, 
for  if  there  is  a  scarcity  of  moisture  in  the  soil  m  the  fall, 
there  is  invariably  gi eater  n.sk  of  dead  trees  in  the 
spring  Snow  cannot  be  depended  on  to  pieserve  the 
moistme,  or  to  supply  it,  as  only  about  twice  in  thirty- 
eight  years  has  it  lain  steadily  the  whole  winter  The 
dry  winds  drift  the  snow  off,  and  the  chinooks  melt  it, 
so  that  in  winter  for  weeks  at  a  time  the  ground  may  be 
bare  of  snow  Cultivation  to  pieserve  the  moistme  is 
a  necessity,  though  nngation  in  the  fall,  m  some  dis- 
trict.s  in  which  it  can  be  done,  is  of  great  assistance  in 
carrying  the  trees  over  winter  Notwithstanding  all 
these  untowaid  circumstances,  a  numbei  of  apple 
trees  aie  giowmg  arid  producing  fruit  m  southern 
Alberta  Settlement  has  been  general  onh  in  the  last 
ten  vc.us,  and  vet  in  that  timemanv  .successful  experi- 
ments m  fiuit -giowmg  have  been  made,  possibly  more 
in  the  same  time  than  in  the  histoiy  of  am  of  the  other 
prairie  piovmces  Apples,  nabs  and  plums  have  been 
giowmg  in  several  gardens  foi  the  last  .seven  or  eight 
vears  in  Medicine  Hat,  Irvine,  1  ethbndge,  Magiath, 
Calgarv  and  Macleod,  and  they  also  have  been  grown  in 
seveial  instances  at  Stirling  and  Havmond  Ihus,  al- 
though sou  them  Alberta  would  appeal  at  fust  sight  to 
have  natural  conditions  unfavoiable  to  laige-fiuit-gi ow- 
ing, experience  shows  that,  in  spite  of  tlie.se,  it  is  possible 
to  do  so  It  would  seem  as  if  the  diyness  of  the  coun- 
trv,  intensified  perhaps  by  the  influence  of  the  chinook, 
tends  to  ripen  the  annual  growth  before  frost  comes  in 
the  fall,  so  that  the  trees  do  not  winterkill  There  is 
no  doubt,  also,  that  the  natuie  of  the  soil  has  much 
to  do  with  this  early  iipening,  lacKing  as  it  does  the 
stimulating  eftect  of  the  more  vegetable  soils  of  the 
north  Experience  m  grain  crops  and  forest  tiees  serves 
to  bear  this  out  Howevei,  it  is  still  doubtful  whether 
southern  Albeita  will  ever  become  a  fruit  country 
The  high  winds  that  occur  at  any  tune  in  the  spring 
and  fall  may  mteifere  greatly  with  the  setting  or  matur- 
ing of  the  fruit,  and,  as  a  consequence,  the  regularity 
of  the  supply  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  about  the 
farmer  in  time  being  able  to  grow  fruit  enough  for  his 
own  use,  with  the  help  of  shelter-belts  When  fruit  is 
grown  under  irngation  in  Alberta,  care  must  be  taken 
to  avoid  urigatmg  after  the  last  of  June.  If  water  is 
applied  after  that  time,  there  is  usually  grave  nsk  of 
winterkill,  or  rather  fallkill,  as  the  trees  continue 
growing  late  into  the  fall  and  are  not  mature  when  the 
first  frost  comes.  Even  cultivation  to  preserve  the 
moistuie  should  not  be  carried  on  later  than  July  15 

There  is  no  provincial  horticultural  society,  and  no 
state  aid  devoted  purely  to  horticulture,  although  much 


good  work  is  being  done  by  the  experimental  farms, 
maintained  by  the  Dominion  government  '1  hese,  how- 
ever, have  not  been  able  to  do  much  as  yet,  having  been 
established  only  six  years  rlhe  chain  of  demonstia- 
tion  faims  which  is  being  established  by  the  provincial 
government  will  probably  be  of  some  assistance  in  this 
direction  There  are  two  fairly  strong  local  horticul- 
tural societies  at  Edmonton  and  Calgary 

ARCH.  MITCHELL. 

British  Columbia. 

In  the  time  since  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horti- 
culture was  published,  horticulture  m  British  Columbia 
(Fig  003)  has  passed  through  the  experimental  stage 
Although  the  province  is  one  of  the  largest  in  area  m 
Canada,  its  population  in  1<S(J1  was  only  98,000,  m  ten 
years  it  had  almost  doubled,  and  in  twenty  years  the 
census  of  1011  shows  a  population  of  802,000,  of  which 
over  half  is  urban  rn  character,  and  located  on  the  coast. 
While  practical  experiment  has  shown  that  different 
forms  of  horticulture  can  be  most  .successfullv  conducted 
commercially  under  the  widely  diversified  conditions 
existing  throughout  southern  British  Columbia,  devel- 
opment has  been  so  recent  that  only  the  fringe  of  its 
possibilities  has  been  touched  Yet,  even  now  the  prov- 
ince has  gained  such  a  reputation  as  a  fruit-growing 
country  as  to  warrant  a  rather  full  description  here. 

Fruit-growing  in  British  Columbia  has  been  inspired 
by  the  success  that  the  industry  has  attained  in  the 
states  of  Oregon  and  Washington  directly  to  the  south, 
in  which  conditions  of  climate  and  soil  arc  not  dissimilar, 
and  by  the  rapidly  increasing  demand  for  fruit,  not 
only  by  the  growing  population  of  the  province,  but  by 
the  phenomenal  increase  in  demand  from  the  Canadian 
prairie  provinces,  which  cannot  possibly  produce  all 
their  own  fiuit  Early  dreams  of  possible  markets  for 
all  the  horticultural  products  of  the  province  have  been 
far  surpassed  by  the  actual  development  of  the  market. 
The  population  of  western  Canada  was  in  1911  over 
three  times  as  great  as  in  1901  On  the  other  hand, 
fruit-growing  is  now  firmly  established  as  one  of  the 
commercial  industries  of  the  province  and  though  lum- 
bering, manufacturing  and  mining  surpass  agriculture 
in  the  amount  of  wealth  now  being  produced,  fruit- 
growing will  m  a  few  years  aid  in  bringing  the  returns 
from  agriculture  well  to  the  front 

In  general  physical  features  British  Columbia  is 
mountainous,  the  greater  part  of  the  area  being  covered 
by  the  Rocky,  Selkirk,  Cascade  and  Coast  ranges, 
between  which  he  the  valleys  of  the  rivers  and  lakes  m 
which  agriculture  is  being  practised  It  is  probable 
that  about  one-twentieth  or  one-thirtieth  of  the  entire 
land  is  cultivable  The  land  is,  therefore,  usually  fer- 
tile, and  in  many  districts  unusually  so  The  climate  is 
remarkably  varied  The  greater  part  of  the  cultivated 
area  of  1'utish  Columbia  lies  within  the  upper  austral 
and  transition  zones  On  the  coast  the  atmosphere  is 
humid,  the  rainfall  copious  and  the  annual  tempera- 
ture has  a  very  limited  range  In  the  interior,  con- 
tinental temperature  conditions  prevail,  and  in  most  of 
the  interior  valleys  it  ranges  from  zero  to  90°  or  100°  as 
the  extremes  Some  of  the  mtenor  valleys  have  a  total 

Erecipitation  of  only  8  or  9  inches,  while  others  run 
•om  35  to  40  inches.  Irrigation  is  essential  in  the  first- 
mentioned,  not  in  the  latter  A  large  percentage  of 
British  Columbia  horticulture  is  conducted  under 
irrigation  The  altitude  of  the  horticultural  districts 
on  the  coast  varies  from  a  few  feet  above  sea-level  to 
400  or  500  feet  above  In  the  interior  valleys  the  altitude 
runs  from  800  to  2,800  feet,  and  even  to  3,300  feet, 
above  sea-level 

Among  the  tree  fruits  grown  in  the  province,  the 
apple  holds  preeminence,  and  especially  is  this  true  in 
the  arid  and  humid  valleys  of  the  interior,  m  which 
many  varieties  of  apples  reach  a  degree  of  perfection 


574     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


not  excelled  elsewhere  The  interior  valleys  now 
ship  about  600  carloads  of  apples  to  prairie  and 
coast  markets,  and  to  Australia,  China,  Japan  and 
England  Pears  are  largely  planted,  not  only  in  the 
intei  lor,  but  also  on  the  coast  where  they  are  relatively 
more  successful  than  are  apples,  the  principal  varieties 
being  Bartlett,  Clairgeau,  Anjou  and  Flemish  Beauty. 
Plums  and  prunes  are  also  ot  considerable  commercial 
importance,  the  Pond  Seedling  or  Hunganan  being 
the  principal  plum,  although  the  Italian  prune  is  more 
largely  grown  commercially  than  any  other  variety  of 
either  plum  or  prune  Peaches  are  practically  confined 
to  the  Lower  Okanagan  valley,  and  the  Triumph, 
Early  Crawford,  Yellow  St  John  and  Elberta  are  most 
largely  grown  commercially.  The  total  shipments 
probably  aggregate  about  100  carloads  Cherry  trees 
are  planted  throughout  the  province  on  a  commercial 
scale,  the  hardier  sweet  cherries,  especially  the  Bing, 
Lambert  and  Royal  Anne  throughout  the  interior, 
while  on  the  coast  the  Olivet  and  English  Morello, 
both  preserving  cherries,  meet  with  particular  success, 
the  growers  obtaining  an  average  of  11  cents  a  pound 
for  a  period  of  years  Not  the  least  important  among 
the  tree  fruits  are  the  crab-apples,  particularly  Trans- 
cendent and  Hyslop,  grown  most  largely  in  the  Okana- 
gan Valley  The  Transcendent  is  thought  to  be  the 
most  profitable  apple  for  a  period  of  years  in  the  prov- 
ince. Prairie  markets  have  recognized  the  superiority 
of  the  British  Columbia  crab-apple  and  are  paying 
prices  extremely  satisfactory  to  the  fruit-grower.  The 
apricot  is  grown  to  some  extent  in  the  warmer  interior 
valleys  Nut  trees  are  being  experimented  with 
throughout  the  province  and  indications  are  that  some 
varieties  of  walnuts  will  prove  commercially  profitable 
on  the  coast 

In  small-fruits  British  Columbia  has  some  areas, 
especially  those  contiguous  to  the  delta  of  the  Fraser 
River,  that  are  preeminently  adapted  to  the  strawberry 
and  raspberry;  the  loganberry  also  flourishes  in  the 
coast  regions  and  is  proving  profitable  Blackberries 
are  grown  to  some  extent  on  the  coast,  as  are 
currants  and  gooseberries,  although  the  latter  are  in- 
clined to  mildew,  with  the  exception  of  the  Oregon 
Champion,  a  western  variety  now  grown  almost  exclu- 
sively The  mteiior  valleys,  especially  those  having  a 
more  humid  climate,  are  growing  straw beriies  and  rasp- 
berries commercially  to  an  increased  extent  Taken  as  a 
whole,  however,  the  acreage  m  small  fruits  is  only  a 
small  fraction  of  that  devoted  to  tree  fruits,  and  this  is 
quite  likely  to  be  the  case  indefinitely 

Vegetable-growing  is  practised  throughout  the  prov- 
ince, the  white  potato,  onions,  tomatoes,  cabbage, 
and  celery  being  the  principal  crops  m  the  order  named. 
The  potato  is  grown  as  a  field  crop  in  practically  all 
districts  and  the  aveiage  yield  an  acre  in  1911  was  230 
bushels  British  Columbia  potatoes  won  the  Stillwell 
trophy  at  the  National  Land  and  Irngation  Exposi- 
tion, New  York,  1911,  which  proves  the  general  excel- 
lence of  the  soil  and  climate  of  the  province  for  the  crop 
The  potato-beetle  is  unknown  and  blight  is  not  usually 
serious  enough  to  warrant  preventive  measures  Pota- 
toes are  shipped  in  comiwicial  quantities  to  the  Yukon, 
to  northern  British  Columbia,  to  the  coast  cities,  to 
the  mining  camps  and  to  the  prairie  provinces  The 
acreage  in  1911  was  about  13,000  acres  and  this  was 
increased  in  1912  The  onions,  of  which  the  Yellow 
Globe  Danvers  is  grown  m  the  Okanagan  Valley  to  the 
extent  of  about  100  carloads  a  year,  are  shipped  to 
coast  and  prairie  markets  The  summer  nights  are  too 
cool  for  the  tomato  except  in  the  arid  interior  valleys 
where  they  are  grown  in  large  quantities  both  for  ship- 
ping fresh  and  for  canning  purposes  Cabbage,  celery 
and  other  vegetables  are  grown  on  an  extensive  scale 
commercially  on  suitable  soils  throughout  the  province, 
notably  at  Armstrong. 
The  greenhouse  business  surrounding  the  cities  of  the 


coast,  has  trebled  m  volume  in  three  years,  and  openings 
still  remain  for  its  extension  throughout  the  province. 
Bulb-culture  is  making  progress  m  the  district  surround' 
ing  Victoria,  and  will  become  an  important  commercial 
industry  when  labor  becomes  cheaper. 

The  regions  are  shown  on  the  map  (Fig.  663).  Hor- 
ticulturally  British  Columbia  is  as  yet  almost  confined 
to  the  southern  part,  and  only  the  different  areas  so 
included  are  here  discussed 

Districts  Nos  1  and  2  on  the  map  are  distinctly 
coastal  in  character  The  Japanese  current  tempers 
the  climate  throughout  the  entire  year  so  that  zero 
weather  is  very  uncommon,  and  the  summer  tem- 
perature very  rarely  reaches  over  80°.  Ihe  humidity 
is  high  almost  throughout  the  year,  and  the  annual 


663.  Horticultural  Regions  of  British  Columbia 

precipitation  (which  is  nearly  always  in  the  form  of 
ram)  runs  from  30  to  120  inches,  the  average  in  the 
horticultural  areas  being  around  55  inches  This  falls 
largely  m  the  winter  months,  and  July  and  August  are 
often  so  very  dry  as  to  cause  a  loss  from  drought  This 
area  has  a  remarkably  long  growing  season  Owing  to 
the  coolness  of  the  nights,  tomatoes,  corn,  and  the  like 
do  not  ripen  Early  apples  do  well,  but  winter  apples 
cannot  be  matured  successfully  Fungous  diseases 
also  restrict  apple-culture  to  a  senous  extent  Pears, 
however,  do  well,  small-fruits  do  exceptionally  well, 
and  preserving  cherries  are  very  piofitable  District 
No.  1,  being  the  southeastern  pait  of  Vancouver 
Island,  with  an  annual  precipitation  of  about  40  inches, 
is  rather  drier  than  the  lower  mainland  district  No 
2,  but  this  difference  has  no  great  influence  on  the 
character  of  its  products  In  these  districts  only  a 
small  proportion  of  the  land  suitable  is  being  made 
to  produce  what  it  is  capable  of  pioducing  The  local 
markets  still  import  considerable  quantities  of  prod- 
uce from  California,  Oregon  and  Washington. 


a 

u 

X* 

H 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA     575 


The  second  great  horticultural  region  of  southern 
British  Columbia  is  the  dry-belt.  It  lies  just  east  of 
the  Cascade  Mountains,  is  about  200  miles  wide  and 
extend?  northwest  from  the  interior  boundary  about 
250  mile-.  In  it  are  districts  Nos  3,  5,  6  and  7  as  indi- 
cated on  the  map  Its  valleys  lie  at  an  elevation  of  800  to 
1,500  feet  above  sea-level.  The  annual  precipitation 
totals  from  9  to  15  inches,  distributed  fairly  evenly 
throughout  the  months  of  the  year  The  atmosphere  is 
dry  and  bracing.  Sunshine  is  plentiful  and  in  the  sum- 
mer months  almost  constant.  1  he  winter  extremes  of 
temperature  are  lower  than  on  the  coast,  and  the  sum- 
meis  aie  veiy  much  warmer.  It  is  the  groat  apple-, 
peach-,  tomato-  and  potato-producing  district  of  the 
province,  all  of  its  products  being  grown  under  irrigation, 
and  mostlv  marketed  in  carloads  on  the  coast  and  in  the 
prairies  Of  its  valleys,  the  Okanagan  (No.  5)  is  the  most 
advanced  and  the  largest  shipper;  Thompson  River 
(No  3)  and  the  Kettle  River  (No  7)  produce  winter 
apples  and  potatoes  as  their  staple  crop,  while  the 
Sirnilkameen  Valley  (No.  6)  produces  principally 
peaches  ami  winter  apples 

The  third  great  horticultural  region  m  British  Col- 
umbia may  be  called  the  semi-humid  interior  belt, 
embracing  districts  Nos  4  and  8  Here  irrigation  for 
most  crops  is  not  necessary,  although  for  small  fruits  it 
is  desirable.  The  annual  precipitation  runs  from  18  to 
45  inches,  a  considerable  portion  of  which  falls  as  snow, 
while  June  is  a  month  of  considerable  rainfall  The  air 
is  more  humid  than  in  the  dry-belt  and  extremes  of 
tempeiature  of  winter  and  summer  are  not  so  great 
The  humidity  makes  fungous  diseases  a  problem  and 
spraying  for  apple-scab  is  necessary  Unlike  the  dry- 
belt,  it  is  a  timbered  country,  and  the  cost  of  land- 
clearing  offsets  the  cost  of  migation  systems  in  the 
former  District  No  4,  m  the  water-shed  of  Shuswap 
Lake,  is  as  well  advanced  as  the  Okanagan  Valley,  the 
principal  shipments  from  Armstrong  and  Salmon  Arm 
being  apples,  potatoes,  celery  and  cabbage  District 
No  8,  the  West  Kootenay,  has  not  thus  far  been  a 
shipping  district,  the  local  demand  in  the  mining 
camps  of  Rossland,  Slocan  and  the  Crow's  Nest  con- 
suming more  than  the  locality  produces 

The  following  tabular  statement  indicates  the  adap- 
tabilities of  the  different  regions: 


District 

Present  greatest 
production 

Best  commercial 
plantings 

1    Island  

Strawberries,  King  and  Olivet  and  English  Mo- 

Weal  t  h  y     apples,       rello    sour    cherries. 

pears,     pli  ms,     and 

King  apple,  Bartlett, 

Italian  prunes 

(Mairgoau     and 

2.  Lower     main- 

AIIJOU pears 

land 

Strawberries,   raspber- 

Strawberries,    raspbei- 

ries,     plums     and 

nes,  King  apple,  also 

3  Thompson  Riv 

prunes 
Various  winter  apples. 

the  above  pears 
Wealthy,    Mclntosh, 

Jonathan    and  Wag- 

4. Shuswap    Lake 

oner  apples 

Section 

Various  winter  apples 

Jonathan,    Wagener, 
Spy  and   Grimes 

apples 

5.  Okanagan  Val 

Various  fall  and  winter 

Hyslop  and  Transcen- 

apples, pears,  plums, 
peaches  and  prunes. 

dent  crabs,  Duchess, 
Wealthy,    Mclntosh, 

Jonathan,    Wagenor, 

Y    Newton,  Spitzen- 

berg,  Northern  Spy, 

and    Rome    Beauty 

apples 

6.  Simukameen  .  . 

Peaches     and     winter 

Jonathan,  Wagener,  Y 

apples. 

Newton,  Spiteenberg, 

Winemp,  and  Rome 

Beauty  apples 

7.  Kettle  River... 

Fall  and  winter  apples. 

Wealthy,    Mclntosh, 

Jonathan,    Wagener, 

Rome    Beauty    and 

King  apples 

8.  W.  Kootenay.. 

Strawberries,   fall   and 
winter  apples,  plums, 

Mclntosh,    Graven- 
stem,  Wagener,  Jona- 

prunes and  pears. 

than  and   Northern 

Spy  apples 

The  Dominion  census  of  1891  credited  fruit  with  a 
total  of  6,500  acres  By  1901  this  had  been  increased 
only  to  7,500  acres,  but  in  the  decade  just  passed  tree- 
fruit-planting  has  had  a  tremendous  impetus  and  the 
acreage  at  the  beginning  of  1912  was  thought  to  be 
around  40,000  acres,  of  which  93  per  cent  is  apples,  4 
per  cent  pears,  the  remainder,  plums,  prunes,  cherries, 
apricots  and  peaches.  The  report  of  the  provincial 
statistician  shows  that  in  1911  there  were  15,454  acres 
of  vegetables,  of  which  potatoes  constitute  some  13,000 
acres,  tomatoes  and  onions  supplying  the  majority 
of  the  balance  Potatoes  average  69  tons  or  230 
bushels  to  the  acre,  while  other  truck  crops  average 
114  tons  to  the  acre  The  value  of  the  fruit  and  vege- 
table products  of  1911  was  $5,084,241. 

In  floriculture  and  in  landncape  gardening,  British 
Columbia  is  only  making  the  first  steps.  In  the  cities, 
especially  those  of  the  coast,  ther£  are  many  fine  gar- 
dens and  estates,  and  the  coast  cities  are  developing 
admirable  park  systems. 

The  exact  records  of  the  first  fruit  trees  imported,  it 
has  not  been  possible  to  obtain.  It  has  been  learned 
that  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  was  instrumental  m 
bringing  the  seeds  or  seedling  apples  from  California 
to  its  forts  Camosum  and  Langley  sometime  previous 
to  1850  These  old  orchards  are  not  now  in  existence. 
Orchard-planting  on  the  coast  during  the  period  1850  to 
18S5  was  almost  altogether  of  an  experimental  char- 
acter, and  nothing  commercial  was  expected  from  it. 
From  that  time,  and  especially  after  the  formation  of 
the  British  Columbia  Fruit-Growers'  Association  in 
1890,  experiments  m  commeicial  orchaiding  were 
begun  A'nong  the  first  orchards  in  the  interior  coun- 
try might  be  mentioned  those  of  Thomas  G  Earl  of 
Lytton,  that  of  Fred  Gartrcll  at  Trout  Creek,  and 
that,  of  Frank  Richter  at  Keremeos  Later  on  came 
the  planting  of  the  Coldstream  orchards  owned  by  Lord 
Aberdeen,  under  the  supervision  of  John  Craig,  and 
T  W  Stirling's  orchard  at  Kelowna  All  of  these 
orchards  are  still  m  bearing  and  nave  produced  the 
wonderful  fruit  that  has  done  so  much  to  stimulate 
the  large  plantings  that  occurred  between  1900  and 
1912 

The  British  Columbia  Fruit-Growers'  Association, 
founded  in  1890,  has  been  in  continuous  activity  since 
that  time,  and  has  done  a  great  deal  to  stimulate  and 
encourage  the  fruit  industry  and  to  secure  governmental 
aid  and  recognition  for  it  With  the  British  Columbia 
Flint-Growers'  Association  are  affiliated  all  the  fruit- 
shipping  and  educational  fruit-growers'  organizations 
of  the  province 

The  provincial  Department  of  Agriculture  has  done 
very  much  to  stimulate  interest  m  the  industry,  and  to 
protect  it  from  the  invasion  of  insect  pests  The  Hor- 
ticultural Board,  organized  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Department  to  study  the  problems  connected  with  the 
industry,  and  especially  the  control  of  pests,  has  through 
its  inspectors  succeeded  in  keeping  the  piovmce  free  of 
codlm-moth,  San  Jose"  scale,  Colorado  potato-beetle, 
plum  curculio  and  many  other  insect  pests  which  in- 
crease the  cost  of  production  in  other  drstricts 

Four  years  ago  the  Department  organized  the  Hor- 
ticultural Branch,  which  is  devoted  to  supplying  in- 
formation on  horticultural  subjects  to  the  many  new 
settlers  embarking  m  the  industry.  The  Horticultural 
Branch  maintains  sufficient  assistant  horticulturists  to 
forward  this  work  in  the  various  districts  It  has 
inaugurated  a  series  of  schools  to  teach  fruit-packing, 
publishes  literature  including  a  list  of  fruits  recom- 
mended for  planting,  and  is  generally  at  the  service  of 
the  fruit  industry  along  these  lines.  The  Department 
has  done  much  to  make  the  possibilities  of  the  province 
known  bv  means  of  advertising  and  inspection  work, 
British  Columbia  having  won  the  highest  possible 
awards  from  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society  in  Lon- 
don, England,  against  all  the  other  colonies  of  the 


576     BRITISH  NORTH  AMERICA 


BRODI^A 


Empire  for  six  years  in  succession,  fruit  being  every 
year  exhibited.  There  are  no  horticultural  schools  in 
British  Columbia,  the  nearest  approach  to  these  being 
the  short  courses  conducted  by  the  Horticultural  Branch 
of  the  Department.  Provision  has.  however,  been  made 
for  an  agricultural  college,  which  is  now  being  put 
under  way,  and  in  this  institution  ample  provision  will 
be  made  for  investigation  and  experiment  as  well  as 
education  in  horticulture.  Rt  M.  WINSLOW. 

BRlZA  (ancient  Greek  name  for  a  kind  of  grain, 
probably  rye).  Graminex.  QUAKING  GRASS  Annual  or 
perennial  grasses,  with  open  pailicles  of  handsome 
spikclets,  grown  in  gardens. 

Spikelets  several-nd  ,  flat,  trian- 
gular   or    heait -shaped,     glumes 
strongly    concave,   these    and    the 
lemmas  usually  horizontally  spread- 
ing—  Species      12,    in     temperate 
regions,    3   intro    into  the    U.   S. 
These  and  one  or  two 
others  also    cult    for 
ornament,  the  panicles 
being    suitable    for 
bouquets 

A.  Plants  perennial. 
media,  Linn     COM- 

f  MON  QUAKING  GRASS. 

'  Culms  erect  or  decum- 
bent at  base,  1-2  ft  ; 
panic  lo  pyramidal, 
many-fid  ,  the  branches 
stiffly  spreading;  spike- 
lets  nodding,  3  lines 
long,  triangular-ovate. 

AA.  Plants  annual. 

maxima,  Linn  Fig.  664  One  to  2 
ft  :  panicle  drooping,  few-fld.;  spike- 
lets  ovate,  large,  ^m  long,  5  lines 
broad,  the  pedicels  slender,  drooping. 
G.M.  47  175  V  3.246. 

minor,  Linn.  Four  to  15  in  .  pani- 
cle erect,  many-fld ,  the  branches 
stiffly  spreading,  the  branchlets 
capillary,  spreading,  spikelet  trian- 
gular-ovate, 1  y%  lines  long  — This 
species  is  known  to  gardeners  also  as 
B  gracihs  and  B  minima. 

B.  gemculAta,  Thurb  =  Eragrostis  obtusa, 

Munro  A.  S   HITCHCOCK. 

BRIZOPYRUM:   Demazena. 
BROCCOLI:   Cauliflower 

BRODLEA  (J  J  Brodie,  a  Scotch 
botanist).  Lihacex  BRODIE  A  West 
American  cormous  plants  of  low 
growth,  a  few  of  which  are  now  be- 
coming popular  in  some  parts  of  the 
country  for  spring  bloom 
Flowers  several  on  a  scape'  pedicels  jointed:  the 
perianth  mostly  funnelform  and  non-saccate,  not  con- 
tracted in  the  throat,  ranging  from  purple  to  red,  white 
and  yellow,  stamens  6,  3  of  them  sometimes  reduced  to 
etaminodia  Ivs  all  radical,  narrow,  usuajly  few,  some- 
times evanescent.  Monographers  include  under  Bro- 
diaea  a  number  of  genera  erected  by  other  authors, 
as  Hookera,  Triteleia,  Milla,  Calliprora,  Ilesperoscor- 
dum.  (The  oldest  generic  name  of  the  group  thus  con- 
stituted is  Hookera,  but  Brodiaea  (s  one  of  the  "nomina 
conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code,  retained  because  of 
its  general  use  in  the  50  years  following  its  publication 
and  since).  For  horticultural  purposes,  it  is  better  and 
more  convenient  to  merge  all  into  Brodiaea.  In  this 


broad  sense  Brodiaa  includes  about  30  species,  which 
must  be  divided  into  several  groups.  Monogr.  by 
Baker,  in  G.C.  III.  20,  pp.  213,  238,  459;  also  Watson, 
Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.  14.236.  Closely 
related  genera  are  Bloomena,  Brevoortia  and  Stro- 
phohrion 

The  brodieas  are  valuable  for  naturalizing  in  Cali- 
fornia and  the  West,  as  they  can  be  grown  very  easily. 
In  colder  climates  they  are  worthy  a  trial  for  the  same 
purposes  but  probably  better  for  specimen-beds  or  the 
coldframe  for  cutting.  They  bloom  during  May,  June 
and  early  July.  B.  capitala  is  the  earliest  to  flower. 
The  flowers  are  very  lasting  and  beautiful  for  cutting. 
Unless  planted  in  large  numbers  they  are  of  little  value 
for  color-massing  in  beds,  but  most  beautiful  and  dainty 
when  planted  in  rockwork  or  with  delicate  plants 
such  as  ferns,  heucheras,  or  columbines.  While  there  is 
room  for  much  variation  in  the  treatment  of  the  dif- 
ferent species,  several  growing  well  in  very  wet  soils 
while  others  can  be  grown  even  in  rock  fissures  or  grit, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  following  general  treatment 
will  bring  success 

On  the  Pacific  slope,  brodieas  will  grow  well  and  can 
be  naturalized  in  any  soil  or  situation  except  in  heavy 
shades  or  generally  wet  places  or  in  heavily  manured  or 
much-watered  soils  When  the  soil  is  somewhat  sandy 
or  gritty,  or  has  been'  lightened  with  road  grit,  spent 
tan-bark,  leaf-mold  or  any  light  material,  they  will 
usually|  thrive  be&t  It  is  questionable  whether  they 
are  quite  hardy  east  of  the  Rockies  and  north  of  Vir- 
ginia The  soil  should  be  well  drained,  and  a  winter 
covering  of  leaves  should  be  given.  Plant  in  the  fall 
before  the  ground  is  frozen  up,  from  2  to  3  inches  apart 
and  not  deeper  than  2j/£  inches,  water  sparingly,  and 
ripen  well  after  flowering  It  is  unnecessary  to  lift  the 
bulbe  in  the  summer  on  the  Pacific  slope  but  probably 
advisable  east  of  the  Rockies,  unless  they  are  kept  dry 
in  summer  by  placing  glabh  over  them 

All  brodieas  grow  readily  from  seeds,  but  it  requncs 
several  years  to  flower  them.  Many  species  produce 
offsets  which,  if  detached,  soon  flower  If  potted  early 
and  placed  in  coldframes,  they  can  be  forced  gently 

In  the  following  taxonomy,  the  species  have  been 
thrown  into  four  more  or  less  marked  horticultural 
groups. 


664   Briza 
maxima.  (X1A) 


alba,  21 
Bndgesu,  8 
cahformca,  12. 
Candida,  6 
capitata,  21 
congesta,  19 
DouKlasn,  22 
erecta,  1 
filifoha,  17. 
gracilis,  4 


INDEX. 

Krandi  flora,  11 
Bendersonii,  9. 
Howellu,  23 
hyacmthma,  2,  2 
ixioides,  1 
lactca,  3 
laxa,  5 

lilacina,  3,  23. 
major,  3 
minor,  1,  13 


multi flora,  20 
Orcuttu,  16 
Palmen,  24 
parviflora,  20. 
pedunoulans,  7. 
Punlyi,  18 
row,  15 
splendcns,  1. 
stHlana,  14 
terrestm,  10. 


Group  1  — In  this  group,  which  contains  some  of  the 
best  species  in  cultivation,  the  plants  have  a  fibrous- 
coated  flattened  corm,  resembling  that  of  the  crocus; 
not  usually  bulbiferous  The  Ivs  arc  few,  all  radical 
and  grass-like,  scapes  slender  but  stiffly  erect,  naked 
except  for  bracts  below  the  many-fld  umbel ;  fls  usually 
broadly  tubular,  borne  on  slender  pedicels,  in  purples, 
white  and  yellow;  anther-bearing  stamens  6  All  are 
hardy,  but  a  protection  of  straw  or  Ivs  is  advisable  m 
the  colder  regions  A  light,  loose,  well-drained,  sandy  or 
loamy  soil  best  meets  their  needs,  and  an  excess  of 
moisture  and  very  rich  soils  are  to  be  avoided. 

A  Segms.  equaling  or  exceeding  the  penanth-tube. 
1  ixioldes,  Wats.  Dwarf,  3  in  to  2  ft. :  Ivs.  linear, 
fleshy:  fls.  few  to  many,  on  pedicels  1-4  in.  long,  in 
shades  of  yellow  and  often  purple-tinged,  1  in.  or  less 
long;  filaments  winged,  2-toothed  above  S.  Calif,  to 
Ore.  B.R  1590.  B.M  3588  (as  Cnlhprora  lutea). 
G  C.  III.  20 •  459  —Many  handsome  varieties  The  best 
is  var.  splSndens,  Hort  ,  with  large,  bright  yellow  fls  . 


BRODI^A 


BRODI^A 


577 


the  limb  wheel-shaped.   Var.  minor,  Hort.  Dwarf:  fls. 

S;llow,  with  dark  band  and  blue  anthers.    Var.  ere"cta', 
ort.   Dwarf 

2.  hyacinthlna,  Bailey  (Tntelda  hyacinthlna,  Greene) 
From  1-2  ft..  Ivs   linear,  fls.  10-30,  1  in.  or  less  long, 
milky  white  or  purplish.    Calif. — Perhaps  this  and  B 
laclea  are  forms  of  one  species. 

3.  lactea,  Wats.  (B  hyacinthlna  var.  Idctea,  Baker). 
In  the  type,  has  the  habit  of  B  laxa,  but  the  fls  have  a 
short  tube  with  a  rotate  corolla,  and  are  white,  with 
green  inidvem,  filaments  deltoid.    Calif,  to  Brit.  Col  ,  in 
many  forms      Watson  combines  the  Kesperoscordum 
lacteum  and  H    hyacinthinum  of  Lindlcy,  B  R    1639, 
into  this  species  B.  lactea,  thereby  not  recognizing  a 
B.  hyacinthlna    Baker,  however,  unites  the  B   lactea 
form  with  B  hyacinthlna,  describing  var  laclea  as  "more 
slender  than  the  type,  with  white  fls.  and  longer  pedi- 
cels "    G  C  III  20  459  —Var  lilacina,  Wats  ,  is  much 
stronger,  very  bulbiferous,  grows  in  wet,  heavy  soils, 
and  has  a  larger  ft ,  which  is  usually  lilac-colored.    Var. 
major,  Purdy.   Like  var  lilacina,  but  fls  white 

4  gracilis,  Wats    A  tiny  species,  with  small  yellow 
fls    scape  2-i  in  and  purplish    If   1    fls   J^n  long,  on 
pedicels  of  equal  or  greater  length,*  filaments  elongated 
and  very  slender    S  Ore 

AA  Segms  shorter  than  the  tube. 

5  laxa,  Wats    Strong  plant,  1-2  ft     Ivs  linear   fls 
many,  broadly  ^tubular,  purple,  tube  very  narrow,  and 
exceeding  the  segms  ,  filaments  very  slender,  stamens 
in  2  rows      N    Calif      B  R   1(585   (a*   Tnldeia  laxa). 
G  C  III  20  241  —Showy,  and  one  of  the  best    There 
are  many  variations 

C  Candida,  Baker  (Tntelda  cdndida,  Greene)  Much 
like  B  laxa  in  character  of  bloom,  but  fls  only  6-10, 
and  segrns  white  or  bluish  with  a  green  vein,  and  the 
fls  set  at  an  angle  on  the  pedicel,  so  that  the}  all  face 
one  way:  further  distinguished  by  early  flo\vermg  and 
the  very  broad  and  glossy,  scarcely  carmate  Ivs  Calif 

7  peduncularis,      Wats       (Tnteleia      (>f<l unculans, 
Lmdl  )     Still  stouter  (1-2  it ),  v\ith  smaller  and  fewer 
whit?  fls   on  pedicels  a  few  inches  to  a  foot  long;  fila- 
ments short  or  none     N    Calif.    G  C  III  20  243  — 
This  species  grows  in  wet,  heavy  ground  close  to  water, 
and  is  very  conniferous 

8  Bridgesii,  Wats     Fig    665.     Similar  to  B    laxa, 
but   stamens   in   one   row.  corolla  with   a   spreading 
limb  and  sub-cylindrical  tube,  and  color  reddish  purple, 
filaments  deltoid    Cent  Calif    G  F  1  126  (adapted  in 
Fig  665). — Grows  a  foot  or  more  high. 

9  H^ndersonh,  Wats.    Resembles  B  Bndgesir  yel- 
low, banded  purple    filaments  somewhat  winged,  but 
not  deltoid  small-fid    S   W.  Ore. 

Group  2  — Corm  not  flattened,  bearing  many  strong 
offsets,  the  coating  haity  and  reddish  TVS  linear  and 
grassy  scapes  stiff,  few-lid  ,  fls  large,  of  a  thick,  waxy 
opaque  texture,  funnelform  (except  B  Purdyi),  very 
lasting,  usually  purple,  in  an  open  umbel,  perfect 
anthers  3  These  brodieas  arc  native  to  a  heavy  soil,  in 
rather  moist  situations,  and  are  hardy.  They  will  thrive 
under  conditions  recommended  for  Group  1.  (Hookera). 

A.  Fls.  funnelform,  with  a  prominent  tube. 
B.  Scape  not  rising  above  ground. 

10  terrlstris,  Kellogg  (//  terrestns,  Brit  &  Greene). 
Scape  short  or  practically  none,  the  umbel  sitting  on 
the  earth'  Ivs  nearly  terete,  fls.   %-l  in    long,  stami- 
nodia  emarginate,  yellowish,  anthers  sagittate-oblong. 
Cent.  Calif.,  along  the  coast. 

BB.  Scape  evident. 

c.  Siaminodia  as  long  as  anthers,  or  longer. 
11.  grandifldra,  Smith  (H.  coronaria,  Salisb.).   Scape 
4-10  in.  high:  Ivs.  nearly  terete,  dying  before  the  fl.-st. 

37 


appears:  fls  3-10,  bright  blue,  of  good  size  (1  in  or  more 
long),  segms.  longer  than  tube,  very  lasting,  staminc- 
dia  obtuse;  anthers  linear  Calif,  to  Brit.  Col  B.R. 
1183.  B.M  2877.  GC  III  20.213. 

12  califo'rnica,     Lmdl      (H     calif 6rnica,    Greene). 
Much  like  B.  grandijlara   scape  longer  (12-30  in  );  fls. 
10-25,  1^-2  in   long,  rose  to  deep  purple,  stammodia 
linear  and  cuspidate     N    Calif     G  C  III  20  215.— 
"The  finest  species  for  garden  purposes,"  according  to 
Baker. 

13  minor,  Wats   (H  minor,  Greene).    Much  like  a 
small  B    grandijlora    scape  very  slender,  3-6  in  ;  fls. 
2  6  and   only   J^-l   in    long,   stammodia  broad   and 
usually  emarginate,  anthers  oblong    Calif  to  Ore. 

14  stellaris,    Wats.    (//.    stellans,   Greene).     Low: 
scape  with  long  pedi- 
cels and  3-6  bright 

purple  fls ,  with 
white  centers  Ivs 
nearly  terete  anth- 
ers winged  behind' 
stammodia  white, 
longer  than  the 
stamens,  emargi- 
nate. N  Calif  GC 
III  20:213— Very 
pretty. 

15.  rdsea,  Baker 
(H  ibxea,  Greene). 
About  3-6  in  Ivs 
nearly  terete  •  fls. 
5-8,  under  1  in  long, 
rose-red,  filaments 
dilated,  stammodia 
white,  obtuse  and 
entire,  longer  than 
the  anthers  N  Calif 
G  C  III  20  213  — 
A  pretty  species 

cc    Stammodia 

markedly  shorter 

than  anthers 
16. 6rcuttii,  Bailey 
(H  Orcuttn, Greene). 
Plant  rather  stout, 
a  foot  or  more  high : 
Ivs  linear,  flat  or 
nearly  so.  fls.  5-15, 
less  than  an  inch 
long,  short  -  tubed, 

lilac,  stammodia  a  small  triangular  scale,  or  none 
Calif  G  C  III   20  215 

17  filifdlia,    Wats     (//    fihfdlia,    Greene)      From 
6-12  in  •  Ivs.  slightly  flattened,  fls.  3-6,  %in  or  less 
long,  dark-colored;  stammodia  triangular,  twice  shorter 
than  the  anthers    S   Calif 

AA  Fb>   short  and  flanng. 

18  Purdyi,  Eastw    Different  from  others  in  having  $ 
short-tubed  fl  with  broadly  spreading,  decimate  segms., 
the  throat  constricted.  Cent  Calif ,  in  Sierras. 

Group  3  — Corm  long  and  cormiferous  Ivs  grassy: 
scape  tall,  slender  and  flcxuous,  fls  small,  in  close, 
head-like  umbels,  the  separate  fls  waxy  and  narrowly 
tubular;  perfect  anthers  3,  except  in  B  capitata.  These 
species  thrive  in  a  loose,  perfectly  drained,  loamy  soil, 
with  some  humus  Hardy  The  species  are  not  readily 
distinguished  All  are  from  Cent.  Calif,  to  Wash. 
Known  as  California  hyacinths. 

A.  Anthers  8. 

19  congesta,  Smith     T«ll  (2-3  ft ),  with  a  globular 
head  of  purple  fls  :  Ivs.  somewhat  terete,  perishing: 
fls   6-12.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  ?;£m.  long;  filaments  0; 


665.  Brodiaea  Bridgesii.  (plant  XH) 

S. 


578 


BRODI^EA 


BROMUS 


ataminodia  parple.  2-toothed.  Calif,  to  Wash.  G.C.  III. 
20.213  — Blooms  late 

20  multifldra,  Benth.  (JB.  pannftora,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Similar  to  B.  congexta  fls.  6-20  sessile  or  short-stalked, 
imbellate,  %m.  long,  blue;  stainmodia  lanceolate, 
entire.  Calif.,  Ore  ,  Utah.  B  M.  5989. 

AA  Anthers  6. 

21.  capitata,  Benth.  (Milla  capitdta,  Baker.  Ihchelo- 
stemrna  cafnlata,  Wood).  Lower  (1-2  ft  )  Ivs  narrow- 
linear,  perishing:  fls  many,  in  a  capitate  umbel,  %in  or 
less  long,  lilac  (a  var  alba),  three  inner  anthers  winged. 
Calif ,  Utah,  New  Mex  B.M.  5912.  G  C  III.  20.238 
— Early  blooming. 

Group  4  — Conn  as  in  Group  1 .  fls  many,  in  a  dense, 
or  at  least  a  close,  umbel,  the  tube  about  as  long  as 
the    segms. ;    good 
anthers  6. 

A  Fls  essentially 

capitate. 

22  Dofcglasii, 
Wats  (Tntele\a 
grandiflbra,  Lindl. 
Milla  grandijlora, 
Baker).  Lvs  linear: 
scape  1K-2  ft  ;  fls. 
few,  in  a  close  um- 
bel, saccate  as  in 
Brevoorlia  coccmea, 
blue;  segms.  as  long 
as  the  tube,  the 
inner  ones  wavy; 
filaments  winged. 
Ore  and  Wash.  B. 
M.  6907. 

23.  H6wellii, 
Wats.  (Tntele\a 
Hdwelhi,  Greene). 
Fls.  bell  -  shaped, 
white,  differs  from 
B.  Douglasii  in 
smaller  fls ,  and 
segms.  not  more 
than  half  so  long  as 
tube  Wash  BM. 
6989. 

Var.  lilacinat 
Hort  One  of  the 
handsomest  of  all 
brodicas,  and  a 
good  grower,  fls. 
porcelain-blue,  sug- 
gestive ofBrevoortia 
coccmea  Wash.  G. 
C  III  19  767;  20: 
239  Gn  46  502  — 
Large  and  strong. 
AA  Fls.  in  a  close  but  rather  free  umbel,  the  pedicels 

usually  larger  than  the  perianth. 
24   Palmeri,  Wats.    Fig  666    Lvs  firm  and  linear: 
fls.  many,  ^m  long,  the  segms  about  as  long  as  tube, 
blue.   S.  Calif.   G  F.  2.245  (adapted  in  Fig  666). 

B  coccfnm,  Wats  =Brevoortia—  B  crocea,  Wats  1ft  or  more- 
fla  6-15,  yellow  N  Calif  —  B  insulans,  Greene  Like  B  capitata, 
but  more  robust  and  larger-fid  Islands  off  Calif  — B  Ummonse, 
Wats  1  ft  fls.  small,  deep  orange  N  Ariz.— B  lepldndra,  Baker. 
1ft  or  less  fls  2,  purple  Calif — B  hlAona  Baker  lit  or  less, 
fls  10-15,  lilac-purple  Calif  —B  lugens,  Baker  Like  B  ixioides, 
but  fls  saffron-color  within  and  brown-black  on  tube  and  ribs. 
Calif  —B  pult h ella,  Greene  Probably  the  same  as  B  congesta  — 
B.  scdbra.  Baker  Like  B  ixioides,  but  scabrous  fls  bright  yellow. 
Calif— 9  voliibilu,  Baker=Strophohnon 

CARL  PURDY  and  L.  H.  B. 

BROMELIA  (Bromel,  a  Swedish  botanist)  Brome- 
lidceae.  Hothouse  plants,  grown  for  the  stiff  form  and 
clusters  of  flowers. 


666.  Brodtea  Palraeri    (plant  X  M) 


About  two  dozen  species  ot  Trop.  American  herbs, 
with  stiff,  pineapple-like  Ivs  ,  and  fls  in  heads  or  pani- 
cles, corolla  3-parted;  calyx  of  3  ovate-oblong  sepals. 
Differs  from  Billbergia  and  Ananas  in  technical  char- 
acters, particularly  in  the  deeper-cut  calyx  Less  popu- 
lar as  stove  plants  than  yEcnmea  and  Billbergia  B. 
bracteata  and  B.  macrodonies  of  trade-lists  belong  to 
Ananas.  Culture  as  for  Billbergia,  which  see.  Monogr. 
by  Mez,  m  De  Candolle's  Monogr.  Phaner.  9. 

Pmguin,  Linn  PINGUIN  of  Jamaica.  WILD  PIMP 
Three  to  4  ft  high*  Ivs  broad-toothed  and  spiny, 
bright  green,  but  becoming  pink  and  red  with  age  fls 
reddish,  pubescent,  in  a  dense  panicle,  \\ith  a  mealv 
rachis,  the  sepals  acute  fr  as  large  as  plums,  acia 
W.  Indies  — Makes*  a  good  hedge  in  tropical  countries, 
and  the  Ir  yieldb  a  cooling  juiee 

Bindtii,  Morr  Panicle  lax,  sepals  rounded  at  the  top: 
habit  open  and  spreading  Buuil 

B  longifbha,  Rudfr<>=Streptoc  ilv\  -  B  tricolor,  Sanders  Lvs 
14-2  ft  Ions,  1  l2-2  in  wi.lo,  the  w  i\  y  m  irgiiih  creamy  y.  How 
except  at  the  rose-red  base,  the  central  portion  a  glossy  green 
G.C  III  432bl  j^  jj  p 

GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

BROMHEADIA  (Sir  Edward  F.  Biomhead,  English 
naturalist).  Orchidacrx  Stove  orchids,  terrestrial  or 
epiphytic,  non-bulbous,  little  known  in  cult  ,  compris- 
ing two  species  from  the  Kast  Tndian-Mala>an  region. 
Leaves  distichous,  rigid,  often  fleshy  fls  showy, 
white  and  orange,  the  paits  narrow  and  pointed,  lip 
3-lobed,  narrow.  Prop  by  division  or  offsets  after 
flowering  B.  Finlaysomana,  Reichb  (B  palu^tns, 
Lindl  (irammatophi/lluni  Finlayionitlnurn,  Lindl  ). 
Hoot  of  stout  and  fleshy  hbeis  st  3-8  it  ,  with  sheath- 
ing scales  below  and  a  few  oblong  thick  or  fleshy  Iva. 
at  the  middle  arid  elongated  scaly  peduncle  at  the  top* 
fls  white,  fragrant,  the  parts  I}*?  m  hmg,  oblong- 
acuminate  and  nearly  equal,  spreading,  lip  oblong, 
3-lobed,  white  outside  and  purple-lined  inside,  the 
middle  lobe  rounded  and  yellow  at  center  B.M.  4001. 

BROMPTON  STOCK:    Matthiola 

BROMUS  (ancient  Greek  name  for  the  oat).  Gro- 
minese  BROMK-GRASS.  Annual  or  perennial  grasses 
with  large,  usually  awned  spikelcts  in  panicles. 

Spikelets  several-fid  ;  lemmas  convex  or  keeled,  5-9- 
nerved,  usually  2-toothed  at  apex  and  awned  from 
between  the  teeth,  sometimes  awn  less,  the  awn  usually 
straight. — Species  about  100,  mostly  in  the  north  tem- 
perate zone 

The  genus  contains  a  few  forage  grasses  and  several 
annual  species  that  have  been  mtro  into  the  U.  S  , 
especially  on  the  Pacific  coast,  where  they  have  become 
troublesome  weeds.  Among  the  weedy  annual  species 
may  be  mentioned  B  secahnus,  Lmn  ,  chess  or  cheat, 
with  smooth  sheaths,  drooping  panicles  of  ovate  short- 
awned  spikelets,  the  lemmas  convex  and  smooth,  B. 
comrnutatus,  Schrad  ,  resembling  the  preceding  but  the 
sheaths  hairy;  B.  molhs,  Linn.  Resembles  chess,  from 
which  it  differs  by  its  hairiness  and  more  erect  panicle; 
B.  villosus,  Forsk.,  with  large  few-fld.  spikclets,  the 
awns  about  2  in.  long;  B.  tectorum,  Linn  ,  delicate, 
slender  spikelets  m  drooping  panicles  the  awns  6-7 
lines  long;  B  rubens,  Lmn.,  with  erect  compact  pan- 
icles of  purple  spikelets,  the  awn  9-11  lines  Ion}? 
The  last  3  are  especially  abundant  in  Calif.  Cheat  is 
used  for  hay  in  Ore. 

A.  Plants  perennial,  producing  rootstocks. 
inermis,  Leyss  AWNLESS  BROME-GRASS  Erect,  2-4 
ft.  panicle  narrow,  the  branches  ascending  or  spreading 
in  fl  ;  spikelcts  about  1  in ,  the  lemmas  mucronate  or 
short-awned  Intro,  from  Ku  Gn  25,  p.  429  Dept. 
of  Agnc  ,  Div.  of  Agrost ,  7  298 — Used  as  a  pasture 
and  meadow  grass  in  the  northwestern  states.  Espe- 
cially valuable  m  semi-arid  regions 


BROMUS 


BROUSSONETIA 


579 


AA.  Plants  annual  or 
biennial. 

B.  Spikclets  awnleiss  or 
nearly  so. 

brizaeftfrmis,  Fisch.  & 
Mey.  One  to  2  ft.:  panicle 
2-6  in  ,  one-sided,  nodding; 
spikelets  oblong  -  ovate, 
stiongly  flattened,  as  much 
as  1  in  long,  5  lines  wide. 
Ku  Dept  of  Agnc ,  Div. 
of  Agrost ,  7  298  —A  hand- 
some ornamental 

uniololdes,  II B  K.  (B. 
S(//nMm,  Kunth)  Fig  607. 
RESCUE-GRASS  SCHKADFR'S 
BUOMK-GRASS  Two  to  3 
ft  sheaths  pilose,  blades 
naiiow,  scabious  panicle 
erect,  open  or  narrow,  the 
blanches  ascending,  spike- 
lets  1  in  long,  compressed, 
the  lemmas  keeled,  strongly 
nerved,  acuminate,  gla- 
brous or  scabrous  Andes. 
Dept  of  Agnc  ,  Div  of 
Agrost  ,  7  200,  ibid,  Circ. 
26. 1  — Grown  in  the  south- 
ern states  as  a  foiage  glass. 

nn.  Spikelctb  long-awned 
macr6stachys,  Linn  One 
to  2  ft  panule  nanow, 
compact,  consisting  ot  a  few 
large  spikes  ^4-!  in  long, 
awns  spreading  or  reeui  ved, 
^2in  long  Ku — Sometimes 
cult  tor  ornament 

madritensis,  Ltnn  Fig 
668  One  to  2  ft  ,  tufted 
panicle  erect,  2-  1  in  ,  ob- 
long-ovoid, contracted, 
glumes  and  lemmas  nar- 
row, the  latter  7-()  lines 
long,  a\vn  stiaight  01  some- 
what curved,  8-11  lines 
long,  Ku  — Sometimes  cult 
for  oinament. 

B.  pratf/nn— Festuca  elatior 

A    S    HITCHCOCK 

BROOM:    fi/tisus  and  Genista 


667   Bromus  umoloides. 

(X4) 


BROOM-CORN.  Brooms  are  made  of  the  rays  or 
peduncles  of  the  flower-cluster  of  Andropogon  Sorghum 
(Sorghum  vidqure),  the  species  which  in  other  forms  is 
known  as  sorghum,  kafir,  and  Guinea  corn  For  culti- 
vation of  bioom-corn,  see  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agnc  ,  II,  216. 

BR<5  SIMUM  (Greek,  edibk).  Moracex.  A  genus  of 
8  species  of  large  trees  of  Trop.  Amer ,  yielding  edible 
fr  fls  monoecious,  or  rarely  dioecious,  inside  01  on  the 
outside  of  a  fig-like  receptacle  B  Ahcdslium,  Swartz, 
is  the  bread-nut  of  Jamaica,  but  it  is  not  grown  within 
the  U  S  ,  except  m  most  of  the  botanic  gardens  It 
bears  round  yellow  fr ,  about  an  inch  in  diam  ,  con- 
taining a  single  large  seed,  which  is  edible  after 
roasting  The  tree  has  shining  lance-elliptic  entire  Ivs. 
Prop,  by  cuttings  of  joung  wood  m  a  bell-jar  with 
bottom  heat. 

BROUGHTONIA  (named  in  honor  of  an  English 
botanist,  Arthui  Broughton)  Orctudacese.  Epiphytic 
orchids,  requiring  stove  conditions 

Pseudobulbs,  1-  or  2-l\d,  ovoid  or  globose:  mfl. 
terminal,  simple  or  somewhat  blanched,  sepals  and 


petals  similar,  somewhat  spreading,  the  latter  a  little 
the  broader,  lip  sessile  on  the  base  of  the  column  or 
sometimes  a  little  adnate,  lateral  lobes  inclosing  the 
column,  middle  lobe  spreading,  ovary  extended  into  a 
long  cavity,  polhna  1,  waxy  —  A  West  Indian  genus  of 
2  or  3  species.  Sometimes  united  with  Epidendrum 

sangumea,  R  Br.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  in.  long, 
2-lvd  .  Ivs.  2-4  in  long,  leathery,  linear-oblong  racemes 
of  5-10  fls,  about  \l/i  in  across  and  of  a  crimson-purple, 
sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  petals  oval-oblong,  lip  nearly 
orbicular,  denticulate  on  the  margin  Jamaica  B  M 
3076,  3536  (as  B  comma)  GKORC.E  V  NASH 

BROUSSONfcTIA  (after  T  N  V.  Broussonet,  a 
Fiench  naturalist)  Marace*  Ornamental  trees  or 
shrubs,  giown  chiefly  for  their  large  handsome  foliage. 

Leaves  alternate,  petioled,  senate,  undivided  or 
lobed*  fls.  dioecious,  apotalous,  the  st  animate  m  cylin- 
drical, nodding  catkins,  with  4-parted  ealv  x  and  4  sta- 
mens, the  pistillate  in  globulai  heads  with  a  tubular 
perianth  including  the  stalked  ovary,  stigma  filiform. 
collective  fr.,  a  dense  globose  head  consisting  of  the 
persistent  perianths  arid  bracts  with  numerous  small 
1  -seeded  drupelets  protruding  at  matunty  and  orange 
red  —  Three  species  m  E  Asia,  and  there  often  cult  , 
the  bark  bemg  used  for  papei  -making. 

These  are  deciduous  tiees  with  wide-spieading 
branches,  under  culture  often  shrubby,  with  lather 
inconspicuous  gieemsh  white  floweis  B  papynjcra, 
the  hardier  of  the  two  species  in  cultivation,  is  faiily 
hardy  as  far  as  noith  New  \ork  It  is  usually  a  small 
tree  with  a  rathei  low  wide-spreading  head  and  maybe 
used  m  cities  m  situat  ions  in  which  small  shade  trees 
are  wanted,  as  it  stands  heat  and  dust  well  It  is  not 
particular  as  to  the  soil 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  sown  after  niatimty  or  m 
spring,  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  or  by  cut- 
tings of  ripened  wood,  kept  in  colder  climates  during 
the  winter  in  the  greenhouse,  also  by  root-cuttings  with 
slight  bottom  he.it  and  layeis  The  \arieties  aie  also 
sometimes  budded  in  summei  or  grafted  in  early  spring 
on  the  roots  of  the  tvpe  in  the  greenhouse  Known  as 
paper  mulbernes 

papyrifera,  Vent  (Morus  papyrifcra,  Linn.)  Tree, 
30-50  ft  ,  with  thifk,  pubescent  branches  Ivs  long- 
petioled,  usually  coi  date-ovate,  acuminate,  coarsely 
dentate,  often  deeply  lobed,  especially  on  younger 
plants,  rough  above,  pubescent  beneath,  3-8  in.  long. 
fr  -heads  ^4111  across,  red  May. 
China,  Japan  B  M  2358.  S  1  F. 
1  38  Var  cucullata,  Ser  (B 
naviculdrw,  Lodd  )  Lvs  small, 
concave  and  curled  upwaid.  G 
\V  6601  Var  lacmiata,  Ser 
(var  dissMn,  Hort  ,  var  Bd- 
tdidu.  Ilemsl  )  Lvs  finely  dis- 
sected into  very  naiiow  lobes, 
often  reduced  to  the  nerves  and 
only  at  the  end  with  a  small 
lanceolate  or  o  vat  e-lanceolate  1ft. 
RH  1878,  pp  37  i,  375.  Gn. 
15,  p  53.  —  Very  distinct  form, 
low  and  shiubby,  more  tender 
than  the  type.  Var  macrophylla, 
Ser  Lvs.  large,  usually  un- 
divided Var  leucocarpa,  Audib. 
Fr.  white. 


Kazin&ki,  Sieb.  (7* 
Blume.  B.  Katmpfin,  Hort.). 
Branches  slender,  glabrous  at 
length'  Ivs  short-pet  loled,  ovate 
or  ovate-oblong,  nearly  glabrous, 
only  somewhat  rough  above,  |f 

entire  or  2-3-lobed,  2-8  in  long.    $$3.  Bromus  madritenntK 
fr.-head   less   than   J^m.   diam.  (Xtf) 


580 


BROUSSONETIA 


China,  Japan.  I.  T  2:45  — This  species  is  more  tender 
than  the  former.  It  is  cult,  sometimes  as  B.  Kaempfen, 
while  the  true  B.  Kaempfen,  Sieb  ,  with  the  Ivs.  resem- 
bling in  shape  those  of  B.  Kazinoki,  but  much  smaller 
and  pubescent,  and  with  very  small  fr.-heads,  seems  not 
be  in  cult.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BROWALLIA  (after  John  Browall,  Bishop  of  Abo, 
Sweden).  Solanacex  Mostly  blue-flowered  greenhouse 
and  garden  herbs. 

A  genus  of  about  6  S.  American  annuals,  with  abun- 
dant blue,  violet  or  white  fls.  which  arc  solitary  and 
axillary,  or  in  more  or  less  1-sided  racemes;  corolla- 
tube  15-nerved,  straight,  which  distinguishes  it  from 
Streptosolen,  in  which  the  corolla  is  twisted 

The  seeds  may  be  sown  in  the  open  border,  but  for  the 
sake  of  the  earlier  bloom  it  is  better  to  start  them 
indoors  in  early  spring  and  transplant  into  the  open 
about  May  15,  where  they  will  bloom  profusely  all 
through  our  hot,  dry  summers,  and  until  frost  They 
can  be  grown  in  poorer  soil  than  most  half-hardy 
annuals,  and  make  excellent  bedding-plants  They  are 
also  used  for  winter  decoration,  the  seeds  being  sown  in 
midsummer,  earlier  or  later  according  to  the  size  of  the 
specimens  desired  They  should  be  placed  near  the 
glass  and  frequently  stopped,  in  order  to  produce  com- 
pact plants  Large  specimens  are  excellent  for  cutting, 
aud  small  potted  plants  should  be  grown  more  com- 
monly by  florists  for  home  decoration  at  Christmas  It 
is  even  possible  to  lift  flowering  plants  from  the  open 
before  the  first  frost  of  autumn  and  pot  them  for  con- 


669   Browallia  specie sa,  and  a  flower  (at  e)  of  B.  demissa.  ( X  Vft 


eervatory  decoration,  although  the  flowers  are  likely  to 
become  successively  smaller  Blue  flowers  are  rare  in 
winter,  and  browalhas  are  especially  desirable  for  their 
profuse  bloom  all  through  winter  and  early  spring  The 
flowers  are.  however,  likely  to  fade,  especially  the  pur- 
ple ones.  In  pots  under  trees,  B  speciosa  makes  an 
excellent  summer  plant. 


BROWNEA 

In  the  names  of  the  early  species,  Linnaeus  com- 
memorated the  course  of  his  acquaintanceship  with 
Browall'  elata,  reflecting  the  exalted  character  of  their 
early  intimacy;  demissa,  its  rupture;  and  ahenata,  the 
permanent  estrangement  of  the  two  men. 

A.  Corolla-segms.  long,  acute  or  acuminate:  corotta-lube 

at  least  1  in.  long. 

specidsa,  Hook.  Fig  669  Lvs  sometimes  opposite, 
sometimes  alternate'  fls  much  larger  than  in  B  grandi- 
flora,  all  solitary,  axillary,  peduncle  shorter  than  the  Ivs.; 
corolla-tube  thrice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  and  abruptly 
swollen  at  the  top  beneath  the  limb,  limb  of  5  ovate, 
striated,  dark  purple  segms  ,  pale  lilac  beneath.  Colom- 
bia B  M  4339  P  M  16  290  —There  are  blue-,  violet- 
and  white-fld  varieties.  Var  major,  Hort ,  has  violet 
fls  2  in.  across  R  B  20.240  B.  gigantea,  Hort ,  is  a 
florists'  variety,  with  very  deep  blue  fls  and  long-bloom- 
ing habit.  Intro,  into  American  trade  m  1899 

A  A.  Corolla-segms.  short,  2-lobed  or  notched,  corolla  %in. 
long  or  less. 

B.  Upper  Ivs.  not  stalked  fls   all  in  loose  racemes,  calyx 

not  hairy. 

grandifldra,  Giaham  (B  Roezlu,  Hort ).  St.  and  Ivs. 
glabious,  or  in  the  upper  part  of  the  plant  minutely 
clammv-puberulent  Ivs  ovate,  the  lower  petioled: 
calyx-teeth  oblong,  somewhat  obtuse,  equal,  scarcely 
shorter  than  the  tube,  spreading  corolla  \vhite  or  pale 
blue,  the  limb  \\ider  than  in  B  flcmissa  Peiu  B  M. 
3069  — In  B  Roezlu,  said  to  be  fiom  the  Rocky  Mts  , 
some  fls.  are  white,  some  pale  blue  The  name  is  un- 
known in  N.  American  botanical  literature  No  dark 
blue  or  violet-colored  forms  are  advertised 

BB.  Upper  Ivs  stalked    /7s  solitary  and  axillary 
below,  racemose  above. 

c.  Calyx  hairy. 

demissa,  Linn  (B  data,  Linn  )  Fig  669.  St  and 
Ivs.  pubescent  or  glabrous  Ivs  ovate,  with  longer 
stalks  than  in  B  grandi  flora  calvx-teeth  acute,  unequal, 
much  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube  The  Ivs  are  varia- 
ble, cuneate,  rotund,  or  rarely  cordate  S  Amer.  B.M. 
34,  1136.  The  following  are  now  referred  to  the  above: 
B  amcncana,  B.  elata,  B  elongata,  B.  nervosa  This 
species  is  the  commonest,  and  is  usually  known  as  B. 
elata.  Blue,  violet,  white  and  dwarf  forms  are  cult. 

cc.  Calyx  sticky  or  clammy. 

viscdsa,  HBK  (B  pulchella  and  B  Czermakowskidna, 
Hort ).  Plant  viscous-pubescent.  Ivs  short-pet loled, 
ovate,  rough-hairy  on  both  sides'  pedicels  a  little 
shorter  than  the  calyx  calyx-teeth  very  clammy, 
oblong,  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube.  The  Ivs  are 
similar  to  B  demivsa,  but  the  habit  is  stiffer  and  the 
fls  more  numerous  The  calyx-teeth  spread  less  than 
in  B  qrandi flora  S  Arner 

B  nmincAnn,  I  inn  ,  is  considered  by  some  a  separate  species 
from  the  above1,  but  m  Germany,  where  most  seeds  of  annual  fls  arc 
grown,  it  H  used  by  Siebert  &  Vo^s  (in  Vilmonn's  Bluinengnrtnerei) 
to  include  B  demissa,  B  elata  and  other  forms — B  JAmesonii, 
Benth  =Streptoiolon  Jamesona  —  B  pulchttla,  Hort  ,  is  hkcly  to 
be  either  B  grandirlora  or  B  v18cosa  WlLHELM  MlLLER. 

N    TAYLOR  f 

BROWNEA  (Patrick  Browne  wrote  a  history  of 
Jamaica)  Sometimes  written  Brownxa.  (Hermesias, 
Loefl  ).  Legumindsje  A  group  of  10  small  evergreen 
trees  of  Trop  Amer.,  allied  to  Amherstia  and  Bauhima 
but  little  known  in  the  American  trade.  Lvs.  alternate 
and  pinnate  fls  showy,  red,  in  dense  terminal  or  axil- 
lary clusters  Cult,  in  hothouses  B.  Ariza,  Benth. 
(B.  pnnceps,  Lmd.)  has  drooping  heads  of  scarlet  fls. 
I.H.  42:38.  B.  grfindiceps,  Jacq  Fig  670.  Fls. 
red,  in  capitate  spikes  Ifts  about  12  pairs,  lance-oblong. 
S  Amer.  B.M.  4859.  GM.31:115.  B.  Rdsa-de-M6nte, 
Berger.  Fls  scarlet,  m  dense  heads.  Ifts.  2-3  pairs, 
oval,  acuminate.  S.  Amer.  N.  TAYLOR,  f 


BRUCKENTHALIA 

BRUCKENTHALIA  (after  S.  von  Bruckenthal,  an 
Austrian  nobleman).  Ericaceae.  Ornamental  shrub, 
chiefly  grown  for  its  profusely  produced  small  spikes 


BRUNFELSIA 


581 


of  pink  flowers 
Lea 


670   Brownea  grandiceps    (Xl-12) 


Leaves  linear,  whorlcd*  fls.  in  short  racemes;  calyx 
campanulate,  4-lobed;  corolla  campanulate  with  4 
triangular  lobes; 
stamens  8,  included, 
connate  at  the 
base,  disk  rudi- 
mentary, caps  sub- 
globose,  4  -  celled, 
loculicid,  many- 
seeded  —  One 
species  in  S.  E  Eu. 
and  Asia  Minor. 
Very  closely  related 
to  Erica,  but  differs 
chiefly  in  the  calyx 
being  lobed  only  to 
the  middle,  not  4- 
parted,  in  the  rudi- 
mentary disk  and 
the  connate  sta- 
mens. 

This  is  a  low 
evergreen ,  heath- 
like  shrub  forming 
laige  tufts,  with 
needle-shaped  small 
leaves  and  small 
rosy  pink  nodding 
flowers  m  short 
teiinmal  racemes, 
produced  in  great 
profusion  Peifettly 
hardy  North  and  requiring  the  same  treatment  as 
hardy  ericas,  a  pretty  little  plant  for  rockeries  Propa- 
gation is  usually  by  seeds  \\hich  aie  fieelv  produced 
in  cultivation  and  treated  like-those  of  erica,  also  by 
cuttings 

spiculifdlia,   Heichb    (Erica   ^piculifbha ,   Sahsb    R. 
spicultjlvxi,  Benth  )     Tufted  sin  lib,  5-8  in    high    Ivs. 
about  Jbin  long  fls  }  sin  long,  anthers  obtuse,  2-lobcd 
at  the  apex,  style  exscrted.   June,  July    B  M  8148. 
ALFRED  REEDER. 

BRUGMANSIA     Datura 

BRUNIJLLA  (probably  fiom  old  German  breune  or 
braunc,  quinsy,  which  it  was  thought  to  cure)  Often 
written  Prunella,  which  was  the  spelling  used  by  Lin- 
naeus Hnmdla  is  pre-Lmmran.  Labiatsc  Low-grow- 
ing hardy  herbaceous  perennials 

Flowers  usually  violet  or  purple,  produced  all  summer 
on  heads  an  inch  or  more  high  or  m  bracted  spikes; 
calyx  reticulate  about  10-nerved  and  2-hpped,  which 
distinguishes  it  fiom  the  closely  related  Physostegia,  in 
which  the  calyx  is  almost  regular 

They  aie  best  suited  for  the  rockery  and  slightly 
shaded  parts  of  the  border,  succeeding  in  almost  any 
soil  that  is  not  excessively  dry. 

vulgaris,  Linn  SKLF-HKAL  HEAL-ALL.  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  entire  or  toothed,  usually  pubescent:  corolla 
violet  or  purple,  rarely  white,  >fc-^4in.  long,  not  twice 
as  long  as  the  purplish  calyx  Amer  ,  Eu  ,  Asia. — One 
of  the  most  cosmopolitan  of  all  plants,  being  too  com- 
mon in  the  wild  to  be  cult  A  form  with  variegated 
Ivs.  is  raiely  found  wild  Heib  considered  astringent 
and  vulnerary.  Var.  laciniata,  Hort.,  not  Linn.  Lvs. 
much  cut  and  torn:  fls.  as  in  the  type. 

grandifldra,  Jacq  (R.  pyrendica,  Philhpe)  Lvs. 
often  toothed,  especially  at  the  base*  corolla  over  1  in. 
long,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Eu.  B  M. 
337. — Perhaps  the  best  of  the  garden  kinds.  Var.  alba, 
Hort.  Fls  pure  white. 


Webbiana,  Hort.  Lvs  shorter  than  in  R.  grandiflora, 
and  not  so  pointed:  fla.  very  freely  produced,  more  than 
twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  bright  purple.  June-Sept. 

N.  TAYLOK  t 

BRUNF^LSIA  (Otto  Brunfels,  physician  and  bot- 
anist of  the  sixteenth  century)  Franciscea  Solandcex, 
Trees  and  shrubs,  a  few  of  which  are  grown  m  warm 
glasshouses. 

Leaves  entire,  oblong,  often  shining*  fls  m  terminal 
cymes  or  clusters,  or  solitary,  large  and  showy,  some- 
times fragrant;  corolla  with  5  rounded  and  nearly 
equal  spreading  lobes  (or  2  of  them  a  little  more  united) , 
stamens  4,  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla,  the  anthers  all 
alike:  fr.  berry-like — Species  above  20,  in  Cent  and 
S  Amer  and  W.  Indies 

Brunfelsias  are  usually  winter-flowering  plants.  The 
wood  must  be  well  ripened  befojv  flowering  begins. 
Grow  m  a  rich  open  compost,  and  feed  liberally  when 
well  rooted  They  need  a  night  temperature  of  50*  They 
bloom  best  when  pot-bound  Propagated  by  cuttings 
from  the  new  giowth  in  spring,  or  from  pieces  of  the 
ripe  wood  in  autumn  inserted  in  very  sandy  soil  and 
peat  and  kept  close  and  shaded  until  rooted  The 
plants  are  of  easy  culture  when  the  simple  require- 
ments are  understood  Under  glass,  the  bloom  begins 
usually  in  October  and  November  They  arc  showy 
open-air  plants  in  Florida  and  southern  California 

A  Fls  violet  or  bluish,  sometimes  fading  to  white 
calycina,  Benth  (Franciscea  calyclna,  Hook  F. 
jxiuciflbra,  Benth  F  conferhflbra,  Mooie  Bedena 
inodbra,  Vellozi)  Habit  erect  or  spreading,  branching 
freely  from  the  base  upwards  Ivs  shortly  petiolate, 
numerous,  glabious  or  nearly  so,  3-4  m  long,  elliptic 
or  elliptic-ovate,  acute,  rich  dark  livid  green  above, 
pale  green  below  fls  rich  dark  purple  in  dense  terminal 
or  axillary  cymes,  pedicels  an  inch  long,  limb  s-alver- 
shaped,  with  slightly  wavy  margins,  calyx  %~l  m- 
long,  tubular,  light  green  Brazil  B  M  4583  — Ex- 
tremely variable  in  the  size  of  the  fls  and  Ivs  Some  of 
the  most  distinct  forms  have  been  described  as  species 
by  various  botanists  All  have  fls  of  some  bhade  of 
purple  and  are  here  included  as  varieties  The  follow- 
ing are  well-marked  forms  in  cult  . 

Var.  eximia  (Frantfxcea  cxinna,  Scheidw ).  A  fine 
tree-flowering  variety  intermediate  in  size  between  the 
type  and  var  macrantha  and  characterized  by  the  long 
slender  slightly  curved  and  hairy  calyx,  which  is  about 
\Y±  in  long,  fls  rich  purple  on  first-opening,  but  soon 
fading  to  almost  pure  white,  about  1  }*>  in  diam  ;  calyx 
rather  long  for  the  genus,  tube  extending  to  three- 
fourths  its  length  whole  plant  slightly  downy.  B  M. 
4790  F.S.  10  •  1037. 

Var.  floribtinda  (R  flonbtinda,  Hort.).  A  dwarf 
floriferous  shrub  of  free-branching  habit  and  glabrous 
m  all  parts.  Ivs  2-4  in.  long,  elliptic,  rich  dark  livid 
green  color,  glabious,  and  prominently  veined  on  the 
under  sides*  fls  rich  violet,  \vith  small  white  eye,  limb 
flat  or  nearly  so,  calyx  5^m  long,  elliptic  in  outline; 
pedicels  stout,  }  2m  long  —Largely  grown  by  European 
nurserymen  in  recent  years.  A  pretty  and  desirable 
form,  as  it  flowers  rather  early  m  the  year  without 
any  extra  heat. 

Var.  macrfintha  (R.  macrdntha,  Lem.  R.  grandi- 
flbra,  Don.  R  Lmdcmana,  Nichols ).  Fig  671  A 
magnificent  form  of  strong  and  vigorous  habit,  with 
rich  dark  green  Ivs  often  as  much  as  8  in  long  and  2J<£ 
in  broad,  glabrous  or  neaily  so  m  all  parts,  except  the 
upper  part  of  the  corolla-tube  fls  in  dense  axillary  or 
terminal  cymes  m  the  axils  of  all  the  upper  Ivs.,  rich 
deep  purple  in  color,  with  prominent  img  of  lavender- 
blue  color  surrounding  the  white  eye  at  the  mouth  of 
the  tube  calyx,  1  in  long,  bright  green,  corolla  2J^-3 
in  diam. — One  of  the  finest  and  most  floiiferous  shrubs 
for  a  warm  greenhouse  or  subtropical  country,  of 


582 


BRUNFELSIA 


BRUSSELS  SPROUTS 


extremely  easy  cult.,  and  readily  trained  into  fine 
specimens.  Readily  conforms  to  pot  culture.  Should 
be  kept  slightly  on  the  dry  side  during  the  winter,  but 
not  enough  to  cause  it  to  lobe  the  Ivs 

ramosissima,  Benth  Lvs.  oblong  to  nearly  lanceo- 
late, acuminate  or  obtuse,  glabrous  or  rarely  slightly 
hairy  above  and  hairy  or  villous  beneath,  fls  large, 
in  lax  cymes,  deep  violet-purple,  the  corolla-tube  twice 
longer  than  the  calyx  — One  of  the  best,  with  luxuriant 
foliage;  may  be  grown  cooler  in  winter  than  the  other 
species.  Probably  a  form  of  B  calycina. 

Hopeana,  Benth  (Franciscea  Hopeana,  Hook.  F. 
umflora,  Pohl)  A  slender  twiggy  free-branching  shrub: 
Ivs  lanceolate-oblong,  thin  in  texture,  rich  dark  green, 
paler  beneath'  fls.  small  but  freely  produced,  solitary 
or  m  pairs  all  along  the  leafy  growths;  limb  light  violet- 
blue  on  first  opening,  fading  to  almost  pure  white  with 
age,  tube  very  blender,  curved  upwards,  nearly  white, 
1  in.  long,  calyx  %in  long,  teeth  obtuse.  Brazil  W. 
Indies.  B.M.  2829  L  B  C  14 . 1332. 

latifdlia,  Benth.  (FraruAwea  lalifdha,  Hook  )  Habit 
dwarf  with  slender  spreading  branches  Ivs.  elliptic, 
2-4  in.  long,  acute  or  obtuse,  glabrous  above,  slightly 
pubescent  beneath'  fls.  in  terminal  clusters  or  short 
axillary,  few-fld  cymes,  corolla  1^  in  diam ,  pale 
violet,  with  white  center,  changing  in  a  day  or  so  to 
white,  sweetly  scented;  tube  1^  in  long,  slender, 
slightly  curved;  calyx  erect,  campanulate,  /^m.  long, 
teeth  acute.  Trop.  Amer.  B.M  3907. 

A  A   Fls.  white  or  yellow. 

americana,  Lmn  Habit  dwarf,  branches  slender: 
Ivs  glabrous  or  nearly  so;  lamina  elliptic-ovate,  acute; 
petiole  %-\  m  long,  stout  fls  solitary  and  axillary,  or 
in  terminal  few-fld  clusters,  pure  white  shading  with 
age  to  pure  yellow  and  sweetly  scented,  especially  at 
night,  petals  obtuse;  calyx  green,  campanulate  teeth 
spreading,  nearly  equaling  the  length  of  the  tube. 
Trop.  Amer  B.M.  393. — Of  very  easy  cult ,  and  thnv- 
mg  and  seeding  freely  under  the  conditions  of  an 
ordinary  greenhouse  In  Fla  ,  grows  4—6  ft  high,  the 
very  fragrant  fls  are  much  prized 

Var.  pubescens  (A  fdllax,  Hort.).  Resembles  the 
typo,  but  hairy  in  all  its  parts,  and  rather  more 
flonferous. 

undulata,  Swartz.  A  strong-growing  evergreen 
^hrub  or  small  tree,  reaching  to  20  ft  m  its  native 
habitat  and  flowering  freely  when  quite  small  Ivs 
ovate-lanceolate,  margins  slightly  wavy,  light  green  m 
color,  acute,  variable  m  size  up  to  7  m  long  and  2  m 
wide  when  vigorous,  apex  acute  or  obtuse,  petiole  M~/2 
in.  long  fls  on  the 
upper  parts  of  the 
sts  solitary  or  in 
pairs  in  the  axils 
of  most  of  the  ter- 
minal Ivs.  forming 
terminal  clusters; 
calyx  cyme  green 
K-Min  long,  cam- 
panulate ;  corolla 
white  changing  to 
creamv  white  with 
age;  lobes  broadly 
ovate  or  orbicular 
in  outline  and  with 
beautiful  wavy 
margins.  Jamaica. 
B.  M  8422  —A 
magnificent  free- 
flowering  species 
and  a  great  acquisi- 
tion to  any  garden. 

671    Brunfelsia  calycina  var.  Requires  sub tropi- 

macrantha.  ( X  M)  Cal  conditions. 


jamaic£nsis,  Griseb.  (B.  nltida  var.  jamaic£nsis. 
Hook  )  An  erect  shrub  or  small  tree,  sparsely  branched 
in  the  young  state:  sts.  woody,  with  the  Ivs  more  or 
less  tufted  at  the  ends  of  each  year's  growths  Ivs. 
elliptic  or  lanceolate,  up  to  7  in  long,  but  often  small 
and  borne  on  short  lateral  tufted  growths,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so,  petiole  very  shoit  fls  crowded  on  the  apex 
of  the  current  year's  growth,  solitary  (occasionally  m 
pairs)  and  axillary;  pedicels  M~/2in.  long,  slender, 
erect  or  spreading;  calyx  erect,  i^in  long,  campanulate 
teeth  spreading,  acute,  corolla  erect,  white,  changing 
with  age  to  primrose-yellow.  W.  Indies  B  M  4287  — 
A  very  fine  species  for  the  warmer  parts  of  the  S  ,  but  a 
somewhat  shy-flowering  plant  unless  the  giowth  is 
thoroughlv  well  ripened  up  There  is  a  general  resem- 
blance between  this  species  and  B  nitida  and  B  undu- 
lata and  it  is  possible  that  they  are  forms  of  one 
polymorphic  species.  L  II  B 

C    P    RAFFILL 

BRUNSD(5NNA.  A  cross  between  Brunsmqia  and 
Amaryllis  Belladonna  has  recently  been  given  the 
garden  name  Brun&donna  Sandeix  alba,  it  has  the 
umbel  resembling  typical  A  Belladonna,  and  one-bided 
rather  than  globulai  fls  white  See  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna var.  Parken,  which  is  a  similar  cross 

BRUNSVfGIA  (after  the  Duke  of  Brunswick) 
Amarylhdacese.  Tender  summer-  or  autumn-flowonng 
bulbs 

Umbels  of  large  numerous  brick-red  fls  ;  corolla 
funnelformed,  6-parted,  deciduous,  its  segrns  nearly 
equal,  recurved  at  the  tip  —  Species  9  S  Afr 

The  bulbs  must  be  thoioughlv  rested  from  the  time 
the  leaves  fade  until  the  scape  appears  Brunsvigias  are 
hard  to  flower  They  require  rich,  sandy  soil,  plenty  of 


heat   and   sunlight      When    growing,  give  water   and 
hrtuid  manure  freely     They  propagate  by  off 
fuller  instructions,  see  Amaryllis 


A  Lvs  t,trap-^haped 

Josephlnae,  Ker  Bulb  5-6  in  thick  Ivs  8-10, 
strap-shaped,  glaucous  or  greenish,  thick,  (  losely  ribbed, 
2-3  ft  long,  I1  j-2  in  broad  scape  1  in  thick,  \\%  ft 
long;  fls  20-30,  rarely  50-00,  in  an  umbel,  pedicels 
^-1  ft  long  caps  smaller  than  in  B  giguntta,  less 
conical  and  less  strongly  angled  B  M  2578  F  S 
4  322  —  Named  after  the  Empress  Josephine,  who 
purchased  the  original  bulb  after  it  flowered  at 
Malmaison. 

AA   L»v>   tongue-shaped. 

gigantda,  Heist.  (Amnnjttit  vigantcn,  Van  Marum. 
A  oriental,  Ecklon)  Bulb  veiy  large  Ivs  about  4, 
tongue-shaped,  closely  ribbed,  3-5  in  bioad,  usually 
under  1  ft  long  scape  red  or  green,  a  finger's  thickness, 
fls.  20-30  in  an  umbel,  paler  than  in  B  giqantea,  and  less 
numerous;  pedicels  stout,  strongly  ribbed,  4-6  in.  long. 
B.M  1619  (as  B  muUi  flora). 

B  falciita,  Kc  r=Ammoohans  falcata  —B  magnified,  Lind  FU 
20-25  in  a  cluster,  corolla  short,  the  scgms  white,  with  medium 
stripe  of  red  or  purplish  red  Ivs  1-2  ft  long,  3-3}  2  in  wide,  re- 
cumbent —  Thought  by  Baker  to  be  Crmum  Forbesianurn  or  near 

thatSP"ClC8  N     TAYLOK.f 

BRUSSELS  SPROUTS.  Fig  672  A  form  of  the 
cabbage  tube,  grown  for  the  globular  buds  or  "sprouts" 
produced  along  the  stout  upright  stem 

The  garden  varieties  of  brussels  spiouts  represent 
one  of  the  many  interesting  variations  that  have  taken 
place  m  the  cabbage  family.  This  plant,  while  in  its 
seedling  stage  and  during  its  early  life,  closely  resembles 
the  ordinary  cabbage,  but  later  in  its  development  the 
axillary  buds,  instead  of  remaining  dormant  as  is  the 
case  with  the  common  cabbage,  develop  into  miniature 
heads  similar  in  their  make-up  to  an  ordinary  head  of 
cabbage  but  very  small 

The  soil  to  which  the  sprout  is  adapted  is,  m  general, 
the  same  as  that  for  late  cabbage;  in  fact,  the  plant  ia 


BRUSSELS  SPROUTS 


BRYOPHYLLUM 


583 


always  grown  in  conditions  similar  to  those  chosen  for 
late  cauliflower  or  late  cabbage,  and  its  range  of  adapta- 
tion is  much  the  same  as  that  of  autumn  cabbage.  The 
fertilizing  of  the  crop  should  be  the  same,  in  general,  as 
for  autumn  cabbage.  The  plants  should  be  set  so  as  to 
allow  them  sufficient  room  for  full  development,  pref- 
erably in  check- 
rows 30  to  36  inches 
apart  each  way. 
Young  seedlings 
should  be  ready 
for  planting  in  the 
latitude  of  New 
Yoik  from  June  20 
to  July  10  The 
cultivation  of  the  crop,  up  to 
the  time  the  sprouts  begin  to 
develop,  is  practically  the 
same  as  that  tor  cabbage. 

The  enemies  and  diseases 
to  which  brussels  sprouts  is 
subject  are  the  same  as  those 
of    the    fall    crops    of    other 
cabbage-like  plants.     Aphis, 
green- worm,    the    harlequin-      "SE"*1?^,^*'  *«'. 
bug    and    the    cutworm    are    672   Brussels  Sprouts, 
probably    the    most    annoy- 
ing of  the  insect  pests,  while  the   rots,  damping-off 
fungus  and  the  mildew  are  more  or  less  troublesome 

Before  the  sprouts  are  ready  for  harvest,  the  lower 
leaves  of  the  plants  are  broken  away  in  order  to  facili- 
tate the  cutting  of  the  miniature  heads  or  sprouts,  this 
is  done  by  means  of  a  sharp  short-bladod  knife,  used  to 
separate  them  from  the  stalk  of  the  plant  In  sections 
in  which  the  plant  can  remain  in  the  open  during  the 
winter,  two  or  three  cuttings  are  made  The  first 
sprouts  develop  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves  nearest  the 
ground,  and  as  the  stalk  of  the  plant  elongates  and  more 
leaves  are  added,  a  succession  of  sprouts  develop  The 
first  cutting  is  confined,  therefore,  to  the  older  and 
more  fullv  developed  sprouts  When  the  miniature 
heads  have  attained  the  size  of  ^2  to  1  inch  in  diameter, 
the  cutting  begins  and  is  repeated  at  intervals  depend- 
ing upon  the  development  of  the  sprouts  In  regions 
in  which  it  is  not  safe  to  allow  the  plants  to  remain  in 
the  open  during  the  winter,  a  small  supply  for  home  use 
or  for  local  market  may  be  stored  in  a  vegetable-cellar 
01  storage-pit,  the  plants  being  lifted  with  earth  adhei- 
ing  to  the  roots  and  planted  in  sand  that  is  kept  some- 
what moist  during  the  storage  period  Under  these 
conditions,  the  sprouts  will  remain  in  good  condition 
for  several  weeks  and  successive  harvests  can  be  made 
the  same  as  when  the  plants  are  standing  in  the  open 

The  hand  labor  involved  m  gathenng  the  sprouts  and 
preparing  them  for  market  is  the  chief  deterrent  to  the 
extensive  cultivation  of  this  crop  It  is  only  in  regions 
in  which  rnild  winter  conditions  prevail  raid  m  which 
labor  is  available  to  harvest  and  assort  the  sprouts 
that  the  industry  thrives  on  a  commercial  scale  After 
the  spiouts  have  been  cut  and  placed  in  suitable  recep- 
tacles, Ihev  are  earned  to  a  packing-house  where  each 
head  is  tinnmed  by  removing  the  outer  leaves  The 
tiimmed  heads  aie  then  placed  in  berrv  boxes  holding 
one  quart,,  those  for  the  top  laver  being  selected  for 
uniformity  in  si/e  and  ai  ranged  so  as  to  give  a  finished 
appearance  to  the  receptacle 

Several  varieties  of  brussels  spiouts  aie  ofTeied  by 
the  trade,  but  there  is  only  one  general  type,  the  chief 
difference  being,  in  the  length  ot  the  stalk  of  the  plant 
itself  and  the  manner  in  which  the  sprouts  aie  distribu- 
ted along  the  sin  Ik  This  plant,  although  a  popular 
vegetable  in  England  and  on  the  Continent,  is  sparingly 
cultivated  in  the  United  States,  a  few  centers  only  giv- 
ing attention  to  it  as  a  commercial  crop.  Fails  of  Long 
Island,  in  New  York,  are  well  known  for  brussels 
sprouts  production  i  c  COKKKIT. 


BRYANTHUS  (Greek,  bryon,  moss,  and  anthos, 
flower  growing  among  mosses)  Ericaceae.  Heath-like 
low  shrub  with  pretty  pink  flowers,  suitable  for  rock- 
eries, but  not  yet  in  cultivation 

Leaves  evergieen,  linear,  remotely  denticulate'  calyx 
4-parted;  corolla  rotate,  4-partcd;  stamens  8  caps, 
subglobose,  4-valved  — One  species  on  Kamtchatka  and 
Behnngs  Isls.  The  genus  Phyllodoce  has  been  referred 
by  several  botanists  to  Bryanthus,  but  it  differs  con- 
siderably in  its  urceolate  or  campanulate  5-lobed 
corolla,  10  stamens,  5-valved  caps,  and  solitary  01 
umbellate  fls 

This  prostrate  evergreen  shrub  has  small  needle- 
shaped  leaves  and  small  rosy  pink  flowers  m  peduncled, 
slender,  3-10-flowered  racemes.  Bryanthus  will  proba- 
bly require  the  same  treatment  as  Chiogenes,  Loisel- 
euna  and  Phyllodoce  The  only  species  is  B.  Gmelinii, 
Don.  For  illustration,  see  Pallas,  Fl.  Ross.  2.74  (as 
Andromeda  Bryanthus} . 

R  Brisweri,  Gray=Phyllodoce  Brewcn  — B  empetnfdrmra,  Gray 
•=»Phyllodoceeinpotnformi3 — B  ercc/u«,Lindl  =Phyllodoce  erects 
— B  ylandultfltru",  Gray= Phyllodoce  glandulittorus  — B  taxi- 
fdhus,  Graj  -Phyllodoce  taxifoha  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BRYONIA  (Greek,  to  sprout,  referring  to  the  annual 
growth  from  the  tuber).  Cucurbitdcesp  Herbaceous 
perennial  climbers. 

A  genus  of  12  species  of  perennial  cucurbits,  native 
of  Eu  and  W  Asia  They  are  herbaceous  from  a  tuber- 
ous root,  with  stammate  fls  in  racemes,  while  Bryon- 
opsis  is  an  annual  plant,  with  the  stammate  fls  in 
fascicles  All  species  of  Bryonia  are  dioecious  except 
B  alba  Bryonopsis  is  monoecious  See  Cogmaux,  m 
DC  Mon.  Phan  2.469 

A.  Fls.  dioecious,  stigmas  rough  fr.  red. 
didica,  Jacq.  BRYONY  Height  6-12  ft  •  root  long, 
fleshy,  branching,  white,  a  finger's  thickness  Ivs  ovate 
or  roundish  in  outline,  5-lobod,  margin  wavy-toothed, 
rough  with  callous  points,  paler  beneath1  pistillate  fls 
greenish  white,  corymbose,  short-pedunclcd  — Common 
in  England  and  in  Cent  and  S  Eu  ,  rarer  m  W  Asia 
and  N  Afr  Not  usually  sold  in  Amer  ,  but  a  common 
plant  along  English  highways  and  cult  in  American 
botanic  gardens  It  grows  rapidly  over  hedges  and 
fences  Root  of  this  and  of  B  alba  are  employee!  pnn^i- 
pally  as  a  hydragogue-cathartic  The  fresh,  bruised 
root  applied  to  the  skin  causes  vesication. 

AA  Fls  monoecious,  stigmas  smooth:  fr.  black. 

alba,  Linn.  Height  6-12  ft. .  roots  thick,  tuberculate, 
yellowish  outside,  white  within*  Ivs.  long-petioled 
pistillate  fls  in  long-peduncled  racemose  corymbs  Eu  , 
Caucasus,  Persia 

B  lacim&sa,  Linn  =Bryonopais  laciniosa 

WILUELM  MILLER. 

BRYON6PSIS  (Greek,  Bryony-hke).  Cucurbitdcex. 
A  genus  of  two  species  of  annual  climbers.  Consult 
Bryonia  for  generic  differences. 

lacinidsa,  Naudm  (Brydnia  lacimdsa,  Linn.)  Lvs. 
deeply  5-lobed,  rough,  light  green  above,  paler  beneath; 
scgms.  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate:  fls.  mo- 
noecious, fascicled  or  solitary,  yellow:  fr.  about  the  size 
of  a  cherry,  spherical,  green,  with  pretty  white  markings 
Asia,  Afr  ,  Austral  F  S.  12  •  1202.  Var  erythrocarpa, 
Naudm  (B  erythrocdrpa,  Naudm)  Has  red  fr.  with 
white  marks  I  H.  12:431.  F.S.  21  2237  Gn  6,  p 
193. — A  vvarmhouse  plant,  rarely  grown  in  pots  and 
tnuned  to  rafters  Prop,  by  seeds. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

BRYOPHYLLUM  (Greek,  sprouting  leaf).  Cras- 
sulctce<f  A  small  genus  of  succulent  plants  in  the  same 
order  with  stonecrops,  hen-and-chickens,  cotyledon 
and  echevena,  grown  to  some  extent  as  flowering 
plants  but  more  especially  as  a  foliage  novelty. 

Root-system  hbrous  and  veiy  abundant,  sts.  upright, 


584 


BRYOPHYLLUM 


simple  or  sometimes  branching  toward  the  base,  of  a 
thick  soft  tissue  over  a  woody  cylindrical  core.  Ivs. 
opposite,  petioled,  simple  or  pmnately  compound,  suc- 
culent mfl  cymose  or  paniculate,  fls  nodding;  sepals 
4,  united  mto  an  inflated  calyx  which  mclosas  the 
lower  half  or  more  of  the  corolla,  coiolla  cylindrical, 
ending  in  4  petal  tips,  stamens  8,  ovaries  4,  separate 
ar  more  or  less  united  below. 

The  members  of  this  genus  may  readily  be  dis- 
tinguished from  related  genera  by  the  "sprouting" 
habit  of  their  leaves  as  indicated  bv  the  generic  name. 
If  a  leaf  is  removed  from  a  plant  and  placed  in  a  warm 
moist  place,  young  plants  will  very  soon  appear  in  the 
notches  around  its  border  This  ib  the  simplest  method 
of  propagation  and  is  usually  accomplished  by  placing 
the  leaf  flat  on  the  wet  sana  of  a  growing-bench,  in  a 
warm,  sunny  exposure  Tiny  buds  will  soon  appear 
in  the  notches  and  these  are  followed  by  numerous  fine 
roots  See  Fig  673.  \\hon  the  small  plants  have 
attained  a  size  sufficiently  large  to  be  handled,  they  may 
be  removed  from  the  parent  leaf  and  potted  This 
method  may  be  employed  in  growing-houses  at  any 
season.  Plants  are  also  readily  produced  from  stem- 
cuttings  rooted  in  sand,  or  trom  seed.  Seeds  retain 
their  vitality  more  than  a  year  when  kept  dry.  The 
best  plants  are  to  be  grown  by  ussing  rather  rich  loose, 
well-drained  soil,  with  plenty  of  lignt,  heat  and  mois- 
ture. However,  they  are  very  tenacious  of  life  and  will 
survive  with  a  minimum  of  water  and  a  low,  but  not 
freezing,  temperature.  They  grow  luxuriantly  out-of- 
doors  during  the  summer  months  but  must  be  housed 
during  the  frost  period.  Useful  in  various  botanical 
demonstrations. 

pinnatum,  Kurz  (B  calydnum,  Sahsb  ).  Figs.  673-4. 
Height  2-4  ft  Ivs  opposite,  fleshy,  becoming  leathery 
with  age,  earlier  ones  simple,  ovate,  with  cordate  or 
rounded  base,  later  ones  pinnate  and  then  of  3-5  short- 
stalked  Ifts  ,  the  rachis  and  petiole  with  a  narrow  groove 
on  the  upper  side,  margin  crenatoly  doubly-serrate,  light 
green  becoming  purplish  along  the  veins  toward  matu- 
rity, maigin  purple  as  are  also  the  petioles  and  young 
et  -growths,  fls  pendulous,  in  terminal  panicles;  calyx 
much  inflated,  purplish  green  with  lighter  dots,  1  ^  in 
long;  corolla  greenish  white  with  purple-tinted,  spread- 
ing acute  tips  Tropics  of  both  hemispheres  B  M. 
1409.  L.B  C.  9  877.  6  C  III  41 :422.  J  H  III  46  205. 


673   Sprouting  leaf  of  Bryophyllum. 

R.B  24.125     RH.  1900,  p.  362     V.  3.117;  4:113; 
7.340. — Said  to  be  used  m  India  as  a  diuretic. 

crenatum,  Baker  I  A  ss  robust  in  habit  of  growth  than 
the  preceding:  height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  very  fleshy,  simple, 
1-3  m  long,  becoming  smaller  upward  on  the  st ,  ovate 
with  rounded  or  cordate  base,  in  the  latter  case  strongly 
crested  aunculate,  margin  coarsely  crenate  to  dentate, 
bright  green  with  purplish  pink  margin  and  strongly 
bluish  glaucous  when  young  as  are  also  the  petioles  and 


BUDDING 

sts.;  petioles  not  grooved  on  the  upper  side*  fls.  nodding, 
in  terminal,  open,  corymbose  cymes,  calyx  membra- 
naceous,  inflated,  %m  long,  pink,  corolla  %m  long, 
ending  in  4  rounded  segms  ,  red.  Madagascar.  B.M. 
7856.  GC  III.  33.59,  41:419. 
GW.  10,  p  396;  6,  p.  495.  R  H. 
1900,  pp  175,  176,  362. 

B  prollferum,  Bowie     Occasionally  I 
mot    with,  is    much    more    robust    in 
growth,  reaching    12  ft    in  height*  st 
4-anKled     m    new    growth,    becoming   | 
cylindrical  later    Ivs  pmnatifid  to  pin- 
nate, the  base  of  the  pinnse  very  much 
thickened,  blade  much  contorted  and 
margin  finely  crenate,  rachis  and  petiole 

§rommently  grooved  on  the  upper  side 
\fr     B  M  5147     F  S    23  2446.— Of 
little  value  more  than  a  novelty. 

C.  H.  THOMPSON. 

BUCKEYE.   JSsculus 

BUCKLE? A  (after  S  B  Buck- 
ley, American  botanist,  died  m  $74 
1884  at  Austin,  Texas)     Santa-      Flowers  of  Bryophyllum 
laces'.    Shrubs  rarely  introduced          pinnatum.  (XJz) 
in  botanical  collections,  without 

particular  ornamental  qualities,  but  interesting  as  one 
of  the  few  parasitic  shrubs  successfully  introduced  into 
cultivation. 

Leaves  opposite,  sessile,  entire:  fls.  dioecious,  apeta- 
lous;  stammate  in  umbels,  with  4  short  ovate  sepals 
and  4  short  stamens;  pistillate  solitary,  terminal,  with  4 
short  deciduous  sepals  and  below  with  4  elongated 
linear-lanceolate  persistent  bracts,  calyx-tube  clavate, 
style  short  with  2-4-parted  stigma;  ovules  3-4  fr  a 
furrowed  drupe  — Three  species  m  China  and  Japan 
and  2  in  N.  Amer 

Only  the  American  species,  B.  distichophylla,  Torr , 
i§  in  cult  A  slender-branched  upright  shrub,  to  12  ft 
Ivs  2-ranked,  ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate,  1-2^2  In  long, 
acuminate,  ciliate  fls  small,  greenish*  fr  an  ovoid  or 
oblong-ovoid  yellowish  green  drupe,  about  1  in  long, 
crowned  by  the  4  persistent  bracts  N  C  and  Tenn 
GF  3*237 — Parasitic  on  the  roots  of  Tsuga  Has 
proved  perfectly  hardy  in  Mass  there  is  a  plant  about 
70  years  old  in  the  botanic  garden  at  Cambridge  It 
has  also  been  successfully  cult,  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
and  in  a  few  European  botanic  gardens  Prop  by  seeds , 
best  sown  with  a  potted  Tsuga  in  the 
greenhouse  and  planted  out  with  its  host 
when  the  young  plants  are  strong  enough, 
preferably  within  the  reach  of  the  roots  of 
a  large  Tsuga,  in  order  that  the  original 
host  may  be  removed  later  when  it  crowds 
the  young  buckleya  too  much. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

BUCKTHORN  :     Rhamnus,     particularly     ff. 
catharttcus,  also  Bumeha 

,  BUCKWHEAT  (Fagopyrum  escultntum, 
\  Moench)  Polygonacese  A  tender  annual 
grain  plant,  flour  being  made  of  the  large 
3-cornered  fr.  It  is  much  grown  in  the  N. 
U.  S.,  usually  being  sown  about  the  first  of 
July.  It  is  also  a  favorite  for  bee  forage 
Buckwheat  is  native  to  Cent  Siberia  and 
Manchuna,  and  is  now  widely  cult , 
although  it  is  a  gram  of  secondary  im- 
portance. The  Tartarian  buckwheat  (F. 
tatdncum,  Gaertn  )  is  occasionally  seen  It  has  smaller 
and  yellowish  fls  ,  and  a  smaller  rough ish,  wavy- 
angled  fr.  This  species  is  often  confounded  with 
forms  of  F  esculentum,  from  which  it  is  really  eaoily 
distinguished  Buckwheat  is  a  good  cleaning  crop  for 
weedy  and  hard  lands.  For  general  discussion  of 
buckwheat,  consult  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agnc..  Vol.  II.  See 
Fagopyrum 

BUDDING:    (Sraftage 


BUDDLEIA 

BUDDL&A  (after  Adam  Buddie,  an  English  bota- 
nist) Syn  ,  Buddlea  Loganidcex  Ornamental  shrubs 
or  trees,  chiefly  grown  for  their  handsome  flowers  pro- 
fusely produced  in  showy  panicles  or  globular  heads 

Woody  plants  or  rarely  herbs,  more  or  less  covered 
with  a  stellate,  glandular  or  scaly  pubescence'  Ivs 
opposite,  short-petioled,  entire  overrate,  fls  in  racemes, 
panicles  or  clusters,  corolla  tubular  or  carnpanulate, 
4-lobed:  stamens  included,  4:  fr.  a  2-celled  caps,  with 
numerous  minute  seeds  — About  70  species  in  tropical 
and  temperate  regions  of  Amer ,  Asia  and  S  Afr  ,  of 
which  only  a  small  number  of  hardier  s-peeies  is  cult 

The  buddleias  are  deciduous  or  sometimes  half- 
evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  with  usually  quadrangular 
branches,  narrow  rather  large  leaves  and  small  lilac, 
violet,  white  or  yellow  flowers  in  showy  panicles  or 
clusters  None  of  the  species  is  hardy  North,  but  some, 
as  B.  japonica,  B  Davuhi,  H  Lindleyana  and  B  inter- 
media will  live  through  the  winter,  if  protected  with  dry 
leaves  around  the  base,  even  if  the  stems  arc  killed 
nearly  to  the  ground,  they  will  freely  push  toith  young 
shoots  in  spring,  which  usually  flower  the  same  year 
The  handsomest  in  flower  are  It  Colvillei,  B.  Davidn, 
B  annticn,B  qlobo*,a  and  B  offinntdi^ 

They  grow  best  in  a  rich,  well-drained  soil,  in  a  sunny 
position,  they  are  rather  coarse  plants  and  need  much 
space  Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring  in  gentle  bottom  heat,  by  greenwood  cuttings, 
under  glass,  or  by  hardwood  cuttings  taken  off 
in  fall  and  kept  during  the  winter  in  a  frost- 
proof room 

INDEX. 


BUDDLEIA 


585 


asiatna,  7 
capitals,  9 
Culvillti,  10 
curnflora,  1 
Davidn,  4 
glubosa,  <) 
heterophylln,  X 
insigrm,  2 


intermedia,  2 
mponira,  1 
LimJIoyana,  3 

mad  iRasranensis 
mignihoa,  4 
inrmda,  7 
nivt-a    b 


oPirmalis,  5 
sahnfoha,  3 
smuato-dcntala,  3 
mipcrba,  1 

Veitchiana,  4 
WiNonn,  4 
yunnanenmi,  G. 


A.  Corolla  btnall,  with  long,  narrow  tube, 

\  ?-A,±in    long 

h   Fl*>   in  panicle*. 

c  Color  violet  or  lilac 

D    /4>.s    qlubjoutt  or  only   slightly   grayish 
tu/nt  nto^e   benfdtli     stamens   inserted 
bdow  the  middle  of  the  tube 
I    japdnica, Hemsl  (B  <urviflora,  Andie, 
not  Hook    A:  Am  )     Three  to  6  ft ,  with 
^pleading  quadrangular,  winged  branches 
Ivs   ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  remotely 
denticulate   or   coarsely    dentate,  slightly 
tomentose  or  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  3—6 
in   long   fls  in  dense,  terminal,  pendulous 
racemes,    4-8    in     long,   corolla   slightly 
curved,  lilac  with  gravi^h  tomentum  out- 
side   Japan     III   17 '25.    RH    1870,  p. 
337;  1878,  p  330 

2.  intermedia,    Carr.     (B    japdnica  x 
B   Lindlcydna)     Hybiid  of  garden  origin, 
similar  in  habit  to  B  japomca     !AS  ovate- 
oblong,  dark  green  above,  4-5  in  long  fls. 

violet,  in  slendei,  arching  01  pendulous  racemes,  10-20 
in.  long  RH  1873.151  Var  msigms,  Rehd  (B  ?/<- 
sigms,  Carr  ),  ha«  the  upright  habit  of  B  Lindleyana 
Branches  distinctly  winged:  Ivs.  oblong -lanceolate, 
often  in  3's  racemes  erect,  rather  dense,  4-6  in  long, 
usually  pamclcd  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  with  rosy 
violet  fls  1111.1878:330 

3.  Lindleyana,  Fort  (B  sahcifdha,  Hort ,  not  Jacq  ) 
Three  to  6  ft     Ivs  ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, remotely  denticulate,  pale  green  beneath,  and 
slightlv  pubescent  or  glabrous,  2-4  in    long    racemes 
dense,  erect,  3-5  in  long;  corolla  purplish  violet ,  slight  h 
curved,    pubescent    outside     China      B  R  32  4  F  S 


2:112.    P.M.  14.5.    RH  1846.201.  Var  simiato-den- 
tata,  Hemsl    Lva.  smuately-dentate.   China 

DD.  Lvs.  densely  white  or  yellowish  tomentose  beneath: 
stamens  inserted  slightly  above  the  middle. 

E   Toinentum  close. 

4.  Davidii,  Franch  (B  varuibilis,  Hemsl ).  Fig.  675. 
Three  to  8  ft  •  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  ovate- lanceolate 
or  lanceolate,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  whitish- 
tornentose  beneath,  4-10  in  long  fls  in  dense,  terminal, 
erect  or  nodding  panicles,  4-6  in  long  or  in  some  varie- 
ties longer,  corolla  lilac,  with  orange-yellow  mouth, 
glabrous  outside  Aug  ,  Sept  China  B  M.  7609  R  H. 
1898  132,  1902,  p  383  GC  ill.  24  139.  Gn  55428; 
64,  p  153.  M  D  G  1908  136  —A  very  handsome  spe- 
cies with  showy  and  fragrant  fls  appearing  in  great  pro- 
fusion in  late  summer,  several  vanel  ics  differing  from  the 
type  which  has  rather  lax  panicles  of  b'ac-purple  fls  with 
an  orange  eye  not  very  marked,  by  larger  and  denser 
panicles  and  brighter  color  Var  Veitchiana,  Rchd.  (B 
varidbilis  var  Veitchiana,  Hort  )  More  robust,  erect  at 
first,  later  gracefully  arching,  with  denser  and  larger 
clusters  of  bright  mauve-colored  fls  with  a  bright  orange 
eve,  begins  to  bloom  early  in  Aug  J  H  S  27  182  J  H. 
Ill  45  381.  G  M  51  45  G  W  16,  p  538  Var  mag- 
nifica,  Rehd.  <fe  Wilson  (B  vandbihs  var  magnifica, 
Wilson)  Similar  to  the  preceding  has  larger  deep 
rose-purple  fls.  with  deep  oiange  eye  and  the  margin 
of  the  petals  reflexed,  panicles  very  dense,  begins 
to  bloom  about  the  middle  of  Aug  Gn  68,  p 
161;  69288  RB  33281  FSR  3,  p  339 
G  M  52668  Var  superba,  Rehd  <t  Wilson  (B. 
varidbihs  var  superba,  DeCorte)  Color  of  fls 
like  the  preceding  varietv  but  petaLs  not  reflexed 
at  the  margin  and  panicles  larger  R  B  35  12 
Var.  Wilsonii,  Rehd  «fe  Wilson  (B  varuibilis  var 
Wilsonn,  Hort)  Tall  and  arching,  with  longer 
and  narrower  Ivs  panicles  drooping  rather  loose, 
sometimes  attaining  30  in.  length,  corolla  smaller, 
bright  rose-lilac  with  bright  orange  eye, 
corolla-lobes  half  upright  and  reflexed  at 
the  margin  in  full  bloom  through  Sept  , 
the  latest  of  all  There  are  also  other 
named  varieties 

5.  officinalis,  Maxim  Shrub,  to  8  ft 
branchlets  nearly  terete,  grayish  tomen- 
tose" Ivs  oblong  to  linear-lanceolate,  2-6 
in  long,  entire  or  serrulate,  grayish  pubes- 
cent above,  whitish  01  fulvous  tomentose 
beneath  fls  lilac  with  orange  eye,  fra- 
grant, in  terminal  panicles  usually  4-6  in 
long,  consisting  of  short-peduncled  dense 
clusters,  corolla  over  }^in  long  with  a 
slender  tube  pubescent  outside  and  v\ithm 
and  tvs  ice  as  long  as  the  oval  obtuse  lobes 
W.China.  B  M  8401  GC  III  49-200 
— Tender;  flowers  during  the  winter  in  the 
greenhouse  like  B  at>ialica  Page  3566. 

BE.  Tomentum  fluffy,  white  or  yellowish: 
stamens  inserted  just  below  the  mouth. 
6   mvea,    Duthie      Shrub,    to    8    ft  ' 

biauchlets,  the  under  side  of  the  Ivs  and 
infl  densely  covered  with  a  pure  white  woolly  tomen- 
tum  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  4-9  in  long,  acuminate, 
coarsely  serrate,  glabrous  above  fls  lilac  or  purple, 
small,  in  long  terminal  panicles;  corolla  with  the  tube 
tomentose  outside,  glabrous  within  except  at  the 
mouth  Aug.,  Sept  W.  China.  G  C.  III.  38.275  — 
Very  distinct  on  account  of  its  white  fluffy  tomen- 
tum,  but  fls  less  showy  than  in  most  other  species, 
nearly  embedded  in  the  fluffy  tomentum  of  the  infl. 
Tender.  Var  yunnanensis,  Rehd.  &  Wilson  (B.  macros- 
tachya  var  yunnanen&is,  Don)  Tomentum  less  fluffy, 
yellowish.  Ivs  pubescent  above  fls  larger;  panicles 
usually  sohtar}.  W.China 


(WO 


586 


BUDDLEIA 


BUDS 


cc.  Color  white:  stamena  inserted  just  above  the  middle  of 
the  corolla. 

7.  asiatica,  Lour    (13    nefmda,  Roxbg.)     Shrub  or 
small  tree,  branehlets  terete  with  white  or  buff-colored 
tomentum  when  young    Ivs.  lanceolate,  4-8  in    long, 
acuminate,  entire  or  serrulate,  glabrous  above,  white 
or  buff  tomentose  beneath:  fls  white,  very  fragrant,  in 
slender  drooping  panicles,  3-6  in.   'ong  and  usually 
several  at  the  end  of  the  branohlets;  corolla  with  the 
tube  villous  outside  and  spreading  suborbicular  erose 
lobes  or  m  a  less  desirable  form  with  ovate,  erect  and 
entire  lobes     Jan  ,  Fob     China,  India,  Java     B  M. 
6323    G  C  III  39  106     Gn  69,  p.  89,  76,  p  80    J.H. 
Ill  52  180    G  W  10,  p  502  —A  very  desirable  green- 
house shrub  on  account  of  its  slender  spikes  of  deli- 
ciously  fragrant  white  fls  in  winter.   If  prop   early  in 
spring,  transplanted  several  times  or  planted  out  dur- 
ing the  summer,  the  plants  will  be  of  sufficient  size  m 
autumn  to  flower  the  following  winter. 

ccc.  Color  yellow. 

8.  madagascariensis,  Lam.  (B.  heterophtftta,  Lindl.). 
Straggling  shrub,   6-20  ft ,   with   densely   tomentose 
branehlets •    Ivs     ovate-oblong,    rounded    or    slightly 
cordate  at  the  base,  acuminate,  entire,  dark  green  and 
lustrous  above,  whitish  or  yellowish  tomentose  beneath: 
fls   tomentose  outside,  in  large  terminal  panicles,  ap- 
pearing during  the  winter    Madagascar.  B  R.  15 : 1259. 
B.M.  2824  — Hardy  only  in  subtropical  regions.   Some- 
times cult,  in  Calif,  and  used  as  a  half-climbing  plant 
to  cover  unsightly  objects. 

BB.  Fls  in  globular  heads. 

9.  glob&sa,  Lam   (B  capitata,  Jacq.).  Three  to  10  ft. 
with  the  branches  and  Ivs.  beneath  yellowish  tomen- 
tose: Ivs.  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenate, 
rugose  above,  3-7  in.  long-  fls.  orange-yellow,  in  dense, 
long-peduncled,    axillary   heads   at  the   ends   of   the 
branches,  fragrant    Chile.    B  M.  174.    Gn.  33,  p.  369. 
G    28  505     G  M    53  979.    F  S  R   3  335  (habit)  —A 
graceful  and  very  distinct  shrub,  standing  some  degrees 
of  frost. 

AA.  Corotta  with  broad  cylindrical  tube,  limb  over  1 
in.  broad. 

10  C61villei,  Hook  &  Thorns  Shrub,  occasionally 
tree,  to  30  ft  .  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceolate  01  lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, pubescent,  and  pale  or  gi  ayish  green  beneath,  5-7 
in  long  panicles  broad,  pendulous,  12-18  in  long; 
corolla  purple  or  crimson,  with  white  mouth  B  M. 
7449.  RH  1893-520.  I.H.  41:10  FS  14  1487.  J  H. 
III.  31  85  — The  rnobt  beautiful  of  all  buddleias,  and  a 
very  desirable  shrub  for  warmer  temperate  regions; 
only  older  plants  flower  freely. 

B  albi/ldra,  Hemsl  (B  Hemsleyana,  Kochne)  Allied  to  B 
vanabihs  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  30  ft  Ivs  lanceolate,  5-9  m. 
long,  glabrous  above,  white  or  yellowish  tomentose  beneath  fls. 
small,  lilac,  in  elongated  spikes,  sometimes  to  20  m  long  W  China. 
G  27  501  —Less  handsome  than  B  varmbihs  fls  not  white,  as  the 
name  implies,  given  under  the  impression  that  the  fls  were  white. 
— B.  omcricdno,  Lmn  Shrub,  8-12  ft  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-lanceo- 
late, ouneate  at  the  base,  glabrous  above,  yellowish  tomentose  be- 


neath, 4-10  in  :  fls  m  terminal  densely  tomentose  panicles  consist, 
ing  of  sessile  subglobose  clusters  ilex  to  Peru  — B  auncul&ta, 
Benth.  Straggling  shrub  petioles  auriculate,  Ivs  oblong-lanceo- 


late, entire  or  denticulate,  grayish  white  tomentose  below,  1J4-3 
in  long  fls  cream-colored,  fragrant,  tomontoso  outside,  m  termi- 
nal compact  panicles,  stamens  above  the  middle  S  Afr  G  C. 
II.  16  633,  III  6  529  IT  1  20  Tender  —  B  brasiMnsia,  Jacq  f. 
Upright  shrub  sts  quadrangular  Ivs  ovate  to  oblong-deltoid, 
crenate-serrate,  white-tomentose  below,  4-8  in  long,  decurrent 
into  the  winged  aunculato  petiole  fls  oruxze-yellow,  pubescent 
outside,  m  axillary  clusters,  forming  terminal  narrow  panicles; 
stamens  just  below  the  mouth  Mex  to  Brazil  B  M  2713  Ten- 
der.— B  columbue,  Andre  Upright  shrub,  similar  to  B  Lindley- 
ana  Lvs  narrow  -  lanceolate,  entire,  4-R  in  long,  glabrous  fls. 
white  in  terminal  slender  panicles,  corolla  with  spnading  lobea 
ulightly  shorter  than  the  coiolla-tube  Spring  Of  unknown  origin 
RH  1901,  p  37  Tender—  B  crl <<pa,  Benth  =B  pamculata — B. 
Hemsleydna,  Koehne=H  albiflora — B  pamculdta,  Wall.  (B 
cnspa,  Benth  ).  6-15  ft  fls.  lilac,  in  rather  dense  panicles  branches 
and  Ivs  tomentose  B  M  4793  F  S.  9  958  —  B  pulrhflla,  N  E. 
Br  Shrub,  2  ft  .  branuhlets  terete,  tomentose  Ivs  hastate,  irreg- 


ularly lobed,  or  rhomboid  to  lanceolate,  1-2  in  long,  pubescent: 
fls  white  with  orange  eye,  fragrant,  m  terminal  panicles,  2-2  >i  m. 
long,  corolla  with  slender  tube,  pubescent  outside  S  Afr  (?) — B. 
sahcifdlia,  Jacq  =Clnlianthus  arboreus  — B  saligna,  Willd  =Chil- 
lauthus  arboreus  — B  stfnostdchya,  llehd  &  Wilson  Allied  to  B. 
mvea  Less  fluffy  IVH  oblong-lanceolate  panicles  usually  3,  long 
and  slender:  (Is  larger,  anthers  inserted  above  the  middle  of  the 
tube  W.  China.  ALFRED  IlEHDER. 

BUDS.  A  bud  is  an  incipient  shoot  or  short  growth- 
axis  concealed  by  the  closely  investing  leaves,  or  leaf- 
parts,  that  it  bears.  The  foliage-shoots  and  flower- 
shoots  of  all  seed  plants  arise  from  buds.  The  leaves 
converge  over  the  true  stem-apex  or  growing-point. 
The  essential  thing  is  that  this  growing-point  con- 
tinues the  terminal  growth  and 
gives  rise  laterally,  behind  the  point, 
to  new  leaves,  in  the  axils  of  which 
buds  may  be  formed  ultimately.  In 
the  plumule  of  the  seed  the  first 
bud  activity  is  manifest,  and  thence- 
forth a  bud  marks  every  growing 
stern-apex 

Normally  the  leaves  arise  back  of 
the  stem-apex,  first  as  small  pro- 
tuberances, which  soon  flatten  later- 
ally. They  grow  faster  than  the 
stoir-apex,  and  by  moie  rapid 
growth  on  the  under  surface  they 
bend  over,  forming  for  the  time  a 
part  of  the  bud  or  bud-cluster  of 
leaves  which  effectively  protects  the 
delicate  tip  In  many  herbaceous 
plants  the  shoot  elongates  through- 
out the  growing  period,  so  that 
each  leaf  or  whorl  of  leaves  in  turn 
has  a  more  or  less  equal  work  as  a  part  of  the  bud 
As  the  apex  elongates  arid  each  leaf  develops,  greater 
-growth  on  the  inner  (upper)  surface  effects  its  com- 
plete exfoliation  Using  favorable  material,  one  may 
completely  dissect  the  bud,  laying  bare  the  growing- 
point,  which  may  be  readily  examined  with  a  hand- 
lens.  Either  of  the  little  pondweeds  commonly  culti- 
vated, Elodea  01  Hippuns,  may  be  used  for  this  purpose. 
The  buds  which  are  commonly  most  conspicuous  and 
at  the  same  time  most  highly  hpeciahzed  are  the  "rest- 
ing" buds  of  temperate  shrubs  and  tiees  Such  buds 
are  often  scaly  buds,  and  they  are  characteiistic  of  all 
climates  in  which  theie  is  an  mtetruption  to  growth, 
either  through  cold  or  dryness  in  thib  case  the  stem- 
apex  and  younger  leaves  are  normally  inclosed  by  per- 
sistent more  or  less  indurated  leaf-parts  modified  as 
bud-scales  Resinous  secretions  may  accompany  the 
scales  and  the  younger  leaves  may  be  covered  with 
hairs  The  bize,  form  and  minute  characters  of  such 
buds  vary  widely,  but  obviously  they  are,  in  general, 
wondrously  efficient  in  the  resist- 
ance exhibited  towards  rigorous 
climatic  conditions  The  im- 
portant point  is  that  the  bud- 
structures  quite  effectually  pre- 
vent drying  out  of  the  young 
shoot  which  is  there  tucked 
away. 

Particularly  interesting  is  the 
fact  that  the  resting-bud  of  many 
trees  includes  m  miniature  the 
entire  vegetative  or  flowering 
shoot  of  the  next  season  In 
such  case  the  rapid  elongation 
of  the  axis  and  unfolding  of  leaves 
in  the  spring  is  boon  followed 
by  the  formation  of  a  new  rest- 
mg-bud  wherein  the  shoot  of 
another  year  is  gradually  differ- 
entiated Every  gradation  oc- 
curs between  this  type  and  the 
typical  active  bud  of  annuals. 


677.  Pear  twigs  — 
fruit-buds  on  the  left, 
leaf-buds  on  the  right. 


BUDS 


BUFFALO   BERRY 


678  Sections  of  pear 
buds  —fruit-bud  on  the  left, 
leaf-bud  on  the  right 


Interest  m  buds  centeis  in  their  spring  activity, 
properly  in  the  awakening  and  growth  resulting  when 
the  conditions  have  remained  favorable  sufficiently 
long  Leaves  and  axes  enlaige  and  elongate  rapidly, 
bursting  asunder  the  dead  scales  and  often  ciinymg 
foiward  the  expanding  youngei  ones  The  growth  of 
the  younger  scales  exhibits 
the  true  nature  of  these 
structures,  some  of  which  aie 
found  to  be  leaf  petioles,  some 
petioles  with  minute  blades, 
and  vaiious  othei  modifica- 
tions occur.  Many  restmg- 
buds  are  awakened  from  their 
comparative  inactivity  by  a 
few  daj  s  of  favorable  weather. 
These  aie  "eaily"  flowers, 
and  of  fhi.s  type  are  the  lilac 
and  the  golden  bell  Other 
buds  require  a  longer  period, 
such  as  the  oak  and  the  hick- 
ory It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  some  plants  lend 
themselves  readily  to  eailv  forcing  by  etherization,  the 
hot  water  treatment,  and  the  like,  while  others  are 
with  great  difficulty  forced 

In  the  preceding,  more  specific  mention  has  been 
made  of  buds  which  develop  leafy  shoots,  that  is  of 
leaf-buds  It  is  clear,  ho\vc\er,  that  the  restmg-bud, 
as  well  as  an  herbaceous  bud,  may  develop  a  single 
flo\ver,  ah  m  the  peach,  a  cluster  of  flowers,  as  rn  the 
red  maple,  or  A  shoot  with  leaves  and  flo\\eis,  a*?  m  the 
apple  and  Nor\\ay  maple  The  occurrence  of  leaf- and 
flower -buds  with  respect  to  the  age  of  the  twig  and  the 
relation  of  pruning  to  bud  disposition  are  questions  of 
special  horticultural  interest,  but  cannot  recer\e  con- 
sideration in  this  brief  account  Illustrations  of  flower- 
buds  and  leaf-bud^  are  shown  in  Figs  570-679 

Buds  are  normalh  pioduced  terminally  «md  in  the 
axes  of  leaves,  the  latter  anangeimnt  therefore  corres- 
ponding to  leaves,  but  under  exceptional  cncumstances 
the>  mav  arise  from  the  growing  tissue  of  am  member. 
Buds  from  tire  roots  of  tire  s \\i_et  potato  and  dahlia  arc 
impoitant  in  propag.it ion,  likewise  are  those  pioduced 
by  the  leaves  of  certain  species  of  Begonia 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  buds  ongmating  from 
inter  nodes,  roots  and  leaves — so-called  ie- 
geneiati\e-lmds—  are  not  uncommon,  but 
the  de\eloprnent  m  such  situations  occuis 
AS  a  rule  only  when  normal  buds  aie  not 
present 

Bud-,  with  the  lea\es  and  leaf-parts  sur- 
rounding them  aie  sometimes  organs  of 
food -accumulation  The  typical  bulb  is 
little  moie  than  a  fleshy  bud,  and  there  aie 
all  gradations  between  the  t>pical  bulb  and 
the  topical  tuber — the  latter  with  many 
buds  Small  bulb-like  buds  occui  m  Lilium 
bullnfcrtttn  and  A  few  other  plants,  and  they 
are  always  important  m  piopagation  It 
requires  no  stietch  of  the  imagination  to 
classify  the  edible  shoots  of  brussels  sprouts 
among  unusual  buds,  and  from  this  it  is  no 
great  leap  to  the  monstrous  "bud"  of  the 
cabbage 

Literature  Bailey,  Lei- sons  with  Plants, 
The  Macmillan  Company;  Strasburger  (ct 
at  ),  A  Text-Book  of  Botany,  The  Macmil- 
lan Company,  Peicivnl,  Agrrcultural Botany, 
Duckwoith  <fc  Co  B  M  DUGOAK  679. 

Buds    of 

BUETTNERIA  (D  S  Aug  Buettner,  the  peach 
1724-17(58,  German  botanist)  Bytlnena  Jud^s  a 
Sterculincesp  About  50  herbs,  shrubs  or  leaf -bud 
trees  of  diverse  habit,  native  to  eastern  and  and  the 
western  tropics,  scarcely  known  m  cult  ba{*fs  JJJ 
Some  are  prickly  climbers  or  scramblers,  fruit -buds. 


Fls.  small,  usually  dark  purple  or  greenish,  in  umbels 
or  cymes,  petals  5,  long-clawed,  hooded  and  oddly 
appendaged  at  the  top  fr  a  5-celled,  globose  spiny 
woody  caps  One  species  is  catalogued  in  S  Calif  '  B. 
urticifdlia,  Schum  ,  fiom  S  Brazil,  Argentina*  Chrnb- 
ing  shrub;  branches  grooved,  spiny,  nearly  glabrous: 
Ivs  long-petioled,  coi date-ovate,  acuminate,  coarsely 
serrate,  appiessed-hany  on  both  sides:  fls.  %-%  in. 
across,  3-5  in  a  stalked  umbel 

BUFFALO  BERRY  (Shephtrdia  arg6ntea,  Nutt 
Lepargyrspa  argentea,  Gieene).  El<eagndcex  Fig.  680. 
A  bhrub  6  to  18  feet  in  height,  native  from  Mam- 


680    Buffalo  berry    (X 


toba  and  Saskatchewan  south  to  Colorado,  Nevada  and 
New  Mexico,  now  grown  in  the  upper  Missrssippr  Valley 
and  northwaid  for  its  abundant  acid  fiuits 

The  buffalo  beiry  was  brought  into  use  early,  men- 
tion being  made  m  Ilovev's  Magazine  of  Horticulture 
for  1841,  page  251,  of  its  being  frequently  cultivated 
It  is  a  handsome  ornamental  shrub,  with  silvery  foliage 
and  red  berries  Occasional  plants  aie  found  with  yel- 
low fiuit  The  plant  is  dio?cious,  therefore,  care  should 
be  taken,  if  fruit  is  desired,  to  plant  both  st  animate  and 
pistillate  plants  Western  nurserymen  are  beginning 
to  offer  these  two  kinds  of  plants  separately  in  the 
ratio  of  one  stammate  to  four  pistillate  plants,  but  the 
best  proportion  is  not  yet  known  Many  persons  who 
plant  the  buffalo  berry  are  disappointed  by  securing 
only  one  sex  The  stammate  or  male  plants  may  be 
known  in  their  winter  condition  by  the  dense  clusters 
of  rounded  flower-buds,  the  pistillate  or  female  plants 
by  the  smaller,  flattened,  fewei,  more  slender  flower- 
buds. 

The  fruit  varies  greatly  in  size,  quality  and  season, 
and  is  gathered  in  large  quantities  for  culinary  use  It 
makes  a  delicious  jelly  Some  berries  are  of  sprightly 
flavor,  good  for  eating  out  of  hand  They  can  also  be 
diied  for  winter  use  The  fruit  is  generally  considered 
better  when  touched  by  frost,  less  sugar  being  lequued. 
The  name  is  said  to  have  come  from  the  custom  of  eat- 
ing the  berries  as  a  sauce  with  buffalo  meat  in  the  early 
days  The  buffalo  beriy  makes  a  fine  thorny  hedge, 
that  is  both  useful  and  ornamental 

It  is  found  that  sprouts  received  as  dug  up  m  the 
native  thickets  from  various  parts  of  the  Northwest 
do  not  always  transplant  satisfactorily,  a  year  in  a 
nursery  row  gives  them  better  roots  and  secures  an 


688 


BUFFALO  BERRY 


BULB 


even  stand  when  set  in  their  permanent  place.  Seed- 
lings  are  better  rooted.  Seedlings  are  easily  raised  from 
seed  washed  free  from  the  pulp  in  the  fall  and  stratified 
tor  winter,  keeping  in  sand  in  a  box  buried  just  beneath 
the  surface  in  a  well-drained  spot  in  the  garden.  There 
should  be  holes  in  the  box  for  free  diainage  and  the 
planting  should  be  done  very  early  in  the  spring  In 
Bulletin  No  88,  June,  1904,  of  the  South  Dakota  Experi- 
ment Station,  Plate  19  shows  a  field  of  7,500  buffalo 
berry  plants  of  the  first  generation  under  cultivation. 
These  plants  wore  raised  from  seed  gathered  along  the 
Missouri  River  of  South  Dakota,  where  buffalo  berries 
are  especially  abundant.  However,  under  cultivation  the 
plant  does  not  respond,  as  regards  early  bearing,  as 
quickly  as  its  near  relative  the  Siberian  sandthorn  (7/ip- 
pophae  rhamnoida>)  It  was  found  that  the  buffalo  ber- 
ries can  be  worked  on  the  Russian  form  of  oleaster 
(El*agnus  angustifolia)  .  The  fault  of  the  buffalo  berry 
is  its  small-sized  fruit  and  the  difficulty  of  gathering  it, 
owing  to  its  numerous  thorns,  but  it  has  been  and  is  an 
abundant  source  of  pleasant  fruit  to  thousands  of  set- 
tlers in  the  newer  regions  of  the  West  The  fruit  varies 
gieatly  in  size  and  degree  of  acidity,  affording  oppor- 
tunity for  selection  work  in  its  native  home  along  the 
Missouri  River  and  tributaries.  jj.  E  HANSEN. 

BUGBANE     Cimicifuga 

BULB,  BULBS.  A  bulb  is  a  thickened,  fleshy,  and 
commonly  subterra  xean  bud,  usually  emitting  roots 
from  its  under  side.  The  office  of  the  bulb  is  to  carry 
the  plant  over  ?n  unpropitious  yoason,  as  over  winter 
or  a  dry  period 

True  bulbs  are  either  tunicat^d,  formed  in  rings  or  lay- 
ers, like  those  of  hyacinths  and  onions  (Fig  681),  or  scaly, 
like  those  of  some  lihums  (Fig  6X2),  but  as  popularly 
understood  and  in  commer- 
cial parlance,  the  term  balbs 
applies  to  a  large  class  of 
flowering  and  ornamental 
bulbous-like  plants  in  their 
dormant  condition,  during 
which  period  they  are  col- 
lected, dug,  stored,  shipped, 
sold  and  planted,  like  so 
many  potatoes  This  class 
includes,  *n  addition  to  the 
true  bulbs,  many  that  are 
botamcally  known  as  corms. 
,  which  are  solid,  as  crocus  and 
gladiolus  (Fig  683),  tubers 
which  are  succulent  and  have 
the  buds  or  eyes  near  the 
surface,  as  the  dahlia  and 
potato  (Fig  684);  rhizomes, 
fleshy,  creeping  underground 
stems  like  certain  ins,  ginger, 
and  many  wild  plants  (Fig 
685),  pips,  the  flowering 
crowns  of  hi  y-of-the-  valley; 
and  certain  other  dormant 
fasciculated  fleshy  roots  like 
those  of  peonies,  ranunculus, 
and  the  like  A  variety  of 
bulbs  is  shown  in  Fig  686. 
The  true  or  feeding  roots 
grow  generally  from  the  base 
of  the  bulb,  the  stems,  flowers 
and  foliage  from  the  crown 
of  the  bulb,  or  the  eyes.  There  is  an  exception  to  this 
m  certain  lilies,  which  throw  out  roots  above  the  bulb 


681.  Onion  bulbs. 


also  (Fig.  687).  The  bulb  is  a  storehouse  for  the 
plant,  wherein  is  formed,  after  flowering,  new  stems, 
leaves  and  flowers.  In  fact,  the  bulb  contains  a  new 


plant,   which  is  protected  and  sustained  within  the 
bulb  by  the  reserve  food  and  energy  collected  therein 


during  one  season  for  the  plant's  successor.  After  the 
flowering  period,  the  plant  above  the  bulb  and  the  roots 
beneath  it  ripen  off  and  die  away  The  bulb  is  then  m  a 
dormant  condition.  It  is  during  this  state  of  rest,  lasting 
approximately  from  throe  to  six  months,  that  bulbs 
are  taken  out  of  the  ground  and  transported  easily  arid 
safely  from  continent  to  continent,  it  required,  after 
which  the  incipient  roots,  steins,  toluge  and  flowers 
may  develop  with  as  much  luxuriance  and  perfection  as 
if  the  bulb  had  remained  in  its  original  environment. 

Bulbous  flowering  plants  (bulbs)  aio  very  popular 
with  flow et -loving  people  There  is  a  particular  charm 
and  interest  m  growing  them  As  a  rule,  they  produce 
flowers  of  remaikable  beaut v,  unsurpassed  by  any 
other  class  of  plants,  and  many  of  them  aie  dehciously 
fragrant  They  comprise  an  endless  variety  in  habit, 
form,  size  and  color,  are  adaptable1  for  man>  pui poses, 
and  many  of  them  flower  equally  well  under  either 
garden  or  house  culture  Soon  after  their  boautv  fades 
they  die  away,  or  may  be  mnovod;  and  in  the  inter- 
val, their  places  may  be  occupied  by  othei  seasonable 
flowering  plants.  Not  the  least  among  the  merit.s  of 
bulbs  is  their  ease  of  culture,  and  the  great  certainty 
and  perfection  with  which  their  flowers  are  produced, 
under  suitable  conditions 

Among  bulbous  plants  are  many  that  are  sufficiently 
hardy  to  withstand  the  seventy  of  our  northern  winteih 
The  kinds  that  are  suitable  are  nearlv  all  dormant  in 
the  fall,  which  is  the  proper  time  for  planting  them,  and 
they  will  flower  the  corning  season  In  Mai  eh  or  earlier, 
spring  is  ushered  in  with  the  blooming  of  .snowdrops, 
chionodoxas,  anemones,  scillas,  crocus,  winter  aconites, 
bulbocodiums  and  so  on,  followed  in  April  with  brilliant 
hyacinths,  tulips,  narcissus  and  hosts  of  others  In 
April  appear  the  unapproachable  late  tulips,  poet's 
daffodils,  dicentras  and  the  like,  followed  m  succession 
until  frost,  notably  with  peonies,  irises,  hemerooalhs, 
lilies,  montbrotias,  tntomas  and  others 

Gardeners  usually  think  of  bulbs  as  divided  into  two 
classes, — hardv  and  tender,  or  tho.se  that  .stand  frer /- 
mg  and  those  that  do  not,  There  IH  a  class  fiom  South 
Africa  known  as  Cape  bulbs,  which  usually  bloom  in  the 
fall  There  are  now  so  many  improved  hybrids  and 
broods  that  are  crowding  out  the  types,  that  the  term 
"Cape  bulb"  has  lost  its  significance  in  this  country.  In 
the  present  aiticle,  bulbs  are  treated  under  the  follow- 
ing general  heads  Hardy  spring  bulbs  for  design  bed- 
ding, hardy  bulbs  m  the  herbaceous  garden,  mixed 
flower-border  or  lawn,  subsequent  treatment  of  out- 
door bulbs,  summer-  and  autumn-flowering  tender 
bulbs  for  spung  planting,  bulbs  for  flowering  in  the 
house  and  greenhouse;  the  forcing  of  bulbs,  other  jn- 
door  methods;  subsequent  treatment  of  foiced  bulbs; 
keeping  dormant  bulbs,  tubers,  and  the  like,  propaga- 
tion of  bulbous  plants;  hints  on  buying  and  selecting 
bulbs,  catalogue  of  bulbs. 

Hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs  for  design  bedding. 

The  only  bulbs  adapted  to  geometrical  beds  are 
Dutch  hyacinths  and  tulips  It  is  not  be&t  to  use  both 
in  the  same  bed  for  really  fine  effects  For  display  bed- 
ding in  parks,  public  squares,  and  like  places,  only 
solid  bright  contrasting  colors  as  a  rule  are  used,  since 
brilliancy  of  coloring  IH  advisable  when  the  taste  of 
large  crowds  must  be  considered  This  limits  the 
selection  in  hyacinths  to  dark  ciimson,  robo-ied,  pink, 
purple,  blue,  lavender,  white  and  yellow  (the  lattei  is 
seldom  satisfactory),  and  in  tulips  to  dark  blood-red, 
scarlot,  rose,  blush-pink,  yellow,  white,  and  a  bluish 
claret,,  -vhich  last  is  seldom  used  On  private  grounds 
many  beautiful  effects  can  be  obtained  by  the  use  of 
the  softer  colors,  particularly  in  beds  that  are  situated 
in  partial  shade  In  ordering  the  bulbs  for  this  style  of 
beading,  H  is  important  to  select  kinds  that  bloom  at 
the  same  time  and  are  of  uniform  height;  and  in  the 
case  of  hyacinths  to  choose  varieties  with  a  strong  stem, 


BULB 


BULB 


589 


for  many  sorts  are  liable  to  fall  over  from  the  weight  of 
the  spike  and  are  quickly  soiled  when  they  lie  on  the 
ground  If  the  item  of  expense  is  to  be  taken  into 
account,  it  is  possible  to  use  .second-size  bulbs  of  hya- 
cinths, often  listed  as  bedding  sizes,  with  satisfactory 
results,  although  only  fine  bulbs  give  fine  bloom 

In  planting  bulbs  in  "design  beds,"  it  pays  for  the 
extra  trouble  first  to  remove  the  soil  to  a  depth  of  6 
inches,  spade  up  the  lower 
soil,  using  well-rotted  inanuie 
and  plenty  of  bone  dust 
worked  in  Then  level  off, 
smooth,  and  cover  with  an 
inch  of  sand  This  prevents 
the  manure  from  touching  the 
bulbs,  ami  allows  the  water 
to  drain  away  fiom  immedi- 
ate contact  with  them,  thus 
removing  causes  which  may 
lead  to  their  decay  Bulbs 
set  in  this  manner  on  the 

682    Scaly  bulb  of  Lilium     wiml    mav  b(>  Pl{M>pfi  m  t,hel1r 
pardahnum  evict    position,   alter    which 

the  top  .soil  is  carefullv  re- 
placed It  is  a  difficult  matter  to  set  bulbs  just  4 
inches  deep  and  4  to  0  mcheb  apart  with  an  ordinary 
trov/el  The  plant «T  is  almost  sure  o<  casionally  to  chop 
ofT  a  piece  of  a  neighboring  bulb  or  displace  it  Bulbs 
planted  in  the  manner  advised,  being  all  of  an  even 
depth,  \vill  flower  uniformly,  often,  \\lien  planted  with  a 
trowel,  some  bulbs  wll  be  an  inch  too  high  and  some  an 
inch  too  lo\v,  which  in  eailv  spring  makes  considerable 
difference  in  the  time  of  blooming  Besides,  when 
bulbs  are  planted  \\ith  a  trowel  or  dibble,  there  is  dan- 
ger of  "hanging"  a  bulb  occasionally,  where  it  may 
perish  on  aeeourit  of  not  touehmg  bottom 

Hardy   bulbs    in   the   hiibaceoiit   garden,  mixed  flower- 
bordet ,  or  lawn 

The  mixed  border  is  a  favorite  plaee  for  most  hardy 
bulbs  Thev  should  be  planted  in  little  colonies  here 
and  theic  among  the  hardy  plants  and  shrubs,  and  it  is 
here  that  bulbs  seem  to  thme  and  gue  the  most  pleas- 
ure \s  spring  appioaches,  the  somber  winter  biowns 
and  dull  greens  of  the  deciduous  and  exergreen  plants 
are  suddenlv  tiansformed  into  an  unmaled  setting, 
studded  with  brilliantly  eoloied  and  fragiant  flowers, 
the  eontiasts  being  exceedingly  effective  and  cheery; 
and  besides,  from  the  bolder  one  does  not  hesitate  to 
cut  a  few  flowers  for  the  house  foi  fear  of  sailing  the 
effect,  as  \\ould  be  the  case  in  formal  bedding  Fuither- 
more,  bulbs  seem  to  do  better  and  hist  longer  in  a  border 
because  the  floweis  aie  cut  freely  in  bud  or  when  just 
ippioachmg  their  pnme,  which  is  the  best  possible  time 
for  the  benefit  of  the  bulb,  foi  the  efforts  of  any  bulb 
to  form  seeds  weakens  the  bulb  A  hyacinth  bulb  that 
matuies  seed  is  virtually  destroyed  Then  again,  in  an 
herbaceous  border  the  bulbs  are  not  dist urbed  through 
the  necessity  for  replacing  them  with  other  flowering 
plants,  as  such  a  mixed  border  when  properly  planted 
should  do  much  itself  to  hide  the  withering  leaves  The 
foliage  then  remains  uninjured  until  ripe,  thus  ful- 
filling its  duty  of  recharging  the  bulb  witn  new  energy 
for  the  next  season's  display  Of  course,  after  three  or 
four  years,  the  bulbs  should  be  divided  if  they  have 
grown  and  spread,  and  judgment  must  be  used  to 
determine  when  the  lifting  should  be  done  with  the 
least  injury  to  the  other  permanent  subjects  in  the 
border  It  is  best,  perhaps,  to  associate  with  the  bulbs 
plants  that  are  not  seriously  injured  by  being  moved 

Bold  clumps  of  the  taller  bulbous  plants  are  very 
effective  on  the  lawn,  where  beds  of  one  kind  should 
be  isolated,  and  be  given  a  position  not  too  prominent 
nor  too  near.  The  object  desired  is  a  mass  of  one  color, 
which  at  a  little  distance  is  more  striking  on  account  of 
the  contrast  with  the  surrounding  green  grass  and  trees. 


Among  the  best  hardy  bulbous  plants  for  this  purpose 
are:  hemerocalhs,  such  lilies  as  candidum,  Henry i, 
tigrmum,  speciosum  and  auratum,  also  dicentia,  crown 
imperials,  montbretias,  tritomas,  peonies,  and  Kaemp- 
feri  and  germanica  irises. 

Bulbs  planted  right  in  the  sod  on  the  lawn  make  a 
very  pleasing  picture  when  in  bloom  in  the  early  spring 
Make  patches  here  and  there  of  golden,  white  and 
purple  crocus,  the  little  chionodoxas,  snowdrops,  Scillu 
amuKna,  winter  aconite,  snowflakes,  bulbocodium  and 
tnteleia.  These  grow,  increase,  bloom  and  ripen  the 
foliage  mostly  before  it  is  necessary  to  use  the  lawn- 
mower,  so  that  the  surface  of  the  lawn  in  summer  is  not 
marrea.  The  bulbs  may  be  dibbled  in  when  the  ground 
is  moist  and  soft  during  the  fall  rains,  but  it  is  better  to 
cut  and  turn  back  the  sod  heie  and  there,  plant  the 
bulbs  under  it,  then  press  the  sod  bar  k  again 

For  parks,  groves  and  wild  outty  ing  grounds  beyond 
the  closely  clipped  lawn,  a  very  happy  style  of  "natural- 
izing" bulbous  and  other  plants  is  coming  much  into 
vogue  Such  bulbs  should  be  used  as  can  be  planted  in 
quantity,  twenty-five  to  a  hundred  or  more  of  a  kind  m 
a  patch,  and  only  those  should  be  used  which  are  hardy, 
and  will  flower  and  thnve  and  increase  under  neglect. 
Fortunately,  there  are  many  bulbous  plants  that  suc- 
ceed even  better  in  such  rough  places  than  in  the  prim 
garden  Among  them  are  hardy  anemones,  camassia, 
convallana,  dicentras,  erythromums,  funkias,  certain 
ins,  hliums,  poet's  narcissus,  Von  Sion  und  many  other 
narcissi,  trilhums,  and  numerous  others 

In  regard  to  the  preparation  of  beds  for  hardy  bulbs, 
planting  and  treatment,  one  can  only  geneiahze  De- 
tailed directions  suited  to  the  different  species,  and  also 
varieties  where  treatment  vanes,  will  be  found  under 
their  respective  headings  in  this  Cyclopedia  As  a  rule, 
well-rotted  manure  (mind  that  it  is  \\ell-rotted,  not 
fresh  and  heating)  should  be  hbcially  applied  and  dug 
into  the  ground  deeply  It  must  be  where  the  long, 
feeding  roots  can  get  at  it,  and  yet  not  touch  the  bulbs, 
nor  be  too  near  their  base  This  is  easily  accomplished 
by  removing  a  few  inches  of  the  top  soil  first,  as  de- 
sciibed  under  "Design  Bedding"  above  If  it  is  imprac- 
ticable to  do  this,  then  it  is  not  advisable  to  use  manure 
at  all,  for  the  bulbs  are  liable  to  come  in  contact  with 
it  and  become  diseased  Bone  meal  alone  is  then  the 
safest  fertilizer  to  use,  and  it  should  be  applied  lavishly. 
Most  bulbs  like  rich  food  if  properly  applied  Although 
the  embryo  flowers  were  formed  within  the  bulb  the 
season  before,  yet  their  size,  luxuriance  and  brilliancy 
this  season  depend  largely  upon  the  nutrition  the  roots 
receive  Liberal  applica- 
tions of  manure  water, 
when  the  bulbs  are  m 
bud,  often  produce  ex- 
cellent results 

The  proper  depth  to 
plant  bulbs  varies  ac- 
cording to  the  kinds.  It 
is  a  common  fault  to 
plant  them  too  near  the 
surface.  Some  kinds, 
notably  the  Cahforman 
Humboldtu  and  Wash- 
mgtomanum  lihes,  do 
best  when  10  to  12  inches 
deep,  hyacinths,  tulips, 
narcissi,  and  similar 
large  bulbs  from  4  to  6 
inches  deep,  smaller  bulbs  somewhat  shallower.  A 
good  rule  to  follow  is  to  make  the  depth  three  times 
the  average  diameter  of  the  bulbs.  Hardy  bulbs  root 
during  the  fall  and  early  winter,  and  if  planted  too 
near  the  surface  the  freezing,  thawing  and  heaving  of 
the  upper  crust  of  soil  in  mild  winters  often  causes  the 
bulbs  to  break  from  their  roots,  and,  in  consequence, 
only  inferior  flowers  are  produced.  When  good  colo 


683.  Corm  or  solid  bulb  of 
gladiolus. 


590 


BULB 


weather  has  set  in  ami  a  light  crust  has  been  frozen 
on  the  soil,  then  cover  the  bed  with  leaves,  btraw, 
marsh  hay  or  reeds  to  a  depth  of  about  4  to  (i  inches 
This  protects  not  only  from  severe  freezing,  but  horn 
equally  injurious  unseasonable  thaws  Do  not  put  the 
covering  on  too  early,  for  it  might  warm  the  soil  so 
that  the  bulbs  would  begin  to  grow  and  afterwaid  be 
injured  from  freezing.  Gradually  remove  the  covering 
in  the  spring 

The  general  run  of  bulbous  plants  thrive  in  a  loamy 
soil,  inclining  to  sand.  This  soil  attracts  moist  me. 
allows  free  drainage,  and  admits  air  If  the  soil  is  cold 
and  stiff,  a  liberal  admixture  of  leaf-mold  and  sand,  with 
the  addition  of  manure  applied  as  previously  described, 
will  be  beneficial  The  texture  of  the  soil  should  be  such 
that  stagnant  water  will  not  remain  around  the  bulbs, 
as  it  tends  to  rot  them,  particularly  when  dormant.  An 
excess  of  humus  is,  therefore,  to  be  guarded  against 
for  most  bulbs 

While  most  bulbous  plants  thrive  under  the  soil  condi- 
tions advised  above,  yet  there  are  many  exceptions. 
Happy  should  be  the  man  on  whose1  giounds  is  found  a 
variety  of  soils  and  exposures,  shade  and  sun  A  small 
wooded  valley  or  ravine,  with  a  brook  flowing  through 
it  into  an  open,  moist  meadow,  affords  conditions  suitable 
for  growing  to  perfection  the  greatest  variety  of  bulbous 
and  other  plants,  many  of  which  cannot  be  enjoyed  in 
the  average  garden  The  hyacinth  is  a  notable  exception 
in  regard  to  soil  conditions  In  Holland  this  bulb  is  grown 
in  pure  sand,  and  soon  becomes  diseased  in  heavier  soil 
This  should  indicate  that  in  this  country  plenty  of  sand 
should  be  added  to  the  natuial  soil,  and  that  the  bulbs 
should  not  be  left  m  the  ground  during  the  summer 

The  sooner  bulbs  can  be  put  in  the  ground  after  they 
are  ripe,  the  better  for  the  bulbs,  foi,  no  matter  how 
long  they  will  keep,  they  do  not  improve  when  out 
of  the  ground,  but  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  the  narcissi,  which  give  very 
noticeably  larger  floweis  when  the  bulbs  are  planted 
early.  All  of  the  sorts  having  a  strain  of  poetieus  blood 
begin  the  new  root-growth  almost  as  soon  as  they  have 
ripened,  and  are  far  better  off  if  they  can  be  m  the 
ground  early  There  are,  however,  many  reasons  why 
bulbs  cannot  be  planted  as  soon  as  ripe,  and  when  they 
are  to  be  kept  for  ceitain  purposes,  they  should  be  stored 
as  advised  below  Hardy  spimg-flowonng  bulbs  should 
be  planted  m  the  open  ground  in  the  fall,  not  earlier 
than  six  weeks  before  regular  fro.sty  and  freezing  nights 
are  expected.  Plant  as  much  later  as  necessary,  provid- 
ing the  bulbs  are  keeping  sound,  hut  it  is  not  advisable 
to  plant  them  earlier  Cool  weathei  is  necessary  to 
deter  top  growth,  which  is  very  liable  to  start  after  four 
to  six  weeks  of  root  develop- 
ment; and  >oung,  succulent 
top  growth  is  apt  to  be  in- 
jured by  the  succeeding 
ti  cozing  In  Maine,  Ontario, 
\\  isconsin,  and  other  north- 


em  parts  (about  45  degrees 
north  latitude),  sue" 


684    Potato  — Example  of 
a  tuber. 


uch  hardy 

bulbs  as  hyacinths,  tulips 
and  narcissi,  may  be  planted 
in  September.  In  New  Jer- 
sey, Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and 
so  on  (about  40°),  plant 
about  the  middle  of  October. 
In  the  latitude  of  Richmond,  Louisville,  and  St.  Louis, 
the  middle  of  November  is  early  enough  In  the  lati- 
tude of  Raleigh,  Nashville,  and  south,  do  not  plant  until 
middle  of  December;  and  for  the  latter  section  let  the 
selection  of  bulbs  run  to  late-flowering  varieties,  such  as 
Bizarre,  Darwin,  and  late  double  tulips,  late  hyacinths, 
late  naicissi,  and  the  like,  for  they  arc  not  so  likely  to 
be  caught  by  the  occasional  freezing  weather  in  January 
and  February  In  this  southern  latitude,  however,  very 
early-flowering  bulbs,  such  as  Roman  hyacinths,  Due 


BULB 

Van  Tholl  tulips,  Early  Polyanthus  narcissi,  and  so  on 

Ulanted  in  September,  are  usually  through  blooming 
>re  freezing  weather  begins  South  of  the  freezing 
belt,  hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs  are  not  very  success- 
ful, as  a  rule,  theie  being  no  sufficiently  cool  weather  to 
deter  top-growth  and  force  toot-action  first,  without 
which  the  floweis  and  foliage  will  not  develop  beyond 
such  sustenance  as  the  bulb  can  supply,  and  this  sus- 
tenance is  usually  exhausted  by  the  time  the  flower- 
spikes  arc  half  grown  But  there  are  many  half-hardy 
and  tender  bulbs  that  aie  more  easily  grown  and  flow- 
ered m  the  South  than  in  the  North. 

Subsequent  treatment  of  outdoor  bulbs 

The  treatment  of  bulbs  after  flowering  is  important 
when  the  bulbs  are  to  be  used  again,  for  it  must  never 
be  forgotten  that  the  flowers  and  resources  for  the  next 
season  are  garnered  within  the  bulb  after  blooming, 
through  the  agency  of  the  roots  and  foliage  Imper- 
fectly developed  and  matured  foliage  this  year  moans 
poor  floweis  or  none  at  all  next  >ear,  so  it  is  best  to 
leave  the  bulbs  alone  until  the  lca\  os  ha\  o  died  down. 
The  further  treatment  depends  upon  the  kind  of  bulbs 
under  considoiation  Geneiallj  speaking,  one  class  may 
be  left  in  the  giound  toi  a  nurnboi  of  yoais,  while 
another  thnvcs  bcttei  if  lifted  annually  and  given  a 
short  period  of  lost  out  of  the  ground  Among  this 
latter  class  must,  of  course,  be  included  tendei  bulbs 
which  will  not  survive  the  wmtoi  if  loft  in  the  bods  or 
borders  and  which  should  be  taken  up  in  the  fall  when 
matured  Of  the  haidy  bulbs,  h>acmths  and  tulips 
succeed  best  if  lifted  annually  Late  tulips  m  borders 
may  be  loft  undistuibod  for  two  or  throe  jeais  with 
fairly  good  results,  but  the  single  early  kind's  ought  to 
be  taken  up  each  >oar 

Lifting  of  any  bulbs  should  novoi  bo  done  before  the 
foliage  assumes  a  docidodlv  limp  and  brown  appeal ance 
From  that  time  on  until  the  root-glow th  bogms,  they 
may  be  taken  up,  cleaned,  and  stoiod  awa\ ,  or  divided 
and  replanted  at  onco  The  foimoi  method  is  adv  isable 
for  hyacinths  and  tulips,  the  latter  foi  most  of  the  bulbs 
on  the  list  appended  hereto  \\hcn  bulbs  are  grown 
commercially,  this  jeailv  lifting  is  essential  in  order  to 
make  provision  for  propagation  bj  division  01  by  offsets, 
as  the  young  bulbs  mat  me  more  rapidlj  and  perfectly 
when  separated  from  the  parent  bulb  \\hon  summer 
bedding-plants  are  to  be  .substituted,  it  is  sometimes 
necessary  to  remove  bulbs  before  ripe  In  such  cases, 
the  bulbs  should  be  carefully  taken  up  with  a  spado 
Disturb  the  roots  as  little  as  possible,  and  do  not  cut 
01  crush  the  loaves  Heel-in  the  plants  in  a  shallow 
trench  in  sonr*  half -shady  out-ot-tho-wav  place  until 
ripe,  taking  pains  to  avoid  sotting  thorn  too  close  m  the 
trench  to  see  ure  some  air-space  about  the  tops  If  the 
soil  adheres  to  the  roots  when  taken  from  the  beds,  the 
bulbs  will  be  less  affected  by  being  disturbed  bofoie 
matunng  As  soon  as  ripe,  they  should  be  dug  up, 
cleaned,  and  stored  away  A  point  to  be  ke«pt  m  mind 
is  that  it  is  safer  to  lift  tulips  too  early  than  too  late; 
these  bulbs  should  be  taken  up  just  before  the  stems  are 
quite  dry  By  doing  so  the  protective  skin  about  the  bulb 
is  more  likely  to  be  retained  elunng  the  time  the  bulbs 
are  out  of  the  ground  Dai  win  tulips  have  especially 
thin  skins  which  frequently  loeisen  anel  come  off  entirely 
if  the  bulbs  are  left  too  long,  and  then  the  bulbs  tend  to 
become  soft  and  flabby  during  the  resting  period  Nar- 
cissi should  be  taken  up  with  whatever  foliage  has  not 
quite  withered  away.  Indeed,  it  is  always  wisest  never 
to  cut  a  le*af  from  choice  kinds,  but  to  make  plantings 
of  cheap  kinds  if  leaves  are  wanted  for  cutting. 

Summer-  and  autumn-jloviering  tender  bulbs  for  spring 
planting. 

This  class  (tender)  includes  some  of  our  showiest 
garden  flowers,  which  are  almost  indispensable  They 
are  of  the  easiest  possible  culture.  Planted  in  the  spnng, 


BULB 


BULB 


591 


after  danger  from  frost  is  over,  ui  a  bunny  position  in 
good  noh  soil,  they  will  flower  with  gieat  certainty  the 
same  season  After  flowering  and  upening  ot  the  foliage, 
they  should  be  taken  up  and  .stored  foi  the  winter  as 
advised  under  "Keeping  doiinant  bulbs"  (p  f)03)  until 
wanted  next  spurig  Among  the  more  important  species 
of  this  class  of  bulbs  ate  the  umlei mentioned  (those 
marked  F  must  be  kept  m  a  semi-doimant  condition  m 
acoldframe  or  greenhouse)  Agapanthun  (F),  alstremena 
(F),  arnorphophallus,  anomatheca  (F),  antholyza 
(F),  tuberous  begonia,  bessera,  eolocasia  (ealadium), 
coopena,  crinurn,  cypella,  gladiolus,  galtoma  (Hya- 
cinthus  candicans),  boushingaultia  (madeira  vine), 
montbretia,  nemastyhs,  border  oxalis,  orrnthogalum 
(F),  pancratium,  richardia  (calla),  schizostyhs  (F), 
sprekeha,  tigridia,  tuberose,  watsoma,  zephyranthes. 

Bulbt>  for  flowering  in  the  hout>e  and  greenhouse 

There  is  no  class  of  plants  that  gives  more  satisfac- 
tion for  this  purpose,  with  so  little  skill,  than  the 
various  bulbs  Perhaps  the  most  important  class  of 
all  bulbs  for  winter-flowering  and  forcing  are  certain 
hardy  and  half-hardy  kinds  They  are  the  most  easily 
managed  of  all,  and  need  occupy  no  space  in  the  win- 
dow or  greenhouse,  excepting  when  in  bud  and  bloom 
Under  suitable  treatment,  they  flower  \vith  great  cer- 
tainty, and  their  flowering  period  may  be  hastened 
(forced)  or  retarded  at  pleasure,  so  as  to  "bring  them 
m"  for  certain  occasions,  or  to  give  a  continuous  suc- 
cession of  bloom  There  is  a  great  variety  of  kinds  of 
bulbs  to  select  from  for  this  purpose  (see  list  of  species 
at  end  of  this  article),  yet  the  great  demand,  at  this 
writing,  has  centered  on  the  following  leaders,  especially 
for  forcing  purposes  Allium  nuipohianwn,  A  Hermdtu 
qrandiflornm,  Anemone  falqcni,  convallana  (hl\-of-the- 
vallej),  Frt(Md  refr<tct<t  alba,  gladiolus  "The  Bride," 
*arl>  single-flowering  Dutch  hyacinths  and  Romans, 
Campernelle  jonquil,  Lilmm  canthdum,  L  llarnvti 
and  L  longijlorum  Several  narcissi  are  in  demand, 
notably  among  the  large  trumpet  \aiieties  Kmperor, 
Empress,  Golden  Spur,  Horsheldii,  and  Spimus  major, 
among  the  medium  and  small  trumpets  Sn  \\atkin, 
Barm  conspicuus  and  Poetieu.s  oinatus,  of  the  doubles 
are  Von  Sion  and  Orange  Phu>nix,  of  the  Pohanthus 
narcissi  Paper  White  grand i flora  (Tot us  albus),  and 
double  Roman  (Constantinople)  Of  other  species  of 
bulbs,  Ortnthogtjlum  arnbicuin,  sp'rea  Gladstone,  and 
single  and  double  tulips  of  the  early  \aneties  are  in 
demand  In  the  classes  of  bulbs  there  is  often  a  great 
diveisity  in  the  fitness  of  the  varieties  for  forcing  Cer- 
tain sorts  will  be  found  best  adapted  to  earl}*  forcing, 
others  to  midseason  or  late  work,  and  in  selecting  bulbs 
for  forcing  these  characteristics  must  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration Besides  this  general  division  into  early  and 
late  forcing  kinds,  the  skilled  grower  lecogmzes  that 
each  variety  has  its  own  peculiar  period  when  it  is  at 
its  best,  if  forced  Many  tulips  and  narcissi  are  very 
fine  if  forced  early  and  only  moderately  good  if  forced 
late;  the  converse  is  equally  true,  for  often  an  early 
variety  will  do  only  indifferently  well  when  it  is  used 
for  late  work  This  characteristic  is  well  studied  by  one 
of  the  largest  forcers  for  the  English  market,  who 
devotes  whole  separate  houses  to  particular  varieties  of 
tulips,  and  puts  in  charge  of  each  one  man  who  knows 
the  whims  of  the  variety  he  tends  This  should  not, 
however,  deter  anyone  from  attempting  to  force  bulbs, 
as  success  is  sure  to  be  gamed  if  standard  forcing  kinds 
are  used,  and  the  few  important  rules  arc  followed  The 
principles  of  culture  for  hardy  bulbs  for  winter-flower- 
ing are  the  same,  whether  only  a  few  are  grown  m  pota 
for  the  window-garden,  or  whether  they  are  to  be  forced 
by  the  thousand  by  the  florist.  The  first  essential  is  to 
secure  the  strongest  bulbs  Remember  that  the  flowers 
were  formed  within  the  bulbs  the  previous  season.  If 
one  buys  bulbs  of  narcissi  containing  only  one  flower, 
or  hyacinths  with  only  ten  nelk  on  a  Rpvike,  the  best 


culture  possible  cannot  make  them  produce  more;  but 
good  culture  will  develop  such  flowers  larger  and  better 
The  next  most  important  essential— one  might  say 
the  se<  ret  of  success  in  flowering  bulbs  in  house  or 
greenhouse — is  peifect  root-development  before  the  tops 
begin  to  giow  To  aid  the  unrutiated  in  this  important 
mat  ter,  we  will  illustrate  When  hardy  bulbs  are  planted 
m  the  open  ground  in  the  northern  states  m  the  fall,  the 
weather  above  them  is  cool  or  cold,  the  ground  beneath 


685.  Example  of  a  rhizome — Smilacioa  racemosa.    The  figures 
show  the  diif erent  years'  growths. 

them  is  waimer,  and  the  conditions  are  congenial  for 
root-action  but  deteirent  to  top-growth  This  results  in 
the  perfect  development  of  such  flowers  as  the  bulbs 
contain  On  the  other  hand,  when  hyacinths,  tulips, 
naicissi,  and  most  other  hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs 
are  planted  in  fall  m  our  extreme  southern  states,  they 
may  prove  disappointing,  because  the  weather  is 
warm,  causing  the  flowers  and  foliage  to  begin  to  grow 
before  the  rootn,  and  as  soon  as  such  sustenance  as  the 
bulb  could  supply  has  been  exhausted,  the  plant  stops 
glowing  and  dwindles,  \\hen  one  grows  bulbs  dnder 
artificial  conditions,  one  must  make  them  produce  roots 
first  Failure  to  do  thus  is  responsible  for  nine-tenths 
of  the  disappointments. 

\\  hen  haidy  bulbs  are  to  be  grown  in  pots  for  winter 
blooming  in  the  house  or  conservatory,  the  bulbs  sKould 
be  potted  as  soon  as  they  are  procurable,  between 
August  and  November.  Some  writers  recommend  that 
bulbs  be  planted  in  successional  lots  to  give  later  and 
continuous  flowers,  but  such  advice  is  at  fault,  as 
the  bulbs  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality  when  kept 
diy  too  long.  It  is  no  trouble  to  retard  the  flowering  of 
hardy  bulbs  in  winter,  as  hereafter  described,  without 
keeping  them  out  of  the  ground. 

The  soil  should  be  rich  loam  Fresh  manure  cannot 
be  used  Of  thoroughly  rotted  manure,  some  may  be 
pulverized  and  worked  into  the  soil,  but  it  is  safer  to 
use  pure  bone  meal,  one  part  to  fifty  of  soil  If  the  soil 
is  stiff  and  heavy,  mix  with  it  sand  and  leaf -mold  or 
peat  The  size  of  pots  depends  upon  the  kinds  of  bulbs. 
A  5-inch  pot  is  best  for  a  first-si/cd  hyacinth,  or  large- 
bulbing  narcissus,  particularly  the  polyanthus  type. 
Tulips,  small  narcissi,  and  bulbs  of  a  similar  size, 
v/hile  they  can  go  individually  into  a  4-meh  pot,  are  bet- 
ter when  put  three  or  more  of  one  variety  together  m  a 
larger  pot,  as  the  soil  retains  a  more  even  temperature 
and  moisture,  and  for  this  reason  some  prefer  earthen 
bulb-pans,  which  come  in  various  sizes,  from  8  to  18 
inches  m  diameter  In  potting,  place  a  little  broken 
pottery  or  lumps  of  "harcoal  in  the  bottom  for  drainage, 
then  fill  the  pot  with  soil  and  shake  it  down,  but  do  not 
pack  it  Neither  must  the  bulb  be  pressed  or  screwed 
into  the  soil,  else  the  soil  will  be  packed  under  it  so 
that  when  the  roots  start  they  often  raise  the  bulb  out 
of  the  pot  Plant  the  bulb  just  deep  enough  that  its  top 
will  not  show.  Large  and  soft  bulbs,  which  are  liable  to 
rot,  may  be  set  in  a  cushion  of  sand,  and  the  bulb  not 
covered  with  soil  until  it  has  taken  root  and  become 
established  (Fig  688). 


592 


BULB 


When  planting  mixed  bulbs  in  the  same  pot,  pan  or 
box,  care  should  be  used  in  selecting  different  varieties 
chat  will  flower  at  the  same  time.  An  early-flowering 
Due  Van  Tholl  and  a  double  Tournesol  tulip  would 
dower  a  month  apart  under  the  same  treatment.  Some 
varieties  of  hyacinths,  of  narcissi,  and  of  most  species 
of  bulbs  vary  greatly  in  time  of  blooming,  which,  of 
course,  would  spoil  the  effect. 

The  forcing  of  bulbs 

When  florists  force  bulbs  in  quantity  for  cut-flowers, 
tiny  seldom  use  pots,  but  shallow  boxes,  or  flats,  of  a 
size  to  economize  bench-room.  Usually  these  boxes  arc 
cut  down  from  soap-boxes  to  a  depth  of  3  or  4  inches. 
The  bulbs  are  planted  closely  in  these,  from  an  inch  to 
2  inches  apart,  according  to  the  kind.  The  tops  of  the 
bulbs  (excepting  lilies)  are  kept  about  even  with  the  top 
of  the  soil.  Give  a  thorough  watering  to  help  settle  the 
earth  about  the  bulbs,  but  give  no  more  water  until 
growth  begins,  for  bulbs  in  a  dormant  condition  resent 
an  excess  of  moisture.  After  the  bulbs  are  potted,  or 
boxed,  as  described, 'they  should  be  placed  in  a  cold- 
frame  or  cold-pit  to  root.  This  is  the  most  important 
detail  in  flowering  bulbs  under  artificial  conditions. 


686    Various  types  of  bulbs  and  tubers 
1    Tuberose.    2    Colorasia  antiquorum  (Calndium 
3    Easter  Lily.  4    Jonquil     5    Gladiolus     6    Lilmm  pardalinum. 
7    Hyacinth.    8    Lily-of-the-Valloy 

Cover  the  pots,  boxes  or  pans  with  4  inches  of  sand, 
ashes,  rotted  leaves,  tanbark  or  similar  substance,  and 
do  not  put  the  sash  on  until  free/mg  weather,  and 
even  then  remove  the  sash  on  pleasant  days.  When  no 
ooldframe  or  pits  are  available,  the  pots  may  be  cov- 
ered as  advised  in  a  cool  cellar,  provided  close  attention 
is  given  to  be  sure  that  the  soil  is  maintained  in  a  uni- 
formly moist,  but  not  wet  condition.  It  is  preferable 
however,  to  sink  them  in  the  open  ground  Very  fine 
flowers  were  obtained  from  hardy  bulbs  when  treated  aa 
follows*  A  trench  a  foot  deep  is  dug  in  the  garden  where 
water  will  not  settle  in  it,  and  it  is  protected  from  the 
north  and  west  cold  Three  inches  of  coal-ashes  is  first 
placed  m  the  trench,  to  allow  drainage  and  keep  the 
worms  out.  The  pots  are  then  placed  on  the  ashes,  the 
earth  is  filled  in  aoout  the  pots,  filling  the  trench  round- 
ing over  When  the  weather  gets  cold  enough  to  freeze 
a  crust  on  the  soil,  an  additional  covering  of  about  4 
inches  of  rough  stable  manure,  leaves  or  straw,  is  put 
over.  This  cover  must  be  heavy  enough  to  keep  the  pots 
from  freezing,  not  that  this  will  injure  the  bulbs,  but 
that  it  will  be  almost  impossible  to  remove  the  pots  if 
the  covering  of  earth  freezes  solid  Care  should  be  taken 
that  the  sides  of  the  trench  do  not  fall  in,  depositing  a 
layer  of  earth  over  the  leaves  or  other  cover,  which  will 
freeze  hard  enough  to  make  removal  difficult.  Often 
a  simple  cover  of  8  to  10  inches  of  leaves  directly 
over  the  pots  will  be  most  advantageous  if  earth  has 
been  worked  in  about  the  sides  of  the  pots  to  retain 
moisture  No  further  attention  is  required,  as  every- 


BULB 

thing  is  congenial  to  perfect  root-development,  while 
the  weather  is  cool  enough  to  check  top-growth.  Some 
early  bulbs,  such  as  Roman  hyacinths,  Paper  White 
narcissi,  Due  Van  Tholl  tuhps,  and  the  like,  will  root 
sufficiently  in  five  or  six  weeks  to  be  taken  up  for  first 
flowers,  which  should  be  out  by  Christmas  or  earlier, 
but  it  is  safer  to  allow  all  bulbs  not  less  than  eight 
weeks  for  rooting.  A  fairly  sure  indication  that  the 
bulbs  are  ready  to  be  brought  into  heat  is  the  appear- 
ance of  about  an  inch  of  top  growth,  and  of  an  abun- 
dance of  roots  through  t  he  bottom  of  the  boxes  or  through 
the  holes  m  the  bottom  of  the  pots  Every  two  weeks 
after  the  first  removal  of  pots,  or  as  needed,  further 
relays  of  rooted  bulbs  may  be  taken  out  for  a  contin- 
uous display  of  bloom  When  the  pots  of  hardy  bulbs 
have  been  taken  up,  place  them  in  a  cool  greenhouse 
or  cool,  light  storeroom,  with  temperature  not  over 
50°  This  temperature  will  allow  the  flower-stems  and 
foliage  to  grow,  and  at  the  same  time  prevent  the 
opening  of  the  flowers  until  the  stems  have  attained 
their  proper  height.  The  pots  should  be  kept  shaded 
for  several  days  until  the  top-growth  has  taken  on  its 
natural  green  color,  after  which  the  pots  may  be  taken 
to  a  sunny,  warm  window,  or  wherever  they  are 
wanted  to  flower.  Bulbs  treated  in  this  manner  will 
produce  perfect  spikeo  of  flowers. 

A  practice  often  followed  by  florists  early  m  the 
season  is  keeping  the  bulbs  in  the  dark  and  in 
heat  m  order  to  draw  out  the  flower  sterns  to  a  proper 
height  This  can  often  be  accomplished  by  placing  an 
inverted  pot  over  the  tops,  the  light  coming  through 
the  hole  m  the  bottom  being  sufficient  to  draw  out  the 
stems  If  this  is  done,  the  bulbs  must  be  watched  to  see 
that  the  tops  are  all  growing  evenly,  should  some  of 
the  bulbs  get  a  start  of  the  others,  the  pots  must  be 
put  in  the  light  at  once  to  avoid  irregularity  m  flow- 
ering For  early  work,  this  darkening,  together  with 
strong  bottom  heat,  will  give  longer  foliage  and  stem 
than  if  the  bulbs  are  subjected  to  strong  light  when 
first  brought  under  glass  But  plenty  of  fresh  air  must 
be  afforded,  and  as  the  buds  begin  to  show  color  the 
pots  must  be  removed  to  a  cooler  temperature  to  har- 
den the  growth,  and  enough  light  given  to  put  color 
m  the  foliage  and  the  buds 

A  good  rule  to  keep  in  nnnd  in  flowering  hardy  bulbs 
is  Temperature,  40°  for  roots,  50°  for  foliage  and  stems, 
60°  for  best  flowers,  70°  for  quick  development,  80°  to 
rush  bloom  with  loss  of  substance  and  risk  of  "going 
blind"  (producing  no  flowers) 

The  except  ions  to  the  above  advice  are  hliums  and 
hly-of-the-vallev.  The  bulbs  of  Lilium  Harnsn,  L. 
longiflorum  and  the  various  sorts  of  L  fipeciosum,  in 
addition  to  throwing  out  roots  from  the  base  of  the 
bulbs,  usually  form  roots  from  the  new  stem  just  above 
the  bulb,  and  the  plants  and  flowers  derive  much 
strength  from  these  top-roots  So  in  potting  lily  bulbs, 
it  is  best  to  put  them  down  so  deep  that  there  will  be 
sufficient  soil  above  the  bulbs  to  entice  and  sustain  the 
stem-roots  This  may  be  done  when  the  bulbs  are  pot- 
ted, or  2  or  3  inches  of  soil  may  be  added  after  growth 
is  under  way  and  the  stem-roots  have  begun  to  work 
into  the  soil  An  advantage  in  the  latter  method  is  that 
some  fertilizer  may  be  mixed  with  the  new  soil,  and 
sustenance  provided  when  it  is  most  timely.  In  other 
respects  treat  the  bulbs  after  potting  as  just  advised. 
Winter-flowering  lily-of-the-valley  forms  no  new  roots 
The  thick,  fleshy  5  fibrous  old  roots  should  be  trimmed  at 
the  bottom,  leaving  them  from  2  to  3  inches  long.  This 
allows  them  to  absorb  the  abundant  moisture  with 
which  they  should  be  supplied  while  the  flowerp  and 
foliage  are  developing.  They  flower  just  as  well  in  sand 
or  moss,  or  anything  that  retains  an  even  moisture  and 
temperature,  as  they  do  m  soil,  but  hly-of-the-valley 
for  flowering  in  the  nouse  or  greenhouse  requires  freez- 
ing before  it  can  be  successfully  brought  into  flower. 
Without  freezing,  many  pips  will  "come  blind,"  or  pro- 


BULB 


BULB 


593 


duce  malformed  spikes  So  it  is  just  as  well  for  ama- 
teurs to  plant  their  pips  an  inch  or  two  apart  m  pots  or 
bulb-pans,  and  plunge  them  in  the  garden,  as  recom- 
mended for  other  hardy  oulbs  Florists  generally 
freeze  their  pips  in  refrigerators,  or  have*  them  placed, 
just  as  they  arrive  from  Germany,  2,500  pips  in  a  case, 
in  cold  storage,  in  a  temperature  of  2H°  to  30°. 

Half-hardy  bulbs  for  winter-flowering  and  forcing 
should  be  treated  the  same  as  hardy  bulbs,  except 
that  after  potting  they  (should  be  placed  for  rooting 
where  they  will  not  freeze  Vet  they  can  go  fairly  close 
to  it  and  be  all  the  better  for  it  In  northern  states,  a 
coldframe  or  pit  or  cold  greenhouse1  to  root  them  in  is, 
therefore,  almost  indispensable  For  tender  winter-  and 
summer-flowering  greenhouse  bulbs,  the  culture  varies 
with  almost  every  species,  and  as  no  general  instruc- 
tions would  suit  all  kinds,  the  reader  may  refer  to  their 
individual  cultures  given  under  their  respective  head- 
ings in  this  Cyclopedia.  (See  list  of  species  at  the  end 
of  this  article  ) 

Other  indoor  methods, 

The  flowering  of  bulbs  in  glasses,  bowls  ( r 
unique  pots,  is  always  interesting  Among  the 
most  successful  and  interesting  are  hyacinth 
bulbs  in  glasses  of  water  TTse  early-flowering 
single  varieties  only  The  seedsmen  and  dealers 
in  bulbs  supply  special  hyacinth  glasses  for  the 
purpose  They  come  in  various 
shapes,  colors  and  decorations,  and 
vary  in  price  from  20  cents  to  SI  oO 
each  These  are  simply  filled  \\ith 
fresh,  pure  water  A  lump  of  char- 
coal thrown  in  absorbs  impuntiCA, 
but  it  is  not  absolutely  neocssaiv 
The  bulb  rests  in  a  cup-shaped  le- 
ceptacle  on  top  of  the  glass  In 
filling,  the  water  should  not  quite 
touch  the  bottom  of  the  bulb  Put 
in  a  cool,  dark,  airy  place  until  the 
roots  have  reached  the  bottom  of 
the  glass,  which  should  be  in  about 
six  weeks  Do  not  place  them  in  a 
close,  warm  closet  They  must  1m  e 
fresh  air  Vs  the  water  evaporates, 
fill  the  glasses,  and  change  the  water 
entirely  when  needed  to  keep  it 
sweet  and  cleat  After  rooting,  place 
the  glasses  in  a  light  stoic- room 
where  the  temperatiue  aveiagos 
about  50°,  until  the  stems  and  foli- 
age have  developed,  then  remove  to  a  warm,  sunny  win- 
dow for  flow  en  to  open  rl  heie  are  other  Kinds  that  do 
equally  well  when  rooted  in  \\ater,  piovidmg  the  largest 
healthy  bulbs  aie  chosen  Among  them  aie  sprekeha 
(Jacobiran  hly),  Trumpet  narcissi  Ilorsheldii  and 
Golden  Spur,  polyanthus  naicissi  Grand  Monarque  and 
Glonosa,  large  bulbs  of  Roman  luacmths,  earlv  single 
tulips,  and  Mammoth  Yellow  cioeus  lUacmths  have 
been  flowered  on  a  piece  of  vngm  coik  floating  in  an 
aquarium,  a  hole  being  cut  through  the  cork  for  the 
roots  to  reach  the  water  The  so-called  "Chinese  sacred 
lily,"  a  variety  of  I'olvanthus  imieissus,  grows  and 
flowers  luxuriantly  in  bowls  of  \\ater,  provided  they  are 
not  placed  in  a  dry,  furnace-heated  room,  which  will 
cause  the  buds  to  blast  before  opening  Sufficient  peb- 
bles or  shells  should  surround  the  bulbs  to  prevent 
them  from  toppling  over. 

Crocuses,  Roman  hyacinths,  and  hhes-of-the-valley 
are  very  pretty  when  nicely  flowered  in  columnar, 
hedge-hog-  or  beehive-shaped  hollow  pots  wit  h  holes  for 
the  reception  of  the  bulbs.  A  bulb  is  placed  in  front  of 
each  hole  from  the  inside,  with  the  crown  of  the  bulb 
looking  outward  The  pot  is  then  filled  with  soil  through 
the  large  opening  in  the  bottom,  moss  being  pressed  in 
last  to  hold  the  contents  in  place,  after  which  the  potb 

38 


687   The  Easter  hly  throws  out  feedmg-roots 
both  below  and  above  the  bulb 


are  put  outside  for  the  bulbs  to  root,  as  explained  for 
other  hardy  bulbs  for  the  house. 

The  growing  of  bulbs  in  moss  fiber;  a  method  intro- 
duced by  Robert  Sydenham,  of  Birmingham,  Eng- 
land, is  well  deserving  of  attention  by  the  amateur. 
The  great  advantage  of  this  method  is  that  the  bulbs 
can  be  grown  in  decorative  china  bowls,  without  drain- 
age, while  the  compost  is  clean  to  handle  and,  as  the 
bowls  are  not  porous,  they  may  be  set  about  a  room 
without  danger  of  spotting  the  most  highly  polished 
woodwork.  The  compost  is  made  up  of  moss  or  peat 
fiber  and  ground  oyster-shell  in  the  proportion  of  tnree 
parts  dry  moss  to  two  parts  of  the  shell;  a  little  pulver- 
ized charcoal  added  tends  to  keep  the  material  sweet 
The  moss  must  be  rubbed  between  the  hands  thoroughly 
to  break  even  small  lumps  and  then  mix  the  shell  with 
it  very  carefully,  after  which  water  should  be  slowly 
added  in  the  proportion  of  four  quarts  to  each  half- 
bushel  of  the  mixture  When  properly  moistened  the 
compost  should  feel  quite  damp  but  no  water  will  be 
squeezed  out  if  a  small  quantity  is  pressed  tightly 
in  the  hand.  A  few  pieces  of  charcoal  should  be 
placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  bowl  to  keep  the  fiber 
sweet,  and  the  bowls  should  be  filled  to  within  about 
.in  inch  Irom  the  rim  Cover  the  bulbs  with  an  inch 
or  so  of  the  rnixtuie,  taking  care  not  to  pack  the 
hbei  in  so  doing,  and  place  the,  bowls  in  a  cellar  or 
cool  room  where  they  can  havo  plenty  of  fresh  air 
For  about  three  weeks  the  mixture 
will  itself  provide  sufficient  mois- 
ture, but  after  that  time  they  must 
be  examined  frequently,  nothing  13 
so  essential  as  Keeping  the  fiber 
uniform!)  damp  to  the  very  bottom 
of  the  bowls  but  there  must  be  no 
water  standing  If  dry  for  but  a 
da>  theie  is  great  risk  of  the  bulbs 
going  blind  'llie  treatment  from 
this  point  on  is  identical  with  that 
gi\en  for  bulbs  grown  m  ordinary 
potting  soil 

Subsequent  in.nl  ment  offurcwl  bidbs. 

After  being  forced  or  flowered  in 
the  gicenhouse  or  window,  hardy 
bulbs  are  of  little  \alue,  for  most 
bulbs  suitable  for  the  purpose  have 
attained  their  maximum  size,  and, 
m  consequence,  are  readv  to  break 
up  Florists  usuallj  throw  these 
bulbs  awav  However,  if  space  can 
be  spared  for  the  bulbs  to  complete  their  growth 
after  flowering,  and  watering  ana  temperatures  are 
watched,  many  of  them  can  be  matured  to  be  utilized 
afterwards.  The  ripening  of  the  foliage  is  as  necessary 
to  forced  bulbs  as  it  is  to  those  grown  in  the  open,  and 
to  promote  this  the  potted  bulbs  should  receive  enough 
caie  and  nourishment  to  counteract  the  artificial  con- 
clit  ions  under  which  they  are  grow  n  When  it  is  desired 
to  keep  forced  bulbs,  the  compost  should  be  made  some- 
what  richer  at  potting  time  After  flowering,  the  pots 
may  be  plunged  out-of-doors,  if  freezing  weather  is  over, 
until  the  foliage  has  ripened  Then  the  bulbs  can  be 
shaken  out  and  planted  in  the  mixed  Dorder  or  about 
the  kitchen-garden,  where  some  of  them  will  recuperate 
and  give  flowers  for  cutting  within  a  year  or  two,  and 
e\cntually  they  will  regain  their  vigor  sufficient  ly  to 
be  transferred  to  the  bulb-garden.  Yet  with  most  of  the 
bulbs  the  labor  involved  is  scarcely  commensurate  with 
the  returns,  and  the  bulbs  might  just  as  well  be  dis- 
carded at  the  beginning. 

Keeping  dormant  bulbs,  hibcrs,  and  the  like. 

Bulbs  and  tubers  of  the  various  species,  as  well  as 
their  varieties,  vary  greatly  in  size  Some,  like  oxahs, 
snowdrops,  and  chionodovas,  often  do  not  exceed  hoi* 


594 


BULB 


BULB 


an  inch  in  diameter,  while  other  bulbs,  such  as  those  of 
Caladium  esculentum,  certain  arums  and  crmums, 
attain  great  size,  frequently  weighing  several  pounds 
each.  Such  solid  bulbs  as  those  of  tulips,  hyacinths 
and  narcissi,  will  remain  out  of  the  ground  solid  and 
plump,  m  a  suitable  place,  for  three  or  four  mouths.  The 
larger  the  bulb  the  longer  it  will  keep,  as  a  rule.  Large 
cnnum  bulbs  have  been  kept  for  fifteen  months  Still, 
it  is  always  better  to  plant  the  bulbs  as  soon  as  possible, 
for,  although  they  keep,  they  do  not  improve,  and  their 
tendency  is  always  toward  diymg  out  and  loss  of  vi- 
tality. 

Never  keep  bulbs  packed  air-tight.  They  are  liable 
to  generate  heat  or  sweat,  mold  or  rot,  or  to  start. 
When  solid  bulbs  are  to  be  kept  dormant  for  any  length 
of  time,  they  should  be  stored  away  from  bright  light  in 
baskets,  shallow  boxes  or  slatted  trays,  protected  from 
rats  or  mice,  in  a  room  or  cellar  m  which  there  is  a  cir- 
culation of  fresh  air  and  the  temperature  is  as  cool 
as  possible.  Forty  degrees  is  the  desideratum  for  all 
excepting  tender  bulbs  Scale-like  bulbs,  as  lihums,  soon 
dry  out  and  shrivel,  if  exposed  to  the  air  for  any  length 
of  time;  therefore,  they  are  best  kept  in  opon  boxes 
packed  with  some  substance  that  \\ill  retain  a  slight  and 
even  moisture,  such  as  sphagnum  moss,  rotted  leaf- 
mold,  coconut  fiber  refuse,  or  moist  sand,  but  they  must 
be  kept  cold  to  check  any  efforts  to  start.  Fleshy  roots, 
like  those  of  peonies,  and  so  on,  should  be  treated  like 
the  lily  bulbs  When  a  cold-storage  room,  with  an  aver- 
age temperature  of  36°  to  40°,  is  available,  it  is  the 
safest  place  to  carry  over  hardy  bulbs  and  roots  for 
spring  planting 

Lily-of-the-valley  pips  are  carried  in  cold  storage 
rooms  of  about  28  to  30°.  The  pips  and  packing 
freeze  solid;  and  here  they  are  kept  for  months  until 
wanted  for  foicing  When  they  aie  removed,  they 
must  be  thawed  out  gradually  and  as  soon  as  possible, 
by  plunging  in  cold  water,  before  they  are  subjected  to 
any  heat;  otherwise,  they  are  likely  to  rot  For  this 
reason,  "cold-storage  pips  '  cannot  be  safely  shipped  any 
distance  in  warm  weather, 
this  often  being  the  cause 
of  tho  count ly  florists'  dis- 
appointment in  results 

Tender  dormant  bulbs, 
as  begonias,  gloxinias, 
arnaryllis,  pancratiums, 
tigndias,  tuberoses,  must 
be  kept  in  a  warm,  dry 
atmosphere,  not  below 
50°.  The  cause  of  tube- 
roses not  flowering  is  often 
688  Bulb  with  a  cushion  of  sand  that  the  bulbs  have  been 
beneath  it  to  prevent  decay.  kept  below  40°,  which 
destroys  the  flower  germ, 

although  the  foliage  grows  just  as  vigorously.  Tender 
tubers,  such  as  dahlias  and  cannas,  should  be  stored 
in  dry  sand  in  a  warm,  dry  cellar  or  under  the  green- 
house bench. 

Propagation  of  bulbous  plants. 

Bulbous  plants  increase  usually  in  either  of  two 
natural  ways — from  division  or  from  seed.  Increase  by 
division,  with  true  bulbs  and  corms,  is  due,  in  the  first 
place,  to  the  tendency  these  plants  have  after  reaching 
a  certain  age  to  break  up  into  a  number  of  smaller  parts, 
each  part  making  a  new  start  for  itself  and  developing 
with  tune  into  a  bulb  of  flowering  size  In  addition  to 
this  breaking  up,  all  bulbs,  even  those  of  young  growth, 
form  tiny  bulbels  or  offsets,  throughout  their  time  of 
maturing  These  bulbels  appear  in  many  ways,  some 
forming  outside  of  the  protecting  skin  of  the  mother 
bulb,  as  in  the  case  of  the  tulip  and  hyacinth,  others 
developing  about  the  base  of  a  newly-formed  corm  like 
the  gladiolus  In  this  connection  it  is  proper  to  note  that 
'Jbe  formation  of  bulbs  during  the  growing  season  vanes 


in  that  some  kinds  form  an  entirely  new  bulb,  as  the 
tulip  and  gladiolus^  and  others  merely  add  new  tissues  to 
the  old  bulb  and  increase  in  size,  as  the  narcissus  and 
hyacinth.  As  a  rule,  small  bulbs  obtained  by  this  pro- 
cess of  breaking  up  do  not  have  the  vigor  of  those  from 
offsets,  the  younger  a  bulb  is,  the  greater  vigor  it  always 
has,  although  the  flower  may  not  show  its  true  size. 

Whereas  bulbs  secured  by  division  always  come  true, 
— that  is,  the  flowers  resemble  that  of  the  parent  bulb, 
allowing  for  the  occasional  variation  due  to  "sporting" — 
propagation  by  seed  is  likely  to  give  new  varieties,  dif- 
fering in  character  from  the  original.  Certain  kinds  of 
bulbs,  such  as  the  soilla,  chionodoxa,  or  frcesia,  can  be 
propagated  by  seed  and  come  true,  unless  cross-fertilized 
Bulbs  grown  from  seed  taku  longer  to  mature  than  do 
those  from  offsets,  and  for  commercial  purposes  the 
seed  method  is  seldom  employed  except  when  the 
raising  of  novelties  is  an  object 

Of  the  other  so-called  bulbous  plants  which  are  under 
consideration  hero,  the  tuberous  kinds  increase  natu- 
rally by  the  development  of  new  eyes  which  grow  into 
young  plants  as  the  old  tuber  decays,  while  the  rhizoma- 
tous  sorts  form  new  plants  through  the  elongation  and 
branching  of  the  tunning  underground  stems  accom- 
panied bv  the  dying  back  of  the  older  parts  Artificial 
propagation  ot  those  kmds  is  an  easier  affair  than  with 
true  bulbs,  as  tho  separation  of  tho  new  growth  is  readily 
effected  by  division  with  a  knife,  or  even  with  the 
rougher  use  of  a  spade  Such  tubers  as  potatoes,  bego- 
nias and  gloxinia*  can  be  cut  into  small  parts  wherever 
an  eye  has  started,  and  these  planted  out  separately 
grow  into  now  plants  \\  ith  certain  kinds  it  is  a 
frequent  practice  to  dust  ovor  tho  tubers  whore  the  cut 
has  been  made  with  sulfur  or  soot  to  prevent  docay 
Caution  must  be  used  in  following  this  method,  as  too 
frequent  division  of  this  sort  results  in  \\oakoning  the 
..vigor  of  the  stock  to  be  grown  Several  tubers,  such  as 
Ihe  dahlia  and  begonia,  can  be  propagated  either  by 
stem  or  leaf  cuttings  taken  from  tho  young  growth 

Artificial  propagation  of  the  hyacinth  by  cutting  the 
old  bulb  is  tho  method  employed  in  Holland,  while 
many  liliums  ar"  increased  by  loosening  tho  outer  bulb 
scales  and  inserting  thorn  in  sand  after  the  manner  of 
cuttings  Certain  bulbs  like  tho  tulip,  as  grown  in  Hol- 
land, are  subjected  to  heat  after  lifting,  to  ripen  the 
bulbs  more  thoroughly.  Bulbs  to  bo  used  for  propaga- 
ting are  given  a  higher  temperature,  which  arrests  the 
flowering  and  tends  to  increase  the  breaking  up  of  the 
mother  bulbs.  For  special  methods  of  propagating, 
the  reader  should  consult  the  articles  on  the  various 
bulbs  throughout  this  Cyclopedia 

The  cultural  treatment  for  tho  young  bulbs  is  in  gen- 
eral the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  the  older,  larger 
ones.  The  offsets  need  not,  of  course,  be  planted  so  far 
apart,  the  very  smallest  being  simply  scattered  in  drills 
as  poas  or  beans  are  sown  At  first  tho  soil  should  be 
somewhat  lighter  than  later  on,  and  must  always  be  kept 
free  from  weeds  and  woll  cultivated  The  young  bulbs 
should  be  planted  early,  and  when  annual  lifting  is 
practised  they  should  be  the  first  to  come  out  of  the 
ground. 

From  an  economic  point  of  view  it  is  doubtful 
whether  the  so-called  Dutch  bulbs  can  be  successfully 
propagated  and  grown  in  America.  The  extremely  low 
cost  of  labor,  and  the  rapid  increase  of  stocks  in  the  soil 
and  climate  of  Holland,  together  with  the  fact  that  the 
secret  of  ripening  the  bulbs  to  perfection  is  known 
thoroughly  only  by  the  Dutch,  makes  it  improbable 
that  bulbs  can  be  grown  as  well,  or  with  a  reasonable 
profit,  here  in  America. 

Hints  on  buying  and  selecting  bulbs. 

As  already  said,  bulbs  can  develop  only  the  flowers 
which  were  formed  within  them  before  they  were  ri- 
pened. A  bulb  may  be  poor  because  not  full-grown  or  too 
young,  or  because  grown  in  impoverished  soil  or  under 


'Mte 


w*; 


XX.   A  border  of  hardy  bulbs 


BULB 


BULB 


595 


uncongenial  conditions,  or  because  it  may  not  have 
been  matured  when  dug;  or  it  may  be  injurea  from  heat- 
ing, sweating,  rotting  or  moldmess  in  storage  or  transit, 
caused  by  improper  curing  or  packing,  or  it  may  be 
dried  out  from  having  been  out  of  the  ground  too  long. 
In  the  majority  of  cases  in  which  poor  bulbs  are  planted, 
however,  it  is  the  buyer's  fault  in  procuring  cheap 
bulbs,  which  in  many  cases  are  second  grades,  lacking 
age  and  proper  size  The  commoner  varieties  of  a  spe- 
cies usually  propagate  the  fastest,  and  it  is  generally 
these  less  salable  varieties  and  inferior  seedlings  and  cull- 
ings  from  the  named  bulbs  that  go  to  make  up  most 
"mixed  colors"  and  "mixed  varieties."  Therefore,  for 
best  results,  it  is  advisable  to  expend  a  given  amount 
of  money  for  the  hrst-size  named  varieties,  rather  than 
for  a  larger  quantity  of  cheaper  seconds  and  mixtures, 
unless,  of  course,  the  bulbs  are  wanted  for  large  perma- 
nent plantings,  as  m  promiscuous  boiders  for  naturaliz- 
ing, in  which  best  flowers  the  first  season  are  of  secon- 
dary consideration. 

The  best  named  hyacinths — "top  roots,"  as  they  are 
called  in  Holland — require  from  four  to  six  years  to 
attain  full  sue  and  give  best  fiowcis  Such  bulbs, 
according  to  the  variety,  should  measure  from  20  to  24 
centimeters  (8  to  10  inches)  in  circumference  These 
naturally  cost  more  to  grow  than  the  younger  second  or 
"bedding"  grade  of  bulbs,  measuring  from  18  to  20  cen- 
timeters ((>  to  8  inches)  There  is  a  third  size,  ranging 
from  16  to  IS  centimeters  (i  to  6  inches),  that  goes  in 
mixtures,  and  a  fourth  sue  (12  to  11  centimeters)  that 
goes  out  as  "Dutch  Romans,"  "Pan  Hyacinths," 
"Miniatures,"  and  so  on  Some  groovers  even  scale  their 
sizes  a  centimeter  or  two  less  than  mentioned,  to  enable 
them  to  quote  lower  prices  Crocus,  narcissi,  tulips 
and  rrianv  other  bulbs  are  also  sorted  into  sizes,  ena- 
bling the  growers  to  calch  all  classes  of  buyers 

A  first-sue  crocus  bulb  should  measure  10  centimeters 
(4  inches)  in  circumference,  and  such  bulbs  produce 
from  MX  to  twelve  flowers  each  A  small,  cheap  bulb 
produces  only  two  or  three  flowers  A  narcissus  bulb  of 
maximum  size  will  produce  from  thiee  to  five  flowers 
(sometimes  more),  and  an  inferior  sue  usually  but  a 
single  flower  A  white  Roman  h>acmth  bulb  14-  to  16- 
centimeter  sue  (.")  to  0  inches  in  circumference)  will  pro- 
duce three  and  often  four  spikes  of  firsts  and  several 
seconds,  while  an  11-  to  12-centimeter  sue  will  aver- 
age only  one  first-grade  spike  and  a  couple  of  seconds, 
or  pel  haps  nothing  but  seconds  The  best  hl}-of-the- 
vallev  pips  bear  from  twelve  to  sixteen  bells  on  a  spike, 
usually  all  firsts  Cheaper  inferior  giades  of  pips  have 
seldom  more  than  seven  to  ten  bells  If  the  florist  or 
planter  wants  1he  best  bulbs,  he  must  pay  more  money 
for  them,  but  they  are  cheapest  in  the  end,  for  second- 
grade  stock  takes  up  uist  as  much  room  and  requires 
as  much  care,  fire,  and  other  expenses  It  is  the  grade 
of  flowers  called  firsts  that  sell  and  pay  a  profit.  The 
supply  of  seconds  is  often  so  abundant  that  the 
market  price  for  them  does  not  pay  the  cost  of 
the  bulbs. 

Mere  size  alone  should  never  be  taken  as  the  standard 
in  judging  bulbs,  however,  as  in  this  respect  there  is 
always  a  great  difference  among  vancties  of  the  same 
kind~of  bulb  A  plump,  solid  bulb,  without  any  sus- 
picion of  flabbmess,  will  give  far  better  blooms  than  one 
without  these  qualities,  but  if  size  goes  with  them  the 
purchaser  will  be  just  so  much  better  satisfied  Further- 
more, the  selection  of  varieties  is  of  importance  since  in 
recent  years  a  great  many  vastly  improved  varieties 
m  all  classes  of  bulbs  have  been  introduced  The  grow- 
ers, nevertheless,  because  of  the  demand  for  the  older 
sorts,  of  which  they  have  large  stocks,  continue  to  list 
many  kinds  no  longer  worth  growing,  unless  cheap 
bulbs  are  wanted.  Attention  ought  also  to  be  paid  to 
the  fact  that  a  number  of  varieties  appear  in  the  lists 
under  different  names,  a  feature  of  the  bulb  trade 
which  often  leads  to  great  confusion  although  the  relia- 


ble dealers  usually  note  synonymous  names  in  such 
cases.  Cheap  bulbs  may  often  be  secured  through  the 
auction  sales  in  fairly  good  quality,  but  it  is  utterly  im- 
possible to  count  upon  these  being  true  to  name,  or 
even  to  color.  The  surest  way  to  obtain  farst-class  bulbs 


689    A  good  pot  of  narcissi 

is  always  to  purchase  from  a  trustworthy  source,  arid 
to  state  clearly,  when  buying,  the  exact  purposes  for 
which  the  bulbs  are  intended  and  the  amount  which 
the  buj  er  desires  to  spend. 

Catalogue  of  bulbt^ 

To  aid  in  the  selection  of  bulbs  for  particular  pur 
poses,  is  appended  a  list  of  the  leading  species  that  att 
piocuuible  while  dormant  (between  the  months  speci- 
fied) from  seedsmen  and  bulb  dealers,  and  a  sign  is 
affixed  to  each  to  indicate  the  purpose  for  which  the 
species — or  certain  varieties  in  it — arc  adapted  Some 
kinds  arc  useful  foi  moie  than  one  puipose,  and  such 
have  a  corresponding  number  of  signs  For  example: 
If  a  selection  of  bulbs  is  to  be  made  for  winter-flowering 
in  the  house,  make  a  note  of  those  to  which  an  asterisk 
(*)  is  affixed,  then  turn  to  their  respective  headings 
in  this  Cyclopedia,  w  here  w  ill  be  found  other  advice  and 
descriptions,  lead  all  cultuial  instructions  carefully, 
and  consult  good  gioweis  and  reliable  dealers  for  the 
most  lecent  vaneties  in  any  species,  remembeiing  that 
new  varieties  frequently  appear. 

For  vnntir-floutrmg  hulb*  for  gnenhouse  or  window,  select  from 

For  summer-  and  fall-tloirtnng  bulbs  for  pots  for  greenhouse 
and  othtr  decoration,  ^tUct  from  speites  marked  f 

For  spring-fiowcniifi  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  lawns,  and  the  like, 
select  from  spine*  mat  kid  J 

For  summer-  and  fad-flowering  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  lawns, 
and  the  like,  select  from  species  marked  |l 

For  tiirnmir-  and  foll-fiowetuig  (not  hardy)  bulbs  for  spring 
planting  in  garden,  and  th,  like,  selfrj.  from  iptcus  marked  ?. 

For  ilimbing  biilboui  plan'         '    ''  '     '" 


Th 


marked  H  i 


GENERA,  ETC 

Abobra  11  p 
Achum-nest 
AgapanthiM  t  # 
Alhica  t 
Allium  *  t 
Alstrrrmona  f  t 
Amaryllis  *  t 
Ainorphophalhu  ? 
Anemone  *  J 
Anomnthi-ca  g 
Antholyru  ? 
Apicw  «i  ,| 
\ri«trma  t 
Arum  *  t 


HtiniK,  aenri  jrom  «/>< 
irdy,  mi,  half-hardy, 

,cus  murKeu  n 
T,  tender. 

H  \HIMNES8 

DORMANT. 

HH 

.     Got   to  Apr. 

T 

Oct   to  Apr. 

HII 

Oct   to  Apr. 

T 
H  &  HH 

(  )ct    to  Apr. 
Aug   to  Dec. 

HH 

Sept    to  Nov. 

T 

Oct   to  Apr 

T 
H  ft  HH 

Oct    to  Apr 
Aug   to  Nov. 

II  H 

Oct   to  Apr. 

HIT 

Oct    to  Apr. 

It 

Oct   to  Apr. 

HH 

Oct   to  Apr. 

T 

Aug  to  Apr. 

596 


BULB 


BULBOPHYLLUM 


GENERA,  ETC. 
Babmna  * 

Begonia,  Tuberous  t  'i 
Besscra  \ 
Blandfordm  * 
Blooracriaf  . 
Bomarea  11  1 
Boussmgaultia  fl  § 
Bowieu  f  t 
Bravoa  t 
Brodisea  *  J 
Bulbocodmm  \ 
Caladmm  t  (* 
Calorhortus  *  J 
Camassia  l| 
Canna  <| 
Chionodoxa  *  \ 
Chhdanthus  I      . 
Colehicum  ||  .    . 

Convallana'1't.     . 
Coopena  9. 
Corydahs  || 
Cnnum  t  (* 
Crocosmia  i 
Crocus  *  t 
Crown  Imperial  % 
Cumrmngia  t 
Cyanolla  t 

Cycl-imon  persicum  * 
Cyrlobothra  g  .  . 
Cypella  ?     ---- 
Cyrtanthusf  .    . 
Dahlia  §    ... 
Dicentra  \     . 
Dioscorea  H  || 
EranthisJ        .... 
Eremurus  || 
Erythronium  f 
Eucharist 
Euryeles  f 
Kreesm  * 
Fntillana  *  t     . 
Galanthus  *  J 
Galtonia  g        ... 
Geis>8orlma  t       ..... 
Gesneria*t   . 
Gladiolus  ' 
Glon 
Glo: 

HaMiiunttius  f 
Helleborus  J 
Hemerocallis  ]| 
Homena  § 
Hyacinth  *  $ 
Hymenocallis  g  t 
Imautophyllum  t 
Im,  Bulbous  *  J 
Ins,  Rhizomatous, 
I*mene  ?  t 
Ixia  *  . 
Ix.ohrum  t 
Jonquil  *  t      • 
Lacheiidha*  ... 
Leucojum  t  || 
Lilmin  *  i| 
Lyeom  g  t 
Nlilla  § 
Montbretia  || 
Muicana  J 
Nsegdia*t 
Narcissus  *  J 


OrnilhoK-iluiii  *  3 
Oxalu,  for  borders  4 
Oxali  ,  Winter-flowe 
Peony  || 
Pancratium  f  ? 
Phuxlrauassa  * 
Polygonatum  || 
Puachkinia  t 
Ranunculus  * 
Richardia  *  t  g 
Rigidella  ? 
Sangumflrm  J 
Sclmo^tyhs  *  g     .   . 
Scilla  t  * 
Spamxis  * 
Spiraea  (Astilbe)  *  . 
Sprekeha*t?       .   . 


Tecophiliea  *.  . 
Tigndiag       ........ 

Trillium!)       ..... 

Tnteleia  J 

Tntoina  l| 

Tritonia  * 

Tl"op8eolum,  Tuberous  * 

Tuberose  t 


uiaaioius  g 
Glonosa  H  t 
Gloxinia  f 
Gnffima  f 


DORMANT. 
.Aug.  to  Nov. 
.Oct  to  Apr. 
.  Oct  to  Apr. 
Aug  to  Nov. 
,   Aug  to  Nov. 
Aug   to  Oct. 
Oet   to  Apr 
Oct  to  March 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Oct. 
Aug   to  Oct 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Aug   to  Nov 
Oct.  to  Apr 
Aug   to  Oct. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Sept. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Apr 
Nov   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Dec. 
Oct    to  Apr. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  March 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Oct. 
Oct   to  \pr. 
Aug   to  Nov. 
Sept  to  Doc 
Oct   to  March 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Aug   to  Oct 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Sept   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug  to  Nov 
Aug.  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
.   Aug  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Nov 
Aug  to  Nov 
Aug  to  Oct 
Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug   to  Oct 
Sept   to  Apr. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug   to  Nov 
Oct    to  Apr 
Aug   to  Oct. 
Oct   to  Apr 
\ug   to  Nov 
Vug   to  \ov 
Srpt   to  Apr. 
Aug   to  Nov. 
Oct    to  Apr 
Oct    to  Apr 
Oct    to  Apr 
Oct    to  Apr 
Aug  to  Oct 
Aug  to  Nov 
Sept   to  Dec. 
Oct    to  Apr 
Oct    to  Apr 
O(  t   to  Apr 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Aug  to  Nov. 
Oct   to  Apr 
Sept  to  Apr 
.  Aug  to  Oct. 
Aug  to  Oct 
Oct.  to  Apr. 
.  Oct  to  March 
Oct   to  Apr 
Oct   to  Apr 
Aug  to  NW. 
Aug  to  Dec 
Nov.  to  May 


OENERA,  ETC.  HARDINESS  DORMANT. 

Tulip  *  J                            .  H  Aug   to  Nov. 

Tydsea  *  f          T  .           Oct   to  Apr 

Urceolma  t        •  T  ...         Oct  to  Apr. 

Vallota  t              ...  T  Oct.  to  Apr 

Watsoma  *  g  HH       Sept  to  Doc. 

Zophyranthes  *  g        HH  Aug.  to  Apr. 

PETER  HENDERSON  &  Co. 

BULBlNE  (Greek,  bolbos,  a  bulb).  Lihdcese.  More 
than  20  species  of  half-hardy  African  and  Australian 
plants,  allied  to  Anthericum,  but  practically  not  culti- 
vated in  this  country 

Flowers  showy,  the  petals  distinct,  1-nerved,  spread- 
ing and  often  recuivmg  in  age,  stamens  shorter  than 
the  perianth.  Some  of  the  species  are  bulbous,  and 
require  the  general  treatment  given  Cape  bulbs  (see 
Bulbs),  but  none  of  the  bulbous  species  is  known  here. 


690.  Bulbme  annua. 

annua,  Willd  Fig  690  Annual,  acaulescent,  without 
any  rootstock  or  bulb.  Ivs.  12-20,  erect  but  \veak4  fls. 
bright  yellow,  racemose  S  Afr.  B  M.  1451  (as  Anthen- 
cum). DC.  PI.  Grasses,  pi.  8 — Can  be  gro\\n  as  an 
annualS.  N.  TAYLOR. 

BULBINfiLLA:   Chryacbactron. 

BULBOC6DIUM  (Greek,  woolly  bulb)  Lihacese 
Ciocus-hke  bulbous  plants  of  mts  of  Ku  and  Russian 
Asia,  spring-flowering  or  autumn-flo\\  ermg 

Leaves  appearing  after  (or  before)  the  fls  ,  usually  3. 
narrow,  sheathed  at  base*  fls  close  to  the  ground,  2-3 
from  each  bulb,  the  perianth  funnelfonn,  begms  dis- 
tinct to  the  base  but  conniving  in  a  tube;  stamens  6; 
style  3-fld  at  the  top  — One  variable  species,  treated  in 
general  as  crocuses  aie  cult.  Allied  to  Merendera,  to 
which  some  of  the  former  species  are  referred. 

v&rnum,  Linn  Fig  691.  Blooms  m  gardens  in 
earliest  spring  before  the  Ivs.  appear,  the  fls  resting 
nearly  on  the  ground,  fls.  rosy  purple,  white-spotted 
on  the  interior,  1-3  from  each  bulb  •  Ivs  broad  and  chan- 
nelled B  M.  153  (cf.  Fig  691).  FS  IT  1149  On  75, 
p.  409. — Bulbs  should  be  taken  up  and  divided  every 
2  or  3  years.  Plant  in  the  fall  Usually  blooms  in 
advance  of  the  crocus.  B.  vbrsicolor,  Spreng  (B. 
rutMnicum,  Bunge),  is  a  small  handsome  form 

L    H.  B. 

BULBOPHtLLUM  (Greek,  bulb-leaf).  Orchidteex. 
Epiphytic  plants,  creeping  upon  rocks  or  trees;  cult  in 
the  warmhouse 

Pseudobulbs  1-2-lvd  in  the  axils  of  the  sheaths,  and 
with  the  infl.  arising  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb: 
fls.  small  and  numerous  in  a  raceme,  or  larger  and  tew 


BULBOPHYLLUM 


BULLACE 


597 


or  solitary;  dorsal  sepal  erect  or  spreading,  free,  equal- 
ing or  shorter  than  the  lateral,  which  are  obliquely 
broadened  at  the  base  and  adnate  to  the  foot  of  the 
column;  petals  shorter  than  or  nearly  equaling  the 
sepals,  hp  articulated  to 
the  foot  of  the  column, 
incumbent  upon  the 
column;  pollmia  4. — A 
genus  of  about  125  spe- 
cies, mostly  natives  of 
Tron  Asia  and  Afr. — 
Bulbophyllum  needs  a 
rnoist  atmosphere  and 
should  not  become  dry. 
Grown  on  pieces  of 
wood  or  tree-fern  stems. 

A.  Flu  large,  solitary. 
B.  Petals  and  lip  minute; 
sepah  te.walatedwith 
yah  brown,  and  yel- 
low. 

grandifldrum,  Blume. 
*  Pbcudobulbs  2  -  3  in. 
long,  1-lvd  :  If  up  to  10 
in  long  and  2  m  broad, 
emargmate  at  the  apex: 
peduncle  usually  not  ex- 
ceeding the  If.  w  ith  2-4 
biaets  and  a  solitary 
large  fl  about  8  in  long, 
sepals  tessellated  vuth  pale  brown  and  yellow  spots,  the 
doisal  bepal  arcuate  and  incurved,  the  sides  reflexed, 
the  lateral  sepals  deflexed,  petals  minute,  _tnangular, 
~ r  Gumc 


691.  Bulbocodium  vernura 


hp  minute,  3-lobed 
III  17  429. 


New 


nea.    BM  77S7.    G  C. 


BH  Petals  and  hp  large,  the  former  as  long  as  the  sepals. 

c  Lip  curdate-tnangular;  petals  reflexed. 
Dearei,  Reichb  (13  Godtteffianum,  Hort  ).  Pseudo- 
hulbs  1-lvd  uptol^jm  long  Jf  up  to  Gin  long,  acute: 
peduncle  as  long  as  or  exceeding  the  If ,  bearing  a  soli- 
tary largo  fl  ,  sepals  and  petals  tawny  yellow,  the  dorsal 
sopal  ovato-lancoolato,  rod-spotted,  the  lateral  sepals 
lanceolate,  falcate,  purple-marked  on  both  sides, 
petals  Imoar-lancoolate,  \vith  the  veins  deeper,  and  some 
puiplo  spot*,  lip  triangular-cordate  Origin  uncertain. 
GC  11  20  10S  (as  Sarcopodium) . 

cc  Lip  co)  date-ovate;  petals  merely  spreading. 
L6bbii,  Lindl  Fig  692  Pseudobulbs  1-lvd  ,  up  to 
\l/2.  i"  l°nK  ^  about  6  in  long,  nai  rowed  into  a  petiole 
peduncle  shoitor  than  the  If  ,  bearing  a  solitary  large 
il  3—1  in  acioss,  sepals  and  petals  buff-yellow,  the 
dorsal  sepal  \\ith  lines  of  purple  spots  on  the  back, 
ovate-lanceolate,  the  lateral  sepals  falcate,  marked 
with  rose  in  the  center,  petals  lanceolate;  lip  yellow, 
purple-spotted,  cordate-ovate,  acute  Java.  B  M  4532 
G  C  111  38  184  (var  colosseum). 

A  A  Fls  less  than  J^in  long,  in  a  raceme. 
Careyanum,  Spreng.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid  or  oblong, 
1-lvd  .  If  up  to  10  in  long  and  2  in.  broad,  scape  with 
many  bracts,  bearing  a  dense  raceme.  2-4  in.  long,  of 
numerous  fls  which  are  orange-yellow  or  greenish, 
spotted  with  reddish  brown  or  purple;  sepals  oblong- 
ovate,  acute;  petals  broadly  ovate,  minutely  awned; 
hp  nearly  entire  Himalayas. 

B  nune^mum,  Lindl  Burma  B  M  7938  — B  barbtgerum, 
Lindl  Lip  long,  narrow  with  a  tuft  of  long  purple  hairs  at  the 
apex  Trop  Afr  Gt  4«.  p  491  BR  1942.  BM  5288  R  B. 
30253 — B  Hinnendljkn,  J  J  Smith  Java  B  M  8i»7  G  C. 
Ill  47  84  —B  birmense,  Srhlecht  Fls  orange-yellow,  very  small 
Burma  O.  WO  107,  dew- -A  Birtneri'lrmm,  Schlecht  FN  golden 
yellow  bracts  leafy,  greenish  white,  rose-dotted  Siam  O  1910  108, 
desc  —  B  calabdru  urn,  Rolfo  Fls  small,  light  yellowish  green,  with  a 
dull  reddish  purple  hp  W  Trop  Afr  —  R  campanulcitum,  Rolfe. 
Sumatra.  BM  8281  —B  capituliflbrum,  Rolfo  Fl*.  very  small; 
sepals  and  petals  whitish  green ,  hp  deep  purple.  W.  Trop  Afr. — B. 


ehrysocephalum.Sohkcht  Dwarf  plant  fl«s  yellow  SE  Asia —5. 
comdsum.  C.  and  M  Burma  B  M  7283  —  B.  crenulatum,  Kolfe. 
Madagascar  B.M  8000 — fi  cyhndrnceum,  Lindl  Himalayas. 
GC  III  49  3— B  Dav&num,  Heuhb  Burma  FS  21  2236. 
GC  III  45  194— B  dickrdmum,  Rolfe  Annam  BM  8100—  B. 
Dtxomi,  Rolfe  Fls  small,  greenish  yellow  with  numerous  dark 
brown  spota.  petals  with  bnstle-Iike  tails  at  the  apex  Siarn  — B. 
Bncstdnu,  Kranzl  FIs  umbellate,  the  sepals  and  petals  green, 
spotted  with  purple-brown,  the  lip  triangular,  broadly  cordate  at 
base,  acute,  marked  with  red-brown  Malay  Archipelago  B  M. 
8088  GC  III  21  61,32  383  OR  15  233 —B  exaltdtum.  Lindl 
bepals  light  green,  dotted  with  brown,  hp  blackish  purple,  much 
fringed  Brazil,  British  Guiana  -B  fagctndUor,  Rolfe  Annam 
BM  8199— B  /Macupurnureum.  \fc  ight.  Fls  dull  reddish  brown, 
about  1  in  across  S  India  —  B  galbinum,  Riddell  Malay  ?<>mn 
BM  82lb  GC  111.42  42  —B  CenUUi,  Rolfe  Scape  1  2ft  long, 
bearing  a  densely  fid  «pikc,  fls  scarcely  }^in  long,  sepals  and  pftt  L 
straw-colored  and  purpU  Trop  Afr  G  C  III  3C  26b,  desc  — B 
gliUindtum,  Cogn  Fls  arranged  in  2  rows  in  short  spikes,  sepah 
greenish,  spotted  mwdc  w  ith  red ,  petal «<  minute,  white,  hp  red  Brazil 
O  1910  108,  desc —8  t»unctum,J  J  Smith  Fls  larger  than  in  B. 
Lobbn ,  sepals  densely  dotted  w  ith  purple,  petals  long  and  drooping 
Borneo— B  Khni,  Rolfe  Lv«  oblong,  dt-iduous  fls  dull  yellow, 
pubescent  Siam  —  B  k)n<Hi>mum,V*  Mem  -similar  to  B.  barbigerum, 
but  the  hairs  on  the  lip  arc  not  club-shaped  Congo  tree  State  — 
B  IrmmacatindeH,  Rolfr-  .la\a(')  GC  111  45  68  —  B  lemmscntum. 
Pax  Burind  F  S  23  2470  C!n  S'^.p  f»10— B  Irpidum,  J  J  bmith 
==Cirrhop«  talum — B  hlacmum,  RidUy  FN  in  dense  racemes  or 
spikes,  lilac  spotted  with  purple  Siam — B  lonyistmlum  Rolfe. 
NewGu.tua  GC  III  42  211— B  marrdnthum  Lindl  Burma 
and  Mahy  \rchipfl-igo  BM  720S— B  mantLbulare,  R«'ichb  f. 
Borneo  —  B  Me<lu**,  Reichb  f  Malay  —  B  tmcropttalum 
Rodrig  A  small  plant  with  spikes  of  tiny  transparent  green 
Us  with  prominent  blackish  purple  btripcs  Brazil — B  mmiatum, 
Rolfe  Resembles  B  barbigc rum  but  has  a  broader  labelluiu  with 
white  featht  r-hkc  processes  Congo  Free  State — B  mintm  J  J 
Smith  Remarkable  for  its  curious  Ms  ,  lateral  sepal*  united, 
petals  conwMing  of  a  bmall  round  disk  with  motor  filaments 
Muhya—  B  morphologfirum,  Hort  Us  curious  in  having  a 
•>rnall  tn.ingular  plate  bKvmn  the  dorsal  and  lateral  btpals, 
SIHHI  — B  jugretcens,  Rolfe  vScpals  yellow  dotted  with  blackish 
purple,  petals  and  lip  bl,itki«h  purple  Siam — B  nudism purn, 
Rolfe  Allud  to  B  barbi^erum  C'OFIKO  — B  urlhngl6anum,  Kran«l 
Malaya  GC  III.  43  iOu  —  B  Pahudn,  Reichb  f  Malaya 
F8  22  22G8— B  papillfaum,  Finet  Raceme  twite  as  long 
as  Us  ,  rachis  and  brarts  green,  lip  dark  purple  French 
Congo— B  Pfchei,  Bull  Burma  BM  7286  —  B  pol'/bU phm on, 
Schlccht  Fh  solitary,  dark  purple  N<  w  Guinea — B  prupinquum, 
Hort  Fis  Kr»fn  with  deuso  purple  reticulation  Siam  — B  quad- 
nfanum,  Rolfe  Fls  inconspicuous  Madagascar — B  radmtum, 
Lindl  Fls  yellowish  white,  with  narrow  lanceolate  petals  and 
sepals  If  linear  India —B  tnmulum,  Wight  I.  Indies  G  C. 
Ill  49  291  UR  9  361— B  tn,ientutum,  Rolfe  Allied  to  B. 
mandibulare  British  Xew  Guinea —B  tnfanum,  Rolfe  Fls. 
arranged  like  the  bracts  in  i  rows,  dull,  lurid  purple,  with  numer- 
ous minute  darker  cpots  on  the  wpals  Madagascar — B  rtr<?»- 
cena,  Thouars  Fls  umbellate,  stpala  and  petals  4-5  in.  long,  palo 


692.  Bulbophyllum  Lobbii.  (x|) 

ereen,  the  vema  and  nerves  brown,  lip  rather  fleshy,  about  ?i'm. 
long,  cordate-ovate,  pale  green,  purple  at  the  baae.  Java.  B  M. 
8327.  G  C  III  40  260.— B.  Weddtln.  Reichb.  f.  Brazil.  B.M, 


7958.  G.C  III.  36  382. 


GEORGE  V.  NASH. 


BULLACE.  A  name  used  in  England  for  half-wild, 
half-domesticated  plums  very  similar  in  character  to 
the  Damsons.  In  America  there  exist  no  plums  for 
which  another  name  can  not  be  preferred  The  bullacc, 
or  bullaces  (for  there  are  several  varieties  sometimes 


598 


BULLACE 


BULL-HORN 


693.  Acacia  coroigera. 


spoken  of  as  bullaces)  are  usually  referred  to  the  botani- 
cal name  of  Prunus  insililia  (e  g ,  Hednck,  Plums  of 
New  York,  p  40) ,  but  they  are  also  classified  with  the 
Damsons,  thus  taking  the  botanical  name  of  Prunus 
domestica  var  damas- 
cena  (See  Bot.  Gaz. 
27:481.) 

F.  A.  WAUGH. 

BULL-HORN.    A 

name  applied  to  sev- 
eral species  of  tiopical 
American  acacias  ze- 
markable  for  their 
laige  stipular  inflated 
spines  which  closely 
resemble  the  horns  of 
an  ox  or  buffalo  These 
are  utilized  by  ceitam 
stinging  ants  of  the 
genus  Pseudomyrrna 
as  nesting-places  for 
rearing  their  young. 
The  thoins,  which  aie 
connate  at  the  base, 
are  hollowed  out  by 
the  insects,  which  per- 
forate one  of  the  spines 
nea-  the  tip,  usually 
on  the  under  side,  so  that  no  water  can  enter  All  the 
species  of  tiue  bull-horns  have  a  four-lobed  involucel 
on  the  peduncle  of  the  flower-spike  near  the  base  The 
bipmnate  leaves  have  nectar-glands  on  the  rachis  and 
petiole,  as  in  many  other  acacias,  and  they  aie  still 
further  provided  with  peculiar  processes  on  the  tips 
of  the  leaflets,  minute  wax-like  bodies  rich  in  oil  and 

S'otoplasm,  which  Thomas  Belt,  in  his  "Naturalist  in 
icaragua"  (1874),  discoveied  to  be  used  as  food  by 
the  ants  inhabiting  the  spines,  and  uhuh  in  his  honor 
were  named  Beltian  bodies  These  apical  bodies  had 
long  been  known,  and  Linnauis  culled  attention  to  the 
nectaries  on  the  ieaf-rachis,  but  Belt  was  the  first  to 
suggest  that  in  return  for  (punters  and  subsistence  the 
little  ants  serve  their  host  as  a  body-guaid  of  soldiers, 
and  Darwin  in  his  woik  on  the  "Kffects  of  Cioss-  and 
Self-Fertilization  in  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,"  called 
attention  to  Belt's  interesting  obsei  vat  ions  and 
deductions 

Francisco  Hernandez,  the  protomedico  of  Philip  II 
of  Spain,  sent  in  l.">70  to  study  the  resources  of  Mexico, 
figured  the  peculiar  spines  and  the  leaves  of  one  species 
growing  in  the  Huasteca  region  of  Mexico,  in  the  Tiena- 
cahente,  not  far  from  the  Gulf  coast  This  author 
speaks  of  the  intense  pain  caused  by  the  stings  of  the 
ants  and  describes  their  larva-  engendered  in  the  hollow 
spines  Jacqum,  in  describing  a  bull-horn  acacia  grow- 
ing near  Cartagena  (Colombia)  in  1703,  tells  how  the 
little  insects  rush  from  the 
thoins  when  the  tree  is  struck 
however  lightly,  falling  upon 
the  unwaiy  intruder  and  inflict- 
ing upon  him  myriads  of  burn- 
ing stings  Long  before  this 
(1696)  Pfukcnct  had  figured  the 
bodies  on  the  apices  of  the  leaf- 
lets, and  Linnaeus  himself  ex- 
pressed his  wonder  as  to  the 
function  of  the  extra-floral  nectar 
glands 

In  all  bull-horn  acacias,  there 
are  two  kinds  of  leaves  with 
accompanying  spines  vegetative 
leaves  in  which  the  stipular 
spines  usually  become  greatly 
inflated;  and  bract-like  smaller 
694.  Acacia  conugera.  leaves  subtending  the  flower- 


heads  or  flower-spikes  on  the  axillary  raceme-like 
flowering  branchlets,  with  stipular  spines  usually  small 
and  subulate.  The  extra-floral  glands  on  the  leaf-rachis 
and  petiole  are  either  crater-like  and  more  or  less 
elongated,  or  round  and  bead-like,  often  several  in  a 
series  at  the  base  of  the  petiole  and  sometimes  one 
between  each  pair  of  pmme 

The  flower-spikes  or  flower-heads  are  solitary,  gemi- 
nate, or  fascicled  in  clusters  of  several  in  the  axils  of 
the  small  bipmnate  leaves  on  the  axillary,  raceme-like 
flowering  branchlets.  In  one  species,  Acaua  Cookn, 
there  is  apparently  no  specialized  flowering  branchlet, 
but  the  globose  heads  are  borne  m  dense  clusteis  m 
the  axils  of  the  large  slender-pronged  equitant  spines 
In  all  true  bull-hoi ns  the  four-toothed  involucel  is  at 
or  near  the  base  of  the  peduncle  In  A  cochlmcantha 
the  involucel  is  at  the  apex  of  the  peduncle,  veiy  much 
as  in  A  Fainc^iana  In  A  cornigera,  A  sp<ntuigera^ 
and  .A  Colhnsn,  the  spikes  are  dense,  cyhndiical  and 
more  or  less  like  the  spadix  of  an  aroid  In  A  Dpliaro- 
cephala  they  are  splueioid-ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  with 
the  flowers  closely  crowded  on  a  fusiform  receptacle. 
In  A  Cookn,  the  heads  aie  perfectly  globose  with  the 
receptacle  also  globose  In  A  Hindsn,  which  Bentham 
put  in  a  section  (Americans  laxiflvrie}  apart  fiorn  A. 
spndicigeia  and  its  allies 
(Pycnantha?  amei  itanst?) ,  the 
flower-spikes  are  lax  and  slen- 
der with  flowers  not  very 
closely  crowded 

Between  the  small  flowers 
are  stipitate  bracteoles  or 
umbracula  which  may 
readily  be  likened  to  minute 
umbrellas  with  slender 
handles  protecting 
the  flowers  befoi^  ^ 
an  the  sis  from  ^ 
moisture  and  iun- 
gus  spoi  es  The 
laminae  of  these 
may  be  ovate-acu- 
minate or  hastate  and  long- 
pointed,  as  m  A  cormgeia 
and  .1  spadicigera,  ovate 
with  the  maigm  cihate,  as  in 
A  sphterocephalfi,  circular  or 
neaily  so,  as  in  *l  Colhnsn 
and  A  fhndsn,  or  very 
broadly  ovate,  as  m  A  Cookn 
The  flowers  themselves  consist  of  a  tubular  calyx,  four- 
or  five-toothed  or  almost  entire,  a  corolla  ol  four  or 
five  lobes,  in  A  cornigera  and  its  allies  only  slightly 
longer  than  the  calyx  but  m  A  Huuhu  about  twice 
as  long  They  are  polygamous;  that  is,  some  of  the 
flowers  are  entirely  stammate,  others  are  both  stami- 
natc  and  pistillate.  The  stamens  are  numerous,  with  a 
single  pistil  in  the  hermaphrodite  flowers  rising  from 
the  center  of  the  mass;  ovary  several-ovulcd;  style 
filiform,  stigma  minute,  terminal. 

In  one  division,  to  which  A  cornigera  and  its  allies 
belong,  the  pods  are  mdehiscent,  inflated,  thin,  char- 
taceous,  terminating  in  a  sharp  beak  (Fig  G93)  In 
another  division,  to  which  A  Hindsn  and  A  Colhnsn 
belong,  the  pods  are  dehiscent  (Fig  696)  In  A  Cookn 
they  are  very  long  and  slender  and  two-valved  In 
all  cases  the  hard  smooth  compressed  seeds  are  sur- 
rounded by  sweetish  yellow  or  orange-colored  pulp, 
somewhat  like  that  found  in  the  pods  of  the  algarroba, 
or  St  John's  bread,  which  causes  the  fallen  pods  to 
be  eagerly  sought  by  pigs  and  other  animals  This 
peculiarity  at  once  distinguishes  the  bull-horn  acacias 
from  A  arnbica,  the  type  of  the  genus,  which  has 
dehiscent  pods  devoid  of  pulp. 

Following    are    the    leading    species    of    bull-horn 


695  Acacia  sphaerocephala. 


BULL-HORN 


BUPHTHALMUM 


599 


A.  Involucela  at  the  base  of  the  peduncle   (Basibracteatx,   Benth  ); 
pedicelled  brzcteoles  of  the  ft   heads  peltate     THUH,  BuLL-HoHN8. 

B.  Pods  indeh**c?nt   thin  and  fragile,  terminating  in  a  sharp,  spine- 

like  beak 

C.  Lamirue  of  pedicelled  bracteoles    (urnbracula)   ovate-acummite  or 

ha-itate     U  -spikei    dense,    cylindrical,    inflated   spines    broadly 
spreading  or  inclined,  ilosely  resembling  the  horns  of  an  ox 
D  Pedant  lea  of  fl -heads  puberulenl    lamina  of  the  bracteoles  long- 
acuminati,  more  or  ICKH  scabrous  above,  inflated  spines  usually 
brown  or  chettnut-color&l  at  length 

A  cornigera,  Linri  (Arbor  eormgera,  Hernandez)  HUITZ- 
MAMAXAIII  BULL-HORN  CUKRNITOH  ARBOL  DE  LAS  HORMIOAS 
AN  r-THKK  !•  i«s  093,  094  A  shrub  or  small  tree  w  ith  1-J  <  ret  t  sts 
and  a  few  lateral  brunches  bearing  numerous  large  inflated  spines 
remarkable  for  thtir  close  resemblance  to  the  horns  of  an  ox  or 
buffalo  The  pods  are  eaten  by  pigs  and  other  animals  K  Trop. 
Mex 

DO  Pedutulei  of  ft  -heads  glabrous  laminae  of  bracteolfs  short- 
acuminite  not  scabrous  above  inflated  spines  usually  ivory- 
white  or  ytllowish 

A  nuout  nsm,  N  he  nek  NI^OYA  Bui  L-Honx  ESPINO  ni  AVPO 
WHITE-SPINKD  BLIL-HORN  A  shrub  or  ninal!  tree  resembling  the 
former  < )« urs  in  Costi  Uica,  Guatemala  and  the  adjacent 
regions  of  M«  x  »nd  Salvador 

cc  Lamin-e  of  pedtcilltd  bract  cole  i  ovate,  cihate,  not  acuminate 
fl -spit.es  spheroid-ovate  or  orate-oblong  inflated  spines  not 

A  sphuror  phala,  Cliain  &  St  hi  BuLivHoRN  Cu^usircm  DE 
VB.HACRUZ  CORM/UHO  \MHOL  DK  i  AM  HORMK.\S  \KBOL 
HoRMiGLmo  I'm  h')r>  A  sin  ub  or  small  tice  rew  mbhng  A 
cornigera,  trorn  the  state  of  \  ( ra  Cruz 

»B   Poiia  dehiscent,  coriaceous  or  woody 
C    Fls    in  globoite  heads  on  long  thick  peduncles  clustered  in  the  axils 

of  long  fork-like  spirus     pods  very  lung 

A  Cookn,  bafford  BLLL-HORN  ACACIA  OK  \LTA  VHHPAT  A 
small  tree  or  shrub  with  --Under  fork-like  inflated  thorns  inhabited 
by  stinging  ants  Guatemala 

CC  Fit  in  elongated  ipiktt,  borne  on  special  flowering  branchlfll,  in 
clushrt  of  neural,  tubttudid  by  wall  laminate  Ivi  uith  subulate 
stipular  ipinrs  or  by  a  pur  of  upuus  only  lamina,  of  ptdictllid 
bractiolti  circular  or  nuirly  no 

D   Spikes    denst     rigid     ohhmii-rylindnial     nods    thick    and    uoody, 
straight   or   shu/itli/  iiirnd,   obtuxt   or    shortly   aiuminate    larger 
opines  swollen  nt  bane,  usually  U-sluipni  and  tquitant 
A     Cdllinin,  h  ifford       V  shrub  or  small   tree  with   mfl  ited   U- 
ehapcd.  oluc-grormsh  or  blow  rush  stipulir  spim  s   turung  upward 
and  sometimes  twisted  around  the  branch     b    M<  x 
DD    Spike    lax,    fltcibl,,    linear     pods     coriaceous,     sltndcr,    falcate 

terminating    in    widely   diiirging,    icry    sharp    points,    likt    an 

A     I/indi>ii,    Btnth      BKOID-THORN   Ac\tiA      Bun -THORN  OF 
MtZAMLLn      HitFUoIliiKN       I- 1«    000        V  srn.ill  glabrous  tito 
remarkable  for  its  broad   flat   stipular  I  horns,  which  resemble  in 
form  an  mvt  rted  military  ( hapeau     W*   coabtofMcx 
AA   Involucd  at  the  apex  or  abore  th^  middle  of  the  slender  pedunclt 
lamina  <if  the  bracteolts  oiatt-ciltatt  (not  p(ttate)     laryir  spines 
stout    and    straight     widely   divtrging      Fls     in    globose   htads, 
solitary  or  geminate,  on  flowering  branchUtt,  subtended  by  a 
small  bipinnate  If  with  subukite  stipular  spine*  or  by  a  pair  of 
small  spines  only    larger  inflated  spines  at  length  split  longi- 
tudinally 

4  cnihliannthn,  II  &  B  (Mimosa  campeachiana,  Miller). 
SPUT- THORN  A<  M  IA  SPOON-THORN  Ac  A<  IA  This  apeciea  la 
not  a  true  bull-horn  Mnce  its 
pedunchs  hn\f  not  u  basal  m- 
volucel  and  its  stipular  spmes 
instead  of  being  hollow  and  sub- 
ject to  the  pt  rforations  of  anta 
become  split  longitudinally 

W  E  SAFFORD. 

BUMfeLIA  (ancient  Greek 
nainc  for  an  ash-t  ree) .  Sapo- 
tdcex.  BUCKTHORN,  also 
IRONWOOD.  Woody  plants 
sometimes  cultivated  in 
botanical  collections,  but 
without  particular  orna- 
mental qualities 

Small  trees  or  shrubs  with 
milky  or  gummy  sap  and 
very  hard  wood:  branches 
usually  spiny  •  Ivs  alternate, 
entire,  short-petioled  •  fls. 
mostly  perfect  in  axillary 
clusters,  long-pedicelled; 
calyx  5-lobed,  persistent; 


606.  Acacia  Hindsn. 


corolla  campanulate,  5-lobed,  lobes  longer  than  tube 
with  a  small  appendage  on  each  side;  stamens  5,  adnate 
to  the  corolla,  and  5  petal-like  stammodes,  ovary  5- 
cclled,  pubescent,  fr  a  1-seeded  drupe  — About  20 
species  from  the  southern  states  to  Brazil 

These  are  evergreen  or  deciduous  small  trees  or  shrubs, 
usually  spiny,  with  generally  obovate  to  oblong  leaves 
and  mcon.spicuoub  white  flowers  on  axillary  clusters 
followed  by  black  subglobo^e  to  oblong-ovoid  drupes 
None  of  the  species  is  of  much  horticultural  value,  but 
as  mobt  of  them  grow  naturally  on  dry,  rocky  or  sandy 
soil,  they  may  be  used  bornetimess  with  advantage  for 
planting  in  similar  situation  The  hardiest  are  B 
lannQinof>a  and  B  lycwules,  which  have  proved  hardy  in 
sheltered  positions  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  Propa- 
gation is  by  seeds 

lanugin&sa,  Pers  CHITTIM  Woot  Tree,  sometimes 
50  ft  Ivs  oblong-obovate  or  cuneate-obovatc,  rounded 
and  often  apiculate  at  the  apex,  daik  green  and  lustrous 
above,  tomentose  beneath,  sometimes  neaily  glabrous  at 
length,  1--2J/2  in  long  cluster,^  many-fid  ,  pedicels 
slender,  hairy  fr  oblong-ovoid  or  obovoid,  ^m  long 
SS  5  247  II  T  370  Southern  states  north  to  S  111, 
west  to  Texas  —This  is  the  species  most  often  met 
\vith  in  collections 

B  anauitifolia,  Nutt  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft  Ivs  persist- 
ent, obovate  to  oblanceolntc  ,  glabrous,  1-1  }i  in  long  ,  fr  oblong 
Fla  SB  ->  21')  —B  lycimdi^,  G  lertn  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
25  ft  Us  deciduous,  elliptic  to  oblong  or  oblanteolate,  acute,  gla- 
brous, 1>, -4  in  long  fr  ovoid  Va  to  111,  Fla  and  Texas  SS 
5  24S  —  #  tfnar,  Willd  Shiuh  or  small  tree,  to  ^0  ft  Ivs  obovate 
i-o  oblancrolate,  pubescent  beneath,  1-3  in  long  fr  oblong  N  C. 

to  Fla   b  b  o  24b  ALFRED  REHDER 

BUPHANE  (Greek,  cattle-dittroyer,  alluding  tc  poi- 
sonous propei ties)  .1  nvirylhddrca.'  Amaiylhs-like bulbs, 
very  little  known  in  this  country,  culture  as  for 
Brun-svigia. 

The  buphanets  are  laige  plants,  writh  many  red  fls 
in  an  umbel  with  2  mvolucial  bracts  Ivs  appearing  late, 
stiap-^haped,  thick  perianth  tubular,  segms  equal  and 
nanow,  spreading,  stamen1-  (5,  exserted,  attached  on 
the  throat,  stjle  thread-like,  the  stigma  small — Two 
species  in  Trop  arid  S  Afr  The  fls  appear  before  the 
Ivs  ,  being  as  many  as  200  together  in  a  single  head-like 
umbel,  on  a  stout  peduncle  1  ft  or  less  high 

disticha,  Herb  (B  toticnrio,  Herb  Haemdnthus 
loxtcanns,  Thunb  Brnnkvigia  toxicana,  Ker-Gawl). 
Bulb,  6-9  in  diam  ,  tunicate  Ivs  several,  distichous, 
1-2  ft  long  peduncle  or  scape  stout  (6-12  in  high)  and 
solid,  compressed,  glaucous,  bearing  a  dense  umbel. 
B  M  1217  — Sparingly  offered  Lvs  said  to  be  very 
poisonous  to  cattle  in  S.  Afr  ;  bulb  furnishes  arrow 
poison  for  the  natives 

ciharis,  Herb  (Amaryllis  cihdris,  Linn.  BrunsvigM 
cilians,  Ker-Gawl  Cro\*yne  r thorn,  Salisb  Hxmdn- 
Ihus  (j/?oris,  Linn  )  Fewer  shorter  Ivs  ,  and  shorter 
peduncle,  bearing  50-100  dull  purple  fls  ;  may  occur 
in  choice  collections  B  R.  1153  L  H  B. 

BUPHTHALMUM  (Greek  for  ox-eye}.  Compdsitae 
A  genus  of  7  species  of  European  and  W  Asian  peren- 
nial herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  the  hardy  border  Heads 
large,  with  long  yellow  rays  and  imbricated  mvolucral 
bracts  Ivs  alternate,  entire  or  dentate  pappus  short, 
often  connate  into  a  corona:  achenes  glabrous  Showy 
plants  of  easy  cult. 

speciosissimum,  Ard  (Tettkia  speciosissima) .  Two 
to  5  ft  Ivs  cordate  and  clasping,  the  upper  ones  oval 
and  acuminate:  heads  solitary  on  the  ends  of  the  sts  , 
flowering  in  July  and  later. 

salicifdlium,  Linn  (B  grandiilbrum,  Linn.)  Lower 
Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  3-nerved,  somewhat  pubescent 
and  slightly  serrate:  fls  solitary  and  terminal,  large. 

specidsum,  Schreb.  (B  cordt/dhum,  Waldst  &  Kit.). 
Lvs.  verv  lar;e,  cordate,  coarse-serrate,  us.  very  large 


600 


BUPHTHALMUM 


BUTEA 


and  showy,  on  an  upward-thickened  peduncle  3-4  ft  , 
blooming  in  June  and  later.  J.H.  III.  53.187.  B  M 
3466  (as  Telekia  speciosa). — The  best  of  all,  a  bold  free 
and  showy  perennial  growing  very  close  and  making 
good  mass-effects  L  H  H 

N  TAYLOR  t 

BUPLEtJRUM  (Greek,  ox  andnb;  of  no  obvious  ap- 
plication) UmJbe lllferse  A  genus  of  75  species  ot  weedy 
plants  of  the  Old  World,  of  which  one  (B  rolundifbhum, 
Linn  ),  i.s  natural- 
ly cd  in  the  eastern 
btates,  and  another 
(B.falctitutn,l  inn  ), 
is  cult,  in  Japan  for 
greens  (AC.  13 '9). 
Lvb  simple,  entire, 
often  perfoliate  fls 
umbellate  mostly 
,  without  an  mvo- 
"  lucre  except  in  the 
species  below; 
eal>x-teeth  mostly 
none. 

fruticdsum,  Linn 
Fig  697  Shrubby, 
3-5  ft  Ivs  oblong, 
leathery,  muero- 
nate,  sometimes 
peisifetent,  usually 
quite  sessile  fls. 
with  a  reflexed  in- 
volucre, the  umbels 
also  with  a  set  of 
bracts,  also  re- 
curvcd  fr  oblong 
S  Eu—  Suit  able  for 
drv,  almost  sterile, 
places 

fi  crf>ceum,  Fenzl  A 
showy  porenmil  with 
fls  and  imoluoral  bracts 
bright  yellow  Asm 
Minor 

N  TAYLOR 


697    Bupleurum 
fruticosum. 


BURBtDGEA 

(after  F  W.  Bur- 
bidge,  who  dis- 
co vcied  it  in  Bor- 
neo). ZingiberctLex  Allied  to  Hedychiurn,  but  with  no 
lateral  perianth  segms.  and  the  lip  reduced  to  a  small 
b'ade  The  showv  orange-scarlet  fls  rival  cannas  in 
brilliancy.  For  cult ,  see  Al/nnia  and  Hedychium. 

nitida,  Hook  f  Tender  herbaceous  pei  eniual  height 
2-3  ft  rootstock  creeping,  matted  sts  tufted,  slen- 
der If  -blades  glossy,  4-6  in  long,  eared  at  junction 
with  the  sheath  panicle  terminal,  4-6  in  long,  many- 
ild  ,  inner  perianth-tube  1-1  j^  m  l°ng>  outer  begms. 
1^-2  in  long,  orange-scarlet,  the  dorsal  one  shorter 
and  more  roundish  than  the  2  lateral  ones.  B.M  6403. 
G  C  II  12  401 


Dwarfer  and  more  compact  in  habit  than 
11  above,  brown-red  beneath    fls    orango- 


B  sihizochflli,  Hort 
B  nitida     Lv-<  dull  KFCP 
yellow     Mal.iya 

BURCHElLIA  (\V  Burehell,  botanical  traveler) 
Rubidwx.  One  species  fiom  S  Afr ,  an  evergreen 
shrub,  with  opposite  short-petioled  Ivs  and  dense  ter- 
minal clusters  of  sessile  scarlet  fls  .  corolla  tubular, 
bell-shaped;  stamens  5,  inserted  in  the  tube.  fr.  a 
2-celled,  many-seeded  bin  ry  B.  capensis,  R  Br  ,  has 
been  in  the  Ameiican  trade,  being  cult  for  its  rich,  dark 
foliage  and  brilliant  fls  It  is  very  variable,  and  has 
received  several  names  Three  to  10  ft  Prop  by 
cuttings.  Grown  under  glass  B  M  2339  (as  B  buba- 
lina\  R.H.  1886-420.  J.H.  Ill  34'81.  L  B.C  7.664. 
B.  R.  466. 


BURDOCK.   Arctium. 
BURLINGT&NIA:   Rodnguezia. 

BURNET  (rotlnum  Sangutsbrba,  Linn  ).  A  hardy 
rosaceous  perennial,  the  piquant  Ivs  of  which  are  some- 
times used  in  flavoring  soups  and  salads  The  drifd 
roots  are  occasionally  used  as  a  family  remedy  Burnet 
is  little  known  in  this  country  as  a  condimental  herb. 
It  is  worthy  a  place  in  the  hardy  border  for  the  orna- 
mental chaiacter  of  its  odd-pinnate  Ivs  and  its  little 
heads  of  fls  with  drooping  stamens  The  Ifts  an, 
\er\  dark  green,  ovate  and  notched  sts  1-2  ft  high, 
bearing  oblong  or  globulai  monoecious  heads  Of  easiest 
cult  ,  either  from  beeds  or  by  division  of  the  clumps. 
Native  of  Eu.  L.  H.  B. 

BURNING-BUSH.   Euon-jmu* 
BURRlfcLIA     Baena 

BURSARIA  (Bursa,  a  pouch,  alluding  to  the  sh^pe 
of  the  pods)  Pittospordcesp.  Two  species  of  shrubs 
with  white  fls  in  clusters;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens 
each  5,  the  petals  soon  withering  fr  a2-loculcd  caps, 
in  shape  like  that  of  the  shepherd's  pursue 

spuidsa,  Cav  An  elegant  spiny  shiub  or  small  tree, 
with  drooping  branches  and  pretty  white  fls  ,  produced 
in  summer  Ivs  small,  oblong-cuneate,  alternate  and 
neaily  sessile  }  i~\  in  long  fls  small,  lateral  or  terminal, 
mostly  terminal  m  broad  pyramidal  panicles  Austral 
Tasmania  B  M  1767  Andr  Bot.  Rep  314  —Cult, 
in  S  Calif. 

BURSERA  (Joachim  Burser,  a  disciple  of  Caspar 
Bauhin)  Burf>tracr<t'  Usually  tall  trees,  with  sim- 
ple or  pmnately  compound  Ivs.:  fls  small,  m  clusters, 
4-5-paited,  with  twice  as  many  stamens  as  petals  or 
sepals,  and  a  3-parted  ovary  containing  6  ovules  fr  a 
3-parted  drupe  with  usually  only  1  seed  — About  40  spe- 
cies of  trees  in  Trop  Amer  For  B  scrrata,  see  Protiutn 

Simaruba,  »Sarg  (B  gumntifern,  Jacq  )  GLMBO- 
LIMBO  or  WEST  INDIAN  BIRCH  I^s  odd-pinnate,  with 
3-5  pans  of  Ifts  ,  Ifts  ovate,  acute,  membranous,  smooth 
on  both  bides,  entire,  the  netted  veins  prominent  on  the 
under  side  fls  stammate  and  pistillate,  appearing  be- 
fore the  Ivs  or  as  they  unfold,  m  knotty  racemes  some- 
what resembling  those  of  the  choke  cherry  fr  a  drupe, 
with  a  3-valved  succulent  rind  and  3-5  nuts  — A  tall 
tree  with  a  straight  trunk  and  spreading  head,  found  in 
Fla  ,  Mex  ,  and  Cent  Amer  and  the  W  Indies  A\  ood 
very  light,  specific  gravity  when  dry  30,  useless  even  for 
fuel;  decays  very  rapidly  It  yields  a  sweet,  aromatic 
balsam,  which  is  used  m  Trop  Amer  as  a  medicine  for 
internal  and  external  application,  dned,  it  is  known  in 
the  trade  as  Chibou,  or  Cachibou  resin,  or  Gomart 
resin  It  Ls  known  as  a  hardy  greenhouse  plant,  and 
thi  ives  in  a  compost  of  loam  and  peat.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
under  glass,  with  bottom  heat.  Q.  T.  HASTINGS 

BUSH-FRUITS.  A  term  used  to  designate  those 
small-fruits  that  grow  on  woody  bushes.  It  includes 
all  small-fruits — as  that  term  is  used  in  America — ex- 
cepting strawberries  and  cranberries.  Bush-fruits  is  an 
English  term,  but  it  has  been  adopted  in  this 
country,  notably  in  Card's  book  on  "Bush-Fruits " 
The  common  bush-fruits  are  currants,  gooseberries, 
raspberries,  blackberries,  and  dewberries. 

BUTCHER'S  BROOM.    Sarcococca 

BUTEA  (Earl  of  Bute)  I^egummdsx  Three  or  4 
species  of  trees  or  woody  vines  of  India  and  China,  with 
cleep  scarlet  papilionaceous  fls  in  racemes,  and  pinnate 
Ivs  In  the  Old  World  rarely  grown  in  stoves  In  this 
country  1  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

fronddsa,  Roxbg  A  leafy  tree,  yielding  gum  or  lac: 
Ifts.  3,  roundish,  pubescent  beneath,  the  lateral  ones 


BUTEA 


BUXUS 


OOl 


unsymmetncaJ  fla.  2  in.  long,  orange-crimson,  very 
showy;  stamens  9  together  and  1  free  E  India  and 
Burma  Rhecde  Hort.  Mai.  6. 16, 17.— Heaches  a  height 
of  50  ft  Inspis- 
sated juice  H  known 
as  Bengal  or  Palas 
kino,  or  butea  gum, 
which  has  astrin- 
gent properties,  le- 
sembhng  true  kino 
Seeds  used  in  India 
asa  veirmfuge  The 
tree  yields  also 
stick-lac  The 
coarse,  fibrous  ma- 
terial obtained  from 
the  inner  bark  is 
used  for  caulking 
the  warns  of  boats 
Dried  Us  yield  a 
yellow  or  orange 
dye. 

BUTNERIA:  Caly- 
can.tfiu» 

BUTOMUS 

(Greek,  bous,  ox, 
and  temno,  to  cut; 
the  leaves  too  sharp 
for  the  mouths  of 
cattle)  Butomactf 
Hardy  perennial 
aquatic  of  easy  cul- 
ture in  ponds 

The  Butomaceifi 
comprises  3  genera 
Butomus  is  allied  to 
Ahsnia,  but  with 
several  ovules  in 
each  carpel  peri- 
ant  h-segms  all 
prominent  anil  col- 
ored, stamens  9, 
carpels  6,  tapenng 
above  Ivs  sedge- 
like  All  the  species 
are  referred  by  DC  ,  in  Mon  Phan  ,  Vol  III,  to  B 
uinbelldlu'*,  and  to  the  Australian  Butomopsis,  which  is 
also  a  monotypic  genus  (by  some,  however,  included 
in  Teiugocharis) 

umbellatus,  Linn  FLOWERING  RUSH.  Fig  698. 
Hhizome  thick.  Ivs  2-3  ft  long,  ins-like,  sheathing  at 
the  base,  3-cornered  fls  rose-colored,  25-30  in  an 
umbel,  on  a  long  scape;  sepals  3,  petals  3  Summer. 
Eu  ,  Asia,  in  still  water.  Prop,  by  division. 

BUTTERCUP:    Spccioa  of  Ranunculus 
BUTTERFLY  WEED:   Asclepvit  tuberosa. 
BUTTERNUT     Juglans. 
BUTTERWORT    Pinguicula. 
BUTTON-BUSH.   Cephalanthu*. 
BUTTON  WOOD:   Platanu* 

BUXUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Bux&cex  Box 
TREE.  Ornamental  small  trees  or  shrubs  grown  chiefly 
for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage 

Leaves  opposite,  short-pet  10 led,  penmnerved,  entire, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  coriaceous  fls.  monoecious, 
apetalous,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  consisting 
usually  of  1  terminal  pistillate  fl ,  with  usually  6  sepals 
and  with  a  3-cclled  superior  ovary  with  3  thort  styles 
and  several  lateral  stammate  fls  with  4  sepals  and  4 
stamens  fr.  an  obovate  or  nearly  globular  3-pointed 
caps.,  separating  into  3  valves,  each  containing  2  shin- 
ing black  seeds. — About  30  species  in  the  mts  of  Cent. 


698.  Butomus  umbellatus.  (  X  M) 


and  E  Asia,  N.  Afr.,  and  S  Eu  ,  also  in  W.  India  and 
Cent  Amer. 

These  arc  evergreen  shrubs  of  rather  slow  growth,  with 
shining,  small  foliage  and  inconspicuous  flowers  and 
fruits  Buxu^  jnponica  seems  to  be  the  hardiest  species, 
arid  it  has  proved  quite  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum; 
and  B.  micro  phylla  is  of  about  the  same  hardiness,  while 
B  semperviretib  is  somewhat  tenderer,  B  baleanca  and 
B  \Valhchianu  aie  still  more  tender  B  bcniperwrens 
stands  pruning  very  well,  and  in  the  old  foinial  gardens 
of  Europe  u as  formerly  much  used  for  hi  <!ges,  and  some- 
times tnrnmcd  into  the  most  fantastic  shapes,  the 
dwarf  vanetv  is  still  often  planted  for  bordering  flower- 
beds Iheverj  hard  and  eiose-giamed  wood  is  m  great 
demand  for  engraving  and  finer  turnery  work 

The  box  tree  thrives  in  almost  any  well-drained  soil, 
and  best  in  a  partially  shaded  position 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  fiorn  mature  wood  early 
in  fall,  kept  during  the  \MnfT  m  the  cool  greenhouse  or 
under  handhghts  m  the  open,  in  more  temperate  re- 
gions they  may  be  msei  ted  m  a  shady  place  m  the  open 
air,  1  to  6  inches  is  the  best  size  for  outdoor  cuttings. 
Layers  will  also  make  good  plants  The  dwarf  variety 
is  usually  propagated  by  division  Jn  planting  borders, 
it  is  essential  to  insert  the  divided  plants  deeply  and  as 
firmly  as  possible,  and  to  give  plenty  of  water  in  the 
beginning  Seeds  are  sown  soon  after  maturity,  but  it  re- 
quires a  long  tune  to  raise  plants  of  good  sue  from  them 

A   Width  0//t's   Ze&6  than  }&n 
B.  Lvs.  oval  to  oblong-lanceolate,  broadest  about  or  below 

the  middle  branchltl^  usually  slightly  pubescent 
sempervirens,  Linn  COMMON  Box  TREE  Fig  699. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft  branches  quadrangular 
Ivs  oval-oblong  or  oval,  rarely  roundish  oval  or  lanceo- 
late, usuallv  obtuse,  '  2-l !  j  m  long,  petioles  usually 
pubescent  fls  in  axillarv  clusters,  stammate  fls  sessile, 
with  a  central  gland  half  as  long  as  the  calyx  S  Eu  , 
N  Afr  ,  Orient,  China  II  W  3,  p  29  F  E  18  pi  81 
On  55  p  02  — Wood  much  used  for  engraving  Lvs 
employed  in  medicine  Very  variable  in  size,  color 
and  shape  of  the  Ivs  ,  some  of  the  most  commonly 
cult  forms  are  the 
following  Var  ar- 
borescens,  Linn. 
Fig.  700  Tall 
shrub  or  small 
tree.  Ivs  usually 
oval.  The  typical 
form  Var  argen- 
tea,  Loud  (Vai 
arqlnteo-margin- 
ata,  Hort ).  Lvs. 
irregularly  edged 
with  silvery  white. 
Var  a&rea,  Ixnid. 
(var.  fiurea  macu- 
tita,  Baill.).  Lvs. 
variegated  with 
yellow  or  entirely 
yellow  Var.  mar- 
ginata,  Ixnid  (var. 
a&rea  margindta, 
Baill  and  Hort). 

Lvs      edged    yel-         6W.  Buxus  sempemrens    ( x  > 
low    Var.  glaflca,  The  ,ower  spray  fhoWB  ^  under  surfac. 
Ivocn     (var     nia- 

crophijlla  glaiica,  Hort.).  Lvs.  oval,  glaucous  Var. 
rotundifdlia,  Baill.  (var.  latifdlia,  Hort )  Lvs  broadly 
oval.  Var.  Handsworthii,  Koch  Of  upright  habit,  with 
rather  large  dark  green  Ivs.  Var  oleaefolia,  Hort.  Of 
upright  habit,  with  oblong  Ivs  ,  resembling  those  of  the 
olive  Var  elegans,  Hort  (var  olexfblui  ekgans, 
Hort  )  A  variegated  form  of  the  preceding  variety. 
Var.  bullata,  Koch.  With  large  bul late  Ivs.  Var.  angus- 
tifdlia,  Loud,  (var  longrfblia.  Hort ,  var. 


602 


BUXUS 


BYRSONIMA 


Hort )  Shrubby:  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate  Var  myrtifft-< 
lia,  Loud  Usually  low  Ivs  small,  elliptic-oblong  Var. 
rosmarinifdlia,  Bail!  Low  Ivs  small,  hnoar-oblong, 
revolute  at  the  margin  Var  suffrutic&sa,  Linn  (var. 
ndna,  Hort )  Dwarf:  Ivs.  small,  oval  or  sometimes 
obovate;  flowering  clusters  usually  only  terminal 

BB.  Lvs.  usually  obovate,  broadest  above  the  middle: 
branchlets  glabrous. 

japdnica,  Muoll  Arg  (B.  obcordata,  Hort.  B.  For- 
tunei,  Hort )  Shrub,  6  ft ,  with  spreading  branches  Ivs. 
cuneate,  obovate  or  roundish  obovate.  obtuse  or  emar- 
ginate  at  the  apex,  ^-1K  m  l°ng>  light  green  with  gla- 
brous petioles'  clusters  axillary;  stammate  fls.  sesbile, 
with  a  central  gland  as  long  as  the  calyx.  China, 
Japan  S  I  F  2  38  — Very  distinct  with  its  spreading 
slender  branches  and  light  green,  lustrous  foliage. 

microphylla,  Sieb  &  Zucc  (B  japdmca  var  rnicro- 
phylla,  Mucll  Arg )  Dwarf,  often  prostrate  shrub, 
quite  glabrous:  Ivs  obovate  or  obovate-lanceolate,  i^-l 
in  long' clusters  mostly  terminal;  stammate  fls  sessile, 
with  a  central  gland  like  the  former  Japan. 

AA.  Width  of  Ivs.  %m.  or  more. 

balearica,  Willd  Shrub,  6-15  ft  :  Ivs.  elliptic  or 
oblong,  acate  or  obtuse  at  the  apex,  1-2  in  long,  light 
greet*  clusters  axillary;  stammate  fls.  pedicelled.  S. 
Spam,  Balear  — Handsome  shrub,  but  less  hardy  than 
the  former. 


B.  cahf6rn\ca,  Lk  ""-Simmondsia  California — B  Fdrtunei,  Can*. 
<=B  longifoha  —  B  Fdrtunei,  Hort  =-B  japonioa  —  B.  Hdrland\\t 
Hance  Branches  pubescent  Ivs  narrow  obovate,  emargmate, 
J4-1  ^  m  long  China  —  B  longifMia,  Boiss  (B  Fortunei.  Can-  ). 
Lvs  D arrow-elliptic  or  lanceolate,  1-1  •*  4  in  long  Orient,  China  — 
B.  longiffiha,  Hort  =B  semnervirens  var  angustifolia — B  Wai- 
lichitina  Baill  Branches  pubescent  Ivs  linear-elliptic,  1-2J-6  in. 
long  Himalaya.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

BYRSONIMA  (name  refers  to  use  of  some  species  in 
tanning,  in  Brazil)  Malpighidiex.  Perhaps  100  Trop. 
American  trees  and  shrubsj  frequently  climbing,  rarely 
known  in  cult.  Lvs.  opposite,  thick,  simple,  entire,  the 
stipules  often  connate  fls  white,  yellow  or  pink,  in 
terminal  simple  or  branched  racemes,  sepals  and 
petals  5,  the  former  bearing  a  pair  of  glands,  the  latter 
clawed  and  the  blades  concave,  fetamens  10,  the  fila- 
ments united  at  ba.se  and  bearded  fr  a  3-celled  fleshy 
drupe,  with  bony  seeds,  often  edible  B  lucida,  HBK  , 
occurs  in  Fla  and  W  Indies,  a  much-branched  ever- 
green shrub,  with  fl&  white  turning  yellowish  or  rose, 
apparently  not  in  the  trade.  B.  crassifdha,  HBK 
Mex.  and  S  ,  is  offered  in  S  Calif  Shrub  or  small 
tree  Ivs  ovate,  tapering  each  way  fls.  yellow  in 
pubescent  erect  racemes  Said  to  bear  the  "nanche," 
a  popular  fruit  of  the  Mexicans  This  has  a  sour 
fermented  taste,  it  is  offered  for  sale  in  the  markets 
of  the  west  coast  Mexican  towns,  and  is  eaten  raw 
with  salt,  or  in  soups,  or  in  stuffing  for  meats 
The  astringent  bark,  rich  m  tannin,  i&  used 
medicinally. 


700.  Buxus  sempemrens  var. 
arborescenst 


CABBAGE.  The  more  or  less  compact  leaf-formed 
head  of  Brassica  oleracea;  also  applied,  with  designa- 
tions, to  related  forms  of  the  same  species,  as  Welsh 
cabbage,  tree  cabbage  Closely  related  plants  are  the 
kales  (Fig  706),  collards,  Brussels 
spiouts,  cauliflower  See  Rrastnca 

The  Chinese  cabbage  of  this  country 
is  a  wholly  different  species  from  the 
common  cabbages  It  does  not  form  a 
compact  and  rounded  head,  but  a  more 
or  less  open  and  soft  mass  of  leaves, 
after  tho  manner  of  Cos  lettuce  It  is  of 
easy  culture,  but  muht  be  grown  in  the 
cool  season,  for  it  runs  quickly  to  seed 
in  hot  and  dry  weather 

The  culture  of  the  cabbage  antedates 
reliable    historical    record.     Writers    of 
Pliny's  time  or  before  refer  to  variations 
in  growth   and   character  which    must 
have  resulted  from  selections  and  culti- 
vation for  many  generations,  under 
conditions  very  different  from  those 
which    seem    to    be    the    natural 
habitat  of   the  plant  on  the  com- 
paratively   barren    chalk    cliffs    of 
England,   and   in   similar  locations 
in  Europe 

It  is  indeed  hard  to  realize  that 
the  scrawnv  and  somewhat  starved- 
lookmg  pfant  shown  in  Fig  628 
(Vol  I)  could  be  the  ancestral 
origin  of  Filch  coipulent,  overfed 
individuals  as  aro  shown  in  Figs. 
701  to  704  Such  a  change  in  habit 
of  growth  can  be  accounted  for 
only  by  the  plant's  possession  of  ex- 
ceptional capacity  for  using  the 
moro  abundant  food-supply  fur- 
nished by  cultivation  for  many 
generations,  and  the  storing  of  it  in 
a  way  that  makes  it  available  for 
man's  use  rather  than  for  the  mere 
perpetuation  and  multiplication  of 
the  parent  plants 

Characteristics  of  the  plant  and  req- 
uisites for  best  development. 
The  cabbage  is  classed  by  bota 
nists  as  a  slow-growing   bi-annuaL 
and    has    three  distinct  periods  ol 
'life     First,   the    more   or   less 
rapid  growth  of  leaf  and  plant 
Second,  a  more  or  less  distinct 
resting  period  during  which  the 
formation  of  embryonic  blos- 
soms   is   started.     Third,    the 
growth  and  development  of  the 
flower   and    seed      The  culti- 
vated cabbages  retain  very  per- 
sistently these  distinct  growing 
periods,  but  have  added  what 
might  be  classed  as  another, 
that  of  head-formation,  which 
is  in  reality  simply  a  distinct 
division  of  the  first    This  ad- 
ditional head-forming  penod, 
although  essential  to  the  plant's 


is  not  at  all  necessary  for  the  growth  and  perpetuation 
of  the  plant,  which,  when  it  has  been  held  m  check  by 
long-continued  severe  frost  or  drought,  will  often 
revert  to  the  original  order  of  growth  and  pass  directly 
from  the  growing  to  the  seedmg  stages 
with  no  attempt  at  head-formation 

Cultivated  cabbage  thrives  best  in  a 
moist  and  comparatively  cool  climate, 
and  will  not  reach  itf  best  and  rarely  a 
satisfactory  or  profitable  development  in 
a  hot  diy  one,  nor  where  there  arc  likely 
to  be  even  occasional  days  of  high  tem- 
perature  or   hot  dry   winds       .Even   if 
there  is  abundant  moisture  in  the  soil, 
a  few  hot  dry  days,  such  as  corn  and 
tomato    plants    would    delight    in,    will 
often  not  only  check  but  permanently 
prevent     any     vigorous    or     profitable 
growth     This  sensitiveness  to  over-heat 
is  most  pronounced  during  the  second  or 
unnatural  period  of  growth,  arid  the 
least   so   during   the   first      Young 
plants  will  often  thrive  in  tempera- 
tures in  which  it  would  be  quite 
impossible  to  induce  older  ones  to 
form  a  solid  head     Excessive  heat 
is  quite  as  injurious,  and  often  more 
so,  than  fiepzmg,  but  the  latter  is 
especially  injuiious  to  the  younger 
plants,  particularly  if  they  are  grow- 
ing rapidly,   the  older  ones   being 
little  injured  by  frost  which  would 
kill   rapid-growing   seedlings      One 
notable  effect  of  exposure  of  young 
plants  to  severe  or  long-continued 
low  temperature  is  that  it  takes  the 
place  of  the  resting  period,  and  thus 
cuts  out  the  second  or  head-form- 
ing  period,  so  that  the  plant,    as 
soon  as  established  in  the  field,  be- 
gins to  shoot  to  seed  without  form- 
ing any  head    The  degree  to  which 
the  plant  suffers  from  unfavorable 
temperature  seems  to  vary  not  only 
with  different  varieties  but  in  differ- 
ent locations    In  the  Puget  Sound 
country,  cabbage  plants  are  often 
killed  by  exposure  to  low  tempera- 


703.  Savoy  cabbage. 


tures,  which  those  of  the  same 
variety  and  age  growing  in  similar 
soil  and  exposure  on  Long 
Island  would  enduie  with  httle 
apparent  injury  In  the  United 
States,  favorable  climatic  con- 
ditions are  most  likely  to  occur 
in  succession  during  the  winter, 
spring  and  fall  months,  as  one 
moves  northeast  along  the 
Gulf  and  Atlantic  coasts,  or  in 
the  West  along  the  coast  north 
from  Portland,  Oregon,  and 
in  isolated  sections  south  of 
that  point.  Some  of  the  finest 
cabbages  ever  produced  in 
America  have  been  grown  at 
omts  on  the  Pacific  coast  as 


pom 

0 r _  tar  south  as  Los  Angeles,  Call- 
value  as  a  cultivated  vegetable,    704.  A  modern  cabbage  plant  in  head—Early  Flat  Dutch,    forma.  There  are  also  locations, 


39 


(603) 


604 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


70S.  Section  of  cabbage 
head,  snowing  the  thickened 
rachis  and  leaf -stalks,  and  the 
buds  in  the  axils. 


especially  in  New  York,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Michigan  and 
Wisconsin,  near  the  Great  Lakes,  or  where  smaller  but 
deep  inland  lakes  abound,  in  which  cabbage  does 
exceptionally  well,  but  generally,  m  common  with  most 
cruciferous  plants,  they  do  better  near  the  sea,  m  such 
locations  as  the  Eastern 
Shore  of  Maryland,  Long 
Island  and  Puget  Sound 
regions,  than  m  the  interior 
or  on  the  borders  of  even 
very  large  bodies  of  fiesh 
water. 

As  the  plant  \s  a  native 
of  the  temperate  zone,  and 
thrives  best  in  it,  and  cannot 
long  endure  high  tempera- 
tures, one  does  not  think 
of  it  as  particularly  sun- 
loving;  but  there  are  few 
garden  plants  to  which  abun- 
dant sunlight  is  more  essen- 
tial and  shade  more  detri- 
mental than  the  cabbage. 
In  its  native  habitat,  the 
plants  are  found  growing  alone  or  in  small  open  groups 
where  they  are  fully  exposed  to  the  sun  Similar  condi- 
tions are  essential  to  its  best  development  under  culti- 
vation so  that  it  can  rarely  be  profitably  grown  in  the 
shade  or  in  crowded  groups  or  rows,  and  "shooting  to 
seed"  or  other  failure  to  form  a  head  is  often  due  to 
the  crowding  of  the  seedlings  in  the  seed-row. 

The  cabbage  is  one  of  the  grossest  and  least  fastidi- 
ous feeders  of  cultivated  plants,  and  while  an  abun- 
dance of  easily  accessible  food  is  essential  for  its  profit- 
able culture,  it  is  less  particular  than  most  plants 
as  to  its  proportions  and  physical  condition,  if  only  it 
has  an  abundance.  Large  crops  of  the  best  quality 
are  often  produced  by  the  use  of  fresh  green  and  uncom- 
posted  manures  in  almost  limitless  quantities.  Some 
growers  obiect  to  the  use  of  manure  from  hog-pens, 
yet  some  of  the  largest,  healthiest  and  best  crops  ever 
seen  have  been  grown  by  the  liberal  use  of  hog  manure. 
Strange  as  it  may  seem,  abundant  fertilization  hastens 
rather  than  retards  the  plant  reaching  marketable 
condition. 

The  plant  is  more  particular  as  to  its  water-supply 
than  its  food-supply,  and  suffers  even  more  quickly 
than  most  vegetables  from  a  lack  of  sufficient  moisture 
in  the  air  or  soil  On  the  other  hand,  it  cannot  long 
endure  an  excess,  particularly  m  the  soil,  and  soon 
succumbs  to  wet  feet  A  well-drained  soil  which  at  the 
same  time  is  fairly  retentive  of  moisture  is  essential 
to  profitable  cabbage-culture. 

Even  more  than  with  most  garden  vegetables,  the 
physical  condition  of  the  soil  is  a  most  important  factor 
in  determining  the  development  of  the  cabbage.  Large 
and  often  very  profitable  crops  may  be  grown  on  sous 
which  would  be  classed  as  clay,  loam,  gravel,  sand  or 
muck,  provided  they  are  rich  and  friable,  but  seldom 
a  large,  or  profitable  crop  can  be  giown  on  even  a 
very  fertile  soil  which  after  rams  quickly  hardens  and 
bakes  so  as  to  be  impervious  to  air.  Permanent  fria- 
bility rather  than  superior  fertility  rn?kes  some  soils  ex- 
ceedingly profitable  for  cabbage,  while  it  is  difficult  and 
often  impossible  to  grow  a  paying  crop  on  others  which 
are  even  richer  and  better  watered,  but  which  are  liable 
to  cake  after  every  ram.  This  is  especially  true  of 
some  soils  that  are  generally  classed  as  a  very  rich 
clay  or  muck  Permanent  friability  is  the  most  essen- 
tial quality  for  profitable  cabbage-culture,  and  the  want 
of  it  the  most  common  cause  of  failure  to  grow  a 
profitable  crop. 

Varieties  of  cabbage.   Figs.  701-704,  707. 

Few  vegetables  show  a  wider  range  of  variation. 
There  are  sorts  that  can  be  grown  to  edible  maturity 


on  a  square  foot  and  in  90  to  120  days  from  the  seed, 
while  others  can  hardly  be  crowded  into  a  square  yard 
or  reach  prime  edible  maturity  in  less  than  200  days; 
sorts  so  short-stemmed  that  the  flat  head  seems  to  rest 
on  the  ground,  others  in  which  the  globular  head 
crowns  a  stalk  16  to  20  inches  long,  kinds  in  which  the 
leaves  aic  long,  round,  or  broad,  smooth,  or  savoyed, 
light  yellowish  green,  dark  green  or  so  dark  red  as  to 
seem  blackj  with  surfaces  which  are  glazed,  vsmooth,  or 
covered  with  thick  bloom  There  are  many  early- 
maturing  kinds,  each  having  characteristics  adapting 
them  for  different  cultural  conditions  and  uses,  that 
will,  in  fertile  soil  and  a  temperature  between  60°  and 
80°  by  day,  and  never  below  40°  at  night,  form  salable 
heads  in  90  to  110  or  120  days  from  the  germina- 
tion of  the  seed;  others  that  mature  in  mid-season, 
still  others  that  grow  the  entne  season  and  increase 
in  solidity  even  while  stored  for  winter 

Ameiican  seedsmen  offer  cabbage  seed  under  over 
500  more  or  less  distinct  vaiietal  names,  a  large  propor- 
tion of  which  stand  for  different  stocks  rather  than 
for  distinct  varietal  forms,  here  only  the  most  dis- 
tinct types  and  the  most  commonly  used  names  are 
mentioned 

Early  York,  Etampes,  LyiQt  York,  etc. — Very  compact,  upright- 
growing  smooth-leaved  soits  which  are  comparatively  tender  to 
both  heat  and  cold,  and  form  vertically  oval  comparatively  soft 
heads  of  excellent  quality,  but  better  suited  to  European  than 
American  climatic  conditions  and  market  requirements 

Eaily  Jertey,  Large  Wakefield,  Winnia»tatit,  etc  — Compatt- 
growing,  very  surt  -heading  sorts  which  are  very  hardy  to  both 
hett  and  cold  and  form  comparatively  small,  but  closely  w tapped 
hard  sharply  conical  heads  which  are  of  atti active  appearanrt , 
but  not  of  the  bent  quality  Well  suited  to  the  general  soil  and  ( li- 
matic  conditions  and  very  popular  in  America 

Enkhuizen  Glory,  Early  Summer,  Folller's  Drumhead,  etc  — 
Second-early  sorts,  forming  small  compact  to  lar^e  spreading  short- 
stemmed  plants,  and  nearly  round  to  distinctly  flat  heads  which 
mature  quickly,  are  of  good  quality  but  not  well  adapted  for  distant 
shipment  or  winter  storage 

Flat  Dutch,  Drumhead,  Ballhead  or  Hollander,  etc  —Large 
spreading  comparatively  slow-growing  plants,  forming  round  to 
oval  hard  heads,  having  tho  leaves  very  closely  wrapped  and  over- 
lapping in  the  center  They  are  generally  good  keepers,  often 
improving  not  only  in  solidity  but  m  quality  during  storage 

Savoys  —A  class  m  which  the  leaves  of  both  plant  and  head  are 
crumpled  or  savoyed  instead  of  smooth  as  in  the  preceding  There 
are  varieties  of  ail  the  forms  of  smooth-leaved  sorts  The  plants 
are  hardy,  butsare  slow  to  form  heads,  which  are  likely  to  be  small 


706.  Curled  kale  — Brassica  oleracea  var  acephala. 


and  more  or  less  open  or  loose-centered,  but  they  are  of  superior 
flavor,  and  this  class  is  worthy  of  more  general  cultivation  in  the 
home-garden  and  for  local  market 

Red  cabbage  — A  class  of  which  there  are  many  varietal  forma, 
and  m  which  the  plants  and  heads  vary  from  purple  shaded  green 
to  deep  red  The  heads  are  generally  small,  but  very  solid  and 
are  especially  suited  for  use  as  "cold  slaw  " 

Portugal  Sea-Kale,  Tronchuda  or  Chinese  cabbage. — These 
are  distinct  classes  and  species  of  cabbage,  intermediate  m  char- 
acter between  the  more  common  sorts  and  the  more  distant  kales 
They  have  never  become  generally  popular  m  America,  though 
they  are  rather  largely  grown  and  used  by  the  Asiatics,  particularly 
on  the  Pacific  coast  The  sea-kale  cabbage  is  not  to  be  confounded 
with  sea-kale,  which  is  a  very  different  plant. 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


605 


These  are  but  a  few  of  the  almost  limitless,  more  or 
less  distinct  variations  offered  by  seedsmen,  yet  each 
of  them  was  thought  by  someone  to  be  superior  m 
some  location,  under  some  conditions,  or  for  some 
purpose  The  general  recognition  of  the  value  of  each 
variation,  and  the  consequent  popularity  of  the  sorts 
in  which  the  vauation  is  best  developed,  are  constantly 
changing,  partly  berau.se  of  local  conditions  of  climate, 
but  more  largely  because  of  changes  in  transportation 
and  market  facilities  and  conditions. 

Cultural  methods 

Ideal  climatic  conditions  are  found  only  in  very 
limited  areas,  and  the  common  cultural  practice  in 
rach  locality  is  largely  .shaped  by  the  degree  to  which 
local  conditions  approach  them  In  the  country  north 
of  Washington  in  which  a  well-lighted  and  heated 
gieuiihouse  and  experienced  help  are  available,  the 
simplest  method,  and  one  by  which  the  very  best  of 
early  cabbage  can  be  grown,  is  to  plant  the  seed  in  flats 
some  sixty  to  ninety  days  before  danger  of  killing  by 
frost  is  past,  and  as  soon  as  ihe  cential  bud  or  leaves 
appear  (which  should  be  in  ten  to  fouiteen  days)  to 
"prick  out"  the  plants,  setting  them  2  to  4  inches 
apart  in  other  flats,  according  to  the  relative  impor- 
tance in  that  particular  culture  of  earhness  and  cost 
of  production  The  house  should  be  given  abundant 
ventilation,  and  temperatures  exceeding  70°  or  8.5°  by 
day  and  50°  or  00°  at  night  carefully  avoided  Often  it 
will  be  found  veiy  advantageous,  as  soon  as  the  plants 
are  well  established,  to  remove  them  to  well-lighted 
eoldframes  These  should  be  carefully  tended  in  order 
to  give  all  the  air  possible,  and  to  avoid  over-heating  by 
the  sun  or  falling  below  3o°  at  night,  and  the  plants 
tiansf erred  to  the  open  giound  as  eaily  as  this  can  be 
done  without  danger  from  killing  fiosts  Some  very 
successful  growers  plant  seed  in  well-protected  cold- 
frames  so  as  to  secure  a  thin,  even  stand,  and  by  careful 
attention  secure  a  slow  but  steady  giowth  through  the 
winter,  and  the  seedlings  are  first  transplanted  to  the 
open  ground  as  soon  as  danger  from  killing  frosts  is 
over  A  common  practice  from  Philadelphia  or  Balti- 
more southward  is  to  sow  the  seed  in  the  fall  m  caie- 
fully  prepared  beds  in  sheltered  locations,  and,  as  soon 
as  the  pl.ints  aie  large  enough,  to  tiansplant  them  to 
Hat-topped  ridges  about  30  to  30  inches  from  center  to 
center  and  as  high  as  (an  be  formed  by  two  01  three 
back-furrows  These  ridges  usually  are  run  east  to 
west  arid  the  plants  aie  set  on  the  south,  the  north  01  the 
top,  or  sometimes  in  the  fuirow  between  them,  depend- 
ing upon  the  judgment  of  the  planter  as  to  which  loca- 
tion will  give  the  best  result  ou  thai  particular  farm 
and  exposure  and  in  that  particular  season,  as  .some- 
times one  and  sometimes  another  location  gives  the  best 
lesults  In  some  sections  .and  often  only  on  ceitain 
farms  of  a  section  this  method  gives  large  veiy  early- 
maturing  and  piofitable  crops,  while  in  different  Weld's, 
even  on  the  same  farm,  a  large  propoition  of  the 
plants  so  handled  will  be  killed  by  frost  or  will  shoot 
to  seed  without  heading  In  certain  locations,  notably 
in  the  vicinity  of  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  cabbage- 
plant  farms  have  been  established,  from  which  plants 
in  prime  condition  for  setting  in  the  field  can  be 
secured  by  the  million  The  location  and  exposure,  and 
the  character  of  the  soil  of  the  most  successful  of  these 
fauns  is  such  that  the  plants  are  rarely  killed  or  seri- 
ously checked  by  frost,  but  make  a  constant  but  slow 
growth  all  winter  and  can  be  pulled  at  any  time  so  as  to 
letain  abundant  root  and  vigor  and  be  safely  shipped 
long  distances.  The  seed  is  sown  and  the  plant-beds 
treated  much  as  one  would  treat  a  bod  of  onions  for 
sets  or  pickles,  except  that  in  many  cases  the  rows  are 
as  close  as  3  inches  and  the  bed  receives  little  or  no 
cultivation  after  the  seed  is  planted. 

Objections  that  are  sometimes  well  founded  to 
plants  from  such  farms  are,  that  they  are  slow  "taking 


hold"  and  a  large  proportion  of  them  "shoot  to  seed" 
without  heading,  or  the  heads  are  small  and  of  poor 
quality,  but  such  failures  often  come  from  the  use  by 
the  plant-raiser  of  cheap  and  inferior  seed,  or  from  the 
crowded  rows  and  careless  handling,  or  from  the 
farmer  sending  for  and  setting  the  plants  too  eaily,  or 
from  holding  them  too  long  before  setting  Some 
plant-raisers  take  pains  to  advertise  that  they  do  not 
guarantee  plants  shipped  by  them  before  December 
1  to  give  satisfactory  lesults  (though  they  often  do), 
but  that  thev  are  willing  to  guarantee  that  plants 
shipped  by  them  from  December  1  to  April  1  will, 
in  suitable  soil  and  exposure  and  with  good  cultivation, 
produce  full  crops  of  marketable  cabbage.  Most 
farmers  who  use  20,000  to  30,000  plants  could  grow 
on  their  own  farms  as  good  plants  or  better  than 
they  could  buy  from  even  the  best  and  most  reliable 
growers,  and  often  at  materially  le>s  cost,  but  it  is 


707.  Cabbage  shapes:  Flat;  round  or  ball;  egg-shaped; 
oval,  conical 

questionable  whether  many  of  them  would  do  so,  and 
it  is  not  surprising  that  the  practice  of  buying  plants, 
particularly  when  earhness  in  market  maturity  is 
desuable,  is  rapidly  extending 

The  best  distance  between  plants  will  depend  not 
only  upon  the  variety  used  but  upon  the  character  of 
the  sou,  kind  of  labor  available  and  the  condition  and 
way  in  which  the  crop  is  to  be  marketed.  Such  small 
upright-growing  sorts  as  Early  York,  Etampes,  or  true 
Jersey  Wakefield,  which  are  to  be  marketed  when 
still  quite  soft,  can  be  well  grown  set  as  close  as  6  or  8 
by  18  to  24  inches,  requiring  20,000  to  30,000  plants  to 
the  acre,  but  in  America  such  close  planting  necessi- 
tates so  much  hand  labor  that  it  is  seldom  piofitable, 
and  8  to  12  by  28  to  30  or  30  inches,  requiring  from 
8,000  to  15,000  or  20,000  plants  to  the  acre,  is  usually 
found  the  more  profitable  distance. 

The  best  method  of  setting,,  whether  by  hand,  hand- 
planters,  or  machine,  will  be  determined  by  local  con- 
ditions. The  plants  should  "take  hold"  in  two  to 
four  days  ana  start  into  vigorous  growth  in  ten 
days  to  three  weeks,  the  time  depending  upon  the  con- 
dition of  the  plants,  and  the  way  they  are  handled, 
quite  as  much  as  upon  the  weather.  After  active  growth 
has  commenced,  it  should  continue  at  a  constantly 
accelerated  rate  until  the  head  begins  to  harden,  and 
although  toward  the  last  the  plants  may  not  seem  to 
increase  m  size,  the  heads  will  gam  in  weight.  The  cab- 
bage suffers  less  than  most  vegetables  from  mutilation 
of  the  root,  yet  deep  cultivation  is  undesirable  because 
unnecessary.  The  essential  thing  is  to  prevent  any 
crusting  over,  and  the  keeping  of  the  surface  in  sucn 
good  tilth  as  to  permit  of  the  free  aeration  of  the  soil. 


606 


CABBAGE 


CABBAGE 


One  of  the  best  crops  of  early  cabbage  on  record 
was  secured  from  what  was  regarded  as  naturally  a 
rather  unfavorable  soil  that  was  not  very  heavily 
fertilized,  but  received  a  shallow  cultivation  with  a 
harrow  tooth  cultivator  every  day  (.except  Sundays  and 
on  four  days  when  the  surface  was  so  wet  from  rain 
that  it  would  puddle)  after  the  plants  were  set  until 
the  crop  was  in  market  condition 

The  tune  of  planting  for  fall  and  winter  cabbage  and 
the  general  cultural  methods  most  likely  to  give  good 
results  in  any  particular  location  are  the  same  for  both 
seasons,  the  time  of  maturity  being  determined  more 
by  the  varietal  character  of  the  seed  than  by  method 
of  culture  The  cultural  practice  usually  followed  by 
neighboring  and  equally  .successful  growers  is  often 
radically  different.  One  planter  may  always,  on  some 
fixed  day  in  May  or  June,  sow  heed  in  flats  and  as  soon 
as  the  seedlings  are  well  started  pick  them  out  into 
other  flats,  and  then  again  into  a  plant-bed  and  wait  for 
a  favorable  day,  if  necessary  until  August,  befoie  putting 
them  in  the  field.  An  equally  successful  neighboring 
grower  may  wait  until  as  late  as  the  last  of  June  and 
sow  thinly  in  well-prepaied  seed-beds  and  transplant 
from  thorn  to  the  field,  while  still  another  may  wait 
for  favorable  weather  even  until  the  last  of  July  and 
then  plant  seed  in  place  as  is  the  usual  practice  of  some 
most  successful  growers  In  New  England,  growers 
often  drill  the  seed  in  place,  and  when  the  plants  are 
well  established  chop  out  the  superfluous  ones 


70S.  An  outdoor  method  of  storing  cal 


The  weight  or  quantity  of  seed  used  for  a  given 
area  vanes  greatly,  as  the  size  of  the  individual  seeds 
vary,  not  only  with  different  varieties  but  with  different 
lots  of  the  same  sort.  Some  growers  expect  to  get 
plants  enough  for  an  acre  from  less  than  an  ounce, 
while  others  require  two  to  five  times  as  much,  ana 
those  who  sow  in  place  often  will  use  four  to  eight 
ounces  to  the  acre.  Superlative  crops  have  been 
known  to  be  grown  by  radically  different  methods,  and 
very  often  successful  growers  have  some  peculiarity  of 

Eractice  which  they  deem  essential  to  the  best  results, 
ut  which  a  neighboring  and  equally  successful 
grower  regards  as  a  foolish  waste  of  labor;  but,  how- 
ever the  practice  of  successful  growers  may  differ,  there 
are  some  points  in  which  they  all  agree  Among  these 
are,  the  use  of  the  best  obtainable  seed  of  some  par- 
ticular vanoty  which  they  have  found  by  experience, 
or  which  they  believe  is  best  adapted  to  their  condi- 
tions and  is  uniform  in  time  of  maturity,  so  that  all 
the  heads  are  in  prime  condition  and  may  be  gathered 
at  the  same  tune,  which  is  an  important  factor  in 
determining  cost  of  production,  while  uniformity  in 
shape,  form  and  color  are  equally  important  m 
determining  salability.  The  quality  of  the  seed  used, 
while  not  the  only  factor,  is  generally  the  most  impor- 
tant one  in  determining  the  uniformity  of  product 
of  any  particular  culture  Unchecked  and  constantly 
accelerated  rate  of  growth  are  most  important  factors 
in  securing  the  best  possible  development  of  any  par- 
ticular culture.  Every  check,  whether  it  come  from 
overcrowding  of  the  seedlings,  careless  transplanting, 
or  the  caking  and  want  of  friability  in  the  surface  soil, 
tends  to  divert  the  energy  of  the  plant  from  the 
unnatural  and  excessive  leaf-formation  upon  which 


its  value  as  a  cultivated  vegetable  depends  to  the 
more  natural  but  less  useful  formation  of  blossoms 
and  seed  Just  how  on  any  particular  farm  the 
most  favorable  conditions  can  be  seemed  cannot  be 
told  m  general  cultural  directions,  but  must  be  de- 
cided by  the  grower  from  his  knowledge  of  the 
character  and  wants  of  the  plant,  the  condition  of  the 
soil,  and  last,  but  by  no  means  least,  his  facilities  for 
controlling  the  conditions  upon  which  the  growth  of 
the  crop  depends. 

Harvesting, 

This  is  the  simplest  and  easiest  part  of  cabbage- 
growing  With  an  easily  acquired  dexterity,  each  head 
in  five  or  six  rows  can  be  cut,  trimmed  and  tossed  into 
a  central  windrow  by  a  single  well-directed  stroke  of  a 
well-sharpened  spade  or  heavy  hoe  Occasionally,  be- 
cause of  some  unnatural  growth  of  the  plant,  or  want 
of  attention,  a  head  will  need  reiriminmg,  but  by  the 
exercise  of  a  little  care,  practically  all  of  them  can  be 
kept  m  marketable  shape  From  the  windrows,  the 
heads  are  gathered  and  loaded  loose  into  cars,  delivered 
to  factorie3  or  placed  in  storage  Yields  secured  vary 
greatly,  being  influenced  by  the  sort,  the  quality  of 
the  seed,  the  character  ot  the  soil,  loss  from  insects  and 
disease;  they  generall>  range  from  five  to  twenty  tons 
to  the  acre  The  crop  is  usually  readily  salable  in  the 
fall,  delivered  at  factory  or  on  boaid  cars  at  prices 
ranging  from  $4,  or  even  less,  to  $10  to  $20  a  ton 

Marketing 

Cabbage  arecn^  —  In 
some  sections,  notably 
southern  Mississippi  and 
Louisiana,  considei  able 
acreage  is  grown  and 
marketed  as  cabbage 
greens  The  »eed  i^  sown 
in  place  or  the  plant*-  are 
set  quite  close  in  the  row, 

bbage  and  as  soon  as  they  have 

c  o  in  in  e  n  c  e  d  a  c  1 1  v  e 
growth  and  long  before  they  have  formed  a  distinct 
head,  they  are  cut  and  marketed  much  in  the  same 
manner  as  spinach  or  kale,  but  this  method  of  culture 
and  Use  is  very  limited. 

Early  cabbage  is  generally  considered  marketable  as 
soon  as  the  leaves  have  closed  into  a  head,  even  if  this 
is  still  so  soft  and  loose  that  it  would  be  quite  unmar- 
ketable later  m  the  season  If  cabbages  are  cut  when 
soft  and  immatuie,  they  soon  wilt  and  lose  all  crisp- 
ness  and  palatabihty,  to  avoid  this,  the  earlier  ship- 
ments arc  made  in  small  open  crates  containing  less 
than  a  score  of  heads,  or  sometimes  in  larger  closed 
ones  carrying  ice,  and  often  in  refngerator  cars  Later 
in  the  season,  as  the  heads  become  larger  and  harder, 
they  are  shipped  in  slat  crates  about  12  by  IS  by 
38  inches,  or  in  ventilated  burlap-covered  barrels 
holding  about  two  and  three-fourths  bushels 

Fall  and  winter  cabbages  are  usually  sold  by  the  ton, 
of  much  more  closely  trimmed  heads  than  aie  con- 
sidered marketable  earlier  in  the  season,  and  aic  com- 
monly shipped  in  open  and  well-ventilated  cars  without 
special  container  or  packing,  except  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  protect  from  hard  free/ing  Many  acres  aie 
grown  on  contracts  with  shippers,  packets  of  sauer- 
kraut, and  the  like,  who  contract  for  the  delivery  direct 
from  the  field  to  factory  or  on  board  cars,  of  the  usable 
product  of  a  certain  acreage  at  an  agreed  price  per  ton. 
While  this  is  sometimes  a  very  satisfactory  arrange- 
ment, many  careless  and  incompetent  growers  are 
induced  to  contract,  and  their  neglected  crops  become 
infected  with  disease  and  insects  which  spread  to  the 
fields  of  even  the  most  careful  growers,  and  the  crop 
m  the  vicinity  of  such  factories  and  shippmg-pomta 
soon  becomes  unprofitable. 


CABBAGE 

Storing. 

Formerly  the  most  common  practice  was  to  let  the 
plants  stand  until  danger  of  hard  freezing,  then  pulling, 
allowing  the  roots  to  retain  what  earth  they  would, 
but  breaking  off  some  of  the  most  spreading  leaves  ana 
crowding  the  plants  together  (with  heads  all  up  or  all 


CABBAGE 


607 


soaked  in  a  weak  solution  of  formaldehyde  (one  part  to  260  of  water). 
The  seed  should  be  soaked  fifteen  minutes  in  the  weak  solution  of 
formaldehyde,  then  rinsed  in  clear  water  and  immediately  planted. 

Animal  pests. 

Flea  beetles  — The  securing  of  vigorous  plants  is  sometimes  pre- 
vented by  the  attacks  of  innumerable  flea  beetles,  Phyllotreta  tit- 
tatM  Thw  may  be  prevented  by  surrounding  the  beds  with  frames 
znadu  of  10-  to  12-inch  boards  tonne c  ted  across  the  top  with  2-mch 
strips  and  then  covered  with  20-  to  40-thread  to  the  inch  cheese- 
cloth This  should  be  put  on  as  soon  as  the  seed  is  planted  and 
be  removed,  in  order  to  harden  the  plants,  four  to  BIX  days  before 
they  go  to  the  field 

Cut-worms  — These  are  best  guarded  against  by  keeping  the 
field  perieUly  cUar  cf  pll  vegetation  for  six  to  ten  days  before 
setting,  then  mix  four<juarthof  bran  moal  or  flour,  one  cup  of  molas- 
ses or  sugar,  and  two  tableupoonfuls  of  pans  green,  with  wate* 
enough  to  make  about  the  consistency  of  milk,  and  sprinkle  on 
twenty  to  fifty  times  its  bulk  of  fr(*h-<ut  grass  and  scatter  over 
the  held  tho  night  before  setting  the  plants. 

Cabb/igt  worm  — Keep  care  ful  w  atch  of  the  plants  and  if  the 
gieen  worms  appear  in  abundance  and  HC»  m  to  roach  full  size, 
sprinkle  or  spray  the  plants  with  Kerosene  &id  whale-oil  soap  emul- 
sion, or  pans  green  and  water  in  the  proportion  of  four  gallons  of 
emulsion  and  one  pound  of  pans  green  to  fifty  gallons  of  water. 
After  the  heads  arc  two-thirds  grown,  powdered  hellebore,  one  ounce 
to  two  gallons  of  water,  hhould  be  substituted  for  the  poisonous 
pans  gre<jn  m 


709    Cabbage  in  winter  storage  m  cabbage-house 


down  and  at  a  uniform  height),  with  earth  packed 
between  them,  in  long  shallow  trenches  that  wore 
gradually  covered  with  sufficient  coarse  stiaw  or  litter 
to  protect  from  severe  freezing  A  variation  of  this 
method  is  to  pull,  leaving  what  roots  and  earth  adheres, 
and  set  as  closely  and  level  as  possible  in  a  shallow 
cellar  not  over  3  feet  deep,  which  after  filling  is  covered 
with  a  roof  of  boards,  tarred  paper  and  litter  sufficient 
to  keep  out  ram  and  frost,  and  high  enough  in  tho  cen- 
ter to  allow  of  handling  the  cabbage  It,  is  essential  to 
success  with  either  trench  or  cellar  that  they  be  located 
where  there  is  the  least  possible  danger  fiom  standing 
water,  rats  and  other  veimin,  and  as  well  protected  as 
possible  from  severe  winds  and  cold  Advantages  of 
this  method  arc  that  heads  quite  too  soft  to  be  salable 
become  hard  and  firm,  and  that  cabbages  so  stored 
retain  to  a  remarkable  degioe  their  enspncss  and 
flavor,  and  are  thought  by  some  to  be  even  better 
than  when  fresh  from  the  field,  but  when  taken  from 
the  trench  or  cellar,  they  "-oon  lose  their  crispness 
and  will  not  stand  shipment  so  well  as  heads  which 
wrere  trimmed  bet  ore  storing  A  very  common  method 
is  to  cut  and  paitially  tiim  the  heads  and  place  in 
piles  4  to  <>  feet  high  and  broad,  and  of  convenient 
length,  built  over  a  board-covered  trench  which  is 
ventilated  by  open  ends  and  tiles  up  through  the  cab- 
bage, the  piles  being  gradually  covered  and  the  open- 
ings closed  so  as  to  prevent  hard  freezing  (Fig  708). 

In  certain  sections  a  large  proportion  of  the  cabbages 
grown  for  late  winter  and  early  spring  market  aie 
trimmed  and  stored  in  bins  or  on  shelves  in  frostproof 
storehouses  (Fig.  709). 

Diseases 

Clubroot  (  Plasmodiophora  brassicse)  —  A  soil  parasite  affecting 
cabbage  and  other  cruciferous  plants  It  thrives  best  in  acid  soils 
and  in  some  cases  can  be  chocked  by  a  liberal  use  of  lime,  but  its 
presence  in  any  field  in  destructive  abundance  is  seldom  sxispected 
until  too  late  to  save  the  crop  Planting  cabbage  or  other  crucif- 
erous crops  on  such  a  field  should  not  be  repeated  for  several 
years,  during  which  it  should  have  continued  dressings  of  lime  and 
ashes  Care  .should  be  taken  to  secure  uncontammated  soil  for 
seed-beds,  and  to  destroy  all  affected  plants  before  cattle  have 
access  to  them,  as  tho  disease  may  be  earned  by  such  refuse  in  the 
manure  from  cattle  who  have  eaten  it. 

JV  ttt  or  Yfllnws,  Black-rot,  Stem-rot,  Fuaanum,  Phnma  —  Inf(  c- 
tioua  diseases  which  some  times  become  so  abundant  in  certain 
sections  as  to  prevent  the  profitable  culture  of  cabbage  They  are 
all  distributed  by  means  of  contaminated  seed,  by  manure  from 
cattle  fed  on  diseased  refuse,  by  soil  carried  on  tools  from  affected 
fields,  distnbution  in  this  way  should  bo  carefully  avoided.  All 
diseased  plants  should  be  destroyed  by  fire  aa  soon  as  noticed  The 
•oil  used  m  the  seed-beds  should  be  sUriltced  by  hvo  steam  or 


Root-knot  (\ tmatodet) — Although  seldom  -very  destructive 
north  of  Philadelphia,  this  is  often  the  unsuspected  eause  of  failure 
in  the  South,  particularly  of  fall  crops  in  light  lands  The  only 
practical  remedy  is  the  avoidanee  of  affected  nelds  or  sterilizing 
the  soil  by  freezing  or  live  steam. 

Seed-breeding  and  -growing.  Figs.  710,  711. 

It  is  only  through  careful  study  of  the  practical  value 
and  correlation  of  varietal  differences,  the  exercise  of 
great  care  in  selection  and  growing  of  the  plants,  and 
in  the  saving  of  the  seed,  that  this  or  any  vegetable  can 
be  improved  or  even  its  present  good  qualities  mam- 
tamed  Under  favorable  conditions  the  plant  is  capable 
of  producing  abundant  seed,  a  single  plant  having  been 
known  to  yield  thirty-five  ounces,  enough  to  plant 
2o  to  40  acres,  but  such  \ields  aie  very  exceptional, 
and  one-half  to  four  ounces  a  plant  is  much  more 
common  Although  botamcally  the  plant  is  self-fertile, 
when  isolated  it  seldom  yields  much  and  often 
no  viable  seed  It  transmits  veiy  persistently  through 
many  generations  any  distinct  variation,  but  often 
without  e\piossion,  although  such  hitherto  unexpressed 
variations  are  apt  to  appear  m  the  seed  of  self -fertilized 
plants,  so  that  such  seed  is  frequently  less  uniform  than 
that  from  a  field  of  plants  of  the  same  ancestry  At 
least  one  of  our  popular  varieties  is  made  up  of  the 
descendents  of  a  single  isolated  plant,  but  it  is  a  curious 
fact  that  in  the  second  and  subsequent  generations  90 
per  cent  of  the  plants,  although  quite  uniform,  were 
very  diffeient  in  character  from  that  of  the  selected 
individual  from  which  they  were  descended.  The 
onginator  of  one  of  our  best  varieties  maintains  that  it 
is  essential  to  the  production  of  the  best  seed  of  that 
sort  that  seed-plants  of  very  different  types  should  be 
set  together,  and  by  crossing  they  will  produce  seed 
giving  plants  of  the  desired  type.  In  spite  of  these 
facts,  it  is  thought  that  the  practice  which  will  give  the 
best  results  with 


other    pic 
equally 


equally  desir- 
able for  the  cab- 
bage, and  that 
first  a  distinct 
and  well-defined 
conception  of 
the  varietal  form 
dcsned  must  be 
formed  and  the 
stock  started 
from  the  plant 
or  plants  whose 
seed  most  uni- 
formly devel- 
oped into  plants 
of  the  desired 


710.  Wild  cabbage  plant  in  seed.    Chalk 
cliffs  of  England. 


608 


CABBAGE 


CACALIOPSIS 


character,  rather  than  from  those  in  which  it  was 
exceptionally  well  developed.  Often  even  professional 
seed-growers  have  but  a  very  vague  and  constantly 
changing  conception  of  what  a  given  variety  should  be. 
The  greatest  profit  is  not  from  the  field  that  pro- 
duces even  a  good  many  of  the  most  perfect  speci- 
mens, but  from  that  in  which  the  largest  proportion  of 
the  plants  are  most  uniformly  of  the  desired  character. 
In  order  to  produce  seed  which  will  give  such  results, 
one  must  first  form  a  very  clear  conception  of  just 
what  one  wants  in  plant  and  head,  and  learn  the  rela- 
tion between  easily  noted  but  economically  unimpor- 
tant qualities,  and  others  not  so  easily  seen  but  more 
important  in  determining  value.  Having  selected  a 
number  of  ideal  plants,  one  should  grow  thase  either 
singly,  or  in  groups  of  three  or  four  that  are  nearest 
alike.  Save  and  number  the  seed  of  each  plant  sepa- 
rately and  plant  a  small  sample  of  each  number,  care- 
fully noting  the  numbers  in  which  the  product  was 
most  uniformly  of  the  desired  character.  From  the 

reserved  seed 


711.  Cultivated  cabbage  in  seed. 

ings  should  be  made  a  little  later  than  one  would  for  fall 
market  cabbage.  As  the  plants  develop,  each  lot  should 
be  repeatedly  looked  over  and  not  only  those  which  show 
no  disposition  to  form  a  head,  or  one  in  which  the 
inclosing  leaves  do  not  pass  over  the  center,  but  also 
those  which  show  any  departure  (even  if  it  be  of  itself 
a  desirable  one)  from  the  desired  form,  should  be 
removed  The  plants  should  be  left  in  place  until  there 
is  danger  of  the  ground  bamg  closed  by  frost  and  should 
then  be  pulled,  a  few  of  the  larger  leaves  removed  and 
then  packed  into  narrow  trenches  in  sheltered  and  well- 
drained  localities,  taking  pains  to  pack  the  earth  closely 
about  the  roots  and  stems.  Gradually,  as  necessary 
to  prevent  hard  freezing,  they  bhould  be  covered  with 
earth  and  with  coarse  litter,  the  aim  being  to  keep 
them  as  cold  as  possible  without  actually  freezing, 
and  to  prevent  them  starting  into  growth.  As  early 
in  the  spring  as  possible,  they  should  be  set  for  seed- 
ing, giving  each  plant  about  twice  the  space  needed 
for  market  cabbage.  In  setting,  the  plants,  should 
be  more  or  less  inclined,  so  that  while  the  top  of  the 
head  is  but  little  above  the  surface,  the  roots  are  not 
buried  in  hard  and  cold  subsoil.  As  they  are  set,  the 
heads  should  be  scarred  across  the  top,  not  deep  enough 
to  injure  the  sprouting  center,  but  so  as  to  facilitate 
its  pushing  its  way  through  the  head.  The  seedstalks 
should  not  be  cut  until  they  begin  to  shed  the  seed, 
which  turns  black  and  seems  ripe  before  it  is  fully  mature. 

The  entire  plant  should  be  cut  and  stored  until  quite 
dry,  when  the  seed  can  be  easily  threshed,  cleaned,  and 
spread  not  over  ^  inch  deep  in  full  sunlight  for  a  few 
days  and  then  stored 

Commercial  seed-growing. — Although    one    occasion- 


ally sees  heavily  seeded  plants  in  all  parts  of  the  United 
States,  cabbage  seed  rarely  proves  a  profitable  crop, 
except  in  very  limited  areas  along  Long  Island  Sound, 
the  eastern  shores  of  New  Jersey,  Maryland  and  Vir- 
ginia, and  in  the  Puget  Sound  region,  where  the  yield 
commonly  secured  varies  from  300  to  700  pounds  to  the 
acre,  although  exceptional  crops  sometimes  reach  1,500 
to  2,000  pounds.  The  common  method  of  growing  does 
not  vary  materially  from  that  described,  except  that 
very  often  too  little  care  is  exercised  in  securing  stock 
seed,  and  it  is  sowed  or  the  plants  set  so  late  that  they 
fail  to  develop  sufficiently  to  enable  one  to  do  very 
effective  rogueing  out  of  inferior  stock.  In  Holland, 
seed  is  often  raised  from  much  better  matured  heads 
than  are  commonly  us>ed  in  Amenca  and  which  are  cut 
from  the  root,  but  leaving  more  stem  than  for  market 
use,  and  planted  so  that  the  top  is  level  with  or  slightly 
below  the  surface.  Treated  in  this  way,  they  root  like 
a  great  cutting  and  form  loose,  well-branched  plants 
which  are  not  so  liable  to  injury  from  wind,  and  are 
said  to  yield  more  seed  than  would  be  produced  if  the 
entire  plant  was  used  It  is  possible  that  this  method 
might  give  good  results  in  the  Puget  Sound  region,  but 
it  would  not  in  the  East.  \\r.  \y.  TRACY. 

CAB  6  MB  A  (aboriginal  name).  Nymphx&cex.  FAN- 
WORT  Submersed  aquatics  of  the  western  hemisphere, 
used  in  ponds  and  aquaria. 

Flowers  small,  sepals  and  petals  3,  persistent;  sta- 
mens 3-6;  carpels  3-18,  separate:  submerged  Ivs  finely 
dissected,  mostly  opposite  —  Six  species 

caroliniana.  Gray  (C  aqudtica,  DC  ,  not  Aubl 
C.wndifbha,tlort  ).  WASHINGTON  PLANT  FISH-GRASS 
Floating  Ivs  green,  oblong-linear:  fls  axillary,  \fa\ 
broad,  white,  with  2  yellow  spots  at  base  of  each  petal, 
stamens  6.  Ponds  and  slow  streams,  S  111  to  N  C  ,  Fla 
and  Texas.  A.G  15.  157  —  Hardy  as  far  north  as  Phila 
if  not  frozen.  The  commonest  plant  for  fish-globes  and 
aquaria;  roots  easily  in  earth,  grows  well,  is  dense  and 
bushy,  and  a  good  oxygenatoi  ,  prefers  water  free  from 
hme  Prop  by  cuttings  set  m  earth  in  1-2  ft  of  water 
at  55-70°  F.  Commonly  sold  for  aquana  in  bunches  of 
6-12  shoots  8  in  long,  wrapped  with  lead  at  base, 
without  earth  the  bunch  lasts  4-8  weeks,  when  it  drops 
most  of  its  Ivs  and  must  be  replaced  Var  roseefdlia, 
Hort  ,  is  a  form  with  reddish  Ivs  ,  less  durable,  and  more 
difficult  to  prop  A  G  15.157  Var  pulch6rrima, 
Harper,  has  sts  reddish  purple,  Ivs  darker  with  nar- 
rower segms.  and  petals  bright  purple  Ga  The  true 
C  aqudtica,  Aubl  ,  of  Trop  Amer  ,  with  yellow  fls 
and  nearly  oibicular  floating  Ivs.,  is  shown  in  B  M  7090 
II  S  CONARD. 

CACALIA  (ancient  Greek  name).  Compdsitee  Peren- 
nial herbs  of  wide  distribution,  some  of  which  are 
planted  in  the  open  for  ornament. 

Floweis  paniculate  or  corymbose,  the  florets  all 
hermaphrodite,  with  white,  nc&h-colored,  or  orange, 
exclusively  tubular  corollas,  each  of  the  5  lobes  with  a 
midnervo.  achenes  glabrous:  Ivs.  petioled,  alternate 
The  genus  is  by  some  considered  as  a  section  of  Senecio, 
differing  in  never  having  ray-fls  —  Species  about  40, 
about  one-fourth  Asian  and  the  remainder  mostly 
American  They  need  protection  in  the  North 

lutea,  Mill.  A  slender  rather  attractive  perennial, 
with  alternate,  widely  separated  Ivs.  half  clasping  the 
st.:  fls.  orange-yellow,  in  heads  about  Kin-  diam., 
corymbose.  St.  Helena;  perhaps  not  a  true  cacalia. 

C.  aiirea  and  C.  lutea  of  gardens  may  be  Emilia.  —  C,  coccinea, 
Sims-Enulia. 


CACALI6PSIS  (Cacalia-hke).  Composite.  Peren- 
nial, for  garden  planting. 

Heads  discoid,  very  many-fid,  of  perfect  yellow 
florets;  corolla  rather  deeply  5-cleft,  the  lobes  lanceo- 
late: Ivs.  palmate  —  -One  species,  little  known  in  cult. 


CACALIOPSIS 


CACTUS 


600 


Nardftsmia,  Gray  Stout,  1-2  ft  high,  loose,  woolly, 
but  becoming  nearly  glabrous.  Ivs.  nearly  all  radical, 
not  unlike  those  of  Petasites  palmata,  long-stalked, 
6-9-cleft  or  very  rarely  parted,  the  lobes  dentate  or 
cut:  heads  an  inch  high,  in  a  loohe  cluster  at  the  summit 
of  the  nearly  naked  st .  fragrant  Pine  woods,  Calif, 
to  Wash.— Intro,  by  Gillett  in  1881  as  a  border  plant. 

CACAO,  COCOA:  Theobroma. 

CACTUS,  CACTI.  The  plants  correctly  designated 
by  this  name  constitute  the  family  Cactdcex  Scarcely 
any  group  in  the  whole  vegetable  kingdom  is  more 
remarkable  for  its  .strange  and  vaned  forms,  the  beauty 
of  its  flowers,  and  wonderful  adaptation  to  desert  life 
It  is  not,  however,  confined  to  desert  regions,  for  in  the 
moist  forests  of  the  tropics  of  the  New  World  it  is 
represented  by  a  number  of  interesting  forms  often 
epiphytal  or  scrambling  in  their 
habit  of  growth,  with  beautiful 
flowers  and  sometimes  with 
delicious  edible  fruit. 


"Botanical  Features  of  North  American  Deserts, 
publication  No  90  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  < 
Washington,  1908. 

To  the  southward,  the  family  extends  to  Chile  and 
Argentina  Giant  torch  thistles  and  echmocacti  are 
scattered  over  the  pampas  of  Uruguay,  and  melon- 
shaped  echmopses  amid  the  snows  of  the  lofty  plateau 
of  Bolivia 

The  genus  Mamillana,  so  well  represented  in  the 
southwestern  United  States  and  Mexico,  is  almost 
absent  from  Cential  America,  the  representative  genera 
of  that  region  as  well  as  of  tin-  warm  Huasteca  region 
of  eastern  Mexico  being  Ceieus,  Pemskia,  Pereskiopsis, 
Nopalea,  and  Opuntia,  while  the  "turk's-head"  or 
"melon  cacti"  are  chiefly  West  Indian 

The  peculiar  structure  of  columnar,  opuntioid,  and 
melon-shaped  cacti  is  undoubted!}  the  result  of  exces- 
sive dryness  of  the  climates  in  which  they  occur,  to 
protect  themselves  from  which  they  have  been  obliged 
to  store  up  water  and  to 
reduce  their  transpira- 


712    Tips  of  Rhipsahs 
cassytha. 


713    Skeleton  of 
Opuntia  stem. 


714    Pereskia  cculeata. 


715   Opuntia  joint  with  leaves. 


The  CactacesB  arc  confined  to  America,  the  only 
apparent  exception  being  the  genus  UlnpMilis,  com- 
posed of  plants  with  the  habits  of  the  mistletoe,  gt ow- 
ing on  the  trunks  and  branches  of  tiees,  and  bearing 
small  pellucid  glutinous  berries  (Fig  712)  This  genus, 
endemic  in  tropical  America,  has  found  its  way  to 
Afiica,  the  island  of  Mauritius  arid  even  to  Ceylon, 
and  several  opuntias,  or  prickly  pears,  occur  on  the 
shores  of  the  Mediterranean,  in  South  Africa,  and  An- 


tion  as  low  as  possible  They  have  a  more  or  less  pro- 
nounced woody  axis  surrounded  by  pulpy  cellular  tissue 
(paienchyma)  in  which  the  \\ater-supply  is  stored  The 
stomato,  are  usually  situated  in  depressions  or  grooves 
in  the  leatheiy  cuticle,  and  as  an  additional  means  for 
checking  transpiration,  the  cell-sap  is  nearly  always 
mucilaginous,  while  in  some  forms  latex  cells  are  present, 
filled  with  milky  or  gummy  fluid  which  hardens  on 
exposuie  to  the  air  and  effectively  heals  wounds  in  the 


tralia,  where  they  have  made  themselves  so  thoroughly      soft  fleshy  plant   Certain  species  of  Echmocactus  (viz- 


at  home  as  to  be  regarded  by  many  writers  as 
indigenous  The  Caetaccir  are  not  confined  to  trop- 
ical or  even  semi-tropical  regions  At 
least  two  species  of  Opuntia  extend 
northward  into  British  Columbia,  and 
species  of  Kchmocereus,  Echmocactus, 
and  Mamillaria  aie  found  in  the  state 
of  Colorado  The  xerophytic  forms 
flourish  especially  in  the  southwestern 
United  States,  the  Mexican  plateau, 
the  peninsula  of  Lower  California,  where 
there  are  great  cactus  forests,  and  the 
vicinity  of  Tehuacan,  in  the  southern 
part  of  the  Mexican  state  of  Puebla,  a 
region  celebrated  for  its  remarkable  and 
gigantic  tree-like  forms  related  to  the 
genus  Cereus  For  an  account  of  the 
vegetation  of  the  deserts  of  the  south- 
western states  and  of  Mexico,  the  reader 
is  referred  to  Frederick  V  Coville's 
"Botany  of  the  Death  Valley  Expedi- 
tion," published  as  Vol.  IV  of  the 
"Contributions  from  the  United  States 
National  Herbarium,  1893,"  Coville 
and  MacDougal's  "Desert  Botanical 
Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie  Institution 
—1903";  and  to  D.  T.  MacDougaJ's 


nagas)  are  like  great  barrels  studded  with  spines  and 
filled  with  pulp  of  the  consi^tencv  of  watermelon  rind, 
which  is  sometimes  made  into  con- 
serves like  citron  (dulces  de  viznaga) 
Other  foims,  like  species  of  Pereskia, 
Pereskiopsis,  and  arboreous  opuntias 
have  hard,  \\oody  stems  and  branches 
The  reticulated  skeletons  of  certain 
species  of  opuntia  (Fig  713)  are  manu- 
factured into  walking-sticks,  legs  of 
furniture,  napkin  rings,  and  even  into 
veneering  for  woodwork  In  Lower 
California  and  some  paits  of  South 
America,  where  other  vegetation  is 
lacking,  the  stems  of  columnar  cerei, 
or  "eardones,"  are  used  for  construct- 
ing habitations,  mclosures,  and  for 
timbering  mines  Columnar  cacti  are 
also  planted  for  living  fences,  or  hedges, 
especially  the  "organ  cactus"  (Myrtil- 
locactiis  geometnzans)  of  tropical  Mex- 
ico. Leaves  are  present  m  nearly  all 
cacti,  but  in  some  species  they  are 
mere  vestiges  and  can  scarcely  be  seen 
with  the  naked  eye  In  other  species 
they  are  large  and  perfectly  developed, 
716.  Cactus  spines.  either  with  distinct  petiole  and  feather 


610 


CACTUS 


CACTUS 


717.  Opuntia  leptocaulis,  showing 
sheathed  spines. 


veins,  as  in  Pereskw  ocu- 
leata  (Fig  714),  or  sessile 
and  fleshy  with  only  the 
midrib  and  several  paral- 
lel nerves  apparent  as  in 
the  genus  Pereskiopsis. 
They  are  sometimes 
caducous,  fleshy,  cylindri- 
cal or  awl-shaped,  as  in 
the  genus  Opuntia  (Fig. 
715).  In  the  axils  of  the 
leaves  are  peculiar  cush- 
ion-like areoles  (corres- 
ponding in  all  probability 
to  aborted  branches) 
clothed  with  down  or  felt- 
hke  wool,  from  which 
spines,  and,  in  some  gen- 
era, also  flowers,  issue.  In 
the  genera  Opuntia  and  Pereskiopsis,  tho  areoles  also 
bear  minute  short  barbed  bristles  called  glochidia, 
which  will  penetrate'  the 
skin  and  become  detached 
at  the  slightest  contact  and 
are  the  source  of  annoying 
irritation  which  often  per- 
sists for  many  hours. 

The  spines  (Fig  716) 
are  not  connected  with 
the  axis  of  the  stem  or 
branches,  but  emerge  from 
che  areoles.  In  some 
forms  they  are  simple  and 
straight,  bristle-like,  awl- 
shaped,  or  short  and  coni- 
cal In  others  they  are 
bent  like  fishhooks  or  are 
curved  and  horn-like,  with 
transverse  ribs  Some- 
tunes  they  are  minutely 
downy  or  hairy  and  some- 
times even  plumose  or 
feathery.  They  may  be 
either  naked  or  enveloped 
in  a  membranous  barbed 
sheath  (Fig  717)  They 
may  be  grouped  in  star- 
like  clusters,  with  straight 
or  curved  rays  spreading 
from  a  common  center,  or 
in  comb-like  fascicles,  with 
the  radial  spines  arranged 
in  two  rows  on  each  side 
of  a  longitudinal  axis  (pec- 
tinate). In  addition  to  the 
radial  spines,  there  are 
usually  erect  central  spines 
either  straight  and  rigid, 
or  more  or  less  curved.  One  of  the  most  striking  forms 
is  that  of  the  organ  cactus,  Myrtillocactus  geometnzans, 
in  which  the  stout  erect 
central  spine  resembles 
the  blade  of  a  dagger 
and  the  radials  a  guard 
for  the  hilt.  In  contrast 
with  this  may  be  men- 
tioned the  spines  of 
Pelecyphora  aselhformis, 
which  resemble  minia- 
ture sow-bugs,  or  aselli 
(Fig.  718). 

The  flowers  in  most 
cases  issue  from  the 
upper  portion  of  the 
areoles,  but  in  certain 
mamillanas  and  allied 


720.  Leuchtenbergia  principle,  showing 
transformation  from  scales  to  petals. 


forms    they    come 

forth  from  between 

the   tubercles  or 

fiom  their  base  at 

the  end  of  a  dorsal 

groove.  Usually  the 

flowers  are  solitary 

and   senile,  but  m 

the  genus  Pereskia 

(Fig    714)  they  are 

peduncled  and  often 

clustered      They 

may  be  tinted  with 

robe-color,  crimson, 

purple,    >  ellow    or 

orange,   or  rarely 

with  copper-color  or 

scarlet,  but  they  are 

never  blue.     Often 

they  are  pure  white 

at  first,  gradually  becoming  suffused  with  rose-color 
..  in  age.    In  a  few  species 

they  are  inconspicuous,  as 
in  the  epiphytal  Rhipsahs 
(Fig  712)  Some  are  diur- 
nal, others  nocturnal,  some 
open  at  sunrise  and  close 
at  night  or  when  the  sky 
becomes  clouded,  others 
open  at  a  certain  hour  and 
close  at  another  fixed  hour 
of  the  day  or  night,  some 
last  for  only  a  few  hours, 
others  for  a  day,  and 
some  persist  for  several 
days  Some,  like  the 
"night -blooming  cereus" 
are  delightfully  fragrant, 
while  otheib  are  ill-smell- 
ing or  have  no  perceptible 
odor. 

The  perianth  is  not 
divided  sharply  into  calyx 
and  corolla,  although  the 
outer  floral  leaves  are  usu- 
ally sepal-like  and  the 
inner  ones  aie  true  petals. 
In  one  great  division  of 
the  family  including  Opun- 
tia, winch  has  been  named 
Rolatiflorse,  the  perianth 
is  more  or  less  wheel- 
shaped  or  widely  spread- 
ing (Fig  719) ,  in  the  other 
division,  Tubuhflor<e,  to 
which  Cereus  belongs,  the 
floral  leaves  form  a 
tube,  often 


718.  Extreme  condensation  of  the  plant  body.— 
Pelecyphora  aselliformis     (Nat  Size  ) 


remarkably  long  and  slender,  and  crowned 
with  a  spreading  limb.  The  floral  leaves 
are  not  arranged  m  definite  series  but 
somewhat  like  those  of  a  water-lily,  the 
scale-like  lower  or  outer  leaves  gradually 
becoming  broad  and  petaloid  as  they 
approach  the  center  (Fig  720)  In  all 
cases  the  perianth  crowns  the  ovary, 
and  sometimes  persists  after  withering 
on  the  apex  of  the  fruit  (Fig  721).  The 
stamens  are  very  numerous  and  are 
inserted  on  the  petals  or  perianth-tube 
(Fig.  722).  The  single  style  is  longer 
and  stouter  than  the  slender  filaments, 
and  usually  terminates  into  a  radially 
divided  stigma  (Fig  723)  Sometimes 
the  stigma  is  conspicuously  colored  and 
issues  star-like  from  the  center  of  the 


CACTUS 


CACTUS 


611 


722.  Echmocactus  flower,  show- 
ing insertion  of  stamens. 


723.  Opuntia  flower, 
showing  styles  and 
ovary. 


mass  of  stamens,  as  in  the  genus  Echmocereus,  m 
which  the  emerald-green  star  contrasts  prettily  with 
the  golden-yellow  or  orange-colored  stamens,  rising 
from  a  rosette  of  rose-purple  petals  (Fig  724).  The 
ovary  (Fig  723),  although  formed  of  several  carpels, 
is  1-celled  The  placentae  are  parietal,  bearing  an  in- 
definite number  of  ovules,  the  stalks  of  which  (furucuh) 


726.  Opuntia  fruit. 

the  different  groups,  and  are 
sometimes    useful    in    making  » 

generic  determinations  Thus  the  woolly  seeds  of 
Pereskiopsis  are  sharply  distinct  from  the  black  glossy 
seeds  of  the  genus  Pereskia,  with  which  the  first-named 
genus  was  at  one  time  confused  In  Opuntia  and  Nopa- 
lea  they  are  flat,  hard  and  bony,  somewhat  ear-shaped 
in  the  flat-jointed  opuntias  (Figs  730,  733,)  and  usually 


become  fleshy  as  the  seeds  develop  and  form  a  sugary  discoid  and  margmless  mcyhndiical  opuntias  (Figs  730, 

pulp  around  the  seeds  735).    In  Cereus  they  aie  glossy  black,  with  the  testa 

The  fruits  of  the  Cactaceae  are  variable  in  form    That  either  quite  smooth  or  minutely  pitted  (Figs  730,  732) ; 

of  the  leafy  Pereskia  is  apple-shaped  and  bears  a  num-  in  Echmocereus  they  are  covered  with  minute  tubercles 

ber  of  leaf-like  bracts  on  the  skin  (Fig  725),  on  which  or  granules  (Figs  730,  73 1)     In  Echmocactus,  which  is 


724.  Echmocereus  flower,  showing 
radiate    stigma 


account  the  fruit  of  P  aculeata  is 
called  blad-appel,  or  leaf-apple,  m 
the  Dutch  colonies,  while  in  the 
British  West  Indies  it  is  known  as 
Barbados  gooseberry  and  is  made  into 
tarts  and  sauces  like  real  goose- 
berries In  some  of  the  pereskiopses, 
the  fruit  is  elongated  ana  shaped  like 
a  prickly  pear,  with  watery  rind  and 
seeds  covered  with  cottony  hairs  In 
Opuntia  and  Nopalea  the  fruit  is 
commonly  called  prickly  pear,  or 
tuna  (by  the  ancient  A/tecs,  nochth). 
These  fruits  bear  small  fleshy  leaves 
at  first,  like  the  flattened  pads  of  the 
plants,  and  when  the  leaves  fall  off 
the  areoles  persist  armed  with  the 
irritating  sharp-barbed  glochidia  de- 
scribed above  (Figs  717  and  726)  Many  species  allied 
to  the  genus  Cereus  bear  edible  fruits,  usually  called  pita- 
hay  as  Those  of  the  tall  columnar  cardones  (Lemaneo- 
cereus)  are  covered  with  easily  detachable  tufts  of  wool 
and  spines  but  never  bear  glochidia  Those  of  Cephalo- 
cereus  (Fig  721)  are  spineless  The  triangular  climbing 
forms  which  are  often  trained  over  garden  walls  m 
tropical  countries,  sometimes  bear  enormous  juicy 
fruits  of  fine  flavor  (Fig  727)  Those  of  Echmocactus 
(Fig  728)  arc  more  or  less  scaly  The  fruits  of  certain 
species  of  Echmocereus,  called  alicochcs  by  the  Mexi- 
cans, are  known  to  Americans  as  strawberry  cacti,  on 
account  of  the  fine  flavor  of  their  micy  pulp  Those  of 
Echmocactus  longihamatus  are  known  in  noithcrn 
Mexican  markets  as  limas  de  viznaga,  or  cactus  lunes, 
on  account  of  their  acid 
taste;  and  the  small 
smooth  crimson  fruits  of 
many  mamillarias  are 
called  chihtos,  on  account 
of  their  resemblance  to 
small  chili  peppers.  Very 
much  like  them  are  the 
fruits  of  melon  cacti  (Fig. 
729)  which  issue  from  the 
dense  crown  of  bristles  like 
scarlet  radishes  or  fire- 
crackers tipped  with  a  fuse. 
The  seeds  of  the  Cacta- 
ceee  vary  considerably  in 


725.  Pereskia  fruit. 


not  a  very  homogeneous  group,  the 
seeds  are  pitted  in  some  species  and 
tuberculate  in  others  In  one  section 
of  Mamillana  (Eumamillana)  they 
are  glossy  and  marked  with  sunken 
rounded  pits  (Figs  730,  731),  while  in 
another  section,  which  should  prob- 
ably be  made  a  distinct  genus  (Corv- 
phantha)  they  are  frequently  smooth 
In  the  closely  allied  Anotarpus  they 
are  relatively  large  and  tuberculate 
In  the  genus  Pelecyphora,  they  are 
sometimes  kidney-shaped,  as  in  P. 
aselltfornn*,  and  sometimes  of  a  pocu- 
har  boat-like  form  with  a  very  large 
umbilicus,  as  in  P  pectmata  In  the 
epiphytal  Rhipsahs  cassytha  they  are 
kidney-shaped  and  finely  granular. 

The  seeds  of  many  of  the  species  of  Pachycereus  ("car- 
dones") are  used  by  the  Indians  of  Lower  California  and 

Mexico  for  food    In  south- 
em    Puebla   the   fruit    of 

P(ichy<  ere  us       columna- 

trajani,  called    tetezo  figs 

(higos  de  tetetzo)  are  a  reg- 
ular food  staple,  offered  for 

sale    in    the     markets    of 

Tchuacan    during    the 

month  of  May. 

Other    cactus  fruits   of 

gi  eat  economic  importance 

aie    those    of    the    giant 

Ccieus  of  our  arid  south- 
western region,  Carnegiea 

gigmitca,  locally  known  as 

pitahayas  de  sahuara,  first 

brought  to  notice  in  the 

year  1540  by  the  members 

of  Coronado's  expedition. 

They  arc  not   spiny   like 

the  fruits  of  Pachycereus 

and  they  burst  open  when 

quite  ripe.     The  fruit  of 

Lemaireocereus   Thurben, 

known  as  pitahaya  dulce, 

although    much     sweeter, 

bears    clusters    of    stout 

spines  issuing  from  tufts         727.  Fruit  of  Hylocereus. 


612 


CACTUS 


OESALPINIA 


of  wool.  Closely  allied  to  it  is  Lemaireocereus  griseus  of 
central  and  southern  Mexico,  which  yields  much  nutri- 
tious fruit.   The  fruit  of  the  organ  cactus,  Myrtillocactus 
geometnzans,  sold  in  the  markets  as 
garambullas,   either   fresh   or   dried, 
must  also  be  mentioned  as  of  economic 
importance 

Of   medicinal    importance    is    the 
narcotic  peyote  or  "mezcal  button" 


729.  Melon  cactus  bearing  fruits. 

(Lophophora  Willwmsii),  used  as  an  intoxicant  and 
febrifuge  by  certain  tribes  of  Indians,  and  regarded  by 
some  of  them,  with  superstitious  reverence.  This  little 
plant  was  regarded  by  some  of  the  early  Spanish  writers 
as  a  fungus  and  was  used  by  the  Mexican  Indians  to 
produce  marvelous  visions 

For  an  account  of  the  methods  of  propagation  and 
culture  of  cacti  and  their  application  to  ornamental 
gardening  the  reader  is  referred  to  a  paper  by  Charles 
Henry  Thompson,  on  "Ornamental  Cacti.  Their  Cul- 
ture and  Decorative  Value  "  issued  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  as  Bulletin  No  262 
of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  December  17,  1912. 
See  also  Succulents,  vol.  VI.  \y.  E.  SAFFORD. 

CACTUS  (shortened  from  Melocactus  by  Linnaeus). 
Cactdcese.  A  single  small  species,  sometimes  grown  m 
under-glass  collections  and  in  open  succulent  gardens 
South. 

Stems  globose  or  ovoid,  with  vertical  ribs,  crowned 
at  maturity  with  a  "cephalium" — a  prolongation  of  the 
axis  densely  covered  with  small 
tubercles  imbedded  in  wool  and  — 
bearing  in  their  axils  small  fls.  and 
berries.  The  plant  has  the  appear- 
ance of  an  Lchmocactus,  but  the 
fls.  and  berries  resemble  those  of 
Mamillana. 

Melocactus,  Linn.  (Melocdctus 
commitnis,  Link  &  Otto).  Fig.  731 
Ribs  10-20,  acute;  areoles  nearly  1 
in.  apart;  radial  spines  8-11,  straight 
or  curved,  subulate;  centrals  1-4; 
cephalium  at  first  low,  hemispheri- 
cal, becoming  cylindrical  in  time, 
reaching  a  height  of  8  in  ;  the  dense 
wool  of  the  cephalium  is  pierced  by 
many  red  or  brown  bristles,  fls.  red, 
slender,  fr.  %in.  long,  crowned  by 
the  persistent  remains  of  the  fl.,  rea. 
W.  Indies;  called  there  "Turk's 
head."  B.M.  3090.  J.  N.  ROSE.  was- 

CADALVENA:  Kaempfena. 

CADIA  (Arabic  name,  Kadi).  Leguminbsse,  tribe 
Sophbrese.  Small  evergeen  shrubs  of  Arabia  and  Africa, 
remarkable  for  their  regular  mallow-like  flowers. 

Leaves  pinnate:  fls.  axillary,  mostly  solitary,  droop- 
ing; stamens  10,  free,  shorter  than  the  petals:  pod 
linear,  acuminate,  flattened,  leathery. — Four  species. 


730.  Seeds  of  Cacti. 
1.  Mamillaria,  2. 
Cereus;  3.  Flat- 
jointed  opuntias; 
4  Echinocereus;  5. 
Cylindrical  opun* 


Can  be  grown  outdoors  in  Calif,  or  S.  Fla  ;  in  the  N. 
in  the  temperate  house.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  cuttings. 

purpurea,  Forsk.  (C.  vana,  L'Her.).  A  small  shrub, 
the  branches  woody.  Ifts.  20-40  pairs,  very  narrow, 
almost  sessile:  fls.  bell-shaped,  pedunculate,  rose-red, 
the  corolla  about  1-1^  in.  long  and  very  veiny,  not 
spiny.  Arabia. 

C  Ellisidna,  Baker,  has  few  large  Ifts.  and  rose-colored  fls 
Madagascar.  B  M  6685  —C.  pubtacens,  Bojer.  Lfts.  8-10  pairs, 
broad-oblong.  Madagascar  N  TAYLQR  j 

CjESALPiNIA  (Andreas  Csesalpinus,  1519-1603, 
Italian  botanist).  Leguminbsae.  BRASILETTO.  Includ- 
ing Gmlandina,  and  Poinciana  m  part  Ornamental 
tropical  or  subtropical  trees  or  shrubs  chiefly  grown  for 
their  showy  flowers  and  also  for  their  attractive  finely 
divided  fohage;  some  species  yield  tanning  materials 
and  dye-stuff. 

Calyx  with  short  tube  and  5  imbricated  lobes,  the 
lowest  concave  and  larger;  petals  5,  clawed,  usually 
orbicular  or  obovate  and  nearly  eoual;  stamens  10, 
curved,  ovary  sessile  with  few  ovules  and  a  slender 
elongated  style,  pod  ovate  to  lanceolate,  usually  com- 
pressed, often  indehisccnt  — About  30  species  in  tropi- 
cal ana  semi-tropioal  regions  The  genus  belongs  to 
the  subfamily  Csesalpimoideao,  in  which  the  fls  are  not 
papilionaceous,  and  is  allied  to  Gleditsia 

Caesalnmias  are  armed  or  unarmed  trees  or  shrubs, 
rarely  cumbers,  with  finely  divided  bipmnate  leaves 
and  conspicuous  yellow  or  sometimes  partly  red  flowers 
in  racemes,  often  forming  terminal  panicles  Many 
species  are  very  showy  in  flower  and  are  favonties  in 
tropical  and  subtropical  countries;  m  this  country  they 
can  be  grown  only  in  Florida  and  southern  California 
except  C  japomcn,  which  is  the  hardiest  species  and 
will  probably  stand  the  winter  in  sheltered  locations  as 
far  north  as  Washington,  D  C.  They  are  also  grown 
sometimes  m  warm  glasshouses. 

Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  seeds,  which  should 
be  well  soaked  in  waim  water  for  some  hours  before 
sowing  A  sandy  soil  should  be  chosen  for  the  seed- 
bed, and  lightly  shaded  After  the  plants  show  the 
first  true  leaf,  they  should  be  potted  off  into  small  pots 
of  ordinary  garden  soil,  not  too  rich,  made  light  by  the 
addition  of  sand,  if  of  a  clayey  nature  The  plants 
grow  very  rapidly,  and  must  be  shifted  into  larger  pots 
as  their  size  requires  for  groonhouso  oulturo,  but  m  tropi- 
cal climates  may  be  transplanted  into  permanent  posi- 
tions outdoors  after  they  reach  a  fair  size  in  pots.  The 
dwarf  species  are  elegant  subjects  for  subtropical 
gardening  during  the  summer  months  m  temperate 
climates,  provided  a  sunny  location  is  given  them,  as 
they  revel  in  rather  dry  very  warm  soil,  and  do  not 
require  artificial  watering  after  being  established  A 
rocky,  sunny  situation  may  be  given  C  pulchemma 
and  its  variety  flava,  where  they  will  bloom  during; 
many  weeks  of  summer,  until  frost  checks  them,  if 
strong  plants  about  a  foot  high  are  selected  m  early 
summer  Care  should  be  taken  to  harden  off  plants 
gradually  in  the  house,  so  that  they  may  not  be  chilled 
when  transplanted  outdoors.  While  they  will  do  well 
in  a  poor  soil,  an  application  of  manure  or  chemical 
fertilizer  may  be  given  them  to  advantage,  causing 
them  to  make  a  more  vigorous  growth  and  give  better 
and  larger  heads  of  flowers.  In  the  tropics,  and  also  in 
subtropical  climates,  these  shrubs  and  trees  are  always 
admired  and  are  commonly  planted  for  ornament. 
The  royal  poinciana  (C.  regia,  but  properly  Poinciana 
regw,  which  see),  and  also  the  dwarf  poinciana.  or 
flower-fence  (C.  pulchemma),  will  thrive  in  close 
proximity  to  the  sea,  and  are  valuable  for  planting  in 
exposed  coast  situations.  (E.  N.  Reasoner.) 

A.  Stamens  long-exserted:  fls.  very  showy:  trees,  unarmed 

or  nearly  so. 

Gflliesii,  Wall.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  very  many 
small  Ifts.,  scarcely  %m.  long,  oblong,  obtuse,  glabrous: 


XXI.   Cherry. — Specimen  fruits  of  one  of  the  heart  cherries 


OESALPINIA 


CALADIUM 


613 


fifl.  light  yellow,  with  brilliant  red  stamens  protruding 
u-5  in.,  in  terminal  racemes;  sepals  hairy-fringed.  S. 
Amer.  H  M.  4006  (as  Pomciana  Gilliesn,  Hook.).  F.S. 
1:81.  RH.  1893-400.  G  C.  Ill  15.73.  Gn  76,  p  4.— 
A  very  showy  and  worthy  plant  which  bears  in  Calif, 
the  popular  name  of  "Bird  of  Paradise"  like  Strehtzw 
Regime.  It  will  stand  a  tempei  ature  as  low  as  20°  F. 

pulch£mma,  Swartz.  BARBADOS  PRIDE  BARBADOS 
FLOWER-FENCE.  DWARF  POINCIANA.  Shrub,  with  few 
scattered  prickles,  delicate,  evergeen,  mimosa-like  lv.s 
with  12-18  pinnae,  each  with  20-24  oblique-oblong 
Ifts  less  than  1  in  long,  and  very  gaudy  red-and- 
yellow  crisped  fls.  on  the  ends  of  the  new  growth:  sta- 
mens and  style  red,  and  long-exserted  Generally  dis- 
tributed in  the  tropics.  B  M.  995.  P.M.  3:3.  Gn  75, 
p  594. — One  of  the  most  popular  shrubs  m  warm  cli- 
mates, as  S.  Fla.  There  is  a  var.  flava,  with  yellow  fls. 


731.  Cactus  Melocactus. 


A  A  Stamens  not  much  exceeding  the  petals,  or 

shorter 

B.  Lfts.  very  obtuse 
c  Branches  unarmed. 

panndsa,  Brandeg.  Medium-sized  tree  with  slen- 
der branches  spreading  horizontally  and  clothed  with 
white,  deciduous  bark'  Ivs  decompound;  pinnae  2-4, 
each  with  4-6  oblong  and  retuse  Ifts.'  fls.  yellow,  showy: 
pod  glandular,  1-2-seeded.  Lower  Calif — A  rapid- 
growing  species  which  can  be  used  for  fences  and  is 
therefore  called  "palo  cstaca"  in  Lower  Calif. 

cc   Branches  pnckly. 
D.  Pod  smooth   shrubs. 

sepiaria,  Roxbg  Scrambling  pubescent  shrub:  Ivs. 
glaucous,  slightly  pubescent  beneath;  pinnae  12-20, 
each  with  16-24  oblong  Ifts  .  rounded  at  both  ends,  ^~ 
1  in  long  fls  yellow  m  .simple  stalked  racemes.  India. 
—Furnishes  dye-wood,  also  used  as  a  hedge  plant. 

jap6nica,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Loose,  spreading  shrub, 
armed  with  stout,  recurved  prickles:  Ivs  with  6-16 
pinnae,  each  with  10-20  Ifts  ,  oblong,  very  obtuse:  fls. 
m  large,  panicle-like  clusters,  canary-yellow,  the  sta- 
mens bright  red.  Japan.  B  M.  8207.  G  C.  III.  42:43. 
R.H.  1912-60  Gn.  40:588;  61,  p.  81;  76,  p.  411.  J.H. 
III.  34-531;  51  181. — Endures  the  winters  in  some 


parts  of  England.    The  hardiest  species  of  the  genus, 
probably  hardy  as  far  north  as  Washington,  D.  C. 

N&ga,  Ait.  Vigorous  climber:  branches  flexuose  with 
copious  hooked  prickles'  IVH  glabrous;  pinnae  4-6, 
each  with  4-6  ovate -obtuse  Ifts  1^-2  in.  long:  fls. 
bright  yellow  in  large  panicles;  calyx  glabrous:  poda 
ovoid-oblong,  2  in  long,  mdehiscent,  1-seeded.  Him- 
alayas and  Philippine  Ibis  to  N.  Austral,  and  Poly- 
nesia. Blanco,  Ft.  Filip  150. 

DD  P(jd  prickly  tree. 

echinata,  Lam  Tree,  with  prickly  rusty  pubescent 
branches-  Ivs.  unarmed,  glabrous,  pinnae  5-9,  each  with 
15-20  rhombic-oblong  obtuse  Ifts  ^£-%in  long'  fls. 
yellow  in  axillary  and  terminal  racemes;  calyx  pubes- 
cent; stamens  snorter  than  petals:  pod  oblong,  3  in. 
long  Brazil.  Fl.  Brasil  15,  2:22.— Yields  dye-wood. 

BB.  Lfts.  acute  or  mucronulate:  pod  prickly. 

minax,  Hance.  Diffuse  shrub,  thorny:  pinnae  10,  with 
12-20  ovate-lanceolate  glabrous  Ifts.  1-1 H  in  long: 
racemes  pamcled,  many-fld ,  with  very  large  bracts: 
fls.  white  and  purple:  pods  7-seeded  (seeds  large  ana 
black),  prickly.  China. 

B6nduc,  Roxbg.  Climbing  shrub,  with  pnckly, 
pubescent  bipmnate  Ivs  ,  oblong-ovate  mucronate  Ifts. 
1  Yz~Z  m.  lon^,  yellow  fls  ,  and  a  few  large  yellow  seeds 
in  a  short,  prickly  pod.  Tropics;  S.  Fla 

C  bfjuga,  Swartz  (Acacia  Bancroftiana,  Bert  )  Spiny  shrub 
with  ultunite  Ifts  m  2  pairs*  fls  paniculate  Jamaica  — C  toot*- 
aicnsis,  Munu— Mezoneuron  kauaiense.— C  r^yta,  Dietr  =Pom- 
ciana  regia, — C  wrwMia,  Champ  Tall  climbing  pnckly  shrub: 
fls  m  racemes  China.  BM  8132 

L.  H.  B.  and  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CAHOUN:  Attalea  Cohune. 
CAILLlEA:  Dichrostachya 

CAjANUS  (aboiigmal  name)  Ijegummdsae.  A 
tropical  bhrub,  groun  for  the  nutritious  peas  One 
variable  species,  probably  originally  from  Africa 

indicus,  Spreng  (Cytisw>  Cdtjnn,  Linn  )  GRANDUL. 
CONGO  PEA  PH.KON  PE-V  DUAL  TOOK  URHUR. 
Erect,  3-10  ft  ,  villous  or  often  tomentose  Ifts  elliptic- 
oblong,  rxstipellate,  resinous-punctate  beneath:  fls" 
yellow  and  maioon,  pea-like,  continuing  all  through  the 
year,  in  axillary  lacemcs.'  pod  pea-like,  hairy,  con- 
stricted between  the  many  seeds  Much  cult  in  the 
tropics  for  the  seeds  or  pulse,  being  treated  usually  as 
an  annual  It  varies  greatly  in  stature  and  in  charac- 
ter of  seeds:  C  flavin,  DC,  has  yellow  fls  and  2-3- 
seodcd  pods  which  aie  not  spotted!;  C  bicolor,  DC  ,  a 
smaller  plant,  has  ml-stnped  fls  ,  and  4-5-seeded  pods 
winch  are  spotted  See  B  M  6440  and  R  H  1874'  190. 
The  pigeon  pea  is  much  grown  in  the  W  Indies,  some 
varieties  being  preferred  for  human  food  and  some  for 
live-stock;  run  wild.  j^  H.  B. 

CAJ6PHORA:  Blumtnbachia. 
CALABASH:  Crescentia 
CALABASH  GOURD:   Lagenaria. 

CALADIUM  (origin  of  name  obscure)  Aracex. 
Warmhouse  large-leaved  plants;  grown  for  the  foliage; 
also  employed  in  summer  bedding 

Herbaceous  perennials,  arising  from  large  rhizomes 
or  tubers,  acaulescent,  with  usually  beautifully  marked, 
long-petioled  Ivs  ;  the  secondary  nerves  oblique  to  the 
few  spreading  primary  nerves'  peduncles  usually  soli- 
tary; spat  he  with  the  tube  convolute,  constricted  at  the 
throat,  the  blade  boat -shaped;  spadix  erect,  a  little 
shorter  than  the  spathe,  the  lower  part  naked,  stipe- 
hke,  the  stammate  part  longer  than  the  pistillate;  fls. 
unisexual'  fr.  a  berry,  white  — A  dozen  or  less  species 
in  Trop.  S.  Amer.  Two  of  the  species  are  immensely 
variable,  and  many  named  horticultural  varieties  are 
m  the  trade.  EnglerinDC  Monog  Phan.2:4#>  (1879); 
also  F.S  13. 


614 


CALADIUM 


CALADIUM 


A  8  soon  as  Caladium  plants  begin  to  lose  their 
leaves  in  the  fall,  water  should  gradually  be  withheld 
until  the  leaves  are  all  gone.  The  pots  should  then  be 
removed  to  a  position  under  a  bench,  and  laid  on  their 
sides,  or  taken  from  the  soil  and  placed  in  sand  Dur- 
ing tne  resting  period  they  should  not  be  subjected  to  a 
lower  temperature  than  60°  F.,  and  kept  neither  too 
wet  nor  too  dry.  About  the  beginning  of  March  the 
tubers  should  be  started  for  the  earliest  batch  to  be 
grown  in  pots  Arrange  the  tubers  in  their  sizes,  and 
keep  each  size  by  itself  The  largest-sized  tubers  will 
start  quickest,  and  it  is  desirable  to  begin  with  these 
for  pot-plants.  Start  them  in  chopped  moss  in  boxes. 
The  tubers  may  be  arranged  rather  close  together  in 
the  box,  and  merely  covered  over  with  the  moss  to  the 
depth  of  about  an  inch.  The  new  roots  are  made  from 
the  top  part  of  the  tuber,  so  it  is  important  that  this 
part  should  be  covered  to  encourage  the  roots  For 
starting,  a  heat  varying  between  70°  and  85°  will 
suffice.  As  soon  as  a  healthy  lot  of  roots  makes  its 
appearance,  the  plants  should  be  potted,  using  as  small- 
sized  pots  as  possible.  The  soil  for  this  potting  should 
be  principally  leaf-mold,  with  a  little  sand.  In  a  short 


kinds  are  not  so  well  suited  for  outdoor  work  as  those 
having  green  predominating  in  the  foliage,  but  some  o» 
the  kinds,  such  as  Dr  Lindley  and  Rosmi,  do  remark- 
ably well  Frequent  watering  with  manure-water  is 
absolutely  necessary  to  the  development  of  the  foliage, 
both  outdoors  and  in.  (G.  W.  Oliver.) 


732.  Caladium  bicolor  var  Chantimi.   (No.  17). 


fcime  they  will  need  another  shift;  the  soil  should  on 
this  occasion  be  a  little  stronger;  give  a  position  near  the 
glass,  and  shade  from  strong  sunshine  — New  forms  are 
raised  from  seed,  this  operation  bomg  an  exceedingly 
easy  one  with  the  caladium,  as  they  cross-fertilize  very 
readily.  The  flowers,  unlike  those  of  the  Anthunum, 
are  monoecious,  the  females  ripening  first  To  pollinate 
them,  part  of  the  spathe  must  be  cut  away  Seedlings 
at  first  have  the  foliage  green,  and  it  is  not  until  the 
fifth  or  sixth  leaf  has  been  developed  that  they  show 
their  gaudy  colorings  Propagation  of  the  kinds  is 
effected  by  dividing  the  old  tubers,  the  cut  surfaces 
of  which  should  be  well  dusted  with  powdered  char- 
coal to  prevent  decay  — As  bedding  plants,  the  fancy- 
leaved  caladiums  are  gradually  becoming  more  popu- 
lar. To  have  them  at  their  best  for  this  purpose,  the 
ground  should  be  worked  for  some  time  previous  to 
planting  out,  with  a  goodly  quantity  of  bone  meal 
incorporated  with  the  soil  The  tubers  are  best  put  out 
in  a  dormant  state,  as  then  they  make  very  rapid  prog- 
ress, and  eventually  make  finer  plants  than  when  they 
are  first  started  in  the  greenhouse,  as  by  this  system 
they  are  too  likely  to  sustain  a  check  in  the  hardening-off 
process,  and  lose  their  leaves.  The  fine,  highly  colored 


atbmerwum,  55. 
albomaculatum,  16. 

hastatum,  50. 
Hendersonn,  24 

punctatissimum,  17. 
Purdieanum,  9 

albostrmtulum,  51. 

Houbyanum,  20 

pusillum,  9. 

Alfred  Bleu,  16 

Houlletn,  18 
Humboldtu,  57. 

regale,  31 
Reichenbachianum,  41 

Appunmnum,  56. 

Kettclon,  13 

Rogierii,  15 

(irqi/rites,  57 

Kochn,  38 

Toseum,  14 

irgytoneuron,  5 

Kramenanum,  20 

rubellum,  41 

arKyroneurum,  5. 

Laucheanum,  13 

rubicundum,  11 

ar»{yrospi!um,  36. 

Baraquinu,  12 

Lcopoldn,  15  ' 

rubrovemum,  42 

Bcllpymci,  49 

Lindenu,  46 

sagittsrfohum,  31 

bicolor,  8,  11 

maorophyllum,  39. 

Schmitzu,  3 

Brongmartu,  32. 

margmatum,  19 

Sclialltri,  5 

Chautimi,  17 

inarmoratum,  7 

Schomburgku,  1. 

Connxrhi,  17. 

Sicboldn,  25 

cor  datum,  3 

Marttrsteujianum,  17 

splcndeiiH,  14 

cupreum,  53 

mirabile,  33 

Spruceanum,  9 

C'urwadlii,  37, 

Mooreanum,  18 

StanKcanum,  21. 

Devosianum,  28. 

myriostigma,  58 

subrotunduin,  G 

discolor,  29 

Neumann,  40 

Durhartrei,  35 

Osyrnum,  52 

thripedfstum,  7 

Eckhartu,  23 
eleRans,  54 

Ottoo  .,  28 
palhdinermum,  30 

transparens,  10 
TroubeUkoyi,  50 

prllucidum,  27,  29 

Vellozianum,  9 

erythrtrum,  3. 

Pernern,  22 

Ver^chuffeltn,  47 

firmulum,  9 

pietum,  4,  34 

mridisi>imum,  55 

Gxrdtn,  15 

picturntuni,  48,  55 

Wagnen,  31 

ffriteo-argenteum,  39. 

pceoile,  30 

Walhai,  28 

Haayeanum,  17 

porphyroneuron,  53 

Wightii,  44 

hsematostigmatum,  29 

It  will  be  seen  that  most  of  the  cultivated  caladiums 
are  considered  to  be  forms  of  C  bicolor  and  C  pictura- 
tum  Only  five  species  are  concerned  in  the  following 
list.  Schomburgkit,  J,  niarnwratum,  7,  bicolor,  8,  pic- 
turatum,  48,  Humboldtu,  .57. 

A  Blade  not  at  all  peltate,  obliquely  elliptical-ovate 

1  Sch6mburgkii,  Schott      Petiole  slender,  4  times 
longer  than  the  blade,  sheathed  one-third  ils  length, 
blade  obliquely  elliptical-ovate,  midrib  and  4-5  acutely 
ascending  primary  nerves  silvery,  pale,  or  red,,  sparsely 
spotted  above,  paler  beneath.    French  Guiana  to  Para 
— Runs  into  the  following  forms 

(1)  Veins  red. 

2  Var    marmoreum,  Engl     Blade  dull  green,  with 
brownish  red  nerves,  bordered  with  yellow 

3.  Var    erythrsfeum,  Engl    (C    Schrnltzii,  Lem.    C 
cordatum,  Hort.).   Midribs  and  nerves  red    IH  8:297. 

4.  Var.  plctum,   Engl      With    white   or  red   spots 
between  the  red  veins    S  Amer. 

(2)  Veins  silvery  or  green. 

5.  Var.    argyroneftrum,    Engl      (C     argyroneuron. 
C  Koch    C.  Schcellen,  Lem.)    Midrib  and  veins  silvery 
LH  8  297 

6  Var  subrotfindum,  Engl  (C.  subrotiindum,  Lem  ) 
Lf  -blade  rounded  at  the  base,  or  shortly  cordate,  with 
white  or  red  spots    Brazil. 

AA.  Blade  distinctly  peltate 

B.  Lf.  sagittate-oblong-ovate  t  basal  lobes  united  for  two- 
thirds  their  length,  or  more. 

7  marmoratum,  Mathieu  (Alocdsia  Roezln,  Bull    (7. 
thnpedcstum,    Lem  )      Petiole    cylindrical,    12-16    in 
long,  twice  as  long  as  the  blade,  variegated;  blade  6-8 
in.  long,  4-6  in  wide,  dark  green,  with  irregular  gray, 
yellowish  green  and  snow-white  spots,  glaucous-green 
beneath,  sagittate-oblong-ovate,  the  upper  lobe  semi- 
ovate,  slightly  cuspidate,  the  basal  ones  unequal,  one- 
third  or  one-half  as  long  as  the  upper,  connate  two-thirds 
to  three-fourths  their  length'  spathe-blade  pale  green, 
2-3  in  long.   Ecuador.   I.H.  5,  p.  59,  desc. 


CALADIUM 


CALADIUM 


615 


BB.  14.  not  as  above;  basal  lobes  united  one-third  their 

length  or  less. 

C.  Shape  oflf.  ovate-triangular,  or  ovate-sagittate  (8-47), 
8.  blco'or,  Vent.  (Arum  bicolor,  Ait ).  Petiole 
smooth,  3-7  times  as  long  ah  the  blade,  prumosc  toward 
the  apex;  blade  ovate-sagittate,  or  ovate-tnangular, 
variegated  above,  glaucous  beneath,  upper  lobe  scmi- 
ovate,  narrowing  gradually  to  a  cuspidate  point,  the 
basal  ones  one-half  to  but  little  shorter  than  the  upper, 
oblong-ovate,  obtuse,  connate  one-fifth  to  one-third 
their  length  S  Amcr  Intro,  into  cult  m  1773  B  M. 
820  — Very  common  in  cult ,  furnishing  many  of  the 
ianry-leaved  caladiums.  The  marked  varieties  are 
as  follows  (9-47) . 

(1)  Lf. -blade  ami  veins  of  one  color. 

9  Var  Vellozianum,  Engl    (C.  V  dlozianum,  Sehott. 
C    Purdiednum,   Sehott.     C.   pusilhwi,   C.    Koch.     C. 
Sprucednum,    Sehott        C    flrmulurn,    Schott.).      Lf.- 
blade  dark  green  above,  basal  lobes  connate  pa&t  the 
middle    Brazil,  Peru.    KB  10.109. 

(2)  Lf  -blade  more  or  less  vancgated. 
(a)  WUh  a  colored  disk  (Nos.  10-18). 

(b)  Disk  transparent. 

10  Var   transp&rens,  Engl    (C   transpdrens,  Hort.). 
Blade  with  a  pale  green,  nearly  transparent  disk;  mid- 
r-b  and  pnmaiy  veins  red-purple. 

11  Var     rubicundum,    Engl     (C.    bicolor,    Kunth). 
Petiole  green,   or  vai legated  green  and  violet;  blade 
^reen,  with  a  red,  transpaient,  central  disk,  and  a  very 
narrow  red  line  between  the  disk  and  the  margin. 

(bbj  Ih\k  opaque. 
(c)  Purple  JjsA- 

12  Var    Barftqumii,    Engl    (C   Bardquinu,  Hort ). 
Petiole  violet,  blade  with  a  pin  pie-red  disk,  beautiful 
green  between  the  disk  and  margin,  nerves  and  midrib 
red-violet     Para     I  If  7  2.">7     FS   13  1378. 

13  Var  Kltteleri,  Engl    (C   Kftbhn,  Hort  ).    Peti- 
ole crimson,  variegated  toward  the  ba.se,  blade  with 

Curple  disk,  midrib  and  primary  veins,  spar.sely  marked 
etween  the  veins  with  many  small,  rosy  spots. 

(cc)  R(d  th\k. 

14  Var    splendens,   Engl.    (C    ro^tum,   Hort.     C. 
splcndens,    Hort  )       Petiole   green    below,    red   above; 
blade  with  a  red  disk  at   the  middle,  midvem  and 
primary  veins  red-purple,  green  between  the  nerves 
and  along  the  margin.    Lowe,  4 

15  Var    Leopold!!,   Engl     (C    Leopolds,   Hort.     C. 
Gxrdtn,  C  Koch    C  Koguru,  Chant.  &  Lem.).   Petiole 
violet  beneath,  red-purple  above,  blade  with  a  broad, 
reddish  di^k,  margin  green,  red-spotted;  midrib  and 
primary  veins  dark  red-purple     Para,  1864. 

10  Var  albomaculatum,  Engl  (C  Alfred  Bleu). 
Petiole  green,  blade  green,  with  red  disk,  midrib  and 
primary  veins,  and  marked  clear  to  the  margin  with 
many  large,  white  spots  between  the  nerves. 

(cce)  Rose  di  *k. 

17.  Var.  Chantinii,  Engl    (C.  Chdntinii,  Lem.    C. 
Connsertii,    Hort       C.    amoennni,    Hort.      C.    Marter- 
stcigidnum,  Hort    C.  pvnctatissimum,  Hort.   C.  Haage- 
anum,  Hort ).    Fig.    732     Petiole  more  or  less  violet, 
blade  broadly  red-purple  along  the  midrib  and  primary 
nerves,  rosy  at  the  center,  and  with  very  numerous, 
unequal  spots  between  the  nerves  clear  to  the  maigmal 
vein.   Para,  1858.  Ill  5:185    F.S.  13:1350-51.  B.M. 
5255.  A.F.8:129.  G.  12:375. 

(cccc)  Light  green  disk. 

18.  Var.  Houll6tii,  Engl.    (C.  HouUetii,  Lem.     C. 
Mooreanum,  Hort )     Petiole  green,  the  sheath  and  a 
little  of  the  base  violet-vai legated;  basal  lobes  of  the 


blade  somewhat  introrse,  rounded,  connate  one-third; 
blade  obscurely  green  toward  the  margin,  the  midrib 
and  primary  veins  slightly  reddish,  and  with  a  Dale 
disk  marked  with  many  irregular  white  spots. 

(aa)  Without  a  colored  disk. 
(b)  Margins  colored  throughout. 

(c)  Red  margin. 

19.  Var.  marginatum,  Engl.  (C.  margindtum,  C. 
Koch).  Blade  dark  green,  with  a  red  line  on  the  outer 
margin. 

(ec)  Yellow  margin. 

20  Var.  Kramerianum,  Engl.  (C.  Kramenanum, 
Hort ).  Veins  purple,  yellow  margin. 

21.  Var    Stangeanum,   Engl     (C    Stangeanum,   C. 
Koch)     Blade  reddish,  green  along  the  narrow  mar- 
gin, yellowish  toward  the  margin.       , 

(cec)  $ohd  uhite  margin 

22.  Var.  Perrie'rii,  Engl  (C  Pernen,  Lem  )    Petiole 
violet-black;  blade  dull  green,  with  many  red-purple 
spots,  and  white  along  the  margin     Brazil,  1861. 

(ccccj  Spotted  margin 

23  Var     Sckhartii,    Engl     «7     Eckkartu,    Hort). 
Petiole  violet-blotched  at  the  base,  green  above  the 
middle,  blade  green,  with  few  rosy  spots  along  the  mar- 
gin, and  small  white  ones  in  the  middle 

24  Var  Hendersonu,  Engl   (C.  Hfndtrsonn,  Hoit  ) 
Petiole  vai  legated  violet  and  green,  redd^h  toward  the 
apex,  blade  mostly  green,  reddish  next  the  lower  parts 
of  the  nerves,  midrib  and  pi  unary  veins  red-purple 
.spotted,  Mn all  red  spots  along  the  margin 

25  Var     Sieboldii,    Engl     (C     tiirboldn,     Hort  ) 
Petiole  violet  and  gieen,  i eddish  toward  the  apex,  basal 
lobes  of  the  If    somewhat  mtrorse,  connate  one-third 
then   length,   dark  green,  midrib  and  pi  unary  vams- 
beautifully  red-purple  spotted,  and  a  very  narrow  white 
bordei ,   marked   with   small   purple-red   spots       A  F 
8  127. 

(ccccc)  Purple  margin 

26  Var  Houbyanum,  Engl   (C  Houbydnum,  Hort ) 
Petiole  duty  green  on  the  lower  surface,  bright  red 
above,  blade  bright  gieen,  with  large  pale  spots,  and 
small  mi-purple  ones  between  the  midrib  ami  primary 
veins,  a  red-purple  spot  above  the  insertion  of  the  peti- 
ole, and  a  pale  purple  line  around  the  margin 

27  Var.  pellucidum,   Engl    (C    pellitcidum,   DC). 
Petiole  reddish,  variegated  with  violet,  blade  broadly 
reddish  purple  spotted  along  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins,  and  moie  or  less  marked  with  transparent,  red- 
di^h  purple  spots  between  the  primary  veins',  a  con- 
tinuous purple  line  along  the  outer  margin. 

(bb)  Margin  colored  only  on  ba^al  sinus. 

28  Var   Devosianum,  Engl    (C.  Devosianum,  L^m. 
C    WciUun,  Hort     C    Ottdnis    Hoi  I  )     Petiole  green; 
blade  bright  green,  with  small,  irregular  white  spots 
between  the  midrib  and  primary  veins,  and  a  narrow 
crimson  border  at  the  sinus.   Para.   I II  9  322. 

29.  Var.  hsematostfgmatum,  Engl.  (C  Jwmatostlg- 
matutn,  Kunth  C*.  pellucidum,  DC  C.  discolor,  Hort ) 
Petiole  violet,  blade  dark  green,  with  a  purple  line  on 
the  basal  sinus,  and  sparsely  marked  with  blood-red 
spots.  Para. 

30  Var  posclle,  Engl  (C.  pwrtte,  Sehott.  C.  paUidi- 
nervium,  Hort  ).  Peti  le  i  oddish  brown,  or  closely 
streak ed-vai legated,  bjade  dark  green,  midrib  and 
primary  veins  paler,  often  whitish,  a  red-purple  spot 
where  the  petiole  joins  the  blade,  narrowly  purple-mar- 
gined in  the  sinus.  Brazil 

31.  Var.  regale,  Ergl  (C.  regale,  Lem  C.  Wdgneri, 
Hort  C  surinamem>e,  Miq  C  sagitt&fohum,  Sieb.). 
Blade  bright  green,  purple-margined  at  the  sinus,  every- 


616 


CALADIUM 


CALADIUM 


where  marked  with  small,  confluent  white  spots.   W. 
Indies,  1710.   I.H.9:316 

(bbb)  Margin  and  disk  without  color. 
(c)  Variegated  green  blade. 

32.  Var.  Brongn&rtii,  Engl   (C  Brongnidrtn,  Lem.). 
Very  large,  petiole  variegated  violet  and  green,  red- 
dish toward  the  apex;  blade  green,  except  along  the 
nerves  below,  where  it  is  colored  reddish,  pal^r  green 
between  the  primary  nerves,  deep  green  toward  the 
margin;  veins  and  nerves   red-purple.    Brazil,    1858. 
F.S.  13: 1348-9     I  H.  5,  p.  58,  desc. 

33.  Var  mirabile,  Engl.  (C  mirdbile,  Lern.).    Petiole 
green;  blade  bright  green,  densely  covered  with  large 
and  small  irregular  pale  green  spots  between  the  pri- 
mary nerves  and  mid  vein.   Para    IH  10:354. 

(cc)  Blue-green  blade. 

34.  Var.  pfctum,  Kunth  (C.  pictum,  DC.).    Petiole 
greenish,    variegated    beneath;    basal    lobes    connate 
one-fifth  their  length;  blade  thin,  blue-green,  marked 
with  large,  irregular,  usually  confluent,  pale  yellowish 
semi-transparent  spots.   Lowe,  43. 

(ccc)  Colorless  blade. 

35.  Var.  Duchftrtrei,  Engl    (C.  Duchdrlrei,  Hort.). 
The  long  petiole  green  above,  variegated  below  the 
middle  with  violet-black;  blade  colorle&s,  except  the 
midrib  and  all  the  veins,  or  here  and  there  pale  rosy 
or  red-spotted,  or  even  more  or  less  dirty  green.   A.F. 
8:129. 

(cccc)  Solid  green  blade. 
(d)  Dark  green. 

36.  Var.    argyrtfspilum,    Engl.     (C.    arayrdspilum, 
Lem  ).  Petiole  grayish  red,  sparsely  and  finely  streaked; 
blade  a  most  beautiful  green,  with  a  crimson  spot  at 
the  middle,  and  with  many  small  white  spots  between 
the  primary  veins.  Para.  F.S.  13 . 1346-7. 


733.  Caladium  picturatum  var.  Belleymen    (No  49  ) 


37.  Var.   Curwddhi,    Engl     (C.    Curwddhi,   Hort.). 
Petiole  greenish,  slightly  violet-blotched  toward  the 
base;  blade  reddish  purple  along  the  midrib  and  pri- 
mary veins,  marked  between  the  veins  with  large  white 
spots;  otherwise  dark  green 

38.  Var.  Kdchii.   Engl     (C.  Kdchii,  Hort.).    Lf.- 
blade  more  rounded,  dark  green,  with  small  white  spots 
midway  between  the  midrib  and  margin.    Para,  1862. 

39.  Var.   macrophyllum,   Engl.    (C.   macrophyllum, 
Lem      C.    grlseo-argtnteum,   Hort.).     Petiole   green; 
blade  dark  green,  marked  everywhere  with  many  small, 
scarcely  confluent  white  or  slightly  rosy  spots    Para, 
1862    TH  9:316. 


40.  Var.  Neumannii,  Engl.  (C.  Neumanr<ii,  Lem.). 
Petiole  green,  blade  very  beautiful  dark  green,  with 
scarcely  paler  veins,  marked  between  the  primary  veins 
with  large  and  small  white-margined,  reddish  purple 
spots.  F.S.  13:1352-3.  B.M.  5199. 

(dd)  Light  green. 
(e)  Not  spotted. 

41.  Var.  rubellum,  Engl.   (C.  rubtllum,  Hort.    C. 
Reichenbachianum,  Stange).    Blade  green,  with  reddish 
purple  midrib  and  primary  veins 

42  Var.  rubrovenium,  Engl  (C.  rubi  ovenium,  Hort. 
C.  rubronennum,  Hort ).  Petiole  variegated  green  and 
violet,  blade  small,  oblong-ovoid,  the  basal  lobes  some- 
what mtrorse,  obtuse,  connate  almost  to  the  middle, 
pale  caulescent  or  red-green  along  the  midrib  and  pri- 
mary veins;  veins  pale  red  or  scarlet.  Para,  1862. 

(ee)  Spotted. 
(f)  With  white  spots. 

43.  Var.  Laucheanum,  Engl  (C  Laucheanum,  C. 
Koch).  Blade  bright  green,  with  white  spots  at  the 
middle. 

(ff)  With  purple  and  white  spots. 

44  Var  Wightii,  Engl.  (C  Wightu,  Hort.).  Petiole 
pale  green;  blade  vcr^  beautiful  green,  marked  be- 
tween the  primary  veins  with  large,  red-purple  and 
small  white  spots.  French  Guiana 

(fft)  With  red  or  cumson  6/>ofc> 

45.  Var.  Enkeanum,  Engl   (C  Enkeanum ,  C.  Koch) 
Blade  bright  green,  marked  with  large  and  small  red 
spots. 

46.  Var.  Lindenii,  Engl    (C  Lindenu,  Hort  ).    Blade 
bright  green,  with  confluent  small  red  spots 

47.  Var     Verschaffeltii,    Engl.     (C     Verschaffeltu, 
Lem  ).    Petiole  pale  green,  blade  very  beautiful  green, 
with  few  irregular  crimson  spots     I.TI  5  185     B  M. 
5263.  Lowe,  46. 

cc  Shape  of  blade  lanceolate-sagittate. 
48  picturatum,  C  Koch  Petioles  usually  green, 
variegated  below,  elongated;  blade  lanceolate-sagittate, 
cuspidate  and  submucronate  at  the  apex,  the  upper  lobe 
nearly  triangular,  oblong  or  ovate-lanceolate,  basal 
lobes  over  half  as  long,  lanceolate  subacute,  connate 
one-sixth  to  one-fourth  their  length,  separated  by  a 
tnangular  sinus;  primary  lateral  veins  4-7,  erect- 
spreading  or  spreading  Brazil  — Variable,  furnishing 
many  of  the  fancy-leaved  caladiums. 

(1)  Transparent  white  blade. 

49.  Var.   Belle^mei,   Engl.    (C    Belleymn,   Hort.). 
Fig.   733.     Petiole  greenish  above,   variegated  violet 
beneath;    blade    slenderly    hastate-sagittate,     white, 
translucent  except  the  green  veins  and  nerves,  with 
small  green  spots  along  the  margin;  basal  lobes  1-5.  or 
rarely  one-fourth  or  one-third  connate.    Para.    I.H. 
7:252.  A.F.  8: 127.  G.  2.89. 

(2)  Pale  green  blade. 
(a)  With  transparent  blotches. 

50.  Var.  hastfttum,  Engl.  (C  Jiastatum,  Lem.).   Peti- 
ole long,  stout,  white,  violet-spotted;  blade  hastate- 
sagittate,  slightly  contracted  above  the  lobes;  dull, 
pale  green,  very  irregularly  marked  with  transparent 
blotches;    basal    lobe    one-fourth    connate,    crimson 
margined  in  the  sinus.  Para. 

(aa)  Opaque. 

51.  Var.  albostriatulum,  Engl.  Blade  greenish  white 
along  the  midrib  and  veins,  white-striped  and  dotted 
between  the  nerves. 

52.  Var.  Osyanum,  C.  Koch.  Blade  white  along  the 
midrib  and  primary  veins,  with  purple  spots  between 
the  veins. 


CALADIUM 


CALAMUS 


617 


53.  Var.  porphyroneuron,  Engl  (C.  porphyroneuron, 
C.  Koch.  C  cupreum,  Hort  Alocdsia  porphyroneura, 
Lem  ).  Petiole  pale  reddish,  variegated  with  dull  vio- 
let, blade  broadly  hastate-sagittate,  dull,  pale  green, 
slightly  reddish  on  the  veins,  opaque  basal  lobes  one- 
sixth  to  one-third  connate.  Peiu  and  Brazil.  I.H. 
8.297 

(3)  Dark  green  blade. 

54  Var     Slegans,    Engl      Petiole    rosy,    greenish 
below,   variegated.  blade  narrowly  hastate-sagittate, 
slightly  contracted  above  the  lobes,  dark  green  above, 
broadly  reel  or  purple  next  the  midrib  and  primary 
lateral  veins,  basal  lobes  one-fifth  connate 

55  Var     Lemaireanum,    Engl     (C.    Lematreanwn, 
Barr    C  pulurdtum  albmervium,  C  Koch     C.  picturd- 
tum  viriiluvmum,  C    Koch)     Blade  shaped  like  pre- 
ceding,  dark   green,  midrib  and  primary  veins  pale 
green  or  white     S   Amor  ,  1H61.    1  H  9  311 

56  Var     Troubetskoyi,     Engl      (C     Troubetskoyi, 
Chantm     C   A  ppumdnum,  Hort  )     Petiole  red,  varie- 
gated, blade  very  narrowly  hastate-sagittate,  slightly 
contracted  above  the  lobes,  dark  green  above,  broadly 
marked  with  pale  rod  along  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins,  and  with  scattered,  transparent,  small  white  or 
rose  spots    F  S  13  1379 

ccc  Shape  of  Ua<le  oblong-ovate,  or  oblong'  plant  small, 

57  Humboldtii,  Schott    (C   argyrltes,  Lem  )      Fig. 
734     Petiole  slondcr,  variegated,  2  to  3  times  longer 
than  the  blade,  sheath  .slender,  narrow;  blade  oblong- 
ovate,  or  oblong,  green  along  the  margin,  midrib  and 
primary  veins,  with  many  large  and  small  transparent 
spots  between,  shortly  and  very  acutely  acuminate, 
the  apical  lobe  oblong-ovate,    twice    as   long  as    the 
oblong  or  ovate-triangular,  obtuse   ba^al  ones,  basal 
lobes  one-third  connate,  separated  by  an  obtuse  tri- 
angular sinus,  the  3-4  pumaiy  veins  of  the  apical  lobe 
uniting  in  a  collective  nerve  remote  from  the  margin. 
Brazil     111    5  1S5     FS   13  1345.   Gng    3  279.  A  F. 
10  197     Lowe,  22    C  L  A  19  3i3.   G   14  501. 

58  Var    mynostigma,    Engl     (C     myriostigma,    C. 
Koch)      Blade  marked  everywhere  with  small  white 
spots 

The  following  names  are  in  the  trade,  or  occur  in  the 
lists  of  dealers  and  fanciers,  but  are  not  identified 
botamcally  —  nlbanense,  Barratlu,  candidum,  Endlich- 
enanum,  Fenzhanum,  Ortgiesii,  Petschkami,  Rodeckw, 
spectosum,  Thelemannii,  venosum. 

C  ascuZM<urn»-«Ooloca9ia  antiquorum  esculenfca  —  C  odarAtwn, 
Lodd  »Alocaaia  macrorrhiza  —  C.  pub6acen«,  N.E.Br.  A  new 
gpecios,  distinct  from  those  already  in  cult,  by  being  puboeoent. 
ftru  fe.M.8402  JARED  Q.  SMITH< 

CEO.  V.  NAflH.f 

CALAMAGRtfSTIS  (Greek,  calamos,  a  reed,  and 
agroslis,  a  grass).  Syn  Deyeuxia.  Graminess.  Usually 
tall  or  reed-like  perennials  bearing  rootstocks.  In- 
cluding nay  grasses  and  a  few  more  or  less  ornamental 
species. 

Spikelets  1-fld.,  the  rachilla  prolonged  behind  the 
palea  as  a  usually  hairy  pedicel,  lemma  hairy  on  the 
callus,  awned  from  the  back  —  Species  about  120,  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  world  in  temperate  and  arctic 
regions,  usually  in  damp  or  swampy  soil.  The  species 
are  often  valuable  native  forage  grasses.  One  species, 
C.  canadensis,  Beauv.,  is  a  source  of  an  excellent 
quality  of  native  hay  in  the  northwestern  states,  where 
it  is  called  blue-joint.  Another  species,  C.  strfcta, 
Beauv.,  native  of  the  northern  states,  is  sometimes 
cult,  m  a  variegated  form  as  an  ornamental. 

C.  &re7>tpt/is==Calamovilfa  bnmpxlis.      ^    g    HlTCHCOCK. 
CALAMINT,  CALAMINTHA:   Satureia 

CALAMOVfLFA  (Greek,  calamos,  a  reed,  and  vilfa, 
a  kind  of  grass).  Graminese.  PURPLE  BENT-GRASS.  A 
group  differing  from  Calamagrostis  in  having  awnlesf 


spikelets  and  no  prolongation  of  the  rachilla.  Species 
3,  in  S  E.  U.  S.  C.  brevipihs,  Hack  .  is  cult  as  an  orna- 
mental grass.  This  is  a  stout,  tutted  grass,  2-4  ft., 
with  short,  horizontal  rootstocks,  pyramidal  purplish 
panicle  4-8  in.  Sandy  swamps  in  pine-barrens,  N.  J. 
to  N.  C.  Dept.  Agric.,  Div  Agros.  7:156;  20.84. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 


734.  Caladmm  Humboldtu.   (No.  57.) 
CALA"MPELIS.  Eecremocarpus 

CALAMUS  (Greek  for  reed)  Palmacex,  tribe  Lepido- 
cdrp<e.  A  group  of  interesting,  usually  climbing  pinnate 
palms  of  the  Old  World  tropics,  not  much  known  to  the 
trade  although  over  thirty  species  are  in  the  European 
catalogues 

Stejtns  very  slender,  always  more  or  less  prickly,  usu- 
ally climbing  and  never  bearing  a  terminal  mfl  :  {vs. 
alternate,  pinnate,  often  ending  in  a  terminal  bome- 
times  elongated  cirrus,  by  which  they  are  attached  to 
their  suppoit,  Ifts  narrow,  with  1-5  nerves,  If  -sheaths 
at  first  completely  inclosing  the  mternodes,  sometimes 
split  and  open .  spadix  laterally  attached  at  the  summit 
of  the  If  -eheatliSj  often  elongate  and  slender  and  fre- 
quently ending  in  a  tail-like  appendage  (flagellum) 
which  is  thorny;  spathes  long  ana  narrow,  hardly  if  at 
all  split,  differing  from  Daemonorops  which  has  a  read- 
ily opening  spa  the;  fls.  dioecious,  paniculate  or  branched 
2  or  3  tunes;  corolla  coriaceous,  longer  than  the  calyx 
in  male  fls.,  as  long  as  the  calyx  m  the  female,  fr.  glo- 
bose, ovoid  or  ellipsoid,  topped  by  a  short  permanent 
style  — There  are  more  than  200  species,  most  of  which 
inhabit  India.  See  Beccari's  excellent  monograph  Ann. 
Royal.  Bot  Card  Calcutta  11,  1908 

Calamus  is  an  easily  grown  group  of  palms,  very 
ornamental,  even  in  a  young  state.  Some  of  the  spe- 
cies have  stems  several  hundred  feet  long,  which  enable 
them  to  unfold  their  leaves  at  the  tops  of  the  tallest 
trees  The  leaves  are  peculiarly  \\ell  adapted  to  assist 
the  plant  in  climbing,  having  numerous  hook-like  pro- 
cesses arranged  on  a  long  continuation  of  the  midrib  of 
the  leaf  When  accommodations  can  be  given,  these 
plants  should  be  selected,  as  their  growth  is  rapid,  and 
they  are  capable  of  furnishing  a  large  consoivatory 
quickly.  Numerous  suckers  are  produced,  so  that  when 
the  main  stem  ascends  the  lower  part  is  clothed  in  foli- 
age. Calamus  tennis  (or  C  Roijleanus)  and  C  Rotang 
furnish  the  rattan  canes.  Malacca  canes  are  furnished 
by  C  Scipionum  — Young  plants  thrive  be»t  in  a  root- 
ing medium  containing  a  considerable  quantity  of  leaf- 
mold.  Older  plants  need  soil  of  a  more  lasting  nature; 
a  quantity  of  ground  bone  and  charcoal  in  the  soil  may 


618 


CALAMUS 


CALANTHE 


be  used  to  advantage.  Old  well-furnished  plants  need 
enormous  quantities  of  water.  All  of  them  require  stove 
temperature  (G.  W.  Oliver ) 

ciliaris,  Blume  St.  slender,  climbing  by  means  of 
long  axillary  leafless  branches,  covered  with  short 
hooked  spines:  Ivs.  1/^-2^  ft.  long,  6  in.  wide:  Ifts. 
40-50  on  each  side,  hairy;  petiole  2  in.  long  with  few 
hooked  spines:  spadix  of  female  and  male  fls  finely 
hairy-hispid  on  the  spathes:  fr.  globose,  about  ^m. 
diam.  Java  and  Sumatra.  F  R.  1  607.  G.C.  III. 
21:86.— Intro,  into  cult,  in  1869.  To  be  grown  m 
tropical  house. 

asp&rrimus,  Blume.  St.  slender,  climbing  by  the 
prickly  cirrus  of  the  Ivs  and  the  prickly  branches:  Ivs. 
without  stalks,  about  18  in.  long,  bearing  not  more 
than  8-10  thin,  papery,  irregularly  placed  Ifts.  on  each 
side  of  the  rachis  spadix  simply  decompound,  about 
7  ft.  long,  terminating  in  a  slender  prickly  appendage. 
Mts.  of  Java. — Can  be  grown  in  a  cooler  house  than 
the  preceding. 

C  Andrednum,  Hort.,  Pill  &  Mitterb=(')  — C  cahcdrpus,  Griff. 
=Dicruoriorops  cnlioarpus,  Mart. — C.  dealb&tui  Hort,==Acantho- 
phcrnix  rubra,  Wendl  — C  Lewisidnus,  Griff  =*Dffiinonoropa  Lewis- 
•anus,  Mart.  N<  TAYLOR< 

CALAMUS  or  SWEET  FLAG:  Acorua  Calamus. 
CALANCHOE":  Kalanchoe. 

CALANDRINIA  (J.  L.  Calandrini,  Genevan  botanist, 
who  wrote  an  important  thesis  in  1734).  Portulacacex. 
Fleshy,  spreading  or  nearly  trailing  plants,  sometimes 
cult  in  borders  and  rockeries,  or  used  for  edgings  m 
Bimny  places. 

Flowers  red  or  pink  or  rose-color,  of  short  duration; 
petals  3-7,  sepals  2;  stamens  5  (or  3)  to  12;  style  with 
3  branches.  Ivs  alternate,  narrow — About  60  species, 
Brit  Col  to  S  Amer  and  in  Austral.  Annuals  and  per- 
ennials, but  the  latter  mostly  treated  as  annuals;  not 
much  grown  in  gardens, 

A.  Fls.  in  a  short  umbel-hke  cluster. 
umbellata,  DC  Perennial,  4-6  in.:  Ivs  linear  and 
hairy:  fls  in  a  corymb,  or  umbel-hke  terminal  cluster, 
bright  crimson.  Peru.  R.H.  1853:5.— The  C.  umbellata 
of  gardens  is  hardy  in  many  parts  of  the  IT.  S. ;  in  New 
York  it  should  be  planted  in  a  well-sheltered  position, 
or  provided  with  ample  protection  in  winter;  sometimes 
it  acts  like  the  biennials,  but,  as  seeds  are  produced 
very  freely,  young  seedlings  spring  up  constantly 
between  the  old  plants,  and  one  does  not  miss  the  few 
which  may  decay  during  the  second  year;  the  plant  forms 
a  very  neat,  slightly  spreading  tuft;  fls.  are  produced  in 
many-fld.  umbels,  terminal,  numerous,  and  large,  glow- 
ing crimson-magenta,  saucer-shaped,  very  showy.  June 
to  Nov.  Full  exposure  to  sun,  and  light  sandy  soil,  are 
needed  to  bring  out  the  rare  beauty  of  these  plants. 
The  fls.  close  up  when  evening  comes,  like  the  annual 
portulacas,  but  they  reopen  on  the  following  day.  In 
the  sunny  sloping  part  of  a  rockery,  even  when  quite 
dry,  or  among  other  low  plants  in  a  bed  or  border, 
they  are  highly  satisfactory.  Although  perennial,  it 
may  also  be  treated  like  the  annuals,  as  it  flowers  the 
first  summer  as  freely  as  afterwards.  Can  be  prop, 
by  cuttings. 

AA.  Fls.  in  longer  dusters,  pedicels  often  more  or  less 
drooping. 

discolor,  Schrad  (C.  elegans,  Hort.).  Perennial, 
1-2  H  ft.:  Ivs.  fleshy,  spatulate  to  obovate,  purple 
beneath,  gray-green  above,  blunt-  fls  bright  light  pur- 
ple, 2  in.  across,  with  yellow  stamens.  Chile.  B.M.3357. 

MSnziesii,  Torr.  &  Gray  (C.  specidsa,  Lindl.). 
RED  MAIDS.  Annual:  3-12  in.  high,  with  green  herbage, 
glabrous,  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  linear,  or  spatulate-oblanceo- 
kte:  fls.  rose-red  or  purple,  rather  large  and  long- 
peduncled  (petals  Kin.  long).  Calif.,  N.  B.R.  1598.— 
Variable.  There  is  a  white-fid,  variety  advertised. 


grandifidra,  Lindl.  Perennial,  1-3  ft.:  much  like 
C.  discolor,  but  Ivs.  oval  and  pointed,  narrowed  to 
petiole,  green,  4-8  in.  long:  fls.  somewhat  smaller,  light 
purple.  Chile. 

spectabilis,  Otto  &  Dietr.  Perennial,  2  ft  :  Ivs. 
lance-spatulate  or  rhomboid,  1^  m.  long,  somewhat 
pointed,  fls  bright  purple,  2  in  across.  Chile. — Said 
to  produce  seed  seldom;  prop  by  cuttings. 

Buridgii,  Hort.  Annual.  1  ft  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
smooth  fls.  many,  small,  copper-rose  or  brick-red, 
in  leafy  clusters.  S.  Amer. 

chromantha,  Griseb  One  ft.,  loosely  branched:  Ivs. 
rather  large,  fls.  and  buds  rose-colored:  fr.  orange- 
yellow,  persisting.  Argentina. 

C.  oppoatiifdhat  Wats.=Lewisia  oppoaitifolia. 

J    B    KELLER. 
L.  H    B. 

CALANTHE  (Greek  for  beautiful  flower).  Orchida- 
cex.  Sub-epiphytal  or  teirestnal  hothouse  orchids 
found  in  the  eastern  hemisphere,  and  sparingly  in  the 
western  hemisphere. 

Scapes  erect,  many-fld  :  Ivs  broad,  plaited  fls  white 
or  rose-colored,  rarely  yellow,  pseudobulbs  angulate, 
with  grayish  green  idioaths  m  the  Vestike  .section,  but 
absent  in  the  Veratrifohaj  section. — Forty  to  50  species 
in  tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 

Most  of  the  species  and  the  numerous  varieties 
grown  are  deciduous,  losing  the  foliage  about  the  time 
of  flowering,  and,  at  this  season,  water  is  given  spa 
ringly  until  the  flowers  are  cut,  then  the  bulbs  are  kept 
in  a  dry  warm  place  until  Mgns  of  growth  m  spring 
All  calanthes  are  terrestrial  and  should  be  potted  each 
year  in  fibrous  loam,  with  a  small  portion  of  old  manure 
and  sand  mixed  in  Use  plenty  of  drainage  as  for  other 
orchids,  and  about  2  inches  of  soil;  secure  the  bulbs 
firmly  by  means  of  part  of  the  old  wiry  roots,  water 
very  sparingly  until  active  root-action  takes  place,  but, 
when  in  full  growth,  weak  manure-water  may  be  given 
at  each  watering  The  young  foliage  is  verv  sensitive  to 
sun,  and  must  be  shaded  as  soon  as  it  develops,  keep 
the  plants  near  the  glass  and  give  all  light  possible, 
and  the  warmest  treatment  permitted  in  orchid  cul- 
ture. They  enjoy  a  little  heat,  even  in  summertime, 
from  the  pipes  at  night  The  best  place  to  grow  calan- 
thes is  a  sunken,  well-heated  pit  facing  houth,  lowering 
the  plant  as  the  foliage  nears  the  glass  Calunthe 
veratrifolm  is  an  evergreen  species  and  may  be  treated 
similarly  to  the  Phaius.  Calanthes  are  easily  increased 
by  separation  of  the  bulbs  at  the  time  of  repotting 
Young  bulbs  are  often  produced  from  the  apex  of  old 
ones,  old  ones  will  start  again  the  second  year  and 
make  increase.  (E.  O  Orpet ) 

vestita,  Lindl.  (C.  oculata,  Hort ).  Lvs.  broadly  lan- 
ceolate, nearly  2  ft  long,  from  grayish  green  pseudo- 
bulbs*  fls  nearly  3  in.  across,  numerous,  in  racemes; 
petals  and  sepals  whitish,  all  more  or  less  overlapping, 
the  former  oval-oblong,  the  latter  obovate-oblong; 
labellum  flat,  large,  3-lobed,  the  mid-lobe  cleft;  a 
yellow  or  crimson  blotch  in  front  of  the  short  column; 
scapes  from  2-3  ft.  high,  hairy.  Blooms  in  winter 
Malaya.  B  M.  4671  F.E  9.325  A  F.  6:655.  F.S. 
8:816. — A  most  popular  orchid  There  are  many 
forms,  of  which  the  following  are  the  most  important: 
Var  gigantea,  Hort.  Larger  in  all  parts:  fls.  white, 
with  rea  eye.  Var  nivalis,  Hort.  Fls.  pure  white.  Var. 
Tdrneri,  Hort.  (C  Turneri,  Reichb.  f).  Fls.  more 
numerous,  labellum  with  a  crimson  blotch;  blooms  later 
m  the  season  than  the  next.  Var  rubro-oculata,  Hort. 
Labellum  with  a  crimson-purple  blotch.  Oct.-Feb. 
G.  10:629.  Var.  Iftteo-oculata.  Hort.  Yellow-blotched. 
Var.  Regnieri,  Hort.  (C.  Regnien,  Reichb.  f .  C.  Stevensi- 
dna,  Regnier).  Pseudobulbs  more  elongated,  with  a 
depression  above  the  middle:  labellum  rose-colored, 
with  a  purple  blotch  in  front  of  column,  less  deeply 


CALANTHE 


CALATHEA 


619 


lobed  than  in  the  type.  A.F.  6:655  Var.  Regni&ri 
Wffliamsii,  Hort  (C.  Williamsn,  Hort)  Sepals 
white,  sometimes  shaded  pink;  petals  white,  rose- 
bordered,  lip  deep  rose. 

veratrif&ha,  11  Br  Lvs  oblong-lanceolate,  about  2 
it  long,  from  a  creeping  rhizome,  fls  white,  in  dense 
fory moose  racemes;  petals  obovate-spatulate;  sepals 
obovate-oblong;  labellum  4-parted,  the  anterior  lobes 
usually  broader  than  the  posterior  or  basal  lobes 
Blooms  May-July.  Malaya  B.M.  2615. 

Veitchh,  Lmdl  Fig  735  A  hybrid  between  C  rosea 
and  C  vestita  fls.  rose-colored;  labellum  with  white 
.spot  near  the  base.  Winter-flowering.  There  is  also  a 
white  variety  This  hybrid  was  raised  by  Vcitch,  in 
1S50  BM  5375  Grig.  14.134  A  F  25: 1093  Forms 
of  this  are  var  bella,  Hort ,  with  pink  fls.;  var.  nigro- 
oculata  gigantda,  Hort ,  with  stout  sts  ,  the  fls.  white 
with  an  eye  of  reddish  crunson,  var.  Sandhurstiana, 
Hoit  ,  with  crimson  fls  ;  var  S&demi,  Hort ,  with  deep 
rose  its  ,  var  superba,  Hort ,  has  ncher  color. 

Masuca,  Lmdl  Scape  2  ft  long,  with  large,  marty- 
nbbed,  dark  Ivs  :  fls  1  in.  across,  the  segms  overlap- 
ping, deep  violet,  fading  to  lilac,  the  lip  deep  violet- 
purple  Summer  and  autumn.  N.  India  B  M  4541 
Var  grandifldra,  Hort ,  is  of  greater  size  throughout. 

C    burindriua,    Uolfe     Fls.    mauvo-purple,    with  yellow    crest 
Hurma      <'     ( liif,    Hort     (C     Veitehu  X?)  —  C     Codkionn,    Hort 
(f1    \eit<hii,"  C    vestita  luteo-oculata)     Fis   pure  white,  except  a 
blot,  h  of  y.  How  in  the  throat  and  a  few  lemon-yellow  lines  on  lip 
— C    CormhuH    VaiultrWt,    Hort       (C    \estita   rubro-or ulata  XC 
Veitehu)  —C   divroUir,  Lmdl     Sts   leafy    fls   with  claret  sepals  and 
pttals  and  a   i-lobed  whitr   lip  flushed  rose     Japan     G  C   III.  35: 
iSf>     B  R   2b  55  —  C  Eyermannn,  Hort    (C  vestita  rubro- 
oeulata  '('  \.-itchu)     Racemes  shorter  than  in  C  Veitehu, 
with  larger   more  spreading  white  fls  with  a  reddish 
blot<h  at  the  base  of  the  lip      G  F  4   17 —C    gigas, 
Hort    (C  grandifloraXC   Regmen)     Fls  nearly  3  in. 
across,    borne   on   a.   st    over   5   ft     tall,   sepals  and 
petals  milk-white     the  latt<r  tinged    rose  at 
base    and    upcx     lip    4  lobed,    bright    rose, 
striated   with  pal«  Jose  or  white,  a   reddish 
crimson   blotch    fit    the   base  —  ('    Hfnmw, 
I,oher  Sinnlartof  vestita    Philippines  G  C. 
Ill    4f.    U,  dese   —  C   ma<l<njait«irtenw,  Rolfe 
Sipil     and    p.fils   rosy  miu\e,  lip  dull   ma- 
genta with  whit,    spot  'it  tmse     G  C    III    28 
ir>,  dev  — r  ,1/eH  llliamxn.  Hurt  -=(/)  —  C  Orpetiana,  Hort 
iitmmitt  nut,  Hort  — f    H  rtrpwn,  Rolfe    SepaU  white,  petals  much 
narrower,  white,  lobtd  lip  dull  purple,  changing  finally  to  orange 

Ma(laKds(ur  GKO.  V.  NAsnt 

CALATHEA  (Greek  for  basket,  the  application  not 
apparent)  Maraniacesc  Perennial  foliage  plants  of 
warmhouses,  with  maranta-like  leaves  arising  in  a 
tuft  from  the  crown 

Sepals  3,  free  and  equal;  corolla  tubular,  with  3 
spreading  lobes,  .stamens  3,  petal-like,  2  sterile,  and  1 
bearing  an  anther  on  its  side  (compare  Canna).  From 
Maranta  the  genus  diffeis  chiefly  in  technical  charac- 
ters In  Maranta  the  fr  is  1-seeded,  in  Calathea 
usually  3-secded,  in  the  former  the  fl. -clusters  are 
branched  and  few-fid  ,  m  Calathea  usually  capitate 
or  cone-like  — Of  calatheas  there  are  more  than  100 
species,  mostly  of  Trop.  Amer  ,  but  a  few  of  trop  Afr. 
The  Ivs  ,  for  which  the  plant  is  grown,  are  variously 
marked  with  shades  of  green,  red,  brown,  yellow,  and 
white.  They  spring  from  the  very  base  of  the  short 
st ,  just-  above  the  rhizome,  the  rhizomes  themselves 
more  or  less  tuberiferous  (Fig.  736).  Monogr  by 
Schumann  m  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft.  11  (1902). 

All  the  calatheas  thrive  in  a  moist  tropical  house 
in  a  temperature  that  does  not  go  below  65°  F  ,  with 
a  rise  during  the  day  to  90°  or  95°  F.  For  general  pur- 
poses, the  best  compost  m  which  to  grow  them  is  made 
of  equal  parts  of  good  turfy  loam,  leaf-mold  and  sand. 
Some  of  the  more  delicate  species  are  best  grown  in 
leaf-mold  and  sand  only.  Stagnation  of  the  soil  must 
be  particularly  avoided  by  abundance  of  drainage,  as 
they  require  to  be  kept  rather  moister  at  the  roots  than 
most  stove  plants  The  close  moist  atmospherical 
conditions  that  these  plants  require  can  be  secured 

40 


only  by  constant  syringing  and  damping  down  amongst 
the  plants;  therefore  the  need  for  abundance  of  dram- 
age  is  apparent,  whether  they  are  grown  in  pots  or 
planted  out  m  a  border.  It  is  only  by  planting  them  out 
with  a  free  root-run  that  calatheas  may  be  had  m  their 
full  beauty;  and  when  so  grown  a  collection  of  the.se 
plants  forms  one  of  the  most  beautiful  examples  of  tropi- 
cal foliage.  Particular  attention  should  be  given  to 
protecting  them  from  all  strong  sunshine,  the  thin  text- 
ure of  their  leaves  rendering  them  specially  liable  to 
damage  from  this  cause.  Most  of  the  species  are  of 
easy  culture  providing  the  above  conditions  are  fol- 
lowed Many  of  them  spread  rapidly  and  make  quick 
growth;  therefore  they  require  to  be  potted  or  over- 
hauled every  spring,  but  when  once  well  established, 
they  may  be  fed  with  liquid  manure  once  a  week  — 
Propagation  is  by  dividing  the  crop  as,  or  by  cuttings 


in  those  kinds   that 
make    secondary 
growths,    these    cut- 
tings being  taken  just 
below    the  nodes      In   spring,  ^ 
just  before  growth  begins,  is  a 
good  tune  for  this  work   Tubers 
may  be  used,  if  produced 

In  Florida,  calatheas  grow 
exceedingly  well  in  shady  lath 
plant-houses  The  soil  should 
be  leaf-mold  and  very  old  cow- 
manure  added  to  the  original 
natural  soil  Commercial  fer- 
tilizer should  never  be  used. 
In  very  cold  weather  they 
should  be  covered  with  pine 
branches  and  leaves  or  pine- 
needlea.  All  the  kinds  soon 
form  very  beautiful  clumps  All  of  them  need  much 
water  while  they  are  growing,  but  not  in  the  winter  if 
they  are  planted  out  in  beds  Each  spring  they  must 
be  replanted  in  fresh  soil  Then  the  clumps  may  be 
divided,  or  if  large  specimen  plants  are  desired,  they 
may  be  left  intact.  (Nehrling  ) 

The  calatheas  are  a  confusing  group  to  the  horti- 
culturist, became  the  differences  that  he  knows  he 
mostly  in  characters  of  leaf  and  habit  and  these  are 
vana&le.  The  size  of  leaf  and  plant  depends  much  on 
the  treatment,  and  in  some  species  the  juvenile  leaves 
are  different  from  the  mature  ones.  The  coloration 
of  the  foliage  depends  much  on  the  age,  and  the  way 
in  which  the  plants  are  grown.  However,  we  mav 
roughly  throw  the  species  into  two  groups, — the  small- 


620 


CALATHEA 


CALATHEA 


leaved  and  the  large-leaved,  although  it  is  a  question 
where  to  place  such  intermediate  kinds  as  C  Veitchiana, 
C  insigms,  C  leopardma,  C  Sanderiana,  C  mgncans, 
and  borne  others;  or  we  may  arrange  them  m  two 
groups  by  the  red-marked  kinds  (of  foliage),  and  by 
the  green-,  gray-  and  white-marked  kinds,  but  this 
would  not  account  for  the  juvenile  and  adult  stages  of 
C.  leopardina,  C.  imperialis,  C  Chantnen,  C.  ornata. 
and  others.  The  botanical  classification  by  floral 
characters  would  be  of  little  use  to  the  general  horti- 
culturist Some  plants  known  in  collections  as  calatheas 
are  likely  to  be  marantas,  phryniums,  monotagmas. 
ctenanthe,  or  others.  The  radical  tufted  loaves  and 
capitate  inflorescence  of  Calathea,  and  the  zigzag  stems 
and  branched  inflorescence  and  small  flowers  of  Maranta 
are  general  characters  of  separation  between  these  two 
genera  In  the  present  account,  the  attempt  has  been 
made  to  draw  the  characters  as  much  as  possible  from 
cultivated  specimens  apparently  authentically  named. 


INDEX. 

Albertn,  15. 
olbo-hneata,  12,  35. 

insignia,  38. 
Legrelhana,  30. 

pumilum,  4. 
regahs,  35. 

Alluia.  32 
angu.Htifoha,  3. 

leopardina,  33. 
Lietzei,  23. 

ro«eo-lineaia,  1. 
roseo-picta,  1. 

argyrophylla,  39. 

Luuleiuana,  28. 

roseo-strtata,  29. 

Bachemiana,  45. 

LOUISJB,  21 

rotundi  folia,  8. 

Bjnotn,  42 

Lutuana,  9 

rufibarba,  27 

Chantnen,  34. 

majestica,  35 

Sagoreana,  11 

chimboracensia,  5. 
conipicua,  23 

Makoyana,  16. 
Marcelhv,  14. 

Samlenana,  37. 
Sophise,  41 

crocata,  18 

mioans,  4 

t\gr\na,  43 

crotalifera,  31. 

Neubertn,  23. 

trifaseiata,  7. 

discolor,  3 
eximia,  2b 

nigncans,  40. 
nitons,  17. 

tubtavatha,  2 
Vamjenheckei,  22. 

fannosa,  8. 

noctiflora,  25. 

Veitchiana,  19. 

fasciata,  8 

ohvans,  16, 

virgmahs,  14. 

flavescens,  10. 
Foxu,  19 

ornata,  12.  35. 
ovahfolia,  8. 

Mttata.  12. 
Waantrv,  1. 

Gouletn,  22. 

Pavonn,  2. 

Wallurfi,  13. 

oracilis,  25. 

picta,  24 

Warwewiczii,  44. 

grandiflora,  10. 

pnnceps,  29. 

Wiotiana,  6. 

illiHtm,  20 
imperialia,  36 

propinquum,  7. 
pulchella,  43. 

zebnna,  42. 

A.  Markings  of  If.  (upper  surface)  in  red  or  brown,  at 

least  in  part. 

1.  rdseo-plcta,     Regel     (C.     rbseo-lmeata,     Hort.? 
Mardnta    rdseo-plcta,    Lind.     M     Wdgnen,    Hort). 
Dwarf.  Ivs  nearly  orbicular,  purple  beneath,  the  upper 
side  dark  green,  the  midrib  red,  and  an  irregular  red 
zone  (sometimes  two  zones)  two-thirds  of  the  distance 
from  the  midrib  toward  the  margin     Amazon.    F  S 
16:1675-6    Gn.  2,  p  3 

2.  Pavdnii,  Kcern.  (C.  tubispatha,  Hook   f).    Two 
feet  or  less  high.  Ivs.  obovate-elhptic;  short-acuminate 
or  cuspidate,  thin,  greenish  beneath,  lively  green  above, 
and  marked  midway  between  the  rib  and  the  margin 
with  lighter  green  and  squarish  patches  of  brown. 
Peru.  BM.  5542. 

3  angustifdlla,  Kcern.  (Mardnta  discolor,  Hort). 
Habit  loose,  erect,  only  slightly  spreading  at  apex: 
growths  bearing  1-4  Ivs.  from  1-5  ft.  high;  blade 
lanceolate,  unequilateral,  ^-2  ft  long,  rich  light  green 
with  fine  lines  of  purple-red  above,  rich  shining  red 
beneath,  petiole  erect,  stout,  1-3  ft.  high,  rich  dark 
red,  heavily  marked  with  light  green  tuberculate 
spots,  sheath  extending  from  one- third  to  one-half  its 
length,  in  the  juvenile  form  the  whole  of  the  plant  is 
densely  covered  with  reddish  brown  hairs,  but  in  the 
adult  plant,  the  blade  is  almost  entirely  glabrous. 
Cent  Amer.  B.M.  8149 

AA.  Markings  of  If.  mostly  on  the  order  of  green  or  white 
(exceptions  in  juvenile  stages  of  Nos.  36,  36,  37 
and  others). 

B.  Lf. -blades  small  or  short,  usually  less  than  12  in.  long. 
c.  Under  side  of  Ivs.  green,  grayish,  or  yellowish  (violet 

informs  of  No.  14)- 

4.  mlcans,  Kcern.  (Mardnta  mteans,  Math.  Phry- 
nium  piimilum,  Klotasch).  Very  small:  Ivs.  2-3  in. 


long,  and  1  in.  wide,  oblong-lanceolate,  somewhat 
acuminate,  green  and  shining  above,  the  rib  in  a  feath- 
eied  white  btripe,  paler  beneath.  Brazil — Probably 
the  smallest  cult  Calathea. 

5.  chimboracensis,  Lind.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate, 
8-12  m.  long,  acuminate,  green  above  and  below,  with  a 
very  dark  green  white-maigmed  band  running  length- 
wise the  blade  midway  between  the  rib  and  each  mar- 
gin. Neighborhood  of  Mt.  Chiinborazo.  I  H.  17:6. 

6  Wiotiana,  Makoy  (Mardnla  Wibtn,  Morr.). 
Habit  dwarf,  spreading:  rhizomes  branching  freely: 
growths  bearing  only  a  single  If.  each:  blade  linear- 
lanceolate,  blightly  oblique,  4- 
*  12  in.  long,  undulate,  acute, 
upper  bide  silvery  gray  with  a 
narrow  band  ot  light  green 
around  the  margin ;  nndj  ib  green, 
with  a  row  arranged  pmnately, 
along  either  side  of  the  midrib, 
of  dark  olive-green  blotches  or 
stripes;  under  side  dull  grayish 
green  finely  striated  all  over 
between  the  principal  veins  with  patches  of  light 
yellowish  green;  petiole  3-1.1  in.  long,  erect  or  spread- 
ing, light  green,  terete  sheath  entirely  absent  Prob- 
ably Brazil  — A  most  beautiful  species;  thrive,*,  best  m 
leal-mold  and  sand. 

7.  trifasciata.  Ko?rn.  (Phrynium  propinquum,  Poepp. 
&  Endl.).    Habit  dwarf,  spreading,  with  short  free- 
branching  rhizomes,  growths  bearing  1  If.  only,  blade 
cordate-ovate,  unequilateral,  3-12  in  long,  apex  acute, 
and  half  twibted  around,  upper  side  silvery  gray  shading 
to  green  at  the  margins  and  with  a  row  on  either  side 
of  the  midrib  of  dark  green  stripes  arranged  ninnately, 
under  side  light  green,  prominently  striated  on  both 

'upper  and  lower  sides  with  a  network  of  fine  veins 
connecting  all  the  principal  lateral  veins,  midrib  pale 
yellowish  brown  on  the  under  side  and  covered  with 
dark  brown  hairs  in  the  lower  half  and  extending  for 
an  inch  or  more  on  the  apex  of  the  petiole,  petiole  3-12 
in  long,  light  green,  glabrous  except  m  the  upper  inch 
or  BO;  scale  Ivs  reddish  brown.  Guiana  — A  companion 
plant  to  C  Wiotiana,  to  which  it  is  closely  allied,  but 
differs  in  the  broader  and  paler  color  of  *the  Ivs  Of 
easy  cult. 

8.  fasciata,  Regel  &  Kcern.    Habit  dwarf,  compact: 
Ivs   10-18  in   long,  reflexed;  growths  bearing  1-3  Ivs.; 
blade  broadly  ovate  or  orbicular,  acute   or  obtuse, 
glabrous  5-10  in    long,  slightly  undulate;  upper  side 
rich  dark  olive-green  alternately  marked    by  trans- 
verse bars  of  silvery  white;  under  side  dull  grayish 
green;   petiole   4-8   in.    long,    spreading,  dull   green, 
covered  with  short  and  minute  brownish  hairs;  sneath 
extending  up  to  one-half  the  length  of  the  petiole, 
upper  part  terete.   Brazil    Gn  2,  p.  3  — Considered  by- 
some  to  be  a  variety  of  C    rotundifolia,  Koern     C. 
fannosa  and  C.  ovalyolia  are  probably  stages  in  the 
development  of  this  plant  or  perhaps  slight  varieties. 

9.  Luciana,  Hort.  Habit  medium  to  strong,  compact, 
more  or  less  tufted :  growths  with  2-5  Ivs ,  usually 
with  3.  arching  over  at  the  tips  and  K~3  ft.  high; 
blade  elliptic,  oblique,  glabrous,  acute,  slightly  undulate, 
3-12  m    long,  upper  side   light  pea-green    featherai 
along  the  midrib  with  pale  greenish  white  and  with  a 
concentric  zone  of  the  same  shade  near  the  margin  of 
the   If.,  under  side  dull  grayish  green;  petiole  erect, 
slender,  rigid,  pale  green,  glabrous  or  nearly  so;  sheath 
extending  from  one-half  to  nearly  the  entire  length  of 
the  petiole,  upper  part  oval,  slightly  flattened  on  each 
side:  infl.  a  short  few-fld.  spike;  peduncle  1-3  in  long; 
bracts  spreading  or  erect,  ovate,  light  reddish  brown, 
\l/2  m.  long;  fls.  in  pairs,  yellow;  sepals  thin,  linear, 
one-third  the  length  of  the  tube;  corolla  yellow;  petals 
elliptic,  2^in.  long,  spreading,  acute;  the   2  petaloid 
aborted  stamens  obovate,  $4m-  long,  bright  yellow, 


CALATHEA 


CALATHEA 


621 


and  striped  or  blotched  with  bright  red;  style  curved, 
Hin-  long,  yellow.  Trop.  Amer. 

10.  fiavlscens,  Lmdl  Habit  tufted,  glabrous  in  all 
parts  growths  with  3-5  Ivs  ,  1-2^  ft  high,  blade 
elliptic,  slightly  oblique,  6-12  in  long,  acute,  light 
green  above,  soft  grayish  green  below,  petiole  12-18 
in  long,  pale  yellowish  green  finely  spotted  with  darker 
green,  bheath  one-third  to  one-half  the  length  of  the 
petiole,  upper  part  oval*  mfl.  a  dense  globose  short 
raceme,  peduncle  less  than  an  inch;  bracts  large, 
elliptic,  outer  ones  2  in  long,  bracteoles  smaller, 
linear  or  lanceolate;  fls  m  pairs,  sessile  or  nearly  HO, 
an  inch  diain  ,  sepal  primrose,  equal,  lanceolate;  petals 
large,  bilobed,  obovate,  bright  yellow  Brazil  B  It 
932  —Perhaps  to  be  referred  to  C  graruhflora,  Schum. 

1 1  Sagoreana,  Hort    (Mardnta  Hagoreana,   Hort ). 
JIabit  dwaif  and  compact    growth  bearing  2-4  IVH  , 
usually  with  3,  and  from  6-1 H  in   high,  erect  at  first, 
arching  towards  the  apex,  blade  lanceolate,   unequi- 
lateral,  4-9  in    long,  pale  yellowish  green  \vith  a  row 
on   either   side   of    the   midrib   of    arrowhead-shaped 
blotches  of  dark  green  which  give  this  plant  a  distinct 
and  pretty  appearance,  the  under  side  in  plain  yellow- 
ish green,  petiole  slender,  erect,  6-12  in   long;  sheath 
extending  only  to  about  a  quarter  of  its  length,  upper 
part  terete 

12  vittata,    Koern      (C    dlbo-hneata,    Hort     C    or- 
nittn  vai    alho-hncata  and  Mardnta  dlbo-hneato,  Hort  ) 
Habit  dwarf,  compact,  j^-2  ft   high    growths  with  2-5 
Ivb  ,  blade  elliptic-lanceolate,  slightly  oblique,  3-12  in 
long,  glabrous,  acute,  upper  side  light  green,  pmnately 
striped  with  white  from  apex  to  base,  underside  pale 
dull   green    sh.idcd    between    the   veins   with   slightly 
lighter  jellowish  green,  petiole  slender,  erect  or  spread- 
ing, 3   1.")  in  high,  light  green,  glabrous,  sheath  extend- 
ing from  one-thud  to  one-half  its  length,  upper  part 
terete     Probably  Colombia 

13  WalhsU,  Regel  (M«r«nta  MfHwtT,  Lmd  ).  Habit 
strong,  but  neat  anil  graceful,  branching  and  forming 
numerous  growths'  growths  bearing  from  2-7  Ivs  ,  and 
1-t  ft     high,  bUde  bioadly  ovate,   acute  or  obtuse, 
6-12  in   long,  rich  light  velvety  groen  along  the  margin 
and  midrib  and  with  a  row  on  either  side  of  the  midrib 
of  dark   irregular  blotches  of  olive-green,  under  side 
soft    gra>ish    green,    petiole    eject,    slender,    sheath, 
extending  to  half  the  length  of  the  petiole,  and  covered 
with  soft  hairs,  upper  part  tetete    with  the  exception 
of  the  sheathing  lower  half  of  the  If -stalks,  the  whole 
plant    LS    glabrous      Peru  — One    of    the    commonest 
species-  in  cult    and  of  very  easy  culture     A  useful  and 
decorative  pot-plant 

14  virgin  alls,  Lmd     Lvs    soft-hairy  below,  broad- 
oval,  rather  blunt,  7-9  in    long,  4-C  in    broad,  upper 
surface  light  green,  and  below,  in  the  common  form, 
whitish  green  and  lighter  '/ones  shown,  as  on  the  upper 
surface, — or  in  another  form,  which  has  been  distribu- 
ted in  gardens  as  C    (Maranla)  Marcclhi,  under  side 
shaded    a    light    violet    and    without    zones.     Brazil. 
A  F   7-611  —Allied  to  C.  Veitchiana,  but  has  bracts 
with  indurated  tips  rather  than  membranaceous. 

cc   Under  side  of  Ivs.  violet,  purple,  or  suffused  with  red. 

15  Albertii.   Hort     (Mardnta    Albertn,   Pynaert  & 
Van  Geeit)     Habit  dwarf,  spreading,  lesa  than  a  foot 
high,  growths  bearing  2-5  Ivs  ,  erect  or  spreading; 
blade  oblique,  elliptic,  undulate,  acute,  4-9  in.  long, 
glabrous,  upper  side  dark  green  feathered  on  either 
side  of  the  midrib  with  a  band  of  pale  yellowish  green, 
under  side  dull  green  suffused  with  light  purple-red: 
mfl.  a  few-fld.  terminal  spike;  peduncle  3-4  in.  long, 
pale  green;  floral  bracts  half  reflexed  outwards,  orbicu- 
lar or  broadly  ovate,  %m.  long;  bracteoles  4-6,  white, 
Bcanous,  fls.  in  pairs,  pure  white;  sepals  half  the  length 
of  the  tube;  petals  lanceolate,  J^in.  long,  tube  ^in. 
long;   2   petaloid  stamens  slightly  longer   than  the 


petals,  obovate.  fertile  stamen  hooded  and  curved  over 
the  stigma;  style  and  stigma  short  curved,  white. 

16  Makoyana,  Nichols.  (Mardnta  Makoyana,  Morr. 
M.  ohvdns,  Hort).    One  to  4  ft.*  Ivs.  broad-oblong, 
obtuse  or  somewhat  short-pointed,  the  stalks  red,  the 
If    olive-green   or  cream-colored   above  but  marked 
against    the    midrib    with    outspreading,    dark    green 
blotches  of  oblong,  oval  or  pynfprm  shape,  the  under 
surface  similarly  marked,   but   in  red.     Brazil.     F  S 
20  2048-9.   G  C.  1872.1589    Gn  4,  p  87. 

17  nltens,  Bull.    Habit  dwarf,  blade  elliptic,  acute, 
glabrous,  upper  side  bright  green,  with  oblong  acute 
bars  of  dark  olive-green,  alternate  long  and  short,  on 
either  side  of  the  midrib,  under  side  dull  green  tinted 
with  dull  red.   Brazil  — Distinct  and  pretty. 

18  crocata,   Morr.  &  Jons     Whole  plant   12  m 
high    Ivs   sub-distichous,  petiole  2-3  in   long,  sheath- 
ing most  of  its  length,  blade  4-5  in.  long,  erect,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  bomewhat  undulate,  dark  green 
and  veined  above,  rose-purple  beneath    spike  short, 
the  bracts  bright  saffron-yellow.    Brazil     B  M  7820 
GC  111.28  113.      GM  53  265.      J  H.  III.  60:329 
G  32 .263    F.W.  1876 . 161  —A  free  bloomer  and  showy 
when  in  flower. 

19.  Veitchiana,  Hook  f.  Fig  737.  Habit  strong, 
loose,  and  spreading,  1-4  ft  high1  growths  with  2-8 
Ivs ,  usually  with  3;  blade  ovate  or  elliptic-ovate, 
oblique,  acute,  undulate,  glabrous,  4-12  in  long,  upper 
side  rich  dark  glossy  green,  feathered  along  either  side 
of  the  midrib  with  an  irregular  band  of  pale  green  and 
with  an  inner  zone  of  dark  olive-green  blotches  and  an 
outer  one  of  pale  yellowish  green  (often  shading  to 
white)  between  the  midrib  and  margin;  under  side 
similarly  blotched,  but  in  shades  of  purple -red  and 
rosy  red;  petiole  H~3  ft  long,  stout,  green  and  gla- 
brous above,  tinted  with  reddish  brown  and  hairy  in 
lower  part;  sheath  extending  from  one-third  to  one- 
half  the  length  of  the  petiole,  upper  part  terete:  mfl. 


727.  CAltthea  VdtehUna. 


622 


CALATHEA 


on  erect  densely  fld.  spike  on  peduncle  4-6  in.  long; 
spike  2-3  in.  long,  with  a  rosette  2  in.  d/am.,  of  large 
green   foliolose   erect   or  capped  spreading  bracts; 
floral  bracts  erect,  spreading  at  the  tips,  ovate,  an  inch 
long,  outer  ones  covered  in  lower  part  with  brown  hairs; 
fls.  in  pairs,  primrose-white,  tube  %in.  long,  lender; 
sepals   erect,    %in.   long,    lanceolate,   petals   elliptic 
}$in.  long,  refiexed;  fertile  stamen  hooded,  small,  2 
aborted  petaloid  ones  longer  than  the  petals,  obovate, 
bilobed,   with  a    bright  violet    blotch  on   the  front; 
ntyle  and  htigma  small,   curved.     Peru.     B  M  5535. 
GC  1870:924.      Gn  2,  p  545      FS  16:1655-8— A 
dwarf  var  Fdxii,  Raffill.  has  recently  been  intro   into 
cult   from  Venezuela.    It  differs  from  the  type  in  ita 
dwarf  habit,   rarely   exceeding    10-12   HI     high:   Ivs. 
broader,  more  reflexed,  and  with  a  bright  rose  or  red 
midrib,  the  color  of  the  markings  of  the  If.  are  darker 
and  of  a  slightly  different  shape,  the  dark  inner  zone 
of  green  being  more  broken  in  outline,  and  running  into 
the  midrib    mfl  smaller,  but  the  fls    in  size  and  color 
are  the  &ume  as  in  the  type. 

20  illustris,  Nichols.  (Mardnta  \llustns,  Lindl.). 
Habit  dwarf  and  compact,  6-9  in  high  Ivs  spreading, 
growths  bearing  2-5  Ivs  6-9  in.  long,  blade  oblique, 
ovate,  acute,  undulate,  4-6  in.  long,  2-5  in  broad, 
upper  side  rich  dark  shining  olive-green,  with  a  bluish 
metallic  luster  over  the  whole,  the  midrib  being  feath- 
ered on  either  side  with  dull  silvery  white  and  an  irregu- 
lar zone  of  the  same  color  running  the  complete  circle 
of  the  blade,  under  side  dull  purplish  red;  petiole  2-3 
in  long,  spreading,  dull  greenish  brown;  sheath  extend- 
ing to  one-half  the  length  of  the  petiole,  upper  part 
terete;  petioles,  If  .-scales  and  under  side  of  the  midrib 
covered  with  minute  brown  hairs  mfl  an  erect,  capi- 
tate, few-fld.  spike,  on  slender  peduncle  4-0  in  long; 
bracts  of  two  kinds,  the  upper  3  or  4  green,  folio- 
lose  ovate,  spreading  over  the  floral  bracts,  ana  curv- 
ing upward  at  the  tips;  lower  bracts  scanous,  orbicu- 
lar, light  brown  and  shading  to  bright  red  at  the  point 
of  attachment,  to  the  rachis,  bracteoles  2-4,  lanceo- 
late, shorter  than  the  bract*  fls.  in  pairs,  sepals  white, 
two-thirdfc>  length  of  the  tube,  tube  %in.  long,  petals 
lanceolate,  white,  spreading,  ^m  long;  2  aborted 
petaloid  stamens  larger  than  the  petals,  obovate, 
lower  one  heavily  blotched  with  purple;  stamen  hooded; 
style  and  stigma  white,  curved,  ^m.  long;  ovary 
minute,  white  Ecuador.  FS  16:1691-2— By  some 
regarded  as  derived  from  C.  roseo-picta. 

21.  Louise,    Chan  trier    (Mardnta    JjOitisse,    Hort  ). 
Habit  tufted,  2-3  ft.  high:  growths  with  2-5  Ivs  ; 
blade   elliptic,   only    slightly  oblique,  glabrous,  acute 
margins  plain  or  slightly  undulate,  6-12  in.  long,  upper 
side  light   pea-green,  feathered  along  the  midrib  with 
white,  changing  with  age  to  a  soft  greenish  white; 
under  side  light  green  tinted  with  pale  purple-red: 
petiole  Yr-^/i  ft.  long,  slender,  erect,  green,  covered 
with  soft  minute  brown  hairs,  sheath  extending  from 
one-third  to  one-half  the  length  of  the  petiole,  upper 
part  terete:  mfl.  an  erect  spike,  elliptic  in  outline,  on 
a  leafy  peduncle  4-12  in.  long;  bracts  creamy  white, 
reniform,  obtuse  or  acute,  bracteoles  numerous,  white, 
scarious;  fls  in  pairs;  sepals  linear,  cream,  half  the  length 
of  the  tube,  tube  ^m.  long;  petals  lanceolate,  reflexed; 
lip  elliptic,  with  bright  yellow  disk  reflexed  with  scarious 
margins;  column  white  or  cream,  linear  curved  towards 
the  lip 

22.  Vandenheckei,  Regel  (Mardnta  and  C.  GouUtii, 
Hort.).  Habit  dense  and  tufted,  1-2  M  ft  high  •  growths 
with   1-3   Ivs ,  usually  2;  blade   oblique,  elliptic   or 
elliptic-ovate,  3-9  in.  long,  acute,  upper  side  glabrous, 
rich  dark  green,  marbled  with  silvery  white  along  the 
midrib  and  an  irregular  undulating  line  of  the  same 
color  running  the  complete  circle  of  the  blade,  the 
intervening  tissue  in  some  cases  will  be  also  entirely 
composed  of  this  silvery  white  colored  tissue  and  the 


CALATHEA 

green  part  reduced  to  a  marginal  ring  >$in.  diam.; 
these  two  strikingly  distinct  forma  of  Ivs.  will  often  be 
found  on  a  single  plant  in  adjoining  growths:  in  this 
case  it  is  not  that  either  of  them  represent  the  adult 
htagc,  an  both  are  of   frequent  occurrence  on   the 
same  plant  and  both  produce  infls.:  under  side,  dull 
purple-red;  petiole  erect  or  spreading,  dull  reddish 
brown;  sheath  reaching  from  one-third  to  one-half  its 
length,  upper  part  terete  or  oval'  mfl  an  erect  narrow 
spike,   sometimes  sessile  but  more  commonly  on  a 
peduncle  3-15   in.   high;   bracts   erect,   ovate,   green 
tinted  with  brown,  closely  adpressed  and  forming  a 
narrow  cone-like  mass  some  3-5  in.  long,  the  upper  pair 
ot  biacts  always  being  enlarged  and  spreading  outwards 
like   2  small   elliptic  Ivs  :  fls.  in  pans,  white;  sepals 
half  the  length  of  the  tube;  tube  %m    long,  petals 
elliptic  spreading;  column  curved,  white  with  brown 
stripe  — A  fine  stove  plant  for  large  or  small  pots,  and 
on  account  of  its  tufted  habit  is  of  great  use  for  decora- 
tion.  Of  very  easy  cult. 

23.  Lietzei,  E.  Morr.  (Mardnta  conspicua,  Bull    M . 
Neubtrtu,  Hort.).   Habit  dwarf,  spreading  by  means  of 
runners:  growths  bearing  from  1-7  Ivs    |£-2  ft   high; 
blade   obliquely    elliptic,    acute,    undulate,    glabrous, 
3-9  in  long,  upper  side  noft  velvety  green,  striped  along 
the  principal  veins  with  dark  olive-green  and  feathered 
between  the  veins  with  splashes  of  jellowish  green, 
lower  side  dull  purple-red,  midrib  brown,  petiole  3-15 
in  long,  softly  tomentose  in  lower  part,  sheath  extend- 
ing from  one-half  to  nearly  the  entire  length  of  the 
petiole    mfl   borne  upon  long  slender  leafy  sts  ,  which 
later  become  swollen  and  root  at  the  nodes  and  change 
to  runners,  thus  forming  an  easy  means  of  prop    few- 
fld  ,  bracts  green,  ovate,  fls.  in  pairs  in  a\il  of  each 
bract,  pure  white,  J/2in    diam  ;   sepals  linear,   petals 
.obovate.   Brazil    B  H.  25  273. 

24.  pfcta,  Hook.  f.  (Mardnta  picta,  Hort)     Habit 
dense  and  compact,   covered  in  all  parts  with  soft 
velvety  hairs    growths  with  4-10  Ivs.  and   5^-3  ft. 
high,  blade  elliptic,  undulate,  acute,  6-15  in    long, 
upper  side  rich  velvety  olive-green,  feathered  on  either 
side  of  the  midrib,  pale  yellowish  green,  under  hide  rich 
purple-red ,  petiole  3-18  in.  long,  dull  red ,  sheath  extend- 
ing nearly  the  entire  length  of  the  petiole,  the  upper 
inch  or  two  being  terete,  and  rather  brighter  in  color 
than   the  lower   part:   mfl.   a  dense  cone-like  spike, 
borne  on  long  slender  terete  hte.  1-3  ft  long  and  bear- 
ing  1   or  more  Ivs.  which  change  into  runners  after 
the  fls.  are  over,  becoming  fleshy  and  rooting  at  the 
nodes,  forming  a  ready  means  of  prop  ;  bracts  1-2  in. 
long,  erect,  elliptic  or  ovate,  pale  primrose  tinted  with 
rose  or  violet;  fls.  in  pairs,  1  in  diam  ,  primrose  tinted 
with  violet    Brazil.   B  M.  7674    G  C  III  22.293. 

25  noctifldra,  Hort.  (Mardnta  noctifldra,  Regel  & 
Ko?m.  M.  grdcilis,  Hort ).  Habit  loose  and  spreading, 
1-2H  ft  high:  growths  with  2  or  3  Ivs  ;  blade  elliptic 
or  elliptic-ovate,  6-12  in.  long,  pendulous  or  horizontal, 
upper  side  pale  yellowish  green,  pinnately  striped  with 
rich  dark  green  bars  along  the  principal  veins,  lower 
side  light  green  faintly  suffused  with  dull  red,  the  prin- 
cipal veins  being  more  strongly  marked  with  a  deeper 
shade  of  red;  petiole  erect,  rigid,  6-18  in.  long;  sheath, 
extending  to  half  its  length,  upper  part  terete,  green. 
Probably  Brazil  — Perhaps  a  true  Maranta. 

26.  exfmia,  Kcern.  (Phrynium  eximium,  Koch). 
Habit  loose  and  spreading,  growths  bearing  1-3  Ivs  , 
usually  2,  and  from  1-3  ft.  long;  blade  elliptic  or  ellip- 
tic-ovate, acute,  6-15  in.  long,  upper  surface  alter- 
nately striped  with  rich  olive-green  and  light  silver 
tissue,  and  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  feather,  midrib 
channeled  pale  yellowish  green,  under  side  rich  dark 
wine-red,  glabrous  above,  softly  tomentose  with  brown 
hairs  beneath:  petiole  spreading,  stout,  1-2  ft  long, 
lower  part  light  green,  reddish  brown  above,  beneath 
extending  from  one-third  to  nearly  the  entire  length  of 


CALATHEA 


CALATHEA 


623 


the  petiole,  upper  part  oval  or  terete.  Cent.  Amer. 
Gt.  68(5. — One  of  the  finebt  and  most  beautiful  mem- 
bers of  the  genus. 

27.  rufibarba,  Fcnzl.  Habit  erect,  densely  tufted: 
growths  with  3-7  Ivs.  iy2-4  ft  long;  blades  linear- 
lanceolate,  6-12  in.  long,  rich  bhming  green,  suffused 
with  purplish  red  below,  undulate,  acute,  petiole  %- 
"lYi  ft  long,  terete  above  the  sheath,  bheath  extending 
from  2-10  in.  of  the  base  of  the  If.,  dull  red  heavily 
spotted  with  green.  Probably  Brazil.  B.M.  7560  — 
Densely  hairy  in  all  its  parts. 

28.  Lindeniana,Wallm(C  Llndenn,  Wallis&  Andrd). 
Lvs.  elliptic-oblong,  short-acuminate  (12  in.  or  less 
long),  deep  green  above  with  an  olive-green  zone  either 
side  of  the  midrib,  and  beyond  which  is  a  darker  zone 
of  green,  the  under  side  counterfeiting  the  upper  bide, 
but  with  purplish  zones  Brazil.  Ill  18*82 — By 
some  considered  to  be  a  form  of  C.  roseo-picta. 

29  prfaceps,     Regel     (Mardnta     princeps,     Lind.). 
Lf    elongated  or  elliptical-lanceolate,  7-10  in.   long, 
3-3}  ^>  in    broad,  light  green  above,  with  broad  black- 
green,  flaming,  broken  band  along  the  middle  nerve, 
violet-purple  below    Ama/on. 

30  Legrelliana,    Regel      Lf. 
elliptical,  pointed,  5-0  in   long, 
2-3*2  in    i>road,  above  shining 
green,  with  broad,  white,  flam- 
ing, broken   middle  band  along 
the  middle  nerve  and  numerous 
broken  white  linear  small  bands 
between  the   hide  nerves,  lower 
surface   whitish    green    and 
marked    with    red    and    green. 
Colombia,  hcuador  — A  ne.it  species. 

BB.  Lf -blades  larger,  mostly  upwards  of 

12  in.  long. 
C.  Under  side  of  Ivs  grem  (red  in  juvenile 

alates  of  Nos   JJ  and  other*  and  in 

No.  37  arui  perhaps  No   J^ 

31.  crotaUfera,  Wats.    R \TTLKS\\KK 
PLANT      Lvs    oval,   abruptly  acute  at 
each  end,  1 1  2-2  ft    long,  and  10-12  in. 
broad,  yellowish    green,   with  a  white- 
margined     midrib,     paler     underneath; 
petiole  2-3  ft    long,  curved,  sheathing* 

peduncle^  1  or  2,  8-10  in  high,  hearing  distichous 
•yellow-fid  spikes  Guatemala — Offered  m  Fla  The 
spikes  suggest  the  rattlo  of  a  rattle>nake  (Crotalus) 
whence  the  specific  name. 

32.  Allftia,  Lindl    Habit  erect: growths  bearing 4-10 
Ivs   2-4  ft    long,  blade  1-2  ft   long,  elliptic,  arching  m 
upper  half;  light  green  above,  pale  silver}  gray  below, 
margins  slightly  undulate;  petiole  erect,  often  as  much 
as  2  ft.  long,  green,  striped  with  dull  red  on  each  side, 
the  sheath  extending  up  to  within  2-3  in.  of  the  apex, 
where  it  becomes  terete.  W.  Indies  — Alluia  is  a  native 
Canb  name. 

33.  leopardina.   Regel   (Mardnta   leopardlna,  Bull). 
Habit  strong  ano!  vigorous,  quickly  forming  a  large  and 
fine  specimen:  growths  bearing  3-7  erect  or  spreading 
Ivs ,  often  as  much  as  5  ft.  high,  and  arching  over  at 
the  tip;  blade  to  20  in.  long,  elliptic,  slightly  oblique, 
acute,  slightly  undulate,  and  glabrous  in  all  parts, 
upper  side  rich  green  in  the  adult  stage;  in  the  juvenile 
stage  the  Ivs.  are  dark  olive-green  in  the  center,  with 
an  irregular  outer  band  of  paler  green,  forming  a  com- 
plete zone  between  the  dark  green  center  and  margin; 
under  side   light   green;   petiole  1-4  ft.  high,  rigid, 
erect:  sheath  extending  from  one-third  to  one-half  the 
length  of    the  petiole,  upper   part  terete,  glabrous, 
shining  light  green.    Brazil  — A  near  ally  of  C.  Chant- 
nen,  but  not  so  brightly  colored  in  the  markings  of 
the  If . 


34.  Chantrleri,  Hort  (Mardnta  Chantnen,  Andr6). 
Habit  strong  and  vigorous,  erect,  spreading  and  arch- 
ing above1  growths  bearing  3-4  Ivs  and  reaching  as 
much  as  6  or  7  ft.  high  in  the  adult  stage,  blade  elliptic, 
glabrous;  in  the  juvenile  stage  the  larger  part  of  the 
upper  side  of  the  If  is  a  pale  yellowish  green  with  a 
dark  green  irregular  band  running  around  the  margins 
and  along  the  midrib,  the  under  side  is  nch  purplish 
red,  in  the  adult  stage  the  color  on  both  sides  of  the 
If  is  all  lost  and  becomes  a  rich  dark  green,  the  inter- 
mediate stages  of  development  are  marked  by  a  gradual 
loss  of  the  light  yellowish  green  on  the  upper  side  and 
purple-red  of  the  lower  and  the  gradual  encroachment 
of  the  dark  green  color  which  predominates  m  the 


738.  Calathea  zebrina. 


adult  stage;  petiole  1^-5  ft  long,  downy  when  young, 
glabrous  when  old,  spreading  out- 
ward ,  sheath  ext  ndmg  from  one- 
half  to  three-fourths  of  its  length, 
upper  part  terete  Brazil. — A  near 
ally,  it  not  a  variety  of  the  older 
C.  leopfirdina,  Regel. 


CC.  Undfr  side  of  Ivs  in  shades  of 
purple  or  red  (or  perhaps 
green  in  No.  45}. 
35.  ornata.Koern  (Mardnta 
ornata,  Lmd  M.  regahs, 
Hort)  Habit  vigorous,  erect, 
spreading  with  age  growths 
bearing  1-4  Ivs  ,  blade  ellip- 
tic or  elliptic-cordate,  acute, 
1-3  ft.  long,  rich  shining  green  above 
(in  the  adult  stage),  dull  purple-red 
below,  the  Ivs  in  the  juvenile  stage  all 
beautifully  striped  between  the  prin- 
cipal veins  with  rose  or  pink,  which  in 
the  intermediate  stage  changes  to 
white  and  disappears  entirely  in  the 
adult:  petiole  er^ct  spreading  with  age, 
often  as  mucn  as  4  ft  long  and  thick  in  pro- 
portion; sheath  extending  from  one-third  to 
one-half  its  length,  upper  part  terete,  slightly 
downy,  especially  m  the  lower  part  Guiana 
to  Ecuador  FS  4  413-14 — The  forms  this 
plant  assumes  during  the  different  stages  of 
its  development  have  been  distinguished  by 
some  nurserymen  who  have  distributed  them 
under  separate  names,  C.  regalis,  C  majeslica, 
and  C.  rosco-stnata  all  being  stages  of  the  one  plant 
To  add  to  the  confusion  they  are  also  known  in  the 
trade  under  the  generic  name  of  Maranta  The  plant 
known  as  C.  albo-hneata  or  Maranta  albo-lineata,  has 
been  referred  by  some  authors  to  this  species,  but  it 
has  no  near  affinity  and  is  a  different  plant  from 
C.  omata,  C.  impenalis  or  C.  Sandenana. 

36.  imperialis,  Hort.  (Maranta  imperialist,  Hort ) 
Habit  vigorous,  erect,  spreading  in  the  adult  stage* 
growths  with  2-7  Ivs  6  in.  to  5  ft.  long,  blade  as  much 
as  2  ft.  long  when  adult,  elliptic-ovate,  acute,  entire, 
shiny  green  above,  rich  purple-red  below,  petiole 
stout,  erect  or  spreading,  dull  green;  sheath  developed 
about  half  its  length,  upper  part  terete  — One  of  the 
best  species  for  decorative  effect  This  species  presents 
a  striking  dissimilarity  between  the  juvenile  and  adult 
stages  of  growth.  The  juvenile  stage  is  much  the  better 
for  horticultural  purposes  as  the  Ivs.  are  then  striped 
with  bright  rose  or  pink  between  the  principal  lateral 
veins.  This  color  gradually  changes  as  the  plant  grows 
stronger  and  becomes  vigorous,  the  stripes  on  the 
lower  Ivs.  first  becoming  white  and  gradually  dibappear- 
ing  on  the  Ivs.  that  are  developed  after  the  plant 
reaches  the  adult  stage,  until  a  stage  is  reached  when 
all  the  color  and  stripes  on  the  upper  side  of  the  Iva. 
are  lost  and  the  Ivs.  are  a  rich  sinning  green  color. 
The  high  color  is  again  developed  as  soon  as  the  plant 
is  disturbed  at  the  roots  either  for  prop  or  by  injury. 


624 


CALATHEA 


CALCEOLARIA 


37.  Sanderiana,   Hort.    (Mardnta  Sanderiana).    A 
species  closely  allied  to  C.  unperiahs  but  differing  in 
the  broader  and  shorter  If.-blades,  darker  color  of  the 
under  sides  of  the  Ivs  ,  transverse  striation  between  the 
veins,  the  hairy  character  of  the  petioles  and  under 
side  of  the  Ivs.  Habit  erect,  spreading  with  age'  growths 
bearing  1-4  Ivs  :  blades  ovate,  or  elliptic-ovate,  up  to 
as  much  as  2  ft  long  when  adult,  acute,  green  above  (m 
the  adult  stage),  rich  plum-red  below;  Ivs.  in  the  juvenile 
stage  are  striped  with,  bright  rose  which  become  white 
in  the  intermediate  stage  and  entirely  disappear  in 
the  adult;  petiole  erect,  stout;  sheath  extending  from 
one-third   to  one-half  its  length,  upper  part  terete; 
If.-scales,  petioles  and  under  sides  of  the  Ivs.  slightly 
pube>cent.    Brazil — C.  ornate,   C.  impenalis  and  C. 
Sandenana  are  probably  all  forms  of  one  very  variable 
species. 

38.  inslgnis,  Bull.  Habit  tufted,  dwarf  and  compact: 
growths  bearing  2-3  Ivs.  and  from  ^-3  ft.  high;  blade 
linear-lanceolate,  3- 18  m.  long,  undulate,  acute,  glabrous, 
upper  side  highly  glabrous,  pale  yellowish  green  shad- 
ing to  rich  olive  green  at  the  edges,  and  with  a  row  on 
either  side  of  the  midrib  arranged  pinnately  of  alter- 
nate  long  and    short    blotches   of    dark   olive-green, 
giving  the  plant  a  most  distinct  and  striking  effect; 
under  side  a  rich  dark  maroon-red,   petiole  3-20  in. 
long,  rigid,  slender;  sheath  only  developed  near  the 
base,    upper    part    terete,    green      Brazil.    J  H.  Ill 
45:218.— -One  of  the  most  beautiful  foliage  plants  in 
cult,  and  one  which  thrives  well  m  a  hot  moist  stove 
m  a  mixture  of  leaf-mold  and  sand. 

39.  argyrophylla,  Hort.    A  garden  hybrid.    Habit 
spreading   growths  with  2-5  Ivs   1-3M  ft.  long,  12-20 
in    long,   elliptic,  silvery  white,  feathered  with  pale 
green  above  and  rich  reddish  brown  below;  petiole  12-20 
in.  long,  pale  green,  striped  along  the  back  with  red; 
sheath  extending  up  to  within  4-8  in.  of  the  If  -blade, 
upper  part  terete  and  slightly  channeled  on  upper  side, 
glabrous  in  all  parts 

40.  nigncans,  Gagnep.  Habit  loose,  light  and  elegant, 
erect  at  first,  spreading  with  age:  growths  bearing  2-3 
Ivs  ,  2-5  ft  high,  blade  elliptic,  occasionally  lanceolate, 
acute,  undulate,  12-20  in  long,  rich  dark  velvety  green 
above,  dull  red  below,  petiole  1-4  ft  long,  erect;  sheath 
extending  to  one-third  the  length  of  the  petiole,  upper 
two-thirds  terete,  dull  green  in  color,  mfl.  arising  from 
center  of  the  growth  of  the  Ivs  ,  an  erect  globose  spike 
with  large  foliose;  bracts:  fls.  2-3  in  the  axil  of  each 
bract,  1   in    diam ,  primrose  in  color,  petals  shaded 
with  purple;  tube  1  in.  long;  bracts  green,  reflexed, 
upper  ones  forming  an  umbrella-like  mass  under  which 
the  fls.  are  developed  in  the  axils  of  the  lower  bracts. 
Trop.  Amer.   R  H.  1904,  p  576 

41.  Sdphiae,  Hort.  Habit  medium  to  strong:  growths 
with  3-7  lys  and  1-3  ft.  high;  blade  elliptic,  acute,  undu- 
late, 12-18  in  long,  rich  bright  velvety  green  with  a 
bright  yellowish  green  channeled  midnb  above,  light 
red  below;  petiole  erect,  rigid,  covered  with  soft  tomen- 
tum;  sheath  extending  from  one-third  to  one-half  the 
length  of  the  petiole,  upper  part  terete. — Closely  allied 
to  C.  nigncans. 

42.  zebrtna,  Lindl  (Mardnta  zebrlna,  Sims).   ZEBRA 
PLANT    Fig.  738.   Habit  compact,  1-3  ft. high,  growths 
bearing  from  6-20  spreading  Ivs. ;  blade  elliptic,  obtuse 
or  acute,  slightly  undulate,  %-2  ft.  long,  upper  side 
nch  velvety  green,  with  alternating  bars  of  pale  yel- 
lowish green  and  dark  olive-green,  under  side  light  pur- 
ple-red in  the  adult  stage,  and  pale  grayish  green  in 
the  young  stage;  petiole  H~2  ft.  long,  pale  green; 
sheath  large,  canaliculate,  and  extending  nearly  the 
whole  length  of  the  petiole:  scape  short.    Variable. 
Brazil.     B.M.  1926.     L.B.C.  5:494.     R.H.  1865,   p. 
90.    S.H.  1:164.  Lowe,   1— The  commonest  species, 
occurring  in  nearly  all  collections  of  warm  greenhouse 
plants. 


Var.  Bindtii,  Hort.,  is  a  stronger -growing  variety 
with  darker  colored  foliage,  with  Ivs.  as  much  as  4% 
ft.  long  — One  of  the  finest  and  best  stove  foliage  plants 
in  cult ,  of  easy  culture  and  one  that  should  be  in  all 
collections. 

43  pulchella,  Kcern.  (Mardnta  tignna,  Bull). 
Weaker  grower  than  C  zebnna,  the  Ivs.  lighter  colored, 
with  two  series  (large  and  small)  of  broad  green  bars. 
Brazil. — By  some  considered  to  be  a  form  of  C.  zebnna. 

44.  Warscewfczii,  Kcern.    Rather  large:  Ivs    2  ft. 
long,   oblong-lanceolate,   acuminate,   purple  beneath, 
dark,  velvety  green  above,  but  the  midrib  broadly 
feathered  with  yellow-green.   Costa  Rica    F.S.  9:939- 
40    Gn.  17.560.   Lowe,  17.— One  of  the  best. 

45.  Bachemiana,  Morr.    Lvs.  unequilateral,  cordate 
at  the  base,  ovate-lanceolate  or  rarely  oblong,  attenuate- 
acuminate,  smooth,  silvery  green  above,  finely  striate, 
with  parallel  greenish  or  whitish  markings  along  the 
primary  nerves,  purplish  or  greenish  beneath     Brazil. 

C.  argyrka,  Koern.  Lvs  very  short,  unequal,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, short-acuminate,  above  deep  green  and  ash-colored,  beneath 
purple.  Country  unknown — C  vrrtcta,  Lind  &  Andr6  Tall. 
Ivs  oblong,  red  beneath,  green  above,  with  the  nerves  all  prominent 
Ecuador  IH  1877 — C  bambniAcea,  Poepp  <fc  Krull  -=Isehnosi- 
phoo. — C  Baraqulmi,  Rj»«ol.  Lvs  oval-lanceolate,  green,  with 
bands  of  white  Brazil  — V.  fasciuAtor,  Hort  Dwarf  h  s  broad- 
ovate-oblong,  purplish  beneath,  green  above  and  with  blotches  of 
lighter  color  and  transverse  narrow  bars  of  red  Bnml  I  H 
41.104  (aa  Maranta  Fascinator)  — C.  yiuas,  Gagnep  Kight  ft 
If -blade  lanceolate,  2  ft  long,  8-10  in  broad,  violft-purplc  when 
young  but  becoming  green,  petioles  5  ft  long  spike  cylmdnc, 
about  4  m  long,  bearing  8  pairs  of  yollow-and-white  fls  Trop 
Amer. — C  hieroglyphic^,  Lmd  &  Andrf  Dwarf  Ivs  short- 
ovate,  short-pointed,  purplish  beneath,  green  above  and  marked 
by  many  oblique  bands  or  bars  of  silvery  white  Colombia  I  H 
20122-3 — C  Kerchovedna,  Hort  =Maranta  birolor  var  —C 
Lager  idna,  Hort  Lvs  large,  dark  red  beneath,  the  prominent  veins 
nch  bronze — C.  mdjor,  Hort  =*Isehnosiphon — C  Waabangidna, 
Hort  =-Maranta  bicolor  var  Massangeana  — C"  medio-plcta, 
.  Makoy  (Maranta  prasma,  Bull)  Lvs  oval-lanceolate  and 
tapenng  to  both  ends,  dark  green,  with  the  rib  feathered  with 
whit*  from  base  to  summit  Brazil  —  C  mundica,  Hort  (Maranta 
musiaca,  Bull)  A  dwarf-growing  species  with  oblxjuely  cordate 
ovate  Ivs  4-6  in  long,  glabrous,  acute,  upper  side  pale  shining 
green  marked  with  numerous  close  set  transverse  veins  of  a  lighter 
shade,  petiole  3-6  in  long  Brazil  — r  OppenhnmiAria,  Morr  = 
Ctenanthe — C  pardina.  Planch  &  Lind  ~=C  \illosa— r  smaray- 
dlna,  Lmd  dc  Andr£<=»Monotagma  — C  iplfndens  and  spltndida, 
Hort  —Maranta  splendida  — C  nlldsa,  Lindl  Large  Ivs  10  20 
in  long,  oblong-ovate,  pale  green  with  dark  brown  angular 
blotches,  fls. yellow  S  Amer  F  S  11  1101-2  (as  C  pardinaj,  also, 
Lowe,  32.  L  II  B 

C  P.  RAFFILL. 

CALCEOLARIA  (Latin  calceolus,  a  slipper,  alluding 
to  the  saccate  flower;  these  plants  are  sometimes  called 
lady-slippers,  but  the  name  is  best  used  for  Cypri- 
pedium).  Scrophulandcese.  Showy -flowered  herbs  and 
shrubs,  grown  both  in  the  greenhouse  and  in  the  open. 

Leaves  mostly  opposite,  usually  hairy  and  rugose, 
entire  or  incised  01  pinnatifid.  corolla  2-parted  nearly 
to  the  base,  the  lower  part  or  ho  deflexed  and  inflated 
slipper-like,  the  upper  lip  smaller  and  ascending,  but 
usually  saccate;  stamens  2  or  rarely  3.  and  no  rudi- 
ments (A,  Fig  739)  •  fr  a  many-seeded  caps  — About 
200  species,  mostly  from  the  Andes  of  Peru  and  Chile, 
but  extending  north  to  Mex  ;  also  2  in  New  Zealand. 
Monogr.  by  Kranzlin,  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft. 
28  (1907). 

Many  species  of  Calceolaria  have  been  cultivated  at 
one  time  or  another,  but  the  number  now  grown  is 
few,  most  of  the  garden  kinds  apparently  being  hybrids 
or  marked  variations  from  specific  types.  The  genus 
falls  into  two  horticultural  sections,  the  herbaceous 
kinds,  and  the  shrubby  kinds.  The  former  are  the 
only  ones  generally  known  in  this  country,  being 
treated  more  or  less  as  annuals.  The  herbaceous 
garden  forms  Rodigas  considers  to  be  offshoots  chiefly 
of  C.  arachnoidea  and  C  crenatiflora,  and  he  has  called 
this  race  C.  arachnmdeo-crenaliflora  (see  I  H.  31 : 528, 536; 
3fi :  54) .  In  this  work,  however,  the  more  inclusive  terms 
C.  herbeohybnda  of  Voss  is  employed  (Fig.  739) ;  and 
also  the  corresponding  C.  fruticoybnda  for  the  shrubby 


CALCEOLARIA 


CALCEOLARIA 


625 


derivatives.  C.  crenatiflora  seems  to  have  left  its  impress 
moat  distinctly  on  the  greenhouse  forms.  The  calceo- 
larias arc  grown  for  the  variously  colored  and  often 
spotted  slipper-like  flowers.  The  shrubby  forms,  grown 
much  in  England,  do  not  thrive  in  the  heat  of  the 
American  bummer. 

The  cultivation  of  the  herbaceous  and  the  shrubby 
kinds  of  calceolarias  is  about  the  same,  with  the  dif- 
ference that  the  herbaceous  kinds  are  nearly  always 
grown  from  seeds,  while  the  shrubby  varieties  are 
oftener  grown  from  cuttings. — Seeds  may  be  sown  from 
the  end  of  March  until  the  first  of  September,  according 
to  the  fizo  of  the  plant  required.  Those  sown  early  are 
more  easily  carried  through  the  hot  months  than  any 
that  are  propagated  in  the  end  of  May  or  in  the  month 
of  June.  Sow  the  seeds  in  shallow  pana  with  good 
drainage  in  a  compost  of  equal  parta  of  Band  and  of 


the  day.  For  a  first  potting  (which  may  be  to  2- 
inoh  pots)  the  same  mixture  in  which  the  seeds  were 
sown  is  the  best,  and  the  seedlings  should  be  big 
enough  to  be  easily  held  between  the  finger  and  thumb; 
and  as  the  plants  are  moved  along  into  larger  pots, 
equal  parts  of  fibrous  loam,  fern-root,  leaf-mold,  sand 
and  dried  cow-manure  may  be  used,  always  having 
this  compost  in  as  lumpy  a  state  as  can  be  equally 
and  conveniently  packed  around  the  plant.  When  the 
plants  are  well  rooted  in  their  flowering  pots,  they  may 
be  watered  with  manure  water  An  ordinary  handful 
of  green  cow-manure  to  about  three  gallons  of  water 
may  be  used,  and  if  any  of  the  commonly  used  fertili- 
zers are  to  be  employed  for  a  change,  the  same  amount 
of  fertilizer  to  an  equal  amount  of  water  is  about  right; 
but  always  water  with  clean  water  twice  between  these 
applications. — If  cuttings  are  to  be/  used  for  the  propa- 
gation of  calceolarias,  they  should  be  rooted  in  a 
temperature  of  45°  to  50°,  kept  shaded  from  the  sun. 
Cuttings  may  be  procured  from  the  plants  that  are 
trimmed  into  shape  during  their  growing  period  (in 
August  or  September)  and  should  have  two  leaves 
attached  and  another  joint  to  go  in  the  sand  When 
rooted,  treat  them  as  described  above  for  the  seedlings. 
The  varieties  of  the  rugosa  section  are  largely  used  for 
bedding  plants  m  Europe  — Calceolarias  are  very  sub- 
ject to  attacks  of  green-  and  white-fly,  the  best  means 
of  keeping  these  pests  m  check  is  by  fumigation  with 
hydrocyanic  gas.  In  the  evening  is  the  best  time  to 
fumigate,  and  the  foliage  of  the  plants  should  be  per- 
fectly dry;  in  fact,  it  is  better  if  possible  to  use  no  \vater 
at  all  in  the  greenhouse  the  day  they  are  to  be  treated. 
In  the  hot  months  of  summer,  a  cool  evening  should 
be  selected  and  one-quarter  of  an  ounce  of  cyanide 
of  potassium,  one  ounce  of  sulfunc  acid  and 
two  ounces  of  water  to  every  1,000  cubic  feet 
contained  in  the  greenhouse  may  be  used  (See 
Fumigation.)  The  house  at  this  season  of  the  year 
should  be  opened  up  m  forty-five  minutes  after 
the  cyanide  has  been  dropped  into  the  liquid. 
Repeat  at  intervals  of  about  three  weeks  In  winter 
the  quantity  may  be  doubled  to  the  same  cubic  feet  of 
space,  and  the  house  may  he  kept  closed  until  morn- 
ing When  opening  the  \entilators  after  fumigating 
in  this  manner,  do  not  breathe  in  the  greenhouse  until 
the  air  has  changed,  sa>  about  half  an  hour  after,  as 
the  gas  is  deadly  to  human  beings.  Fumigating  with 
tobacco  will  kill  the  green-fly,  but  it  has  no  effect  on 
the  white-fly.  (Goo  F  Stewart ) 


739    Calceolaria  herbeohybrida. 


the  peat  which  is  shaken  out  of  fern-root  that  is  to  be 
used  for  potting  orchids,  adding  about  one-fourth  of 
ehaicoal  All  this  should  be  sifted  through  a  fine  sieve. 
Tins  mateiial  should  be  well  mixed  and  placed  an  inch 
in  depth  in  the  receptacle  that  the  seeds  are  to  be 
sown  in.  The  surface  should  be  made  as  level  as  pos- 
sible, and  the  seeds,  after  being  thinly  scattered  over 
the  same,  may  be  pressed  gently  into  the  compost. 
covering  them  very  lightly  with  sphagnum  moss  sifted 
through  a  very  fine  sieve.  Water  by  dipping  the  pan 
m  a  tank  of  water,  allowing  it  to  soak  through  the  holes 
in  the  bottom  of  the  pan.  This  mode  of  watering  is 
not  so  liable  to  disturb  the  small  seeds2  as  an  overhead 
watering  with  a  fine  rose  on  the  watermg-pot.  A  tem- 
perature of  60°  will  cause  calceolaria  seeds  to  germi- 
nate, but  the  sun  should  not  strike  them  until  the  cool 
of  autumn  comes.  A  greenhouse  with  a  northern  aspect 
is  best  for  them  until  the  end  of  September,  giving  all 
the  air  possible  day  and  night.  From  tne  first  of 
October  until  the  end  of  March,  the  plants  will  stand 
the  full  sun,  and  should  then  be  grown  in  a  night 
temperature  of  40°,  allowing  10°  or  15°  of  rise  during 


alba,  14. 

herbeohybnda,  10. 

planiaffinta,  3 

amplrucaulis,  13. 
arachnoidea,  7. 

Hrrbertiana,  6 
hcterophylla.  8. 

purpurea,  6. 
rugosa,  11 

aattndeni,  15. 

hybrida,  ?>,  10. 

salmxfolm,  11 

biflora,  3. 
Burbidgei,  5 

mtegrifoha,  11,  15. 
mirabilis,  I 

ecabiosartolia,  3 
svherecia,  3. 

corymbosa,  2. 

thrysiflora,  12 

crenatiflora,  1. 

Pavonn,  4  ' 

viscosisaima,  11. 

dentata,  15 

pendula,  1 

TVAeefm,  2. 

fruticohybrldn,  15. 

pinnata,  8,  0. 

Youngit,  10. 

herbaeea,  10. 

A.  Herbaceous  calceolarias,  some  of  them  parents  of  "the 
florists'  varieties  of  this  country. 

B.  Lvs.  simple. 
c.  Fls.  essentially  yellow. 

1.  crenatiflora,  Cav.  (C.  pendula,  Sweet.  C.  mirdb- 
ilit,  Knowl.  &  Wesc  ).  One  to  2  ft ,  the  st.  soft-hairy, 
terete:  radical  Ivs  ovate  and  long-petioled  (the  petioles 
winged  at  top),  undulate  and  dentate,  sometimes 
obscurely  lobed,  rugose  and  pubescent,  paler  beneath, 
often  purplish  toward  the  tip:  st  -Ivs.  shorter-petioled 
and  becoming  sessile  above,  fls  in  a  forking  corymb, 
the  slipper  large,  oblong  or  oblong-obovate.  fur- 
rowed or  crenate,  hanging,  yellow,  with  orange-brown 
dots  Chile.  H.M  3255 — I' rom  this  species  we  appear 
to  have  derived  the  spots  of  calceolaria  fls. 


626 


CALCEOLARIA 


CALCEOLARIA 


2.  corymbdsa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.   (C.  Wheelen,  Sweet). 
One  to  3  ft.  high,  the  st.  4-angled:  radical  Ivs.  ovate  and 
sometimes  cordate,  obtuse  or  nearly  so,  doubly  crenate. 
rugose  and  hairy,  whitish  beneath  •  st.-lvs.  smaller  and 
narrower,    somewhat    clasping,    opposite:    fls.    small 
(about  half  as  large  as  in  C.  crenatifiora) ,  in  a  broad, 
somewhat  loose  corymb,  the  slipper  somewhat  short- 
oblong,  clear  yellow  outside  and  marked  with  red  lines 
inside.  Chile.   B.M.  2418. 

3.  bifldra.  Lam.  (C.  plantauinea.  Smith.  C.  suberecta, 
Hort.    C.  Mdrrisonii,   Don).    Herbaceous,   stemless: 

Ivs.  ovate-spatu- 
late,  toothed  at 
top.  scapes  many, 
few-fid  ,  fls.  large, 
yellow,  lower  up 
large  and  the 
upper  one  small 
and  notched,  the 
under  side  of  the 
i  slipper  dotted 
with  red.  Chile, 
Argentina.  B  M. 
2805.  L.B.C. 
15:1402.  F.S.R. 
2:312. 

4.  Pavfinii, 
Benth.  An  erect, 
strong-  growing, 
herbaceous,  or  half 
shrubby  species: 
st.  terete,  green, 
stout  Ivs  perfoli- 
ate,  on  short 
winged  petioles, 
ovate  or  elliptic, 
coarsely  serrate, 
5-9  in.  long  (in  a 
vigorous  plant), 
and  a  rich  light 
green  in  color. 
sts.  and  Ivs. 
densely  hairy, 
infl  paniculate,  terminal,  large  and  handsome;  fls.  rich 
golden-yellow  and  marked  m  throat  with  brown,  and 
about  1  in.  diam.  Peru.  B.M.  4525.  G.  27: 663.  J.H  III. 
50:489.  J  F.  1,  pi.  32. — One  of  the  parents  of  several 
handsome  hybrids. 

5.  Burbidgei,    Hort.    (C.    hybnda    var.    Burbidgei, 
Gumbl.).    A  garden  hybrid  raised  at  Trinity  College, 
Dublin,  by  Burbidge  between  C.  Pavonn  on  the  one 
side  and  C.  deflexa  (C   fuchsixfolia)  or   possibly  C. 
amplexicauhs  on  the  other:  plant  erect:  sts.  hairy, 
terete:  Ivs.  light  green,  lanceolate,  5-9  m  long,  serrate, 
winged  along  the  petiole:  mfl.  large,  m  terminal  free- 
branching  panicles;  fls.  1  in.  diam.,  rich  golden  yellow. 
G.  25:547.     Gn.  47:306.— One  of  the  finest  of  cool 
greenhouse  kinds  and  valuable  also  as  a  bedding  plant 
as  it  grows  into  a  fine  large  specimen  as  much  as  6 
ft.  hign  and  branches  freely  from  the  base.    Readily 
prop,  oy  cuttings. 

cc.  Fls.  purple. 

6.  purpftrea,  Graham  (C.  Herbertidna,  Lmdl.).   Sts. 
erect,  pubescent,  1-2  ft.:  radical  Ivs.  spatulate  and 
acutish,  with  a  strong  midrib,  sparsely  hairy,  rugose, 
dentate;    st.-lvs.    broad-cordate    and    clasping,    less 
toothed:  fls,  in  loose  corymbs,  small,  purplish  or  red- 
dish violet,  the  slipper  somewhat  furrowed.    Chile. 
B.M.  2775.    B.R.  1313.— Supposed    to   have   entered 
largely  into  purple-fld.  varieties. 

7.  arachnofdea,  Graham.    St.  a  foot  or  two  high, 
terete,   branchy,   woolly,   with   appressed   hairs:   Ivs. 
oblong    or    hngulate,    narrowing    into    long -winged 
petioles,  clasping,  obscurely  toothed,  rugose,  woolly 


740.  Calceolaria  integnfolia  var. 
viscosissuna.  (XH) 


on  both  sides:  peduncles  in  pairs,  forking:  fls.  small, 
dull  purple,  the  slipper  nearly  globular  and  furrowed. 
Chile.  B.M.  2874.  L  B.C.  16: 1557. 

BB.  Lvs.  compound,  or  essentially  so. 

8.  scabiossefdlia,  Suns    (C    pmndla,   Ruiz  <fe   Pav. 
C.  heterophylla,  Willd.).  Often  2  ft ,  the  st.  terete,  hairy, 
and  leafy:  Ivs    opposite,  with  clasping  petioles,  cut 
nearly  or  completely  to  the  midrib;  if ts.  varying  from 
lanceolate  to  broad-oval,  acuminate,  cilmte,  dentate: 
fls  very  small,  in  small  hairy  corymbs,  pale  yellow,  the 
slipper  nearly  orbicular  m  outline.   Chile,  Peru,  Ecua- 
dor. B.M  2405. — This  is  sold  by  seedsmen  as  an  annual 
bedding  plant. 

9.  pinn&ta,  Linn    Often  reaches  3  ft.  or  more:  Ivs. 
pinnatifid  or  completely  compound,  the  divisions  short 
and  nearly  entire,  obtuse  or  nearly  so:  fls.  small,  sul- 
fur-yellow   Chile,  Peru,  Bolivia.   B.M.  41.-— The  first 
known  garden  species,  still  sold  as  an  annual. 

10  herbeohfbrida,  Voss  (C.  hybnda,  C.  herbdcea, 
C.  Yoiingii,  Hort ,  and  others).  Derivatives  of  the 
herbaceous  calceolarias'  mostly  dwarf  or  small  (2  ft  or 
loss),  in  many  colors,  usually  with  well-inflated  slippers. 

AA.  Shrubby  calceolarias. 

B.  Fls  yellow. 

11.  integrifdlia,  Murr.  (C  rugdsa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  C. 
salviaefbha,  Pers.).  Two  to  6  ft.  high,  branchy  and  bushy: 
Ivs  glabrous,  oval-lanceolate,  cribped  and  dentate,  the 
short  petioles  winged  fls  in  terminal  clusters,  .small, 
yellow  Chile.  L  B  C  10  942  B  R.  744. 1083  —Variable. 
Probably  the  chief  source  of  shrubby  calceolarias 
Var  viscoslssima,  Hort  (Fig.  740),  is  a  sticky-hairy 
form  with  sessile  Ivs  and  showy  fls. 
-.  12  thyrsifldra,  Graham.  More  shrubby:  Ivs.  linear 
and  clustered,  toothed,  sessile,  not  hairy,  fls.  small, 
yellow,  in  a  close,  terminal  cluster.  Chile.  B  M.  2915. 

13  amplexicaulis,  HBK     A  foot  or  two  high'  Ivs. 
cordate-ovate     to     ovate-lanceolate,    long-acuminate, 
pubescent,    woolly   beneath   and   deep-rugose   above, 
clasping,  fls.  small,  in  an  upright  corymb,  pale  yellow 
and  spotless,  the  slipper  hoof-shaped.   Ecuador,  Peru. 

BB.  Fls.  white. 

14  Alba,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Shrubby,  erect,  branched,  the 
branches  opposite:  Ivs    linear,   toothed  above,   with 
fascicles  of  fls.  m  axils:  fls.  &mall,  white,  of  2  very 
unequal  lips,  the  upper  one  being  very  small,  the  throat 
closed    Chile    B  M  4157.  G  C  III  22:141    Gn.  51:60; 
75,  p   6     JH   III  61:419.— A  most  beautiful  species 
m  England  when  planted  out  in  a  soil  rich  in  humus, 
but  should  be  shaded  from  hot  sun    The  plant  dislikes 
pot  culture    This  species  has  recently  been  used  by  the 
hybridist  m  order  to  secure  a  race  with  white  fls. 
The  new  hybrid  C.  Veitchn  is  likely  to  prove  a  great 
aquisition  to  gardens,  and  is  partly  derived  from  this 
species. 

15.  fruticohybrida,  Voss  (C.  ascendtns,  Hort ,  not 
Lindl.  C.  dentata,  and  C.  integnfdlia,  Hort ,  for  the  most 
part).  Here  may  be  grouped  the  shrubby  garden 
calceolarias  that  are  derivatives  of  most  other  species. 
They  are  marked  by  the  prevailing  under-color  of  yel- 
low, orange  or  orange-reef;  sometimes  they  are  yellow- 
ish white  or  dull  red. 

C  andina,  Benth.  (C.  Herbertiana  var  palhdiflora,  Lindl  ). 
Shrubby,  glandular-pubescent'  IVB  orbicular-ovate,  thick,  rugose, 
hairy  fls  »mall,  yellow,  the  slipper  crenate  Chile  B  M.  7329. 
B  R  1376  — C.  bicolor,  Ruiz  A  Pav  Shrubby:  Ivs  ovate,  dentate: 
flu  small,  the  slipper  sulfur-yellow  above  and  white  below  Peru. 
BM  3036  L.BC.  18:1783— C  cdna,  Cav  Herbaceous,  tufted, 
acapose,  1-1 H  ft  '  Ivs.  radical,  oblong-lanceolate,  spatulate  or 
obovate  fls  white  with  small  purple  or  rose-colored  lines  and 
blotches  Chile  B  M  8416  — C  ChbrAnn  Hort  — C.  profusa. 
FE  28-143— C.defltxa,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (C  fuchsiefoha,  Hemsl  ). 
Shrubby  Iva.  lanceolate'  fls.  yellow,  cameled,  the  upper  hn  very 
large  Peru  B  M  6431.  G.C  II.  15  269  Gn.  15  258  —  C 
flexudsa,  Ruiz  &  Pav  darubby  at  base'  Ivs.  large-ovate,  coarsely 
crenate-dentatc  fls  rather  large,  clear  yellow,  with  very  large 


CALCEOLARIA 


CALLA 


627 


Q  calvces.  Peru.  B.M  5164     F  8.  22  23.31  — C  FargKn,  Skan 


blotch  inside  the  loweb  lip  Peru  B  M.  8430  — ('  furhHi.eJfilia, 
HemsJ  ==C  deflexa  —C  Htnrici,  Hook  f  Hhrubby,  evergreen. 
Ivs  willow-like,  small-toothed  fls  panic  led,  clear  yellow,  tin  upper 
lip  large  Peru  B  M  5772  —C  hyuwpifMia,  HBK  Shruhbylvh 
crowded,  small,  lanceolate  and  toothed,  or  at  top  of  st  linear  and 
entire,  margins  revolute  fts  rather  large,  in  nmny-fld  corymbs, 
pale  sulfur-yellow,  the  slipper  obovate-orbicular  and  ( rcnute 
Kcuudor — C  Jeffreys, Hurt  ,  is  a  hybrid  group  between  herbaceous 
greenhouse  kinds  and  C  mtegrifolia,  produced  about  10  years  ago 
in  England  2-0  ft  ,  with  branching  panicles  bearing  Hs  about  1 
in  across  of  few  colors —C  ktweruu,  Hort  Cross  of  C.  Jef- 
frtvi  with  herbaceous  varieties  more  compact  and  larger-fld 
than  C*  Jeffreyi,  colors  of  wide  range  plant  1-2  H  ft  high  and 
about  as  broad  when  in  good  bloom  G  C  111  39  390  — C  lobiita. 
Cav  Herbaceous  Ivs  triangular-ovate,  palmately  5-7-lobed, 
dentate  fls  in  terminal  clusters,  clear,  pale  yellow,  and  spotted 
on  the  up-tur\e(  slipper  Peru,  Bolivia  BM  K">25,  GJW  —  ("  mef- 
icAna,  Henth  ,  is  a  small-fld  ,  pale  yellow  species  hardy  in  England 
annual  lower  hs  3-parted  or  -lobed,  the  upper  ones  pmtiatiseu 
Mts  .  Mtx  ,  Costa  Kita,  -C  prtialtnu,  Cav  (C  floribunda,  Luull  ) 
llerbaee-ous  Ivs  ovate,  the  lower  ones  wmg-pctiolcd,  toothed, 
rugose  fls  yellow  in  loose  panicles,  the  lips  comment  Chile 
-  -C  piHacamfumi,  Meyen  Hhrubby  Ivs  ovate-cordate,  nearly  ( 
.sile,  irregularly  erenate,  margins  reflexed  " 


use  nearly  sessile,  irregularly  orenate,  margin: 

large,  orange  \  arymg  to  red,  the  sliprn-r  up-curved   Peru    B  M  5077 
— ('    /inli/rrftiza,  Cav     A  dwarf  anel  tufted  specie 


irk  ye-l|e<w  purple-spotted  flj 
I,  lanceolate  S  Chile.  P 
,  Horf  (C  Clibrarui,  Hort  ) 

ig  habit 


»  from  Patagonia 


herbaceous,  < 
ma  Tor  i 
t  he  order  of  C  Kurbidg. 


baefous,  hali-hanly  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  stalked,  en  nate-dentatt , 
h  ur\  fls  small,  hhu  or  flesh-colored,  spotted  within,  the  2  lips 
m  iirly  e-ejual,  not  saee  ate  Ne  w-  Zeal  B  M  6r>97  Now  refe  rre-d  to 
loMllun-i  (I  Siueclurii.  Krknzl  )— C  tentlla.  Poepp  <fe  I '.mil 
Herbauous,  halMiardy,  0  in  high  hs  o\ate  or  orbicular,  small 
(>jm  lemg),  nearly  or  eiuite  sessile  fls  yellow,  spotted  within  Chile- 
BM  ti2H  —  ('  \fttrhn.  He>rt  Hybrid  e,f  C  alba  and  a  garden 
\arie  U  *-">  ft  ,  erect  anel  branoheel  fls  many,  rather  small,  pale 
h  mon --yellow  Cr  C  III  ")l,.Nippl  June  1  CJn  7o,  p  271  (Ne-p  No 
14)-  t'  rif//.i«fi,Cii\  (l<m»ll  ma  violarea.  Don)  Mirubbv  hssmall, 
o\ate-iemlate,  ele  e  p-te»e>t  heel,  stalked  fl«  y<  How -salmon,  -potted 
within  anel  without,  the  twe,  lips  ne»t  saccate  Chile  B  M  l'»2'» — 
C  nrantti,  Kui7  <&  Pav  Bu«*h>  ,  1  l'2ft  hs  ovate,  sliest-stalked  fls 
rather  small,  numerexis.  white  Peru,  Bolivia  G  C  III  jl'>0 

L    H    B 

CALENDULA  (Latin,  calewLr  or  calentL    throughout 
the  months)     (Jomp6bit<p     Flower-garden  plants 

Small  herbs  ,  the  common  cult  species  annual,  others 
perennial,  with  alternate  simple  Ivs  ,  mostlv  large  heads 
with  yellow  or  oiange  ray**,  glabrous  UK  urved  achenes, 
plane  naked  receptacle,  pappus  none,  and  involucre 
broad,  with  scales  in  one  or  two  series,  their  margin 
usuallv  scanoiiH — Some  l.r>  species  from 
Canai  y  I  sis  to  Persia 

officinalis,  Linn  POT  M\Ki<>ot,n  Fig 
741  Annual  1-2  ft  high,  more  or  less 
hairy  Ivs  oblong  and  more  or  lev?  clasp- 
ing, entire,  thickish  head-*  solitary,  on 
stout  stalks,  large  with  flat  ^pleading 
ravs,  showy,  closing  at  night  S  Ku  MM. 
3204  V  5  44,  16  165 —One  of  the  most 
universal  garden  fls  ,  running  into  many 
vars ,  distinguished  by  size,  color,  and 
degree  of  doubling  The  color  varies 
from  white-yellow  to  deep  orange  This  is 
the  marygold  of  Shakespeare's  time  The 
fl.-heads  are  sometimes  used  in  cookery, 
to  flavor  soups  and  stews  The  calendula 
is  of  the  easiest  culture  in  any  warm, 
loose  soil  The  seeds  are  usually  sown 
where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  but  they 
may  be  sown  indoors  or  in  a  frame  and 
the  plants  transplanted  The  achenes  are 
large  and  germinate  quickly  The  plant 
blooms  the  whole  season,  particularly  if 
the  fls.  are  picked  It  is  a  hardy  annual, 
and  in  the  southern  states  will  bloom 
most  of  the  year.  In  the  N  it  blooms  up 
to  the  first  frosts,  sometimes  beyond. 
Sown  in  summer  or  autumn,  it  makes  a 
good  winter  bloomer.  Florets  are  used  in 
medicine  as  a  vulnerary  and  anti-emetic. 
The  flowering  plant  was  formerly  used  for 
removing  warts. 


suffruticdsa,  Vahl  (C,  Noedna,  Boiss.)  More  dif- 
fuse, annual-  Ivs.  sessile,  lanceolate,  somewhat  dentate: 
heads  bright  yellow,  not  doubled,  very  numerous,  on 
long  peduncles  VV.  Medit  region. — Seeds  are  sold  by 
American  dealers. 

f  Pfoiaei,  Hort ,  and  C  pluvialis,  Lion.,  will  be  found  urder 
Dimorphothoca.  L  H  B 

CALICO  BUSH.    Kalmia 

CALIFORNIA  POPPY:   Eschscholtzia 

CALIFORNIA  YELLOW  BELLS:   Emmenanthe    penduhflora. 

CALlMERIS  (Greek,  beautiful  arrangement).  Com- 
l^MLe  Good  daisy-like  border  plants 

Cahmerih  comprises  about  10  Asian  herbs,  now 
mostly  united  with  Aster,  but'  horticulturally  dis- 
tinct, and  differing  from  that  genus  m  the  hemis- 
pherical involucre  of  /ew  nearly  equal  scanous-mar- 
KiiNxl  bracts,  and  broad  convex  receptacle  achene 
flat  and  hairy.  Hardy  perennials  of  low  growth,  suited 
to  the  border  in  front  of  stronger  plants  C.  tatanca. 
*>  eJe.scubed  in  the  genus  Heteropappus. 

ncisa,  DC  (C  inciwfolia,  Hort ?  A^ttr  inci^us, 
I'  ch  )  One  to  2  ft ,  erect,  corymbose  at  the  summit' 
lv  lanceolate,  remotely  incise-dentate;  scales  of 
in  olucie  red-margined  fl*  large,  purple-rayed  or 
al  lost  white,  and  yellow-centered  — Of  easy  cult  in 
any  good  soil,  making  a 
display  throughout  July  and 
Aug  The  commonest  species 
in  cult 

altaica,  Nees  (Aster  alta- 
icus,  \\  illd  )  Lower,  pu- 
bescent or  hispid  Ivs  linear- 
lanceolate  and  entire  scales 
of  involucre  pubescent  and 
white -margined,  rays  nar- 
row, blue.  iJm  ii  13 

CALIPHRURIA:   CaU^hruria 

CALLA  (ancient  name,  of 
obscure  meaning).  Aracex. 
A  monotypic  genus,  contain- 
ing a  native  bog-plant  with 
a  white  spathe 

Herb,  with  creeping  rhi- 
zomes and*  2-ranked  Ivs 
Differs  from  Oiontium  in  the 
parallel  secondary  and  ter- 
tiary veins  of  the  If -blade, 
as  well  as  in  having  a  prom- 
inent more  or  less  fleshy 
persistent  spathe  envelop- 
ing the  spadix,  and  in  the 
absence  of  penanth;  lower 
fls  perfect,  upper  stami- 
nate;  fr  a  red  berry.  See 
Zantedeschw  for  C  sethio- 
pica,  C.  albo-maculata ,  and 
others  The  calla  of  florists, 
or  calla  lily,  is  Richardia  of 
recent  books,  but  is  properly 
Zantedeschia,  where  it  is  de- 
scribed and  the  culture  given 
in  tliis  work 

palustris,  Linn.  WATER 
ARUM  Fig  742  Rhizome 
bearing  many  distichous  Ivs. 
one  year,  the  next  only  2 
Ivs  and  the  peduncle: 
petioles  cylindrical,  long* 
sheathed ;  blade  cordate : 
spathe  elliptical,  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,  white  Eu ,  N. 


741.  Calendula  officinalis,  double-flowered. 
(Xh) 


628 


CALLA 


Asia,  and  E.  N.  Amer.  V.  2'197;  14.244.  B.M.  1831. 
—  An  interesting  little  perennial  plant,  useful  for  out- 
door ponds.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

CALLlANDRA    (Greek,  beautiful   stamens).     Legu- 
minfosp     Evergreen  shrubs  and  trees  of  greenhouse 
culture,    planted    m 
the  open  far  south 

Leaves  bipmnate; 
Ifts  numerous:  fls 
'  usually  in  globose 
heads  or  clusters  , 
corolla  small,  ob- 
scured by  the  nu- 
merous, long,  silky, 
purple  or  white 
stamen  s.  —  A  bout 
120  species,  widely 
distributed  m  trop- 
ics Distinguished 
from  Acacia  by  the 
presence  of  a  thick- 
ened margin  on  the 
pod 

Propagation  is  by 
cuttings  placed  in 
sand  over  bottom 
heat  Keep  in  warm- 
house,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  those 
from  Mexico. 

L  a  m  b  e  r  t  i  a  n  a  , 
Benth  (Acacia  Lambert  lana,  D.  Don  )  Unarmed; 
branches  terete:  Ivs.  puberulous-villous;  pmnsc  2-3- 
yoked;  Ifts.  9-12-yoked,  oval-oblong,  obtuse  at  both 
ends,  peduncles  3-5,  racemose,  heads  roundish,  stamens 
20-25,  pink.  Mex  B.R.  721. 

tetragdna,  Benth  (Acacia  tetragbna,  Willd  )  Un- 
armed; branches  tetragonal  pmnie  5-6-yokcd  Ifts. 
16-29-yoked,  linear,  acute,  the  outer  larger:  heads 
pedunculate,  axillary,  fls  white.  Trop  Amer. 

portoricensis,  Benth.  (Acacia  portoncensis,  Willd.). 
Unarmed  shrub  or  small  tree,  pinme  2-4-yoked;  Ifts. 
15-25-yoked,  linear,  obtuse,  closing  at  evening,  branch- 
lets  pubescent:  heads  globose,  pedunculate,  axillary, 
the  white  fls.  opening  as  Ivs  close;  calyx  cihate  on  the 
margin;  stamens  20-25,  filaments  long,  white1  pod 
straight,  linear,  tapering  at  base  W  Indies  —  Endures 
temperatures  as  low  as  24°  F  in  Calif  Var  major,  a 
splendid  form,  is  known  abroad  B  M  8129 

Twefcdyi,  Benth.  Unarmed  shrub,  lightly  pubescent 
pinnae  3-4-yokcd,  Ifts  20-30-yoked,  linear,  obtuse, 
shining:  peduncles  axillary,  1-2  in  long,  from  large 
scaly  buds,  calyx  and  corolla  silky,  lobes  erect;  stamens 
long,  numerous,  purple  Brazil  B.M  4188. 

C  califdrnica,  Benth  A  stiff,  hairy,  much-branched  ahrub  cult 
in  Calif.  It  tg  native  near  Magdalena  Bay  and  la  the  most  north- 
erly known  representative  of  the  genus  —  C  caracaiAna,  Benth 
(Mimosa  caracasana,  Jacq  )  differs  from  C  portoricensis  m  having 
purple  stamens,  but  is  probably  not  distinct  —  C  grandiflbra, 
Benth  Not  over  10  ft  foliage  glaucous  fls.  scarlet  Intro  by 
Franceschi  —Mimosa  grandiflora,  L  Her  TO  —  <7,  Samdn,  Gnseb., 
-PithecolobmmSama*.  HARVEY  MONROE 


742.  Calla  paiustris. 


CALLlANTHEMUM  (Greek,  beautiful  Jlower).  Ra- 
nunculdcex.  Two  or  3  little  herbs  of  the  mountains 
of  Eu.  and  Cent.  Asia,  allied  to  Anemone,  some- 
times mentioned  for  outdoor  planting.  Lvs  radical 
(very  small  or  none  on  the  st  ),  decompound  fls.  ter- 
minal, white  or  rose-color,  sepals  5,  deciduous;  petals 
5-15,  showy,  with  nectaries  at  the  base.  The  species 
apparently  intergrade.  C.  anemonoides,  Endl.  Three 
to  10  m,  high,  blooming  m  spring:  Ivs.  as  broad  as 
long,  triangular  m  outline,  bipmnatifid.  fls.  1%  in. 
or  less  across;  sepals  broad;  petals  narrow:  rhizome 
somewhat  fleshy.  Tyrol.  Useful  in  rockwork. 


CALLICARPA 

CALLICARPA  (Greek,  beauty  and  fruit]  Verbena- 
cese  Ornamental  woody  plants  cultivated  chiefly  for 
their  brightly  colored  berry-like  fruit  appearing  late  m 
autumn;  also  for  the  attractive  flowers  which  appear 
in  summer. 

Flowers  perfect;  calyx  short-campanulate,  truncate 
or  slightly  4-toothed,  rarely  4-parted,  corolla  with  short 
tube,  4-lobed;  stamens  4,  of  equal  length;  ovary  4- 
celled,  cells  1-ovuled.  fr  a  subglobose  berry-like  drupe 
with  2-4  stones. — More  than  30  species  in  tropical 
and  subtropical  regions  of  Asia,  Austral.,  N.  and  Cent. 
Amer 

Callicarpas  are  shrubs  or  trees,  often  with  stellate 
hairs,  with  opposite,  usually  serrate,  deciduous  leaves 
and  small  pink,  bluish  or  whitish  flowers  in  axillary 
clusters,  followed  in  autumn  by  small  berry-like  lilac, 
violet  or  red,  rarely  white  fruits  The  hardiest  are  C. 
dufiotonia,  C  jnpomta  and  C  Giraldn,  which  may  be 
grown  even  North  m  sheltered  positions,  if  somewhat 
protected  during  the  winter  If  killed  to  the  ground, 
young  shoots  spring  up  vigorously,  and  will  produce 
flowers  and  fruit  in  the  same  season  If  grown  in  the 
greenhouse,  they  require  a  sandy  compost  of  loam  and 
peat,  and  plenty  of  light  and  air  Propagation  is  readily 
effected  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  spring  or  summer 
under  glass,  also  by  hardwood  cuttings,  layers  and  seeds. 

A  Lvs  tomentose  beneath. 

americana,  Linn  Shrub,  3-6  ft ,  with  scurfy,  downy 
torncntum.  Ivs  cuneate,  elliptic-ovate,  acuminate, 
obtubely  beirate,  3-6  in.  long,  cjmea  short-stalked: 
corolla  bluish,  glabrous  fr  violet  July,  Aug  Woods  and 
rich  soil,  Va  to  Texan  and  W  Indies  — One  of  the  hand- 
somest m  fr  ,  but  more  tender  than  the  Japanese  spe- 
cies Var  Alba,  Hort ,  has  white  fr  ;  very  conspicuous 
ui  fall  and  early 
winter. 

AA.  Lvs  not  or 
slightly  pubes- 
cent below  and 
glandular,  co- 
rolla glandular 
outside 

B.  Peduncles  longer 

than    petioles 

Ivn   glabrous  or 

new  ly  so  below 
jap6nica,  Thunb 
(C  Mimurazaki, 
Sieb  )  Fig  743 
Shrub,  2-5  ft  Ivs 
cuneate,  elliptic  or 
ovate-lanceolate, 
long  -acuminate, 
serrulate,  2^2~o  m. 
long*  cymes  pe- 
duncled,  many-fld  ; 
Ms  pink  or  whiti&h. 
fr  violet  Aug. 
Japan.  S  IF.  1.70. 
GC.  1871:173  P. 
F  G  2,  p  165.  II  F. 
1861  12.Var.leuco- 
carpa,  Sieb.  With 
white  fr 

dichfttoma,  Koch 
(C  yradlw,  Sieb.  & 
Zucc  (1  purpureat 
hiss  )  Shrub,  1  4 
ft :  Ivs.  cuneate, 
elliptic  or  obovate, 
crenately  serrate 
above  the  middle, 
entire  toward  the 
base,  1 H-3  in.  long :  743.  Callicarpa  japonic*.  ( x  X) 


CALLICARPA 


CALLIRHOE 


629 


cymes  peduncled,  few-  or  many-fld.;  fls.  pink:  fr.  lilac- 
violet.  Aug.  Japan,  China.  Gn  23:540. — Closely 
allied  to  the  former,  but  smaller  in  every  part. 

BB.  Peduncles  shorter  than  petioles. 
Giraldii,  Hesse.  (Shrub:  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic  or  ellip- 
tic-ovate to  elliptic-lanceolate,  2-4  in.  long,  dentate, 
glandular  beneath,  and  sparingly  stellate-pubescent; 
petioles  slender,  M~Min  l°ng  &*>  pink  in  dense  cymes 
on  pubescent  stalks  shorter  than  the  petioles:  fr.  violet. 
W.  China. 

C.  cdna,  Linn  Shrub.  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic,  whining  above  and 
whitnh-tomontose  beneath  fr  det-p  purple  E  India,  China.  Phil- 
ippine Inl«  B  M  2107  — C  lonoifMia,  Larn  Shrub  lv«  oblong- 
Janceolate  or  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  both  ends,  3-5  in  long,  stellate 
pubescent  and  glandular  b«  neath  cymes  short-pcduncled,  fin  pink 
or  purple  fr  white  Himalayas,  China  B.  It.  10  S64  HE 
2  133  — C  m6lli8,  Sieb  <fe  Zuro  Shrub,  to  4  ft  .  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late,  roundod  at  the  base,  tomcntose  beneath  fls.  and  fr  pink. 
Japan  S  I  F.  1  70  —  C.  pedunculdta,  H  Br  (C  lanata,  Schau  , 
not  Linn  )  Hhrub  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  nearly  sessile,  and  rounded  at 
the  base,  green  and  slightly  tomentose  beneath  cymes  slender- 
peduncled  E  Indies  Austral  Hieb.  Flor.  d  Jard  4  97  — C'. 
rubella,  Lmdl  (C  dichotomy  Hort ,  not  Juas  )  Shrub  or  small  tree, 
to  20  ft  Ivs  cordate-oblong,  tomentose  beneath  fr  purple 
Himalayas,  China  B  II  11  883  F.S.  13.1359.  I  H.  6  202  (1C. 
Ibo9.90.  RH  1859,  p  106,  107.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALLICHR&A:    Lai/ta 
CALLlOPSIS:  Corcop«w. 

CALLIPHRtTRIA  (Greek,  beautiful  prison;  referring 
to  the  sputhe  inclosing  the  flowers)  Written  also  Cali- 
phuria  Aniarijllidacfsr  Tender  bulbs. 

Distinguished  from  Euehans  by  the  stamens,  the 
filaments  being  petaloid,  with  3  large  linear  teeth  on 
top,  the  middle  one  bearing  the  anther  The  fls  ap- 
pear with  the  Ivs  ,  perianth  funnel-shaped,  spreading 
upward,  .stamens  inserted  at  the  throat  of  the  tube 
caps  tardily  splitting  — Three  species  from  Colombia 

CalhphruVias  are  warmhouse  plants  and  should  be 
grown  in  a  rich  soil  of  loarn,  peat  or  leaf-mold  and  .sand. 
Propagated  by  offsets. 

Hartwegiana,  Herb  Bulb  ovoid,  1  in.  thick,  .stolon- 
iferous,  with  brown  membranous  tunics  Ivs  bright 
green,  firmer  and  more  closely  veined  than  in  Euehaiis, 
with  an  oblong-acute  blade  4-5  in.  long,  2  in  broad, 
narrowed  into  a  petiole,  which  is  flat  abo\e  and  round 
beneath  scape  slender,  1  ft  long,  fls  6-8,  m  an  umbel, 
white,  perianth  1  in  long  and  wide  Andes  of  Bogota  — 
B.M.  C25(J  B  H.  30,  p  87,  desc.  Jntro.  in  l<-'89  by 
Reasoner 

C  subedenttita,  Baker=Euchans  aubedentata. 

N.  TAYLOR. f 

CALLIPRdRA.   Broditea 

CALLIPStCHE  (Greek,  beautiful  and  butterfly} 
Amaryllidaci  y  Three  bulbous  plants  from  Ecuador 
and  Peru,  the  Ivs  produced  after  the  \ellow  or  greenish 
yellow  fls  ,  probaoly  not  in  the  horticultural  trade. 
Leaves  thin,  oblong  and  stalked:  fls.  many  in  an  umbel 
on  a  hollow  peduncle  or  scape;  perianth  funnelform 
with  short  tube,  the  segms.  all  equal  and  oblanceolate 
to  oblong,  stamens  6,  much  exserted,  attached  ai  the 
throat,  fr.  a  deeply  3-lobed  caps  ,  with  many  seeds. 
They  require  the  general  treatment  given  amaryllis. 
C.  mirabttis,  Baker,  has  an  oblong  bulb  2  in.  diam.: 
Ivs.  1  or  2,  blade  5  or  6  in  broad1  peduncle  2-3  ft.; 
fls.  greenish  yellow,  about  30  in  a  dense  umbel,  stamens 
three  times  as  long  as  perianth  and  widely  spreading. 
July,  Aug  C.  aurantiaca,  Baker,  has  an  ovoid  bulb 
1  in  diam  :  Ivs.  few.  peduncle  l>6-2  ft.;  fls.  bright 
yellow,  6-8  in  the  umbel,  stamens  green,  twice  the 
length  of  perianth.  Autumn  and  winter  B  M  6841. 

L  H.  B. 

CALLlPTERIS  (Greek,  beautiful  fern).  Polypodiacev. 
Ferns  allied  to  Asplenium  and  Diplazium,  with  elongate 
son  formed  on  both  sides  of  the  veins,  and  the  veins 
uniting  to  form  meshes  or  areoles  — Some  15  species  are 
knowjn  from  the  warmer  parts  of  both  hemispheres 


The  following  is  the  only  one  in  cult.  Culture  the  same 
as  for  tropical  asplemums 

prolifera,  Bory  (Asplenium  decuss&tum,  Swartz). 
Lvs  3-6  ft.  long,  the  btalks  1-2  ft.  long,  the  pinnro 
numerous,  6-12  in  long,  1-2  in.  wide,  with  deeply 
crenate  margins  and  frequently  with  bulblets  in  the 
axils;  veins  pinnate,  with  the  branches  of  contiguous 
veins  uniting.  Polynesia  and  Malaya. 

L    M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CALLtRHOE  (Greek  mythological  name).  Written 
also  Callirrhoe  Malv&cey  Hardy  showy  herbs,  for  out- 
door planting. 

Perennials  or  annuals  Ivs  alternate,  with  lobed  or 
cleft  blades  or  more  finely  dissected,  fls.  showy,  axillary 
or  sometimes  in  terminal  racemes,  the  petals  irregu- 
larly cut  at  the  apex  or  truncate,  differing  m  this  from 
the  notched  petals  of  Malva,  involLcel  of  1-3  bracts,  or 
wanting  — Nine  species,  native 

The  calhrhoes  arc  of  the  easiest  culture,  and  deserv- 
ing of  a  much  greater  popularity.  They  are  chiefly 
propagated  by  seeds,  but  the  perennial  species  may 
also  be  propagated  by  cuttings 


744    Calhrnoe  pedata. 


A  Annual  involutel  absent 

pedata,  Gray  Fig  744  Height  1-3  ft.  sst  erect, 
leafy,  radical  and  lower  Ivs.  round-cordate,  palmately 
or  pedately  5-7-lobed  or  -parted,  the  lobes  coarselj 
toothed  or  incised,  upper  3-5-cleft  or  -parted,  usually 
into  narrow  divisions  fls  red-purple,  cherry-red,  vary- 
ing to  lilac  On  plains  and  in  sand,  S.  U.  S.,  spring  and 
summer.  R.H.  1857,  p  430 

A  A  Perennial:  involucel  present. 

involucrata,  Gray  Height  9-12  in  ,  plant  hirsute  or 
even  hispid,  root  large,  napiform  sts.  procumbent: 
Ivs  of  rounded  outline,  palmately  or  pedately  5-7- 
parted  or  -cleft,  the  divisions  mostly  wedge-shaped, 
incised,  the  lobes  oblong  to  lanceolate:  fls.  crimson- 
purple,  cherry-red  or  paler  All  summer.  Minn,  to 
Texas  RH  1862:171  (as  C  verticillata) . 

Var  linearfloba,  Gray  (C.  hneariloba,  Gray).  Less 
hirsute  than  the  type:  sts  ascending:  Ivs.  smaller, 
1-2  in.  across,  the  upper  or  all  dissected  into  linear 
lobes,  fls  lilac  or  pinkish.  Texas  and  adjacent  Mex. — 
An  excellent  trailer^  especially  for  rockeries.  Thnves 
even  in  very  dry  soils,  the  root  penetrating  to  a  great 
depth.  A  sunny  position  is  preferable. 

C  Papdver,  Gray  A  perennial  decumbent  or  ascending  plant 
with  3-5-lobed  or  -parted  IVR  and  mvolucrate  purple-red  fls  S  U.S. 
—Useful  for  very  dry  «andy  place*.  £  TAYLOR  t 


630 


CALLISTA 


CALLISTEPHUS 


CALLfSTA1   Dfndrobium. 

CALLISTfcMON  (Greek,  kallos,  beauty;  stemon,  a 
stamen;  in  most  of  the  species  the  stamens  are  of  a 
beautiful  scarlet  or  crimson  color).  Myrtacex  BOTTLE- 
BRUSH  Ornamental  shrubs,  thriving  without  irriga- 
tion in  California,  where  they  are  hardy  and  much 
used;  also  planted  to  some  extent  elsewhere  in  warm 
climates  and  occasionally  seen  under  glass.  Page  3566 

Leaves  alternate,  entire,  lanceolate  or  linear,  mostly 
with  oil-  or  resin-dots  and  fragrant  when  crushed .  fls.  in 
dense  cyhndnc  spikes,  at  first  terminal  but  the  axis 
growing  out  as  a  leafy  shoot;  calyx- teeth  5;  petals  5, 
deciduous;  stamens  indefinite  in  number,  not  united; 
anthers  versatile, 
the  cells  parallel 
and  bursting  longi- 
tudinally; ovary 
inferior,  maturing 
into  a  caps,  which 
persists  for  several 
years. — About  25 
species,  natives  of 
Austral.,  where 
they  inhabit  and 
districts  Distin- 
guished from  Mcla- 
leuca  only  by  the 
stamens,  which  in 
that  genus  are 
united  into  bundles. 
Hall,  Umv  Calif. 
Pub  Bot  4:22. 

The  showy 
flower-clusters,  re- 
sembling bottle- 
brushes  in  shape, 
and  so  giving  the 
common  name  to 
the  genus,  are 
highly  colored  and 
render  these  shrubs 
very  ornamental 
The  quantity  of 
bloom  may  be  much 
increased  by  judi- 
cious autumn  prun- 
ing The  various 
species  are  recom- 
mended for  parks, 
depot-grounds, 
school  -  yards,  ana 
also  for  smaller  745.  Callistemon 
yards  if  kept  well  laaceolatua.  (XM 
pruned  Hardy  only 

in  warm-temperate  districts  but  endur- 
ing temperatures  less  than  20°  F 

Propagation  from  seeds  is  satisfactory:  these  are 
gathered  during  the  summer  months  by  allowing  the 
capsules  to  open  m  boxes  or  on  sheets  of  paper  kept  in  a 
warm  place,  sow  in  early  spring  in  finely  sifted  mixture 
of  sand,  leaf-mold,  and  loam,  and  cover  very  lightly; 
the  ordinary  cool  greenhouse  is  warm  enough.  Some 
nurserymen  state  that  plants  from  cuttings  of  ripened 
wood  or  of  wood  which  is  getting  firm  at  the  ba«c  will 
blossom  earlier  than  seedlings;  others  find  no  advantage 
in  this  method.  Although  adapted  to  nearly  every 
variety  of  soil,  these  plants  make  but  slow  growth  in 
heavy  claj 

A  Stamens  %-l  in.  long. 

lanceolatus,  DC.  (Metrosideros  semperflbrens,  Lodd.). 
Fig.  745.  Height  6-12  ft.:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  1^-2^  m. 
long,  about  %m.  wide,  acute,  reddish  when  young; 
midrib  and  lateral  veins  prominent:  spikes  2-4  in  long, 
bright  red,  less  dense  than  in  the  following  species:  fr. 
ovoid,  contracted  at  summit.  Jan.-June.  B.M.  260 


(as  M.  citnnd).  Maiden,  Fl.  PI.  and  Ferns  of  New  S. 
Wales,  8.— Attains  30  ft.  in  Austral,  where  the  hard  and 
heavy  wood  is  used  for  wheelwrights'  work  and  for 
mallets.  Garden  hybrids  between  this  and  other  species 
have  been  developed,  especially  in  Eu. 

specidsus,  DC.  Large  shrub:  Ivs.  narrowly  lanceo- 
late, obtuse  or  acute,  l%-4  in.  long,  about  Mm  broad; 
midrib  prominent  but  lateral  veins  obscure,  spikes  2-6 
in  long,  bright  red,  very  dense,  fr.  nearly  globose,  the 
summit  scarcely  contracted.  March-June.  B.M.  1761. 
— The  most  highly  colored  calhstemon,  the  golden  an- 
thers contiasting  well  with  the  dark  red  filaments. 
There  are  many  garden  forms  varying  in  color,  habit, 
and  size 

viminalis,  Cheel  Tall  slender  tree  of  pendulous  habit : 
Ivs  hncar-oblong.  stamens  slightly  shorter:  rim  of  fr. 
thinner. — A  handsome,  graceful  tree,  very  showy  when 
in  full  bloom.  Grown  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.  (For- 
merly referred  to  C.  specidsus,  of  which  this  may  be  a 
form.) 

rigidus,  R.  Br.  (C.  hneanfdhus,  DC.).  Lvs.  narrowly 
linear,  rigid,  sharp-pointed,  2-5  in  long,  about  }  ^m. 
wide;  midrib  and  maigmal  ribs  prominent;  cross-nerves 
often  hidden  by  oil-dots,  spike*  deep  red,  large,  dense 
March-July  B.R.  393.  —Stiffly  branched  shrub,  the 
branches  inclined  to  become  rangy;  best  form  and 
bloom  secured  by  means  of  autumn  pruning  In  order 
to  have  fine  specimen  plants,  cult  well  and  now  and 
then  give  an  application  of  commercial  fertilizer 

linearis,  DC  Scarcely  more  than  an  extreme  form 
of  C.  ngulut,  with  very  narrow  Ivs  channeled  above, 
the  mid  vein  quite  obscure:  fr.  more  globular  and  con- 
tracted at  opening. 

AA  Stamens  %in.  or  less  long. 

"'  sallgnus,  DC  Tall  shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late, acute,  13^-3  in  long,  K~/4m  wide 
(much  narrower  in  one  vanety),  very 
distinctly  pennivemed.  spikes  yellow  or 
light  pink,  1-2  in  long  fr  nearly 
globular,  with  rather  large  opening. 
Apr.,  May.  B  M  1821  Var  vindifldrus, 
F  v  M  Lvs.  only  1-2  in  long,  thicker, 
rigid;  veins  obscure  fls  greenish  yellow 
B  M.  2602. 

brachyandrus,  Lmdl     Slender  shrub, 
young  shoots  soft-hairy  or  whole  plant 
gray  with  a  soft  pubescence   Ivs    rigid, 
nearly  terete,  Y\-\Yi  in.  long:  spike  2-3 
in.   long,   the   filaments  dark    red    but 
nearly  obscured  by  the  golden  yellow  anthers  — The 
slender  habit,  gray  foliage,  and  golden  bloom  render 
this  shrub  very  desirable  for  ornamental  planting 

HARVEY  MONROE  HALL. 

CALLfSTEPHUS  (Greek  words  for  beautiful 
crown,  said  to  be  in  allusion  to  character  of  fruit)  Com- 
pdsitx.  CHINA  ASTER  (See  page  419,  Vol.  1  )  One 
species  in  China  and  Japan.  The  genus  Calhstemma, 
also  erected  by  Cassini,  is  older  than  Calhstephus.  but 
the  latter  is  one  of  the  "nomma  conservanda"  of  the 
Vienna  code,  retained  because  accepted  and  in  general 
use  for  fifty  years  following  its  publication.  Under 
both  these  generic  names,  Cassmi  described  the  China 
aster  as  C  hortenxis  It  was  first  named  by  Linmpus, 
however,  as  Aster  chinewns,  and  Nees  subsequently 
transferred  this  name  to  Callistephus,  so  that  the  plant 
now  would  better  bear  the  name  Cattistephus  chinensis, 
Nees. 

Callistephus  is  closely  allied  to  Aster,  from  which  it 
differs,  among  other  things,  in  its  pappus,  which  is 
minute  and  forming  a  crown  m  the  outer  series,  and 
of  slender  longer  barbellate  and  caducous  bristles  m 
the  inner  series:  annual,  erect,  hispid-hairy  branching 
herbs,  with  showy  terminal  fl. -heads'.  Ivs.  alternate, 


XXII.  Carnations.-  Types  of  the  American  winter-flowering  varieties.    (Half  size.) 


CALLISTEPHUS 

broadly  ovate  or  triangular-ovate  and  deeply  and 
irregularly  toothed;  blade  decurrent  into  a  petiole, 
those  on  the  upper  parts  becoming  spatulate  or  nar- 
rower1 heads  in  wild  plant  heterogamous  and  radiate, 
the  ray-florets  in  1-2  series  and  pistillate,  the  disk- 
florets  perfect  and  fertile;  involucre  hemispherical, 
the  bracts  imbricated  in  many  series  and  the  outer 
ones  large  and  green,  fr.  a  compressed  achene.  The 
rays  become  much  multiplied  under  cult ,  and  they  are 
also  variable  in  size,  shape  and  color.  The  colors  are 
violet,  purple,  blue  and  white,  the  rays  never  being 
true  yellow.  Widely  variable  under  cult .  and  one  of 
the  beat  of  the  garden  annuals,  growing  from  6  in  to 
2^  ft.  high  It  is  the  Heine-marguerite  of  the  French 
and  the  Sommeraster  of  the  Germans.  L.  JJ.  B. 

CALLlTRIS  (from  the  Greek  for  beautiful).  Includ- 
ing Frencla  and  Widdnngtbnia.  Pinacex.  Evergreen 
trees  or  shrubs,  not  quite  hardy  in  the  open  in  England, 
but  thriving  well  in  the  southernmost  parts  of  the 
United  States;  allied  to  Thuja. 

Leaves  scale-like  or  awl-like,  in  whorls  of  3  or  4  on 
jointed  branches,  or  sometimes  alternate:  monoDcious; 
sterile  catkins  cylindrical  or  ovoid,  the  stamens  m 
whorls  of  3  or  4,  the  scales  broad  and  sometimes  pel- 
tate, fertile  cones  of  4-8  scales,  and  borne  on  short  and 
thick  peduncles,  either  solitary  or  clustered,  usually 
ripening  the  second  year  and  often  persisting  after  the 
seeds  have  fallen  — About  15  species  in  Austral.,  New 
Caledonia  and  Afr.  Little  known  in  cult  here. 

A.  Cone  6-valved 

robtista,  R.  Br  (Frenfla  robusta,  Cunn  ).  CYPHESS 
PINK.  Ranging  from  a  shrub  to  a  tree  90  ft.  higjh: 
branchlets  crowded,  short  and  erect*  sterile  catkins 
J4m.  or  less  long,  solitary  or  in  3's:  cones  solitary  or 
few-clustered,  nearly  globular,  about  1  in.  diam.;  seeds 
usually  2-wmged  Austral  — Trees  about  30  years  old 
are  said  to  be  growing  at  Santa  Barbara  In  S.  Fla  it 
makes  good  specimens,  in  5  years  becoming  10-12  ft. 
high.  The  tree  somewhat  resembles  red  cedar,  and  is 
reported  as  useful  for  tall  hedges  and  windbreaks. 
This  is  one  of  the  "pines"  of  Austral ,  the  wood  being 
used  in  building  and  for  the  making  of  furniture 

rhombofdea,  R.  Br.  (Frenela  rhomboirlea,  Endl ). 
Smaller,  reaching  25-50  ft  branches  somewhat  slender 
and  often  drooping;  angled  when  young'  cones  usually 
only  one-half  the  diam.  of  those  of  C.  lobusta,  globular, 
the  6  valves  alternately  larger  and  smaller,  the  larger 
valves  having  a  broadly  rhomboidal  apex  with  a  pro- 
tuberance at  the  center  Austral  and  Tasmania. — 
Timber  used  for  telegraph  poles  and  m  construction. 

A  A.  Cone  4-valved. 

quadrivfilvis,  Vent.  (Thuja  articulata,  Vahl). 
ARAR-TREE  SANDARACH  GUM  TREE.  Small  tree, 
with  fragrant  hard  durable  wood,  branches  join  tea 
and  spreading  Ivs.  very  small,  flattened,  distichous, 
reduced  to  scales  at  the  nodes,  cone  4-sided,  small,  the 
valves  oval  and  with  a  protuberance  near  the  tip. 
N.  Afr.,  in  the  mts.  L  B.C.  9.844.— Furnishes  varnish 
resin  (gum  sandarach). 

Whytei,  Engler  (Widdnngtbnia  Wh$tei.  M.  Wood). 
The  wood  is  dull  reddish  white,  strongly  aromatic, 
and  locally  used  for  furniture  and  for  doors  and  win- 
dows. Tree  attaining  a  maximum  height  of  140  ft., 
with  a  diam  of  5H  ft.  at  a  point  6  ft.  above  the  ground, 
the  trunk  being  clear  for  90  ft. :  Ivs.  on  ultimate  branch- 
lets,  deltoid  and  closely  appressed  opposite;  on  other 
branehlets  usually  linear-lanceolate,  spreading  at  the  tips, 
alternate,  in  seed  ling  stage  linear,  spreading  and  about 
1  m  long1  cones  4-6  together,  about  %in.  long  and 
5^-1  in  wide  when  open.  S.  E.  Afr. — It  grows  at  an 
altitude  of  5,000-7,000  ft.  on  Mt.  Milanji  in  Nyassaland 
and  is  known  as  the  Milanji  cypress  or  cedar.  Appar- 
ently hardy  in  parts  of  Cent.  Calif  jr^  H.  B. 


CALOCHORTUS 


631 


CALL0PSIS  (Calla-like).  Aracex.  A  single  species 
from  German  E.  Afr.  C.  V61kensii,  Engler  Spathe 
like  that  of  a  little  calla,  snow-white,  1  Y±  in  long  by 
1  in.  broad,  the  spadix  partly  united  to  it  (and  vellow): 
Ivs  crowded,  cordate-ovate,  5  in  long,  shining,  the 
petiole  about  2  m.  long,  semi-epiphytic,  with  creeping 
rhizome.  Probably  cult,  only  in  botanic  gardens  or 
other  collections. 

CALLtlNA  (Greek,  to  sweep,  the  branches  are  some- 
times used  for  making  brooms).  Ericaceae.  HEATHER. 
Low  evergreen  shrubs  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  bright 
rosy  pmk,  rarely  white  flowers  appearing  in  great  pro- 
fusion late  in  summer. 

Leaves  scale-like,  opposite,  in  4  rows,  the  branchlets 
therefore  quadrangular'  fls  in  terminal,  1-sided  spikes; 
corolla  campanulate,  4-parted, 
shorter  than  the  4-parted  colored 
calyx,  stamens  8,  with  2  reflexed 
appendages:  fr.  a  septicide,  4- 
celled,  few-seeded  caps  — One 
species  in  W.  and  N.  Eu  ,  also 
in  Asia  Minor;  in  E.  N.  Amer. 
in  some  localities  naturalized. 
The  genus  differs  from  the  closely 
related  Erica  in  its  deeply  4-- 
parted colored  calyx,  longer  than 
the  4-parted  co- 
rolla For  culture, 
see  Erica. 


746.  Calluna  vulgaris.  (Plant 


vulgaris,  Sahsb. 
(Erica  vulgariSj 
Linn  ).  Fig  746. 
From  }/S-3  ft  :  Ivs. 
oblong -linear,  ob- 
tuse, sagittate  at 
the  base,  glabrous 
or  pubescent,  fls. 
small,  in  long,  erect, 
rather  dense  ra- 
cemes, rosy  pink, 
sometimes  white. 
Aug  ,  Sept  — Some 
of  the  most  distinct 
of  the  numerous  named  varieties  are  the  following:  Var. 
ilba,  Don  (and  var.  alba  Hdmmondn),  with  white  fh.; 
var  Alpdrtii,  Kirchn  ,  of  more  vigorous  growth,  with  rosy 
carmine  fls  ,  var  cirnea,  Hort.,  with  flesh-colored  fls.; 
var.  plSna,  Regel,  with  double  rose-colored  fls.;  var. 
hirsftta,  Gray  (var  tomenibsa,  Don),  the  branchlets 
and  Ivs  with  grayish  tomentum:  var  nana,  Kirchn. 
(var  pyg»neal  Hort  ),  forming  low  moss-like  tufts, 
var  rubra,  Kirchn  ,  with  deep  rosy  carmine  fls  ,  var 
prostrata,  Kirchn  ,  with  the  branches  spreading  and 
partly  prostrate,  fls  pink;  var  S&arlei,  Hort  (var 
alba  Serlei,  Hort ),  fls  white,  appearing  late  in  autumn 
— The  heather  is  a  very  handsome  small  shrub,  well 
adapted  for  borders  of  evergreen  shrubberies,  or  for 
dry  slopes  and  sandy  banks  and  preferring  sunny  posi- 
tions; it  is  aho  found  growing  well  in  swamps  and  in 
partly  shaded  situations.  Cut  branches  keep  their 
life-like  appearance  for  many  months. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CALOCH6RTUS  (Greek  for  beautiful  and  grass). 
Liliacex.  Inch  Cydobbthra .  MARIPOSA  LILY.  STAR 
TULIP  GLOBE  TULIP.  West  American  cormous  plants, 
the  occidental  representatives  of  Tuhpa,  useful  as  border 
plants  and  to  some  extent  for  indoor  culture. 

Stem  usually  branched,  and  from  a  coated  conn, 
more  or  less  leafy:  perianth  of  unequal  seems.,  the  outer 
ones  the  smaller  and  more  or  less  sepal-line,  the  3  inner 
ones  large  and  showy  and  bearing  glands  and  hairs; 
stigmas  3,  sessile  and  recurved,  stamens  6;  fls.  showy, 
shallow-cupped  on  the  inner  segms.,  arching. — From 
40-50  species,  mostly  on  the  Pacific  side  of  the  con- 


632 


CALOCHORTUS 


CALOCHORTUS 


tment  from  Wash,  to  Mex.,  and  some  of  them  in  the 
interior  country.  Nearly  all  the  species  are  in  cult. 
Monogr.  by  J  G.  Baker,  Journ.  Linn.  Soc  14:302-10 
(1875);  and  by  S  Watson,  Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts 
and  Sci.  14:262-8  (1879).  See  also  Colochorti  in 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  by  George  Hansen,  Eiythea, 
7:13-15,  A.  Davidson,  Erythea, 
2-1-2,27-30;  Mallett.  Gn.  1901, 
60:412,  vol.  61,  pp.  185,  203,  220; 
Carl  Purdy,  Proc.  Calif.  Acad. 
Sci ,  3d  ser  ,  vol  2,  No  4  (1901). 
Calochortuses  extend  into  Brit- 
ish America,  and  a  few,  belonging 
to  a  peculiar  group,  are  found  in 
Mexico,  the  remainder  are  natives 
of  the  United  States,  from  Ne- 
braska to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
While  the  generic  characteristics 
are  unmistakable,  the  species  and 
even  varieties 
have  the  most 
variable  inch- 
k  nations  as  to 
J  soil,  exposure 
and  climate. 
The  Colorado 
Desert  and 
the  summits 

of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  the  heavy 
clay  lands  of  Cahforman  valleys, 
the  volcanic  soils  of  the  foothills 
and  the  meadows  of  the  North- 
west, each  has  its  own  representa- 
tives of  this  beautiful  tribe.  The 
character  of  the  genus  can  be 
treated  better  under  the  various 
groups  Nearly  every  known  spe- 
cies is  in  cultivation  to  some  ex- 
tent. Some  are  readily  grown, 
others  present  considerable  cul- 
/  ,,/x  tural  difficulties,  but  while  there 
albus.  (XH)  are  gome  that  probably  W11J 

always  be  difficult  to  cultivate, 
there  are  many  species — and  the  number  in- 
cludes the  very  best — that  can  be  grown  suc- 
cessfully by  anyone  who  is  willing  to  give  a  little 
special  care  to  them;  and  there  are  a  few  that 
possess  such  vigor  and  hardiness  as  to  be 
adapted  to  extensive  cultivation. 
All  calochortuses  are  hardy  in  the  sense  of  with- 
standing extreme  cold,  but  they  will  not  endure  alter- 
nate thawing  and  freezing  nearly  so  well;  and  thus  there 
is  the  paradox  of  their  going  safely  through  severe 
eastern  or  European  winters  and  suffering  the  loss  of 
foliage  in  mild  ones.  They  should  be  planted  in  the 
fall,  and  it  is  better  to  plant  late,  so  that  leaf-growth  is 
delayed  until  spring.  Diverse  as  are  their  natural 
habitats,  one  soil  will  answer  the  needs  of  all.  A  light 
loam,  made  lighter  with  sand  or  sawdust,  powdered 
charcoal,  or  spent  tan-bark,  is  best.  Excellent  results 
have  been  secured  with  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  a 
good  light  loam  and  spent  tan-bark,  with  a  little  broken 
charcoal.  Wallace,  one  of  the  most  successful  English 
growers,  recommends  making  a  bed  sloping  to  the 
south,  composed  of  leaf-mold  and  road  grit  in  egual 
parts,  with  a  smaller  proportion  of  sharp  sand.  The  idea 
is  to  have  a  light  and  porous,  not  [too  stimulating  soil, 
with  perfect  drainage.  Wallace  recommends  covering 
the  beds  with  reeds  to  throw  off  the  heavy  rains.  The 
same  end  may  be  attained  by  such  thorough  drainage 
that  the  rains  pass  through  quickly.  In  New  York, 
they  have  been  carried  through  the  winter  safely  under 
a  covering  put  on  before  the  ground  freezes  hard. 
It  is  well  to  keep  a  few  leaves  about  the  shoots  for  a 
time  and  to  have  extra  leaves  at  hand  to  be  used  when 
frost  threatens.  It  is  better  to  lift  the  bulbs  as  soon  as 


they  ripen,  and  replant  in  the  fall.  Water  sparingly  at 
all  times  Under  suitable  conditions  they  are  hardy 
and  tenacious  of  life,  but  excessive  moisture,  either  in 
air  or  ground,  is  not  to  their  liking  after  the  flowering 
season  arrives.  Theoretically,  all  calochortuses  of  Sec- 
tion A  (star  and  globe  tulips)  should  have  shade,  and 
all  manposas  (A A)  sunshine;  but  the  light  shade  of  a 
lath-house  suits  all  alike,  giving  much  finer  bloom  in 
the  manposas.  The  flowering  season  extends  over  three 
months,  according  to  species. 

They  take  well  to  pot  culture  with  similar  soils  and 
treatment.  While  not  to  be  forced  rapidly,  they  con- 
siderably anticipate  their  out-of-door  season.  The 
same  treatment  can  be  used  in  coldframe  culture,  but 
they  must  not  be  coddled  too  much. 


albua,  1. 

Howelln,  19 

mctus,  27 

amabilis,  3. 

Kennedyi.  21. 

Plummtrae,  20 

amcenus,  1. 

Leithtlinn,  33. 

pulchvllua,  2 

apiculatus,  12 

hlacinui,  15. 

Purclyi,  l.i 

atronolaceut,  28. 
aureus,  22 
Bonplandianus,  37. 

Lobbu,  9. 
loriKfbarbatus,  18. 
lutcus,  24.  25 

purpuraseens,  20,  27. 
purpureus,  37 
robuxtus,  25 

Bentharmi,  6 

Lyallu,  8 

rospus,  o,  27 

cserulous,  7 

Lyonn,  31 

rubru,  5.  28 

catahnse,  31. 

marr<-H  arpus,  35. 

tanouineus,  2\ 

citrmus,  25 

major,  5,  28 

splcndens,  28 

clavatua,  23 

Mawpamw,  5 

sulphurous,  27. 

colhnus,  10 

montanun,  28, 

Tolmici,  li 

concolor,  24 

nanus,  8 

uiubellatm,  10. 

Eldorado.  27. 

nmdus,  16 

umflorus,  15 

elegans,  8,  9. 

imdud,  14 

venuMus,  25,  27. 

flavus,  36 

Nuttalhi,  32 

Vf  sta,  20 

flexuosus,  29. 

obispoensis,  20. 

vestus,  20 

Goldyi,  4 

orulatus,  25 

Wallarei,  6 

Grecnei,  17. 

Palmen,  30 

Wmlu,  20 

Qunmaonu,  34. 

A.  Blossoms  or  fr  more  or  less  nodding  (unless  No   4Y 

inner  permnth-scgms  strongly  arched  Ivs  long 
and  glossy,  not  channeled.  (Eucalochortiis  ) 

B.  Fls.  subglobose,  nodding   st   usually  tall  and  branch- 

ing GLOBE  TULIPS  — These  have  a  single  long 
and  narrow  shining  If  from  the  base,  and  Blen- 
der, flexuous,  leafy  sts  ,  the  perfection  of  grace  in 
outline  The  fit.  are  exquisite  m  delicacy  of 
tints  Woodland  plants 

1.  albus,  Douglas  (Cyclobdthra  dlba,  Benth  )     Fig 
747.     Strong,    1-2   ft.   high,    glaucous,   fls    globular, 
pendent,  1  in    across,  of  a  satiny  texture,  delicately 
fringed  with  hairs,  very  strongly  marched  or  practically 
closed     Calif    B  R.  1661     F  S.  11 . 1 171  —  Cha-ste  and 
delicate    The  form  from  the  Coast  Range  u>  the  Pearl 
calochortus  of  gardens;  the  form  from  the  Sicnus  with 
fls  less  strongly  marched  and  at  length  opening  ^lightly 
is  the  C  albus  of  horticulture. 

Var.  am&nus,  Hort  (C.  am&nus,  Greene)  Liko  C 
albus f  but  rose-colored,  lower  and  more  slender  fls 
opening  in  full  bloom.  Fresno  and  Tularo  Co  ,  Calif. 

2.  pulch611us,  Douglas  (Cydobdthrapulchella,  Benth  ) 
Stout,  glaucous,  8-16  in  ,  usually  branching    fls    yel- 
low,   strongly   inarched    but   parts   not   ovei lapping, 
sepals  shorter  than   petals,   ovate-acuminate,   yellow 
tinged  with  brown  on  the  back,  petals  ovate,  obtuse, 
1  m.  or  less  long,  canary-yellow,  with  long  silky  hairs 
above  the  gland.  Cent.  Calif.   B  R  1662 

3.  amabilis,  Purdy.    Habit  like  C  albus   sts   stout, 
usually  branching  in  pairs,  petals  clear  yellow,  very 
strongly  inarched  so  that  the  tips  overlap  each  other 
much  hke  a  child's  pin-wheel;  gland  lined  with  stiff 
hairs  that  cross  each  other;  petals  margined  with  a  line 
of  stiff  hairs.  Cent,  and  N  Calif. 

4.  Gffldyi,   Watkins.     Possibly   C    Benthamn  x  C. 
amabihs    Sts  several,  freely  branched,  bearing  15-20 
fls.:  Ivs.  narrow-lanceolate:  fls  erect,  1  in  across,  straw- 
yellow,  inner  surfaces  covered  with  long  silky  sulfur- 
tinted  hairs  and  a  few  shorter  crimson  hairs  deep  down 
in  the  cup;  petals  rounded  and  very  hooded.    Appar- 
ently of  garden  origin. 


CALOCHORTUS 


CALOCHORTUS 


BB.  Pis.  bell-shaped,  erect  when  open,  mostly  lined  with 
hairs,  the  pedicels  becoming  recurved:  st.  mostly 
low,  and  fls  often  more  or  less  umbellate.  STAR 
TULIPS  proper. — Like  the  globe  tulip,  but 
smaller  as  a  rule,  and  the  fls.  dainty  open  cups. 
All  of  the  species  resemble  each  other,  and  were 
firbt  included  under  the  name  C.  elegans. 

5.  Maweanus,  Leichtl     Plant  low  (3-10  in.),  very 
slender,  usually  branched:  fls.  white,  purplish  at  the 
base,  filled  .vith  silky  hairs,  the  gland  covered  by  a 
broad  semi-circular  scale  *  caps  long-elliptic.  Calif ., north. 
H  M.   5976    (as   C    elegans}  —Variable      Var.  major, 
Hort.  Twice  as  large  m  all  its  parts,  fls.  lighter  colored. 
Var  rdseus,   Hort.    Fls.  tinged  rose. 

6.  Benthamii,  Baker     Sts  7  in.  high,  very  flexuose, 
dividing  into  pairs:  Ivs.   linear-lanceolate    fls.   nearly 
erect,  yellow,  the  segms    J^in    long  and  brown  at  the 
base     Sierra  Nevadas,  m  Calif     B  M  6475.    J  II  III. 
30  5  JO     Var   Wallace!  (C    WdUacei,  Hort ).    Claw  of 
the  petal  dark  red  or  nearly  black 

7.  caeruleus,  Wats.    Similar  to  small  plants  of  C. 
Ma  wen  nut,,    but    lined    and    dotted    with    blue:    low, 
2-5-Hd  ,    the    pedicels   very   slender;    perianth    ciliate 
inside    cups    nearly  or  quite  orbicular.    Calif ,  in  the 
Sierras     Not  variable 

8  elegans,  Pursh.  Similar  to  the  la-st*  petals  green- 
ish white  and  purplish  at  ba.se,  bearded,  little  or  not  at 
all  ciliate  gland  covered  by  a  deeply  fringed  scale. 
Ore  ,  Idaho 

Var  nanus,  Wood  (C.  Lyalhi,  Baker).  Subalpine, 
dwarf  arid  very  .slender  petals  delicate  cream-color, 
narrow  and  usually  more  acute,  more  hairy  and  cihate. 
Mts  Calif ,  N 

^  9  L6bbii,  Purdy  (C.  elegans  var  Ldbbu,  Baker). 
St  3-5  in  high  petals  white  tinged  green,  broadly 
rhombic-ovate,  very  deeply  pitted  and  with  the  pit 
showing  as  a  prominent  knob  on  back  of  petal.  Mt. 
Jefferson,  Ore 

10  umbellatus,  Wood  (C.  colDnus,  Lemm.).  Low 
and  branching,  3-15  in  ,  flextio^e  fls  3-10,  white; 
petals  broadly  fan-shaped,  nude  excepting  for  many 
white  hairs  just  above  the  scale  In  open  grassy  places 
around  San  Francisco  Bay. 

BBB  Fit,  bell-shaped  like  BB,  6?^  tall  (1  ft  or  more), 
and  stoutly  erect,  with  several  fine,  erect  cups, 
similar  to  C  Maweanus.  GIANT  STAR  TULIPS  — 
In  this  splendid  group  the  very  dainty  silky  fls. 
and  handsome  glossy  Ivs  of  the  star  tulip  are 
shown  with  a  stout  st.  a  foot  or  two  high,  and 
large  fls  Unlike  the  others,  they  grow  naturally 
in  open  places,  and  have  a  vigor  and  health  which 
are  a  high  recommendation 

11.  T61miei,  Hook  &Arn  Stout,  a  foot  high,  generally 
branched  petals  often  more  than  an  inch  long,  tinged 
lilac,  with  purple  and  white  hain>.  gland  without  a 
scale  caps  broad-elliptic,  acutish.  Mt.  Shasta,  N. — 
Remains  a  long  time  in  bloom 

12  apiculatus,  Baker.  Taller  and  stouter,  12-18 
in  ,  with  umbellate  straw-colored  fls.  N.  Idaho 

13.  Ptirdyi,  East     Glabrous  and  glaucous,  8-16  in., 
rather  stout,  branching,  2-  to  many-fld    fls.  creamy  white 
or  purple-tinged,  filled  with  blue  hairs,  gland  absent. 
S.Ore.  GC.  III.  23  395.— Very  handsome. 

BBBB.  Fls  bell-shaped,  the  petals  naked  or  hairy  only 
at  the  base-  low:  If  solitary.  MEADOW  TULIPS  — 
These  calochortuses  are  natives  of  wet  meadows. 
C.  umflorus  and  C  Vesta  grow  well  in  all  soils  so 
long  as  well  drained,  and,  as  garden  plants, 
thrive  everywhere.  In  habit  they  are  low, 
flexuous  and  leafy.  The  cup8  are  open,  erect 
and  numerous,  an  inch  or  so  in  diam. 

14.  nftdus,  Wats.   Low,  2-4  in.,  delicate:  If.  solitary: 
fls.  1-6,  umbellate,  small,  greenish  white  or  pale  lilac, 


nude  except  for  a  tuft  of  2  or  3  short  hairs  at  each 
extremity  of  scale,  denticulate.   Calif.,  in  the  Sierras. 

15.  unifldrus,    Hook.  &  Arn.    (C.   hladnus,  Kell.). 
Handsome  species,  4-8  in    high.  fla.  4-10,   on  long 
pedicels,  clear  lilac,  hairy  only  at  base:  caps   elliptic, 
obtuse.  B.M.  5804  — Grows  naturally  in  wet  meadows, 
and  makes  offsets  very  freely.  Often  seen  in  a  depau- 
perate starved  form,  but  responds  at  once  to  good 
treatment. 

AA.  Blossorns  on  stout,  erect  pedicels,  the  sts.  stout  and 
strict:  fls.  open-bell-shaped.  MARIPOSA  TULIPS. — • 
Excepting  in  B,  the  mai  iposa  or  butterfly  tulips 
have  slender,  grassy,  radical  Ivs  ,  stiff,  erect  sts. 
bearing  cup-shaped  fls  ,  and  sparingly  leafy  and 
with  an  erect  caps.  Bulbs  small. 

B.  Caps,  oblong,  acute-angled  or  nnged:  fls.  hlac  or 
white  These  are  hardy  species,  growing  in  the 
meadows  from  Ore  to  Mont ,  where  they  endure 
much  cold.  They  form  a  connecting  link  be- 
tween the  giant  star  tulips  and  the  true  man- 
posas.  Their  Ivs  are  like  those  of  the  star  tulips 
— long,  broad  and  glossy  Like  the  star  tulips, 
also,  the  seed-pod  is  handsome,  3-cornered  and 
winged.  The  sts  are  stiffly  erect  the  fls  cup- 
shaped,  not  .so  brilliant  as  the  true  manposas, 
but  very  delicate  the  plants  are  hardy,  healthy 
and  vigorous,  and  are  to  be  highly  recommended 
for  cold  climates 

16.  nftidus,  Douglas     Scape  erect,  but  not  stiff    If. 
solitary,  glossy,  narrow   fls  1-3,  large  and  showy,  lilac, 
yellowish,  or  white,  with  a  deep  indigo  blotch  in  the 
center,  lined  with  jellow  hairs     Meadow*,  E   Ore   to 
Mont    and  N    E    Nev     Specimens  from  Yellowstone 
Lake  are  yellow. — Ver>  beautiful  and  showy. 

17.  Grefcnei,  Wats     St    stout  and  branching,  1  ft , 
2-5-fld.:   sepals   with   a   jellowish   hairy   spot,   petals 
lilac  barred  with  yellow  below,  and  somewhat  purplish, 
loose-hairy,  not  ciliate    caps  beaked    Calif,  and  Ore. 

18  longebarbatus,  Wats    Slender,  about  1  ft   high, 
bulb-bearing  near  the  base,  with  1  or  2  narrow  radical 
Ivs  .  2-branched  and  usually  2-fld     fls   erect  or  nearly 
so,  lilac  with  yellow  at  ba.se,  warcely  hiuy  except  the 
long-bearded  gland.   Wa.sh 

19  Howelhi,  Wats    St   erect,  1  ft   or  more,  1-2-fld  : 
Ivs  very  narrow   .sepals  ovate,  hhort-acummate;  petals 
yellowLsh  white,  1  in   long,  denticulate,  slightly  ciliate 
near  the  base,  brown-hairy  m.side,  the  gland  yellow- 
hairy.   Ore. 

BB   Caps,  oblong,  obtuse-angled. 

c.  Color  yellow  or  orange  or  orange-red,  more  or  less 
marked  with  brown  and  purple  (except  in  forms 
of  C  luteus):  in  cult  farms  running  into  other 
colors. 

20  Weddii,  Wood    Radical  If  single,  glossy,  broad: 
st.  tall,  leafy,  bearing  large  orange-colored  fls    dotted 
with  purple,  petals  triangular,  square-topped    gland 
small,  hairy  bulb  heavily  coated  with  fiber.    S  Calif. 
B  M.  6200  (as  C  atnnus).    G  C  III.  16.183.— Varies 
to  white. 

Var  purpurascens,  Wats.  (C.  Flummery,  Greene). 
Similar,  but  lilac  or  purple  and  very  showy.  Calif. 
GC  III.  16-133.  JH  III  29:289.  Gn.  47:80— A 
fine  form  with  fl.  of  large  size  and  full  outline,  lined 
with  long,  silky  yeilow  hairs. 

Var  ve*stus,  Purdy.  Petals  much  more  truncated 
and  curiously  fringed  with  brown  hairs;  reddish  brown. 
Santa  Barbara. 

Var.  obispoe'nsis,  Purdy  (C  obispoensis,Lemm.).  Fig. 
748.  Tall  and  slender,  branching,  very  flortferous: 
petals  yellow,  verging  to  red  at  the  tip  and  less  than 
half  the  length  of  the  orange-brown  sepals.  Calif. 
G.F.  2:161  (adapted  in  Fig.  748).— Odd  and  bizarre. 


634 


CALOCHORTUS 


CALOCHORTUS 


21.  Ke'nnedyi,  Porter.    Bulb  small  and  ovoid:  st. 
very  low,  1-4  in.:  Ivs.  linear,  tufted  from  the  branching 
of  the  st.:  fls.  2-4,  in  an  umbel;  sepals  broad  with  a 
purple  spot;  petals  red-orange  to  vermilion,  not  cilia te 
nor  prominently  hairy,  purple-spotted  at  the  center. 
Desert  species  of  S.  Calif.    B  M.  7264.    Gn.  43:108. 
— Brilliant  and  desirable,  but  difficult  to  grow. 

22.  aureus,   Wats.    Low,   4-6  in.,   with  a  single 
carinate  radical  If.:  petals  yellow,  not  hairy,  the  hairy 
gland  purple-bordered.  S.  Utah. 


748.  Calochortus  obispoensis.   No.  20  var. 


23.  clavatus,  Wats.  Petals  yellow  lined  with  b»-own, 
the  lower  part  bearing  club-shaped  (clavate)  hairs, 
the  gland  deep  and  circular;  anthers  purple.  Calif.  — 
In  this  excellent  sort  vve  have  the  largest-fld.  and  stout- 
est-stemmed of  all  mariposas.  The  bulb  is  very  large, 
the  single  bare  If  .  1  or  2  ft.  long1  the  st.  is  heavy,  stout 
and  zigzag.  The  fls.  are  shaped  like  a  broad-based 
bowl,  sometimes  5  ar  6  in  across  The  color  is  a  deep, 
rich  yellow,  and  tho  lower  half  is  covered  thickly  with 
stiff  yellow  hairs,  each  tipped  with  a  round  translucent 
knob,  and  in  the  light  look  like  tiny  icicles.  There  are 
various  strains:  Elaorado,  the  largest,  not  so  deep 
rellow;  Ventura,  very  stout,  deep  yellow;  Obispo,  hke 
'ie  last,  but  the  upper  half  of  the  back  of  each  petal 
is  olive-brown,  which  shows  Jirough  the  deep  yellow 
of  the  inside,  giving  changeable  shades. 

24  c6ncolor,  Purdy  (C  luteus  var.  cdncolor,  Baker). 
Bulb  large  reddish.  Ivs.  narrow,  g'aucous:  st.  1-2  ft,, 
umbellate,  if  more  than  1-fld.:  not  zigzag;  petals  a 
rich  deep  yellow,  tending  toward  orange,  Tower  third 
densely  nairy  with  long  yellow  hairs  above  an  oblong 
gland.  A  desert  species  of  S  Calif  .  Much  like  C.  clava- 
tus in  general  aspect. 


ye 

th« 


25.  luteus,  Douglas.   BUTTERFLY  TULIP.    St.  1-10. 
fld  ,   bulb-bearing  near  the  base.   Ivs.   very  narrow: 
sepals  narrow-lanceolate,  with  a  brown  spot;  petals 
2  in.  or  less  long,  yellow  or  orange,  brown-lined,  slightly 
hairy  below  the  middle,  the  gland  densely  hairy.  Calif 
B.R.  1567.— Variable.    Some  of  the  forms  are  sold  as 
C.  venustm. 

Var.  citrinus,  Wats.  (C.  veniistus  var.  citrinus, 
Baker) .  Petals  lemon-yellow,  with  a  central  brown  spot. 

Var.  oculatus,  Wats.  (C.  veniistus  var.  octdAtu8t 
Hort.,.  Petals  pale  or  white,  lilac  or  yellowish,  with  a 
dark  spot. 

Var.  robustus,  Purdy  (C.  venustus  var.  robti&fw, 
Hort.).  A  very  bulbifeious  form  having  white  fls. 
luridly  tinged  in  browns  and  purples.  Very  beautiful 
and  also  one  of  the  hardiest. 

26.  Vesta,  Purdy.  BUTTERFLY  TULIP.  Tall  and  large- 
fld.  with  petals  more  narrowly  cuneate  than  in  C.  luteus 
var.  oculatus,  and  the  gland  narrow  and  doubly  lunate, 
color  from  white  tinged  through  lilac  to  pink  and  lilac- 
purple;  fl.  often  lacimalely  gashed,  above  the  gland 
rearing  rich  maroon  poncifings  and  markings.    N.  W. 
Calif,  in  adobe  soil  — One  of  the  largest-fld.,  showiest 
and  most  easily  grown  of  manposa  tulips.   Named  by 
its  author  in  compliment  to  his  wife 

cc.  Color  prevailingly  white  or  lilac,  but  sometimes  run- 
ning into  yellows. 

27.  veniistus,  Benth.  BUTTERFLY  TULII*    Stout,  6-36 
in.:  petals  white  or  pale  lilac,  \\ith  a  i  eddish  spot  at 
top,  a   brown-yellow  center,  and  brown  base:  gland 
large  and  oblong,  usually  densely  hanj  .  caps.  1-2 l  2 
in.  long.   Calif     B  R.  1009.    FS    2  104      (Jn.  46,  p. 
395. — Very  variable     The  yellow  forms   (as  var  snl- 
phitreus,  Hort  )  are  often  treated  as  forms  of  ('  luteus 
To  this  group  of  calochortuses  us  properly  applied  the 
Spanish  name  manposa  (butterfly),  for  their  brilliantly 
colored   fi\ ,   with  eye-like  spots  on   each  petal   and 
sepal,  and  other  delicate  mai kings  with  dots,  lines  and 
hairs,  which  are  strongly  .suggestive  of  the  \\in£s  of  a 
brilliantly  colored  butterfly.   Botanists  have  variously 
divided  this  great  group  of  allied  forms  between  C. 
luteus  and  C.  veniuttiit>    Botanically  all  may  be  consid- 
ered as  either  strains  of  one  variable  species  or  as  a 
number  of  closely  allied  species. 

Var.  Eldorado.  Purdy.  The  finest  strain  of  (7.  ven- 
ustus in  cult.  It  occurs  naturally  in  a  wonderfully 
varied  mixture,  in  color  from  pure  \vlute  through  pink, 
to  deep  glowing  reds  and  through  h'ac  to  deep  purples. 
In  one  locality  a  few  may  vary  to  light  yellow.  Some 
of  these  forms  have  been  named  var  pic  t  us  for  the 
white  form,  var.  sanguirtewt  for  the  blood-red.  The  pur- 
ple forms  are  entirely  distinct  from  C.  venustus  var. 
purpurascens.  Sicrran  foothills  from  Eldorado  County 
to  the  far  South.  Altogether  these  plants  comprise  the 
loveliest  group  of  the  manposa  tulips. 

Var.  purpurascens,  Wats.  Petals  deep  lilac  or  pur- 
plish, darker  at  center,  the,  fl.  fully  3  in.  across.  Coast 
Range.  Strong  grower.  Gn.  46.394. 

Var.  rdseus,  llort.  (C.  rbseus,  Hort.).  Creamy  white 
or  lilac,  with  an  eye  midway  and  a  rose-colored  blotch 
at  apex.  Gn  46.394. 

Var.  sulphureus,  Purdy.  Taller  than  the  type: 
petals  light  warm  yellow  with  eye,  and  with  a  rose- 
colored  blotch  at  top.  Lower  part  of  San  Joaquin 
Valley,  Calif. 

28.  splendens,  Douglas.  Tall  and  slender,  1-2  ft.:  fls. 
1-l^i  in.  across,  deep  purple  wii-h  a  dark  spot  on  the 
clavr  and  with  or  without  a  gland  covered  with  matted 
hairs.  San  Diego  Co.,  Calif.  Known  in  horticulture  as 
C.  splendens  var.  atrowolaceus. 

Var.  major,  Purdy.  Strong  and  tall,  1-2  ft.:  fls.  2-3 
in.  across;  petals  large,  clear  lilac,  paler  below,  with  a 


CALOCRORTUS 


CALONYCTION 


635 


,uU 
dee 


darker  claw  and  scattered  long  white  hairs  below  the 
middle.  Coast  Ranges,  Monterey  Co.,  Calif. 

Var.  montanus,  Purdy.  More  slender  than  the  type, 
often  bulbiferous:  lilac  to  salmon-pink,  densely  hairy 
with  short  yellow  hairs  about  the 
gland.  High  mts.,  S.  Calif. 

Var.  rubra,  Purdy.  Large,  with 
deep-seated  reddish  bulb,  1-3  ft.: 
fls.  reddish  lilac,  pink  or  purple; 
petals  quite  hairy,  with  short  hairs 
on  the  lower  third.  Lake  Co . 
Calif. 

29.  flexudsus,   Wats.    Related 
to  C.  splendens,  but  with  sts.  so 
weak  as  almost  to  be  said  to  creep. 
The  fls.  are  large  and  very  bril- 
liant, a  dazzling  purple,  with  a  * 
darker    purple    eye,    and    yellow  • 
hairs  below.   S.  Utah.— Intro,  by     ,,749-  Calochortus 
Purdy  in  1807.                                     Gumusomi.  <  x  to 

30  PAlmeri.  Wats.    St.  1-2  ft,  very  slender  and 
flevuous,  1-7-nd  ,  bulb-bearing  near  the  base:  sepals 
with   long,  narrow,  recurved  tips,  spotted;  petals  1 
in    or  less  long,  white  (or  yellowish  below),  with  a 
brownish  claw  and  bearing  scattered  hairs  about  the 
gland*  caps    very  narrow.    S.  Calif — The  C.  Palmen 
of  dealers  is  sometimes  C.  splendens  var.  montnnus. 

31  catallnae,  Wats.  (C.  Lyonii,  Wats  ).   Habit  of  C. 
. '/tm/t/w   bt.  1—2  ft  ,  branching:  fl.s.  white  to  lilac,  or 

Jeep  lilac,  very  large  and  handsome,  a  large  round 
black  spot  at  base  of  each  petal  — A  lovely  species 
between  ('  xplendtns  and  C  venualus  Remarkable  for 
blooming  with  the  star  tulip  section,  fully  a  month 
before  other  manposas  Native  to  Santa  Catalina  Isl., 
off  S  Calif  ,  also  to  Calif,  coa-st 

32  Nuttallii,  Torr   A  Gray     SEGO  LILY.   St.  erect 
and  stiff,  1-2  ft  ,  bulb-bearing  at  base,  usually  with  only 
1    raulme    If,  1-5-fld:  sepals    ovate-lanceolate,  often 
datk-spottetl,  petals  1-2  in    long,  white  tinged  with 
greenish  yellow  or  lilac,  with  a  purplish  spot  or  band 
above   the  jellow  ba.se  and   hairy  about   the  gland; 
anthers  obtuse    Dak  and  Xeb  to  (^ahf.  and  New  Mex., 
having  the  widest  range  of  any  calochortus  — There 
are  no  more  exquisitely  beautiful  fls   than  these  sego 
lilies  (the  Mormon  name)  of  the  Great  Basin     Most  of 
them  are  plants  of  the  sage-brush  deserts.    The  Ivs. 
are  an  ashy  green,  the  foliage  scant,  but  the  great  fls. 
are  wonderful  m  tint  ings.    There  are  shades  in  blue, 
pink,  lilac,  and  yellowish;  also  white.    The  eego  lily 
is  the  State  flower  of   Utah. 

33  Leichtlinh,    Hook,    f      Slender    alpine    species 
(5-6  in.  high),  by  some  regarded  as  a  form  of  C.  Nuttal- 
lii   fls   srnoky  wrhite,  banded  with  green  and  marked 
with  dark  brown     Sierra  Nevadas.    B.M.5862.    F.S. 
20  2116. 

34.  Giinnisonii,   WatH.     Fig    749.     Much   like  C. 
Nnttalhi.  anthers  acuminate,  fls.  light  blue  or  almost 
white,  delicate  yellowish  gieen  below  the  middle,  pur- 

;le-banded  at  the  bavse,  and  bearing  a  band  of  green 
airs  across  each  petal.    Rocky  Mts.,  Wyo.  to  New 
Mex. 

35.  macrocArpus,  Douglas.    GREEN-BANDED  MARI- 
P08A  LILY.   St.  stiff,  the  cauhne  Ivs.  3-5:  fls.  1  or  2; 
sepals  acuminate,  sometimes  spotted;  petals  2  in.  or 
less,  acute,  lilac  with  a  greenish  mid  vein,  somewhat 
hairy.    B.R.  1152.    N    Calif,  to  Wash,  and  Idaho.— 
This  fine  species  forms  a  group  by  itself.   It  has  a  very 
large  bulb,  a  stout  almost  leafless  st.;  and  a  large  fl. 
of  an  exquisite  pale  lavender,  banded  down  the  oack 
with  green.   Petals  long,  narrow  and  pointed. 

BBB.  Caps,  linear,  not  winged  or  prominently  angled. 

36.  fllvus,    Schult.    f.    (Cyclobdthra  flaw,    Lindl.). 
St.  slender,  1-2  ft.,  forked:  Ivs.  2  or  3  below  the 

41 


fi 


fork,  linear,  long-acuminate:  fls.  yellow,  upright; 
petals  and  sepals  acute,  rhombic-oblong,  with  a  darker 
somewhat  hairy  gland,  the  petals  hairy  and  usually 
denticulate.  Mex. 

37.  Bonplandiinus,  Schult.  f.  (C.  purpureus,  Baker. 
Cyclobdthra  purpurea,  Sweet).  Rather  stout,  3  ft.: 
st.-lvs.  short,  acuminate-lanceolate:  fls.  yellow  and  pur- 
ple' the  sepals  with  a  purple  pit  and  the  petals  purple 
outside:  gland  naked.  Mex.  CARL  PURDY 

L.  H.  B. 

CALOD^NDRUM  (Greek,  beautiful  tree).  PaUdsia, 
Houtt,  which  is  the  older  name  Rutdceae.  One  of  the 
handsomest  deciduous  trees  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope; 
cultivated  in  northern  greenhouses,  and  outdoors  in 
southern  California  and  southern  Flonda. 

The  great  panicles  of  white  or  flesh-colored  fls.  are 
sometimes  7  in  across  and  6  in  deep  It  is  a  symmetri- 
cal tree,  with  attractive  evergreen  foliage  and  many 
interesting  features.  Called  "wild  chestnut"  in  Afr. 
Prop,  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass  in 
heat  A  monotypic  genus. 

cape"nsis,  Thunb.  CAPE  CHESTNUT.  Height  in  Afr. 
70  ft. .  branches  opposite,  or  in  3V  Ivs.  simple,  decussate, 
ovate,  obtuse  retuse  or  acute,  parallel-nerved,  4-5  in. 
long,  studded  with  oil-cysts,  which  look  like  translucent 
spots  when  held  to  the  light  panicles  terminal ,  peduncles 
usually  trichotomous;  calyx  deciduous,  petals  5,  hnear- 
oblong,  \y%  in  long,  2  lines  wide,  sprinkled  with  purple 
glands,  stamens  10,  5  alternate,  sterile,  and  petaloid: 
seeds  2  in  each  cell,  larger  than  a  hazelnut,  black  and 
shining.  G.C.  II.  19:217.  Also  written  CoLodendrm 
ctipense. 

CALONfCTION  (Greek,  referring  to  the  beauty 
of  the  flower,  and  the  night-blooming  habit).  Con- 
volvutocex.  MOONFLOWER  Twining  perennial  herbs 
with  large  night-blooming  flowers. 

Flowers  white  or  purple,  fragrant,  showy;  sepals  5, 
the  outer  ones  \vitn  horn-like  tips,  corolla  salver- 
form,  the  limb  more  or  less  flat,  the  tube  very  long 
and  not  dilated  at  the  throat;  stamens  5.  exserted; 
style  capitate  and  obscurely  2-lobed,  ovules  4:  Ivs. 
broadj  alternate. — Three  species  in  Trop.  Amer  ,  two 
of  which  are  widely  cult  By  some,  the  genus  is  united 
with  Iponuca.  but  it  is  well  distinguished  by  the  salver- 
form  rather  tnan  funnelform  or  bell-shaped  corolla,  by 
the  exserted  stamens  and  style,  and  by  the  night- 
blooming  habit. 

aculearum,  House  (C  specidsum,  Choisy.  Ipom&a 
Bdna-ndx,  Linn  ).  MOONFLOWER.  Fig  750.  St  10-20 
ft.  high,  with  milky  juice.  Ivs.  3-8  in  long,  cordate  to 
hastate,  angular  or  3-lobed,  acute,  glabrous:  peduncles 
2-6  in.  long,  1-7-fld  ,  equaling  the  petioles;  corolla  3-6 
in.  long,  3-6  in.  wide,  trumpet-shaped,  white,  some- 
tunes  with  greenish  plaits; 
fls.fragrant,  usually  closing 
in  the  morning,  sometimes 
remaining  open  till  noon. 
Aug.,  Sept.  B.M.  752.  BR. 
11:889,  917  (as  Ipomaea 
latiflora).  Gn.  21,  p.  259; 
27,  p.  473.  V.  10:359. 
Known  in  gardens  chiefly 
as  Iponuea  Bona-nox  var. 
grandiflora,  Hort.  (7. 
grandifldra,  Roxbg.  and 
Hort.,  not  Lam.),  which 
does  not  differ  materially 
from  the  type.  Most  of 
the  large-fid,  and  very* 
fragrant  forms  in  cult, 
may  be  referred  here. 
Var.  grandiflorum,  Hort., 

is  sold  under  the  following      750.  Moonflower — Calonycttoc 
names:  Iporwea  Childm, 


636 


CALONYCTION 


CALOTHAMNUS 


/.  noctiphyton,  I.  noctiflora,  I.  mexicana  grandiflora,  I. 
mexicana  grandiflora  alba,  f.  mexicana  grandiflora  vera. 
These  trade  names  represent  strains  of  varying  ex- 
cellence. (C.  grandtflorum,  Choisy,  is  Ipomcea  Tuba.)  A 
form  with  variegated  Ivs.  is  offered.  Var.  heterophyllum, 
has  Ivs.  3-5-lobcd  and  subhastate. — The  moonflower 
is  most  popular  as  a  garden  plant,  but  it  also  does 
well  trained  along  the  roof  of  a  low  house  or  against 
a  pillar.  It  is  excellent  for  cut-fls.  m  the  evening. 
Little  grown  in  the  open  N.  because  it  does  not 
mature  in  the  short  seasons.  It  grows  wild  in  swamps 
and  thickets  in  peninsular  Fla.,  and  is  probably 
indigenous  there.  Widespread  in  tropics  of  both 
hemispheres. 

muricatum,  G.  Don.    (Convdlvulus  muncatus,  Linn. 
Ipom&a  muricata,   Jacq.    Calonyction  specibburn  var, 
muncatum,  Choisy).   Fls.  purple,  smaller  than  those  of 
C  '  speciosum,  the 
tube  very  slender 
and  the  expanded 
partof  the  tubenot 
over  3  in.  broad. — 
Tropical   regions; 
extensively    cult, 
in      Japan      and 
India,   and  often 
seen  m  American 
conservatories 

C  tatttnse,  House 
(Ipomcea  tastense, 
Brandos),  is  the  third 
epeciesof  Calonyction. 
It  is  native  to  Lower 
Calif ,  and  not  in 
cult  C  grandifldrum, 
Choisy.=»Ipomcea 

Tuba-      L.H  B. 

CAL6PHACA 

(Greek,  kalos.  ( 
beautiful,  ana 
phaka,  lentil). 
Leguminbsx.  Or- 
namental plants 
cultivated  chiefly 
for  their  bright 
yellow  flowers  ap- 
pearing in  sum- 
mer 

Dec  id  uo  us 
shrubs  or  herbs, 
with  alternate, 
odd-pinnate,  pub- 
escent, and  often 
glandular  Ivs.: 
stipules  scanous 
or  herabceous,  adnate  to  the  petiole:  fls.  papili- 
onaceous, solitary  or  m  racemes;  calyx  tubular  with  6 
nearly  equal  teeth;  standard  upright;  wings  oblong, 
free,  as  long  as  keel;  ovary  sessile  with  many  ovules: 
pod  pubescent  and  glandular,  cylindrical. — About  10 
species  from  S  Russia  to  E  India. 
« The  two  cultivated  species  are  low,  prostrate  shrubs, 
with  grayish  green  foliage,  and  rather  large  yellow 
flowers  m  erect  axillary  racemes,  followed  by  decorative 
reddish  pods.  They  prefer  a  well-drained  soil  and  sunny 
position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  borders  of  shrubberies 
and  sandy  or  rocky  slopes.  Propagated  by  seeds  sown 
in  spring;  the  young  seedlings  should  have  plenty  of 
light  and  air,  as  they  are  very  liable  to  damp-off  if  kept 
too  moist  and  shady.  Sometimes  grafted  high  on  Cara- 
gana  or  Laburnum,  forming  a  very  attractive  small 
standard  tree  with  pendulous  branches. 

wolgarica, Fisch.  Fig  751.  Two  to  3  ft.:  pubescent 
and  glandular  Ifts  11-17,  roundish-ovate  or  oval,  %- 
%m.  long:  racemes  long-peduncled,  with  4-7  fls.; 
coiolla  over  %m.  long.  June,  July.  S.  Russia,  Turkes- 


tan.  C.  grandiflora, 
racemes  10-16-fld.; 
35:1231. 


is  similar,  but  Ifts.  17-25: 
1  in.  long.  S.  Russia.   Gt. 
ALFRED  REHDER. 


CALOPHfLLUM  (Greek,  beautiful-leaved).    Guttif- 


Woody  plants  of  the  Old  World  and  American 
tropics,  with  shining  leathery  leaves,  sometimes  planted 
South. 

Leaves  parallel-veined  at  right  angles  to  the  midrib: 
fls.  polygamous  in  many  axillary  or  terminal  clusters; 
sepals  and  petals  4-12,  in  2-3  series;  stamens  very  nu- 
merous, fr.  a  drupe  with  a  single  erect  seed  — Sixty 
species.  Closely  related  to  Gamma,  which,  however, 
has  only  4-8  sepals. 

In  India,  several  species  are  of  considerable  economic 
importance,  especially  C  Kmophyllum,  which  is  the 
source  of  a  gum,  and  the  seeds  of  which  contain  the 
well-known  domba  oil  'used  exteiihively  for  lighting 
purposes*  They  must  be  grown  in  a  warmhouse  and  in 
a  rich  well-aerated  soil. 

Calaba,  Jacq.   CALAUA  TREE.   A  tree,  to  GO  ft.:  Ivs. 
variable,  dark  glossy  gieen,  3-10  in  long  :  fls  in  axillary 
racemes,  white,  rarely  produced   in  cult ,  the  petals 
about  3  lines  long:  fr.  about  1  in.  diam.    W.  Indies, 
perhaps  intro.  from  the  Old  World.  Timber  and  oil 
inophyllum.  Linn.   A  medium-sized  tree,  with  gray 
smooth  bark:  Ivs.  4-8  m  long,  3-4  in  wide, shin- 
ing on  both  surfaces:  racemes  in  the  upper  axils, 
the  fls.  about  £im.  diam.  and  pure  white;  inner 
sepals  petal-like:  fr.  about  1  in  duun  ,  yellow, 
smooth,  almost  fleshy.    Trop.  Asia.        N    TAYLOR. 

CALOPOGON  (Greek,  beautiful  beard,  in  allusion 
to  the  fringed  or  bearded  lip).  Orchidacea1  A  very 
attractive  native  orchid,  sometimes  planted  m  bog- 
gardens  and  rock-gardens. 

Flowers  magenta-cnmson,  varying  to  white,  in  a  loose 
raceme  on  a  naked  scape,  sepals  and  petals  all  distinct 
and  spreading,  the  Up  narrow  at  ba.se  but  broader  and 
hairy  above,  column  winged  at  summit,  not  attached 
to  other  parts;  pollmia  2  in  each  anther  cell  — One 
species,  in  bogs  and  moist  meadows,  Newfoundland  to 
Fla.  and  westward.  Cathea  is  fui  older  name,  but,  be- 
cause of  its  general  acceptance,  Calopogon  KS  retained 
in  the  "nomina  conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code. 

A  moist  and  shaded  position  and  veiy  porous  soil 
are  most  suitable  for  thus  pretty  plant,  although  it  may 
do  admirably  in  a  rock-garden  only  slightly  shaded  at 
midday  .f  the  plants  are  watered  very  freely  every  day 
during  hot  or  dry  weather.  Propagated  by  offsets, 
separated  from  the  old  tubers,  but  the  old  established 
plants  should  not  be  disturbed  very  often.  Collected 
clumps  of  many  native  orchids  arc  offeied  at  very 
reasonable  figures,  and  these  give  immediate  results, 
while  the  small  offsets  would  not  be  strong  enough  to 
flower  for  several  yeans,  and  require  much  attention 
during  the  first  year,  or  perhaps  longer  (J  H.  Keller) 

pulchellus,  II.  Br.  (Limoddrum  tuberfaum,  Linn  ,  in 
part).  Height  12-18  m  ,  from  a  solid  bulb  or  corm, 
bearing  a  single  grass-like  If.  at  the  ba&e:  scape  2-12- 
fld.;  lip  bearded  with  white,  yellow,  and  purple  club- 
shaped  hairs;  pretty.  G.F.  10:505.  J.II.  III.  35:45. 
B.M.  116.  L.  H.  B.f 

CALOSCfoDUM:  Nothoaoordum. 

CALOTHAMNUS  (Greek,  beautiful  bush).  Myr- 
tacex.  Australian  shrubs  (more  than  twenty  species) 
somewhat  similar  to  Callisternon  but  more  graceful  in 
habit;  evergreen  greenhouse  subjects,  and  hardy  out- 
of-doors  in  California. 

Leaves  long,  alternate:  fls.  showy,  usually  red,  in 
lateral  clusters;  stamens  united  in  bundles  opposite 
the  petals;  anthers  erect,  attached  by  the  base,  oblong 
or  linear;  cells  parallel,  turned  inwards,  opening  by 
longitudinal  slits.  For  cult.,  see  Cattistemon. 


CALOTHAMNUS 


CAL  ACANTHUS 


637 


quadrifidus,  R.  Br.  Height  2-4  ft. :  Ivs.  narrow,  terete 
or  slightly  flattened,  heath-like,  glandular-dotted:  fls. 
rich  crimson,  4-merous;  calyx  2-lobed  in  fr.;  stamina! 
bundles  nearly  equal,  of  15-20  or  more  filaments. 
W.  Austral.  B  M.  1506. 

C  rupMriK,  Rohtiu.  Kwrgrecn  shrub,  the  branches  de-nscly 
covered  with  nocdb-liko  nm.ill  Ivs  .  fls  in  small  clustf-r-*  on  previous 
year's  growth,  stamens  with  crimson  filaments  and  yellow  anthers. 

BM.7900.  J.  BURTT  DAVY. 

CAL6TROPIS  (from  Greek  words  referring  to  the 
beauty  of  parts  ot  the  flower).  Asclcpuidacex.  Milk- 
weed-hkc  shrubs,  or  small  trees,  grown  in  the  Ameri- 
can tropics  and  one  species  offered  in  bouthern  Cali- 
fornia 

Branching,  glabrous  or  tomentose-canescent:  Ivs. 
opposite,  subsessile,  broad,  fib.  with  5-parted  calyx 
glandular  inside,  corolla  bell-shaped  or  bornewhat 
rotate,  5-parted  with  broad  lobes;  crown  of  5  narrow 
fleshy  scales  adnate  to  the  staniinal  tube  and  free  and 
recuived  at  the  ba.se;  pollmia  sohtary  in  each  cell, 
obovate-oblong  and  comniessed,  hanging  from  the 
apex  fr  short  horned  gibbous  acuminate  pods  mobtly 
in  pairs,  .seeds  with  silky  hairs  — Three  bpecics  in  Trop. 
Asia  and  Afr  ,  sometimes  grown  under  glass  ui  col- 
lections but  in  this  countiy  practically  confined  to  the 
tropics  The  baik  of  Cr.  yigaiitea  produces  a  strong 
fiber,  and  the  acrid  rnilky  juice  dries  into  a  substance  like 
gutta-percha  The  silk  on  the  seeds  is  used  hi  fabrics 
by  natives,  that  of  C.  procera  is  said  to  be  exported 
from  the  Cape  Verde  IsLs  as  kapok  (kapok  is  usually 
from  the  ceiba  or  bilk-cotton  tree). 

gigantea,  11  Br  (Abclepws  gigan&a.  Willd.).  GIANT 
MiLKWEhD  Tree-like,  8-15  ft.,  with  pale  bark  and 
woolly  shooN  Ivs  obovate  to  broad  wedge-shaped, 
entire,  woollv  beneath  fls  ro.se  and  purple,  in  simple 
or  compound  umbels  \vith  mvolucrate  scales,  the 
corolla-segms  bent  downwards  and  twisted  with  ag_e: 
fr  3-4  in.  long;  seeds  broadly  ovate.  B.ll  58.  India, 
and  planted  or  escaped  m  W.  Indies. 

procfera,  Dry  (Abcttptas  proctra,  Ait  )  Shrub  or 
bush,  to  15  ft  Ivs  more  oblong  and  acute  than  those  of 
C.  giganlca,  grayish:  fls.  white  and  purple  in  long- 
ped uncled  cottony  umbels;  corolla-lobes  erect:  fr. 
4-5  in  long,  recurved;  beeds  ovoid.  B  K.  1702  India. 
— Offered  in  S  Calif.,  and  said  to  be  known  m  Porto 
Rico  as  Algodon  de  seda.  L.  H.  B. 

CALPtJRNIA  (after  Calpurnius,  an  imitator  of  Virgil, 
because  these  plants  are  allied  to  Virgiha)  Ijegumi- 
no.sa-  Trees  and  shrubs  from  tropical  and  southern 
Africa,  cultivated  out-of-doors  in  southern  California 
and  other  subtropical  regions. 

Leaves  odd-pinnate  with  numerous  Ifts  :  racemes 
long,  axillary  and  terminal,  the  peduncles  often  panicu- 
late, giving  rise  to  a  splendid  showy  mfl.;  fls.  yellow,  the 
calyx  Dell-shaped'  petals  pea-like:  pods  membranous- 
winged  on  one  side,  often  flattish. — Ten  species. 

sylvatica,  Mey.  Shrub,  6-10  ft  high'  Ivs  2-0  in. 
long;  Ifts.  m  3-10  pairs,  membranous,  obovate-elhp- 
tical,  retuse  or  obtuse:  fls.  j/^m.  long;  ovary  glabrous. 
Caffraria. — Also  rarely  cult.  N.  as  a  greenhouse  shrub. 

Iasi6gyne,  Mey.  (C.  aitrca,  Benth.).  A  taller  shrub, 
very  rarely  tree-like,  with  larger  evergreen  lvs.?  more 
coriaceous,  more  pubescent,  and  exactly  elliptical  or 
oblong  Ifts:  fls.  racemose,  much  like  Laburnum,  appear- 
ing in  winter,  as  do  the  fls.  of  most  S.  African  plants. 
The  silky  ovary  at  once  distinguishes  it.  Natal. 

N.  TAYLOB.f 

CALTHA  (Latin  name  of  the  marigold).  Ranuncu- 
Zdcea».  Beautiful  hardy  blooming  marsh  plants,  the 
largest  and  best  of  which  arc  used  about  water-gardens 
and  moist  parts  of  borders. 

Succulent  perennial  herbs,  glabrous,  with  a  fascicle 
of  strong,  fibrous  roots:  Ivs.  simple,  rather  rounded- 
cordate  at  base:  fls.  yellow,  white  or  pink;  sepals  large, 


deciduous,  petal-like;  petals  none;  stamens  numerous: 
carpels  sessile,  becoming  follicles,  with  2  rows  of  seeds. 
— About  10  species  of  temperate  and  frigid  regions. 
Monogr.  by  G  Beck,  in  Kaiserhch-Konighche  Zo6L 
Bot.  GcselLschaft  (Vienna,  1880),  36:347-363;  E.  Huth, 
Monogr  m  Helios  9 '60-74. 

Calthas  flourish  best  in  wet  places  near  running 
water  Though  natuially  bog- plan ts;  they  succeed  ad- 
mirably well  in  an  ordinary  border  in  rather  rich  soil. 
They  should  be  introduced  more  liberally  into  the 
flower-garden,  where  they  bloom  very  freely  year  after 
year,  and  usually  mature  a  second  quite  abundant 
crop  of  bloom  in  the  fall.  The  flowers  last  a  long  tune 
m  water,  and  sell  readily  in  the  cut-flower  market 

The  propagation  is  naturally  accomplished  by  roots 
and  by  seed.  The  roots  divide  easily  and  seyeral  of  the 
species  send  out  rootstalks  The  divisions  may  be  made 
best  in  lute  fall  or  mild  winter  weather  If  seeds  are 
used,  they  must  be  fresh  and  given  a  moLst,  cool  place 
m  partial  shade. 

bifldra,  DC.  No  true  St.:  scape  slender,  usually  2- 
fld.:  Ivs.  as  in  C.  palustns:  »epals  6-9,  nearly  white  or 
sometimes  bluish:  follicles  at  maturity  distinctly  stalked 
Spring.  Calif,  to  Alaska. 

leptosepala,  DC.  Stout  scape,  8-12  in  •  Ivs  all  basal 
or  barely  1  on  St.;  nerves  at  base  nearly  parallel,  other- 
wise like  those  of  C.  bijhra.  sepals  7-10,  oblong,  becom- 
ing narrower,  white:  fls  solitary:  follicles  scarcely 
stalked.  May,  June.  Alaska  to  Wash,  and  Colo.  Gn. 
30.340. 

palustris,  Linn  MARSH  MARIGOLD.  St.  hollow,  1-2 
ft  ,  branching,  several-fld  Ivs  cordate  or  remform,  den- 
tate, crenate  or  entire  fls  bnght  yellow,  1-2  in.  broad; 
sepals  5  or  6,  rarely  7:  follu  les  compressed,  }/i\i\  long. 
Apr  .-June  Wet  ground  Carohnas  to  Canada  arid  west- 
ward Gt  47,  p  630  Gn  5'»,  p  166 —Used  before  flow- 
ering in  the  spnng  as  "cow  slip  preens."  Var  monstrdsa- 
pleno,  Hort  (var.  fibre- pi <  no,  Hort )  An  improvement 
on  the  above'  fls.  larger,  of  greater  substance,  and  often 
much  doubled.  Veiy  beautiful  Var.  T^ermanii,  Hort. 
A  dwarf  form  with  golden  fls.  G  M.  52:415. 

polypetala,  Hochst.  Two  ft.  high-  Ivs  10-12  in. 
across:  fls.  3  in.  across.  Caucasus  and  Asia  Minor. — 
The  plant  spreads  rapidly  by  stolons  and  may  thus  be 
easily  prop.  Gn.  69,  p  269 

C  clita,  Duthie.    Fla  smaller  than  in  C.  palustns,  goldm  yello* 
'v---  •-••'•          ,ts  and  black  anthers.   Himalaya    Gn.W. 


K.  C.  DAVIS. 


with  orange-colored  filj 

21  006,  desc 

CALTROPS:    Trapa 

CALVOA  (apparently  a  personal  name).  Melas- 
tomacejT.  A  hall-dozen  or  more  herbs  and  shrubs  in 
Trop.  Afr.,  often  succulent,  with  terete  or  4-angled 
branches,  enlarged  nodes,  long-petioled  ovate  3-5- 
nerved  Ivs.,  and  red,  rosy  or  violet  fls  in  scorpioid 
cjmes  None  of  them  is  likely  to  be  m  commerce  for 
cult ,  although  C  orientals,  Taub  ,  is  known  in  botanic 
gardens  It  is  a  small  shrub  with  4-angled  bts.  produc-. 
ing  aerial  roots:  Ivs.  nearly  ovate,  shining  green  and 
veined  red  at  the  base,  the  petioles  red:  fls.  red,  becom- 
ing violet,  less  than  %m.  across. 

CALYCANTHUS  (Kalyx  and  anthos,  flower;  the  calyx 
is  large  and  conspicuous) .  Syn  Butribna.  Calycanth&cex. 
CAROLINA  ALLSPICE.  S\\  ELT-SCENTKD  SHRUB.  Orna- 
mental shrubs,  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  fragrant 
flowers. 

Winter-buds  small,  without  bud-scales,  hidden  by  the 
base  of  petiole  before  the  Ivs.  fall:  Ivs.  opposite,  petioled, 
entire*  fls  with  numerous  imbricate  sepals  and  no  dis- 
tinct petals;  stamens  many,  short  with  innate  anther=, 
pistils  many,  inclosed  in  a  hollow  receptacle:  fr  caps  - 
like,  formed  like  the  rose-hip  by  the  calyx-tube  and 
containing  numerous  achenes. — Four  species  in  N 
Amer. 


638 


CALYCANTHUS 


CALYPSO 


These  are  deciduous  shrubs  of  aromatic  fragrance, 
with  opposite  rather  large  leaves  usually  rough  above 
and  brown  or  brownish  usually  fragrant  flowers, 
terminal  on  leafy  branchlets  followed  by  a  large  capsule- 
like  dry  fruit  Except  C.  occidentahs,  the  species  are 
hardy  or  nearly  hardy  North.  They  grow  in  almost 


752.  Calycanthus 
flondus. 


any  well-drained  and  somewhat  rich  soil,  and  succeed 
as  well  in  shady  as  m  sunny  potation-*  Propagated  by 
seeds  sown  in  spring;  also  increased  by  layers  put  down 
in  summer,  and  by  suckers  or  division  of  older  plants 

A.  Lvs  densely  pubescent  beneath. 
fl6ridus,  Linn  Fig.  752.  Three  to  6  ft. .  Ivs  oval  or 
broad-ovate,  acuminate,  dark  green  above,  pale  or 
grayish  green  beneath,  1  ^-3  in  long  fls  dark  reddish 
brown,  fragrant,  about  2  m  broad  Va  to  Fla  B  M 
503  On  21,  p  184,  33,  p.  392 —This  species  is  much 
cult  for  its  very  fragrant  fls  and  is  the  hardiest 
of  all  Var  ovatus,  Lav  (C.  ovatus,  Ait.).  Lvs  ovate 
to  ovate-oblong,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base. 
L.I.  24. 

AA.  Lvs.  glabrous  beneath  or  nearly  so:  fls.  slightly  or  not 
fragrant. 

fgrtilis,  Walt  (C  ferax,  Michx  C.  tevigatus,  Willd 
C.  ndna,  Loisel ).  Three  to  6  ft  :  Ivs  usually  elliptic  or 
oblong,  acute  or  acuminate,  green  beneath,  2-5^  in- 
long  fls  reddish  brown,  1H  in.  broad;  anthers  oblong: 
fr.  ovoid,  contracted  at  the  mouth  as  in  the  preceding 
species.  Alleghames,  from  Ga  to  N  C.  and  Ala.  B.R. 
6:481  — Roots,  Ivs  and  bark  used  for  their  antipenodic 
properties.  Fr.  said  to  be  poisonous  to  sheep.  Var. 
glaucus,  Schneid  (C  glaucus,  Willd  )  Fig  753.  Lvs 
usually  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  glaucous 
beneath-  fls  paler  BR  5:404.  Var  oblongifdlius, 
Nutt ,  with  oblong-lanceolate  Ivs  glaucous  beneath. 

occidental's,  Hook.  &  Arn.  (C.  macrophyllus,  Hort.). 
To  12  ft  .  Ivs.  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or 
oblong-ovate,  green  beneath  and  sometimes  slightly 
pubescent,  4-6  in.  long-  fls  light  brown,  3  in.  broad; 
anthers  linear:  fr.  campanulatc,  not  contracted  at  the 
mouth.  Calif.  B  M.  4808.  F.S.  11:1113.  R.H.  1854: 
34L  Gn  33,  p.  392., 


C.  Mdhrii,  Small.  Shrub.  2-6  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-ovate  at 
the  base,  rounded  to  subcoraate  or  broadly  cuneate,  densely  pubes- 
cent beneath,  2-7  in  long  fls.  purple,  fragrant,  more  than  2  in. 
across  Tenn  and  Ala.  Little-known  species,  very  similar  to  C. 
floridus  var  ovatua,  but  the  fr  campanulate  and  not  contracted  at 
the  mouth.  It  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum — C. 
prkcox,  Lmn.-Meratia  praxxjx.  ALFRED  R-EIIDKR. 

CALYCOCARPUM  (Greek,  cup-fruit,  alluding  to  the 
stone).  Menispertnaceae.  A  tall-climbing  vine,  genus 
monotypic.  C.  Lyomi,  Nutt ,  in  rich  woods,  Ky.  to 
Kans  and  south:  woody  twiner:  Ivs  large  and  broad, 
simple,  deeply  palmately  3-5-lobed,  the  lobes  pointed: 
fls.  small,  greenish,  in  long  racemose  panicles,  in  May 
and  June:  fr.  a  globular  drupe,  the  stone  or  pit  hollowed 
out  on  one  side,  ripe  in  Aug. 

CALYC(3TOME  (Kalyx,  and  torne,  a  beet  ion  or  cut: 
calyx  looks  as  if  cut  on).  Legummbs<e  Ornamental 
shrubs  chiefly  grown  for  their  profusely  produced 
yellow  flowers,  also  used  for  low  hedges 

Leaves  3-foholate,  without  stipules  fls  papiliona- 
ceous; calyx  turbmate,  truncate,  colored;  standard 
upright;  keel  obtuse,  curved,  shorter  than  standard; 
stamens  10  with  the  filaments  connate;  ovary  sessile, 
many-ovuled %  pod  linear-oblong,  along  the  upper 
suture  winged  or  strungly  thickened,  2-valved  — 'Five 
species  in  the  Medit  region 

Calycotomes  are  low  spiny  shrubs  with  small  3-foho- 
late ueciduous  leaves  and  fascicled  or  sohtaiy  yellow 
papilionaceous  flowers.  Hardy  only  in  \vairuei  tem- 
perate legions.  They  prefer  a  sunny  position  and  well- 
drained  soil  For  propagation,  see  Cytum* 

villdsa,  Link  Two  to  4  ft  :  branchlets  giayish  toincn- 
tose  Ifts  obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  densely  silky 
beneath,  under  y^m  long  fls  ^In  l°ng»  3  or  more, 
.fascicled:  pod  villous.  May,  June — It  is  excellent  for 
'dense  low  hedges 

spindsa,  Link  Closely  allied,  but  somewhat  larger 
in  every  part,  and  with  glabrous  branchlets  and  pods: 
fls.  sohtaiy  or  few.  B  R.  32:55.  ALFRED  REHDEU 

CALYPSO  (from  the  Greek  goddess,  whose  name  sig- 
nifies concealment,  referring  to  its  lauty  and  beaut)). 
Orchtdacex.  One  of  the  rarest  and  most  prized  native 
orchids 

A  delicate  bog-plant,  3-4  in  high,  with  a  small  bulb, 
1  roundish  or  ovate  striated  If  ,  and  1  pink  fl  \vith  a 
spotted  sac.  For  culture,  see  Calopogon,  but  moie  diffi- 
cult to  grow  than  that  plant.  A  monotypic  genus. 

bulbdsa,  Oakes  Fig.  754  Lf  an  inch  wide  and  long: 
scape  3-4  in.  high,  with  about  3  sheaths;  sepals  and 
petals  similar,  ascending,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  pink; 
tip  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  fl.,  with  brown  spots  in 
lines  and  purple  and  yellow  markings,  woolly-hairy 


CALYPSO 


CAMASSIA 


639 


t: 


within;  column  petal-like,  ovate,  bearing  the  lid-like 
anther  just  below  the  apex.  Maine  to  Minn,  and  N  ; 
also  Eu  Abundant  in  parts  of  Ore.  and  Wash.  B.M. 
2763.  G.C.  II.  16:656. 

CALYPTR6GYNE  (from  calypfra,  hidden,  and  gyne, 
woman,  in  allusion  to  the  half-hidden  gynrecmm). 
Palrnrtceae,  tribe  Geonbmcx  Short,  almost  completely 
btemless  and  unarmed  palms  with  unequally  pinnate 
terminal  leaves. 

Stems  frequently  btolomfcrous,  when  present,  ringed 
below.  Ivs.  nuineious,  often  with  the  pinnate  begins 
loined  together,  in  extreme  youth  4-parted  instead  of 
ji-partite  as  in  most  related  genera,  Ifts  somewhat 
irregularly  disposed  on  the  rachis,  broadly  or  narrowly 
scythe-shaped,  lunning  at  the  tip  to  an  abrupt  point, 
at  the  base  revolute,  petiole  very  short  or  pi.tctieally 
none  spadix  simple  or  sometimes  branched  at  the  base, 
long-stalked,  spat  lies  2,  fis.  a  little  unequal,  with  3 
sepaK,  3  petals  and  6  stamens,  the  style  half  immersed 
in  the  spadix  fr  oblong  or  obovoid,  1 -.seeded  — About 
4  species,  all  from  Trop  N  Amei  From  Geonoma,  a 
near  lelative  and  hoi  1 1<  ultm ally  a  much  more  impor- 
tant genus,  Calyptiogjne  is  distinguished  only  by  the 
ahnost  stemless  habit,  and  the  purely  technical  charac- 
ter of  having  piommently  anow-shaped  anthers.  In 
Geonoma  the  anthers  aie  pendulous,  but  not 
sagittate 

Cal}ptiog>ncs  aie  handsome  palms,  seldom  seen  out- 
side of  laigc  collections  Special  care  must  be  given  to 
the  soil  so  that  it  will  be  sweet  and  porous,  e- penally 
after  the  plants  leave  the  seed-pan  \\  ell-diamed  pots 
and  a  little  ch  ircoal  mixed  \vith  the  soil,  and  the  plants 
kept  in  a  unifoimly  moist  st  ite,  are  conditions  essential 
to  the  healthv  gnmth  of  the  pi  tnts  In  this  genus,  C 
Ghietbreqhtitind  is  the  most  widely  known  spe<  les, 
anothei  gaiden  name  foruhich  i^Gtowtmn  Vir^chufftlhi 
These  are  shade-loving  palrns,  ha\  ms.  leaves  of  compara- 
tively thin  textuie,  and  consequent  1>  aie  subject  to 
attacks  of  red  spidei  unless  properly  caicd  for  m  regard 
to  moisture  Calyptiog\nes  are  most  usetul  in  a  small 
state,  old  plants  in  general  being  lather  leggy  and  poorly 
furnished  (G.  W.  Ohver  and  VV  IL  Taphn.) 


but  young  plants 
arc    specially   at- 


glatica, H.  Wendl.  (Gednoma  glauca,  Oerst  )  Practi- 
cally stemless:  Ivs  4-5  ft  long,  the  sheathing  petiole 
brownish,  about  1  ft  long;  Ifts  numerous,  about  2-3 
in.  apart,  with  4  principal  nerves,  and  scarcely  any 
secondary  ones: 
fopadix  simple,  dif- 
fering fiom  the 
following  species 
in  which  the 
spadix  is  often 
branched,  2-3  ft. 
long,  the  pistillate 
flu  half  hidden  m 
tiny  pits  Cent. 
Amer.  G  C.  III. 
30  179  —  Not  a 
common  species, 

ng  pl 

cially 
tractive. 

Ghiesbregh- 
tifcna,  H  Wendl. 
(Gfbttonta  Ghiex- 
bnyfitifinn,  Lmdl. 
&  H  Wendl.  G. 
nwynljica  and  G. 
Verschaffeltit, 
Jloit  )  St  short 
or  almost  none: 
petiole  5  ft  long: 
Ivs  elongate-oval; 
begins  m  6  pairs, 
unequal,  almost 
opposite,  rather 
remote,  lanceo- 
late, very  long- 
acuminate,  fal- 
cate, the  2  upper- 
most on  each  side 


755.  Camarotis  rostrata 


754.  Calypso  borealis. 


very  wide   spadix 

often     branched 

below,  the  fls  half  hidden  in  tiny  pits    Chiapas,  Mex 

HM  5782 

C  varainuutnsrs,  H.  AVendl  St  short  Ivs  6ft  long  Costa  Rica, 
G  C'  III  2')  217.  desr  — C*  sptcigera,  H  Wendl  ^t  evident  Us. 
irrtKularly  pinnate,  3  ft  or  l«-si  long,  the  stalks  flat  on  upper  side. 
Guatemala  — C.  Swdrtzu,  Hurt  ,  18  a  Geonoma  XT  T  *x  T  «» 

i>      1  A  i  L»OR. 

CALYPTROSTfGMA.    DiermUa  M  tddendorffiana. 
CALYSTfeGIA.   Convolvului 

CAMAR6TIS  (a  mull,  in  reference  to  the  cavity  in  the 
apex  of  t  he  lip)  Orchitldceap  Epiphytic  hothouse  orchids. 

Stems  elongated,  \\ith  short  Ivs ,  and  many-fld. 
racemes  sepals  and  petals  similar,  spreading,  lip 
spin  red,  3-lobcd,  rostcllum  and  anther  beaked ;  pollima 
2,  upon  long  thin  stipes  — Species  2,  in  E  India 

rostrata,  Reichb  (C  purpurea,  Lmdl  Sarchochllus 
pmphreus,  lienth  )  Fig  7,35  Sts  2-3  ft  long,  climb- 
ing Ivs  oblong-linear,  bifid  at  apex,  3-4  in  long: 
laccmcs  longer  than  Ivs  ;  fls.  crowded,  about  1  m. 
diam  ,  rose-purple,  the  lip  somewhat  darker  India. 
P  M.  7:25. — A  scarce  plant,  now  offered  in  American 
lists.  Free-growing  plant  with  aerial  roots  similar  to 
some  epidcndrums  The  treatment  accorded  to  the 
vandas  and  saccolabiums  with  similar  roots  will  suit 
the  camarotis.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

CAMASSIA  (Quamash  or  Catnass  is  the  Indian 
name).  Sometimes  written  Quomasia.  Liluicex. 
CAMASS  West  American  spring-flowering  bulbs. 

Leaves  all  radical,  long-lance-shaped,  sheathing, 
from  a  true  bulb  that  is  pointed  and  with  a  rounded 
rather  flattened  base:  sts.  erect,  2-3  ft ,  bearing  many 
bracted  blossoms  that  open  from  the  bottom  of  the 
raceme  upward,  in  long  succession,  fls.  blue,  purple, 
white  or  cream,  with  6  spreading  3-7-nervea  eegms., 


640 


CAMASSIA 


CAMASSIA 


6  thread-like  filaments,  filiform  style,  and  3-angled, 
3-valved,  several-seeded  caps. — Five  or  6  species  in 
the  temperate  regions  of  W.  N.  Amer.  from  Cent. 
Calif,  to  Bnt.  Col.  and  east  to  Texas  and  Ark.  They 
have  resemblances  to  Scilla,  but  are  much  handsomer. 
The  bulbs  produce  no  offsets  unless  wounded.  All  the 


754.  Camassia  Cusickii.   (fla.XH) 

species  vary  greatly  in  width  of  Ivs ,  size  and  number 
of  fls.,  so  that  definite  figures  mean  little  The  large 
bulb  and  broad  bluish  Ivs  of  C  Cutickn,  the  heavy 
stv  regular  fls  ,  and  twisted  old  segms.  of  0  Leicht- 
hnii,  the  irregular  fl  and  drooping  segms  of  C.  Quamash, 
and  the  tune  of  flowering  of  C  Howellii,  are  good  gen- 
eral characters  to  distinguish  them. 

Camassias  are  natives  of  rich  meadows,  very  wet  m 
winter  and  spring  but  dry  in  summer  Water  often 
stands  on  the  surface  at  flowering  time.  While  the  very 
best  success  can  perhaps  be  attained  by  giving  them  a 
rather  heavy  soil  with  abundant  moisture  in  the  early 
season,  they  are  most  amenable  to  cultivation  and 
thrive  in  any  loam  (only  avoiding  too  rank  manures), 
and  they  are  perfectly  hardy  They  have  been  thor- 
oughly tested  throughout  the  region  from  Illinois  east. 
Plant  in  early  fall,  from  3  to  4  inches  apart  and  3  to  6 
inches  deep,  and  do  not  disturb  thereafter.  As  cut- 
flowers,  they  are  excellent  as  they  open  in  long  succes- 
sion. Seeds  grow  readily,  but  from  three  to  four  years 
are  required  to  make  flowering  plants. 

Cfcsickii,  Wats.  Fig  756  Bulbs  very  large  (weigh- 
ing 4-8  ozs  ) .  Ivs.  numerous,  broad,  glaucous,  somewhat 
undulate  (15  in.  long  by  1H  in.  wide):  st.  often  3  ft. 
high:  fls.  30-100,  very  pale  delicately  blue;  segms. 
spreading,  crinkled  at  base,  faintly  3-5-nerved.  Ore. 
G.F.  1:174  (adapted  in  Fig.  756) —The  very  large 
bulb  and  broader  and  more  numerous  Ivs.  easily  dis- 
tinguish this  species.  Very  easily  grown, 


Quamash,  Greene  (C.  escul&nta,  Lindl.).  COMMON 
CAMASS.  Fig.  757.  This  species  vanes  greatly;  some 
forms  are  low  and  slender,  others  2-3  ft  high,  stout  and 
many-fld  ;  it  can  be  distinguished  by  the  irregular  per- 
ianth in  which  5  segms.  are  more  or  less  on  one  side  and 
1  on  the  other:  Ivs  %m.  broad  or  less  fls  10-40,  varying 
from  almost  white  to  intense  ultramarine  in  the  varieties; 
segms.  3-5-rierved  and  a  little  longei  than  the  stamens, 
narrow  and  channeled  at  the  base;  pedicels  not  exceed- 
ing the  fls.:  caps,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  transversely 
veined  Calif,  to  Utah  and  north  to  Bnt  Col.  B.R. 
1486.  F.S  3  275  Gn.  46  338  and  p  339  —Bulb 
cooked  and  eaten  by  the  Indians  Tho  fls  vary  to 
white.  The  large  ultramarine  form  is  the  one  in  the 
trade.  The  withered  segments  fall  down  about  the 
pedicel  irregularly 

Lelchtlinii,  Wats  Stout,  often  3  ft.  or  oven  more  in 
height'  fls  white,  cream-colored,  blue  or  purple,  nearly 
regular;  stamens  and  style  ascending;  segms  broad  and 
flattened  at  the  base,  usually  5-7-nerved  caps  oblong- 
ovate,  emargmate,  obliquely  veined  The  withered 
segms  of  the  perianth  twist  about  the  caps  like 
bonbons;  this  is  an  infallible  distinctive  mark  of  the 
species  C  Leitchhmi  is  not  common,  but  is  distributed 
from  Mendocmo  Co ,  Calif ,  to  Brit  Col  B  M  6287 
(as  C  escuknta  var  Leichllmn,  Baker). — In  Men- 
docmo Co  ,  a  clear  blue  form  grows  rarely  in  mountain 
meadows  In  tho  Umpqua  Valley,  Ore ,  the  type  is 
clear  cream  approaching  white  In  the  same  region 
and  farther  north,  a  very  largo  doep  blue  or  purple 
form  is  found,  while  in  Bi  it  Col ,  the  cream-colored 
form  again  appears  but  is  rare  At  their  bost,  the  sts. 
are  stiff  and  heavy,  the  fls  largo  and  many,  and  the 
masses  of  bloom  approach  the  Kromurua  in  beauty  and 
are  even  finer  in  separate  fls  C  I^nchthnit  is  the  finest 
"ef  all  camassias  Several  eolor  forms  are  described,  as 
var  atrovioldcea,  deep  purple,  and  others 

Hdwellii,  Wats.  Bulb  rather  small  Ivs  few,  1  ft. 
long  and  less  than  Hin-  wide  st  often  2  ft  high,  many- 
fld  ,  with  spreading  pedicels  twice  or  more  the  length 
of  the  linear 
bracts  fls  pale 
purple,  opening  in 
the  afternoon,  the 
begins  ^m  lon§, 
3-5-nerved;  pedi- 
cels longer  than 
the  fls •  caps, 
small,  broadly 
ovate  and  very 
obtuse  S  Ore. 
Intro  by  Pilkmg- 
ton  &  Co  ,  18"2. 

esculenta,  Rob- 
ins. (C.  Frdsen, 
Torr  ) .  Scape  12- 
18  in  high  Ivs 
keeled  fls.  light 
blue,  smaller  than 
in  C  Q\uimash; 
segms.  3-nervcd; 
pedicels  mostly 
longer  than  fls  Pa., 
west  and  south. 
BM.  1574  (as 
Satta  escidenta). 

Var.  angusta 
(C.  angtista, 
Hort).  Very  slen- 
der, and  Ivs  nar- 
rower (J^in  wide): 
fls.  smaller,  ^  or 
J^in  long.  La. 
and  Ark.  to  Texas. 
CARL  PUBDY. 


CAMELLIA 


CAMELLIA 


641 


CAMELLIA  (after  George  Joseph  Kamel  or  Cornelius, 
a  Moravian  Jesuit,  who  traveled  m  Asia  in  the  seven- 
teenth century).  Ternstroermdceje.  CAMELLIA  Woody 
plants,  chiefly  grown  for  their  showy  white  or  red 
flowers  and  also  for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage. 
Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  with  alternate  short-peti- 
oled  serrate  Iva.  and  large  terminal  or  axillary  white  or 
red  fls  followed  by 
subglobose  woody 
caps  :  fls.  sessile,  up- 
right; sepals  many, 
imbricate,  deciduous; 
petals  5  or  more; 


759.  Camellia 

japonic*— 

Lucida. 


low  fr.  a  dehiscent  caps., 
with  few  large  subglobose 
seeds  — -About   10  species 
in  tropical  and  subtropical 
Asia     Often   united  with 
Thea,  which  differs  in  its 
nodding  and  stalked  fls 
with    a    persistent    calyx 
consisting  of  5  nearly  equal  sepals    There  is 
a  monograph  of  this  genus  by  Seemann  in 
Trans   Lmn  Soc  22  337-3.52  (1859)  and  by 
Kochs    in    Engler   Bot     Jahrb     27 •.577-634 
(1900).    Illustrated  monographs  of  the  horti- 
cultural varieties  are  Curtis,  Monogr  of  the 
genus  Camellia  (1819);  Baumann,  Bollweiler 
Camelhensammlung      (1828),      Chandler, 
Camelheae  (1831),  Merlese,  Monogr  du  genre 
Camellia  a   (1839);    Verschaffelt,    Nouvelle 
Monog^raphie  du  Camellia  (1848-1860)     the 
last  with  576  and  the  previous  one  with  300 
colored  plates. 

Camellias  grow  like  natives  on  sandy  lands 
and  even  on  high  pine  land  in  central  Florida, 
but  they  flower  best  m  half-shady  somewhat 
moist  places  The  half-double  varieties  of 
Camellia  japonica  do  best,  while  the  very 
double  kinds  often  drop  their  buds  entirely.  The  flow- 
ers suffer  very  much  from  the  sun  and  cannot  be  grown 
much  farther  south  than  central  Florida.  Camellia 
Sasanqua,  single,  half-double  and  double  kinds,  grow 
much  more  satisfactorily  than  the  varieties  of  C  ja- 
vonica  They  begin  to  flower  late  in  October  and  early 
November,  and  the  double  white  C  Sasanqua  is  a 
mass  of  pure  white  usually  at  Christmas  time  All 
the  varieties  of  C.  Sasanqua  have  somewhat  fragrant 
flowers  C  reticulata  does  equally  well  in  Florida.  It  is 
very  distinct  m  foliage  from  the  two  former  species 
which  have  glossy  leaves,  while  the  leaves  of  C.  reticu- 
lata  are  dull  green.  All  the  camellias  are  extremely 
slow  growers  if  not  carefully  cultivated  and  fertilized. 
A  mulch  of  old  cow-manure,  now  and  then  a  little 
commercial  fertilizer,  and  thorough  watering  dunng 
the  dry  season  several  times  a  week  start  the  bushes 
into  a  vigorous  and  healthy  growth  They  are  so  ex- 
tremely beautiful  when  in  flower  that  all  the  care  given 
them  is  well  repaid.  (H.  Nehrling  ) 

A.  Ovary  and  Ivs.  perfectly  glabrous. 

japtinica,  Linn.  (Thea  japdnica,  Noia  ).    Figs.  758- 
761.  Shrub  or  tree,  sometimes  to  40  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs 


very  shining  and  dark  green  above,  ovate  or  elliptic, 
acuminate,  sharply  serrate,  2-4  in.  long:  fls  red  in  the 
type,  3-5  m.  across,  petals  5-7,  roundish.  China, 
Japan.  B.M.  42.  S  Z.  82  F  8.20:2121.  S  IF.  1:73. 
Gn.  24.  p.  411;  28.  p  20.3,  36,  p.  241.  Var  alba,  Lodd 
Fls  white.  L  B.C  7  636  Gn.  54,  p.  243.  J  H  III. 
54-227;  64.397.  Var  alba-plena,  Lodd.  Fls  white, 
double  L  B  C.  3  269  Gn.  53,  p  244  Var.  anemonifWra, 
Curtis  Fls  red,  with  5  large  petals,  the  stamena 
changed  into  numerous  smaller  and  narrow  petals; 
the  whole  fl.  resembling  that  of  a  double  anemone. 
L  B  C.  537.  B.M  1654.  Gn  44,  p.  329.  Var.  magno- 
liasfldra,  Hort.  Fls  pale  rose,  semi-double,  with  12-15 
petals  rather  narrow  and  half  upright.  Gn.  76,  p  31. 

more  or  less  connate;  Var  apucaef6rmis,  Rehd.  (C.  apucapformts,  Jacob- 
ovary  3- 5- celled,  Mackoy)  Lvs  bifid  at  the  apex — For  the  numerous 
with  slender  styles  other  garden  forms,  see  the  above-mentioned  mono- 

graphs;  also,  Flore  des  Serres,  L'lllustiation  Horticole, 

and  other  older  horticultural  publications  contain  a 
large  number  of  varieties  with  illustrations. 

AA.  Ovary  and  Ivs  on  the  midrib  above  pubescent. 
reticulata,  Lindl.  (Thea  reticulala,  Pierre)  Large 
shrub,  glabrous-  Ivs  dull  green,  not  shining  above, 
reticulate,  flat,  elliptic-oblong,  acuminate,  serrate,  3-5 
in  long,  fls  5-7  in.  across,  purplish  rose;  petals  15-20, 
obovate,  loosely  arranged.  China.  BR  13.1078.  B  M. 
2784.  P.M  3.101.  GM.  35:  suppl.  Apr.  2.  F  W. 
1880-321.  G  2559  Var  plena,  Hort.  Fls  with  twice 
as  many  petals,  and  more  regularly  arranged.  B  M. 

4976.    FS.  12: 


stamens     numerous, 


connate,  at  least  be- 


1279-80. 
Sasanqua, 

Thmib.  (Then 
•S'u6cm<7?.w ,  N  ois.). 
Shrub  of  loose, 
&t  ragglmg-habit, 
and  with  the 
branches  pubes- 
cent  when 
>oung.  Ivs  ellip- 
tic to  oblong- 
ovate,  bluntly 
pointed  at  the 
apex,  crenate- 


760.  Camellia 

japonica — 
H.  A.  Downing. 


761.  Camellia 

japonica — 
President  Clark 


serrate,  shining, 
dark  green  and 
hairy  on  the  midrib 
above,  1-2  in  long: 
flt>  1 }  '2-2  in  across, 
white,  petals  5  or 
more,  obovate  or 
oblong  China,  Ja- 

nGn  54-142. 
i  83  (except  the 
red  vars  )  SI  F. 
2  52.  JH  III  43: 
131.  G.M.  36-51. 
Runs  into  many  forms  Var  semi-plena,  Hort.  Fls. 
semi-double,  white.  B  R.  1  12;  13. 1091  Var  anemo- 
nifldra,  Seem.  Fls  large,  double,  outer  petals  white, 
inner  ones  much  smaller,  yellow.  B  M  5152  Var. 
oledsa,  Rehd  (Thea  Sasdnqua  var  olebsa,  Pierre.  C. 
olelfera,  Lindl ).  Of  more  robust  habit,  with  Ivs  and 
the  single  white  fls.  larger  than  in  the  type  B  R  11: 
942.  LBC  11-1065.  Var  KIssi,  Rehd.  (Thea  Sasdn- 
quav&r.  Kissi,  Pierre  C.  Klssi,  Wall.).  Lvs.  oval-oblong 
to  ovate,  long-acuminate,  to  3H  m.  long.  Himalayas. 


642 


CAMELLIA 


CAMPANULA 


C  axiU&ns,  Roxbg.—Gordoma  anoma'.s.  — C. 
Hort  =*Thea  cuspidata  — C.  drupi/ero,  Lour  Shrub  to  8  ft  Ivs. 
-lliptic,  long-acuminate  fls.  1>3  in  wide,  fragrant,  white,  petals 
obovate  Himalayas,  India  L  B  C  19  1815  —  C  euryoides,  LindL 
«=«Thea  euryoides  — C  eurj/oides,  Hort  =*Thca  mahflora  — f .  hong- 
kongfnsis,  Seem  (Thea  honekongcnsis,  Pierre).  Tree  with  glabrous 
branches  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  indistinctly  serrate, 
lustrous  above,  coriaceous,  3-4  in  long  fl*  red.  2  in.  across,  petals 
slightly  emargmate,  ovary  pubescent  Hongkong  Trans  I, inn. 
Soc  22  60  —  C  mahfldra,  Lindl  =Thcn  mahflora  —  C  rosiflfira, 
Hook  =Thea  mahflora  — C  nntnsi*,  Kunt?e=Thea  sinensm  —  C. 
spectbbihs,  Champ.=Tutchena  spectabihs  —  C  Thea,  I,mk=Thea 

"nensls-  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CAMO^NSIA  (Louis  Camoens,  Portugese  poet). 
Legwmndsse.  Two  species  of  climbing  shrubs  from  W. 
Trop  Afr ,  with  digitately  3-foholate  Ivs  ,  and  large 
papilionaceous  fls.  Calyx  top-shaped;  petals  with  long 
claws,  the  standard  orbicular  or  nearly  so;  stamens 
free;  ovary  stipitate,  with  many  ovules,  the  stigma  small 
and  capitate  fr  a  broad-linear  flattened  2-valved  pod. 
C.  maxima,  Welw ,  has  recently  been  offered  by  an 
English  firm.  Described  by  Baker  as  "a  magnificent 
species"  and  by  Bull  as  "one  of  the  most  gorgeously 
beautiful  of  tropical  climbers  "  Ifts  obovate-oblong, 
5-6  in.  long,  cuspidate,  fls.  milk-white  Imgod  -Kith 
gold  and  frilled  on  the  edges  of  the  petals,  m  shoit- 
stalked  6-8-fld.  axillary  racemes;  standard  piojocting 
4  in.  beyond  the  calyx,  3-4  in.  broad,  other  petals 
enoiier  and  not  more  than  1  in.  broad  pod  0--8  in. 
long  Trans.  Lmn.  Soc.  25 '36.  B.M.  7572.  GO.  111. 
20.597.  L.  H.  B. 

CAMPANULA  (Latin,  little  bell,  from  the  shape  of 
the  corolla  in  some  species).  Campanuldcf&.  BELL- 
FLOWER  HAREBELL  BLUEBELL.  A  large  group  of 
attractively  flowering  herbs,  containing  some  of  the 
most  popular  garden  plants,  especially  of  haidy  her- 
baceous perennials 

Annual,  biennial  or  perennial,  mostly  the  last,  often 
small  and  tufted'  root-lvs  usually  larger  than  the  at- 
Ivs  ,  and  often  of  different  shape  and  more  or  less  tran- 
sitory: fls.  blue,  violet  or  white,  sometimes  yellow; 
calyx  5-fid;  corolla  5-lobed  or  5-fid;  stamens  5,  free; 
filaments  wide  at  the  base,  membranaceous,  stigmas  3 
or  5,  filiform*  caps  3-5-valved,  dehiscing  on  the  sides 
or  (as  in  Fig  702)  at  the  base  by  3-5  small  valves; 
seeds  ovate,  complanato  or  ovoid.  —  Piobably  250 
species,  neaily  all  in  the  northern  hemisphere  with  the 
center  of  distribution  in  the  Medit  region,  about  a 
dozen  species  are  N.  American.  The  species  mostly 
inhabit  swamps  or  moist  ground,  or  alpine  and  boreal 
regions.  Allied  genera  of  garden 
value  are  Adenophora,  Jasione, 
Lightfootia,  Miehauxia,  Ostrowskia, 
Phyteuma,  Platycodon,  Specularia. 
Symphyandra,  Trachehum,  ana 
Wahlenbergia,  m  which  genera 
many  species  originally  described 
as  campanulas  may  be  sought  Of 
these,  perhaps  the  two  best  known 
cases  are  Platycodon  grandiflorum, 
the  "balloon  flowei,"  with  its 
characteristic  inflated  buds,  dark 
green,  glossy,  leathery  Ivs.;  and 
Speculana  Speculum  (C.  Speculum), 
"Venus'  looking-giass,"  a  pretty 
annual,  which  grows  in  the  grain  fields  of  S  Eu  ,  and 
is  cult,  for  its  violet  fls  with  a  white  eye  The  calyx- 
tube  of  Specularia  is  relatively  much  longer  than  in 
any  campanula.  The  most  prominent  campanulas  now 
in  cult,  seem  to  be  the  forms  of  C  Medium,  C.  carpat- 
ica,  C.  persicifolui,  C.  pyrarmdahs,  C  punctata,  C. 
pusilla  (csespitosa),  C  rotundifolia. 

Botanically.  campanulas  fall  into  two  important 
groups,  based  on  the  piesence  or  absence  of  calyx 
appendages  The  subgenus  Medium  has  the  appen- 
dages, and  Eucodon  lacks  them.  These  appendages  are 
often  small  and  disguised.  The  genus  may  also  be 


762.  Capsule  of 
Campanula  with 
basal  dehiscence. 


thrown  into  two  broad  groups  based  on  the  dehiscence, 
— the  subgenus  Medium  with  capsule  opening  near 
the  base,  and  llapunculus  with  the  openings  neai  the 
top  For  the  hoi tieultui list,  the  most  serviceable  classi- 
fication is  based  on  the  UHC  that  he  makes  of  the  plants, 
— whether  as  a  garden  vegetable,  as  bolder  plants,  or  as 
rock-garden  or  alpine  subjects,  and  this  is  the  division 
attempted  here  In  cultivation,  campanulas  tend  to 
become  taller  and  moic  robust,  less  haiiy,  more 
branched,  and  more  floriferous.  Blue  is  the  prevailing 
color  in  the  genus  A  veiy  fe\v  have  white  or  yellowish 
flowers,  with  no  blue  or  violet  foims  Any  blue  or 
violet-nowei ed  foim  is  likely  to  have  white  varieties, 
and  double  and  semi-double  forms  arc  common  in 
three  or  four  of  the  most  popular  species  All  flowers 
tend  to  become  luigei  and  moic  numerous  on  a  stem. 
In  cultivation,  the  tlnco-celled  species  are  likely  to 
have  five  stigmas  instead  of  throe,  and  fne-celled  cap- 
sules, otten  along  \\ith  noimally  constituted  flowers 
on  the  same  plant  'I he  height  is  the  most  variable 
feature  ot  all,  and  m  the  Khemc  below  (\  taipiitica,  C. 
puriit'ita  and  foil  us  of  ('  (jlomcmin  e^pecialh  \vill  seem 
wrongly  placed  to  many  But  the  character  used  by 
botanists  ate  well-nigh  useless  to  the  gamener,  and 
nothing  but  a  distinction  ot  height  can  bring  out 
the  two  important  cultmal  groups  ot  campanulas 
For  a  recent  garden  monogiaphy  ot  d\\»ut  campanulas, 
see  Conevon,  "The  (i.-mltn,"  59  (1901)  pp  270,  150, 
00,  pp  51,  04,  111,  Idl,  218 

Cultivation  — The  genus  Campanula  is  extraordi- 
narily nch  in  flowei  ing  gaiden  plants  of  merit  The 
alpine  section  is  distinguished  by  a  charming  grace 
both  in  t-hai actor  of  growth  and  si/o  and  beating  of 
flowers  The  peach-leaved  clash  (('  imt>icifolia)  is 
eharueteiized  bv  the  noble  and  beautiful  form  of  single 
and  semi-double  blo-soms  earned  by  thin  erect  stems 
2-3  feet  high  The  luster  and  clearness  of  tints  ot  the 
bushy  biennial  Medium  and  cal>canthema  type  are 
remarkable,  while  the  rambling  habit  and  the  marvelous 
flonferousness  of  the  varieties  C  tsophylln  and  its 
descendant  C  Mayu,  indicate  the  wide  range  of  orna- 
mental usefulness  of  bellflowers  Considering  the  good 
lasting  qualities  in  a  cut  state  and  the  great  popularity 
of  the  flowers  of  long-stemmed  sorts  for  indoor  decora- 
tion, it  is  safe  to  say  that  campanulas  will  steadily  gain 
in  importance  as  material  upon  the  florists'  counter  as 
well  as  for  garden  planting  The  greatest  curiosities 
are  C.  punctata,  C  macrostylfi,  C  Zoysn  and  C  rotundi- 
folia var  soldanclla- flora  For  exhibition  and  for  pot 
culture  and  also  for  large  single  specimens,  C  pyram- 
idahs  is  most  used  For  edgings,  C.  carptitica  is  per- 
haps the  favonte  Of  all  wild  forms,  the  best  known 
is  certainly  C.  rotundifoha,  the  true  harebell,  or 
"blue  bells  of  Scotland  "  It  is  native  in  North  Amer- 
ica as  well  as  in  Europe,  on  rocky  banks  and  shores 
— Wherever  rock-gardens  are  planned,  alpine  cam- 
panulas have  become  indispensable.  The  greater  part 
of  typical  mountain  inhabitants  chiefly  available 
for  this  purpose  being  spring-flowering  plants,  the 
summer  flowers  of  campanulas  are  especially  welcome 
One  of  the  best  bellflowers  for  rock-gardens  is  C 
carpatica,  blue  and  white,  with  its  var  compacta  also  in 
blue  and  white,  var.  cxletstma,  sky  blue,  var  pelviformts, 
light  blue,  and  var  Riverslea  with  large  dark-blue  bells; 
but  there  are  a  number  of  other  very  handsome  specie.s 
possessing  commercial  value  that  deserve  the  atten- 
tion of  progressive  growers  The  demand  is  for  a  plant 
material  easy  to  handle,  resistant  and  free-flowering. 
As  such  may  be  recommended  for  rockeries,  C.  gargan- 
ica  and  C.  garganica  var  hifsuta}  both  4  inches  high, 
flowers  light  blue.  C.  pusilla,  in  white  and  blue,  is 
regarded  as  the  hardiest  low-growing  alpine  bellflower. 
Excellent  effect  may  be  secured  from  a  number  of  the 
garden  hybrids,  when  rightly  employed;  plantations  of 
C.  Wilsonn,  cross  between  C.  pulla  and  C.  lurbinata, 
dark  blue,  6  inches  tall,  and  C  F&rgusonii  and  C.  Hen- 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


643 


dersonn,  12  to  18  inches,  all  blooming  freely  from 
late  m  Juno  to  early  August,  are  good  examples.  Cam- 
panula  glomerata  var.  acaulis,  a  clustered-fiowermg  low- 
growing  form,  violet-blue,  June  and  July,  answers  the 
same  purpose,  while  C.  glomerata  var.  dahunca,  12  to 
18  inches,  dark  violet-blue  and  white,  very  free-flower- 
ing, is  valuable  also  as  a  border  plant  Other  good  rock- 
ery kinds  are  C.  fragihs  (which  needs  protection,  but 
makes  a  good  pot-plant),  C.  pulla  in  sheltered  position, 
C.  Portent hlagiana.  and  C  rotundifolui.  Many  of  the 
larger-growing  kinds  are  also  good  for  the  rock-garden. 
— The  best  two  representatives  of  the  biennial  class,  are 
C.  Medium  and  C  calycanthema,  both  standard  garden 
flowers  In  the  northern  states,  especially,  they  do 
exceedingly  well.  When  used  for  mass  effects,  their  full 
bloorn  becomes  a  prominent  feature  of  June.  The  deli- 
cate shades  of  pink  and  pale  lavender,  the  purity  of  the 
white,  and  the  rich  tints  in  purple  and  blue  are  a  reve- 
lation They  transplant  very  easily,  even  in  an  ad- 
vam  ed  .state  of  growth,  and  readily  respond  to  mild  forc- 
ing under  glass  in  spring  In  a  cut  state,  they  show 
remarkably  good  lasting  qualities  and  are  of  excellent 
value  as  material  for  filling  vases.  A  few  other  good 
biennials  are  C  bibmca,  C.  pnmuLefolia,  C.  spicata, 
(p  6oU),  C  //u/rsoufei  — The  peach-leaved  section  com- 
prises the  most  perfect  forms  of  the  bcllflower  family, 
although  C  p(rt>mfoha  has  boon  surpassed  in  popular 
favor  by  the  more  vigorou«  ('  grandijlora  varieties  in 
white  and  blue,  which  arc  r<  ally  platycodons  C  iso- 
phylla,  native  of  ltal>,  is  not  hardy  in  Maine  and  must 
be  overwmteied  under  gla.ss  It  is  a  very  effective 
basket-  and  balcony-box  plant,  its  long  hanging  vines 
being  covered  with  huge  and  attractive  flowers  in  July 
and  August  The  color  is  a  delicate  light  blue,  while 
the  bells  ot  its  garden  descendant  C  Afayu,  have  a 
deeper  shade  For  the  South,  both  arc  valuable  acqui- 
sitions for  rockeries  — Of  the  perennial  species,  according 
to  Robert  Cameron,  the  best  border  plants  are  the  fol- 
lowing C  carpatica  and  vars.  alba  and  turbiruita,  C. 
glomerata,  especially  var  dahunca,  C.lacttflora,  C  lati- 
folia,  especially  its  vars  tnocarpa  and  macrantha,  C. 
nolnlit*  (about  2  ft  in  height),  C  persicifolia  and  its 
numerous  vars  ,  especially  the  white  kinds;  C.  punc- 
tata  (about  1 J  2  f t  ),  C  pyramidal™,  a  very  showy  plant 
when  \vell  grown,  but  not  quite  reliable  in  the  eastern 
states  as  to  haidmcss,  making  a  good  pot-plant  for  the 
cool  greenhouse.  C  rapunculoides,  which  spreads  rap- 
idly and  must  be  so  placed  that  it  will  not  crowd  out 
the  other  plants  that  are  near  it;  C  rotundifolia;  C. 
Trachclium,  C  Van  Houttei,  a  hybrid,  and  one  of  the 
best  bellflowers  —Campanulas  are  raised  from  seed 
and  also  by  division  or  cuttings  Seeds  should  be 
started  eaih  under  gla-s*  Cover  very  shallow,  and 
place  the  *>h.iHo\\  seed-pans  near  the  light  m  an  aver- 
age temperature  of  00°.  Shade  at  midday  while  in  pro- 
cess of  germinating;  avoid  over-watering  and  "sticky" 
atmosphere  Transplant  seedlings  into  flats  as  soon  as 
they  can  be  handled  Harden  young  plants  gradually 
and  transfer  them  to  the  open  ground  m  May.  C. 
Medium,  C  ralycanihema,  and  all  the  C.  persicifolia 
varieties,  when  grown  for  the  cut-flower  trade,  should 
be  placed  on  beds  where  they  are  intended  to  be  flow- 
ered and  cropped  the  next  season  They  thrive  best 
in  a  rather  light  well-manured  garden  soil.  Some  of 
the  alpine  species  require  a  sandy  humus  with  addi- 
tions of  fine  limestone  material  When  grown  for  floral 
garden  effect,  the  open  sunny  position  is  preferable 
throughout  the  North,  while  for  the  South  half-shade 
at  midday  is  likely  to  prolong  the  flowering  season. 
Seedlings  of  single  varieties  come  true  to  color  to 
a  high  percentage  Of  the  semi-double  and  double  C. 
persicifolia  sorts,  propagation  is  usually  by  division 
m  September  C  uophi/lla  and  C  Mayii  are  shy  seeders 
and  air  propagated  by  cuttings  in  spring  For  winter 
protection,  a  light  covering  of  straw,  leaves  or  ever- 
green boughs  is  sufficient  south  of  New  York.  In  more 


northern  parts,  hardy  campanulas  require  a  uniform 
layer  of  leaves  2  to  3  inches  thick.  The  annuals  can 
be  raised  in  the  border  by  seeds  sown  late  m  April  or 
May,  or  raised  in  the  greenhouse  and  then  transferred 
to  the  border.  The  best  of  the  annuals  are  C.  ramosis- 
sima  and  var.  alba,  C.  drabifolia,  C.  Ennus,  C.  mocro- 
styla,  and  C.  amencana.  (Richard  Rothe.) 


acauhs,  12 

yrandis,  11 

pusiUa,  46. 

ulnxkana,  44 

Grosseku,  7 

pyrainidali*,  16. 

alba,  11,  10,  19,  32, 

haylodKenms,  39 

Kuiueru,  37. 

39,  45,  4(5 

Heiidersomi,  39. 

rainosisHima,  32. 

alba  grandiflora,  10. 

hirsuta,  33,  34 

rapuuculoides,  21. 

alharupfoha,  5. 

Hohewckm,  30 

RapunculuB,  1 

Alhoiui,  26. 

Hohtu,  44 

rhomboidalis,  19. 

alpma,  29. 

imperials,  4 

nverblea,  39 

ariu'ncana,  9. 
arctica,  44. 

isophylla,  40 
lactifiora,  13               ' 

rotundifolia,  44. 
ruthcruca,  18. 

attica  43 

lamn  folia,  5 

sarmatica,  6 

Bfu.khuiuei,  10. 

latifolia,  17. 

Scheuchzen,  45. 

barbata,  27 

latiloba,  11 

Scoulen,  41. 

fctserrofa,  13 

hm/olia,  45 

•nbmca,  30 

bononienaiB,  18. 

longohtyla,  3. 

aollanella,  44 

CSBSpltOSa,  46. 

Lorn,  32 

boldanellffiHora,  44. 

calycantheraa,  4. 

macranthn,  10,  17. 

HparsiHoru,  12. 

carpatica,  39. 

macrophylla,  5 

Hpociosa,  12,  14 

ceUidifolia,  13. 

macrohtyla,  2 

Stnmfieldn,  31,  39. 

coelestma,  39. 

major,  J6. 

alfnocodon,  44. 

coerulea,  13 

margmata,  10 

supcrba,  12 

cornpacta.  16,  39 
coronata,  10 

Mayn,  40 
Medium,  4 

Tenoni,  38 
Tommasinvina,  31. 

dahunca,  12 

mirabihb,  8 

thyrsoidea,  14 

divancata,  23. 

Moerheimti,  10 

thyrsoides,  14. 

diverKcns,  30 

mollis,  28 

Trarliohum,  20. 

drabifolia,  43. 

munihi,  3b. 

turbmata,  39. 

Elatmes,  35 

nob  tits,  24 

urtici  folia,  20 

Ennua,  49 

pallida,  25,  4b 

Van  Houttei,  25. 

enocarpa,  17. 

parviHora,  3 

velutina,  44 

exusa,  47 

pelviforuiw,  39 

ver-icolor,  22. 

exiraia,  30 

ixTsuifoha.  10 

t>eru«,  1 

/"Yrfluaonu,  16 

Porteiischlagiana,  30 

Vidalu,  15. 

Jlonbunda,  40 

pulla,  42 

Waldsteimana,  31. 

fraKilis,  33 

pullouies,  42. 

Wiegandn,  4. 

Kargatiira,  34 

pumila,  4b 

Wil^onii,  39. 

Klomc  rata,  12. 

puQotata,  24. 

Zoysu,  48. 

C  primul&folia  and  C  spicata  will  be  found  in  the 
supplementary  list,  p  650 

GROUP  I    Kitchcn-gardtn  vegetable'  roots  radish-like: 
a  salad  plant 

1  Raptinculus,  Linn.  (Rapunculus  verus,  Fourr.). 
RAMPION  l^ig  763  Biennial  or  perennial,  2-3  ft.: 
root  spindle-  or  long-radish-shaped,  ^m  thick,  white: 
st  erect  sulcate  lower  Ivs.  onovate,  short-petioled, 
somewhat  cienate,  st  -Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  entire  fls 
calyx-tube  obcomcal,  lobes 
lilac,  in  a  spike  or  raceme; 
glabrous  or  bnstly,  erect, 
a\\l-shaped,  a  half  shorter 
than  or  nearly  equal  to 
the  funnel-shaped  corolla. 
Eu  ,  Orient,  N.  Asia,  N. 
Afr — The  roots  and  Ivs. 
aie  eaten  as  a  salad  The 
seeds,  which  are  very 
small,  are  sown  in  the  open 
ground  m  early  May  either 
broadcast  or  in  drills.  A 
little  sand  mixed  with  the 
seed  gives  an  evener  sow- 
ing Press  firmly,  and 
water  carefully.  Thin  out 
the  seedlings  if  necessary 
Water  freely  in  hot 
weather.  A  fresh  sowing 
may  be  made  in  June,  as 
early -sown  plants  may 
run  to  seed.  Roots  are 
gathered  in  Oct  and  may 
be  stored  in  sand  for  win- 
ter use.  "Rapunculus"  763.  Root  of  r.mpion--C«m. 
means  a  little  turnip.  panula  Rapunculua. 


644 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


GROUP  II.  TaU.  or  border  campanulas,  characteristically 

afoot  or  15  in.  or  more  high,  Nos.  2-2S. 
A.  Calyx  with  an  appendage  at  the  base  of  each  sinus. 

B.  Caps.  5-celled  and  stigmas  5  (variable  in  No.  3). 
c.  Style  excessively  long,  the  stigma  an  inch  or  more  long. 
2.  macr6styla,  Boiss.  &  Heldr.  Annual,  1-2  ft., 
branched  from  the  base,  hispid  with  rigid  spreading 
scattered  bristles,  branches  stout.  Ivs  scattered,  small 
for  the  size  of  the  plant,  sessile,  bristly  on  both  sur- 
faces; lower  ones  ovate-oblong,  acute;  upper  ovate- 
lanceolate,  recurved,  cordate,  eared  at  the  base:  calyx- 
tube  hidden  by  the  bladdery  appendages,  small,  broader 
than  long;  fls.  solitary;  on  stout  peduncles,  2-2  H  in. 

broad;  corolla 
very  broad  and 
open,  pale  pur- 
ple without,  dull 
purple  within, 
marked  with 
violet,  and  hairy 
toward  the  bot- 
tom; lobes  very 
broad,  short 
and  acute  Mt. 
Taurus  in  Ana- 
tolia. Gn  15: 
356  and  12,  p. 
209  B  M  6394. 
— The  very  long 
exserted  style  is 
brown  and  spin- 
dle -  shaped  be- 
fore  spreading 
open.  Self-sown 
.seeds  sometimes 
remain  a  year 
before  sprout- 
ing. 

cc  Style  not  ex- 
ces&welij  long 
3  longestyla, 
Fomme  Peren- 
nial, 1^-2^2  ft , 
more  or  less 
hairy  basal 
Ivs  lance -oval, 
lobcd,  the  st  - 
Ivs  oblong  and 
sessile  fls  blue- 
purple,  droop- 
ing; calyx-lobes 
lanceolate- 
pointed,  the 
appendages  re- 
floxod  on  the 
peduncle;corolla 
almost  urn-shaped,  dilated  below  the  middle,  style 
exsertcd  with  3,  4  or  5  stigmas*  caps  3-5-celled  Cau- 
casus. Gn  W.  23  671  Var  parvifldra,  Bom  Fls 
smaller.  RH  191 1' 548,  p  549 

4  Mddium,  Linn  (Medium  grandifldrum,  Spach). 
CANTERBURY  BELLS  Fig  764  Biennial,  1-4  ft.; 
plant  pilose  st  erect'  Ivs  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate  or 
lanceolate,  crenate-dentate'  raceme  lax,  many-fid  ;  fls. 
violet-blue,  varying  to  several  .shades  and  to  white,  2  in. 
long;  calyx-lobes  ovate-acuminate,  the  appendages  half 
as  long  as  the  ample  ovate  obtuse  lobes;  corolla  bell- 
shaped,  inflated  S  Eu.  Gn.  M  14:9.  Two  forms  (aside 
from  thesmgle-fld  )  occur  the  double,  Fig  764a,  with  1-3 
extra  corollas,  and  the  var  calycanthema,  Hort ,  Fig 
764fr,  with  an  enlarged  spreading  and  petal-like  outer 
part  sometimes  deeply  divided  and  sometimes  little 
lobed  or  nearly  entire  (varying  on  the  same  plant).  The 
var.  calycanthema  is  the  CUP-AND-SAUCER  form  (the 


764.  Campanula  Medium,  the  Canterbury 
Bell.  Modified  forms  are  shown. 


name  hose-in-hose,  sometimes  applied  in  Campanula, 
would  better  be  retained  for  Primula  elatior),  a  fair 
percentage  come  true  from  seed;  usually  a  stronger 
plant  than  the  common  C  Medium.  G  C.  III. 
24-65.  R  H.  1896,  p  301;  1897,  p  238.  Gng.  5  88.  Gn. 
48,  p.  295.  F  8.  19,  p.  152.  G.W.  3,  p.  291  G.Z.  17: 
113.  Var.  WiSgandii,  Hort.  Lvs  golden  yellow:  fls. 
blue.  Var  imperiahs,  Hort ,  is  a  very  flonferous  form 
or  possibly  a  hybrid  — Canterbury  bells  are  most 
commonly  treated  as  hardy  biennials,  the  seed  being 
sown  m  the  open  border,  but  they  do  not  flower  the 
first  year.  They  can  also  be  treated  as  tender 
annuals,  the  seed  being  sown  indoors  in  early  spring 
and  the  plants  set  out  May  1-15  They  will  then  flower 
well  the  first  season,  but  always  better  the  second  year. 
Sowings  may  also  be  made  in  April,  May  or  later,  m 
pots,  boxes  or  bods,  and  plants  then  be  transferred  into 
some  sheltered  place  where  they  can  be  .slightly  pro- 
tected during  the  winter,  and  then  tiansplantcd  in 
spring  to  their  permanent  places  into  good  nch  soil, 
where  they  will  make  a  great  show  if  they  have  hud  the 
right  treatment  Let  them  stand  1K-24  in  apart  Seed- 
lings potted  up  in  autumn  may  be  brought  into  bloom 
readily  indoors  in  spring,  and  even  blooming  plants,  if 
not  spent,  may  be  potted  direct,  from  the  garden  and 
used  in  the  house  m  autumn 

BB  Caps  3-cdled.  stigmas  S. 

5  alliarisefdlia,  Willd    (C  lamnfblia,  Bieb     C.  ma- 
crophylla,  Sims)     Perennial,  1 }  3-2  ft    st  elect,  striate, 
woolly,  branched  only  at  the  top  root-lvs  large,  heart- 
shaped,  crenate,  tomentose,  st  -Ivs    on  petioles  which 

gradually  shorten  upward,  the  highest  being  sessile' 
s  white,  nodding,  on  short  stalks,  borne  singlv  m  the 
axils  of  the  floial  l\s  as  m  C  saimatua,  but  the  floral 
Ivs  larger  and  broader,  calyx  a  third  or  a  fourth  shorter 
than  the  corolla,  with  margins  rolled  hack,  and  appen- 
dages less  minute  than  m  C  t>nrmatic<i,  corolla  always 
white,  2  m  long,  ciliated  at  the  maigm,  and  with  char- 
acteristic tooth-like  pioeesses  at  the  base  of  each  sinus. 
Caucasus,  Asia  Mmoi  BM  912  Gn  MHO 

6  sarmatica,    Ker-Gawl      Perennial,    1  -2    ft      st 
simple,   striate,   pubescent     Ivs    remarkable  for   their 
gray    color,    haiiJi,    leathery,    wrinkled,     lorncntose, 
oblong-cordate,   crenate,   the  lower  long-pet loled,   the 
upper  sessile    calyx  with  minute  reflexed  appendages, 
and  a  short,  densely  hairy  tuft    fls   about  6  on  a  st , 
nodding,  corolla  about  1  in    long,  and  \\i  in    across, 
pale  blue,  marked  with  5  hairy  lines     Caucasus,  in 
subalpme  places    BM  2019    LBC  6  581. 

7  Grdssekii,  Heuff     Has  the  habit  arid  mfl    of  C. 
Trachelinm,  but  the  calyx  is  appcudaged,  perennial, 
lYi  ft,  branching  from  the  base,  angled,  pilose.  Ivs- 
hispid,  the  lower  cordate,  unequally  petioled,  doubly 
crenate-senate,  the  uppermost  ovate-acute,  narrowed 
into  a  petiole     calyx  bctose-cihate,   lobes  spreading, 
reflexed   at    the  apex,  appendages  lanceolate,  a  third 
shorter  than  the  lobes,  corolla  hispid,  2  or  .J  times  longer 
than  the  calyx-lobes'  fls  large,  bell-shaped,  violet,  in  a 
long  raceme    Hungary    Gt  35,  p  477.   G.  27.459. 

8  mirabilis,  Alboff     Biennial  or  short-lived  peren- 
nial, 1  ft   or  more;  whole  plant  forms  a  broad  dense 
cone  with  such  a  profusion  of  bloom  as  almost  to  hide 
the  foliage    lower  Ivs  4-6  in  long,  obovate  or  spatu- 
late,  obtuse,  coarsely  toothed,  petiole  winged'  fls  pale 
lilac,   erect,   broadly  campanulate,   2   in.   across,   the 
corolla  hairy  on  margins  and  back     Caucasus.    B  M. 
7714.   GC  III  24:33,42:144-5.    Gt.  47,  p  192.   Gn. 
54.  p  454;  60,  p  58    G.W.  12,  p.  445— A  very  beauti- 
ful and  remarkable  plant. 

AA.  Calyx  without  an  appendage  at  the  base  of  each  sinus. 

B.  Fls.  rotate  or  wheel-shaped. 

9.  americana,  Linn.    Annual  and  biennial,  3-6  ft.: 
at.  erect,  simple:  Ivs.  thin,  serrate,  somewhat  pilose; 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


£15 


root-lvs.  ovate-acute,  subcordate,  petiolate;  st.-lvs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate  at  both  ends*  calyx-tube 
long,  obconical,  the  teeth  linear-acuminate,  almost 
entire,  spreading,  shorter  than  the  5-fid,  wheel-shaped 
corolla;  fls.  light  blue,  1  in.  broad,  in  long  spikes,  soli- 
tary or  in  3's,  corolla  shallow,  lobes  pilose  outside  and 
at  the  apex;  stylo  long,  .strongly  declined  and  upwardly 
curved:  caps  cylindrical,  grooved  Shaded  low  ground 
Canada  to  Iowa,  south  to  Fla.  and  Ark  — Rarely 
cult  It  is  possible  that  Phyteuma  canescens  is  still  cult. 
as  C.  amencana. 

BB  Fls.  saucer-shaped  or  broadly  bell-shaped,  i.  e.,  the 
tube  shallower  and  the  luribs  more  widely  spread" 
ing  than  the  bell-shaped. 

c  St  -h>s  linear-lanceolate ,  crenulale. 

10  persicif&lia,  Linn    Fig  76.5.  Perennial,  2-3  ft  :  st. 
erect   Ivs  glabrous,  rigid,  orenulate,  root-lvs  lanceolate- 
obovate,  bt  -Ivs  hneur-lanceolate  or  spalulate,  of  ten  3  in. 
long    calyx-lobes  acuminate,  wide  at  the  base,  entire, 
half  a.s  long  as  the  broadly  bell-shaped  corolla,  fls   blue 
or  white,  pedicelled,  solitary,  terminal  and  axillary,  often 
1 '  2  m    long,  2  in   broad    caps   ovoid,  3-grooved.    Eu. 
B  M  397.    G.C  III  43  384     On.  75,  p  30     G   6  "297. 
Gn   M   14  9      GW   3,  p  292.     C.L  A.  13.478,     the 
white  form  in  G.  13:71  and  Gn.  W  23  Suppl  Jan  27; 
the  double  white  in  G.C   III  27  409  and    G  3  563. 
One  of   the  best  of   all   perennial  campanulas     Var. 
macr&ntha  is  a  large-fld   foirn  with  fl*.   all  along  the  si. 
Gt  41,  p  148    Gn   18,  p  30(3    AF  0  383    8.11.1:131. 
Vai .  filba  grandifldra  and  var.  Backhouse!  are  among 
the  popular  white-fid    forms     There  are  double  and 
semi-double  forms  in   blue  and   white      The  double 
\\hite  is  useful  for  cutting    For  portraits  of  var.  gratidi- 
florn,    .see    G  27   158,    28  553,    (>73,     G  \V   12,  p   133. 
Var  coronata,  Hort  ,  is  a  semi-double  white  form    F  8. 
7  699     The  pictures  in  H  M.  and  F  S  show  distinctly 
saucer-shaped  fls.    Var.  Moerheimei,  Hort     White-fld  , 
double,  2-3  in  diam  •  excellent   G  C  III  27.414   GM 
4<)  535    G  W  6,  p  515;  12,  p  434    AG  23  497    Var. 
marginata,  Hort  ,  has  white  fls   tinted  blue  on  the  bor- 
der*    H  B    i2,  p   252      This  species  occasionally  runs 
wild,  especially  m  England.   The  Ivs.  are  very  charac- 
teristic, and,  once  seen,  are  never  forgotten. 

cc  St.-lvb  wider  and  coarsely  toothed. 

11  latfloba,  DC   (C  grdnths,  Fisch  &  Mey )   Peren- 
nial, 1-1 J  2  ft,  glabrous,  st    erect,  simple,  terete4  st.- 
lvs  3-5  m  long,  4-6  lines  w  ide,  lanceolate,  narrowed  at 
both    ends;    cienate-beniito'    calyx-lobes   ovate-acute, 
broad,  entire,  eiect,  one-half  shorter  than  the  broadly 
bell-shaped  corolla:  fls.  blue,  often  2  in.  wide,  sessile, 
solitary  or  somewhat   clustered,   sometimes  equaling 
the  ovate-acute,  dentate  bracts     Mt   Olympus.    P.M. 
10.31.    HU  3,  p  137.    Gt  7  202 —Fls..  like  C.  persi- 
cifoha.    Quickly  forms  a  dense  carpet.     Variable  m 
color.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  White  fls.   G.  19:410. 

BED.  Fls.  bell-shaped  or  tubular,  not  saucer-shaped, 
c.  Infl.  a  dense  roundish  head. 

12.  jjjlomerata,  Linn.  One  of  the  most  variable: 
perennial,  1-2  ft ,  typically  pubescent:  st  erect,  simple, 
terete.  Ivs.  serrulate,  lower  ones  rough  with  very  short, 
stiff  hairs,  I/ ,2-3  in.  long,  1-2  m.  wide,  with  a  cordate, 
ovate-oblong  blade  shoiter  than  the  petiole;  upper  ones 
sessile,  ovate,  acute,  flb.  violet-blue  to  white,  in  dense 
heads  or  glorncs,  15-20  in  the  terminal  hcadsj  fewer  in 
axillary  ones.  Eu  ,  Armenia,  Peisia,  Siberia,  some- 
times escaped  in  this  country.  Gn  M.  14  9.  B.M. 
2649  is  var.  specifisa,  which  has  the  largest  fls  L  B  C. 
6 '505  is  var.  sparsifldra,  with  much  smaller  clusters. — 
This  is  one  of  the  earliest  flowering  and  easiest  of 
cult.  Fls.  typically  dark  purple,  running  into  lighter 
Taneties  Var  danurica,  Hort ,  is  probably  the  com- 
monest form*  terminal  clusters  3  in.  or  more  thick,  a 
very  characteristic  infl.  The  fl.  has  a  longer  tube  than 


C.  lactiflora  and  C.  thyrsotdes.  G.  26.305.  Var  acaftlis, 
Hort ,  is  an  almost  stemless  form  with  very  large  fls.: 
sts  only  3-5  in.  high.  G  W.  9,  p.  272.  Var.  superba, 
Hort ,  is  a  cross  of  the  dwarf  variety  with  var.  dahunca: 
large  heads  of  deep  violet  fls. 

cc.  Infl.  a  spike  or  raceme,  dense  or  loose. 

D.  Color  of  fits  normally  white  or  yellowish. 

E.  Corolla  small,  short-tubed. 

13  lactiflora,  Bieb     Perennial,  2^-6  ft.:  st.  erect, 
branching*  Ivs    sessile,  ovate- lanceolate,  acutely  ser 
rate   calyx-lobes  very  nroad,  acute,  serrulate,  one-half 
shorter  than  the  broadly  bell-shaped  corolla:  fls   in  a 
loose  or  dense  panicle,  which  may  be  3H  m.  long  and 
thick;  corolla  white  or  pale  blue,  1  in.  long,  nearly  \Yi 
in  broad   caps  ovoid,  erect    Caucasus,  Siberia.    B.M. 
1973     G  C  III  50  438.    Gn.  61,  p*.  29,  63,  p.  90;  71, 
p    418,  75,  p    89      G  M    46: 

168,  48  545.  Gn  W.  23  623. 
The  normally  milk-white  blue- 
tinged  fls  are  characteristic. 
Var.  coerdlea,  Hort ,  has  light 
blue  fls. — C.  cellidifolia,  Boxss  , 
referred  to  the  above,  may  be 
a  strongly  marked  variety.  C. 
biserrdta,  Koch,  is  also  referred 
here. 

14  thyrsoides,  Linn    Bien- 
nial, 1-1  l/i  ft  ;  st.  grooved    Ivs 
all  covered  with  long  hairs  at 
the  margin;   root-lvs.    sessile, 
spatulate   or  obtusely  lanceo- 
late, 2^  in.  long,  %in    wide, 
in  a  denbc  rosette,   lying  on 
the  ground;   upper   Ivs    more 
narrow  and  acute    fls    40-50, 
feu  If  ur  or  creamy  yellow,  m  a 
dense  Ihyrse-like  spike,  \vhich 
may  be  6  in   long  and  2J  2  in 
broad;     st>le    exserted.     Alps 
and  Jura,  3,000-6,000  ft.    B  M 
1290    LBC.  17  1614.— Inter- 
mingled with  the   fls    in   the 
spike  are  Ivs.  \\hich  are  longer 
than  the  fls  ,  which  is  not  true 
of  C.  ladt flora.  Should  not  be 
confounded  with  C  thrysotdea, 
Lapeyr  ,   which  —  C.  specwsa, 
(see  supplementary  list).    Ap- 
parent 1>  no  blue  or  purple  forms 
are  known.  The  picture  m  B.M. 
shows    a  characteristic    red- 
tipped  calyx.    Garden  hybrids 

are  reported  with  C.  tpicata  (see  Kew  Bull  1910,  p.  322) . 

EE  Corolla  large,  long-tubed. 

15  Vidfilii,   II    C.  Wats      Perennial,    1-2   ft  •    st 
branching  fiom  the  base,  some  branches  short,  sterile, 
others  tall,  floriferous,   all  grooved,   clammy,   glossy. 
Ivs    3-4  in    long,  oblong-spat  ulate,   coarsely  serrate, 
thuk,   fleshy,  firm,  viscid,  the  upper  ones  gradually 
becoming  bracts    fls  2  in   long,  nodding,  about  9  in  a 
loose  terminal  raceme;  calyx- lobes  triangular,  thick, 
one-fourth  shorter  than  the  corolla;  corolla  tubular, 
swelled  below,  constricted  above,  white  with  a  yellow 
base     Azores.     B.M.  4748.    F  8.7:729     A.  F.  3:116. 
GC  III  18'95;  34:330-1     Gn.  54,  p  299,  63,  p.  297; 
74,  p.  402;  75,  p.  410.  J.F.  3,  pi.  274.— Very  distinct. 

I>D.  Coior  of  fls.  normally  blue  or  purple  (with  white 

varieties) . 

E.  Sue  of  fls.  large. 

F.  Raceme  pyramidal  or  long-conical,  usually  dense. 
16.  pyramidalis,  Linn    CHIMNEY  CAMPANULA.   Fig. 
766.    Glabrous  perennial,  4-5  ft.:  Ivs.  glandular-den- 


765.  A  narrow-flowered 
form  of  Campanula  per- 
sicifolla. 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


tate,  lower  petiolate,  ovate-oblong,  subcordate;  st.- 
Ivs.  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate:  calyx-lobes  acuminate, 
spreading,  half  as  long  as  the  broadly  bell-shaped 
corolla,  fls.  numerous,  in  pyramidal  racemes,  pale  blue 
varying  to  white  and  darker  at  the  base.  G.C.  III. 
32:388.  Gn  45,  p.  67; 
48,  p.  306;  61,  p.  221 
(a  staked  pot  plant); 
47,  p.  86  (with  exten- 
sive cultural  notes) ; 
53,  p.  535,  62,  p.  254, 
64,  p.  96;  68,  p.  137; 
69,  p  4,  74,  p.  548. 
RH  1897,  p.  238. 
GM  46  612;  53-  811. 
G.W.  1,  p  39,  7,  p. 
7;  11,  p  137;  13,  p.  571. 
Var  alba,  Hort  ,  has 
white  fls  Gn  74,  p. 
645.  JH  III.  51-257. 
Var  compacta,  Hort. 
Dwarf er:  fls.  larger  and 
of  better  substance. 
The  compact  vanety  is 
very  floriferous  and 
convenient  for  conser- 
vatory, but  lacks  the 
characteristic  erect, 
pyramidal  habit  Gn 
73,  p  54  G.  18  64 
S.H.  2:97.  C  Fer- 
gusonii,  Hort ,  is  a  hy- 
brid of  C  pyramidalis 
and  C  carpalica,  re- 
sembling a  dwarf  form 
of  the  former  in  growth, 
18  in.  petals  more 
pointed  than  those  of 
the  latter:  fls  bright 
lilac  Gn  66,  p.  276. 
Hybnds  between  C.  pyrarmdalis  and  C  versicolor  are 
reported. 

FF.  Raceme  not  pyramidal,  usually  looser. 

17  latifdlia,  Linn.     Perennial,  3-4  ft      Ivs    large, 
doubly  serrate;  root-lvs.  sometimes  6  in  long,  petiolate, 
cordate,  covered  with  soft  hairs;  st-lvs   sessile,  more 
acuminate,    peduncle    1-fld.;    calyx-lobes   long-acumi- 
nate, one- third  shorter  than  the  corolla,  fls  6-15  in  a 
loose  spike  or  raceme  about  8  in  long,  erect,  very  large, 
2%  in.  long,  purple  or  dark  blue,  hairy    Eu.,  Persia 
G.W  8,  p.  445.    Var   macrantha,  Sims  (C.  macrdntha, 
Fisch  )  is  commoner  m  cult    than  the  type,  a  little 
hairier,  with  a  glabrous  calyx  and  very  large  fls.   B  M. 
2553,  3347      R  II.  1897,  p.  239.  J.H.llI  60.263.  Var. 
eriocarpa,  DC.,  has  the  st  and  Ivs.  pilose  and  more  pallid, 
and  a  hispid  calyx-tube.    There  is  a  white-fld  form.   It 
is  native  to  England,  and  is  easily  naturalized  there  in 
wild  gardens.    The  st.-lvs.  are  probably  the  largest  of 
any  of  the  garden  kinds,  often  3M  m.  long  and  2  in.  wide. 

EE.  Size  of  fls  f>mall,  less  than  1  in.  long. 

18  bononie"nsis,  Linn      Perennial,  2-2^   ft.;   sca- 
brous: st.  simple.  Ivs.  scrrulatCj  ovate-acuminate,  pallid 
beneath;  root-lvs.  cordate-petiolate;  upper  Ivs.  clasp- 
ing: calyx-lobes  acuminate,  one-fourth  shorter  than  the 
funnel-shaped  corolla'  fls.  normally  purplish,  in  a  long, 
loose,  pyramidal  spike,  which  may  be  2  ft  long,  with 
60-100  small  fls  ;  corolla  %m.  long  and  broad.  E.  Eu., 
W.  Siberia,  and  Caucasus.   Var  ruth6nica  (C.  rulhen- 
ica,   Bieb.),  has   Ivs.  wider  and   tomentose  beneath. 
Caucasus  and  Tauna.    B.M.  2653.    There  is  a  white- 
fld.  form    The  fls  are  much  smaller  than  in  C.  latifolia, 
and  the  raceme  is  much  larger. 

19.  rhombofdalis,  Lmn.  Perennial,  1  ft.,  sometimes 
2  ft.:  st.  simple,  erect:  Ivs.  sessile,  ovate-acute,  serrate: 


766.  Campanula  pyramidalis. 


pl 
lo 


calyx-lobes  awl-shaped,  one-half  shorter  than  the  bell- 
shaped  corolla;  fls.  8-10  in  an  almost  corymbose 
raceme,  the  lower  pedicels  of  which  may  be  3  in.  long, 
the  uppermost  1  in.  or  lest,,  corolla  purplish  blue,  1  in. 
long,  and  a  little  wider.  Mts  of  Eu.  B.M  551  (as 
C.  azurea)  J.H  III  50:541  Var.  alba,  Hort,  has 
white  fls  G.W.  3,  p.  14  —It  flowers  in  July  and 
August,  after  which  the  sts  and  Ivs.  die  down  quickly. 

20  Trachelium,  Linn  THROATWORT  Fig  767. 
Perennial,  2-3  ft.:  st.  angular,  somewhat  bristly  (as 
also  the  fls):  Ivs.  rough,  acuminate,  coarsely  crenate- 
dentato;  root-lvs  cordate,  ovate,  short-stalked'  calyx- 
lobes  erect,  triangular-  acuminate,  one-third  shorter 
than  the  bell-shaped  blue  or  white  coiolla  peduncle 
1-3-fld  ,  fls  erect  at  hist,  at  length  tending  to  droop 
m  a  loose  raceme,  which  may  be  12-  IS  in  long  caps 
nodding  Eu  ,  Caucasus,  Sibena,  Japan,  and  run  wild 
in  parts  of  N  Amor  R  H  1897,  p  239  There  is  a 
double-fld  form  and  variations  in  color  —  One  of  the 
commonest  and  hardiest  of  the  border  plants,  often 
running  out  the  other  campanulas,  and  passing  under 
many  names,  especially  as  C.  urticifolia. 

21.  rapunculoldes,  Linn  Fig  708  Peienmal,  2-1 
ft  :  st.  indistinctly  pubescent  or  almost  smooth  Ivs. 
rough,  ovate-acummaiu,  root-hs  petiolate,  cordate, 
cremilate;  st  -Ivs  serrulate  calyx  a  little  rougher  than 
in  C  Tracheliurn,  the  lobes  linear-lanceolate,  at  length 
reflexed,  one-fourth  length  of  the  oblong-campanu- 
late  bright  blue  corolla,  fls  soon  declined  or  nodding, 
in  long  mostly  1-sided  racemes  or  spikes,  bright  blue. 
Eu  ,  Caucasus,  Siberia,  and  common  m  patches  on  old 
roadsides  and  about  yards  Summer  Gn.  M  14  9 

22  versfcolor,  Sibth  &  Smith  Perennial,  3—4  ft  ; 
lant  glabrous  st  ascending  Ivs  serrate,  root-lvs. 
oug-petioled,  ovate-acute,  subeordate,  st  -Ivs  short- 
pot  lolod,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate  calyx-teeth 
acuminate,  spreading,  at  length  reflexed,  one-half  as 
long  as  the  corolla'  fls  in  long,  spicate  racemes,  style 
exserted  caps  spheioid  Greece 

ceo   Infl  an  open,  compound  panicle 
23.  divaricata,   Michx     Glabrous  peren- 
nial, 1-3  ft      ^t    erect,   slender,  paniculate 
above     branches    slender,    diveigent     Ivs 
sparse,  subsessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate at   both  ends,  coarsely  serrate    cal>\- 
lobes    awl-shaped,    one- 
half    shorter    than    the 
tubular,  bell-shaped  cor- 
olla, fls    small,  nodding, 
pale  blue,  in  a  verj  open 
and   compound  panicle, 
style  straight,  exseited 
Alleghames,  from  Va  to 
Ca.—  Rare  in  gaidens 

GROUP  III  Low-growing 
or  rock-garden  cam- 
panulas, mostly  lets 
than  a  foot  or  I  ft  in. 
high  Now  24-49 
A.  Calyx  with  an  append' 
age  at  the  base  of 
each  sinus  t  often 
minute  or  disguised 
in  form. 
B.  Throat  of  corolla 

spotted  violet. 
24.  punctata,  Lam.  (C. 
ndbilis,  Lindl.).    Named 
from  the  spotted  whitish 
corolla,   the  purplish 

rts  being   inside  and 
wing  through  faintly 
767.  Campanula  Traehelium.(xH)  ^    the    fresh     fl.     but 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


647 


more  plainly  in  the  dried  specimen:  like  C.  alhar- 
ix folia.  Perennial,  1  ft ,  with  long  and  loose  hairs: 
upper  Ivs  neaily  sessile,  and  inert-  sharply  toothed 
than  the  lower'  calyx-lobes  one-third  as  long  as  the 
corolla,  longer,  looker  and  hairier  than  m  C.  allian<c- 
foha,  and  the  margins  much  more  recurved*  peduncle 
l-4-fld  ,  fls  nodding,  corolla  cylmdiical,  "2y\  in.  long, 
white,  spotted  within,  strongly  ribbed  Sibena,  Japan. 
GC  III  38,  supp  Aug.  26.  42:96.  Gn  73,  p  423;  75, 
p  458  GM  51  781.  G  29:595— C  nobtlis  has  been 
considered  distinct.  In  F  S.  3  247  the  corolla  is  dark 
violet  without,  the  limb  hairy,  while  m  B  M  1723 
(C  puncldta)  the  corolla  is  white  outside  and  not 
bearded.  In  F  H  6:563  (C.  tiobiht*  var  alba)  the  limb 
is  not  bearded  and  the  st.  is  red,  and  not  hairy  The 
three  pictures  show  great  differences  in  foliage,  pubes- 
cence and  appendages  This  is  one  of  the  most  inter- 
esting of  all  campanulas,  and  is,  unfortunately,  usually 
considered  more  quaint  than  beautiful.  The  spotted 
throat  readily  separates  it  from  other  campanulas. 

BB   Thro'il  of  corolla  not  spotted. 
c  Sis  commonly   1-fld. 

25  Van  Houttei,   Carr      Perennial,  2  ft  :  root-lvs. 
long-pet  loled,   roundish  cordate  ?  more  or  less  lobed; 
st -Ivh    sessile,  oval-lanceolate,  n  regularly  bi-deritate, 
2} 2~4  in.  long,  more  or  less  villous,  strongly  nerved, 
fls    UhiialK    solitary,  nodding  at  the  end  of  a  small 
branchlet,   2   in    long,   half  as  broad,   indigo-blue,  or 
violet,  calyx-lobes  linear,  spreading,  1  in.  long — A  gar- 
den hvbnd  resembling  C   punctata.    Intro   into  France 
1878  by  'ihibaut   and   Keteleer.    Var    pallida,  Hort  , 
has  pale  la\i  i  der  11s 

26  Alhdnu,    ViH       Perennial,    3-5    in  .    rootstock 
slender,  eiee|.ing  underground,  sending  up  bts.  at  inter- 
vals of  !  2  li<     Ivs  f2W,  about  7  on  a  ^t  ,  1-2  in   long, 
'ineai-luiueol  ite,  sessile,  slightly  hairy,  entire,  nudnb 
distinct,  lo-wtr  ones  in  a  whorl  of  about  5,  upper  ones 
similar  but  more  erect    cal>  \-lobe.s  lanceolate,  half  as 
long  as  the  (orollu,  the  appendages  ovate,  reflexed,  one- 
third  the  length  of  the  calyx-lobes;  fls-    purple,  \\ith  a 
rare  white  '\  ,11  iet,\ ,  only  one  on  a  st ,  inclined  or  nodding, 
1  12  in   long,  md  as  broad  across  the  mouth,  probably 
the  laigest  foi  the  size  of  the  plant  of  any  campanula 
A  veiy  local  specie*,  found  only  in  the  western  Alps. 
BM.  65.88    GC  III  52  52     Gn  60,  p  51 

n    .S/s  usually  scveral-Jld 
n   Margin  of  corolla,  bearded. 

27.  barbata,  I  inn     IVieninal,  6-9  in  *  st  pilose.  Ivs. 
villous,  entne  01  nearly  so,  ioot-l\s  tufted,  lanceolate; 
i>t -lv.s  feu,  hgulate  ('):  interne  loose,  3-1-fld  ,  fls  nod- 
ding, pale  blue,  calyx:  appendage  ov.it e,  obtuse,  half  as 
long  as  the  lobes,  eoiolla  bell-shaped,  .shoiter  than  in 
C   Allwnn,  and  \\ith  a  bearded  mouth     Alp.s     L  IK' 
8:788    GC  111   IS  3HS    Gn  18,  p  2<)7.  G  W  12,  p  417 
— There  is  a  wlute-fld   form,  but  app.iientH  no  puiple 
Readily  distinguished  fiom  (J    Atlionn  by  the  differ- 
ent coloied,  bearded  nnd  smallei  fls  ,  uluch  are  raiely 
borne  singly,  and  by  the  dense,  soft  h-urs  of  the  st 
Alps,  2,400-6,000  ft',  widel\  distributed,  mK  of  Noi- 
way,  and  the  Carpathians    Becomes  coai.se  when  grown 
in  rich  ground. 

DD.  Margin  of  corolla  not  bearded. 
K   Fh  erect. 

28.  m<511is,  Linn     Peienmal,  velvety  gray,  6-8  in  : 
Bts.  procumbent,  about  2-tld    root-lvs  tufted,  obov'ate 
or  spatulate,  st  -Ivs   ovate  or  rotund    fls   loosely  pani- 
cled;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate,  eiect,  half  shorter  than  the 
glabrous,     bell-shaped    corolla,    appendages    minute, 
shorter  than  the  eolyx-tube;  corolla  erect,  dark  pvn- 
pllsh  blue  or  lavender,  with  a  \\hite  throat,  the  tube 
long,   segms    shoit,   broad,   spreading,   acute     Spam, 
Crete.   B.M  404  —Rock  or  border  plant. 


EK  A7.s  nodding 

29  alpina,  Jaccj  Perennial,  3-8  m  :  st  furrowed. 
Ivs  smaller  than  in  ('  barbata,  more  narrowly  lanceo- 
late, entire,  hairy  fls  typically  deep  blue,  bell-shaped, 
with  broader  arid  shoiter  segms  tnan  in  C  barbata; 
calyx-lobes  propoitionately  veiy  long,  Mirpas-sing  the 
fl  -bud,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  flower,  but  widely 
spreading  Alps  of  Austria,  Ivombardy  and  Trans;,  Ivania, 
6,000-7,000  ft  altitude  BM  957  J  II  III  29  5  — 
There  is  a  white-fld  var.  The  plant  has  a  characteristic 
shaggy  appearance  from  the  hairy  Ivs.  Easy  of  cult. 


768.  Campanula  rapunculoides.  ( X  M) 


30.  siblrica,  Linn.  (C  Hdhenacken,  Fisch.).  Bien- 
nial or  perennial,  setaceous-pilose,  st.  erect,  bimple, 
panicled  above  Ivs  crenulate;  root-lvs  petioie<l, 
obovate.  obtuse;  st  -Ivs  laneeolate-acummave  calvx 
hany,  the  lobes  long-acuminate,  a  third  shorter  than 
the  corolla,  calvx  appendages  like  the  lobes  but  hall 
shoitei  and  reflexed;  fls.  2o  or  more,  violet,  with  a 
longei  and  narrower  tube  than  in  C.  alpina,  and  longer 
divisions  of  the  limb.  N.  Asia,  Caucasus,  W.  Eu. 
B  M.  659.  R  H.  1861:431  —The  type  is  rare,  but  var 
exinua,  Hort  ,  is  somewhat  commoner,  it  is  dwarfer, 
much  branched,  with  long,  scabrous  Ivs.  and  pale 
bluish  to  violet  fls.  Var.  divergens,  Willd  ,  has  larger 
fls  and  bioader  Ivs  than  the  type.  G.C.  Ill  16:597. 
C.  bibirica  usually  does  best  when  treated  as  a  biennial. 

AA  Calyr  uithout  appendages. 
B.  Fl3.  very  wide-spreading,  i.e.,  rotate,   wheels-shaped, 

almost  flat, 
c.  Blossoms  all  erect. 

31  Waldsteiniana,  Roem  &  Schult.  Perennial, 
4-6  in.  *  sts.  rigid,  glabrous  *  Ivs.  fleshy,  sessile,  gray-green, 


648 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPAISTULA 


lanceolate,  slightly  serrate-dentate,  the  lower  obtuse, 
the  upper  long-acuminate:  calyx-lobea  awl-shaped, 
spreading  or  recurved,  one-fourth  shorter  than  the 
corolla:  fls.  5-9  in  a  corymbose  raceme  \Y±  in.  long, 
.  wide,  pale  purplish  blue;  corolla  rotate,  almost 
starlike,  with  a  dark  spot  in  the 
throat;  pistil  large,  white,  twice  the 
length  of  the  corolla,  with  a  yellow 
stigma  S  Austria.  Gn  8,  p.  173. 
G.  18:81.  GW  12,  pp.446,  710  C. 
Tommasinidna,  Hort.,  is  an  allied 
plant,  with  very  wiry  growth  and 
pendent  pale  blue  fls.  C.  Ktdnsfieldii, 
Hort.,  is  a  supposed  hybrid,  perhaps 
between  C.  W alfkteimana  and  C.  car- 
patica. 

32.  ramosfssima,  Sibth.  &  Smith 
(C  Lbrei,  Poll )    Annual,  1  ft  or  less, 
branching-   lower  Ivs.   obovate  and 
crenate,  upper  Ivs.  narrow,  entire: 
fls.  violet  with  white  base  and  blue 
intermediate    parts,   erect    on    long 
simple  pedicels  Eu  B  M  2581. 
Var.  &ba,  Hort   Fls.  white. 
cc.  Blossoms  not  all  erect. 
D.  Habit  trailing  or  pendulous. 
33.  frAgilis,  Cynll.     Peren- 
nial, 4-6  in  :st  diffuse,  trailing: 
root -Ivs.  long-petioled, 
roundish  -  cordate,     ob- 
tusely dentate,  or  cre- 
nately    lobed;    st  -Ivs. 
smaller,    (scattered,    the 
uppermost  ovate-lanceo- 
late: fls.  pale   purplish 
blue  with  a  white  center, 
1^2  m-  wide,  in   loose 
corymbs ;     calyx  -  lobes 
linear-  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  erect, 
almost    equaling 
the  corolla;  style 
exserted:    caps'. 

ovoid.  Italy  B.M.6504.  P.M. 
11:25.  G.C.  III.  43-378.  Gn.  8, 
p.  174;  47,  p.  278;  63,  p.  53.  G. 
18:120.  G.W.  2,  p.  381.  Var. 
hirsute,  DC.,  is  a  hairier  form. — 
This  is  the  best  species  for  hang- 
ing-baskets, window-  and  veranda- 
boxes,  ana  for  covering  large 
stones  in  the  rockery.  Prop  by 
cuttings  in  spring,  the  roots  being  too  fragile  to  divide 
well.  Not  so  hardy  as  C.  gargamca. 

34.  garganica,  Tenore    Perennial,  3-6  in  :  st.  diffuse, 
with  pendent  branches:  lower  Ivs.  remform-cordate, 
crenate-dentate;    upper    Ivs     ovate-acute,    dentate: 
raceme  lax;  peduncles  1-2-fld  ;  calyx-tube  spheroid,  the 
lobes  spreading,  a  third  or  fourth  shorter  than  the 
glabrous  blue  rotate  corolla     Mt.  Gargano  in  Italy, 
and  elsewhere    B  R.  1768    Gn   48,  p  295;  43,  p.  25. 
G  M.  54.664.  G  W.  4,  p  255.  Var.  hirsftta,  Hort.,  is  a 
hairier  form.  Gn.  46,  p  253;  48,  p  297.— Half-shaded 
position.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  by  aivision. 

DD.  Habit  not  trailing  or  pendulous. 

35.  Elatines,  Linn.    Perennial,  more  or  less  pubes- 
cent, 6-6  in.:  Ivs.  cordate,  coarsely  and  acutely  den- 
tate, lower  rotund,  others  ovate-acute    raceme  lax; 
calyx-tube  spherical,  the  lobes  spreading,  linear-lanceo- 
late, somewhat  unequal,  a  half  shorter  than  the  rotate 
purplish  corolla,  style  exserted.    Piedmont.    Gn.  60, 
p.  64  — Rare  rock-plant  for  light,  stony  soil. 

36.  Portenschlagiana,  Roem.  &  Schult.  (C.  murdluL 
Port.).  Perennial,  6-9  in  :  sts.  somewhat  erect:  IVB.  all 


769.  Campanula 
carpatica. 


alike  petiolate,  cordate,  roundish,  acutely  angular-den- 
tate: calyx-tube  spheroidj  lobes  erect,  acuminate,  a 
third  shorter  than  the  infundibuliform  blue-purple 
corolla:  fls.  racemose.  Dalmatia  — Allied  to  C.  gar- 
ganica, but  the  corolla  not  so  deeply  5-cut.  Gn.  61,  p. 
225,  72,  p.  460.  Var.  major,  Hort.  Fls.  nearly  twice 
larger  than  in  the  type,  1>6  in.  across,  making  a  large 
mound  of  purple-blue.  GC.  III.  48:58.  Gn.  60, 
p.  Ill;  63,  p.  110.  G.W.  3,  p.  13. 

BB.  Fls.  broadly  bell-shaped,  less  widely  spreading  than 

in  B,  wider  than  in  BBB  (except  perhaps  in  No.  40). 

c.  Height  2-3  in. 

37.  Rainerii,    Perpenti.     Perennial,    2-3    in.:    sts. 
suberect;  branching'  branches  1-3-fld  :  Ivs.  subsessile, 
ovate,  distantly  serrate,  the  lower  smaller  and  obovate: 
calyx-tube  obcomcal,  the  lobes  long-acuminate,  erect, 
half  shorter  than  the  broadly  infundibuliform  corolla: 
fls.   large,   solitary,  erect,  dark   purplish   blue;   style 
short,  not  exserted:  caps,  obovate.     Mts    N    Italy. 
F.S.  18:1908.     Gn  60,  p.  163.— One   of    the   choicest 
rock-plants,  but  spmewnat  rare.   Several  forms  of  the 
hybrid  C.  Wihonii  are  often  cult  under  this  name,  but 
their  Ivs.  are  lighter  green  and  less  tomentose  than  C. 
Raineni.  Thrives  in  a  well-drained,  sunny  position. 

cc.  Height  more  than  2-3  in. 
D.  Style  not  exserted. 

38.  Ten&rii,  Moretti    Perennial,  8-12  in  ,  glabrous: 
st.  ascending  or  prostrate:  Ivs  leathery;  root-lvs.  long- 
petioled,   ovate,   subcordate,   irregularly   serrate,   st- 
Ivs  petiolate.  ovate-acute,  coarsely  serrate  calyx-lobes 
linear-lanceolate,  spreading,  half  as  long  as  the  broadly 
bell-shaped  corolla  fls  racemose,  blue'  caps  spherical. 
Apennines,  near  Naples  — This  is  referred  by  botanists 
to-  the  Grecian  species  C.  versicolor,  which  is  typically 
taller,  but  is  kept  distinct  by  Correvon  and  others    In 
the  garden,  C.  Tenorn  resembles  C.  pyramidalis  m 
foliage  and  fl.,  but  is  shorter. 

39.  carpdtica,  Jacq     Fig    769.  Perennial,  9-18  in  , 
glabrous,  st.  branching*  lower  Ivs.  thin,  long-pet lolcd, 
ovate-rotund,    cordate,    coarsely    dentate,    undulate; 
upper  ones  shorter  petioled,  ovate-acuminate'  pedun- 
cles  long,    terminal   and   axillary,    1-fld  ;    fls.    large, 
often  1%  in.  wide,  bright  deep  blue;  calyx-tube  obconi- 
cal,  the  lobes  acute,  wide  at  the  base,  subdentate- 
erect,  a  third  or  half  as  long  as  the  broadly  bell-shaped 
corolla;   style  not  exserted:   caps,   ovoid-cylindrical. 
Carpathian   Mts.   of  Austria,     B.M.  117.    G.C.  Ill 
46:412.    G.W.  12,  p.  436.    Gn.  48,  p.  297;  62,  p.  320. 
Var.    cceiestina,    Hort.     Fls.    sky-blue.     Var.    Alba, 
Hort.     Fls,    white.     G  M.  55:615.    Var.  turbinata, 
Hort.     (C     turbinata,    Schott),    is     dwarf  or,     more 
compact,   with    fls.   more    bell-  or  top-shaped,   and 
often  2  in.  across,  purplish  blue.   It  also  has  larger  Ivs. 
and  more  decumbent  habit.    Gn. 

45,  p.  171;  68,  p    179;  75,  p.  201. 
G.W.  12,  p.  446.  F.E.17:15.  A  form 


i.  (Detail  Xf) 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPANULA 


649 


with  pallid  fls.  is  rarer.  Var.  Wflsonii,  Hort.  (C.  Wil- 
aonii,  Hort.),  is  a  hybrid  of  var.  turbmata  and  C.  pulla, 
with  the  large  fls.  of  the  former  and  the  handsome  dark 
foliage  of  the  latter,  it  is  compact,  dwarf,  and  small, 
ovate,  very  hairy  Ivs.,  with  crenate-serrate  margin. 
Gn.  60,  p.  219.  Var.  haylodgSnsis,  Hort.  (C.  hay- 
lodgensis,  Hort ).  is  a  garden  hybrid,  probably  between 
C.  carpatica  and  C.  cxspitosa.  Raised  by  Anderson 
Henry,  Hay  Lodge,  Edinburgh.  Height  6-9  in.:  root- 
lys.  tufted,  roundish  cordate,  slightly  dentate,  st  -Ivs. 
light  green,  ovate-cordate,  conspicuously  toothed,  fls. 
light  blue,  bell-shaped,  few.  at  the  eiids  of  sts  Var 
pelviftirmis,  Hort.,  from  Crete,  has  very  large,  pnle 
hlac,  almost  saucer-shaped  fls  II II.  1882,  p.  509  G  C 
III.  44:64.  Var.  HSndersomi,  Hort.,  is  often  refeired 
to  var.  turbiuata,  but  is  more  robust;  there  is  doubt  as 
to  its  origin,  C.  pyramulalu  or  C.  allianxfolia  possibly 
having  played  some  part  in  it:  Ivs.  ovate  ana  ovate- 
cordate,  ly%  in.  long,  %in.  broad,  slightly  hairy  on 
both  sides,  folded  upwards,  serrate;  petioles  1-1 M  in. 
long:  fls.  dark  blue,  1^-2  in.  wide,  in  short,  6-9-fld. 
racemes  G.W.  8,  p.  65;  14,  p.  581.  Var.  riverslfca,  Hort. 
Fls.  dark  blue,  2-3  in.  across:  sts  12-15  in.  long  but 
spreading,  parts  of  corolla  often  6  or  7.  G  M.  43*627 
Var  compacta,  Hort.,  is  a  condensed  dwarf  form  C. 
Sldnsjieldn,  Hort ,  is  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid  between  C. 
carpatica  and  C.  Waldsteiniana  (No.  31)  — This  species 
is  very  variable  in  height  and  in  shape  of  fls. 

DD.  Style  exserted 

40.  isophylla,  Moretti  (C.flonbunda,  Viv.).  Perennial, 
st  suberect*  Ivs.  all  of  same  form,  petiolate,  roundish 
cordate,  crenate-dentate.  calyx-lobe*  acuminate,  half 
shorter  than  the  broadly  bell-shaped  or  saucer-shaped 
corolla;  fls  pale  blue,  1  in.  or  more  wide,  corymbose, 
style  exserted  caps,  ovoid.  Italy  B  M  3745.  Gn  49,  p. 
483;  48,  p  297  —A  desirable 
basket  or  rock  plant  in  sun  or 
half  shade.  The  white  form,  Var. 
alba,  is  most  excel- 
lent free-flower- 
ing. C.  Mayii, 
Hort.,  is  .supposed 
to  be  a  denvativo 
of  this  species  Ivs. 
soft  and  woolly. 
Choice 

BBM.  Fls  bell-hhaped. 

c.  Style  exerted 
41  Scouleri,  Hook. 
Perennial,  3-12  in  :  st. 
simple  or  branched: 
Ivs  acutely  serrate, 
somewhat  hirsute; 
lower  ones  ovate-acute, 
petioled;  middle  ones 
ovate -lanceolate;  up- 
per linear  -  lanccolat  e, 
sessile,  calyx-lobes  awl- 
shaped,  erect,  one-third 
shorter  than  the  co- 
rolla' fls.  pale  blue, 
racemose,  or  more  or 
less  pamcled ,  style 
exserted:  caps  ovoid. 
N.  Calif,  to  Puget 
Sound. — The  capsular 
valves  are  a  little 
above  the  middle,  while 
in  C.  carpatica  and  C.  persicifolia  they  are  near  the 
apex. 

cc.  Style  not  exserted. 
D  Color  dark  purple. 

42.  pfllla,  Linn.   Fig.  770.  Perennial,  3-8  in.,  tufted 
or  in  clumps,  showy:  st.  normally  1-fld.'  Ivs.  glabrous, 


772  Campanula 
rotundifoha  var  sol- 
daneilaeflora.  (XH) 


771.  Campanula  rotundifolia.  (XI) 


crenulate-dentate,  lower  ones  short-petioled,  ovate- 
rotund;  upper  sessile,  ovate-acute:  calyx-lobes  long- 
acuminate,  erect,  a  half  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped, 
nodding  corolla.  Mts.  of  Austria,  4,000-6,000  ft.  In 
B.M.  2492  the  calyx-lobes  are  short-acuminate,  a 
sixth  as  long  as  the  corolla  L. 
BC.  6:554.  Gn.  63,  p  140  C. 
pidloides,  Hort ,  is  a  supposed 
hybrid  between  C  pulla  and  C. 
turbinata,  with  habit  of  former*  6 
in  :fls  glistening  purple-blue.  Gn. 
66,  p.  203 

DD.  Color  not  dark  purple,  but  violet 
or  blue  (varying  to  white.) 

43.  drabifdlia,  Sibth  &  Smith 
(C  dttica,  Boiss  ).  Annual,  hispid, 
3-4  in.,  lower  Ivs.  oblong  or  ellip- 
tic, dentate,  tapering  into  a 
petiole  fls  large,  blue  and  lighter 
on  the  tube,  bell-shaped,  on  fork- 
ing sts.  Greece. 

44  rotundifdlia,  Linn.  HARE- 
HELL  HAIRBELL  BLUE  BELLS 
OF  SCOTLAND  Fig  771  Peren- 
nial, 6-12  in  :  root-lvs.  petiolate, 
orbicular  or  cordate,  crenate-den- 
tate st  -Ivs  linear  or  lanceolate, 
usually  entire,  calyx-lobes  awl- 
shaped,  erect,  a  third  shorter  than 
the  boll-shaped  bright  blue  cor- 
olla; fl  -buds  erect  Eu  ,  Siberia, 
N.  Amer  Gn  53.42;  62,  p.  59. 
Gn.  M  14*10. — This  is  one  of 
the  most  cosmopolitan  of  all 
campanulas,  and  the  true  harebell  or  bluebell  of  litera- 
ture. In  the  wild  it  is  usually  slenderer  and  taller  than 
in  the  garden.  In  shady  woods  it  often  grows  2  ft  high. 
The  type  has  a  white-fld  variety  which  is  much  less 
popular,  but  GC  1861.698  shows  an  excellent  pot- 
plant  of  it.  Var.  alaskana,  Gray  Dwarfer,  leafy  to  the 
top*  radical  Ivs.  cordate,  lowest  st  -Ivs  ovatp  and- the 
upper  ones  becoming  lanceolate  calyx-lobes  attenuate, 
becoming  deflexed;  corolla  H~1H  m  l°nK  Alaska 
Var.  arctica,  Lange  Rigid,  1-  to  few-fid  corolla  1  in 
long,  the  calyx-lobes  very  slender  and  soon  spreading 
ordeflexing.  Canada  north.  Var  velutina,  DC  Herbage 
whitish  pubescent.  Var.  Hdstii,  Hort.  (C  Hdstu, 
Baumg  ),  has  larger  fls  than  the  type  and  ftouter  sts 
The  lower  st  -Ivs  are  lanceolate,  remotely  dentate,  the 
upper  hnsar  entire:  calyx-lobes  longer  than  in  the  type, 
a  hah"  shorter  than  the  corolla  The  white-fld  form  is 
not  so  vigorous  |G  o  207  The  most  pronounced 
variant  is  var  soldanellaefldra,  Ilort  (C  sobianella, 
Hort  ).  Fig  772  With  semi-double  blue  fls  split  to 
the  base  into  about  25  divisions  FS  18*1880  Gn 
60,  p  162  This  cunous  variation  is  unique  m  the 
genus  The  alpine  soldanellaa  are  famous  among  trav- 
elers for  melting  their  way  through  the  ice  They  have 
fringed  blue  fls  — The  name  C  rolundifdia  seems  singu- 
larly inappropriate  until  one  finds  the  root-lvs  in 
uaily  spring  C  bfrnocbdon.  Boiss  &  Reut.,  by  some 
referred  to  C.  rotundifolia,  is  more  slender  and  with  nar- 
rower st  -Ivs.:  fls.  long  and  narrow,  tubular,  rich  lilac- 
purple  Alps. 

45.  Schefcchzeri,  Vill.  (C  hnifblia,  Willd.)  Peren- 
nial, 4-12  in-  st.  1-4-fld,  usually  1-fld..  root-lvs 
roundish,  ovate,  or  cordate;  st  -Ivs  linear  or  narrowly 
lanceolate,  sessile,  denticulate,  the  lowest  st.-lvs. 
spatulate:  calyx-lobes  slender,  Imear-awl-shapcd,  nearly 
as  long  as  the  bell-shaped  (lark  blue  corolla.  Alpine 
and  subarctic  regions  of  Newfoundland,  Labrador. 
Alaska,  and  Rocky  Mts  to  Colo ,  also  m  Eu  and 
N  Asia  F.S.  21:2205,  not  L  B  C.  5.485,  which  De- 
Candolle  states  is  C.  rolundifolia.  Var.  alba,  Hort 
Fls  white  Gn.  60,  p  164.  The  st.-lvs.  of  C.  Scheuch- 


650 


CAMPANULA 


CAMPSIDIUM 


eeri  are  distinctly  serrate,  while  in  C.  rotundtfolia  they 
are  entire;  the  fl.-buds  nod  in  the  former,  but  are  erect 
in  the  latter.  The  calyx-lobes  are  relatively  longer  in 
C.  Scheuchzen,  and  perhaps  the  bell  is  deeper. 

46.  caespitdsa,  Scop.  (C.  piirmla,  Curt     C    pusilla, 
Hsenk.)     Perennial,  4-6  in.,  root-lvs.  tufted,  short- 
petioled,    ovate,    glandular-dentate,    shining-    calyx- 
lobes  linear,  erect,  a  third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped 
corolla:  fls.  nodding,  blue;  pollen  violet-colored     B.M. 
512.    Gn.  43.24;  48,  p  297;    60,  p.  161      G   25  307. 
R.H  1908,  p.  223.— Dwarfer  than  C  roiundifoha,  with 
root-lvs  never  remform,  shorter-petiolcd,  and  lasting 
until  after  fls.  have  gone.    Perennial,  quickly  forms  a 
dense  mat,  and  blooming  from  June  till  Oct    The 
European  trade  catalogues  usually  offer  C    c&spitosa 
and  C.  pusilla  separately,  and  doubtless  plants  of  dis- 
tinct horticultural  value  are  passing  under  these  names, 
but  there  seem  to  be  no  sufficient  botanical  characters 
to  distinguish  them      Correvon  says  that    C    pusilla 
differs  from  C.  c&spitosa  only  by  its  less  stoloniferous 
character.   Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls    G  C  III, 
48:96.  Gn.  72,  p.  143,  75,  p  368    G  M  5t:466.  Var. 
pallida,  Hort ,  has  pale  blue  fls.   G  M  53  . 612 

47.  excisa,  Schleich    Perennial,  glabious,  height  4-5 
in  :  sts   slender,  1-fld  :  root-lvs   sp<ituJate,  upper  Ivs. 
linear;  calyx-lobes  bristly,  spreading,  at  length  reflexed, 
a  third  shorter  than  the  bell-shaped  corolla,  fls    pale 
blue,  divided  to  about  hah*  their  depth,  with  a  round 
hole  at  the  base  of  each  sinus,  winch  easily  distinguishes 
it  from  C.  pulla  and  all  other  campanulas.    Hare  in 
Alps.     BM  7358.     L.B.C.6.561.     Gn.  60,  p.  64— A 
rare  rock-plant.   Likes  cool,  moist  air,  and  not  too  full 
exposure  to  sun. 

BBBB.  Fls.  tubular,  often  long  and  narrow. 

48.  Zfiysii,  Wulf.    Perennial,  3-4  in.:  plant  tufted, 
glabrous,  sts.  few-fld.:  root-lvs   entire,  crowded,  petio- 
late,  ovate-obovate,  obtuse,  st.-lvs  obovate-lanceolate 
and  linear:  peduncles  1-fld  ,  terminal,  rarely  axillary; 
fls.  azure-blue,  large  for  the  plant,  terminated   by  a 
stellar  process  before  expansion:    calyx-lobes    linear, 
awl-shaped,    spreading,    a   fourth    shorter    than    the 
corolla;    corolla    long-cylindrical,    constricted    at    the 
apex,  wider  at  the  base,  sharply  angled,  pale 'blue. 
Austrian  Alps,  6,000-8,000  ft    Gn  8,  p  173    G.C  III. 
20: 183,  38 '228  — A  rare  and  abnormal  species. 

49.  Erinus,    Lmn.     Annual,    plant   hispid'   height 
3-9    in.:    Ivs     small,    glossy,    ^-%in     broad,    cor- 
date, deeply  cut,  the  pointed  lobes  conspicuous:  fls. 
sessile,  pale  blue  with  a  light  center,  tubular,  %m. 
broad,  with  acute  narrow  lobes;  style  long,  conspicuous, 
colored    like  corolla     racemes    long,    semi-prostrate, 
10-12-fld.    Medit — Rare,  short-lived  rock-plant;  also 
for  edgings  and  pots 

C.  abietina,  Griseb  Rare  tufted  rockery  plant,  with  slender, 
wiry  sts  9-15  in.  high  fls  light  blue,  in  loose  branching  spikes. 
July,  Aug  E  Eu  — C  acutdngula,  Ler  &  Lev  Dwarf,  with  trail- 
ing sts  from  a  rosette  of  ivy-like  Iva  st  -Ivs  small,  rounded  and 
toothed  fls  solitary  on  each  st  ,  rather  large  and  star-like,  purple- 
blue  N  Spam  G  C  III.  50  220  —  C  amdbihs,  Lcicht  °=C  phycti- 
docalyx  — C  BeaverdiAna,  Fomme  Slender,  to  2  ft ,  glabrous  or 
finely  hairy-  lower  Ivs  oblong-ovate  to  broadly  ovate,  obtuse, 
crenate-serrate  fls  few  or  solitary,  slender-pedicelled,  blue,  l\i 
ta.  across  B  M  8299  Caucasus  — C  calycdnthema,  Hort  =C. 
Medium  var  calycanthoma  — C  cenisia,  Lmn  A  rurt>  rock-plant 
from  Mt  Gems  and  other  mts  of  the  Alps,  with  solitary  deep  blue 
fls  on  sts  2  in  high  Root-lvs  obovate,  obtuse,  st -Ivs  ovate- 
oblong,  all  Ivs  sessile-entire  calyx  hirsute,  the  lobes  linear-lanceo- 


J 
in 


late,  a  half  shorter  than  the  deeply  5-cut,  spreading  corolla - 
orandifldra,    Jacq  =Platycodon  — C     hederiicea,    Lmn  ==Wah._.. 
bergia. — C.   tmerelina,    Rupr      Dwarf,   branching,    resembling  C. 


sibinca  Ivs  small  fls  violet-blue  Caucasus  — C  mciirva,  Auchier— 
C.  Leutwemh — C  kolenahAna,  Mey  Perennial,  9  in  or  less  Iva. 
mostly  radical  ovate,  about  1  in  long  fls  in  long-stalked  raceme, 
bluish  violet,  1  in.  long,  inside  hairy  Caucasus — C  lacinidta, 
Lmn.  Robust  much-branched  biennial,  2  ft  ,  somewhat  pubescent: 
lower  Iva.  8  in  long  by  2  M  in  broad,  deeply  cut  fls  about  2  in. 
aorOM,  upwards  of  1  in  long,  pale  blue  Greece  G  C  III.  40-165. 
—C.  Leutwdntt,  Heldr  vC  mcurva,  Aucher)  Perennial,  simple, 
1  ft.  or  more  Iva  cordate,  white-downy,  crenate,  rounded  at  apex- 
fls.  pale  blue,  1 H  in  long  Greece  ~C  Martini,  Hort  =Platy- 
oodon. — C.  michauxoidct,  Bous.  Tall-growing  fls.  bluish  white. 


the  aegms  recurved  Asia  Minor.  —  C.  Lamdrckit,  D  Dietr.««» 
Adenophora  Lamarckn  —  C  nU\da,  Ait  «-C  plamflora  —  C. 
petr&a,  Lmn  Biennial,  with  ascending  st  ,  hairy,  0-12  in  lower  Ivs. 
lance-oblong,  narrowed  to  the  oase,  toothed,  upper  Iva. 
ovate  and  sessile  fls  small,  pale  yellow,  in  dense  terminal  and 
axillary  heads  N  Italy.—  C  phyettdocUyx,  Boias  &  Noe  (C. 
amabilw,  Leicht  )  Like  C  Ranunculus  in  habit,  2-2  ty  ft..  Ivs. 
lanceolate  or  cordate  fls  10-12  in  raceme,  dark  blue  with  black 
styles,  resembling  those  of  C.  persicifoha  Armenia.  —  C  plant' 
fldra.  Lain  (C  mtiJa,  Ait  )  Glabrous  height  3-9  m  st  simple: 
Ivs  sessile,  leathery,  shining,  root-lvs  crowded  m  a  dense  rosette, 
ovate  or  obovate-obtuse,  crenulate,  1%  in  long,  st  -Ivs.  linear- 
lauceolato,  acute,  nearly  entire  fls  blue  or  white,  with  double 
varieties,  in  spicate  racemes,  calyx-lobes  ovate,  acute,  broad,  erect, 
a  third  shorter  than  the  broadly  boll-shaped  or  saucer-shaped  corolla. 
Not  American,  though  commonly  so  stated  Habitat  unknown. 
J  H  III  33  283  —  Hock-plant,  for  sunny  position  —  C  prtmu- 
IxfMia,  Brot  St  hairy,  simple,  1-3  ft  lowest  Ivs  ,  lanceolate, 
st  -Ivs  oblong  fls  blue,  downy  at  bottom,  nearly  rotate  Portugal. 
B  M  4879  —  C  Raddedna,  Trautv  Perennial,  glabrous,  1  ft  : 
Ivs  cordate,  long-stalked  fls  large,  dark  purple  Caucasvis  —  C. 
spectdsa,  Pourr  ,  is  u  rare  species  Most  of  the  plants  passing  under 
o  be  C  glom 


,  , 

this  name  are  likely  to  b 
var   speciosa     C   thyrs 


B  M  264<)  is  C  glomerata 
oa,  Lapeyr  ,  is  referred  hero  —  C   Spfcv- 

lum,  Lmn  =Speculana  —  C  spitdta,  Lmn  Biennial,  1-2  ft  Ivs. 
very  narrow,  nearly  or  quite  entire  fls  1-3,  sessile,  m  a  long  inter- 
rupted spike,  blue  Eu  JH  III  47  267  —C  sulpMrea,  Boiss. 
Annual  fls  size  of  those  of  C  rotuudifoha,  pale  straw-color  out- 
side and  sulfur-yellow  inside  Palestine  —  C  urticifdha  This  name 
is  now  abandoned  Plants  are  likely  to  be  C  Trachelium. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

L.  H    B  f 

CAMPANUM^A  (variant  of  Campanula)  Cam- 
panulaceae  Twining  or  loose-growing  perennial  herbs, 
with  rhizomes  or  tubers,  rarely  grown  in.  greenhouses. 
Lvs  mostly  opposite,  simple  and  often  cordate, 
petioled  fls  yellowish  or  greenish,  broadly  bell-shaped, 
4-6-lobed  fr  a  berry  —  Five  species  occur  in  the 
Himalayan  and  E  Asian  region  and  the  Malay  Archi- 
pelago C  javdrnca,  Blume,  and  C.  inflata,  Clarke,  both 
with  yellowish  brown-veined  fls.  arc  mentioned  in 
gardening  literature  the  fls  are  about  lMln  >  in  the 
former  the  calyx  is  nearly  free  from  the  berry,  which  is 
hemispherical,  m  the  latter  the  calyx  is  adnate  to  the 
berry,  which  is  ellipsoidal,  both  are  twiners.  C  grdcihs, 
Hort  ,  is  of  the  genus  Leptocodon,  and  C.  lanceoldta, 
Sieb  &  Zucc  ,  is  a  Codonopsis. 

CAMPHORA:  Cinnamomum. 
CAMPION:   Stlene. 

CAMPSfDIUM  (alluding  to  its  similarity  to  Camp- 
sis)  Bignomacese  Ornamental  vines  grown  for  their 
bright  orange  flowers  and  also  for  their  handsome 
evergreen  finely  pinnate  foliage 

Evergreen  shrubs,  high-climbing,  without  tendrils 
and  without  rootlqts,  with  odd-pinnate,  opposite  Ivs. 
and  tubular,  orange,  slender-pedicelled  fls.  in  terminal, 
loose  and  short  racemes,  calyx  turbmate,  5-toothed, 
glandless;  corolla  tubular,  slightly  ventncose,  straight, 
with  5  short  equal  lobes,  stamens,  4,  the  2  longer  with 
the  anthers  exsertcd;  anther-sacs  parallel,  disk  cupular, 
flat1  fr  a  narrow  caps  with  many  wmgea  seeds.  —  Two 
species  in  Chile  and  in  the  Fiji  Isls 

They  are  adapted  only  for  subtropical  regions  and  do 
not  seem  to  bloom  readily,  but  even  without  flowers  they 
are  worth  planting  for  their  foliage  alone.  In  Old  World 
gardens,  they  are  sometimes  cultivated  as  stove  plants, 
but  C.  valdivwnum,  judging  from  its  habitat,  might  do 
better  in  the  cool  greenhouse  Propagated  by  greenwood 
cuttings  under  glass  For  further  culture,  see  Campsis 

Camptidium  filicifolium,  from  the  Fiji  Islands,  has 
never  flowered  in  the  writer's  garden  (in  Florida)  and 
is  cut  down  by  frost  almost  every  winter,  but  it  is  a 
strong  grower  and  worth  planting  for  the  foliage  alone. 
C.  valdivianum  has  proved  to  be  a  very  poor  grower 
and  is  very  difficult  to  keep  in  health  for  any  length  of 
time.  (H  Nehrlmg) 

valdivianum,  Seem.  (C.  chiUnse,  Reissek  &  Seem. 
Tfaoma  valdimdna,  Phil  ).  Climbing,  to  50  ft  branches 
angular,  glabrous4  lys.  glabrous.  4-6  m.  long;  Ifts.  usually 
11-13,  sessile.  elUptic-oblon&M-lHin.  long,  serrate  near 
the  apex  or  almost  entire:  racemes  pendulous,  6-10-fld.; 


CAMPSIDIUM 


CAMPSIS 


651 


fla  about  1^  in.  long,  orange:  caps.  3-4  in  long,  nar- 
rowly elliptic-oblong.  Chile.  G.C.  1870:1182.  B.M. 
6111  F.S  20:2142. 

filicifdlium,  Van  Geert  (T&xma  fihcifblia,  Nichols.). 
Climbing  evergreen  shrub:  Ivs.  odd-pinnate,  5  in.  long; 
Ifts  19-25,  ovate,  with  2  or  3  lobes  on  each 
side,  the  larger  lobes  sometimes  dentate.  Fiji 
Isls.  F.  1874.280.  ALFBED  REHDER. 

CAMPSIS   (Greek  kampsis,  curve,   refer- 
ring to  the  curved  stamens)      Bignoniacex. 
TRUMPKT-CubKi'KR.  Ornamental 
vines  cultivated   for  their  strik- 
ing scarlet  or  orange  flowers. 

Deciduous  woody  plants, climb- 
ing by  aerial  rootlets,  with  oppo- 
site,    odd  -  pinnate     Ivs  ,     large 
orange  or  scarlet  fla    in  terminal 
clusters  or  panicles,  followed  by 
large    elongated 
caps     calyx  tubu- 
lar -  campanulate, 


leathery,  un- 
.equally  5- 
toothed;  corolla 
f  unnelf  orni- 
rampanulate,  enlarged 
above  the  calyx,  5-lobcd, 
with  spreading  lobes, 
slightly  2-hpped;  stamens 
4,  2  longer  and  2  shorter 
with  diverging  anthers; 
ovaiy  2-loculed,  sur- 
rounded at  the  base  by  a 
large  disk  fr  an  elongated 
caps  ,  locuheidally  dehis- 
cent, with  the  2  valves 
separating  from  the  sep- 
tum to  which  the  seeds 
are  attached,  seeds  numerous,  compressed,  with  2  large 
translucent  wings  — One  species  m  N.  Amer  and  one  in 
China  and  Japan  By  some  botanists,  Bignoma  is  con- 
sidered the  correct  name  for  this  genus,  because  the 
original  description  was  chiefly  based  on  C.  radicans, 
while  Tecoma  is  the  proper  name  for  the  genus  known 
as  Stenolobium 

The  hardiest  species  is  C  radicans,  which  may  be 
grown  as  far  north  as  Massachusetts,  at  least  in  shel- 
tered positions,  while  C  chinem>is  is  more  tendei ,  the 
hybrid  is  intermediate  between  the  two  m  hardiness. 
C  chinenvis  and  C  hybrida,  as  well  as  C  radicans  var 
spcciosa,  can  be  grown  as  bushy  specimens  and  will 
bloom  freely  on  the  young  shoots,  even  if  cut  back 
almost  to  the  ground  by  frost  Such  plants  can  be 
easily  protected  during  the  winter  by  laying  them 
down  and  covering  them  with  eaith  C  radicans  is 
particularly  adapted  for  covering  walls  and  rocks,  as  it 
climbs  with  aerial  rootlets  and  clings  firmly  to  its  sup- 
port The  species  of  campsis  prefer  rich  rather  moist 
soil  and  sunny  positions  Propagated  by  seeds,  by 
greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  or  by  hardwood  and 
also  by  root-cuttings  and  layers*. 

Trumpet -vines  in  the  South — The  trumpet-vines 
are  very  successfully  cultivated  in  Florida,  being  well 
adapted  to  the  soil  and  climate,  but  to  do  their  best 
need  to  be  planted  from  the  btart  m  rich  soil;  and  in 
addition  they  should  be  well  fertilized  at  least  once  a 
vcar.  They  prefer  a  fertilizer  rich  m  nitrogen,  and  a 
heavy  mulch  will  also  prove  very  beneficial.  They 
should  be  grown  on  posts  and  tall  stumps,  or  they  may 
be  trained  over  small  oaks,  persimmon  trees  or  catalpas 
Other  bignomads  of  similar  culture  are  Tecomana 
capensts,  a  half -climbing  species  with  scarlet  flowers  eff  ee- 

42 


773    Trumpet-vine — Campsis 
radicans.  (Xh) 


tively  used  for  decotation  of  the  veranda,  and  Tecoma 
stans  That  and  Campsis  chinensis  are  the  two  showiest 
bignomads  cultivated  in  Florida,  the  latter  being  a 
climber,  flowering  abundantly  m  May  and  June,  while 
the  first  one  is  a  large-gi owing  bushy  species  opening 
its  immense  corymbs  of  vivid  j  ellow  flowers  the  latter 
part  of  November  and  early  in  December  The  Chinese 
trumpet  creeper,  C  c/a/a^s/s,  is  the  most  flonferoua 
and  gorgeous  In  the  writer's  garden  a  large  pine  stump, 
about  16  feet  high,  in  Ma>  and  June  is  completely 
covered  with  masses  of  bnlliant  hery  orange-scarlet 
flowers  which  can  be  seen  at  a  distance  of  half  a  mile. 
The  flowers  are  much  linger,  more  bnlliant  and  much 
more  abundantly  produced  than  those  of  the  native 
C'.  radicans  It  is  sorru  times  infested  by  a  voracious 
caterpillar,  which  devours  the  leaves  greedily.  The 
lubber  grasshoppers  also  attack  ttto  lo\ser  foliage  C. 
chinenMH  grows  well  in  the  pooi  sandy  soil,  perfecting 
luxuriant  shoots  25  to  30  feet  long  m  one  season  if  \sel) 
fertilized  The  native  trumpet  creeper,  C  radicans,  \s 
very  common  in  the  southern  woodlands  and  fields. 
There  is  a  great  variety  m  the  brilliancy  of  the  blos- 
boms  This  is  an  excellent  plant  for  covering  the  bare 
trunks  of  palmettos  (II  Nehrlmg.) 

radicans,  Seem  (Tecoma  radwanv,  Juss  Biqnbma 
radical,  Linn  )  TRUMPET-CREEPER  TRLMIIKT-VINE. 
TRUMI>ET-HONE\KU  KLE. 
Figs  773,  774  High-c limb- 
ing shrub,  clinging  with 
rootlets:  Ivs.  odd-pinnate, 
Ifts  9-11,  oval  to  ovate- 
oblong,  acuminate,  serrate, 
dark  gicen  above,  pale  and 
pubescent  beneath,  at  least  • 
along  the  midrib,  1] 2-2*2 
in  long'  fls  in  terminal 
ra,<  ernes ;  corolla  tubular- 
funnelform,  about  3  in  long, 
\\ith  5  spreading  lobes,  usu- 
ally oiange  with  seal  let 
limb,  tube  almost  thrive  as 
long  as  the  short-toothed 
c,il\\  fr  cyhndiic-oblong, 
keeled  along  the  sutures, 
stalked  and  with  a  beak  at 
the  ipo\,  3—5  in  long  July- 
Sept  Pa  and  111  to  Fla 
and  Texas.  B  M  485  Gn 
22,  p  330  F.  1873,  p  220 
A  F  12  34  Mn  2  9 
Var.  atropurpdrea,  V  o  s  s 
(var  grandijlbra  atrnpur- 
piirea,  Iloit )  \N  ith  large, 
deep  scai  let  fls  Var  spe- 
cidsa,  Vost-,  Scarcely  climb- 
ing, usually  forming  a  bush 
with  long  and  slender 
branches  Ifts  small,  oval, 
abruptly  narrowed  into  a 
slender  point  often  ^4111 
long  fls.  orange-red,  with 
rathet  straight  tube;  limb 
about  \y±  m  across.  Var 
prafecox,  Schneid.  Largo 
scarlet  fl,s.  in  June.  Var. 
aurea,  Hort.  Fls.  yellow. 

chinSnsis,  Voss  (T&oma 
grandijldra,  Delaun  2'.  chi- 
nensis,  C  Koch.  Bignonia 
chintnsis,  Lam.  C.adrepcnv, 
Lour )  CHINESE  TKPMPET- 
CREEPKK  Fig  775  (adapted 

from  Gardening)  Climbing  774  The  Trump«t-creepet 
shrub,  with  few  or  no  aerial  climbs  by  means  of  aerial 
rootlets:  Ivs.  odd-pinnate;  roots. — Campsis  radicans. 


652 


CAMPSIS 


775.  Compsis  chmensis  on  a 
clothes-post. 


Ifta.  usually  7-0,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  serrate, 
glabrous  beneath.  1^-2H  in.  long:  fls.  in  terminal 
racemes;  corolla  funnelform-campanulate,  shorter  and 
broader  than  that  of  the  preceding  species,  scarlet, 
about  2  in.  across;  calyx  5-lobed  to  the  middle,  about 
as  long  as  the  tube  of  the 
corolla,  fr.  obtuse  at  the 
apex.  Aug,  Sept.  China, 
Japan.  B  M.  1398;  3011. 
F.S.  11:1124-5.  Gn.  27,  p. 
94;  33,  p.  348;  47,  p  373. 
G.F.  3.393.  F.R.  2.27. 
Gng.  4:195.  — Less  high- 
growing  and  sometimes 
shrubby ;  blooms  when  quite 
small  and  can  be  grown  as 
a  pot-plant,  also  suited  for 
forcing.  Var.  Thunbergii, 
Voss  (Tecoina  Thtinbergii, 
Sieb.).  Fls.  bright  scarlet, 
with  very  short  tube  and 
reflexed  lobes.  Often  a  var. 
of  C.  radicans  is  cult  under 
the  name  C.  Thunbergii. 
Var  Princei,  Voss  (Tecoma 
grandiflora  var  Princei, 
Dipp  ),  probably  belongs  to 
the  following  hybrid. 

hybrida,  Schneid.  (T6- 
coma  hybnda,  Joum.  T. 
intermedia,  Schelle.  T  radicans  grandiflbra  atropur- 
purea,  Hort  T.  Princei  grandiflora,  Hort  T.  chinensis 
auraniiaoa,  Hort.).  Hybrid  between  tho  two  preceding 
species  somewhat  climbing,  often  forming  a  bush  with 
straggling  branches.  Ifta.  7-11,  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate, 
usually  pubescent  along  the  veins  beneath,  fls.  in  ter- 
minal loose  panicles,  calyx  divided  for  about  one-third 
into  ovate  long-acuminate  lobes  much  shorter  than  the 
corolla-tube,  corolla  funnelform-campanulate  with 
orange-yellow  tube  and  scarlet  limb,  about  2  m  across 
and  3  in.  long  July-Sept  Garden  origin.  S  T.S.  1:47. 
M.DG  1904:123— The  fls  are  almost  as  large  and 
showy  as  those  of  C  chinensis  and  the  plant  is  hardier. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CAMPTOS6RUS  (Greek,  bent  son,  alluding  to  the 
irregular  arrangement).  Polypodiaceje.  Two  species  of 
hardy  ferns,  with  simple  pointed  Ivs.,  which  take  root 
at  the  apex,  and  arc  hence  known  as  "walking-leaf 
ferns  "  A  single  species  is  native 
mostly  on  hme-bearmg  rocks,  and 
an  allied  species  is  known  from 
Japan  and  N.  Asia. 

rhizophyllus,  Link.    Fig.  776. 
Lvs.  evergreen,  hiinple,  tapering 
from  a  heart-shaped  base,  4-12 
in.  long;  veins  forming  meshes 
near  the  midrib;  son 
irregularly  scattered, 
linear,     straight     or 
bent    Canada  to  Ala 
—  Sometimes  grown 
in  roekenes  and  wild 
gardens 
L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CAMPYLOBdTRYS: 

Hoffmanma. 

CAMPYLONEtJRON: 

Polupodium. 

CANADA:     British 
North  America. 

CANAIGRE:   Rumex 
hymenosepalua. 

CANAWGArlCanan- 
g\um.  776.  Camptosorus  rhizophyllui.  (XX) 


CANANGIUM 

CANANGIUM  (Makassar,  kananga:  Malay,  kenanga) 
Annondcex.  Perfume-yielding  tropical  trees. 

Closely  allied  to  Desinos  but  differing  in  having  the 
apex  of  the  connectives  of  the  stamens  prolonged  into  a 
point,  instead  of  being  broadened  into  a  hood-like 
covering  for  the  pollen-sacs,  sepals  3,  petals  6  in  2 
series,  valvate,  nearly  equal,  flat,  linear;  stamens  many, 
closely  crowded  on  the  convex  torus,  the  connective 
produced  into  a  long  tapering  point;  carpels  indefinite, 


777.  Cauangium  odoratum.   a,  flowering  branch,  b,  stamens, 
c,  longitudinal  section  of  fruit,  d,  fruit  cluster. 

clustered  in  the  center  of  tho  mass  of  stamens,  ovules  in 
2  columns  or  apparently  in  a  single  column,  style  linear 
or  linear-oblong,  terminating  m  an  obtuse  swelling, 
ripe  carpels  (fr  )  .several,  pediceiled,  ovoid  or  oblong 
and  more  or  les**  constricted  between  the  seeds  The 
name  Cananga,  usually  applied  to  this  genus,  \vas  used 
by  Aublet  in  1775  ior  an  entirely  different  genus,  and 
cannot  therefore  be  valid  for  the  present  one  Haillon 
recognized  this  fact,  and  proposed  the  name  (\man- 
gmm,  without,  however,  coupling  it  with  specific  names 
It  was  taken  up  by  Sir  George  King  in  his  Annonacca- 
of  British  India,  1893,  and  was  applied  by  him  to  the 
celebrated  ylang>lang  tree,  Canangiurn  odoratum 

odoratum,  King  (Uvnrta  odorata,  Lam  Vndna 
odordta,  Dunal  Cnndngn  odotata,  Hook,  f  &  Thorns  ) 
YLANGYLANG  ILAXGILANG  ALANGILANG  Mobo'oi 
MOTO-OI  Fig  777.  A  tree  bearing  a  profusion  of 
greenish  yellow  fragrant  fls  with  long  narrow  petals, 
from  which  the  celebrated  ilangilang  is  made  The 
tree  is  found  m  S  India,  Java,  the  Philippine*,  the 
Malay  Archipelago,  and  many  islands  of  the  tropical 
Pacific  It  occurs  spontaneously  as  well  as  in  cult  ,  and 
its  seeds  are  widely  scattered  by  fruit-pigeons  and  other 
birds  In  the  Samoan  Isls.  it  is  much  beloved  by  the 
natives,  who  make  garlands  of  "moso'oi"  with  which 
to  adorn  themselves,  and  they  celebrate  its  fragrance 
in  their  songs.  The  fls.  yield  a  fragrant  volatile  oil 
known  in  commerce  as  the  oil  of  ilangilang,  usua'lv 
obtained  by  steam  distillation.  The  natives  use  a  much 
simpler  process  in  securing  oil  for  anointing  their 
heads  and  bodies.  Fls  are  put  into  coconut  oil  and, 
after  remaining  a  short  time,  are  replaced  by  fresh  ones, 


CANANGIUM 

+he  oil  being  subjected  to  a  gentle  heat.  "Macassar 
oil"  is  prepared  in  this  way,  fls.  of  Michelta  Champaca 
being  often  added  to  those  of  the  ylangylang 

Brandisanum,  Safford  (Undna  Brandisdna,  Pierre. 
Undna  lalifdlta,  Hook.  f.  &  Thorns  ,  not  Dunal)  A 
tree  endemic  m  the  forests  of  lower  Cochin  China  and 
Cambodia,  with  very  fragrant  fls  resembling  those  of 
C  odoratum  but  with  the  petals  lelatively  broader,  con- 
stricted at  the  base,  and  thicker,  and  the  Ivs  usually 
cordate  at  the  base  and  tomentose  beneath,  instead  of 
rounded  at  the  base  and  pubescent  beneath  the  fr 
resembles  that  of  the  preceding  species  but  with  fewer 
seeds  arranged  almost  in  a  single  row,  but  on  close 
inspection  seen  to  be  biseriate  The  fls  yield  a  per- 
tume  similar  to  that  of  the  true  ylangylang  of  com- 
merce W.  E  SAFFOKD 

CANARINA  (from  the  Canary  Islands)  Campanu- 
Ifaeae  Cool-house  tuberous-rooted  herb  closely  allied 
to  Campanula,  but  with  the  tubes  of  the  calyx  and 
corolla  grown  together,  and  the  floral  parts  in  6's. — 
Three  species  C.  Campanula,  Lam  ,  is  a  tender  per- 
ennial from  the  Canaries,  about  (i-H  ft  tall,  with 
drooping,  inflated  buds  and  solitary,  bell-shaped  fls. 
more  than  1  in  long  and  l}i  m  wide,  dull  yellow, 
flushed  and  veined  with  dull  purplish  brown  the  lobes 
of  the  corolla  strongly  reflexed  Ivs  hastate,  coarsely 
lepand-dentate  fr  a  fleshv  berry.  B  M.  444 — Intro, 
by  Franceschi  in  1X95 

CANARY-BIRD  FLOWER     Tropseolum 
CANARY  GRASS     Vhalunt 

CANAVALIA  (an  aboriginal  name).  Including 
Malo<chia  Legnnunb$<e  Bean-like  plants,  some  of 
them  producing  edible  seeds  and  some  more  or  less 
grown  for  ornament 

Prostrate  trailing  or  twining  heibs,  with  pinnately 
3-foholate  Ivs  fl.s  in  axillary  racemes  or  fascicles, 
often  large,  violet,  ros«>  01  white,  with  bell-shaped, 
2-hpped  calyx,  papilionaceous  corolla,  9  stamens 
united  and  1  fiee  for  all  01  part  of  its  length  pods,  large 
and  ribbed  on  edges  — A  do/en  species,  widely  dis- 
tributed in  \\arm  countries 

ensifdrmis,  DC  (C  gladntta  VAT  ensifdrmis,  DC  ). 
jAf-K  BEAN  Cm<  KASAW  LIMA  Figs  485  (Vol  I), 
778  G  labrous  or  neai  1>  so  Ifts  ovate-oblong  or  ovate, 
mucronate  upper  lip  of  cal>\  longer  than  the  tube, 
recurved  and  notched,  keel  blunt,  curved  seeds  white, 
with  a  dark  raphe 
Tropics  of  both 
hemispheres  — B 
M  4027  AG  14. 
H4  —Grown  in  the 
southern  states  for 
stock,  but  the  pods 
make  passable  snap 
beans  when  not 
more  than  4-6  in 
long  In  warm 
countries  it  is  a 
bushy  plant,  with 
little  tendency  to 
climb  The  pods 
reach  a  length  of  10-14  in  ,  the  walls  being  very  hard 
and  dense  when  ripe;  the  halves  of  the  pod,  when  split 
apart,  roll  up  spirally  often  into  an  almost  perfect 
cylinder.  The  large  white  turgid  beans,  bearing  a 
very  prominent  brown  seed-scar,  are  packed  crosswise 
the  pod,  imbedded  in  a  very  thin  white  papery  lining 
The  fls  are  small  and  light  purple,  resembling  those  of 
the  cowpea  (but  larger)  and  of  various  species  of 
Dohchos  The  Ifts  are  large  and  broad  (5-8  in  long 
and  half  or  three-fifths  as  broad),  strongly  veined  and 
dull,  dark  gieen,  abruptly  pointed  and  smooth, 
paid  to  be  used  as  a  coffee  substitute. 


CANNA 


653 


778    Seeds  of  Canavalia  ensiformis. 

(XI) 


C.  bonan6ruu,  Lindl  Twining  Iftn  ovate,  with  the  long  apex 
obtuse,  fls  purple  in  drooping  racemes  that  exceed  the  Ivs.,  the 
standard  large  broad  and  notched  Uruguay  and  H  Brazil  BK  1199 
II  U  4,  p  129— C'  obtusiful-ia,  DC  Prostrate  or  climbing  lits  nearly 
orbicular  to  oval  or  obovute,  loumled  or  cuneate  at  ba.se  fls  pink, 
in  racemes  exceeding  the  K>  seed  brown,  oblong  Ha  and  Texas 
south  Known  as  "mato  de  la  playu"  in  Porto  Rico  — C  ruiio^fxrma, 
Urban.  Large  and  tall,  ascending  highest  forest  trees  seeds  red. 


L.  H    B. 


Known  as  "Mato  Colorado  "    W.Indies. 
CANDELILLO.  Euphorbia  anti*yph\l\tioa 
CANDLEBERRY,  CANDLENUT.    Aleurites. 

CAND6LLEA  (A  P  DeCandolle,  1778-1841,  fa- 
mous botanist  of  Geneva,  Switzerland).  Candolleactx; 
formerly  referred.to  Ditlemnceae  Herbs  or  woody  plants 
sometimes  grown  under  glass  or  in  the  open  far  South 
for  the  mostly  yellow  flowers 

Shrubs  or  undershrubs  or  herbs,  mostly  glabrous. 
Ivs  simple,  mostly  narrow,  sometimes  \\ith  margins 
revolute.  fls  few  or  solitary  at  the  ends  of  the  branches; 
sepals  and  petals  5,  stamens  many,  united  into  5 
bundles  or  sets,  each  set  bearing  several  anthers; 
carpels  2-3-5,  with  1-3  ovules  in  each  — As  now  under- 
stood, probably  80-90  species,  mostly  W  Australian, 
but  1  in  Trop  Asia  and  S  China  and  1  in  the  E  Indict. 
Little  known  in  cult ,  but  the  following  Australian 
species  are  now  offered 

tetrandra,  Lindl  Shrub,  with  branches  angular, 
pubescent  Ivs.  narrow-oblong  to  oblong-ovate,  obtuse 
or  short-acuminate,  '2%  in  or  less  long,  clasping,  mar- 
gins not  revolute.  fls  much  larger,  paler  yellow,  the 
petals  1  in  long  and  the  acute  sepaN  %m  long'  fr 
with  orange  aril  B  It  29  50  — Offered  as  a  green- 
house plant. 

cuneif6nnis,  Labill  Erect  shrub,  6  ft  and  more, 
with  short  crowded  branches  that  are  somewhat  hairy 
when  young'  Ivs  oblong-cuneate  to  obovate,  truncate 
or  few-toothed  at  apex,  1  in  long  fls  bright  sulfur- 
yellow,  sessile  in  the  crowded  floral  Ivs  ;  sepals  about 
}/2\n  ,  and  the  notched  petals  somewhat  longer  B  M. 
2711 — Offered  in  S  Calif,  where  it  blooms  March- 
June  L  H.  B. 

CANDYTUFT.   Ibens 

CANE-BRAKE    Species  of  Arundinana  (treated  under  Bamboo) 

CANtSTRUM  (Greek,  a  basket)  Bromch&cev. 
Epiphytic  or  terrestrial  hothouse  plants,  requiring  the 
treatment  of  billbergias 

Leaves  in  a  dense  tuft,  acute,  spinulose  on  the  margin 
mfl  compound,  in  a  cup  of  Ivs  ,  on  a  very  short  >st  as 
in  Nidulanum,  or  on  a  longer  exserted  st  ,  fls  usually 
green,  rarely  golden  or  blue  — A  genus  of  about  10 
species,  natives  of  Brazil.  They  are  sometimes  lef erred 
to  Nidulanum 

LIndenii,  Mez  (Mchmta  eburnea,  Baker  Cuzmanic* 
frtigrans,  Hort  Nuiultirium  Lln<le?m,  Regel)  Lvs. 
about  20,  in  a  dense  losette,  tomentose,  green-spotted, 
the  bract-lvs.  cream-white,  fls.  white  or  greenish 

amazdnicum,  Mez  (Karatas  nmnzdmca,  Baker 
Ntdiddnum  amaz6tucum,  Lmd  &  Andr6  ACchmba, 
ainazdnica,  Hort )  Lvs  15-20,  10-20  in  long,  and 
rather  wide  at  the  muldle,  greenish  brown  above  and 
light  brown  beneath,  not  spotted  or  scurfy,  the  bract- 
lvs  greenish  brown'  fls  white,  with  a  green  tube,  in  a 
dense  head 

C  nurantlacum,  E  Morr  (/E^hmpa  aurantinca,  Baker). 
Plant  vifltoroui  Ivs  expanded  in  the  middle  fls  yellow,  2  in. 
long  S  Amer  B  H  1*73  1  >  GBORGB  y  NASH  f 

CANNA  (name  of  oriental  origin,  of  no  application). 
Cann&cex.  Popular  tall  ornamental  plants,  prized  for 
their  stately  habit,  strong  foliage  and  showy  flowers: 
much  used  for  bedding 

Stout,  unbranched:  fls  mostly  red  or  yellow,  in  a 
terminal  raceme  or  panicle,  very  irregular:  caps.  3- 
loculed  and  several-  to  many-seeded  (Fig.  779,  p.) ;  sepals 


654 


CANNA 


CANNA 


(s)  3  and  small  and  usually  green;  petals  (cec;  d, 
mostly  narrow  and  pointed,  green  or  colored ,  style  (e) 
single  and  long,  the  stamens  are  commonly  petal-like, 
oblanceolate  bodies  or  stammodia  (aaa&),  2  or  3  of 
which  are  usually 
much  produced 
and  broadened, 
and  one  is  de-flexed 
and  narrower  and 
forms  the  lip  of 
the  fl  (/>),  the 
pollen  is  borne  in  a 
single-loculed  an- 
ther (/),  borne  on 
the  side  of  a  nar- 
row and  more  or 
less  coiled  stam- 
inodium — In  the 
latest  monograph, 
1912  (Kran/lm,  in 
Englcr's  Pflan- 
zenreich,  lift  56), 
51  species  of 
Canna  are  de- 
scribed from  sub- 
tropical and  tropi- 
cal Amer.  and 


779.  The  parts  of  the  Canna  flower. 


Asia 


A  generation  or  two  ago,  cannas  were  grown  for  their 
foliage  or  mass-effect.  They  were  tall  and  long-jointed, 
with  small  and  late  flowers  (Fig  780)  An  old-time 
garden  race  of  tall  cannas  was  C  Anns-i,  raised  by 
M  Annee,  of  France,  from  seeds  of  the  tiue  C  ntpal- 
ensis,  sown  in  IS  18  The  flowers  from  which  the  seeds 
were  taken  probably  had  been  pollinated  by  some  other 
species,  most  likely  with  C  qlauca  In  1863,  a  new 
race  appeared,  as  the  result  of  the  union  of  (]  indifloia 
with  C  Warsccwiczn  This  hybud  was  known  as  C 
Ehcmanm  (and  C'  iruhflora  hybrida)  This  was  ot  intei- 
mediate  stature,  with  showy  foliage  and  better  dioop- 
mg  flowers  Under  this  name  plants  are  still  sold,  but 
they  may  not  be  identical  with  the  original  V,  Ehe- 
manni.  This  race  has  been  variously  crossed  with  other 
species  and  forms,  and  from  innumerable  seedlings  there 
have  been  selected  the  dwaif  and  laige-floweied  eannas 
(Figa.  781, 782),  which  have  now  piactically  driven  out 
the  old  tall  small- flow eicd 
forms  These  dwaif  cannas  aie 
often  known  as  French  cannas, 
from  the  country  of  their  ori- 
gin; also,  as  Oozy  cannas, 
from  a  renowned  breeder  of 
them  Within  recent  years, 
another  race  of  cannas  has 
ansen  from  the  amalgamation 
of  our  native  C  Jlaccidn  with 
the  garden  forms  and  with  C 
indijlora  These  have  come 
mostly  from  Italy  and  are 
known  as  Italian  cannas;  also 
as  orchid-flowered  cannas  The 
flowers  are  characterized  by 
soft  and  flowing  iris-like  out- 
lines, but  they  are  short-lived 
Of  this  class  are  the  varieties 
Italia  (Fig.  783),  Austria,  Ba- 
varia, Burgundia,  America, 
Pandora,  Burhank  and  others. 
For  a  sketch  of  the  evolution  of 
the  garden  cannas,  see  J  G. 
Baker,  Journ.  Roy  Hort.  Soc., 
Jan.,  1894;  also,  for  the  his- 
tory of  the  Italian  race,  Revue 
^  Horticole,  1895,  516,  and  Gar- 
'  deners'  Chronicle,  Dec.  14, 
780.  Old-time  canna.  1895;  Kranzhn,  cited  above, 


The  culture  of  cannas  is  simple  and  easy.  They 
demand  a  warm,  friable,  rich  and  moist  soil.  They 
are  injured  by  frost,  and  therefore  should  not  be 
planted  out  until  the  weather  is  thoroughly  settled  For 
dense  mass  effects,  set  the  plants  not  more  than  1  foot 
apart  each  way,  but  if  it  is  desired  to  show  individual 
plants  and  their  flowers  at  the  best,  give  three  times 
that  amount  of  room  to  a  single  plant  Pick  the  flowers 
as  soon  as  they  wilt,  to  prevent  the  formation  of  seeds 
(which  causes  the  plant  to  lessen  flowering),  and  keep 
the  plants  in  tidy  condition.  Give  the  soil  and  treat- 
ment that  produce  the  best  results  with  Indian  corn. 

New  varieties  are  raised  from  seeds  The  seeds 
usually  germinate  slowly,  and  sometimes  not  at  all, 
unless  the  integument  is  cut  or  hied,  or  is  softened  by 
soaking  in  water,  these  precautions  taken,  they  geimi- 
nate  quickly  Sow  late  in  winter,  in  rather  strong  bottom 
heat,  in  flats  or  pots.  Puck  out,  and  give  plenty  of 
room.  They  should  make  blooming  plants  the  hi  st  year. 

Commonly,  cannas  are  propagated  by  dividing  the 
rootstock  This  root  stock  is  a  branchy  mass,  with  many 
large  buds  If  stock  is  not  abundant,  as  many  plants 
may  be  made  from  a  rootstock 
as  there  are  buds,  although  the 
weak  buds  produce  weak  plants. 
Leave  as  much  tissue  as  possible 
with  each  bud  These  one-bud 
parts  usually  give  best  results 
if  started  in  pots,  so  that  the 
plant  is  (>  to  12  inches  high  at 
planting  time.  The 
commercial  canna 
plants  are  grown 
mostly  in  pots  If 
one  has  sufficient 
roots,  however,  it 
is  better  not  to  cut 
so  close,  but  to 
leave  several  strong 
buds  on  each  piece 
(as  shown  in  Fig 
784)  These  pieces 
may  be  planted 
(Inertly  in  the 
ground,  although 
moie  certain  results 
arc  to  be  secured  by 
starting  them  in  the 
house  in  boxes  or 
pots  If  strong 
effects  are  desired,  particuarly  in  shrub  borders,  it  is 
well  to  plant  the  entire  stool  In  the  fall,  when  the 
plants  arc  killed  by  frost  and  the  tops  have  dried  a 
few  days,  dig  the  loots,  and  let  them  diy,  retaining 
some  of  the  earth  on  them  Then  stoic  them  on 
shelves  in  a  cellar  that  will  keep  lush  or  round  pota- 
toes well  Take  care  that  the  roots  do  not  become  too 
warm,  particularly  before  cold  weather  sets  in,  nor 
too  moist  Well-cured  roots  from  matured  plants 
usually  keep  without  much  difficulty  If  they  do  not 
hold  much  earth,  it  is  well  to  throw  a  thin  covering  of 
light  soil  over  them,  particularly  if  they  are  the  highly 
improved  kinds. 

Cannas  are  commonly  used  only  in  formal  beds,  but 
most  excellent  effects  may  be  secured  by  scattering 
them  singly  or  in  very  small  clumps  in  the  hardy 
border  or  amongst  shrubbery.  Against  a  heavy  back- 
ground of  green,  the  gaudy  flowers  show  to  their 
best,  and  the  ragged  effect  of  the  dying  flowers  is  not 
noticed.  They  also  make  excellent  centerpieces  for 
formal  beds  The  tall-growing  cannas,  with  small  and 
late  flowers,  have  given  way  almost  wholly  to  the 
modern  race  of  Crozy  or  French  dwarf  cannas,  which 
usually  remain  under  4  feet  high,  and  give  an  abun- 
dance of  large  early  flowers.  The  canna  always  must 
be  used  for  bold  planting  effects,  because  the  flowers 


781.  Modern  flowering  canna. 


CANNA 


CANNA 


655 


have  not  sufficient  durability  to  be  very  useful  as  cut- 
flowers  As  individual  blooms,  the  flowers  are  not  usually 
attractive,  but  they  are  showy  arid  interesting  in  the 
mass  and  at  a  distance.  The  new  race  of  Italian  or 
Flaccida  cannas  has  more  attractive  (lowers,  but  even 
these  are  most  useful  when  on  the  plant 

It  is  impossible  for  the  gardener  to  determine  species 
of  canna  in  the  common  garden  forms     In  fact,  the 
species  are  little  known  except  in  herbaria  and  as  wild 
plants  growing  in  their  original  habitats    The  mon- 
ographers do  not  agree  as  to  the  definitions  of  what 
have  been  described  as  onginal  or  wild  species    The 
following  account  of  species  is  included  more  for  the 
purpose  of  showing  the  range  within  the  genus  and 
of   making    a    catalogue   of   leading 
botanical  names  than  to  set  specific 
limits  or  to    indicate    what   species- 
forms  are  in  cultivation     The  Crozy 
experiments  began  with  crossing  C. 
Warscewiczii  with   a   variety    of    C. 
nepalensis   of  gardens   (C    flaccida?) 
having  large  yellow  flowers  and  very 
long  creeping  tubers,  and  home  of  the 
progeny  was  crossed  with  C    aureo- 
picta    (a  garden   form)      The   recent 
attractive   orchid  -flo\vered    cannas   spring 
largely  from  the  C  flaccida  forms. 


Achtras,  3 

gemflla,  23 

pedunculata,  15. 

AUensteinn,  23. 

gigantca,  23 

Fofppwn,  22 

angunti/olia,  13. 
Annxi,  16 

glauca,  13,  10. 
FielKoiuifoha,  23. 

polyilada,  12 
polumorphii,  10 

aurantiaca,  7 

huimln.  9 

portorutriMs,  19 

aureo-iittata,  19. 

indica,  17 

recnnata,  19 

But  kit,  15 

iridiflora,  24 

refttni,  15 

car  ma,  8 

la.ta,  10 

Kfo\(-n,  13 

oearcnsis,  12 

lagunonHW,  4 

rotundifoha,  6. 

chinensii.  10 

Lambcrtii,  22 

rubra,  18 

cinnabanna,  9 

lanceolata,  lit 

rubncauht,  20 

ooccmea,  17,  18. 

larniRino^a,  3 

rubro-lutt  a,  10 

cummutala,  7 

latihilia,  23 

sangmnta,  10,  21 

compacta,  2 

leptochila,  10 

eaturatc-nt  Inn,  10 

loucorarpa,  16 

MilerlUndHliana 

crocra    1  7 

hlnflora.  25 

Sclloi,  21 

deniif'olia,  7. 

limbrta,  10 

.spctiOMi,  10 

discolor,  6. 

loiiKitolia,  16 

avectalnhi,  17 

eduln.  20 

lutea,  7 

stoluTnfera,  16 

escult  nta,  20. 

macrophylla,  23 

sulphur  ta,  7 

eml*a,  1 

manilata,  7 

syhestns,  19 

engua,  9 

mtxicana,  16 

ttnui  flora,  17. 

eximui,  12 

Montzwna,  5 

Tini-i,  7 

Fintchnannu,  14. 

neglecta,  23 

variahihs,  8 

flaccida.  13 

nepalensis,  10 

vanegata,  19 

flavticew,  11 

onentalis,  11 

tentncosa,  19 

flortbunda,  7,  19. 

palhda,  5 

\iolaroa,  16 

formosa.  18. 
fulgvla.  9 

panitulata,  1 
patens,  17,  10,  21 

Warsrcwiczu,  21 
xalapensis,  23 

A.  Petal-like  staminodia  none. 

1.  paniculata,  Ruiz  &  Pav  (C  excelsa,  Lodd  )  St 
very  tall,  slender,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong  or  ovate  and 
acute,  green  and  glabrous  above  and  pubescent  beneath 
racemes  lax,  disposed  in  a  squarrose  panicle,  the  fls  in 
2's,  sepals  lanceolate,  Jin  long,  obtuse;  petals  lanceo- 
late, yellow-green,  2-3  in  long,  lip  rather  longer  than 
the  petals,  crimson.  Subequatonal  Andes. 

AA  Petal-like  staminodia  2. 

B.  Plant  woolly-pubescent  on  the  sheaths  and  sometimes 
on  the  If. -blades 

2  compficta,  Roscoe.  St  tall,  stout,  and  g^reen- Ivs. 
many,  oblong  to  ovate  and  acute  raceme  simple  and 
densely  many-fld  ,  the  rachis  3-angled;  sepals  ovate, 
acute,  Yivd  long;  petals  unequal,  narrowly  lanceolate 
and  long-acuminate,  \Yi  in.  long,  red-yellow;  stamino- 
dia oblanceolate,  slightly  emargmate,  1^-2  in  long, 
scarlet  or  deep  orange-red;  lip  broad-linear,  emargmate, 
red-yellow.  S  Amer 

3.  lanugindsa,  Roscoe  (C  Achlra*,  Litt )  St  green, 
woolly,  4-6  ft  ,  densely  Ivd  •  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  acute, 
green:  raceme  long  and  contracted,  many-fld  ,  simple, 


the  bracts  obtuse,  small  and  green,  sepals  ovate-lanceo- 
late, greenish  red,  J^in  or  less  long;  petals  long-lanceo- 
late, \Yi  in  long,  tinged  with  red,  starnmodia  entire, 
red  or  red-yellow,  lip  the  same  color,  and  revolute. 
Buizil,  Peru  B  II  1358 

4  iagunensis,  Lindl  Differs  from  C  lanuqinosa  in 
having  long  pale  yellous  Us  ,  l>y  some  referred  to 
C  luka  plant  of  medium  si/e,  lightly  lanate  on  the 
fehtaths  If -blades  ovate-oblong,  short-acute  and  apicu- 
late,  pale-margined  petals  linear-lan- 
ceolate arid  ffurnmatc  lip  strongly 
revolute,  red-  spot  ted  Mex  ,  Cent. 
Amer.  B  R.  1311,  1358  Aug-Nov 

5  p&llida,  Roscoe  (C. 
Moritziuna,  Bouche)  Plant 
medium  height  If -blade 
elongate-elliptic,  acuminate 
and  filamentous  at  end, 
hornet  lines  white-margined : 
r.ieenie  simple  and  narrow, 
the  bracts  broadly  oblong- 
cuneate;  sepals  ovate  and 
obtuse,  green,  petals  lanceo- 
late and  acuminate,  green- 
isli-sulfur-color,  lip  linear, 
2-tipped,  revolute,  pale  yel- 
low, spotted  W  Indies  and  N  S. 
Amer 

BB   Plant  glabious  on  sheaths  and 

If  -blades 
*•"•**'  c  Lvs  of  2  colors. 

0  discolor,  Lindl  (C  rotundifbha, 
Aivlre;  St  stout,  G-10  ft  ,  purple  and  gla- 
br oils  Ivh  very  broad-oblong,  acute,  the 
loner  ones  sometime^  3  ft  long,  dark  flrecn 
and  purple-margined,  red-purple  beneath: 
lh  in  a  deeply  forked  panicle  of  lax  racemes, 
the  bracts  small  and  oblong,  sepals  lanceo- 
late, obtuse,  *  mi  long,  gieen,  tinted  \\ith 
purple,  petals  1  mceolato,  acuminate,  1  ^  in. 
long,  pale  green  tinted  with  rose,  .staminodia 
entire,  21  >  in  long,  bright  red,  exterior 
yellow,  lip  lanceolate  and  emargmate,  brick- 
red  Cent  -milS  Amor  B  11  1231  C.  con- 
Cinna,  Bouche,is  a  related  species  with  lance- 
olate Ivs  narrowed  at  both  ends.  S  Amer. 

cc    Lvs  umcolored,  green 
D    Fls  nairow,  the  parts  connivent 
7    lutea,    Miller   (C   commutata,  C  flon- 
butida  and  C  dentifbha,  Boueh6    C  macu- 
lata,  Link     C  bidphurea,  Hort  )     St  slender 
and  green,  3— i  ft  ,  distantly   foliated     Ivs. 
oblong  or  broad-lanceolate,  acute    raceme 
lax,    simple    or    raielv    foiked,    the    small 
green  bracts  oblong  and  obtuse,  sepals  ob- 
long,   '^m,  green,  white-margined,    petals 
lanceolate,  pale  yellowish  white,  1-1  J/t  m 
long,  staminodia  pale  vellow,  often  emar- 
Flow'enng  or    gmate,  11  i~2  in   long,  lip  linear,  pale  yel- 
French  canna    low,    emargmate      Alex     to    Brazil      BM 
—Prmce       2085    L  B  C  7  (U(>    C.  Tinei,  Tod  ,  perhaps 
Hohenlohe.     a  hybrid,  apparently  is  to  be  associated  with 

this  species 

Var  aurantiaca,  Kranzl  Fls.  orange;  lip  yellow 
8  vanabilis,  Willd  (C  airnea,  Roscoe).  St.  green, 
3-6  ft  •  Ivs  broad-lanceolate  or  elliptic,  acute,  bright 
green  raceme  simple  and  lax,  the  small  bracts  oblong 
and  obtuse,  sepals  lanceolate,  green,  \fon.  long,  petals 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  concave,  1H  in.  long,  pale 
flesh-color,  staminodia  2,  spatulate-hnear,  mostly  entire, 
variable  in  color  but  mostly  orange  or  rose;  lip  linear 
or  hgulate  and  entire*  caps,  small,  globose  S  Brazi), 
the  particular  place  unknown. 


656 


CANNA 


CANNA 


DD.  Fls.  nngent  or  gaping,  or  open-spreading. 
B.  Infl.  simple  or  only  moderately  branched. 
9.  hftmilis,  Bouche"  (C  exigua,  Bouche")  Low,  3 
ft.  or  less,  slender.  Ivs.  short-petioled,  the  blade  oblong, 
acute  or  short-acuminate,  glabrous  above  and  below, 
10-16  in  long  raceme  sub-simple  (raiely  paniculate), 
bearing  fls  large  for  size  of  plant  (about  3  in  long); 
sepals  very  unequal,  ovate-oblong,  petals  long-lanceo- 
late, concave,  connate  at  base  into  a  tube,  scarlet; 
stammodia  spatulate,  more  or  less  2-lobed  at  apex,  lip 
rather  narrow,  about  2^  in  long  Farther  India, 
China,  etc  C.  cinnabarlna,  Douche"  (C. 
fulgida,  Bouche*),  is  a  related  species  but 
larger  and  with  yellow  and  scarlet  rather 
smaller  fls  Mex.,  Cent  Amor ,  W. 
Indies 

10  specidsa,  Roscoe  (C.  leptochlla  and 
C    saturdte-ritbra,  Bouchd     C    polymdr- 
pha,  Loud.  C.  sanguinea,  Hort )    Laige: 
st.  green,  5-6  ft.    Ivs  broad- 
oblong,  acute*  fls.  in  ami  elon- 
gated raceme  or  sometimes 
paniculate;  sepals  lanceolate, 

%m.  long,  pale  purple;  petals 
linear-lanceolate,  1  %  in  long, 
erect,  pale  purple;  stammodia 
3  in.  long,  emargmate,  bright 
red;  lip  emargmato,  yellow. 
Himalayas  B  M  2317.  B.R. 
1276.  C.  chinensis,  Willd. 
(C  nepalemns,  Wall ),  differs 
in  having  reflexed  petals 

11  orientalis,  Roscoe  (C.  flave'scens.  Link).    St. 
slender,  glabrous,  3-4  ft  .  Ivs  ovate-oblong,  a  foot 
or  more   long,  raceme  lax,  simple  or  forked,  the 
bracts    oblong;   sepals    oblong-lanceolate,    obtuse, 
%m.   or    less  long,   pale  green    and    rose-tmted; 
petals  lanceolate,   acuminate,    \y%   in.   long,    pale 
rose,  upper  stammodia  2}^  in   or  less  long,  bright 
red,  often  emargmate,  hp  red-yellow   caps  globose 
arid  very  small     Malaysian  tropics 

EE.  Infl,  much-branched;  fls  purple. 
12.  polyclada,  Wawra  (C  exlmia,  Bouche*.  C. 
cearensis,  Huber)  St  tall  and  very  slender*  Ivs. 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  fls  (often  in 
pairs)  in  a  long,  much-branched  panicle,  the  bracts 
nearly  orbicular,  sepals  lanceolate,  Km  long; 
petals  long-lanceolate  and  unequal,  acuminate,  the 
longest  about  2J/2  in  >  purple;  stammodia  acute, 
scarcely  longer  than  the  petals;  lip  oblanceolate, 
scarlet-spotted.  Brazil 

AAA.  Petal-like  stammodia  3  (exception  in  No.  18). 
B  Lvs.  lanceolate  fls.  mostly  yellow  or  orange. 

c.  Petals  deflexed. 

13  flaccida,  Sahsb  (C  glauca  and  C.  angusli-. 
f6ha,  Walt.)  St.  green  and  glabrous,  4-6  ft., 
very  leafy  below  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate  to  narrowly 
elliptic,  acute,  green,  raceme  simple,  lax  and  few- 


lanceolate,  acuminate,  greenish  yellow,  1^-2  in.; 
stammodia  obtuse  and  entire  (or  2-lobed  at  apex),  2-3 
in  .  yellow;  hp  linear,  strongly  reflexed,  yellow,  mottled 
red:  caps,  large.  Mex.  and  Cent.  Amer. 

15.  pedunculata,  Sims  (C.  Butkii,  Wemm.  C. 
refltixa,  Nees).  St.  tall,  slender,  green  and  glaucous, 
5-6  ft  :  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  green  and  glaucous, 
1-2  ft.  long  and  3-4  in.  broad,  fls.  in  a  many-fld  long 
raceme,  with  a  hairy  rachis  and  long-spreading  pedicels, 
the  bracts  small,  oblong  and  obtuse,  sepals  oblong, 
small  and  green;  petals  linear-lanceolate,  greenish 
yellow,  reflexed,  2  in  long;  stammodia 
emarginate,  about  2  in.  long,  pale  yel- 
low; hp  oblanceolate,  yellow  caps 
globose,  small.  W.  Indies,  S. 
Amer  B  M.  2323.  L.B.C. 
7:622. 

cc.  Petals  erect. 
16  glafcca,  Linn.  (C. 
Schlechtcndaliana,  B  o  u  c  h  6. 
C  Ann<rt,Andr£  C  mexicana, 
and  C  btolonifera,  Bouch6. 
C  lanceolata,  Lodd  ).  St. 
green  and  glaucous,  5-6  ft., 
from  a  long  and  stolomferous 
ihizomo:  Ivs  green  and  glau- 
cous, oblong-lanceolate  and 
very  acute,  tapenng  both 
ways  (the  middle  of  the  blade 
4-6  in  \vide),  \\hite-mar- 
gined'  raceme  lax,  simple  or 
forked;  sepals  ovate-obtuse, 
green,  J^m  long,  petals 
linear  -  lanceolate,  yellow- 
grecn,  l)i~2  in  ,  stammodia 
,  m  ,  yellow,  not  spotted,  hp 

linear  or  obovate-oblong,  emarginate,  pale 
yellow:  caps    oblong,   \]  2-  2  in    long     W. 
Indies,  S    Amer      Var  rftbro-lutea,  Hort  , 
has  fls.  deep  jollow  tinted  rod,  or  m  some 
portraits  represented  as  deep  purple    B  M.  3437. 
C.   longifdha,    Bouche',    from    Mox    and   Cent. 
Amer  ,  has  the  petals  all  free,  whereas  they  are 
united  in  a  tube  in  C    glauca,  and  with  curved 
sulfur-yellow    fls      C.    leucoc&rpa,    Bouch6,    S. 
Amer  ,  has  petals  united  into  a  short  tube,  the 
fls    bmall,  pale  orange  with  broad  leafy  style. 
C.  violacea,  Bouch6,  habitat  unknown,  has  pet- 
als united  in  short   tube,  fls    violet,   strongly 
gaping,  plant  deciduous-woolly  above. 

BB.  Lvs.  broadly  oblong  or  elliptic'  rhizome 
tuberous. 

c.  Plant  low  or  medium  in  height  (mostly 

5  ft.  or  less)  . 
D.  Staminodia  entire  at  apex. 

17.  tndica,  Linn.  (C.  pdtens,  Roscoe.  C.  crbcea, 
Hort.  C.  tenuiflbra  and  C.  spectdbilu,  Bouche". 
C.  cocclnea,  Link).  INDIAN  SHOT  St.  slender, 


entire, 


fld.,  the  bracts  very  small;  sepals  lanceolate  or  ob-  canna.  giabrous,  green.  3-5  ft  :  Ivs   oblong  and  acute, 

long,   acuminate,   1    in.    long,    green;   petals   broadly  gieen,  not  glaucous,  half  as  broad  as  long  (1-1K  ft. 

linear-lanceolate  to  obovate  and  reflexed,  to  3  in  long  long)  racemes  simple  or  very  nearly  so  and  lax,  some 

(as  is  also  the  tube) ;  stammodia  obovate,  sulf ur-yel-  *  "                             .... 
low,  2-3  in.  long  by  IK  m.  broad,  hp  large,  yellow. 


Swamps  S  C.  to  Fla.,  near  the  coast.  L  B  C.  6.562. 
G.W.  12,  p.  253.— Useful  for  its  good  habit  and  ins- 
like  fls  C.  ReSvesii,  Lindl ,  of  India  and  the  Philip- 
pines, has  the  outside  stammodia  acute  rather  than  all 
obtuse  or  emarginate  as  in  C  flaccida,  and  fls.  less  than 
4  in.  across  rather  than  about  6  in.  across.  B  R  2004. 
14  Ffntelmannii,  Bouche*.  St.  green  and  glaucous, 
4-5  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong  or  ovate-elliptic  and  acute,  bright 
green,  raceme  few-fld  and  rather  dense,  the  bracts 
green  and  oblong;  sepals  oblong,  %m ,  green;  petals 


of  tho  fls  in  pairs,  the  bracts  green  and  nearly  or- 
bicular, fls  small,  sepals  oblong  and  green,  J^m.  long; 
petals  lanceolate,  pale  green,  about  1  Jja in-  long;  upper 
stammodia  bright  red,  entire,  2  in.  long  but  narrow; 
lip  linear,  red-yellow,  minutely  spotted  with  red:  caps, 
globose.  1  in  diam.  W.  Indies,  Cent,  and  S.  Amer. 
Naturalized  in  parts  of  southern  states.  B.M.  454. 
B.R.  776.  L  B.C.  17:1693. 

18.  coccfnea,  Miller  (C.  riibra,  Willd.).  St.  slender, 
green,  4-5  or  sometimes  6  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong,  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  and  acute:  raceme  simple  and  lax,  with  small 
green,  orbicular  bracts;  sepals  lanceolate,  H'm.  or  lees 


CANNA 


CANNABIS 


657 


long,  green  tinged  with  red;  petals  lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, ll/i  in.  long,  pale  scarlet;  stammodia  2,  long 
and  narrow,  mostly  emargmate;  hp  yellow-spotted, 
caps,  globose  and  small.  W  Indies,  Cent,  and  S  Amor. 
C.  fonndsa,  Bouch6,  Brazil,  has  3  unlike  stanunodia. 

DD.  titaminodia  2-lobed. 

19.  sylv6stris,  Roscoe  (C.  'portoncensis,  Bouch6). 
Plant  stout,  4-5  or  6  ft  Ivs.  long-oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  bright  green,  to  2^  ft  long  and 
one-third  as  wide,  raceme  slender,  usually  squarrose, 
rarely  simple,  fls  narrow  and  elongated,  red,  sepals 
lanceolate  and  acute,  Jjin.  long,  pet  alb  much  longer, 
lanceolate  and  very  acuminate,  stammodia  .sub-equal, 
narrow-spatulato;  lip  narrow,  strongly  revolute  \V. 
Indies,  Cent  Amer  C.  limbata,  Roscoe  (C  patens, 
Hook.  C  aureo-intt-ata,  Ixxld  C  flonbuiuln,^  variegata, 
C  recurwtta,  C  Id'ta  and  ('  vtnlncoMi,  Bouche"),  of  S 
Brazil,  has  unlike  stammodia,  (he  largest  being  2-lobe<l, 
(he  medium  one  emargmate,  the  othei  entue,  all  red  with 
yellow  margins.  B  II.  771  LBC  119 

cr   Plant  tall,  often  up  to  I')  ft  (No  Jl  perhaps  exec pttd). 

D.  IStaminodia  of  imdiurn  length  (3  in   or  less). 

E    The  ataminodia  not  united. 

20  edulis,  Ker  (T   aculenta,  L<xld     C   rubncauhs, 
Link)     Rootstock  thick  and  edible    st    stout,  8-12  ft , 

Curple:  Ivs  large,  oblong,  01  ovate-oblong,  green  or 
ronze,  1-2  ft  long  lacemc  la\,  forked  or  simple,  fls 
red  or  brick-red,  usually  in  puns,  the  bracts  orbiculai 
or  oblong,  sepals  oblong-lanceol.ite,  \i\\\  long,  tinged 
with  red,  petals  oblong-lanceolate,  11 2  m  ,  stammodia 
entire  or  emurgmate,  2 l  2  in  long,  bright  red  or  orange, 
lip  bright  red  or  yellow -ied  caps  laige  \\  Indies,  S 
Amer  BM  2498  BH  11~>  --Starch  is  pro<  MI e<l  from 
the  roots,  and  foi  this  purpose  the  plant  is  \viddy  cult 
in  the  tropics 

21  Warscewiczii,  Dieti    (('  sangulmu,  Waisc  )    M 
claret-purple  and  glaucous,   3-1  ft      Ivs    oblong  and 
acute,  more  or  l<\ss  claret-  or  hion/e-tmged,  }^lt   long 
and    nearly    one-half    as   bioad     raceme    simple    and 
rather   dense,    with    ovate,    brown,    glaucous   bracts; 
sepals  lanceolate,  } ^m  ,  glaucous  purple,  petals  lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  neailv  2  in  long,  i eddish  and  glaucous; 
Ktarninodia  oblaneeolate,  entue,  2'.>-3  in    long,  bright 
scarlet,   lip  oblanceolate,   emargmate.    blight    scarlet. 
Costa  Rica,  Brazil      B  M   4,s:>!     C.  Selldi,  Hort    (C 
patens,  Baker),  of  S    Bra/il,  is  tomentose   sepals  ovate; 
petals  oblong-lanceolate,  united  into  a  tube,  stammodia 
strongly  reflexed,  one  2-purted. 

EK    The  btaminotlia  umUd  into  a  tube,  or  at  hast  connate 
at  ba>>c 

22  Lambertii,   Lmdl     (C    Pceppign,   Bouche^      St 
stout,  very  tall  (to  10  or  11  ft  )    gieen  and  glabrous, 
12-14  ft  .  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  to  elliptic,  gieen,  acute: 
raceme  simple  or  forked,  lax  and  feu -fid  ,  the  bracts 
large  and  oblong,  green,  sepals  lanceolate,  pale  purple 
or  lilac,  ^2in    l°ng>  petals  lanceolate,  acuminate,  I1  2 
in    long,  purple,  stammodia  unlike,  obovate,  entire, 
scarcely  longer  than  the  petals,  connate  at  base,  bright 
crimson;  lip  bright  crimson-purple'  caps  oblong,  large 
W  Indies,  S.  Ainei     B  R  470 

23  Ifttifftlia,  Miller  (C    gigantia,  Desf.    C    macro- 
phylla,  Hort     C.  ncglecla,  Wcmm     C   gemella,  Noes. 
C.  Altenstdnn,  Bouch^').   St.  btout,  very  tall  (10-10  ft ) 
pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  acute,  green,  but 
purple-margined  when  young,   the  lower  ones  often 
3-4  ft.  long.  fls.  in  several  racemes  forming  a  panicle, 
the  bracts  oblong  or  the  lower  ones  becoming  several 
inches  long;  sepals  oblong  and  green,  J^in   long,  very 
unequal,   petals    lanceolate,    acuminate,    2    in    long, 
scarlet;  stammodia  united  into  a  tube,  entire  at  apex 
or  one  of  them  2-lobed,    somewhat  twisted,    brick- 
red;  lip  brick-red :  caps,  large    S  Amer    L.B  C.  7:634. 


— C.  heliconiifdlia,  Bouche",  Texas  to  Venezuela,  has 
the  stammodia  more  or  less  conmvent  fls  orange- 
red  Ivs  long-petioled,  more  or  less  woolly,  oblong- 
acuminate  plant  7-8  ft  Var  xalapensis,  Kranzl 
(C  xalape-ntis,  Bouche),  has  narrower  Ivs.  and  smaller 
stature 

no.  titaminodia  larye  (J  in   or  le$<s  long),  united  into 

a  tutje 
E.  A'fe  pendulous,  rose-colored 

24  iridifBra,  Ruiz  &  Pav  St  grecm,  6-12  ft.'  Ivs 
broad-oblong,  bright  green,  slightly  pubescent  beneath: 
racemes  paniculate,  drooping;  fls  lar^e,  beautiful  rose- 
color,  tube  of  corolla  and  stammodia  as  long  u*>  the 
blade,  sepals  lanceolate,  1  in  long,  corolla-lobes  lanceo- 
late, 2V-J  m  long;  .i  upper  stammodia  somewhat  longer 
than  the  corolla-lobes,  obovate,  nearly  or  quite  1  in 
broad,  rose-crimson,  lip  narrow,  deeply  emaigmate, 
rose-crimson  Andes  of  Pr  ru  B  M  1968  B  R  609 
LBC  10  905  RH  IStfl  110 


784.  Stool  of  canna,  showing  how  it  may  be  divided. 


EE.  Fix.  erect-sprcatling,  white  and  red. 
25.  lilhfldra,  Warsc  St  robust,  green,  8-10  ft.: 
Ivs  many,  oblong,  green,  3-4  ft  long,  spi ending  from 
the  st  at  a  right  angle  fls  m  a  corymbose  panicle; 
sepals  linear,  as  long  as  the  tube  of  the  corolla,  corolla- 
lobes  lanceolate,  2-3  in  long,  p-Ue  green,  the  tube  of 
equal  length,  3  upper  stammodia  \\hite,  united  into  a 
time  for  half  their  length,  the  blade  obovate  and  spread- 
ing, lip  oblanceolate,  as  long  as  the  stammodia  Colom- 
bia. R  II  1884:132  FS  10  10.VH3  —  \  fine  species. 
The  white  fls  finally  become  tinged  with  brown; 
lomccra-sccnted.  L  H  B. 

CANNABIS  (the  ancient  Greek  name)  Moraceae. 
HEMP.  A  widely  cultivated  fiber  plant,  and  also  used 
occasionally  as  an  ornamental  subject,  being  grown 
from  seeds  and  treated  as  a  half-hardy  annual 

Hemp  is  dioecious  stuunnatc  fls.  in  axillary  panicles, 
with  5  sepals  and  5  drooping  stamens  and  no  petals, 
pistillate  fls  in  short  spikes,  with  1  sepal  folding  about 
the  ovary  Ivs  digitate,  with  5-7  nearly  linear,  coarse- 
toothed  Ifts..  fr  a  hard  and  brittle  achene  C.  sativa, 
Linn  ,  probably  native  in  Cent  Asia,  is  now  escaped  in 
many  parts  of  the  world  tall,  rough  and  strong- 
smelling,  8-12  ft  Ifts  5-11,  linear-lanceolate,  toothed, 
the  upper  Ivs  alternate  and  the  others  more  or  less 
opposite  Only  one  species,  but  various  forms  have 
received  specific  names  In  gardens,  the  form  known 
as  C.  gtgantra  is  commonest ,  this  reaches  a  height  of  10 
ft.  and  more  The  seeds  are  usually  sown  where  the 


658 


CANNABIS 


CAPSICUM 


plants  are  to  stand :  but  if  quick  effects  are  wanted,  they 
may  be  started  indoors  in  pots  or  boxes.  Hemp  makes 
excellent  screens  in  remote  places.  It  thrives  best  m  a 
rich  rather  moist  soil  For  field  cult  for  fiber  (which 
is  derived  from  the  inner  bark),  see  Cyclo  Amer  Agric  , 
Vol  II,  p.  377.  L.  H.  B. 

CANTELOUPE:    Muakmelon. 
CANTERBURY  BELL:   Campanula  Medium. 

CANTUA  (from  Cantu,  Peruvian  name).  Pole- 
monidcex.  Showy  flowering  shrubs,  with  variable 
foliage,  m  greenhouses,  and  out-of-doors  far  South. 


785.  Cappans  spinosa. 
(XK) 


Flowers  corymbose;  calyx  campanulate,  of  5  (rarely 
3)  sepals,  which  are  much  shorter  than  the  long  tubular 
corolla;  stamens  inserted  at  the  base  of  the  corolla,  but 
exceeding  it  m  length  -^-Six  species  in  S  .  Amer 
One  kind  is  recommended  in  Eu  as  a  coolhouse  shrub. 
No  tenderer  than  fuchsias.  Prop,  by  cuttings  in  sand 
under  a  bell-jar. 

buxifdlia,  Juss.  (C.  dependens,  Pers ).  Much- 
branched  shrub,  about  4  ft  high,  branches  more  or  less 
downy  Ivs.  very  variable,  generally  oblong-obovate, 
acute,  tapering  at  the  base,  entire  or  serrate,  downy  or 
glabrous,  fls  5-8,  drooping  vertically,  in  a  kind  of  leafy, 
terminal  coryma,  calyx  pale,  membranous,  green- 
streaked,  5-toothed,  a  fourth  shorter  than  the  corolla- 
tube;  corolla  long-funnel-shaped,  the  tube  2^  m.  long, 
red,  usually  streaked;  limb  of  fringed,  obcordate, 
crimson  lobes  which  are  much  shorter  than  the  tube; 
stamens  included  Peru  Apr ,  May  B  M  4582. 
F.S.  7:650  R.H  1858,  p.  294  R  B  27  181 —One  of 
the  choicest  of  European  greenhouse  plants  Very 
liable  to  red  spider. 

C  bicolor,  Lern  Distinguished  from  the  above  by  the  entire  Ivs. 
which  are  shorter,  about  1  in  long,  and  the  solitary  fls  with  a  short, 
yellow  tube,  the  limb  not  fringed  The  fla  droop,  but  not  vertically 
Peru  B  M  4729  F  S  4  343  Probably  less  desirable  than  the 
above  — C  pyrifbha,  Juss  Lvs  generally  broader  and  more 
toothed  than  in  C  bicolor  fls  as  many  aa  17,  in  an  erect,  terminal, 
compound  corymb,  calyx  red-tipped,  nearly  half  as  lon^  as  the 
yellow  corolla-tube,  corolla  about  1%  m  long,  with  a  white  limb, 
stamens  long,  exserted.  Peru  B.M.  438b  F  S  4  383 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.    TAYLOB.f 

CAOUTCHOUC  TREE-  Hura,  Manihot,  Ficus  elastica,  Castilloa, 
Hevea,  Landolphia,  and  others,  not  treated  here 

CAPE  BULBS.  A  name  applied  to  bulbous  and  bulb- 
like  plants  native  to  South  Africa.  They  are  dry-region 
plants,  and  often  bloom  with  us  in  summer  and 
autumn  Some  of  the  leading  genera  are  Amaryllis, 
Brunsvigia,  Nerme,  Ixia,  Tritonia,  Watsonia.  See  Bulbs. 

CAPS  CHESTNUT:   Calodendrum  capennt. 


CAPE  GOOSEBERRY:   Phytalu. 
CAPE  JESSAMINE:   Gardenia. 
CAPER-    Cappans 
CAPE-SPURGE:  Euphorbia  Lathyrus. 

CAPPARIS  (Greek,  caper,  said  by  some  to  have  been 
derived  from  the  Arabic  name  of  the  plant).  Cappa- 
nddcex  CAPER- BUSH,  or  CAPER-TREK  Greenhouse 
plants  North,  and  suited  to  the  open  in  Florida  and 
California 

Trees  and  shrubs,  with  simple  Ivs  :  sepals  4,  rarely 
5;  petals  usually  4;  stamens  usually  many,  inserted 
on  the  receptacle,  the  filaments  thread-like  and  free; 
ovary  long-stalked,  1-4-celled,  with  many  ovules  — 
More  than  150  species  distributed  throughout  the 
warm  regions  of  the  eaith  Differing  from  Cleoine  and 
most  other  cult  genera  of  the  family  in  having  baccate, 
not  capsular,  fr 

Capers  are  pickles  made  by  preserving  the  flower- 
buds  of  C  i>pinoi>a,  a  .straggling  shrub  which  grows  oul 
of  old  walls,  rooks,  and  rubbish  in  Mediterranean 
regions  and  India  Also  rarely  cultivated  as  a  green- 
house flowcimg  shrub  Propagation  is  by  cuttings  of 
ripe  wood,  under  a  bell-jar,  in  greenhouses,  and  by 
seeds  South 

spin&sa,  Linn  Fig  785  Spiny  shrub,  3  ft  high, 
often  straggling  and  vine-like  Ivs  roundish  or  ovate, 
deciduous  fls  borne  singly,  alteinately,  and  fading 
before  noon,  sepals  4,  petals  4,  oblong,  clawed,  wavy, 
white,  1J-6  in  long,  stamens  40-50,  filaments  purple 
above,  perhaps  the  chief  beauty  of  the  plant  13  M  291. 
— What  seems  to  be  the  long  style  with  a  short  un- 
opened stigma,  is  really  the  elongated  peduncle  or 
toius  topped  by  the  pistil,  which  has  no  style  and  a 
minute  stigma  Var  nipestris  (C  rupestna,  Sibth  & 
Smith)  is  a  spineless  form 

Mitchellii,  Lmdl  A  much-branched  shrub,  usually 
very  spiny,  and  more  or  less  densely  tomentose  Ivs 
ovate-oblong,  1-1 ''2  in  long,  narrowed  into  a  short 

Cetiole    fls   lew,  axillary,  white  or  yellowish,  followed 
y  a  tomentose  globular  berry  2  in   diam    Sand  plains 
of   Austral  — Suitable  for  dry   places  outdoors  in   S. 
Calif 

C  acuminata,  Lmdl  St  shrubby,  with  flexuose,  smooth 
branches  Ivs  petiolate  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate  ti»  large,  soli- 
tary, white,  the  conspicuous  stamens  3-4  times  as  long  as  the 
•  •  -  ~  R  1320. 


WILHELM  MILLER. 
N.  TAYLOR.! 


petals.   China    B  R 

CAPRTF&LIUM:    Lomcera. 
CAPRIOLA:   Cynodon. 

CAPSICUM  (name  of  uncertain  origin,  perhaps  from 
kapto,  to  bite,  on  account  of  the  pungency  of  the  seed  or 
pericarp,  or  from  cap^a,  a  chest,  having  reference  to  the 
form  of  fiuit)  Solan&cese  RED  PEPPER  CAYENNE 
PEPPER  Herbs  or  shrubs,  originally  from  tropical 
America,  but  escaped  from  cultivation  in  Old  World 
tropics,  where  it  was  once  supposed  to  be  indigenous. 

Stem  branchy,  1-6  ft  high,  glabrous  or  nearly  so: 
Ivs.  ovate  or  subelhptical,  entire,  acuminate,  fls.  white 
or  greenish  white,  rarely 
violaceous,  solitary  or  some- 
times in  2's  or  3's,  corolla 
rotate,  usually  5-lobed,  sta- 
mens 5,  rarely  6  or  7,  with 
bluish  anthers  dehiscing 
longitudmallv,  ovary  origi- 
nally 2-3-loculed  fr  a  juice- 
less  berry  or  pod,  extremely 
variable  in  form  and  size, 
many-seeded,  and  with  more 
or  less  pungency  about  the 

seeds    and    pericarp      Fig     786   Normal  2-loculed  fruit  of 
786.  The  fr  becomes  many-      Capsicum,  in  cross-cectioo. 


CAPSICUM 


CARAGANA 


loculed  and  monstrous  in  cult. — About  90  species  have 
been  named,  most  of  which  are  now  considered  forms 
of  one  or  two  species.  Monogr.  by  Irish,  9th  Ann. 
Kept  Mo.  Bot.  Card.  For  cult ,  see  Pepper. 

A  Plant  annual  or  biennial 

annuum,  Lmn     Fig   787.    Herbaceous  or  suffrutes- 
cent,  grown  as  annuals  in  temperate  cl, mates,  but  in 
warmer  latitudes  often  treated  as  bien- 
nials.  All  of  the  leading  commercial  varie- 
ties in  the  U  S.  readily  find  classification 
within  the  types   or    botanical  varieties 
The  species  has  never  been  found  wild. 
It  is  the  pimento  of  Trop  Amer. 

B  Fr  oblong-linear. 

c  Calyx  usually  embracing  base  of  fr 

Var  conoldes,  Irish  (C  conoid??,  Mill.). 
Suffrutescent  Ivs  numerous,  rather  small, 
2-3  in  long,  %-2  in.  \vide  peduncles 
blender,  .straight,  erect;  fls.  small,  calyx 
obeomcal  or  cup-shaped,  usually  embrac- 
ing b.ise  of  fi  ,  corolla  greenish  white, 
spreading,  Js~?«m  fr.  erect,  subcomcal 
or  oblong-ohndncal,  about  1)4  in  long 
or  less,  usually  shorter  than  the  peduncles 
and  mostly  borne  above  the  Ivs  ,  very  acrid. 
Coral  (Jem,  Talxusco  Gn  66,  p  381 

Var  fasciculatum,  Irish  (C  fasciculatum,  Sturt  ) 
RED  CLUSTEK  PEPPER.  Fig  788  St  herbaceous 
round  or  nearly  so  branches  few  Ivs  clustered  or 
crowded  in  bunches  about  the  summit,  elliptical- 
lanceolate,  jMJinted  at  both  ends  fr  also  clustered,  erect, 
slender,  about  3  in  long  by  J4m  diam  ,  very  acrid 

Var  acununatum,  Fingh  (C  chiWrise,  Hort  ) 
LONG  C' \IENNE  Herbaceous,  very  branchy,  about 
2' 2  ft  high,  bearing  a  dense  masts  of  foliage,  fl  medium 
size,  spiead  }  £-/\\n  fr  larger  than  the  preceding, 
either  erect  or  pendent  Chile 

cc  Calyx  not  usually  embracing  base  offr 
Var  I6ngum,  Sendt  (C  dnnuum,  Lmn  C  Idngum, 
DC  )  1JI  nit  herbaceous,  about  2J-2  ft  high,  with  com- 
paratively few  branches  Ivs  large,  often  4  in  long  by 
2%  in  wide  fl. 
large;  corolla 
spreading,  7/6-lK 
in  ,  dingy  white, 
calyx  usually 
patenform  or  fun- 
nelform,  rarely 
embracing  base  of 
fr  fr  often  a  foot 
long  by  2  in  diam. 
at  base,  flesh  thick 
and  in  some  varie- 
ties very  mild 
Garden  varieties 
are-  Black  Nu- 
bian, County  Fair, 
Elephant'sTrunk, 
787.  A  form  of  Capsicum  annuum.  Ivory  Tusk. 

BB.  Fr  of  various  shapes,  but  not  oblong-hncar 
Var  grdssum.  Sendt  (C  grfasum,  Lmn  )  Herba- 
ceous, about  2  ft  high,  with  few  branches:  Ivs  very 
large,  often  3  by  5  in.,  sometimes  coriaceous,  lower 
ones  usually  pendent;  petioles  deeply  channeled'  pe- 
duncles stout,  about  1  m  long;  corolla  large,  spreading, 
%-lK  '«•  fr  large,  oblate,  oblong,  or  truncated,  3-4- 
lobed,  usually  with  basal  depression,  more  or  less  sul- 
cate  and  rugose,  flesh  thick,  firm,  and  of  a  mild  flavor. 
Emperor,  Monstrous,  Bell,  Sweet  Mountain,  Golden 
Dawn,  Ruby  King,  Golden  King,  Brazilian  Upright, 
Golden  Upright,  Squash,  and  others,  are  garden 
varieties. 


Var.  abbreviatum,  Fingh  (C  umbihcatum,  Veil.  C. 
luteum,  Lam  )  Suffrutescent  Ivs  broadly  ovate,  2—4 
in  long  peduncles  slender,  straight  or  curved,  as  long  as 
or  longer  than  the  berry  fr  about  2  m.  long  or  less,  vary- 
ing much  m  the  different  horticultural  varieties,  m  gen- 
eral ovate,  quite  rugose,  ex- 
cept in  one  variety,  some- 
times turbmate  While  this 
variety  is  used  to  some  ex- 
tent for  pickling,  it  is  noted 
more  as  an  ornamental  plant. 
Some  garden  forms  are  Celes- 
tial, Etna,  Kaleidoscope,  Red 
Wrinkled,  Yellow  Wrinkled. 
Var  cerasif6nne,  Irish  (C. 
cerat>i/6nni',  Mill  )  Suffrutes- 
cent Ivs  medium  size,  ovate 
or  oblong-acuminate,  about 
Ij4~3 1/'2  m  cal>x  seated  on 
base  of  fr  ,  corolla  large, 
spreading,  V^-\l/i  in  fr. 
sphencal,  subeordate,  oblate, 
or  occ  asionally  obscurely 
pointed  or  slightl}  elongated, 
smooth  or  rarely  minutely 
rugose  or  silicate,  flesh  firm, 
iV"Hm  thick,  extremely 

Sungent     Garden  forms  are: 
ov\  Cherry,  Oxheart. 

AA  Plant  pcnnnial 
frutlscens,  Lmn  Fjg  789  Shrubby 
perennial,  -i-6  ft  high,  \\ith  prominently 
angled  or  somewhat  channeled  st  and 
blanches  branches  loos-ely  spreading  or 
trailing  Ivs  broadly  ovate-acuminate, 
3-6  in  long,  2-3 }  2  in  w  ide  peduncles 
slender,  1-2  m  long,  often  m  pairs,  usu- 
ally longer  than  the  fr  ,  calyv  cup-shaped, 
embracing  ba.se  of  fr  ,  corolla  often  with 
ocherous  markings  in  the  throat  fr  ,red, 
'  obtuse  or  oblong-acuminate,  3{~l/4  m- 

788  Capsicum  ]Ong,  i4-*4m  diam  ,  ver\  acrid — Cult. 
onjy  $  i  ils  the  «ea,son&  m  temperate  lati- 
tu(les  are  not  j()nj?  enougn  to  mature  fr. 

Var  baccatum,  Irish  CC  baccatwi,  Linn  )  Plants  not 
so  tall,  but  more  erect  than  the  species  branches  slen- 
der, fastigiate,  flexuose  corolla  small,  spreading,  about 
y^m  .  fr  ovate  or  sub-round,  about  ^4111  diam 

H   C    IRISH. 

CARAGANA  (Caragan,  its  Mongolian  name)  Legit- 
nnno^p  PE\  TREE  (Ornamental  shrubs  chiefly  grown 
for  their  bright  yellow  flower*; 
some  species  aie  aKo  used  for 
hedges 

Leaves  abruptlj   pinnate,  often 
with   persistent    spm> -pointed 
rachis,  Ifts  small,  entire;  stipules 
decidvious  or  per^--tent  and  spiny: 
fls    papilionaceous;    stand- 
ard upright,  like  the  wings 
with  long  claws,  keel  obtuse 
and   straight,  stamens  10, 
9    connate,   1    free,    ovary 
scarcely    s  1 1  p  1 1  a  t  e      pod 
linear,   terete,   straight,   2- 
valved,  with  several  seeds 
— More  than  50  species  from 
S  Russia  to  China,  most  of 
them  in  Cent  Asia    Mono-^ 
graph  by  Komarov  in  Act 
Hort    Petrop     29  "179-388 
(1908),  with  16  plates 

The  caraganas  are  decidu- 
ous unarmed  or  soiny  shrubs 


annuura    var. 
fasciculatum. 


789.  Capsicum 
frutescena. 


660 


CARAGANA 


CARALLUMA 


with  yellow,  rarely  whitish  or  pinkish  flowers  axillary 
and  solitary  or  fascicled,  followed  by  linear  pods.  The 
cultivated  species  are  quite  hardy,  except  a  few  Hima- 
layan species  They  grow  in  almost  any  soil,  but  best 
in  a  sandy  soil  and  sunny  position,  and  are  well  adapted 
for  shrubberies  C  arborescens  is  the  only  one  wnich 
grows  into  a  small  tree,  and  is  of  upright  habit,  like 
C  frutex,  which  is  about  half  as  high  and  more  grace- 
ful; most  of  the  other  species  are  low  shrubs,  of  usu- 
ally spreading  habit.  C.  arborescens  is  one  of  the  best 
hedge  shrubs  for  the  prames  of  the  Northwest 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in  fall  or  in  spring;  if 
kept  dry  during  the  winter,  soaking  in  tepid  water  for 
two  or  three  days  before  sowing  will  be  of  advantage; 
also  increased  by  root-cuttings  and  layers,  or  by  graft- 
ing on  seedling  stock 
of  C.  arborescens  in 
spnng 

A.  Lfts.  12-18,  %-%, 
in.  long:  rachis 
deciduous. 
microphylla,  Lam 
(C  Altagana,Povr  C 
aiborescens  var  aren- 
<lna,Hort ).  Fig  790. 
From  4-6  ft  :  Ifts. 
12-18,  obovate,  pu- 
bescent when  young, 
grayish  green,  J^m 
long  or  shorter  fls 
1  or  2,  yellow,  %m 
long,  pedicel  about 
as  long  as  the  fl. 
Siberia,  China  L  B. 
C  11  :  1064— Under 
this  name  a  dwarf 
form  of  C.  arborescens 
is  often  cult.  Var 
megalantha,  Schneid 
Lfts  bright  green,  ^ 
or  sometimes  }/fan.. 
long-  fls  l%m  long. 

AA.  Lfts.  8-14,  Yz-1 
in  long  rachis 
deciduous. 
arborescens,  Lam. 
Shrub  or  small  tree, 
to  20  ft  :  Ifts  8-12, 
obovate  or  oblong, 
sparsely  pubescent 
beneath  or  glabrous 
at  length:  fls  2-4, 
pale  or  bright  yellow, 
%in  long,  pedicels  usually  longer  than  the  fls  .  pods 
about  2  in.  long.  May,  June  Siberia,  Manchuria  G  O. 
H  (>7.  Var  pendula,  Dipp  ,with  pendulous  branches,  is 
the  moht  remarkable,  it  should  be  grafted  high  M  D 
G  1897-425  Var.  Lorb6rgii,  Koehne.  Lfts  linear  to 
linear-oblanceolate,  about  1  in  long.  A  very  peculiar 
and  striking  form. 

fruticdsa,  Be&s.  (C  Reddwsku,  Fisch  C  arborescens 
var.  arendna,  Sims)  Shrub,  to  6  ft  ,  very  similai  to  the 
preceding:  Ifts  10-14,  oblong-elliptic  to  obovate,  cu- 
neate  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the  apex;  stipules  herba- 
ceous or  somewhat  spiny,  pedicels  and  calyx  puberu- 
lous,  calyx-teeth  very  short'  pods  about  1  in  long; 
seeds  brown.  Amurland,  Korea.  B  M.  1886  (not good). 

AAA.  Lfts  2-4 

B.  Rachis  of  the  Ivs.  deciduous-  pedicels  as  long  as  or 
longer  than  the  fls. 

frfrtex,  Koch  (C.  frutescens,  DC )  Fig  791.  From 
6-10  ft  •  Ifts  4,  approximate,  nearly  digitate,  cuneate, 
obovate  or  oblong,  rounded  or  emargmate  at  the  apex, 


790.  Caragana  microphylla.  (XJ4) 


glabrous,  H~l  m-  long-  fls  solitary,  %-l  in  long,  yel- 
low. May.  S.  Russia  to  China  Gt  10'34K  SB  KG 
3:227.  Var  grandifldra,  Koehne  Fls  somewhat 
longer  than  1  in..  Ifts.  usually  large  and  broad.  Var. 
lattfolia,  Schneid.  (var.  obtusifoha,  Hort )  Lfts  more 
t«an  an  inch  long  and  about  ^  in.  broad:  fls.  as  in 
the  type. 

BB.  Rachis  persistent,  spiny:  pedicels  shorter  than  the  fls. 

Chamlagu,  Lam.  Shrub,  2-4  ft  .  spines  long  Ifts  4, 
in  2  somewhat  remote  pairs,  chartaeeous,  obovate 
emargmate  or  rounded  at  the  apex,  glabrous,  M~Km 
long  fls  solitary,  reddish  yellow,  1^  in.  long  May. 
N.  China.  G  O  H  30 

pygmsea,  DC  (C  grdcihs,  Hort).  One  to  3  ft  : 
spines  short,  J^in  .  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  Ifts  4,  approxi- 
mate and  almost  digitate,  cuneate,  linear-elliptic  or 
linear-lanceolate,  glabrous,  Js-fim  long  fls  solitary, 
%m  long,  golden  yellow  Caucasus  to  Siberia  and 
Thibet  B  R.  12  1021  —Grafted  high  on  C  arbo- 
rescens, it  forms  a  graceful  standard 
tree,  with  pendulous  branches 

C    AUaodna,    Poir  =C    microphylla  —  C 
arbor I 'metis  arendria,  Hort  — O    microphylla 
— C  artnArui,  Dipp  =C  aurantiaca,  Koelme 
— C      aurantiaia,     Koelme       Allied     to     C 
pygma^a     Fls  orange-yellow  ,  calyx  as  long  as 
broad,  ovary  glabrous     bibeua — C    Boisii, 
Schneid   (C  microphylla  var  crasse-aculeata, 
Bois)     \llird  to  C  arborescens    Shrub,  to  6 
ft     Ifts    10-12,  obovate  or  narrowly  obovate, 
about  }  2\n    long,  silky  pubescent  beneath  at 
least  when  young,  whitish  beneath,  stipules 
spiny    fls    solitary     W    China   \  F    57.— C 
bremipina,  Hoyle  (C  trifiora.Lmc'I  ) 
Spines  2-3    m    long     Ifts     12-16, 
pubescent    fls    2-4,  on  a  common 
peduncle      Himalayas     P  F  G     2 
184  —C  decorticann,  llomsl     Allied 
to  C    microphylla     Shmb  or  small 
trfce,  spiny  Ifts  8-12,  o\al,  less  than 
\t\Q     long     fls    1-2     Afghanistan 
HI     18  1725— C    frutfvtnt,   DC 
— C    frutex. — C  (lernrdmna,  Koyle 
Spines  1 }  3-2  in  long  stipules  large, 
scanous    Ifts   8-12,  densely  pubes- 
cent     fls     1-2,     short  -  pedicel  led 
Himalayas  — C   grdulis,  Hort  =C 
pygmsea  —  C      grandifldra,      DC 
Allied  to  C  pygma?a    Lfts  cuneate- 
oblong,  glabrous  or  pubescent    fls 


...   long,  calyx  gibbous  at  the 
Caucasus — The  pin    ' 


791    Caragana 
frutex.    (XJi) 


cult    under  this   name  i.   _ 

variety  of  C  frutex  — C  jubata, 
Pall  Sparingly  branched  shrub 
with  very  thick  spiny  and  villous 
branches  stipules  large,  scanous  Ifts  8-14,  linear-oblong,  villoua 
beneath  fls  whitish,  1  m  long,  short-pcdicellcd  Siberia  FS 
19  2013  L  B  C  6  522  Gt  10  331  A  very  distinct  and  curious- 
looking  species  hardy  —C  sophonefdlia,  Bess  (C  arborescens  xC. 
microphy'la  C  cuneifoha,  Dipp  )  Lfts  usually  12,  oblong  to  elliptic, 
cuneate,  acute  pods  ?£'n  long  Gaiden  origin  — C  tpindsa,  DC 
Spines  1  in  long  Ifts  4,  rarely  more,  approximate,  cuneate-lanceo- 
late,  glabrous  fls  solitary,  short-pedicelled  Siberia — ('  spinoria- 
atma,  C  Koch=C  spitiosa — C  traaacanthoidfi,  Poir  Spiny  Ifts 
1-8,  cuneate,  oblong,  pube«eent  fls  nohfary,  short-pedicelledj  cilyx 
villous-pubescent  Himalayas  — C  tnfldra,  Lmdl  -=C  bre\  ispma. 
-C  vulgani,  Hort  -C  artorescens  ALFRED  REHDER. 


CARAGUXTA 

mania,  which  see 


By  the  latest  monographer  referred   to  Gut* 


CARALLUMA  (aboriginal  name)  Asdepiad&cex. 
Low  succulents,  sometimes  seen  m  collections,  about 
40  species,  from  S  Hpam  and  Afr  to  Arabia  and 
India  They  resemble  stapelias,  and  require  similar 
treatment.  The  sts  are  leafless,  somewhat  branched, 
erect,  4-sided  and  the  angles  toothed :  fls  near  the  sum- 
mit of  the  sts  ,  more  or  less  clustered,  purple,  brown  and 
yellow,  and  other  colors,  corolla  rotate  and  5-parted:  fr. 
long  and  slender  follicles.  The  carallumas  are  probably 
not  in  the  American  trade  Some  of  the  names  that 
may  be  expected  in  collections  are  C.  adscendens,  R. 
Br  ;  C  afims,  Wildem.;  C.  campanulata,  N  E  Br. 
(Boucerosia  campanulata,  Wight);  C.  commutata, 
Berger  (sometimes  grown  as  C.  Sprengen);  C.  flmbn* 
ata,  Wall  ;  C  inversa,  N  E  Br  ;  C  Luntu,  N.  E  Br.; 


CARALLUMA 


CARDOON 


661 


('  tiprengen,  N.  E.  Br.;  C.  Simonu,  Berger  (Boucerosia 
Simoms,  Hort );  C.  torta,  N.  E.  Br. 

CARAMB&LA:   Averrhoa. 

CARAWAY  (Carum  Cann,  Linn).  Umbelltferx. 
A  biennial  or  annual  herb  grown  for  its  seeds,  which 
are  used  in  flavoring  bread,  cakes  and  cheese,  also  oc- 
casionally for  the  young  shoots  and  leaves,  which  are 
eaten  It  grows  a  foot  or  two  high,  has  finely-cut,  pin- 
nately  compound  foliage,  and  .small  white  flowers,  in 
umbels  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture  The  seed  is  usu- 
ally sown  in  spring  and  the  crop  of  seed  taken  the  fol- 
lowing year  It  thrives  in  any  garden  soil  The  plant 
occasionally  runs  wild  See  Carum 


loose  corymbs  surrounded  by  large  sterile  fls  ,  calyx- 
tube  cupulate,  adnate  to  the  ovary;  petals  5,  stamens 
numerous  with  filiform  filaments  and  suborbicular 
anthers;  ovary  inferior,  incompletely  3-celled,  styles  3, 
short;  sterile  fls  with  3  large  sepals  caps  loculicidal.— 
Three  species  in  Japan  and  China.  Tender  plants, 
thriving  m  any  good  garden  soil;  best  in  a  partly 
shaded  and  moist  position  Prop  by  greenwood  cut- 
tings under  glass. 

alternifdlia,  Sieb  <fc  Zucc  One  to  3  ft  •  Ivs  broadly 
elliptic  to  elliptic-lanceolate,  tapering  into  a  very  short 
petiole,  coarsely  serrate,  sparsely  pilose,  membrana- 
ceous,  .3-7  in  long'  fls  pink,  lilac  or  white.  Summer. 
S  Z  66,  67  Gt  14  486.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


CARBENIA:  An  mcorrect  or  doubtful  name  for  Cmcus,  which  see.  CARDINAL  FLOWER:  Lobelia  cardinal*. 


CARDAMINE  (Greek  name  of  a  cress)     Cruciferx 
Small   mostly   leafy-stemmed   perennials   (the   annual 
species  apparently  not  cultivated), 
growing  in  low  rich  land,  blooming 
in  spring  or  early  summer 

Flowers  sometimes  large  for  size 
of  plant,  white  or  purple,  petals 
obovate  or  spatulate  pods  linear 
and  straight,  more  or  less  flat- 
tened, the  wingless  seeds  in  1  row, 
valves  usually  separating  elastic- 
ally  from  the  base  Ivs  simple  or 
pinnate  or  lyrate.  root  often  tuber- 
ous or  rhizomatous  —  About  50 
species,  largely  in  boreal  or  alpine 
regions  Of  easy  cult  Only  (' 
pratemis  is  much  known  among 
growers 

pratensis,  Linn  CUCKOO 
FLOWEH  Fig  792  Plant  slender 
and  usually  glabrous,  12-20  in  , 
somewhat  bram  hod  Ivs  pinnately 
divided,  1ft  b  ofroot-lvs  small  and 
rounded  (J  ^m  or  less  across),  those 
of  the  upper  st  -Ivs  oblong  or  even 
linear  and  entire  or  somewhat 
toothed  fls  \  .>m  long,  in  a 
corymb,  white  or  rose-color,  pretty 
Eu  and  Amor,  in  the  northern 
parts  —  In  the  gardens  it  is  chiefly 
known  in  the  double-fid  form, 
hlch  probably  haa  been  derived 
f  ™n  European  rather  than  Amen- 
i  an  sources  There  are  other  forms 
of  it  It  is  an  excellent  little  plant  to  grow  in  moist 
places,  particularly  along  creeks  and  about  springs  It 
is  also  useful  in  drier  places,  as  in  rockeries. 

trifdlia,  Linn  Attractive  spring  bloomer,  6  in  ,  creep- 
ing Ivs  ternate,  the  toothed  parts  or  scgms.  irregularly 
roundish  fls  snow-white,  on  a  naked  scape.  S  Eu 
B  M  452 

angulata,  Hook.  Erect,  1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  3-5-f  olio- 
late,  the  Ifts  ovate  or  oblong,  and  the  middle  one 
usually  coarsely  toothed'  fls.  rather  large,  white. 
in  short,  few-fid  racemes.  Mts.  of  Ore  ana 
Wash  —Intro  1881  by  Gillett. 

L.  H    B. 

CARx>AMON:   Amomum  and  Elettana. 

CARDlANDRA  (Greek,  heart,  and 
man  or  stamen:  alluding  to  the  shape 
of  the  anthers)  Saxifraghcex.  Orna- 
mental half-shrubby  plants,  rarely 
cultivated  for  their  white,  lilac  or  pink 
flowers 

Suffruticose  deciduous  plants  with 
alternate  rather  large  Ivs.  and  small 
pink,  lilac  or  white  fla.  in  terminal 


„    . 
792    Cardamme  pra- 


CARDIOSPgRMUM 

(Greek,  heart-seed,  from  the 
white  heart-shaped  spot  on 
the  round  black  seed ;  hence 
the  plant  was  thought  a 
cure  for  heart  diseases). 
Sapindatex.  Tcndril-chmb- 
mg  tropical  herbs 

Leaves    alternate,  biter- 
nate,  Ifts   coarsely  serrate: 
fls     small,   white,    polyga- 
mous or  dioecious,  m 
axillary  racemes  or 
corymbs,      sepals 
and     petals    4,    in 
pairs,    stamens    8; 
ovary  3-celled,  fol- 
low ed    by  a  mem- 
branous caps. 
— A    dozen 
species  wide- 
ly d  i  s  t  r  i  b- 
uted       The 
most    popular    is 
the  interesting 
bal  loon-vine, 
which  is  a  rapid- 
growing,      woody 
perennial,  behav- 
ing as  an  annual, 
curious     for      its 
inflated  seed-ves- 
sels    Fig     793. 
Prop,  by  seeds 

Halicacabum, 
Linn  Fig  794. 
BALLOON -VINE. 
HEART-SEED 
HEART-PEA 


794.  Balloon-Vine — Cardiospermum 
Halicacabum.  (XH) 


Height  10  ft.  st  and  branches  grooved  Ivs  glabrous, 
oblong-acuminate,  deeply  dentate  balloons  an  inch  or 
more  thick  Trop  India,  Afr  ,  and  Arner  B  M  1049. 
— A  general  favorite,  especially  with  children.  Grown 
as  a  garden  annual 

hirsutum,  Willd  Creeping  or  ascending  perennial 
vine  with  densely  hairy  grooved  st  and  Ivs  as  in  the 
preceding,  but  usually  hairy  on  the  under  surface  fls. 
not  showy,  fr.  pointed,  hirsute,  the  globular  choco- 
late-brown seed  is  borne  on  the  detaching  parachute- 
like  dissepiment  Afr  — A  useful  perennial  in  S  Calif, 
for  covering  arbors;  evergreen  and  blooming  continu- 
ously N.  TAYLOR  f 

CARDOON  (Cynara  Cardunculus,  Linn  ).  A  thistle- 
like  plant  of  southern  Europe,  cultivated  for  the  thick 
leaf-stalk  and  midrib. 

It  is  thought  to  be  of  the  same  species  as  the  arti- 
choke, and  to  have  been  developed  from  it  by  long  culti- 
vation and  selection.  See  Cynara.  The  plant  has  been 


662 


CARDOON 


CAREX 


introduced  into  South  America,  and  has  run  wild  exten- 
sively on  the  pampas  Darwin  writes  that  "no  culti- 
vated plant  has  run  wild  on  so  enormous  a  scale  as  the 
cardoon."  From  the  artichoke  it  differs  in  taller  and 
more  prickly  growth  and  smaller  heads.  The  cardoon 
is  perennial,  but  it  is  not  hardy,  and  is  treated  as  an 
annual.  Seeds  are  sown  in  spring,  either  in  pots  under 
glass  or  in  the  open  where  the  plants  are  to  stand.  The 
later  sowing  is  usually  preferred  The  plants  are  given 


70S   Leaf  of  Canada  thistle.  —  Carduus  arvensis  or  Cirsium  arvense. 


rich  soil  and  should  have  abundant  moisture  supply, 
for  they  must  make  continuous  and  stiong  growth. 
When  the  leaves  are  nearly  full  grown,  they  are  tied 
together  near  the  top,  straw  is  piled  around  the  head, 
and  earth  is  banked  against  it  This  is  to  blanch  the 
plant,  for  it  is  inedible  unless  so  treated  From  two  to 
four  weeks  is  required  for  the  blanching  The  procedure  is 
not  very  unlike  that  adopted  for  the  blanching  of  celery 
or  endive.  If  the  plants  are  late,  they  may  be  dug  just 
before  frost  and  blanched  in  a  storage  pit  The  plants 
are  usually  grown  2  to  3  feet  apart,  in  rows  which  are  4 
feet  apart.  They  arc  sometimes  grown  in  trenches,  after 
the  old  way  of  growing  celciy.  Cardoon  is  vciy  little 
known  as  a  vegetable  in  America  except  among 
foreigners.  L.  H.  B. 

CARDUUS  (the  ancient  Latin  name  of  these  plants). 
Composite  THISTLE  Spiny-leaved  annual,  biennial  or 
perennial  herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  boiders  and  rock- 
gardens  for  the  interesting  habit  and  the  heads  of 
purple  or  white  flowers. 

Carduus  is  sometimes  united  with  Cirsium,  but  is  here 
kept  distinct,  being  separated  chiefly  by  non-plumose 
or  only  indistinctly  serrate  pappus-bristles  (see  Cirsium)  . 
The  common  weedy  thistles  are  leferred  either  to 
Caiduus  or  Cirsium,  depending  on  the  definition  of  the 

en  us.    Fig  795  shows  the  spiny  loaf  of  one  of  these. 

Jnder  the  restricted  use  of  the  name,  Carduus  com- 

rises about  80  species,  from  the  Canary  Isls.  to  Japan. 

or  C.  benedictus,  see  Cnicus 
acanthoides,  Linn  A  much-branched  perennial 
about  18-24  in.  high:  Ivs.  bright  green,  p  innately 
parted,  the  nerves  very  prominent  beneath,  spmose 
margined:  the  solitary  "heads  long-ped  uncled,  the  fls. 
purple  and  showy.  S.  Eu  —  Scarcely  known  in  Amer 

C.  Mart&nus,  Hort  is  a  Silybum,  and  C  tafincum,  Tlort  ,  is  a 
Cirsium  Both  aro  advertised  in  England,  but  are  unknown  in 

Amer  N.  TAYLOR,  f 

CAREX  (name  of  obscure  origin).  Cyperdcex. 
SEDUE  Grass-like  perennials  of  very  many  kinds,  a 
few  of  which  are  grown  in  bogs  or  as  border  plants. 

Flowers  unisexual,  in  spikes,  the  stammate  naked 
and  subtended  by  a  bract  or  scale,  the  pistillate  com- 
prising a  single  pistil  inclosed  in  a  thin  sac  or  perigyn- 
lum;  monoecious  or  rarely  dioecious:  sts  or  culms  solid, 
not  jointed,  mostly  3-angled'  Ivs.  grass-like  but  3- 
ranked.  One  large  group  has  2  styles  and  a  lenticular 
achene,  and  the  spikes  are  commonly  androgynous  or 
con  tain  both  sexes  (Fig  796),  another  division  has  3  styles 
and  a  triangular  achene,  and  the  spikes  are  commonly 
unisexual,  the  stammate  being  above  (Figs.  797,  798). 
Carices  are  veiy  abundant  in  cool  temperate  regions, 
both  in  species  and  in  individual  plants.  There  are 
more  than  800  known  species.  Many  of  them  grow 


p 
F 


on  dry  land,  but  the  largest  species  grow  in  low  grounds 
and  swales,  and  often  form  much  of  the  bulk  of  bog 
hay.  Carices  cover  great  areas  of  marsh  land  in  the 
upper  Mississippi  region  and  are  employed  in  the  manu- 
facture of  "grass  carpets"  or  Crex  fabrics.  The  species 
are  difficult  to  distinguish  because  they  aie  veiy  similar, 
and  the  study  of  them  is  usually  left  to  specialists  Some 
of  our  broad-leaved  native  species  make  excellent  bor- 
ders and  interesting  clumps  in  corners  about  build- 
ings and  along  walls  Of  such  are  C  platyphylla, 
C.  plantaginea,  C.  albwsina  Many  of  the  low- 
land species  are  excellent  adjuncts  to  the  pond 
of  hardy  aquatics  Others  have  very  graceful 
forms,  with  drooping  spikes  and  slondci  culms 
(Fig  798).  Tho  following  native  species,  and 
probably  others,  have  been  offered  by  collectors* 
C.  awca,  C  tburrua,  C  jlava,  C  Ciayi  (one  of 
the  best),  C  hystncma,  C  lupulina  and  its  var 
pcdunculata,  C.  lumda,  C  paupercula,  C  penn- 
sylvamca,  C  plantaginea,  C  Pbiudo-Ci/perus, 
Cf.  relrorsa,  C.  Richard^onu,  C  npaiia,C  Tucker- 
mann,  C  utnculala,  C  vidpinouka  The  species 
present  no  difficulties  in  cultivation  if  the  natural  habitat 
is  imitated  Piopagated  readily  by  seed  sown  in  late 
fall  (germinating  in  spring)  or  by  division  of  the  clumps. 
Morrowi,  Boott  (C  japomca,  Hort  ,  not  Thunb 
C  tenuisDima,  Hort  C  aadifolia,  Hoit )  Fig  799 
Lvs  stiff  and  evergreen,  long-pointed,  in  the  common 
garden  form  with  a  white  band  near  either  margin 
culm  1  ft  with  a  terminal  stammate  spike  arid  2  or  3 
slender  pistillate  spikes  (1  in  long)  from  sheaths, 
perigynmm  small  and  firm,  somewhat  exeurved,  2- 
toothed,  glabrous  Japan  G  C.  III.  13  173  K  H  20, 

L9  — A  very  handsome  plant,  suited  for  pots  or  the 
rder.  The  stiff  clean  white-edged  foliage  keeps  in 
condition  for  months,  making  the  plant  useful  for 
decorations  in  which  pot-plants  are  used.  It  is  per- 
fectly haidy  in  Cent  N.  Y  , 
holding  its  foliage  all  win- 
ter. A  useful  florists'  plant. 


796.  Carez  (C.  scoparia), 
with  androgynous  spikes  and 
lenticular  achenes.  (XI). 
N.  Amer. 


797.  Carex  (C.  lurida),  with 
staminate  terminal  spikes  and 
trigonous  achenes.  (XJ/2)  N. 
Amer 


intume'scens,  Rudge  (C.  ten&rw,  Hort.  C.  ttnera, 
Hort.).  Slender,  but  stiff,  to  30  in.:  Ivs  narrow,  rolling 
more  or  less  when  dry:  staminate  spikes  long-stalked: 

Citillate  spikes  1  or  2,  short-stalked,  short,  with  few 
ge,  turgid,  tapering,  shining  pengyma  and  awl-like, 
rough-pointed  scales.   N.  Amer. 


CAREX 

c^m^ns,  Berger  (C.  Vilmorinu,  Mott. 
('  I  dmonm&na,  Hort.)  Densely  tufted, 
with  many  very  narrow  Ivs.,  and  filiform 
culms  \Yi  ft.  or  less  high:  spikes  5-7,  the 
terminal  stammate,  linear  and  short- 
dtalked,  the  lateral  pistillate  (or  perhaps 
stammate  at  base),  oblong  or  cylindrical 
and  dense-fld  ,  about  1  in  long,  and  with 
anstate  scales:  pengymum  3-angled 
(stigmas  3),  lance-ovate,  attenuate  at  base 
and  with  a  2-toothed  scabrous  beak  New 
Zeal  — A  good  hardy  edging  plant  when  a 
tufted  grassy  effect  is  desired 

Buchananii,  Berger  (C  luctda.  Boott, 
var.  Buchdnanu,  Kuek  )  Allied  to  the 
preceding  densely  tufted:  Ivs  leathery, 
semi-terete  ,very  narrow,  brown-red §  spikes 
5-8,  the  terminal  stammate  and  linear- 
cylindrical,  long-stalked,  the  lateral  pistil- 
late and  cylindrical,  1  Yt.  in  long,  densely- 
fld  pengymum  plano-convex  (stigmas  2), 
produced  into  a  long  margined  bcabrous 
deeply  bidentate  beak  New  Zeal  — Grown 
for  its  reddish  foliage 

Gaudichaudiana,  Kunth  (C.  vulgans, 
Fries,  var  Gaudichaudiana,  Boott)  Culms 
erect,  1-2  ft  Ivs  long  and  grass-like: 
stammate  fls  in  terminal  spikes  pi.stillate 
fls  in  2-3  cylindrical,  sessile  or  subsessile 
spikes  pengymum  lenticular,  small,  very 
short-beaked,  obscurely  2-toothcd,  finely 
nerved,  longer  than  the  narrow  scale. 
Japan,  Austral  New  Zeal — Useful  for 
bog  planting 

Frasen,  Andr  (CymophyHus 
Fraseri,  Mack.)  Lvs  1  in  or 
more  broad,  stiff,  but  with  no 
midnerve,  flat  and  thick,  ever- 
green culm  16  in  or  less  high- 
Hearing  at  its  summit  a  single 
whitish  spike  which  is  stammate 
at  top  perigymum  ovoid,  thin 
and  inflated  Rich  mountain 
woods,  Va  BM.  1391  (as  C. 
Fra^enana)  — Rare,  and  a  very 
remarkable  plant 

C  bdccans,  Nees  Robust,  with 
curving  Ivs  to  2  ft  long  and  y$n 
broad  fr  berry-like  (whence  the  name), 
crimson  or  vermilion,  in  clustered  spikes 
standing  well  above  the  Ivs  India  G 
1  401  Useful  for  pots  or  for  planting 
m  a  conservatory,  for  its  ornamental 
fr  ,  but  probably  not  now  in  cult  commercially — C  gaUica 
is  offered  abroad  as  a  "very  elegant,  showy  and  chariLing^'  "• 


CARICA 


663 


pistil  with  5-rayed  stigma,  sessile  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs. 
— Perhaps  20  species,  all  native  to  the  American  tropics, 
but  C.  Papaya  is  cult,  throughout  the  tropics  for  ita 
dehcious  edible  fruits.  See  Papaya. 

The  soil  most  suited  for  cancas  is  a  rich  loam,  having 
perfect  drainage  As  the  stem  is  succulent  and  tender, 
great  care  is  necessary  to  avoid  bruising,  hence  pot- 
grown  plants  are  much  to  be  preferred  to  seedlings 
from  the  open  ground.  Seeds?  should  be  selected  from 


the  best  and  largest  fruits  and  sown  in  a  well-worked 
bed  under  a  slight  shade    If  seeds  are  quite  dry  or  old, 
.        they  should  be  soaked  in  warm  water  before  sowing. 
\  The  seedling   plants  are  delicate,   and   require  close 

\          watching  at  first  to  avoid  damping-off     As  soon  as 
\        plants  are  well  up  remove  the  shading,  and  after  the 
V^    third  leaf  appears  they  may  be  pricked  out  into  a  larger 
£  ^v  bed,  or  better,  potted  off  in  fairly  nch  soil   After  plants 

are  a  few  weeks  old,  and  have  beeii  shifted  once  into 
larger  pots,  they  may  be  set  permanently  outdoors  in 
the  tropics     Caricas  seldom  branch,  but  usually  grow 
upright  like  a  palm,  hence  cuttings  are  not  often  avail- 
able   Sometimes  small  branches  form,  and  these  may 
be  cut  off  and  as  readily  rooted  as  mott  tropical  deco- 
rative plants,  provided   the  cutting  is  not  too  young 
and  tender.    This  method  has  been  found  m  Florida 
to  be  too  slow,  and  what  is  evidently  a  better  method 
of  propagation,  by  means  of  graftage,  has  been  devised 
by  Edward  Simmonas,  of  the  Plant  In- 
troduction Field  Station,  Miami,  Florida. 
Numerous  shoots  are  formed  by  the  buds 
at  the  leaf-scars  when  a  papaya  tree  is 
topped,  as  many  as  fifty  or  more  being 
produced     "One  of  these  shoots  is  taken 
when  a  few  inches  long  and  about  the 
diameter  of  a  lead  pencil,  is  sharpened 
to  a  wedge  point,  the   leaf  surface  re- 
duced, and  inserted  in  a  cleft  in  a  young 
seedling    which    has    been   decapitated 
when  5  to  10  inches  high,  and  split  with 
an  unusually  sharp,  thin  grafting-knife. 
At  this  age  the  trunk  of  the  young  seed- 
ling  has   not    yet    formed    the    hollow 
space  in  the  center      Seeds  planted  in 
the   greenhouse    m    February    produce 
young  seedlings   large  enough  to  graft 
some  time  in  March,  these  grafted  trees, 
which  can  be  giown  in  pots,  when  set  out 
in  the  open  ground  in  May  or  the  latter 
part    of    April,    make    an    astonishing 
growth  and  come  into  bearing  in  Novem- 
ber or   December,  they  continue  bear- 
ing throughout  the  following  spring  and 
summer,  and  if  it  is  advisable,  can  be  left  to  bear 
fruit  into  the  following  autumn."    Varieties  of  superior 


798  Carex  (C  longirostris),with  termi- 
nal stammate  spikes  and  drooping  pistil- 
late spikes  (Xh)  N  Amcr 


rt  Ana Curt ;    a  rank-  rowin    low  land  speeies  of  wide  diatribution,        "Ull  ini:o  ine  lOUOWing  autumn.        Varieties  OI  superior 

i8P8ometimee'grownn  TnTvanegated-lvd  form.  The  name  has  no      flavor  and  better  size  and  shape  for  shipping,  as  well  as 


botanical  standing  —With  the  exten- 


many  other  species  of  Carex  may  be 
expected  to  appear  in  the  trade  lists 

L.  H.  B. 

CARICA  (a  geographical 
name)  Papayacese.  PAPAYA. 
Small,  rapid  -  growing,  un- 
branched  trees,  commonly 
grown  in  greenhouses  as  foli- 
age plants  and  often  bearing 
fruit  under  such  conditions. 
Juice  milky 

Leaves  large,  soft,  long- 
stalked,  in  clusters  at  the  top 
of  the  trunk  usually  dioecious, 
the  male  fls.  on  long  axillary 
peduncles,  funnel-shaped,  with 
10  anthers  in  the  throat,  the 
pistillate  fls.  larger  and  with  5 
distinct  petals  and  a  single 


799.  Carex  Morrowu. 


hermaphrodite  varieties,  may 
now  be  successfully  main- 
tained For  complete  descrip- 
tion of  this  method  see  "The 
Grafted  Papaya  as  an  Annual 
Fruit  Tree,"  by  David  Fair- 
child  and  Edward  Simmonds, 
Circular  No  119,  Bureau  of 
Plant  Industry,  1913  In  tem- 
perate climates,  cancas  have 
been  found  to  be  good  decora- 
tive plants  for  both  conserva- 
tory and  summer  bedding,  the 
deeply  cut,  palmate  leaves 
forming  a  striking  contrast  to 
ordinary  vegetation  In  bed- 
ding out,  select  open,  sunny 
exposure,  with  perfect  drainage, 
and  make  the  soil  rich  and 
friable  Constant  cultivation 
with  a  light  hoe  will  cause  a 


664 


OARICA 


CARLUDOVICA 


luxuriant  growth  under  these  conditions,  and  the 
planter  will  be  amply  repaid  for  his  trouble  by  beauti- 
ful showy  specimens  as  tropical-appearing  as  palms. 

Papaya,  Linn.  (Papaya  Cdnca,  Gaertn  ).  PAPAYA. 
PAWPAW.  The  commonast  species  in  cult ,  sometimes 
growing  to  a  height  of  ?0  ft ,  with  large  palmately 
7-lobed  Ivs  ,  sometime  2  ft.  across,  and  fr  shaped  like 
a  roughly  angled  melon  up  to  12  in  long  and  half  as 
thick,  hanging,  especially  from  the  lower  axils  of  the  pis- 
tillate plant  B  M  2898-0  —From  the  frs  ,  which  vary 
in  size  up  to  15  Ibs  and  in  number  to  t  he  tree  from  20-nO, 
is  extracted  the  papaya  mice,  which  furnishes  the  papam 
of  commerce.  This  is  obtained  by  sloshing  the  fr  ,  and 
collecting  the  milky  juice  in  porcclam-lmed  receptacles, 
where  it  is  allowed  to  evaporate  When  evaporated  to 
a  granular  condition,  it  is  ready  for  the  maiket  and 
brings  from  $4-$6  a  ID.  in  the  crude  state.  The  papaya 
has  of  recent  years  become  one  of  the  common  eh  t  table 
frs.  of  the  tropics  The  flesh,  which  is  usually  of  a 
salmon-pink  or  yellow  color,  is  excellent  when  one 
becomes  accustomed  to  its  peculiar  flavor,  and  resem- 
bles somewhat  a  most  luscious  muskmelon  From  its 
large  content  of  papam,  it  may  be  eaten  without  injury 
in  considerable  quantities  and  assi.st.s  in  the  digestion 
of  other  foods.  As  the  tiee  grows  with  great  lapidity 
in  tropical  climates,  it  may  be  tieated  as  an  annual,  the 
seeds  being  sown  early  in  protected  beds,  well  cared  for 
and  transplanted  to  their  permanent  places  when  well 
established  They  will  then  bear  fr.  late  in  the  suc- 
ceeding autumn  The  method  of  graftage  described  on 
p  663  is  preferable,  however  The  frs  have  a  consider- 
able cavity,  which,  in  the  smaller  rounded  frs  ,  is  well 
filled  with  the  small  brownish  or  blackish  seeds  The 
firm  skin,  the  firmness  of  which  may  be  increased  by 
selection,  will  permit  of  shipping  to  a  distance  The 
plant  is  sometimes  polygamous,  and  from  such  plants 
in  Hawaii  there  have  been  bred  types  which  appear  to 
have  great  promise  as  a  shipping  fr  The  green  frs. 
are  frequently  used  as  vegetables,  and  the  Ivs  ,  if  cooked 
with  tough  meat,  are  said  to  make  it  tender,  due  to 
the  digestive  principle, 

candamarcensis,  Hook.  f.  (C  cundinamarctnsis, 
Lindl.)  This  is  a  more  hardy  ornamental  .species  with 
numerous  Ivs  ,  dark  green  above  and  pale  beneath, 
rounded-heart-shaped,  1^  ft  across,  5-lobed  to  the 
center  with  pmnatifid  lobes,  fls.  green  and  pubescent: 
frs.  small,  pointed,  5-angled,  golden  yellow  B  M  6198. 
— Hardy  in  S  Calif  ,  but  the  frs.  of  no  value  as  such. 

quercifdlia,  Benth  &  Hook.  ( Vasconrellea  querci- 
fdlia,  St  Hil  ).  Lvs  shaped  like  those  of  the  English 
oak,  palmately  3-lobed,  and  containing  a  greater  per- 
centage of  papam  than  C.  Papaya;  frs.  small. — Hardy 
in  S  Calif 

gracilis,  Solms  (Papaya  grdcilis,  Regel).  Habit  of 
C  Papaya,  trunk  simple,  4-6  ft  high,  filendei,  very  gla- 
brous Ivs.  5-digitate.  the  lobes  smuate-lobed,  the 
middle  one  3-lobed,  the  whole  blade  suborbicular  in 
outline,  petioled  Brazil.  Gt.  1879.986. 

S.  C.  STUNTZ 

CARlSSA  (aboriginal  name).  Apocynacex.  Very 
branchy  spmose  shrubs  of  the  tropics  of  the  eastern 
hemisphere,  cultivated  for  ornament  or  hedges,  but 
here  mainly  for  the  edible  berry-like  fruits. 

Flowers  white,  solitary  or  in  cymes;  lobes  of  calyx 
and  corolla  5,  the  5  stamens  froe  and  included  in  the 
throat,  the  ovary  2-loculed:  Ivs.  opposite  and  thick, 
simple  — About  30  species  Used  abroad  as  greenhouse 
plants  but  grown  in  this  country  only  in  S.  Fla.,  and 
Calif  Prop  by  seeds  and  cuttings  of  ripe  wood. 

Carfindas,  Lmn  CAHAUNDA.  CHRIST' S-THORN.  Ever- 
green shrub  or  small  tree,  with  dark  green  ovate  or  elliptic 
mucronate  entire  Ivs  ,  strong  axillary  spines  (which  are 
often  forked)  and  fragrant  white  fls  in  clusters  of  2-3, 
the  corolla  twisted  to  the  left  in  the  bud :  fr.  the  size  of 


a  cherry  (1  in.  diam.).  reddish,  pleasant-flavored.  India. 
L.B  C.  7 . 663— Reaches  20  ft.  Half-hardy  in  Cent.  Fla. 
The  frs  are  eaten  from  the  hand  or  made  into  a  jelly 
much  like  currants  when  ripe,  and  pickled  when  green. 

bispindsa,  Desf  (C  ardulna,  Lam  ).  AMATUNGULU. 
MARITZUULA  Spines  strong,  often  2  in.  long  Ivs.  ovate 
and  bubcordate,  mucronate,  glabrous  and  entire:  fls. 
white,  the  corolla  twisted  to  the  light  in  the  bud.  S. 
Afr  — A  choice  evergreen  shrub,  rather  hardy,  with 
thick  camellia-like  very  glossy  Ivs. '  fls.  large,  fragrant, 
white,  and  borne  profusely  and  continuously:  fr  dark 
red,  size  of  a  cherry,  good  LBC  4*387 — Closely 
resembles  C  grandiflora,  but  fls  slightly  smaller  and 
frs.  in  clusters,  seeds  lanceolate 

grandifldra,  DC  NVTAL  PLUM.  Spiny  shrub:  lv? 
ovate-acute,  tapering  to  the  base:  fls  large,  white, 
fragrant,  sohtaiy  and  terminal,  twisted  to  the  right, 
heterogonous  *  fr.  red,  1— I,1  2  in  l°nK»  resembling  cran- 
berries m  flavor  when  cooked,  and  having  a  papery  skin, 
milky  juice  and  few  small  almost  cncular  seeds.  Sauce 
made  from  this  fr  is  almost  indistinguishable  in  flavor 
from  cranbeny  sauce,  but  the  frs.  ripen  so  irregularly, 
although  almost  continually,  as  to  make  the  fr.  suitable 
only  for  home-garden  use  unless  handled  on  a  large  scale. 
Saul  to  be  the  finest  hed%<>  plant  m  S.  Afr.  B  M  6307. 

acuminata,  DC  Spines  weak  Ivs  smaller,  ovate- 
acute,  subcoidate  mucionate;  peduncles  short,  forked, 
axilhuy  fls  \vith  lance-acuminate  calyx-lobes,  the 
corolla  twisted  to  the  right  m  the  bud  S.  Afr. — Per- 
haps not  different  from  C  bisp-inosa. 

C  etltihs,  Vahl  A  straggling  shrub  with  small  purple  edible  fr. 
from  Trop  Afr  Intro  trorn  \byssima,  but  has  not  yet  been 
thoroughly  tested  The  plant  in  the  American  trade  under  this 
name  i*  described  as  much  taller  than  C  Curandas  and  more  vigor- 
ous Ivs  persistent,  ovate-acuminate  fls  10-2')  in  axillary  clusters, 
white  and  pink,  jasmine-scented  berries  oval,  red  but  turning 
black  at  maturity,  1-si  filed  — C  ovata,  R  Br  ,  from  Austral  ,  a 
more  open  shrub  than  any  of  the  preceding,  the  small  frs  of  which 
arc  edible  and  ustd  for  jams,  has  been  intro  by  the  <  >ffico  of  Foreign 
Seed  and  Plant  Introduction  as  a  possible  stock  for  the  more  ten- 
der species,  in  the  hope  of  extending  the  range  of  these  frs  — C. 
spin/irum,  DC  ,  u  small  edible-fruited  evergreen  shrub  from  India 
is  said  to  be  an  important  element  in  reforestation  since  it  persists 
on  tho  poorest  und  rockiest  soils  in  spite  of  being  greedily  eaten  by 
sheep  and  goats.  g>  C  gTUNTZ.f 

CARLiNA  (said  to  have  cured  the  army  of  Charle- 
magne [Carolmus]  of  the  plague).  Compdsitae.  Low 
rather  coarse  annuals,  biennials  or  perennials,  with 
thistle-like  foliage,  large  white  or  purplish  heads,  a 
feathery  pappus,  and  chaffy  receptacle1  outer  involu- 
cral  biacts  coriaceous,  usually  spiny,  the  inner  ones 
colored  or  shiny  and  petal-like  fr  a  silky-hairy  achene. 
— Some  15  or  20  species  in  the  Medit  region 

An  open  sunny  place  and  ordinary  garden  soil  are 
all  they  require.  They  are  capital  for  the  sunny  part  of 
a  rockery.  Propagated  by  cuttings  or  seeds. 

acaulis,  Lii 
3-6  m  .  Ivs 

ends'  fl  rising  barely  above  the  foliage,  solitary,  very 
interesting,  the  scales  surrounding  the  fl.-head  being 
long  and  narrow  and  ray-  or  petal-like,  silky,  shiny: 
head  6  in.  acio&s  when  expanded,  white.  June,  July 
and  late  fall.  G.C.  II.  13:720-1.  G.L.  19:178. 

acanthifdha,  Linn.  A  white-tomentose  thick-lvd. 
biennial,  the  Ivs  oblong,  the  upper  pmnatifid  and  spiny: 
fl.-heads  4  in  wide,  yellowish  purple.  S.  Eu.  July  and 
later.  G.C.  III.  47:68.— Little  known  in  U.  S. 

N.   TAYLOR.f 

CARLUD6VTCA  (Charles  IV,  and  his  Queen  Louisa, 
of  Spam).  Cyclantfioceae.  Palm-like,  sometimes  merely 
herbaceous  plants,  of  tropical  America. 

The  plants  are  stemless,  or  sometimes  with  a  lax 
creeping  st ,  and  usually  have  stalked,  sometimes  ses- 
sile, flabellate  Ivs.:  fls.  monoecious,  the  two  sexes  being 
on  the  same  spadix,  which  is  inclosed  in  a  4-lvo. 
spathe;  stammate  fls.  with  many  stamens  and  many- 


Linn    A  very  dwarf  hardy  perennial:  height 
rs    glossy,  pmnatifid,   divided,   with  spiny 


CARLUDOVICA 


CARNATION 


665 


lobed  calyx,  4  of  them  surrounding  a  pistillate  fl. — the 
latter  have  a  4-sided  ovary,  4  barren  stamens,  and  4- 
lobed  calyx:  fr.  a  4-sided,  many-seeded  berry.  The  car- 
ludovicas  are  usually  regarded  and  treated  as  stove 
palms  by  gardeners.  They  are  useful  for  decoration. 
The  family  Cyclanthacese  is  exclusively  tropical  Ameri- 
can, of  about  45  species  and  6  genera  (Stelestylis, 
Carludovica,  Sarcmanthus,  Ludovia,  Evodianthus, 
Cyclanthus) ;  it  is  often  united  with  the  Pandanaceae 
or  screw-pine  family. 

The  genus  is  an  important  economic  one,  as  C. 
palmata,  and  perhaps  other  species,  are  the  source  of 
Panama  hats  In  making  these,  the  leaves  are  cut 
youn^,  the  stiff  veins  removed,  after  which  the  leave* 
are  slit  into  shreds,  but  not  separated  at  the  stalk  end 
It  is  said  that  hats  of  superior  quality  are  plaited  from 
a  single  leaf,  without  any  joinings  U  S  Dept.  Agnc., 
Fiber  Investigations.  Kept.  9:112  (1897). 


800.  Carludovica  palmata. 

Carludovica  palmata  is  the  r.pecies  most  frequently 
met  with  under  cultivation  Under  favorable  condi- 
tions it  grows  to  a  height  of  about  8  feet.  All  of  the 
kinds  need  stove  treatment  during  the  winter  months; 
in  summer  they  may  be  used  for  subtropical  bedding 
with  good  results.  They  have  a  certain  palm-like  ap- 
pearance, but  the  leaves  are  of  a  softer  texture  than  any 
of  the  palms.  They  may  be  propagated  by  division, 
choosing  the  early  spring  for  the  operation.  C  palmata 
seeds  freely  The  fruit,  when  ripe,  has  an  ornamental 
appearance  for  a  short  time  after  bursting  open.  The 
seeds  are  very  small,  and  should  be  carefully  washed 
free  from  the  pulp,  and  sown  on  the  surface  of  a  pan  of 
finely  chopped  sphagnum  moss.  Germination  takes 
place  in  two  weeks  from  sowing  if  kept  in  a  brisk,  moist 
heat.  The  species  are  not  particular  as  to  soil  but  the 
drainage  must  be  perfect,  as  the  plants  require  an 
abundance  of  water  when  growing.  (G.  W.  Oliver.) 


A.  Lvs  3-5-lobed. 

palmata,  Ruiz.  &  Pav  Fig  800.  No  trunk-  petioles 
3-6  ft  long,  glabrous,  terete  and  unarmed,  blades 
4-lobed,  the  lobes  again  cut  into  narrow  segms  ,  dark 
green,  gracefully  spieading,  and  drooping  at  the  mar- 
gin Peru.  RH  1801,  p  3G — The  common  species, 
and  a  very  useful  plant 

rotundifdha,  Wendl  Much  like  the  last,  but  more 
compact  under  cult ,  owing  to  the  shorter  petioles,  but 
growing  much  larger  petiole  distinctly  pubescent, 
If  -blade  large  and  orbicular,  3-  or  4-lobed.  Costa 
Rica  B  M  7083 

elegans,  Williams  Blade*  with  4  or  5  lobes,  which 
are  very  deeply  cut  into  straight  strap-like  divisions. 
Probably  of  horticultural  origin 

A  A   Lvs  2-lobed     < 

atrdvirens,  Wendl  Blades  very  deeply  2-lobed  and 
very  deep,  rich  green  (whence  the  name,  dark  green), 
glabrous  Colombia 

hfcmilis,  Poepp  &  Kndl.  Dwarf  blades  angular. 
2-lobed  at  the  summit,  the  segms  more  or  less  jagged 
but  not  divided,  a  foot  or  less  broad  Colombia.  II  H. 
1869,  p  327  —One  of  the  best 

Pltlmerii,  Kunth  (C  palmaefblia,  Sweet).  Caudex 
erect  blades  with  2  lanceolate  and  plicate  divisions, 
bright  green  above  and  pale  beneath  spadices  pendu- 
lous Martinique 

imperiaiis,  Lind  &  Andre"  Caudex  short  and  pros- 
trate blades  with  2  ovate-lanceolate  entire  segms  , 
with  very  prominent  veins,  the  lobes  about  5  in  wide 
and  shining  green;  petiole  purplish,  canaliculate,  tumid 
at  the  ba«e  Ecuador  I  H  21  100  (by  error  165) 

The  following  species  are  in  cult  in  this  country  but  not  as  yet 
known  to  the  trade  C  funijera,  Kunth  Stetnless  or  sometimes 
creeping  and  with  a  round,  sparsely  branched  si  Ivs  alternate 
1-2  ft  8  Amer — T  incisa,  Wendl  A  much  cut.  low  plant  from 
Cent  Amer — C  marropwta,  Klotzsch  St  scarcely  1  ft  long  Ivs 
faintly  3-nervetl,  deeply  2  parted,  lJ^-2  ft  Colombia. — C  micro- 
ctphala,  Hook  f  St  a  few  inches  high  l\»  numerous,  10-18  m 
long,  split  into  2  8-nerved  w>gms  ,  petiole  slender,  purplish  at  base. 
Costa  Rica  B  M  ?2b3  —  ('  pltcata,  Rlotzseh  St  short  Ivs  di- 
vided into  2  l-ner\ed  segms  ,  petioles  channeled  spadix  about  0ln. 
long  the  thick  woody  caudex  may  not  riwj  more  than  1  ft 
Colombia  — C1  acdruijns,  Cowell  St  creeping,  often  25  ft.  long 
Ivs  several  at  the  summit  about  18  in  long  St  Kitts 

N    TAYLOR. f 

CARMICH&LIA  (Capt  Dugald  Carmichael,  Scotch 
botanist,  who  wrote  on  the  flora  of  the  Cape  and  cer- 
tain islands)  Lcgurmnb^sc  Shrubs,  leafless  or  usually 
becoming  so,  either  erect  or  depressed,  with  reddish  or 
purplish  small  fls  ,  rarely  cult  There  are  about  20 
species  in  New  Zeal  ,  very  difficult  of  delimitation 
Lvs  1-  or  3-5-foholate,  wanting  or  deciduous  after  the 
bloom  has  passed,  fls  in  lateial  racemes,  calyx  cup- 
shaped  or  bell-shaped,  5-toothed,  corolla  papiliona- 
ceous, the  standard  orbicular  and  usually  reflexed,  the 
wings  oblong  and  obtuse  and  somewhat  falcate,  the 
keel  oblong  and  incurved  and  obtuse,  upper  stamen 
fiee  pod  small,  leatheiy,  oblong  to  orbicular  C.  grandi- 
fldra,  Hook  f  ,  is  recently  offered  in  S  Calif.:  it  is 
much-branched,  to  0  ft  high,  with  compressed  and 
grooved  glabrous  erect  branches  Ivs  pinnately  3-5- 
foliolate,  appearing  m  spring  and  eaily  summer  and 
then  caducous,  the  Ifts  glabious  and  obcordate-cuneate. 
fls  about  J^m  long,  in  drooping  racemes  of  5-12,  white 
or  lilac.  C.  odorata,  Colenso,  has  pubescent  drooping 
branches,  and  much  smaller  fls  in  10-20-fld.  racemes 
pod  smaller  (^m.  or  less  long)  and  longer-beaked 

L.  H    B 

CARNATION  (Duinthiis  Caryophyllus,  Linn.).  Cary- 
ophyllacex  Choice  and  popular  flower-garden  and 
greenhouse  plants  of  the  pink  tribe;  in  North  America 
grown  mostly  under  glass  as  florists'  flowers.  PI.  XXII 
The  carnation  is  a  half-hardy  perennial,  herbaceous, 
Buffrutescent  at  base,  height  2  ft.:  st  branching,  with 
tumid  joints.  Ivs.  linear,  glaucous,  opposite,  fls  termi- 


666 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


nal,  mostly  solitary;  petals  5,  flesh-colored,  very  broad, 
beardless,  margins  toothed;  calyx  cylindrical,  with 
scaly  bracts  at  base.  June-Aug.  S.  Eu  ,  occasionally 
met  in  the  wild  state  in  England,  where  it  was  intro. 
through  cult.  A  single-fld  and  undeveloped  carnation 
is  shown  m  Fig  801.  A  section  of  a  single  fl  is 
depicted  in  Fig  802,  showing  the  2  styles  and  the  5 
stamens,  also  the  bracts  at  the  bottom,  in  2  series, 
beneath  the  calyx  In  Fig.  803  some  of  the  beginnings 
of  doubling  are  shown. 

General  development.   (By  Geo.  C.  Butz  ) 

Theophrastua,  who  lived  about  300  years  B  C  ,  gave 
the  name  Dianthus  (Greek  dios,  divine;  anthos,  flower) 
to  the  group,  probably  sug- 
gested by  the  delightful  fra- 
grance.   The   specific  name 
Caryophyllus  (Greek,  car  yon, 
nut;  and  phyllon,  leaf)  has 
been  applied  to  the 
clove- tree     (Caryo- 
\  phyllus  aromaticus) , 
>  and  because  of  the 
clove-like  fragrance 
of     the    carnation 
this  name  was  ap- 
plied   to    it      The 
name  carnation  (Latin,  carnatio, 
from  caro,  carnis,  flesh)  has  ref- 
erence to  the  flesh-color  of  the 
flowers  of  the  original  type   This 
plant  has   been  in   cultivation 
more    than    2,000    years,    for 
Theophrastus  (Histoi^iof  Plants, 
translation)  says'   "The  Greeks 
cultivate  roses,  gillyflowers,  vio- 
lets,   narcissi,  and    ins,"  gilly- 
flower  being   the    old    English 
name  for  the  carnation    It  was 
not,  however,  until  the  beginning 
of  the  sixteenth  century  that  the 
development  of   the  carnation 
into    numerous  varieties   made 
an  impression  upon  its  history 
The  original    flesh-color    of  its 
flowers  was  already  broken  up 
into  red  and  white    The  garden- 
ers of  Italy,  France.  Germany, 
Holland  and  England,  with  their 
respective  ideals  of  beauty  in 
this  flower,  contributed  so  many 
varieties   that  in   1597   Gerard 
wrote   that    "to  describe   each 
new  variety  of  carnation  wore  to 
roll  Sisyphus'  stone  or  number 
the  sands  " 

There  have  been  many  at- 
tempts at  classification,  but 
most  of  them,  like  the  varieties  they  serve,  have  dis- 
appeared. Two  of  them  are  as  follows  A  French 
scheme  arranges  all  varieties  into  three  classes: 
Grenadins  (Fig  801),  including  those  with  strong  per- 
fumes, flowers  of  medium  size,  either  single  or  double, 
petals  fringed,  and  of  but  one  color,  Flamands,  includ- 
ing those  with  large  flowers,  round  and  double,  rising  in 
the  center  to  form  a  convex  surface,  petals  entire,  either 
unicolored  or  striped  with  two  or  more  colors;  Fancies, 
including  those  with  colors  arranged  in  bands  on  light 

nnds,  the  petals  toothed  or  not  The  English  classi- 
ion  of  these  varieties  makes  four  categories-  Selfs, 
or  those  possessing  only  one  color  in  the  petals,  Flakes, 
or  those  naving  a  pure  ground  of  white  or  yellow  and 
flaked  or  striped  with  one  color,  as  scarlet,  purple  or 
rose;  Bizarres,  or  those  having  a  pure  ground  marked 
aa  in  the  Flakes,  but  with  two  or  three  colors,  and 
Pwoteea  (Fig.  804),  or  those  having  a  pure  ground  of 


801.  A  single-flow- 
ered Grenadm  carna- 
tion. (X2/i) 


802 

Section  of  normal 
carnation  flower. 


white  or  yellow,  and  each  petal  bordered  with  a  band 
of  color  at  the  margin  This  last  class  has  been  regarded 
with  the  distinction  of  a  race. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  English 
gardeners  exercised  very  great  care  m  the  growing  of 
carnations  to  ma- 
ture only  perfect 
flowers.  Imperfect 
and  superfluous 
petals  were  ex- 
tracted with  for- 
ceps, petals  appearing  out  of 
place  were  arranged  in  a  perfect 
imbrication,  the  calyx-tube  was 
cut  partly  down  between  the 
teeth,  to  prevent  excessive  split- 
ting at  ono  side  and  to  give 
more  fieedom  to  the  expansion 
of  the  flower  These  and  many 
more  tedious  details  seem  to 
have  wrought  the  depreciation  of 
this  flower  about  the  middle  of 
the  nineteenth  century. 

411  the  foregoing  has  reference 
to  those  types  of  carnations  that 
are  little  known  or  grown  in 
America  at  the  present  day,  the 
varieties  so  common  in  Europe 
are  usually  kept  in  coldframes  or  coolhouses  during 
the  winter,  and  as  spring  approaches  the  plants  are 
brought  into  their  blooming  quarteis,  for  no  flower  la 
expected  to  appear  until  the  month  of  July,  when  there 
is  a  great  profusion  of  blossoms,  but  for  a  short  season. 
Therefore,  they  can  all  be  clashed  as  a  summer  race. 
They  are  also  grown  permanently  in  the  open 

Development  of  the  perpetual-  flowering  carnation 
(Remontant,  Monthly,  Forcing,  or  Tree)  Figs. 
805-807. 

The  perpetual- flowering  race  of  carnation,  which 
has  been  brought  to  its  highest  state  of  perfection  by 
American  growers,  and  which  is  generally  regarded  as 
the  "American  carnation,"  really  originated  in  France, 
and  was  grown  in  that  country  from  its  origin  in  1840 
until  about  the  year  1856,  before  it  was  introduced  to 
America  A  French  gardener,  named  M  Dalmais, 
obtained  a  constant-blooming  carnation  by  crossing 
GEillet  de  Mahon,  which  bloomed  m  November,  with 
pollen  from  (Eillet  Biohon,  crossing  again  with  the 
Flemish  carnation,  tho  first-named  sort  being  dissemi- 
nated under  the  name  "Atim  "  By  the  year  1X16  vane- 
ties  in  all  colors  had  been  secured  and  the  type  per- 
manently fixed  These  vere  taken  up  and  improved 
upon  in  quality  by 
other  enthusiasts, 
among  whom  were  M. 
Schmidt  and  M.  Al- 
phorise  Alegatiere,  of 
Lyons,  France.  The 
latter  succeeded  m 
securing  varieties  with  rigid 
stems  which  in  1866  were  given 
the  name  "tree-carnation  *  M 
Schmidt's  most  prominent  varie- 
ties were  Arc-en-ciel  and  Etoile 
Polaire,  which  were  grown  for 
several  years  But  the  strong 
rigid-stemmed  varieties  obtained 
by  Alegatiere,  which  were 
termed  tree-carnations  in  1866, 
proved  of  greater  value  com- 
mercially, and  became  more  gen- 
erally cultivated  About  the  year 
1852,  a  native  of  ^rance  who  803.  The  anther* 
had  settled  neai  New  York  City,  are  leafy,  showing  one 
imported  plant*  of  this  strain,  procew  in  doubling. 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


667 


and  cultivated  several  varieties  for  a  number  of  years. 
About  the  year  1856  the  firm  of  Dailledouze,  Zeller  & 
Card  imported  plants  of  La  Punte",  a  rose-colored 
variety,  also  Mont  Blanc  and  Edwardsu,  white,  and 
Manteaux  Royal,  red-and-white  variegated.  These 
were  used  for  crossing, 
and  the  firbt  variety 
produced  in  America, 
about  the  year  1858, 
proved  to  be  a  great 
improvement  on  exist- 
ing varieties  It  was 
named  "Mrs  Degraw," 
and  with  another  white 
variety  named  "Flat- 
bush,  was  dissemi- 
nated about  the  year 
1864  Other  varieties 
followed,  and  the  work 
was  taken  up  by  other 
growers,  among  whom 
were  M  Donati,  who 
raised  Astoria,  a  yellow 
which  is  conceded  to 
be  the  ancestor  of  all 
the  yellow  varieties 
grown  today,  Rudolph 
Hemtz,  who  raised 

804.  Carnation,  Picotee.  Hemtz's  WQhlte  m  1?76' 

Chas   T.  Starr,  whose 

most  famous  variety  was  Buttercup,  introduced  in  1884, 
Jos  Tailby,  whose  Grace  Wilder  became  and  remained 
the  standard  rose-pink  variety  until  the  introduction 
of  Wm  Scott  m  1893,  John  Thorpe  and  W  P.  Sim- 
mom,  who  introduced  Portia,  Tidal  Wave,  Silver  Spray 
and  Daybreak  in  the  eighties,  Sewal  Fisher,  whose 
Mr^  Fisher  appeared  in  1890  and  became  one  of  the 
leading  win  tin,  K  G  Hill,  whose  most  notable  pio- 
ductions  were  Flora  Hill,  the  leading  white  for  several 
years,  and  \menca,  a  scarlet;  II  Witterstaetter,  who 
obtained  Kstelle,  Aristocrat,  Afterglow  and  Pres  J  A 
Valentine,  John  Hartje,  who  raised  the  scarlet  Jubilee, 
Peter  Fisher,  whose  Mrs  Thos  W  Lawson,  Beacon, 
and  Enchantress  with  its  several  sports,  became  leaders 
in  their  respective  colors;  C  W  Ward,  who  dis- 
seminated Governor  Roosevelt,  Harry  Fenn  and  Mrs 
C  \V.\\aid 

The  late  Frederick  Dorner  conducted  the  most  sys- 
tematic work  in  developing  the  carnation,  and  succeeded 
in  producing  a  strain  which  is  recognized  as  the  highest 
development  of  the  American  carnation  His  records, 
which  cover  a  period  of  22  years,  contain  a  complete 
list  of  the  many  thousands  of  crosses  made  during  that 
time  This  strain  is  distinguished  for  its  easy-growing 
habit,  its  freedom  and  steadiness  in  producing  blooms, 
the  diversity  of  colors  and  its  adaptability  to  commer- 
cial growing  His  labors  produced  such  varieties  as 
Wm.  Scott,  Mine  Diaz  Albertim,  White  Cloud,  Mrs 
G'x>  M  Bradt,  G  H  Crane,  Lady  Bountiful,  White 
Perfection,  Pink  Delight,  White  Wonder  and  Glonosa, 
all  leaders  in  their  respective  colors 

Through  the  rapid  strides  in  its  development,  after 
being  introduced  in  this  country,  the  carnation  estab- 
lished itself  as  one  of  the  leading  flowers  for  commercial 
growing  and  now  stands  second  only  to  the  rose  in 
commercial  importance  Not  only  does  it  share  equally 
with  the  rose  the  bench  space  in  most  large  growing 
establishments,  but  many  large  ranges  are  devoted 
entirely  to  the  carnation  Growing  methods  have  been 
perfected  by  the  carnation  specialists  until  the  practices 
employed  during  its  early  history  have  been  entirely 
superseded.  Since  its  first  arrival  m  America,  over 
1,200  varieties  have  been  introduced,  and  the  quality 
has  been  improved  until  the  highest  developed  varie- 
ties produce  blooms  measuring  4)^  inches  in  diameter 
and  are  earned  on  rurid  stems  3  feet  long. 

43 


In  1891  the  American  Carnation  Society  was  organ- 
ized to  promote  the  interests  of  the  carnation.  By  hold- 
ing  exhibitions  annually  it  has  assisted  materially  in 
popularizing  the  flower.  A  system  of  registering  new 
varieties  is  in  operation,  which  prevents  confusion  m 
nomenclature. 

From  this  country,  the  improved  strain  of  the  per- 
petual-flowering carnation  has  returned  to  European 
countries,  being  grown  in  increased  quantities  each 
year  and  displacing  all  the  older  types  of  carnation  for 
commercial  growing 

Culture  of  outdoor  or  flower-garden  carnations.  Fig  808. 
Americans  are  not  sufficiently  aware  of  the  excel- 
lence of  some  of  the  forms  of  the  flower-garden  or  bor- 
der carnation  While  perennial,  like  the  greenhouse 
carnation,  many  of  them  bloom  profusely  the  first 
year  from  seed  and  are  desenbed  as  annuals.  The 
Marguerite  type  is  one  of  the  most  useful  These 
forms  bloom  by  midsummer  from  early-sown  seeds,  ana 
with  some  protection  the  plants  will  pass  the  winter 
in  the  open  and  bloom  again  the  following  spring. 
The  Margaret  strain,  distinct  from  the  Marguerite, 
bears  double  flowers, 
bulfur-yellow,  and  also 
blooms  the  nrst  season 
from  early-sown  seed 
The  Chabaud  strains 
behave  similarly  The 
Grenadms  (Fig  801) 
bloom  the  first  ye.ir 
from  seed  They  pro- 


805  The  modern  florists' 
carnation.  High-centered 
dark-colored  bloom. 


806.  Modern  florists1  or 
fardnf  carnation. 


G68 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


dace  fine  smgles.  of  simple  form  and  strong  fragrance, 
although  more  than  halt  of  any  sowing  from  improved 
seed  may  produce  various  degrees  of  double  bloom. 
Riviera  Market  and  others  bloom  in  autumn  from 
spring-sown  seeds.  The  culture  of  the  hardy  or  flower- 
garden  carnations  is 
very  simple.  Their 
profusion  of  sum- 
mer bloom  makes 
them  desirable. 

ThePicotee  class 
(Fig  804)  is  httle 
known  in  this  coun- 
try It  is  a  hardy 
perennial  in  Eng- 
land, and  the  fine 
strains  are  often 

Eropagated  by 
lyers  (Fig.  809). 
They  also  do  well 
from  seeds,  bloom- 
ing freely  the 
second  year. 

The  Malmaison 
strain,  which  was 
the  leading  carna- 
tion in  England 
before  the  advent 
of  tht  Perpetual- 
flowering  strain, 
has  been  found  of 
little  value  in  this 
country .  On  ac- 
count of  its  large 
t,ize  it  was  used  to 
borne  extent  for 
breeding  purposes, 
but  with  unsatis- 
factory results. 

The  border  car- 
nation is  a  more 
condensed  and 
bushy  plant  than 
the  long-stemmed 
few-flowered  plant 
seen  in  the  Ameri- 
can greenhouses, 
although  there  are 
different  families  or 
groups  of  them  as 
there  are  of  phlox 
or  snapdragons. 
Some  forms  are 
dwarf  and  some 
tall-growing. 

American  methods  of  culture  for  indoor  bloom. 

The  modern  method  of  propagating  tbe  carnation  for 
commercial  growing  M  by  means  of  cuttings  which  are 
taken  from  either  the  blooming  stock  or  from  plants  that 
are  grown  for  cuttings  alone.  The  old  method  of  layer- 
ing (Fig  809)  would  prove  too  slow  in  increasing  stock 
for  present-day  needs  Millions  of  cuttings  are  rooted 
each  season  for  planting  the  houses  for  blooming  pur- 
poses. So  much  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  cuttings 
in  keeping  up  the  vitality  in  the  stock  that  expert 
growers  have  learned  to  discriminate  in  their  selection. 
The  best  cuttings,  if  taken  from  the  blooming  stock, 
are  those  from  near  the  middle  of  the  flower-stems 
(Fig  810).  These  will  not  only  show  greater  vitality 
than  those  taken  higher  up  or  lower,  but  they  will 
prove  more  floriferou.s  The  tip  cuttings  are  likely  to 
give  a  flower-bud  immediately  and,  if  this  is  pinched 
out,  develop  into  a  weak  plant.  Those  taken  from  the 
base  develop  a  large  spreading  growth  known  as 
"grassy."  The  cuttings  are  severed  by  an  outward  pull 


and  arc  afterward  trimmed  of  all  surplus  foliage  before 
being  inserted  in  the  propagating  sand.  Have  a  sharp 
knife  with  which  to  trim  and  a  pail  of  fresh  rater  into 
which  to  throw  the  cuttings  as  they  are  trimmed 
Make  a  smooth  cut  at  the  base,  near  the  joint,  so  that 
the  lower  pair  of  leaves  will  peel  off  readily,  leaving  a 
half-inch  of  clear  stem  to  go  into  the  sand.  Shorten 
those  leaves  which  turn  outward,  leaving  those  which 
stand  fairly  upright.  The  removal  of  part  of  the  foliage 
is  to  avoid  crowding  in  the  bench  and  also  to  prevent 
flagging  while  the  cutting  is  giving  off  more  moisture 
through  its  leaves  than  it  is  taking  up  through  the  stem 
The  cuttings  are  inserted  m  the  sand  about  54  inch  deep 
in  rows  across  the  bench,  placing  the  cuttings  about 
%mch  apart  in  the  row  and  the  rows  about  '2%  inches 
apart,  according  to  the  size  of  the  cuttings.  Use  a  putty 
knife  for  making  the  cut  in  the  sand.  The  sand  is  kept 
constantly  moist  and  the  cuttings  are  protected  from 
both  the  sun  and  drafts  by  means  of  muslin  curtains. 
Frequent  spraying  should  be  avouleo\  though  it  must 
be  resorted  to  at  tunes  to  prevent  nagging  on  warm 
windy  days.  The  most  favorable  conditions  for  propa- 
gating are  usually  secured  during  the  months  of  Decem- 
ber, January,  February  and  oarly  March  During  that 
period,  ventilation  is  limited  and  a  fairly  oven  bottom- 
neat  is  easily  maintained  Keep  a  bottom  temperature 
of  about  60  ,  while  the  overhead  temperature  should  be 
about  52°.  Any  bench  that  can  be  protected  from  sun 
and  drafts  will  prove  satisfactory 

The  bottom  of  the  bench  may  be  of  wood  or  tile,  the 
latter  being  preferred  on  account  of  more  perfect  dram- 
age  and  a  greater  retention  of  warmth  The  sand  should 
be  3  inches  deep  after  being  packed  down  by  means  of  a 
tool  made  from  a  2-mch  plank  about  6  inches  wide  and 


808.  Flower-garden  or  outdoor  carnation,  showing  the  condensed 
bushy  habit  and  short  flower-stems 

12  inches  long  with  an  inverted  V-shaped  handle.  In 
about  four  weeks  the  cuttings  should  be  ready  for  pot- 
ting (Fig  811).  Those  that  come  out  of  the  sand 
February  15  or  earlier  should  be  potted  first  into  2- 
inch  pots  and  later  on  shifted  into  larger  pots  as  needed. 
Those  potted  later  may  be  placed  directly  int 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


pots  and  left  until  planted  out.  the  object  being  to  keep 
the  young  plants  growing  steadily  until  they  are  planted 
in  trie  field  Stunted,  pot-bound  plants  will  be  slow  in 
breaking  and  are  likely  to  develop  stem-rot  m  the  field. 
Use  a  moderately  light  soil  and  only  fairly  rich. 

When  the  young  plants  begin  to  run  up  to  flower, 
they  should  be  topped  back  to  about  foui  joints  above 
the  pot  (Fig  812).  A  low-branched  plant  will  stand  up 
better  and  will  give  less  trouble  in  supporting  later  on. 
A  second  topping  may  be  necessary  before  planting- 
out  time,  on  early-propagated  stock  A  slight  harden- 
mg-off  of  the  young  plants  before  planting  out  is  bene- 
ficial, though  not  essential.  This  is  usually  done  by 
placing  the  plants  m  coldframes  about  two  weeks 
prior  to  planting  them  in  the  field  Late  April  or  early 
May  is  the  lime  for  planting  in  the  held,  according  to 
latitude  and  climate  A  rich  loam,  inclined  to  sandmetss, 
produces  the  finest  plants  in  the  shortest  time  In  a 
heavy  soil  the  giowth  will  be  heavier,  but  slower  and 
less  Branching  Set  the  plants  about  8  inches  apart  m 
the  rows,  and  if  hand-power  is  to  be  employed  in  cul- 
tivating, space  the  rows  about  10  inches  apart.  Space 
farther  if  horse-power  is  to  be  used 

When  a  large  business  is  done  in  young  plants  or 
rooted  cuttings,  a  part  of  the  stock  is  grown  espe- 
cially for  cuttings  alone  These  plants  are  benched  the 
same  as  those  for  blooming,  but  are  not  allowed  to 


809  Layer  of  carnation.  The  parent 
stem  was  severed  at  s  This  method  is 
now  employed  only  m  special  cases. 

bloom  As  (he  shoots  begin  to  nni  up  to  flower,  they 
are  broken  off  a  fe^  joints  highei  up  than  is  done  when 
topping  in  the  held  The  young  shoots  which  result 
from  these  breaks  are  taken  off  for  cuttings,  the  very 
finest  cuttings  being  secured  in  this  way  These  are 
trimmed  and  handled  the  same  as  those  taken  from  the 
flower-stems. 

When  packing  cuttings  for  shipping,  moist  sphagnum 
moss  is  used  m  which  to  pack  tne  roots  Cut  papers 
(newspapers  are  used  mostly)  into  sheets  about  10  by 
18  inches  Lay  a  strip  of  moss  about  3  inches  wide 
across  the  middle  of  the  paper  lengthwise  Then  lay 
the  cuttings  side  by  side  with  only  the  roots  on  the 
moss  When  twenty-five  have  been  laid  on,  begin  to 
roll  from  one  end  until  all  the  cuttings  have  been  taken 
up  Then  turn  in  the  lower  part  of  the  paper  and  con- 
tinue to  roll  until  the  end  of  the  paper  has  been  reached 
and  tie  aiound  with  any  kind  of  cord  There  is  little 
diffeience  in  the  returns  from  plants  grown  for  cuttings 
and  those  grown  for  blooms,  providing  a  fair  market 
is  found  for  each 

In  shipping  plants  from  the  field,  the  soil  is  all  shaken 
from  the  roots  The  plants  are  then  set  upright  in  the 
shipping-cases  with  moist  moss  between  the  roots,  a 
layer  of  damp  moss  having  first  been  placed  on  the 
bottom. 


Cultivate  as  soon  as  practicable  after  each  ram,  and 
in  the  absence  of  rain  at  least  once  each  week  Shallow 
cultivating  is  recommended,  just  enough  to  maintain  a 
loose  mulch  on  the  surface. 
Do  not  water  carnations  in 
the  field  under  any  con- 
sideration Cultivation  will 
preserve  moisture  in  the 
soil  without  causing  soft 
growth  Keep  topping  back 
the  young  shoots  as  fast  as 
they  begin  to  run  up,  thus 
bunding  up  a  shapely 
bushy  plant 

//  plants  are  to  be  placed 
inside  during  the  summer, 
the  benches  should  be  re- 
filled and  made  ready  for 
planting  as  soon  after  May 
1  as  possible.  It  will  be  a 
great  help  to  get  the  plants 
under  way  on  the  benches 
before  hot  weather  sets  in. 
Fill  the  benches  the  name 
as  for  field-grown  plants 
and  set  the  plants  where 
they  are  to  bloom  Indoor 
culture  is  practicable  and 
profitable  only  when  the 
benches  can  be  spared  by 
early  May.  If  a  good  mar- 
ket can  be  found  for  the 
May  and  June  cut,  they 
will  moie  than  offset  the 
slight  advantage  derived 
in  the  fall  from  indoor 
culture 

If  the  blooming  plants 
have  not  made  an  exceed- 
ingly rank  growth,  they 
may  be  cut.  back  sharp 
early  in  May,  cleaned  off, 
mulched  with  long  manure 

and  grown  on  for  blooming  the  following  year.  This 
should  not  be  attempted,  however,  unless  the  plants 
are  free  from  disease  or  insects  and  m  good  condition 
to  break  freely  from  the  lower  part  of  the  plant 

Carnations  are  grown  successfully  on  both  raised  and 
solid  benches     Perfect  drainage  is  essential,  and  must 

be  provided  for,  if  solid  beds  are  to  be  used    There  will 

be  no  difference  in  the  quality  01  the  quantity  if  both 

aie  properly  handled 
By  the  end   of  June 

the  old  blooming  plants 

will  become  exhausted, 

and  refilling  the  benches 

to  receive  the  new  plants 

from  the  field  will  be  in 

order    Clean  out  the  old 

soil,  whitewash  the  in- 
side of  the  benches  with 

hot  lime  and   allow  to 

dry  before  refilling  with 

the    new    eaith      Four 

inches  of  soil  is  enough, 

and  should  be  of  equal 

depth  all  over  the  bench, 

especially      along      the 

edges     The  soil  should 

be  fairly  moist,  but  not 

wet  when  the  plants  are 

set,   so   that  the  roots 

may    draw    moisture 

from    the    soil    rather 

than  have  the  soil  draw 

the  moisture  from  the     an.  Strong  cutting,  w«U  rooted. 


810.  a  Desirable  cuttings. 
b  Weak  cutting,  too  high  up 
on  stem,  c  Too  low  on  stem. 


670 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


roots.  On  the  other  hand,  soil  for  potting  or  planting 
should  never  be  handled  while  in  a  wet  condition.  If 
too  dry  at  the  time  of  filling  the  beds,  water,  and  let 
stand  long  enough  to  dry  to  the  proper  state  before 
planting. 

Apply  a  light  shade  of  lime  or  whiting  to  the  glass, 
to  break  the  fierceness  of  the  summer 
sun  until  the  plants  become  estab- 
lished. This  shade  should  not  be  too 
heavy,  nor  intended  to  darken  the 
house,  else  a  softening  and  weakening 
of  the  growth  will  icsult.  Lift  the 
plants  carefully  by  means  of  a  spade 
and  leave  a  ball  of  soil  about  the  size 
of  the  fiat  on  the  roots  This  ball  of 
soil  will  greatly  assist  the  plant  in  re- 
establishing itself  m  its  new  quarters. 
However,  no  serious  harm  will  be  done 
should  all  the  soil  ciumble  from  the 
roots  without  breaking  the  roots  to 
any  considerable  extent  Set  the  plants 
just  about  as  deep  into  the  soil  as  they 
stood  in  the  field  and  space  them  about 
9  by  12  inches,  if  plants  are  of  ordinary 
size  Larger  plants  may  need  more, 
smaller  plants  less  space  It  should  be 
borne  in  mind  that  the  highest  quality 
may  be  expected  only  when  the  plants 
are  not  crowded 

After  setting  a  few  hundred  plants, 
water  each  plant  individually,  satura- 
ting the  soil  thoroughly  around  each 
plant,  but  do  not  soak  the  whole  bed 
until  the  roots  become  active  and  the 
surface  of  the  soil  has  been  worked  over 
and  leveled  off,  which  will  be  about 
ten  days  after  planting  Spray  the 
plants  overhead  several  times  during 
each  day  to  pi  event  wilting  Keeping 
the  walks  wet  will  also  help  to  maintain 
a  humid  atmosphere  until  the  roots 
are  able  to  supply  the  plants  with  moisture  This 
transplanting  is  an  ordeal  during  which  the  plants  are 
unable  to  draw  on  the  roots  for  support  until  they 
have  taken  a  new  hold  on  the  soil,  and  wilting  must 
be  prevented  by  artificial  means  during  this  time  To 
allow  severe  wilting  means  loss  of  foliage  and  a  loss 
of  vitality,  which  results  in  inferior  qualitv  in  at  least 
the  early  part  of  the  season 

As  soon  as  the  soil  has  been  leveled  off,  and  most  of 
the  weeds  gotten  rid  of,  the  supports  should  be  put  in 
place  Large  growers  use  one  or  two  styles  of  supports, 
or  a  combination  of  the  two  Wnes  run  lengthwise 
between  the  rows,  with  cotton  strings  crosswise,  plac- 
ing two  or  three  tiers  one  above  the  other  to  suit  the 
height  of  the  plants  is  extensively  used  Another 
ievice  is  the  carnation  support,  consisting  of  a  wire 
stake  with  wire 
rings  to  surround 
each  plant 

Yield  of  bloom. — 
Plants  that  were 
benched  in  the 
latter  part  of  July, 
or  early  August, 
'  which  is  the  time 
to  plant  for  best  re- 
sults, should  begin 
to  yield  blooms 
early  in  September. 
If  flowers  are  not 
desired  so  early, 
the  stems  may  be 
broken  off  about 
the  tune  the  bud 
813.  Undeveloped  fire-petaled carnation,  appears,  but  no 


general  topping  should  be  done  after  the  plants  are 
housed,  if  a  steady  cut  through  the  season  m  desired. 
Cut  the  blooms  during  the  early  part  of  the  day.  They 
are  then  fresh  and  retain  their  natural  rolois,  much  of 
which  would  be  bleached  out  of  the  delicately  colored 
sorts  by  the  sun  during  a  warm  day  Place  in  water  at 
once  in  a  cool  loom  a.s  near  .50°  as 
possible  Sort  the  blooms  m  sepuiate 
colors,  making  two  or  three  grades  of 
quality,  tying  them  into  bunches  of 
twenty-five  blooms.  Cut  the  sterna 
even  at  the  bottom  and  replace  in 
water  Avoid  ciowding  the  blooms 
while  they  are  soaking  up  water,  as 
they  will  increase  25  per  cent  in  size 
during  the  first  twenty-four  hours  in 
water. 

During  a  season,  i  mining  from  Sep- 
tember to  the  end  of  the  following 
June,  an  average  cut  of  twenty  blooms 
per  plant  maybe  expected  horn  most 
varieties  Vaneties  differ  somewhat 
according  to  the  nze  of  the  blooms,  the 
smaller-How  ered  sorts  usually  being  the 
freer  b'oomers. 

The  preparation  of  the  soil  foi  grow- 
ing carnations  is  of  the  gieatest  im- 
portance Choose  a  piece  of  hind  which 
has  not  been  tilled  for  some  ye.irs,  if 
possible  If  covered  with  a  heavy  sod, 
all  the  better  The  soil  should  be  a 
loam  of  good  substance,  with  an  incli- 
nation toward  sandmess  Bieak  this 
sod  in  the  fall  and  leave  in  a  rough 
state  dm  ing  the  wintci  In  the  spring 
plow  again  and  sow  to  rowpeas  or 
some  other  leguminous  crop  After 
full,  manure 


812.  Showing  where  to  top  (a)  or 
to  head  back. 


plowing  this  under  in  the  f 
heavily  and  leave  until  the  follow- 
ing spring  when  it  should  be  plowed 
again  This  «oil  should  be  in  first- 
class  condition  for  use  the  following  summer  In 
working  or  handling  soil,  alwavs  beai  in  mind  that  to 
handle  it  while  it  is  wet  is  to  rum  it  for  immediate  use 
Only  freezing  will  restore  it  again.  If  it  will  ciumble 
readily,  it  is  safe  to  handle  Soil  which  has  been  pre- 
pared in  this  manner  will  be  rich  enough  to  carry  the 
plants  until  after  the  first  of  the  year,  when  light  feeding 
may  be  given  Feeding  should  be  done  judiciously 
during  the  short 
days  of  winter,  to 
avoid  softening  the 

frowth  and  bloom 
'ulvenzed  sheep- 
manure,  dried 
blood  and  wood- 
ashes  are  used 
mostly  for  this  pur- 
pose Ihe  manure 
and  blood  improve 
the  sue  and  quality 
of  the  bloom,  and 
the  ashes  strengthen 
the  stem 

Ventilation  and 
temperature  — The 
carnation  being  a 
cool-temperature 

Slant,  abundant 
•eshair  and  ventil- 
ation should  be  pro- 
vided for.  A  steady 
temperature  is 
essential  to  success  814>  carnation  flower  showing  the 
in  growing  carna-  c^y*  which  has  split  on  account  of 
tions.  Splitting  of  poor  shape. 


CARNATION 


CARNATION 


671 


815  Carnation  flower  showing  a 
well-shaped  calyx  that  will  seldom 
burst 


the  calyx  may  usually  be  traced  to  either  irregular  tem- 
perature or  to  overdoses  of  feeding.  Any  point  between 
48°  and  52°  will  prove  a  satisfactory  night  temperature 
for  most  varieties,  providing  it  is  evenly  maintained. 
The  temperature  should  be  10°  higher  during  the  day. 
Care  bhould  also  be  exercised,  when  building,  in  plac- 
ing the  ventilators, 
so  that  the  atmos- 
phere m  the  house 
may  be  changed 
without  causing  cold 
drafts  to  strike  the 
plants  By  placing 
the  ventilators  alter- 
•  nately  on  both  sides 
of  the  ridge,  this  may 
be  accomplished  The 
side  ventilators  are 
used  only  < 
mild  weather 

The  modern  type  of 
carnation  house  runs 
east  and  west,  is  of 
even  span  and  is  30 
feet  or  more  in  width, 
having  ventilators  on 
both  sides  of  the 
ridge  and  in  the  side 
walls,  if  houses  are 
detached  Many 
ranges  are  connected 
by  gutteis  6  feet  or 
more  from  the 
ground  When  econ- 
omy in  ground  is  necessary,  this  is  a  good  plan,  but 
such  ranges  always  contain  some  benches  inferior  for 
growing  stock  on  account  of  the  shade  cjiht  by  glitters. 
The  single  detached  house  is  ideal  See  Grce.ihou!>e 

Varieties 

The  leading  varieties  in  cultivation  m  tins  country  at  this  time 
are—  White  White  Perfection.  White  Enchantress,  White  Won- 
der, Sha*.ta,  Matchless  Hevh-Pmk  Enc  hintrox*.  Pink  Delight, 
Mavdav,  Pres  \alentine  Knsr-1'mk  Rose-Pink  Enchantress, 
Dorothy  CJimlon.  (ilorwua,  Mn  C  W  Ward.  Philadelphia  Pink. 
Dark  I'mk  Rosette,  Washington,  Peerless  Pink,  Northport 
Scarlet  Heuon,  \  i<  tory,  ht  \irholis,  Herald,  Commodore. 
Crvmsun  Hirry  Fenn,  Ortoroon,  Pocahontvi  Yellow  Yellow 
Prince,  Yellowstone  » hile  V  ane<intid  Hcnora,  Mrs  B  P 
Cheney  \ny  other  colur  Corgcnus,  Rainbow  New  varieties  are 
being  registered  with  the  Vmenc  in  Carnation  Society  at  the  rate 
of  about  twenty-five  each  yeir  rew  varieties  remain  m  cultivation 
longer  than  ten  jears,  so  that  the  list  chaiigoa  continually. 

Diseaiei 

iStemrot  (IfhuocJonia)  i»  the  common  wet  stemrot  which  does 
perhaps  more,  damage  than  all  the  other  diseases  combined,  and  it 
is  also  more  difficult  to  control  than 
any  of  the  others  Its  presence  de>es  not 
manifest  itself  until  its  damage  is 
wrought,  and  the  plant  is  seen  to  wilt 
and  die  The  CHU«I»  of  the  di->t  a*e  is  a 
fungus  which  exists  in  the  soil,  and 
which  will  he  dormant  in  the  soil  for 
several  years  if  there  are  no  plants  to 
attack  Hence  no  carnations  should  be 
planted  for  several  years  m  soil  which 
is  known  to  have  this  fungus  present 

Species  of  Fusanum  cause  a  slow 
rot  of  the  heart  of  the  plant,  the  treat  - 

Carnation-rust  (Urnmyces  caryophyl- 
'inux)  is  more  common  than  etemrot, 
but  not  nearly  so  destructive  A  slight 
swelling  of  the  outer  tissue  of  the  leaf 
is  the  first  sign  of  its  presence  Later  on 
this  bursts  open,  releasing  a  brown- 
colored  powdery  substance,  comprising 
the  spores  by  which  the  fungus  is  pro- 
pa&uted  Keeping  the  foliage  dry  "and 
the  atmosphere  buoyant  and  bracing 
will  prevent  the  appearance  of  this  dis- 
ease Spraying  with  bordeaux  mixture 
1ms  been  found  effective  in  combating 
this  disease  after  it  hat)  gained  a  foot- 
hold 

Fairy-ring  (Heterosporium  echinula- 
'><.m<  is  perhaps  th«  most  destructive  of 


the  spot  diseases.  It  is  brought  on  by  a  humid  or  foul  atmoa- 
phore,  and  must  be  fought  with  remedies  which  will  produce  the 
opposite  m  atmospheric  condition  Bordeaux  ia  the  standard 
remedy  for  all  spot  diseases 

Bench  rot  may  be  caused  by  any  one  of  a  number  of  organisms 
attacking  the  ends  of  the  tunings  in  the  propagatmg-bench  It 
is  frequently  a  vrry  serious  disease  The  fungi  most  frequently 
causing  the  trouble  are  in  the  sand  and  under  the  ideal  conditions 
of  t(inp«rature  and 
moisture  of  the  propa- 
giting-bench  spread 
very  rapidly  The  *  so 
of  clean  sand,  free  from 
all  organie  matt*  r,  and 
the  seeurtng  of  new 
sand  for  each  lot  of  cut- 
ting-* and  ( leanhii 


propagating  -  house 
ill  help  to  control  this 


trouble. 

I  meet  pests. 

A  green  plant-louse 
(Wyzui  i>tri\c.f)  is  fre- 
quently troublesome  on 
carnUions  It  also  at- 
tae  ks  a  large  number 
of  greenhouse  and  gar- 
eien  plants  as  well  as 
se_veral  fruit  trees  Nic- 

the  many  forms  will 
destroy  it  Spraying 
and  vapori/mgare  both 
employed  successfully  a< 

Thnps  (Ilthothnp*  h 
more  difficult  to  control 
gested  Sweetened  pan 
(three  gallons  of  water 
spoonfuls  pans  green) 

The  punctures  made  by  thnps 
spots  on  the  leaves,  a  diseased  eoiid: 

Ited-spider  (Ttlrnriychui  In  man, 
plants  grow  near  steam-pipes,  wh 
home  s  k(  pt  ttx>  drv  Pi  r  isti  nt  sy 
destroy  them  if  the  sspraj  is  appli 
much  force  and  little  water  to  avo 
as  a  dust  or  in  w  tter  will  aNo  destr 

The  carnation  mite  (l't<hculup< 


817   Carnation  flower  Pink  Delight, 
showing  nearly  entire-edged  petals. 

>reventivcs  of  the  attacks  of  aphids 
norrlimtt'ilis)  are  equally  destructive  and 
The  same  treatment  as  for  aphis  is  sug- 
grrcn  used  as  a  spray  is  also  effective 
two  pounds  of  brown  sugar,  two  table* 


.nd  plant-lice  cause  yellowish 
'ion  known  as  stigmanoKe 
'<ilui)  is    found   mostly  where 

re  ventilation  is  poor,  or  in 
mgmg  with  water  will  usually 

d  to  the  under  surface  Use 
(1  drenching  the  bods  Sulfur 
ij  them 

injures  the  buds 


iimtting  the   spores  of  a  fungus    (bporotnchum  pox)   ' 

causes  them  to  decay  The  injured  buds  arc  easily  recognized  and 
should  be  promptly  gathered  and  burue«d  to  prevent  further  spread 
of  the  trouble 

Raising  new  varieties 

It  is  a  long  way  from  the  undeveloped  five-petaled 
carnation  (Fig  813)  of  early  days  to  the  perfectly 
formed  full  bloom  of  today.  This  filling  out  of  the 
bloom  has  evolved  gradually,  and  has  been  assisted 
by  cross-fertilization  and  selection  by  the  carnation- 
breeders  through  the  many  jears  in  which  the  flower 
has  been  cultivated  This  crossing,  which  has  been  the 
means  of  perfecting  the  American  strain  of  the  perpet- 
ual-flowering carnation,  has  been  prosecuted  continu- 
ously ever  since  the  arrival  of  the  first  plants  in  this 
country.  Many  men  have  found  both  pleasure  and 
profit  in  the  work,  and  those 
with  scientific  inclination  will 
find  no  subject  more  inter- 
esting Not  only  have  the 
blooms  become  laiger,  but 
the  color  has  varied  widely, 
the  "substance"  has  been 
much  improved,  the  calyx 
has  been  developed  for  non- 
bursting  (Fi$8.  814,  815), 
the  keeping  qualities  of  the 
flowers  have  been  improved, 
and  the  stems  have  been 
lengthened 

The  operation  of  pollinat- 
ing the  bloom,  or  transferring 
the  pollen  from  one  flower  to 
the  stigma  of  another,  is  a 
simple  matter,  and  is  per- 
haps of  less  importance  than 
other  parts  of  the  work  of 
producing  desirable  new 
varieties. 


816.  Cross-section  of  carnation  flower  showing 
reproductive  organs. 


672 


CARNATION 


CARPENTERIA 


818.  Carnation  flower  Radiance,  showing 
deeply  serrated  petals. 


The  Fig  816  is  a  section  of  a  flower  showing  the  repro- 
ductive organs;  a  shows  the  pod  which  encases  the  ovules 
or  forming  seeds,  6.  From  the  tip  of  the  pod  rises  the 
style  which  has  usually  two.  out  frequently  three 
curved  ends,  or  stigmas,  c.  When  the  stigma  is  in 
the  proper  stage  to  be  fertilized,  which  is  indicated  by 
the  fuzzy  appearance  of  the  upper  part,  the  pollen, 
which  is  the  powdery  substance  released  by  the  anthers, 
d,  is  applied  to 
the  fuzzy  parts. 
To  prevent  self- 
fertilization,  these 
anthers  should  be 
removed  from 
flowers  intended 
to  be  pollinated, 
before  the  pollen  is 
released.  Within 
one  to  three  days, 
if  fertilization  has 
taken  place,  the 
bloom  will  wilt, 
the  ovary  will 
begin  to  swell  and 
within  a  week  the 
seed-pod  can  be 
seen  to  increase  in 
size  As  soon  as 
the  bloom  has 
wilted,  the  petals  should  be  removed  and  the  calyx  slit 
down  the  sides  to  prevent  water  from  standing  inside 
the  calyx  and  causing  the  pod  to  decay  In  six  to  eight 
weeks  the  seeds  will  be  ripe  and  should  bo  sown  at  once 
Each  seed  may  prove  to  be  the  beginning  of  a  variety 
which  will  be  one  of  the  milestones  of  progress  in  the 
improvement  of  the  carnation  Not  one  should  be 
discarded  until  it  has  bloomed 

The  seedlings  should  be  potted  as  soon  as  the  first 
pair  of  character-loaves  appears.  Later  on  they  may  be 
shifted  into  larger  pots  and  bloomed,  or  they  may  be 
planted  in  the  field  and  marked  as  they  bloom  and  only 
the  promising  ones  housed  m  the  fall.  The  selecting 
of  the  plants  for  further  trial  is  of  the  very  greatest 
importance  and  requires  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the 
subject  There  arc  many  points  in  the  make-up  of  a 
first-class  carnation,  and  a  combination  of  as  many  of 
these  as  is  possible  to  get  in  one  plant  is  the  object 
sought.  No  carnation  has  ever  been  found  which  was 
perfect  in  every  way  The  hybridist  must  be  able  to 
judge  correctly  as  to  the  relative  value  or  loss  repre- 
sented in  certain  characteristics  shown  by  a  seedling 
plant.  This  discrimination  between  the  desirable  and 
undesirable  calls  for  the  clearest  judgment,  and  a  valu- 
able variety  might  be  discarded  through  the  failure  of 
the  grower  to  see  its  good  points 

Among  the  seedlings  will  probably  appear  variety 
of  colors,  shapes  and  sizes  of  bloom,  different  types  of 
growth,  perfect  in  some  respects  and  faulty  in  others. 
From  these  the  hybridist  is  to  belect  those  which  most 
nearly  represent  his  ideal  of  the  perfect  carnation.  This 
ideal  should  be  of  a  pleasing  shade  of  color,  pure  in  tone, 
so  as  to  hold  when  the  bloom  ages  The  form  should  be 
symmetrical,  resembling  as  nearly  as  possible  a  half 
snhere  with  just  enough  petals  to  fill  the  bloom  nicely 
without  crowding.  The  petals  may  range  from  the 
smooth-edged,  as  seen  in  Fig  817,  to  the  deeply-sei- 
lated,  as  seen  in  Fig.  818.  The  texture  of  the  petals 
should  be  such  as  will  resist  bruising.  The  odor  should  be 
strong  clove  The  size  should  be  as  near  4  inches  across 
as  possible  under  ordinary  culture.  The  calyx  should  be 
strong  and  large  enough  to  hold  the  petals  firmly  at  all 
stages  of  development  The  stem  should  be  30  to  36 
inches  long,  and  strong  enough  to  hold  the  bloom  erect. 
The  plant  should  have  a  free-growing  habit,  throwing 
blooming  shoots  freely  after  a  shoot  is  topped  or  a 
bloom  is  cut.  It  should  also  be  healthy  and  disease- 


resistant.    The  American  Carnation  Society  uses  the 
following  scale  of  points  for  new  varieties: 


Color      . 

Sue 
Calyx 

htem 
Substance    . 

Fragrance 


.   25 

.    .     20 

..    .       5 

20 

15 

10 

5 

100 


The  most  uniform  results  have  been  secured  by  con- 
fining the  breeding  to  separate  colors;  as,  for  example, 
crossing  white  with  white,  red  with  red  or  crimson, 
pink  with  pink,  and  so  on  This  method  has  been 
proved  to  produce  the  largest  percentage  of  self-colors, 
which  are  considered  the  most  valuable  commercially 
in  this  country. 

New  varieties  arc  frequently  secured  by  sporting  or 
mutation  A  variety  of  a  certain  color  may  produce  a 
bloom  of  another  color,  and  by  propagating  the  cuttings 
from  the  stem  which  carried  the  odd  bloom  a  new 
variety  is  established  The  securing  of  a  new  variety 
in  this  way  is  purely  a  matter  of  good  fortune,  as  no 
method  for  causing  the  sporting  is  yet  known. 

Leading  books  on  the  carnation  are.  "The  American 
Carnation,"  by  C  W  Ward;  "Carnations,  Picotees  and 
Pinks,"  by  T  W.  Sanders;  "Carnations  and  Pinks," 
by  T  H.  Cook,  Jas  Douglas  and  J  F  McLeod; 
"Carnation  Culture,"  by  B  C  Ravenscroft  The  last 
three  are  English.  A.  F.  J.  BAUR. 

CARNfeGIEA  (named  for  Andrew  Carnegie,  phil- 
anthropist) .  Cactdcese  The  giant  tree  cactus  of  Arizona, 
California  and  Mexico 

Large  columnar  plants,  usually  single,  strongly 
ribbed",  with  numerous  spines,  those  from  flowering 
and  sterile  areoles  quite  different,  fls  borne  from  the 
upper  areoles,  diurnal,  funnelform,  petals  white:  fr. 
an  oblong  edible  berry;  seeds  black  and  shining 

gigantSa,  Brit  &  Rose  (Ckrcus  gigantkus,  Engclm  ). 
SDWARRO.  (Plate  III,  Fig  819)  A  tree  20-00  ft  high, 
usually  single,  but  sometimes  with  one  or  more  branches : 
ribs  in  mature  plants  18-21  fr  2-3  in  long  B  M  7222. 
A  G.  11 :451,  528  — In  rocky  valleys  and  on  mountain- 
sides, S  Ariz,  and  Sonora,  with  2  stations  in  Calif, 
[reported,  but  probably  not  t^  be  found,  in  Lower  Calif  ]. 
This  great  cactus  does  not  do  well  in  cult ,  although 
large  plants  are  often  brought  into  greenhouses  and 
grounds  about  railroad  stations  in  the  S  W.  It  is 
not  suited  for  small  collections.  The  fr.  is  gathered  in 
great  quantities  by  the  Indians  of  Ariz  j^  N.  ROSE. 

CAROB:   Ceratonia. 
CAROLlNEA:   Pac/uM. 

CARPENTARIA  (after  Professor  Carpenter,  of 
Louisiana)  Saxifragdcex  Ornamental  shrub  culti- 
vated for  its  large  fragrant  white  flowers. 

Evergreen  Ivs  opposite,  pe holed,  usually  entire: 
calyx  5-parted;  petals  5;  stamens  numerous;  ovary 
almost  superior,  5-7-celled;  styles  5-7,  connate  at  the 
base,  with  linear-oblong  ptigmas.  fr  a  many-seeded 
dehiscent  cans,  with  numerous  oblong  seeds  — Onr 
species  in  Calif 

This  is  a  highly  ornamental  ever- 
green plant,  with  rather  large  oppo- 
site leaves  and  showy  white  and 
fragrant  flowers  in  loose  and  terminal 
corymbs.  Hardy  only  in  warmer  tem- 
perate regions.  It  requires  a  well- 
drained,  light  and  sandy  soil,  and 
sunny,  somewhat  sheltered  position; 
it  especially  dislikes  moisture  during 
the  winter,  and  its  penshmg  is  more 
often  due  to  an  excess  of  moisture 


than   to  the  cold.     Propagated    by 
greenwood    cuttings  under  glass   m 


819.  Flower  of 
Carnefiea  gigan- 
tea.  (XH) 


CARPENTERIA 


CARPINUS 


673 


summer,  and  by  suckers,  which  it.  produces  freely;  also, 
by  seeds  sown  in  spring. 

califfirnica,  Torr.  Shrub,  6-10  ft.  :  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceo- 
late, entire  or  remotely  denticulate,  bright  green  above, 
whitish-tomentose  beneath,  2-4  in  long*  fls  pure  white, 


in.  diam.,  fragrant;  petals  orbicular,  concave. 
June,  July  B  M.  6911.  Gn  31  .  100,  34,  p  75;  36,  p  26; 
54,  p.  248;  76,  p.  376.  GC  11  26:113;  111.40:6,7, 
44:112  It  H.  1884,  p  365.  JH  111  29:251;  45'107; 
59:61  M.D.G.  1913:121.  G  M.  31.25;  40  300  G 
29:695.  Gn.W.  4:569.  ALFBBD  REHDKR. 

CARPET-BEDDING:   Redding. 

CARPlNUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Betuldceae. 
HORNBEAM.  Trees  cultivated  for  their  handsome 
foliage,  assuming  bright  autumnal  tints,  also  for  the 
light  green  attractive  fruit-clusters. 

Deciduous  trees  or  rarely  shrubs'  winter-buds  con- 
spicuous, acute  with  many  imbiicate  scales  Ivs  alter- 
nate, petioled,  serrate,  with  deciduous  stipules'  fls. 
monoecious;  stammate  catkins  pendulous,  each  scale 
bearing  3-13  stamens,  2-forked  at  the  apex;  pistillate 
catkins  terminal,  slender,  each  scale  bearing  2  ovaries, 
the  bracts  and  bractlets  of  which  develop  into  a  large, 
leafy,  more  or  less  3-lobed  bract,  embracing  the  small, 
nut-like  fruit  at  their  ba.se.  —  About  20  species,  most  of 
them  in  Cent,  and  E  Asia,  5  in  Eu.  and  YV.  Asia  and  1 
in  N  and  Cent  Amer  Monogr  by  Winkler  in  Kngler. 
Pflanzenreich,  Betulaceac,  hft  19,  pp  24-43,  quoted 
below  as  W.  B 

The  hornbeams  are  trees  usually  with  dense  round 
head,  rarely  shrubby,  with  medium-sized,  bright  green 
ovate  to  lanceolate  leaves  and  rather  insignificant 
flowers  appearing  with  the  leaves  and  followed  by  pen- 
dulous catkins  consisting  of  large  bracts  bearing  a  small 
nutlet  in  their  axils  The  wood  is  very  hard  and  close- 
grained,  and  much  used  in  making  tools  and  other  small 
articles  The  handsome  foliage  is  rarely  attacked  by 
insects,  and  assumes  a  yellow  or  scarlet  color  in  fall. 
The  most  beautiful  are  C  cordata,  with  large  leaves, 
and  C  japomca,  of  graceful  habit  and  with  elegant 
foliage  The  European  hornbeam  bears  seveie  pruning 
well,  and  is  very  valuable  for  high  hedges,  it  was  for- 
merly much  used  in  the  old  formal  gardens  for  this 
purpose,  it  makes,  also,  an  excellent  game  cover,  ah 
it  retains  its  withered  foliage  almost  throughout  the 
winter. 

The  species  are  of  comparatively  slow  growth  and 
thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  and  even  in  dry,  rocky  situa- 
tions, most  of  them  are  quite  hardy  North  Propagated 
by  seeds,  sown  usually  in  fall,  germinating  very  irregu- 
larly; if  they  do  not  appear  the  first  spring,  the  seed- 
bed should  be  covered  until  the  following  spring  with 
moss  or  leaf-mold,  to  keep  the  soil  moist  If  intended 
for  hedges,  the  seedlings  should  be  transplanted  after 
the  first  year,  and  allowed  sufficient  space  to  prevent 
them  from  growing  into  slender  tall  plants,  unfit  for 
hedges.  The  varieties  of  rarer  species  are  grafted  in 
spring  under  glass,  or  in  the  open  air  on  seedlings  of  one 
of  the  common  species. 

A.  Lv8   with  7-15  secondary  veins:  mature  catkins  with 

spreading  narrow  brads. 

caroliniana,  Walt  (C.  amencana,  Michx.  C.  virgim- 
dno,  Michx.  f.).  AMERICAN  HORNBEAM  BLUE  BEECH. 
Fig  820.  Bushy  tree,  rarely  40  ft..  Ivs  ovate-oblong. 
usually  rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  sharply  ana 
doubly  serrate,  glabrous  at  length,  except  in  the  axils 
of  the  veins  beneath,  2-4  in.  long  fr  .-clusters  pedunclcd, 
2-4  in.  long,  bracts  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  ^4-l  in. 
long,  with  2  broad  and  short  unequal  lateral  lobes,  and 
a  much  longer  middle  lobe,  usually  serrate  only  on  one 
margin.  E.  N  Amer  ,  west  to  Minn  and  Texas;  also, 
in  Mex.  and  Cent.  Amer.  8.8.  9:447.  Em.  1:199.  Gn. 
24,  p.  418.  —  Bushy  tree,  with  dense,  but  slender  and 


often  somewhat  pendulous  branches,  and  dark  bluish 
green  foliage,  changing  to  scarlet  or  orange-yellow  in 

Betulus,  Linn.  EUROPEAN  HORNBEAM  Tree,  to  60 
or  70  ft  Ivs  similar  to  those  of  the  former,  cordate  or 
rounded  at  the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  of  somewhat 
thicker  texture,  and  the  veins  more  impressed  above 
fr -clusters  3-5  in  long  bracts  over  1^  in  long,  with 
ovate,  lateral  lobes,  and  much  longer  oblong-lanceolate 
middle  lobe,  the  margins  almost  entire  or  remotely  den- 
ticulate Eu  to  Persia  H  W  2 '17,  pp  31-33  W  B 
29  FS  R.  3,  p  153  (In  24,  pp  41S,  419,  420— The 
most  remarkable  of  the  garden  forms  are  the  following 
Var  incisa,  Ait  (var  asplcutfdlia,  Hort  )  Lvs  incised 
or  lobed,  smaller  Gn  24,  p  419  Var  pyramidalis, 
Dipp  (var  fastigiatd,  Hort )  Of  upright  growth  Var 
purpftrea,  Dipp.  Lvs  purplish  wten  young,  green  at 
length  —It 


grows  into  a 
taller  tree 
than  the  Am- 
erican species, 
although  the 
foimer  is  of  more  vigor- 
ous growth  when  young, 
the  foliage  turns  yellow 
in  fnll,  and  remains  on 
the  tree  throughout  the 
\vmtor. 


AA  Lws   with  lfi-25  pairs 
of  veins    mature  cat- 
kins   with    loosely 
appresM'd  ovate  and 
dentate    bracts,    of 
cone-like  appearance. 
jap6nica,  Blume  (C. 
Carpmui,  Sarg      Distego- 
carpu-s  Car  (nuns,  Sieb    & 
Zucc  )     Tree,  to   50  ft  ' 
young  branchlets    pubes- 
cent:  Ivs    reddish  brown         _ 

When  unfolding,  oblong-  wo.  Carpinus  caroumana.  ( X  H) 
ovate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, 2-4  in.  long,  acuminate,  rounded  or  subcordate  at 
the  base,  uneq'iall>  serrate,  with  20-24  pairs  of  veins 
deeply  impressed  above,  bright  green  and  glabrous 
above,  beneath  brownish  pubescent  on  the  veins  at 
first,  finally  glabrous  or  nearly  so  matuie  catkins  ovoid- 
oblong,  2  in.  long,  slendcr-pcdunded,  bracts  mflexed 
.it  the  base  inclosing  the  nutlet  Japan  G  F.  6.365. 
11 H  1895.  p.  427  S I  F.  1'21—A  very  graceful 
species  and  quite  hardy,  sometimes  cult  under  the 
name  C  laxiflora,  which  is  an  entirely  different  species 
with  the  Ivs  having  only  10-1 1  pairs  of  veins 

cordata,  Blume  Tree,  to  40  ft  young  branchlets 
hairy  at  iiist,  soon  glabrous  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong-ovate, 
acuminate,  distinctly  cordate  at  the  base,  3-6  in  long, 
unequally  serrate,  with  15-20  pairs  of  veins  deeply 
impressed  above,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  or 
glaorous  mature  catkins  2-3  in  long,  slender-pedun- 
cled;  bracts  not  mflexed  at  the  ba*>e,  but  with  an 
opposite  bractlet  about  as  long  as  the  nutlet.  Japan, 
Manchuria,  Korea  G  F  8.295  S  I  F  1:24— A  very 
handsome  species  and  quite  hardy. 

C  amencdna,  Michx  "=C  caroliniana  — C  duintnait.  Scop  =» 
C  orientals—  C  lanflfira,  Blume  To  50  ft  Ks  ovate  or  elliptio- 
ovatc,  long-acuminate,  2-S  in  long,  \uth  10-14  pairs  of  veins. 
Japan  81  F  12.5 — >  cry  attrnctne  in  fall,  with  its  long  and  slen- 
der catkin*  Var  macro*tdchi/a,  \\mkl  Lvs  o\ate-oblona  fruit- 
ing catkins  2  H-3  4  m  long  \\  China  H  I  20  19S9.— Recently 
mtro — C  onentAhs,  Mill  Bu^hy  tree,  to  15  ft  Ivs  ovate  or 
oblong-ovate,  1  'j-2  in  long,  with  about  10  pairs  of  veins  S  E  Eu. 
to  Persia  Gn  24,  p  41H  —  C  l>axn,  Wmkl  =C  Turczanmown — 
C  polynrhra,  Franch  (C  Tunvtinmowii  var  polyneura,  Wmkl.). 
Small  tree  young  branchlets  pubescent,  soon  glabrous  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  1 H-2  H  in. 
long,  with  15-20  pain  of  veins,  fruiting  bract  lets  ovate  to  lanceolate, 
serrate  W.  China.  W  B  39  —  C  Turctanmbwii,  Hance  (C.  Paxii. 


674 


CARPINUS 


Wmkl  )  Shrubby  tree  •  Iva  ovate,  acute,  1-2  in  long,  with  10-12  pairs 
of  veins  N.  China  —  C  virgtmtina,  Mu  hx  f  — C  carohniana  — C. 
yedotnna,  Maxim  Small  tree  branrhlets  and  Ivs  beneath  pubes- 
cent Ivs  ovate-elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate,  with  about  12  pairs  of 
veuw,  2-3  m.  long  Japan.  S  I.F.  2  11.  ALFRED  KEHDEB. 

CARRl£REA  (after  E.  A.  Carnere,  prominent 
French  horticulturist  and  botanist,  died  1896).  Fla- 
courtidceje.  Ornamental  tree  chiefly  cultivated  for  its 
handsome  bright  green  foliage 

Deciduous:  Ivs  alternate,  long-petioled,  serrate: 
fls  dioecious;  sepals  5,  broadly  ovate,  pubescent  out- 
side; petals  wanting;  stamens  numerous,  shorter  than 
the  sepals,  ovary  1-celled  with  numerous  ovules,  rudi- 
mentary in  the  stammate  fls  ,  styles  3-4,  3-lobed,  short 
and  spreading  fr  a  dehiscent  caps  ,  .seeds  winged  — 
One  species,  or  possibly  two,  in  Cent  China. 

This  is  a  medium-sized  tree  very  much  resembling 
Idesia  in  appearance,  the  apetalous  flowers  with  large 
white  sepals  in  terminal  corymbs  or  short  racemes,  the 
stammate  usually  many-flowered,  the  pistillate  few- 
flowered,  rarely  solitary,  and  with  large  capsular  long- 
pointed  fruits  It  has  proved  fairly  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum  Propagated  by  seeds,  can  probably  also  be 
propagated  like  Idesia  by  greenwood  and  root-cuttings 

calycina,  Franch  Tree,  to  30  ft ,  with  a  wide-spread- 
ing flat  head  Ivs  elliptic  or  ovate  to  oblong-obovate, 
3-b'  m.  long,  short-acuminate,  rounded  at  the  base, 


82 1    Last  year's  umbel  of  wild  carrot. 

liistrous  on  both  surfaces,  glabrous,  crenatelv-serrate: 
sepals  broadly  cordate-ovate  about  %m.  long  and 
nearly  as  broad,  white  caps  2-2'^  m  long,  pubescent. 
Cent  China  R  II.  1896,  p  498  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CARROT  (Daficus  Carbta,  Linn  )  Umbellifersp. 
Garden  vegetable,  grown  fci  its  elongated  subterranean 
crown-tuber. 

The  carrot  is  native  of  Europe  and  Asia,  and  one  of 
the  bad  intro  luced  weeds  of  eastern  North  America 
(Fig  821)  The  improve  1  succulent-rooted  garden 
varieties  are  thought  to  be  descended  from  the  same 
stock,  though  this  has  been  denied  It  seems  piobable 
that  the  horticultural  improvement  of  the  species  was 
begun  m  Holland,  and  it  is  said  that  the  cultivated 
forms  were  introduced  thence  into  the  gardens  of  Eng- 
land during  the  reign  of  Queen  Elizabeth  The  carrot 
is  now  very  generally,  though  not  extensively,  cultiva- 
ted everywhere,  both  for  culinary  pin  poses  and  for 
atock-feedmg.  It  is  sometimes  forced  under  glass,  but 
to  no  great  extent.  Carrots  are  most  useful  in  culinary 
practice  for  soups,  stews,  and  salads,  and  as  this  class 
of  cookery  has  never  been  reasonably  popular  in  Amer- 
ica, this  vegetable  has  not  received  the  attention  it 
deserves 

The  carrot  is  hardy  and  may  be  planted  as  soon  as 
the  ground  is  in  fit  condition  to  be  properly  prepared 
for  seeding.  When  grown  as  a  market-garden  or  truck 


CARROT 

crop,  this  early  seeding  ia  essential  to  maximum  re- 
turns The  best  soil  for  carrots  is  a  medium  to  light 
loam,  rich,  friable  and  comparatively  free  from  weeds. 
As  the  seed  us  slow  to  germinate,  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
sow  some  quick-germmating  seed  with  the  carrot  seed 
so  that  the  rows  may  be  noticed  in  time  to  keep  them 
ahead  jf  weed  growth.  Lettuce  serves  well  for  this 
purpose  When  the  carrots  aie  thinned,  this  lettuce  is 
pulled  out  The  carrot  seed  is  best  sown  in  rows  12  to 
15  inches  apart,  using  enough  seed  to  produce  a  plant 
every  inch  or  two  along  the  row.  When  the  carrots  are 
3  to  5  inches  high,  they  should  be  thinned  to  stand  3 
inches  apart  in  the  row  The  only  further  culture 
necessary  is  frequent  tillage  to  conserve  soil-mois- 
and  to  pi  event  weed  growth  The  early  crop  should 
be  ready  to  pull  and  bunch  for  sale  .seventy- five 
days  after  sowing  Early  carrots  are  an  important 
crop  on  the  market-garden  and  truok-farm  They  are 
pulled  a-,  soon  as  they  have  attained  sufficient  size  and 
tied  into  bunches  of  three,  six  or  seven  roots,  according 
to  the  sue  of  the  roots  and  the  market  demands  The 
earliei  the  crop  and  the  more  active  the  demand,  the 
smaller  the  roots  which  may  be  salable  A  later  sow- 
ing is  made  for  the  main  or  winter  crop  or  for  live- 
stock This  may  be  from  four  to  six  weeks  after  the 
first  sowing  The  crop  is  handled  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  early  crop  except  that  it  is  allowed  to  continue 
growth  as  long  as  the  weather  is  suitable  It  is  then 
pulled,  the  tops  cut  from  the  roots  and  the  roots  placed 
in  frost-proof  btorage  for  winter  sale 

The  expense  of  production  of  carrots  is  consider- 
able, but  the  returns  are  usually  satisfactory  The 
fall  crop  should  yield  .500  to  1,000  bushels  to  the 
acre  Truck-growers  of  the  South  ship  many  bunched 
carrots  to  the  large  northern  markets  in  March. 
Aptil  and  May,  where  they  meet  a  ready  demand 
at  prices  ranging  from  35  cents  to  $1  per  dozen 
bunches 

There  are  several  distinct  market  types  of  carrots, 
the  variation  being  chiefly  with  respect  to  size  and 
shape  The  smaller  varieties,  as  they  mature  moie 
quickly,  are  used  to  some  extent  for  the  early  bunching, 
while  the  larger  kinds  are  always  more  popular  in  the 
general  market 

The  varieties  of  cairots  differ  chiefly  in  respect  to 
size  and  gram,  with  differences  in  eailmess  closely  cor- 
related The  following  arc  now  favorite  varieties. 

French  Forcing  (Earliest  Short  Horn)  — One  of  the 
smallest  and  earliest;  root  small,  almost  globular, 
orange-red 

Orkcnrt  or  Guerande  — Small  to  medium  in  size,  root 
2  to  4  inches  long,  growing  to  a  blunt  point,  of  good 
quality  and  popular  in  some  sections  for  an  early  bunch 
earrot 

Chantenay — Large  to  medium  in  size,  root  3  to  5 
inches  long,  more  tapering  than  Oxheait,  of  good 
quality  and  a  better  carrot  for  the  bunched  crop  than 
the  above 

Danvers  Half-Long  — Six  to  8  inches  longr  2  to  3  inches 
in  diameter,  at  top  tapering  to  a  blunt  point;  the  most 
popular  garden  carrot  grown 

True  Danvers  — A  long  carrot,  8  to  12  inches;  tapering 
to  a  slender  point  like  a  parsnip;  gro\vn  more  for 
live-stock  or  exhibition  purposes  The  Half-Long  has 
largely  displaced  it  as  a  market  sort  chiefly  because 
of  the  greater  ease  with  which  the  latter  strain  is 
harvested. 

Half-Long  Scarlet  — Top  small,  roots  medium  size, 
cylindrical,  pointed;  much  used  for  bunching 

Early  Scarlet  Horn. — Top  small,  roots  half-long, 
somewhat  oval,  smooth,  fine  gram  and  flavor,  a 
favorite  garden  sort. 

Large  White  Belgian  — Of  much  larger  size  than  the 
above-named  varieties,  of  less  delicate  flavor  and 
coarser  texture;  a  popular  variety  for  live-stock. 


CARROT 

The  variation  in  the  different  strains  of  carrot  seed 
is  marked  and  it  is  important  to  secure  seed  from  care- 
fully selected  roots  true  to  shape  and  color  Carrot 
seed  may  be  produced  in  any  location  in  which  the  crop 
of  roots  is  grown  successfully. 

The  carrot  may  he  successfully  forced  under  glass  and 
is  grown  m  this  way  to  a  limited  extent  The  small  early 
varieties  are  used,  such  as  French  Forcing.  Early  Pari- 
sian, Early  Seailet  Horn  and  Golden  Ball.  Thebe  will 
usually  be  grown  as  a  catch-crop  between  tomatoes  or 
cucumbeis  When  grown  m  this  way,  the  carrot  is  one 
of  the  most  delicious  of  all  vegetables,  and  deserves 
much  wider  popularity  See  Forcing 

The  field  cultivation  of  carrots  for  live-stock  differs 
little  fioiu  the  garden  01  horticultural  treatment  except 
that  earhness  is  not  desucd,  and  the  longer-rooted  later- 
rnatutmg  kinds  are  mostly  used;  and  less  intensive  cul- 
tivation is  employed  See  Vol  II,  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc  , 
P  r>1()  F.  A.  WAUGH  and  H  F.  TOMPSON. 

CARTHAMUS  (Ai.ibic  name,  alluding  to  a  color 
yielded  b\  the  flowers)  Composite  Hardy  annuals. 

Plant  2  .J  ft  high,  with  spiny  KB  .  involucre  with 
spreading  and  leafy  outer  scales  and  the  inner  ones  more 
or  less  spiny;  receptacle  chaffy,  corolla  5-fid,  nearly 


CARYA 


675 


CARYA  (K.arya,  Greek  name  for  the  walnut  tree). 
Syn  ,  Hicbria.  Juglundacey  HICKORY.  Trees  grown 
for  their  handsome  foliage  and  strong  habit,  and  some 
species  for  their  edible  nuts 

Deciduous  branches  with  solid  pith.  Ivs  alter- 
nate, without  stipules,  with  3-17  serrate  Ifts  fls. 
monoicious,  apetalous,  appealing  with  the  Ivs  ;  htami- 
nate  fls  in  axillary,  slender,  pendulous  catkins,  each 
fl  with  3-10  stamens,  borne  in  the  axil  of  a  3-lobed 
bract,  pistillate  fls  in  a  terminal,  2-10-fld.  cluster  or 
spike,  consisting  of  a  1-celled  ovary  inclosed  by  a  4- 
lobed  involucre  fr  globular  to  oblong,  with  a  husk 
separating  into  4  valves  and  a  bony  nut,  incompletely 
2-4-celled — About  IS  species  of  hickory,  all  in  E  N. 
Amer  from  Canada  to  Mex  ;  the  Chinese  species 
recently  desciibed  by  Dcxle  fiom  nuts  only  is  probably 
riot  a  Carya  See  Hep  Mo  Hot  Ga  d  7,  pp  28-42,  pis. 
1-23,  and  Rep  of  II  S  Dept  Ague ,  Div  Pomol , 
Nut-Culture  (1890),  cited  below  as  U  S  N  C  (the 
first  number  refening  to  the  plate,  the  second  and  third 
to  the  figure)  By  some,  Ilicona  is  consideied  to  have 
priority,  but  Carya  is  retained  as  one  of  the  "nomina 


regular,  smooth,  expanded  above  the  tube  achenes 
glabrous,  mostly  4-nbbed,  the  pappus  none  or  scale-like. 
— A  genus  of  20  specie^,  fiom  the  Canary  Isls  to  Cent. 
Asia  Of  easiest  cult ,  from  seed. 

tinctdrius,  Linn  (Cdrduus  tinctbruis,  Falk.).  SAP- 
FLOWER  FALSE  SAFFRON.  One  to  3  ft  high,  glabrous, 
branched  Ivs  ovate,  spiny-toothed,  almost  as  broad  as 
long  fl  -heads  with  upward-tapering  mvolucie,  and  a 
globular  crown  of  orange  florets  Asia  — Florets  used 
like  saffron,  they  have  diaphoretic  properties  and  have 
also  been  used  for  dyeing,  especially  silks,  and  in  making 
rouge  N  TAYLOR.! 

CARUfeLIA     Ormthogahim. 

CARUM  (probably  from  Caria,  in  Asia  Minor). 
U  mbdlifera>  Glabrous  annual  or  perennial  herbs,  some 
of  which  yield  aromatic  and  edible  garden  products 

Leaves  pinnate  fls  white-  or  pinkish,  small,  in  com- 
pound umbels  with  involucres  and  mvolucels,  the  calyx- 
teeth  small  fr  ovate  or  oblong,  more  or  less  ribbed, 
glabrous,  or  sometimes  hispid-  root  usually  tuberous  or 
filiform  — Twenty  or  more  species,  widely  distributed 
in  temperate  regions  The  genus  is  variously  defined 
and  understood  C  PdroRchnum,  the  parsley,  is  here 
kept  under  the  genus  Petroselmum. 

Carvi,  Linn  CARAWAY  (which  see)  St.  slender  but 
erect,  furrowed,  1-2  ft  •  Ivs.  pmnately  decompound, 
with  thread-like  divisions.  Old  World. — Sometimes 
runs  wild. 

Gairdneri,  Gray  St  solitary,  1-4  ft.:  Ivs.  pinnate  or 
the  upper  ones  simple,  with  3-7  linear  Ifts.,  the  upper 
Ifts  usually  entire,  but  the  lower  ones  often  divided: 
fr  with  long  style  Dry  hills,  in  Calif,  and  Nev.  and 
to  Brit  Col. — Intro  in  1881, by Gillett,asan ornamental 
plant  Roots  tuberous  and  fusiform.  L.  jj  3 

CARflMBIUM:   Homalanthut. 


conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code  of  nomenclature, 
because  of  its  long-established  usage. 

The  hickories  are  hardy  ornamental,  usually  tall 
trees  with  rather  large,  deciduous  odd-pinnate  leaves, 
small  greenish  flowers,  the  stanunate  ones  in  conspicu- 
ous pendulous  racemes,  and  with  rather  large  green 
dehiscent  fruits  inclosing  a  mostly  edible  nut  The 
hickories  are  among  the  most  beautiful  and  most  useful 
trees  of  the  American  forest,  and  are  all  very  ornamental 
park  trees,  with  a  straight,  sometimes  high  and  slender 
trunk  and  a  large,  graceful,  pyramidal  or  oblong  head 
of  usually  light  green  foliage,  turning  from  yellow  to 
orange  or  orange-brown  in  fall  They  are  hardy  North 
except  C.  Pecan,  C.  aquatica  and  C  mynsticjformis,  but 
C  Pecan  thrives  rarely  m  Massachusetts  in  sheltered 
positions.  Most  of  the  species  have  heavy  hard  strong 
and  tough  wood,  much  valued  for  many  purposes, 
especially  for  handles  of  tools,  manufacture  of  carriages 
and  wagons,  also  for  making  baskets  and  for  fuel.  The 
nuts  of  some  species,  as  C.  Pecan  and  C.  ovata,  also  C. 
lacimosa  and  some  varieties  of  C  glabra  and  C.  alba,  are 
edible,  and  are  sold  in  large  quantities,  mostly  gathered 
from  the  woods,  though  m  later  years  orchards  of 
improved  varieties  have  been  planted.  A  large  number 
of  insects  prey  upon  the  hickory,  attacking  the  wood, 
foliage  and  fruit,  for  which  see  the  Fifth  Ann.  Rep.  of 
the  U.  S.  Entom.  Com  ,  pp.  285-329.  There  are  also 
some  fungi  sometimes  causing  an  early  defoliation  of 
the  trees. 

The  hickories  generally  thrive  best  in  rich  moist  soil, 
but  some,  especially  C.  glabra,  C.  alba  and  0.  ovata, 
grow  equally  well  in  dner  localities.  They  are  of  rather 
slow  growth,  and  difficult  to  transplant  if  taken  from 
the  woods,  therefore  the  seeds  are  often  planted  where 


G76 


CARYA 


CARYA 


the  treee  are  to  stand,  but  if  grown  in  the  nursery  and 
transplanted  several  times  when  young,  trees  6-10  ft. 
high  may  be  transplanted  successfully. 

Propagation  is  usually  by  seeds  stratified  and  sown  in 
spring  in  rows  about  3  inches  deep;  named  varieties 
may  be  grafted  in  spring  in  the  greenhouse,  on  potted 
stock  of  C  cordiformis,  which  seems  to  be  the  best 
species  for  this  purpose,  veneer-  or  splice-grafting 
being  usually  employed,  sometimes  also  increased  by 
root-sprouts.  For  further  horticultural  advice,  see 
Hickory-nut  and  Pecan. 

INDEX. 


alba,  8,  10. 
amara,  4. 
aquatica,  3. 
boreaha,  6. 
cordiformis,  4. 
fraxinifoha,  10. 
glabra,  5. 
Halosii,  10. 

\lhnoen8is,  1. 
lacimosa,  9 
microcarpa,  6,  10. 
mynstic»formi8,  2. 
Nuttallu,  10 
obcordata,  6. 
obovahs,  6. 
odorata,  6. 

ohvxformit,  1. 
ovahs,  6 
ovata,  10. 
Pecan,  1. 
porcina,  5. 
sulcata,  0. 
tomentoaa,  8. 
villosa,  7. 

A.  Scales  of  buds  valvate,  4~6-  fr-  with  winged  sutures; 
nut  usually  thin-shelled:  Ifts  7-1-5,  usually  falcate. 

B.  Nut  mostly  elongated,  almost  terete,  husk  thin,  splitting 

to  the  base,  kernel  sweet;  cotyledons  entire  or  only 
notched  at  the  apev. 

1.  Pecdn,  Engler  &  Graebn.  (Jiiqlans  Pecdn,  Marsh. 
Hicdna  Pecdn,  Brit.  C.  illmoensu,  Koch.  C.ohv&ftirrms, 


823.  Foliage  and  pistillate 
flower*  of  Carya  Pecan, 


Nutt.).  PECAN.  Fig.  823.  To  170  ft.,  with  branches 
pubescent  when  young:  bark  deeply  furrowed,  grayish 
brown*  winter-buds  yellow:  Ifts.  11-17,  short-stalked, 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate  or  doubly  ser- 
rate, tomentose  and  glandular  when  young,  usually 
glabrous  at  length,  4-7  in.  long:  stammate  catkins 
almost  sessile:  fr.  3-10  in  clusters  or  spikes,  oblong, 
1)^-3  3^  m.  long;  nut  ovoid  or  oblong,  smooth,  brown, 
irregularly  marked  with  dark  brown,  2-celled  at  the 
base;  kernel  sweet  From  Iowa  and  Ind  south  to  Ala 
and  Texas;  also  m  Mex.  S.S.  7 '338-9  AG  12  273- 
275  U  8  N  C  I,  8,  9.— Thus  species  is  the  most  im- 
portant as  a  fr.  tree,  and  many  named  varieties  are  cult 
in  the  southern  states,  but  it  is  tender  N  The  wood 
is  less  valuable  than  that  of  the  other  species  Hybrids 
are  known  of  this  species  with  C.  cordiformis,  C  alba 
and  C.  lacmiosa,  for  which  see  Hep  Mo.  Hot.  Card  7, 
pis.  20-23  and  Gng  2.226  See  Pecan. 

2.  mynsticaef6nnis,  Nutt.  (Hicdna  mynsticspfdnrns, 
Brit ).  NUTMEG  HICKORY.  Tree,  to  100  ft ,  with  dark 
brown  bark,  broken  into  appressed  scales'  winter-buds 
brown.  Ifts  5-11,  short-stalked  or  almost  sessile,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  the  uppermost  much  larger  and  obovate, 
serrate,  scurfy-pubescent  beneath  when  young  and  with 
brown  scales  above,  at  length  dark  green  above,  silvery 
and  lustrous  beneath,  3-5  in  long,  stammate  ratkms 
peduncled  •  f r  generally  solitary,  short-ovoid  or  obovate, 
about  \l/i  in  long,  nut  ovoid,  reddish  brown  marked 
with  irregular  spots  and  stripes,  thick-shelled,  4-celled 
below,  kernel  sweet  From  S  C  to  Ark  and  Mex 
S  S  7  342-3  — A  very  decorative  species  on  account  of 
its  handsome  foliage,  but  not  hardy  N 

BB  Nut  usually  so  broad  as  long,  compressed,  with  irregu- 
larly angled  or  reticulate  surface,  thin-shelled,  4~ 
celled  below,  kernel  bitter,  cotyledons  deeply  2-lobed. 

3   aquatica,  Nutt  (Hicdna  aqudtica,  Brit )      WATER 
HICKORY    BITTEK  PEC\N    Usually  small  tree,  rarely  to 
100  ft ,  with  light  brown  bark  separating  into  long,  thin 
plates     winter-buds   dark  reddish  brown     Ifts     7-13, 
sessile    or    short-stalked,    lanceolate,    long-aeurnmate, 
finely  serrate,  yellowish  tomentose  when  young,  gla- 
brous at  length*  fr    3-4,  ovoid  to  broadly  obovate, 
1-1  Yi  m    long;  husk  thin,  splitting  to  the  base,  nut 
obovate,    much    compressed,    incgulaily    angled    and 
ridged,  dull  reddish  brown,  kernel  very  bitter 
From  Va    to  111  ,  south   to  Fla    and  Texas'. 
S  S.  7:344-5.    U  S  N  C  12,  7-8 

4.  cordifdrmis,  Koch  (Uicbna  minima,  Brit 
C     amfira,    Nutt)       BITTEKMJT       SWAMP 
HICKORY      Tree,    to    100   ft      bark    grayish 
brown,    broken    into    thin    scales      young 
branches  and  petioles  glabrous1  winter-buds 
bright  yellow.  Ifts   .3-9,  ovate-lanceolate  to  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  densely  serrate,  pubescent  when  young  and 
glandular,  almost  glabrous  at  length,  3-0  in    long    fr 
2-3,  broadly  obovate  or  .subglobo.se,  winged  from  the 
apex  to  the  middle.  %-l/'2  in  long;  husk  thin,  splitting 
somewhat  below  the  middle;  nut  slightly  compressed, 
roundish,    abruptly    contracted    into    a    short    point, 
smooth,  gray,  kernel  bitter    Que   to  Mmn  ,  south  to 
Fla.  and  Texas    S  S.  7  '340-1.   Em.  226 —A  valuable 
park  tree,  with  handsome  rather  broad  head,  growing 
m  cult  more  rapidly  than  other  hickories. 

AA.  Scales  of  buds  imbricate,  more  than  6:  fr.  not  or 
slightly  winged  at  the  sutures;  nut  usually  thick- 
shelled,  4-celled  below  Ifts  8-9,  not  falcate,  the 
uppermost  larger  and  generally  obovate. 

B.  Buds  small,  y\-Vfan.  long-  husk  thin,  nut  slightly  or 

not  angled. 

C.  Lvs.  glabrous  or  only  slightly  pubescent  while  young: 

nut  not  or  only  slightly  angled,  thin-shelled. 
5.  glabra,  Sweet  (Fhcbria  glabra,  Brit     C.  porcina, 
Nutt.).   PIGXITT.    Figs  82 1,  825.   Tree,  occasionally  tc 


CARYA 


CARYA 


677 


120  ft.,  with  usually  dark  gray  fissured  bark  and  slen- 
der, glabrous  branchlets:  Ifts  3-7,  almost  sessile, 
oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  sharply 
serrate,  almost  glabrous,  3-6  in  long1  fr  usually  ovoid 
or  obovate,  the  sutures  usually  slightly  winged  toward 
the  apex  and  the  husk  splitting  mostly  only  half  way 


824.  Characteristic  growth  of  the  pignut  hickory, 
Carya  glabra. 

to  the  base;  nut  usually  brownish,  not  angled;  kernel 
mostly  astringent  Maine  to  Ont  and  south  to  Fla , 
Ala  and  Miss  STS  2  179  A  G  11  386-7  USN 
C  12,  5. — A  very  handsome  park  tree,  with  rather  nar- 
row-oblong head,  and  .slender  often  pendulous  branch- 
lots  A  very  variable  tree 

6.  ovalis,  Sarg  (Juylant  om/is,  Wang  Hicbna  mic- 
rocdrpa,  Brit  //  glabra  var  micro<arpa,  Trel )  SMALL 
PIGNUT.  FALHK  SH  \GBARK  Figs  S'2(V-S29  Tree,  similar 
to  the  preceding  bark  close  and  furrowed  on  young 
tiees,  snaggy  on  old  trunks  blanches  first  hairy,  hoon 
glabrous:  Ifts  5-7,  sessile,  oval,  oblong  01  ovate.  3-6 
in  long,  acute  or  acuminate,  lounded  or  narrowed  and 
unequal  at  the  base,  coaisely  and  shallowly  toothed, 
glabrous;  terminal  Ifts  cuneate  at  the  base,  short- 
stalked*  fr  subglobose  td  short -oblong,  -^-1  in  across, 
densely  scaly  and  slightly  winged,  tardily  splitting 
nearly  to  the  base;  nut  slightlv  flattened,  often  broader 
than  high  and  usually  rounded  at  the  apex,  sometime? 
slightly  angular,  brownish,  shell  rather  thin;  kernel 
small  and  sweet  Mass  to  Wis.,  south  to  Ga  ,  Ala  ,  and 
Miss.  A  G.  11 .381-388,  1,  2,  5,  8,  10.  U  S  N  C  12, 4,  6 
Var.  obcordata,  Sarg  (J.  obcoidata,  Muhl  /.  porcina 
var.  obcordata,  Pursh  C.  microcdrpa,  Darl  )  Fi 
nearly  globose  or  ovoid;  nut 
angled,  broader  than  high, 
sometimes  obcordate  S  S  7 
354,  figs.  5,  6,  7,  9.  Var.  odor- 
ata,  Sarg  (Hicbna  glabra  var. 
odorata,  Sarg.).  Lfts  generally 
broader,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate, 
glandular:  fr.  subglobose  or 
higher  than  broad,  with  dis- 
tinctly winged  sutures,  split- 
ting freely  to  the  base;  nut 
gray,  veiy  slightly  ridged, 
825.  Or«  form  of  pignut—  slightly  higher  than  broad. 

C.  glabra.    (Natural  size )    Conn,    to    Pa.    and    Mo.     S  S. 


7:354,  fig.  8.  Var  obovalis,  Sarg.  Fr.  obovoid,  nut 
much  compressed,  pointed  or  rounded  at  the  apex, 
and  rounded  at  the  base  Mass  to  Va  and  Mo  Var. 
borealis,  Sarg  (Hicbna  borealis.  Ashe  C.  borealis, 
Schneid  )  Hark  scaly  Ifts.  usually  5,  lanceolate'  fr 
ovoid,  flattened,  about  %in  long,  very  narrowly 
winged  and  often  incompletely 
splitting:  nut  ovoid,  ridged, 
whitish ,  kernel  sweet  Mich  ,  Ont 
B  TV  236 

cc  Lvs  hairy  beneath' nut 

angled,  thick-shelled. 
7.  villdsa,  Schneid  (Hicbna  vil- 
Ibsa,  Ashe  H  glabra  var  villosa, 
Sarg  H  pdllida,  Ashe)  Tree,  to 
20  or  sometimes  to  50  ft  •  branch- 
lets  slender,  pubescent  mixed  with  | 
silvery  scales,  later  glabrous  Ifts 
5-9,  usually  7,  sessile  or  short- 
talked,  oblong  to  oblanceolate,  (Natral 
3-5  in  long,  acuminate,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  coarsely  herrate,  when  unfolding  glandular 
above,  hairy  below  and  with  silvery  scales,  petioles 
pubescent  and  with  tufts  of  brownish  hairs,  finally 
often  glabrous  fr  subglobose  to  pear-shaped,  /^— 1^4 
in  long,  winged,  husk  thin,  bphttmg  to  below  tht 
middle  or  nearly  to  the  base,  nut  slightly  angled, 
somewhat  compressed,  thick-shelled,  pale  or  light 
brown,  kernel  small  and  sweet  N  J  to  Fla,  Miss 
and  E  Texas  S  S  7  355  OF  10  305 

BB  Buds  large,  ly*—!  in   long    nut  angled,  kernel  sweet 
C.  Bark   not   shaggy   branches   and   petioles   tomentose. 
outer  bud-tcales  falling  in  autumn    hiu>k  not  sepa- 
rating quite  to  the  ba^e 

8  Alba,  Koch  (Hironn  alba,  Brit  C  tomejitdsn, 
Nutt  Not  to  be  confounded  with  C  alba,  Nutt ,  which 
is  C  ovata)  MO<'KEKMTT  BIG-BUD  HICKORY  Tree, 
rarely  attaining  to  100  ft  Ifts  7-9,  almost  sessile, 
oblong-lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  usually  finely  ser- 
rate, glandular  and  tomentose  beneath,  very  fragrant 
when  crushed,  4-8  m.  long  fr  globose  to  pear-bhaped, 


827.  Carya  ovalis,  the  false  ahagbark. 


678 


CARYA 


CARYOPHYLLUS 


1V6-2  in  long;  nut  light  brown,  globular  to  oblong, 
slightly  compressed,  angled,  narrowed  toward  the  apex, 
thick-shelled,  kernel  small,  sweet.  Mass  to  Ont  ana 
Neb.,  south  to  Fla  and  Texas.  88.7:350-1.  U.S.N. 
C.  12,  1-3.  Em.  222. 

cc.  Bark  shaggy,  light  gray  branches  atui 
petioles  glabrous  or  pubescent  husk 
very  thick,  separating  to  the  base: 
outer  bud-scales  persisting  through  the 
winter. 

9  lacinidsa,  Engler  &  Graebn.  (Ilicoria 
lacmiosa,  Sarg  H  acunundta,  Dipp  C. 
sulcala,  Nutt  )  Bio  or  BOTTOM  SHELL- 
BAKK  HICKORY  KING- NUT  Tall  tree, 
occasionally  to  120  ft  .  branchlets  orange- 
red  Ifts  7-9,  oblong-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, serrate,  pubescent  when  young,  usu- 
lly  glabrous  at  length,  4-8  m.  long  fr. 
jeneially  oblong,  13^-2J^  in  long,  nut 
yellowish  white,  oblong,  but  sometimes  as 


gei 


nearly  oblanceolate,  the  terminal  one  5-6  m.  long  anc 
l%-2  in  wide.  fr.  generally  smaller,  ovoid,  pointed 
1%  in  long,  nut  long-pointed.  W.  N.  Y. 

C.  arAanadna,  Sarg.  Allied  to  C  glabra  Tree,  to  70  ft  bark 
dark  gray,  sculy  bmnchlets  pubosoi-nt  lits  5-7,  lanceolate,  densely 
pubescent  when  unfolding,  glabrous  at  matunly,  4-7  in  lonn  fr 
ovoid  or  obovoid,  husk  usually  splitting  to  the  middle,  nut  Hlightly 
obovoid,  shell  very  thu-k  and  hard,  kernel  sweet,  Mimll  Aik  uiu' 
Okla  S  f  8  2  181  —C  BucUcyi,  Durand  (C  texaim,  Buck!  ,  not 
DC  )  Allied  to  C  alba  Tree,  to  50  ft ,  with  dark,  funowed  bark 
Ifts  7,  lanceolate  or  obhinceolate,  pubescent  on  the  vein  IK  low,  J-o 
in  IOIIK  fr  subglobose  or  ovoid,  1  4  in  across,  husk  thin,  flitting 
to  the  base,  nut  reddish  brown,  veined,  shell  hard,  keinel  sweet 
Texas  to  Okla  and  Ark  STS  2  1K2  ('  enioluia- 
ktptentriomilia,  Kngler  &  Graebn  (Ilieon.t  earnlina'-sep- 
tentnonalis,  Ashe)  Allied  to  C  o\atn  Branchlets 
-lender  llts  .1-5,  lanceolate,  glabrous  fr  smaller,  nut 
thm-ohelled  N  C  to  Ga  SS  14  720—Cflomlana, 
Sjirg  Vllied  to  C  cordiformis  Buds  vah ate,  brown- 
ish yellow  Ifts  usually  3,  elliptic-oblong  to  lanceolate, 
densely  scaly  beneath,  2-i'a  m  le»riK  fr  obemud,  about 
1  in  long,  husk  tardily  splitting  to  the  base,  nut  obosoid 
orsubglobose  Fla  STh  2  177  C  miijauuim,  Nirg 
Closely  related  to  C  glabra  Barkelo.e  buds  largu 


broad  as  long,  slightly  compressed  and 
obscurely  4-angled,  pointed  at  both  ends; 
kernel  sweet  N  Y  to  Iowa,  south  to 
Tenn  and  Okla  88.  7:348-9  US. 
NC  11 

828.  Twig  of  1°  ovata,  Koch  (Ilicdria  ovata,  Brit  C. 
C.ovahs.  alba,  Nutt  ).  SIIAOIUHK  HICKORY  Also 
LITTLE  8HELLBAUK  HICKORY,  although 
the  latter  name  by  some  is  applied  to  the  preceding. 
Figs  830,  831  Tree,  occasionally  to  120  ft  Ifts  gen- 
erally 5,  sessile,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, serrate,  densely  hmbnate,  pubescent  and  glan- 
dular when  young,  glabrous  at  length,  4-C  in  long' 
fr  subglobose,  about  l^'2-2j^  in  long,  nut  white, 
oblong  to  broadly  obovate,  4-angled,  kernel  sweet 
From  Que  to  Minn  ,  south  to  Fla  and  Texas.  8  8. 
7.346-7.  Em  217  U  S  N  C.  10  A  G  11.386,  6,  9; 
387,  3,  388,  11.  Gng.  7'51.  AF  14.339— Next  to 
Pecan  the  best  as  a  fruit  tree,  especially  for  northern 
states,  where  the 
pecan  is  not  quite 
nardy  Several 
named  varieties 
are  in  trade,  of 
which  probably 
var.  Halesii, 
Hort ,  with  large, 
thm-shelled  nut, 
is  the  best  known. 
An  ornamental, 
often  very  pictur- 
esque tree;  the 
stout  branches 
forming  a  rather 
broad,  usually 
somewhat  open, 
head  Var  Nut- 
tallii,  Sarg  (C. 
microcdrpa,  Nutt. 
in  part).  Fr. 
smaller;  nut 
roundea,  usu- 
ally obcordate, 
much  com- 
pressed and 
prominently 
angled,  about 
y$n.  across. 
Mass  to  Pa. 
and  Mo  Nut- 
tall,  Silv  N. 
Am  1.13  Var. 
f:axinifdlia, 

Sarg      L  f  t  s .          829.  Habit  of  the  small-fruited  pignut, 
lanceolate     or  Carya  ovalw. 


830    Twig  of 
Carya  ovata. 


831  Fruit  of  Carya  ovata,  the  t,ha^<.  Uu  h.ckur 
The  cross-section  is  to  show  structure,  not  to  show 
a  good  horticultural  fruit.  (Natural  tuze  ) 


Ifts  to  8  m  long  fr  broadly  obovoid,  to  112  m  long,  husk  thick, 
tardily  dehiscent  to  the  mieldle,  nut  obovoid,  kernel  small,  sweet 
N  Y  to  Mo  and  Fla  S  T  S  2  180  —  C  mrxirana,  EnKt  1m  Tree, 
with  shaggy  bark  and  tome  ntoso-puboscent  l\s  fr  d<  pre-,M  d,  with 
rather  thick  husk  and  broad,  sharply  i-mi|?l«l,  w  hit«  nut  Mex  The 
only  species  not  native  to  the  V  S  -  -C  terana,  DC  (Uu  on.i  texana, 
Le  Conto)  Similar  to  C  Peran,  but  Ifts  broider.  less  lale.itc, 
almost  sesmlo  nut  smaller,  much  darker,  with  somewhat  tough 
surface,  kernel  bitter  Texjus  S  S  14  710  -C  texana,  Butkl  - 

a  B^Wcyi.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CARYOCAR  (from  the  Greek  \\ord  for  nut)  Cnri/n- 
caracese,  formerly  included  in  Tcrn^tra'nnactsr,  and 
by  some  refeired  to  WnzobdAcecC  Tiee^,  or  rarely 
shrubs,  of  about  10  species  m  Trop  Amor  ,  one  of 
which  is  well  known  for  its  largo  edible  nuts  Lvs 
opposite,  digitately  3-5-foliolnto,  leatherv,  often  .seirnte 
fls  bractless,  in  terminal  i  \comes;  calyx  deeply  5-6- 
parted,  the  lobes  orbiculate  and  strongly  imbricate; 
petals  5-6,  imbricate;  stamens  many,  somewhat 
joined  at  the  base,  ovary  4-6-celled.  fi  diupaceous, 
with  a  hard  .stone  or  stones  and  veiy  laige  seeds  C. 
nucifenim,  Linn  ,  produces  the  houari-nut  01  butternut 
of  the  American  tropics  Although  native  ot  CJuiana, 
it  is  cult  m  some  of  the  W  Inches  isls  tice,  attaining 
100  ft  or  more,  producing  durable  tunbet  used  chiefly 
m  ship-building  Ivs  tnfoliolato,  the  Ifts  elliptic-lan- 
ceolate, glabrous  fls  large,  purple,  the  stamens  white 
and  very  numerous  fr  several  inches  in  diam  ,  nearly 
globular  or  becoming  misshapen  by  abortion  of  the 
contents,  containing  2-4  hard-shelled  nuts  tho  size  of  a 
hen's  egg,  and  which  are  flat-kidney-shaped,  \\urtyand 
reddish  brown;  kernel  or  meat  white,  with  a  nutty  or 
almond-like  flavor,  and  yielding  oil  when  subjected  to 
pressure  B  M  2727,  2728  The  nuts  now  and  then 
appear  in  northern  markets  The  closely  allied  C  vil- 
losum,  Pers  ,  of  Guiana  and  Brazil,  is  repoitod  a.s  a 
notable  timber  tree;  and  the  oily  pulp  sw  rounding 
the  seed  is  eaten  boiled  and  the  kernel  of  T-ne  seed  is 
eaten  raw.  L.  fj.  H. 

CARYOPHYLLUS,  tb«  clove  tree,  is  now  referred  to  Kv™  >  •  > 


CARYOPTERIS 

CARYtfPTERIS  (Greek  for  nut  and  wing).  Ver- 
bendcese.  Ornamental  woody  plants  grown  for  their 
lavender-blue  fioweis  profusely  produced  in  autumn 

Deciduous  small  shiubs.  Ivs  opposite,  short-petioled, 
serrate.  Ms  in  axillaiy  cymes,  calyx  camf)anulate, 
deeply  5-lobed  with  lanceolate  teeth,  spreading  and 
somewhat  enlarged  m  f-  ;  corolla  5-lobcd,  with  short 
cylindnc  tube  and  spreading  limb,  I  begin,  larger  and 
fringed,  stamens  4,  exserted,  2  of  them  longer,  style 
slender,  2-paited  at  the  apex  fr  sopaiatmg  into  4 
somewhat  winged  nutlets  —About  6  species  in  E  Asia. 

These  are  glabrous,  j)ubeseerit  or  tomentose  shiubs 
With  small  blue  or  violet  late  ttoweis  Fiee-fiowenng 
and  vei  y  valuable  foi  their  late  blooming  season  ,  not 
hardy  North;  even  if  well  piotected  they  will  be  killed 
almost  to  the  ground,  but  the  young  shoots,  springing 
up  freely,  will  flower  piolusely  the  same  season  rl  hey 
require  well-drained  and  sandv  soil  and  Mirmv  position; 
if  grown  in  pots,  a  sandv  comport  of  peat  and  leaf  soil 
or  loam  will  suit  them,  and  they  will  flower  in  the 
gieonhouse  until  midwmlei  Piopagatod  readily  by 
cuttings  of  h.df-iipened  wood  in  summer  or  fall  under 
glass,  and  by  seeds  sown  in  spung. 

mcana,  Miq  (C  Maitatanthius,  Schauer  C  s  men  sis, 
Dipp  )  Fig  S.i2  SufFiulK-osc,  1-,")  ft  Ivs  petioled, 
ovate  or  oblong,  coai^elv  senate,  pubescent  above, 
grayish  tomentose  bi'neith,  2  3  in  long  cymes  podun- 
elod,  dense-fid  ,  fix  small,  violet-blue  01  lavender-blue. 
Aug-Nov  China,  .Iip-ui  HK  322  BM  0799. 
KII  1S92  32  i  KB  19278  G  C1  II  21  119,111 
42  4OJ  Mn  5  5  SH  2,  p  S9  (1  \\  t>,  p  197  Gn. 
24,  p  .523,  70,  p  24  G  M  43  7—  Known  in  the  nms- 
eiv  trade  as  ''blue  spnea  "  Vai  Candida,  S<hneid. 
has  white  fls 

('  monutMitn,  HuriRc     IAS  1  met  ohite,  al 
fewer  but  larger  fK    HH    1S7J    150  \LFHFD   REHDER. 

CARYOTA  (old  Giock  nani'O  Palmacc*, 
tribe  vbm.f  FISH-TUL  I'ALM  Spineless 
monocarpic  palms,  with  tall  stout  ringed 
trunks,  at  length  beanng  Miekeis. 

Leaves  disposed  m  an  elongated  terminal 
fringe,  ample,  twice  pmnately  divided,  sogms 
dimidiate-flabelliform,  o 
ppht,  irregularly  dentat 

\\\  the  bud,  midnerves  and  piunarj  neives 
flabellate,  petiole  terete  below,  sheath  keeled  on  the 
back,  fibious  along  the  maigins  hgulo  shoit  spadioes 
usually  alternately  male  and  female  peduncle  short, 
thick  branches  long,  pendent  ^pathos  .3-5,  not  entire, 
tubular,  bract  lets  nro.id  lls  rathei  laige,  gieen  or 
puiple.  fr  the  sue  of  a  cheir\,  globular,  purple  — 
Species,  9.  Malaya,  New  (luinea.  Austral  GC  II. 
22.748 

These  palms  are  remaikablo  tor  the  delta-shaped  or 
fish-tail-shaped  leaflets,  which  make  the  graceful, 
spreading  fronds  very  at  ti  active  They  are  excellent 
warmhouse  palms,  veiv  useful  for  decoiation,  paiticu- 
larly  when  young  They  are  frequently  planted  out  in 
protected  places  for  the  summer  ('  wens,  the  wine- 
palm  of  India,  yields,  when  full  grown,  about  twenty- 
four  pink"  of  wine  in  twenty-four  hours  The  beverage 
is  very  wholesome  and  a  valuable  article  of  commerce. 
There  being  so  many  diffei  en  t  genera  to  choose  from 
in  selecting  plants  for  modei.ite-sized  conservatoi  les, 
the  members  of  this  genus  are  not  very  popular  for 
providing  small  specimens.  In  a  high,  roomy  structure, 
however,  they  are  among  the  most  ornamental  of  the 
tube  They  are  quick-growing,  with  large  broad  leaves, 
finely  cut  uo,  the  small  divisions  resembling  the  tail  of 
a  fish,  hence  the  name  "fish-tail  palm  "  After  reaching 
maturity  the  plant  begins  flowering  at  the  top,  and 
continues  downward  until  the  vitality  of  the  stem  is 
exhausted  Suckers  are  freely  pioduced  by  some  spe- 
cies, but  these,  as  a  rule,  do  not  become  so  robust  as 
»Jie  parent  stem,  owing  probablj  to  the  soil  becoming 


CASIMIROA  67& 

exhausted  Seeds  are  offered  by  most  dealers  The 
young  plants  should  be  grown  m  a  warm,  moist  atmos- 
phere, the  soil  consisting  of  loam  with  about  one-third 
of  its  bulk  leaf-mold  and  sand  in  equal  parts  They 
sometimes  lose  their  roots  if  kept  too  cool  and  wet  in 
winter  Prop  is  by  seeds  and  suckeis.  (G.  W  Oliver  ) 

mitis,  Lour  (C  soboufe/a,  Wall  C  furfurdcea, 
Blume)  Caudex  15-25  ft  high,  4-5  m  diam  ,  sobo- 
hferous  petioles,  If  -sheaths  and  spathes  scurf y-villous: 
Ivs  4-9  ft  ,  pinna*  very  obhquelv  cuneiform,  irregularly 
dentate,  upper  maigins  acute,  pinnules  4-7  m  long. 
Burma  to  Malaya 

fcrens,  Linn  WINE- PALM  TODDY-PALM  Caudex 
stout,  even  m  cult  specimens  60-SO  ft  high  and  18  in. 
thick,  much  higher  in  the  wild,  not  sobohfcrous  Ivs. 
18-20  by  10-12  ft  ,  pmn.r  5-6  ft  ,  curved  and  drooping, 
very  obliquely  truncate,  acutely  serrate,  the  upper 


nately  divided,  sogms      6jy 
or  cuneate,  entire,  or   f 
e,  plicate,  folded  back  f 


.Caryop  margin    produced    and   cau- 

2  date,  pinnules  4-8  in  ;  petiole 

(X/SJ  very  stout      India,  Malaya. 

AF     12  295      Gng.    5.131. 
AG  21-533 

Rumphiana,  Mart  Lvs  2-pmnate,  several  feet  long, 
the  pinnules  thick,  sessile,  6  m  long  or  nearly  so, 
oblong  Malaya  Vai  Albertii,  Hoit  (C  Albertu, 
Muell  ),  is  in  the  tiade  It  is  large  and  free-growing, 
the  Ivs  being  Ifi-lS  ft  long  and  two-thirds  as  broad; 
If  -- -ogrns  fan-shaped  and  oblique,  toothed 

C  Blamtii,  Hurt  ,  from  tin-  Philippines,  has  been  listed  in  the 
Ameru  .iii  trade  It  is  probably  a  form  of  C  urcns 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

CASAREEP:  Bhgkia. 
CASCARILLA:    Crotan. 
CASHEW:   Aiuicardium  occidentals. 

CASIMIROA  (named  in  honor  of  Cardinal  Casimiro 
Gomez  de  Ortega,  Spanish  botanist  of  the  eighteenth 
centmv)  Rntaccsp  rCverfi^een  trees,  one  of  which  is 
grown  for  the  edible  fruits 

Leaves  alternate,  long-pet loled,  digitate,  3-7-folio- 
late,  Ifts  pctiolulate,  lanceolate,  entire  or  slightly  ser- 
rate, smooth  or  pubescent  beneath  fls  reguiai  poiy- 


680 


CASIMIROA 


CASSIA 


gamo-dioeciousj  calyx  5-parted,  small;  petals  5,  oblong, 
valvate,  apex  incurved,  disk  inconspicuous,  circular; 
ot omens  5,  free;  filaments  subulate;  anthers  cordate; 
ovary  sessile,  on  disk,  globose,  5-  or  occasionally  6-8- 
lobed,  5-celled;  stigma  sessile,  5-lobed;  ovules  solitary 
in  the  cells,  axillary:  fr.  a  drupe,  large,  depressed-glo- 
bose; pulp  agreeable  to  taste,  edible,  seeds  oblong,  com- 
pressed, exalbummose. — Four  species  in  Mex  and  S. 

edulis,  Llav.  &  Lex.  WHITE  SAPOTE  COCHIL  SAPOTA. 
Large  tree:  trunk  ashen  gray,  with  warty  excrescences: 
Ivs.  dark  green,  glossy:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  small:  fr. 
greenish  yellow  when  ripe,  with  strong,  thick  epicarp, 
^m.  thick,  about  the  size  of  an  orange;  seeds  nearly 
1  in  long  and  half  as  wide.  Mex. — The  fr.  of  this  spe- 
cies has  a  delicious  flavor,  similar  to  that  of  a  peach. 
It  is  used  in  Mex  as  an  aid  in  inducing  sleep,  and  the 
Ivs.  as  a  remedy  for  diarrhea.  It  grows  on  the  coast  of 
Mex.  to  an  altitude  of  about  7,000  ft.  See  Sapote, 
While.  H.  J.  WEBBER. 

CASSABANANA:  Sicana. 
CASSANDRA:   Chanuedaphne. 
CASSAVA:   Manihot. 

CASSEBE&RA  (from  a  German  botanist).  Polypo- 
didcex.  Small  Brazilian  ferns  allied  to  the  maiden- 
hair, but  rarely  seen  in  cult.  There  are  3  species: 
son  terminal  on  the  veins,  oblong  or  nearly  globular; 
mdusium  within  the  margin  and  distinct  from  it.  They 
require  hothouse  conditions  C.  pinndta,  Kaulf.,  has 
fronds  6  m.  long,  pinnate,  the  pmnse  linear-oblong  and 
crenate.  C.  Inphylla,  Kaulf  ,  has  3-5-parted  fronds,  the 
parts  linear-oblong  and  crenate  C  gleichemoides,Gafdn., 
has  twice-pinnate  fronds,  the  pinnules  4-corneied. 

CASSIA  (ancient  Greek  name)  Legummbsx  SENNA. 
Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  a  few  of  which  are  in  cultivation 
in  America,  as  border  plants  and  under  glass. 

Leaves  even-pinnate :  fls.  nearly  regular  (not  papilio- 
naceous), with  the  nearly  equal  calyx-teeth  mostly 
longer  than  the  tube;  corolla  of  5  spreading,  nearly 
equal  clawed  spreading  petals,  stamens  5-10,  frequently 
unequal  and  some  of  the  anthers  abortive,  the  good 
anthers  opening  at  the  top:  fr  a  stalked  pod  which  is 
either  flat  or  terete,  containing  numerous  seeds  and 
often  partitioned  crosswise. — Species  nearly  or  quite 
400  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  globe,  some  of  them  in 
cool  temperate  regions.  See  page  3566 

The  cassias  delight  in  a  sunny  exposure.  Most  of 
those  cultivated  in  the  United  States  are  herbs  or  herb- 
like  shrubs,  attractive  for  the  finely  cut  foliage  and  the 
showy  flowers  Some  of  them  aie  cultivated  only  in  the 
extreme  South.  C  corymbot>a  is  probably  the  best  gar- 
den subject.  Cassias  are  summer  bloomers,  for  the 
most  part.  Propagation  is  mostly  by  divisions  and  seeds, 
the  annual  species  always  by  seeds. 

Senna  leaves,  used  in  medicine  as  a  cathartic,  are 
derived  from  various  species,  chiefly  from  C.  aeutifoha 
of  Egypt,  and  C.  angustifoha  of  India  and  other  Old 
World  tropics.  The  "Cassia  lignea"  of  pharmacopeias 
is  the  product  of  a  Cinnamomum  Cassia  pods  of  com- 
merce, used  in  medicine,  are  the  fruits  of  C.  Fistula. 
Many  of  the  species  contribute  to  therapeutics.  Some 
of  them  provide  tanning  materials 

A.  Hardy  border  plants  Ifts  5  or  more  pairs 
maryl&ndica,  Linn  WILD  SENNA.  Perennial,  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so,  sts  nearly  simple:  Ifts.  5-10  pairs, 
oblong  or  lance-oblong  and  entire,  short-acummate  or 
nearly  obtuse:  fls.  in  axillary  racemes  near  the  tops  of 
the  sts.  and  often  appearing  as  if  pamcled,  bright  yel- 
low, wide  open:  pods  linear,  flat.  New  England,  west 
and  south,  mostly  in  wet  soil. — Grows  3-4  ft.  high,  and 
has  attractive  light  green  foliage. 

Chamaecrista,  Linn  (Chamsecrista  nlctitans,  Moench). 
PARTRIDGE  PEA  Annual,  erect  or  spreading,  2  ft.  or 


less  high:  Ifts.  10-15  pairs,  small,  narrow-oblong, 
mucronate,  sensitive  to  the  touch:  fls.  large.  2-5  to- 
gether in  the  axils,  canary-yellow  and  2  of  the  petals 
pui  pie-spotted. — Dry  soil,  Maine,  south  and  west. 
Sometimes  known  as  Magothy  Bay  bean  and  sensitive 
pea,  and  formerly  recommended  as  a  green-manuring 
plant.  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.,  Vol.  II,  p.  309,  for 
account  and  picture. 

AA.  Tender  plants,  grown  far  south,  or  under  glass: 

Ifts.  few  or  many. 

B.  Tree,  with  woody  indehucent  pods. 
Fistula,  Linn.  PUDDING- PIPE  TREE.  GOLDEN 
SHOWER  Lvs.  large,  the  Ifts.  4-8  pairs,  and  ovate- 
acuminate:  fls.  in  long  lax  racemes,  yellow,  the  pedicelfl 
without  bracts:  pods  cylindrical,  mack,  3-furrowed, 
1-2  ft.  long,  containing  1-seeded  compartments  India, 
but  mtro.  in  W  Indies  and  other  tropical  countries. 
Sparingly  cult.  S. — Furnishes  the  cassia  pods  of  com- 
merce. 


gr&ndis,  Linn  PINK  SHOWER.  Lfts  10-20,  oblong, 
abrupt  at  either  end,  more  or  loss  pubescent  beneath 
and  above*  fls  in  long  drooping  axillary  racemes,  ror«- 


colored,  without  bracts  subtending  the  pedicels'  pod 
3  in.  or  less  long,  rtouiprcRsed-cyimdriral,  glabrous, 
transversely  rugose  Trop  Amor  ;  offered  m  S.  Calif  , 
and  grown  in  many  tropical  countries 

BB.  Shrubs  or  herbs,  with  more  or  hkt>  dehiscent  pods. 

Sophera,  Linn.  (C  schiuifoha,  DC  C'.  Sophbra, 
Auth.).  Shrub,  6-10  ft  •  Ifts  0-10  pairs,  lanceolate- 
acute.  fls  yellow  on  many-fld  axillary  and  terminal 
peduncles,  which  are  shorter  than  the  Ivs  .  pod  thin, 
tardily  dehiscent  Oriental  tropics  Intro  in  S  Calif. 

corymbdsa,  Lam.  (C.  floribunda,  Hort )  Shrub, 
half-hardy  in  middle  states,  4-10  ft  :  Ifts  3  pairs, 
oblong-lanceolate  and  somewhat  falcate,  obtuse  or 
nearly  so.  fls  yellow,  in  long-stalked,  small  axillary 
and  terminal  corymbs.  Argentina.  B  M.  633.  G  C. 
III.  31:252.  Gn.  50,  p.  139  J.H  III  61.139.  G. 
25:553.  H.F.  II.  3:252.  G  W.  3,  p.  421,  6,  p.  391  — 
The  best-known  garden  species,  being  an  excellent  con- 
servatory plant  for  spring,  summer  and  autumn  bloom 
It  is  an  ola  favorite,  now  coming  again  into  prominence 
(as  C.  flonbunda  and  var.  A  Boehm,  corrupted  appar- 
ently into  C  Boetna)  as  a  pot-plant,  as  a  tub  specimen 
for  lawns,  or  for  plunging  in  the  border;  winters  readily 
in  a  dormant  state  m  a  cellar,  very  free-flowering. 

toment&sa,  Linn.  Shrub,  10-12  ft.:  Ifts.  6-8  pairs, 
oval-oblong  and  obtuse,  uhite-tomcntose  beneatn:fls. 
deep  yellow.  Mex. — Said  to  be  a  good  winter  bloomer 
m  S  Calif  ,  and  naturalized  in  some  parts. 

artenusoldes,  Gaud.  Bushy  shrub,  soft-canescent 
and  gray  all  over:  Ifts.  3-4  pairs,  very  narrow-linear: 
racemes  axillary,  5-8-fld.,  the  fls.  sulfur-yellow:  pods 
flat,  shining  brown.  Austral. — Intro,  in  S.  Calif.  With- 
stands drought. 

bifldra,  Linn.  Shrub,  4-8  ft. :  Ifts.  6-10  pairs,  broad- 
oblong  or  obovate-oblong,  very  obtuse  but  mucronu- 
late.  fls  large,  yellow,  on  2-4-fld.  peduncles,  which 
are  shorter  than  the  Ivs:  pod  3  in.  or  less  long,  oblong- 
linear  or  narrower,  mernbranaceous.  S.  Amer.  and  W. 
Indies  B  M  810. — Sparingly  cult,  in  greenhouses. 

C.  Isevigdta,  Willd  Shrub,  glabrous:  Ifts.  3-4  pains,  ovate-oblong 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  yellow  m  terminal  and  axillary 
racemes  pod  leathery,  2-3  in  long,  nearly  cylindrical.  Tropics  — 
C  occidentdhs,  Linn  HEDIONDA  Annual  or  subshrubby,  widely 
distributed  m  the  tropics  as  a  weed,  the  seeds  used  as  a  substitute 
for  coffee,  it  is  the  "fedrgona"  and  "negro  coffee"  of  Afr.:  Ifts.  4-12 
pairs,  ovate-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acuminate,  and  a  gland  near 
the  base  of  the  petiole  racemes  short  and  few-fld.'  pod  glabrous, 
oblong-linear  compressed  or  nearly  cylindrical,  the  small  seeds  pro- 
duced abundantly — C.  spUndida,  Vogel  Shrub,  6-10  ft  ,  much 
branched1  fls  bright  yellow,  very  large  S.  Amer  Recently  cata- 
logued m  8.  Calif — Others  of  the  numerous  species  of  Cassia  are 
likely  to  appear  in  cult.,  particularly  some  of  the  native  kinds;  but 
88  a  whole,  the  genus  u  not  rich  in  horticultural  subjects. 

L.  H.  B. 


CASSINE 

CASSlNE  (a  name  said  to  have  been  used  by  the 
Indians  in  Fla.;  see  Ilex  Cassine).  Celastrdcex,  Some 
20  or  less  erect  or  climbing  glabrous  shrubs  of  the  Cape 
region  in  Afr ,  apparently  not  known  in  cult,  in  this 
country.  Lvs  opposite,  thick,  entire  or  serrate,  fls. 
small,  white,  in  axillary  clusters;  calyx  4~5-parted, 
minute;  petals  4-5;  stamens  4-5,  on  the  disk,  which 
encircles  the  ovary,  fr.  a  1-2-seeded  drupe,  with  a  hard 
pit  or  stone  C.  Colpoon.  Thunb  (or  C  capensis  var. 
Colpoon)  is  the  ladlewooa  of  the  Cape,  the  wood  being 
used  in  the  making  of  small  articles  C.  Mawrocenia, 
Linn  (now  placed  in  a  separate  genus,  Maurocenia 
capensis,  Sond  )  is  the  Hottentot  cherry.  H  I.  6:55  2. 

CASSlOPE  (Greek  mythological  name).  Encacex. 
Ornamental  small  shrubs  sometimes  cultivated  for 
their  handsome  delicate  flowers 

Evergreen  Ivs  very  small,  usually  scale-like  and 
opposite,  rarely  alternate  and  linear  fls  solitary,  axil- 
lary, or  terminal,  calyx  small,  5-parted;  corolla  cam- 
panulate,  5-lobed  or  5-cleft;  stamens  10,  the  anthers 
with  recurved  appendages;  style  included:  fr.  a  5- 
valved  caps  with  numerous  minute  seeds. — Ten  spe- 
cies in  arctic  regions  and  high  mountains  of  N.  Amer.. 
N.  Eu  ,  N  Asia  and  Himalayas  Formerly  included 
under  Andromeda 

Cassiopes  are  graceful,  delicate  plants,  adapted  for 
rockeries,  flowering  in  summer  They  are  of  somewhat 
difficult  culture,  and  require  peaty  and  sandy  moist 
but  well-drained  soil  and  partly  shaded  situation, 
though  C  hypnoides  grows  best  in  full  sun,  creeping 
amongst  growing  moss  Drought,  as  well  as  dry  and 
hot  air,  is  fatal  to  them  Propagated  readily  by  cut- 
tings from  mature  wood  in  August  under  glass;  also  by 
layers  and  by  seeds  treated  like  those  of  Erica 

C  fastigi'Ua,  Don  (Andromcdi  faxtitci.ita,  Wall)  Ascending- 
Ivs  imbricate,  in  4  row*,  with  white-fringed  margin  fls.  axillary, 
white  Himalayas  HM  47%  GC  III  47  379  (habit)  Gn  43, 
p  189  G  15709 — C  hypnoulei,  Don  (Harnmanella  hypnoides, 
Coville)  Creeping  hs  linear,  alternate,  crowded  fls  terminal, 
deeply  5-cleft  Arctic  regioni  B  M  2436  L  B  C  20  1946  G  C 
III  39  226  (habit)  — T  \ferltn»iAna,  Don  Erect  or  ascending  to 
1  ft  high  Ivs  imbricate  in  4  rows,  cannate  on  the  back  fla  axil- 
lary, white  or  slightly  tinged  rosy  Sitka  to  Calif  — C  tetragbna,  Don 
(Andromeda  tetragona.  Linn  )  Similar  to  the  former,  but  lower, 

:tic  regions.  B  B" 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CASSIPOURfeA  (a  native  name  in  Guiana).  Rktzo- 
phordcese  Perhaps  a  dozen  or  less  species  (if  the  African 
Dactylopetalum  is  included  in  the  American  Cassi- 
pourea)  in  Trop  Amer  and  m  Afr ,  one  of  which  if 
now  offered  Glabrous  trees  or  shrubs.  Ivs  opposite 
or  whorled,  stalked,  somewhat  leathery,  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  entire  or  somewhat  crenate  fls  small  or 
medium  in  size,  white,  solitary  or  fascicled  in  the  axils; 
calyx  4-5-lobed,  petals  4-7,  nmbnate,  linear  or  spatu- 
late,  inserted  in  the  cup-like  disk;  stamens  10-30; 
ovary  2-4-celled  caps  ovoid,  somewhat  fleshy,  tardily 
dehiscent,  the  cells  1-seeded  C.  verticilltta,  N.  E.  Br., 
Natal,  a  handsome  tree,  with  very  shiny  foliage:  Ivs. 
about  4  in  long  and  halt  as  broad,  in  3's  or  4's,  lightly 
ereno-serrate  or  almost  entire;  petals  5-7,  exserted, 
very  narrow;  stamens  10-14.— A  rare  mangrove-like 
tree,  found  at  considerable  elevations  away  from  the 
coast  Offered  in  S.  Calif.  jj>  jj  g< 

CAST  ALIA:  Nymphsta. 

CASTANEA  (ancient  Latin  name).  Fagdcex. 
CHESTNUT  Fruit  and  ornamental  trees,  grown  fo* 
their  edible  nuts  and  also  for  their  handsome  foliage 
and  attractive  flowers 

Deciduous  trees,  rarely  shrubs-  Ivs  alternate,  ser- 
rate, elliptic-oblong  to  lanceolate  fls  monoscious,  the 
stammate  ones  with  6-parted  calyx  and  1O-20  stamens, 
in  long,  erect,  cylindrical  catkins;  the  pistillate  ones 
on  the  lower  part  of  the  upper  catkins,  usually  3  to- 
gether in  a  pnckly  involucre;  ovary  6-ceu«d:  fr.  a  large 


CASTANEA 


68) 


and  the  Ivs.  with  a  deep  furrow  on  the  back    Arctic  regions.   B  M. 
3181    M  D  G    1910  125,  137  (habit) 


brown  nut.  1-7  together  in  a  pnckly  involucre  or  bur1 
winter-buas  with  3-4  scale*:  branchlets  without  ter- 
minal bud. — About  ten  species  in  the  temperate  regions 
of  N.  E.  Amer.,  Eu.,  N  Afr  and  Asia 

The  chestnuts  are  very  attractive  when  m  bloom. 
The  handsome  foliage  is  generally  not  miured  by 
insects  or  fungi,  but  the  whole  tree  is  attacked  by  a 
serious  disease  known  as  the  chestnut  bark  disease 
which  has  spread  rapidly  during  the  last  years,  chiefly 
in  New  York,  Pennsylvania  and  the  adiacent  states. 
It  was  first  discovered  in  1904  it  is  caused  by  a  fungus, 
Endothia  parasilica,  which 
penetrates  the  bark,  develops 
its  mycelium  in  bark  and 
sapwood,  finally  girdles  the 
branch  or  trunk  and  causes 
the  death  of  the  portion  above 
the  infected  place.  The  pres- 
ence of  reddish  pustules  on 
the  infected  area  is  a  sure  sign 
of  the  presence  of  this  fungus. 
The  cutting  and  destroying  of 
the  infected  parts  seems  so  far 
the  only  way  of  checking  the 
spreading  of  the  di.sea.se  This 
dit-ea.se  was  without  doubt  im- 
ported with  plants  from  eastern 
Asia,  at.  the  disease  has  been 
discovered  recently  in  China 
on  C  molhbsima  The  latter 
species  and  C  ere  not  a  s>eem 
much  more  resistant  than  the 
American  and  European  varie- 
ties and  there  is  much  hope 
for  a  successful  selection  and 
breeding  of  resistant  varieties 
and  for  keeping  this  disease 
under  control,  as  it  is  done 
successfully  m  China 

C  dentata  and  C  saliva 
are  large-sized  trees,  while  C. 
pumila  and  C  crenata  usually 
remain  shrubby  The  coarse- 
grained wood  is  much  used  for 
furniture,  railway  ties  and 
fence-posts,  as  it  is  very  dur- 
able in  the  soil  The  chestnut 
is  extensively  cultivated  in 
Europe  and  eastern  Asia  and 
also  in  this  country  for  its 
•  edible  fruit  It  grows  best  in 
well -drained  soil  on  bunny 
slopes,  and  even  in  rather  dry 
and  rocky  situations,  but  dis- 
likes limestone  soil .  The  Ameri- 
can species  is  perfectly  hardy 
North,  while  the  European 
species  is  somewhat  tenderer. 

Propagated  by  seeds,  sown 
in  fall  where  there  is  no  danger 

83J.  Castanet  dentata.       °f  them  being  eaten  by  mice  or 
( x  H)  squirrels ;  otherwise  th  ey  should 

be    stratified    in    boxes    and 

buned  1  or  2  feet  deep  in  a  warm  soil  until  early 
spring,  when  they  are  sown  in  rows  about  3  inches 
deep  If  growing  well,  they  can  be  transplanted  the 
following  fall  or  spring  2  or  3  feet  apart  from  each 
other,  and  plantea  after  three  or  four  years  where 
they  are  to  stand.  They  are  also  increased  by  layers 
in  moist  soil.  Varieties  are  usually  worked  on  seed- 
ling stock  or  on  sprouts  by  whipgrafting  above  the 
ground  when  the  stock  is  just  beginning  to  push  into 
leaf.  Crown-grafting,  root-grafting  and  budding  are 
also  sometimes  practised,  but  no  method  gives  wholly 
satisfactory  results,  and  usually  only  one-half  take 
well.  See  Chestnut. 


682 


CASTANEA 


CASTANOPSIS 


A.  Nuts  2  or  more  in  one  involucre  and  more  or  less  com- 
pressed, usually  broader  than  high. 
D.  Branchlets  glabrous  or  at  first  with  close  white  tomen- 
tum:  Ivs.  usually  glabrous  at  maturity,  often  with 
close  white  tomentum  while  young. 

c.  Lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous  even  while  young. 

dentata,  Borkh.  (C.  amencdna,  Raf  ).  Fig.  833  Tree, 
occasionally  100  ft  :  Ivs.  cuneate  at  the  base,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  nearly  glabrous 
when  young,  6-10  in  long  and  somewhat  pendulous: 
fls  of  heavy  fragrance,  in  June  or  July  nuts  about  Hm. 
wide.  S.  Maine  to  Mich  ,  south  to  Ala  and  Miss.  S  S. 
9:440-1.  Em  187.  G  F.  10  373  F.K  14,  p,  30;  29, 
p.  895  — The  tallest,  most  vigorous -growing  and  hard- 
iest species.  The  nuts,  though  smaller,  have  a  better 
flavor  than  the  European  varieties  Lvs.  said  to  have 
sedative  properties;  used  in.  whooping-cough;  bark 
astringent,  tonic,  febrifuge. 

cc.  Lvs.  steHate-tomentose  beneath  while  young. 

satlva,  Mill.  (C  vesca,  Gaertn  C  Costarica,  Karst. 
C.  vulgans,  Lam.).  Fig  834.  Tree,  50-80  ft.:  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  often  truncate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  coarsely  serrate,  slightly  pubebcent  or  tomentose 
beneath  when  young,  nearly  glabrous  at  length,  5-9  in. 
long,  erect  nut  over  1  in.  wide  June  From  S  Eu  and 
N.  Afr  to  China.  Gn  27,  p  292,  50,  p  389.  Gng. 
3:209.  GW.  8,  p  350,  385— There  are  some  garden 
forms  with  variegated  Ivs  ,  and  others,  of  which  var. 
asplenifdlia,  Lodd  ,  with  lacmiately  cut  and  divided  Ivs. 
is  the  most  remarkable  Of  several  varieties  cult,  for 
their  fr.,  Paragon,  a  precocious  kind,  and  Numbo,  a 
variety  with  very  large  fr  ,  are  the  most  extensively 
planted  in  this  country.  See  Chestnut. 

crenata,  Sieb  &  Zucc.  (C.  japdnica,  Blume.  C. 
satlva  var  pubinervis,  Makmo)  Fig  835  Shrub  or 
tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs  elliptic  or  oblong-lanceolate,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  crenately  serrate,  or 
the  teeth  reduced  to  a  long,  brihtle-uke  point,  slightly 
pubescent  when  young,  glabrous  at  length  or  only 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  3-7  in.  long,  erect, 
nut  over  1  in.  wide.  Japan,  China.  S.  I.  F.  1  *  34  — 
Shrubby  and  very  precocious;  it  usually  begins  to 
fruit  when  about  six  years  old.  Hardy  as  far  north 
as  Mass. 


834    Castanea  sativa. 
(XH) 


BB.  Branchlets  pubescent,  with 
spreading  hairs:  Ivs.  soft- 
pubescent  beneath,  at  least 
those  toward  the  end  of  the 
shoots. 

mollissima,  Biume.  Tree,  to 
40  ft.:  Ivs.  oval-oblong  to  ob- 
long-lanceolate, acuminate  or 
short  -acuminate,  rounded  ot 
truncate  at  the  base,  3^-6  in. 
long,  coarsely  serrate,  glabrous 
above,  white  -  tomentose  or 
nearly  green,  but  soft-pubescent 
beneath,  at  least  on  the  veins. 
petioles  pubescent,  with  spread- 
ing hairs  nu  ,  about  1  in.  wide; 
spines  of  the  husk  pubescent. 
N  and  W.  Chum  —Has  proved 
perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum  and  is  to  be  recom- 
mended for  its  hardiness  and 
large  nuts. 

AA.  Nuts  solitary,  round,  higher 

than  thick. 

pumila,  Mill.  CHINQUAPIN. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  50 
ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  elliptic-oblong 
or  oblong-obovate,  acute,  serrate, 
teeth  often  reduced  to  bristle- 
like  points,  white  -tomentose 
beneath,  3-5  in  long  fr  ovate. 
small,  about  Hm  wide  and  ^4-! 
in.  long  May,  June  From  Pa. 
to  N  Fla  and  Texas  S  S  9 
442-3  —  Useful  for  planting  on 
dry  and  rocky  slopes,  attractive 
when  in  fl  ,  and  again  in  fall 
with  its  abundant  light  green 


burs  among  the  dark  foliage  The  closely  allied  C. 
almfoha,  Nutt  ,  in  the  southern  states,  grows  only  a 
few  feet  high,  and  has  larger  Ivs.  and  fr. 

Vilmoriniana,  Dode  Tree,  to  80  ft.  :  branchlets  gla- 
brous: Ivs  oblong-lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  long-acumi- 
nate, usually  rounded  at  the  base,  the  teeth  mostly 
reduced  to  slender  bristles,  quite  glabrous  even  while 
young,  4-7  in.  long1  fr  globose-ovate,  about  ^m  thick 
and  slightly  longer.  Cent  China  —  A  valuable  timber 
tree.  Recently  mtro.  by  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

ALFRED  REHDER 

CASTANEA  of  commerce:  The  nuts  of  Bertholletta. 

CASTANtfPSIS  (Castanea  and  opsis,  chestnut-like) 
Fagacex.  Ornamental  trees  or  shruos  sometimes  culti- 
vated for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage. 

Closely  allied  to  Castanea,  but  pistillate  fls  usually 
on  separate  catkins,  sometimes  solitary,  ovary  3-celled 
fr.  ripening  the  second  year,  involucre  sometimes 
tuberculate;  winter-buds  with  many  scales,  terminal 
bud  present:  Ivs  evergreen,  entire  or  dentate  —  About 
25  species,  chiefly  in  the  tropical  and  subtropical 
mountains  of  Asia,  and  1  in  W  N.  Amer.,  which  is  the 
hardiest,  and  is  sometimes  cult.,  also  several  Chinese 
species  have  been  recently  intro  into  cult  ,  but  their 
names  have  not  yet  been  determined.  For  prop,  see 
Castanea. 

chrysophylla,  DC.  (Castanea  chrysophylla,  Hook.). 
Fig.  836  (adapted  from  Pacific  R.  R.  Rep.).  Tree,  to 
150  ft.,  shrubby  at  high  elevations:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong  or 
oblong-lanceolate,  narrowed  at  both  ends,  entire,  dark 
green  above,  coated  with  minute  golden  yellow  scales 
beneath,  2-6  in.  long:  nut  about  }4m.  wide,  usually 
solitary  in  the  spiny  involucre.  Summer.  Ore  to 
Calif.  S.S.9:439.  B.M.4953.  G.C.  III.  22:411;  36:145. 
Gn.  76,  p  634.  F.S  12:1184  R.B.  7:240.—  A  highly 


CASTANOPSIS 


CASUARINA 


683 


ornamental  tree  with  beautiful  foliage,  hardy  only  in 
the  warmer  temperate  regions,  but  the  shrubby  form  is 
much  hardier.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CASTANOSP^RMUM  (chestnut  seed,  becau.se  of 
the  taste  of  the  seeds).  Legummbsae.  A  genus  of  2 
species,  one  of  which  is  a  tall  Australian  tree,  with  odd- 
pinnate  Ivs  ,  the  Ifts  broad,  thick,  entire-  fls.  large, 
yellow-orange,  in  lateral  or  axillary  loose  racemes 
which  aie  usually  about  5  in  long;  petals  4;  stamens 
free;  ovary  long-stipitate,  many-ovuled '  pod  8-9  in. 
long  with  4-5  seeds  larger  than  Italian  chestnuts,  globu- 
lar. C.  australe,  Cunn.,  is  the  species  known  locally 


836.  Castanopsis  chrysophylla.  (  X  %) 

as  "Aloreton  Kay  chestnut  "  The  seeds  are  roasted  and 
^aten  Intio  in  S  Calif ,  but  not  common  The  other 
species  is  New  Caledonian,  and  apparently  not  in  cult. 

CASTILLEJA  (a  Spanish  botanist,  D.  Cabtillejo). 
&crophulari<ic(.<i>  PAiNTKD-Cur.  Heibs  with  showy 
bracts  in  a  terminal  head  or  spike,  sometimes  cultivated. 

Floweis  small,  solitary,  in  terminal  gaudy-bi  acted 
spikes;  corolla  tubular,  sometimes  flattened  lateially, 
2-hpped,  lower  lip  smaller,  moie  or  less  3-toothed, 
stamens  4.  Ivs  alternate,  entire  or  cut — Upwards  of 
30  SMOCKS  in  U  S  and  Mex  ,  and  1  in  N.  Asia.  Cas- 
tillejas  jur  little  known  in  gardens  They  ar"e  more  or 
less  ioot-par.isitie 

coccinea,  Spiong  Biennial  or  annual,  1-2  ft  ,  hairy: 
radical  Ivs  clustered,  ovate  or  oblong,  mostly  entire; 
st  -Ivs  lacimate  or  cleft,  and  the  middle  lobe  of  the 
bright  scarlet  hi  acts  dilated,  corolla  pale  yellow,  about 
the  length  of  the  calyx.  Low  grounds  and  grassy  places, 
Canada,  south 

indivlsa,  Engelm.  Annual,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs  lance-linear 
and  entire  (or  sometimes  2-3-lobed) :  bracts  not  lacim- 
ate, bright  red  and  showy.  Texas. — Blooms  early  in 
spring 

affmis,  Hook  &  Arn  Perennial,  1-2  ft.  *  Ivs  narrow- 
lanceolate,  entire  or  the  upper  ones  toothed  at  apex: 
fl -bracts  becoming  short  and  broad,  red'  spike  lax 
below.  Calif.,  in  moist  soils. — Intro.  1891  by  Orcutt. 

44 


folioldsa,  Hook.  &  Arn.  White-woolly  perennial, 
1-2  ft ,  the  base  woody.  Ivs  small  (1  in  or  less  long), 
narrow-linear,  crowded  or  fa&cicled.  bracts  3-parted; 
spike  dense.  Calif  ,  in  dry  soils  — Intro.  1891  by  Orcutt. 

Integra,  Gray.  Perennial,  1  ft.  or  less,  tomentose  Ivs. 
grajish,  linear,  3  in  or  less  long,  entire*  bracts  of  the 
shoit  spike  linear-oblong  or  obovate-oblong,  entire  or 
sometimes  incised,  red  or  rose  Texas  to  Ariz,  and  Colo. 
— Has  been  offered  in  Germany.  L  jj  g 

CASTILLOA  (for  Castillejo,  the  Spanish  botan- 
ist) Moracesr.  Laticiforous  trees,  of  which  C  dastica 
Cerv  ,  is  one  of  the  important  rubber-producing  plants. 
There  are  2  or  3  species,  in  Cuba  and  Cent  Amer  Lvs. 
alternate,  short-petioled,  often  laige,  entire  or  toothed: 
plant  monoecious,  the  sexes  borne,  n  the  same  cluster; 
sterile  fl.  with  no  perianth,  stamens  numerous  and 
crowded,  with  scales  intermixed,  fertile  fls  with  4- 
lobed  perianth,  including  the  short-styled  ovary,  fr  a 
crustaceous  pericarp  containing  a  pendulous  seed. 
The  cult  of  C.  davtica  for  rubber  is  described  in  Cyclo. 
Amer  Agric  ,  Vol  II,  p  557. 

CASTOR  BEAN,  CASTOR-OIL  PLANT:   Ricinua. 

CASUARlNA  (said  to  be  derived  from  Caauaniis,  the 
Cassowary,  from  resemblance  of  the  branches  to  the 
feathers)  Ca^uuntwcf.i  BKI.FWOOD  SHE-OAK  Odd 
slender-blanched  leafless  trees  and  shrubs  gro\\ii  m 
w  arm  regions  and  i  arely  seen  under  glass  They  ai  e  thm- 
topped  trees  of  striking  appearance 

Casuannas  are  usually  classified  near  the  walnut 
and  luckoiy  tubes,  although  veiy  unlike  them — or 
other  known  plants— m  botanical  characteis  They  are 
jointed  and  leafless  plants,  somewhat  suggesting 
oquisetums  m  gross  appearance  Flowers  are  unisexual; 
btammate  m  cylmdiical  terminal  spikes,  each  fl  con- 
sisting of  a  stamen  inclosed  m  4  scales,  2  of  the  scales 
being  attached  to  the  filament,  pistillate  fls  m  dense 
heads  borne  in  the  axils,  and  ripening  into  globulin  or 
oblong  cones,  composed  of  1-ovuled 
ovaries  subtended  by  bracts  fr  a 
winged  nutlet  — About  25  species 
in  Austral ,  New  Caledonia  and 
E  Indies  The  species  fall  into 
2  groups,  those  having  cylind- 
rical and  vert icillate  branches,  and 
those  having  4-angled  and  only 
imperfectly  verticillatc  branches. 
The  species  bear  small  toothed 
sheaths  at  the  joints 

Beefw  ood  is  planted  in  the  ex- 
tieine  South  for  its  very  odd 
habit  and  also  to  hold  sands  of 
the  seacoast.  The  ^ood  burns 
(juicklv,  and  is  very  hard  and  dur- 
able The  redness  of  the  wood 
has  given  the  popular  name,  beef- 
wood  — The  species  are  remark- 
able for  rapid  growth.  They  glow 
well  m  brackish  and  alkaline  soils. 
Piopagatid  by  seeds  and  by 
cuttings  of  portly  upened  wood. 

equisetifdlia,  Linn.  Fig.  837. 
Tiee,  becoming  150  ft.  high  m 
favorable  climates,  and  a  most 
rapid  grower  branches  dioopmg, 
pale  trreen,  simple,  terete  or  nearly 
so,  the  internodes  very  short  (less  than  %m  );  sheath- 
teeth  7  (6-8)  lanceolate  and  appressed:  stammate  cone 
nearly  terete,  pistillate  cone  short-peduncled,  ellip- 
soidal, about  H>-m  diam.  Widely  distributed  in  the 
farther  Old  World  tropics,  and  the  oest-known  species  in 
this  country  (in  P.  Fla.  and  Calif,  and  south)  Gn  M. 
7  21  L  B  C.  7:607  —The  wood  is  valuable  for  many 
purposes.  The  casuarmas  are  known  as  "oak"  m  Austral. 


837.  Ctsuaraa 
eqiasetifoha. 


684 


CASUARINA 


CATALPA 


Cunninghamiina,  Miq.  Tree  with  slender  branches, 
much  like  C.  equisettfoliat  but  cones  smaller,  about 
Hm«  diam.,  globular  and  very  irregular,  with  promi- 
nent valves.  Austral  — Described  as  a  rapid-growing 
tree  in  Cahf,  with  strong  and  dense  growth  and 
numerous  fine  branches  with  very  short  mterriodes 

stricta,  Dry.  (C.  quadnvtUvts,  Labill.).  Becoming 
20-30  ft.  high:  branches  erect,  simple,  6-7 -angled, 
scarcely  green,  internodes  short,  as  in  the  latter  sheath- 
teeth  usually  7,  ovate-lanceolate  and  appressed  stam- 
mate  cone  slender,  pistillate  cone  nearly  sessile, 
oblong  (sometimes  stammate  above),  about  14-sided, 
1  m.  diam.  Austral.  Gn  M.  7  21. 

toruldsa.  Dry.  (C.  tenuiss>ima,  Sieber)  Reaches  70 
or  80  ft  .  branches  erect,  capillary,  mostly  terete,  in- 
ternodes short:  sheath-teeth  4,  very  short,  triangular 
appressed:  stammate  cones  filiform;  pistillate  cones 
ellipsoidal,  8-10-sided.  Austral 

sumatrana,  Jungh  Shrub  with  dense  very  slender 
branches  which  are  sharply  angled,  the  internodes  often 
very  short,  the  sheath-teeth  short,  cone  large,  elliptical 
or  globose,  the  valves  thick  and  concave-truncate  at 
apex.  Sumatra. — Offered  m  England,  and  the  branches 
said  to  be  useful  for  bouquets,  very  much  branched 

L.  H    B. 

CATALPA  (the  Indian  name  of  C.  bwnommdes) 
Bignoniacese.  Ornamental  trees,  often  cultivated  for 
their  handsome  flowers  appearing  in  large  and  hhowy 
panicles  in  summer,  and  for  their  heavy  foliage 

Leaves  usually  deciduous,  opposite,  long-pet loled, 
entire  or  coarsely  lobed*  fls  in  terminal  panicles;  calyx 
splitting  irregularly  or  2-hpped,  corolla  campanulate, 
2-hpped,  with  2  smaller  upper  and  3  larger  lower  lobes; 
fertile  stamens  2,  curved,  with  diverging  anther-bacs, 
not  exceeding  the  tube  of  the  corolla;  style  2-lobed  at 
the  apex;  slightly  longer  than  the  stamens'  fr  a  very 
long  cylindrical  caps.,  separating  into  2  valves,  with 
numerous  small  oblong  compressed  heeds  bearing  a 
tuft  of  white  haire  on  each  end  — About  10  species  in 
N.  Amer  ,  W.  India  and  E.  Asia,  of  which  6  are  hardy 
in  the  northern  temperate  regions 

Catalpas  are  deciduous  or  rarely  evergreen  trees  with 
opposite  or  sometimes  whorled,  long-petioled,  large 


838.  Catalpa  ovate  in  fruit. 

(XH) 


and  simple  leaves  emitting  in  most  species  a  disagree- 
able odor  when  bruised,  and  with  white,  pinkish  or  yel- 
lowish flowers  in  large  and  showy  panicles  followed  by 
very  long  and  narrow  cyhndric  pods. 

The  coarse-grained  and  soft  wood  is  very  durable  in 
the  ground,  and,  therefore,  much  valued  for  fence-psts 
and  railway  ties.  Catalpa  bignonwides  and  particularly 
C.  spedosa  are  sometimes  planted  as  avenue  trees.  For 
formal  gardens,  if  low  round-headed  trees  are  desired, 
C.  bignonundes  var.  nana  is  to  be  recommended.  They 


grow  in  almost  any  somewhat  moist  soil,  and  are  hardy 
as  far  north  as  New  England.  Propagated  by  seeds 
sown  m  spring,  m  the  North,  best  with  slight  bottom 
heat,  or  by  cuttings  from  ripe  wood,  the  varieties  often 
by  softwood  cuttings  m  early  summer  or  by  grafting 
on  seedlings  or  on  roots  under  glass  in  spring,  also 
increased  sometimes  by  layers  and  root  cuttings. 

A.  Infl.    paniculate.   Ivs. 

usually  pubescent, 
with  simple  hairs. 

B.  Fls.    yellow,     stnped 

inside    orange    and 

spotted    dark   violet, 

less  than  1  in  long. 
ovata,  Don 
(C.  Kaempferi, 
Sieb  &  Zucc  C. 
Ifcnryi,  Dode). 
Fig.  838.  Tree, 
to  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
bi  oadly  cordate- 
ovate,  abruptly 

acuminate,  often  839.  Catalpa  sj»c»osa.  ( x  5' ) 

3-5-lobed,  nearly 
glabrous  at  length,  with  reddish  spots  m  the  axils  of 
the  veins  beneath,  5—8  in.  long  panicles  many-fld  , 
4-7  in  long,  fragrant  June  China,  much  cult,  m 
Japan  BM  6611.  1  H.  9:319  L  I  10  S  I  F  2  71  — 
Hardier  than  the  American  species 

DB  Fls.  white,  with  2  yellow  stnpes  inside,  and  spotted 
purplish  broivn,  ll/r~2  in  long 

bignonioides,  Walt  (C  Catdlpa,  Karst  C  synngi- 
fblui,  Sims)  CATALPA  INDIAN  BKAN  Tree,  20-50 
ft  '  Ivs.  often  whorled,  cordate-ovate,  abruptly  acumi- 
nate, bometuneh  with  2  lateral  lobes,  pubescent  beneath, 
5-8  in.  long,  of  unpleasant  odor  panicles  many-fld  ; 
Us  about  2  in  diam  ,  thickly  spotted  inside  pod  6-20 
in.  long,  ^-J/3in  thick  June,  July  Southern  states, 
north  to  Tenn  ,  often  naturalised  el-sewhrre  B  M 
1094  LBC  13  12S5  SS  6  2HS-9  Gng  6  11S-9. 
GF  3  537,  539  J  H  III  32  121  GC  III  21  298, 
29  167,  44  10,  312  FK  23479  GW  7,  p  K8  G 
23481  GM  37627  Gn  22,  p  74,26,  p  164-5,33, 
I*  393,  36,  p  239,  66,  p  205—  Usuall}  low  tree,  with 
very  wide-spreading  blanches  Not  much  used  medici- 
nally, but  pods  and  seeds  said  to  possess  antispasmodic, 
cardiac,  and  sedative  properties  bark  anthelmmtic, 
alterative  There  are  some  garden  forms  Var  aurea, 
Lav  Lvs.  yellow  G  M  53  709  Var  nana,  Bur  (C 
Kungei,  Hort ,  not  C  A  Mey  ).  Forms  a  dense,  round 
bush,  of  ten  grafted  high  Gng  3:195.  M  D.G.  1903.616. 
F  E.  14,  p  31 

specidsa,  Warder  Figs.  839,  840.  (C  cordifdha, 
Jaume,  partly)  WESTERN  CATALPA.  Tree,  to  100  ft  : 
Ivs.  cordate-ovate,  long-acuminate,  pubescent  beneath, 
8-12  in  long:  panicles  comparatively  few-fld  ;  fls 
about  2}^  m-  diam  ,  inconspicuously  spotted  inside: 
pod  %-%m.  thick  June  From  S  III  and  Ind  to 
La  and  Miss.  SS  6:290-1  R  H.  1895' 136  M.D.G. 
1903  229-30  (habit)  — A  very  desirable  ornamental 
tree,  closely  aided  to  the  former,  but  taller  and  hardier. 
Properties  similar  to  C.  bignonwides.  Var  pulverule'nta, 
Paul  &  Son.  Lvs.  freely  dotted  with  white  or  cream 
color.  G.M  53:30.  G.  30.289  FE  31.319 

hfbrida.  Spaeth  (C.  Teasn.  Penhall.  C.  Teasidna, 
Dode).  HYBRID  CATALPA.  Hybrid  between  C.  big- 
nonicndes  and  C.  ovata.  Large  tree,  intermediate 
between  the  parents:  the  Ivs.  resemble  more  those  of 

C.  ovata,  and  are  purplish  when  unfolding,  but  much 
larger  and  slightly  pubescent  beneath,  while  the  fls. 
are  more  like  B   bignomodes,  but  smaller  and  with 
the   mfl.   often   twice  as  long    Originated  at  J,  C. 
Teas'    nursery  at    Baysville,   Ind.    G.F.  2 '305.    Gt. 
47:1454.   G.W.  3,  p.  569— A  very  valuable  tree,  flow- 


CATALPA 

ering  profusely;  of  rapid  growth  and  hardy.  Seedlings 
usually  resemble  C.  ovata.  Var  jap6nica,  Rehd.  (C 
japdnica,  Dode).  Lvs  broader  and  more  abruptly 
acuminate,  nearly  glabrous  beneath  Var  purpurea, 
Rehd  (C.  hybnaa  var.  atro  purpurea,  Spaeth.  C.  big- 
nomoides  var  purpurea,  Hort.).  Lvs  dark  purple  when 
young,  green  at  length 

AA.  Infl  racemose,  [wdicels  very  slender,  1-1%  in.  long, 
occasionally  the  lower  ones  with  k  or  3  Jls 

B   Lvs   pubescent  or  lomentose  beneath,  with  branched 
hairs. 

Fargesii,  Bur  Tree,  to  GO  ft  :  Ivs  ovate,  acuminate, 
rounded  at  the  base,  entire,  slightly  pubescent  above, 
densely  beneath,  3-6  in  long  racemes  pubescent,  7-10- 
fld  ;  fls.  about  iy2  in  long,  rosy  pink  with  purplish 
brown  dots  in  throat  pod  to  2  ft  long,  lA~\im.  thick. 
W  China.  Nouv.  Arch  Mus  Pans  III  6' 3 

BB   Lvs  quite  glabrous. 

Duclodxii,  Dode  (C1  tuktiuenfinwa,  Dode).  Tree,  to 
SO  ft  Ivs  ovate,  acuminate,  usually  rounde<l  or  sub- 
cordate  at  the  ba.se,  with  puiple  spots  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins  beneath,  5-8  in  long  and  often  4  or  5  in  broad: 
racemes  5— 15-fld  ,  the  lower  branches  sometimes  with 
2  or  3  fls  ;  fls  rovy  pink  with  orange  markings  in  throat, 
l,!2~l/4  ln  l°nK  P°d  about  2  ft  long  and  K-}^m. 
thick.  Cent  China 

Bungei,  C  A  Mey.  Small  tiee  Ivs  narrowly  trian- 
gular-ovate, entire  01  with  1  or  few  pointed  teeth  near 
the  base,  long -acuminate,  truncate  or  sometimes 
broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  with  purple  spots  in  the 
axils  beneath,  3-b'  in  long  and  not  over  3  in  wide* 
racemes  3-12-fld  ,  fls  white  with  purple  spot,  1-1 }  2  in. 
long  pod  12-15  in  long  N  China  Nouv  Arch  Mus 
Paris  111  6  4 — Has  proved  perfectly  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum  Var  heterophyfla,  C  A  Mey 
(C.  heterophijlla,  Dode)  Lvs.  with  .several  pointed 
teeth  near  the  base,  racemes  3-5-fld 

C  longiwnui,  Sims  Tree  to  50  ft  Ivi  oblong-ovate,  eormt  eous 
fls  -small,  white  W  Indies,  often  plantt-d  at,  shade  ticc-  in  Cuba 

ALFRED  REHDKU. 

CATANANCHE  (Greek  name,  referring  to  ancient 
custom  of  using  the  plant  in  making  love-philters) 
Comp6»itsp.  Annual  or  perennial  gaiden  herbs,  grown 
for  the  bloom. 

Leaves  crowded  at  the  base  of  the  st  ,  and  linear 
or  lanceolate'  head  long-peduncled,  blue  or  yellow, 
achene  oblong,  ribbed  and  usually  villose  or  setose, 
pappus  of  5-7  lanceolate  long-acuminate  scales  — A 
half  dozen  species  in  the  Medit  region  Of  easiest 
cult  in  any  garden  soil,  particularly  if  light  Prop  by 
seeds  and  division  Useful  for  cutting 

caerulea,  Lmn  Perennial,  2  ft.:  Ivs  tomentose, 
lanceolate  and  few-toothed,  3-nerved.  fl -heads  2  in. 
acioss,  with  wide  Hat-toothed  blue  rays,  on  long  slen- 
der sts  Blooms  in  June,  July  and  Aug  S  Eu  B  M. 
293.  R  H.  1890,  p.  523.  G  28:541  Gn.  42,  p.  25;  55: 
368.  Var.  alba,  Hort ,  has  white  fls  Gn.  55:368.  Var. 
tricolor,  Hort ,  has  white  margin  and  blue  center 
Often  used  as  everlastings.  Lt  jj  jj 

CATASETUM  (Greek  for  downward  or  backward, 
and  brittle).  Orchidacex.  Epiphytic  or  terrestrial 
orchids,  requiring  hothouse  conditions 

Stems  short  fusiform  Ivs  plaited,  membranaceous. 
scapes  basal;  fls.  in  racemes,  globose  or  expanded; 
labellum  fleshy,  column  erect,  provided  with  sensi- 
tive appendages  which,  when  touched,  cause  the  pollen- 
masses  to  fly  out;  polhma  2.  The  genus  includes  Mon- 
achanthus  and  Myonthus. — There  are  about  50  or  60 
species  in  the  American  tropics. 

The  flowers  are  in  racemes  or  spikes,  firm  in  texture, 
and  white  or  in  shades  of  green,  yellow,  brown  or  purple. 
Catasetums  are  not  much  cultivated,  since  most  of 
the  species  are  not  showy,  but  they  are  interesting  to 


CATASETUM 


685 


the  botanist  and  amateur  because  of  the  striking  ejec- 
tion of  the  pollen-masses  Gardeners  often  have  trouble 
with  catasetums,  but  they  are  not  difficult  to  grow  if 
given  good  care  They  need  a  high  temperature,  long 
period  of  rest,  and  free  supply  of  water  during  the 
growing  season  They  are  grown  in  both  pots  and  bask- 
ets Readily  propagated  by  dividing  the  plants  at  the 
base,  also  from  very  ripe  pseudobulbs  cut  in  pieces  and 
put  in  sand.  For  culture,  see  Orchids 

A  Fls   white. 

Bungerdthii,  N  E.  Br  Sts  8-9  in  tall'  sepals  larger 
than  the  petals,  nearly  2  in  long,  labellum  tending 
toward  concave,  roundish,  appendages  thickish  Ecua- 
dor BM  6998  GC  III  1  142  IH  37  117,34-10. 
Gn.  33.388.  A  F.  6  633  —A  striking  plant. 


840.  Catalpa  speciosa  in  fruit.  (XH)     . 


AA  Fls.  yellowish,  more  or  less  marked  with  brown 
or  red 

macrocarpum,  Rich  (C  Cldvmngi,  Lindl  C  triden- 
tatum,  Hook  )  Fls  large,  nearly  3H  m  across;  petals 
and  sepals  yellow,  verging  on  green,  spotted  with  red- 
dish brown,  labellum  yellow  Guiana  B  M  2559, 
3329  I  H.  33:619  Var  rubrum,  Hort  A  red-fld.  form 

fimbriatum,  Lindl.  &  Paxt  Pseudobulbs  2-3  in 
long  raceme  pendulous,  8-  or  more-fld  ;  fls  2^  m 
acros-j,  sepals  whitish  or  pale  yellow,  closely  barred  with 
rtd  Brazil  B  M  7158  A  F  6  609  Var  aftreum, 
Hort  Fls  pale  green,  slightly  marked  with  rose,  centei 
of  lip  deep  golden  yellow 

longif&lium,  Lindl  Pseudobulbs  deflexed-  Ivs.  nar- 
row and  glaucous,  reaching  3  ft  fls  on  drooping,  com- 
pact spikes;  sepals  and  petals  greenish  yellow  tipped 
with  dull  red;  hp  helmet-like,  orange-yellow.  Guiana 
— Epiphyte. 

AAA  Fls  essentially  red  or  brownish. 

decipiens,  Reichb  f  Fls  !}/£  in  across;  sepals  and 
petals  lanceolate,  red-brown  and  spotted;  hp  saccate, 
yellowish  outside  and  red-brown  inside  Venezuela 
A  F.  6.609 

AAAA.  Fls.  many-colored,  grotesque 

Gndmus,  Andre"  Pseudobulb  oblong-ovate  and 
alternate,  articulated  fls  in  a  long  loose  raceme  on 
slender  pedicels;  sepals  greenish  and  purple-barred;  2 
lateral  petals  spreading,  concave,  purple;  hp  bluntly 
conical,  olive-green  spotted  outside,  ivory-white  within, 
fringed  above  S.  Amer.  IH  24:270.  A  F.  12:293 

C  barbAtum,  Lindl.  Fls  green,  blotched  with  purple.  Guiana. 
— C  caUdsum,  Lindl.  Odd:  fls.  with  ohooolate-brown,  narrow- 
lanceolate  sepals  and  petals,  hp  greenish,  speckled  with  red 
Venezuela  B  M  4219,  6648  — C  ChnstyAnum,  Reichb  f  Sepals 
and  petals  usually  chocolate,  lip  greenish  yellow,  purple  fringed 

5  \rner  (?)    GC   III   18617      B  M.  8007.— C.  CVamAn«m,  Lind 

6  Oogn    Fls.  greenish  yellow,  hp  fringed  along  sides.   Brazil    G  C 
III  44  211 — C  Cliflonn,  Hort.    Probably  a  form  of  C   Bungero- 
thu    G  M.  54:593  (desc )  — C    CMmant*,  Hort.  Fine  yellow  fl 
with  3-lobed  lip  stained  with  deep  crimson.— C  ditcolor,  Lindl    FJs. 
purple.  An  old  aort,  now  rarely  seen.  Braol.— C.  eMrtwum,  Rolfe. 


CATASETUM 


CATTLEYA 


FW.  ivory-white;  sac  of  lip  deep  yellow  Colombia  —C.  Garnettid- 
num,  Rolfe.  Alhed  to  C.  barbatum  Fls.  small,  sepals  and  petals 
very  narrow,  green,  with  large  bars  of  red-brown;  hp  white, 
fringed  Amazon.  B  M.  7069  — C.  imperiale,  Lmd  &  Cogn  Sepals 
and  petals  ovate-acute,  white,  purple-spotted,  hp  orbicular-cor- 
date, purple  m  center  and  white-margined.  G  C  III.  17  329  S  H. 
1,  p.  369  J  H  III.  30  25  — C.  labidtum,  Rodr  Scapes  1 H  ft 
long,  the  male  10-fld  ,  female  2-fld.  Organ  Mts  C  Lindem,  Cogn 
Fls  large  (as  of  C.  Bungerothn),  sepals  and  petals  yellow ,  with 
purplish  spots  and  bars,  hp  yellow,  spotted  at  base  G  C  III  17. 
329  S  H.  1,  p  369  — C.  maculatum,  Kunth  Sepals  acuminate, 
spotted  with  claret,  petals  broader,  red-blotched,  hp  yellowish 
green  outside,  dark  brown  within  Colombia  and  Nicaragua  —  C 
mirdbtle,  Cogn  Fls  very  large,  the  sepals  and  petals  oblong-Ian- 


ceolate,   and  yellowish,  with   purple  spots  and  bars,  lip  kidncy- 
1   '  right  yellow  with  2  purple  spots,  toothed     G  C   III    17 

..  „    1,  p    3G9  — C    m6nodon,  Kranzl     Spike  long  with  «-> 

greenish  fls  ,  hp  flat,  with  fringes  along  border   Brazil   G  C   III 


35  354  (desc  )  —C  mledtum,  Reichb  ,  var  aureum,  Hort  Fls 
creamy  white,  shaded  with  greenish  yellow.  G  M  47  829,  831  — 
C  quddndens,  Rolfe.  Fh  with  pair  of  short,  acute  teeth  situated 
at  lower  angles  of  abortive  stigma.  —  C.  Rhamphdstos,  Hurt 
Raceme  few-fld  ,  up  to  10  in  long,  fls.  pale  green  Andes  of  Colom- 
bia. —  C  Sctfrra,  Reichb  f  Compact  fls  fragrant,  yellowish  white, 
green-veined,  hp  3-lobed  Guiana  G  C  II  7  304-5  —  t'  spmd- 
aum,  Lindl  (Myanthus  spinosus,  Hook  )  Lip  spreading,  with 
succulent  hairs,  beanng  on  upper  side  at  base  an  erect  3-partite 
spine  and  a  much  larger  one  below  the  acumen  Brazil  B  ftf  3802 
—  C  splendens,  Cogn  Intermediate  between  C  Bungerothn  and  C 
macrocarpum  Sepals  greenish  white  with  purplish  center,  petals 
white  with  many  purple  spots,  hp  cream-color,  purple-marked 
Runs  into  many  forma  var.  dlbum,  Lmd  <k  Cogn  ,  white  or  nearly 


.  ,  , 

so  Var  Alicise,  Lmd  ACogn  Fls  large,  sepals  and  petals  purplish  , 
hp  white,  toothed  Var.  aureo-maculatum  Bossch  Yellow  I  H 
43  54  Var.  atropurpbreum  Hort  Blackiah  purplo  —  C  tenebrd- 


. 

um,  Kranzl  FU  almost  black,  very  spreading  Peru  G  C  III 
48  229  (desc  )  —  A  Tracy&num,  Hort  A  provisional  name  for  a 
distinct  species  with  whitish  green  fla  —  C  vindi-flfaum,  Hook. 
Fls  green,  the  hp  conic,  yellow  inside  Cent  Amer  B  M  4017  — 
C.  Warscewicm,  Lindl  &  Paxt.  From  Panama  Now  rarely  seen. 

OAKES  AMES. 
L.  H.  B.f 
CATCHPLY:  Stlene. 

CATECHU:  Acacia  Catechu;  Areca  Catechu. 

CATERPILLARS.  The  worm-like  pods  of  Scarjniirus 
verrmculdta,  Linn.,  S.  subinlldsa,  Linn  ,  and  others 
(Legumindsx),  are  sometimes  used  as  surprises  in 
salads  and  soups;  and  for  that  purpose  they  are  culti- 
vated in  parts  of  Europe,  and  seeds  are  sold  in  this 
country.  They  are  sometimes  catalogued  as  Worms. 
They  are  annuals  of  the  easiest  culture.  The  pods  of 
Meaicdgo  scutelldta,  Mill.,  and  others  are  known  as 
Snails  The  pods  are  not  edible.  European  plants. 
A  G.  13-681.  L.  H.  B. 

CATESB^EA  (Mark  Catesby,  1679-1749,  author  of 
natural  histories  of  parts  of  N.  Amer  ).  Rubiacex. 
Spiny  shrubs  of  the  W.  Indies  and  one  (B.  parinflora) 
reaching  the  coast  of  Fla  ,  of  6  species,  one  of  which 
is  offered  in  the  trade'  Ivs  small,  opposite  or  fasciculate, 
mostly  ovate  or  oblong:  fls  axillary  and  solitary,  white, 
sometimes  showy,  4-merous;  corolla  funnel-shaped, 
with  short  lobes,  stamens  4,  inserted  deep  in  the  tube: 
fr  a  globular  berry.  C.  spindsa,  Linn  ,  offered  in  Fla  , 
is  a  slow-growing  evergreen  shrub  from  the  W.  Indies: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  obovate,  nearly  as  long  as  the  straight 
spines,  fls.  yellow,  large  and  conspicuous,  the  corolla- 
tube  tapering  down  to  the  middle  and  then  very  nar- 
row or  filiform,  the  segms.  much  shorter  than  the 
tube:  berry  ovoid,  yellow,  edible.  —  Recommended  for 
hedges.  j,.  H  B. 

CATHA  (Arabian  name).  Celastracese.  One  ever- 
green spineless  shrub  of  Arabia  and  Afr.,  and  cult,  m 
warm  countries  for  the  Ivs.,  which  are  said  to  possess 
sustaining  and  recuperative  properties  and  which  are 
eaten  by  the  Arabs  or  used  in  the  preparation  of  a 
beverage.  C.  ed&lis,  Forsk.  (Celdstrus  edidis,  Vahl). 
KHAT.  CAFTA.  Glabrous,  to  10  ft.:  Ivs.  opposite,  or  on 
the  leafy  shoots  alternate,  thick,  narrowly  elliptic  or 
oval-oblanceolate,  serrate,  narrowed  to  the  short  petiole, 
4  in.  or  less  long:  fls  small,  white,  in  short  axillary 
clusters;  calyx  5-lobed,  petals  5;  stamens  5,  borne  on 
a  disk:  fr.  an  oblong  or  clavate  caps.,  3-valved,  1-3- 


seeded,  J^m.  long. — Recently  offered  in  this  country. 
The  twigs  and  Ivs.  are  an  object  of  commerce  m  Arabia. 

L.  H.  B. 
CATMINT  or  CATNIP:  Nepeta. 

CAT(5PSIS  (Greek  compound,  of  obscure  applica- 
tion) Bromfhacey,  Fifteen  or  more  species  in  Trop. 
Amer  ,  with  strap-shaped  or  lanceolate  mostly  rosulato 
Ivs  and  spikes  or  racemes  of  white  or  yellow  fls  termina- 
ting a  scape,  very  little  known  in  cult  .  sepals  and  petals 
separate  to  base,  stamens  shorter  than  the  calyx; 
stigma  subsessile  They  require  the  cultural  conditions 
of  tho  erect  tillandbias  C.  nltida,  Gnseb  (Tilldiidsia 
nitida,  Hook  ),  from  W  Indies  and  S ,  is  6-18  m  tall, 
with  oblong-mucronate  shining  green  Ivs  in  rosettes, 
and  white  fls  in  slender  spikes  C  venduhjlbra,  Wright, 
from  Peru,  is  recently  intro  ,  with  oblong-elliptic  Ivs. 
(6  in  long)  in  a  rosette  and  with  thin  denticulate  mar- 
gins, and  white  pendulous  short-stalked  fls.  on  a  race- 
mosely  branched  scape  1^  ft.  high. 

CAT-TAIL:    Typha. 

CATTLEYA  (William  Cattlev,  an  early  English 
hoiticulturist  and  naturalist)  Orchidaceae  Epiphytic 
oichids,  requiring  intermediate  temperatures 

Pscudobulbs  ovoid,  clavate,  fusiform  or  cyhndnc, 
short  or  elongated,  smooth  or  furrowed,  bearing  1-3 
Ivs  Ivs  coriaceous'  fls  single  or  in  clusters,  borne 
usually  at  the  apex  of  the  pseudobulb,  rarely  on  a  leafy 
bt.  arising  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb,  showy; 
sepals  and  petals  similar  or  the  petal*  much  broader, 
membranous  or  fleshy,  lip  usually  3-lobed,  lateral  lobes 
commonly  forming  a  tube  inclosing  the  column,  rarely 
the  lateral  lobes  small;  column  clavate,  fleshy,  pollima 
4  — A  genus  of  about  40  species,  natives  of  continental 
Tiop  Ainer  ,  especially  numerous  in  Brazil  and  in  the 
Andean  region  Innumerable  hybrids  and  horticultural 
forms  have  been  named,  those  of  the  labiata  group 
alone  running  into  hundreds  Showiest  of  all  orchids, 
and  of  great  commercial  value. 

The  growing  of  cattleyas, 

The  cattleyas  are  indigenous  to  the  western  hemi- 
sphere only,  Central  and  South  America  being  the 
regions  m  which  they  abound,  particularly  m  the  latter, 
from  the  different  countries  of  which  large  quantities 
ai  e  imported  yearly  During  the  last  few  years  the  col- 
lecting and  importing  of  cattleyas  into  the  United 
States  has  assumed  large  proportions,  owing  to  a  con- 
tinually and  steadily  increased  demand,  not  only  by 
amateurs  but  also  by  the  trade  in  general  There  are 
two  particular  reasons  for  this  increased  demand:  first, 
the  exquisitely  beautiful  flowers,  combined  with  size 
and  marvelous  colors  adapted  for  decorations  at  all 
sorts  of  functions,  are  never  out  of  place,  second,  their 
easy  culture.  Florists  and  amateurs  alike  are  begin- 
ning to  realize  that,  after  all,  orchids  are  plants,  and  if 
only  treated  in  a  commonsense  way  they  are  by  far 
easier  to  grow  than  a  good  many  other  plants,  and 
especially  so  the  cattleyas,  provided  some  attention  is 
paid  to  their  requirements 

Cattleyas,  as  a  whole,  delight  in  a  genial  atmosphere, 
with  all  the  air  possible  when  the  outside  temperature 
will  permit.  In  summer,  from  May  on  to  the  end  of 
October,  air  should  be  admitted  day  and  night;  thus 
there  are  no  temperatures  to  be  prescnbed  for  these 
months.  Later,  when  artificial  heat  has  to  be  depended 
on,  50°  to  55°  at  night  is  the  best,  bearing  in  mind  that 
the  earliest  species  to  flower  may  be  kept  at  the  warmer 
end,  and  the  later  summer-blooming  species,  such  as 
C.  Mossix  and  C.  gigas,  may  be  wintered  at  the  cooler 
end  of  the  structure:  thus  beginning  in  autumn  with 
C.  labiata,  C.  Percivaliana,  C.  Tnanx,  C.  Schraederx.  C. 
Mossix,  C.  Mendelii;  and,  last  of  all,  C.  gigas,  in  their 
regular  order  of  bloom,  these  may  be  treated  according 
to  their  season  of  flowering.  One  cannot  change  th« 


I 

I 

"5 
u 


CATTLEYA 

time  of  blooming  of  a  cattleya,  that  is  to  say  force  it  as 
other  plants  may  be  forced,  without  injury  to  the 
plants  and  a  poor  quality  of  bloom,  but  they  are  often 
retarded  by  systematic  copier  treatment. 

The  best  potting  material  is  the  soft  brown  osmun- 
dine,  used  alone  with  no  sphagnum  moss  unless  it  is 
possible  to  make  this  moss  live,  and  even  then  it  is  of 
no  value  to  the  plants  except  as  an  index  to  the  pres- 
ence of  moisture.  Moss  that  is  dead  and  inert  is  a 
detriment  in  the  potting  material  of  all  orchids.  The 
one  imperative  thing  in  the  potting  of  cattleyas  is  that 
they  be  made  perfectly  firm  in  their  receptacles: 
if  loose  potting  is  practised,  the  young  roots  are  injured 
each  time  the  plant  is  handled,  and  the  material  is 
like  a  sponge,  holding  too  much  moisture  m  suspension 
for  the  plants  to  do  well,  and,  given  a  time  when  the 
roots  do  not  dry  out  quickly,  all  will  soon  die. 

Newly  imported  cattleyas,  as  they  arrive  from  South 
America,  are  usually  much  dried  up,  due  to  the  treat- 
ment given  before  shipment  to  avoid  loss  by  decay  or 
fermentation  on  the  way.  If  the  plants  are  washed  well 
with  soap  and  water,  placed  in  an  airy  shaded  house  for 
a  few  weeks  and  allowed  to  plump  up  again,  roots  will 
soon  be  seen  starting  At  this  time,  pot  each  piece  in  a 
receptacle  suitable  to  the  size  of  the  plant  (never  let  it 
be  too  large,  but  always  err  on  the  minimum  when  in 
doubt),  fill  the  pots  half  full  of  drainage  if  common 
flower-pots  are  used,  and  fill  up  with  osmundme  to  the 
top,  pressing  this  material  m  with  a  blunt-pointed  stick 
so  that  the  plant  will  be  firm.  Moisture  from  this  tune 
on  for  weeks  may  be  applied  by  spraying  overhead 
during  bright  days.  If  the  pieces  are  large,  baskets 
are  preferable  to  pots,  as  there  is  more  aeration  through 
the  material  ana  the  plants  may  be  suspended  and 
space  economized  Newly  established  plants  often 
bloom  the  first  year,  and  one  may  get  an  idea  of  the 
infinite  variety  found  among  the  plants,  as  no  two  are 
alike.  Some  districts  known  to  collectors  produce  bet- 
ter forms  than  others,  in  fact,  in  certain  localties,  the 
flants  found  produce  flowers  of  very  inferior  quality. 
t  is  becoming  more  difficult  to  collect  orchids,  especially 
cattleyas  from  their  native  habitats,  transportation 
not  having  improved  and  the  distance  to  travel  being 
greater  each  tune.  In  consequence  of  this,  hybridizers 
are  now  turning  their  attention  to  the  reproduction  of 
fine  forms  true  to  themselves,  with  considerable  success, 
and  should  the  supply  of  wild  plants  fail,  there  cannot 
now,  in  view  of  tne  well-understood  and  successful 
methods  of  raising  cattleyas;  be  a  time  when  the  plants 
will  be  unobtainable.  Considering  the  variation  found 
among  the  wild  plants,  it  is  to  be  expected  that  home- 
raised  seedlings  will  vary;  but  if  the  r>est-known  forms 
are  used,  and  these  only  are  worth  the  trial,  one  may 
expect  a  large  measure  of  success. 

In  our  climate  there  is  no  period  when  the  cattleyas 
should  be  kept  dry  at  the  roots  The  plants  are  either 
getting  ready  to  bloom,  in  crop,  or  recuperating  there- 
from, and  these  three  periods  cover  the  year.  One  does 
not  have  to  resort  to  drying  to  attain  ripening  as  do 
the  European  cultivators,  and  failure  here  is  often 
traceable  to  foreign  training  or  text-books. 

Established  plants  should  be  repotted  at  least  every 
second  year  This  is  as  long  as  the  osmundine  will 
remain  suitable  for  the  roots  to  ramify  in,  and  if  the 
plants  are  grown  m  pots,  immerse  the  same  a  day  before 
if  the  roots  are  dry,  or  most  of  them  will  remain  at- 
tached to  the  pots.  Remove  all  decayed  portions  of 
material  and  roots,  wash  with  clean  water,  and  repot  as 
with  newly  imported  plants,  remembering  always  that 
a  size  too  large  often  proves  fatal  to  success.  Plants 
that  have  been  newly  potted  must  not  be  placed  among 
others  that  have  not  received  attention,  but  all  should 
be  put  in  a  situation  in  which  they  can  be  treated  to 
little  water  at  the  roots  for  several  weeks  until  the 
weather  is  such  that  there  is  no  danger  of  their  becom- 
ing overwatered  Cattleyas  should  DC  attended  to  in 


CATTLEYA 


687 


this  respect  in  the  winter  months,  taking  first  C.  labiata, 
as  it  is  the  first  to  start  growing,  then  C.  Tnanx;  the 
later  kinds  may  be  potted  before  flowering  with  less 
injury  than  afterwards,  if  done  with  care. 

In  hot  weather,  cattleyas  should  always  be  watered  in 
the  evening  or  latter  part  of  the  day.  A  generous  spray- 
ing overheat!  will  supply  the  moisture  at  a  tune  when 
the  roots  get  most  of  it,  as  may  be  seen  by  an  examina- 
tion in  early  morning.  There  is  no  danger  of  injury  if  an 
abundance  of  air  is  supplied  One  has  only  to  be  care- 
ful during  such  times  as  the  atmosphere  outside  is  sur- 
charged with  moisture,  then  it  is  wise  not  to  use  any 
moisture  inside  even  for  a  week  at  a  time  This  is  when 
the  dreaded  "black  spot"  disease  is  often  seen  It 
usually  begins  at  the  union  of  leaf  and  bulb,  and  when 
first  seen,  amputation  must  be  practised  to  a  point 
below  infection,  and  dry  sulfur  an  i  powdered  charcoal 
applied  at  once  as  an  absorbent  A  small  can  of  this 
ought  always  to  be  ready  to  hand,  for  if  the  disease  gets 
down  to  the  rhizome,  several  bulbs  will  be  affected  at 
once,  and  it  is  often  difficult  to  save  the  plant.  The 
disease  is  also  highly  infectious  and  may  easily  be 
transmitted  to  a  nealthy  plant  by  means  of  a  knife 
used  to  cut  off  diseased  parts  of  another 


841.  Cattleya  Mendeki 

Apart  from  seeds,  the  propagation  of  cattleyas  is  a 
slow  process  to  be  accomplished  only  by  the  cutting  of 
the  rhizome  between  the  oulbs,  leaving  at  least  three  of 
the  leading  ones  and  separating  the  older  ones  accord- 
ing to  their  strength  or  the  dormant  buds  at  the  base 
that  are  visible  A  clean  cut  or  notch  that  almost 
severs  the  rhizome  is  the  best,  leaving  the  parts  where 
they  are  until  new  growth  and  roots  are  made,  then 
potting  in  small  receptacles,  wiring  or  staking  the  little 
pieces  firmly  Apart  from  the  three  last-made  bulbs 
on  the  rhizome,  the  older  ones  are  a  source  of  weak- 
ness to  the  plants  and  are  better  removed,  and  in 
the  case  of  valuable  forms  utilized  as  above  This  is 
the  way  all  duplicates  of  the  many  albino  varieties  have 
been  obtained.  There  are  many  white  cattleyas  bearing 
the  same  name,  as  C  Tnnnsp  alba  or  C  Mosstx  Wagnen, 
for  many  have  appeared  among  importations,  but  these 
differ  m  each  individual  and  unless  a  plant  is  increased 
by  division  one  cannot  be  sure  of  the  same  thing. 

Opinions  are  divided  as  to  the  "feeding"  of  orchids. 
It  is  certain  that  when  rain-water  is  saved  in  cisterns 
for  the  plants,  and  these  happen  to  be  in  the  vicinity  of 
cities  where  soot  collects  on  the  roofa  of  the  houses,  the 


688 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


plants  show  unusual  vigor  and  in  consequence  of 
this,  many  have  practised  the  use  of  fertilizers  in  ex- 
ceedingly dilute  proportions  in  all  the  water  used  on 
the  plants,  and  some  have  had  surprising  results.  The 
temptation,  however,  is  always  present  to  feel  that  if  a 
little  is  good,  more  would  be  better,  and  herein  lies  the 
danger.  When  plant-foods  are  used  in  solution,  they 
should  be  considered  only  as  sufficient  to  make  the  dif- 
ference between  rain-water  and  that  which  comes  out 
of  a  pipe 

The  oest  twelve  varieties  of  cattleyas  for  commercial 
purposes,  and,  indeed*,  for  amateurs  also,  are  the  fol- 
lowing' C.  Tnanse,  fls  Jan.-March;  C.  Schroederse, 
fls  March,  Apr  ;  C.  Mossix,  fls.  April,  May;  C.  Men- 
delit,  fls  Apr.,  May;  C.  Warnen,  fls.  May,  June;  C. 
gtgas,  fls.  June,  July;  C.  aurea.  fls.  June,  July;  C. 
GaskeUiana,  fls.  Aug.,  Sept  ;  C.  Hamsoniana,  fls.  Sept., 
Oct.;  C.  lalnata,  fls.  Oct ,  Nov  ;  C.  Bownngeana,  fls. 
Get ,  Nov  ;  C  Percivaliana,  fls.  Dec. 

With  a  number  of  plants  of  each  of  the  above  kinds, 
it  will  be  seen  that  it  is  possible  to  have  a  succession  01 
flowers  from  one  end  of  the  year  to  the  other. 

E.  O.  OBPBT  and  JOHN  E.  LAGER. 

The  following  American  trade  names  belong  to 
Lselia:  C.  crispa,  C.  lobata,  C  marginata,  C  pumila.  See, 
also,  the  list  of  hybrids  at  the  close  of  Cattleya.  For  C. 
aurantiaca,  see  Eptdendrum 

The  cattleyas  enter  into  various  generic  hybrids: 
consult,  for  example,  JSrassocattlselia,  Brassocattleya, 
JJrasso-Lxlia-Cattleya,  E~picattleyat  LxhocaUleya. 

Of  several  of  the  following  species,  there  are  named 
vaneties  in  the  American  trade,  varying  in  stature, 
habit  and  particularly  m  the  color  of  the  flowers. 


INDEX. 

Aclandise,  1,  31 
alba.  9,  10,  12,  13,  14, 

gloriosa,  12 
,  Goodsomi,  13. 

odoratisnma,  23. 
ovata,  24 

16,  17,  22  26,  27. 

Goosensiana,  9. 

pallida,  16. 

albescent,  12,  13. 

grandi  flora,  15 

Papeiantiana,  27. 

Alexandra},  9 

granulosa,  29 

Parthcnia,  24. 

Amesiana,  14 
amethyxtina,  24 

grataxiana,  13 
guttata,  20,  28,  30. 

Peeterni.  9. 
Percivaliana,  10. 

amethystoglossa,  20 

hackbridgensis,  11 

Perriiw,  14. 

Agutrm,  24 

Harnsonise,  27 

PietiSB,  11 

Arembergn,  26 
atropurpurea,  12,  13. 

Hamsoniana,  27. 
Hamtonu,  27. 

pnncept,  33. 
Pnmit,  20. 

aurea,  4. 

Hodgkmsonu,  16. 

punctatissima,  24. 

aureola,  9 

Holfordu,  18. 

yuadncolor,  13. 

autumnahs,  14,  21. 

Holmesu,  13. 

refulgens,  13. 

Backhousiana,  13. 
Bassettn,  10. 

Holtzen,  13 
*mp«riahs,  12. 

Regnellu,  31. 
Reineckiana,  9. 

Bertn,  11 

mnocens,  26 

Rex,  8. 

bicolor,  2 

intermedia,  24,  26. 

rocheUennt,  12. 

Bluntn,  11. 

jenseniana,  4 

Rotzln,  10 

boelensis,  9. 

Karwinsku,  19 

RoUis*on\ana,  13. 

boetzelancnsis,  13. 

Keteleem,  20 

rosita,  4 

bogotensis,  13 

labiata,  4.7,  9,  10.11, 

rouseleana,  9 

Bownngiana,  21 

12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  17. 

Russelliana,  29. 

Brandnenana,  13. 

Laohnen,  11 

Sanders,  20. 

brunoyensis,  13. 
bulbosa,  33 

Lambeanana,  11. 
Lawrenceana,  5. 

Sanderiana,  12. 
aaturata,  12 

cserulea,  9,  13,  16. 

Leeana,  13 

Schillenana,  31. 

Candida,  13,  27. 

Lemoinet,  14 

Schofieldiana,  29. 

Camen,  9. 
chocoensis,  13. 

Leopoldn,  28. 
leucogloasa*  11. 

Schomburgkii,  26. 
Sohroederie,  13. 

chrysotoxa,  4. 

hlanna,  13 

Skinnen.  21.  22 

citnna.  19. 
ocelestu,  9 

Loddigesn,  24,  26,  27.  tpenosnsima,  10. 
Lowiffi,  11                     aolendens.  25.  26. 

Cooksonise,  14. 

Luddemanniana,  10. 

Stanleyi,  10 

coundomensis,  9,  13. 

luteola,  18. 

aummftenais,  15. 

crocata,  7 

maoroziana,  11. 

superba,  14,  25. 

Dawsonn,  10. 

maculata,  27. 

superbiaaima,  27. 

dehoata,  13,  26. 

majestica,  11. 

tessellata,  13. 

Dixonse,  11. 

Malouana,  10. 

Tnante,  13. 

dolosa,  3 

Manae,  13. 

tr\lab\ata,  17. 

Dowiana,  4 
DuBuyaomana,  29. 

mantima,  24. 
Massangeana,  13. 

tnumphans,  13,  21. 
tiera,  14. 

dulcia,  9 

Maude®,  11. 

tettahi,  32 

elatior,  30 

maxima,  6. 

Victona-regina.  28, 

Eldorado,  7. 

Mendelii,  11. 

violacea,  25,  27. 

enfieldiensis,  13. 
flavtda,  18. 
Floryse,  9 

Meta,  13. 
Meyerv,  18. 
modevta,  18. 

Wageneri,  9. 
Walkenana,  3,  33,84. 
Walluni.  7. 

Forbosn,  32. 

Mooreana,  13. 

Warnen,  17. 

fulgena,  9. 

M  organise,  11. 

Warocqueana,  14. 

Oardnenana,  33. 

MORRIS.  9. 

Warsoewioiii,  12. 

Qaskelhana,  16. 
gigantea,  11,  19,  27. 

N  alder  eana,  14. 
mgreacens,  1. 

Wellesleyss,  13. 
wiaetoneoau,  11. 

Clgas,  12. 

nobilior.  34. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIIfl. 
A.  Infl.  terminal. 

B.  Lateral  lobes  of  Up  small  or  wanting, 

the  column  exposed. 
O.  Peduncles    1-8-fld.,   from   a   very 
short  spathe  or  naked'  pseudo- 
bulb  fusiform,  short.     . .       .       1.  AcUmdla 
CO.  Peduncles  many-fid  ,  from  a  large 

spathe   pseudobulbs  long  .          .2  tricolor 
BB.  Lateral  lobes  of  Up  large 

O.  Corners  recurved,  exposing  column.  3   dolosa 
OO.  Corners   not  recurved,    concealing 

column 

D.  Pseudobulbs  1-lvd. 
x.  Plants  large.  pseudobuJJbs  fust- 
form  or  clavate  fls   large 
V  Sepals  and  petals  yellow,  lip 
ample,  rich  purple,  beauti- 
fully veined  and  reticulated 
with  gold  .  4  Dowiana 

TF.  Sepals  and  petals  not  yellow 
O.  Petals  about  twice  as  broad 
as   the   sepals   which   are 
markedly  undulate 
H.  Tube   narrowly   cyhndric, 

the  limb  not  striped.  5.  Lawrenceana 
HH.  Tube  cyhndnc-funnelform, 
the  limb  bordered  with 
white  and  streaked  with 
darker  color,  with  a 
median  yellow  line  Q  maxima 

OO.  Petals  3  .times  or  more  as 
broad  as  the  sepals  which 
are  not  undulate  or  but 
slightly  so 

H.  Lip  with  a  large  orange 
blotch  in  the  center,  sur- 
rounded by  circles  of 
white  and  purple  in 
order  .  .  7.  Eldorado 

HH.  Lip  with   other   color  ar- 
rangement 

I.  The  hp  about  as  wide  as 

or  wider  than  the  petals, 

3.  Tube     of     hp     yellow; 

sepals      and      petals 

white  8.  Rex 

33.  Tube   white   or   colored 

other  than  yellow 
K.  Border  of  limb  while, 
the  center  bright  pur- 
ple variegated  with 
violet  9    Mossiaj 

KK.  Limb    without    white 

border 

L.  Throat  with  a  yellow 
or  white  eye  on 
each  side  10  Luddeman- 

Lb.  Throat  without  eye  [niana 

M.  Color  of  tube  white, 
or  the  same  as 
petals,  limb  pur- 
ple-crimson 11  Mendelii 
KM.  Color  of  tube  and 
limb  bright  pur- 
ple, throat  with 

8  yellow  spots      12  Warscewiczil 
O.  The    hp   narrower    than 

petah. 

j.  Limb  much  shorter  than 
the  tube,  the  margin 
relatively  but  little 
crisped  13  Triana 

jj.  Limb  about  as  long  as 
the  tube,   the  margin 
much  crisped. 
r.  Throat  with  a  golden 

eye  on  each  side     .  14.  labiate 
EC.  Throat  without  eye 
L.  Margin  of  limb  dif- 
ferent in  color  from 
the  center 

U.  Petals  longer  than 
the  sepals  and 
lip;  fls.  4^-5  in 
•cross 15.  Percivalian* 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


KIT  TO  THE  SPECIES,  continued 
MM.  Petals    about    at 
long    as    sepals 
and  Up;  fls.  6-7 

in.  across 16.  Gaskelliana 

LL.  Limb  not  margined..l7.  Warner! 
BB.  Plants  small   paeudobulbs  ovate 

or  oblong  fls  small,  yellow  ..18.  luteoU 
DD.  Pseudobulbs  2-3-lvd, 

B.  Peduncle  pendent,  bearing  usu- 
ally a  single  yellow  fl.;  lip 

entire     19.  citrina 

SB.  Peduncle  erect,  bearing  2-10 
fls  or  more;  lip  usually  S- 
lobed 

F.  Ground-color    of   sepals    and 
petals  not  green  nor  brown, 

o.  With  large  purple  spots 20.  tmethyito- 

GG    Not  spotted  [glossa 

H  Fls     5-10;     sepals    and 

petals  not  fleshy 
i.  Lip   emarginate;    blooms 

in  fall  .21   Bowringitna 

n  Lip    acute,     blooms     in 

spring 22.  Skinneri 

HH  Fls  2-6;  sepals  and  petals 

fleshy. 
I.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  much 

broader  than  tube  23.  Victoria- 

ii.  Middle   lobe   of  lip   not  [regina 

broader  than  tube. 
3.  Color    of    sepals     and 
petals  pale  or  white; 
petals  the  same  width 
as  dorsal  sepal  24  intermedia 

jj.  Color  of  sepals  and  pet~ 
ah     marked,     petals 
broader    than    dorsal 
bepal 
K.  Lateral    lobes    of   lip 

and  petals  acute       25   violacea 
KK   Lateral    lobes    of    lip 

and  petals  obtuse 
L.  Lip  distinctly  5- 
lobed,  the  nerves  of 
the  disk  smooth ..  26.  Loddigesii 
LL.  Lip  indistinctly    3- 
lobed,    the    nerves 
of  the  disk  rugose- 
thickened      .         27.  HarrisonUna 
FF  Ground -color   of  sepals   and 

petals  brown       28  Leopoldii 

FFF  Ground -color   of  sepals   and 

petals  green. 
Q   Lip  warty  or  papillate. 

H  Claw  long  .    .  29  granulosa 

HH  Claw  short  or  wanting        30.  guttata 
ao.  Lip  not  warty  nor  papillate. 
H   Middle  lobe  much  broader 
than  the  tube,  sepals  and 
petals  spotted  .  31.  Schilleriaaa 

HH.  Middle  lobe  not  broader 
than  the  tube,  sepals  and 
petals  not  spotted  32  Forbeiii 

AA.  Infl.  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb 
B.  Pseudobulbs  1-lvd     lateral  lobes  of 

lip  separated,  exposing  column..  33.  Walkeriana 
BB.  Pseudobulbs  2-lvd.:  lateral  lobes  of 
lip  forming  a  tube,   concealing 
column 34.  nobilior 

1.  Aclandiae,  Lintll.    Sts.  4-5  in.  tall,  bearing  2  or  3 
Ivs  2-3  m.  long:  peduncle  with  1  or  2  fis.  3-4  in.  across; 
sepals   and   petals   similar,   obtuse,   greenish  yellow, 
marked  with  spots  of  black-brown;  hp  fleshy  in  the  mid- 
dle, somewhat  fiddle-shaped,  the  lateral  lobes  small, 
curved  over  the  column,  the  middle  lobe  large,  broadly 
reniform,    undulate,  rose-purple    with   darker   veins. 
Brazil.  B.M.5039.  C.O.  23.  There  is  a  var.  nigrescens. 

2.  blcolor,  Lindl.   Pseudobulbs  cyhndric,  deeply  stri- 
ate,  1-3  ft  tali,  2-lvd    Ivs.  4-6  in.  long,  oblong-lanceo- 
late: peduncle  with  2-6  fragrant  fls.  3-4  in.  across; 
sepals  oblong,  acute,  usually  olive  or  bronze-green,  the 
lateral  falcate;  petals  like  the  sepals  but  undulate; 


lip  crimson-purple,  sometimes  white-margined,  the 
lateral  lobes  wanting,  the  middle  lobe  recurved,  oblong- 
cuneate,  bilobed,  channeled  in  the  center.  Brazil. 
B.M.4909.  CO.  10.  O.K.  10:305. 

3  doldsa,  Reichb.  (C.  Walkendna  var.  doldsa, 
Veitch).  Pseudobulbs  4-3  in  long,  usually  2-lvd  ,  the 
Ivs  oblong:  peduncle  1-  or  2-fld.:  sepals  and  petals 
acute,  rose-purple  to  lilac,  the  sepals  oblong-lanceolate, 
the  petals  cuneate-ovate,  hp  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
erect,  the  middle  lobe  reniform,  emarginate,  amethyst- 
purple.  Brazil.  GC  II  5  430-1.  V.O.  2:49.  AG. 
11:159. 

4.  Dowiana,  Batem  (C  labiata  var.  Domdna, 
Veitch)  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1  ft  tall,  furrowed,  1-lvd.: 
Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long:  peduncle  2-6-fld  ;  fls.  6-7  in  across; 
sepals  and  petals  nankeen-yellow^  the  sepals  lanceolate, 
acute,  less  than  half  as  wide  as  the  undulate  petals;  hp 
ample,  about  as  long  as  the  petals,  the  tube  yellow, 
striped  with  purple,  the  limb  rnsped,  velvety,  dark 
purple,  finely  and  beautifully  veined  with  golden  hnee 
which  radiate  from  the  median  lines  HH  1869 '30 
AF.25:593;  21.838,  30  1078.  CLA  1P45,  19  343. 
Costa  Rica,  where  it  was  discovered  by  Warscewicz  — 
It  was  rediscovered  in  1864  by  Mr  Arce,  who  sent 
plants  to  Eu.,  where  they  were  purchased  by  Messrs 
Veitch  &  Son,  in  whose  establishment  they  flowered 
for  the  first  time  Var  aurea,  Williams  &  Moore  (var. 
chrysotdxa.  Hort ),  has  the  sepals  and  petals  of  a 
deeper  yellow  and  the  golden  veins  on  the  hp  more 
copious  and  anastomosing  Colombia  A  F  6  563,  12: 
10  F  R  1  76  C  O.  2a  O  R  19  17  Var  jenseniana, 
Hort  A  large  and  handsome  form.  Var  r6sita,  Hort. 
Sepals  creamy  white,  tinged  with  purple,  petals  rose- 
purple,  tmgea  with  yellow 

5  Lawrenceana,    Reichb      Pseudobulbs   12-15   in. 
tall,   fusiform-clavate,    compressed,    furrowed,    1-lvd.: 
Ivs  oblong,  6-9  in   long   peduncle  5-8-fld  ,  fls.  4-5  in. 
across,  sepals  and  petals  pale  rosy  purple  to  almost 
white,    the   sepals   linear-oblong,    the   petals   elliptic- 
oblong,  undulate,  about  twice  as  wide  as  the  sepals; 
hp  with  a  narrowly  eyhndrio  tube,  colored  externally 
like  the  sepals  and  petals,  the  limb  purple  wifoh  a  maroon 
blotch.   Brit  Guiana    BM  7133    R  1  12. 

6  maxima,   Lindl     Pseudobulbs   about   1   ft    tall, 
claviform,  furrowed,  compressed,  1-lvd.     lys   oblong, 
5-10  in.  long:  peduncle  3-6-fld  ;  fls.  4-5  in    across; 
sepals  and  petals  lilac  or  pale  rose,  acute,  the  sepals 
lanceolate-hgulate,  the  petals  about  twice  as  broad  as 
the  sepals,  undulate  or  crisped;  lip  as  long  as  petals, 
the  limb  crisped,  pale  rose  or  crimson-purple  with  a 
median  yellow  stripe,  from  which  radiate  darker  lines, 
the  border  white.  Ecuador  and  Peru.  B  M.  4902.   F.S. 
20.2136.   FR.  1:298    CO.  13. 

7.  Eldorado,  Lmd   (C  labi&ta  var.  Eldorado,  Veitch)- 
Pseudobulbs    6-8  in    tall,  stout,   1-lvd.    Ivs    oblong, 
8-12  in   long:  peduncle  with  1-3  fragrant  fls.  5-6  m. 
across,  sepals  and  petals  pale  rosy  lilac  passing  to  white, 
the  sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  the  petals  oval-rhomboid, 
obtuse,  undulate;  hp  longer  than  lateral  sepals,  exter- 
nally the  same  color  as  petals,  the  limb  crisped,  emargi- 
nate, a  large  central  orange  blotch  surrounded  by  zones 
of  white  and  purple     Brazil.    F  S.  18.1826.    C  O.  26. 
Var.  crocata,  Hort.    Sepals  and  petals  white  or  pale 
rose,  the  orange  spot  of  lip  extended  in  a  broad  line  to 
the  base.    Var.  Wallisii,  Rand.  (C.  Wdllisn,  Lmd.). 
Fls.  pure  white  except  golden  spot  on  lip    C  O.  26o. 

8.  Re"x,  O'Brien.    Pseudobulbs  8-14  m.  tall,  clavi- 
form or  fusiform,  furrowed,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft  long, 
oblong:  peduncle  with  3-6  fls  6-7  in.  across;  sepals  and 
petals  cream-white,  the  sepals  acutish,  linear-oblong, 
the  petals  obtuse,  as  long  as  sepals  but  3  times  their 
width,  oval-rhomboid,  undulate;  hp  about  as  long  as 
lateral  sepals,  the  tube  yellow,  veined  with  purple,  the 
limb  crisped,  the  front  part  margined  white  surround- 


690 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


ing  a  crimson  center  veined  with  a  lighter  shade.  Peru- 
vian Andes.  B.M.8377.  R.H.  1894:228.  C.O.  22. 

9.  Mfissise,  Hook.   (C.  Cam^n,  Houll.    C.  labidta 
var.  M dssise,  Lmdl.  C.  Pekterm,  Andre").  Pseudobulbs 
fusiform,  compressed,  furrowed,  12-15  in.  tall,  1-lvd.: 
Ivs.  6-8  in.  long,  oblong:  peduncle  with  3-5  fls.  6-7  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  rose,  of  equal  length,  the 
sepals   lanceolate,    the   petals   oval-elliptic,    crisped, 
especially  on  upper  margin;  lip  with  the  tube  colored 
like  petals,  the  limb  ample,  emargmate,  strongly  undu- 
late-crisped, the  center  purple,  variegated  with  violet, 
the  margin  white,  the  throat  yellow  lined  with  purple- 
crimson.    La  Guayra.    B  M.  3669.   R  H  1857,  p.  322. 
S.H  1:149.    OR.  18.241     C.O.  9.    A G.  14:70.    A.F. 
6:563.   Var  caerftlea,  Cogn  ,  has  the  sepals  and  petals 
and  spot  on  the  limb  a  pale  blue-violet.  C.O.  9e.  Var. 
Reineckiana,     O'Brien     (C.    Reineckidna,    Reichb.), 
has  the  sepals,  petals  and  external  of  tube  white,  the 
limb  a  mauve-lilac,  bordered  white,  the  throat  yellow, 
veined  purple-violet.    C  O  9b.    Var.  Wageneri,  Veitch 
(C.  Wdgenen,  Reichb  ),  has  fls  white  except  the  small 
yellow  spot  on  lip.  OR  p  24.  Var  rouseleana,  Hort , 
has  rosy  fls.  Var  coundoniensis,  Hort    Flu  large  and 
richly  colored.   Var.  dulcis,  Hort    Fls  rose-tinted;  hp 
orange  in  center,  rich  rose-crimson  in  front,   finely 
crimped.    Var    boelensis,  Hort     Dark-colored  form. 
Var.  ccele'stis,  Hort.  Fls.  lavender-tinted    Var.  fulgens, 
Hort.   Fine  fls  in  shape  and  color     Var   Alexandra, 
Hort    Fls  pure  white  with  tinge  of  ro&e-pmk  on  lip. 
Var.  Alba,  Hort.   Fls.  white    Var  Goosensiana,  Hort. 
Lip  deep  reddish  violet,  with  white  crimped  margin; 
sepals  and  petals  white   Var.  auredla,  Hoit.  Fls.  large, 
white.   Var.  Fldryae,  Hort.    Fls.  pure  white. — A  vari- 
able group 

10.  Luddemanniana.  Reichb.  f.  (C  labidta  var  Lud- 
demannidna,  Reichb  f    C,  Ddwsonn,  Warner    C  spe- 
ciosissima,  Hort     C  Rohhi,  Reichb  f     C.  Malouana, 
Lind    C.  Bdsseltn,  Hort )     Pseudobulbs  clavate.  8-12 
in.  tall,  1-lvd  :  Ivs.  oblong,  6-10  in    long:  peduncle 

2-5  fid  ;  fls  5-6  in  across;  sepals  and  petals 
rose-purple,  suffused  with  white,  the  sepals 
oblong,  acute,  the  petals  elliptic,  undulate; 
lip  with  the  tube  of  same  color  as 
petals,  the  front  lobe  crisped,  emar- 
gmate,  amethyst-purple,  the  throat 
with  2  yellow  or  white  blotches, 
separated  by  lines  of  amethyst- 
purple.  Venezuela.  C.O.  21.  Var. 


Alba,  Hort.  Fls.  white.  O.R.  16:201.  Var.  StAnleyi. 
Hort  Fls.  white,  disk  of  lip  yellow,  front  lobe  lined 
with  purple. 

11.  Mendelii,    Backh.    (C.  labidta  var.    Mtnddn, 
Reichb.  f.   C.Mdrgamse,  Williams).  Fig.  841.    Pseudo- 
bulbs  12-16  in  tall,  compressed,  furrowed,  1-lvd  •  Ivs. 
oblong,  6-10  in  long:  peduncle  with  2  or  3  fls.  7-8  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  white,  or  often  tinted  pale 
rosy  uiauve,  the  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  the  petals 
obliquely  oval,  obtuse,  crisped;  lip  with  the  tube  white 
or  colored  like  petals,  the  front  lobe  much  crisped,  rich 
crimson-purple  abruptly  passing  into  the  yellow  throat 
which  is  reddish  streaked.   Colombia.     OR.  1.273; 
10:233.  SH  2:413.  C.O.  19.   Var.  Bluntii,  Hort,  has 
the  fls  white,  except  a  small  yellow  spot  on  Up.   Var. 
Maudes,  Hort.   White  with  rose  markings  on  the  hp. 
Var.  gigant&a,  Hort ,  has  a  very  large  hp    Var.  hack- 
bndgensis,  Hort.   Petals  blotched  with  crimson.    Var. 
Bertu,  Hort.  Fls.  white  tinted  with  rose    Var.  leuco- 
g!6ssa,  Hort.  Sepals  bluish  tinted.   Var.  Ldwiae,  Hort. 
Lip  white,  pale  purple  at  apex.   Var    wisetonensis, 
Hort.  Lip  rich  rose-purple,  delicately  veined,  throat  yel- 
low veined  with  reddish  purple.    Vur.  macroziana, 
Hort. '  Fls.  very  large.  R  H.  1903,  p.  253  (desc  )     Var 
LAchneri,  Hort.  Lip  curiously  colored,  front  lobe  hav- 
ing a  broad  marginal  band  of  dark  purple  sparingly 
blotched  with  white  and  an  inner  band  of  lighter  pur- 
ple   Var.  Pifctiae,  Hort    Fls.  nearly  white,  lip  marked 
with  pink.    Var.  majestica,  Hort.   Fls    large,  white 
Var.  Dixonae,  Hort  Attractive  blush-pink  form.   Var. 
Lambeanana,  Hort.  Fls.  white. 

12.  Warscewiczii,  Reichb.  f.  (C.  labidta  var.  Wars- 
cewiczii,  Reichb.  f     C.  glonbsa,  Carr.    C.   impendhs, 
Walhs).    Pseudobulbs  1  ft    or  more  tall,  stout,  com- 
pressed, furrowed,  1-lvd  :  Ivs.  oblong,  8-10  m.  long 
peduncle  with  2  or  3  fls.  7-9  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals 
rosy  mauve,  the  sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  the  petals 
oval,  obtuse,  undulate;  hp  entirely  bright  purple  except 
2  yellow  spots  and  lines  of  the  same  color  in  the  throat, 
en  sped,  the  front  lobe  ample.  Colombia.  OR.  12 '241. 
GC  III.  22: 163;  42: 312.   Gn.  33  p  18.  C.O.I.  Var. 
gigas,  Hort    (var.  Sandendna,  Hort.    C.  glgas,  Lind. 
&  Andre".    C.  Sandendna,  Hort.    C.  labidta  var  San- 
dendna,  Hort )    Fig  842    A  noble  form,  the  sepals  and 
petals  dark  rose,  with  a  deep  purple-magenta  lip.  the 
fls.  larger  than  those  of  any  other  form  of  the  labiata 
group.   Colombia    I.H  21.178.   Gn.  45,  p  445.    GF 
1.437.  A  G.  19    July  23,  suppl.   F  R.  1 .77,  674.   F.E. 
10.892.  C  L  A.  11 .42.  44    The  following  forms  of  this 
variety  occur*  alba,  fls   pure  white,  the  rarest  of  all 

cattleyas  (OR    18.232);  var    albfiscens,  se- 
pals and  petals  white,  with  faint  blush,  the 
lip  rose-purple,  fringed;  var.  alropurpiirea,  of 
deeper  color,  var.  rochellinsis,  sepals    and 
petals  white,  the  lip  with  the  faintest 
trace  of  color     Var.  saturata,    Hort. 
Fls.  bright  rose,  with  ruby-crimson  hp. 
13.  Trianae,  Lind.  &  Reichb   f.  (C. 
labidta  var.  Tndwe,  Duch.   C.  Leedna, 
Sander.    C.  Rollissomdna,  Moore.    C. 
quadricolor,  Batem.    C   Massangedna, 
Reichb.  f.   C  bogottnsis,   Lind.).  Fig. 
843.    Pseudobulbs    about   1   ft.    tafl, 
clavate,  1-lvd  :  Ivs.  oblong,  6-8  in.  long: 
peduncle  bearing  2  or  3  fls.  about  6  in  across; 
sepals  and  petals  a  delicate  rose  to  white,  the 
sepals    oblong  -  lanceolate,    the   petals    much 
broader  than  sepals,  obtuse,  oval-rhomboid, 
crisped;    hp    narrower    than    in    the    other 
related  forms,  the  tube  rose,  the  front  lobe 
purple,  less  crisped  than  in  most  of  the  related  species, 
emarginate,   the  throat  yellow,  often  streaked  with 
deeper    color.     Colombia.     OR.  6:145.     B.M.  5504. 
R.H.  I860,  pp.  406-7.  A.G.  17:177.  Gng.  3:151.  A  F. 
6:607;  13:715.     F.E.  9:325.     F.R.  1:672-3.     C.O.  5. 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


691 


S.H.  1 : 11,  27;  2:403,  405.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  Fls.  white, 
except  yellow  blotch  in  throat     C  O.  5a.    Var  atropur- 
purea,  Hort.   Fls.  crimson-purple.  Var.  Backhousiana, 
Hort    Sepals  and  petals  rose-purple,  the  petals  strongly 
marked  with  amethyst-purple  at  the  apex,  the  tube 
of  lip   rose-purple,    the   front   lobe  purple -magenta. 
CO  5e.    Var.  choco<§nsis,  Hort.    Fls.  very  fragrant, 
not  fully  expanding,  the  sepals  and 
petals    white,   sometimes  flushed 
pale  lilac     I  H.  20  '120    A  F.  6: 
563    Var   delicata,  Hort.    Sepals 
and  petals  white,  faintly  flushed 
pale  amethyst-purple,  the  deeper 
lip  with  a  pale  yellow  spot     FM. 
1-8     Var  Schrdederae,  Ilort   (C. 
Schrbedcrse,  Reichb    f)     Fls    fra- 
grant, the  sepals  and  petals  a  deli- 
cate blush,  faintly   suffused  with 
white,  the  petals  and  broader  lip 
much  more  crisped  than  in  other 
forms  of  this   species     GC    III. 
20  73    AG  15  211    OR  11:177. 
CL  A   11.15      FK  9-331      The 
following   forms    of    this    variety 
occur    dlba,  the  fls    puie  white, 
dlbescens,   the    fls    nearly  white; 
rsrulea,   the   lip   a    bluish   color, 
Mtla,  .sepals  arid  petals  pink,  the 
throat  bright  yellow,  hlaclna,  lilac, 
refulgent*     Var    grataxiana,  Hort 
A  large  and  richly  colored  fonn 
Var    Candida,    Hort    i<ls    snow- 
white,  lip  with  faint   violet  .spot 
Var  coundoniensis,  Hoit    Purple- 
rohc  .sepals  and  petals    Var  Manse. 
Hort      Silvery   white   sep.iK   and 
petals  veined  \\ith  pink,  front  of 
lip  deep  magenta-cnmson,  \\ith  2 
vellow  blotche.s   on    throat      Var 
triumphans,     Hoit       Sepals    and 
petals  rose-colored,  hp  rich  pvnple 
with  an  orange-yellow  tube     Var 
enfieldiensis,  Ilort    FK  \\hite,  tip 
of  hp  blush-pink    V-u    boetzelae- 
riensis,  Hoit     Ro-e-eoloied  foim 
Var  tessellata,  Hoit     Laige  iose- 
colored    form    curiously    jnaiked 
Var    Brandneriana,  Hort     Antenor  part  of  hp  dark 
purple-violet     Var     H61tzeu,    Hoit      Lip  dark     Var. 
WSllesleyae,  Hort     A  pretty  white  form    Var  Moore- 
ana,  Hort     Sepals  and  petals  light  ro.sy  lilac,  hp  ruby- 
claret   color,  orange   at   base      Var    Hdlmesii,  Hort 
Broad  petals  and  rich  rose-purple  lip    Var.  brunoyen- 
sis,  Hort     Sepals  and  petals  mauve     Var.  Goodsdmi, 
Hort     Richly  colored,  petals  flushed  with  deep  rose. 

14.  labiata,  Lindl  (C  Lenwinci,  Lindl.  C.  Naldere- 
dna,  Reichb.  f  C  I'einnit,  Endl.  C.  labidta  itira, 
Veitch  C  labidta  autumndhb,  L  Lind  C  labidta  var. 
Warocquedna,  Rolfe  C  Waiocqucdna,  L  Lmd ). 
Pseudobulbs  claviform,  compressed,  furrowed,  4-8  in. 
tall,  1-lvd.  Ivs  5-7  in  long,  ovate  or  oblong'  peduncle, 
from  a  double  spathe,  beai  ing  3-5  fls  about  6  m  across; 
sepals  and  petals  usually  rose-lilac,  the  sepals  lanceo- 
late, the  petals  undulate,  lip  with  the  tube  colored 
usually  like  the  petals,  the  front  lobe  deeply  emargmate, 
undulate-crisped,  commonly  a  violet-purple  with  deeper 
veins,  the  color  running  in  streaks  to  the  yellow  throat 
which  has  an  orange  spot  each  side  The  color-varia- 
tions of  this  species  are  numerous  Brazil  BR  32*35, 
1859  OR.  16.281.  B  M.  3998.  Gt.  5:146.  F.S. 
1893-4.  PM  4-121.  A  G.  17  65;  19:811.  GC  III.. 
19-13.  A  F.  6:607.  F  R.  1:8;  2:531— Intro  from  the 
Organ  Mts  in  S.  Brazil  m  1818  Var.  alba,  Hort  Fls. 
white,  except  yellow  throat.  C  O.  3  Var.  Amestena, 
Hort.  Sepals  and  petals  white,  the  hp  lilac.  Gn.  62,  p. 
401  Var.  Cooks6ni«,  Hort.  Fls.  white,  except  the 


843.  CatUeya  Tnanae  ( X  h) 


crimson-purple  hp  with  a  narrow  white  margin.  Var. 
supgrba,  Hort.  Sepals  and  petals  deep  rose,  with  a 
deep  crimson-purple  lip. 

15.  Percivaliana,  O'Brien  (C.  labiata  var  Percwalv 
and,  Reichb  f  )  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1  ft.  tall,  clavate, 
strongly  furrowed  when  old,  1-lvd...  Ivs.  oblong  pedun- 
cle bearing  2  or  3  fls  4-5  in  across;  sepals  and  petals 
commonly  rose-lilac,  tin  ted  purple- 
amethyst,  the  sepals  linear-lanceo- 
late, the  petals  longer  than  the 
sepals,  craped,  lip  rather  .small, 
shorter  than  the  petals,  the  tube 
of  the  same  color  as  petals,  tinged 
with  yellow,  the  front  lobe  purple- 
crimson,  shaded  with  maroon,  the 
undulate  bo  der  lilac,  the  throat 
yellow  to  orange,  streaked  with 
purple  Venezuela  C  O  7.  F  R. 

1  297    J  H    III    32 '  179     Var. 
grandifldra,  Hort    Fls  larger,  the 
sepals  and  petals  bright  rose,  the 
petals  stiongly  crisped  above,  the 
lip  with   the   tube  yellow-orange 
variegated  with    rose,    the    front 
lobe  maroon-purple  with  a  bright 
rose   bordei,    the   throat   orange- 
yellow    C  O  la    Var  sunumten- 
sis,  Ilort    Sepals  and  petals  a  pale 
delicate  pink 

16    Gaskelhana,  Reichb   f    (C. 
labiata  var    pdlhila,  Williams     C. 
labidta   var.    Gtibkel- 
hona,  Sander  )     Pseu- 
dobulbh  8-12  m    tall, 
oblong -fu.sifornj,  com- 
pressed, furrowed,  1-lvd  •  Ivs  8-12 
in  long,  oblong*  peduncle  bearing 

2  or  3  Ifts    6-7  in   across,  sepals 
and  petals  of  equal  length,  com- 
monly purple-violet,  suffused  with 
white,  the  color  .sometimes  deeper 
and  moie  uniform,  rarely  marked 
with  a  median  band  of  white,  the 
sepals  lanceolate,  the  petals  oval, 
undulate,  hp  as  long  as  the  petals, 
tin1  tube  of  same  color  as  petals, 

the  front  lobe  emargmate,  undulate,  purple-violet,  with 
a  pale  bonier,  the  throat  yellow  streaked  with  darker 
yellow,  bordered  on  each  side  with  a  zone  of  yellowish 
white  Brazil  and  Vene/uela  I  II  33«G13.  A  F.6:185; 
30  062  Var.  alba,  Williams  Sepals  and  petals  pure 
white,  the  hp  cream-white,  the  throat  a  pale  yellow 
ht leaked  with  darker  yellow  C.O  20a.  Var.  caerulea, 
Hoit  Fls  pure  white  with  bluish  spot  on  base  of  hp. 
Var  H6dgkinsonii,  Ilort  Sepals  and  petals  white; 
front  of  lip  crimson. 

17  Warneri.  Moore  (C.  tnlabidta,  Rodr.    C.  labidta 
var   Women,  Veitch).  Pseudobulbs  4-8  in.  tall,  cylin- 
driu  or  fusiform,  furrowed,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  oblong,  6-7  in. 
lon^    peduncle  with  3-5  fls.  6-8  in    across;  .sepals  and 
petals  rosy  mauve,  the  sepals  lanceolate,  the  petals 
oval,  hp  shorter  than  lateral  sepals,  the  tube  the  color 
of  the  petals,  the  front  lobe  strongly  crisped,  einargi- 
nate,  bright  purple- violet,  the  throat  yellow -orange, 
streaked  with  white  or  pale  lilac      Brazil.    C  O.  12. 
A  F  6 '563  — Very  like  C.  labiata,  but  flowering  in  late 
spring  and  early  summer    Var  alba,  Hort.   FLs.  white, 
except  the  pale  yellow  throat,  streaked  with  orange- 
yellow.   CO.  12a. 

18  lut&ola.  Lindl    (C.  Htifordii,  Hort.    C.  fldvida, 
Klotzseh.      C.   Mbyen,    Regel.     C.    modcsta.    Mey ). 
Dwarf-  pseudobulbs  2-3  in.  long,  ovoid,    1-lvd..  Ivs. 
3-4  in.  long,  elliptic-oblong:  peduncles  bearing  2-5  fls. 
about  2  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  similar,  yellow, 
oblong-lanceolate;  Up  nearly  orbicular  when  spread 


602 


CATTLEYA 


CATTLEYA 


out,  yellow,  the  middle  lobe  crisped,  whitish  on  margin, 

the  side  lobes  sometimes  streaked  purple  inside.  Brazil. 

B.M.5032.  F  8.23:2479. 
19.  citrtna,  Lindl.  (C.  Karwtnskh,  Mart.).   Fig.  844. 

Pseudobulbs  2-3  in.  long,  ovoid,  2-3-lvd.:  Ivs.  4-7  in. 

long,  ligulate,  acute,  glaucous:  peduncle  pendent, 
bearing  usually  a  single  fra- 
grant fl.,  rarely  2  or  3  fls , 
yellow  except  the  white 
border  of  front  lobe  of  lip; 
sepals  oblong,  acute,  the 
petals  cuneiform-oblong;  lip 
longer  than  the  petals.  Mex. 
BM.3742  JH  III  30:399. 
Gn  33,  p  535  CO  6.  F  S. 
16-1689  Gt  27-931  Rl:20. 
Var.  gigantea,  Hort.  Fls. 
large  ana  intensely  colored. 

20  amethystog!6ssa,  Lmd  &  Reichb 
f.    (C.  giMdta  var    Prinm,  Reichb     6'. 
Prlnzu,  Hort     C.  guttdta  var  Ketelebni, 
Houl ).  Pseudobulbs  1^-3  f t ,  cylindric, 
"2-lvd  :  Ivs  6-12  in  long,  elliptic-oblong, 
peduncles  5-8-fld  ;fls  3*  £-4,^  in  across; 
sepals  and  petals  white,  suffused  with 
rose -pin  pie,    spotted  amethyst  -  purple, 
especially  on  the  upper  half,  the  dorsal 
bepal  linear-oblong,  the  lateral  falcate, 
the  petals  obovate,  rounded  at  apex,  lip 
much  shorter  than   petals,  the  lateral 
lobes  erect,  purple  at  apex,  the  middle 
lobe  broader  than  long,  emaigmate  or  2- 
lobed,  violet-purple,  the  radiating  ridges 
papillose  Brazil    BM  5683   RH  1869: 
210     GC    III    38-105    Var.  Sander®, 
Hort.   A  creamy  white  form 

21  Bowringiana  Veitch  (C.  autumnd- 
hs,  Hort   C.  Skinnen  vur  Houmngidna, 
Kranzl).     Pbeudobulbs   10-20    in    tall, 
stout,  fusiform  above,  2-lvd  .  Ivs  6-8  in. 
long,  oblong'  peduncle  bearing  5-12  fls. 
2K~3  m  across,  sepals,  petals,  and  tube 
of  the  lip  rose-purple,  the  sepals  acute, 

oblong,  somewhat  undulate,  the  petals  oval-oblong, 
obtuse,  undulate;  lip  shorter  than  the  lateral  sepals, 
the  front  lobe  emargmate,  the  throat  with  a  large 
white  spot,  surrounded  by  a  zone  of  bright  maroon  and 
bordered  with  deep  purple.  Honduras  R  B.  21:37. 
R.H.  1890: 300.  G.C  III.  39 '114.  AF  19: 651;  34 -804. 
CO.  24.  OR.  12. 361;  16. 337.  Var.  triumphans,  Hort. 
Fls.  rich  purple. 

22.  Sklnneri,     Lindl.     (Ejnd&ndrum     Hugelidnum, 
Reichb.).    FLOWER  or   ST.  SEBASTIAN.    Pseudobulbs 
5-10  m.  tall,  2-lvd.:  Ivs.  6-8  in.  long,  oblong-oval: 
peduncle  bearing  5-10  fls.  3J/2-5  m  across,  rose-purple 
except  the  white  throat  of  the  lip,  the  sepals  elliptic- 
lanceolate,   acutish,   the  petals   oval-oblong,   broader 
than  the  sepals;  lip  with  the  front  lobe  acute    Guate- 
mala to  Costa  Rica    B.M.4270.    PM  11:193.    R.B. 
22:201.    G.C.  III.  20-6.    G.F.  3  201.    C.O.  30.    Var. 
Alba,  Hort.  Fls.  white. 

23.  Victdria-regina,   O'Brien.     Pseudobulbs    1-\1A 
ft    tall,  somewhat  compressed  and  clavate,  1-2-lvd  : 
Ivs    3-6  in    long,  oblong  or  elliptic-oblong,  peduncle 
bearing  2-5  fls.,  rarely  more,  5-6  in    across;  sepals 
purple  a  little  tinged  with  yellow,  striated  with  darker 
purple,   oblong-lanceolate,   obtuse,   the  petals  purple 
tinged  with  violet,  obliquely  striated  with  darker  pur- 
ple,   elliptic-oblong,   obtuse,    undulate;   lip   distinctly 
3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  exteriorly  white  or  flushed 
with  rose,  violet-purple  at  the  obtuse  apex  and  inside, 
the  front  lobe  remform,  bright  rose-violet,  crisped,  the 
disk  yellow  streaked  purple.    Pernambuco.    G  C.  III. 
11:808.  O.R.  3:17;  8.361.   R.2.85.   C.O.  3.— Said  to 
grow  wild  in  company  with  C.  labiata  and  C.  Leopoldii 


844   Cattleya 
citrina.  (     "  " 


var.  pernambucensia,  and  considered  by  some  a  natural 
hybrid  between  the  two  The  variability  of  1  or  2  Ivs. 
on  a  pseudobulb  points  in  this  direction 

24.  intermedia,  Graham  (C  amethysttna,  Morr.  C. 
ovdta,  Lindl.  C.  marttima,  Lindl.  C.  Ldddigesii  var. 
amethystina,  Lem  C  Aquinn,  Rodr )  Pseudobulbs 
up  to  IK  ft  tall,  cylindric,  somewhat  furrowed,  2-lvd.: 
Ivs.  5-6  in.  long,  oblong,  peduncle  bearing  3-5  fls.  4-5 
in  across,  sepals  and  petals  equal,  pale  rose  or  white, 
acute,  oblong,  the  lateral  deflected,  the  petals  somewhat 
falcate,  lip  a  little  shorter  than  the  lateral  sepals,  dis- 
tinctly 3-lobed,  the  tube  the  same  color  as  the  petals, 
the  lateral  lobes  rounded,  the  front  lobe  bright  rose- 
purple,  orbicular,  strongly  crisped  S  Brazil  B  M 
2851.  OR  8  73;  15. 156.  PM.  T151  JF  4  379. 
C  O.  8.  B  R.  1919  V  O  2  39  Var.  Parthenia, 
Reichb.  f.  Fls  pure  white  CO  8a  Var  punctatfs- 
sima,  Sander.  Sepals  and  petals  spotted  and  dotted 
with  deep  rose  C  O  86 

25  violacea,  Rolfe  (C.  tuperba,  Sehomb  C  Schom- 
biirgkii,  Lindl  C  odoratit>sini(t,  P  N  Don)  Pseudo- 
bulbs  8-12  in  tall,  clavate,  somewhat  compressed, 
2-lvd  Ivs  3-5  in  long,  oval  or  oval-oblong  peduncle 
bearing  3-5  flagrant  fls  1-5  m  across,  sepals  and  petals 
bright  rose-purple,  the  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  acute, 
the  petals  oblong-rhomboid,  acutish,  undulate,  bioader 
than  sepals;  lip  fleshy,  distinctly  3-lobed,  deep  purple- 
violet  except  the  yellow  disk  streaked  with  purple,  the 
lateral  lobes  triangular,  acutish,  the  front  lobe  nearly 
orbicular,  crisped  N  S  Amer  B  M  4083  P  M. 
9-265  JH  III  31-321  AF  11  1351  CO  28.  Var. 
splendens,  Hort ,  has  paler  fls 

26.  L6ddigesii,  Lindl  (C  Arembfrqn,  Scheidw  C. 
intermedia  var  vfiriegdta,  Hook  )  Pseudobulbs  S— 12  in 
tall,  cylindnc,  2-lvd  Ivs  4-5  in  long,  oblong-elliptic 
peduncle  bearing  2-5  fls  3-4}^  in  across,  sepals  and 
petals  rose-lilac,  oblong-elliptic,  the  lateral  sepals 
somewhat  falcate,  the  petals  a  little  broader  than  the 
sepals,  undulate,  lip  snorter  than  the  lateral  sepals, 
distinctly  3-lobed,  the  tube  externally  colored  like 
petals,  internally  whitish,  the  lateral  lobes  rounded, 
undulate,  the  front  lobe  nearly  orbicular,  pale  ame- 
thyst, strongly  crisped,  the  disk  whitish  passing  into 
yellow  at  the  base  Brazil  CO  18  OR  15145  — 
There  is  a  white  form  Var  alba,  Hort  Var 
delicata,  Hort  Fls.  bluish  white  Var  mnocSns,  Hort 
Fls.  milky  white.  Var.  splendens,  Hort  Fls  with 
bright  purplish  rose  sepals;  lip  white  inside,  pale  lilac 
outside;  disk  and  side  lobes  pale  yellow 

27  Harrisoniana,  Batem  (C  Hdrrisonix,  Paxt 
C  Papeiansiana,  Morr  C.  Ildmsomi,  Beer  C 
Ldddigedii  var  Hdrmsonix,  Veitch  C  Ldddigesn 
var  Hamsonidna.  Rolfe)  Pseudobulbs  8-16  in  tall, 
cylindnc,  2-lvd  .  Ivs  4-6  in  long,  oblong-lanceolate, 
peduncle  bearing  2-5  fls  4-4 ^  in.  across,  sepals  and 
petals  similar,  oblong,  bright  rose-lilac,  the  lateral 
sepals  falcate,  the  petals  undulate,  a  little  broader 
than  sepals;  lip  shorter  than  lateral  sepals,  3-lobed,  the 
tube  the  same  color  as  the  petals,  the  front  lobe 
crisped,  rose-purple,  the  disk  yellow-orange.  Brazil. 
P.M.  4:247.  CO.  17  Gn  48  380  Var.  flba,  Beer 
Fls.  white,  or  sometimes  faintly  tinged  with  rose  or 
yellow.  CO  17a.  Var.  Candida,  Hort  Fls  white 
except  yellow  disk  of  lip  Var.  gigantea,  Hort  A 
large  form  Var.  maculata,  Hort  Us  purple-dotted. 
Var.  superbissima,  Hort.  Fls.  large,  the  sepals  and 
petals  dark  rose,  the  lip  creamy  white  Var  violacea, 
Hort.  Fls.  deeper  colored 

28.  Leopoldii,  Versch.  (C  guttdta  var.  Ltopoldn, 
Lmd.  &  Reichb.  f  )  Pseudobulbs  15-30  m  tall,  fusi- 
form, 2-3-lvd. :  Ivs.  6-8  in.  long,  oblong-elliptic  pedun- 
cle bearing  10-25  fls  3-4  in  across,  sepals  and  petals 
brown,  oblong-cuneate,  purple-spotted,  the  lateral 
sepals  somewhat  falcate,  the  petals  undulate  and  a 
little  broader  than  the  sepals;  lip  strongly  3-lobed,  the 


CATTLEYA~ 


CAULIFLOWER 


lateral  lobes  acute,  the  front  lobe  broadly  cuneate- 
obcordate,  undulate,  bright  amethyst-purple,  the  tube 
paler,  the  disk  covered  with  small  tubercles  and  elevated 
papillate  lines.  S.  Brazil.  C  0. 15.  F.S.  14:1471-2. 

29.  granuldsa,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  1-2  ft.  tall,  rather 
stout,  cyhndrie,  2-lvd.:  Ivs.  5-6  in  long,  lanceolate- 
oblong:  peduncle  bearing  5-9  fls.  3-4  in  across;  sepals 
and  petals  obtuse,  olive-green,  red-spotted,  the  lateral 
sepals  strongly  falcate  and  deflected,  the  petals  obo- 
vate-oblong,  a  little  wider  than  sepals,  undulate;  hp 
deeply  3-lobed,  the  tube  white  externally,  internally 
yellowish  or  rose,  the  lateral  lobes  acute,  trie  terminal 
lobe  white,  crimson-papillate,  undulate,  round-rcni- 
form,  emarginate,  the  long  claw  yellow,  marked  with 
crimson.  Guatemala.  B  R.  28  1  GnM.930  C  0. 14. 
Var.  Du  Buysoniana,  Hort  (C.  Dubuyi,oniana,  Hort ). 
Sepals  and  petals  yellow,  often  spotted  with  rose.  Var. 
Russelliana,  Lindl.  Lvs.  broader  fls  larger  with 
broader  sepals  and  petals,  the  lateral  lobes  of  lip  orange- 
yellow  internally,  the  front  lobe  spotted  with  small 
crimson-purple  papilla?.  Brazil.  B  II  31  59  B*M 
5048.  Var.  Schofieldiana,  Veitch  (C1  Schofaldiana, 
Reiehb.  f.).  Sepals  and  petals  yellow-brown,  densely 
spotted  with  crimson-purple,  the  lateral  lobes  of  hp 
cream-white  externally,  yellow,  purple-marked  inter- 
nally, the  front  lobe  with  numerous  purple-magenta 
papillae,  and  a  broad  white  border.  Brazil.  C  O.  14a. 

30  guttata,  Lindl  (C.  clcttior,  Lindl ).  Pseudobulbs 
18-30  in  tall,  oylmdric,  2-lvd  :  Ivs.  5-9  in.  long,  oblong- 
elhptie  peduncle  beaimg  5-10  fls.  3-4  in.  across;  sepals 
and  petals  yellowish  green,  spotted  deep  purple,  the 
sepals  obtuse,  the  lateral  somewhat  falcate,  the  petals 
undulate?  broader  than  sepals;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral 
lobes  white  externally,  acute,  the  front  lobe  amethyst- 
purple,  obcordate,  papillate.  S.  Brazil.  B.R.  1406. 

31.  Schilleriana,  Reiehb.  f.  (C.  Regnelhi,  Warner. 
C.  Acldruhie  var.  tichilleridna,  Jenn  )  Pseudobulbs 
5-6  in.  tall,  clavate,  furrowed,  2-lvd.:  Ivs  213-6  m. 
long,  oblong-elliptic,  peduncle  bearing  1-3  fk  4-5  in 
across,  .sepals  and  petals  olive-green  tinted  with  blown 
and  spotted  with  black-purple,  oblong-hgulate,  undu- 
late, especially  m  the  petals;  lip  a  little  shorter  than 
the  lateral  sepals,  deeply  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
whitish  outside,  pale  yellow  marked  with  purple  inside, 
the  front  lobe  remform,  sessile,  crimson,  lined  ana 
margined  with  white,  undulate,  the  disk  yellow  with  5 
sunken  lines.  Brazil.  B.M.  5150  F  8.22:2286  A  F. 
6-563.  CO  16. 

32  F6rbesii,  Lindl.  (C.  vest&hs,  Hoffm  ).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  8-12  in.  tall,  cyhndrie,  2-lvd  Ivs  4-5  in  long, 
oblong  peduncle  bearing  2-5  fls  3-4  in  across,  sepals 
and  petals  a  pale  yellowish  green,  obtuse,  undulate, 
sepals  oblong-hgulate,  the  petals  oblong-lanceolate, 
hp  distinctly  3-lobed,  the  tube  pale  yellow  outside, 
inbidc  a  bright  yellow  streaked  with  red,  the  terminal 
lobe  small,  sessile,  orbicular,  undulate,  pale  yellow,  with 
a  bright  yellow  center  marked  with  purple.  S.  Brazil. 
B.M.  3265  CO.  11.  B  R.  953 

33.  Walkeriana,   Gardner    (C.    bulbdsa,    Lindl      C. 
Gardnendna,  Reiehb.  f.    C   princeps,  Rodr.).    Pseudo- 
bulbs  2-5  m.  tall,  oval-fusiform,  furrowed,  1-lvd  :  Ivs. 
2-5  in  long,  oblong-elliptic:  fls  1-3,  very  fragrant,  3-5 
in.  across   on  a  scaly  at.  arising  from  the  base  of  the 
pseudobulb;  sepals  and  petals  pale  rose-lilac  or  a  deep 
purple-rose,   the  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,   acute,   the 
petals  about  twice  as  wide,  oval-rhomboid,  undulate; 
lip  a  little  shorter  than  sepals,  fleshy,  3-lobed,   the 
lateral  lobes  rose,  separated,  exposing  the  column,  the 
front  lobe  nearly  orbicular,  emarginate,  crisped,  violet- 

>urple,  the  disk  yellow,  streaked  with  bright  purple. 
Brazil    B.R  33:42. 

34.  nobilior,  Reiehb  f  (C.  Walkeriana  var.  nobilior, 
Veitch)     Pseudobulbs  3-5  in.  tall,  ovate-fusiform  or 
nearly  clavate,  furrowed,  2-lvd.:  Ivs.  2-4  in.  long, 


elliptic-ovate:  fls.  1  or  2,  on  a  scaly  8t.  arising  from  the 
base  of  the  pseudobulb.  very  fragrant,  3-4  M  m  across; 
sepals  and  petals  purple-lilac,  acute,  the  sepals  oblong, 
the  petals  ovate-rhomboid,  about  twice  the  width  of 
the  sepals;  hp  fleshy,  about  as  long  as  lateral  sepals, 
deeply  3-lobed,  the  tube  the  same  color  as  the  petals, 
the  front  lobe  broadly  reniform,  emarginate,  scarcely 
undulate,  the  disk  yellow,  many-costate.  Brazil.  G  C. 
11.19:729.  I.H.  30:485 

The  following  are  some  of  the  many  hybrid  forms'  C.  Adula*** 
C  bieolorXC  Hardy  an  <»,  C  Alberhi<=C  intermediaxC  violacoa, 
C  ataldnta=**C  Leopoldii  XC  Warscewiczu  gigaa,  C  Ballanti&na=— 
C  TiruifflXC.  Warscewuzn,  C'  Wesensis=L«6lio-cattleya,  C 
Hrabdntise=C  AclanditexC  Loddieesu.  C,  Bn/mmdna=supposed 
natural  hybrid  between  C  violaceaxC  Eldorado  (C  O  1),  C  Ca«- 
8dnr/ra=«Laeho-cattleya,  C  Chamberla.im^na^'G.  Leopoldii  X  C. 
Dowiana,  C  Dietrtchidna—C  Schilleriana  X  C  Tnanse,  C  Dorman- 
oara=La>lio-cattleya,  C  Diichesnn^V  hicolorxC.  Hamsomana 
(RB  30  3),  C  DussddorffiivuT  Indine^G  intermedia X C  Mo«- 
siro  alba  (OH  18  3(59),  C  ftwnMsts^Lffilio-cattJcya,  C  fahsta— 
Lceho-tattleya,  C  Fowlen--=C  LeopoldnxC  Hardyana  (C  O  5); 
C  0ermdnia*=C  granulosaxC  Hardyana.  C  Hardyana^C  Dow- 
iana XC  Warscewiczu  (C  O  2)  O  R  4  241,  5  363,8  248,  11  336, 
337),  C  //drrmt=C  Leopoldii  X  C  Mondeln,  C  Uelditue—C. 
ForbesnxC  Mossiro,  C  hybntla  plcta—C  guttataxC  Ixxldigesii, 
('  in/fr0M««a=*C  amethystogloswaxC  intermedia,  C  Kramen&na 
=-O  rorbesuXC  intermedia,  C  LouryAna=*=C  Forbesii  xC  inter- 
media, C'  Mdnalf8ii=C  IxaddiKcaiixC  Luddemanmana,  C,  Mdn- 
<mu=C  BowrmgianaxC  Dowiana  (C  0  7  OR  10337),  C 
MiTvM/u  — Ue'io-eattleya,  C  Mdrstcrsomx^C  labiataxC  Lod- 
dige-Mi,  C  Medsure^x—C  Luddemanniaua  X  C  velutma,  C  Mtn- 
iu-m^C  LoudigexiixC  Wamrewiezu  gigas.  ('  m6Um~*C  Gaskel- 
liatmxC  violacea,  C  O'firi<mttna=considered  by  some  a  natural 
hybrid  between  C  Loddigesu  <C  dolosa  (CO  8),  C  Pittue—C 
Dowiana  XC  Harnsoniana,  C  Pitti'ina=C  Dowiana  xC  granu- 
losa  (CO  28),  C  Pi>rtta=(J  BowrmgianaxC  labiata,  C  Tkay- 
»Tubm--C  intermedia  XC  Hchrotder®  (OR  12  49),  C  weedon- 
ifnn^d"  granulosaxC  Mcndeln,  C  WMtei^ C  SchiilerianaxC. 
Warnen  (H  M.  7727),  C  -Ztmrfna-^La-ho-cattleya 

C  Abfhdna,  Hort  H«  cn-aniy  yellow,  spfokled  with  purple 
on  the  lip  Peru—  C  ForgeliAjM,  Rolfc  Somewhat  resembling  C 
Lawrtnwana  Scape  bearing  2  nN  ,  sepala  and  petals  rose-purple. 
Brazil  -  -C  Grdmi,  Hort  ,  var  pdUida  A  nearly  white  form, 
sepals  slightly  tinged  with  green,  hp  pale  rose — C  Hardy  Ana. 
Hort,  var  afirea  Lip  deep  yellow —C  Jtnmami,  Rolfe  .Allied 
to  C  OaskHliana,  but  Ivs  broader  and  fls  smaller  British  Guiana. 
-— r  mnrffinAfa,  Part  =Lseha  pumila — C  velittina,  Reiehb  Sts 
slender,  the  fragrant  fls  with  the  sepals  and  petals  orange,  spotted 
purple,  the  lip  orange  and  white,  \emed  violet.  Brazil  G  C  III. 


GEORGE  V.  NASH. 


E 


24  AM    C  O  29a. 


CAULIFLOWER  (Brdsmca  olerAcea,  Linn ,  var. 
botrylit>,  DC  )  A  form  of  the  common  cabbage  species. 
producing  an  edible  head  of  malformed  and  condensed 
flowers  and  flower-stems  (the  word  cauliflower  means 
htem-flower) ,  it  will  hybridize  with  the  cabbage  and 
form  some  very  interesting  freaks.  See  Forcing 

A  perfect  "curd"  or  head  of  cauliflower  is  one  in  which 
the  parts  are  so  adjusted  to  one  another  that  it  looks 
almost  homogeneous  This  condition  is  most  often 
found  in  the  young  or  partly  developed  heads  As  soon 
as  segmentation  begins  to  take  place,  the  curd  has 
reached  full  development  and  maturity  from  the  mar- 
ket-gardeners' standpoint.  The  breakmg-up  of  the 
curd  is  an  indication  of  the  formation  of  floral  parts. 
The  value  of  the  curd  depends  upon  its  symmetry  and 
form,  and  the  length  of  time  that  it  will  hold  without 
beginning  to  break  up  into  distinct  parts. 

Not  all  plants  produce  perfect  curds.  Growers 
recognize  a  peculiar  form  which  is  known  as  the  "ricy" 
curd  illustrated  at  a  in  Fig  845.  Another  form,  which 
is  equally  undesirable  is  a  segmented  curd  between  the 
(segments  of  which  leaves  appear,  known  as  a  "leafy" 
curd  shown  at  6  A  head  in  perfect  condition  is  shown 
at  c.  Segments  are  apparent  in  c,  but  the  develop- 
ment of  the  curd  is  almost  ideal  and  the  head  as  a  whole 
is  verv  nearly  perfect  It  is  the  aim  of  the  seed-grower 
as  well  as  of  the  gardener  to  produce  plants  which  will 
return  curds  of  the  type  shown  at  c. 

Cauliflower  is  the  most  fastidious  and  exacting  mem- 
ber of  the  cabbage  family.  It  ia  less  tolerant  of  adverse 
soil  and  climatic  conditions  than  any  of  its  near  rela- 
tives. This  accounts,  in  a  great  measure,  for  its  limited 
cultivation  and  the  fact  that  it  is  grown  only  in  certain 
localities.  When  well  grown,  however,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  profitable  market-garden  crops.  Because  of  its 


694 


CAULIFLOWER 


CAULIFLOWER 


intolerance  to  heat,  it  is  grown  in  the  open  so  as  to  take 
advantage  of  the  cool  seasons  of  early  spring  and 
autumn.  It  is  one  of  those  crops,  therefore,  which  is 
less  adaptable  than  those  having  a  greater  range  of 
heat-endurance.  If  the  season  happens  to  be  favorable 
the  amateur  may  have  good  luck,  but  if  the  season 
proves  severe  the  most  expert  grower  may  fail 

A  rich  loamy  soil,  thoroughly  charged  with  available 
plant-food  is  suited  to  this  plant  Light  thin  sandv 
soils  or  those  extremely  heavy  and  retentive  are,  as  a 
rule,  not  well  suited  for  this,  crop  The  soil  should  bo 
one  which  does  not  dry  out  quickly  but  which  will 
furnish  the  plants  a  constant  supply  of  moistuic. 
High-grade  cauliflower  is  quite  as  dependent  upon 
careful  handling  of  the  plants  and  a  constantly  avail- 
able supply  of  moisture  as  high-grade  celery  Among 
the  fertilizers,  none  is  better  than  well-decomposed 
manure  from  the  horse-stable,  thoroughly  incorporated 
with  the  soil  at  the  tune  of  preparing  it  for  the  crop 

If  commercial  fertilizers  are  necessary,  quick-acting 
ones  are  most  desirajble,  except  it  is  thougnt  that  sul- 
fate  of  potash  is  preferable  to  muriate  The  nitrogen- 
content  of  the  fertilizer,  however,  should  be  in  tho 
form  of  nitrate  of  soda  or  sulfate  of  ammonia  rather 
than  in  a  slow-acting  form  If  a  fertilizer  is  to  be  used, 
a  portion  of  it  should  be  scattered  over  the  held  beforo 
the  plants  are  set  An  application  of  500  pounds  to 
the  acre  at  this  time,  applied  broadcast,  and  a  side 
dressing  about  the  tune  "buttons"  begin  to  form,  will 
prove  an  advantage.  The  side  dressing  may  be  at  the 
rate  of  500  pounds,  making  a  total  application  of  1,000 
pounds  to  the  acre  A  good  fertilizer  is  one  carrying  3 
to  4  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  6  to  8  per  cent  of  phosphoric 
acid  and  about  10  per  cent  of  potash 

Cauliflower  plants  in  northern  latitudes  are  handled 
so  as  to  prepare  them  either  for  an  early  or  a  late  crop. 
The  early  crop  should  be  started  at  the  same  time  as 
early  cabbage,  or  a  few  days  later  Cauliflower  plants 
cannot,  however,  be  started  in  the  autumn  and  suc- 
cessfully wintered  m  coldframes,  as  can  early  cabbage 
plants  Plants  so  handled  are  less  likely  to  give  a  desira- 
ble product.  The  best  early-crop  plants  aro  produced 
from  hotbed  or  greenhouse  propagated  stock  started 
in  a  mild  temperature  and  grown  so  as  to  produce  a 
sturdy  broad-leaved  plant  to  be  sot  in  the  field  a  few 


845.  Types  of  cauliflower  heads:  a,  ricy;  b,  leafy;  c,  perfect 


days  later  than  the  early  crop  of  cabbage  Young  cauli- 
flower plants  are  less  hardy  than  young  cabbage  plants 
and,  for  this  reason,  planting  in  the  open  must  be  some- 
what delayed. 

For  the  late  cauliflower  crop  m  the  North,  seed-beds 
are  prepared  on  the  shady  side  of  a  building  or  in  a 
partially  shaded  situation  and  handled  m  same  manner 
as  seed-beds  for  late  cabbage,  the  late  crop  m  the  Long 
Island  region  being  placed  in  the  open  the  last  days  of 
June  or  early  in  July. 


The  early  crop  is  usually  grown  on  a  smaller  scale 
than  the  autumn  crop.  Plants  grown  in  the  hotbed  are 
usually  transplanted  and  the  transplanted  plants 
carried  and  set  in  the  field  by  hand  The  distance  be- 
tween the  rows  should  be  sufficient  to  permit  of  culti- 
vation with  horse-power  implements,  but  the  plants  need 
not  he  set  more  than  18  inches  apart  in  the  row 

The  late  crop,  however,  is  frequently  transplanted 
during  the  drier  parts  of  the  season  and,  largely  on 
this  account,  growers  prefer  to  use  a  transplanting 
machine  so  as  to  water  the  plants  at  the  same  time  thoy 
are  set  A  convenient  distance  between  the  rows  is  3 
feet,  with  the  plants  20  to  24  inches  apart  in  the  row, 
depending  upon  the  variety  grown 

The  old  adago  that  "cabbage  should  be  hoed  every 
day"  applies  with  equal  force  to  cauliflower  Cultiva- 
tion should  be  of  such  character  as  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  a  crust  and  to  discourage  tho  development 
of  weeds.  The  maintenance  of  a  soil-mulch  by  shallow 
cultivation  which  shall  not  disturb  or  severely  prune  the 
roots  of  the  plants  is  desirable 

Cauliflower  is  subject  to  the  same  enemies  and  dis- 
eases as  cabbage  Clubroot  and  mildew  are  two  of  the 
most  annoying  diseases  The  aphis,  root-maggot  and 
both  the  green  cabbage- worm  and  tho  cabbage- looper  are 
annoying  pests  The  delicacy  of  the  curd  requires  that 
the  plants  be  kept  perfectly  free  from  insects  which 
devour  any  portion  of  the  plant 

Cauliflower  requires  more  careful  field  attention  than 
that  required  by  any  other  garden  crop  except  those  that 
are  blanched  either  by  tying  or  banking  The  young 
curd  of  tho  cauliflower,  as  soon  as  it  has  reached  the 
size  of  a  hen's  egg,  should  be  carefully  protected  from 
the  elements  by  adjusting  the  leaves  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  prevent  discoloration  by  the  action  of  sun  or 
ram.  The  expert  growers  accomplish  this  and  at  the 
same  time  indicate  the  stage  of  maturity  of  the  plants 
by  different  methods  of  folding  tho  leaves  together  over 
the  curd  or  by  tying  them  with  different  tying  materials, 
a  different  method  being  used  each  time  the  field  is 
gone  over  To  illustrate  the  earliest  developed  curds 
may  be  protected  by  tying  the  loaves  together  with  rye 
straw,  the  next  later  size  may  be  indicated  by  folding 
the  leaves  together  over  the  plant,  while  the  third  may 
be  indicated  by  tying  the  leaves  with  raffia  Usually 
three  operations  will  be  sufficient  to  care  for  the  entire 
season's  crop.  As  soon  as  the  curds  have  reached  the 
desired  market  size,  which  vanes  greatly  with  different 
producers  and  somewhat  also  with  different  varieties 
and  is  to  a  degree  dependent  upon  the  season  and 
fertility  of  the  land,  the  plants  are  harvested  by  cutting 
tho  heads  with  at  least  two  or  three  whorls  of  leaves 
attached 

After  the  heads  have  been  cut  and  a  sufficient  num- 
ber assembled  in  one  place  to  justify  packing,  they  are 
trumned  by  using  a  large  knife  to  sever  the  loaves  just 
above  tho  edge  of  the  curd  so  as  to  form  a  border  or 
"ruche"  of  leafstalks  with  a  part  of  the  blade  attached 
about  the  curd  This  border  of  stiff  green  leafstalks 
about  the  white  curd  gives  it  a  very  attractive  appear- 
ance 

After  the  curds  have  been  properly  trimmed,  which 
vanes  somewhat  with  different  operators,  they  are  pro- 
tected by  the  use  of  tea  paper,  either  white  or  brown, 
placed  over  tho  head  in  such  a  manner  as  to  protect  it 
from  dirt  and  contact  with  its  neighbors  The  curds 
are  then  packed  in  crates  or  barrels,  the  California  and 
Florida  product  being  largely  packed  in  crates  holding 
one  dozen  heads  in  a  single  layer  If  the  heads  are  to 
be  packed  in  barrels,  a  layer  of  excelsior  is  first  placed 
in  the  barrel  and  the  wrapped  heads,  curd  down,  are 
carefully  placed  so  as  to  form  a  layer  resting  upon  the 
excelsior  over  the  bottom  of  the  barrel.  The  next  row 
of  curds  is  placed  stem  end  down  and  curds  up;  on  top 
is  placed  another  cushion  of  excelsior  and  the  operation 
repeated  until  the  barrel  is  filled  in  such  a  manner  as  to 


CAULIFLOWER 


CEANOTHUS 


695 


leave  the  last  row  with  the  stem  end  upward,  over  which 
a  cushion  of  excelsior  and  a  burlap  cover  are  placed. 
Ventilated  barrels  are  ordinarily  used  for  this  purpose, 
but  for  long-distance  shipment  the  smaller  crates  hold- 
ing a  single  layer  of  heads  have  proved  most  advan- 
tageous. 

During  late  years,  the  marketing  of  this  crop  has  been 
very  greatly  facilitated  and  the  returns  to  the  growers 
considerably  enhanced  by  a  cooperative  method  of 
sale  which  has  taken  into  consideration  a  more  ex- 
tended distribution  of  the  crop  than  formerly.  In  this 
the  Long  Island  Cauliflower-Growers'  Association  and 
the  California  Vegetable-Growers'  Union  have  both 
been  very  helpful 

One  of  the  handicaps  in  the  cultivation  of  cauliflower 
has  been  the  entire  dependence  of  the  American 
growers  on  foreign  seed,  little  or  no  cauliflower  seed 
having  been  produced  m  this  country  and  that  in  the 
open  only  in  the  Puget  Sound  region  The  seed  has 
bopn  expensive  and  not  always  to  be  depended  upon. 
The  greatest  care  should  be  given  to  securing  a  per- 
fectly reliable  stock  ot  seed. 

Broccoli 

Broccoli,  which  is  a  long-seanon  cauliflower,  is  in  all 
respects  like  cauliflower  except  that  its  vegetative  parts 
are  somewhat  coarser,  the  heads  somewhat  smaller,  and 
it  docs  not  form  an  edible  curd  early  in  its  life  as  does 
cauliflower 

Broccoli  is  cultivated  only  in  climates  having  a  mild 
winter,  when  it  can  be  planted  the  summer  before  and 
carried  through  the  winter  to  form  heads  early  the  fol- 
lowing spring  It  is  a  popular  plant  in  all  parts  of 
France  and  particularly  in  England  It  is  undoubtedly 
the  parent  type  of  the  cauliflower,  the  cultivated  varie- 
ties of  cauliflower  being  short-season  forms. 

For  best  results,  the  seed  should  be  sown  at  the  same 
tune  as  that  of  autumn  cabbage  and  the  plants  trans- 
planted to  the  field  about  the  same  time,  so  that  they 
will  make  their  vegetative  growth  during  the  late  sum- 
mer and  autumn  Where  winters  are  mild,  the  plants 
can  bo  left  in  the  open,  but  in  more  rigorous  climates 
at  the  approach  of  cold  weather,  a  small  number  of 
plants  can  be  lifted  with  earth  adhering  to  the  roots, 
.stored  in  a  suitable  root-cellar,  and  the  following  spring 
transferred  to  the  open  to  form  heads 

L.    C     CORBETT. 

CAULOPHtLLUM  (Greek,  stem-leaf)  Berbvn- 
dacese  BLUE  COHOSH  Tv\o  species  of  perennial  herbs 
(sometimes  combined  with  Ixxmtice),  one  in  E.  Amer 
and  the  other  in  Asia,  the  former  sometimes  removed 
from  the  woods  to  cult  grounds  Rhizomatous'  sts 
erect,  very  smooth:  If  1,  large,  tnternately  compound 
and  sessile'  fls  small,  yellow-green,  pamcled;  sepals  6, 
subtended  by  3  or  4  bracts;  petals  6,  much  smaller  than 
the  sepals  and  appearing  like  glands  or  scales;  stamens 
6;  ovary  soon  bursting,  freeing  the  2  ovules  which 
develop  into  depressed-globular  berry-like  seeds  (with- 
out pericarp)  C.  thalictrioides,  Michx ,  Fig.  846,  is 
the  American  species,  a  smooth  or  glaucous  plant  of 
rich  woods  from  Canada  south,  2-2^  ft.  high.  The 
plant  is  always  attractive  because  of  its  trim  growth 
and  interesting  habit;  in  Sept.  and  later,  when  the  foli- 
age is  dead,  the  drupe-like  seeds  stand  erect  on  the  dry 
stalks  and  afford  one  of  the  richest  and  best  of  deep 
bl"es.  L.  H.  B. 

CAUTLfeA  (Sir  P.  Cautley,  1802-1871,  British  natu- 
ralist). Zmgtber&cex.  About  a  half-dozen  Himalayan 
species  closely  allied  to  Roscoea,  differing  in  the 
spherical  rather  than  narrow  fr ,  and  the  spicate  infl. 
Probably  not  in  cult,  in  this  country.  C.  littea.  Royle 
(Roscbea  lutea.  Royle.  R.  grAcdis,  Smith).  Erect  or 
leafy  perennial  herb,  1$4  ft  or  less.  Ivs.  narrow-lanceo- 
late, slender-tipped,  reddish  underneath:  fls.  2  in.  or 
less  long;  corolla  yellow;  calyx  reddish  purple,  the  linear 


segms.  prominent,  the  lateral  ones  spreading  or  reflexed 
and  the  dorsal  one  erect  and  with  an  incurved  erect 
stammode  under  it. — Treatment  of  Alpinia  and 
Roscoea. 

CAVAN:  Acacia  Cavenia. 
CAYENNE  PEPPER:  Capsicum. 
CAYRATIA  JAP6NICA:  Cmwa  japomca. 

CEAN6THUS  (ancient  Greek  name)     Rhamn&cex. 
Ornamental  woody  plants  grown  for  their  profusely 
produced    white,    blue    or 
pink  flower-clusters 

Deciduous  or  evergreen 
shrubs  or  trees.  Ivs  alter- 
nate or  sometimas  opposite, 
short- petioled,  serrate  or  i 
entire,  usually  3  -  nerved, 
with  small  stipules,  fls  per- 
fect, small.  5-merous, 
small  umbels  forming  pani- 
cles or  racemes;  sepals  often 
incurved,  colored;  petals 
clawed,  spreading  or  re- 
curved, filaments  slender; 
disk  annular;  ovary  partly 
adnate  to  the  calyx -tube, 
3-celled;  style  3-cleft  fr  a 
3-celled  drupe,  dry  at  length 
and  separating  into  3  one- 
seeded  dehiscent  nutlets  — 
Nearly  50  species  in  N. 
Amer  ,  chiefly  in  the  Pacific 
coast  region. 

These  are  free-flowering 
shrubs,  some  especially 
valuable  for  their  late 
flowering  period  Many  of 
them  are  hardy  onl}r  in  the 
warmer  temperate  regions, 
but  C  amenc<imui,C  ovntu-s, 
and  (7  Fendlen  are  hardy 
Noith,  while  the  numeioin 
hybrids  of  C.  amcncnnm 

are   only  half   haidy,   and       _„. _ 

even  if  protected  they  are    cohosh,  Caulophyllum  thalictn- 
killed  to  the  ground  in  the    oides.  (xJi) 
North,  but  the  young  shoot* 

will  usually  flower  the  same  season.  The  safest  way, 
however,  to  have  good  free-flowering  plants  of  these 
beautiful  hybrids  will  be,  in  the  North,  to  dig  them  up 
in  fall,  store  them  away  in  a  frost-proof  pit  or  cellar,  and 
plant  them  out  again  in  rprmg  Pruning  of  the  late- 
flowering  species  will  be  of  advantage;  about  one-half 
of  last  year's  growth  may  be  taken  away  They  grow 
in  almost  any  soil,  but  best  in  a  light  and  well-drained 
one,  and  most  of  the  Cahfornian  species  prefer  a  sunny 
position  Propagated  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  and  by 
cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  autumn,  inserted  in  a  cold- 
frame  or  greenhouse;  softwood  cuttings  also  grow 
readily  if  taken  in  early  spring  from  forced  plants 
Sometimes  increased  by  layers,  and  the  varieties  and 

E1    '   ids  by  grafting  on  roots  of  C.  amencanus  under 
in  early  spring;  the  cions  must  be  fresh  and  with 
js,    taken   from   plants   kept  in   the  greenhouse 
during  the  winter. 


846.  Seed -berries    of    blue 


albo-plenus,  4. 
amencanus,  1. 
arboreus,  7. 
Arnouldii,  4. 
atrocscruleua,  4. 
acureua,  8. 
btcolor,  8. 
cteruleus,  8 
ouneatm,  14. 
divanratus,  12 

Fendlen,  10. 
hirsutus,  9 
hybridus,  4 
mtegcmmus,  11, 
intermedius,  1. 
Lobbwnus,  5. 
Orouttii,  9. 
oreganua,  3 
ovalit,  2. 

ovatua,  2. 
pallulus,  4. 
prostratus.  15. 
roseut,  4. 
sangui  neus,  3. 
spmosua,  13. 
thyrsi  florus,  5. 
Veitchtanut,  6. 
velutinu*.  6,  7. 

G96 


CEANOTHUS 


A.  Lvs.  alternate.   (Nos.  1-13.) 

B.  Margin  of  Ivs.  serrate  or  crenate. 

c.  Foliage  glabrous  beneath  or  slightly  pubescent. 

D.  Fls.  white:  Ivs.  thin,  deciduous. 
B.  Peduncles  slender,  at  the  end  of  the  new  growth. 
1.  americanus,  Linn.  Fig.  847.  Low,  erect  shrub,  to 
3  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate,  usually  acute,  finely  and  irregularly 
serrate,  bright  green  and  dull  above,  paler  and  pubes- 
cent or  nearly  glabrous 
beneath,    lJi-3    in. 
long:  fls.  in  terminal 
and    axillary   panicles 
on   slender  peduncles, 
forming  large,  corym- 
!  bose   panicles.     July- 
Sept      From    Canada 
to  S.  C    and   Texas. 
B  M   1479.  Gt.  61,  p. 
92    Gn.  56,  p    137.— 
Common  in  dry  woods 
and    making    a    pro- 
fusion of  bloom,  which, 
however,  is  short-lived. 
^s-    Many    hybrids    have 
been  raised  from  this 
species  in  Eu.  (see  C. 
hybndm).   Var.  inter- 
medius,  Trel.    (C.  m- 
termbdius,  Pursh),  has 
smaller,     ovate     or 
ovate  -  lanceolate    Ivs. 
and  the  fls    in  small, 
very   slender  -  pedun- 
cled,  short  racemes  or 
panicles  Tenn  toS  C. 
2   ovatus,  Desf.  (C. 
ovahs,  Bigel.).   Low 
shrub:  Ivs    elliptic  to 
elliptic-lanceolate,  ob- 
tuse or  acute,  crenulate-serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  glossy 
above,  1-2  in    long.  mfl.  like  the  former,  but  usually 
smaller.  New  England  to  Colo,  and  Ala. 

BE.  Peduncles  usually  stout,  from  lateral  buds  of  the 
old  wood. 

3.  sanguineus,  Pursh   (C.   oreg&nus,   Nutt.).    Tall 
shrub,  with  purple  or  reddish  glabrous  branches:  Ivs. 
orbicular  to  ovate  or  obovate,  obtuse,  serrate,  nearly 
glabrous,  1-3  in  long*  fls  m  rather  long,  narrow  pani- 
cles, on  stout,  leafless  peduncles,  axillary,  from  branches 
of  the  previous  year.    May,  June.   Brit.  Col.  to  Calif. 
B.M.  5177. 

DD.  Fls.  blue  or  pink,  rarely  white:  Ivs.  usually 
half-evergreen. 

4.  hybridus,  Hort.  Hybrids  of  garden  origin,  chiefly 
between  C.  amencanus  and  C.  thyrsiflorus.  between  C. 
ovatus  and  C.  thyrsiflorus  and  between  (J.  amencanus 
and  C.  azureus;  the  hybrids  of  the  first  group  may  be 
classed  under  C.  roseus,  Koehne,  of  the  second  under  C. 
paUidus,  Lindl.,  and  those  of  the  third  group  under  C. 
Arnouldii,  Hort    Some  of  the  most  distinct  are:  dlbo- 
plenus,  with  double  white  fls.;  atrocxruleus  purvureus, 
fl.  blue,  foliage  purple  when  young;  Arnouldii,  fls.  sky- 
blue,    in   large   panicles;    Gloire   de    Versailles,    with 
bright  blue,  large  panicles  (M.D.G.  1903:485);   Gloire 
de  Plantieres,  fls.  dark  blue,  m  large  panicles;  Victor 
Jouin,  fls.  deep  blue,  darker  than  in  the  preceding,  one 
of  the  hardiest  hybrids;  CiH  de  Provence,  fls.  deep  blue, 
profusely  produced    (R.H.  1903:332);  Marie  Simon, 
fls.   flesh-colored;    rbseus,   fls.  pink   (R.H.  1875:30); 
pdllidus,  fls.  pale  blue,  Ivs.  green  and  pubescent  below 
tS.R.26:20); 

5.  thyrsiflorus,  Each.    Shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  ob- 
long, obtuse,   crenate-serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  1-1 H 


847.  Ceantfthus  americanus. 


CEANOTHUS 

in.  long;  fls.  blue,  rarely  white,  in  narrow  pamcF&B, 
about  3  in.  long.  May-July.  Ore.  to  Calif.  B.R. 
30:38.  S.S.  2.64.  G.C. III.  20:363;  37.179,  41:221. 
Gn.  74,  p.  303.  G.M.  50:430.— A  very  fine,  free-flower- 
ing species  of  beautiful  blue  color.  Probably  natural 
hybrids  of  this  species  are  C.  Veitchndnus,  Hook.  (C. 
thyrsiflorus  x  C.  ngidus),  with  deep  blue  fls.  m  dense 
panicled  clusters  (B  M.  5127;  FS.  13 '1383),  and  C. 
Lobbidnus,  Hook.  (C.  thyrsiflorus  x  C.  dentatus),  with 
deep  blue  fls  ,  in  oval,  peduncled,  solitary  clusters.  B. 
M.  4810  (4811  by  error).  F.S.  10' 1016. 

cc.  Foliage  tomentose  or  densely  pubescent  beneath:  half- 
evergreen  or  evergreen  (see  also  C.  hybndus). 
D.  Branchlets  and  the  veins  beneath  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs. 
very  obtuse,  fls  white. 

6.  velutinus,  Douglas    Tall  shrub-  Ivs.  persistent, 
broadly  elliptic,  mostly  subcordate,  obtuse,  serrate, 
dark  green  and  glabrous  above,  canescent  beneath,  but 
the  veins  glabrescent,  2-3  in   long    fls   in  large,  com- 
pound panicles  at  the  ends  of  the  branches.  June,  July. 
Brit.  Col.  to  Colo  and  Calif.   B  M.  5165 

DD  Branchlets  and  the  veins  tomentose  or  pubescent   Ivs. 

mostly  acute  fls.  usually  blue 

B.  The  Ivs.   glabrous  or   puberulom   above,   whitish   or 
tawny  tomentose  beneath. 

7.  arbdreus,    Greene    (C     velutmus    var    arboreus, 
Sarg).   Small  tree,  with  whitihh  bark    branchlets  at 
first  angled  and  pubescent,  later  glabrchcent  and  glossy: 
Ivs  elliptic-ovate,  obtusish  or  acutish,  rounded  or  sub- 
cordate  at  the  base,  closely  serrate,  with  close  white 
tomentum  beneath,  l>£-3in  long  fls  pale  blue  to  white 
in  panicles  2-3  m.  long.    Spring     Isls    off  the  Calif, 
coast.   SS.  2.65. 

8.  azftreus,    Desf.  (C   bicolor,   HBK.     C.  cseruleus, 
*  Lag.).    Tall  shrub'  branchlets  terete,  densely  tomen- 
tose: Ivs.   oblong-ovate  or  oblong,   acute  or  obtuse, 
rounded  at  base,  serrate,  with  villous  tawny  tomentum 
beneath,  1-3  in  long  fls  deep  blue,  in  slender  panicles 
2-4  in  long    Spring    Mex    LBC2.110    B  R.  4  291. 
P.M.  2 '  74.  Gn.  61,  p  223  —Under  this  name,  a  hybrid 
species  with  C.  amencanus  is  often  cult. 

BE.  The  Ivs.  villous  or  hirsute  on  both  sides,  usually  green 
beneath 

9.  hirsutus,  Nutt    Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  villous 
branches:   Ivs.   broadly  elliptic  or  ovate;  rounded  or 
cordate  at  the  base,  obtuse  or  acute,  with  glandular 
teeth,  J^-2  in.  long:  fls.  deep  blue  to  purplish,  in  nar- 
row panicles  1-2  in  long.    April,  May    Calif .— rCalled 
"wild  hlac"  in  Calif    Var  Crcuttii,  Trel     (C.   Orcuttn, 
Torr.).  Fls.  blue,  paler,  fr.  loosely  villous. 

BB.  Margin  of  Ivs.  entire  or  nearly  so  (sometimes  serrate 

on  vigorous  shoots). 
c.  Shrub  prostrate'  fls.  white. 

10.  F6ndleri,  Gray.  Low,  prostrate  and  spiny  shrub: 
Ivs.  oval,  rounded  or  nearly  acute  at  both  ends,  entire, 
rarely  finely  serrulate,  grayish  green,  minutely  tomen- 
tose beneath,  ^-1  m.  long:  fls.  white,  in  short  racemes, 
terminal,   on  short,   lateral  branchlets.    June,  July. 
From  S.  D.  to  New  Mex.  and  Ariz.  R.H  1901,  p  423. 
M.D.G.  1908  208;    1912:499.— A   very  graceful   and 
free-flowering  shrub  of  almost  creeping  habit,   well 
adapted  for  covering  dry,  sandy  banks;  half  evergreen 
and  hardy  N. 

cc.  Shrubs  tatt,  upright. 
D.  Branchlets  terete  or  slightly  angled,  rarely  spiny. 

11.  integ£rrimus,  Hook.  &  Am.   Tall,  erect  shrub, 
with  glabrescent  branches:  Ivs.  broadly  elliptic  or  ovate, 
obtuse,  sparingly  hairy  or  glabrout,  bright  green  be- 
neath, 1-3  in.  long:  fls.  blue,  sometime*  white,  fragrant, 
in  3-6  in.  long,  narrow  panicles.  April-June.  Wash,  to 
Calif,  and  8.  E.  Ariz.  B.M.7640. 


CEANOTHUS 


CEDRELA 


69? 


Lo 


C  afncd 
w  shrub 


above,  loosely  hairy 
6  Ofa7,   2.     BH  .*   101 


12.  divaricfttus,  Nutt.  Tall,  erect  shrub,  with  usually 
glaucous  branches  and  often  spiny:  Ivs  ovate,  obtuse  or 
nearly  acute,  glaucous  and  glabrous  or  grayish  tomen- 
tose oelow,   ^-1  in.  long:  fls.  pale  blue,   some  tunes 
whitish,  in  2-3  in.  long,  narrow  panicles.   April-June. 
Cahf.   Gn.  74,  p.  425  (habit). 

DD.  Branchlets  angled,  spiny. 

13.  spindsus,  Nutt.   Tall  shrub,  sometimes  arbores- 
cent: branchlets  glabrous:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  oblong,  thinly 
coriaceous,  rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base, 
very  obtuse  or  emarginate,  scarcely  3-nerved,  glabrous, 
3^-1^  in  long,  fls  light  blue  to  almost  white  in  large 
terminal  panicles  4-6  in.  long.     Spring.     Cent,  and  S. 
Cahf.,  Coast  Range  and  down  to  sea-level.  S  S.  13.621. 

AA.  Lvs.  opposite,  persistent. 

14.  cuneatus,  Nutt.  Tall,  much-branched  shrub:  Ivs. 
epatulate  or  cuneate-obovate,  mostly  obtuse,  entire, 
minutely  tomentose  beneath,  \fc-\  in.  long*  fls  white, 
in  small  clusters  a'ong  the  branches.     March-May. 
Ore  to  Cahf.   B.H.8.170 

15.  prostratus,  Henth    Procumbent  shrub:  Ivs.  cu- 
neate, obovate  or  spatulate,  coarsely  and   pungently 
toothed,  sometimes  only  3-pomted  at  the  apex,  often 
minutely  silky  when  young,  ^-l  in  long:  fls.  blue,  in 
clusters,  terminal  on  short  branchlets.   Spring.    Wash, 
to  Cahf 

Linn  =Noltea  afncana — C  derUdtua,Torr  <tGray. 
oblong,  penmnerved,  dentate,  glandular-papillate 
fls    blue,  in  pcdunclexl  clusters     Cahf     F  8 

_    _. .    _  _  1  — C    dentdtua   var    flonbuiidus,   Trel     (C. 

flonbundus,  Hook  )  Fl  -clusters  numerous,  nearly  wsmle  Ivs 
smaller  BM  4*06  FS  10  ')77  III  7  238  BH  5  129 — C. 
fohdsus,  Parry  Low  shrub  Ivs  small,  broadly  elliptic,  glandular- 
toothed,  slightly  hairy,  pale  or  glaucous  beneath  fls  deep  blue,  m 
numerous  small  clusters  Calif  ~C  liengotus,  Douglas  Tall  shrub • 
Ivs  broadly  elliptic,  serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath  fls  yellow- 
ish white,  m  large  panicles  Calif — C  mvcrophyllus,  Michx  Low 
shrub.  Ivs  very  small,  obovate  or  elliptic,  nearly  glabrous  fls 
white,  in  small,  short-pedunclcd  clusters  — C  papitldsus,  Torr  & 
Cray  Low  shrub.  Ivs.  narrow-oblong,  dentate,  glandular-papillate 
above,  villous  beneath  fls  deep  blue,  in  pedunclecl,  axillary  oblong 
dusters  Cahf  B  M  4815  F  S  6  567.  1  P  F  G  1,  p  74  R  H 
1R50  321  — C  I'drryi,  Trel  Large  shrub  Ivs  elliptic  or  ovate,  den- 
ticulate, cobwebby  beneath  fls  deep  blue,  in  peduncled,  narrow 
panicles  Cahf  — C  rlgidus,  Nutt  Rigid,  mucn-branched  shrub. 
Ivs  opposite,  cuneatc-obovate,  denticulate,  usually  glabrous,  small: 
fls  blue,  in  small,  nearly  sessile,  axillary  clusters  Cahf.  B  M  4660 
(as  C  verrucosus)  and  4664  J  F,  J  31b,  4  348 — C  verrucdsus, 
Nutt  Ixjw  shrub.  Ivs  mostly  alternate,  roundish  obovate,  emar- 
gmat«,  denticulate,  nearly  glabrous,  small  fls  white,  in  small, 
axillary  clusters  along  the  branches.  Cahf. — C  verrucdsus,  Hook.= 

c-  ngldus-  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEARA  RUBBER:   Manihot. 
CEBATHA:   Cocculus. 

CECR6PIA  (from  Greek  word  referring  to  use  of 
the  wood  of  some  species  in  making  wind  instru- 
ments) Mordccx  Milky-juiced  trees,  with  peltate 
leaves,  sometimes  planted  in  grounds  in  tropics  and 
warm  countries. 

Leaves  large,  alternate,  long-petioled,  the  blade  cir- 
cular in  outline;  segms.  or  Ifts.  7-11:  dio?cious;  fls.  very 
email,  sessile  in  cylindrical  heads  or  receptacles,  which 
are  arranged  in  umbels;  calyx  tubular  and  petals  0; 
sterile  fls  with  2  stamens;  fertile  fls.  with  free  ovary 
and  divided  stigma1  frs  small  1-seeded  nuts  combined 
into  short  spikes. — Species  about  40,  from  Mex.  to 
Brazil.  C.  pdtata,  Linn.,  is  the  trumpet-tree  of  the 
W.  Indies  and  S.  It  is  a  middle-sized  tree  with  Ivs. 
1  ft.  across;  hollow  branches  used  for  the  making  of 
wind  instruments.  The  juice  of  some  species  yields 
rubber.  The  hollow  stems  are  often  perforated  by  ants, 
which  nest  and  rear  their  young  in  them. 

palmfcta,  Willd.  Fig.  848  A  characteristic  tree  of 
the  farther  W  Indies  (and  planted  somewhat  in  S. 
Fla.),  with  a  single  long  weak  thin  trunk  and  at  the  top 
a  few  horizontal  or  deflexed  awkward  branches  bear- 
ing at  their  ends  large  palmate  Ivs.  with  divisions  like 
thumbs,  the  trunk  and  branches  partitioned  at  the 


nodes:  Ivs  7-11-lobed  to  the  middle,  white-tomentose 
beneath,  the  lobes  oblong-obovate  and  blunt  — The 
tree  attains  a  height  of  50  ft.:  wood  soft,  branches 
more  or  less  hollow;  grows  rapidly,  like  an  herb;  often 
covering  areas  that  have  recently  been  burned  over. 

L.  H.  B. 

CEDAR:  Cedrus,  Jumperus. 

CEDAR,  WHITE:  Thuya,  Chamxq/parh. 

CEDAR,  WEST  INDIAN:  Cedrela. 

CEDRELA  (from  Cedrus,  the  wood  resembling  that 
of  Cedrus).  M  diocese.  Including  Tobna.  Ornamental 
trees,  grown  for  their  handsome  foliage;  some  are 
valuable  timber  trees. 

Trees  with  alternate,  usually  abruptly  pinnate  Ivs., 
without  stipules  Ifts  petioled,  entire  or  slightly  serrate: 
fls.  inconspicuous,  whitish,  usually  perfect,  4-5-merous, 
in  large,  pendulous,  terminal  panicles;  calyx  short, 
4-5-parted,  the  petals  forming  a  tube  with  spreading 
limb,  below  partly  adnate  to  the  disk;  stamens  shorter 
than  petals;  ovary  5-celled,  style  simple,  with  capitate 
stigma,  somewhat  longer  than  the  stamens  fr  a  caps  , 
dehiscent,  with  5  valves  not  splitting  to  the  base,  with 
many  flat,  winged  seeds  — Nine  species  in  Trop  Amer. 
and  8,  forming  the  subgenus  Toona,  in  E  India  and 
Austral.  Toona  is  often  considered  a  distinct  genus, 
distinguished  from  Cedrela  by  the  disk  being  much 
longer  than  the  ovary  and  by  the  seeds  being  winged 
above  or  at  both  ends,  while  in  Cedrela  the  disk  is  as 
long  or  shorter  than  the  ovary  and  the  heeds  are  winged 
below.  The  first  3  species  below  belong  to  the  sub- 
genus  Toona,  the  others  are  true  cedrelas 

Cedrelas  are  tall  ornamental  trees  with  large  pinnate 
foliage,  well  adapted  for  avenues  C  wnenstb  is  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Massachusetts,  the  others  are  hardy  only 
in  southern  California  and  in  the  Gulf  states  except  (7. 
odorala,  which  is  tender  even  there  The  wood  of  some 
species,  particularly  of  C  odorata,  is  known  as  cedar 
wood,  and  much  valued  for  making  furniture  and 
boxes.  They  thrive  best  in  rich  loam,  and  are  propa- 
gated by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood,  and,  also, 
by  root-cut  tings,  all  with  bottom  heat 


CEDRELA 


CEDRONELLA 


849  Leaflets  of  Cedrela 
and  Ailanthus.  Cedrela  oa 
the  right.  (XH) 


A.  I4ts.  10-25. 

B.  Lvs.  quite  glabrous. 

c.  Margin  of  Ivs.  more  or  less  serrate:  panicles  very  long, 

pendulous'  seeds  unnged  above. 

sinensis,  Juss.  (Todna  wnensis,  Room  Aildnthus 
flavescens,  Carr  ).  Tree  to  50  ft  :  Ivs  long-petioled, 
10-20  in.  long;  Ifts.  10-22,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  slightly  and  re- 
motely serrate,  light  green 
beneath,  4-8  in.  long:  fls 
white,  in  very  long,  pendulous 
panicles.,  ovary  glabrous;  5 
subulate  stammodes  alter- 
nating with  the  stamens*  fr. 
oblong  or  obovate,  about  1 
in.  long.  June.  China.  R  H 
1891,  p.  574-5,  1875,  p  87. 
Gng.  4:1.  M  D  G  1902 : 495 
F.  1876,  p  175  FE.  13,  p 
1 — Ornamental  tree,  with 
large  feathery  foliage,  very 
valuable  for  avenues;  similar 
to  ailanthus,  and  nearly  of  the 
same  hardiness,  but  of  more 
regular  and  dense  growth, 
and  without  the  disagreeable 
odor  when  flowering  Ailan- 
thus can  be  easily  distin- 
guished by  the  few  coarse 
teeth  near  the  base  of  the 
Ifts.,  each  bearing  a  large 
gland  beneath  (Fig.  849) 

serrata,  Royle  (Todna  serrata,  Roem  )  Tree,  to  70 
ft  '  Ivs  usually  odd-pinnate,  15-20  in.  long,  Ifts.  15-25, 
ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate-acuminate,  n  regularly  ser- 
rate, glaucous  beneath  panicles  longer  than  the  lv.s  , 
pendulous;  fls  fragrant,  often  6-merous;  ovary  glabrous 
Himalayas,  to  8,000  ft  altitude  Royle,  111  25  Col- 
lett,  Flor.  Siml  82  — This  is  probably  the  hardiest  of 
the  tropical  species.  Sometimes  united  with  C  Toona 

cc    Margin  of  Ivs  entire: 

panicles  shorter  than 

the  Ivs. 

Todna,  Roxbg  (Tobna 
cihata,  Room  )  Tree,  to 
70  ft ,  nearly  evergreen 
Ivs.  abruptly  pinnate; 
Ifts.  10-20,  usually  op- 
posite, lanceolate  or 
ovate-lanceolate,  bome- 
times  undulate,  3-6  in. 
long  fls.  white,  honey- 
scented,  5-rnerous;  ovary 
hairy;  seeds  winged  at 
both  ends  Himalayas 
Wight, Icon  161.  Bran- 
dis,  Forest  Fl.  14. 

odorata,  Linn.  WEST 
INDIAN  CEDAR  Tree,  to 
100  ft.:  Ivs  10-20  in 
long;  Ifts  12-20,  ovate- 
lanceolate:  acuminate, 
entire,  bright  green  on 
both  sides,  4-6  in.  long, 
panicles  shorter  than  the 
Ivs  '  fr  oblong,  1^  m. 
long;  seeds  winged  be- 
low. W.  Indies.— The 
*edar  wood  comes  mostly 
from  this  species.  Wood 
brown,  fragrant,  the 
source  of  the  cigar-box 
wood  of  commerce.  It 
is  a  very  durable  wood, 


and  is  much  prized  in  the  W.  Indies  in  the  manufacture 
of  cabinets,  furniture,  canoes,  and  other  articles.  In  the 
W.  Indies  known  as  "cedar  " 

BB  Lrs  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

ffssilis,  Veil  Tree.  Ivs  10-15  in  long,  abruptly  pin- 
nate; Ifts.  18-24,  opposite,  nearly  sessile,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate  panicles  pubescent,  longer  than 
the  Ivs  ,  calyx  pubescent  outside,  petals  fulvous  tomen- 
tosc;  ovary  glabious  Biazil,  Paraguay  St  Hilaire, 
Fl  Bra/il  2  101  —  According  to  Franccschi  it  does 
better  at  Santa  Barbaia  than  any  other  species  of  this 
genus 

\A   Lfts   6-1  0,  find)/  ciliate 

DugSsii,  Wats  Tree.  Ivs  10-15  in  long,  Ifts  cuneate, 
ovate-lanceolate,  long  and  slender  acuminate,  nearly 


ovae-anceoa,  se  inae, 

entire,  shining  above,  pale  green  and  glabrous  or  nearly 
so  beneath,  4-6  in  long  panicles  rather  compact,  much 
.shorter  than  the  Ivs.  Mex  ALFRED  HEHDER 

CEDRONfiLLA  (a  little  cedar,  from  the  odor  of  C. 
tnphylla,  a  species  from  the  Canary  Inlands  .sometimes 
called  "Balm  of  OJilead")  Lnlnalse  Heibs  or  shrubs, 
sometimes  planted  m  borders  in  the  middle  and  south- 
ern parts  of  the  United  States 

Four  species  allied  to  Dracocephalum,  to  which  the 
first  2  belong  according  to  Bentham  Engler  and  Prantl 
consider  the  genii-.  monot\pic,  containing  only  the  third 
species  below  The  2  native  kind-,  described  below  are 
compact,  free-floweiing  bolder  peionniate,  with  aromatic 
Ivs  and  numerous  showy  purplish  pink  fls  with  blue 
stamens,  and  borne  in  dense  whorls  on  long  racemes  or 
spikes  calyx  a  trifle  oblique,  5-toothed,  corolla-tube 
exserted,  the  limb  2-hpped,  .stamens  1,  the  anthers 
2-celled  —  They  are  not  quite  hardy  N  ,  and  should 
have  a  hhelteied  .sunny  position,  or  some  winter  pro- 
tection The  first  2  pi  op  by  division  of  the  root,  the 
last  by  cuttings 

cana,  Hook  Height  2*4-3  ft  bts  hard,  square, 
subshrubby  branches  numerous,  especially  at  the  base, 
opposite,  hoary  with  a  minute  pubescence  upper  Ivs. 
_  small,  1'2-1M  m  long, 

entire,  hoary,  numerous 
near  the  fls  ,  ovate,  lower 
Ivs  larger,  cordate- 
ovate,  dentate  -  serrate 
spikes  numerous,  whorls 
dense,  15-  or  more-fld  ; 
corolla  1  in  long,  limb 
5-cleft,  the  lowest  lobe 
laigest,  crenate,  revo- 
lute  June-Oct  Mex 
and  New  Mex  B  M. 
4618 

mexicana,Benth.  (Gar- 
doquia  betomcoldes, 
Lmdl  )  Height  1-3  ft  . 
root  creeping'  Ivs  1^- 
2^2  m  '°ng>  ovate-lan- 
ceolate (the  lower  ones 
cordate),  crenate  -den- 
tate, becoming  purplish 
below,  petioled  fls  very 
like  the  above,  bright 
pink.  Mex,  Mts  S. 
Ariz  BM.  3860  —Rarer 
in  cult  than  above;  Ivs 
larger,  longer  and  fewer. 
Intro  into  cult,  in  1839. 

triphylla,  Moench 
(Dracocephalum  canan- 
6nse,  Linn  ).  BALM  OF 
GILEAD  Shrubby,  3  to 
4  ft  :  Ifts.  3,  oblong  or 
lanceolate:  fls.  purple  01 


CEDRONELLA 


CEDRUS 


699 


white,  in  loose  spioate  whorls.  Aromatic  plant  from 
Canary  Isls. 

C  pAllida,  Lindl.  Similar  to  C  mexicana,  but  differing  in  having 
shorter,  palo  red  ns.  B  11.  1846  29.  It  is  sometime*  conf  used  with 
C.  mexicana  N  TAYLOR>t 

CEDRUS  (Kedros,  ancient  Greek  name).  Pinacex. 
CEDAR  Trees  grown  for  their  persisting  foliage  and 
striking  habit,  they  are  also  valuable  timber  trees. 

Large  evergreen  trees,  with  quadrangular,  stiff, 
fatsciculate  Ivs  : 
fls  monu'oious, 
the  stammate 
forming  eylm- 
dncal  catkins, 
cones  ovate  or 
ovate-oblong, 
thick,  3-5  in 
long,  with 
broad,  closely 

1  m  b  r  i  c  a  to, 
bracts,    attain- 
ing maturity  in 

2  or    3    vears, 
seeds  winged  — 
Three    closely 
allied  specie-*  in 
N      Afr,    Asia 
Minor     and 
Himalayas 

The  cedars 
are  laige  orna- 
mental coni- 
feis,  with  wide- 
spreading  bran- 
ches, very  dis- 
tinct in  habit 
from  most  other 
conifers  They 
are  usually  con- 
sidered tender, 
but  a  hardy 
race  of  C'&tius 
Libani  has  been 
recently  intro- 
duced by  the 
Arnold  Arbore- 
tum from  the 
highest  eleva- 
tion where  the 
species  occurs  in 
Asia  Minor,  the 
plants  have 
btood  all  the 
winters  since 
1902  unpro- 
tected at  the 
Arnold  A  i  bore- 
turn  and  have 
E  roved  per- 
ictly  hardy.  It 
is  very  gratify- 


851    Cedars  on  Mt  Lebanon,  Cedrus  Libani. 


ing  that  one  is  now  able  to  grow  so  far  north  the 
famous  cedar  of  Lebanon  which,  aside  from  its  beauty, 
is  of  peculiar  interest  for  its  historic  and  religious 
associations  The  race  of  Cedrus  Libani  commonly 
cultivated  is  rather  tender,  more  tender  than  C  atlan- 
tica  which  may  be  grown  as  far  north  as  New  York  in 
sheltered  positions,  while  C.  Dcodara  can  be  grown 
safely  only  in  California  and  southern  states.  The  very 
durable  and  fragrant  wood  of  all  species  is  highly 
valued. 

The  cedars  prefer  well-drained,  loamy  soil,  and  will 
also  grow  in  sandy  clay,  if  there  is  no  stagnant  mois- 
ture Propagated  by  seeds  sown  in  spring;  the  vane- 
ties  by  veneer  grafting,  in  late  summer  or  in  fall,  on 
seedlings  of  C  atlantica;  or,  in  warmer  regions,  on  C. 

45 


Deodar  a;  they  grow  also  fiom  cuttings,  if  the  small 
shoots  are  selected  which  spring  occasionally  from  the 
old  wood.  Plants  of  this  genus  are  the  true  cedars; 
but  trees  of  other  genera  are  often  called  cedar.  Sue 
ChanicBcypans,  Jumpcrm,  and  Thuya;  also  Cedrela. 

A.  Branches  stiff,  not  drooping   cones  truncate,  and  often 

concave  at  the  apex. 

atlantica,  Manetti.  Fig.  850.  Large,  pyramidal 
tree,  to  120  ft , 
with  upright 
leading  shoots'. 
Ivs  mostly  less 
than  1  m  long, 
usually  thicker 
than  br*oad, 
rigid,  glaucous 
green'  cones  2- 
3  in  long,  light 
brown.  N  Afr. 
Gng  2:163.  G. 
F  <)  417  R  H. 
1890,  p  32  G. 
W.  G,  p  498. 
Gn.  37,  p.  195. 
Gt  61,  p.  449. 
Var.  glauca, 
Carr.  Foliage 
glaucous,  with 
silvery  hue;  a 
very  desirable 
and  vigorous 
form.  Gng.  8: 
275.  Var  fas- 
tigiata,  Carr. 
Of  upright  col- 
umnar h'abit. 
RH.  1890,  p. 
32. 

Libani,  Loud. 
Fig  851.  Large 
tree,  with  wide- 
spreading,  hori- 
zon tal  bran- 
ches, forming  a 
broad  head 
when  older, 
leading  shoot 
nodding:  Ivs.  1 
in.  or  longer, 
broader  than 
thick,  dark  or 
bright  green, 
sometimes  blu- 
ish or  silvery: 
cones  3-4  m. 
long,  brown. 
Lebanon,  Tau- 
rus, S.  Anatolia 
and  N  Afr. 
Gng.  5-65. 

Mn   1  39.    G  F  8  335;  2-149  (adapted  m  Fig.  851). 

Gn  48,  p    237,  66,  pp.  124-5,  178     G  C.  III.  34 '265. 

FS.R.2,pp.291-4.  Var.  brevif&lia,  Hook.  With  shorter 

Ivs   and  smaller  cones     Cyprus     Var.  glauca,  Carr. 

(var  argfintea,  Veitch)     Foliage  of  blue  or  silvery  hue, 

Var  nana,  Loud.   Dwarf  form. 

AA.  Blanches  and  hading  shoot  pendulous:  cones  obtuse. 
Deodara,  Loud  Tall  tree,  of  pyramidal  habit,  to  150 
ft  '  Ivs  1-2  in.  long,  dark  bluish  green,  rigid,  as  thick 
as  broad'  cones  3*2-5  in  long,  reddish  brown  Hima- 
layas Gng  2'8.  GC  III  25-139:  34'400  F.  1876, 
p  103  Gn  28,  p  223  V  20.185  Var.  robusta,  Carr. 
Lvs.  about  2  in  long,  rigid.  Var.  p£ndula,  Beissn.  (var. 
recurvaia  pendula,  Hort.) .  With  long  pendulous  branches 


700 


CEDRUS 


or  prostrate  if  not  supported.  G.W.  14,  p.  413  Var. 
fastigiata,  Carr.  Of  columnar  habit.  Var  verticillata, 
Rehd.  (var  vertmlldta  glaiica,  Tutenberg).  A  com- 
pact form  with  the  Ivs  whorled  at  the  base  of  the 
shoots:  foliage  bluish  white  the  hardiest  form  of  the 
species.  G  W.  11,  p  89.  Var.  viridis,  Knight.  Lvs. 


852.  Ceiba  Casearia,  the  great  silk-cotton  tree  at  Nassau. 


CELASTRUS 

oblong-obtuse,  hairy  outside:  caps.  4-8  in.  long,  5- 
valved,  bearing  many  woolly  seeds  Tiopies  of  Asia, 
Afr  ,  and  Amer.  B  M.  3360  —  One  of  the  character- 
istic and  well-known  trees  of  tropical  countries  The 
wings  of  some  of  the  old  trees  run  far  in  all  dnections, 
sometimes  being  prominent  30  ft.  or  more,  note  the 
picture  (Fig  852)  of  the 
well-known  tree  at  Nassau 
on  the  island  of  New  Provi- 
dence. The  \vood  is  used  to 
some  extent  in  interior  con- 
struction, but  is  soft,  white 
and  brittle  The  cotton-like 
material  in  the  pods  is  used 
in.  beds  and  pillows  and  for 
Btuffinghf  e-buoy  s,  butitean- 
not  be  spun  into  threads,  it 
is  the  "kapok"  of  commerce. 
Offered  in  S  Calif  arid  Fla., 
as  a  tree  of  rapid  growth. 
grandifldra,  Rose  Tree, 
15-20  ft,  8-12  in  diam., 
the  branches  with  short 
prickles:  petioles  2-4  in. 
long,  Ifts  3-5,  glabrous, 
oblong,  cuneate  at  base. 
entire  or  slightly  ser- 
rulate, 2-3  Yi  in  long  petals 
white,  silky,  4-5  in  long, 
strap-shaped  ,  stamens  5, 
the  filaments  ?>Yi  in  long 
and  each  with  2  anthers. 
caps  oblong,  4j  2  m  long. 
Trop  W  Mex—  The  fls. 
are  fleshy,  they  change  to 
brown  Listed  in  8  Calif. 
L  H  B. 


bright  green.  Var.  argentea,  Carr  Foliage  of  silvery 
hue  Var  nivea,  Annesley.  Young  growth  white. 
G  C  III  25  399  Var  albo-spica,  Annesley  (var  dlbo- 
spicdta,  Beissn  )  Young  growth  green,  becoming  later 
white  at  the  tips  G.W  11,  p  89  Var.  adrea,  Beissn. 
Foliage  golden  yellow.  G.W.  11,  p.  87. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


(aboriginal  name)  Bombac&cex  SILK- 
COTTON.  KAPOK.  CEIBA.  Trees,  one  of  which  is 
widely  known  in  the  tropics  for  its  great  size  as  a 
shade  tree,  and  for  the  "cotton"  of  its  eeed-pods. 
Enodendron  is  a  more  recent  name. 

Leaves  digitate,  with  5-7  entire  Ifts  •  fls  medium  to 
large,  rose  or  white,  on  1-fld.  peduncles,  solitary  or 
fascicled;  calyx  cup-shaped,  truncate  or  irregularly 
3-5-lobed:  petals  oblong,  pubescent  or  woolly,  stammal 
tube  divided  at  the  apex  into  5  or  10  parts,  each  part 
bearing  a  stamen,  ovary  5-celled  fr  a  coriaceous  caps  , 
pubescent  within  and  bearing  obovoid  seeds  embedded 
in  a  wool-like  or  cotton-like  fiber. — Allied  to  Bombax 
and  Adansoma,  from  which  it  differs  in  having  5  parts 
m  the  stamina!  body  or  column,  rather  than  a  much 
more  divided  column  bearing  many  stamens  on  each 
division.  Ten  or  more  species,  mostly  in  Trop  Amer  , 
extending  to  Asia  and  Afr. 

Casearia,  Medic.  (C.  pentdndra,  Gaertn.  Bdmbax 
pentdndrum,  Linn.  B  gumeense,  Schum  &  Thoun. 
Enodtndron  anfractubsum,  DC.  E  occidentdle,  Don. 
S.  onentdle,  Kostel  Xfilon  pentdndrum,  O  Kunze ). 
•SILK-COTTON  TREE  CEIBA  POCHOTE  Figs  852, 853. 
'preat  tree,  reaching  100  ft  and  more,  and  having 
»mmense  horizontal  far-spreading  branches  and  wide- 
•iung  thin  buttresses  or  flanges'  trunk  spiny  when 
young;  branches  verticillate .  Ifts.  7,  arising  from  a 
nearly  circular  plate  or  disk  at  the  top  of  the  petiole, 
lanceolate-acuminate,  undulate,  smooth,  each  4-6  in. 
long:  fls.  white  or  rose,  the  corolla  2-3  in.  long,  petals 


CELASTRUS  (Kelastros,  ancient  Greek  name)  Cel- 
astrdcex.  Woody  plants  grown  chiefly  for  their  brightly 
colored  fruit,  some  also  for  their  handsome  foliage 

Shrubs,  usually  climbing,  with  alternate,  petioled, 
usually  deciduous  and  serrate  glabrous  Ivs  fls.  polyg- 
amous, 5-merous,  inconspicuous,  greenish  white,  in 
axillary  or  terminal  panicles  or  racemes,  calyx  5-parted, 
petals  small,  oblong-ovate,  disk  entire  or  crenate,  sta- 
mens short;  ovary  superior;  style  short  with  3-lobed 


853.  Leaves  and  fruits  of  Ceiba  Casearia, 
the  silk-cotton  tree.    ( X  K) 


CELASTRUS 


CELERIAC 


701 


atigma:  fr.  a  caps,  dehiscent  into  3  valves,  each  con- 
taining 1  or  2  seeds,  inclosed  in  a  fleshy  crimson  aril. 
— More  than  30  species  in  S.  and  E.  Asia,  Austral,  and 
Amer.  The  species  with  perfect  fls.  in  axillary  cymes 
and  with  evergreen  Ivs ,  being  rigid  and  often  spiny 
shrubs,  are  now  included  under  Gymnospona,  wnicn 
see. 

These  shrubs  are  hardy  and  ornamental,  very  effec- 
tive with  their  bright-colored  fruit  remaining  usually 
throughout  the  winter;  C  angulatus  is  also  worth 
growing  for  its  large  handsome  foliage.  They  are  very 
valuable  for  covering  trelhswork,  trees  or  rocks  and 
walls1  they  grow  in  almost  any  soil  and  situation,  and 
as  well  in  shaded  as  in  sunny  positions  Propagated  by 
seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified,  and  by  root-cuttings  or 
layers,  suckers  are  freely  produced,  and  become  some- 
times a  nuisance  in  nurseries;  they  also  can  be  increased 
by  cuttings  of  mature  and  of  soft  wood. 

A  Under  t>ide  of  Iwi  green. 
B  IMS  2~4  in  long  branchlets  terete. 
c  Fls.  and  fr  in  axillary  few-fid  cymes  along  the  branches 
orbiculatus,  Thunb  (C.  articuldlus,  Thunb  ).  Fig. 
854  High-climbing  shrub'  Ivs  cuneate,  suborbicular 
to  oblong  or  obovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  crenate-ser- 
rate,  2-3  in  long'  fr  globular,  orange-yellow,  with 
crimson  seeds  Japan,  China  B  M  7599  G  F  3  550 
(adapted  in  Fig  854)  A  F  9  534  G  C.  Ill  23  29, 
43  242  Gng  5  119  MDG  1902  306  Var  punc- 
tatus,  Rehd  (C  mmclAtus,  Thunb  )  A  less  vigorous 
grower,  with  smaller,  elliptic  Ivs  — C  orbicnlatus  is  of 
more  vigorous  growth  than  the  following  species,  and 
fruits  very  profusely,  but  tho  frs  are  hidden  by  the 
foliage,  and  are  not  very  conspicuous  until  the  Ivs  have 
fallen,  while  C  scandens  bears  its  frs  above  the  Ivs. 

cc.  Fls,  and  fr.  in  terminal  panicles. 
scandens,  Linn  FALSE  BITTER-SWEET.  WAX-WORK. 
Fig  855  High,  climbing  to  20  ft  Ivs.  cuneate,  ovate  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  croriate-serrate,  glabrous, 
2-4  in  long  fls  in  terminal,  many-fid  panicles  or  racemes 
2-4  in  long  fr  about  J^m  diam  ,  orango-yollow,  with 
crimson  scodb  Canada  to  S  D  ond  New  Alex  Em  545 
AG  11  29,31.  GF  5.569  (adapted  in  Fig  855)  Gng 
5'119  AF  9  534  V  3  315  Gn  33,  p  393  (habit). 


paniculatus,  Willd.  (C.  dependens,  Wall.).  Branches 
brown  with  numerous  small  white  lenticels,  pendulous: 
Ivs.  ovate-oblong  or  obovate,  sometimes  to  5  in  long: 
fls.  in  terminal  pendulous  panicles  4-8  in.  long.  Hima- 
layas.— Not  hardy  N. 


855    Celastrus  scandens. 

(XM) 


854.  CeUftrus  orblculttui.  (XK> 


BD.  Lvs  4~G  m  l°nQ  ana  &~5  in-  broad: 
branchlclt,  angular. 

angulatus,  Maxim  (C  lahfohus,  Hemsl.).  Glabrous 
shrub,  climbing  to  20  ft  .  branchlets  angular,  finely 
lenticellate.  ivs.  broadly  ovate  or  roundish,  abruptly 
short-acuminate,  crenately  serrate:  terminal  panicles 
4-G  in  long  fr.  subglobose,  nearly  l/2\n  thick,  on  thick 
shoit  stalks,  yellow  with  orange  seeds  N  W.  and  Cent. 
China  II I  23  2206  — Even  without  fr.  effective  on 
account  of  its  largo  foliage,  has  proved  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum 

AA.  Under  side  of  the  Ivs  bluish  white. 

hypoleucus,  Warb  (C.  hypoglaiica,  Hemsl  Erythro- 
spermum  hypoleitcum,  Oliver)  Glabrous  shrub  with 
terete  brown  branches  bcarcely  lenticellate'  Ivs,  elliptic 
or  oblong-elliptic,  2-4  in  long,  short-acuminate,  re- 
motely serrulate,  teimmal  panicles  2-5  in  long,  loose: 
fr  about  J^in  thick  on  slender  stalks,  H"/^111  long. 
Cent  China.  H  I  19  1899 

C.  flageUdru,  Rupr  Allied  to  C  orbieulatus  Branches  with 
persistent  spiny  stipules,  sometimes  rooting  IVH  ovate  or  oval, 
small,  finely  serrulate,  slender-pot  loled  fr  axillary,  small  N. 
China,  Korea,  Japan  Quite  hardy,  but  not  so  handsome  as  C. 
orbiculatus  — C  nitians,  Hort  Reasoner,  not  Roxbg  =Qui8quahfl 
indica.— C.  Ortxa,  Sieb  &  Zucc  =Onxa  japomca. 

ALFRED  REHDEB. 

CELERIAC  (Apium  graveolens,  Linn ,  var.  rapd- 
ceum,  DC  ).  Umbelliferx.  Fig  856  An  offshoot  of  the 
celery  species,  producing  an  edible  root-part  instead  of 
edible  leaves. 

Celenac  is  very  little  grown  in  this  country,  and  to 
Americans  is  almost  unknown,  but  it  is  much  prized  in 
Europe  Here  it  is  cultivated  chiefly  -vhere  there  is  a 
foreign  population  Fifteen  or  twenty  varieties  are 
mentioned  in  the  seed  catalogues,  but  there  is  very 
little  difference  m  the  various  sorts,  some  seedsmen 
even  making  no  distinction  between  varieties,  but 
cataloguing  the  plant  simply  as  oeleriac. 


702 


CELERIAC 


CELERY 


In  general,  the  culture  is  the  same  as  for  celery,  ex- 
cept that  no  blanching  is  required,  since  it  is  the  en- 
larged root  that  constitutes  the  edible  part  Sow  the 
seed  during  the  spring  m  a  well-prepared  seed-bed,  pref- 
erably m  a  more  or  less  shaded  location  A  coldframe 
or  a  spent  hotbed  is  a  good  place.  The  seed  is  slow 
to  germinate,  and  must 
be  kept  well  watered. 
When  the  plants  arc  2 
or  3  inches  tall,  they 
ought  to  be  trans- 
planted, about  3  inches 
apart  each  way  is  a  good 
distance  to  place  them 
at  this  handling  Later, 
again  tiansplant  thorn 
to  the  open  ground,  m 
rows  about  2  ieet  apart 
and  6  or  8  inches  dis- 
tant in  the  row  The 
soil  should  be  a  rich 
light  loam  well  supplied 
with  moisture.  (The 
seed  may  be 
sown  where  the 
plants  are  to 
remain,  and 
thinned  to  the 
required  dis- 
tance, but 
stronger,  more 
stocky  plants 
are  seemed  by 
transplanting  as 
directed  )  Plants 
thus  treated  will 
be  ready  for  fall 
and  winter  use 
If  they  are  de- 
sired for  earlier  use,  the  seeds  may  be  sown  in  a  mild 
hotbed  and  transplanted  to  the  open 

Aside  from  frequent  tillage,  celenac  requires  but 
little  attention  during  growth  It  is  a  frequent  prac- 
tice with  glowers  to  remove  a  little  of  the  earth  from 
about  the  plants  after  the  root  has  become  well  enlarged, 
and  to  cut  off  the  lateral  roots  This  tends  to  make  the 
main  root  grow  laiger,  smoother  and  more  symmetii- 
cal  in  shape  For  winter  use,  the  plants  may  be  pro- 
tected with  earth  and  straw  to  keep  out  frost,  or  packed 
in  moist  sand  and  placed  in  a  cool  cellar. 

The  principal  use  of  celenac  is  for  the  flavoring  of 
soups  and  stews,  but  it  is  also  served  in  several  other 
ways  It  may  be  boiled  and  eaten  with  a  white  sauce, 
like  cauliflower,  as  a  salad,  either  first  being  cooked 
as  beets  or  turnips,  or  else  cut  up  into  small  pieces  and 
used  raw;  when  boiled,  sliced  and  served  with  oil  and 
vinegar,  it  fonns  the  dish  known  as  "celery  salad  "  An 
extract  may  be  obtained  from  it  which  is  said  to  have 
medicinal  properties 

Just  how  long  celenac,  or  turnip-rooted  celery, 
has  been  m  cultivation  is  unknown  Its  history  as  a 
garden  vegetable  can  be  traced  definitely  as  far  back 
as  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century,  although 
writers  for  a  century  01  more  previous  to  this  time  made 
references  which  would  seem  to  relate  to  this  vegetable, 
but  the  identity  is  obscure.  Its  origin  was  probably  the 
same  as  that  of  the  common  garden  celery,  of  which  it 
is  doubtless  a  state  wherein  the  root  has  become  en- 
larged and  edible.  This  form  is  supposed  to  be  the  one 
most  remotely  removed  from  the  wild  state. 

H.  P.  GOULD. 

CELERY  (Ajnum  gravkolens,  Linn  ).  Umbelli ferae. 
A  major  garden  vegetable,  grown  for  its  blanched  leaf- 
stalks which  are  eaten  raw  and  also  used  in  cookery. 

Biennial,  sometimes  annual,  plants1  If  .-stalks  6-15 


Celenac  trimmed  for  market 
(XH);  also  an  untnmmed  root,  on  a 
smaller  scale. 


in.  long,  bearing  3  pairs  and  a  terminal  1ft.  coarsely 
serrated  and  ternately  lobed  or  divided.  The  fl  -stalks 
are  2-3  ft  high,  branched  and  leafy;  fls.  white,  incon- 
spicuous and  borne  in  compound  umbels;  seeds  very 
small,  flattened  on  the  sides,  broader  than  long.  An 
acrid,  pungent  flavor  characterizes  the  wild  plants. 

The  genus  Apium  is  variously  understood.  As 
mostly  accepted,  it  comprises  some  15  or  20  species  of 
annual  or  perennial  glabrous  herbs  with  pinnate  or 
pinnately  compound  Ivs  ,  and  small  gieemsh  white  fls. 
m  compound  umbels;  calyx-teeth  wanting,  petals  ovate 
or  rounded  The  species  are  distributed  widely  in 
temperate  regions  and  in  the  mountains  in  the  tropics. 
A  gmveolens  is  the  one  important  species  to  the  horti- 
culturist. Var.  rapaceum  is  celenac,  a  form  or  race  m 
which  the  crown  of  the  plant  is  thickened  and  turnip- 
like  (see  Celenac)  The  wild  celery  plant  is  not  stout, 
nor  are  the  If  -stalks  thickened,  as  they  are  in  the 
domesticated  races  It  grows  1-2  ft  high  when  in 
bloom,  in  marshy  places  near  the  sea,  on  the  coasts  of 
Eu  ,  Afr  ,  and  Asia,  and  it  has  run  wild  from  cult  in 
some  parts  of  N.  Amer. 

Celery  probably  was  not  cultivated  until  alter  the 
Middle  Ages,  and  the  varieties  now  grown  so  exten- 
sively have  been  developed  within  the  past  thirty-five 
years  It  is  not  many  years  since  this  vegetable  was 
regarded  as  a  luxury  and  sold  at  prices  that  could  be 
paid  only  by  the  wealthy,  but  today  it  is  one  of  the 
standard  vegetables  and  is  produced  m  enormous 
quantities  for  the  city  markets.  The  industry  is  often 
highly  profitable  on  muck  areas,  and  thousands  of 
acres  of  this  land  arc  used  for  celery-culture  in  Michi- 
gan, Ohio,  New  York,  Florida  and  California  Intensive 
market-gardeners  of  the  North  regard  it  as  one  of  their 
most  piofitable  crops,  and  ies>ults  are  especially  satis- 
factory if  the  land  can  be  irrigated  When  good  market^ 
are  available,  celery  is  an  excellent  crop  to  follow  early 
garden  crops,  such  as  peas,  bean.x,  beets,  bunch  onions, 
ladishes  ana  other  vegetables  that  mature  in  ample 
time  to  allow  the  after-planting  of  celery  to  mature 
Soils  that  have  been  previously  cropped  the  same  season 
should  be  manured  liberally  before  celery  is  planted. 

Types  and  varieties 

The  methods  of  cultivation  and  handling  of  celery 
depend  so  much  on  the  variety  that  this  part  of  the 
subject  should  be  discussed  at  the  outset  Celery  may 
be  classified  into  two  general  gioups— green  vane- 
ties,  and  the  so-called  self-  ^ 
blanching  varieties  For-  " 
merly,  the  green  kinds  were 
grown  almost  exclusively, 
but  commercial  growers 
soon  discovered  that  the 
self-blanching  varieties  pos- 
sess certain  cultural  advan- 
tages that  make  them  highly 
desirable  from  a  business 
point  of  view  They  are 
more  easily  blanched.,  and 
this  is  probably  the  mot,t 
i  m  p  o  r  t  a  n  t  consideration 
when  the  crop  is  to  be 
grown  for  commercial  pur- 
poses This  is  particularly 
advantageous  in  the  sum- 
mer crop,  and  equally  ap- 
preciated by  those  who 
plant  large  areas  for  the  late 
market.  When  boards  are 
used  for  blanching,  more 
than  twice  as  many  plants 
may  be  set  on  an  acre  as 
when  green  varieties  are 
employed  and  the  crop 
bleached  with  earth.  It  is  857.  The  Boston  ideal 


CELERY 


CELERY 


703 


universally  conceded,  however,  that  the  light-colored  tion  of  celery,  the  crop  is  grown  with  entire  success  on 
varieties  are  somewhat  inferior  in  quality  to  the  green  a  great  variety  of  soil  types.  In  fact,  the  plants  thrive 
sorts.  For  this  reason  it  is  a  mistake  to  rely  Wholly  in  any  friable  soil  which  is  adequately  provided  with 
on  self-blanching  varieties  m  the  home  garden.  Many  moisture,  plant-food  and  vegetable  matter  Near  all 
home  gardeners  plant  the  light-colored  kinds  for  sum-  the  northern  cities  of  the  United  States  may  be  found 
mer  use  only,  and  green  varieties  for  fall  and  winter  plantations  of  limited  area  that  return  excellent  profits. 
'""*  This  i&  particularly  true  in  sections  devoted  to  the  most 

intensive  types  of  market-gardening,  when  stable 
manure  and  commercial  fertilizers  are  used  almost 
lavishly.  With  this  system  of  soil-management,  the 
ground  soon  changes  its  physical  properties  and  in 
some  cases  approaches  the  muck  soils  in  mechanical 
composition  It  is  not  uncommon  to  find  small  areas 
on  various  types  of  soil,  cultivated  intensely,  which 
make  a  gross  return  of  $1,000  or  more  to  the  acre. 
These  results  indicate  the  great  possibilities  of  the 
home  garden  for  the  production  of  celery.  There  is 


In  some  regions,  a  plant  with  a  much-branched  base 
is  desired  as  in  Fig  857;  but  in  general  a  less  bpreading 
or  a  lighter  plant  is  grown,  as  in  Fig.  858.  These  differ- 
ences are  mostly  matters  of  the  way  m  which  the  plants 
are  grown,  as  to  room  in  seed-bed  and  field. 

White  Plume  is  one  of  the  best  known  of  the  self-blanching 
varieties  It  is  vigorous  in  growth  and  attains  a  greater  height 
than  Golden  Self-blanching  and,  for  thin  reason,  does  not  meet 
with  as  groat  favor  among  commercial  growers  Tho  quality  is 
also  inferior  to  Golden  Self-blanching 

Golden  Self-blanchinu  is  by  far  the  most  popular  of  American 
varieties  It  is  a  favorite  with  amateurs  and  constitutes  probably 
90  per  cent  of  all  the  celery  grown  in  the  t  mited  Mate*  The  plants 
attain  a  height  of  14  to  20  inches,  and  are  compact  and  stocky 
The  stems  are  short,  thick,  <  asily  blanched  to  a  creamy  white,  and 
the  foliage  is  abundant 

Koif-nbbed  Golden  Stlf-blnncfnno  has  a  tinge  of  rose-color  on 
the  ribbing  of  the  stems,  which  makes  the  variety  ntlracti\e  for 
the  home  garden  It  is  not  grown  largely  for  couiuieicial  purpose. 

Giant  I'axcal  is  an  old  grrrn-Htcm  van<  ty 
that  is  not  surpassed  in  quality  In  run 
moist  soils  the  plants,  attain  a  height  of  JO 
inches  or  more  It  is  u  tavonte  of  home  gar- 
deners who  take  pride  in  producing  tall,  tender 
stalks  of  the  highest  quality 

Wintrr  Quet n  is  a  more  popular  green 
variety  among  (ommen  lal  growers  than  (iinnt 
Pascal  It  does  not  attain  such  a  great  height 
and  grows  more  compactly,  so  that  )<  ss  sparr 
is  required  betw«  n  rows,  and  the  crop  is  more 
convenient  to  store 

French  .SMWSS  is  a  "U  ry  stocky  compart 
wmt.r  varuty  that  possesses  excellent  kti  p- 
ing  qualities 

Boston  Mnrkft  is  famous  for  its  excc-llc  nt 
quality  It  i«<  grown  cxtensi\<  Ij,  ibout  Bos- 
ton in  the  home  gardens  ind  for  <  omnn  n  ml 
purposes  It  is  low,  compact,  <  nsp,  teruler 
and  of  the  btst  fl.nor 

Many  other  varieties  an  pknt«d  to  some- 
extent,  but  the  most  important  have  bem 

Soils 

As  previously  stated,  gieat  com- 
mercial plantations  are  on  imuk  soils, 
although  the  business  is  not  confined 
to  such  lands  The  mucks  usually 
provide  ideal  conditions  for  the  cul- 
ture of  ccleiy  The  plant  thrives  m  soils  abounding  m 
vegetable  matter,  and  AS  mucks  contain  GO  per  cent  or 
more  of  organic  matter  this  requirement  is  fully  met. 
A  Kalamazoo  (Michigan)  muck  soil,  used  extensively 
for  celery,  analyzed  as  follows: 

Per  cent 

Sand  and  silicates          . .  19  Ib 

Alumina        .  .                                   1  40 

Oxide  of  iron  3  94 

Lime                     .    .  609 

Magnesia  0  81 

Potash                 .  0  34 

Soda  0  48 

Sulphuric  acid  .     .  1  31 

Phosphoric  acid  0  88 

Carbonic  acid  ...  1  95 

Organic    matter    (containing  2  53    per    cent    of 

nitrogen)  ....  63  76 

Water     .     651 

Properly  prepared  mucks  arc  loose  and  friable,  and 
this  is  a  great  advantage  m  transplanting  and  m  per- 
forming all  tillage  operations.  The  land  is  easily  plowed, 
harrowed,  leveled,  marked  and  cultivated,  and  the 
work  of  ridging  the  plants  is  accomplished  with  the 
greatest  ease.  The  depth  of  the  water-table  in  muck 
lands  varies  greatly,  but  about  3  feet  is  considered 
most  favorable;  at  this  depth  the  plants  never  suffer 
from  drought. 

While  it  is  universally  conceded  that  muck  soils 
provide  the  best  conditions  for  the  extensive  cultiva- 


no  reason  why  every  gardener,  whatever  his  type  of 
soil,  should  not  be  fully  successful  in  growing  a  boun- 
tiful supply  of  the  choicest  celery  for  the  home  table. 
The  reclaiming  of  new  muck  lands  is  often  an  expen- 
sive undertaking  The  land  must  be  cleared  of  brush 
and  sometimes  timber.  Drainage  must  be  provided 


858   A  good  celery  plant  m  the  general  market 


by  means  of  tile  or  open  ditches  The  land  is  often 
acid,  and  lime  should  be  employed  to  correct  the 
acidity  For  a  \oar  01  t\\o  other  crops  than  celery 
should  be  planted  to  get  the  land  in  the  proper  physical 
condition  The  first  plowing  should  be  done  in  the 
fall  so  that  the  land  will  be  exposed  to  frost  during  the 
winter  Corn  is  an  excellent  eiop  to  plant  the  follow- 
ing spring.  There  should  be  repeated  cultivation 
throughout  the  summer  to  destroy  any  other  vegeta- 
tion that  may  start 

Other  tvpes  of  soil  should  be  prepared  as  in  the 
usual  \vay  for  the  small  garden  crops.  Fall  plowing, 
after  large  quantities  of  manure  have  been  added,  is 
often  desirable  when  an  early  crop  is  to  be  started  the 
following  spring  Smoothing  harrows  and  plank  drags 
should  be  used  to  make  the  soil  fine  and  smooth  pre- 
paratory to  planting.  All  preparatory  tillage  opera- 
tions should  be  conducted  with  a  view  to  conserving 
soil-inoisture,  which  is  exceedingly  important  to  celery 
throughout  the  period  of  growth. 

Fertilizing. 

As  previously  stated,  it  is  important  for  land  that 
is  to  be  planted  m  celery  to  abound  in  vegetable  matter. 
There  must  also  be  an  abundance  of  available  plant- 
food  in  order  to  secure  a  rapid  and  vigorous  growth. 
When  applying  either  manure  or  commercial  fertilizer, 
the  grower  should  bear  in  mind  that  this  is  a  shallow- 


704 


CELERY 


rooted  plant  and  the  materials  should  not  be  placed 
at  great  depths. 

All  classes  of  growers,  whether  they  are  producing 
on  a  garden  or  field  scale,  and  whatever  their  type  of 
soil  may  be,  recognize  stable-manures  as  the  best  fer- 
tilizer that  can  be  applied  for  this  crop.  Stable-manures 
are  the  most  satisfactory  .because  they  furnish 
both  organic  matter  and  plant- food.  It  is  often 
desirable  to  supplement  stable-manures  with 
commercial  fertilizers,  but  the  success  of  this  crop 
will  be  far  more  certain  if  reliance  is  placed  on 
barn-manures  rather  than  chemical  fertilizers. 

An  effort  should  be  made  to  have  the  manures 
near  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and  this  can  be  accom- 
plished by  applying  rotten  or  composted  manure  after 
plowing  and  working  into  the  soil  with  a  disc-harrow.  If 
coarse  fresh  manure  must  be  used  and  partially  decayed 
manure  is  not  available,  it  is  preferable  to  apply  it  be- 
fore plowing  Market-gardeners  often  apply  thirty  to 
forty  tons  to  the  acre,  although  smaller  quantities  give 
excellent  results,  especially  if  fertilizers  are  used  m 
addition  to  the  manure.  Ten  tons  of  manure  on  muck 
land  is  a  decided  advantage  over  no  manure,  even 
when  fertilizers  are  used  in  large  quantities. 

Probably  no  commercial  grower  of  celery  should 
attempt  to  produce  this  crop  without  the  use  of  at 
least  some  commercial  fertilizer.  When  stable-manures 
are  used  lavishly,  a  little  acid  phosphate,  nitrate  of 
soda  or  potash  will  often  give  increased  profits. 

When  stable-manure  is  not  used  at  all,  or  perhaps 
in  very  small  amounts,  commercial  fertilizers  should 
be  used  with  freedom  Two  tons  of  a  high-grade  fer- 
tilizer to  the  acre  is  not  an  unusual  application,  and 
some  of  the  most  intensive  growers  use  larger  amounts 
In  the  smaller  areas,  from  which  a  gross  return  of  $800 
to  $1,200  to  the  acre  is  expected,  there  should  be  no 
hesitancy  in  spending  $100  to  $125  an  acre  for  manure 
and  fertilizer.  Celery  requires  much  nitrogen  and  the 
mixed  fertilizer  applied  before  planting,  or  afterwards 
as  a  side-dressing,  should  contain  not  less  that  4  per 
cent  of  this  element  There  should  also  be  an  abundance 
of  potash  and  phosphoric  acid.  A  feitili/er  containing 
4  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  8  per  rent  phosphoric  acid  and 
10  per  cent  potash  should  meet  the  requirements  of 
this  crop  in  all  soils,  when  applied  in  sufficient  quantity. 

Some  growers  have  found  it  highly  desirable  to  apply 
nitrate  of  soda  or  complete  fertilizer  as  side-dressings 
after  the  crop  is  well  started.  These  applications  may 
vary  from  100  to  200  pounds  to  the  acre  and  should  be 
made  at  intervals  of  about  three  weeks. 

Starting  the  plants. 

The  greatest  care  should  be  exercised  in  procuring 
seed,  for  inferior  seed  may  result  in  pithy  or  hollow 


859.  Celery  planted  thick,  and  the  patch  edged  with  boards. 
The  "new  celery-culture." 

stalks,  a  poor  stand  of  plants  in  the  seed-bed,  seedlings 
of  low  vitality,  or  a  large  percentage  of  seed  shoots. 
Only  the  most  reliable  dealers,  those  who  have  a  repu- 
tation for  furnishing  first-class  seed  of  the  varieties 
desired,  should  be  patronized.  To  make  certain  of 
securing  good  seed,  some  careful  growers  import  their 


860.  Blanching  celery  by 
•wrapping  it  with  paper. 


CELERY 

seed  directly  from  foreign  producers,  which,  however, 
is  unnecessary  if  the  proper  precautions  are  taken  in 
the  selection  of  a  responsible  seedsman.  Practically 
all  cf  the  seed  of  the  self-blanching  varieties  is  grown 
in  France,  while  most  of  the  seed  of  green  varieties  is 
produced  in  California.  As  there  is  never  absolute 
certainty  of  securing  en- 
tirely satisfactory  seed, 
some  growers  follow  the 
excellent  practice  of  buy- 
ing in  large  amounts, 
sufficient  to  last  several 
years.  Only  a  small 
quantity  of  the  seed  is  planted 
the  first  year  to  determine  its 
real  merit,  and  if  found  satis- 
factory there  is  sufficient  quan- 
tity on  hand  to  last  several  years 
If  kept  m  sealed  jars  in  a  room 
where  the  temperature  does  not 
vary  greatly,  the  germinating 
power  will  be  retained  at  least 
six  years. 

Celery  seed  is  very  small.  An 
ounce  contains  about  70,000 
seeds,  and  with  the  very  best 
conditions  should  produce  at 
least  half  this  number  of  plants 
It  is  not  safe,  however,  to  count 
on  a  much  greater  number  than 
10,000  plants  to  the  ounce,  be- 
cause many  of  the  seeds  usually 
fail  to  germinate  and  the  plants 
at  first  are  very  small  and  easily 
perishable  The  seeds  aro  slow 
to  germinate  They  should  be 
planted  in  fine  soil  which,  if  pos- 
sible, should  be  kept  constantly  moist  but  never  wet 

Seed  for  the  early  crop  is  seldom  sown  before  the 
first  of  March  If  checked  in  growth  at  any  time,  there 
is  great  danger  of  the  plants  producing  seed  shoots 
which  renders  them  unsalable  Plants  started  the  first 
of  March  will,  with  pioper  care,  be  ready  for  market 
in  August  Earlier  sowing  is  possible  and  sometimes 
desirable,  but  adequate  facilities  must  be  provided  to 
avoid  crowding  the  plants,  which  invariably  results 
in  checking  the  growth.  Some  gardeners  have  found  it 
to  be  profitable  to  start  the  plants  the  latter  part  of 
February,  finally  transplanting  into  frames,  where  the 
crop  is  matured. 

Seed  for  the  early  crop  may  be  sown  in  the  beds  of 
the  artificially  heated  frame  or  greenhouse  Many 
growers  use  flats  or  shallow  plant-boxes,  which  are 
placed  in  the  hotbed  or  greenhouse  While  broadcast- 
ing of  the  seed  is  often  practised,  it  is  better  to  sow  in 
drills  2  inches  apart.  The  furrows  should  be  very 
shallow,  as  the  seeds  should  not  be  covered  with  more 
than  %  inch  of  earth  Muck  mixed  with  a  small 
amount  of  sifted  coal-ashes,  sand  and  a  little  bone- 
meal,  is  most  excellent  for  starting  plants  under  glass 
After  sowing  and  lightly  covering  the  seed,  place  a 
piece  of  burlap  over  the  bed,  and  water  it.  Keep  the 
bed  covered  with  burlap  or  a  piece  of  cloth  until  the 
plants  begin  to  come  up  Do  not  water  more  than 
necessary  to  keep  the  bed  moist.  When  the  plants 
appear  they  will  need  plenty  of  !ightt  sunshine  and 
fresh  air.  A  temperature  of  70°  to  75°  is  most  favora- 
ble to  germination,  but  10°  lower  should  be  maintained 
if  possible  after  the  plants  are  up.  Higher  tempera- 
tures, however,  will  do  no  harm  if  the  proper  attention 
is  given  to  ventilation. 

When  the  rough  leaves  appear,  the  seedlings  should 
be  transplanted  into  beds  or  preferably  flats,  spacing 
the  plants  1  %  inches  apart  each  way.  Stronger  plants 
will  be  developed  if  they  are  set  2  inches  apart.  The 
flats  may  be  about  2  inches  deep  and  half  filled  with 


CELERY 


CELERY 


705 


pl 
fi 


rotten  manure,  the  remainder  of  the  space  being  filled 
with  ($ood  rich  soil.  The  manure  will  furnish  ideal 
conditions  for  the  roots  of  the  young  seedlings  and 
make  it  possible  to  transplant  them  to  the  open  ground 
with  blocks  of  earth  and  manure  so  that  there  will  be 
practically  no  check  in  growth  If  earlmesa  is  an 
important  consideration,  tins  method  of  treatment  is 
highly  important.  Young  celery  plants  require  con- 
siderable nursing,  and  it  will  not  do  to  take  them  from 
warm  greenhouses  or  hotbeds  to  coldframes  before 
the  season  is  well  advanced.  They  will  suffer  even 
more  than  tomato  plants  from  low  temperature.  One 
of  the  most  successful  of  our  American  growers  invari- 
ably plants  from  the  greenhouse  to  the  open  ground, 
beginning  about  May  10  . 

Spraying  the  seedlings  several  times  with  bordeaux 
mixture  may  be  the  means  of  avoiding  loss  from  fungous 
diseases 

Seed  for  the  late  crop  should  be  sown  in  the  open 
ground  or  in  protected  beds  as  soon  m  the  spring  as 
the  soil  can  be  prepared  Delay  in  starting  the  plants 
is  often  responsible  for  a  failure  of  the  late  crop  It  is 
not  so  easy  to  control  moisture  in  the  outdoor  seed- 
beds If  overhead  irrigation  lines  are  available,  there 
will  be  no  difficulty  in  this  matter  The  beds  are  often 
shaded  with  brush  or  lath  screen  Small  beds  may  be 
kept  covered  with  moist  burlap.  When  starting  on  a 
large  scale,  the  rows  may  be  a  foot  or  more 
apart  Thinning  is  often  necessary  to  secure 
stocky  plants  The  plants  may  be  set  where 
they  are  to  mature  any  time  after  they  have 
attained  a  height  of  about  3  inches  Ordi- 
narily seedlings  started  out-of-doors  are  trans- 
lanted directly  to  the  permanent  bed  or 
eld  without  an  intermediate  shift,  although 
this  is  an  advantage  in  developing  stronger 
plants  with  better  roots  If  the  plants  attain 
a  height  of  5  inches  or  more  before  they  are 
set  in  the  field,  the  tops  should  be  cut  back 
before  transplanting. 

Planting  in  the  field. 

As  previously  indicated,  plants  for  the  early 
crop  should  not  be  set  in  the  open  ground 
until  about  May  10  in  the  latitude  of  Philadelphia  and 
New  York    There  is  danger  of  injury  from  hard  frosts 
if  transplanted  before  this  time,  and  such  injury  may 
result  in  a  large  percentage  of  the  plants  producing  seed 
shoots,  thus  rendering  them  unsalable    Seedlings  for 
the  late  crop  may  be  transplanted  in  permanent  quar- 
ters any  time  after  June  20 

The  time  of  planting  in  the  field  will  depend  largely 
on  the  varieties  to  be  used  For  example,  Golden  Self- 
blanching  may  be  set  out  three  or  four  weeks  later 
than  Giant  Pascal  and  have  time  to  mature  fully 
before  hard  freezing  weather  is  likely  to  occur.  Many 
commercial  growers  do  not  transplant  the  late  crop 
until  nearly  the  first  of  August  In  most  parts  of  the 
North,  it  is  better  to  transplant  early  in  July  The 
date  of  transplanting,  however,  is  not  so  important 
as  to  ha\re  the  plants,  as  well  as  the  ground,  in  proper 
condition  before  transplanting  is  started.  Plants  that 
are  3  to  5  inches  high  are  much  more  likely  to  live  and 
thrive  than  taller  ones.  The  ground  should  be  smooth, 
fine  and  moist.  It  is  exceedingly  important  to  have  the 
rows  perfectly  straight  and  this  can  be  accomplished 
by  the  use  of  a  marker.  A  line  may  be  used  for  this 
purpose,  but  transplanting  may  be  accomplished  much 
more  rapidly  by  using  a  rope-and-peg  marker 

There  is  the  greatest  variation  in  the  planting  dis- 
tances for  celery  Some  of  the  most  intensive  growers 
plant  7  or  8  inches  apart  each  way.  Others  prefer  to 
space  the  rows  about  a  foot  apart  and  have  the  plants 
stand  4  inches  apart  in  the  row.  When  such  close 
planting  is  followed,  it  is  known  as  "the  new  celery- 
culture''  (Fig.  859).  The  plants  stand  so  close  together 


when  this  method  is  used  that  they  blanch  themselves 
and  it  is  unnecessary  to  use  boards  or  other  devices 
"The  new  celery-culture"  is  better  adapted  to  green- 
house and  coldframe  use,  where  the  plants  can  be 
watered  by  sub-irrigation  When  plants  stand  so 
close  together,  there  is  little  circulation  of  air  and  heart- 
rot  or  other  diseases  are  likely  to  occur  in  hot  moist 
weather.  The  possibilities  of  a  small  area  by  use  of 
this  method  are  very  large  and  the  system  appeals 
to  growers  who  have  only  small  tracts  of  land  to 
cultivate. 

A  more  common  practice  is  to  space  the  rows  18 
inches  to  2  feet  apart  and  to  set  the  plants  4  or  5  inches 
apart  in  the  row  This  method  is  now  almost  univer- 
sally employed  for  Golden  Self-blanching  when  boards 
are  to  be  used  for  blanching  the  crop  When  trans- 
planted 4  by  24  inches  apart,  about  60,000  plants  are 
required  to  set  an  acre  If  horse  implements  are  to  be 
used  in  planting,  it  is  better  to  allow  at  least  28  inches 
between  rows. 

Some  growers  prefer  to  plant  Golden  Self-blanching 
in  double  rows  6  inches  apart,  placing  the  plants  4  or  5 
inches  apart  in  the  row  This  plan  is  not  universally 
popular  because  it  is  not  favorable  to  the  full  develop- 
ment of  every  plant.  Boards  arc  also  used  for  blanch- 
ing when  this  system  of  planting  is  followed. 

When  soil  is  to  be  used  for  blanching,  more  space 


861    The  last  earthmg-up  or  banking  of  celery 

must  be  allowed  between  rows  Formerly  the  almost 
universal  practice  was  to  allow  5  feet  between  rows. 
'U  ith  tall-growrmg  varieties,  such  as  Giant  Pascal,  this 
is  not  too  much  space  to  provide  sufficient  soil  for 
blanching  When  lower-growing  varieties,  such  as 
Winter  Queen,  arc  used,  the  rows  need  not  be  more 
than  4  or  4}  2  fwt  apart  to  give  sufficient  space  for 
blanching  with  earth.  The  larger  varieties  of  the  green 
type  should  not  be  planted  quite  so  close  together  in 
the  row  as  Golden  Self-blanching;  for  the  best  develop- 
ment of  the  plants,  it  is  better  to  space  them  5  or  6 
inches  apart  in  the  row 

Giowers  who  plant  both  early  and  late  varieties 
often  alternate  the  rows  The  early  variety  is  removed 
first,  of  course,  and  then  there  is  4  feet  or  more  of  space 
between  the  rows  of  late  varieties  which  are  blanched 
with  earth  Transplanting  should  proceed  as  rapidly 
as  possible  without  undue  exposure  of  the  roots  to  the 
air  If  the  plant-beds  are  watered  twenty-four  hours 
in  advance  of  transplanting,  the  plants  may  be  removed 
with  less  injury. 

Subsequent  tillage  practice  in  the  North. 

Celery  is  often  inter-cropped  with  other  vegetables. 
One  of  the  most  common  plans  is  to  plant  five  rows  of 
onions  about  a  foot  apart  as  early  in  the  spring  as  the 
ground  can  be  prepared  The  fifth  rows  are  pulled  for 
bunching,  and  celery  is  planted  instead  of  the  onions. 
This  is  a  most  excellent  combination  for  muck  soils 
where  good  markets  can  be  found  for  both  crops. 
Radishes  are  also  excellent  to  precede  celery.  If 
desired,  the  small  button-shaped  varieties  may  be 


706 


CELERY 


CELERY 


used,  every  fifth  row  to  be  planted  in  celery  and  later- 
maturing  varieties  of  radishes  in  the  four  rows  between. 
Frequent  tillage  is  necessary  for  the  best  results 
with  celery.  As  it  is  a  shallow-rooted  plant,  tools  that 
run  at  considerable  depth  should  be  avoidod.  For 
horse  tillage,  there  is  nothing  superior  to  the  spike- 
tooth  cultivator  in  general  use  If  the  plants  are  small, 
great  care  should  be  exercised  to  avoid  throwing  dirt 
on  top  of  the  hearts.  If  the  ground  contains  many 


862.  Water-holding  celery  crate. 


weeds,  more  or  less  hand  work  will  be  required  between 
the  plants  in  the  rows 

The  mulching  of  soils  with  horse-manure  has  been 
a  very  popular  and  profitable  practice  in  recent  years 
It  has  been  shown  in  the  laboratory  as  well  as  in  field 
practice  that  a  fine  mulch  of  ,'i  or  4  inches  of  horse- 
manure  conserves  moisture  more  perfectly  than  the 
most  thorough  tillage.  The  mulching  of  celery  in  the 
field  not  only  conserves  moisture  but  it  reduces  the 
labor  of  tillage  and  also  furnishes  nourishment  to  the 
plants.  The  rains  carry  liquid  food  to  the  roots  and  a 
more  rapid  growth  invariably  follows  Considerable 
hand  labor  10  required,  of  course,  to  place  the  manure 
between  the  rows,  but  this  is  probably  no  greater  than 
the  labor  needed  to  till  the  crop  when  a  mulch  is  not 
used.  It  is  customary  to  use  fresh  horse-manure, 
which  has  been  aerated  in  thin  layeis  foi  a  few  days 
before  making  application.  The  ground  is  completely 
covered,  although  the  manute  is  not  allowed  to  touch 
the  plants  The  mulch  may  be  applied  immediately 
after  planting  or,  as  some  prefer,  the  plants  may  be 
tilled  for  ten  days  or  two  weeks  and  the  mulch  then 
applied  Very  few  weeds  will  appear  if  3  or  4  inches 
of  horse-manure  is  used 

Irrigation  makes  the  crop  more  certain,  and  it  is  also 
a  means  of  securing  larger  and  more  vigorous  growth 
and  consequently  better  quality  Most"  of  the  inten- 
sive groweis  of  the  East  arc  prepared  to  irrigate  Va- 
rious methods  are  employed  Some  who  cultivate  very 
small  areas  use  the  hose  or  other  sprinkling  device 
The  method  that  is  now  m  most  common  use  is  the 
overhead  system  of  nngation,  providing  for  parallel 
pipe  lines  about  50  feet' apart  (see  Irrigation)  These 
are  turned  at  will  by  means  of  levers  at  the  ends  and 
the  water  is  thrown  out  at  any  desired  angle  through 
small  nipples  placed  about  4  feet  apart  on  the  lines. 
It  is  important  to  do  the  watering  if  possible  in  the 
evening  or  at  night  so  that  the  foliage  may  be  as  dry 
as  possible  during  the  day  It  is  also  important  to 
make  thorough  applications,  as  it  is  not  advisable  to 
water  more  frequently  than  absolutely  necessary 

Blanching. 

All  American  markets  demand  celery  with  creamy 
white  stalks  This  light  color  is  secured  by  causing  the 
plants  to  grow  with  the  stalks  in  the  dark,  or  nearly 
BO,  which  prevents  the  development  of  chlorophyl. 
When  boards,  earth,  paper,  tile  or  other  means  are 
used,  most  of  the  leaves  are  not  covered,  and  growth 
is  not  hindered  in  the  least. 

Green  varieties  are  blanched  almost  exclusively 
by  the  use  of  earth.  There  should  be  no  ridging  until 
the  weather  is  cool  and,  therefore,  this  operation  is 


not  usually  undertaken  until  early  in  September  at 
the  North.  At  first  the  ridging  should  be  only  a  few 
inchts  high,  but  later  should  extend  to  the  full  height 
of  the  stems.  Finally,  the  rows  are  ridged  so  that  only 
the  tops  protrude  above  the  ridges,  as  .shown  in  Fig. 
861.  Special  tools  are  available  for  this  operation  and 
the  work  may  be  done  very  rapidly 

Thceaily  crop  is  blanched  mostly  by  means  of  boards, 
although  paper  (Fig  8b'0)  and  other  devices  are  some- 
times used.  Hemlock;  pine  and  cypress  lumber  are 
used  for  this  purpose  in  various  parts  of  the  country. 
The  boards  need  not  Iv  more  than  10  inches  wide, 
although  12-inch  boards  are  commonly  used  The3r 
may  be  of  any  convenient  length,  say  14  to  16  feet  long. 
To  prevent  \\aiping  and  .splitting,  cleats  about  8 
inches  wide  and  Vjinch  thick  should  be  nailed  at  each 
end  and  in  the  middle  of  the  bom ds  The  boards  are 
placed  on  edge,  one  on  each  side  of  the  row  and  brought 
as  closo  together  as  convenient  at  the  upper  edge  and 
secured  bv  means  of  wire  hook6!  Sometimes  stakes  are 
driven  at  the  sides,  although  wne  hooks  are  more 
convenient  The  hook-,  should  be  6  or  7  inches  long 
and  may  he  made  of  heuvv  lence  wire  From  ten  days 
to  t\\o  weeks  is  lequired  h,r  proper  blanching  with 
boards  As  the  crop  is  sold,  the  boards  aie  shifted  from 
place  to  place  so  that  thev  may  be  used  sevcial  times 
during  the  seison  When  not  in  use,  the  boards  should 
be  .stored  undei  cmci  or  «, tacked  m  piles  with  strips 
between  them  With  good  caie,  boards  that  are  sound 
when  purchased  will  last  fifteen  years 

Harvesting  and  maikiting. 

The  harvesting  of  the  celery  crop  when  grown  in 
coldfr dines  usually  occurs  in  the  month  of  July. 
If  the  climate  is  not  too  severe,  it  is  possible  to  have 
celery  ready  tor  market  the  latter  part  of  June  The 
late  crop,  which  is  produced  without  the  use  of  boards, 
is  not  usually  readv  for  market  until  August  It  is 
lifted  with  folks  or  pet  haps  cut  with  a  sharp  knife  just 
beneath  the  sin  face  and  conveyed  to  the  packing- 
house wheie  it  is  prepaied  for  maiket  In  some  sec- 
tions the  root.-,  .iit'  not  trimmed  at  all,  the  plants  being 
tied  in  bunches  oi  a  do/en  and  packed  m  a  standard 
ciate  such  as  is  shown  in  Fig  8b2  These  crates  are 
24  by  21  inches  at  the  base,  and  contain  six  to  wixteen 
do/en  plants,  depending  on  the  size  of  the  celery.  The 
height  of  the  ciate  ma>  be  varied  to  suit  the  height  of 
the  celery  Another  form  of  celery  crate  is  shown  in 
Fig  81)5  In  some  regions,  the  roots  are  tnmmed  into 
tape)  ing  cubes  as  shown  in 
Fig  81)  i  V  very  convenient 
method  of  bunching  is  to 
place  thiee  plants  side  by 
side,  tapering  the  roots  as 
indicated,  tying  the  taper- 
ing  roots  tightly  and  then 
securing  the  tops.  Formei  ly 
twine  was  used  almost  en- 
tuely  for  bunching,  while 
in  recent  years  many  grow- 
ers have  found  it  desuable 
to  use  either  blue  or  red 
tape,  which  gives  the  celery 
a  more  attractive  appear- 
ance on  the  market  Michi- 
gan growers  and  other  pro-  863>  Celery  crate 
ducei  s  of  celery  in  the  Great 

Lake  district  use  small  crates  of  very  thin  lumber. 
These  vary  in  size  and  range  about  as  follows*  6  by  12 
by  24  inches;  6  by  16  by  24  inches;  2  by  20  by  24 
inches;  6  by  26  by  24  inches  and  6  bv  30  by  24 
inches  The  number  of  bunches  in  the  crates  depends 
on  the  size  of  the  celery  and  of  the  crate,  but  vanes 
from  four  to  twenty-four  dozen  For  local  markets,  the 
plants  may  be  tied  in  bunches  of  the  most  popular  size 
and  packed  in  any  crate  of  convenient  form  and  size 


-:.  --=-^=r  -CV^^X^a^^ 


CELERY 


CELERY 


707 


Storage. 

A  large  percentage  of  the  late  celery  crop  is  placed 
in  city  cold-storage  houses.  It  is  packed  with  the 
roots  on,  and  there  is  very  little  trimming.  Golden 
Self-blanching  keeps  fairly  well  in  cold  storage,  or  at 
least  the  hearts  are  presentable  when  they  come  out 
of  storage.  This  is  the  product  that  now  meets  the 
general  demand  of  the  large  cities  until  celery  begins 
to  arrive  from  Florida. 

In  the  North,  this  crop  is  very  commonly  stored  in 
trenches  The  trenches  are  dug  in  well-drained  ground 
and  must  be  docp  enough  to  accommodate  the  plants 
so  that  the  tops  will  not  extend  more  than  about  2 
or  3  inches  above  the  trenches  The  celery  will  keep 
better  if  the  trenches  arc  not  too  wide  Ordinarily 
they  arc  dug  10  to  14  inches  wide.  The  plants  are 
lifted  and  stood  as  close  together  in  the  trench  as  pos- 
sible. Some  growers  prefer  to  place  a  little  earth  over 
the  roots,  although  this  is  not  necessary  If  the  tops 
of  the  plants  are 
dry  when  stoml, 
and  if  the  plants 
are  not  permit- 
ted to  wilt  by 
being  in  the 
sunshine,  they 
should  keep  in 
perfect  condi- 
tion in  t  h  e 
trencher  Boards 
are  nailed  to- 
gother  in  the 
form  of  a  trough 
and  placed  over 
the  trenches  as 
rapidly  as  they 
are  filled  Karly 
in  the  season, 
and  especially  if 
the  weather  is 
quite  warm,  it  is 
an  advantage  to 
provide  addi- 
tional ventila- 
tion by  placing 
•stones  or  blocks 
undor  the  edges 
of  the  trough 
As  the  season 
advances  and 
the  weather  be- 
comes colder, 
these  should  be 


864.  Celery  plant  trimmed  for  market 


removed  and  when  necessary,  earth,  or,  better,  manure, 
thrown  over  the  boards  to  give  additional  protection. 
Four  or  ,5  inches  of  manure  will  protect  the  crop 
thoroughly  in  most  sections  until  Thanksgiving  and 
perhaps  Christmas,  depending  on  the  \\eather  Two 
kinds  of  trench  storage  arc  shown  in  Figs.  865,  866 

The  late  crop  is  often  stored  in  coldframes  of  suffi- 
cient depth  to  receive  the  plants  The  frames  are 
usually  covered  with  boards  lapped  in  roof  fashion,  and 
straw  or  marsh  hay  is  placed  over  the  boards  when 
necessary  to  give  additional  protection. 

Ordinary  house  cellars,  which  are  well  ventilated 
and  not  too  warm,  may  be  used  for  storing  a  limited 
quantity  of  celory.  Various  types  of  houses  have  been 
built  for  keeping  the  cro^.  Cement  or  brick  structures 
are  perhaps  the  most  serviceable.  It  is  important  to 
provide  ample  ventilation  in  structures  of  this  kind.  In 
some  regions,  as  around  Boston,  pits  are  constructed. 
The  sides  of  these  should  be  about  2  feet  high  and  the 
roof  may  be  constructed  in  an  even-span  form  or  sim- 
ply a  shed  roof  against  some  other  building.  Boards 
are  also  used  for  the  roofs  and  covered  with  straw  or 
hay  to  give  protection  during  cold  weather. 


Enemies. 

Celery  does  not  have  any  serious  insect  enemies. 
Diseases  are  much  more  destructive  and  difficult  to 
control.  The  most  important  diseases  are  the  blights 
(Cercospora  apii  and  Septona  petrosehni  var  apu), 
leaf-spot  (Phyllosticta  apu),  and  rust  (Puccima  bul- 
lala)  The  application  of  bordeaux  mixture  in  the  seed- 
bed will  help  to  control  some  of  these  diseases  Many 
growers  also  find  it  necessary  to  make  frequent  appli- 
cations of  bordeaux  mixture  in  the  field  in  order  to 
prevent  serious  losses  The  complete  contiol  of  dis- 
eases in  the  held  may  be  the  moans  of  avoiding  loss  in 
storage  The  earlier  applications  of  bordeaux  mix- 
ture are  regarded  as  the  most  effective  Rotation  is 
also  desirable  in  preventing  losses  from  disease. 

R.  L.  WATTS, 

Celery-growing  in  the  South. 

The  method  of  raising  celery  seedlings  is  not  the 
same  m  the  South,  and  especially  in  Florida,  as  it  is 
m  the  North.  Sowing  is  done  m  July,  August,  and 
September,  at  a  time  of  the  year  when  there  is  con- 
tinued warm  weather,  and  frequent  beating  rain 

A  place  is  chosen  for  the  .seed-bed  near  the  celery 
field, — usually  a  plot  at  the  edge  The  size  of  the  field 
to  be  planted  will  dcteirnine  the  extent  of  the  seed- 
bed The  width  of  the  seed-bed  vanes  from  18  to  30 
inches  Rows  arc  sown  across  it,  making  it  possible  to 
weed  and  keep  the  eaith  woiked  fiom  both  sides 
Immediately  after  sou  ing,  pieces  of  heavy  burlap 
(usually  old  fertili/er  sacks)  are  placed  over  the  beds 
to  conserve  the  moisture,  cool  the  soil,  and  to  protect 
the  seeds  against  the  beating  of  heavy  rams  The 
seed-beds  are  sprinkled  as  often  as  is  necessary  to 
keep  the  surface  moist 

After  the  seeds  have  germinated  and  the  seed-leaves 
have  pushed  their  way  through  the  ground,  the  sack- 
ing is  removed  and  a  scieenmg  of  cheese-cloth  is 
placed  over  the  bed  Some  beds  may  be  covered  with 
cheese-cloth  parallel  to  the  smface,  of  the  soil  In  other 
eases,  a  wire  is  run  lengths a\s  over  the  middle  of  the 
bed,  and  the  cheese-cloth  is  placed  over  the  wire  and 
becured  at  the  sides  like  a  roof  The  covering  is  about 
8  to  12  inches  above  the  bed,  which  gives  room  for  the 
circulation  of  air  The  beds  arc  kept  moist  by  repeated 
watering,  applied  directly  through  the  cheese-cloth 

As  soon  as  the  plants  are  2  or  3  inches  high  and  are 
well  greened,  thev  will  be  strong  enough  to  stand  direct 
sunlight  and  will  shade  the  ground  sufficiently  to  keep 
it  from  drying  out  rapidly 

Tin  bc^t  variety 

Formerly  nearly  all  vaneties  of  which  seeds  were 
offered  by  seedsmen  were  planted.  In  recent  years, 
however,  all  have  been  nearly  eliminated  except  the 
(•olden  Self-blanching  The  seed  ot  this  variety  is  very 
high  in  price  and,  in  years  of  scarcity,  seed  supplied 
under  this  name  is  often  found  to  be  more  or  less  untrue 
to  type.  Seed  of  low-germinating  quality  is  often  found 
to  contain  many  plants  that  will  make  unwelcome  vege- 
tables, probably  because  the  undesirable  green  and  red 
strains  that  may  occur  m  the  Golden  Self-blanching 
variety  arc  more  resistant  to  deterioration  than  the 
true  type. 

Planting  and  blanching. 

Blanching  is  secured  entirely  by  the  boarding-up 
method.  For  this  purpose,  second-  or  third-grade 
cypress  boards  are  used;  these  low-grade  boards  usually 
have  defective  parts  or  are  filled  with  worm-holes  so  as 
to  be  obtainable  rather  cheaply.  The  expense  of  the 
lumber,  notwithstanding,  is  so  great  that  it  becomes 
necessary  to  plant  the  celery  in  double  rows  Two  rows 
are  planted  8  or  10  inches  apart,  and  the  plants  set  6  or 
8  inches  apart  in  the  row.  By  alternating  the  settings  m 
the  two  rows,  additional  space  is  secured  for  the  plants. 


708 


CELERY 


A  space  of  30  to  40  inches  is  allowed  between  the  sets  of 
double  rows.  As  soon  as  the  celery  has  reached  the  proper 
stage  of  growth,  or  the  market  has  arrived  at  a  condi- 
tion in  which  it  is  thought  wise  to  ship  the  celery, 
the  boards  are  placed  alongside  the  plants  and  held  m 
place  by  stakes  driven  into  the  ground.  Further  to 
exclude  the  air  and  light,  a  small  quantity  of  soil  is 
plowed  against  the  bases  of  the  boards,  although  tlus 
„  .r  is  unnecessary  when  the  soil  is 
~  -""»  "*  sufficiently  mellow.  The  tops 
of  the  boards  are  placed  firmly 
together  so  that  only  a  part  of 
the  foliage  extends  above  them 
With  the  Golden  Self-blanch- 
ing variety,  it  is  only  a  few  days 
until  the  celery  is  (sufficiently 
blanched  and  crisp  to  make  a  good 
vegetable. 

Fertilizer. 

In  the  preparation  of  the  field, 
large  quantities  of  fertilizer  are 
'//////  use(^  Stable  manure  is  not  a 
favorite,  unless  it  can  be  applied 
'  ceTer/m  to  the  land  early  enough  to  be- 
trenches. "  It  is  yet  come  thoroughly  rotted  before  the 
sometimes  stored  for  plants  are  set  out  The  quantity 
trenches  1Q  su  obtainable,  however,  is  usually  so 
small  and  the  price  so  high  in  the 
South  that  commercial  fertilizers  have  largely  replaced 
it.  The  quantity  of  fertilizer  applied  may  range  up 
to  $80  or  even  $125  worth  per  acre  (of  the  formula 
given  on  page  704.) 

Irrigation. 

In  the  most  productive  celery  regions,  sub-irrigation 
systems  (as  described  under  Irrigation)  are  established. 
Ihe  laterals  are  laid  15  to  25  feet  apart,  according  to 
the  contour  of  the  land,  and  the  notion  of  the  grower 
The  irrigation  system  at  the  same  time  serves  as  a 
drainage  system  This  makes  it  especially  convenient, 
since  abundant  artesian  water  is  present  in  nearly  all 
the  celery-growing  sections  far  south  The  system 
has  been  found  so  convenient  that  a  large  amount  of 
damage  has  been  done  by  over-irrigation,  not  only  in 
carrying  off  much  soluble  fertilizer,  but  also  by  water- 
logging the  soil  and  thus  driving  the  roots  of  the  celery 
plants  so  near  the  surface  as  to  be  constantly  liable  to 
injury.  In  the  hands  of  careful  celery-growers,  how- 
ever, the  system  is  the  best  that  has  been  invented 

P.  H.  ROLFS. 

Celery-growing  in  California. 

There  are  two  principal  celery-growing  districts  in 
California, — Orange  County,  which  is  situated  in  the 
swamp  lands  south  of  Los  Angeles;  and  the  northern 
district,  which  includes  the  peat  or  swamp  lands  along  the 
Sacramento  and  San  Joaqum  Rivers  between  Sacramento 
and  Stockton. 

Several  varieties 
of  celery  have  been 
tested  in  this  state, 
but  the  Golden  Self- 
blanching  is  most 
popular  and  profit- 


806.  A  good  form  of  trench  storage. 


In  California  the 
seed  is  sown  m  the 
open  ground,  but,  owing  to  its  extremely  small  size,  it 
is  difficult  to  get  a  good  stand  unless  the  ground  is  well 
pulverized.  It  is  commonly  estimated  that  enough  plants 
may  be  grown  on  1  acre  of  seed-bed  to  plant  20  acres  in 
the  field.  To  produce  healthy,  vigorous  plants,  heavy 


CELERY 

watering  is  the  rule  at  first,  but  as  soon  as  the  plants 
have  begun  to  grow  the  quantity  of  water  is  reduced, 
and  it  should  never  be  allowed  to  stand  on  the  surface 
of  the  bed  In  order  to  accomplish  this  the  land  must 
be  well  drained.  The  seed  is  usually  sown  in  March, 
April  or  May. 

Irrigation  and  drainage 

Although  not  nearly  so  much  water  is  required  for 
the  plants  in  the  field  as  in  the  seed-bed,  celery  plants 
cannot  stand  drought  at  any  stage  of  their  growth; 
a  well-controlled  irrigation  system  is  imperative,  except 
where  the  water-table  is  close  to  the  surface 

Good  drainage  is  as  important  as  irrigation,  for,  if 
water  is  allowed  to  stand  in  the  field  even  for  a  short 
time,  the  plants  will  buffer  seriously  As  most  of  the 
California  celery  land  is  low  and  the  ordinary  drainage 
is  poor,  an  extended  system  of  tile  drainage  has  been 
laid  in  nearly  all  celery  fields,  especially  in  Orange 
County,  to  prevent  losses  from  standing  water. 

Subsequent  tillage. 

When  the  plants  are  large  enough  to  be  transplanted, 
they  are  pulled  from  the  seed-beds,  placed  in  tin  pans 
and  hauled  to  the  field,  where  they  are  planted  fi 
inches  apart  in  the  funo^s  3^  feet  apart  The  depth 
of  the  furrows  in  which  the  plants  are  set  is  some- 
what varied,  depending  on  the  soil-moisture,  and 
the  size  of  the  plants  The  aveiage  depth  is  from  3 
to  5  inches 

After  the  plants  have  been  set  in  the  field  for  about 
three  weeks  or  a  month  and  have  recovered  from  the 
transplanting,  the  field  is  "crowded  "  This  operation 
consists  in  moving  the  earth  away  from  the  young 
plants  so  that  they  will  have  more  tur  around  them  and 
to  kill  what  weeds  have  grown  so  close  to  the  plants 
that  it  is  impossible  to  reach  them  with  the  cultivator 

As  the  earth  between  the  rows  of  plants  is  left  in  a 
ridge  after  the  plants  have  been  "crowded,"  a  large 
wooden  roller,  which  extends  across  several  rows,  is 
now  used  to  flatten  down  these  ridges  and  to  pack  the 
soil  more  firmly  The  roller  is  used  only  when  the 
plants  are  small,  otherwise  they  would  be  injured  by 
being  crushed  If  the  plants  have  grown  so  laige  that 
there  is  danger  of  injury  by  this  rolling  of  the  middles, 
the  ridges  are  smoothed  down  by  the  cultivator 

When  the  plants  are  12  to  15  inches  tall,  earth  from 
between  the  rows  is  drawn  up  to  them  This  is  termed 
"splitting."  This  should  be  done  carefully,  for,  if  the 
earth  is  put  too  close  or  too  high  up  on  the  plants,  they 
will  become  tender  and  weak,  especially  if  the  weather 
is  hot  The  object  of  "splitting"  is  gradually  to  encour- 
age the  plants  to  grow  tall  and  btiaight  instead  of 
spreading  out  This  operation  is  repeated  twice  in  the 
season,  the  first  time  when  the  plants  are  14  to  16  inches 
tall  and  the  second  time  just  before  banking.  This 
last  "splitting"  also  aids  blanching. 

Blanching. 

Practically  all  the  celery  grown  in  California  is 
banked  with  earth  for  blanching.  Banking  is  done 
when  the  celery  is  reaching  its  maturity  and  is  neaily 
ready  for  shipment  This  is  the  last  field  operation 
before  the  crop  is  cut.  When  the  celery  is  banked  for 
the  first  time,  the  earth  is  not  drawn  very  high  on  the 
plants,  but  each  time  the  field  is  banked  the  soil  is 
drawn  higher  so  as  firmly  to  hold  the  leaves  together 
and  in  an  upright  position  If  celery  that  has  been 
banked  for  the  last  time  is  not  harvested  shortly,  it 
will  soon  become  "punky."  The  length  of  time  that 
it  can  safely  be  left  m  the  bank  depends  upon  the 
character  of  the  soil,  the  weather  conditions,  and  upon 
the  condition  of  the  plants  themselves.  Celery  on  sandy 
soil  will  keep  much  longer  in  the  bank  than  on  heavy 
clay  loam  or  peat  soil.  If  the  celery  has  not  matured 
or  if  the  weather  is  hot  or  moist,  its  keeping  quality 


CELERY 

will  be  injured.    Holding  too  long  in  the  bank  will 
result  in  a  wilted  and  "punky"  product. 

Harvesting  and  shipping. 

When  the  celery  is  ready  to  harvest,  a  cutting 
machine  is  used  which  cuts  off  the  plants  just  below 
the  crown,  leaving  a  few  roots  attached.  The  plants 
are  then  lifted  and  shaken  from  soil,  trimmed  and 
thrown  in  piles  by  laborers,  who  are  usually  Japanese. 
Another  gang  of  men  then  place  the  plants  in  crates, 
marking  on  each  crate  the  number  of  dozens  it  contains. 
More  men  follow,  nail  the  crates  securely,  load  them 
on  wagons  which  transport  them  to  the  railroad  siding, 
where  they  are  ready  for  shipment  and  distribution  to 
the  various  markets  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  celery  is  packed  in  the  fields  in  crates  22-by-24- 
meh  base  and  18  to  24  inches  in  height,  according  to 
t*he  quality  One  of  the.se  crates  holds  fioin  five  to  ten 
dozen  celery  plants  An  ordinary  ear  holds  from  160 
to  165  of  these  crates  The  shipping  of  the  crop  btarts 
in  October  and  continues  through  March,  but  the  bulk 
of  the  crop  is  harvested  during  November,  December 
and  January  The  earlier  shipments  come  into  com- 
petition with  eelery  from  Mu-higan  and  other  middle 
western  states,  and  the  later  shipments  eome  into  com- 
petition with  celery  from  Florida  A  very  efficient 
system  of  marketing  has  been  developed  by  means  of 
various  associations  of  the  growers  which  nave  repre- 
sentatives in  the  leading  markets  in  the  United  States 
so  that  the  celery  is  shipped  to  points  of  greatest 
demand. 

Enemies. 

The  most  important  disease  in  California  is  the  late 
blight  (Septona  petrobdim  var.  apii),  which  has  done 
an  immense  amount  of  damage  in  the  past  but  is  now 
handled  successfully  by  most  of  the  growers  Spray 
with  bordeaux  mixture  For  early  blight  (Cerco*/>ora 
apii)  keep  plants  growing  thriftily  and  spray  with 
bordeaux  (For  a  detailed  account  of  the  diseases  of 
celery  in  California  see  Bulletin  No  208,  published  by 
the  University  of  California  )  STANLEY  S  ROGERS. 

CELMISIA  (a  name  in  mythology)  Compdsitx. 
More  than  40  New  Zealand  perennial  herbs,  and  1 
in  Austral  and  Tasmania,  some  of  which  may  be 
expected  in  botanic  gardens  and  collections  Lvs. 
radical  and  in  rosettes,  or  densely  imbricated  if  borne 
on  the  sts  ,  usually  tomentose  heads  large  and  solitary 
on  a  long  or  short  scape,  with  imbricate  pubescent  or 
glandular  bracts  in  several  or  many  series;  rays  in  a 
single  row,  always  white  The  celmisias  are  charac- 
teristic plants  of  New  Zeal  ,  covering  the  mountain 
slopes  and  valleys,  especially  in  the  South  Isl ,  with  the 
showy  daisy-like  fls.  Probably  none  is  regularly  in  cult. 

L  H.  B. 

CEL6SIA  (Greek,  kelos,  burned;  referring  to  the 
burned  look  of  the  flowers  in  some  species).  Aimiran- 
tacesp.  COCKSCOMB  Popular  garden  annuals,  grown 
for  the  showy  agglomerated  flower-heads  and  sometimes 
for  colored  foliage 

Alternate-leaved  annual  herbs,  the  Ivs.  entire  or 
sometimes  lobed,  mostly  narrow,  fls  in  dense  terminal 
and  axillary  spikes,  the  spikes  in  cult,  forms  becoming 
densely  fascicled  and  often  the  sts.  much  fasciated; 
perianth  very  small,  5-parted,  dry,  the  segms.  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  erect  in  fr  ,  stamens  5,  the  filaments  united 
at  base'  fr  a  circumscissile  utricle,  with  2  to  many 
seeds  — About  35  species,  all  tropical,  in  Asia,  Afr.  and 
Amer 

There  are  two  mam  types  of  celosias,  the  crested 
form  and  the  feathered  or  plumy  ones.  The  crested 
cockscomb  is  very  stiff,  formal  and  curious,  while  the 
feathered  sorts  are  less  so,  and  are  used  to  some  extent 
in  dried  bouquets.  The  plumy  sorts  are  grown  abroad 
for  winter  decoration,  especially  under  the  name  of  C. 


CELSIA 


709 


pyramidahs,  but  to  a  small  extent  in  America.  The 
crested  cockscomb  is  less  used  as  a  summer  beddine 
plant  than  formerly,  but  it  is  still  commonly  exhibited 
in  pots  at  small  fairs,  the  object  being  to  produce  the 
largest  possible  crest  on  the  smallest  plant 

For  garden  use,  the  seexls  are  sown  indoors  in  early 
spring,  and  the  plants  set  out  May  1  to  15.  If  the  roots 
dry  out,  the  leaves  are  sure  to  drop  off.  The  cockscomb 
is  a  moisture-loving  plant,  and  may  be  syringed  often, 
especially  for  the  red-spider,  which  is  its  greatest  enemy. 
A  light,  rich  soil  is  needed. 

A  Rpiket  crested,  monstrous. 

cristate,  Linn.  COCKSCOMB  Fig  867.  Height  9  in. 
or  more:  st  very  glabrous'  Ivs  petiolate,  ovate  or  some- 
what cordate-ovate,  acute,  glabrous,  2-3  in  long,  1  in. 
wide:  spikes  crested,  subsesMle,  f-ften  as  wide  as  the 
plant  is  high'  seeds  small,  black,  shining,  lens-shaped. 
Tropics  On  13,  p  2-H  R  II  1894,  p  58.— There  are 
8  or  9  well-marked  colors  in  either  tall  or  dwarf  forms, 
the  chief  colors  being  red,  pin  pie,  violet,  crimson, 


867    Celosia  cristata. 

amaranth  and  yellow  The  forms  with  variegated  Ivs. 
often  have  less  den-*?  crests  A  j<if>6nica,  Mart ,  little 
known  to  botanists,  is  said  to  be  a  distinct  garden  plant 
with  branching,  pyramidal  habit,  each  branch  bearing 
a  ruffled  comb 

AA  Spikes  pi  inn  y,  feathery,  or  cylindrical. 

argentea,  Linn  Taller  than  the  above  Ivs  shorter- 
stalked,  narrower,  2-2 ]  ^  m  long,  4-b  lines  wide,  linear- 
lanceolate,  acute,  spikes  1-4  in  long,  erect  or  drooping, 
long-peduncled,  pyramidal,  or  cylindrical  India  — 
This  species  i«s  considered  by  Voss  (in  Vilmorm's  Blu- 
inengartnerei)  to  be  the  original  one  from  which  the 
crested  forms  are  derived  He  makes  9  botanical  forms, 
to  one  of  whieh  he  refers  C  cnstata  The  range  of 
color  is  even  greater  in  the  feathered  type  than  in  the 
crested  type  The  spikes  are  very  various  in  form  and 
habit  Vanous  forms  are  shown  in  (Jn  6,  p  513,  9,  p. 
149;  17,  p  331  (all  as  C  pyramidal™)  R  H.  1857,  p. 
78,  and  1890,  p  522  (as  C  pyiamidalis) 

Huttoni,  Mart  Height  1-2  ft  •  habit  bushy,  pyram- 
idal st.  sulcate-stnate  Ivs  reddish  or  crimson, 
lower  ones  lanceolate,  subsessuV  spikes  red,  cylindrical, 
oblong,  obtuse,  1%  in  long;  perianth-segms  oblong 
(not  lanceolate,  as  in  C.  arqented)  Java — A  foliage 
plant,  and  less  common  than  the  2  species  above. 

C.  spicdta,  Hort=»(?)  Not  the  C  spicata,  Sprang  ,  perhaps 
some  form  of  C  cnstata  — C  Thdmpionn  maffnlfica,a.ori  ,  iaa  trade 
name  and  apparently  without  botanical  standing 

WILHBLM  MILLER. 

CELSIA  (Olaus  Celsius,  1670-1756,  a  Swedish  ori- 
entalist). Scrophulanaceae  Herbs,  with  yellow  fls.  in 
terminal  racemes  or  spikes,  closely  allied  to  Verbascum, 
but  has  only  4  stamens,  and  they  are  of  2  aorta.  About 
40  Old  World  species,  mostly  from  the  Medit.  region. 


710 


CELSIA 


CELTIS 


Only  C.  crgtica,  Linn.  f.t  is  known  in  Amer.,  and  that 
very  sparingly.  It  is  a  hardy  or  half-hardy  biennial, 
with  alternate  Ivs.,  of  which  the  lower  are  slightly  pin- 
nate and  lanceolate,  and  the  upper  ovate-lanceolate, 
toothed  and  clasping:  fls.  large  (nearly  2  in.  across), 
and  somewhat  as  in  Antirrhinum,  yellowish,  with  dark 
markings  in  the  center  and  conspicuous  deflexed  sta- 
mens. Stout  hairy  plant,  3-6  ft.  high,  from  Crete. 
B  M.  964. — A  very  showy  plant  well  worth  much 
wider  cult.  See  page  3566 

C.  pdrUvca,  Hort.   Has  whitish  Iva.  and  pure  white  36. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 

CELTIS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Ulmdcex.  NETTLE- 
TREK.  Woody  subjects  grown  chiefly  as  shade  or  lawn 
specimens. 

Trees  or  rarely  shrubs,  sometimes  spiny:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, petiolate,  stipulate,  deciduous  or  persistent,  usu- 
ally oblique  at  the  base  and  3-nerved  •  fls,  polygamous- 
monoecious,  inconspicuous,  apetalous,  4-5-raerous,  axil- 
lary, the  staminate  in  small  clusters  on  the  lower  part 
of  the  branchlets,  the  fertile  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the 


868.  Celtis  occidentalis  ( X  J^)    (Detail  X  Ji) 

Ivs.  on  the  upper  part  of  the  branchlets,  with  a  1- 
celled  superior  ovary  crowned  by  a  2-parted  style  and 
with  4-5  short  stamens'  fr  a  1-steded.  small  drupe, 
edible  m  some  species;  embryo  with  broad  cotyledons  — 
Seventy  species  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  regions  of 
the  northern  hemisphere,  of  which  a  few  hardy  orna- 
mental species  are  cult. 

The  nettle-trees  are  valuable  as  shade  trees  or  as 
single  specimens  on  the  lawn,  mostly  with  wide  spread- 
ing head  and  light  green  foliage,  which  is  rarely  seri- 
ously injured  by  insects  or  fungi,  they  thrive  in  almost 
any  soil  and  even  in  dry  situations,  they  are  of  vigor- 
ous growth  when  young,  and  are  easily  transplanted. 
The  straight-grained  wood  is  light  and  elastic,  easily 
divided,  and  much  used  for  the  manufacture  of  small 
articles  and  for  furniture;  that  of  C.  australis  is  valued 
for  carving.  Propagated  by  seeds,  sown  after  maturity; 
also  by  layers  and  cuttings  of  mature  fc-ood  in  fall; 
rarer  kinds  are  sometimes  grafted  OP  C.  occidentalis. 

A.  Lv8.  entire,  or  rarely  u>tth  few  teeth,  thin,  at 

length  glabrous. 

mississippie'nsis,  Bosc  (C.  l&ngdta,  Willd.  C.  inteari- 
folia,  Nutt.).  Tree,  60-80  ft. :  Ivs.  unequally  rounded  or 


cuneate  at  the  base,  oblong-lanceolate  or  ovate,  acumi- 
nate, usually  falcate,  smooth  above,  2-4  in.  long:  fr. 
orange-red,  nearly  globular,  J^in.  thick,  on  slender 
pedicel,  longer  than  the  petiole;  stone  pitted.  From  S. 
111.  to  Texas  and  Fla ,  west  to  Mo.  S.S.  7:318.  G.F. 
3:41,  figs.  9-11.  Mn.  7:225,  227. 

AA.  Lvs.  serrate,  sometimes  entire  and  pubescent. 

B.  Ovary  awl  fr.  glabrous. 
c.  Branchlets  usually  and  Ivs.  more  or  less  pubescent,  a 

least  when  young. 
D.  Fr.-stalks  blender,  longer  than  petioles  •  Ivs.  usually 

rough  above  stone  pitted 
E.  Under  surface  of  Ivs  glabrous  at  maturity. 
occidentalis,  Linn  Fig.  808  Large  tree,  occasionally 
120  ft.:  branchlets  glabrous  or  slightly  pube.scent  Iva. 
oblique  and  lounded  at  the  base,  ovate-acuminate, 
pubescent  when  young,  usually  rough  above,  s>ome- 
timas  smooth  at  maturity,  usually  entire  toward  the 
babe,  light  green,  2-0  in  long  fi  orange-red,  }s-^2in- 
long,  on  slender  pedirel,  longer  than  the  petiole.  S  S. 
7.317.  G  F.  3:40  (adapted  in  Fig  808)  and  43.  Km. 
304  Mn  7.231,  233.  AG  20  210,  531 —Very  van- 
able  species  Var  crassifdlia,  Koch  (('  crassifbha, 
Lain  ),  has  firm,  very  rough  and  large  Ivs  ,  to  5  in  long, 
usually  cordate  at  base  and  more  strongly  serrate 
Michx.  Hist.  Arb  3:228 

EE.  Under  surface  of  Ivs  pubescent. 

australis,  Linn  Tree,  to  60  ft  Ivs  oblique,  broadly 
cuneate  or  rounded  at  the  base,  ovate-oblong,  long- 
acuminate,  pubescent  beneath,  2\$-5  m  long.  fr. 
over  ^m  long,  dark  purple,  sweet,  pedicels  2-3  times 
longer  than  the  petioles  Medit  region  to  Persia. 
H  W.  3.40,  p  11  —Not  hardy  N 

Hglleri,  Small.  Tree,  to  30  ft  branchlets  pubescent. 
Ivs  ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  obtuse  or  acute,  truncate 
to  suboordatc  at  the  ba.se,  rough  above,  grayish  and 
pubescent  or  tomentose,  and  reticulate  below,  2-3  in. 
long  fr  }'3in  thick,  light  brown,  on  pubescent  pedicels 
about  i^m  long  and  i.ither  stout  Teva.s — Sometimes 
planted  as  a  street  tree  in  Texas 

DD  Fr -s/a/fcs  ialh<r  \tout,  n^  long  or  bliyhtlif  longer  than 

petioles'  ivt,    grayish  gicen  beneath    \tonc  wnoolh 
sinensis,  Pers  (C*  japonua,  Planch  )    Tree,  to  30  ft 
Ivs    usually  rounded  or  eordate  at  the  ba.se,  broadly 
ovate    to    oblong-ovate,    acuminate,    serrate-dentate, 
pubescent  when  young,  pale  or  glaucescerit  and  promi- 
nently reticulate  beneath,  2-4  m   long    fr  dull  orange- 
red ;  pedicels  rather  htout,  not  much  longer  than  the 
petioles      China,    Japan      S  I  F     1  36  — Has    proved 
nardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

cc.  Branchlets  and  Ivs  quite  glabrous   stone  smooth. 
D.  Foliage  bluish  or  grayish  green. 

Tournefdrtii,  Lam.  (C  oriental™,  Mill  ,  not  Lmn  ). 
Tree,  to  20  ft ,  or  shrub.  Ivs  ovate,  acute,  usually 
rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  1^-3  m.  long,  of 
firm  texture,  not  reticulate,  sometimes  pubescent,  fr. 
reddish  yellow,  about  y^\n.  across,  its  stalk  about  as 
long  as  petiole,  ^m  long  or  somewhat  less.  Greece, 
Sicily  and  Asia  Minor  — Not  quite  hardy  N.;  attractive 
on  account  of  its  bluish  green  foliage. 

DD.  Foliage  bright  green,  lustrous 
Bungeana,  Blume  Tree:  Ivs.  usually  rounded  at  the 
base,  ovate,  acuminate,  crenate-serrate.  nearly  glabrous 
when  young,  green  and  shining  on  both  sides,  1^-2^ 
in.1  fr.  purplish  black,  small;  pedicels  longer  than  the 
petioles.  N  China. — Hardy,  and  a  very  distinct  spe- 
cies, with  dark  green  and  glossy  foliage. 

BB.  Ovary  andfr.  pubescent;  subtropical,  tender  tree. 
Kraussiana,  Bernh.  Tree:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  crenate-serrate,  pubea- 


XXIV.  Coelogyne  cristata,  one  of  the  popular  and  easily  grown  orchids. 


CELTIS 


CENTAUREA 


711 


cent  on  the  veins  beneath,  semi-persistent:  ovary 
tomentose:  fr.  mostly  pubescent,  slender  pedicelled. 
S.  Afr.  to  Abyssinia.  Sim,  Forest  Fl.  Cape  Colony,  134. 
— Hardy  only  S. 

C.  Bi6ndii,  Parapanmi.  Lvs.  broader  than  m  C  Bungeana, 
grayish  below  frs  dark  blue,  small.  Cent  China. — C  caucdnica, 
Wifld  Allied  tc  C  australis,  Lvs  broadly  rhombic-ovate,  somewhat 
•mailer*  fr.  smaller,  reddish  brown  Caucasus,  N  Persia  —C  Damd- 
tdna,  Carr  Allied  to  C  Buneeana  Small  tree  Ivs.  ovate-oblong  or 
elliptic-oblong,  often  sparsely  hairy  on  the  veins  below,  2-6  m. 
long  N.  China  Incompletely  known  — C.  georgiAna,  Small  Allied 
to  C  occidentals  Shrub  or  small  tree  branchlets  pubescent'  Ivs. 
ovate,  acute,  entire  or  sharply  serrate,  1-2  in  long,  fr  }^in  across, 
ahort-atalked  Md  to  Fla  ,  Alu.  and  Mo  —C  onenlAlta.  Linn  = 
Trema  orientals  —  C  onentaha,  MiM  —  C  Tuurncfortn  —  C  reliru- 
ttta,  Torr  (C  misswsipiensiH  var  reticulata,  Sarg  )  Small  tree,  to 
60  ft  brunchlets  pubeacent  Ivs  ovate,  usually  cordate,  entire  or 
serrate,  rough  above,  pubescent  and  reticulate  below,  1  H~3  in  long' 
fr.  Hm.  thick,  orange-rod  Colo  to  TCXAS  and  Ariz  — C  SmAlln, 
Beadle.  Allied  to  C  mississippiensis.  Lvs  lanceolate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  thin,  sharply  serrate,  2-4  in  long  fr  ^m  thick,  slender- 
Btalked.  N.  C.  and  Tenn.  to  Ga.  and  Ala 

ALFKED  REHDER. 

CEMETERY  GARDENING.  Treated  under  Landscape  Gar- 
dening 

CfiNCHRUS  (an  ancient  Greek  name).  Gramineap. 
Mostly  annual  grasses  with  simple  racemes  of  burs  that 
become  detached  and  adhcie  readily  to  clothing  and 
animals  Spikolets  as  in  Pamcuin,  but  2-6  together  in  a 
spiny  involucic  or  bur  C.  carolimanus,  Walt.  (C  tnb- 
ulvtdts  of  American  authors),  SAND-BUR,  is  a  common 
weed  m  handy  soil.  Dept.  Ague.  Div.  Agrost  20:40. 
A  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

C^NIA  (Greek  for  empty,  in  allusion  to  the  hollow 
receptacle)  Compdsitae  Low  herbs  from  S  Afr  ,  with 
the  aspect  of  mayweed  Head  .small  and  rayed,  the 
ray-fls  pistillate,  the  disk-fls  compressed  and  4-toothed, 
the  receptacle  gradually  enlarged  from  the  top  of  the 
peduncle,  and  hollow  About  8  bpecics,  none  of  which 
are  of  much  horticultural  value  C.  turbinata,  Pers. 
(C  pimnbsa,  DC  ),  is  a  common  weed  in  Cape  Colony, 
and  it  is  occasionally  seen  in  American  gardens.  It  is 
annual,  dill  usely  branched,  and  a  foot  or  less  high,  with 
finely  dissected,  soft,  almost  moss-hke  foliage,  and 
long-peduncled,  small,  yellow  heads  Of  easy  cult. 
Unitoxl  with  Cotula  by  Hoffmann  in  Engler  &  Prantl. 

L.  H.  B. 

CENTAURfeA  (a  Centaur,  famous  for  healing).  Coin- 
v6sit<r.  CENT\URY.  DUSTY  MILLER.  BACHELOR'S 
BUTTON  CORNFLOWER  KNAPWEED  Annuals  or 
hardy  and  half-hardy  perennials  with  alternate  leaves, 
useful  for  bedding,  vases,  baskets  and  pots,  and  for 
borders  and  edgings,  hpecies  many  and  various. 

Involucre  ovoid  or  globose,  .stiff  and  hard,  some- 
tunes  prickly,  receptacle  bristly  marginal  florets 
usually  sterile  and  elongated,  making  the  head  look  as 
if  rayed  Differs  fiom  Cmcus  in  having  the  achenes 
obliquely  attached  by  one  side  of  the  base  or  more 
laterally. — Species  about  500,  much  confused,  mostly 
in  Eu  ,  Asia  and  N  Afr  ,  1  in.  N  Amer.,  3  or  4  in  Chile. 
Several  Old  World  species  have  become  weeds  m  this 
country  J  H.  43:76.  The  species  are  of  simple  cult., 
coming  readily  from  seeds  Many  of  the  perennial 
species  make  excellent  border  plants,  and  their  blue 
and  purple  heads  aie  welcome  additions  to  the  horde 
of  yellow-flowering  composites. 


alba,  6,  14. 

dedinata,  13. 

nana,  fl. 

Amberboii,  6. 

depressa,  2 

nervosa,  16. 

amencaaa,  10. 

flare-plena,  6. 

mgra,  12. 

argentea,  3 

glastifoha,  7. 

odorata,  6. 

atropurpurea,  17. 
babylonica,  18. 
ealocephala,  17. 

gymnocarpa,  3. 
impenahs,  6. 
leucophylla,  13. 

plumosa,  3. 
rosoa,  14. 
rubra,  6. 

candiditsima,  1. 
Cinerana,  1. 

macrocephala,  11. 
Margarttacea,  8. 

ruthemca,  9. 
splendena,  8. 

citnna,  14 
Clemen  tei,  4. 

Margarita,  6. 
Maria,  6. 

miattolens,  0. 
svlphurea,  14. 

Cyanus,  5 
dealbata,  15. 

montana,  14. 
moschata,  6. 

vanegata,  12. 

A.  DUSTY  MILLER  — White-tomentoee  low  plants,  used 
for  bedding  or  for  the  sake  of  their  foliage. 

1.  Cineraria,  Linn  (C  candidlssima,  Lam  )   Fig.  869. 
Perennial:  sts   erect,  3  ft ,  branched,  the  entire  plant 
white-tomentose'  Ivs  almost  all  bipmnate  (except  the 
earliest),  the  lower  petioled,  all  the  lobes  linear-lanceo- 
late, obtuse'  scales  of  the  ovate  involucre  appressed, 
with  a  membranous  black  margin,  long-cihate,  the  api- 
cal bristle  thicker  than  the  others*  fls  purple    S  Italy, 
Sicily,  etc. — Much  used  as  a  bedding  plant,  not  being 
allowed  to  bloom    The  first  Ivs  of  seedlings  are  nearly 
entire  (as  shown  in  Fig  869),  but  the  subsequent  ones 
become  more  and  more  cut     Grown  both  from  seeds 
and  cuttings.  Seedlings  are  veiy 

apt  to  damp  off  unless  care  is 
taken  in  watering. 

2.  deprSssa,   Bieb.     A    flat, 
almost  prostrate   perennial:  st 
floccose  -  tomentose    arid    much 
branched     lower    Ivs.    scarcely 
denticulate,   the  upper  oblong- 
hncar,  entire,  bracts  of  the  invo- 
lucre white-  or  black-margined 
fls   showy,  the  blue  rays  about 
^m.    long.     Persia,   Caucasus 
July. 

3.  gymno- 
carpa,  Moris 
&   DeNot   (C. 
argentec,  Hort. 
C.   plumb  sa, 
Hort.).    Fig. 
870  Perennial: 
entire    plant 
covered     with 
velvety   white 
pubescence: 
sts     l}j-2   ft. 
high, erect:  Ivs. 
bipmnatisect; 
segms     linear, 
entire,    acute: 
fl  -heads  small, 
in  a  close  pani- 
cle,    mostly 
hidden  by  the 
Ivs  ,  fls.  rose- 
violet  or  pur- 
ple. Caprea. 
V.    4:337.— 
Very  ornamen- 
tal on  account  of  its  velvety  finely  cut  Ivs.    Much 
used,  like  No.  1,  for  low  foliage  bedding:   Ivs.  more 
compound,  and  usually  not  so  white. 

4.  Cleme'ntei,   Boirs.     Perennial,   the   entire   plant 
densely  white-woolly    sts    erect,  branching,  with  few 
lv^     loot-lvs   petioled,  pinnate,  the  lobes  ovate-trian- 
gular, sharp-pointed ,  st -Ivs.  sessile:  fl -heads  terminal 
on  the  branches,  globose;  involucre  scales  with  scarious, 
cihate  mat  gins,  scarcely  spiny;  fls  yellow.   Spam. 

AA.  CORNFLOWER,  OR  BACHELOR'S  BUTTON — Tall- 
drawing  annual,  with  very  narrow  Ivs  ,  grown  for 
the  showy  fls. 

5.  Cyanus,  Linn.  (Cijanus  arvenis,  Moench.)   BLUE- 
BOTTLE   BLUET    BACHELOR'S  BUTTON  (see  also  Gom- 
phrena)      CORNFLOWER.     RAGGED    SAILOR      FRENCH 
PINK.    Fig    871     Annual,  slender,  branching,  1-2  ft. 
high,  woolly-white  when  young:  lys.  linear,  entire  or 
the  lower   toothedj   sometimes  pinnatifid:   fls.   blue, 
purple,  pink  or  white,  the  heads  on  long,  naked  sts.: 
mvolucral  bracts  rather  narrow,  fringed  with  short, 
scarious  teeth.    S.  E    Eu    Gt.  38,  p.  641;  39,  p.  537. 
V.  5,  p  44;  13:361  —One  of  the  most  popular  of  garden 
fls.,  variable.  It  is  perfectly  hardy,  blooming  untu  frost 


869.  Lower  leaf 
from  a  young  plant 
of  Centaurea  Cin- 
eraria. 


870.  Radical  leaf  of 

Centaurea  gymnocarpa. 

(XJi) 


712 


CENTAUREA 


CENTAUREA 


and  coming  up  in  the  spring  from  self -sown  seed.  The 
following  are  varieties  of  this:  Pure  White;  Victoria,  a 
dwarf,  for  pots  and  edgings  (Gn.  40,  p  147),  Emperor 
William,  fine  dark  blue;  flore  pleno,  with  the  outer  disk- 
fls.  converted  into  ray-fls  ;  nana  compacta,  dwarf  (Gt. 
44,  p  150 )  Centaur  ea  Cyanus  is  one  of  the  "old-fash- 
ioned flowers,"  everywhere  well  known  and  popular. 
It  often  escapes  from  gardens. 

AAA.  SWEET   SULTANS  — Straight-growing    smooth    an- 
nuals or  perennials,  with  dentate  Ivs.,  grown  for 
the  large  fragrant  heads. 
6   moschata,  Linn   (C  suaveolens,  Linn.   C.  odordta, 

Hort    C  Amberbdii,  Mill    Amberbda  moschata,  Less.). 

SWEET    SULTAN       Fig     872. 

Annual  sts  2  ft  high,  branch- 
ing below,  erect    whole  plant 

smooth,  bright  green.  Ivs.  pin- 

natifid,  the  lobes  dentate,  fl.- 

heads    long-peduncled ;    invo- 
lucre round  or  ovate,  smooth, 

only    the    innermost   of    the 

.nvolucral  scales  with  scanous 

margins:  fls.  white,  yellow  or 

purple,  fragrant.   Orient    Mn. 

4,  p    149.    Gn.  54  •  372.    I  H. 

42,  p  106     Gng  4:147.  G  5: 

289;  16:267;  25. 71. 

Var.  alba,  Hort.  (C  Mar- 
garitx,  Hort.).  Fls  white  Gn. 
19,  p  337;  54:372  AG  13: 
607.  This  form,  known  as  C. 
Margantx,  is  pure  white  and 
very  fragrant.  It  was  intro. 
by  an  Italian  firm  in  1891. 
Var.  rubra,  Hort  Fls  red. 
Gn  54.372— A  popular,  old- 
time  garden  fl ,  with  long- 
stalked  heads;  of  easy  cult.  It 
does  not  bear  transplanting 
well  — C  impendhs,  Hort ,  is 
said  to  be  the  offspring  of  C. 
moschata  and  C.  Margantx, 
intro  into  the  American  trade 
in  1899  GnM.  13:74.  Plants 
are  said  to  inhent  the  vigorous 
free  growth  of  C.  moschata. 
being  of  the  same  easy  cult,  ana 
forming  clumps  3-4  ft.  high. 
The  fls.  resemble  C.  Margantse. 
but  are  twice  as  large  and 
abundantly  boine  on  long  sts. 
from  July  until  frost.  They 
range  through  white,  rose,  lilac 
and  purple,  are  fragrant,  and 
if  cut  when  first  open  will  keep 
10  days  C.  Manx,  Hort ,  intro. 
1899,  resembles  C.  imperialis, 
but  the  fls.  open  sulfur-yellow, 
become  lighter,  and  are  tipped 
with  rose  All  sweet  sultans  do 
best  if  the  bloom  is  secured  before  very  hot  weather. 

7.  glastifolia,  Linn.   A  strong-growing  border  peren- 
nial with  a  rough  much-branched  and  winged  st. .  Ivs.  ob- 
long, entire, decurrent. thebasallvs  petiolate, sometimes 
divided,  fls.  yellow,  the  heads  solitary,  without  bracts, 
and  quite  smooth.  Cent  Eu.  B.M.  62.  June-Sept. 

AJLAA.  OTHER  CENTATTOEAS  of  vanous  kinds,  occasion- 
ally grown  in  hardy  borders,  for  their  fls.  or  im- 
posing stature.  See  page  35b7. 

B.  Foliage  green  on  both  sidts. 
c.  Lvs  pinnate  or  bimnnate. 

8.  splendena,  Linn.  <C.  Margantdcea,  Ten.).  Peren- 
nial: sta.  erect,  branched:  Ivs.  smooth,  the  lowest  bi- 


871    Centaurea  Cyanus    (X4) 


pinnate,  the  upper  pinnate,  all  with  very  narrow,  linear, 
entire,  acute  lobes'  fl. -heads  subglobose;  scales  of  the 
involucre  with  a  rounded  almost  entire  rather  lax  tip; 
fls.  purple  Spain,  Italy. 

9.  ruthe'niea,  Lam.    Hardy    perennial  about  3  ft.: 
st.  erect,  branching,  smooth:  Ivs.  pinnatiscct,  the  lobes 
linear-toothed,  sharply  narrowed  at  both  ends,   the 
base    often    somewhat    decurrent:     fl  -heads    usually 
solitary,  the  pale-yellow  rays  about  Km.  long;  pappus 
double:  achenes  glabrous.  Cent.  Eu.  July.   G.  26:630. 

cc.  Lvs.  entire  or  dentate,  not  pinnatisect. 

10.  americana,   Nutt.     (Plectocephalus  americdnus, 
Don).   BASKET  FLOWER     Fig    873     Hardy  annual, 

nearly  smooth:  sts.  stout, 
simple  or  sometimes  a  little 
branched,  2-5  ft ,  thickened 
under  the  naked  head.  Ivs. 
mostly  entire,  oblong  -  lance- 
shaped,  mucronate  involucre 
H~l/<2  ln  diam  ,  its  bracts  all 
with  fringed  .scanous  appen- 
dages' fls.  rose  or  flesh-colored, 
sometimes  purplish;  disk  1-3 
in  diam  j  narrow  lobes  of  the 
ray-fls.  often  1  in  long  Mo. 
and  Ark.  to  La  and  Mex  F  S. 
4  327  S  H.  12  223  A  F  16: 
1644  (alba).  Gng  9:341  (alba). 
— Very  atti active. 

11  macrocephala,  Puschk. 
Perennial'  sts  simple,  erect, 
swollen  below  the  fl  -head, 
leafy,  2^-3  ft  high:  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate,  slightly  deourrent, 
scabrous,  acute,  homewhat  ser- 
rate, gradually  diminishing  up- 
wards to  the  base  of  the  single 
terminal  head  head  subglo- 
bose, larger  than  a  hen's  egg, 
often  3-4  in  diam  ;  involucre 
of  8-12  rows  of  apprcssed,  scan- 
ous-margined,  rusty,  fringed 
scales,  fls  yellow,  the  marginal 
and  disk  alike  Armenia  B  M. 
1248  JH  III  33  331,  52: 
547;  63-319— Often  grown 
from  seeds 

12.  nigra,Linn.  KNAPWEED. 
HARDHEADS.  Perennial,  1-2 
ft.  high:  sts.  branching,  rough 
pubescent:  Ivs.  lance-shaped 
and  entire  or  lower  sparingly 
toothed  or  lobed,  but  not  pin- 
natifid  involucral  bracts  with 
pectmate-cihate-fringed  black 
appendages  fls  all  alike,  the 
disk  and  marginal  ones  of  the 
same  size  Eu  Var  variegata, 
Hort.  Lvs.  edged  with  creamy 
white,  tufted  A  very  striking 
border  plant;  useful  in  dry  or  open  places. 

BB.  Foliage  white  or  tomentose,  at  least  beneath  (often 

green  above). 
c.  Sts.  low,  weak,  not  strict. 

13.  leucophylla,  Bieb    (C.  dechnata,  Bieb  ).    Peren- 
nial: sts    short,  decumbent,  with  very  few  Ivs  '  root- 
Ivs.  petioled,  tomentose-woolly  on  both  sides,  pinnate, 
the  ovate  lobes  undulate,  sparsely  cut-lobed  or  sinuate- 
toothed,  fl.-head  with  few  bracts,  solitary,  terminal; 
scales  of  the  ovate  involucre  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
brown,  long-ciliate;  fls.  purple.  Caucasus. 

14.  mont&na,  Linn.   MOUNTAIN  BLUET.   Perennial: 
sts.  low,  stolomferous,  unbranched,  12-16  or  rarely  20 


CENTAUREA 


CENTRANTHUS 


713 


in  high:  Ivs.  decurrent,  the  young  ones  silvery  white, 
oval-lance-shaped:  involucre  of  4  or  5  rows  of  scales, 
black-ciliate  along  the  margins:  fls.  blue,  the  marginal 
ones  1  in.  long;  disk-fls.  very  short,  becoming  purple. 
Eu.  B.M.77.  G.M.47:243.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  Fk  white. 
G.  25: 71;  29: 109.  G.M.  51:162.  Var.  r6sea,  Hort.  Fls. 
rose-colored.  Var.  citrlna.  DC.  (var. \sul- 
phiirea,  Hort.).  Disk-fls.  Drown,  rays  yel- 
low. Armenia.  B.M.  1175  (asC.ochroleuca). 

cc.  Sts.  erect,  simple  or  branched. 

15  dealbata,  Willd  Perennial:  sts. 
sub-erect,  8-24  in  high:  Ivs  white-villous 
beneath,  glabrous  above,  the  lower  ones 
\-\Yi  ft.  long,  petioled,  pinnate,  the  obo- 
vate  lobes  coarsely  cut-toothed  or  auricled 
at  the  base;  st  -Ivs.  sessile,  pinnate,  with 
oblong-lance  lobes,  fl.-head  solitary,  just 
above  the  uppermost  If.;  fls.  red,  those  of 
the  disk  rosy  or  white;  outer  scales  of  the 
involucre  with  lanceolate  tips,  the  middle 
rounded,  deeply  fnnged,  cihate.  Asia 
Minor,  Persia.  JH  111.46:515. 

16.  nervdsa,  Willd.    A 
stout  perennial  about  2— 
(l]/2  ft.  tall  with  a  bimple 
unbranched     rough     st.: 
lower  Ivs  glandular,  usu- 
ally slightly  toothed,  the 
st  -Ivs    clasping    by    the 
aunculate     base;     heads 
solitary,    the    rays    deep 
purple.    A  branched  and 
numerous  -  fld.     form     is 
known  in  the  wild  but  not 
to  the  trade.    Cent.  Eu. 
July ,  Aug 

17.  atropurpurea, 
Waldst   &  Kit    (C.  ceOo- 
cephala,   Willd  )      Peren- 
nial  sts.  erect,  branched, 
about  2-3   ft     high,  the 
branches  white-woolly  at 
the  summit  Ivs  bipmnate, 

lobes  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  lowest  Ivs.  petioled, 
uppermost  pmnatifid.  fl  -heads  without  bracts;  invol- 
ucral  scales  with  fnnged  cihato  white  lanceolate  tips, 
the  innermost  ones  rounded,  scanous-margined;  fls. 
black-purple  Hungary 

18  babylonica,  Linn  Silvery  white  perennial:  sts. 
simple,  stout,  erect,  6-10  or  12  ft  high  Ivs.  long,  coria- 
ceous, strongly  decurrent  on  the  st ,  the  radical  lyrate, 
the  lower  st  -Ivs  oval  or  oblong-acute,  entire  or  undu- 
late, the  upper  lance-acute,  fls.  yellow,  the  globular 
heads  almost  sessile  in  the  axils  of  narrow  bract-like 
Ivs.;  one-third  to  half  of  the  st  fl  -bearing;  involucre- 
scales  with  a  short,  recurved  tip  Asia  Minor,  Syria. 
On.  2,  p.  73;  8,  p.  263.  R.H.  1859,  pp  540-1  —Tall, 
stout  and  stnking  plant. 

C.  alpina,  Linn  Lvs  downy  beneath,  prickly  fl.-hoada  yellow; 
scales  of  involucre  ovate,  obtuso  hardy  herb,  3  ft ,  from  Eu  , 
sometimes  seen  in  collections — C  <n6phora.  Linn  A  low  plant 
with  a  spiny  .-alyx  an«l  silvery  )v<  ,  is  cult  in  England  Not  known 
in  Amor — C  pulrJitrnma,  Willd  (./Etheopappus  pxilchcrrimui, 
Hort.).  A  stout  hardv  perennial  about  2H  ft.  with  brilliant  rose 
fls.  is  known  m  the  trade. — C.  rigidifMia,  Hort.  Stout  pe 


872.  Centaurea  moschata. 


.. _..t  perennial, 

with  crimson  heads  is  apparently  C.  orientals,  Linn  — Not 

N.  TAYLOR.f 


much  known  in  U.  8 

CENTAURlDKJM:   Xanthuma. 


CENTAUR  Y:    Sabatia. 

CENTRAD&NIA  (Greek  for  spurred  glandl  alluding 
to  the  anther  glands).  Melastomdcex.  Tropical  herbs 
or  sub-shrubs  grown  in  warmhouses  for  their  showy- 
colored  leaves  and  pretty  flowers. 

Branches  angled  or  winged:  Ivs.  petiolate,  opposite, 


lanceolate  or  ovate,  entire,  ribbed:  fla.  with  4-lobed 
calyx,  4  petals,  8  stamens,  and  a  4-loculed  ovary,  pink 
or  white,  m  axillary  or  terminal  clusters. — Species  4-6, 
in  Mex.  and  Cent  Amer  They  fall  into  2  groups, — 
those  with  very  unequal  stamens,  and  C.flonbunda  with 
nearly  equal  stamens. 

Centrademas  are  very  showy  and  desirable  plants. 
The  sterns  are  often  colored.  They  like  rich  leaf-mold 
with  sharp  sand,  and  brisk  heat  Give  a  light  but 
shady  position.  Strong  plants  are  much  benefited  by 
liquid  manure,  and  such  applications  give  better  colors 
ui  both  flowers  and  fruit. 

grandifdlia,  Endl  Branches  4-winged:  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  strongly  3-nerved,  brilliant  red  beneath, 
long-pointed  and  curving  at  the  end.  cymes  many-fld., 
shorter  than  the  Ivs.,  the  fls  light  roso,  rotate,  the  petals 
very  obtuse,  the  stamens  unequal  Mex.  B  M.  5228  — 
The  plant  grows  2  ft  high,  and  blooms  in  winter  Very 
showy,  and  the  species  usually  cult.  The  cut  branches 
hold  tneir  color  a  long  time,  making  the  plant  useful 
for  decorations 

inaeauilateralis,  Don  (C.  rosea,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  unequal-sided,  entire,  cihate,  reddish  be- 
neath' fls.  pink,  in  terminal  corymbose  racemes:  dwarf. 
Mex  B.R  29.20. 

ovata,  Klotzheh.  Lvs.  ovate-acute,  smooth  and  shin- 
ing, pale  beneath,  3-nerved:  fls.  pink  in  large  terminal 
clusters.  Cent  Ajner. 

floribunda,  Planch  Branches  obscurely  angled,  pu- 
bescent, reel '  Ivs  narrow-lanceolate,  tapering  below,  3- 
nerved,  red-nerved  below:  fls.  pink,  in  terminal  pani- 
cles. Mex.  F.S.  5.453.  L.  H.  B.f 

CENTRANTHUS  (Greek,  spurred  flower}.   Valenan- 
ex     CENTRANTH.    Annual  and  perennial  herbs,  one 
of  which  is  frequent  in  old  gardens 

Leaves  opposite,  entire,  dentate,  or  pinnatisect*  fls. 
in  dense  clusters,  small,  red  or  white,  terminating  the 
branches;  calyx  cut  into  5-15  narrow  divisions,  en- 
larging after  flowering,  corolla  slender-tubed,  5-partcd, 
spurred  at  the  base,  stamen  1;  fls.  with  a  pappus-like 
crest. — About  a  do/en  species  m  the  Medit.  region, 
some  of  them  bometimcs  half  shrubby  C  ruber,  the 
common  garden  species,  sometimes  escapes  and  becomes 
more  or  less  spontaneous. 

rftber,  DC  RED  VALERIAN.  JUPITER'S  BEARD.  Per- 
ennial, 1-3  ft  ,  smooth  and  glaucous,  forming  a  com- 
pact and  flonferous  bushy  plant*  Ivs  ovate  to  lanceo- 
late, some  of  them  toothed  at  base  but  mostly  entire* 
fls.  numerous,  deep  crimson  to  pale  red,  fragrant  Eu  ,  E 
— A  very  handsome  old 
garden  plant,  too  much 
neglected;  blooms  all 
summer;  excellent  for 
cutting.  Increased  by 
division;  also  by  seeds. 
There  is  a  whitc-fld. 
form  (var.  dibits). 

angustifdlius,  DC. 
Perennial,  glaucous,  to 
2  ft ,  simple  or  some- 
what branched:  Ivs. 
linear -lanceolate  or 
linear,  very  entire, 
nearly  perfohate:  fls 
clear  rose,  fragrant.  S. 
Eu. — There  is  a  white- 
fld.  form  (var.  albus). 

macrosiphon,  Boiss. 
Annual,  of  easy  cult, 
in  any  good  soil:  1-2 
ft.  :lvs.  ovate,  glaucous, 
toothed:  fls.  larger 
than  in  the  last,  deep  873.  Centaurea  americana.  ( 


714 


CENTRANTHUS 


rose.  Spain. — There  are  white-fld.  (var.  dlbua)  and 
dwarf  (var.  ndnua)  forms.  Excellent  for  rockeries  and 
borders;  also  for  lawn  vases.  L.  H.  B. 

CENTROP6GON  (Greek  kentron,  spur,  and  pogon, 
beard,  refernng  to  the  fringed  stigma).  Campanuldcex. 
Sub-shrubs  or  shrubs,  often  scandent,  grown  under 


Plants  with  alternate  mostly  dentate  Ivs.,  and  axil- 
lary, long,  tubular  fls.  which  are  violet,  purple,  red,  or 
orange,  and  usually  borne  singly  on  long  peduncles: 
corolla  2-lipped,  tne  tube  incurved:  bracteoles  very 
small  or  wanting. — More  than  100  species  in  Trop. 
Amer.  Warmhouse  perennials  useful  for  hanging- 
baskets,  prop,  by  cuttings  which  it  is  better  to  put 
under  a  bell-jar 

Lucyanus,  Houll.  Height  1-2  ft.:  st.  somewhat 
woody.  Ivs.  short-petioled,  finely  toothed:  fls.  rose, 
hemispherical,  with  lanceolate  segms  recurved  at  the 
tips.  R.H.  1868:290.  Native  country  unknown  — 
Described  from  a  cult  specimen  and  said  to  be  a 
hybrid  of  C.  fastuosus  and  Siphocampylus  betuteformis, 
but  seems  to  show  little  influence  of  the  latter,  which 
has  longer  petioles  and  peduncles,  more  coarsely  toothed 
Ivs.,  longer  calyx-segms  ,  and  a  yellow-tipped  corolla. 

fastudsus,  Scheidw.  Lvs  peach-like,  oblong,  acute, 
bordered  with  glandular  teeth,  very  glabrous,  short- 
petioled:  fls  rose-colored,  winter;  calyx  hemispherical, 
with  5  lanceolate  denticulate  segms.  Mex  RH.  1853: 
181  •  WILHELM  MILLER. 

CENTROSEMA  (Greek,  spurred-standard)  Legiir 
mindsae.  BUTTERFLY-PEA.  T\vmmg  or  trailing  herbs, 
one  of  which  is  sometimes  cultivated 

Leaves  pinnate,  3-7-foholate  fls  in  the  axils,  showy, 
white  or  reddish,  papilionaceous,  the  standard  spurred 
on  the  back,  the  keel  broad,  and  the  style  bearded  at 
the  apex:  pod  long  and  narrow,  many-seeded,  with  2 
thick-edged  valves  — Species  about  30  in  Trop.  Amer. 
and  2  in  U.  S  Centrosema  is  a  more  recent  name  than 
Bradburya  of  Rafinesque,  but  it  is  thoroughly  estab- 
lished in  usage  and  is  retained  in  the  "nomma  conser- 
vanda"  of  the  Vienna  Congress. 

virginianum,  Benth  (Bradburya  tnrgimana,  Kuntze). 
Roughishj  climbing,  2-6  ft  •  Ifts  ovate  to  linear,  shi- 
ning, stipitate.  fls.  1-4  in  the  axil,  1  in  long,  violet  and 
splashed,  showy:  pod  straight  and  long-pointed,  4-5 
in.  long.  N.  J.  and  S  ,  in  sandy  lands.  AG  13:649.— 
Intro,  to  cult  many  years  ago,  but  again  mtro.  in  1892 
(as  C.  grandiflorum),  and  much  advertised.  It  is  a 
hardy  and  desirable  perennial  vine,  blooming  the  first 
season  from  seed;  easily  grown.  There  is  a  white-fld. 
form.  L.  H.  B. 

CENTURY  PLANT:  Agave. 

CEPHAELIS  (Greek-made  compound,  referring  to  the 
fls.  being  borne  in  heads) .  Rubiacex  Tropical  shrubs, 
sub-shrubs  or  herbs,  one  of  which  yields  ipecac,  some 
of  them  sometimes  rarely  seen  in  growing  collections. 
As  the  genus  is  commonly  delimited,  it  comprises  per- 
haps 75  species  of  both  the  eastern  and  western  hemis- 
pheres. Bugler  &  Prantl  and  others,  however,  unite  it 
with  the  Linnscan  Uragoga  Lvs.  opposite,  usually 
ovate,  oblong  or  obovate:  fls  mostly  small,  white,  col- 
lected in  an  involucrate  head;  calyx  4-7-toothed  and 
persistent:  corolla  trumpet-shaped  or  salver-shaped, 
the  short  limb  4-5-lobed;  stamens  4  or  5,  inserted  in  the 
throat  of  the  corolla'  fr.  a  dry  or  fleshy  2-seeded  drupe. 
C.  Ipecacudnha,  Willd  (Psychotna  Ipecacuanha, 
Muell.-Arg.  Uragdga  Ipecacuanha,  Baill  ),  from  ±he  root 
of  which  the  commercial  ipecac  is  produced,  is  a  low 
creeping  herb  (4-8  in.  high)  with  oblong-ovate  entire 
Ivs.  which  are  pubescent  beneath:  heads  becoming 
pendulous:  root  slender,  knotty;  it  is  exported  in  large 
quantities  from  Brazil.  L.  H.  B. 


CEPHALARIA 

CEPHALANDRA:    Cocemto. 

CEPHALANTHERA  (Greek  for  head  and  anther). 
Orchtddcex.  About  10  species  of  small  temperate- 
region  terrestrial  orchids,  allied  to  Epipactis  and 
Pogonia.  Some  of  them  are  western  N.  American,  and 
others  are  European.  Sepals  3;  petals  small,  ovate; 
hp  saccate*  Ivs  (sometimes  wanting)  lanceolate  or 
oblong:  fls.  mostly  small  (sometimes  showy),  in  an  open 
spike.  The  species  are  scarcely  known  in  cult ,  but  2 
Japanese  species  have  been  offered  by  importers.  These 
are  E.  falcata  Blume,  yellow,  and  E.  er£cta,  Blume, 
white. 

CEPHALANTHUS  (Greek,  head  and  flower;  flowers 
in  heads).  Rubtacese.  BUTTON-BUSH.  Bush  grown  for 
its  attractive  white  flower-heads  appearing  in  summer 

Shrubs  with  opposite  or  whorled  entire  stipulate 
Ivs  •  fls.  small,  tubular,  white  or  yellowish,  4-merous, 
with  included  stamens  and  long  exserted  style,  m 
globular  heads;  ovary  2-celled*  fr  dry,  separating  into 

2  nutlets  — Five  species  in  Amer.  and  Asia,  of  which  only 
the  one  N.  American  species  is  cult,  hardy  ornamental 
shrub,  with  handsome  glossy  foliage  and  very  attrac- 
tive with  its  fl  - 
balls    appearing 
late  m  summer. 
It  thrives  in  any 
good  garden  soil, 
best  in  a  sandy, 
somewhat  moist 
one;  naturally  it 
grows  in  swamps 
and  on  the  bor- 
ders of  streams 
and  ponds,  often 
with     the     sts. 
partly      sub- 
merged      Prop 
by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings     of 
ripened  wood  in 
fall,  and  also  by 
greenwood    cut- 
tings taken  from 
forced    plants 
early  m  spring. 

occidentalis,  Linn  Fig  874.  Shnib,  3-12  ft ,  some- 
times tree-like:  Ivs  long-petiolcd,  ovate  or  oval,  acumi- 
nate, glo.ssy  above,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent  below, 
3-6  m.  long  heads  about  1  in  diam  ,  long-peduncled, 

3  or  more  at  the  end  of  the  branches    July-Sept    From 
New  Brunswick  south,  west  to  Ont.  and  Calif.    Em. 
394.    R.II    1889,  p  280.    S  S.  14:711.   Var.  angusti- 
fdlia,  Andr6    Lvs    oblong-lanceolate,  usually  in   3's. 
R.H.  1889,  p.  281. 

C  nataUnsis,  Oliv  Branchlets  hairy  IVB.  ovate,  acuminate,  1 
m.  long  fls  green,  in  solitary  heads:  fr.  edible  S  Afr.  B  M. 

7400'  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CEPHALARIA  (Greek  for  head,  alluding  to  the  capi- 
tate flower-clusters).  Lhpsaceze  Coarse  annual  or  per- 
ennial herbs  planted  to  some  extent  in  herbaries. 

Much  like  Dipsacus,  but  the  heads  less  spiny  and 
mostly  smaller:  heads  terminal,  ovoid  or  globular, 
bearing  many  4-parted  yellowish,  whitish  or  bluish 
florets;  stamens  4,  perfect;  style  filiform:  fr.  a  4-^8- 
nbbed  achene,  the  calyx-border  often  remaining  on  its 
summit. — About  30  species  in  the  Medit.  region,  N.  and 
S.  Afr  and  W.  Asia;  also  in  Abyssinia.  Lvs.  entire, 
dentate,  or  lobed.  They  are  not  much  planted  in  Amer., 
but  they  make  striking  subjects  for  summer  bloom, 
and  the  long  sts  make  vhem  useful  for  cut-fls.  The 
bloom  is  something  like  that  of  scabiosa.  Of  simple 
cult. ;  grown  readily  from  seeds. 

alpina,  Scnrad.  Perennial:  tall  and  widely  branched, 
5  or  6  ft.:  Ivs.  pubescent  and  pinnatifid,  the  segms.  out 


874.  Cephalanthus  occidentalis.  ( X  H) 


CEPHALARIA 


CEPHALOTAXUS 


715 


and  decurrent:  fl.-heads  sulfur-yellow;  involucre  with 
8  anstate  teeth.  S.  Eu. — A  good  coarse  plant  for  sum- 
mer bloom.  Hardy  N. 

leucantha,  Schrad.  Perennial:  Ivs.  pinnate-parted, 
the  lobes  linear  or  oblong:  fls.  in  subglobose  heads, 
creamy  white,  in  autumn.  S.  Eu.  Variable. 

transylvanica,  Schrad.  Annual,  slender,  2-3  ft. :  lower 
Ivs.  lyrate;  the  segms.  serrate  and  the  terminal  one 
large,  upper  Ivs.  pinnate-parted  into  linear-lanceolate 
divisions  fls  in  globular  heads  on  long  peduncles,  the 
ray-corollas  bluish  and  disk-corollas  whitish  (fls.  said 
to  be  yellow,  m  trade  lists,  to  bloom  June-Aug  and 
plant  perennial).  Greece  and  eastward. 

tatarica,  Schrad  Perennial,  6  ft ,  rank,  with  striate 
ets.j  suited  to  the  rear  border,  whore  strong  effects  are 
desired,  with  showy  cream-white,  flat  heads  in  July 
and  Aug..  Ivs  pinnate,  the  Ifts  broad-lanceolate  and 
serrate.  Russia,  Asia  Minor  and  E  — Grows  readily, 
and  is  increased  by  faced  or  dividing  the  clumps 

L  H  B. 

CEPHALOCEREUS  (referring  to  the  crown  of  long 
hair)  Syn  Pilocereus  Cactacese  Mostly  large  columnar 
plants,  single  or  branched,  usually  characterized  by  an 
abundance  of  wool  or  long  white  hair  developing  at  the 
top  or  on  one  side  noar  the  top  fls  nocturnal,  small, 
thick,  fleshy,  naked  fr  small,  globular  berry,  naked: 
seeds  black  -Some  16  or  more  species  are  known. 

The  culture  of  the  species  is  similar  to  that  of  tho 
arborescent  species  of  Corpus  The  species  of  Cepha- 
loccreus  are  well  suited  only  for  large  collections  and 
are  rarely  seen  elsewhere,  except  m  the  case  of  C 
,sen?h.s,  of  which  enormous  quantities  aio  shipped  to 
Europe  by  commercial  dealers  Sec  *STuccultn(s 

senilis,  Pfeiff  (Pilocereus  stnih^,  Loin  ).  OLD  MAN 
CACTUS  Columnar,  reaching  a  height  of  35  ft  and  a 
diam  of  1  ft ,  branching  at  the  very  base,  the  branches 
becoming  parallel  \\ith  tho  parent  ribs  20-30,  very 
little  elevated,  arooles  bearing  20-30  white,  wavy 
bristles  2-5  m  long,  later  appear  also,  at  first  1,  then 
3-5  strong,  yellowi>h  spines  fls  very  numerous  in  tho 
cophalmm,  nearly  4  in  long,  rod  outside,  reddish  white 
within  fr  violet *2  in  long  Cent  Mex.  R.H.  1889,  p 
568,  1890,  p  128 

Sartor ianus,  Brit  &  Rose  (Pilocereus  Iloulletii,  of 
authors,  not  of  Lorn  )  Tree-like,  attaining  40  ft  m 
height  branches  divaricate  cult  plants  usually  3-4  in 
diam  ribs  6-8,  rounded,  glaucous,  radial  spines  7-9, 
spreading,  J^m  long,  honey  yellow,  central  twice  as 
long  and  stronger  aroolos  of  the  sterile  st  with  more  or 
loss  hairs,  which  in  tho  fruiting  area  aro  very  numerous, 
making  a  shaggy  tract  bometimos  1  ft  long  fls  3  in 
long,  imbedded  in  the  wool,  turbmate,  greenish-rod 
outside,  rose-red  within'  fr  dark  red,  depressed-glo- 
bose Mox  RH.  1862,  pp  427-30. 

Rfiyenii,  Brit  &  Rose  (Pilocercus  K6yenut  Rumpl. 
P  floccosus,  Lem  )  Columnar,  branching,  reaching  15 
ft  height,  2-3  in  diam  ribs  9-10,  obtuso,l:>luish,  pruin- 
o&o.  spines  12-16,  rigid,  divaricate,  bright  amber-yel- 
low, the  mnor  ones  larger,  nearly  an  inch  long  on  the 
sterile  branches  long  hairs  arc  found  on  areoles,  on  the 
fertile  bract  those  aro  more  numerous  and  aggregated: 
fls  and  fr  as  in  the  last  species,  but  lighter  in  color. 
Isl.  of  St  Croix. 

Hoppenste"dtii,  Schum.  (Pilocereus  Hoppewttdtn, 
Web  ).  Columnar,  simple,  slender,  reaching  a  height  of 
30  ft  :  ribs  numerous,  more  than  16:  radial  spines 
14-18,  very  short;  centrals  5-8,  the  lower  longest  one 
reaching  3  in  ;  all  the  spines  at  first  yellowish,  then 
white  cephahum  of  1-2  in.  long  tufts  of  yellowish  hairs, 
forming  a  narrow  bract  on  the  north  side  of  the  plant: 
fls.  3  in.  long,  bell-shaped,  whitish,  with  rosy  tips. 
Mex. 


,  vhus,   Brit.   &    Rose   (Pilocbreus    polylbphuz, 
um-Dyck.     Cbreus    Nlckelaii,    Hort.).      Columnar, 

46 


attaining  a  height  of  50  ft.  and  a  diam.  of  1H  ft-» 
rarely  branching,  ribs  10-22,  sharp-angled,  shallow, 
the  old  sts  perfectly  cylindrical'  spines  small  and 
bristle-like,  less  than  ]^m.  long,  radials  5-6,  central 
usually  1;  spines  of  the  flowering  area  2-3  in  long, 
crowded'  fls  large,  trumpet-shaped,  dark  red.  fr.  red, 
scaly.  Mex 

scoparius,  Brit  &  Rose  (Pilocereus  scopdnus, 
Poselg  )  Tree-like,  richly  branched,  25  ft.  high,  1  ft. 
diam  radial  spines  12-15,  very  short;  centrals  7-8, 
not  much  longer,  in  tho  flowering  branches  the  spines 
change  to  longer  stout  bristles  and  the  areoles  are 
closer  together,  forming  a  bristly  ccphalium  fls  small, 
boll-shaped,  reddish,  fr.  size  of  a  hazelnut.  Near  Vera 
Cruz,  Mex 

exerens,  Rose  (Pilocereus  exerens,  Schum  P. 
vlren<;,  Lom  )  Branching  at  base,  3-4  ft  high,  2-3  m. 
diam  ,  tapering  above1  ribs  4-6,  obtuse,  the  sterile 
shoots  with  short,  sparse,  \\oolly  hairs  at  the  top:  spines 
commonly  7 .  radials,  very  short,  1-3  centrals  4  times  as 
long,  woolly  hairs  much  more  abundant  on  the  bloom- 
ing plant'  fls.  about  3  m  long,  trum pot-bell-shaped, 
without  wool  or  spines  Brazil  — Not  common,  if 
occurring  at  all,  in  cult  in  U  S. 

The  following  spteif"*  haw  hr  tn  reported  or  may  be  expected  m 
cult  ,  hut  none  H  us  yet  at  all  common  ("  chn/snrdnthuK,  Brit  & 
RO-.C,  ('  cumf-te*,  Brit  &  Ho-*,  ('  liinumnfout,,  Brit  &  Rose.  C 
Uussfttmnus,  Ko-c  (CVreus  Kuss<  lhanus,  Rumpl )  C  noblnn,  Brit 

&Il°^'  J   N.ROSE. 

CEPHALOSTACHYUM  (Greek,  head  and  spike). 
Grainlncj1  A  few  species  of  grasses  of  the  bamboo  tribe 
in  E  Indies  and  Madagascar,  one  of  which  (C*.  per- 
gracilc)  has  boon  offered  in  this  country  Tall  shiubs 
spikelets  in  dense  solitaiy  heads  at  tho  ends  of  the 
branches  or  in  scattered  gloineiulos,  the  heads  briskly 
with  the  subtending  Ivs  ,  stamens  6,  empty  glumes 
1-2,  stvlo  long,  2-3-clcft  fr  elongated  and  boakod. 
C.  pergracile,  Munro  Forty  ft ,  sts  2-3  in  thick'  Ivs, 
1 1  in  or  loss  long  an  elegant  species,  growing  in  clumps. 
Burma  It  is  offered  m  S  Calif  In  Fla  ,  it  loses  mqst 
of  it^  Ivs  in  \vmtor,  but  tho  new  growth  in  spring  and 
summer  i^  verv  attractive,  it  is  said  not  to  do  vsell  there 
on  high  diy  pine  land,  preferring  moderately  moist 
soil,  it  needs  much  \\ator  in  summer,  and  responds 
readily  to  fertilizer  L  H  B 

CEPHALOTAXUS  (Greek,  head,  Taxus-hke  plant, 
with  fls  in  heads  or  clu^ter^) ,  Taxacex.  Yew-like 
plants,  grown  for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage 

Trees  or  shrubs,  with  evergreen  linear  pointed  Ivs. 
with  2  broad,  glaucous  lines  beneath,  arranged  in  2 
rowh  fls  dioecious,  stammate  m  1-8-fld  ,  short-stalked 
clusters,  pistillate  consisting  of  a  small  cone  with  sev- 
eral bracts,  each  bearing  2  naked  ovules:  seed  inclosed 
in  a  fleshy  envelope,  drupe-like,  about  1  in  long,  reddish 
or  grconihh  brown  From  allied  genera  it  may  be  easily 
distinguished  by  the  resin-canal  in  the  center  of  the 
pith,  and  by  the  glaucous  linos  beneath  from  Taxus, 
which  has  the  Ivs  yellowish  green  beneath;  and  from 
Torreya  by  tho  glaucous  lines  being  broader  than  the  3 
green  linos,  while  in  Torreya  the  glaucous  linos  are 
narrower  than  tho  green  ones  — Six  closely  allied  spe- 
cies from  Himalayas  to  Japan. 

Those  are  ornamental  evergreen  shrubs,  in  appear- 
ance very  like  a  yew,  but  of  more  graceful  habit  Not 
hardy  North,  or  only  in  very  sheltered  positions  They 
thrive  best  in  a  somewhat  moist  but  well-drained  sandy 
loam,  and  in  partly  shaded  situations.  Propagated  by 
seeds,  stratified  and  sown  in  spring,  imported  seeds 
usually  do  not  germinate  until  the  second  year,  in- 
creased also  by  cuttings  in  August,  under  glass,  and  by 
veneer-grafting  in  summer,  on  one  of  the  species  or  on 
Taxus  baccata.  For  cions  and  cuttings,  terminal  shoots 
should  be  chosen,  which  form  regular  plants  with 
whorled  branches  like  seedlings,  while  cuttings  from  lat- 
eral branches  grow  into  irregular,  low,  spreading  shrubs. 


716 


CEPHALOTAXUS 


CERASTIUM 


A.  Lvs.  2-S  in.:  branchlets  yellowish  green,  pendulous. 


4499.  FS  6555.  RH  1878,  p  117.— This  is  the 
most  graceful  species,  with  long  and  (slender  branches, 
attaining  in  its  native  country  50  ft  in  height,  in  cult, 
usually  remaining  a  shrub. 

AA.  Lvs.  1-2  in.  long. 
B.  Base  of  Ivs.  cuneate;  Ivs.  loosely  2-ranked. 

Harringtdnia,  Koch  (C.  pedunculata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
C  drupdcea  var.  Harnngtbnia,  Pilger).  With  spreading, 
often  somewhat  pendulous  branches,  dark  green  when 
young  Ivs  to  2  in.  long,  narrowed  into  a  sharp  point, 
shining  and  dark  green  above'  stammate  fls  distinctly 
peduricled-  fr  ovoid,  rounded  at  both  ends,  rarely 
globular  Japan,  China.  G  C  II  21  113;  III  18.716, 
33 : 228  — In  Japan,  tree  to  25  ft ,  usually  shrub  in  cult 
A  remarkable  form  is  var.  fastigiata,  Silva  Tarouca 
(C.  peduncul&ta  var  fashgidta,  Carr.  Podocdrpus 
koraiana,  Sieb  &  Zucc.),  of  columnar  habit,  with  up- 
right branches  and  spirally  arranged  Ivs  G  C.  II 
21.112;  III.  33  229  S.H.  2:450.  Gng  2.341.  Var. 
sphaeralis,  Rehd.,  (C.  pedunculdta  var.  sphsrdhs, 
Mast),  has  globose  fr.:  Ivs.  falcate,  subacummate, 
1  y2-'2  in.  long  G.C.  II.  21 : 1 17. 

drupacea,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Branches  spreading,  stiff, 
usually  light  green  when  young  Ivs  about  1  in.  long, 
abruptly  pointed,  narrow  and  straight,  of  ten  upturned . 
stammate  fls.  very  short-stalked :  fr  usually  obovate, 
narrowed  at  the  base  Japan  G.C  III  18  717,  33: 
227.  B.M.  8285  —The  dwarf est  species  Var.  sinSnsis, 
Rebel  &  Wilson  Shrub,  to  12  ft  .  Ivs  linear-lanceolate, 
tapering  to  sharp  point.  Cent,  and  W.  China. 

BB.  Base  of  Ivs.  truncate;  Ivs.  very  closely  s(t 
<3liveri,  Mast.  Shrub  or  small  tree  Ivs  strictly 
2-ranked,  rigid, broadly  linear,  spiny-] minted,  about  1  in. 
long,  bright  green  with  2  broad  white  bands  beneath, 
the  midrib  scarcely  elevated  fr  ovoid  or  obovoid, 
shortly  apioulate,  about  |^in  long  Cent.  China.  II  1 
1933  (as  T  Griffithn]  G  C.  Ill  33  226 —Differs  from 
the  other  spocies  m  the  very  closely  t-et  rigid  Ivs 

ALFRED  REHDEK. 


875    Cephalotus  folhculans. 

CEPHAL6TUS  (Greek,  head-shaped,  in  reference  to 
the  knob-like  swelling  behind  each  anther).  Ceph- 
alotacete,  a  monotypic  family  near  Saxifragdcex  The 
one  species  C.  follicularis,  Labill  (Fig  875),  is 
abundant  at  King  George's  Sound  and  Swan  River  in 
S.  W.  Austral  From  there  it  has  frequently  been 
intro  into  cult.,  and  is  now  met  with  m  American 
collections  The  short  deeping  rlmornes  form  2  sets 


of  Ivs.  each  season:  a  set  of  4-6  flat  spatulate  Ivs.,  and 
later  as  many  dainty  pitchered  Ivs.  that  are  richly 
colored  green,  crimson  or  purple,  and  white  The 
pitchers  are  H-l!£  m-  l°ng»  *ire  covered  externally 
with  minute  alluring  glands,  and  these  with  the  color- 
ing attract  insects  They  slip  from,  the  smooth-ribbed 
rim  into  the  cavity,  and 
there  are  digested  by  fer- 
ment liquids  poured  out  by 
special  glands  The  erect 
scape  bears  an  interrupted 
spike  of  small  white  apeta- 
lous  fls ,  each  with  a  6- 
parted  calyx,  12  stamens, 
and  6  separate  1-seeded 
carpels  The  plant  grows 
best  under  a  bell -jar,  and 
in  a  pot  amongst  fine  sandy 
loam  that  is  covered  by 
sphagnum  moss  The  lower 
part  of  the  pot  should  stand 
in  a  vessel  with  about  ^in. 
of  water,  and  the  whole 
should  be  placed  in  a  cool 
greenhouse  near  the  light, 
when  the  pitchers  assume 
richest  colorings  Prop  is 
easily  effected  by  separation 
of  small  pieces  of  rhizome 
that  bear  1  or  2  Ivs  ,  also 
by  seeds  that  mature  not 
unfrequently  under  cult  R 
B  23,  p  233  III  27.391 
FS  3  290.  G  23  340  G 
W.8.390.  J  II.  Ill  35  260 
J.  M.  MACFAHLANE 

CERASTIUM  (Greek  for 
h&rn,  alluding  to  the  shape 

of     the     nod).      Canjophyl-  876.  Cerastmm  arvense 

lacese    MOUSE-EAR  CHICK- 

•\VEED      Decumbent    annuals    or    perennials,  used    in 
rockeries  or  for  bedding  and  borders 

Pubescent  or  hirsute  herbs,  rarely  glaucous  Iv.s 
small,  opposite,  entire  fls  white,  borne  in  terminal, 
dichotomous  cymes,  sepals  5,  rarely  4,  petals  as  many, 
emargmate  or  2-cleft,  stamens  10,  rarely  fewer;  styles 
5,  rarely  4  or  3,  opposite  the  sepals  caps  cylmuric, 
often  curved,  dehiscing  at  the  top  by  10,  rarely  8, 
teeth. — About  100  species  of  world-wide  distribution 
according  to  the  largest  delimitation  of  the  genus,  by 
some  authorities  reduced  to  40  or  50  species 

Cerastiurns  are  of  easy  culture  in  ordinary  garden 
soil  They  are  propagated  by  divisions  or  by  cuttings 
taken  after  flowering  and  planted  in  a  shady  place 
They  are  more  or  le.ss  used  for  edgings  and  in  rockeries 

A  Lvs  green,  merely  pubescent. 

arvgnse,  Linn  (vai  oblongifolium,  Holl  &  Brit ). 
STAUKY  GRASSWORT  Fig  876  Perennial,  low,  much 
branched  and  matted  sts  8-12  in  long  Ivs  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  pale  green,  pubescent,  obtuse,  X>~1H  in 
long,  %m  wide  fls  very  numerous,  appearing  in  Apr 
and  May,  petals  5,  deeply  bifid  caps  twice  as  long  as 
the  calyx — A  species  of  very  wide  range,  growing 
mostly  in  dry  rocky  places  from  Labrador  to  Alaska 
and  south  to  Ga  and  Calif  ,  also  in  Asia  arid  Eu  Gn 
71,  p  504  — Recommended  as  a  bedding  plant,  for  its 
mat-like  habit,  covered  with  white  bloom  Var.  com- 
pfictum,  Hort ,  is  hardy  in  S.  E.  Canada. 

purpurfiscens,  Adams  Perennial,  hairy,  pubescent, 
cespitose,  about  4  in  high  lower  Ivs  oblong,  narrowed 
into  the  petiole;  upper  Ivs  linear-lanceolate:  cymes 
dichotomous  or  often  simply  umbelhform,  fls.  white; 
petals  twice  as  long  as  calyx,  ovate-oblong:  caps, 
cylindnc,  t \vice  as  long  as  calyx  Asia  Minor. — Hardy. 


CERASTIUM 


CERATONIA 


717 


AA.  Lvs.  silvery  or  grayish, 
B.  Caps  equaling  the  calyx. 

grandifldrum,  Waldht.  &  Kit.  (C.  argenteum,  Bieb  ). 
Creeping  perennial.  IVH  linear,  acute,  the  margins 
reflexed  mfl.  diehotomous;  fl.-sts  6-8  in.  high;  petals 
oval,  2-parted,  transparent  white,  twice  as  long  as 
calyx.  E.  Eu. 

BB  Caps,  much  longer  than  the  calyx. 
Biebersteinii,  DC  Perennial:  sts.  6  in,  creeping, 
diffuse,  branched:  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  tomentose- 
woolly  peduncles  erect,  diehotornous,  fls.  white:  caps. 
ovate-cylindrical  Tauna.  B  M.  2782.  Gn.  59,  p.  470. 
—  Like  C.  totnentosum,  but  with  larger  Ivs.  Fine  for 
edgings 

Boissi&ri,  Gren  Perennial,  low:  Ivs  silvery,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acute,  entire,  sessile1  peduncles  4-12  in. 
high,  mfl  a  dichotomous  cyme,  fls.  large,  white.  Spain. 

tomentdsum,  Linn  SNOW-IN-SDMMER  Perennial, 
low,  creeping,  branched  Ivs  oblong,  spatulate,  grayish 
woolly,  upper  Ivs  lanceolate  peduncles  6  in  high, 
erect,  dichotomous,  fls  white  caps  cylindrical  Eu. 
G  29  5oo  Gn.  69,  p.  143  —Much  used  for  edgings. 

E.  Z  B.f 

C^RASUS  (from  Ccrasunt  or  Cerasonte,  a  place  in 
Asia  Minor  on  the  Black  Sea,  whence  cherries  are  said 
to  have  been  brought  to  Italy  before  Christ)  CHERRY. 
Ito.wccj'  Tournefort  in  1700  founded  the  genus  Cera- 
sus,  but  by  general  usage  it  is  now  combined  with 
Prunm  inasmuch  a*<  no  single  important  character 
holds  clearly  between  the  two  groups  The  name  is 
sometimes  kept  distinct  m  tiade  lists,  representing  the 
cherries  as  distinct  from  the  plums  Botamcall>,  the 
gioup  is  distinguished  from  Piunus  proper  (the  plum 
group)  in  having  conduphcate  vernation  (young  Ivs. 
with  the  halves  folded  together)  rather  than  involute 
vernation,  fls  more  characteristically  in  umbels  or 
racemes,  fr  mostly  lacking  bloom  and  pubescence,  and 
the  stone  not  corrugated  or  pitted.  Sec  Prunus. 

L.  H.  B. 

CERATtOLA  (Greek,  a  hltle  horn,  referring  to  the 
four-branched,  serrate  stigma)  Empctracete.  A  heath- 
like  evergreen,  from  the  sand  barrens  of  South  Carolina 
to  Florida  and  Alabama;  rarely  cultivated  North,  but 
not  hardy 

Branches  often  whorled  as  are  the  Ivs  ,  which  are 
narrow,  strongly  revolute  and  thus  almost  tubular: 
fls  dicecious,  2-3-whorled  in  the  axils,  sessile;  sepals, 
petals  and  stamens,  each  2  —  Only  1  species 

ericoldes,  Michv  Height  2-X  ft  blanches  subverti- 
cillate,  marked  with  scars  of  numerous  fallen  Ivs,  the 
younger  and  upper  ones  only  letammg  foliage*  Ivs. 
crowded,  }  2~?'4in  l°nKi  linear,  rigid,  shining,  pale:  fls. 
inconspicuous  reddish,  whorled  m  the  axils'  drupe 
round,  orange-yellow,  berry-like.  B  M  2758 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

CERAT6LOBUS  (Greek  for  horned  pod).  Palmacex. 
tribe  Caldmex.  Low  or  creeping  pinnate  palms  allied 
to  Calamus,  and  not  as  yet  common  m  the  American 
trade. 

Stems  and  If  -stalks  spiny  but  not  the  If  -blades:  sts. 
frequently  30  ft  or  more  long  and  armed  with  stout 
spines  an  inch  long:  Ivs  pinnate,  often  as  much  as  7  ft 
long,  with  numerous  alternate  or  opposite  Ifts  ,  which 
are  crenate-dentate  towards  the  apex  fls  polygamous- 
monoecious,  in  a  pamculately  branched  spadix:  fr. 
drupe-like,  1-seeded.  —  There  are  only  3  wild  species  and 
2  species  known  m  horticultural  literature,  trie  botani- 
cal status  of  which  is  doubtful  All  the  wild  species 
come  from  Java  or  Sumatra  For  cult  ,  see  Calamus  to 
which  Ceratolobus  is  closely  related,  differing  in  having 
rhomboid,  not  linear  Ifts.  G  C.  II.  23:338. 


glaucescens,  Blume.  St.  up  to  30  ft.  and  about 
as  thick  as  one's  wrist  *  Ivs.  6-7  ft  long,  of  14-18  sebsile, 
erect  or  spreading  Ifts.  which  are  8-10  in  long,  2*4- 
3^  in.  wide,  opposite  above,  alternate  below  'spadix 
from  the  axils  of  the  upper  Ivs. .  spathes  2-horned,  4- 
6  m  long.  Java. 

C  cdncotor,  Blume.  Similar,  with  10-14  Ifts  ,  relatively  broader 
than  in  C  glaucescena  Sumatra  — C  Ftndley&mit,  Hort  Lva  2-4 
ft  lonK,  clear  pale  shining  groen  Hab  (?)  AG  15  169 — C. 
Mirkolitziana,  Hort  Very  pfrgant  palm,  the  8t  and  If  -rachis  with 
scattered  spines  Ivs.  oblong,  the  Ifts  remote,  linear-oblong,  acute, 
pale  on  the  under  surface. — Horticulturally  the  most  attractive  of 

thegroup-  N   TAYLOR. 

CERAT6NIA  (Greek  for  /torn,  in  reference  to  the 
large  pod).  Legummosae.  CAHOB.  A  handsome  ever- 
green tree,  bearing  large  pods  that  are  used  somewhat 
For  human  food  but  chiefly  for  forage 

One  of  the  Cassia  tribe'  calyx-tube  disk-bearing, 
somewhat  top-shaped,  the  segms  5  and  short;  petals 
0;  stamens  5  pod  long  (4-12  in  ^,  compressed,  thick  and 
coriaceous,  mdehiscerit,  filled  '\vith  a  pulpy  substance, 
bearing  obovate  transverse  seeds  C.  Sihqua,  Linn. 
(Figs  877,  878),  the  only  species,  is  now  widely  dis- 
tributed in  warm  countnes,  being  grown  both  for  shade 
and  for  the  edible  pods  It  reaches  a  height  of  40-50 
ft  :  Ivs  pinnate,  shining,  the  2-3  pairs  of  Ifts  oval 
and  obtuse,  fls  in  small  lateral  red  racemes,  polygamo- 
diceeious,  the 
trees  said  to  be 
variable  in  sex- 
uality at  differ- 
ent ages  It 
thrives  well  in  S 
Calif  and  S  Fla. 
The  dry  pods 
are  occasionally 
seen  in  the  fruit 
stands  m  north- 
ern markets. 
There  are  many 
varieties,  differ- 
ing in  the  size 
and shape of pod. 
The  Ceratoma  is 
known  also  as  Algaroba,  Karoub,  Caroubier^.  and  St. 
John's  Bread  The  last  name  records  the  notion  that 
the  seeds  and  sweet  pulp  are  respectively  the  locusts 
and  wild  honey  which  St  John  found  m  the  wilder- 
ness The  dry  valves  or  pods  have  been  supposed  to 
be  the  husks  that  provided  the  subsistence  of  the  prod- 
igal son.  See  G  F.  3  .318,  323.  The  seeds  are  .said  to 
have  been  the  original  carat  weight  of  goldsmiths 

L  H  B 

The  carob  is  of  much  importance  as  a  farm  crop 
throughout  the  Mediterranean  basin  and  other  hot 
and  semi-arid  regions  According  to  Alphonse  de  Can- 
dolle,  its  original  home  was  about  the  eastern  end  of  the 
Mediterranean,  including  the  southern  coast  of  Asia 
Minor  and  Syria  and  perhaps  Tripoli  Its  cultivation 
began  in  historic  times,  and  was  diffused  by  the  Greeks 
in  Italy  and  Greece  and  was  carried  by  the  Arabs  west 
as  far  as  Spam  and  Morocco.  In  all  these  countries 
the  large  pods,  rich  in  protein  and  sugar,  arc  a  very 
important  forage  crop,  being  eaten  with  avidity  by  all 
kinds  of  stock,  besides  fuimshing  considerable  susten- 
ance to  the  poor  in  times  of  scarcity,  and  are  also  used 
for  the  manufacture  of  syrups  and  different  fermented 
drinks  Carob  pods  were  the  mam  sustenance  of  Well- 
ington's cavalry  m  the  Peninsular  campaign  and  at 
the  present  time  are  the  chief  food  of  the  British  army 
horses  on  the  island  of  Malta  and  the  horses  of  the 
tramways  m  the  cities  of  southern  Italy.  They  form 
one  of  the  principal  exports  of  Palestine,  Syria  and 
especially  of  the  island  of  Cyprus.  Thousands  of  tons 
are  annually  imported  into  England  where  they  are 
ground  for  stock-feed.  A.  Aaronsohn,  Chief  of  the 


877.  Ceratoma  Sihqua. 


718 


CERATONIA 


CERATOPETALUM 


Jewish  Experiment  Station  m  Palestine,  says  that  an 
acre  of  carob  trees  on  and  soil  yields  a  much  greater 
quantity  of  food  matter  than  an  equal  area  planted 
With  the  best  alfalfa  fie  gives  the  sugar  content  at 
40  per  cent  and  in  some  varieties  even  higher,  and  the 
protein  content  as  7  to  S  per  cent  The  French  and 
Portuguese  writers  give  somewhat  lower  percentages, 
but  this  seems  to  be  mueh  a  matter  of  climate  and 
varieties  The  analysis  published  by  Riviere  and 
Lecoq  points  to  a  high  digestive  coefficient,  arid  nutri- 
tive value  a  little  higher  tlun  oats,  it  is  estimated  that 
147.5  kilos  of  carobs  equals  100  kilos  of  wheat  (a  kilo 
is  nearly  2J4  pounds) 

The  first  introduction  of  the  tree  into  this  country 
on  a  considerable  scale  was  by  the  U  S.  Patent  Office 
from  Alieante,  Spam,  in  1851  and  from  Palestine  in 
1859  About  8,000  plants,  grown  from  seed  m  Wash- 
ington, were  distributed  during  the  spring  of  1860, 
mostly  in  the  southern  states  Some  of  these  plants 
probably  found  their  way  to  California,  as  a  number  of 
old  trees  are  growing  m  vanous  parts  of  that  state  from 
San  Diego  on  the  south  to  Napa  and  Butte  counties  on 
the  north  The  latest  importation  was  in  June,  1911, 
from  Valencia,  Spam,  by  the  Office  of  Foreign  Seed 
and  Plant  Introduction  of  the  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture This  shipment  consisted  of  cuttings  of  six  of  the 
leading  varieties  grown  in  that  district  which  are  now 
being  propagated  by  budding  at  the  Chico  (California) 
Introduction  Field  Station  and  will  soon  be  available 
for  distribution 

Centuries  of  cultivation  have  given  rise  to  a  large 
number  of  varieties,  differing  in  quality  of  pods,  vigor 
and  productiveness  and  adaptability  to  various  soils. 
The  species  is  either  dioecious  or  moiurcious  All  trees 
in  California  are  of  course  seedlings  arid,  as  far  as 
examined  by  the 
writer,  momDci- 
o  u  s,  although 
Aaronsohn  states 
that  the  best  kinds 
in  Palestine  are 
dioecious,  and  a 
sufficient  number 
of  stammate  trees, 
therefore,  must  be 
planted  with  those 
varieties  to  polli- 
nate the  female 
trees  In  the  pro- 
vince of  Algarvia, 
Portugal,  seven- 
teen named  varie- 
ties are  cultivated 
and  about  as 
many  in  France 
and  Spain.  The 
best  of  these 
should  be  mtro- 

878  Pods  of  Ceratoma  Siliqua.  duce<?  mto  thls 

country. 

The  carob  tree  thrives  only  in  a  warm  climate,  the 
range  being  about  the  same  as  that  of  the  orange,  but 
with  a  little  protection  for  two  or  three  winters,  the 
range  can  be  considerably  extended  At  the  Govern- 
ment Field  Station  at  Chico,  several  varieties  have 
survived  temperatures  of  18°  to  22°,  while  others  when 
young  have  been  killed  to  the  ground  by  the  same 
degrees  of  frost  The  old  trees  scattered  about  the  Pacific 
Coast  States  show  that  a  large  area  is  adapted  to  it 

In  France,  Spain  and  Portugal,  the  carob  grows  in 
most  kinds  of  soil,  except  m  stiff  clay  or  wet  ground, 
and  even  in  gravel  if  fertile  and  permeable  to  the  roots. 
The  crop  is  sufficiently  valuable  to  make  it  worthy  of 
the  best  soil  and  treatment. 

The  carob  is  usually  grown  from  seed  and  afterwards 
budded  to  the  best  varieties.  It  can  be  raised  from  cut- 


tings, but  requires  bottom  heat  and  careful  treatment. 
At  the  Chico  Field  Station,  where  thousands  of  seed- 
lings are  grown,  the  best  success  is  had  by  planting  under 
glass.  Quicker  germination  is  seemed  by  soaking  the 
seed  in  water  for  three  or  four  days  or  until  they  begin 
to  swell  The  tree  is  difficult  to  transplant  and  usually 
fails  unless  moved  with  a  ball  of  eai  th  The  best  results 
are  had  by  growing  the  plants  in  pots  or  in  ''flats"  in 
tenacious  soil,  as  is  the  practice  with  eucalyptus,  when 
the  trees  are  cut  apart  and  lifted  with  squares  of  earth 
attached  At  Aleppo,  in  Syria,  the  growers  make  pots 
of  a  mixture  of  clay  and  cow-dung  which,  dried  in  the 
sun,  are  strong  enough  to  hold  the  earth  in  which  the 
seeds  are  planted.  When  ready  to  put  into  the  orchard 
the  pot  is  sunk  where  the  tree  is  to  stand.  As  soon  as 
the  pot  becomes  moist  from  contact  with  the  earth,  it 
is  readily  permeable  by  the  roots. 

While  the  carob  is  a  rather  slow  grower,  it  lives  to  a 
great  age  and  should  be  planted  not  less  than  35  to  40 
feet  apart,  with  interplantmg  of  peaches  or  other 
growths  for  income  until  the  carobs  begin  to  bear  In 
Algiers  and  Tunis,  it  is  often  planted  as  a  border  tree, 
for  which  its  beauty  and  utility  admirably  fit  it  When 
well  established,  the  seedlings  are  budded  with  the 
best  varieties  If  buds  are  taken  from  bearing  trees, 
fruit  may  be  expected  in  three  or  four  years  In  Cali- 
fornia seedlings  bear  when  fix  to  eight  years  of  age. 
While  it  is  eminently  a  dry-climate  tree,  two  or  three 
summer  irrigations  will  greatly  aid  the  development, 
hasten  fruiting  and  u.creasi  the  \ield  It  will  respond 
to  the  same  good  treatment  that  is  given  to  a  well- 
kept  fruit  orchard 

The  crop  matures  in  September  and  October  and, 
as  with  most  other  fruit  trees,  it  is  most  abundant 
every  second  year  When  ripe,  the  pods  turn  brown 
and  begin  to  fall  Those  that  fail  to  drop  are  easily 
knocked  down  with  bamboo  or  other  poles 

Aaronsohn  gives  the  ciop  in  Palestine  in  good  years 
at  an  average  of  150  pounds  to  the  tree,  and  states  that 
he  has  seen  wild  stocks  fifteen  to  eighteen  years  after 
•  grafting  give  a  yield  of  900  to  1,000  pounds  of  pods 
Du  Breuil  gives  the  yield  in  southern  France  at  220 
pounds  and  mentions  single  trees  at  Valencia,  Spam, 
that  produce  as  high  as  1,380  kilos,  or  3,040  pounds 
RivitVe  and  Lecoq  report  the  yield  of  trees  in  Algiers 
at  100  to  300  kilos,  or  220  to  600  pounds  Fruncis  do 
Mello  Lotte  gives  the  crops  of  mature  trees  on  deep 
fertile  soil  in  Algarvia,  Portugal,  at  300  to  7,50  kilos, 
or  660  to  1,650  pounds  each.  As  the  pods  are  equal  m 
nutrients  to  barley  and  superior  to  oats  for  feeding  and 
fattening  cattle,  sheep,  hogs  and  horses,  and  the  >ield 
is  from  three  to  four  times  the  weight  per  acre  of  grain, 
it  is  evident  that  few  crops  will  give  the  farmer  an  equal 
value  In  the  mild  climate  of  the  Gulf  States,  especially 
the  coastal  regions  of  Texas,  the  southern  parts  of  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona  and  the  greater  part  of  California, 
this  beautiful  and  valuable  evergreen  tree,  when  once 
appreciated,  is  bound  to  become  a  staple  addition  to 
farm  crops  for  the  nourishment  of  both  man  and  boast. 
G.  P  RIXFOUD 

CERATOP^TALUM  (Greek,  horned  petal").  Cunom- 
freeze,  by  some,  Cunomacw  is  included  in  Saxifragacex. 
Greenhouse  trees  or  shrubs 

Glabrous  and  resinous  trees  and  shrubs  Ivs  opposite, 
compound,  with  1-3  digitate  Ifts  *  fls  small,  white,  rose 
or  yellow,  m  terminal  branching  cymes  or  panicles; 
calyx-tube  short,  5-lobed;  petals  0,  or,  if  present, 
lacimate;  stamens  10,  with  connectives:  fr  a  small  ana 
hard  achene-hke  body,  with  persistent  calyx -lobes, 
1-seeded  — Two  or  3  species,  in  Austral. 

gummlferum,  Smith  Tree,  30-40  ft  .  Ifts  3,  lanceo- 
late, serrulate,  narrowed  at  base,  shining  and  strongly 
nerved:  petals  deeply  3-5-lobed,  not  exceeding  the 
calyx.— Said  to  thrive  in  a  peaty  soil,  and  to  prop,  by 
cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass.  £.  jj.  B. 


CERATOPTERIS 


CERCIDIPHYLLUM 


719 


CERAT6PTERIS  (Greek,  fwrned  fern).  Ceratop- 
endAcex  Very  succulent  tropical  ferns,  forming  also  a 
distinct  family.  They  are  the  only  truly  aquatic  plants 
among  true  ferns  and  gro,v  floating  or  rooted  under 
water  in  the  mud  or  sometimes  only  occasionally 
flooded.  The  Ivs.  are  borne  in  rosettes,  the  sterile 


879.  Ceratoptens  ptendoides. 


spreading,  often  floating,  the  fertile  more  erect,  2-4- 
pinnate,  with  very  slender  rolled-up  po<l-hke  Begins.: 
sporangia  vory  large,  borne  separately  along  the  veins 
and  coveied  by  the  revolute  maigms  somewhat  as  in 
Ptens  — Species  very  few  Best  grown  by  planting  m 
pots,  slightly  submerged  Reproduced  by  buds  which 
arise  from  all  parts  of  the  Ivs  New  plants  must  be 
developed  each  season  Useful  in  ponds  and  aquaria 

ptendoides,  Hook  Fig  879  Sterile  Ivs  broadly 
deltoid,  short-stalked,  the  maigins  irregularly  lobeu, 
floating,  the  fertile  Ivs  t.illei,  completely  divided  into 
long  whip-like  segms  spoiangi.i  with  a  very  small 
annulus,  and  containing  .32  -.poies  Fla  to  S  Amer 

thalictroides,  Brongn     Sterile  Ivs   narrowly  deltoid, 
long-stalked,    1-2    pinnatihd    into   deltoid   segms    not 
floating,   fertile   Ivs    similar  but   with   linear  segms 
annulus  well  developed    Old  World  tropics 

II    C    BENEDICT. 

CERATOSTlGMA  (Creek,  horned  digitm).  Plurn- 
bagiflf}((\r  Diffuse  glabrous  perennial  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  one  of  which  is  in  cultivation  as  a  bedding  and 
border  plant 

Ceratostigma  differs  from  Plumbago  in  having  no 
glands  on  the  calyx,  stamens  adnate  to  the  corolla- 
tube,  fls  in  dense  clusters  rather  than  spicate,  and  other 
technical  characters.  Ivs  alternate,  lanceolate  or 
obovate,  more  or  less  eiliate  fls.  mostly  in  terminal 
heads,  blue  or  rose;  calyx  tubular,  deeply  5-parted,  the 
lobes  narrow;  corolla  salver-shaped,  the  tube  long  and 
slender,  the  limb  spieading  and  with  5  obovate  obtuse 
or  ret  use  lobes;  stamens  5,  attached  on  the  corolla- 
tube  fr  a  5-valved  caps  inclosed  in  the  calyx  — Species 
4  or  5,  in  N.  China,  Himalaj  as,  Abyssinia 

plumbaginoides,  Bunge  (Plumbago  Lrfrpentx,  Lindl. 
Valor&dia  plumbaymo\d(b,  Boiss  ).  Herb,  6-12  in  ,  the 
st  red  and  branchy  Ivs  entire,  strongly  cihate  on 
the  edges  fls  with  a  deep  blue  limb,  the  5  lobes  mi- 
nutely toothed,  collected  m  dense  heads  or  umbels 
China.  B  M  4487  F  S  4  307  —A  hardy  bedding 
plant,  producing  profusely  of  its  deep  blue  fls  late  in 
fall,  very  valuable  Needs  covering  in  winter  in  the  N. 

Under  the  name  C  PMilh,  a  dwarf  and  creeping  shrub,  with 
delicate  lavender  fls  ,  is  mentioned  in  British  journals  as  corning 
from  high  elevations  m  W.  China  and  giving  promise  aa  an  outdoor 
subject  L  H  B 

CERATOTHECA  (Greek  for  honied  capsule).  Pcda- 
li&ceae  Tropical  African  glasshouse  herbs. 

Leaves  opposite,  ovate,  calyx  5-parted;  corolla  2- 
hpped,  the  lower  lip  very  long  in  proportion  to  the 
upper  fls  in  pairs  in  the  axils  caps.  2-horned  — Five 
species  C.  triloba,  Mey  ,  is  occasionally  grown  in  S. 


Fla.,  and  it  may  be  adapted  to  glasshouses  It  is  a  tall 
herb  (5  ft ),  with  the  habit  of  foxglove,  probably  bien- 
nial, hairy  and  rather  fleshy  lower  Ivs.  stalked,  broadly 
ovate  or  almost  round,  the  upper  sometimes  broadly 
angular  and  even  3-lobed,  both  kinds  crenate-dentate 
corolla  3  in  long,  blue  or  violet-blue,  pubescent,  de- 
flexed,  the  lower  lobe  prolonged  Handsome  B  M 
6974. — Could  be  grown  m  temperate  house  N.  m  sandy 

loam-  N.   TAYLOR.f 

CERATOZAMIA  (Greek,  hvrned  Zarrna,  referring  to 
the  horned  scales  of  the  cones,  which  distinguish  this 
genus  from  Zamia)  Cycad&cex  Handsome  Mexican 
foliage  plants,  with  cycas-hke  leaves,  but  less  culti- 
vated in  American  palm-houses  than  Cycas. 

Trunk  erect  m  age,  crowned  by  a  whorl  of  pinnate 
cycas-hke  Ivs  which  are  petiolate  and  unarmed: 
fls    in   cones  borne  from   among   the  Ivs ,  the 
cones  often  stalked   seeds  rare  and  little  known. 
— Six  species    Best  raised  from  young  imported 
dants,  but  rarely  prop  by  seeds,  or  by  offsets 
rrom  the  slow-growing  trunk    Burn  out  the  cen- 
ter of  the  plant  with  a  hot  iron,  and  a  number 
of  offsets  will  spring    from   the  trunk   and   the 
crown ;  these  may  be  used  for  prof) 

mexicana,  Brongn  Fig  880  Trunk  thick,  short, 
covered  \vith  the  remains  of  fallen  If  -stalks  Ivs  rich, 
dark  green,  pinnate,  on  pnckly  petioles  5-6  in  long, 
which  a.ie  shaggy  when  young,  Ifts  very  numerous,  6- 
12  in  long  or  more,  lanceolate  cones  produced  annually 
on  separate  plants,  female  cones  9-12  in  long,  4-6  m. 
thick,  the  scales  2-horned,  male  cones  nanower,  longer, 
on  a  hauy  stalk,  the  scales  with  2  small  teeth  Mex. 
Gn  9,  pp  30S-9  —An  excellent  decorative  plant,  best 
giown  in  sandy  loam  Give  freely  of  water  and  heat 
m  spring  and  summer,  but  keep  cooler  and  drier  in 
winter  Somewhat  tender  although  grown  in  Cent. 
Fla 

C  Miyuihana,  Wendl  A  plant  with  20-30  p.tire  of  Ifti  and  a 
If -stalk  IS  m  long  fr  not  known  certainly  Cult4  m  botanic 
gardens  and  worthy  of  wider  use  Mex  and  W  Indies 

N.  TAYLOR f 

CERCIDIPHtLLUM  (Cera*  and  phyllon,  leaf,  the 
Ivs.  resemble  those  of  Cer<  is)  Trochodendracex.  Tree 
grown  for  its  handsome  foliage  and  habit. 

Leaves  deciduous,  usually  opposite,  petioled  and 
palmately  nerved  fls  durcious,  inconspicuous,  apeta- 
lous,  solitary,  stammate  nearly  sessile,  bearing  numer- 
ous stamens  with  slender  filament6?,  pistillate  pedicelled, 


880.  Ceratozamia  mexicana  — Young  plant  (fertile; 


720 


CERCIDIPHYLLUM 


CERCIS 


881.  Cercidiphyllum  japomcum    (X1A) 


consisting  of  3-5-carpels,  ending  in  long,  purplish  styles 
and  developing  into  about  %m.  long,  dehiscent  pods, 
with  many  seeds  — One  species  in  Japan  and  W  China. 
Hardy,  ornamental,  shrubby  tree  of  pyramidal  and, 
when  young,  almost  fastigiate  habit,  with  handsome, 
light  green  foli- 
age, purpbsh  when 
unfolding,  turning 
bright  yellow  or 
partially  scarlet  in 
fall  It  prefers 
rich  and  moist 
soil,  and  grows 
rapidly  when 
young.  Prop,  by 
seeds,  sown  in 
spring,  and  by 
green  wood -cut- 
tings, taken  from 
forced  plants  in 
early  spring,  or 
by  layers ;  cuttings 
from  half-ripened 
wood  in  summer, 
under  glass,  grow 
also,  but  not  very 
well 

jap6nicum,Sieb. 
&  Zucc  Fig  881. 
Bushy  tree,  com- 
monly with  several  trunks  usually  20-30  ft ,  but  some- 
times rising  to  100  ft.,  with  slender,  glabrous  branches: 
Ivs.  opposite,  occasionally  alternate,  slcnder-petioled, 
cordate,  orbicular  or  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  crenate- 
serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath,  2-3  in.  long. 
Japan.  GF  7 'IOC,  107,  and  6.53  Mn.  3:74  Gng. 
5:135  FE.32  211  (habit)  PG  2  105  SI  F  1:41. 
— A  very  desirable  tree,  one  of  the  best  introductions 
from  Japan  Var  sinense,  Rehd  &  Wilson.  Tree,  to 
120  ft.  usually  with  a  single  trunk  petioles  shorter, 
about  %in  long,  somewhat  hairy  on  the  veins  beneath: 
caps  gradually  narrowed  at  the  apex,  %m  long.  W. 
China  — -This  recently  intro.  variety  is  perhaps  still 
more  desirable  than  the  type  It  is  the  largest  of  all 
broad-lvd  trees  known  from  China;  the  trunk  is 
sometimes  free  of  branches  for  nearly  50  ft  above  the 
ground  and  attains  to  25  ft  or  exceptionally  to  55  ft. 
in  8irth  ALFRED  REIIDER 

CERCIS  (Kerkis,  ancient  Greek  name)  Legumindsx. 
JUDAS  TREE  RED-BUD  Trees  or  shrubs  grown  for 
their  pink  flowers  profusely  produced  early  in  spring 
before  the  leaves,  very  interesting,  also,  m  mode  of 
branching,  as  seen  in  mature  trees 

Leaves  deciduous,  alternate,  petioled,  palmately 
nerved,  entire  fls  papilionaceous,  pedicelled,  pink  or 
red,  appearing  before  or  with  the  Ivs ,  m  clusters  or 
racemes  from  the  old  wood;  calyx  5-toothed,  red; 
petals  nearly  equal,  the  uppermost  somewhat  smaller1 
pod  compressed,  narrow-oolong,  narrow-winded  on  the 
ventral  suture,  many-seeded. — Seven  species  in  N 
Amer  ,  and  from  S.  Eu  to  Japan 

These  trees  and  shrubs  are  very  ornamental,  with 
handsome  distinct  foliage  and  abundant  showy  flowers 
in  spring,  very  effective  DV  their  deep  pink  color  They 
are  well  adapted  for  shrubberies  or  as  single  specimens 
on  the  lawn,  and  attain  rarely  more  than  20  or  30  feet 
in  height,  forming  a  broad,  irregular  head  when  older. 
Only  C.  canadensu  is  hardy  Noith,  while  C,  chinensis 
can  still  be  grown  in  sheltered  positions  near  Boston, 
but  is  occasionally  injured  in  severe  winters;  the  others 
can  not  be  grown  successfully  farther  north  than  New 
York.  They  grow  best  in  rich  sandy  and  somewhat 
moist  loam,  and  should  be  transplanted  when  young, 
as  older  plants  can  hardly  be  moved  with  success. 
Young  p'^nt.s,  four  or  five  years  old,  produce  flowers 


freely  and  may  be  recommended  for  forcing,  especially 
C.  chinensis  and  C  racemosa,  which  are  the  most  beau- 
tiful of  all.  Propagated  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring,  best 
with  gentle  bottom  heat;  sometimes  increased  by  layers, 
or  by  greenwood  cuttings  from  forced  plants  in  early 
spring,  C.  chinensis  grows  also  from  greenwood  cuttings 
m  summer  under  glass. 

A  Lvs.  abruptly  and  short-acuminate. 

B.  Fls    in  clusters:  Ivs.  usually  pubescent  only  beneath 

near  the  base. 

canadSnsis,  Linn  Fig  882.  Tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs. 
roundish  or  broadly  ovate,  usually  cordate,  3-5  m.  long: 
fls.  rosy  pink,  ^2ln-  l<>ng>  4-8  in  clusters'  pod  2^-3^ 
in  long.  From  N.  J.  south,  west  to  Mo.  and  Texas. 
SS.  3-133-4.  A.F.  13:1370  Gng  6  290.  FE.9593. 
Mn.2,  p.  139.  M.D.G.  1899:434-5  (habit)  Gn.  25, 
p.  347.  —A  very  desirable  ornamental  tree  for  the 
northern  states  Var.  alba,  Rehd  Fls.  white  Var. 
pl&na,  Schneid  Fls.  double  — Recently  C.  canadensis 
nas  been  split  by  Greene  into  several  new  species  (see 
Fedde,  Rep  Spec  Nov  Veget.  11:110). 

chin6nsis,Bunge(C.jap<57izca,Sieb  ).  Fig  883.  Tree, 
to  50  ft ,  shrub  in  cult.  Ivs  deeplv  cordate,  roundish, 
with  a  white,  transparent  line  at  the  margin,  subcona- 
ceous,  glabrous,  shining  above,  3-5  in  long  fls.  5-8, 
purplish  pink,  %m.  long  pod  3-5  in  long,  narrow. 
China,  Japan  F  S  8.849.  Mn.  5M39  GF  6:476-— 
A  very  beautiful  species,  with  the  fls  nearly  as  large  as 
those  of  C.  Sihquadrum  and  more  abundant. 

BB.  Fh  in  pendulous  racemes. 

racem&sa,  Ohv  Tree,  to  30  ft  :  Ivs  broadly  ovate, 
truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  pubescent  beneath, 


882   Cercia  canadensis. 


2^2-4  in  long:  fls.  rosy  pink,  about  ^in.  long  on  slen- 
der pedicels  of  about  equal  length,  in  many-flcf,  racemes 
1K-3  m  long:  pod  2M~4  m  long.  Cent  China.  H  I. 
1894  — The  handsomest  of  all.  Young  plants  have  not 

S  roved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  but  it  is  per- 
;ctly  hardy  m  S.  England 


CERCIS 


CEREUS 


4A.  Lvs.  rounded  or  emarginate  at  the  apex,  usually 
broader  than  long. 

occidentalis,  Torr.  (C.  calif  drnica,  Torr.).  Shrub,  to 
15  ft.:  Ivs.  cordate,  roundish,  glabrous,  about  2  in.  wide* 
fls  rose-colored,  J£m  long,  pod  2-2  H>  in.  long.  Calif 
Torrey  in  U  S  Explor.  Exped.  1838-1842,  17,  pi.  3.— A 
closely  allied  species  is 
C  remfdrmis,  Engelm. 
(C.  texensis,  Sarg.). 
Small  tree:  Ivs.  sub- 
coriaceous,  3-5  m  wide, 
sometimes  pubescent 
beneath  pod  2-4  in. 
long  Texas,  New  Mex. 
SS  3:135. 

Sihqufistrum,  Linn. 
Tree,  to  40  ft  .  Ivs. 
roundish,  deeply  cor- 
date, glabrous,  3-5  in. 
wide1  fls  3-6,  purplish 
rose,  %m.  long,  pou  3-4 
in  long  S  Eu  ,  W  Asia 
B  M  1138  Gn  25,  pp. 
346,  347,  350;  33,  p.  416; 
42  342,  p.  313;  44,  p. 
379,  52,  p  5.  G  C  III. 
52  6  (habit)  G  25  209. 
R  H.  1899  469  (abnor- 
mal form).  Var  alba, 
Carr  (var  dlbida, 
Sehneid  )  with  white  fls. 

CERCOCARPUS 

(Greek,  tail  and  fruit; 
the  fruit  with  a  long, 
hairy  tail).  Rosacese. 
MOUNTAIN  M  \HOUANY. 
Small  trees  or  shrubs 
but  rarely  gro\\n  for 
their  attractive  ever- 
green or  half-evergreen 
foliage  and  the  peculiar 
feathery  tailed  achenes 
Leaves  alternate,  per- 
sistent, rather  small  fls. 
inconspicuous,  apetal- 
ous,  whitish  or  reddish, 
in  the  axils  of  faseieled  Ivs  ;  calyx-tube  cyhndnc,  elon- 

Sated,  abrupt  I  v  expanded  at  the  apex  into  a  cup-shaped 
eculuous,  5-lobeu  limb  bearing  15-30  stamens  with 
short  filaments,  ovary  1 -celled,  inclosed  m  the  calyx- 
tube,  with  a  long  exserted  style  fr  a  1 -seeded 
achene,  surmounted  by  the  persistent,  long  and  hairy 
style  —Small  genus  ot  about  10,  mostly  rather  local 
species,  in  the  Rocky  Mts.  from  Mont  south  to  Mex. 
arid  m  Calif 

The  cercoearpuses  are  not  particularly  ornamental, 
yet  they  are  attractive  with  their  small  evergreen  dark 
foliage  and  their  feathery  tailed  fruits;  they  are  adapted 
for  planting  on  dry  rocky  or  gravelly  slopes  m  and 
tempeiate  regions,  as  they  thrive  under  very  unfavor- 
able conditions  The  very  heavy  and  close-grained 
wood  is  manufactured  into  small  articles,  and  valued  as 
fuel  and  for  making  charcoal  C  ledifohm  and  C. 
parvifohus  are  the  hardiest  and  stand  frost  to  zero, 
while  C  Traskise  can  be  grown  only  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia. They  may  be  cultivated  m  any  well-drained 
soil  in  sunny  positions,  and  propagated  by  seeds  or  by 
cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  glass. 

A  Margin  of  Ivs  toothed  fls  2-5  in  a  cluster. 
B.  Lvs  oval  to  suborbicular,  usually  rounded  at  the  base. 
Traskiae,  Eastw  Tree,  to  25  ft  .  Ivs.  coarsely  sinuate- 
dentate  above  the  middle,  lustrous  above,  tomentose 
below,  1-2^  in  long:  achene  with  the  style  2-2^  in. 
long  Santa  Catahna  Isl  ,  Calif  S  S  13 '635. 


883.  Cercis  chinensis. 

(Natural  sue) 


BB.  Lvs  usually  cuneate-obovate,  smaller. 

parvif&hus,  Nutt  Bushy  tree,  to  25  ft  •  Ivs.  dull  green 
and  pubescent  above,  pubescent  or  tomentose  beneath, 
Y^Yi  m  kmg,  with  4-5  pairs  of  veins  style  2-4  m. 
long  From  Neb  and  (he  to  Low  Calif,  and  W.Texas. 
S  S  4  166.  11  1  4  323  —  D  M  Andrews,  of  Colo., 
who  handles  this  shrub,  writes  of  it  as  follows  "Moun- 
tain mahogany,  6  feet  A  nearly  evergreen  rosaceous 
shrub  of  peculiar  and  attractive  habit  of  growth  Fls. 
white,  early,  followed  by  the  long,  plumose  achenes, 
which  are  3-5  m  long,  strangely  curled  and  twisted, 
arranged  above  and  on  each  side  of  the  slender  branches, 
so  that  at  a  little  distance  they  have  an  appearance  sug- 
gestive of  ostrich  plumes.  Easily  transplanted,  and 
thrives  anywhere  " 

betulaefdlius,  Nutt  (C  pfinnfbhus  var.  ylaber,  Wats. 
C  parmjbhus  var  betulmdet,  Sarg  )  Small  tree,  to  30 
ft..  Ivb  thinner,  bright  green  and  glabrous  above  at 
maturity,  pubescent  or  glabrescent  beneath,  V£-2  m. 
long,  with  5-6  pairs  of  veins  style  2-4  in  long.  Calif. 
W  G  Z  4,  pp  554-5  H  1.  4  322 

AA  Margin  of  It"*  cntirt,  rt  volute  fls  solitary  or  in  pairs. 
ledifdlius,  Nutt  Tiee,  to  40  ft  Ivs  lanceolate,  cori- 
aceous, 1  lustrous  and  glabrous  above  at  maturity, 
pubescent  below,  lesinous,  }%-\  in  long,  veins  obscure: 
bt>le  2-3  in  long  From  Wyo  and  Wrash  to  S  Calif, 
and  New  Mex.  SS  4:165  H.I  4' 324 

ALFRED  REHDEK. 

CEREALS  (Ceres,  goddess  of  agriculture)  The 
agricultural  grains,  properly  those  of  the  grass  family: 
maize  or  Indian  corn,  kafir,  wheat,  emrner,  spelt,  rice, 
oats,  barley,  rye,  sorghum  (for  gram);  popularly  held 
to  in  elude  buckwheat,  but  not  accurately  so  Consult 
Vol  II,  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc. 

CEREUS  (fiom  the  Latin,  but  of  uncertain  applica- 
tion) Cactact,<£.  Usually  arborescent,  columnar  cacti 
with  the  surface  covered  with  spiny  ribs 

Flowers  large,  borne  singly  along  the  sides  of  the  st  ; 
fl  -tube  slender  and,  as  it  decays,  cutting  off  from  the 
ovary ,  petals  numerous,  stamens  numeious,  style  single, 
thick  fr  a  large,  naked,  fleshy  berry;  seeds  small, 
black  The  genus  Cereus,  as  it  has  generally  been 
treated,  contained  more  than  100  species  which  differed 
greatly  in  habit,  armament,  fls  and  fr  ,  and  was  one  of 
the  most  complex  and  difficult  of  the  family  As  now 
understood,  it  contains  species  of  umfoim  habit,  with 
similar  fls  and  frs  ,  \\hile  a  number  of  species  of  very 
different  habit  have  been  referred  elsewhere  Even  as 
here  treated,  more  than  half  of  the  sfecies  are  anomalous. 
Until  the  fls  and  frs  have  been  studied,  it  seems  best 
to  eave  them  in  Cereus.  The  species  are  all  from  S. 
Amer 

Only  a  few  species  of  true  Cereus  are  grown  m  thia 
country,  and  most  of  these  are  grown  under  glass. 
The  flowers  do  not  compare  m  size  and  attractiveness 
with  those  of  the  so-called  night-blooming  Cereus, 
which  is  described  elsewhere  under  the  genus  Seleni- 
cereus.  Several  of  the  species  have  cristate  and  other 
abnormal  forms  which  make  them  desirable  to  certain 
growers.  C.  lepidoius  is  a  rather  common  cultivated 
species  m  certain  of  the  West  India  Islands,  where  it 
grows  to  considerable  height,  and  several  of  the  species 
are  grown  in  Europe  along  the  Riviera,  where  they 
reach  great  size.  With  us,  however,  they  do  not  grow 
very  rapidly.  They  are  easily  propagated  from  seed 
or  by  cuttings.  See  Succulents 

The  species  treated  in  the  first  edition  of  this  work 
that  are  not  here  given  may  be  looked  for  under  the 
following  genera:  Acanthocereus,  Aporocactus,  Ber- 
gerocactus,  Carncgiea,  Cleistocactus,  Escontna,  Har- 
nsia,  Hehocereus,  Hylocereus,  Lemaireocereus,  Lopho- 
cereus,  Myrtillocactus,  Oreocereus,  Pachycereus, 
Rathbuma,  and  Selemcereus 


722 

CEREUS 

INDEX. 

Alacnportanus,  11 

formoaus.  24. 

aUropurpureua,  22. 
azureus,  19 

grandi'),  2i. 
Hankeanus,  9. 

Bonplandii,  21. 

isogonus,  14 

BndKesn,  IS 

Jamacaiu,  12 

eseruTescens,  17. 

lageniformis,  18 

CSB81U8,  20 

candicans,  2. 

lamprochlorus,  3. 
iMndbeckn,  17 

Catendiahu,  15. 

macrogonus  10. 

chalybffiua,  13. 

Martianus,  2.">. 

chiloensia,  fl. 

Marti  mi,  23 

eupborbioides,  6. 
fernambucen&is,  24. 

monacanthus,  23 
monoclonos,  11 

Olferw,  6. 

Pasacana,  1. 
pernambucensis,  24. 
pcruvianua,  11. 
Pitajaya,  24, 
platyRonus,  16. 
Roezln,  7 
SeuMu,  19. 
Scpium,  7. 
Spachianua,  4. 
splendens,  15. 
tetracanthus,  8. 
tortuosus,  22. 
vahdus,  12 
vanabilis,  24. 


A.  Sts.  erect,  2  in  or  more  diam. 

B.  New  growth  green,  not  pruinose  or  covered  with  a 

bloom. 
c.  Ribs  of  st.  10  or  more. 

1.  Pasacana,  Web.  A  gigantic  species,  reaching  a 
height  of  20-30  ft ,  and  sometimes  even  50  ft ,  and  a 
diam  of  12-16  in  ;  sparingly  branching  above;  in  new 
growth  dark  green,  becoming  gray  or  bluish:  ribs  15- 
20,  or  in  young  plants  only  9-10.  areolos  ?  8~Mm  apart, 
large,  brown,  becoming  yellowish  and  finally  gray: 
radial  spines  10-13,  about  1  in  long,  the  under  one  or 
lowest  pair  straight,'  subulate,  the  others  curved,  cen- 
trals mostly  4,  the  under  and  upper  one:?  the  longest, 
reaching  2  in  length,  straight  or  curved,  the  young 
spines  are  clear  brown,  often  with  alternating  rings  of 
light  and  dark  tissue,  later  gray,  bulbose  at  the  base: 
fls.  from  the  lateral  areoles  about  b'  in  long,  white. 
Argentina, — This  is  the  giant  cereus  of  the  Argentine 
desert,  as  Carnegiea  gigantea  is  of  the  certain  N. 
American  deserts  It  is  not  a  true  Cereus. 

2  cfindicans,  Gillies  Sts  upright,  low,  cylindri- 
cal, bright  green,  2^2-3  ft.  high  by  6-8  in  diam.;  freely 
branching  from  the  base  ribs  10,  obtuse -angled* 
areoles  %-%\n  apart,  large,  depressed,  white,  becom- 
ing gray,  radial  spines  11-11,  spreading,  at  first  thin, 
needle-form,  later  stronger,  stiff,  straight,  about  %m 
long,  central  solitary  or  later  3—1  additional  ones  ap- 
pearing above,  stronger,  reaching  a  length  of  \Y±  in  , 
sometimes  somewhat  curved,  all  the  spines  horn-col- 
ored, with  tips  and  bases  brown,  later  becoming  gray: 
fls  long,  funnelform,  resembling  those  of  Eehmopsis, 
10  in  long  by  6  in  diam..  fr  spherical  to  ellipsoidal, 
about  3  in  diam  ,  red,  somewhat  spiny,  flesh  white. 
Argentina. — Not  a  true  Cereus 

3.  lamprochldrus,  Lem    Related  to  C  candicans,  of  a 
taller  growth,  cylindrical,  3-6  f£  ft  high  by  about  3  in 
diam  ,  at  first  simple,  but  later  branching  at  the  base; 
in  new  growth  bright  green,  later  duty  green,  ribs 
10-11  or  occasionally  15,  conspicuously  creriate,  later 
blunt  and  but  little  crcnate  areoles  medium  size,  about 
J^m  apart,  yellowish  white,  becoming  gray,  above  each 
areole  2  radiating  grooves  form  a  letter  V-   radial 
spines  11-14.  spreading,  straight,  sharp-pointed,  about 
%in.  long,  clear  to  dark  amber-color;  some  are  strong 
and  rigid,  while  others  are  bristle-form;  centrals  mostly 
4,  somewhat  longer,  stronger  and  deeper  colored,  with 
brown  bases,  becoming  dark  gray,  about  Mm.  long: 
fls.  from  the  previous  year's  growth,  about  8-10  in. 
long  by  6  in.  diam.,  white.    Argentina. — Not  a  true 
Cereus. 

4.  Spachianus,  Lem.    Sts.  upright,  at  first  simple, 
later  profusely  branching  at  the  base,  branches  ascend- 
ing parallel  with  the  mam  st ,  2-3  ft   high  by  2-2^ 
in.   diam ,   columnar:  ribs    10-15,    obtuse,    rounded: 
areoles  about  J-^in.  apart,  large,  covered  with  curly 
yellow    wool,    becoming    white:    radial    spines    8-10, 
M-%  in    long,  spreading,  stiff,  sharp,  amber-yellow 
to  brown;  central  solitary,  stronger  and  longer;  all  the 
spines  later  becoming  gray:  fls.  about  8   in.  l$ng  by 
about  6  m.  diam.,  white.    Argentina. — Not  a  true 
Cereus. 


CEREUS 

5.  chilolnsis,  DC.  (Cdctus  chiloensis,  Colla).  Sts. 
strong,  upright,  simple  (so  far  as  known),  about  2}^  ft. 
high  by  3^-5  in.  diam.,  cylindrical  to  somewhat  clavate, 
bright,  clear  green:  ribs  10-V2  obtuse:  areoles  about  an 
inch  apart,  large:  radial  spines  straight,  sharp,  rigid,  at 
first  9,  but  later  4  others  appear  above  these;  centrals 
mostly  4,  seldom  but  a  single  one,  bulbose  at  the  base; 
the  young  spines  are  brown  honey-yellow,  becoming 

.  fls.  from  the 


white,  with  dark  tips,  and  finally  gray.  fls.  fr 
upper  lateral  areoles  about  6  in.  long,  white, 
bling  those  of  Echmopsis.  Chile.  —  This  is  not 


,  resem- 
ng those  of  Echmopsis.    Chile.  —  This  is  not  a  true 

Cereus. 

cc.  Ribs  of  st.  7-9. 
6.  euphorbioides,  Haw.  (C.Olfersn,  Otto).  Columnar, 

simple,  10-16  ft  high  by  about  4^  in.  diam.,  in  young 

growth    pale    green, 

changing   with   age 

to    gray-green  '     ribs 

8-10,    separated    by 

shaip  groovesj  sharp- 

angled,  becoming  flat- 

tened in  older  growth: 

ai  coles    about    ^m. 

apart,  small,  white  to 

gray    radial  spines 

mostly  6,  the  under 

one    the     longest, 

reaching  a  length  of 

over  an  inch,  strong, 

yellowish    blown    to 

black,  the  upper  ones 

shorter   and    bristle 

form  ,  central  solitary, 

in  young  plants  twice 

as  long  as»  the  radials, 

all  the  spines  finally 

become  pay  fls  from 

near  the  crown,  3}£- 

4  in    long,  beautiful 

flesh  -  red,   remaining 

open   for   21    hours 

Brazil.     11  11     1885, 

p.    279.—  This 

plant     is    insuffi- 

ciently    under- 

stood; it  may  be 

a   form    of  some 

bpecies   of    Ceph- 

alocereus. 
7    SSpium,DC 
ofcsfc 


Cereus  peru- 
vianus.  A  flower  that 
is  just  closing,  from 
a  plant  flowered  in 
Washington,  D  C  ,  m 

1904.  ( x  h) 


Upright,  colum- 
nar, about  3  in. 
diam  ribs  9,  sep- 
arated by  sharp,  somewhat  serpentine  grooves,  ob- 
tuse, above  the  areoles,  2  radiating,  slightly  curved 
grooves  form  a  letter  V  areoles  H-%ln-  apart,  com- 

later 
long. 


- 

paratively  large,  slightly  sunken,  yellowish,  later 
gray  radial  spines  9-12,  radiate,  nearly  J^m  long. 
straight,  subulate,  tolerably  sharp,  slightly  thickened 
at  the  base,  clear  brown,  with  darker  stripes,  cen- 
tral solitary,  reaching  1^  in  long,  straight,  porrect, 
later  somewhat  deflexed,  clear  brown;  later  all  the  spines 
become  gray.  Andes  of  Ecuador.  —  Near  Borzicactus; 
needs  further  critical  study. 

8.  tetracanthus,  Labour.  Upright,  arborescent  or 
bushy,  freely  branching,  young  branches  leaf  -green,  later 
gray-green  .  ribs  8-9,  low,  arched  :  areoles  medium-sized, 
slightly  sunken,  about  Kin-  apartj  white  to  gray. 
radials  5,  later  7,  radiate,  about  %in.  long,  straight, 
subulate,  stout,  white,  with  brown  tips  and  bases,  later 
ashy  gray;  centrals  1-3.  under  one  largest  and  porrect, 
when  young  yellow  and  translucent,  later  gray  fls  re- 
semble those  of  C.  tortuosus  Bolivia  —  This  species 
should  doubtless  be  referred  to  Eriocereus. 


CEREUS 


CEREUS 


723 


ccc.  Ribs  of  st.  3-6. 

9.  Hankeanus,  Web.  Upright,  robust,  not  branch- 
ing (so  far  as  known),  young  growth  bright  green,  lat/er 
dark  green,  about  2  in  diam.:  ribs  4-5,  compressed, 
about  \Y\  in  high,  conspicuously  erenate,  with  an  S- 
form  line  passing  from  each  areole  toward  the  center  of 
the  st  areoles,  j^-l  in  apart,  horizontally  elliptical  to 
heart-shaped,  brown,  becoming  gray  below  and  yellow 
above*  radial  spines  3,  needle-liko,  stout,  sharp-pointed, 
about  2tjin  long,  amber-colore<l  when  young,  turning 
to  brown,  central  solitary,  straight,  porrect,  %m.  long, 
stronger  than  the  radials,  horn-colored;  later  all  the 
spines  become  gray.  fls.  4-5  m.  long,  white.  S.  Amer. 

BB.  New  growth  blue,  white-  or  gray-pruinose. 

c.  Ribs  of  st   comparatively  broad  and  low:  st.  more  or 

less  triangular  in  cross-section. 

10  macrogdnus,  Otto    Arborescent,  sparsely  branch- 
ing, reaching  a  height  of  20  ft    (in  cult  ,  6  ft   high  by 
3-5  in   diam  ),  branches  columnar:  ribs  mostly  7,  sel- 
dom 8-9,   thick,  slightly  urdulate,  obtuse  and  with 
convex  faces,  about  1  m   high   bluish  green,  frequently 
having  a  depressed  line  near  th.-1  areole   areoles  about 
Hm    apart,  large,  gray    radial  spines  6-9,  radiate  or 
spreading,  strong,  subulate,  %m  l°n&  horn-color,  later 
black,  central  spines  1—3,  somewhat  stronger  and  longer 
than  the  radials,  more  or  loss  conspicuously  porrect: 
fls  from  the  lateral  areoles  near  the  end  of  the  branches, 
2^-3  in    long,  tolerably  fleshy,  white    fr.  depressed- 
globose,  2  in    diam.  by  little  more  than  1  m.  long. 
Brazil 

cc   Ribs  of  st  strongly  compressed  laterally. 

11  peruvianus,  Haw  (C.  monodbnos,  DC.).   HEDGE 
CACTUS  Fig  881  Tall,  30-50  f  t  ,  branching  freely  toward 
the  base,  columnar,  4—8  in  diam  ,  now  growth  dark  green 
and  glaucous,  becoming  a  dull  green  with  age,  and,  m 
old  sts    becoming  corky    ribs  5-8,  compressed'  are- 
oles *2-l   m    apart,  m  new  growth  covered  with  con- 
spicuous,   curly   brown   \vool,   becoming   gray:   radial 
spines  about  6-7,  about  ^8~Km  l°nSI  central  solitary, 
reaching  a  length  of  2}/£  in  ,  the  number  of  spines  in- 
creases with  age  to  as  many  as  20,  all  are  rigid,  bro\\n: 
fls.  abundant,  from  the  lower  part  of  the  st  ,  white,  noc- 
turnal, 6-7  in   long  by  5  in.  diam.    S  Amer.   G  C.  111. 
24  175  (var  mon^lrofsus). 

Var  Alacriportanus,  K  Schum  (C.  Alacnportdnus, 
M  art  )  Of  some\v  hat  weaker  growth,  low,  and  less  con- 
spicuously pruinose  in  the  new  growth,  which  is  con- 
sequently nearly  clear  green.  S  Brazil 

12  Jamacaru,  Salm-Dyek  (C   vdhdus,  Haw  ).    Sts. 
upright,  robust,  rigid,  12-16  ft  high  by  as  much  as  6  in. 
"ham  ,  young  growth  azure-blue,  turning  dark  green 
with  age,  glaucous  ribs  4-6,  thin,  compressed,  crenatc: 
radial  spines  5-7,  stiff,  needle-like,  clear  yellow  with 
brown  points,  or  brown  and  finally  black,  about  M-% 
in.   long,   centrals  2-4,   somewhat  stronger,   porrect, 
^-3  in  long  fls  large,  10  in  long  by  8  in.  diam  ,  white, 
nocturnal    Brazil,  Venezuela. 

13.  chalybcfeus,  Otto  Sts  upright,  branching  above, 
arborescent,  azure-blue  and  prmnose,  later  dark  green, 


m  diam  ribs  6,  in  young  growth  very  much 
compressed,  later  depressed  till  the  st.  is  nearly  cylin- 
drical areoles  about  ^gin  apart,  dark  gray-brown: 
radial  spines  mostly  7,  about  M>m.  long^,  centrals  3-4, 
similar  but  somewhat  stronger  and  a  little  longer;  all 
the  spines  are  pointed,  stiff,  when  young  are  black, 
later  brown  to  gray  with  black  tips,  bulbose  at  the 
base:  fls  very  similar  to  those  of  C.  csendescens. 
Argentina. 

AA.  Sis.  erect,  less  than  2  in  diam. 

B.  Ribs  of  st  10  or  more. 

14.  isogdnus,  K.  Schum  St  upright,  columnar,  about 
1-1  ^  m.  diam.,  in  young  growth  light  green  to  yellow- 
green,  later  darker,  ribs  15-16'  areoles  approximate, 


white,  turning  gray  radial  spines  as  many  as  20,  spread- 
ing, at  first  clear  or  dark  yellow,  becoming  white,  and 
finally  gray,  bristle  form,  flexible,  about  %m.  long: 
centrals  6-8;  two  of  these  are  somewhat  stronger  ana 
stiffer,  about  %m  long,  one  directed  upwaid  and  one 
downward,  yellowish  brown  to  dark  honey-color;  later 
gray,  as  in  the  radials.  S  Amer. 

15.  splendens,    Salm-Dyck       Columnar,     slender, 
short,  ngid,  more  or  less  branching  from  the  base, 
reaching  a  height  of  about  2  ft   and  about  1-1  ^  m. 
diam ,    light   to   yellowish   green     ribs   about    10-12, 
rounded    areoles  prominent,  about  ^m  apart,  tawny, 
becoming  white,  tomentose:  radial  spines  8-12,  radiafc- 
mg,  yellow  and  light  brown,  becoming  gray,  centrals 
1-3,  scarcely  larger  than  the  radial,  yellowish  to  white; 
all  the  spines  slender,  bristle  form,  about  K-/4m  long. 
— C  Cavendwhn  has  been  referred  to  this  species,  but 
with  some  question. 

BB.  Ribs  of  st.  3-10. 

16.  platygdnus.  Otto.    At  first  upright,  later  some- 
what reclining,   branching,  at  the  base  about  1  in. 
diam  ,  tapering  in  the  new  growth'  ribs  8,  low,  arched: 
arooles  about  J^in  apart,  very  small,  yellow,  becoming, 
gray,   subtrudod   by   a  small   3-angled  bract:   radial 
spmos  12-15,  spreading,  bristle  form,  little  more  than 
J'Hin  long,  central  solitary,  slightly  longer  and  stronger; 
all  the  spines  at  first  yellow-brown,  changing  to  white 
or  gray  with  age. 

17  caerulSscens,  Salm-Dyck  (C   Ldndbeekri,  Phil.), 
Arborescent  or  shrubby,  3-5  ft.  high'  sts.  1-1^  in. 
diam  '   ribs   usually   8.    obtuse     areolos  approximate, 
white  bud  soon  becoming  black    spines  rigid;  radials 
9-12,    ^/i~y^\n     long,    black;   centrals    4,    %in     long, 
stronger,  black  or  white,  fls   from  the  side  of  the  st  , 
slightly  curved,  6-8  in  long  by  6  in  diam  ,  tube  bronze- 
green,    corolla   white    or   occasionally    rose-pink:    frs. 
ellipsoidal,  pointed  at  both  ends,  about  3  in   long  and 
half  that  m  diam  ,  bright  red,  with  blue  glaucous  eover- 
mg    Argentina.   B  M  3922 

18  Bridgesii,  Salm-Dyck     Upright,  tall,  columnar, 
sunple  or  later  branching  at  the  base,  bright  green  when 
young,  becoming  blue  to  gray-green,  l}^-2  in   diam  : 
ribs  5-7,  very  broad  and  low    areoles  }  '2~%m    apart, 
jollowish  to  gray   spines  3-5,  radiating,  the  under  one, 
or  seldom  the  upper  one,  the  longest,  1  j^  in  long,  stiff, 
sharp,  straight,  dark  honey-j  ellow,  with  brown  tips, 
becoming  gray  with  age    Bolivia 

Var  lagemf 6nrus,  K  Schum.  (C  lagmifdrmta,  Forst.). 
Spines  more  numerous,  somewhat  longer. 

19.  azOreus,  Farm.  (C.  SeuMu,  Lehm  )  St  upright, 
tall,  slender,  columnar,  branching  from  the  base,  in  the 
young,  fresh  bluish  green,  later  dark  green  with  gray, 
glaucous  covenng,  about  3— 4  ft  high  and  about  1  in 
diam  ribs  5-7,  rounded,  enlaiged  at  the  areole. 
areoles  about  •)£-!  ft  apart,  elevated,  laige,  abundantly 
woolly  when  young  spines  8-18,  nearly  alike,  about 
/^-?8m  l°ng>  s^ff,  slender,  needle-form  to  bristle-like, 
black;  the  2Ht  central  ones  somewhat  longer  fls  8-12 
in  long,  obliquely  attached  to  the  st.,  slightly  curved, 
white  Brazil 

20  c&sius,  Otto  Upright,  columnar,  branching  at 
the  base,  somewhat  tapering  above,  in  new  growth, 
beautiful  light  blue,  pruinose,  later,  light  green  to 
slightly  bluish,  about  \Yi  m  diam  '  ribs  5-6,  separated 
by  sharp  grooves,  about  ^2m  high,  compressed,  faintly 
crenate,  becoming  depressed  in  older  growth  areole*5 
about  i^m  apart,  small,  yellow  at  first,  later  becoming 
white  and  finally  gray  radial  spines  8-10,  sometimes 
more  appear  later;  radiate,  light  amber-color,  brown  at 
the  base,  the  lower  pair  the  longest,  mostly  about  Hin- 
long,  centrals  4-7,  like  the  radials  but  usually  some- 
what stronger,  longer  and  darker;  all  the  spines  thin, 
needle-form,  flexible,  sharp;  later,  light,  horn-color, 
finally  gray.  S  Amer.(?). 


724 


CEREUS 


CERINTHE 


AAA.  Sts.  weak,  clambenrw  ot>ei  voc<";  y:  other,  plater, 
and  withoai  at  ™tn,  TOOLS. 

21.  B6nplandii,  Farm.    Sts.  at  first  upright,  later 
clambering  over  rocks  and  bushes,  about  1-1  Yt,  in 
diam.,  branching  and  spreading,  m  new  growth  com- 
monly of  a  bluish  or  purplish  green,  later  gray-green: 
ribs  4-6,   sharp,   con- pressed,   crenate,   separated  by 
broad,  concave  faces;  later  the  ribs  become  much  de- 
pressed, so  that  the  st  is  sometimes  nearly  cylindrical; 
the  ribs  commonly  run  spirally  around  the  axis  of  the 
st  .  areoles  %~\%  m   apart,  at  fust  considerably  de- 
pressed, later  shallower,  white,  becoming  gray    radial 
spines  4-6  (later  1-4  more  appear),  straight,  spreading, 
the  largest  about  %~1  in  ,  stout,  subulate,  pointed,  the 
under  one  needle-foim  and  shorter,    central  solitary, 
s+raipht,  stronger,  1  m    long,  deflexed  or  porrect;  the 
fettv»»ger  spines  are  white,  with  tips  and  bases  brown, 
wher  "oung  beautiful  ruby-red,  later  all  are  gray,  with 
black  tips  and  bulbous  bases .  fls  from  the  lateral  areolea 
about  10  in   long,  white,  nocturnal:  fr   nearly  spheri- 
cal, about  2  in.  diam  ,  inanimate,  dark  carmine-red. 
Paraguay,  Brazil,  and  Aigentina 

22.  tortudsus,   Forbes    (C    atropurpiireus,   Haage). 
Sts.  slender,  weak,  at  first  upright,  but  later  reflexed, 
reaching  a  length  of  3-4  ft ,  and  1-1  Yi  in.  diam  '  ribs 
commonly  7,  sometimes  but  5,  rounded,  low,  separated 
by  regular  serpentine  grooves  areoles  about  1  in  apart, 
large,  radial  spines  5-8,  about  %-l  in   long,  centrals 
1-4,  about  M-IH  m-  l°nK>  a^  ^e  spines  slender,  rigid, 
red-brown  when  young,  becoming  ashy  with  age    fls. 
from  the  prpvious  year's  growth,  about  6  in  long,  trum- 
pet-shaped, tube  olive-green  and  ^pmy,  in  the  axils  of 
the  reddish  green  scales,  outer  petals  pale  green,  tinted 
with  brown,  inner  petals  clear  white-  fr.  spherical,  bril- 
liant red  without  and  white  within,  inanimate,  bearing 
a  few  spines  on  the  summits  of  the  lower  mammas 
Argentina. 

23  MArtimi,  Labour  (C.  moriacdnthua,  Hort )  At 
first  upright,  later  requiring  a  support,  freely  branching- 
from  the  base,  branches  long,  reaching  nearly  5  ft , 
%-l  in.  diam  ,  slightly  tapering,  dark  green1  ribs  5-6, 
separated  by  serpentine  grooves,  contracted  between 
the  areoles,  sometimes  the  ribs  are  not  evident,  when 
the  bt.  is  cylindrical  areoles  about  1-1  ]/i  in  apart, 
white*  radial  spines  5-7,  roddish,  short,  bristle-form, 
with  bulbous  bases  or  short  conical,  usually  about  }sin 
long,  central  solitary,  mostly  deflexed,  >£-!  in  long 
(m  young  growth,  frequently  not  longer  than  the 
radial),  subulate,  robust,  light  brown  or  white,  with 
bases  and  tips  black,  fls  from  the  older  growth  sts  , 
8-9  in.  long,  clear  white,  nocturnal  fr  spherical  (very 


similar  to  C.  tortuosus),  pointed,  dark  carmine-red, 
about  2  in.  diam..  inanimate,  a  few  spines  on  the  rnain- 
^nas,  toward  the  base  of  the  fr.  Argentina.  .ll.H.  1860, 
pp  658-9. — This  species  is  commonly  sold  under  the 
name  of  C.  platygonus, 

24.  Pitajiya,  DC  (C.  pernambucemis  [fernambu- 
censii*],  Lem  C.  formdsw,  Salm-Dyck  C.  vandbihs, 
Pfeiff  )  By  recent  authorities  referred  to  the  genua 
Acanthocerous  St  at  first  simple,  later  branching,  in 
young  growth  light  green,  turning  grayish  green  with 
age,  pointed,  %-l)4  m  diam  ribs  3-5,  commonly  4: 
areoles  about  1  in.  apart,  large,  bearing  a  conspicuous 
amount  of  curly  hair,  about  j^m  l«Ng>  in  new  growth: 
radial  spines  5-7  and  a  solitary  central  one,  uniform, 
about  ?«-%  in  long,  amber  color  to  brown  and  finally 
gray  fls,  from  the  older  growth,  large,  about  8  in  long, 
slightly  curved,  white,  nocturnal  Uruguay,  Brazil, 
Colombia  B.M  4084  — C.  grdndu>,  Haw  ,  according 
to  Weber,  is  but  a  larger  form  of  this  species. 

AAAA.  Sts   more  or  less  climbing  by  means  of 

aerial  roots 

25  Martianus,  Zucc  Of  bushy  growth,  branching, 
reaching  a  height  of  3  ft  and  more  branches  slender, 
provided  here  and  there  with  aeiial  roots,  cylindrical, 
about  ?4m  diam  :  ribs  commonly  8,  straight,  sepa- 
rated by  sharp  grooves,  veiy  low  areoles  14-  2-gin. 
apart,  small,  white'  radial  spines  6-10,  bristle-form, 
spreading,  clear  honey-yellow,  at  base  brownish,  later 
whitish  and  becoming  gray,  about  ^m  long,  centrals 
3-4,  similar,  only  somewhat  stouter  and  darker:  fls. 
usually  abundant,  straight  or  slightly  S-shaped,  4-5  in. 
long,  scarlet-red  fr.  spherical,  reddish  green,  covered 
with  bristles  S  Mex  B  M  3768. 

C  lenUmlgha,  Vaupel  (Borzicaotus  ventimiRha,  Ritcob  )  St 
slender,  8-  or  9-nbbed  spines  m  clusters  of  8-10,  spreading  peri- 
anth-tube elongated,  opening  into  a  large  throat,  petals  red-violet 
fr  small,  globular,  bearing  few  bracts  This  spe«ies  apparently 
does  not  belong  to  the  true  CVreus,  and  i«  probably  much  nearer 
Cleistocactus,  as  suggested  in  the  Kew  Bulletin  It  was  described 
from  plants  flowering  in  the  Botanical  Gardrn  at  Palermo,  Italy, 
and  which  are  said  to  have  come  from  Ecuador  Borzicactun  us  a 
recently  described  genus,  not  yet  intro  into  American  collections 

C  afomo'«Msis=Rathbuma  alamosensis  —  C  Baumannn^* 
Cleistocactus  Baurnannn  — ('  Berlandihi  ^=Echmoccreus  — C' 
cn'suitdsus  =  Erhiriocereua  —  C  candelabrum  =  Lemum-ocerfus 
Weben  — C  C/uo«Ba=Escontria  Chiotilla  —C  chlnr4nthus=l^L\\i- 
nocereus. — C  coc<nneu«=Kchinocereus — ('  CdcJia/*=Myrtillocattus 
Cochal — C.  conoif/eus=Echmocereus  —  C  ctenok/es— Echiuocer- 
eus  — C.  C2/ftnc/ricw«=Opuntia  — ("  danyac<inthu»  —  Eduno- 
cereus — C.  />onA.?fc?rv=HplerucerciH  Donkelaeru  —  C  dtibiu*=* 
Echmocereua — C  Durnortien  -=>Lemaireocereus  Dumortien — C 
e&urneu«=Lemaireocereus  gnseus  — C  £mon/i— Bergcroeactus 
Emoryi — C  #n0eZmarm— Echmocereun — ('  fnneacdr<</m*  — Ech- 
inocereus — C  <TKca=Ix:mairpotfrei.8  cruca—  C  exttniuv—Hylo- 
cereus  extenaus — C  F^ndicri=EchmocorpU8 — C  flnQ<lhf(irm\s**= 
Aporocactua  flagelliformis  — C  geomftmans  =  Myrtillocactus 
geometmans  — C  0ipan<£us— Carnegica  gigantea  —  (J  oonariinthus 
— Echmocereus  — C  pran<ii/Z<jru8=Selemcrreus  grandiflorus  — 
C  GWtftm^Pemocereus  Greggu  — C  (7ummd8Ms=Lcmaireocereus 
gummosus  — C  JiarmKusra-Seknicereus  hamatus  —  C  in#rmi«= 
Selemcereus  inermis  — C  lonoii&us — Echinocereus  — C  Mdl- 
lisonii  is  a  hybrid  — C  AfoeD<5naWta5=Solenicereu8  MacDonaldise 
— C  mrtr0m<l/!t8=Paohycereus  rnargmatus — C  Maynardi\=> 
Selemcercus — C  mexic&nus  is  probably  a  hybrid — C  mojavfnais 
— Echmocereus  —  C  ?iopoi«'()nt8=Hylocereus  napoleonis  —  C 
McAeteit— Cephalocereus  — C  nj/ctfcams— Sclemcereus  nycticalus. 
— C  paur{«pmua==Echmocereus  — C  pcc<tmUus=Echinocereu8 

—  C     phcrniceui  =  Echmocereus  — C     princep*  =  Acanthocereus 
pentagonus  — C     procum6fn«=Echmocereus  — C      queretnrfnaia 
=Pacnycereus    queretarensis  — C    fi#»e/«=S«Ienitereu8   hybrid 
— C      repd  ndua  =  Harrma     gracihs — C       /?<£«m=Echinocereus. 

—  C.    Schelri  =-  Echinocereus  — C     sbnlis  =-  Cephalocereus  —  C 
scrpenrtnus=«Nyctocereus  sorpentmus  — C  speci<)<m*— Heliocereus 
speciosus  — C.    fiptnuMaus==feelemcerouB    spmulonus  — C     atellAtua 
=LernaireocereuH     stellatua  — C      «/row(neu«=Echinf)ccreu»  — C 
Thiirberv  —  Lemaireocereus     Thurben  —  C      tnanouldna  •»  Hylo- 
cereus   tncostatua.  —  C.  tvberdsua  =  Wilcoxia  —  C    mndifldrut  «• 
Echmocereus.  J    ^^  RoSE.f 

CERfNTHE  (Greek,  keros,  wax;  anthos,  flower-  the 
ancients  thought  that  the  bees  visited  the  flowers  for 
wax)  Boraginacex.  Annual  or  perennial  herbs  from 
Europe  and  Asia  Minor,  with  alternate  glaucous 
leaves  and  showy  purple  bracts 

Calyx  deeply  aividea,  the  tubular  corolla  with  5  very 

ttmall    raflnvn,}     IrtKoe      ,,u,mlKr    rl.ffnr^fh,     . 


XXV.    Celerv.-The  cultivation  under  field  conditions,  at  the  hilling-up  or  banking  stage 


CEKINTHE 


CEROPTERIS 


725 


the  tube. — About  6  species,  The  best  species  is  C. 
retarta,  which  has  a  unique  appearance  in  the  garden, 
and  is  strongly  recommended  for  more  general  cult. 
It  is  a  hardy  annual  of  easy  cult. 

ret6rta.  Sibth.  &  Smith.  HONKYWOHT.  Fig.  885. 
Height  l>^-2  ft  :  Ivs.  glaucous,  often  spotted  white  or 
red;  lower  Ivs.  obovate-spatulate,  upper  Ivs.  ampiexi- 
caul,  with  2  round  oars,  on  the  flowering  branches  gradu- 
ally becoming  smaller  and  closer  together  until  they 
pass  into  purple  bracts,  which  form  the  chief  attractive 
feature  of  the  plant  fls  when  full-blown  protruded 
beyond  the  bracts;  corolla  tubular-club-shaped,  yellow, 
tipped  pin  pie,  with  5  small,  spreading  teeth:  frs  smooth 
but  not  shining.  Greece  B  M.  5264  Gn.  41.212. 
For  a  garden  review  of  the  other  honeyworts,  see 
Gn  41,  p  212. 


are  now  general'y  agreed  in  separating  it  as  a  distinct 
genus. 

INDEX. 


C  mAjnr,  Linn  A  showy  annual  6-15  in  high' Ivs  clasping  the 
--  .  very  rough  and  cihate  fls  with  showy  bracts,  the  corolla  yellow 
below,  piirplmh  at  the  top  fr.  smooth,  shining  and  brown-spotted. 


•t  ,  very  rough  and  cihate   fls 
below,  p     ,  '---.-' 

Medit  region     DM  333. 


WILHKLM  MILLER. 

N.   TAYLOR.f 

CEROPfeGIA  (Greek,  wax  and  fountain,  the  flowers 
having  a  waxy  look).  Asdepiadace&.  Greenhouse 
vines  of  Africa  and  Asia 

Steins  fleshy,  erect  and  twining  among  the  other 
plants  in  nature,  or  pendulous  Ivs.  oppoMte,  sometimes 
in  the  S.  African  species  wanting  fls  medium-sized,  the 
corolla  more  or  lew*  inflated  at  the  base,  straight  or 
curved,  corona  something  as  in  our  common  milk- 
weeds, double  —  A  genus  of  100  species,  a  dozen  of 
which  aro  known  in  Old  World  collections  but  only  the 
following  in  Amer  Many  of  them  have  tuberous  roots, 
and  need  a  season  of  re.st  and  dryness.  May  be  grown 
m  a  compost  of  loam,  leaf-mold  or  peat,  and  sand. 
Temperate  house  is  the  best  for  the  two  following. 
Prop  by  cuttings  in  spring  over  bottom  heat.  Odd  and 
handsome. 

Wo6dii,  Schlecht  With  many  slender  prostrate  or 
trailing  sts  Ivs  fleshy,  about  l1^  in.  long,  almost 
rotund  fls  in  pairs,  axillary  on  stalks,  3-7  in.  long; 
corolla  slightly  curved,  about  j^'m  long,  pmk  or  with 
dark  lines  below,  the  uppe-  part  sometimes  purplish. 
Natal  G  C  III  22  357,  37:244  (dose  ).  B  Nl.  7704. 

Sandersonii,  Decne.  St.  twining,  fleshy  and  thick: 
Ivs  about  1^4  in  long,  ovate-lanceolate,  fls.cymose,  3-  4 
at  a  node,  the  greenish  white  corolla  about  11A~2  in. 
long,  curved  and  with  an  obvious  inflation  at  the  base. 
Natal  BM  5792  GC  111.40.383.  R.H.  1901,  p. 
Ill 

C  barbertonensn,  N  E  Br  Lvs  somewhat  variegated  with  pale 
green  along  the  veins  fls  similar  to  C  Woodn  Transvaal.  —  C 
ardwnn,  I^edner  Corolla-tube  pale  green  with  dark  blotches,  lobes 
greenish  w  it  h  iilzone  of  white  and  dark  purple  m  the  middle.  Uganda. 
—  T  dlnrrela,  N  E  Br  Tuberous  tube  »biti-h,  dark-veined,  lobes 
pale  yf  How  at  base,  purple-green  at  apex  Madras  —  C  /u«ca,C  Bolle 
Many  succulent  sts  corolla  dull  reddish  brown  coronna  light  yel- 
low Canary  Is«ls  B  M  MXiti  —  C  gemmlfrra,  K  Schum  A  tall 
climbing  species  fls  solitary  W  Trop  Afr  —C  Lugdrdse,  N  E  Br 
Lvs  thin,  1-2  in  long  tube  1  in  long,  abruptly  curvet!  immediately 
above  inflated  base,  dilated  at  apex  into  funnel-shaped  mouth. 
Bechuanaland  G  C  III  30  302  (dose  )  —  C  Rtndalhi,N  E  Br  A 
smail  species  with  fl  having  an  umbrella-like  canopy  surmounting 
the  corolla  twining  Transvaal  —  C  timiUa,  N  E  Br  In  cult  as 
C  Thwaitotn  Corolla-lobes  white  or  pale  green  at  base,  cihate. 
G  C  III  40  384  C  ThorncroftM,  N  Br.  Sts  twining:  cymes 
axillary,  many-fld  ,  corolla  white,  with  purple  blotches  Trans- 


axillary,   many-fld 
vaal    IBM  8458. 


N.TAYLOR. 


CER6PTERIS  (Greek,  wax  fern).  Polypodvacex.  Hot- 
house ferns  of  rather  small  size,  interesting  for  the 
powdery  covering  on  the  leaves. 

A  rather  small  group  somewhat  related  to  Pteris, 
characterized  most  conspicuously  by  having  the  under 
surface  of  the  Ivs.  covered  with  a  colored  powder,  often 
silver,  white  or  bright  yellow  (so-called  silver  and 
gold  ferns).  The  sporangia  are  borne  in  indefinite 
fines  and  are  unprotected  by  any  indusium  The  spe- 
ies  of  Ceroptens  have  in  the  past  been  classified  under 
the  generic  name  Gymnogramma,  but  fern  students 


argentea,  4. 
argyrophylla,  7. 
caTomelanos,  6. 
chryuophylla,  2,  6. 
decomposita,  5. 


giganlea,  2 
Laucheana,  2. 
magnified,  6 
peruviana,  7. 
pulchella,  9. 


sulphurea,  3. 
tartarea,  8 
tnangulans,  1. 
viscosa,  1 
"Wettennal  liana,  9. 


886.  Ceropteris  triangularii. 


A.  Powder  commonly  yellow   Ivs.  about  as  broad  as  long 

1  triangularis,  Underw  (Gymnogrdmma  tnanguld- 
ns,  Kaulf )  Fig,  886  Lf  -blades  2-5  in.  wide  and 
long,  on  stalks  6-12  m.  long, 
dark  green  above,  below  deep 
golden  yellow,  or  occasion- 
ally white;  lower  pinnae  much 
larger  than  the  others,  del- 
toid, the  upper  lanceolate. 
Calif,  to  Brit.  Col  Gn  48, 
p.  444 — A  white -powdered 
vanety  with  a  viscous  upper 
surface  and  coarser  cuttings 
(var  viscdsa,  D.  C.  Eaton) 
is  found  in  S  Calif. 

AA.  Powder  yellow:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late, several  times  as  long 
as  broad. 

B.  Lvs.  scarcely  more  than 
bimnnate. 

2.  chrysophylla,    Link 
(Gymnogrdmma  chrysophylla, 
Kaulf )    Lvs  12-18  in.  long, 
with     blackish    stalks    and 

rachiscSj  the  segms    slightly  v>'*' 

pmnatifid  at  the  base:  powder  golden  yellow  W. 
Indies  to  Brazil.  R  H.  1856.201  G  C  III  23 '373  — 
Often  considered  a  var.  of  C  calomtlanos.  Var. 
Laucheana  (Gymnogrdmma  I^auchedna,  Hort  ),  has  tri- 
angular Ivs.  except  in  its  bub-variety  gigantea  Gn  48, 
p  437. 

BB  Lvs  tnpinnatifid  to  quadnpinnale. 

3.  sulphurea,  Fe"e  (Gymnogrdmma  sulphurea,  Desv.). 
Lf. -blades  6-12  in.  long  on  chestnut-brown  btalks,  the 
pinnae  long,  tapering,  less  than  1 }  £  in  wide  at  base,  the 
pinnules  compact,  with  3-7  divisions,  powder  sulfur- 
yellow.   W.  Indies. 

4.  argSntea,  Kuhn    (Gymnogrdmma   a  urea,    Desv  ). 
Lvs   6-12  in   long,  7-10  in   wide,  deltoid,  pinnae  del- 
toid, 2-3  in   wide  at  ba.se,  the  ultimate  divisions  cu- 
neate    Madagascar  — By  some  this  is  referred  to  Gym- 
nogrdmma, argentea,  Mett  ,  a  similar   fern  with  white 
powder 

5.  decomp6sita,    Baker    (known    only    under    the 
name  Gymnogrdmma  dtcompdsita,   belongs   in   Cerop- 
tens).   Lvs.  \l/i  ft  long,  1  ft  broad,  deltoid,  quadnpm- 
nate  or  even  5-pmnate;  pinna?  close,  lanceolate,  with 
the  ultimate  divisions  linear  and   1-nerved    powder 
rather  scanty.    Andes.    FR2-25     G  C.  III.  11:365. 
F.  1874,  p.  148. 

AAA.  Powder  white:  Ivs  lanceolate. 
B.  Segms  acute 

6.  calom61anos,  Underw   (Gymnogrdmma   calomela- 
nos,  Kaulf.).    Fig    887     Stalks  and   rachises  nearly 
black*  Ivs.  1-3  ft  long,  with  lanceolate  pinnae,  begms. 
often  with  a  large  lobe-like  auricle  at  the  upper  bide  of 
the  base.    W.  Indies  to  Brazil     AG  14.303— The 
most  variable  species  of  the  genus    C  magnifica,  Hort , 
is  probably  one  of  the  many  garden  varieties.    Var. 
chrysophylla,  is  here  considered  a  distinct  species.    (See 
No.  2.) 

BB.  Segms  obtuse,  rounded. 

7.  peruvi&na,      Link     (Gymnogrdmma      peruwdna, 
Desv.).    Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  3-5  in.  wide,  with  dark 


726 


CEROPTERIS 


CESTRUM 


887.  Ceroptens  calomelanos. 


chestnut-brown  stalks;  pinnae  somewhat  regularly 
pmnatifid  on  both  sides  below.  Mex.  co  Peru.  By 
some  considered  a  var  of  G.  calomelanos  Var.  argyro- 
phylla  (G.  argyrophylla,  Hort.)  is  silvery  on  both  sides. 

8  tartarea, 
Link  (Gymno' 
gramma  tatdnca, 
Desv  G  tatdnca, 
Hoit).  Lvs.  9-18 
in.  long,  2-5  in. 
broad,  with  closely 
set  pinna),  taper- 
ing gradually  to 
a  point,  pinnules 
scarcely  divided 
or  cut,  mostly 
merely  crenate. 
Trop  Amer  from 
Mex  southward. 

BBS  Segms  fan- 
shaped  or  wedge- 
shaped. 

9.  pulchSlla, 
Link  (known 
only  under  the 
generic  name, 
Gymnogramma; 
belongs  in  Cerop- 
fem).  Lvs.  6-12 
in  long,  4  in  wide,  the  lower  pmnce  much  the  largest; 
pinnules  imbricated,  texture  rather  thin.  Vene/Aiela. 
Var  Wettenhalhana,  Moore  (G  WcttenhaUiana, 
Hort ),  is  a  gaiden  variety,  with  pale  sulfur-yellow 
powder.  L  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 

CER6XYLON  (Greek,  wax  and  wood,  i.e  ,  wax-tree). 
Palmacese  WAX-PALM.  Tall  palms  with  ringed  stems 
and  pinnate  leaves. 

Spineless,  the  trunk  covered  with  wax  Ivs  clustered 
at  the  top,  15-20  ft.  long  when  full  grown,  equally 
pinnate,  pmnse  long,  rigid,  sword-shaped,  bases  re- 
curved and  tips  pointed,  dark  green  above  and  glau- 
cous beneath,  the  petiole  very  short  and  sheathed  fls. 
mostly  unisexual,  on  spikes  nearly  or  quite  covered  by 
the  simple  spathe,  fl  -parts  3;  stamens  9-15  seed  as 
large  as  a  hazel-nut,  round,  bony,  inclosed  in  a  soft  or 
crumbling  integument  — Perhaps  4  or  5  species  m  the 
Andes  of  Colombia  and  Ecuador 

andfcolum,  HBK.  (Indrtea  andicola,  Spreng  7. 
Klopstdckia,  Hort  Klopstockia  cerffera,  Karst 
Beethovema  cerffcra,  Engl ).  The  celebrated  wax-palm 
of  the  Andes,  and  a  good  greenhouse  subject  said  to 
reach  nearly  200  ft  :  trunk  slender,  swollen  at  the  mid- 
dle* Ivs  6-8  in  ,  the  crown,  the  under  sides  silvery- 
scurfy. — The  waxy  covering  of  the  trunk  gives  it  a 
marble-like  and  columnar  appearance  The  wax,  used 
as  an  ingredient  in  the  making  of  candles,  is  an  article 
of  commerce  It  is  said  that  Diplothemium  caudescens 
(Ceroxylon  mveum,  Hort  )  is  sometimes  sold  for  the 
wax-palm  by  plant  dealers.  C  ferrugineum,  Regel,  is 
probably  referable  to  Inartea  It  appears  not  to  be 
in  the  trade.  C.  andicolum  is  a  free  grower  under  cult., 
and  is  a  very  ornamental  subject  It  thrives  in  a 
warm  moist  house^  and  the  seeds  also  germinate  well 
under  similar  conditions.  L.  jj>  g4 

CESPEDESIA  (named  in  honor  of  Juan  Maria 
Cespedes,  priest  of  Bogota).  Ochnacex.  Tall  handsome 
glabrous  trees,  sometimes  grown  in  the  juvenile  state 
in  hothouses 

Leaves  alternate,  large,  coriaceous,  mostly  obovate 
to  lanceolate  and  narrowed  at  base,  entire,  or  crenate: 
fls.  yellow,  showy,  in  large  terminal  bract  less  panicles; 
aepals  5,  small  and  deciduous;  petals  5;  stamens  10  to 


many:  fr.  a  5-valved  caps  ;  seeds  very  small. — Species 
probably  6-10,  m  S  Amer  and  Panama 

discolor.  Bull  Lvs  large,  lanceolate,  drooping,  hand- 
somely colored  on  young  groxvths  in  bright  brown  or 
tan  tinted  with  rose  and  veined  with  yellow.  Gn.  W. 
20.618. — A  comparatively  recent  intro.  to  cult,  in 
England.  L.  H.  B. 

CENTRUM  (old  Greek  name).  Inch,  Habrothdmnus. 
Solan&cese.  Greenhouse  shrubs  (or  low  trees)  some 
of  them  with  a  climbing  habit,  and  grown  in  the  open 
in  southern  California  and  elsewhere  South 

Leaves  alternate  arid  entire,  usually  rather  narrow: 
fls  tubular,  in  axillary  or  terminal  cymes,  led,  yellow, 
greenish  or  white,  often  very  flagrant,  corolla  salver- 
shaped  or  somewhat  trumpet-shaped,  the  long  tube 
often  enlarged  at  the  throat,  5-lobed,  exceeding  the 
bell-shaped  or  tubular  5-toothed  calyx,  stamens  mostly 
5,  all  perfect,  attached  m  the  tube,  fr  a  scarcely 
succulent  mostly  reddish  or  blackish  beriy,  derived  from 
a  2-celled  stipitate  ovary  and  heeds  few  or  reduced  to 
1 — Probably  150  species,  m  Trop  and  Subtrop  Amer. 
They  are  much  grown  in  warm  countries,,  where  they 
bloom  continuously.  For  a  monograph  of  the  West 
Indian  species  (about  20)  see  O  E  Sohulz,  in  Urban, 
Symbols,  Antillanse,  vi,  p  249-279  (1909-1910). 

Cestrums  are  among  the  most  useful  of  bright- 
flowering  shrubby  greenhouse  plants,  and  they  may 
be  grown  either  as  pot-plants,  or  planted  against  the 
back  wall  or  supports  of  a  greenhouse,  where,  if  given 
a  light  position,  they  will  produce  an  abundance  of 
flowers  from  January  to  April  The  Mtxiean  species 
will  do  well  in  a  winter  temperature  of  lo°  to  50°,  but 
the  species  from  Central  America  require  stove  tem- 
perature They  are  propagated  by  cuttings  taken  m 
February  or  early  in  March  and  inseited  in  sand  in  a 
warm  temperature,  keeping  them  somewhat  close  until 
rooted,  when  they  should  be  potted  in  a  light  soil,  after 
which  they  may  be  grown  in  pots,  shifting  on  as  often 
as  required,  or  planted  out  m  the  open  ground  toward 
the  end  of  May  in  a  sunny  position,  where,  if  kept 
pinched  baek  to  induce  a  bushy  growth  and  attention 
is  paid  to  watering,  they  will  make  fine  plants  by  the 
first  of  September.  They  should  then  be  lifted  aria  pot- 
ted in  a  light  rich  soil  and  kept  close  and  shaded  for  a 
few  days,  arid  then  transferred  to  their  winter  quaiters 
After  flowering,  the  plants  should  be  given  a  rest  for 
a  month  or  six  weeks,  gradually  reducing  the  supply 
of  water  to  induce  the  leaves  and  wood  to  ripen,  after 
which  they  should  be  cut  well  back,  the  old  soil  shaken 


888.  Cestrum  elegans.  ( X 


off,  and  the  roots  trimmed  back,  and  then  either 
potted  again  or  planted  out  for  the  summer  While 
m  the  greenhouse,  cestrums  are  very  subject  to  the 
attacks  of  insects,  especially  the  mealy-bug.  (E.  J. 
Canning.) 

A.  Fls  red. 

elegans,  Schlecht.  (Habrothdmnus  elegans,  Brongn  ). 
Fig  888.  Tall  and  slender,  half-climbing,  the  branches 
pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate,  lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  of 
medium  size,  pubescent  beneath,  fls.  red-purple,  swollen 


CESTRUM 


CH^NOMELES 


727 


near  the  top  of  the  tube,  in  loose  clusters  which  nod  at 
the  ends  or  the  branches,  the  lobes  cihate.  Mex.  F  S. 
2:82.  —  One  of  the  old-fashioned  greenhouse  shrubs, 
blooming  almost  continuously.  There  is  a  form  with 
variegated  Ivs.  Var.  Smithii  (C.  Smithu,  Hort.  Bull  ) 
has  beautiful  blush-rose  fls  ,  profusely  produced  through 
Bummer  and  autumn.  Gn  62,  p  242,  desc. 

fasciculatum,  Miers  Spring  bloomer,  with  larger  fls. 
than  those  of  C.  elegans,  and  more  compact,  nearly 
globular  fl.-clusters,  tne  cluster  subtended  by  small  Ivs. 
as  if  an  involucre  Ivs  ovate  Mex.  B  M.  4183  (and 
probably  the  C  elegans,  B.M.  5659.). 

Newelli,  Nichols  (//.  Newelh,  Vcitch).  Fls.  bright 
crimson,  larger  and  more  brilliant  than  those  of  C.  ele- 
qans  and  C  fasciculatum.  Gn  34  '106  —  A  free-grow- 
ing plant,  originating  from  becd  by  Mr.  Newell,  Down- 
ham  Market,  England  Evidently  an  offshoot  of  one 
of  the  preceding  species. 

AA  Fls.  orange  or  yellow. 

aurantiacum,  Lindl.  Of  half-climbing  habit:  Ivs. 
oval  to  ovate,  more  or  less  undulate,  fls  sessile  in  a 
panicle,  orange-yellow.  Guatemala.  R  H  1858,  p. 
238. 

Pseddo-Quina,  Mart  Glabrous*  Ivs.  membrana- 
ceous,  jvate,  obtusish  or  acute,  narrowed  at  base: 
peduncles  articulated  at  apex,  axillary  or  in  congested 
4-8-fld  terminal  racemes,  corolla  slender  with  acute 
lobes,  much  longer  than  the  toothed  calyx  Brazil.  — 
Said  to  have  marked  medicinal  qualities  Differs  from 
C  Parqui  in  having  glabrous  filaments  and  pedicillate 
fls. 

AAA.  Fls.  white,  greenish,  or  cream-ydlow. 

Parqui,  L'Her  Shrub,  half-hardy,  nearly  glabrous. 
Ivs  lanceolate  to  oblong,  petioled,  short,  acuminate* 
fls  sessile,  long,  tubular,  with  a  wide-spreading  limb, 
in  an  open  panicle,  greenish  yellow,  very  fragrant  at 
night  Chile  B  M  1770  Adventive  in  Fla 

diurnum,  Linn  Quick-growing  evergreen  shrub, 
minutely  pubescent  or  glabrous  Ivs  oblong  and  short- 
acute,  tmckish  and  glabrous,  shining  above  fls  white, 
very  sweet-scented  by  day,  in  axillary  long-peduncled 
spikes;  corolla-lobes  roundish  and  reflexed  berry  nearly 
globular;  filaments  erect  and  not  denticulate  \Y  Indies 

nocturnum,  Linn  NIGHT-BLOOMING  JESSAMINE 
Shrub,  4-12  ft.:  branches  brownish,  very  blonder  or 
flexuose,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  Ivs  thinner,  ovate  or 
elliptic,  prominently  acuminate:  fls  creamy-yellow, 
very  fragrant  by  night,  corolla-lobes  ovate  and  blunt: 
berry  ovoid-oblonu:  ;  filamants  denticulate.  W  Indies. 

pfcbens,  Gnseb  Sts  and  Ivs.  woolly-pubescent:  fls. 
greenish,  much  like  those  of  C.  nocturnum  and  also 
fragrant  at  night  Argentina. 

laurifdlmm,  L'Her  Glabrous  shrub'  Ivs.  ovate  to 
oblong,  glossy,  thick  fls.  greenish  yellow  and  changing 
color  (sometimes  described  under  cult  as  pure  white), 
in  erect  heads,  slightly  fragrant;  corolla-tube  club- 
shaped,  tapering  gradually;  corolla-lobes  ovate-round- 
ish and  blunt  ;  filaments  toothed  .  berry  ovoid  W  Indies, 
S.  Amer  —  Much  planted  in  S.  Calif.  L  H  B 


(Greek,  gaping  ray:  the  marginal 
corollas  often  ray-like)  Compdsitse.  West  American 
low  herbs  or  undershrubs  sometimes  planted  in  the 
open  for  ornament. 

Leaves  alternate  and  mostly  dissected:  fls.  yellow, 
white  or  flesh-colored  on  solitary  peduncles  or  in  loose 
cymes;  florets  of  one  kind,  but  the  marginal  ones  with 
a  more  or  less  enlarged  limb,  involucre  camnanulate; 
receptacle  flat  and  generally  naked:  pappus  of  toothed 
or  entire  scales  (wanting  in  one  species)  —  About  20 
species,  of  which  3  have  been  intro  as  border  plants; 
but  they  are  little  known  to  gardeners.  Of  easy  cult. 
Prop,  by  seeds  or  division. 


A.  Pappus  of  entire  or  nearly  entire  persistent  scales. 

tenuifdlia,  Nutt  Small,  tufted  annual,  white-pubes- 
cent when  young  but  becoming  nearly  or  quite  glabrous: 
1  ft  :  Ivs.  once  or  twice  pmnatelv  parted,  the  lobes 
linear  or  filiform,  heads  ^m.  hign,  Icrnon-yellow. 
S.  Calif. 

DoOglasii,  Hook  &  Arn.  Perennial,  3-15  in  high, 
usually  white-woolly  when  young.  Ivs.  broad,  bipm- 
nately  parted  into  short  and  crowded,  obtuse  looes*. 
heads  /l2~Min  high,  white  or  whitish,  usually  in 
crowded,  cymose  clusters  Mont  south  and  west. — 
Variable  Var.  achillesefdha,  A  Nelson,  is  often  sold 
for  the  type.  It  has  more  finely  divided  Ivs. 

AA.  Pappus  of  fimbrwte  and  deciduous  scales,  or  even 

wanting 

artemisiaefdlia,  Gray  Tufted  annual,  1-2  ft.,  rusty 
pubescent  and  bomcwhat  sticky  on  the  under  side  of 
the  Ivb  ,  glandular  hairy  above  Ivs  twice  or  thrice 
pinnately  parted  into  shortA linear  or  oblong  lobes: 
heads  ^m.  high,  the  involucre  viscid,  the  florets  white 
or  cream-color.  S  Calif.  j^  TAYLOR  f 

CHASNOMtLES  (Greek  chamein,  to  gape,  to  split, 
and  melea,  apple'  the  fruit  was  supposed  by  Thunberg 
to  split  into  five  valves)  Roi>aceat,  subfamily  Pomex. 
Woody  plants,  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
brightly  colored  flowers  appearing  early  in  spring; 
formerly  commonly  included  in  Cydonia 

Shiubs  or  small  trees,  sometimes  spiny  Ivs.  sub- 
persistent  or  deciduous,  alternate,  short-petioled,  ser- 
rate fls  solitary  or  fascicled,  before  or  after  the  lv&  , 
sometimes  partly  stammatc,  calyx-lobes  entire  or  ser- 
rate, petals  5,  stamens  numerous'  styles  5,  connate  at 
the  base  fr  5-celled,  each  cell  with  many  seeds  — Four 
species  in  China  and  Japan.  See  page  .J5(>7 

These  are  ornamental  plants,  nearly  hardy  North 
except  C  i>incni>is,  which  can  be  grown  only  South  C 
jnponica  and  C  Mnul-ei,  with  handsome  glossy  foliage 
and  abundant  flowers  in  early  «prmg,  varying  in  all 
shades  fiom  pure  white  to  deep  scarlet,  are  highly 
decorative,  and  especially  adapted  for  borders  of 
shrubhciu's  and  for  low  ornamental  hedges  The  fruit 
of  all  species  can  be  made  into  conserves  They  thrive 
in  almost  any  soil,  but  require  sunny  position*  to  bloom 
abundantly  Propagated  by  seeds,  usually  stratified 
and  sown  in  spring,  also  readily  increased  by  root- 
cuttings  made  in  fall  or  early  spring,  and  rarer  kmda 
or  less  vigorous-growing  varieties  are  grafted  in  the 
greenhouse  in  early  spring,  on  stock  of  the  Japanese 
or  common  quince,  they  grow  also  from  cuttings  of 
half-ripened  or  nearly  matuie  wood,  under  glass,  and 
from  layers. 

A.  Fls   solitary,  with  rcjlexed  serrate  calyx-lobes,  with  or 

after  the  Ivs  i>d/>ules  small.  (Pseudocydonia  ) 
sinensis,  Koehne  (Pyrus  sincnsis,  Poir  Cydbnia 
sincnsis,  Thouin  Pseudocyddma  sintnsis,  Schneid.;. 
Shrub  or  small  tree  Ivs  elliptic-ovate  or  elliptic-oblong, 
acute  at  both  ends,  shaiply  and  finely  serrate,  villous 
beneath  when  young,  2-3  in  long  fls  light  pink,  about 
1H  m  across*  fr  dark  yellow,  oblong,  4-6  in  long. 
May  China  B  R  11  905  RH  1889*228  A  G. 
12:16.  B  M.  7988  —The  Ivs  assume  a  scarlet  fall 
coloring  Not  hardy  north  of  Philadelphia,  except  in 
favored  localities.  See  also  Quince. 

AA  Fls   in  leafless  clusters,  nearly  sessile,  before  or  with 
the  Ivs.,   calyx-lobes  erect,  entire,   stipules  large. 
(Chxnomeles  proper ) 
B  Lvs.  lanceolate  or  narrow-lanceolate,  pubescent  beneath 

while  young. 

cathay£nsis,  Schneid  (Pyrus  cathayensis,  Hemsi. 
Cydbnia  cathayensis,  Hemsl ).  Shrub,  to  10  ft.  Ive 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  finely  and 
sharply  serrate,  2^-4^2  m.  long  and  lA~\\i  in.  broad; 


728 


CH/ENOMELES 


CH^TOSPERMUM 


petioles  about  J^n.  long-  fls.  in  clusters,  red.  \\2  in. 
across:  styles  pubescent  at  the  base;  petals  distinctly 
clawed,  fr.  oblong-ovoid,  6-7  in.  long,  with  a  cavity  at 
each  end.  Cent.  China.  H.I.  27.2657,  2658.— Closely 
related  to  the  following  species,  but  Ivs.  much  narrower, 
less  hardy. 

BB  Lvs.  elliptic-oblong  to  obovate,  glabrous. 
jap6nica,  Lindl.  (Pyrus  jap6nica,  Thunb.  Cydonia 
jap6mca,  Pcrs.  Chamomeles  lugenanti,  Koidzumi). 
JAPAN  QUINCE  JAPONICA  Fig  881)  Shrub,  3-6  ft., 
with  spreading,  spiny  branches'  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong, 
acute,  shaiply  senate,  glabrous,  glossy  above,  1^2~3  in. 
long,  fls  111  2-6-fld.  clu.steis,  scarlet-red  in  the  type, 
1^2~2  m  across  fr  globular  or  ovoid,  lj}/r-2  in.  high, 
yellowish  green  March,  April  China,  Japan  R.B. 
1  260  LBC  16:1591  Gn  33,  p  491,  40:126:  50, 
p  106  (frs),  71, p  202  (habit).  GC  III  34:434.  B  H. 
1  260 (frs.)  R.H  1876. 330 (fr  )  GM.35,suppl  Nov. 
12  V.  4.38. — Many  garden  forms  in  all  shades  from 
white  to  deep  scailet,  and  also  with  double  fls  Some 
of  the  best  are  the  following  Var  alba,  Lodd.  Fls. 
white,  blushed  LBC  6541.  Var.  albo-cfncta, 


889.  Chaenomeles  japomca,  the  Japan  or  flowenng  quince.  ( X  H) 


VanHoutte  Fls.  white  with  pink  margin  F.S.  14:1403. 
Yar.  albo-rftsea,  Spaeth  Fls  white,  partly  pink. 
GW.  7:113  Var  atrosanguinea  plena,  Hort  Fls. 
deep  scarlet,  semi-double  Var  Baltzii,  Spaeth.  Flh 
beautiful  rosy  pink,  very  flonferous  G  W  7'113  Vai. 
Candida,  Hort.  Fls  pure  white  Var.  cardinalis,  Carr. 
Fls  large,  deep  scarlet.  R  II  1872  330,  f.  1  Vai. 
eburnea,  Carr  Fls.  pure  white,  rather  small  R  II. 
1872  330,  f.  4  Var.  Gaujardii,  Lorn.  Fls.  salmon- 
orange.  IH  7:260.  Var  grandifldra,  Rehd  (C  dlba 
grandiflora,  Carr.).  Fls.  nearly  white,  laige  R.  H. 
1876:410  Gn.  13:144.  Var.  Mallardii,  Carr.  Fls. 
rose,  bordered  white.  RH  1872  330,  p  2.  IH  4:135. 
G.Z.  1.208.  Var.  Moerlodsei,  Versch.  Fls  white, 
striped  pink  1113:107.  FS5510  Var.  Papeleiii, 
Lem.  Fls  yellow,  bordered  pink.  IH  7.260.  Var. 
pgndula,  Temple  &  Beard,  with  slender,  pendulous 
branches.  Var  rdsea  plena,  Hort.  Fls.  rose,  semi- 
double  Var.  rubra  grandifldra,  Hort  Fls.  large, 
deep  crimson.  Var  sanguinea  plena,  Hort.  Fls. 
scarlet,  double.  Var  ser6tina,  Andre"  Fls  m  stalked 
leafy  clusters  in  autumn  R.H  1894,  pp.  424.  425; 
1903,  p.  20.  Var  Simonii,  Andre  Fls  dark  crimson, 
semi-double,  low  and  upright  GW  7.113  Var. 
sulphurea,  Hort  (var  sulphured  perftcta,  Van  Houtte). 
Fls.  yellowish.  Var  umbilicata,  Sieb.  &  De  Vnes. 
With  rose-red  fls.,  and  large  frs.  umbilicate  At  the 
apex.  F  .8.5:510. 


Maulei,  Sehneid.  (Pyrus  Maiilci,  Mast  Cydb'iia 
Mattel,  Moore.  C  alpina,  Koehne) .  Low  shrub,  1-3  ft.: 
branches  spiny,  with  short,  rough  tomenturn  when  young: 
Ivs  roundish  oval  to  obovate,  obtuse  or  acute,  coarsely 
crenate-serrate,  glabrous,  1-2  m.  long,  fls  bi  ight  orange- 
scarlet,  1-1^6  in  across,  fr  yellow,  nearly  globular, 
about  \y&  in  across.  March,  April  Japan  B.M. 
6780  GC  II  1:757  and  2:741;  111.34:435.  Gn. 
13:390,  33,  p.  490;  50,  p  106;  55,  p.  354.  F  1875.49. 
RU.  1875  195  FM  1875161.  HB  26  241  —A 
very  desirable  hardy  shrub,  with  abundant  fls  of  a 
peculiar  shade  of  led  Var.  alpina,  Schneid  (C  jap6nica 
vai  alpina,  Maxim  Cydonw  Sdrgentii,  Lemome). 


Dwarf  spiny  shrub,  with  piocumbent  sts.  and  aseend- 

andisu  oval, 
ng    profusely      R 
superba,  Hort      FLs    deeper  red     Var   tricolor  Hort. 


mg  branches.  Ivs  roundish  oval,  3-2-1  m  long  flower- 
ing   and    muting    profusely      RH  1911  204      Var. 


Dwarf  shrub,  with  pink  and  white  variegated  Ivs  — 
By  some  botanists  this  species  is  considered  to  be  the 
typical  C  japomca,  and  the  preceding  species  is  called 
C.  lagenarw  ALFRED  RKHDER. 

CHJEN6STOMA  (gainng  mouth,  in  allusion  to  the 
shape  of  the  corolla)  Kcrophulanacesp  African  herbs 
or  sub-shrubs  sometimes  planted  in  greenhouses,  or  in 
the  open  in  mild  climates 

Leaves  simple,  mostly  opposite*  fls  axillary  or  ter- 
minal-racemose, showy,  stamens  attached  to  the  throat 
of  the  coiolla,  more  or  loss  exsertrd,  style  filiform  and 
club-shaped,  and  obtuse  at  the  apex,  corolla  tubular, 
swollen  in  the  throat,  with  a  5-lobed  spreading  limb: 
fr.  a  caps  with  numerous  seeds  —  Recent  authorities 
combine  this  genus  with  Sutera,  which,  in  the  enlarged 
sense,  comprises  more  than  190  species  in  Afr  and  the 
Canary  Isls  Chaenostoma,  as  separately  limited,  has 
25-30  S  African  plants  with  white,  jellow  or  reddish 
fls.  axillary  or  in  terminal  racemes,  Ivs  usually  oppo- 
site, mostly  dentate,  4  didynamous  stamens  which  are 
exserted  rather  than  included  as  in  typical  Sutera  and 
the  top  of  the  style  club-shaped  and  stigma  obtuse 
rather  than  2-lobed 

hfspidum,  Benth  (Sutera  brachuita,  Roth)  Small 
perennial,  sometimes  an  under-shrub,  with  opposite, 
oval  or  oblong,  toothed  Ivs  ,  and  blush-white  or  rosy 
white  star-like  fls  ^m  across,  in  den.se  clusters  S. 
Afr  J  H  I  II  33  636  —  An  old  and  deserving  green- 
house or  pot-plant,  but  rarely  seen  at  present  It 
blooms  almost  continuously,  the  fis  sometimes  hiding 
the  foliage  Prop  by  seeds  or  cuttings,  either  in  fall  or 
spring  Begins  to  bloom  when  4-6  in  high  To  be 
recommended  for  windows,  and  for  summer  vases  It 
has  been  listed  as  Schceuvsloma  fusfndum  In  S  Calif 
it  is  a  half-hardy  dwarf  shrub  (12  tn  20  in  high  and 
withstanding  4-6  degrees  of  frost),  recommended  for 
edgings  N  TAYLOK  f 

Ctta5ROPir$XLUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring 
to  the  agreeably  scented  foliage).  Umbelliftrs' 
Scented  herbs,  annual,  biennial  or  perennial,  glabrous 
or  hirsute,  often  tuberous-rooted,  of  30-40  species  in 
the  northern  hemisphere,  one  of  which  is  cult  Lvs 
pinnately  or  ternately  decompound,  the  scgms  also 
toothed  or  cut  fls  small,  white,  in  a  compound  many- 
rayed  umbel,  calyx-  teeth  0.  carpels  with  5  more  or  less 
apparent  ribs,  the  beak  0  or  much  shorter  than  the 
body.  C  bulbdsum,  Linn  ,  of  Cent  Eu  and.  the  Cau- 
casus, biennial,  is  the  turnip-rooted  chervil  (See  Cher- 
vil )  St  hairy,  at  least  below,  3-5  ft  tall,  branching, 
swollen  below  the  joints,  the  root  tuberous  (and  edi- 
ble). Ivs  much  compound,  the  ultimate  divisions  very 
narrow.  L  H  B 


(from  Greek,  hair  and  seed). 
Limonia  §  Ch&tospermum,  Rocmer.  Rutdceap,  tnba 
Citres>.  A  small  spiny  tree,  proposed  as  a  stock  for 
citrus  fruits. 


CILETOSPERMUM 

Chsetospermum  bears  hard-shelled  frs  :  Ivs.  persist- 
ent, trifoliate:  fls  pentamerous  with  10  free  stamens; 
ovary  8-10-celled,  with  numerous  ovules  in  each  cell, 
<  ells  lilied  with  spongy  vesicular  tissue;  seeds  hairy, 
the  cotyledons  aerial  in  germination1  first  foliage  Ivs. 
opposite. — Only  one  species  is  known. 

glutindsa.  Swingle  (Lirnbma  glutindsa,  Blanco. 
&gk'  decdndra,  Naves  /Eyle  glutin6i>a,  Merrill)  TABOO. 
Fig.  890.  Petioles  margined,  lateral  Ifts  small,  sesoile, 
scarcely  one-third  as  long  as  the  terminal  one,  spines 
slender,  straight,  sharp,  axilhuy  usually  m  y>airs  in  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs..  lls  rather  large,  occurring  singly,  or 
in  few-fld.  clusters  on  long  slender  pedicels  in  the  axils 
of  the  Ivs  :  fr.  oblong,  2-3  \  V/i  in  with  a  thick 
leathery  rind  longitudinally  ribbed,  8-10-celled:  it  con- 
tains numerous  flattened  hany  seeds,  %  to  Am  im- 
mersed in  a  watery  tissue  Native  to  the  Isl  of  Luzon, 
Philippine  Archipelago  111  Blanco  ,  Fl  Filip  ed.  Ill, 
pi.  124  Vidal  y  Soler,  Smop  de  fam  til  pi.  25.  Bull. 
Soc  Bot  Fr  58,  Mem  8(1  pi  5— The  tabog  is  a 
rapid-growing  tree  when  young,  and  in  a  waim  green- 
house shows  a  vigorous  root -growth.  This  species  is 
being  tested  as  a  stock  for  use  in  commercial  citnculture 
.Experiments  have  shown  that  oranges,  lemons,  grape- 
fruits and  kumquats  grow  well  when  budded  or  grafted 
on  young  tabog  plants  WALTEU  T  SWINGLE. 

CHALCAS  (from  Greek  for  copper,  as  the  wood  has 
a  copper-colored  gram)  Murr&a  of  Koenig  Rutaccx 
Small  spineless  trees  or  shrubs,  suggested  as  a  stock  for 
citrus  fruits 

Leaves  pinnate,  alternate  fls  large,  4-5-merous, 
solitary  or  in  terminal  or  axillary  cymes'  ovary  1-5- 
celled,  with  1  to  several  ovules  seeds  white,  woolly  or 
glabrous,  cotyledons  aerial  in  germination,  first  foliage 
Ivs  opposite 

ex6tica,  Millsp  (Miirrxa  extitica,  Linn )  ORANGE 
JESHAMINK  A  small  tiee  with  pale  bark,  twigs  and 
petioles  usually  puberulous  Ivs  pinnate;  Ifts  usually 
5-9,  ovate,  obtuse  or  obtusely  acuminate,  often 
emargmate,  dark  green  above,  paler  below  fls  fra- 
grant, carnpanulate,  5-parted,  petals  white,  stamens 
10,  free,  ovary  2-cclled,  style  deciduous  fr  subglobose, 
j-j'-jin  long,  pointed,  led  111  Beddome,  Outlines 
Bot ,  pi  vn  ,  Wight,  Ic  ,  pi  Ind  I,  pi  90  — The  orange 
jessamine  is  commonly  grown  in  giecnhouscs  on  ac- 
count of  its  abundant  and  ver>  fragrant  fls  These  arc 
often  to  be  seen  along  with  the  mature  red  fr  ,  which 
makes  a  striking  contract  with  the  panicles  of  white  fls 
and  delicate  foliage  The  loot-growth  of  this  species 
is  remarkably  vigorous  under  gieenhouse  conditions. 
Lemons  can  be  budded  on  it  and  make  a  rapid  growth. 
It  is  being  tested  as  a  stock  for  the  common  citrus 
fruits  in  situations  in  which  a  vigorous  root-system 
is  desired  WALTKU  T.  SWINGLE. 

CHAM-ffiBATIA  (Greek,  dwarf,  and  bramble,  allud- 
ing to  its  bramble-like  flowers).  Rosticeae.  A  woody 
plant,  grown  for  its  handsome  white  flowers  and  for  the 
finely  divided  aromatic  foliage 

Low  shrub;  clothed  with  glandular  pubescence:  Ivs. 
alternate,  stipulate,  tnpinnatifid,  persistent:  fls.  in 
terminal  corymbs,  white;  calyx-tube  broadly  campanu- 
late;  petals  5;  stamens  numerous;  pistil  solitary,  with 
short  style  and  decurrent  stigma •  fr.  a  small  achene 
inclosed  by  the  persistent  calyx. — One  species  in  Calif. 
Ornamental  shrub  of  agreeable  aromatic  odor,  with 
graceful  foliage  and  showy  white  fls.  in  June  and 
July.  It  can  be  giown  only  m  warmer  temperate 
regions,  and  thrives  best  in  sandy  well-drained  soil 
and  sunny  position  Prop  by  seeds  sown  in  spring  and 
by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 

foliol&sa,  Benth.  Two  to  3  ft.:  Ivs.  nearly  sessile, 
oval  or  ovate-oblong,  closely  tripinnately  dissected, 
in.  long:  fls.  white,  %m.  wide,  in  4-8-fld. 


CHAMyECERASUS 


729 


corymbs.     B.M.  5171.     G.  29:29      B.H.  10,  p.  295 
H  f\  1861 :9.  Gn.  3,  p.  27.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHAMJEBATIARIA  (m  allusion  to  the  similarity 
of  this  plant  to  Cham^plnitia).  Rosdcese.  Shrub  grown 
for  its  handsome  white  flowers  and  the  finely  divided 
foliage,  allied  to  the  spireas 

Deciduous,  with  glandular  aromatic  pubescence: 
Ivs  alternate,  bipmnate,  with  numerous  minute  segms.; 
stipules  lanceolate,  entire  fls  in  terminal  panicles; 
«alv\  turbmate,  with  5  erect  lobes,  petals  />,  buoorbicu- 
Kir,  stamens  about  GO  carpels  5,  connate  along  the 
ventral  suture,  at  maturity  dehiscent  into  2  valves: 
seeds  few,  terete,  with  a  simple  testa  —One  species  in 
W.  N.  Amer.  Very  similar  in  general  appearance  to 
Cluumebatia.  but  easily  distinguished  by  the  bipin- 
nate  Ivs.  ana  the  large  dense  panic  lew,  and  very  differ- 
ent in  its  floral  structure  An  upright  aromatic  shrub 
with  finely  cut  foliage  and  white  fls  in  large  terminal 


890    Chaetospermum 
glutmosa.    (X1') 


panicles,  one  of  the  fir4  shrubs  to  burst  into  leaf.  It  is 
hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass  ,  but,  like  other  plants  from 
the  same  region,  it  dislikes  an  excess  of  moisture, 
particularly  during  the  winter,  and  is  hkely  to  be  killed 
by  it.  It  prefers  a  sunny  position  and  a  well-drained 
soil,  and  likes  limestone,  but  grows  nearly  as  well 
without;  it  is  not  a  plant  for  dense  shrubberies 
Propagated  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  taken 
with  a  heel  in  August  with  slight  bottom  heat,  usu- 
ally by  seeds  sown  in  spring,  and  treated  like  those  of 
spirea. 

Millefdlium,  Maxim.  (Spiraea  Millefbhum,  Torr. 
Sorbdna  MiUcfbhum,  Focke)  Shrub,  to  3  ft ,  glandu- 
lar-pubescent Ivs.  bipmnate,  short-stalked,  ovate- 
oblong  to  linear-oblong  in  outline,  2-3  in  long,  primary 
segms.  linear,  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  closely  set 
obtuse  lobes  about  a  line  long,  fla  white,  ^-%in. 
across,  short-pedicelled,  in  terminal  panicles  3-6  in. 
long'  carpels  hairy.  Calif  to  Wyo.  and  Ariz  B  M. 
7S10  G  C  III.  22  237;  40.1S3  Gn  75,  p.  459  G  F. 
2  509  II  H.  1900,  p  515  M  D.  1905 '198  M  D.G. 
1008  208  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHAMJSCERASUS:  Lornccra 


730 


CHAM^CYPARIS 


CHAM&ClrPARIS  (chamai,  dwarf,  and  kupanssos, 
cypress;  referring  to  its  affinity).  Pinacex.  Trees  or 
shruba  grown  for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage; 
also  valuable  timber  trees;  RETINOSPORAS,  m  part 

Evergreen,  with  opposite  scale-like  Ivs  in  4  rows, 
densely  clothing  the  compressed  branchlets  fls  monoe- 
cious, small;  pistillate  inconspicuous,  globose;  stammate 
yellow  or  red,  oblong,  often  conspicuous  by  their 
abundance-  cones  small,  globular,  with  6-11  bracts, 
each  bearing  2,  or  rarely  5,  winged  seeds,  ripening  the 
first  season  Closely  allied  to  Cupressus,  which  differs 
in  its  larger  cones  maturing  the  second  year,  the  bracts 
containing  4  or  more  seeds,  and  in  its  quadrangular 
branches  and  minutely  denticulate  Ivs  — Six  species 
in  N.  Amer  and  E  Asia,  all  very  valuable  timber  trees 
m  their  native  countries  Highly  ornamental  ever- 
green trees  of  pyramidal  habit,  of  which  only  C. 
thyoides  is  fully  hardy  N  ,  while  the  Japanese  species 


891.  Chamaecyparis  pisifera. 

are  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  north  to  New  Eng- 
landj  and  C  Lawsomana  only  from  Mass  south;  the 
horticultural  varieties  are  often  shrubby. 

They  grow  best  m  somewhat  moist  but  well-drained, 
sandy  loam  and  in  a  partly  shaded  position,  sheltered 
against  dry  winds  C  Lawsomana,  and  C.  obtusa  like 
more  dry,  the  others  more  moist  situations,  and  C. 
thyoides  grows  well  even  in  swamps  Propagated  by 
seeds  sown  m  spring;  increased  also  by  cuttings  from 
mature  wood  in  fall,  inserted  in  a  sandy  soil  and  kept 
in  a  coolframe  or  greenhouse  during  the  winter;  if 
in  early  spring  gentle  bottom  heat  can  be  given,  it 
will  hasten  the  development  of  roots  considerably.  All 
the  so-called  retinosporas  and  the  dwarfer  forms,  and 
most  of  the  varieties  of  C.  Lawsomana,  are  readily 
increased  in  this  way,  while  the  other  forms  of  C.  noot- 
katensis, C  obtusa  and  C.  thyoides  do  not  f£ow  well 
from  cuttings;  therefore  for  most  varieties  veneer- 
grafting  on  seedling  stock  during  the  winter  in  green- 


CHAM.ECYPARIS 

house  is  preferred,  but  dwarf  forms  always  should  be 
grown  from  cuttings,  as  they  often  lose  their  dwarf 
habit  if  grafted.  The  so-called  retmospoms  ot  the  gar- 
dens, with  linear,  spreading  leaves,  aie  juvenile  foims, 
which  have  retained  the  foliage  of  the  seedling  state. 
There  are  similar  forms  in  Thuja  For  their  distin- 
guishing charactcis,  see  Retinospora.  For  the  numer- 
ous gaidens  forms,  see  Beissner,  Ilandb.  der  Nadel- 
hokk.,  2d  ed.,  pp.  528-574,  quoted  below  as  Beissner. 

A.  Lvs.  green  on  both  sides  or  paler  beneath. 

thyoides,  Brit.  (C.  sphseroidea,  Spach  Cupressus 
thyoides,  Linn.).  WHITE  CEDAR.  Tiee,  to  70  or  80 
ft,  with  erect -spread  mg  branches,  branchlets  irregu- 
larly arranged,  spreading,  not  pendulous,  very  thin 
and  slender,  flattened:  Ivs.  closely  imbricate,  glaucous 
or  light  green,  with  a  conspicuous  gland  on  the  back, 
fragrant  cones  small,  J^m  cliam.,  bluish  purple,  with 
glaucous  bloom  From  Maine  to  Fla  ,  west  to  Miss 
SS  10529.  MDG  1896.301  (habit).  Beissner  529 
(habit)  Var.  ericoides,  Sudworth  (C  encoldes,  Carr. 
Retinospora  ericoides,  Hort )  Compact  shrub,  of  erect, 
dense  habit  Ivs  lincar-lanceoriU>,  spreading,  with  2 
glaucous  lines  beneath,  colonng  in  winter  usually  red- 
dish brown.  Beissner  532,  sec  also  Retinospora  Var. 
andelye'nsis,  Silva-Tarouca  (C.  spfurroidta  anddyensis, 
Carr.  C.  leptddoda,  Hot-list  Rttindspoia  leptddada, 
Hort.,  not  Zucc  )  Intermediate  form  between  the 
former  and  the  type'  Muish  green,  and  of  orect  growth, 
with  loosely  appresscd,  lanceolate  Ivs  ,  often  some 
branchlets  with  Ivs  of  the  type  and  some  with  Ivs  of 
the  var.  ericoides  R  II  1869,  p  32,  and  1880,  p  36. 
MDG  1890  329  11  B.  2  155  Beissner  532,  sec  also 
Retinospora  Var.  glauca,  Sudworth  (C  spharoidea 
glauca,  Endl  Var  kewcnsis,  Hort )  Of  compact  habit, 
very  glaucous,  with  silvery  hue  Var  variegata,  Sud- 
worth (Cupicssut>  thyoides  vancgata,  Loud  )  Branchleta 
partially  colored  golden  yellow 

nootkatensis,  Siuhvorth  (Cupressus  nootkathms, 
Lambert  C.  7iull\<ienbib,  Spach  Thuydpsis  borealis, 
Hort  ).  YELLOW  CEDAR  Tree,  to  120  ft ,  with  ascend- 
ing branches,  pendulous  at  the  extremities,  branchlets 
distichously  ai  ranged,  slightly  flattened  or  nearly 
quadrangular,  pendulous  Ivs  densclv  imbricate, 
usually  dark  green,  acute,  mostly  without  glands: 
cones  subglobose,  nearly  J/jin  diam  ,  dark  rod-brown, 
with  glaucous  bloom  From  Sitka  to  Ore.  S  S  10  530. 
RH.  1869,  p  18.  G  19:345.  FE  25  513  Gt  53, 
p  542.  G  W.  8,  p  484;  10,  pp.  41,  227  Bcissnor  555. 
Gn.  5.395.  G  C.  Ill  40.167.  Var  glauca,  Rcgcl 
(Thuydpsis  borealis  var.  glauca,  Jaeger)  With  very 
glaucous  foliage  Var  pendula,  Bcissn  Distinctly 
pendulous  Gt.  53,  p.  542  GW  1,  p  300  GC  III. 
40:166.  Bcissner  539.  Var.  lutea,  Bcissn.  The  young 
growth  colored  light  yellow.  J  H  S  1902.427,  fig  113. 
Gn.  50,  p.  68.  Gn  W.  11 : 313  —There  are  other  forms 
with  variegated  Ivs.  C.  nootkatensis  is  about  as  hardy 
as  the  Japanese  species. 

AA.  Lvs.  with  glaucous  or  whitish  marks  beneath:  branches 

with  horizontally  spreading  ramifications. 
Lawsoniana,Parlatore  (Cupressus  Lawsomana,  Murr. 
C.  Boursien,  Decne.).  LAWSON'S  CYPRESS  Tree,  to 
200  ft ,  with  horizontally  spreading  and  usually  pen- 
dulous branches,  branchlets  frond-like  arrangea,  flat- 
tened: Ivs.  closely  appresscd,  obtuse  or  somewhat 
acute,  usually  bright  green,  with  a  gland  on  the  back: 
stammate  catkins  bright  red  (yellow  in  all  other 
species):  cone  globose,  about  ^m.  across,  red-brown 
and  often  glaucous.  From  Ore.  to  Calif  SS  10 '531. 
Gng.  2:327.  S  M  2,  p.  49  F  E  23  309,  33  559  G  W. 
10,  p.  42.  Beissner  541  G  1 : 121 ,  7 . 129  —This  is  one 
of  the  most  beautiful  conifers  and  very  variable,  about 
80  garden  forms  being  cult,  in  European  nurseries  and 
collections.  The  following  are  some  of  the  best.  Var. 
Albo-spica,  Beissn.  Tips  of  branchlets  creamy  white,  of 


CHAM^CYPARIS 

slender  habit.  Var.  Alumii,  Beissn.  Of  columnar  habit, 
foliage  very  glaucous,  with  a  bluish  metallic  hue  The 
best  blue  columnar  form.  Var.  argent  ea,  Beissn. 
(Cuprcssus  Lawsonidna  argtniea,  Cord  ).  Of  slender 
habit,  with  very  glaucous,  almost  silvery  foliage  Var 
er£cta  vlridis,  Beissn.  Dense,  columnar  habit  and 
bright  green  foli- 
age One  of  the 
most  beautiful  va- 
rieties, but  some- 
what tender  G  W. 
14,  p  601.  M  D  G 
1909.45  GM.51: 
511.  F  1871,  p  92 
Var.  erecta  glaftca, 
Beissn.  Similar  in 
habit,  but  with 
glaucous  foliage 
Var  fihfflrmis, 
Beissn.  Branches 
elongated,  some- 
what  pendulous, 
with  few  lateral 
branchlets,  of  low, 
globular  habit 
Var  glauca,  Beissn 
Foliage  of  metallic 
glaucous  tint  One 
of  the  hardier  forms. 
GM  53.832  Var. 
grdcilis,  Beissn. 
(var.  grdcilis  ptn- 
dida,  Hort).  Ele- 
gant hght  greea 
form,  with  graceful, 
pendulous  branch- 
lets  Var.  inter- 
t6xta,  Beissn  Glau- 
cous form,  of  vigor- 
ous growth,  with  remote,  pendulous  branches  and 
distant,  thukish  branchlets  Beissner  550  Var  lutea, 
Beissn  Of  compact  habit,  young  growth  clear  yellow. 
GC  111  20  721  JUS  1902,  P  420,  fig  110.  Var 
nana,  Beissn  (C  Bour^iln  nana,  Carr )  Dwarf, 
globose  habit  (Beissner  553),  with  some  variegated 
and  glaucous  forms  Var  pe'ndula,  Beissn  With  pen- 
dulous branches  Mn  1.43  FE  27  187  Gt  1890, 
p  4 19  Var  pyramidalis,  P  Smith  Of  columnar  habit, 
var  pyramidalis  Alba,  Beissn.  Of  columnar  habit  with 
the  >oung  growth  colored  white.  R  B  4  281.  Var. 
Weisseana,  Hanson  Low  dense  form  of  umbrella-like 
habit  with  almost  horizontally  spreading  branches 
and  nodding  tips  MDGlSOO'245  S  M  1,  p  214. 
Var  Youngii.  Beissn  Upright  form  of  vigorous 
growth  with  tmckish  dark  green  branchlets  G  C.  III. 
1  176,  177 

obt&sa,  Sicb  &  Zucc  (Cuprous  obiiisa,  Koch  Rct- 
m6i>pora  obtut>at  Sieb  &  Zucc )  HINOKI  CYPRESS. 
Tree,  to  120  ft  ,  with  horizontal  branches'  branchlets 
frond-like  arranged,  flattened,  pendulous:  Ivs  bright 
green  and  shining  above,  with  whitish  lines  beneath, 
thickish,  obtuse,  and  very  closely  appres&ed,  with  a 
gland  on  the  back1  cones  globose,  nearly  ^m  diam., 
brown  Japan  S  Z  121  G  C  II  5J236.  R.H.  1869, 


CHAM^ECYPARIS 


731 


892.  Chamascypans  pisifera 
var  plumosa. 


P  V 
Bei 


36,  suppl.  April  25.  MDG  1900:589;  1903:291, 
RH.  1903,  p.  399  Beissner,  556  Var.  fihcoides 
Beisen  Of  slow  growth  with  short  and  densely  frond- 
like  arranged  branchlets  G  C  II  5  235  Var  filif6rmis, 
Beisen.  (C.  ptndula,  Maxim.  Thuja  obtusa  pendula, 
Mast ,  not  C.  obtusa  ptndula,  Beissn.)  Branches 
elongated,  thick  and  thread-like,  pendulous,  with  few 
distant  branchlets  Var  gracihs  aarea,  Beissn.  Grace- 
ful form,  foliage  bright  yellow  when  yoXing,  changing 
later  to  greenish  yellow.  Var  lycopodioides,  Carr. 
Low  form,  of  somewhat  irregular  habit,  with  spread- 
ing, rigid  branches  and  thick,  nearly  quadrangular, 
dark  green  branchlets  Var  nana,  Carr  Low  form, 
of  slow  growth,  with  short,  deep  green  branchlets. 
R.II  1882.102.  Var  pygmsfea,  Carr  (C  obtusa  bre- 
virajwa,  Hort.,  not  Beissn  )  Very  dwarf  form,  with 
horizontal,  almost  creeping  branches,  densely  frond- 
like  branched  Exceedingly  interesting  form  for  rock- 
eries RH  1889,  p  376  Var  formosana,  Hayata. 
Differs  in  its  smaller  and  finer  foliage,  and  much  smaller 
cones  Formosa  J  C  T  25,  19,  p  209 

pisifera,  Sicb.  &  Zucc  (Cuprous  pisifera,  Koch. 
Rrtinfapora  jmsifera,  Sieb  &  Zucc  )  SAWAHA  CYPRESS. 
Fig  891  Tree,  to  100  ft ,  with  horizontal  branches: 
branchlets  flattened,  distichously  arranged  and  some- 
what pendulous.  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  pointed,  shi- 
ning above,  with  whitish  lines  beneath  cones  globular, 
X-Mm  diam  ,  brown  S  Z  122  G  C  11  5  237. 
C  L  A  11  311  —This  is,  next  to  C  thyovlet*  the  hard- 
iest species,  and  some  varieties  are  much  cult ,  whrie 
the  type  is  less  planted  Var  aurea,  Carr.  Yellow  foli- 
age G  W  1,  p  303  Var  filifera,  Beissn  (Retinoa- 
pora  filifera,  Standish  C  obliiw  filifera,  Hort  ). 
Branches  elongated  and  slender,  threadlike,  gracefully 
pendulous,  with  distant  branchlets  and  ivs  Very 
decorative  form.  G  C.  II.  5.237  G  W  1,  p  301; 


'97    Gn    W.  20,  suppl.  April  25.  Var   &lbo-spicata, 
in       Tips    of    branchlets    whitish      Var.    aftrea, 


Beissn  (Retindspora  obtiisa  aurea,  Gord  )  Golden  yellow. 
Gt  25.19.  Var.  breviramea,  Beissn.  (C.  bretnrdmea, 
Maxim.  Thuja  obtusa  var.  brewratnea,  Mast ).  Tree,  of 
narrow  pyramidal  habit,  with  short  branches:  branch- 
lets  crowded,  glossy  green  on  both  sides  Var.  compActa, 
Beissn  Of  dwarf  and  dense  subglobose  habit  Gn  M. 
7  76  Var  ericoides,  Boehmer  (Retindspora  Sdnden, 
Sander  Juniperus  Sdnden,  Hort ).  Of  low  subglo- 
bose habit  with  bluish  gray  linear  spreading  blunt  Ivs  , 
marked  with  a  green  line  above.  GC.  III.  33:266; 

47 


893.  Chamaecyparis  pisifera  var.  squarros*. 

5,  p.  17.  Beissner  571,  572.  Var.  plumdsa.  Beissn. 
(Retindspora  plumdsa,  Veitch)  Fig  892  Of  dense, 
conical  habit  branches  almost  erect,  with  Blender 
branchlets  of  feathery  appearance  Ivs  subulate, 
pointed  and  slightly  spreading,  bright  green  Inter- 
mediate between  the  type  and  var  squarrosa  G  C. 
11.5:236.  Gn.  M  2  27  Beissner  569  Var  plumdsa 


732 


CHAM^CYPARIS 


arg£ntea,  Beissn  Tips  of  branchlets  whitish.  Var. 
plumdsa  aurea,  Beissn.  (Retindspora  plumbsa  aiirea, 
Standish).  Young  growth  of  golden  yellow  color  A 
very  showy  form.  Var.  squarrdsa,  Beissn.  &  Hochst. 
(Retindnpora  squarrbsa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  R  leptoddda, 
Zucc.).  Fig  893  Densely  branched,  bushy  tree  or 
shrub,  with  spreading,  feathery  branchlets'  Ivs  linear, 
spreading,  glaucous  above,  silvery  below.  A  very  dis- 
tinct and  beautiful  variety  S.Z.  123.  R.H.  1869,  p. 
95,  and  1880,  p  37.  Beissner  567.  M  D.G.  1909.44. 
R.B.2.189 

C  formosfnsis,  Matsura  (Ouprcssms  formosensiH,  Henry)  Vllied 
to  C  pisifera  Tree,  to  nearly  200  ft  and  20  ft  diam  branchlets 
dull  green  on  both  surfaces  or  shshtly  bloomy  below  Us  acute, 
ovate  cones  ovoid,  Hm  across,  with  10  or  11  scales  Formosa 
GC  III  51  132,  13,1.  —  Recently  intro  into  England,  but  prob- 

ably  tender  ALFRED  RKHDER 

CHAMJEDAPHNE  (chamai,  dwarf,  and  daphne,  the 
laurel  in  ancient  Greek,  alluding  to  its  dwarf  habit  and 
evergreen  leaves)  Syn  ,  Catsdndra.  Encaccx.  LEATHER- 
LEAF.  Small  plant,  rarely  cultivated  for  its  early  white 
flowers  and  evergreen  foliage 

Low  shrub,  with  evergreen  alternate  small  Ivs  fls. 
nodding  in  terminal  leafy  racemes,  calyx  small,  5- 
lobed;  corolla  urceolate-oblong,  5-lobed,  with  5  included 
stamens;  anthers  2-pomted'  fr.  a  depressed-globose, 
5-lobed  caps  with  numerous  seeds  — One  species  m  the 
colder  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere  Low,  hardy, 
ornamental  shrub,  valuable  for  the  earhness  of  its 
pretty  white  fls  It  thrives  best  in  a  peaty  and  sandy, 
moist  soil  Prop  by  seeds  sown  in  handy  peat,  only 
slightly  or  not  covered,  and  kept  moist  and  shady;  also 
by  layers  and  suckers  and  by  cuttings  from  mature 
wood  m  late  summer  under  glass 

calyculata,  Mcench  (Cassandra  calyculata,  Don 
Lybnia  calyculata,  Reichb  Andromeda  calyculata, 
Linn  )  Fig  894  Bush  with  spreading  or  horizontal 
branches,  1-3  ft  •  Ivs  short-petioled,  oblong,  obtuse, 
slightly  serrulate  and  revolute  at  the  margins,  dull 
green  above  and  rusty-lepidote  beneath  fls  short- 
peduncled,  nodding,  corolla  white,  oblong,  about  J^m 
long  BM.  1286  LBC  6:530,  15  1464,  16  1582. 
Mn  N  1  125  Em  423.  Var  angustifdlia,  Rehd 
(Andrdmeda  calyculata  var  angustifblia,  Ait  A  cri-spn, 
Poir )  Lvs  linear-lanceolate,  undulate  and  crisped 
at  the  margin. 
I  Var  nana,  Rehd. 
(Andrdmeda  caly- 
cutitta  var  nana, 
Lodd  A  vacci- 
nitMes,  H  o  r  t  ) . 
One  foot  or  less 
high,  with  hori- 
zontal branches. 
LBC  9:862  — 
Handsome  little 
shrub,  well  suited 
for  borders  of 
evergreen  shrub- 
beries and  for 
894.  Clumfedaphne  cilyculata.  rockeries 

( x  ^  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHAM^DOREA  (Greek,  dwarf  and  gift]  Palmdcex. 
Spineless,  erect,  procumbent  or  rarely  climbing  usually 
pmnatisect  or  pinnate  palms. 

Trunks  solitary  or  cespitose,  slender  or  reed-like-  Ivs. 
simple,  bifid  at  the  apex  or  variously  equally-pmnati- 
sect;  lobes  broad  or  narrow,  straight  or  oblique,  acumi- 
nate, plicate-nerved,  usually  callous  at  the  babe,  the 
basal  margins  folded  back  or  recurved ;  petiole  usually 
cylindrical;  sheath  tubular,  oblique  at  the  throat: 
spadices  among  or  below  the  Ivs  ,  simple  or  paniculately 
branched;  spathes  3  or  many,  often  appearing  ^iuch 
below  the  Ivs.,  alternate,  sheathing,  elongated,  split 
at  the  apex,  membranous  or  coriaceous,  usually  per- 


CHAM^DOREA 

sistent,  pistillate  fls.  very  small,  solitary,  in  small  pita 
in  the  spadix:  fr  small,  of  1-3  globose  or  oblong- 
obtuse  carpels,  coriaceous  or  fleshy. — Species  about  60. 
Mex  to  Panama.  G.C.  II.  23.410,  and  Dammer'a 
articles  in G  C  111. 
38.42-44  (1905), 
and  36.202,  245 
(1904) 

Peat  or  leaf- 
mold,  loam  and 
sand  in  equal 
parts,  with  a  little 
charcoal  added, 
form  the  best  soil. 
The  species  com- 
mon in  cultiva- 
tion are  quick- , 
growing  They' 
are  well  suited  for 
planting  out  in 
greenhouse  bor- 
ders The  sexes 
are  on  different 
plants,  therefore 
several  should  be 
planted  m  a  group 


895.  Chameedorea  glaucifoluu 


if  the  handsomely 

colored     fruit    is 

desired    All  of  thekinr'*  require  warm  temperature  in 

winter     Increased  from  seeds     Of  the  many  species, 

only  a  few  appear  in    the  American   trade.    (G    W. 

Oliver.) 


Arenbergiana,  8, 
desmoncoules,  2. 
elation,  7  ._...... 

elcgans,  5.  latifol 


Erneati-Augusti,  1 
glaut'ifolm,  3. 

A'arunnsin 


Pnnglei,  9. 
Sartoru,  4. 
inna,  7.  lepejilote,  6. 


A  Lvs  simple. 

1.  firnesti-Augusti,  Wendl    St  3-4  ft ,  reedy,  erect, 
radicant  at  base    blade  obovate,  cuneate  at  the  base, 
deeply  bifid,  coarsely  serrate  along  the  margins;  petiole 
shorter  than  blade,  sheath  amplexicaul    sterile  spadix 
8-9  in  ,  the  simple  branches  6—8  in  ,  attentuate,  slen- 
der; fertile  spadix  simple,  fls   red.    Mex.    B  M  4837. 
F.S.  13-1357. 

AA  Lvs  pinnate 
B.  Plant  becoming  of  climbing  habit. 

2.  desmoncoides,  Wendl     LVH.  2-3  ft    long,  with 
drooping,  narrow  Ifts  a  foot  long,  and  glaucous  petiole, 
plant  tending  to  climb  after  it  becomes  a  few  feet  high. 

BB.  Plant  not  climbing. 

c  8t  or  trunk  evident 

D.  Lfts.  40-50,  glaucous  on  both  sides. 

3.  glaucifdlia,    Wendl      Fig    895     St    20    ft.     Ivs. 
long,  pinnate,  Ifts  40-50,  narrowed,  long  and  slender, 
dark  green,  glaucous,  fls   on  a  tall  spadix  which  often 
exceeds  the  Ivs    and  comes  out  from  between  them. 
Guatemala   GF  8 •  507  (adapted  m  Fig  895).— Horti-> 
culturally  one  of  the  best  of  all  chamaedoreas. 

DD.  Lfts.  less  than  4^t  bright  green,  at  least  above. 

B.  Spadix  appearing  among  or  with  the  Ivs.,  not 

conspicuously  cauline 

4.  Sartorii,  Liebm    St  8-14  ft ,  ringed,  clothed  above 
with  If -sheaths:  Ivs.  3-3  H  ft.  long;  petiole  terete,  sul- 
cate,  dilated  at  the  base,  sheath,  petiole  and  rachis 
white  on  the  back,  Ifts.  12  in    long,  1^-2  in.  wide, 
alternate,  falcate,  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base, 
sometimes  almost  confluent  spadix  among  or  just  below 
the  Ivs    Mex. 

5.  Slegans,  Mart.  St.  strict,  6  ft.  high,  scarcely  more 
than  1-1  Mi  m.  thick,  closely  ringed,  often  sending  out 


CHAMyEDOREA 


CHAM^ROPS 


733 


roots  from  above  the  base.  Ivs.  6-8  in  a  cluster,  broadly 
lanceolate;  Ifts.  about  14,  the  upper  pair  sometimes 
confluent,  acuminate,  straight:  fls.  redJish  orange:  fr. 
globose.  Mex.  B.M.  4845. 

EE.  Spadix  appearing  much  bdow  the  Ivs.,  conspicu- 
ously cauhne. 

6.  Tepejildte,  Liebm.   St.  10  tt  high,  closely  ringed, 
about  1  Y*  in.  thick  •  Ivs    4  ft  ;  Ifts.  20-30,  7-nerved, 
close    alternate,   falcate,   acute,    narrowly   lanceolate, 
13-15  in  long,  \Yi  in.  wide,  ruchis  convex  on  the  back, 
canaliculate  above,  fls.  yellow    Mex.    B.M.  6030. 

7.  elatior,   Mait    (C    KarwintkiAna,   Wendl  ).     St 
20-30  ft ,  bamboo-hko.  Ivs  6  ft  long,  the  sheath  18  in. 
long,  Ifts.  15  or  16,  the  lower  very  narrow,  opposite 
or  nearly  so,  the  upper  lanceolate,  acuminate  at  each 
end,  petioles  1^-3  ft    long    spadix  simply  branched, 
appearing  at  least  6   ft    below  the  Ivs  ;    fls    reddish 
orange     fr    globose,   ovoid.     Mex  — Intro,   by   Fran- 
ceschi  in  189S. 

8  Arenbergiana,  Wcndl.    (C.   latifolia,   Hort).    St. 
slender,  /Mi  ft ,  green    Ivs   usually  only  5  or  G,  erect- 
spreading,   Ifts.  10-15   pairs,  alternate  and  drooping, 
very  long-pointed,  plicate  and  many-ribbed,  fls.  yel- 
lowish white    Guatemala     H  M  6838. 

cc.  St  or  trunk  none. 

9  Pnnglei,  Wats      A  caulescent  or  nearly  so:  Ivs. 
usually  rather  stiff,  erect,   pinnate,  3  ft  ;  Ifts.   12-15 
on    each    side,    linear-lanceolate,    acuminate,    6-8    in 
long,  Y\-\"&\\    \\ide,  rachis  triangular    spadix  simple, 
8  in   long    San  Louis  Potosi,  Mex 

C  atrAnrtns,  Mart  St  bamboo-like,  stiff  and  Pimple,  about  9 
ft  high  hs  bright  green,  spreading  about  2J2  ft  long  Mex 
Not  common  in  the  trade  but  grown  m  fanciers'  collections — r 
bambuvmtlea,  Hort  Sts  tufud,  thin,  reed-like,  with  feathery 
light  grten  Us  Honduras— C'  ftirmdvi,  Hort  A  showy  pmnate- 
Ivd  palm  of  unknown  botanical  stulus  (I  (  II  5  724 —C 


ts,  ttendl     St    4  ft     IM 


niple,  d«ply  c 


Gn    24,   p    244,  30,  p     .'/»*     -Ihere  are  st 
unidentihed  specie*  scattered  about  Calif 

JARED  G  SMITH. 
N    TAYLOR  f 

CHAMJELfRIUM  (dwarf  or  ground  lily,  a  Greek  com- 
bination) Lihacesr  Sometimes  spelled  Chatn<dir\on 
Rhuomatous  \\hitish  flowered  hardy  plant,  sometimes 
planted  in  the  herban 

Erect,  tall  unbranehed  herb  2-4  ft  high  (or  perhaps 
2  species),  inhabiting  low  grounds  from  Mass  to 
Fla  and  \\  root  stock  tuberous  ditrciouw,  the 
bterile  plant  less  leafy  than  the  other  Ivs  radical 
and  cauhne,  the  louennost  sp.itulate,  the  upper  lanceo- 
late, nainwed  at  the  base  fls  sin  ill  (^m  across), 
in  a  slender  teimmal  raceme,  begins  of  perianth  (>, 
white,  narrow,  1 -nerved,  withering  and  persistent, 
sterile  fls  with  6  stamens,  and  fertile  fls  \\ith  rudi- 
ments of  stamens,  ovary  3-cclled  and  3-styled:  fr.  a 
3-valved  caps 

luteurr  Gray  (C  carohnianum,  Willd  Chainxlirwn 
carollma,  Hort )  BLAZING-STAR  DKVIL'S-BIT  Vari- 
able as  to  height  (6  in  to  3  ft  or  more),  with  most 
of  the  Ivs  at  the  base  raceme  bpike-hke,  4-12  in  long, 
fls  yellowish  white,  in  effect,  fruiting  pedicels  ^5in  or 
less  long-— A  good  perennial,  blooming  May-July, 
thriving  in  moist  shady  places  — C  oborah',  Small,  by 
some  considered  not  to  be  distinct,  has  larger  fls  and 
fruiting  pedicels  J2in  or  more  long  L  H  B 

CHAM££Mt)LUM  (small  apple,  suggested  by  the 
odor  of  the  fls  )  Composite  Under  tins  name  one 
plant  is  offered.  The  genus  is  by  many  included  in 
Anthemis,  however,  the  sub-group  being  distinguished 
by  very  short  or  absent  pappus,  sometimes  making  a 
1-sided  border,  ray-fls  fertile,  and  other  minor  charac- 
ters C.  caucasicum,  Boiss.  (Pyrethrum  caucdmcinn, 
Bieb  ),  is  listed,  with  white  daisv-hke  fls  about  the  size 
of  a  marguerite,  of  trailing  habit,  veiy  free-flowering, 


recommended  for  the  rockery:  perennial,  1-1 H  ft, 
smooth,  not  strong-scented,  st  ascending  from  a 
rhizome  or  procumbent  or  sub-erect:  Ivs  oblong, 
pinnatisect,  tne  segms  ,  cut  into  linear-subulate  parts: 
fl  -heads  large,  terminal;  involucre-scales  oblong- 
obtuse,  margined.  High  mts.  in  the  Caucasus,  variable. 

CHAM.EPE&CE:  Carduus.  L>  H'  B* 

CHAM-ffiRANTHEMUM  (dwarf  and  flower,  from  the 
Greek)  Acanthdcc*  Three  or  4  Brazilian  small  herbs, 
allied  to  Eranthemum,  but  readily  distinguished  by  the 
4  (instead  of  2)  stamens.  Lvs  large  and  mcmbrana- 
ceous,  entire,  variously  marked,  fls.  showy,  white  or 
yellow,  in  bracteate  clusters — Grown  chiefly  for  the 
beautiful  foliage,  greenhouse  subjects.  C.  fgneumv 
Hegel  (Erdnthemum  igneum}  Lind  ),  is  in  the  American 
trade  It  is  a  low  spreading  warmhouse  plant  (cult, 
of  P>anthemuin  and  Justicia),  with  dark  green  Ivs., 
with  the  veins  and  sometimes  the  margins  richly 
banded  with  orange  or  yellow:  fls.  small.  F  S  17 : 1722. 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

CHAM^EROPS  (Greek  for  dwarf  bush).  Palmacex, 
tribe  tidbalese  Low  fan-leaved  palms. 

Caudices  cespitose,  branched  from  the  base  and 
clothed  with  the  bases  of  the  If  -sheaths .  Ivs  terminal, 
rigid,  semi-orbicular  or  cuneate-flabellate,  deeply 


896    Chamerops  humilis. 


lacimate,  the  lobes  narrow,  bifid,  plicate;  no  rachis; 
hgule  very  short,  petiole  blender,  bi-convex,  the  mar- 
gins smooth  or  rough,  sheath  split,  reticulate,  fibrous: 
spadices  short,  erect  compressed,  branches  short, 
densely  fid  •  spathes  2-1,  broad,  thickly  conaceoub,  the 
lo\ver  ones  split,  the  upper  entire,  bracts  small,  subu- 
late, bract  lets  none  primary  spadix  blanches  bracted: 
fls  small,  yellow,  fr  globose  or  ovoid,  3-sided  toward  the 
base,  brown  or  yellow  —Species  1  or  perhaps  2  Medit 
region  From  Hhapidophyllum,  an  American  relative, 
it  may  be  distinguished  by  its  bracted  spadix  The 
common  C.  hunnlis  is  \videly  cult ,  and  very  variable. 
Many  of  specific-made  names  represent  forms  of  thu> 
species  Of  buch  cases  are  evidently  the  garden  names 
C  arborcscms,  C  argentca,  C  canancnsis,  C.  elata,  C. 
elegafif,,  C  fannosa,  C  gracilis,  C.  littoralis,  C  nivea. 
GC  II  23.410. 

The  best  soil  for  these  palms  is  fibrous  loam  two 
parts,  leaf-mold  and  sand  one  part,  with  good  drainage. 
Propagated  by  suckers  and  by  seeds  These  are  among 
the  hardiest  of  all  palms,  and  are  well  suited  to  gteen- 
houses  where  a  high  temperature  is  not  kept  up.  (G. 
\V  Oliver) 

hftmilis,  Lmn  Fig  896  This  is  the  only  palm 
native  to  Eu  St  1-1  '4  ft  high  Ivs.  ragged,  fibrous; 
margins  of  4he  petioles  armed  with  stout,  straight  or 
hooked  spines,  blade  suboibicular,  truncate  or  cuneate 
at  the  base,  rigid,  palmately  multifid,  segms  acumin- 
ate, bifid  Medit  BM  2152  RH  1892:81  (show- 
ing habit  and  a  colored  plate  of  the  fr  )  — Reaches  20 
ft  in  a  rather  arborescent  variety  Vnr  dactyloc&rpa, 


734 


CHAMJEROPS 


Becc  ,  is  interesting  for  its  elongated  frs  shaped  like  a 
date.   Offered  by  Montanoso  Nursery  in  1912. 

('  Blroci,  Sieb  —  LivHtona  rotunchfolia  —  C  Hyrrho,  Hort  «=• 
Livistona  rotumlifolm  — C'  eictlna,  Thunb  =Traehycarpus  excelsus 
— r  fnnnbw,  Hull  -=C  hunnlis,  Linn  —C  /-Vfunei,  Hook  = 
TrachycarnuH — C  lutmilisxhy^trix,  Hort  Saul  to  be  a  "choice 
garden  hybrid  of  Florida  origin  " — C1  hi/utrix,  Fraser  -=-Rhapido- 
phyllum  nystrix — C  Uauracantha,  Hort  ^=Acanthorhiza  aculcata. 

JARKD  G  SMITH 
N.  TAYLOR,  f 

CHAMOMILE:  Anthemia. 

CHAPT.ALIA  (J  A  C.  Chaptal,  1756-1831,  agricul- 
tural chemist)  Compd^ilse  Low  perennial  herbs,  with 
white  or  purplish  fls.  on  naked  scapes,  blooming  in 
epnng  and  summer,  heads  radiate,  the  ray-fls  pistillate, 
and  the  disk-fls  perfect,  but  some  or  all  of  them  sterile, 
involucre  campanula! e  or  turbinate,  of  appresscd  and 
imbricated  bracts;  pappus  of  hoft  capillary  bristles: 
aehenes  oblong  or  fusiform,  narrowed  above,  5-nerved. 
— Twenty-five  American  species  The  only  species  in 
the  American  trade  is  C.  tomentdsa,  Vent  (Thyrsan- 
tkema  semifloscidcire,  Kuntze),  of  N  C  and  south  Of 
this  the  scape  is  1  ft.  or  less  high,  and  the  heads  are 
purple-rayed  Ivs  ob- 
long or  oblanceolate, 
more  or  less  remotely 
denticulate,  rather 
thick,  wlute-tomentose 
beneath  Intro,  as  a 
border  plant.  B  M. 
2257.  N  TAYLOR  f 

CHARD  (eh  pro- 
nounced as  in  charge) 
Swiss  CHARD  SEA- 
KALE  BKKT  A  form 
of  the  plant  (Beta  vul- 
gani)  which  has  pro- 
duced the  common 
beet,  known  as  Beta 
CVMp  49G).  See  Beet 
and  Beta 

The  beet  plant  has 
given  me  to  two  gen- 
eral types  of  varieties1 
those  varieties  with 
thickened  roots  (the 
beet  of  America,  the 
beet-root  of  European 
literature),  and  those 
with  large  and  pulpy 
or  thickened  leaves 
(but  whose  roots  are 
small  and  woody)  The 
latter  type  is  known 
under  the  general  name 
of  leaf-beets  These  leaf-beets  may  be  arranged  into 
two  sub-groups  (1)  Common  or  normal  leaf-beets,  or 
spinach  beets,  in  which  the  leaf-blade  is  large  and 
pulpy,  and  is  used  as  spinach,  chard,  m  which  the 
petiole  and  midrib  are  very  broad  and  thick,  is  a  form 
of  this,  although  the  name  is  sometimes  used  as 
synonymous  with  the  general  edible  leaf-beet  group. 
(Fig.  897) ,  (2)  ornamental  beets,  of  which  the  foliage 
is  variously  colored 

Chard  is  of  the  easiest  culture  Seed  is  sown  m  spring, 
as  for  common  beets.  The  broad  petioles,  or  chards, 
may  be  gathered  from  midsummer  until  frost.  These 
broad  white  stalks  or  ribs  are  used  as  a  pot-herb;  and, 
if  desired,  the  leaf-blades  may  be  cooked  with  them. 
The  dish  is  usually  more  attractive,  however,  if  only 
the  chards  are  cooked  If  cutting  of  the  leaves  is 
carefully  performed,  a  succession  may  be  had  till 
cold  weather.  Chard  is  an  attractive  vegetable  when 
well  grown,  but  is  little  used  in  this  country. 

L.  H.  B. 


897.  Chard,  or  sea-kale  beet. 


CHEILANTHES 

CHARIEIS  (Greek,  elegant,  from  the  pleasing 
flowers).  Compdsitx.  Attractive  hardy  flower-garden 
annual 

A  small,  branchy  plant,  6-12  in  high,  with  blue  or 
red  aster-like  fls  ,  on  long  sts  plant  pubescent  or  hispid  • 
Ivs  oblong-sspatulate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  entire  or 
remotely  denticulate:  hetids 
many-fid ,  radiate,  the  ray-fls 
pistillate,  the  disk-fls  perfect 
achene  obovate  and  compressed, 
those  of  the  disk  with  plumose 
pappus  involucre  scales  in  2 
rows  — One  species,  in  the  W. 
Cape  region.  Known  as  Kaul- 
fussia  in  gardens  The  genus 
Kaulfussia  was  founded  by  Nees 
in  1820,  in  1817,  however,  the 
plant  was  described  by  Cassim 
as  C/ioncii>  hct€iophylla. 

heterophylla,  Cass  (('.  AYt.su, 
Ilort  Kaulfu^ia  ami  Unities, 
Nees)  Figs  SOS,  S99  Rays  blue,  disk  yellow  or  blue 
An  excellent  subject  of  easy  cult  m  any  garden  soil 
Var  atroviolacea,  Hort ,  has  dark  violet  fls  Var. 
kermesina,  Hort  ,  has  violet-red  fls  Sow  seeds  where 
the  plants  are  to  grow,  or  they  may  be  started  indoors 
and  the  plants  transplanted  to  the  open.  L  H  B. 

CHARLOCK    Braisica   tJ-io  Raphai.us. 
CHARLWO&DIA.  Cordyhnt 
CHASTE  TREE     Vitex 

CHAVlCA,  kept  distinct  m  part  by  recent  authors,  is  accounted 
for  under  Piprr 

CHEAT,  or  CHESS.  Bromus 

CHECKERBERRY:  Gaultheria 

CHEESES.  Vernacular  for  Malm  rotundifolia 

CHEILANTHES  (Greek,  hp-flower,  alluding  to  the 
mdusium).  Polypodiaceae  Semi-hardy  or  hothouse 
ferns  of  small  size 

Plants  often  hairy  or  woolly,  with  the  son  terminal 
on  the  veins  and  covered  with  a  roundish  indusium  — 
Some  60  or  70  species  are  known,  nearly  a  third  of  which 
are  natives  of  the  W  andS  W  United  States,  one  species 
as  far  east  as  Conn  They  are  of  easy  cult  ,  enjoying 
a  position  near  the  glass,  and  disliking  strong,  close 
heat  and  syringing  or  watering  overhead  Most  of  the 


899   Charieia  heterophylla. 

species  grow  naturally  m  dry  rocky  situations.  They 
are  among  the  few  ferns  to  be  found  in  dry  regions. 
Commercially  valuable  only  from  the  fern  collector's 
standpoint 


californica,  1. 
Clevelandn,  9. 
Cooperse,  7. 
elegant,  12 
Elluiana,  5. 


Fendleri,  11 
eracillima,  8 
hirta,  5 
lanosa,  6. 
meifolia,  2. 


miorophylla,  3 
mynophylla,  12 
tomentosa,  10 
testitn,  A 
viflcula,  4 


CHEILANTHES 


CHEIRANTHUS 


735 


A..  Lvs.  pentagonal-deltoid,  the  indusium  confined  to  a 

single  veinlet 

1.  calif6rnica,  Mett.  (Hyp6lepts  cahfornica,  Hook.). 
Lvs.  densely  ccspitose  from  a  short  creeping  rootstock, 
2—4  in  each  way,  on  stalks 
4-8  in  long,  quadnpinnatmd, 
ultimate  segms.  lanceolate, 
incised  or  serrate.  Calif. 

2  meif&lia,   1)    C.  Eaton 
(Hypolepis  meifdlia,  Baker) 
Lvs    cespitose,  with   slender 
brown  stalks  5-7  in  long,  the 
lamina  2-3  in  each  way,  3-4- 
pinnatifid,    with    finely    cut 
segms  Am   wide     Mex. 

AA.  Lvs  lanceolate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate 

B.  Segms.  flat.  Indiana  extend- 
ing  over    the    apices   of 
several    veinlets,    but   not 
continuous 
c  Surface  of  Ivs  smooth. 

3  microphylla,    Swartz. 
Lvs    4-10  in   long,  on  stalks 
nearly  as  long,  from  a  short, 
creeping  rootstock,  bi-tripin- 
nate  sts  glossy,  rusty-pubes- 
cent on  the  upper  side    Fla. 
and  New  Mcx  southward. 

cc.  Surface  of  Ivs  viscid- 
glandular 

4  viscida,  Davenport  Lvs. 
3-5  in  long,  on  stalks  of  the 

same  length,  tripinnatifid,  segnih  toothed,  everywhere 
glandular    Calif 

ccc  Surface  of  Ivs  hairy,  not  uoolly 
5  hirta,  Swartz  Lvs  densely  cespitose,  with  short, 
scaly  stalks  which  are  brownish,  like  the  laelndes, 
pinna1  numerous,  rather  distant  bipmnatihd,  the  segms 
with  much  incurved  margins  The  Ivs  are  usually 
6-15  in  long  Cape  of  Good  Hope  Var  Ellisiana, 
is  more  commonly  cult 

ti  landsa,  \Vats  (C  mftta,  Swartz).  Fig  900.  Lva. 
cespitose,  with  stalks  2-4  in  long,  slightly  hairy,  as  are 
the  segms  ,  tripinnatifid,  t-10  in  long,  1-2]  2  m  wide, 
the  pmnir  lanceolate-deltoid  mdusia  formed  of  the 
ends  01  roundish  or  oblong  lobes  Conn  to  Kans  and 
Ala  — Hardv 


900    Cheilanthes  lanosa. 
(XJi) 


7    Codperae,  D  C.  Eaton    Lvs  3-8  in   long,  bipm- 
nate,  the  stalks  covered  with  nearly  white  hairs,  each 
tipped    with    a    gland,    pinnules 
roundish  ovate,  crenate   and   m- 
ciscd    Calif  to  Mcx 

BB    Secjnn    bead-like,  minute:  in- 
dut>ia  usually  continuous. 

C.  Lvs  hairy  or  woolly  beneath, 

bid  not  scaly, 
D.  Upper  surface  of  segms  smooth. 

8.  gracfllima,     D     C.    Eaton. 
LAOE  FERN     Lvs    cespitose,   1-4 
in  long,  borne  on  the  nearly  equal 
dark    brown     stalks,     bipmnate;  ~' 
pinna?  with  about  9  pinnules, 
finally   smooth    above.     Idaho    to  Calif. — 
Hardy 

9  CISvelandii,  D  C  Eaton  Lvs  4-8  in. 
long,  tnpinnate.  dark  brown  beneath,  with 
closely  imbricate,  cjJiyte  scales,  which  grow 
on  both  the  segms  and  the  raehides;  segms. 
nearly  round,  the  terminal  larger.  Calif. 


DO.  Upper  surface  of  segms.  pubescent. 

10.  tomentdsa,  Link     Lvs   8-15  in.  long,  on  stalks 
4-6  in.  long,  everywhere  covered  with  brownish  white 
hairs,  tnpinnate,  terminal  segms  twice  as  large  as  the 
lateral.   Va  to  Ariz 

cc.  Lvi.  covered  beneath  with  scales,  but  not  woolly 

11.  Fendleri,  Hook    Lvs  3-0  m   long,  borne  on  the 
chaffy  stalks,  rising  fiom  tangled,  creeping  rootstocks. 
tripmriate,    rachis    with    broadly-ovate    white-edged 
scales,  which  overlap   the  subglobose  segms.     Texas, 
arid  Colo  to  Calif 

ccc  Lvs  covered  Iwncath  with  both  scales  and  wool. 

12  myriophylla,  I)es»v  (C.  elegans,  Desv.).  Lva. 
densely  cespitose  from  short,  erect,  scaly  rootstocks, 
3-(J  in  long,  borne  011  the  chestnut-colored  scaly  stalks, 
triquadnpmnatifid,  ultimate  segms  minute,  innumer- 
able Texas,  Ariz  and  Trop  Aiuer 

A  native  upeciis  worthy  of  cult.  t<-  (  leucopodti,  Link,  from 
Texas,  with  broadly  ddtoul-ovutc  ivs  -C  undulnta,  Hope  <k 
Wright  Dark  Rrecn  fronds,  softly  pubescent  China  G  C  III 

31-3y7(desc)  L    M    UNDERWOOD. 

R   C    BENEDICT  f 

CHEIRANTHUS  (derivation  in  dispute,  but  proba- 
bly from  Greek  for  harul  and  Jlawi  r)  Crudftrje  Flower- 
garden  perennials,  with  large  purple,  brown,  orange 
or  yellow  fragrant,  bloom 

Leaves  alternate,  entire,  on  a 
strict  or  upright  st  lateral 
sepals  sac-like  at  the  base  valves 
of  the  pod  with  a  strong  mid- 
nerve  Much  confounded  with 
Matthiola,  and  the  gonera  are 
not  sufficiently  distinct  In 
Chciranthus,  the  Us  are  acute, 
hairs  2-parted  and  appressed, 
btigma  more  spreading,  pod  more 
flattened  and  seeds  not  thm- 
edged,  and  the  fls  are  prevail- 
mglv  orange  or  yellow  — Probably 
a  score  of  species,  in  the  Canary 

\\J|       ^7  and  Madeira  Isls  ,  Medit   region 

II  S    '/  an(l  E    an(1  m   N    Arn(>r     Thc 

\\s     //  garden  species   are   confused,  a 

critical  study  may  find  that  some 
of  them  belong  to  En  simum  or 
other  genera  The  genus  hybrid- 
izes \\ith  Erysunum 

Chelri,  Linn.  WALLFLOWER 
Fig  901  Perennial,  slightly 
pubescent,  1-2  H  ft  Ivs  lanceo- 
late and  entire, 
acute  fls  large, 
mostly  in  shades  of 
yellow,  m  long,  ter- 
minal racemes, 
sweet-scented  S 
Eu  — An  old  gar- 
den favorite,  bloom- 
ing in  spring  Al- 
though a  woody 
perennial,  it  is  best 
to  renew  the  plants 
from  seed,  for  they 
begin  to  fail  after 
having  bloomed  one 
or  two  yeais.  Seed- 
lings  should  bloom 
the  second  year, 
in  England,  Christ- 
mas bloom  is  se- 
cured  from  seeds 

Chetranthus  Chem.  sown  m  Feb.  There 

are  dwarf  and  dou- 
ble-fld.   varieties, 


730 


CHEIRANTHUS 


and  innumerable  forms  in  various  shades  of  yellow, 
brownish,  and  even  purple.  Not  prized  so  much  in 
Amer.  as  in  Eu.  A  common  plant  on  walls  m  England. 

alpkms,  Lmn.  St.  strict  and  simple,  1  ft  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  somewhat  dentate,  stellate-pubescent:  pods 
spreading  on  short  pedicels  fls.  lemon-yellow,  spring. 
Norway,  Lapland. 

mutabilis,  L'Her  More  or  less  woody,  2-3  ft  :  Ivs. 
linear-lanceolate  and  pointed,  obscurely  serrate:  fls. 
white,  cream-colored  or  yellowish,  becoming  darker  and 
striped  Madeira  K  M  195  — it  is  doubtful  whether 
the  plant  known  m  cult,  as  C  mutabihs  is  this  species. 

MArshallii,  Hort.  Perhaps  a  hybrid,  1-1 M  ft..  Ivs 
spatulate  and  crowded  below,  more  scattered  and 
narrower  above:  fls.  orange. 

Allidnii,  Hort.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid*  12  in  or  less: 
fls  brilliant  orange,  profusely  produced  in  spring  and 
summer  and  sometimes  so  freely  that  the  plant  exhausts 
itself  and  becomes  practically  biennial. 

kew£nsis,  Hort ,  is  valuable  as  a  winter-blooming 
greenhouse  plant,  prized  for  its  fragrance  and  its  dark- 
colored  fls  In  1897  at  Kew  a  cross  was  made  between 
C.  mutabilis  of  the  Canary  Isls  and  a  yellow  wall- 
flower, the  cross  be.mg  known  as  C  hybnaus,  and  this 
in  turn  was  crossed  with  a  red  wallflower,  producing 
the  plant  known  as  C  kewensis.  It  has  the  bushy  char- 
acter of  C  mutabihs,  racemes  upright;  fls  about  1  m. 
across,  brown  in  bud,  or  expanding  brownish  orange 
inside  and  reddish  brown  outside,  all  turning  pale 
purple  with  age.  Prop,  by  cuttings  G  C.  III.  35 '  123. 
Gn  65,  p  89. 

C  dnnuu*,  Hort  =Matthiola,  but  early-blooming  forms  of 
C.  Chein  seem  to  pass  under  this  name  — C  Mtmitsn  Bentb 
&  Hook.=Parrya.  L  H.  B 


902   Chelone  glabra. 


CHELID6NIUM  (Greek  for  the  swallow,  the  fls. 
appear  when  the  swallow  comeh)  Papaverdcex  CEL- 
ANDINE POPPY  One  or  two  loose-growing  herbs,  some- 
times seen  m  old  gardens  Plant  with  fl  -buds  Qpdding, 
and  small  yellow  fls.  in  small  umbel-like  clusters; 
sepals  2;  petals  4;  stamens  16-24;  style  very  short,  the 


CHENOPODIUM 

stigma  2-lobed.  pod  slender,  2-valved,  opening  first 
at  the  bottom.  C.  majus,  Linn.,  is  a  European  plant. 
now  run  wild  in  waste  places,  and  often  been  in  old 
gardens.  It  is  biennial  or  perennial,  with  buttle  hairy 
sts.  and  pin  itcly-parted  Ivs  ,  the  lobes  rounded  and 
toothed  (or,  in  var.  taciniAtum  again  dissected)  The 
plant  has  bright  oiange  juice  which  has  been  used  for 
removing  warts  Herb  an  old-time  remedy,  used  for 
its  cathaitic  and  diuretic  properties,  for  promoting 
perspiration,  and  as  an  expectorant.  Lvs.  fight  glau- 
cous underneath.  •  £,  jj  3 

CHELONE  (Greek  for  tortoise  or  turtle-  the  corolla 
fancied  to  resemble  a  reptile's  head)  Scrophidandcex. 
TUKTLE-HEAD  Several  North  American  perennial 
herbs,  with  showy  flowers  m  short  spikes  or  in  panicles, 
some  of  which  are  now  sold  by  dealers  in  native  plants. 
Allied  to  Pentstemon. 

Upright  smooth  branching  plants:  corolla  more  or 
less  2-hppcd  or  gaping,  white  or  red,  the  upper  lip 
arched  and  conspicuous  and  notched;  anthers  4,  woolly, 
and  a  rudiment  of  a  fifth  stamen  seeds  winged.  Ivs. 


opposite,  serrate  —  -Four  species,  m  N   Arner 

Half-shaded  places  are  preferable  for  these  easily 
cultivated  plants    Very  dry  grounds  should  be  avoided, 


from  the  fact  that  they  are  beat  in  swampy  places.  In 
the  ordinary  border  they  should  have  a  very  liberal 
mulch  of  old  manure  in  their  growing  season  4-5  in. 
thick  is  none  too  much*  the  surface  roots  will  feed  in 
this  compost,  and  the  plants  are  not  so  liable  to  suffer 
from  drought  when  thus  protected.  (J  B  Keller.) 

A.  Fls.  in  terminal  and  axillary  close  spikes 
B  Lvs.  elliptic  to  broatl-ovate,  long-petioled 
Lyonii,  Pursh      Plant,  2-3  ft    high    Ivs    bioad  to 
nearly  cordate  at  base,  thin,  evenly  serrate:  rt  -bracts 
minutely  ciliate   fls  rose-purple    Mts  ,  Va  and  S. 

BB  Lvs  lanceolate  or  oblong,  short-pttiolcd 
obliqua,  Linn     Two  ft    or  leiss*   Ivs    2-8  in    long, 
broad-lanceolate  or  oblong,  very  veiny,  sharp-  or  deep- 
serrate  or  cut*  fl  -bracts  ciliate.  fta  deep  rose.    Damp 
grounds,  111  ,  Va  ,  S 

glabra,  Lmn  (C  obliqua  var  alba,  Hort  )  Fig  902 
One  to  2  or  more  ft  high,  more  strict  Ivs  mostly  nar- 
rower, acuminate,  appressed-serrate,  nearly  sessile,  not 
very  veiny  fl  -bncts  not  ciliate.  fls  white  or  rose- 
tinged  Wet  grounds:  common 

AA  FJls  in  a  loose  thyrse  or  panicle 
nemordsa,  Douglas  (Penti>tlmntu  nrrnorosus,  Trautv.). 
Two  ft  or  less  high,  of  unpleasant  odor  Ivs.  ovate  and 
acute,  sharp-dentate,  sessile  or  nearly  so  fl  -bracts 
none,  corolla  1  in.  long,  violet-purple  Calif  and  N 
Bll  1211. 

C  barbdta  of  gardens  is  Pentstemon  burbatus.         L   H    B 

CHENILLE  PLANT.  A  proposed  name  for  Acalypha 
hispida,  better  known  as  A.  Sanden. 

CHENOP6DIUM  (qoosefoot,  alluding  to  the  shape  of 
the  leaves).  Chenopodulcese.  GOOSJSFOOT  Widely  dis- 
persed weedy  herbs,  with  very  inconspicuous  greenish 
flowers,  some  of  w  hich  occur  in  gardens  as  oddities  or  for 
ornament,  and  others  arc  pot-herbs  of  very  minor 
importance  Spinach,  beet,  and  orach  are  allied  plants 

Plants  of  vaiious  habit,  mostly  erect'  fls  perfect, 
bract  less,  sestsile  in  small  masses  and  these  clusters 
arranged  in  spikes  or  panicles;  calyx  4-5-parted,  petals 
wanting;  stamens  usually  5;  styles  2  or  3.:  seed  lentic- 
ular. Ivs.  alternate  The  calyx  sometimes  enlarges 
and  becomes  succulent  and  colored,  inclosing  the  fr  , 
and  the  glomerules  may  then  look  like  berries.  —  Per- 
haps 60  species  in  all  parts  of  the  globe,  annuals  and 
perennials,  sometimes  woody  Many  of  them  are 
field  and  garden  weeds  Thev  are  mostly  mealy  or 


CHENOPODIUM 


CHKRIMOYA 


737 


glandulai  herbs,  often  with  strong  odor.  Some  of  them 
are  used  as  pot-herbs  or  "greens. 

A.  Fls.  IT  dense  heads  or  glomerules  which  become  berry~ 

like  and  bright  red  in  fr. 

capitatum,  Aschers  (Bl\tum capitalum,  Linn.) .  STR MV- 
BERRY  BUTE  Annual,  erect  and  becoming  diffuse  or 
spreading,  branching,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  Ivs  soft, 
hastate-ovate,  toothed,  stalked'  fr -clusters  large  and 
becoming  fleshy,  in  an  interrupted  spike,  the  upper 
part  leafless  Eu  — A  frequent  hut  not  pernicious  weed, 
and  sometimes  offered  as  a  pot-herb. 

A  A.  Fls.  not  in  dense  separate  heads,  and  the  clusters  not 
becoming  prominently  fleshy  or  colored. 

B.  Plant  shrubby,  spinescent. 

nitrariaceum,  F  Muell  Rigid,  much-branched,  often 
prostrate  shrub  or  undershrub,  mealy-white  Ivs  linear- 
oblong  or  Imear-spatulate,  obtuse,  entire,  1  in  or  less 
long,  often  clustered  fls  clustered  in  dense  or  more  or 
less  interrupted  spikes  and  panicles,  greenish  Aus- 
tral.— Offered  in  Eu 

BB  Plant  herbaceous 
c  Species  perennial    a  pot-herb. 

Bdnus-Henrlcus.  Linn  (Ittttum  Bbnu^-Henr\cus, 
Reichb.)  Coon  KING  HENRI  MERCURY  (by  cor- 
ruption, Markery)  Stout  and  erect  from  a  thick  root- 
stock,  to  2J  2  f t  ,  glabrous  Ivs  broad,  triangular- 
hastate  or  ovate,  with  very  long  wide-spreading  basal 
points,  entire  or  undulate  fls  in  paniculate  spikes  Eu. 
-Escaped  now  and  then,  and  sometimes  cult  for 
"greens  " 

cc  tipccies  annual. 

purpurascens,  Jacq  (C  Atriplias,  Linn  f )  Vigor- 
ous, erect,  3  ft ,  the  young  parts  and  Ivs  covered 
attractively  with  a  rose-violet  or  violet-purple  crystal- 
line pulverulence  Ivs  spatulate  or  rhomboid  or  oval, 
obtuse,  long-petioled,  the  lower  ones  sinuate-dentate 
and  the  upper  lanceolate  and  entire  fln  small  arid 
numerous,  in  dense  pyramidal  leafy  reddish  clusters 
China — An  old  garden  plant,  seldom  seen  m  this 
country,  grown  for  its  colored  character  in  summer 
There  are  different  forms,  one  with  variegated  foliage 

amarantfcolor,  Coste  &  Reyn  Very  large,  8  ft  , 
much  like  the  preceding  and  perhaps  derived  from  it: 
st  glabrous,  striped  white  and  red  Ivs  triangular  to 
rhomboid,  4  in  or  less  long,  red-pulverulent  fls  in  a 
long  red  panicle  S  France  — Differs  from  C  pur- 
puraxcens  in  its  greater  size  and  its  black  shining  some- 
what sharp-edged  seeds.  The  brilliant  colors  dis- 
appear as  the  plant  matures. 

Qumda,  Willd  QUINOA.  Erect,  stout,  st  furrowed, 
4-o  ft  Ivs  triangular-ovate,  sinuate,  long-petioled, 
angulate-pmnatifid,  glaucous  fls  small  and  green,  in 
dense  axillary  and  terminal  farinose  clusters  arranged 
in  panicles,  seeds  very  large  W  slope  of  the  Andes 
B  M  3641  — A  very  important  plant  in  W  S  Amer  , 
the  seeds  being  used  as  food.  There  are  white-  and  red- 
fruited  forms  Sometimes  cult  m  this  country  as  a 
curiosity.  Allied  to  C.  album,  the  common  pigweed 

B&trys,  Linn.  FEATHER  GERANIUM.  JERUSALEM 
OAK.  Erect,  glandular-pubescent  and  viscid,  aromatic, 
1-3  ft.  high,  with  pmnatifid  long-petioled  Ivs  and  long, 
feather-like,  enduring  spikes,  for  which  it  is  used  in 
vases  and  baskets;  pretty  Eu  ,  and  widely  naturalized 
although  not  usually  becoming  abundant 

Many  weedy  chenopods  mvade  cult  grounds  C1  dlbum,  I ,inn  . 
the  common  pigweed  or  lamb's  quarters  is  a  favorite  for  "grown s  ' 
This  species  runs  into  many  forms  (7  rirwfr,  of  Eu  and  Asia,  has 
needs  that  are  said  to  be  edible  C  Vulthria,  Linn  ,  sparingly 
intro  from  Eu  ,  has  tho  smell  of  stale  fish  (7.  ambrosuAdes,  Linn  , 
Mexican  tea  and  var  antHelminticum,  Gray,  wormieed,  are  fre- 
quent, they  contain  strong  essential  oils  The  weedy  species  are 
variable,  and  puzzling  to  the  syatematist  L  H  B 


CHER1MOYA,  CHERIMOYER  (Quichua  language 
of  Peru,  chmmuya,  signifying  cold  seeds)  (Annona 
Chenmbla,  Mill )  Figs  903-005.  An  important  table 
fruit  of  warm  countries  See  p  293,  Vol  I,  for  botani- 
cal description 

The  chenmoya  is  considered  by  many  to  be  the  finest 
of  the  subtropical  fruits,  and  that  not  only  by  the 
natives  of  the  countries  in  which  it  grows,  but  also  by 
Europeans  It  is  somewhat  like  the  pomme-cannelle, 
or  sweet-sop,  but  differs  from  it  in  having  a  peculiar 
acidulous  flavor  most  agreeable  and  grateful  to  the 
taste.  For  centuries  the  chenmoya  has  been  cultivated 


903.  Chenmoya  -smooth  form    ( X  Ji) 


and  several  distinct  varieties  have  resulted  One  of 
these  has  smooth  fruit  devoid  of  protuberances,  which 
has  been  confused  with  the  inferior  fruits  of  both 
Annona  glabra  and  A  rtticulata  The  last  two  species. 
ho\vever,  are  easily  distinguished  by  their  leaves  ana 
flowers,  Annona  glabra,  commonly  known  as  the  alli- 
gator apple  or  mangrove  annona,  having  glossy  laurel- 
like  leaves  and  globose  flowers  with  6  ovate  petals,  and 
A  reticulata  having  long  narrow  glabrate  leaves  devoid 
of  the  velvety  lining  which  characterizes  those  of  the 
chenmoya.  Both  of  these  species,  moreover,  are  essen- 
tially tropical,  while  the  cherimoya  is  subtropical, 
growing  in  tropical  countries  only  at  considerable  ele- 
vations, where  the  climate  is  cool  and  the  soil  well 
drained 

The  origin  of  the  chenmoya  has  been  much  discussed. 
De  Candolle,  however,  is  m  all  probability  correct  in 
attributing  it  to  the  mountains  of  Ecuador  and  Peru. 
The  common  name  which  it  bears,  even  in  Mexico, 
is  of  Quichua  origin,  as  explained  above,  and  terra- 
cotta vases  modeled  from  chenmoya  fruits  have  been 
dug  up  repeatedly  from  prehistoric  graves  in  Peru. 
It  was  introduced  at  a  very  early  date  into  Central 
America  and  Mexico  and  into  Jamaica  m  1786  by 
Hinton  East  It  is  now  of  spontaneous  growth  in 
limited  areas  both  in  Central  America  and  the  moun- 
tains of  Jamaica  In  Madeira,  the  cherimoya  has 
taken  the  place  of  the  grape-vine  on  many  of  the 
estates  on  the  warm  southern  slopes  of  the  island. 
Here  the  cultivation  is  systematic  The  two-year-old 
seedlings  are  budded  or  grafted.  The  trees  are  fre- 
quently trained  on  walls  or  on  trellises,  so  that  the 
fruit  may  hang  m  the  shade  while  ripening,  and  manure 
is  regularly  supplied  (sec  Annona)  The  result  of  careful 
selection  is  that  there  are  varieties  of  fine  flavor,  coirv- 
paratively  few  seeds,  and  great  size,  weighing  from 
twelve  to  sixteen  pounds  According  to  W  Fawcett, 
ordinary  fruits  weighing  from  three  to  eight  pounds, 
have  been  sold  in  the  London  market  at  SI  50;  large 
ones  at  $2  50  and  even  $3  The  cherimoya  has  been 


738 


CHERIMOYA 


CHERRY 


successfully  introduced  into  southern  California  where 
it  finds  the  most  favorable  conditions  in  the  foot-hills 
near  the  coast 

The  cherimoya  grows  in  the  form  of  a  small  tree, 
usually  about  15  or  20  feet  high  The  flowers  are 
remarkably  uniform,  but  vary  somewhat  in  size  They 
are  often  solitary  or  in  two's  or  three's,  while  those  of 
the  bullock's  heart  (Annona  retwulala)  and  the  sugar- 
apple  (A.  squamosa)  are  usually  clustered  The  leaves 
are  always  velvety  on  the  lower  surface  The  follow- 
ing varieties,  based  upon  the  form  of  the  fruit,  are 
recognized* 

(1)  Finger-printed     cherimoya     (forma     impressa), 
known  m  Costa  Rica  as  "anona  de  dedos  pintados  " 
This  form  was  the  fmst  to  be  figured  (FemlleV,  PI  med. 
Journ    Obs.  3.  append      24,  pi    17,  1725)     The  fruit, 
conoid  or  subglobose  in  shape,  has  a  smooth  surface 
covered    with    concave    U-shaped    areoles   resembling 
finger-prints  in  sott  wax  or  putty     It  is  one  of  the  best 
varieties,  with  sweet  juicy  pulp  of  good  flavor,  and  with 
relatively  few  seeds 

(2)  Smooth  cherimoya  (forma  la-vis),  called  in  South 
America  "chirimoya  lisa"  and  in  the  market  of  Mexico 
City,  "anon  "  Fig    903.    It  is  this  foim  which  is  so 
often  mistaken  for  Annona  glabra  and  A.rdiciilata  on 
account  of  the  general  appearance  of  the  fruit   and 
the  common  name  "anon,"  which  is  also  applied   to 
the  fruit  of  the  last-named  species     This  is  one  of  the 
finest  of  all  the  chenmoyas 

(3)  Tuberculatc  cherimoya  (forma  lubertulata).   Fij?. 
904    One  of  the  commonest  forms,  in  which  the  fruit 
is  heart-shaped   and    bears  small   wart-like  tubercles 
near  the  rounded  apex  of  each  aieole     To  this  group 
belongs  the  "golden  russet"  chenmoya  grown  in  the 
orchard  of  C.  P.  Taft  at  Oiange,  California     It  is  the 
form  most  frequently  found  in  the  Peiuvian  markets 
and   is  represented  in   prehistoric;   potteiy    from   the 
graves  of  that  country 

(4)  Mamimllate     cherimoya      (forma     mamillata), 
called    in    South    America,    "chirimoya    rle    tetillas. 

This  is  the  form 
successfully  estab- 
lished  on  the 
ranch  of  Charles 
F  O'Bnen,  in  the 
mountains  of 
Santa  Monica, 
southern  Califor- 
nia It  is  also  the 
common  form  of 
the  Nilgiri  Hills 
of  India,  and  is 
one  of  the  best 
forms  grown  on 
the  island  of 
Madeira 

(5)  Umbonate 
cherimoya  (forma 
um  bond  la ) ,  called 
"chirimoya  de 
puas"  and  "anona 
picuda"  in  Latin 
America  In  this 
form  the  skin  of 
the  fruit  is  com- 
paratively thick, 
the  pulp  more 
acid  than  in  other 
forms,  and  the 
seeds  more  nu- 
merous It  has 
the  flavor  of  pine- 
apple and  is  one 
of  the  b£st  for 

904.  Sherimoya,  tuberculate  form.         producing  cooling 
(XH)  drinks   and  sher- 


905.  Flower  of  Chenmoya 
with  two  outer  petals  re- 
moved to  show  minute 
inner  petals  and  essential 
parts,  also  an  outer  petal. 

IX1J2) 


bets.  The  fruit  is  oblong-conical  in  shape,  with  the 
base  more  or  less  umbilicate  and  the  surface  studded 
with  protuberances,  each  of  which  coi  responds  to  a 
component  carpel.  To  this  form  should  be  referred  thp 
"Morton"  chenmoya,  grown 
in  the  vicinity  of  Pasadena, 
California. 

Very  recently  there  has 
been  received  from  Florida 
an  interesting  fruit  borne  by 
a  hybrid,  the  result  of  polli- 
nating the  stigmas  of  a  cheri* 
moya  with  the  pollen  of  An- 
nona, squamosa  The  leaves 
of  this  plant  are  very  broad, 
resembling  those  of  A  Chen- 
mola  in  shape,  but  glabrous 
like  those  of  A  squamoba. 
The  fruit  resembles  that  of 
A  Chentnola  in  form,  but 
with  the  piotubcrences  very 
distinct  and  covered  \vith  a 
glaucous  bloom  like  that  of 
A.  t>quamot>a  The  seeds  are 
distinct  from  both  species, 
larger  than  those  of  A  squam- 
060,  and  much  darker 
colored  than  those  of  A 
Chtrimola,  and  the  pulp  is 
very  juicy,  with  the  fine 
slightly  acidulous  flavor  of  the  chemnoya 

For  the  propagation  and  culture  of  chenmoyas,  see 
Annona  \y.  E  SAFFORD. 

CHERLERIA:  Arenarw. 

CHERRY.  Several  kinds  or  types  of  small  stone- 
fruits  ripening  in  late  spring  ana  m  summer,  wide- 
spread and  popular  in  domestic  and  commercial  use. 
Figs  906-910  Plate  XXL 

Sweet  and  sour  cherries  have  been  domesticated 
from  two  Old  World  species:  cultivated  sweet  cherries 
having  come  from  I'runus  aviuni  and  the  sour  cherries 
from  Prunut  Cerasus  Varieties  of  these  two  species, 
and  hybrids  between  them,  now  encircle  the  globe  in 
tho  north  temperate  zone  and  aie  bring  rapidly  dis- 
seminated throughout  the  temperate  parts  of  the 
southern  hemisphere  For  centuries,  piobably  from 
the  beginnings  of  agriculture,  cherries  have  been 
valuable  fruit-producing  trees  m  Europe  and  Asia, — 
inhabitants  of  nearly  every  oichaid  and  garden  aa 
well  as  common  roadside  trees  in  temperate  climates 
of  both  continents. 

Coming  from  the  Old  World  to  the  Now,  the  cherry 
has  played  an  important  part  in  the  orcharding  in 
temperate  regions  of  the  western  hemisphere.  In  North 
America,  varieties  of  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  culti- 
vated species  are  grown  from  Newfoundland  to  Van- 
couver Island  on  the  north,  south waid  to  the  Gulf  of 
California,  Texas  and  Florida,  probably  yielding  crops 
in  a  greater  diversity  of  soils  and  climates  on  this  con- 
tinent than  any  other  tree  fruit 

Sour  cherries  are  suited  to  many  environments, 
thriving  in  various  soils  and  withstanding  rather  better 
than  most  orchard  fruits  heat,  cold  and  atmospheric 
dryness,  and  though  they  respond  to  good  care,  yet 
they  thrive  under  neglect  better  than  most  other  tree 
fruits  Sour  cherries  also  have  fewer  insect  and  fungous 
troubles  than  other  tree  fruits,  being  practically  immune 
to  the  dreaded  San  Jos6  scale.  Sweet  cherries,  however, 
are  much  less  easily  grown.  Sweet  varieties  are  all 
somewhat  fastidious  as  to  soils,  are  lacking  in  hardi- 
ness to  both  heat  and  cold,  are  pro}  to  more  insects 
than  sour  cherries  and  subject  to  nearly  all  of  the 
fungous  ills  to  which  stone-fruits  are  hen,  suffering  m 
America  in  particular  from  brown-rot  and  leaf-spot. 


CHERRY 


CHERRY 


739 


Sweet  cherries  can  be  grown  with  commercial  success 
in  but  few  and  comparatively  limited  regions,  although 
the  localities  adapted  to  sweet  varieties  are  rather 
widely  distributed 

The  cherry  is  probably  the  most  popular  of  temper- 
ate climate  fruits  for  the  home  yard,  being  planted 
more  commonly  than  any  other 
tree-fruit,  in  the  many  regions  m 
which  it  is  grown,  in  the  dooryard, 
garden  and  along  the  roadside  The 
characters,  other  than  those  already 
named,  that  commend  it  for  home 
plantations,  are,  early  bearing  after 
planting,  early  ripening  in  the  sea- 
son, regularity  in  bearing,  great 
fruitfulness  and  ease  of  culture  It 
is  more  than  a  home  fruit,  however, 
and  is  largely  grown  for  the  mar- 
kets, for  canning  and  for  preserving 
In  America,  the  consumption  of 
cherries  is  being  greatly  increased 
by  the  fashion  of  adding  them  pre- 
served to  many  ices  and  drinks  The 
demand  for  canned  cherries  has  also 
increased  enormously  in  this  coun- 
try during  the  last  few  years  In 
Europe,  wine  is  made  from  cherries, 
"kirschwasser,"  a  spirit,  is  distilled 
from  the  fermented  fruit  pulp,  and 
in  the  Austrian  province  of  Dalmatia 
a  cordial  called  maraschino  is  made 
by  a  secret  process  of  fermentation 
and  distillation  This  liquor  is  im- 
ported to  America  in  considerable 


^%*» 
-A^* 

906 

Tall  erect  growth  of 
sweet  cherry 


907    Low-headed  and  spreading 
growth  of  sour  cherry. 


quantities  to  flavor  preserved  cherries  which  become 
the  well-known  "maraschino  cherries"  of  confection  and 
delicatessen  shops. 

Other  specie** 

Several  species  of  cherries  other  than  the  two  named 
have  more  or  less  hoiticultural  value  Prunut>  Padus 
and  Prunu*  Mahalib  of  the  Old  World  furnish  fruits 
sometimes  u.scd  for  culinary  purposes  but  much  more 
cultivated,  in  their  various  forms,  as  ornamentals,  the 
latter  furnishes  a  stock  upon  which  orchard  varieties 
are  now  most  commonly  budded  Primus  Besseyi, 
Prunus  punnla  and  Prunus  pennvylvamca  are  species 
from  North  America,  tho  first  two  having  varieties 
cultivated  for  their  fruits  and  all  three  being  used  as 
ornamentals  and  for  stocks  Prunus  Pseudo-Cerasus 
and  Prunus  torncntosa 
from  Asia  arc  much  grown 
in  China  and  Japan  as 
ornamentals,  for  their 
fruits  and  as  stocks,  and 
should  find  favor  in  Eu- 
rope and  America  for  these 
purposes  In  recent  yeara 
many  new  species  of  cher- 
ries have  been  discovered 
in  Asia  10  Koehne,  one 
of  the  best  authorities  on 
the  genus  Prunus,  places 
120  species,  nearly  all 
from  Asia,  in  the  sub- 
genus  Cerasus  to  which 
belong  the  orchard  cher- 
ries (Mitt  Pent  Pendrol. 
Gosell  ,  1912  168-183)  A 
few  of  these  have  already 
been  introduced  in  Am- 
erica by  the  United  States 
Pepartment  of  Agricul- 
ture, and  from  them  one 
is  sure  to  find  valuable 
horticultural  species  to  be 


used   for  their  fruits,  as  ornamentals,  as  stocks,  and 
for  hybridization  with  specie's  already  domesticated. 

Propagation. 

Both  orchard  and  ornamental  cherries  are  commonly 
propagated  in  Europe  and  America  by  budding  on 
M  azzard  or  M  a  h  a  1  c  b 
stocks  and  in  Japan,  where 
chcri  ics  are  much  grown, 
on  Prunus  P^eudo-Cera- 
sus  W'hen  exceptional 
hardiness  is  required,  seed- 
lings of  the  RuHBian  sour 
cherries  may  be  used  or 
those  of  Prunus  Jle.^wyi 
or  Prunus  pcn,m>ylvanica 
Undoubtedly  the  Mazzard 
is  the  best  stock  for  re- 
gions in  which  cherries  can 
be  grown  commercially 
Upon  the  Mazzard,  varie- 
ties of  either  sweet  or 
sour  cherries  make  larger, 
thriftier,  longer-lived  and 
more  productive  trees 
The  Mahaleb,  on  the  other  hand,  is  the  best  stock 
from  the  nurseryman's  point  of  view  It  is  more  easily 
budded,  hardier,  freer  from  insects  and  fungi  as  it 
stands  in  the  nursery  before  budding,  and  the  buds 
more  quickly  develop  into  salable  trees  But  the  advan- 
tages of  the  Mazzard  are  so  much  greater  for  the  fruit- 
grower that  he  should  accept  only  trees  on  this  stock 
unless  hardiness  be  a  prime  requisite  Cherries  are 
set  in  the  orchard  at  two  years  from  the  bud 

The  cultivation  and  handling 

Sweet  cherries  arc  most  profitably  grown  on  high, 
comparatively  light,  sandy,  gravelly  or  even  stony 
loams,  while  sour  cherries  do  best  on  somewhat  heavier 
soils  The  former  are  set  22  to  24  feet  apart,  the  latter 
16  to  20  feet  Both  respond  to  care  in  cultivation  which, 
in  brief  is  early  spring  plowing,  frequent  cultivation 
until  the  first  of  August  with  a  cover-crop  sown  just 
before  the  last  cultivation  Cover-crops  are  various — 
a  favorite  one  in  New  York  and  Michigan  is  a  half 
bushel  of  oats  or  barley,  and  twelve  pounds  of  clover 
or  twenty  pounds  of  winter  vetch  In  Delaware  and 
New  Jersey  the  cowpea  is  much  liked  as  a  cover-crop. 
Cherry  trees  are  usually  headed  2  or  3  feet  from  the 
ground  with  a  tendency  to  head  them  lower  -half  the 
above  distances,  in  the 
lower  -  headed  orchards 
there  soerns  to  be  no  in- 
convenience in  tilling  with 
modern  implements 
Nearly  all  commercial 
growers  form  the  head 
with  five  to  seven  mam 
branches  about  a  central 
trunk,  but  some  prefer  to 
remove  the  central  stem, 
especially  in  sweet  varie- 
ties, leaving  a  vase-formed 
head  After  the  head  is 
formed,  the  subsequent 
pruning  is  exceedingly 
simple,  consisting  of 
cutting  out  an  oc- 
casional injured  or 
crossed  branch  and 
now  and  then  head- 
ing-in  a  long  whip- 
likp  growth 

In  soils  well 
adapted  to  cherry- 
growing,  commei1- 


908.  Old  sweet  cherry  tree,  on  the  Chesapeake  peninsula 


740 


CHERRY 


CHERRY 


cial  fertilizers  are  little  needed.  Good  cultivation,  the 
yearly  cover-crop  and  an  occasional  dressing  of  stable- 
manure  furnish  an  abundance  of  food.  If,  with  this 
treatment,  the  trees  fail  to  make  sufficient  growth,  and 
if  the  drainage  be  good,  the  grower  should  experiment 
with  fertilizers  containing  potash,  phosphoric  acid  or 
nitrogen  to  see  which,  if  any,  his  trees  may  need. 

Cherries  are  picked  with  stems  on,  the  sweet  a  few 
days   before   fully  ripe,   the  sour    when    practically 


909.  Napoleon  cherry. — Sweet 

IX  H) 


mature.  Some  growers  guard  against  breaking  the 
fruit-spurs  for  the  next  year  by  using  picking  scissors. 
Cherries  are  variously  packed  in  boxes  and  baskets  but 
the  container  is  usually  a  small  one  and  much  art  may 
be  displayed  in  placing  in  layers,  facing,  and  in  making 
the  package  m  all  ways  attractive.  Fruit  for  canning 
must  be  carefully  picked  but  is  sent  to  the  cannery  in 
trays  holding  one  or  two  pecks 

The  chief  commercial  plantations  in  eastern  America 
are  found  in  New  York,  New  Jersey,  Delaware,  north- 
ern Ohio  and  western  Michigan  Sweet-cherry  grow- 
ing is  precarious  because  of  natural  obstacles,  and  sour 
cherries  are  so  easily  grown  that  through  very  abun- 
dance their  sale  is  often  difficult.  Yet  with  both  success 
has  been  attained  by  many,  the  profits  ranging  as  high 
as  $300  to  the  acre. 

Special  difficulties. 

The  cherry  is  attacked  by  a  dozen  or  more  fungi. 
Of  these,  three  are  serious  pests.  The  brown-rot, 
Sclerotmia  fructigena,  attacks  the  flowers,  leaves,  twigs 
and  most  disastrously  the  fruits  at  ripening  time. 
Leaf-blight,  Cyhndrosponum  Padi,  produces  diseased 
spots  on  the  leaves,  which  for  the  most  part  drop  out, 
giving  a  shot-hole  effect  and  eventually  causing  the 
fohage  to  drop  prematurely.  A  common  and  striking 
disease  of  the  cherry  is  black-knot,  Plowrightia  mor- 
bosa,  characterized  by  wart-like  excrescences  on  shoots 
and  branches  which  at  maturity  are  black;  affected 
parts  sooner  or  later  die 

The  text-books  give  no  less  than  forty  insect  enemies 
of  cherries,  of  which  the  plum-curculio,  Con^trachelus 
nenuphar,  the  peach-borer,  Sanmnoidea  exitiosa,  and 
the  San  Jose"  scale,  Aspidiotus  permciosus,  on  swept 


cherries,  must  be  combated.  All  of  the  pests  named, 
both  fungi  and  insects,  are  more  destructive  to  plums 
and  peaches,  and  the  reader  is  referred  to  these  fruits 
for  treatment  which  is  much  the  same  as  for  the 
cherry. 

Sweet  cherries  suffer  severely  in  the  South  and  the 
Mississippi  Valley,  and  somewhat  in  the  North,  from 
sun-scald,  either  directly  from  the  sun's  rays  or  from 
alternate  freezing  and  thawing  in  winter  or  spring. 
The  injury  is  manifested  by  the  bursting  of  the  bark 
and  the  exudation  of  gum  on  the  south  and  west  -sides 
of  the  tree.  Some  immunity  from  such  injuries  may  be 
obtained  by  protecting  the  trunks  with  ooards  or  other 
screens.  "Gummosis,"  or  a  flow  of  gum  from  the  wood, 
often  follows  injuries  of  various  kinds  and  the 
work  of  insects  and  fungi  m  both  sweet  and  sour 
cherries. 

Types  and  varieties. 

There  are  now  about  600  varieties  of  cherries  grown 
in  America  and  Europe,  and  the  names  of  as  many  more 
that  have  passed  from  cultivation  remain  These  are 
variously  grouped,  but  the  following  simple  classifica- 
tion takes  in  the  common  orchard  sorts 

A.  Prunus  atnum 

(1)  The  Hearts. — Large,  heart-shaped,  soft-fleshed, 
sweet  cherries,  light-colored  as  represented  by  Governor 
Wood  and  dark  as  in  Black  Tartarian 

(2)  The    Bigarreaus  — Large,    sweet,    heart-shaped 
and  colored  as  in  the  previous  group  but  with  firm, 
crisp  and  crackling  flesh    Well  represented  by  Napoleon 
(Fig  909)  and  Yellow  Spanish  as  light-colored  members 
of  the  group,  and  by  Schmidt  and  Bing  as  dark  sorts 

(3)  The   Dukes — Somewhat   smaller   cherries   than 
the  Hearts  and  Bigarrcaus,  softer  in  flesh,  light-colored 
and  usually  sour  or  nearly  so     This  group  is  placed 
under  Prunus  awum,  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  but 
that  the  widely  varying  Dukes  are  hybrids  between 
Prunus  awum  and  Prunus  Cerasus     May  Duke  and 
Reme  Hortense  serve  as  illustrations  of  the  group 

A  A.  Prunus  Cerasus 

(1)  The  Amarelles  — Rather  small,  light-colored,  sour 
cherries  with  colorless  or  nearly  colorless  juice,  pro- 
duced on  upright  trees,  represented  by  Early  Rich- 
mond and  Montmorency  (Fig  910) 

(2)  The  Morellos  — Also   comparatively  small   and 
very  sour  but  dark  m  color  and  with  dark-colored  mice 
and  trees  with  a  drooping  habit,  represented  by  Eng- 
lish Morello  and  Louis  Philippe 

In  spite  of  the  great  number  of  varieties,  the  cherry, 
of  all  stone-fruits,  seems  most  fixed  m  its  characters 
Thus,  the  difference  between  tree  and  fruit  m  the  cher- 
ries of  the  several  groups  is  comparatively  slight  and 
many  of  the  varieties  eorne  nearly  true  to  seed  So, 
too,  cherries,  although  probably  domesticated  as  long 
ago  as  any  other  of  the  tree-fruits,  are  now  most  of 
all  like  their  wild  progenitors  Notwithstanding  this 
stability,  there  are  probably  rich  rewards  to  be  secured 
m  breeding  cherries  by  those  who  will  put  in  practice 
the  discoveries  of  recent  years  in  plant-breeding,  and 
will  hybridize  especially  the  various  groups  of  the 
two  species  now  cultivated  and  introduce  wnolly  new 
blood  from  wild  species.  So  little  effort  has  been 
directed  toward  improving  cherries,  and  the  material 
seems  so  promising,  that  it  would  seem  that  with  proper 
endeavor  the  coming  generation  may  have  a  new  and 
greatly  improved  cultivated  cherry  flora. 

U.  P.  HBDRICK. 

The  cherry  in  California. 

In  commercial  importance,  the  cherry  is  least  of  the 
fruits  of  the  temperate  zone  grown  m  California  on  a 
commercial  scale — not  considering  the  quince  and 


XXVI.  Sweet  cherry  in  flower  and  fruit. 


CHERRY 

nectarine,  of  which  the  product  is  almost  insignificant 
This  is  not  because  the  finest  chei  ' 


Cherry  trees  are  grown  by  budding  upon  Mazzard 


profitably  shipped  in  a  fresh  state 'to  eastern  markets, 
and  in  1911  a  product  equivalent  to  243,010  cases  (each 
containing  two  dozen  2x£-pound  cans)  of  canned  cher- 
ries were  disposed  of  to  advantage.  In  1910,  there  was 
large  shipment  of  barreled  cherries  in  sulfur  water  to 
eastern  bottlers  who  put  up  maraschino  cherries  in 
competition  with  importations,  but  this  business  seems 
to  have  transgressed  the  pure  food  laws  and  declined. 
Until  it  is  demonstrated  that  such  distant  demands 
will  increase,  present  plantations  will  not  be  largely 
extended.  Cherries  are  costly  in  picking  and  packing, 
and  the  chance  of  low  price  in  a  local  market,  over-sup- 
plied whenever  the  trees  do  their  full  duty,  the  grower 
does  not  enjoy  Cherry-drying  has  never  seemed  war- 
rantee! on  a  large  scale,  because  of  the  large  amount  of 
labor  required  to  the  pound  of  product;  and  the 
grower  has  had  no  recourse  when  the  canner  and  local 
consumer  would  pay  only  the  cost  of  picking  and  box- 
ing A  good  shipping  demand  seems,  therefore,  the 
measure  of  the  extension  of  California's  cherry  inter- 
est, and  the  early  ripening  of  the  fruit,  which  permits 
its  sale  during  the  blooming  season  of  eastern  cherry 
trees,  is  the  leading  surety  of  such  demand  On  several 
occasions  early  varieties  have  been  shipped  from  the 
Vacaville  district  overland,  on  March  31,  but  the  usual 
opening  date  is  about  two 
weeks  later,  arid  thence  on  ward 
later  varieties,  and  from  later 


regions,  may  be  shipped  until 
July,  if  found  profitable 

But,  although  there  is  plenty 
of  good  land  upon  which  to 
multiply  the  present  total  of 
t  hree-quart  ers  of  a  million  t  rees, 
the  eheny  regions  of  California 
are  restricted  It  is  one  of  the 
most  exacting  of  -ill  trees,  and 
is  profitable  only  when  its 
requirements  are  respected. 
About  one-half  of  the  present 
acreage  lies  in  valle>s  opening 
upon  the  bay  of  San  Franeihco, 
where  deep  and  moist,  but 
well-drained  alluvial  soil  fosters 
strong  and  sound  root-growth, 
and  modified  atmospheric 
aridity  favors  leaf  and  fruit- 
ing On  similar  deep  and  mois>t 
soils,  however,  the  sweet  cherry 
enters  the  hot  interior  valleys 
to  certain  limits,  chiefly  along 
the  river  bottoms  It  abhors 
dry  plains  In  dry  air  it  usu- 
ally refuses  to  fruit,  although, 
if  the  soil  be  moibt,  it  may 
make  stalwart  tree-growth  In 
foot-hill  valleys  it  sometimes 
does  admirably,  both  in  growth 
and  fruiting,  and  in  mountain 
valleys,  above  an  elevation 
of  2,000  feet,  on  good  soil, 
and  in  the  greater  rainfall,  and  even  with  the  snow 
flurries,  which  are  experienced  every  year  at  proper 
elevations,  the  tree  becomes  very  thrifty  and  profitable 
to  the  limits  of  local  markets  The  tree  seems  to  have 
no  geographical  limitations  in  California,  wherever 
suitable  soil  and  weather  conditions  occur,  it  accepts 
the  situation — the  Dukes  and  Morellos  succeeding 
under  conditions  too  trying  for  the  Hearts  and  Bigar- 
reaus,  but  the  latter,  only,  are  of  commercial  account 


910.  Montmorency  cherry  —Sour.    ( X 


feet  from  the  ground,  cut  back  to  promote  low  branch- 
ing for  two  years,  and  then  allowed  to  make  long 
branches,  and  not  usually  shortened-m,  BO  long  as 
thrifty  and  healthy  The  tree,  in  a  good  environment, 
IH,  however,  a  very  hardy  tree,  and  will  endure  pruning 
to  almost  any  degree  There  are  many  trees  which  have 
made  a  very  broad  but  not  usually  high  growth,  bear- 
ing 1,000  pounds  of  fruit  to  the  tree,  and  a  few  others 
which  have  even  doubled  that  figure,  while  others 
have  been  dwarfed  and  trained  en  espalier.  The  com- 
mercial orchards  are,  however^  uniformly  of  low  trees, 
approximately  of  \ase  form  in  exterior  outline,  and 
with  branches  curvin,"  outward  without  shortening. 

The  cherry  is  very  readily  giaffed  over  by  the  usual 
top-grafting  methods,  and  large  orchards  have  been 
thus  transformed  into  varieties  more  acceptable  for 
canning  or  shipping  Comparatively  few  varieties  are 
grown.  Early  Purple  Ouigne,  Chapman  and  Knights 
Early  Black  are  grown  in  early-ripening  localities. 
Black  Tartarian,  Lewellmg  and  Bing  are  the  mainstay 
for  black  cherries  The  Napoleon  Bigarreau  (locally 
known  as  Royal  Ann)  is  the  ideal  for  a  white  cherry, 
and  almost  excludes  all  others,  although  the  Hockport 
Bigarreau  has  some  standing  Of  all  the  varieties 
grown,  the  Black  Tartarian  and  Napoleon  (Fig  909) 
constitute  70  per  cent  of  the  crop,  and  probably  90 
per  cent  of  the  amount  marketed 

California-grown  cherries  attain  large  size,  the  can- 
ner's  requirement  for  fancy  fruit  is  a  diameter  not  less 
than  y%  of  an  inch,  and  for  No  1  not  less  than  %  of  an 
inch     Wholesale  prices  usually  range  from  $40  to  $60 
a  ton  for  black  and  $XO  to  $120  for  white,  but  occa- 
sionally canners  have  paid  as 
high  as  $160  a  ton  far  white 
cherries     The  higher  rates  can 
be  expected  only   m  jears   of 
short  crops 

EDWARD  .J.  Wir-KsoN 

CHERVIL.  A  term  applied 
to  two  umbelliferous  plants 
that  produce  edible  parts, 
neither  of  which  is  well  known 
in  America  The  name  is 
sometimes  applied,  also,  to  the 
t>weet  cicely 

Salad  chervil  or  leaf  chervil  is 
Anthnscus  Cert  folium,  lloffm  , 
a  native  of  Cau<asus,  south- 
ern Russia  and  western  Asia 
It  is  annual,  reaching  \V^  to  2 
feet  high  The  neat  and  aro- 
matic leaves  are  used  like  pars- 
lev,  which  they  much  resemble. 
The  leaves  are  decompound, 
with  oval  cut  leaflets;  and  there 
are  varieties  with  much  cut 
and  curled  foliage.  The  culti- 
vation of  salad  chervil  presents 
no  difficulties.  Leaves  are 
ready  to  use  in  six  to  ten  weeks 
from  seed-sowing,  and  any  good  garden  soil  is  con- 
genial It  thrives  best  in  the  cooler  and  moister  part 
of  the  year.  In  hot  weather,  seeds  would  better  be 
sown  in  a  shaded  place. 

Tuberous  or  turnip-rooted  chervil  is  Ck&rophylluin 
bulbosum,  Linn.,  of  southern  Europe.  (See  Cha-rophyl- 
lum )  It  is  biennial  or  plur-annual,  like  the  radish 
and  carrot.  The  roots  are  like  small  carrots  in  shape 
(t  to  5  inches  long),  bub  are  gray  or  blackish,  and  the 


742 


CHERVIL 


CHESTNUT 


flesh  is  yellowish  white  and  of  different  flavor.  The 
roots  are  eaten  as  carrots  are,  either  boiled  or  in  stews. 
The  one  difficulty  in  the  growing  of  tuberous  chervil 
is  the  fact  that  the  seeds  germinate  very  tardily,  or 
even  not  at  all,  if  kept  dry  over  winter.  It  is  cus- 
tomary, therefore,  to  sow  tnem  in  the  fall,  although 
they  do  not  germinate  until  spring.  If  they  are  to  be 
reserved  for  spring-growing,  they  should  6e  stratified 
(see  Seedage)  or  kept  in  sand.  In  four  or  five  months 
after  germination,  the  roots  are  fit  to  use,  although 
they  improve  in  Quality  by  being  left  in  the  ground. 
The  roots  keep  well  in  winter.  L.  H.  B. 

CHESS,  or  CHEAT:  Bromus. 

CHESTNUT.  Three  species  of  tree  or  true  chestnuts 
are  cultivated  in  this  country  for  their  nuts, — the 
European  Castanea  satwa,  the  American  Castanea  den- 
tata,  the  Japanese  Castanea  crenata.  See  Castanea.  The 
horticultural  characters  that  distinguish  these  three 
types  are  as  follows: 

European  chestnuts. — Tree  large,  with  a  spreading 
but  compact  head,  stocky,  smooth-barked  twigs  and 
large  glossy  buds  of  a  yellowish  brown  color;  leaves 
oblong-lanceolate,  abruptly  pointed,  with  coarse  some- 
times incurved  serrations,  thick  and  leathery,  generally 
pubescent  beneath  when  young,  but  green  on  both 
sides  when  mature.  Burs  very  large,  with  long  branch- 
ing spines,  and  a  thick  velvety  lining.  Nut  larger  than 
American  chestnut,  sometimes  very  large,  shell  dark 
mahogany-brown,  pubescent  at  tip,  thick,  tough  and 
leathery;  kernel  inclosed  in  a  thin  tough  and  astrin- 
gent skin:  quality  variable  from  insipid,  astringent  to 
moderately  sweet  The  leaves  remain  on  the  trees  until 
late  in  autumn,  but  are  more  susceptible  to  the  attacks 
of  fungi  than  the  American  and  Japanese  species.  At 
least  one  vanegated  and  one  cut-leaved  variety  are 
grown  as  ornamentals.  This  species  is  variously  known 
as  European,  French,  Spanish  and  Italian  chestnut 
(Castanea  satwa},  and  sweet  chestnut  of  English  writers. 
It  is  an  inhabitant  of  mountain  forests  in  the  temper- 
ate regions  of  western  Asia,  Europe  and  north  Africa, 
and  is  esteemed  for  its  nuts  in  Spam,  France  and  Italy, 
where  they  have  constituted  an  important  article  of 
food  since  an  early  day.  Introduced  to  the  United 
States  by  Irene*e  Dupont.  at  Wilmington,  Delaware,  in 
1803,  although  recorded  by  Jefferson,  under  the  desig- 
nation ''French  chestnut,"  as  grafted  by  him  on  native 
chestnut  near  Charlottesville  (Monticello),  Virginia, 
in  1773. 

American  chestnut  (Castanea  dentata). — Fig.  911.  A 
tall  straight  columnar  tree,  in  forests  reaching  a  height 
of  100  feet  and  a  diameter  of  3  to  4  feet;  when  grown 
in  the  open,  forming  a  low  round-topped  head  of 
slightly  pendulous  branches.  Leaves  thinner  than  in  C. 
sativa,  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  long-pointed  at  the 
apex,  coarsely  serrate  except  toward  the  wedge-shaped 

base,  green  and 
glabrous  on  both 
surfaces,  chang- 
ing to  bright 
clear  yellow 
later  in  autumn. 
The  stammate 
flowers  open  in 
June  or  July 
after  leaves  have 
attained  full 
size,  and  exhale 
a  sweet,  heavy 
odor,  disagree- 
able to  many 
persons.,  and 
sometime^  caus- 
ing symptoms  of 
hay-fever.  The 


two-  or  three-flowered  involucres  of  pistillate  flow- 
-ers  are  on  short  stout  peduncles  at  the  bases  of 
androgynous  aments  which  bear  toward  their  tips 
scattered  clusters  of  staminate  flowers.  Burs  smaller 
and  spines  sharper  than  m  C.  sativa.  The  nuts,  usually 
two  or  three,  rarely  five  to  seven,  are  usually  broader 
than  long,  and  much  compressed  by  crowding,  although 
sometimes  nearly  oblong  and  approaching  cylindrical. 


911.  Native  wild  chestnuts. 


912.  Japanese  chestnuts. 


They  are  of  a  bright  brown  color,  covered  at  the  apex 
with  thick  pale  tomentum,  which  sometimes  extends 
nearly  to  the  base  of  the  nut.  The  nuts  are  .sweet  and 
agreeable  in  flavor,  the  best  among  chestnuts,  and  are 
marketed  m  large  quantities  from  the  forests  of  the 
Appalachian  region  Occurs  in  eastern  North  America, 
Maine  to  Georgia,  westward  to  Michigan,  Mississippi 
and  Louisiana  Gradually  receding  irom  its  southern 
ajeas  from  causes  not  yet  understood  A  few  selected 
forms  have  been  propagated  by  grafting 

Japanese  chestnut  (C  crennta)  —  Fig  912.  A  dwarf- 
ish close-headed  tree  of  slender  growth,  said  to  attain 
a  height  of  50  feet  m  Japan,  with  small  buds  leavas 
smaller  than  other  chestnuts,  lanceolate-oblong,  usually 
pointed,  with  a  truncate  or  cordate  ba^e,  finely  ser- 
rated, with  shallow  sharp-  pointed  indentations, 
whitish  tomentose  beneath,  pale  gm  i  -\hove,  less  sub- 
ject to  injury  by  fungi  than  other  t-|  HUH  Bur*>  small, 
with  a  thin  papery  lining  and  shoit  widely  branching 
spines.  Nuts  large  to  very  large,  glossy,  usually  three, 
sometimes  five  or  seven  in  a  bur,  usually  inferior  to 
the  other  chestnuts  in  quality,  although  goo.!  when 
cooked,  and  in  a  few  varieties  excellent  m  the  fresh 
state.  Many  cultural  varieties  are  recognized  Intro- 
duced to  the  United  States  in  1876  by  S.  B.  Parsons, 
Flushing.  New  York. 

Aside  from  these  three  types,  there  are  certain  dwarf 
and  small-fruited  castaneas  known  as  chinquapins. 
The  two  native  chinquapins  may  be  contrasted  as 
follows  (page  682)  : 

Common  or  tree  chinquapin  (C.  pumila]  —  Fig. 
913.  A  shrub  4  or  5  feet  tall,  rarely  a  tree,  attaining 
a  height  of  50  feet,  with  slender  branchlets  marked 
with  numerous  minute  lenticels,  and  coated  with  a 
pale  tomentum,  which  disappears  during  the  first 
winter.  Leaves  oblong,  acute  and  coarsely  serrate  at 
apex,  bright  yellowish  green,  changing  to  dull  yellow 
before  falling  m  autumn.  Flowers  strong-smelling,  the 
catkins  of  staminate  ones  appearing  with  the  unfolding 
leaves  in  May  or  June,  the  spicate  androgynous 
aments  later,  with  pistillate  flowers  in  spiny  involucres, 
producing  solitary  cylindrical  nuts  %  to  1  iirch  in 
length  and  %  inch  in  diameter,  with  sweet  seeds  This 
species  occurs  in  dry  lands  from  southern  Pennsyl- 
vania to  Florida  and  Texas,  and  its  nuts,  which  ripen 
earlier  than  the  American  chestnut,  are  esteemed  for 


CHESTNUT 


CHESTNUT 


743 


food  and  marketed  in  considerable  quantities.  The 
species  is  sparingly  introduced  to  cultivation  and  in  its 
native  region  is  l>eing  somewhat  grafted  upon  in  place 
with  the  choicer  yaiieties  of  chestnuts.  It  has  some 
promise  as  a  dwarfing  stock  but  is  subject  to  the  trouble- 
some fault  of  suckering  rather  abundantly.  Two  named 
varieties,  the  Fuller  and  the  Rush,  have  been  pub- 
lished and  somewhat  propagated.  (Upper  part  of  Fig. 
913  illustrates  common  chinquapin  bur,  and  nut  in 
natural  sue  )  Apparent  intermediates  between  this 
species  and  the  American  chestnut,  probably  of  hybrid 
origin,  are  found  in  various  localities  from  Pennsyl- 
vania southward  and  westward  to  southern  Arkansas 
and  eastern  Texas,  in  some  localities  attaining  truly 
arborescent  proportions  (Lower  figure  in  Fig  913 
illustrates  bur  of  hybrid  chinquapin  ) 

Bush  chinquapin  (C  almfolia)  — A  shrub,  rarely 
more  than  3  feet  in  height,  forming  small  thickets, 
by  means  of  stolons,  in  sandy  barrens  South  Atlantic 
states,  westward  to  Louisiana  and  Arkansas  Distin- 
guished from  C.  pumila  by  larger,  oval-lanceolate, 
mostly  obtuse  leaves,  which  are  but  slightly  tomentose 
beneath,  and  by  its  larger  nuts,  which  ripen  earlier. 

The  cultural  range  of  Castanea  in  America  is  not 
well  defined,  but  extends  from  Florida  and  Texas  to 
Massachusetts  and  Wisconsin,  and  on  the  Pacific 
slope  The  three  species  cultivated  in  America  thrive 
best  on  dry,  rocky  or  gravelly  ridges  or  sihcious  uplands, 
failing  on  heavy  clays  and  on  limestone  soils  unless 
deep,  dry  and  rich. 

Propagation  of  chestnuts. 

Propagation  of  species  is  by  seeds  Certain  types 
reproduce  their  striking  characteristics  in  their  seed- 
lings, but  varieties  are  perpetuated  by  grafting,  occa- 
sionally by  budding  Seeds  for  planting  should  i>e  free 
from  insect  larvae,  and  should  not  be  allowed  to  dry  out 
before  planting  They  may  be  planted  in  drills  in  fall 
on  deep  and  well-drained  loam,  or,  to  avoid  damage  by 
rodents,  may  be  stratified  in  damp  sand  until  spring. 
Nuts  held  in  cold  storage  at  lo°  F  from  October  to 
April  have  germinated  well  at  Washington,  D  C. 
Young  trees  destined  for  removal  to  orchard  should  be 
transplanted  in  nursery  at  one  year  old,  to  promote 
symmetrical  development  of  root  system  Grafting 
may  be  done  on  any  of  the  species  of  Castanea,  and  on 
some  of  the  oaks,  notably  the  chestnut  oak,  Qucrcus 
Pnnos,  though  the  durability  of  grafts  on  the  oak  is 
questionable  Where  the  chestnut  is  indigenous,  bear- 
ing orchards  of  improved  varieties  are  ouickly  secured 
by  cutting  down  and  removing  the  timber,  and  graft- 
ing the  young  sprouts  which  spring  up  in  abundance 
about  the  chestnut  stumps  (Fig  911)  Recently  the 
chinquapin  has  been  similarly  used  with  good  success 
where  chestnut  does  not  occur  Grafting  may  be  by 
splice  method  on  one-year-old  seedling  roots,  by  splice 
or  cleft  at  crown  on  two-  or  three-year  trees  m  place; 
or  by  veneer,  splice  or  cleft  methods  on  one-  to  three- 
year-old  sprouts  or  branches.  Top-working  of  old  trees 
is  uncertain  and  practised  only  in  special  cases.  Cions 
should  be  dormant,  and  work  may  be  done  at  any  time 
after  freezing  ceases,  but  in  trunk-  and  branch-grafting 
best  results  are  secured  by  most  grafters  if  work  is 
done  after  leaves  begin  to  unfold.  Two-  or  three- 
bud  scions  are  preferred  The  fitting  of  cion  to  cleft  or 
splice  and  the  waxing  should  be  carefully  done  If 
strips  of  waxed  muslin  are  wrapped  about  the  stubs, 
the  danger  of  loss  by  summer  cracking  of  wax  is  les- 
sened In  cleft-grafting  young  sprouts  or  seedlings,  the 
stub  should  be  cut  2  or  3  inches  above  the  departure 
of  a  branch,  to  prevent  too  deep  splitting  of  cleft.  Two 
or  three  weeks  after  growth  begins  the  waxing  should 
be  inspected  and  repaned  if  cracked  If  grafts  make 
rank  and  brittle  growth  they  should  be  checked  by 
pinching,  and  if  in  exposed  situations,  tied  to  stakes  to 
prevent  breaking  out  of  cions.  Budding  is  sometimes 


practised,  usually  by  use  of  dormant  buds  inserted  in 
shoots  of  previous  year,  when  the  bark  "slips"  after 
growth  has  begun  in  spring.  There  is  a  growing  con- 
viction in  the  minds  of  close  observers  that  certain  of 
the  popular  varieties,  especially  Paragon,  under  cer- 
tain conditions  do  not  find  the  American  chestnut  a 
congenial  stock.  In  several  orchards,  Paragon,  when 
grafted  on  native  sprouts,  although  apparently  making 
a  good  union  at  the  start,  has  within  eight  to  ten  years 
developed  weakness  at  the  point  of  union,  followed  by 
loss  of  vigor  and  death  of  the  top  without  other  appar- 
ent cause  than  lack  of  congeniality  of  cion  to  stock 
For  this  variety,  at  least,  the  grafting  upon  seedling 
stocks  grown  from  nuts  of  the  variety  appears  advisable. 
The  chestnut  is  admirably  adapted  to  ornamental 
planting,  either  singly  or  in  groups  on  suitable  soils. 


913.  Chinquapin.  (Nut  and  bur  natural  size.) 

The  native  species  is  successfully  used  as  a  roadside 
tree  in  many  sections  outside  of  its  natural  range.  It 
requires  a  space  of  at  least  40  feet  for  development 
when  thus  used,  the  European  species  30  feet,  and  the 
Japanese  20  feet.  If  in  orchard,  the  last-mentioned  may 
be  planted  as  close  as  20  feet,  and  thinned  when  the 
trees  begin  to  crowd,  thus  securing  several,  crops  of 
nuts  from  land  otherwise  unoccupied. 

Care  of  chestnut  orchards. 

Planted  orchards  are  yet  few  in  America,  most  of 
the  extensive  commercial  efforts  having  consisted  in  the 
grafting  of  sprouts  on  rough  lands  where  the  American 
chestnut  is  indigenous  On  such  lands  no  cultivation 
is  attempted,  the  brambles  and  undesired  sprouts 
being  held  in  check  by  occasional  cutting  in  summer, 
or  by  pasturing  with  sheep  Much  care  is  necessary 


744 


CHESTNUT 


CHESTNUT 


to  protect  against  damage  of  the  sprouts  by  fire  on  such 
land.  Clean  cultivation,  at  least  during  the  first  few 
years,  is  probably  best  in  planted  orchards,  although 
neavy  mulching  may  be  found  a  satisfactory  substitute 
The  Japanese  and  some  of  the  American  varieties  of 
the  European  species  require  thinning  of  the  burs  on 
young  trees  to  avoid  over-bearing,  with  its  consequent 
injury  to  the  vitality  of  the  tree. 

Special  difficulties. 

Leaf  diseases  are  apparently  subject  to  control  by 
bordeaux  mixture,  but  for  the  weevils,  which  damage 
the  nuts  previous  to  maturity,  no  satisfactory  remedy 
has  yet  been  discovered  except  the  yarding  of  poultry 
in  sufficient  numbers  to  destroy  the  adult  insects  and 
their  larvae  when  they  reach  the  ground 

The  most  serious  difficulty  confronting  the  present 
or  prospective  chestnut-grower  in  North  America  is 
the  chestnut-bark  disease  which,  during  the  last  decade, 
has  worked  havoc  in  the  native  chestnut  forests 
throughout  a  region  of  country  extending  from  cen- 
tral Connecticut  through  southeastern  New  York, 
New  Jersey,  and  eastern  Pennsylvania  into  northern 
Delaware,  northeastern  Maryland  and  northern  Vir- 
ginia As  this  region  contains  mobt  of  the  commercial 
plantings  of  improved  chestnuts  they  have  also  suf- 
fered severely,  especially  since  about  190S  The  distri- 
bution of  the  native  chestnut,  together  with  the  known 
distribution  of  the  disease  February  1,  1912,  is  shown 
on  the  accompanying  map  (Fig  915),  which  was  pre- 
pared by  Metcalf  to  accompany  a  special  report  on  the 
disease  in  response  to  a  resolution  of  the  United  States 
Senate. 

This  disease,  caused  by  a  parasitic  fungus  (Diaporthe 
or  Endothia  varasitica),  attacks  trees  of  all  ages  and 
kills  by  girdling  at  various  points  It  is  known  to 
attack  all  species  of  chestnut  and  chinquapin  grown  in 
this  country,  although  somCj  at  least,  of  the  Japanese 
varieties,  are  practically  resistant,  so  far  as  observed. 
A  few  cases  of  the  disease  have  also  been  found  on 
living  trees  of  the  chestnut  oak  in  Pennsylvania,  though 
with  less  evidence  of  destructive  effect  than  on  chestnut. 


The  disease  is  spread  by  the  spores  of  the  fungus, 
which  are  sticky,  and  are  carried  by  rain,  inbects,  ana 
man,  arid  probably  by  birds  and  small  mammals  It 
is  known  to  have  been  carried  on  nursery  stock  for 
long  distances  and  is  easily  transported  on  newly  cut 


914.  Chestnut  sprouts  two  years  grafted    The  cioo  wai 
inserted  where  branching  begins 


915.  Distribution  of  the  chestnut  blight 

timber  and  cordwood  from  which  the  bark  has  not 
been  removed  Infection  frequently  occurs  through 
wounds  made  by  bark-borers. 

Although  first  attracting  attention  in  New  York 
City  in  1904,  it  appears  certain  that  it  had  secured 
a  firm  foothold  in  southeastern  New  York,  including 
Long  Island  and  adjacent  portions  of  Connecticut 
and  New  Jersey,  prior  to  that  time,  there  being  some 
indication  that  it  was  introduced  from  Japan,  although 
satisfactory  evidence  of  this  is  htill  lacking  The  pres- 
ence of  the  disease  in  chehtnut  forests  in  China  was 
discovered  by  Meyer  in  1913,  where,  upon  an  unidenti- 
fied species  of  chestnut,  it  is  reported  to  be  less  virulent 
than  in  American  chestnut  forests 

For  several  years  after  publication  of  the  cause  of 
the  disease  by  Murrill,  in  1906,  little  effort  was  made  in 
a  systematic  way  to  accomplish  its  control  until  1911. 
when  the  legislature  of  Pennsylvania  appropriated 
$275,000  for  this  purpose  and  inaugurated  a  state-wide, 
two-year  campaign  of  eradication  The  work  is  being 
done  in  cooperation  with  the  Federal  Department  of 
Agriculture  which,  since  1907,  has  been  investigating 
the  disease  with  a  view  to  developing  effective  methods 
of  controlling  it  Several  other  chestnut-producing 
states  are  also  giving  more  or  less  attention  to  the  prob- 
lem Up  to  the  present  time,  systematic  cutting  out 
of  infected  trees  coupled  with  destruction  of  their  bark 
by  fire  has  proved  the  only  practicable  control  method. 
This  is  being  vigorously  applied  in  Pennsylvania  and 
those  portions  of  Maryland,  West  Virginia,  and  Vir- 
ginia in  which  the  disease  has  appeared 

In  forests,  the  disease  is  exceedingly  difficult  to 
eradicate  after  it  has  once  gained  a  foothold,  owing  to 
the  minute  examination  of  the  entire  tree  which  is 
required  to  locate  infections  in  their  early  stages.  In 
any  district  in  which  there  is  a  general  infection  of  the 
t:re.sts,  the  only  practicable  course  is  to  clear  off  the 
timber  while  it  is  sufficiently  sound  to  be  merchantable. 

The  relative  disease-resistance  of  the  Japanese 
chestnuts,  coupled  with  their  precocity  and  produc- 
tiveness, renders  them  now  the  most  promising  sorts 
ioi  the  American  chestnut-grower.  Planted  m  sections 


CHESTNUT 


CHESTNUT 


745 


outside  of  the  native  range  of  the  American  chestnut, 
they  may  reasonably  be  expected  to  remain  practically 
free  from  the  discaHe,  especially  if  care  is  exercised  to 
prevent  its  introduction  from  infested  regions  on 
nursery  stock  or  cions  The  poor  flavor  and  eating 
quality  of  most  of  these  varieties  is  their  worst  fault, 
but  in  view  of  their  wide  range  of 
variation  in  this  respect,  the  problem 
of  producing  resistant  varieties  of 
good  quality  appears  relatively  simple. 
The  few  trees  of  Korean  and  Chinese 
chestnuts  thus  far  grown  in  the  east- 
ern United  States  are  apparently 
quite  resistant  to  the  disease  and 
therefore  of  much  interest  to  the  tree 
breeder  as  parents  of  possible  resist- 
ant forms  Systematic  work  on  the 
breeding  of  resistant  varieties  is  being 

1>rosecuted   in  the  Bureau  of   Plant 
ndustry 

Vnrutieh  of  chest  nuts. 

The  varieties  of  the  three  species, 
although  possessing  many  points  in 
common,  differ  sufficiently  in  impor- 
tant characteristics  to  justify  sepa- 
rate grouping  for  cultural  discussion 
As  chestnut-culture  is  new  in  this 
country,  it  seems  best  to  append 
descriptions  of  all  the  varieties  which 
are  in  the  American  trade  For  fuller 
discussion  of  cultivated  chestnuts,  see 
Nut  Culture  in  the  United  States 
(Bull  Div  of  Pomology,  U  S  Dept 
of  Agric  ),  from  which  Fig  918  is 
adapted,  Nut  Cultunst,  A  S  Fuller, 
IKOb',  European  and  J.ip.mese  Chest- 
nuts in  Eastern  United  States,  (} 
Harold  Powell  (Bull  Del  E\p  Sta- 
tion), 1S()8,  Nut  Culture  for  Profit, 
Jno  H  Parr>,  1897 

AMtRir^N  C.KOUP  —Although  the  wild 
nuts  exhibit  wide  variations  in  mze,  form, 
quality,  productiveness,  und  season  of  ripen- 
ing but  few  vanities  have  been  dignified  by 
names  find  propagated  Solitary  trcrs  are 
frequently  sterile,  although  producing  both 
PtarninHto  and  pistillate  flow<  rs,  apparently 
requiring  cross-tt  rtili/  ition  to  insure  fruitful- 
ness  This  is  especiall}  true-  of  planted  trees 
of  this  spot ic s  on  the  Pacific  slope,  where 
produc  tive  trees  are  report*  d  to  be  rare  The 
susceptibility  of  the  species  to  injury  by  leaf 
diseases,  as  pointed  out  by  Powell,  and  the 
injury  to  nuts  by  Kuvir  of  weevils,  are  draw- 
backs to  its  extensive  culture 

The  following  v  inoties  are  propagated  to 
some  extc  nt 

Dulamy  —  Howling  Own,  Ky  Large, 
and  of  hne  qutlity  Original  tree  productive, 
though  isoltttd 

(Inffin  --Griffin,  Ga  A  large,  very  downy 
nut,  of  good  quality 

Hathaway  —I  it  tie  Prairie  Ronde,  Mich 
A  large,  light-colored,  sweet  nut,  annually 
productive,  frequently  having  five  to  seven 
nuts  to  the  bur 

Kitcham  —  Mountamville,  N  Y  Above 
medium  in  sire,  oblong,  tomentose,  sweet 
Tree  productive  and  vigorous  in  heavy  sod 
at  fifty  years  of  age 

Murrell  —Cole  man's  Falls,  Va      A   large, 


high-flavored  nut,  bearing  three  nuts  to  tiie 

Otto  — Otto,    Tenn      Large,   oblong,   very 
downy  at  tip,  very  sweet,  and  nch 

Rochester  — Rochester,  N  Y  First  fnnted  at  Alton,  111  Nuts 
medium  to  large,  somewhat  rounded,  usually  three  in  a  bur,  of 
dull  brown  color,  downy  at  tip,  quahty  excellent  Tree  a  very 
rapid  grower  and  a  heavy  bearer,  ripens  late 

Watson  — Fay,  Pa  Medium  to  large,  slightly  downy,  com- 
pressed, very  good 

EUROPKAN  GROUP — It  is  a  significant  fact  that,  dunng  the 
century  that  has  elapsed  since  the  introduction  of  this  species,  the 
imported  named  varieties  of  Europe  have  not  found  favor  in  eastern 
America  Seedling  trees  have  been  found  productive  and  profitable 
at  many  points  in  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Delaware,  and  Mary- 


916. Successive  stages  in  the  rava- 

SlflloS*   CheS 
1910,  1911. 


land,  however,  and  these  form  the  basis  of  the  culture  of  the  species 
east  of  the  continental  divide  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
several  of  the  choice  Frehoii  "Marrons"  are  reported  to  succeed  in 
California  and  Oregon  Among  the  more  important  varieties  of  the 
European  group  in  America,  are  the  lollowmg 

Anderson — -Flushing,    N     J      Bur   medium  to   small,   nuts  of 
medium  size,  bright  reddish  brown,  pubescent  at  the  tip  and  over 
half  of  the  nut.     Tree  a  strong  grower,  with   medium  to  small 
leathery  leaves     Very  productive 

Bartram — Milltown,  Pa  Bur  medium  to 
small,  nut  medium,  thickly  pubescent  at  tip, 
dark  reddish  mahogany  color,  three  in  a  bur, 
unusually  free  from  insect  attack,  quahty 
good  Tree  vigorous,  spreading,  with  large 
leaves,  productive 

Comoale  (Marron  Combale)  — France  A 
large  and  handsome,  bright  brown  striped 
nut,  with  but  little  tomentum  at  tip,  usually 
two,  sometimes  but  one  in  a  bur  Somewhat 
grown  in  California,  where  it  was  introduced 
from  France  about  1870 

L'halun  (syn  ,  M  xrron  Chalon  Early)  — 
France  Sparingly  grown  in  C  aliforma  Nut 
of  medium  size,  early,  productive,  pre- 
cocious 

Oorson.  —  Plymouth  Meeting,  Pa  Bur 
large,  with  thin  hm  k,  nuts  large,  usu-illy 
three  in  a  bur,  dark  brown,  ridged,  heavily 
pubescent  at  tin,  quality  very  good  Tree 
vigorous,  spreading,  very  productive 

Dager — ^Cainden,  Del  Bur  medium,  nut 
medium  to  large,  dark  brown,  thickly  tomen- 
tose, usually  three  in  a  bur,  quality  good. 
Tree  vigorous,  spreading,  productive,  a  seed- 
ling of  Ridgely 

Darhngion  — Wilmington,  Del  Bur  me- 
dium to  small,  nut  medium  to  large,  usu- 
ally three  in  a  bur,  dark,  distinctly  striped, 
thickly  tomentose  at  tip,  sweet,  good  Tree 
vigorous  One  of  th«  earliest  to  ripen  of  this 
group 

Lyon  (Marron  de  Lyon)  — France  A  large, 
round  nut  of  fair  quality,  grown  in  a  small 
way  in  California,  but  le*s  productive  than 
Combale,  which  it  resembles 

Marron  —This  term  is  used  by  the  French 
to  designate  the  larger  cultivated  chestnuts, 
most  of  which  have  relatively  few  nuts,  often 
only  one  in  a  bur 

Moncur  — Dover, Del  A scedhngof Ridgely 
Bur  medium,  nuts  medium,  of  light  color, 
heavily  tomentose  Tree  vigorous,  spreading, 
very  productive 

Nouzillarri — France  A  large,  handsome 
vanety  from  central  France,  and  there  con- 
sidered very  productive  and  valuable  Has 
been  tcste'd  in  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania  and 
California  without  marked  success  in  any 
locality 

bumbo  — Mornsville,  Pa  Bur  medium 
conical,  nut  large,  from  two  to  three  in  a 
bur,  bright  brown  striped,  thinly  tomentose, 
of  good  quality  Tree  compact  and  droop- 
ing, rather  uncertain  in  bearing 

Paragon  (syn  ,  Great  American.  Sobers 
Paragon)  — Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pa 
Bur  very  large,  nut  laige,  usually  three  in  a 
bur,  broad,  plump,  thickly  tomentose  at  th» 
tip,  and  thinly  over  two-thirds  of  surface, 
color  dull  brown,  quahty  very  good  Tree 
hardy,  spreading,  vigorous,  with  narrow, 
coarsely  serrate  leaves  having  a  narrow  base, 
subject  to  leaf-blight,  but  very  productive  - 
The  most  widely  planted  and  most  uniformly 
successful  vanety  of  chestnut  yet  cultivated 
in  the  United  States  Possibly  a  hybrid  with 
C.  dentata 

Quercy  (syn  ,  Marron  Queroy)  — France. 
A  beautiful,  medium-sized  nut,  commended  in 
portions  of  California  for  precocity,  earh- 
ness,  productiveness  and  quality 

Ridgely  (syn  ,  Du  Pont)  — Dover,  Del 
Bur  medium,  nut  medium  to  large,  moder- 
ately tomentose,  dark,  of  very  good  quality. 
Tree  vigorous,  with  narrow  leaves  free  from 
blight,  spreading,  very  productive,  hardy 

Scott  — Burlington,  N  J  Bur  medium; 
nut  medium,  slightly  pon  '  " 


tose  at  the  tip  Tree  open,  spreading,  very 
productive,  said  to  be  comparatively  free  from  attacks  of  weevil 

Slyer  — Concordville,  Pa  Bur  medium,  nut  medium  pointed, 
dark  brown,  striped,  tomentose  at  tip,  1  to  3  m  a  bur  Tree  vt»ry 
vigorous,  upright,  with  large,  dark  green  leaves,  free  from  disease 

JAPANESE  GROUP  —Though  most  of  the  imported  Japanese 
chestnuts  have  been  found  of  poor  quality  for  eating  in  the  fresh 
state,  the  product  of  many  imported  seedling  trees,  and  of  a  num- 
ber of  American-grown  seedlings  of  this  type,  is  equal  to  the  Euro- 
pean nut  in  this  respect  The  Japanese  varieties  in  general  have 
the  advantage,  also,  of  greater  precocity  and  productiveness, 
larger  size  and  earlier  maturity  of  nut,  greater  freedom  from  injury 


746 


CHESTNUT 


CHICORY 


917.  Boone  chestnut. 


by  leaf  diseases  and  nut-eating  insect  larvro.  As  productiveness 
and  earlmesa  are  the  most  important  points  in  chestnut-culture  at 
the  present  time,  thia  type  w  the  most  important  to  commercial 
nut-growers  Because  ot  the  ease  with  which  chestnuts  hybridize. 
the  disease-resistance  of  varieties  that  have  originated  from  seed 
produced  within  the  habitat  of  the  American  chestnut  must  be 
regarded  as  uoubtful  until  thoroughly  tested  Information  as  to 
the  place  of  production  of  the  seed  from  which  the  several  varieties 
originated  is  there- 
fore of  importance 
in  selecting  varie- 
ties for  planting. 
The  more  important 
named  varieties  are 
as  follows 

Alpha  —Now 
Jersey  Bur  me- 
dium, nuts  medium 
to  large,  generally 
three  in  a  bur,  dark, 
of  fair  quality,  ripe- 
ning \  cry  earl> 
Troo.  upright,  very 
vigorous  and  pro- 
ductive Originated 
in  New  Jersey  from 
seed  of  Parry 

Beta  —New  Jer- 
sey Bur  small,  nut 
medium,  light 
brown,  smooth, 
slightly  tomentoso 
at  tip,  good,  ripe- 
ning just  after 
Aloha  Seedling  of 
Parry 

Bildle—  New 
Jersey  First  fruited 
in  Maryland  Bur 
medium:  nut  large,  bright  brown,  broad,  rather  thickly  tomentose, 
two  to  five  in  a  bur,  of  medium  season  and  fair  quality  Tree 
regular,  round-headed,  vigorous  Grown  from  imported  seed. 

Black  (syn  ,  Dr  Black)  —New  Jersey  First  fruited  m  Mary- 
land Bur  large,  nut  medium  to  large,  three  to  seven  in  a  bur,  con- 
sequently irregular  in  shape,  dark  brown,  slightly  tomentose,  very 
early  and  of  good  quality  Tree  round,  close-headed,  vigorous,  pro- 
ductive. Grown  from  imported  seed 

Boone  —Villa  Ridge,  111  Fi£  917  A  hybrid  between  Giant  and 
a  native  chestnut  Bur  of  medium  size,  nuts  large,  usually  three  in 
a  bur,  of  light  brown  color,  rather  heavily  tomentose,  quality  very 
good  Tieo  vigorous,  precocious  and  productive,  nuts  npcmng 
early  Considered  difficult  to  propagate 

Coe  —  California.  A  large,  very  sweet  variety,  but  recently 
disseminated  Tree  upright,  somewhat  spreading.  Grown  from 
imported  seed 

Felton—  New  Jersey  First  fruited  in  Delaware  Bur  small, 
nut  medium,  dark  brown,  slightly  tomentose,  rather  eaily  and  of 
excellent  quality  Tree  round-headed  and  fairly  productive 
Grown  from  seed  of  an  imported  tree. 

Giant  —  Japan  A  trade  name,  under  which  a  number  of  varie- 
ties have  been  imported  from  Japan  See  Parry 

Half  (syn,  Eighteen  Months)  —  California  A  newly  intro- 
duced variety,  having  a  large,  dark  brow  n  nut  of  excellent  quality. 
Very  precocious  Grown  from  imported  seed 

Kent  (syn  ,  Extra  Early)  —New  Jersey  First  fruited  in  Dela- 
ware Bur  small,  nut  medium  to  large,  dark,  usually  three  in  a  bur, 
very  early,  of  good  quality  Tree  round-headed,  precocious,  pro- 
ductive Grown  from  seed  of  an  imoorted  tree 

Ktrr—  New  Jersey  First  fruited  m  Maryland.  Bur  small. 
nut  medium  to  large,  dark  brown,  broad,  three  in  a  bur,  early,  and 
of  excellent  quality.  Tree  vigorous,  symmetrical,  round-headed, 
very  productive  Grown  from  imported  seed 

Kitten  —  New  Jersey.  First  fruited  in  Delaware  Bur  very 
large,  nut  very  large,  broad,  light  brown,  slightly  ridged,  of  excel- 
lent quality,  midseason  Tree  tipnght,  open,  spreading,  moder- 
ately vigorous,  productive  The  largest  chestnut  yet  brought  to 
notice.  Grown  from  seed  of  an  imported  tree. 

Mammoth  —  A  trade  name  for  the  imported  Japanese  nuts  and 
trees,  not  restricted  to  any  particular  variety 
Martin)  —  New 


, 

Marl\n    (syn  ,   Col 
Maryland    Bur  largo,  nut  large  to  very  large,  broad,  bright  reddish 


ew  Jersey      First   fruited   in 


,  ,  , 

brown,  slightly  tomentose,  three  to  five  nuts  in  a  bur     Midsea 
of  good  quality  for  cooking    Tree  vigorous,  open,  spreading,  pro- 
ductive   Grown  from  imported  seed 

McFarland  —  California  Bur  very  largo;  nut  large,  and  of  fine 
quality;  early.  Tree  spreading,  vory  productive.  A  newly  dissem- 
inated variety  of  great  promise  Grown  from  imported  seed 

Parry  —  Japan  Bur  very  large,  nut  very  large,  one  to  three  in 
a  bur,  broad,  with  apex  sometimes  depressed,  dark  brown,  ndged, 
of  fair  quality  Tree  moderately  vigorous,  open,  spreading,  with 
large  leaves  One  of  the  largest  and  most  beautiful  of  this  group. 
Selected  for  propagation  as  the  best  of  1,000  imported  grafted 
Japanese  chestnuts 

Prolific  —  Japan  Bur  small,  nut  medium,  rather  long,  striped, 
three  in  a  bur,  early.  Tree  vigorous,  compact,  with  small  narrow 
leaves 

Reliance  —  New  Jersey  Bur  medium,  nut  medium  to  largt, 
rather  long,  light  brown,  ndged,  midseason,  and  of  fair  quality. 
Tree  dwarfish,  spreading,  drooping,  very  precocious  and  produc- 
tive, inclined  to  overbear,  and  needs  thinning  Seedling  ot  Parry. 

Success  —  New  Jersey.    Bur  very  large,  nut  very  large,  usually 


three  in  a  bur;  midseason,  of  rather  poor  quality  until  cooked. 
Seedling  of  Parry    Tree  upright,  productive. 

Superb  — New  Jersey  Bur  large,  nut  large,  oroad,  brown, 
usually  three  m  a  bur,  early,  and  of  fair  quality  Tree  vigorous  and 
very  productive.  Seedling  of  Parry.  Wm  A  TAYLOR 

CHEVALIERA,  CHEVALIERIA,  CHBVALLIERA,  CHE- 
VALLIERIA.  The  species  in  tho  American  trade  are  ^Echraeas. 

CHICK-PEA.  Cicer. 

CfflCKWEED:  Cerastium  and  StcUana. 

CHICORY,  or  SUCCORY  (Cichbnum  fntybwt, 
Linn )  CowpdsiLv  Fig  918  A  native  of  Europe, 
naturalized  in  America  and  familiar  to  many  as  a  weed, 
is  a  pot-herb,  a  salad,  and  the  leading  adulterant  of 
coffee  It  came  prominently  before  the  public  in  the 
late  nineties  and  the  early  years  of  this  century  as  an 
American  farm  crop  Prior  to  that  year,  its  cultiva- 
tion as  an  adulterant  and  substitute  for  coffee  was 
largely  prevented  by  the  prejudice  of  the  principal 
consumers,  our  foreign-bom  population,  who  insisted 
that  American  was  inferior  to  European  root,  and  also 
by  the  low  tariff,  which  allowed  the  root  to  enter  duty 
free,  or  with  a  very  small  impost  During  1898  and 
1899  advantage  was  taken  of  a  protective  duty,  and 
several  fact  ones  were  erected,  for  which  farmers  grew 
the  roots  For  a  few  years  our  home  market  was  sup- 
plied from  American  fields  in  part  But  even  the  sub- 
stitution of  horse-power  for  manual  labor,  improved 
plows  and  cultivating  implements  for  crude  ones, 
machine-digging  of  the  roots  for  hand-digging,  efficient 
slicing  machines,  and  improved  evaporating  kilns  did 
not  make  the  business  satisfactory.  There  was  not 
enough  money  in  it  either  to 
growers  or  to  manufacturers,  so  it 
has  been  abandoned 

Chicory  will  probably  succeed 
wherever  the  sugar  beet  is  grown 
in  this  country,  the  climatic  re- ' 
quirements  being  similar  In  gen- 
eral, it  may  be  said  to  thrive  upon 
all  stone-free  soils  that  will  pro- 
duce paying  staple  ciops,  except 
clays,  lightest  sands  and  mucks 
The  first  are  too  hard,  the  second 
too  dry,  the  third  too  rich  in 
nitrogen  and  too  sour  The  sur- 
face layer  of  soil  should  be  deep, 
the  subsoil  open  and  well  drained. 
If  the  water-supply  be  sufficient- 
high  land  is  as  good  as  low  land 
of  the  same  texture,  though  if  too 
dry  for  profitable  gram-growing, 
the  former  may  yet  be  made  to 
produce  chicory,  but  if  too  wet  for 
cereals,  the  latter  will  generally  be 
found  unsuitable  for  this  root. 
The  fertilizing  of  the  land  should 
be  the  same  as  for  other  root-crops, 
nitrogen  being  used  sparingly, 
potash  and  phosphoric  acid  rather 
freely — one  and  one-fourth  to  one 
and  one-half  times  as  much  of  the 
former  and  two  and  one-half  times 
the  latter  as  has  been  removed  by 
the  preceding  crop.  It  is  best  to 
apply  these  fertilizers  to  preceding 
crops  that  do  not  make  heavy 
demands  upon  them  In  rotation, 
chicory  is  classed  with  root-crops, 
and  should  be  preceded  by  a  small 
grain,  since  this  is  harvested  in 
time  for  fall  plowing  Clover 
should  not  immediately  precede, 
since  it  leaves  too  much  nitrogen 
in  the  soil.  The  ground  being  913  improved  chicorj 
warm,  fairly  inoint,  thoroughly  root  rx1*) 


CHICORY 


CHIMAPHILA 


747 


prepared  by  deep  plowing,  harrowing  and  scarifying 
with  a  weeder,  the  seed,  which  must  be  fresh  and  clean, 
is  sown  rather  thickly  but  covered  thinly,  in  drills  18 
inches  apart 

There  are  but  few  well-defined  varieties  of  this  plant 
used  for  held  culture,  and  even  the  garden  sorts  are 
not  so  stable  as  could  be  desired  Of  the  former  group, 
Magdeburg,  Brunswick  and  Schlcsische  are  the  prin- 
cipal, of  the  latter,  Witloof  (bo-called),  Red  Italian, 
Broad -leaved,  Improved  Variegated  and  Curled-leaved 
arc  best  known  Witloof  and  Barbc  de  Capucm  ran 
be  produced  from  any  variety,  the  difference  being 
brought  about  by  the  method  of  growing 

Chicoiy  has  no  specific  enemies  m  this  country,  and 
is  troubled  by  only  a  few  of  the  general-feeding  insects, 
mich  as  cut-worms  and  wire-worms 

From  six  to  ten  tons  is  the  general  acre  yield,  although 
with  good  management  fifteen  tons  may  be  produced 
The  cost  of  growing  and  the  returns  are  about  as  fol- 
lows Rent,  wear  of  tools,  etc ,  $o;  preparation  of 
land,  $4  .")(),  seed,  75  cents,  cultivating  and  tending, 
$15,  harvesting  and  delivering,  $12,  total,  $3725. 
Aveiage  price  the  ton,  $7 

From  a  purely  hoiticultural  standpoint,  chicory  is 
of  mt(  rest  as  a  root,  a  pot-herb,  and  a  salad  plant 
The  voting  tender  roots  are  occasionally  boiled  and 
served  with  butter,  pepper  and  salt,  like  young  carrots, 
but  they  have  never  become  widely  popular  in  this 
form  As  a  pot-herb,  the  young  leaves  are  equal  to 
those  of  dandelion  They  are  cut  when  0  to  8  inches 
long,  boiled  in  two  waters  to  remove  the  bitter  flavor, 
and  served  like  spinach  As  a  salad,  chicory  is  famous 
in  three  foims  Common  Blanched,  Barbe  de  Capucm 
and  Witloof  Barbe  de  Capucm  is  comprised  of  small 
blanched  leaves  Witloof  is  a  more  solid  head  The 
pink,  red  and  curled  varieties  make  a  very  prettv 
appearance,  and,  if  well  grown  and  served  fre.sh,  are 
delicious,  there  being  only  a  .slightly  bitter  flavor 
The  method  of  growing  for  salads  is  the  .name  a,s  for 
endive 

Foi  Barbc1  and  \Vitloof,  well-grown  roots  are  dug  in 
October,  ti mimed  of  unnecessarv  roots  and  of  all  but 
an  inch  of  top  For  Barbe,  the  roots  are  laid  hori- 
zontally m  tier.s  in  moist  earth,  the  whole  forming  a 
.sloping  heap,  the  crowns  of  the  roots  protruding  an 
null  01  so  Since  darkness  is  essential,  a  warm  vege- 
table cell  ir  is  the  usual  place  selec  ted  to  grow  this 
vegetable,  which  requires  three  or  four  week.s  to  pio- 
diue  its  hne  white  leaves  These  are  cut  when  about 
b  inches  long,  eaten  as  a  salad,  boiled  like  kale  or  cut 
up  like  slaw  If  undisturbed,  the  roots  \\ill  continue 
to  produce  toi  several  weeks  The  most  rapid  v\a>  to 
pioduce  Witloof  is  to  plunge  the  roots  (shortened  to  5 
inches)  in  spent  tanbark,  or  such  mateiial,  and  cover 
w  ith  2  feet  or  more  of  manure,  the  space  under  a  green- 
house bench  being  used.  In  about  two  weeks,  heads 
lesemblmg  cos  lettuce  mav  be  dug  up,  boiled  like  brus- 
sels  sprouts,  01  served  as  salad  If  the  roots  be  left  in 
place,  piotected  from  the  light,  but  uncovered,  a  crop 
of  leaves  resembling  Barbe  mav  be  gathered  Sowing 
and  other  cultural  management  is  the  same  as  for  othei 
garden  roots,  as  beets  and  carrots  It  is  a  pity  that 
these  vegetables  are  so  little  known  m  this  count rj 
Witloof  is  a  popular  winter  vegetable  in  the  larger 
cities  of  the  East  Much  of  it  is  imported  from  Europe 

Chicory  has  run  wild  along  roadsides  and  in  dry  fields 
in  many  parts  of  the  country,  and  is  considered  to  be  a 
bad  weed  However,  the  handsome  sky-blue  flowers 
(Fig.  962),  which  open  only  in  sunshine,  are  very 
attractive  M.  G.  KAINS. 

CHlLDSIA  WfiRCKLEI:  Hidalgoa. 

^  CHILlANTHUS  (a  thousand  flowers]  Logam&cese. 
Four  or  5  S  African  trees  or  shrubs,  very  closely  allied 
to  Buddleia,  from  which  it  differs  in  having  stamens 

48 


exserted  from  the  short  tube  Ivs.  opposite,  entire  or 
dentate,  nearly  always  tomentose  or  scaly  fls  very 
numerous,  in  dense  terminal  cymes  or  panicles,  calyx 
and  corolla  deeply  4-parted,  the  latter  usually  yellow- 
ish Unknown  to  the  American  trade  The  plants 
known  as  Buddleia  salicifolm,  Jaoq  ,  and  B  saliqna, 
Willd  ,  are  Chilianthus  arboreut,  Benth  (which  is 
probably  identical  with  C.  o/eaceus,  Burch.). 

CHIL6PSIS  (Greek,  lip-like)  Bignoniacex  One 
deciduous  shrub  or  low  tree,  often  planted  in  southern 
California  and  other  parts 

Allied  to  Catalpa  differs  in  having  4  anther-bearing 
stamens  and  1  rudiment,  a  more  trumpet-shaped  corolla 
and  with  jagged  lobes,  and  Ivs  linear  and  often  not 
opposite 

hnearis,  DC  (('  *>aUyna,  Don).  Slender-branched, 
10  20  ft  •  fls  handsome,  bignoma-hke,  in  a  short 
tenmnal  raceme,  corolla  1-2  in.  long,  5-lobed  and 
ci  imped,  the  tube  and  throat  lilac,  and  2  yellow  stripes 
inside  Dry  districts  from  S  Texas 
to  Calif,  and  in  Mex  - -From  its 
narrow -lanceolate  or  linear  Ivs  ,  it  is  c/^'^X  f*  ^  } 
known  as  desert  willow,  also  called  kafv/X  vV/-?"*T^ 
flowering  willow  and  mimbres  *S^H  \  >*Lifc&^ 
There  is  a  white-fld  form 

L  II  B 

CHIMAPHILA  (Greek,  winter- 
lovinq,  green  in  winter)  En- 
caft..f  Pii'SLsbEWA  Perennial  small 
plants,  interesting  for  the  white  or 
pinkish  flow eis  and  the  evergreen 
foliage,  but  little  cultivated 

Half  shrubby  or 
herbaceous,  with 
creeping  st  Ivs. 
evergn  en,  serrate, 
in  irregular  whorls, 
fls  nodding,  form- 
ing a  terminal,  few- 
fid  urnbel,  on  a 
long  naked  pedun- 
cle, petals  .">,  spread- 
ing, stamens  10,  the 
anthers  opening 
with  2  pores  at  the 
apex,  the  filaments 
short,  dilated,  style 
short,  \\  ith  a  peltate 
stigma  fr  a  dehis- 
cent, deeplv.  fur- 
row ed,  5 -c el  led 
caps  with  n  urn  ci- 
ous  minute  seeds  — 
Four  species  in  N. 
Amer  ,  Eu  ,  and  N. 
Asia  to  Japan;  for- 
merly united  with  Pyrola  Low  evergreen  plants,  with 
prettv  white  or  reddish  fls  m  summer  They  grow 
best  in  a  light,  sandy  soil,  mixed  with  peat  or  leaf- 
mold,  and  piefer  a  half-shady  position  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion of  the  creeping  rootstock.  Useful  m  wild  borders. 

A.  Lvs  broadest  above  the  middle. 

umbellata,  Nutt.  (C  corymbbsa,  Pursh)  Five  to  12 
in  Ivs  3-6  in  a  whorl,  short-pet  loled,  cuneate-lanceo- 
late  to  oblong-obovate,  sharply  serrate,  dark  green  and 
shining  above,  1-2  in.  long  fls.  4-7,  white  or  reddish, 
}  2~/4m-  wide.  N.  Anier  ,  from  Canada  to  Mex  ,  Eu  , 
Japan  BM  778.  LBC  5  463.  Mn  7*161— Lvs. 
said  to  be  employed  m  rheumatic  and  kidney  affec- 
tions 

AA  Lvs  broadest  below  the  middle. 

maculata,  Pursh  Fig  919  Lower  and  less  branched 
than  the  foiegomg.  Ivs.  usually  in  3's,  ovate  or  oblong- 


748 


CHIMAPHILA 


CHIONODOXA 


lanceolate,  sparsely  and  sharply  serrate,  variegated 
with  white  along  the  nerves,  1-2  in  long  fls  2-5,  white, 
%m.  wide.  From  Canada  to  Ga.  and  Miss.  B.M.  897. 
Mn.  9  1.  GC  111.32318. 

Menziesii,  Spreng  Slender  plant,  3-8  in  high: 
Ivs.  alternate  or  m  3's,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate, 
acute  at  both  ends,  %-!%  m-  long,  sharply  serrate, 
sometimes  variegated  fls  1-3,  whit",  1 2in  across, 
filaments  with  a  round  dilated  portion  in  the  middle 
Brit  Col.  to  Calif  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHIMONANTHUS.  Mcratia 

CHINA  ASTER-  Aster 

CHINA-TREE:  Melia. 

CHINA  WOOD-OIL.  Aleuntes  Fordu 

CHINESE  LANTERN  PLANT:  Physahs. 

CHINESE  LAUREL.  Anhdesma. 

CHINESE  SACRED  LILY    Narcissus. 

CHINKAPIN,   CHINQUAPIN:  Chestnut  and  Castanea 

CHIOC(5CCA..  Rubiacex  SNOWHERRY  (which  the 
name  means  in  Greek).  Shrubs,  mostly  climbing  or 
trailing,  of  Trop  Arner  (a  half-<lozen  or  so  species), 
and  3  m  extreme  S.  Fla  Fls  in  axillary  panielea,  the 
corolla  funnelforrn  and  5-parted,  stamens  5,  inserted 
on  the  base  of  the  corolla,  the  filaments  cohering  at 
base,  style  filiform,  the  stigma  club-shaped;  ovary  2-3- 
loculed,  becoming  a  small  globular  2-seeded  drupe 
C.  racemdsa,  Linn  ,  of  the  Fla  Ke>s  and  S  ,  is  some- 
times cult  in  hothouses  for  its  panicles  of  yellowish 
white  fls  and  the  white  frs.:  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate, 
thick  and  shining,  entire  drupes  2/4'm  diarn  twining, 
glabrous  C.  anguffuga,  Mart  (C  brachiuta,  Ruiz  & 
Pav  ),  of  S  Amer  ,  the  root  affording  a  native  snake- 
bite remedy,  has  appeared  in  cult  (under  the  name  var. 
acutifblia)'  woody,  with  erect  branches  Ivs  ovate,  3 
in  or  less  long,  sharp-acuminate  fls  J4m  long  with 
recurved  lobes,  in  axillary  panicles  shorter  than  the 
Ivs  — In  S  Fla  or  on  the  Keys,  2  other  sfxvies  occur, 
but  they  apparently  are  not  in  cult  C  dlba,  Hitchcock. 
Large,  erect  or  reclining'  Ivs  elliptic  to  ovate  fls 
white,  often  becoming  yellow.  C.  pinetdr-um,  Brit 
Small,  trailing.  Ivs.  mostly  elliptic  to  oblong  corolla 
always  white  L  H.  B  • 

CHI<5GENES  (Greek,  snow,  offspring,  referring  to 
the  snow-white  berries)  Ericaceae  SNOWBERRY. 
Creeping  plant,  rarely  grown  in  rockeries  for  the  car- 
peting effect  of  the  evergreen  foliage  and  for  the  attrac- 
tive white  berries ,  with  small  alternate  2-ranked  Ivs  and 
inconspicuous  axillary  fls  ;  corolla  short-campanulate, 
4-cleft,  stamens  8,  included,  with  short  filaments, 
anthers  opening  by  a  slit'  berry  white,  many-seeded  — 
Two  species  in  the  colder  regions  of  N.  Amer  and 
Japan  Slender  trailing  evergreens,  in  appearance 
much  like  the  cranberry,  rarely  cult  Thriving  best  in 
moist  and  peaty  soil,  in  a  shaded  position,  creeping 
amongst  growing  moss.  Prop  by  seeds,  by  division  or 
by  cuttings  in  Aug  under  glass.  The  American  spe- 
cies, C.hispfdula,  Torr  &  Gray  (C.  serpylhfblia,  Sahsb  ), 
has  hirsute  branches  and  ovate  or  oval,  J^-^m -long 
cihate  Ivs  ,  greenish  white  fls.  and  white  berries,  J^in. 
across,  usually  hirsute.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CHIONANTHUS  (Greek  for  snow  and  flower,  allud- 
ing to  the  abundance  of  snow-white  fls  ).  Olence^e. 
FRINGE  TREE  Woody  plants  grown  for  their  pro- 
fusely produced  white  flowers. 

Shrubs  or  low  trees,  with  deciduous,  opposite  and 
entire  Ivs  :  fls  m  loose  panicles  irom  lateral  feuds  at  the 
end  of  last  year's  branches,  white,  dioecious  or  only 
functionally  dioecious,  calyx  4-cleft;  corolla  divided 
nearly  to  the  base  in  4  narrow  petals.,  stamens  2,  short; 


ovary  superior,  2-celled;  style  very  short  with  a  2- 
lobed  stigma,  fr  a  1 -seeded  oval  drupe — Two  species 
in  E.  N.  Amer.  and  China  Ornamental  shrubs,  with 
large,  dark  green  foliage,  arid  very  showy  white  fls 
in  eaily  summer.  The  American  species  is  almost 
hardy  N  ,  but  lequues  a  somewhat  sheltered  position, 
the  Chinese  may  be  more  tender,  but  has  proved  haidy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboietum  They  thiive  best  in  a  some- 
what moist  and  sandy  loam,  and  in  a  sunny  position 
Pi  op  by  seeds  sown  m  fall  or  stratified,  increased  also 
by  layers  arid  by  grafting  under  glass  or  budding  in 
the  open  air  on  ash  seedlings  (m  Euiope,  Fraxmus 
Ornus  is  preferred),  sometimes  by  cuttings  from  forced 
plants  in  early  spring 

virginica,  Linn  Fig  920  Large  shrub  or  slender 
tree,  to  30  ft  Ivs  oval  or  oblong,  acuminate,  pubes- 
cent beneath  when  young,  mostly  glabrous  at  length, 
4-8  in  long  panicles  4-6 
in  long,  pendulous,  fls  func- 
tionally durcious,  petals  1 
in  long  fr  dark  blue,  ovoid, 
£4111  long  May,  June  From 
Pa  to  Fla  and  Texas  L  B 
C  13  .  1264  Gt  16  561 
Mn.  2  15*  G  F  7  325. 
A  G  22  362  F  E  29  733 
Gng.  16  306  G  M  31  527 
V  10  227  G  W  S,  p  293 
MDG  1899412,413,1900 
413,  1907  73,  337  —Variable 
in  shape  and  pubescence  of 
the  Ivs  ,  and  several  varieties 
have  been  distinguished,  but 
none  of  them  sufficiently  dis- 
tinct for  horticultural  pur- 
poses The  stammate  plants 
are  showier  in.  flower  on 
vys.,2/  account  of  their  larger  pani- 

cles and  broader  petals,  but 

lack  the  attractive  pendulous  blue  frs  in  autumn. 
Root-bark  tonic,  febrifuge,  laxative,  reputed  narcotic 

retusa,  Lindl  (C  chintnw,  Maxim  )  Shrub,  with 
spreading  branches,  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft  Ivs  obovate 
or  oval  to  oval-oblong,  acute  or  obtuse,  sometimes 
emargmate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  at  least 
when  young,  and  reticulate,  petioles  densely  pubes- 
cent ns  dioecious,  fragrant,  in  panicles  2-4  in  long, 
petals  about  y^m  long,  narrow  oblong  drupe  ovoid, 
dark  blue,  j^in  long  China  P  F  G  3,  p.  85  G  C 
II  23821;  III.  47.328,  329  Gt  35,  p  667  A  G. 
13  374;  20  107;  22 '363  Mn  2  157  G  F  7  327  (J 
29:347;  33  -521.  Gn.  W.  8  453  -  Young  plants  have 
the  Ivs.  serrulate.  ALFRED  REHDER 

CHIONOD<5XA  (Greek,  snow  and  glory).  Lihdeex 
GLORY -OF -THE -SNOW.  Very  early-blooming  hardy 
bulbs,  flowers  and  leaves  appearing  together 

Closely  allied  to  Scilla,  but  differs,  among  other 
characters,  in  having  a  short  tube  to  the  corolla  fls 
blue  (running  into  white  and  red  forms),  with  recurved- 
spreading  acute  segms  ,  dilated  filaments,  and  small  or 
capitate  stigma  — Four  species,  Crete  to  Asia  Minor. 

These  are  among  the  best  of  early-flowering  plants, 
blooming  in  February,  March  and  April,  according  to 
the  locality,  with  the  early  snowdrops  and  scillas  Since 
their  introduction  to  cultivation  by  Maw  in  1H77,  they 
have  been  widely  cultivated  under  the  popular  name 
of  "glory-of-thc-snow,"  in  allusion  to  their  early- 
bloorning  habit  C.  Liicihae  is  the  most  widely  cultiva- 


920    Chionanthus  virginica. 


ted  species  This  varies  much  in  color,  the  type  having 
flowers  \\hose  petals  are  more  or  less  deeply  tipped 
with  blue,  shading  to  white  at  their  bases  C 


also  occurs  with  pure  white  flowers,  and  in  reddish  and 
pink  forms  C  sardenns  has  smaller  flowers  of  a  deeper 
tone  of  blue  arid  without  the  white  markings  of  the 
petals.  There  arc  two  varieties  of  this,  one;  with  white 


CHIONODOXA 


CHIRITA 


749 


and  the  other  with  black  stamens  C  grandiflora  is 
the  largest-flowered  of  the  group,  the  type  being  slaty 
blue  with  dark  lines  down  the  center  of  the  segments: 
however,  like  others  of  the  genus,  there  arc  pink  ana 
white  forms  sometimes  found  in  collected  bulbs, 
although  somewhat  rare  C.  Ttnolubu,  one  of  the  kinds 
sent  out  by  Whittall  of  Smyrna  borne  years  ago,  is 
very  like  C  Lucdwe  in  form  but  of  a  deeper  blue  and  a 
distinctly  later  flowering  habit  Chionodoxas  hybridize 
with  Scilla,  and  the  hybrids  are  sometimes  known  as 
chionoseillas.—  Chionodoxas  thrive  in  any  fertile  soil, 
well  drained  and  not  too  heavy,  and  in  any  exposure, 
the  main  requisite  for  growth  being  that  they  have 
light  and  an  adequate  supply  of  moisture  while  grow- 
ing and  until  the  foliage  is  ripened.  The  bulbs  should 
be  planted  about  3  inches  deep,  and  closely,  say  an  inch 
or  less  apart  Lift  and  replant  about  the  third  year 
They  need  no  winter  covering  They  flower  wel'  in  pots 
m  winter  in  a  coolhouse  temperature  Must  be  foieed 
only  gently,  and  given  abundance  of  air,  light  and 
moisture  They  are  increased  by  offsets  and  seeds, 
which  thej  pioduce  freely  Under  favorable  conditions 
they  mciease  rapidly  by  self-sown  seeds  Preferably, 
seeds  should  be  sown  in  a  frame,  and  may  be  expected 
to  germinate  the  following  winter  Under  ordinary 
conditions,  self-sown  seeds  germinate  early  in  the 
>ear,  or  late  winter  (J  N  Gerard  ) 

Lucfhae,  Boiss  Fig  921  Bulb  ovoid,  brown-coated 
Ivs  long  and  narrow,  2  or  .'i  with  each  Ft  scape  3-6 
in.  high,  bearing  a  do/sen  or  less  bright  blue,  more  or 
less  hanging,  white-centered  fls  Asia  Minor  and 
Crete  B  M  (5433  (in  2S,  p  179  —  Runs  into  many 
forms,  one  of  which  has  white  fls  C.  gigantea,  Hort  , 
is  a  larger  form  of  it, 
distinct  m  habit  C. 
grandifldra,  Hort  ,  is 
a  large  garden  form, 
with  fls  violet  -blue 
and  v\  h  1  1  e  in  the 
throat  Yar  F6rbesii, 
Hort  ,  somewhat  taller 
and  bearing  more  fls 
C.  amabihs  Leichtliun, 
Hort  ,  is  a  very  hand- 
some form,  2  weeks 
later  than  the  others- 
fls  1^4  in  acioss,  with 
broad  full  segms  of 
soft  creamy  white 
shaded  rose-purple 
C.  Tmolilsu,  Hort  ,  is 
a  late-blooming  form, 
bright  blue  and  white, 
apparently  a  variant 
of  C  Liicilwt 

sardSnsis,  Drude 
Fls  2-C,  smaller,  much 
darker  blue  with  no 
white  in  the  eye,  the 
perianth  -  limb  twice 
longer  than  the  tube 
Ivs  channeled  Sardis 
On  28.178  —Probably 
a  form  of  C  Lucilix 

erotica,  Boiss  & 
Held  Slender-  fls 
smaller  and  fewer  (1-2 
on  a  scape)  than  C. 
Lualise,  white  or  very 

Gle  blue     Crete  —  Of 
tie  horticultural 
value 

Allenii,  Hort  (Chio- 
noscilla  Allenn,  Hort  ). 
Perianth  segma.  cut  to 


922.  Chiranthodendron  platanoides. 
The  hand-flower    ( X  h) 


921.  Chionodoxa  Luciliae. 


the  base:  habit  of  C  Lucthcp,  but  the  white  eye  is 
indistinct.  Supposed  natural  hybrid  of  Scilla  bifoha  and 
ChwnodoxaLucihx.  G.C  III  21:191.  There  is  said  to 
be  another  (/  Allenn  that  is  a  direct  selection  probably 
from  ('  Lncilicf,  very  like  var  grandiflora.  Chionowilla 
I'enryi  is  another  Chionodoxax  Scilla  hybrid,  the  exact 
parentage  not  being  stated. 

CHIONOSCILLA: 

Hybrids  of  Chionodoxa 
and  Srillti,  consult  these 
gduri 

CHIRANTHO- 
D&NDRON   (Greek, 

sign  i  f  y  i  ng  ha  ndflower- 
trct )  titrrciilidceae 
( )dd  -  flowered  orna- 
mental tree  of  Mexico 
and  to  be  expected 
in  \\  est  Indies  and 
elsewhere  in  cultiva- 
tion 

A  m  o  n  o  t  y  p  i  c 
genus,  w  Inch  together 
with  the  Cahforman 
F  r  e  m  on  t  od  en  d  ron 
forms  the  remarkable 
group  Frernontiese. 
The  fls.  are  devoid 
of  a  corolla,  but  in 
its  place  have  a  large 
deeply  5-parted  cup- 
shaped  calyx,  con- 
cave at  the  base,  in 
which  there  are  5 
glands  which  secrete 
an  abundance  of 
honey,  stamens 
united  together  for 
about  one-third  their  length,  above  which  they  separate 
into  .5  i  ays  bearing  linear  anthers  which  dehisce  by  a 
longitudinal  groove,  style  issuing  from  the  center  of 
the  stamens  and  terminating  in  a  pointed  stigma  fr  a 
woody  caps  with  5  valvate  dehiscent  lobes  foliage 
linden-like  and  densely  clothed  with  stellate  hairs. 

platanoides,  Baill  (Chtirosthnon  platanoides, 
Humb  &  Bonpl )  The  celebrated  MACPALXOCHI- 
QI<  \ntiiTL,  or  HANDFLOWER  TUBE  of  the  Mexicans, 
also  called  M*NO  DE  MHO,  MONKEY'S  HAND,  and 
DEML'S  HAND  Fig  922  The  remarkable  feature  of 
the  fl  is  the  form  of  the  bright  red  stamens,  which 
resemble  the  fingers  of  a  human  hand  and  are  tipped 
with  appendages  like  claws,  from  the  base  of  the 
fingers  issues  the  style  which  is  more  or  less  like  a 
thumb  A  single  tree  growing  near  the  city  of  Toluca 
was  known  to  the  ancient  Mexicans,  who  regarded  it 
with  superstitious  veneration  It  was  of  great  age  and 
wass  supposed  to  be  the  only  tree  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 
But  an  entire  grove  of  the  trees  was  discovered  in 
Guatemala  on  the  slope  of  the  Volcano  de  Agua,  near 
the  town  of  Antigua,  whence  m  pre-Columbian  times 
the  specimen  had  been  brought  This  established 
itself  on  the  slope  of  the  volcano  of  Toluca,  where  the 
conditions  of  soil  and  climate  were  similar  to  those  of 
its  original  habitat.  w.  E.  SAFFORD 

CHDR.1TA  (Hmdostani  name).  Gesneracex.  Plants 
much  like  gloxinias  and  streptocarpuaes.  A  genus  of  100 
species,  none  of  which  is  in  Jhe  American  trade.  They 
are  natives  of  E  Asia  and  are  herbs  or  low  undershrubs 
with  opposite,  often  unequal  Ivs..  fls.  in  shades  of  pur- 
ple and  blue,  tubular,  in  clusters  on  the  tops  of  snort 
scapes  For  cult ,  see  Gloxinia. 

C  barbAla,  Sprague  Perennial  fls  pedicellate,  corolla  funnel- 
shaped,  bluish  lilac,  with  yellow  band  in  front  India.  B  M. 
8200— r.  rupfstrts,  Ridl  Bushy,  compact  annual.  Malay 
Peninsula.  B  M.  8333.— C.  nntniut,  Lindl ,  is  th«  best  known 


750 


CHIRITA 


CHLORIS 


Rpecies  and  IB  well  worth  cult.  It  baa  bright  green  Ivs.  and  scapose 
cymes  of  blue  and  white  fls.,  the  yellow  anthers  of  which  add 
attractiveness.  B  R.  30  59.  —  A  variegated  form  la  known 

N.  TAYLOE.f 

CHIR6NIA  (classical  mythological  name)  Gen- 
tiandcex  A  dozen  or  so  soft  perennial  herbs  or  slirubs 
of  Afr  .  rarely  seen  in  collections  of  greenhouse  mate- 
rial t  Is  in  shades  of  red  and  purple,  terminal,  with  a 
salver-form  corolla  and  short  tube:  Ivs  opposite,  ses- 
sile, on  single  or  branching  sts  Most  of  them  are  from 
the  Cape  region. 

CHIVE,  or  CHIVES  (written  also  Give)  Alhum 
Scha>n6prasum,  Lmn.,  a  perennial  plant  native  to 
Europe  and  the  northern  borders  of  the  United  States 
and  northward  See  Allium  The  leaves  of  chive 
are  used  green  as  seasoning  in  soups;  salads  and 
stews  Chive  grows  6  to  8  inches  high,  making 
dense  mats  of  narrow  hollow  leaves,  and  bloom- 
ing freely  in  violet- 
colored  heads,  which 
scarcely  overtop  the  foli- 
age, bulbs  small,  oval. 
The  plant  makes  an  ex- 
cellent permanent  edg- 
ing, and  is  w  orth  growing 
for  this  purpose  alone. 
It  is  easily  propagated 
by  dividing  the  clumps; 
but,  like  other  tufted 
plants,  it  profits  by  hav- 
ing the  stools  broken  up 
and  replanted  every  few 
years.  It  rarely  seeds. 
It  thrives  in  any  garden 
soil.  The  leaves  may  be 
cut  freely,  for  they 
quickly  grow  again. 

L.  H    B. 

CHLIDANTHUS  (del- 
icate flower,  from  the 
Greek)  Amaryllid&ceae. 
Tropical  American  sum- 
mer-flowering bulbs. 
Allied  to  Zephyranthes. 

Flowers  erect,  yellow, 
fragrant,  in  a  small  2- 
bracted  umbel,  termina- 
ting a  solid  scape,  long- 
tubed,  with  wide-spread- 
ing segms  ;  stamens  6, 
inserted  at  the  throat, 
the  filaments  unequal 
and  dilated  at  base'  fr  a 
3-valved  caps  .  Ivs  long 
and  strap-shaped  bulb 
tunicate  —  Three  or  four  species  Mex  ,  and  S  Amer. 

Chlidanthuses  are  increased  by  offsets  or  by  heeds. 
The  bulbs  should  be  kept  dry  and  cool  during  winter 
and  in  spring  started  in  a  moderately  warm  houwe. 
After  flowering,  care  must  be  taken  to  have  the  bulbs 
make  their  annual  growth.  They  may  either  be  grown 
in  pots  plunged  in  ashes,  or  planted  out  where  they 
can  be  watered  occasionally  during  dry  weather.  Like 
other  similar  plants,  they  will  benefit  by  a  mulching 
of  spent  hops  or  rotted  manure  (G  W  Oliver  ) 

fragrans,  Herb  (C  luteus,  Voss)  Bulb  large  and 
ovoid:  Ivs.  about  6,  appearing  in  spring  or  early  sum- 
mer with  the  fls  ,  narrow,  glaucous,  obtuse  fls  4  or 
less  in  each  umbel,  3  in  or  less  long,  nearly  sessile, 
erect,  on  a  2-edged  scape  or  peduncle  10  in  or  less  high. 
Andes.  B.R  640  F  S.  4:326.—  A  good  summer-bloom- 
ing plant.  t 

Hthrenbergii,  Kunth.  Somewhat  taller:  fls.  yellow, 
nearly  horizontal,  distinctly  stalked,  the  3  outer  eegms. 


923.  Chlons  elegatu 


wider  than  the  inner.    Mex. — Perhaps  a  form  of  the 
above.  L.  II.  B. 

CHLORANTHUS  (green  flower).  Chloranlhdcex. 
Tropical  herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  one  of  which  is  some- 
times grown  under  glass  in  the  North. 

Perennial  aromatic  herbs  or  evergreen  shrubs,  with 
jointed  sts  opposite  simple  Ivs  ,  and  small,  inconspic- 
uous fls,  in  slender  terminal  spikes,  penanth  repre- 
sented by  a  single  scale,  in  the  axil  of  which  is  the 
1-loculed  ovary  and  mostly  3  united  stamens  (the  sulo 
stamens  sometimes  obsolete)  — Some  10  species  in  the 
eastern  tropics  Two  other  genera  (Ascarma  and 
Hedyosmum)  comprise  the  family  Chloranthacea?,  of 
the  pepper-like  series 
of  plants 

brachystachys. 
Blume.  >Shrub  used 
for  pot-growing,  reach- 
ing a  height  of  1-2  f t , 
bearing  glossy  foliage 
and  small  yellow  ber- 
ries stamen  single  in 
each  fl  .  Ivs  long- 
lanceolate,  acuminate, 
serrate  — Tropics  and 
subtromcH,  Ceylon 
eastward  There  is  a 
variegated-leaved 
form.  L  IL  B. 

CHLORIS  (the  god- 
dess of  flowers)  Gra- 
minesp  FiNGEK-CiiAssk. 
Annual  or  usually  per- 
ennial grasses,  bomc" 
roration 

lades,  compressed  sheaths 
;ral  spikes    spikclets  with 
"  more  rudimentary  sterile 
lemmas  on  the  prolonged  rachilla — Species 
about  40,  in  the  warmer  regions  of  the  world 
A  few  are  cult  for  ornament  on  account  of 
the  attractive  mfl    Of  simple  treatment 

Regans,  HBK  Fig  923  Annual,  1-3  ft  : 
uppermost  sheaths  usually  inflated  around 
the  base  of  the  mfl  ;  spikes  6-12,  pale  or  dark, 
1-3  in  long,  lenmia  fusiform,  1  line  long, 
short-pilose  at  baso  and  along  the  lower  half 
of  the  keel,  long-pilone  on  the  margins  near 
the  apex,  the  awn  about  5  lines  long,  rudi- 
ment cuneatc,  twice  as  long  as  broad,  the 
single  awn  somewhat  shorter  than  the  awn  of 
the  perfect  floret  Mex  Uept  Agric  ,  Div. 
Agrost,  7:192,20  102 

polydictyla,  Swartz  (C  barbata,  Nash)  Fig 
924  Perennial,  1-3  ft.  spikes  several,  awns  2-3  lines, 
rudiment  triangular-truncate,  the  2  awns  about  as 
long  as  the  awn  of  the  perfect  floret.  Tropics  of  both 
hemispheres. 

verticillata,  Nutt.  WINDMILL- GRASS  Perennial, 
4-15  in  spikes  several,  slender,  in  1-3  whorls,  2-4  in 
long;  awns  2-3  lines,  lemma  1  line  long,  nearly  glabrous; 
rudiment  oblong-truncate,  1-awned  Dept  Agric , 
Piv  Agrost  7  191.  Kan  to  Texas. 

radiata,  Swartz.  Perennial,  2-3  ft  *  spikes  several, 
about  3  in.  long;  spikelets  slender;  lemma  slightly  cih- 
ate  on  callus  and  near  apex,  the  awn  6  lines  long; 
rudiment  narrow,  acute,  the  single  awn  about  half 
as  long  as  the  awn  of  the  perfect  floret.  W  Indies 

gayana,  Kunth.  RHODES-GRABS.  Robust  perennial, 
with  abundant  foliage  and  terminal  umbels  of  6-15 
spikes  — An  African  species  at  present  under  experi- 
mentation in  U.  S.  in  dry  regions.  Cult,  in  Austral. 
(See  Agr.  Gaz.  New  S.  Wales  19:19,  118,  389  [1908]). 


924    Chlons  poly- 
dactyla.   (Xh) 


CHLORIS 


CHOISYA 


751 


truncita,  R.  Br.  (C.  barbata  vera,  Host.,  not  C.  bar- 
bdta,  Swartz  or  Nash).  STAR-GRASS.  A  Btoloniferous 
perennial,  with  erect  culms  1-3  ft.:  spikes  6-10.  3-6 
in  ,  becoming  horizontal  orreflexed;  spikelets  \Yi  lines, 
dark  at  maturity,  the  awns  3-6  lines  long.  Austral. 
Turner,  Austr  Grasses  1:17  —  Cult  for  ornament 

C  grdcilm,  Dur  -»Leptochloa  virgata,  fioauv  This  has  been 
recommended  aa  un  ornamental  —  C  petnea,  8warU,  and  C  glnuca. 
Vasey,  both  handsome  specica  from  1  la  ,  have  been  recommended 
for  cult  as  ornamentals  A  y>  HlTCHCOCK. 

CHLOR<5CODON  (Greek  for  green  arid  bell,  allud- 
ing to  the  flowers)  Asdepiadfice<e,  Twiners,  one  of 
which  is  planted  far  South 

Large  plants  with  opposite  cordate  entire  heavy  Ivs  , 
notched  stipules  and  purplish  or  greenish  fls  in  axillary 
panicles  calyx  5-parted,  corolla  deeply  5-lobed,  corona 
of  5  lobes  coming  from  the  base  of  the  filaments,  the 
lobes  obcordate  or  broader,  sometimes  with  an  erect 
or  incurved  projection  or  horn  on  the  baek,  pollen 
granular  —  Two  species  in  Trop  and  S  Afr.  C. 
ecornutus,  N  E  Br  ,  is  apparently  not  in  cult 

Whiteii,  Hook  f  Strong  woody  twiner,  \\ith  large 
opposite  cordate-ovate  thick  Ivs  and  axillary  clus- 
ters of  odd  fls  5-^-1  in  diarn  ,  corolla  rotate-bell- 


, 

shaped,  thick,  segms  ovate  and  acute,  purple  and  with 
mat  gins  and  central  stripe  green,  and  bearing  long- 
notched  lobes,  corona-lobes  horned,  anthers  conmvent 


over  the  capitate  stigma  Guinea  to  Natal  B  M 
589S  GC  III  18  21.} —It  is  now  cult  in  S  Fla  and 
S  Calif  The  roots  are  used  medicinally  in  Natal, 
under  the  name  of  mundi  The  plant  is  an  interesting 
greenhouse  climber,  but  not  handsome  L  II  B 

CHLOR6GALUM  (gran  and  itnlk,  from  the  Greek, 
referring  to  th»  juice  of  the  plant)  Liliacea1  Hardy 
West  American  bulbs,  allied  to  CamasMa 

Tall  plants  with  a  tu.Meated  bulb  Ivs  at  babe  of  st 
long-linear,  wavy-maigmed,  those  on  the  st  ver>  small 
fls  white  or  pink,  in  a  panule  terminating  a  nearly 
leafless  st.,  on  jointed  pedicels,  segms  of  perianth  6, 
3-nerved,  at  length  twisting  over  the  ovary,  stamens  6, 
not  exceeding  segms  .  style  long  arid  deciduous  Plants 
of  easy  cult  ,  to  be  treated  like  camassias  or  orn  it  hog- 
alums  Three  species,  m  Calif. 

A    Pedicels  marly  as  long  a^  the  fls  :  segms    spreading 
from  near  the  bat>c 

pomeridianum,  Kunth  (Anthtncum  calif  orrncum, 
Hort)  SOM'-PLANT  AMOLK  St  leaching  5  ft  ,  manj- 
branched,  from  a  very  large  bulb,  fls  small  (1  in  or 
less  long)  and  star-like,  numerous,  v.hite  with  purple 
veins,  on  spreading  pedicels,  opening  in  the  afternoon 
(hence  the  specific  name  pomt) uininu^,  post-mtndian) 
--Bulb  used  by  Indians  and  Mexicans  for  soap-mak- 
ing Has  been  catalogued  as  Antlnncum  cahforrncum. 
Bulb  4  in  long  and  half  as  thick,  covered  with  coarse 
brown  fibers. 

AA   Pedicels  very  short:  segms.  spreading  from  above 
the  base. 

parvifldrum,  Wats  Bulb  small  (1  m  diam  ) :  st. 
1-3  ft,  slender-branched:  Ivs.  narrow  and  grass-like: 
fls  pinkish,  I4\n  long,  ovary  broad  and  acute 

angustifdlium,  Kellogg  Tx>w,  about  \Yi  ft  Resem- 
bles the  last,  but  fls  white  and  green-lined  and  some- 
what larger,  the  ovary  acute  above,  perianth  funnel- 
form  campanulate,  the  segms  narrow-oblong. 

C  Leichtlmn,  Baker=Cama,ssia  Leichtlmu.  L    H    B 

CHLOR<5PHORA  (Greek,  referring  to  the  fact  that 
thv1  fustic-tree  bears  a  green  dye).  Moraces?.  Two 
milky-juiced  alternate-leaved  trees,  one  in  Trop  Afr. 
and  one  in  Trop  Amer  Lvs  entire  or  toothed: 
dio3cious,  male  fls  in  cylindrical  spikes,  the  females  m 
nearly  globular  or  oblong  heads,  tnese  clusters  solitary 
in  the  axils,  perianth  of  male  fls  4-parted,  the  segms. 


broad  and  obtuse,  stamens  4;  ovary  a  minute  rudiment 
in  the  males,  perianth  of  female  fls  4-parted  or  -divided, 
the  segms  concave-thickened  at  the  apex,  style  lateral 
on  the  oblique-ovoid  ovary  achene  equaling  the  peri- 
anth or  somewhat  exserted,  covering  the  receptacle. 
C  tinctdna,  Gaud  (Maclura  tinctoria,  Don)  is  the 
fustic  of  the  W  Indies  It  reaches  a  height  of  50  ft , 
arid  a  diarn  of  trunk  of  2  ft  usually  not  thorny  Ivs. 
nearly  entire,  oblong,  acuminate  Variable.  The  hand- 
some yellow  wood  yields  a  yellow  dye,  which  is  used 
also  in  the  making  of  browns  and  greens,  it  is  also  a 
strong  and  resistant  timber  L.  H.  B 

CHLOR6PHYTUM  (name  means,  in  Greek,  green, 
plant)  Litifuej*  Rhizomatous  herbaceous  plants,  one 
of  which  is  familiar  in  greenhouses 

Very  like  Anthencum,  but  differing  in  the  thickened 
filaments  of  the  stamens  and  the  3  angled  or  3-wmgcd 
caps  :  mfl  often  denser  IVH  broader,  often  oblanceo- 
late  and  petiolate  seed  disk-like  — Some  60  or  more 
species,  in  warm  parts  of  Asia,  Afi.,  and  Amer  Con- 
sult Anthencum  and  Paradisea 

datum,  R  Br.  (Anthencwn  vanegatum,  A  mttdtum. 
A  picturatum,  A  Wllliambtt,  Hort )  Root  fleshy  ana 
white  Ivs  freely  produced  from  the  crown,  often  1  in. 
wide,  flattish  and  bright  green,  or  in  the  garden  varie- 
ties with  white  lines  along  the  margins,  and  often  (var. 
picturatum)  also  with  a  yellow  band  down  the  center, 
scape  terete  and  glabrous,  2-3  ft  high,  branched,  fls. 
white,  y^m  long,  with  revolute  oblanceolale  segms  , 
which  are  obscurely  3-nerved  on  the  back  S  Afr. 
F  S  21  2240-1  — A  valuable  and  common  plant  for 
vases  and  pots,  and  sometimes  used  in  .summer  borders. 

Three  pecies  that  recently  hitve  been  mentioned  in  horticul- 
tural literature  arc  C  amamente,  Engler,  from  German  E  Afr  , 
10  m  Ivs  lanceolate-acuminate,  1C  in  long  and  3}^  in  or  'ess 
broad,  somewhat  fleshy,  bron/e,  with  white  margin  fls  greenish 
white,  in  chibttr  0  in  long  — ('  comd«um,  Wood  (Natal  Plants,  fig 
27(>),  from  Lake  \lbert,  Cent  \fr.proliferous  Ivs  radical,  linear, 
drop  green,  2  ft  long  fh  small,  white,  soon  fading,  u-ually  in  4's, 
in  a  branched  cluster  3  ft  long — C  I/uyghei,  JDeWild,  Congo, 
hs  in  a  basal  tuft,  lanceolate,  pet lolod,  about  18-20  in  long,  2-21 
in  broad  fls  greenish  w  hite,  about  Jim.  long,  in  a  bracted  raceme 
2-3  ft  long  L  R  g 

CHLOR6PSIS  BLANCHARDlANA:  TnMoris 

CHLOR<3XYLON  (green  Mood'  Greek)  Rutacev. 
One  species  of  moderate-sized  tree  of  India,  slightly 
mtro  in  this  country,  C.  Swietenia,  DC.  (Swietenia 
Chlordxijloit,  Roxbg  )  Young  parts  gray-puberulent : 


Chlordxijloit,  Roxbg)  Young  parts  gray-puberulent: 
Ivs  abruptly  pinnate,  the  Ifts  20-40,  oblique  and  obtuse 
and  entire  fls  small.  5-merous  m  terminal  and  axillary 


xMUtmu    sat  my    luster,    wnence    me    name     Indian 
satin-wood  "   An  interesting  tree  for  trial  on  the  south- 


L    H.  B. 


CHOCOLATE:  Theobroma. 

CHOf  SYA  (.1  D  Choisy,  Swiss  botanist,  1799-1859). 
Ruiaceje  One  Mexican  shiub,  C.  tern&ta,  HBK  ,  grown 
m  S  Calif  and  S.  Fla  ,  and  sometimes  under  glass  It 
grows  4-8  ft  high,  making  a  compact  free-blooming 
bush,  with  opposite  ternate  Ivs  ,  the  Ifts  lance-obovate 
or  oblong,  thick  and  entire,  with  pellucid  dots  fls  in  a 
terminal,  forking  cluster,  white,  fragrant,  orange-like 
(whence  the  vernacular  name  "Mexican  orange"),  1  in 
across,  with  pellucid  dots  R  H  1869.330  Gn  50,  p 
203  ,1 II  III  34:253  —A  handsome  shrub,  worthy  of 
greater  popularity.  It  will  endure  several  degrees  of 
frost,  and  should  succeed  in  the  open  in  many  of  the 
southern  states  Blossoms  in  S.  Calif  at  different  sea- 
sons; it  can  be  made  to  bloom,  it  is  said,  every  two 
months  by  withholding  water  and  then  watering  liber- 
ally, as  is  done  with  roses  m  S.  France  Hardy  against 
a  wall  in  parts  of  S  England  j(  fj  3 


752 


CHOKE-CHERRY 


CHROZOPHORA 


CHOKE-CHERRY.   Prunus  demiasa  (West)  and  P. 

(East). 

CHONDROB6LLEA  (compounded  from  Cbondrorhyncha  and 
Bollea)  A  genus  established  to  contain  hybrids  between  these 
genera  See  also  Bolleo-Chondrorhyncha 

CHONDROPETALUM:  hybrids  of  Chondrorhyncha  and 
Zygopetaluru,  see  those  genera. 

CHONDRORHf  NCHA  (cartilage  and  beak) .  Orchida- 
cex  Three  species  of  S  American  epiphytal  orchids, 
practically  unknown  in  the  American  trade  Cult, 
as  for  Odontoglossum  cnspum.  They  are  short-stemmed 
herbs  without  pseudobulbs,  and  oblong,  plicate,  peti- 
oled  Ivs  ,  the  simple  scape  bearing  a  single  large,  odd, 
yellowish  fl  C  Chestertorm,  Reichb  f  (OR.  11  "305; 
16*57),  C.fimbriata,  Reichb.  f ,  and  C.  rbsea,  Lindl , 
are  the  species  Keep  cool  and  moibt.  A  garden  hybrid 
is  reported  between  C  Chestertonn  and  Zygopetalum 
Mackayi  under  the  name  of  Chondropetalum  Fletchen. 
O  R.  1908,  56,  f.  8.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

CHORfSIA  (Ludwig  Choris,  born  1795,  artist  of 
Kotzebue's  expedition)  Bombacacese.  Spiny  trees  of 
S.  Amer  (3  species),  one  of  which  is  somewhat  cult. 
Lvs  alternate,  digitate,  of  5-7  entire  or  serrate  Ifts  fls 
large,  with  5  linear  or  oblong  petals,  the  peduncles 
axillary  or  racemose;  stamina!  tube  double,  the  outer 
one  short  and  with  sterile  anthers;  ovary  5-loculed 
and  many-ovuled  fr  a  pear-shaped  caps,  with  many 
silky  seeds  C.  specidsa,  St.  Hil ,  of  Brazil,  the  "floss 
silk  tree,"  is  cult  in  S  Calif  ,  and  is  adapted  to  warm 
glasshouses  It  is  a  medium-sized  tree,  allied  to  Ceiba 
and  Bombax  Lfts.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  dentate' 
calyx  irregular,  shining  outside,  but  silky  inside,  petals 
obtuse,  yellowish  and  brown-striped  at  the  base, 
pubescent  on  the  back  The  soft  silk  or  cotton  of  the 
seed-pods  is  used  for  pillows  and  cushions.  L,  n.  B. 

CHORfZEMA  (fanciful  Greek  name)  Sometimes 
spelled  Chorozema  Legummbsae  Evergreen  coolhouse 
small  shrubs  grown  for  the  showy  pea-like  yellow 
orange  and  red,  usually  racemose  flowers;  spring-  and 
summer-blooming 

Woody  plants  of  diffuse  or  half-climbing  habit,  with 
thick  and  shining  simple  often  spiny-toothed  Ivs  and 
pea-like  red  or  yellow  ns  calyx-lobes  5,  the  2  upper  ones 
mostly  broader;  petals  clawed,  the  standard  very  broad, 
keel  short,  stamens  not  united:  pod  short,  not  con- 
stricted — About  15  species,  in  Austral.,  3  of  which 


925.  Chonzema  ihcif olium    ( X  H) 

appear  to  be  chiefly  concerned  in  the  garden  forms. 
Handsome  plants  for  the  cool  greenhouse,  less  popular 
in  this  country  than  abroad.  When  not  grown  too  soft, 
they  will  stand  slight  frost  at  times.  Grown  m  the  open 
in  S.  Calif  and  S.  Fla  They  are  grown  in  a  rather 
peaty  soil,  after  the  manner  of  azaleas,  and  usually 
rested  in  the  open  in  summer.  They  are  excellent  for 
training  on  pillars  and  rafters 

Chonzemas  are  among  the  most  attractive  spring- 
flowering  plants,  and  they  are  not  difficult  to  grow. 
Cuttings  snould  be  secured  in  March  front  medium- 
ripened  wood  and  may  be  either  potted  singly  m  small 
pots,  or  several  placed  together  in  larger  pots.  The 


former  method  has  the  advantage,  because  when 
cuttings  are  well  rooted  m  the  small  pots,  they  may  be 
shifted  along  without  so  much  disturbance  to  the  roots. 
The  cuttings  root  readily  in  a  mixture  of  two  parts 
sharp  sand  and  one  of  peat,  sifted  through  a  fine  sieve. 
They  should  be  placed  in  a  tight  case  or  covered  with  a 
bell-glass  in  a  temperature  of  58°  to  60°  by  night  A 
rise  of  10°  in  the  day  will  be  sufficient.  The  mclosure 
that  protects  them  from  drafts  should  be  opened  a 
few  minutes  now  and  then  to  change  the  air.  For 
potting  chonzemas  in  the  early  stages,  equal  parts  of 
good  peat  and  sharp  sand  is  about  right.  When  a 
5-  or  6-inch  pot  is  reached,  much  less  sand  should  be 
used, — just  enough  to  give  the  earth  a  gritty  feeling  and 
the  peat  may  be  in  a  rather  rough  state,  just  small 
enough  to  be  conveniently  used  in  potting  The  potting 
should  be  firm,  as  loose  potting  is  bad  for  all  kinds  o? 
hardwood  plants  Keep  the  plants  shaded  from  the  t>un 
during  the  hot  months,  and  use  the  syringe  freely. 
Also  pinching  must  be  attended  to  from  their  early 
stages  to  insure  a  good  bushy  plant  It  is  best  not  to 
stop  the  plants  after  August,  as  they  will  begin  then 
to  set  buds  A  plant  in  a  5-  or  6-inch  pot  may  be 
grown  the  first  year  if  properly  attended  to  The 
plants  should  be  wintered  in  a  night  temperature  of 
40°  with  a  rise  of  10°  or  15°  during  the  day  The 
second  summer,  and  from  that  on  as  long  as  the 
plants  are  kept,  they  do  better  if  plunged  in  a  bed 
of  clean  coal-ashes  out-of-doors,  provided  there  is  no 
danger  from  frost,  by  so  doing,  a  much  shorter-jointed 
growth  will  be  the  result  Plants  well  established  in 
their  pots  may  be  fed  with  liquid  manure  until  they  set 
buds  A  3-inch  potful  of  cow-  or  horse-urine  to  two 
and  one  half  or  three  gallons  of  water,  will  be  sufficient, 
and  for  a  change  a  handful  of  soft-coal  boot  to  the  bame 
amount  of  water,  but  always  water  twice  with  clean 
water  between  applications  Brown  scale  sometimes 
gets  a  foothold  on  chonzemas  and  it  may  he  eradicated 
by  fumigation  with  cyanide  of  potassium  Red-spider 
may  be  kept  down  with  the  syringe  (George  F 
Stewart ) 

varium,  Benth  (C  tkgans,  Hort )  The  common 
cult  species,  in  several  forms  erect,  4-6  ft ,  pubescent 
on  under  side  of  Ivs  and  on  branches  Ivs  cordate- 
ovate,  undulate  and  prickly-toothed,  2  in  or  less  long: 
fls  m  many  pubescent  racemes,  standard  light  orange, 
wings  and  keel  handsome  purple-red  BR  25.49  — 
Garden  forms  are  C  Chdndleri,  with  yellow-red  stand- 
ard, and  blood-red  wings,  the  fls  large  and  numerous, 
and  such  names  as  grandiflorum,  macro phyllum,  lati- 
fohum,  floribundum,  muttiflorum  C.  L6wu,  Hort , 
is  a  form  of  this  species,  with  larger  arid  brighter- 
colored  fls. 

cordatum,  Lindl  (C  superbum,  Lem  ).  Tall  slen- 
der glabrous  shrub  (7-10  ft.),  with  weak  branches  Ivs 
cordate-ovate  to  ovate  lanceolate,  2  in.  or  less  long, 
small-toothed  and  more  or  less  prickly  fls  many, 
standard  scarlet-red,  wings  and  keel  purple-red  B  R 
24:10  IH  29.  Var  rolundifbhum,  Hort,  has 
roundish  Ivs  Var.  spltndens,  Hort ,  is  offered 

ilicifdlium,  Labill.  Fig  925.  Low  and  diffuse,  weak, 
glabrous,  the  branches  slender  and  erect  or  drooping. 
Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  1  in  long,  often  cordate  at 
base,  thick,  coarsely  veined,  strongly  undulate  and 
with  prickly  teeth  or  lobes  fls  in  few-fld  loose  racemes, 
orange-red  in  spring  and  summer  B  M  1032  (as  C. 
nanum).  B.R.  1513  (as  C.  tnangulare) .  L  H.  B. 

CHRISTMAS  FLOWER:  Euphorbia  pulchernma. 
CHROSPfeRMA:  Zygadenu*. 

CHROZ(5PHORA  (Greek,  color-bearing,  on  account 
of  their  use).  Euphorbidceae.  Dye-yielding  herbs.  Lvs. 
alternate,  stellate  hairy  fls.  monoecious;  stammate 
calyx  5-parted,  valvate;  petals  free;  styles  biparted, 


CHROZOPHORA 

ovary  3-celled,  3-ovuled. —  Nine,  specie?  chiefly 
of  Old  World  deserts.  C.  tinctdria,  Juss  (Crbton 
tinctftnus,  Linn.),  TURNSOLE,  a  Medit.  annual,  for- 
merly used  for  its  blue  dye,  is  listed  in  some  European 
catalogues. 

CHRYSALroOCARPUS  (Greek  for  golden  fruit}. 
Palmcicex,  tnbo  Arec^e.  Spineless  stolomferous  feathei 
palms,  with  medium  fasciculate  ringed  stems 

Leavespmnatisect,  long-acuminate;  segms  about  100, 
bifid  at  the  apex,  the  lateral  nerves  remote  from  the 
midrib  fr  usually  violet  or  almost  black  — Species  1. 
whitth  is  a  popular  florist's  plant  Madagascar.  Treated 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


753 


926    Chrysalidocarpo* 
lutescens 


as  a  part  of  llyophorbe  by  Engler  and  Prantl,  but  here 
kept  distinct,  as  it  is  commonly  known  as  Chrysa- 
lidocarpus  by  cultivators. 

lutescens,  Wondl  (Hyophdrbe  indiai,  Gaertn  H 
Commerisoniatia.  Mart  Arecn  luleucns,  Bory)  Fig 
926  St  30ft  high,  4-6  in  diain  ,  c>hndncal,  smooth, 
thickened  at  the  base  Ivs  very  long,  segms  almost 
opposite,  lanceolate,  2  ft  long,  2\i  in  wide,  acute, 
with  3  prominent  primary  nerves,  which  are  convex 
below  and  acutely  2-faced  above  Bourbon  AG  13. 
141  AF  4. 566.  —  In  growing  Chrysalidocarpus  (or 
Arcca)  lutescens  in  quantity,  it  will  be  found  a  good 
plan  to  sow  the  seeds  either  on  a  bench,  in  boxes  or 
seed-pans,  so  prepared  that  the  seedlings  will  remain 
in  the  soil  in  which  they  germinate  until  they  have 
made  2  or  more  Ivs  The  first  If  made  above  the 
soil  is  small,  and  if  plants  are  potted  off  at  this  stage 
they  must  be  very  carefully  watered  in  order  not  to  sour 
the  soil  In  the  preparation  of  the  receptacles  for  the  seed, 
a  little  gravel  in  the  bottom  will  be  found  good,  as  the 
roots  work  very  freely  through  it,  and  when  the  time 
comes  to  separate  the  plants  previous  to  potting,  it  is 
an  easy  matter  to  disentangle  the  roots  without  bruis- 
ing them  Probably  the  plan  which  works  best  is  to 
wash  the  soil  and  gravel  entirely  from  among  the  roots. 
Pot  in  soil  not  too  dry,  and  for  the  next  few  days  keep 
the  house  extra  warm  and  humid,  and  the  plants  shaded 
from  the  sun  without  any  moisture  applied  to  the  sotl. 
JARED  G  SMITH  and  G.  W.  OLIVER. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM  (Greek,  golden  fower).  In- 
cluding PyrHhrum.  Comptisitx.  Plate  XXX.  A  diverse 
group  of  herbaceous  and  sub-shrubby  plants,  mostly 
hardy,  and  typically  with  white  or  yellow  single 
flowers,  but  the  more  important  kinds  greatly  modified 
in  form  and  color,  grown  in  the  open  or  flowered  under 
glass  in  fall 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  sometimes  partly  wroody, 
glabrous  or  loosely  pubescent  or  rarely  viscid,  usually 
heavy-scented  Ivs  alternate,  various,  from  nearly  or 
quite  entire  to  much  dissect  eel-  heads  many-fid  ,  termi- 
nating long  peduncles  or  disposed  in  corymbose  clus- 
ters, radiate  (rays  sometimes  wanting),  disk-fls.  perfect 
and  mostly  fertile,  ray-fls  pistillate,  mostly  fertile, 
the  ray  white,  yellow,  rose-colored,  toothed  or  entire; 
receptacle  naked,  flat  or  convex,  involucre-scales 
imbricated  and  appressed,  mostly  in  several  series,  the 
margins  usually  scarious  achene  of  disk-  and  ray-fls. 
similar,  stnate  or  angled  or  terete  or  more  or  less  ribbed, 
those  of  the  ray-fls  often  3-aigled,  pappus  0,  or  a 
scale-like  cup  or  raised  border  — Probably  nearly  150 
recognizable  species,  in  temperate  and  boreal  regions 
in  many  parts  of  the  globe,  but  mostly  in  the  Old 
World. 

The  genus  Chrysanthemum,  as  now  accepted  by 
botanists,  includes  many  diverse  species  so  far  as  gen- 
eral appearance  is  concerned,  but  nevertheless  well 
agreeing  within  themselves  in  systematic)  marks  and  by 
these  same  marks  being  separated  from  related  groups 
The  marks  are  in  large  part  set  forth  in  the  preceding 
paragraph  Bentham  and  Hooker  make  twenty-two 
sub-groups  (of  which  about  six  include  the  garden  forms), 
based  chiefly  on  the  way  in  which  the  seeds  are  ribbed, 
cornered,  or  winged,  and  the  form  of  the  pappus  The 
garden  pyrethrums  cannot  be  kept  distinct  from  chrys- 
anthemums by  garden  characters  The  garden  con- 
ception of  Pyrcthrum  is  a  group  of  hardy  herbaceous 
Slants  with  mostly  single  flowers,  as  opposed  to  the 
onsts'  or  autumn  chrysanthemums,  which  reach  per- 
fection only  under  glass,  and  the  familiar  annilai  kinds 
which  are  commonly  called  summer  chrysanthemums 
When  the  gardener  speaks  of  pyrethrums,  he  usually 
means  P  ro^eum  Many  of  the  species  described  below 
have  been  called  pyrethrums  at  various  times,  but  they 
all  have  the  same  specific  name  under  the  genii's  Chrys- 
anthemum, except  the  most  important  of  all  garden 
pyrethrums,  viz  ,  P  roseum,  which  is  C  cocnncum 
The  feverfew  and  golden  feather  are  still  sold  as 
pjrethrums,  and  there  are  other  garden  species  of 
less  importance  The  botanical  conception  of  Pyre- 
thrum  is  variously  defined,  the  presence  of  a  rather 
marked  pappus-border  on  the  achene  is  one  of  the  dis- 
tinctions, the  pyrcthrums  are  mostly  plants  with  large 
and  broad  heads  either  solitary  or  in  loose  corymbose 
clusters,  the  rays  usually  conspicuous  and  commonly  not 
yellow,  and  the  fruits  five-  to  ten-ribbed  Hoffmann, 
in  Kngler  &  Prantl  "Naturhchen  Pfianzenfamihen," 
adopts  eight  sections,  one  of  them  being  Tanacetum 
(tansy)  which  most  botanists  prefer  to  keep  distinct 

Although  the  genus  is  large  and  widespread,  the 
number  of  plants  of  interest  to  the  cultivator  is  rela- 
tively few  Of  course  the  common  garden  chrysant he- 
mum,  derived  apparently  from  two  species,  is  the  most 
useful  The  insect  powder  known  as  "pyrcthrum,"  is 
produced  from  the  dried  flowers  of  C  ciru-rand'fohum 
and  C  coccinevm  The  former  species  grows  wild  m 
Dalmatia,  a  long  narrow  mountainous  tract  of  the 
Austrian  empire  "Dalmatian  insect  powder"  is  one 
of  the  commonest  insecticides,  especially  for  household 
pests  r.  nneramaejohum  is  largely  cultivated  in  France 
C.  coccineum  is  cultivated  in  Calif ornia,  and  the  prod- 
uct is  known  as  buhach 

There  are  over  one  hundred  books  about  the  garden 
chrysanthemum,  and  its  magazine  literature  is  proba- 
bly exceeded  in  bulk  only  by  that  of  the  rose  It  is  the 
flower  of  the  East,  as  the  rose  is  the  flower  of  the  West. 


754 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


Aside  from  oriental  literature,  there  were  eighty-three 
books  mentioned  by  C.  Harman  Payne,  in  the  Cata- 
logue of  the  National  Chrysanthemum  Society  for 
1896  Most  of  these  are  cheap  cultural  guides,  circu- 
lated by  the  dealers  The  botany  of  the  two  common 
species  has  been  monographed  by  W  B.  Hemsley  m 
the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  series  III,  vol.  6,  pp  521, 
555,  585,  652,  and  in  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Horti- 
cultural Society,  vol.  12,  part  I.  The  great  repositories 
uf  information  regarding  the  history  of  the  chrysanthe- 
mum, from  the  garden  point  of  view,  are  the  scattered 
writings  of  C.  Harman  Payne,  his  "Short  History  of 
the  Chrysanthemum,"  London,  1885,  and  the  older 
books  of  F.  W.  Burbidge  and  John  Salter.  For  informa- 
tion about  varieties,  sec  the  Catalogues  of  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  (England)  and  the  Liste  De- 
scriptive, and  supplements  thereto,  by  O  Meulenaere, 

Ghent,  Belgium 
There  are  a 
number  of  rather 
expensive  art 
works,  among 
which  one  of  the 
most  delightful 
is  the  "Golden 
Flower:  Chry- 
santhemum,'* 
edited  by  F. 
Schuyler  Math- 
ews,  Prang, 
Boston,  1890. 
"Chrysanthe- 
mum Culture 
for  America," 
by  James  Mor- 
ton, Clarksville. 
Tenn  ,  published 
in  New  York  in 
1891,  was  the 
first  authentic 
American  work. 
Within  the  past 
few  years  have 
appeared  "The 
Cnrysanthe- 
mu  m , "  by 
Arthur  Herring- 
ton,  "Smith's 
Chry  santhe- 


C.  cannatum,  C.  coronanum  and  C.  segetum  are  the 
common  sources  of  these  annuals  They  are  hardy  and 
rugged;  and  they  need  much  room. 


927.  Chrysanthemum  carmatuxn,  the  form 
sold  as  C  Burridgeanum.  (  X  H) 


mum  Manual,"  by  Elmer  D  Smith,  and  recently 
"Chrysanthemums  and  How  to  Grow  Them,"  by  I.  L. 
Powell 

Aside  from  the  florist's  chrysanthemum  (C.  hor- 
lorum),  no  particular  skill  is  required  in  the  growing  of 
these  plants,  although  great  perfection  is  attained  by 
some  gardeners  m  the  handling  of  individual  plants 
of  the  marguerites  (C.  frutescens).  The  hardy  border 
perennial  .chrysanthemums  may  be  either  small- 
flowered  rugged  forms  of  C  hortorum,  as  the  "hardy 
pompons"  and  also  the  "artemisias"  of  old  gardens, 
or  they  may  be  other  species.  Some  of  these  other 
species  are  the  "pyrethrums"  of  gardens,  and  some  (as 
the  C.  maximum  and  C.  uliginosum  class)  are  the 
"moon  daisies"  and  "moonpenny  daisies"  of  the 
hardy  perennial  plantation.  Some  of  the  very  dwarf 
tufted  kinds  (as  C.  Tchihatchewi)  make  excellent 
edging  plants.  The  moon  daisies  deserve  to  be  better 
known  for  mass  planting  and  bold  lines  when  a  great 
display  of  heavy  white  bloom  is  wanted.  Most  of 
them  bloom  the  first  season  from  early-sown  seed. 
The  Shasta  daisy  and  its  derivatives  are  of  the  moon 
daisy  group.  They  all  profit  by  a  covering  of  coarse 
mulch  in  the  fall.  See  Pyrethrum  and  MarguerUe. 

The  annual  chrysanthemums  are  easily  grown  flower- 
garden  subjects,  suitable  for  a  bold  late  display  in 
places  where  delicate  and  soft  effects  are  not  desired. 


INDEX 

achillejefohurn,  8. 

glauoum,  10. 

ornatum,  7. 

auethifohum,  13. 

gracile,  5 

Parthenmm,  10. 

annulatum,  1 

grauditiorum,  3,  12. 

jnnnatifidum,  20. 

arcticum,  22 

nortorum,  6 

prxaltum,  10. 

atroianguineum,  14. 

hybndum,  14. 

purmlum,  8. 

aureum,  10 

mdicum,  0 

Uobinsonii,  18. 

Balsaimta,  16 

lacinmtum,  10. 

roseum,  14 

Bumdgeanum,  1. 

lacustre,  17 

segetum,  3 

carinatum,  1 

latifohum,  17 

selaRinoides,  10. 

cineraritefohum,  15. 

Leucanthomum,  20. 

Shasta  dauy,  18. 

coccmeum,  14 

margtnatum,  7 

mnense,  5 

coronanum,  2 

Marschalhi,  14 

tanacetoides,  16. 

coryrnboaum,  9 

matncar  aides,  1. 

Tchihatcheffii,  11. 

Davulsii,  18 

maximum,  18 

Tchihatchewii,  11. 

DunntUii,  1. 

inonfolium,  5. 

tricolor,  1. 

fihformc,  18 
fcemculaceum,  13. 

multicaule,  4 
mppomcum  21. 

uligmosum,  19. 
venustum,  1. 

frutescens,  12 

A.  Plant  annual  (at  least  so  treated  in  cult ) :  the 

"summer  chrysanthemums  " 

B.  Rayt>  typically  white. 

1.  carinatum,  Schousb  (C  tricolor,  Andr  C.  matn- 
caroides,  Hort )  Fig.  927  Glabrous  annual,  2-3  ft. 
high  st  much  branched.  Ivs  rather  fleshy,  pinnatifid* 
fls  in  solitary  heads  which  are  nearly  2  in  across,  with 
typically  white  rays  and  a  yellow  ring  at  the  base, 
mvolucral  bracts  cannate  (keeled).  Summer  The 
two  colors,  together  with  the  dark  purple  disk,  gave 
rise  to  the  name  "tricolor  "  The  typical  form,  intro. 
into  England  from  Morocco  m  1798,  was  pictured  in 
B  M  508  (1799)  By  1856  signs  of  doubling  appeared 
(FS  11  1099).  In  1858  shades  of  red  m  the  rays 
appeared  in  a  strain  intro.  by  F  K  Burndge,  of  Col- 
chester, England,  and  known  as  C  Bumdgeanum,  Hort 
(see  B  M .  5095,  which  shows  a  ring  of  red  on  the  rays, 
adding  a  fourth  color  to  this  remarkably  brilliant  and 
varied  f  1 ,  and  FS  13  1313,  which  also  shows  C. 
'venustum,  Hort ,  in  which  the  rays  are  entirely  red, 
except  the  original  yellow  circle  at  the  base)  G  2  307 
Gn  W.  24.075  C.  annultitum,  Hort,  is  a  name  for 
the  kinds  with  circular  bands  of  red,  maroon,  or  purple. 
RII  1809  450  C  Dunmtti,  Hort,  is  another  seed- 
grower's  strain  There  are  full  double  forms  m  yellow 
margined  red,  and  white  margined  red,  the  fls  3  m. 
across  (see  R  H  1874  410),  under  many  names  See, 
also,  Gn  26,  p.  440;  10,  p  213;  21  22  RH.  1874, 
p  412  SH.  2  477.  G.W  14,  p  99  -  -The  commonest 
and  gaudiest  of  annual  chrysanthemums,  distinguished 
by  the  keeled  or  ridged  scales  of  involucre  and  the  dark 
purple  disk. 

BB.  Rays  typically  light  yellow 

2  coronanum,  Linn.  (Anthemis  corondna,  Hort ), 
Annual,  3-4  ft  Ivs.  bipmnately  parted,  somewhat 
clasping  or  oared  at  the  base,  glabrous,  the  segms 
closer  together  than  in  C.  carinatum  mvolucral  scales 
broad,  scarums;  rays  lemon-colored  or  nearly  white. 
July-Sept  Medit.  Gn  26440  G  C  II  19.541  — 
The  full  double  forms,  with  rays  reflcxed  and  imbrica- 
ted, are  more  popular  than  the  single  forms  This  and 
C.  carinatum  are  the  common  "summer  chrysanthe- 
mums "  This  is  common  m  old  gardens,  and  is  also 
somewhat  used  for  bedding  and  for  pot  culture. 

BBB.  Rays  typically  golden  yellow. 
3.  segetum,  Linn  CORN  MARIGOLD.  Annual,  1-1 H 
ft.:  Ivs  sparse,  clasping,  oblong  to  oblanceolate,  vari- 
able, the  lower  petioled  and  the  upper  clasping  incis- 
ions coarse  or  fine,  deep  or  shallow,  but  usually  only 
coarsely  serrate,  with  few  and  distant  teeth,  the  lower 
ones  less  cut*  bracts  of  involucre  broad,  obtuse;  rays 
obovate  and  emargmate.  golden  yellow.  June-Aug. 
Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  W.  Asia.  Escaped  in  waste  places.  Gn. 
18,  p.  195.  R.H.  1895,  pp  448,  449.  Var.  grandifldrum, 
Hort ,  is  a  larger-fid  form  of  this  weed,  which  is  com- 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


755 


mon  in  the  English  gram  fields.  Forms  of  the  plant  are 
cult  ;  the  var.  Cloth  of  Gold,  J.H.  111.  12:445,  is  one  of 
the  best  Var.  pftmilum.  Hort.,  very  compact,  8  in. 
high.  This  species  is  much  leas  popular  than  P  carina- 
tum  and  P  coronanum  It  is  forced  to  a  slight  extent 
for  winter  bloom. 

4  multicadle,  Desf.   Glabrous  and  glaucous  annual, 
G-12  in  high'  sts  numerous,  simple  or  branched,  btout, 
terete*  Ivs.  fleshy,   variable,   usually  hnear-spatulate 
1-13  in  long  and  %-%m   broad,  very  coarsely  toothed 
or  lobed,  sometimes  shorter,  with  few  narrow-linear, 
acute,  entire  segms    about  1  line  broad    rays  much 
shorter  and  rounder  than  in  C.  scgetum,  golden  yellow. 
Algeria    B  M   6930  --Rarer  in  cult  than  the  last.  Said 
to  be  useless  as  a  cut-fl. 

AA  Plant  perennial. 

B.  TVte  florist's  chrysanthemum,  and  ivild  progenitors  or 
near  relatives,  grown  as  pot  or  bench  subjects 
because  the  reasons  are  not  long  enough,  in  the  N  , 
for  full  maturity  in  the  open  rays  of  many  forms 
and  color?  in  cult ,  heads  often  double:  Irs  usually 
lobed  or  strongly  notched 

5  morifdlium,  Ram    (C  ,sinense,  Sabine)     Fig  028. 
Perennial,  one  of  the  sources  (with  C.  indicum)  of  the 
l.irge  florist's   chrysanthemums     wild   plant   bhrubbv 
erect  and  rigid,  2-3  ft ,  branching,  few-lvd  :  Ivs   thick 
and  stiff,  2  in    long,  densely  whitc-tomentose  beneath, 
variable  in  shape  from  ovate  to  lanceolate,  cuneate  at 
base,  margin  entire  or  coarsely  toothed   outer  bracts  of 
involucre    thick,    linear,    acute,    white-tomentose,    fl  - 
heads  small,  witn  yellow  disk  and  white  rays  some\\hat 
exceeding  the  disk     China     G  (Mil   31.302  (adapted 
in  Fig    928)     Var    gricile.  Hemsl     Lvs   thin  or  only 
moderately  thick,  palmately  lobed  or  pinnately  lobed, 
dentate,  the  teeth  often  mucronate    outer  mvolucral 
bract b  herbaceous,  linear  and  acute,  varying  in  pubes- 
cence, ra>s  white,  pink  or  lilac,  equaling  or  exceeding 
the  disk     China,  Mongolia,  Japan 

6  indicum,  Linn     Fig  929.    Much  like  the  last,  but 
Ivs.  thin  and  flaccid,  pinnately  parted,  with  acute  or 


928.  Wild  form  of  Chrysanthemum  morifolium, 
as  grown  in  England. 


929.  Wild  form  of  Chrysanthemum  indicum, 
as  grown  in  England. 

mucronate  teeth  outer  mvolucral  bracts  broad  and 
scarious  except  the  herbaceous  midnerve,  rays  yellow, 
shorter  than  diam  of  the  diftk  China  and  Japan. 
B  \I  7874  GC  111  8  .565,  28  342,  31  303  (adapted 
in  Fig  929)  — This  species  is  not  native  to  India,  and 
therefore  Linnaeus'  name  is  inappropriate  Abroad, 
('  indicum  is  often  used  in  a  wide  sense,  to  include  C 
inonfohum.  In  recent  years,  both  C  morifolium  and 
('  indicum  have  been  grown  in  England  from  wild 
stock,  and  from  such  studies  of  them  the  present 
descriptions  and  figures  are  drawn  From  these  plants 
it  is  supposed,  by  endless  variation  and  by  hybridiza- 
tion, the  highly  developed  glasshouse  or  florist's 
eh  r  \santhemums  have  come,  a  group  that  may  be 
distinguished  as  C.  hortdrum,  Figs  938-50 

7  ornatum,  Henibl    (C   marqinatum,  Hort  )     Allied 
to  the  above  two  species,  and  perhaps  a  form  of  (7 
morifolium    bushy  plant,  3-4  ft     Ivs   palmately  lobed, 
ovate  in  outline,  wnite-tomentose  beneath  anti  on  the 
mat  gin,  1/^-2  in.  long   fl -heads  loosely  corymbose,  2 
in   or  less  across,  the  disk  yellow  and  rajs  white  and 
broad ,  bracts  of  involucre  in  about  3  series,  all  similar, 
\N  lute  in  center,  purple-brown  on  margin   achenes  small, 
oblique,  glabrous.  BM  7965     GC  III  35  51   Gn  71, 
p  53,  73,  p  90 — A  recent  introduction,  grows  well  m 
the  open  in  England,  but  does  not  bloom  unless  taken 
indoors 

HB   The  garden  pyrethrums  and  others,  lieads  usually 

not  highly  doubled  and  modified 

c  Lvs  cut  to  the  midrib  or  nearly  so 

D.  Head*  boi  ne  in  corymbs,  i  e  ,  flat-topped,  dense  clusters 

E  Rays  yellow 

8  achillesefdlium,  DC   (Achillca  aurea,  Lam  )    Per- 
ennial, 2  ft  .  st    usually  unbranched,  except  along  the 
creeping  and  rooting  base*  sts   and  Ivs    covered  with 
fine  soft  grayish  white  hairs,  oblong  in  outline,  about 
1  in    long,   J^m    wide,  finely  cut:  rays  7-8,  short,  a 
little  longer  than  the  involucre    Siberia,  Caucasus  — 
Rare  m  cult     Less  popular  than  the  achilleas,  with 
larger  fl  -clusters. 

EE  Rays  white. 

9  corymbdsum,    Linn      (Pyr-ethrum     carymbosum, 
Willd  ).    Robust  perennial,  1-4  ft  •  st  branched  at  the 
apex.  Ivs    sometimes  6  in    long,  3  in.  wide,  widest  at 
middle  and  tapering  both  ways,  cut  to  the  very  midrib, 
the  segms  alternating  along  the  midrib    Eu  ,  N   Afr  , 
Caucasus      G  C.  II.  20  '201  —Rare  m  cult.     Segms. 
may  be  coarsely  or  finely  cut,  and  Ivs  glabrous  or  vil- 
lous  beneath 


756 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


10.  Parth&niura,  Pers.  (Pyrelhrum  Parthenium, 
Smith.  Parthenium  Matncdria,  Gueld.).  FEVERFEW. 
Fig.  930.  Glabrous  strong-scented  perennial,  1-3  ft , 
much  branched  m  the  taller  forms.  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong- 
ovate  in  outline,  pmnatisect  or  bi-pmnatisect,  smooth 
or  lightly  pubescent;  segms  oblong  or  elliptic-oblong, 
pmnatifid  or  cut,  the  uppermost  more  or  less  confluent  : 
fl  -heads  small,  many,  stalked,  corymbose,  disk  yellow; 
rays  white,  oblong,  equaling  or  exceeding  the  disk. 
Eu  to  the  Caucasus  — Some  authors  regard  this  as  one 
•widely  variable  species,  others  make  at  least  two  spe- 
cies, one  of  them  (C.  prxalturn,  Vent.)  being  the  Cau- 
casian form,  distinguished  by  more  deeply  cut  Ivs , 
longer-peduncied  heads,  and  rays  longer  than  the  disk 
rather  than  equaling  it  (as  in  C  Parthenium  type)  — • 
There  are  double-fid  and  also  discoid  forms.  Var. 
aureum,  Hort.  (P  aureum,  Hort ),  is  the  GOLDEN 


ing  dry,  waste  places;  height  2-9  in.  sts  very  numerous, 
rooting  at  the  base:  foliage  handsome  dark  green, 
nnely  cut,  the  segms.  linear,  persisting  into  winter: 
fl.-heads  solitary  on  axillary  peduncles,  borne  profusely 
for  several  weeks;  rays  white,  dihk  yellow  Asia 
Minor,  tt  H  1869,  p  380,  desc.,  and  1897,  p.  470  Gn 
26,  p  443  — 'Prop  by  division  of  roots  or  simply  by 
cutting  the  rooted  sts  ,  but  chiefly  by  seeds.  Highly 
recommended  abroad  for  spring  and  early  summer 
bloom  in  edgings  and  low  formal  plantings.  Said  to 
thrive  in  dry  places  and  under  trees 

BE  Height  more  than  1  ft 

F.  Group  of  greenhouse  plants  (at  the  N  ),  shrubby  at  the 
base '  sts  branched  at  the  top  rays  white  or  lemon. 

Q.  Foliage  not  glaucous 

12  frutescens,  Linn  MARGUERITE  PARIS  DAIHY. 
Figs  931,  932  Usually  glabrous,  3  ft  high,  peren- 
nial. Ivs  fleshy,  green*  heads  numerous,  always 
single,  rays  typically  white,  with  a  lemon-colored 
(never  pure  yellow  or  golden)  form  Canaries 
GC  II  13  561;  III.  35  216  Gn  12, 
p.  255;  17,  p  5,  26,  p  445,  70,  p  310. 
—Intro,  into  England  1699  Tins  is  the 
popular  florists'  Marguerite,  which  can 


FEATHER  commonly  used  for  carpet-bedding  It  has 
yellow  foliage,  which  becomes  green  later  in  the  season, 
especially  if  fls.  are  allowed  to  form.  It  is  used  for 
edgings  and  cover.  Var  aureum  crfspum,  Hort ,  is 
dwarf,  compact,  with  foliage  curled  like  parsley  Var. 
selaginoides,  and  var.  laciniatum,  Hort ,  are  distinct 
horticultural  forms  Var.  glaftcum,  Hort ,  has  dusty 
white  foliage,  and  does  not  bloom  until  the  second  year. 
Intro  by  Damman  &  Co  ,  1895.  All  these  varieties  are 
prop,  by  seeds  The  feverfew  is  common  about  old 
yards,  and  is  much  employed  in  home  gardens  as 
edging.  In  its  undeveloped  and  prevailing  forms,  it  is 
one  of  the  "old-fashioned"  plants 

DD.  Heads  borne  singly  on  the  branches  or  sts.  (or  at 
least  not  definitely  clustered).  ^ 

E.  Height  less  than  1  ff. 

11.  Tchihitchewii,  Hort.  (C.  Tchihdtcheffii,  Hort.). 
TURFING  DAISY.    Densely  tufted  perennial  for  carnet- 


931    Chrysanthemum  frutescens. 
The  Marguerite  or  Pans  daisy. 


be  had  in  flower  the  year  round,  but  is  especially  grown 
for  winter  bloom.  Var  grandifldrum,  Hort  ,  is  the 
large-fld  prevailing  form  The  lemon-colored  form 
seems  to  have  originated  about  1880  Under  this 
name  an  entirely  distinct  species  has  also  been  pass- 
ing, yet  it  has  never  been  advertised  separately  in  the 
American  trade  See  No.  13 

QG.  Foliage  glaucous. 

13.  anethifdlium,  Brouss.  (C  fceniculAceum,  Steud. 
P.  foenicul&ceum  var.  bipinnatifidum^  DC  ).  GLAU- 
COUS MARGUERITE.  Fig  932  Perennial  rarer  in  cult. 
than  C  frutescens  (which  see),  but  distinguished  by  its 
glaucous  hue,  and  by  the  way  in  which  the  Ivs  are  cut. 
The  segms  are  narrower,  more  deeply  cut,  and  more 
distant  than  in  No.  12.  The  Ivs.  are  shorter  petioled. 
Canaries  —  This  species  is  doubtless  cult  in  American 
greenhouses  as  C.  frutescens.  A  lemon-fid,  form  IB 
shown  in  R  H.  1845.61  but  called  C.  frutescens. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


757 


»F.  Group  of  hardy  outdoor  herbs,  sts.  usually  un- 

branched:  rays  white  or  red,  never  yellow. 
G.  Foliage  not  glaucous,  jls.  sometimes  double. 
14    coccfneum,  Willd.  (Pyrethrum  rbseum,  Bieb.,  not 
Web.  &  Mohr.    P.  hybndum,  Hort.).    Fig.  933.    Gla- 
brous perennial,  1-2  ft.  high:  st.  usually  unbranchcd, 


932.  Leaves  of  Chrysanthemum  frutesoens  (left)  and 
C  anethifohum  (right)    (XD 

rarely  branched  at  the  top  Ivs  thin,  dark  green,  or  in 
dried  specimens  dark  brown  involucral  scales  with  a 
brown  margin;  rays  white  or  red  in  such  shades  aw 
pink,  carmine,  rose,  lilac,  and  crimson,  and  sometimes 
tipped  yellow,  but  never  wholly  yellow  Caucasus, 
Persia  FS  0  917  On  26,  pp  440,  443  Gng  2  7, 
5  309  K  II  1H97,  p  521  Not  H  M  10HO, 
which  is  C  cor o  no  pi folium  The  first  picture  of  a  full 
double  form  is  H  H  1804  71 —This  specie*,  is  the  most 
important  and  variable  of  all  the  hardy  herbaceous 
kinds  There  have  been  perhaps  700  named  horti- 
cultural vaneties  There  is  an  anemone-fld  form  with 
a  high  di^k  The  species  is  albo  cult  in  Calif  and 
France  for  insect  powder  C  atrosangulneum,  Hort ,  is 
said  to  be  a  good  Horticultural  varietv  \vith  dark  crim- 
son fls  The  C  rosrum  of  Weber  &  Mohr  being  a  ten- 
able name,  Hoffmann  pro  poses  Ascherson's  name,  C1 
Mar&chalhi,  for  the  /*  ro^eum  of  Bicberstem,  but 
Willdeuow's  C  coccineum  is  here  retained. 

OG  Foliage  glaucous  /".s  never  double 
15.  cineranaefduum,  Vis  Glaucous  perennial,  slen- 
der, 12-15  in  high  sts  unbranched,  with  a  few  short, 
scattered  hairs  below  the  fl  Ivs  long-pet loled,  silky 
beneath,  with  distant  segms  involucral  scales  scanous 
and  whitish  at  the  apex.  Dalmatia  B  M  6781  — Said 
to  be  chief  source  of  Dalmatian  insect  powder  Rarel} 
cult,  as  border  plant  Common  in  botanic  gardens 

cc.  Lvs.  not  cut  to  the  midrib,  pinnalifid  or  coarsely 
toothed    (except  perhaps  in  No.  22} 

D.  Heads  borne  in  clusters,  mostly  flat-topped 
16  Balsamita,  Linn.  (Tanacctum  Balsdmita,  Lmn. 
Pyrethrum  Bahdmita,  Willd.  Balsdmita  vulgans, 
Willd )  COSTMARY  MINT  GERANIUM.  Sometimes 
erroneously  called  "lavender,"  from  its  sweet  agree- 
able odor.  Tall  and  stout  perennial  Ivs  sweet-scented, 
oval  or  oblong,  obtuse,  margined  with  blunt  or  sharp 
teeth,  lower  ones  petioled,  upper  ones  almost  sessile, 
the  largest  Ivs  5-11  in  long,  1^-2  in  wide:  pappus 
a  short  crown  W  Asia  — Typically  with  short  white 
rays,  but  when  they  are  absent  the  plant  is  var  tana- 
cetoides,  Boiss  Fig.  934.  Rayless  This  has  escaped 
in  a  few  places  from  old  gardens  it  seems  to  be  the 
prevailing  garden  form. 


DD  Heads  borne  singly  on  the  branches  or  sts  ,  or  at 

least  not  in  definite  clusters,  rays  large,  white. 
17   lactistre.  Brot.  (C   latifblium,  DC  )     Fig   935. 
erennial,  endlessly  confused  with  C.  maximum  in  gar- 


Perennial, endlessly 

dens,  and  the  two  species  are  very  variable  and  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish;  the  fls  can  hardly  be  told  apart.  C 
lacustre  is  a  taller  and  more  vigorous  plant,  and  some- 
times it  is  branched  at  the  top,  bearing  3  heads,  while 
C.  maximum  is  always  1-headed,  and  the  Ivs  in  that 
species  are  much  narrower  Height  3-6  ft  :  at  sparsely 
branched  Ivs  partly  clasping,  ovate-lanceolate,  with 
coarse,  hard  teeth,  rays  about  1  in  long;  pappus  of  the 
ray  2-3-eared  Portugal,  along  rivers,  swamps  and 
lakes.  R  H  1857,  p  456 

18  maximum,  Ramond  Fig  936  This  perennial 
species  has  narrower  Ivs  than  C  lacustre,  and  they  are 
narrowed  at  the  base  height  1  ft  st  more  angled  than 
the  above,  simple  or  branched  at  the  very  base,  always 
1-headed  and  leafless  for  3-4  in.  below  the  head:  lower 
Ivs  petioled,  wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  or  long- 
oblanceolate;  the  upper  Ivs  becoming  few,  lanceolate 
but  usually  not  very  prominently  pointed,  the  teeth 
not  very  large  or  striking  pappus  none  involucral 
scales  narrower  and  longer,  whitish-transparent  at  the 
margin,  while  those  of  C  lacustre  are  broader,  more 
rounded  at  the  apex,  and  with  a  light  brown  scanous 
margin  Pyrenees  J  II  III  5  251  Gn  26,  p  437, 
73,  p  5C7.  G  5  445  G  M  46  676.  Var.  R6bin- 
sonii,  Hort  ,  has  finely  cut  or  fringed  rays,  giving  the 
bloom  the  appearance  of  a  Japanese  chrysanthemum 
R  II  1904  515  Var 
Davidsii,  Hort  ,  has  sts 
of  great  length,  suitable 
for  cutting  Var  filifdrme, 
Hort  ,  has  deeply  serrate 
long  and  drooping  rays 
There  are  many  other 
forms,  differing  in  time  of 
bloom  as  well  as  in  habit 
and  in  form  of  fl  The 
Shasta  daisy  (said  to  be  a 


934.  Chrysanthemum  Bal- 
933.  Chrysanthemum  coc-  samita     var.     tanacetoides. 

cineum.    The  Pyrethrum  Costmary  or  mint  geranium, 

roseum  of  gardens.    ( X  H)  ( X  H) 


758 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


935  Chrysanthemum 
lacustre  A  short-rayed 
form  ( X  H) 


hybrid)  is  an  early-flowering  very  floriferous  race, 
with  several  strains  of  fls ,  mostly  large  and  pure 
white,  although  in  one  form  the  buds  are  reported 
as  lemon-yellow  but  opening  white;  various  sub- 
varieties  aro  now  offered. 
It  is  a  good  summer  and  au- 
tumn bloomer,  and  usually 
hardy  in  the  northeastern 
states. 

19  uligindsum,  Pers  (PurHh- 
runi  uhginosum,  Waldst )  (IIANT 
DAISY  Stout,  erect  bushy  leafy- 
stemmed  perennial,  4-7  ft.  high, 
with  light  green  foliage:  st. 
nearly  glabrous,  striate,  branch- 
ing above, 
roughish: 
Ivs.  long- 
lanceolate, 
prominently 
pointed, 
with  large 
coarse  sharp 
teeth  •  heada 
often  sev- 
eral together  and  not  long- 
stalked,  2-3  in  across,  white, 
late  Hungary.  B  M  2706  A  F. 
4:523;  8.813  Gng.  2  375,  5: 
183.  AG  19:403  RH  1S<)4, 
p  82  Gt  46,  p.  103  G  C  II 
10-493  Gn  26,  p  442;  38,  p. 
523;  62,  p  180  G  VV  15,  p  316 
GM  51.453  Gn  W  23  415 
— It  blooms  the  first  year  from 
seed  or  division,  and  has  been 
forced  for  Easter  somewhat  as 
Hydrangea  pamculala  can  be 
treated  Excellent  for  cut-fls.  The  blosboms  should 
be  cut  soon  after  opening,  as  the  disks  darken 
with  age  The  plant  needs  a  rich  moist  soil; 
it  deserves  a  greater  popularity 

20   Leucanthemum,  Linn    (Leucdnthemwn 
vulgare,  Lam  )    WHITEWEED.  OX-EYE  DAISY. 
Fig.  937    Glabrous    perennial    erect    weed, 
1-2  ft   high,  root-lvs.  long-petioled,  with  a 
large,  oval  blade  and  coarse,  rounded  notches: 
st  -Ivs  lanceolate,  becoming  narrower  toward 
the  top,  serrate,  with  few  distant  and  sharper 
teeth.  (Var  pinnatijldum,  Lee    &  Lam  ,  has 
more  divided  Ivs )     heads  terminal,  showy 
white  June,  July  Eu  ,  N  Asia  Gn  70,  p  176. 
— One  of  the  commonest  weeds  in  the  eastern 
states,  being  characteristic  of  worn-out  mead- 
ows    The  daisies  are  not  cult., 
but  they  are  often  gathered  for 
decoration,  and  make  excellent 
cut-fls.    The  plant  is  very  van- 
able,  and  forms  adapted  to  fl  - 
garden    uses   will   probably   be 
developed     Hayless  plants  are 
sometimes  found. 

21.  nipp6nicum,  Hort.  (Lew- 
cdnthemum  mppdmcum, 
Franch  )  Differs  from  others 
of  this  set  in  being  shrubby  at 
base  and  Ivs  broadest  above 
the  middle-  to  2  ft ,  the  sts. 
strong,  simple,  few-fld.:  Ivs. 
thick,  oblong-spatulate  to  ob- 
lanceolate,  sessile,  irregularly 
denticulate  but  entire  at  base, 
3-4  in.  long,  pale  beneath:  fl.- 
heads  2-3^  in.  across,  with  a 
hemispherical  involucre  of  oval 


obtuse  bracts,  rays  bright 
white,  linear,  minutely  5- 
toothed;  disk  pale  greenish 
yellow.  Japan.  BM  7660. 
R  II.  1905,  p  47.  F  E.  20. 
434  —Hardy  in  the  N  ,  in 
the  root,  but  the  sts.  killed 
down  by  frost,  has  the 
general  appearance  of  C. 
lacudre  A  beautiful  large- 
fid  species,  producing  its 
lai  ge  blooms  in  late  autumn 
22  archcum,  Linn  Low 
perennial,  3-15  in  ,  glabrous 
or  neaily  so.  Ivs  cuneate, 
long  -  tapering  at  base, 
toothed  or  cut  at  the  apex, 
sometimes  3-5-lobed,  the 
uppermost  ones  small  and 
very  narrow  and  nearly  en- 
tire' involucre-bracts  broad 
and  brown-margined,  rays 
clear  white,  about  1  in 
long,  pappus  wanting 
Arctic  Eu  ,  Asia  and  Amer. 
— An  attractive  very  hardy 
species,  making  a  clump  of 
dark  green  foliage  and  pro- 
ducing in  autumn  many 
large  white  fls ,  sometimes 
tinged  lilac  or  rose 

C  cvronom/dhum,  WiIld.=C. 
roseurn  — C  grdnde,  Hook  f. 
(Plagnn  grandifiorus,  L'ller ) 
Stout  erect  perennial  of  Algeria, 
2  3  ft  Ivs  oblong  to  linear- 
oblong,  often  lyrate,  coarsely  toothed  fl  -heads  large,  solitary,  ray- 
less,  golden  yellow,  to  2  in  across  BM  788(>  —  ('  uramhflbrum, 
WiHd  Shrubby,  smooth,  from  the  Canaries,  with  nmeate  lobed 

the  rays  white  and  disk  yellow  allied  to  C  frutcsccnn, 
— C  \nn,lf,rum,  I  inn  =Matncaria  inodora  —  C  macro- 
vhyllum,  Waldst  A  Kit  Perennial  herb,  .'1  ft  IVH  very 
large,  nearly  nestle,  pmnatisect,  the  lobes  lanceolate 
arm  coarsely  toothed  heads  very  many,  corymbed, 
rays  white  with  yellowish  tinge,  the  disk  vellow  June, 
July,  an  outdoor  plant  Hungary  (J  W  12,  p  410  — 
C  At  dun,  Hook  f  Herbaceous,  with  woody  root- 
Btock,  l)z  ^  Ivs  about  1  in  long,  triangular  to  ob- 
long, pinnatifid  fl -heids  1J^  in  diam  ,  long-stalked, 
rays  3-toothed,  white  with  reddish  backs  Mts  Mo- 
rocco, summer  in  the  open  B  M  .WJ7  — C  mnlliflA- 
rum,  Hort  Fls  greenish  white  said  to  be  a  ( ross 
between  asmgle-fld  chrysanthemum  and  C  Pallasia- 
num  (Pyrethrum  Pallasianum,  Maxim  ,  of  N  Asii, 
apparently  not  a  gardtn  specie*) — ('  ochroleucum, 
Vlasf  Glabrous  undcrshrub  of  - 


937.  Chrysanthemum  Leu- 
canthemum Ox-eye  daisy,  or 
whiteweed  (X'2) 


the    Ca 


936.  Chrysanthemum  maximum    ( X  H) 


obovate-cuneate,  coarsely  toothed    rays  pale  yellow 
—  C    parthem/Mium,  WiHd  ,  a  form  of  C  Parthemum 
—C    parthemdtles,   Voss     One  of  the  feverftw    forms, 
probably  C  pra-altum  —  C  return,  Web  &  Mohr  (C 
coronopifolium,  Willd  ,  not  Vill  ),  not  Bieb     Perennial 
herb,  2  j£  ft    IVB  once-pinnate  fl  -heads 
solitary,    rays    rose-red  or   flesh-color 
Caucasus—  C    tomentdsum,  Loisel     An 
alpine   Corsican  species    tuftwl,  2  in 
high  when   in  bloom     Ivs    pinnatifid, 
densely      tomentose       fl  -heads      I4in 
across,  white-rayed,  on  »ts  1  in  long  — 
C  tisc^um,  Desf    Annual  disk  orange- 
yellow,    rays   sulfur-yellow      Medit  — 
C  vulgdre,  Bernh  ==Tanacetum  vulgare 
—  C  Zawddskn,  Herbich,  of  Galhcia,  is 
a  tufted  plant  with  rose-tintod  fls    all 
Bummer.         WILHELM   MlLLEK. 

L.  H    B.f 


Types  of  the  common 
chrysanthemum. 

The  common  chrysanthemums 
of  the  florists  (C.  hortorum)  are 
often  called  "large-flowering," 
and  "autumn  chrysanthemums," 
to  distinguish  them  from  the 
hardy  outdoor  kinds,  although 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


759 


938.  The  small  and 
regular  anemone  type. 


neither  of  these  popular  names 
is  entirely  accurate  or  distinc- 
tive They  are  the  blended 
product  of  C.  indicum  and  C. 
rnonfolium,  two  species  of 
plants  that  grow  wild  in  China 
and  Japan.  The  outdoor  or 
hardy  chrysanthemums  are  de- 
rived from  the  same  species, 
being  less  developed  forms. 
The  florist's  chrysanthemum  is 
not  necessarily  a  glasshouse 
subject,  but  it  is  bloomed 
under  glass  for  protection  and 
to  secure  a  longer  season  Ten 
to  fifteen  dominant  types  of 
chrysanthemums  have  been 
recognized  by  the  National 
Chrysanthemum  Society  of 
England.  The  words  "types/' 
"races,"  and  "sections,  have 
always  been  used  by  horticul- 
turists to  express  much  the 
same  thing,  but  types  can 
always  be  defined  clearly,  while 
sections  cannot,  and  the  word 
i  ace  should  be  restricted  to 
cultivated  varieties  that  repro- 
duce their  character  by  seed, 
winch  is  not  the  case  with  the 
large  -  flow  ering  chrysanthe- 
mums The  following  explana- 
tion and  scheme,  it  is  hoped,  will  clearly  set  forth  the 
main  types,  and  explain  some  of  the  many  terms  that 
confuse  the  beginner  The  horticultural  sections  are 
wholly  arbitrary,  being  chiefly  for  the  convenience  of 
competitors  at  exhibitions,  and  therefore  changing  with 
the  fashions  The  present  classification  is  based  on  the 
form  of  the  flower,  as  each  tyoe  can  be  had  m  any 
color  found  in  the  whole  genus 

A  Single  forms'  rays  in  1  series,  or  few  series'  disk 
low  and  flat 

1  The  Small  Single  Type  —Fig  950  Fls  about  2  in 
across,  star-like,  i.  e  ,  with  the  rays  arranged  in  one 
series  around  the  yellow  disk  "Single,"  however,  is  a 
relative  term,  and  in  Fig  950  there  is  more  than  one 
series  of  rays,  but  this  does  not  destroy  the  "single- 
ness" of  effect  All 
fls  are  either  single, 
semi-double,  or 
double,  but  all  the 
intermediate  forms 
between  the  two 
extremes  of  single- 
ness and  doubleness 
tend  to  disappear, 
as  they  are  not 
d  e«i  red 

2  The  Large  Sin- 
gle Type— Like  the 
preceding,  but  the 
fls.  4  in  or  more 
across,  and  fewer 
The  large  and  small 
single  types  are 
practically  never 
grown  outdoors  and 
are  best  suited  for 
pot  culture,  each 
specimen  bearing 
20-80  fls  They 
are  also  grown  by 
fiorists  m  consider- 

939.  Japanese  anemone  chrysanthe-         able     quantity    for 
mum  wh'iu  fully  expanded.  ( utting 


A  A  Anemone~fld.  forms  rays  as 

in  A:  disk  high  and  rounded. 
B.  Fls  (florets')  small,  numerous, 

regular. 

3.  The  Small  Anemone  Type 
— Commonly  called  "Pompon 
Anemone."    Fig.  938.  Fls  2-3 
in    across,   and  usually  more 
numerous  than  in    the  large 
anemone  type.    All  the  anem- 
one forms  are  essentially  sm- 
•,  but  the  raised  disk,  with  its  elon- 
gated   tubular    fls ,   usually    yellow 
but  often  of  other  colors,  gives  them 
a  distinct  artistic  effect,   and   they 
are,  therefore,  treated  as  intermediates 
in  character  between  the  single  and 
double  forms    Like  the  single  forms, 
they  are  less  popular  than  the  double 
kinds,  and  tiie   varieties  are,  there- 
fore, less  numerous  and  more  subject 
to  the  caprices  of  fashion 

BB.  Fls.  large,  fewer,  regular 
4.  The  Large  Anemone  Type—¥\&    4  in 
or  more  across  and  fewer     Heads  must  have 
large  size,  high   neatly  formed  centers,  and 
regularly  arranged  florets,  the  disk  being  composed 
of  long  tubes  or  quills  and  the  rays  flat  and  hori- 
zontally arranged. 

BBS    Fls  large,  few,  irregular. 

5  The   Japanese   Anemone    Type  — ¥1%    939.     Fls. 
4  in  or  more  across,  and  irregular  in  outline,  fantastic 
and  extreme  anemone  forms 

AAA.  Doublc-jld  forms  rays  in  many  series   disk  absent 

or  nearly  so 
B   Fls  small,  rays  short 

6  The  Pompon  Type  —  lugs    940,  949    Fls.  1-2  in. 
across    The  outdoor  kinds  are  likely  to  be  small,  flat 
and  buttonlike,  while  those  oult    indoors  are  usually 
larger  and  nearly  globular     Fig   940  shows  the  former 
condition.  It  is  from  one  of  the  old  hardy  kinds  long 
cult    m  the  gardens  as  "Chinese"  or  "small-flowered 
chrysanthemums,  and   commonly  supposed  to  be  the 
product  of  C   uuhcum,  as  opposed  to  the  "Japanese" 
or  "Imge-flowered"  kinds  intro  in  1862,  which  marked 
a  new  era  by  being  less  formal  and  more  fanciful  than 
any   of   the  preceding 

kinds  Pompons  are 
little  cult  under  glass 
m  Amer ,  being  re- 
garded mostly  as  out- 
door subjects. 

BB   Fls.  large 

c.  Blossoms  hairy. 

7  The  Hairy  Type, 
—Fig  941  Also  called 
"Ostrich  Plume"  and 
"Japanese  Hairy" 
The  famous  prototype 
is  the  variety  Mrs. 
Alpheus  Hardy,  pic- 
tured in  Gn  35,  p  307, 
which  was  sold  for 
$1,500  in  1888,  and 
started  the  American 
chrysanthemum  craze 
White  fls  with  long 
hairs  are  very  delicate 
and  pretty,  but  the 
hairs  are  often  minute,  040  Typ«  of 
and  on  manv  of  the  themum.  Grown 
colored  fls  they  aie  special  care 


760 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


considered  more  curious  and  interesting  than  beauti- 
ful So  far,  nearly  all  hairy  chrysanthemums  are  of  the 
Japanese  Incurved  type.  Since  the  hairs  are  on  the 
backs  of  the  florets,  they  show  best  in  incurved  types. 

cc.  Blossoms  not  hairy. 
D.  Rays  reflexed. 

8.  The    Reflexed    Type  — 
Also  called  "Recurved."  Fig. 

k  942.  The  reflexed  forms  can 
be  easily  broken  up  into  3 
types  (a)  the  small  and 
regular,  (6)  the  large  and 
regular,  and  (c)  the  large  and 
irregular  types  The  latest 
standard  requires  that  re- 
flexed  flowers  have  hemi- 
spheroidal  heads,  with  no 
trace  of  thinness  m  the  cen- 
ter, and  broad  overlapping 
florets. 

I>D  Rays  incurved. 
E  Form  absolutely  regular. 

9.  The    Incurved    Type — 
Fig    943  shows  the  general 

941.  Hairy  type.  idea,  but  such    a  fl.    would 

hardly    win    a    prize    at    an 

English  show,  where  anything  short  of  absolute  regu- 
larity is  relegated  to  the  "Japanese  Incurved"  section 
(No  10)  This  form  is  by  far  the  most  clear-cut  ideal  of 
any  of  these  types,  and  for  many  years  this  ideal  of  the 
florists  so  completely  dominated  the  English  chry- 
santhemum shows  that  the  incurved  section  came  to 
be  known  there  as  the  "exhibition"  or  "show  type." 
In  America  the  Japanese  types,  which  are  less  formal 
and  fanciful,  early  prevailed,  but  in  England  this  has 
been  the  most  important  section  of  all 

EE  Form  more  or  less  irregular. 

10  The  Japanese  Incurved  Type  — This  section  and 
the  next  have  been  the  most  important  in  America. 
There  are  many  variations  of  this  type.    It  often  hap- 
pens that  the  outer  4  or  5  series  of  rays  gradually  become 
reflexed,  but  if  most  of  the  rays  are  incurved,  the  variety 
may  be  exhibited  in  this  section    Fig  943. 

DDD.  Rays  of  various  shapes  forms  diverse 

11  The   Japanese    Types — The    word    "Japanese" 
was  originally  used  to  designate  the  large-fld  fantastic 
kinds,  mtro   by  Robert  Fortune  from  Japan  in  1862. 
It   has   never  been   restricted  to  varieties    imported 
directly  from  Japan,  but  has  always  included  seedlings 
raised  in  the  western  world.    Before  1862.  all  florists' 

fls.  in  England  were  rela- 
tively formal  and  small. 
The  informal,  loose,  gro- 
tesque, Japanese  chrysan- 
themums, intro  by  Fortune 
broke  up  the  conventional 
era,  and  the  demand  for 
large  specimen  blooms  that 
resulted  in  fl  -shows  all  over 
the  world  reached  Amer.  in 
1889  The  "Japanese  sec- 
tion" now  means  little  more 
than  "Miscellaneous."  The 
10  types  previously  men- 
i  tioned  can  be  rather  accu- 
rately defined,  but  the  Japa- 
nese section  is  purposely 
left  undefined  to  include 
everything  else.  All  the 
tubular  and  quilled  sorts  are 
now  included  in  it,  although 

942.  Reflexed  type.  formerly  kept  distinct. 


Relative  importance  and  uses  of  the  foregoing  types. — 
In  general,  the  large-flowered  forms  are  more  popular 
than  tne  small-flowered  forms,  especially  at  exhibitions, 
where  great  size  is  often  the  greatest  factor  in  prize- 
winning.  Types  9,  10  and  11  are  the  most  important 
in  America,  especially  the  Japanese  section  The  flowers 
ot  types  9  and  10  are  likely  to  be  more  compact  and 
globular,  and  hence  better  for  long  shipments  than  the 
looser  and  more  fanciful  types  Typos  9,  10  and  11 
are  those  to  which  most  care  is  given,  especially  in 
disbudding  and  training  They  are  the  ones  most  com- 
monly grown  by  the  florists  for  cut-flowers,  and  when- 
ever one  large  flower  on  a  long  stem  is  desired  The 
anemone-flowered  forms  are  all  usually  considered  as 
curiosities,  especially  the  Japanese  anemones,  which 
are  often  exhibited  as  freaks  and  oddities  The  single 
and  anemone-flowered  forms  are  used  chiefly  for  speci- 
mens in  pots  with  many  small  flowers,  but  all  the  other 
types  are  used  for  the  same  purpose.  For  outdoor  cul- 
ture, the  hardy  pompons,  with  their  numerous  small 
flowers,  are  usually  better  than  the  large-flowering  or 
Japanese  kinds 

As  an  indication  of  the  constant  change  in  standards 
of  appreciation,  may  be  cited  the  present  popularity 


943.  Type  of  Japanese  incurved  chrysanthemum 


of  short-stemmed  chrysanthemums  (Fig  944)  as  dis- 
tinguished from  the  greatly  elongated  stem  that  was 
exclusively  desired  some  years  ago;  and  also  the  demand 
for  bushy  many-flowered  plants,  producing  small  bloom 
as  compared  with  the  former  excessively  large  detached 
flowers. 

The  current  English  classification. 

The  Floral  Committee  of  the  National  Chrysanthe- 
mum Society  (of  England)  in  1912  published  the  fol- 
lowing "new  classification  of  Chrysanthemums" 
(published  also  m  American  Florist,  Sept  21,  1912, 
by  Elmer  D.  Smith): 

SECTION  I.  INCURVED  (Fig  945) 

The  distinguishing  characteristics  of  this  section  are  the  globular 
form  and  regular  outline  of  the  blooms  The  flower  should  be  aa 
nearly  a  globe  as  possible,  aa  depth  is  an  important  point  in  esti- 
mating its  value  The  florets  ought  to  be  smooth,  rounded,  or 
somewhat  pointed  at  the  tip,  of  sufficient  length  to  form  a  graceful 
curve,  and  be  regularly  arranged  A  hollow  center  or  prominent 
eye  are  serious  defects,  as  also  are  a  roughness  m  the  blooms, 
unevennesa  of  outline  and  a  want  of  freshness  in  the  outer  florets. 

The  section  is  now  subdivided  into. 

Sub-section  (a)  — Large-flowered  varieties. 

Sub-section  (b)  — Medium-  and  small-flowered  varieties. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


761 


SECTION  II   JAPANESE 
(Fig.  946). 

Japanese  varieties  include  a 
wide  range  of  form,  size  and 
color  Their  florets  may  be 
either  flat,  fluted,  quilled  or 
tubulated,  of  varying  length, 
from  short,  straight,  spreading 
florets,  to  long,  drooping, 
twiHted  or  irregularly  incurved 
In  breadth  tho  florets  may  vary 
greatly,  ranging  from  those  an 
inch  in  width  to  others  scarcely 
broader  than  a  stout  thread. 
Home  also  either  have  the  tips 
of  the  florets  cupped,  hollowed, 
curved  or  reflexed 

Sub-section  I     Japanese 
(a)   Largo-flowered  varie- 

(6)  Medium-flowered  va- 
rieties 
(r)  Small-flowered  vane- 

Sub  -  section  II.  Incurved 
Japanese 

(a)  Large-flowered  vane- 
ties 

(6)  Medium-  and   small- 
flow  erod 
Sub-section  1 1 1     Hairy  Japa- 

044  New  type  with  short  stem,  Keflexed  section  to  be  deleted 
which  Is  becoming  very  popular  ftH  these  -varieties  arc  now  re- 
with  comrrercial  growers  ferrcd  to  other  sections 

SECTION  III     \NEMONES  (Figa  947  and 
948,  also  FIKS   938,  939) 

The  distinctive  characteristics  of  anemone 
varieties  are  their  high,  in  ally  formed  centers 
and  regularly  arranged  ra^florets  There  are 
two  distinct  sets  of  florets,  one  quilled  and  form- 
ing the  center  or  disk,  and  the  other  flat  and 
more  or  less  horizontally  arranged,  forming  the 
border  or  my  1  ho  flowers  may  haxe  the  ray  or 
guard  florets  broad  or  twistid,  or  narrow,  and 
forming  a  fringe,  but  should  be  HO  regularly 
arranged  as  to  form  a  oircle  round  the  (enter, 
the  latter  should  be  a  hcmispheroidal  disk,  with 
no  trace  of  hollow  ness  and  e-very  floret  in  ita 
place 

(a)  Large-flowered,  i  e  ,  with  a  diameter  of  3 
inches  and  upwards 

(6)  Small-flowered,  i  e  ,  with  a  diameter  of 
less  than  3  inches 

SECTION  IV    POMPONS  (Fig  949, 
also  Fig   940) 

Pompon  varieties  have  blooms  that  may  be 
somewhat  flat  or  nearly  globular,  very  neat  and 
compact,  formed  of  short,  flat,  fluted  or  quilled 
florets,  ngularly  spreading  or  erect,  the  florets 
of  each  bloom  being  of  one  character 

(a)    Large -flowered,  i   e  ,  with   a  diameter  of 

2  mcluM  and  upwards 

(6)  Small-flowered,  i  e,  with  a  diameter  of 
less  than  2  inches. 


SECTION  V    SINGLES  (Fig.  950). 


Single  varieties  may  be  of  any  size  and  form, 
but  the  florets,  whether  short  and  rigid  or  long  and  drooping, 
should  be  arranged  sufficiently  close  together  to  form  a  regular 
fringe 

Sub-section  I    Varieties  with  one  or  two  rows  of  ray  florets 

(a)  Large-flowered,  i  e  ,  with  a 
diameter  of  3  inches  and 
upwards 

(6)  Medium  and  small-flowered, 
i  e  ,  with  a  diameter  of 
less  than  3  inches. 
Sub-section    II     Varieties  with 
three  to  five  rows  of  ray  florets 
(a)  Large-flowered,  i    e  ,  with  a 
diameter  of  3  inches  and 
upwards 

(f>)  Medium  and  small-flowered, 
i    e  ,  with  a  diameter  of 
lens  than  3  inches 
Sub-section  III.    Anemone-cen- 
tered varieties. 

SECTION  VI    SPIDERY,  PLUMED 
AND  FEATHERY. 

Varieties  in   this  section   have 
946.  Japanese  type.  small  or  medium-sued  flowers  of 


eccentric  shape,  but  most  fre- 
quently of  a  light  and  graceful 
character,  some  have  threadlike 
florets,  and  some  have  broader  flo- 
rets, but  they  may  be  either  erect, 
horizontal  or  drooping  and  of  vari- 
ous shapes  and  colors 

Market,  Decorative  and  Early- 
flowering  varieties  will  be  deleted 
as  such,  but  lists  will  be  drawn  up 
under  each  heading  for  genera] 
guidance. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

Culture  of  the  florist's  chry- 
santhemum (C.  hortorum) 

The  first  step  towards  suc- 
cess in  chrysanthemum-cul- 
ture is  good  healthy  cuttings, 
and  as  they  become  estab- 
lished plants  they  should 
receive  generous  cul  ture 
throughout  their  entire  grow- 
ing season.  This  requires  947.  Japanese  anemone  type. 
close  attention  to  watering, 
airing,  repotting,  and  a  liberal  supply  of  nutriment 

Chrysanthemums  are  propagated  in  four  ways, — by 
cuttings,  division,  seeds,  and  grafting.  By  far  the  mobt 
important  is  the  first,  because  it  is  the  mobt  rapid  It 
is  the  method  of  the  floribts  In  locali- 
ties in  which  the  plants  can  remain  out- 
doors over  winter  without  injury,  they 
may  be  increased  by  division.  This  sys- 
tem is  practited  more  by  amateurs  than 
florists,  being  the  easiest  method  for  the 
home  garden  but  not  rapid  enough  for 
the  flon.st  Propagation  by  seeds  is 
employed  only  to  produce  new  varieties, 
ana  is  discussed  at  length  elsewhere 
(page  7b4)  Grafting  is  seldom  practised 
kSkilful  gardeners  sometimes  graft  a 
dozen  or  more  varieties  on  a  large  plant, 
and  the  sight  of  many  different  colored 
fls.  on  the  same  plant  is  always  inter- 
esting at  exhibitions 

Section  1. — Culture  of  chrysanthemums  for 

cut-flowers. 
This  account  is  intended  to  describe 

the  method  chiefly  employed  by  florists, 

the  plant*  being  grown  in  benches  under 

glass 

1    Propagation  by  cuttings  — Plants  of 

the  preceding  year  afford    stock   from 

which  to  propagate  the  following  season. 

They    produce    quantities    of   stools  or 

suckers,  which  form 

excellent  material 
for  the  cuttings.  These  are  usu- 
ally taken  from  \Yi  to  3  inches  in 
length,  the  lower  leaves  removed, 
also  the  tips  of  the  broad  leaves, 
then  placed  in  propagating-beds 
close  together,  where  they  are  kept 
continually  wet  until  rooted  To 
insure  a  large  percentage,  the 
condition  of  the  cuttings  should 
be  moderately  soft.  If  the  stock 
plants  are  allowed  to  become  ex- 
cessively dry,  the  cuttings  are 
likely  to  harden,  and  thus  be  very 
slow  in  producing  roots  Single- 
eye  cuttings  may  be  used  of  new 
and  scarce  varieties  when  neces- 
sary. These  are  fastened  to  a 
tooth -pick  with  fine  stemming 
wire,  allowing  half  of  the  tooth-  943  Pompon  anemone; 
pick  to  extend  below  the  end  of  the  type. 


945.  Incurved  type. 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


cutting,  and  when  inserted  in  the  cutting-bed  the  end 
of  the  cutting  should  rest  upon  the  sand  It  requires 
more  time  to  produce  good  plants  by  this  system  than 
when  fair-sized  cuttings  can  be  taken,  but  it  is  often 
of  service  when  stock  is  limited  The  propagating- 
house  should  be  well 
aired,  and  it  is  ad- 
visable to  change  the 
sand  after  the  second 
or  third  batch  of 
cuttings  has  been  re- 
moved, to  avoid  what 
is  termed  cutting- 
bench  fungus.  The 
cuttings  should  never 
be  allowed  to  wilt. 
and  this  is  avoided 
by  giving  abundance 
of  air,  and  when  the 
temperature  reaches 
over  70°  from  sun 
heat,  by  shading  with 
some  material,  either 
cloth  or  paper.  Fig. 
951  shows  a  good 
form  of  chrysanthe- 
mum cutting 

2    Planting — Cut- 
tings  should  not  be 
allowed     to     remain 
in  the  cutting-bench 
after    the   roots    are 
Yi  inch  in  length,  or 
they    will    become 
baidened,  which  will 
949  A  pompon      check  the  growth    As 
chrysanthemum.     SOon  as  rooted,  they 
( X  H)  should  be  potted  into 

2-  or  2,H>-mch  pots, 
using  good  mellow 
soil,  with  a  slight  admixture  of  decomposed  manure 
Most  of  the  large  flowers  are  produced  under  glass,  and 
the  bench  system  is  generally  employed,  which  consists 
of  4  or  5  inches  of  soil  placed  upon  benches  In  these 
benches  the  small  plants  are  planted  8  to  12  inches 
apart  each  way,  from  the  latter  part  of  May  to  the  mid- 
die  of  July  Those  planted  at  the  first  date  usually 
give  the  best  results.  The  soil  should  be  pounded 
rather  firm  either  before  planting  or  after  the  plants 
have  become  established. 

3  Sard  — There  are  many  ideas  as  to  what  soil  is 
best  suited  for  the  chrysanthemum,  but  good  blooms 
may  be  grown  on  clay  or  light  sandy  loam,  provided 
the  cultivator  is  a  close  observer  and  considers  the  con- 
dition of  the  soil  m  which  they  are  growing  Clay  soil, 
being  more  retentive  of  moisture,  will  require  less  water 
and  feeding  than  soil  of  a  more  porous  nature  The 
chrysanthemum  is  a  gross  feeder,  and,  therefore,  the 
fertility  of  the  soil  is  very  important  in  the  production 
of  fine  blooms.  Each  expeit  has  a  way  of  his  own  in 
preparing  the  soil,  but  as  equally  good  results  have 
been  secured  under  varied  conditions,  it  is  safe  to 
conclude  that  the  method  of  preparing  the  soil  has 
little  to  do  with  the  results,  provided  there  is  sufficient 
food  within  their  reach  AH  concede  that  fresh-cut  sod, 
piled  late  the  preceding  fall  or  in  early  spring,  with 
one-fourth  to  one-fifth  its  bulk  of  half-decomposed 
manure,  forms  an  excellent  compost.  Many  use  1  or  2 
inches  of  manure  as  a  mulch  after  the  plants  have 
become  established  Others  place  an  inch  of  half- 
decomposed  manure  in  the  bottom  of  the  bench  This 
the  roots  find  as  soon  as  they  require  it.  Good  blooms 
have  been  grown  by  planting  on  decomposed^  sod  and 
relying  on  liquid  applications  of  chemicals. 

4.  Feeding. — No  definite  rule  can  be  given  for  this 
work,  as  so  much  depends  on  the  amount  of  food 


uicorporated  in  the  soil  If  the  soil  be  very  rich,  the 
liquid  applications  should  be  only  occasional  and  very 
dilute.  Theie  is  more  danger  of  overfeeding  by  the 
use  of  liquids  than  by  using  excessively  nch  soil  Each 
grower  must  depend  on  his  own  judgment  as  to  the 
requirements,  being  guided  by  the  appearance  of  the 
plants  When  the  leaves  become  daik-colored  and  very 
brittle,  it  is  safe  to  conwidei  that  the  limit  in  feeding  h?a 
been  reached  Some  variet  les  refuse  to  bud  when  over- 
fed, making  a  mass  of  leaves  instead  Others  show  very 
contorted  petals,  giving  a  rough  unfinished  bloom. 
Still  others,  particularly  the  red  varieties,  are  likely 
to  be  ruined  by  decomposition  of  the  petals,  called 
"burning,"  especially  if  the 
atmosphere  is  allowed  to 
become  hot  and  stuffy.  The 
same  result  will  follow  in 
daik  weather,  or  when  the 
nights  become  cool,  if  the 
moisture  of  the  house  is 
allowed  to  fall  upon  the 
blooms  Under  such  condi- 
tions, the  ventilation  should 
remain  on  during  the  night, 
or  heat  be  turned  in  accord- 
ing to  the  outside  tempera- 
ture 

f)  Watering  and  shading  — 
Let  tha  foliage  be  the  index 
to  watering  If  it  appears 
yellow  and  sickly,  use  less 
water,  and  sec  that  the 
drainage  is  perfect  There 
is  little  danger  of  over-water- 
ing as  long  as  the  foliage  is 
bright  green  A  little  shad- 
ing at  planting  time  is  not 
objectionable,  but  it  should 
be  removed  as  soon  as  the 
plants  are  established  It  is  950,  Single  type 

often  necessary  to  shade  the 

pink  and  red  floweis,  if  the  weather  continues  bright 
for  some  time,  to  prevent  their  fading 

0.  Training — When  the  plants  are  8  inches  high, 
they  should  be  tied  either  to  stakes  or  to  jute  twine 
In  the  former  system,  use  one  horizontal  wue  over 
each  row,  tying  the  stake  to  this  aftei  the  bottom  has 
been  inserted  into  the  ground  Two  wires  will  be 
necessary  when  twine  is  used,  one  above  the  plants  and 
the  other  a  few  inches  above  the  soil  to  which  the 
twine  is  fastened  Fiom  the  firnt  of  August  until  the 
flowers  are  in  color,  all  lateral  growths  should  be 
removed  as  noon  as  they  appear,  allowing  only  the 
shoots  intended  for  flowers  to  remain  The  above 
remarks  refer  to  the  training  of  benched  chrysanthe- 
mums as  grown  by  florists  for  cut-flowers.  Other  kinds 
of  training  are  described  under  Section  II,  pages  763-4 
7  Dii>biuidiny  — No  special  date  can 
be  given  for  this  work,  as  much  depends 
on  the  season  and  the  earlmess  or  late- 
ness of  the  variety  to  be  treated.  Buds 
usually  begin  to  form  on  the  early  sorts 
about  August  15,  or  soon  after,  and 
some  of  the  late  varieties  are  not  in  con- 
dition before  October  10  Golden  Glow 
and  Smith  Advance  among  the  large- 
flowering,  and  several  of  the  early- 
flowcrmg  of  the  hardy  varieties,  are 
exceptions  to  the  foregoing,  as  they  will 
set  buds  in  June  and  July  that  will 
develop  very  good  blooms  during  the 
month  of  August  and  later.  The  advent 
of  these  kinds  has  advanced  the  flower- 
ing season  four  to  six  weeks  The 
object  of  removing  the  weak  and  small 


951 

One  kind  of 
chrysanthe- 


cutting.     buds  and  retaining  the  best  is  to  con- 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


763 


centra  to  the  whole  energy  of  the  plant  and  thereby 
increase  the  size  of  the  flower. 

There  are  two  forms  of  buds,  crowns  and  terminals. 
A  ciown  bud  (Fig  952)  is  formed  first,  never  coming 
with  other  flowei-buds,  and  is  provided  with  lateral 
growths  which,  if  allowed  to  remain,  will  continue  their 
growth  and  produce  terminal  buds  later  Terminal 
buds  come  later,  always  in  clusters  (Fig.  954),  are 
never  associated  with  lateral  growths,  and  terminate 
the  plant's  growth  for  that  season  If  the  crown  bud  is 
to  be  haved,  remove  the  lateral  growths  as  shown  by 
Figs  952,  953,  and  the  operation  is  complete  If  the 
terminal  bud  is  desired,  remove  the  crown  and  allow 
one,  two  or  three  (according  to  the  vigor  of  the  plant) 
of  the  growths  to  remain  In  a  few  weeks  these  will 
show  a  cluster  of  buds,  and,  when  well  advanced,  it 
will  be  noticed  that  the  largest  is  at  the  apex  of  the 
growth  (the  one  saved,  if  peifect,  as  it  usually  is),  and 
one  at  each  of  the  leaf  axils  (see  Fig  955)  The  rejected 
buds  are  easiest  and  safest  removed  with  the  thumb 
and  forefinger  Fig  9,5(5  Should  the  bud  appear  to 
be  one-sided  or  otherwise  unperfeet,  remove  it  and 
let  am  the  next  best  In  removing  the  buds,  begin  at 
the  top  and  work  down  By  so  doing  there  are  buds 
ui  reserve,  in  case  the  best  one  should  acculentallv  be 
broken,  while  if  the  reverse  course  were  taken,  amf  the 
best  bud  broken  at  the  completion  of  the  work,  all 
the  labor  would  be  lost  A  few  hours'  disbudding  will 
teach  the  operator  how  far  the  buds  should  be  advanced 
to  disbud  easily  Karly  and  late  in  the  day,  when  the 
growths  aie  brittle,  are  the  best  times  for  the  work 
Some  glowers  speak  of  first,  second  and  third  buds 
The  fust  is  a  cro\ui,  and  usually  appears  on  early- 
propagated  plants  fiom  July  15  to  August  15  If 
removed,  the  lateral  growths  push  forward,  foiming 
another  bud  In  many  cases  in  which  the  crowns  are 
removed  early,  the  next  bud  is  not  a  terminal,  but  a 
second  crown,  which  is  termed  the  second  bud  Re- 
move this,  and  the  third  bud  will  be  the  terminal. 
Plants  propagated  m  May  and  June  usually  give  the 
second  and  third  bud,  not  forming  the  typical  crown 
Those  struck  in  .July  and  planted  late  give  the  terminal 
only  Most  of  the  best  blooms  are  from  second  crown 
and  terminal  Pink,  brotuc  and  red  flowers  from  first 
crowns  aie  much  lighter  in  color  than  those  fiom  later 
buds  The>  aie  Jarge,  but  veiy  of  ten  abnormal  to  such 
an  extent  as  to  be  decidedly  inferior  This  is  doubtless 
due  to  the  large  amount  of*  food  utilized  in  their  con- 
btiuetion,  owing  to  the  long  time  consumed  in  develop- 
ment The  hot  weather  of  September  and  October 
must  have  a  detrimental  effect  upon  the  color 

Enemies — Green  aphis  (Aj>hn>  tufomaculata)  and 
the  black  aphis  (Macroxiphum  t>anboni)  are  some- 
times very  troublesome  They  mav  be  controlled  by 
bpraymg  \vith  "Black  Ix>af  40"  tobacco  extract,  one 
part  to  KOO  parts  water  with  soap  added  Fumigation 
with  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  is  also  widely  practised 
by  commercial  growers  In  moderately  tight  green- 
houses, use  one  ounce  potassium  cyanide  for  each 
3,500  cubic  feet  of  space  for  all-night  fumigation 
For  details,  see  Fumigation  Red  Spider  (Tetranychus 
bimaculatus)  becomes  injurious  if  neglected  It  may 
be  easily  controlled  by  spraying  with  water,  using 
much  force  and  little  water  to  avoid  drenching  the  beds. 
The  use  of  sulfur  has  also  a  beneficial  effect. 

Thnps    (See  Carnation) . 

Leaf-tyer  (Phlycispnia  fcrrugahs)  is  frequently  very- 
abundant  in  some  parts  of  the  country.  It  is  essentially 
a  greenhouse  pest  although  it  can  live  out-of-doors. 
The  greenish  whitish  striped  caterpillars,  ^iinch  in 
length  when  full  grown,  feed  on  the  under  side  of  the 
leaves  which  they  roll  or  tie  together  The  moth  is 
pale  brownish  with  an  expanse  of  about  %inch.  The 
leaf-tyer  is  most  destructive  during  the  summer  months 
when  the  temperature  is  highest.  It  can  be  controlled 
by  spraying  with  arsenate  of  lead.  It  is  advisable  to 

49 


952    The  crown  bud 


begin  the  work  early  in  the  season  when  the  insects  are 
less  numerous  and  the  plants  are  small  Care  should 
be  taken  to  hit  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves 

The  tarnished  plant-bug  (JLyyus  pratenms)  often 
injures  the  blossom 
buds  by  its  feeding 
punctures.  This 
causes  wilting  and 
blind  growths  The 
bugs  may  be  ex- 
cluded from  green- 
houses with  screens 
Out-of-doors  no  sat- 
isfactory means  of 
control  has  been  de- 
vised But  it  has 
been  noticed  that 
plants  growing  in 
partial  shade  are  less 
subject  to  injury. 

Grasshoppers  are 
somct lines  injurious 
They  may  be  con- 
trolled by  the  use 
of  arsenate  of  lead 
or  bj  hand-picking. 

Diseases  — Damp- 
mg-off  in  the  cutting-benches  is  not  uncommon  See 
Damping-off,pa.%e  961  Rust  (Puccima  chrysanthemi)  is 
the  only  serious  fungous  disease  of  the  chrysanthemum 
It  is  charactemed  by  the  reddish  brown  pulverulent 
masses  on  the  foliage  consisting  of  the  spores  of  the 
fungus  The  disease  is  usually  not  destructive  but  may 
make  the  foliage  unsightl>  Any  leaves  appearing  dis- 
eased should  be  removed  promptly  In  watering  care 
should  be  taken  not  to  wet  the  foliage,  as  moisture  on 
the  leaves  allows  new  infections  Leaf-blight  (Cyhn- 
drosporuim)  and  leaf-spot  (Scptona)  occur  on  mature 
or  languishing  foliage  and  usually  do  little  damage 

Section  II  — Culture  of  chrysanthemums  in  pots. 

The  same  principles  are  employed  in  pot  culture  as 
when  planted  upon  the  bench,  with  the  exception  that 
the  plants  are  generally  allowed  to  produce  more 
blooms  The  most  popular  type  of  pot-plant  for  home 
growing,  or  for  sale  by  florists  and  intended  for  home 
use,  is  a  compact, 
bushy  plant,  \Yi  to 
2  feet  high,  branched 
at  the  base,  and  bear- 
ing four  to  twenty 
flow  ers  averaging  3 
to  4  inches  across 
They  are  here  called 
"market  plants  " 
"Single-stem  plants" 
are  also  popular 
Great  quantities  of 
large  flowers  (say 
twenty  to  one  hun- 
dred) are  rarely 
grown  on  a  potted 
plant,  except  for  ex- 
hibitions  Such 
plants  are  commonly 
called  ' '  s  pecimens, 

and  the  three  leading  c        bud  has  been 

forms  are  the  bush,  selected  or  taken. 

the  standard  and  the 
pyramid,  the  first  mentioned  being  the  most  popular. 

1  Market  plants  — Dwarf  plants  of  symmetrical 
form,  with  foliage  down  to  the  pots,  are  the  most 
salable,  and  when  thus  grown  require  constant  atten- 
tion as  to  watering  and  stopping,  allowing  each  plant 
plenty  of  room  to  keep  the  lower  leaves  in  a  healthy 
condition.  Cuttings  taken  June  1  and  grown  in  pots,  or 


764 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


954.  The  terminal  bud. 


planted  on  old  carnation  benches  or  in  spent  hotbeds 
(light  soil  preferable),  and  lifted  by  August  15,  will 
make  very  good  plants  1  to  \1A  feet  high.  The  reason 
for  lifting  early  is  to  have  them  well  established  in 
their  flowering  pots  before  the  buds  are  formed. 

2.  Single-btem  plants  — Same  culture  as  market 
plants,  except  that  they  are  restricted  to  one  stem  and 
flower.  Those  from  1  to  2  feet 
in  height  are  more  effective 
and  useful  than  tall  ones.  For 
this  reason,  many  prefer  plung- 
ing the  pots  out-of-doois  wheie 
they  have  the  full  benefit  of 
the  sun  and  air,  making  them 
more  dwarf  than  when  grown 
under  glass. 

3  Pot-plants  for  cut-flowers. 
— Culture  same  as  for  speci- 
men plants,  except  that  the 
nipping  should  be  discontinued 
July  1  to  give  sufficient  length 
to  the  stems  If  large  flowers 
arc  desired,  restrict  the  plants 
to  eight  or  ten  giowths  Such 
plants  can  be  accommodated 
in  less  space  than  specimens, 
when  the  chief  object  is  symmetry 

4.  Bush  plants  — For  large  bush  plants,  the  cuttings 
should  be  struck  early  in  February,  and  grown  along 
in  a  cool  airy  house,  giving  attention  to  repotting  as 
often  as  necessary.  The  final  potting  into  10-  or  12- 
inch  pots  generally  takes  place  in  June  They  are 
potted  moderately  firm,  and  watered  sparingly  until 
well  rooted  As  soon  as  the  plants  are  5  or  6  inches 
high  the  tips  should  be  pinched  out,  to  induce  several 
growths  to  start  As  the  season  advances  and  the 
plants  make  rapid  growth,  pinching  must  be  attended 
to  every  day  up  to  the  latter  part  of  July,  to  give  as 
many  breaks  as  possible  and  keep  them  in  symmetrical 
form  By  the  middle  of  August  (if  not  previously 
attended  to),  staking  and  getting  the  plants  in  shape 
will  be  a  very  important  detail  If  stakes  are  used, 
they  must  be  continually  tied-out,  as  the  stems  soon 
begin  to  harden,  and  this  work  can  be  best  accom- 
plished by  looking  them  over  daily  Light  stakes  of 
any  material  may  be  used.  Many  othor  methods  are 
in  use,  such  as  wire  hoops  and  wire  framework,  to 
which  the  growths  are  securely  tied. 

5  Standards  differ  from  bush  plants  in  having  one 
stout   self-supporting  stem,   instead  of  many   stems. 
They  require  the  same  culture  as  bush  plants,  with  the 
exception  that  they  are  not  stopped,  but  allowed  to 
make  one  continuous  growth  until  .3,  4  or  5  feet  high, 
and  are  then  treated  the  same  as  bush  plants     They 
require  the  same  attention  as  to  stopping  and  tying  to 
secure  symmetrical  heads. 

6  Pyramids  are  only  another  form  of  bush  plants, 
and  it  is  optional  with  me  grower  which  form  he  prefers. 

Section  III  —  Culture  of  chrysanthemums  for  the 

production  of  new  varieties. 

The  object  of  seed-saving  is  the  improvement  of 
existing  varieties.  It  is  not  conclusive,  however,  that 
all  seedlings  will  be  improvements;  in  fact,  it  is  far 
from  this,  as  the  greater  proportion  are  inferior  to  their 
antecedents  Only  those  who  give  the  most  careful 
consideration  to  cross-fertilization  are  certain  of  marked 
success.  Hand-hybridized  seeds  possess  value  over 
those  haphazardly  pollinated  by  wind  and  insects  only 
according  to  the  degree  of  intelligence  employed  in 
the  selection  of  parents  What  the  result  will  be  when 
a  white  flower  is  fertilized  with  a  yellow  one,  the  opera- 
tor cannot  determine  at  the  outset  It  ma^  be  either 
white,  yellow,  intermediate,  or  partake  of  some  ante- 
cedent, and  thus  be  distinct  from  either  Improvements 
m  color  can  be  secured  only  by  the  union  of  colors, 


bearing  in  mind  the  laws  of  nature  in  uniting  two  to 
make  the  third.  Red  upon  yellow,  or  vice- versa,  may 
intensify  the  red  or  yellow — give  orange  or  bronze,  aa 
nature  may  see  fit  The  operator  is  more  certain  of 
improving  along  other  lines,  such  as  b turd  mess  or 
dwarfness  of  growth,  carlmess  or  lateness  of  bloom,  or 
doubleness  of  flowers.  The  selection  of  those  most 
perfect  in  these  paiticulars  is  very  sure  to  give  similar 
or  improved  results.  Always  keep  a  record  of  this 
work  showing  the  parents  of  a  seedling  The  satisfac- 
tion of  knowing  how  a  meritorious  variety  was  pro- 
duced more  than  pays  for  the  trouble,  and  may  lead  to 
further  improvements  along  certain  lines  —The  opera- 
tion bogms  when  the  flower  is  half  open,  cutting  the 
petals  off  close  to  their  base  with  a  pair  of  scissors,  until 
the  style  is  exposed  Should  the  flower  show  signs  of 
having  disk  or  btoiiunatc  florets,  remove  these  with  the 
points  of  the  scissors  and  thus  avoid  self-fertilization 
When  the  styles  are  fully  grown  and  developed, the  upper 
surface  or  stigma  is  in  condition  to  receive  the  pollen 
By  pushing  aside  (\\ith  the  thumb)  the  ray-florets  of 
the  flower  desired  for  pollen,  the  disk -florets  which  pro- 
duce the  pollen  will  become  visible  The  pollen  may  be 
collected  on  a  eamel's-hair  pencil  or  toothpick  and 
applied  to  the  stigma  of  the  flower  previously  prepared 
If  a  toothpick  be  used,  never  use  it  for  more  than  one 
kind  of  pollen  By  allowing  the  camel's-hair  pencil  to 
stand  in  an  open-mouthed  vial  of  alcohol  a  few  moments 
after  using,  it  may  be  again  used,  when  dry,  upon 
another  variety  without  fear  of  the  pollen  of  the  former 
operation  affecting  the  present  — Cuttings  struck  in 
June  and  July  and  giown  to  single  bloom  in  4-mch  pots 
are  the  most  convenient  for  seeding  Such  flowers,  if 
not  given  too  much  food  are  more  natural  and  furnish 
an  abundance  of  pollen,  as  well  as  being  easier  to  trim 
than  the  masMvc  blooms  produced  for  the  exhibition- 
table  The  pollinating  should  be  done  on  bright,  sunny 
days,  and  as  early  m  the  day  as  possible  As  soon  as 
the  seed  plants  aie  trimmed,  they  should  be  placed  by 
themselves  to  avoid  fertilization  by  insects,  and  should 
there  remain  until  the  seeds  are  ripe  Keep  the  plants 
rather  on  the  dry  side,  and  give  abundance  of  air. 
Seeds,  which  ripen  in  five  to  six  weeks,  should  be  saved 
without  delay,  and  carefully  labelled.  In  sowing  seeds, 


955.  Terminal  buds  of  chrysanthemum  at  an  early 
stage.    None  too  early  for  disbudding. 

they  should  be  covered  vciy  lightly  and  kept  in  a 
temperature  of  60°  When  the  seedlings  are  large 
enough  to  handle  easily,  remove  to  small  pots,  or  trans- 
plant farther  apart  in  shallow  boxes  Chrysanthemums 
flower  the  first  season  from  seed 

Section  IV. — Varieties. 

Of  the  long  list  of  new  varieties  sent  out  each  year, 
but  few  are  retained  after  the  second  year's  trial  This 
is  probably  due  to  the  fact  that  most' American  growers 
are  more  interested  m  the  commercial  value  of  the 
flower  than  the  curious  forms  or  striking  colors  they 
present  Exhibitions  have  not  reached  the  people  here 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


765 


as  in  En  gland  and  France.  There  are  a  few  vane- 
ties  that  have  stood  the  test  for  several  years,  such  as 
Ivory,  1889,  Geo  W  Childs,  1892;  Golden  Wedding, 
1893,  Major  Bonnaffon,  1894;  Yanoma,  1896,  W  H. 
Chadwick,  1898,  John  K  Shaw  and  Nagoya,  1899; 
Monrovia,  Col  D  Appleton  and  White  Bonnaffon,  1900. 
There  are  many  other  varieties  that  have  stood  the  test 
for  four  or  five  yeais 

It  is  not  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  recommend 
varieties  of  chrysanthemums,  but  the  following  list 
includes  the  best  varieties  known  in  North  America  at 
the  present  tune  The  list  will  be  valuable  as  showing 
a  serviceable  classification,  and  also  for  refeicnce  when 
other  varieties  have  come  into  existence: 

Kelfctiun  ofrnriftun  haattl  <m  main,  types  — (1 )  Ttit  urrul  yEwthe  tic, 
Embcrta,  Major  Bonnaffon,  Pink  G<  in,  Mary  Done  Han,  Naomah, 
Smith's  Sensation,  William  Turn*  r  (.')  Jajnm  *  I'ae  ihc  Supn  me, 
Crocus,  Ramapo,  December  Gem,  F  S  Valhs,  Glen  Cove,  Golden 
Robin.  Reginald  Vallis  (3)  Japani^  Incurvnl  Chrybolora, 
Col  D  Appleton,  W  H  Chadwiek,  Mile  Jeanne  Nonm,  Artistic- 
Queen,  Christy  MiUliewson,  Llb<  run,  Jwkota  (4)  Hairy 
Arvcdo  Banno,  Bemty  of  Tiuro,  1<  risori  d'Or,  Leocadie  Gen- 
tils,  Louis  Boehmir,  I/Enfant  eles  Deux  Mondes,  R  M  Grey, 
White  Swan  (>)  lt<flfjr»d  Smith's  \dvanoe,  Dick  Witterstaetter, 
Harvard,  Yanoma,  Mrs  J  Wells,  Rose  Pockett,  Thanksgiving 
Queen,  Madison  (t»  Isirge  \mtnnrit  {satisfaction.  Surprise, 
Ernest  Coop*  r,  Geo  Hawkins,  Gladys  Spauldmg.  John  Bunyan 

(7)  Japnnt*    Immum     That, or,  Mis    F   Cordon  Dexti  r,  Zoraida 

(8)  Pvminmi     Almi,    B-iby,   Clonndu,    Fairy  Queen,    Helen   New- 
berry,   Mmta,  Julio    Lagravere,  Qumola      (0)  1'ompun  Antrnune 
Diantha,  Ada  Sweet,  Gertrude   \\ilson,  Lida  Thomas,   Vayenne, 
Bessie      Flight         (10)    tsir^-Jloiunng     Smalts     Arlee,     Catherine 
Livingstone,   Feheity,   Itanka.   L-iely  Lu,  Rid  light      (11)  Small- 
flowenno  tiinolti    Ladysmitli,  \nna,  Bl  i/ing  Star,  Little  Baibee 


rhadwHkinipm  lChrwty  M  tln  wson,  Mrs  cllxrt  iabble,' 
Naornah.  \\  ilham  1  unit  r  f  ,  How  (  hrysolora,  Comoleta.  Goldi  n 
Glow.  CJoldon  Eagle.  Ramapo,  I  (  nox  1'inL  Pacific  Supri  mi , 
Unaka,  Patty,  Gl«  n  Cove,  Momstown,  Smith's  Sensation  L'nm- 
»on  Di<k  Wittcrstailttr,  Hnr\  ird,  Intensity.  J  W  Mol>mux, 
Pockttt'a  Cnmson,  Mrs  H-irry  I  urnc  r  ttrnme  an  I  buff  Glcn- 
view,  Mrs  J  A  Miller,  Mrs  H  St.  \ ens,  Ongawa,  Rose  Pockett, 
"William  Kkmluitu  <'nm*<m.  ti«l<l<  n  r>ur*r  Harry  L  Converse, 
Howard  Gould,  Mrs  ()  H  I\-ihn,  W  \\oodmason  Amaranth  or 
pur  nlnh  mm  ton  George  I  Bru/  ml,  Mrs  G  C  Kelly,  Reginald 
Vallis.  T  Camngton,  1  eshe  Morrison 

Stltrtwn  6a  s,-/  on  s/xn.z/  mti—Ruih  plants  Golden  \gi , 
Brutuy,  Diek  Witterstaetti  r,  Dr  Lnguehard,  Garzi  Finnic 
stemmed  prt-plnnt  N  lomah,  Chr>solora,  'Fsthetic,  Prfsidrnt 
Roosev.lt,  Ben  \\ells,  (IhnC'.ne,  Mrs  George  Hunt,  Mre  (J  H 
Kahn,  I'orkett's  CVimson  Kilnbition  M,»tmi  Artistic  Qm ,  n, 
Christy  Mat  hi  w  son,  C  hrysanthc  niisle  Monlipny,  1<  S  \allis, 
George  J  Bruztrd,  Gl<-nCo\t,Gl<  nviiw,  Harry  F  Converse,  Lidy 
Horx-toun,  Ix  nox,  Llbcmn,  Momstown,  M  Ixnseau-Rou^tau, 
Mrs  Gilbert  Drabble,  Mrs  H  Stevens,  Mrs  Harry  lurner, 
Naomah,  Pockett's  CVimson,  Rose  Poekett,  \Vilh-im  Turner,  \V 
Wocxlmason.  Bin  \\rlls,  Merrn,  Reginald  Vallis  Commmral 
blooms—  Extra-earlu-flouinnu.  July  to  OUobtr  (Jolden  Cjlow, 
Smith's  Advance  bicond-uirlu-jlouinnu,  li^t  of  Sti>timb<r  into 
October  Larly  Snow,  (ilory  of  Panfic,  Monrovia,  Octobtr  I'ruyt, 
Rosene  JSfi,ly-nwlva>,nn-flmnrmo,  middle  <-/  <>< tof.tr  (lirysolor  i, 
Comoleta,  Glona,  Ivory,  Pa<  ific  Suprtnu,  I  naka,  \  irRima  Pochl- 
rnann  Alidicaoon-flomnna,  fa^  of  Ottabtr  to  ^•n^ml>^r  W  Col 
D  \pphton,  CVocus,  Dick  \\  ittrrstaetU  r,  Pink  Gun,  Ramapo, 
Mrs  \V  K  Kelley  Lati-mulnnson-flouvrino,  Nmcmhr  U>  lo 
Thankwting  Dr  En»?uehard,  Ernlu  rta,  Golden  Eagle,  Golden 
Wedding,  IVlajor  BonnafTon.  Patty,  President  Roosevelt,  Timothy 
Eaton,  W  H  Chadwick.  Mrs  Jerome  Jones,  White  Bonnaffon 
l^ate-flowtnng,  Thanksgiving  and  lakr  December  Gem,  Harvard, 
Helen  Fnck,  Intensity,  John  Burton,  Mllo  Jeanne  Nornn,  Thanks- 
giving Queen,  Yanoma. 

Section  V. — Culture  of  chrysanthemums  for  exhibition. 

This  branch  in  which  the  highest  standard  must  be 
attained  if  the  slightest  hope  of  success  at  the  exhibi- 
tions is  entertamed;  requires  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
the  most  suitable  kinds  for  the  purpose  and  the  ability 
to  bring  them  to  the  highest  state  of  perfection.  The 
methods  are  not  very  different  from  those  employed 
in  the  production  of  high-grade  commercial  blooms. 
The  most  successful  growei  s  usually  propagate  earlier, 
and  if  grown  on  benches  they  are  also  planted  earlier 
to  secure  all  the  vigor  possible.  The  finest  blooms  are 
those  produced  on  the  pnvate  estates,  where  one  man 
has  charge  of  a  few  bundled  plants,  giving  them  his 
undivided  attention,  so  that  every  need  is  provided  at 
the  proper  tune.  During  the  post  few  years,  the  major- 
ity of  such  expert  growers  have  adopted  a  system  of 
growing  in  pots,  each  plant  restricted  to  one  bloom, 
which  is  practically  the  same  method  as  the  one  used 


throughout  England  for  many  years.  Here  they  are 
kept  under  glass  the  entire  season,  while  in  England 
the  climate  permits  them  to  be  grown  out-of-<ioors 
during  the  bummer  months  By  this  method,  the 
roots  are  more  closely  confined,  which  has  a  tendency 
to  produce  short-jointed  plants  with  stronger  stems, 
and  gives  the  grower  perfect  control,  so  that  each 
variety  may  be  treated  accord- 
ing to  its  needs,  especially 
when  liquid  fertilizers  are  nec- 
essary to  promote  the  maxi- 
mum m  sue  and  finish.  The 
other  factors  necessary  to  the 
successful  exhibitor  are  full 
consideration  of  the  require- 
ments of  the  schedules,  so  as 
to  select  the  best  varieties  for 
the  vai  ions  f  lasses,  and  a  com- 
plete knowledge  of  packing 
arid  staging  the  blooms  Dur- 
ing the  past  decade,  those 
originating  new  varieties  have 
scrutinized  more  closely  in 
making  a  decision,  and,  as  the 
commercial  and  exhibition 
varieties  are  considered  from 
an  entirely  d'fferent  standpoint,  these  t\vo  sections  are 
drifting  farther  and  farther  apart  Sue  is  the  foremost 
quality  from  the  exhibition  point  of  view. 

ihow 


956.  Terminal  bud 
after  the  disbudding 
operation. 


pn/e -winning  exhibits  are  \\hife — Beatnee  May,  Lady  Car- 
1111.  ha*  I,  M<  r/a,  Mrs  David  Symi ,  \iom-ih.  Win  lurni  r  Ydluw 
— F  .s  Valhs,  Uuox.  Mrs  Gc  o  Hunt,  Mrs  J  C  Nmll.  Yellow 
Miller  J'mk  —Lady  Hopetoun,  M  Loiseau-Rousseau.  Mrs  C  H. 
lottv,  O  II  Broouhead,  Win  Duckham,  Wells'  Late  Pink 
Uronz,  — Glenview,  Harry  E  Converse.  Mrs  O  H  Kahn.  Mrs  H. 
Stewns  litd~3  W  Molyneux,  Peiekett's  Crimson,  W  Wood- 

Tkwr  of  the  comrnei 
osp,cn|iy  wh.n  (ho  btht 
km.l  foi  one  vase  and  . 
•m«  prohibitfl  Th<- bes 


imston, 

able  for  this  purpose, 
*  or  more   blooms  of  a 


K hit?  —  Lynn 
Jeromi 


supports 
xxi  Hall, 

Ydlow 

— (  ol  J)  \pple  ton,  Golden  i:  igle.  Golden  Wedding,  Yellow  Eaton, 
fJoldin  Chadwick.  M<ijor  Bonn  iffon  Pink  —  Dr  Fnguehard, 
M  i>  or  W  eav  er,  Maud  Dean  Red  —Dick  W  itterstaetter,  Geo  W. 
Childs 

Section  VI. — Culture  of  chrysaiiifiemutns  out-of-doors 

The  kinds  most  suitable  for  out-of-door  culture  are 
those  making  abundance  of  rhi/omes  or  underground 
btems,  \vhich  withstand  the  winter  and  furnish  the 
ne\v  growths  for  the  successive  years  The  Pompons 
are  more  hardy  than  the  large-flow  ei  ing  sorts,  and,  as 
hardiness  is  of  vital  importance  to  those  interested  m 
this  subject,  especially  north  of  the  Ohio  Uiver,  it 
should  be  fully  consideied  in  selecting  for  this  purpose. 
It  is  more  practicable  to  choo.se  varieties  which  perfect 
then  iloweis  early,  during  August,  September  and 
()( tober  when  gro\vn  m  the  noithein  states,  as  the  buds 
are  less  likely  to  be  injured  while  in  a  soft  growing 
state  by  fiost  In  the  South  many  of  the  later  varieties 
will  live  over  and  be  .satisfactory,  owing  to  the  contin- 
uance of  mild  weather  In  the  past  few  years,  some 
improvements  in  this  section  ha\e  been  attained,  many 
of  which  are  the  results  of  crosses  betw  een  the  Pom- 
pon.s  and  the  laige-flowermg  Japanese,  in  which  the 
progeny  have  combined  the  hardiness  and  dwarf  habit 
of  the  foiiner  with  the  laiger  and  more  irregular-formed 
flowers  of  the  latter,  producing  aster-like  flow ers rather 
than  the  symmetrical  form  of  the  pompons  All  of  the 
tvpes  may  be  successfully  grown  out-of-doors  if  provi- 
sion is  made  to  protect  the  bud,  blooms  and  roots  from 
severe  frost  A  temporary  covering  of  cloth  or  sash  m 
eaily  autumn  will  piotect  the  blooms,  but  the  roots 
will  require  artificial  heat  or  should  be  removed  to  the 
gieenhouse  or  frame  where  the  temperature  can  be 
maintained  a  few  degrees  above  freezing  In  growing 
exhibition  blooms  out-of-doors,  all  the  important 
details,  such  as  watering,  airing,  disbudding,  feeding 


766 


CHRYSANTHEMUM 


CHRYSOGONUM 


staking  and  tying,  must  be  complied  with,  if  the 
ji rower  expects  to  be  rewarded  for  his  effoits1. 

The  oldest  of  the  outdoor  types  are  the  Pompons, 
which  produce  from  forty  to  one  hundred  buttons  an 
inch  or  two  across,  with  short  and  regular  rays.  Such 
plants  can  be  left  outdoors  all  winter 

Since  the  large  -  flowering  or  Japanese  types  have 
come  in,  numberless  attempts  have  been  made  to  grow 
them  outdoors,  but  with  poor  results.  The  greenhouse 
varieties  are  not  so  hardy  In  the  North  they  are  likely 
to  be  killed  by  the  winter  Their  flowers  usually  lack 
in  size,  depth  and  symmetry,  largely  because  there  are 
more  of  them  on  a  plant  than  a  florist  allows  for  his 
best  blooms,  but  chiefly  because  they  do  not  have  so 
much  care  m  general  as  is,  given  to  plants  under  glass, 
where  space  is  precious  For  the  very  best  results, 
chrysanthemums  must  be  flowered  under  glass,  ana 
they  need  the  greatest  care  and  forethought  practi- 


957.  Suggestion  for  protecting  chrysanthemums  that  are  to  bloom  outdoors. 


cally  all  the  year  round  Half-way  measures  are  unsat- 
isfactory Thus  it  happens  that  the  Japanese  varieties 
are  usually  unsatisfactory  out-of-doors,  and  the  Pom- 
pons are  chosen  by  those  who  can  give  very  little  care 
to  plants  and  would  rather  have  many  small  flo\vers 
than  a  few  large  ones  This  also  partly  explains  why 
no  two  dealers  recommend  anything  like  the  some  list 
of  Japanese  varieties  for  outdoor  culture  Neverthe- 
less, it  is  possible  to  grow  excellent  flowers  4  and  5  or 
even  6  inches  across  outdoors,  but  it  requires  staking, 
disbudding,  and  some  kind  of  temporary  protection,  as 
of  a  tent  or  glass,  during  frosty  weather  Fig  957 
shows  a  cheap  and  simple  structure  of  coldframe  sashes 
resting  on  a  temporary  framework  In  severe  weather 
a  canvas  curtain  can  be  dropped  in  front,  and  the  win- 
dow of  a  warm  cellar  in  the  rear  opened  to  temper  the 
air.  For  general  outdoor  culture,  however,  wnen  no 
special  care  is  given  to  the  plants,  the  Japanese  kinds 
are  usually  less  satisfactory  than  the  Pompons  These 
Pompons  are  a  much-neglected  class  since  the  rise  of 
the  large-flowered  Japanese  kinds,  but  they  are  unlike 
anything  else  in  our  garden  flora  Their  vivid  and 
sometimes  too  artificial  colors  harmonize  with  nothing 
else  at  Thanksgiving  time,  and  they  are  so  strong  and 
commanding  that  they  should  have  a  place  by  them- 
selves It  is  not  uncommon  for  the  flowers  to  be  in 
good,  condition  even  after  several  light  falls  of  snow, 
and  they  may  be  considered  the  most  resistant  to  frost 
of  any  garden  herbs  In  fact,  their  peculiar  merit  is 
blooming  after  the  landscape  is  completely  desolated 
by  successive  frosts.  The  flowers  are  not  ruined  until 
their  petals  are  wet  and  then  frozen  stiff,,  They  are 
essentially  for  mass  effects  of  color,  and  great  size  is 
not  to  be  expected  Masses  of  brown  and  masses  of 
yellow,  side  by  side,  make  rich  combinations.  The 
whole  tribe  of  crimsons,  amaranths,  pinks,  and  the 


like,  should  be  kept  by  themselves,  because  their  colon, 
are  variable  and  because  they  make  a  violent  contiast 
with  yellow,  which  few  persons  can  find  agreeable 

WILHKLM  MILLER. 
ELMER  SMITH  | 

CHRYSOBACTRON  (golden  wand,  from  the  Greek). 
LiUact  „  Two  New  Zealand  rhi/omatous  herbs,  usually 
ehtssed  with  "bulbs"  by  gardeners,  bearing  many  small 
yellow  fls  in  a  long  raceme  on  the  top  of  an  elongated 
scape  plant  often  dicccious  or  polygamous,  perianth 
G-paitcd,  the  segms  nearly  equal;  stamens  6  caps 
3-eelled  and  3-valved  The  genus  is  now  commonly 
united  with  the  S.  African  Bulbmella,  the  combined 
species  becoming  13  or  14  C.  Hookeri,  Colenso 
(Bulbmella  liobken,  Benth  &  Hook  ,  now  the  accepted 
name.  Anthencum  Hoofan,  Cohnso)is  in  cult  in  this 
country  It  is  a  hardy  plant  2-3  ft  high,  with  sword  - 
like  foliage,  fls  ^m  diam  ,  bright  yellow,  perfect,  on 
slender  pedicels,  the  segms  linear-oblong, 
and  obtuse  and  spreading  B  M  4u02  —  Cult. 
in  the  ordinary  bonier,  and  treated  like  the 
asphodel,  they  do  well  But  they  are  im- 
proved in  lien,  deep  and  rather  moist  soil, 
strong  clumps,  4-0  years  old,  are  then  -it 
their  best  and  are  \erv  excellent  plants 
After  that  they  should  be  divided  Prop  by 
division  or  seed  Blooms  m  June  and  July 
J  B  KLLLEU  and  L  H.  B 

CHRYSOBALANUS  (golden  acorn,  from 
the  Greek,  referring  to  tne  fruit)  I{<>v)cf,r 
Bushes  or  trees,  planted  far  south  for  orna- 
ment, fruit  otten  edible 

Leaves  thick  and  coriaceous,  entire,  gla- 
brous fls  white,  rather  small,  m  axillary  or 
terminal  short  cymes,  rah  x  5-parted,  petals 
5,  clawed,  stamens  1.5  to  many,  some  of  them 
perhaps  sterile  fr  a  diy  ish-pulpv  drupe,  \vith 
stone  pointed  at  base.  and  ridged  -Mwo  spe- 
cies m  tropics  of  Arner  and  Afr.,  reaching 
Fla  ,  and  another  one  m  S  U  S 

Icaco,  Linn  COCOA-PLUM  ICACO  On  roasts  and 
along  streams  m  S  Fla  ,  to  S  Arner  ,  and  also  in  Afr  , 
and  is  sometimes  planted  in  the  extreme  S  (and  in 
the  tropics)  as  an  ornamental  shrub  and  for  its  sweet- 
ish but  insipid  and  dry  plum  -shaped  frs  which  are 
sometimes  used  for  preserves  It  is  a  mere  bu^h  on 
the  northern  limits  of  its  distribution,  and  on  eleva- 
tions, but  in  extreme  S  Fla  it  rea<  lies  a  h(  ight  of  25- 
30  ft  Lvs  glossy,  thick,  obovate  (sometimes  obcor- 
date)*  fls  small  and  white,  in  axillary  eiect  racemes 
or  cynics,  calyx  o-cleft,  pubescent,  petals  5,  stamens 
about  20  fr  1  -seeded,  1-1%  in  long,  varying  from 
nearly  white  to  almost  black,  globular  or  neaily  so. 
Wood  close-grained  and  heavy,  hard,  brown  or  reddish 
It  is  best  prop  by  seeds,  but  may  also  be  had  from 
cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  f  prUouirpus,  Meyer, 
the  small-fiuited  cocoa-plum,  is  a  smaller  plant,  with 
smaller  Ivs  ,  petals  spatulale,  diupe  obovoid  or 
oblong,  about  half  the  size  of  that  of  ('.  Icaco,  it  grows 
in  extreme  S  Fla  and  farther  south;  probably  not 
planted  C  oblongifblms,  Miehx  ,  occurs  fiom  Ga  to 
Fla  and  Miss  It  is  a  low  shrub,  spreading  widely  by 
means  of  undei  ground  sts  .  If  -blades  longer  than 
broad,  sharp-tipped  •  fr.  ovoid  or  obovoid,  about  1-1  ^ 
in.  long  not  in  cult  j,.  jj  J3 

CHRYS6COMA-  Linosyru. 
CHRYS6DITJM:  Elaphogloaxum. 

CHRYS<3GONUM  (Greek-made  name,  golden  knee 
or  joint).  Comp6.<nt3>  A  few  composites,  of  which 
C.  virginanum,  Linn  ,  is  a  perennial  yellow-fid  plant  of 
S.  Pa.  and  south;  sometimes  cult  as  a  border  plant. 
It  blooms  in  spring  or  early  summer  on  stH  which 
become  1  ft  high,  the  heads  being  solitary  and  pedun- 


CHRYSOGONUM 


CHUFA 


767 


cled  in  the  axils  or  some  of  them  teimmal  Ivs.  oppo- 
site and  basal,  ovato  and  mostly  obtuse,  crcnate.  Prop 
by  creeping  root-stocks  and  runners.  Of  little  merit 
horticultuially 

CHRYSOPHYLLUM  (Greek,  golden  leaf,  in  reference 
to  the  color  of  the  under  suifaee  of  the  leaves)  Sapo- 
tdcese  Handsome  trets,  grown  far  south  for  fruit  and 
for  ornament. 

Juice  milky.  Ivs.  alternate,  thick  and  stiff,  usually 
shining  and  copper-colored  or  golden  beneath  with 


958    Chrysophyllum  Camito    (,Xh) 


silky  pubescence,  with  many  parallel  cross-veins  fls 
small,  sessile  or  stalked,  clustered  at  the  nodes  or  in 
the  axils,  calyx  rnostl>  5-parted,  corolla  tubular-cam- 
panulate  or  somewhat  rotate,  mostly  .5-lobed,  without 
appendages,  stamens  as  m-iru  .is  the  corolla-lobes, 
and  stammodu  0,  ovary  ,5-10-celled  fi  fleshy  and 
usually  edible,  1-  to  several-seeded  — About  (>()  spe- 
cies in  tropics,  the  larger  pait  Ymeiic.m 

The  various  species  of  Chrysophvllum  have  beautiful 
broad  green  leaves,  with  under  .surfaces  of  a  silky  tex- 
ture, varying  in  color  from  a  silverv  \\hite  through 
golden  to  a  nisM't-brown,  and  are  \\ell  worth  a  place 
in  the  conservatoiv  as  ornamental  tiee.s  By  giving 
them  sufficient  room,  they  will  bear  fruit  in  the  course 
of  a  few  years,  under  gKuss,  which  in  the  case  of  C 
Cfiinilo,  the  stai -apple  of  tropical  Arneiiea,  is  edible, 
and  well  liked  even  by  people  of  a  temperate  chine  All 
species  are  stucth  tropic  il  md  cannot  be  grown  where 
frosts  occur  unless  properly  protected  Propagation  is 
ordinanlv  effected  by  seed,  which  readily  germinate  if 
planted  when  fresh,  and  it  is  st  tied  that  all  species  mav 
be  grown  from  cuttings  of  well-ripened  shoots  placed 
in  strong,  rnoist  heat  The  soil  mosj  suited  for  their 
giowth  is  of  a  sandy  eharaetei,  and  if  not  of  a  good 
quality  should  be  well  manured,  using  a  considerable 
proportion  of  potash  in  the  fertilizer  for  fruiting  speci- 
mens They  seem  to  do  well  on  a  great  variety  of  soils, 
however,  that  arc  sufficiently  well  drained,  wet  land 
not  agreeing  with  them  (10  N  Heasoner  ) 

Camito,  Linn  STAR-APPLE  CAIMITO  Fig.  958. 
Thick-headed  evergreen,  to  .50  ft  Iv.s  oval  or  oblong, 
silky-golden  beneath  corolla-tube  twice  as  long  as  the 
calyx,  stigma  8-10-erenate  or  -lobed;  fls  purplish 
white  W  Indies,  Panama,  Cent  Amer  I  II  32  ,567 
A  Ci  11  40.5  —The  fr  is  the  size  of  an  apple,  symmet- 
rically globular  and  smooth,  hard,  a  cross-section  shows 
the  star-shaped  core,  whence  the  common  name,  it 
varies  from  white  to  purple  in  color  of  skin  and  also  of 
flesh  The  pulp  is  delicious  (used  uncooked)  if  the  fr. 
is  allowed  to  remain  on  the  tree  until  ripe  It  has  large, 
pumpkin-like  dark  seeds  It  is  very  impatient  of  frost. 

olivifdrnifc,  Lam  (C  inonopurcnum,  Swartz). 
SATIN-LE\F  To  35  ft  lv«  like  those  of  C  Caimlo 
fls  white;  stigu.p  5-crenate  fr  ovoid-oblong  or  oval, 
1 -seeded  *yy  •vlx»rtuui  of  ovules,  blackish,  lli  in  long, 


said  to  be  insipid     S    Flu   and  S.    B  M.  3303  —Spa- 
ringly transferred  to  grounds  as  an  ornamental  tree. 

impenale,  Benth  (Throphrdsta  imperials,  Lmd  ). 
Plant  strict  and  simple,  to  20  ft  or  more,  unarmed: 
Ivs  obovate-oblong  to  oblong-oblaneeolate,  3  ft  long, 
on  large  plants  very  shaiply  serrate,  fls  yellowish 
green,  small,  in  clusters  along  the  trunk,  the  cluster 
sessile  but  the  Us  pedicellate,  corolla  rotate,  5-lobed, 
thick  fr  5-angled,  nearly  globular,  size  of  a  small 
apple,  with  a  hard  thick  flesh,  seeds  1  in  long  and  %m 
wide,  compressed  Brazil  B  M  6823  I H  21  184 
(it  1864.4,53  — This  species  was  grown  30  years  before 
its  genus  was  determined,  but  upon  flowering  in  Euro- 
pean gardens  it  was  found  to  be  a  Chrysophyllum  (by 
some  referred  to  Martmsella,  which  sec)  !_,.  H  B. 

CHRYSOP&GON:  horohattrum. 

CKRYS6PSIS  (gohhn  appcarato,e,  from  the  heads). 
Comport*  Mostly  low  and  hany  perennials,  some- 
tunes  planted  in  holders  heads  of  medium  size  and 
manj-fld  ,  usually  with  numeious  yellow  lays,  involu- 
cre bell-shaped  or  hemispherical,  of  imbiieated  nar- 
row bracts,  achenes  compressed,  bearing  a  pappus  of 
numerous  hair-like  bristles  \bout  20  specie*  of  Chiy- 
H>[>  is  are  known  Mex  and  N  C.  villdsa,  Nutt  (C. 
lioldmleti,  Gray),  is  one  of  the  species  in  the  trade  It 
is  widely  distributed  from  111 ,  west,  north,  and  south: 
1  2  ft  ,  grayish  pubescent  Ivs  oblong  to  lanceolate, 
entire  or  few-toothed  heads  usually  at  the  ends  of 
leafy  branches,  ahter-hke  in  shape  Extremely  varia- 
ble, and  has  several  named  forms  Mn  7  101  Var. 
Rutten,  Hothr,  is  laiger  and  later  Of  value  as  a 
border  plant  Cult  the  same  as  aster  Perennials,  but 
bloom  the  first  year  from  seed,  if  sown  early 

f  truin/m.i,  Xutt  Differs  from  C  \illosa  m  ha\mg  rorymbose- 
paniculateil  -clusters  FXAiner  AUK -Sept  Offered  by  dealers 
in  nitne  plants  It  had  showy  yrllow  fls  and  prefers  dry  aandy 

Placc*  N     TAYLOhf 

CHRYSOSPLENIUM  (mime  from  golden  and 
.s/>/<(»,  referring  to  some  old  medicinal  tradition). 
frunfrnqaceap  GOLDEN  S\XIFRAC;E.  Low  semi-aquatics, 
sometime*  used 
m  bog-planting 
C.  amencanum, 
Schw  ,  is  a  na- 
tive plant  creep- 
ing in  mud  Sts 
forking,  bearing 
roundish  or  cor- 
d  at  e  small 
mosth  opposite 
Us  ,  w ith  very 
sm  ill, nearly  ses- 
sile, gnvnisii,  m- 
con^pic'iious  fis 
Scarcely  known 
in  cult  and,  ex- 
cept f 01  w  et 
places  wheie  a 
cover  or  carpet 
is  wanted,  of  no 
value  horticul- 
turally 

CHRYStRUS 
CYNOSUROlDES: 

Lamarckw 

CHUFA.  The 
edible  subter- 
ranean tubers  of 
Cyperus  escit- 
lentub,  Linn., 
(which  see) 
much  prized  in 
the  South.  Fig  959  Chufa— Cyperus  esculentus.  ( X  H) 


768 


CHUFA 


CIBOTIUM 


959.  Chufas  arc  eaten  raw  or  baked,  or  used  for  the 
making  of  coffee.  The  plant  is  sometimes  cultivated 
in  the  North,  but  it  will  not  withstand  the  winter. 
The  tubers  are  oblong,  1A  to  %  inches  long,  cylin- 
drical, hard  The  plant  is  grass-like,  and  in  the  North 
does  not  flower  Tubers  are  planted  in  the  spring,  and 
the  new  crop  is  ready  for  dig- 
ging in  the  fall.  It  thrives 
easily  in  loose  and  warm  boils. 
The  nutty  flavor  of  the  hard 
tubers  is  very  agreeable 

CHUSQUfiA:  Bamboo,  p.  449, 
Vol  I. 

CHtSIS  (Greek  for  melt- 
ing, in  allusion  to  the  pollen- 
masses).  Orchid&cese  Orchids, 
pendulous  from  trees;  grown 
in  hothouses. 

Stems  fusiform,  leafy, 
thickening  after  the  'vs.  drop: 
fls.  fleshy,  in  short  racemes, 
which  are  pro- 
duced freely 
in  the  axils 
of  the  young 
growths;  dor- 
sal sepal  and 
petals  similar 
in  shape,  the 
lateral  sepals 
with  the  foot 
of  the  column 
forming  a  long 
foot  ;hp  jointed 
to  the  column 
foot,  lamellate 
longitudinally, 
the  lateral 
lobes  upright, 
loosely  sur- 
rounding the  column;  pollmia  8 — About  6  species  in 
TroP-  Amer.  Cult  as  for  Vanda,  in  baskets,  pan«*  or 
pots.  They  require  tropical  temperature  when  grow- 
ing, then  cooler. 

A  Ground-color  of  fls.  yellow. 

aurea,  Lindl.  Fls.  5-8,  about  2  in  across;  sepals  and 
petals  yellow,  oblong-oval;  lateral  lobes  of  lip  yellow, 
the  middle  lobe  white,  downy,  spotted  with  red  and 
yellow  S  Amer  B  R  1937.  B  M.  3617. 

Isfevis,  Lindl.  Fls  8-12,  about  2}^  in  across;  sepals 
and  petals  yellow,  tinted  above  with  lines  of  purple- 
carmine,  sepals  oblong,  the  dorsal  one  inflexed,  the 
lateral  falcate;  lip  yellow,  marked  with  red.  Mex. 

Chelsonii,  Ilort  Fls  5-7,  about  2>£  in  across; 
sepals  and  petals  yellow,  with  a  large  blotch  of  reddish 
fawn  at  the  apex;  lip  yellow  spotted  with  red.  Hybrid: 
C.  bractescens  x  C  Ixvis  F.M.  1878.297. 

AA.  Ground-color  of  fls  white. 

bractescens,  Lmdl  Fig.  960  Fls  3-5,  about  3  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  ivory-white;  lip  with  the 
lateral  lobes  white  outside,  the  inner  surface  yellow, 
streaked  rod,  the  middle  lobe  yellow,  streaked  ana 
stained  with  red  Mex.  B  M  5186.  R.H.  1859,  pp. 
294,  295.  IH.  27.398.  OR.  9  371;  13:236,  19:201. 
J.H.  111.28  263  CO  1.  A  F  28  747. 

Lfmminghei,  Lmdl.  &  Reichb.  Fls.  4-7,  1^-2  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  white,  with  an  apical  blotch 
of  purple;  lip  with  lateral  lobes  yellow,  marked  with 
reddish  purple  on  the  inside,  the  middle  lobe  white, 
streaked  with  bright  purple.  Mex.  B.M.  3265.  I.H. 
7:240.  C.O.3. 

Sfcdenii,  Hort.  Fls.  3-6;  sepals  white;  petals  white 
with  an  apical  rose-purple  blotch;  lip  with  the  side 


960   Chysis  bractescens. 

(XH) 


lobes  sulfur-yellow,  purple-streaked  within,  the  middle 
lobe  white,  streaked  with  amethyst  Hybrid:  C, 
Limminghei  x  C.  bractescens.  GKORGK  V.  NASH  f 

CIB6TIUM  (Greek,  a  little  seed-vessel)     Cytitheacex. 
A  small  group  of  tree-ferns  from  Mexico  and  Polynesia, 
with  bivalved  coriaceous  mdubia,  dif- 
fering from  Dicksoma  in  having  the 
outer   valve   entirely   distinct    from 
the  leaf     For  culture,  see  Lhcksonm 
C  Barometz  is  the  plant  that  gave 
rise  to  the  wonder    stories   of    the 
Barometz    or   Scythian    lamb    (Fig. 
961),   which,    according   to   Bauhin, 
1650,  had  wool,  flesh  and  blood,  and 
a  root  attached  to  the  navel      The 
plant  was  said  to  resemble  a  lamb  in 
every  respect,  but  grew  on  a  stalk 
about  a  yard  high,  and  turning  about 
and    bending    to    the  herbage  con- 
sumed the  foliage  within  reach,  and 
then  pined  away  with  the  failure  of 
the  food  until  it  died    In  1725  Breyne, 
of  Dantzig,  declared  that    the  Baro- 
metz was  only  the  root  of  a  large 
fern,  covered  with  its  natural  yellow 
down   and   accompanied  by  stems,  which  had  been 
placed  in  museums  in  an  inverted  position,  the  better 
to  represent  the  appearance  of  the  legs  and  horns  of  a 
quadruped 

Young  plants  of  C  Schiedei  and  C  regale  are  fre- 
quently offered  by  florists  at  a  stage  before  the  trunk 
has  developed  and  when  the  leaves  are  about  four  or 
five  feet  long.  They  require  greenhouse  conditions  for 
successful  culture 

A.  Outer  valve  of  the  indusium  larger,  or  the  valves 
subequal 

glaucum,  Hook  &  Am  Lvs  ovate-lanceolate,  tripin- 
nate,  pinnules  about  6  m  long,  taper-pointed,  segms. 
close  outer  valve  of  mdusiurn  larger,  broader  than  the 
inner,  veins  once-  or  twice-forked.  Hawaiian  Isls 

Barometz,  J  Smith.  SCYTHIAN  LAMB  Trunkless: 
Ivs  scented,  tnpmnate  the  lower  pinna;  ovate-lanceo- 
late; pinnules  snort-stalked,  4-6  m  long,  with  falcate 
segms  valves  of  the  mdusium  nearly  equal:  veins 
prominent,  rarely  forked.  China. 


961.  The  Scythian  Lamb;  reproduced  from  an  old  book. 

See  Cibotium  Barometz. 

AA.  Outer  valve  of  the  mdusium  smaller  than  the  inner. 

Schiedei,  Hook  Trunk  10-15  ft  high  Ivs  oblong- 
deltoid,  tnpmnate,  with  pinna;  1-2  ft  long;  segms. 
falcate,  sharp-pointed:  son  sparse  veins  forked,  on 
the  lowest  pinnate  Mex 

regale,  Lmd.  Trunk  10-12  ft.  high  Ivs  oblong- 
deltoid,  tnpmnate,  with  pmnse  18-24  in  long;  pinnules 
sessile,  with  close,  falcate,  deeply  incised  segms.; 
veins  pinnate  in  the  lobes.  Mex 

L    M.  UNDERWOOD. 
R.  C.  BENEDICT^ 


CICCA 

CfCCA:  Phvllanthus. 

ClCER.  (old  Latin  name  for  the  vetch).  Legu- 
mmbsx  Pea-like  annual  or  perennial  herbs,  with 
6-parted  calyx,  the  lobes  being  nearly  equal  or 
the  2  upper  ones  somewhat  shorter  and  eon- 
nivent,  oblong  turgid  2-valvcd  pod,  mostly  1-fld. 
peduncles,  odd-pinnate  Ivs  and  toothed  Ifts.: 
standard  ovate  or  nearly  orbicular,  wings  obo- 
vflte  and  free,  keel  rather  broad  and  incurved: 
fls  white,  blue  or  violet  terminal  1ft  often 
represented  by  a  tendril  or  spine  — A  dozen  or 
more  species,  with  a  Mediterranean- Asian  range. 
C.  arietmum,  Linn  ,  the  CHICK-PEA  or  GAR- 
BANZO,  is  sometimes  cult,  in  vegetable-gardens 
for  the  edible  ripe  seeds  It  is  an  annual  and  is 
cult,  the  same  as  bush  beans  It  withstands  dry 
weather  well  It  grows  2  ft  high,  making  a 
bushy,  hairy  plant,  seeds  are  planted  as  soon 
as  warm  weather  comes,  usually  in  drills,  the 
plants  standing  8-12  in  apart  Lvs  with  small, 
roundish  Ifts  .  fls  white  or  reddish,  small,  axil- 
lary Seed  roundish,  but  flattened  on  the  bides, 
with  a  projection  on  one  side,  shaped  like  a 
miniature  ram's  head  (hence  the  name  aneli- 
nurn,  in  vars  of  red,  black  and  white  Much 
cult  in  8  Eu  and  Asia,  and  widely  known  in 
Calif  and  in  Mex  ,  and  other  Spanish-American 
regions  The  peas  are  eaten  boiled,  or 
roasted  like  peanuts,  often  used  for  soup 
or  as  a  substitute  for  coffee,  and  some 
kinds  are  used  for  hor.se-feed  It  is  a 
piomismg  crop  for  some  purposes;  yield 
sometimes  500  to  1,000  Ibs  to  the  acre. 
L  II  B 

CICHORIUM  (from  an  old  Arabic 
name)  ('omi>(>\it<r  Seven  or  eight  herbs, 
one  of  which  is  chicory  and  one  endive 

Perennial,  biennial  or  annual,  branch- 
ing and  diffuse  when  in  bloom,  mostly 
with  deep  hard  roots,  milky  uiice  and 
alternate  Iva  ,  and  bessile  axillary  and 
terminal  fl  -heads  fls  several  to  many  in 
the  head,  all  hgulate  and  perfect,  blue, 
purple  or  white,  involucre  double  ?  pap- 
pus of  bustle-like  scales  — Mostly  in  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  to  Abyssinia. 

Intybus,  Linn  CHICORY  SUCCORY. 
Fig  962  Stout  deep-rooted  tall  peren- 
nial (3-6  ft  )  Iv.s  broadly  oblong,  ob- 
lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  hairy,  rapidly 
becoming  very  small  toward  top  of 
plant  so  that  the  branches  appear 
nearly  naked  and  wand-like,  more  or  less 
clasping  and  the  lower  ones  runcmate. 
fls.  bright- a^ure- blue,  1}£  m  or  more 
across,  closing  about  noon;  pappus  about 
8  times  shorter  than  fr.  July-Oct. — 
Now  a  widespread  weed  of  hard  road- 
sides and  field"  but  producing  one  of 
the  cleaiest  of  light  blues  and  worthy  a 
place  in  the  fl  -garden  Recent  experi- 
ments promise  attractive  color  forms. 
For  cult,  for  the  root  and  for  the  salad 
Ivs,  see  Chicory 

Endfvia,  Linn.  ENDIVE  Annual  or 
biennial  Ivs  many  at  the  base,  oblong, 
lobed  and  cut,  smooth  •  st  2-4  ft , 
branching,  grooved .  fls  Dale  blue;  pappus 
about  4  times  short ei  than  fr  India; 
but  by  some  thought  to  be  a  derivative 
of  C  intybus,  or  of  C.  divoncatum  of  the 
Medit.  region  For  cult,  as  a  salad  plant. 
L  H.  B. 


CINCHONA 


769 


CIENK6WSKIA:  Kaempfena. 


CIMICfFUGA,  Linn  (cimex,  a  bug;/u0ere,  U> 
drive  away)  Itanunculaccsr  BUGBANE  Tall 
hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  ornamental,  but 
bad-smelling,  buited  for  the  back  of  plantings  or 
for  partially  shaded  places  in  the  wild  garden. 
The  leaves  and  tall  plants  are  admired  in  the 
hardy  border 

Leaves  large,  decompound:  fls.  white,  in 
racemes,  sepals  2-5,  petaloid,  deciduous,  petals 
1-8,  small,  clawed,  2-lobcd  or  none*  follicles 
1-8,  many-seeded,  sessile  or  stalked;  stigrna 
broad  or  minute  Allied  to  Actsea  —About  10 
bpecies,  natives  of  the  north  temperate  zone, 
practically  all  of  which  have  been  usea  m  gardens. 
Cimicifugas  thrive  in  half  shady  or  open 
places  in  any  good  gaiden  soil,  but  are  much 
taller  and  more  showy  if  the  soil  is  very  black 
and  rich  Propagated  by  beeds  and  division  of 
roots  in  fall  or  early  sprang  Seeds  should  be 
sown  in  cool  moist  soil  soon  after  ripening 

amencana,  Michx  (Actjpa  podocdrpa, 
DC )  Slender,  2-4  ft  high  Ivs  pale 
beneath  fls  in  elongated  raceme;  petals 
2-horned;  pedicels  nearly  a*>  long  as  the 
fl.  follicles  3  or  5,  stalked,  seeds  m  1 
row,  chaffy,  stamens  and  pistils  usually 
in  same  n  Aug  -Sept  Moist  woods 
N.  Y.  and  S. 

fdetida,  Linn.  Lvs  bipmnate,  termi- 
nal Ift  3-lobcd.  petals  of  the  white  fls. 
often  tipped  with  anthers,  no  stami- 
nodia  follicles  3-5,  seeds  very  chaffy. 
Summer  Siberia  — Following  forms  are 
more  commonly  cult 

racemdsa,  Nutt  (C  serpentdna, 
Pursh)  Fig  963  St  3-8  ft  high'  Ivs. 
2-3  times  3-4-partcd,  Ifts  mostly  ovate, 
firm  texture  racemes  few,  rigidly  erect, 
often  becoming  2  ft  long  follicles  rather 
shorter  than  the  pedicel,  nearly  l/i\n, 
long,  short  style  abruptly  recurved  July, 
Aug  G.i  to  Canada  and  westward 
Intro  1X91  Gt  13:443  Gn  46,  p. 
269  GC  II  10  557;  III  48 '218  — 
Very  pretty  in  fr ,  with  its  2  rows  of 
oval  follicles  always  extending  upward 
from  the  lateral  branches  The  com- 
monest in  gardens  Rhizome  and  roots 
valued  m  medicine 

Var  dissScta,  Gray  (C  spicata,  Hort  ) 
Lvs  more  compound  than  the  type 
small  white  fls  closely  packed  on  lateral 
and  terminal  branches  Lasting  until 
Sept  Conn  to  S  Pa  JH  111.33.381 

Var  simplex,  Regel  (C.  simple*. 
Wormsk  ).  Tall  and  handsome.  fls 
short-pedioclled,  forming  a  fine,  den-M- 
raceme,  and  at  first  pubescent  follicle 
short-stalked.  Kamtschatka.  Gn  67, 
p.  8.  Gn.W.  21  115,23.899 

C  cordifMui,  Pursh  Lvs  very  broadly  o\  ate 
or  orbicular  US  B  M  20b9  — C  dahunva, 
Ilutt  Higher  and  more  branched  than  formor 
Cent  Asia— C  cltUa,  Nutt  (C  fostida,  Pursh 
Actsea  Cnmcifuga,  Linn  )  Used  in  medicine 
Ore  ,  Wash  —  C  jai>6mca,  Spreng  3  ft  high 
Ivs  very  large  FS  22  2*63  (as  Pithyroaperma 
accnnum)  -C  palmAta,  Michx  =-=Trautvettena 
carohnensis,  \ail  K  Q  DAVIS. 

CINCHONA  (from  ihe  Countess  Chin- 
chon,  \\ife  of  a  Spanish  Viceroy  of  Pem, 

962.  Flowers  of  chicory.— Clcho-  who  was  cured  of  fever  m  1638  by  the 
rium  Intybus  ( x  h)  A  familiar  use  of  Peruvian  bark)  Kubidcese  Plants 
weed  along  roadsides  m  the  east-  widely  know  n  as  yielding  a  remedy,  in 
•rn  part  of  the  country.  the  bark,  for  malaria 


770 


CINCHONA 


CINCHONA 


Some  of  the  species  are  lofty  trees,  others  are  mere 
shrubs.  They  grow  isolated  in  various  districts  of  the 
Andes,  at  elevations  ranging  from  2,300-9,000  ft ,  and 
between  22°  south  and  10°  north  latitude.  Lvs  oppo- 
site, with  deciduous  stipules,  fls.  much  frequented 
by  humming-birds,  fragrant,  white  and  pink  in  color, 
growing  in  terminal  panicles;  calyx  small,  5-toothed, 


and  persistent;  corolla  has  a  long  tube  with  5  short 
spreading  valvate  lobes,  hairy  at  the  margins,  sta- 
mens 5,  included  m  the  corolla;  ovary  2-ccllcd,  with 
very  numerous  ovules  inserted  on  linear  axile  placentae: 
caps  opening  septicidally  from  the  base  upwards;  seeds 
small,  numerous,  flat  and  surrounded  with  a  wing  — 
There  are  30-40  confused  species  Specimens  are  some- 
times seen  in  collections  of  economic  plants,  but  they 
are  not  horticultural  subjects. 

From  the  pharmacopoeial  point  of  view  there  are 
two  distinct  kinds  of  cinchona  bark:  (1)  Cinchona, 
also  called  yellow  cinchona  and  calisaya  bark,  which 
is  probably  the  bark  obtained  from  Cinchona  Ledger- 
wna,  Moons,  and  hybrids  of  this  with  other  species  of 
Cinchona  The  bark  secured  from  these  sources  is  said 
to  contain  6  to  7  per  cent  of  alkaloids,  of  which  one- 
half  to  two-thirds  is  quinine.  (2)  Cinchona  rubra,  or 
red  cinchona,  which  is  obtained  from  Cinchona  succir- 
ubra,  Pavon,  or  its  hybrids  In  this  bark  the  alkaloid 
cmchonidme  exists  in  greater  proportion. 

The  cinchona  trees  arc  considered  to  yield  the  maxi- 
mum of  alkaloids  at  six  to  nine  years  of  age.  ,jTho  bark 
of  the  trunk  and  roots  is  removed;  the  latter  is  used 
mostly  in  the  manufacture  of  quinine  Effort  has  been 
made  to  adopt  the  spelling  Chinchona,  although  Lin- 
naeus, m  founding  the  genus,  used  only  one  h.  see 


Clements  R  Markham  "A  Memoir  of  the  Lady  Ana 
de  Osono,  Countess  of  Chinchon  and  Vice-Queen  of 
Peru  (AD  1629-39),  with  a  Plea  for  the  Correct 
Spelling  of  the  Chinchona  Genus,"  London,  1874 

The  febrifuge  reached  Spain  a.s  early  as  1639.  Knowl- 
edge of  it  was  spiead  by  the  Countess  of  Chinchon, 
hence  it  was  called  Countess'  powder  and  Peruvian 
bark,  and  also  Jesuits'  bark,  fiom  the  knowledge  of  it 
spread  by  Jesuits  The  word  quinine  is  derived  from 
the  name  by  which  it  was  known  m  Peru,  quinaquina, 
or  "bark  of  barks  "  In  1849,  trees  were  sent  by  the 
Jesuits  to  Algei  la,  but  the  experiment  was  not  success- 
ful. In  1852-4,  Hasskarl  successfully  introduced  living 
plants  into  Java,  in  1859,  Clements  R.  Markham  was 
entrusted  by  the  government  of  India  with  the  task  of 
collecting  plants  and  seeds  on  the  Andes,  and  estab- 
lishing them  in  India  In  his  fascinating  book  "Peru- 
vian Bark  a  popular  account  of  the  introduction  of 
Chinchona  cultivation  into  British  India"  (1880), 
Markham  recounts  the  difficulties  m  South  America 
and  his  final  success  Cinchona  is  now  grown  commer- 
cially m  India  and  also  in  Jamaica,  but  most  of  the 
commeicial  product  is  secured  from  trees  grown  m 
Java,  it  is  also  cultivated  in  New  Zealand  and  Aus- 
tralia C  Lcdyei lana,  Moens  (C  Calisayo,  Wedd  ,  var 
Ledqaiana,  How),  is  a  small  tree  with  small  thick 
elliptical  Ivs  ,  reddish  beneath,  and  with  yellowish 
not  fragrant  iis  ,  and  a  short  caps  C  sucarubra, 
Pav ,  has  large  and  Hun  broad-elliptic  Ivs  ,  purple- 
red  calyx  and  rose-colored  petals,  and  an  elongated 
caps  ('  ojficinahv,  Hook  f,  has  oval-lanceolate 
acute  shining  Ivs  ,  and  rose-colored  s'lky  fls  It  is 
sometimes  seen  (in  some  of  its  forms)  in  collections. 
Var  Condaminca  (C  Condaminea,  Huinb  &  Bonpl ) 
is  one  of  the.^e  foims  and  has  been  mtro  mS  Calif, 
and  said  to  be  easily  giown  theic.  L  H.  B. 

Cultivation  of  cinchona    (By  Win  Fawcett ) 

The  seedlings  rnav  be  raised  either  in  boxes  or  in 
beds.  The  boxes  should  not  be  more  than  3  or  4  inches 
deep.  Three -quaitn  -inch  drainage- holes  should  be 
made  in  the  bottom,  about  b  inches  apart  Whitewash 
the  boxes  or  dust  them  inside  with  lime  Put  pieces  of 
broken  flower-pots  over  the  drainage  holes,  and  cover 
the  bottom  with  gravel  to  a  depth  of  1  inch  The  soil 
should  be  made  up  of  one-third  leaf-mold,  one-third 
good  soil  and  one-third  fine  river  gravel  These  should 
be  thoroughly  mixed  and  passed  thiough  a  J^-mch 
sieve  Fill  the  boxes  to  within  ^4  inch  of  the  top,  and 
slightly  water  Sow  the  seed  evenly,  and  sprinkle  over 
it  some  of  the  sifted  soil,  only  just  covrimg  it  The 
boxes  should  bounder  shade,  shelteied  from  rain,  and 
watered  every  day  with  a  very  fine  spray  from  a 
watering-can  The  seedlings  will  appear  in  three  or 
four  weeks  If  the  seeds  are  sown  m  beds,  they  require 
the  protection  of  a  roof  sloping  south,  and'  supported 
by  posts  4  feet  6  inches  high  on  the  north,  and  3  feet 
3  inches  on  the  south  side  The  sides  may  also  have 
to  be  covered  in  The  bicodth  of  the  beds  is  3  feet 
The  roof  projects  beyond  the  south  posts  sufficiently 
to  keep  off  direct  sunlight,  and  in  the  summertime, 
at  any  rate,  a  narrow  north  roof  must  be  added  at 
right  angles.  If  the  sheds  are  built  under  the  shade 
of  tall  trees,  the  roof  is  needed  only  for  shelter  from 
rain 

When  the  seedlings  are  \Yi  to  2  inches  high,  they 
should  be  transplanted  into  nursery  beds,  made  up  m 
the  same  way  as  for  seeds.  In  transplanting,  use  a 
wooden  peg  4  or  5  inches  long,  ^inch  thick  at  one 
end  and  tapering  to  a  dull  point  A  seedling  is  picked  up 
with  the  left  hand  from  a  bundle  brought  from  the  seea- 
beds,  a  hole  is  made  with  the  peg  in  the  right  hand, 
big  enough  to  receive  the  roots  without  bending  or 
crushing  them  The  soil  is  then  pressed  closely  over  the 
rootlets  with  the  peg  Two  inches  between  each  plant  is 
enough  room  At  first  the  plants  should  be  shaded,  bu> 


CINCHONA 


CINERARIA 


771 


The  florists'  cinerarias  run  in  white,  and  in  shades  of 
blue,  pink  and  purple-red  There  is  promise  of  yellow- 
flowered  strains  by  hybridizing  with  yellow  beriecios  or 
related  plants. 

See  kenecio  for  Cineraria  acanthifolia,  C.  candidls- 


arandijldra,  C.  kcwen&w,  C  7iana,  C.  t 
There  arc  full-double  forms  (see  It  H 


when  they  arc  twice  or  thrice  as  high  as  when  trans- 
planted the  shading  may  be  gradually  removed  to  harden 
them  for  putting  out  in  their  permanent  positions 

The  soil  and  subsoil  should  be  free  and  open  to  insure 
good  drainage;  newly  cleared  forest  land  on  a  hillside 

is  the  best  for  Cinchona  trees.    In  Jamaica.  Cimhoiia      sima,  and  C  maritinui     To  the  garden  or  florists'  cine- 
otfimnalis  flourishes  best  at  an  elevation  of  about  5,5(K)      raria  (C    cnientu)  belong  the  hoiticultural  names  C. 
feet,  with  a  mean  annual  temperature  of  about  60° 
F  ,  ranging  from  a  minimum  of  46°  to  a  maximum  of  75° 
and  with  a  total  annual  rainfall  of  120  to  150  inches 

The  distance  when  planted  out  m  their  permanent 
positions  is  3  by  3  feet,  and  as  soon  as  they  begin  to 
interfere  with  each  other's  growth  they  should  be 
thinned  out  just  sufficiently  at  first  to  prevent  this 
The  baik  of  those  cut  down  may  be  worth  stripping  if 
the  price  of  bark  is  high 

Several  methods  have  been  used  in  taking  the  bark 
from  the  trees  In  South  America,  the  tree  is  uprooted, 
and  the  whole  of  the  baik  may  be  taken  from  both  root 
and  stem  A  second  plan,  is  used  if  shoots  spring  from 
the  root;  the  trunk  is  cut  through  above  the  ground, 
the  baik  stripped,  and  the  stump  left  to  coppice,  one 
or  two  of  the  bhoots  being  allowed  to  grow  The  third 
method  is  to  make  the  same  tree  yield  bark  in  succes- 
sive seasons,  foi  this  purpose  longitudinal  layers  of  the 
bark  are  removed  fiorn  the  trunk,  and  the  exposed 
surface  is  sometimes  covered  with  moss,  the  bark 
renews  itself,  and  the  "renewed  bark"  is  as  iirh  (or 
richer)  m  alkaloids  as  the  oiigmal  In  this  wav,  by 
taking  successive  strips  of  baik  m  different  years,  the 
tree  \ields  a  continuous  supply  of  bark  L.  j{  ]}  + 

CINERARIA  (ath-rolarfd,  from  the  Latin,  referring 
to   the   gray   foliage)      Comp6Mt#      Herbs  or  under- 
shrubs,  closelv  allied  to  Senecio,  from  which  they  are 
separated     chiefly    by     technical 
ch.u, ict ers    of    the    achene.    The 
genus  is  variously  understood  by 
different  authors     As  limited  by 
Bent  ham  &   Hooker,  and  also  by 
Kngler    <t    Piantl,    it    comprises 
about  25  South   African   specie**, 
and  the  common  gat  den  Cineraria 
becomes   a  Senecio  OS'     crucntut>, 
DC  )    The  genus  Cineraria  differs 
fiom   Senecio  in   having  a  cone- 
like  rather  than   branched   style, 
and  a   usually  flattened 
>r    manv-angled    rather 
than  terete  achene,  the 
species  are  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs    with 
yell  o  w       fl  - 
heads 

The    cine- 
raria     of     t  he 
florists    (Fig 
964)     is     now 
.Tiuch  modified  by  culti- 
vation    There   are  two 
views  of  its  origin,  one 
holding    that    it    is    a 
direct    development    of 
C    ciufiitn,    Mass    (Pmm/hs   cru- 
enta,  Webb  <fc  Berth  ),  B  M     406; 
the  other  that  it  is  a  hybrid,  into 
which  C.  cructda,  (1    Hcritieri,  C. 
popuhfoha.  and  perhaps  others,  have 
probably   mended      These  are  all 
natives  of  the  Canary  Islands.    For 
important  literature  respecting  the 
origin  of  the  garden  cineraiia,  see 
Natme,  51.461,  605,  52.3,  29,  54, 
78,    103,    128,    55  341     GC    III. 

3.654,   657;    17 '588,   655,742,    18'  o$4.  Small  plant  of  the  florists'  cineraria  — 

89,   186,    29  297  Botanically  Senecio  cruentus. 


ta,  and  others, 
(see  It  H  1874,i»  i7,  1<M86, 

41.  FS  222347-8  III.  32556)— C  Jlau'wns, 
Hort  ,  is  a  garden  hybnd  bet \veen  Cineraria  "Felt ham 
Beauty " and tfcnctio mu u ulfili W/HMS  (J  C  111  45,322 
On  73  252  It  is  a  compact  glower,  oiigmating  with 
James  Veitch  &  Sons,  giving  pi  on  use  of  a  new  strain 
of  winter -blooming  plants  fU  cieamy  yellow,  the 
jounger  blooms  almost  eanarv  yellow.  If  peculiarly 
constricted  at  the  middle  ami  mur  h  enlarged  at  the 
top — C.  hybridu,  Hoit.,  is  a  hybnd  between  Senecio 
cruentus  and  8.  tuasilaginw,  witfc  white  fls.  having  pale 
blue  tips  on  the  rays  and  purplish  centeis  G  M  55* 
337  — C  btellata,  Hort  ,  now  a  popular  rare  of  florists' 
cineraria,  has  open  spieady  panicles  of  star-like  single 
fls.  Fig  965.  Most  excellent. 

The  true  yellow-fid  South  African  cinei  arias  seem 
not  to  be  in  cultivation,  although  C  pftiUntlna,  Hook 
f  ,  has  been  recorded  in  horticultural  literature  within 
recent  years  slender  and  climbing,  with  lax  paniculate 
inflorescence,  pale  red  flower-stems  and  hve  golden 
yellows  lays  in  each  head.  B  M  7799.  Elegant 
giccnhouse  climber.  L  u.  J3> 

Culture  of  the  florists'  cineraria. 

The  single  hybrid  cinerarias  are  among  the  most  use- 
ful and  beautiful  of  all  greenhouse  flowering  plants. 
The  ease  with  which  they 
can  be  raided,  the  little  heat 
required,  together  with  their 
free-blooming    qualities, 
brilliant     ana     vanous- 
coloied  flowers,  which  last 
for  a  considerable  tune  m 
blossom,  make  them  popu- 
lar with  most  people  pos- 
ses^mg   even  only  a  small 
greenhouse     Though   they 
aie  herbaceous  in  character 
and  may  be  propagated  by 
cuttings  or  division  of  the 
roots,   the    single  varieties 
are  best  treated  as  annuals, 
raising     t  h  e  m 
from  seed  each 
year  and  throw- 
ing   away    the 
plants   after 
flow  enng       Al- 
though one  may 
save  one's  own 
seed,   the  cine- 
rarias, like  most 
hybrids,  will  de- 
teriorate   both 
in    size     and 
quality   of    the 
flower  after  one 
or  two  generations  unless 
they  are  crossed;  there- 
fore,   unless    one   cares 
to  cross  one's  own  plants, 
it   is   best   to   purchase 
fresh    seed    from    some 
lehable  firm  that  secures 
its  stock  from  hybrid- 
ists.    For   florists    use, 
or  when  a  succession  of 


772 


CINERARIA 


CINNA 


these  flowers  is  required,  two  sowings  of  seed  should 
be  made — the  first  about  the  middle  of  August,  and 
the  second  a  month  later.  The  seed  should  be  sown  in 
pans  or  shallow  boxes  1  foot  square,  these  should  be 
well  drained,  and  the  soil  should  consist  of  one  part 
fine  loam,  one  part  leaf-mold,  and  one  part  clean  sharp 
silver  sand.  The  surface  should  be  made  very  fine 


name  of  C.  stdlata  They  are  very  free  flowering,  and 
as  pot  plants  are  more  decorative  than  the  large-flow- 
ered types,  they  meet  the  present  demand  for  simplicity. 
In  color  they  have  the  same  range  as  the  ordinary  flor- 
ists' cineranas,  and  there  are  cactus-flowered  strains, 
with  narrow  rolled  petals  The  star  cinerarias  require 
the  same  handling  and  treatment  as  the  others. 


and  pressed  down  evenly     The  seed  bhould  then  be          Double-flowered  varieties  of  cmeraiia  are  not  corn- 
sown  evenly  and  rather  thinly,  and  covered  with  sand      monly  grown,  neither  are  they  so  beautiful  as  the  single 
_i      -L  Ai         _i n i.  _r  _•_  .„„!.     'PU. 11  ...  ., <-       varieties.    They  may  bo  propagated  by  seed  or  by  cut- 
tings, the  latter  being  the  best  method,  as  a  large  per- 
centage of  seedlings  are  sure  to  turn  out  single,  which 
will  be  inferior  m  size  of  flower  as  compared  with  the 
best  single  varieties     Double-floweiing  varieties  must 


about  the  eighth  part  of  an  inch.  This  will  m  a  great 
measure  prevent  the  seedlings  from  what  gardeners 
term  "damping  off,"  which  they  are  very  apt  to  do  if 
the  atmospheric  conditions  become  at  all  stagnant. 
The  seed-pans  or  boxes  should  be  carefully  watered 
with  a  fine  rose  and  then  placed  m  some  cool  shaded 
place,  such  as  a 
frame  placed  on 
sifted  coal-ashes  on 
the  north  side  of  a 
wall  or  building, 
where  they  will  ger- 
minate in  about  a 
week  or  ten  days.  As 
soon  as  large  enough 
to  handle  conve- 
niently, the  seedlings 
should  be  potted 
into  thumb-pots  and 
grown  on  as  rapidly 
as  possible,  shifting 
on  into  larger  size 
pots  as  often  as  re- 
quired, never  allow- 
ing them  to  become 
the  least  pot-bound, 
or  suffer  in  any  way 
during  the  season  of 
growth.  The  soil 
should  consist  of  half 
leaf-mold  and  half 
fino  fibrous  loam, 
with  a  good  sprink- 
ling of  silver  sand, 
until  the  final  shift 
into  their  flowering 
pots,  when  the  soil 
should  be  three  parts 
fibrous  loam  and  one 
part  well  -  decayed 
cow-manure  or  pul- 
verized sheep-  ma- 
nure. About  the  first 
of  October  the  plants 
should  all  be  removed 
to  the  greenhouse, 
where  the  atmos- 
phere should  be  kept 
cool  and  moist,  but 
not  stagnant  If  a  rainy  spell  should  set  in,  a  little 
artificial  heat  should  be  given  to  cause  a  circulation  of 
the  atmosphere,  and  as  autumn  advances  the  tempera- 
ture should  be  kept  about  45°  at  night,  with  a  rise  of 
10°  by  day.  Liquid  stimulants  should  not  be  given 
until  the  flower-buds  begin  to  appear,  when  they  are 
greatly  benefited  by  an  occasional  watering  of  clear 
liquid  cow-  or  sheep-manure.  The  plants  should  be  well 
in  bloom  after  the  holidays. 

If  bloom  is  wanted  in  late  fall  or  early  winter,  seed 
may  be  sown  in  May,  keep  the  plants  growing  all 
summer,  but  do  not  let  them  bloom  till  they  are  estab- 
lished in  5-  or  6-mch  pots 

The  Star  cineraria  (Fig  965),  now  popular,  is  an 
open  grower,  2  feet,  not  having  the  large  solro  masses 
of  flower-heads  of  tlie  older  larger-flowered  kinds.  The 
blooms  are  single  and  mostly  smaller,  and  the  rays  are 
separated  as  in  a  wild  aster.  These  plants  go  under  the 


965.  Stellata,  a  popular  form  of  cineraria. 


be  propagated  each  year  to  s-ecuie  the  best  results  As 
toon  as  the  plants 
have  finished  blos- 
soming, the  flower 
stalks  should  be  cut 
away  to  induce  the 
plants  to  make  fresh 
growth,  which,  as 
soon  as  large  enough 
for  cuttingM,  should 
be  taken  off  and  in- 
sorted  in  an  oidmary 
propagating  bed, 
whole  they  will  soon 
root,  aft 01  which  they 
should  be  potted  and 
shifted  on  as  often 
as  required,  growing 
them  during  the  hot- 
tost  months  in  as  cool 
and  shaded  a  position 
as  can  be  provided 

C i  n o r a 1 1 a s  are 
very  subject  to  the 
attacks  of  greenfly 
To  keep  those  in 
chock,  the  house  in 
which  they  aro  grown 
should  be  fumigated 
with  tobacco  about 
once  in  ton  dajs,  or 
tobacco  stems  placed 
among  the  plants  if 
fumigating  is  objec- 
tionable, or  the  cyan- 
ide treatment  used 
Hoe  Diseases  and 
Inuttt* 

Of  thedifTorent  spe- 
cies of  Cineraria  from 
southern  Europe 
(properly  Senocios), 
C  tnanlitna  is  per- 
haps the  bost  It  is  of 


dwarf  habit,  with  tomentose,  silvery,  pinnatifid  loavos, 
and  is  a  most  useful  subject  for  edging  flowor-beda 
It  is  not  hardy  in  the  North,  consequently  must  be 
treated  as  an  annual,  sowing  the  seeds  early  in  March 
m  the  greenhouse,  afterward  treating  it  as  an  ordinary 
summer  bedding  plant.  The  other  spocios  from  south 
and  eastern  Europe  do  not  prove  hardy  North,  and  if 
grown  should  bo  treated  as  tender  annuals,  planting 
them  in  the  herbaceous  borders  for  the  summer.  The 
species  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  require  greenhouse 
treatment,  the  culture  being  the  same  as  for  the  com- 
mon cineraria,  although,  from  an  ornamental  point  of 
view,  most  of  them  would  hardly  pay  for  the  room  they 
would  occupy.  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 

CfNNA  (old  Greek  name  for  a  kind  of  grass). 
Gramlneie.  Tall  perennials  with  flat  leaf-blades. 
Spikelets  1-fld.,  numerous,  m  nodding  panicles,  the 


XXVII.   Coconut  in  flower  and  fruit.   Southern  Florida. 


CINNA 


CIRRILEA 


773 


rachiila  prolonged;  lemma  short-awned  below  the 
apex.  There  are  two  species,  C.  arundinacea,  Linn., 
with  contracted  panicle,  the  spikelets  2^2  lines  long, 
(Dept.  Agric  ,  Div  Agrost  7 . 140 , 20 . 79)  and  C.  latif dlia, 
Griseb  (C.  pcndula,  Trm  ),  with  open  panicle,  the 
spikelets  2  lines  long.  Both  species  are  native  in  cooler 
parts  of  N.  Arner.  A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

CINNAMOMUM  (the  ancient  Creek  name)  Laura- 
cese  Evergreen  trees  and  shrubs  of  Asia  and  Australia, 
with  aromatic  leaves  and  wood,  of  which  a  few  are  cul- 
tivated in  the  extreme  southern  United  States 

Leaves  usually  thick,  mostly  opposite,  strongly 
3-nerved  or  pinnate-nerved  buds  not  scaly  (exception 
in  C  C  amphora)  fls  usually  perfect,  with  9  (or  loss) 
perfect  stamens  in  3  unlike  rows  ana  a  row  of  imper- 
fect ones,  perianth  short-tubed,  scgms  6  and  nearly 
equal  fr  a  small  1 -seeded  berry,  in  the  cup-like 
perianth.— Upward  of  50  species,  among  which  are 
plants  yielding  cinnamon  (Yr  zu/lanicum),  camphor 
(C  ('amphora),  cassia-bark  (C  Cassia),  arid  other 
aromatic  and  medicinal  products  Various  species  may 
be  expected  in  collections  of  economic  plants,  but 
most  of  them  are  not  strictly  horticultural  subjects. 
It  is  not  known  whether  some  of  the  species  in  cult  in 
this  country  are  passing  under  the  proper  names;  pos- 
sibly ('  Tamn la,  Fr  Nees,  widely  distributed  in  the  Far 
East,  may  be  confused  in  our  ( ultures. 

The  genus  Cmriamomum  embraces  tropical  and 
semi-tropical  shrubs  and  trees,  which  are  mostly  of 
economic  value,  and  in  one  or  more  cases  are  valuable 
shade  trees  for  lawn  and  street  planting  The  leaves 
are  evergreen,  usually  of  a  rich  shining  green,  and  in  ('. 
(Jarnphora  have  a  silvery  blue  color  on  the  under  sur- 
faces ('  ('amphora,  the  camphor  tree,  is  hardy  in  the 
lower  (Uilf  states,  and  is  now  being  extensively  planted, 
both  for  shade  and  extraction  of  gurn  ('  Ca.ss?a  is  not 
quite  so  hardy,  but  withstands  a  temperature  of  20° 
F  without  injury,  and  has  been  planted  in  Honda  for 
manufacture  of  its  various  products,— oil,  gum,  buds 
and  cinnamon  bark  (1  zeylamtum,  is  likely  to  be 
extensively  grown  in  Mexico  and  the  West  Indies  — 
The  various  species  are  usually  propagated  b>  seeds, 
which  are  sown  as  soon  as  ripe  in  a  shaded  bed,  the 
seedlings  being  transplanted  when  very  small  into  pots 
and  kept  thus  growing  until  permanent  planting  out 
The  species,  without  exception,  are  very  difficult  to 
transplant  from  the  open  ground,  and  hence  pot- 
grown  plants  are  almost  a  necessity.  Cuttings  of  half- 
ripeneu  wood  of  some  species  may  be  rooted  in  the 
spring  in  moderate  heat,  following  the  usual  method  of 
preparation,  and  planting  in  coarse  sand  The  soil  best 
suited  to  cinnarnomums  in  general,  and  C.  Camphora 
in  particular,  is  sandy  loam,  although  a  heavy  loam, 
when  well  prepared,  answers  fairly  well  The  sandy 
soil  of  Florida,  when  moderately  manured,  suits  all 
species  so  far  tried  admirably.  (E  N  Reasoner  ) 

Camphdra,  Nces  &  Eberm  (Camphora  officinarurn, 
Nees  Laiirus  Camphora,  Linn )  CAMPHOR  TREE 
Stout  tree  with  enlarged  base,  to  10  ft  *  Ivs.  alternate, 
ovate-elliptic,  acuminate,  not  large  or  very  thick,  pink- 
ish on  the  young  growths,  with  a  pair  or  more  of  strong 
side  veins  buds  scal>  fls  small,  yellow,  in  axillary 
panicles,  perianth  membranaceous  fr  a  drupe  the  size 
of  a  large  pea  China,  Japan  B  M  2658. — A  handsome 
dense-topped  tree  when  young,  becoming  bare  below 
with  age;  withstands  some  frost  The  young  growth  is 
very  attractive  It  is  hardy  in  central  peninsular  Fla  , 
where  it  thrives  well  if  attention  is  given  to  fertilizing 
and  cultivating;  it  does  not  thrive  in  wet  soils.  Cam- 
phor is  a  common  roadside  planting  in  S.  Calif.  Com- 
merical  camphor  is  extracted  from  the  wood. 

zeylanicum,  Nees.  CINNAMON  TREE.  Small  tree 
(20-30  ft ) .  Iv8  very  stiff.  4-7  in  long,  ovate  to  lance- 
ovate,  glossy,  3-5-nerved,  obtuse  or  somewhat  acute, 
reticulate  on  under  side:  fls.  small  (J^m.  long),  yellow- 


white,  in  loose  somewhat  silky  clusters,  which  often 
exceed  the  Ivs.:  fr.  %m  long,  dry,  pointed  India, 
Malaya,  and  widely  dispersed  in  tropical  countries  as 
a  cult,  plant.  B.M  2028  L.B.C.  1:91.— -Variable;  and 
many  forms  have  been  described. 

Cassia,  Blume.  CASSIA-BARK  TREE.  Handsome 
tree*  Ivs  stiff,  3-6  in  long,  oblong  to  nearly  lanceolate, 
long-acuminate,  glossy,  3-nbbed;  petiole  slender'  fls. 
very  small,  in  terminal  or  axillary  silky-tomentose 

Cicles  3-6  in  long  fr  size  of  a  pea.  China  — Young 
nehoB  somewhat  4-angled  Hardy  and  successful  in 
central  peninsular  Fla  (Nehrlmg),  thriving  best  in 
moist  and  rich  land,  and  making  specially  fine  specimens 
near  residences  where  now  and  then  it  receives  applica- 
tions of  fertilizer  and  water 

pedunculatum,  Presl  Glabrous  tree:  Ivs.  thick, 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  3-nerved,  glossy  above; 
petiole  to  %m  long,  blade  2-5  IT  long  and  somewhat 
glaucous  or  areolate  beneath*  fte  very  small  (Min  °r 
leKs  long),  in  axillary  corymbs  that  about  equal  the 
Ivh  ,  peiianth  glabrous  outside  and  whitish-puoerulent 
inside,  the  lobes  oval-obtuse:  berry  globose-ovoid, 
i^in.  long  Japan — This  species  is  said  to  have  been 
intro  at  Los  Angeles  some  35  years  ago,  where  a  hand- 
some tree  still  exists,  seedlings  of  which  are  to  be  found 
in  other  parts  of  S  Calif  In  central  penmular  Fla  ,  this 
species  and  C  Louncni  are  hardy  and  attractive,  thriv- 
ing particularly  well  in  rich  and  rather  moist  land. 

Loureirii,  Nees  CASSI  \-FLOWER  TREE.  Middle- 
sized  tree,  glabrous  Ivs  opposite  or  alternate;  rigid, 
elliptic  or  oblong,  attenuate-acuminate;  petiole  to 
}  2in  long,  the  blades  .3-5  in  long  fls  very  small  (there 
is  a  variegated-lvd  form)  China,  Japan  — Perhaps  a 
form  of  the  last,  with  nerves  on  upper  side  of  M.  less 
prominent  or  sunken,  and  other  minor  differences. 

L.  H.  B. 

CINNAMON  FERN:  Osmunda. 
CINNAMON  VINE:  Dioaeoreo. 
CINQUEFOIL:  PotenhUa. 

CIPURA  (origin  of  name  unexplained).  Imdaceae. 
Four  Trop  American  bulbous  plants,  rarely  grown 
under  glass  Allied  to  Xemastylis'  fls  with  6  parts  or 
petals,  the  inner  3  being  much  smaller,  white  or  light 
blue,  borne  in  terminal  heads,  short-tubed.  The 
only  species  likely  to  be  in  cult  is  C,  paludot,a,  Aubl , 
with  white  fls  and  radical  linear-lanceolate  Ivs  ;  bulb 
conical-globose  BM  046  (as  Afartca) .  Prop  by  seeds 
and  offsets;  to  be  kept  on  the  dry  side  through  winter. 

CIRO&A  (Circe,  the  enchantress).  Onagraceae. 
ENCHANTER'S  NIGHTSHADE  Six  or  seven  herbs  of  low 
or  moist  woods  in  North  America  and  other  temperate 
and  cold  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  two  of 
which  have  been  offered  for  growing  in  shady  places  and 
about  garden  bogs 

Perennials,  small  and  soft-  Ivs.  opposite  and  stalked: 
fls  perfect,  small,  and  white,  in  terminal  and  lateral 
racemes,  calyx-tube  hairy,  prolonged  beyond  the  ovary, 
2-lobed,  petals  2,  notched:  fr  a  small,  bristly  bur. 
They  are  interesting  little  plants,  but  not  showy.  Of 
easy  cult,  m  shady,  damp  spots. 

Lutetiana,  Linn.  Erect  and  branching,  1-3  ft ,  the 
st  swollen  at  the  nodes:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  more  or 
less  rounded  at  the  base,  somewhat  toothed:  pedicels 
slender,  reflexed  in  fr.:  fr.  2-celled,  bristly.  Woods,  E. 

pacifica,  Aschers  <fe  Mag.  From  6-12  in  ,  from  a  little 
tuner;  smaller  than  the  above,  Ivs.  less  acuminate,  fls. 
smaller,  fr.  1-celled  and  less  bristly.  Wyo  ,  west 

L.  H    B. 

CIRRH£)A  (from  Cirrhus,  a  tendril)  Orchidticese. 
About  a  half-dozen  Brazilian  orchids,  of  no  special  im- 
portance, one  of  which,  C.  mruhpurpurea,  Lmdl.,  is 
sparingly  offered  abroad,  and  two  or  three  others  of 


774 


CIRRH^A 


CIRSIUM 


whKh  are  mentioned  in  horticultural  literature  Allied 
to  Gongora;  cultured  as  for  Cymbidmm;  warmhouse. 
Fls  mostly  greenish  and  red  (or  purple),  on  long  pendu- 
lous racemes  that  arise  from  base  of  the  pseudobuibs. 

CIRRHOP^TALUM  (tcndnl  petal,  alluding  to  the 
narrow  lateral  sepals).  Orchidacex  Epiphytes,  grown 
in  baskets  or  on  blocks  in  a  warmhouse. 

Fseudobulbs  from  a  creeping  st  :  dorsal  sepal  free; 
lateral  sepals  much  longer  than  the  dorsal,  cohering 
excepting  at  the  base;  petals  much  shorter,  often 
ciliate;  lip  entire,  usually  recurved;  column  short, 
2-wmged  at  the  apex;  pollima  4 — About  90  species 
in  Trop.  Asia,  Mascarene  Lsls  ,  and  Australia. 

Being  of  rambling  habit,  with  creeping  rhizomes,  cir- 
rhopetalums  should  be  grown  in  baskets  sufficiently 
large  to  afford  plenty  of  growing  suifaoe,  and  suspended 
from  the  roof  where  they  will  get  abundant  light  and 
free  access  of  air  to  the  roots,  which  is  equally  essential. 
Liberal  allowance  must  be  made  for  drainage,  which 
should  consist  of  either  broken  potbherds  or  charcoal, 
the  latter  being  preferable,  as  it  is  light,  durable  and 
contains  nothing  detrimental.  Two-thirds  osmimdme, 
or  other  clean  fiber,  and  one-third  chopped  live  bphag- 
num  moss,  well  mixed 'together,  afford  a  good  compost, 
and  after  this  has  been  carefully  tucked  in  about  the 
roots  and  interstices,  the  plant  should  be  held  firm 
with  brass  or  copper  wire  until  reestablished  The 
compost  should  be  used  rather  sparingly  to  prevent 
over-watering.  Many  of  the  smaller-growing  species 
do  very  well  on  orchid  blocks,  firmly  attached,  with  a 
small  quantity  of  compost  beneath  them  During  the 
winter  months,  little  or  no  shade  is  required  The 
temperature  may  range  from  58°  to  65°  F  by  night, 
with  about  10°  rise  through  the  day,  or  even  a  little 
more,  with  sun-heat,  will  do  no  injury.  No  artificial 
heat  is  necessary  in  summer,  except  in  extreme  cold 
or  wet  weather,  but  a  shaded  moist  location  should  be 
chosen,  such  as  is  afforded  m  the  cattlcya  or  palm 
department.  When  the  plants  are  dormant,  light 
syringing  overhead  will  keep  the  compost  moist  and 
the  plants  in  healthy  condition,  but  as  the  growing 
season  advances,  a  liberal  quantity  of  water  and  copious 
syringing  in  bright  weather  will  be  necessary.  The  .stock 
is  increased  by  division,  the  most  judicious  method 
being  to  cut  nearly  through  the  rhizome  with  a  sharp 
knife,  about  three  pseudobulbs  behind  the  lead,  just 
before  growth  action,  allowing  the  part  to  remain 
until  the  dormant  eyes  start  to  grow,  when  it  may  be 
removed  and  treated  as  an  established  plant.  A  little 
extra  heat  and  moisture  at  this  period  will  prove  bene- 
ficial with  the  weak  plants.  All  are  of  moderately  easy 
culture.  (Robert  M.  Grey  ) 

Medusae,  Lindl  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  ribbed:  Ivs. 
6-8  m  long,  oblong-elliptic  scapes  with  .large  sheath- 
ing bracts; umbel  many-fld  ;fls  creamy,  yellow-spotted; 
dorsal  sepal  lanceolate;  lateral  sepals  with  long  pendent 
tails,  4-5  in.  long;  petals  and  lip  minute  Singapore. 
B.R.  28:12.  B.M.  4977.  I.H  39.154.  GC  III  21  25. 

picturatum,  Lindl  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  about  2  in. 
long,  angled'  Ivs  3-5  in.  long,  hnear-oblong  scape  with 
sheaths  pale  yellowish-green,  red-speckled;  umbel 
10-15-fld  ,  sepals  and  petals  green,  the  dorsal  sepal 
erect,  obtuse,  red-spotted,  with  a  thread-like  purple- 
knobbed  summit,  the  lateral  sepals  linear;  petals  small, 
rounded,  curved;  lip  blood-red,  obtuse.  India.  B.M. 
6802. 

C  Andersons,  Kurz.  Dwarf  habit*  fls  in  umbels.  lateral  sepals 
whitish,  with  fine  rose  dots,  dorsal  sepal  marked  with  purple 
lines  Sikkim.  —  C  appendiculAtum,  Kolfe.  Dorsal  sepals  and 
petals  pale  yellow,  hp  rosy  purple  E.  Indies  — C  btfldrum,  J  J. 
Smith  Sepals  purple-spotted,  the  dorsal  elliptic,  about  ll/i  in. 
long,  including  the  seta,  the  lateral  sepals  linear-lanceolate,  3-3 1A 
m  long  Java  B  M  8321  — C  bremscApum,  Rolfe  Dorealfrepal 
oblong-lanceolate,  about  %in  long,  dull  purple,  the  lateral  sepals 
yellow,  spotted  red-brown,  about  1  in  long,  the  lip  rose-purple, 
broadly  cordate,  ovate-cuneate,  hairy  at  base.  Perak  B.M  8033 
— C.  ca-ud&tum,  King  A  Pantl.  Dwarf  species  dorsal  sepals  short; 


lateral  sepals  tail-like,  about  as  long  as  scape  Himalayas  — C, 
chintnae,  Lindl  Fls  pale  fawn-color,  the  dorsal  sepal  hooded, 
crimson-spotted,  the  lateral  sepals  hnoar-lanceolate,  the  hp  crim- 
son-spotted China  B  R  29  49  — C  chrtfseum,  Kranzl  Scape 
filiform,  1-fld  ,  DH  yellow  Philippines — C  Cumtngii,  Lindl 
Umbel  9-12-fld  ,  fls  purple,  the  dorsal  sepal  glandular-ciliate,  the 
lateral  sepals  I  in  long,  hnear-oblong ,  lip  with  2  erect  processes 
Philippines  B  M  4996  —  C  Hobken ,  Dutlue  Fls  1  in. 
long,  yellow,  the  dorsal  sepal  about  Jim  long,  obtuse,  purple- 
streaked,  the  lateral  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate  Himalayas 
BM  7809—  C  lepidum  (Bulbophyllum  lepidum,  J  J  Smith) 
Dorsal  sepal,  erect,  cihate,  J^in  long,  brownish  yellow,  lateral 
sepals  united,  spreading,  bright  brownish  yellow,  somewhat  red- 
flushed,  at  base,  the  upper  portion  pale  yellow,  marbled  with 
brown-red,  about  1  in  long,  petals  >i;in  long,  ciliate  Java  — 
C  lonolisimum,  Riddell.  Fls  whitish,  rosy-streaked,  the 
dorsal  sepal  lanceolate,  ^-?4in  long,  the  lateral  sepals  linear, 
8-12  in  long,  with  slender  tails,  petals  falcate,  eiliate  Siam 
BM8366—  ('  MicholUzii,  Rolfe  Umbels  8-12 -fld,  lateral 
sepals  deep  yellow,  dorsal  sepal  and  petals  blotched  with 
dark  purple  on  a  pale  ground  \nnain  — C  minirltum,  Rolfe 
FH  \ ermihoii-eolored  -with  hairs  of  dorsal  sepal  and  petals 
yellow,  lateral  sepals  caudate,  almost  thread-like  Annum  — -C 
papilMsum,  Rolfe  Umbels  usually  G-fld  ,  dorsal  sepals  and  petals 
lined  with  dark  purple  on  a  pale  ground,  lateral  sepals  spe<kled 
with  red-brown  Siam  —C  pulehrvm,  N  K  Br  I  H  33  b<)8 
OR  17  328  \F  6  609— r  rctusiusculum,  Reiohb  f  Ms 
^4in  length,  upper  sepals  dark  purple,  lower  coherent,  yellow, 
marked  with  dark  red  China  --('  Ji6xhurghn,  Liiidl  Small,  with 
ovate  reddish  green l\s  and  almost  globose  umbels  of  cream-white 
fls  tinged  with  rose  or  purple  India  A  pretty  dwarf  species — • 
C  Tfonwiriu,  Lindl  Umbel  of  10-12  H«  ,  sepals  and  petals  tawny 
yellow,  the  dorsal  ovate,  cuspidate,  with  purple  warts,  the  lateral 
lanceolate,  auite,  stained  claret,  petals  small,  o\dte-lanceolate, 
palo  yellow,  purple-spotted,  with  a  thread-like  tall  at  apex,  hp 
oblong  Madagascar.  Java,  Philippines,  Society  Ms  B  R  24  11. 
B.M.  4237  -('.  nntn«~G  chine**  GKORGE  V.  NASH 

CfRSIUM  (old  Greek  name,  referring  to  the  use  of 
the  plant  m  an  ailment)  Comp6>,it<e  THISTLE 
Prickly-leaved  plants  (largely  biennial)  of  bold  habit 
and  showy  purple,  pinkish,  whito  or  even  yellowish 
heads,  sometimes  planted  in  wild  gardens 

The  thistles  are  botamcally  confused  By  some 
authors,  Cirsium  is  combined  with  Carduus,  but  others 
keep  it  distinct  because  of  the  plumose  or  feathery 
pappus  (which  is  most  constant  on  the  inner  florets), 
and  this  disposition  is  here  accepted  The  cirsmms  are 
herbs  or  subshrubs,  more  or  less  spiny  Ivs  alternate, 
set-sile,  often  pmnatifid  fl  -heads  large,  mostly  terminal, 
involucre  ovoid  or  spherical,  with  many  rows  of 
imbricated  often  hpiny-tipped  scales,  many-fld  ,  florets 
all  tubular  and  alike  (seldom  more  or  less  dioecious) 
— More  than  120  species  of  annuals,  biennials  or  peren- 
nials, widely  spread  m  the  northern  hemisphere 

Other  generic  names 
partaking  in  the  con- 
fused usage  are  Car- 
bema,  now  a  synonym 
of  Cnicus,  ChamiB- 
pcuce,  now  a  section 
of  Cirsium;  and  Cnicus 
(which  see),  a  genus  of 
one  species,  distin- 
guished by  sterile  mar- 
ginal florets,  pappus  of 
ten  long  bristles  and 
equal  numbers  of 
shorter  ones  and  of 
horny  teeth,  and  achene 
attached  obliquely  near 
the  base  rather  than 
squarely  on  the  base 

A  number  of  the  this- 
tles are  field  and  pas- 
ture weeds.  The  most 
penicious  of  these 
weeds  is  the  Canada 
thistle,  C  arvensc,  Scop. 
(Carduus  arvensis, 
Robs ),  Fig  795  The 
common  bull  thistle  or 
pasture  thistle  (Fig. 
966)  is  a  stately  bien- 
nial, and  very  deoora- 


966.  Head  of  pasture  or 
bull  thistle.  (XH) 


CIRSIUM 


CISSUS 


775 


tive.  It  is  C.  lanceolatum,  Hill  (Carduus  lanceolatus, 
Linn.).  Both  those  species  are  introduced  from  Eu.,  as 
well  as  two  or  three  others  of  lesser  distribution  in  this 
country.  There  are  a  number  of  showy  native  species, 
one  of  which,  C  mulicurn,  Michx.,  (Carduus  muticus, 
Pers.)  is  shown  in  P'ig. 
967  This  purple-fid. 
species  occurs  in  low 
grounds  from  Newfound- 
land to  W  Va 

A  few  species  of  Cir- 
sium   (as    the   genus   is 
here    defined)    may    be 
expected  to  occur  in  cult. 
C     oleraceutn,   Scop  , 
(Carduus  olerdctus.Vil}  ), 
of  Eu  ,  has  very  decora- 
tive foliage,  and  thrives 
in  the  moister  parts  of  a 
garden;  the  fls   are  not 
very  handsome,  whitish 
or  yellowish,  3  ft    The 
Chamffpeuces  are  some- 
times grown  for 
the    large   prickly 
spreading  rosettes 
oflvs  that  are  pro- 
duced thefirst  year, 
the  bloom  appearing  the 
second  year    They  com- 
bine well  with  plantings 
made     for     subtropical 
effect-  C  Cawbonx,  DC 


CfSSUS  (Greek  name  of  ivy).  Vitacex.  Mostly 
tendril-climbing  shrubs,  a  few  of  which  are  grown  in 
the  open,  and  others  under  glass  for  the  handsome  often 
colored  lolu 


967   Cirsium  muticum    (X1A) 


(Chamsppfucf  Casabony, 
DC  Carduus  Casaborwe, 
Linn  ),  has  Ivs  deep 
green  veined  white,  spiny,  the  fl  -heads  pale  purple;  C 
Diacantha,  DC  (Chanurpeuce  Diacantha,  DC  Carduus 
Diacantha,  Labill  ),  has  thick  Ivs  shining  green  with 
silvery  lines,  \vhite  beneath,  Imear-lanceoarte,  the  prin- 
cipal nerve  or  rib  terminated  by  a  single  spine  and  the 
lateral  nerves  usually  2-spined,  and  dense  clusters  of 
purple  heads,  C  afrurn,  DC  (Chainsppcuce  afra,  DC 
Carduus  afer,  Jacq  ),  has  dark  green  blotched  white 
linear-lanceolate  Ivs  tornentose  beneath,  and  large 
bright  purple  heads,  C  Sprcngtn,  Hort  ,  'a  garden 
hybrid,  perennial,  with  dark  green  white-veined  spiny 
Ivs.  and  white  fragrant  heads,  C  tauncum,  Hort,  is 
probably  C  Diacantha  L  H  B 

CISSAMPELOS  (Greek  for  ivy  and  vine)  Memsper- 
macejp  Mostly  twining  plants,  shrubs  and  herbs, 
one  of  which  is  cultivated  far  south 

Leaves  various,  mostly  cordate  or  remform,  often 
peltate,  alternate  .  fls  in  axillary  racemes  or  clusters,  the 
plant  dioecious,  sterile  fls  with  4  sepals  and  4  petals 
united,  the  anthers  2-5  on  a  st  animal  column  or  disk, 
fertile  fls  with  2  united  fleshy  sepals,  subtended  by  a 
sepal-like  bract,  and  solitary  ovary,  with  3  st>les  fr 
a  subglobose  drupe,  with  a  flattened  and  tuberculate 
stone  Many  species  or  distinct  forms  in  tropical 
regions,  but  many  of  them  are  evidently  forms  of  the 
widely  distributed  C.  Pareira,  Linn  This  plant,  as  C. 
heterophylla,  DC  ,  and  under  other  names,  is  cult  in 
S  Fla  and  the  tropics.  It  is  known  as  VELVET-LEAF 
and  FALSE  PAREIRA  It  is  an  exceedingly  variable 
vine,  with  downy  round-cordate  or  peltate  entire  or 
lobed  Ivs  .  the  very  small  sterile  fls  in  stalked  corymbs 
and  the  fertile  in  large-bracted  clusters,  and  a  hairy 
or  glabrate  nearly  globular  red  drupe  It  occurs  in  all 
tropical  countries.  "Pareira  brava"  of  the  pharmaco- 
po?as  is  derived  from  the  root  of  the  related  perennial 
climber,  Chondrodendron  tomentoMim,  of  Peru  and  Brazil. 
Whether  the  genus  Cissampelos  contains  20  or  70  spe- 
cies depends  mostly  on  the  rank  given  to  the  many  forms 
of  the  cosmopolitan  C.  Parnra  L  H  B 


Very  like  Vitis  (with  which  some  authors  unite  it): 
at  best  a  mixed  group  botamcally,  and  capable  of  good 
definition  only  when  certain  groups  or  subdivisions  are 
removed  from  it  For  the  characters  of  related  genera, 
see  Ampelopsis,  ParlhtnociM>u8,  Vtfis  As  constituted 
by  Gilg  in  Engler  &  Prantl's  "Pflanzenfamihen,"  the 

genus  includes  Cayratia  but  which  might  well  be  kept 
istinct.  This  bubgenus,  of  which  two  or  three  interest- 
ing species  from  China  and  Japan  are  m  cult.,  differs 
from  Cisbus  proper  in  the  always  compound  Ivs.,  which 
are  usually  pedate,  the  axillary  mfl  ,  the  thin  or  even 
membranous  disk,  the  2-4-seeded  fr  ,  and  the  plants 
mostly  herbaceous  Excluding  Cayratia,  Cissus  is 
known  by  usually  simple  Ivs  ,  1 -seeded  fr  ,  and  the  disk 
being  deeply  4-lobed  or  bepar$t"d  into  4  gland-like 
bodies.  From  Ampelopsis,  as  that  genus  is  character- 
ized in  this  work,  Cissus  differs  in  the  4-merous  fls., 
often  herbaceous,  and  flebhy  st ,  the  1-seeded  rather 
than  2-4-seeded  fr  and  m  the  disk  not  being  cup-like 
and  not  irregularly  lobed  From  Vitis,  it  differs  in  its 
4-merous  fls  ,  its  expanding  petals  (the  corolla  not  fall- 
ing off  as  a  cap),  the  4-parted  disk,  its  1-seeded  mostly 
dry  and  inedible  fr  ,  and  other  characters  Cissus  com- 
prises probably  200  species,  widely  dispersed  in  tropi- 
cal regions  and  a  few  of  them  reaching  extra-tropical 
areas  (as  in  the  southern  U  S  )  mostly  climbers  by 
means  of  tendrils  without  enlarged  or  disk-like  ends, 
rarely  erect  shrubs*  or  even  perennial  herbs,  sometimes 
with  greatly  thickened  sts  either  under  ground  or 
above'  Ivs  alternate,  simple  or  compound,  with  tendril 
(if  present)  opposite  or  at  same  node  fls  usually  per- 
fect, m  mostly  umbel-like  cymes  that  are  terminal  or 
axillary,  parts  of  the  fl  m  4's,  the  petals  at  length 
spreading  and  falling  separately,  disk  around  the  ovary 
4-parted  or  -separated,  stvle  long  and  mostly  slender 
rather  than  conical'  fr  typically  a  dryish  1-seeded 
berry  (2-4-seeded  m  Cayratia) 

In  cultivation  there  are  very  few  species  of  Cissus, 
and  these  are  mostly  the  tendiil-chmbmg  Vitis-hke 
species  grown  under  glass  for  the  handsome  fpha^e 
The  best  known  is  C  discolor,  although  other  species 
are  likely  to  become  widespread  and  popular  m  green- 
houses The  fleshy-stemmed  erect  species  arc  some- 
times grown  in  botanical  collections  for  the  cactus-like 
forms  and  for  illustrations  m  adaptive  morphology. 
The  species  are  readily  propagated  by  cuttings 


acida,  4 
adenopodus,  3 
anUrctica,  9 
argtntea,  10 
fiaudiniana,  9 
discolor,  8 


INDEX. 

gdngylodcs,  6 
incisa,  5 
japomca,  I. 
mollis,  8 
oligocarpa,  2. 

A  St  herbaceous. 


ovatu,  10 
Rochrana,  5 
sicyoidea,  10 
striata,  7 
velutmus,  8. 


1  japdnica,  Willd  (Cayratia  japdnica,  Gagnep ). 
Herbaceous,  glabrous  or  minutely  puberulent,  the 
branches  stnate,  climbing  by  tendrils  Ivs  pedately 
5-foholate,  long-stalked,  the  Ifts  lanceolate  or  obovate- 
oblong,  serrate  fls  in  a  long-peduncled  2-3-foikmg 
cyme,  greenish;  petals  ovate-triangular,  blunt,  berry 
size  of  a  small  pea,  2-4-seeded,  the  seeds  3-angled- 
ovate,  keeled.  Japan,  Java,  Austral  — Appears  to  be 
root-hardy  N.,  when  covered. 

2.  oligocarpa  (VUis  ohgocdrpa.  Lev.  &  Van    Cayratia, 
ohgocdrpa,  Gagnep.)     Differs  from  the  above  in  the 
acuminate  and  more  sharply  and  closely  serrate  Ifts., 
which  are  puberulous  when  young:  anthers  orbicular. 
China  — Very  recently  mtro. 

3.  adendpodus.     Sprague       Herbaceous,     climbing 
by  tendrils,  slender,  terete  root  tuberous   Ivs  red  and 
decorative,  3-foholate,  petioled,  3-f>  m    long,  hairy, 


776 


CISSUS 


CISTUS 


Ifts.  stalked,  ovate,  abruptly  acuminate,  coarsely 
serrate,  green  with  sunken  nerves  above  and  red  with 
prominent  nerves  beneath1  fls  light  yellow,  m  a  loose 
panicle  or  cluster  about  4  in  long,  the  pedicels  recurved 
after  flowering,  petals  oblong,  much  reflexed  (about 
Km.  long)  berry  globose,  %in  diam  ,  dark  purplish 
black.  Trop.  Afr.  (Uganda).  BM.8278— A  quick- 
growing  plant  requiring  warmhouse  conditions  Readily 
prop  by  cuttings  or  seeds,  and  of  very  easy  cult. 
Thrives  well  in  sunlight.  A  recent 
intro. 

AA.  St  not  herbaceous  at  maturity, 

although  perhaps  fleshy. 
B   Lvs.  fleshy,  3-lobed  or  3-foholate. 

4.  acida,  Linn  Low  glabrous  climber, 
with  slender  and  striate  somewhat 
fleshy  branches  and  long  stout  tendrils: 
Ivs  rigid,  petiolate;  Ifts  or  If  -divisions 
rather  small,  broad-cuneate  and  sharply 
toothed  near  the  apex  fls  small,  in 
corymb-like  or  umbel  like  clusters'  fr. 
an  ovoiu  and  abruptly  pointed  dark 
purple  berry,  with  1  or  2  large  seeds, 
the  pedicel  being  recurved  at  maturity 
S  Fla  ,  and  Trop  Amer. ;  also,  in  Ariz 
and  S. — Sometimes  planted. 

5  incisa,     Desm       (C     Rocheana, 
Planch  )     Climbing  20-30  ft ,  the  sts 
warty  and  very  fleshy  and  the  tendrils 
root -like    Ivs    pale  green,  very  fleshy: 
Ifts.  or  divisions  wedge-ovate,  notched 
on  both  bides  and  top,  the  middle  one 
sometimes  again  lobed  and  the  lateral 
ones  2-lobed   fls   m  umbel-like  mostly 
3-forkmg  cymes  opposite  the  Ivs  •  fr. 
an  obovoid  blackish  berry,  with  1  or  2 
seeds,  the   pedicel  being  strongly  re- 
curved   Fla  ,  U>  Ark  and  Texas    R  II. 
1884,  pp  272-3  —Often  planted  in  the 
extreme  S.   Sometimes  called  "marine 
ivy." 

BB  Lvs.  not  fleshy 
c.  The  Ivs  3-5-fohate. 

6  gongylddes,  Planch   (Vltis  gongy- 
lodes  and  V.  ptcrdphora,  Baker)    Vigor- 
ous    tendril-climber    with     4-angled 
branches,    desirable  for  large    green- 
houses where  tropical  effects  are  de- 
sired, sending  down  long  bright  red 
aerial  roots  Ivs  large,  stalked,  3-folio- 
late;  Ifts.  rhomboid  or  the  middle  one 
often  3-lobed,  the  lateral  ones  some- 
times lobed   on   the  outside   at  the  base,   hairy   on 
margin  and  nerves  •  fls  red-brown,  in  pedunculate  cymes 
opposite  the  Ivs. :  a  tuber  (reaching  5-6  in.  long)  is  borne 
at  the  end  of  each  branch  when  the  season's  growth  has 
ceased,  and  this  drops  and  produces  new  plants    Brazil. 
BM.  6803.  Gt  37  1273    R  H.  1908.203. 

7.  striata,  Ruiz  &  Pav     (Ampeldpsis  semp6rviren$, 
Hort.)    Low,  shrubby  evergreen  vme?  tendril-climbing, 
the  branches  striate  and   usually   lightly  hairy:  Ivs. 
small,  3-5-foholate,  with  euneate-obovate  or  lanceo- 
late  coriaceous   Ifts  ,    serrate   above   the   middle,   fls. 
yellowish,  in  many-fld  pedunculate  cymes  opposite  the 
Ivs  •  fr   depressed-globose,  size  of  small  pea,  often  2- 
celled  and  2-4-seeded    Chile,  S.  Brazil.— Graceful  small 
climber  for  the  cool  greenhouse;  robust  in  S.  Calif. 

cc  The  Ivs.  not  compound  although  perhaps  lobed. 

8.  discolor,    Blume.      Fig     968       Tendril-climber, 
smooth,  but  not  glaucous,  the  branches  slender  ana 
with  4  or  5  ribs  or  angles,  red:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate  or 
cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  bristly  serrate,  reddish  be- 
neath, velvety  green  and  mottled  with  silvery  whito 


above'  fls  small  and  yellowish,  in  dense  and  very  short 
axillary  peduncled  clusters1  fr.  globular,  1-seeded  Java. 
B.M.  4763.  Lowe  13.  F  S.  8.804-5.— One  of  the  best 
of  warmhouse  foliage  plants  Easily  grown  Prop,  by 
cuttings  It  must  have  a  season  of  rest,  usually  in 
spimg  or  eaily  summer  If  wanted  for  winter  growth, 
temp  must  be  about  75°  It  thrives  in  rich  somewhat 
moist  soil  and  responds  to  small  applications  of  fer- 
tilizer now  and  then.  The  plant  is  very  susceptible  to 
root  -  knot.  Variable. 
Known  to  some  as 
"trailing  begonia  " 

Var  m61hs,  Planch 
(C  velutinuv,  Lmd  ) 
Pubescent  or  velvety. 
Ivs  green  and  boldly 
veined  with  white 
above,  blood-red 
beneath  fls  intense 
bright  red,  in  large 
laxer  and  longer-pe- 
duncled  cymes  Habi- 
tat unknown.  B  M. 
5207 

9    antSrctica,   Vent 

Biouss )       KANGAROO 
VINE     Upright  shrub, 
but  the  branches  climb- 
ing by  tenduls,  hairy 
Ivs      rather    thick, 
glossy,  ovate  to  oblong, 
sometimes  more  or  less 
cordate,     very    short- 
acuminate,    most  ly 
toothed     or     notched, 
green:  fls    green,   m  few-fid  ,  axillary 
clusters    fr    a  globular-  or  few-seeded 
berry,  said  to  be  edible    Austral    B  M 
2488  —Valuable  for  cool  greenhouses, 
but  does  not  withstand  fiost     Grows 
well  on  walls  m  darkish  and  neglected 
places 

10  sicyoldes,  Linn  Tall,  tendril-climbing,  pubes- 
cent, the  branches  terete  or  compressed,  tubeicuUtc  or 
smooth,  striate  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong,  often  cordate  at 
base,  margin  more  or  less  serrate  with  bristle-tipped 
teeth  or  even  cut,  thickish,  green:  infl.  corymb-like, 
opposite  the  Ivs  ,  the  fls  small,  and  vai  ymg  from  green- 
ish to  white  and  purplish .  f  r  an  obovoid,  1 -seeded  clack 
berry.  Very  widely  distributed  m  Trop  Amer,  and 
exceedingly  variable,  and  extending  into  Fla  The 
C.  argentea  of  horticulturists  is  var  ovata,  Baker,  which 
has  glabrous  ovate  or  ovate-oblong  remotely  serrate 
and  somewhat  glaucous  Ivs  Called  "season  vine"  in 
tropics 

It  is  probable  that  some  of  the  plants  listed  as  CISHUS  belong  to 
other  genera,  and  some  of  the  trade  names  are  unidentifiable 
botanirally  — -C  dlbo-nitena,  Hort  Lvs  oblong-acuminate,  more  or 
less  cordate  at  base,  silvery  white  and  shining  over  the  upper  sur- 
face Brazil  Warmhouse  climber  — C  ammdnim,  Lind  Lvs 
glabrous  and  glaucous,  oval-acuminate  and  narrower,  reddish 
beneath  and  silvery  veined  above  Brazil  Warmhouso  climber. 
— C  DavidiAna,  Carr  ,  is  a  Vltis  (which  see)  — C  Lindent,  Andr6 
(I  II  17  2),  has  large  ovate-cordate  silver-blotched  Ivs  a  gla- 
brous climbing  shrub,  with  terete  branches  Colombia  — C  por- 
phyruphylla,  Lmdl  ,w  a  Piper  — C.  VeUchn,  Hort  ,  is  Parthenocissua. 

L.  H.  B. 

CfSTUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Cistdcex.  ROCK 
ROSE.  Low  shrubs  grown  for  their  red  or  white  hairy 
flowers. 

Plants  usually  with  villous  and  glandular  tomentum, 
aromatic*  Ivs.  opposite,  mostly  persistent,  entire,  the 
opposite  petioles  connate  at  the  base  fls.  large,  in 
terminal  and  axillary  cymes  at  the  end  of  the  branches, 
rarely  solitary,  white  to  purple;  sepals  3  or  5;  petals  5. 
stamens  numerous;  style  elongated  or  short  with  a 


CISTUS 


CISTUS 


777 


iarge  5-10-lobed  stigma  caps  many-seeded,  splitting 
into  5  valves. — About  20  species  m  the  Medit.  region 
and  many  natural  and  garden  hybrids.  Monograph 
by  Grosser  in  P^ngler,  Pnanzenreich,  hft  14,  pp.  10-32 
(1903)  and  an  illustrated  monograph  by  R.  Sweet, 
Cistmeae  (182,5-30)  quoted  below  as  8  C 

The  cistuses  are  ornamental  free-flowering  shiubs, 
usually  only  a  few  feet  high,  with  very  showy  purple 
or  white  flowers  similar  to  a  small  single  rose,  appear- 
ing in  early  summer.  They  are  hardy  only  in  warmer 
temperate  regions,  but  many  of  them  will  stand  10° 
of  frost  without  injury,  and  C.  laurifohus  and  C.  inllosus 
var  tauncus  even  more.  They  thrive  best  in  a  well- 
drained  light  soil,  mostly  preferring  limestone  soil, 
and  in  a  sunny  position;  the  dwaifer  species  are  well 
adapted  for  rockeries  with  southern  aspect  They  do 
not  bear  transplanting  well,  and  should  be  grown  m 
pots  until  planted  out.  Some  species  yield  ladanum, 
a  resin  used  in  perfumery.  Propagated  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring  in  pans  or  boxes  and  the  young  seedlings  shaded; 
mci  eased  also  by  layers  and  cuttings  in  spring  or  late 
summer,  inserted  in  sandy  peat  under  glass  In  the 
Old  World,  the  cistuses  are  important  garden  plants, 
but  they  are  little  known  in  America 


albiduH.  *> 
curdifuhu*,  11 
cretitus,  1 
cnapus,  4 
Cuptinianus,  11 
cyprm«,  S 
hetorophylluH,  2 


INDEX. 

tadamfc'rus  7 
laurifohiM,  9 
maculntus  7 
purvifloruH,  0 
populifohus,  11 


purpurc-us,  3 
rotuudifohuH,  1. 
salvifolms,  10. 
tauruus,  1. 
undulatus,  1. 
villosus,  1. 


A  Color  of  fls  purple  or  red. 

B.  Fls  ll/z-2  in.  wide,  petals  imbricate. 

C.  Liw  penmnerved,  S-nerved  only  at  the  base. 

D.  Petals  without  a  dark  blotch  at  the  base. 
\  villdsus,  Linn  (C  mcanus,  Linn  )  Erect  shrub, 
3-4  ft  ,  villous  or  tomentose  Ivs  penmnerved,  round- 
ish-ovate or  oblong,  narrowed  into  a  veiy  short  petiole, 
rugose  above  and  grayish  green,  tomentose  or  villous 
beneath,  1-2  in  long  fls  1-3,  long-peduncled,  reddish 

|)iirple,  2  in  wide,  petals  light  pink,  or  \ello\vish  at  the 
)ase  May,  Juno  Medit  region  B  M  4.3  S  C  35  Gn 
27,  p  .571  — A  very  variable  species  Var  cr6t»cus, 
Boiss  Lvs  smaller,  more  sjutuuite  at  the  base,  very 
rugose,  undulate  at  the  margin  fls  pin  pie  S  E  Eu  , 
Asia  Minor  Sibthorp,  Fl  Gnmi  5  195  SC  112  (hi 
27,  p  571 ,  33,  p  490 

Var  rotundifdlius,  Loud  Dwarfer,  with  more  lound- 
ish  Ivs  S  C  75  Garden  form  Var  ta&ncus,  Grosser 
(C  lauriciis,  Prcsl)  Lvs  obovate-spatulate,  the 
upper  ones  lanceolate,  scarcely  undulate,  pedicels 
twice  as  long  as  sepals  Asia  Minor  Var.  undulatus, 
Dunal  Lvs  linear-oblong,  acute,  undulate:  fls.  soli- 
tary S  C  63  Garden  form 

2  heterophyllus,  Desf     Erect,  to  2  ft.:  Ivs.  short- 
petioled,   elliptic-  or  oval-lanceolate,   gieen  on  both 
sides  and  slightly  hairy,  Yz-\  m    long:  fls    l-.'k  2  in 
wide;  petals  red,  yellow  at  the  base.   N.  Afr    S  C  0. — 
More  tender. 

»i).  Petals  unth  a  dark  blotch  at  the  base. 

3  purpftreus,  Lam    (C    ladantfcrus  x  C    wZ/o&u*) 
Shrub  to  4  ft ,  somewhat  glutinous    Ivs.  nearly  sessile, 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  rugose  above, 
slightly  undulate  and  revolute  at  the  margin,  1-2  in. 
long:  fls.  usually  3,  lilac-purple,  3  in.  across,  the  petals 
yellow  at  the  base  and  with  a  maroon  blotch.   Of  gar- 
den origin.   Gn.  31 '326;  45,  p   33;  53,  p.  134.   BR. 
6:408    SC.   17.   GC     III.  48.118-19 —One    of  the 
most  beautiful  rock  roses. 

cc  Lvs.  S-nerved  to  the  apex. 

4.  crispus,  Linn  Compact  shrub,  to  2  ft.,  villous:  Ivs. 
sessile,  linear-lanceolate  or  oblong-elliptic,  undulate, 


rugose  above,  villous  beneath  fls  3-4,  nearly  sessile, 
1^-2  in.  wide,  deep  rose-colored.  June- Aug.  S  W. 
Eu.  S.C.22.  Gn.34.252. 

5.  albidus,  Linn.    Shrub  to  4  ft ,  the  young  parts 
white-tomentose:  Ivs.  sessile,  elliptic  or  ovate-oblong, 
revolute  at  the  margin,   reticulate  beneath,   whitish 
tomentose,  ^-2  in  long   fls.  3-6,  lilac  or  rosy,  2^  in 
across,  style  longer  than  stamens.    S  W.  Eu.    N.  Afr. 
SC.31.  G.C  III.  45. 117.  G.M.  51:783. 

BB.  Fls  1  in.  wide;  petals  not  imbricate. 

6.  parvifldrus,  Lam    Much-branched  shrub,  1-2  ft ; 
tomentose:    Ivs.    3-nerved,    elliptic-ovate,    undulate, 
rugose  above,  reticulate  beneath,  twisted.  1  in.  long: 
fls    3-5;  petals  pale  rose,  yellow  at  the  base.    June. 
Greece,  Crete.  S.C.  14. 

AA.  Color  of  fls.  white:  Ivs.  8-nerved. 

B.  Sepals  8. 

c.  Los.  nearly  sessile:  plant  very  glutinous:  fls.  usually 
solitary. 

7  ladaniferus,  Linn  Shrub,  to  4  f t ,  glutinous: 
Ivs  lanceolate,  glabrous  and  viscid  above,  whitish 
tomentose  beneath,  1^-J  in  long  fls.  usually  solitary, 
long-peduncled,  3—3^  in  wide,  petals  yellow  at  the 
base  June  S  W  Eu  S  C  84  F  S  R  2,  p  44  G. 
22*213  Gn  58, p  171;  66,  p  257  F.  1874,  p.  160 
Var  macula  tus,  Sweet  Petals  with  a  dark  brownish 
crimson  spot  above  the  base  Gn  30:30;  33,  p.  490. 
SC  1  G  26-598.  Grosser  23.— Probably  the  most 
beautiful  of  all  cistuses 

cc  Lvs.  distinctly  petioled:  fls.  several. 

8.  Cyprius,  Lam  (C.  ladantferus  x  C  launfohus). 
Erect  shrub,  to  6  ft.,  somewhat  glutinous  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  gla- 
brous above,  vil- 
lous- tomentose 
beneath-  fls.  5-7, 
nearly  3  in  wide, 
petals  blotches  1 
purple  at  the  base 
June.  Garden 
origin  S  C  30 
Gn  76,  p.  438. 
BM  112  (as  C. 
laiianiferut.) 

9  laurifdlius, 
Linn       Fig     969. 
Shrub  to  6  ft.:  Ivs. 
petioled,  ovate  or 
ovate-  lanceolate, 
glabrous      above, 
whitish  or  brown- 
ish tomentose  be- 
neath,   1-2  ^    in 
long.  fls.  3-8,  2-3 
m     wide;    petals 
with      yellow 
blotch.     June- 
Aug     S.  W.  Eu. 
Gn;  53,  p.  131;  64, 
p  234     GM.  34: 
95.  SC.52— The 
hardiest  species. 

BB.  Sepak  5. 

10  salvifdlius, 
Linn    Shrub,  to  2 

ft  ,  sometimes  procumbent:  Ivs.  petioled,  oval  to  ovate- 
oblong,  rigid,  very  rugose  above,  tomentose  on  both 
sides,  ifa-lVi  m  long;  bracts  deciduous  fls.  solitary  or 
several,  white,  \Yi  in.  across.  S  Eu  ,  N.  Afr  ,  Orient. 
S  C  54.  Gn  76,  p.  352  G.  30:593.— A  very  variable 
species. 


969.  Cistus  Uurifolms.  (XK) 


778 


CISTUS 


CITRANGE 


11.  populifolius,  Linn.  (C.  cordifbhus,  Mill.  C. 
Cupanidnus,  Presl)  .  Shrub  to  6  ft.  :  Ivs  long-petioled, 
cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  pennmerved,  rugose,  gla- 
brous, 2-3  K  m-  long.  fls.  2-5,  white,  2  in.  across. 
S.  W.  Eu  S  C.  23,  70. 

C.  algarv^nsis,  Sims=Helianthemum  ocymoides  —  C  canduUs- 
simus.  Dun  ,  S  C  3=C  symphytifohus,  var  —  C  ranescens,  Sweet 
(C.  villosus  var  canescens,  Nichols.  C.  albidus  X  C  villosus)  Lva. 
short-petioled,  narrow-oblong  or  lanceolate,  3-nerved,  obtuse, 
undulate  fls  dark  purple.  Of  garden  origin  S  C  45.  —  C  C7usu, 
Dun  =C  rosinannifohus  —  C  corbarifnsis,  Pourr  (C  populifohua 
XC  salvifohus)  To  5  ft  Ivs  slightly  cordato,  glutinous,  fls.  1- 
5,  white,  1  ^2  in.  SC  8  —  C  Jlorentinus,  Lam  (C  monspehensis  X 
C.  sahifolms)  Dwarf  lv»  lanceolate  fls  \vhite.2  m  SC  59. 
G  11  183,  14  241.  G  M  32  277,  31  587  Gn  27  570,  38,  p  177; 
63,  p.  130,  134,  75,  p  422  F  S  II  2,  p  43  —  C  formfaui,  Curt  = 
Hehanthemum  formosurn  —  C  alaiicuv,  Pourr  (C  Ledon,  Lam. 
C.  launfoliusXC  mouspeliensis)  1-2  ft  Ivs  lanceolate,  glossy 
above  fls  5-10,  white,  1>2  m  S  France  —  C  hirsutus,  Lam  1-3 
ft  ,  clothed  with  spreading  and  glandular  hairs  Ivs  sessile,  lan- 
ceolate fls  1-5,  white  S  \V.  Eu  S  C  19  —  C  latifdhus,  Sweet, 
S  C  15—  C  popuhfohus  var  —  C  Idxus,  Ait  <=C  mgncans  —  C. 
L&don,  Lam  =C  glaums  —  C  longifdlius,  Lam  =C  uigrirans  — 
C  Lorltu,  Rouy  &  Fouc  (C  ladamferus  x  C  monspehenois) 
Habit  like  C  monspehensis  Ivs  linear-lanceolate,  revolute,  gray- 
ish beneath,  glutinous  fls  1-5,  white,  2  in  across  Of  garden  ori- 
gin, also  found  spontaneous  Var  maculAtui,  Rouy  &  Fouc  Fla 
with  5  dark  red  blotches  Gn  75,  p  bJ«J,  7fi,  p  UU  —  C  monipe- 
htnsis,  Linn  To  5  ft  Ivs  sessile,  lanceolate  fls  white,  cymose, 
1  in  S  Eu  S  C  27  —  C  nigricans,  Pourr  (C1  longifolius,  Lam 
C  laxus,  Ait  C  monspehensis  X  C  populifolius)  2-4  ft,  glan- 
dular Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  glossy  above  fls  white,  1  H  in  S  W. 
Eu  SC  12  "Variable  —  C  vblongifdhus,  .Sweet,  SC  G7=C 
mgncans  var  —  C  obtusifdhus.  Sweet,  SC  4i!=C  mgncans  var 
—  C  rosmannifdhus,  Pourr  (C  Clusn,  Dun  )  Allied  to  C  ladanif- 
erus.  Lvs  linear,  strongly  revolute  at  the  marRin,  viscid  above 
while  young,  tomentose  beneath  fls  4-fo,  white,  1-1  1 


,  ,  , 

W  Medit.  region.  S  C  32  GM  31587,  32  277  —  f 
fdhua,  Lam  (C  vagmatus,  Dry  Rhodocistus  Berthclotianus, 
Spach)  To  2  ft  Ivs  pHioled,  ovate,  acuminate  fls  cyinose,  deep 
rose-colored,  yellow  in  center  Canary  Isls  SCO  B  R  3  225. 
F  S  15  1501  —C.  vciffiMtus,  Dry  =C  syiiiphytifolms 

ALFRED  REHDER 

CITHAREXYLUM  (Zither-wood  used  for  the  making 
of  certain  musical  instruments)  Vtrbenacese  Shrubs 
or  trees,  sparingly  planted  in  bouthern  California,  and 
perhaps  elsewhere  South  for  ornament 

Spiny  or  unarmed,  tomentose  or  glabrous,  with 
opposite  entire  serrate  often  spinose-dentate  Ivs  : 
fls  white  or  sometimes  yellow,  odorous,  small,  in  spici- 
form  terminal  or  axillaiy  racemes,  calyx  5-toothed  or 
-lobed,  corolla-tube  cylindrical,  the  limb  broad  and 
5-lobed,  the  lobes  spreading  and  obovate,  stamens  5, 
included,  one  of  them  abortive,  the  4  poUmiferous  ones 
didynamous,  ovary  more  or  less  4-celled,  each  cell 
1  -seeded;  style  often  2-lobed  fr.  a  fleshy  drupe,  partly 
inclosed  in  the  calyx  —  About  20  species,  Mex.  to  S. 
Amer 

cinfcreum,  Lmn.  Tree,  to  20  ft  ,  the  branches  4- 
angled  and  becoming  cylindrical.  Ivs  elliptic-oblong 
or  lance-oblong,  usually  obtuse,  glabrous  or  nearly  so 
beneath  fls.  white,  in  long  lax  and  nodding  spike-like 
racemes;  calyx  unequally  lobed,  corolla-tube  twice  as 
long  as  calyx  fr  nearly  globular,  red  becoming  black. 
W.Indies.  L.D.  7  '493. 

quadrangulare,  Jacq.  Larger  tree,  the  branches 
permanently  4-angled:  Ivs  elliptic-oblong  :  fls.  white; 
calyx  nearly  truncate  W.  Indies  —  These  two  species 
are  here  defined  as  understood  by  Gnsebach,  as  it  is 
probable  that  the  plants  in  cult,  were  determined  on 
that  basis.  Schulz,  however  (Symbolae  Antillana?),  refers 
C.  cinereum,  Lmn.,  to  C.  fruttcosum,  Linn  ;  and  C. 
quadrangulare,  Jacq.,  to  C.  spinosum,  Linn.  C  quad- 
rangulare  of  Gnsebach,  at  least  in  part,  he  refers  to  C. 
fruticosum;  and  C.  cinereum,  Jacq  ,  to  C.  spinosum. 
What  are  the  plants  catalogued  cannot  be  determined 
without  a  bringing  together  of  material. 

ilicifdlium,  HBK.  Low  shrub,  very  branchy,  not 
Bpiny.  the  branches  4-angled:  Ivs.  elliptic-oblong,  nar- 
rowed into  a  short  petiole,  entire  or  spinose-dentato, 
thick,  the  margin  revolute,  shining  above  and!  punctate 
beneath:  fls.  white,  in  a  short  terminal  raceme;  calyx 
5-toothed;  corolla  scarcely  exceeding  the  calyx,  the 
lobes  pilose  :  drupe  size  of  a  pea.  Ecuador. 


barbinSrve,  Cham.  Spiny  shrub,  the  branches  4- 
angled:  Ivs.  obovate  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  acute  or 
obtuse  or  retuse,  narrowed  into  a  petiole,  nearly  entire, 
glabrous  and  shining  above  and  paler  and  somewhat 
pilose  beneath,  bearded  at  the  axils  of  the  nerves,  fls. 
white,  in  a  terminal  laxly-fld.  raceme.  Brazil,  Uruguay. 

L.  H.  B. 

CITRANGE  (from  Citrus  Infohata  and  orange  by 
syncopation:  Ci[trus]  tr[tfohata]  [or]ange)  Rutacex. 
A  hybrid  between  the  common  orange  and  the  hardy 
trifoliate  orange,  Poncirus  Infohata  (Citrus  trifohata) 

Citranges  have  trifoliate  Ivs  ,  but  the  lateral  Ifts  are 
much  smaller  than  the  terminal  one  Ivs  semi-decidu- 
ous, falling  completely  only  during  a  very  severe  win- 
ter: fls  borne  on  new  wood  in  spring,  very  large,  white, 
sometimes  over  2J^  in  diam  ,  but  with  long  and  narrow 
petals,  which  vary  much  m  size  m  different  citranges: 
trs  variable,  from  1—4  in  diam  ,  globose,  or  depressed- 
globose,  red-orange  or  lemon-yellow,  smooth  or  hairy, 
the  pulp  abundant  and  very  juicy,  acid  or  subacid, 
with  an  agreeable  aromatic  flavor;  peel  often  full  of  a 
disagreeably  flavored  essential  oil. 

The  citranges  are  very  cold-resistant  if  in  a  dormant 
condition,  being  able  to  stand  temperatures  as  low  as 
15°  or  even  10°  F  without  injury.  They  are  not 
adapted  to  commercial  culture  but  are  of  much  inter- 
est for  home  use  in  the  cotton-belt  of  the  southern 
states  where  the  winters  are  too  severe  to  permit  of  the 
culture  of  oranges  or  other  citrous  fruit  The  flowers  are 
showy  and  frugiant  and  the  handsome  fiuits  are 
used  for  making  ade  and  for  culmaiy  purposes.  The 
first  successful  hybrids  between  these  plants  were  made 
by  the  writer  at  Eustis,  Florida,  m  March,  1897,  where 
eleven  were  secured.  These  remarkable  hybiuls  were 
named  citranges  by  H.  J  Webber  and  the  writer  in 
190o  (Yearbook,  Department  of  Agriculture  for  1904). 

The  principal  vaiieties  now  grown  in  the  southern 
states  are. 

Rut,k  (Fig  970). — This  is  the  most  precocious  of 
the  citranges  and  has  the  smallest  fls  and  smallest 
(V/i-2,  in  diam  )  and  reddest  frs.  Young  grafted  trees 
often  bear  in  3  years  The  foliage  is  den->e  and  dark 
green  The  frs  are  thm-skmned,  aromatic,  juicy,  and 
almost  seedless  The  peel  contains  a  dibagreeable  oil 
and  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  this  out  of  the  juice 
of  the  fr  Many  thousand  trees  of  this  variety  are 
now  growing  in  the  southern  states  and  arc  prolific 
bearers 

Colman  — This  is  very  unlike  all  the  other  citranges. 
The  frs  are  large,  3-3^  x  2%-3H  m  ,  flattened,  light 
yellow,  and  with  a  thick  fuzzy  peel,  usually  nearly  seed- 
less; the  pulp  is  greenish,  juice  abundant,  strongly  acid, 
agreeably  aromatic. 
It  can  be  used  for  ade. 

Morton.  —  The 
largest  of  the  cit- 
ranges, fr.  often 
weighing  more  than 
1  Ib.  Fr  round,  re- 
sembling a  large 
orange,  rind  medium, 
pulp  sprightly  acid, 
with  a  peculiar  taste, 
usually  seedless.  Tree 
a  vigorous  grower, 
cold-resistant. 

Saunders.  —  A 
small-fruited  variety. 
Frs.  2-2  y%  in.  diam. 
with  5-10  seeds, 
orange -yellow,  peel 
thick  with  prominent 
oil-glands  The  thick 
skin  of  this  hybrid 
makes  it  keep  well.  970.  Rusk  citrange.  ( X  \Q 


CITRANGE 


CITROPSIS 


779 


The  juice  is  sharply  acid  This  is  probably  the  most 
cold-resistant  of  the  citranges  tested  as  yet. 

Htoma. — This  hybrid  is  remarkable  for  its  profuse 
bloom.  The  large  white  fragrant  fls  make  this  a  good 
ornamental  in  the  cotton-belt;  frs  small,  very  few. 

Cunningham. — This  resembles  the  Colman  in  hav- 
ing fuzzy  frs  which  are,  however,  small  and  nearly 
spherical.  The  juice  IB  sharply  acid,  aromatic,  and 
makes  very  good  ade. 

Ravage  — -Fr.  similar  to  an  orange  in  appearance, 
2-3x2^-3^8  m  >  light  yellow,  rind  medium  thick, 
bitter,  pulp  tender,  translucent,  juice  with  a  sprightly 
acid  flavor,  aroma  pleasant.  Tree  very  vigorous  and 
prolific  Foliage  dense.  WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

CITRON  (Citrus  Medica,  Linn  )  Rutacesr.  Fig  971. 
A  large  lemon-like  fruit  with  a  very  thick  peel  and  a 
small  amount  of  very  acid  pulp,  the  peel  is  candied  and 
used  in  confectionery  and  for  culinary  purposes 

The  citron  is  grown  in.  the  Mediterranean  regions, 
especially  in  Corsica, 
and  large  quantities 
are  preserved  in  brine 
and  shipped  to  the 
United  States  to  be 
candied  The  Corsi- 
can  citron  of  com- 
merce was  introduced 
into  this  country  in 
1891  by  David  Fair- 
child  for  the  Division 
of  Pomology  of  the 
United  States  De- 
partment of  Agricul- 
ture, and  it  has  been 
grown  to  some  extent 
in  California 

The  plant  usually 
is  propagated  by  cut- 
tmgs  but  it  can  be 
grafted  on  rough 
lemon  or  other  stock. 
In  the  region  of  Va- 
lencia, in  cab  tern 
Spam,  the  citron  is 
used  in  propagating 
oranges,  since  citron 
cuttings  strike  root 
more  easily  than 
oranges  A  piece  of 
citron  twig  is  giafted 
into  branches  of 
oiange  which  are 
afterwards  sot  as  cut- 
tings whereupon  the 
citron  strikes  root  and 
later  on  the  orange. 
Then  the  roots  are  exposed  and  the  citron  roots  cut  au  ay, 
leaving  the  orange  growing  on  its  own  roots. 

The  cition  can  be  planted  and  cultivated  much  as 
the  lemon  in  cool  equable  climates,  such  as  in  the 
coastal  region  of  southern  California  In  Corsica,  the 
trees  are  kept  low  and  trained  in  vase  form,  but  other- 
wise tieated  like  lemons 

Theie  are  but  few  citron  orchards  in  the  United 
States,  one  at  West  Riverside,  California,  about  10  acres 
m  extent,  is  perhaps  the  largest. 

The  Etrog  or  sacred  Jewish  cit  ron,  used  by  the  Jews 
at  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles,  has  small  greenish  yellow 
fruits  which,  if  they  are  of  exactly  the  prescribed  size, 
form  and  color,  may  bring  as  much  as  $5  or  $10  each. 
This  variety  is  grown  principally  in  the  island  of  Corfu. 
See  Citrus  and  Etrog. 

The  word  citron  is  also  applied  to  the  preserving 
Watermelon .  see  Citrullus  and  Melon,  Water. 

WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 


CITR<5PSIS  (Limorua  §  Cihopms,  Engler).  Rutacex 
AFRICAN  CHERRY  ORANGE  Very  interesting  and  as  yet 
h ttlc-known.  citrous  trees,  of  interest  for  use  m  hybri- 
dizing and  for  stocks,  also  piomismg  as  ornamentals 

Small  spiny  trees  Ivs  compound,  3—12  in  length; 
Ifts  3,  5  or  even  7,  conaceous;  petioles  and  rachis 
usually  very  broadly  winged,  fruiting  twigs  sometimes 
with  umfohate  Ivs  spines  usually  paired,  sometimes 
single  fls  large,  white,  m  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  ,  tetramer- 
ous  (rarely  5-merousJ,  with  8  free  stamens:  frs  small, 
^4~1 }  2  m  diam  ,  boinc  m  tufts  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  , 
bright  orange-eoloied,  with  an  agreeable  odor  and  a 
pleasant  flavor,  3-4-celled,  with  a  single  seed  in  each 
cell;  cells  in  some  species  filled  with  pulp-vesicles  full  of 
pleasantly  flavored  juice 

There  are  several  species  of  this  interesting  genus 
in  the  tiopieal  forests  throughout  central  Africa 
These  plants,  because  of  then  sweet  high-flavored  fruits 
borne  in  tufts  like  cherries  and  thur  unusually  large 
compound  leaves,  should  prove  very  interesting  for  use 
in  hybridizing  Tests 
made  in  the  green- 
houses of  the  Depart' 
ment  of  Agriculture, 
at  Washington,  have 
shosvn  that  at  least 
t\\o  species  of  Ci- 
tropsis  can  be  budded 
leadilvand  glow  very 
well  on  the  common 
citrous  stocks  Ihis 
genus  is  undoubtedly 
dosely  i  elated  to 
Cittus  See  descr  in 
Jouni  Vg  Reseaieh, 
1  41 ')-!.%,  \\  rigs 

Preftssii,  Swingle  & 
M  Kellerman  (L>wo- 
n/n  /VtUi>6n,  Engler 
D  c  m  c  h  s  c  i ,  De 
Wild  0  Lvs  3-0- 
f  oh  ate,  with  very 
broadly  winged  pet- 
ioles and  rachis, 
Ifts.  large,  broadly 
oval  fls  large,  axil- 
lary; style  long,  slen- 
der, broad  at  the 
base:  frs  small, 
apiculate  Kamerun. 
W  Congo  111  Engler 


971.  Citron- 
Citrus  Medica, 
Corsican  variety  ( X  ?s) 


&  Prantl  ,  N  a  t. 
Pflanzf  III  4  189, 
fig  109,  E  H  De 
Wildeman,  Etudes  Fl. 
Congo,  pi  41. 

Schweinfurthu,  Swingle  &  M  Kellerman  (Limbma 
Miw'tnfitrtfnt,  Engler  Lirnoma  iigawlin^is,  Baker). 
Fig  972  A  species  named  from  sterile  leafy  twigs 
collected  by  Schwemfurth  at  Uando  at  the  head- 
waters of  the  Ghazal  branch  of  the  Nile.  Lvs.  3-5- 
foliate,  Ifts.  narrowly  lanceolate,  acute  at  both  ends' 
fls  large,  usually  4-rnerous;  style  rather  short  and 
thick  frs  lime-like,  \1/^  in-  diain ,  sweet.  Sudan, 
Uganda,  Congo 

gabonensis,  Swingle  &  M.  Kellerman  (Inmbnia 
gabonenMs,  Engler).  Lvs  of  medium  size,  sometimes 
umfohate  like  orange  Ivs  ,  sometimes  5-7-folmte;  rachis 
narrowly  winged;  Ifts  caudate  fls  small,  borne  on 
long  pedicels,  4-merous;  style  not  broad  at  base  frs 
globose,  small,  about  1  in  diam  ,  almost  dry,  having 
only  rudimentary  pulp- vesicles,  seeds  large  French 


Congo,  Kamerun. 


WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 
MAUDE  KELLERMAN. 


780 


CITRULLUS 


CITRtJXLUS  (diminutive  of  Citrus,  said  to  be  in 
allusion  to  the  shape  of  fruits  and  color  of  flesh  resem- 
bling those  characters  in  fruits  of  the  orange  or  citron). 
Cucurbitdcex,  Annual  or  perennial  tendril-bearing  herbs 
of  three  or  four  species,  one  yielding  the  watermelon 
and  one  the  colocynth 

Climbing  or  long-trailing,  hispid  or  rough,  with  2-3- 
parted  tendrils,  often  with  a  strong  odor.  Ivs.  alter- 


972.  Citropsis  Schweinf  urthu.  ( X  H) 


nato,  petiolate,  mostly  round-cordate  in  general  out- 
line, deeply  3-5-lobed,  and  the  divisions  often  again 
lobed,  and  the  segms  commonly  obtuse  fls  monoo 
eious,  solitary  and  peduncled  in  the  If  -axils,  the  corollas 
5-lobed,  stamens  3,  included  and  united  or  cohering 
by  the  anthers,  and  rudiments  of  stamens  in  the  pis- 
tillate fls  ,  pistil  1,  the  ovary  ovoid  or  globose,  bearing 
a  short  style  and  3-lobed  stigma  fr  a  globular  pepo, 
morphologically  3-celled,  usually  smooth  and  with  a 
hard  rind  — Trop  Afr  and  Asia,  2  of  the  species  now 
\ndcly  distributed  in  warm  and  tropical  countries. 

vulgans,  Schrad  WATERMELON  (see  Melon,  for  cul- 
ture). Annual,  glabrous  or  pubescent.  Ivs  not  rough, 
either  deeply  or  moderately  divided,  the  sinuses  open 
and  obtuse  fr  in  the  wild  state  from  the  size  of  an 
apple  to  that  of  a  man's  head,  sweet  or  slightly  bitter. 
Trop  and  S  Afr  — When  the  fr.  is  sweet  and  edible 
(C  Cdffer,  Schrad  ),  it  is  the  watermelon,  or  "kaffir 
watermelon"  of  S  Afr  ;  when  bitter  (C  am&rus, 
Schrad  ),  it  is  the  ' 'bitter-apple"  of  S  Afr  The  fr  now 
varies  widely  in  cult.,  in  size,  season,  shape  and  quality. 
The  soft  pink  flesh  is  much  prized  in  its  natural  state 
for  eating  A  form  with  hard  and  inedible  white  flesh 
is  known  as  "citron,"  and  the  rind  is  used  for  the  mak- 
ing of  preserves  (as  is  the  rind  of  the  true  citron). 

Colocynthis,  Schrad.  (Colocynthis  officinalw,  Schrad. 
Cucumis  Colocynthis ,  Linn.)  COLOCYNTH.  BITTER- 
APPLE.  Perennial  (in  the  wild),  the  st.  angular  and 
rough:  Ivs  rough,  2-4  in  long,  3-  or  7-lobed,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  sometimes  ovate,  the  sinuses  open  and  the  If. 
in  general  form  like  that  of  C.  vulgans:  ovary  Bilious:  fr. 
glooose,  green-and-yellow  variegated,  about  3-4  in. 
diam.,  intensely  bitter;  seeds  small  (^in  or  less  long), 
smooth.  Trop.  Asia  and  Afr  ,  now  widely  distributed  in 


CITRUS 

Afr.  and  the  Medit.  region. — The  dried  frs  are  used  in 
medicine  (as  purgative),  being  imported  from  Turkey 
and  Spam.  Sometimes  cult  in  this  country  as  a  curios- 
ity or  in  collections  of  economic  plants;  culture  for 
officinal  purposes  has  been  attempted  in  New  Mex  ,  but 
the  frs.,  although  larger  than  the  official  product,  are 
reported  to  be  less  active.  L  H.  B 

CiTRUS  (ancient  name  of  a  fragrant  African  wood, 
afterward  transferred  to  the  Citron).  Rutacex. 
CITRON  LEMON.  ORANGE  Small  evergreen,  more  or 
less  spiny  trees  or  shrubs,  grown  for  their  edible  fruits, 
and  also  attractive  in  foliage  and  flower. 

Leaves  glandular-dotted,  persistent,  apparently 
simple  (in  reality  unifohate  compound  Ivs ),  borne  on 
more  or  less  winged  or  margined  petioles,  which  are 
usually  articulated  with  the  blade  and  at  their  attach- 
ment to  the  twig  spines  usually  present,  borne  singly 
at  the  side  of  the  bud  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  fls  clus- 
tered or  rarely  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  ,  or  in 
small  lateral  or  terminal  cymes  or  panicles,  white  or 
pinkish  purple  in  the  bud,  petals  5  (rarely  4  or  6)  thick, 
strap-shaped,  not  clawed  at  the  base,  imbricated, 
stamens  numerous  (16-60,  usually  20-40)  at  least  four 
times  as  many  as  the  petals,  polyadelphous,  cohering 
toward  the  bases  in  a  few  bundles,  ovary  8-15-cclled, 
with  a  prominent  usually  deciduous  style  containing  as 
many  tubes  as  there  are  cells  in  the  ovary  fr  a  hes- 
pendium.  globose,  oval  or  oblate-spheroid,  the  segms. 
filled  with  juicy  pulp  composed  of  stalked  pulp-vesicles, 
seeds  1-8  in  a  cell,  oval  or  oblong,  j4~Min  long,  with 
a  pergameneous  testa  and  thick  fleshy  cotyledons, 
usually  with  adventive  embryos  arising  as  buds  from  the 
nucellar  tissue  of  the  mother  plant  Natives  of  Trop 
and  Subtrop  Asia  and  the  Malayan  Archipelago  — 
Half  a  dozen  species  are  commonly  cult  and  have  given 
rise  to  very  many  varieties  as  well  as  numerous  hybrids, 
making  the  delimitation  of  the  species  exceedingly 
difficult  See  (htrange,  Citron,  Klrng,  Grapefruit,  Lemon, 
Lime,  Limequat,  Orange,  Pomdo,  Tangclo 

The  nomenclature  here  followed  is  based  on  the 
writer's  treatment  of  the  species  of  Citrus  in  "Plantae 
WilsonuuicC  "  The  fewest  possible  number  of  changes 
have  been  made  consistent  with  presenting  a  clear 
account  of  the  genus  A  careful  study  of  Citrus  and 
the  genera  most  nearly  related  to  it  has  shown  that 
the  trifoliate  orange  differs  in  so  mari.v  and  such 
important  characters  that  it  seems  necessary  to  recog- 
nize it  as  a  separate  genus  (J*oncirux)  The  same  is 
true  of  the  kumquats  and  the  Australian  limes 


INDEX 

iclmuKpnsis,  9 
hmetta,  3 
Lirnoma,  2 
Limornum,  2 
Medioa,  1 
imtis,  8 


myrti folia,  5 
nobilis,  7 
sarcodactyhs   1 
wnensis,  0 
unshiu,  7 
vulgans,  5 


aurantifohu,  3 
Aurantium,  4,  5,  6 
Bigaradut,  5 

dehciosa,  V 
digilata,  1 
grandis,  4. 

KEY   TO   THE    SPECIES 

A  Winged  petiole  nearly  as  large  as  the 
blade  of  the  If  seeds  very  large,  thick 
fr  rough,  oval,  lemon-yellow  when 
npe  Jls  solitary  9  ichangensis 

AA    Winged  petiole  much  smaller  than  the 
blade  of  the  Ivs      seeds  small  or  me- 
dium sized  fls  usuall}/  in  clusters 
B    Lvs    apparently  not  jointed  between 
blade    and    petiole,    oblong-serrate, 
petiole     wingless       fl  -buds     tinted 
reddish'  fr    with  a  very  thick  peel, 
fragrant,  pulp  acid  1   Medica 

BB   Lvs  with  an  obmous  joint  between  the 
blade  and  petiole,  crenate   peel  thin 
or  only  moderately  thick 
c  Fl  -buds  tinted,  reddish  on  outside: 
petioles    merely    margined:    Iva. 
crenate    frt    oval,   more   or   less 
aviculate  2  Limonia 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


781 


cc.  Fl  -buds  white   petioles  more  or  less 

winged 

D.  Frs  oval,  often  slightly  papillate, 
small,  1-1 ]/2  in  duirn  greenish- 
yellow  when  ripe,  thin-skinned, 
smooth  Jit,  small  petioles 
plainly  Winged  Us  t>rnall,  pallid 
above,  eremite,  more  or  Uss 
punctate,  obtuse  spiri(»  abort, 
very  sharp  3  aurantifolia 

DD  Frs  globose,  dtprewcd  globose, 
rarely  oval  or  pynforni,  never 
papillate,  orange-colored,  or  if 
yellow,  frs  large  and  thick- 
s/cinntd 

E  Size  of  fr  vtrii  huge,  pale,  yel- 
low when  ripe  twigs  pubes- 
cent when  young  pftioles 
broaabi  wing<d  4  grandis 

EK    Size  of  fr    medium  or  small, 

orange  or  <>range-y<  How 
F    The  frs  with  a  solid  core  and 
a   light  skin,    pulp  t,wnt 
petiole  slightly  winged         6  smensis 
FF    The  fn    with  a  hollow  core 
when  fully  npc,  ^/a?^  loo*e 
or,  if  tight,  pulp  acul  nml 
petiole*  broadly  wingtd. 
o    Skintight    pttiolct  hroad- 

IH  winged  pulp  and         5  Aurantium 
GG    Skin   loose     petiole*   only 
narrowly      winged      or 
mnrgi  nod. 

H  The  fr  borne  singly  at 
tipv  of  branches, 
wall,  *«(/»«»  7-10, 
pulp  wry  uctd  Its 
pale  b(ntath  <S  mitlS 

HH  The  fr  borne  in  axils 
of  the  li  *»  ,  wgins 
8-15,  pulp  HU'eet  lis 
dark  gru  n  below  7  nobihs 

1.  Me.dica,  Linn  (from  Media  whence  the  species 
first  came  to  the  notice  of  the  ancient  Greeks  and 
Romans)  CITRON  Fig  971  A  shrub  or  small  tree, 
with  long  irregular  branches  thorns  short,  stout  and 
stiff  Ivs  rather  pale  green,  large,  oblong,  1-6  or  7  in 
long  and  1^-2  in  wide,  bluntly  rounded  at  the  tip 
\\ith  serrate  margins,  not  articulated  with  the  petioles, 
which  are  \Mnglchs  fis  large,  reddish  tinted  when  in 
the  bud,  usually  in  terminal  panicles,  or  clustered, 
in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  ,  petals  large,  white  above, 
reddish  purple  below,  stamens  numerous,  30-40  or 
more,  ovary  tanermg  gradually  into  the  often  persist- 
ent style  fr  large,  oval  or  oblong,  6-10x4-6  in, 
bluntly  apiculate,  often  rough  or  bumpy,  lemon-yel- 
low when  ripe,  skin  very  thick,  fragrant,  pulp  scanty, 
acid;  seeds  oval,  smooth,  white  inside  —The  citron  is 
very  sensitive  to  cold  because 
of  its  ability  to  grow  at  low 
temperatures,  which  causes  it 
to  stait  into  a  fresh  and  very 
tender  growth  after  a  few  days 
of  warm  weather  in  winter  It 
is  cult  in  tho  Medit.  region, 
especially  m  Corsica,  whence 
large  quantities  of  the  peel  are 
exported  in  brine  to  Arner  to 
be  candied  The  candied  peel 
is  much  used  in  confectionery 
and  in  cakes  Sparingly  cult  in 
Calif  and  Fla  A  number  of 
ill-defined  varieties  are  grown, 
the  most  important  being  the 
Corsican,  intro  from  Corsica  in 
1894  by  David  Fairchild  The 
Etrog  or  sacred  Jewish  citron  is 

„.„   „,         ..  grown  in  Corfu  See  Citron 

973    Fingered    citron—    6  T7  ..   ...        0          . 

Citrus  Medica  var  sarco-       Var    sarcodActyhs,    Swingle 
dactyhs.  (XH)  (Citrus   sarcoddctylis     v. 


Nooten.  C  Medica  var  digitata,  Auct ,  not  I^our ). 
Fo  SHU  KAN  (Chinese)  BUSHUKAN  (Japanese)  Fig 
973.  Differs  from  the  common  citron  in  having  the 
segms  of  the  fr  separated  into  finger-like  processes. 
The  frs  are  very  fragrant  and  are  used  by  the  Chinese 
and  Japanese  for  perfuming  rooms  and  clothing  It  is 
sometimes  grown  as  a  dwarf  potted  plant  for  ornament 
It  should  be  intro  into  this  country 

2  Limdnia,  Osbeck  (from  Arabic  hmun,  a  lemon) 
(C  Medica  var  L\mon,  Linn  C.  Limbnium,  Risso). 
LEMON  Fig  974  A  small  tree  with  long  irregular 
branches1  thorns 
short,  stout  and 
stiff:  Ivs  rather  pale 
green,  elongate- 
ovate,  pointed  at 
the  tip,  with  ser- 
rate or  sub-senate 
margins ;  petioles 
wingless  but  some- 
times narrowly 
margined,  articu- 
lated both  with 
the  blade  and  the 
twig  fls  rather 
large,  solitary  or  in 
small  clusters  in  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs , 

reddish -tinted  in  974  Cltrus  Lunoma  (xH|£r  H) 
the  bud ;  petals 

white  above,  reddish  purple  below,  stamens  20-40; 
ovary  tapering  into  the  deciduous  style  fr  oval  or 
oblong,  with  an  apical  papilla,  3-5  x  2-3  in  with  8-10 
segms  ,  lemon-yellow  when  ripe,  with  a  prominently 
glandular-dotted  peel,  often  more  or  less  rough  and 
moderately  thick,  pulp  very  abundant,  very  acuf;  seeds 
small,  ovate,  smooth,  often  few  or  none,  white  inside. 
— The  lemon  is  very  sensitive  to  cold  as,  like  the 
citron  and  the  lime,  it  is  readily  forced  into  new 
growth  by  a  few  days  of  warm  \\eather  in  winter  It 
is  found  in  all  tropical  and  \\  'irm  subtropical  regions 
and  is  cult  on  a  large  scale  in  the  Medit  region, 
especially  in  Sicily,  whence  large  quantities  of  the  frs 
are  exported  to  the  U  S  In  this  country  the  lemon  ia 
widely  cult  in  Calif  and  to  a  much  smaller  extent  in 
Ha  The  frs  are  gathered  just  before  they  ripen 
while  still  green  in  color  and  often  before  they  attain 
their  full  si/e  and  are  then  ripened  m  curing-houses, 
in  which  temperature  and  humidity  are  artificially 
controlled  The  juice  is  used  for  making  lemonade, 
for  cooking,  and  the  artb,  the  peel  is  used  in  cooking 
and  the  oil  extracted  from  it  is  used  m  cooking  and  in 
perfumery  The  principal  cult  varieties  have  rather 
small  smooth  frs  The  more  important  varieties  are 
listed  here  Eureka  Frs  oval-oblong,  medium  size, 
usually  seedless,  ripening  early  tree  small,  nearly 
thornless  Genoa  Frs  oval,  pointed  at  base  and  tip, 
ripening  early,  see*  11  ess  tree  dwarf  Lisbon  Frs 
oblong,  with  a  large  papilla  at  the  tip,  few-seeded  tree 
of  medium  size,  thorny,  a  vigorous  grower  Vrilla 
Franca  Frs  oval-oblong,  medium  to  large,  apex 
abruptly  papillate,  seeds  numerous  tree  of  good  size, 
nearly  thornless  Kcnnfdy  Frs  oval,  with  a  very 
small  papilla,  thin-skinned,  nearly  seedless  Pondiro*>a. 
Frs  very  large,  sometimes  weighing  2J4  Ibs  ,  with  a 
neck  at  the  base;  seeds  numerous  Everbearing  Frs 
large,  abruptly  papillate  at  the  tip,  with  a  narrowed 
neck  at  the  oase,  rough  all  over,  seeds  rather  numerous: 
everbearing,  borne  on  a  straggling  bushy  tree  that 
sprouts  from  the  roots  Grown  for  home  use  in  Fla. 
Hough  (Florida  Rough)  A  tree  of  doubtful  origin, 
occurring  wild  in  tho  Everglades  of  S  Fla  •  frs  round- 
ovate,  very  rough,  apical  papilla  surrounded  by  a 
depressed  ring;  seeds  numerous,  tree  large  and  vigorous 
The  frs.  of  this  variety  are  useless  for  commercial  pur- 
poses, but  the  seeds  are  m  considerable  demand  by 


782 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


nurserymen  as  the  tree  makes  an  excellent  stock  for 
very  poor  sandy  or  calcareous  soils.    See  Lemon. 

3.  aurantif&lia,  Swingle  (Limbma  aurantifbha,  Christ- 
mann.  C.  limcttrt  Anct  not  llisso)  LIME  A  small 
tree,  with  rather  irregular  branches  spmos  very  sharp, 
short,  stiff  Ivs.  small,  2-3  in.  long,  elliptic-oval,  crenate, 
rather  pale  green;  petioles  distinctly  but  narrowly 
winged'  fls  small,  white  in  the  bud,  occurring  in  few- 
fld.  axillary  clusters;  petals  white  on  both  surfaces; 
stamens  20-25;  ovary  rather  sharply  set  off  from  the 
deciduous  style:  fr.  small,  oval  or  round-oval,  1M~2^ 
in  diam  ,  often  with  a  small  apical  papilla,  with  10 
segms ,  greenish  yellow  when  ripe;  peel  prominently 
glandular-dotted,  very  thin;  pulp  abundant,  greenish, 
very  acid,  seeds  small,  oval,  smooth,  white  inside  — 
The  lime  is  perhaps  the  most  sensitive  to  cold  of  any 
known  species  of  Citrus  Even  a  few  days  of  moder- 
ately warm  weather  in  winter  suffice  to  force  it  into  a 
tender  and  succulent  growth  that  is  killed  by  the 
slightest  frost.  It  is  found  in  all  tropical  countries, 
often  in  a  semi-wild  condition  It  is  cult,  in  the  warm- 
est parts  of  Fla.,  especially  on  the  Keys  Large  quan- 
tities of  the  fr ,  picked  when  still  green  and  often  not 
full-sized,  are  packed  in  barrels  and  shipped  to  the 
cities  of  the  N  U  S.,  where  they  are  extensively  used 
for  making  limeade.  Large  quantities  of  bottled  lime 
mice  are  exported  from  Montserrat  and  Dominica 
Ms  in  the  W  Indies,  and  used  on  shipboard  for  pre- 
venting scurvy.  Limes  are  too  thin-skinned  to  keep 
well  and  are  not  processed  as  are  lemons  It  is  usually 
prop  from  seed — rarely  from  cuttings  The  principal 
varieties  grown  m  the  U  S  are  Mexican  (West  Indian). 
Frs  small,  smooth,  often  with  a  slight  apical  papilla; 
seeds  few  tree  small,  very  spiny,  usually  branching 
from  the  base  Tlus  variety,  almost  always  grown 
from  seed,  is  the  only  one  planted  on  any  considerable 
commercial  scale  Tahiti  (Persian*')  Frs  large,  smooth, 
with  a  broad  apical  papilla;  seedless,  about  the  size  and 
shape  of  an  ordinary  lemon*  poor  keepers  See  Lime 
Hybrids'  Sweet  (C.  Iwietta,  llibso  ?)  Frs  about  the 
size  of  a  lemon,  with  a  sweet  and  insipid  pulp  Com- 
monly grown  m  the  W  Indies  and  Cent  Ainer  Lime- 
quats  arc  new  hardy  hybrids  between  the  common 
Mexican  lime  and  a  kiimquat,  these  hybrids  vary 
much  m  size,  shape  and  flavor,  but  some  are  about  the 
size  of  a  lime  and  have  abundant  very  acid  pulp.  See 
description  under  Limeqiiat. 

4  grandis,  Osbeck  (C.  Aurdntium  var.  ffrdndis,  Linn. 
C  Aurdntium  var  dccumdna,  Linn  C  decumdna, 
Linn )  GRAPEFRUIT  (or  POMELO)  SHADDOCK. 
PUMMKLO  Fig.  975  A  large  round-topped  tree, 
with  regular  branches'  spines,  if  present,  slender 
and  flexible,  rather  blunt:  Ivs  large, 
dark  glossy  green  above,  oval  or 
elliptic-oval,  with  a  broadly  rounded 
base;  petiole  broadly  winged,  more  or 
less  cordate'  fls  axillaiy,  borne  singly 
or  m  clusters,  large,  white  in  the  bud; 
petals  white  on  both  sides;  stamens 
20-25,  with  large  linear  anthers,  ovary 
globose,  sharply  delimited  from  the  1 
deciduous  style:  fr  very  large,  4-6  \ 
in.  diam  ,  globose,  oblate  spheroid  or 
broadly  pear-shaped,  smooth,  with  11- 
14  segms ,  pale  lemon-yellow  when 
ripe,  peel  M~Hm  thick,  white  and 
pithy  inside;  seeds  usually  very  numer- 
ous, large,  flattened  and  wrinkled, 
white  inside. — The  grapefruit  (or  po- 
melo) is  now  one  of  the  most  appre- 
ciated citrous  frs  grown  in  the  U.S  The 
culture  of  this  delicious  fr.  was  limited 
to  the  Fla  pioneers  until  some  25  years 
ago,  when  the  first  commercial  planta- 
tions were  made.  Since  then,  there  has 


grandis. 
(Xf) 


been  a  steady  increase  in  the  area  devoted  to  this  fr  in 
Fla.,  and  plantings  have  been  made  in  Calif  ,  Ariz  ,  and 
the  West  Indies  The  pummelo  of  India,  called  shaddock 
in  Fla.,  is  not  grown  on  a  commercial  scale,  but  occuis 
in  many  tropical  countries  The  grapefruit  is  usually 
served  as  a  breakfast  fr.  cut  in  half  and  seeded  It  is  a 
vigorous  grower,  even  on  light  sandy  loam  soils  and  is 
coming  increasingly  into  use  as  a  stock  upon  which  to 
graft  other  citrous  frs  The  young  trees  are  tender,  but 
the  matin  e  ones  are  well  protected  by  a  dense  canopy  of 
Ivs.  and  may  stand  more  cold  than  an  orange  tree  The 
grapefruit  is  much  like  the  orange  in  its  ability  to 
resist  cold  and  is  much  less  easily  forced  into  a  new 
growth  by  a  few  warm  days  in  winter  than  the  lime  or 
lemon  Ihe  varieties  of  grapcfiuit  grown  in  the  U  S 
have  almost  all  originated  in  Fla ,  where  the  early 
settlers  prop,  this  tree  from  seed,  thereby  originating 
many  slightly  different  varieties,  the  more  important 
of  which  are  libted  here.  Duncan  Fr.  laige,  keeps 
well  on  the  tree,  seeds  few.  tree  rather  hardy  Hall 
(Silver  Cluster)  Frs.  medium  size,  produced  in  largo 
clusters,  seeds  numerous  Triumph  Fr  small  or 
me'dium  size,  early  tree  rather  tender  Does  not  suc- 
ceed well  uhen  budded  on  sour  orange  stock  A/c- 
Carty.  Fr  large,  late  borne  singly,  beeds  numerous 
A  variety  recently  found  in  the  Indian  River  region  of 
Fla  Bebides  thebe  standard  varieties  of  grapefiuit  of 
the  Fla  seedling  type  a  large  number  of  other  similar 
varieties  arc  cult  locally  in  the  state,  .such  as  the 
Bowen,  Kxcelsior,  Josbelyn,  Leonardy,  Manville,  May, 
McKinley,  Standard  (or  Indian  Rivei),  Walters,  anil 
many  others  The  following  varieties  diffei  more  01 
less  widely  from  the  old  Fla  seedling  type  Mar^h 
Frs  large,  depressed  globose,  often  seedless,  pulp 
subacul,  less  bitter  than  in  the  other  varieties  This 
variety,  though  it  originated  as  a  seedling  in  Fla  ,  is 
best  adapted  to  cult  in  Calif,  \vhere  many  of  the 
ordinary  Fla  varieties  do  not  .succeed  well  Ptrnam- 
buco  Frs  large,  skin  very  smooth,  light-colored,  late, 
beeds  abundant  Intro  from  Pel nambuco,  Brazil,  to 
the  U  S  by  the  U  S  Dept  of  Agnc  —The  shaddocks 
or  pummelos  are  seldom  cult  in  the  U  S  The  Ttesra 
variety  from  the  Bahama  Isls  h.-is  large  pynform  frs  , 
with  pink  flesh  of  good  flavor  and  abundant  seeds  the 
tree  is  tender  A  pummelo  from  near  Canton,  China, 
is  imported  into  San  Francisco  on  a  small  scale  by  the 
Chinese  resident  there  The  fns  are  pvnforrn,  very 
thick-skinned,  not  pink  within,  seeds  numerous 
Some  seedlings  of  this  variety  nre  to  be  found  at  various 
points  in  Calif  They  are  vrry  leafy  and  of  vigorous 
growth,  and  make  excellent  stocks  upon  which  to  graft 
other  citrous  frs  Many  other  sorts  of  pummclos  are 
known  from  Asia  and  the  Malayan  \rchipchigo  and 
some' have  been  intro  for  trial  by  the 
Office  of  Foreign  Seed  and  Plant  Intro- 
duction of  the  U  S  Dept  of  Agnc  The 
true  grapefruit  aocins  to  be  scarcely 
known  outside  of  U  S  and  the  W  In- 
dies See  Grapefruit  and  Pomelo. 

5  Aurantium,  Linn.  (C  vulgans, 
Risso.  C  Bigaradia,  Risso  C  Aurdn- 
tium  var  tiigarddia,  Hook  f  )  SOUR  or 
SEVILLE  ORANGE.  Fig  976  A  medium- 
sized  tree,  with  a  rounded  top  and 
regular  branches  spines  long  but  flex- 
ible and  blunt  Ivs  light  green  when 
young,  medium-sized,  3-4  in.  long, 
tapering  to  the  somewhat  wedge- 
shaped  base;  and  more  or  less  acumi- 
nate at  the  tip;  petiole  broadly  winged' 
fls  medium-sized,  axillary,  single  or 
clustered,  white  in  the  bud ;  petals  white 
on  both  sides,  very  fragrant;  stamens 
20-24 ;  ovary  globular,  sharply  delimited 
from  the  deciduous  style,  fr.  2^-'i^  in. 
diam.,  globose,  slightly  flattened  at  the 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


783 


tip,  with  a  hollow  core  when  fully  ripe;  pulp  acid,  mem- 
branes with  a  bitter  taste,  segrns.  10-12;  seeds  cuneatc- 
oval,  flattened,  with  raised  lines,  white  inside. — The 
sour  or  Seville  orange  is  grown  all  over  the  world  It 
is  able  to  withstand  more  cold  than  most  of  the  other 
citrous  frs.  and  is  rarely  forced  into  new  growth  by  warm 
weather  occurring  in  winter  The  hour  orange  is  found 
in  a  thoroughly  naturalized  condition  in  many  parts 
of  Fla  where  it  doubtless  was  brought  by  the  Spaniards 
Most  of  these  wild  sour  orange  trees  were  dug  up  and 
transplanted  for  use  as  stocks  when  orange-culture  was 
being  rapidly  extended  some  25-30  years  ago.  The 
Seville  orange,  as  its  name  would  indicate,  is  grown  on 
a  commercial  scale  in  the  vicinity  of  Seville,  Spam, 
whence  the  frs  are  shipped  in  large  quantities  to  Eng- 
land and  Scotland  for  use  in  making  orange  marma- 
lade, for  which  this  species  is  best  adapted  The  petals 
yield  a  valuable  perfume,  oil  of  Neroh,  which  is  pro- 
duced in  the  south  of  France  and  the  Italian  Riviera. 
The  peel  of  the  fr  is  sometimes  candied  and,  when 
fresh,  yields  an  essential  oil  The  sour  orange  is  grown 
in  a  .small  way  in  Fla  for  home  use,  the  frs  being  used 
for  making  "orangeade  "  In  the  U  S  the  sour  orange 
is  used  almost  exclusively  as  a  stock  on  which  to  bud 
other  citrous  fr  trees  The  seeds  are  in  demand  by 
nurserymen  at  a  good  price  for  this  purpose  The 
sour  orange  is  well  adapted  to  grow  on  a  great  variety 
of  soiln  but  is  especially  well  fitted  for  low  wet  soils, 
where  it  is  valuable  because  it  is  immune  to  the 
mal  ch  gamma  or  foot-rot  so  destructive  to  the 
common  orange  and  lemon  on  such  soils  There  are  no 
named  varieties  of  the  sour  orange  in  cult  in  the  U  S  — 
Mutations  The  so-called  Citiu*>  myrtifolia,  a  namnv- 
Ivd  form  with  spineless  twigs  and  short  mternodes, 
bearing  small  flattened  sour  oranges  is  a  mutation 
aiising  from  the  root  of  the  sour  orange  (Jhtnotto  (the 
Chmoise  of  the  French  confectioners)  'llns  is  a 
broadcr-lvd  form  of  the  above  described  mutation 
It  is  cult  along  the  northern  shore  of  the  Mecht  fiom 
Genoa  to  Toulon,  yields  the  small  green  fis  used  for 
candying  This  vanety,  \\luch  should  be  called  the 
Chmotto,  is  being  tested  in  the  U  S  and  may  prove 
adapted  for  eommeieial  culture  on  a  small  s<  ale  in 
this  country  Hybrids  Bitttr^rcH  A  good-sized  tree 
occurring  wild  in  Fla  ,  is  undoubtedly  a  hybud  between 
this  species  and  the  following  Frs  oblong,  flattened 
at  the  ends,  pulp  sweet,  but  the  membranes  sepa- 
rating the  segms  have  a  bitter  taste  The  fr  npensvery 
late  on  some  trees  and  keeps  \\rll  on  the  tree 

0  sinensis,  Osbeck  (C  Aurdnttum  var  sint'n^is, 
Linn  C.  Auranhum,  Lour  et  Aurt  ,  not  Lmn  ) 
COMMON  or  SWEET  OR\X<JE  Fig  977  A  medium- 
sized  tree,  with  a  rounded  top  and  regular  branches 
spines,  when  present,  slendei,  flexible,  rather  blunt. 
Ivs  medium-si/ed,  rounded  at  the  base,  pointed  at  the 
apex,  petiole  narrowly  winged,  articulated  both  with 
the  blade  and  the  twig'  fls  medium-sized,  smaller  than 
those  of  the  sour  orange,  white  in  the  bud,  petals  white 
on  both  surface's;  stamens  20-25;  ovary  subglobosc, 
clearly  delimited  from  the  deciduous  style,  fi  sub- 
globose  or  oval,  pith  solid,  pulp  sweet,  membranes  not 
bitter  in  taste,  segms  10-12  or  13  in  number,  seeds 
cuneate-ovoid  with  rugose  margined  plane  surfaces, 
white  inside  — The  common  or  sweet  orange  is  widely 
cult  in  all  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  the 
world  It  is  rather  tender,  not  so  hardy  as  the  soui  or 
Seville  orange,  but  much  more  cold-resistant  than  the 
lemon  or  lime  A  very  few  orange  trees  occur  in  a  seiui- 
wild  state  in  S  Fla  Sweet  oranges  were  doubtless 
intro  into  Fla  by  the  Spamaids  nearly  four  centuries 
ago  and,  as  thev/  were  prop  by  seeds  until  within  the 
last  half-century,  many  local  varieties  have  arisen 
there  Orange-culture  lias  reached  its  highest  develop- 
ment in  S  Calif ,  where  it  constitutes  one  ot  the  mo=:t 
important  agricultural  industries  Fla  is  second  only 
to  Calif  in  the  extent  and  value  of  the  orange  groves, 


while  some  oranges  are  grown  in  favored  spots  in  La . 
Texas,  and  Am — Oranges  are  the  best  known  ana 
probably  the  most  highly  esteemed  desseit  fr  A  few 
are  used  in  cooking  and  the  peel  is  sometimes  candied. 
An  essential  oil  is  also  pressed  from  the  peel  The 
sweet  orange  is  commonly  used  as  a  stock  on  which  to 
graft  other  species  of  eitioiis  frs  It  grows  well  on  1'ght 
well-di  amed  loam  or  sandy  loam  soil  On  heavy  sou  it 
is  subject  to  the  mal 
di  gomma  or  foot- 
rot  Very  inauy 
varieties  are  in 
cult.  Some  of  the 
principal  sorts 
grown  in  the  U  S. 
are  listed  here  (1) 
Florida  seedlings- 
varieties  originated 
in  Fla  as  a  result 
of  prop  oranges 
from  seed,  mostly 
strong-growing 
trees:  Parson 
Broivn.  Frs.  me- 
dium-sized, very 
early.  Pineapple 
Frs.  medium  or 
large,  very  juicy; 
seeds  rather  numer- 

977.  Citrus  smenS1S    (Xf)  OUb  "udseason  tree 

a    strong     grower. 

llorrw^assa  Frs  medium-sized,  very  juicy  a  good  bearer 
and  keeper  tree  nearly  thorn  less  Madam  Vinous  Frs 
medium  or  large,  pulp  coarse-grained,  juicy,  midseason. 
Nonparnl  Vis  rathc-i  large,  flattened,  pulp  fine-grained, 
juie\  tree  vigorous  Also  Arcadia,  Summit,  Foster, 
Hick,  Magnum  Bonum,  Mav,  Old  Vim,  Osceola,  Stark, 
\\hittakei,  and  very  many  othcis  of  the  same  general 
t\pe  (2)  Honda  muHtions  or  hjbnds — new  sorts 
ongmated  in  Fla  ,  usually  differing  in  some  striking  way 
from  the  old  Fla  seedling  oianges,  perhaps  through 
h}bndi/ation  with  foreign  varieties  Bootte  (Boone's 
Earh )  Fis  medium  size,  strongly  oval  or  oblong, 
very  juie\,  very  late,  keeping  well  on  the  tree:  Ivs. 
with  petiole-,  varvmg  in  width.  Lue  Gun  Gong  Frs 
oval,  juicy,  ripening  very  late  and  holding  very  well 
on  the  tree,  even  until  late  summer  A  variety  newly 
intro  into  cult  DraLt  Slur  A  rare  variety  with  vai le- 
gated foliage,  usually  a  poor  bearer  but  sometimes  bear- 
ing a  good  ciop  of  ext  ellent  fr  (3)  Mediterranean  vane- 
ties,  largely  mtro  into  Fla  by  Sanford  and  Lyman 
Phelps,  about  30-40  \  ears  ago  Ruby.  Frs  small  or 
medium-sized,  peel  i eel-orange,  pulp  streaked  with  red 
when  full}  ripe,  juic}  ,  sc  eds  lather  few.  rather  late 
tree  vigoious,  nearly  {hornless,  prolific  8t  Michael. 
Frs  medium-sued,  oblong,  red-blotched  when  ripe; 
flesh  wine-red,  seeds  few,  rather  early.  Jaffa  Frs 
huge,  oblong,  juicy;  seeds  few  Possibly  not  the  same 
as  the1  erlebratexl  oiange  of  Jaffa,  Palestine.  Mediter- 
rdrnan  tiwut  Fis  large,  oval,  juicy,  late  tree  nearly 
t hornless  Majorca  Frs  round  or  slightly  flattened, 
juiey.  rather  late  Hart  (Hart's  Tardiff).  Frs.  rounder 
slightly  oval,  medium  to  large  size,  juicy;  seeds  few; 
npem  very  late  similar  to  the  next  and  thought  by 
some  to  be  identical  Valencia  (Valencia  Late).  Frs. 
medium  to  large,  oval  e>r  rounded,  juicy,  nearly  seed- 
less, very  late  A  prolific  variety,  largely  grown  in  Calif, 
and  held  m  cold  storage  until  early  autumn.  There  are 
many  other  Medit  vaneties  of  nearly  or  quite  as  much 
value  as  some  of  the  above,  such  as,  Centennial,  Du 
Hoi.  Joppa,  Paper  Kind,  Prata,  Saul  Blood,  St  Michael 
(Blood),  etc  —The  navel  oranges  all  show  a  second 
smaller  moie  or  less  included  fr  formed  at  the  tip  of 
the  mam  fr  Many  varieties  are  of  foreign  origin. 
Washington  (Bahia,  Washington  Navel)  Fr  large, 
rounded  slightly,  pointed  at  apex;  flesh  firm,  juicy;  skin 


784 


CITRUS 


CITRUS 


very  tough ,  seedless .  early  midseason.  The  most  famous 
variety  of  oranges  mtro  from  Bahia,  Brazil,  by  Wm. 
SaundersoftheU.S.Dept  of  Agric  in  1870.  It&  cult,  has 
steadily  extended  in  Calif,  until  it  is  the  principal  variety 
grown  there.  It  does  not  succeed  well  .m  Fla  Thomp- 
son (Thompson's  Improved  Navel).  A  smooth-skinned 
hard-fleshed  variety  found  by  A.  D.  Shamel  to  arise  as 
a  mutation  from  the  preceding,  to  which  it  is  inferior 
in  quality  though  better  in  appearance  Australian. 
Frs  large,  coarse .  tree  vigoroiiSj  but  a  shy  bearer  Also 
found  by  Shamel  as  a  variation  ot  the  Washington 
Navel  (Bahia)  Surprise.  Fr  medium-sized,  rounded 
or  even  slightly  flattened,  juicy,  early,  seedless.  A 
variety  originated  by  E  S.  Hubbard,  of  Fla.  Double 
Imperial  Fr.  small  or  medium-sized,  navel  hidden, 
pulp  firm;  seeds  few  or  none  A  Brazilian  variety,  saiu 
to  fruit  well  in  Fla.  when  budded  on  trifoliate  orange 
stock.  There  are  many  other  varieties  of  navel  oranges 
occasionally  grown  on  a  commercial  scale.  In  Calif., 
among  others,  Golden  Nugget  and  Navclencia,  in 
Fla.,  Egyptian,  Melitensis,  and  Sustain  are  known 
There  are  doubtless  many  more  navel  oranges  which 
should  be  tested.  See  Orange  Hybrids  Citranges  are 
hardy  hybrids  between  the  common  sweet  orange  and 
the  trifoliate  orange,  Poncirus  tnfohata  The  principal 
varieties  arc  the  Rusk,  Morton,  Col- 
man,  Savage,  Cunningham  and  Saun- 
ders  See  description  under  Cdrange. 

7.  n6bihs,  Lour  KING  ORANGE. 
Small  trees,  with  slender  twigs  and 
pointed  Ivs ,  with  very  narrowly 
winged  or  merely  margined  petioles, 
fls  small,  white,  stamens  18-24-  fr. 
with  a  loose  peel  and  a  hollow  pith; 
seeds  usually  green  inside  — This  spe- 
cies comprises  several  well-marked 
groups;  the  original  (7.  nobihs  of 
Loureiro  was  undoubtedly  something 
very  like  the  King  orange,  a  medium- 
sized  tree  with  long  upright  branches, 
with  dark  bark,  having  large  depressed 
globose  fr.  with  a  rough  thick  not 
very  loose  skin;  segms  usually  12-13; 
seeds  rather  numerous,  large  like  those 
of  a  sweet  orange,  white  inside  See  W. 
A  Taylor,  Yearb.  Dept.  Agric.  1907, 
pi.  34  This  variety  was  found  by 
Loureiro  growing  in  Cochin  China  in 
the  latter  half  of  the  18th  century  and 
was  mtro  into  Amer  by  Mrs  S  R. 
Magee,  of  Riverside,  Calif,  in  1880,  from  Saigon, 
Cochin  China,  which  introduction  became  known  as  the 
King  orange.  It  has  frs.  of  large  size,  very  juicy,  and 
of  delicious  vinous  flavor  Its  rough  skin  seems  to  be 
no  obstacle  to  its  ready  sale  at  good  prices. 

Var.  delicidsa,  Swingle  (C.  delwbsa,  Tenore). 
MANDARIN  ORANGE.  A  small  tree,  with  slender 
branches,  willow-like  Ivs  ,  with  merely  margined  peti- 
oles, fls.  small,  frs  depressed  globose,  bright  orange-yel- 
low or  reddish  orange,  with  a  very  loose  peel;  seeds 
small,  beaked,  bright  green  within. — This  variety  com- 
prises the  many  varieties  of  Mandarin  oranges,  includ- 
ing the  so-called  tangerine  varieties  These  are  deli- 
cious dessert  frs  ,  attractive  in  appearance  and  easy  to 
handle  because  of  the  loose  skin  and  the  easily  separable 
segms.  Aside  from  the  greater  ease  of  preparing  them 
for  the  table,  Mandarin  oranges  are  used  exactly  as 
are  common  oranges.  The  principal  varieties  grown 
in  the  U.  S.  are  the  following.  Mandarin  (China,  China 
Mandarin,  Willow-leaved).  Fr.  medium-sized,  2-3 


978 
Citrus  ichangensn 


1888    Tangerine  (Dancy's  Tangerine)    Fr  red-orange, 
medium   size,   depressed -globose,   juicy,  seeds   rather 


abundant:  midseason  *  tree  of  good  size:  Ivs  much 
broader  than  those  of  the  Mandarin  variety.  Other 
Mandarin  oranges  are  oscasionally  grown,  especially 
in  Fla  ,  such  as  the  Beauty,  Cleopatra,  Kino  Kumi,  and 
Mikado.  Hybrids.  Tangelos,  are  a  striking  new  group 
of  citrous  frs  Sampson,  the  first  tangelo  to  be  grown 
commercially,  was  obtained  by  the  writer  in  1897  by 
crossing  the  tangerine  with  Bo  wen  grapefruit,  it  is 
unlike  either  parent  in  quality,  being  more  like  a  choice 
sprightly  flavored  sweet  orange.  Many  other  tangelos 
are  now  being  tested.  See  Tangelo. 

Var  unshiu,  Swingle  (C  ndbihs  subsp  genulna  var. 
urishiu,  Makmo).  SATHUMA  or  UNSHIU  ORANGE.  A 
small  spineless  tree,  with  a  spreading  dwarf  habit  Ivs. 
broad,  abruptly  narrowed  toward  the  apex,  with 
strongly  marked  veins  on  both  faces,  fls.  small,  very 
abundant*  fr.  depressed-globose,  2-3 %  in  chain  ,  deep 
orange;  pulp  orange,  very  juicy,  of  a  peculiar  but 
agreeable  flavor,  pith  hollow,  segms  9-13,  seeds  often 
lacking,  when  present  only  few  in  number,  broadly 
top-shaped,  not  beaked  as  in  the  Mandaim  oranges, 
greenish  within  — This  very  marked  orange  seems  to 
constitute  a  botanical  variety  distinct  from  the  King 
or  the  Mandarin  oranges  It  is  commonly  grown  m 
Japan,  whence  it  was  mtro  into  Fla  by  Goo  11  Hall 
in  1876,  accoulmg  to  II  H  Hume,  "Citrus  Fruits  and 
Their  Culture,"  p  112.  190°  The  Satsuma  orange  is 
one  of  the  hardiest  of  all  edible  citrous  frs  Budded  on 
the  trifoliate  orange,  it  can  be  grown  in  many  parts  ot 
the  Gulf  Coast  region,  where  all  other  citrous  frs 
except  citranges  are  killed  by  cold.  The  Satsuma  can 
be  grown  best  on  the  trifoliate  orange  stock  It  grows 
on  sweet  stock  but  does  not  produce  as  much  nor  as 
good  fruit  and  is  not  so  hardy.  It  makes  only  a  stunted 
growth  on  sour  orange  stock  and  soon  dies  It  cannot 
be  grown  satisfactorily  on  light  bandy  land  or  on  black 
waxy  lands  with  a  marly  subsoil  where  the  trifoliate 
orange  does  not  grow  well  It  could  be  grafted  on  Rusk 
citrange  for  the  blnek  wavy  lime  soils  of  Texas 

8  mitis,  Blanco     CAHMONDIN  OHANGE     A  small 
tree,  with  upright  blanches    Ivs    broadly  oval,  pale 
green  below  like  tho.se  of  kumquat,  petiole  narrowly 
winged    fls  small,  angular  in  the  bud,  borne  .singly  at 
the  tips  of  the  twigs,  fr  small,  depressed  globose,  deep 
orange-yellow  when  npe,  loose-skinned,  segms   7-10, 
easily  separable;  pulp  very  acid,  seeds  few,  small  — 
This  tree,  a  native  of  the  Philippine  Isls  ,  is  commonly 
cult    m  Hawaii,   where  it  is  wrongly  called   "China 
orange  "    It  was  mtro    into  Fla    by  the  U    S    Dept 
of  Agric  from  Panama,  and  was  foi  a  time  distributed 
by  nurserymen  under  the  erroneou<-  name  of  To-Kum- 
quat.    It  is  very  hardy,  probably  as  hardy  as  the  Sut- 
suma,  or  even  more  so    It  can  be  budded  on  hour  orange 
or  on  trifoliate  orange  stock     A  promising  fr  for  home 
use,  for  culinary  purposes  and  for  making  ade 

9  ichangensis,   Swingle     Fig    978.    A  small  tree, 
with  long  slender  spines.   Ivs    narrow,    with  oblong 
broadly  winged  petioles  nearly  or  quite  as  large  as  the 
blade    fls   white;  stamens  20,  cohering  in  bundles    fr 
lemon-shaped,  3-4  in  long,  with  a  very  oroad  low  apical 
papilla  surrounded  by  a  shallow  circular  fuirow;  segms. 
8-11;  pulp  acid,  of  good  flavor,  seeds  very  large,  thick, 
cuneate-ovate,  lAr%y&  long  and  K~x^m  thick,  white 
within  — This    interesting    new    species,    not    closely 
allied  to  any  other  of  the  known  members  of  the  genus 
Citrus,  is  native  m  highlands  of  S    W.  China     It  is 
the  northernmost  evergreen  tree  of  the  citrous  group  and 
grows  at  high  altitude,  3,000-5,000  ft.    It  is  able  to 
withstand  considerable  cold  in  winter,  so  it  is  very 
likely  to  prove  of  value  in  breeding  new  types  of  hardv 
substitutes  for   the  lemon.    E.  H.  Wilson,  who  col- 
lected excellent  material  of  this  plant  for  the  Arnold 
Arboretum,  is  endeavoring  to  secure  it  for  trial  m  U.  S. 

C  beroAnua,  Risao    BEROAMOT    A  small  tree   lv»  oblong-oval, 
with    lonjr,  winged  petioles     fls    small,   white,    very   fragrant,   frs 


CITRUS 


CLARKIA 


785 


pynform,  1—4  in  diara  ,  thin-skinned,  pale  yellow  when  ripf , 
pulp  acid,  seeds  oblong,  many  Extensively  cult  in  Calabria  foi 
the  essential  oil  which  is  expressed  from  the  pool  and  used  in  making 
Eau  de  Cologne  and  other  perfumes  ~~C  histrir,  see  Papeda  ~C 
japrfmco.aeeKumquat — 0.  taittnms,  RISHO  OTAHFITE  ORANGE  A 
dwarf  plant,  having  lemon-like  Ms  and  lemon-shaped  fr  orange  m 
color  with  a  mawkish  taste  Commonly  grown  by  florists  as  an  orna- 
mental pot-plant  Rarely  u *ed  as  a  stork  tor  dw  urlmg  c  ommon  citrous 
frs  This  plant  is  not  a  native  of  Tahiti  as  the  name  would  indicate, 
but  is  probably  of  hybrid  origin  — C.  (n/ohuiu=Ponciru9  trifoliata. 

WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

GIVE:  Chne. 

CLADANTHUS  (Greek,  klados,  branch,  and  anthos, 
flower;  alluding  to  the  branching,  which  distinguishes 
this  genus  from  Anthemis).  Composite.  An  annual 
yellow-rayed  herb,  sometimes  planted  in  the  open 
garden.  Plant  branched  from  the  base  in  a  forking 
manner;  a  ft  terminates  each  branch,  whereupon  2 
new  branches  start  from  directly  beneath  the  fl  ,  each 
of  these  is  temporarily  stopped  by  a  fl ,  and  so  on. 
involucre  heinibpherical,  receptacle  conical  or  oblong, 
with  scales  about  fls,  ray-fls  pistillate,  disk-fls  per- 
fect — One  species,  allied  to  Acmllea  and  Anthemis. 

ar&bicus,  Cass  (C  proliftrus,  DC  Anthemis  ardbtca, 
Linn  )  Glabrous,  2-3}/2  ft  high  Ivs  alternate,  pin- 
nately  parted,  lobes  linear,  tnfid  fl  -heads  solitary, 
bracted  8  Spain  and  Morocco  — A  free-flowering 
heavy-scented  plant  of  easy  culture.  L  H.  H  f 

CLADOTHAMNUS  (klados,  branch,  and  tkamnos, 
bush,  from  the  Greek)  Ericaceae  Shrubs,  rarely  cult 
for  their  handsome  pink  fls  Erect,  with  many  virgate 
branches  Ivs  deciduous,  alternate,  entire  fls  pink, 
terminal,  1-3,  nodding,  corolla  divided  to  the  base  or 
nearlv  so  into  5  oblong  petals  stamens  10  caps  5-6- 
celled  — One  or  2  species  in  Pacific  N  Airier  ,  from 
Alaska  to  Wash.  Hardy,  with  handsome  rather  large 
pink  fls  in  summer,  rarely  cult  They  will  probably 
grow  best  in  peaty  and  bandy  soil,  in  a  half-shady 
position,  prop  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  soft  \\ood 
under  glass,  and  by  layers 

C  pyroliefldrus,  Bong  Shrub,  i-10  ft  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  obo- 
vate-lancoolate,  rnut  rontilate,  glabrou«,  palo  green,  1J..  212  in 
long  fls  solitary,  with  5  separate  petals,  1  in  acro-,8  Alaska  to 
Ore  OF  10215  BM  S.J51  —  (  mmptinulatuf,  dictne 
According  to  Greene,  thu  species  differs  from  the  preceding  ( lu<  fly 
in  the  petals  being  united  at  th<  base  and  the  anthrrs  op*  mug 
with  a  pore  at  the  apex,  and  occurs  in  Wash  ,  while  C  pyroli  florus 
is  restricted  to  Alaska,  but  the  specimens  from  (Ire  and  Wash  <lo 
not  differ  from  ('  pryolsrflorus,  possibly  C'  c'unpanulatus  was 
based  only  on  an  abnormal  form  ALFRED  llKHDER 

CLADRASTIS  (Greek,  brittle  branch)  Virgiha  of 
gardens  Ltgunnnbss',  YELLOW-WOOD  Trees  grown 
chiefly  for  their  large  panicles  of  white  flowers  and  for 
their  handsome  foliage 

Deciduous  winter-buds  naked,  several  super- 
posed and  concealed  during  the  summer  in  the  enlarged 
base  of  the  petiole  Ivs  alternate,  odd-pinnate,  with 
few  rather  large  entire  bhort-btalked  Ifts  fls  in  long, 
usually  panicled  racemes,  white,  papilionaceous; 
calyx  campanulate,  5-toothed,  stamens  10,  nearly 
free  pod  narrow-oblong,  compreshod,  3-ti-seeded,  with 
thin  membranous  valves  — Four  species  m  N  Amer 
and  E  Asia  Hardy  ornamental  trees  of  medium  size, 
with  showy  fls  and  handsome  foliage,  turning  bright 
yellow  in  fall  They  thrive  in  almost  any  soil  Prop 
by  seeds,  sown  in  spring,  or  by  root  cuttings,  dug  up  in 
fall  and  kept  in  sand  or  moss,  moderately  moist  and 
cool,  until  spring. 

l&tea,  Koch  (C.  tinctona,  Raf.  Virgilia  liiiea, 
Michx.)  Tree,  with  yellow  wood  and  smooth  bark, 
sometimes  50  ft  •  Ifts  7-9,  oval  or  ovate,  glabrous, 
bright  green,  3-4  in  long:  panicles  loose,  drooping, 
10-20  in  long;  fls.  white,  fragrant,  over  1  in.  long. 
June.  Ky.  Tenn  ,  and  N.  C'SS  3 '119-20.  BM 
7767.  Mich.  Hist.  Arb.  III.  266  Gng.  2 '401;  5  98 
^E.  8.427.  G.F.  1:92.  Gn.  24,  pp  96-7,  31,  p  329. 
GC  III.  42-186-7.  M.D.G.  1899  144-5.  G.W.  12,  p 


397  V.  4.307  A  G  ir>  270  —One  of  the  most  beau- 
tiful flowering  native  trees,  with  wide,  graceful  head 
and  a  short  trunk,  well  adapted  as  single  tree  on  the 
lawn  Hardy  north  to  New  England  and  Ont  The 
wood  yields  a  clear  yellow  dye  There  is  a  var  aureo- 
vanegatd  with  Ivb  variegated  with  yellow. 

smensis,  Hemsl  Tree,  to  SO  ft  .  Ifts.  9-13,  oblong 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
yellowish  green,  pubescent  beneath  along  the  midrib, 
2-4  in  long,  rachis  and  petiole  pubescent:  fls.  in 
loose,  upright,  much- 
branched  pani- 
cles, 6-12  in.  long 
and  4-8  in  across, 
white  or  pinkish, 
about  Hin-  long 
June,  July  W.  and 
China 

Koch  —  Maackia 

phtytdrpa,    Mikmo 
(Sophora     platy- 
carpa.     Maxim  ) 
Tr.e       lfth      <)-n, 
o\dt<     to     elliptic - 
lanu  ol,ite,      2-i1;      in 
panicles  broadly  pyrami- 
dal,    upright,      'la      J2»n 
long,  white, standard  with 
yellow  spot  at  the  base 
pod      narrowly     w  inged 
Japan    Sit    2  32    Very 
rare  m  cult  — C  Ttikhirdi, 
Y-itabt  -Maackia  Ta- 
shiroi    -   C      H'ffaonit, 
'I  akoda      Tree,  to   50  ft 
Ifts   7  «)  « Iliptic-ovate  to 
oval,  -oblong,   usually 
broadly    rune  ate    at    the 
base      panicles     upright, 
r>-8   m     long,    fls      »fin 
long,     o\ary    pubescent 
Cent   China 

ALFRED  REHDER 

CLARKIA  (Capt 
Wm  Clark,  com- 
panion of  Lewis,  ex- 
plorer of  the  Rocky 
Mt  region  and  be- 
yond, 1S06)  On<i- 
yraft«e  Flower  -  gar- 
den annuals 

Herbs,  with  alter- 
nate   mostly     entire  979.  Clarkia  elegans    (x%) 
Ivs  ,  and  showy  Us 

in  the  upper  axils  or  in  terminal  racemes  fls  regular,  the 
caly  \  tubular,  the  petals  4,  narrow  at  the  base  and  entire 
or  lobed,  wide-spreading;  stamens  8,  the  alternate  ones 
.short  or  rudimentary;  stigmas  4,  large  and  spreading: 
pod  oblong  or  linear,  4-sided  — Half  dozen  or  more 
species  in  W  N  Amer  See  also  Euchandium 

Clarkias  are  hardy  annuals  of  easy  cultivation. 
They  thrive  in  a  warm,  light  soil,  either  fully  exposed  to 
the  sun  or  in  partial  shade  They  are  useful  for  low 
masses  or  for  edgings;  also  for  vases  and  baskets. 
They  have  been  much  improved  by  domestication . 

A  Stamens  (8)  ail  perfect   fcv>  broad. 

elegans,  Douglas  (C.  unguiculata,  Lmdl  C.  neni- 
fdlia.  Hort  )  Fig  979  From  1-6  ft  high,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so,  the  sts  reddish  and  glaucous,  simple  or 
sparingly  branched  Ivs  broad-ovate  to  linear,  remote- 
dentate  fls  purple  or  rose-colored,  running  into  white 
vars  ,  double  forms  in  cult  ;  claw  of  the  petal  about  as 
long  as  its  rhomboidal  entire  limb  caps  sessile  B  M 
3592  BR  1575  R  H.  1845  385  Mn  1'22.— One 
of  the  commonest  annual  fls 

rhomboidea,  Douglas  Not  so  tall  and  more  slender 
Ivs  thin,  lance-oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  entire:  claw 


786 


CLARKIA 


CLAYTONIA 


often  toothed,  shorter  than  the  rhomboidal  limb: 
caps,  stalked.  B.R.  1981.  R.H.  1864: 151  (?).— Not 
much  cult. 

AA.  Stamens  4  perfect  and  4  rudimentary  Ivs.  very 

narrow. 

pulchella,  Pursh.  Fig.  980.  One  ft.  to  18  in  high, 
branchy,  often  tufted  and  dwarf,  the  sts.  mostly  pu- 
berulent  Ivs  narrowly  lance-oblong  to  linear,  narrowed 
into  a  petiole,  entire  fls  lilac,  running  into  white  vars.; 
petals  '4 m  or  less  long  in  wild  plants,  with  3  wide- 
spreading  lobes  and  a  pair  of  recurved  teeth  on  the 
claw,  caps  stalked  B  M.  2918.  BR  1100.  RH 
1845  385,  1880,  p  557  — Common  in  cult  ^  There  are 
semi-double  and  dwarf  forms  Var  holopetala,  Voss 
(C  intcgnpftala,  Hort  )  is  a  garden  form  or  race  with 
entire  petals  There  are  also  dwarf  forms  of  it.  The 
garden  names  kermesina  and 
limbata  belong  with  C  pul- 
chella L  H  B 

CLARY.  The  dried  leaves 
of  Salvia  Sclarea,  which  are 
used  for  seasoning  Other 
species  of  Salvia  have  been 
used  for  the  same  purpose. 
See  Salvia. 

CLAUCfcNA  (a  personal 
name)  Rutdcea?  Small 
mermous  trees  Ivs  pinnate: 
fls  in  terminal  panicles  or 
loose  racemes,  ovary  raised 
on  a  short  disk,  4-5-celled, 
with  1-2  ovules  in  each  cell; 
style  short,  deciduous;  sta- 
mens 8-10-  fr  4-5-celled, 
with  usually  1  seed  in  each 
cell,  cotyledons  aerial  in 
germination,  first  fohage- 
Ivs  opposite  or  alternate. 

Lansium,  Skeels  (Clau- 
sena  Wdmpi,  Oliver.  Qum- 
dna  Ldnstum,  Lour.  Cookia 
Wdmpi,  Blanco)  WAMPI. 
Low  spineless  tree,  with 
spreading  branches:  Ivs. 
spirally  arranged,  pinnate; 
tfts  5-9,  ovate -elliptical, 

3-5  in  long,  petiolate,  light  green,  shiny  above:  fls. 
4-5-parted,  small,  white,  in  large  terminal  panicles; 
ovary  villous,  5-celled,  with  1  ovule  in  each  cell,  style 
short;  stamens  10:  fr  ovate-globose,  about  1  in  longj 
skin  glandular,  pubescent,  seeds  green  — The  wampi 
is  a  native  of  S  China,  where  it  is  commonly  grown  for 
its  frs  It  is  cult  to  some  extent  in  Hawaii  and  could 
probably  be  grown  in  the  warmer  parts  of  Fla.  and  Calif. 
It  can  be  grafted  on  grape-fruit  and  other  species  of 
Citrus,  which  makes  it  desirable  to  test  it  as  a  stock  for 
common  citrous  frs.  '  WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

CLAVljA,  (Don  Jos6  de  Viera  y  Clavijo,  of  Madrid). 
Syn  .  Horta  Myrsinacex;  by  Mcz  separated  in  the 
family  Theophrastacese.  Thirty  and  more  tropical 
American  evergreen  unbranched  trees  or  shrubs,  a 
few  of  which  are  sometimes  grown  in  the  warmhouse. 
The  sts  are  simple;  often  spiny,  bearing  at  the  top  a 
cluster  of  large  rigid,  simple,  entire  or  spiny-toothed 
Ivs  :  fls.  polygamous-dioecious  in  axillary  racemes; 
calyx  4-5-parted,  the  segms  round;  corolla  white,  yel- 
low or  orange,  the  tube  short  and  fleshy,  the  limb  mostly 
spreading  and  4-5-lobed,  stamens  4  or  5,  the  filaments 
often  united  in  the  sterile  fls  ;  stammodia  4  or  5, 
being  scales  in  the  throat;  ovary  fusiform,  narrowed 
into  a  short  style,  the  stigma  obtuse  or  capitate:  fr. 
several-seeded,  berry-like.  The  clavijas  thrive  in  a 


peaty  potting  soil,  and  prop,  by  cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  growths.  They  are  odd  plants  The  features  are 
here  given  as  apparently  understood  by  horticulturists. 

A  Lvs  entiret  or  only  repand. 

n6bilis,  Mez,  (C.  clavdta,  Decnc).  Plant  4-5  ft  :  Ivs. 
long-petioled  thick,  1  %  f t  or  less,  elliptic  or  oblong  or 
oblanceolate,  entire,  acute  or  semi-acute,  fls.  yellow, 
with  a  very  large  disk,  %in  long,  the  corolla  fleshy,  in 
drooping  racemes  2-4  in  long.  Venezuela.  B.M.  6928 
(as  C.  Ernstu,  Hook.,  f  ). 

integrifdlia,  Mart  (Theophrdsta  integnfbha,  Pohl). 
Allied  to  C  longifoha,  differing  chiefly  in  the  less  rigid, 
broader  and  entire  leaves,  longer  petioles  and  larger 
fls  Lvs  distinctly  petiolcd  (petioles  %-l  in  long), 
obovate-oblong  to  lanceolate-oblong,  acute  and  mucro- 
nate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  quite  entire  or  bhghtly 
undulate,  8-18  in  long  racemes  erect,  5-7 
in.  long;  fls  larger  than  in  C  ornata,  on 
slenderer  pedicels,  5-merous;  appendages 
of  the  corolla  rounded,  short.  Brazil. 

grandis,  Decne  (Theophrd^ta  macro- 
phylla,  Lmd ,  not  Link  T.  grdndis, 
O  Kuntze)  Lvs  large  (to  3  ft  ), 
long -oblong,  narrowly  pale -margined, 
entire  or  bimiatc-repand,  petiole  thick 
and  dark  violet,  the  secondary  nerves 
slender  and  simple  or  forked  fls  orange- 
yellow,  in  short  and  erect  racemes; 
calyx-lobes  orbicular  and  nearly  gla- 
brous, the  corona  5-lobed  Colombia. 

AA    Lvs  serrate,  often  spiny-toothed 
longif&lia,  Mez   (C  orndta,  Don,  Theo- 
phrd.^a  longifbha,  Jacq  )      Plant    10-20 
ft     Ivs  many,  in  a  crowded  head  or  tuft 
at  the  top  of  the  st   oblong-spat ulato  to 
lanceolate,  leathery,  narrowed    at    base 
and  stalked,  acute,  spiny-toothed,  l}-£ft 
or  less  long    fls    orange-  or  saffron-col- 
ored, fragrant,  in  drooping  racemes  4-10 
in   long    Venezuela,  Colombia. 
B  M  4922.  B  R  1764    Blooms 
in  June  and  July 

spindsa,  Mez  (C  Riedelidna, 
Regel)  Plant  5-6  ft ,  glabrous, 
stout  and  erect  Ivs  t)bovate- 
lanceolate,  sessile,  20  in  or  less 
long,,spmose-serrate  fib  orange- 
yellow,  in  slender  racemes  5-8 
in  long  Brazil 
ftilgens,  Hook  f  Plant  3  ft  or  more,  very  stout: 
Ivs  bpatulate-obcuneate,  narrow,  remotely  toothed 
near  the  apex,  narrowed  into  a  very  &hort  petiole, 
very  coriaceous,  1  ft  or  so  long,  fls  deep  red,  with 
yellow  disk,  handsome,  in  erect  racemes  4  or  5  in.  long. 
S.  Amcr.  B  M  5626. 

C  lalifMui,  Radlk  (Theophrastus  latifoha,  Willd  )  Lv*  *race- 
fully  elliptic,  pHiulod,  narrowed  at  both  ends,  inurronatc-serrate. 
raccmci  erect  Colombia  r  J£  U 

CLAYTONIA  (after  John  Clayton,  of  Virginia,  one  of 
the  earliest  American  botanists  upon  whose  collections 
Gronovius  based  the  Flora  Virgmica)  Portulacdcex. 
SPRING  BKAUTY  Little  .smooth  succulent  herbs  some- 
tunes  transferred  to  gardens  for  their  bright  flowers. 

Perennials  with  slender,  2-lvd  sts  from  a  deep, 
globular  corm,  and  loose  racemes  of  white  or  rose- 
colored  fls  with  deeper  veins,  appearing  among  the 
first  wild  fls  and  lasting  only  a  few  days.  The  genus 
is  characterized  by  its  oval,  persistent  sepals  and  5 
stamens  Plants  can  be  secured  from  dealers  m  native 
plants  They  can  be  naturalized  in  moist  places,  and 
do  well  in  half-shady  spots  at  the  bottom  of  a  rockery. 
For  C.  parvifolia,  C.  pannflora  and  C.  perfoliatat  see 
Montia. 


CLAYTONIA 


CLEMATIS 


787 


virglnica,  Linn.  Plant  4-8  in.  long,  often  forcing  an 
irregular  way  through  the  leaf-mold  of  damp,  rich 
woods:  Ivs  linear-lanceolate  or  linear,  2-6  in.  long, 
including  the  gradually  tapering  base:  fls  larger  and 
more  numerous  than  in  C  carohniana,  whitish,  tinged 
with  pinkish  Colo,  to  Atlantic  and  south  to  Gulf. 
B.M.941.  L.B.C.7.643. 

caroliniana,  Michx.  Lower  and  fewer-fld.:  Ivs.  1-2 
in  long,  oblong,  oblong-lanceolate,  somewhat  spat- 
ulate,  or  even  ovate-lanceolate,  with  a  blade  1-2  in. 
long,  abruptly  contracted  into  a  marginal  petiole:  fls 
smaller  than  in  the  preceding  and  more  deeply  colored. 
Minn  to  Atlantic  and  south  to  mts.  of  N  C  — Should 
be  grown  only  in  cool  places  above  1,000  ft. 

lanceolate,  Pursh  About  4  in  high'  Ivs  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  J^-13/6  in  long,  the  babe  broad  or  narrow; 
petiole  as  long  as  the  blade,  raceme  short-peduncled; 
petals  cmargmate  or  almost  obcordate  N  W.  N. 
Amer  — Considered  by  some  to  be  a  mere  form  of  the 
preceding  WILHELM  MILLER 

N    TAYLOR! 

CLEIS6STOMA  (Greek,  closed  mouth,  referring  to 
the  structure  of  the  spur)  Orchidacex.  Epiphytic 
orchids,  adapted  to  the  warmhouse. 

Steins  leafy  Ivs  coriaceous,  flat  or  nearly  terete* 
sepals  and  petals  odnate  to  the  column,  spreading; 
labellum  with  a  large  saccate  spur,  column  short, 
thick,  pollima  2  From  E  Asia  and  Austral  — A  genus 
comprising  in  the  neighborhood  of  40  species,  which  sug- 
gest Saccolabium  The  plants  are  little  known  in 
Amer  They  require  the  treatment  usually  given 
Aendes  The  leading  species  are  C.  cra&sifolium, 
Lindl ,  from  India,  with  small  green  rosy-lipped  fls  in 
nodding  panicles,  and  thick  recurved  Ivs.  10  in.  long. 
JF  4  397;  and  C  ringens.  Reichb  f,  Philippines, 
with  yellowish  white  purple-lipped  fls.  with  orange  spot 
on  side  lobes,  spur  large,  in  few-fld  racemes'  Ivs  3-4 
in  long  C  Daivsoni&num,  Reichb  f  ,  isaTrichoglottis; 
C  multiflbrum,  Hort ,  is  probably  Aendes  mulhflorum 
C  secundum,  llolfe,  a  recent  introduction  from  Burma, 
has  light  rose-pink  fls.  that  are  turned  sulewise,  the 
front  lobe  of  the  lip  rose-purple,  borne  on  a  scape  3—4 
in  long  Ivs.  lance-oblong,  about  4-5  in.  long  and  Hm- 
broad. 

CLEISTANTHUSCOLLlNUS*  Lebuturopnt. 

CLEISTOCACTUS  (closed  Cactus,  referring  doubts 
less  to  the  peculiar  flowers)  Cactticeae.  Slender  colum- 
nar cacti,  with  few  branches  and  many-ribbed,  fls. 
short  and  narrowly  curved,  orange-red,  ovary  covered 
with  small  appressed  bracts  bearing  hairs  in  their 
axils,  filaments  somewhat  exserted  and  grouped 
together  near  the  upper  lip  fr  spineless,  pulp  white; 
seeds  slightly  punctate  — About  14  speciea  have  been 
described  in  this  genus. 

Baumannii,  Lem.  (Cereus  Baumannii,  Lem.  C. 
colubrlnus,  Otto)  Sts  dark  green,  slender,  flexuose, 
columnar,  reaching  a  height  of  6  ft  and  a  diam.  of 
1-13^  m  ,  the  few  branches  ascending,  slender,  parallel 
with  the  mam  st  :  ribs  12-16,  rounded,  areoles  close 
together,  brown:  spines  fine,  slender,  very  sharp,  15-20, 
fascicled,  white  to  yellow  or  dark  brown,  about  J^m. 
long;  sometimes  a  single  one  from  the  center  reaches 
a  length  of  %m  :  fls  numerous,  tubular,  zygomorphous, 
2>£-3  in  long  by  about  J^in  diam  throughout,  red 
or  sometimes  with  orange-red  petals  and  red  tube. 
Uruguay,  Paraguay  and  Argentina.  j.  N  ROSE. 

CLEMATIS  (Greek  name  of  a  climbing  plant).  Ra- 
nunculdcese  Familiar  garden  plants,  prized  for  their 
handsome  and  often  very  showy  flowers  followed  in 
many  species  by  attractive  feathery-tailed  fruits. 

Climbing  vines,  or  erect  or  ascending  perennial 
herbs, more  or  less  woody.  Ivs.  opposite,  mostly  slender- 


petioled,  usually  pmnately  compound,  lobed,  or  in 
some  species  entire  and  rarely  sessile*  sepals  usually  4 
or  5,  sometimes  more,  valvatc  in  the  bud,  rarely  imbri- 
cate, petaloid;  petals  none  (or  small  in  Atragene  sec- 
tion, usually  considered  as  petaloid  staminodes) ;  sta- 
mens many;  pistils  many  achenes  in  a  head,  1-seeded; 
style  persistent,  long,  plumose,  silky  or  naked  Fig. 
983  — About  150  species  of  very  wide  geographical 
distribution,  most  abundant  in  temperate  regions. 
About  20  species  found  native  in  N  Amer  and  about 
80  in  E  Asia.  Ix>s  Clematites,  Alphonse  LavaMe, 
Paris,  1884;  referred  to  below  by  "Lav  " — The  Clema- 
tis as  a  Garden  Flower,  Thomas  Moore  and  George 
Jackman,  London,  1872,  referred  to  below  by  "M  & 
J  " — Clematises,  Dr  Jules  le  Bole,  in  Bull  de  la  Societe 
d'Hort  de  la  Sarthe,  republished  in  The  Garden  (vol. 
53),  June-Get ,  1898  — O  Kuntze,  Monogr  der 
Gattung  Clematis  in  Verb  Bot.  Ver  Brandenb.  26 
(1885)  —A  Gray,  Fl  N  Amer  1  4-9,  1895  — Fmet  & 
Gagnepam,  Contnb.  Fl  As  Orient  !  :l-42  (1905). 

The  culture  of  clematises.    (K  C  Davis  ) 

A  rich  soil  of  a  light,  loamy  character  is  the  best  for 
clematises,  and  a  little  mixture  of  hine  will  make  it 
better  The  soil  must  be  well  drained,  and  must  be 
kept  rich  by  at  least  annual  applications  of  horse-  or 
cow-manure.  On  dry,  hot  soils  cow-manure  is  best, 
while  on  heavy  soils  a  thorough  dressing  of  rich  leaf- 
mold  would  best  serve  the  purpose  Mulching  with 
half-rotted  manure  on  the  approach  of  winter  tends 
to  increase  the  strength  of  the  plants  and  the  size  of 
the  flowers.  In  dry  seasons,  spraying  is  always  helpful 
during  the  growing  period 

Clematises  belonging  to  the  Montana,  Patens,  Flor- 
ida, and  Lanugmosa  types  should  be  pruned  m  Feb- 
ruary or  March,  by  cutting  away  all  weak,  straggling 
and  overcrowded  branches  The  first  three  mentioned 
flower  from  the  ripened  wood,  it  is  essential,  there- 
fore, that  in  order  to  secure  blossoms,  enough  of  the 
strong  one-year-old  wood  should  be  retained.  Viticella, 
Jackmann  and  Lanugmosa  should  be  vigorously  cut 
back,  say  in  November,  they  blossom  from  the  new 
shoots  Those  of  t  he  Patens  t  vpe  should  be  pruned  very 
little,  soon  after  the  flowers  nave  disappeared,  by  sim- 
ply ttimming  off  useless  branches  and  seed-bearing 
peduncles 

Clematises  of  the  vigorous  climbing  varieties  are 
used  in  many  places  to  cover  walls,  root-fences,  mounds, 
arbors,  balconies,  trellises,  small  buildings,  and,  in 
fact,  many  other  places  the  ingenious  gardener  will 
think  of.  For  pot  culture  m  the  greenhouse,  and  for 
conservatory  walls,  the  less  vigorous  species  are  best 
suited  All  the  many  varieties  and  hybrids  of  the 
Patens  and  Lanugmosa  types,  including  Hcnryi  and 
the  forms  of  Jackmann,  are  well  adapted  to  this  use,  as 
well  as  for  outdoor  purposes.  The  dwarf er  and  more 
bushy  species  are  used  in  greenhouses  to  some  extent, 
but  are  found  principally  in  borders  or  on  large  rock- 
enes  Of  the  latter  J  B  Keller  says.  "Their  flowers  are 
not  so  large  as  we  see  them  m  most  of  the  cumbers,  yet 
they  are  indispensable  in  the  flower-garden,  being 

Srolific  bloomers  and  free  growers  in  ordinarily  rich, 
eep  garden  soil.  There  is  room  for  improvement  in 
this  class,  however,  and  specialists,  who  hitherto  have 
done  so  much  for  the  climbers,  ought  to  direct  their 
efforts  now  to  the  long-neglected  bush  clematises  A 
noble  beginning  has  been  made,  resulting  in  the  large- 
flowering  C  Durandu,  but  we  expect  more  of  them  in 
the  future."  See  special  notes  on  culture  and  hybrid- 
forming  qualities  after  the  descriptions  of  some  of 
the  species  and  varieties 

The  most  common  method  of  propagation  is  by 
grafting  Roots  of  C  Flammula  or  C  Viticella  are 
used;  the  cions  are  taken  from  plants  that  have  been 
grown  under  glass,  and  are  used  before  the  wood  is 
entirely  ripe.  Cions  taken  from  plants  grown  m  the 


788 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


garden  in  summer  are  rarely  successful.  The  grafts,  in 
pots  or  trays,  are  grown  m  a  moist  coolhouse,  over  gen- 
tle bottom  heat.  Another  method  of  propagation, 
involving  less  labor  but  usually  successful,  is  to  take 
cuttings  of  nearly  ripe  wood,  grown  under  glass,  and 
treat  them  as  the  cions  first  above  mentioned,  without 
the  roots.  The  latter  method  is  practised  preferably 
in  summer  in  gentle  hotbeds;  shading,  spraying,  and 
later  on  airing,  must  be  strictly  attended  to  Layering 
is  practised  when  large  old  stools  are  at  hand  The 
knife  is  not  used  in  the  operation,  but  a  twist  of  the 
stem  will  split  the  inner  bark  lengthwise.  Every  other 
joint  is  thus  treated,  pegged  down,  and  covered  with 
soil  It  is  best  to  leave  the  layers  undisturbed  until 
the  following  spring 
Many  of  the  species  are 
often  propagated  by 
seed,  and  many  new 
varieties  have  thus  been 
secured  The  number  of 
hybrids  is  almost  count- 
less; in  this  ac- 
count are  care- 
fully recorded 
those  in  the 
American 
trade  which 
are  traceable 
to  their  origin. 
The  clematis 
is  subject  to  a 
very  serious 
disease,  due  to 
the  depreda- 
tions of  a  ne- 
matode  worm 
in  the  roots  This  trouble 
is  most  serious  under 
glass  and  alongside 

buildings     where     the  981.  Clematis 

ground  docs  not  freeze  Fremontii. 

deep      The   parasite    is  vXJi) 

probably  distributed  in 
the  noil  adhering  to  pot-grown  plants  It  is  probable 
that  hard  freezing  kills  the  parasite  There  is  no 
remedy,  so  far  as  known,  for  affected  plants  Using 
only  soil  which  has  been  frozen  is  to  be  recommended 
to  the  propagator. 

The  kinds  of  clematis     (Jackson  &  Perkins  Co  ) 

The  hybrid  varieties  of  Clematis,  commonly  known 
as  the  large-flowering  sorts,  are,  when  successfully 
grown,  among  the  most  beautiful  of  hardy  climbing 
plants  The  commercial  propagation  and  growing  of 
most  of  the  large-flowering  varieties,  however,  is 
attended  with  so  many  difficulties  and  disappoint- 
ments that  it  has  never  been  very  generally  attempted 
by  nurserymen  or  florists  in  this  country  At  the  pres- 
ent time  there  are  scarcely  half  a  dozen  houses  on  this 
continent  who  attempt  the  propagation  of  clematis  to 
any  considerable  extent,  ana  it  is  only  within  the  past 
thirty  years  that  clematises  have  been  commercially 
grown  even  by  this  limited  number.  Prior  to  that,  prac- 
tically all  of  the  large-flowering  clematises  planted  in 
this  country  were  im ported  from  Europe,  the  major 
part  being  supplied  by  Holland,  whose  moist  atmos- 
phere and  black  soil  produces  large,  vigorous  plants, 
but  whose  climatic  conditions  are  so  entirely  different 
from  those  usually  found  m  this  country  that  the 
plants  often  failed  to  adapt  themselves  to  their  new 
surroundings,  and  did  not  thrive  to  the  extent  that 
their  good  size  and  vigorous  condition  seemed  to  give 
promise.  A 

The  propagation  of  clematis  throughout  Europe  is 
usually  effected  by  grafting  pieces  of  well-ripened, 
year-old  wood  upon  roots  of  almost  any  of  the  more 


vigorous-growing  species,  Clematis  Flammula  being 
most  commonly  used  In  this  country,  on  the  contrary, 
the  method  commonly  pursued  is  by  means  of  cuttings 
from  young  wood,  stuck  in  sand,  with  gentle  bottom 
heat,  usually  during  May  or  June  So  far  as  concerns 
the  comparative  vigor  and  desirability  of  plants  pro- 
duced by  these  two  methods,  there  is  small  choice 
between  them  Propagation  by  cuttings  is,  in  this 
country,  the  more  rapid  and  economical  way,  and 
further,  it  removes  the  possibility,  sometimes  realized 
in  grafted  plants,  of  sprouts  being  thrown  up  from 
the  roots,  and,  if  in  the  hands  of  an  uninformed  ama- 
teur, entirely  "running  out"  the  variety  grafted  in; 
thus  considerable  annoyance  is  avoided. 

Clematises  hybridize  so  readily  that  the  number  of 
varieties  resultant  from  various  crosses  forms  a  long 
list  But  while  so  many  have  been  dignified  with 
names  and  places  m  the  catalogues  of  nurserymen, 
yet  the  varieties  of  largc-flowermg  clematis  that  have 
proved  so  valuable  as  to  secure  permanent  places  for 
themselves  in  popular  demand  can  almo.st  be  counted 
upon  one's  fingers  There  are  many  varieties  possess- 
ing most  beautiful  shades  and  variations  of  coloring 
that  fail  to  attain  popularity,  chiefly  on  account  of 
deficiency  in  two  essential  characteristics — vigorous 
habit  of  growth  and  abundance  of  bloom  Clematis 
Jackmanu,  purple,  originated  in  1802,  by  Mr  George 
Jackman,  was  on«  of  the  first  hybrid  clematises  intro- 
duced, and  btill  stands  as  the  most  popular,  and,  of  its 
color,  the  moht  valuable  variety  yet  known  The  vari- 
ety, Madame  Edouard  Andre",  a  deep  rich  crimson,  is 
distinct  and  novel,  being  at  this  timo  about  the  best 
large-flowering  sort  of  a  truly  crimson  shade  It  is  not 
quite  so  vigorous  habit  as  the  Jackmann,  but  its  flowers 
are  similarly  massed;  though  not  produced  in  quite  such 
profusion.  Clematis  Madame  Baron  Veillard  is  a  dis- 
tinct variety  It  is  of  exceedingly  vigorous  habit,  and 
the  flowers  are  quite  freely  produced,  though,  being 
more  dispersed  over  the  plant,  they  do  not  make  so 
much  of  a  show  as  do  varieties  whose  flowers  arc 
closely  massed  The  flowers  are  of  very  large  size  and 
of  a  light  rose-color,  shaded  with  lilac.  Of  white  varie- 
ties, Henryi,  Mrs  George  Jackman  and  Lanugmosa 
Candida,  all  of  them  introduced  long  ago,  still  remain 
about  the  most  desirable  ones  known  Hamona,  deep 
sky-blue,  is  a  variety  which  originated  some  twenty- 
five  years  ago.  It  is  of  extra-large  size?  often  9  to 
10  inches  across,  of  very  vigorous  habit  and  free- 
flowering 

Of  double-flowered  varieties,  Duchess  of  Edinburgh, 
white,  is  the  best  known  in  this  country,  and  about  the 
most  desirable.  John  Gould  Veitch  is  a  double  sort 
with  flowers  of  lavender-blue,  hut  has  seemed  a  shy 
bloomer  and  of  weak  habit  Mine  Grange  (purplish 
violet),  Star  of  India  (purple),  Velutma  Purpurea  (pur- 

§le),  and  Viticella  Venosa   (reddish   purple),  are  all 
esirablo  varieties. 

Although  they  are  in  reality  slightly  less  hardy  than 
the  Florida  and  Patens  types,  varieties  of  the  Lanugi- 
nosa,  Viticella  and  Jackmann  types,which  produce  their 
flowers  from  young  growing  wood,  are  recommended 
for  northern  localities.  Plants  of  these  types,  even  if 
frozen  back  to  the  ground,  will  still  produce  a  good 
show  of  flowers,  since,  as  stated,  they  bloom  from  the 
recent  vigorous  wood,  even  if  the  old  tops  are  killed. 
Indeed,  they  need  to  be  pruned  back  considerably 
anyway  to  induce  a  free  growth  of  young  vigorous 
blooming  wood.  With  plants  of  the  Patens  and  Florida 
types,  however,  which  blossom  from  year-old  wood,  a 
severe  freezing  back  of  the  plants  would  destroy  the 
crop  of  flowers  for  the  year. 

Of  the  small-flowering  varieties,  Clematis  paniculata 
(white),  introduced  from  Japan,  has  proved  to  be  a 
wonderfully  valuable  acquisition  in  this  country,  and 
has  become  exceedingly  popular.  It  is  of  remarkably 
vigorous  habit,  often  making  a  growth  of  20  to  25 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


7S9 


feet  in  a  season.  It  seems  thus  far  to  be  entirely  free 
from  disease,  is  delightfully  fragrant,  and  so  floriferous 
that  the  blossoms  form  a  dense  sheet  of  bloom,  remain- 
ing in  full  beauty  for  several  weeks.  The  foliage  is  very 
thick  and  heavy,  thus  making  it  very  desirable  for 
covering  porches  and  arbors. 

Crispa  (blue)  and  texensis  (red)  are  species  with 
very  pretty,  bell-shaped  flowers.  They  are  easily 
grown  and  do  well  in  almost  all  situations 

The  perennial,  non-climbing  varieties  of  clematis  are 
most  pleasing  border  plarits;  succeeding  well  in  all  ordi- 
nary soilh  and  making  a  rich  show  of  bloom  at  their 
flowering  .season.  Davidiana  (blue)  and  recta  (white) 
are  about  the  best  known  and  most  desirable  varieties 
of  this  class 

To  grow  clematis  most  successfully,  they  should  be 
given  a  good  depth  of  loamy  soil,  with  a  fair  supply  of 
well-rotted  manure  spaded  in  and  thoroughly  distrib- 
uted through  the  soil  In  hot,  dry  weather,  the  plants 
should  be  regularly  watered  in  order  to  obtain  the 
greatest  number  of  flowers  possible,  for  the  plants  are 
very  susceptible  to  injury  by  drought  A  point  of  great 
importance,  especially  in  caring  for  newly  set  plants, 
is  to  provide  a  firm  support  for  them  to  climb  upon. 
A  solid  wooden  or  metal  trellis  is  preferable,  for  the 
reason  that  it  prevents  the  plants  from  being  whipped 
about  by  the  winds,  which  often  results  in  breaking  the 
stalks  just  above  the  ground  or  else  in  cracking  the 
outer  bark  of  the  stalks  and  rendering  them  more 
liable  to  the  attacks  of  insects  and  fungous  diseases. 


any  kind,  is  not  to  be  advised  for  this  reason     Propa- 
gation of  the  hybrid  varieties  is  effected  both  by  cut- 

tings and  by  grafts     All  of  the  type  varieties  grow 

readily  from  seed. 

INDEX. 

ffithusifolm,  IK 

Gablemit,  2.3 

parnflora,  20 

akebioides,  48 

glaura,  48 

patens,  24 

alba,  18,  20,  23 

dlobulitf-a    4 

Pavolimana,  33 

alba  maann,  23 

granlifolla,  27 

Prlhen,  23 

aUn  flora,  20 

grandulcntata,  40 

perfecta,  28 

alpina,  18 

grandiHora.  24,  28 

/>»^en,  7 

grata,  40 

plena,  34 

angtisti(pha,  IS 

yravfolens,  47. 

psitulo-coccinea,  10 

apiifolia,   18 

intrpurca-hybriaa,  23 

Armandn,  30 

recta,  34 

Htndtrvonii,  20. 

rrp^Mjf,  28 

atroviciUicea,  20. 

Iltnryi,  23 

retitulata.  8 

azurea,  24 

l.eraclewfolia,  12,  13 

n  valuta  .  20 

baleanni,  2b 

rotundifolia,  36 

Hergrronu,  20 

induisa,  It)' 

rubella,  23,  30 

bicolor,  22 

niUgnfolia,  1 

rubena.  28 

brevicaudata,   39. 

inttrmedm,  20. 

rubra,  20 

brer  nor  data,   39 

inlricata,  48 

Tubro-marg  \nata,  20. 

tttrulea,  5,  21 

JfifArnariii,  23. 

rubro-violacea,  23. 

califorima.  13 

jnnthina,  11 

Sargent]  i,  7 

calycinti.  2h 

Soottu,  4 

cainpaniHora,  21. 
Candida,  23 

j'winwna,  12 
hermesitui,  20. 

serratifoha,  r>0. 
Bibinca,  18 

C'atesbyana,  12 

kureana,  50 

tiitboldn,  22 

(.'hamilrri,  20 

lunuginuHa,  23. 

Him-ui,  7 

tirrhosa,  25 

lasiundra,  15 

Souhei,  .37 

cocnnea,  10 

laiiantha,  45 

vplendida,  2.3 

colurabiana,  17 

latisecta,  Ib 

Sp<x>neri,  29 

contorta,  20 

Lavallei,  13 

Standishn.  24 

erassifolia,  .32 

/Mwsomnna    23 

Stanleyana.  19 

crispa,  0 
cvhnrlricn,  I 
Davidiana,  12 

hgiiHtic  ifoha,  43. 
hlanna,  28 
lilanna-floribunda, 

Stanley!  ,  m 
stans,  13 
superba,  23 

devoniensis,  2.3. 

20 

Symesmna,  23 

dittorta,  20 
dwancata,  1 

lobata,  46 
lobulata,  40 

tangutica.  49 
tenuisepala,  39 

Douglaau,  4 

magnifim,  23 

termflora,  34. 

Drummondii,  44. 
Durandn,  23 

mandshunea,  34. 

texensis,  10 
thyrwidca,  14 

erect  a,  34 

Meyoniana,  31 

tubulosa,  12 

eriopoda,  49 

moc/eifa,  23 

<un6rtdffensr«,  23. 

eriottemon,  20 

monstrosa,  24 

undulata,  28 

Fargesii,  37 

montana,  28,  29. 

V«/c/m,  22 

Farquhanana,  30 

nitco,  23 

vduhna-purpitrca,  23. 

Flammula,  20,  .3(5 
flonbundn,  20 

nutans,  14 
obtusidentata,  38 

venom,  20 
\erticillari4,  17 

florida,  20,  22 

occidentals,  18 

violacea.11,20,23, 

Fortunei,  22 

ochroleuca,  3 

24 

fragrant,  30 

odorata.  28 

Viorna,  9,  10 

franio/urtenna,  24. 

orientalia,  47,  48.  49 

virgmiana,  42 

Fremontii,  2 

Pallani,  36,  48,  49 

Vitalba,  41. 

fulgt  no,  2.3 
fusca.  11 

palhda,  23 
paniculata,  35. 

Viticella,  20 
Wilsonu,  28. 

KEY    TO    THE    SPECIES. 

A.  Sepals  upright,  forming  a  tubular  or 
urceolate  jl  ,  stamens  upright,  ap- 
preis  ted,  pubescent,  or  si  jxils  mure 
sheading  and  fls  with  petaloid 
staminodes 

B.  Flu   without  petaloid  staminodes. 
C.  Lvs       simple       herbaceous,     not 

climbing 
D.  Color  of  fls    purple  or  blue 

B   Theirs  thin,  acut(,  sexs-de       1.  integrifolia 
EK    The  If 8    yuhcvriactouv,   retic- 
ulate,    obtusish,    ihort-jicti- 

olrd  2.  Fremontii 

DD  Color  of  Jh  ydlow    3.  ochroleuca 

cc.  Lvs  compound 

i>    Lfts   entire    flu   solitary 
E    Plants  upright,  herbaceous 
F   Shape    of   Ifts      lanceolate: 
Ivs  bipi  n  na  te  or  lernately 
compound  .      .  4.  Douglasii 

FF  Shape    of  Ifts     oiatc     Lvs. 

pinnate  5  aromatica 

EE.  Plants  climbing,  shrubby 
F   Styles  not  plumose  in  fr 
o    The   Ivs     not   retuulate, 
usually   with    tirminal 
1ft  6  crispa 

QO.  The   In     reticulate, 
usually  without  termi- 
nal Ift  7  Simsh 
FF.  Styles  plumou  in  fr 

o.  Flu  axillary,  with  the 
pedicels  much  longer 
than  thi  /N 

H.  Seixila  outride  pubes- 
cent, dull 
I.  Lfts     subconaccous, 

rehcultitf  8.  reticulata 

n.  Lfts      m<  mbranoux, 

indistinctly  rimed    9  Viorna 
HH.  Sepals     outside     (jla- 

brout,  bright  scarht    10  texensis 
GO.  Fls    terminal  and  axil- 
lary, the  latttr  with  the 
pedicel*     shorter    than 
the  flu  ll.fusca 

DD    Lfts    sirrate    fl*    usually  clus- 
ter'( d  or  panubd 
E    Plants    herbaceous,    upright' 
fls    clustered,    often   nearly 
sessile 
F  Fls      blue     or     inolet,     in 

axillary  cluitfrt  12  heracle&folia 

FF   Fls    uhttteh,  usually  in  an 
elongated    t>  rminal    pan- 
icle 13  stans 
EE.  Plants  climbing,  shrubby 
F    Lrs    pinnate 

u   FL    yellowish  white,  in 

rnicl<s  14  nutans 

reddish  purple,  1-3, 
axillary  15  lasiandra 

FF  Lvi  bipmnate,  Ifts  small, 
deeply  lobed,  usually  has 
than  1  in  long  fls 
whitish  1C.  aethusifolia 

BB   Fls  with  petaloid  staminodes,  sepal* 
more   or   less    spreading,    stamens 
upright,  appressed  pubescent 
c   Lvs   always  3-foliolate,  Ifts   ovate, 

subcordate  17  verticillaris 

cc   Les   partly  biternate,  Ifts.  ovate  to 

ovate-lanceolate  18  alpina 

AA.  Sepals    spreading,    stamens    more    or 

less  divergent 

B.  Stamtns  glabrous  or  only  with  a  few 
hairs  below  the  anthers   (or  hairy 
at  the  base  only  in  No   19) 
c.  Fls   solitary  or  in  3's  or  in  axil- 
lary fascicles,  blue,  violet,  red  or 
white,  usually  large 
D.  Lfts     entire     fls     on    the    new 
growth  after  the  Irs  ,  solitary 
or  in  3'a. 


790 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


B.  Plant    herbaceous,    upright: 

sepals    imbricate    in    bud; 

stamens    pubescent    at    the 

base  19.  Stanley! 

BE.  Plants  woody,  climbing  sepals 

valvate,  stamens  glabrous 
p.  Achenes   with   short   style, 
pedicels  longer  than  the 
sepals 

G.  Number  of  sepals  4-  fl$' 
open  cam  panulate, 
usually  1-2  in  across. 
H.  Style  glabrous  fls  1-2 
in    across,   often  in 
3's  20  Viticella 

HH.  Style  pubescent  except 
at   the    ipcx,   /Is    1 
in  or  less  across        21   campaniflora 
GO.  Number        of        sepals 
usually  fi-6    fls    flat, 
2-4  in   across  22.  florida 

PP.  Achenes  with  long  plumose 

style 

Q.  Pedicch  shorter  than 
sepals  Ivt,  simple  or 
ternate  23.  lanugmosa 

GQ.  Pedicels  longer  than  se- 
puZs>     fls     from     la*>t 
year's   wood  in  spring 
or  early  summer     Ivs 
ternate  or  pinnate         24  patens 
DD.  Lfts     or    Ivn     t>e  rrate     fls     in 
axillary   clusters,    or   solitary 
on  last  year's  branches  with 
the   IDS     in   spring,    white   or 
pink 

E.  The  sepals  with  a  small  invo- 

lucre  below   their  bate,  fls 

nodding,  open  eampanulate 

F.  Lvf  simple  fls   whitish      25  cirrhosa 

FF.  Lvs     ternate    flt     greenish 

yellow,  spotted  red  inside  26  baleanca 
EE.  The  sepal*  without  iniolucre 
F.  Lr.s     pinnate,    Ifts     small, 

about  }'i  in    long  27  gracihfoha 

FF.  Lvs.  teniate,   Ifts    1-3  in 
lt)ng 

o.  Lfts     glabrous  or   spar- 

ingly  pubescent  28.  montana 

Gd.  Lfte  densely  tilky  pu- 
bctcent  beneath,  le^  so 
above  .  29.  Spooneri 

CO.  Fls.  in  terminal  or  axillary 
panicles  or  cymes,  rarely  3  (if 
solitary,  with  bracts  about  the 
middle  of  the  pedicd)  white, 


H.  The  Ivs  pinnate       .  .  35  paniculate 
HH.  The  Ivs   bipmnate        36.  Flammula 

FF.  Lfts  serrate,  occasionally 
nearly  entire  anthers 
oval  or  oval-oblong,  not 
more  than  twice  as  long 
as  broad  (longer  in  Nos. 
37  and  38) 

O.  Thefls  1-3,  long-stalked, 

2-&     in      across      Ivs. 

pinnate  37.  Fargesii 

GO.  The  fl>>    in  panicles  or 

cymes,     not    exceeding 

I  in  diam 

H.  Lvs  tirnate  or  biter- 
nate  fls  \^,%n. 
airot>s,  in  many-fid 
cymes  38.  apiifolia 

HH.  Lv*>      usually     bipin- 
nate,  lfk>    opatc-lan- 
ceolate     tails   of  fr 
about  S4m    long      39.  brevicaudata 
HHH.  Lvs      pinnate      tails 

longer 

I.  Sepals  glabrous  in- 
side  Ifts  pubes- 
cent  beneath  40.  grata 

n.  Sepals  pub(t,c<nt  in- 
i>vie  and  outride 
Ifts  glabrous  or 
nearly  so  41.  Vitalba 

BE    The  fls  dicecutus 

F  Foliage  deciduous   sepals  4- 

o   Fls     appearing    on    the 

young  wood  in  sunimir, 

Ztss  tlian  1  in    arrosi 

H.  Lvs   ternate,    Iff*    2-3 

in   long  42.  virginiana 

HH.  Lvi    pinnate,  Ifts    1— 

2  in  long 

I.  Plant  glabrous  1ft? 
rounded  or  <iub- 
cordate  at  the  ba^e  1.3  ligusticifolia 

II  Plant  pubescent    lft* 

truncate   or  cunc- 

„,       ate  at  the  base        44  Drummondii 
00.  Fls     on    latt    year  s 
branch?*     from     scaly 
6(f^  m  carlV  spring, 
Him   across  45  lasiantha 

FF   Foliage  evergreen,   Ivs    ter-        >         ^ 
_  ™ie  "  pa/*  5-7  4G  mdmsa 

-  Stamens    pubescent,   fl*     yellow    or 
yellowish     nodding     achcnes   with 
plumose  tails 
C.  Lvs   pinnate  or  bipinnate 

"'  ' 


D.  Ln 


S-Ioliolate.     Ift*     always 
oi  sub-coriaceous  or 


E    The  fls    from   the  old  wood 

from  scaly  buds  30  Armandii 

BE.  2  he  fls  from  the  new  growth 

F   Lfts    ovate  or  ovate-oblong 

a    filaments     as     long     or 

shorter    than    anthers 


oa.  Filament*  longer  than 
the  anthers  Ifts  cune- 
ate  at  the  base  32  crassifolia 

FF.  Lfts    narrow-lanceolate   or 

oblong-lanceolate  33  Pavoliniana 

DD.  Lvs    pinnate  or   bipinnate   (if 
3-foholate,  lfts   lobed  or  den- 
tale  or  fls  dioecious) 
B.  The  fls  perfect 
F.  Lfts  entire  or  nearly  entire, 
or  S-looed  anthers  linear, 
much  longer  than  broad  . 

un- 


e.  often 


^   Lf       usually   ovate   or   or 
'    le   WutgJ  .  ^ 

fabrous  inside  48  glauca 

pls     8olttary     a_3    in     acro88i 

on  stalks  to  10  in   long,  sepals 
glabroi*  inside     lfts    usually 


50.  serratifolia 


80iltary 


D/  ;      ». 

GO.  Plant     climbing, 

woody 


i   it 

half- 


r«rt. 


0     A         \7T/-kT»xT* 
bcction  V1ORNA. 

Group   CRiSPyR. 

«.,..«,.»•  «    i  i 

1.  integTifolia,  Lmn     Herbaceous,  erect,  becoming 

2  ft.  high'  Ivs.  rather  broad,  entire,  ovate-lanceolate: 
fls    solitary,  nodding;  sepals  4,  rather  narrow,  blue, 

coriaceous,    1-2  in.  long.    June-  Aug.     Eu    and   Asia. 
g  ]yj   gej 

'  ,  _ 

T°e  following  are  suppoaed  to  be  hybrids  of  this  species  C 
eyKndn«i,8im8(xC  cnspa  C  integnfoha  var  diversifcha,  Hort. 
c-  integnfolia  var  pmnata,  Hort  )  Lvs  more  or  less  irregularly 
|0bed  or  pinnate  fls  solitary,  rvhndnc-campanulate  with  the  sepala 
more  or  )nas  recurved  from  the  middle,  blue  or  bluish-violet  B.M. 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


791 


1100.  Lav.  13  G  W  14,  pp  502-3  R  H  1856  341  Hero  also 
belongs  probably  C  dtvaricdta,  Jacq  ,  with  short-petioled  pinnate 
ITS.  and  blue,  less  spreading  sepals 

2  Fr&montii,  Wats.  Fig.  981.  Closely  allied  to  C- 
ochroleuca,  but  with  Ivs  3—4  in  long,  nearly  sessile, 
either  entire  or  with  a  few  coarse  teeth  fls.  often 
drooping ;  sepals  thick,  purple,  nearly  glabrous,  except 
the  toinentose  edges;  styles  when  young  downy  rather 
than  feathery  July,  Aug  Mo.  to  Colo.  OF.  3.381 
(adapted  m  Fig  981).  G.W.  14,  p.  563. 

3.  ochroleuca,  Ait  Herbaceous,  1-2  ft.  high,  silky- 
pubescent,  becoming  glabrate:  Ivs  ovate,  entire  fls. 
erect,  solitary,  terminal,  sepals  yellow  outside,  cream- 
colored  within;  styles  becoming  somewhat  plumose. 
July,  Aug  Dry  grounds,  N  Y  to  Ga  LBC  7:661. 
—Intro  1883 

4  Douglasii,  Hook      Has  habit  of   C    integnfolw, 
about  2  ft    high:  st   and  petioles  angled  and  ribbed: 
Ivs   twice  pmnately  or  ternately  compound,  Ifts   nar- 
row-linear or  lanceolate    Ms    tubular  or  bell-shaped,  1 
in    long,  sepals  recurved,  deep  purple  within,  paler 
without    June     In  mts  ,   Mont  to  New  Mex  — Intro. 
1881     Var  Sc6ttii,  Coulter,  has  the  Ifts   ovate-  or  ob- 
long-lanceolate   A  hybrid  of  C   Douglat>ii  var  Krottii  x 
C    texenxis   is  C.   ghbulbsa,  Hort ,  with  deep  purple 
pitcher-shaped  fls    Gn   75,  p.  472. 

5  aroma tica,   Lemi6  <fe  C    Koch   (C.  cxrulea  var. 
odordta,    Hort )      Slender,    herbaceous    or    somewhat 
climbing,  reaching  6  ft   high  if  supported    Ivs   of  3-7 
ovate,  nearly  entire  Ifts     fls.  solitary,  terminal,  very 
fragrant,  1M~2  m   across,  sepals  4,  spreading,  reflexea, 
reddihh  violet,  stamens  white     July-Sept     Nativity. 
perhaps  S   France     It  is  thought  by  some  to  be  an  old 
garden  hybrid,  probably  C   Flammula  x  C  integnfolta. 
R  H   1877,  p.  15.   Lav.  9. 

6  crfspa,  Linn     A  slender  climber,  reaching  3-4  ft  : 
Ivs  very  thin,  Ifts  3-5  or  more,  variable  in  outline  and 
sometimes    undivided,    often    3-5-lobed     fls     purple, 
varying  to  whitish,  cylindrical  or  bell-shaped,  1-2  in 
long,  points  of  sepals  recurved,  styles  of  fr   hairy  but 
not  plumose     June-Sept     Va    to  Texas     B  R  32  GO. 
BM    1892    III   2  78  (as  C  rampamflvra)     G   30  503: 
34  147.     V  6  379     Lav     14  —This    and    the    allied 
species  are  fragrant     A  hybrid  of  this  species  is  C. 
cyhndnca,  Suns  (x  C  integnfolui)   See  No  1    A  number 
of  hybrid  forms,  the  offspring  of  a  cross  between  this 
species  and  C    texcnsis  are  figured  and  described   in 
M  DG   1898  500  and  one  as  "blue  bells"  m  Gn.  49, 
p   189 

7  Simsn,  Sweet  (C    Pltchen,  Torr   &  Gray)     High 
climbing    branchlets  pubescent'  Ivs    of  3-4  pairs  of 
Ifts    and  a  terminal  1ft    reduced  almost  to  a  midrib; 
Ifts    coarsely  reticulated,   lobed   or  3-parted,   usually 
mucronato   fls   1  in  long  and  %m   diam  ,  with  swollen 
base,  sepals  dull  purple,  recurved  at  the  tips    achenes 
pubescent,  styles  not  plumose     June— Aug     S    Ind    to 
Mo ,   southward  to  Mex      Lav    15      B  M   1816   (as 
C  cordata).    Var  Sargentii,  Rehd   (C  Sdrgentu,  Lav  ). 
Fls.  smaller;   paler.   Tfts    rarely    lobed      Lav    18 — A 
hybrid  of  this  species  with  C,  texensis  is  figured  in  R  H. 
1893:376 

8.  reticulata,  Walt     A  slender  climber,  allied  to  C. 
cnspa:  Ifts  much  reticulated  and  very  coriaceous    fls. 
solitary  m  the  axils  of  the  Ivs  ,  nodding,  bell-shaped; 
sepals  recurved,  crispy  at  the  margin:  mature  fr  with 
plumose  tails.    June,  July.    S.  C    to  Ala.  and  Fla. 
B  M.  6574.   Lav.  16. 

9.  Vi6rna,    Linn.     Fig.    982.    Climbing,  8-10  ft , 
sparingly  pubescent  or  glabrous:  Ivs.  not  glaucous  nor 
coriaceous;  Ifts.  subcordate-ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate, 
slightly  reticulated:  fls    solitary,  on  long  peduncles, 
pitcher-shaped;  sepals  4,  1  in.  long,  variable  in  color, 
often  dull  purple,  thick  and  leathery,  finely  pubescent 
outside,    tips   often   recurved;   styles   plumose   when 


982   Clematis  Viorna    (XH) 


mature,  1  in.  long    June-Aug.    Pa.  to  Ala.  and  west- 
ward   Lav.  17.   Gn   45,  p  240 

10.  texensis,  Buckl  (C  cocdnea,  Engelm.  C  Vidrna 
var  cocdnea,  Gray)  Climbing,  to  6  ft  ;  glabrous. 
Ivs  glaucescent,  subcorutceous,  Ifts  broadly  ovate, 
often  obtuse,  subcordate,  1^-3  in  long,  fls  solitary, 
pitcher-shaped,  nodding,  carmine  or  scarlet,  glabrous 
outside  achenes  wilh  plumose  style,  1-2  m  long, 
glabrous  at  the  tip  Texas.  Lav.  19.  B  M.  6594  Gn. 
19  284.  G  W  10,  p  498  G  C  II.  15'  403.  W  G  Z 
2.111  F.  1880,  pi  15  Gt  32-86.  R  H.  1878  "10; 
1888  348  —  Much  superior  to  the  preceding  because 
of  its  beautiful  fls  Some  of  the  garden  hybrids  of  this 
species,  which  have  been  classed  under  C.  pseudo- 
cocdnca,  Schneid  (x  C  Jackmami),  are  found  under 
the  names.  Countess  of  Onslow,  deep  scarlet.  Gn  57, 
p  37b  M  DG  1898:481. 
G  M  37  381  G  C  III. 
16.9  Countess  of  York, 
white',  tinted  with  pink. 
Duchess  of  Albany,  clear 
pink.  Gn  52  304.  See 
also  No  6  for  hybrid 
forms  of  r  cnspa  with 
this  species  and  No  7  for 
a  hybrid  with  C  Simsn 

11  ffisca,Turcz.  Climb- 
ing, to  15  ft  ;  sparingly 
pubescent  Ivs  pinnate; 
Ifts  usually  ovate,  to 
ovate-oblong,  acute,  glab- 
rous or  pubescent  beneath 
and  ciliate,  1H~2H  m. 
long,  the  terminal  one 
usually  wanting'  fls  on 
rather  short  villous  pedi- 
eels,  nodding,  urceolate, 
about  1  in  long,  sepals 
with  recurved  tips,  densely  brownish  pubescent  out- 
bide,  violet  inside  pubescence  of  achenes  and  plumose 
tails  fulvous  June-Aug  E  Siberia,  Japan  Lav  20 
Var  violacea,  Maxim  (C  jdnthina,  Koehne).  Less 
pubescent  fls  violet  Gt  13  455 

Group  TTJBTJLOS.E. 

12  heracleaef&lia,  DC    (C  tubuldsa,  Hook  ).    Stout, 
erect,    woody   only   at   the   babe     Ivs     ternate,    large, 
bright  green,  Ifts   broadly  ovate,  rounded  at  the  base, 
slightly  pubescent,  rnucronately  toothed,  4—6  in   long' 
fls    numerous,  in  coiymbs,  either  axillary  or  terminal, 
polygamous,  tubular  in  form,  with  4  light  blue  sepals, 
becoming    reflexed,    peduncles    and    pedicels   downy; 
recurved   stigmas   club-shaped.     Aug  ,    Sept      China. 
M  <fcJ   17    BM  4269,  6801  (as  var   Hooken).   P.M. 
14  31.  FS  3  195      RH  1858,  p.  42  —Prop    by  root 
division.     Var     Davidiana,    Hemsl     (C     Davididna, 
Decnc  )     About  4  ft    high,  hardly  strong  enough  to 
stand  without  support  Ivs  usually  curieate  at  the  base, 
nearly  glabrous  fls  brighter  blue,  fragrant,  in  clustered 
heads,  6-15  together,  and  also  singly  or  clustered  in 
the   If  -axils    RH   1867,  p  90    Gn  31,  p.  145;    45,  p. 
241,  49,  p.  99,  68,  p   273     GM    37.48.  G  W  6,  p. 
124      Mn     9:76      A  F.    25.1055     Var    ichangensis, 
Rehd.  <fe  Wilson.     Lfts.  broad  at  the  base,  sparingly 
pubescent  above,    densely  beneath,  achenes   densely 
villous    Cent  China 

A  hybrid  of  this  species  is  C  Jouin\d.na,  Sohneid  (var  David- 
iana xC  Vitalba)  Half-climbinK,  to  6  ft  fls  in  large  panicles, 
bluish  white,  first  tubular  with  the  sepals  finally  spreading  G  C. 
Ill  51  34  Another  hybrid  is  C  Damdi&na  hybnda,  Lem  (var. 
Davidiana  XC  stans)  of  which  Lcmoine  advertises  several  named 
forms  varying  from  light  to  deep  blue,  very  flonferous 

13  stans,  Sieb  &  Zucc   (C  heracleaefbha  var   sfcina, 
Hook  ).  Herbaceous,  upright,  to  6  ft  :  branches  gray- 
ish pubescent.  Ifts.  broadly  ovate,  lobed  and  coarsely 


792 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


toothed,  more  or  less  pubescent:  fls.  in  terminal  pani- 
cles sometimes  2  ft  long  and  in  axillary  clusters, 
whitish  or  bluish  white,  tubular,  with  revolute  sepals, 
less  than  Mm-  1°U8>  uiu?cious  Sept ,  Get  Japan 
B.M.  6810  —Used  chiefly  because  of  the  striking  foli- 
age and  its  late-blooming  qualities.  Var  Lavallei, 
Schneid  (C  Lavdllei,  Decne.).  Fls.  j^-%m.  long, 
monoecious. 

Group  CONNATE. 

14  ndtans,    Royle      Slender   woody    climber     Ivs 
pinnate,  Ifts    ovate-oblong  or  lanceolate,  deeply  3—5- 
lobed,  rarely  entire,  1-3  in   long   fls  nodding  in  many- 
fld.  panicles,  yellowish  white,  tubular,  ^-^m    long, 
pubescent  outside,  filaments  silky  pubescent  below  the 
middle*  achenes  silky  with  plumose  tails.    July-Oct. 
Himalaya      Var  thyrsoidea,  Rehd  &  Wilson    Climb- 
ing  to   20   ft  .    Ifts     broadly    ovate,    usually   cordate 
at  the  base,  silky  pubescent  beneath'  panicles  larger 
and  more  compact,  on  upright   stout  peduncles   3-<5 
in  long    W.China    GC  III  48.310    Gn  75,  p  557 
(as  C    nutans).    R.H.  1905,  p  438  (as  C.  Buchaniana 
vitifolia).    See  pa  ere  3567 

15  lasiandra,  Maxim     Climbing,  to  12  ft     young 
growth  viscid     Ivs    pinnate  with    3-foholate  or  3-fid 
segms.;  Ifts  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  long-acuminate, 
serrate,  glabrous  or  sparingly  pubescent  on  both  sides, 
1 3-12-2  3^2  m    l°nf?:  fls    axillary,  solitary  or  in  3's  on 
stalks  1-3  m  long,  campanulate,  reddish  purple,  about 
%in    long;  sepals  with  recuived  tips,  as  long  as  the 
stamens.   Aug.-Oct    Cent  and  W  China 

16.  aethusifdlia,  Turcz  Slender,  climbing-  Ivs. 
bipmnate,  pubescent;  Ifts.  finely  cut,  usually  unequally 
3-lobed  and  deeply  incisely  serrate  with  obtusibh  mu- 
cronulate  narrow  lobes,  M-%m  long  fls.  1-3,  axillary, 
on  slender  stalks,  whitish,  tubular,  %m,  long,  sepals 
with  recurved  tips:  achenes  pubescent  with  long  plu- 
mose whitish  tails.  Aug  ,  Sept  Mongolia,  Manchuria 
Var  latisecta,  Maxim  Lfts  larger,  to  \Yi  in  long 
with  oval  or  oblong  rounded  lobes.  Gt  10:342  B  M 
6542.  Gn  6,  p  423;  31,  p  186:  45,  p  241  R  H  1869, 
p.  10. — This  is  the  form  usually  cult  ;  the  type  with 
much  more  finely  divided  foliage  is  very  rare  in  cult 

Group   ATRAGENEjE. 

17  verticillaris,  DC  (Atrdgene  amencdna,  Sims) 
Fig  983  Trailing  or  sometimes  climbing,  8-10  ft  usu- 
ally 4  trifoliate  Ivs  from  each  node,  Ifts  thin,  ovate, 
acute,  toothed  or  entire,  somewhat  cordate*  fls.  soli- 
tary, blue  or  purple, 
nodding  at  first,  2-4 
in.  broad  when  ex- 
panded, 4  thin  sepals, 
silky  along  the  margins 
and  veins;  stammodes 
'  spatulate,  narrow, 
scarcely  half  as  long 
as  sepals.  May,  June. 
Woodlands, 
Va.  to  Hud- 
son  Bay, 
west  to 
Minn  B  M. 
887  —Intro. 

1881.    Var  columbiana,   Gray     Sepals  narrower  and 
more  pointed  than  in  the  type.   Rocky  Mts. 

18.  alpina,  Mill.  (Atrdgene  alplna,  Linn  )  Sts.  3-5 
ft.,  slender,  with  prominent  joints  becoming  swollen 
with  age.  Ivs.  once  or  twice  ternate,  with  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate  Ifts  ,  serrate  or  incised;  many  petal-like  sta- 
mens, which  are  devoid  of  anthers,  sepals* 4,  bright 
blue.  Spring  N  W  N.  Amer.,  Siberia  to  S.  "and  Cent 
Eu.  B.M.  530  (as  var  austnaca)  Gn.  46:318;  57,  p. 
481.  R.H  1855  321.  L  B  C.  3.250.  G  W.  10,  p.  82 


H.W.  3,  p.  16  — A  very  hardy  climber,  preferring  a 
northern  exposure.  Var.  siblrica,  Kuntze  (var.  dlba, 
Hort.  Atrdgene  sibinca,  Linn  ).  Fls  white  or  nearly 
so.  B.M.  1951  L.BC  14  1358  R.H.  1855.321.  Var. 
occidentalis,  Gray.  Petal-like  stamens  very  few,  and 
often  beaiing  rudimentary  anthers.  Rocky  Mts. 

Section  PSEUD  ANEMONE. 

19  Stanleyi,  Hook  (C  Stanleydna,  Hort  )  Fig. 
984  Erect  robust  herbs,  3  ft  hig^h  Ivs  biternate, 
Ifts  sessile  or  petioled,  variable  in  size,  cuneate,  silky 


983.  Achene  of  Clematis  verticillaris.  (XI) 


984.  Clematis  Stanleyi.  ( X  H) 

fls  1-3  in  across,  white  to  pink-purple,  sepals  becom- 
ing widely  expanded,  stamens  yellow;  styles  becom- 
ing very  plumose,  white  July-Oct  Transvaal  Intro 


1893 


I  M  7166  Gn  39  76.  G  F  3  513  (adapted 


in  Fig  984).  GC  III  8  327  GM  34 * 320 —Suitable 
for  greenhouse  cult  ,  in  the  northern  states  it  is  apt  to 
winterkill  if  left  unprotected 

Section  VITICELLA. 

20  Viticella,  Linn  Climbing  8-12  ft  •  Ivs  some- 
times entire,  but  usually  divided  into  3  nearly  entire 
Ifts..  fls  13^-2  in  diam  ,  growing  singly  on  pedun- 
cles or  sometimes  in  3's;  sepals  4,  blue,  purple  or  rosy 
purple,  obovate,  pointed,  reflexed;  stamens  yellow  fr. 
with  rather  short  glabrous  tails.  June-Aug.  S  Eu  to 
Persia.  R  II  1860,  p.  183;  1876.110,  1879.350  (vars.). 
B.M  565.  G  22  310,  8*399  H.W  3,  p  15.  Lav.  7. 
— This  is  the  type  of  one  of  the  leading  groups  of 
garden  clematises,  and  is  one  of  the  parents  of  the 
Jackmanu  type  of  hybrids. 

The  following  are  garden  varieties' 

Var  albifldra,  Kuntze     Fls   white 

Var  rubra,  Hort  Fls  purple  — Var  riibra  grand\flt>ra,  Jackman, 
has  larger  bright  crimson  fls  and  6  sepals  F  S  20  2053  (1783). 
F  1872  265 

Var  kermfsina,  Lena  (C  kermesma,  Hort  )  Fls  of  bright  wine- 
red  color,  purple  being  absent  Gn  39  30 

Var  hldcina-floribunda,  Hort  (C  hlacina-flonbunda.  Hort  C 
flonbunda,  Hort  )  Fla  pale  gray-lilac,  conspicuously  veined 
Gn  18,  p  389  (note)  — An  abundant  bloomer  Produced  in  an 
English  garden  in  1880 

Lady  Bomll,  Jackman  (C.  Lady  Bovill,  Hort  )  Fls  cup- 
formed,  sepals  being  concave  and  little  or  not  at  all  recurved  at 
the  ends,  fls  4  in  across,  sepals  4-6,  grayish  blue,  stamens  light 
brown  M  &  J  15  RH  1876 '190. 

Var  marmordta,  Jackman  (C  marmorata,  Hort  )  Fls  rather 
small,  with  4  broad  sepals,  light  grayish  blue  with  darker  vein*,  3 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


793 


longitudinal  bars     M  &  J.  1,  f  2,  same  plato  m  F  S  20  2050-55 
(2008)     F    1872  265 

Hybrids  of  C   Viticella  which  are  closely  allied  to  that  type. 

C.  enostemon,  Decnc.(xC  mtegrifoha,  C.  Hcndersonn,  Hender- 
son. C  Chandleri,  Hort  )  Fig  985   St  and  habit  of  C  Viticella  Ifts 
and  fls  much  like  C  mtegrifolia    climbing  8-10  ft.:  4  blue  sepals, 
spreading,    reflexed    at 
the    tipa      RH     1852 
341.     F8     13  1364  (as 
var   venosa).    Lav    12. 
Here    belong   also     C. 
intermedia,    Bon  a  my, 
smaller,  with  more  pu- 
bescent branchlcta  and 
paler  fls     C  Bergeronii, 
Lav  ,  resembling    more 
C  mtegrifoha  Ivs  usu- 
ally   entire     fls     pink, 
about    2    in    across  m 
terminal  panicles    Lav. 
10      C     dmtorta,    Lav  . 
with  rosy-lilac  twisted 
sepals    Lav  11    C  Bos- 
koop,    Hort       (C     Bos- 
koop   Seedling,  Hort  — 
C    V  XC  integnfoii 
A    new    race    in    18! 
growing    3-5    ft 
blue,  lavender,  rose 
reddish  rose 

C  ctalAcea,  E 
(XC  Flammula) 
in  several-  to 
mauy-fld  term- 
inal panicles, 
pale  violet,  about 
1  in  across, 

rtals  sometimes 
Here  belongs 
also  C  Othello, 
Cripps  («C  V 
var  rubra  X  C 
Flammula)  If  Is 
of  medium  size, 


Lav.  5.  M.&  J.  16.  B  R.  24  25.  PM.4  147.  Gn.22: 
142.  RH.  1856:401.  SB  KG  II.  4.396  F.  1872,  p. 
200  Var.  F6rtunei,  Moore  (C  Ffrtunei,  Hort).  Fls. 
large,  very  much  doubled,  sepals  creamy  white,  becom- 
ing pink.  FS  15-1553  GC  1863.676.  I.H  10,  p.  86. 
M.  &J.  13.  F.  1863  169.  F.M.  3.153 

Belle  of  Waking    A  hybrid  form   fls  very  full  and  double,  sepals 


o  Gould  Veitch  (C  Veitohii,  Hort  )  Fla  velvet,  double, 
resembling  \ar  Fortunei,  f  xcept  in  the  color  of  the  sepal*  From 
Japanese  gardens  FS  18  1875-6 

Hybrids  of  this  bptcus  arc    C  ven 
C  Lavmonuina,  see  C  lanugmosa 


in,  Krarapen,  see  C.  \  itieella, 


985    Clematis  enostemon    ( x  Yd 


if  a  deep  velvety   purple,   continues   blooming 

until  Oct  — C  rubro-marginata,  Jouin  (C  Flammula  var  rubro- 
niargmata,  Cripp  )  Similar  to  C  Flammula,  bepals  white  bordered 
reddish  violet 

C    parnfldra,  DC    (XC  campamflora,  C    revoluta,  Desf  )     Fla 
white,  small,  scarcely  1  in    across,  sometimes  larger    achenes  with 
'  '       '  A  P  De  Candolle,   PI. 


the   tail    usually    pubescent   at   the   base 
Rar   Geneve    12  — Of  no  ornamental  valu 

C    tendsa,  Krampen  (xC  flon 
Similar  to  C    florida,  but  petals 


C    tendsa,  Krampen  (xC  florida,  C  florida  var 

lar  to  C    florida,  .  " 

183      G   2  251       G  Z   6   100 


\enosa,  Lav  ) 

_.»  otovate     Lav    6     RH    1860,  p. 
..   .__       FS    13  1364     Here  also    belongs 

Louise  Carriere,  fls  lilac  with  paler  veins  RH  1880  10  and 
several  forms  described  by  CIITUTC  as  C  cont6rta,  C.  atrovioUtcea 
and  C  ViticfUa  dlba  R  H  1H78  350 

For  other  hybrids  of   this  secies  see  C    Giuiscoi,  Lem  ,  under 
C  patens,  C  splendida  under  C  lanugmosa  as  form  of  C  Jackmanu. 

21  campanifldra,  Brot. 
Climbing,  10-15  ft  .  fls. 
reflexed  and  bell-shaped  as 
in  the  above  type  or  more 
so,  usually  1  in  or  less 
diam  ,  purple  or  whitish  fr. 
with  short  pubescent  tail. 

June,     July       Native     of   , . 

Portugal.     L  B  C    10  987.   ^-C-^ 
Gn    31,  p    187.     Lav.  8.—  "^ 

This    has   been    called    C. 
Viticella  because  of  its  close  resem- 
blance in  fl  ?  fr.  and  If.;  but  the  Ivs. 
are  often  twice  ternate,  and  the  plant 
is  much  more  slender  in  habit. 

22.  flonda,  Thunb.  (C.  japdnica, 
Makmo,  not  Thunb.).  A  slender 
plant,  climbing  9-12  ft.:  Ivs.  variable, 
more  or  less  ternate  or  biternate; 
Ifts.  small,  ovate-lanceolate:  fls.  2-4 
in  across,  flat  when  expanded;  the 
5-6  broad,  ovate  sepals  creamy 
white,  barred  with  purple  beneath; 
stamens  purplish.  May,  June.  Japan. 
B.M.  834.  RH.  1856:41.  Lav.  5. 
J.H.  Ill  44:321.  G  C.  Til  35.51. 
Var.  bicolor,  Steud.  (C.  Sitooldn,  D. 
Don).  Fig  986.  Like  the  type,  but 
with  the  purple  stamens  somewhat 
petal-like,  and  forming  a  dense,  pur- 
ple head  in  the  center.  F.S.  5:487. 


986.  Clematis  florida  var.  btcolor.  ( X  H) 


23  lanugmdsa,  Lindl  (including  var  pdlhda^  Hort.). 
Climbing  only  5  or  6  ft  .  Ivs  simple  or  of  3  Ifts  , 
cordate-acuminate,  woolly  beneath  fls  erect  on  stout 
stalks  shorter  than  the  sepals,  woolly  in  the  bud,  the 
largest  of  the  wild  species,  being  6  in  across;  sepals 

5  or  6,  broadly  ovate,  leathery,  rather  flat,  overlapping, 
lavender  or  bluish  gray,  center  of  stamens  pale  reddish 
brown;  styles  plumose.  Summer    T^ative  near  Ningpo, 
China.   FS  8.811     I  H  1  14     Lav  1     M  &  J  4    J. 
F  4  363.   H  F  1855  1    1854  225.    G  C  III    29  23    G. 
I,  p  257.   Gng.  5*38 — It  is  to  this  species,  more  than 
to  any  other,  that  the  beauty  and   popularity  of  the 
garden  varieties   and    hybrids  arc   due.     The  finest 
hybrids,  including  C  Jackmanu  and  its  section,  and  C. 
Lawsonwna,  contain  more  or  less  of  the  blood   of  C. 
lanugmosa. 

Forms  of  C  lanuginosa  are 

Var  cdndida,  Ix>momt  (C  Candida,  Hort )  Like  the  type, 
except  that  the  simple  Ivs  and  Ifts  of  the  compound  Ivs  are  much 
larger,  and  the  fls  arc  larger,  being  7-8  in  across,  and  white  with 
a  purplish  shading  around  the  margins  F  M  5  310  V  0  225  — 
Perhaps  a  hybrid  of  C  patens 

Var  nivea,  Lemome  (C  nivca,  Hort  )  Sepals  6-8,  narrowish, 
pure  white,  anthers  pale  brown  — Thought  to  be  of  same  origin  as 
the  above  var 

alba  mdgna,  Jackman      Us  \  t  ry  large,  pure  white,  with   about 

6  broad  sepals  and  purplish  brown  anthers    G  C   II  3  685 

Lady  Caroline  Nevill,  Cripps  Fla 
often  7  in  across,  sepals  6,  nearly 
white,  with  mauve  -  colored  stripe 
down  center  of  each  Gn  40,  p  33  — 
"•""  One  of  the  finest  light-colored  varie- 
ties 

Primes*  of  Wales,  Jackman  Fls 
6  in  across,  sepals  8,  satiny  bluish 
mauve,  very  broad  G  C  III  27  53. 
Gn  59,  p  300 

'e    Lefebvre,    Cripps      Resembles    the 
t    has  S  sepals,   more   pointed,    and 
T  in  shade 

rfrrtion,  Froebel    Fla  very  large,  sepals 
ry  broad,  lilac-mauve     R  B  6  193 
Hunatwn.  Cnpps     Fls   like  the  type,  but 
with  0-7  grayish  blue  sepals,  6 in  across 

Madame  Kmih  Sorbet,  Paillct  Fls  bright 
blu<>  R  H  1S78  291 

Madame  Van  Houtte,  Cripps  Late-bloom- 
ing, sepals  pale  blue,  becoming  white 

Madame  Thibaut  Fls  very  abundant  — 
Thought  to  be  a  hybrid  with  C  Viticella 

The  President,  Noble  A  rich  violet- 
blue  fl 

Ercehior,  Cnjpns  Fls  double,  sepals 
grayish  purple,  with  a  reddish  bar  down  the 
center  of  each  F  S  20  2055 

rioWrta,  Noble  Fls  violet-blue,  7  in. 
across  F  M  187G  217 

Robtrt  Hanbury,  Jackman  Sepals  bluish 
lilac,  flushed  at  the  edges  with  red,  and  the 
bar  slightly  tinted  with  red  Gn  16  128. 

This  species  has  given  rise  to 
numerous  beautiful  hybrids  which  m 
many  cases  are  the  product  of  so 
much  intercrossing  that  it  is  impos- 
sible to  recognize  the  exact  parent- 
age By  far  the  most  important 
group  of  these  hybrids  may  be  classed 
under  C.  Jackmami,  which,  however, 
by  some  is  considered  not  a  hybrid, 
but  a  species  intro  from  Japan 

C  Jdckmann,  Moore  (C  lanuginosa  xC. 
Hendersonn  and  C  lanuginosa  XC  Viticella. 
C  hakonensis,  Franch  &  Sav )  Fig  987. 
Habit  and  Ivs  of  C  lanugmosa  fls  flat, 
5-6  in  broad,  usually  in  3's  and  forming 


Ma 

last,  b 
darkei 


794 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


panicles  at  the  end*  of  the  branches;  sepals  4-6,  very  broad, 
velvety  purple,  with  a  ribbed  bar  down  tho  center,  broad,  central 
tuft  of  pale  green  stamena.  M  &  J.  5.  6,  9,  10,  11,  12.  14.  I  H. 

11  414     FS  16  1629     Gn    22  142;  53,  p.  262,  71,  p   107.   A  G. 

12  125,    19  269     A  F.    10  1329,   14.995-7,   16-283.     RH    1868- 
390    Gng  4  261,  9  17,   7  230-2     C  L  A.  5  379    Gn   M  4  228. 
G  M.    47  102      G  Z.  9  96    F   1864  193      V    6  129,  9  340.    18 
70.  Lav.  4  Var.  diba,  Hort.   Fls.  nearly  "pure  white    G    23.185. 

F.  1884  33.  Gn. 
25  126.  Var.  ru- 
bella, Jackman. 
FIs  deep  velvety 
reddish  violet  F. 
M.5  310  FS20. 
2050-51  ( 1874 ). 
Var.  superba, 
Hort.  Fls  violet- 

Ru  r  p  1  e ,    resem- 
ing  C  Madame 
Grange1. 

Also  the  fol- 
lowing hybrids 
are  to  be  classed 
under  C  Jack- 
manii modesta, 
Modeste  -  Gu6rm 
(=C\  XC  lanu- 
gmosa) Fls  well 
expanded,  large, 
bright  blue,  bars 
deeper  colored. 
fulyerts,  Simon- 
Louis(— C  V.var. 

frandifloraxC 
anuginosa) 
Sepals  5-6, rather 
narrow,  dark  pur- 
ple to  blackish 
crimson,  velvety, 
edges  somew  hat 
serrate  purpurea- 
hybnda,  Modeste- 
Gurnn  (=C  V. 
XC  Jackmanii) 
Fls  4-6  in  across, 
deep  purple-vio- 
let, with  red  veins, 
but  not  barred. 
ritbro-violacea, 
Jackman  (C  lanu- 
ginosa X  C  Viti- 
cella var  atroru-. 
bens)  Lvs  pin- 
nate, with  ovate- 
acuminate  or 
sometimes  ovate- 
lanceolate  Ifts  . 
sepals  4-6,  ma- 
roon-purple with 
a  reddish  bar , 
stamens  greenish 
FS  16  1630  G. 
Z  10  112  F. 
1864  265  Var 
Prince  of  Wales, 
Hort  ,  has  fls  of 
lighter  tint  IM 
Lvs  smooth:  buds 


987.  Clematis  Jackmanii 
France,  G6gu  (C.  lanuginosa  XC   Ji 


,  .  kmami) 

woolly,  sepals  deep  cobalt-blue,  pointed,  with  wavy  edges  Reine 
des  Bleues,  Boisselot  (same  cross  as  the  last)  Fls  large,  blue,  with 
broad,  recurved  sepals  devonifnns.  Lem  (same  cross)  Fls  8-9 
in  across,  sepals  8,  delicate  lavender-blue  Gn  9,  p  563  (note). 
splendida,  Simon-Louis  (XC  Viticella)  Fls.  very  dark  purple, 
changing  to  reddish  violet  R  II  1865  71 

(rtpsy  Queen,  Cripps  Deep  violet  Alexandra,  Jackman.  Red- 
dish violet  Star  of  India,  Cripps  Five  in  across,  purple,  barred 
with  red  tunbridgensis,  Cnpps  Reddish  purple,  barred  with  light 
blue  Lav  4  bis  I  H  18  50  magnlfica,  Jackman  Rich  purple, 
shaded  with  crimson,  3  bars  of  red  in  each  sepal  F  M  8  453. 
R  H  1876  110  Madame  Grange,  Hort.  Sepals  very  concave,  pur- 
ple crimson  R  H  1877  150  Mrs  James  Battman,  Noble  Palo 
lavender,  a  probable  cross  of  C  J  with  C  lanugmosa.  M  &  J.  2, 
f  1  FS  20  2053  (1779)  Mrs  Moore,  Jackman  Eight  to  9  in. 
across,  sepals  rather  narrow,  white  Thomas  Moore,  Jackman.  As 
large  as  the  last,  rich  violet,  with  white  stamens  Madame  Baron 
Veillard,  Baron  Veil  Rose-lilac  Madame  Andre,  carmine-violet. 
R  H  1893  180  vfliUina-purpurea,  Jackman  Fls  4-6  in  across, 
usually  4,  sometimes  5  or  6  sepals,  blackish  purple  Francois 
Morel,  Morel  Fls  4  in  across,  sepals  usually  4,  bright  violet- 
red  R  H  1884  444.  Ville  de  Lyon,  Morel  Fh  5  in  across; 
sepals  usually  6,  broad,  deep  amaranth-red  R  H  1899  184. 

Other  hybrids  of  C  lanuginosa  are  the  following 

C.  DurAnd%\,  Kuntze  (C  intcgnfoha  or  possibly  C  Jackmanii  X 
C.  mtegrifoha)  Upright,  to  6  ft  Ivs  simple,  petioled  fls  and  mfl. 
similar  to  C.  Jackmanii,  fls.  blue,  4-5  in  broad,  flat,  with  usually 
4,  rarely  5  or  6  recurved  sepals  June-Sept.  Gn.  49  98  Gng. 
5.276  G.31  257— Here  belongs  probably  C.  PeWn,  Can-., 
though  the  author  gives  C.  lanuginosa  X  recta  as  the  parents.  R.H. 
1880,  p.  228 

C.  Lawsoniana,  Anderson-Henry  ( X'C  flonda  var.  Fortunei). 
Pig  989  (adapted  from  Floral  Magazine,  1872)  FU  very  large; 


sepals  6-8,  broad,  rose-purple,  marked  with  darker  veins.  Aug  - 
Nov  G  33  411.  Var  Xumemana  (C  Symesiana,  Anderson- 
Henry  XC  flonda  var  Fortunei)  Fls  7  in  across,  sepals  6-8,  pale 
mauve,  a  profuse  bloomer.  Var.  Henryi  (C  Henryi,  Anderson- 
Henry)  Pig  988  Robust  plant,  free  bloomer  fls  creamy  white, 
becoming  fully  expanded  wnen  grown  in  the  open  sun  or  under 
glass  Aug  -Nov.  Gn  M  13  348  G  M  43  318  —It  resembles 
more  the  lanuginosa  parent  It  is  not  to  be  confused  with  G. 
Henryii,  Oliv.,  a  Chinese  speciea  allied  to  C.  oneutalis  and  not  m 
cult 

C,  Cablbizu  (XC  patens;  C.  patens  var  Gablenzu,  Hort  ).  Lva. 
simple  or  3-parted,  ovate,  subcordate  fls  large  deep  violet-blue; 
sepals  6-  8  GZ  1480  —  Here  belong  also 

Otto  Froebel,  Leinomp  Lvs  leathery,  simple  or  3-parted'  fla  of 
fleshy  texture,  grayish  white,  sometimes  becoming  bluish,  sepals 
8,  blunt,  broad,  anthers  brownish  Imperatnce  Eugenie,  Carr6 
(C  1  var  palhduxC  patens)  Lvs  snnplc  or  3-parted,  Ifts  broad 
and  woolly  fls  H-9  in  across,  with  8  broad,  white  sepals  Jeanne 
d'Arc,  Dauvesse  Same  cross  a«  last  and  much  like  it,  but  the  sepals 
'  '  '  "  ' 


are  grayish  white,  with  3  b 
de  M  Julien,  Carre.  (XC 


hite,  with  3  blue  bn 


uUv 


the 


of  each     (it 


lanuginosa,  but  with  larger  fls  •  sepals  0-8,  white  or  pule  gray  at 
first ,  stamens  yellow  Gem,  Baker  (XC  Standishii)  Lvs  3-parted 
or  simple  fls  like  C  lanuginosa  in  form,  grayish  blue 

24.  patens,  Mom  &  Dccne  (C.  cseridca,  Lmdl.  C. 
aziirea,  Hort.  ex  Turcz.).  Taller  and  more  slender, 
and  Ifts.  smaller  and  nai rower  than  C.  lanuginosa  fls. 
appearing  on  last  year's  branches  on  .slender  Btalks 
longer  than  the  sepals,  spreading;  sepals  about  8, 
rather  narrow,  delicate  lilac,  .stamens  purple  Spring. 
Isle  of  Nippon,  Japan.  M.  «fe  J.  3.  Lav.  2  and  3. 
BR  23  1955  P  M.  4 '193.  B  3.120  IF  B  1  78. 
RH  1850:201 — Should  be  grown  on  a  northern  ex- 
posure to  preserve  the  eolor  of  the  fls  It  is  almost  as 
prolific  as  C  lanuginosa  in  producing  garden  varieties 
and  hybnds,  and  it  is  the  most  likely  of  all  to  produce 
double-fld  founs.  Var  grandifldra,  Davis  (C  deriir 
lea  var  grandifldra,  Hook  )  Fls  larger  than  the  type. 
B  M  3983  Var.  Standishii,  Moore  (C  titdndu>hnt 
Hort ).  Fls.  about  5  in.  across,  sepals  light  lilac-blue, 
elliptic,  of  metallic  luster*  Ifts.  3,  ovate,  acuminate, 
small  — A  fine  variety  from  Japanese  gardens  flower- 
ing profusely  in  .spring. 

The  following  other  garden  varieties  or  crosses  belong  here 
Mrs  James  Bakfr  Sepals  nearly  white,  ribbed  with  dark 
carmine  Miss  Bateman,  Noble  FIs  more  (  ompact  than  the  type, 
6  in  across,  sepals  ovate,  shortly  acuminate,  pure  white,  with 
cream-colored  bars;  anthers  brown  Probably  of  hybrid  origin , 
allied  to  var  Standishii  Stella,  Jaikman  Fls  not  so  large  as  tho 
last,  sepals  deep  mauve,  with  a  red  bar  down  tht  center  of  each 
FS  22  2311  Amnha,  Sieb  Sepals  6  or  more,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, light  lilac  From  Japanese  gardens  F  S  10  1051  Ijord 
lanesborouah,  Noble  Sepals  bluish  lilac,  each  with  a  metallic 
purple  bar  —A  good  variety  to  gradually  force  to  blossom  in  the 
greenhouse  by  March  Lmly  Laimsborouah,  Noble  Sepals  silver- 
gray,  the  bar  being  lighttr  colored — It  will  blossom  in  March  in 
the  greenhouse  Marie,  Simon-Louis  Fls  darker  than  the  type 
Mrs  G  Jackman,  Jackmau  Sepals  blush-white  with  indistinct 
wine-red  bars  Gn  16  128  The  Queen,  Jatkinan  Us  rath(  r  torn- 
pact,  tho  sepals  being  broader  than  the  type  John  Murray, 
Jackman.  Habit  and  foliage  bolder  than  the  type  fls  somewhat 
later  Gn  46  32  Fair  Rosamond,  Jackman  Sepals  apiculate, 
broader  than  the  type,  and  of  the  same  color  F  S  22  2342 
Gn  16  128  Counter  of  Lovelace,  Jackman  Fls  double,  blue- 
violet,  sepals  much  imbricated  In  tho  second  crop  of  blooms  the 
fls  are  single,  as  is  often  the  case  in  other  double  varieties  Albert 
Vic-or,  Noble  Fls  much  like  the  type,  but  large  and  more  compact 
— Suitable  for  forcing  under  glaas  Duche^  of  Edinburgh,  Jatkman. 
Fls  double,  white,  strongly  imbricated  Marcel  Moitr,  Moser 
Fls  7  in  across,  sepah  8,  mauve  with  a  reddish  violet  bar  J 

1897  104,  1900,    p    85    Nelly   Moser,    Mow     Fls.   5  in    atross 
sepals  8,  mauve-pink,   with  a  darker  red  bar       R.H   18Q.8  236 
Louis  van  Houtte,  Hort     Semi-double,  rosy  white      Frsta,  Endl 
Sepals  gray,   anthers  red.    Gt  39  131*     Gn   9  408     KB  6  191 
Helena,    Sieb        Fls     pure     >vhite,    with    yellow     stamens      F  S 
11  1117.      I  H   1  21       R  H   1855  341       Louisa,  Sieb      Fls    pure 
white,  with  purple  stamens    F  S  10  1052    monvtrbia,  Planch     Fls. 
semi-double,  pure  white     F  S  9  960     R  H   1856  9    Sophia,  Sieb 
Sepals  deep  lilac-purple  on  the  edges,  with  light  green  bars      F 
S  8  852     f  H    1  21     BH    4  97     RH    1855  161.    moldcea,  Lcm. 
Fls  violet-blue;  stamens  yellow    IH  7  254 

Some  double-flowered  varieties  which  possibly  belong  hero  are. 
Snowdrift,  with  white,  very  double  fls.  Gn  49,  p  189.  M  D  O. 

1898  496     Ostrich  Plume,  also  white  and  VTV  double  with  nar- 
rower  wavy    sepals       M  D  G    1898  496       Waverly,  blue,    semi- 
double     M  D  G   1898  497 

Hybrids  of  this  species  are  the  following-  C  Gudscoi,  Lem. 
(XC  Viticella)  Branches  pubescent  Ifts  5,  nearly  glabrous  fls. 
solitary,  violet-purple,  3  in  across,  with  4-6  sepals,  strongly  3- 
nerved,  tomentose  outside  JH  4  117  IH  7  226 — C  franco- 
furtentHH,  Lav  ,  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid  of  C  Jackmanii  (C. 
hakonensis)  and  C  patens,  is  hardly  different  Lav  7  bis  — C  lanu' 
~mosa  X  C  patens,  see  the  preceding  species  — C  flonda  X  C  patens. 
ie  believe  that  C  patens  var  Standiahu  represents  this  cross 


ginosa 
Some 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


795 


Section  VITALBA. 
Group  CIRRHOSIS. 

25  cirrhdsa,  Linn     Climbing,  to  10  ft.;  glabrous: 
Ivs  peisistent,  slender-petioled,  simple,  ovate  to  ovate- 
oblong,  crenately  serrate,   1-1  ^  in    long,  fls    1-2  on 
the  old  wood,   axillary,   whitish,   open  campanulate, 
nodding,  \}/i  in    across,  with  a  short  involucre  below 
the  sepals,   achenes  with  long  plumose  tail     Spring. 
S  Eu,    Asia   Minor.     BM   1070      L.B  C.  19:1806.— 
Tender,  only  for  warmer  temperate  regions. 

26  balearica,    Rich     (C    calyana,    Ait.).     Closely 
allied  to  the  preceding    Ivs    ternate;  Ifts    incisely  ser- 
rate, often  deeply  3-lobed,  Y£~\  in    long:  fls.  greenish 
yellow,  spotted  red  inside    Spring    S  Eu    Asia  Minor. 
RH  1859,  p  190;  1874,  p.  289.    GC  11.9.500.    Gn. 
6,  p  425,  31,  p  187,  45,  p  240.    L  B  C.  8:720.    B.M. 
959  —Tender. 

Group  MONTANA. 

27  gracilifdlia,  Rehd  &  Wilson.   Climbing,  to  10  ft  : 
IVH  deciduous,  pinnate,  Ifts  5-7,  ovate  to  oblong-ovate, 
cuneate  at  the  base,  coarsely  serrate,  pubescent,  about 
%m   long   fls    1-4,  axillary,  fascicled,  white,  l-ll/z  in. 
across,  on  slender  stalks  1-2  in   long;  sepals  4,  spread- 
ing,   obovate    to    oblong-obovate     achenes    glabrous, 
with  long  plumose  tail    June    VV   China. — Very  grace- 
ful .ind  flonferous  species,  has  proved  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum. 

28  montana,   Buch  -Ham    (C    odor&ta,  Hort ,  not 
Wall  j     A  vigorous  climber,  often  reaching  a  height  of 
15-20   ft      Ivs.    ternate,    with   oblong-acuminate   cut- 
toothed  Ifts     fls    several  in  each  axil,  following  each 
other  in  succession  of  time,  resembling  white  anemone 
blossoms,  sweet-scented,  sepals  4,  elliptic-oblong;,  1  m. 
long,  spreading,  becoming  pink,  stamens  conspicuous, 
yellow     achenes   glabrous   with   plumose   tails      May. 
Himalaya  region      B  R  26  53      M   &  J  8     Gn.  30,  p. 
309,    49,  p  39,  51,p  319,  60,  p  79,  68,  p  379,  75,  p. 
371     AG   19  391     RH   1856  161;  1899,  p  529    G  C. 
Ill    18  303,20  5S9     M  DG   1902  423    Lav  22    J  H. 
Ill    49  533    G  27  237    GM   38  661,46  121,51.319. 
Var    grandifldra,    Hook    (var    anernomflora,   Kuntze). 
FK   larger,  3-4  in    across     BM  4061     MDG  1902: 
422     G  34  477     Var    rftbens,  Wilson     Foliage  red- 
dish, particularly  \\hen  unfolding    fls    pink  or  light 
pink   June    RH  1909  35.  RB  33  232    FSR   3  252. 
Gn  77,  p  84     G  M  50  395;  54  168    J  H   III  59.325. 
— Offsprings  of  a  cross  between  this  variety  and  the 
preceding  are    Var.  hldcina,  Lemoine,  with  bluish  lilac 
fls     G  34  345.    Var   perfccta,  Lemoine,  and  var.  undu- 
lata,   Lemoine,  with  bluish  white  very  large  fls.    Var 
Wflsonii,    Sprague    (C    repens,    Veitch,    not   Finet   & 
Gagnep  )      Lfts    ovate,  usually  rounded  or  subcordate 
at  the  base,  puberulous  on  the  veins  beneath;  sepals 
obovate-oblong,   %-l   in    long    fls    in  July  and  Aug , 
nearly   2   months   later   than    the   type      B  M  8365. 
MDG   1912  26    R  B  35 '108.  See  page  3567 

29  Spodneri,    Rehd     &   Wilson    (C    montana   var. 
Sfrfcea,   Franch  )      Climbing,  to   20  ft  .   Ivs    ternate; 
Ifts    ovate  or  oval,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  with 
1   or  few  teoth  on  each  side,  silky  pubescent  above 
and  beneath,  1-3  in    long    fls.  1  or  2,  white,  3^4  in. 
across  on  pedicels  3-6  m.  long;  sepals  broadly  obovate, 
densely   pubescent   outside:   achenes  pubescent,  with 
long    plumose    tail      Spring      W     China — Beautiful 
species;    has    proved    fairly    hardy   at    the    Arnold 
Arboretum. 

Group  RKCTJE. 

30.  Armandii,  Franch.  Climbing,  to  15  ft  •  Ivs. 
ternate,  evergreen,  glabrous;  Ifts  ovate  to  ovate- 
oblong,  acuminate,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base, 
entire,  4-5  in.  long,  coriaceous1  fls.  white,  1-2 ^>  in. 
across,  with  oblong-obovate  sepals,  in  loose  axillary 

51 


cymes  in  the  axils  of  last  year's  branches,  with  persistent 
bud-scales  at  the  base,  achenes  hairy,  with  long  plumose 
tails.  April,  May.  Cent  and  W.  China.  G.C  III.  38: 
30  RB.  35,  p  281.  RH  1913,  p  65.  Var  Farquha- 
riana,  Rehd.  &  Wil&on.  Fls.  light  pink,  large,  about  2 
in  across.  Ifts  oblong-ovate  — This  handsome  species 
is  like  the  following  3  species,  adapted  only  for  warmer 
temperate  regions. 

31  Meyeniana,  Walp     Climbing  rapidly;  glabrous 
or  slightly   pubescent     Ivs     ternate,   Ifts    coriaceous, 
ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  cordate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  entire,  2-3  in   long   panicle  loose  and  many-fld.; 
fls    white,  less  than    }/2in    across    sepals  4,  obtusish. 
anthers  as  long  or  longer  than  filaments'  achenes  with 
long  feathery  tails     Japan,  E  China  and  Indo-Chma. 
Summer.     B  M  7897  — Hardy  only   m  warmer  tem- 
perate regions. 

32  crassifdlia,  Benth    Closely  allied  to  the  preceding 
species   climbing,  quite  glabrous    Ifts   thicker,  cunoate 
at  the  base,  usually  obtusibh,  sepalfe  acuminate,  anthers 
shorter  than  the  filaments     Late  summer     China  — 
Suitable   for  greenhouse,  more  tender  than   the  pre- 
ceding. 

33  Pavoliniana,   Paxnpanmi      Climbing,    glabrous: 
Ivs.  subcoriaceous  ternate,  Ifts  long-petioled,  lanceolate 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  2-3  in   long    fls   slen- 
der-pedicelled,    white,    1-1  V£   in     across   in    axillary 
racemes;  sepals  linear-oblong  achenes  fulvous-pubes- 
cent, with  a  long  plumose  tail    May    Cent   China. 

34  r£cta,    Linn.    (C     erecta,    Linn.).     Herbaceous, 
somewhat    tufted,    2-3    ft     long:    Ivs     pinnate,    Ifts. 
stalked,  ovate,  acuminate,  entire    fls    numerous,  on  a 
large,  branching  terminal  panicle,  white,  sweet-scented, 


988    Clematis  Lawsoniana  var.  Henryi,  a  derivative  from 
C   lanugmosa    (XK) 


796 


CLEMATIS 


1  in.  across.  June-Aug.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  52,  p.  510;  53,  p. 
547;  66,  p.  152.  R.H  1899,  p.  528.  G.M.45.866. 
G.W.  14,  p.  561.  Var.  plena,  Lemome.  Fully  dou- 
bled, button-like  blossoms  H  F.  1860:13.  R.H  1860, 
pp.  512-13  Var  mandshurica,  Maxim  (C.  termfldra, 
DC.  C.  mandchuna,  Rupr.).  Taller  and  slenderer.  Ifts. 
3-5,  ovate,  subcordate  at  the  base,  rarely  cuneate, 
obtuse,  reticulate  beneath:  fls.  pure  white  in  axillary 
ind  terminal  panicles.  R  H.  1909,  p.  423. 

35  paniculata,  Thunb  Figs.  990,  991.  A  vigorous 
climber.  Ifts  3-5,  often  lobed,  acuminate,  1-4  m  long, 
glabrous*  fls.  fragrant,  1-1  /^  in  across,  m  axillary  and 


CLEMATIS 

numerous,  in  axillary  and  terminal  panicles  ,  sepals  4, 
linear-oblong,  white;  stamens  white,  fr.  bearing  white 
plumes.  Aug.-Oct.  Medit.  region.  Gn.  52,  p.  499; 
55,  p  114;  58,  p  319;  76,  p.  23.  Gn.  M.  13  347  H  W. 
3,  p  14  V.  5*321.  —  Must  have  a  sunny  expo&ure; 
very  beautiful.  Var  rub£Ua,  Bele  (C.  rubella,  Pers  ,  not 
Hort  ).  Differs  from  the  type  in  having  the  fls.  red 
outside.  Var.  rotundifdlia,  DC.  (C.  fragrans,  Tenore). 
Lfts.  broader,  obtuse:  fls.  fragrant.  S.  Eu.  R.F.G. 
4:62  (46C6). 

There  are  hybrids  of  this  species  with  C  mtegnfolia 

for  which  see  No.  5,  C.  aromatica  and  with  C.  Viticella, 

see  C.  vtolacea  under  No.  20. 


989.  Clematis  Lawsooiana,  one  of  C.  lanuginosa  derivatives.  ( X  H) 


terminal  panicles;  sepals  4,  dull  white.  Sept  Japan. 
G.F.  3:621  (adapted  in  Fig.  990);  5*91;  9:75  and  185. 
F.R  2.581;  6:471.  Mn.  7:113.  Gng  1:101  and  165; 
4*161,  229;  6  291;  7  246.  A  F.  13:1314  M.DG1898: 
487-9  G.W.  11:127.  V.  16:18  A.G  20:847.  F  E. 
16:375.  Gn.57,  p.  155'  61,  p.  91.  RH  1874,  p.  465 
and  1899,  p.  527 
Prop,  by  seed. 
blooming  species  in  American  gardens  Thrives  best  in 


Group  E 

37.  Fargesii,    Franch. 
Climbing,  to  20  ft  :  Ivs  pin- 
nate;   Ifts.    5-7,    ovate, 
incised  -  serrate,    sometunes 
3-lobcd  or  3-parted,  nearly 
glabrous    or    sometimes 
sparingly     silky-pubescent, 
particularly    beneath,    1-2 
m    long    fls    2  in    across, 
white,    in     3-fld      axillary 
cymes,  long-stalked,  sepals 
4-6,  obovate,  finely  pubes- 
cent outside    achenes  gla- 
brous with  feathery  tails    July    W. 
China     Var.  Softhei,  Fmet  &  Gag- 
nep.    Flh   larger,  3  in    across,  soli- 
tary. —  A  handsome  species,  resem- 
bling C  montana. 

38.  apiifdlia,DC    Climbing,  to  10 
ft     branchlets  pubescent    Ivs   ter- 
nate,    long-petioled,    If  is     usually 
ovate,  coarsely  serrate  and  some- 
tunes  3-lobed   or  occasionally  the 
terminal  ternate,    glabrous   above, 
pubescent  on   the  veins    beneath 
fls     in     axillary,    many-fld      short 
cymes,  white,  about   ££in    across, 
sepals    pubescent    on    both    sides. 
achenes    pubescent   with    plumose 
tails      Sept  ,    Oct      Japan     Var. 
obtusidentata,    Ilchd     <fc    Wihson 
Lfts    broader,  usually  truncate  or 
subcordate  at  base,  less  deeply  ser- 
rate with   shallow    rounded   teeth, 
more  pubescent      Cent     China  —  • 
Resembles  C  grata  in  the  shape  of 
the  Ifts. 

39.  brevicaudata,  DC.   (C  brevr- 
c&rddta,    Hort  )      Climbing    vigor- 
ously  Ivs    pinnate   to   bipmnate; 
segms  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
coarsely  toothed,  sometimes  nearly 
entire,  nearly  glabrous  or  pubescent' 
fls    in  axillary  panicles,  white,  I/E- 
%in.  across*  achenes  hairy,  rarely 

glabrous,  with  rather  short  plumose  tails  Aug-Oct. 
China.  G.F  5.  139  —  A  very  variable  species,  but  little 
used.  Var  tenuisepala,  Maxim.  Segms  with  only  1-3 
teeth  on  each  side  or  sometimes  entire*  fls  about  1  in. 
across  with  glabrous  sepals 


&  ?'  l?5L61'  p',91>  ,KHx  1874>P*  465  40.  grata,  Wall  High  climbing:  young  branchlets 
27  (as  C.  Flammvtorobwitd).  1902,  p  86.  pubescent:  Ivs  pinnate;  Ifts  usually  5,  broadly  ovate, 
!.  By  far  the  most  common  of  the  fall-  U8Ually  cordate  at  the  base,  mcisely  serrate,  sometimes 


3-lobed,  1-2  in.  long,  pubescent  on  both  sides  or  gla- 


»          —       TTT  Vi  -------  1      -------        -----     —  ----  o-njuro-i.    i    u    in.    "jii£,    }juut"3\;ciiii   UM    uuwi   niuuo  ui    Is"* 

°?8'  JT     stand  jsevere  pruning  m  winter,      brous  above*  fls  H-l  in.  across,  creamy  white,  in  large 

.      ,  .        ,~    ~..,  ~    „      ..      . 


36.  Flammula,  Linn  (C.  Pdllasu,  J.  F.  Gmel.).  A 
slender  but  vigorous  cumber,  reaching  10-15  ft :  Ivs. 
usually  bipmnate.  dark  green,  remaining  fresh  till  mid- 


.  ,  , 

panicles;  sepals  tomentose  outside:  achenes  densely 
pubescent,  with  long  feathery  tails.  Sept.,  Oct.  Him- 
alayas. GM.  47*642  Gn  66,  p  365;  71,  p  506.  Var. 


uouauj    uifjiuuai*;.  uaxA  f^iccu,  i ciiiaiiiiu^  neon   viii  iinu-          aiajna.     \j  iTi.   •*«     \j-tA       vjrii    v»u,  p    OWU,    I  A,  p    OVU.       »  ttl . 

winter;  Ifts.  small,  ovate,  oblong  or  linear:  fls.  small,      lobulata,  Rehd.  &  Wilson.  Lfts.  with  coarser  and  fewer 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATIS 


797 


rounded  teeth,  often  3-lobed  or  3-parted,  densely 
pubescent  on  both  sides  Cent.  China.  Var.  grandi- 
dentata,  Rehd.  &  Wilson.  Lfts.  occasionally  only  3, 
incisely  dentate,  usually  rounded  at  base,  glabrescent 
above,  silky  pubescent  beneath,  chiefly  on  the  veins, 
in.  long.  Cent.  China. 


Flower  of  Clematis 
paniculate.  (X?i) 


990   Clematis  pamculata.  (Xh) 

41  Vitalba,  Linn     In  England  called  TRAVELER'S 
JOY    The  most  vigorous  climber  of  tho  genus,  ascend- 
ing 20-30  ft     Ivs.  pinnate,  Ifts   ovate  to  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  cordate  at  the  base,  partly  cut,  2-3 j-3 
in   long   fls  numerous,  in  axillary  panicles,  dull  white, 
%m.  across,  with  a  faint  odor  of  almonds    styles  of 
fr   long  and  feathery,  from  which  it  is  given  the  name 
"old  man's  beard  "   July-Sept    Ku  ,  N    Afr.   Cauca- 
sus region    Gn   31,  p  187,  4."),  p  389,  53,  p  546     M 
DG    1898.319     JH    III    54441     II  W    3,  p    13  — 
There  is  a  hybrid  of  this  species  with  C  heraclcaefoha, 
for  which  see  No   12 

42  virgmiana,  Linn     Fig  992    Climbing  12-15  ft 
Ivs    ternate,   Ifts    glabrous,  cut-toothed,    bases   often 
cordate,  2-3  in  long  fls  white,  in  leafy  panicles,  often 
inoncreious   or   dioecious,    about    1    in     across    when 
expanded,  plumose  styles  1  in  or  more  in  length.   July- 
Sept     Nova  Scotia  to  Ga  ,  westward  to  Kan     G  \V  - 
FA    12     V   3  19.  9  36     Var    Catesbyana,  Brit    (C 
Calesbyatia,  Pursh)     Lvs    somewhat  pubescent,  often 
biternate    Southeastern  states     Intro   1883 

43  ligusticifdha,  Nutt     Allied  to  C   mginuina,  but 
having  5-7  Ifts  ,  of  firmer  texture,  rather  more  pubes- 
cent, variable  in  form  and  margin,  but  usually  3-lobed 
or  coarsely   toothed,    1-2  in    long    fls    white,    ?4m 
across,  in  terminal  and  axillary  panicles;  styles  densely 
silky-pubescent,  with  long  straight 

hairs  Aug  Mo.  to  New  Mex  and 
Brit  Col  Intro.  1881  Var  cahfoi- 
nica,  Wats  ,  has  no  marked  differ- 
ence. Ivs  usually  smaller  and  per- 
haps more  tomentose 

44  Drummondii,  Torr    & 
Gray    Climbing-  st  and  Ivs 

ashy  pubescent    Ivs    pinnate;  Ifts 
coarsely  cleft,  wi£h  the  segms  more 
or    less     flaring    and     sometimes 
toothed,  J^-l   in    long*  fls    dioeci- 
ous, white,   %in.  across,   in   3-lld. 
cymes  or  sometimes  solitary;  styles     •' 
becoming  2-4  in.  long.    Sept     Dry  ground,  Texas  to 
Ariz. 

45.  lasiantha,  Nutt.  Climbing;  tomentulose'  Ivs 
ternate;  Ifts  roundish,  few-toothed,  tomentulose  on 
both  sides  or  glabrous  above,  1-2  in  long:  fls.  1-3,  axil- 


lary  from  scaly  buds  on  last  year's  branches,  white,  fra- 
grant, ll/2  m-  across,  sepals  tomentose  outside,  achenes 
pubescent,  with  long  feathery  tails.  Spring.  Calif. 

Group  HEXAPETALJE. 

46.  indivlsa,  Willd  Large  woody  climber:  Ivs.  ter- 
nate,  coriaceous;  Ifts  ovate-oblong  to  narrow-oblong, 
subcordate,  1-4  in  long,  usually  entire,  fls  in  axillary 
panicles,  white,  2-4  in  across 
with  6-8  oblong  sepiln  aohenes 
pubescent  with  y  long  plumose 
tail  New  Zeal  —Only  the  fol- 
lowing var  seems  to  be  in 
cult  :  Vai  lobata,  Hook.  Lfts 
more  or  less  lobed  or  even  3-( 
p»rt«i  BM  4398  HH  1853' 
241  FS  4-402  Gn  12  400; 41, 
p  336,  53,  p  547,  74,  p.  527; 
77,  p  67.  HF.  1853.144  G  C. 
Ill  29-215;  38  135.  G.M  50: 
267  G  8:289;  32  281-3  J.H. 
Ill  62-387  A  F.13  879,16-56; 
30  221.  Gng.  16.199,  8.356.  G  F.  6  167.— Only  for 
warm  or  temperate  regions,  often  cult,  as  a  green- 
house plant  and  flowering  profusely  in  winter  and 
early  spring. 

Group  ORIENTALES. 

47  orientalis,  Linn   (C  gravkolens,  Lmdl )     A  rapid 
climber,  reaching  12-15  ft     Ivs    thin,  glaucous  and 
shiny,   pinnate,  Ifts    3-paited  or  -lobed,  with  small, 
ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  entire  or  cut-toothed  divisions 
2-2-1  ?•£    in     long     fls    in  fow-fld    cymes,   sometimes 
solitary,  becoming  erect  or  nearly  so,  \\<>  in    across; 
sepals  4,  yellow,  tinted  \\ith  green,  pubescent  on  both 
sides,   spreading,   some\vluit  lefiexed,  styles  plumose. 
Aug,    Sept      Himalaya    region    to    Persia      Lav  21 
BM  4495     Gn  31,  p  1S6,  15  240,  52,  p.  501     FS 
43746    (pi    336),   6548     RH    1855321,    1899,    p. 
530       J  F    2  128       P.F  G    2,  p.  67       Gng.  5  227. 
V  3  362 

48  glauca,  Wrilld   (C  orwntalu*  var  glauca,  Maxim  ) 
Slender  climber,  glabrous    Ivs   pinnate,  very  glaucous, 
Ifts    usually  oblong,  obtusish,  entire  or  sometimes  3- 

lobcd  or  3-parted,    1-2   in     long     fls 
yellow,   open,   rampanulate,    nodding, 
1 !  2    in     across,    in    few-fld     axillary 
cvmos,  sepals  quite  glabrous  inside  and 
ne  irly  so  outside,  not  reflexed   achenes 
\Mlh    long    plumose    tails     Aug -Oct. 
Siberia  to  W.  China      R  H    1890,  p 
561  — Hardier    than    the 
preceding    species      Var. 
akebioides,  Rehd  &  Wil- 
son.  Lfts  usually  3-lobed 
with  broad  rounded  lobes 
often     coarsely     crenate, 
about   1    in. 
long:   fls    usu- 
ally   in     3's, 
rarely  solitary 
W  China.  Var 
angustifdlia, 
I*debu  (C.  tn- 
tricdta,  Bunge) 
Lfts.  usually 
3-parted  with   narrow 
generally  linear-lanceo- 
late segms.    Mongolia 
49   tang&tica,    Kor- 
shinsky    (C    orientalis 
var.  tangiilica,  Maxim. 
C    endpoda,   Koehne, 
not  Maxim )     Climb- 


79* 


CLEMATIS 


CLEMATOCLETHRA 


ing,  to  10  ft.'  young  branchlets  slightly  villous  or  nearly 
glabrous  Ivs.  green,  pinnate;  Ifts.  oblong-lanceolate  or 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  megularly  serrate  with  spread- 
ing teeth,  sometimes  3-lobed  or  3-parted,  1-3  in.  long: 
fls  solitary,  bright  yellow,  nodding,  3  in.  across,  sepals 
glabrous,  except  at  the  maigm,  acuminate  or  obtusish: 
achencs  with  very  long  plumose  tails.  June,  sometimes 
again  in  Aug.  Mongolia  to  VV.  China.  13  M  7710. 
R.H.  1902  528.  G  VV.  14,  p  651— Very  handsome 
with  its  showy  bright  yellow  fls.  and  later  in  summer 
with  its  large  heads  of  feathery  frs.;  hardy. 

50.  serratifdlia,  Hehd.  (C.  koredrui,  Hort..  not 
Komarov).  Shrubby  climber.  Ivs  biternate,  bright 
green t  glabrous;  Ifts  ovate-lanceolate  to  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  mequally  serrate,  1-2J-2  ln-  long:  fls.  1-3, 
axillary,  long-stalked,  yellow,  nodding,  2  m.  across; 
sepals  glabrous,  except  at  the  margin:  achenes  With 
long  plumose  tails.  Aug.,  Sept.  Korea. — Handsome 
anil  quite  hardy  The  true  C  kore-atia  belongs  to  the 
Atragene  group  and  has  pctaloid  stammodes. 

C  aculdnaiila,  Hook  f  <fe  Thorn*  Allied  to  C  lasmndra  Sts. 
deeply  grooved  Ivs  bipmnate,  with  o\itc  or  ovate-lanceolate 
crenate  Ifts  fls  axillary,  browmssh  yellow,  with  the  sepals  winged 
on  the  Lack  Sept  ,  Oct  Himalayas  Not  hardy  N  — C  Additonii, 
Brit  Allied  to  C  Viorna  Upright  herb,  glabrous  lower  Ivs. 
simple,  upper  pinnate  fls  purplish  May,  June  Va  and  N  C. 
G  F9  325— C  antfiisfi/oJwi,  Jac<i  Allied  to  C  recta  Lvs  pm- 
nate  with  simple  or  3-pnrtrd  linear  Ifts  fls  solitary  or  m  3's 
with  4-8  sepals  S  Eu  R  F  G  4  62  (-if>b5)  — C  unstatn,  R  Br 
Allied  to  C  indivi^a  Evergreen  hs  ternatc,  with  ovate  to 
ovate-lanceolate,  cordate  Ifts  fls  dicecious,  white,  in  few-fld 
axillary  corymbs,  2  in  across,  fragrant  Austral  BR  A  238 
and  LBC  7  620  (pistillate  plant)  GC  III  .32  55  (stammato 
plant)  \ar  Drnnm,  Guilf  (C  Handen,  Wats  )  Fls  with  sal- 
mon-red filaments  BM  S3(>7  Tender  — ('  birbillata,  Kdgew 
Allied  to  C  montana  Lfts  ovate-lanceolate,  toothed  fls  solitary, 
large,  dull  purple  achenes  glabrous  Himalaya  R  H  1858,  p 
407  BM  4794  FS  9  95b  -('  Renthami.mn,  Hemsl  (C  term- 
flora,  Bcnth  not  DC  )  Allied  to  C  Meyeniann  and  C  chmcnsis 
Lfta  5,  broadly  ovate,  subrurdatc,  sparinsly  pubescent,  lJi-2  in 
long  fls  in  axillary  and  terminal  panic  lt>s,  white,  ^m  across. 
China — Of  no  particular  ornamental  value  — C  brachulta,  Thunb. 
Climbing,  pubescent  Ivs  bipmnate  or  the  upper  pinnate,  Ift8 
ovate  coarsely  toothed  fls  greenish  white,  in  axillary  panicles, 
fragrant,  1-1)2  lri  across,  sepals  spreading  obtuse,  filaments  hairy 
at  the  base  S  Afr  B  R  2  97  GC  III  30  307  Tender —f. 
brachyitra,  Maxim  Similar  to  C  recta  Herbaceous,  upright. 
Ivs  pinnate  with  3-5  ovate,  3-ncrved  Ifts  fls  axillary,  solitary, 
white,  sepals  glabrous  except  at  the  margin  achencs  few  with 
short  pubescent  style  Korea  — C  BuchananiAna,  DC  Allied  to 
C.  nutans  Large  climber,  hairy  Ivs  pinnate,  Ifts  broadly  ovate, 
serrate  or  lobed  fls  in  panicles,  tubular,  sepals  ribbed  Himalaya 
See  also  C  nutans  var.  th>rscmlea — C  rhintnsis,  Ret/  Allied  to 
C  Meyemana  Lfts  5,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  nearly  glabrous, 
£4-1  j/2  in  long  fls  m  axillary  and  terminal  panicles  China  — 
C  chrysoctima,  Franch  Allied  to  C  montana  Upright  shrub 
Ifts  obovatc  with  few  coarse  teeth,  ?i-lji  m  long,  yellowish 
silky-pubescent  beneath,  fls  axillary,  1-3,  2  in  across,  sepals  white 
with  pink  margin.  China.  B  M  8395.— C  connatn,  DC  Allied 
to  C  nutans  Large  climber,  glabrous  Ifts  3-7,  broadly  ovate, 
slightly  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  cordate  at  base,  coarsely 
serrate,  often  3-lobed,  2-4  in  long  fls  */\-\  in  long,  in  many-fld 
panicles  Himalayas  G  F  4  235  —  C  Delav&yi,  Franch  Allied 
to  C  recta  Upright  shrub  Ivs  pinnate,  Itts  9-11,  ovate,  entire, 
silvery  white  be  math,  >3-><jin  long  fls  white,  slender-stalked, 
3-5,  terminal,  about  1  in  across  W  China  Very  distinct,  but 
apparently  not  hardy  N — C  Gibleriana,  Bong  =C  songanca  var. 
Gebleriana  — C.  Gounana,  rfoxbg  Allied  to  C  grata  Tall  (limber; 
usually  glabrous  Ivs  pinnate  or  bipmnate,  Ifts  ovate-oblong, 
glabrous  -ibove,  pubescent  or  sometimes  glabrous  beneath  fls 
W-Hm  across,  white,  in  large  panicles  Himalayas  S  Asia  , 
Philippine  Isls.  Wight,  Icon  933-4  —C  grewiafldra,  DC. 
Allied  to  C  nutans  Tall  wocxly  c  limber,  densely  tomentose  Ifts. 
3-5,  broadly  ovate,  cordate,  serrate,  usually  deeply  5-lobed,  3-4 
in  long  fls  1^  in  long,  tubular-campanulate,  tawny  yellow. 
Himalayas  B  M  6369  — Very  distinct,  but  only  for  warmer 
regions  — C  hexapttala,  Forst  (C  hexasepala,  DC  )  Allied  to  C. 
mdiviaa  Lvs  ternate,  Ifts  coarsely  dentate  or  lobed  fls  dioecious, 
in  axillary  cymes,  greenish  white,  fragrant,  1  m  across  New  Zeal. 
B  R  32  4£  —  C  kwrdna,  Komarov  Allied  to  C  alpma  Lvs. 
ternate  or  bitern.ite,  Ifts  ovate,  cordate,  coarsely  toothed:  fls. 
yellow  or  violet,  sepals  about  1  m  long,  stammode,  spatulate, 
narrow  Korea  Act  Hort  Petrop  22  6 — C  macropitala,  Ledeb. 
Allied  to  C  alpma  Lvs  ternate  or  biternate,  Ifts  coarsely  serrate 
or  nearly  entire  fls  large,  violet,  petaloul  stammodes  lanceolate, 
little  shorter  than  sepals  N  China  Gt  19  651  — C  mendocina, 
Phil  Allied  to  C  hgusticifolia  Lower  Ifts  3-parted  or  3-lobed, 
scgms  lanceolate  fls  monoecious,  white,  in  panicles,  sepals  spa- 
ringly hairy  inside  tails  of  achenes  very  long  Sept  ,  Oct  Chile 
Tender— C  Pierdtti,  Miq  Allied  to  C  brevicaudatatft  Slender 
climber  Ivs.  biternate,  Ifts  ovate-oblong,  coarsely  serrate,  1}^- 
2l/i  in  long  fls,  white,  5iin  across,  solitary,  or  in  3-fld  ,  rarely 
many-fid  cymes  achenes  glabrous,  with  rather  short  plumose 
tails  Aug  Japan. — C  quinquefolioldta,  Hutchinson  (C  Mtyemana 


var  heterophylla,  Gagnep  ).  Allied  to  C.  Meyemana.  Lfta.  5- 
lancoolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  about  3  in  long  cymes  few-fid., 
shorter  than  the  Ivs  tails  of  fr.  fulvous.  Cent  China  V  F.  3  — 
C  Sdnderi,  Wats  =C  anstata  var  Dennis®  — C.  smilanfdlut, 
Wall  Tall  woody  climber  Ivs  simple,  ovate  usually  cordate, 
entire,  3-10  in.  long,  rarely  ternato  fls  1-1  fa  in  across,  brownish 
tomentose  outside,  purple  inside,  in  axillary  panicles  achenes  with 
long  feathery  tail  BM  4259  F  S  2,  pt  12  3  GC  III  30  466 
— C  sonaAnoa,  Bunge  Allied  to  C  recta  Shrubby,  upright'  Ivs. 
simple,  thickish,  grayish  green,  usually  lanceolate,  entire  or  spa- 
ringly serrate  fls  yellowish  white,  in  terminal  and  axillary  cymes, 
sepals  glabrous  inside  Turkestan,  Mongolia  Var  GtblenAna, 
Kuntzo  (C  Gebl«»riana,  Bong  )  Lvs  thinner,  more  serrate,  green 
—C  Suksddrfii,  Robins  Allied  to  C  hgusticifolia  Lfts  5,  ovate, 
to  ovate-oblong,  1-1 H  m.  long  fls  in  axillary  racemes  or  panicles, 
white,  1  in  across,  sepals  reflexed  achenes  few  Brit  Col  G  F 
9255 — C  Thunberyn,  Steud  Climbing,  pubescent  or  glabrous 
Ivs  pinnate  with  ovate  to  lanceolate,  often  3-lobed  or  3-parted 
Ifts  fls  in  axillary  panicles,  sepals  spreading,  lanceolate,  filaments 
hairy  at  the  base.  S  Afr.  G  C  III.  50  253 

K    C    DAVIH 
ALFKED  KEHDKK  t 

CLEMATIS,  MOCK:    Aydestis  clemahdea. 

CLEMATOCLETHRA  (Clematis  and  clethra,  refer- 
ring to  the  similarity  of  the  flower  to  that  of  Clethra 
and  to  the  climbing  habit)  Dillenicuu'.  Shiubs 
grown  for  the  profusely  produced  fragrant  floweis  and 
the  attractive  black  01  red  ben  les 

Deciduous  climbing  plants,  branches  with  solid 
pith  winter-buds  conspicuous,  free,  with  several 
imbricate  scales  Ivs.  petioled,  usually  serrate,  tin  in 
axillary  cymes  or  panicles,  sometime*  solitary,  white; 
sepals  5,  imbricate,  persistent;  petals  5,  imbiieate 
stamens  10,  short,  ovary  5-celled,  each  cell  with  10 
ovules,  style  simple,  cylmdiic  fr.  beny-Uke,  with 
thin  fle^h,  subglooo.se,  usually  5-seeded  —About  12 
species  in  Cent  and  W  China  Closely  allied  to 
Actimdia  which  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  numerous 
stamens,  many  styles,  many-«eeded  fi  and  in  the  win- 
ter state  by  its  winter-buds  being  hidden  by  a  swelling 
of  the  tissue  around  their  base.  Several  species  have 
been  recently  intio  ,  but  the  names  of  most  of  them 
have  not  yet  been  detet  mined  rl  hey  are  apparently 
hardier  than  the  Chinese  actimdias  and  superior  from 
an  ornamental  point  of  view  on  account  of  their  pro- 
fusely produced  fls  and  frs  though  the  foliage  as  a  rule 
is  smaller  and  not  quite  so  handsome  Pi  op  by  seeds 
and  probably,  like  aetimdias,  by  greenwood  cult  nigs 
in  summer  and  also  by  hardwood  cuttings  and  layers. 

Hemsleyi.Baill. 
Climbing. to  20ft  . 
young  branches 
pubescent  at  hist, 
soon  glabious.  Ivs. 
slender  petioled,  <  r 

ovate   to  oblong-  \  \  \ 

ovate,  acuminate,  v  \V, 
denticulate,  gla- 
brous anove, 
brownish  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins 
beneath,  2-4  in. 
long  fls  white, 
about  Hm  across. 
4-12  in  stalked 
axillary  cymes :  fr. 
globose,  black, 
about  2£in  acioss. 
Cent  China.  H  I. 
29:2808. 

integrif  dlia, 
Maxim  Quite 
glabrous:  Ivs. 
ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, finely  serru- 
late or  entire,  dark 
green  above,  glau- 
cous beneath, 
in.  long. 


993    Cleome  spinosa. 


CLEMATOCLETHRA 

fls.  solitary  or  in  2-  or  3-fld   cymes  on  slender  stalks, 
white,  H~Mm-  across:  fr.  globose,  black.   W.  China. 
ALFRED  HEHDER. 

CLE6ME  (meaning  uncertain).  Capparuldcesp  Odd 
spider-fiowei  ed  plants  sometimes  grown  in  the  flower- 
garden 

Sub-shrubs  or  annual  herbs,  simple  or  branched, 
glabrous  or  glandular,  with  simple  Ivs.  or  3-7  Ifts.,  and 
white,  gieen,  yellow  or  purplish 
fls  borne  singly  or  in  racemes  j 
petals  entire,  with  claws. — 
Seventy  tropical  species,  in 
both  hemispheres  The  genus 
is  distinguished  from  Gynan- 
dropsis  by  its  short  torus, 
which  often  bears  an  appen- 
dage, and  by  the  4-6,  rarely  10, 
stamens 

The  garden  clcomes  are 
chiefly  interesting  for  their 
long  puiple  spidery  stamens 
and  showy  rose-colored  petals. 
They  succeed  in  sandy  soils 
and  sunny  situations,  and  can 
be  used  like  castor-oil  plants 
to  fill  up  large  gaps  in  a 
border  C  spinosa  is  the  best, 
and  has  lately  been  plan  tea 
consideiably  in  publie  parks 
amongst  shrubber}'  Propa- 
gated by  seeds,  which  are 

produced   freely  in  long  slender  pods  borne  on  long 
stalks 

A  LftvS  more  than  3. 

spinosa,  Jacq  (C  pungent,  Willd  C  qiganlta,  Hort , 
not  Linn)  GIANT  SPIDKH  PLANT  1'igs  993,  994 
Clammy,  strong-scented,  3-4  ft  high  Ifts  usually  5, 
sometimes  7,  oblong-lanceolate,  with  a  pair  of  short 
stipular  spines  under  the  petioles  of  most  of  the  Ivs  , 
and  in  the  tropics  some  little  prickles  on  the  petioles 
also  fls  rose-pin  pie,  varying  to  white,  petals  4,  obo- 
vate,  clawed,  ]^m  long,  stamens  2-3  in  long,  blue  or 
purple  N  C  to  La  (naturalised  from  Trop  Amer ) 
and  escaped  from  gardens  BM  1640  G  C  III  45" 
115 — A  tender  biennial  north,  but  annual  in  the 
tropics  The  plant  recently  mtro  as  ('  gigantm  is 
not  the  true  species,  which  is  a  green-fid  S  Amer- 
ican plant  as  yet  apparently  unknown  in  the  trade  in 
this  country  0  spinosa  differs  widely  in  the  extent 
and  character  of  its  spines  The  fls  vary  in  the 
development  of  the  style,  Fig  994  shows  a  fully  per- 
fected style 

speciosissima,  Deppe  Annual  or  half-shrubby, 
sometimes  5  ft  high  sts  strongly  hairy  without  spines, 
Ifts  5-7,  lanceolate,  dentate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  con- 
spicuously hairy  on  both  sides  fls  light  purple  or  pur- 
plish roe  .July  to  fall  Mex  B  H  1312  —Said  to  be 
the  showiest  of  cleomes  Under  this  name  a  very  dif- 
erent  plant  is  passing, 
the  Ifts  of  which  have 
only  minute  hairs  but 
rather  numerous  spines. 

AA  Lfts  3 

serrulata,  Pursh  (f. 
mtegrifdlia,  Torr  & 
Gray)  ROCKY  MOUN- 
TAIN BEE-PLANT.  Gla- 
brous, 2-3  or  even  6  ft. 
high  Ifts  3,  lanceolate 
to  obovate-oblong,  en- 
tire, or  rarely  with  a 
few  minute  teeth  •  bracts 
much  narrower  than  in 


CLERODENDRON 


799 


rarely  white,  3-toothed:  receptacle  with  a  flat,  con- 
spicuous appendage  Along  streams  in  saline  soils  of 
praiiierf  — In  cult  over  30  yeara  us  a  bee-plant. 


fa  blackish  purple. 
>|jy,  1  F>  ft  ,  downy: 
.late,  the  entire  If. 

ncr    "S 
YLOR.f 


(XM) 


C. 


oetals  rose, 


C   dendroidea,  Schult     Trie-like,  10-14  ft 
Brazil     BM   J2Ub—r   (/if/,i ;if/«,  Limi     Shr 
IftH    7,    lanceolate,    lanct-oblonj?   or   oblauc 
shorter  than  petiole    fa  «m  nish,  pH.iln  linear,  2  in    or  inoi 
cohering   by  their  margins  and  opening  only  on  one  Hide, 

uundropHi*     '       N> 

CLERODfiNDRON  (Greek, 
hance  and  tree  of  no  signifi- 
ance)  Includes  Siphondntha 
nd  Volkamena  Vtrbenaceae. 
Jreenhouse  climbers  and  hardy 
hrubs  and  other  ornamental 
>lants,  grown  for  the  showy 
vhite,  violet  or  red  flowers 

Shrubs  or  trees,  often  scan- 
lent  •  Ivs  <  pposite  or  verticil- 
late,  mostly  entire  or 
not  compound  fls  in 
mostly  terminal 
cwncs  or  panicles; 
(  Iilyx  campanulatc  or 
larely  tubular,  shal- 
low ly  5-toothed  or  5- 
1  o  b  e  d ,  corolla-tube 
usually  slender  and 
cylindrical,  the  limb 
5-parted  and  spread- 
ing, the  lobes  borne- 
what  unequal,  bta- 

mens  4,  affixed  on  the  corolla-tube,  long-exserted  and 
curved,  style  exserted,  2-cleft  at  the  end,  ovary 
4-loculed  fr  a  drupe  inclosed  in  the  calyx —About  100 
species,  in  the  tropics,  mostly  of  the  eastern  hemisphere 
( 'lerodendrons  are  divided  into  two  garden  sections, 
- — those  with  a  shrubby  habit,  and  the  twining  kinds 
The  culture  is  about  the  same  for  both  kinds  They 
nutj  be  grown  from  seeds  or  from  cuttings  of  the  halt- 
ripened  wood  In  either  ca.se,  use  2-mch  pots  filled  with 
a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  leaf-mold  or  peat  and  good 
sharp  sand  Place  a  cutting  or  a  seed  in  each  pot,  and 
press  moderately  firm  Leave  the  pots  in  a  tight  case 
with  a  temperature  of  70°,  and  keep  the  soil  at  all  times 
fairly  moist  When  the  pots  are  filled  with  roots,  shift 
into  a  4-inch  pot,  using  a  compost  consisting  of  fibrous 
loam  two  parts,  leaf-mold  and  sand  one  part  each, 
and  a  fifth  part  of  well-rotted  manure  Pot  rather  firm, 
as  this  insures  a  stronger  giowth,  and  during  the  grow- 
ing season  keep  in  a  night  temperature  of  65°  -— Clero- 
dendrons  mav  be  flowered  in  any  si/,c  pot  desired,  and 
some  of  the  species,  notably  ('  Balfourn  (or  properly 
C.  Thomboiue) ,  can  be  had  in  flower  from  Easter  until 
late  September  This  species  is  probably  the  best  and 
most  useful,  either  for  decorative  work  or  exhibition 
purposes,  when  it  is  grown  in  large  pots,  a  good  rough 
material  may  be  used  for  potting  A  good  st  ill  fibrous  loam 
with  about  one-third 
part  of  decayed  manure 
is  bebt  \\hen  the  sea- 
son's growth  is  com- 
pleted, gradually  with- 
hold water  for  two 
months  and  lower  the 
night  temperature  from 
65°  to  5.5°.  Many  of  the 
leaves  under  the  above 
treatment  will  drop  and 
the  wood  will  become 
firm.  If  plants  are 
wanted 
in  flower 
about 


995.  Clerodendron    Thomson*.   (XV£) 


Easter, 


800 


CLERODENDRON 


CLERODENDRON 


give  them  a  thorough  soaking  with  water  about 
January  1,  and  raise  the  temperature  again  to  65°  by 
night,  letting  it  rise  during  the  day  to  75°  to  80 
Syringe  the  plants  two  or  three  times  a  day.  which  will 
encourage  tne  young  growths  to  start  all  over  the 
ripened  wood  When  this  takes  place,  the  plant  will  either 
have  to  be  repotted  or  fed  liberally  with  liquid  manure 
and  fertilizers,  repotting  usually  resulting  in  larger 
panicles  of  flowers.  If  feeding  is  resorted  to,  a  handful 
of  green  cow-manure  to  a  watering-pot  containing  two 
and  a  half  or  three  gallons  of  water  is 
sufficient;  and  if  any  of  the  popular 
fertilizers  are  used  for  a  change,  a 
small  handful  to  the  same  amount  of 
water  will  answer.  Water  twice  in 
between  with  clean  water. 
Plants  for  a  succession  may 
be  started  when  the  first  are 
beginning  to 
show  the  crim- 
son at  the  end 
of  the  flower, 
and  so  on  until 
the  end  of  July  or 
first  of  August. 
— Clerodendrons 
are  not  subject 
to  insect  pests  if 
kept  thoroughly 

syringed  during  their  growing  season. 
If  this  is  neglected,  the  shrubby  kinds 
may  become  affected  with  brown- 
scale  or  mealy-bug,  which  should  be 
immediately  treated  with  the  usual 
hydrocyanic  gas  fumigation.  (George 
F.  Stewart.) 


Balfoun,  1. 
Bungei,  15. 
coronana,  4. 
delectum,  1. 
dehcatum,  1. 
fallax,  13 
Farge-ui,  7 
fcetidum,  15 
fragrans,  4 
innsum,  10. 
merme,  8 
infortunatum,  5. 


Kaempfen,  12 
macrofliphon,  10 
myrmecophilum,  14, 
eerohnum,  0 
Siphonanthus,  11. 
spepiosum,  3 
sple miens,  2 
squamatum,  12. 
Thomson*,  1 
tomcntosum,  9 
tnchotoraum,  6,  7. 
viscosum,  5 


A  Plant  of  twining  habit. 

1  Thdmsonae,  Balfour  (C.  Bdl- 
foun,  Hort )  Fig  995.  Tall,  twining, 
glabrous  evergreen  shrub  Ivs  oppo- 
site, oblong-ovate  and  acuminate, 
strongly  several-nerved,  entire,  pet- 
loled  fls  in  axillary,  and  terminal 
forking  lax  cymes,  calyx  strongly 
5-angled,  narrowed  at  the  apex,  white; 
corolla-hmb  light  crimson  and  spread- 
ing; corolla-tube  1  in  long;  stamens 
%m  long.  W  Afr  B  M  5313  R  H. 
1867.310,  1902:, 504  GM  46'173 
G  W.  4,  p.  439;  8,  p.  173;  13,  p  340.  F.E.  28:261  —A 
warmhouse  plant  of  great  merit,  and  the  most  popular 
of  the  tender  species  Blooms  profusely  on  the  young 
wood.  Var  delectum,  Hort  (C  delectum  and  C  dclica- 
tum,  Hort ).  Fl  -clusters  very  large;  calyx  pure  white 
or  green-tinged;  corolla  large,  rose-magenta 

2.  splendens,  Don  (Siphondnthus  splendens>  Hiern). 
A  most  excellent  stove  climber,  sts.  slender,  woody, 
glabrous,  slightly  angled  Ivs  opposite,  variable,  oblong- 
cordate,  or  elliptic,  4-6  in  long,  dark  green,  petiole 
rather  short,  fls  in  dense  many-flowered  cymes  on 
leafy  growths  from  the  ripened  wood  of  th^  previous 
year,  bright  scarlet  passing  into  bright  yellow,  an  inch 
or  more  in  diam  ;  stamens  1  in  long  Trop.  Afr.  B  R. 
28:7  R.H.  1902-504.  H  U.  5,  p.  325. 


3.  specidsum,  Hort.  A  garden  hybrid  between  C. 
splendens  and  C.  Thomsons,  intermediate  in  habit  and 
foliage,  the  fls.  are  produced  in  profusion,  are  dull  red, 
and  are  continuously  borne  throughout  the  summer 
months;  old  cahces  more  or  less  persistent,  and  orna- 
mental pale  red  after  fls.  are  past. — As  figured  in  R.  H 
1873,  471  and  Gn.  1877,  404,  this  recedes  very  little 
from  typical  C.  splendens,  according  to  Baker,  but  the 
C.  dpecwsum  hybridum  of  I.  H.  1869,  t593  is  interme- 
diate between  C.  splendens  and  C.  Thomsonx, 

AA.  Plant  of  erect  or  self-sup- 
porting habit. 

B.  Corolla-tube  not  much  if  any 
longer  than  the  large  calyx: 
fls.  white  or  light  blush 
4.  fragrans,   Vent    (C    cor- 
ondrta,    Hort.?     Volka  m  ena 
frdgrans,   Vent ).     Pubescent, 
half  shrubby,  with 
angled  branches,  3- 
5  ft..   Ivs    broadly 
ovate,    with    trun- 
cate   or    cordate 
base,    acuminate, 
coarsely      toothed: 
fls.  white  or  blush, 
in    terminal,    com- 
pact,   hydrangea- 
like  cor>mbs,  usu- 
ally    double,     deh- 
ciously  scented     China,  Japan. 
B  M  1834  —Very  desirable  and 
fragrant  plant  for  the  0*00! house. 
Hardy  in  8     Lvs  ill-scented 

5  infortunatum,  Gaertn  (C. 
wscdsum,  Vent  )  Height  5-7  ft , 
pubescent,  with  square  branches'. 
Ivs  opposite  and  stalked,  cor- 
date-ovate, acuminate,  entire  or 
toothed,  hairy  fls  in  a  loose 
villous  terminal  panicle,  white, 
with  a  flesh-colored  center,  flar- 
ing, the  tube  projecting  beyond 
the  loose,  hairy,  large,  5-angled 
calyx  E.  Indies  B  M.  1805  — 
Fls  swcet-bcented.  Greenhouse. 
8  trich6tomum,  Thunb  (C. 
serotinun,  Carr  Volkameria 
japomca,  Hort ,  not  Thunb  ) 
Fig.  996.  Slender  but  erect, 
graceful,  pubescent  sub-shrub, 
4-10  ft  nigh  or  even  higher 
Ivs  mostly  opposite,  soft  and 
flaccid,  ovate  -  acuminate,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  very  closely 
serrate  or  entire,  hairy,  fls. 
white,  with  a  reddish  brown 
calyx,  on  forking,  slender,  red- 
dish peduncles,  the  corolla-tube 
sometimes  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx;  segms  of 
calyx  turning  red  and  affording  pleasing  contrast 
to  bright  blue  frs.  Japan  BM  6561.  Gn  43.504; 
51,  p  320;  75,  pp  67,  447  G  26  492  J  H  III. 
55'355  FE  29.653.  11 H  1867,  p.  351.— A  very 
handsome,  hardy  shrub  or  small  tree.  In  the  N.  it 
kills  to  the  ground,  but  sprouts  up  if  the  crown  is  pro- 
tected 

7  Fargesii,  Dode  (C.  tnchdtomum  var.  Fdraem, 
Hort ) .  A  recent  shrub,  reported  as  being  hardy  in 
England,  rapid-growing  Ivs.  dark  green  or  purplish, 
opposite,  petioled,  the  blade  ovate  and  acute  or  acumi- 
nate, strongly  veined,  abruptly  narrowed  at  the  base, 
entire:  fls  in  panicles  in  summer,  whitish,  fragrant; 
sepals  knee -ovate,  becoming  reflexed:  fr.  globular, 


996.  Clerodendron  trichotomum. 

(XH) 


CLERODENDRON 


CLETHRA 


801 


size  of  a  sweet  pea  seed,  peacock-blue,  stt  on  the  pur- 
ple or  crimson  old  calyx.  China.  G.M  54:817.  R.H. 
1911,  p.  522,  523. 

8  in6rme,  Gsertn  Tall  shrub  or  becoming  small 
tree1  Ivs  opposite  or  ternate,  obovate  or  elliptic,  entire, 
scentless,  privet-like,  1H  in  or  less  long  fls  white, 
fragrant,  on  3-7-fld.  axillary  peduncles,  corolla-tube 
%in.  long,  the  lobes 
very  short  fr.  %m. 
long,  smooth,  separa- 
ting into  4  parts  India, 
where  it  is  said  to  be 
used  for  hedges  — 
Offered  in  S  Calif. 

BB.  Corolla-tube  mark- 
edly   longer    than 
the     small     calyx 
(usually  2-3  times 
or  mare  longer}. 
c  Fls  white 
9    tomentdsum,    It. 
Br.  Shrubby  and  erect 
(often    becoming    a 
small  tree),  pubescent, 
often  purplish:  hs 
opposite    and    pet- 
jioled,  ovate-elliptic 
to    sub -lanceolate, 
short-acuminate,  2- 
4  in  long,  entire  or 
sparingly    toothed, 
pubescent  on  both 
sides,    but    thickly 
so    on    the    under 
side  fls  in  opposite, 
forking    compact 
clusters,  the   caljx 

997.  Clerodendron  fallax    ( X  >i)  n,ot    enlarged,    the 

slim,     corolla -tube 

long-cvserted  (3-4  times  length  of  calyx),  and  the  clear 
white  corolla-lobes  reflexed-curled ,  anthers  yellow, 
protruding  Austral  B  M  1518  — Cult  in  S  Calif 

10  macr6siphon,  Hook  f  (C.  inclsum  var  macrot>i- 
phon,  Baker)  Elegant  erect  f.hrub,  finely  pubescent 
ivs  opposite,  oblanceolate-oblong,  acuminate,  notched 
or  pmnatifid:  fls  in  a  nearly  sessile  terminal  cyme  or 
head,  pure  white;  calyx  green,  very  small;  corolla-tube 
very  narrow,  4-5  in  long,  hairy,  the  limb  1-sided,  J^m. 
long;  filaments  2  in  long,  red  E.  Afr  B  M  6695  — 
Warmhouse  plant  of  merit,  but  the  handsome  fls  are 
short-lived. 

11.  Siphonanthus,    R.    Br.    (Siphondnthus    indica, 
Willd ).     TURK'S   TURBAN.     TUBE-FLOWER     Shrub, 
2-8  ft.  high,  open-branched :  Ivs  opposite  or  verticillate, 
nearly  sessile,  narrowly  lanceolate,  entire  or  nearly  so 
fls.  long-tubed  and  white  (tube  3-4  in.  long)  in  very 
large  terminal  racemes,  the  lobes  £3111  long,  obovate- 
oblong:  fr  a  showy,  red  and  purple  berry,  which  per- 
sists a  long  time.  E.  Indies.  Hardy  in  Fla. 

cc.  Fls.  red,  orange  or  distinctly  lilac. 

12.  squamatum,  Vahl  (C.  Katmpfen,  Sieb.).    Shrub 
0-10  ft.,  thinly  pubescent   Ivs.  large,  opposite,  round- 
cordate,  entire  or  denticulate,  acuminate,  mfl  and  fls. 
brilliant  scarlet;  fls.  with  small  red  calyx  and  reflexcd, 
spreading,  unequal  corolla-lobes;  corolla-tube  1  in.  or 
less  long,  very  slender:  drupe  blue-black  or  greenish 
blue,  rather  fleshy.    China     B.R.  649     RB.22:253. 
On  42.562.   Gt.  5:352.— Very  showy.   Cult,  in  warm 
greenhouses,  and  in  the  open  in  S.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla. 
The  fls.  are  in  an  erect  branchy,  panicle-like  cluster. 


dark  green,  often  1  ft  in  length  and  supported  by  a 
stout  hairy  petiole,  mfl  erect,  often  18  in.  or  more  in 
length;  fls  bright  scarlet,  numerous,  1)4-2  in.  diam., 
tube  narrow,  lobes  reflexed  Java  GC  111.45*324. 
Gn.59,p  179,desc  G  \\  10,  p  247  —Should  be  in  every 
collection  of  warmhouse  plants,  aa  it  may  be  induced  to 
bloorn  practically  all  the  y  ear  round;  it  should  be  given  a 
fairly  light  position,  with  blight  shade  from  strong  sun 

14.  myrmec6philum,  Ridley  Shrub,  sparingly 
branched,  3  ft ,  with  terete  sts  and  white  bark  Ivs 
opposite  and  alternate,  1  ft  long,  linear-oblong,  shining 
dark  green,  with  a  dozen  pairs  of  conspicuous  nerves 
short-petioled.  fls  yellow-red,  in  a  large,  showy  terminal 
pubescent  panicle,  calyx  about  J^in  long;  corolla- 
tube  considerably  longer  than  calyx,  corolla-lobes  J^m. 
long,  obovate  to  oblong  and  obtuse;  filaments  red, 
much  exserted  Singapore  B  M.  7887  G  C  III 
33  291;  35  237  RH  1907,  p  443  G  26.359  GM 
47  259  Gn«  13  370  A  F.  25.78.— The  hollow  sts 
afford  nesting-places  for  ants,  \vhence  the  name 
myrmewphilum  ("ant-loving")  — Blooms  well  in  6-in. 
pots  m  a  warmhouse,  producing  panicles  8  in.  long  on 
plants  2  ft  high 

15  fdetidum,  Bunge  (C  Bungei,  Steud ).  Shrub, 
3-6  ft  ,  pubescent,  spiny,  of  a  dwarf  spreading  habit, 
sparsely  branched  Ivs  opposite,  broad-ovate  and 
acuminate,  stalked,  coarsely  toothed,  often  1  ft.  long, 
dark  green  above  arid  red-hairy  beneath  fls  rosy-red, 
•^m  across,  tube  3-4  times  as  long  as  calyx,  in  a  dense 
capitate  corvrnb  4-8  in  across  China  B.M  4880 
FS  9  863  G  27  152,30  Mbl  —Cool greenhouse, hardy 
in  middle  and  southern  states  August  Killed  to  the 
ground  in  the  latitude  of  Philadelphia,  but  sprouts 
up  and  blooms  Fla  not  fetid,  but  name  given  because 
of  the  odor  of  the  bruised  Ivs  Spreads  by  suckers  from 
the  root,  and  soon  forms  a  mass  of  beautiful  free  flower- 
ing growths.  L  H  B 

CL&THRA  (ancient  Greek  name  of  the  Alder,  trans- 
ferred to  this  genus  on  account  of  the  resemblance  of 
the  leaves)  Clethr&cear  WHITE  ALDER  Shrubs  or 
small  trees  grown  for  their  handsome  spikes  of  white 
fragrant  flowers  appearing  in  summer 

Leaves  alternate,  usually  serrate, 
deciduous  or  persistent  fls  white,  in 
terminal  often  panic  led  racemes, 
petals  5,  erect,  stamens  10:  caps  split- 
ting into  3  valves, 
many -seeded  — 
About  25  species 
in  Amer  ,  E  Asia, 
Madeira  Only  a 
few  hardy  de- 
ciduous species 
are  generally 
cult  ,  valuable 
for  their  showy 
spikes  of  white 
fragrant  fls  ,  ap- 
pearing late  in 
summer.  They 
grow  best  in  a 
moist,  peaty  or 
sandy  soil  Prop, 
by  seeds,  sown  in 
spring  in  pans  in 
sandy  and  peaty 
soil,  and  by 
greenwood  cut- 
tings under  glass, 
growing  best  if 
taken  from  forced 
plants  in  early 
spiingandplaceu 
in  slight  bottom 
heat,  also,  in-  998.  Clethra  tomentosa.  ( X W) 


802 


CLETHRA 


CLIANTHUS 


creased  by  layers  and   by  division  of  large  plants. 
Handsome  when  forced  under  glass. 

A.  Lvs.  deciduous:  stamens  exserted. 

B.  Racemes  usually  solitary,  stamens  pubescent. 

acuminata,  Michx.  Tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  ft  : 

Ivs    petioled,  oval  or  oblong,  acuminate,  rounded  or 

narrowed    at    the   base,    sharply    serrate,    pubescent 

beneath  at  least  on  the  veins.  3-7  in  long:  racemes 

usually  solitary,  nodding,  sepals  acute,  style  glabrous. 

July-Sept    Alleghany  Mts  ,  Va  to  Ga.  L.B  C.  15 : 1427. 

BB.  Racemes  usually  panicled. 

c.  The  Ivs.  with  7-10  pairs  of  veins,  l%-4  in-  long: 
sepals  obtusish;  stamens  glabrous. 

tomentdsa,  Lam.  (C.  alnifdlia  var.  tomentdsa, 
Michx.).  Fig  998  Shrub,  2-8  ft.'  Ivs.  short-petioled, 
obovate,  acute  or  short-acuminate,  cuneate,  serrate 
usually  above  the  middle,  pubescent  above,  tomentoso 
beneath,  2-4  in  long'  racemes  few  or  solitary,  style 
pubescent  Aug  ,  Sept.  N.  C  to  Fla  and  Ala  B  M. 
3743.  GF.  4.65  (adapted "in  Fig  998).  RH  1912, 
p.  519 

alnifdlia,  Linn  SWEET  PEPPERBUSH.  Shrub,  3-10 
ft  :  Ivs.  short-petioled,  cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong, 
sharply  serrate,  mostly  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  2-4  in. 
long  fls  fragrant,  in  erect,  usually  panicled  racemes. 
July-Sept.  Maine  to  Fla  MDG  189065,  1903: 
473,474.  G.26.63  J  H.  III.  31. 375  Em  426  Var. 
paniculata,  Arb.  Kew.  (C  paniculdta,  Ait.)  Lvs 
cuneate-lanceolate,  less  toothed,  green  and  glabrous 
on  both  sides'  racemes  panicled.  Var  rdsea,  Rehd. 
With  pinkish  fls 

cc.  The  Ivs.  with  10-15  pairs  of  veins,  3-6  in  long 
barbinervis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  (C  canescens,  Authors,  not 
Remw  )  Shrub  or  tree,  to  30  ft  :  branches  glabrous 
Ivs  petioled,  cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong-obovate, 
acuminate,  sharply  dentate-serrate,  pubescent  beneath 
at  least  on  the  veins,  3-6  in  long  racemes  panicled, 
fls.  fragrant;  pedicels  about  as  long  as  the  fls  ,  sepals 
obtuse,  filaments  glabrous  July-Sept.  E  Asia 
Gt  19:654. 

Fargesii,  Franch  Shrub,  to  12  ft  •  young  branchlets 
tomentose  or  nearly  glabrous*  petioles  Yi-\  in  long: 
Ivs.  oblong-ovate  or  elliptic-oblong,  acuminate,  broadly 
cuneate  or  rounded  at  base,  sharply  serrate,  slightly 

[ubescent  beneath  or  nearly  glabrous,  3-6  m  long' 
s.  white,  in  panicled  racemes  5-7  in.  long,  sepals 
pointed,  filaments  hairy,  style  glabrous.  Cent  China. 
— One  of  the  most  ornamental  species  on  account  of 
its  very  long  racemes 

A  A  Lvs.  evergreen:  stamens  included. 
arbdrea,  Ait.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.'  Ivs. 
cuneate,  narrow-elliptic,  acuminate,  serrate,  almost 
glabrous,  shining  above,  3-4  in.  long,  racemes  panicled; 
fls  fragrant  Aug.-Oct  Madeira.  B.M  1057.  G  C. 
111.52.100.  JH.  Ill  64.245.  G.M.  49 '97,  52:127 
Gt.  52,  p  209.  Gn  76,  p.  428  —It  stands  only  a  few 
degrees  of  frost. 

C  monostdchya,  Rehd  &  Wilson  Allied  to  C  Fargesii  Lvs. 
cuneate,  elliptic-oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate,  glabrous  or  nearly  »o. 
racemes  usually  solitary,  style  apprcssed  pilose  Cent  China  — C 
guercijdlia,  Schlecht.  Sluub  Iva  obovate-oblong,  tomentose 
beneath'  racemes  panic-led  Mex  B  R  28  23  —  C  timfdlia,  Swartz 
Shrub  IVH  oblong,  entire,  tomentose  beneath  racemes  panicled. 
Jamaica  — The  last  two  are  evergreen  and  hardy  only  in  subtropi- 
cal  regions.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CLEYtRA  (after  Andrew  Cleyer,  Dutch  physician 
of  the  seventeenth  century).  Ternstraimeace^e.  Green- 
house evergreen  shrubs  distinguished  by  the  petals  free 
or  scarcely  coalesced,  the  pilose  anthers^  numerous 
ovules,  and  scarcely  bracted  fls:  sepals '5,  with  2 
bractlets;  petal?  6,  stigmas  2-3.  h^rn 
About  9  specie* 


p 
fl 


ochnacea,  DC.  (C.  japdnica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  )  Height 
about  6  ft.:  Ivs  oval-oblong,  acute  at  both  ends,  veined 
abovo?  entire  Himalayas. — A  tender  shrub  rarely 
cult  in  northern  greenhouses.  In  the  S.  it  is  cult, 
outdoors.  It  has  glossy  foliage,  numerous  creamy 
white,  fragrant  fls.,  borne  in  June,  and  red  berries, 
which  last  all  winter  — C.  japonica  was  distinguished 
by  DeCandolle  by  its  oblong-lanceolate  Ivs ,  which 
are  vemless,  and  minutely  serrate  at  the  apex.  Var. 
tricolor,  Hort ,  has  dark  green  Ivs  ,  with  grayish  mark- 
ings, and  a  margin  of  white  and  rose,  the  variegation 
being  more  brilliant  in  younger  Ivs. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

CLIANTHUS  (Greek,  glory-flower}  Leguminds*. 
GLORY  PEA.  GLORY  VINE.  PARROT'S  BILL  Tender 
half-trailing  shrubs,  with  large,  showy  flowers  of  unique 
appearance  Swamsona  is  an  allied  genus,  but  its 
general  appearance  is  very  different  and  it  has  acumi- 
nate, not  obtuse  petals.  Interesting  plants,  with  pin- 
nate Ivs.  of  many  Ifts  ,  and  fls  in  racemes,  scarcely 
papilionaceous,  pod  stalked,  many-seeded. — Two  or  3 
species 

Chanthus  Dampien  is  somewhat  difficult  to  grow  on 
its  own  roots.  In  Germany,  a  method  has  been  found 
whereby  it  is  as  easy  to  succeed  with  this  hpecies  as 
with  the  better-known  C.  puniceus.  The  method  con- 
sists of  using  small  seedling  plants  of  Colutea  arbvr- 
esccm  as  stocks,  these  are 
cut  over  near  the  soil  and 
seedlings  of  C.  Dampien, 
while  in  the  cotyledon 
stage,  are  separated  from 
the  root,  the  base  cut 
wedge-shape  and  inserted 
in  a  cut  made  in  the 
colutea  stock.  While  the 
union  is  taking  place,  the 
pots  should  be  placed 
under  a  bell-jar  C  puni- 
ceus is  an  old-fashioned 
greenhouse  plant,  grown 
sometimes  to  cover  rafters 
or  tielhs  work,  but  more 
frequently  trained  around 
sticks  placed  about  the 

999    Chanthus  Dampieri.  (Xh)      ^K6     of     tho     Pot-      The 
flowers,  not   very   unlike 

those  of  the  common  Erythrma,  are  freely  produced 
in  hanging  clusters  Cuttings  rooted  in  early  spring 
may  be  grown  into  good-sized  plants  during  the  sum- 
mer Water  should  be  given  sparingly  during  the  dull 
months  Pruning^  repotting  and  tying  the  shoots 
should  be  done  just  before  the  growth  begins  A 
sharp  lookout  should  be  kept  for  the  red  spider,  fre- 
quent syringmgs  being  the  only  remedy  for  this  pest. 
Propagated  t>y  seeds  and  cuttings.  (G.  W  Oliver.) 

DampiSri,  A.  Cunn.  GLORY  PEA  Fig.  999.  Height 
2-4  ft  :  plant  glaucous  and  hoary,  with  long  whitish 
silky  hairs,  sts  slightly  tinged  with  red  petioles  longer 
than  in  C  puniceus,  Ifts  15-21,  nearly  opposite,  ses- 
sile, usually  acute,  stipules  larger  than  in  C.  puniceus 
fls  4-6  m  a  raceme,  large,  drooping,  about  3  in.  long, 
rich  crimson  or  scarlet,  with  a  handsome  velvety, 
purple-black  area  on  the  raised  center.  Austral.  B. 
M.  5051.  RH.  1868-230  Gt  48,  p  272.  Gn.  20.86. 
Var.  germamcus,  Hort ,  is  also  sold,  and  is  probably 
var  marginatus,  Hort.,  which  has  one  petal  white, 
margined  scarlet.  See  Gn  37  298  and  p.  299  for  an 
account  of  grafting  this  species  on  stocks  of  C.  pum- 
ceus.  Var.  tricolor,  Hort.  Keel  white  except  the  tip, 
which  is  bright  scarlet,  Gn  W.  20 '409  (desc  ) 

puniceus.  Banks  &  Soland.  PARROT'S  BILL.  RED 
KOWHAI.  Height  3-6  ft,  much  branched:  plant  gla- 
brous Ifts  16-28,  each  with  a  very  short  petiole,  alter- 
natp  (at  least  toward  the  end  of  the  if ),  blunt  or 


XXVIII.  Stowell  Evergreen  sweet  corn. 


CLIANTHUS 


CLITORIA 


803 


p 
fi 


slightly  notched:  fls  8  or  more  in  a  raceme,  crimson, 
fading  with  age,  at  least  3  in.  long.  New  Zeal.  B.M. 
3584  —  Cult,  in  eastern  greenhouses,  and  a  favorite 
Calif  ornian  outdoor  shrub.  Blooms  all  winter  in 
Golden  Gate  Park,  San  Francisco.  A  white-fld.  form 
has  been  grown  in  Calif  ,  but  is  not  so  p&pular  as  the 
type.  It  is  commonly  cult,  in  New.  Zeal.  Var.  mag- 
nfflcus,  Hort.  Clusters  of  bright  scarlet  fls. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
N.  TAYLOR.! 

CLIDfcMIA  (old  Greek  name).  Melastomaceaz. 
About  100  Trop  American  species  of  horticulturally 
rather  unimportant  plants  in  a  family  famous  for  its 
foliage  plants  Lvs  broad,  entire,  5-7-nerved,  oppo- 
site, petioled  fls  in  panicles  or  axillary  clusters,  white, 
pink,  or  purple;  petals  5  or  6,  stamens  10  or  12: 
branching  shrubs,  mostly  hairy.  C.  vittata,  Lmd.  & 
Andr6,  has  large,  oval,  pointed  Ivs.  with  5  strong 
nerves,  and  a  narrow  band  of  white  down  each  side 
of  the  midrib  I  H.  22.219.  R.H.  1876,  p.  233. 

CLIFF  BRAKE:    Pellsea. 

CLIFTONIA  (after  Dr.  Francis  Chfton,  an  English 
physician,  d  1736)  Cynllaceae.  BUCKWHEAT  TREE. 
Glabrous  evergreen  shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  cult. 
for  its  early  appearing  racemes  of  white  or  pinkish 
fragrant  fls  •  Ivs  alternate,  short-petioled,  without 
stipules,  entire  fls  in  terminal  racemes;  sepals  and 
etals  5-8,  stamens  10,  shorter  than  the  petals,  the 
ilaments  flattened  below,  ovary  superior,  3-4-celled, 
with  a  3-4-lobed  nearly  sessile  stigma'  fr  indehiscent, 
ovoid,  with  3-4  wings  and  as  many  seeds.  The  only 
species  is  C.  monophylla,  Sarg  (C.  hgiistnna, 
Spreng.  C  nitida,  Gaertn  Mylocdryum  hgustnnum, 
Sims).  Occasionally  50  ft  tall  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate, 
obtuse,  cuneate  at  the  base,  dark  green  above,  1  >^-2  in 
long  racemes  1-2  Yi  in  long,  fls  white  or  pinkish,  fra- 
grant, about  Hin  across  fr  ]^\r\  long  Feb  ,  March; 
fr  in  Aug  ,  Sept  Ga  to  Fla  and  La  .  swamps  S  S 

2  52     B  M   1625  —Little  known  in  cult  and  now  not 
in  the  trade,  but  well  worth  cult  for  its  early,  delicate 
and   fragrant   fls  ,   also    the   buckwheat-like   frs    are 
attractive    Hardy  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia    Thrives 
best  in  humid  bandy  and  peaty  soil     Prop    by  seeds 
and  probably  like  Cyrilla  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened 
wood  under  glass  with  slight  bottom  heat 

ALFRED  REHDER 

CLIMBERS  are  distinguished  from  twiners  by  having 
some  means  of  attachment,  as  tendrils  or  other  special 
devices,  while  twiners  rise  by  twisting  their  stems  round 
their  support  In  a  wider  sense,  the  word  is  often  used 
synonymously  with  "vines,"  including  all  plants  that 
use  other  plants  or  other  objects  for  support,  by  what- 
ever mechanism  or  method.  By  "trailers,"  nurserymen 
commonly  mean  low-growing  vines,  and  by  "climbers," 
tall-growing  vines.  See  Vines 

CLIMBING  FERN*  Lygodium  Climbing  Fumitory  Adlumta 
fungosa  Climbing  Hempweed:  Mikania  scandena  Climbing 
Lily  .  Glorioaa  superba 

CLINOSTfGMA  (Greek,  inclined  stigma).  Pal- 
macex,  tribe  Arecese.  Low  spineless  palms  with  the 
habit  and  somewhat  the  appearance  of  small  kcntias; 
feather-leaved. 

Trunks  not  over  8  ft.,  usually  conspicuously  ringed: 
Ivs  usually  3-4  ft.  long,  rarely  more,  and  pinnate;  Ifts. 
scythe-shaped,  or  lanceolate,  2-parted  or  obliquely 
truncate  at  the  apex,  not  revolute  at  the  base;  rachis 
scaly,  convex  beneath,  grooved  above,  fls  monoecious 
m  the  same  spadix,  sessile  along  its  branches,  the 
male  usually  2  together,  the  female  solitary;  spadix 
long  and  usually  much  branched,  in  the  male  there  are 

3  imbricate  outer  segms.  and  3  valvate  inner  segms.  to 
the  perianth,  with  6  stamens  surrounding  an  abortive 
ovary:  fr.  obliquely  globular.  —  Species  3,  one  from 


Austral.,  one  from  Samoa,  and  another  from  Fiji.  Only 
the  following  is  known  in  cult ,  and  it  is  a  rare  palm. 
Its  graceful  Ivs  and  convenient  dwarf  habit  should 
commend  it  to  the  trade.  For  cult,  see  KentKi. 

Mooreanum,  F  Muell  (Kentia  Mooredna,  F.  Muell.). 
Dwarf  palm,  3-4  ft  high  Ivs  3-4  ft.  long,  segms. 
numerous,  about  1  ft  long,  longitudinally  plicate  when 
young  spadix  at  first  closely  sessile,  very  much 
branched  when  older  New  S  Wales,  confined  to  Lord 
Howe's  Isl  — This  graceful  and  recent  palm  resembles 
Howea  Fomtenana  somewhat  in  habit  of  growth,  but 
its  arching  Ivs  spread  wider,  and  its  sts  are  dark  pur- 
plish, and  its  pinnae  tough  and  leathery.  The  palm  is 
free  and  clean  in  growth  j^.  TAYLOR. 

CLINTONIA  (after  DeWitt  Clinton,  the  famous 
Governor  of  New  York  and  promoter  of  the  Erie  Canal). 
Lilidcey.  A  small  group  of  low-growing,  herbaceous 
plants  of  North  America  and  Asia,/vith  a  few  tufted, 
broad  shining  leaves,  and  usually  umbels  of  flowers 

Perianth  -  segms  equal  or  nearly  so;  stamens  6, 
inserted  at  the  base  of  the  perianth-segmB  .  ovary  2—3- 
cellcd  with  2  to  several  ovules  in  each  cavity  fls  on 
scapes:  root-stocka  slender  fr  a  globose  or  oval  berry 
For  C  pulchdla  and  other  species  of  the  abandoned 
genus  Clintoma  of  Hort  ,  see  Dowmngia  a  very  different 
genus  belonging  to  Campanulaceae 

Clmtomas  grow  m  cool,  moist  woods,  and  fanciers 
can  secure  them  from  some  dealers  in  native  plants.  It 
is  difficult  to  tell  the  species  apart  by  the  leaves. 

A.  Scape  bearing  an  umbel  of  fls. 

B   Fls  greenish  yellow. 

boreahs,  Raf  Height  1-2  ft  fls  3-6,  nodding,  green, 
margined  yellow  Labrador  to  Winnipeg  and  south  to 
N.  C  B  M  1403  (as  Smilacina  boreal^)  —This  is 
one  of  the  choicer  plants  of  cool,  moist  woods,  known 
to  plant  lovers  chiefly  by  its  handsome  umbels  of  blue 
berries  found  m  autumn,  which  are  borne  above  the 
large,  dark  green,  shining  Ivs  The  commonest  species, 
but  not  easily  grown  bolow  elevations  of  1,000  ft. 

BB.  Fls   white,  inth  green  spots. 

umbellulata,  Torr  FLs  10-20  or  more,  smaller  than 
in  C  borealis,  erect  or  nearly  so,  white,  with  green  or 
purplish  spots  Alleghany  Mts  from  N  Y  to  Ga.  B  M 
1155  (as  Smilacina  boreaht>)  — This  species  has  the 
smallest  fls  of  the  group,  and  is  the  only  one  that  has 
but  a  single  pair  of  ovules  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary 

BBB  Fls  deep  rose. 

Andrewsiina,  Torr.  One  to  \y±  ft.  high,  bearing  4 
sessile,  oblong,  acute  Ivs  ,  and  20  or  more  neaily  erect 
fls  which  are  in  dense  umbels  Calif ;  to  S  Ore ,  in 
deep,  cool  woods,  m  clayey  soil  rich  in  mold.  B.M. 
7092  — The  showiest  of  the  group.  Cult  to  some 
extent. 

AA.  Scape  bearing  1  white  fl 

unifldra,  Kunth.  The  only  species  in  which  the 
scape  is  shorter  than  the  Ivs  fls  nearly  erect,  rarely 
there  are  2  fls  .  Ivs.  narrow,  obovate-lanceolate,  hairy. 
Calif,  to  Alaska.  WILHELM  MILLER. 

N    TAYLOR  f 

CLIT6RIA  (derivation  recondite),  fagummdsx 
BUTTERFLY-PEA.  Glasshouse  vines  with  pea-like  flow- 
ers, and  also  hardy  perennials 

A  widespread  and  variable  genus  of  30  species 
allied  to  Centrosema,  and  characterized  by  the  calyx- 
tube  being  cylindrical  and  longer  than  the  lobes: 
standard  narrowed  at  the  base,  not  appendaged  on  the 
back;  stamens  in  one  group,  the  anthers  all  alike; 
style  often  bearded.  The  most  important  garden  plant 
is  C.  Ternatea,  a  warmhouse  annual  twiner,  reaching 
15  ft ,  and  requiring  no  special  cult.  It  has  very  showy 
blue  fls. 


804 


CLITORIA 


CLOTBUR 


A.  IJta.  5. 

Ternatea,  Linn.  (C.  cseriilea,  Hort.  Ternatea  vulgans, 
HBK.).  Lfts.  5;  oblong,  obtuse,  short-petioled:  fls.  1  in. 
or  more  long,  rich  blue,  with  beautiful  markings,  espe- 
cially on  the  standard.  B.M.  1542  Gn  38.132.  P  M. 
7:147  and  13:79.— Name  from  Ternate,  one  of  the 
Molucca  Isls.  and  not  from  ternate,  meaning  3-leafleted. 


1000.  Chvia  mmiata. 

Hardy  in  Cent.  Fla.,  where  it  is  usually  a  biennial. 
C.  Alba,  Hort.,  is  a  white  form.  More  or  less  double 
forms  have  been  known  for  over  a  century. 

AA.  Lfts  3. 

mariana,  Linn.  Hardy  perennial,  smooth,  erect,  or 
slightly  twining,  1-3  ft.  high'  Ifts.  3,  obovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate1  fls  Tight  blue,  2  in.  long,  on  short  peduncles: 
pod  straight,  few-seeded.  Summer  Dry  banks,  N.  Y. 
to  Fla.  and  west  to  Mo.  Also  India  and  Burma. — 
Rarely  sold  by  dealers  in  native  plants. 

arborescens,  Ait.  St.  shrubby,  the  rusty  colored 
branches  twining  Ivs.  trifoliolate,  the  Ifts  elliptical 
or  oval'  fls  racemose,  showy,  purple,  the  standard 
more  than  2  in  long  Trop.  Amer.  B  M  3165  — An 
excellent  warmhouse  climber,  grown  chiefly  in  botanic 
garde™-  WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR  f 

CLlVIA  (after  a  Duchess  of  Northumberland  and 
member  of  the  Chve  family).  Syn.,  Imantophijllum. 
Amaryllidacex  Tender  bulbous  plants  with  handsome 
evergreen  foliage  and  showy,  bright  red  or  red  and 
yellow  flowers  in  large  umbels. 

Bulb  imperfect,  mostly  of  old  If  .-bases:  perianth 
funnelform,  curved  or  straight,  the  segms  much  longer 
than  the  tube;  ovules  5-6  in  each  cell*  fr.  a  berry,  dif- 
fering in  this  from  the  capsular  fr  of  Nerine  — Three 
species  from  S  Afr.  J.  G.  Baker,  Amaryllideae,  p.  61. 

Olivias  make  excellent  house  plants,  but.  like  amaryl- 
lis,  are  too  costly  to  be  very  popular.  They  have  the 
advantage  over  amarylhs  of  having  attractive  foliage 
all  the  year  round,  and  are  more  certain*,  to  bloom 
well.  They  have  thick,  fleshy  roots,  like  an  agapanthus. 
All  the  species  are  well  worth  growing,  because  of 
their  handsome  umbels  of  flowers,  produced  during  the 


spring  and  early  summer  months.  China  mimata  i«  the 
species  most  commonly  grown.  There  are  several  dis- 
tinct forms  of  this,  with  larger  and  deeper  colored 
flowers.  Established  plants  may  be  grown  in  the  same 
pots  for  several  years,  if  the  plants  are  fed  during  the 
growing  period  with  weak  liquid  manure  In  potting, 
the  soil  given  should  be  of  a  lasting  nature,  not  easily 
soured,  nor  likely  to  become  sodden.  In  arranging  the 
drainage,  place  one  large  piece,  concave  side  down, 
over  the  hole,  and  around  this  arrange  several  smaller 
pieces.  Over  these  place  one  or  two  handfuls  of  pieces 
small  enough  to  go  through  a  No.  2  sieve  The  best 
time  to  pot  is  after  the  flowers  have  been  produced. 
The  plants  should  then  be  kept  for  some  time  in  a  humid 
atmosphere  to  encourage  growth,  receiving  an  abun- 
dance of  water  after  they  are  well  started  After  growth 
has  been  completed,  they  will  winter  safely  m  an  ordi- 
nary greenhouse  temperature  (not  under  40°),  if  kept 
rather  dry  at  the  root  For  propagation,  choose  old 
plants  which  have  become  crowded  in  their  pots,  HO 
that  the  entire  plant  can  be  pulled  to  pieces  After 
trimming  the  roots,  put  the  growths  m  brnall  pots  and 
keep  in  heat,  to  encourage  root  action  Clivias  are 
well  suited  for  planting  permanently  in  the  front  part 
of  greenhouse  borders  The  soil  for  this  purpose  should 
be  rich  and  well  firmed  about  the  roots  Withhold 
water  as  much  as  possible  during  the  resting  period, 
or  the  plants  will  produce  leaves  at  the  expense  of  the 
flowers.  (G.  W  Oliver  ) 

A  Fls.  erect;  perianth  broadly  funnel-shaped. 
mmiata,  Regel  (Imantophyllum  mimaturn,  Hook  ). 
Fig  1000  Lvs  16-20,  in  a  tuft,  sword-shaped,  tapering 
to  a  point,  1H  ft  long,  1^-2  m  broad1  fls  12-20,  in 
an  umbel;  perianth  erect,  bright  scarlet,  with  a  yellow 
throat,  tube  broadly  funnel-shaped,  longer  than  C. 
nobihs;  segms  about  2  m  long,  the  inner  ones  broader 
than  the  outer;  stamens  shorter  than  the  segms  ; 
style  not  exserted  berries  ovoid,  bright  red,  1  in  long. 
Natal.  B  M  4783  R  H  1859,  pp  126-7,  1869  250, 
and  1894,  p.  572.  FS.  9.949,  23.2373  III  26.343, 
36.80;  37.102;  40:177  —  7  cijrtanthiflorum ,  Van 
Houtte  (F  S.  18  1877),  is  a  hybrid  between  this  species 
and  the  next  It  has  a  curved  perianth,  with  the  inner 
segms  of  the  limb  twice  as  broad  as  the  outer;  sta- 
mens longer  than  the  corolla  R  H. 
8  259  (desc  )  Var  aftrea.  Hort.  Fls 
yellow  with  a  deeper  shade  at  base  of 
the  scgms  Var  stria  ta,  Hort  Lvs 
freely  variegated. 

AA.  Fls.  pendulous,  perianth  narrowly  * 

funnel-shaped. 

n6bilis,  Lmdl.  (Imantophyllum 
Aitom,  Hook.).  Lvs.  about  12,  strap- 
shaped,  very  obtuse,  with  a  roughish 
edge,  fls  40-60,  in  an  umbel;  perianth 
curved  and  drooping,  tube  narrowly 
funnel-shaped,  shorter  than  in  C. 
mmiata;  segms  tipped  with  green, 
about  1  in  long;  stamens  as  long  as 
the  segms  ;  style  exserted.  Cape 
Colony.  BM.2856.  L.B.C.20:1906. 
Intro,  to  cult.  1828  — /.  cyrtanthiflb- 
rum,  Van  Houtte  (F  S.  18: 1877),  said 
to  be  a  hybrid  between  this  and  the 
above,  shows  little  if  any  influence  of 
C.  mimata.  It  has  the  narrow-tubed, 
pendulous  fls.  and  the  greenish  tinge 
of  C.  nobihs  R  H  1894,  p.  573. 

C  Odrdemi,  Hook.  Very  much  as  in  C. 
nobihs  but  with  the  corolla-lobes  obviously 
spreading,  stamens  as  long  as  the  penanth- 
segms  ,  anthers  oblong,  yellow  B  M.  4895.— 
Ade81rableplant.  WlLHELM  MlLLER.  1001.  ' 

N.  TAYLOR.f  Trifolium  pratense. 

CLOTBUR,  a  weed    Xanthium  Root-system 


CLOVE   PINK 


CLYTOSTOMA 


805 


CLOVE  PINK:  The  carnation,  Dianthus  Caryophyllus. 

CLOVER.  Specirs  of  Tnfbhum  (Legummosse),  par- 
ticularly those  that  are  useful  m  agriculture  The 
word  is  also  applied  to  species  of  related  genera,  as 
Medieago.  The  sweet  clover  is  Mchlotus  Bush  and 
Japan  clover  are  Le^pcde/as.  Prairie  clover  is  a 
Petalostemon 

About  300  species  of  Trifohum  have  been  described 
These  arc  widely  dispersed  in  temperate  climates  The 
flowers  are  papilionaceous  but  small,  and  arc  dis- 
posed in  dense  heads  or  spikes  The  leaves  are  digitately 
or  pahnately  3-foholate.  The  common  European  red 
clover  is  T  prateme,  Linn  ,  now  thoroughly  naturalized 
in  North  America,  but  supposed  not  to  be  native  here 
It  is  valuable  both  for  stock  feed  (as  pasturage  and  hay), 
and  also  as  a  green  manure  As  a  manure  crop,  to  be 
plowed  under,  it  is  particularly  useful  because  of  its 
deep  root-system  and  its  power  (in  common  with  other 
leguminous  plants)  of  fixing  the  nitrogen  of  the  air  by 
means  of  its  roots  Fig  1001  illustrates  the  root  sys- 
tem F"ig  1002  shows  the  root  of  a  fifteen-rnonths- 
old  plant  that  grew  in  hard  clay  soil  it  is  22  inches 
long,  and  some  of  the  root  was  left  in  the  ground  The 
mammoth  red  clover  (T  mbdiurn.  Linn  )  is  perhaps  an 
offshoot  of  T.  pralensc.  It  is  usually  a  larger  plant,  with 
zigzag  stem,  entire  and  spotted  leaflets,  and  longer- 
etalked  head.  White  clover,  or  shamrock,  is  T  rkpens, 
Linn  ,  introduced  from  Europe, 
and  supposed  to  be  native  to 
North  America  as  well  Alsike 
clover,  T  hybndum,  Linn.,  is  of 


oK)2    The  penetrating  root 
of  the  red  clover 


1004    Clove 

1    Spray  of  lf»a%  PS  and  flowers,  2    The 
tpandtni  flower,  3   An  unopened  bud,  or 


1003.  Crimson  clover  —  Tnfoliui 
incarnatum    (XJs) 


Old  World  nativity  The  crimson  or  scarlet  clover  (T. 
incarndtum,  Linn.),  Fig.  1003,  an  annual  from  south- 
ern Europe,  is  now  much  grown  as  a  catch-  or  cover- 
crop  in  orchards  See  Cover-crops  It  is  also  highly 
ornamental,  and  is  worthy  the  attention  of  the  florist. 
For  agricultural 
dihcushion  of  the 
clovers,  see  Vol 
II,  Cyclo  Amer. 
Agric  L  II.  B. 

CLOVES    are 

the  dried  flower- 
buds  (Fig  1004) 
of  a  handsome 
tree  of  the  myrtle 
family  Jambosa 
Caryophyllus  or 
Euqtnni  caryo- 
phyllata,  better 
known  as  Caryo- 
phyllus  aroma- 
ticui.  a  native  of 
the  Spice  Islands, 
but  now  culti- 
vated in  the  West 
Indies  and  else- 
where See  Eu- 
qemn  Carvophyl- 
lus,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  clove, 
means  "nut-leaf." 
The  carnation,  or 
"clove  pink,  "was 
named  Dianlhm 
Caryophyllus  be- 
cause of  its  clove- 
like  odor,  and  it 
has  become  the 
type  of  the  great  order  Carj  ophyllacese,  which,  How- 
ever, is  far  removed  botamcally  from  the  MyrtaeeiE. 
The  word  "gilhflower"  is  a  corruption  of  caryophyllus, 
and,  until  Shakespeare's  tune  and  after,  w:us  applied  to 
the  carnation,  but  now -a-dayts  it  usually  refers  to  cer- 
tain cruciferous  plants  of  the  genera  Cheiranthus  'and 
Matthiola 

The  clove  bark  of  pharmacy  is  secured  from  Dici/- 
pclhum  cfiryophyllatum,  of  Brazil,  one  of  the  Lauracea? 

The  word  clove  is  used  among  gardeners  for  a  amall 
secondary  bulb  employed  for  propagating,  specially  for 
the  little  bulb  that  forms  in  a  scale-axil  of  a  larger  bulb. 

CLUB-MOSS     Lycopodium 

CLUYTIA  (after  Cluyt,  Dutch  botanist  of  16th  cen- 
tury) Euphorbiacea'  Evergieen  greenhouse  shrubs 
from  S  Afr  ,  rarely  cult  ,  chiefly  in  botanical  gardens 
Habit  often  ericoid  Ivs  alternate,  small,  entire  fls 
clustered  in  the  axils,  stammate  with  petals;  calyx 
imbricate;  stamens  about  5,  ovules  3  Prop  by  cut- 
tings C.  pulchella,  Linn  ,  is  a  small  shrub*  Ivs 
ovate  and  somewhat  acute,  petioled,  glabrous,  entire* 
fib  axillary,  small,  white  B  M  1945 

J  B  S  NORTON. 

CLYT.6STOMA  (Greek  klytos,  spltmdid  or  beauteous 
and  s/oma  mouth,  alluding  to  the  beautiful  flowers) 
Bignoniacej*  Ornamental  vines,  grown  for  theb 
beautiful  flowers 

Evergreen  shrubs,  climbing  by  leaf-tendrils:  Ivs. 
opposite,  with  1  pair  of  short-stalked  entire  Ifts  ,  the 
rachis  elongated  into  a  slender  simple  tendril,  some- 
times wanting*  fls.  m  2's,  axillary,  or  terminal  or  in 
panicles;  calyx  campanulate  with  5  small  or  subulate 
teeth;  corolla  funnelform- campanulate  with  imbri- 
cate rounded  lobes,  stamens  4,  with  spreading  anther- 
cells,  disk  short,  ovary  conical,  warty,  2-celled,  with 


clov( 


80G 


CLYTOSTOMA 


COB^A 


the  ovules  in  2  rows:  caps,  compressed,  prickly,  sep- 
ticid,  with  numerous  nearly  orbicular  winged  seeds. — 
About  8  species  in  S  Arner  ,  usually  described  under 
Bignonia  in  horticultural  writings  Closely  related  to 
Bignoma,  from  which  it  differs  chiefly  in  its  simple 


1005.  Cnicus 
benedictus. 


slender  tendrils,  the  short  disk,  the  small  01  subulate 
calyx-teeth  and  the  prickly  pod  Suited  for  cult  in 
subtropical  or  tropical  regions  only,  or  as  a  stove  plant, 
in  the  N.  For  cult  and  prop  ,  sec  Bignonia 

callistegioides,  Bur.  &  Sehurn  (Bignbnia  calhsteg- 
iddes,  Cham  B  specioba,  Graham  B  plcta,  Lindl. 
B  Llndleyi,  DC  )  Large  climber  Ifts  elliptic-oblong, 
acuminate,  undulate,  glabrous,  lustrous,  reticulate 
below,  about  3  in  long  fls  on  2-fld  terminal  peduncles; 
calyx  campanulate,  \vith  subulate  teeth,  corolla  pale 
purple,  streaked,  about  3  in  long,  the  tube  yellowish 
streaked  purphsn,  limb  2-3  in  broad,  with  the  lobes 
spreading,  broadly  oval,  obtuse  and  wavy,  disk  crenate. 
Spring  and  early  summer.  S.  Brazil,  Argentina  B  M. 
3888  B.R  2845.  HU  3227  P  M  10:125.  F  S. 
9.907. — Will  stand  a  little  frost,  when  grown  in  the 
open  in  the  S. 

purpureum,  Rehd  (Bigndmapurpurea,Lodd)  Large 
climber*  Ifts  sometimes  3,  ovate-oblong  or  obovate- 
oblong,  short-acuminate,  bright  green  above,  paler 
below,  entire,  occasionally  toothed,  about  3  in  long.  fls. 
on  axillary  2-fld  peduncles  or  sometimes  in  clusters; 
calyx  tubular-campanulate,  with  short  triangular  teeth, 
corolla  mauve-coloied  with  white  eye,  with  a  rather 
slender  tube  1  in.  long,  lobes  spreading,  orbicular-obo- 
vate.  Uruguay.  B.M.  5800  G  C.  III.  24:399. 

ALFRED  REHDEK 

CNlCUS  (Latin  name  of  Safflower,  early  applied  to 
thistles)  Compdsitsc.  BLESSED  THISTLE.  A  monotypic 
genus  allied  to  Ccntaurea,  and  distinguished  from  it 
botamcally  by  its  heads  being  quite  sessile  and  sur- 
rounded just  below  by  bristly  leaves.  Its  habit  in 
the  garden  is  very  different  from  the  bachelor's  but- 
ton, being  thistle -like,  and  more  interesting  than 
ornamental.  A  hardy  annual  low-growing  herb,  rough, 
branching  and  pilose  Once  thought  to  counteract  poison. 
Culture  easy.  Fit  for  wild  gardens  and  rockeries. 

benedfctus,  (Linn  Cdrduus  benedictus,  Authors.  Cen- 
'aurba  benedicta,  Linn  Carbbma  benedlcta,  Ad  ana.). 


Fig.  1005  Height  2  ft  •  Ivs.  alternate,  sinuate-pinnati- 
fid,  oblong,  the  lobes  and  teeth  spiny  heads  terminal, 
yellow,  1  in.  wide,  the  fls  exclusively  tubular  Medit. 
regions  and  Caucasus  Sometimes  cult  ,  also  seen  in 
waste  places  of  S  Atlantic  states  and  Calif  as  a  weed 
adventive  from  Eu. 

C  rhaphillpia,  Hemsl  ,  S  Mex  ,  has  recently  been  cult  abroad 
It  is  described  as  a  handsome  plant  with  deeply  cut  spiny-toothed 
Ivs  about  2  ft  long,  gray-tomentose  beneath  st  colored,  much 
branched  fl -heads  3-3 1A  »n  long,  the  involucral  bracts  scarlet 
and  spine-tipped ,  fls  scarcely  exported,  the  fildinentn  curmine 
Under  the  above  definition  of  Cnicus,  this  plant  must  fall  m  another 
genus  It  has  been  placed  m  Carduus  by  E  L  Greene,  as  C 
raphilopia.  j^  rr>AYI  OR  + 

COB^A  (after  Father  Cobo,  Spanish  Jesuit  of  the 
seventeenth  century,  naturalist,  and  resident  of  America 
for  many  years).  Syn  Rosenbtigia  Sometimes  incor- 
rectly spelled  Cobosa  Polemoniacep  Attractive  climb- 
ers, one  or  two  species  commonly  giown  in  the  open 
and  under  glass  for  the  large  bell-shaped  flowers 

Shrubby  plants  climbing  by  If-tendiils,  but  known 
in  cult  as  herbs  Ivs  alternate,  pinnate  calyx  large, 
5-parted,  corolla  bell-shaped,  the  limb  5-lobed  caps 
3-valved,  angled,  fls  solitary  on  long  peduncles, 
bracted  at  the  base  — A  genus  of  about  10  Trop  Ameri- 
can climbers  (monographed  by  Brand  in  Englcr's 
Pflanzenreich,  hft.  27,  1907),  of  which  C  *candeni>,  a 
tender  perennial  plant,  is  amongst  the  dozen  most 
popular  vines  commonly  treated  as  annuals.  This  is 
the  only  genus  of  dimmers  in  the  order  Prop  by  seeds 
which  should  be  placed  in  moist  earth,  edge  down  It  is 
a  rapid  grower. 

sc&ndens,  Cav  (Roserib&rqia  scdndens,  House) 
Figs  1006-1008  Height  10-20  ft  Ifts  m  2  or  3  pairs, 
the  lowest  close  to  the  st ,  and  more  or  less  eared  fls 
bell-shaped,  \~11A  in  across,  light  violet  or  greenish 
purple,  with  protruding  style  and  stamens  tendrils 


\006.  Cobaea  scandens. 


COB^A 


COCCOLOBA 


807 


branched.  Mex  B.M.  851.  F  S.  14-1467  —There  is  a 
white-fld  form  (C  alba,  Hort.).  and  one  with  variegated 
Ivs  ,  var.  vanegdta,  Hort  — The  terminal  1ft.  is  repre- 
sented by  a  tendril  (Fig  1007).  Sometimes  there  are 
indications  of  tendrils  on  other  Ifts.  (Fig  1008),  mak- 
ing the  plant  an  interesting  one  for  students  of  mor- 
phology. 

stipularis,  Benth.  (Rotenbergia  stipuldns,  House). 
Resembles  the  preceding  species  but  the  sepals  ovate, 
tapering  to  a  broadly  acuminate  apex  (the  sepals  of 
C.  scandens  being  broadly  ovate  or  suborbicular).  Mex. 


1007   Normal  leaf  of  Cobaea  scandens 

macrostdma,  Pav  (Sometimes  erroneously  written 
macrostema  and  macroi>temma  )  Sts  climbing  6-10  ft  • 
Ivs  alternate,  of  3  pairs  of  obovate  Ifts  fls  solitary,  on 
a  2-lvd  long  peduncle,  the  petals  yellow-green,  sta- 
mens at  least  1^  m  longer  than  the  corolla  Guate- 
mala BM  3780 

C  minor  Marten  &  G.illeotti  A  Miiall  Mno  of  which  little 
is  known,  hut  cult  in  Arner  in  hot  AUK  garden*  and  fanciers' 
collections  It  has  small  fls  ,  borne  on  stalks  shorter  than  the  Ivs 
Mex  -C  Prinolei,  House  (Ro>,enhergia  Pringld,  House)  A  gla- 
brous, high-twining  vine  1ft*  6,  the  basal  pair  oblong-lanceolate, 
hastatoly  clasping  peduncles  4-5  in  long,  calyx-lobts  green,  her- 
baceous, scarcely  1  in  long  and  half  as  broad,  corolla  pure  white, 
2  in  long,  stamens  exserted  less  than  Jjin  Mex 

WILHELM  MILLER 

COBNUT.    Corylus  N     TAYLOK  f 

COBURGIA:   Stenomcsson 

COCA.  The  leaves  of  Erythroxylon  Coca,  used  in 
medicine  Sold  chiefly  as  a  fluid  extract  Cocaine  is  the 
famous  local  anesthetic  See  Erythroxylon 

COCCfNIA  (Latin,  scarlet,  referring  to  the  orna- 
mental gourds)  Cucurbitdcear  Tender  perennial  vines, 
usually  with  tuberous  roots,  giown  for  ornament  mobtly 
indoors 

Leaves  angled  or  lobed,  sometimes  glandular:  fls 
white  or  yellowish,  laigc,  stammate  ami  pistillate  on 
different  plants  or  sometimes  on  different  branches  of 
the  same  plant;  calyx  short,  often  campanulate.  fr  a 
small,  scarlet  gourd,  sometimes  marbled,  with  an  insipid 
pulp  — Twenty  species  from  the  tropics  of  Asia  and  Afr 
A.  Cogmaux  in  DC.,  Mon  Phan  3  528  C  cordifoha 
is  treated  as  a  tender  annual,  requiring  an  early  start 
and  no  special  cult  The  genus  is  sometimes  referred 
to  Cephalandra. 

A  Tendrils  simple  male  Jls  solitary:  Ivs  small 
cordifdlia,  Cogn  (C  Indica,  Wight  &  Arn  ).  Height 
about  10  ft .  perfectly  smooth'  Ivs  small,  1-2  m  long, 
glossy,  ivy-like,  short-petioled,  obtusely  5-angled'  fl 
white,  bell-shaped,  the  stammate  solitary:  fr  roundish 
at  both  ends,  about  2  in  long,  1  in  thick  India. 

AA  Tendrils  bifid  male  fls.  in  racemes:  Ivs.  large. 
palmata,  Cogn    (Cephaldndra  palmata,  Lond.).    At- 
taining 30  ft  .  Ivs   large,  3-4  in    long  and  wide,  long- 


petioled,  palmately  5-lobed:  fls  yellowish-  fr.  ovate, 
acute  Natal  — Intro,  by  P.  Henderson  &  Co  ,  1890. 
A  rare  greenhouse  plant. 

C  Dinten,  Andr6,  with  palmate  Ivs  and  handsome  scajlet  frs.. 
may  be  in  cult.  S.  Afr.  R  H.  1900  268 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
N.  TAYLOR  f 

COCC6LOBA  (Greek,  lobed  berry,  referring  to  the 
ends  of  the  pear-shaped  fruit).  Sometimes  spelled  Coo 
colobib  Including  Campdirw.  Polygondcese  Tropical 
shrubs,  trees  or  rarely  tall  woody  climbers,  grown  for 
their  fi  uits  and  usually  large  glossy  leathery  leaves 

Leaves  alternate,  always  entire  fls  small,  in  axillary 
or  terminal  spike-hke  racemes,  usually  some  shade  of 
green  or  yellow-green;  sepals  5,  heibaceous;  petals  0; 
stamens  8,  exceeding  the  perianth4  fr  berry-likej  with 
a  small  stone,  often  edible  — About  125  species  in  the 
American  tropics  and  reaching  to  Fla  C.  platyclada  is 
now  referred  to  M  uchlenbf ckia,  which  sec 

Coccvloba  uvifcra,  the  sea-grape  or' shore-grape  of  the 
West  Indies,  bears  an  edible  fruit,  and  has  particularly 
beautiful  foliage  It  is  the  most  important  of  the  genus 
and  is  offered  by  dealers  in  tropical  plants  It  \\ill  not 
stand  the  frost  and  its  cultivation  out-of-doors  is 
limited  to  the  frostless  legion  of  California  and  Florida. 
It  can  be  easily  grown  in  any  greenhouse  North  All 
species  are  easily  propagated  by  seeds,  \vhich  are  very 
plentiful  with  most  of  the  species  Some  species  may  be 
increased  by  cuttings  of  ripe  wood,  which  root  easily 
in  sand  under  the  usual  conditions,  in  a  frame  or  prop- 
agatmg-house  Layering  may  also  be  employed  to  in- 
crease the  stock  The  various  species  grow  naturally 
in  both  clayey  and  sandv  soils,  preferring  moist  ricn 
earth,  and  a  high  temperature  C  uinfera  frequents  the 
seashore,  and  is  found  growing  in  sand  and  broken 
shells  apparently  lacking  altogether  in  plant-food. 
Rich  sanely  soil  of  a  light  character  seems  to  be  best  for 
all  the  species  so  far  known  in  cultivation  Plants  are 
readily  transplanted  from  the  open  ground,  but  pot- 
grown  plants  are  to  be  pi ef erred  (E  N  Reasoner  ) 

uvffera,  Linn  SKA-GRAPE  SUORE-GRAPE  UVADEL 
MAR  Fig  1009  Tree,  reaching  20  ft  or  more,  with 
many  flexuous  branches  Ivs  large,  often  5  in  long  by 
7  in  wide,  broadly  heart-shaped,  wavy  margined, 


1008.  Monstrous  or  abnormal  leaf  of  Cobaea. 

glossy,  leathery,  glabrous,  the  midrib  red  at  the  base; 
petioles  short,  with  sheathing  stipules  at  the  base: 
racemes  6  in.  long,  erect  in  fl  ,  nodding  in  fr  ,  fls  1^ 
in  across,  white,  fragrant,  petals  5,  stamens  8;  styles  3* 
berries  9  or  more  m  a  raceme,  small,  about  %in  long, 
pear-shaped,  reddish  purple,  dotted  green,  sweetish 
acid  nut  roundish,  with  a  short,  sharp  point  on  top, 
and  vertical  wrinkles  Sandy  seashores  of  Trop  Amer 
especially  S.  Fla.  and  W.  Indies  B  M  3130  —The  wood 
is  used  in  cabinet-work,  and,  when  boiled,  gives  a  red 
color 


808 


COCCOLOBA 


COCHLEARIA 


floridana,  Meissn.  (C  launfdha,  Jacq ).  PIGEON 
PLUM.  Tree,  25-30  ft  •  Ivs  1^-3  in.  long,  1-2  in. 
wide,  ovate  or  elliptical,  glabrous,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  obtuse,  margin  slightly  recurved-  berries  small, 
J^jin  long,  pear-shaped,  edible,  but  not  marketable. 
S.  Fla.,  the  Bahamas,  and  northern  coast  of  S.  Amer. 


1009.  Coccoloba  uvifera. 

pube"scens,  Linn  (C  arandifbha,  Jacq ).  A 
sparingly  branched  tree.  Ivs.  cordate-orbicular,  3-6  in. 
long,  rusty-pubescent  beneath,  chiefly  on  the  promi- 
nent veins,  fls  racemose,  fr  berry-like,  about  %in. 
diam.  Trop  Amer  April  B  M  3166 

C  caraoJsdna,  Meissn  ,  or  a  closely  related  species,  has  recently 
been  intro  to  the  trade  by  Franceschi,  of  Santa  Barbara,  Calif 
It  is  det«  ribed  as  having  "larger  fri.  than  other  known  speciea,  like 
a  good-sued  plum"  Venezuela.  WlLHELM  MlLLER. 

N.  TAYLOR f 

COCCOTHRlNAX  (a  berry  and  Thnnax,  in  reference 
to  the  berry-like  fruit)  Palmdcex  Small  or  medium- 
sized  palms,  with  fan-leaves. 

Trees  (or  rarely  stemless)  with  slender  sts.,  clothed 
above  with  the  persistent  petiole-sheaths, .  Ivs  terminal, 
pale  beneath,  thin  and  brittle,  divided  into  narrow, 
acute,  2-parted  obliquely  folded  lobos;  petioles  com- 
pressed, slightly  rounded  and  ridged  on  the  2  surfaces, 
thin  and  smooth  on  the  margins*  spadix  mterfohar, 
paniculate,  shorter  than  the  petioles:  fls.  perfect, 
minute,  solitary,  perianth  cup-like,  obscurely  6-lobed, 
deciduous,  stamens  9,  exsertcd;  ovary  superior,  ovoid, 
1-celled:  fr  berry-like,  subglobose,  1 -seeded,  in  ripen- 
ing becoming  thick  and  juicy,  shining  black  or  purple- 
black;  albumen  channeled  — A  genus  of  a  few  species, 
made  from  Thnnax;  Fla.  and  S. 

Girberi,  Sarg  (Thrtnax  Gdrben,  Chopra.  T.  argtntea 
var  Gdrben,  Chapm ).  SILVER-PALM  Stemless  Ivs. 
only  10-12  in  across,  fan-shaped,  silvery  beneath. 
An  attractfve  dwarf  palm,  early  showing  its  characteris- 
tic form,  native  on  shore  of  Biscayne  Bay,  Fla  ;  per- 
haps a  depauperate  form  of  C-  juciinda,  Sarg  (Thrinax 
argfatea,  Chapm  ,  not  Roem  &  Sch  ),  which  has  Ivs. 
20-32  in  across;  it  bears  the  fls  on  rigicjt  spreading 
short  pedicels,  the  perianth  is  white,  anthers  light  yel- 
low, and  ovary  orange*  fr.  %in.  or  less  diam  ,  becom- 
ing succulent  and  bright  violet  and  later  almost  black 


and  shining,  ripening  6  months  after  the  flowering: 
petiole  slender,  flexible,  rounded  on  upper  side  and 
obscurely  ribbed  on  lower  side,  extending  as  a  thin 
undulate  rachis  that  ends  in  a  short  obtuse  point. 

L.  H.  B 

C6CCULUS  (diminutive  of  kokkos.  berry,  the  fruit 
being  berry-like)  Syn  ,  Ctbatha,  Epibattrium.  Mems- 
pertnclccse.  Shrubs  grown  for  their  handsome  foliage 
and  the  ornamental  red  or  black  fruits 

Twining  or  erect1  Ivs.  alternate,  petioled,  entire  or 
lobed,  with  entire  margin,  deciduous  or  persistent, 
palmmerved  fls  inconspicuous,  dioecious,  in  axillary 
panicles  or  racemes,  sometimes  terminal;  sepals,  petals 
and  stamens  6'  carpels  3-6,  distinct,  developing  into 
berry-like,  1-seeded  drupes;  seed  remform  — About  12 
species  in  N  Amer  ,  E  and  S  Asia,  Afr  and  Hawaii, 
chiefly  in  tropical  and  subtropical  legions  Only  a  few 
species  are  cult ,  thriving  in  almost  any  somewhat 
moist  soil,  the  evergreen  kinds  are  sometimes  grown 
in  pots,  in  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  loam  Prop 
by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  in  summer, 
under  glass,  with  bottom  heat 

"Cocculus  indicus"  is  the  trade  name  of  the  berries 
used  by  the  Chinese  in  catching  fish  The  berries  con- 
tain an  acrid  poison,  which  intoxicates  or  stuns  the 
fish  until  they  can  be  caught  The  berries  are  imported 
from  the  East  Indies  to  adulterate  porter,  and  "Coc- 
culus indicus"  is  a  trade  name  with  druggists,  not  a 
botanical  one.  just  as  "Cassia  lignea"  is  a  trade  name 
of  a  kind  of  cinnamon  bark,  derived,  not  from  a  cassia, 
but  from  a  species  of  Cinnamomum  The  name  "Coc- 
culus indicus"  was  given  by  Bauhm,  but  binomial 
nomenclature  began  later,  with  Linmmis,  in  1753  The 
plant  which  produces  the  berries  is  Anamirta  Cocculus 

carolinus,  DC  (Ctbatha  carottna,  Brit  Epiba&num 
carollnum,  But  )  CAROLINA  MOONSEED  A  rapid- 
growing,  twining  shrub,  attaining  12  ft  ,  with  pubes- 
cent branches  Ivs  long-petioled,  usually  ovate,  sorne- 
times  cordate,  obtuse,  entire  or  3-,  rarely  5-lobed, 
pubescent,  glabrous  above  at  length  petals  ernurgi- 
nate:  fr  red,  J^m  diam  Along  streams  from  Va  and 
111  to  Fla  and  Texas  — Decorative  in  fall,  with  its 
bright  red  fr.  Not  hardy  north  of  N  Y 

trflobus,  DC.  (C  orbtculatus,  Schneid.  Cehntha 
orbicul&ta,  Kuntze  C  Thunbergii,  DC )  Slender 
climber  with  pubescent  branches*  Ivs  broadly  ovate  to 
oblong-ovate,  truncate  or  ssiibcordate  at  the  base, 
obtuse,  often  emargmate,  usually  entuc,  pubescent 
on  both  sides  petals  bifid  at  the  apex  fr  bluish  black, 
about  y± in  thick,  in  short-stalked  axillary  clusters 
Japan  BM  8489  I  T  6.231 —Quite  hardy  at,  the 
Arnold  Arboretum,  keeps  its  Ivs  green  until  very  late 
in  autumn 

C  divrrst/Ahua,  Miq  ,  not  DC  =8momemum  acutum — C  hete- 
rophyllus,  lienul  &  Wilson=Sinomomum  aeutum  — C  japdmcus, 
DC  -sStephama  hernandifolia  —  C  launfMiua.  DC  Erect  shrub, 
to  15  ft  ,  glabrous  Ivs  evergreen,  oblong,  acute  at  both  ends 
Himalayas  Decorative,  with  its  bright 
green,  shining  foliage  Only  hardy  in 
subtropical  regions 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

COCHLEARIA  (Greek,  coch- 
lear,  a  spoon,  referring  to  the 
leaves).  Crudfersp  More  or  less 
fleshy  seaside  small  herbs,  in- 
cluding scurvy-grass  and  related 
things;  scarcely  cultivated. 

Annual  or  perennial:  Ivs.  1010.  Cochleana  danica. 
simple*  fls  small,  white,  yel- 
lowish or  purplish,  in  racemes,  fr.  an  inflated  sihcle, 
with  very  convex  valves,  the  seeds  several  in  each  cell 
and  usually  2-rowed  — About  15  species  in  Eu  and  N. 
Amer.  Formerly  the  horse-radish  was  referred  here,  but 
it  is  now  placed  by  some  in  Radicula,  by  others  ID 
Honpa,  and  by  still  others  m  Nasturtium, 


COCHLEARIA 


COCONUT 


809 


officinalis,  Linn  SCURVY-GRASS.  Hardy  biennial, 
2-12  in  high,  but  cult  as  an  annual:  root-lvs  petioled, 
cordate;  at  -!VH  oblong,  more  or  less  toothed  and  some- 
times with  a  short-winged  petiole,  fls  early  spring; 
calyx-lobes  erect  Arctic  regions. — Prop,  by  seed, 
which  is  small,  oval,  slightly  angular,  rough-skinned, 
reddish  brown  The  germinating  power  lasts  4  years. 
The  green  parts  of  the  plant  are  strongly  acrid,  and 
have  a  tarry  flavor.  The  seed  is  sown  in  a  cool, 
shady  position,  where  the  plants  are  to  stand  The 
Ivs  are  rarely  eaten  as  salad,  but  the  plant  is  mostly 
grown  for  its  anti-scorbutic  properties.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  water-cress. 

dfinica,  Linn  Fig.  1010.  Annual,  scarcely  6-8  in. 
high*  Ivs  rounded,  kidney-shaped,  scarcely  1  in.  long 
m  large  specimens,  usually  much  smaller  North  tem- 
perate and  arctic  regions  L  B  C.  15: 1482  — It  is  cov- 
ered in  early  summer  with  a  profusion  of  small  white  fls. 
A  valuable  plant  for  ornament  northward. 

N.   TAYLOR.f 

COCHLI6DA  (Greek  for  spiral,  in  reference  to  the 
stiucture  of  the  lip)  Orchidacex.  A  small  group  of 
orchids  found  at  high  elevations  m  South  America, 
little  grown,  requiring  treatment  given  Odontoglossum. 

Pseudobulbous.  fls  bright  rose-color  or  scarlet,  in 
long  racemes,  sepals  equal  or  the  side  ones  more  or  less 
joined,  petals  all  much  alike,  lip  clawed,  the  blade 
spreading  arid  the  side  lobes  rounded  and  perhaps 
reflexed,  tho  middle  lobe  narrow  — Some  of  the  species 
are  retained  by  various  authors  in  Odontoglossum  and 
Mesopinidium 

Noetzhana,  Holfe  Pseudobulbs  ovate-oblong,  com- 
pressed, about  2  in  long,  monodiphyllous  Ivs  linear: 
peduncles  arcuate,  fls  numerous,  in  graceful  racemes, 
orange-scarlet,  about  1  in  across,  sepals  oblong,  petals 
rather  ovate,  labellum  3-lobed,  disk  yellow,  otherwise 
similar  in  color  to  the  petalh  Andes  B  M  7474  Gt. 
43  1403  GC  III  16  71  OR  12.309 

rdsea,  Hort  Plants  similar  to  C  Noetzliana:  fls. 
rose-color  Peru  B  M  6084  J  H  18  66. 

vulcanica,  Benth  &  Hook  Peduncles  more  or  less 
erect  fls  larger  than  in  the  preceding,  bright  rose-color; 
labellum  3-lobed,  provided  with  4  ridges  Peru  B  M. 
6001 

C  bravlifnsis,  Rolfe  Psrudobulb*  tufted,  oblong  Ivs  oblong- 
lanceolate  scapes  erect  or  arching,  with  0-1. i  greenish  fls  Brazil  — 
—C  Fl6nn,  Holfe  Natural  hjhnd  between  C  Noetzhana  and  C. 
rosca  H*  cmn  ibar-red  \vith  yellow  creat,  sepals  lanceolate,  pet- 
als elliptic  oblong  CAKES  AMES. 

COCHLIOGL6SSA.  Orchiddccse  A  garden  hybrid 
between  Cochlwda  Noftzliana  and  Odontoglossum  seep- 
trum  or  0  pr&nitens,  known  as  Cochlwglossa  moorte- 
beekienMt  Fls  star-shaped,  the  petals  and  sepals  yel- 
low with  pale  brown  spots,  lip  has  the  characters  of  that 
of  Odontoglossum  t>ceptrum,  out  a  little  longer  and  less 
attractive  Shows  no  marks  of  Cochlwda  Noetzhana. 

COCHLIOSTEMA  (Greek,  spiral  stamens).  Com- 
mchnaccse  Curious  and  gorgeous  plants  cultivated 
under  glass 

Cochhostemas  are  epiphytes,  with  the  habit  of  Bill- 
bergia  and  great  axillary  panicles  of  large  fls  of  peculiar 
structure  and  beauty  They  are  stemless  herbs  from 
Ecuador,  with  large,  oblong-lanceolate  Jvs  ,  sheathing 
at  the  base,  and  fls  which  individually  last  only  a  short 
time,  although  a  succession  is  produced  for  several 
weeks;  sepals  3.  oblong,  obtuse,  concave;  petals  3, 
nearly  equal,  wider  than  the  sepals,  margined  with  long 
hairs;  statmnodes  3,  villous,  2  erect,  linear,  the  third 
short,  plumose;  stammal  column  hooded,  with  in- 
curved margins,  inclosing  3  spirally  twisted  anthers; 
style  slender,  curved  — Gardeners  recognize  2  species, 
although  they  are  considered  by  some  botanists  as 
forms  of  one.  Recorded  as  the  most  beautiful  cult, 
plants  of  the  family. 


These  are  handsome  stove-flowering  perennial 
plants,  closely  related  to  the  commelmas,  and  are  of 
comparatively  easy  culture,  thriving  well  in  ordinary 
stove  temperature  in  a  mixture  of  two  parts  loan/  and 
one  part  fibrous  peat,  with  a  little  well-decayed  cow-  or 
sheep-rnanure  added  when  potting  mature  plants 
They  like  a  copious  supply  of  water  at  the  roots  dur- 
ing the  summer  months,  and  at  no  season  must  they 
be  allowed  to  become  dry  Propagation  is  effected  by 
division  of  the  plants  in  early  spring,  or  by  seeds,  to 
obtain  which  the  flowers  must  be  artificially  fertilized. 
— They  seed  freely  when  fertilized  at  the  proper  time. 
Only  a  few  of  the  stronger  or  larger  flowers  snould  be 
allowed  to  bear  seed.  Sometimes  a  simple  shaking  of 
the  flower-stalk  will  accomplish  the  necessary  work  of 
fertilizing,  but  it  is  safer  to  employ  the  regular  method 
to  insure  thorough  impregnation.  The  seeds  ripen 
within  six  weeks'  time,  and  they  can  be  sown  soon 
thereafter,  in  shallow  pans  of  light,  peaty  soil,  and 
placed  m  a  warm,  close  atmosphere  until  germinated. 
As  soon  as  the  seedlings  are  large  enough,  they  should 
be  potted  singly  into  thumb-pots,  ana  shifted  on  as 
often  as  they  require  it,  when  they  will  flower  in  six 
to  twelve  months.  The  chief  reason  why  cochhostemas 
are  grown  in  America  so  little  is,  probably,  that  it  is 
necessary  to  keep  a  much  more  humid  atmosphere  in 
stove-houses  than  in  England,  and  this  is  very  much 
against  all  stove-flowering  plants,  causing  the  season 
ot  blossoming  to  be  very  short  (Edward  J.  Canning  ) 

A  Lvs.  red  beneath' panicle  hairy;  fls  very  fragrant 
odoratissunum,  Lem  Lvs  lighter  green  above  than 
in  C.  Jacobianum,  and  deep  purplish  red  beneath,  nar- 
rower, and  with  a  similar  margin,  fls  very  numerous; 
sepals  more  leaf-like,  hairy,  green,  with  a  reddish  tip. 
I.H  6:217.  RH.  1869,  p  170 

AA  Lv 8  green  beneath  panicle  not  hairy;  fls.  less 

fragrant 

Jacobianum,  C  Koch  and  Lmd.  Height  1-3  ft.  •  Lvs. 
in  a  rosette,  spreading  or  recurved,  dilated  and  sheath- 
ing at  the  babe,  margined  brown  or  purplish,  3-4  ft  long, 
6  in  broad  at  the  base;  4  in  broad  at  the  middle  ped- 
uncles stout,  white,  tinged  purple,  1  ft  long  bracts 
large,  opposite  and  whorled,  3-4  in  long,  acuminate, 
concave,  panicle-branches  4-6  in.  long;  fls  2-2 J 2  m 
across,  sepals  purplish,  petals  violet-blue  Autumn  BM 
5705  R  H  1868  71  G  C  1868  323,desc.  F  S  18 '1837-9. 
WILHELM  MILLED. 

COCHLOSPfeRMUM:  Maximilianea. 

COCKLE.  In  North  America,  a  name  for  Lychnis 
Giihago.  or  corn-cockle,  a  familiar  handsome-flowered 
weed  ot  wheat-fields  The  name  is  also  applied  to  the 
darnel,  Lohum  temulentum. 

COCKLE-BUR:  Xanthium,  a  weed. 

COCKSCOMB:  Celosva. 

COCKSFOOT  GRASS:  Barnyard  Grass,  Panicum  Crus-GaUt. 

COCOA:   Products  of  Theobroma  Cacao. 

COCOA  PLUM:    ChrVsobalanue  Icaoo. 

COCO-GRASS:  Cyperu*  rotundus. 

COCONUT.  Plate  XXVII  Figs  1011,  1012,  1014, 
1015  The  coconut,  Cocos  nucifera,  is  the  most  important 
of  cultivated  palms  Its  nearest  relatives,  whether  or  not 
regarded  as  m  the  same  genus,  are  natives  of  tropical 
America  For  this  and  for  other  reasons  which  have  been 
presented  by  Cook,  it  must  be  believed  that  the  coco- 
nut is  a  native  of  America,  and  that  it  was  carried  west- 
ward across  the  Pacific  in  prehistoric  times  While  the 
nut  will  float  and  retain  its  power  of  germination  for  a 
considerable  time,  its  propagation  from  island  to  island 
in  known  cases  has  practically  always  been  the  delibe- 
rate work  of  men,  and  it  is  probable  that  men  were 


310 


COCONUT 


COCONUT 


also  responsible  for  its  crossing  the  Pacific.  It  was  a 
cultivated  plant  in  Polynesia  and  Malaya,  and  in 
many  places  the  chief  crop  at  the  time  of  the  discov- 
ery of  this  part  of  the  world  by  Europeans.  But  it 
reached  Ceylon  recently  enough  so  that  its  introduc- 
tion is  a  matter  of  fairly  reliable  legend.  It  is  now 
grown  in  all  tropical  countries  except  the  interior  of 
continents  Its  cultivation  extends  somewhat  beyond 
the  tropics,  both  north  and  south,  but  its  growth  at 
these  extremes,  in  Florida,  India  and  Madagascar,  is 
not  thrifty  enough  to  give  it  any  industrial  impor- 
tance. Within  the  last  two  decades,  the  rise  in  the  price 
of  oils  and  the  discovery  of  new  uses  for  coconut-oil 
have  caused  a  tremendous  increase  in  the  area  devoted 
to  the  plantation  and  cultivation  of  coconuts. 

Climatic  conditions  favorable  for  the  coconut. 

The  coconut  makes  on  the  climate  the  characteristic 
demands  of  a  typically  tropical  plant  It  thrives  where 
the  mean  annual  temperature  is  72°  F  or  higher,  and 
where  there  are  no  great  differences  in  temperature 
between  seasons.  Except  where  supply  of  ground  water 


1011.  End  of  a  mature  coconut.  The  nut  sprouts  usually 
from  the  largest  eye. 

makes  it  independent  of  local  rainfall,  the  coconut 
demands  an  annual  rainfall  of  at  least  one  meter  (about 
40  in.) ;  and  this  precipitation  should  be  well  distributed 
through  the  year  In  most  of  the  best  coconut  coun- 
tries, the  rainfall  is  considerably  more  than  one  meter. 
The  coconut  can  endure  exceedingly  drying  conditions 
for  short  periods,  and  is  accordingly  adapted  to  the 
intense  light  of  the  seashore,  to  resisting  strong  winds, 
and  to  enduring  salt  water  about  its  roots  for  short 
periods  of  time  Moreover,  it  will  live  through  pro- 
longed droughts.  But  long  dry  seasons  cut  down  the 
crops;  and  the  damage  done  by  droughts  lasts  for  as 
much  as  two  or  three  years  after  the  return  of  rain.  A 
dry  season  of  five  or  six  months  every  other  year  will 
keep  the  crop  at  all  times  down  to  not  more  than  40  per 
cent  of  what  it  would  be  if  the  supply  of  water  were 
constant.  If  there  is  an  ample  supply  of  soil-water, 
dryness  of  the  atmosphere  is  favorable  to  the  best 
production  Seacoasts  usually  have  higher  land  back  of 
them,  and  the  ground- water  from  the  higher  countiy 
circulates  through  the  soil  toward  the  sea  Near  the 
shore  it  comes  near  enough  to  the  surface  to  be 
reached  by  the  roots  of  the  coconut.  For  this  reason, 
coconuts  thrive  on  the  seashore  under  climatic  condi- 
tions that  prevent  good  development  in  the  interior. 
This  is  the  principal  ground  for  the  idea  that  coconuts 
thrive  only  near  the  sea  Around  the  bases  of  volca- 
noes in  the  interior,  similar  soil  conditions  are  met 
with,  and  such  localities  are  admirably  adapted  to  this 
crop. 


Propagation  and  cultivation. 

The  coconut  is  produced  only  by  seed.  Nuts  for  this 
purpose  should  of  course  be  selected  from  conspicuously 
good  trees  They  <tre  usually  planted  in  seed-beds, 
although,  on  a  small  scale,  there  are  various  other 
local  methods  of  handling  them  during  germination. 
The  best  treatment  is  to  take  them  from  the  seed-bed 
when  the  plumule  is  not  more  than  6  inches  high,  which 
will  usually  be  after  about  six  months  To  avoid  the 
expense  of  keeping  the  groves  clean  while  the  trees  are 
small,  it  is  common  practice  to  leave  the  nuts  for  a 
longer  time  in  the  seed-beds,  but  the  transplanting  of 
older  seedlings,  even  with  the  greatest  practicable  care, 
sets  them  back  for  several  months.  In  the  Jaffna  dis- 
trict of  northern  Ceylon,  the  nuts  are  transplanted 
from  the  first  seed-beds  to  others  in  which  they  have 
more  room,  and  arc  not  put  in  their  permanent  places 
until  they  are  three  or  four  years  old. 

In  the  first  years  after  the  coconuts  are  transplanted, 
it  is  good  policy  to  raise  catch-crops  between  the  trees. 
But  these  crops  should  be  so  chosen  that  they  will  not 
compete  with  the  coconut  for  light  or  water,  and  from 
the  profit  thoy  pay,  a  return  should  be  made  to  the 
soil  of  fertilizers  at  least  sufficient  to  replace  what  they 
have  removed  By  the  time  the  grove  is  four  years  old, 
the  coconuts  will  shade  the  ground  and  it  will  no  longer 
be  posbible  to  raise  catch-crops  on  a  large  scale  Then, 
but  not  before  this  time,  it  is  good  practice  to  use  the 


grove  for  pasture.  The  returns  from  live-stock  should 
be  at  least  sufficici/  to  pay  for  keeping  the  plantation 
in  good  condition  and  cattle  will  themselves  do  a  large 


part  of  the  work  in  keeping  down  the  other  vegetation. 
Pasturing  of  other  live-stock  in  coconut  groves  is  in 
general  not  to  be  recommended  It  is  not  customary 
anywhere  m  the  tropics  to  give  to  coconut  plantations 
such  cultivation  as  is  given  to  orchards  in  temperate 
countries  It  has  even  been  believed  that  any  but  the 
most  shallow  cultivation  would  be  detrimental  by 
destroying  the  roots  near  the  surface,  and  that  machine- 
cultivation  was  likely  to  be  too  expensive  to  be  profit- 
able, in  view  of  the  tune  that  it  would  have  to  be  kept 
up  before  the  coconut  begins  to  pay  returns  Limited 
experience  in  the  Philippines  indicates  that  real  culti- 
vation produces  very  much  the  same  results  with 
coconuts  as  it  does  with  other  crops  Coconuts  respond, 
as  do  other  crops,  to  the  application  of  manures  con- 
taming  potash,  nitrogen,  and  phosphorus.  So  far  as 
the  very  limited  evidence  shows,  the  demand  for  these 
three  fertilizing  elements  is  in  the  order  given.  With 
ordinarily  good  treatment,  coconuts  come  into  bearing 
in  seven  or  eight  years.  Single  trees  of  standard  vane- 
ties  will  bear  fruit  in  five  years,  while  others  will  require 
ten  If  the  coconut  is  treated  as  a  wild  crop,  which  is 
by  no  means  uncommon,  and  little  or  no  attention  is 
given  it  after  the  first  three  years,  it  will  be  ten  or  fifteen 
years,  as  a  rule,  before  a  full  crop  is  produced  and  even 
then  the  crop  will  be  an  inferior  one. 

Pests. 

With  the  increase  in  the  industry  in  the  tropical 
world,  and  with  the  increase  in  commerce,  there  nave 
been  created  conditions  favorable  to  the  development 
and  spread  of  pests  Twenty  years  ago,  serious  coconut 
pests  were  practically  unknown,  and  only  eight  years 
ago,  Prudhomme,  in  an  excellent  general  treatment  of 
the  coconut  industry,  listed  as  serious  pests  only  two  or 
three  insects  and  no  other  organisms  There  are  now 
known  as  serious  pests  various  species  of  Rhynchoph- 
orus,  known  as  palm  weevils.  Oryctes,  called  the 
rhinoceros  beetle;  a  scale,  Aspiawtus  destructor,  closely 
related  to  the  San  Jose,  scale,  at  least  two  fungi, 
and  the  organisms  causing  bud-rot  The  latter  have 
been  determined  in  the  West  Indies  to  be  Bacillus 
Coli,  and  in  India  to  be  a  fungus,  Pythium  palmivorum. 
Besides  these,  there  are  a  large  number  of  minor  or 
local  pests,  including  weevils  and  other  beetles,  the 


COCONUT 


COCONUT 


811 


larvao  of  moths  and  butterflies,  insects  of  other  groups, 
and  fungi.  Damage  is  also  done  in  places  by  crus- 
taceans, and  by  rats  and  other  higher  animals  Forests 
made  up  of  one  kind  of  tree  practically  do  not  exist  in 
nature  in  the  tropics,  and  when  such  forests  arc  made, 
as  has  been  done  with  the  coconut,  the  prevention  of 
devastation  by  pests  will  be  accomplished  only  by 
greater  care  than  is  ordinarily  demanded  to  protect 
the  crops  of  temperate  lands. 

Varieties. 

A  very  large  number  of  varieties  of  coconuts  is 
known  in  different  parts  of  the  tropics,  but  a  careful 
comparative  study  of  their  merits  has  never  been  made 
on  a  large  scale  and  with  nuts  from  many  different 
sources  The  best  experiment  began  less  than  a  decade 
ago  in  Madagascar  In  several  localities  in  the  Philip- 
pines, there  are  strains  of  very  large  nuts,  of  which,  as  a 
plantation  average  extending  over  years,  3,300  produce 
•i  ton  of  copra.  In  favorable  seasons  the  production 
has  been  at  the  rate  of  a  ton  from  2,800  nuts  There  are 
reports  of  similar  large  nuts  from  other  countries,  but 
no  data  as  to  then  yield  on  a  plantation  scale  In  the 
parts  of  the  Philippines  having  the  greatest  coconut 
industry,  it  requires  5,600  to  6,000  nuts  to  produce  a 
ton  of  copra,  and  the  same  figures  apply  to  Ceylon  and 
various  other  coconut  countries.  In  still  other  places 
the  nuts  are  so  small  that  7,000  are  required  to  the  ton. 
There  are  varieties  characterized  by  shape  and  by 
color,  but  these  characteristics  seem  not  to  be  related 
to  the  yield  either  of  copra  or  oil.  The  nuts  of  the 
Laccaclive  and  Maldive  Islands  are  reputed  to  produce 
a  particularly  good  fiber  Throughout  the  eastern 
tropics,  coconuts  are  locally  used  to  produce  liquor 
For  this  purpose,  early  maturing  varieties  that  are 
likely  also  to  produce  very  small  nuts,  but  numerous 
clusters,  are  selected  There  are  varieties  in  Ceylon 
and  the  Philippines  which  bear  at  the  age  of  four  yearn, 
\vhile  the  varieties  in  extensive  cultivation  and  used  for 
the  production  of  copra  can  none  of  them  be  relied 
upon  to  produce  a  crop  in  lews  than  seven  years  and  not 
in  less  than  ten  years  unless  properly  treated  A  Philip- 
pine variety  known  as  Makapun6  has  the  interior  of  the 
nuts  completely  filled  with  a  soft,  s\\eet  tissue,  used  as 
a  table  delicacy  Such  nuts  sell  locally  for  about  10 
cents,  while  the  ordinary  nut  is  worth  2  or  3  cents 

t/-ses  and  product*  of  the  coconut. 

The  local  uses  of  the  coconut  an?  almost  unlimited. 
Resides  being  of  practical  utility  in  a  very  large  num- 
ber of  ways  to  the  people  of  the  Malay-Polynesian 
region,  it  has,  as  a  result  of  its  practical  importance, 
acquired  a  prominent  place  in  the  rites  and  supersti- 
tmns  of  the  people  of  this  part  of  the  \\orld  Thus 
Murray  tells  of  a  tribe  of  Papuans,  among  whom  it  is 
not  proper  for  a  man  to  eat  a  person  whom  he  has 
killed,  this  privilege  being  reserved  for  his  associates, 
but  a  man  may  eat  the  heart  of  his  own  victim  if  he 
sits  on  one  coconut  and  balances  himself  with  his  feet 
on  two  others  while  he  prepares  and  devours  it. 

The  products  of  great  industrial  importance  are 
toddy  and  its  derivatives,  coir,  and  copra  and  it»s 
products 

Toddy  is  an  usual  English  name  of  the  fresh  bever- 
age obtained  from  the  unopen  flower-clusters  In 
the  Philippines  it  is  known  as  "tuba  "  The  mode  of 
securing  it  differs  somewhat  in  the  three  countries  in 
which  it  is  secured  on  an  industrial  scale,  the  Philip- 
pines, Java  and  Ceylon.  In  all  of  them,  the  spathe  is 
bent  clown  gradually  and  the  tip  is  then  cut  off  A 
thin  slice  is  afterward  cut  off  with  a  sharp  knife,  usually 
twice  a  day.  After  a  few  days  of  this  treatment,  the 
irritation  results  in  a  flow  of  sap  from  the  cut  surface. 
This  sap  falls  into  a  jar  or  bamboo  tube  from  which  it 
is  collected,  as  a  rule  twice  a  day,  and  a  very  thin  slice 
is  removed  from  the  end  at  each  time  of  collection. 

52 


This  continues  until  the  whole  inflorescence  has  been 
removed  by  the  series  of  slices.  The  amount  of  toddy 
collected  depends  on  the  vigor  of  the  tree,  on  the 
weather,  and  on  the  skill  of  the  workman  Under 
fairly  favorable  conditions,  a  good  workman  will  secure 
a  auart  or  more  a  day  from  one  inflorescence  The 
technique  of  this  business  seems  to  be  better  developed 
in  the  Philippines  than  elsewhere,  with  the  result  that 
more  toddy  is  secured  in  a  given  time  from  the  tree. 
ri  he  toddy  is  used  as  a  fresh  beverage  or  as  a  source  of 
alcohol,  or  less  frequently  of  sugar,  or  still  more  rarely 
of  vinegar;  it  is  also  a  common  source  of  yeast  in  the 
East  Indies  The  toddy,  as  it  falls  from  the  cut  branch, 
contains  about  16  per  cent  of  sucrose  This  inverts 
very  rapidly  if  permitted  to  do  so,  and  the  invert 
sugar  is  in  turn  rapidly  fermented  to  alcohol  In  parts 
of  the  Philippines,  the  production  of  strong  liquor  in 
this  way  is  a  business  of  some  importance  If  sugar  is  to 
be  produced,  care  is  taken  to  keep  the  vessels  clean  and 
approximately  sterile,  and  the  mverp'on  is  often  pre- 
vented by  the  use  of  tanbark  from  one  of  the  man- 
groves, usually  Bruguiera.  If  alcohol  is  the  product 
desired,  the  same  bamboo  tubes  are  used  over  and  over 
without  cleaning  In  the  Philippines  it  is  common 
practice  to  connect  the  trees  used  for  this  purpose 
with  bridges  of  bam- 
boo on  which  the  col- 
lectors pass  rapidly 
from  tree  to  tree.  In 
other  countries  each  i 
tree  is  climbed  by  I 
itself. 


(Nat   size  at  this  stage  )  (Nat   size.) 

1012    Stages  m  the  growth  of  a  coconut. 

Coir  is  produced  for  local  use  in  many  parts  of  the 
world,  but  as  an  article  of  commerce  conies  chiefly 
from  Ceylon  This  fiber  was  the  old  staple  cordage 
material  of  the  Polynesian  region  As  a  fiber  material, 
it  is  conspicuous  for  its  elasticit} ,  being  able  to  stretch 
2G  or  2.5  per  cent  without  exceeding  the  limit  of  elas- 
ticity It  is  also  remarkable  for  lightness,  for  resist- 
ance to  decav,  and  for  the  short  length  of  the  individual 
cells  It  is  accordingly  a  valuable  fiber  for  use  m  ropes 
subject  to  abrupt  strains,  for  calking  boats,  and  for  a 
stuffing  fiber  Its  stiffness  and  durability  make  it 
especially  serviceable  for  the  manufacture  of  mats, 
and  this  is  its  chief  commercial  use. 

Copra  — The  principal  coconut  product  exported 
from  most  producing  regions  is  copra,  which  is  the  dried 
meat  or  hard  endosperm  of  the  fruit  To  produce  the 
best  copra,  nuts  should  be  thoroughly  and  uniformly 
ripe,  and  this  condition  is  best  guaranteed  by  per- 
mitting them  to  ripen  on  the  trees  until  they  fall,  and 
then  to  collect  and  use  them  at  frequent  intervals 
However,  it  is  far  more  common  practice  to  harvest 
them  before  they  fall,  going  through  the  groves  at 
regular  intervals  This  is  most  commonly  done  every 
three  months.  The  nuts  are  cut  down  in  various  ways 
The  simplest  method  is  the  use  of  a  long  pole  made  of 
detachable  joints  of  bamboo  and  bearing  at  the  top  a 
sharp  and  recurved  knife.  A  nut-gatherer  then  goes 
from  tree  to  tree  and  cuts  down  the  nuts  that  are 
ready,  without  leaving  the  ground.  This  method  is 
the  local  one  used  m  certain  parts  of  the  Philippines. 


812 


COCONUT 


COCOS 


Elsewhere  in  the  Philippines  and  in  many  other  places, 
the  practice  is  to  chmD  each  tree,  using  notches  cut  at 
convenient  heights  for  this  purpose  If  these  notches 
are  cut  with  sufficient  care,  it  probably  <  can  be  done 
without  real  damage  to  the  tree,  but  in  practice  such 
care  is  not  usually  taken,  and  the  notches  are  very 
often  centers  from  which  decay  of  the  trunk  begins. 
In  other  places  the  nut-gatherers  climb  the  trees  with- 
out notches.  To  do  this  easily,  they  usually  bind  their 
ankles  together  with  a  thong,  or  pass  a  rope  around  the 
hips  and  around  the  tree,  or  use  both  of  these  devices 
The  old  story  of  the  harvesting  of  coconuts  by  the  use 
of  monkeys  is  not  altogether  a  myth.  In  the  Sunda 
islands  and  in  Sarawak,  monkeys  are  sometimes 
trained  for  this  purpose;  and  from  Sarawak,  these 
trained  monkeys  are  occasionally  exported  to  the 
Straits  settlements  In  some  of  the  islands  of  the 
south  seas,  the  entire  nuts,  husk  and  all,  are  split  into 
halves  with  an  axe,  and  in  Ceylon  a  machine  for  this 
purpose  has  come  into  limited  use.  Elsewhere,  the 
first  step  in  the  preparation  of  copra  is  the  removal  of 
the  husks  This  is  usually  done  with  the  aid  of  a  piece 
of  iron,  three  cornered  and  moderately  sharp,  mounted 
on  an  erect  stick  and  standing  at  about  the  height  of 
the  knee.  This  implement  is  in  universal  use  in  the 
Philippines,  and  elsewhere  m  the  East,  and  has  of  late 
years  come  into  use  in  the  tropics  of  the  New  World. 
A  machine  to  remove  the  husks  has  also  boon  invented, 
but  the  most  that  is  claimed  for  it  is  that  a  workman 
can  husk  a  thousand  nuts  a  day,  and  this  is  only  the 
standard  day's  work  for  a  nut-husker  m  the  Philip- 

Cines  by  the  old  method  After  the  removal  of  the 
usk,  the  nut  is  split  into  two  halves  by  a  sharp  blow 
with  a  heavy  knife  The  water  is  allowed  to  run  out  on 
the  ground  — Methods  of  drying  copra  fall  under  three 
heads  sun-drying,  grill-drying,  ana  kiln-drying  Cen- 
trifugal dryers  have  also  boon  tried  and  are  said  to 
give  good  results  Sun-drying  is  the  oldest  method,  and 
is  a  good  one  where  the  climate  is  such  that  the  drying 
can  be  trusted  to  go  on  without  interruption  Under 
favorable  conditions  it  produces  the  finest  grade  of 
copra,  Cochin  sun-dried  being  the  standard  of  excel- 
lence Most  Philippine  copra  is  grill-dried  A  hole  is 
dug  in  the  ground  on  which  is  placed  a  grating  usually 
made  of  bamboo,  and  the  whole  protected  by  a  roof 
Coconut  husks  and  shells  are  used  for  fuel  The  heat 
and  smoke  rise  directly  from  the  fare  to  the  coconuts 
Sun-drying  takes  usually  five  to  nine  days;  if  more  than 
this  is  required,  the  method  is  unsafe  Smoke-drying 
is  finished  as  a  rule  in  a  single  day  or  m  parts  of  two 
days  Smoke-dried  copra  it>  unsuited  for  the  manu- 
facture of  food  products  and  accordingly  sells  at  a 
lower  price  than  the  best  copra  It  is  a  good  way  of 
making  poor  copra,  for  if  any  copra  is  imperfectly 
dried  or  is  even  in  part  the  product  of  unripe  nuts,  it 
ferments  with  a  considerable  loss  of  oil,  and  this  fer- 
mentation is  decidedly  checked  by  smoking  Kilns 
for  drying  coconuts  are  of  various  patterns  m  different 
countries,  and  if  properly  handled  always  produce  a 
high  grade  of  copra  There  is  one  kiln  m  the  Philip- 
pines which  handles  more  than  three  tons  of  copra  at 
a  charge,  and  dries  it  in  six  or  eight  hours  By  all 
methods,  it  is  customary  to  make  two  stages  of  the 
drying,  one  immediately  after  the  nuts  are  opened,  and 
the  other  after  the  meat  has  shrunk  enough  to  be  easily 
removed  from  the  shells  The  ultimate  use  of  copra  is 
the  manufacture  of  oil,  an  industry  which  has  been 
developed  to  the  greatest  extent  in  France  In  all 
coconut  countries  there  is  a  local  business  in  manufac- 
turing oil  This  is  done  by  various  primitive  methods, 
some  of  which  produce  a  food  or  toilet  product  of  the 
highest  possible  quality.  In  the  manufacture  of  such 
oil,  the  utmost  care  is  taken  and  the  product  is  of 
purely  local  use  Oil  for  wider  distribution  is  manu- 
factured with  less  care,  by  methods  characteristic  of 
the  different  countries  To  prepare  oil  for  workl  com- 


P' 
fa 


merce,  such  establishments  as  have  long  been  used 
in  European  countries,  and  to  a  less  extent  in  the 
United  States,  have  more  recently  been  founded  in  the 
producing  lands.  The  oil  has  a  variety  of  uses.  It  was 
formerly  consumed  almost  entirely  in  the  manufacture 
of  soap  and  candles  Principally  during  the  last  decade, 
methods  of  refining  and  separation  have  been  developed, 
by  which  excellent  butter-substitutes  are  made.  As 
the  butter  produced  in  this  way  is  palatable  and  most 
digestible,  and  is  cheaper  than  real  butter,  these  prod- 
ucts have  found  a  ready  sale,  with  the  result  that  there 
has  been  a  great  increase  m  the  demand  for  good 
grades  of  copra  and  a  consequent  improvement  in  the 
general  quality  produced  m  most  countries,  and  an 
increase  in  the  price  of  all  grades.  It  seems  probable 
that  the  market  will  for  some  time  continue  to  increase 
more  rapidly  than  the  supply 

Other  products  — A  well-known  product  is  desic- 
cated coconut  Among  producing  countries,  Ceylon  is 
the  only  one  which  has  taken  up  the  manufacture  of  this 
article  It  is  prepared  directly  from  the  fresh  meat  of 
ripe  nuts  Very  large  numbers  of  coconuts  are  also 
put  upon  the  market  of  temperate  countries  as  "coco- 
nutb,"  usually  after  the  removal  of  the  husk  The 
United  States  is  the  chief  market  for  these  nuts  and  the 
export  of  them  is  accordingly  a  conspicuous  feature  of 
the  business  in  lands  situated  where  delivery  in  the 
United  States  is  economically  possible,  that  is  in  the 
West  Indies  and  to  a  much  less  extent  in  the  islands  of 
the  Pacific  An  exportation  of  this  kind  is  also  assum- 
ing large  proportions  with  Australia  as  a  market  For 
all  kinds  of  coconut  produce,  Ceylon  long  held  first 
place  and  the  business  of  producing  coconuts,  copra 
and  oil,  as  well  as  coir,  and  desiccated  coconut,  has 
reached  a  better  development  in  Ceylon  than  anywhere 
else  However,  during  the  last  few  years,  the  Philip- 
pines have  far  outstripped  Ceylon  in  the  production  of 
copra.  The  export  from  the  Philippines  m  the  year 
ending  June  30,  1912,  was  more  than  160,000  tons  In 
this  year,  copra  was  for  the  first  time  the  foremost 
export  of  the  islands,  taking  from  abaca  the  place 
which  it  has  held  almost  without  interruption  for  the 
last  fifty  years  E  B  COPELAND. 

COCOS  (Portuguese,  monkey,  from  the  nut,  which 
suggests  a  monkey's  face)  Palmacvx  This  genus 
includes  the  coconut  tree,  C  nucifera,  and  a  few  pinnate 
palms  cultivated  for  ornament  in  the  North  under  glass, 
and  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California  as 
avenue  and  ornamental  trees  See  page  35G7 

Low  or  tall  palms,  with  slender  or  robust  ringed 
spineless  trunks,  often  clothed  with  the  bases  of  the  Ivs  : 
Ivs.  terminal,  pinnatisect,  segms.  ensiform  or  lanceo- 
late, equidistant  or  in  groups,  1-  to  many-nerved,  entire 
at  the  apex,  or  with  1  lateral  tooth,  or  more  or  less 
deeply  lobed,  the  margins  smooth,  recurved  at  the 
base,  rachis  3-sided,  acute  above,  convex  on  the  back; 
petiole  concave  above,  smooth  or  spiny  on  the  margins, 
sheath  short,  open,  fibrous  spadices  erect,  at  length 
drooping,  the  branches  erect  or  drooping,  spathes  2,  the 
lower  one  the  shorter,  split  at  the  apex,  the  upper  one 
fusiform  or  clavate,  woody,  furrowed  on  the  back; 
bracts  variable,  fls  white  or  yellow,  fr  large  or 
medium,  ovoid  or  ellipsoidal,  terete  or  obtusely  3-angled, 
often  fibrous-coated  as  m  the  coconut  — Species  56  m 
Trop  and  Subtrop  S  Amer  ,  1  m  the  tropics  around  the 
world  The  genus  is  allied  to  Maximihana  and  Attalea, 
and  distinguished  by  its  male  fls  having  lanceolate 
petals,  6  included  stamens,  and  a  1-seeded  fr.  G  C.  II. 
23  439 

The  coconut  is  the  example  most  commonly  cited  of 
dispersal  of  seeds  by  water  Its  buoyant,  impervious 
husk  is  said  to  enable  it  to  cross  an  ocean  without 
losing  its  germinating  power  Its  structure  is  interest- 
ing and  at  first  puzzling.  Although  it  is  a  dry,  indehis- 
cent,  one-seeded  fruit,  it  seems  veiy  unlike  an  achene,  as 


cocos 


cocos 


813 


for  example,  in  the  Composite.  Structurally,  it  is  more 
like  a  drupe,  for  the  fibrous  husk  is  formed  from  the 
outer  part  of  the  pericarp,  and  the  hard  shell  inclosing 
the  meat  from  the  inner  In  other  words  the  husk  is 
exocarp  and  the  shell  endocarp.  The  rnilk  of  the  coconut 
is  unsolidified  endosperm  In  the  cereal  grains  it  is 
the  endosperm  which  affords  most  of  the  material  used 
for  human  food  Only  a  part  of  the  liquid  matter  of  the 
coconut  solidifies,  and  the  milk  is  left  m  the  center 
The  eyes  of  the  coconut  (Fig  1011)  mark  the  positions 
of  the  rmcropyles,  and  termination  takes  place  only 
through  the  larger  one.  Palm  pistils  are  three-carpelled 
and  each  carpel  in  Cocos  has  one  ovule  The  marks  of 
the  three  carpels  are  seen  in  Fig  1011,  but  only  one 
ovule  develops  into  a  seed.  Fig  1012  tells  the  story 
of  the  growtn  of  a  coconut  In  a,  the  young  nut  is 
enveloped  by  three  petals  and  three  sepals.  At  6,  the 
pericarp  has  far  outgiown  the  sepals  and  petals. 
Sometimes  the  floral  envelopes  remain  when  the  nut  is 
picked  Coconuts,  like  many  other  fruits,  often  grow  to 
a  considerable  size  without  pollination,  and  then  perish. 

Of  the  species  cultivated  for  ornament,  C.  Wed- 
delliana  is  by  far  the  most  important  It  is  sold  m 
great  quantities  from  3-  and  4-inch  pots  when  the 
plants  are  12  to  15  inches  high  They  are  favorite 
house-plants,  as  their  culture  is  easy,  and  they  grow 
slowly  and  retain  their  beauty  a  long  while  They  are 
much  used  in  fern-dishes  As  a  house-plant,  C1  \Ved- 
ddliana  is  probably  the  most  popular  species  of  all  the 
smaller  palms  It  is  especially  suitable  for  table  deco- 
ration In  distinguishing  tropical  from  subtropical 
regions,  the  coconut  is  an  excellent  guide  It  flourishes 
best  where  frost  is  never  known,  although  there  are 
magnificent  specimens  at  Miami  and  Palm  Beach, 
Florida,  both  places  having  rare  but  sharp  frosts  The 
oil  extracted  from  the  nuts  is  an  important  article  of 
commerce  The  fiber  refuse  IH  much  used  by  florists 
and  gaideners  Being  open,  spongy,  very  retentive  of 
moisture,  clean  and  easily  handled,  it  is  a  favorite 
material  in  which  to  root  bedding-plants  and  to  start 
very  small  seeds,  but  it  is  not  used  for  permanent 
potting  See  U  S  Dept  Agnc  ,  Bull  of  Div.  of  Ent 
(new  series)  38  20-3,  for  a  report  of  diseased  coconuts 
For  culture  of  Cocos  under  glass,  see  Palms 

Cocos  in  Florida  — The  species  of  t  he  C.  a  ustralis 
group  (as  known  in  the  trade)  are  dry-land  palms,  the 
best  and  most  beautiful  palms  adapted  to  poor  sandy 
soils  in  Flonda  In  moist  and  rich  ground  they  are  sub- 
ject to  diseases,  particularly  to  blight  On  dry  land,  they 
thrive  with  fjreat  vigor,  and  although  slow  growers, 
they  are  strikingly  beautiful  specimens  when  only  a,  few 
years  old  They  look  best  in  gioups  of  five  or  even  a 
dozen  planted  together  (about  12  to  15  feet  apart) 
After  they  have  formed  trunks  5  to  10  feet  high  they 
are  very  impressive,  particularly  when  the  background 
consists  of  tall  bamboos  or  dark  evergreens  such  as 
Magnolia  grandiflora  or  live-oaks.  All  the  species  of 
this  group  have  leaves  more  or  less  glaucous,  silvery 
white  or  bluish  green  The  leaflets  are  often  very 
hard  to  the  touch — very  rigid  The  petiole  at  its  base 
is  provided  with  shoit  blunt  spines  The  roots  are 
brown  and  quite  numerous,  but  the  root-system  is  very 
shallow,  the  trunks  do  not  rest  deep  in  the  ground  as  is 
the  case  with  the  Sabal  and  Phcemx  species,  and  for 
this  reason  they  are  easily  blown  over  or  they  acquire  a 
leaning  disposition  In  planting  these  palms,  they 
should  be  set  in  a  saucer-like  cavity,  which  can  be 
filled  up  gradually  Both  young  and  old  plants  are 
easily  transplanted  in  November  and  December,  but  it 
is  always  advisable  to  plant  only  young  specimens 
Few  palms  require  so  little  care  and  fertilizer  as  these 
Cocos  species.  A  good  application  of  stable  manure  as 
a  mulch  when  the  rainy  season  begins  helps  them  along 
wonderfully,  or  they  many  be  fertilized  with  a  com- 
bination consisting  of  equal  parts  of  ammonia,  phos- 
phoric acid  and  potash.  The  flowers  are  always  inclosed 


in  a  club-like  spathe  varying  in  size  from  a  large  walk- 
ing-stick to  a  baseball  club  These  spathes  burst  open 
with  a  crack  and  reveal  the  much-branched  flower-spike, 
varying  in  color  from  a  creamy  white?  yellowish, 
lavender-crimson  to  a  deep  violet  The  fruits  also  vary 
in  .size  and  color  Some  of  them  are  not  larger  than  a 
large  pea,  others  as  large  as  a  plum,  some  are  yellowish 
and  others  orange  and  red  in  color  (H.  Nehrling  ) 

Cocoa  in  California  — After  passing  through  a  severe 
test  during  the  first  week  in  January  of  the  year  1913, 
the  several  species  of  Cocos  palms  are  in  a  condition 
in  which  one  may  safely  judge  of  their  comparative 
hardiness  In  the  Cocos  palms  found  in  local  gar- 
dens are  two  very  distinct  groups  These  two  groups 
may  each  contain  but  one  species  having  several  vane- 


1013.  Cocos  Weddelhana. 

ties,  or  they  may  consist  of  several  species  as  they  are 
known  "in  the  trade,"  and  it  is  upon  the  latter  basis 
they  are  here  dealt  with  (1)  The  dwarf  group  is  com- 
monly and  widely  represented  by  the  one  known  as 
C  australis  and  the  other  and  less-known  kinds  are 
catalogued  as  C.  Alphonsi,  C  Bonnettn,  C.  campestns, 
C  Gacrtnen,  and  C.  Yatay.  Occasionally  two  others,  C. 
odorata  and  C.  pulposa,  are  listed  All  those  named  are 
quite  hardy  and  may  safely  be  planted  from  Los 
Angeles  to  San  Francisco  without  fear  of  losing  them 
through  freezing,  though  in  places  some  may  get 
"scorched"  while  young  With  age  all  become  quite 
hardy  (2)  To  a  taller  and  more  striking  group,  belong 
those  of  which  C.  plumosa  is  the  best  known  and,  unfor- 
tunately, most  widely  planted  type.  These  are  C. 
botryopnora,  C  coronata,  C  Datil,  C.  flexuosa,  C.  plu- 
mona,  and  C.  Romanzojfiana  Of  these  six  four  have 
proved  quite  tender  and  three  quite  hardy,  the  latter 
lot  resistant  to  at  least  a  half-dozen  degrees  more  of 
cold  than  the  former  The  tender  ones  are:  C.  botryo- 
pftora,  C.  coronata,  C  plumosa,  and  C.  Romamoffian^. 
Those  proving  hardy  over  all  of  southern  California 
in  1913  were  C  Datil  and  C  flexuosa,  the  latter  the 


814 


COCOS 


COCOS 


only  one  at  all  common.  To  these  may  be  added  the 
true  C.  austrahs,  not  known  here  in  the  trade  at  all,  a 
tall-growing  species,  and  not  the  dwarf  one  commonly 
sold  under  this  name.  J  Harrison  Wright,  of  Riverside, 
has  grown  this  novel  species  and  assures  the  writer  of 
its  hardiness  in  his  garden  where  C  plumosa  succumbs 
in  comparatively  mild  winters.  These  notes  are  based 
upon  a  close  study  of  these  species  and  varieties  as 
observed  during  the  past  few  winters  in  the  gardens  of 
Los  Angeles  and  Pasadena  in  Southern  California. 
(Ernest  Braunton.) 


aurea,  8. 
a»strahs,  2,  7. 
botryophora,  2. 
butyraoea,  5 
campestns,  12. 


INDEX. 

coronata,  2,  11. 
Datil,  2.  10 
enospatha,  1. 
flexuosa,  2 
insigms,  13. 


nucifera,  8. 
plumosa,  2,  4. 
Komanzoffiana,  6. 
Woddelkana,  3. 
Yatay,  9. 


A.  Filaments  present  on  the  rachis. 

1  eriospatha,  Mart     St    9-15  ft.  high,  10-14  in. 
thick,  capitately  thickened  with  the  persistent  bases  of 
the  petioles.   Ivs    ample,   glaucous,   finely  pectinate, 
margins  of  the  rachis  with  excurrent  filaments,  segms 
about  1  m  apart,  the  lower  elongated,  linear,  20-24  in 
long,  very  long-acuminate,  the  upper  narrowly  linear, 
short,  attenuate,  1  ft  long,  2  lines  wide,  all  rigid,  faintly 
nervose-stnate   spadix  thick,  branched  but  very  com- 
pact.   S   Brazil  — "The  hardiest  of  the  genus  and  one 
of  the  hardiest  palms  in  S    Calif.    Fronds  bluish*  fr. 
pulp  tastes  like  apricots  " — F.  Franceschi,  Santa  Bar- 
bara  Some  of  the  C.  australis  of  the  trade  may  belong 
here. 

AA.  Filaments  absent. 

B.  Rachis  abruptly  contracted  above  the  insertion  of  the 
lowest  Ifts. 

2  flexudsa,  Mart  St  9-12  ft  high,  2-3  ^  m  diam., 
arcuate-ascending,  naked  just  above  the  base,  thence 
densely  clothed  with  dead  petiole  bases   Ivs  lax,  3-6  ft 
long,  petiole  flat  above,  arcuate,  at  first  tomentovse,  later 
smooth;  rachis  abruptly  narrowed  above  the  insertion 
of  the  lowest  If  -segm  ,   thence  linear-filiform  at  the 
apex,  excurrent,  begins    70-90  on  each  side,  rigid  in 
opposite  groups,  the  middle  10-14  in   long,  ^m  wide, 
the  upper  4  in   long,  fan   wide   hpadix  long-ped uncled 
and   rather   loobe.     Brazil  — Cult     in   northern   green- 
houses   Similar  in  habit  to  S  plumosa,  but  with  more 
finely  cut  Ivs  ,  and  in  S.  Eu   considered  to  stand  more 
frost    Probably  the  C.  flexuosa  planted  in  this  country  is 
not  the  true  species  C    flexuosa  of  Martms,  but  of 
Hoit,    a   hardy   form    of  C.   Romanzoffiana.   Cham, 
which  latter  according  to  the  late  Barbosa-Kodriguez 
is  a  polymorphic  species  including,  besides  this  flexuosa 
type,  all  our  garden  forms  known  as  C  plumosa,  Hook., 
C  coronata,  Hort.,  not  Mart ,  C  botryophora,  Hort ,  C 
Datil,  Gnseb   &  Drude,  and  C.  austrahs,  Mart.    The 
foregoing  description  has  been  drawn  from  Martius  and 
not  from  cult,  specimens    The  true  C  flexuosa  of  Mar- 
tius is  a  slender-stemmed  palm  from  tropical  Brazil 


The  true  C.  austrahs  of  Martius  is  native  in  Paraguay; 
it  is  like  C.  plumosa  in  appearance  but  hardier. 

BB.  Rachis  not  abruptly  contracted. 

c.  Lfts  flaccid. 

D.  Arrangement  of  Ifts.  equidistant. 
3.  Weddelliana,  Wendl.  (Gktzidva  Martiana,  Glaz., 
to    which    genus    Martius    considers    the    species    to 
belong).    Fig.  1013.    St.  4-7  ft.   high,    \\{ 
in     diam..   densely  covered   with   persistent 
sheaths:   ivs.    equally   pectmate-pmnatisect, 
3-3 M  ft.  long;  petiole  8-20  in  ;  sheath  co- 
riaceous-fibrous, glabrous  or  tomentose,  with 
slender  brown  hairs,  at  length  evanescent; 
blade  2-3  ft.:  segms.  about  50  on  each  side, 
widely  spreaumg,  the  middle  5  in.  long,  2 
lines  wide,  subequidiwtant,  glaucous  beneath; 
rachis   filiform   at   the    apex,   brown -scaly: 
spadix  equaling  the  Ivs  ,  stiff  and  erect    Trop. 
Brazil.  11  H.  1879,  p  434    I  H. 
22:220.     A  G     16  345  —The 
most  important  of  small  orna-  ' 
mental  palms  for  the  N. 

DD.  Arrangement  of  Ifts.  in 
groups  of  £-4> 
4   plumdsa,  Hook   St. 
•30-36  ft   high,  10-12  m. 
1014.  Coconut  germinating.  thick,    ringed   at    inter- 

vals of  a  foot,  clothed 

near  the  apex  with  remnants  of  the  dead  petioles  Ivs. 
erect-spreading,  12-15  ft.  long,  recurving;  petiole  a 
third  to  half  as  long  as  the  blade,  segms  linear-acurm- 
nate,  sparse,  solitary  or  mostly  in  groups  of  2-4,  1}^ 
ft.  long,  deflexed  near  the  apex  spadix  usually  3  ft. 
long  and  much  branched,  the  branchlets  pendular 
Cent  Brazil.  B  M  5180  — The  chief  avenue  palm  of 
the  genus  A  quick  grower,  ultimately  50  ft  high  in  S. 
Fla  and  Calif  The  slender  smooth  boles  and  heads  of 
graceful  recurving  ivs  make  this  a  very  attractive  tree. 

cc  Lfts  rigid 
D.  Form  of  Ifts  sword-shaped 

5  butyracea,  Linn     Sts   very  tall,  naked:  Ivs   pin- 
nate, Ifts    simple,  spathc  cylindrical-oblong,  4-6  ft  ; 
spadix  as  long  as  the  spat  he,  4-6  ft  ,  brancheh  of  the 
spadix  about  1   ft.,  thickly  clustered  and  somewhat 
pendulous     Venezuela  — Rare   and    perhaps   confused 
with  Scheelea  butyracea.   Little  known,  although  long 
ago  described. 

6  Romanzoffiana,  Cham.   Sts  30-40  ft  high,  some- 
what fusiform  above:  Ivs.  about  half  as  long  as  the  eau- 
dex,  the  withered  ones  deflexed,  pendent,  the  upper 
spreading,  often  arching;  segms    conduplicate  at  the 
base,  ensiform :  spadix  about  6  ft.  long,  at  first  inclosed 
in  a  stout  pendulous  spathe  which  appears  among  the 
lowest  Ivs.   S  Brazil  near  the  sea;  according  to  recent 
characterizations,  it  comprises  a  wide  variety  of  forms, 
as  explained  under  No  2 


1015.  Coconut*. 


cocos 


CODIjEUM 


815 


DD.  Form  of  Ifts.  linear  apex  obtuse:  petiole  glaucous. 

7.  australis,  Mart.    PINDO  PALM.   Height  about  30 
ft.:  at  erect,  columnar,  equal,  strongly  annular  above: 
Ivs.  9-12  ft.  long,  the   sheath  fibrous   and  glabrous; 
petiole  naked;  eegms.   linear,   glaucous,  rather  rigid' 
fr  as  large  as  a  pigeon's  egg,  outer  pulp  sweet,  edible, 
seed  oily      Paraguay.    G  C.  Ill  18.739.     A  F.  5  515, 
7:805.     RH.  1876,  p    155 —A  good  grower.     Cult, 
under  glass  and  outdoors  in  Fla.  and  Calif 

8.  nucifera,  Linn.    Coco  PALM     COCONUT  TREE 
Figs.  1014  (adapted  from  Cook),  1015.  Caudex  40-100 
ft.  high,  flexuous,  thickened  at  the  base:  IVH   12-18  ft 
long;  Ifts.  linear-lanceolate,  2-3  ft.,  coriaceous,  flaccid: 
petiole  3-5  ft ,  stout.  Seashores  within  the  tropics  ana 
at  Miami  and  Palm  Beach,  Fla.    Indigenous  to  Cocos 
or  Keeling  Isls    of   the  Indian  Ocean,  but  recently 
thought  to  be  native  of  Trop  Amer    See  O  F  Cook, 
Contr  U.  S  Nat  Herb  ,  7 '257-93  (1901);  14  271-342 
(1910).    RH   1895,  p  457     Mn  2'171     GF  7  15  — 
Produf?s  the  coconuts  of  commerce.  Var  aurea,  Hort , 
is  a  form  remarkable  for  its  orange-yellow  sheaths, 
petioles  and  midribs."    It  is  known  in  cult  only  in 
England 

ODD.  Form  of  Ifts  narrowly  lanceolate. 

E  Lvs  long,  6-15  ft.  in  mature  specimens. 

F.  Petiole  spinose-serrate   scgms.  of  If  kss  numerous. 

9  Yatay,  Mart    St   12-15  ft  high,  over  1  ft.  diam  , 
naked  below,  covered  with  dead  sheaths  above.  Ivs  re- 
curved, spreading  6-9  ft  ,  sheath  1  ft    long,  fibrous  at 
the  mouth,  petiole   1J£  ft    long,  spmose-scrrate,   the 
spines  increasing  in  length  towards  the  lower  end  of 
petiole,  begins    50-bO  on  a  side,  crowded  below,  then 
equidistant,    linear-lanceolate,    the    uppermost    long- 
setaceous  filiform,  the  middle  ones  2^  ft.  long,  2-5  in 
wide,  the  upper  20  in   long,  y±\\\   wide,  all  rigid,  glau- 
cous beneath,  hjpadix  about  4^  ft.  long  with  at  least 
150  branches    Brazil,  Argentina 

FF.  Petiole  not  spinose-st'irate  segms.  of  If. 
very  numerous 

10  Datil,  Drudc  &  Gnseb.    St   30  ft   high,  8-12  in 
diam     Ivs    12-15  ft    long,  sheath  about  16  in    long, 
petiole  V/2  ft    long,  1^3  in    wide,  ^m    thick,  segms. 
linear-acuminate,  glaucous,  densely  crowded  in  groups 
of  3  or  4,  150-160  on  each  side,  the  lowest  2  ft ,  middle 
2J^  ft  and  apical  1  ft  ,  the  uppermost  filiform,  all  nar- 
row, stiff  and  rigid,  the  dried  Ivs    glaucous  green  or 
whitish   spadix  3-3^  ft  long  with  at  least  300  spirally 
twisted  branches    Argentina,  isls  and  river  banks. — 
The  frs   are  edible,  rcbembhng  those  of  the  date  palm 
Hardier  in  S   Calif,  than  C   plumosa,  C  flexuo^a,  and 
C  Romanzojfiana 

1 1  coronate,  Hort ,  not  Mart.   Trunk  at  length  18- 
30  ft  high,  8  in  diam  ,  erect,  deeply  ringed:  Ivs.  erect- 
spreading,  6-9  ft   long,  short-petioled,  arranged  in  a 
close,  5-ranked  spiral,  the  long-persistent  bases  of  the 
petioles  forming   a    spiral-twisted    column  below  the 
crown ;  If  -segms   in  groups  of  2  or  3,  folded  together 
from  the  base  (conduphcate),  hnear-lanceolate,  coria- 
ceous, densely  crowded,  about  100  on  each  side;  mid- 
rib 4-sided  below,  3-suled  above:  spadix  about  2^-3 
ft.  with  not  more  than  60  branches.   Brazil. 

EE.  Lvs.  shorter,  3-4%  ft.  in  mature  specimens. 
F  Apex  of  Ifts.  obtuse. 

12  campgstris,  Mart     St.  8-10  ft.  high,  thickened, 
scaly  Ivs.  spreading-recurved,  rigid,  3-4^  ft    long; 
rachis  elevated,  triangular  above,  convex  below;  segms 
narrowly  lanceolate,  30-40  on  each  side,  obtuse  at  the 
apex  and  shortly  cordate-acuminate'  spadix  about  2% 
ft   long,  with  10-14  branches.    Brazil. — Hardier  than 
C  nucifera,  but  scarcely  known  in  cult    in  N.  Amer 
Perhaps  hardy  as  far  north  as  N  C. 


FF.  Apex  of  Ifts  acuminate. 

13  insignis,  Mart.  (Glaziova  insigms,  Hort )  St. 
3-6  ft  high,  VA  in  diam  •  Ivs  4^-6  ft.  long,  sheath 
densely  brown-lanate ;  petiole  shorter  than  or  equaling 
the  sheath,  a  fourth  or  fifth  as  long  as  the  rachis,  segms. 
equidistant,  50  on  each  side,  narrowly  lanceolate, 
obliquely  acuminate  and  caudate,  silvery  glaucous 
beneath:  spadix  about  3  ft.  long,  with  about  50 
branches  Brazil 

The  following  are  trudo  names  of  raio  or  botamcally  little-known 

gants  not  sufficiently  dear-ribed  C  Alphonsei — C  Aredtavaletdiui, 
urb  ,  is  described  us  somewhat  like  C  Romanzoffiana  but  taller 
and  making  larger  crown=  It  is  a  native  of  Uruguay  — C  Blumen- 
Am=C  enospatha — C  Bonnetu  —  C  Gaertnert^D — C  Genm, 
Hort  0  C  III  27  293  figures  C  Genva,  a  remarkable  Cocos  (t) 
with  4  branches  Nothing  further  is  known  of  this  plant  It  may 
be  C  Genba,  Rodr  =C  hotryophora,  Mart — C  MaximthAna, 
Hort  «-=(') — C  odorAta,  Rodr  St  short  lft«  in  3's  or  5's,  linear- 
lanceolate,  petioles  spiny  fr  yellowish  green  or  pink,  pulp  scented. 
Brazil  R  II  18<)3,  p  345  —  C  pulpd-w,  M  supposed  to  be  very  like 
C  enospatha  This  species  is  scarcely  known  in  this  country  — C. 
Xiruirnvrnw-C?).  N  T^LORf 

CODIffiUM  (probably  from  Gieek  for  head,  the 
colored  leaves  being  used  for  crowning-wreaths,  or 
from  the  Malayan  name).  Eupliorbiacex  CROTON. 
VARIEGATED  LAUREL.  Tropical  shrubs  or  trees  grown 
for  the  variegated  and  interesting  foliage,  as  green- 
house plants  or  for  summer  bedding  outdoors 

Leaves  alternate,  simple,  somewhat  thick  and 
leathery,  pmnately  veined,  glabrous:  juice  somewhat 
milky  fls  monrccious,  in  slender  axillary  racemes; 
stammate  fls  with  petals,  calyx  imbricate,  stamens 
20-30,  erect  in  the  bud,  pistillate  fls  apetalous,  ovary 
3-celled,  3-ovulcd  — Six  species  of  Malaya  and  Pacific 
Ibis  ,  not  closely  related  to  any  other  commonly  cult. 
Euphorbiaceac.  Differs  from  the  true  crotons  in  the 
erect  stamens,  glabrous  foliage  and  more  or  less  milky 
juice 

The  almost  endless  variety  of  codieums  (or  crotons 
of  gardens)  are  probably  all  from  one  botanical  spews, 
greatly  varied  by  selection  and  crossing  Although  a 
great  many  of  these  bear  Latin  binomials  they  inter- 
grade  so  that  it  is  often  difficult  to  separate  them  <5r  to 
make  a  reliable  classification,  however,  they  may  be 
grouped  conveniently  as  below.  Totally  different  leaf 
forms  and  color  variations  often  appear  on  the  same 
plant  The  latest  botanical  treatment  is  by  Pax  m 
Das  Pflanzenreich,  hit.  47,  and  is  followed  in  "this 
article. 

The  crotons  are  prized  chiefly  for  the  varied  and 
brilliant  markings  of  the  leaver  The  young  leaves  are 
usually  green  and  yellow,  changing  later  to  led, 
although  in  some  the  markings  remain  yellow  or  with 
red  only  in  the  petiole  They  are  usually  kept  not  over 
2  to  3  feet  high,  but  if  given  opportunity  will  glow  into 
considerable  trees  in  the  greenhouse.  They  are  good 
subjects  for  massing  in  the  open  and  develop  most 
brilliant  colors  in  our  blight  hot  summers*,  ho\vevcr, 
they  will  not  stand  frost 

Codieums  (or  crotons,  as  they  are  popularly  known 
in  America)  are  beautiful  plants  with  many  forms  of 
handsome  and  odd  foliage  of  the  most  brilliant  color- 
ing The  colors  range  from  almost  pure  white  to  light 
and  deep  yellow,  orange,  pink,  red  and  crimson,  in  the 
most  charming  combinations  In  some  cases  one  color 
predominates,  as  in  Carrierei  (yellow),  Czar  Alexander 
III  (crimson),  Hawkeri  (light  yellow)  These  varie- 
ties of  distinct  coloring  make  beautiful  specimen  plants 
for  jardinieres;  and  their  beauty  is  enhanced  when 
used  in  jardinieres  of  appropriate  color  As  exhibition 
plants  they  are  very  effective,  and  may  be  grown  to 
specimens  5  or  6  feet  high,  or  even  larger  In  smaller 
sizes,  codieums  are  much  used  as  table  plants,  for  which 
purpose  well-colored  tops  are  rooted  and  grown  on 
until  they  are  from  12  to  15  inches  high  The  narrow- 
leaved  varieties  are  most  used  for  this  purpose  Codi- 
eums are  very  atti  active  in  vases  and  wmdow-boxe? 
and  for  mantel  and  table  decoiations  They  are  alho 


816 


CODI^EUM 


CODLEUM 


very  valuable  as  bedding  plants.  Planted  in  clumps  or 
masses,  the  effect  of  the  combination  of  rich  colors  is 
charming.  They  should  be  planted  in  any  good,  rich, 
not  too  heavy  soil,  and  regularly  syringed  to  keep  down 
red  spider  They  color  best  when  fully  exposed  to 
the  sun,  and  should  not  be  planted  out  until  about  the 
10th  of  June  in  the  neighborhood  of  New  York  and 
Philadelphia.  If  something  is  needed  to  make  the  beds 
look  attractive  early  in  the  season,  it  is  a  good  plan  to 
plant  pansies  in  April,  to  remain  until  it  is  time  to 
plant  the  codieums.  Some  of  the  tender  varieties,  such 
as  Reedn,  albicans,  and  a  few  others,  are  inclined  to 
burn  in  the  extremely  hot  weather,  but  nearly  all  the 
sorts  do  well  bedded  out  Among  the  very  best  for 
this  purpose  are  Queen  Victoria,  Dayspnng,  Baron 
Rothschild,  Andreanum,  Lady  Zetland,  Carrierei, 
Barryi,  Hawkeri,  fasciatum,  ametumense  — The 
house  culture  of  codieums  is  very  simple.  It  is  neces- 


1016.  Codiaeum  rariegatum  Baronne  de  Rothschild. 
(An  example  of  form  platyphyllum.) 

sary  that  a  night  temperature  be  maintained  of  70° 
to  75°,  and  that  the  air  be  kept  moist  by  frequent 
synngings  Cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  may  be 
easily  rooted  at  any  time  from  October  until  June,  a 
bottom  heat  of  80°  being  just  what  they  need  When 
very  fine  specimens  are  desired,  root  strong  and  shapely 
tops  by  making  an  incision  in  the  stem  and  tying  moss 
around  the  wounded  part;  it  will  be  rooted  ready  to 
pot  in  about  three  weeks  By  this  method  all  the  foliage 
may  be  retained,  and  a  perfect  plant  will  result.  The 
more  light  the  plant  receives,  tne  better  will  be  the 
color,  but  with  some  kinds  of  glass  it  is  necessary  to 
shade  lightly  to  prevent  burning  of  the  leaves.  They 
may  be  grown  finely  in  a  house  glazed  with  ground 
glass,  which  admits  the  light  and  does  not  require 
shading  It  is  well  to  syringe  two  or  three  times  a  week 
with  tobacco  water,  to  kill  mealy  bug  and  red  spider. 
Little's  Antipest,  or  any  emulsion  of  coal-oil,  is  a  good 
insecticide  for  codieums  New  varieties  from  seed, 
the  result  of  crossing  existing  sorts,  are  continually 
being  raised.  Seed  ripens  freely  under  glass  in  North 
America,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  list  of  about 
eighty  choice  varieties  now  in  cultivation  will  be  largely 
added  to  m  the  near  future.  (Robert  Craig.) 

variegatum,    Blume,    var.     pfctum,    Muail.    Arg. 
(C.   medium,   Baill.     C.   variegatum   var.   genulnum, 


Muell.  Arg.,  in  part  C.  pictum,  Hook.  Crbton  variegdtust 
Linn.  Crbton  pictus,  Lodd,  Phyllaurea  Codi&umt 
Lour.).  Lvs.  ovate  to  linear,  marked  with  various 
colors,  entire  or  lobed.— Cult,  throughout  the  Old 
World  tropics  as  well  as  in  Eu.  and  Amer.  The  wild 
form  with  green  Ivs.  is  var.  molluccanum,  Muell  Arg. 
(C.molucc&num,  Decne.).  B  M.  3051.  LB.C  9:870. 

A.  Foliage  plane  or  recurved,  entire,  not  appendiculate. 
B.  Lvs.  2-3,  rarely  4  times  as  long  as  broad,  usually  broadest 

above  the  middle    Form  platyphyllum,  Pax. 

c.  The  Ivs.  with  practically  no  red  coloration. 
Hort  vars  :  aureo-maculatum,  aureo-marmoratum, 
Baron  Frank  Seilhere,  Barryi,  Bergmanu,  Bruce  Find- 
lay.  Carrierei,  Delight,  Exquisite,  fasciatum,  fucatum, 
Golden  Queen,  grande,  Hawkeri,  Henryanurn,  Hookeri, 
mvictum,  Jamesn,  lacteum,  magnolifolmm,  maximum, 
medium  variegatum,  Orvilla,  ovalifoliurn,  Prmcesa 
Waldeck,  superbiens,  tournfordensis,  Truffautn. 

cc.  The  Ivs.,  at  least  when  older,  red  colored. 
Hort.  vars  :  Andreanum,  acubaefolmm,  Austimanum, 
Baronne  James  de  Rothschild  (Fig  1016),  B  Compte, 
Beauty,  Dayspnng,  Dormannianum,  Hilleanum,  Le 
Tzar,  Magnificent,  Marquis  de  Guadiaro,  Me  Lucien 
Linden,  Mortn,  Mrs  Iceton,  Nestor,  Newrrmnmi,  Pon- 
nincki;  pictum,  Pilgrimn,  Prince  Henry,  recui  vifohum, 
Reidn,  Reginae,  roseo-pictum,  Stewartn,  Wilhamsii 

ccc   The  Ivs.  broad,  color  not  specified. 
Hort.  vars     Compte  de  Germiny,   d'Haenei,   Dr. 
Friedenthal,  Hendersonn,  Kreutzeanum,  Makoyanum, 
marmoratuin,  Prince  Royal,  Sanden,  Seemannn,  Sinai, 
Stroemen,  verum,  Watsonu 

BB.  Lvs.  lanceolate  to  narrowly  lanceolate,  5  or  more 
times  as  long  as  wide    Form  ambiguum,  Pax. 

c.  The  Ivs  with  practically  no  red  coloration 
Hort  vars  albo  -  hncatum,  angustissimum,  amet- 
umense, bellulum,  Burtonn,  concmnum,  Countess, 
Crown  Prince,  Davisii,  Duvalu,  eburneum,  elongatum, 
eminens,  Goednoughtn,  irregulare,  latimaculatum, 
maculatum,  Monarch,  Mooreanum,  Mrs  Swan,  vol- 
utum,  Wcismanu,  Wilsonn 

cc.  The  Ivs  ,  at  least  when  older,  red-colored. 
Hort.  vars  :  albicans,  amabile,  Broomfieldn,  Chal- 
lengeru,  Chantnen,  chrysophyllum,  Coopen,  Drouetn, 
Duviyieri,  Flamingo,  Hanburyanum,  impenale,  inimita- 
bile,  insigne,  Jubilee,  Lady  Zetland,  lancifohum,  Mac- 
farlanei,  magmficum,  Massangeanum,  multicolor, 
musaicum,  NevillisB,  pnnceps,  Queen  Victoria,  rccurva- 
tum,  Sunshine,  tnumphans,  tnumphans  Harwoodi- 
anum,  Vervaetn,  Victory,  Veitchn,  Youngu 

ccc.  The  Ivs.  medium  width,  lanceolate,  color  not  specified. 
Hort  vars  :  Boucheanum,  Eckhautei,  Eclipse,  Excel- 
lenz,  Flambeau,  Gaerdtn,  Grusonn,  Imperator, 
Leopoldu,  Margarete  Daniel,  margmatum,  neriifohum, 
Oberstleutnant  Brode,  Ohlendorfhi,  Pres  Ohereau, 
Said  Pascha,  Spindlenanum,  splendiaum,  undulatum. 

BBB.  Lvs  linear,  1  cm   (%in  )  or  less  broad.   Form 

taeniosum,  Muell.  Arg. 

c.  The  Ivs.  with  practically  no  red  coloration. 

Hort.  vars.:  aigburthiense,  aureo-punctatum,  Dodg- 

sonae  (in  part),  elegantissimum,  Elvira,  glonosum,  Her- 

mon,  Johannis,  Phillipsu,  superbum,  Van  Oosterzeei. 

cc.  The  Ivs.  with  red  color,  at  least  when  old. 
Hort.  vars.:  BragjBanum,  elegans,  majesticum,  Mrs. 
Donnan,    nobile,   Princess  of  Wales,   Rodeckianum, 
ruberrimum,  sceptre. 

ccc.  The  Ivs.  narrow  linear,  color  not  specified. 
Hort.  vars. .  Donai,  Fascination,  Grayii,  Khssmgii, 
lineare,  penduhnum. 


CODI^EUM 


CODI^UM 


817 


AA.  Foliage  lobed,  or  with  margin  crisped  or  spirally 
twisted,  or  with  a  hair-like  or  If. -like  apical  appen- 
dage. 

B.  Lvs    entire,   with   margin  crisped,   or  the  whole  If. 
spirally  twisted,  without  appendage.  Form  crispum, 
Muell  Arg 
Hort  vars  :  caudatum  tortile,  Chelsonu,  Cronatadii, 

Elysian,    Kyrei,    Katharma,    Madam   Seilliere,   Rex, 

spiralc  (in  part)  (Fig.  1019),  Warrenn. 

BB.  Lvs   more  or  less  3-lobed,  at  least  constricted  in  the 
middle  (pandunform)    Form  lobatum,  Pax. 
c   The  Ivs    MTiduriforrn  or  indistinctly  lobed. 
Hort   vars. .  Bisrnarckii,  irrcgularc,  lyratum,  monti- 
fontuincn.sc,   multicolor,    Princess   Matilda,    Russelii, 
Thomsonn 

cc.  The  Ivs  distinctly  3-lobed. 

Ilort.  vars  •  Craigu,  Disraeli,  Evanaianum,  Fred 
Sander,  Goldiei,  hastifcrum,  illustre,  Lord  Derby, 
maculatum  Katonn,  tnlobum. 

BBB   Lvs    entire   or   nearly   so,    the   midnb   projecting, 
usually  bdow  the  apex,  as  a  horn-like  appendage. 
Form  cornutum,  Andre. 
Ilort     vars  •    appendtculatum,    chrysophyllum    (in 

Eart),  cornuhim,  exourreris,  Mrs  McLeod,  paradoxum, 
'rmce  of  Wales,  spirale  (Fig   1019) 

BBBB  Lvs  mribtncted  to  the  midrib,  or  with  the  apicaUy 
projecting  midrib,  bearing  a  second  or  even  third 
plane,  or  cucullate,  lamina  Form  appendiculatum, 
Celik 

Hort.  vars  :  Dodgsona1,  interruptum  (Fij£  1018), 
olegans,  irregulare,  Laingn,  Mrs  McLeod  (in  part), 
multiformc,  mutabile,  picturatum,  Rodcckianum  (in 
part),  SimUianum. 

The  following  varieties  are  in  the  American  trade  or  frequently 
uiltivatcd  in  this  country  \  great  many  variations  in  spelling  of 
names  occur,  chiefly  due  to  different  terminations  to  agree  with 
oither  C  roton  or  C  odiseum  Such  slightly  diffcront  forms  of  names 
have-  bten  omitted  The  brief  descriptive  phrases  do  not  include 
the  nion  important  characters  given  in  the  above  classification 
When  yellow  and  red  are  both  mentioned,  the  foliage  is  generally 
at  first  yellow-marked  and  later  the  yellow  changing  to  red  with 
groundcolor  green  or  dark  red-green 
approximate,  and  of  course, 
more  or  less  unreliable  and 
show  respectively  width 
and  length  of  leaves  in 
inches  It  is  intended  here 
to  account  for  the  Latin- 
form  name*,  that  might 
be  confused  with  tenable 
species-names,  but  practi- 
cally all  the  prevailing  ver- 
nacular names  have  been 
inserted. 


Aigberth  Gem  (—following?) 

Atgburthienae.  Yellow  midrib  and  spots,  H*ll.  A  F.  16-255 
Gng  9  19 

AUncans    White  variegated,  crimson  beneath,  3  X  18. 

Alho-ltneatum.  Yellow  center  changing  to  white,  1  X 12.  A  F 
16  255  Gng  9  19 

Amabile  ("often  called  vanabile")  LVH  often  distorted  and 
curved  to  one  side,  variegated  with  yellow  and  two  distinct  shade* 
of  green  and  red,  1  Vi  X  11 

Andreanum  Yellow  to  red  veins,  2 Hx9,  I.H.  22.201.  AF 
23241.  Gng  13.81.  R  H.  1876,  p.  234. 


1017 

Codiaeum  Disraeli 

(An  example  of  form 

lobatum.) 


'         1018.  Codiaeum  interruptum. 
(An  example  of  form  appendiculatum.) 

Angustuaimum  (Angustifohum)  Yellow  margin  and  ribs, 
JiXl5  GC  1871  b!2 

intetumeme     Yellow  midrib  and  cross  veins,  1x11 

Awxbsefohum    Yellow,  red-blotched,  2  Va  X«     I  H   19,  p  327. 

Aurto-maculitum     Yellow -spotted,  l)-ix3fi 

Aurfum     Yellow -marked 

Baron  Adolph  Seilliere    Lvs  large,  veins  pale  yellow,  *oon  white 

Baronne  James  tie  Rothschild  (Baron  Rothschild,  etc  ,  Baron  A 
de  Rothschild  (')  )  Fig  1010  Yellow,  red  veins,  etc,  2^x7. 
A  F  23  242  R  H  1H79  450,  1898  180  F  E  18  379  I  H 
20  365 

Barryi    Yellow,  changing  to  white,  midrib,  veins  and  dots,  2x7. 

B   Compte     Largo,  yellow,  red  blotches,  2^x7 

Beauty  Yellow  to  pink  center,  margin  and  mottling,  ovate, 
2x6 

Bergmnnn    Cream-yellow  with  green  blotches     I  H  27  389 

Broomfiddn     Various  yellow   marks,  midrib  red-tinted,  2x10 

Burtonn     Yellow  mottled,  lanceolate.  3  X  15 

Carnerei  Margin,  midrib,  dots  and  some  veins  yellow,  oblong, 
Ihxll  I  H  27,  p  90,  desc 

Caudatum  tortile  Yellow  \  ariegatcd  with  some  red,  long,  narrow, 
spiral  Ivs  RH  35  240  Gn  11,  p  S3  Gt  33  9 

Challenger  (Challenge™7,  Imperator')  Midribs  creamy  white 
changing  to  red 

Chfltmnu  Yellow,  red  midrib  and  mottling,  ^XlO.  AF 
16  255  Gng  9  19 

Chrysophyllum  (perhaps  two  vars  under  this  name).  Irregular, 
large,  yellow,  red  blotch,  2x12 

Comptt  de  GVrminy     Lvs   broid 

Coopen     Yellow,  red  center  and  spots,  ?4'xlO     Gn   10,  p  139 

Cornutum  Yellow  midrib  and  dots,  often  wavy,  spiral  or  even 
lobed,  »{X4  I  H  19,  p  188 

Countess  (Countess  Superba')    Yellow  spotted,  tapering,  ?^Xl4 

Cronxtadtn  Yellow  varit gati d,  tapering,  spiral,  ^in  wide.  AF 
18  255,23  275  Gt  31  300 

Crown  Prince     Yellow  veins,  2  X  16 

Czar  Alexander  III    See  I>e  Tear 

Dansn    White  midrib  and  variegation,  S^X12 

Dayspring     Yellow,  red-mottled,  margin  green,  ovate,  1HX8. 

DebyM  Yellow  changing  to  white,  with  green  margin,  lanceo- 
late, 2x8. 

Disraeli  Fjg  1017  Variously  lobed,  yellow,  red  veins  and  spots, 
3x12  Gn  10,  p  141  FM  1870  207 

Dodgtonse  Yellow  midrib,  margin  and  spots,  often  spiral,  excur- 
rent  midrib  often  fohacious,  *tt  X  12 

Dormanmanum    Lvs  small,  bronze-red  and  yellow. 

Earl  of  Derby    See  Lord  Derby 

Earlscourt 

Edmontonense     Lvs  narrow,  brilliantly  colored 

Elegant  (Parvifohum,  see  Interruptum)  Yellow,  red  midrib 
and  margin,  HXo 

EUgantiwmum  Yellow  center  and  dots,  petiole  red,  rarely 
with  apical  seta,  ,4x14  I  H  29  4G9 

Elvira.  Yellow  center  and  variegation,  sometimes  with  apical 
seta  and  twisted,  \i  X  10 

fijj/sum    Yellow  midrib  and  dots,  2i  X  14,  twisted 

Evansianum  Yellow ,  red-veined  and  mottled,  3-lobed.  Gn  W. 
4  409. 

Excelsior 

Ezcurren*  Greenish  yellow  variegated,  oblong,  midrib  pro- 
jecting. 


CODLEUM 


CODI^UM 


Euterpe. 

Fasnatum    Yellow  veins,  broad  ovate.  A.F.  23:241. 

Flambeau    Medium  width,  lanceolate. 

Flamingo    Irregular  yellow  central  stripe,  1^X8. 

Gloriosum  (Prince  of  Wales)  Lvs  long-narrow,  variously  yel- 
ow-marked,  sometimes  spiral  and  appendaged.  Gng  9  19.  Gn. 
14,  p  643.  AF  16,  p  255 

Golden  Ring 

Goldiei    Yellow  veins,  3-lobed,  3  X 10. 

Grande    Yellow  veins  and  spots 

Grayn    Resembling  Majesticum 

Hanburyanum  Yellow,  rose  marks  and  blotches,  2>i  X 15.  Gng. 
7  324 

Harwooduinum  (Tnumphans  Harwoodianum).  Yellow,  crimson 
midrib 

Hawkern  Light  yellow,  green  margins  and  tips,  broad-lanceo- 
late, 6  in  long  J  H  III.  61  129  G.Z  23,  p  265 

Henryanum    Yellow-mottled,  ovate,  3x9 

Herman    Yellow  midrib  an.l  spots,  H  X  10 

Hilleanum  Purplish  green,  crimson  marks,  oblong  01  spatulate, 
3X9  I  II  19,  p  326 

Hookenanum  fliooken)  Irregular  yellow  center  and  blotches, 
broad  lance-ovate  G  C  1871  1067  Gn  3,  p  45  I  H  [19,  p  40. 
G  7  137  F  1871,  p  199 

lUustre    Yellow  markings,  3-lobed,  midrib  excurrent.  G  Z  28  2 

Imperator    See  Challenger 

Jnimttabiht    Yellow,  red  midrib  and  veins  all  dark  red,  1x6. 


1019.  Codueum  spirale.  (An 
example  of  forms  cnspum  and 
cornutum ) 


Insigne.    Yellow  midrib  and  veins,  margin  red,  narrow-oblong 

Interruptum  Fig  1018  Yellow,  red  midrib,  */i  X 12  Sometimes 
distorted  or  spiral,  midrib  excurrent.  I  H  19,  p  170  F.  1872. p.  209 
A  F  16  1510  Journ  Bot.  19  220 

Invicia    Lemon-color,  broad  If 

Irregulare  Lf  form  irregular,  often  contracted  below  middle, 
midrib  and  spots  yellow  I  H  19,  p  135 

Jamesii    Irregular  yellow  blotch  changing  to  white,  3  X 10 

Johannis  (Taemosum)  Center  and  margin  yellow  Ivs  long, 
narrow  F  1872,  p  161  Gng  9  19  I.H.  19,  p  169.  F.S.  19,  p  12. 
Gt  34  24  A  F.  13  1070 

Katonn  (Maculatum  Katonn).  Lvs.  partly  tnlobed,  yellow- 
spotted  F  1879. p  27 

Lady  Zetland     Yellow,  red  margin,  midrib  and  veins,  5iXll 

Lotngn  Lf  base  yellow,  remainder  green  to  dark  red,  spiral, 
midrib  excurrent  or  appendaged 

Le  Tear.  Lf.  broad,  veins  and  most  of  If.  yellow,  red.  I.  H. 
35  70 

Lord  Derby  (Earl  of  Derby?)     Trilobed,  base  and  center  yellow, 

MacFarlanei    Yellow,  red-blotched,  1  X 12 

Maculatum  Katonn    See  Katonn 

Madam  Seilliere  Lvs.  lanceolate,  spirally  twisted,  variegated. 
A.F.  13  1068 

Magnohfolium    A  few  yellow  spots  and  veins,  3X6 

Majesticum  Yellow,  red  margin,  midrib  and  mottling,  linear, 
15  in  long  G  Z  18,  p  97  G  2  163  F  1876,  p  53  F.M. 
1874  103 

Makoyanum    Broad  Ivs  chocolate  and  carmine  marking. 

Marquis  de  Castellans 

Maximum  Border  and  veins  yellow  or  yellow  with  green 
blotches,  12  in  long.  I  H  14,  p.  534,  19,  p  168.  B  H*  19  65. 


Memphis. 

Monte fonlamense  (Montfortiense?)  Somewhat  3-lobed,  veins 
yellow,  red,  1^X6 

Mortii    Midrib  and  veins  yellow,  light  red,  3  X  10 

Mrs.  Chas   Heine 

Mrs  Craige  Lipptncott.  Lvs  lance-ovate,  veins  colored.  A.F. 
23  274  Gng  13  98 

Mrs  Dorman  Midrib  scarlet,  margins  green,  linear,  Hxl2. 
A.F.  16.255  Gng  9  19 

Mrs.  H.  F.  Watson.  Lvs  largo,  variously  marked  with  yellow 
and  red. 

Mrs  Iceton.    Very  dark  red  with  rose  mottling,  2  X4  J^ 

Mrs  McLeod  Constricted  in  middle,  midrib  yellow,  red,  pro- 
jecting, \i  X  10. 

Mrs.  Swan.  Central  yellow  stripe  and  blotch,  petioles  red, 
1x12 

Multicolor  Like  Irregulare  but  with  red  coloration  developed. 
I  H  19,  p  120  F  1872,  p  89 

Musatcum  Yellow,  red-veined  and  mottled,  or  with  green 
blotches  on  colored  ground,  1 H  X  8  R  H  1882  240 

Nestor    Serrated  central  yellow,  red  blotch  and  spots,  2  \i  X 12. 

Nenllise    Green-red  mottling  on  yellow 

Nfwmannn    Lvs  short,  broad,  dark  crimson 

Nobile  Lvs  linear,  yellow,  red  variegated.  A  F.  16*255.  Gng. 
9  19  F  1878,  p  133 

Ormlla  Green  mottling  on  yellow,  1x4^ 

Omhfohum     Yellow  variegated      Gt  24,  p  221      F.  1875  8 

Ptctum  Lvs  broad  oblong-acuminate,  less  than  10  inches  long, 
blotches  of  green  and  blackish  on  red  B  M  3051. 

Picturatum    Similar  to  Interruptum     Gt  25  375 

Pilgrimn    Yellow-blotched,  overspread  with  pink,  3x9 

Princeps  (mutabile)  Yellow,  red  midrib  and  margins,  Ivs. 
narrow,  variable  in  form,  sometimes  appendaged  F  1879,  p  69. 
Gn  13  621,  desc 

Princess  Matilda  Lvs  subtrilobed,  yellow,  red  blotch,  base 
nearly  white,  petioles  red 

Princess  of  Wales  Yellow  midrib  and  mottling,  changing  to 
white,  with  pink  reverse,  linear,  HX12  Gng  13  84  AF  23  275 

Punctatum 

Queen  Victoria  Yellow,  red  veins  and  mottling,  1  \i  X 10  A  F 
23  241 

Recurnifohnm  Lvs  acuminate,  recurved  at  the  tip,  yellow,  red 
veins  and  blotches 

Reginx  Lvs  short  and  broad,  yellow,  crimson  and  brown 
colored  F  1879,  p  59 

Reidn  Yellow,  red  variegation  and  veins,  rose  tints,  4x8. 
A  F  23  242 

Rodeckianum  Variously  mottled  and  marked  with  yellow  and 
red,  Ji  X  12,  sometimes  twisted  and  appendaged 

Roseo-piclum  \cllow,  red,  with  green  blotches  between  veins. 
IH  26  364,  4.),  p  159 

Ruberrimum    Crimson  marked  with  creamy  white,  linear 

Rubro-hnentum  Yellow,  with  crimson  tints,  oblong-lanceolate, 
"1  m  to  IJ-i  in  long." 

Rubro-striatum 

Sceptre     Lvs  linear,  yellow  spots,  red  midrib 

Simtzianum  Yellow  spots  changing  to  white,  projecting  mid- 
rib appendaged,  4  X  10  Gt  30  278  GZ  26  145  J  H  III  48  435. 

Softer  H 

Spirale  FIR  1010  Midrib  yellow,  red  or  green,  Ivs  spiral,  midrib 
excurrcnt,  ?3  X  10  V  9,  p  203  F  1874,  p  211  FM  1874  120. 
A  F  23  212  Gt  24  26 

Splendens     "Lvs  broad,  yellow  and  dull  red  on  green  " 

Stewarln     V  cllow  veins  and  margin,  midrib  and  petiole  red 

Sunshine  (Sunbeam?)     Yellow,  red  veins  and  mottling,  2x9. 

Supcrbissimum 

Superbum  Lvs  linear,  drooping,  green  and  yellow  mottled 
AF  16  255,  23  p  275,21  074  Gng  12  471,9  19 

Thomsomi  Irregular  central  yellow  area  or  all  yellow,  subtri- 
lobed.  2X6 

Tortihs    See  Caudatum  tortile 

Tricolor  Lvs  oblong  spatulatc,  margin  sinuous,  center  yellow, 
lower  surface  reddish 

Tnumphans    Lvs  oblong,  green  and  red 

Undulatum  Lvs  long  and  oroad,  undulate,  veins  red  to  purplo. 
IH  19,  p  2u5  F  1870,  p  207  G  9  106  Gn  3,  p  118 

Veitchn  Yellow,  red  midrib  and  wide  veins,  some  mottling, 
IJ/SxlO  Gn  17,  p  565  F  1870,  »p  20b  IH  19,  p  134  RH 
1867,  p  190  V  9,  p  203 

Victory    Yellow ,  red  midrib  and  blotches,  2^X12 

Volutum  Yellow  midrib  and  veins,  1x6,  with  long  tip  rolled 
backward  Gt  24  61  V  9,  p  202  F  1874,  p  138  G  Z  20,  p  33. 
F  M  1875  154 

Warrenii  Yellow,  red  variegated,  1x20  spiral  PFG  1882 
111  G  11  121,  13  705  AF  16  255  GW  12  62  Gu  W. 
6  457  Gn  36,  p  337 

Weismann  Yellow  midrib  and  veins,  petiole  red,  margin  undu- 
late, 1x10  I  H  20,  p.  80  F  S  19,  p  14  F  1873  55  Gt. 
22,  p  149 

Wilhamsn,  Yellow,  red  and  pink  variegated,  ovate-oblong, 
3x12 

Wilsonn,  Green  overspread  with  yellow,  linear  lanceolate, 
1  X  18 

Youngn     Irregular  yellow,  red  blotches,  1x15    Gn  4,  p   129 

Others  not  m  American  trade-  appendiculatum  Horned,  green. 
GZ  21  241  F  1879,  p.  67  RH  1877,  p  88  F  W.  1877,  p  136  — 
aureo-lineatum  Yellow  margins  and  veins  — Baron  Frank  Seilliere. 
Yellow  to  white  veins  on  reddish  green  I  H  27,  p  72,  desc  Gn. 
21,  p  289  —  bellulum  Yellow,  green  margins  I  H  22  210  —  Bra- 
gseanum  Yellow  and  green,  red  midrib,  linear,  18  in  long  — Chan- 
tneri.  Linear,  yellow  red  spots  I  H.  27,  p  73,  desc  —  contortum. 


CODI^IUM 


C(ELIA 


819 


Lvs.  ovate,  tips  recurved,  veins  and  margins  yollow  — Craign. 
3-lobed.  Gng.  13  97.  A  F  23  238  — Crasus  Oblanceolate,  ycl- 
low-blotched  — Drouetn  Linear,  border  and  veins  yellow,  red. 
IH  27,  p  73,  desc — Duvalu  LVH  lance -linear,  veins  light 
yellow  I  H  27,  p  73,  deso. — Duvivien.  Short-oblong,  chiefly  red. 
— eburneum  Central  irregular,  white  band — elongatum  Narrow 
lanceolate,  yellow  veins,  margins,  and  spots  I  H  24  299  — 
eminens  Lanceolate,  midrib  and  pair  of  veins  white  — Exquisite. 
Broad-ovate,  margins  and  variegation  yellow  — Eyrei  Recurved 
and  spiral,  yellow  variegated,  petiole  red  — Fascination  Long- 
linear  A.F  2.J  243  Gng  13  119  —ftrrmoaum.  Yellow,  rcd- 
spotfed  —fucatum.  Obovate,  yellow  blotched,  petiole  red  — 
Gofdenoughht  Yellow  variegated. — Golden  Queen  Yellow  midrib 
and  few  veins  and  dots,  petiole  red,  2^X9 — hastifcrum.  Two 
aotito  lobes  at  broad  base,  yellow  veins  and  blotches.  I  H  22  210 
heroicum  Yellow,  red  — imperiale  Oblong,  yellow,  red  margins 
and  veins,  horned  F  1876,  p  2()9  — interruptum  elegant  I  H  27. 
p  90,  dese  II  H  1880  170  — Jubilee.  Center,  veins  and  margins, 
yellow,  red,  2  X  13  — Jumus  Long,  narrow,  yellow  and  red-colored. 
—Knthanna  Spiral,  red  variegated,  2  X  10 — lacteum  Oblanceo- 
late, margin  sinuous,  midrib  and  veina  yellow  F  S  19,  p  8  — • 
hincifolium  Lanceolate,  yellow-  and  red -marked,  IJ-ixlS  — 
latimcH  ulatnm  Lanceolate,  yellow-marked,  petiole  red  IH  27,  p, 
73,  dose—  hmbatum  Yellow  margins  and  spots  —Lord  Btlhaien 
Lane*  olate,  Gng  7  323  F  E  18  379  —  lyratum  Slightly  3-lobed, 
yellow  veins  III  24  293 — maculatum  Lanceolate,  12  in  long, 
y<  How-spotted  --maymficum  Yellow,  red  irregular  central  mark 
1  H  29  447  —  Magnificent  Central  part  yellow,  red,  2^X7  — 
Afaryuifi  <le  (iuadiaro.  Irregular  yellow,  red  cente  I  II  37  90  — 
M '  avsangtanum  Lanceolate,  10  in  long,  yellow,  .ul,  with  green 
blotches  III  26347  SH  1  124 — medium  vanegatum. 
Ovate,  margins  and  veins  yellow  —Me  Lunen  Linden  Yellow, 
rrd-variLRatptl  I  H  38  140  —  Monarch  Lanceolate,  2^X12, 
y»  How  spots  --Moorianvm  Oblanceolate,  yellow  edge  and  veins. 
G  Z  22  25  —urnatvm  Yellow,  red  crnter,  veins  and  blotches  — 
jwrar/ontm  Horned,  yellow  variegated  F  1879,  p  08 — Pennmcki. 
Obovate,  red  with  green  marks  RB  3  i  304  —  Philhpsn.  Lance- 
lint  ar,  base  and  center  yellow,  34x9 — Prince  Henry  Tip  re- 
curvid,  variously  red-  and  yellow-marked — Princess  Watdeck. 
Ovate,  4  in  long,  yellow  center — rtcurvatum  Tip  recurved,  yellow 
along  the  red  midrib  — Hex  Spiral,  yellow,  red  mottled,  h  X  10  — 
Karelin  (Constricted  in  the  middle,  y<  How,  red  spots  and  veins. 
J  H  III  27,  p  4«M  —Sandtn  Ovate,  large,  irregular  1.1.  tches  G 
'22  1'I7  — sp/<  ndidum  LVH  broad,  lanceolate,  yellow,  red  — 
•>up<rbitni  Oblong.  y.  lluvv,  red-vanegated  Gng  13  84 —7V- 
qurtum  -Tairtgmnum  \ellow,  red  veuiH,  ribs  and  margins  — 
tournfordtntf  Ov  ute,  wide  yellow  c<  nter  and  base  Gn  t^i,  p  42 
—tnlubum  Lobed,  yellow  hloU  h<  d  RH  1877,  p  89  F  1X77,  p. r>6 
GZ  21  W—TruffHutn  Yellow  to  white  veins,  Ivs  broad  — 
Van  OiKttrzm  Lanr  c-lmenr,  yellow  -spotted  I  H  30  oOJ — 
WrMfM  Yellow,  ml  midrib  and  spots,  lanceolate  I  H  2}  25i  — 
vittatum'  Irregular  yellow  center,  petiole  red — Wigmannti 
Vellon  blotches,  >,x  9  J  B  S  NORTON 

CODLIN.  Used  in  England  to  mean  a  small,  green, 
half-wild,  inferior  apple.  It  is  used  in  distinction  to 
grafted  or  dessert  fruit  It  is  about  equivalent  to  the 
American  popular  use  of  the  word  "crab."  The  word 
ih  also  used  in  England  as  the  name  of  a  particular 
variety  or  group  of  varieties,  as  Kebwick  Codhn.  The 
word  rod  1  in  LS  known  in  America  only  in  connection 
with  the  apple-worm  insect,  the  codhn-moth.  Some- 
times written  Codling. 

CODONANTHE  (Greek  for  bellflowtr)  tfonerdcwr. 
A  do/en  or  more  trailing  or  scandent  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs  of  Brazil,  Guiana,  Cent.  Amer  ,  and  W  Indies, 
1  or  2  of  which  may  be  found  in  choice  collections  of 
btove  plants  Plants  with  long  branches,  opposite 
entire  and  fleshy  or  thick  mostly  small  Ivs  ,  and  wnitibh 
fls  borne  singly  in  the  axils*  corolla  with  a  declined  or 
curved  tube,  the  throat  broad  or  open,  and  the  limb 
with  />  rounded  nearly  equal  lobes,  exceeding  the  5 
narrow  lobes  of  the  calyx,  stamens  attached  in  corolla- 
tube,  not  exserted .  fr  berry-like.  C  grdcihs,  Hanst , 
with  creamy  white  spotted  orange  fls  and  Ivs  often 
blotched  red  beneath,  is  the  species  most  likely  to  be 
seen  Cult  of  Gesncria  and  similar  things.  L.  H  B 

CODON6PSIS  (Greek,  bell-like,  alluding  to  the 
shape  of  the  flowers)  Campanuldcese  Twining  or 
decumbent  perennials,  more  or  less  hardy  in  the  open, 
with  showy  blue,  whitish  or  greenish  flowers. 

Herbs,  with  tuberous  rhizomes:  Ivs  alternate  or 
irregularly  opposite,  petiolate,  mostly  crenate  fls 
axillary  or  terminal,  stalked,  calyx-tubf  hemispherical, 
the  limb  5-parted  and  the  lobes  leafy;  corolla-tube 
broadly  tubula^  or  bell-shaped,  5-parted  (rarely  4-  or 
0-parted),  stamens  tree,  the  filaments  dileted  at  base; 
-stigma  3-5-lobed:  fr  a  dry  or  somewhat  fleshy  3-5- 


valved  caps. — Eighteen  or  20  species  in  Cent,  and 
E.  Asia.  A  few  of  the  species  may  occur  in  choice 
border-collections;  they  need  protection  N. 

ovata,  Benth.  Six  to  12  in  ,  decumbent  and  branches 
becoming  erect:  Ivs  ovate,  small  (%m.  or  less  long), 
both  alternate  and  opposite,  acute  or  obtuse,  hairy, 
bhort-petioled :  fls  pale  blue,  speckled  inside,  lMin  °r 
less  long,  broadly  bell-shaped,  on  long  terminal  pedun- 
cles Himalayas. — Offered  in  England;  half-hardy  to 
hardy 

C  clematidea,  Schr  Two  to  3  ft ,  f-orn  mts.  of  Asia:  one  of  the 
hardiest  Ivs  ovate-acuminate,  petioled  fls  white  tinged  blue. 
Much  hkeC  ovata. — C  convolvulaieti,  Kurz  Sta  thin  and  wiry  fla. 
bright  blue,  1  in  at  ro«w,  numerous.  Upper  Burma  — C.  lajicenl&ta, 
Iknth  &  Hook  (Campanumtea  lanceolata,  Sieb  &  Zuec  )  Twin- 
ing, 2-3  ft  fls  hanging,  greenish  white  and  purple-veined,  1-2 
in  long  and  1  m  wide,  in  a  short  simple  raceme  Ivs  alternate, 
oblong-lanceolate,  nearly  or  quite  entire  Burma,  China.  F  S. 
9  927 — C  Tdngshen,  Oliver  Climbing,  with  long  thickened  rhi- 
zoiiii*,  the  sts  sit  nder  and  2  ft  or  more  long  Ivs  ovate  or  broad- 
lanceolate,  toothed  fls  solitary,  stalked,  bell-shaped,  11A  m  long, 
gr«msh,  spotted  and  striped  purple  mmde  China  BM  8090. 
Root  used  in  China  as  a  tonic  — C  vinnfldr  i.  Fed  do  Allied  to  C. 
eonvolvulacea  twining,  slender  Ivs  rno<?tiy  opposite,  ovate  or 
oblong-acuminate,  sinuate-dentate  fls  solitary,  very  long-pedun- 
cled,  rather  small,  rotate,  and  deeply  parted,  lilac  \V  China  — 
('  until fldra,  Maxim  Small  chmoor.  free?-flowenng  fls.  bell- 
shaped,  whitish  green,  gray  and  violet.  E.  Asia  I  H  B 

CCELIA  (Greek,  koilos,  hollow  referring  to  the  pol- 
len masses).  Qrchid&cex  Epiphytic  orchids  of  minor 
importance,  culture  of  Epideutirum. 


1020   Coeha  Baueriana. 

The  coehas  are  divided  into  2  strongly  marked 
groups  with  widely  different  kinds  of  mfl  C  mairo- 
stachya  is  a  type  of  the  first  section,  with  long  racemes 
of  numerous  small,  horizontal  fls  ,  which  are  much 
exceeded  by  the  long  spreading  bracts,  and  the  base 
of  the  column  short  C  bclla  is  typical  of  the  second 
section,  with  the  fls  few,  larger,  erect,  in  groups  of 
about  .3,  longer  than  their  bracts,  and  the  base  of  the 
column  produced  to  twice  its  own  length,  which  gives 
the  fls  a  tubular  appearance  — A  half-dozen  species 
in  Cent  and  S  Amer 

A.  Fls  binall,  in  a  long  raceme. 

macrostfcchya,  Lmdl  Pseudobulbs  2J/£  in.  long, 
almost  round,  with  brown  scales  at  the  base.  Ivs 
about  .3,  from  the  top  of  the  pseudobulb,  1  ft  or  more 
long,  lanceolate,  arching,  broader  than  m  C.  bella,  and 
not  channeled  sepals  red;  petals  white.  Mex  R  H. 
1878  210  B  M  4712.  J  F.  4:423 

Baueriana,  Lmdl  Fig.  1020.  Pseudobulbs  1-2  in 
long,  2-3-1  vd  '  Ivs  10-1 S  in  long,  linear,  acute' 
racemes  of  numerous  small  white  fragrant  fls  ;  ovary 
3-wmged,  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  the  petals  ovate- 
oblong;  lip  with  the  claw  yellow,  the  blade  tnangula". 
W.  Indies  and  Mcx  B  R.  28  36. 

AA.  Flu.  white,  tipvcd  pui  pie,  ftw,  large 
belja    Lleichb  f.  Pseudobulbs  smaller  and  more  con- 
stricted at  the  top:  Ivs.  G-10  m.  long,  narrower,  chan- 


820 


CCELIA 


CCELOGYNE 


neled  above,  arching .  fls  2m  long,  erect,  3  or  4  in  num- 
ber, with  the  mid-lobe  of  the  hp  orange-colored.  Guate- 
mala BM.  6628. 

C.  denaifldra,    Rolfe.    Characterized    by  a  dense-fid,  raceme, 
wingless  ovary  and  oblong  mcntum.   Cent  Amcr. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 


1021    Details  of  Coelogyne  speciosa 

CCEL<5GYNE  (hollow  pistil)     Orchidacex     Popular 
epiphytic  warmhouse  orchids  of  the  eastern  hemisphere 

Pscudobulbs  tufted  or  at  intervals  on  the  st  fls 
in  racemes,  opening  simultaneously  or  in  succession; 
sepals  and  petals  similar,  spreading  or  reflexed;  lip 
3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  erect,  inclosing  the  slender 
column,  the  middle  lobe  flat  or  recurved,  keeled ,  column 
slightly  curved,  winged  above;  pollima  4  — Species 
about  115,  distributed  from  N  India  to  Ceylon,  middle 
China,  and  in  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Ocean  The 
botanical  details  of  Ccelogyne  speciosa  are  shown  in  Fig. 
1021  At  the  top  is  a  general  view  of  the  fl  Below ,  on 
the  left,  is  the  column,  front  and  side  view  In  the 
center  is  the  hp,  with  the  column  lying  along  its  top. 
Below  the  lip,  on  the  left,  is  the  stigma.  To  the  right, 
on  the  bottom  row,  are  the  polhma, 
front  and  back  view;  and  at  the 
right  center  are  separate  pollen 
masses 

Coelogynes  may  be  grown  in  pots, 
baskets  or  pans,  using  pots  for  small 
plants,  and  larger  receptacles  when  the 
plants  require  them,  but  when  a  pan 
larger  than  12-inch  is  necessary,  it  is 
best  to  use  perforated  ones  so  that  the 
material  may  be  well  aerated  and  not 
become  unsuitable  for  the  roots  All  the 
species  are  of  rambling  habit  and  large 
specimens  may  soon  be  had  by  growing 
on,  provided  the  material  at  the  roots 
is  kept  in  a  sweet  healthy  condition. 
When,  however,  it  becomes  necessary 
to  divide  a  plant,  this  is  best  done  di- 
rectly after  flowering,  carefully  separat- 
ing the  running  shoots,  cutting  off  about 
three  of  the  last-made  bulbs  with  all  the 
roots  attached,  planting  these  in  suit- 
able-sized receptacles,  being  very  careful 
to  point  the  growing  end  away  from  the 
edge,  or  toward  the  center,  so  that  they 
will  not  so  readily  outgrow  again  The 
material  to  use  is  osmundme  with  a 
little  sphagnum  moss  if  it  can  be  made 
to  grow,  packing  all  very  firm  about  the  1*22.  Coelogyne  Mas- 
roots  so  that  too  much  water  will  not  sangeana.  ( x  K) 


be  held  about  the  roots.  Place  in  the  shady  part  of 
a  warm  house  until  root-action  begins;  but,  during 
the  hot  summer  months,  the  varieties  of  C  cnstata 
may  with  great  benefit  be  placed  in  a  frame  in  a 
shady  place  outdoors,  there  to  remain  until  danger  of 
frost  in  October.  Treated  in  this  way,  the  plants  will 
bloom  much  better.  They  should  all  be  placed  on 
inverted  pots  when  outside  to  exclude  vermin  When 
brought  indoors  the  bulbs  will  be  finishing  up  for 
bloom,  and  as  they  are  terrestrial  plants,  weak 
manure-water  should  be  given  at  every  watering.  A 
glance  at  the  roots  and  their  structure  will  show  how 
they  differ  from  the  epiphytal  orchids  such  as  the  cat- 
tleyas.  Ccelogynes,  being  evergreen,  should  never  be 
quite  dry  at  the  roots,  or  shriveling  will  result,  this 
always  is  the  case  after  flowering  or  repotting;  but, 
when  growth  commences,  they  soon  plump  up  again 
It  is  often  desired  to  grow  these  plants  in  Gaskets 
Space  can  then  be  made  for  them  overhead  in  the  cool- 
houses  in  winter,  bringing  a  few  at  a  time  into  warmth, 
thus  having  succession  of  bloom  for  three  months  for 
cutting,  house  or  conservatory  decoration,  where  they 
last  a  long  time  There  are  more  than  100  kinds  of  coelo- 
gynes,  many  of  which  are  but  of  botanical  interest  C. 
pandurata,  C  Dayana  and  C  Sandenana  are  warm- 
house  plants  and  should  be  kept  at  a  minimum  tempera- 
ture of  60°  in  winter  C.  nervosa,  C  flaccida,  C  mtida, 
and  C  Massangeana  are  coolhouse  plants,  often  grown 
in  collections,  but  C.  cristata  and  its  forms  are  the  most 
valued,  especially  the  variety  maxima  once  so  scarce, 
but  now  plentiful,  this  makes  large  bulbs  and  longer 
spikes  of  bloom  The  Chatsworth  variety,  by  some 
considered  the  same  as  maxima,  hololeuca  or  alba 
as  it  is  most  often  known  in  gardens,  is  a  pure  white 
form,  perhaps  the  whitest  of  all  orchids  This  is 
inclined  to  ramble,  owing  to  the  length  of  rhizome 
between  each  bulb  or  growth,  and  needs  attention  in 
repotting  frequently,  it  is  also  the  latest  to  flower.  C. 
Lemoniana  has  a  pretty  lemon-yellow  blotch 'on  the 
hp  instead  of  the  usual  orange  and  is  very  pretty  by 
contrast  with  the  other 
forms  When  it  is  desired 
to  increase  the  stock  of 
plants,  the  back  bulbs  taken 
off  at  potting  time  may  be 
planted  similar  to  the  other 
pieces  and  will  grow  on, 
but  cannot  be  expected  to  bloom  for  two 
years  (E  O.  Orpet.) 


alba,  1,  9 
asperata,  15 
barbata,  4 
Chatsworthn,  9 
citnna,  9 
corrugata,  6 
cristata,  9 
Dayana,  10 
flaccida,  3 
Foeratermannu,  8 
hololeuoa,  9 
lactea,  2 
Lemoniana,  9 


LOWH,  15 
MaswanRcana,  12 
maxima,  5.  9 
Maycnana,  14. 
nurvosa,  6 
mtida,  5 
ocellata,  5 
pandurata,  13 
Panshn,  16 
talmomcolor,  1 
Sandcnana,  7 
spccio^a,  1 
tomentosa,  11. 


KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES 

A  Racemes  with  fls  opening  in  succession    1   speciosa 
AA   Racemes  with  fls  opening  all  at  once 
B.  Scape  of  the  raceme  naked  between 

the  pseudobulb  and  lowest  fl  -6rac< 
c  Imbricated  bracts  below  fls     none 
D    Keels    of    lip    extending    into 

broadly  ovate  front  lobe  2  lactea 

DD    Keels  of  lip  not  extending  into 

ovate  front  lobe  3  flaccida 

cc   Imbricated  bracts  below  fls  several, 

close  4  barbata 

BB  Scape  of  raceme  with  1  or  few  scales 
between  pseudobulb  and  lowest  JL-. 
oract 


CCELOGYNE 


CCELOGYNE 


821 


c.  Lip  with  a  large  eye-like  spot ....    5.  mtida 

cc.  Lip  with  no  eye-like  spot 

D.  Keels  of  hp  lacerated  or  fim~ 

briated. 
E.  The  scape  arising  from  large 

Ivs 

F  Fl  -bracts  persistent    ...    .6  nervosa 
FF  Fl  -bracts  deciduous      .   .     7  Sanderiana 
BE.  The  scape  without  large  Ivs. 
F.  Sepals    about    as    long   as 
broad,    kcils    of   the    hp 
only  slightly  cut  8  Foerster- 

FF.  Sepals  about  twice  as  long  mannii 

as    broad,     keels    of    hp 

strongly  cut        9  cnstata 

DD.  Keels  of  h  p  warty 

E   Peduncle,  rachis  and  ovaries 

tomentost, 
F.  The     scape    anting    from 

large  hs  10  Dayana 

FF.  The  scape  without  lurge  ha 
a.  The  kech  in  middle  lobe, 

of  lip  pajnllose  1 1  tomentosa 

GO.  The  kt'ds  in  middle  hp 
cut  into  tooth  -  like 
scams .  12  Massangeana 

EE.  Peduncle,  rachis  and  ovaries 

glabrous 

F.  Pseudobulbs      elliptic      to 
o ratc-ohlong,  co >n prt ssed 
G  Middle  lobe  of  lip  sepa- 
rated from  lattral  lobes 
by  a  distinct  claw          13   pandurata 
oo.  Middh  lobe  of  hp  sessile  1 1  Mayenana 
FF   Puudobulb*    fusiform,     4- 

ndid 

G   Ractme   many-fld  ,  nod- 
ding 15  asperata 
QG  Raiemi  fiw-fld  ,  ertct      16  Panshu 

1  specidsa,Lmdl  (C  sa/wonfcotor,  Reichb  )  Pseudo- 
bulbs  ovoid,  distinctly  angled,  2-3  in  long,  1-lvd.: 
Ivs  up  to  a  foot  long  racemes  with  1,  2  or  3  fls  :  sepals 
oblong,  translucent,  pale  yellow-brown;  petals  pale 
yellow-brown,  linear,  reflexed;  lateral  lobes  of  lip 
erect,  reticulated,  with  dull  copper-brown  on  a  blush- 
salmon  ground,  mid-lobe  roundish,  partly  broad- 
margined  with  white,  disk  with  2  fringed  ndgeb  and 
umber-brown  markings.  Java  B  M.  4889  Gn  49, 
p  62  B.R  33  23.  C  O.  3.  Var  alba,  Hort.  A  light- 
colored  form. 

2.  Ifictea,  Reichb   f.    Pscudobulbs  ovate,  somewhat 
4-.sided,  sulcate,  2-lvd  ,  3  in  long  Ivs  up  to  10  in  long, 
2  in  broad   fls  6-1 2,  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  eream- 
white,  th<>  sepals  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  the  petals 
much  narrower,  linear-lanceolate,  hp  about  at.  long  as 
petals,  the  lateral  lobes  semi-ovate,  truncate,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  about  equaling  one-half  the  whole  length  of  the 
hp,   triangular  at  the  apex,   acute,   reflexed.  keels  3, 
undulate,    extending    to    the    center   of    middle    lobe 
Burma. 

3.  flaccida,    Lmdl.     Pseudobulbs    ovate,    angulate, 
2-3  m    long"   Ivs.   lanceolate,    about  8-10  in    long: 
raceme  7-12-fld  ,  cream-white,  the  sepals  oblong,  the 
petals   linear-oblong,   fls     \l/i  in.    across;   sepals   and 
petals  pendulous,  lip  with  3  ridges,  the  lateral  lobes 
white,    streaked   red-brown   inside,    the   middle   lobe 
reflexed,  acute,  a  bright  yellow  blotch  on  the  disk. 
Nepal.  BM.  3318    B  11.  27.31.  CL.A.  6:166. 

4  barbata,  Griff.     Pseudobulbs  about  2  in.  long, 
ovate.  Ivs   broadly  lanceolate,  10-12  in   long:  raceme 
6-lQ-fld  ;  sepals  and  petals  white,  the  sepals  ovate- 
oblong,   the  petals  linear;  mid-lobe  of  hp  brownish 
inside,  curiously  fringed  with  brown;  cresta  3.   Khabia 
hills 

5  nftida,  Hook,  f  (C.  ocellata,  Lindl ).    Pseudobulbs 
pyriform  or  nearly  so:  Ivs   up  to  1  ft   long?  narrowly 
lanceolate,  racemes  erect,  5-8-fld.;  fls    2  in.  across, 
white,  the  sepals  oblong,  the  petals  linear-oblong;  lip 
with  bright  orange-yellow  spots  on  each  of  the  lateral 


lobea  and  2  smaller  spots  at  the  base  of  the  mid-lobe, 
disk  with  3  keels,  the  front  lobe  of  hp  with  5  Hima- 
layas, at  an  elevation  of  7,000  ft  B.M.  3767  C  L  A. 
1.55  Var.  maxima,  Reichb.  Racemes  longer:  fls. 
larger.  J.H.  Ill  52  25 

6  nervdsa,  A  Rich    (C.  corrugata,  Vvigl.ij.   Pseudo- 
bulbs  ovate-pointed,  2>2~3  in   long   Ivs  6-12  in   long: 
racemes  3-6-fld.;  fls  white,  2-23^  in  across;  sepals  and 
petals  nearly  equal,  oblong  and  acute,  lip  with  the 
lateral  lobes  striped  red  inside,  the  middle  lobe  ovate, 
acuminate;  disk  yellow,  with  3  white  fringed  keels. 
India    BM.  5601. 

7  Sanderiana,  Reiehb.  f     Pseudobulbs  ovate  and 
wrinkled  or  costatc,  2-3  m   long    Ivs   a  foot  long:  fls 
about  6  in  a  pendulous  raceme,  2-3  in   across,  white; 
sepals  lanceolate-acuminate,  petals  narrower;  lip  with 
the  side  lobes  striped  with  brown  inside  and  with  a 
yellow  blotch,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  acute,  reflexed, 
undulate,  disk  bright  yellow,   wiith  6  fringed  keels. 
India    .1  H.  III.  44  75 

8  Fderstermannii,  Reichb.  f    Pseudobulbs  cyhndnc 
or  fusiform    Ivs  up  to  \Yi  ft   long   racemes  man>-fld  ; 
flh    2  in    acrossj  white,  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate; 
lip  with  3  denticulate  keels,  the  middle  lobe  elliptic, 
acute,  di.sk  marked  with  yellowish  brown.   India. 


1023    Ccelogyne  cnstata. 

(XJ8) 


9  cristata,  Lmdl     Fig  1023     Pseudobulbs  11A~2  in. 
long,  ovoid-oblong,  scattered  on  a  scaly  rhizome    Ivs. 
8-12  in    long    racemes  5-9-fld  ,  drooping,  fls.  white; 
sepals  and  petals  lanceolate-oblong,  undulate,  acute, 
with  5  orange  fringed  keels,  the  lateral  lobes  slightly 
incurved,  the  mid-lobe  transveisely  oval,  denticulate. 
Nepal    JH    III     31344      PG    155     AG    14331; 
15  513     A  F  4  497,  6  87,  9  1111,  13  1133,  16 '1445. 
OLA  6.103       FE  9  331       BR  27  57       GC  III 
47   iO       OR    18-169        Gng    2 '393;    4225       Var. 
holole&ca,  Hort    (var    dlba),  has  white  fls  ,  labellum 
without  yellow.   CO   la    Var  Lemomana,  Hort   (var 
<  ttrinn,    Hort ),    has   citron-yellow   fringes.     J  H   III 
57  537  Var  Ch&tsworthii,  Hort  ,  has  large  pseudobulbs 
and  large  fls   of  good  substance     Var.  m&xima,  Hort , 
has  very  large  fls  — C   cnstala  is  one  of  the  best  and 
most  popular  of  orchids     It  is  one  of  the  easiest  to 
grow     Can  be  grown  with  cattleyas 

10  Dayana,  Reichb     f.    Pseud obulbs  cyhndncfusi- 
form,  5- 10  m    long    Ivs    up  to  2^   ft.  long,  oblong- 
lanceolate  racemes  many-fld  ,  pendulous,  fls  2-2^2  m. 
acio^s,  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  inargmb  reflexed, 
the  petals  much  narrower  than  sepals,  hp  with  6  erect 
ridges  fringed  with  brown,  the   lateral  lobes  brown, 
streaked    with   wrhite   inside,    the   middle   lobe   nearly 
quadrate,  reflexed,  apiculate.  Borneo.  G  C  III   15695. 
A  F.  35  380 

11.  tomentdsa,  Lmdl.  Pseudobulbs  elongated,  ovoid, 
2-3  m  long  Ivs  up  to  a  foot  long,  3-5-nerved  racemes 
pendulous,  tomentose;  fls  15-20, 2-2^6  in.  across;  sepals 


822 


CCELOGYNE 


COFFEA 


and  petals  pale  orange-red,  sepals  lanceolate,  petals 
linear-lanceolate;  lip  with  lateral  lobes  oblong,  rounded, 
streaked  with  red  on  inside,  the  middle  lobe  remform 
or  transverse-elliptic,  sessile;  keels  3,  crenulate,  lateral 
ones  converging  in  the  middle  lobe  and  sometimes 
bearing  2  branches.  Ptrak,  Borneo,  Sumatra. 

12.  Massangeana,  Reichb.  f .  Fig.  1622.  Pseudobulbs 
pynform.  3-5  in.  long:  Ivs  elliptical,  large,  tapering 
toward  the  base,  up  to  20  in  long  racemes  many-fld  , 
pendulous,  pubescent,  fls.  2-3  in.  across,  sepals  and 
petals  pale  yellow,  the  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  the 
petals  linear-oblong;  hp  with  lateral  lobes  brownibh 
within,  lined  or  streaked  with  yellow,  mid-lobe  with  a 
verrucose  brown  and  yellow  disk  from  which  extend  3 
denticulate  keels.  Assam  B  M  6979.  C  O  4 

13  pandurata,  Lmdl  Pseudobulbs  3-4  in.  long, 
oval-oblong,  compressed.  Ivs  15-20  in  long,  cuneate- 
oblong.  racemes  many-fld  ,  pendulous;  fls  up  to  4  m 
across,  sepals  and  petals  green,  linear-oblong,  acute; 
lip  fiddle-shaped,  with  black  veins  and  stains  on  yellow- 
ish green  ground,  the  mid-lobe  crisped,  black-warty; 
disk  2-keeled  Borneo  B  M  5084  FS  20. 2139 
J  H.  Ill  30  377.  A  F  6.633  C  O.  6.  Gt.  49:1480. 

14.  Mayeriana,  Reichb  f.  Pseudobulbs  ovate- 
oblong,  about  2  in  long,  compressed,  2-lvd  .  Ivs  8-10 
in  long,  cuneate-obovate  raceme  8-10-fld  ,  erect  or 
nodding,  fls  about  2J^  in  across,  green,  veined  black- 
brown,  sepals  oblong,  acuminate,  the  petals  shorter 
and  narrower,  the  margins  reflexed:  hp  nearly  as  long 
as  sepals,  the  lateral  lobes  concealing  only  the  base 
of  the  column,  the  middle  lobe  sessile,  oblong-elliptic, 
crisped,  keels  3,  papillose  Singapore 

15  asperate,  Lmdl  (C.  Ldwi,  Paxt  )    Large  species 
(18-24  in.  high),  pseudobulbs  ovate-oblong,   5-6  in 
long  or  more   Ivs  up  to  2%  ft  long,  lanceolate,  acute 
raceme  7-10-fld  ,  pendulous;  fls    3  in.  across,  cream- 
colored,   sepals   and   petals    lanceolate,   lip   with  the 
lateral   lobes   white,    streaked  red-brown    inside,    the 
middle  lobe  nearly  orbicular,  the  crisped  margin  pale 
yellow  streaked  red-brown ;  disk  with  2  or  3  orange-red 
warty  ridges    Borneo    P  M.  16  227.   G.C.  Ill  46'34 

16  Pfirishii,  Hook  f    Like  No  13,  but  racemes  not 
drooping,  pseudobulb  4-angled,  4-6  in  long  Ivs  up  to  a 
foot  long,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  racemes  4-7-fld.,  erect, 
fls.  about  2  in.  across,  pale  yellow-green,  sepals  lance- 
olate, acuminate;  petals  linear-lanceolate,  lip  fiddle- 
shaped,  black-spotted,  the  middle  lobe  apiculate,  undu- 
late; disk  with  5  raised  lines.    Moulmem    B  M   5323 

C  dlbo-lutfa,  Rolfe  Fls  showy,  very  fragrant,  pure  white, 
with  lobes  yellow  Mta  of  N  India  — C  BrymeriAna,  Hort  A 
garden  hybrid  between  C  Dayana  and  C  asperata  — C  burfor- 
ditnsis,  Hort  (C  pandurata  X  C  asperata)  Fls  pale  green,  the 


spiny  crest  black,  the  ridges  green  and  yellow  GC  III  49  331.— 
C.  chrysotrdpis,  Schltr  Scape  much  shorter  than  the  Ivs  ,  few-fld. 
Sumatra — C  Cdlmann,  Hort  A  garden  hybrid  between  C. 


speciosa  major  and  C  cristata  alba — C  Ciimmgii,  Lmdl  Fla 
white,  the  dink  citron-yellow,  aepala  and  petals  lanceolate  Singa- 
pore B  R  27  29  B  M  4645  — C  frdgrans,  Hort  A  trade  name 
— C  fuhgindsa,  Lmdl  Fls  appearing  in  succession,  2  in  across, 
light  brownish  white,  the  lip  fringed  N  India  B  M  4440  J  F 
1_  7 — C  Gardendna,  Lmdf  — Noogyne — C  Lawrence&na,  Rolfe 


Fl  single ,  sepals  and  petals  yellow,  2-2  %  in  long,  the  sepals  lanceo- 
late-oblong, the  petals  linear,  lateral  lobes  of  lip  brown,  the  middle 
lobe  white,  the  disk  marbled  with  brown  Annam  B  M  8164 
G  C  III  47  335  —  C  Mooredna,  Sander  Racemes  4-8-fld  ,  fls 
white,  disk  golden  yellow,  covered  with  clavato  processes  Annam 
B  M  8297  — C  ochrdcea,  Lmdl  Fls  about  2  in  across,  fragrant, 
white,  the  hp  blotched  and  streaked  orange-yellow  N  India. 
B  R  32  69  B  M  4661  J  F  4  342  — C  peraktnsts,  Rolfe  Ra- 
cemes many-fld  ,  sepals  light  buff,  lanceolate-oblong,  about  ^m 
long,  petals  light  green,  linear,  a  little  shorter  than  sepals,  jip  light 
yellow,  with  a  deep  yellow  blotch  on  disk  Perak.  B  M  8203  — 
C  praecox,  Lmdl  ,  var  dlba  A  nearly  white  form. — C  Sdnderse, 
Kranal.  Fls.  white,  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  petals  narrower, 
linear,  lip  yellow,  marked  with  golden,  the  keela  red-brown. 
Burma.  G  C  III  13  361  — C  Veltchii,  Rolfe  Racemes  many- 
fld.,  pendulous,  fls  nearly  globose,  white,  the  sepals  and  petals 
much  incurved,  hp  longer  than  sepals,  the  lateral  lobes  obtuse,  the 
middle  lobe  ovate,  revoluto,  diek  obscurely  3-keeled  New  Guinea. 
B  M.  7764  — C  venilsta,  Rolfe.  Racemes  many-fld  ,  pendulous, 
fls.  pale  yellow,  the  hp  white,  marked  with  yellow.  *.  W  China 
B  M.  8262  — C.  mrlscens,  Rolfe.  Resembling  C  Parisku  Fls  pale 
green  with  dark  dot*  on  the  hp.  Annam.  QBOBQB  y.  NASH. 


(from  the  Arabian  name  for  the  drink, 
itself  conjecturally  derived  from  Caff  a,  a  district  m 
southern  Abyssinia).  Rubidcex  Woody  plants,  pro- 
ducing the  coffee  of  commerce;  as  a  horticultural  sub- 
ject, sometimes  cultivated  for  the  ornamental  appear- 
ance; and  also  in  collections  of  economic  plants 

Shrubs  or  small  trees,  natives  of  Trop  Asia  and  Afr  : 
Ivs  mostly  opposite,  rarely  in  whorls  of  3.  elliptical, 
acute,  usually  coriaceous  and  glossy:  fls  clustered  m 
the  axils,  cream  or  cream-white  and  fragrant;  calyx- 
limb  5-,  rarely  4-,  parted,  the  corolla  salver-shaped, 
the  corolla-tube  cylindrical,  the  throat  sometimes 
villou.s,  stamens  inserted  m  or  below  the  throat  of  the 
coiolla  fr  a  berry;  seeds  2,  horny,  which  are  the  well- 
known  coffee  of  commerce  —  From  25-40  species,  in 
Trop.  Afr.  and  Asia,  the  species  not  yet  clearly  defined, 
nor  well  understood  horticulturally 

Coffee-production  is  based  mostly  on  C.  arabica  and 
C  hberica,  both  widely  cultivated  throughout  the 
tropics,  and  in  greenhouses  northward  The  coffee 
mdubtry,  one  of  the  most  important  industries  m  the 
tropics,  reaches  the  enormous  figure  of  $200,000,000  or 
sometimes  a  little  more  than  this  See  the  treatment 
in  Vol  II  Cyclo.  Amer  Agri. 

The  coffee  plant  and  its  product.   (T.  B.  McClelland  ) 

The  main  source  of  coffee  is  Coffea  arabica,  an  ever- 
green shrub,  growing  10  to  15  feet  high  The  younger 
plants  have  one  mam  trunk  or  stem,  but  from  this 
others  frequently  develop  later,  which  are  similar  in 
form  and  habit  to  the  first  The  lateral  branches  are 
opposite,  horizontal  and  in  pairs,  very  rarely  in  whorls 
of  three  The  pairs  of  branches  are  in  whorls  on  the 
mam  stem  The  leaves,  which  are  oppobite  and  boine 
in  pairs,  are  4  to  7  centimeters  (about  1}^  to  3  inches) 
broad  by  10  to  20  centimeters  (4  to  8  inches)  long,  the 
length  being  usually  slightly  more  than  two  and  a 
half  times  the  breadth  They  are  elliptical,  acuminate 
at  tip  and  attenuate  at  base  There  arc  eight  to  eleven 
pairs  of  main  lateral  veins  In  the  axils  where  the 
veins  join  the  midrib  are  small  pores,  open  below  and 
slightly  swollen  above  The  tip  of  the  leaf  is  frequently 
curled  and  is  rather  abruptly  contracted  The  margin 
is  entire  and  wavy  The  leaves,  which  are  perennial, 
are  a  dark  glossy  green,  and  though  thin  are  firm  in 
texture 

There  are  usually  two  or  three  large  blossomings  and 
several  small  ones  extending  over  a  period  of  several 
months  The  pure  white  and  delicately  fragrant  star- 
like  flowers  are  borne  on  very  short  pedicels  in  one  to 
four  axillary  clusters  of  one  to  four  flowers  each. 
These  flower-clusters  are  subtended  by  two  to  four 
common  calycuh  The  tube  of  the  corolla  is  8  to  10 
millimeters  (about  }4  to  %  inch)  long  Its  segments 
axe  about  7  millimeters  (nearly  %  inch)  broad  by  15  to 
18  millimeters  (%  to  %  inch)  long  The  style  is  17  to 
22  millimeters  (%  to  nearly  1  inch)  long  The  btigma 
is  two-branched,  each  branch  being  5  millimeters 
(about  yi  inch)  long  The  linear  anthers,  corresponding 
in  number  to  the  petals,  are  9  millimeters  long  and  are 
supported  on  filaments  5  to  7  millimeters  long.  The 
size  varies  somewhat  with  favorable  or  unfavorable 
conditions  The  short  annular  calyx  with  its  den- 
ticulate limb  is  so  small  as  almost  to  escape  notice 

Under  Coffea  arabica  are  included  a  number  of  varie- 
ties quite  distinct  in  growth  and  product  from  the 
other  varieties  of  the  same  species,  such  as  Maragogipe, 
Mocha,  Pointed  Bourbon  (sometimes  classified  as  C. 
launna)  and  others. 

Maragogipe  coffee,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  of  Brazil- 
ian origin,  having  been  discovered  in  1870  near  the 
toun  from  which  its  name  is  derived.  On  account  of 
the  large  size  of  the  bean  it  has  commanded  a  fancy 
price  on  the  market,  but  this  variety  is  considered  to 
be  a  small  yielder.  The  flowers,  fruits,  and  leaves  are 
all  larger  than  the  ordinary  Arabian  coffee  and  the 


COFFEA 


COFFEE  BERRY 


823 


leaves  curl  noticeably.    Its   flavor  is  not  considered 
superior  to  that  of  the  ordinary  Arabian  coffee. 

Mocha  coffee,  with  its  shorter  mternodes  and  smaller 
flowers,  fruits,  and  leaves  is  a  distinct  variety.  The 
"beans"  are  much  less  oval  and  are  more  rounded  and 
hold  a  high  reputation  for  quality. 

Normally  two  coffee  "beans"  or  seeds  are  produced 
in  each  red  cherry-like  drupe.  Some  drupes,  however, 
contain  three  beans  and  others  only  one.  When  only 
one  is  formed  it  is  called  "pcaberry,"  and  is  oval  in 
shape  instead  of  being  flat  on  ono  side  and  convex  on 
the  other  as  is  the  bean  when  two  are  produced.  The 
peabernes  are  sorted  out  by  machinery  and  are  sold 
at  a  fancy  price  on  account  of  being  a  little  different 
in  appearance  from  the  other  coffee,  but  any  claim  to 
superiority  of  flavor  is  without  foundation  There  is 
one  variety  of  coffee  that  produces  a  number  of  beans 
in  each  drupe,  and  the  corolla-segments  may  range  up 
to  ten  As  the  number  of  beans  increases,  the  size  and 
the  attractiveness  of  appearance  decrease,  so  that  this 
18  a  very  undesirable  variation 

The  fruits  require  six  and  one-half  to  seven  months 
to  mature  The  ripening  of  the  coffee,  in  relation  t3 
the  blossoming,  extends  over  several  months  Where 
the  West  Indian  or  wet  process  for  curing  the  coffee 
is  followed,  the  ripe  chernes  are  picked  every  fort- 
night While  fresh  they  arc  passed  through  a  machine 
which  pulps  and  separates  the  coffee  in  its  parchment 
from  the  pulp  The  former  is  then  fermented  and 
washed  to  remove  a  &hmy  cov  >i  mg  Aftor  thorough 
diying  in  ths  sun  or  in  heated  driers,  the  parchment 
coffee  may  be  stored  or  it  may  have  the  thin  brittle 
parchment  or  horn-skin  and  the  silvor-slun  removed 
by  special  machinery  If  desired  it  may  be  further 
polished  and  artificially  colored.  After  being  Mzed  and 
having  the  better  grades  cleaned  of  inferior  beans,  it 
is  ready  for  roasting.  In  some  place*  where  the  dry  or 
old  preparation  is  followed  the  coffee  is  allowed  to 
ripen  and  much  of  it  to  fall  from  the  trees  and  he  on 
the  ground  until  all  can  be  col- 
lected in  one  picking  It  is  then 
dried  in  the  sun  without  prelimi- 
nary preparation 


Although  coffee  has  been  used  as  a  beverage  for 
hundreds  of  years  by  a  few  persons,  as  a  world  beverage 
it  is  comparatively  modern  In  1825  the  estimated 
production  did  not  exceed  218,255,400  pounds.  In 
1906-1907  the  production  was  estimated  as  3,164,041,- 
920  pounds,  or  an  increase  of  1,350  per  cent  in  eighty- 
one  years. 

Brazil  produces  about  three-fourths  of  the  world's 
coffee  crop.  Then  follow  in  order  of  importance  Vene- 
zuela, Colombia,  Guatemala,  Mexico,  Haiti,  Salvador, 
Dutch  East  Indies,  Porto  Rico,  British  India,  Costa 
Rica,  Nicaragua,  and  other  countries. 

In  Bulletin  No.  79,  Bureau  of  Statistics,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  may  be  found  a 
very  extensive  bibliography  of  coffee.  In  the  Nether- 
lands the  per  capita  consumption  is  more  than  15 
pounds;  in  the  United  States  under  11 H  pounds,  m 
Japan  003  pound. 


A.  Corolla  6-parted,  sometimes  4-p^ried. 
B.  Segms.  of  corolla  narrow:  Ivs.  oblong,  4~5  in.  long, 

1%  in  wide. 

arabica,  Linn  COMMON  or  ARABIAN  COFFEE.  Fig 
1024  Lvs  3-6  in  long,  rather  thin,  oblong,  nearly  3 
times  as  long  as  broad,  more  or  less  abruptly  contracted 
near  the  apex  to  a  point  about  %m.  long:  segms.  of 
corolla  over  twice  as  long  as  wide'  fr  a  2-seeded,  deep 
crimson  berry,  but  the  "berries"  or  beans  of  commerce 
are  the  seeds.  The  commercial  varieties  of  coffee  are 
based  largely  on  the  size,  shape,  color  and  flavor  of 
the  seeds,  and  hence  the  fr  is  very  variable,  but  the 
typical  fr.  may  be  considered  to  be  oval  and  yz\i\.  long. 
Indigenous  m  Abyssinia,  Mozambique  and  Angola; 
supposed  to  have  been  intro  m  early  Mohammedan 
times  from  Abyssinia  to  Arabia,  whence  it  became 
known  to  Europeans  in  the  16th  century  This  species 
furnished  until  recently  the  entire  commercial  product. 
B  M.  1303  Gng  6  55  — A  vanegat  d  form,  var  varie- 
g&ta,  Hort  j  is  more  showy  than  the  type.  It  is  offered 
by  dealers  m  tropical  plants  As  coffee  grows  \v  ild  in 
Afr  it  is  a  small  tree  10-15  ft.  high,  \uth  the  trunk 
9-12  in  thick  at  the  base  Often  cult,  under  glass  m 
the  N.  for  its  economic  interest,  and  m  S  Calif  it  is  a 
good  outdoor  ornamental  shrub,  esteemed  for  its  shi- 
ning Ivs  ,  fragrant  white  fls  ,  and  red  berries. 

BB.  Srgms  of  corolla  wide    Ivs  ovate. 

bengalensis,  Roxbg  BENGAL  COFFEE  Lvs  ovate, 
barely  twice  as  long  as  broad,  acute,  but  not  having  a 
long,  abrupt  point  fls  m  2's  or  3's;  segms  of  corolla 
barely  twice  as  long  as  wide  E  Indies,  Malaya. 
BM  4917 — Thib  has  much  showier  fls  thanC  arabica. 
A  small  shrub  with  glabrous,  dichotomous  branches. 
Mts  of  N.  E  India,  whence  it  was  brought  to  Calcutta 
and  much  cult  for  a  time  It  is  now  neglected,  the  berries 
being  of  inferior  quality  and  the  plants  not  productive 
enough. 

AA  Corolla  6'-,  7-,  or  8-parted. 

B.  Fls  in  dense  clusters  or  qlomes:  Ivs.  short-pointed. 

liberica,  Hiern.  LIBERIAN  COFFEE  Lvs  longer  than 
in  C  arabica,  and  wider  above  the  middle,  with  a  pro- 
portionately shorter  and  lest,  abiuptly  contracted  point : 
fls  15  or  more  in  a  den^e  cluster,  corolla-segms  usilally 
7  Trop.  Afr.  Trans  Linn.  Soc  II  1  171  (1876). 
( J  C  11,6: 105.  R  H.  1890,  pp  104-5  —Said  to  be  more 
robiiht  and  productive  than  C.  arabica}  with  berries 
larger  and  of  finer  flavor  It  is  a  more  tropical  plant  than 
the  common  coffee,  and  can  be  grown  at  lower  levels 

Zanguebariae,  Lour  (C.  Zanzibar 6n*is,  Hort  ).  A 
glabrous,  erect,  ciobely  branched  hhrub  or  small  tree, 
to  6  ft.,  the  branches  ashy  Ivs  ovate  or  obovate,  obtuse 
or  shoitly  pointed,  2-4  in  long,  K~lH  in.  wide,  the 
lateral  veins  about  6  pairs,  fk  white,  axillary,  m  dense 
clusters;  corolla-lobes  6-7.  beny  red,  turning  black. 

BB.  Fls.  solitary  or  in  3's   lvt>   long-pointed,  2%-5  in. 

long 

stenophylla,  Don  Lvs  4-6  in.  long,  \-\lA  in.  broad, 
narrower  than  in  C  arabica,  with  a  relatively  longer 
and  more  tapering  point  corolla-segms  usually  9. 
W.  Afr  B  M  7475  —This  u>  said  to  yield  berries  of 
finer  flavor  than  the  Liberian  coffee,  and  quite  as  freely, 
but  the  bush  is  longer  in  coming  into  beanng.  This  is 
a  promising  rival  to  the  T  arabica  of  commerce.  Seeds 
have  been  distributed  bv  British  botanical  gardens, 
but  are  not  known  to  be  for  sale  at  present  in  Amer 

C  tnadagascar\6ns\8,  Hort  ,  and  C  robusta,  Hort.,  are  names o' 
uncertain  status.  „-  _  .. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

COFFEE.  Coffea.  N.  TAYLOK.f 

COFFEE  BERRY.  A  name  of  Glycine  hispidu, 
which  should  be  abandoned  m  favor  of  soybean  V an- 
ous  leguminous  heeds  are  used  as  coffee  substitutes 
and  are  so  named,  cf.  C'as&ta,  Canavalia  and  others. 


824 


COFFEE  PEA 


COLCHICUM 


COFFEE  PEA.  A  western  name  for  chick  pea, 
Cicer  anetmum,  which  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  coffee. 

COFFEE-TREE   Gymnocladua. 

COHOSH:   Actsea    The  blue  cohosh  is  CaulophyUum, 
COHUNE:  Attalea  Cohune,  it  ia  a  source  of  oil. 
COIR:  Fiber  of  coconut,  which  see. 

C6lX  (an  old  Greek  name).  Graminex.  Tall,  broad- 
leaved,  branched  grasses  with  bead-like  inflorescence, 
one  of  them  grown  m  gardens 

Plant  loose-growing*  at  the  end  of  each  peduncle  is 
an  indurated,  globular,  or  oval,  hollow  bead,  developed 
from  a  If, -sheath;  from  an  orifice  at  the  tip  projects 
the  stammate  spike  pistillate  fls  inclosed  in  the  bead, 
the  styles  projecting  — Species  about  3,  E  Indies,  the 
following  widely  distributed  in  all  tropical  countries. 

Lficryma-  Jdbi,  Linn  JOB'S  TEARS  Fig  1025  Annual, 
2-4  ft  the  beads  or  "tears,"  pearly  white  to  lead-color, 
containing  the  seed,  are  about  ^m  long  Dept  Agric., 
Div.  Agrost  ,  20  14  — Cult  for  ornament  and  as  a 
curiosity  The  hard  bony  frs  are  used  as  beads  and 
made  into  necklaces,  to  which  are  attributed  marvelous 
properties.  Var.  aurea  zebrina,  has  yellow-striped 
blades  A  S  HITCHCOCK. 

C6LA  (native  name).  Stercuhacex  COLA  Also 
called  Kola,  Korra,  Gorra.  One  species  is  much  grown 
in  the  tropics  for  the  stimulating;  cola  nut 

The  genus  consists  entirely  of  plants  with  unisexual  or 
polygamous  fls  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters  calyx 
4-5-cleft;  petals  none  fr  of  4-5  leathery  or  woody 
oblong  carpels  — Probably  about  40  species,  of  Trop. 
Afr  trees  chiefly  interesting  for  the  cola  nuts,  which 
are  said  to  sustain  the  natives  in  great  feats  of  endu- 
rance The  tree  grows  on  the  east  coast  of  Afr  ,  but  is 
very  abundant  on  the  west  coast,  and  is  now  cult  in 
the  W  Indies  Within  the  tropics  the  trade  in  this  nut 
is  said  to  be  immense  It  has  become  famous  in  the 
U  S  through  many  preparations  for  medicinal  pur- 
poses and  summer  drinks  The  seeds  are  about  the 
size  and  appearance  of  a  horse-chestnut,  and  have  a 
bitter  taste  Although  repeatedly  mtro  to  Kew,  Eng- 
land, the  plant  never  flowered  there  until  1868 

Colas  require  a  rich,  well-drained  soil  Those  intro- 
duced into  the  West  Indies  and  other  parts  of  America, 
especially  C.  acummata,  thrive  best  on  a  sandy  loam. 
The  trees  are  grown  from  socds,  which  are  large  and 
fleshy,  keeping  well  for  some  weeks  after  ripening  As 
the  tree  is  difficult  to  transplant,  the  seeds  may  be 
planted  singly  in  small  pots,  and  the  young  trees  kept 
growing  thus  until  wanted  for  permanent  planting. 
Propagation  may  also  be  effected  by  cuttings  of  ripe 
wood,  which  should  be  placed  in  bottom  heat,  and 
treated  in  the  usual  way.  (E  N.  Reasoner  ) 

acuminata,  Schott  &  Endl.  About  40  ft  high  in  Afr, 
resembling  an  apple  tree1  Ivs  alternate,  petiole  1-3  in. 
long;  blade  4-G  in  long,  1-2  in  broad,  leathery,  with 
prominent  ribs  below;  older  Ivs  entire,  obovate,  acute; 
younger  Ivs  often  once  or  twice  cut  near  the  base 
about  half  way  to  the  midrib,  fls  yellow,  15  or  more  in 
axillary  and  terminal  panicles,  about  Mm.  across,  with 
a  slender  green  tube  and  a  showy  yellow  6-  or  5-cut 
limb,  which  is  a  part  of  the  calyx .  fr.  5-6  in.  long.  B.M. 

5699  N.  TAYLOB.f 

C6LAX  (Greek,  parasite).  Orchidacex.  Epiphytic 
orchids,  much  like  Lycaste. 

Pseudobulbous:  fls  in  an  upright  raceme,  arising 
from  the  base  of  the  new  shoot,  sepals  and  petals  simi- 
lar, the  lateral  sepal  forming  a  distinct  foot  with  the 
base  of  the  column;  lip  3-lobed,  clawedj  witlj  a  trans- 
verse hairy  process;  polhma4. — A  Brazilian  genus  of  2 
species. 


jugdsus,  Lindl.  (Maxillana  jugbsa,  Lindl.  Lycdste 
jugdsa,  Benth.).  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  2-3  in.  long, 
2-lvd.:  Ivs.  5-9  in.  long,  lanceolate:  raceme  2-3-fld.; 
fls.  2-3  in  across;  sepals  white,  obtuse,  oval-oblong; 
petals  white,  obovate-oblong,  spotted  and  barred  with 
violet-purple;  lip  white,  shorter  than  petals,  the  side 
lobes  streaked  vio- 
let-purple, the  mid- 
dle lobe  semi-circu- 
lar, with  numerous 
pubescent  keels, 
streaked  and 
blotched  violet- 
purple  B.M.  5661. 
I.H.  19:96 

C  tripterus,  Rolfe. 
Ovary  3-wmged,  disk 
of  lip  bearing  a  broad 
fleshy  callus  Brazil 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

CtfLCHICUM 

(from  Colchis,  a 
country  m  Asia 
Minor,  where  the 
genus  is  most  plen- 
tiful) Liliacex. 
MEADOW  SAFFRON. 
AUTUMN  CROCUS. 
Autumn  flowering, 
rarely  spring-flow- 
ering, bulbous 
plants  with  crocus- 
like  blossoms 

Leaves  either  all  radical,  or 
radical  and  cauhne,  sometimes 
cihate,  appearing  in  early  spring 
and  usually  dying  down  by  June: 
fls  various  colored,  very  beau- 
tiful; perianth  tubular,  vary- 
ing from  purple  to  white  (there 
is  1  yellow-fld  sort),  the  limb 
6-parted;  stamens  6,  inserted  on 
the  perianth,  ovary  3-c'elled, 
many -ovu  led  caps  ovate-ob- 
long in  most  of  the  species,  the 
seeds  globose. — A  difficult  genus, 
very  much  confused  botamcally, 
but  horticulturally  well  known 
and  popular  They  are  narcotic 
poisons  J  G  Baker,  Jour  Linn 
Soc  17  1880  G  B  Mallett,  in 
Flora  and  Sylva,  1  108,  1903  Coix  Lacma-job,. 
has  an  excellent  horticultural  (xh) 

account  of  the  genus 

Colchicums  are  most  charming  and  interesting  plants 
of  easy  culture  The  bloom  comes  in  August  and  Sep- 
tember, at  a  season  when  the  herbaceous  beds  begin 
to  lose  their  freshness,  and,  although  individual  flowers 
are  fugacious,  others  follow  in  quick  succession,  thus 
prolonging  the  time  of  flowering  Opening,  as  they  do, 
without  foliage,  some  help  is  required  from  the  greenery 
of  othei  plants;  for  this  purpose  any  low-growing,  not 
too  dense  kind,  may  be  used,  such  as  the  dwarf  arte- 
misias,  sedums,  or  Phlox  subulata.  Colchicums  are 
most  effective  in  masses,  which  can  be  established  by 
thick  planting,  or  as  the  result  of  many  years'  growth. 
They  can  be  grown  m  rockwork,  in  beds,  or  in  grass 
which  is  not  too  thick  nor  too  often  mown;  they  will 
thrive  m  partial  shade,  but  succeed  best  in  an  open 
sunny  border  They  should  be  planted  in  August  or 
early  September,  in  deep  well-enriched  soil,  a  light 
sandy  loam,  with  the  tip  of  the  long  bulbs  2  to  3  inches 
below  the  surface;  some  protection  should  be  given  in 
winter.  They  remain  m  good  condition  for  many  years, 
and  should  not  be  disturbed  unless  they  show  signs  of 
deterioration,  fewer  flowers  and  poor  foliage.  Then 


COLCHICUM 

they  should  be  lifted  and  separated,  just  after  the  leaves 
die,  end  of  June  or  early  July.  This  is  the  usual  method 
of  propagation,  but  they  can  also  be  increased  from 
seeds,  sown  just  after  ripening,  June  to  July,  the  seed- 
lings may  not  appear  until  the  fo1  lowing  spring.  Seed- 
lings bloom  when  three  to  five  jears  old.  The  bulbs 
are  obtainable  from  the  Dutch  growers  at  moderate 
prices,  and  they  must  be  imported  early;  otherwise 
they  are  apt  to  bloom  in  the  cases  C.  autumnale,  with 
rosy  purple  flowers,  is  a  well-known  and  the  most 
commonly  cultivated  species.  There  are  numerous 
varieties,  of  which  the  best  are  the  white,  the  double 
white  and  the  double  purple.  Belonging  to  this  same 
group  and  not  differing  much  except  in  size  and  sha- 
ding of  the  flower,  are  C  byzantinum,  C  montanum,  and 
C  umbrosum.  C.  specwsum,  a  native  of  the  Caucasus, 
is  the  finest  in  every  way  of  the  genus.  The  flowers  are 
much  larger  and  of  better  shape,  and  the  color,  a  rosy 
pink,  is  much  more  delicate;  the  habit  of  growth  is 
robust,  and  the  plant  is  most  easily  handled  C. 
Parkin&onu  is  distinct  from  the  above  varieties  inas- 
much as  the  flowers  are  tessellated,  purple  and  white, 
giving  a  curious  checker-board  appearance  which  is 
unique,  the  loaves  are  much  smaller  and  are  wavy.  C. 
agnppinum,  C  Bwon^e,  C  cilicicum  and  C  Sibthorpii, 
are  other  species  having  checkered  flowers  more  or  less 
similar  to  C  Parkin^onn  C  Bulbocodium^  Bulboco- 
dium  vernum  Monograph  by  J  G.  Baker  m  Jour. 
Linn  Soc.,  vol  17  (1880)  (B  M.  Watson  ) 

INDEX. 

agrippmum,  7.  cihcirum,  11  Sibthorpii,  9 

alpinum,  18  crodflorum,  2  speciosum,  10. 

autumnale,  13.  Dccaisnei,  14  Stevcnn,  3 

Bertolonn,  1  fpsciculare,  16  auperbum,  8 

Bivona;,  8  luteum,  4  tessellatum,  6,  7. 

Bornmuelleri,  12  maximum,  10  Trootln,  15 

byzantinum,  11  montanum,  1,  18.          uinbronum,  17. 

chwnense,  5  Parkinsonn,  6  variegatum,  5. 

A  Blooming  in  spring    Ivs   appearing  with  the  fls. 

B  Color  rosy  lilac  size  of  anthers  small. 

c  Anthers  oblong,  purple. 

1  montanum,  Linn    (C   Bertolonn,  Stev  )     An  im- 
portant and  variable  species,  with  many  synonyms  and 
variations    Baker  makes  7  forms    Corm  ovoid,  J^-l  in. 
thick,  the  tunics  brown,  membrananceous,  the  inner 
ones  produced  to  a  point  2-4  in   above  the  neck.  Ivs 
2-3,  rarely  4-6,  linear  or  lanceolate,  about  2-3  in  long 
at  the  tune  of  flowering,  finally  6-9  m  long  fls   1-4,  in 
spring  and  autumn     Oct  -June     Medit    region,  from 
Spam  to  Persia    B  M  6 143  — It  appears  in  early  spring 
with  the  snowdrops  and  crocuses 

2  crocifldrum,    Regel,    not    Sims    nor    Schott    & 
Kotschy   Corm  ovate-oblong  Ivs  all  radical,  sheathing 
at  the  base,  a  few  sometimes  on  the  st ,  flat  and  linear, 
margins  minutely  and  usually  distantly  toothed  corolla 
white^  with  violet-purple  stripes,  especially  within,  the 
tube  about  2  in  long,  the  limb  scarcely  1-1  ^  m.  long; 
style  exceeding  the  stamens.  Feb.,  March.  Cent.  Asia. 

cc.  Anthers  linear,  yellow. 

3.  Stfcvenii,  Kunth    Corm  narrower  than  in  No   1, 
about  M~M  m   thick'  Ivs.  at  length  4-5  m.  long:  fls. 
Oct -Jan.    Syria,  Arabia,  Persia — Less  popular  than 
No.  1. 

BB.  Color  yellow  size  of  anthers  large. 

4.  luteum,  Baker.    This  is  the  only  yellow-fld  form 
in  the  genus,  all  the  others  ranging  from  purple  to 
white     Although  it  belongs  to  the  Medit.  group,  with 
Ivs.  and  fls  produced  at  the  same  time  and  in  spring,  it 
is  a  native  of  W  India  at  an  elevation  of  7,000-8,000  ft. 
Corm  tunics  dark  brown,  sometimes  almost  black .  Ivs. 
3  or  4,  wider  and  less  tapering  than  in  No.  1,  at  the 
time  of  flowering  3-4  in.  long,  finally  6-7  m.  long.  B.M. 
6153.— Very  desirable. 


COLCHICUM 


825 


AA.  Blooming  in  autumn:  Ivs.  appearing  after  the  fls. 
B.  Perianth  tessellated  or  checkered. 

c.  Tessellation  distinct. 
D.  Lvs  spreading  or  prostrate. 

5  variegitum,  Linn  Lvs  2-3,  lanceolate,  about  6  in. 
long,  12-15  lines  wide,  lying  flat  on  the  ground;  margins 
wavy  fls  2-3  from  each  spathe,  4  in  across,  rose-color 
with  a  white  tube.  Ms  of  the  Levant  and  Asia  Minor. 
B  M  1028  Variable  The  plant  known  as  C.  chioncnse 
is  apparently  a  form  of  it.  Corm  size  of  walnut. 

6.  P&rkinsonu,  Hook  f  (B  M.  6090)  (C.  tessellatum, 
Authors),  is  the  best  of  all  the  tessellated  forms,  the 
tessellation  being  more  sharply  defined  and  more  delicate 

than  the  type. 
It  is  a  smaller 
plant,  and  has 
shorter  and 
more  strongly 
undulated  Ivs  , 
which  he  closer 
to  the  ground 
Of  this  plant 
Parkinson  said 
in  his  "Paradi- 
sus  Terrestris," 
1629  "This 
most  beautifull 
saffron  flower 
nseth  up  with 
his  flowers  in 
the  Autumne,  as 
the  others  before 
s  specified  doe, 
although  not  of 
so  large  a  size, 
yet  farre  more 
pleasant  and 
do  light  full  in 
the  thick'e,  deep 
blew,  or  purple 
coloured  beautifull  spots  therein,  which  mako  it  excell 
all  others  whatsoever  the  leaves  rise  up  in  the 
Spring,  being  smaller  then  the  former,  for  the,  most 
part  3  m  number,  and  of  a  paler  or  fresher  green 
color,  lying  close  upon  the  ground,  broad  at  the  bottome, 
a  little  pointed  at  the  end,  and  twining  or  folding 
themselves  in  and  out  at  the  edgos,  as  if  they  were 
indented  I  have  not  seen  any  seede  it  hath  borne 
the  root  is  like  unto  the  others  of  this  kinde,  but  small 
and  long,  and  not  so  great  it  floweret h  later  for  the  most 
part  then  any  of  the  other,  even  not  untill  November, 
and  is  very  hard  to  bo  preserved  with  us,  in  that  for  the 
most  part  the  roote  \va\eth  le.sso  and  lesse  every  yeare, 
our  cold  Country  boing  so  contrary  unto  his  naturall, 
that  it  will  scarce  shew  his  flower,  yet  when  it  flow- 
ereth  any  thing  early,  that  it  may  have  any  comfort  of 
a  warm  Sunne,  it  is  the  glorj-  of  all  these  kindes  " 

DD  Lvs  ascending 
E.  Margin  of  Ivs  wavy. 

7.  agrippmum,  Baker  (C   tessellatum,  Hort ).  Corms 
a  trifle  thicker  than  in  No.  5    Ivs   3-4,  6-9  in.  long, 
12-15  lines  wide,  margin  wavy    fls    2-4  from  each 
spathe     FS  11.1153— This  is  a  marked  form  of  C. 
variegatum,  of  garden  origin,   which  has  similar  fls., 
but  a  more  robust  habit  and  more  nearly  erect  Ivs. 

EE.  Margin  of  Ivs  flat,  not  wavy. 

8.  Bivdnae,  Guss     Lvs   6-9,  nearly  1  ft.  long,  9-15 
lines  wide,  rather  hooded  at  the  apex,  margin  flat,  not 
wavy  fls    1-6  from  each    spathe,  rose-purple  faintly 
checkered  with  a  darker  color,  4-6  in.  long.    Medit. 
region.   Var.  superbum,  Hort ,   an  excellent   form,  is 
advertised  in  English  catalogues.   F  S  R.  1 . 108. 


1026.  Colchicum  autumnale.  ( X  H) 


826 


COLCHICUM 


COLD-STORAGE 


cc.  Tessellation  less  distinct. 

9.  Sfbthorpii,  Baker.  Easily  distinguished  from  Nos. 
5,  7,  and  8  oy  the  much  broader  segms.  of  the  peri- 
anth, and  by  the  Ivs.,  which  are  nearly  erect,  obtuse, 
and  not  at  all  wavy:  Ivs.  5-6,  dull  green,  finally  1  ft.  or 
more  long,  1H~2M  m-  wide,  narrowed  gradually  to  the 
base:  spathe  striped  with  green,  and  tinged  with  lilac 
at  the  tip.  fls.  1-5  from  each  spathe;  perianth-tube  often 
6m.  long.  Mts.  of  Greece.  B.M  7181.  F.S.R.  1:108. 
— A  large,   cup-shaped  fl.,   showing  no  open  spaces 
between  the  broad,  overlapping  segms.    Very  hand- 
some. 

BB.  Perianth  not  tessellated. 

C.  Size  of  fls.  large,  8  in.  or  more  across. 

D.  Lvs.  broad,  3-4  in  wide. 

E.  Number  of  fls.  1~4. 

10.  specidsum,  Stey.  Corm  2  in  thick,  the  largest  of 
the  genus:  st   1  ft  high:  Ivs.  4-5,  12-15  in.  long,  3-4 
in.  wide,  narowed  from  the  middle  to  the  base,  shining 
green:  fls.  1-4  from  each  spathe,  violet,  with  a  white 
eye,  but  varying  almost  to  pure  pink,  often  6  in  across. 
Caucasus.    B.M  6078     FS  23  '2385     FM  1876:235. 
On  1 1 : 80  — Commonly  considered  the  finest  species  of 
the  genus;  blooms  Sept.  and  Oct.  Var.  T"fl*irrunnt  Hort. 
Plant  7H  m.  high. 

BE.  Number  of  fls.  12-20. 

11.  byzantinum,  Ker-Gawl.    Closely  allied  to  the 
above,  but  with  wider  Ivs.,  smaller  and  paler  fls.,  and 
broad,  short  anthers:  st.  6  in.  high.  Ivs.  5-6,  oblong, 
dark  green,  striate,  9-12  in.  long,  3—4  in.  wide:  fls. 
smaller  than  in  No  10,  usually  3-4  in.  across,  lilac-pur- 
ple, and  often  12-20  from  each  spathe    Transylvania 
and    Constantinople.    B.M.    1122. — Corn    large,   de- 
pressed.  C.  cilicicum,  Hort.,  has  rosy  fls.,  somewhat 
tessellated.   G.C.  III.  23:35. 

DD.  Lvs.  narrow,  1-2  in.  wide. 

12.  Bornmuelleri.    Freyn.     Lvs.    elliptic-lanceolate, 
3-4  in.  long,  1-2  in.  broad:  fls  8  in.  long  and  5  in  across, 
the  limb  pale  rose  or  lilac-rose  at  first,  subsequently 
deeper  purple,  the  corolla-tube  white.    Asia  Minor. 
Early  spring  — One  of  the  rarest  and  finest  of    the 
group,  suitable  for  the  rock-garden. 

13  autumnale,  Linn  Fig  1026;  442,  p.  433.  St. 
3-4  in.  high:  Ivs.  3-4,  rarely  5-6,  9-12  in.  long,  1^-2 
in  wide:  fls.  1-4,  rarely  5-6,  from  each  spathe,  purple, 
with  a  white  variety,  about  4  in.  across;  perianth 
veined  Eu.  and  N.  Air.  B  M.  2673  (asC  crociflorum) . 
— Possibly  the  commonest  in  the  American  trade.  It 
has  boautiful  double  forms  in  purple  and  pure  white. 
FS.  19:1936. 

14.  Decaisnei.  Boiss.   Conn  ovate,  membranaceous: 
lower  Ivs  broadly  lanceolate,  the  upper  ones  narrower 
and  acutish,  entire,  \-\Yi  in.  broad:  fls.  pale-rose,  or 
flesh-colored,  the  tube  elongate-elliptic,  the  stamens  a 
little  shorter  than  the  perianth;  anthers  yellow,  linear; 
style  only  slightly  exceeding  the  stamens.    N.  Afr. 
and  the  eastern  Mcdit.  region.    Nov.-Jan. — Planted 
in  masses  with  C.  crociflorum  for  rock-gardens,  it  is 
very  effective. 

cc  Size  of  fls.  small,  about  2  in.  across. 

D.  Number  of  fls.  from  each  spathe  more  than  1  or  2. 

E.  Perianth-segms.  acute. 

15.  Troddii,  Kotschy.  Corm  medium-sized:  Ivs.  3-4, 
6-12  in.  long,  9-12  lines  wide,  dark  green  above:  fls. 
4-5  or  even  12,  lilac-purple,  about  2  in.  across;  perianth 
segms   lanceolate-acute.    Cyprus.    B  M.  6901  shows  a 
pure  white  variety. 

16.  fasciculare,    Boiss.     Corm    oblong:    Ivs,    5-7, 
broadly  lanceolate,  channeled,  the  apex  acutish,  fre- 
quently cihate,  about  1  in.  wide1  fls.  many,  in  clusters, 


the  corolla  2H  in.  long,  white,  6-10-nerved;  stamens 
equaling  the  corolla,  but  slightly  exceeded  by  the  style 
branches.  Feb.  Syria. 

EE.  Perianth-segms.  obtuse. 

17.  umbrdsum,  Stev.    Corm  small:  Ivs.  4-5,  6-9  in. 
long,  9-12  lines  wide'  fls  1-5  from  each  spathe,  lilac, 
about    2   in.    across,    perianth  -  segms.   oblanceolate, 
obtuse,  with  8-12  veins.   Caucasus. 

DD.  Number  of  fls  from  each  spathe  1  or  2. 

18.  alpinum,  DC.  (C.  monldrmm,  All.  not  Linn  ).  Lvs. 
2,  rarely  3,  nearly  erect  or  spreading,  4-8  in  long,  3-6 
lines  wide,  obtuse,  channeled,  shining  green,  narrowed 
from  the  middle  to  the  base:  fls    1   or  2  from  each 
spathe,  about  2  in   across,  lilac;  segms.  oblanceolate, 
obtuse,  3-4  lines   wide,    with   10-15  veins.    Mts.   of 
France  and  Switzerland. 

C  gigant&um,  Hort.  A  plant  with  magnificent  pink  fls  — Is  not 
certainly  referable  to  any  species  The  name  appears  in  several 
catalogues,  but  is  unknown  in  botanical  literature  See  F  S  R. 
1  108— C  hvdrophtlum,  Hort  An  early  spring  -  flowering  spe- 
cies, bulb  size  of  a  walnut  Ivs  and  fls  appearing  together,  the 
fls  bright  clear  rose  and  taller  than  the  Ivs  ,  the  latter  growing 
after  the  fin  are  gone  and  attaining  a  length  of  6  in  ,  fls  in  clus- 
ters of  3-15,  stamens  half  as  long  as  the  segms  Taurus  Mt«  GC 
III  29  102  — C  siehe&num,  Hort  A  late  autumn-flowering  spetiea 
with  rich  reddish  purple  fls  Asia  Minor  — C  veratrtfMium,  Hort 
Similar  to  some  of  the  forma  of  C.  speciomim,  but  earlier  in  flowering. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOK.J 

COLDFRAME.  An  unheated  covered  frame  (see 
Frame)  used  (1)  for  the  starting  of  plants  m  spring  in 
advance  of  settled  weather  but  not  so  early  as  in  a 
hotbed;  (2)  for  receiving  plants  from  a  hotbed  or  green- 
house, holding  them  as  an  intermediate  station  until 
they  may  go  m  the  field,  (3)  carrying  hardy  plants  over 
winter,  as  spinach,  lettuce,  (4)  providing  a  general 
store-place  for  hardy  or  semi-hardy  stuff  from  green- 
house and  garden;  (5)  affording  a  propagatmg-bed  in 
spring  and  summer  for  seedb  or  cuttings  Usually  the 
coldframe  is  topped  with  glass,  as  is  the  hotbed,  but 
prepared  paper  or  cloth  is  sometimes  used  Coldframes 
are  usually  of  temporary  construction  L  H.  B 

COLD-STORAGE,  REFRIGERATION,  RETARD- 
ING. Dealers  m  bulbs,  cut-flowers,  nursery  stock, 
fruits  and  vegetables  employ  cold-storage  to  retard  the 
growth  of  bulbs  and  plants,  or  to  preserve  cut-flowers 
and  produce,  by  using  specially  constructed  sheds, 
refrigerators,  ice-boxes,  or  the  public  cold-storage 
warehouses.  The  nursery  stock  thus  stored  can  be 
packed  and  slupped  from  the  cold  to  warmer  parts  of 
the  country  in  good  season  for  planting,  when  it  would 
be  impossible  to  dig  and  ship  such  stock  without  the 
storage  system  Sheds  for  the  storage  of  nursery  stock 
have  earthen  floors,  are  ventilated  and  lighted  from 
the  ridge-and-furrow  roof  and  heated  to  exclude  frost, 
the  maximum  temperature  being  35°  to  40.°  Large 
trees  are  stood  upright,  the  smaller  stock  usually  laid 
lengthwise  in  compartments.  The  roots  are  covered 
with  sphagnum,  or  a  mixture  of  sphagnum  and  excelsior 
or  cedar  shingletow,  the  shingletow  or  excelsior  alone 
will  not  make  good  covering  for  this  purpose  See 
Nursery. 

The  roots  and  bulbs  commonly  placed  in  cold-storage 
are  those  used  by  florists  for  forcing,  such  as  lily  bulbs, 
lily-of-the-valley  pips,  and  the  like.  By  placing  these 
in  cold-storage,  growers  can  secure  a  continuous  suc- 
cession of  bloom  throughout  the  year.  Lily  bulbs  are 
stored  in  the  original  cases  packed  m  soil,  the  cases 
being  cleated  to  provide  circulation  of  air,  and  held  at 
34°.  The  multiflorum  and  formosum  varieties  of  Lilmm 
longiflorum  can  be  held  in  storage  three  to  four  months, 
and  the  giganteum  type  of  this  lily  ten  to  eleven  months, 
L.  auratum  four  months,  L.  speciosum  and  varieties 
eight  months  The  sizes  (circumference)  of  storage  lily 
bulbs  and  number  of  bulbs  to  the  case  are  as  follows: 


COLD-STORAGE 


COLEUS 


827 


1027.  Coleus  cutting. 


L  longiflorum  and  its  varieties  midtiflorum,  forniosum 
and  giganteum,  6-  to  8-inch,  400,  7-  to  9-mch,  300,  9- 
to  11-inch,  200,  in  L  longiflorwn  giganleum  there  is  an 
8-  to  10-inoh  .size  which  runs  225  to  the  case;  L  auratum 
8-  to  9-mch,  100,  9-  to  11-inch,  100,  11-  to  13-inch,  75; 
/,  sprcwnim,  8-  to  9-mch,  200,  9-  to  11-inch,  100,  11- 
to  13-inch,  75.  Lily-of-thc-valley  pips  are  packed  m  a 
mixture  of  sphagnum  and  sand,  one-fourth  of  the  latter 
being  used  to  three-fourths  of  the  moss  and  held  at  28  ° 
These  are  packed  500,  1,000  and  2,000  to  the  case  and 
can  be  kept  in  storage 
eleven  months  Canna 
roots,  dahlias  and  gladioli 
should  be  held  at  35°  to  40  ° 
Cut-flowers,  such  as  roses, 
carnations,  orchids,  violets, 
and  lilies,  used  by  florists, 
are  preserved  for  varying 
periods  in  ice-boxes  or  refrig- 
erators, the  usual  tem- 
perature being  35°  to  40.° 
Peonies  cut  when  the  buds 
show  color,  leaves  removed 
from  the  lower  part  of  the  stem,  wrapped  in  paper, 
and  the  lower  bare  portions  of  the  stems  placed  m 
water,  will  keep  several  weeks  at  a  temperature  of  32° 
to  33  °  Lihum  candidum  m  bud  can  be  treated  the 
same  way 

Fruits  and  vegetables  are  stored  at  33°  to  35  °  Ware- 
housemen say  that  eold-stoiage  merchandise  keeps 
best  and  is  easiest  to  handle  in  packages  containing 
about  a  bushel  See  XUnage  MICHAEL  BAKKER 

COLE.  A  generic  name,  little  known  in  North 
America,  for  plants  of  the  cabbage  tribe,  cole-oil  is 
secured  from  species  of  Brassica 

COLEA  (Sir  O  Lowry  Cole,  Governor  of  Mauritius) 
Ihgnontactx  Glabrous  evergreen  trees  or  shrubs?  of 
Madagascar,  Mauritius  and  the  Seychelles,  members 
of  which  may  occur  in  collections  of  warmhouse  (or 
stove)  plants  Lvs  opposite  or  verticillate,  pinnate, 
with  many  entire  Ifts  fls  medium-sized,  \ellow,  white 
or  rose-color  in  lax  or  dense  cymes  or  fascicles,  corolla 
funnelforni,  somewhat  bilabiate,  with  5  rounded 
spreading  lobes,  perfect  stamens  4,  didynamous  — 
Probably  15  species,  but  little  known  in  cult  They 
thrive  in  a  fibrous  earth  and  prop  by  means  of  mature 
shoots  in  sand  over  bottom-heat. 

COLEUS  (Greek  for  sktath,  referring  to  the  mona- 
delphous  stamens)  Labials.  Common  window-gar- 
den and  greenhouse  showy-leaved  herbs,  and  a  few 
less  known  species  grown  for  the  handsome  flowers. 

Heibs  or  small  shrubs,  annual 
or  perennial,  upright  Ivs  opposite, 
dentate  or  serrate,  petiofed  or 
sessile  st  4-angled  fls  mostly 
blue  or  lilac,  in  teimmal  spike- 
like  racemes,  small  and  middle- 
sized  and  usually  bluish,  the  5- 
toothed  calyx  deflcxed  in  fr  ; 
corolla  bilabiate,  the  lower  lobes 
longer  and  concave,  and  inclosing 
the  essential  organs,  stamens  4, 
didynamous  and  decimate,  the 
filaments  united  into  a  tube,  the 
anther-cells  confluent,  ovary  4- 
parted,  subtended  by  a  gland-like 
disk,  the  style  2-lobed  — Probably 
150  species,  m  the  tropics  of  the 
eastern  hemisphere,  being  especi- 
ally abundant  in  Afr  ,  E  India 
and  adjacent  isls.  Some  species 
produce  tubers  that  are  eaten  m 
the  same  way  as  potatoes. 


The  common  coleuses  are  of  the  most  easy  culture. 
They  root  readily  from  short  cuttings,  cut  either  to  a 
joint  or  in  the  middle  of  an  mternode  (Fig  1027).  Few 
conservatory  plants  are  more  ready  to  root  than  this 
They  may  be  rooted  at  any  time  of  the  year  when  new 
wood  is  to  be  secured  Formerly 
coleuses  were  much  used  for 
bedding,  but  the  introduction 
of  better  plants  for  this  purpose 
has  lessened  their  popularity. 
They  require  a  long  season ,  they 
are  likely  to  burn  in  the  hot 
summers  of  the  interior  country; 
they  have  a  weedy  habit  How- 
ever, they  withstand  shearing  and 
therefore  are  useful  for  carpet- 
bedding  The  leading  variety 
for  this  purpose  is  still  the  old 
Golden  Bcdder,  whose,  golden 
yellow  foliage  is  used  as  filling 
for  fancy  designs  — Coleus  plants 
make  excellent  specimens  for 
the  window-garden  and 
conservatory  Best  results 
are  secured  when  ne\v 
plants  are  started  from 
cuttings  each  spring 
They  also  grow  readily 
from  seeds,  many  interest- 
ing leaf-forms  and  colors  arising 
The  old  plants  become  leggy,  lose 
their  leaves,  and  lack  brightness 
of  color  They  arc  very  subject  to 
rnealy-bug  They  are  also  liable 
to  root-gall  (the  work  of  a  nema- 
tode  worm),  as  shown  in  Fig  1028 
When  plants  are  thus  affected, 
take  cuttings  and  burn  the  old 
plants,  and  either  bake  or  freeze 
the  earth  in  which  they  grew. 

A  Common  garden  coleus,  with  red,  ^ 

purple,    yellow,    green    and  1028.  A  coleus  attacked 
variegated  foliage  by  root-galls. 

Bldrnei,  Benth  (C  Vtrwriaffeltu,  Lem.  C  acutel- 
larwvles  var  Bliimn,  Miq  )  This  species,  founded  on 
cult  plants  in  Java,  is  probably  to  be  regarded,  as  now 
understood,  a-s  an  assemblage  or  combination  of 
species  The  horticultural  forms  are  perhaps  derived 
in  part  (as  suggested  by  Briquet  and  by  Reorders) 
from  C  lacimatus,  C  buolor,  and  others,  and  perhaps 
the\  are  to  be  considered  also  m  connection  with  C. 
alrupurpureus,  Benth  ,  of  Malaysia,  and  its  relatives 
The  entire  garden  material  needs  to  be  worked  over  in 
comparison  with  authentic  native 
oriental  specimens  Portraits  of 
C  Blurnei  of  botanical  interest 
are  BM  4754  IH  27  '3-7,  35 
46,  39  164  FS.  22  228778  A 
soft  perennial  herb  or  sub-shrub, 
growing  2-3  ft  high,  little 
branched  Ivs  ovate,  narrowed  or 
broad  at  base  and  long-acuminate, 
sharply  and  nearly  regularly 
toothed,  variously  colored  with 
yellow,  dull  red  and  purplish  An 
extreme  form  of  this  is  var  Ver- 
schaffe'ltii,  Lem  ,  Fig  1030,  which 
is  more  robust  and  branchy,  the 
Ivs  more  brilliantly  colored,  acute 
but  not  acuminate,  truncate  or 
even  cordate  at  base,  and  irregu- 
larlv  cut-dentate,  with  rounded 
teeth,  giving  the  margin  a  crispy 
effect  (I.  H.  8.293)  In  some 
forms,  the  Ivs  are  lacmiate. 


1029.  A  good  young  coleus  plant. 


£3 


828 


COLEUS 


COLLETIA 


AA.  Other  species  of  Coleus,  now  and  then  %n  cult.   (Sitll 
other  species  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  trade.) 
thyrsofdetis,  Baker.  Tender  shrub,  2-3  ft.  high:  sts. 
pubescent:  Ivs.   cordate-acuminate,   coarsely  crenate, 
lower  ones  7  in.  long.  fls.  bright  blue,  in  racemes  which 
contain  as  many  as  18  forking  cymes  with  about  10 
fla,  in  each    Cent.   Afr.     B  M.  7672  —Considered  to 
have  much  merit  for  cult.,  either  under  glass,  or  in  the 
open  far  S.  Winter. 

shirensis,  Baker.  Perennial  herb,  densely  pubescent, 
3  ft.,  much  like  the  above  in  habit-  sts.  angular,  pale 
jrreen  turning  to  brown:  Ivs.  glandular,  pungently 
aromatic,  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  membranous, 
2-3  in.  long,  deeply  crenate,  pubescent  beneath  but 
scantily  so  above'  fls  dark  blue  (also  described  as  light 
blue),  in  large  erect  terminal  panicles.  Cent  Afr. 
B  M  8024  —Winter. 

Mahdnii,  Baker  Shrub,  to  2  ft,  pubescent,  the 
branchlets  slender:  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate,  acute,  2-3  in. 
long,  crenate,  membranous,  pale  and  finely  pubescent 
beneath  and  green  and  nearly  glabrous  above-  fls 
email,  purple  with  golden  anthers,  in  a  large  graceful 
panicle  Cent  Afr.  —  Winter 

Penzigii,  Damm.  Soft  perennial  herb,  white-hairy: 
Ivs  ovate,  membranous,  narrowed  abruptly  at  base. 
crenate;  petiole  winged-  fls.  bright  lilac  (also  described 
as  ashy  blue)  in  a  long  and  lax  racemose  panicle,  the 
whorls  being  about  8-fld,  Nile  Land.  L.  H.  B 

COLIC-ROOT:  AUtnt  jdnnota. 


(neck  and  hp,  referring  to  a  peculiarity 
of  the  fl  ).  Orchiddcex  Two  terrestrial  orchids,  of 
Java  and  Borneo,  rarely  cult  ,  requiring  the  treatment 
given  Catasetum.  Lf  single,  plicate  fls.  or  clusters 
racemose,  on  a  tall  scape;  lateral  petals  attached  to 
the  foot  or  base  of  the  incurved  column,  lip  at  its  base 
encircling  the  column  (whence  the  generic  name); 
polhma  2  C  nebulo&um,  Blume  Sts.  fleshy,  about  2 
in,  long'  If.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  the  petiole 
roundest  '  scape  about  2  ft  ,  erect  ,  fls.  numerous  in  scat- 
tered clusters  or  whorls,  spurred,  about  ^m  long,  the 
hp  3-lobed,  white  and  a  little  fringed,  the  sepals  and 


1030.  Coleus  Blumei  var.  Verschaffeltu. 


petals  greenish  with  reddish  margins.  Java.  C.  sim- 
plex, Reichb.  Lf.  oblong,  acute,  wavy,  green  with 
darker  blotches:  fls  racemose  at  the  apex  of  the  scape; 
lip  white;  sepals  and  petals  greenish  yellow  with  purple 
and  brown  blotches.  Borneo. 

COLLARDS.  A  kind  of  kale.  Probably  several 
somewhat  different  plants  pass  as  collards,  the  ctyarac- 
tenstic  being  that  they  produce  tufts  or  rosettes  of 
leaves  that  are  removed  and  used  as  greens.  Usually 
referred  to  Brosstca  oleracea  var.  acephala.  See  Brassica. 


In  the  South,  a  form  of  the  plant  known  as  Georgia 
collards  is  much  grown  for  domestic  use  and  the  south- 
ern market.  The  plant  grows  2  to  4  feet  high  and 
forms  no  head,  but  the  central  leaves  often  form  a  kind 
of  loose  rosette. 
These  tender  leaves 
are  eaten  as  a  pot- 
herb, as  all  other 
kales  are.  Fig.  1031, 
shows  a  Georgia 
collard,  with  a 
heavy  crown.  The 
seeds  of  collard 
may  be  started  in  * 
a  frame  under  glass, 
or  in  a  seed-bed  m 
the  open  As  far 
south  as  the  orange- 
belt,  they  are  usu- 
ally started  in  Feb- 
ruary and  March, 
m  order  that  the 
plants  may  mature 
before  the  dry,  hot 
weather.  Farther 
north  they  are 
started  m  July  or 
August  and  the 
plants  are  ready 
for  use  before  cold  103L 

weather     Trans- 
plant to  rows  3^2  to  4  feet  apart,  and  3  feet  apart  in 
the  row    Till  as  for  cabbage. 

Young  cabbage  plants  are  sometimes  eaten  aa 
"greens"  under  the  name  of  collards,  and  cabbage 
seeds  are  sown  for  this  specific  purpose.  In  the  North, 
where  heading  cabbages  ran  be  raised,  collards  of  what- 
ever kind  are  not  greatly  prized.  £,.  H.  B. 

COLLfcTIA    (Phihbort   Collet,    1643-1718,   French 
*  botanist).   Rhamnaceae.  Odd  spiny  shrubs  grown  under 
glass,  and  in  the  open  m  California  and  other  warm 
regions 

Leaves  small  and  simple  (or  wanting),  opposite 
branches  short,  often  flattened,  arranged  in  opposite 
pairs,  thickened,  hpmy  (sometimes  called  Ivs  )  fls 
small,  perfect,  yellowish  or  white,  nodding  on  1-fld. 
pedicels,  single  or  fascicled  in  the  axils  or  beneath  the 
flattened  divaricate  spines;  calyx  boll-shaped  or  tubular, 
4-5-parted,  pet uls  4-G  or  0,  inserted  on  the  calyx, 
stamens  4-6,  dis>k  joined  to  calyx-tube,  inconspicuous 
or  the  margin  rolled-in,  ovary  3-lobed  and  3-celled, 
standing  in  the  disk,  the  stigma  3-lobed  fr  a  coriaceous 
dry  drupe-like  caps  — About  a  dozen  species  in  S  Amer., 
mostly  in  the  tropical  parts  The  collet  las  are  said  to 
start  readily  from  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood,  as 
well  as  from  seeds.  They  are  to  be  grown  as  single  or 
detached  specimens,  because  of  their  oddity 

cruciata,  Gill.  &  Hook  (C.  h6mda,  Hort).  Very 
curious  shrub,  3-4  ft ,  with  elliptic  flattened  very  broad- 
spmy  decurrent  branches:  Ivs  few,  elliptic,  entire'  fls. 
small,  white,  a  few  together  at  the  base  of  the  spines, 
borne  profusely  in  spring  S.  Brazil,  Uruguay.  B  M. 
5033. 

spindsa,  Lam  Shrub,  to  10  ft ,  with  strong  awl- 
shaped  very  sharp  spines  Ivs.  elliptic,  small,  sessile, 
serrate,  mostly  vanishing  at  blooming  time  fls.  larger, 
urn-shaped,  borne  singly  or  nearly  so  beneath  the 
spines.  S.  Brazil,  Uruguay. 

ulicina,  Gill.  &  Hook  Smaller.  3-4  ft.:  spines  as  m 
C  spinosa,  but  more  numerous,  thicker,  and  hairy:  fls. 
cylindrical,  in  clusters  near  tops  of  the  branches.  Andes 
of  Chile. 

Eph£dra,  Vent.  Small  stiff  bush:  branches  erect, 
spiny:  Ivs.  wanting:  fls  (m  very  early  spring)  sessile  at 


COLLETIA 


COLOCASIA 


829 


the  nodes,  spicate-glomerate,  calyx  top-shaped,  the 
lobes  spreading.  Peru,  Chile.  L.B.C.  19.1830.— 
Reported  as  cult,  in  Calif  L  jj  3 

COLLIGUAYA  (Chilean  name)  Euphorbiacex  Small 
trees  of  the  Chilean  region,  scarcely  in  cult ,  although 
the  fragrant  wood  of  some  species  is  used  Seeds  of 
this  and  related  genera  which  have  springing  move- 
ments, due  to  contained  insect  larvae,  are  sometimes 
known  as  "lumping  beans  "  Juice  milky  fls  monoe- 
cious, apetalous,  calyx  imbricate  or  none  in  stammate 
fls  ;  stamens  1-5,  ovary  2-4-cclled,  cells  1-ovuled. 
The  following  may  be  expected  in  botanical  collec- 
tions, although  probably  not  in  the  trade*  C  odorlfera, 
Molina  Lvs  serrate,  ovate  to  oblong  C.  brasihensis, 
Klotzbch.  Lvs  serrulate,  linear-lanceolate.  C.  inttger- 
nma,  Gill.  &  Hook.  Lvs  linear,  entire. 

J  B  S  NORTON. 

COLLfNSIA  (after  Zaccheus  Collins,  American  phil- 
anthropist and  promoter  of  science,  Philadelphia,  1704- 
1831)  Scrophulandcfx.  Hardy  flower-garden  annuals 
mostly  from  California  and  western  North  America 

Leaves  simple,  verticillate  in  3's,  or  opposite,  fls 
m  the  axils,  solitary  or  in  whorls,  racemose  m  some 
species,  calyx  bell-shaped,  corolla  deeply  bi-labiatc, 
stamens  4,  the  fifth  rudimentary  and  glandular  — About 
25  species  They  are  not  far  lemoved  botamcally  from 
Penthtemon  and  Chelone  From  the  former,  the  genus 
differs  in  having  the  fifth  sterile  stamen  reduced  to  a 
mere  gland 

The  collmsias  are  free-flowering  and  of  the  easiest 
culture  They  may  be  sown  outdoors  in  the  fall  in  vsel- 
drained  soil,  and  will  bloom  earlier  than  if  sown  m 
spring  Their  flowers  borne  in 
midsummer  range  in  color 
from  white  through  lilac  and 
2  rose  to  violet,  with  clear,  bright 
*  blue  albo,  at  least  on  one  lip  of 
the  flower  There  is  no  yellow. 

A.  FL-stalks  very  short,  giving 
the   clusters   a  dense  ap- 
pear <u  ice 
B.  Corolla  Wrongly  declined; 

throat  at,  ivtdc  as  long 
tricolor,  Benth  Fig  1032. 
Height  1-2  ft  hairy,  glabrous, 
or  bticky.bts  weak  and  bend- 
ing Ivs  more  or  less  toothed, 
and  oblong  or  lanceolate,  ses- 
sile, finely  toothed,  opposite  or 
in  3s.  fls  t>pically  purple  and 
white,  with  5  or  6  well-marked 
color  varieties.  Var  alba,  Hoit 
(Fig.  1033),  has  pure  \\hite 
fls.,  or  the  lower  lip  greenish 
or  yellowish.  Var  multicolor, 
Voss  (C  multicolor,  Lmdl  & 
Paxt ),  has  variegated  fls  ,  the 
same  fl  being  white,  lilac,  rose 
or  violet  on  either  lip  or  both 
Var.  multicolor  mannorata, 
has  the  lower  Up  white,  suf- 
fused lilac,  and  upper  lip  light 
lilac,  spotted  and  striped  car- 
mine Calif  ,  below  2,000  ft 
BM.34S8  PM  3  195.  BR 
1734  —This  is  the  most  widely 
distributed  and  variable  spe- 
cies, and  the  one  on  which  the  genus  was  founded. 
Calif ,  mostly  in  moist  ground 

BB.  Corolla  less  strongly  declined,  throat  much  longer 

than  broad 

bartsiflef&lia,  Benth.  Height  \Y2  ft ,  the  st.  usually 
stiff  and  simple :  sticky  and  somewhat  glandular,  rarely 


hairy   Ivs  from  ovate-oblong  to  linear-  fl  -whorls  2-5, 
purplish  or  whitish  seeds  not  wrinkled.  Calif. 


AA.  Fl.-slalks 


m  long  or  more,  giving  the  clusters 
a  looser  look. 


1032.  Collmsia  bicolor. 


1033.  Collmsia  bicolor 
var.  alba   ( X  *A) 


verna,  Nutt  Height  about  6  in  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong 
or  the  lowest  rounded  and  slender-stalked,  and  the  up- 
per ovate-lanceolate  and  partly 
clasping,  whorls  about  b'-fld  ;  fl  - 
stalks  longer  than  the  fls  ;  throat 
of  the  corolla  as  long  as  the  calyx- 
lobes,  lower  lip  bright  blue,  upper 
lip  white  or  purplish  seeds  thick, 
not  flattened,  oblojig,  arched. 
Moist  woods,  W.  N  Y  and  Pa. 
to  Wis  and  Ky.  B  M  4927. 

grandiflftra,  Douglas  Height 
4-12  in  •  Ivs  thickish,  the  lowest 
roundish  and  stalked:  whorls  3- 
9-fld  ,  fl  -stalks  about  as  long  as 
the  fls  ;  lower  lip  deep  blue  or 
violet;  upper  lip  white  or  purple; 
throat  of  the  corolla  sac-like,  as 
broad  as  long,  or  as  long  as  the 
upper  lip'  seeds  roundish,  smooth. 
Shady  hills  of  Calif  BR  1107. 

WILUELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR f 

COLLINSONIA  (after  Peter 
Collmson,  English  botanist,  cor- 
respondent of  Linnaaus  and  John  Bartram)  Labiatx. 
HoRbE-BALM  HORSE- WTEED.  STONE-ROOT.  Native 
peiennial  herbs 

Plants  of  small  importance  horticulturally,  with  large, 
odorous,  ovate,  serrate,  mostly  long-stalked  Ivs  ,  thick 
roots,  and  simple  or  pamcled,  naked,  terminal  racemes 
of  yellow  or  whitish  fls  — Three  species  in  E  N  Amer  , 
one  of  which  is  sometimes  offered  by  dealers  in  native 
plants,  but  is,  not  especially  ornamental  They  are  of 
simple  cult 

canadensis,  Linn  CITRONELLA  Height  2-4  ft  Ivs. 
4-9  in  long,  broadly  ovate  to  oblong  racemes  pamcled; 
calyx  in  fl  1  line,  in  fr  4  or  5  lines  long,  corolla  light 
yellow,  lemon-scented,  }  mi  long  Rich  woods,  Can- 
ada to  Wis  ,  Kans  ,  and  south  to  Fla  L  tf  B 

COLLOMIA  (Greek  for  glue,  alluding  to  the  muci- 
laginous character  of  the  wetted  seeds)  Polemoniacex. 
In  \sa  Gray's  late  treatment,  Collomia  is  included  with 
Giha,  although  at  first  kept  distinct  by  him  (Proc. 
Amer  Acod  Arts  &  Sc-i  XV11,  223),  and  this  dis- 
position is  followed  here,  particularly  since  none  of 
the  species  seems  to  be  known  in  the  trade  as  Collomia. 
Engler  &  Prantl  keep  the  genus  distinct,  however, 
asciibmg  to  it  eighteen  species  from  western  North 
America  and  Chile  Such  as  are  cultivated  will  be 
found  in  this  Cyclopedia  under  Cilia.  The  Collomias 
are  annual,  biennial  and  perennial. 

COLOCASIA  (old  Greek  substantive  name)  Aracex. 
Perennial  herbs  with  cordate-peltate  leaves,  which  are 
often  handsomely  colored  in  cultivation,  grown  under 
glass,  and  one  of  the  forms  much  used  for  planting  out 
when  large-leaved  tropical  effects  are  desired;  also 
grown  for  the  edible  tubers. 

Plants  tuberous  or  with  an  erect  caudex:  If  -blades 
peltate,  ovate  or  sagittate-cordate,  basal  lobes  rounded: 
blade  of  spathe  2-5  times  longer  than  tube;  spadix 
shorter  than  spathe,  terminating  in  a  club-shaped  or 
subulate  appendage  destitute  of  stamens  Differs  from 
Alocasia  and  Caladium  m  floral  characters — Species  5. 
Tropics. 

Colocasia  includes  the  plants  known  as  Caladium 
esculentum,  which  are  much  grown  for  subtropical  bed- 
ding. C,  odorata  (which  is  an  Alocasia)  has  very  large, 


830 


COLOCASIA 


COLOR 


thick  stems,  which  may  be  wintered  over  safely  with- 
out leaves,  or  at  most  with  one  or  two,  the  stems,  to 
save  space,  being  placed  close  together  in  boxes  C. 
esculenta  rests  during  the  winter  and  is  kept  under  a 
greenhouse  bench  or  anywhere  out  of  the  reach  of 
frost  or  damp 
All  of  the  tafi- 
growing  colo- 
casias are  of 

the  easiest  cul-  ,  in  a  m  t 

ture     As  they  i  j!J"!  ,j  " 

are  very  rank-  i :  [ ;  J  t  JJ 

growing  plants  *  * ! ! ' 

they  are  not 
much  grown  in 
greenhouses, 
but  are  chiefly 
planted  out-of- 
doors  for  sum- 
mer display. 
They  do  best 
in  damp  rich 
soil.  The 
dwarf  species 
and  forms  are 
suited  for  pot 
growth,  but 
little  is  seen  of 
them  except  in 
public  gardens 


1034.  Colocasia  antiquorum  var.  esculenta. 
(Caladium  esculentum). 


Consult  Caladium  for  further  treatment   (G  W  Oliver.) 

Colocasias  furnish  the  much-cultivated  taro  of  the 
Pacific  tropics,  this  edible  product  being  the  large 
starchy  roots.  From  it  is  made  the  poi  of  Hawaii  In 
Japan  and  other  countries  the  tubers  of  colocasias  are 
much  cultivated,  and  are  handled  and  eaten  much  as 
we  use  potatoes  (see  Georgeson,  A  G  13  81)  The 
young  leaves  of  some  kinds  are  boiled  and  eaten  The 
dasheen  is  of  the  same  group  It  has  been  recently 
introduced  from  tropical  America,  and  is  receiving 
conhideiable  attention  for  cultivation  in  the  South 
The  tubers  may  also  be  forced  for  the  tender  .shoots 
Cf  Bull.  104  Bur.  Plant  Ind  U  S  Dcpt  Agnc 
(1910),  and  subsequent  publications  of  Off.  Foieign 
Seed  and  PI  Intro 

antiqudrum,  Schott  Lvs.  peltate-ovate,  basal  lobes 
half  as  long  as  the  apical  one,  connate  two-thirds  to 
three-fourths  their  length,  separated  by  a  broad,  trian- 
gular, obtusish  sinus  India  B  M.  7364. 

Var  euchldra,  Schott  (C  euchlora}  C  Koch). 
Petioles  violet,  blade  black-green,  with  violet  margins. 

Var  FontanSsii,  Schott  (Alocasia  violacea,  Hort. 
Caladium  violaceum,  Hort  C.  dlbo-vwlaceum,  Hort  ?). 
Petioles  violet,  blade  dull  green,  with  violet  margins 
B  M  7732  — Multiplies  rapidly  by  whip-like  runners 
and  grows  well  in  shallow  water 

Var.  illfistris,  Engler  (C.  illustns,  Hort).  BLACK 
CALADIUM  Petiole*,  violet,  blade  more  oblong-ovate, 
with  black-green  spots  between  the  primary  veins. 
F.M  ,  1874  107  —Very  beautiful  in  masses,  but  fls 
have  offensive  odor 

Var.  esculenta,  Schott  (Caladium  escuUntum,  Vent. 
Colocasia  cscultnta,  Schott).  ELEPHANT'S  EAR.  Fig. 
J034  Spadix  with  an  appendage  half  as  long  as  the 
stammate  infl. :  Ivs.  bright  green,  often  3  ft.  or  more 
long,  nearly  as  wide.  Hawaii  and  Fiji  G.  2:62,  571; 
7:44 

affmis,  Schott.  Blade  thin,  membranaceous, 
rounded-ovate  or  ovate,  the  apical  lobe  scarcely  a 
fourth  or  a  third  longer  than  wide;  basal  lobes  connate 
nearly  their  entire  length,  bright  green  above,  glaucous 
beneath;  blade  only  4-6  in  long  Himalaya — Not 
hardy  in  Cent.  Fla. 

Var.  Jenningsii,  Engler  (Alocasia  Jeimingsii, 
Veitch).  Petiole  purplish,  with  transverse  purple  lines; 


blade  cordate,  emargmate,  with  large,  oblong  or  trian- 
gular black-green  or  black-violet  spots  between  the 
primary  lateral  veins.  I  H.  16:585.  FS.  17.1818-19. 
— Not  hardy  in  Cent  Fla. 

neo-gumeensis,  Andre*  Remarkable  for  its  tufted 
habit,  the  shortness  of  the  If  -stalks,  its  short-stalked 
mil ,  and  the  beautiful  green  tone  of  its  smooth  and 
shiny  Ivs  ,  spotted  with  creamy  white.  New  Guinea 
I II  27  380 

M&rchallu,  Engler  (Alocd.na  Mdrchalhi,  Hort.  A 
hybruta,  Bull).  Hybrid,  probably  of  C.  ajffims  and  C. 
antiquorum.  Larger  in  all  parts  than  C.  affinis,  the 
petioles  pale  green,  very  slightly  emargmate,  with 
large,  confluent  spots 

C  batavifnsis^  \locasia  batavicn8is(?) — C  Caroca&Ana,  Engler 
— Xanthosorua  — ('  jaednita,  Hort  —  (')  — C.  Mafaffa,  Hort  =» 
Xanthosoma — C  murain&ta,  Hort  =Caladmm  bicolor — C  monor- 
rhisa,  Hort  =(')  — C'  <><Wr<7  Rrongn  =  \looasiu  ocjora,  Koch.  Tree- 
hkp,  the  st  or  caud<>\  3-0  ft  and  (5  in  duim  Ivs  green,  cordate, 
stalked,  bearing  peduncles  in  pairs  in  their  axils  E  Asia  B  M 
3935  — C  odor  Ma,  Hort  = Alocasia  macrorrhiza 

GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

COLOCYNTH:   Citrullus 

COLOR  IN  FLOWERS.  The  range  of  simple  color 
among  flowers  is  not  very  extensive  There  aic  singu- 
lar and  almost  unaccountable  inteivals  in  that  range 
where  color  is  conspicuously  absent  in  cveiy  genus 
Indeed,  there  is  no  such  thing  as  a  pure  green  flo\\er, 
nor  a  pure  blue  one,  neither  is  there  any  flower  to 
match  the  remaik«Me  blue-gteeri  or  green-blue  so 
familiar  in  tho  plumage  of  mtam  birds,  this  h;is  no 
existence  at  all  in  the  vegetable  world  The  lange  of 
color,  therefore,  among  floueis  is  stnctly  cncuinseiibed 
A  simple  color  is  a  hue  not  complicated  withain  other 
tint  or  shade  or  hue  Roughly  described,  the  hues  com- 
prise yellow,  gold-yellow,  orange,  scarlet,  red,  crim- 
son, magenta,  purple,  violet,  and  ultramarine,  these 
together  with  blue,  peacock-blue,  green,  and  yellow- 
green  (hues  which  do  not  appeal  m  the  floral  world) 
compose  a  circle  of  color  irom  \shich  all  tints  and 
shade*  are  derived  Fig  103,")  In  other  \\ords,  the 
admixture  of  white  with  a  hue  produces  a  tint,  and 
the  admixture  of  black,  a  shade  Fig  1036  A 
reduction  of  the  lange  of  hu» ->  given  above  to  its  sim- 
plest terms  would  comprise  only  \ello\\,  oiange,  ie<i, 
purple,  blue,  and  green,  ^ix  pinnarv  colors  Fig  1037 
Although  pioneer  investigators  of  the  nature  of  color 


1035.  The  intermediate  hues. 

resolved  these  six  hues  into  three — yellow,  red,  and 
blue, — the  restriction  was  made  at  the  cost  of  absolute 
purity  in  the  other  three  hues  which  they  chose  to 
name  secondary  colors  There  is  no  possible  way  of 
producing  absolutely  pure  orange,  violet,  or  green,  by 
a  combination  of  pigments 


COLOR 

The  generic  character  of  flower-colors  is  com- 
prehended in  the  hues  just  named,  although  such 
names  are  of  little  consequence  so  long  as  identifica- 
tion is  without  question  Unfortunately  scientists  and 
artists  have  not  yot  established  a  standard  nomen- 
clature of  color,  and  as  a  consequence  the  name  of  a 

WITH  BLACK   WITH  WHITE  CLEAR  COLOR      Particular     hue    18 

largely  determined 
by  a  consensus  of 
public  opinion, 
which,  very  natu- 
rally, is  not  always 
correct. 

Classification  of  colors. 

It  is  essential, 
therefore,  to  accept 
both  popular  and 
scientific  estimates  of 
color  if  the  subject 
is  to  be  considered  m 
its  relation  to  flow- 
ers The  scientific 
determination  of 
simple  colors  is  ex- 
pressed by  certain 
arbitrary  numbered 
lines  in  the  spec- 
trum Thus,  yellow 
is  at  line  580,  gold- 
yellow  at  605,  orange 
at  030,  scarlet  at  655, 
rod  at  680,  green  at 
530,  peacock-blue  at 


COLOR 


831 


OLD  COLD 

SULPHUR 

YELLOW 

OCHRE 

STRAWY. 

COLD  Y. 

BURNT 
ORANGE 

SALMON 

ORANGE. 

TERRA 
COTTA 

5HR1MPB 

SCARLET 

CARDINAL 

PINK 

RED 

MAROON 

C  PINK 

CRIMSON 

PLUM 

P.LI  LAC 

MAGENTA 

DARK 

B  PLf  M 

LI'LAC 

PIWLE 

LOGWOOD 
VIOLET 

B.LI  LAC 

VIOLET 

INDIGO 

V.  BLUE. 

ULTRAM'* 

1036.  Color  phases  in  flowers. 


505,  violet  at  430,  ultramarine  at  455,  and  blue  at 
480  These  numbers  indicate  the  wave-lengths  of  the 
respective  hues,  with  the  micron  (one-millionth  part 
of  an  inch)  as  the  unit  This  identification  of  color, 
however  satisfactory  from  a  scientific  point  of  view,  is 
both  intangible  and  impracticable  in  every  other 
respect  The  flower- petal  or  the  artist's  pigment 
matched  with  the  spectrum  is  the  only  proper  medium 
through  which  to  convey  an  adequate  knowledge  of  a 
given  hue  to  the  layman,  and  it  must  be  remembered 
that  everyone  is  hypothetic-ally  the  layman  who  is  not 
directly  associated"  with  the  particular  science  or  art 
under  consideration  The  colors  of  certain  flower- 
petals  as  matched  with  the  spectium  lines  are  as  follows 

Yellow  (580)  — (Enothera  Inirtrns,  Brat>mca  nigra. 
Ranunculus  acns,  Hthanthus  decapetalus,  a  single 
dandelion  ray 

Cold-yellow  (590). — Rudbeckia  hirta,  golden  calen- 
dula 

Cold-yellow  (585)  — Kerna  japomca 

Cold-orange  (600)  —Golden  ehchscholtzia. 

Gold-orange  (615)  — Crocus  susianus 

Orange  (635)  — Tropzolum  rnajus  (deepest  orange 
hue),  the  common  type. 

Scarlet  (645)  — Mine.  Crozy  canna,  scarlet  geranium 
and  tropseolum,  berry  of  Cornus  canadensis 

Red  (680)  — Red  azalea,  red  carnation,  tube  of 
Rhododendron  nudijlorum 

Red  (690)  —Red  gladiolus. 

Crimson  — Crimson  peony,  American  Beauty  rose 
(dilute). 

Magenta — Magenta  cineraria,  Polygala  sanguinea. 

Purple  — Purple  cineraria,  Mimulus  nngens. 

Violet  (425)  — Viola  cuculata  and  Campanula  rolun- 
difoha  (light) 

Violet  (430).— Verbena  ennoides. 

Ultramarine  violet  (440)  — Ccntaurea  Cyanus,  the 
bluest  phase  (light). 

Ultramarine  blue  (455). — Satta  sibirica  (light) 

Ultramarine  blue  (435). — Genliana  Andrewsii, 
(bluest  tip  of  petal). 

Blue  (475). — Myosotis  palustns,  bluest  phase  (pale). 


Such  a  list  is  manifestly  imperfect;  to  state  the  case 
accurately,  few  flowers  are  "on  the  line,"  three  of  the 
colors  have  no  numbered  lines,  and  many  of  the  plant 
species  or  varieties  are  not  and  can  not  be  explicitly 
cited  For  example,  the  red  carnation  must  be  a  red  and 
not  a  scarlet-red  variety,  and  its  coloring  should  match 
that  of  the  Rhododendron  nudiflorum  tube;  the  same 
rule  applies  to  the  red  gladiolus.  It  is  equally  the  case 
that  many  flowers  show  only  a  modification  or  a  dilution 
of  the  hue  they  are  chosen  to  represent;  the  blue  of  the 
forget-me-not  at  best  is  extremely  dilute. 

A  list  of  artists'  pigments  is  more  to  the  point.  It  has 
the  great  advantage  of  nomenclatonal  fixity  and  it 
does  not  include  hues  subject  to  change.  The  repre- 
sentative colors  are 

Lemon,  zinc,  ultramarine,  pale  cadmium,  and  light 
malori  yellows 

Medium  cadmium  and  malori  gold-yellows. 

Cadmium  orange  and  deep  malori  orange-yellow. 

Orange  mineral. 

Scarlet-vermilion. 

Carmine  or  alizarin  lake  (no  single  pigment  is  exactly 
normal  red),  these  incline  to  scarlet. 

Crimson  lake 

Magenta,  a  mixture  of  crimson  and  mauve  lakes  in 
nearly  equal  parts 

Mauve  lake*  a  true  purple. 

Violet  ultramarine 

Gunnel's  French  ultramarine. 

Cobalt  blue 

Emerald -green. 

The  color  harmonies. 

If  the  simple  colors,  yellow,  orange,  red;  purple, 
blue,  and  green,  are  arranged  m  a  circle  (Fig.  1037), 
those  lying  opposite  each  other  harmonize  by  reason 
of  absolute  contrast  Blue  and  orange,  for  example, 
are  complementary  colors  and  theoretically  they  bal- 
ance each  other  It  by  no  means  follows,  however,  that 
a  mass  of  orange  nasturtiums  and  blue  forget-me-nots 
must  therefore  look  weU  together;  the  very  massing 
of  such  hues  would  make  that  impossible  in  spite  of  the 
fact  that  the  misty  grayish  character  of  a  clump  of 
blue  forget-me-nots  is  the  reverse  of  aggressive.  But 
the  orange  of  the  nasturtium  is  obtrusive  to  the  last 
degree,  and  its  environment  should  be  as  colorless  as 
possible — even  to  the  point  of  dull  gray  or  white 

If  these  six  simple  colors  in  the  circle  are  again 
separated  by  intermediate  hues  (Fig  1035),  so  about 
three  of  the  latter  lie  between  the  six  original  colors,  the 
result  will  be  a  circle  of  twenty-four  divisions,  having 
the  effect  of  a  rainbow  This  will  perfectly  illustrate 
the  principle  of  color  harmony  and  color  discord. 
Besides  the  opposing  colors  which  harmonize  by  con- 
trast, there  are  neighboring  colors  which  harmonize 
by  analogy. 

For  example,  any  four  or  f  ve  colors  lying  side  by 
side  in  the  circle  are  bound  together  harmoniously  by 
reason  of  their  near  relationship.  Therefore,  all  these 
four  or  five  colors  may 
be  combined — and  na- 
ture does  combine 
them  —  with  esthetic 
results  But  skip  over 
four  of  the  colors  and 
attempt  a  combination 
of  the  first  and  sixth, 
and  the  result  will 
prove  to  be  a  discord, 
the  bond  of  relation- 
ship is  broken,  and  the 
eye  is  disturbed  by  the 
aggressiveness  of  two 
colors  between  which 
there  is  evidently  no 
bond  of  sympathy.  It  1037.  Harmony  by  contrail. 


832 


COLOR 


COLOR 


would  be  safe  to  say,  therefore,  that  the  circle  demon- 
strates the  fact  that  its  colors  situated  at  right  angles 
with  each  other  are  discordant,  and  those  lying  nearly 
parallel  with  each  other  are  harmonious 

This  is  the  theoretical  side  of  color  harmony.  The 
practical  side  is  scarcely  different,  it  simply  modifies  the 
theory.  Brilliant  blue  and  orange,  which  are  theoreti- 
cally harmonious,  are  scarcely  as  agreeable  in  each 
other's  company  as  the  rule  would  imply.  The  trouble, 
however,  lies  with  the  brilliancy  The  golden  calendula 
and  the  deep  purple  aster  m  association  are  violent  and 
aggressive.  Remove  the  one  and  the  other  and  substi- 
tute pale-tinted  flowers  of  these  hues  and  the  result 
will  be  harmonious 

Flower  families  arc  very  likely  to  sustain  harmonies 
of  analogy.  Hyacinths,  sweet  peas,  and  nasturtiums 


y 
b 


1038   The  circle  of  360°  in  colors. 

represent  groups  with  very  nearly  related  hues  or  tints 
There  is  a  predominating  influence  of  crimson-pink 
among  sweet  peas,  of  lilac  among  hyacinths,  and  of 
orange  among  nasturtiums,  yet  the  influence  at  times 
(in  a  particular  variety)  is  wholly  wanting  and  is 
replaced  by  an  analogous  tint  or  hue  It  would  be  a 
rather  nice  bit  of  color  adjustment  which  would  result 
in  a  harmony  superior  to  that  of  a  careless  grouping 
together  of  flowers  gathered  at  random  from  any  one 
of  these  three  genera. 

But  the  theory  that  analogous  colors  harmonize  is 
correct  only  when  not  carried  to  excess  Attempts  to 
force  deep-hued  flowers  into  harmony  often  load  to 
contrary  results  A  range  of  color  from  crimson  to 
ultramarine  depends  for  its  harmony  upon  the  careful 
grading  of  intermediate  hues  Such  colors,  in  full  force, 
might  do  violence  to  each  other.  It  is  tempting  the 
hardness  of  a  diamond  to  pound  it  with  a  hammer.  It 
is  taxing  crimson  too  heavily  to  expect  it  to  show  its 
beauty  in  the  presence  of  strong  violet!  The  effort 
should  rather  be  to  merge  the  individualities  of  the 
crimson  and  the  purple  flowers  into  a  group  and  effect 
a  play  of  color  between  the  two 

The  theory  that  colors  at  right  angles  on  the  wheel 
are  discordant  is  also  subject  to  some  modification. 
Relatively  the  right-angled  colors  must  be  crude  and 
strong  to  affect  tne  eye  objectionably  Yellow  and  red 
in  the  rose  is  an  agreeable  color-combination  Yellow 
and  red  dahlias  crowded  together  are  certainly  harsh 
and  unneighborly. 

A  country  bouquet  of  asters,  marigolds,  fuchsias  and 
dahlias  is  bad,  because  the  country  garden  is  not  a  part 
of  it.  Atmosphere,  space,  and  a  stretch  of  green  foliage 
make  a  world  of  difference. 

It  is  wisest  to  try  the  effect  of  one  color*\ipon  another 
before  allowing  two  or  three  strong  hues  to  wage  war 


with  each  other.  It  will  be  found  quickly  that  white  is  a 
peacemaker,  and  green  is  an  invaluable  mediator  With 
these  colors  at  command,  the  chances  of  discord  are 
reduced  to  a  minimum.  Everything  also  depends  upon 
simplicity  in  color-combinations  It  is  questionable 
whether  a  combination  of  more  than  two  colors  can 
be  ever  esthetically  a  success.  The  adjustment  of 
many  colors  needs  the  hand  of  an  expert. 

The  restriction  of  color  in  flowers. 

The  very  strict  limitation  of  range  in  flower-colors 
demands  careful  study  if  it  would  be  thoroughly  under- 
stood Augustm  Pyramus  de  Candolle  divided  flower- 
colors  into  two  classes,  which  he  named  xanthic  (red, 
scarlet,  orange,  gold-orange,  yellow,  and  green-yellow), 
and  cyanic  (green-blue,  blue,  ultramarine-violet,  violet, 
purple,  and  red)  Further,  he  explained,  flowers  of  the 
ellow  (xanthic)  series  could  pass  into  red  or  white 
ut  never  into  blue,  and  those  of  the  blue  (cyanic) 
series  could  pass  into  red  or  white  but  never  into  yellow. 
The  theory  is  correct  but  it  requires  both  modification 
and  revision  Gold-orange  must  evidently  displace 
yellow,  and  ultramarine-violet  displace  blue  as  scries 
names;  furthermore,  the  passage  into  red  should  not 
exceed  scarlet-red  in  the  xanthic  series,  or  crims>on-red 
in  the  cyanic  series.  Pure  red  logically  should  be  the 
zero  point  between  the  two  divisions,  and  not  be 
included  in  either  unless  connected  by  analogous  hues. 
Gold-orange  and  ultramarine-  violet  are  respectively 
the  type-colors  of  the  twosenes  because  each  occupies 
a  median  position  with  equal  influence  on  either  hand. 
Red,  occupying  the  median  position  between  the  two 
series,  should  and  does  exercise  an  equal  influence  on 
both,  a  casual  glance  at  the  chromatic  scale  demon- 
strates the  fact  Neither  the  xanthic  nor  the  cyanic 
series  can  exclusively  claim  the  respective  yellow  and 
blue  in  absolute  purity,  for  the  cogent  reason  that 
among  flowers  yellow  is  associated  with  both  these 
divisions,  and  a  true  blue  scarcely  appears  at  all. 
Further,  if  pure  red  is  the  zero  point  between  the  two 
series,  then  the  consistent  red  of  the  xanthic  order  is 
scarlet-red,  and  that  of  the  eyumc  order  is  crimson- 
red;  a  pure  red  or  pure  yellow  flower,  therefore,  con- 
sistently belongs  to  either  order  according  to  its  xanthic 
or  cyanic  congeners. 

The  best  proofs  of  the  above  statements  are  to  be 
found  among  the  flowers  themselves  Asters  belong  to 
the  cyanic  group,  but  there  is  no  blue  aster  Tropi#o- 
lum»  belong  to  the  xanthic  group,  but  there  is  no  pure 
yellow  nasturtium,  there  are,  however,  ultramarine- 
violet  asters  and  gold-yellow  nasturtiums  There  is  a 
pure  yellow,  a  golden  orange,  but  no  white  mangold 
(Tagetes);  the  species  is  xanthic  The  family  Cru- 
ciferje  is  cyanic;  it  includes  pure  jellow,  deeper  >eilow, 
and  magenta  flowers  The  genus  Hyacmthus  is  cyanic; 
it  includes  no  blue  flower,  but  many  which  are  purple, 
violet,  cyanic  red.  and  modified  yellow  Viola  tricolor 
is  cyanic,  it  includes  a  strong  yellow  along  with  intense 
purple  and  violet-ultramarine  flowers.  The  genus 
Zinnia  is  xanthic,  it  includes  no  true  yellow  flower  but 
many  which  range  through  all  reds  into  cyanic  crimson. 
The  genus  Rosa  is  cyanic,  its  flowers  range  from  pure 
red  to  magenta-crimson,  develop  a  strong,  modified 
yellow,  fuse  yellow  with  crimson,  but  never  approach 
the  xanthic  gold-orange.  The  genus  Chrysanthemum  is 
xanthic;  its  flowers  include  all  yellows,  skip  pure  orange 
and  scarlet,  and  range  from  scarlet-red  to  cyanic  red- 
crimson. 

Species  belonging  to  the  cyanic  group  invariably  pro- 
duce white  flowers  which  have  an  albino  origin.  Spe- 
cies of  the  xanthic  order  produce  white  flowers  which 
are  not  albinos  but  which  invariably  displace  flowers  of 
some  strong,  pure  xanthic  hue.  For  example,  geraniums 
are  white,  red,  scarlet,  and  pink,  but  never  gold-orange 
or  golden  yellow  Carnations  are  white,  red,  and  car- 
dinal-red, but  never  scarlet,  or  orange.  Chrysanthe- 


ZZIX.  Cranberry-picking  in  a  New  Jersey  bog* 


COLOR 


COLUMNEA 


833 


mums  are  yellow,  white,  and  pink,  but  never  orange  or 
scarlet.  Dahlias  are  scarlet,  red,  crimson-red,  and  even 
pure  yellow,  but  never  pure  gold-orange,  or  orange 

It  is  perfectly  evident  from  the  foregoing  examples 
that  the  range  in  a  given  genus,  or  species,  is  limited  to 
what  may  be  termed  the  swing  of  a  pendulum  upon 
the  chromatic  scale  (Fig.  1038).  The  swing  may  extend 
over  a  quarter  of  the  dial,  rarely  it  docs  more  If  it 
happens  that  two  colors  are  developed,  like  violet  and 
yellow,  it  will  still  be  found  that  there  is  but  one  pen- 
dulum-swing and  not  two  Violet  will  be  associated 
with  contiguous  hues,  but  yellow  will  be  developed 
quite  alone. 

This,  it  is  reasonable  to  believe,  is  direct  evidence  of 
a  dual  or  treble  origin  of  color  in  a  flower  group  Yel- 
low cannot  be  evolved  from  violet,  or  vice  versa. 
Necessarily,  if  white  appears  in  a  xanthic  group,  it 
must  have  evolved  alone  and  independent  of  any  color- 
range  m  that  group  Undoubtedly  the  range  of  con- 
tiguous colors  itself  has  evolved  from  a  median  hue 
which  has  spread  out,  fanhke,  in  graded  variations 
within  strict  limits  Naturally,  such  statements  con- 
flict with  the  old  theory  that  all  flowers  were  originally 
yellow,  but  they  are  not  inimical  to  the  idea  that  the 
earlier  ones  might  have  been  yellow,  and  later  ones 
magenta,  violent  ultramarine,  scarlet,  and  gold-orange. 
It  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  a  steam- 
boat is  not  evolved  from  a  locomotive 

It  is  further  evident  that  yellow  belongs  quite  as 
little  to  the  xanthic  as  it  does  to  the  cyanic  series,  or, 
to  put  it  more  strongly,  it  belongs  to  neither  Its 
origin,  independent  of  any  "range,"  was  undoubtedly 
the  elimination  of  blue  from  chlorophyll  Hence,  it  is 
not  surprising  to  find  it  in  some  modified  form  associa- 
ted with  both  series,  and  in  the  cyanic  series  isolated. 
The  flora  of  the  northeastern  United  States  is  essen- 
tially cyanic  Twenty-one  per  cent  is  yellow,  21  per 
cent  magenta  and  22  per  cent  white,  the  remainder  is 
8  per  cent  xanthic  and  28  per  cent  cyanic — the  last 
mostly  pink  and  light  violet  The  record  is  significant 
and  points  directly  either  to  an  arrested  color  develop- 
ment, or  to  a  depauperate  color  condition  in  an  inclem- 
ent region,  the  former  seems  the  more  likely.  An  aggre- 
gation of  evamc-flowered  plants  are  found  in  the  north 
temperate  zone,  and  of  xanthic-flowered  plants  in  the 
torrid  zone 

Color  activity. 

Color  results  from  a  play  of  light  upon  a  surface 
which  rejects  or  absorbs  certain  rays  It  is  a  significant 
fact  that  the  red  end  of  the  spectrum  comprehends 
those  hues  which  are  produced  by  the  caloric  rays  of 
the  sun,  and  the  violet  end  those  hues  which  are  pro- 
duced by  the  actinic  rays  It  is  not  surprising  there- 
fore that  the  coloring  of  vegetation  is  intense,  and 
that  xanthic  flowers  predominate  under  the  equator  A 
separation  of  cvanic  and  xanthic  flowers  follows  almost 
identically  the  thermal  lines  which  band  the  great  con- 
tinents of  the  northern  hemisphere,  cyanic  color  pre- 
vailing north,  and  xanthic  color  south  of  the  line 
marking  80°  F.  In  a  word,  xanthic  flowers  belong  to  a 
very  warm,  and  cyanic  flowers  to  a  temperate  or  cold 
climate  That  they  should  become  mixed  in  a  narrow 
•zone  between  the  extremes  is  only  natural;  the  rule, 
-hereforc,  is  in  no  way  compromised  thereby.  That 
yellow,  too,  should  appear  in  both  cyanic  and  xanthic 
groups  is  not  at  all  surprising  In  the  spectrum  it 
holds  a  median  position  between  the  red  and  the  violet 
ends;  it  is  neither  a  hot  nor  a  cold  color,  and  has  con- 
sequently evolved  from  its  primitive  condition  as  a 
constituent  of  the  green  in  chlorophyll  under  any  and 
all  temperatures  That  is  the  only  way  to  account  for 
its  isolation  when  connected  with  cyanic  groups. 

It  would  appear,  then,  that  magenta,  violet,  and 
ultramarines,  together  with  gold-orange,  orange,  and 
red,  are  primitive  colors  quite  as  well  as  yellow  and 


white  •  In  what  order  they  appeared  upon  the  earth  in 
the  petals  of  flowers,  it  would  be  difficult  to  determine, 
but  it  is  reasonable  to  think  they  appeared  as  original 
colors,  in  weak,  perhaps,  but  absolute  purity.  Other- 
wise, the  remarkable  limitation  of  color-range  must  be 
accounted  for  by  a  less  logical  theory.  Upset  this 
limitation,  and  attempts  to  produce  a  blue  rose,  yellow 
aster,  white  nasturtium,  or  green  carnation,  should 
prove  successful  Recognize  the  limitation,  and  the 
futility  of  such  attempts  becomes  at  once  apparent,  and 
the  possibility  of  improving  existing  "strains"  of  color 
is  illimitable.  At  some  time  or  other  m  the  distant  past 
the  law  of  limitations  fixed  the  range  of  flower-colors; 
no  new  law  of  elasticity  has  since  developed  to  remove 
the  boundaries  and  thus  aid  the  floriculturist  m  his 
ambition  to  produce  what  would  prove  to  be  a  mere 
novelty  See  Standard^  of  Color. 

F  SoniYLER  MATHEWS. 

COLTSFOOT     Tuwlago  Farfara.   Sweet  coltsfoot  is  Petamtes, 
formerly  culled  Nardosrna. 
COLUMBINE     Aquilcgia. 

COLQUHOUNIA  (after  Sir  Robert  Colquhoun). 
Lainatx  Tender  plants  with  dense  whorls  of  gaping 
fls  an  inch  long  or  more,  colored  scarlet  and  yellow 
Erect  or  twining  shrubs,  woolly  in  all  parts  when 
young  Ivs.  large,  crenate  whorls  few-fld  ,  axillary  or 
crowded  into  a  terminal  spike  or  raceme,  corolla-tube 
incurved,  the  throat  inflated. — Two  Ahian  species 
Prop,  by  cuttings  of  growing  tips,  in  sandy  soil, 
under  glass  in  summer. 

coccfnea,  Wall  Tall  climber,  w;th  very  long  branches, 
8-10  ft  •  Ivs  stalked,  ovate-acuminate,  3-5  in  long, 
crenate,  dark  green  above,  roughish,  typically  with 
scarcely  any  woollmet*  except  when  yovmg.  corolla 
twice  as  long  as  the  calyx  B  M  4514  — C  tomentosa, 
Houll.,  is  probably  identical  The  dense  woollmess  is 
perhaps  temporary  11  If  1873  130  shows  a  handsome 
terminal  spike  m  addition  to  axillary  clusters,  contain- 
ing about  20  fls  — Apparently  not  advertised,  but 
probably  as  worthy  as  the  next 

vestita,  Wall.  Very  sinilar  to  C  coccinea,  except  that 
it  is  a  low-growing,  erect  plant,  and  more  densely  and 
permanently  woolly  on 
the  st ,  cal>x  and  under 
side  of  Ivs  ,  which  are 
elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate 
and  cordate  — Cult  out- 
doors at  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif  ,  where  it  may  be 
used  for  the  wild  garden 
as  it  is  perfectly  hardy 
Not  of  much  horticul- 
tural value 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

COLtJMNEA  (after 
Columna  or  Colonna, 
Italian  writer  on  plants, 
sixteenth  century)  Ges- 
n?race£  Tropical  Ameri- 
can shrubs  and  climbers, 
sometimes  grown  under 
glass  m  choice  collec- 
tions 

Flowers  widely  gap- 
ing, showy,  often  2  in. 
long:  Ivs.  opposite, 
nearly  equal  or  widely 
unlike:  fls.  solitary  or 
numerous,  axillary, 
stalked  or  not,  without 
bracts  or  with  bracts  in 
an  involucre;  corollas 
scarlet,  carmine  or  yel- 
lowish — A  group  of  100 


834 


COLUMNEA 


COMANDRA 


ries  of  which  half  a  dozen  mostly  red-  or  orange- 
are  cult,  abroad  and  may  be  known  to  a  few 
fanciers  at    home,  but  are  not    advertised    by   the 
oValers.  They  are  warmhouse  evergreens  requiring  the 
treatment  of  Trichosporum  (JSschynanthus). 

Schiedeana,  Schlecht.  The  best  known  species.  It  has 
handsome  scarlet   fls.   2   in.   long,   sometimes  varie- 
gated with  yellow.    It  is  an  herbace- 
ous climber  from  Mex.    B.M.  4045. 
P.M  9:31. 

gloridsa,  Sprague.  Fig.  1039.  An 
epiphytic  perennial  herb:  Ivs.  ovate 
or  ovate-oblong:  fls.  axillary,  solitary, 
scarlet  and  yellow.  Costa  Rica.  B. 
M.  8378. 

C  gldbra,  Oerst,  var.  mAjor  Fls.  scarlet; 
stamens  white  Costa  Kica — C  magnified, 
Klotzsch  <fe  Hanst  Corolla  bright  scarlet; 
tube  inflated  about  the  middle  Costa  Rica 
G  C  III.  43  66  — C  OerstediAna,  Klotzsch 
Epiphytic  undershrub  or  herb  fls.  scarlet. 
Costa  W  B.M  8344.  N  TAYLOB.f 

COLtPTEA  (Koloutea,  ancient  Greek 
name).  Leguminbsx,  BLADDER 
SENNA.  Shrubs  grown  chiefly  for 
their  attractive  yellow  or  brownish 
red  flowers  and  the  ornamental 
bladder-like  pods 

Deciduous,  with  alternate,  odd- 
pinnate  Ivs  :  Ifts.  many,  rather  small, 
stipules  small:  fls.  papilionaceous,  in 
axillary,  few-fld  ,  long-peduncled  ra- 
cemes, yellow  to  brownish  red;  calyx 
campanulate,  5-toothed;  standard 
suborbicular  with  2  swellings  above 
the  claw;  9  stamens  connate,  1  free 
pod  inflated,  bladder -like,  many- 
seeded  — About  15  species  in  the 
Medit  region  to  Abyssinia  and  Hima- 
layas Ornamental  free  -  flowering 
plants  of  rapid  growth,  *»th  pale 
green  or  glaucous  foliage  and  yellow 
or  brownish  red  fls.  during  summer, 
followed  by  large,  usually  reddish- 
colored  and  decorative  pods  They 
grow  in  almost  any  soil,  but  prefer 
a  tolerably  dry  and  sunny  position; 
not  quite  hardy  N  ,  the  hardiest  being 
C  arborescens  — Prop  by  seeds  sown 
in  spring  or  by  cuttings  of  mature 
wood  inserted  in  fall  in  sandy  soil; 
rarer  species  and  varieties  are  some- 
times grafted  on  C.  arborescens  in 
spring  under  glass. 

A.  Fls  yellow  pod  closed  at  the  apex 
arborescens,  Linn.  Fig.  1040.  Shrub,  to  15  ft  :  Ifts. 
9-13,  elliptic,  dull  green,  mucronulate,  usually  slightly 
pubescent  beneath,  ^-1  in.  long:  fls.  3-8,  about  %m. 
long;  wings  nearly  as  long  as  the  keel,  flat.  June- 
Sept  S.  Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  N.  B.M  81— Lvs.  have 
cathartic  properties.  Var.  crispa,  Kirchn.  Dwarf, 
with  crisped  Ivs.  Var.  bullata,  Rehd.  (C.  bullata,  Hort.). 
Dwarf  and  compact:  Ifts.  5-7,  obovate  or  nearly  orbicu- 
lar and  somewhat  bullate. 

cilfcica,  Boiss.  (C  long/ialata,  Koehne.  C.  melano- 
calyx,  Hort.,  not  Boiss  ).  Shrub:  Ifts.  bluish  green, 
usually  11,  oval  or  broadly  ovate,  rounded  or  truncate 
and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  H~/^m-  long:  fls.  bright 
yellow,  3-6,  about  %in.  long;  wings  longer  than  the 
keel.  June-Aug.  Asia  Minor.  G.C.  III.  16:155. 

AA.  Fls.  orange-yellow  or  brownish  red,  wings  shorter 

than  the  keel. 

mfcdia,  Willd.  Shrub,  to  10  ft  :  Ifts.  7-13,  obovate, 
grayish  green  or  glaucous,  K-%m.  long,  nearly  gla- 


brous: fls.  3-6,  orange  or  reddish  yellow,  the  standard 
with  brownish  markings  pod  closed  at  the  apex.  June- 
Sept. — Probably  hybrid  of  garden  origin  between  C. 
arborescens  and  the  following,  often  cult,  under  the 
names  of  the  following  species. 

orientalis,  Mill.  (C  cruenta,  Ait).  Shrub,  to  6  ft.: 
Ifts  7-11,  obovate,  glaucous,  thickish,  H~Hin  long, 
nearly  glabrous  fls  3-5,  reddish  yel- 
low or  brownish  red  pod  open  at  the 
apex  June-Sept  S  K.  Eu  ,  Orient  — 
Often  cult  under  the  name  of  C.  hale- 
pica  or  C  ii>tna 

C    brenalAta,    Lange      Shrub,  to  4   ft     Ifts. 
usually  11,  oval,  M-?4»n  long    fls  2-6,  yellow, 
wings  much  shorter  thun  keel   S  France  —  C 
grdcilis,    Frejn  &  SmteniB      I  fts>    usually   11, 
obovate,   ^i-'sin     long     fls    2-5,  yellow,  with 
the  Avings  almost    as  long    as  the  keel     '1  urk- 
estan  —C    istna,  Mill    (C    halepioa,  I,am     C 
Poeookn    Ait  )     To  4  ft     Ifts    glaucous,  -mall 
and     numerous       fis      yellow, 
nearly  1  in    long,  wing  longer 
than  the  keel  —  C    nepalfnsis, 
Hook      Similar   to     C     arbor 
esoena  racemes  drooping    B  M 
2022.    B  R   1727    Tender. 

ALFRED  REHDER 

COLVfLLEA  (after  Sir 
Chailes  Colville,  govemor 
of  Mauritius*).  Legunn- 
nbsx  Show  y  -  flo\\  ered 
tropical  tree,  a  worthy 
rivtd  of  the  rojal  poin- 
ciana,  which  is  closely 
allied,  but  easily  distin- 
guished, especially  by  its 
round  and  full,  not  flat, 
legume 

Colvillea  luifa  drooping 
racemes,  1 J  j  ft.  long, 
densely  crowded  with  per- 
haps 200  fls  of  curious 
shape  and  of  a  splendid  scarlet,  the  fls 
open  at  the  st.  end  of  the  pendent 
dense  raceme,  and  displa>  masses  of  long 
showy  yellow  stamens,  the  unopened  fls 
are  about  the  size  and  shape  of  a  filbert, 
and  these  are  gradually  smaller  towards 
the  end  of  the  raceme  — Only  1  species, 
characterized  b>  its  large,  oblique,  colored 
calyx,  having  4  segms  ,  the  standard  be- 
ing the  smallest  instead  of  the  largest  put,  \\mgs  very 
long,  narrow,  erect,  obovate  pod  2-vah  ed  -  Supposed 
to  be  a  native  of  E  Afr  ,  but  discovered  in  1824  by 
Bojer  on  the  west  coast  of  Madagascar,  where  a  single 
tree  was  cult,  by  the  natives  It  flowered  there  in 
April  or  May.  Its  cult  is  similar  to  that  of  cesalpmia. 
Prop,  in  the  S  only  by  seeds  Not  common  in  cult, 
outside  of  botanic  gardens  and  fanciers'  collections 

racemdsa,  Bojer  Tree,  40-50  ft  high,  with  the 
general  aspect  of  Poinciana  n-gia  but  with  a  thicker 
trunk  and  ampler  foliage,  branches  very  long  and 
spreading'  Ivs.  about  3  ft  long,  alternate,  remote, 
twice  pinnate,  with  20-30  pairs  of  pinna;  which  are 
opposite,  4  in.  long,  and  have  20-28  pairs  of  Ifts  ,  each 
J^m.  long:  keel  very  small,  almost  covered  by  the 
wings;  free  stamens  10,  3  inserted  below  the  standard, 
2  under  the  wings,  1  under  the  keel,  and  4  under  the 
ovary.  B.M.  332.5-6.  WILHBLM  MILLER. 

COMANDRA  (name  alludes  to  the  hairs  in  the  fl  ). 
Santal&cex.  Perhaps  a  half-dozen  leafy  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  one  in  Eu..  and  the  others  in  N.  Arner  ,  more 
or  less  parasitically  attached  to  the  roots  of  other 
plants,  one  or  two  of  which  may  be  of  interest  to 
horticulturists  Lvs.  alternate,  almost  sessile1  fls 
whitish  or  greenish,  small,  perfect,  in  terminal  cymes  or 
umbellate  panicles;  calyx  4-5-cleft,  lined  or  constricted 


COMANDRA 


COMMELINA 


835 


1041    Comandra  umbellata. 


above  the  ovary,  and  the  tube  sometimes  conspicu- 
ously continued  to  a  neck  or  top  on  the  fr  ;  petals  want- 
ing; stamens  of  same  number  as  calyx-lobes,  the  anthers 
connected  by  hairs  to  the  calyx-lobes,  fr  nut-like  or 
drupe-like.  C.  umbellata,  Nutt.  (Fi£  1041),  6-18  in. 
high,  in  dry  mostly 
open  ground  in  the 
eastern  states,  is 
an  attractive  plant 
when  allowed  to 
spread  naturally  in 
f  patches  in  waste 
places  rootstock 
not  showing  above 
ground  (C  Richard- 
siana,  Fern  ,  has 
a  superficial  root- 
stock  ).lvs  thin,  ob- 
long, pale  beneath: 
fls.  whitish 

L  H.  B. 

COMARfiLLA:    Po- 

tenhtta 

COMAROSTAPHY- 

LIS      \rctostaphylos 

COMARUM  (an 
old  Greek  name). 
ffosfice<f  One  spe- 
eios  allied  to  Poten- 
tilla,  and  often  re- 
ferred to  that  genus 
but  differing  in  the 
lateral  style  un- 
known inPotentilla. 
C.  palustre,  Linn 
(Potentilla  palui>tns, 

Scop  )  ,  the  marsh  cmqucf  oil,  is  a  decumbent  herb  growing 
m  swales  in  the  northern  states  (also  in  the  Old  \Vorld). 
with    pinnate-,    5-7-foholate    Ivs     (Ifts     dentate),    ana 
solitary  or  cymose  purple  fls  },  i\\\  across  petals  shorter 
than  the  calyx-lobes,  acute,  stamens  numerous     An 
odd  and  interesting  but  not  showy  plant,  sometimes 
planted     in     bogh       Mn  3  '97  —  Ihe    fr     somewhat 
resembles  a  straw  berr>,  but  is  spongy  instead  of  juicy  . 
In  borne  parts  of  Scotland,  it  is  said  to  be  called  cow- 
berry and  i.s  rubbed  on  the  inside  of  milk-pails  to  thicken 
the  milk     C.  Salesdvii,  Bunge  (Potent!  Ua  Sale*,ovuma 
Steph  ),   of   the   Himalayan   ngion 
and  Thibet,  11,000-14,01)0  ft    alti- 
tude, is   a  suffrutieose  bilky-hairv 
lant   worthy    of    cult  ,    but    little 
nown    in    gardens:    Ivs.   pinnate; 
Ifts.  7-9,  oblong,  obtuse,  crenate- 
serrato'    fls     white,    in    an    ample 
paniculate  cyme     Probably  better 
placed  in  Potcntilla.   B.M.  7258. 

N.  TAYLOB.f 

COMBRETUM  (old  Latin  name).  Com- 
bretacese  Tropical  shrubs  and  trees,  many 
of  which  are  climbers  by  means  of  the 
persistent  loaf-stalks 

Leaves  mostly  opposite,  in  some  species 
verticillate  in  3's  or  4's,  entire  fls  in 
spikes  or  racemes,  polygamous;  calyx  bell- 
shaped;  petals  usually  4,  stamens  usually 
8  fr  winged  and  mdehisoent,  1  -Heeded. 
—  A  genus  of  250  species  from  Asia,  Afr. 
and  Amer  ,  particularly  S  Afr.  The 
combrotums  are  warmhouse  plants,  little 
known  in  this  country  Prop  by  cuttings 
of  firm  wood  One  climbing  species  is 
m  the  American  trade  C.  coccineum, 
Lam  (C  purpiireum,  Vahl.  Polvrea 
coccinea,  DC.),  from  Madagascar.  Lva 


p 
k 


oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  evergreen .  fls.  small,  bril- 
liant red,  the  long-exserted  stamens  forming  the  chief 
feature  of  beauty;  the  handsome  loose  spikes  often  m 
panicles;  parts  of  the  fl.  in  10's.  B.M.  2102  L  B.C. 
6  563  — Handsome.  C.  butryosum  yields  a  butter-like 
substance,  used  by  the  Kafirs  as  food.  C,  sundaicum 
in  recent  years  has  attained  some  prominence  as  B 
reputed  anti-opium  remedy.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

COMFREY:  Symphytum 

COMMELlNA  (bears  the  name  of  early  Dutch 
botanists)  Also  written  Commelyna.  Commehnaceae. 
DAY-FLOWER.  Perennial  or  annual  herbs,  of  which  a 
very  few  are  cultivated  in  the  open  or  under  glass  for 
their  interesting  flowers 

Upright,  spreading  or  procumbent,  usually  more  or 
less  succulent,  often  rooting  at  the  joints.  Ivs  alternate, 
sessile  or  short-petioled,  clasping  me  st ,  a  If  subtend- 
ing the  sessile  n  -cluster  and  forming  a  clasping  fold  on 
epathe:  fls.  opening  for  a  day,  mo-tiy  blue  (varying  to 
white  and  rose),  irregular;  outer  perianth  parts  (calyx) 
3,  colored,  2  of  thorn  somewhat  united,  inner  parts 
(petals)  3,  one  of  them  small  and  2  broad  and  with 
long  claws,  stamens  ubiiallv  6,  but  only  3  of  them  fer- 
tile, filaments  not  hairy  fr.  a  2-3-cclled  caps  on  a 
recurved  pedicel  — Nearly  or  quite  100  species,  in 
warm  regions  around  the  globe,  a  few  of  them  reaching 
cool-temperate  climates  The  cult  spooies  are  peren- 
nials The  hothouse  species  appear  not  to  be  offered 
m  this  country  or  to  be  much  cult.  Allied  to  Trades- 
cant  la  and  Zebnna 

Commohnas  are  mostly  of  easy  culture,  thriving 
well  in  any  light  rich  soil  The  evergreen  stove  and 
greenhouse  species  are  readily  propagated  in  March  01 
April  by  cuttings  inserted  m  an  ordinary  propagating- 
bed  and  kept  close  for  a  few  days,  while  the  tuberous- 
rooted  half-hardy  herbaceous  species  may  be  propa- 
gated either  by  division  of  the  tubers  or  by 
beeds  bown  in  a  frame  early  m  April  and 
afterwards  transplanting  the  seedhngs  in 
the  herbaceous  border.  In  the  fall,  they 
should  be  lifted  and  the  tubers  stored  away 
in  the  same  manner  as  dahlias  Of  the 
tuberous-rooted  species,  C  coeles- 
hs  is  perhaps  the  best,  its  bright 
blue  flowers  being  very  effec- 
tive, especially  when  planted  u> 
masses  (Edward  J  Canning  ) 

A  Plant  hardy  in  the  open 
nudifldra,  Linn    (C   S&lowd, 
\Valp    C  StUounaM,  Schlecht  ). 
Creeping,  rooting  at  the  joints, 
glabrous  or  practically  so    Ivs 
lanceolate    to    ovate-lanceolate, 
acute    or    acuminate,    the    If  - 
sheaths  often  cihate*  spathe-lf 
acute   or   acuminate,   broad   at 
ba.se,  petioled    fls    few  in  each 
cluster,  J^in  or  less  across,  blue  * 
caps    3-celled  and  5-seeded     N 
J    southward    and   widely  dis- 
persed in  other  parts 
of   the  world. — Some- 
times   offered    as    an 
out-door  plant.  A  rose-- 
colored    form     is    re- 
ported. 

comm&nis,  Linn.  Much  like 
the  last  and  often  confused  with 
it  more  erect  and  less  rooting  at 
joints  fls  larger,  caps  2-celled 
and  4-seeded.  N.  Y.  southward, 
and  widely  distributed;  perhaps 
an  mtro.  from  Asia. 


836 


COMMELINA 


CONANDRON 


AA.  Plant  tender  or  only  half-hardy. 

tuberdsa,  Linn.  Diffuse  and  branching,  from  a 
tuberous  root:  Ivs.  narrow-lanceolate,  2-3  in.  long: 
spathe-lf.  cordate-ovate  to  lanceolate,  conduphcate, 
more  or  less  haAy;  sheaths  pubescent,  fls.  ncn  blue. 
Mts  of  Mex — The  plant  sold  under  this  name  is 
recommended  as  a  free-flowering  border  plant  in  Eng- 
land, the  tubers  to  be  lifted  in  autumn  and  stored  in 
dry  sand  for  the  winter. 

ccelgstis,  Willd.  Fig.  1042.  Erect,  root  more  or  less 
tuberous,  10-18  in.  high,  branching,  with  clasping, 
long,  broad-lanceolate  pointed  Ivs.  and  blue  fls  (2-10 
together)  on  elongating  axillary  pubescent  peduncles: 
spathe-lf.  ovate,  folded;  sheaths  cihate  Mts  of 
Mex  — Runs  into  several  forms.  Var.  alba,  Hort . 
has  white  fls.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.,  has  fls.  blue  and 
white  C.  ccelestis  is  a  half-hardy  plant,  m  the  N. 
requiring  protection  of  a  greenhouse,  although  it  may 
be  planted  out.  Prop,  by  seed,  cuttings  and  tubers. 

L.  H.  B. 

COMPAR6TTIA  (Andreas  Comparetti,  1746-1811, 
Italian  botanist).  Orchidacese.  A  small  group  of 
graceful  epiphytes. 

Pseudobulbs,  1-3-lvd.:  racemes  simple  or  branched; 
fls.  small,  lateral  sepals  united  in  a  single  piece,  length- 
ened at  the  base  into  a  conspicuous  horn ,  lateral  petals 
converging;  labellum  large,  produced  into  a  double 
spur,  which  is  hidden  in  the  horn  made  by  the  sepals; 
column  free,  semi-terete,  erect,  pollinia  2 — Four  spe- 
cies, Mex.  to  Brazil  Grown  on  blocks  or  in  baskets  in 
a  light  intermediate  or  warmhouse 

coccinea,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  small,  bearing  lanceo- 
late, coriaceous  Ivs  ,  purple  beneath:  racemes  several- 
fld  ;  fls.  1  in  across:  petals  and  sepals  light  yellow,  mar- 
gined orange-red,  labellum  large,  broader  than  long, 
crimson.  Brazil.  BR.  24'68.  1.11.13:472. 

falcata,  Poep  et  Endl.  (C.  rbsea,  Lindl ).  Similar  in 
habit  to  C.  coccinea:  fls  1  m  across,  deep  crimson; 
labellum  broad;  racemes  pendent.  Peru.  B.M.  4980. 
A.F.  6.609.  Lmd.  4.163  F.S.  2:109. 

macro-electron,  Reichb  f.  Fls  10  or  more,  2  in. 
across,  dorsal  sepal  whitish,  often  spotted  with  purple; 
midlobe  of  labellum  cleft,  suborbicular;  magenta-rose, 
dotted  at  the  angled  base;  spurs  conspicuous.  Colom- 
bia B  M.  6679.  Var  punctatissima,  Hort.,  has  the  fls. 
copiously  rose-spotted.  C.0. 1.  GEORGE  V.  NASH.! 

COMPASS  PLANT:  SUphwm. 

COMPOST.  Mixed  and  rotted  vegetable  matter, 
particularly  manure  and  litter,  used  as  a  fertilizer  and 
amendment 

The  mixture  of  bulky  fertilizing  materials  known  as 
compost,  while  of  little  importance  to  the  general 
farmer,  plays  an  important  part  in  garden  practices. 
Many  of  the  garden  crops  must  be  made  in  a  very  short 
time,  or  are  of  delicate  feeding  habits  Their  food, 
therefore,  must  be  easily  assimilable  It  is  good  practice 
to  pile  all  coarse  manures,  sods,  weeds,  or  any  rubbish 
available  for  the  purpose,  in  big  flat  heaps  (Fig.  1043), 
to  ferment  and  rot  before  being  applied  to  the  garden 
soil  If  desired,  chemical  manures,  especially  super- 
phosphate (dissolved  bone  or  South  Carolina  rock) 
and  potash  (muriate  or  kamit),  may  be  added  to  make 
the  compost  the  richer  By  spading  or  forking  the 
heaps  over  a  few  times  at  reasonable  intervals,  a  homo- 
geneous mass  is  easily  obtained,  which  can  be  applied 
in  greatest  liberality  without  fear,  or  more  sparingly,  in 
accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  particular  crop.  Of 
equal,  if  not  still  greater  importance,  is  the  compost 
heap  which  gives  soil  for  greenhouse  benches,  flats, 
hotbeds  and  coldframes.  This  compost  is  principally 
made  of  sods  shaved  off  a  rich  pasture  or  meadow  and 
piled  in  alternate  layers  with  stable  manure1,  more  of 
the  latter  being  used  for  forcing  succulent  crops,  and. 


less  in  growing  plants  which  should  be  short  and  stocky, 
hke  cabbage  or  tomato  plants.  Garden  litter  may  be 
added  to  the  pile,  as  leaves  and  trimmings  All  com- 
post heaps,  during  dry  weather,  need  frequent  and 
thorough  moistening  with  water,  or,  better,  with  liquid 
manure  Turn  several  times  during  the  year,  to  ensure 
thorough  rotting  of  the  materials  x.  GKEINER. 

COMPTfcRIS.  The  only  published  reference  to  this 
generic  name  and  species  is  in  G  C.  III.  29:  May  21, 
1901,  suppl  2,  where  its  introduction  to  cultivation  by 
L.  Linden  is  noted.  The  name  Comptens  may  be  a  cor- 
ruption, or  the  plant  may  have  been  a  young  form  of 
some  known  form.  The  description  below  is  quoted 
from  The  Gardeners'  Chronicle 

C.  Brazzaiana,  Hort.  Intro  in  Eu  about  1900,  as  a 
remarkably  distinct  large  fern  with  long  bipmriate 
fronds  narrow  at  base  and  broad  across  the  middle  and 
tapering  to  a  narrow  point,  barren  pinmo  oval  or 
oblong  and  simple;  fertile  pmnse  distinctly  lobed. 

R  C.  BENEDICT 

COMPT6NIA  (Henry  Compton,  Bishop  of  Lon- 
don, patron  of  horticulture,  died  1713)  Myncdces1 
A  small  native  shrub,  useful  for  covering  banks  and  to 
grow  on  sterile  sandy  and  stony  soil. 


1043.  A  compost  heap. 


The  genus  is  allied  to  Myrica,  and  by  some  not 
regarded  as  sufficiently  different  in  botanical  characters 
to  justify  separate  generic  rank  branching  brown- 
twigged  bush,  dioecious  or  monoecious,  with  globular 
fertile  catkins,  the  1-celled  ovary  hiirroundod  by  8 
linear  persistent  scales  01  bractlets  Ivs  long-oblong, 
pinnatifid.  fr.  a  bur-like  axillary  head  of  few  small  nuts 
The  only  species  us  C.  asplenif&ha,  Girrtn.  (C  prre- 
ffrlna,  Coulter  Myrica  asplemfftlta,  Linn  )  SWKETFERN 
In  dry,  sterile  soil  in  the  E.  and  N  U  S  ,  also 
in  the  trade  It  is  an  attractive  undershrub  (1-3  ft  ) 
with  fern-like,  scented  foliage  and  brownish  heads  of 
imperfect  fls  :  roots  long  and  cord-like  stammate  cat- 
kins 1  in.  or  less  long,  slender,  in  clusters  at  the  ends  of 
the  branchlets.  L.  jj,  jj 

CONANDRON  (cone-xhaped  anther)  Gesneridceje 
Almost  stemless  herb  with  radical  glabrous  rugose 
Ivs  Differs  from  Streptocarpus,  its  nearest  horticul- 
tural relative,  in  having  a  straight,  not  twisted  pod. 
For  cult,  see  Streptocarpus  It  should  be  grown  in 
shade  and  is  hardy  only  south  of  N.  C 

C.  ramondioldes,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  ,  of  Japanese  moun- 
tains, is  the  only  species  It  is  an  interesting  little 
tuberous-rooted  herb,  with  oblong,  rugose,  irregularly 
toothed  root-lvs.  and  scapes  bearing  6-12  white  or 
purple,  dodecatheon-hke  fls  .  cymes  nodding  or  droop- 
ing pubescent;  corolla  1  in.  diam.:  seeds  very  minute. 


CONANDRON 


CONSERVATORY 


837 


B  M  6484. — This  is  one  of  several  groups  of  rare  and 
widely  scattered  herbs,  of  which  Ramondia,  Haberlea, 
Wulfenia,  Didymocarpus,  Shortia  and  Schizocodon  are 
examples.  Conanclron  IB  adapted  to  growing  in  shady 
rockeries  Scapes  less  than  1  ft.  high.  Little  known  in 
cult ,  but  is  in  the  trade.  jij<  TAYLOR  j 

CONE-FLOWER:  RudbecHta.   Purple  Cone-Flower:  Echinacea. 

CONGEA  (from  an  East  Indian  vernacular  name). 
Vcrbeniicese  A  few  species  of  climbing  shrubs  in  Burma 
and  the  Malayan  peninsula.  Ivs  opposite  and  entire: 
fls  in  peduncled  capitate  cymes  wlych  are  combined 
in  large  terminal  panicles,  the  bracts  at  the  base  of  the 
cyme-peduncles  large  and  often  showy;  calyx  funnel- 
form,  5-toothed;  corolla-tube  slender,  seldom  much 
exceeding  the  calyx,  usually  hairy  in  the  throat, 
2-hpped,  the  upper  lip  of  2  narrow  upright  lobes  and 
the  lower  of  3  shorter  broader  lobes,  stamens  4,  ex- 
serted ,  ovary  incompletely  2-celled  fr  a  small  roundish 
nearly  dry  drupe  C.  tomentdsa,  Hoxbg  ,  is  grown 
in  India  and  is  said  to  be  suitable  for  growing  in  a  stove 
or  warm  conservatory  in  Britain  a  strong  climber, 
conspicuous  for  the  pink  and  changing  tints  of  the  large 
elliptic  persist  ent  bracts  in  the  loose  woody  terminal 
panicles  Ivs  3  in  long,  ovate-acute,  soft-hairy  beneath: 
corolla  white,  calyx  hairy  Burma  G  C.  Ill  54  399 — 
Evergreen  mfl  retained  for  several  weeks.  Allied  to 
Petr^fo,  volubihs 

CONIFERS      Arboriculture 

CONIOGRAMME  (Greek,  dust-line)  Formerly 
Diclyoyratnina  Poli/podulcfse  A  few  Japanese  and 
Pacific  island  ferns,  with  naked  son,  which  follow  the 
couise  of  the  free  or  reticulated  veins  The  species  are 
sometimes  referred  to  Gymnogramma  Strong-grow- 
ing indoor-ferns,  useful  for  specimen  plants 

jap6mca,  Diels  Lvs  simply  pinnate  or  bipmnate 
at  the  base,  1 '  >-2  ft  high,  the  pinna)  6-12  in  long  and 
an  inch  wide,  son  extending  from  the  midrib  to  the 
edge  Japan  and  Formosa  —Also  known  as  Cymno- 
qrnmma  japornca  An  interesting  fern  of  rather  strong 
growth,  and  very  distinct  m  appearance  Grows  best 
in  a  moderate  temperature— for  example,  55-60° — • 
and  requires  an  open  and  well-drained  soil  of  peaty 
character  R  C  BENEDICT  f 

CONIUM  (Greek  name)  VtubfUiffrsr  Two  weedy 
biennial  plants,  widely  distubuted  ('  inaculdtum, 
Linn  ,  is  the  poison  hemlock,  "by  which,"  an  Gray 
writes,  "criminals  and  philosophers  were  put  to  death 
at  Athens"  It  is  a  lank,  much-branched  European 
herb  which  has  run  wild  in  E.  N  Amer  ,  and  which  has 
been  offeied  in  the  trade  as  a  border  plant  It  is  bien- 
nial, rank-smelling,  and  poisonous,  and  is  scarcely  worth 
cult  although  the  finely  cut  dark  foliage  is  highly 
ornamental  It  grows  from  2-4  ft  high,  and  has  large 
umbels  of  small  white  fls  See  Ftnsonous  Plants 

In  North  America  the  word  hemlock  is  used  for  the 
hemlock  spruce,  T*>uga 

CONOCEPHALUS  (Greek,  cone  head).  One  of  the 
liverworts  (Marchantiaceip),  with  broad  flat  forking 
evergreen  thallus,  growing  on  moist  banks,  like  a 
moss  C  cdmcus,  Dumort ,  is  sometimes  offered  by 
collectors  as  a  cover  for  rockeries,  but  can  scarcely  be 
said  to  be  a  cultivated  plant. 

CONOCLfNIUM:    Eujxitonum. 

CONOPHALLUS  (name  refers  to  the  cone-shaped 
inflorescence)  Articex  A  name  proposed  by  Schott 
for  certain  aroids,  but  now  made  a  section  of  Amor- 
phophallus  C.  K6njac,  Koch ,  is  Amorphophcdlus 
Rivien  var.  Konjac,  Engler  The  great  tuber  is  much 
grown  in  Japan  for  the  making  of  flour  (see  Georgeson, 
A.G  13:79).  Amor pho phallus  Rivien  is  figured  on  p. 


276,  Vol  I.;  also  m  R.H  1871,  p.  573;  and  in  B  M. 
6195  (as  Protevnophallus  Revien).  Konjak  is  offered 
by  importers  of  Japanese  plants. 

CONSERVATORY.  Primarily  a  glasshouse  in  which 
plants  that  have  been  brought  to  perfection — usually 
in  other  greenhouses — are  to  be  placed  for  display  or 
to  be  kept  in  condition. 

The  conservatory  should  be  as  near  the  residence  as 
possible;  if  not  an  architectural  unit  of  the  house,  it 
may  be  connected  by  a  corridor  or  pergola  The  size 
of  a  conservatory  depends  of  course  upon  the  require- 
ments or  taste  of  the  family,  some  are  as  small  as  6 
by  10  feet,  while  others  are  as  large  as  35  by  75.  The 
aspect  or  side  of  the  dwelling  best  suited  to  a  conserva- 
tory is  on  the  east,  and  preferably  against  a  gable,  so 
that  sliding  snow  from  the  roof  of  the  dwelling  will  not 
give  trouble  If  this  is  not  convenient,  the  glass  roof 
of  the  conservatory  must  be  protected  with  snow- 
guards  A  lean-to  house  is  subject  to  great  fluctuations 
if  placed  against  the  south  side 

Since  much  attention  has  been  given  to  the  build- 
ing of  conservatories  within  the  past  few  years,  they 
can  now  be  made  attractive  in  architectural  design, 
and  at  the  same  time  supply  the  best  possible  condi- 
tions for  the  well-being  of  the  plants.  A  curvilinear  roof 
is  usually  more  attractive  and  is  better  for  the  plants 
than  a  flat  roof,  but  abundant  ventilation  must  be  pro- 
vided The  roof  glass  should  be  ground  or,  frosted,  as 
plants  remain  in  flower  much  longer  under  a  subdued 
light  than  when  exposed  to  direct  sunlight.  Even 
ground  glass  is  not  sufficient  in  summer,  some  shading 
being  required,  roller  shades  are  hard  to  adjust  and  not 
altogether  practicable,  whitewash  applied  to  the  glass 
outside  is  unsightly  and  damages  the  painted  wooden 
strips  in  which  the  glass  is  laid  The  following  has  been 
found  to  be  an  excellent  shading  mixture:  Sixteen 
ounces  white  lead,  thirty-eight  ounces  turpentine, 
two  ounces  linseed  oil,  apply  to  the  glass  out&ide  with 
an  ordinary  paint-brush  The  advantages  of  this  mix- 
ture are  that  it  ih  not  un&ightly,  is  easdy  applied,  and 
wears  off  as  winter  comes  on 

The  heating  of  a  conservatory  is  an  important  mat- 
ter, since  even  night  temperatures  must  be  maintained 
as  in  other  greenhouses  This  can  easily  be  arranged  if 
the  dwelling  is  heated  by  hot  water,  which  is  the  best 
for  any  conservatory,  but  with  steam  or  hot  air  it  is 
more  difficult,  if  po&bible  when  these  methods  of 
heating  the  dwelling  are  used,  a  separate  small  hot- 
water  system  should  be  installed  for  the  conservatory. 
The  temperature  at  which  conservatories  are  to  be 
kept  depends  upon  the  plants  grown  in  them.  Palms, 
ferns,  orchids  and  ornamental-leaved  plants  generally 
require  a  night  temperature  of  about  60°  Flowering 
plants,  such  as  chrysanthemums,  azaleas,  primulas  and 
bulbs,  do  better  m  a  temperature  of  45°  to  50°  at  night 
with  a  rise  of  15°  to  20°  for  both  classes  of  plants  by 
day  before  opening  the  ventilators,  and  these,  in  winter 
especially,  must  be  opened  with  caution,  admitting 
the  outside  air  very  sparingly. 

The  floor  of  a  conservatory  may  be  of  tiles  and  the 
interior  may  be  arranged  with  rugs  and  easy  chairs  m 
the  center  with  the  plants  arranged  on  tables  around 
the  outside  or  over  the  heating-pipes.  The  catalogues 
of  the  principal  greenhouse  builders  show  some  very 
artistic  arrangements,  both  inside  and  outside 

A  conservatory  is  often  a  part  of  a  commercial  green- 
house establishment,  being  m  effect  the  display  house 
or  room  into  which  interesting  and  perfected  plants 
are  brought  for  inspection;  and  in  large  cities  conserv- 
atories are  often  attached  to  florists'  stores,  not  only  as 
a  display  house  but  because  plants  will  keep  m  much 
better  health  and  condition  for  a  much  longer  tune 
than  in  the  ordinary  conditions  of  the  florist's  store;  but 
commonly  the  word  is  used  as  above  to  designate  an 
adjunct  to  a  home.  EDWARD  J.  CANNING. 


838 


CONVALLARIA 


CONVALLARIA  (old  n&meLihum  convalhum,  derived 
from  convalhs,  a  valley)  Lihctcex.  LILY-OF-THE-VAL- 
LEY. A  dainty  herb,  much  prized  for  its  erect  racemes 
of  white  delicately-scented  flowers;  perennial 

Leaves  radical,  from  a  horizontal  rootstock,  produc- 
ing upright  parts  or  pips  (Fig  1044)  fls.  white  (some- 
times pink-tinged),  small  and  short-bcll-shaped,  with 
short  blunt  recurved  lobes,  nodding,  in  a  short,  radical, 
raceme  (Fig  1045),  the  stamens  6  included,  style  1 
(Fig  1046)'  fr  a  globular  small  few-seeded  red  berry. 
— Commonly  considered  to  be  only  one  species,  native 
in  Asia,  Eu  ,  and  in  the  higher  mts  ,  Va  to  S.  C  ;  of 
Beveral  similar  races  or  types 

Lily-of-the-valley  is  much  prized  for  its  delicate, 
sweet-scented  flowers.  The  rhizome  and  roots  are  sold 
in  drug-stores  they  are  poisonous  in  large  doses;  in 
small  doses  used  as  a  heart  tonic  The  plant  is  popu- 
larly supposed  to  be  the  one  referred  to  in  the  Sermon 
on  the  Mount,  but  this  is 
not  to  be  determined  It  is 
essentially  a  shade -loving 
plant  The  species  is  C.  ma- 
jahs, Linn  Lvs  oblong  or 
oval,  thick  and  persisting  till 
autumn,  forming  a  dense  sod, 
plane,  with  more  or  less 
bloom  *  racemes  5-10  in  high  • 
berry  %m  diam.  R  H  1886 
84  Gn  47,  p  179;  52  182 
and  p.  319  (the  latter  in 
fruit).  AF  13.402  Gng. 
5.56-7.  F.R  2  4.  G  C.  III. 
23:149  (var  grandijlora). 
Lowe,  42  (var  vanegata) 

The  plant  is  hardy,  and  is 
easily  grown  in  partially 
shaded  places  and  moder- 
ately rich  ground.  Old  beds 
are  liable  to  run  out.  The 
roots  and  runners  become 
crowded,  and  few  good  flower- 
stems  are  produced  It  is 
best  to  replant  the  beds  every 
few  years  with  vigoious 
1044.  Lily-of-the-valley  pip.  [resh  clumps,  which  have 
been  grown  for  the  purpose 

m  some  out-of-the-way  place  Five  or  six  strong 
pips,  with  their  side  growths,  planted  close  together, 
will  form  a  good  clump  in  two  years  if  not  allowed  to 
spread  too  much  The  mats  of  clean  foliage  make 
attractive  carpets  under  trees  and  in  other  shady 
places  If  the  bed  is  made  rich  and  top-dressed  eveiy 
fall,  it  may  give  good  results  for  four  or  five  years;  and 

Elants  in  such  beds  thrive  in  full  sunshine  One  form 
as  prettily  striped  foliage,  very  ornamental  in  the  early 
part  of  the  season  Lihes-of-the-valley  bloom  early  in 
spring.  They  run  wild  in  many  old  yards,  in  cemeteries, 
and  along  shady  road-sides  There  are  double-flowered 
forms;  also  one  (var,  prohficans)  with  racemes  2  feet 
long  (J.  B  Keller  ) 

For  culture  as  a  florist's  flower,  see  Lily-of-thc- 
valley. 

Recent  studies  of  this  genus  by  E  L  Greene,  have  distinguished 
3  other  species  C  japomca,  Greene,  representii.^  the  Japanese 
form  of  the  plant  rootstock  very  short  and  stout  Ivs  2  only,  sub- 
equal,  elliptic,  cuspidately  acute,  bright  green  with  uo  rrace  of 
bloom  on  either  surf  arc  peduncle  short,  about  enualing  the  bases 
of  the  Ivs  ,  raceme  few-fld  ,  the  bracts  small,  ovate-lanceolate, 
perianth  widely  opening,  broadly  boll-shaped  or  almost  sauccr- 
ehaped,  stamens  largo,  very  short,"  the  very  obtuse  anthers  longer 
than  the  filaments  — C  globdsa,  Greene  Herbage  light  green, 
without  trace  of  bloom  Ivs  with  a  more  fibrous  and  less  fleshy 
anatomy  than  those  of  C.  majahs,  and  of  shorter  duration,  disap- 
pearing by  the  end  of  summer  perianth  urn-shaped  (not  bell- 
ehapod),  stamens  mperted  about  the  middle  of  the  penanth, 
extending  horizontally  (rather  than  vertically,  as  m  C  majahs). 
Probably  N  C  ,  but  described  from  plants  growing  in  a  wild  gar- 
den in  Washington,  D  C  ,  later-blooming  than  C  mamhs  — C. 
majtiscula,  Greene  Differs  from  C  majaha  in  its  very  large  light 
i.ieeii  Ivs.,  which  have  no  trace  of  bloom  and  an  excessively  fibrous 


CONVOLVULUS 

anatomy  which  makes  the  growing  If.  to  look  plicate,  more  than 
twice  larger  than  C  majahs,  later-blooming  perianth  broadly 
bell-shaped,  filaments  very  short,  nearly  hypogynous,  erect, 
anthers  large,  oblong,  obtuse,  cordate  at  base  S  E.  Fa  ,  and  south- 

ward-  I,  H.  B. 

CONVOLVULUS  (Latin,  convolve,  to  entwine).  Con- 
volvulacesp  Includes  Calystegia.  BINDWEED  Annual 
and  perennial  herbs,  grown  mostly  in  the  open,  some 
are  twiners 

Sometimes  suffi  utescent, 
twining,  trailing,  erect  or  as- 
cending, with  filiform,  creeping 
rootstocks  Ivs  petiolate,  en- 
tire, toothed  or  lobed,  gener- 
ally cordate  or  sagittate:  fls. 
axillary,  solitary  or  loosely 
cymose,  mostly  opening  only 
m  early  moining,  corolla  cam- 
panulate  or  funnelform,  the 
limb  plaited,  5-angled,  5-lobed 
or  entue  — A  genus  of  about 
175  species,  widely  distributed 
in  temperate  and  tiopical 
regions  Convolvulus  and 
Calystegia  are  no  longer  kept 
separate  As  C onvolvul  u  ,s 
fiejnum  is  the  type  of  both 
genera,  they  are  theiefore 
synonymous  \\  hen  the  fls  of 
C  ocadcntalis  are  boi  ne  singly, 
the  calyx  bracts  are  broad  ana 
Calystegm-hke,  when  borne  in 
clustcis  the  bracts  are  greatly 
reduced 

The  species  thrive  in  a  va- 
riety of  soils  \\ithout  especial 
care  The  greenhouse  species 
do  best  in  a  soil  with  consider- 
able fiber  The  hardy  peren- 
nials are  usuallv  propagated 
by  dividing  the  roots,  other- 
wise by  cuttings  or  seeds,  tho 
tender  species  prefeiably  by 
cuttings  ('  (ncoloi  is  tho  most 
important  of  the  hardy  annuals  It  m.i>  als< 
started  in  the  greenhouse,  and  makes  an  excellent 
plant  for  the  hanging-basket  All  are  vigorous 
growers,  and  may  become  troublesome  weeds  in 
some  places  if  not  kept  within  bounds  C  japom- 
cus  and  ('  Sepium  should  be  used  with  caution. 
This  is  the  chief  reason  why  the  hardv  perennials 
are  not  often  found  in  well-kept  gardens,  except  along 
wire  fences  or  lattice  screens,  whete  the  tuif  is  laid  up 
close  so  as  to  allow  only  a  narrow  bolder  foi  the  roots 
The  double-flow  erod  form  of  C  japomcu*>  is  seen  to  best 
advantage  in  half-wild  places,  or  on  rocky  banks, 
where  shrubs  make  but  a  stunted  giowth  Here  it 
will  grow  luxuriantly,  forming  graceful  festoons  from 
branch  to  branch,  and  covonng  the  ground  with  a  pretty 
mantle  of  green  (J  B  Keller  ) 

C  pnrpureus,  the  common  morning-glory,  and  many 
related  species  are  to  be  found  under  Ipomcca. 


1045    Raceme  of 
Lily-of-the-valley. 

(Natural  «ize) 


1046  Section  of  flower 
of  hly-of-the-valley,  laid 
open  to  show  the  parts. 
(X2) 


mivlaeophyllus,  2. 

ainpucijoiiuv,  ~  mauritdtueus,  0. 
aureus  superbus,  11     minor,  10 

Berri/i,  2  Occident  alls,  4 

Binohamis-,  4  olea-fohus,  9 

eahforrncus,  1.  polymorphuit,  4. 

Cncorurn,  8  pubiscens,  3 

compactus,  10.  purpurntvs,  4. 

cydoslegius,  4  repens,  5 

deltoideus,  2  saxicola,  2. 

gracilenlus,  4  Rcammoma,  7. 

Greenei,  4  Sepium,  5 

illerebrosus,  4.  tricolor,  10 

interior,  5  iillosus,  1 

japomcus,  3.  vittatut,  10 


CONVOLVULUS 


CONVOLVULUS 


839 


A,  Calyx  with  8  membranaceous  bracts  at  the  base: 

peduncles  usually  1-fld.   (Calystegia.) 

B.  St.  prostrate,  8  in.  to  2  ft.  high   peduncle  usually 

shorter  than  the  Ivs. 

1.  calif tfrmcus,  Choisy  (C  villdsus,  Gray.  Caly- 
stegia  tnllbsa,  Kellogg)  Plant  densely  white-villose 
throughout-  at  prostrate,  scarcely  twining:  Ivs.  slender- 


petioled,  reniform  -  hastate  to 
sagittate,  the  upper  acuminate, 
1  in  or  less  long,  the  basal  lobes 
often  coarsely  toothed  bracts  oval  or  ovate,  com- 
pletely inclosing  the  calyx .  fls  cream-yellow,  1  m  long. 
Calif  — Perennial. 

2  malacophyllus,  Greene    Similar  to  the  preceding 
but  foliage  velvety,or  plushy  pubesceni    Calif  — Peren- 
nial     Other   closely   related    Calif ornian    bpecies   are 
C    saxicola,  Eostw  ,  C    delta)  deus,  Greene,    C    Berryi, 
Eastw  and  C  atnphcifohus,  House. 

BB  *SV    (in rang  or  hailing,  3-10  ft   high'  peduncle 
exceeding  the  Ivs 

3  jap6mcus,  Thunb    (Calyslcgia  pubescent,  Lindl  ). 
CALIFORNIA  ROSE    Fig  1047     Hardy  perennial  herba- 
ceous twiner  growth  very  vigorous,  often  20  ft     \vhole 
plant  more  or  less  densely  and  minutely  pubescent. 
Ivs   hastate,  lanceolate,  obtuse  or  broadly  acute,  with 
angular    or    rounded    lobes    at    the    base,    variable, 
occasionally  without  lobes,  rarely  sharp  lanceolate,  fls. 
bright  pink,  1-2  m   broad,  produced  freely  during  the 
summer  months  and  remaining  expanded  for  several 
days     Japan  and  E    Asia     The  double  form  is  now 
naturalized  from  S  E   N.  Y   to  D  C   and  Mo    P  M. 
13.243.    FS  2:172     BR  32  42 —The  double  form 
is  completely  sterile,  with  narrow  wavy  petals,  irregu- 
larly arranged,  the  outer  someuhat  lacerate.  A  valuable 
decorative  plant  for  covering  stumps  and  walls     In 
rich  soil  the  roots  spread  rapidly,  and  will  smother  out 
all  other  plants  unless  confined  in  tubs    The  Calyategia 
pubescens  of  Lindley  has  been    wrongly   referred    to 
Iponma  hedcracca,  but  the  two  plants  are  very  different, 
the  former  being  perennial  and  the  latter  annual    Sec 
Journ  Hort  Soc  1:70(1846)    The  plant  is  commonly 
confounded  with  C  Septum 

4  occidentalis,  Gray.    Hardy  perennial,  herbaceous 
or  with  suffrutescent  base:  st.  twining,  several  feet 
high,  glabrous  or  minutely  pubescent:  Ivs  from  angu- 
late-cordate,  with  a  deep  and  narrow  sinus,  to  lanceo- 
late-hastate,   the   posterior   lobes  often    1-2-toothed: 
peduncle  1-fld.  or  prohferously  2-3-fld  ,  bracts  ovate  or 
lanceolate,    usually    completely    inclosing    the    calyx, 
variable;  corolla  white  or  pinkish,  1-2  m.  long;  stig- 
mas linear.   Dry  hills,  Calif.— Listed  as  early  as  1881. 


An  admirable  plant  for  rockeries.  Several  related  species 
are  native  also  to  Calif  C  cyclostegius,  House,  C  Bing- 
hamiy,  Greene,  C.  polymorphic,  Greene,  C.  Greenei, 
House,  C.  dndus,  Greene,  C  purpurdtus,  Greene,  C. 
illecebrdsus,  House,  C.  gracilentus,  Greene,  and  C.  Idngt- 
pes,  Wats. 

5  Sepiuxn,  Linn.    (Calystegia  Semum,  R  Br.)    RUT- 
LAND BEAUTY.  Fig  1048    Perennial  trailer,  3-10  ft.  long, 
glabrous  or  minutely  pubescent*   Ivs.   round-cordate 
to  deltoid-hastate,  the  basal  lobes  divaricate,  entire  or 
angulate:  fls   white,  rose  or  pink,  with  white  stripes. 
FS  8.826     BM  732     AG  12  638      Gn.50.514.— 
A  very  variable  species     Cosmopolitan  in  temperate 
regions.    An  insidious  weed  in  moist  soil.    The  native 
forms  have  been  called  C   interior,  House,  Rocky  Mt. 
region;   and   C.   americdnus,   Greene,   in   the  eastern 
states,  but  are  difficult  to  distinguish     Var    repens, 
Gray  (C.  repens,  Linn  )     Pubescent,  sts.  trailing  or 
sprawling:  the  basal  lobes  of  the  Ivs.  obtuse  or  rounded. 
Coastal  region  from  Que.  to  Fla. 

AA   Calyx  without  bracts  peduncle  1-6-jld.  (Eucon- 

volvulus ) 
B.  St.  prostrate,  trailing,  glabrous  or  minutely  pubescent. 

6  mauritanicus,  Boiss     Strong  perennial  roots,  st. 
herbaceous,  slender,  prostrate,  rarely  branched,  minutely 
villose     Ivs     alternate,    round-ovate,    obtuse,    stiort- 
petioled  fls  blue  to  violet-purple,  with  a  lighter  throat, 
1-2  in.  across,  very  handsome    Afr.    B  M.  5243    FS. 
21-2183     Gn  39 '52 —A    free   bloomer   through   the 
summer.  On  dry  banks  each  plant  forms  a  dense  tuft 
which  throws  up  many  graceful  shoots     Not  hardy 
north  of  Philadelphia 

7  Scammdnia,     Linn       Hardy     perennial    trailer, 
deciduous:  st.  angular,  glabrous   Ivs  cordate-sagittate, 
gray-green,  the  lobes  entire  or  dentate'  sepals  glabrous, 
ovate,  obtuse;  corolla  white,  creamy  or  light  pink    Asia 
Minor  — The    large    tap-roots    supply    the    resinous 
cathartic  drug  scammony 

BB  St  erect  or  ascending,  silky. 

8  Cne&rum,  Linn.    St  shrubby,  half-haidy,  1-4  ft. 
high  Ivs  persistent,  lanceolate  or  spatulate,  silky  gray: 
mfl  a  loose  panicle,  1-6-fld.;  fls   white  or  tinged  with 
pink,    borne   freely   during    the   summer.     S     Eu  — 
Valuable   as  a  pot-plant   for  greenhouse   or   window 
decoration,  or  trained  to  a  warm  wall    Confused  with 
C  olc&fohus 

9  olesef&lius,  Desr     Tender  perennial    Ivs    linear- 
lanceolate,    acute,    slightly   villose:    fls    bright   pink, 
borne    freely    m 

loose,  umbellate 
panicles  in  the 
summer  Greece. 
B  M  289  (as  C. 
hneans)  — Many 
plants  now  pass- 
ing as  C  oleaefohus 
are  C  Cneorum. 
The  latter  may 
be  distinguished 
by  its  broader, 
blunter,  silvery- 
villose  Ivs.. 
lighter-colored 
blossoms  and 
taller  growth. 

10  tricolor, ( 
Linn.    (C    minor, 
Hort)    Fig.  1049. 
Hardy  annual  st. 
trailing,  ascending 
6-12  in.,  angulate. 
densely     covered 

with  long  brown-          1048.  Convolvulus  Sepium.  (x)i) 


840 


CONVOLVULUS 


COPROSMA 


ish  hairs:  IVB.  linear-oblong  or  subapatulate,  obtuse  or 
rounded  at  the  apex,  usually  pubescent  but  sometimes 
glabrous,  the  margin  ciliate  towards  the  base,  peduncle 
3-fld,,  exceeding  the  Ivs  ,  sepals  ovate,  lanceolate,  vil- 
lose,  acute,  limb  of  the  corolla  azure-blue,  throat 
yellow,  margined  with  white.  S  Eu.  B  M  27. — One 
of  the  best  annuals  for  the  home  border.  Each  plant 
covers  a  ground  space  of  2  ft ,  and  blooms  continuously 
throughout  the  summer.  Fls.  re- 
main open  all  day  during  pleasant 
weather  There  are  many  variously 
striped  and  spotted  forms  of  this 
popular  annual,  none  of  which  sur- 
passes the  type  in  beauty.  A  va- 
riety with  pure  white  fls  is  attrac- 
tive. Other  well-marked  horticul- 
tural forms  are  Var  vitt&tus,  prettily 
striped  with  blue  and  white  F  S 
3-298  RH  1848  121.  Var  com- 
pActus,  dwarf,  and  valuable  for 
pot  culture  Gt  47,  p  635  A  5- 
petaled  form  is  also  recorded.  F  S. 
8,  p.  116,  desc. 

11.  a&reus  superbus,  Hort.  A 
tender  perennial,  but  may  be  treated 
as  an  annual,  sihce  it  flowers  the 
first  season  from  seed:  st  trailing 
or  twining,  4-5  ft  long1  fls  golden. 
— Valuable  as  a  greenhouse  climber  and  for  hanging- 
baskets.  Not  sufficiently  described  for  identification. 

C  althxoidea,  Linn  (C  itahcus,  Roem  &  Schult  )  St 
twining  or  climbing,  if  it  finds  support  upper  Ivs  podati 
ovate-cordate,  crenate,  silvery  fls  pink  May-Aug  Modit  region 
BM  359  FS  10  1021  (as  var  argyreus)  RH  1864  111  — C. 
amblgem,  House,  native  from  Mont  to  New  Mex  and  S  Cahf  ,  13  a 
close  relative  to  C  arvensis  — C  arrensis,  Linn  Slendor  perennial 
trailer,  1-3  ft  long,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  Ivs  ovate-sagittate  or 
hastate,  variable  fls  white  or  pink  Eu  and  E  Asia  Naturalized 
m  old  fields  through  the  Atlantic  states  and  Calif  \  troublesome 
weed  m  cult  grounds. — C  cananfnns,  Linn  Greenhouse  ever- 
green Ivs  oblong-cordate,  acute,  villose  fls  violet-purple,  pedun- 
cle 1-6-fld  Canary  Ish  B  M  1228  —  C  dahuncus,  Herb  (Calys- 
tegia  dahuncus,  Fisch  )  Hardy  deciduous  twiner,  3  6  ft  Ivs. 
oblong-cordate,  shortly  acute  fls  pink  or  rose-violet  June,  July 
N  Eu  B  M  2609  F  S  10  1075  —  C  erubescent,  Sims  (C 
acaulis,  Choisy)  Tender  biennial  Ivs  oblong,  hastate,  the  basal 
lobes  toothed  fls  small,  5-lobed,  rose-pink  Austral  B  M  1067 
— C  macrosttgius,  Greene  The  plants  in  the  trade  under  this  name 
may  be  referred  to  C  ocudentahs  — C  major,  Hort  ,  not  Gihb  =* 
Ipomoea  purpurea  — C  ocellatus,  Hook  Stove  evergreen  hmb  of 
corolla  white,  5-angled,  throat  reddish  piirple  Ivs  sessile,  linear, 
acute.  1-veined,  villose  8  Afr  B  M  4065  — C  scopdnus,  Linn  — 
C  Sotdanflla,Linn  Sts  prostrate  Ivs.  remform  fls  pink  or  rose- 
colored.  Sandy  shores,  Wash,  to  Calif.,  also  in  Eu  and  Asia 


1049.  Convolvulus  tricolor. 


irostrate, 
d  ,  lower 


CO6KIA:  Claucena. 
COONTIE:   Zamio  \ntegr\fol\a. 


S  W.  FLETCHER. 
H.  D.  HousE.f 


COOPERIA  (after  Joseph  Cooper,  English  gardener). 
Amarylliddcex  Tender  bulbous  plants  with  the  habit 
of  Zephyranthes  but  night-blooming 

Flowers  fragrant,  solitary,  2  in  or  more  across,  waxy- 
white,  tinged  red  outside,  and  more  or  less  green  within; 
the  perianth  subtended  by  a  bract-like  spathe,  some- 
what as  in  Iris;  anthers  erect  in  distinction  to  versatile 
in  Zephyranthes.  Ivs  appearing  with  the  fls  in  summer, 
long,  narrow,  flat  and  twisted  —Only  2  or  3  species  from 
Texas  to  New  Mex  and  Mex  ,  usually  growing  in  dry 
places.  The  bulbs  should  be  taken  up  in  autumn  and 
stored  during  the  winter  in  dry  soil.  Cult,  easy  and  like 
Zephyranthes 

A.  Neck  of  bulb  short:  perianth-tube  8%  m  long  or  more. 
Drummondii,  Herb.  EVENING  STAR  Bulb  round- 
ish, 1  in  thick,  with  a  short  neck:  Ivs  narrowly  linear, 
erect,  1  ft  long:  peduncle  slender,  fragile,  hollow,  l/t-l 
ft.  long,  spathe  1^-2  in.  long,  2-valved  at  the  tip; 
perianth  tube  3-5  in  long;  limb  %-l  m  long,  white, 
tinged  with  red  outside;  segms  oblong,  cuspidate. 
Prairies,  of  wide  range.  Var.  chlorosdlen,  Baker,  has 
a  perianth-tube  stouter  and  tinged  with  green:  limb 


longer  and   less  wheel-shaped:  Ivs.   a  little  broader. 
B.M.  3482. 

AA.  Neck  of  bulb  long-  penanth-tube  less  than  2%  in.  long. 
pedunculata,   Herb.     GIANT   PRAIRIE   LILY.     More 
robust  than  C   Drurnmondii'  bulb  with  a  longer  neck, 
2-3  m    long-  Ivs    about  6,    1  ft.  long,    J^in    broad: 
peduncle  about  1  ft    long,  spathe  1-2-valved  at  the 
tip,  perianth-tube  shorter,  1^  m. 
long,   limb   nearly  as  long  as  the 
tube,  tinged  red  outside    BM  3727. 
R  H    1853-401  —The  best  species. 
Fls    larger,  of  purer  color,  and  re- 
maining open  a  day  or  two  longer. 

N.    TAYLOK.f 

COPAfFERA  (from  copaiba, 
Brazilian  name  of  the  balsam  de- 
rived from  some  of  these  trees). 
Syn  Copaiba  Leguminosx  Sixteen 
or  more  spineless  trees  of  Trop. 
Amer.,  and  Afr.  with  abruptly  pin- 
nate Ivs  ,  small  mostly  white,  not 
papilionaceous  fls  in  panicles,  inter- 
esting because  several  of  them 
produce  an  oleo-resin  krio^vn  as 
copaiba  They  are  not  in  cult., 
except  now  and  then  in  collections 
of  economic  plants 

COPERNfCIA  (from  Copernicus)  Palmaceap,  tribe 
Coryphee  Tall  fan-palms  with  their  trunks  frequently 
thickened  above  the  base 

Leaves  flabellate,  the  petiole  often  vvith  small  spines; 
the  small  young  Ivs  usually  undivided,  the  older  much 
cut  palmately.  spadix  very  much  branched,  the  fls 
single  upon  it  or  in  small  clusters;  calyx  tubular,  more 
or  less  deeply  3-toothed  fr  globose  or  ovoid,  1-soeded. 
— Species  about  8,  all  confined  to  Trop  Amer  C. 
ccrifera  is  a  valuable  economic  plant,  the  wood  being 
among  the  hardest  known,  and  the  Ivs  being  the 
source  of  a  valuable  wax  For  cult ,  see  Corypha  G  C. 
II  24  362  Beccan,  Le  Palme  Americano,  tribe  Cory- 
phee, 1907 

cerifera,  Mart  CARNAUB-V  PALM  St  30-35  ft ,  with 
a  small  swelling  neai  the  base  Ivs  3-4  ft  wide,  nearly 
round;  rachis  none;  petiole  convex  below,  concave 
above,  the  margins  with  rather  thick  spines  spadix 
erect  or  spreading,  5-6  ft  long  and  thrice  branched; 
fls  in  clusters  on  the  spathe  Trop  S  Amer  — Not 
well  known  in  the  trade;  see  Livisiona. 

C  wstrAhs,  Becc  ,  a  recently  described  species,  said  to  be 
more  hardy  than  C  cerifera,  has  been  cult  at  Riverside,  Calif 
Taller,  60-80  ft  ,  mfl  densely  woolly  tomentose 

N.  TAYLOR. 
COPRA:  material  from  the  coconut,  which  see  (p  811) 

COPR6SMA  (Greek  name  referring  to  the  fetid 
odor  of  the  plants).  Rubiacex.  Shrubs  or  small  trees, 
often  trailing,  of  New  Zealand,  Australia  and  Poly- 
nesia, sometimes  planted  for  the  pretty  fruit  or  vane- 
gated  leaves. 

Leaves  opposite,  mostly  email,  stalked  or  almost 
sessile*  fls  small,  solitary  or  fascicled,  white  or  greenish, 
dioecious,  corolla-limb  4-5-lobed,  the  lobes  revolute. 
stamens  4-5.  fr.  an  ovoid  or  globose  usually  2-celled 
drupe. — About  60  species  mostly  in  New  Zeal ,  extend- 
ing to  Borneo,  Hawaii  and  Juan  Fernandez 

Coprosmas  are  greenhouse  plants  in  the  North,  but 
they  are  rarely  cultivated.  Propagated  by  hwdened 
cuttings.  The  soil  which  is  found  among  kalinia  roots, 
mixed  with  good  loam  and  sand,  if  necessary,  will  suit 
these  plants  Cuttings  should  be  rooted  in  moderate 
heat  in  spring,  before  growth  begins.  If  placed  under  a 
handhght  or  propagatmg-trame.  care  must  be  taken 
to  prevent  damping,  to  which  the  cuttings  are  liable. 
(G.  W.  Oliver.) 


COPROSMA 

Baueri,  Endl.  (C.  Bauendna,  Hook,  f)  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  m  exposed  and  rocky  places  in  its  native 
habitat  sometimes  not  more  than  1-3  ft  high  and  with 
branches  nearly  prostrate,  in  better  conditions  often  a 
round-topped  tree  20-25  ft.  high*  Ivs.  thick,  shining 
green,  1-3  m  long,  wide-ovate  or  oblong,  obtuse  or 
notched  at  the  apex,  the  margins  usually  re  volute* 
male  fls.  m  dense  heads  on  short  axillary  peduncles; 
females  3-6,  the  heads  with  shorter  peduncles;  calyx 
very  small;  corolla  of  female  fls  tubular,  4-lobed  New 
Zeal  — In  cult  there  are  two  forms,  both  with  varie- 
gated Ivs  ;  one  has  Ivs  broadly  blotched  creamy  yellow, 
at  times  the  green  disappearing  altogether  (var 
vanegdta  or  picturdia)',  the  other  (C.  Stockn,  Hort  )  has 
Ivs  blotched  yellow-green  on  a  deeper  ground  C  Bauen 
is  a  favorite  in  S  Calif ,  and  probably  the  only  one 
grown  there;  thrives  near  the  sea 

acer&sa,  A  Cunn  Low  and  spreading,  much  branched, 
with  minute  Ivs  ,  small  white  fls  ,  and  pretty  sky-blue 
drupes  or  berries  New  Zeal. — Once  catalogued  in 
Calif 

P&triei,  Cheesem  Prostrate  and  creeping,  forming 
mats,  the  branches  to  1  %  ft  long  Ivs  1 4m  or  less 
long,  linear-oblong  or  -obovate,  rigid  and  thickish  fls 
solitary,  on  the  ends  of  short  erect  branchlets,  the 
males  4-toothed  and  without  calyx,  the  females  smaller, 
irregularly  toothed  and  calyculate  drupe  J-s-Hui 
diara  ,  mostly  purplish.  New  Zeal. — Mentioned  abroad 
for  cultivation.  L  H  B. 

^  COPTIS  (Greek,  to  cut,  from  the  cut 

leaves)  Ranunculdctje.  Hardy  per- 
ennial herbs  of  the  cooler  parts  of 
the  northern  hemisphere,  sometimes 
planted  in  bogs  and  moist  places 

Low,  sternless  plants,  with  slender 
rootstocks*  Ivs  radical,  compound  or 
divided,  lasting  over  winter*  fls  white 
or  yellow,  scapose,  sepals  5-7,  petal- 
like,  petals  5-6,  small,  linear,  hood-like; 
stamens  numerous  carpels  stalked, 
few,  becoming  an  umbel  of  follicles  — 
Eight  species,  only  one  of  which  is 
used  in  American  gai  dens 

The  bitter  roots  yield  the  tonic  med- 
icine known  as  "gold  thread,"  also  a 
yellow  dye  The  plants  should  have 
peaty  soil,  with  a  little  sand,  and  prefer 
shade,  in  damp  situations  They  are 
rather  hardy  The  roots  withstand 
severe  winters,  bong  native  of  the 
cooler  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere 
If  the  plants  are  given  some  protec- 
tion in  winter,  as  in  a  cold  pit  or  by  a 
dressing  of  litter,  the  leaves  remain 
green  and  fiesh  The  plants  are  valu- 
able m  hardy  borders  because  of  the 
leaves  and  also  the  flowers 

The   plants   are  very  easily  propa- 
gated in  either  early  spring  or  late  fall, 
the  former  being  preferred     Seeds  may 
be  sown  when  ripe,  before  they  become 
old,  and  will  grow  readily  in  moist  but 
well-drained  soil.   They  should  be  only 
slightly   covered    with 
soil    but    the    surface 
should  be  kept  moist 
by   a    close    covering 
with  leaves  or  paper, 
and  partial  shade  is  pre- 
ferred    The  seedlings 
may   be    transplanted 
at  any  time  after  the 
leaves    are    large,    by 

1050.  Corallorhiza  multiflora.          keeping  plenty  of  soil 
(XJO  about  the  roots. 


CORD1A 


841 


trifdlia,  Sahsb  No  st  :  rootstock  yellow:  Ivs  com- 
pound, long-petioled ,  Ifts  broadly  obovate,  cuneate, 
obtuse,  the  teeth  mucronate.  fl -st.  slender;  sepals 
white,  with  yellow  base;  petals  small,  club-shaped 
follicles  3-7,  spreading,  equaled  by  their  stalk;  seeds 
black  May-July.  Adirondacks  and  westward.  L.B  C. 
2.173  — Neat  and  pretty,  with  shining  Ivs. 

K.  C.  DAVIS. 

CORAL  BERRY:   Symphoricarpus  mtlgant 
CORAL  DROPS:    Bensera  elfgans 

CORALLORHlZA  (Greek  for  coral-root).  Orchidd- 
cftf  CORAL-ROOT.  Low  orchids,  growing  in  woods  and 
parasitic  on  roots,  destitute  of  green  foliage,  the  plant 
usually  brownish  or  yellowish  and  inconspicuous. 

Flowers  small,  somewhat  2-hppcd,  usually  obscurely 
spurred  at  the  base,  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike; 
lip  small,  slightly  adherent  to  the  base  of  the  column; 
polhma  4  —Species  few,  in  N  Amer.,  Eu.  and  Asia. 
The  coral-roots  have  little  merit  as  garden  plants, 
although  very  interesting  to  the  student  They  may 
be  grown  in  rich,  shady  borders.  Two  species  have  been 
offered  by  dealers  m  native  plants  C.  multifl&ra, 
Nutt  (Fig  1050). is  purplish,  \Y2  ft  or  less  high,  10-30- 
fld  ,  lip  deeply  3-lobed  grows  in  dry  woods  in  northern 
states,  C.  Mertensiana,  Hong  ,  scape  many-fld  ,  8-15 
in  high,  the  lip  entire  and  broadly  oblong  occurs  in 
Brit  Col  and  north  to  Alaska  C.  odontorhiza,  Nutt , 
provides  what  is  known  as  crawley-root,  said  to  be 
used  for  its  diaphoretic  and  febrifuge  properties  it  is 
a  slender  plant,  in  woods  S  ,  but  extending  north  as  far 
as  Canada,  light  brown  or  purplish,  6-7  in  tall  lip 
nearly  or  quite  entire,  white  spotted  with  crimson. 

L.  H.  B. 

CORAL-PLANT-    Jatropha. 
CORAL-ROOT:    Corallarhiza. 
CORAL-TREE-   Erythnna. 

CORCHORUS  (name  refers  to  some  reputed  \rirtue, 
as  an  eye  remedy,  of  one  of  the  species)  Tihaccsc. 
Shrubs  or  herbs  of  the  tropics,  two  of  which  supply 
jute 

The  jute  plants  are  C  capsulans  Linn  and  C  ohtqr- 
iiis,  Linn.  The  latter  differs  from  the  C.  capsulans 
in  having  an  elongated,  not  semi-globose,  pod  B  M 
2810  They  are  annual  plants,  natives  of  Asia  but 
cult  throughout  the  tiopics,  growing  10-12  ft  high, 
with  a  straight  st  as  thick  as  the  little  finger  and 
branched  only  at  the  top  Fls  small,  jellow,  with  4-5 
glandless  petals  and  a  slender  caps  ,  or  sometimes 
the  caps  is  globose  The  young  shoots  of  both  arc 
used  as  pot  heibs  (1  ohtonus  is  much  grown  for  this 
purpose  in  Egypt,  and  is  known  as  Jews'  mallow. 
Jute  is  made  from  the  fibrous  bark  of  these  and 
other  species  of  Corchoius  It  is  released  from  the  sts 
by  retting  in  stagnant  pools  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric., 
Vol  II,  pp  282,  507 

C  Balddcm,  Fedde,  has  very  recently  been  men- 
tioned in  foreign  horticultural  literature.  It  is  described 
:us  a  perennial,  woodv  at  the  base  Ivs  linear-elliptic, 
pilose  above  and  white-tomentose  beneath  fls.  solitary, 
axillary  and  minute  Italian  Somahland 

The  corchorus  of  trade  lists  is  hkelv  to  be  Kerna. 

C(5RDIA  (an  early  German  bo*samst,  Valerius  Cor- 
dus,  born  1515)  Boraginacese  Warm-climate  trees, 
sluubs  or  almost  herbaceous,  sometimes  planted. 

Leaves  mostly  alternate,  r/etioled,  entire  or  dentate, 
fls  in  dense  heads  or  clusters  or  scirpioid  cymes,  per- 
fect or  polygamous,  the  corolla  usually  white  or  orange; 
calyx  tubular  or  campanulate,  toothed  or  lobed; 
corolla  tubular,  funnelform  or  salverform,  lobed,  the 
parts  and  the  stamens  1  or  more;  style  4-lobed.  fr  a 
drupe  which  is  4-loculed  and  usually  4-seeded  — Species 
about  230  in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions,  mostly 


842 


CORDIA 


CORDYLINE 


in  the  western  hemisphere.  Some  of  them  are  vines; 
some  are  herbaceous  above  the  base.  Species  confused. 
The  cordias  are  greenhouse  plants  with  showy  flowers 
of  easy  culture.  Grown  in  the  open  m  the  extreme 
South.  Propagated  by  cuttings  of  firm  wood  and  by 


1051.     Cordia  Greggii  var.  Palmen.  ( X  2£) 

Sebestena,  Linn.  (C.  spccibsa,  Willd )  GEIGER 
TREE  Tall  evergreen  shrub  or  small  tree,  hairy,  with 
rough,  ovate,  entire  or  undulate  .stalked  Ivs  fls  1-2 
m.  long,  orange  or  scarlet,  stalked,  in  large  open 
terminal  clusters,  the  cuirnpled  corolla-lobes  and 
stamens  5-12.  drupe  inclosed  in  the  hazel-like  husk 
formed  by  the  persistent  calyx  Keys  of  Fla  and  south 
B  M  794. 

Greggii,  Torr  Much-branched  shrub,  to  8  ft  Ivs 
less  than  1  in  long,  pale,  obovate,  obtuse,  dentate, 
rugose,  long-cuneate  at  the  base  fls  moie  than  1  in. 
across,  white,  m  few-fld  contracted  capitate  clusters 
but  becoming  looser  as  flowering  proceeds;  corolla- 
lobes  obtuse,  stamens  5  or  6,  -scarcely  half  the  length 
of  the  corolla  Mex  Var  Pfilmen,  Wats  (Fig  1051, 
adapted  from  G  F  2  2133)  has  more  broadly  funnel- 
form  corolla,  the  limb  \}i  in  broad  Ivs  somewhat 
larger,  ovate-oblong  and  abruptly  cuneate  at  the  base, 
acute  or  obtuse  at  the  apex  Mex. — Deserving  of 
planting  in  the  southwest  country,  if  hardy 

Other  cordias  are  likely  to  come  into  cult  m  the  southern  coun- 
try. Some  of  them  yield  diugs,  many  of  them  produce  useful  tim- 
ber, and  some  have  edible  frs  Th<  re  are  numbers  of  species  in 
Porto  Rico  and  others  of  the  W  Indus — C.  Francisci,  Tenure 
Tall  Ivs  dark  green  fls  white  S  Amer  —  C  Myxa,  Linn  ,  from 
Trop.  Asia  and  Austral  ,  is  one  of  the  b<  st  woods  for  kindling  fire 
by  friction,  and  is  useful  in  many  other  ways  L  H  13 

CORDYLiNE  (club-like,  referring  to  the  fleshy  roots). 
LiMcex.  DRACENA.  DRACENA  PALM.  Greenhouse 
plants  closely  related  to  Dracaena,  planted  in  the  open 
in  California  and  similar  climates 

Stems  tall,  often  woody  and  palm-like,  bearing  large 
crowded  Ivs  ,  to  the  striking  variegation  of  which  the 
group  owes  its  value  fls  pamcled,  stamens  6,  pedicels 
articulated;  perianth  6-parted;  ovary  3-ctllea.  fr  a 
berry.— Cult  for  the  ornamental  foliage.  The  horticul- 


tural forms  and  names  have  become  very  numerous. 
The  various  species  are  in  the  trade  under  Dracana, 
which  sec  for  a  key  to  the  species  of  both  genera  com- 
bined. From  Dracaena,  Cordyhne  differs  in  the  ovary 
containing  several  ovules  in  each  cell,  and  the  solitary 
pedicels  being  provided  with  a  3-bracted  involucre. 
In  the  following  paragraphs,  the  initial  D.  indicates 
that  the  plant  in  question  is  known  m  the  trade  as  a 
Dracaena,  and  C.  that  it  is  known  as  a  Cordyhne  (see 
Drachma).  For  a  monograph,  see  Baker,  Journ.  Linn. 
Soc  14-538  (1875). 

Of  cordylincs  or  dracsenas,  propagation  is  usually 
effected  by  cutting  the  ripened  stems  or  trunks,  from 
which  all  leaves  have  been  removed,  into  pieces  from 
2  to  4  inches  long  These  are  laid  either  m  very  light 
soil  or  in  sand  in  the  propagatmg-bed,  where  they 
receive  a  bottom  heat  of  about  80°,  being  barely  cov- 
ered with  sand  or  moss  (Fig  1052)  The  eyes  soon  start 
into  growth,  and,  as  boon  as  they  have  developed  about 
six  leaves,  these  shoots  are  cut  off  with  a  small  heel  and 
again  placed  in  the  propagat ing-bed  until  rooted,  after 
which  they  arc  potted  off  into  small  pots  m  light  soil, 
kept  close  until  they  become  established  They  are 
then  shifted  on  into  laiger  pots  as  soon  as  well  rooted. 
They  delight  in  a  mixture  of  three  parts  good  turfy 
loam  and  one  part  well-decayed  cow-manure,  with  a 
liberal  sprinkling  of  sharp  sand  A  warm,  moist 
atmosphere  suits  them  best  while  growing,  but  towards 
fall  the  finished  plants  must  be  gradually  exposed  to 
full  sunshine  ana  a  diy  atmosphere,  which  develops 
their  high  colors  The  kinds  enumerated  below  are 
such  as  are  mainly  grown  in  large  quantities  for  decora- 
tive purposes,  and  are  sold  principally  during  the  win- 
ter months,  especially  dining  the  holiday  season,  when 
plants  with  bright-colored  foliage  arc  always  in  strong 
demand1  C.  amabihs — A  strong-growing  form  with 
broad  green  foliage,  which  is  prettily  variegated  with 
white  and  deep  rose  One  of  (he  hardiest  varieties, 
either  for  decorations  in  winter  or  for  outdoor  work, 
vases,  and  the  like  in  summer  I)  ftagrans  — An  African 
species  with  bioad,  massive,  deep  green  foliage  which 
makes  noble  decorative  plants,  being  frequently  grown 
into  specimens  from  6  to  8  feet  high  Its  foliage  is  of 
heavy  texture,  making  it  a  useful  plant  for  the  dry 
atmosphere  of  a  living-room  Two  handsomely  varie- 
gated forms  of  the  above  are  D  Lindcnn  and  1)  Mas- 
wngearia,  both  very  desirable  varieties  C  ttrimnalia  — 
This  is  the  most  popular  species,  and  is  grown  in 
immense  quantities  The  foliage  on  well-matured 
plants  is  of  an  intense  rich  crimson  marked  with  lighter 
shadmgH  C  aus//a/is  (commonly  called  C  indivtda)  — 
Used  principally  as  an  outdoor  decorative  plant  m 
summer,  being  extensively  used  for  furnishing  vases, 
window-boxes,  and  the  like  It  succeeds  best  when 
planted  out  in  the 
open  bolder  during 
summer,  potted  in  the 
fall  and  stored  during  ' 
winter  in  a  cool  green- 
house It  is  propa- 
gated almost  exclu- 
sively from  seed, 
which  germi  nates 
freely  if  sown  du"'ng 
the  early  spring 
months  in  sandy 
soil,  in  a  tem- 
perature of  60°^ 
to  '65°,  growing^ 
them  on  during  ' 
the  first  season 

in    small     pots.     - -y^  a  jfi \ij  \i'^-4  v. 
These,  if  planted    '-^T  ftX  \  0     f  3 
m  the  open  bor-   ,ST*f  ^7     /si 
dor   the   second  (  /»»•' 

season,   make  1052.  Stem-cutting  of  Cordyline. 


CORDYLINE 


CORDYLINE 


843 


fine  plants  for  6-  or  7-inch  pots  There  are  a  number  of 
varieties  of  ('  australis,  among  them  several  handsomely 
variegated  bronze-colored  forms,  which,  however,  are 
but  little  distributed  yet  Among  the  principal  varie- 
ties and  species  besides  the  above  which  are  grown  in 
a  commercial  way  are:  Baptistn,  Shepherdn,  stricta 
grandis,  Youngn,  Goldieana,  Lord  Wolseley.  De- 
Srnetiana,  Sanderiana,  Godsefhana,  and  Mandaeaua. 
(J.  D.  Eisele.) 


metalhca,  G 
Murchivmise,  5. 
mgro-rubra,  G. 
norw  oodiensis,  6. 

RobmHomana,  6. 
ros«  a,  G 
rubra,  4. 
Sohuldn,  6. 
Seottn,  6. 
atncta,  2. 
termmalifl,  6. 
Ti,  b 

Veitchii,  3. 
Youngu,  6. 


A.  Foliage  of  sessile,  thick,  sword-shaped  fos. 

B   Lvs.  glaucous  beneath,  broad. 
1    indivlsa,  Kunth    Arborescent,  10-20  ft.  high:  Iva 
dark  green,  densely  crowded,  2-6  ft  long,  4-6  m  broad 
at  the  middle,  1 }  i~2  in    at  the  base,  rigid,  very  coria- 
ceous, midrib  stout,  oolore<l  red  and  white,  veins  on 


alba,  G 

congmla,  2 

alho-hneata,  6. 

Coopen,  b. 

amabahs,  b 

disrolor,  2 

amboyc  nsis,  G. 

ancrlicnsiB,  6 

ferroa,  b. 

atropurpurea,  3. 
auroo-ntnata,  3. 

Frawm,  6 
Gladstonei,  6. 

aunt  rah1},  3 

ifrandw.  2. 

Bdpti'tu,  G. 

Umlfoybi,  6. 

Bansei,  b 

IfaaKoana,  5. 

holla,  b 

Hmtkin,  A 

brazil  it  nw,  6. 

hybnda,  b 

Hrwintn,  4 

\mntniili8,  b. 

rnforomti,  3 

imhvisa,  1,  3. 

tanujpfoha,  6. 

lardmiprc,  G. 

Cantrcllii,  6. 

hneata,  3. 

vich  side  of  it  40-50  panicle  nodding,  bracteoles  Ian 


tvuii  «iut;  ui  it  t\r—i)\j    jjciiiJi'it;  iiouum^,  uifu.  itiiitTs  lanceo- 
late, 3-4  lines  long,  membranous,  perianth  3-4  lines 


AA.  Foliage  of  petioled  Ivs. 
B.  Lvs.  oblanceolate;  petioles  broad. 

4.  rftbra,  Hugel     Blender,  10-15  ft.  high*  Ivs    con- 
tiguous, ascending,   12-15  in    long,   18-21  lines  wide 
above  the  middle,  thick,  dull  green  both  sides,  distinctly 
restate,  veins  oblique,  petiole  broad,  deeply  grooved, 
4-6  in    long    panicle  lateial,  nodding,  pedicels  very 
short,  bracteoles  small,  deltoid;  perianth  lilac,  4^-5 
lines  long,  inner  segms   longer  than  the  outer,  ovules 
6-8      Country     unknown  — Cool-house,     vases.      D. 
Krudntn,  Hort ,  was  a  garden  form  of  this  species    R  H 
1897,  pp  514,  515    G  C  III  22  285    G  W.  12,  p.  230 

BB  Lvs  lanceolate;  petwlc^  narrow,  nearly  terete. 

5.  Haageana,  Koch   (C.   Mtirctnsomx,   F    Muell ) 
Slender  and  small    Ivs    contiguous,  ascending,  oblong- 
falcate,  4-8  in.  long,  2-2 j^  m    wide  at  the  middle, 
acute,   base   rounded   or   deltoid,   thick,   dull   green 


BB   Lvs  green  on  both  sides,  narrower. 

2  stricta,    Endl     (D     congtita,    Hort )       Slender, 
6—12  ft   high    Ivs  less  crowded  than  in  the  next,  acumi- 
nate, 1-2  ft   long,  9-15  lines  wide,  base  3-6  lines  wide, 
scarcely  cost  ate,   veins  scarcely  oblique,   margins  ob- 
scurely dentate    panicle  terminal  and  lateral,  erect  or 
eernuous,    pedicels    l/z~\    line   long,    lower   biacteoles 
lanceolate,  perianth  lilac,  3-4  lines  long,  campanulate, 
interior  segms    longer  than  the  outer,  ovules  6-10  in 
each   cell      Austral      B  M  2575      GO  III    17  207  — 
(Joolhouse,  v.ises,  and  the  like     Var    grandis,    Uort. 
Large,  highly  colored    Var  discolor,  Hort      Like  var. 
grandiit,  but  with  foliage  dark  bronzy  purple 

3  australis,  Hook    (/)   indirtta,  Hort     D.  calocbma, 
Wend  )   Fig    1053,  359,  Vol   I     Arborescent,  15-40  ft 
high    Ivs  densely  rosulate,  1J4-3  ft    long,  \l/%-21 2  HI. 
wide,  base  6-12  lines  wide,  acuminate,  green;  midrib 
firm,  indistinct,  nerves  on  each  side  of  it  12-20,  scaicely 
oblique    panicle  drooping  or  erect,    terminal,   ample; 
pedicels  very  short;  bracteoles  deltoid,   \^  line  long; 
perianth  white,  3-4  lines  long,  tube  short,  campanulate, 
segms    nearly  equal,  recurved    berry  white  or  bluish- 
white,  mature  seeds  often  sohtaiy     New  Zeal      B  M. 
5636.      GC  III  23-153       Gn  47,  p  312,    48,  p  197. 
I  H  35  40  (as  var    Doucptuirui) ,  37  114  (as  var    Dal- 
knana),   40  190    (as   T     hneata   var    purpurascens) 
S  II   1,  p  487 — Coolhouse,  vases    Var    adrea-striata, 
Hort.  Variegated  with  a  number  of  longitudinal  yellow 
stripes     Var    atropurpurea,    Hort     Base   of    If.    and 
under  side  of  midrib  purple    Var  lineata,  Hort    Lvs. 
broader,  the  sheathing  base  stained  with  purple    Var 
VeHchii,  Hort    (D    Vellctm,  Hort  )      Base  of  If    and 
under  side  of  midrib   bright    crimson.     C     Hookeri, 
Hort ,  was  a  garden  form  of  this  species  — Much  of 
the  C    indwisa  of  the  American  trade  has  been,  in 
the  past,  C.  australis.    Known  as  "cabbage  tree"  to 
residents  of  New  Zealand. 


1053.  Cordylme  australis — C.  indmsa  of  the  trade. 


throughout,  distinctly  costate,  veins  slender,  oblique; 
petiole  3-4  in  long,  deeplj  channelled  panicle  lateral, 
pedicels  1/^-2  lines  long,  perianth  4-4^2  lines  long, 
tinged  with  lilac,  ovules  6-8  in  each  cell  Austial 

6  termmalis,  Kunth  Low  and  slender,  3-8  ft 
high  Ivs  contiguous  jiscending,  green  or  rarely  col- 
01  ed,  12-30  in  long,  2-5  in  wide,  elliptical  or  elliptic- 
lanceolate,  acute,  thickish,  distinctly  costate,  veins 
frequently  unequal,  strongly  oblique,  petiole  4-6  in. 
long,  deeply  channelled  pedicels  very  shoit  or  none, 
bracteoles  deltoid,  membranous,  penanth  5-6  lines 
long,  white,  lilac,  or  reddish,  segms  short,  ovules 
6-10  in  each  cell  beiry  large,  led  E  Indies  AG 
16  361  BR  1749  Var  cannaef6ha,  Baker  (D  and  C. 
cann<ffoha,  Hort  )  Lvs  oblanceolate,  12-15  in  by  2- 
2^2  m  perianth  2  lines  long,  segms  twice  the  length  of 
tube  Var  ferrea,  Baker  (D  and  ('  fcrrca,  Hort)  Lvs 
narrow,  oblanceolate,  2-2 1  j  in  broad,  dull  purple  or 
variegated,  petiole  short  fl*  much  as  in  the  Upical 
form,  but  redder  and  often  smaller  B  M  2053  — 
C.  Guilfbylei  is  a  form  with  Ivs  tapering  both  ways, 
recurved,  striped  with  red,  pink  or  white;  white  on 
lower  part  of  If.  and  maigm  of  petiole  I. II  19,  p.  249. 
Var.  Ti,  Baker  (D  brazilicn^s,  Schult  C  Escht>chnlzi- 
ana,  Mart ).  Robust  Ivs  large,  mostl>  oblong,  4-6 
m.  wide  pamcie  laige,  lower  branches  compound, 
perianth  6  lines  long,  lilac;  segms  as  long  as  the  tube 
— D  imptriahs,  Hort ,  is  a  form  with  Ivs  arching  or 
erect,  thick,  deep  metallic  green,  rayed  all  over  with 
bright  crimson  or  pink,  handsome.  D.  regime,  Hort. 


844 


CORDYLINE 


COREOPSIS 


belongs  here.  The  varieties  of  this  species  m  cult,  are 
almost  innumerable  Names  that  have  been  used  for 
those  in  the  American  trade,  usually  considered  as 
horticultural  species,  though  many  of  these  names  are 
now  no  longer  used,  are  as  follows:  C.  amabilis.  Lvs. 
broad,  shining  deep  green,  in  age  becoming  spotted  and 
suffused  with  rose  and  white.  C.  amboySnsis.  Lvs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  recurved,  deep  bronze-green,  edged 
with  rose-carmine  below;  petioles  tinged  with  purple. 
C.  anerliensis.  Lvs  very  broad?  deep  bronze-red,  with 
some  white  C.  Baptistii.  Fig.  1054.  Lvs  broad, 
recurved,  deep  green,  with  some  pink  and  yellow 
stripes  sts  also  variegated  I  H  26  334  C.  Baftsei. 
Lvs  broad,  dark  green,  with  some  white.  C.  be'lla. 
Lvs.  small,  purplish,  marked  with  red  C.  Cantrellii. 
Lvs  dark  metallic  crimson,  young  ones  bright  carmine. 
C.  Codperi.  Lvs  deep  wine-red,  gracefully  recurved: 
common  in  cult  C.  Fraseri.  Lvs  somewhat  erect, 
broad,  oblong,  abruptly  acute,  blackish  purple  with 
bloom,  margin  below  with  a  deep  rosy  lake  stripe  extend- 
ing down  the  petiole  C.  Gladstone!.  Lvs.  broad,  bril- 
liant crimson  C.  hybnda.  Lvs  broad,  vane- 
§ated,  deep  green  margined  w  ith  rose,  in  age 

Erose,  creamy  white  in  young  Ivs  C. 
m6re  (C  termmahs  alba  x  C  Guilfoylei). 
very  small  and  compact,  nairow,  preen 
broadly  margined  with  white  C.  metallica. 
Lvs  erect-arching,  oblong,  when  young  uniform  rich 
coppery  purple,  in  age  dark  pm  ple-bronzc ,  petioles 
same.  F  M  1872  24  C.  nigro-rubra.  Lvs  narrow, 
linear-lanceolate,  dark  brown  with  rosy  crimson  cen- 
ters, young  often  entirely  rose  C.  norwoodiensis.  Lvs. 
striped  with  yellow,  green  and  crimson,  last  color 
principally  confined  to  the  margin;  petioles  brilliant, 
C.  Robmsomana.  Lvs  long  lanceolate-acuminate, 
arched,  light  green,  striped  with  bronze -green  and 
brownish  crimson  IH  26 '342  C.  Schuldn.  Lvs. 
broad,  variegated  F  E.  7.961  C.  Sc6ttu.  Lvs. 
broad,  arching,  deep  green,  crimson  edged,  said  to  be 
a  hybrid  C.  Youngii.  Lvs.  broad,  spreading,  when 
young  bright  green  streaked  with  deep  red  and  tinged 
with  rose,  in  age  bright  bronze  C.  Youngii  var  rdsea, 
Hoit  Green,  tinged  with  pink,  white  or  carmine. 
C.  Youngii  var  alba,  Hort  Variegated  with  white 
Instead  of  red  Crosses  with  ('  JScoltii  are  known  as 
C.  btncta,  C  albo-lmeata,  Mis  George  Pullman,  Mrs. 
Terry,  with  C  nonvoodient>is,  as  Little  Gem 

C  angiista,  Hort  (C  terminahs  var  )  Lvs  narrow,  arching,  dull 
dark  green  abov  e,  purplish  beneath  A  slender  form  — C  anyusU- 
fdha,  Kunth-=C  strieta  —  C  aurantiaca,  Hort  =(?)  — C  BaZ- 
moreAna,  Hort  Lva  bron/y  with  white  and  pinkish  stripes  — C 
Bdnkmi,  Hook  Lvs  very  long,  linear-lanceolate ,  3-5  ft  long,  2-3 
in  wide,  petioled,  green,  glaucous  beneath,  \eins  conspicuous. 
GC  III  18  613-  C  Birhfleyi,  Hort  =(')  —  C  Cniaandisr,  Hort 
=  (?)—  C  Cliihonii,  Hort  (form  of  C  termmahs)  Lvs  large, 
glossy  dark  gre«n,  almost  black,  becoming  suffused  and  edged  with 
crimson  I  H  19,  p  90  — C  compdcta,  Hort  (C  terminals  form) 
Lvs  recurved,  broad,  dull  groen,  with  bronze  and  rose  stripes  m 
age — C  Dennisonii,UoTt  (C  termmahs  form)  Dwarf  Ivs  broad, 
bronzy  purple — C  Elimbfthi* ,  Hort  •=(') — C  excflsa,  Hort  (C 
termmahs  form)  Lvs  broad,  arching,  bronzy,  margined  with 
crimson —C  Frvderica  =(7) — C  frutfscens—C)  —  C  olor'dsa 
Hort  (C  termmalis  form)  Lvs  very  large  and  broad,  green,  with 
a  pe<  uhar  bronze-orange  hue  — C  heluchirMcs,  F  Muell  =C 
termmahs  —  C  h(hcom<ffMui,  Otto  &  Diet  =C  terminals  ~C 
/^nc/frsonu,  Hort  =(?) — C  magnified,  Hort  (C  tt  rminahs  form) 
Lvs  large  and  broad,  bronzy  pink,  becoming  darker — C  Hfrfnnem- 
Suttonise,  F  Muell  =C  termmahs —C  'Mfiyi,  Hort  Lvs  green, 
margined  with  red,  young  Ivs  wholly  red — C  porphyrophylla, 
Hort  (C  termmahs  form)  Lvs  deep  bronzy  purple,  glaucous 
beneath  — f '  Rfx,  Hort  (C  termmahs  form)  Lvs  medium  width, 
bronzy  green,  flushed  purple  and  streaked  with  carmine  — C 
rosdceii,  Hort  (C  termmahs  form)  Lvs  recurved,  broad,  dark 
bronzy  green  margined  with  pink  — C'  Rumphn=*=D  Hookeriana. 
— C  Salmdnea=*Ct) — C  sepiAria,  Seem  =C  termmahs — C. 
Sitberi,  Kunth=C  terminahs — C  spltndens,  Hort  (C  terminahs 
form)  Lvs  dense,  short,  ovate-acute,  bronzy  green,  shaded  with 
rose-carmine. — C  zecldndtca,  Hort  — C  rubra. 

K    M.  WlEGAND. 

CORfeMA  (Greek,  a  broom,  in  allusion  to  its  bushy 
habit)  Empetrdcese  BROOM  CROWBERRY.  ?  Two  spe- 
cies of  low  heath-like  shrubs  from  K  N.  Amer  and  S.  W. 
Eu  and  the  Atlantic  Isls.,  of  which  the  American  spe- 


cies  is  rarely  cult,  in  botanical  collections  Closely  allied 
to  Empetrum  and  differing  chiefly  in  the  apetalous  Ms. 
arranged  m  terminal  heads,  and  in  their  upright  bushy 
habit  Cult  and  prop  like  Empetrum  C.  C6nradii, 
Torr  is  a  much-branched  shrub,  to  2  ft.  high,  with 
crowded  linear  Ivs.  about  ^m  long  fls  inconbpicuous. 
m  terminal  heads,  the  st  animate  with  long  exserted 
purple  stamens:  fr.  a  small  berry-like  drupe,  usually  with 
3  nutlets.  H  I.  6:531.  Hardy 
N.  — (7.  dlbum,  D  Don,  has 
obtuse  Ivs  with  re  volute  edges 
and  lesmoub  dotb.  fls  pink,  fr 
white  to  purple  S  W  Eu., 
ALFRED  REIJDER 


1054.  Cordylme  terminalis 
var  Baptistu. 

COREOPSIS  (Greek,  signifying  biuf-hke,  from  the 
fruit)  Including  Calh^i^i^  Compdsit.v  TICKSKED 
Annual  or  perennial  heib.s,  flow ei  ing  in  .summer  or 
autumn,  nearlv  all  natives  of  eabtein  Noith  America, 
some  of  them  popular  as  flower-garden  subjects 

Leaves  opposite  or  rarely  altern  ite  heads  pedun- 
culate and  radiate,  the  broad  involucre  with  bracts  of 
2  distinct  senes,  the  outer  nammer  or  shorter  and 
more  herbaceous,  the  inner  broad  triangular-ovate  or 
oblong,  thin,  yellowish  green  or  purplish,  and  stnate: 
receptacle  chaffy,  rays  very  showy,  >ellow,  particolored 
or  raie)y  robe,  neutral,  disk-fls  yellow,  dark  01  brown; 
pappus  of  2  weak  bustles  01  scales,  or  a  low  crown  or 
none,  arhenes  often  winged  — The  genus  differs  from 
Bidens  only  m  the  if  due  eel  or  obsolete,  not  stiff -awned 
pappus,  and  If  -segms  not  &errate  Many  of  the  species 
are  in  the  trade  under  the  name  Calliopsis  Other 
genera  with  this  peculiar  involucre  are  Hidalgoa,  Dah- 
lia, Thelesperma,  Cosmos,  arid  Leptosyne  All  the  kinds 
are  of  easiest  cult  The  perennials  are  hardy  border 
plants  The  annuals  are  raised  in  any  garden  soil,  and 
bloom  freely  with  little  care.  They  are  all  showy 
plants,  of  50-70  species. 


angustifoha,  2,  9 
Atkmsoniana,  4 

elegans,  5 
glabella,  9 

Oemleri,  13. 
palmata,  12. 

atropurpurea,  5. 
aunculata,  8 

grandiflora,  10. 
lanccolata,  9. 

picta,  6 
prs-cox,  12 

bicolor,  5 

hneans,  13. 

pubescens,  8. 

Boytnmana,  10 

hm  folia,  2 

rosea,  1. 

cardammefoha,  3. 

longipes,  10 

tenifolia,  13 

coronata,  7. 

major,  13 

tenuifoha,  15. 

delphinifoha,  14. 

mnrmorata,  5. 

tmctona,  5 

dichotoma,  2 

liana,  5 

tnptena,  11 

diver  si  folia,  0 

niyra,  5 

verticillata,  15 

Druminondn,  0 

oblonaifoha,  9. 

villosa,  9. 

COREOPSIS 

A  Rays  cmicatc,  lobed. 
B.  Disk  yellow,  rays  rose-purple. 
1.  rdsea,  Nutt.    Perennial:  diffusely  branched  from 
slender,    creeping   rootstocks,    1-2    ft    high,   smooth: 
Ivs    all  narrowly  linear,  entire  or  with  a  few  linear 
teeth  or  lobes   heads  small,  about  1  in   broad  or  less, 
short-peduncled;  rays  narrowly  wedge-shaped,  lobed 
at  the  apex   achene  narrowly  oblong,  wingless;  pappus 
an  obscure  border     Mass   to  Ga 

BB   Disk  and  invoUuredark  pur  pit.,  iays  yellow  or  parti- 
colored, wedgc-bhaprd  and  lobed. 
c.  Outer  involucral  6;  ads  vuy  bhoit,  lanceolate  or 

tnanynlar. 

D.  Lvs.  entire'  acfienes  with  lacerate  wings  and  setiform 
pappus. 

2  angustifdlia,  Ait    (C   dich6toma,  Michx.    C   hni- 
fdlia,  Nutt  )     Perennial,  strict  and  tall,  1-3  ft   high, 
glabrous,  sparsely  branched  at  the  summit   Ivs  entire, 
tLckish,  basal  oblanceolate  to  nanowly  spatulate,  long- 
petioled,  lower  cauline  elliptical  on  long  petioles,  upper 
narrowly  spatulate  or  linear,  sessile  or  reduced  to  bracts: 
heads  1-1  !-2  m   broad,  1.13 s  entirely  yellow    8  U   S. 

DD  Lvs   divided    ach<ncf>  and  pappus  not  as  above. 

3  cardaminefdlia,  Torr   &  Gray     Annual,  low  and 
diffusely  much  branched  from  the  base,  0-24  in   high, 
glabrous    numerous  basal  and  lower  cauline  Ivs    peti- 
oled,    pinnatifid,   divisions  several  pairs,   short,   oval, 
elliptical,    rarely   linear,    often    again   divided,   upper 
cauline  nearly  sessile  with  nanower  and  fewer  divi- 
sions  heads  as  in  No  5,  but  smaller,  and  often  entirely 
dark     achems    broader,    winged,    pappus   minute   or 
none    S  II   S    On  29,  p    IMS,  37,  p  203 

4  Atkinsomana,  Douglas     Perennial  01  annual    st. 
tall,  2-4  ft    high    Ivs    pmnatihd,  the  divisions  linear* 
heads  as  in  the  next    achenes  with  narrow  wing  or 
scarious  margin,  pappus  composed  of  2  short,  subu- 
late teeth    Autumn-flow eiing    S  \\    U  S.   B  R  1376 


COREOPSIS 


845 


5.  tinctdria,  Nutt.  (C  tricolor,  Reichb  C.  elegans, 
Hort.  Calli6psismarmordta,liort,.).  Fig.  1055  Annual: 
st.  tall,  strict,  1-3  ft  high,  branched,  glabrous  basal 
Ivs  few  or  wanting,  cauline  petioled,  the  upper  sessile, 
pinnatifid,  divisions  from  narrowly  elliptical  to  often 
again  divided  and 
narrowly  linear: 
heads  %-llA,  rarely 
2,  in  broad,  rays 
with  dark  purple 
base .  achenes  ob- 
long, wingless,  pap- 
pus none  Cent 
U.  S  BM  2512 
BR  84G.  Mn.  1, 
p  85  — A  common  garden 
annual,  showy  and  good. 
Var  nana,  Hort  Dwarf, 
low  and  compact  Gn  29, 
p  499  Tom  Thumb  va- 
rieties. Var.  atropurpurea, 
Hook  (('  niyia,  Hort  ). 
Rays  almost  entirely  dark. 
BM  3511. 

cc.  Outer  involucral  bracts 
narrowly  hneai ,  about 
equaling  the  inner 
6   Drtimmondii,    Torr. 
&    Gray    (C    divtrtifblia, 
Hook     C     picta,    Hort). 
GOIDKV  WAVE     Annual: 
bt  branched  above,  10  -24 
in   high-  Ivs  petioled  be- 
low,   sessile    above,    pin- 
natifid,   divisions    tew, 


1056.  Coreopsis  lanceolate. 

(X'2) 


1055.  Coreopsis  tinc- 
joria— Calhopsis  elegans 
of  gardens.  (XM) 


iiHium,     uivisiuiis     lew, 

short,  broadly  elliptical,  those  of  the  upper  Ivs  linear, 
heads  1-2  in  bioad,  large,  rays  usually  dark  at  the 
ba.se  achene  oval,  wingless,  margin  cartilaginous  in- 
curved ,  pappus  none  Texas  BM  3474  SBFG  II 
4-315  Gn  26,  p  461,29,  p  498;  37,  p  203.  43,  p 
397  GM.5I  13.  G  16  58 

BUB.  Disk  yellow  or  brown,  iayt  entirely  ydlow  (except 
No.  ?),  pcdun<let>  long 

c.  Style-branches  acute  or  obtiwsh,  not  acuminate:  aark 
lines  al  base  of  rays 

7  coronata,  Hook    Annual  low  and  often  weak,  12- 
24  in    high,  much  branched  fiom  the  base,  sparsely 
hirsute    Ivs    thick,  the  basal  usually  numerous,  peti- 
oled,   pinnatifid    or    entire,    divisions    elliptic,    lather 
obtuse,  lateral  divisions  smaller,  the  cauline  Ivs    few, 
spatulate,   often  entire    heads  \]  2-2  in    broad,  rays 
with  a  few  dark  lines  above  the  oiange  base,  outer 
involucre  a  third  to  a    half  short ei   than    the    inner 
achene  orbicular,  broadly  winged,  often  echmate,  with 
a  thickened  callus  at  base  and  apex  on  inner  face; 
pappus  very  minute.   Texas     BM  3460    S  II  1.270. 
Gn  26,  p  461 ;  29,  p  499 

cc  Style-branches  cuspidate-acuminate'  rays  entirely 
yellow 

8  pubSscens,  Ell.  (C.  aw  wild ta,  Schkuhr  &  Hort.. 
not  Linn).    Perennial'  tall,   1-4  ft    high,  branched 
above,  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  leafy  throughout 
Ivs   thickish,  oval  to  lanceolate,  very  acute,  petioled 
or  nearly  sessile,  entire  or  with  small,  acute,  lateral 
lobes;    basal   few.    heads     l^i-2)^    m     broad;   outer 
involucre  nearly  as  long  as  the  inner    achenes  and 
pappus  similar  to  those  of  the  next  species.    S  U  S. 
Gn  37,  p  202. 

9  lanceolata,  Linn.    Fig  1056.    Perennial-  low,  1-2 
ft.  high,  sparingly  branched,  glabrous  or  neaily  so, 
leafy  toward  base   Ivs   fewr,  large,  oblong-spatulate  to 
linear,    petioled.    barely   acute,    upper   entire,    lower 
usually  pinnatifid,  divisions  very  distant:  heads  \Yr- 


846 


COREOPSIS 


CORIARIA 


2M  m.  broad;  peduncles  very  long;  outer  involucre 
equaling  the  inner  or  one-half  shorter:  achenes  orbic- 
ular, papillose,  broadly  winged,  pappus  of  minute 
scales  or  obsolete.  E  U  S.  (In  25,  p.  165,  33,  p,  7; 
37,  p  203  GW  10,  p.  22  V.  18. 102 —Used  exten- 
sively for  cut-fls 

Var.  glab£lla,  Michx.  (var.  angmtifdha,  Torr.  & 
Gray)  Low  sts  scapiform:  Ivs.  narrow  and  crowded 
at  base  of  st.,  2-4  lines  wide. 

Var  villdsa,  Michx  (C.  oblongifbha,  Nutt).  Lvs. 
epatulate-obovate  to  oblong,  villous,  as  is  also  the  st., 
with  jointed  hairs. 


10  grandifldra,  Nutt.  (C.  Mngipes,  Hook     C.  Boy- 
kmidna,  Nutt )      Perennial,  (simple  or  branched,  gla- 
brous, 1-2  ft    high,   leafy  throughout    basal  Ivs   few. 
lower  Ivs  spatulate  or  lanceolate,  entire,  upper  divided 
into  several  linear  entire  divisions    heads   l-2}£  in 
broad     aehene   orbicular,    papillose,   broadly   winged; 
pappus  of  2  small  scales     S   U   S     B  M    3586     Gn 
47  7,  62,  p  338    Mn  5  201    G.  29  461    J  H.  Ill    o7: 
479    Gn.  W  23.349,  26  113. 

AA  Rays  elliptical,  entue  or  toothed  at  apex. 
B.  Color  of  rays  pale  yellow   h>s  pdiolcd. 

11  triptens,  Linn    Perennial,  very  large  and  stout, 
4-8  ft.  high,  blanched  above,  glabrous*  Ivs   petioled, 
8  in    or  less  long,  trifoliate,  or  rarely  11  regularly  5-7- 
fohate,  divisions  lanceolate    heads  medium,  rays  pale, 
disk-fls  yellow  or  daik  purple   achene  oblong,  narrowly 
winged;  pappus  a  fimbnatc  border    Cent.  U.  S 

BB  Color  of  rays  deep  yellow.  Ivs.  sessile 
C.  Lvs.  8-cleft  to  below  middle,  base  entire,  3-nbbed. 

12,  palmata,  Nutt   (C  prxcox,  Fresen  )     Perennial, 
tall  and  stout,  1H~3  ft    high,  sparingly  branched  at 
the  summit:  Ivs  thick,  cuneate,  2J^  in  long,  divisions 
broadly  linear,  often  irregularly  again  divided'  heads 
liHH^A}  m    broad:  achenes  oblong,  narrowly  winged; 
pappus  minute  or  obsolete    Cent.  U  S    R  II  1845:265. 

cc.  Lvs  dimded  to  the  base 
D.  The  Ivs.  3-divided,  divisions  entire,  %-l  in.  broad. 

13.  major,  Walt.  (C  semfoha,  Michx.).  "'Perennial: 
tall  and  stout,  2-3  ft.  high,  pubescent,  much  branched 


above,  basal  Iva  wanting,  lower  caulme  small,  upper 
2-3  in  long,  palmatcly  3-divided,  divisions  equal, 
lanceolate,  acute  heads  lj^-2  in  broad;  rays  deep 
yellow,  disk-fls  yellow,  achenes  obovate-elliptical, 
winged,  summit  2-toothed.  S  E.  U  S 

Var  Oemleri,  Brit  Smooth.  If -divisions  more 
attenuate  at  the  base.  B  M  3484  (as  C.  semfoha) 

Var.  linearis,  Small.  Smooth:  If -divisions  narrow, 
2-4  lines  wide 

DD.  The  Ivs  dissected,  divisions  j^-3  lines  wide. 

14  delphinifdlia,  Lam   Perennial, glabrous,  branched 
above,  1-3  ft    high    Ivs.  sessile,  2-3  in    long,  basal 
wanting,    ternately   divided,    divisions   dissected    into 
linear-filiform  segms.,  which  are  1-3  linos  wide,  head 
1-2^   in    broad,    disk  dark     achene  oblong-obovate, 
narrowly  winged,  pappus-teeth  short    S  E  U.S. 

15  verticillata,  Linn    (C.  tenuifoha,  Ehrh  ).    Peren- 
nial; sparingly  branched,  1-3  ft  high   basal  Ivs  want- 
ing, caulme,  sessile,  similar  to  the  hist  but  segms  only 
M~2i  ImoB  wide,  heads  1-2  in    broad;  disk  yellow: 
achenes    oblong-obovate,    narrowly    winged,    pappus 
nearly  obsolete    E  U.  S 

C  aristtim,  Michx  ,  C  aurea,  Ait  ,  and  C  tnchosptrma,  Michx  , 
are  now  pUetd  under  Unions  (which  see)  —  C  atropurpur<a,  Hort 
—Thclesperma  sp  — r  auriculuta,  Linn  (C  dm  rsifoha,  IX') 
Perennial  low,  stolomferous,  hirsute-  Ivs  pitiolcd,  short,  oval, 
mostly  entire  heads  large,  very  long-pedun<  led  probably  not  in 
the  trade  S  U  S  —  C  bflta,  Hutehms  t'nd.  rshrub  about  3  ft 
high  British  E  Afr  —  \  very  handsome  speeies  — f  Grdntn, 
Ohv  A  compact  bushy  pknt  about  2  ft  hi«h  Ms  in  the  winter 
Trop  Afr  BM  SI  10  GC  III  30  W2  Gn  GO,  p  Ihl  —  C 
L6atenwarthn,TorT  AGray  Annual  If -divisions  linenr-spatulato 
raya  euneate,  lobed,  yellow,  awns  2,  slender  achene  winded. 
Fla—  C  nudtita,  Nutt  Perennial,  rush-like  Ivs  mostly  basal, 
long,  filiform  rays  rose-colored  wing  of  ach(  nc  pectmatt  "S  I'  S 
— C  radiata,  Ilort  Plant  \cry  dwarf  fl -heads  with  ray-Horeta 
rolled  up.  Of  garden  origin.  R  M  WIE(MND. 

CORIANDER  is  the  seed-like  fruit  of  Conandrum 
sativurn,  Linn  ,  an  umbelliferous  annual  of  southern 
Europe  The  plant  grows  1  to  3  feet  high,  glabrous, 
strong-smelling,  with  leaves  divided  into  almost  thread- 
hke  divisions,  and  small  white  flowers  The  plant  is 
easily  grown  in  garden  soil  It  occasionally  becomes 
spontaneous  about  old  yards  The  seeds  ("fruits)  are 
used  as  seasoning  and  flavoring  in  pastries,  confections 
and  liquors,  although  they  are  less  known  in  thih  coun- 
try than  caraway  The  plant  is  sometimes  grown  in 
American  gardens  with  sweet  herbs  and  other  things 

CORlANDRUM.    Coriander 

CORIARIA  (conum,  .skin,  leather,  a  shrub  used 
for  tunning  leather  was  described  as  frutex  conanu*, 
by  Pliny)  Corianncfjp  Shrubs  or  perennial  herbs 
grown  chiefly  for  their  ornamental  fruits 

Leaves  deciduous,  entire,  3-9-nerved,  opposite  and 
distichous:  fls  polygamous-mom  PCIOUS  in  slender 
racemes,  small,  petals  and  sepals  5,  stamens  10  fr 
berry-like,  consisting  of  5  1 -heeded  nutlets  inclosed  by 
the  enlarged  and  colored  petals  —About  8  species  in 
Himalayas  and  E  Asia,  Medit  region,  N  Zeal  and  S. 
Amer  Ornamental  shrubs  or  herbs,  with  slender  arch- 
ing branches  imitating  pinnate  Ivs  ,  and  with  very 
showy  yellow,  red  or  black  fr  The  Ivs  of  some  species 
are  used  for  tanning  leather,  the  frs  are  poisonous 
in  some  species,  edible  in  others  C  japomca  has 
proved  hardy  with  slight  protection  in  Mass  ,  and  f ' 
terminahs  seems  to  be  of  the  same  hardiness,  the  other 
species  arc  more  tender  They  grow  in  almost  any 
good  garden  soil  and  prefer  sunny  position.  Prop, 
readily  by  seeds  and  greenwood  cuttings  in  summer 
under  glass;  also  by  suckers  and  layers. 

jap6nica,  Gray.  Fig  1057.  Shrub,  2-3,  sometimes  to 
10  ft  branches  quadrangular  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  3-nerved,  smooth,  2-4  in  long  fls. 
in  axillary  racemes  from  the  branches  of  last  year*  fr. 
becoming  bright  red  in  summer,  changing  to  violet- 


CORIARIA 


CORN 


847 


black   when  ripe     Japan      B  M  7500     G  F.  10  343 

(adapted  in  FIR  1057).    8  I  F.  2'  58    R  H  1913,  p  79. 

termin^hs,  Hernsl     Herbaceous  or  suffruticose,  2-3 

ft     branches  quadrangular    Ivs    nearly  sessile,  broad- 

i  fo  ovale-Kinceolate,  5—  9-nerved,  scabrous  on  the 

•u-ath,   1-3  in     fls    in  terminal  racemes  on 

.  the  current  year  fr  black    Sikkim,  W  China 

xanthocarpa,  Rehd  &  Wilson.  Fr  yellow    Sikkim. 

li  Ai   8525.     11  II   1907  100.     G  C.  Ill  34  282     ,1  H. 

Ill    49.443.     FSR    3  10G     MD    1897  1  —  A    very 

ornamental  plant,  keeping  its  yellow  fr.  from  July  until 

late  in  fall,  being  heibaceous,  it  is  easier  to  protect 

from  frost  than  the  former.   Originally  mtro.  into  cult. 

as  C. 


C  himnlaijbisis,  Hort  Said  to  have  persistent  Ivs  and  edible 
frs  Possibly  not  different  from  C  nopalensm  —  C  myrtiffilui, 
Linn  Shrub,  4-10  ft  Ivs  3-nervcd,  glabrous  Hs  greenish,  from 
the  old  v,  oo.l  fr  black,  poisonous  Mnht  r.-gion  Yields  a  bhiok 
dye—  C  nepaltnns,  Wall  Shrub,  8-]  0  ft  Ivs  3-  r)-norvod,  gla- 
brous fls  browmwh  fr  black  Himalayas  —  C  sarmentfaa,  Forst 
Suffrutieoso,  procumbent  raff-men  axillary,  on  young  brnmhcs 
BM  2*70—  Tho  winebt-rry  shrub  of  the  nitivc*  The  berries 
yield  a  pleasant  drink,  but  the  seeds  arr  poisonous  Source  of  the 
New  7i  al  toot-poison,  which  18  \<>ry  destructive  to  human  and 
animalhfe  —  C  rfnuvi.  Maxiin  AHiwl  to  C  i+poima  Shrub  to 
18  ft  Ivs  oval  or  broadly  elliptic,  abruptly  short-pointed,  1*^-3 
in  long  fr  black  Cent  China  ALFRED  ItEHDEK 

CORIS  (ancient  name,  transferred)  Pnnmlace<e 
Two  low  thyme-like  herbs  of  S  Ku  ,  sometimes  planted 
in  rock-gardens,  but  apparently  not  in  the  trade  Lvs 
small,  alternate,  linear,  spreading  or  recurved,  the 
margin  revolute  fls  lilac  or  rose-purple,  in  terminal 
densely-fld  racemes  C.  montpdicnns,  Linn  ,  of  the 
Medit  region,  is  6  in  high,  much  branching  and 
spreading,  the  sts  thickly  covered  with  the  little 
narrow  Ivs 

CORK-TREE.  Qucrcus. 
C6RMUS   Sorbus 

CORN,  MAIZE  (SWEET  and  POP).  A  tender 
annual  eulti\atod  for  ith  gram,  which  is  u^ed  both  for 
human  and  hve-btock  food,  and  for  the  herbage  which 
is  used  as  forage  As  a  horticultural  crop,  it  is  grown 
primarily  for  the  unripe  grain  or  for  pop-corn 

The  word  mai/e,  Spanish  maiz,  is  denved  from  the 
name  Mahiz,  whnh  Columbus  adopted  for  this  ceieal 
from  the  Haytians  Maize  hat?  not  yet  been  found 
truly  wild  Its  close  relationship  to  a  native  Mexican 
grass  called  teosmte,  Euchlana  incncana,  is  indicated 
By  the  known  fertile  hybrids  between  this  species  and 
maize  as  pointed  out  by  Harshberger  Teosmte  and  the 
only  other  species  which  show  close  botanical  relation- 
ship to  maize  are  indigenous  to  Mexico  In  fact  the 
evidence  all  shows  that  maize  is  of  American  origin, 
although  its  original  form  has  not  yet  been  dis- 
covered, nor  has  its  evolution  from  other  tvpcs 
been  completely  traced  DeCandolle  concludes  that 
maize  is  not  a  native  of  the  Old  World  but  is  of 
American  origin,  and  that  it  was  mtioduced  into 
the  Old  World  shoitly  after  the  discovery  of  the 
New,  and  then  was  rapidly  disseminated 

Very  early  in  the  exploration  and  settlement  of     ^ 
the  New  World,  the  whites  learned  from  the  natives 
the  use  of  maize  as  food     Several  of  the  Indian      ~ 
names  for  preparations  of  food   from   this  cereal  jZ. 
were  adopted  or  adapted  by  the  settlers  and  passed    _~3I 
into  the  English  language,  —  as  for  example  hominy,     _~ 
samp,  and  succotash    In  the  English-speaking  colo- 
nies, maize  was  grown  as  a  field  crop  under  the 
name  Indian  corn,  but  later  the  tendency  was  to 
drop  the  word  Indian  so  that  this  cereal  is  now 
known  in  Amencan  agriculture  and  commerce  by 
the  simple  word  corn    The  word  corn  has  thus  come     _ 
to  have  a  specific  meaning  on  this  continent  which 
does  not  attach  to  it  in  the  British  Isles 

Corn  now  holds  first  rank  among  the  agricultural 
products  of  the  United  States,  both  in  the  area 


devoted  to  its  cultivation  and  in  the  value  of  the  annual 
crop  The  types  known  in  garden  culture  in  this  coun- 
tiy  are  the  sweet  corns  and  the  pop-corns,  the  other 
types,  which  are  rnoie  strictly  agricultural,  may  be 
designated  as  field  corns.  Sweet  coin  and  pop-corn  arc 
also  giown  as  field  crops  in  comparatively  limited 
areas,  the  sweet  coin  ( ither  as  ^  truck  crop  or  for  can- 
ning, and  the  pop-coin  to  supply  the  d  >mand  for  this 
product  in  our  domestic  markets  Only  the  types  ot 
sweet  corn  and  pop-corn  will  receive  attention  in  this 
article. 

Botanical  clarification 

Zea  almost  umfoimly  has  been  considered  by  botan- 
ists as  a  rnonotypic  genus,  its  one  species  being  Zea 
May*  But  %  May*,  is  an  extremely  variable  species, 
including  groups  which  are  sepaiated  by  definite  char- 
acteristics As  a  w Di king  classification,  that  proposed 
by  Stnrtevant  is  the  best  which  hrus  yet  appeared.  He 
describes  seven  "agncultuial  species  "  These  arc  Zea 
tunicata,  the  pod  corns,  /.  n<uta,  the  pop-corns  (Fig. 
1058),  7,  inrfnrata,  the  flint  corns,  Z  tndtntata,  the  dent 
corns,  Z  fimlyacea,  the  soft  corns,  Z  saccharata,  the 
sweot  orbURa.1  corns  (Figs  10,'xS,  1039,  1060), Z  amylea- 
sacchaiafa,  the  starchy  sweet  corns  Z  camna,  Wats  ,  is 
a  hybrid  form,  as  shown  by  llarshberger.  Z  Mays, 
Linn  ,  belongs  to  the  natural  older  of  grasses  or  Granu- 
nere  Culms  1  or  more,  solid,  erect,  Il/2~l5  ft  tall,  or 
more,  terminated  by  a  panic  le  of  stammate  fls  (the  tas- 
sel) mternodes  grooved  on  one  side  branches  car-bear- 
ing or  obsolete  l\s  long,  broad,  channeled,  tapering  to 
the  pendulous  tips,  with  shoit  h> aline  hgules  and  open 
embracing  sheaths  fls  moncrcious,  awuless,  usually 
proterandrous,  stammate  fls  m  clusters  of  2-4,  often 
overlapping,  1  fl  usually  pedicelkd,  the  other  sessile 
or  all  srssilc,  glumes  heibaceous,  palca  membranace- 
ous,  antheis  3,  linear  The  ear  contains  the  pistillate 
fls  on  a  hard,  thickened,  ("\hndiical  spike  or  spadix 
(cob),  which  is  inclosed  in  many  spathaceous  bracts 
(husk--),  spikelcts  closely  sessile,  in  longitudinal  roavs, 
paned  in  alveoli  with  haid,  corneous  margin,  fls  2  on 
a  spikelet  the  lowei  aboitnc,  glumes  membranaceous; 
st\le  single,  hlifonn,  ven  long  (silk),  ovary  usualh 
sessile  eai  \atiable  in  length  and  size,  often  distich- 
ous, giain  variable  in  shape  and  si/e  'Ihe  color  ranges 
from  white  through  light  and  dark  shades  of  \cllow,  red 
and  pui  pie  to  nearly  black 


1058.  Kernels  of  corn  on  the  cob— sweet  corn  behind, 
pop-corn  in  front    ( X  H) 


848 


CORN 


CORN 


Sweet  corn  (Zea  saccharata,  Sturt )  Figs  10/58-1060. 
This  is  a  well-defined  species-group,  characterized 
by  horny,  more  or  less  crinkled,  wrinkled  or  shriveled 
kernels,  having  a  semi-transparent  or  translucent 
appearance  Sturtevant,  in  1899,  lists  sixty-one  dis- 
tinct varieties  He  gives  the  fust  variety  of  sweet  corn 
recorded  in  American  cultivation  as  being  introduced 
into  the  region  about  Plymouth,  Massachusetts,  from 
the  Indians  of  the  Susquchanna  in  1779.  Schenck,  in 
1854,  knew  two  varieties  It  appears,  therefore,  that 
the  distribution  of  sweet  corn  into  cultivation  made 
little  progress  prior  to  the  last  half  of  the  nineteenth 
century,  green  field  corn  having  largely  occupied  its 
place  prior  to  that  period. 

Sweet  corn  is  preeminently  a  garden  vegetable, 
although  the  large  kinds  aie  sometimes  grown  for  silage 
or  stover.  As  a  garden  vegetable,  it  is  used  when  it 
has  reached  the  "roasting  ear"  stage,  the  kernel  then 
being  well  filled  and  plump  but  soft,  and  "in  the  milk." 
The  kernel  is  the  only  part  used  for  human  food.  When 
sweet  corn  is  used  as  a  fresh  vegetable,  it  is  often 
cooked  and  served  on  the  cob  Dried  sweet  corn, 
though  never  an  important  article  of  commerce,  was 
formerly  much  used,  especially  by  the  rural  popula- 
tion It  is  gradually  being  generally  abandoned  for 
canned  corn,  for  other  cereal  preparations  or  for  other 
vegetables,  but  recently  desiccated  corn  has  been  put 
upon  the  market  and  is  finding  sale  in  certain  districts, 
particularly  in  the  South  and  in  mining  and  lumber 
camps  It  is  practically  unknown  outside  North 
America 

In  the  last  quarter  of  the  last  century,  canned  sweet 
corn  came  to  be  an  important  article  01  domestic  com- 
merce in  the  United  States  and  Canada  The  total  pack 
for  the  United  States  anil  Canada  for  the  year  1898  was 
4,398,563  cases,  each  containing  two  dozen  two-pound 
tins  The  following  statement  shows  the  number  of 
cases  packed  for  the  United  States  for  the  five-year 
period  from  1907  to  1911 


1907 
1908 
1909 
1910 
1911 


6,653,744 
b.779,000 
5,787,000 
10,003,000 
14,401,000 


Comparatively  little  of  this  corn  was  sent  abroad, 
most  of  it  being  consumed  in  the  States,  Canada,  and 
Alaska  In  1911  Iowa  took  first  rank  in  the  output  of 
canned  corn  with  a  pack  of  2,774,000  cases,  which  was 
nearly  20  per  cent  of  the  total  output  of  the  United 
States  for  that  year  Illinois,  New  York,  Maryland, 
Maine,  Ohio,  and  Indiana  followed  in  the  order  named 
These  seven  states  packed  about  88  per  cent  of  the 
total  output  of  thn  country  in  1911  These  figures  are 
the  best  obtainable  and  give  a  general  idea  of  the  prog- 
ress and  distribution  of  the  corn-canning  industry. 
Maine  produces  as  good  canned  corn  as  is  put  on  the 
market  and  grows  the  crop  largely  in  localities  having 
too  short  a  season  to  mature  the  seed. 

Sweet  corn  is  commonly  grown  for  canneries  under 
contract,  the  canning  company  supplying  the  seed 
and  guaranteeing  it  to  be  good  and  true  to  name,  while 
the  farmer  agrees  to  grow  a  certain  specified  acreage 
and  deliver  the  whole  crop  to  the  cannery  at  a  stipula- 
ted price.  In  Iowa  the  price  now  paid  the  grower  is 
about  $7  per  ton  of  good  ears  A  yield  of  three  to  four 
tons  to  the  acre  is  considered  good.  The  ears  arc 
snapped  from  the  stalks  with  the  husks  on  and  hauled 
m  deep  wagon-boxes  to  the  canneries.  The  stalks, 
when  preserved  either  as  ensilage  or  as  stover,  make 
excellent  fodder.  The  overripe  and  inferior  ears,  being 
unmarketable,  are  left  on  the  stalks  and  thereby 
materially  increase  their  value  as  a  stock  food.  The 
fetover  keeps  best  in  loose  shocks,  as  it  is  liable  to  mold 
when  closely  packed  in  large  stacks  or  bays.1 

As  a  field  crop,  sweet  corn  is  grown  most  extensively 


on  medium  heavy  loams  that  are  well  supplied  with 
humus  or  organic  matter.  It  luxuriates  in  rich  warm 
soils  The  crop  rotation  should  be  planned  so  as  to 
use  the  coarse  manures  with  the  corn,  which  is  a  gross 
feeder  On  the  more  fertile  lands  of  the  central  corn- 
belt,  nitrogenous  manures  may  not  always  be  used  to 
advantage  with  corn,  but  in  the  eastern  and  southern 
states,  where  the  soil  has  lost  more  of  its  original  fer- 
tility, stable  manure  may  often  be  used  profitably  with 
this  crop  at  the  rate  of  8  or  10  cords  to  the  acre,  or 
possibly  more. 

In  the  northern  part  of  the  corn-belt  in  the  central 
and  western  states,  that  is  to  say  north  of  the  Ohio  and 
Missouri  rivers,  deep  fall  plowing  of  corn  land  is  gen- 
erally favored,  but  in  experiments  at  the  Illinois  and 
Indiana  experiment  stations,  the  depth  of  plowing 
has  had  little  influence  on  the  crop  In  sections  of  the 
eastern  states,  shallow  plowing  late  in  spring  is  favored, 
especially  if  the  land  be  in  sod  In  warmer,  drier  regions, 
as  in  parts  of  Nebraska  and  Kansas,  listing  has  been 
much  practised  on  stubble  ground  The  listing  plow, 
having  a  double  mold-board,  throws  the  soil  into  alter- 
nate furrows  and  ridges,  the  furrows  being  8  or  9 


1059    Early  Marblehead  sweet  corn 


inches  deeper  than  the  tops  of  the  ridges  The  corn  is 
planted  in  the  bottom  of  the  furrow,  either  by  means 
of  a  one-horse  corn-drill  or  by  a  corn-drill  attachment 
to  the  lister  plow,  consisting  of  a  subsoil  plow  through 
the  hollow  leg  of  which  the  corn  is  dropped 

Great  care  should  be  used  to  secure  seed-corn  having 
high  vitality  as  a  precaution  against  the  rotting  or 
weak  germination  of  the  seed  in  the  soil,  should  the 
sea&on  be  cold  and  wet  after  planting  Select  the  seed- 
ears  early  before  any  hard  frosts  have  come  At  this 
time  the  large,  eaily,  and  well-matured  ears  ran  be  dis- 
tinguished from  the  rest  of  the  crop,  as  the  husks  about 
the  early-maturing  ears  will  have  started  to  tuin  brown. 
Early  maturity  is  a  vital  point  to  conwidei  in  selecting 
seed-ears  and  this  quality  should  never  be  sacrificed  for 
the  size  of  late  unmatured  ears  In  selecting  seed  for  a 
field  crop,  seek  systematically  for  stalks  having  little 
or  no  growth  of  stools  and  bearing  single,  large,  and 
early-maturing  ears.  For  garden  use,  seed  from  more 
productive  stalks  is  desirable,  even  though  the  ears  be 
smaller  The  seed-ears  should  be  dried  at  once  by 
artificial  heat  so  that  the  seed  may  better  withstand 
unfavorable  conditions  of  temperature  or  moisture  In 
many  localities  so-called  kiln-dried  seed  is  much  m 
favor 

In  the  North,  sweet  corn  should  be  planted  as  early 
as  can  be  done  without  involving  great  risk  of  loss  from 
frosts  or  from  rotting  of  seed  in  the  soil  In  New  York, 
field-planting  is  generally  done  from  May  10  to  May 
20;  in  central  Minnesota  from  May  10  to  May  30. 
The  ground  having  been  plowed  and  prepared  so  as  to 
make  a  seed-bed  of  fine,  loose  soil  3  inches  deep,  the 
seed  should  be  planted  to  a  depth  of  1  to  3  inches. 
The  drier  and  looser  the  soil,  the  greater  should  be  the 
depth  of  planting  In  planting  small  fields,  the  ground 
may  be  marked  in  check-rows  so  that  the  mils  planted 


CORN 


CORN 


840 


at  the  intersection  of  the  rows  will  stand  about  3  feet 
4  inches  to  3  feet  6  inches  apart  each  way,  and  the  corn 
planted  by  a  hand-planter,  which  each  time  it  is  thrust 
into  the  ground  drops  from  four  to  five  kernels,  which 
is  usually  the  number  desired  Three  feet  apart  is  too 
close  to  allow  the  cultivators  to  work  easily  For  large 
helds,  the  check-row  tyne  of  planter  should  be  used 
These  planters  drop  and  cover  the  seed  in  hills  at  uni- 
form distances  apart,  planting  two  rows  at  one  trip 
across  the  held  Two  types  of  furrow-openers  are  now 
used  on  corn-planters,  these  aie  the  runner  furrow- 
openers  and  the  disc  furrow-openers  The  former  are 
less  satisfactory  on  sod  land  or  in  fields  covered  with 
trash,  as  the  runneis  will  often  ride  out  and  leave  the 
seed  uncovered.  It  is  better  to  use  the  disc  furrow- 
opener  on  such  land,  besides  opening  the  furrow  better, 
it  also  pulverizes  the  soil  about  the  seed  Field  corn  is 
often  planted  in  drills  by  planters  adapted  to  this  pur- 

Eose,  but  sweet  corn  should  be  in  hills  so  that  the  sur- 
ice  of  the  ground  may  be  kept  loose  and  entirely 
free  from  weeds 

Till  for  the  purpose  of  retaining  ^oil-moisture  as  well 
as  to  kill  weeds  This  requues  fiequent  shallow  cultiva- 
tion, pulverising  the  surface  of  the  soil  so  that  it  will 
act  as  a  mulch  to  retard  the  evaporation  of  soil-mois- 
ture Tillage  should  begin  as  soon  as  the  planting  is 
done,  using  the  slanting-tooth  harrow  and  the  weeder 
types  of  implements  until  the  corn  is  nearly  6  inches 
high,  providing  that  the  weeds  are  small  and  the  ground 
is  in  friable  condition  After  this  time  the  spring-tooth 
cultivators  or  the  two-horse  cultivators,  having  prefer- 
ably three  or  four  shovels  on  a  side,  are  generally  Ubod, 
depending  somewhat  upon  the  kind  oi  soil  to  be  culti- 
vated This  type  of  two-horse  cultivator  is  preferable 
to  the  double-shovel  type  which  was  formerly  much 
used  The  two-horse  revolving  disc  cultivator  is  some- 
times used  in  damp,  weedy  ground  One  great  objec- 
tion to  this  type  is  that  too  much  earth  is  thrown 
toward  the  corn  and  the  middles  between  the  rows  are 
usually  left  either  untouched  or  bare  of  the  loose  soil 
which  is  needed  for  a  mulch  For  the  later  cultivations 
the  two-horse  surface  cultivator  is  coming  more  and 
more  into  general  use 

Till  at  intervals  of  seven  to  ten  days  At  first  the  cul- 
tivator may  run  from  2  inches  deep  near  the  plant  to 
4  inches  deep  midway  between  the  rows  Each  suc- 
cessive cultivation  should  giadually  increase  in  depth 
towards  the  middle  between  the  row.s,  tluow  }%  inch 
or  more  of  earth  towards  the  corn  and  cover  the  weeds. 
At  the  last  cultivation  the  cultivator  may  be  kept  a 
little  farther  from  the  corn  It  should  leave  the  soil 
pulverized  to  a  depth  of  2  to  3  inches  over  the  entne 
field.  The  earlier  cultivation  may  be  deepened,  if 
necessary,  to  kill  weeds,  even  though  some  corn  roots 
are  severed,  but  cutting  the  roots  by  deep  cultivation 
near  the  plants  late  in  the  season  is  to  be  especially 
avoided.  Till  the  soil  until  the  coin  gets  so  large  as  to 
prevent  the  use  of  a  two-horse  cultivator  Occasion- 
ally a  later  cultivation,  with  a  one-horse  cultivator, 
may  be  nccessaiy  if  heav>  rams  leave  the  surface  soil 
hard  and  start  the  weeds  Often  catch-crops  for  late 
pasturage,  cover-ciops  01  crops  of  winter  wheat  or  rye 
are  sown  in  the  cornfield  and  cultivated  in  with  the 
last  cultivation.  The  seed  is  covered  deeply  by  cultiva- 
ting it  in  because  the  weather  is  apt  to  be  dry  at  this 
period.  The  lower  part  of  the  furrow-slice  is  thus  left 
compact,  furnishing  a  compact  seed-bed,  in  which  small 
grains  delight. 

The  cultivation  of  sweet  corn  in  the  garden  should 
follow  the  general  lines  indicated  for  field  culture,  but 
stable  manure  and  commercial  fertilizers  may  be  used 
more  liberally.  Except  on  very  fertile  soils,  it  is  wrell  to 
put  a  small  amount  of  a  complete  commercial  fertilizer 
in  each  hill  and  mix  it  well  with  the  soil  before  plant- 
ing the  corn  A  fertilizer  which  has  a  large  amount  of 
nitrogen  in  quickly  available  form  should  be  chosen 


for  this  purpose.  Dwarf  early-maturing  varieties  ma\ 
be  planted,  for  early  use,  as  soon  as  the  ground  is 
sufficiently  dry  and  warm  A  little  later,  when  the 
ground  is  warmer,  the  second-early  main  crop  and 
late  varieties  may  be  planted.  Later  successional 
plantings  insure  a  supply  of  green  corn  till  frost  kills 
the  plants. 

Corn  IH  not  grown  commercially  as  a  forcing  crop 
Attempts  to  force  it  m  winter  have  not  given  encour- 
aging results,  but  it  may  be  successfully  forced  in 
spring,  following  any  of  the  crops  of  vegetables  which 
are  grown  under  glass,  providing  the  houses  are  piped 
so^as  to  maintain  the  minimum  night  temperature  at 
65°  F.  Provide  good  drainage  Give  a  liberal  application 
of  stable  manure  and  thoroughly  mix  it  with  the  soil 
In  the  latitude  of  New  York  the  planting  may  be  made 
as  early  as  the  first  of  March  As  ,soon  as  the  first  leaf 
has  unfolded,  the  temperature  may  be  allowed  to  run 
high  in  the  sun,  if  the  air  is  kept  moist  by  wetting  the 
floors  and  walks.  The  gl.is-,  need  ndt  be  shaded  Keep 
night  temperature  close  to  65°  F  ,  not  lower  and  not 
much  higher.  After  the  bilk  appears,  jar  the  stalks 
every  t\\o  or  three  days,  when  the  atmosphere  is  dry, 
and  thus  insure  abundant  pollination  Early  maturing 
varieties,  like  Cory,  give  edible  corn  in  about  sixty 
days  when  thus  treated.  Coin  may  be  forced  in  the 
same  house  with  tomatoes,  eggplant,  and  other  vege- 
tables which  require  similar  range  of  temperature 

Varieties*  of  sweet  corn, 

Some  of  the  desirable  varieties  for  the  garden,  the 
market,  and  for  canning  are  listed  below  These  varie- 
ties are  named  to  show  the  range  of  variation  and  to 
indicate  the  leading  groups  or  types,  rather  than  to 
recommend  these  particular  kinds  New  varieties  are 
continually  supplanting  the  old 

For  the  home  garden  — Extra-early  Golden  Bantam, 
an  extra-early  sort,  has  recently  become  very  popu- 
lar, on  account  of  its  productiveness,  good  flavor,  and 
desirable  size  for  table  use,  and  because  the  kefnels 
separate  very  easily  from  the  cob,  many  plant  it  in 
succession  so  as  to  cover  the  entire  season  with  this 
variety  alone  Peep  o'Day  and  Minnesota  are  other 
good  extra-early  varieties-  Second-early  Early  Crosby, 
Early  Evergreen  Medium  or  standard  season  Hickox 
Improved,  Stow  ell  Evergreen,  White  Evergreen.  Late 
Black  Mexican,  Country  Gentleman. 

For  maikot  — Extra-oaily  Cory  (red  rob),  White 
Cob  Coiy,  and  Extra-Early  Adams,  which,  though  not  a 
sweet  corn,  is  largely  grown  for  early  use  This  last- 
named  variety  is  recommended  in  the  South  because 
of  its  comparative  freedom  from  the  attacks  of  the  ear 
worm.  Second-early  Shaker,  Ciosby,  Early  Champion; 
Early  Adams  also  is  extensively  grown  foi  market, 
though  not  a  true  sugar  corn  Midscason  and  Late. 
Stowell  Evergreen,  Country  Gentleman,  Late  Mam- 
moth, Egyptian 

For  canning  — Stowell  Evergreen  is  the  standard 
variety  for  canning  factories  everywhere  Country 
Gentleman  is  also  grown  to  a  considerable  extent  for 
fancy  canned  corn  Other  varieties  that  are  used  for 
canning  include  Early  Evergreen,  White  Evergreen, 
Egyptian,  Potter  Excelsior,  and  Hickox  Improved. 

Dist'ai>(?6  and  pesti>  of  ±>wcet  torn 

The  most  widespread  and  destructive  disease  of  corn 
in  the  United  States  is  the  smut  produced  by  the  para- 
sitic smut-fungus,  Ustilago  Zex  The  sorghum-head 
smut,  Ustilago  Keiliana,  also  attacks  maize  Smut 
causes  most  injury  when  it  attacks  the  ears  The 
grains  are  transformed  into  a  mass  of  daik-colored 
smut  spoies,  and  become  exceedingly  swollen  and  dis- 
torted out  of  all  semblance  to  their  normal  outlines 
Infection  may  take  place  at  any  growing  point  of  the 
plant  from  early  till  late  in  the  season,  hence  treat- 
ment of  seed  corn  by  fungicides  is  of  no  value  as  a 


850 


CORN 


CORN 


remedy  for  corn  smut.  The  destruction  of  smutted 
parts  of  the  plants,  and  taking  especial  care  that  the 
smut  does  not  become  mixed  with  manure  which  is 
used  for  the  corn  crop,  are  measures  which  may  be 
expected  to  lessen  the  prevalence  of  the  disease.  No 
remedy  is  known 

Another  disease  of  sweet  corn  in  the  United  States  is 
the  bacterial  blight  caused  by  Pseudomonas  Stewartii. 
It  has  been  found  n  New  Yoik,  New  Jersey,  and  Michi- 


1060    Golden  Bantam  sweet  corn 

gan,  but  thus  far  has  been  seriously  destructive  only 
on  Long  Island  on  early  dwarf  varieties  of  sweet  corn 
It  is  characterized  by  wilting  and  complete  drying  of 
the  whole  plant,  as  if  affected  by  drought,  except  that 
the  leaves  do  not  roll  up.  The  fibre-vascular  bundles 
become  distinctly  yellow,  and  arc  very  noticeable 
when  the  stalk  is  cut  open  The  disease  attacks  the 
plant  at  any  period  of  growth,  but  is  most  destructive 
about  the  time  the  silk  appears  No  remedy  is  known. 

These  two  diseases  are  of  the  most  economic  impor- 
tance in  the  United  States.  Two  others  of  somewhat 
minor  importance  which  deseive  mention  are  rust  and 
leaf  blight.  The  leaf-blight  fungus  causes  round, 
brownish,  dead  spots  on  the  foliage  The  maize  rust, 
Puccima  soryhi,  is  found  pimcipally  where  rainfall  is 
abundant.  It  is  rather  common  throughout  the  corn- 
belt  The  fungus  is  similar  in  nature  to  that  which 
causes  the  rust  of  small  grains  It  cannot  be  controlled 
economically 

Over  200  species  of  insects  are  known  to  be  injurious 
to  corn,  either  to  some  pait  of  the  growing  plant  or  to 
the  stored  product  The  corn-ear  worm,  known  South 
as  the  cotton-boll  worm,  is  especially  injurious  to  sweet 
corn  It  burrows  in  tender  green  coin,  luunng  the  ear 
for  either  canning  or  maiket  purposes  It  is  known  to 
do  serious  damage  as  tar  noith  as -western  New  \oik 
and  central  Iowa  Recent  experiments  in  dust-spraying 
promise  well  Spraying  is  done  weekly,  beginning 
when  silks  appear,  using  equal  weight  powdered  lead 
arsenate  and  hme  Shallow  fall  plowing  to  kill  pupae 
is  a  partial  remedy.  Wirc-woims,  northern  corn-root 
worms,  white  grubs,  and  certain  other  grass  insects 
attack  corn  plants  One  of  the  best  preventive  meas- 
ures is  to  plan  the  rotation  so  that  corn  does  not 
immediately  follow  any  cereal  or  grass  crop. 

Pop-corn  (Zta  ercrta,  Sturt.)  Fig  1058  Pop-corn 
is  characterised  by  the  excessive  proportion  of  the 
corneous  endosperm  and  the  small  size  of  the  kernel 
and  ear.  The  kernel  split  laterally  shows  the  chit  and 
corneous  matter  enveloping,  and  in  some  cases  a  fine, 
starchy  line  The  small  size  of  the  kernel  and  the 
property  of  popping  makes  identification  certain. 
This  species-group  extends  throughout  Noith  and  South 
America  and  has  claims  for  prehistoric  culture 

The  preparation  of  the  ground  recommended  for 
sweet  corn  holds  for  pop-corn.  Tillage  should  bo 
started  early  in  the  spring  to  conserve  as  much  of  the 
soil-moisture  as  possible,  thus  protecting  the  crop 
against  possible  injury  from  drought  later  in  the 
season. 

On  good  clean  ground  the  pop-corn  is  very  often 
drilled,  dropping  the  kernels  6  to  8  inches  apart  in  the 
row.  More  often,  however,  it  is  check-rawed  with 
the  rows  3  feet  4  inches  apart  and  from  four  to  six 
kernels  in  the  hill.  The  ordinary  corn-planters  are 


used  with  special  plates  for  pop-corn  planting.  For 
dwarf  varieties  of  pop-corn  such  as  the  Tom  Thumb, 
when  planted  in  home  gardens  and  tilled  by  hand, 
the  hills  may  be  as  near  together  as  2J/2  feet 

Pop-corn  is  much  slower  in  germinating  than  field 
corn  and  the  plant  is  not  so  vigorous  a  grower.  Shal- 
low cultivation  is  recommended  just  as  for  other 
corns,  especially  for  the  later  cultivations,  since  deep 
cultivating  cuts  too  many  roots. 

Pop-corn  is  planted  earlier  than  field 
corn.  It  should  be  planted  deep  enough 
to  reach  the  moist  soil,  usually  1  Y%  to 
2  inches,  but  in  a  dry  season  it  may 
need  to  go  3  inches  deep. 

The  White  Rice,  which  is  grown 
more  extensively  for  market  than  any 
other  variety,  mixes  with  field  corns 
readily.  The  resulting  hybrid  types 
have  larger  ears  and  larger,  smoother 
kernels  and  give  heavier  yields  than  do 
the  pure  pop-corns  These  hybrid  types 
were  for  a  time  quite  in  favor  with  the  commercial 
growers  because  of  their  greater  yield  Now  they  are 
being  discriminated  against  by  the  buyers  because  of 
their  mfeiior  popping  qualities,  and  the  tendency 
among  the  growers  is  to  get  back  to  the  pure  types, 
even  though  they  give  smaller  yields 

Pop-corn  matures  earlier  than  field  corn.  For  this 
reason  in  many  sections  of  the  country  it  is  regarded  as 
a  surer  crop  In  the  region  about  Odebolt,  Iowa,  where 
pop-corn  is  grown  more  extensively  than  in  any  other 
district  in  the  world,  harvesting  sometimes  begins  as 
early  as  the  middle  of  September,  but  more  often  it  is 
delayed  till  the  first  of  October  or  later  to  let  the  corn 
dry  on  the  stalk  There  are  two  methods  of  harvest- 
ing One  is  to  snap  the  corn  and  pile  it  in  the  crib, 
then  shuck  it  during  the  winter.  However,  this  is  not 
generally  practised  because  it  makes  more  work  and 
takes  more  cub  room  The  other  and  common  method 
is  to  pick  and  shuck  the  ears  from  the  standing  stalks 
directly  into  the  wagon,  the  same  as  with  field  corn 

On  account  of  the  heavy  expense  of  hand-picking, 
some  are  now  using  the  harvesting  apparatus  called  the 
corn-picker  and  husker  Opinions  differ  as  to  the  econ- 
omy of  using  this  picker  The  rows  should  be  long  and 
the  corn  should  stand  up  well  to  justify  its  use  For 
hand-picking  the  price  per  bushel  usually  ranges  from 
10  to  12  cents  A  good  hand  can  pick  about  forty 
bushels  in  a  ten-hour  day  if  the  corn  is  good 

It  is  very  important  that  the  pop-corn  be  thoroughly 
dried  After  it  is  picked  it  is  placed  in  the  crib  whicn 
usually  has  ventilators  through  the  center  These 
extend  along  the  middle  of  the  floor,  are  slatted  to 
admit  air,  and  are  about  \\i  feet  wide  by  2i^  feet  high. 
The  coin  is  usually  left  in  the  crib  through  the  winter 
season  Sometimes  it  is  marketed  on  the  cob  Formerly 
it  was  a  common  practice  to  ship  it  on  the  cob  m 
sacks,  but  now  it  is  generally  held  over  winter  in  the 
crib,  shelled  the  next  spring  and  shipped  in  two-bushel 
sacks  It  is  usually  marketed  from  June  to  September. 

It  is  ready  to  use  for  popping  just  as  soon  as  it  is  dry 
enough.  It  can  be  popped  immediately  after  it  is 
gathered  if  the  season  is  dry  and  the  corn  is  allowed,  to 
dry  sufficiently  in  the  fieJd.  Usually  it  is  left  on  the 
stalk  till  it  is  so  dry  that  it  shells  some  when  thrown 
into  the  wagon 

Various  companies  make  a  practice  of  contracting 
for  a  certain  number  of  acres  of  pop-corn  at  a  certain 
price  in  the  spring  of  the  year,  so  that  the  farmer  may 
know  just  what  price  he  will  get  for  his  corn  in  the 
fall  or  at  some  stated  tune  at  which  it  IB  to  be  delivered. 
The  contracting  firm  does  not  as  a  rule  supply  the  seed 
but  does  specify  the  grade  of  the  corn  ana  objects  to 
the  coarse  hybrid  types 

The  prices  for  corn  in  the  ear  are  ruling  from  1  cent 
to  2  cents  a  pound;  for  shelled  corn  from  \Yi  cents 


CORN 

to  3  cents  a  pound.  Pop-corn  is  considered  a  very 
profitable  crop  and  less  likely  to  fail  than  field  corn 
because  it  matures  earlier  A  good  return  to  the  acre 
would  be  twenty  to  twenty-five  bushels  of  ear  corn, 
worth  from  $20  to  $50,  averaging  about  $30  Field 
corn  in  the  same  region  averages  about  fifty-five  bush- 
els, worth  usually  from  $20  to  $25  an  acre. 

Varieties. 

In  1899,  Sturtevant  described  twenty-five  varieties 
of  pop-corn.  Tracy,  in  his  "American  Varieties  of 
Vegetables  for  the  Years  1901  and  1902,"  enumerated 
fifty-four  varieties  The  rice  pop-corns  are  generally 
used  for  commercial  plantings  White  Rice  is  now  the 
leading  commercial  variety  of  pop-corn,  since  it  gives 
the  greatest  yield  and  also  brings  the  highest  price 
on  the  market.  In  the  noted  region  about  Odebolt, 
Iowa,  this  variety  is  grown  almost  exclusively  The 
following  list  includes  the  leading  varieties: 

White  Rice  — Ear  4  to  8  inches  long  This  vigorous, 
late  variety  is  widely  cultivated.  With  other  nee 
corns,  it  is  characterized  by  deep,  tapering,  beaked 
kernels 

White  Pearl  — Ear  4  to  8  inches  long  Matures  some- 
what earlier  than  Rice  and  later  than  Dwarf  Golden. 
Kerrtcls  round  and  silvery  white 

Dwarf  Golden  — Ear  I  to  3  inches  long  An  early- 
matin  ing  sort,  with  broad,  golden  yellow  kernels.  A 
favorite  garden  variety 

Golden  Tom  Thumb  — Ear  2  to  2^  inches  long  An 
ornamental  variety  for  home  gardens.  The  stalks  only 

grow  to  a  height  of  about  20  niches.    The  kernels  are 
right  and  golden  yellow. 

Other  kinds  of  pop-corn  worthy  of  mention  are 
Golden  Queen,  Silver  Lace,  and  California  Yellow. 

S.  A.  BEACH. 

CORNCOCKLE:    Lychnis  Githago. 

CORNEL,  CORNELIAN  CHERRY:   Cornus  mas. 

CORNFLOWER:   Centaurea  Cyanus. 

CORN  POPPY  of  Europe  is  the  weed  of  the  gram 
fields  from  which  Home  of  the  garden  poppies  have  been 
raised,  Papavtr  Rhceas. 

CORN-SALAD  (Valenanclla  ohtona.  Poll ).  Valeri- 
anaccx.  A  spring  and  summer  salad  and  pot-herb 
plant 

Annual  mature  plant  4-6  in.  tall,  forking:  radical 
Ivs.  tufted  (the  parts  used),  oblong  and  obtuse,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  entire  or  few-toothed,  st  -Ivs  nar- 
row, often  clasping  fls  very  small,  in  small  terminal 
cymes,  v\hitish  fr  (seed)  nearly  globular,  gray,  not 
crested  S  Eu  V  trwcdrpa,  Desv ,  of  S  Eu  and 
N  Afr  ,  is  sometimes  cult  as  salad  Ivs  longer  and 
lighter-colored  fr  (seed)  flattened,  pale  brown, 
crested.  Known  also  as  lamb's  lettuce,  fetticus,  and 
vctticost. 

Sow  the  seed  of  corn-salad  in  early  spring,  at  the  time 
of  the  first  bowing  of  lettuce,  and  make  successional 
plantings  as  often  as  desired.  For  very  early  salads 
the  seeds  are  planted  in  September,  and  the  young 
plants  are  covered  with  a  light  mulch  and  wintered 
exactly  as  spinach  is  often  managed  Sow  in  drills  a 
foot  or  18  inches  apart  and  cover  lightly  Work  the 
ground  thoroughly,  and  give  an  abundance  of  water 
The  leaves  may  be  blanched,  but  are  usually  eaten 
green.  It  matures  in  sixty  to  sixty-five  days  during 
good  spring  weather.  Only  one  variety  is  offered  by 
most  American  seedsmen,  but  several  sorts  are  known 
to  European  gardeners  It  is  sometimes  used  for  a 
pot-herb,  being  served  like  spinach,  but  is  chiefly 
valuable  for  salads  It  is  rather  tasteless,  and  is  not  so 
popular  as  cress  or  lettuce  on  that  account,  but  per- 
sons who  prefer  a  very  mild  salad,  or  who  would  rather 
taste  the  salad  dressing,  will  doubtless  fancy  corn-salad. 


CORNUS 


851 


It  is  beat  served  in  mixture  with  other  herbs,  as  lettuce, 
water-cress  or  white  mustard  It  is  easy  to  grow. 
There  are  no  special  enemies.  p.  A.  WAUGH. 

CORNUS  (ancient  Latin  name  of  Cornus  mas). 
Cornace<e  DOGWOOD  Woody  plants  (one  or  two  infre- 
quently cultivated  herbs),  grown  for  their  attractive 
flowers  and  fruits,  some  species  also  for  the  winter  effect 
of  their  brightly  colored  branches. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  rarely  herbs  Ivs.  opposite,  rarely 
alternate  or  whorled,  deciduous,  entire:  fls  small, 
4-merous,  usually  white,  in  terminal  cymes  (Fig  1061) 
01  heads;  calyx-teeth  minute,  petals  valvate,  style 
bimple,  filiform  or  cylindnc;  ovary  inferior,  2-celled' 
fr  a  drupe  with  a  2-celled  stone  —  About  40  species  in 
the  temperate  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere  and 
one  m  Peru  Monograph  by  Wangerm  in  Engler, 
Pflanzenreich,  hft  41,  pp  43-92,  quoted  below  as  Wang. 

The  dogwoods  aie  hardy  ornamental  shrubs  with 
handsome  fobage,  often  asbummg  &  brilliant  fall  color- 
ing, and  with  attractive  flowers  and  fruits  Nearly  all  are 
very  desirable  for  planting  in  shrubberies  They  grow 
nearly  as  well  m  bhady  places  under  large  trees  as  in 


eay  as     e          b  e 

unny  exposed  situations,  and  thrive  in  almobt  any  soil 
ne  of  the  most  beautiful  in  bloom  is  C  flonda,  with 
extiemely   showy   flowers   in   bpnng      C    race  mow   is 
one  of  the  best  for  shrubberies,  blooming  profusely  in 
June  The  red-branched  species,  as  C  alba,C  Amomurn, 
C   Bcnh'yi,  C.  sanfluinea  are  very  attractive  in  winter 
Propagated  by  seeds,  which  usually  do  not  germinate 
until  the  second  year     The  species  \\ith  \villo\\-hke 
soft  wood,  as  (J   alba  and  its  allies,  grow  readily  from 
cuttings  of  mature  wood,  while  the  others  are  some- 
times increased  by  layers    They 
arc  often  grown  in  this  country 
from    nearly    npen&d    cuttings 


1061  Coraus  winter 
shoots,  showing  the  op- 
posite buds  and  terminal 
flower-clusters  —  Cornus 
Baileyi 


1062.  Cutting  of  Cornus. 


852 


CORNUS 


CORNUS 


(Fig  1062),  handled  in  frames  in  summer.  Horticul- 
tural varieties  of  other  species  are  mostly  budded  in 
summer  on  seedlings  of  the  type,  or  grafted  in  early 
spring  in  the  propagatmg-house 

Various  species  of  Cornus  have  many  interesting  uses. 
Our  native  C  flonda,  which  in  flower  is  the  showiest 


1063.  Cornus  alterxufolia. 


member  of  the  genus,  furnishes  a  useful  substitute  for 
quinine.  The  bark  of  all  parts  contains  the  same  sub- 
stances found  in  cinchona,  but  in  different  proportions. 
It  is  inferior  in  effectiveness  and  more  difficult  to  secure 
in  large  quantities  It  is  sometimes  possible  to  ward  off 
fevers  by  merely  chewing  the  twigs  The  powdered 
bark  makes  a  good  tooth-powder,  and  the  fresh  twigs 
can  be  used  for  the  same  purpose  The  bark  mixed 
with  sulfate  of  iron  makes  a  good  black  ink  The  bark 
of  the  roots  yields  a  scarlet  dye  The  wood,  being  hard, 
heavy,  and  close-grained,  is  good  for  tool  handles  The 
cornelian  cheny  has  pulpy  fruits  resembling  cornelian 
in  color  and  about  the  size  and  shape  of  olives,  for  which 
they  can  be  substituted  The  ripe  fruits  are  soft  and 
rather  sweet  The  name  dogwood  comes  from  the  fact 
that  a  decoction  of  the  bark  of  C  sanguinea  was  used  in 
England  to  wash  mangy  dogs  The  small  red  berries 
of  C.  suecica  (not  in  the  trade)  are  eaten  by  the 
Esquimaux. 

INDEX. 


alba,  3,  4. 

femina,  11 

paurjnervw,  14 

albocarpa,  17. 

flaviramoa,  3. 

pendula,  3,  19 

alterrafolia,  1. 

flonda,  19 

pumila,  15 

AmoDium,  8. 

Gouchaultu,  4. 

Pur  pusn,  9 

argentca,  1 

ignorata,  12 

quinquenerms,  14. 

argen  tco-margmata, 
4,  17 

japontca,  21 
Kesselrmgu,  4. 

racemosa,  10 
rubra,  19 

asperifoha,  6. 

Kousa,  21 

rugosa,  7 

aurea,  17 

luteocarpa,  17 

sarigumea,  16 

aureo-elegantiasima, 

macrocarna,  17 

sencea,  8 

17 

macrophylla,  2,  12 

sibinca,  4 

Bailcyi,  5 

mas,  1ft,  17 

Spaeth  11,  4 

brachypoda,  2,  12. 

mascula,  17. 

stolomfcra,  3,  9. 

caerulea,  8 

nana,  17 

stncta,  11 

canadensis,  23 

nitula,  3 

tatanca,  4 

candidissima,  10. 

Nuttalhi,  20. 

Theleryana,  12 

capitita,  22 

obhqua,  9 

Thdycani*,  12 

cirnnata,  1 

oblongata,  10 

umbracuhfera,  1 

coloradens:s,  3. 

ochroleuca,  1 

vanegata,  2,  8,  Ib 

controversa,  2. 

officinalis,  18 

vindisRiraa,  16 

/astiyiata,  11. 

paniculata,  10. 

Wilsoniana,  13 

A.  Plants,  shrubs  or  trees. 

B.  Fls.  in  cymes  or  panicles  without  involucre.   (Svida.) 
c.  Foliage  alternate:  fls  in  umbel-like  cymes, 

cream-colored. 

1.  alternifdlia.    Linn.    (Stida    altermfbha,    Small). 
Fig  1063.   Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft. :  Ivs.  slender- 


petioled,  elliptic  or  ovate,  usually  cuneate,  acuminate, 
nearly  glabrous  above,  pale  or  whitish  beneath  and 
appressed  pubescent,  3-5  in  long:  cymes  1^-2  M  in- 
wide,  fr  dark  blue,  globular,  H\n.  across,  on  red  pe- 
duncles May,  June  New  Bruns.  to  Ga  and  Ala  ,  west 
to  Minn  SS  5.216  Em  463.  Wang  51  —Of  very 
difetmct  habit,  the  branches  being  arranged  in  irregular 
whorls,  forming  flat,  horizontally  spreading  tiers,  as  in 
the  picture.  A  variety  which  shows  this  habit  more 
distinctly  than  the  common  form  is  var  umbraculifera, 
Dieck  Var  arg€ntea,  Temple  &  Beard,  is  a  form  with 
white-marked  foliage  Var  ochroleuca,  Rehd.,  has 
yellowish  frs. 

2  controversa,  Henihl.  (C.  brachypoda,  Koch,  not 
C  A  Mey  C  maciophylla,  Koehne,  not  Wall ).  Tree, 
to  00  ft. .  Ivs  slendcr-petioled,  broadly  ovate  or  elhptic- 
ovate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  abruptly  acuminate, 
whitish  and  slightly  hairy  beneath,  3-5  in  long  cymes 
3-4  in  \vide.  tr.  bluihh  black  June.  Himalayas  to 
Japan  B  M  8261  S  I  F.  1  77.  R  B  30  63  -With 
the  habit  of  the  former,  but  of  more  vigorous  growth, 
not  hardy  N.  Var  variegata,  Rehd  (C  macrophylla 
vanegata,  Barbier)  Lvs  edged  white  Gng  3  67; 
16:291  JH.  III.  28.129,  47.147. 

cc  Foliage  opposite. 

D  Fr  while  01  blue. 

E.  The  fts.  in  umbel-like  flat  cymes. 

p.  Color  of  fr  white  or  bluish  white 

G.  Under  side  of  lvi>  with  oppressed  hairs,  glaucous. 

3.  stolonifera,  Michx  (C  alba,  Wang )  RED-()SIER 
DOGWOOD  Fig.  1064  Shrub,  to  8  ft ,  usually  with  dark 
blood-red  branches  and  prostrate  st ,  stolon  if  erous: 
Ivs  obtuse  at  the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  2-5  in  long  cymes  dense,  1-2  in  wide, 
disk  usually  red  fr  white,  globose,  with  the  stone 
broader  than  high.  May,  June  From  Brit  N  Arncr 
to  111  and  Calif  G  C  II  8 '679  —Habit  bush-like,  as 
in  Fig  1064  Var  flaviramea,  Spaeth  Branches  yel- 
low There  are  also  vanctics  with  variegated  Ivs. 
Var.  nitida,  Schneid  (C  alba  var  nitida,  Koehne) 
Branches  green  Ivs  globsy  above  Var  coloradensis, 
Schneid  (C  alba  var  C  coloradensib,  Koehne) 
Branches  brownish  red,  strongly  recurved  fr  bluish 
white  Colo  Var.  pendula,  Ell  Low  shrub  with 
pendulous  branches 

4  ilba,  Linn  (C  tatdnca,  Mill )  Shrub,  to  10  ft , 
with  usually  erect  st  and  bright  blood-red  branches, 
mostly  with  glaucous  bloom  when  young  Ivs  obtuse  at 
the  base,  ovate  or  elliptic,  somewhat  bullate  or  rugose 
above,  acute,  1M~3^  in  long  cymes  dense,  small;  disk 


1064.  Cornus  stotomfcr*. 


CORNUS 


CORNUS 


853 


yellow:  fr.  ovoid,  bluish  white,  sometimes  whitish; 
stone  usually  higher  than  broad,  flat.  Siberia,  N.  China 
Var.  arggnteo-margmata,  Rehd  (C  dlba  var  ele- 
gantisstnia  vanegatu,  Hort.)  Lvs  edged  white.  Var 
Spaethii,  Spaeth  LVH  broadly  edged  yellow.  Gn  04, 
p  378;  69,  p.  343  Var  GouchaWtu,  Rehd.  (C.  sibinca 
Gouchaultn,  Carr )  Lys  variegated  with  yellowish 
white  and  pink  Var  sibirica,  Lodd  Branches  bright 
coral-red  C  L  A  21,  No  4 "29.  GM  54.249  Var. 
Kesselrmgii,  Rehd  (C  xibirica  var.  Kewdrinmi, 
Wolf).  Branches  very  dark  purple,  nearly  purphsh 
black.  There  are  also  some  other  varieties  with  varie- 
gated Ivs. 

GG  Under  side  of  Ivs.  with  woolly  hairs 
5.  Baileyi,  Coult  &  Evans  Fig.  1005.  Erect  shrub, 
with  reddish  branches:  Ivs  ovate  to  lanceolate,  acute  or 
acuminate,  white  beneath,  with  woolly  and  with 
appressed  hairs,  2-5  in.  long*  fls  in  small  rather  com- 
pact woolly  cymes'  stone  of  the  white  fr.  much  broader 
than  high,  compressed  and  flat-topped  Pa  to  Minn 
and  Wyo  G  F  3  465  (adapted  in  Fig  1005)  —A  very 
handsome  species  of  upright  growth,  with  dark  red 
blanches,  blooming  neaily  all  summer,  and  of  a  dis- 
tinct grayish  hue  due  to  the  slightly  upward  curled  Ivs 
The  fall  color  of  foliage  and  \vmter  color  of  twigs  are 
unequaled  Well  adapted  for  sandy  soil  Early  observed 
on  dunes,  8  Haven,  Mich  ,  but  brought  to  the  atten- 
tion of  systematists  from  specimens  collected  in  ex- 
tieme  N  E  Minn  in  1X80 

0  aspenfdlia,  Muhx  Shrub,  8-15  ft  branches 
reddish  bro\\n  Ivs  slender-pet ioled,  elliptic  to  ovate, 
acuminate,  rough  above,  pale  and  woolly-pubescent 
beneath,  1-4  in  long  cymes  rather  loose,  rough-pubes- 
cent fr  globose,  white,  stone  nearly  globose,  slightly 
furrowed  Ont  to  Fla  ,  west  to  Texas.  G  F  10  105. 

FF.  Color  of  fr  blue  or  bluish,  .so/w titties  partly  white 

or  giefntbh  white 
G  Lvs  densely  woolly-pubescent  beneath. 

7.  rugdsa,  Lam    (C  arcirmta,  L'Her  )     Shrub,  3-10 
ft  .  the  young  branches  green,  blotched  purple,  older 
ones  purplish    Ivs   orbicular  or  broadly  ovate,  acute  or 
short-acurnmate,   slightlv    pubescent   above,   pale  and 
densely  pubescent  beneath,  2-6  in   long   cymes  rather 
dense    fr    light  blue  or  greenish  white     May,  June. 
Em   464     Wang   61. — Bark  has  medicinal  properties 

GG   Lvs    pubescent  only  on  tlie  r«ns  or  nearly  glabrous 
beneath 

8.  Am&mum,  Mill    (C    serfcea,  Lmn.    C.  axrulea, 
Lam)     Shrub,  3-10  ft,  with  purple  branches'  Ivs. 
usually  rounded  at  the  base,  elliptic-ovate  or  elliptic, 
dark   green   and   neaily   glabrous   above,    pale   green 
beneath,  usually  with  brownish  hairs  on  the  veins,  2-4 
in    long'  cyme  compact'  fr    blue  or  sometimes  partly 
white.    June,  July     Mass   to  Ga ,  west  to  N.  Y.  and 
Tenn      Em     46T  — Bark    has    medicinal    properties. 
Var   variegata,  Hort     Lvs.  variegated  with  yellowish 
white. 

9  obliqua.  Raf     (C     Piirpusii,    Koehne).     Shrub, 
similar  to  the  preceding,  usually  broader  and  more 
loosely  branched  branches  purple  to  yellowish  red  *  Ivs. 
usually  narrowed  at  the  base,  elliptic-ovate  to  oblong, 
dark  green  and  glabrous  above,  glaucous  beneath,  on 
the  veins  usually  with  whitish  or  brownish  hairs,  2-3H 
in  long,  cyme  compact:  fr  blue  or  partly  white    May, 
June  in  the  S  .  JuK  in  the  N    One  to  Minn  and  Kans. 
south  to  Pa  ,  111.  and  Mo.   S.T  8.1:39.   RH.  1888:444 
(as  C.  stolomfera) 

EE  The  fls  in  broad  panicles'  fr.  white  or  pale  blue. 

10  racemdsa,  Lam.   (C    candidissima,  Marsh  ,  not 
Mill    C.  paniculata,  L'Her    C  oblongata,  Hort ).  Shrub 
6-15   ft ,   with   gray   branches'   Ivs.   cuneate,    ovate- 
lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acuminate,  appressed-pubea- 


cenu  or  nearly  smooth,  whitish  beneath,  1^-4  in  long 
petals  white,  lanceolate*  fr  white  May,  June  Maine 
to  N  C  ,  west  to  Minn  ,  and  Neb  Wang.  58  (as  C. 
ferntna). — Free-flowering,  very  handsome  when  in 
bloom,  and  with  its  white  frs  on  red  peduncles  in  fall 

11.  temina,    Mill     (C.   striita,   Lam.     C.  fastvjiata, 
Michx.).   Shrub,  to  15  ft  ,  with  purplish  branches  Ivs 
ovate    or    ovate-lanceolate,   sparingly  and    minutely 
appressed-pubescent,  green  on  both  sides.   1^-3  in 
long  petals  white,  ovate-lanceolate  fr  pale  blue,    \pril, 
May.    Va    to  Ga    and  Fla  — Tender  N.  Closely  allied 
to  the  former,  and  perhaps  only  vanety. 

DD.  Fr.  black  (grtcn  in  a  var.  of  No.  16). 
E  Fls.  in  broad  panicles. 

12.  brachypoda,  C  A   Mey    (C  ign,orata,  Shiras.    C 
macrophylla,  Hemsl  ,  not  Wall    C   Thdycams,  Lebas. 
C  Theleryana,  Hort )     Shrub  or  small  tree    branches 
yellowish    or    reddish    brown     Ivg     slender-pet  ioled, 
elliptic-ovate  to  elliptic-oblong,  abruptly   acuminate, 
rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  dark  green 


1065.  Cornus  Baileyi    (Spray 


above  and  nearly  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath  and  spa- 
ringly appressed  hairy,  with  0-$  pairs  of  veins,  2  1  2-G 
in  long  panicle  rather  loose,  3-6  in  aciohs,  st>le 
below  the  stigma  abruptly  enlarged  into  a  disk  fr 
bluish  black.  Aug  Japan,  Cent  China  S  T  S  1  41 
SI.F  1:77.  RH  1875,  p  395  F  1870,  p  123  -^-One 
of  the  handsomest  dogwoods  on  account  of  its  large 
Ivs.  and  large  panicles  of  white  fls  ;  not  quite  hardy  N 
13.  Wilsoniana,  Wang  Tree,  to  40  ft  branches 
brownish  Ivs  elliptic,  narrowed  at  the  base,  acuminate, 
above  sparingly,  beneath  more  densely  appressed- 
pubescent,  green  or  glaucescent  beneath,  with  3-4  pairs 
of  veins,  2-4  m  long  panicle  2}  2-4  m  across,  style 
cyhndnc,  scarcely  enlarged  below  the  stigma,  fr. 
bluish  black.  Cent.  China  Wang  66  —Very  hand- 
some, similar  to  the  preceding,  but  hardier.  Page  3567. 

EE  F  Is.  in  umbel-like  cymes   Ivs.  green  beneath. 

F.  Lvs.  with  appressed  hairs  beneath. 
14  paucin<§rvis,  Hance  (C.  quinqwnervis,  Franch.). 
Shrub  4-6  ft  :  young  branches  quadrangular,  usually 
reddish  brown'  Ivs  short  -petioled,  of  firm  texture, 
oblong-obovate  to  elliptic-lanceolate,  acute,  cuneate  at 
the  base,"  dark  green  above,  paler  beneath  with  ap- 
pressed hairs,  with  3-4  pairs  of  veins,  1^-3  HJ  m  long: 
cymes  long  peduncled;  style  thickened  below  the  apex: 


854 


CORNUS 


fr.  black.  June,  Cent.  China.  G  C.  III.  50:95.  G.M. 
54:593  Gt.  1896,  p  285.  Wang.  72.— Handsome 
shrub  nearly  half-evergreen,  but  not  hardy  N.  P  3507 
15.  pdmila,  Koehne  (C.  mds  var.  nana,  Dipp ). 
Dense  shrub,  to  6  ft  •  branchlets  terete,  glabroub.  Ivs. 
crowded,  broadly  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  short-acumi- 
nate, abruptly  contracted 
at  the  base,  dark  green 
and  nearly  glabrous  above, 
paler  and  appresscd-hairy 
beneath,  1}A-3}A  »n  long 
cymes  long-peduncled,  2-3 
in  broad;  style  thickened 
below  the 
apex  fr. 
black  July. 
Origin  un- 
known — 
Handsome 
with  its 
dense  dark 


1066.  Coraus  mas.  (Spraya 


green  foliage,  particularly 
when  dotted  with  the  white 
fl  -clusters;  has  proved 
hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arbo- 
retum. 

FF.  Lvs.   with  woolly  hairs 
beneath:  branches  purple 

16  sanguinea,     Linn 
Shrub,  to  12  ft ,  with  purple 
or  dark  blood-red  blanches 
Ivs  broad-elliptic  or  ovate, 
rounded    or    nai rowed    at 
the  base,  usually  pubescent 
on   both    sides,   pale  green 

beneath,  lj^-3J2  m  l°ng  ^s  greenish  white,  in  dense 
cyme*  fr  black  May,  Juno  Eu  ,  Orient  Var. 
variegata,  Dipp  Lvs  variegated  with  yellowish  white. 
G  W  9,  p  247  Var.  viridfssima,  Dieck  With  green 
branches  and  green  fr. 

BB.  Fls.  in  dense  heads  or  umbels,  with  an  involucre. 

C  Color  of  /7s   yellow;  involucre  yellounsh,  not 

exceeding  the  fls     (Macrocarpium  ) 

17  mas,   Linn      (C    nidt>cula,   Hort )      CORNELIAN 
CHERRY    Fig  1066    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft     Ivs 
ovate  or  elliptic,  acute,  appreseed-pubescent,  and  green 
on  both  sides,  l}i-4  in    long:  fls    m  sessile  opposite 
umbels,  before  the  Ivs  ;  pedicels  not  exceeding  the  invo- 
lucre' ir.  oblong,  scarlet,   %m    long,  edible     March, 
April     S    Eu,  Orient     Mn    5192     GC    II    9 '399. 
H  W    3,   p    61  — Handsome  shrub   of  dense   growth 
with   glossy  foliage,   very  attractive  in   early  spring 
with  its  yellow  fls  ,  and  again  in  fall  with  its  shining 
scarlet  frs.    Var    ma- 

crocarpa,  Dipp.  Fr. 
larger.  Var  albocdrpa, 
Schneid.  (var  luteo- 
cdrpa,  Wang  )  Fr  yel- 
lowish. Var.  aurea, 
Schelle.  Lvs  yellow. 
Var  afireo-elegantis- 
sima,  Schelle.  Lvs 
variegated  with  pink 
or  yellow  F.  1877: 
109  GZ  21:169  Var. 
argenteo  -  marginata. 
Hort.  Lvs.  bordered 
white.  Var.  nana. 
Simon  -  Louis.  Dwarf 
form.  It  has  been  con- 
fused with  C.  pumila 
(No.  15)  which  has  len- 
ticillate  branchlets  and 
usually  4  pairs  of  veins 


1067.  Coraus  flonda.  (XM) 


CORNUS 

18.  officinalis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
15  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic,  acuminate,  pale  green  beneath  and 
with  large  tufts  of  dark  brown  hairs  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins'  fls  like  those  of  the  former;  pedicels  longer  than 
the  involucre*  fr.  scarlet,  oblong  Japan,  China.  S  Z. 
50  — Very  similar  to  the  last. 

cc.  Color  of  fls.  greenish  yel- 
low, sessile,  with  a  showy 
white  involucre,  much 
exceeding  the  fls 
D.  Frs,  in  dense  clusters,  but 
indundually  distinct. 
(Benthamidia,  Cynoxy- 
lori) 

19.  flfirida,  Linn.  (Cy- 
ndxylon  fldndum,  Raf ). 
FLOWERING  DOGWOOD  Fig. 
1067.  Shrub  or  small  tree 
with  spreading  branches, 
10-15  ft,  rarely  to  40  ft.: 
Ivs  oval  or  ovate,  acute, 
dark  green  and  glabrous 
above,  glaucous  or  whitish 
beneath,  usually  only  pu- 
bescent on  the  veins,  3-6 
in  long  involucre  \\  Into  or 
pinkish,  3-4  in  wide,  bracts 
4,  obovate,  emargmute*  fr. 
J/2  m  long,  bcarlet  May. 
Mass  to  Fla  ,  west  to  Ont. 
and  Texas,  also  E  and  S. 
Mex  SS  5  112-13  Em. 
468  G  F  3-431  B  M  526 
Gn  33,  p  441,  43,  p  153; 
52,  p  177;  53,  p  222  J  II. 
Ill  28.453  ,  55  331  FE  23  511  G  34  531  <5n 
M  5  138  MDG  1898  405  V  5'230,  20  51 —One 
of  the  most  beautiful  American  flowering  trees,  hardy 
N  Var  pendula,  Dipp  With  pendulous  branches 
FE  17,  p  68  V  13  333  Var  riibra,  Andre"  \\ith 
pink  involucre  RH  1894 '500  AG  18 '111  F  E. 
9  572  B  M  8315.  G  28  689.  Neither  variety  as 
hardy  as  the  type. 

20  Nuttallii,  Audubon  Tree,  to  80  ft  •  Ivs  ovate  or 
obovate,  usually  pubescent  beneath,  4-5  in.  long: 
involucre  white  or  tinged  with  pink,  4-6  m  across; 
bracts  4-6,  oblong  or  obovate,  sometimes  roundish, 
mostly  acute  fr  bright  red  ot  orange,  crowned  with 
the  broad,  persistent  calyx  Brit  Col  to  S  Calif. 
SS  5  214-15  Gng  6  271  BM  8311  G  27  366  — 
This  species  surpasses  the  former  in  beauty,  but  is  more 
tender,  particularly  while  the  plants  arc  young,  and  has 
rarely  been  successfully  cult .  outside  of  its  native  country. 

DD  Frs  connate  into  a 
globular  fleshy  head. 
(Benthamia  ) 
21.  Koftsa,  Buerg. 
(Benthamia  japdnica, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc  C. 
japdnica,  Koehne,  not 
Thunb )  Fig  1068 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
20  ft  '  Ivs  cuneate, 
elliptic -ovate,  acumi- 
nate, dark  green  above, 
glaucous  and  ap- 
pressed-pubescent  be- 
neath, 2-4  in  long  in- 
volucre creamy  white, 
2L;2-3  in.  wide,  bracts 
ovate,  acute,  frs  form- 
ing a  globular  head. 
June.  Japan,  China. 
S.Z.  16.  SI.F.  2.59. 


CORNUS 

Gn.  43:152;  60,  p.  165.  G  C  III.  19.783  A.G.  9:329 
(adapted  m  Fig.  1068);  13:674.  Gng.  3:149.  J.H.  III. 
35:9;  63:187.  M  D  G.  1899:328-9  R  B  30  64  G. 
27:367  Gn.W.  8  741  G  M  3.5,  suppl.  Oct.  8— Fls 
very  showy,  appearing  after  the  Ivs.  in  June  and  con- 
trasting well  with  the  bright 
green  foliage;  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Mass.  Sometimes 
variegated. 

22.  capitata,  Wall.    (Ben- 
thamw    fragifera,    Lindl.). 
Tree:  Ivs  coriaceous,  elliptic- 
oblong,    narrowed    at    both 
ends,    appressed  -  pubescent 
above  and  more  densely  and 
whitish  beneath,  2-4  in  :  in- 
volucre about  2^-3  in  wide, 
creamy     white; 
bracts    ovate, 
acute*   fr  -head 
over  1  in  across, 
scarlet     June. 
Himalayas.     B 
R  19-1579    Gn 
54,  p  310;  60,  p. 
165,  64,  p    135; 
70,  p  123;  73,  p. 
411     GC.   Ill 
l068.CornusKousa.(X*>  Jg.5^;    4583, 

III   30  213    M  D  G.  1898-568  —Evergreen  tree,  with 
ehowy  fls  and  frs  ;  hardy  only  S 

AA.  Plants  low  herbs'  fls  in  dense  heads,  with  a  white 
(or  pinkish)  involucre  (Arctocrania,  Chamxpcn- 
clymenum ) 

23  canadensis,  Lmn.  Herb,  Yy-"1/^  ft  high,  with 
creeping  rootstock  Ivs  whoiled,  sessile,  elliptic  or 
obovate,  glabious  or  nearly  so,  1-3  in  long  head  green- 
ish, long-pec luncled,  involucre  white,  1-1)2  m  wide: 
fr  bright  red,  globose  Mav-Julv  N  Amer  ,  .south  to 
Ind  ,  Colo  ,  and  Calif  B  M  8SO  G  C  III  47  363.— 
Handsome  plant  for  half-shady  places 

C  ArnM\nna,  Kehd  (C  ohliquaXC  racemosa).  Intermediate 
between  the  parents  last  year's  branches  purple,  older  gray  or  gray- 
ish brown  fls  as  profusely  as  in  C  racemosa,  but  the  white  or 
bluish  white  fr  appears  rather  sparingly  Originated  at  the  Nrnold 
Arbontum  SFS  1  40— f  austrMi*,  C  A  Mey.  Closely  allied 
and  \  t>ry  similar  to  C  sanguitu  «i,  but  Us  beneath  with  appressed 
hairs  and  branclu  s  less  bright ly  colon  d  Asia  Minor,  Caucasus  — 
C  BretxchneMen,  Henry  (C  aspera,  Wang)  Shrub,  to  12  ft 
branches  green  or  purplish  Iva  ovnie  to  elliptic-ovate,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  rough-pul>c  scent  on  both  Mdes,  2-4  in  long 
cyme  dense  fr  bluish  black  N  China  Hardy — (' 
Koehne—C  ma<  r  '  "  "  '  '  T 


CORONILLA 


855 


•ophylla- 


glabrnla,   Benth     Shrub,   to  10  ft 


brandies  gray  Ivs  small,  nearly  (glabrous,  green  and  shining  on 
both  sides  fr  white  Ore  to  Calif  -r  ///s«t,  Korlme  Allud  to 
C  alba  Dwarf,  dense  shrub  KH  crowded,  small,  \ery  dark  green 
fr  bluish  white  Probably  from  E  Asia— C  Kolmgn,  Srhneid 


Koenigu,  Wang  ) 


Allied  to  C    sanguiuea     L\s 

b „ 

Koehne) 


long,    sparingly   apprcsscd-puescent    beneath 
larropnijlla,  Wall    (C  corynostyli 


(C  australr 
larger,   3-5Ji 

Transcaucasia-  ...      ,       . ..    ,_    

Allied   to  C    brachypoda     Tree,  to  30  ft      l\s    broadly 

elliptic-ovate,  acuminate  mrl  cymose,  style  olub-shapod  at  the 
apex  Himalayas  B  M.  8261  J  H  S  27,  p  860  Gt  1896,  p 
285—  C  obltnga.  Wall  Shrub  or  tree,  to  80  ft  Ivs  narrow- 
oblong,  nearly  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath,  coriaceous  fls  white, 
fragrant,  in  cymoso  panicles  Himalayas  — C  poltophylla,  Schneid 
&  Wang  Shrub,  to  12  ft  •  branches  brown  Ivs  mibcoriaceous, 
elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate,  slightly  villous  above,  beneath  more 
densely  BO  and  grayish  white,  2 U-4H  m  long  cymes  long-pedun- 
c'ed  fr  black  Cent  China  —C  jnibfictni,  Nutt  Shrub,  to  15 
ft ,  with  purple  branches  Ivs  nearly  glabrous  above,  glaucous  and 
woolly-pubescent  beneath  fr  white  Brit  Col  to  Calif  — C  Sld- 
wmt.Rehd  (C  rugosaXC  stolomfera)  Intermediate  between  the 
parents  branches  purple  Ivs  more  or  less  woolly  beneath  fr  blu- 
ish, rarely  white  Originated  at  Rochester,  N  Y  — C  xutcica,  I  inn 
(Chamscpericlymenum  suecicum,  Aschors  &  Graebn  )  Allied  to 
C  canaden.sis  Ivs  all  opposite,  fl  -head  purple,  the  white  involucre 
1  in  or  le«s  wide  Arctic  Amer.,  N  Eu  ,  N  Asia.  Gn  55.  p  239. 

8EB4G34.  ALFRED  RBHDER. 

COROKIA  (from  the  native  name).  Cornaceae.  Ever- 
green shrubs,  adapted  to  outdoor  planting  in  the  S. 
Upright,  with  tortuous  or  straight  branches  and  black 


bark' Ivs  alternate  or  fascicled,  stalked,  entire  fls  per- 
fect, small,  yellow,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  ealyx- 
tube  top-shaped,  the  limb  5-lobed;  petals  5,  each  with  a 
scale  at  base,  stamens  5  fr  an  ovoid  or  oblong  1-2-eellcd 
drupe.  Three  or  font  species  m  New  Zeal  C.  Cotonefister, 
Raoul,  is  offered  abioad  as  a  bush  of  curious  growth, 
very  attractive  when  covered  with  its  very  small  yel- 
low star-like  fls  ngid,  densely  branched,  4-8  ft,  the 
branches  crooked  and  interlaced,  tomentose  Ivs  1  in 
or  less  long,  the  blade  orbicular  to  obovate  or  oblong- 
ovate,  obtuse  or  emargmute.  shining  above,  flat 
stalked.  B  M  8425.  I  T.  2  73.  L.  H.  B. 

CORONfLLA  (Latin,  a  httle  crown  from  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  flowers)  Li  gum  mb\<f  CROWN  VKTCH. 
Shrubs  and  herbs,  some  grown  in  the  hardy  garden  and 
some  in  greenhouses,  for  their  yellow  or  purple  bloom. 

Annuals  or  perennials,  often  woody,  smooth  or  rarely 
silky-hairy,  with  odd-pinnate  Ivs  ,  entire  Ifts  ,  and  pur- 
ple or  yellow  fls  in  ped uncled  heat.s  or  umbels,  calyx 
5-toothed,  coiolla  papilionaceous,  the  standard  orbic- 
ular and  the  keel  mcuived,  umgs  obovate  or  oblong; 
stamens  9  and  1  pod  jointed,  terete  01  4-angled,  seeds 
oblong  —Species  about  20,  Medit  region  and  Canary 
Ibis,  VV  Asia  The  Muubby  C  Emriu*  and  C  glaiica 
aro  useful  in  S  Calif  and' the  southern  states  The 
species  are  occasionally  giown  in  borders  C  glauca 
is  sometimes  grown  under  ghi.ss  for  spring  bloom, 
after  the  manner  of  Cytisus  All  are  of  easy  cult 

A.  /(7s  ydlow. 
B   Plant  herbaceous. 

cappaddcica,  Willd  (r  ibtnca,  Bieb  ).  Low  peren- 
nial herb,  about  1  ft  high  Ifts  9-11,  obcoidate,  ciliate' 
umbels  7-H-fld  ,  fls  ye! km,  large,  July,  Aug  .stipules 
rnembranaceous,  rounded,  nhate-toothed  Asia  Minor. 
L  B  C  8  789  B  M  2<>4<)  —A  good  trailer  for  rock- 
gardens  and  the  margins  of  borders 

BB   Plant  shrubby,  at  Ita&l  at  base 
c  Claw  of  Die  fxtah  much  longer  than  the  calyx. 

Emerus,  Lmn  (fimerm  m<)jnr,  Mill )  SCORPION 
SENNA  Fig  1069  Dense,  symmetrical  shrub,  3-5  ft. 
high,  the  branches 
green  and  stnate: 
Ivs  deep  glossy 
green,  Ifts.  5-7, 
obovate ;  stipules 
small  peduncles 
3-fld  ,  fls  large,  >  el- 
low,  tipped  \Mth 
red  Blooms  freely, 
M  ay  -July  Showy, 
half-hardy  S  Eu  BM 
445  Gng.  5  36 —Ever- 
green m  southern  .states 

emeroides,  B  o  i  s  s  & 
Sprun  (C  timer  us  var. 
emerohies,  Wohlf  )  Bush, 
3-ti  ft  .  branches  gla- 
brous or  soft-hairy,  Ifts. 
2-3  pairs,  heart-shaped: 
peduncle  2-3  times  as  long 
an  the  If ,  the  umbel  5-8- 
fld  ;  fls  yellow;  claw  of 
petals  about  twice  as  long 
as  the  calyx:  pod  2-3  in. 
long,  very  narrow.  April, 
May  S  Eu 

cc  Claw  of  petals  scarcely 
exceeding  the  calyx 

juncea,  Linn  Glabrous 
gray-green  shrub  branches 
rush-like,  terete,  nearly 
naked  Ifts  3-7,  linear-  1069.  Coromlla  Emerug. 


856 


CORONILLA 


CORTADERIA 


oblong,  obtuse,  somewhat  fleshy,  scattered,  fls  golden 
yellow,  in  5-7-fld  umbels:  pod  hanging,  lance-linear. 
S.France  B  R  820  L  DC  3: 235 

minima,  Lmn  Glabrous,  diffuse,  soft  gray-green 
aub-shrub,  3  or  4  in  high,  procumbent  Ifts  7-13,  ovate, 
obtuse  or  retuse,  scattered  or  at  base  of  plant,  fls. 
golden  yellow  in  7-8-fld  umbels,  sweet-scented.  In 
dry  sands.  Eu  B  M  2179 

glauca,  Lmn.  Glabrous  shrub  2-4  ft  high:  stipales 
small,  lanceolate  Ifts  5-7,  obovate,  very  blunt,  glau- 
cous, fh  7-8  in  each  umbel,  yellow,  heavy-scented 
S  Eu  B  M  13. — One  of  the  common  garden  shrubs 
of  S.  Calif  ,  flowering  all  the  year.  There  is  a  varie- 
gated form. 

AA.  Fls  white  and  pink 

viminalis,  Sahsb  Trailing  shrub  stipules  soon 
deciduous,  ovate,  membranaceous  Ifts  13-21,  obovate, 
notched,  glaucous  umbels  6-10-fld  ,fls  pale  red  or  white 
with  a  red  stripe  on  the  banner  Algeria. — Promising 
as  a  florists'  plant  for  cut-fls  Fls.  all  the  year  in  S. 
Calif. 

varia,  Linn.  CROWN  VETCH.  Fig  1070.  Straggling 
or  ascending  smooth  herb,  1-2  ft  high.  Ivs  sessile, 
Ifts.  11-25,  oblong  or  obovate,  blunt  and  mucronate, 
H-Kin  long:  peduncles  longer  than  Ivs.,  fls  m  dense 
umbels,  ^m  long,  pinkish  white  June-Get.  Eu. 
BM.  258.  Gng  5  337 —Trailing  plant  for  hardy 
herbaceous  border.  JARED  G  SMITH> 

L  H  Bf 

CORRfcA  (after  Jose  Francesco  Correa  de  Serra, 
Portuguese  author,  1750-1823)  Rutacese  Tender 
Australian  shrubs,  rarely  cultivated  under  glass. 


1070. 

Coronilla  vana. 
(XH) 


Correa  alba. 

( x  h) 


Shrubs,  usually  with  dense,  minute,  stellate  hairs* 
Ivs.  opposite,  stalked,  entire,  and  with  transparent 
dots:  fls.  rather  large,  showy,  red,  white  .yellow  or 
green,  usually  pendulous,  solitary  or  2  or  .1  together; 
petals  and  sepals  each  4;  stamens  8:  carpels  4,  nearly 
distinct. — Seven  species.  C.  spcciosa  is  probably  the 


best  and  most  variable  species  It  ,s  a  native  of  barren 
sandy  plains,  and  belongs  to  the  large  and  much- 
neglected  class  of  Australian  shrubs 

specidsa,  Ait  (C  cardindhs,  F.  Muell ).  Tender 
shrub,  2-3  ft  high:  branches  slender,  brown,  opposite, 
covered  with 
minute  rusty 
hairs:  Ivs  oppo- 
site, about  1  m 
long,  elliptic, 
about  a  fourth 
as  wide  as  long, 
wrinkled,  dark 
green  above, 
whitihh  below, 
margin  entire, 
recurved :  pe- 
duncles oppo- 
site, axillary, 
longer  than  the 
Ivs  ,  1-fld  ,  with 
a  pair  of  leafy 
bracts,  fls  1^ 
in.  long,  pen- 
dent, tubular, 
bright  scarlet, 
with  a  very  short 
limb  of  4  spread- 
ing, greenish 
yellow  segms  , 
calyx  small,  cup- 
shaped,  with  4 
almost  obsolete  teeth;  stamens  8,  exserted,  about  #m. 
B  M  4912  — There  are  several  varieties 

filba,  Andr  Fig  1071  A  compact  and  much-branched 
shrub,  3-4  ft ,  the  branches  rusty-tomentose*  Ivs 
variable,  orbicular  to  obovate  or  elliptic,  very  blunt, 
3^-1  in  long  fls  white  or  pink,  2  or  3  together,  not 
over  )1>m  long,  and  not  so  showy  as  preceding  B.R. 
515.— Offered  in  S  Calif.  WILHELM  MILLER 

N    TAILOR! 

CORTADfeRIA  (from  Corladero,  the  native  name  in 
Argentina),  (haminese  PAMPAS-GRASS  Large  reed- 
like  perennials  with  numerous  long,  narrow  blades  and 
a  large  striking  plume-like  inflorescence  Species  six, 
South  America.  See  Gynenum. 

arge"ntea,  Stapf  (Gynenum  argtinteum,  Nces).  PAM- 
PAS-GRASS Culms  numerous,  m  large  thick  tussocks, 
3-10  ft  high,  excluding  the  panicle  Ivs.  mostly  basal, 
the  upper  sheaths  gradually  elongated,  blades  firm, 
long  and  slender,  very  scabrous  on  the  margins,  Y%-l/± 
in.  wide,  tapering  to  a  slender  point,  panicle  large, 
compact,  1-3  ft.,  silvery  white  or  in  cult  varieties 
tinged  with  purple,  dioecious;  spikelets  2-3-fld  ,  the 
pistillate  silky  with  long  hairs,  the  stammate  naked; 
glumes  white  and  papery,  long  and  slender;  lemmas 
bearing  a  long  slender  awn  A  G.  14.323.  G  1.412. 
GC.  III.  40-295;  43:195.  Gn  62,  p  346;  66,  p 
375.  G.W  3-415.  Gn  W.  5:85;  23:20.  J  H.  Ill 
35.483;  49'27.  R  H.  1862,  p.  150  V.  3:369,  391. 
S  Brazil  and  Argentina.  C.  Ldmbleyi  fblns  vanegdtis, 
Hort.  GC.  III.  25:335,  appears  to  be  a  form  of  C. 
argentea. 

Quila,  Stapf  (Gynbnum  Qulla,  Nees.  G.  jithdtum, 
Lem.  G.  arcuato-nebulbsum,  Hort ).  Differs  from  pam- 
pas-grass in  the  rather  laxer.  more  graceful  plume,  with 
longer,  more  flexuous,  nodding  branches,  somewhat 
smaller  spikelets,  and  more  delicate  glumes,  and  in  the 
longer,  very  slender  stammodes  of  the  pistillate  fls.: 
plume  lavender-colored,  1-2  ft.  long,thespikelets3-5-fld. 
B  M  7607.  G  C  III  26:102.  Gn  15,  p  179;  55,  p.  93. 
R  H.  1885,  p  200;  1899:52,  53— Grows  in  a  dense  tuft; 
perennial,  but  with  biennial  culms;  the  plant  has  been 
killed  by  a  temperature  of  3°  F.  Intro  by  Lemoine,  of 


CORTADERIA 


CORYDALIS 


851 


Nancy,  France.  Probable  synonyms  are  Gynenum 
roseum  Rendlateri  and  O.  argenteum  carminatum  Rend- 
laten.  F.S.  20:2075.  Not  so  well  known  as  C.  argeniea. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

CORTtFSA  (named  by  the  herbalist  Matthiolua  after 
his  friend  Cortusus,  professor  of  botany  at  Padua). 
Pnmulacex  Scapose,  perennial,  pubescent  herbs  with 
long-stalked,  cordate-ovate  IVH  and  purple  umbel- 
late fls.  C.  Matthidli,  Linn.,  from  the  Swiss  Alps, 
has  long  been  a  choice  and  delicate  but  not  very  popu- 
lar plant,  suited  for  shady  parts  of  the  rockery.  It  was 
long  considered  the  only  species  of  the  genu.s.  It  is  an 
herbaceous  perennial,  about  6  in  high,  pubescent, 
rhizomatous,  with  a  few  long-stalked,  cordate,  7-9- 
lobed,  dentate  Ivs  ,  and  a  slender  scape  bearing  an 
urnbel  of  about  7  small,  rosy  purple,  drooping  fls , 
which  appear  in  early  spring  B  M  987  L  H  C  10  956. 
It  has  some  resemblance  to  Primula  corluswide*  The 
genus  has  possibly  4  species,  and  is  distinguished  from 
Primula  and  Androsace  by  its  stamens  attached  to  the 
base  of  the  corolla,  and  its  long-acuminate  anthers 
Its  culture  is  similar  to  that  of  the  hardy  primulas, 
but  it  needs  winter  protection  in  the  northern  states. 
Prop  by  division  of  the  roots 

CORYANTHES  (Greek,  karys,  helmet,  and  anthos, 
flower,  referring  to  the  shape  of  the  lip)  Ordndacex* 
Epiphytic  orchids  requiring  warmhousc  conditions 

Pseudbulbous  Ivs  plicate,  lanceolate  fls  in  racemes: 
sepals  spreading,  dilated,  flexuose,  conduphcate,  lateral 
ones  largest,  distinct  at  the  base,  petals  small,  erect; 
lip  large,  tridentate,  basal  portion  forming  a  hood, 
continued  into  the  column,  distal  portion  bucket-  or 
poush-like;  column  pointing  downward,  elongated, 
terete,  bicornute  at  the  base,  apex  recurved,  pcllima 
2,  compressed,  caudicle  linear,  arcuate  The  bucket 

&art  of  the  lip  is  provided  with  a  bpout-like  structure, 
y  means  of  which  the  bucket  overflows  when  about 
half  full  of  a  secretion  which  drops  from  a  pair  of  glands 
near  the  base  of  the  column     The  fls  of  the  species 


but  often  annuals.  Ivs.  lobed  and  finely  dissected  in 
nearly  all  the  species*  fls.  racemose,  often  yellow,  lesa 
frequently  blue,  purple  or  rose;  petals  4;  spurred  as  m 
the  Dutchman's  breeches;  stamens  6,  in  2  groups  — 
Ninety  species,  natives  of  the  north  temperate  regions. 
They  are  all  of  easy  cult.  They  prefer  full  sunlight  but 
will  grow  in  half-shade.  Prop,  by  division  or  seed. 


known  are  not  lasting,  the  sepals  being  of  such  delicate 
texture  that  although  at  first  they  fully  expand,  they 
soon  collapse  and  become  unsightly  Although  much 


interest  attaches  to  the  species  of  Coryanthes,  the 
genus  is  not  generally  cult  ,  since  the  fls  last  too  short  a 
time  and  are  not  particularly  brilliant  This  complex 
genus,  which  is  closely  related  to  Stanhopea,  is  repre- 
sented by  several  interesting  species  inhabiting  Trop. 
Amer.  For  cult  see  Stanhopea 

macr&ntha,  Hook  Fls.  few,  m  drooping  racemes: 
ground-color  rich  yellow  dotted  with  red;  hood  and 
part  of  bucket  brownish  red  Caracas  P  M.  5.31. 
BP  1841.  BM  7692  G  C.  Ill  28  355.  O  R.  3  41. 

maculata,  Hook.  Fls  in  a  drooping  raceme;  sepals 
and  petals  dull,  pale  yellow,  bucket  blotched  on  the 
inside  with  dull  red  B  M.  3102;  3747.  B  R.  1793.  F  S. 
8.755  (as  C.  Albertin*).  A  F.  30'325  CO.  1.  Var. 
punctata,  Hort.,  has  the  petals  and  sepals  bright  yellow, 
speckled  with  red,  the  hood  yellow,  blotched  with  red- 
dish orange,  the  pouch  pale,  speckled  and  spotted  with 
red.  Demerara.  C  Cdbon  is  an  unspotted  form  of  this. 

C.  Balfourvlna,  Hort  Similar  in  habit  to  a  stanhopea,  with 
a  long  pendulous  scape  bearing  2  or  3  large  and  curiously  shaped 
ns  Peru  — C.  leucocdrys,  Rolfe.  Sepals  yellowish  green,  marked 
with  brownmh  purple,  the  petals  white,  marked  with  light  purple, 
the  hp  white  with  the  bucket  marbled  with  light  rosy  purple 
Peru.  Lmd  7  293  — C.  Master stdna,  Lehm  Raceme  erect,  fls  2 
or  3,  yellowish,  tinged  and  spotted  with  copper-red.  Colombia. 
G  C.  Ill  29  19  —  C  Sdnden,  Hort  A  very  large-fld  plant 
allied  to  C  macrantha  — C  spentisa,  Hook.  Raceme  of  2  or  3  fls  ; 
sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  lip  brown-red,  the  stalk  brownish 
yellow.  Brazil.  G.C  III.  30  100.  BM  2755  (as  Gongora) .  CO.  2. 

GEORGE  V.  NAsn.f 
CORYDALIS  (Greek,  lark,  the  spur  of  the  flower 

resembling  a  lark's  spur).    Fumariaccx.    Hardy  plants 

allied  to  the  Dutchman's  breeches. 
Erect  or  prostrate  herbs,  usually  perennially  rooted, 


INDEX. 

anltda,  1. 
thalictnfolia,  5. 

nohiliH,  4  tomentosa,  12. 

occidentals,  10  Wilsonu,  6. 

iurvisihqua,  9.  ophiocarpa,  8. 


Allemi,  2 
aurea,  10 


bulbosa,  1 
chmlantlufoha,  7. 


glauta,  , 
lutea,  1] 


A.  Fls.  chiefly  purple  or  rose,  sometimes  tipped  yettow. 
B.  Plant  perennial'  root  tuberous:  st  -Ivs  few. 

1  bulbdsa,   DC    (C    s6lida,   Swartz).   Erect,  6  in. 
high'  Ivs   3-4,  stalked,  biternately  cut,  segms.  wedge- 
shaped   or   oblong:   root   solid:    flf    large,    purplish. 
Spring    Eu. 

2  AUenii,  Fedde    A  perennial  caulescent  herb,  with 
glaucoscent  foliage:  Ivs    usually  alternate  with  finely 
divided  segms  ,  the  whole  If.  not  over  10  in   long   fls. 

showy,  rose-colored,  pendu- 
lous, on  a  terminal  dense-fld. 
raceme  that  is  usually  about 
the  height  of  the  Ivs  N.  W. 
N  Arner  — Perhaps  not  hardy 
in  the  northeastern  states. 

HH   Plant  annual  root  fibrous: 

bt  -lv*  many. 

3  glauca,  Pursh  Annual, 
1-2  'ft.  high, 
very  glau- 
cous: lobes 
of  the  Ivs. 
mostly  spatu- 
^  late  racemes 
short,  pam- 
cled  at  the 
naked  sum- 
mit of  the 

branches;  fls  barely  3^in. 
long,  rose  or  purple  with  yel- 
low tips,  spur  short  and 
round  caps  slender,  linear; 
seeds  \vith  minute,  transverbe 
\\rmkles  Summer.  Rocky  or 
sterile  ground,  Nova  Seotia  to  Rocky  Mts  ,  and  even 
Arctic  coast,  south  to  Texas  B  M  179  (as  Fumaria). — 
Not  advertised  for  sale,  but  probably  worth  cult. 

A  A  Fh  chiefly  ydlow. 

B.  Foliage  not  lomentose. 

C.  Plant  perennial  root  tuberous  or  woody:  st.-lvs.few 

or  none. 

D   The  fls  at  least  1  in  long. 

4  ndbilis,  Pers  Fig  1072  Perennial,  erect:  Ivs. 
bipmnately  cut,  segnib  wedge-shaped  and  lobed  at 
the  apex*  fls  white,  tipped  with  yellow,  and  a  dark 
purple  spot;  spur  1  m  long  Spring  Siberia.  B.M. 
1953  (as  Fumana  nobihs).  G  C.  II.  19:725. 

5.  thalictrifdlia,    FVanch  ,    not   Jameson.     Rhizome 
woody,  elongated.  Ivs    large,  long-petiolate,  rigid,  but 
spreading,    the    pmmc   of    the    finely   dissected    Ivs. 
petiolulatc.  fls    yellow,   in  large  spreading    racemes, 
which  are  opposite  the  Ivs  ;  sepals  persistent,  ovate. — 
A  very  showy  species  from  China,  the  foliage  strongly 
resembling  Thalictrum 

6.  Wflsonii,  N  E.  Br.   A  glabrous,  often  glaucescent 
perennial,  with  a  rosette  of  radical  much-dissected  Ivs. 
about  5  in  long:  fls.  in  an  erect  raceme  7  in  high,  which 
is  usually  leafless;  corolla  deep  canary-yellow,  about  1 
m    long,  the  blunt  spur  about  Hin«  long.    G.C.  III. 


1072.  Corydalis  nobilis. 


858 


CORYDALIS 


CORYLOPSIS 


35:306.  —  Useful  for  the  Alpine  garden  and  more  pro- 
fuse bloomer  than  C.  tomentosa,  its  nearest  relative. 
China. 

DD.  The  fls.  not  over  lA\n.  long. 

7.  cheUanthifdlia,   Hemsl.     A  small  low  perennial 
with  radical,  fern-like,  much-dissected,  erect  Ivs  about 
8  in.  long:  scape  usually  taller  than  the  Ivs.,  bearing 
numerous  fls.   not   over    ^m.   long,   yellow.     China. 
May.—  Suitable  for  moist  places  in  the  alpine  garden. 
Probably  unknown  in  U.  S.  as  it  is  a  rare  plant  in  nature. 

CO.  Plant  annual  or  bienmal:  root  fibrous:  st.-lvs. 

numerous. 
D.  Height  of  plants  SB  ft.  or  more. 

8.  ophiocarpa,  Hook,  f  .  &  Thorns.   Root  fibrous,  the 
st.  2-3  ft.  and  branched.  Ivs.  pmnatisect,  4-8  in  long, 
and  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  yellow,  in  many-fld  ,  lax 
racemes  which  are  opposite  the  Ivs  ;  sepals  orbicular, 
finely  toothed  and  fimbriate.    Moist  valleys  of  the 
Himalayas. 

DD.  Height  of  plants  usually  less  than  1  ft. 
E.  Raceme  spike-like;  fls.  almost  sessile. 

9.  curvisfliqua,-  Engelm     Probably  a  biennial:  com- 
monly more  robust  than  C  aurca,  ascending  or  erect, 
1  ft.  nigh  or  less,  fls   golden  yellow,  over  /2in   l°ng»  m 
a  spike-like  raceme;  spur  as  long  as  the  body,  com- 
monly ascending    caps    quadrangular,   1}£  in.   long; 
seeds  turgid  to  lens-shaped,  with  acute  margins  densely 
and  minutely  netted.  Woods  in  Texas. 

EE.  Raceme  not  spike-like;  fls  pedicillate. 

10.  aurea,  Willd    Annual,  6  in  high,  commonly  low 
and  spreading   fls  golden  yellow,  about  ^i'n.  long,  on 
rather  slender  pedicels  in  a  short  raceme,  spur  barely 
half  the  length  of  the  body,  somewhat  decurved    caps. 
spreading  or  pendulous,  about  1  in   long,  seeds  10-12, 
turgid,  ootuse  at  margin,  the  shining  burface  obscurely 
netted.    Rocky  banks  of  Lower  Canada  and  N    New- 
England,  northwest  to  latitude  6i°,  west  to  Brit.  Col. 
ana  Ore  ,  south  to  Texas,  Ariz,  and  Mex  ;  not  Japan  — 
The  western  forms  have  the  spur  almost  as  long  as  the 
body  of  the  corolla  and  pass  into 

Var.  occidentalis,  Engelm.  More  erect  and  tufted, 
from  a  stouter  and  sometimes  more  enduring  root.  fls. 
larger;  spur  commonly  ascending  caps  thicker,  seeds 
less  turgid,  acutish  at  margins.  Colo.,  New  Mex.,  W. 
Texas,  Ariz 

11.  lutea,  DC.    Erect  or   spreading,  6-8  in.  high. 
annual,  or  forming  a  tufted  stock  ol  several  years 
duration:   Ivs    delicate,    pale   green,    much    divided; 
segms.  ovate  or  'vedge-shaped,  and  2-3-lobed  .  fls  pale 
yellow,  about  J^in  long,  in  short  racemes;  spur  short: 
pod  Y±  or  >^in  long    Stony  places  of  S  Eu  ,  and  runs 
wild  in  Eu. 

BB  Foliage  tomentose. 

12.  tomentdsa,  N.  E.  Br.    A  low  rock-loving  peren- 
nial, with  a  rosette  of  radical  Ivs.  4-7  in.  long,  oblong 
in  outline  and  tomentose,  the  tomentum  whitish  pink, 
pinnae   finely  dissected:   racemes   erect,  5-7  in.  tall; 
corolla  about  %in.  long,  light  canary-yellow,  the  spur 
very  blunt  and  about  ^m.  long.  China.  —  A  good  plant 
for  the  rock-garden. 

C.  anguattfdlia,  DC  ,  is  a  little-known  perennial  with  bi-ternately 
divided  Ivs  aiul  flesh-colored  fls  =Furnuna  angustifolia,  Bieb. 


,  . 

G  C  III  35  307  —  C  c&va,  Schweigg  &  Kort  (probably  a  form  of  C 
tuberosa,  DC  )  is  somewhat  larger  than  C  bulbosa,  with  pretty 
fla  varying  into  purplish  and  white  Eu  —  C  ochroleiica  Koch. 


. 

One  ft  high,  blooming  June-Sept  fls  yellow-white,  the  spur  yel- 
low caps,  linear  petiole  winged  Italy  —  C  Scouleri,  Hook  ,  grows 
3ft  ,  arid  is  cult,  in  some  European  gardens  W  Amer 

N.  TAYLOR.! 

CORYL6PSIS  (Corylus  and  opsis,  likeness]  in  foliage 
resembling  the  hazel).  Hamamelidacex.  Woody  plants, 
grown  chiefly  for  their  yellow  fragrant  flowers  appear- 
ing in  early  spring  and  for  the  handsome  foliage. 


Deciduous  shrubs,  rarely  trees'  Ivs.  alternate, 
strongly  veined,  dentate:  fls.  in  nodding  racemes  with 
large  bracts  at  the  base,  appeanng  before  the  Ivs  ,  yel- 
low; calyx-lobes  short;  petals  clawed,  5,  stamens  5, 
alternating  with  entire  or  2-3-partod  short  stammodes; 
styles  2,  ovary  half-superior,  rarely  entirely  superior, 
fr.  a  2-celled,  dehiscent,  2-beakcd  caps.,  with  2  snining 
black  seeds. — About  12  species  in  E.  Asia  and  Hima- 
layas. 

These  are  low  ornamental  shrubs,  with  slender 
branches  and  pale  bluish  green  distinct  foliage;  all  are 
very  attractive  in  early  spring,  when  covered  with 
numerous  nodding  spikes  of  yellow,  fragrant  flowers. 
Not  hardy  north  of  New  York,  except  in  sheltered 
positions  They  grow  best  in  peaty  and  sandy  soil. 
Propagated  by  seeds  sown  in  bpimg.  best  with  slight 
bottom  heat,  and  by  cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood  in 
summer  under  glass,  also  by  layers,  rooting  readily  in 
moderately  moibt,  peaty  feoil. 

A.  Fls  in  many-fld  racemes. 

B.  Petals  obovate  to  oblong-obovate. 

C.  Young  branchlets  anil  Ivs.  beneath  pubescent,  at  least 

on  the  veins. 

spicata,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Shrub,  to  4  ft  .  Ivs  oblique  and 
rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base,  roundish  ovate  or  obo- 
vate, sinuate-dentate,  glaucous  beneath  and  pubescent, 
2-3  in.  long*  racemes  7-10-fld.,  1-2  in  long,  their 
bracts  ovate;  fls  bright  yellow;  stamens  slightly  longer 
than  the  obovate  petals;  calyx  hairy.  Japan  S  7i  19. 
BM  5458  FS  20  2135  11 II  1869,  p  230,  1878, 
p  198;  1907,  p.  403  G  C.  II  15  510,  III  25  210 
Gn  33,  p  441.  S  I  F.  2  26 —This  species  hab  larger 
and  handsomer  foliage  and  fls  of  a  deeper  yellow,  in 
longer  racemes,  but  C  pauciflora  flowers  more  profusely 
and  is  somewhat  hardier. 

sinSnsis,  Hcmsl  Shrub,  6-15  ft  :  Ivs  obovate  to 
oblong-obovate,  abruptly  acuminate,  obliquely  bub- 
cordate  or  cordate  at  the  base,  sinuate-denticulate, 
pubescent  at  least  on  the  veins  and  grayish  green 
beneath,  2-4  in.  long'  racemes  about  2  in  long,  their 
bracts  nearly  orbicular;  petals  orbicular-obovate, 
slightly  longer  than  style  and  stamens,  calyx  hniry 
Cent  China  GC  III  39  18  Var  glandulffera, 
Rehd  &  Wilson  (C.  glandultfera,  Hcmsl  )  Young 
branchlets  and  petioles  with  scattered  glandular  bris- 
tles :  calyx  glabrous  II  I.  29 . 2819. 

CC.  Yovng  branchlets  glabrous,  lws   glabrous  or  only  with 
a,  few  silky  hairs  on  the  veins  beneath  when  yourig 
Veitchiana,  Bean.   Shrub,  3-6  ft  .  hv  short-pet loled, 
elliptic,  abruptly  acuminate,  subcordate  at  the  base, 
sinuate-denticulate,   glaucous   beneath,   3-4  in    long: 
racemes  1-2  in    long,  petals  obovate,  slightly  shorter 
than   the   stamens;    calyx    hairy,    nectaries   2-parted. 
Cent.  China.   B  M.  8349.   Gn.  76,  p.  184. 

BB.  Petals  with  the  blade  as  broad  as  or  broader  than  long. 

Willmottiae,  Rehd  &  Wilson  Shrub,  to  12  ft  Ivs. 
oval  to  obovate,  cordate  or  truncate  at  the  babe,  sin- 
uate-denticulate, glaucesrent  beneath,  1-3 Yi  in  long 
racemes  2-3  in  long,  petals  buboibicular,  calyx  gla- 
brous, nectaries  2-parted,  slightly  bhorter  than  the 
sepals  Cent  China  G  M  55  191  (as  C  multiflora) 

platypetala,  llehd  &  Wilson.  Shrub,  3-8  ft  .  young 
branchlets  with  scattered  glandular  bustles  Ivs.  on 
glandular  petioles,  ovate  or  broadly  ovate,  cordate  or 
subcordate  at  base,  sinuate-denticulate,  on  both  bides 
sparingly  silky-hairy  when  young,  soon  glabrous  2-4 
in  long,  racemes  1-2  in  long,  petals  hatchet-shaped, 
Km  broad,  nectaries  emargmatc  at  the  apex;  stamens 
and  styles  much  shorter  than  petals;  calyx  glabrous. 
Cent  China.  Var  levis,  Rehd.  &  Wilson.  Branchlets 
and  petioles  without  any  glands  W.  China. — Less 
showy  than  most  other  species. 


CORYLOPSIS 


CORYLUS 


859 


AA.  Fls.  in  2-3- fid  racemes. 

paucifldra,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Low,  much-branched  shrub, 
2-3  ft  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate,  ovate,  sinuate-dentate, 
cihate,  pubescent  and  glaucous  beneath,  1-2  in  long: 
racemes  2-3-fld  ,  lA-%in.  long,  fls  light  yellow;  petals 
obovate,  about  as  long  as  stamens  and  style.  Japan. 
SZ  20  G.F  5  312.  Gt  48.1467.  B  M.  7736.  G.W. 
15,  p  101  J  II  III.  48  381  S  I.F2  26. 

C  Grljffithn,  Hems!  (C  himalayana,  Hook  ,  not  Griff  ).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  to  20  ft  young  brauohlets  and  Ivs  beneath  densely 
pubescent  Ivs  -mbcordate  racemes  1-2 M  m  long,  stamens  and 

'   )  much  shorter  than  the  obovate  petals.    Himalayas     B.M. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


styles  i 
6779 


C6RYLUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Betulduxse. 
HAZEL  FILBERT  COBNUT.  Woody  plants  grown  for 
their  handsome  rather  large  foliage  and  some  species 
for  their  edible  nuts. 

Deciduous  bhrubs,  rarely  trees:  Ivs  alternate,  stipu- 
late, petioled,  serrate  and  usually  more  or  less  pubes- 
cent fls  inomrciouH,  appearing  before  the  Ivs  ;  stam- 
inate  in  long,  pendulous  catkins,  formed  the  pre- 
vious year,  and  remaining  naked  during  the  winter 
(Fig  1073),  each  bract  bearing  4  divided  stamens;  pis- 
tillate included  in  a  small,  scaly  bud  with  only  the  red 
styles  protruding  (Fig  1074)  fr  a  nut,  included  or  sur- 
rounded by  a  leafy  involucre,  usually  in  clusters  at  the 
end  of  short  branches  — Fifteen  species  in  N  Ainer  , 
En  and  A*-ia,  all  mentioned  below  Monograph  by 
Wmkler  in  Engler,  Pflanzenreich,  hft  19,  pp  44-56 
(1904),  quoted  below  as  Wmkl 

Numerous  varieties  arc  culti- 
vated in  Europe  for  their  edible 
nuts  They  are  also  valuable  for 
planting  shrubberies,  and  thrive  in 
almost  any  soil  The  foliage  of 
some  species  turns  bright  yellow  or 
red  in  autumn  Propagated  by 
seeds  sown  in  fall,  or  stratified  and 
sown  in  spring,  the  varieties  usually 
by  suckers,  or  bv  layers,  nut  down 
in  fall  or  spring,  they  will  be  rooted 
the  following  fall  Budding  in  sum- 
mer is  sometimes  practiced  for 
growing  standard  trees,  and  graft- 
ing in  spring  in  the  greenhouse  for 
scarce  varieties  They  may  also  be 
increased  by  cuttings  of  mature 
\\ood  taken  off  in  fall,  kept  during 
the  w  inter  in  sand  or  moss  in  a  cellar 
arid  planted  in  spring  in  a  warm 
and  sandy  soil.  Illustrated  mono- 
1073.  Winter  catkins  graph  of  the  cultivated  varieties 
of  filbert  by  Franz  Goeschke,  Die  Haselnuss 

(1SS7)  See,  also,  bulletin  on  Nut- 
culture  by  the  IT  S.  Dent  of  Agnc  For  the  culture  of 
the  nuts,  see  articles  Fiwerts  and  Hazels. 


INDEX. 

amerirana,  7. 

ferox,  1 

pontica,  5. 

atropurpurea,  4. 
aurea,  4 
Avelluna,  4,  8 

fuico-rubra.  4 
glanclulifera,  2 
heterophylla,  4,  6. 

purpurea,  8 
robtrata,  9,  10,  11,  12. 
Sieboldiana,  10. 

californica,  12 

laeimata,  4 

seic/iuru^nsts,  6. 

calyculata,  7 

mandnhunca,  9. 

thibetira,  1 

ohmensH,  3. 

maxima,  8 

tululosa,  8 

Colurna,  2,  3 

pendula,  4. 

yunnanensts,  6. 

Cneta-Galh,  0. 

(C.  thibetica,  Batal.).  Lvs  broadlv  ovate  to  obovate: 
involucre  glabrescent.  Cent,  and  W.  China.  H.II, 
1910.204. 

BB   Involucre  not  spiny. 
c.  Bracts  of  the  involucre  deeply  divided  into  linear  lobest 

much  longer  than  the  nut   tree. 

2.  Coltirna,  Linn.  Tree,  to  70  ft  •  petioles  %-2  m. 
long,  usually  glabrescent  Ivs  deeply  cordate,  roundish 
ovate  to  obovate,  slightly  lobed  and  doubly  ereriate- 
serrate,  at  length  nearly  glabrous  above,  pubebcent 
beneath,  3-5  in  long  fi.s  3-10,  clustered  involucre 
open  at  the  apex,  usually  densely  beset  with  glandular 
hairs  nut  roundish  ovate,  ?4>n  long  From  S  Ku  to 
Transcaspia  (3  C  III  40  256  (in.  31,  pp  260-1 
II  W  2,  p  29  G  W  14,  p  642  Gng  16  163  —Orna- 
mental tree,  with  regular  pjramiJal  head,  not  quite 
hardy  N  Rarely  cult  for  the  fr  under  name  of  filbert 
or  of  Constantinople  or  Constantinople  nut  Var  glan- 
dulifera, DC  Petioles  and  peduncles  glandular-setose: 
lobes  of  the  involucre  less  acute  and  more  dentate 

3  chinensis,    Franch     (C     Colurna    var    chnien&iSf 
Burk  )     Tree,  to  120  ft    petioles  \fc-\  m   long,  pubes- 
cent and  setulose    Ivs   ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  cordate 
and  very  oblujue  at  the  base,  glabrous  above,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  doubly  serrate,  4-7  in   long: 
fr  4-6,  clustered,  involucre  constricted  above  the  nuts, 
with  recurved  and  more  or  lew*  forked 

lobes,  finely   pubescent,   not  glandular. 
W.  China    Wmkl  49  and  50 

cc   Bracts  of   the  inrolurrt    divided   into 

lancwlate  or  triangular  lobes   bhrubs 
D.  The  involucre  not  or  only  ^lightly  longer 
than  the  nut,  open  or  spreading  at 
the  apex 
E.  Lobes  of  bracts  serrate  or  dentate. 

4  Avellana,  Linn     Shrub,  to  15  ft  : 
Ivs     slightly  cordate,   roundish  oval  or 
broadly  obovate,  doubh  serrate  and  often 
slightly  lobed,  at  length  nearly  glabrous 
above,  pubescent  on   the  veins  beneath: 
involucre  shorter    than   the  nut,  deeply 
and    irregular  U    incised      nut    roundish 
ovate,  Ji-?iin  high  Ku  ,  N  Afr  ,W  Asia. 
II  W    2  16.   p    28      Var   atropurpdrea, 
Kirchn      (var    fuwo-rubrn,    Goeschke). 
Lvs    purple    Var    aurea,   Kirchn     Lvs. 
yellow      Var     lacimata,    Kirchn     (var. 
heterophylla,  Loud  )     Lvs   lacimately  m- 
cned  or  lobed     Var  pendula,  Goeschke. 
With  pendulous  branches      G  W    2,  p. 

13    There  are  also  many  varieties  cult.    107*'  Pistlllat« 


A.  Husk  or  inrolucre  consisting  of  2  distinct  bracts 

(sometimes  partly  connate). 
n.  Involucre  densely  spiny  Ivs  nearly  glabrous. 

1.  ferox,  Wall  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  young  branchlets 
silky-hairy  Ivs  oblong  to  obovate-oblong,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  acuminate,  doubly  serrate,  gla- 
brous except  on  the  veins  beneath,  with  12-14  pairs  of 
veins,  3-5  in.  long:  involucre  tomentose,  forming  a 
spiny  bur  about  1H  in.  across,  longer  than  the  small 
nuts.  Himalayas.  Wmkl.  45.  Var.  thib6tica,  Franch. 

55 


. 

5    p6nhca,  Koch    Shrub   Ivs  cordate,     (Natural  size; 
roundish  ovate  or  broad-oval,  doubly  ser- 
rate, pubescent  beneath     involucre  finely   pubescent, 
with  few    glandular   hair^  at  the   base,   campanulato, 
somewhat   longer  than  the  nut,  with   large   spreading 
lobes  nut  laige,  broad-ovate    W  Asia,     F  S  21  2223-4 
(as  C  Colurna)  —  From  this  species  the  cobnuts  seem 
to  have  originated;  also  the  Spanish  nuts  are  probably 
mostly  cross-breeds  between  this  species  and  C  Avellana 
or  C   maxima,  or  between  the  two  latter  species. 

BE  Lobes  of  the  bratts  entire  or  sparingly  dentate, 

triangular. 

6.  heterophylla,  Fisch  Shrub,  to  12  ft  :  petioles 
about  94m  long1  Ivs  orbicular-obovate,  cordate  at  the 
base,  nearly  truncate  at  the  apex  and  with  a  very  short 
point,  inciselv  serrate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath, 
2-4  in  long  involucre  somewhat  longer  than  the  nuts, 
stnate,  glandular-setose  near  the  base  Japan  to  W. 
China  SIF1  20  —  Several  varieties  apparently  not  yet 
in  cult  occur  in  China'  var  Cristn-Galli,  Burkill,  var 
cetchuenensis  ,  Franch  ,  and  var.  yunnanensis^  Franch 


860 


CORYLUS 


CORYPHA 


DD.  The  involucre  about  twice  as  long  an  the  nut,  usually 
tightly  inclosing  the  nut 

7.  americana,  Walt.   Shrub,  3-8  ft. :  young  branch- 
lets  pubescent  and  glandular  bristly    Ivs  slightly  cor- 
date or  rounded  at  the  base,  broadly  ovate  or  oval, 
irregularly  serrate,  sparingly  pubescent  above,  finely 
tomentose  beneath,  3-6  m.  long,  involucre  compressed, 
exceeding  the  nut,  the  2  bracts  sometimes  more  or  less 
connate,  with  rather  short,  irregular,  toothed   lobes: 
nut  roundish  ovate,  about  ^m.  high    From  Canada 
to  Fla  west  to  Ont   and  Dak    Var.  calyculata,  Wmkl. 
(C    calyculata.   Dipp  )      Involucre  with  2  very  large 
bracts  at  the  base 

AA.  Husk  or  involucre  tubular,  narrowed  above  the  nut 

and  forming  an  elongated  beak. 

B  Involucre  finely  pubescent  outside  with  rather  wide 

gradually  narrowed  beak 

8.  maxima,    Mill.     (C     tubulbsa,    Willd ).     Shrub, 
sometimes  small  tree,  to  30  ft  •  Ivs   cordate,  roundish- 
ovate,  slightly  lobed  and  doubly  serrate,  3-6  in  long' 
involucre  finely  pubescent  outside    nut  oblong,  large, 
kernel  with  thin  red  or  white  skin    S  Eu    H  W  2,  p  30. 
Wmkl  49.  Var  purpurea,  Ilehd    (C  Avdl&na  purpurea, 
Loud.   C  mdxitna  var  atro purpurea,  Dochnahl).   Lvs 
deep  purplish  red  darker  than  m  C  Avdlana  atropur- 
purea    F.E  21  325  — Many  varieties,  with  large  nuts, 
known  as  filberts  or  Lambert's  filberts    The  cult,  forms 
are  partly  hybrids  with  C.  Avellana 

BB.  Involucre  densely  beset  with  bnstly  hairs,  and 
usually  rather  abruptly  constricted  into  a  narrow  beak 

C.  Petioles  usually  longer  than  %in. 
9    mandshurica,    Maxim     (C    rostrata   var    mands- 
chunca,  Regel).    Shrub;  to  15  ft  *  young  branchlets 
pubescent:  Ivs    suborbicula:    to  elliptic  or  obovate, 


1075.  Corylus  rostrata. 


doubly  serrate  and  slightly  sinuately  lobed,  pubescent 
beneath,  3-5  m  long,  involucre  thickly  beset  with 
brown  spreading  bristles,  about  2  in.  long,  about  3 
times  as  long  as  the  nut,  divided  at  the  the  apex  into 
narrow  entire  segms.  Manchuria,  Korea.  Winkl.  49. 

10.  Sieboldiana,  Blume  (C.  rostrata  var.  Sieboldidna, 
Maxim.).  Shrub,  to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  oblong  or 
obovate.  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  doubly  serrate 
and  slightly  lobed,  2-4  m  :  the  young  Ivs.  ofefen  with  a 

Eurple  blotch  in  the  middle:  involucre  with  less  stiff 
nstles,  about  1)^  in.  long,  2  or  sometimes  3  times  as 


long  as  the  nut,  narrowed  toward  the  apex.    Japan. 
S.IF.  1:20. 

cc.  Petwks  shorter  than  Y^in. 

11.  rostrata.    Ait.     Fig.     1075.    Shrub,     2-6    ft.: 
branchlets  pubescent    or  glabrous,   not  bnstly:    Ivs. 
rounded  or  slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  oval  or  obo- 
vate, densely  serrate  and  sometimes  slightly  lobed, 
nearly  glabious  at  length,  except  sparingly  pubescent 
on  the  veins  beneath,  2^-4  in  long:  involucre  densely 
beset  with  bnstly  hairs,  beak  long  and  narrow:  nut 
ovoid,  ^im    long     K    N    Amer ,  west  to  Minn    and 
Colo.   G  F  8.345  (adapted  in  Fig   1075). 

12.  calif6rnica,   Rose    (C    rostrata  var    californica, 
DC  ).   Allied  to  C  rostrata    Shrub,  to  20  ft.    Ivs  more 
villous  beneath    involucre  with  a  short  beak,  which  is 
often  flaring  and  sometimes  torn    Calif  to  Wash 

C  colchica,  Alboff  Ix>w  shrub,  to  3  ft  •  Ivs  ovate  or  obovate, 
densely  doubly  serrate,  sparingly  pilule  involucre  connate,  with 
a  short  lacerated  beak,  pubescent  Caucasus  Wmkl  5.J  Not  in 
cult  —  C  colurnolde*,  ScWid  (C  intermedia,  Lodd  ,  not  Fingerh  , 
C  ColurnaXC  Avellana)  Similar  to  C  Column,  small  trre  or 
large  shrub  bark  darker  imolucro  shorter,  scarcely  glandular 
Garden  origin — C  Faraesn,  Schneid  (C  mandshurica  var  Far- 
gesn,  Burkill)  Tree  to  45  ft  Ivs  narrow  -obo\  ate  to  oblong 
involucre  soft-pubescent,  sometimes  only  slightly  so  W  China  — 
C  Jacqiiemontu,  Decno  (C  Colurna  var  lacera,  DC  )  Allied  to 
C  chinensis  Tree  Ivs  ovate,  lobed  toward  the  apex,  less  pubes- 
cent, 5-8  in  long  involucre  pubescent,  not  constricted,  lobes  not 
or  rarely  forked,  often  dentate  Himalayas 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

CORYNOCARPUS  (Greek,  club-fruit,  alluding  to 
the  shape).  Anacardiacese;  by  Engler  made  the  sole 
representative  of  Corynocarpaceac  A  very  few  New 
Zeal  and  Polynesian  evergreen  trees,  one  of  which  is 
mtro  in  Calif  Glabrous  Ivs  largo,  alternate,  simple 
and  entire,  without  stipules,  fls  perfect,  small,  whitish 
green,  inodorous,  m  terminal  or  subtermmal  panicles; 
calyx-lobes  petal-like,  unequal,  2  exterior  smaller; 
petals  much  like  the  calyx-lobes,  stamens  5,  opposite 
the  petals  and  shorter,  stanunodia  5,  petal-like  fr 
drupaceous,  narrowly  ovoid,  1-seeded,  the  pulp  said 
to  be  edible,  seed  very  bitter,  poisonous  C.  Isevigata, 
Forst  NEW  ZEALAND  LAUREL  Attractive  leafy  tree, 
30-40  ft ,  the  tumk  sometimes  more  than  2  ft  diam  : 
Ivs  to  8  in  long,  elliptic-oblong  or  oblong-ovate,  with  a 
short  stout  petiole,  margins  slightly  recurved,  suggest- 
ing those  of  Magnolia  yrandiflora  fls  very  small, 
greenish  or  whitish,  short-pedicelled,  in  a  terminal 
branched  panicle,  petals  concave,  little  exceeding  the 
calyx-lobes  drupe  1^2  i«  or  less  long,  orange-colored, 
fleshy,  plum-like  N  Zeal  ,  in  lowlands  not  far  from 
the  sea.  B  M.  4379. — C  simihs,  Hemsl ,  and  C.  dit,- 
simihs,  Hcmsl ,  from  New  Hebrides  and  New 
Caledonia  respectively,  are  not  listed  among 
cult,  plants  L,  jj  jj 

CORYNOPHALLUS:  Hydroame. 

CORYNtfSTYLIS  (Greek,  describing  the  club- 
shaped  style)  Vwldcesp  A  monotypic  genus  of  woody 
climbers,  with  alternate  Ivs?.  and  terminal  racemes  of 
long-stalked  violet-like  fls  C.  Hybanthus,  Mart  & 
Zucc.  (Cali/ptnonAublHu,Gmg.  Coryndslyhs  Aubletu, 
Hort.),  is  native  of  Trop  Amer.  The  Ivs  are  2-5  in  long, 
ovate,  or  orbicular,  bright  green,  serrate:  fls.  white,  m 
axillary  showy  racemes  which  are  contiguous  along  the 
st ,  long-spurred,  2  or  3  times  as  large  as  a  violet,  the 
spur  half-twisted  FS  21  2213  BM  5960.— A  hand- 
some, vigorous  warmhouse  climber,  and  cult,  in  the 
open  in  S.  Calif  Prop  by  cuttings  and  seeds 

C6RYPHA  (Greek  for  summit  or  top,— where  the 
leaves  grow)  Palmaccx,  tribe  Cfrypheae.  Tall  fan- 
leaved  palms  with  a  spineless  stout  trunk 

Leaves  terminal,  large,  orbicular,  flabellately  divided 
to  the  middle  into  numerous  linear-lanceolate  segms.; 
segms.  induplicate  in  the  bud;  rachis  none;  Figule 
small;  petiole  long,  stout,  concave  above,  spiny  on  the 


XXX.   Chrysanthemum.— Two  of  the  florist's  types. 


CORYPHA 

margins;  sheaths  split:  spadix  solitary,  erect,  panicu- 

lately  much  branched ;  spathes  many,  tubular,  sheathing 

the  peduncle  and  branches:  fls.  green,  the  plant  dying 

after  once  flowering  and  fruiting*  frs.  as  large  as  a 

cherry,  with  a  fleshy  pencaip  — Species  6, 

Trop    Asia  and  Malay  Archipelago    G  C. 

II.  24:362.  These  fan-palms  are  cult  the 

same  as  Chamjerops  and  Livistona.    They 

are   warmhouse    plants,  prop,   by  seeds. 

Large  fans,  umbrellas  ana  tents  are  made 

of  the  talipot  palm  by  the  natives   of 

Ceylon.    Coryphas  are  but  little  grown 

commercially,  the  growth  of  young  plants 

being  slow    Good  loam  well  enriched  with 

stable  manure,  a  night  temperature  of  65° 

and   abundant    moisture,   are    the    chief 

requisites  in  their  cult ,  with  a  moderately 

shaded  house  during  the  summer. 

elftta,  Roxbg  (C  (lebdnga,  Blume).  Fig  1076. 
Trunk  straight,  6(>-70  ft  high.  2  ft.  diam.,  spirally 
ridged.  Ivs.  lunate,  8-10  ft  diam  ;  segms  80-100, 
separated  nearly  to  the  middle,  ensiform,  obtuse  or 
bifid,  petioles  6-12  ft.  with  black  margins  and 
curved  spines  spadix  about  one-fourth  the  length 
of  the  trunk,  but  narrow.  Bengal  and  Burma. 

umbracuhfera,  Linn.  TALIPOT  PALM.  Trunk 
ringed,  (50-  80  ft  Ivs  sub-lunate,  6  ft.  long  by  13 
ft  wide,  palmately  pinnatihd,  folded  lengthwise 
above  the  middle,  segins  obtusely  bifid;  petiole  7  ft , 
the  spines  along  its  margins  often  in  pairs  spadix 
sometimes  20  ft  long,  with  spreading  branches. 
Malabar  roast  and  Ceylon  A  F  12.313  Gng  5: 
213  —  Lvs  used  as  a  substitute  for  paper 

C  tiiutrAliv,  li  fir  =~ Livistona — ("  macrophylla,  Hort  » 
(')  —C  minor,  Jupq  =-Sulml  —  C  W'«0a«M,  Hurt  ,  is  a  dwarf 
rouml-lvd  plant  \Gl-id07  N  TAYLOR  f 

CORYSANTHES  (hdmet-floiwr,  Greek)  Orc/iid- 
acesp  Not  to  be  confounded  with  Coryanthes  Fif- 
teen or  more  terrestrial  orchids  of  Austral  ,  New 
Zeal  and  Malaysia,  little  cult  Dwarf,  delicate, 
tuberous-rooted  or  fleshy-rooted  herbs,  bearing  a 
solitary  broad  If  and  a  large  solitary  fl  :  up>per 
sepal  large,  helmet-shaped ,  lateral  sepals  free,  linear 
or  filiform,  petals  (sometimes  wanting)  smaller  than 
lateral  sepals  and  similar  to  them,  lip  large,  tubular 
at  base,  the  margins  inclosing  the  column,  the  upper 
part  extended  into  a  broad  leflexed  limb;  pollima 
4  C  pk-ta,  Lindl  ,  Malaya,  is  3-4  in  high  upper 
part  of  fl  deep  purple  and  yellow,  and  lower  part 
with  four  long  awl-like  segins  and  a  bract  at  base 
of  ovary  T  hmbiila,  Hook  f ,  Java,  is  mostly  even 
lower,  with  11  purple  and  white,  the  ovate-cordate 
If  with  reticulating  white  veins.  B  M  5357. 

CORYTHOLOMA  (referring  to  the 
helmet-shape).  (iet>m'rtdccsc  By  some 
referred  to  Gesnera*  a  half-hundred 
or  more  leafy-stemmed  tuberous  herbs 
of  Trop  S  Amer  ,  with  mostly  red 
or  speckled  tubular  fls  in  terminal 
umbels  or  racemes,  or  solitary  or  few 
in  the  axils  lip  of  corolla  ereet,  con- 
cave, disk  5-gland ular;  stamens  didy- 
narnous  It  is  doubtful  whether  any 
of  the  species  are  in  the  trade.  C. 
macrdpodum,  Sprague,  recently  men- 
tioned, is  a  glandular-hirsute  herb, 
6-9  in  high,  from  a  subglobose  tuber. 
Ivs  3-5  in.  across,  suborbicular:  fls. 
m  solitary  axillary  cymes,  5-7-fld  ,  cinnabar-red,  the 
corolla-tube  about  1  m  long  and  nearly  cylmdnc,  the 
limb  only  slightly  2-lipped,  the  3  lower  lobes  blotched 
purple.  S.  Brazil.  B.M.  8228 —A  handsome  little 
plant  These  plants  are  probably  to  be  handled  after 
the  manner  of  gloxinias  and  similar  things. 


1076.  Corypha  elata,  having  spent  itself 
in  blooming. 


COSMOS  861 

COSMANTHUS:   Phacelva. 
CdSMEA:  Cosmos. 
COSMlDIUM:   Thelesperma. 

COSMOPHfLLUM:  Podacfuenivm 

C6SMOS  (from  the  Greek  word  with  a 
root  idea  of  orderliness;  hence  an  orna- 
ment or  beautiful  thing).  Syn.,  Cdsniea 
Comp6sita>.  Annual  or  perennial  herbs, 
now  popular  as  flower-garden  subjects. 

Often  tall,  usually  glabrous:  Ivs.  oppo- 
sitej  pmnately  cut  in  the  garden  kinds  fls 
typically  shades  of  rose,  crimson  and 
purple,  with  one  yellow  species,  and  white 
horticultural  varieties,  long  peduncled, 
solitary  or  in  a  loose  corymbose  panicle: 
achenes  glabrous*  chaff  of  the  receptacle 
in  C.  bijnnnotus  with  a  long  and  slender  apex,  in 
other  species  with  a  blunt  and  short  apex  — Perhaps 
20  species,  all  Trop  American,  mostly  Mexican. 
The  genus  is  distinguished  from  Bidens  chiefly  by  the 
seeds,  which  are  beaked  in  Cosmos  but  not  distinctly 
so  in  Bidens,  and  by  the  color  of  the  rays,  which  in 
Cosmos  is  typically  home  form  of  crimson,  while  in 
Bidens  the  rays  are  yellow  or  white. 

The  "black  cosmos"  (C  divcrsifohus)  is,  perhaps, 
better  known  to  the  trade  as  a  Bidens  or  Dahlia.  It 
has  the  dwarf  habit  and  dark  red  early  flowers  of 
some  dahlias,  but  the  achenes  are  very  puzzling. 
They  resemble  those  of  Bidens  in  being  four-angled, 
and  not  distinctly  beaked  They  are  unlike  Bidens, 
and  like  Cosmos,  in  being  not  distinctly  com- 
pressed on  the  back  They  resemble  both  genera  in 
having  two  rigid  persistent  awns,  but,  unlike  these 
genera,  the  awns  have  no  retrorse  barbs  or  prickles. 
The  achenes  are  linear,  as  in  Cosmos  and  all  our 
native  tropical  species  of  Bidcns,  but,  although 
narrowed  at  the  apex,  they  are  not  distinctly 
beaked,  as  in  most  species  of  the  genus  Cosmos.  The 
plant  is,  perhaps,  nearest  to  Bidens. 

Until  1895  there  were  in  the  two  leading  species 
only  three  strongly  marked  colors,  white,  pink  and 
crimson  These  and  the  less  clearly  defined  inter- 
mediate shades  have  come  from  C  b^p^nnatu8'f  and 
the  yellow  forms  have  come  from  C  sulphureus, 
Vihich  was  introduced  in  1896  At  first  cosmos 
flowers  were  only  an  inch  or  two  across  The  bett 
varieties  now  average  3  inches,  and  sometimes 
reach  4  or  5  without  thinning  or  disbudding  Pure 
white  flowers  of  cosmos  are  rarely  if  ever  found 
wild,  but  some  of  the  cultivated  varieties  are  clear 
\vhite  The  group  is  lacking  in  bright  deep  reds. 
There  are  no  full  double  forms  of  cosmos  as  yet, 
and,  as  regards  strongly  marked  types  of  doubling, 
the  cosmos  may  be  decades  behind  the  China  asters, 
In  the  single  forms,  flat,  incurved,  or  cupping,  and 
reflexed  flowers  are  to  be  looked  for.  Stellate  forms 
are  now  offered;  and  also  dwarfs, 
and  other  variants 

It  is  a  mistake  to  grow  cosmos  m 
too  rich  soil,  as  one  gets  too  A  igoroua 
growth  and  too  few  flowers,  which  are 
also  late  A  sandy  soil  is  to  be  pre- 
ferred as  being  earlier,  and  not  too 
rich.  It  is  well  to  pinch  out  the  lead- 
ing shoots  of  young  plants  in  order 
to  make  them  bushy  and  symmetrical, 
instead  of  tall  and  straggling  In  the 
East,  for  best  results  it  is  still  neces- 
sary to  sow  seed  indoors  in  April  and  transplant 
outdoors  as  soon  as  danger  of  frost  is  past.  Seed  sown 
in  the  open  ground  often  fails  to  produce  flowers  in 
some  northern  localities  before  frost.  The  early  frost 
kilN  the  typical  species,  but  some  of  the  new  strains 
are  said  to  resist  a  degree  or  two  of  frost 


862 


COSMOS 


COST-ACCOUNTING 


A.  Rays  white,  pink  or  crimson:  disk  yellow. 
bipinnatus,  Cav.  Fig.  1077.  Glabrous  annual,  7-10 
ft.  high.  Ivs.  bipmnately  cut,  lobes  linear,  remote, 
entire:  involucral  scales  ovato-lanceolate,  acuminate: 
fls  white,  pink  or  crimson  seeds  smooth,  with  an  abrupt 
beak  much  shorter  than  the  body  Mex  B.M.  1535. 
Gn.  41:10.  R.H.  1892.372.— The  older  and  com- 
moner species.  C.  hybridiis,  Hort.,  is  presumably  a 
trade  name  for  mixed  varieties  of  C.  bipinnatus,  out 
seeG.F.  1'474  for  note. 

AA.  Rays  yellow:  disk  yeUow. 

sulphfcreus,  Cav.  Fig.  1078.  Pubescent,  4-7  ft.  high, 
much  branched:  Ivs  often  1  ft.  or  more  long,  2-  or 
3-pmnatcly  cut,  lobes  lanceolate,  mucronate,  with 
rachis  and  midrib  ciliate  or  hispid;  pinnae  alternate, 
entire  or  2-3-toothed  peduncles  7-10  in  long,  naked: 
outer  involucral  bracts  8,  linear,  acuminate,  green,  2 
lines  long,  inner  ones  8,  oblong,  obtuse,  scanous,  5 
lines  long,  fls  2-3  in.  across,  pale,  puie  or  golden  yel- 
low; rays  8,  broadly  obovate,  strongly  3-toothed  at  the 
apex,  ribbed  beneath,  anthers  of  the  disk  e.xserted, 
black,  with  oiange  tips:  seeds  linear,  1  in  long,  includ- 
ing the  slender  beak  Mex  G  F  8  485  (adapted  m 
Fig,  1078).— Intro.  1896;  parent  of  the  yellow  forms. 

AAA   Hays  darL  red.  dit>k  red. 

diversifdlius,  Otto  (Bldens  atrosanguinea,  Ortg.  B. 
dahholdes,  Wats.  Ddhlia  Zimapanu,  Roezl)  BLACK 
COSMOS  Tender  annual,  12-16  in  high,  with  tubers 
more  slender,  and  requiring  more  care  in  winter  than 
those  of  common  dahlias  Ivs  pmnately  parted;  Ifts. 
6-7,  entire  or  slightly  seriate,  the  terminal  Ifts  largest: 
peduncles  each  bearing  1  head  0  in  01  more  above  foli- 
age, rays  dark  velvety  red,  sometimes  tinged  dark 
purple  Mex  BM  5227  Gt  1861  347.  FC  2  '47. 
J  H.  Ill  33-403  Var  superba,  Hort ,  is  sold  —  Prop, 
almost  exclusively  by  seeds.  WILHELM  MILLER,  f 

COSSIGNIA  (Jos  Fr  Charpentier  de  Cossigny, 
1730-1789,  French  naturalist)  Sajnnddcex.  Shrubs 
or  little  trees  of  about  3  species,  sometimes  mentioned 
for  cult,  in  warmhouses  C.  pinndta,  Comm  ,  of  Maun- 


1077    Cosmos  bipinnatus. 


tius,  has  white  fls.  in  terminal  panicled  corymbs,  and 
odd-pinnate  Ivs.,  with  3-5  oblong  and  entire  Ifts. 

COST-ACCOUNTING.  The  keeping  of  profit-and- 
loss  records,  and  the  drawing  of  conclusions  from  them 
for  the  improvement  of  the  business. 

In  recent  years,  the  application  of  cost-accounting 
and  efficiency  methods  to  farming  operations  has 
opened  practically  a  new  approach  to  the  discussion 
of  agricultural  problems  and  is  forcing  a  reorganization 
in  practices  and  in  the  sub-divisions  ot  the  business. 
Careful  and  extended  studies  have  not  yet  been 
made  of  the  efficiency  principles  in  most  horticultural 
occupations,  but  the  suggestions  drawn  from  orchard 
records  may  show  the  nature  and  scope  of  the  work. 

Annual  inventory. 

There  is  no  single  account  that  is  more  important 
than  the  annual  mventoiy.  This  mventoiy  should  list 
the  land  and  each  important  building  separately  The 
total  value  of  these  items  should  equal  the  value  of  the 
farm  It  should  list  each  cow,  hoise  and  important 
piece  of  machinery  separately  All  the  cash,  notes, 
mortgages  and  accounts  due  the  fanner  should  be 
recorded  with  his  property.  A  separate  list  should  be 
made  of  all  notes,  moitgages  or  accounts  due  to  others. 
The  difference  between  these  and  the  value  of  property 
owned  gives  the  net  worth  of  the  farmer  A  comparison 
of  the  net  worth  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  the  year 
shows  the  gam  or  lows  for  the  year  unless  money  or 
property  has  been  added  to  the  business  from  some 
other  sources  or  taken  from  it. 

Cost-accounts. 

But  an  inventory  does  not  show  on  which  enter- 
prises gains  or  losses  have  occurred  Usually  a  busi- 
ness is  made  up  of  both  profitable  and  unprofitable  en- 
terprises, or  of  en tei prises  that  are  unequally  profitable 
In  order  to  know  how  to  develop  (lie  business  to  the 
best  advantage,  it  is  impoitant  to  kno\\  which  enter- 
prises pay  best  for  the  use  of  land  and  labor  Cost 
accounts  also  have  very  many  uses  aside  from  deter- 
mining the  relative  profitableness  ot  different  enter- 
prises If  all  the  time  spent,  labor  costs,  and  other 
costs,  and  the  receipts  are  known,  it  is  often  possible 
to  sec  wa>s  of  changing  the  management  of  a  crop  so  as 
to  increase  profits 

In  Older  to  keep  a  complete  cost-account  with  any 
crop,  it  is  necessary  to  know  all  the  labor  of  men,  teams 
and  machinery  foi  the  crop,  to  know  all  receipts  and 
expenses  caused  by  the  cropping,  and  to  keep  track  of 
any  outlays  contributed  to  the  ciop  from  the  faun  or 
other  entcrpuses,  also  whatever  thus  ciop  contributes 
to  other  enterprises 

A  vork-repoit  of  the  time  of  man  and  hoise  should 
be  kept  in  an  oidmary  account-book  At  the  end  ot  the 
year,  the  total  time  is  charged  to  each  crop-account  in 
the  ledger  The  ledger  should  have  wide  pages,  HO 
that  there  ma>  be  room  for  full  descriptions  The  left- 
hand  page  is  used  for  charges,  and  the  right-hand  page 
for  credits 

Each  evening  one  should  rccoid  any  cash  spent  dur- 
ing the  day  under  the  proper  crop  or  enteipuse  The 
number  of  hours  that  have  been  spent  on  each  enter- 
prise for  both  man  and  horse  labor  are  also  recoided  in 
the  form  shown  on  the  next  page  For  convenience, 
the  horse  time  is  reduced  to  terms  of  one  horse  A 
three-horse  team  working  10  houis  is  put  down  as  30 
hours  If  one  desires,  he  may  keep  an  account  with 
only  one  enterprise.  It  is  bet  ter  to  keep  accounts  with 
all  the  enterprises  on  the  form,  so  that  one  may  study 
each  part  of  nis  business  and  the  business  as  a  whole 

The  best  method  of  discussing  the  subject  is  to  show 
an  account  as  kept  by  a  farmer  The  following  account 
with  a  3-acre  apple  orchard  was  kr-nt  by  a  New  York 
farmer  in  1912. — 


COST-ACCOUNTING 


COST-ACCOUNTING 


363 


WORK  REPORT  FOR  APPLE  ORCHARD. — THREE  ACRES 


Man 

Horse 

1912 

Hrs 

Mm 

lira 

Mm. 

April   1 
May   8 

Manured 

9 
2 

45 
30 

18 
5 

15 

Pruned 

3 

25 

Brush  hauled  and  burned 

30 

3 

27 

28 

Sprayed      .    . 

16 

4 

30 
30 

13 
5 

31 

10 

15 

10 

June    1 

«• 

13 

45 

3 

45 

3 

10 

30 

9 

4 

•« 

9 

30 

5 

6 

14 

7 

7 
July  31 

Cleaned  and  put  up  sprayer 
Removed  borers 

1 

7 

15 
15 

Aug  19 

Thinned 

11 

30 

20 

4 

Manured 

8 

30 

17 

Sept    7 

Pirkod 

4 

15 

Oct    11 

Hauled  barn  Is 

8 

16 

12 

Picked  and  packed 

31 

30 

2 

30 

14 

7 

2 

15 

11 

«) 

5 

Hauled  to  station 

2 

30 

5 

17 
18 

Picked  and  packed 

If. 
12 

30 

4 

30 

19 

2S 

30 

2 

21 

i>         it         ii 

22 

15 

25 

10 

30 

1 

20 

25 

30 

1 

2H 

30 

30 

34 

30 

Hauled  to  station 

5 

30 

11 

31 

Picked  and  packed 

21 

30 

1 

Nov    4 

S<  llmg 

2 

1 

30 

b 

Packed 

7 

30 

Picked  up  drops 

17 

3 

8 

Hauled  to  station 

10 

15 

8 

12 

dot  r<  ady  for  shipping 

7 

30 

n 

Hauled  to  station 

4 

30 

9 

14 

9 

10 

15 

<J 

30 

14 

Doc.  10 

Hauled  manure 

2 

4 

Total  hri   and  mins 

492        45    |  190 

15 

LEFT-HAND  !PA<.E 


1078    Cosmos  sulphureus     (  X  \i) 


RIGHT-HAND  PAGE 


Jan      1 

Imentory—  barrels  on  hand 

$12  00 

Aug  11 
12 

4  empty  barrels  sold 
1  bus    King,  »1     1  bus   .Snow,  75  cts 

$1  58 
1  75 

Mar  25 

1(X)  Ibi   arsenato  of  lead                                                  S  10 

17 

12  bus    drop  applta 

3  00 

April  5 

I-rcight  on  arsonitc  of  It  ad                                       |            34 

2  empty  bum  Is 

1    10 

1  bbl    lime-sulfur.  $8,  freight  2S  tts                     '       8  28 

21 

2  bus   .xpv,  1  bus    Baldwin 

2  25 

Juno  10 

i  loads  manure 

1    50 

22 

25  bu*    drops 

6  25 

Sept    5 

0  '2  loids  manure     . 

3  25 

Oct    25 

Mrs    1'ruiklm,  7  bbls    Baldwin.  2  bbls    King, 

Oct    11 

1  n  ight  on  barrels     . 

b  (X) 

2  bbls  Gndimg,  1  bbls   Spy,  1  bbl   Spitz 

35  25 

18 

150  barrels 

75  00 

Archdoa<  on  A  (  <>  ,  b  bbls  Snow,  m  t 

9  39 

31 

Barrel  liners,  GO  (t«  ,  freight,  25  cts 

85 

No\     4 

1  bbl    KIIIK   $2  25,  1  bbl    Baldwin,  $1  85,  1  bbl 

Nov     8 

20 

6  85 

Dec     2 

Post-cards  for  ad\erti«mg 

1  52 

11 

2  bbN    Bildwin 

3  95 

Xdv,  "\pples  for  sale" 

37 

15  bus    Baldwin  cull- 

75 

Teh-phone 

25 

20 

12  bbls     Bildwin,   *2b.50,    4    bbls     Greemog, 

31 

Use  of  land 

it)  00 

$S25,    1   bbl     bpy,   $225,   1   bbl   Wagener, 

4'M  hrs   man-labor  (Ft  IS  ]  cts                               .     <K)  22 

$1  75 

38  75 

190  hrs   horso-l.ibor  (<»)  13  ids                              ,     2(>  07 

21 

3  bus   culls 

1  00 

190  hrs    equipment-labor  («   5  1  cts                       ,      10  (X) 

111  bbls  (1  bbl    bpitzenberg,  1   bbl    King. 

Interest  on  costs 

3  00 

b  bbls  Wagencr.  1  bbl     Fall    Pippin,  9  bbls 

Hubbardston.    09   bbls     Baldwin,    21    bbls 

Total                                                                     $2X8  95 

Grtcnmg) 

188  70 

Gam 

51   47 

22 

2hbls  Baldwin                            Bill  not  collected 
5  bbls    (1  bbl    King    2    bbls    Baldwin    1  bbl 

$340  42 

" 

12  75 

26 

.5  bb\s°Baldwin  '    "Py 

7  85 

3  bus    Hubbardston.  G  bus   King 

5  25 

Kept  for  home  use,  3  bus  Snow,  20  bus.  Bald- 

11  50 

25  bus   drops  to  chickens 

2  50 

Total 

$310  42 

^  This  mere  keeping  of  cost-accounts  is  not  the  end. 
The  accounts  must  DC  studied  The  following  are  a 
few  of  the  facts  that  the  farmer  used  in  the  preceding 
records  and  the  suggestions  derived  from  them* 


Total  crop 
Baldwin 

Bus 
421 

Total  crop 
Brought  forward 

Bus 
bll 

Greening 
Hubbardston 

93 
30 

Wagoner 
Spitrenberg 

21 
f, 

23 

Fall  Pippin 

3 

22 

Snow 

22 

641 

Carried  forward 

611 

Drops  and  culls 

105 

From  the  foregoing  records  he  was  able  to  determine  the  yields 
per  tree  ol  different  \  anetien 

Yields  per  acre  good  apples,  214  bushels. 

Yield  per  acre  culls  and  drops,  33  bushela. 

Per  cent  of  culls  and  drops,  14 

Total  receipts,  Rood  apples,  less  cost  of  barrelR,  $23T  07. 

A\erago  price   per   bushel,   good  apples,   without  barrels,  36 

Hours  of  man-labor,  per  acre,  164. 

Hours  of  horse-labor,  per  acre,  b5. 

Profit,  per  aere,  $17 

Profit,  per  hour,  of  man-labor,  10  cts. 

Cost  per  bushel,  good  apples,  without  barrels,  28  cents. 

Profit,  per  bushel,  8  cents. 


864 


COST-ACCOUNTING 


COTINUS 


It  will  be  seen  that  the  cost  of  barrels  was  very  high 
owing  to  buying  late  in  the  season.  Ten  cents  a 
barrel  extra  cost  is  more  than  equal  to  the  profit  on  a 
bushel  of  apples,  or  one-third  the  entire  profit.  Usually 
the  profit  on  an  enterprise  can  be  greatly  changed  by 
small  changes  in  cost. 

The  profit  per  acre  is  in  addition  to  pay  for  use  of 
land.  If  all  the  profit  is  expressed  in  terms  of  land,  the 
orchard  paid  $27  per  acre  rent,  or  gave  a  profit  or  $14 
per  acre 

If  the  profit  is  all  expressed  in  terms  of  labor,  the 
orchard  paid  28  cents  per  hour  for  time  spent  on  it,  or 
gave  a  profit  of  10  cents  per  hour. 

Records  similar  to  those  given  above  may  be  kept 
with  each  crop  or  enterprise  on  the  farm.  If  this  is 
done,  an  account  is  kept  with  horses  from  which  the 
cost  of  an  hour  of  horse-labor  is  determined.  At  the  end 
of  the  year,  the  labor  on  each  crop  for  the  year  is  charged 
at  this  rate.  Similarly,  the  cost  of  man-labor  is  found 
and  charged.  The  cost  of  machinery-labor  is  charged 
in  proportion  to  the  hours  that  horses  worked  for  the 
enterprise  This  is  how  the  costs  per  hour  given  above 
were  determined.  But  if  a  complete  set  of  accounts 
is  not  kept,  the  charge  for  labor  of  men  and  horses  is 
placed  at  the  usual  rate  of  pay  for  such  work  in  the 
region,  including  the  cost  of  board.  References. 
'Farm  Management,"  G.  F.  Warren,  pp  428-93 
(1913)  Minnesota  Bulletins,  Nos.  97,  117,  and  124. 
"Farm  Accounts,"  J  A.  Vye.  Q.  jr.  WARREN. 

COSTMARY:  The  rayleas  form  of  Chrysanthemum  Balsamita, 
known  as  var.  tanacetoides 

COSTUS  (old  classical  name).  Zingiberacex    SPIRAL 
FLAG.  Perennial  thick-rooted  tropical  herbs,  cultivated 
under  glass  for  their  flowing-limbed  showy  flowers, 
which  are  in  terminal  bracteate 
spikes 

Stems  short  or  tall  and  leafy 
(plant  rarely  acaulescent),  roots 
often  tuberous:  fls.  golden  yel- 
low, red,  saffron-colored  or 
white;  corolla  tubular,  cleft, 
not  showy;  1  staminodiurn, 
enlarged  and  bell-shaped,  usu- 
ally with  a  crispy  limb,  and 
forming  the  showy  part  of  the 
fl  (called  the  lip),  cleft  down 
the  back;  ovary  3-loculed;  fila- 
ments petaloid. — About  100 
species,  widely  distributed  in 
the  tropics.  More  or  let>s 
fleshy  plants,  prized  in  warm- 
houses,  and  grown  in  the  open 
in  S  Fla  and  other  warm 
regions  Monogr.  by  Schu- 
mann in  Engler's  Pflanzenreich 
hft  20  (1904) 

This  interesting  genus  of 
tropical  herbs  thiives  in  any 
rich  moist  soil,  but  luxuriates 
in  that  of  a  gravelly  or  sandy 
character,  when  under  partial 
shade.  The  plants  are  readily 
propagated  oy  cutting  the 
canes,  or  stalks,  into  short 
pieces  of  an  inch  or  two  in 
length,  and  planting  in  sifted 
peat,  or  fine  moss  and  sand, 
covering  but  lightly.  The  roots 
may  also  be  divided,  but  this  is 
a  slow  means  of  propagation. 
Specimen  plants  require  rather 
high  temperature  to  bring  out 
the  nch  colors  of  the  leaves, 
which  in  some  species  are 
prettily  marked  with  a  purplish 


tint,  and  are  usually  arranged  spirally  on  the  ascend- 
ing stem  This  gives  rise  to  the  name  "spiral  flag." 
(E.  N.  Reasoner.) 

specidsus,  Smith.  Somewhat  woody  at  base,  4-10  ft., 
stout,  erect.  Ivs.  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  acuminate, 
nearly  1  ft  long,  wlky  neneath.  bracts  red:  fl.  large, 
with  a  flowing  white  lunb  and  yellowish  center,  3-4  in. 
across,  not  lasting.  E.  Indies.  I.H.  43:56.  Gn. 
47-166 

Igneus,  N  E  Br  One  to  2  ft  Ivs.  oblong  or  elliptic- 
lanceolate,  4-6  in.  long,  bracts  not  colored  nor  conspicu- 
ous, fls  clustered,  orange-red.  Brazil.  I H.  31.511. 
BM  6821  JH  III  28:11. 

Fow  species  of  Costus  are  offered  in  this  country,  but  others  may 
occur  m  special  collections — ('  Fnklnchwnu ,  Peterson  6ft  oriuore 
Ivs  sessile,  Uncnolatn,  acuminate,  1  %  ft  or  leas  lonp;  fls  very  large, 
bright  yellow  in  thick  terminal  spikes  Gt  52  15-21  Cent 
Amer  (?) — C  imcrdnthut,  Gaenep  5-6  ft  Ivs  spirally  placet], 
lanceolate  fls  very  small  with  red  tube  and  orange-red  yellow- 
tipped  lobes,  the  lip  tubular  and  purple,  in  cone-like  spikes  .1  in 
long  Martinique. — C  mustiii-us,  Hort  L\s  obliquely  Tanccol  ite, 
4-5  in  long,  dark  green,  marked  and  tessellated  with  silvery  jtmy 
W.  Afr. — C  zebnnus  is  very  likely  the  same  as  last,  j^  jj  jj 

C6TINUS  (ancient  Greek  name  of  a  tree  with 
red  wood).  Anacarduicese.  SMOKE-TREE  CHITTAM- 
WOOD  Woody  plants,  grown  chiefly  for  the  attractive 
feathery  hinting  panicles  and  for  the  handsome  foliage 
turning  brilliant  colors  in  autumn 

Deciduous  shrubs  or  trees  with  a  strong-smelling 
juice:  Ivs.  slender-petioled,  entire,  without  stipules  fls 
dioecious  or  polygamous,  small,  greenish  or  yellowish, 
in  large  and  loose  terminal  panicles,  the  pedicels  of  the 
numerous  sterile  fls  lengthen  after  the  fls  have  dropped 
and  become  clothed  with  spreading  hairs,  petals  5. 
twice  as  long  as  the  pointed 
calyx-lobes,  the  5  stamens 
shorter  than  the  petals,  inset  ted 
between  the  lobes  of  the  disk; 
ovary  superior  with  3  short 
styles  fr.  a  small  compressed 
obhque-obovate  dry  drupelet 
with  the  style  on  one  side  — • 
Two  species,  one  in  N  Arnei 
and  one  in  S  Eu  to  Cent 
Asia  Formerly  usually  in- 
cluded under  Rhus,  which 
differs  chiefly  in  its  usually 
compound  and  more  or  lesjs  ser- 
rate Ivs  ,  the  globose  fr  with 
terminal  style,  the  absence  of 
plumose  pedicels  and  in  the 
milky  juice.  Often  planted, 
particularly  the  European  .spe- 
cies, for  its  loose  feathery  pani- 
cles which  give  almost  the 
effect  of  a  dense  cloud  of 
smoke,  from  which  the  shrub 
derives  its  name  The  panicles 
of  the  American  species  are 
much  less  showy,  but  the  au- 
tumnal coloring  18  more  bril- 
liant. Both  species  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Mass  ,  the  Amer- 
ican being  somewhat  more 
tender.  They  prefer  a  sunny, 
and  in  the  N  ,  a  somewhat 
sheltered  petition  and  well- 
drained  soil,  and  are  adapted 
for  planting  in  dry  and  rocky 
ground.  Prop,  by  seeds;  also 
by  root-cuttings  and  layers. 

Coggygria,  Scop  (C.  Cdtinw, 
Sarg  C  Coccyqea  Koch  Rhus 
Cdtinus,  Linn  )  SMOKE-TREE 
Fig.  1079.  Spreading,  rather 
dense  shrub,  to  15  ft  :  Ivs. 
slender-petioled,  oval  or  ob- 


COTINUS 


COTONEASTER 


865 


ovate,  abruptly  narrowed  at  the  base,  rounded  at  the 
apex,  glabrous,  l%-3%  in  long  panicles  to  8  m  long, 
densely  plumose,  usually  purplisn:  frs  few,  about  >•£ 
in  long  June,  July.  fr.  Aug  ,  Sept  S  Eu  to  Cent. 
China  and  Himalayas  Gn  34,  p  162,  54,  p  .505,  71, 
p  552.  Gng.  5-118  MDG  1902217  GC  III. 
29  92  H  W  3,  p  32  Var  atropurpfcrea,  Dipp 
Panicles  with  dark  purple  hairs.  Var.  p6ndula,  Dipp. 


1080    Cotoneaster  honzontahs 

Branehes  pendulous  Var  pubescens,  Engler  Lvs  ,  at 
least  beneath,  and  often  also  the  young  branches, 
pubescent 

americanus,  Nutt  (C  colin<ndcx,  Brit  Rhus  cofa- 
noldes,  Nutt  )  lTpnght  shrub  or  small  tree,  to  35  ft 
Ivs  gradually  narrowed  at  the  base,  obovate  to  elhp- 
tic-obovate,  rounded  at  the  apex,  silky  beneath  when 
young,  at  maturity  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  4-6  in  long 
panicles  5-0  in  long,  with  short  and  rather  inconspicu- 
ous pale  purple  or  broumsh  hairs  June,  July  Ala  to 
W  Texab  and  E  Tenn  S  S  3.98,  99  — The  autumnal 
tints  orange  and  scarlet,  as  in  the  preceding  .species, 
but  more  brilliant  ALFRED  HKHDLR 

COTONEASTER  (cotomum,  quince,  and  axt(r,  simi- 
lar the  leaves  of  sorne  species  resemble  those  of  the 
quince)  Rosacese,  subfamily  Pomece  Shiubs,  rarely 
small  trees,  chiefly  grown  for  their  ornamental  red  or 
black  fruits  and  some  species  also  for  their  foliage  which 
turns  brilliant  colors  in  autumn 

Leaves  alternate,  deciduous  or  persistent,  short- 
petiolcd,  entire,  stipulate  fls  solitary  or  in  cymes,  ter- 
minal, on  short  lateral  branchlets,  white  or  pinkish' 
petals  5,  stamens  about  20  fr  a  black  or  red  pomaceous 
drupe,  with  2-5  stones  — About  40  species,  in  the  tem- 
perate regions  of  Eu  and  Asia,  also  in  N  Afr  ,  but 
none  in  Japan 

Cotoneasters  are  ornamental  shrubs,  many  of  them 
with  decorative  fruits  remaining  usually  through  the 
whole  winter,  while  only  a  few,  like  the  hardy  C. 
hupehensis  and  C  multi flora  and  the  tender  T  fngida, 
and  also  C  racemiftora  and  C  t>alicifolia,  are  conspicuous 
with  abundant  white  flowers  Of  the  species  v\  ith  deco- 
rative red  fruits,  C  tomentosa,  C  racemiflora  and  C. 
integernma  are  quite  hardy,  and  (7  Simonsn,  C. 
acuminaia,  C.  rotundifolia,  C  micropkylla  and  others 
are  hardy  at  least  as  far  north  as  New  York,  while  C 
jngida  and  its  allies  are  the  most  tender  The  foliage 
of  some  of  the  species  assumes  brilliant  colors  m 
autumn;  dark  crimson  in  C.  Simonsii,  C.  horizontal™, 
C  divancata  and  C  Dielsiana;  scarlet  and  orange  m 
C  foveolata,  bright  yellow  in  C.  Zabdn.  The  half-ever- 
green C.  honzontalis  and  C  adprewa,  and  the  evergreen 
C  Dammen  and  C.  microphylla,  with  its  allied  species, 
are  well  adapted  for  rockeries  on  account  of  their  low, 
spreading  or  prostrate  habit.  Cotoneasters  thrive  m 
any  good,  well-drained  garden  soil,  but  dislike  very 
moist  and  shady  positions.  Propagation  is  effected  by 
seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified;  the  evergreen  species 
grow  readily  from  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  m 
August  under  glass;  mci eased  also  by  layers,  put  down 
m  fall,  or  by  grafting  on  C.  vulgans,  hawthorn,  moun- 
tain ash  or  quince. 


INDEX. 

acummata,  3,  5. 
acutifolm,  12,  13. 
adpresba,  1 
applanata,  1C. 
buflata,  6 

fflacioaa,  20 
horizontals,  1,  2. 
humifum,  22 
huponeiisis,  17. 
intcgprnniu,  7. 

peftinenm,  13. 
perpusilla,  2. 
prostrata,  23. 
raceimflorn,  18. 
radicans,  22. 

butt  folia,  23 

lanata,  23 

reflexa,  16 

calorarpa,  10 

laxiflora,  15. 

rotundifolia,  23. 

conmuxta,  15. 

lucula,  12 

rugoHa,  20 

coriyiHUi,  21 

ni  icropliylla,  6. 

saUcifoha,  20. 

Damnicn,  22 

major,  10 

Simon  AU,  3 

Diclsiana,  10. 

melancK  arpa,  15 

sintnms,  12 

divaruata,  4 

mierocarpu,  IS 

eoonganca,  18. 

olexans,  10 

microphylla,  2  i,  24 

spfoosa,  8 

flocrosn,  20 

thymifolm,  24. 

floribunda,  0 

mulliflrmi,  10 

tornento'a,  8 

Fontanexn,  18 

morn,  IS 

villosula,  13. 

Iranrlietii,  11 

orhioulam,  IN. 

Whfelen,  18,  23. 

fngida.  21 

punnona,  19 

Zabelu,  9. 

ijlacialw,  24 

A.  Petal*  upright,  small,  uwally  pinkish;  cymes 
few-Jld  or  nodding,  ?/  many-jld   (Ortliopetalum.) 

H   Fr  red. 

C    Under  t>ide  of  Ivs  qlnbrous  or  only  pubescent. 
D  Habtt  prostrate 

1  adpressa,    BOIH    (r     honzontahs    var     adpressa 
Schneid  )      Prototrate  shiub,  with  creeping  ana  often 
rooting  sts    irregularly  blanched     Ivs    oval,   acutish, 
wavy  at  the  margin,  nearly  glabrous,   Ji-J^m    long, 
fls    1-2,  pinkish    fr   subglobo^e,  usually  with  2  stones. 
June   fr   Aug  ,  Sept     \\    China    VF  11G — Hauly  at 
the  Arnold   Vrbon  1  um 

2  horizon tahs,    Decne      Fig     1080      Low    shrub: 
branches  almost   hon/ontal  and   densely  distichously 
braruhed    Ivs  rouud-o\al,  adite  at  both  ends,  glabrous 
above,  sparingly  s(tosely  hairy  beneath,  H~/^vn   long: 
fls   erect,  1-2,  pink,  fr   ovoid,  bright  red,  usually  with 
3  stones,  sm  iller  than  in  the  preceding  species     June; 
fr    Sept,  Oct      China     RH   1X85,  p  136;   1889 '348, 
fig   1    GC  III  32  91    (In  66,  p   107    Var  perpusilla. 
Schneid     Lvs   less  than    ^  jin  long    fr   J^m    across  — 
Like  the  jirecedmg  species,  one  of  the  most  effective 
fruiting  shrubs  for  lockenes 

DD   Habit  upright 
E   Lt's  small,  not  exceeding  1  in  ,  nearly  glabrous  beneath 

3  Simonsii,    Baker    (C     acuminata    var     Slmontni 
Decne  )      Shrub,    with  spieading  branches,   to  4  ft 
Ivs    roundish   oval,   acute,   glabrous  above,    %-\    m 
long,  semi-persistent    c\  mes  2-5-fld  ,  fls  white,  shghtlv 
pinkish,    calyx    appressed-pubcscent     fr     bright    red, 
usually   with    3-1    stones      June,    July      Himalayas 
Kefug   Bot    1  55     B  M  8010  (excl   flb  ;  as  C  rotundi- 
folia).    One    of    the   best    red-fruiting    species,    often 
under  the  name  C  tiunondMi  01  C  Symonsi 

4  divaricata,  Rehd    <fe  Wilson     Upright  shrub,  to 
6  ft     Ivs    deciduous,  oval  or  broadly  oval,  acute  or 
obtusish,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  lustrous  above, 
/6~/4m    long    fls    usually  3,  pink,   calyx   appressed- 
pubescent    fr    ovoid,  nearly  sessile,  bright  red,   l/$\n. 
long,  usually  with  2  stones  June,  fr  Sept     Cent   and 
W    China — Very   handsome   when  studded   with  its 
bright  red  frs  ,  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

EE  Lvs  larger,  1*4-3  m.  long,  deciduous 

5  acuminata,   Lindl     Erect  shrub,   to  6  ft.:  Ivs. 
oblong  to  ovate-oblong,  acute  or  acuminate,  appressed- 
hairyonboth  sides,  dull  above  to  light  green  beneath: 
cymes  2-5-fld  ,  nodding;  fls   white  or  slightly  pinkish; 
calyx  pubescent    fr   deep  scarlet,  turbmate,  with  2-3 
stones      June;   fr.    Sept,    Oct.     Himalayas.     L  B.C. 
10  919   (as  Mespilus).    R  H.  1889:348,   fig.   5   (as  C 
nepalensis) 

6  bullata,  Bois    Spreading  shrub,  to  6  ft  *  Ivs.  ovate, 
acuminate,  rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base, 
rugose  and  finally  nearly  glabrous  above,  reticulate, 
pale  grayish  green  and  pubescent  beneath   fls  pinkish, 
few,   calyx   glabrous     fr.   red,   subglobose,    with   4-5 


866 


COTONEASTER 


COTONEASTER 


stones.  May,  June;  fr.  Sept ,  Oct  W.  China.  V  F. 
119.  Var.  fioribunda,  Rehd.  &  Wilson  (C  moupi- 
nensis  flonbunda,  Stapf)  Cymes  many-fid  ;  calyx 
slightly  pubescent.  B.M.  8284.  Var.  macrophylla, 
Rehd.  &  Wilson.  Lvs.  elhptic  to  lanceolate-oblong, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  often  nearly  glabrous,  2-6  in. 
long:  cymes  many-fld. — The  varieties  are  much 
handsomer  than  the  type. 

cc.  Under  side  of  Ivs  whitish  or  grayish  tomentose: 

young  branchlets  densely  pubescent 
D.  Lvs.  %-2l/2  in  long,  rounded  at  base. 
7.  integerrima,  Medikus 
(C.  vulgdns,  Lindl  ). 
Shrub,  to  4  ft.:  Ivs  ovate 
or  oval,  acute  or  obtuse 
and  mucronulate,  gla- 
brous and  dark  green 
above,  whitish  and  at 
length  greenish  tomcntosc 
beneath,  %-2  in.  long: 
cymes  nodding,  2-4-fld  ; 
fls  pale  pinkish;  calyx 
glabrous  outside  fr.  globu- 
lar, bright  red  May, 
June;  fr  Aug.  Eu.,  W. 
Asia.  Siberia.  H.W.  3,  p, 
73,  figs.  a-i. 

8  tomentdsa,    L  i  n  d  1  - 
Shrub,  to  6  ft  •  Ivs  broadly 
oval,    obtuse,   dull   green 
above    and    pubescent 
when  young,   whitish  to- 
mentose   beneath,    l-2>^ 
in    long,  fls  3-12,  white, 
calyx  tornentose  outside 
fr.  bright  brick-red    June, 
fr.   Sept,   Oct.    Eu,    W 
Asia    II  W  3,  p  73,    figs 
k-o     GOH   105— Some- 
times cult  as  C.  spcciosa, 
Hort. 

DD.  Lvs   about  1  in    or 
less    long,    slightly 
pubescent  above 
E.  Apex  of  Ivs  mostly  06- 
tuse,  base  rounded 

9  Zabehi,     Schneid. 
Shrub,  to  6  ft.  with  slen- 
der   spreading    branches: 
Ivs.  oval    to   ovate,   dull 
green  and  loosely  pubes- 
cent above,  grayish  or  yellowish  tomentose  below,  on 
young  plants  sometimes  more  glabrescent  and  acutish, 
%-lM  in.  long,    fls    5-9  in  loose  corymbs,  pinkish; 
calyx  villous  outside,  with  obtuse  teeth:  fr  ovoid,  red, 
about  Y^m  long,  with  2  stones.    May;  fr.  in  Sept ,  Oct. 
Cent.  China. 

EE.  Apex  of  Ivs  mostly  acute,  base  often  cuneate. 

10.  Dielsiana,  Pntz   (C.  applanata,  Duthie)    Shrub, 
to  6  ft   with  slender  spreading  and  arching  branches: 
Ivs.  deciduous,  firm,  ovate  or  elliptic,  acutish,  rounded 
or  broadly  cuneate  at  base,  yellowish  gray  tomentose 
beneath,   lAr\  in    long:  fls.  few,  short-stalked;  calyx 
pubescent1  fr    1-3,  subglobose,  ^m    across,  red,  with 
3-4  stones.    June;  fr    Sept ,  Oct.    Cent.  China.    Var. 
major,  Rehd    &  Wilson.    Lvs    larger  and  broader*  fr. 
larger    Var  elegans,  Rehd    &  Wilson.   Lvs.  smaller, 
sub-persistent,  finally  nearly  glabrous  and  somewhat 
shining  above:  fr.  pendulous,  coral-red.    W.  China 

11.  Frdnchetii,    Bois      Upright    densely    branched 
shrub  with  spreading  branches    Ivs    thickish,  elliptic 
or  ovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  usually  cuneate  at  base, 


ellowish  white  tomentose  beneath.  %-lH  m-  long: 
s   6-15,  in  short  and  dense  corymbs,  pinkish,  small; 
calyx  pubescent  outside,  with  acute  teeth:  fr  orange- 


yel 
ns 


red,   ovoid,   over   Min-   long,   with  usually  3  stones. 
June;  fr    Sept  ,  Oct.    W.  China 
1907.256.   V.F.  118. 


. 
na.    R  H  1902,  p.  379; 


BB.  Fr.  black  or  nearly  black. 

C.  Lvs.  acute  or  acuminate,  pubescent 

or  nearly  glabrous  beneath. 

D.  Upper  surface  of  Ivs    glabrous  and 

somewhat  lustrous'  calyx  slightly 
pubescent  or  glabrous 

12  Iftcida,  Schlecht   (C  acutifoha, 
Lindl     C  sintnsis.  Hort  )    Upright, 
rather  dense  shrub,   to   12  ft  •   Ivs. 
elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate,  acute,  usually 
cuneate  at  the  base,  slightly  pubes- 
cent beneath,    \-\Yi   in.    long,    fls 
3-6,  in  nodding  corymbs   fr.  purplish 
black,  subglobose,  with  3-4  stones. 
May,    June,    fr.    Sept      Altai    Mts 
G  W    5,  p   247  (as  C    acutifoha)  — 
Foliage  dark  green,  remaining  green 
until  very  late  in  autumn. 

DD  Upper  surface  of  Ivs  pubescent,  at 
least  when  young,  dull  green' 
calyx  pubescent 

13  acutifdlia,  Turcz  (C  pekmensis, 
Zabel     C.  acutifoha  var    pekmensis, 
Koehne)      Shrub,    to    12    ft  ,    with 
spreading  slender  branches    Ivs  ellip- 
tic-ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  acute   or 
acuminate,  usually  rounded  at  bas>e, 
slightly     appres^ed-pilohc     beneath, 


becoming  nearly  glabrous,  1 }  2~2  m 
>ng  11s  2-5,  nodding  fr  ovoid,  black,  to  ^m  long, 
•ith  usually  2  stones  May,  Juno,  fr  Sept  ,  Oct  N 


1081.  Cotoneaster 

hupehensis. 

(XH) 


,  ,  , 

China  Var  villdsula,  Rehd  &  V\  ilson  Lvs  more 
densely  villous  beneath,  somewhat  larger  calyx  densely 
villous  fr  thinly  pubescent  Cent  and  W  China. 

14  foveolata,  Rend  &  Wilson  Shrub,  to  10  ft  with 
spreading  branches  Ivs  elliptic  to  elliptic-ovate, 
rarely  ovate-oblong,  acute  or  acuminate,  boon  glabrous 
above,  pubescent  beneath,  chiefly  on  the  veins,  finally 
nearly  glabrous,  2-3  in  long  fls  3-6,  pmkibh,  calyx 
pubescent:  fr.  black,  subglobose,  ^m  across,  with 
3-4  stones  June;  fr  Sept  Cent  China — The  foli- 
age turns  bright  scarlet  and  orange  in  autumn 

cc  Lvs.  obtuse  or  acutish,  tomentose  beneath. 

15.  melanoc&rpa,  Lodd.  (C   n\gra,  Wahlb  )     Shrub 
with  spreading  branches,  to  6  ft.    Ivs   oval  or  ovate, 
usually  rounded   at  base,   dark  green   and  sparingly 
pubescent   above,  grayish  white  tomentose   beneath, 
1-3  in  long,  fls  3  cS,  calyx  glabrous   fr  black,  globose, 
with  2-3  stones    May,  June  fr  Aug    N  and  K  Eu  to 
Siberia     L  B  C  16  1531     Var    laxifldra,  Koehne  (C. 
laxiflbra,  Jacq  ).   Corymbs  12-  to  many-fld  ,  elongated, 
pendulous     BR.  14 '1305     Var    commixta,   Schneid. 
(C  laxiflbra,  Hook  )     Lvs  acutish,  2  in  long  corymbs 
8-15-fld.    B.M.  3519. 

AA.  Petals  spreading,  white,  roundish:  fr.  red. 

(Chsenopetalum  ) 

B.  Fls.  in  many-fld.  corymbs'  upright  shrubs. 
C.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate  or  oval,  obtuse  or  acute,  %-l  %  in. 

long,  deciduous 
D.  The  Ivs.  glabrous  beneath  at  maturity. 

16.  multifldra,  Bunge  (C.  reflexa,  Carr  )     Shrub,  to 
6   ft ,    with   usually   slender,    arching   branches'   Ivs 
broad-ovate,    usually    acute,    slightly    tomentose    at 
first  beneath,   soon  becoming  glabrous:   cymes  very 
numerous,  6-20-fld  ;  calyx  and  peduncles  glabrous,  fr. 
red,  lA\n.  across     May     Spain,  W  Asia  tu  Himalayas 


COTONEASTER 


COTONEASTER 


867 


and  China  II  H.  1892,  p.  327;  1893,  p  29.  G  W.  6.  p.  62 
M  D.G.  1914:  7.  —  Very  decorative  in  bloom,  and  hardy, 
but  less  free  fruiting.  Var.  calocarpa,  Rehd.  &  Wilson. 
Lvs.  larger  and  narrower,  slightly  hairy  below:  fr.  larger, 
nearly  j^m.  across,  freely  produced.  W.  China. 

DD.  The  Ivs.  tomentose  beneath, 

17  hupehSnsis,  Rehd.  &  Wilson.   Fig.  1081.  Shrub, 
to  5  ft.,  with  slender  spreading  branches,  villous  while 
young.  IVH  ovate  to  elliptic,  obtuse  or  acutish,  mucronu- 
late,  rarely  emargmate,  above  finally  glabrous,  thinly 
grayish  tomentose  beneath,  %-l  in  long,  corymbs  very 
numerous,  with  6-12  or  more  white  fls.;  peduncle  and 
calyx  villous;  anthers  yellow:  fr.  red,  subglobose,  about 
J/3in.  across,  with  2  stones    May    Cent  and  W.  China. 
M  D  G.  1914-6  (as  C  '.  acittifolia  var  )  —One  of  the  hand- 
somest species  in  bloom;  hardy  as  far  north  as  Mass 

18  racemifldra,  Koch  (C.  nummuldria,  Fisch  &  Mey. 
C   Fontanlbii,  Spach).    Shrub,  to  4  ft  ,  with  erect  or 
spreading  branches,  rarely  prostrate'  Ivs   roundish  or 
broad-ovate,    obtuse    or    acute,    whitish    or    grayish 
tomento.se  beneath,  glabrous  above,  cymes  very  short- 

rluncled,  3-12-fld  ,  peduncle  and  calyx  tomentose: 
red  May,  June.  From  N  Afr  and  W.  Asia  to 
Himalayas  and  Turkestan.  R  H.  1867  31  —Very  deco- 
rative and  hardy  Var  soongarica,  Schneid.  LVH  oval, 
usually  obtusish,  less  pubescent  Var.  microcarpa, 
Rehd  &  Wilson  Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  fr. 
ovoid,  smaller  Var  orbicularis,  Wenz.  (C.  Wheelen, 
Hort  )  Low  and  divaricate:  Ivs.  roundish  or  obovate, 
^-%in  long:  cymes  3-6-fld. 

cc  Lvs  elliptic  to  oblong,  acute  at  both  ends, 
s  ubconaceo  us  . 


D  Length  of  Ivs   y^-1^2  in  :  corymbs  1  in.  across  or  less. 

19  panndsa,  Franch    Half-evergreen  shrub,  to  6  ft  : 
Ivs    elliptic-  to  ovate-oblong,  mucronate  at  the  apex, 
glabrous     above,     densely     grayish     white-tomentose 
beneath    calyx  tomentose*  fr   red,  globose-ovoid,  l/$\\\ 
long  with  2  stones     S   W   China     RH  1907.256.    G 
25  408     Gn  67,  p   118     J.  12  120—  Very  handsome, 
but  tender 

DD   Length  of  Ivs  1^2~4  m  •'  corymbs  1—2  in.  across 

20  salicifdha,  Franch     Half-evergreen  shrub,  to  15 
ft     young  branchlets  floccose-tomentose.  Ivs    elliptic- 
oblong     to     ovate-lanceolate,     acute    or     acuminate, 
rugose  and  glabrous  above,  floccoso-tornentose  beneath, 
lJ-2-3m  long  fls  white  in  dense  corymbs  1-2  in  across. 
fr  subglobose,  bright  red,  J^m.  across,  with  2-3  stones. 
June,  fr  Oct  ,  Nov     W  China.    Var  rugdsa,  Rehd.  & 
Wilson  (C   rugbw,  Pritz  )     Lvs   broader  and  shorter, 
elliptic-oblong,  dull  green  above,  more  woolly-tomen- 
tobe  beneath    fr    larger,  usually  with  2  stones.    Cent. 
China    Var    floccdsa,   Rehd    &  Wilson     Lvs.  oblong 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  floccose-tomentobe  beneath  while 
voung,  later  becoming  partly  glabrous  and  glaucous, 
bright  green  and  lustrous  above,   fr    larger,  usually 
with  3  stones     W   Chma  —  This  bpecies  is  very  hand- 
some, particularly  in  autumn  when  studded  with  its 
clusters  of  bright  red  berries.  The  var.  Jloccosa  which 
has  been  advertised  as  var.  glaciosa  (misspelled  for 
Jloccosa)  seems  to  be  the  hardiest  and  most  desirable. 

21.  frigida,  Wall    Large  half-evergreen  shrub,  to  20 
ft     Ivs    oblong,  acute  at  both  ends,  glabrous  above, 
tomentose  beneath  when  young,  2-A  in.  long:  cymes 
long-pcduncled,  very  many-fld  ,  pubescent'  fr.  scarlet. 
April,  May.    Himalayas.    B.R    15  '1229.    L  B.C.  16: 
1512.  —  One  of  the  most  beautiful  in  fl.  and  fr.,  but 
not  hardy  N. 

BB.  F  Is.  1-3:  low  prostrate  or  trailing  shrubs:  Ivs*  persistent. 
c.  Lvs  green  beneath. 

22.  D&mmeri,     Schneid.     (C.    humifbsa,    Duthie). 
Prostrate  shrub  with  trailing  often  rooting  branches: 
Ivs.  elliptic,  usually  cuneate  at  the  base,  obtuaish  and 


usually  mucronulate,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  about  1 
in.  long  fls.  usually  solitary,  calyx  sparingly  pubescent 
or  nearly  glabrous:  fr  bright  red.  May,  June;  fr. 
Oct ,  Nov.  Cent.  China.  Var.  radicans,  Schneid 
Lvs.  often  obovate,  slender-petioled:  fls.  1-2,  on 
peduncles  about  y$&,  long. 

cc.  Lvs.  glaucous  or  whitish  tomentose  beneath. 

23.  rotundifdlia,  Wall  (C.  microphylla  Uva-ursi, 
Lmdl.  C.  probtrata,  Baker)  Low  or  prostrate  shrub: 
Ivs  nearly  orbicular  or  broadly  oval,  dark  green  above 
and  somewhat  pubescent,  loosely  pubescent  beneath  or 
glabrescent  and  glaucous,  M~Mj»n  long:  fls  1-3,  about 
%m  across'  fr  bright  red,  bubglobose,  more  than  J^in 
across  Himalayas  May,  June,  fr  Sept  BR  14: 
1187  Var  lanata,  Schnoid  (C  bitxifoha,  Baker,  not 
Wall  C  Wheelen,  Hort  )  Lvs  elliptic  to  elliptic-oblong, 
tomentose  beneath' fr  Jjin  across  Refug  Bot  1:52 
(fls.  mbud).  Gn  55  186  RH  1S89,  348,  fig  4 

24  microphylla,  Wall  Low,  prostrate  shrub, 
densely  branched  IVH  cuneate-oblong  or  obovate,  acute, 
shining  above,  densely  pubescent  beneath,  Hin-  l°nK  fl3- 
usually  solitary;  calyx  pubescent  fr  bright  red  May, 
June  Himalayas.  BR  13  1111  LBC  14:1374. 
RH.  1889:348,  fig  3  GC  II  12  333,  18  681  Gn. 
4,  p.  165  Var  thyrnifdha,  Koehne  (C  thymifbha, 
Balcer).  Very  dwarf  Iva  linear-oblong,  smaller  fls. 
and  fr.  smaller  RH  1889.348,  fig  2  GC  II. 
12:333;  18-681.  Refug  Bot  1  50  Var.  glaciahs, 
Hook.  (C.  congesta,  Baker)  Lvs  glabrous  beneath, 
oval:  fls.  smaller,  often  pinkish.  Refug  Bot.  1:51 

C  affims,  I  mill  Alhod  to  C  frigida  Lvs  broad-elliptic  fr. 
dark  brown,  globose  Himihyas  LBC  10  1522  — r  amMgua, 
Rehd  &  Wilson  Related  to  C  arutifoha  Shrub,  to  fo  ft  Ivs 
elliptic-ovate  to  rhombic-ovitr,  villous  beneath  fls  5-10,  calyx 
slightly  pubescent  or  nearly  ghbious  fr  ovoid,  black  W  China  — 
C  amaena,  Wilson  Related  to  ('  Franchetn  Dense  shrub,  to  5 
ft  '  Ivs  ovate  or  elliptic,  usually  i2m  long  corymbs  b-10-fld  , 
sepals  acuminate  fr  globose,  orange-red  Yunnan  GC  III. 
512 — C  nnguttifi'iha,  Fram  h  ^Pyracantha  angUBtifoha — C 
apiculata,  Rehd  &  Wilson  Rt  latrd  to  C  Simonsii  Shrub,  to  6 
ft  Ivs  orbicular  to  roundish  ov  UP,  apicula.tr,  bright  green  and 
lustrous  nearly  glabrous,  'i-Jiln  long  fr  nearly  sessile,  globose, 
bright  red  W  China —C  arbortkcenv,  Zabel=C  Lmdleyi  — 
C  bacilMns,  Wall  Related  to  C  frigida  Lvs  binaller,  Usually 
glabrous  beneath  at  length  fr  dirk  brown  Himalayas — C. 
buxifAlw.  Wall  Related  to  C  rotuudifolia  Lvs  elliptic,  slightly 
pubescent  above  at  first,  grayish  tomcnto'-e  beneath  fls  2-4,  j^m. 
across  fr  red  India  Wight,  Icon  3  992  Tender — C  disticha, 
Lange  Rf  Kted  to  C  Simonsn  Half-e\ergreen,  upright  shrub,  to 
4  ft  Ivs  suborbieulur  to  broadlj  ubovate,  ap'culate,  sparingly 
pubescent  above,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  Viin  or  less  long  fls. 
1-2,  calyx  glabrous  or  nearly  so  fr  scarlet  Himalayas — C. 
Harrounria,  Wilson  Related  to  C  salicifoha  Shrub,  to  6  ft  • 
Ivs  elhptic-<jblong,  sometimes  oval,  1-2  in  long,  densely  villous 
beneath  corymbs  IJfc  in  across  S  W  China —C  ffenrydna, 
Rehd  &  Wilson  (C  rugosa  var  Henryana,  i^chneid  )  Related  to 
C  sahnfolia  hhrub,  to  12  ft  Ivs  thinner,  elliptic-oblong  to 
oblong-hnceohte,  2-3}2in  long,  and  about  1  in  broad,  pubescent 
and  only  '.lightly  pubescent  above,  densely  grayish  pubescent 
beneath  corymbs  many-fld  ,  about  2  in  across,  calyx  pubea- 
ecent  fr  red,  ovoid,  i«m  across,  with  2-.1  htoncs  Cent.  China. 
G  C  III  40339  (not  good)  MDG  19U15-—C  tpruha, 
Wolf  Related  to  C  mtlanocirpa  Shrub,  to  5  ft  Ivs  ovate  or  oval, 
greenish  white  beneath,  pubescent,  1-2  in  long  fls  8-13,  pinkish, 
calyx  pubescent  at  the  base  fr  d-\rk  reddish  I  rovvn,  nearly  black. 
E  Turkestan  Yearb  For  Inst  ,  Petersburg,  15  240 — C  Llndleyi, 
Stcud  (C  arboreseens,  Zabel)  Similar  to  C  ractmiflora  but  fr. 
black  Himalayas — C  woupm/'nsis,  Franch  Related  to  C  foveo- 
lata  Shrub,  to  15  ft  Ivs  elliptic  to  ov  atc-oblong,  thicker,  rugose 
above,  pubesa  nt  beneath,  at  least  on  the  veins,  2-5  m  long, 
corymbs  many-fld  ,  fls  white  or  pinkish,  calyx  bparmgly  pubes- 
W  China  — C  nitttu,  Rehd  ' 


cent    fr    black,  with  4-5  stones 
Wilson     Related  to  C   div 


Lv  s  broadly  c 


ovate,  glabrous  and  lustrous  above,  '$—  1/(>in   long   fr 
'  '     '      ' "hma  — C  ob(.cur(    ' 


val  or  roundi«h 

„  ...  .-  iid,  purplish 

black,  8talke<l,  pendulous  W  China  — C  obkcura,  Rehd  &  W  ilson. 
Related  to  C  acununata  hhrub,  to  10  ft  Ivs  elliptic-ovate, 
finally  glabrous  above,  yellow  it>h  gray-tomentose  beneath,  1-2 
in  long  fr  dull  brownish  red,  ovoid,  Jsin  long,  usually  with  3 
stones.  W  China — C  Pyracdntha,  Spach— Pyracantha  coccmca  — 
C.  rdsea,  Edgew  Related  to  C  mtegernma  Shrub,  with  slender 
upright  branches  Ivs  elliptic  to  ovate-oblong,  nearly  glabrous, 
grayish  green  beneath,  1-1 '  2  m  long  fls  4-9,  pinkish  with  f-hghtly 
spreading  petals  fr  subglobose,  dull  red  Himalayas — C  Sil- 
vfstrn,  Pampamm  Allied  to  C  mtegcmma  Lvs  elliptic-ovate, 
densely  hairy  and  cream-i  olored  beneath,  1-2  in.  long  calyx 
pubescent  outside  fr  orange-colored  Cent  China — C  un\flbra, 
Bunge  Allied  to  P  vulgaris  Lvs  oval  to  oval-oblong,  glabrous 
when  older,  fls  solitary,  fr  red  Altai  Mts. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 


868 


COTTON 


COTTON  belongs  to  the  genus  Gossypium  (name 
used  by  Pliny),  of  the  Malvdceae.  The  species  are  now 
much  confused,  but  it  is  generally  agreed  that  the  sea 
island  cotton  is  of  the  species  G.  barbadense,  Linn.  The 
upland  cotton  is  probably  derived  chiefly  or  wholly 
from  G.  hirsutum,  Linn.  The  former  is  native  in  the 
West  Indies.  The  nativity  of  the  latter  is  in  dispute, 
but  it  is  probably  Asian  The  cotton  flower  is  mallow- 
like,  with  a  subtending  involucre  of  three  large  heart- 
shaped  bracts  The  carpels  or  cells  of  the  pod  are 
three  to  five  These  carpels  break  open,  and  the  cotton 
covering  of  the  seeds  makes  a  globular  mass, — the 
cotton  boll  (Fig.  1082)  Cotton  is  not  a  horticultural 


1082.  A  cotton  boll. 


crop,  and  is  therefore  not  considered  in  this  work. 
The  reader  will  find  "The  Cotton  Plant"  (published  by 
the  Dept  of  Agric.,  Bull.  33),  a  useful  monograph. 
Consult  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.,  Vol.  II,  p  247. 

COTTONWOOD:  species  of  Populus. 

C6TULA  (Greek,  smatt  cup,  the  bases  of  the  clasp- 
ing leaves  forming  a  hollow  or  basin)  Compd&itse. 
Small  diffuse  or  much-branched  strong-smelling  annual 
or  perennial  yellow-flowered  herbs,  a  few  of  the  peren- 
nials sometimes  used  as  carpeters  in  rock-gardens 

Leaves  alternate,  toothed,  lobed  or  pmnatisect: 
heads  pedunculate,  hemispherical  or  bell-shaped, 
many-fld.  and  discoid;  outer  or  marginal  florets  nearly 
or  quite  apetalous,  usually  pistillate  and  fertile;  disk- 
florets  4-toothed,  fertile  or  male;  torus  naked;  pappus 
not  evident,  achene  glabrous,  compressed. — About  50  or 
60  species,  largely  m  the  southern  hemisphere. 

dioica,  Hook,  f  (Leptinttla  dioica,  Hook.  f).  Sts. 
glabrous  or  slightly  hairy,  1  ft  or  less  long,  creeping: 
Ivs  solitary  or  tufted,  not  thick  or  stiff,  stalked,  2  in. 
or  less  long,  linear-obovate  to  spatulate.  obtuse,  ser- 
rate to  pmnatifid  or  even  pinnate:  heaas  on  axillary 
naked  peduncles  that  are  longer  or  shorter  than  the 
Ivs.,  unisexual,  the  males  3^m.  or  less  diam  ,  and  the 
females  a  little  larger  achene  obovoid,  curved  New 
Zeal  — Very  variable.  A  compact  dwarf  carpeter. 

Muelleri,  Kirk  (C  potentilhana,  Hort  ?  Leptmttla 
potentilUna,  Muell )  Sts.  long  and  rather  stout,  creep- 
ing and  rooting,  the  branches  ascending  and  somewhat 
villous  towards  the  tips'  Ivs  2-5  in.  long,  stalk  and  all, 
linear-obovate,  deeply  pmnatifid,  glandular-dotted: 
heads  on  peduncles  that  usually  are  shorter  than  the 
Ivs.,  bisexual,  about  ^m.  diam.:  achene  club-shaped 
and  4-angled.  New  Zeal. 

C.  lan&ta,  Hook.  f.  (Leptinella  lanata,  Hook  f  )  Stout  and  woolly: 
Ivs  rather  fleshy,  pinnate  or  pmnatifid  florets  glandular  New 
Zeal— C  lobdta,  Linn.=Lidbeckia  —  C  plumdsa,  Hook.  f.  (Lep- 
tmella  plumosa,  Hook,  f  )  Stout,  soft-woolly  Ivs.  3-4  tomes  pm- 
natisect. florets  not  glandular  New  Zeal  — C  Smi+hda,  Hook.  f. 
(Leptinella  uqualida,  Hook  f.)  — Allied  to  C.  dioica,  with  Ivs. 
deeply  pmnatifid  and  segraa.  incised  New  Zeal.  L  H  B 


COTYLEDON 

COTYLEDON  (a  name  used  by  Pliny,  meaning 
a  cavity,  having  reference  to  the  concaved  or  cup-like 
leaves  of  some  kinds).  Crassuldcex  Succulent  herbs  or 
shrubs,  rarely  annual,  grown  mostly  for  their  oddity, 
but  some  of  them  making  good  winter  bloomers  in  pots 
and  some  used  for  summer  bedding  because  of  the  stiff 
thick  foliage,  some  are  half-hardy  North. 

Habit  very  various,  rosulate  or  erect,  sometimes  of  a 
scandent  tendency:  branches  and  Ivs.  thick  and  fleshy: 
Ivs.  opposite  or  alternate,  petiolate  or  sessile .  calyx 
5-parted,  as  long  as  or  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube; 
corolla  tubular,  cylindrical  or  urn-shaped,  sometimes 
5-angled,  the  parts  or  petals  5,  erect  or  spreading, 
connate  to  the  middle,  longer  than  the  usually  10 
stamens;  ovary  of  5  free  carpels,  each  with  a  narrow 
scale  at  base;  fls.  erect  or  pendent,  sometimes  showy,  in 
terminal  racemes  or  cymes  Differs  from  Sedum  in  the 
connate  petals  — Species  about  100,  in  Calif  to  Texas, 
and  Mex.,  Afr ,  Asia  and  Eu  See  I  II  10  76  for  an 
account  of  many  of  the  species.  Some  of  the  species 
make  dense  rosettes  of  stiff  Ivs  on  the  ground  ana  send 
up  a  small  bracted  scape;  they  remind  one  of  the  house- 
leek  (Sempervivum  tcctorum  and  related  species). 

As  above  defined,  Cotyledon  comprises  the  broad 
group  habitually  known  under  that  name.  Recently, 
however,  Bntton  and  Hose  have  revised  the  group, 
excluding  Cotyledon  from  America,  reinstating  Eche- 
veria  and  Pachyphytum  for  some  of  the  American 
species  and  making  new  genera  for  others,  as  Dud  ley  a, 
Oliveranthus,  Urbinia,  Stylophyllum  For  the  conve- 
nience of  the  gardener,  the  cult  species  are  here  brought 
together  under  Cotyledon,  and  they  are  also  listed  at 
other  places  under  their  new  generic  names 

Cotyledons  are  little  known  in  this  country  except 
among  fanciers  and  for  carpet-bedding  Culturally,  there 
are  two  groups, — the  greenhouse  kinds  and  the  bedding 
kinds  The  greenhouse  kinds  are  well  represented  by 
C.  ffiblnflora  It  is  attractive  both  in  foliage  and  flower. 
It  may  be  expected  to  begin  bloom  in  January  or 
February  Its  period  of  bloom  is  short,  after  which  it 
may  be  propagated.  The  top  of  the  main  shoot  (or  of 
strong  side  shoots)  may  be  cut  off  with  2  or  3  inches 
of  stem,  and  stood  in  pots  so  that  the  cut  end  will  rest 
on  moas  m  the  bottom  and  the  leaves  on  the  rim  of  the 
pot,  using  no  earth;  fine  roots  will  soon  form  and  the 
young  plant  may  then  be  repotted  into  dryish  soil. 
The  old  stems  of  this  and  similar  tall  kinds  may  bo 
placed  rather  close  together  in  shallow  boxen,  when  it  is 
desired  to  propagate  them,  and  kept  in  a  warm  dry 
place,  where  tney  will  form  small  growths  along  the 
stems;  these,  when  large  enough,  may  be  put  into  boxes 
of  dry  sand,  arid  potted  in  thumb-  or  3-mch  pots  when 
they  have  made  a  sufficient  quantity  of  roots  This 
species  should  be  kept  in  a  warmhouse  in  winter,  where 
it  is  rather  dry  and  not  exposed  to  drip  C  fulgens  us 
a  good  greenhouse  species,  producing  showy  waxy 
red  flowers  in  winter;  also  C  coccinea.  For  this  purpose 
the  large  plants  should  be  lifted  from  the  beds  and  care- 
fully potted,  as  they  make  a  much  finer  growth  in  the 
open  ground  than  when  grown  in  pots  — When  it  is 
desired  to  increase  the  low-growing  carpet-bedding 
kinds  on  a  larger  scale,  the  plants  should  be  lifted  before 
the  ground  gets  too  wet  and  cold  They  may  either  be 
boxed  m  dry  soil  and  kept  in  a  cool  dry  house,  or  placed 
thickly  together  in  a  frame,  taking  care  that  no  drip  is 
allowed  on  the  plants,  and  giving  no  water  The  most 
convenient  time  for  propagation  by  leaves  is  during  the 
months  of  November  and  December,  when  the  fall 
work  of  rooting  soft-wooded  plants  is  over.  Leaves 
rooted  at  this  time  will  make  plants  large  enough  for 
planting  out  the  following  season  They  will  take  from 
three  to  four  weeks  to  root,  according  to  the  kind  The 
leaves  must  be  taken  from  the  plant  as  follows  Gra.sp 
each  leaf  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger,  give  a 
gentle  twist  first  to  one  side  then  to  the  other  until  the 
leaf  comes  off,  taking  care  that  the  dormant  bud  m  the 


COTYLEDON 


COTYLEDON 


869 


axil  of  the  leaf  accompanies  it,  otherwise  the  leaf  will 
root  but  a  plant  will  not  form  from  it.  Make  a  depres- 
sion about  2  inches  deep  in  the  center  and  4  inches  wide 
across  the  sand-bed,  in  this  lay  two  rows  of  leaves  with 
their  bases  touching  each  at  the  bottom  of  the  depres- 
sion; give  no  water  until  the  small  roots  make  their 
appearance,  and  only  slightly  afterwards  When  the 
little  plants  are  large  enough  they  should  be  boxed, 
using  sandy  loam,  and  kept  in  a  temperature  of  not 
less  than  00°  F.  at  night  — For  summer  bedding  pur- 
poses the  following  have  been  employed  very  success- 
fully, being  lower  growers:  C.  atropurpurea,  C  fulgens, 
C  coccinea,  C  fasciculans,  C.  gibbiftora  var.  mctallica, 
C.  Pachy  phylum,  C.  Peacockn,  C.  Purpusii,  C  roseola, 
C  sccunda,  C.  secunda  var.  glauca,  C.  mextcana.  (G. 
W  Oliver) 

Other  species  of  Cotyledon  occur  m  collections  of 
succulent  plants,  but  the  following  probably  represent 
those  of  commerce  in  this  country. 


Aizoon,  1 
atropurpuroa,  !• 
Bur  bey  i,  2 
bructeosum,  13 
onlifornica,  2.r> 
rhrysmitha,  4 

" 


, 

fannovn,  22 
fasricularis,  (3 

A.  Plant*  of  the  Old  World,  of  various  habit  corolla-tube 
elongated,  usually  much  longer  than  the  calyx. 
(Cotyledon  find  Umbilicus  ) 

B  Lv*  crowded  in  a  rostlte  (ro^ulate)  at  the  base  of  the 
st  plant  /rw,  more  or  fcss  bttmless  species  of  the 
hou^eleck  or  hen-and-cfnckens  type,  used  in  rock- 
gardens  and  for  car  p(  (-bidding. 

c    Fl\   yellow  or  milk-white 

1  Aizdon,  Schoenl  (Umbilicus  Aizoon,  Fenzl). 
Plant  small,  minutely  pubescent,  the  st  very  short: 
ivs  dcnseK  rosul.ite,  hnguhite,  obtuse,  ciliatc,  those 
on  the  st  oblong-obtuse  fis  golden  yellow,  on  very 
short  pedicels,  calyx  spreading,  corolla-parts  lanceolate- 
acuminate  and  keeled  Asia  Minor. 


INDEX. 

fulgcns,  18 
Bibbiflora,  19 

pulverulenta,  22. 
Purpusu,  2J. 

Kluuoa,  10 

hupanica,  9 

ronculafa,  3 

lanoeolata,  24 

ronea,  21 

UKtullica,  10 

roHcatti,  21 

mcxicana,  11 

rotund,  folia,  8 

Munga.  K 

sanyuinen  ,  14 

orbiculata,  X 

Scheeni,  17 

Pathyphytuni,  13 

secundn,  10 

Pca<  orkn,  1  1 

Sernporvivum,  7. 

pendulums,  5 

Umbilicus,  5 

cc    AVs  red  or  greenish 

2  Barbeyi,    Schwemf.     Whole    plant    hoary-white, 
t-ill  and  branching    Ivs    thick,  fleshy,  shovel-shaped: 
fls   olive-preen  and  red,  1  in    long,  in  a  close  panicle. 
Blooms  fieely  in  spring  and  summer     Abyssinia     Gt. 
4.5,  p  465  — An  exquisite  plant  for  carpet-bedding 

BB  Lvs  variously  scattered  along  the  s/  ,  or  sometimes  in 
rosettes  or  cluster*  at  the  end*  of  the  branches  mostly 
branching  plants,  grown  in  greenhouses,  window- 
gardens,  and  sometimes  used  in  summer  bedding-out 
but  not  in  carpet-bedding  designs 

c.  Fls  white  or  ochiolcucus. 

3  reticulata,  Thunb     Sts    much  branched,  fleshy: 
Ivs  few  at  the  ends  of  the  branches  cylindrical,  acute, 
erect,  fleshy,  soft,  smooth.  l/$m,  or 

loss  long-  fls.  fan.  or  less  long, 
whitish,  in  an  erect,  dichotornous 
panicle.  Cape.  GC  III  21  "282  — 
The  wiry  fl  -stalks  remain  on  the 
plant  and  give  it  the  appearance  of 
being  inclosed  in  a  network.  Odd. 

4  chrys&ntha,  Hort.  (Umbilicus 
chrysdnthus,  Boiss.).    Plant  pubes- 
cent, glandular  above,  the  st  short:, 
Ivs.  rosulate,  short,    oblong-spatu- 
late,  obtuse,  those  on  the  st  elliptic 
and    somewhat    acute,    fls     large, 

oehroleucous  (milk-white  or  yellow-  1083.  Cotyledon  secunda    (Detail  X  M) 


ish),  red-striped  on  the  back  of  the  oblong-lanceolate 
keeled  lobes  or  parts  of  the  corolla.  Perennial.  Asia 
Minor. 

cc.  Fls.  yellow  or  greenish. 

5  Umbilicus,   Linn.    (Umbilicus   penduttnus,   DC). 
PENNYWORT.    NAVELWOKT     Perennial,  6-12  in    high 
in  flower,  simple  or  slightly  branched,  leafy  at  base: 
radical  and  lower  Ivs   fleshy,  orbicular,  crenate,  more 
or  less  peltate:  fls    yellowish  green,  pendulous,  in  a 
raceme,   calyx   very  small,   corolla  cylindrical,    ^m. 
long  but  somewhat  enlarging,  with  5  short  teeth  — On 
rocks  and  walls,  W.  p]u.    Adaptable  in  rock-gardens. 

ccc    Fls.  red  or  purple. 

6  fasciculiris.  Soland    Smooth,  1-2  ft.  high,  thick- 
stemmed,  branched.  Ivs    pale  greenish  white  with  a 
yellowish  margin,  glaucous,  few,  sessile,  cuneate-obo- 
vate,    thick,    flattened,    slightly    concave,    cuspidate: 
panicle  branches  long,  scorpioid.  fls,  large,  1  in.  long, 
pendent,     calyx-lobes     short,     broadly     ovate-acute; 
corolla-tube  much  longer  than  the  calyx,  with  a  green- 
ish tube  and  reddish  revolute  limb.  S.  Afr.   B  M.  5602. 
J  II  III  29  443 

7  Sempervivum,    Bieb      (Umbilicus    Semperdvum, 
DC  )     HOUSELEEK  COTYLEDON     Plant  green,  glandu- 
lar  radical  Ivs.  spatulate,  obtuse,  attenuate-cuneate  at 
base,  the  margin  denticulate,  st -Ivs   oblong,  fls   pur- 
plish and  papillose  on  the  outside,  on  secund  branches  m 
a  corymbose  panicle,  corolla  thrice  longer  than  calyx, 
parted  to  the  middle,  the  parts  lanceolate-acuminate 
and  somewhat  recurved     Perennial  — Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  Sempervirum  tutorum. 

8  orbiculata,  Linn     Erect,  2-4  ft    high    Ivs    oppo- 
site, flat,  obovate-spatulate,  obtuse,  mucronate,  glau- 
cous and  mealy,  with  red  margins*  fls.  large,  reddish, 
pamcled.    Fls.  June-Sept     8    Afr     B  M  321     R  H. 

1S.57,  p  347  — Grows  well  from 
cuttings  Variable,  and  has  sev- 
eral named  forms  as  var  data, 
oblonga,  tamot>a,  rotundifoha 

9  hispdnica,  Linn    (I'lttorlnia 
hi^imca,  DC  )    Annual  or  bien- 
nial, branched,  6  in  high,  erect: 
Ivs  small,  nearly  cylindrical,  ob- 
long,  few,   sessile    fls    erect,   in 
cymes,  reddish,  corolla  trumpet- 
shaped,  lobes  spreading    Spain, 
Morocco    R  H  1895,  p.  472 

AA.  Plants  of  the  New  World, 
corolla- tube  usually  short, 
pei  haps  always  s/to?  te r  than 
the  calyx 

B    Lvs  ttrete.  (Stylophyllum ) 

10  eduhs,     Brewer     (Sedum 
ediik,  Nutt.  Stylophyllum  ediile, 
Brit.  &    Rose)     Sts     eespitose, 
very  short  and  thick    Ivs  cylin- 
drical, 3-4  in  long,  erect,  whitish 
or  glaucous  green,  not  mealy  fls 
white,    tinged    with    green,   re- 
sembling those  of  Sedum,  l/2m 
diam  ,  short-pedicelled,  along  the 
upper    sides    of     the     flexuous 
branches  of  the  cymose  panicle, 
scape    1    ft.  high.    San   Diego, 
Calif.  —  Young    Ivs.    eaten    by 

Indians. 


BB.  Lvs  linear  or 

nearly  so. 

11.  mexicana,  Hemsi. 
Plant  glabrous,  3-4  in. 
high,  erect,  the  branches 
woody  •  Ivs.  few,  alternate, 


870 


COTYLEDON 


COTYLEDON 


crowded  on  sterile  shoots,  somewhat  fleshy,  linear 
or  Imear-spatulate,  obtuse,  M-M"»-  lo^B'  fls.  few 
short-pedi celled,  cymose;  sepals  free,  hnev,  obtuse; 
plane  and  strongly  coherent,  forming  a  t^be,  Min«  > 
g,  the  lobes  ovate,  acute,  erect.  S  Mex  — One 


or  less  long, 

of  the  dozen  known  species  of  Altamiranoa  (see  p  237, 

Vol.  I),  in  that  genus  becoming  A  mexicana,  Rose. 

BBB.  Lvs.  broader,  flat,  often  very  fleshy, 
c.  Calyx  minute.  (Urbinia  ) 

12  agavoides,    Baker    (Echevena    agavoides,    Lem. 
Urbima  agavoides,  Brit   &  Rose)    Small  and  compact: 
Ivs  densely  rosulate,  stiff,  acuminate  and  very  sharp- 
pointed,  pale  gray-green  on  both  bides,  papillose  fls  4-6, 
orange,  on  long  pedicels,  sepals  several  times  shorter 
than  the  corolla.    Mex  —Useful  for  carpet-beddings. 

cc.  Calyx  evident  or  prominent. 

D.  Petals  always  appendaged  at  insertion  of  stamens. 

(Pachyphytum  ) 

13  Pachyphytum,     Baker     (Pachyphytum    bracted- 
sum,  Klotzsch)     SILVEK-BKACT     Somewhat  shrubby, 
very  succulent,    pale   glaucous  blue   throughout.   Ivs. 
clothing  upper  part  of  st ,  more  or  less  rosulate,  large 
and  thick,  spreading,  obovate,  obtuse  or  obtuse-pointed, 
the  scars  from  the  fallen  Ivs    orbicular,  fls    in  spikes 
4-6  in  long  on  lateral  peduncles,  corolla  red,  immersed 
in  the  large  calyx  which  is  about  1  in.  long,  stamens  5 
large  and  5  small    Mex    B  M  4951  — A  singular  plant, 
blooming  in  summer    1  ft. 

DD    Petals  not  appendaged 
E.  Corolla  strongly  fi-anghd    (Echevena.) 
F  Color  of  plant  (or  of  Ivs  )  dark  purple 
14.  atropurpftrea,  Baker (Echcv}>nasanquinea,'M.OTT'). 
St   short  and  stout    Ivs   in  rosette  at  top  of  st ,  dark 
purple  and  glaucous,  obovate-spatulate   fls  bright  red, 
in  a  long  raceme  terminating  the  erect  fat  ,  corolla  5- 
angled,  white  toward  base     Mex.    See  p.  1086. 

FP.  Color  green,  or  ordinarily  glaucous  (except  var. 

of  No.  19} 
G.  St  wanting  or  nearly  so  (acaulescent  species). 

15  Peacockii,  Baker  (Echevena  Peacockii,  Crouch  ). 
Acaulescent  Ivs  about  50  in  a  dense  rosette  0  in  across 
and  standing  4  in.  high,  obovate-spatulate,  mucronate. 
reddish  toward  tip,  glaucous,  st.  12-21  in  ,  with  small 
If -like  bracts:  fls.  bright  red,  m  a  senpioid  spiko, 
calyx-lobes  linear,  unequal,  corolla  about  ^m  long, 
the  parts  lanceolate-acute.  Mex  (?) — Interesting  for 
its  glaucous  coloring  and  waxy  coating  of  the  Ivs. 
Named  for  Mr  Peacock,  of  Hammersmith,  England,  in 
whose  collection  it  flowered  See  p.  1080 

16.  secunda,  Baker  (Ecfariria  secunda,  Booth)  Fig 
1083  Stcmless'  Ivs  in  a  rosette,  crowded,  cuneiform, 
mucronate,  glaucous,  curving  upward  fls  in  a  1-sided, 
recurved  spike,  reddish  yellow;  peduncle  long,  6-12 
in  high.  June- Aug.  Mex  B  R  20  57  — Probably 
the  most  common  species  in  gardens  Distinguished  by 
its  pale  green  red-tipped  rosettes,  several  forms  Half- 
hardy  E.  glauca,  Baker  (E.  secunda  var  glaiica,  Otto), 
has  glaucous-green  foliage  See  pp.  1086-7. 

GG    St  evident,  often  tall  (caulescent  species'). 

17  SchSerii,    Baker    (Echevena    Scheern,    Lmdl.). 
Caulescent,  branching   Ivs  large,  glaucous,  oval,  acute, 
narrowed  into  a  long  plane  petiole-like  part,  fls  dingy 
red  with  yellow  tips,  broadest  at  base,  in  drooping 
racemes;  sepals  linear,  acute,  green,  spreading,  shorter 
than  the  corolla     Mex     Ii.ll  31  27     P.  1087 

18  Mlgens.    Baker    (Echevena  fulqens,    Lem  ).    St. 
4-8  in    tall,  nut  hearing  long  leafy  fl -benches:  Ivs. 
obovate-spatulate,  pale  glaucous  green,  clustered*  fls. 
bright  reol  with  yellow  base,  in  nodding  racemes.    Mex. 


19  gibbiflora.  Moc    &   Sesse"  (Echevbna  gibbiflora, 
DC)    Sts  1-2  ft  high- Ivs.  flat,  wedge-shaped,  acutely 
mucronate,  crowded  at  the  ends  of  the  branches:  fls 
short-petioled;    panicle   branches    1 -sided,    spreading; 
corolla  gibbous  at  the  base  between  the  calyx-lobes, 
the  tube  white,  the  tips  touched  with  crimson     Mex. 
B  II  1247.   Var    metallica,  Baker  (Echevena  mddlhca, 
Hort.).    Lvs    large,  obovate-spatulate.  6  in.  wide  by 
7  in    long,  a  beautiful  glaucous  purple  with  metallic 
reflections'  fls    yellowish   with  red   tips.     Mex. — An 
excellent  plant  for  summer  bedding     P.  1087. 

20  cocclnea,  Cav    (Echevena  coccinea,  DC  )     Plant 
soft-pubescent,  1-2  ft..  Ivs.  lance-spat ulate:  fls  scarlet 
and  yellow  or  paler  within,  m  axillary  long  leafy,  15-25- 
fld.,  loose  spikes.   Mex.   B  M  2572.    P.  1086. 

EE.  Coiolla  not  strongly  angled. 
F    Fls.  in  a  dense  spike    (Courantia  ) 

21  roseata,  Baker  (Echevena  rosea,  Lmdl    Courdntia 
rdsea,  Lem  )      Sts    branching,   1  ft  •    Ivs    oval,  erect, 
acute,  mostly  in  terminal  rosettes  on  the  sterile  shoots: 
fls  yellow,  in  dense  rose-bracted  spikes,  sepals  linear- 
acute,  rose-colored;  corolla  bell-shaped,  5-parted.  Mex. 
B.R.  28  22. 

FF.  Fls.  in  cymes  or  panicles    (Dudleya  ) 

22  pulverule'nta,  Baker  (Echevena  pttlr<  ndf'nta,  Nutt. 
E    fanndba,    Hort      Dudleya    pulverulent  a,     Brit     & 
Rose)     Lvs    m  a  rosette,    silvery  green,  veiy  mealy, 
spat  ulate,  acute,  the  tips  relieved,  the  cauline  Ivs  grad- 
ually diminishing  into  broadly  cordate,  clasping  bi acts' 
panicles  dichotomoiihly  branched,  pedicels  .slightly  longer 
than  the  pale  scarlet  or  coral  fls    Plants  1   ft    diani. 
S    Calif     F  S     19  1927-8  —A  fine  plant  for    carpet- 
bedding 

23  Purpusii,  Nichols    (Echevena  Piirpusn,  Schum  , 
not  But     Dudleya  Pnrpu^n,  But   &  Rose)     Cespitose, 
with  powdered  snow -white  foliage    Ivs    densely  ro^u- 
late,  broadly  spatulate,  acuminate    Ms   in  a  blanching 
upright  cluster,  coiolla  comco-tubular,  much  e-weedinf* 
calyx,  segms  scarlet  with  golden  jellow  tips    S  Calif. 
B.M.  7713     (5  C  III  20  098    (it*  15,  p  009. 


••    '     •*       ^\ 

1084.   Couroupita  guianensis,  the  cannon-ball  tree,  showing  the 
trunk  and  the  hanging  flowers  and  fruits. 


obovate-nputuhite,  2'2  m   or  less  long    fls   while  tinned  red,  2(MO 
lense  thyrse-like  e  luste-r   .Syria — C  tmbncula,  Hort  ,  de 
N    E    Br   About  2  ft  ,  \  '    " 


in  a  dei 
on  p    10S7 


ItfoM, 


erect,  light  green    Ivs  opposite,  broad,  to  o  m    long    fls    light  reel 
with  lobes  greenish  yellow   inside,   \l/g  in    long,  in  ' 
axiUary  c; 

dwarf',T'' 


COTYLEDON 

24  lanceolata,  Benth  &  Hook  (Echeveria  lanceolata, 
Nutt.    Dudieya  lanceolata,  Brit.  &   Rose)     Green  or 
slightly   glaucous,  acaulescent.  Ivs.   m  a  rosette,  lan- 
ceolate, acuminate,  slightly  mealy;  st.-lvs    or  bracts 
small,  cordate,  clasping,  distant*  panicle  narrow,  dichot- 
oinous:  fls    red  and   yellow,  calyx-lobes  broad-ovate, 
i^in.  long,  corolla  ^m  or  more  long.   S.  Calif. 

25  cahf6rnica,  Baker  (D.  Cotyledon,  Bnt.  &  Rose. 
Sedum  Cotyledon,  Jacq.    Echeveria  califdrnica,  Baker). 
Plant  acaulescent,  tinged  red:   Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  con- 
cave,   hgulate,    lanceolate,    acute,     glaucous,     mealy, 
slightly  yellowish,  8  m   long    fls  pale  yellow,  on  weak 
lateral  flowering  sts   1-2  ft  long,  with  short,  ovate, 
clasping  IVH  or  Bracts  and  bi-  or  trifid  racemes    Calif. 

Many  garden  names  occur  in  Cotyledon,  some  of  which  are 
unidentifiable  and  Home  of  which  probably  reprrwnt  hybrids 
C  dfvtn«ii,  Hort  Hybriel  between  ptobably  C  glauca  and  C 
gibbiflora  il-sts  5-7  ft  long  BM  8104  — C1  fleoanit,  N  E  Br  — 
Oliveranthus  —f1  eslmui,  llort=(?)  — C  ylobfaa,  Hort,  see 
page  1087  —('  (/(VmeVirtJ'/MKi,  Baker  Rotmlate,  8  in  Iv 

,'itnlxti*.  2>  >  in    or  less  loriir    fls    while  tinged    reel,  £K 

fort  ,  dc  «<  nbed 
holly  glabrc 

<     fls     light   .__ 

...  ..  yellow  inside,  \l/g  in  long,  in  terminal  and 
C'ent  \fr  R  M  S(M<3  —C  mirdbiht,  Hort  ,  hybrid 
<itn,  Hake  r  -=Le  he  \e  rm,  p  10SG  —  C  nann,  Marl  Very 
:i  or  h  ss  high,  densely  branched  and  forming  a  tuft  l\n 
ydlowish  grrrn,  not  tipuulate  S  \fr  -C  I'i  ttalfazt ,  Mant  L\  s 
distributed,  the  radical  om  s  spatulatL-oblusi  and  margin*  slightly 
denticulate,  the  cauline  obo\  ttc -oblong  fls  pile  rose,  somewhat 
secund  in  a  glamlul  ir-hairy  pirijele  (  ilieia— C  pu/rindto,  Hook  f 
—Echeveria,  p  10S<>  C  s,,/,,j,/,  <t,  DC  Annual,  ere<  ping,  smooth 
Ivs  se><lurn-hke,oblongarielobtu-e,  convex  fls  fe  w  ,  pink,  m  t-umme  r. 
Pyrenees  Distinguished  Irom  Sedum  by  the  jmmopetalous  corolla. 
— t"  vtnnAiuv,  I  inn  Small  and  quunt,  \pic  ri-hk<  ,  with  a  ro-ette 
of  flat  spoon-shape>d  spine  -tippe-el  IVH  ,  12  in  or  more  tall  fls  yellow, 
in  Lnrly  summer  Siberia  to  China  and  Japan,  but  not  hardy  — 
C  guprrhn,  Hort,  is  an  annual  with  \ellow  fls  ~  C  t.r.tiMw, 
Thunb  St  somewhat  wocxU,  0-S  in  high,  Minplc  or  branchcel 
l\s  l-r>  in  long,  opposite,  m  irly  te  re  te  ,  -icute  or  cuspidate,  hir- 
sute or  subglabrous  fls  manj,,  <-or>mbtd.  the  peduncle  to  18  m  , 
yellow,  corolla-tube  a  little  whortcr \heri  cal>x  8  Afr 

r,  H  B  t 

COUCH  GRASS:    Ayrnpyrtm  reptns 

COURANTIA  (personal  name)  CrasnMcex.  Caules- 
cent Ivs  alternate,  closely  set,  broad  fls  in  a  dense 
bracteate  spike,  calyx-lobes  nearly  equal,  hnoar, brightly 
colored,  coiolla  not  angled,  yellow,  stamens  10,  fila- 
ments united  into  a  tube  for  half  their  length  (July 
one  species  First  brought  into  cult  about  1S42  For 
cult ,  see  Cot ifl (don  C.  rdsea,  Lem  (Cotyledon  rosiata, 
Baker)  See  No  21,  p  870  j.  x  ROSE 

COUROUPlTA  (from  a  vernacular  name  m  Guiana) 
Lfcytludnce.r  Tiees  of  Trop  Amer  (about  9  species) 
sometimes  planted  as  oddities  01  for  shade,  paiticularly 
for  the  curiosity  of  the  gieat  ball-like  frs  borne  on 
the  trunk  Lvs  alternate,  oblong,  leticulate,  entue  or 
crcuate-serrate  fls  slumy  and  odd,  borne  in  racemes, 
often  from  the  trunk  and  laigei  blanches,  cal> \-tube 
top-shaped,  the  limb  b-lobed  or  -divided;  petals  6, 
somewhat  unequal,  spreading  and  moie  or  less  incurved, 
borne  on  a  disk,  stamens  many,  in  2  sets, — one  series 
forming  a  ring  or  cup  in  the  center  of  the  fl  and  about 
the  single  5-7-eelled  ovary,  the  other  longer  and  rising 
from  one  side  like  a  fringed  palm  or  ladle  over  the 
pistil  fr  a  large  nearly  or  quite  globular  ball,  coria- 
ceous or  woody,  mdehiscent,  with  many  seeds  imbedded 
in  the  pulp  C.  guian&isis,  Aubl  CANNON-BALL  TKKK. 
Figs  108*,  1085  Tall  soft-wooded  tree  in  Guiana, 
where  it  is  native.  Ivs  oblorig-obovate,  elliptic  or  broad- 
lanceolate,  acute,  entire  or  very  obscurely  toothed'  fls. 
with  concave  petals  about  2  in  long,  yellow-  and  red- 
tinged  on  the  exterior  and  crimson-lilac  within,  very 
showy,  in  racemes  2-3  ft  long  fr  nearly  or  quite 
globular,  6-8  in  diam  ,  reddish,  hard  on  the  exterior, 
pulpy  inside,  with  very  disagreeable  odor  when  ripe. 
BM  3158-9 — Sometimes  planted  in  the  tropics,  in 
botanic  gardens  and  elsewhere  Shell  of  the  fr  used  for 
utensils,  and  the  pulp  said  to  be  eaten  by  negroes  and 
to  be  used  for  the  making  of  beverages.  L.  H.  B. 


COVER-CROPS 


871 


COUSSAP6A  (Caribbean  name).  Mortices: .  Fifteen 
to  20  milky-juiced  trees  or  shrubs  of  Trop.  S.  Amer.,  1  or 
2  sometimes  grown  under  glass,  but  apparently  not  in 
the  American  trade  They  are  sometimes  scandent  and 
epiphytic,  like  other  Ficus-like  things,  sending  down 
branches  and  completely  enveloping  the  supporting 
tree  and  strangling  it  Lvs  alternate,  stalked,  thick, 
pennmerved  or  3-nerved,  entire,  fls  dioecious,  in 
globose  heads,  the  peduncles  solitary  or  in  pairs  and 
axillary,  the  male  clusters  few-fld  and  often  paniculate, 
the  females  on  shorter  peduncles  fr  oblong,  becoming 
sxicculent  and  with  the  including  thickened  perianth 
forming  a  mulberry-like  multiple  iruitmg  body.  C 
dealbata,  Andre"  (Ficus  dcalbata,  Hort ),  is  described  as 
a  very  beautiful  greenhouse  subject,  with  coriaceous 
elliptic  Ivs  1  ft  long  and  half  as  broad,  white-silky 
beneath  and  deep  green  above.  1 11  17:4. 

L.  H.  B. 

COVER-CROPS.  Green  temporal  y  crops,  grown  for 
the  purpose  of  improving  the  soil,  either  as  protection 
or  to  be  turned  down  as 
green  manure;  word  used 
chiefly  in  speaking  of 
fruit-growing  operations 

The  use  of  cover-crops 
has  become  an  essential 
part  of  orchard  manage- 
ment The  name  is  de- 
rived from  the  fact  that 
the  seed  is  sown  in  the  fall 
or  late  summer,  and  suf- 
ficient growth  results  so 
that  the  ground  is  coveied 
and  protected  during  the 
winter.  The  crops  are 
grown  for  their  effect, 
upon  the  orchard,  not  for 
the  direct  value  of  the 
crop  The  term  was  first  used  in  this  connection  by 
Bailey,  Bulletin  No  bl.  of  the  New  York  Station  at 
Cornell,  p  333,  December,  1X93 

Cover-crops  make  u^e  of  thu  available  plant-food  at 
a  time  when  the  trees  aie  beginning  to  use  it  less  and 
less  In  4his  \\a>,  food  that  otherwise  might  be  lost  is 
stored  up  until  it  becomes  available  to  the  trees  the 
following  spring  through  the  rotting  of  the  cover-crops. 
The  presence  of  the  tover-ciop,  with  its  mat  of  roots, 
also  prevents  soil-washing  and  erosion  with  its  accom- 
pammg  loss  of  plant-food  The  legumes,  through  the 
action  of  the  bacteru  found  in  their  root-nodules,  are 
able  to  add  to  the  total  amount  of  nitrogen  present  in 
the  soil  This  is  the  only  wa\  in  which  cover-crops 
mere .ise  the  total  supply  of  the  plant-food  elements, 
but  the  decay  of  the  cover-crops  increases  the  humus 
in  the  soil  and,  by  the  activities  thus  set  up,  the  locked- 
up  plant-food  is  released  m  a  soluble  form  and  thus  the 
total  available  plant-food  is  increased  The  ability  of 
a  soil  to  absorb  and  retain  water  is  greatly  inci eased  in 
proportion  to  the  humus  that  the  soil  contains  For  this 
reason,  soils  rich  in  humus  are  less  likely  to  be  injured 
by  erosion  from  the  rapid  run-off  of  the  rainfall  and  less 
liable  to  suffer  from  drought  In  soils  plentifully  sup- 
plied with  moisture  and  plant-food,  the  trees  are  likely 
to  continue  growth  so  long  that  the  wood  does  not 
mature  and  haiden  before  winter,  thus  tendering  them 
liable  to  injury  during  a  severe  winter  Such  trees 
usually  bear  fruit  that  is  poor  in  quality  and  in  color. 
To  produce  mature,  well-colored  apples,  it  is  essential 
that  excessive  giowth  after  midsummer  be  prevented 
The  best  means  of  doing  this  is  to  grow  a  crop  in  the 
orchard  that  will  compete  with  the  trees  for  the  food 
and  water  Soil  protected  by  a  cover-crop  does  not 
freeze  so  quickly  or  so  deeply  as  when  uncovered,  and 
therefore  the  tree  root4?  undei  a  cover-crop  are  less 
likely  to  be  injured  by  freezing  and  by  heaving  Many 


1085.  Flower  of 
Couroupita  gui- 
anensts  One  of 
the  petals  has 
fallen  ( X  H) 


872 


COVER-CROPS 


OOWPEA 


of  our  best  fruit  soils  contain  a  large  proportion  of  clay. 
When  the  humus-content  of  such  soils  becomes  low, 
they  are  stiff  and  difficult  to  work  and  they  dry  out 
and  bake  quickly.  Plowing  under  cover-crops  restores 
the  needed  humus.  This  is  important  from  the  farm- 
management  point  of  view  The  period  of  time  dur- 
ing which  a  clay  field  may  successfully  be  plowed  may 
frequently  be  doubled  by  thus  increasing  the  humus 
supply  As  the  physical  condition  of  the  soil  is  bettered, 
the  rootlets  of  the  tree  can  more  easily  penetrate  it  hi 
their  search  for  food,  and  this  larger  feeding  area  means 
a  greater  supply  of  food.  Orchards  that  are  to  be  culti- 
vated should  be  plowed  as  early  as  the  land  can  be 
worked,  in  order  to  prevent  excessive  loss  of  moisture 
through  evaporation  and  the  demands  of  any  growing 
cover-crop  This  is  especially  true  \vhen  rye,  clover,  or 
vetch  are  grown  Fall  plowing  is  seldom  advisable,  as 
much  of  the  benefit  of  me  cover-crop  is  then  lost  The 
time  of  seeding  depends  upon  the  needs  of  the  fruit 
and  the  supply  of  moisture  available  In  seasons  of 
plentiful  rainfall  the  cover-crop  should  be  put  in  early, 
but  in  a  period  of  drought  the  trees  need  all  the  moisture 
there  is  in  the  soil  and  the  seeding  should  be  late.  In 
the  North  Atlantic  States,  the  cover-crops  are  planted 
from  the  latter  part  of  July  to  the  middle  of  August. 

Kinds  of  cover-crops, 

In  general,  cover-crops  may  be  divided  into  the  legu- 
minous or  nitrogen-gathering,  and  the  non-legummous 
crops. 

1.  Leguminous   cover-crops — Red    and   mammoth 
clover,  Canada  field  peas,  and  winter  vetch  are  used 
in  the  northern  states ,  soybean,  cowpea,  crimson  clover, 
and  vetch  in  the  central  and  southern  states. 

2.  Non-legummous  cover-crops  — Rye,  oats,  wheat, 
and  barley;  rape  and  turnips;  ouckwheat  and  nearly 
all  weeds. 

Average  quantity  of  seed  per  acre. 


/Oats 


\Yt  bushel. 


Barley  .   .  . 
Buckwheat 
Clover,  red 
Clover,  mammoth 
Clover,  crimson 
Cowpea  . 
Millet  .... 

2 

10 
10 
15 

13-2 

to   2^  bushels. 
1      bushel, 
to  15      pounds, 
to  15      pounds 
to  20      pounds 
to    2      bushels. 
\\/2  bushels. 

Oats  

2 

to    3      bushels. 

Peaa  

2 

to    3      bushels. 

Rape  

...2 

to    5      pounds. 

Rye 
Soybean     .  . 
Turnip 
Vetch 

to    2      bushels, 
to    \Yi  bushels 
4      pounds, 
to    1      bushel. 

Wheat  

...  2 

to    2U  bushels. 

3.  Combinations  of  cover-crops  — An  ideal  cover-crop 
should  possess  certain  characters  It  should  make  a 
vigorous  vegetative  growth  by  fall  so  as  to  furnish  an 
abundance  of  humus  and  to  hasten  the  maturity  of 
the  trees.  The  seed  should  be  of  such  a  nature  that  it 
will  catch  well  when  planted  at  a  time  of  year  when 
the  soil  is  very  dry  Preferably,  the  cover-crop  should 
winter  over.  All  these  characters  are  seldom  found  in 
a  single  crop  and,  hence,  combinations  are  desirable. 
Thus  buckwheat,  which  makes  a  quick  growth,  does 
not  live  through  the  winter  as  does  the  slower-growing 
rye,  so  the  two  combine  well.  The  following  combina- 
tions are  frequently  used : 

[Clover  (red  or  mammoth)   10     pounds. 
Winter  vetch.         .  15      pounds. 

Oats  .  H  bushel 

Cowhora  turnips.  ...     ^  pound. 

f  Buckwheat  .      .  .     ^bushel. 

2.   \  Oats  1      bushel 


1. 


\  Clover 15  "  pounds. 

%  bushel. 


5. 


f  Buckwheat 
\0ats     . 

f  Oats   . . 
I  Rye        .      . 


1      bushel 

1M  bushel. 
1      bushel. 


In  the  peach  orchard,  where  large  annual  growth  is 
not  desirable,  or  in  apple  orchards  making  excessive 
growth,  the  leguminous  crops  should  be  used  sparingly  , 
rf  at  a"-  C.  S  WILSON. 

COWANIA  (after  James  Cowan,  an  English  mer- 
chant, who  intro  many  Peruvian  and  Mexican  plants 
into  England)  Rosacex  Some  4  or  5  sm?ll  shrubs 
from  the  S  W  U  S.  and  from  Mex  ,  with  small 
crowded  Ivs  and  handsome  white  or  purple  fls  ;  rarely 
cult  in  botanical  collections  Closely  related  to  Fal- 
lugiu,  but  differing  in  the  absence  of  bracts  at  the  base 
of  the  calyx  Cult  and  prop  like  Fallugia,  but  appar- 
ently more  tender  like  that  plant  \\cll  adapted  for 
planting  in  rockeries.  C.  mexicana,  Don  (C  Stans- 
ounana,  Torr  ),  has  small  crowded  cuneate  3-7-lobed 
Ivs.  and  white  fls  about  1  in  across  C.  phcata,  Don 
(C.  purpiirea,  Zucc.),  has  mcisely  serrate  Ivs  and 
purple  fls. 


ALFKED  REHDER. 

mum  Wts-Idsra.    In  parts 


COWBERRY-    Usually  means  Va 
of  Scotland,  Comarum  palustre. 

COW-HERB:   Saponana,  Vaccana. 

COWPEA.  Fig.  1086.    The  American  name  for  the 
cultivated  forms  of   Vigna  catjang,  Walp   (1839),  and 


[Pye 


1      bushel. 


Vigna  sinensix,  Endl  (1H48),  Uvo  of 
the  Legummosie  allied  to  Dohchos  and 
Phaseolus,  grown  for  forage,  and  the 
seeds  used  somewhat  for  human  food. 
From  Phaseolus  (the  common  bean) 
Vigna  differs  in  not  having  a  spiral 
keel,  and  from  Dohchos  in  its  lateral 
introrse  stigma  which  lies  opposite  to  a 
recurved  protruding  terminal  style 
beak.  In  other  than  American  litera- 
ture, the  cowpea  is  known  as  China 
bean  and  black-eyed  bean.  Botamcally 
it  is  a  bean  rather  than  a  pea.  The 
cowpea  is  a  rambling  tender  annual, 
native  to  India  and  Persia.  Its  cul- 
tivation also  extended  to  China  at  a 
very  early  date.  In  this  country  it  is 
extensively  grown  in  the  southern 
states,  as  a  hay  crop  for  stock  and  as 
a  dry  shell  bean  for  human  consump- 
tion. It  is  also  invaluable  as  a  green- 
manure  crop  (see  Coiwr-crops)  Including 
both  the  true  cowpeas  (Vigna  sinentnn) 


COWPEA 


CRANBERRY 


S73 


and  the  catjangs  (V.  caljang).  Piper  lists  270  varieties. 
As  a  class  the  catjangs  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
true  cowpeaa  by  the  smaller  size  of  the  seeds  and 
pods  and  by  the  latter  remaining  upright  throughout 
their  growth  period,  never  becoming  btnctly  pendulous 
even  after  ripening.  At  the  present  time  the  true  cow- 
peas  are  much  more  widely  grown  than  the  catjangs 
but  the  latter  may  yet  corne  into  more  prominence  on 
account  of  the  resistance  to  the  weevil  of  their  small 
hard  seeds  The  cowpea  is  to  the  South  what  clover  IB 
to  the  North  and  alfalfa  is  to  the  West.  It  is  sown 
broadcast  after  the  manner  of  field  peas.  From  three  to 
five  pecks  of  seed  are  used  to  the  acre.  See  Cowpeas, 
Farmers'  Bulletin  No  89,  U  S  Dept.  of  Agric  .  by  Jared 
G  Smith;  Bulletin  No  102,  pt.  VI,  and  Bulletin  No. 
229  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  U.  S  Dept.  of 
Agric  ;  Cyclo  Amer  Agric  ,  Vol.  II,  p.  260.  For  a 
botanical  discussion  of  the  cowpea  and  its  taxonomic 
relatives,  see  Vigna.  QEO.  F.  FREEMAN. 

COWSLIP.  The  true  English  cowslip  is  Primula 
officinahs  The  plant  wrongly  called  cowslip  in  America 
is  the  marsh  marigold,  Caltha  palustns.  The  "American 
cowslip"  is  a  popular  name  for  Dodecatheon  Meadia. 
The  name  "Virginian  cowslip"  is  sometimes  used  for 
Mertcmia  virginica 

CRAB'S-EYE  VINE:   Abrus. 

CRAB-APPLE  in  its  widest  sense  means  a  small 
apple  The  crab-apples  of  botanists  are  particularly 
fruits  of  Pf/rws  baccala  For  more  restricted  uses  of  the 
word  crab,  see  1'yrus. 

CRAB-GRASS-  One  of  several  n«mea  for  Eleusine  indica,  alao 
for  certain  Panicuiiw,  as  /'  minguinale  (or  [)\g\tar\a  sant/utna/t») 

CRAMBE  (old  Greek  substantive).  Cruet/eras. 
Herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  one  grown  in  the  vegetable-gar- 
den, and  one  or  two  in  the  hardy  herbary 

Annuals,  bionmals  or  perennials,  with  thickened  sts  , 
and  more  or  less  fleshy  Ivs  ,  glaucous  Ivs  mostly  large, 
more  or  less  cut,  Ivrate  or  pinnatifid  fls  small,  white, 
fragrant,  in  panieled  racemes  fr  2-jomted,  indehis- 
cont,  the  lower  joint  st  -like  and  seedless,  the  upper  one 
globular  and  1 -Heeded  — About  20  species  in  Eu.,  Asia, 
and  1  in  Patagonia  Of  easy  cult. 

cordifdlia,  Stev  Excellent  foliage  plant,  withstand- 
ing the  winters  in  the  northern  states'  Ivs.  very 
large  and  heavy,  cordate  and  ovate,  toothed,  glabrous 
or  nearly  so  fls  small  but  very  numerous,  in  great 
branchy  panicles  5-7  ft  high  and  nearly  as  broad,  over- 
topping the  mass  of  root-lvs  Caucasus  Gn  50,  p. 
319  Gng  4  291  —For  the  first  2  years  from  seed  the 
plant  makes  only  Ivs  ;  but  the  third  year  it  may  be 
expected  to  bloom,  after  which  the  plant  usually 
becomes  weak  and  cues 

marftima,  Linn  SEA-KALE.  Perennial,  smooth, 
stout,  to  2  ft  •  Ivs  large,  heavy  and  cut,  more  or  less 
fringed  or  curled,  glaucous  green  fls  many,  white, 
broad,  honey-scented,  in  a  tall  panicle,  in  May  Coasts 
of  Eu. — Grown  as  a  garden  vegetable  See  Sea-kale. 

C  jtincca,  Bieb  Biennial  small  species  with  white  fla.  in  an 
attractively  slender-branched  panicle  Iberia  — C  Kotschy&na, 
Boiss  Perennial  Ivs  somewhat  hairy,  the  radical  ones  cordate- 
ovatewith  rounded  dent  ate  lobe*,  the  st  -Ivs  few,  ovate-oblong.lobed. 
W  Asia  — C  tatdnca,  Jaoq  Perennial,  said  to  be  grown  in  Hungary 
as  "Tartarian  bread  "  Glaucous,  more  or  less  rough-hairy  radical 
Iva  decompound,  with  linear  segms  Hungry,  E  L  H  B 

CRANBERRY.  A  name  applied  to  trailing  species  of 
the  genus  Vaccmium  (EricAce^e) ;  much  grown  in  North 
America  for  the  fruit  Plate  XXIX 

Of  the  true  cranberries,  there  are  two  species  in 
North  America,  the  small  (Vaccinium  Oxt/coccus),  and 
the  large  (V.  macrocarpon).  The  large  cranberry,  V. 
macrocarpon  (Fig.  1087),  is  now  cultivated  on  thou- 
sands of  acres  in  the  United  States  and  this  cranberry 
culture  is  one  of  the,  most  special  and  interesting  of  all 


1087   Vaccinium  macro- 
rpon, the  common  cran- 


pomological  pursuits.  This  cranberry  grows  wild  onh 
in  North  America,  where  it  is  native  to  acid  swamps 
in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  United  States  and  in  Canada 
Here  it  trails  its  slender  stems  and  small  oval  ever- 
green leaves  over  the  sphag- 
num and  boggy  turf,  and  the 
firm  red  berries  which  ripen 
during  September  and  October 
often  persist  on  the  vines  till 
the  following  spring  or  even 
longer.  The  curve  of  the 
slender  pedicel  in  connection 
with  the  bud  just  before  the 
blossom  opens,  with  its  re- 
semblance to  the  head  and 
neck  of  a  crane,  is  said  to  have 
suggested  the  name  craneberry 
which  is  now  shortened  to 
cranberry 

The  low-bush  cranberry,  or 
wolfberry  (V  Vitis  IfUa),  is 
much  used  in  Nova  Scotia  and 
other  parts,  and  is  gathered 
and  shipped  m  largo  quanti- 
ties to  Boston,  but  it  is  not 
cultivated  This  berry  it>  also 
common  in  Europe,  where  it 
is  much  prized  The  quanti- 
ties of  this  fruit  imported  into 
the  United  States  from  various 
sources  is  considerable 

The  ideal  bog  for  cranberry- 
culture  should  nave  the  follow- 
ing qualifications  (1)  Capa- 
bility of  being  drained  of  all 
surface  water,  so  that  free 
water  does  not  stand  higher 
than  1  foot  below  the  surface 
in  the  growing  season  (2)  Soil  that  retains  moisture 
through  the  gummer,  for  cranberries  suffer  greatly  in 
drought  (3)  Sufficient  water-supply  to  enable  it  to  be 
flooded.  (4)  A  fairly  level  or  even  surface,  so  that  the 
flooding  will  be  of  approximately  uniform  depth  over 
the  entire  area  (5)  Not  over  liability  to  frosts. 

The  water  of  the  streams  and  pools  in  the  acid 
swamps  or  bogs,  which  are  the  natural  habitat  of  the 
cranberry,  is  usually,  but  not  invariably,  of  a  brownish 
or  amber  color,  and  some  of  the  most  common  asso- 
ciate plants  are  the  swamp  huckleberry  or  blueberry 
(Vaccinium  corymbosum),  the  cassandra  or  leather-leaf 
(Cham&daphne  calyculata),  the  red  maple  (Acer  rubrum) 
and  the  swamp  cedar  (Chatn.rcyparis  thyoides) 

There  are  three  centers  for  the  production  of  cran- 
berries in  the  United  States.  Massachusetts,  where 
cranberry-culture  began  and  from  which  come  the 
most  berries;  New  Jersey  second;  and  Wisconsin  third. 
While  the  culture  is  in  most  respects  similar  in  these 
three  centers,  each  has  its  own  characteristic  methods 
of  preparation  and  caie  of  the  bogs  There  is  also 
an  important  and  growing  cranberry  industry  in 
Nova  Scotia. 

The  cranberry  bog.  Figs.  1088-1090. 

To  insure  success  in  cranberry-culture,  a  prime 
requisite  is  to  locate  the  bog  on  soil  on  which  wild 
cranberries  or  some  of  their  common  associate  plants 
flourish  This  is  usually  a  black  peaty  formation  from 
a  few  inches  to  7  or  8  feet  in  depth,  overlying  sand 
which  in  turn  is  frequently  underlaid  by  a  "hardpan" 
that  is  nearly  impervious  to  water  and  the  presence 
of  which  had  much  to  do  with  the  formation  of  the 
peat.  Another  requisite  is  to  make  sure  of  an  ample 
supply  of  water,  preferably  of  the  browm&h  color,  for 
winter  flooding  and  for  protection  from  frost  in  spring 
and  fall  Flooding  at  special  times  is  also  the  safest 
and  surest  weapon  against  many  kinds  of  insects 


8/4 


CRANBERRY 


Without  an  ample  supply  of  water,  cranberry-culture 
is  so  hazardous  as  hardly  to  be  worth  undertaking. 
The  building  of  the  dams  is  the  first  step  necessary 
for  the  improvement  of  a  bog  A  foundation  for  these 
should  be  made  by  digging  a  trench  entirely  through 
the  peat,  even  if  it  should  be  8  feet  or  more  thick,  to 
the  clean  sand,  and  this  trench  should  be  filled  with 
sand  free  from  all  foreign  material,  above  this  founda- 
tion, embankments  are  built  of  clean  sand  and  faced 
up  with  sods  of  live  turf  to  prevent  their  being  washed 
by  the  waves  of  the  lake  formed.  The  darns  should  be 
sufficiently  high  to  flood  the  higher  parts  of  the  bog 
a  foot  deep,  which  will  frequently  make  the  water  m 
the  deeper  parts  3  to  6  feet  or  more  in  depth  Gates 
or  flumes  must  be  constmcted  at  (he  lowest  point  m 
these  dams  to  provide  for  drawing  the  water  off  the 
bog  and  provision  made  for  surface  drainage.  The 
latter  is  generally  accomplished  by  opening  the  natural 
stream,  if  there  should  be  one,  or  by  digging  an  open 
ditch  through  the  natural  drainage  center  of  the  piece 


088.  A  Massachusetts  cranberry  bog  — Picking  the  fruit. 


of  land  being  improved.  Side  ditches  should  be  dug 
leading  into  the  stream,  or  mam  ditch,  in  sufficient  num- 
ber to  dram  off  all  surface  water ;  they  may  be  made 
from  1  to  3  feet  deep,  according  to  the  character  of  the 
land  to  be  drained  A  reservoir  built  above  the  bog  is 
very  desirable  in  facilitating  control  of  the  water.  In 
frosty  Wisconsin  it  is  considered  almost  necessary  to 
have  three  times  the  area  of  the  bog  in  reservoir  to 
insure  the  ciops  If  a  bog  is  situated  on  a  stream  sub- 
ject to  high  water,  provision  must  be  made  for  keeping 
the  flood  water  from  the  bog,  as  the  crop  would  be 
destroyed  if  it  were  flooded  during  blooming  time  or 
seriously  injured  by  flooding  at  any  time  during  the 
active  growing  season.  Winter  flooding  of  cranberry 
bogs  is  to  prevent  heaving  and  winter-killing  The  water 
is  put  on  about  the  first  of  December  or  after  the  vines 
have  become  thoroughly  reddened  by  cold  weather. 

Cranberry  bogs,  being  always  lower  than  the  sur- 
rounding land,  are  peculiarly  liable  to  damage  by  frost, 
serious  loss  frequently  occurring  when  an  ordinary 
farmer  would  not  dream  of  danger, and  a  good  supply 
of  water  is  the  only  preventive  that  has  oeen  found 
efficient.  The  time  of  starting  growth  in  th^epring  may 
be  controlled  by  the  time  the  water  is  drained  off,  and 
the  earlier  spring  frosts  may  so  be  avoided  while  an 


CRANBERRY 

ample  supply  of  water  permits  reflooding  when  a  later 
severe  frost  threatens.  Reflooding  about  the  first  of 
June,  provided  the  water  has  not  been  withdrawn 
earlier  than  May  5  to  10,  will  also  furnish  protection 
from  a  number  of  damaging  insects  and  will  not  injure 
the  crop,  provided  care  is  taken  that  the  water  does 
not  stand  on  any  part  of  the  bog  more  than  forty- 
eight  hours.  If  a  bog  should  become  seriously  infested 
with  insects  later  in  the  season,  it  is  occasionally  profit- 
able to  sacrifice  what  remains  of  the  year's  crop  and 
clear  the  bog  of  insects  by  flooding  This  sometimes 
results  m  a  greatly  increased  yield  the  following  year 
Damage  from  a  light  frost  in  the  fall,  before  the  ber- 
ries are  picked,  may  be  prevented  by  raising  the  water 
in  the  ditches  and  aoout  the  roots  of  the  vines  Protec- 
tion from  a  heavy  frost  requires  covering  the  plants 
with  water,  but  this  will  cause  immature  berries  to 
rot  and  should  be  done  with  great  caution  or  the 
damage  from  water  may  be  greater  than  it  would  have 
been  fiom  frost  Duiing  summer  the  irrigation  of 
the  crop  is  accom- 
plished by  holding  the 
water  low  or  high  in  the 
ditches,  as  the  varying 
season  may  demand. 

Prepaiatwn  and  Ullage 
Before  cranberries 
are  planted,  the  land 
must  be  cleared  of  all 
its  natural  growth,  the 
stumps  and  roots  re- 
moved and  the  ground 
leveled  to  a  greater  or 
less  extent  The  more 
nearly  level  a  bog  is 
made,  so  that  proper 
drainage  is  piovided 
for,  the  moro  economi- 
cal it  is  in  the  use  of 
water  and  t  he  easier  it  is 
to  provide  the  optimum 
amount  of  irrigation 
during  the  summer 
The  first  cost  of  such 
perfect  leveling,  how- 
ever, may  be  prohibi- 
tive or  it  may  require 
the  removal  of  all  the 
good  peaty  soil  over 
a  considerable  area, 
leaving  nothing  but  pure  sand  in  which  the  cranberries 
\vill  not  grow  well  In  many  places,  the  removal  of  the 
natural  growth  may  best  be  accomplished  by  cutting 
off  the  tons  of  the  bushes  and  trees  so  that  they  will 
not  extend  above  the  surface  of  the  water  and  flood- 
ing for  two  years,  thus  killing  all  vegetation.  While  this 
flooding  entails  loss  of  time,  it  is  much  easier  and  cheaper 
to  clear  away  the  dead  roots  and  stumps  than  live 
ones,  and  when  no  sand  is  applied  to  the  surface,  as  is 
the  rule  in  New  Jersey,  it  greatly  lessens  the  expense 
of  keeping  the  bog  free  from  weeds  for  there  are  no 
live  roots  in  the  ground  to  send  up  suckers  In  some 
places,  as  m  most  of  Wisconsin,  this  method  of  drown- 
ing out  is  impracticable,  because  the  surface  soil,  in 
which  are  the  roots  of  all  the  living  plants,  will  separate 
from  the  more  perfectly  decomposed  peat  below  and 
rise  to  the  surface  of  the  water  in  floating  islands  mak- 
ing death  to  vegetation  by  drowning  impossible.  In 
such  situations  the  ground  must  be  turfed  and  all  roots 
and  stumps  grubbed  out  In  either  case  the  roots  and 
stumps  are  best  disposed  of  by  piling  in  heaps  and 
burning  In  Massachusetts,  it  is  the  custom  to  cover 
the  cleared  and  leveled  bog  with  3  to  5  inches  of  sand, 
which  makes  it  still  easier  to  keep  the  bogs  free  from 
weeds  and  acts  as  a  moisture-retaining  mulch  for  the 


CRANBERRY 


CRANBERRY 


875 


underlying  peat.    Where  sanding  is  practised,  it  is  the 
to  apply  a  fresh  coat  of  sand  an  inch  or  less  in 


United    States    Department   of   Agriculture   and   the 
agricultural  experiment  stations  of  New  Jersey,  Wis- 


dcpth  every  two  or  three  years;  this  keeps  the  vines      cnnsm  and  Massachusetts     More  vaneties  of  insects 
short  and  close.        ^  ^    ^  may  be  successfully  combated  with  water  than  with 

any  other  one  thing,  as  already  explained.  Arsenical 
poisons  are  expensive  to  apply,  of  indifferent  success 
in  destroying  insects  on  the  bogs,  and  they  are  sus- 
pected of  being  an  actual  poison  to  the  vines. 


Cuttings  for  planting  are  secured  by  mowing 
vigorous  vines  from  an  old  bog  with  a  scythe  These 
cuttings,  preferably  not  more  than  8  or  10  inches  long, 
are  thrust  diagonally  into  the  surface  of  the  bog  from 
J2  to  14  inches  apart.  Not  more 
than  3  or  4  inches  of  the  top 
should  be  exposed,  and  if  the 
bog  is  sanded,  care  should  be 
taken  that  the  cutting  extends 
well  into  the  muck  below.  As 
the  vines  grow  they  send  out 
runners  in  all  directions,  netting 
the  ground  completely  over. 
These  sometimes  grow  as  much 
as  0  feet  m  length  and  root  in 
the  soil  at  frequent  intervals 
Fiom  the  runners  grow  upright 
stems  which,  in  time,  cover  the 
bog  with  a  solid  mat  of  vegeta- 
tion The  uprights  are  prefer- 
ably not  more  than  0  inches  high 


1089.  A  cranberry  bog  flooded  in  winter. 


but  under  some  soil  conditions  grow  to  a  foot  or  more 
\\hen  the  fruit  is  likely  to  be  scanty  From  the  time 
of  planting,  three  to  five  years  must  pass  before  the 
ground  is  matted  over  and  a  crop  may  be  expected 

The  character  of  the  growth  of  cranberry  vines  pre- 
cludes any  cultivation  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the 
word  The  care  of  the  bogs  consists  m  keeping  them 
free  from  other  plants,  which  is  accomplished  almost 
entirely  by  hand-pulling,  the  regulation  of  the  irriga- 
tion water,  and  preventive  and  curative  measures  for 
the  many  diseases  and  insect  enemies  to  which  they 
are  subject 

Fertilising  of  cranberries  has  met  with  considerable 
success  m  mci eased  crops,  various  brands  of  commercial 
fertih/ei  having  been  employed  The  subject  is  not 
well  understood,  however,  and  is  attracting  the  atten- 
tion of  manv  thoughtful  growers  and  their  scientific 
helpers  in  the  state  experiment  stations 

The  pretty  little  pinkish  white  flowers  of  the  cran- 
berry open  during  June,  when  the  bogs  are  not  flooded, 
but  the  holding  of  the  winter  water  till  May  throws  the 
fullest  bloom  into  the  early  part  of  July. 

])i^ca^cs  and  insects. 
Spraying  with  bordeaux  mixture  is  very  generally 

practised  to  prevent  "scald,"  a  fungous  disease  which 
has  been  especially 
injurious  to  the  grow  - 
crs  of  New  Jersey 
and  which  was  so 
named  because  it  was 
long  thought  to  be 
caused  by  the  scald- 
ing effect  of  the  hot 
sun  shining  on  berries 
wet  with  dewr  As  it 
is  seldom  possible  to 
run  heavy  spraying 
machinery  over  the 
bogs,  spraying  in- 
volves the  use  of  very 
long  lines  of  ho.se  or 
the  laying  of  pipe 
lines,  or  both,  the 
spraying  of  each 


Fomftes 

There  are  now  many  vaneties 
of  cranberries  in  cultivation,  all 
of  them  having  been  selected 
from  wild  vines  or  vines  that 
appeared  naturally  in  cultivated 
bogs  These  varieties  vary  in 
shape,  color,  size,  productive- 
ness, time  of  ripening  and  adap- 
tation to  differftat  soils  Some 
of  the  forms  are  shown  in  Figs 
1091-1093  The  most  generally 
cultivated  are  the  Early  Blacks 
and  the  Howes,  both  of  which 
originated  in  the  Cape  Cod  dis- 
trict and  which  together  make 


about  50  per  cent  of  the  berries  marketed  from  all 
three  of  the  cranberry  states 

The  Early  Blacks  are  readv  to  harvest  about  the 
first  of  September  both  in  Massachusetts  and  New 
Jersey,  and  the  la^t  of  the  Howes  are  seldom  picked 
before  the  middle  of  October  As  the  pickers  advance 
ovei  a  cranberry  bog,  they  pick  clean  as  they  go  and 
do  not  go  back  for  successive  relays  of  ripening  berries 
as  with  most  other  small  fruits 

Picking  and  grading 

In  Massachusetts  most  of  the  picking  is  done  by  a 
scoop,  bv  which  the  berries  are  raked  from  the  vines 
When  the  vines  are  short,  the  uprights  not  tangled, 
and  the  picker  is  experienced,  berries  can  be  harvested 
in  this  way  very  rapidl>  and  with  very  little  damage 
to  either  fruit  or  vines  The  bogs  are  kept  m  good  con- 
dition for  "scooping"  by  pruning  every  three  or  tour 
>ears  with  a  rake  the  teeth  of  which  are  knives  placed 
about  6  inches  apart.  The  scoop  (Fig  1091)  IH  also 
used  to  a  considerable  extent  in  New  Jersey  and  Wis- 
consin but  in  these  states  a  great  many  berries  are 
still  picked  by  hand 

Some  of  the  berries,  especially  in  Massachusetts,  are 
cleaned  and  packed  on  the  bog  as  they  are  picked,  and 
sent  directly  to  market,  but  this  immediate  packing 
tends  to  poor  keeping  Most 
cranberries,  after  picking, 
are  put  in  boxes  which  are 
packed  in  well- ventilated 
stoi  chouses  Here  they  are 
kept  from  a  few  days  to 
several  months 
and  the  cleaning 
and  packing  for 
market  is  done  im- 
mediately before 
they  are  shipped. 

The  machine 
wrhich  has  been 
the  standard  for 
cleaning  cum-  ' 


1090    The  flume  or  outlet  at  the 
bottom  of  a  cranberry  bog. 


berries  for  many 

ovided  wi 


1091.  The  oblong  or 
bugle-form  type  of  cran- 
berry. 


property  being  a  separate  engineering  problem. 

Insects  of  many  kinds  attack  the  roots,  the  leaves, 
the  blossoms  and  the  fruit  of  the  cranberry.  Knowl- 
edge of  the  life  history  of  each  of  these  is  necessary  for 
successful  warfare  against  it,  and  detailed  information 
la  best  secured  from  the  various  bulletins  of  the 

56 


years  is  provided  with  a  fan  to  blow  away  all  grass, 
pieces  oi  vine,  dried-up  berries  or  anything  of  like 
natiue  that  may  have  gotten  in  the  berries  while 
being  picked.  The  berries  are  then  allowed  to  roll 
down  a  series  of  steps;  those  that  are  sound  are 
elastic  and  will  bounce  like  little  rubber  balls  There 
are  bands  of  cloth  stretched  above  the  steps  in  such 
a  way  that  when  a  beiry  bounces  in  the  nght  direc- 


876 


CRANBERRY 


CRANBERRY 


1092.  The  obovoid  or 
bell-shaped  form  of  cran- 
berry (XH) 


tion  it  is  received  on  the  cloth  and  slides  down  into 
the  box  placed  for  the  good  berries  without  more 
bouncing  *  The  rotten  berries  having  lost  their  elas- 
ticity are  not  able  to  bounce  over  the  cloth  partition 
that  separates  the  good  from  the  bad.  With  berries 
that  are  nearly  spherical  and  not  too  juicy  this  machine 
works  very  well,  provided  there  are  no  frozen  berries 
to  be  taken  out 
Berries  damaged  by 
frost  are  even  more 
elastic  than  sound 
ones  and  will  all  go  into  the 
box  for  good  fruit  .  Neither 
will  the  bounce  machines  work 
well  with  long  or  oval  berries; 
when  these  strike  on  their 
pointed  ends  they  fail  to 
bounce  and  there  is  always  a 
considerable  percentage  of 
sound  fruit  found  in  the  refuse 
box  As  there  may  be  any- 
where from  ten  to  thirty  or 
more  steps,  it  is  easily  under- 
stood that  berries  going  over  these  machines  are  not 
in  the  best  possible  condition  for  long  keeping  at  tor 
they  are  put  on  the  market.  Some  varieties  of  bemes 
which  are  verv  juicy  and  tender  can  not  be  put- 
through  these  machines  at  all  as  the  steps  get  so  sticky 
with  the  juice  that  the  berries  will  not  bounce. 

In  1903,  a  machine  was  patented  by  Joseph  J. 
White,  which  avoids  the  defects  of  the  bounce  ma- 
chines This  has  since  been  put  on  the  market,  and  its 
use  is  spreading  among  the  more  careful  packers  of 
Massachusetts  and  New  Jersey,  but,  the  more  compli- 
cated machinery  and  greater  cost  have  prevented  its 
adoption  by  other  growers  This  machine  is  provided 
with  a  hopper  into  which  the  cranberries  are  emptied 
through  a  screen  which  removes  the  coarser  grass  and 
vines,  from  the  hopper  the  berries  are  fed,  single  file, 
to  screw  conveyors  on  which  they  are  held  by  trough- 
like  guards  These  guards  do  not  quite  touch  the 
screw,  leaving  a  crack  through  which  the  remaining 
bits  of  grass,  vines  and  dried  berries  are  dropped  into 
a  box  placed  below  to  receive  them 

The  screw  conveyor  passes  the  berries  over  a  series 
of  selecting  plates  made  of  some  resilient  material, 
the  best  found  so  far  being  the  selected  spruce  wood 
prepared  for  piano  sounding-boards  These  plates  are 
tapped  by  small  hammers  placed  beneath,  the  strength 
of  the  blow  being  regulated  by  a  thumb-screw  The 
sound  berries  respond  to  this  gentle  tapping  by  jump- 
ing off  the  screw  conveyor  and  falling  on  an  endless 
belt  a  few  inches  below,  which  delivers  all  the  sound 
fruit  at  one  end  of  the  machine  The  rotten  beines 
do  not  respond  to  the  tapping  of  the  selecting  plates 
and  are  carried  to  the  ends  of  the  screw  conveyors 
where  they  drop  in  the  same  box  under  the  machine 
that  receives  the  fine  grass  and  the  like  Frozen  ber- 
ries are  removed  by  this  machine  nearly  as  well  as 
rotten  ones  and  the 
shape  of  the  berries  is  of 
no  importance,  while  the 
berries  only  drop  twice, 
a  few  inches  each  time, 
and  are  in  much  better 
condition  for  long  keep- 
ing than  those  that  go 
over  the  bounce  ma- 
chines. After  the  berries 
have  been  cleaned  by 
machine  it  is  customary 
to  place  them  on  tables 
where  women  remove 
any  defective  berries 

1093.  The  globular  or  cherry-         that    may    have    been 
shaped  cranberry.  ( X  H)  missed  by  the  machines. 


Marketing;  yield. 

Most  cranberries  are  marketed  m  barrels  holding 
about  100  quarts;  a  few  are  marketed  in  crates  three 
of  which  fill  a  barrel.  Some  dealers  prefer  to  buy 
cranberries  "in  the  chaff,"  that  is,  just  as  they  come 
from  the  bogs  without  having  been  run  through  any 
machine.  Berries  sold  in  this  way  are  always  packed 
in  crates  and  are  cleaned  by  the  dealer,  a  few  crates 
at  a  time,  as  his  trade  calls  for  them;  they  keep  better 
than  those  that  have  been  cleaned  before  being  shipped 

Evaporated  cranberries  have  been  on  the  market  for 
a  number  of  years  and  are  excellent,  there  being  less 
difference  between  the  sauce  made  from  them  and  from 
fresh  fruit  than  is  the  case  with  most  kinds  of  fruit 

From  the  cranberry  centers,  the  fruit  is  shipped  in 
carload  lots  to  the  large  cities  of  the  United  States, 
and  from  these  distributed  to  the  surrounding  towns. 
There  is  also  a  small  but  steadily  growing  export  trade 

A  bog  m  good  bearing  should  yield  fifty  barrels  to 
the  acre,  but  as  many  as  200  ban  els  have  been  sccuieu 

In  1895  cooperative  selling  of  cranberries  was  inau- 
gurated by  some  of  the  New  Jersey  growers,  who 
organized  the  Growers'  Cranberry  Co  ,  with  Joseph  J 
White  as  president  and  Theodore  Budd  as  vice-presi- 
dent This  company  was  joined  by  a  number  of  large 
New  England  growers  and,  though  handling  only  25 
per  cent  of  the  crop,  prospered  greatly  Later,  A  U. 
Chancy  organized  another  cooperative  selling  company. 
These  two  companies  consolidated  in  1910,  forming  the 
American  Cranberry  Exchange,  with  George  \V.  Bnggs, 
of  Massachusetts,  as  president.  The  Exchange  controls 
about  50  per  cent  of  the  crop  of  the  country  and  has 
been  remarkably  successful  in  securing  good  prices  for 
its  members  while  keeping  the  ictail  price  as  low  as 
dunng  the  years  of  fiercest  competition. 

History. 

Cranberry-culture  began  about  a  century  ago  in 
Massachusetts  on  the  Cape  Cod  Peninsula  William 
Kenrick,  writing  in  1832  in  the  "Orchardist,"  says  that 
"Cant  Henry  Hall,  of  Barnstable,  has  cultivated  the 
cranberry  twenty  years,"  "Mr  F  A  Hayden,  of  Lin- 
coln, Massachusetts,  is  stated  to  have  gathered  from 
his  farm  in  1830,  400  bushels  of  cranberries,  which 
brought  him  m  Boston  market  $600."  In  the  second 
and  subsequent  editions,  Kenrick  makes  the  figure 
$400  It  is  not  said  whether  Hayden's  berues  were 
wild  or  cultivated  At  the  present  day,  with  all  the 
increase  in  production, 
prices  are  higher  than 
those  received  by  Hay- 
den  In  the  third  (1841) 
and  subsequent  editions, 
it  is  said  that  "an  acre 
of  cranberries  in  full  — ^«_^ 

beanng  will  produce  over    1094.  Cranberry  scoop,  someUmes 
200    bushels,     and     the         used  m  picking  the  berries, 
fruit  generally  sells,  in 

the  markets  of  Boston,  for  $1.50  per  bushel,  and  much 
highei  than  in  former  years."  It  was  as  late  as  1850, 
however,  that  cranberry-culture  gained  much  promi- 
nence It  was  in  1856  that  the  first  treatise  appeared 
B  Eastwood's  "Complete  Manual  for  the  Cultivation 
of  the  Cranberry."  About  1845,  cranberry-culture 
began  to  establish  itself  in  New  Jersey 

The  culture  of  cranberries  began  in  Nova  Scotia 
about  thirty  yeans  ago  The  first  attempt  consisted 
m  improving  some  of  the  patches  of  wild  berries  found 
growing  around  the  central  district  of  the  Annapolis 
Valley.  Gradually  the  idea  was  entertained  of  plant- 
ing new  areas,  and  as  this  proved  successful  the  new 
industry  was  soon  fairly  established  Farmers  in  the 
vicinity  of  Auburn  soon  took  up  the  industry,  and  m 
the  fall  of  1892  the  first  carload  of  cranberries  was 
shipped  to  Montreal  Since  then,  Nova  Scotia  cran- 
berries have  met  with  a  ready  sale  throughout  Canada. 


CRANBERRY 


CRASSULA 


877 


PRODUCTION   o»  CRANBERRIES  IN  THB  UNITED  STATUS 
IN  1899  AND  1909  (13th  CENSUS) 


State 

1899 

1909 

New  England- 

Quarts 

Quarts 

Maine 

100,192 

49,728 

New  Hampshire 

30,304 

31,136 

Vermont 

1,120 

Massachusetts 

22,714.496 

19,164  ,982 

Rhode  Wand 

34,088. 

209,888 

Connecticut 

145,408 

221,472 

Middle  Atlantic  — 

New  York 

327.370 

348,064 

New  Jersey 

12,072.288 

7,687,072 

Pennsylvania 
East  North  Central- 

5,728 

Ohio 

4.256 

Indiana     . 

7,552 

139,520 

Illinois 

13,418 

1.696 

Michigan 

125,536 

124,288 

Wisconsin 
West  North  Central- 

2,549,344 

3,555,136 

Minnesota 

22,112 

35,840 

1,952 

\fiBHOiin 

b.944 

North  Dakota 

1,120 

.32 

South  Dakota 

288 

704 

Nebraska 

640 

Kansas 

1,152 

South  Atlantic  — 

Virginia 

18,112 

North  Carolina 

1,024 

East  South  Central  — 

Alabama 

96 

West  South  Central— 

\rkunsifl 

288 

Mountain— 

Montana 

32 

New  Mexico 

90 

Pacific— 

Washington 

9.728 

4.416 

Oregon 

40,864 

22,784 

California 

10.656 

United  States 

38,243.060 

31,600,512 

Literature. 

The  standard  books  on  the  cultivation  of  cranberries 
are  Webb's  "Cape  Cod  Cranberries,"  and  "Cranberry- 
Culture,"  by  Joseph  J  White,  these  are  old  books  and 
in  many  respects  out-of-date  The  best  literature  on 
the  subject  is  to  be  found  in  the  vanous  publications 
of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
bulletins  of  the  agricultural  experiment  stations  of 
New  Jersey,  Wisconsin  and  Massachusetts,  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  American  Cranberry  Grower^'  Aswx-ia- 
tion  which  have  been  published  bienmallv  since  1880, 
the  reports  of  the  Cape  Cod  Cranberry  Growers' 
Association,  and  the  reports  of  the  Wisconsin  State 
Cranberry  Growers'  Association. 

ELIZABETH  C.  WHITE. 

CRANBERRY  TREE:  H\gh-bu*h  cranlicrry,  Viburnum  Opulus. 

CRANESBILL.  Loosely  applied  to  the  whole  genus 
Geranium.  In  America  it  usually  means  G.  maculatum 

CRANIOLARIA  (from  a  fancied  resemblance  of  the 
pod  to  a  skull  or  cranium).  Marti/maces*  Coarse  but 
interesting  flower-garden  annual 

Wide-spreading  low  viscid-hairy  rank  forking  herb 
Ivs  large,  opposite,  long-petioled,  broadly  cordate, 
reniform  or  palmately  lobed'  fls.  white,  racemed,  calyx 
3-5-lobed,  more  or  le.ss  inflated,  corolla  very  long-tubed, 
the  tube  slender  and  cylindrical,  campanulate  at  the 
throat,  more  or  less  2-hpped,  the  5  lobes  rounded 
and  somewhat  undulate,  the  anterior  largest,  perfect 
stamens  4,  didynamous,  affixed  at  or  near  the  throat, 
ovary  1-celled:  fr.  a  2-valved  caps,  with  a  long  incurved 
beak,  many-seeded  — Two  species,  Venezuela  to  Para- 
guay. Usually  confused  with  Martyma,  from  \vhich 
Jt  is  distinguished  readily  by  having  4  rather  than  2 
fertile  stamens  and  by  the  very  long  and  slender  corolla- 


tube  which  widens  at  the  throat;  the  closely  related 
Proboscidea  has  a  much  broader  tube  widening  nearly 
from  the  base. 

annua,  Linn.  (Martyma  Cranwlana,  Glox.).  Two 
feet  high:  Ivs.  palmately  lobed,  the  margins  dentate- 
calyx  2-bracted,  cut  down  one  side,  about  one-third 
the  length  of  the  slender  straightish  corolla-tube; 
lobes  of  corolla  rounded  and  not  much  undulate;  style 
2-lobed,  equaling  or  slightly  exceeding  the  2  pairs  of 
stamens  N.  S  Amer  — The  thick  fleshy  root  is  pre- 
served in  sugar  as  a  cornfit,  plant  known  as  "Creole 
.scorzonera"  in  S  Amer  There  appears  to  be  con- 
fusion in  the  seed  sold  as  Martynta  Cranwlana;  some  of 
it  may  be  M .  Louisiana  or  other  species.  L.  H.  B. 

CRASSULA  (Latin  thrckish,  referring  to  the  thick 
leaves  and  stems)  Crassulacex  Fleshy  and  leafy  green- 
house shrubs  or  herbs;  grown  for  the  grotesque  appear- 
ance of  some  of  the  kinds  and  also  for  the  bloom. 

Variable  in  habit  and  foli- 
age, mostly  erect;  rarely 
annual'  Ivs  opposite,  usu- 
ally sesbile  and  often  con- 
nate, fleshy,  very  entire  and 
the  margins  sometimes 
cartilaginous,  glabrous  or 
pubescent  or  scaly,  fls.  usu- 
ally small,  white,  rose  or 
rarely  yellow,  commonly  in 
cymes  but  sometimes  capi- 
tate, usually  5-merous;  calyx 
5-parted,  the  lobes  erect  or 
spreading,  petals  5,  free  or 
joined  at  the  base,  erect 
or  spreading;  stamens  5, 
shorter  than  the  petals; 
carpels  5,  many-ovuled  — 
Species  150  or  more,  mostly 
in  S  Afr ,  but  a  few  in 
Abysbinia  and  Asia.  Many 
species  have  been  mtro.  to 
cult  ,  but  only  a  few  are 
actually  grown  outside  of 
fanciers'  collections.  The 
rocheas  sometimes  pass  as 
crassulas  See  Rochea. 

The  genus  Crassula  gives 
the  name  to  the  order  Cras- 
hvi lacca?,  which  contains 
many  cultivated  succulent 
plants,  and  also  others  of 
w  idely  different  habit  The 
order  is  closely  related  to  the 
Saxifragaceie,  but  differs  in 
having  the  carpels  of  the 
ovary  entirely  free  and  equal  in  number  to  the  petals, 
but  the  forms  pass  easily  into  the  Saxifragacese  through 
Francoa  and  Tetilla,  and  back  again  through  Triactina 
The  genera,  as  usually  treated,  are  ill  defined,  and 
cei  tain  species  of  Sedum  cross  over  the  lines  of  Crassula, 
Cotyledon  and  Sempervivum,  while  between  Crassula 
and  Tilkea  no  very  clear  distinction  can  be  made. 

Crashulas  are  greenhouse  plants  requiring  a  dry 
atmosphere  during  the  resting-period.  While  making 
growth,  they  may  be  treated  like  other  greenhouse 
plants  in  the  way  of  watering,  placing  them  in  the 
lightest  and  airiest  part  of  the  house.  The  pots  must 
be  drained  so  that  any  surplus  moisture  will  easily 
pass  through.  The  soil  should  consist  of  sand,  loam, 
broken  brick,  and  a  very  small  quantity  of  leaf-soil  or 
thoroughly  rotted  cow-manure  Propagation  is  usually 
from  cuttings  Some  of  the  species,  such  as  C  falcala, 
do  not  give  much  material  for  this  purpose,  and  they 
should,  therefore,  be  headed  over  and  the  tops  put  in 
dry  sand  in  the  spring,  allowing  water  only  when  they 
show  signs  of  shriveling  The  cut-over  plants  should 


1095.  Cratsula  quadrifldt. 
(XH) 


878 


CRASSULA 


CRAT^GUS 


be  encouraged  to  make  Bide  shoots,   which  may  be 
rooted  after  they  are  large  enough     (G.  W.  Oliver.) 

A.  Floral  parts  in  4's. 

quadrifida,  Baker.  Fig.  1095.  Perennial.  Ivs  oblong- 
epatulate,  the  upper  ones  rounder,  decussate:  fls.  with 
their  parts  in  4's,  pamcled,  white,  tinged  red.  Cape. 

AA.  Floral  parts  in  6's,  which  is  considered  to  be  normal 

in  the  genus. 
B.  Lvs  petwled. 

cordata,  Soland.  Plant  slender  and  shrubby,  1-3  ft., 
erect  or  diffused  and  sometimes  rooting  at  the  joints: 
Ivs  dotted,  stalked,  cordate-remform,  obtuse,  entire, 
glabrous  cymes  panicle-like;  fls.  reddibh,  sometimes 
pure  white;  petals  free,  lanceolate,  spreading.  Cape 
Winter. — Closely  allied  to  C.  t>pathulata. 

spathulata,  Thunb.  Somewhat  shrubby,  more  slender 
ana  trailing  than  C.  cordata,  decumbent,  branching* 
Ivs  stalked,  roundish,  crenate,  glabrous,  shining  above: 
corymbs  panicle-like;  fls  rosy  or  flesh-colored:  petals 
acute  Cape  LBC  4:359  as  C  cordata). — Likely  to 
be  cult,  as  C.  cordata 

BB.  Lvs  not  petioled  (or  only  tapcnng  to  base). 

c.  Foliage  glaucous. 

falcata,  Wendl  (Rbchea  falcdta,  DC  )  Height  3-8 
ft  :  Ivs.  grown  together  at  the  base,  thick,  glaucous, 
oblong,  falcate,  fls  small,  numerous  (50  or  more),  in 
a  crimson,  rarely  white,  dense,  terminal  corymb; 
corolla-tube  y^in.  long,  as  long  as  the  limb  or  shorter. 
Cape.  BM.2035. 

cc.  Foliage  not  glaucous. 

lactea,  Soland.  Plant  shrubby,  branching,  tortuous 
below,  1-2  ft  '  Ivs  narrow-obovate,  acutish  or  acumi- 
nate, narrowed  and  grown  together  at  the  base,  gla- 
brous, bpotted  along  the  margin,  cymes  panicle-like, 
many-fid  ,  fls.  white,  small  Cape  Winter.  B  M 
1771  L.BC.  8-735— A  free-flowering  window  plant 
of  easy  cult.  There  is  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs. 
Differs  from  C.  arboicscens  m  the  narrower  acute  Ivs 
that  are  more  tapering  at  base,  and  in  the  color  of 
the  fls 

arborescens,  Willd.  Fleshy  erect  shrub,  reaching 
8-10  ft.  Ivs.  roundish-obovate  and  obtuse,  tapering  to 
base,  fleshy,  flat  and  glaucous,  dotted  above,  the  edges 
smooth,  fls  rather  large,  rose-colored,  in  tnchotomous 
pamcled  cymes  Cape  B  M  384  (as  C  Cotyledon). 

C  atroaangulnea,  Barbey  Erect,  12-20  in  ,  rigid  st  reddish, 
branched  at  top  Ivs  aloe-like,  straight  or  recurved,  glabrous,  nar- 
rowed from  base  to  apex,  olten  8  in  long,  rosulate  and  on  the  st 
fls  dark  red,  in  a  dense  terminal  many-nd  cluster  Transvaal  — 
C  coccinea  Linn  =Ilochea  coccmea  — C  corifjfita,  N.  E  Br  Only 
3}iin  high  Ks  thick  and  fleshy,  ovate-lanrcolatc  fls  numerous, 
densely  crowded  in  a  sessile  terminal  head,  the  petals  scarcely  J/.m 
lon«,  white  S  Afr — C  conjuncta,  N  E  Br.  Lvs  concave  fls 
pure  white  m  a  compact  narrow  cluster  S  Afr  —  C  dedjnens,  N.  E 
Br  Dwarf  tufted  perennial  Ivs  dcn&ely  covered  with  blunt 
papillse  or  nipple-like  projections,  fleshy,  oblong  fls  very  small, 
white,  in  terminal  3-branched  cymes  8  Afr  (?)  — C  jatmtnea, 
Ker-Gawl=-Rochea  jasmmea  —  C  sethfdha,  N  E  Br  Only  1-2  in. 
high  when  in  bloom  Ivs  in  small  tufts  at  the  base  and  3  or  4  pairs 
on  the  fl  -sts  ,  bright  green,  cihatc,  with  red-brown  spots  along  the 
margin  fls  white,  3-9  together  in  terminal  cymes  S  Afr. — 
C  varidlnhs,  N  E  Br  Plant  3-6  in  high,  branched  at  base  Ivs 
in  4  rows,  densely  imbricated,  ovate,  small  (Jim  or  less  long), 
cihate  on  margin  fls  white,  or  red  outside,  5-7  in  small  cymea 
disposed  in  a  narrow  terminal  panicle.  S.  Afr. 


:  Crateegus  grandiflora. 


L.  H.  B.f 


CRAT^EGO-MlSSPILUS.  This  name  has  been 
bestowed  on  a  graft  hybrid  between  Cratxgus  mon- 
ogyna and  Mespilus  germanica,  discovered  in  1894  in 
the  garden  of  M.  Dardar  at  Bronvaux  near  Metz, 
Germany.  Like  Laburnum  Adamii,  which  is  probably 
the  best  known  of  the  graft  hybrids^  it  produces  at  the 
same  time  branches  intermediate  m  their  <  characters 
between  the  parents  and  branches  resembling  more  or 
less  closely  the  parent  plants  Two  distinct  forms  pro- 


duced on  different  branches  of  the  parent  tree  have 
been  prop,  and  distributed  under  the  names  C  Ddrdari 
and  C,  Asnieresn.  The  first  form  (C.  Ddrdari,  Simon- 
Louis),  has  the  Ivs.  and  the  frs.  very  similar  to  those  of 
the  medlar,  but  the  branches  are  spiny,  the  fls  appear 
in  corymbs,  are  distinctly  pedicelled  and  have  15-20 
stamens  and  the  frs.  have  only  1-3  stones,  measure 
H~Mln  across,  and  are  crowned  by  persistent  upright 
conmvent  calyx-lobes  M  D  G.  1912  101.  The  second 
form,  C  Asnieresn,  Schneid.  (C  Jules  d'Asmeres, 
Simon-Loins)  resembles  more  Cratsegus  monogyna,  but 
is  pubescent;  the  Ivs  on  the  flowering  branchlets  are 
usually  oval  to  obovate  and  often  entire,  while  those  of 
the  shoots  are  ovate  or  rhombic-ovate  and  usually  with 
1  to  3  rounded  or  rarely  acute  lobes  on  either  side;  the 
fls  are  borne  in  pubescent,  6-12-fld  corymbs,  have  20 
stamens  and  1-2  styles;  the  fr  is  subglobose  and  less 
than  ^m.  across  G  C  III.  50  183,  185  Gn.  75,  p 
310.  M  D  G  1912  100.— While  C  Dardan  is  botam- 
cally  more  interesting,  C  Asmeresii  is  more  ornamental 
and  forms  a  handsome  small  tree  with  gracefully  arch- 
ing branches  studded  with  numerous  fl  -clusters.  It  is 
prop,  by  budding  or  grafting  like  the  horticultural 
varieties  of  Crataegus  ALFRED  REHDER 

CRATJEGUS  (ancient  Greek  name,  derived  from 
kratos,  strength,  on  account  of  the  hardiness  of  the 
wood)  Rosdcex,  subfain.  Pbmex  CRATEGUS  HAW- 
THORN Woody  pliuits  grown  for  their  handsome  foliage, 
attractive  flowers  and  decorative  fruit  which,  in  a  few 
species,  is  edible,  and  also  for  their  picturesque  habit : 
very  valuable  for  ornament 

Shrubs  or  small  trees,  usually  spiny.  Ivs  alternate, 
deciduous,  stipulate,  serrate,  often  lobed  or  pmnatifid: 
fls  white,  in  some  varieties  red,  in  corymbs,  rarely 
solitary,  petals  and  calyx -lobes  5,  stamens  5-25, 
usually  10  or  20;  styles  1-5  fr  a  drupe-like  pome,  with 
1-5  1-seeded  bony  stones  — A  large  genus,  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  temperate  regions  of  the  northern 
hemisphere,  most  abundant  m  N.  Amcr.,  where  be-- 
tween  800  and  900  species  have  been  described,  while 
from  the  Old  World 
only  about  60  species 
are  known.  There  ex- 
ists no  recent  mono- 
graph of  the  genus,  a 
systematic  enumera- 
tion of  the  arborescent 
American  species  will 
be  found  in  Sargent, 
"Manual  of  the  Tree4* 
of  North  America," 
pp  363-504,  of  the 
species  of  the  southern 
states  in  Small,  "Flora 
of  the  Southeastern 
United  States,"  pp 
532-569;  and  of  the 
species  of  the  north- 
eastern states  in  Gray'^ 
Manual,  ed  7,  p  460 
79,  and  in  Britton  and 

1096.  Thorns  of  Cratogus.  They  ?f  T^^  l^for  'the 
arc  modified  branches,  being  In  the  *'  ^94-d21,  for  the 
axils  of  leaves;  sometlmes.Ts  in  the  »PCCies  cult  in  Euro- 
lower  figure,  some  of  the  short  pean  gardens,  see 
branches  bear  leaves.  Lange,  "Revisio  Speci- 

erum  Generis  Cratspgi" 
(1897),  quoted  below  as  Lange. 

The  hawthorns  are  hardy  ornamental  shrubs  and 
trees,  mostly  of  dense  and  low  growth,  with  handsome 
foliage,  turning,  in  most  species,  to  a  brilliant  coloring  in 
the  fall  Almost  all  have  attractive  white  flowers,  pink 
or  crimson  in  some  varieties  of  C.  Oxyacanlha  and  ('• 
monogyna  Most  of  the  species  have  very  decorative 
fruit  which  in  C.  Phsenopyrum,  C  mtida,  C.  viridis,  C 


CRAT^OUS 


CRATyEGUS 


879 


fecunda,  C  pruinosa,  C  Carrie?  m,  C  persibtens,  C 
Oxyacantha.  C.  monogyna  and  others  persist  on  the 
trees  until  late  into  the  winter,  while  some  species,  as 
C  Arnoldiana,  ripen  their  large  fruits,  which  soon  drop, 
in  August,  also  C  dahurica,  C  sanguinea  and  the  black- 
fruited  C  mgra  ripen  about  the  same  time,  and  C. 
submolhs  only  a  little  later,  but  the  earliest  of  all  is  the 
southern  C.  seawalls,  which  ripens  its  fruits  in  May. 
This  and  the  blue-fruited  C  brachyacantha  are  among 
the  most  decorative  hawthorns  for  the  southern  states. 
The  fruit  of  C  xt>livalit,  and  that  of  C.  mcxicana  is 
made  into  preserves  and  jellies;  also  the  fruits  of  the 
Molles  group  are  suited  for  jelly-making,  and  in  South 
Carolina  an  excellent  jelly  similar  m  quality  and  taste 
to  Guava  jelly  is  made  from  the  fruits  of  some  species 
of  the  Flava?  group  In  Europe,  C  nwnogijna  and  C. 
Oxyacantha  are  counted  among  the  best  hedge  plants; 
also  many  American  species  like  C  Ph<fnopyrum,  C. 
Crus-galli  and  possibly  C  niacracantha,  C  intncata,  C. 
padorum,  C  rotundifoha,  may  be  used  for  hedges,  but 
they  arc  stronger  growers  and  cannot  be  piuned  so 
closely  as  the  European  species  The  hawthorns  grow 
well  in  exposed  positions  and  as  a  rule  do  not  like  much 
shade,  they  are  not  particular  as  to  the  soil,  but  grow 
best  in  limestone  sou,  also  in  a  nch,  loamv,  somewhat 
moist  one,  and  even  in  strong  cuy  Propagated  by 
seeds,  sown  in  fall  or  stratified,  before  stratilymg,  most 
of  the  pulp  may  be  removed  by  laying  the  fruits  in 
shallow  piles  and  allowing  them  to  decay  Then  they 
are  mixed  with  sand  or  sifted  soil  and  buriod  in  the 
ground  or  kept  in  boxes  in  a  cool  cellar  The  young 
plants  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  over  one  year 
in  the  seed-beds,  as  they  form  long  tap-roots  and  are 
then  difficult  to  transplant  Varieties  and  rarer  kinds 
are  easily  budded  or  grafted  on  seedling  stock  of  C. 
Oryacantha,  or  other  common  strong-growing  species. 
The  spines  of  crategus  arc  modified  branches  (sec 
Fig  1096)  The  fruits  arc  pomes  (Fig  1097),  with 
structure  similar  to  that  of  the  apple 

ALFRED  HKHDER. 

The  American  hawthorns  are  highly  ornamental  sub- 
jects for  the  planting  of  parks  and  private  estates 
The  showy  flowers  in  spring  and  eaily  summer,  the 
conspicuous  red,  crimson,  and  scarlet  fmits  of  nearly  all 
of  them,  which  extend  amongst  the  different  species 
fiom  August  to  early  winter  and  midwinter, — and  some 
of  the  species  markedly  retain  their  iruits  without 
shrinkage  of  pulp  or  loss  of  color  until  eaily  winter, — 
the  absolute  hardihood,  and  the  bold  rugged  branch- 
ing habits  characteristic  to  most  of  them,  make  them 
very  interesting  objects  when  their  leafless  forms  are 
outlined  m  a  winter  landscape  The  landscape  gardener 
cannot  make  any  mistake  in  planting  them  in  liberal 
quantities  in  private  estates  or  public  parks 

They  are  easily  transplanted  They  are  much  bene- 
fited by  liberal  pruning  when  transplanted  fiom  nursery 
rows  or  from  the  woodland  The  side  branches  should 
be  pruned  in  severely,  and  as  the  centers  of  good-sized 

Elants  are  likely  to  be  full  of  intricate  and  congested 
ranches,  these  should  be  carefully  thinned    In  a  young 
state  they  should  be  grown  to  one  stem  whether  they 
are  arborescent  or  shrubby  species    Under  this  treat- 
ment they  make  beautiful  garden  plants 

The  American  hawthorns  are  almost  invariably 
found  growing  in  heavy  limestone  clay.  They  may 
occasionally  overlap  into  sandy  soil.  In  planting  them 
m  sandy  soil,  it  should  be  liberally  enriched  with  well- 
rotted  manure,  and  they  should  be  kept  well  mulched. 
The  seeds  of  all  of  the  species  of  American  hawthorns 
germinate  slowly  None  of  the  species  germinates 
before  the  second  year  after  sowing,  and  many  of  the 
&eeds  in  the  same  "flat"  will  not  germinate  before  the 
third  year.  In  many  instances,  part  of  the  seeds  germi- 
nate the  second  year,  and  the  remainder  the  third  The 
seeds  of  Crataegus  geneseensis  have  been  known  to  be 


dormant  tor  three  years,  and  all  come  up  thickly  at  the 
same  time.  In  gome  of  the  groups  the  seeds  of  the 
species  germinate  more  freely  than  in  others  The 
species  in  the  Molles,  Flabellatan  and  Tomentosse 
groups  germinate  abundantly.  The  germination  of  the 
species  in  the  Prumosje  group  have  a  much  lower  per- 


1097.  Pomes  of  Crataegus,  one  of  the  large-fruited  forms. 

(Half  size  ) 

centage  than  in  the  former.  The  species  in  the  Intri- 
catse  group  germinate  badly 

The  fruit  can  be  sown  broadcast  in  beds  without 
any  separation  of  the  seeds,  and  heavily  mulched  until 
the  spring  of  the  second  year,  when  the  mulching  should 
be  removed  This  method,  however,  is  not  considered 
good,  and  has  been  given  up  The  best  way  is  to  soak 
the  fruits  in  water,  and  by  maceration  the  seeds  or 
nutlets  are  separated  from  the  pulp,  and  the  seeds  \\ill 
sink  to  the  bottom  of  the  tub  or  vessel  The  seeds  .ire 
then  dried  in  fhe  sun  as  they  can  then  be  handled 
easih  They  are  sown  in  "flats1'  of  convenient  size  to 
handle,  and  piled  up  in  the  corner  of  the  shade  house 
arid  fitted  tightly  above  each  other  to  prevent  mice 
getting  at  them  Dming  this  period  of  rest  they  must 
not  be  allowed  to  become  diy  In  the  spring  of  ihe 
second  year  they  are  spiead  out  to  allow  the  seeds  to 
germinate  Numbeied  zinc  tags  are  nailed  on  the 
"flats"  and  the  corresponding  numbers  with  the  names 
of  the  species  are  reeoided. 

The  Ainenean  hawthorns  can  be  grafted  icadily  on 
potted  seedling  stocks  in  the  greenhouse  in  winter,  any 
of  the  species  in  the  Crus-galh  group  being  good  to 
use  They  arc  grafted  at  the  crown  This,  however, 
is  an  unnecessary  operation.  All  of  the  species  of  Ameri- 
can hawthorns  (and  there  are  over  900  of  them)  come 
absolutely  true  from  seed,  and  whilst  they  germinate 
slowly,  they  start  to  grow  rapidly  into  plants  of  good 
stocky  size  from  about  two  years  after  they  germinate. 

Some  of  the  species  of  American  hawthorns  have 
highly  colored  foliage  m  the  fall.  The  species  m  the 
Pruinosa1,  Mcdioxirnne  and  Intncata?  groups  have  per- 
haps the  most  highly  colored  foliage  Notable  examples 
are  Crat&gus  opulent,  C  diffiisa,  C  mainrana,  C.  dis- 
sona,  C.cognata,  C  compecta,  (T  promism,  C.  exornata, 
C.  perjucunda,  C  foetula,  arid  C  vereciinda. 

The  different  species  vary  greatly  in  the  time  of 
ripening  their  fruits  and  in  the  penod  of  duration. 
In  many  instances  the  fruit  drops  soon  after  ripening 
and  in  others  hangs  on  for  a  long  period  A  selection 


380 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


of  twenty-six  species  that  would  give  a  good  fruit  dis- 
play from  August  until  early  or  mid-winter,  would  be 
as  follows:  Cratspgus  matura,  C.  prxcox,  C.  Arnoldiana, 
C.  Dayana,  C  Robesomana,  C.  pedicellata,  C.  glorwsa,  C. 
Ellwangeriana,  C  laitia,  C.  svbmollis,  C,  champlainen* 
sis,  C  arkansana,  C,  Dunbari,  C  ferentana,  C.  opulens, 
C.  compta,  C  gemmosa,  C.  hvomana,  C  geneseensis,  C. 
persimilis,  C.  matneana,  C.  Barryana,  C.  coccinioides,  C. 
leiophylla,  C  durobnvensis,  and  C.  cordata.  (See  pp. 
887-889  for  some  of  these.)  JOHN  DUNBAB 


acenfolia,  1,  40 

flonda,  29 

pinnatifida,  50. 

ffistivalis,  28 

glandulosa,  13 

populifolM,  40. 

albo-plena,  46 

Gumppert,  45. 

pruinosa,  7. 

apufolia,  41,  48 

hypolasia,  25 

prumfolia,  36. 

apnca,  32. 

inermis,  19,  46. 

ptendifoha,  46. 

arborescent,  17 

intncata,  14 

pubera,  13. 

Arduennse,  22 

Korolkowii,  50. 

punctata,  26. 

lacimata,  46 

pumcea,  46 

Arnoldiana,  3 
Aronia,  49 

Lavallei,  23 
leucophlceos,  33. 

purpurea,  39 
pyracanthifolia,  19. 

aurea,  26,  45 

hnearis,  19 

pjframidalvs,  46. 

Azarolus,  49. 

lobata,  31 

pyrifoha,  33 

Barryana,  8 
hicolor,  45 

lucida,  19 
macracantha,  34,  35 

quercifoha,  45. 
Robeaoiuana,  6. 

Boyntonn,  16 

macrosperma,  12. 

rosea,  46 

brachyacantha,  42 
Brettschneiden,  50 

major,  50 
Marshall*,  41. 

roseo-pendula,  46. 
rotundifoha,  13. 

Bruanln,  46 

maura,  49. 

rubroplena,  46. 

Buckloyi,  15 

media,  45 

sahcifoha,  19. 

cahfornica,  50 

melanocarpa,  44. 

sanguine*,  37,  38.  39, 

Calpodendron,  33 

mexicana,  25. 

4b 

Canbyi,  20 

mollia,  1,  4 

eemperflorena,  46. 

carpathica,  43. 
Carriers,  23 

monogyna,  46. 
nana,  19. 

sinaica,  49. 
speciosa,  10. 

Chapmami,  33 

nigra,  43 

tpistiflora,  6. 

chlorocarpa  38 

nitida,  18. 

splendeng,  19. 

coccmea,  1,  6,  7,  13, 

odoratissima,  48. 

stncta.  46. 

35,  45 

onentahs,  48 

submollis,  4. 

coccinioides,  9. 
collma,  27 

ovahfoha,  19. 
Oryacantha,  45,  46. 

succulenta,  34. 
tanacetifoha,  47. 

cordata,  40 

porn/oho,  29 

tatnnca,  50. 

crocata,  26 

paatorum,  12. 

ttlnfolia,  1. 

Crus-galli,  19. 
dahunca,  39 
Douglasn,  35,  37. 

Paula,  45 
pedicellata,  11. 
pcndula,  46. 

tomentosa,  29,  33. 
Toumefortii,  48. 
uniflora,  29. 

Ellwangeriana,  5. 

pennsylvamca,  19. 

Vailise,  30. 

feounda,  21. 
ferox,  46 

pentagyna,  44 
persistens,  24 

variegata,  36. 
vmdis,  17. 

filinfoha,  46 

Phsenopyrum,  40. 

xanthocarpa,  26,  38. 

flava,  31. 

KEY   TO   THE    SPECIES. 

L.  Veins  of  the  hs  extending  to  the  points 
of  the  lobes  or  to  the  teeth  only,   Ivs. 
usually  slightly  or  not  lobed   fr.  not 
black  or  blue,  except  in  No  37 
B.  Stones  plain  on  the  inner  surfaces. 
c.  Petioles  elongated,  usually  slender. 
D.  The  petioles  glandular  at  the  apex 
or  sparingly  glandular  through- 
out. 

B.  Corymbs    many-fld .     petioles 
glandular  only  at  the  apex' 
Ivs   broad  at  the  base,  trun- 
cate to  broadly  cuneate 
F.  Lvs    tomentose  or  pubescent 
beneath,  at  least  on  the  veins. 
Q.  Stamens  20,  anthers  pale 
yellow:    Ivs     thick    and 
leathery 

fi.  Fr.   ripening  in   Aug. 
and  Sept  '  Ivs.  broad- 
ly ovate  .         1.  mollis 
HH.  Fr.  ripening  at  the  end 
of  Oct. .    Ivs.   oblong- 
ovate  to  oval..     .          2.  arkansana 
oo.  Stamens     10     Ivs    mem- 
branous at  maturity 
H.  Anthers  yellow. 

I  Fr  crimson,  mllous, 
ripening  the  mid- 
dle of  Aug  '  Ivs 
dark  green  and 
smooth  above  3.  Arnoldiana 

n.  Fr.  orange-red,  lus- 
trous ,  puberulous  at 
the  base  Ivs  dark 
yellowish  green, 
scabrate  above  4.  aubmollii 


HH  Anthers  rose-color.  Ivs. 

scabrate  above 
i.  Plant  a  tree.  Ivs  with 
short  lobes  corymbs 
many-fld        .  5  Ellwanger- 

ii  Plant   a    shrub'    Ivs  [tana 

rather  deeply  lobed' 
corymbs  4~^-fld.       6  Robesomana 
FF.  Lvs.    glabrous    beneath    or 

nearly  so 
Q.  Fr     bloomy    until    nearly 

fully  ripe 

H  Stamens  SO  Ivs  gla- 
brous fr.  subglobose, 
often  S-angled  7  pruinosa 

HH.  Stamens  10     Ivs.   sca- 
brate     above,      while 
young  fr  obovoid         8  Barryana 
GO  Fr.  not  bloomy 

H  Stamens  20,  anthers 
pink  Ivs  truncate  at 
the  base 

i.  The  Ivs  dull  above, 
vittous  beneath 
when  young  fr 
with  conspicuous 
calyx  and  with  red 
flesh  9  coccinioides 

II   The  IDS  lustrous  above, 
quite   glabrous    fr 
with     yellow    flesh 
and  small  calyx       10  speciosa 
HH  Stamens      5-10       Ivs 

broadly  cuneate 
I   Anthers  pink  or  rose- 
purple,        stamens 
usually  10 

3  Calyx-lobes  coarse- 
ly glandular- 
serrate  stones 
usually  5  Ivs 
distinctly  lobed  11  pedicellata 
JJ  Calyx-lobes  entire 
or  obscurely  ser- 
rate stones  2-8 
Ivs  slightly 
lobed  12  pastorum 

II.  Anthers    yellow,    sta- 
mens    6-10       Ivs 
orbicular-ovate     fr 
with  2-3  stones        13  rotundifolia 
BE.  C orymbs    usually  few-fld 
petioles  sparingly  glandular 
throughout     Ivs     cuneate   at 
the  base'  stamens  10 
F.  Calyx-lobes  glandular-ciliate 
corymbs    slightly    vdlous 
anthers  yellow  14  intncata 

FF.  Calyx-lobes  entire  or  glandu- 
lar    above     the     middle 
corymbs  glabrous 
O.  Anthers  purplish     calyx- 
lobes  glandular  above  the 
middle  15  Buckleyi 

GO.  Anthers     yellow       calyx- 
lobes  without  glands        16  Boyntomi 
DD.  The  petioles  glandless  or  with  a 
few    minute    glands     Ivs    cu- 
neate at  the  base,  ovate  to  lanceo- 
late, not  or  very  slightly  lobed, 
lustrous     above,     glabrous     at 
maturity  stamens  20. 
B.  Fr  subglobose,  }^in    across  or 
less,  bright  scarlet  or  orange 
Ivs  oblong-obovate  to  ovate       17  viridis 
BB.  Fr    ovoid,  about  ^in    across, 
dull    brick-red,   bloomy    Ivs 
lanceolate  to  oblong-obovate  18  nitida 
CO.  Petioles  short,    Ivs.   cuneate  at  the 

base,  not  or  very  slightly  lobed. 
D.  The  petioles  glandless 
B.  Corymbs  many-fld 

F.  Lvs  dark  green  and  shining 

above. 

o.  Stamens   10'    under   side 
of  Ivs  glabrous  or  nearly 


CRAT^EGUS 


CRAT^GUS 


881 


H.  Anthers    rose-color    or 

I.  Fr.  glabrous   corymbe 

glabrous. 

j.  Shape  of  Ivs  cu- 
ncate-obovate  to 
oblanceolate  fr. 
dull  red,  stones 
usually  2  19.  Crus-galli 

JJ.  Shape    of   Ivs     ob- 
long to  ovate,  fr. 
crimson,    lus- 
trous; stones  S-5  20  Canbyi 
n.  Fr  villous  until  near- 
ly fully  grown    Ivs 
oblong-ooovate       to 
broadly   ovate: 
corymbs  slightly 
villous.  21.  fccunda 

HH.  Anthers     yellow     Ivs 
obovate    fr.  dull  dark 

crimson 22.  Arduennsi 

GO.  Stamens  20 

H.  Under  side  of  Ivt  ml- 
lous  corymbs  densely 
pubescent  23.  Carrierei 

HH    Under  side  of  Ivs    gla- 
brous     corymbe 
slightly  pubescent        24.  persistent 
FF.  Lvs    dull  aboie    stamens  20. 
G  FT  juicy,  edible     Iva    cu- 
neate-oblong  or  elliptic- 
lanceolate,  tomentose  be- 
neath 25.  mexicana 
GO.  Fr    dry,  mealy    Ivs    obo- 
vate or  oval 

H.  Length  of  Ivs  2-4  tn  , 
pubescent  beneath  fr. 
ovoid,  Yi-l  m  long, 
with  large  dots  26.  punctata 

HH.  Length  of  Ivs  lYv 
2  in  ,  at  maturity 
hairy  only  on  the  mia- 
nb  beneath  fr  glo- 
bose, Yy-Yi™  across, 
with  small  dots  27.  collina 

BE.  Corymbs  fiw-fld  Ivs  %-8  in 
long,  pubescent  beneath' 
stamens  20-25 

F.  Fls  with  or  before  the  Ivs  '  fr. 
ripening  in  May,  juicy, 
bright  red  Ivs  l%-2  in. 
long  28  wstivalis 

FF.  Fls  after  the  Ivs  fr  ripen- 
ing very  late,  dry,  dull  red 
or  yellow  Ivs  less  than 
1%  in  long 

Q  Lvs  obovate,  mostly  ob- 
tuse, crenately  serrate' 
fls  usually  solitary  29  uniflora 
GO  Lvs  oval  or  ovate,  acute, 
serrate  and  often  lobed. 
fls  2-6  30  Vaili» 

DD.  The  petioles,  margin  of  Ivs    and 
corymbs      densely     glandular: 
corymbs  S~7-fld 
E  Stamens  20,  anthers  purple:  fr. 

ovoid        .  .31.  flava 

BE  Stamens  10 

F  Fr    pynform    anthers   pur-  [lobata 

phi>h  31  flava  var. 

FF  Fr  globose   anthers  yellow    32  aprica 
BB.  Stone*     with    furrows     or     irregular 
cavities  on  the  inner  surfaces;  fr. 
lustrous,  soft  at  maturity. 
c.  Lvs.  not  or  only  slightly  lobed. 

D.  Color  of  fr  scarlet  or  orange;  stones 

2-3  Ivs  with  impressed  veins. 

E.  Fr  small,  ovoid  or  pear-shaped, 

upright,  orange-red  Ivs  thin, 

dull  above,  pubescent  below     33.  tomentOM 

BE.  Fr  subglobose,  larger,  nodding, 

scarlet      Ivs      subcoriaceous, 

pubescent  only  on  the  veins 

beneath 

F  Anthers  rose-color;  stamens 

usually  20  34  lucculenta 


FF.  Anthers  yellow,  stamens  10. 
o.  Foliage    glabrous    below' 
ttones  deeply  grooved  on 
the  inner  surface  35  macracantha 

GO.  Foliage  usually  pubescent 
on  the  veins  below  while 
young  stones  slightly 
grooved  36.  prunifolia 

DD,  Color  of  fr  black,  nutlets  6  Ivs 
broadly  elliptic  to  obovate,  gla- 
brous (see  also  No  42  with 
btue  frs  )  37.  Douglasli 

00.  Lvs   more  or  less  distinctly  lobed 

D  Length  of  Ivs  more  than  2  in  Ivs 
pubescent  fr  nearly  y^in 
across  38  sanguinea 

DD.  Length  of  Ivs  less  than  2  in  Ivs. 
quite  glabrous  fr  %in  or  less 
across  39  dahurica 

AA.  Veins  of  the  Ivs   extending  to  the  points 
of  the   lobes   and   to   the   sinuses,    Ivs. 
usually  distinctly  lobed 
B.  Fr.  very  small,  J/jm   long  or  less,  red: 

calyx  deciduous 

C.  Lvs    triangular-oiate,   with  shallow 
and  broad  lobes,  of  tin  S-lobed  fr. 
subgloboee,  lustrous,  nutlets  8-6.    40  Pheenopyrum 
CO.  Lvs     ovate,    deeply    5-7-lobcd     fr. 

ovoid,  nutlets  1-3  .    .  41.  apiifolia 

BB.  Fr  larger  calyx-teeth  persistent. 
c.  Color  of  fr.  black  or  blue 

D.  The  fr  blue,  bloomy  Ivs  obovate 
to  obovate-oblona,  crenate-ser- 
rate,  usually  not  lobed  42.  brachya- 

DD.  The  fr.  black,  stones  with  cavities  [cantha 

on  the  inner  surfaces 
E.  Lvs  unth  about  5  pairs  of  lobes 

fr  lustrous,  subglobose,  juicy  43  nigra 
EE.  Lvs  with  2  -,?  pairs  of  lobes  fr 
ovoid,  dull  black  or  purplish 
black  44  pentagyaa 

CO.  Color  of  fr  red  or  yellow 

D.  Stones  with  cavities  on  the  inner 

surfaces,  1-2 

E.  Styles  2  Ivs  3  6-lobed  uith 
short  and  broad  serrulate 
lobes  45  Oxyacantha 

BE.  Style  1  Ivs  deeply  3-7-lobed, 
with  acute,  entire  or  sjxi- 
nngly  toothed  lobis  46  monogyna 

DD.  Stones  plain  on  tht  inner  sur- 
faces, 2-5 

B.  Branchlett,  and  Ivs.  pubescent. 
F.  Lvs    with  glandular  toothed 

lobes,  pubescent  47.  tanacetifolia 

FF.  Lvs     not    glandular-toothed, 

lobes  often  nearly  entire 
G.   Upper  surface  of  Ivs   dull, 
pubescent,     under    sur- 
face inllous  48  orientalig 
GO.   Upper  surface  of  Irs   gla- 
orescent,  lustrous,  under 
surface  finely  pubescent  49  Azarolus 
BB.  Branchless  glabrous   Ivs  deeply 

lobed,  glabrous .     .  50.  pinnatifida 

1.  MoLLES. 

1.  m6Uis,  Scheele  (C   tihifbha,  Koch     C.  acenfdlw, 
Hort,   C  coccinea  var  mdllis,  Torr  &  Gray)     Tree,  to 
30  ft ,  with  short,  btout  thorns:  IVB.  broadly  ovate, 
sharply  and  doubly  berrate  and  with  4-5  pairs  of  short 
acute  lobes,  densely  pubescent  beneath,  3-4  in   long 
corymbs  densely  villous-pubescent;  fls   with  red  disk 
fr    about    J/£m     across,   usually  pear-shaped,  scarlet, 
more  or  less  pubescent,  with  thick  mealy  flesh  and 
4-5  stones.     April,  May    fr  end  of  Aug ,  Sept    Ohio 
to  S    Dak.  and  Kans     SS    13  '659    Em    494  (as  C 
tomentosa)    G  F   5  221  — One  of  the  most  decorative 
species,  with  large,  bright  green  foliage  and  showy  fls 
and  frs  ,   ripening  in  Sept ,  but  dropping  soon  after 
maturity. 

2    arkansana,  Sarg.   Tree,  to  20  ft.:  branches  wide- 
spreading,  forming  an  irregular  open  head,  unarmed  or 


882 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


with  straight  spines  l$-}4in.  long:  Ivs  oval  or  oblong- 
ovate,  acute,  truncate  or  broadly  cimeate  at  the  base, 
serrate  and  with  3-4  pairs  of  short  lobes,  pubescent  on 
both  sides  at  firstj  at  maturity  dull  dark  green  and 
glabrous  above,  villous  on  the  veins  below,  2-3  in. 
long  corymbs  villous;  fls.  nearly  1  in.  across:  fr.  ovoid, 
bright  crimson,  slightly  villous  at  the  ends,  %-l  in. 
long,  with  thick  subacid  flesh  and  usually  5  stones. 


1098.  Crategus  Arnoldiana    ( X  2s)     No  3 

May;  fr.  end  of  Oct ,  falling  gradually  Ark  S  S. 
13*660. — Very  handsome  in  autumn  with  its  abundant 
brilliant  frs.  persistent  for  some  time;  the  Ivs.  turn 
clear  yellow 

3.  Arnoldiana,  Sarg.  Fig.  1098  Tree,  to  20  ft.,  with 
stout  ascending  branches  forming  an  open  head  with 
zigzag  branchlets,  armed  with  stout  spines  2-3  in. 
long  Ivs  broadly  ovate  to  oval,  acute,  truncate  to 
broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  doubly  serrate  and  with 
many  shallow  broad  lobes,  at  first  hairy  above  and  soft- 
pubescent  below;  later  smooth,  dark  green  and  lus- 
trous above,  slightly  villous  on  the  veins  below,  2-3  in 
long,  corymbs  tomentose;  fls.  JKm  across1  fr  subglo- 
bose,  bright  crimson,  villous  toward  the  ends,  %m 
long,  with  thick  subacid  flosh  and  3-4  stones  May; 
fr.  middle  of  Aug  ,  soon  falling.  Mass  S  S  13*668. 

4  subm611is,  Sarg  Tree,  to  25  f t ,  with  ascending 
or  spreading  branches  forming  a  broad  handsome  head, 
spines  numerous,  thin,  usually  straight,  2-3  in.  long: 
Ivs  ovate,  acute,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  doubly 
serrate  and  with  3-4  pairs  of  acute  short  lobes,  scabrous 
above,  below  at  first  soft-pubescent,  later  only  puberu- 
lous  on  the  veins,  2-3  in  long*  corymbs  tomentose; 
fls  1  in  across*  fr  pear-shaped  or  ovoid,  bright  orange- 
red  and  lustrous,  %in  long  with  persistent  erect  calyx; 
flesh  yellow,  mealy;  stones  usually  5  May;  fr,  early  in 
Sept ,  soon  falling  Que.  to  Mass  and  E  N^  Y  S.S. 
4:182  (asC.mottia). 


5  EUwangeriana.  Sarg  Tree,  sometimes  to  20  ft  . 
with  stout  ascending  branches  forming  a  broad 
symmetrical  head,  and  with  zigzag  branchlets  Ivs. 
oval,  acute,  rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base, 
coarsely  and  often  doubly  serrate  with  many  short 
acute  lobes,  at  first  hairy  above  and  villous  below  on 
the  veins,  later  scabrous  and  light  green  above,  nearly 
glabrous  below,  2^-3^  in.  long*  corymbs  densely 
villous;  pedicels  short;  fls.  1  in.  across:  fr.  ovoid,  bright 
crimson,  very  lustrous,  slightly  villous  at  the  ends,  1  in 
long,  with  thin  yellow  acid  flesh  and  3-5  nutlets.  May, 
fr  at  the  end  of  Sept  ,  soon  falling.  N.  Y.  and  Ont  to 
Mich  ,  south  to  W.  Pa.  SS.  13:671.  G.C.  III.  47:130. 
A  F.  24:  325.  FE.33:488. 

6.  Robesoniana,  Sarg.  (C.  spissifldra,  Sarg.)  Shrub, 
with  numerous  erect  sts  ,  to  12  ft.,  or  occasionally  small 
tree,  to  20  ft  .  spines  few,  stout,  1-1  ^  in  long:  Ivs 
oblong-ovate,  acute,  or  acuminate,  rounded  or  broadly 
cuneate  at  the  base,  sharply  doubly  serrate  with  many 
broad  acute  lobes,  pubescent  below  on  the  veins  while 
young,  glabrous  at  maturity,  scabrate  above,  2-3  in. 
long'  coiymbs  pubescent,  4—  6-fld  ,  compact,  calyx 
villous,  lobos  glabrous  outside  fr.  ovoid,  scarlet,  %  in. 
long,  with  small  calyx;  flesh  thin,  mealy;  stones  4-5. 
May.  fr.  Sept,  soon  falling.  N.  Y.  to  S  Ont  —This 
species  WIH  formerly  sold  by  Ellwanger  &  Barry  under 
the  name  C.  coccinea. 


7  pruindsa,  Koch  (C   cocdnca  var.  vindis,  Torr   & 
Gray)    Shrub  or  tree,  to  20  ft    branches  spreading  with 
numerous  btout  straight  spines    Ivs    elliptic  or  ovate, 
acute,  usually  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  irregularly 
and  often  doubly  serrate,  with  3-4  pairs  of  short  acute 
lobes,   red   when  unfolding,   later  dark   bluish  green 
above,  paler  below,  glabrous,   1-2  in    long,  corymbs 
rather  few-fid  ,  fls   slender-pedicelled,  %-l  in    across; 
stamens   20,   anthers   pinkish*   fr    subglobose,    apple- 
green  and  glaucous  until  nearly  fully  npo,  finely  dark 
purple  with  yellow  sweet  flehh  and   5  stones     calyx 
prominent  with  a  well-developed  tube.    May;  fr.  Oct. 
Vt  to  Va  ,  and  111    S  S  13.648 

8  Barryana,  Sarg    Shrub,  to  15  ft  *  branches  spread- 
ing or  ascending  with  slender  spines  Ivs  broadly  ovate, 
rounded   or   abiuptly   cuneate   at   the   base,    sharply 
doubly   serrate   and   slightly   lobed,    scabrate   above, 
glabrous  and  glaucous  below,  2-3  in    long    corymbs 
glabrous,  calyx-lobes  entire  or  sparingly  dentate,  fls. 
2iin    across,  stamens  7-10,  with  purple  anthers    fr 
obovoid,  ciimson  with  small  }<ale  dots,  prumose,  /-^in. 
long,  with  usually  3  nutlets.  M<t,y;  fr.  in  Oct.  W.  N  Y. 

3    DELTOIDES 

9  coccinioides,  Ashe     Fig    1099     Tree,  sometimes 
20   It      branches    stout,    spreading,   forming  a  broad 
handsome    head     spines    thick,    lJ-^-2   in     long.    IVH. 
broadly  ovate,  acute,  rounded  or  truncate  at  the  base, 
doubly  serrate,  with  several  pairs  of  broad  acute  lobes, 
at  first  yellowish  gioon  and  lustrous  above,  villous  on 
the  veins  beneath,  later  dull  dark  green  above,  paler 
and  neaily  glabious  beneath,  2-3  in.  long    fls    %in. 
across,  in  compact  5—  7-fld  ,  sometimes  slightly  villous 
corymbs:   fr   subglobose,  dark  crimson  and  lustrous, 
%in  across,  with  thick  subacid  reddish  flesh  and  4-5 
stones     May;  fr  early  in  Oct   and  falling  gradually 
Mo  ,  Ind  ,  and    Kans       S  S    13  674     M  D  G    1901 
358,  359  —  Very  handsome  small  tree,  the  foliage  tinged* 
red  when  unfolding  and  turning  scarlet  and  orange  in 
autumn 

10  specidsa,  Saig     Shrub,  to  15  ft  ,  usually  with 
many  sts     spines  numerous,  1-2  in   long    Ivs  ovate, 
acute  or  acuminate,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base, 
doubly  serrate  and  with  4-5  pairs  of  broad  and  short 
acute  lobes,   tinged  red   when  unfolding  and  nearly 
glabrous,  at  maturity  thick,  dark  green  and  lustrous 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


883 


above,  paler  below  and  Quite  glabrous,  2-3  m.  long1 
corymbs  glabrous,  5-8-fld  ,  fls  1  in  across  fr  de- 
pressed-globose, bright  crimson  and  lustrous,  nearly 
1  in  broad,  with  thin  yellow  flesh  and  5  stones  May; 
fr  the  middle  of  Sept ,  soon  falling  Mo.  S  T  S  1  33  — 
Very  handsome  with  its  lustrous  Ivs.,  large  fls  and 
brilliant  fr. 

4     COCCINKA3. 

1 1  pedicellate,  Sarg     Tree,  to  20  f  t ,  with  rather 
slender  spreading  or  ascending   branches  forming  a 
symmetrical  heaa*  spines  straight  or  slightly  curved, 
1H~2  in   long:  Ivs   broadly  ovate,  broadly  cuneate  or 
truncate  at  the  base,  coarsely  and  often  doubly  ser- 
rate, above  the  middle  with  4-5  pairs  of  short  acute 
lobes,    at    maturity    membranous,    dark    green    and 
scabrous  above,  paler  and  nearly  glabrous  below,  2-4  in 
long  fls   y^n  across  in  loose  slightly  villous  corymbs, 
calyx-lobes  coarsely  glandular-serrate    fr    pear-shapea 
or  ovoid,  bright  scarlet,  lustrous,  with  conspicuous  per- 
sistent calyx,  flesh  thin,  mealy,  stones  4-5     May,  fr. 
Sept    Pa  to  Conn  ,  N   Y  ,  and  Ont.   S  S  13.677. 

5.  TENUIFOLI^B. 

12  pastdrum,  Sarg   (C  macrosptrma  var.  pastbrum, 
Eggleston)     Glabrous  shrub,  sometimes  to  15  ft ,  with 
many  erect  sts  ,  armed  with  numerous  stout  or  slender 
spines    Ivs   ovate,  acute,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
doubly  serrate,  slightly  lobed,  at  maturity  thick,  dark 
dull  blue-green,  glaucescent  below,  1^-2  in    long:  fls. 
^m   across  in  mariy-fld   corymbs,  calyx-lobes  lanceo- 
late, entire  or  obscurely  serrate   fr  ovoid,  bright  scar- 
let, lustrous,  about  }^m   long,  with  thick,  yellow  and 
mealy  flesh  and  2-3  stones     New  England.    May;  fr 
Sept    SS  4  '180  (as  C  coccinea}. 

13  rotundifdha,  Moench   (C    coccinea  var   rotundi- 
fbha,  Sarg    C  glandulbba,  Willd  )   Shrub  or  bushy  tree, 
sometimes  to  20  ft  ,  with  slender,  straight  or  curved 
spines    Ivs   ovate-orbicular  to  oval,  or  obovate,  acute, 
broadly  cuneate  at   the  base,  lather  coarsely  serrate 
and  usually   with  3-1  pairs  of  short  acute  lobes,  gla- 
brous,   1-2 1-2   in    long    corymbs  glabrous  or  slightly 
villous,  fls    %-l  in    across,  calyx-lobes  and  bractlets 
very  glandular    fr    subglobose,  about  ^m    long,  red 
with  yellow  sweet  flesh  and  2-3  »tones     May,  fr  Sept 
Nova  Scotia  to  Sask  ,   111    and  Va    GO    II    11557 
Gn    22,  p    115,  33,  p    4b'4  —The   most   noithern  spe- 
cies    Var   pubera,  Sarg    (C    coccinea,  Linn  ,  in  part) 
Branchlets,  petioles  and  the  Ivs    on  the  veins  more  or 
less  pubescent  below  while  >  oung 

7    INTRICATE 

14  intricata,   Lange      Shrub,    to    10   ft.,  branches 
upright  or  spreading,  with  rather  long  curved  spines 
Ivs   elliptic-ovate,  acute,  cuneate  at  the  base,  doubly 
serrate  with  3-4  pairs  of  short  acute  lobes,  at  first 
slightly  pubescent,  later  scabrate  above,  bi  ight  green, 
slightly  paler  beneath  and  nearly  glabrous,  1-2  J'j  m 
long    corymbs  slightly  villous,  fls   about  1  in.  aeross, 
calyx-lobes  serrate*  fr   subglobose  to  ovoid,  sparingly 
villous  or  glabrous,  dull  reddish  brown,  with  usually 
3-4  stones     May,  fr    Get  ,  Nov     Mass    and  Vt    to 
Pa    Lange  1. 

15  Buckleyi,   Beadle     Large  shrub  or  tiee,    often 
to  25  ft ,  with  stout  spreading  or  ascending  branches 
and  stout  straight  spines  J^in  long:  Ivs  broadly  ovate 
or  oval,  acute,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  coarsely 
serrate  and  incisely  lobed  with  acuminate  lobes,  gla- 
brous and  thick  and  firm  at  maturity    coiymbs  3-7- 
fld  ,  compact,  glabrous,  fls.  %m  across;  sepals  serrate 
toward  the  apex  and  stipitate-glandulur    fr    subglo- 
bose, usually  angled,  about  y$\\  across,  yellowish  green 
and  flushed  red  or  red,  with  3-5  stones    Mav;  fr  Sept 
and  Get    Va  to  N.  C  and  Tenn    S.M  461 


16  Boyntonii,  Beadle.  Tree,  occasionally  to  20  f  t , 
with  stout  ascending  branches:  spines  straight,  thin, 
1M-2  m.  long.  Ivs  broadly  ovate  to  oval,  acute, 
sharply  serrate  with  glandular  teeth  and  often  with  2-3 
pairs  of  short  acute  lobes,  bronzy  red  when  unfolding 
and  slightly  viscid,  at  maturity  yellowish  green,  thick 
and  firm  and  glabrous,  l-2j^  in  long,  petioles  glandu- 
lar: fls  %m  across,  in  4-10-lld  glabrous  corymbs, 
calyx-lobes  entire  or  obscurely  glandular-serrate  above 
the  middle  fr  depressed-globose,  yellowish  green 
flushed  with  red,  about  J^m  acioss,  with  3-5  stones. 
May,  fr.  Oct.  Va.  to  Ky  ,  Tenn  and  Ala  S  S.  13:650. 

8     VlRIDES. 

17.  viridis,  Linn.  (C  aiborfaen*,  Ell  )  Tree,  to  35 
ft ,  with  spreading  branches  forming  a  round,  rather 
compact  head,  spines  slender  Ivs  oblong-ovate  to 
oval,  acute  or  acuminate,  serrate  above  the  cuneate 
base,  dark  green  and  lustious  above,  paler  below,  finally 
glabrous,  1-3  in  long  corymbs  glabrous;  pedicels 
slender;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate,  entire  fr  globose, 
bright  red,  y%~y±  m  across,  with  usually  5  stones  Md  , 
Va  to  111 ,  Iowa,  Texas  arid  Fla  May,  fr.  Get ,  persist- 
ing through  the  winter  S  S  4  187 

18  nitida,  Sarg  Tree,  to  30  ft,  \vith  spreading 
branches  unarmed  or  \vith  thin  straight  spines  Ivs. 
elliptic  to  oblong-obovate,  acuminate,  coarsely  ser- 
rate except  at  the  cuneate  base,  often  slightly  lobed, 
dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  paler  below,  glabrous, 
1-3  in  long  corymbs  glabrous,  calyx--lobes  elongated, 
entire  or  sparingly  glandular-serrate,  fr.  ovoid  or  sub- 
globose,  dark  duU  red,  about  ^m  long  with  thick 
mealy  flesh  and  2-5  stones  May,  fr  Oct  ,  persistent 
through  the  winter  111 ,  Kana.  S  S  13.703  —Like  C. 
vtndis  very  ornamental  with  its  lustrous  foliage  and 
istent  frs 


1099    CraUegus  coccmioides  ( X  ^') .    No  9 


884 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


9.  CRUS-GALLI. 

19  Crus-galli,  Linn     COCKSPUR  THORN     Shrub  or 
tree,  to  40  ft  •  branches  wide-spreading,  rigid,  often 
pendulous,  with  numerous  slender  spines.  Ivs.  obovate 
or  oblanceolate,  irregularly  and  sharply  serrate^  usually 
rounded  at  the  apex,  quite  glabrous,  1-2  J^  m    long, 
often   semi-persistent*   corymbs  glabrous;  calyx-lobes 
entire  or  minutely  serrate,   fr.  usually   globose,    red, 
with  usually  2  stones;   flesh  thin   and   dry       May, 
June:  fr  late  m  Oct      Que  ,  south  to  N    C  ,  west  to 
Mich    SS  4  178    Em  492    RB.  1  116    GF  7  295. 
G  C    III   28  244,  sunpl    Sept   29.— A  very  decorative 
species  of  distinct  habit,  handsome  in  bloom  and  with 
snowy,  bright  red  fr ,  remaining  on  the  branches  often 
until  spring;  the  Ivs    assume  a  brilliant  orange  and 
scarlet  color  in  fall    Often  used  for  hedges    Var   in6r- 
mis,  Lange     Spineless  form     Var    linearis,  Ser     Lvs 
linear-lanceolate     Var    nana,  Nichols      Dwarf  form 
Var  pyracanthifdlia,  Ait    Lvs  elliptic  or  obovate,  usu- 
ally acute*  fr.  smaller,  brighter  red     W  N  Y   and  Pa 
to  Fla    and  Tenn    S  S   13  637.   Var.  salicifdlia,  Ait 
Lvs.  oblanceolate  or  lanceolate,  thinner.   Var.  splen- 
dens,  Ait   (var  liicula,  Ilort )     Lvs   elliptic-oblanceo- 
late,  very  shining.   Var  ovalifdlia,  Lmdl    (C  penrisyl- 
vdmca,  Hort ,  not  Ashe).   Lvs.  elliptic  or  elliptic-obo- 
vate,  less  lustrous,  fr  ovoid.   BR   22:1860.  On  22,  p. 
146,  33.  p  468— This  is  probably  not  a  variety  of  C 
Crus-galh,  but  a  distinct  species  identical  with  one  of 
the  recently  described  species  of  this  group 

20  Canbyi,  Sarg     Shrub  or  bushy  tree,  to  20  ft  : 
branches  wide-spreading,   with  thick  usually  straight 
spines.  Ivs  oblong-obovate  to  elliptic,  acute  or  obtuse, 
coarsely  and  often  doubly  serrate  above  the  middle, 
glabrous,    li^-3   in    long:   corymbs  glabrous;   calyx- 
lobes  entire  or  sparingly  serrate*  fr  subglobose  or  ovoid, 
about  ^m.  long,  dark  crimson,  with  juicy  flesh  ana 
3-5  stones.    May;  fr.  Oct.    E    Pa ,   Del ,   Md.    S  S 
13:638 

21.  fecunda,  Sarg     Small  tree,  to  25  ft  *  branches 
wide-spreading,  with  slender  spines*  Ivs.  oblong-ovate 
to  oval,  usually  acute,  doubly  serrate,  with  strongly 
marked  veins,  1^-3  in  long   corymbs  slightly  villous; 
calyx-lobes  glandular-serrate*  fr   subglobose  to  ovoid, 
%-%m    long,  orange-red,  with  thiclc  flesh  and   2-3 
stones.  May;  fr.  Oct.   Mo  ,  111.   S.S.  13*641. 

22.  ArduSnnae,   Sarg.     Shrub   or   tree,    to   20   ft  : 
branches   spreading,    forming   a   round-topped   head 
spines  slender*  Ivs.  oblong-olbovate,  acute,  acuminate 
or  rounded,  crenulate-serrate  from  below  the  middle, 
with  obscure  veins,  l%-'2%  m  long,  corymbs  glabrous, 
pedicels  slender,  calyx-lobes  entire  or  slightly  serrate: 


1100    Cr a taegus  punctata     No  26 

fr.  ovoid,  dull  dark  crimson,  about  Hin  long,  with 
1-2  stones  May;  fr  the  middle  of  Sept.  Pa.  to  111 , 
Mich  andOnt  SM  373. 

23.  Carrierei,  Vauv.  Small  tree,  to  20  ft ,  with  spread- 
ing branches  and  stout  spines*  Ivs  elliptic  or  oblong- 
obovate,  acute,  pubescent  below,  glabrous  above  at 


length  and  lustrous,  irregularly  serrate,  3-4  m.  long: 
corymbs  rather  few-fld  ,  pubescent;  fls  large,  with  red 
disk;  calyx-lobes  linear,  serrulate:  fr.  bright  orange  or 
brick-red,  ovoid,  about  Km  long,  with  1-3  stones. 
May  RH  1883  108  GC  III  2i:118,  119— Proba- 
bly hybrid  between  C  Crus-galh  and  C.  mexicana, 
originated  in  France  Possibly  not  different  is  C.  Lav- 
dllei,  Henncq,  described  with  larger  subglobose  fr. 

24.  persistens,  Sarg  Low  tree,  12  ft.  or  more, 
branches  wide-spreading,  with  numerous  stout  spines 
to  2  in.  long  Ivs  lanceolate  to  oblong-obovate,  acumi- 
nate, cuneate  at  the  base,  coarsely  serrate  above  the 
middle,  at  maturity  glabrous,  dark  green  and  lustrous 
above,  pale  beneath,  2-3  in  long  corymbs  slightly 
villous,  fls  over  %in  across;  calyx-lobes  glandular- 
serrate  above  the  middle  or  entire,  stamens  20,  anthers 
white,  styles  surrounded  at  the  base  bv  a  broad  ring 
of  pale  tomentum.  fr.  ovoid  or  slightly  obovate,  crim- 
son, not  lustrous,  over  Km  across,  flesh  thick  and 
mealy,  with  2-3  stones.  May  fr  in  Oct  S  T  S  2  190 
— Of  unknown  origin,  possibly  a  hybrid  of  C  Crus- 
galh  Raised  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  The  Ivs  remain 
on  the  branches  unchanged  until  those  of  all  the  other 
hawthorns  have  fallen  and  the  frs  persist  until  late  into 
the  winter  One  of  the  most  conspicuous  of  winter 
fruiting  plants. 

10.  MEXICANS. 

25  mexicana,  Sess    &  Moc    (C    hypolasia,   Koch). 
Small  tree,  to  30  ft  .  branchlets  tomentose,  unarmed  or 
with    short    spines     Ivs     cuneate-oblong    or    elliptic- 
lanceolate,  obtuse  or  acute,  eremite-serrate  and  often 
slightly  lobed  toward  the  apex,  pubescent  above,  bome- 
times  nearly  glabrous,  tomentose  below,  1^-3  K  in 
long    corymbs  white-toinentobe ,  fls    %in    wide,  calyx- 
lobes  entire  or  with  a  few  teeth  at  the  apex,  stamens  20, 
with  pink  anthers    fr    ovoid  to  pynform,  orange   or 
dull  orange-red,  %-l  in    thick,  edible,  with  3-5  nut- 
lets   March,  fr  Oct.,  Nov.   Mex    BR  22. 1910 

11    PUNCTATE 

26  punctata,    Jacq     Fig.    1100.     Tree,    to   25  ft  * 
branches    horizontally    spreading,    with    short,    stout 
bpmes  or  unarmed*  Ivs   ooovate,  obtuse  or  acute,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base  into  a  rather  long  margined  petiole, 
irregularly  serrate,  on  the  shoots  often  blight ly  lobed, 
villous  below,  with  impressed  veins  above,  2-1  in   long 
corymbs  villous,  fls   large,  calyx-lobes  entire    fr   pyn- 
form or  subglobose,  dull  red,  dotted,  about  Kin  across, 
with  5  stones.   May;  fr  Oct ,  falling  soon      From  Que 
to  Ont ,  111    and  Ga    S  S    4  184    A  F   28  805     Var 
aurea,  Ait   (var  zanthocdrpa,  Roem     C  crocata,  Ashe). 
Fr  yellow. 

27  colllna,  Chapm    Shrub  or  small  tree,  occasionally 
25  ft  .  branches  wide-spreading,  with  stout  spines,  on 
the  trunk  with  large  branched  spines    Ivs   obovate  or 
oval,  acute,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  irregularly, 
often  doubly  serrate,  at  maturity  yellowish  green  above, 
paler  below  and  glabrous  except  on  the  midrib,  corymbs 
villous,  calyx-lobes  glandular-cihate;  anthers  yellow 
fr    subglobose,  dull  red,   M~Mm.  long,    with   yellow 
mealy  flesh   and   usually   5   stones.     May;   fr.    Oct. 
Va  to  Tenn.  and  Ala.   S  S.  13.654. 

12.    jEsTIVALES. 

28.  aestivalis,  Torr.  &  Gray.  MAY  HAW.  APPLB 
HAW  Tree,  to  30  ft ,  with  a  round  compact  head, 
unarmed  or  with  stout  straight  spines  1-1  K  in.  long: 
Ivs  elliptic  to  oblong-obovate,  acute  or  rounded,  gradu- 
ally narrowed  into  the  Y±-\  m  long  petiole,  sinuate- 
dentate  or  crenate-serrate,  at  maturity  dark  green  and 
lustrous  above,  below,  particularly  on  the  veins,  densely 
rusty-pubescent,  1J^-2H  in  long.  fls.  with  the  Ivs., 
1  in  across,  in  2-5-fld.  glabrous  corymbs;  calyx-lobes 
entire  or  minutely  glandular-serrate,  fr  depressed- 


CRATJEGUS 


CRAT^GUS 


885 


globose,  fragrant,  ^~%m.  across,  bright  red,  crowned 
by  the  conspicuous  calyx,  with  juicy  subacid  flesh  and 
3-5  stonea  Feb  ,  March;  fr.  May.  Fla  to  Ark  and 
Texas.  S.S.  4 : 192. — The  fr  is  made  into  preserves  and 
jellies. 

13.  UNIFLOILE. 

29.  unifldra,  Moench  (C.  'parvifdlia,  Ait.  C.  tomen- 
tbsa,  Eggleston,  not  Linn.  C.  fldrida,  Loud  )  Dense, 
low  shnib,  with  numerous  slender  spines,  rarely  spine- 
less, 3-8  ft.  Ivs  on  short  not  glandular  petioles,  cuneate, 
obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  irregularly  or  doubly  cren- 
ate-serrate,  pubescent  on  both  sides,  at  length  gla- 
brous above,  %-V/z  in  long-  fls  ^m.  across,  1-3-fld 
corymbs,  calyx  pubescent,  with  large  serrate  lobes  fr 
pynform  or  globose,  yellow,  ^  in  across,  with  3  -5 
stones  May,  June  Ga  and  Ala  to  Fla  S  S  4  191 

30  Vailiaj,    Brit      Shrub,    to    12   ft,    with   slender 
straight  spines.  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate,  acute,  cuneate  at 
the  base,  crenatc-seirate  and  often  slightly  lobed,  at 
maturity    glabious    and    lustrous    above,    pubescent 
below,    l/2-\l/i  m    long    fls    ^m    across,  in  2-6-fld  , 
pubescent  corymbs,  calyx-lobes  glandular-serrate    fi 
globose,  Km   across,  dull  red,  with  3-5  stones     May, 
fr  Oct.   Va  to  Ga.  and  Ala 

14    FLAV^ 

31  flava,  Ait    Tree,  to  20  ft    branches  wide-spread- 
ing, with  thin  nearly  stiaight  spines    Ivs   broadly  obo- 
vate or  elliptic,  acute  or  nearly  rounded,  cuneate  at  base, 
coarsely  and  doubly  serrate,  on  vigorous  shoots  usually 
slightly  lobed,   the  teeth  tipped  with  red  glands,   at 
maturity  puberulous  only  on  the  veins  below,  about  2 
in    long,  petioles  glandular,  short    corymbs  few-fld  , 
slightly  villous,  calyx-lobes  glandular-serrate,  fls    ?4in 
across,  stamens  20,   with  purple  anthers    fr    ovoid, 
dark  01  ange-brown,   Yi\\\    long,   with  dry  and  mealy 
flesh  and  5  stones     April,  fr    in  Oct     Ga    and  Fla 
S  S   13  693  — The  true  C  flava  is  not  in  cult  ,  the  plant 
now  cult  as  (7  flava  is  quite  different  and  is  apparently 
not  very  closely  related  to  this  species,  it  has  so  far  not 
been  found  growing  wild  in  K   N   Amer  ,  though  it  was 
apparently  intro    from  the  southern  states     As  it  has 
not  yet  been  determined  to  which  species  it  belongs,  it 
may  be  enumerated  here  as  var   lobata,  Lmdl.    Shrub 
or  small  tree  Ivs  ovate  or  obovate,  cuneate  at  the  base, 
acute,  crenately  serrate  and  often  slightly  lobed,  at 
matunty  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  1-2  in   long: 
corymbs  pubescent,  few-fid  .  stamens  10   fr   pynform, 
green  01  reddish  with  hard  flesh,  and  3-  5  stones.    B  U. 
23.1932,  1939    GC  III  27  404 —Tender 

32  aprica,  Beadle     A  shrub  or  small  tree,  some- 
times to  20  ft ,  with  spreading  branches  and  slender 
zigzag  branchlets  armed  with  thin  straight  spines  1-1 H 
in  long'  Ivs  broadly  obovate  or  oval,  acute  or  rounded 
at  the  apex,  narrowed  into  the  short  petiole,  serrate 
usually  only  above  the  middle  and  often  slightly  lobed, 
with  gland-tipped  teeth,  pubescent  on  both  sides  while 
young,  at  maturity  glabrous,  dark  yellow-green  and 
thickish,  %-ll/2  in    long    fls    ^4111    across,  in  3-6-fld 
compact    pubescent    corymbs,    calyx-lobes    glandular- 
serrate,  fr  globose,  Km   across,  dull  orange-red,  with 
3-5  stones.    May;  fr  Oct     Va  to  Ga   and  Tenn     S  S. 
13 '698. — This  species  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. 

15    TOMENTOS^} 

33.  tomentdsa,  Linn.  (C.  Cdpodtndron,  Medikus.  0. 
pynfbha,  Ait.  C.  leucophloeos,  Moench.  C.  Chdpmann, 
Ashe).  Fig  1101.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft ,  with 
spreading  branches  unarmed  or  with  short  spines  Ivs 
cuneate.  obovate-oblong  or  elliptic,  acute,  serrate  and 
often  slightly  lobed,  dull  green  and  usually  finely 
glabrous  above,  below  pubescent,  2-5  in.  long'  corymbs 
pubescent,  compound  and  many-fld  ;  fls.  Y^\\\  across, 
calyx-lobes  serrate  fr  usually  oval,  dull  yellow  01 


yellowish  red,  }£-}>$m.  across,  sweet  and  succulent,  in 
upright  corymbs,  stones  2-3,  with  2  furrows  on  the 
inner  side  June;  fr.  Oct  Ont  to  Minn  ,  south  to 
Tenn  and  Mo  S  S.  4:183  G.F.  2 '425  (adapted  in 
Fig.  1101).  Gn.  22,  p.  145.  B.R  22:1877. 

34  succulenta,  Link  (C.  macracdntka  var.  swccu- 
lenta,  Rehd  ).  Tree,  sometimes  to  20  ft ,  with  stout 
ascending  branches,  armed  with  numerous  stout 


1101.  Crategus  tomentosa. 
(XH)     No.  33 


slightly  curved  spines  Ivs  ell'ptic,  acute  or  acuminate, 
gradually  narrowed  into  the  stout  winged  petiole, 
eo.usoly  and  usually  doubly  serrate  and  with  many 
short  acute  lobes,  at  maturity  dark  green,  thickish 
and  somewhat  lustrous  above,  pale  green  and  usually 
puberulous  on  the  veins  below,  2-3  in  long  fls  %in 
an oss,  in  rnany-fld  villous  corymbs;  stamens  usually 
20,  sometimes  15*  fr  globose,  bright  scarlet,  l^-^m 
acrohh,  with  juicy  sv\eet  flesh  and  2—3  stones  May,  fr 
Sept ,  Oct  Quo*  and  Ont  to  Mass  and  111  S  S  4  181 
(as  C  coccinta  var  macracantha) 

35  macracantha,  Lodd    (C  cocdnea  var  macracrfn- 
tha,  Dudley)    Fig  1102.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft , 
of  dense  growth,  with  numerous  long  and  slender  spines 
Ivs    rather  slender-petioled,  broadly  elliptic  or  ovate, 
doubly  serrate,  glabrous,  at  maturity  thickish,  shining 
and  dark  green  above,  almost  glabrous  beneath,  1-2}^ 
m    long     corymbs  slightly  villous;   fls    %in    across, 
stamens   10,   calyx-teeth    glandular-serrate'    fr     sub- 
globose,    ijjin    diam  ,  dark   cherry-red,   shining,  with 
usually  2-3  stones     May,  June.    W  N  Y  and  Vt  to 
Pa.   SS    13  689.    B.R.  ,22:1912.    LBC    11  1012  (as 
C     qlandulosd).      A  G.    11 '509.      M  D.G.    1906561 
GW  5 '245. -—Sometimes  cult,  under  the  name  of  C. 
Douqla^n      See  page  3567. 

36  prunif&lia,  Pers    Shrub  or  tree,  to  30  ft  '  branches 
spreading  or  somewhat  ascending,  spiny  Ivs  obovate, 
or    roundish    obovate,    doubly    serrate,    glabrous    or 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  when  young,  2-3  in. 
long    corymbs  pubescent,  stamens  10;  anthers  pink 
fr  led,  stones  with  2  furrows  on  the  inner  side,  some- 
times nearly  plain     May,  June — Origin  unknown,  by 
some  thought  to  be  a  hybrid  between  C  Cnis-galh  ana 
C   nuiciacantha  or  C.  succulenta     B.R22'1868    G.W. 
8. 114    Var  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  variegated  with  yel- 
lowish white     F.W  1877  65. 


880 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


16    DOUGL  ASIANS  (page  3567). 

37.  Douglasii,  Lindl.    (C.  sanguined  var.  Doiigla.m, 
Torr  &  Gray).  Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with  slender,  often  pen- 
dulous branches,  unarmed  or  with  short  spines:  Ivs. 
short-petioled,  broadly  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acute, 
gradually  narrowed  at  the  base,  serrate  and  slightly 
lobed,  nearly  glabrous,  pubescent  on  the  midrib  above, 
chartaceous,  1-4  in  long'  corymbs  glabrous;  fls.  H~M 
in    across;  stamens  20;    calyx-lobes   triangular-ovate, 
usually  glandular-serrate  above  the  middle,  fr   ovoid, 
^m.  long,  black  and  lustrous,  with  sweet,  light  yellow 
flesh  and  3-5  nutlets.   May;  fr.  Aug  ,  Sept.    Brit  Col. 
and  N.  Calif,  to  Wyo.  S  S.  4:175.   B.R.  21:1810. 

17.  SANGUINED. 

38.  sangufnea,  Pall.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft., 
with  upright,  spreading  branches  and  short  spines*  Ivs 
ovate  or  broadly  ovate,  narrowed  into  the  petiole,  irreg- 


1102.  Cratasgus  macracan 


slender,  petioled,  triangular  or  broadly  ovate,  usually 
truncate  at  the  base,  3-5-lobed,  sharply  serrate,  1H- 
2%  in.  long:  corymbs  many-fld.,  glabrous:  styles  5:  fr. 
depressed-globose,  Km-  across,  snmmg,  bright  coral- 
rea;  calyx  deciduous,  leaving  a  circular  scar;  stones 
3-5.  May,  June;  fr  Sept ,  Oct.  Va  to  Ala.  and  Mo. 
S  8.4:186.  B.R.  14:1151.  F.E.  28,  p  103  (habit)  — 
A  very  desirable  species,  with  beautiful  fall-coloring  and 
large  clusters  of  bright  red  fr  remaining  a  long  time 
on  the  branches.  Formerly  much  used  for  hedges. 

19.  APIIFOLLE. 

41.  apiifdlia,    Michx     (C.    Mdrshalln,    Eggleston). 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  20  ft.,  with  stout  spines  and 
the  branchlets  pubescent  when  young.  Ivs.  slender- 
petioled,  broadly  ovate,  pmnately  5-7-cleft,  serrate, 
glabrous  or  pubescent,  %-lK  m   long-  corymbs  few- 
fld  ,  villous;  styles  1-3:  fr   ovoid,  J£m.  high,  scarlet, 
with  1-3  stones;  calyx  often  deciduous     April,  May, 
fr.  Oct.   Va.  to  Fla.,  Ark.  and  Texas.    S  S.  4:188.— A 
handsome  species  with  graceful  foliage  and  an  abun- 
dance of  white  fls.  in  spring  and  small  but  bright- 
colored  frs.  in  fall. 

20.  BRACHYACANTH.E 

42.  brachyacintha.  Sarg  &  Engelm    Tree,  to  50  ft , 
with  stout  spreading  branches,  armed  with  numerous 
short  usually  curved  spines,  H~^in  long  Ivs  obovate- 
oblong,  oblong-lanceolate  or  elliptic,  acute  or  sometimes 
obtuse,  cuneate  at  the  base,  crenulate-serrate,  rarely 
slightly  lobed,  glabrous  at  maturity,  lustrous  above, 
%-2  in    long    corymbs  many-fld  ,  glabrous,  flw    1/3  in 
across,  turning  orange  in  fading,  stamens  15-20    fr 
subglobose,  J^~Hin    across,  bright  blue  and  bloomy, 
with  3-5  stones.   April,  May;  fr.  Aug.   La.  and  Texas 
SS   4:177.— The  only  species  with   blue  fr.;   hardy 
only  S. 

21    PENTAGYN^E. 

43.  nigra.  Kit  (C  carpdthica,  Lodd  )    Shrub  or  small 
tree,   branches  pubescent  or  tomentose,    with  short 
spines:   Ivs.    short-petioled,    ovate    or    ovate-elhptic, 
deeply  pinnately  5-9-lobed  with  serrate  lobes,  slightly 
pubescent  above,  densely  pubescent  beneath,  2-3  in 
long    corymbs  dense,   10-15-fld  ,  tomento.se;  pedicels 
short,  fls  white,  becoming  slightly  red,  anthers  yellow- 
ish   fr.  subglobose,  ^m.  across,  black,  lustrous,  juicy, 
with  5  stones     May;  fr  in  Aug     S  E  Eu    L  B  C  11 : 
1021    LI  30. 

44  pentfigyna,  Waldst  &  Kit.  (C  melanocdrpa, 
Bieb  ).  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  ft. :  young  branchlets 
pubescent,  with  short  spines'  Ivs  ovate  to  obovate, 


ularly  serrate  and  slightly  lobed,  more  deeply  lobed  on      irregularly  and   usually   sparingly  serrate,   pinnately 
vigorous  shoots,  at  first  hairy  above  and  often  also      3-7-lobed,  hairy  above  while  young,  finally  nearly  gla- 


vigorous  shoots,  at  first  hairy  above  and  often  also 
below,  at  maturity  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous,  l>£-3 
in.  long-  corymbs  pubescent  or  glabrous;  fls.  large; 
stamens  20,  with  purple  anthers,  fr.  ^  in.  cuam.  May; 
fr.  in  Aug.,  Sept.  E.  Siberia.  Var.  chlorocarpa, 
Schneid.  (var.  xanthocdrpa,  Regel).  Fr.  yellow,  smaller: 
anthers  whitish. 

39.  dahurica,  Koehne  (C.  purpiirea,  Bosc.  C.  san- 
gulnea  var.  altaica,  Loud.).  Shrub  or  small  tree-  spines 
to  1H  in.  long:  Ivs.  ovate  or  broadly  elliptic-ovate, 
acute,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  sharply  serrate, 
those  of  the  flowering  branches  very  slightly  or  scarcely 
lobed,  those  of  the  snoots  distinctly  and  acutely  lobed, 
glabrous,  %-2  in.  long:  corymbs  glabrous,  fls.  ^in 
across:  fr.  subglobose,  ]^m.  across,  orange-red.  April, 
May;  fr.  Aug.  E.  Sibena. — The  earliest  leafing  species 
of  all  hawthorns;  very  graceful;  hardy. 


18.  CORDATE. 
40.  Phaenopynim,   Medikus    (C.   corddta,'  Ait. 


C. 


acenfdlia,  Moench.   C.  popultfblia,  Walt.).   WASHING- 
TON THORN.   Tree,  to  30  ft.,  with  slender  spines:  Ivs. 


brous  above,  pubescent  below,  1-2  in  long  corymbs 
villous;  fls.  ^m.  across,  anthers  red  fr  ovoid  or 
obovoid,  purplish  black,  Hm.  long,  with  4-5  stones. 
May;  fr.  Sept,  Oct.  S  E.  Eu.,  Caucasus.  BR  22: 
1874;  23:1933  (as  C.  Oxyacantha  Ohvenana) .  R.H. 
1901,  p.  310. 

22.  OXYACANTHA. 

45.  Oxyacantha,  Linn.  HAWTHORN  or  MAY  of  Eng- 
lish  literature.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  15  f t ,  with 
spreading  glabrous  branches  and  stout  spines'  Ivs. 
short-petioled,  cuneate  or  truncate  at  the  base,  round- 
ish or  broadly  ovate,  3-5-lobed,  with  broad,  serrulate 
lobes,  1-2  in  long:  corymbs  5-10-fld.,  glabrous:  fr. 
globular  or  roundish  oval,  H~^in.  high,  scarlet;  stones 
2,  with  2  furrows  on  the  inner  side.  May.  Eu.,  N.  Afr. 
BR  13.1128  (as  C.  oxyacanlhoides)  Var.  bfcolor, 
Rehd  (C  Oxyacdntha  var.  Gdmppen  tricolor,  Hort 
C.  Oxyacdnlha  rubra,  Schneid  )  Fls.  white  in  the  center, 
edged  red.  FS  16:1651.  Var  Pafclii,  Rehd  (var 
cocctnea,  Hort.  Var.  Paul's  New  Double  Scarlet.  C. 
Oxyacdntha  var.  spltndens,  Schneid.).  Fig  1103.  With 


ORAT/EGUS 


887 


double,  bright  scarlet  fls  ;  one  of  the  most  hhowy     I  H 

14  536     F.  1867.117    Var  afcrea,  Loud   (C   Oxyacdn- 
tlia  var    cunthocdrpa,   Langc)    With  yellow  fr    Var. 
quercifdlia,  Loud     Lvs   with  broad,  rounded  and  cre- 
nate  lobes  — Moht  ot  the  garden  forms  usually  listed 
as  varieties  of  C    Oxyacantha  belong  to  the  following 
specie*     Even  the  vanetieH  enumerated  above  are  by 
.some  botanists  not  considered  true  C  Oxyacardha,  but 
referred   to  C    media,   Bechst ,  a  hybrid  between  this 
and  the  following  species,  the  existence  of  hybrid  forms 
makes  the  distinction    between   the   two  species  still 
more  difficult. 

46  mon6gyna,  Jacq  (C  Oxyacdntha,  Hort  )  Shrub 
01  tiee,  to  20  ft ,  with  stout  spines.  Ivs  on  rather  slen- 
der petioles,  ovate,  3-7-lobed,  lobes  with  few  teeth  at 
the  apex,  1-2  in  long  corymbs  many-fld  ,  with  usually 
hairy  pedicels  fr  oval,  with  usually  1  stone,  H~Hm 
high  May,  June  Ku  and  N  Afr  to  Himalayas  On 
33,  ])  165;  37,  p  407,  40,  p  500,  52, -p  266,  5o,  p  452 
R  H  1000,  p  72  (all  as  C  Oxyatanlha)  —Many  gar- 
den forms  are  cult  ,  some  of  the  most  distinct  are  the 
following  Var  punicea,  Rehd  Fls  deep  red,  single. 
FS  15  1509,  fig  1.  LBC  14  1363  Var  rdsea, 
Hoit  Fls  pink,  petals  with  white  claw  Var  albo-plena, 
Schneid  With  white  double  fls  F  S  15  1509,  fig  2. 
Var  rfcbro-plena,  Schneid  With  double  red  fls  F  S. 

15  1509,  fig    3      Varieties  differing  m  Ivs    and  habit: 
\  ai     lacimata,    Loud      Lvs     deeply    pmnatihd    with 
incised    serrate    lobes      Var     pteridifdlia,    Rehd     (C. 
Oxyacdnlfm    vnr     ptrndifblia,    Loud      Var    Jduifdlia. 
Hort  )      Similar,  but  Ivs    longer,  with  narrower  ana 
more  incised  lobes     F  S  20  2076     Var  ferox,  Schneid 
(('    Oxijacantha  var    /ooa   Can      C.  Onjmdn<ha  var 
homda,  Cair  )     Branches  with  fascicles  of  numerous 
stout    spines      FS  14  146S      GC  III  24  13      Var 
in£rmis,   Rehd    (('    Oxi/acdn'ha  im'rmis,  Dauthenay) 
A  spineless  form    R  H   1900,  pp  72,  73    Var  pendula, 
Loud      With   pendulous   branches      Cn     68,    p    288 
GM  44-827     MDG    1902  25,  26     Var   rdseo-pen- 
dula,  Rehd   (C  Oxyacdntha  var  pcndida  ros^a,  Hort  ) 
A  pendulous  form,  with  pink  fls,    Var  stricta,  Loud 
(var  pi/iamidahs,  Hort  )     Of  fastigiate,  upright  habit. 
GC    111    41  184      MDG    1906390      \  ai    semper- 
fldrens,    Rehd    (var    J^tuantn,  Can  )     Low,  giaceful 
shiub,   flowering  until  fall      RH   1883,   p     140      Gil 
29,  p    431,  33,  p    465     There  are  also  some  varieties 

ited  Ivs 


with  vai legate 


23    OKIE  NT  ALES 


47.  tanacetifdlia,  Pers  Shi  ub  or  small  tree  branches 
with  short  spines  or  unarmed,  branchlets  tomentose 
Ivs  cuneate,  obovatc,  pinnately  5-7-c!eft,  with  the 
lobes  glandular-senate,  villous-pubesccnt,  1  2  m  long, 
coiyrnb  dense,  5-7-fld  ,  calyx-lobes  large,  deeply 
glandular-serrate,  fls  large1  fr  pubescent,  yellow,  1  m 
or  more  across,  with  lacmiate  biacts  at  the  base  May, 
June  Asia  Minor  B  R.  221884  Ct  43,  p  215. 

48  orientalis,  Pall  (C  odoratimma,  Lmdl  C 
apiifblia,  Hort  ).  Shrub  or  small  tree,  with  spreading, 
almost  unarmed  branches  and  tomentose  branchless: 
Ivs  short-petioled,  cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong,  pin- 
nately 3-5-cleft,  with  the  lobes  meisely  seirate  at  the 
apex,  tomentose  pubescent,  1-2  in  long  corymb  dense, 
tomentose;  calyx-lobes  entire*  fr  depressed  globose, 
brick-  or  orange-red,  %-l  in  across,  with  4-5  stones. 
June.  S  E  iOu  ,  Asia  Minor  BM  2314  BR  22. 
1885  (as  C  odoratiKsimn]  Cn  28  632  (as  C  tanace- 
hfoha),  and  p  635  G  M  40  824.  Var  sangufnea, 
Rehd  (C.  sartgulnea,  Schrad  ,  not  Pall  C  Tournefdrtn, 
Gnseb  ).  Lvs  more  glabrescent  fr.  dark  red,  with  2-4 
stones  BR  22  1852. 

49.  Azarolus,  Lmn  (C  Arbma,  Ser.  C  maiira,  Linn. 
f.)-  Shrub  or  tree,  to  25  ft ,  with  pubescent  branchlets: 
Ivs  short-pet ioled,  cuneate-obovate,  deeply  3-5-lobed, 
with  the  lobes  nearly  entire  or  incised  at  the  apex, 


grayish  green,  pubescent,  1^-2^  m  long  corymbs 
lew-fld.,  densely  tomentose  fr  orange-red  or  yellow, 
globular  or  ovoid,  %~l  in  across  May  N  Afr, 
Asia  Minor  B  R  22  1897  (as  C  Aroma)  R  H. 
1856.441  Var  sinaica,  Boiss  Lvs  glabrous '  f r  smaller, 
reddish  yellow  BR  22,1855  (as  C.  maroccana).  Gn. 
22,  p  146;  28,  p  634. 

24.    PlNNATlFIDjE. 

50.  pinnatifida,  Bunge  Fig  1104  Shrub  or  small 
tree,  to  20  ft  •  Ivs  slender-petioled,  cuneate,  elliptic- 
ovate,  pinnately  5  9-cleft,  mcisely  serrate  corymbs 
many-fld  ,  usually  pubescent  fr  globular  or  pyriform, 
dark  red,  punctate  'j-^jiu  high,  stones  3-5  June. 
N  China,  E  Siberia  to  Koiea  RH  1901*308  Gt. 
1862  366  Var  major,  N  E  Br  (C  Korolkdum, 
Schneid ,  not  Henry  C  Bnttsthneiden,  Schneid  C. 
cahforntca,  Hort  C.  tafdnca,  Hort )  Lvs  larger,  less 
deeply  lobed '  fr  pyiiform,  1  in  long.  G  C  II  26:620. 
RH  1901  308 

C  alt,)>ca,  I<»nge  =  C  Wattipna  —C  amlfrjua,  C  A  Miy. 
Related  to  C  monogyna  IAS  deeply  4-7-lobed,  sparingly  hairy 
on  both  sides,  1-2  m  long  corymbs  slightly  hairy  fr  o\oid,  usually 
with  2  stone?  S  Russia  -C  Hdjten,  Sarg  ==C  foetida  —  C. 
beata,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prmnosa  Shrub,  to  15  ft  Ivs  oblong- 
ovate,  villous  above  while  young  anthers  dark  maroon-tolor  fr. 


1103.  Paul's  thorn — Crataegus  Ozyacantha  var  Paulii. 


crimson,  prumose,  ripens  end  e>f  Sept  N  Y  — C  Bickwithse,  Sarg. 
Allied  to  C  postorum  Shrub  or  tree,  to  18  ft  Ivs  ovate,  usually 
truncate  at  the  base,  at  mituritj  thin  calyx-lobes  glandular-ben  ate 
fr  subglobose,  crimson,  with  .r>  stones  N  Y  — C  b/llula,  Sarg 
Related  to  C  prumosa  Sliiub,  10  12  ft  ,  glabrous  Ivs  ovate, 
bluish  green  and  lustrous  above,  2-3  in  long  stamens  8-10  fr 
dull  crimson,  bloomy,  a(m  across,  with  usually  4  stones  Mich 
S  T  S  1  %  —  C  brrhrri  folia,  Torr  &  Gray  Related  to  C  Crus- 
galh  L\s  obovatP  or  obovife -oblong,  obtuse,  pubescent  below, 
lustrous  and  nearly  glabrous  abene,  1*1-2  in  long  corymbs 
pubescent,  anthers  yollow  fr  or  inn-  with  rod  cheek  La  SS 
4  179— ('  Cehinwi,  Bosc  Shrub  Ivs  pinnately  lobed,  slightly 
pubescent  beneath  corymbs  mary-fld  fr  ovoid,  red  Ongm 
unknown,  probably  hybrid  of  C  p«_ntagyna — ('  cnamplainfnsix, 
Sarg  Allied  to  C  molhs  Tit  e,  to  20  ft  ,  spiny  Ivs  ovate,  usually 
truncate  at  the  base,  le>lw»d,  glabrous  abo\e,  pubescent  on  the  veins 
below,  2-2  h  m  long  corymbs  Mllems,  usually  4-5-fld  .stamens  10. 
fr  obovoid  or  ovoid,  scarlet,  J-»m  long,  in  Sept  Que  and  Ont  to 
Vt  and  N  Y  S  S  H  (.(/)  — r  chlorovtrm,  Maxim  Allied  to  C. 
sangumea  Lvs  pinnatolj  hbcd,  truncate  at  the  base,  with  short 
lobes,  glabrous  at  length  corymbs  many-fld  ,  nearly  glabrous  fr. 
black,  with  green  flesh  Japan  — C  co<jn  ita,  Sarg  Closely  related 
to  C  prumosa  Shrub,  to  10  ft  ,  bpniy  hs  ovate,  acute  or  acumi- 
nate, slightly  lobed,  dull  bluish  green,  gl  ibrous  corymbs  5-7-fld  ; 
anthers  yellow  fr  ovoid  or  pyriform,  prumose,  dull  crimson  at 
maturity,  o\er  Hm  long,  in  Oet  Mass- — C  c6mpta,  Sarg  (C 
silvicola  var  compta,  Eggleston)  Allieel  to  C  prumosa  bhrub, 
spiny,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
slightly  lobed,  glabrous  corymbs  many-fld  ,  «tamens  7-10,  anthers 
dark  rose  fr  obovoid,  light  cherry-red,  ^\n  long,  in  Oet  W  N  Y. 
— C  conspMa,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  piumosa  Tree,  to  20  ft  ,  spiny: 
Ivs  broaelly  ovate,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  lobed,  yel- 
low-green, pubescent  on  the  midrib  below  corymbs  5-6-fld  ,  slightly 
hairy,  compact,  anthers  white  fr  subglobose,  crimson,  over  J^in. 
across,  in  Oet  Ont  —  C  crenuMta,  Roxbg  =Pyracantha  crenulata. 
— C  cunc(\ta,  Sieb  &  Zucc  Be'ongs  to  group  C  uneata>  Shrub: 
young  branchlets  villous  Ivs  short-petioled,  cuneate-obovate  or 
cuneate-oblong,  crenate-serrate,  glabrous  and  lustrous  above,  spa- 
ringly hairy  below  corymbs  villou",  3-7-fld. ,  stamens  20,  anthers 
red  fr  red,  with  5  stones,  plain  inside  China  and  Japan  L  I  5  — • 
C  cupultfera,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  rotundifol'a  Shi ub,  to  20  ft  Ivs. 
obovate  or  rhombic,  slightly  lobed,  lustrous  and  scabrate  above: 
corymbs  ^lightly  villous,  fls  cup-shaped,  stamens  10,  anthers  pink, 
fr.  scarlet,  with  3-1  stones  N  Y  ~C  DayAna,  Sarg.  \lhed  to  C. 


CRAT^GUS 


CRAT^GUS 


pedicellata  Tree,  to  15  ft ,  spiny  Ivs  broadly  ovate,  acuminate, 
rounded  or  cuneate  at  the  base,  dark  yellow-green,  slightly  hairy 
on  the  veins  below  while  young  corymbs  10-14-fld.,  fls  ^m. 
across,  stamena  20  fr  obovoid,  crimson,  in  Sept  ,  soon  falling. 
W  N  Y—  C  diffum,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prumosa  Intricately 
branched  spiny  shrub,  to  15  ft  ,  glabrous  l\s  ovate,  acuminate, 
rounded  or  cuneate  at  the  base,  dark  bluish  green  and  slightly 
scabrate  above  corymbs  6-12-fld  ,  stamens  10  fr  subglobose.  soar- 
lot,  less  than  ^m  across,  in  Oct  W  N  Y — C  Dippehdna,  Lange 
fC  tanuretifohavar  Leeana,  Hort  C  tanacetifoha  x  C  punctata?). 
Sin  ill  tree,  spiny  Ivs  rhombic-elliptic,  lobed,  sparingly  pubescent 
abo\e,  densely  beneath  corymbs  densely  villous,  stamens  20  fr. 
subnlobose,  reddish  yellow  or  dull  rod  Ongin  unknown  Gn  33, 
p  408. — C  dissona,  Sarg  (C  pnunosa  var  dissona,  Eggleston). 
Allied  to  C  prumosa  Slender  spiny  shrub,  to  10  ft  ,  glabrous  Ivs 
ovate  to  rhombic,  cuneate  at  the  base,  dark  bluish  green  corymbs 
5-7-fld  ,  stamens  10,  anthers  purple  fr  subglobose,  crimson,  in 
Oct.  Mass. — C.  daungdnca,  Zabel  Allied  to  C.  sangumca.  Tree 


1104.  Crataegus 

pinnatifida  (X%). 

No.  50 


uiv  puoescent  ir  mactc,  stones  witnout  or  witn  slignt  turrows. 
unknown  origin  — C  Dilnban,  Sarg  Shrub,  to  12  ft.,  spiny 
ovate  to  suborbicular,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  slightly 
d,  glabrous  or  slightly  rough  above  corymbs  10-14-fld  .  fr. 


Iv8.  deeply  lobed,  sparingly  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous*  corymbs 
slightly  pubescent   fr  black,  stones  without  or  with  slight  furr 
Of  unknown  origin  •     "    ~  .........       *  ' 

Ivs    01 

subgloboso,  cumson,  jUm"  across,  m  Get  W*N  Y.  Belongs  to 
group  AnomaltE,  allied  to  Tenuifoliw  —  C  durobnvtnaia,  Sarg. 
Allied  to  C  coccimoides  Shrub,  to  20  ft  ,  spiny  Ivs  ovate,  with 
3-4  pairs  of  short  lobes,  glabrous  corymbs  glabrous,  stamens  20: 
fr.  bright  red,  in  Oct.  NY  S  T  S  12  —  C  elliptica,  Ait  (C. 
glandulosa,  Moench  C  flava  var  pubescens,  Gray)  Allied  to 
C  flava.  Lvs  broader,  of  firmer  texture,  more  pubescent  and  glan- 
dular: fr.  subglobose,  red  or  yellow.  Southern  states.  BR  22. 
1890  (as  C  spathulata)  —  C  elllpiica,  Beadle,  is  C  senta,  Beadle, 
a  species  allied  to  C  flava  S  S  13  697  —  C  elliptica,  Mohr,  is  C. 

lli     S  S    13  644  — 


,  , 

C.  exornAla,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prumosa  Shrub,  to  Iff  ft  ,  spiny: 
Ivs  ovate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  slightly  lobed,  dark  yel- 
low-green and  rough  above  corymbs  5-6-fld  ,  stamens  7-10; 


10  ft  ,  spiny  Ivs  broadly  ovate,  with  4-5  pairs  of  short  lobes, 
nearly  glabrous  at  maturity  corymbs  villous,  stamens  5-10  fr. 
dark  crimson,  in  Sept  N  H  STS  1  60—  C  ferentdria,  Sarg. 
Allied  to  C  macracantha  Intricately  branched  shrub,  to  12  ft  , 
with  ntout  spines  Iva  rhombic  or  obovate,  puberulous  below  on  the 
veins  corymbs  slightly  villous,  stamens  7-10,  anthers  white  fr 
subglobose  or  ovoid,  Hm  long,  scarlet,  with  usually  2  atones,  ripen- 
ing in  Oct  W  N  Y  —  C  flabelldta,  Spach  (C  Giayana,  Eggleston). 
Allied  to  C  pedicellata  Shrub,  to  20  ft  Ivs  ovate,  with  short 
acute  lobes,  at  first  sparingly  hairy  above  and  villous  at  the  veins 
beneath  corymbs  slightly  villous,  calyx-lobes  sparingly  glandular- 
serrate,  stamens  20  fr  ovoid,  crimson,  with  3-5  xtones,  in  Sept 
Oue.—  C  florentlna,  Zuccagnv—  Pyrus  crata-gifoha  —  C  f&tuia,  Ashe 
(C  Baxten,  Sarg).  Allied  to  C  intricata  Intricately  branched, 
spiny  shrub,  to  12  ft  ,  glabroua  Ivs  ovate  or  oval  corymbs  usually 
5-6-fld  ,  calyx-lobes  serrate  fr  tmbglobose,  orange-red  or  rea- 
brown,  about  J^in  thick,  with  3-4  stones,  in  Oct  Mass  to  Ont 
and  Va  —  C  Fontanesi&na,  Steud  Allied  to  C  Crus-galh  Lvs 
elliptic  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  almost  glabrous,  shining  above  co- 
rymbs many-nd  ,  pubescent  fr  red  Probably  hyhud  of  C  Crus- 
galli  —  C  F  6rbes&,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  pastorum  Shrub,  to  15  ft 
Ivs  ovate  to  oval,  cuneato  or  rounded  at  the  base,  slightly  lobed 
stameni  20,  anthers!  dark  rose-color  fr  globose  or  ovoid,  scarlet, 
with  thin  and  juicy  flesh  Mass  —  ('  formdsa,  Sarg  Allied  to  C 
prumosa  Shrub,  to  15  ft  Ivs  oblong-ovnte,  rounded  or  cuneato 
at  the  base,  slightly  lobed,  slightly  hmry  above  while  young  co- 
rymbf  many-fld  fr  ovoid  or  obovoid,  noailet,  prumot-e,  wi-th  4-5 
stones  N  Y  —  C  oemmtiw,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  Micculenta  Tree, 
to  30  ft,  spiny  Ivs  broadly  obovate  to  bronclly  elliptic,  doubly  ser- 
rate and  often  slightly  lobed,  at  maturity  pubescent  on  the  midrib 
rlet,  lustrous, 


m  Oct     N  Y 
,     nrg     Allied  to  C 
spiny,  glabrous     hs    obo 


--      ,  - 

anthers  pink    fr    subglobose,   scarlet,   less   than  J4m.   across,  m 
8«pt.  Ont.—  <7.  Fdxomi,  Sarg.   Allied  to  C.  rotundifolia.   Shrub,  to 


beneath    corymbs  villous       . 
Mich    and  Ont.    S  S   13  (>8b  —  C 
Crus-galh     Small  tree,   to  12  ft  ,  , 

oblong,  pointed  at  the  rounded  or  acute  npox,  with  prominent 
veins  corymbs  many-fld  ,lax,  anthers  ptnk  fr  ovoid,  warkt,  !-2m 
long,  with  1-3  nutlets,  in  Got  W  N  Y  G  C'  III  fl.J  115-  C 
glandul&sa,  Moench=~C  elliptica  —  C  uloribt>a,  Surg  Allied  to  C 
pedicellata  Tree,  to  25  ft  ,  with  few  spines  Ivs  ovate,  cuneate  or 
rounded  at  the  base,  rough  above,  &h>rlitly  pubescent  on  the  veins 
below,  sometimes  finally  glabrous  corymbs  10-15-fld  ,  stamens  7- 
10  fr  ovoid,  often  uu»yinmetiical,  deep  crimson,  in  Sept  W  N  Y 
—  C  grandtfldra,  Koch  (C  lobata,  Bosc  Cratte-mespilusgrandiflora. 
Camus)  Small  tree  Ivs  elliptic,  serrate,  often  f-lightly  lobed  toward 
the  apex,  pubescent  fls  1-3,  largo  fr  brown,  globose,  large  hup- 
posed  to  be  a  hybrid  between  Mcspilus  gerniamoa  and  a  Crutirgus 
G  F  10  35  R  H  I860,  p  80  —  C  GrayAna,  Eggloston=C  flibel- 
lata—  C  ffdrbwonn,  Beadle  Belongs  to  group  Bractcatir  allied 
to  Intricate  Tree,  to  25  ft  Ivs  oval  or  broadly  obovate,  conrsely 
serrate,  petioles  glandular  corymbs  many-tld  ,  with  conspicuous 
glandular  bracta  fr  rod  or  bright  red,  in  Get  SS  13  001  —  <"  hrtero- 
phvlla,  Fluegge  Allied  toC  monogyna  Lvs  larger,  usually  trifid. 
fr  larger,  bright  red  corymbs  many-fld  BR  14  llbl,22  1M7  — 
C  hiem&hs,  Lange  Possibly  C  Crus-gallixC  pcntagyiid  Lvs. 
elliptic  to  ovate,  densely  serrate  or  slightly  lobed,  lustrous  above, 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  corymbs  villoun,  stamens  15,  with 
purpleanthers  fr  purplish  black  Oiiginunknown  —  (.'  Ilolmesidna, 
Sarg  Allied  to  C  podicellata  Tree,  to  30  ft  Ivs  oval  or  ovate, 
slightly  lobed,  at  maturity  yellowish  groen,  glabrous  fls  J-^-^in 
across,  stamens  Usually  5,  anthers  purple  fr  ovoid,  crimson,  with 
usually  3  stones  Montreal  to  Pa  ,  W  NY  and  Gnt  S  S  13  676  — 
C.  inteffriloba,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  tomentosa  Tree,  to  10  ft  ,  spiny 
Ivs  broadly  obovate  or  oval,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  ba«e,  slightly 
lobed,  glabrous  corymbs  villous,  calyx-lobes  entire  fr  subglobose, 
H-Hm  across,  scarlet,  lustrous  Quc  GC  III  47  <>0  —  C'  »rrd«i, 
Sarg  Allied  to  C  pedicellata  Shrub,  to  12  ft  Ivs  ovate,  cuneato 
or  rounded  at  the  base,  slightly  lobed.  lustrous  and  glabrous  above 
stamens  20,  anthers  yellow  fr  ovoid,  dark  red,  lustrous  Que  -  C. 
Korolk6wi\,  Henry=C.  Wattiana,  See  also  No  50  —  T  lauta,  Sarg 
Allied  to  C  Ellwangenana  Arborescent  shrub,  «pmy  Ivs  ovate, 
acuminate,  scabrate  above,  sparingly  pubescent  on  the  veins  below 
corymbs  8-12-fld  ,  compact  fr  ovoid,  bright  orange-red,  ?4m  long, 
with  5  nutlets,  in  Sept  Origin  unknown,  much  planted  in  Boston 
parks  —  C  leiophylla,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prumosa  Slender  intricate, 
spiny  shrub,  to  15  ft  ,  glabrous  IVH  broadly  ovate,  usually  rounded 
or  truncate  at  the  base,  dark  dull  blue-grc  on  above  corymbs  5-7- 
fld  .compact,  anthers  yellow  fr  obovoid,  bright  rod,  J^m  long,  with 
usually  4  stones,  in  Nov  W  N  \  —  C  liiomAna,  Sarg  Allied  to 
C  Crus-galh  Tree,  to  20  ft  ,  spiny,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong-obovate, 
acute  or  rounded  at  the  apex,  finely  and  often  doubly  serrate 
corymbs  lax,  10-18-fld  ,  calyx-lobes  glandular-serrate  fr  subglo- 
bose to  ovoid,  dark  crimson,  >£m  long,  with  2-4  stones,  in  Oct. 
N.  Y  S  T  S  2  129  —  C.  lobdta,  Bo8C=C  grandiflora  —  C  lucdrum, 
Sarg  Allied  to  C  pastorum  Tree  to  25  ft  ,  spiny  Ivs  broadly  ovate 
to  obovate,  slightly  lobed,  glabrous  corymbs  villous,  few-fld  ,  sta- 
mens 20,  with  purple  anthers,  fr  ovoid,  crimson,  in  Sept  111. 
S  S  13  679  —  C  maineAna,  Sarg  (C.  leiophylla  var  mamcana, 
Eggleston)  Allied  to  C.  prumosa  Tr^e-hko  Jirub,  to  15  ft  ,  spiny, 
glabrous  Ivs  ovate  to  deltoid,  acui.unato,  hairy  while  young. 
corymbs  many-fld  ,  stamens  10,  antho.s  dark  purple  fr  globose, 
scarlet,  scarcely  prumose,  about  Hm  tnick,  m  Oct  W  N  Y.  — 
C.  matbra,  Sarg.  Allied  to  C  pastorum  Shrub,  to  10  ft  ,  with  few 
spines,  glabrous  Ivs  oval  to  ovate-oblong,  usually  cuneate  at  the 
base,  dark  green  above,  yellow-green  below  corymbs  many-fld  ; 
stamens  5-10,  anthers  red  fr  ovoid,  dark  purplish  crimson,  %m. 
long,  in  Aug  Vt  ,  Mass  ,  N  Y  —  C  ManmouAczu,  Schncid  (C. 
sangumea  var.  villosa,  Maxim  )  Allied  to  C  sangumea  Small  tree, 
to  20  ft  Ivs.  ovate,  slightly  lobed,  pilose  below  corymbs  densely 
pilose  fr.  pilose  when  young,  finally  glabrous  Amurland,  Man- 
churia —  C  microcdrpa,  I  indl  =C  Bpathulata  —  C  6pulens,  Sarg. 
Allied  to  C  prumosa  Shrub,  to  15  ft  ,  spiny,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong- 
ovate  to  oval,  acuminate,  hairy  above  while  young  corymbs  5-8- 


CRAT.EGUS 


CREPIS 


fld  ,  compact  fr.  subglobose,  obscurely  angled,  crimson,  slightly 
pruinose,  Hm  long,  in  Oct  W  N  Y  — C  Pdlmen,  Sarg  Allied  to 
C  Crus-galh  Tree,  to  25  ft  Ivs  broadly  ovate  to  oblong,  rounded 
or  acute  at  the  apex,  coarsely  serrate,  glabrous  corymbs  glabrous, 
stamens  10,  with  yellow  anthers  fr  dull  green,  tinged  with  red,  in 
Oct  8  M  381  —  C  pereorina,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  mollis  Tree 
Ivs  ovate,  broadly  cuneate,  with  5-0  pairs  of  narrow  lobes,  glabrous 
above,  villous  beneath  corymbs  many-fld  ,  villous  fr  ovate-glo- 
bose, dark  dull  purple,  pubescent  at  the  base  and  apex,  Jim  across. 
Origin  unknown,  probably  S  W  Asia  STS  2  191— C  per- 
jucunda,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prumosa  Spiny  shrub,  glabrous  Ivs. 
ovate,  acuminate,  dark  green  above  corymbs  8-10-fld  ,  anthers 
white  fr  ovoid,  orange-red,  finally  crimson,  slender-stained,  less 
than  ^m  long,  in  Oct  Out  ,  N  Y  —  C  persimihs,  Sarg  Allied  to 
C  Crus-galli  Shrub,  to  8  ft  Ivs  obloug-obovate  to  oval,  usually 
acvite,  veins  prominent,  slightly  hairy  while  young  corymbs 
slightly  villous,  stamens  10-20  fr  subglobose  or  ovoid,  crimson, 
lustrous,  with  1-2  stones  N  Y  —  C  prascox,  Sarg  (C  pruecoqua, 
Sarg,)  Allied  to  C  rotundifoha  Shrub,  to  10  ft  ,  spiny  Ivs 
rhomboidal  to  oval,  slightly  hairy  while  young,  glabrous  at  matu- 
rity and  scabrous  above  corymbs  slightly  villous,  many-fld  ,  sta- 
mens 10  fr  subgloboso,  dark  crimson,  £sm  thick,  in  Aug  Vt., 
Que  —  C  promlssa,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  prumosa  Shrub,  to  12  ft  , 
spmy  glabrous  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  deeply  lobed. 
corymbs  hvx,  many^Hd  ,  stamens  5-7,  anthers  pink  fr  ovoid, 
crimson,  not  pruinose,  less  than  V^m  long,  in  Sept  W  N  Y  — 
C  1'i/ruidntha,  Pf  rs  =Pvracantha  cocemea  —  C  nrulans,  Nutt 
Allied  to  C  Douglasn  shrub  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  serrate,  gla- 
brous at  hngth  Wyo  to  Colo  and  Utah  SS  4  176 — C  Sdr- 
gcnlii.  Beadle  Allied  to  C  mtricata  Tree,  to  20  ft  Ivs  elliptic 
to  oblong-ovate,  slightly  lobed,  glabrous  at  maturity  corymbs 
slightly  villous  or  glabrous,  stamens  20,  with  purple  anthers  fr. 
yellow  or  orange-yellow,  tinged  with  red,  in  St  pt  Ga  to  lenn  and 
Ala  —  C  lonyArna,  Regr|_C  Wattiam  — r  vpathulata,  Michx. 
Shrub  or  tree,  to  20  ft  Ivs  <  uneatc  ,  oblaneeolate,  erenately  ser- 
rate or  J-lobed  at  the  apex  corymbs  many-fid  fr  scarlet,  globular, 
i4m  atross  Southern  utate*  S  S  4  1S5  BR  22  184b  (as  C 
microcarpai  The  only  species  of  the  group  Microcarose  allied  to 
the  Apnfolisp  C  tnflArn,  Chapm  Shrub  or  small  Iree.  to  20  ft 
Ivs  ovate  ort  Iliptir,  serrate,  often  slightly  lobed,  pubescent,  1-2  H 
in  long  corymbs  3-fld  ,  hirsute,  fls  1  in  across,  stamens  20,  anthers 
yellow  fr  globose,  red  Cla  ,  All  Belongs  to  the  group  Tnflorao, 
allied  to  Intruatse  — Very  distinct  and  handsome,  has  proved  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  — C  terecunda,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  mtn- 
cata  Shrub,  about  3  ft  ,  spiny,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong-obovate  or 
oval,  acute  or  acuminate,  light  hlm«h  green  corymbs  0-10-fld  , 
stamens?,  anthers  white  fr  ovoid  or  obovoid,  less  than  \>fon  long, 
with  2-3  stones,  m  St  pt  or  Oct  W  N  \  — C  Wat'itna,  Hems! 
Jc  Lace  (C  altaica,  Lange  C  songanea,  Rrgel)  Allied  to  C  san- 

§mnea  Lvs  smaller,  truncate  at  the  base,  glabrous  corymbs  gla- 
rous  fr  yellow  or  reddish  yellow,  smaller  Cent  A«ia  Var. 
tncisa,  Schneid  (C  Korolkovui,  Henry  C  sangumea  var  incisa, 
Regel)  Lvs  more  deeply  and  acutely  lobed  RH  1901  301 —C 
Wlhomi,  Sarg  Allied  to  C  tomentosa  Shrub,  to  20  ft  Ivs  ovate 
or  obovate,  acute  or  obtuse,  lustrous  above,  sparingly  villous  be- 
neath fr  ovoid,  red,  nearly  ^m  long,  with  1-J  stones  Cent. 

Cmna  ALFKLD  REHDER 

CRAT^VA  (after  Cratevas,  an  obscure  writer  on 
medicinal  plants,  not,  as  sometimes  stated,  at  the  time  of 
Hippocrates,  but  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  century 
B  0  ,  since  he  named  a  plant  after  Mithndates)  Cap- 
pandacex  Tropical  trees  and  shrubs,  sometimes 
planted  m  the  warm  parts  of  the  country 

Leaves  3-foholate*  fls  in  corymbs,  usually  polyg- 
amous, with  the  odor  of  garlic;  sepals  and  petals  4; 
stamens  8-20,  torus  elongated  berries  ovate-globose, 
with  a  slender  stripe  — Ten  species,  around  the  globe. 
The  bark  of  the  garlic  pear,  C  gynandra,  blisters  like 
canthandcs  C  rehgiosa,  from  Malabar  and  the  Society 
Isls  is  a  sacred  tree,  and  is  planted  in  native  grave- 
yards The  bitter,  aromatic  Ivs  and  bark  are  used 
by  them  in  stomach  troubles.  The  above  and  some 
other  species  are  cult,  m  Eu.  as  ornamental  green- 
house shrubs. 

religidsa,  Forst  f.  (C  Nurvdla,  Buch  -Ham ).  A 
spreading  unarmed  deciduous  tree  of  graceful  propor- 
tions. Ivs.  long-petioled,  the  Ifts.  2^-3  times  as  long  as 
broad,  fls.  2-3  in  across,  showy,  yellow,  or  purplish 
yellow,  the  petals  long-clawed.— Once  cult  by  Fran- 
ceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif ,  but  reported  by  him  as 
no  longer  in  cult,  there.  Excellent  greenhouse  plant  N. 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

CRATEROSTfGMA  (Greek,  referring  to  character  of 
stigma).  Scrophulanaceae,  Torema-hke  perennial  low 
nearly  stemless  herbs  of  E.  and  S.  Afr  ,  sometimes 
grown  under  glass.  Lvs.  radical,  plantago-like,  many- 
nerved,  entire:  fls  hlao  and  purple,  spicate,  racemose  or 
even  solitary;  calyx  tubular,  5-nbbed  and  narrowly 
5-toothed,  corolla  tubular,  5-nbbed  and  5-toothed,  the 


tube  enlarged  toward  the  top,  the  limb  2-hpped,  the 
dorsal  lip  concave  and  entire  or  emargmate,  the  other 
large  and  spreading  and  3-lobed,  stamens  4  and  per- 
fect, in  unequal  pairs,  style  filiform,  2-lobed  and 
dilated  at  apex.  fr.  an  oblong  caps  included  in  the 
calyx  Differs  from  Torema  in  technical  floral  char- 
acters and  in  being  nearly  or  quite  stemless  and  with 
only  radical  Ivs — About  4  species  C.  piimilum, 
Hochst  (Torkma  auricula fblia,  Dombr  )  has  fls.  on 
slender  pedicels  M-l/4  in  long,  the  corolla-lobes  pale 
lilac  blotched  with  purple  and  veined  with  white: 
Ivs  sessile,  ovate,  in  a  basal  rosette,  pubescent  beneath 
and  nearly  glabrous  above.  E.  Africa.  F.M.  10: 534. — A 
stemless  perennial.  L  j£  3 

CRfePIS  (Greek  for  Sdndal;  application  obscure). 
Comp6sitx.  A  large  group  of  annual,  menmal  and  peren- 
nial herbs,  a  few  of  which  are  now  and  then  grown  in 
outdoor  gardens  for  the  showy  flowers. 

Much  like  Hieracium,  dif- 
fering mostly  in  the  simpler 
involucre,  white  soft  pappus, 
and  beaked  achene  Ivs  radi- 
cal and  cauhne,  the  former 
mostly  runcinate,  repand  or 
pmnatisect,  the  latter  mostly 
clasping  heads  pedunculate, 
solitary  or  paniculate,  all  the 
florets  perfect  and  ligulnte, 
the  rays  yellow,  orange  or 
red  fr.  a  smooth  achene  — 
Perhaps  250  species  in  the 
north  temperate  zone,  some 
of  them  weedy  and  widely 
dispersed.  Among  the  cult 
kinds  is  C  sibinca,  which 
resembles  a  sow-thistle  m 
habit,  and  has  corymbs  of 
reddish  blue  fls  about  the 
size  of  a  hawkweed,  or  a 
small  dandelion  It  is  one  of 
the  coarser  border 
plants,  and  rare 
liathor  light,  sandy 
soil,  and  full  exposure 
to  the  sun  are  essen- 
tials to  the  welfare 
of  this  plant  It  is  contented 
in  a  rather  dry  position,  either 
in  the  rockery,  or  m  the 
border  It  is  prop  by  divi- 
sion A  common  plant  on 
the  moss  of  English  thatched 
cottageb  is  C  virens,  a  yel- 
low-fld  plant  resembling  a 
dandelion.  C.  rubra  appears 
to  be  the  commonest  annual 
species  cult  abroad. 

sibfrica,  Linn  Perennial,  2-3  ft  high,  and  at  least  as 
wide  when  m  bloom  plant  covered  with  short  rough 
hairs'  root  large,  fleshy  Ivs  rough,  wrinkled,  the  lower 
coarsely  dentate,  the  upper  often  somewhat  cordate, 
12  in  long,  including  a  petiole  half  as  long  fls  bright 

Kellow  in  a  strictly  terminal  corymb;  involucre  loose, 
airy.   July    Eu  ,  Asia  Minor,  Himalayas    Gn   53,  p. 
493— The  tallest  and  largest-fld    of  the  genus.    Its 
white  plumy  masses  of  seeds  are  also  attractive. 

aurea,  Reichb  Black-hairy  height  1  tt  or  less: 
fls.  orange,  mostly  solitary,  lower  Ivs.  spatulate-oblong, 
toothed,  shining  June.  Alps. — One  of  the  commonest 
perennial  species  of  the  genus  abroad  Repays  rich  soil. 
rftbra,  Lmn.  Fig  1105.  Annual1  height  M~lH  ft : 
fls.  red,  usually  solitary,  the  involucre  being  hispid. 
An  attractive  little  flower-garden  plant  Var  filba, 
Hort.,  has  flesh-colored  or  whitish  fls.  Italy,  Greece. 


1105.  Crepts  rubra.  ( 


890 


CREPIS 


CRINUM 


r  barbdta,  Lmn  «=Tolpis  — C  montdna,  Reich  12-18  in  .  Ivs 
unequally  dentate  fie  yellow  in  a  large  bead  High  mts  ,  Switrer- 
'and,  etc  Mentioned  as  grown  in  this  country,  but  apparently 
not  in  the  trade  L  H  B  t 

CRESC^NTIA  (after  Crescenzi,  thirteenth  century 
Italian  agricultural  writer)  Bignomdcese  This  genus 
is  chiefly  interesting  for  the  calabash  tree,  which  has 


1106.  Crescentu  Cujete  —The  calabash.  (XH) 


no  near  allies  of  horticultural  importance;  yields  the 
calabash  fruit. 

Tropical  trees,  glabrous:  Ivs  alternate,  solitary  or 
clustered  at  nodes,  fls.  large,  tubular,  with  a  fluted  5- 
cut  limb,  yellowish,  with  red  or  purple  veins;  calyx 
2-parted  or  deeply  5-cut  — About  5  bpecies,  in  Mex. 
and  Cent.  Amer  The  calabash  tree  is  a  native  of  Trop. 
Amer ,  is  especially  familiar  in  the  W  Indies,  and  can 
be  grown  outdoors  in  extreme  S  Fla.  and  S  Calif  The 
outer  skin  of  the  fr  is  removed  and  the  seeds  and  pulp 
from  within,  and  the  hard  woody  shell  is  used  for  water- 
gourds  and  for  all  sorts  of  domestic  vessels,  according 
to  size  and  shape.  The  growing  fr.  can  be  made  to 
assume  various  forms  by  skilful  tying  It  is  a  tree 
20-40  ft  high,  and  readily  distinguished  from  all 
others  by  its  peculiar  habit  of  growth,  as  it  bears  large, 
horizontal,  scarcely  divided  branches,  which  bear 
clusters  of  Ivs.  at  intervals  The  tree  is  becoming 
important  in  the  manufacture  of  tobacco-pipes. 

Cujete,  Lmn.  Fig.  1 106  A  handsome  tree  when  grow- 
ing in  the  open,  with  wide-spreading  well-foliated 
branches.  Ivs.  4-6  in  long,  broadly  lanceolate,  taper- 
ing at  the  base,  dark  glossy  green  fls.  solitary,  pendu- 
lous; calyx  2-parted;  corolla  constricted  below  the  mid- 
dle, and  then  swollen  above,  malodorous  when  decay- 
ing; stamens  4,  sometimes  5:  fr  frequently  18-20  in. 
through  The  growing  tree  has  somewhat  the  habit  of  a 
Burbank  plum  tree.  B  M.  3430.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

CRESS.  A  name  applied  to  the  pungent  herbage  of 
several  species  of  the  Cruciferse,  used  as  salad. 

The  leaves  of  the  ordinary  garden  cress  (Lepidium 
satwuni),  sometimes  called  peppergrass,  have  a  pleas- 
ant pungency,  somewhat  like  tnat  of  the  water-cress, 
which  makes  the  plant  well  adapted  to  be  used  as  a 
popular  condiment,  served  with  salads,  especially 
lettuce,  and  also  for  garnishing  purposes  The  quick 
sprouting  habit  of  the  seed  is  proverbial  Often  the 
plants  show  above  ground  the  third  day  after  seed  is 
sown  But  if  cress  is  wanted  in  its  prime  continuously, 
new  sowings  must  be  made  every  few  days.  iSow  seed 
rather  thickly  in  rows  a  foot  apart,  selecting  any  good 
garden  loam.  The  reason  that  this  useful  plant  is 
seldom  seen  in  the  average  home  garden  is  probably 


its  liability  to  be  attacked  by  hordes  of  flea-beetles 
which  seem  to  have  a  particular  fondness  for  cress 
pungency.  But  it  is  easily  grown  under  glass,  in  flower 
pots,  flats,  or  on  a  bench,  in  any  light  and  fairly  warm 
place  and  in  any  good  soil  Grown  thus  it  is  usually 
free  from  flea-beetle  injury,  and  goes  well  with  forced 
lettuce.  Seed  is  easily  grown,  either  in  the  open  or  under 
glass  The  plants  are  allowed  to  mature  their  seeds,  are 
then  pulled  and  the  seed  rubbed  or  thrashed  out  and 
cleaned.  There  are  slight  vanations  in  the  form  of 
the  leaves,  some  of  which  are  more  or  less  curled,  others 
more  of  the  broad-leaved  type 

Water-cress  (Nasturtium  officinal?,  of  the  older  books, 
but  known  as  Radicula  Nasturtium-aquaticum  and 
Roripa  Nasturtium  in  recent  books),  Fig  1107,  is  a 
hardy  perennial,  and  finds  a  congenial  place  in  small, 
running  streams,  shallow  pools  or  ditches,  wintering  well 
when  covered  with  water.  It  is  usually  found  freely, 
bunched,  in  most  of  our  markets  and  at  green  grocers'. 
It  grows  readily  from  seed  as  well  as  from  freshly  cut 
pieces  of  branches,  and  soon  spreads  over  a  large  area. 
The  best  product  comes  from  clear  running  water 

Similar  to  water-crests  in  pungency  is  the  upland 
cress  (Barbarea  pr<rcox),  a  naidy  biennial  It  also 
grows  easily  from  soed  sown  in  the  open  or  under  glass 
in  ordinary  soilb  and  situations  Tne  root-leaves  are 
used  for  garnishing  and  seasoning;,  but  they  are  not  of 
the  highest  quality .  Seep  454,  Vol  1. 

Other  plants  sometimes  grown  under  the  name  of 
cress  are  Cardamine  pratcnttis  (p  661)  and  tipilanthes 
oleracea  (which  see)  The  very  pungent  root-leaves  of 
the  former  are  said  to  be  eaten,  but  apparently  the 
plant  is  not  cultivated  for  this  purpose 

T.  GREINER. 

CRlNUM  (Greek  name  for  a  lily)  AmarylliMcex. 
Large  and  showy  flowering  bulbs,  mostly  tender,  closely 
allied  to  Amaryllis  and  distinguished  by  the  longer 
perianth-tube;  flowers  usually  white  or  in  hhades  of 
red,  largely  summer  bloomers,  but  differing  widely  in 
this  respect 

Stems  arising  from  a  tumcated  bulb  with  a  more  or 
less  elongated  neck*  Ivs  mostly  persistent,  usually 
broad,  sometimes  several  feet  long  flb  few  or  many  in  a 
2-bracted  umbel,  often  very  fragrant  and  with  3  types 
of  coloring,  pure  white,  banded  red  or  purplish  down  the 
center,  or  flushed  with  the  same  colors,  penanth  salver- 
form  or  funnel-shaped,  the  tube  straight  or  curved, 
long-cylindrical,  segms  linear,  lanceolate  or  oblong, 
nearly  or  quite  equal,  stamens  6,  attached  on  the  throat 
of  the  corolla,  with  long  filiform  filaments  and  very 
narrow  versatile  anthers;  ovary  3-celled,  the  ovules  few 
in  each  cell,  the  style  long  ana  filiform,  somewhat  bent 


1107    Water-cress — Radicula  Nasturtmm-aquaticum. 

downward,  the  stigma  not  lobed:  fr  a  roundish  or 
irregular  caps  ,  at  length  dehiscing;  seeds  large,  green, 
thick  — Probably  100  species  in  warm  and  tropical 
regions  around  the  world,  in  moist  or  wet  places.  The 
crmums  are  amaryllis-like  plants  of  great  beauty. 
They  are  widely  grown,  often  under  the  name  of 
"lilies,"  some  of  them  as  warmhouse  plants,  some  as 


CRINUM 

ooolhouse  subjects,  and  a  few  as  hardy  border  plants. 
The  bulbs  are  often  very  large,  .sometimes  as  much  as 
2  or  3  feet  long,  neck  and  all,  the  leek-like  neck  grad- 
ually tapering  from  the  bulb  proper.  In  some  species 
the  bulb  is  short  and  onion-like  Fig.  1 108  shows  forms 
of  cnnum  bulbs  In  some  species  the  flowers  are  1 
foot  long  and  half  as  broad,  and  sometimes  the  leaves 
loach  the  length  of  6  fecit  and  a  width  of  5  or  0  inches. 
The  flower-stalk  is  solid,  leaflet,  usually  arising  from 
the  bide  of  the  bulb-neck.  The  genus  might  be  roughly 
divided  into  the  evergreen  kinds,  mostly  with  leek-like 
bulbs  and  symmetrical  star-like  stiaight-tubed  usually 
erect  flowers,  and  the  deciduous-leaved  kinds,  mostly 
with  roundish  bulbs  and  nodding  bell-shaped  more  or 
less  irregular  flowers 

The  cnnums  require  K>  much  room  that  they  are  not 
often  seen  in  commercial  collections  in  this  country 
They  are  particularly  adapted  to  mild  and  warm  cli- 
mates, and  therefore  full  notes  on  such  handling  of 
them  are  given  here  They  are  not  much  grown  m  Ameri- 
can greenhouses  The  species  cross  freely,  and  many 
fine  hybrids  are  known,  some  oi  them  under  Latin 
species-names 

Haidy  en  minis 

The  species  of  Crinum  require  widely  different  cul- 
ture, and  their  geographical  distribution  furnishes  an 
important  clue  ab  to  the  degree  of  warmth  required. 
There  are  two  species  hardy  in  the  northern  states,  f 
longifoliuin  and  C1  Moom,  the  latter  being  less  reliable 
than  the  former  but  with  finer  flowers  These  two 
species  differ  from  others  in  blooming  all  .summer 
instead  of  during  a  short  period,  and  in  the  more 
lasting  qualities  of  their  flowers  An  interesting  hybrid 
between  the  two,  ('  Poutllii,  is  hardier  than  (7.  A/oom, 
and  the  flower,  though  better  than  C  longifohum,  is 
not  quite  so  .showy  as  tli.it  of  T  Mootci  The  hybrid 
has  three  well-marked  colors,  white,  rosy  and  purplish. 
A  single  bulb  of  the  white  vanet\  has  given  fifty 
flowering  bulbs  in  four  yeais  It  is  excellent  for 
placing  in  conspicuous  positions  on  terraces  or  lawns,  or 
in  corners  where  flowers  are  wanted  to  combine 
with  architecture  01  slatuaiv  for  summer  effect.  The 
Agapanthus  is  frequently  grown  also  for  such  purposes. 
Of  course  large  specimens  are  needed  for  this  use,  but 
thev  are  easily  secured  and  thev  last  from  vear  to  year. 
The  bulbs  of  crmums  are  mostly  growTn  in  )iolland  and 
in  Honda  The  only  nati\e  species,  C.  amtvicanurn , 
the  "swamp  hl>  of  Florida,"  makes  a  brilliant  and 
stnkmg  spectacle  when  seen  in  places  far  from  cultiva- 
tion, as  in  the  Everglades 

The  most  reliable  of  the  hardy  crmums  in  the  North 
is  probablv  C  Poirdhi  If  the  bulbs  are  planted  2^ 
to  3  feet  deep  (to  the  bottom  of  the  bulb)  in  well- 
drained  soil,  the  plant  stands  without  protection  in  the 
neighborhood  of  New  York  City  Let  them  stand  2  to  3 
feet  apart  This  cnnum  makes  a  veiy  ornamental 
summer  plant,  even  the  strong  foliage  producing  a 
tropical  effect  It  produces  offsets  very  freely,  but  they 
are  deep  in  the  ground  It  seems  not  to  produce  seed 
in  the  North  C  longifohum  is  also  hardy,  but  is  better 
with  a  covering  in  winter;  and  it  is  inferior  to  C. 
Powelhi  in  leaf  and  flower  C  Afoorei  is  equally  hardy 
except  that  the  bulbs  grow  near  the  surface  and  are 
therefore  so  much  exposed  as  often  to  be  ruined  by 
frost.  It  is  a  very  desirable  summer  species  It  often 
seeds  in  the  latitude  of  New  York  City,  and  these 
fleshy  seeds  germinate  readily  if  placed  on  the  surface 
of  moist  soil.  It  produces  offsets  freely,  which  are 
used  in  propagation  It  has  very  strong  fleshy  roots; 
and  when  grown  in  pots  or  tubs  (which  is  a  desirable 
practice)  it  should  be  given  plenty  of  room  This  spe- 
nos  has  a  long  columnar  neck  with  a  spreading  cap  or 
n-own  of  leaves,  and  large  white  or  pink  flowers.  C. 
variable  (C.  capcnse)  is  hardy  south  of  the  Ohio  There 
are  a  number  of  half-hardy  species;  and  most  of  the 

57 


CRINUM 


891 


greenhouse  kinds  make  very  desirable  lawn  or  porch 
plants  when  well  established  in  large  pots  or  tubs. 

Tender  cnnums. 

There  are  more  than  fifty  species  of  greenhouse 
cnnums,  all  of  them  worth  growing  because  of  their 
handsome  flowers;  some  of  them  have  very  ornamental 
foliage.  Most  of  the  species  are  seldom  seen  in  this 
country,  possibljr  because  they  occupy  too  much  space 
and  give  a  comparatively  small  number  of  flowers  to 
recompense  the  grower  for  their  upkeep.  It  is  not 
necessaiy  to  keep  the  evergreen  species  growing  all  the 
time  after  the  flowcis  have  been  produced.  The  plants 
may  be  put  out-of-doors  under  a  lath-house  for  four 
or  five  months  The  soil  should  be  of  a  lasting  nature 
with  good  drainage  so  that  frequent  repotting  will  not 
be  necessary.  When  the  plants  are  in  a  growing  state, 
frequent  applications  of  manure  water  will  be  found  to 
be  beneficial.  In  the  wanner  part§  of  the  country, 


1108    Cnnum  bulbs  as  named  m  the  trade     Left  to  nght, 
C   Moorei,  C.  giganteum,  C.  Kirlui,  C.  Powelbi. 

many  of  the  tropical  species  should  be  plunged  or 
planted  out  in  the  open  border,  where  they  often 
give  a  satisfactory  quantity  of  flowers.  In  winter,  the 
plants  may  be  carried  over  under  the  bench  of  a  tem- 
perate house  They  should  be  given  water  occasionally 
during  Apiil  and  the  first  half  of  May  to  encourage 
new  root-growth  When  planted  out  m  rich  soil, 
nearly  all  of  them  will  produce  their  gorgeous  flowers 
out-of-doors,  and  during  winter  they  are  best  treated 
as  dormant  bulbs  with  a  little  more  heat  than  given 
such  plants  as  cannas  and  richardias,  planting  them 
out  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  favorable.  A  few  of  the 
tropical  crmums  are  grown  for  their  foliage  principally, 
and  are  often  seen  m  public  conservatories  and  palm- 
houses  where  they  suffer  but  little  from  dense  shade 
The  flowers  of  most  species  are  exceedingly  handsome 
but  only  for  a  comparatively  short  time;  during  the 
remainder  of  the  year  when  out  of  bloom  there  are 
hosts  of  things  that  are  much  more  ornamental. 
Tropical  crmums  should  be  grown  m  this  country 
nearly  altogether  for  outdoor  work;  we  then  get  the 
best  out  of  them  because  our  hot  summers  are  favor- 
able to  their  growth  and  for  the  production  of  bloom. 
Those  species  not  amenaole  to  this  treatment  do  not 

ive  results  at  all  m  keeping  with  the  space  and  time 

evoted  to  them.   (G.  W  Oliver.) 


gi 
d 


CRINUM 


CRINUM 


Crinwns  in  Florida  and  the  South. 

The  various  species  of  Crinum  belong  to  the  most 
important,  the  most  beautiful  and  the  most  popular 
of  Florida  garden  plants.  No  plants  grow  so  easily, 
with  so  little  attention,  and  no  plants  are  so  flonferous 
and  so  dehciously  fragrant.  Some  of  the  species,  as 
C.  zeylamcum,  C.  erubescens  and  C,  Sandenanuml  are 
so  common  hi  gardens,  that  they  are  little  appreciated 
by  people  in  general,  rlanted  together  in  masses  or  in 
borders  and  in  front  of  shrubbery?  they  look  extremely 
beautiful  They  grow  best  in  rich,  somewhat  moist 
soil,  but  they  are  also  perfectly  at  home  in  the  high 
pineland  ridges  when  well  fertilized  and  cultivated. 
There  is  great  confusion  in  the  nomenclature  of  these 
plants,  scarcely  half  a  dozen  being  correctly  named  in 
the  various  catalogues  The  following  notes  are  based 
on  many  years'  experience  with  crinums  in  Florida, 
and  the  names  represent  plants  that  the  author  con- 
siders to  be  proper  representatives  of  the  species. 

C.  abyssmicum  hiw  white  flowers  and  is  attractive,  but  it  does  not 
grow  well  in  the  sandy  soils  of  Florida. 

C  amabile.  Very  much  like  C  augustum  in  growth  and  the 
flowers  also  much  the  same,  but  it  is  considerably  smaller  and 
multiplies  rapidly  by  offsets  Every  three  or  four  years  it  must  be 
replanted  m  fresh  neh  ground,  and  the  offsets  must  then  be  re- 
moved. It  is  a  very  beautiful  plant,  and  much  more  flonferus  than 
the  C.  augustum,  flowering  in  every  month  of  the  year  The  per- 
fume of  the  masses  of  flowers  in  spring  and  summer  is  so  strong 
that  it  pervades  the  entire  garden  It  does  not  bear  seeds  in 
Florida,  but  the  pollen  is  fertile  and  can  be  used  in  cross-breeding 

C  amencanum  Common  along  muddy  banks  of  lakes  and  nvers 
A  very  beautiful  pure  white,  intensely  fragrant  species  and  very 
valuable  in  hybridizing  work.  Flower-stem  usually  3  feet  high, 
bearing  mostly  four  flowers.  Grows  well  in  gardens,  particularly 
in  rich  moist  soil 

C  amcenum  A  rather  small-growing  Asiatic  species  with  long 
slender  bulbs  and  white  flowers  tinged  red  on  the  outside.  Rare 

C  anaticum  The  columnar  stem-like  bulb,  about  12  to  15 
inches  long,  grows  mostly  above  the  ground.  In  planting  it  should 
never  be  set  deep  in  the  ground,  a  few  inches  is  sufficient  The 
leaves  are  arranged  in  a  rosette  They  are  about  3  feet  long,  very 
broad  near  the  bulb,  gradually  narrowing  to  a  sharp  point  at  the 
end.  The  color  is  light  bluish  green  Flowers  almost  all  the  year 
round,  even  in  winter  when  the  weather  is  warm,  usually  20  flowery 
in  an  umbel  being  borne  always  a  little  above  the  foliage  on  a 
strong  stem  The  flowers  are  pure  white,  with  linear  narrow  seg- 
ments, filaments  and  stigma  purplish  red,  yellowish  white  in  the 
lower  third  Strangely  and  deficiously  fragrant  A  real  gem  among 
our  garden  flowers  Hardy  all  over  the  Gulf  Coast  region,  where  it 
forms  in  time  large  and  impressive  clumps  of  tropical  foliage 
Bears  large  pea-green  fleshy  seeds  abundantly  Excellent  for 
raising  hybrids. 

C.  augustum  "Great  Mogul"  of  Barbados.  The  largest-growing 
of  all  our  crinums,  specimens  4  feet  high  and  6  to  8  feet  in  diameter 
being  not  uncommon  It  needs  rich  moist  soil  and  a  fair  amount  of 
goooT fertilizer  Leaves  are  very  broad,  4  to  5  feet  long,  narrowing 
gradually  to  a  sharp  point,  deeply  channeled  It  blooms  con- 
tinually for  months  I"  lower-stem  an  inch  in  diameter,  purphsh- 
red,  4  feet  high,  beanng  a  large  umbel  of  glossy  purplish  crimson 
flower-buds  which  are  pink  inside  after  opening  Nearly  twenty 
flowers  to  each  umbel,  giving  a  larg*»  mass  of  very  beautiful 
and  dehciously  fragrant  blossoms  This  umbel  is  so  large  and 
heavy  that  it  soon  bends  over  and  finally  lies  on  the  ground  For 
this  reason,  it  is  necessary  to  tie  it  to  a  strong  bamboo  stake 
It  is  difficult  to  propagate,  as  offsets  are  formed  slowly  A  plant 
five  years  old  has  formed  only  two  side-shoots  Although  it  affords 
good  pollen  for  hybridizing  purposes,  it  does  not  seed  Hardy  in 
New  Orleans 

C.  campanulatum  (C.  caffrum)  Very  distinct,  with  beautiful 
glaucous  green  leaves  and  umbels  of  six  to  eight  rosy  red  cam- 
panulate  flowers  The  flowers  are  much  recurved  at  tneir  edges 
It  blooms  several  times  each  year.  One  plant,  although  eighteen 
years  old,  never  made  a  side-shoot.  It  grows  wild  m  ponds  in 
southern  Africa  and  very  likely  needs  moist  soil 

C,  Careyanum  (offered  in  the  trade  as  C  mrgmeum  which  is 
really  a  white-flowering  species  from  Brazil)  It  also  goes  under 
the  name  of  C.  grandum  This  is  a  doubtful  plant,  being  perhaps  an 
old  English  hybrid.  It  is  very  distinct  from  all  other  crinums,  very 
beautiful  and  dehciously  fragrant  and  a  night-bloomer  Flower- 
stem  3  feet  high,  with  an  umbel  of  six  to  eight  pure  white  flowers 
with  a  faint  red  band  in  the  ceater.  The  buds  are  reddish  and  the 
stem  is  purplish  grayish  green.  Bears  no  seed. 

C.  canbxum.  Reminds  one  of  C  amencanum,  but  flower-stem 
grayish  purple  on  a  green  ground.  Flowers  pure  white,  very  f ra- 
ft crtutipet.  Bulbs  conical,  very  large,  8  to  10  inches  in  diameter. 
Forms  offsets  tardily,  if  at  all  Flower-stem  short.  Flowers  fifteen 
to  twenty  in  an  umbel,  white,  bell-shaped,  faintly  keeled  with  pink 

C.  erubescent  (usually  advertised  as  C  flmbriatu&m).  One  of 
the  most  common  species  in  Florida  gardens.  Increases  rapidly 
by  offsets  Leaves  long,  thin  and  narrow,  2  to  3  feet  long*  flower- 
stem  2  to  3  feet  tall,  purplish  green,  carrying  usually  four  to  six 
very  beautiful  fragrant  flowers,  pure  white  with  a  faint  pink  keel, 


outside  purplish  red.  Does  not  bear  seeds,  and  pollen,  and  is  useless 
for  cross-breeding.  Found  everywhere  m  gardens 

C.  fimbnatulum.  Extremely  rare,  and  not  in  the  trade.  Flowers 
pure  wnite,  with  a  soft  red  band  in  the  center  of  each  petal.  One 
plant  formed  only  five  offsets  in  the  course  of  eight  years. 

C.  giganteum  Perhaps  the  most  beautiful  upeoies,  the  leaves 
being  as  ornamental  as  an  aspidistra  or  a  dracena  Evergreen 
like  C  pedunculatum,  C.  amabile,  C.  augustum,  and  C.  asiaticum. 
The  leaves  are  about  3  feet  long,  nch  deep  green  with  a  slight 
bluish  tint.  It  forms  large  clumps  in  the  course  of  a  few  years. 
Flowers  six  to  eight  in  an  umbel,  bell-shaped,  creamy  wlute  in  the 
bud,  pure  white  when  fully  expanded,  exhaling  a  very  strong  vanilla- 
like  perfume  They  appear  six  or  eight  times  during  the  year, 
even  in  winter  when  the  weather  is  warm  Needs  nch  moist  sou 
and  does  not  thrive  satisfactorily  on  high  dry  land.  An  excellent 
species  for  hybridization. 

C  imbncatum  Allied  to  C.  giganteum,  but  bulbs  much  larger 
and  leaves  rather  glaucous  green,  strongly  nerved,  with  serrated 
edges  Flowers  similar,  but  creamy  white  Flowers  usually  two  or 
three  times  during  the  year  This  is  as  beautiful  as  C.  giganteum, 
but  it  does  not  form  such  large  clumps  in  the  course  of  a  few  years. 
Seeds  freely. 

C.  Kunthvinum.  A  large-growing  species,  with  a  fine  rosette  of 
bright  green  spreading  leaves  and  large  umbels  of  pure  white 
flowers  Its  variety  nicaraguense  is  a  still  larger-growing  plant. 
The  flower-stem  is  quite  short,  about  a  foot  high,  bearing  five  or 
six  very  large  white  flowers  with  a  faint  pink  band  in  the  center, 
purplish  on  the  outside.  The  flowers  of  both  are  strongly  fragrant. 

C  longifolium.  An  excellent  plant  for  hybridizing  The  leaves 
are  glaucous  green,  flowers  eight  to  twelve  m  an  umbel,  pink, 
flushed  with  deeper  red  on  the  outside  A  fine  foliage  plant, 
though  flowers  not  very  showy  The  white  variety,  C.  longifolium 
album,  with  very  beautiful  pure  white  bell-shaped  flowers,  is  a 
very  showy  plant  and  much  superior  to  the  type 

C  Macowann  Forms  very  large  bulbs  with  long  slender  necks. 
A  beautiful  species  with  pink  flowers,  but  very  difficult  to  grow  in 
light  soils  It  does  not  flower  regularly  each  year 

C.  Movrei  Bulb  very  large,  6  to  8  inches  in  diameter,  with  a  very 
long  slender,  stem-like  neck  about  10  to  12  inches  long  The  leaves 
are  very  beautiful,  long  and  thin  and  very  wavy  It  usually  flowers 
in  March  in  central  Florida  Flowers  four  to  ten  in  an  umbel,  bell- 
shaped,  rosy  or  pinkish  red  and  dehciously  fragrant  There  is  a 
beautiful  white  form  of  this  extremely  beautiful  species  Var. 
Schmidtn,  which  usually  flowers  also  in  March  or  April  Both 
kinds  bear  seeds  if  hand-pollinated  with  their  own  pollen  or  crossed 
with  different  other  species.  This  cnnum  will  not  thrive  well  m 
the  light  sandy  soils  It  requires  a  heavier  soil  with  some  clay 
in  it,  and  it  grows  well  only  in  a  lath-houso. 

C.  •pedunculatum.  Very  rare  in  Florida  gardens  Reminds  one 
of  C  asiaticum,  but  the  bulb  is  shorter,  more  massive  and  the 
leaves  thinner  and  of  a  brighter  green  Flowers  tweuty  to  twenty- 
five  in  an  umbel,  pure  white  and  strongly  fragrant  This  plant 
needs  rich  mucky  soil  to  do  its  beat  It  does  not  thrive  on  dry 
ground  It  is  a  much  shyer  bloomer  than  C  asiaticum,  with  which 
it  is  often  confounded 

C  podophyllum  This  is  another  evergreen  species,  almost  a 
miniature  C  imbncatum  Leaves  glaucuous  green,  strongly  nerved, 
with  serrated  edges  Bulb  only  a  few  inches  in  diameter  and  very 
short  Flower-stem  about  10  inches  high  bearing  only  a  few  pure 
white  strongly  fragrant  flowers.  Flowers  only  once  during  the 
summer 

C  pratense.  Bulb  5  to  6  inches  in  diameter  Flowers  white. 
Requires  moist  nch  soil  Rare 

C.  purpurascens  This  small  species,  with  linear  undulated 
leaves  about  a  foot  long,  forms  large  clumps  in  rich  moist  soil, 
thriving  with  caladiums,  marantaa,  ferns,  and  other  shade-loving 
plants  Flowers  five  to  six  in  an  umbel,  slightly  red  in  bud  ana 
pink  when  expanded  Flower-stem  purplish,  only  about  6  to  8 
inches  high 

C  Sandenanum  (Milk-and-Wme  Lily)  Common  in  Flonda 
gardens.  Flowers  white,  keeled  with  bright  red,  deeper  red  on  the 
outside  Flower-stems  3  feet  high,  carrying  five  or  six  flowers  in 
the  umbel  Bears  no  seed 

C  scabrum  One  of  the  showiest  Flowers  large,  amaryllis- 
like,  pure  white,  banded  crimson,  reminding  one  of  Hippeastrum 
nttatum.  Very  fragrant,  but  flowers  of  short  duration  Flowers 
three  or  four  times  during  spring  and  summer  Bears  seed  abun- 
dantly and  can  be  easily  cross-fertilized  with  other  species.  Grows 
well  on  high  dry  P>ne  land,  but,  like  all  crinums,  requires  rich  soil. 

C  vanabile  When  in  bloom,  this  is  the  showiest  of  all  the 
species  Bulbs  very  large,  conical  Flower-umbels  consist  of 
fifteen  to  twenty  large  pure  white  bell-shaped  flowers,  being  borne 
well  above  the  foliage,  standing  upright.  The  flowers  are  faintly 
striped  with  pink  Three  or  four  stems  are  usually  pushed  up  at 
the  same  time  from  one  large  bulb,  and  beds  consisting  of  twenty- 
five  or  fifty  bulbs  are  a  magnificent  sight,  as  almost  all  the  buds 
open  at  the  same  time.  This  cnnum  »  strictly  a  night-bloomer,  fie 
flowers  begming  to  open  in  the  dunk  of  evening,  remaining  in  per- 
fect condition  until  sunrise  A  clump  or  a  bed  of  this  species  m 
full  bloom  during  a  moonlight  night  has  a  wonderful  effect  It 
looks  particularly  beautiful  under  palms  This  species  is  hardy 
as  far  north  as  southern  Missoun  and  Kentucky,  with  a  little 
protection  in  the  form  of  stable  manure  or  dry  leaves  It  has  been 
received  under  the  names  C.  Kirkii,  C.  ornatum  and  C.  latifohum. 
Does  not  bear  seeds 

C.  yemense.  Flowers  pure  white,  bell-shaped  and  somewhat 
fragrant  Bears  seeds.  Excellent  for  cross-breeding  purposes 

C.  zeylamcum  (often  sold  as  C.  Kirkti)  Perhaps  the  most  com- 
mon of  all  the  cnnums,  being  found  in  almost  every  garden,  even 
in  the  backwoods.  The  flowers  which  are  intensely  fragrant  are 
borne  on  tall  purplish  stems.  They  are  deep  crimson  in  the  bud 


CRINUM 


CRINUM 


state,  white  with  a  red  stripe,  when  fully  expanded  They  usually 
flower  in  June  and  July  after  the  rainy  season  has  set  m.  Bears 
large  grayish  green  fleshy  needs  abundantly  and  u  a  fine  plant  to 
be  used  u  hybridizing.  H_  NEHRLINQ 


INDEX. 

abyssimcum,  31. 

fimbnatulum,  25. 

nobile,  29. 

album,  12,  14,  15. 

Jloridanum,  3. 

ornatum,  19,  22,  24. 

arnabile,  4,  8 
ainericanum,  5. 
amcenum,  7 
anoinalum,  1 

giganteum,  20. 
grandiflorum,  12. 
Herbertu,  23. 
hybndum,  1 

pedunculatum,  1,  2. 
platypetalum,  14. 
podophyllum,  28. 
PoweUu,  15. 

aquaticum,  26. 

imbricatum,  33 

pretense,  6 

asiaticum,  1 

intermedium,  15. 

procerum,  1 

augustum,  4,  8. 

jememcum,  19. 

purpuraecens,  11. 

australc,  2. 

jemense,  19 

Rattrayu,  30 

caff  rum,  26 

Johnstomi,  20. 

nparvum,  12 

campanulatum,  26. 
canahculatum,  2 

Kirku,  10. 
Kunthianum,  10,  23 

Sanderianum,  22. 
acabro-capense,  23. 

capense,  12 

latifolmm,  19 

Bcabrum,  23 

capp«dum,  1 
Carpyamim,  24. 

lineare,  27 
Lmneei,  19 

Schmtdtii.  14. 
simco-scabrum,  1. 

canbffium,  3. 

longifohum,  12. 

sinicum,  1. 

Colrnsoi,  14 
cragstfohum,  18. 

Mac-term,  14 
Macowanu,  13. 

toxicanum,  1. 
vanabile,  18. 

craasipes,  21. 

Makoyanum,  14. 

venustum,  6. 

declinatum,  1. 

Mearsu,  7 

virpneum,  32. 

eboraci,  1 
elegans,  6. 

Moorei,  14 
natalense,  14 

viginicum,  23. 
yemense,  19. 

erubescent,  9,  10. 

mcaraguenae,  10. 

zeylamcum,  17. 

exaltatum,  2. 

the  segms.  linear  and  spreading  and  shorter  than  the 
tube:  filaments  short,  bright  red;  style  shorter  than 
the  filaments:  ovules  3  in  a  cell.  Austral.  B.R  52. — 
The  bulb  grows  above  ground  on  a  large  rootstock; 
summer;  coolhouse. 

3  caribsfeum,  Baker  (C.  jloridanum,  Gnseb.,  not 
Fraser).  Lvs.  lorate-oblong,  1  ft.  or  less,  3-4  in.  broad, 
narrowed  to  the  base:  umbels  3-4-fld.;  perianth-tube 
3-4  m.  long,  nearly  straight;  segms.  white,  linear, 
spreading,  nearly  as  long  as  tube.  W.  Indies. 

BB.  Color  of  perianth  purplish  red  outside;  tube  purplish 

red. 

4.  amabile,  Donn.  Bulb  small;  neck  1  ft.  or  more 
long:  Ivs.  25-30  to  a  bulb,  3-4  ft.  long,  strap-shaped, 
tapering  to  the  point,  the  margin  entire  peduncle  2-3 
ft.  long;  fls  20-30  in  an  umbel,  very  fragrant;  spathe- 
valves  4-5  in.  long;  pedicels  Yz-\  in  lone;  perianth  with 
a  crimson  center  band,  tmged  outside  onght  purplish 
red;  tube  bright  red;  segms.  4-5  in  long;  stamens  an 
inch  shorter  than  the  segms.  Sumatra  B.M.  1605.  R  H. 
1856.241. — Summer;  warmhouse  Supposed  by  Her- 
bert to  be  a  spontaneous  hybrid  between  C.  asiaticum 


A.  Perianth  erect,  salver-shaped,  with  linear  segms.; 

stamens  spreading.   (Stenaster.) 
B.  Color  of  perianth  white;  tube  greenish. 

1.  asifiticum,  Lmn    (C    toxicdnum,  Roxbg.).    Bulb 
4-5  in  thick,  neck  6-9  in.  long.  Ivs  20-30  to  a  bulb,  3-4 
ft   long.  3-4  m   broad,  peduncle  1^-2  ft   long,  1  in. 
thick;  fls    20-50  in  an  umbel;  spathe-valves  2-4  in. 
long,  pedicels  Y^-\  in  long;  perianth  white;  tube  erect, 
tinged  with  green,  3-4  in   long,  segms.  2H~3  in   long; 
filaments  tinged  red,  2  in  long'  ovule  1  in  a  cell.  Trop. 
Asia.    B  M.  1073.    G  F  4:283.    Baker  gives  5  botani- 
cal varieties,    of   which   the   most   important  in   the 
American    trade    is    probably    var.    sinicum,    Baker 
(C.  sinicum,  Roxbg.    C.  pedunculatum,  Hort ,  not  R. 
Br.).   Sr  JOHN'S  LILY.    Bulb  6  in.  thick,  18  in.  long: 
Ivs  5  in  broad,  with  undulated  edges,  forming  a  mas- 
sive crown  4-5  ft   high'  peduncle  2-3  ft.  long;  fls.  20 
or  more,  the  tube  and  segms   longer  than  in  the  type; 
perianth   white      China      The   bulb   usually   divides 
into  2  of  equal  size;  small  offsets  are  rarely  produced. 
Seedlings  fknver  in  5  years     Var.  declinatum,  Baker 
(C   declinatum,  Herb.),  has  a  declined  instead  of  erect 
bud ;  perianth-segms  tinged  red  at  tip    BM  2231   Var. 
prdcerum,  Baker  (C   prdcerum,  Carey),  is  larger  than 
the  type  with  Ivs  5  ft.  long,  6  in.  wide,  perianth-tube 
and  hmb  5  m  long,  the  latter  tinged  red  outside.   Ran- 
goon. B  M  2684    Var   an6malum,  Baker,  is  freakish- 
looking,  its  Ivs  being  expanded  into  a  broad,  membra- 
nous, striated  and  plaited  wing    B  M  2908  (as  C.  plica- 
turn).   C.  ebdraci,  Herb.  (C.  hybndum  Todbrx,  Hort ). 
Similar  to  the  variety  next  mentioned,  but  half  the  size. 
Garden  hybrid  between  a  small  form  of  C.  asiaticum  and 
C  longifohum.  C.  ebdraci  var  cappedum,  Reasoner  (C. 
cdppedum,  Reasoner).    Habit  much  like  C.  asiaticum, 
but  Ivs   tapering  to  a  slender  point,  semi-erect,  4  ft. 
high:  fls.  about  20,  segms.  4  in.  long,  Uin.  broad,  spread- 
ing, white,  sometimes  changing  to  pink.  Garden  hybrid 
between  C.  asiaticum  var.  sinicum  and  C.  longifohum. 
Increases  both  by  offsets  and  splitting  of  the  bulb  into 
two.   C.  sfnico-scabrum,  Hort ,  hybrid  of  C.  asiaticum 
var.  crossed  with  C.  scabrum,  and  intermediate  in  aspect 
and  fl. — C  asiaticum  is  the  largest  of  the  cult,  species, 
good  specimens  standing  5  ft.  high  and  having  a  greater 
spread.   The  evergreen  reticulated  Ivs.  are  ornamental. 
It  blooms  several  times  each  year  in  good  warmhouse  or 
greenhouse  conditions. 

2.  pedunculatum.  R  Br.  (C.  austraU,  and  C.  exoM- 
tum,  Herb.  C.canalicidatum,  Roxbg.).  Bulb  4  in.  thick; 
neck  6  in.  long.  Ivs.  25-30  to  a  bulb:  fls.  20-30  in  an 
umbel;  spathe-valves  3-4  in.  long;  pedicels  1-1 M  in.; 
perianth  greenish  white,  not  tinged  with  red  outside, 


1109.  Crinum  amencanum.  ( X  H) 

var  procerum  and  C.  zeylanicum-  fls  sterile;  bulb 
increases  by  small  offsets;  has  been  sold  under  the  name 
of  C  augustum  (Hort .  not  Roxbg  ),  which  is  a  similar 
but  smaller  natural  hybrid  presumably  between  C. 
bractealum  and  C.  zeytanicum,  and  has  more  obtuse 
Ivs.  than  C.  amabile. 

AA.  Perianth  erect,  salver-shaped,  with  lanceolate  segms.: 
stamens  spreading.   (Platyaster.) 

B.  Lvs.  few,  6-12  to  a  bulb. 

5.  amencanum,  Linn.    Fig.  1109.    FLORIDA  SWAMP 
LILY.    Bulb  stolomferous,  ovoid,  3-4  m.  thick,  neck 
short.  Ivs.  1^-2  in.  broad  and  2-4  ft  long,  curved, 
denticulate:  fls.  3-6,  usually  4  on  an  erect  scape  20-30 
in.  high;  pedicels  0  or  very  short;  perianth  creamy 
white,  the  lobes  linear  or  lance-lmear;  tube  greenish, 
equaling  or  exceeding  the  lobes.  Native  in  river  swamps 
Ga    and  Fla.  and  westward.   B.M.  1034  —Blooms  in 
spring  and  summer,  but  some  fls.  may  occur  in  winter 
far  S. 

6.  pretense,  Herb.   Bulb  ovoid,  4-5  in.  thick;  neck 
short:  Ivs.  6-8.  linear,  suberect,  1^2  ft.  long,  l^f-2  in. 
wide,   channeled,  narrowed  to  point,   margin  entire: 
fls  6-12  on  a  lateral  compressed  peduncle  1  ft  or  more 
high;  perianth  white,  the  tube  greenish  and  3-4  in. 
long,  the  segms.  nearly  or  quite  as  long,  %m.  broad, 
lanceolate;  filaments  shorter  than  segms,  bright  red. 
Low  grounds,  India.  Summer.  Var.  elegans,  Carey,  has 
a  longer-necked  bulb,  decumbent,  peduncle,  and  tube  an 


894 


CRINUM 


CRINUM 


inch  shorter  than  the  segms  B  M  2592  Var.  venustum, 
Carey,  has  about  30  fls  in  an  umbel    India. 

7  amdfenum,  Roxbg  Bulb  globose,  2-3  in.  diam  , 
with  a  very  short  neck"  Ivs  10-12,  suberect,  linear, 
2  ft  or  less  long,  rough-edged,  tapering  to  the  apex, 
fls  6-12,  the  peduncle  standing  1-2  ft  high;  perianth- 
tube  greenish,  3-4  m  long;  segms.  white  tinged  red 
outside,  2-3  in.  long,  lanceolate,  filaments  bright  red, 
shorter  than  segms.  India  Summer;  warmhouse. 
Var  Mearsii,  Bedd  (C  Mcarsii,  Bedd.).  Very  small: 
Ivs  1  ft.  or  more  long,  1  in.  wide,  very 
smooth  peduncle  3-5  in  long,  6-10- 
fld  ,  fls  white,  the  tube  slender  and  5 
in  long;  segms  lanceolate,  1Yi  in.  long 
and  %m  broad.  Upper  Bin  ma.  G  C. 
Ill  42  62— Whole  plant  not  more 
than  2  or  3  m  high  when  not  in  bloom; 
blooms  well  in  a  3-m.  pot 

BB  Lvs  numerous,  20  or  more  to  a  bulb. 
8.  augustum,  Roxbg  (C  amdbile 
var.  augustum,  Gawl)  Bulb  conical, 
6  in  thick ,  neck  long  Ivs  20-30,  strap- 
shaped,  2-3  ft  long,  3-^4  m  broad :  fls. 
12-30,  on  a  lateral  much-compressed 
peduncle  2-3  ft.  high,  pedicels  some- 
times an  inch  long,  color  strong  pur-  Avoun*  niant  of 
phsh  red  outside,  banded  within;  tube  CrinumMoorei. 
purplish;  segma.  lanceolate,  4-5  in. 
long,  filaments  half  length  of  segms.,  red.  Mauritius, 
Seychelles.  B.M.  2397.  B  R.  679  —Warmhouse; 
effective 

9  erubescens,  Ait     Bulb  ovoid,  3-4  in    thick,  the 
neck  short.  Ivs  many,  curved,  strap-shaped,  thin,  2-3 
ft  long  and  2-3  m  broad,  slightly  rough  on  edges,  fls 
4-12,  on  peduncle  2  ft  or  more  high,  the  pedicels  0  or 
very  short,  color  reddish  outside,  white  within;  tube 
bright  red,  5-6  in.  long;  segms.  half  as  long  as  tube, 
lanceolate,  reflexing    Trop.  Amer.   B  M   1232.   L  B.C 

1  31. — Summer;  warmhouse. 

10  Kunthianum,  Roem.  (C  erubescens,  HBK.,  not 
Ait  )     Bulb  ovoid,  3  in  diam  ,  with  a  short  neck-  Ivs 
about    20,    strap-shaped,    spreading,    2-3    in     broad, 
undulate  but  entire  fls  4-5  m  an  umbel,  the  peduncle  1 
ft   high,  the  pedicels  0  or  very  bhort,  pure  white,  tube 
7-8  in  long;  segms   lanceolate,  1Yi  in   long;  filaments 
less   than    2    in     long,    bright   red.    Colombia.    Var. 
nicaraguense,   Baker,   is   purple   outside,    the   segms. 
a  little  longer  and  Ivs.  longer  and  narrower. 

11  purpurAscens,  Herb     Bulb  ovoid,  short-necked, 

2  in.  diam  ,  stolomferous   Ivs  20  or  more,  linear,  thin, 

3  ft    or  less,    prominently  undulate     fls.    5-9,  on   a 
peduncle  1  ft  or  less  long,  tube  very  slender,  5-6  in. 
long,  segms    lanceolate,   half  as  long  as  tube,   pink 
or  purplish;  filaments  bright  red    'Upper  and  Lower 
Guinea,  m  streams  and  lakes,  the  Ivs    often  floating 
BM  6525.   G.C.  111.47:114— Amphibious.  Summer; 
warmhouse. 

AAA  Perianth  funnel-shaped,  tube  permanently  curved, 
segms  oblong  ascending,  stamens  and  style  con- 
tiguous and  declined  (Codonocrinum.) 

B.  Bulbs  long-necked  (No.  30  omitted). 
c.  Margin  of  Ivs.  not  ciliate,  but  often  scabrous 
12.  longifdlium,  Thunb.  (Amaryllis  longifolia, 
Linn  C.  ripdnum,  Herb.  C  capense,  Herb )  Bulb 
ovoid,  3-4  in.  diam  :  lys.  12  or  more,  strap-shaped, 
2-3  ft.  long,  2—3  in  wide,  margins  rough  fls  6-12, 
pedicels  1-2  in.  long;  perianth  tinged  red  on  the  back, 
and  sometimes  on  the  face,  with  a  white  vaiiety,  tube 
cylindrical,  3-4  m.  long,  about  equaling  the  limb; 
segms.  oblong,  acute,  1  in.  or  less  broad;  stamens  nearly 
as  long  as  segms.;  filaments  red.  Cape.  N&tal.  B  M. 
661.  Var.  Album,  Hort.  Gn.  52,  p  123.— Probably 
the  hardiest  pure  species  of  crinum,  enduring  the  win- 


ter  of  the  Middle  States,  if  protected  with  litter  dur- 
ing cold  weather.  Prop,  by  offsets  or  seed,  which 
latter  is  produced  abundantly  C.  grandifldrum,  Hort ,  is 
a  hybrid  with  C  Careyanum,  said  to  partake  of  the 
hardiness  of  C  longifolium.  Sometimes  described  as 
having  a  short-necked  bulb. 

13.  Macdwanii,    Baker.     Bulb    globular,    9-10   in. 
diam  ,  with  neck  6-9  in  long.  Ivs.  12-15,  strap-shaped, 
thin,  2-3  ft   long,  4  in   or  less  broad:  fls.  10-15,  on  a 
stout  green  peduncle  2-3  ft  high;  tube  curved,  green, 
3-4  in.  long;  segms    about  equaling  the  tube,  pink, 
oblong,  acute,  1-1  Yi  in  broad.   Natal. — Late  autumn, 
greenhouse,  or  half-hardy. 

14.  Modrei,  Hook.  f.     (C    Makoyanum,  Carr     (7. 
Colen.soi,     C     Mdckenn    and     C     natalcnse,     Hort ). 
Fig.  1110    Bulb  ovoid,  neck  12-18  in   long   Ivs   12-15, 
strap-shaped,  2-3  ft  long,  3-4  in  wide,  margin  entire, 
veins  rather  distant,  distinct   fls  6-12,  on  peduncle  2-3 
ft    high,  the  pedicels  lJ^-3  in    long;  tube  greenish, 
about  3  in.  long  and  with  a  funnel-shaped  pinkish  limb 
of  equal  length,  the  segnis    oblong,  neaily  acute,  con- 
nivent,  filaments  pink,  an   inch  bhorter  than  segms. 
Natal    and    Kaffrana      B  M  6113      G  C  III   2  499, 
48'59.   RH    1887  300  and  p    417     RB    22    p    196, 
23.61    Var  Album,  Hort    Gt  31-1072.   Gn  52,  p   122, 
and  var  platyp6talum,  Hort ,  arc  cult    C  Cohnwi  has 
a  longer  tube,  smaller  fl,  with  a  paler  and  narrower 
limb     C.  Kchniultii,  Regel,  is  probably  a  pure  white- 
fld.  form  of  this  species. 

15  Powellii.  Hort     Fig    1111      Bulb  about  3  in. 
diam  ,  with  a  long  slender  neck    Ivs   about  20,  spicad- 
ing,  eiibifonn,  acuminate,  3-4  ft    long,  3-4  in    broad 
near  the  base,  margin  smooth    fls    about  8,  perianth 
dark    rose-color,    pedicels    1-1 3- i    m      long  -  Garden 
hybrid  of  C   longifohum  and  0.  Moorei  — A  valuable 
outdoor    cnntim      Var    Album,    Hort ,    white      Var. 
intermedium,  Hort ,  light  rose-color 

cc  Margin  of  Ivs  ciliated 

16  Kirkti,  Baker    Bulb  globose,  6-8  in   thick,  neck 
6  in    long'  Ivs    12  or  more,  316-4  ft    long,  4— 1}>  m 
wide  and  long-tapcnng  to  a  point,  margin  rough,  veins 
close  fls   12-15  on  a  .stout  completed  peduncle  1-1 !  2  ft. 
high,  pedicels  0  or  very  shoit,  color  white,  with  a  very 
dibtmct  bright  led  band  down  the  center  of  each  oblong 
acute  begin  ,  tube  greenish,  4  in  ,  about  equaled  by  the 
segms     E    Afr     B  M  6512  — Probably  not  in  com- 
merce.  See  No   17.   Sept  ;  warmhouse 

BB  Bulbs  short-necked  (not  considering  No  30) 
c  Fls  numerous,  usually  more  than  8  in  an  umbel. 

17  zeyl&nicum,  Linn     Bulb  globose,  5-6  in    thick. 
Ivs.  6-10,  thin,  sword-shaped,  2-3  ft  long,  3-4  in  wide, 
wavy,  margin  roughish.  peduncle  long  and  not  very 
stout,  often  tinged  led,  us.  10-20  on  veiy  short  pedicels; 
tube  3-4  in    long,  curved,  segms    oblong,  acute,  3-4 
in   long,  1  in    broad,  white  with  a  broad  led  keel,  sta- 
mens an  inch  shoiter  than  sogms    Spimg  to  midsum- 
mer, waimhouse     Trop   Asia  and  Afi     B  M    1171  (as 
Amaryllis    ornata)  — A    waimhouse    species      Usually 
sold  as  C   Kirkn,  which  is  an  allied  species  from  E 
Afr.,  probably  not  known  outside  of  botanic  gardens 

18  variabile,  Herb.  (C   cia^ifohum,  Heib  )     Bulb 
ovoid,  3-4  in.  thick,  without  distinct  neck    Ivs    10-12, 
linear,  glabrous  and  entire,  the  outer  ones  2  ft.  and  more 
long,  2  in.  wide,  weak,  fls    10-12,  on  a  compressed 
erect  peduncle  1-1  ^2  ft    high,  the  pedicels  J'g-l  in. 
long;  tube  greenish,  1^2  in.  long,   begins    white  with 
red    tinge   down    the   keel,  oblong,  acute,  2^-3^  m. 
long,  filaments  red,  an  inch  shorter  than  begins     Cape 
region    Spring 

19  latifdlium,   Linn     (C.   otndtum   vur     lattfohum, 
Herb     C.  Linnsn,  Roem     C,  jememt,,    (T  jirnenicum 
and  C   yemenve,  Hort )     Bulb  nearly  globose,  6-8  in. 
diam.,  with  a  short  neck"  Ivs.  many,  strap-shaped,  thin, 


C1UNUM 


CRINUM 


895 


2-3  ft.  lone  and  3-4  in  broad,  slightly  scabrous  on  the  necked,  with  brown  coverings  Ivs  8-10,  strap-shaped, 

margins-  fls.  10-20,  on  a  peduncle  2  ft.  or  less  high;  undulate,  thin,  2  ft.  or  less  long,  2-3  in.  broad,  the 

tube  curved,  3-4  in  long,  greenish;  segms.  about  as  long  margin  entire •  perianth-tube  curved,  greenish,  3-4  in. 

as  the  tube,  oblong-lanceolate  and  acute,  1  m  broad  at  long;  segms.  (or  limb)  about  as  long  as  the  tube,  oblong- 


middle,  whitish  tinged  red.   Trop  Asia. — An  excellent 
species;  summer;  warmhouse. 

20  J6hnstonh,  Baker     Bulb  globose,  3-4  in  diam., 
without  neck'  Ivs    about  20,  long-pointed,  the  outer 
ones  5-6  ft   long  and  sword-shaped,  the  inner  linear 
fls   about  20  on  a  peduncle  2  ft    high;  tube  slightly 
curved,  tinged  green,  4  in  ,  limb  shorter  than  tube, 
the  segms.  ovate  or  oblong,  acute,  white  and  tinged 
pink  on  the  back ,  stamens  nearly  as  long  as  limb     M ts. 
British   Cent.    Afr.    B  M    7812.    G.C.  III.  50.170— 
Closely  allied  to  C.  longifohum.    Fls.  fragrant,  8  m. 
long 

21  crassipes,    Baker.     Bulb    very    large,    conical, 
without  neck:  Ivs    sword-shaped,  3-4  ft    long,  4  in. 
broad  and  long-tapering  to  the  apex,  entire,  fls   15-20, 
in  a  stout  compressed  peduncle  less  than  1  ft  long,  the 
pedicels  1-1 H  m   long,  tube  about  3  m   long,  slightly 
curved,  green,  segms  oblanceolate,  ^m   broad,  equal- 
ing the  tube,  ascending,  white  tinged  red  on  the  back; 
filaments  purple,  nearly  equaling  the  segms.  Probably 
Trop.  Afr. 

cc  Fls.  fewer,  usually  let>s  than  8  in  an  umbel 
D.  ISegms.  of  ptnanth  red,  stnpcd  or  tinted  with  red. 

E.  Tube  of  perianth  usually  8  in.  or  more  long. 
22.  Sanderianum,  Baker  (C.  orndtum,  Bury).  Bulb 
globose,  2  in  thick,  neck  short,  2-3  in  long.  Ivs.  10-12, 
thin,  1  M>-2  ft  long,  1  ^  in  broad,  margin  denticulate, 
tapering  to  a  long  point  fls  3-6,  nearly  sessile,  white, 
keeled  with  red;  tube  5-6  in  long,  curved;  segms  ob- 
long, acute,  ascending,  3-4  m  long  and  1  in.  or  less 
broad;  stamens  much  shorter  than  segms  Upper 
Guinea  Gn  52  122  —Closely  allied  to  C.  scabrum. 
Intermediate  house,  blooms  at  intervals. 

23  scabrum,  Herb     Bulb  globose.  5-6   in    diam , 
with  short  neck    Ivs   12  or  more,  2-3  ft  long,  1  ^-2  in. 
wide,   closely  veined,   margin  scabrous,  fls    4-8,  the 
peduncle  1-2  ft    high;  pedicels  0  or  very  short,  tube 
greenish,  4-5  in    long,  segms    white  with  distinct  red 
keel,  oblong,  acute,  3  in   or  less  long,  fila- 
ments rather  shorter   than   segms      Apr 

May    Trop  Afr   B  M  2180    F  S  21  2216 
A  very  showv    and    easilv   cult    species, 
spring  or  early  summer,  vsannhouse     C. 
Herbertii,  Sweet  (C  \iabi  o-taptnse,  Hort. 
r   Kunthianum,   Hort  ,  not  Roem  )    Fls 
similar  to  0  wabrnrn,  but  color  lighter,  the 
plant  taller  and  larger     Garden    hybrid 
}>et\\een   C    scabrum  and  C    lortyifolium 
This  is  a  doubtful  name    C  Heiberlianum, 
\\.ill=C.  zcijlanicum      C    Herbertianum, 
Roem    &  Schulte  = 
f   stnctum  C.  virgim- 
cum,    garden    hybrid, 
resembles  C.  Herbertii, 
but  the  plant  is  smaller 
and  the  fls   larger  and 
brighter  in  color     See 
also  No.  32. 

24  Careyanum, 
Herb   (C  ornatum  var 
Careyanum,     Herb.). 
Regarded  by  Baker  as 
"scarcely  more  than  a 
vanetv  of  C    latifo- 
hum,      confused    in 
<-ult  -fls  only  4-6  in  the 
"mbel,  on  a  subterete 
Rreen  peduncle   about 
1ft  high  bulb  globose, 
3-4  m.  diam.,   short- 


acute.  1  m.  broad,  lightly  red-tinged  at  center,  stamens 
a  little  shorter  than  segms  Mauritius  and  Seychelles. 
B  M  2466  — Autumn;  greenhouse. 

25.  fimbnatulum,  Baker.   Lvs.  linear,  4-5  ft.  long,  2 
in.  broad  toward  base  but  long-pointed,  glaucous  green, 
margins  ciliated  with  small  membranous  scales:  fls 
3-7,  nearly  sessile,  on  peduncle  2  ft.  high;  tube  curved, 
4-5  m  long;  segms.  white  with  distinct  red  keel,  oblong, 
acute,  ascending,  3  m   long  and  1  in.  broad;  stamens 
an  inch  shorter  than  Begins.    Lower  Guinea.    Gn.  55. 
92    Allied  to  C  scabrum  — A  different  plant  is  passing 
m  the  trade  under  this  name. 

EE.  Tube  short, — 5  in.  or  less. 

26.  campanulatum,  Herb.  (C  aqudttcum,  Herb.    C. 
cdffrum,  Herb  ).    Bulb  small   and  ovoid:    Ivs    linear, 
deeply  channeled,  3-4  ft.  fls  6-8,  on  a  slender  peduncle 

1  ft.  or  more  long,  the  pedicels  H~l  m    long;  tube 
slender,  3  in  or  less  long,  about  as  long  as  the  cam- 
panulate  limb;  segms  bright  rose-red,  oblong,  obtuse, 
much  exceeding   the  filaments     Cape    region     B  M. 
2352  — A  very  distinct  species;  warmhouse. 

27.  lineare,  Linn   f     Bulb  small,  ovoid:  Ivs    linear, 
1^-2  ft    long,    */2in    broad,  glaucous,  channeled  on 
the  face,   the  margin  entire    fls    5-6,  the  peduncle 
slender  and  about  1  ft  long,  the  pedicels  %in   or  less 
long,  tube  slender.  2^2  m   or  less  long;  segms   2-3  in. 
long,  \vhite  tinged  with  red  in  center,  oblong  or  ob- 
lanceolate, acute;  stamens  much  shorter  than  segms. 
Cape  region.    B  M.  915  (as  Amaryllis  revoluta).    B  R. 
623  (as  A.  revoluta  var.  gracilwr). 

DD.  Segms.  of  perianth  pure  white  (exception  in  one  form 

of  No  29} 

E.  Pedicels  very  short  or  0. 

28   podophyllum,  Baker.    Bulb  subglobose,  2  in.  or 
less  diam  ,  without  evident  neck   Ivs.  5  or  6,  1  ft.  long. 

2  m  or  less  wide,  oblanceolate,  acute,  thin,  narrowed 
to  base   fls  2,  sessile,  the  slender  compressed  peduncle 
1  ft.  long,  tube  5-6  in   long,  slender  and  curved,  limb 

somewhat  erect,  the  Begins 
oblong-spatulate,  pure  white; 
filaments  nearly  as  long  as 
limb  Upper  Guinea  B  M. 
J  — Perhaps  a  form  of  C. 


6483  - 


f.fum  late  autumn;  warm- 
house. 

29  gigantSum,  Andr. 
Bulb  globose,  5-6  in. 
thick,  the  neck  short: 


1111.  Crinum  Powellii. 


CRINUM 


CROCUS 


%m  o 
of  Aby 


Ivs  12  or  more,  lanceolate,  narrowed  both  ways,  2-3 
ft.  long,  3-4  in.  broad,  veins  distant,  with  distinct 
cross  vemlets.  fls.  4-6,  rarely  8-12  on  a  stout  com- 
pressed peduncle  2-3  ft  long;  tube  5-7  m.  long; 
segms  pure  white,  much  imbricated,  oblong;  filaments 
pure  white,  an  inch  shorter  than  segms.  Trop  Afr. 
B  M.  5205.  F  S.  23.2443.  G  F.  4:223.  I.H.  33.617. 

—  A  very  fragrant  species.    Var.  ndbile,  Baker  (C. 
ndbile,  Bull),  has  the  peduncle  and  fl.  suffused  with 
tinge  of  red  —  C  giganteum  is  large  or  gigantic  only  in 
its  fls.,  summer;  warmhpuse 

30  Rattrayii,  Hort     Excellent  stove  plant,  20  in.: 
Ivs.  ascending,  strap-shaped,  acute,  entire,  dark  green: 
fls  pure  white,  with  a  spread  of  6  in  ,  in  few-fld.  umbels; 
segms    ovate-elliptic,  acute  or  sometimes  erose;  sta- 
mens  strongly   declined,   nearly   equaling  the  segms. 
Uganda    G  C  III  38  11  and  suppl 

31  abyssfnicum,  Hochst.    Bulb  ovoid,  3  in.  thick, 
the  neck  short'  Ivs.  about  6,  linear,  1-1^  ft.  long, 
^2-1  m   wide,  veins  close,  margin  rough,  narrowed  to 
a  point  fls  4-6,  on  a  peduncle  1-2  ft  high,  the  pedicels 
very  short  or  0,  perianth  white,  the  tube  slender,  2  m. 
or  less  long,  the  segms  oblong,  acute,  2-3  m.  long  and 

m  or  less  broad,  filaments  less  than  1  m.  long.  Mts. 
byssinia.    Greenhouse. 

32  virglneum,  Mart    Bulb  large  and  brown:  foliage 
as  m  C    giganteum,  the  Ivs    2-3  ft    long  and  3-4  in. 
broad  at  the  middle,  narrowed  both  ways,  pointed,  fls. 
about  6,  sessile  or  very  nearly  bo,  tube  3-4  in    long, 
segms.  pure  white,  conmvent,  acute,    as 

long  as  the  tube,  filaments  much  shorter 
than  the  segms  S  Brazil.  See  also  C 
mrginicum  under  No.  23. 

KE   Pedicels  1  in  long, 

33.  imbricatum,  Baker  Bulb  very  large, 
globose  Ivs  strap-shaped,  very  thin,  3  ft 
long,  3  in  broad  at  middle  and  narrower 
toward  bast,  distinctly  veined  fls  5-6,  on 
a  stout  peduncle  1  ft  or  more  long;  tube 
slender  and  curved,  3  m  long,  the  cam- 
panulate  limb  of  equal  length;  segms. 
imbricated,  oblong-obtuse,  filaments  1  in.  shorter  than 
segms  S  Afr  —  Allied  to  C.  giganteum 

Crinums  hybridi/e  so  freely,  and  the  progeny  is  so  likely  to  be 
interesting,  that  many  mongrel  forms  have  been  recorded  under 
Latin  names  It  is  not  feasible  to  account  for  all  such  names  hero. 
Many  of  the  forms  are  soon  lo>>t  —  C  Lutjdrdse,  N  E  Br  Bulb 
Hmall  Ivs  long  and  narrow,  rough-edged  fls  2-6,  the  peduncle 
1  ft  or  less  high,  tube  nearly  or  quite  4  in  long,  segms  lanceolate, 
about  or  nearly  as  long  as  tube,  white  with  light  pink  median  stripe 
Trop  Afr  —  C  ndtans,  Baker  Allied  to  C  purpurascens,  but 
aquatic,  the  20  or  so  strap-shaped  undulate  Ivs  submerged  bulb 
small,  narrow  -ovoid,  with  many  long  fibrous  roots  fta  few,  white, 
the  narrow  segms  recurved  Upper  Guinea  B  M  78o2  —  C. 
rhoddnthum.  Baker  Lvs  lorate,  exceeding  1  ft  ,  thick,  eiliate- 
edged  fls  many,  tube  3  m  long,  segms  red,  lanceolate,  2>2  m 
long,  erect-spreading  and  curved  in  upper  part,  stamens  as 
long  as  segms  ,  the  filaments  red  Cent  Afr  G  C  III  3.3  315. 

—  C    Sdmutln,  Worsley     Bulb  3  in    diam    and  2}-2  in    long    Ivs. 
sometimes  4  ft  long,  rough-edged   fls   2,  sessile,  on  peduncle  1  ft 
high,    white    slightly    flushed    with  pink,    not    fragrant,    4}£    in 
across      Cent    Afr  —  C    Vdsiei,  Boiss     Bulb  ovoid,  4   m    across, 
without  distinct   neck     Ivs    hnear-lorate,    2  ft    or  leas  long,  2  in 
broad,  rough-edged    fis    about  15,  on  peduncle  1  ft    or  less  high, 
white   with   red    median   stripes,   perianth    funnel-shaped,    8    in 
long,  the  tube  curved  and  red,  the  segms    linear-lanceolate,  and 
a.  little    shorter   than     tube     Mozambique     R  H     1908     132  — 
C    Wimbushu,  Worsley     Differs   from   C    Sarnueln   m   Ivs    not 
rough-edged,  fls    on  short  pedicels,  faintly  fragrant,  less   lasting 
and  with  longer  style     Cent  Afr  —  C  Zanzibar  inae,  Hort  =  (?). 

L  H.  B.f 

CRfTHMUM  (Greek  for  barley,  from  some  resem- 
blance m  the  seed)  Umbelliferap.  SAMPHIRE.  A  single 
species,  C.  maritimum,  Linn  ,  on  shores  in  Great 
Britain,  W.  Continental  Ku  ,  and  the  Medit.  region, 
rarely  planted  m  wild  gardens  or  borders  It  is  a  fleshy 
glabrous  perennial  hero,  seldom  more  than  1  ft.  high, 
somewhat  woody  at  the  base:  Ivs.  2-9kernate,  the 
eegms.  thick  and  linear:  umbels  compound,  of  15-20 
rays,  mvolucrate,  the  umbellules  with  mvolucels; 


petals  very  minute,  entire,  fugacious:  fr.  ovoid,  not 
compressed,  about  ^m.  long.  Thrives  well  m  a  sunny 
situation,  and  will  grow  at  considerable  distance  from 
the  sea.  Prop,  by  division,  and  by  seeds  sown  as  soon 
as  ripe. 

CROC6SMIA  (Greek,  odor  of  saffron,  which  is  per- 
ceivable when  the  dried  flowers  are  placed  in  warm 
water)  Iridacex.  Gladiolus-like  garden  plant. 

This  genus  has  but  one  species,  and  is  not  clearly 
distinguished  from  the  closely  allied  Tntonia,  but  it 
differs  in  the  stamens  being  separated  at  equal  dis- 
tances instead  of  grouped  at  one  side,  the  form  of  the 
limb,  the  tube  not  swollen  at  the  top,  and  the  fr. 
3-seeded,  sometimes  5-seeded,  instead  of  many-seeded 
Tho  name  of  this  genus 
fis  spoiled  Crocosma  by 
Baker,  but  it  was  first 
spelled  Crocosmia  The 
fls  with  coppery  tips  sha- 
ding into  orange  -  yellow 
are  veiy  distinct  and  at- 
tractive Pax,  in  Tangier 
<fe  Prantl,  combines  the 
genus  with  Tntonia. 

Crocosnnn    aurea    is    a 
showy    bulbous    autumn- 
blooming  plant,  which  is 
hardy  south  of  Washing- 
ton,   D    C ,    with    slight 
protection,    and    in     the 
North     is     treated     like 
gladioli,  the   bulbs   being 
set  out  in  the  spring,  after 
danger  of  frost,  arid 
lifted  m  the  fall  for 
winter   storage     It 
is  of   easy  culture, 
and   is    propagated 
by    offsets    or    by 
seeds  which  should 
be   sown    in    pots, 
undei  glass,  as  soon 
as     ripe       Conns 
should  be  stored  in  peat 
or  sphagnum  to  prevent 
them  from  becoming  too 
dry. 

aftrea,  Planch  (Tntbnia 
auiea,  Pappe  )      Height  2 
ft  .  corm  globose,  emitting 
offsets  from  clefts  in  the 
side    scape  1 ]  6-2  ft  high, 
leafy  below,  naked  or  only 
brae  ted     above,      com- 
1112.  Crocosmia  aurea  var.         pressed,     2-winged.     Ivs. 
impenahs.  (Xtt)  distichous,    shorter    than 

the  scape,  linear,  ensiform, 

striated,  but  with  a  distinct  midrib'  fls  sessile  in  the 
panicle,  perhaps  25  scattered  over  a  long  season, 
with  buds,  fls  and  seeds  at  the  same  time;  perianth 
bright  orange-yellow  toward  center;  tube  slender, 
curved,  1  m.  long;  segms  longer  than  the  tube  caps 
3-celled.  Trop  and  8.  Afr  July-Oct  FS.  7.702. 
BM.  4335.  B.R  33.61  (Tritoma).  Also  interesting 
as  one  parent  of  a  bigeneric  cross  resulting  in  Tntonia 
(Montbretia)  crocosmxflora  Var.  imperialis,  Hort  , 
Fig  1112,  grows  about  4  ft.  high.  Var.  macul&ta, 
Baker,  has  oiark  blotches  above  the  base  of  the  3  inner 
segms.  J.H.  Ill  33:567.  j.  N.  GERARD. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

CR6CUS  (Greek  name  of  saffron).  Indacese.  Low 
spring-flowering  and  autumn-flowering  garden  bulbs, 
showy,  and  well  known. 

Stemless  plants  (the  grass-like  Ivs.  rising  from  the 


CROCUS 


CROCUS 


897 


ground  or  corm),  with  solid  bulbs  or  corms:  fls  showy, 
m  many  colors,  funnel-shaped  and  erect,  with  a  very 
long  tube  and  6  nearly  or  quite  equal  segms  ;  stamens 
3,  attached  in  the  throat  of  the  perianth  and  shorter 
than  the  segms  ;  style  3-cleft,  the  branches  entire  or 
forked  or  much  fimbriated,  ovary  3-loculed  seeds 
many,  nearly  globular:  fr.  an  oblong  3-valved  caps  — 
Probably  75  species,  many  of  them  variable,  m  the 
Medit  region  and  extending  into  S.  W  Asia  The 
fls  open  in  sunshine  They  come  in  fall  or  spring,  but 
the  best-known  species  are  spring-flowering,  whicn  are 
amongst  the  earliest  and  brightest  of  spring  bloom. 
Crocuses  force  easily  (see  Bulb).  A  half-do/en  conns 
may  be  planted  in  a  4-in  pot  for  this  purpose  Cro- 
cuses are  scarcely  known  in  the  American  trade 
under  their  species  names  Inasmuch  as  the  flowers 
of  the  common  crocus  close  when  taken  out  of  the 
sun,  they  are  not  popular  as  window-garden  or  house 
bubjects.  Crocuses  have  been  much  hybridized  and 
varied  There  are  many  color-forms  The  common 
crocuses  of  the  trade  have  descended  from  C.  vernus 
chiefly,  but  C.  subianua,  C.  mwsiacus,  C  stellans,  C. 
bijlorus  and  C  salivus  are  frequent.  The  Dutch  bulb- 
growerb  cult  many  species,  and  thehe  are  offered  for  sale 
in  their  American  hbts,  the  species  are  therefore  included 
in  the  following  synopsis  In  this  account,  the  treatment 
by  Baker  is  followed  (Handbook  of  the  Iridese). 

Botamcally,  the  genus  divides  itself  into  three  groups 
on  the  characters  of  the  style-branches  the  branches 
entire,  once-forked  or  fimbriated  at  the  apex,  or  cut 
into  several  capillary  divisions  Horticulturally,  the 
species  fall  into  two  groupb, — the  spring-flowering  and 
t  he  aut  umn-flowenng.  Thebe  groups  are  not  so  definitely 
bepaiated  as  it  would  seem,  however  Some  of  the 
species  bloom  in  winter  in  regions  in  which  the  ground 
does  not  free/e  hard,  others  begin  to  bloom  in  July  or 
August,  some  may  continue  to  bloom  till  winter  clobes 
in  Yet  these  two  flowering  periods  mark  very  impor- 
tant differences  in  the  utilization  of  the  plants  and  the 
pumary  division  in  the  following  treatment  is  made  on 
this  babis  The  colors  are  now  much  varied  by  cultiva- 
tion and  hybndizmg,  but  they  aie  well  marked  in  the 
specific  tvpes  as  a  inle  They  run  largely  in  yellow, 
white  and  purple 

The  covering  or  tunic  of  the  bulbs  may  be  uniformly 
rnombranaceous,  or  it  may  be  composed  of  strongly 
reticulated  or  parallel  fibers  Fig  1113  The  flowers 
appear  usually  just  in  advance  of  the  grass-like  foliage- 
leaves  The  floial  leaves  arc  small  and  more  or  less  dry 
or  scarious  and  arise  directly  from  the  corm  and  may  be 
seen  as  a  bpathe-hke  btiucture  inside  the  leaf-tuft,  this 
is  usually  known  as  the  basal  spat  he.  The  real  bpathe 
subtends  the  bloom,  and  it  is  always  one-flow ered ;  this 
floral  bpathe  may  be  one-leaved  or  two-leaved 

Culluie — Many  forms  of  crocus  are  well  known, 
where  they  are  justly  valued  as  among  the  showiest 
and  brightest  of  winter  and  spring  flowers  They  thrive 
in  any  ordinary  soil  About  two-thirds  of  the  species 
are  classed  as  vernal  and  the  remainder  as  autumnal 
flowering,  but  the  various  members  of  the  tribe  would 
furnish  nearly  continuous  bloom  from  August  to  May 
were  the  season  open  While  there  are  numerous  spe- 
cies interesting  to  a  botanist  or  a  collector,  practically 
the  best  for  general  cultivation  are  Crocm  Imperalt,  C. 
.su.sian?/.s  (Cloth  of  Gold  crocus)  and  the  Dutch  hybrids, 
mostly  of  C.  mcesiacus  These  bloom  in  about  the 
order  named  The  rosy  flowers  of  C.  Imperati  may  be 
expected  with  the  earliest  snowdrops.  The  named  spe- 
cies, having  shorter  flower-tubes  than  the  Dutch 
hybrids,  are  not  so  liable  to  injury  by  the  severe 
weather  of  the  early  year.  The  autumnal  species  are 
not  satisfactory  garden  plants,  the  flowers  mostly 
appearing  before  the  leaves,  and  being  easily  injured 
C  speciosus  and  C.  sativus  are  probably  the  most 
satisfactory.  The  latter  species  has  been  cultivated 
from  time  immemorial,  the  stamens  having  a  medi- 


cinal reputation,  and  being  a  source  of  color  (saffion). 
The  cultivation  of  this  species  is  a  small  industry  in 
France,  Spam  and  Italy. — The  corms  of  crocuses 
should  be  planted  about  3  or  4  inches  deep,  in  a 
well-worked  and  perfectly  drained  soil  which  is  free 
from  clay  or  the  decaying  humus  of  manure  They 
should  be  set  only  2  or  3  inches  apart  if  mass  effects 
are  desired  They  may  be  planted -in  September  or 
October  for  bloom  in  the  spring  or  the  following  autumn; 
or  the  autumn  kinds  may  be  planted  early  in  spring. 
The  corms  should  be  carefully  examined  and  all 
bruised  and  imperfect  ones  rejected,  as  they  are  very 
susceptible  to  attacks  of  fungi,  which,  gaining  a  footing 
on  decrepit  corms,  will  spread  to  others — The  careful 
gardener  will  examine  all  exotic  small  bulbs  annually, 
or  at  least  biennally,  until  they  show  by  the  perfection 
of  their  new  bulbs  that  they  have  become  naturalized, 
or  arc  suited  to  their  new  environment  In  this  case 
they  may  be  allowed  to  remain  until  crowding  requires 
their  division  This  examination  should  take  place 
after  the  leaves  are  matured  and  dried  up.  Inasmuch  as 
new  corms  form  on  top  of  the  old  ones,  the  plants  tend 
to  get  out  of  the  ground;  it  is  well  therefore  to  replant 
the  strongest  ones  every  two  or  three  years  Increase 
may  be  had  from 
new  corms  which 
are  produced  more 
or  less  freely  in 
different  species 
on  top  or  on  the 
sides  of  old  corms. 
— Seeds  are  often 

Eroduced  freely, 
ut  are  likely  to 
be  overlooked,  as 
they  are  foi  med 
at  the  surface  of 
the  soil  These 
geimmate  readily 
and  most  freely 
at  the  growing 
tune  of  the  plant. 
They  should  pre- 
ferably be  germi- 
nated in  seed-pans,  which  should  be  exposed  to  freez- 
ing before  the  natural  germinating  time  Seedlings 
usually  flower  the  third  season  — The  dutch  hybrid 
crocus  is  often  useful  for  naturalizing  in  the  lawn, 
although  the  grass  may  run  out  the  plants  in  a  few 
years,  if  the  bulbs  are  not  replaced  by  strong  ones,  they 
will  not  last  more  than  a  year  or  two  if  the  foliage  is 
mown  off,  but  if  the  foliage  is  allowed  to  remain  until  ripe 
and  if  the  lawn  is  f ei  tile,  the  plants  may  remain  in  fair 
condition  three  or  lour  years  or  more.  (J  N.  Gerard  ) 


1113  Reticulated  and  merabranaceous 
tunics  Crocus  susianus  (left)  and  C 
sativus  (right). 


INDEX. 

Adamu,  7. 

hyemalin,  22 

Reinwardin,  9 

aeriUH,  8 
Aitchisonu,  39. 

Imprrati,  17. 
irvliflorut,  37. 

reticulatus,  13. 
Salzmanmi,  30. 

albidus  2 

A'trAti,21 

sativus,  23 

nlbus,  39 

Korolkowu,  6. 

Scharojam,  27 

Alexandri,  7. 

lacteus,  4 

scrotmus,  29 

ancyrcnsis,  5. 

lavigatus,  32. 

Sicben,  12 

argent  oua,  7 

hnealus,  7. 

Sibthorpwnus,  8. 

astuncua,  36. 

lonRiflorus,  28. 

smyrnensis,  20. 

auretis,  4 

luteus,  21 

epeciosus,  39. 

banaticus,  10. 

Malyi,  16 

atauricus,  8. 

biflorus,  7 

marathomaeus,  33. 

stellaris,  3 

Boryi,  33 

mediiiH,  34 

sulphureus,  4. 

byzantmus,  37. 

mehtensrj,  24. 

suHianus,  1 

caudidus,  21. 

moesiacus,  4. 

Sutenanua,  IS 

oaspms  26 

niveua,  31. 

«2/rtacu«,  19 

chrysanthus,  2,  18. 

nubigenus,  7. 

tingitanus,  30. 

dyti«cus,  6 

nudiflorus,  35. 

Tommasimanus,  L 

etruscus,  15 

Olivieri,  18 

Tournefortu,  33. 

Fleischen,  20 

Orphamd\s,  33. 

vernus,  14 

Fkisrherionus,  20. 

Pestalozzte,  7 

vensicolor,  9,  12. 

Fontcnayi,  32. 

pr&'cox,  7 

vitelhnus,  19. 

Foxn.  22 

pulchellus,  38. 

Weldenu,  7 

frayrans,  9 
graveolens,  19 

purpureus,  12. 
pusillus,  7 

Wilhelmii,  24. 
zonatus,  25. 

nadnaticus,  24 

CROCUS 


CROCUS 


A.  Blooming  in  spring  (sometimes  in  midwinter  and 

continuing  toward  spring). 

B.  Style-branches  entire  or  merely  toothed. 

C.  Fls.  yellow,  at  least,  inside  (varying  to  whitish  forms): 

basal  spathe  absent. 

D.  Outer  segms.  stnped  or  feathered  outside. 
1.  susianus,  Ker  CLOTH-UP-GOLD  CROCUS.  Fig. 
1114.  Corm  %in.  diam.:  Ivs  6-8  in  a  tuft,  reach- 
ing to  the  fl.,  narrow-linear,  with  revolute  edges  and  a 
central  band  of  white,  upper  spathe  2-lvd.:  penanth- 
segms.  \]/2  in.  or  less  long,  orange-yellow,  oecoming 
renexed,  the  outer  ones  brownish  or  striped  on  the  out- 
side; anthers  orange,  longer  than  the  filaments;  style- 
branches  long  and  spreading  Crimea  BM  052  (adapted 
in  Fig.  1114). — Blooms  very  early,  Feb.,  Mar. 

2  chrysanthus,  Herb  (not  B  11.33: 4,  fig.  1, 
which  «*C.  Oilmen  var  Sutenanus)  Corm  small: 
Ivs  as  high  as  the  fl ,  very  narrow  upper  spathe  2- 
Ivd  ,  nearly  as  long  as  perianth-tube,  perianth-tube 
2-3  times  as  long  as  the  segms ,  the  latter  1^  in  or 
less  long,  and  plain  orange-yellow  (varying  tinted  or 
striped  on  the  outside,  or  even  nearly  white);  throat- 
glabrous;  anthers 
orange,  twice  as 
long  as  the  rough- 
en ed  filaments; 
style -branch  es 
red-orange.  Ma- 
cedonia and  Asia 
Minor.  Gn  74,  p. 
140.  Var  albidus, 
Hort.  Fls  whitish. 
Gn.W.  25-229 

3.  stellaris, 
Haw.  Supposed  to 
be  a  hybrid  be- 
tween C.m&siacm 
and  C.  susianux, 
and  known  only 
in  cult.:  blooms 
with  C.  mwsiacus: 


1114   Crocus  susianus.  ( X  H) 


Ivs.    only    4-6, 
narrow-linear, 


reflexed  edges, 
white-banded .  up- 
per spathe  2-lvd.:  perianth-tube  short,  the  se^rns. 
l-ll/4  m  long,  bright  orange,  the  outer  ones  striped 
and  feathered  with  brown  on  the  back;  anthers  pale 
orange,  a  little  longer  than  the  filaments;  style-branches 
somewhat  overtopping  the  anthers.  Mar. 

DD  Outer  segms.  not  striped  (at  least  not  in  the  specific 
types). 

4.  mceslacus,    Ker    (C   aureus,    Sibth.    <fe    Smith). 
DUTCH  CROCUS    Later:  corm  larger:  Ivs.  6-8  in  a  tuft, 
overtopping  the  fl  ,  narrow-linear,  with  reflexed  edges 
and  wnite  central  band :  upper  spathe  2-lvd ,  inner 
valve  very  narrow  or  obsolete;  segms    very  obtuse, 
bright  yellow,  1^  in  long,  one-half  to  a  third  the  length 
of  the  tube4  anthers  pale  yellow,  hastate  at  the  base, 
somewhat  longer  than  the  filaments;  style-branches 
overtopped  by   the   anthers.    Transylvania  to  Asia 
Minor.   B  M.  2986  —Variable.  A  sulfur-yellow  form  is 
C.  sulphiireus,  Ker.    B  M.  1384.    There  is  a  striped 
form.    B.M.  938.    A  cream-white  form  is  C.  Idcteus, 
Sabine. 

5.  ancyr£nsis,  Maw.   Corm  %in.  diam.:  Ivs.  3-4,  as 
tall  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow:  upper  spathe  2-lvd.:  peri- 
anth-tube exserted;  segms.  bright  orange-yellow,  1  in. 
or  less  long,  not  striped  nor  colored^  outside;  anthers 
orange-yellow,  much  longer  than  the  filaments:  style- 
branches  red-orange.   Asia  Minor. — Blooms  early. 

6.  Korolkdwil,  Maw  &  Regel.    Corm  globose,  1  in. 
diam.  with  matted  fibers:  Ivs.  8-12,  very  narrow,  wHh 


reflexed  edges  and  a  central  white  band:  upper  spatht. 
of  1  or  2  membranous  valves:  perianth-tube  shortly 
exserted ;  segms  about  1  in  long,  bright  orange-yellow 
and  not  striped,  the  outer  ones  grayish  brown  on  the 
outside;  anthers  orange-yellow;  stylo-branches  entire 
and  orange-yellow.  Turkestan,  etc.  Var.  dytfscus. 
Bowles,  has  the  outer  segms  deep  brown  outside  ana 
with  narrower  maigms  of  yellow. 

cc.  Fls.  lilac,  purple  or  white. 

D.  Basal  spathe  (nwng  directly  from  the  corm  inside  the 
Ivs.)  absent. 

7.  bifldrus,  Mill.  SCOTCH  CROCUS.  Corm  %m.  or 
less  in  diam.'  Ivs.  4-6,  overtopping  the  fls.,  very  narrow, 
with  deflexed  edges  and  a  white  central  band:  upper 
spathe  2-lvd.:  perianth-tube  exserted,  the  segms  1J£ 
in.  long,  purple-tinged,  the  outer  ones  3-striped  down 
the  back,  the  throat  bearded  and  yellowish;  anthers 
orange,  exceeding  the  filaments;  .style-branches  orange- 
red.  S  and  S.  W.  Eu  B  M  845  —Runs  into  man> 
forms,  some  of  them  almost  wlute  Some  of  the  named 
botanical  forms  are:  Var  argenteus,  Baker  (C  aige'n- 
teus,  Sabine.  C  pi<?co^,  Haw.  C.  hneatus,  Jan)  Less 
robust  and  with  only  3  or  4  Ivs  to  a  tuft  and  smaller 
fls.  more  tinged  with  pin  pie  and  the  outer  segms 
dark-striped  uutside.  Italy  BM  2991  (as  0  minimum 
Var  pusflltis,  Baker  ((7.  pMlm,  Tenoie)  Fls  smaller 
than  in  var  argenteus,  paler,  the  3  outer  segrns  striped 
with  dark  purple  Italy  B.R.  19X7  (var  (">tnatus,  with 
petals  pale  purple  and  not  striped).  Var.  Weldenii, 
Baker  (C  WtMenu,  Hoppe),  with  uniform  slaty  pur- 
ple limb.  Dalmatia  B  M  6211  Var.  Adamii,  Baker 
(C.  Adamii,  Gay)  Lamb  pale  purple,  the  outer  segrns 
1 -colored  or  with  3  pale  purple  stripes.  Caucasus. 
B  M.  3868  (us  C.  annulatui  var  Adamtcus).  Var. 
nubfgenus,  Herb.  Segms  veiy  small  and  nearly  white, 
the  outer  ones  with  a  broad  band  of  puiple  on  the  back 
Asia  Minor  Var.  Pestal6zzse  (C  Ijestal6zzsr,  Boiss ) 
Small-fld  ,  with  1 -colored  whitish  segms  Asia  Minor 
Var  Alexandri,  Hort  (C  Alexdndn,  Velen  Fls  larger 
than  in  C  bijtorus  type,  outer  segms  flushed  all  over 
the  back  with  bright  lilac  and  with  a  narrow  margin  of 
white,  or  often  with  only  feather-like  stripes  on  white 
grounds.  BM  7740 

8  cferius,  Herb  (C.  Kibthorpitinus  var  staitncus, 
Herb.).  Corm  globose,  %m  Or  less  diam  ,  the  tunic 
bristle-ringed  at  top  Ivs  3-6  in  the  tuft,  as  high  as  the 
fl  ,  very  narrow,  \vith  reflexed  margins  and  a  white 
band:  upper  spathe  2-lvd  •  perianth-tube  little  exserted; 
segms.  1  m.  or  less  long,  unstriped,  pale  or  daik  lilac, 
the  throat  yellow  and  glabrous,  anthers  orange,  twice 
the  length  of  the  slightly  papillose  filaments  Armenia, 
Kurdistan.  B  M.  6852B.  Gn  74,  p  212  Early. 

no  Basal  spathe  present 
R.  Throat  of  penanth  glabrous. 

9.  versicolor,  Ker  (C  fragrans,  Haw  C  Rdnwardtii, 
Reichb  )  Corrn  %m  or  less  in  diam  ,  with  tunics  of 
matted  parallel  fibers:  Ivs  4-5,  as  high  as  the  fls  , 
otherwise  like  the  last  upper  spathe  1-  or  2-lvd  . 
perianth-tube  exserted;  segms  \]/2  in.  long,  pale  or 
dark  purple,  often  striped  and  feathered  with  dark 
purple;  throats  glabrous,  whitish  or  yellowish;  anthers 
yellow,  twice  as  long  as  the  filament;  style-branches, 
orange-yellow,  equaling  or  overtopping  the  anthers. 
S.  France.  B  M.  1110. 

10  banaticus,  Heuff.  Corm  globular,  ^m.  diam.: 
Ivs.  usually  2,  thin  and  flattish,  and  becoming  J^m. 
broad,  glaucous  beneath :  upper  spathe  1-lvd  •  perianth- 
tube  scarcely  exserted;  segms  \l/%  in  or  less  long, 
bright  purple,  and  never  striped,  but  often  dark- 
blotched  toward  the  tip;  throat  glabrous;  anthers 
orange,  a  little  longer  than  the  white  filaments;  style- 
branches  short,  orange-yellow,  somewhat  fringed  at  the 
tip  Hungary 


CROCUS 


CROCUS 


1115    Crocus  veraus. 


11.  Tommasini&nus,  Herb  Conn  globular,  J^m 
diam. :  Ivs.  appearing  with  the  fls  ,  narrow  (Y%\n.  broad) : 
upper  hpathe  1-1  vd  perianth-tube  little  exserted; 
segms  \Yi  in.  or  less  long,  pale  red-bluish,  sometimes 
dark-blotched  at  the  tip;  tliroat  glabrous,  anthers  pale 
orange,  a  little  longer 
than  the  white 
glandular  filaments; 
style-branches  short, 
orange-yellow  Dal- 
*  raatia  and  Servia. — 
Distin  guished  fro  m 
C.  vernus  by  its  gla- 
brous throat. 

12.  Sieben,  Gay. 
Corm  globular,  %m. 
diam.:  IVH.  4-6,  as 
high  a.s  the  fl.,  glau- 
cous beneath,  T^in. 
broad,  upper  spathe 
2-lvd  :  perianth-tube 
short-exserted; 
segms.  1-1 K  m.  long, 
color  of  C.  t>mw#; 
throat  yellow  and 
glabrous ;  anthers 
orange,  twice  ah  long  as  filaments;  style-branches  nearly 
entire,  orange-red  Greece,  Crete  Gn  VV.  22  287 
G  M.  49  51  Var  purpfcreus,  Hort  Fls  darker  purple 
than  the  t\pe  Var  versf color,  Hort.  Outer  per ianth- 
segms  white  feathered  with  purple  or  dark  violet ,  inner 
fcegms  white,  jellow  at  base  inside  Gn.  73,  p.  201 

13  reticul&tus,   Bieb     Corm   )4in.  diarn ,  covered 
with  honeycombed  fibers:  Ivs.  3-5,  as  high  as  the  fl  , 
very  narrow,   \vith  reflexed  edge  and  a  white  band: 
upper   spathe    2-lvd      penan+h-tube   much   exserted; 
segms   1-1 }  -2  in  long,  white  to  purple,  the  3  outer  ones 
striped,    throat   glabrous;   ant  herb   orange,   twice  the 
length  of  the  orange1  filaments;  stvlc-branches  scarlet, 
overtopping  the  anthers.    8   E.  Eu  — Varies  to  white. 

KK   Throat  of  perianth  pubescent  or  bearded 

14  vernus,   All      Fig.    1115.     Corm   1   in    or  less 
dmra  .  Ivs   2-1,  as  high  aa  the  fl.,  often  ^m    broad, 
glaucous  beneath,  but  green  above,  with  reflexed  edges, 
arid  a  central  white  band:  upper  spathe  1-lvd ,  about 
as  long  as  perianth-tube:  pcnanth-segms    1-1  ^    in. 
long,  lilac,  white  or  purple-striped;  throat  pubescent, 
never   yellow,    antheis    lemon-yellow,    exceeding    the 
filaments,  style-branches  orange-yellow    S   Eu     B  M 
860,2240    IUI  1869,  p  331    Gn  54,  p  79— The  com- 
monest garden  crocus. 

15  etruscus,  Parl     Corm  1  in  or  less  in  diam     Ivs. 
about  3,  very  narrow,  as  tall  as  the  fl     upper  hpathe 
1-lvd  '  perianth-tube  short  exserted;  segrns    1-1  ], 2111. 
long,  lilac,  or  the  outer  ones  cream-colored  and  some- 
times purple-feathered  outside;  throat  yellow,  .slightly 

Eubescent;  antheis  orange,  twice  as  long  as  the  gla- 
rous  filaments,  style-branches  nearly  entire,  orange. 
Italy 

16  Malyi,  Vis     Corm  depressed-globose,  1  in    or 
less  diam ,  with  fine  parallel  fibers  m  the  tunic  which 
is  slightly  reticulated  upward:  Ivs.  narrow-linear,  not 
so  tall  as  the  fl ,  with  reflexed  margins  and  white 
central  band  upper  spathe  2-lvd  ,  foliaceous:  perianth- 
tube  yellow,  scarcely  expert cd;  segms    white,  l%m. 
long;  throat  orange-yellow  and  bearded ;  anthers  orange, 
twice  as  long  as  the  filaments;  style-branches  orange, 
slightly  divided  at  tip.    Dalmatia.    G.C.  III.  37:163. 
G.M.  51:455. 

BB  Style-branches  fimbnate  at  the  top,  or  once-forked. 

17  Imperati,  Tenore.    Fig.  1116.    Corm  nearly  or 
fluite  1  in  diam..  basal  spathe  present1  Ivs  4-6,  exceed- 
ing the  fls  ,  very  narrow,  upper  spathe  1-  or  2-lvd  : 


perianth-tube  little  exserted;  segms.  1-1 H  in  long, 
lilac  or  even  white,  the  outer  ones  buff  and  3-striped  on 
the  outside;  anthers  yellow,  exceeding  the  filaments, 
style-branches  fimbnate  Italy.  B.R.  1993.  Gn.  54,  p. 
79.  Very  early. 

18.  6livieri,  Gay.    Corm  nearly  globose,  •  H-%in. 
diam.'  basal  spathe  absent:  Ivs.  4-5,  as  tall  as  the  fl , 
becoming  ^m    broad'  upper  spathe  2-lvd  .  pemnth- 
tube  little  exserted,  segms   bright  orange-yellow  and 
never  striped,  \Yi  in.  or  less  long;  throat  glabrous; 
anthers  orange,  twice  the  length  of  the  roughish  fila- 
ments;   style-branches   orange,    blender-forked.     Var. 
Suteninus,  Baker  (<?  rhryadnthux,  Bot  Keg.)  has  nar- 
rower and  more  rolled  Ivs.  Greece  to  Asia  Minor.  No.  2. 

BBB.  Style-branches  cut  into  capillary  divisions:  basal 
spattie  absent'  upper  spathe  2-lvd 

19.  vitellinus.  Wahl    ((\  synacm,  Boiss   &  Gaill ). 
Corm  %in.  or  less  diam  :  Ivs  4-0,  as  high  as  the  fls , 
narrow-linear:   perianth-tube  short,   exserted,  segms 
1  in.  or  less  long,  orange-yellow,  the  outer  brown- 
tinged    outside;    style-branches    divided    into    many 
capillary  parts    Asia  Minor    B  M  6416  —Rare  in  cult. 
Var  gravSolens,  Baker  (C   graveolen*,  Boiss   &  Reut. 
C.    si/riacus,    Baker)      Lvs     narrower     outer    segms. 
flushed  with  black  or  bearing  3  distinct  stripes  of  black 
down  the  back. 

20  Fleischeri,  Gay  (C.  Fleischenanus,  Herb.  C. 
smyrnenns,  Poech)  Corm  %in  or  less  diam ,  the 
tunics  a  dense  mass  of  regularly  interlacing  fibers.  Ivs. 
about  6  to  a  tuft,  at>  high  a^  the  fls ,  very  nairow  and 
having  reflexed  edges  and  a  white  band  perianth-tube 
not  exserted;  segins  1-1  ^4  m  long,  white,  acute,  the 
outer  with  3  slender  lilac  lines  on  the  back;  throat 
yellow  and  glabrous;  anthers  small,  orange,  about  as 
long  as  the  filaments;  style-branches  brick-red.  Asia 
Minor,  on  limestone  hills 

21.  c&ididus,  Clarke  (C  Kljkii,  Maw)  Corm  glo- 
bose, %in  diam.;  tunics  of  matted  parallel  fibers.  Ivs 
as  high  as  the  fl ,  becoming  J^m  broad,  the  margin 
ciliated  and  the  keel  very  nariow:  perianth-tube  little 
exseited;  segms  1-1^4  in  long,  white  tinged  yellow 
towards  throat  (which  is  glabrous),  the  outer  ones 
tinged  or  feathered  with  purple  on  back;  anthers 
orange,  about  as  long  as  the  filaments;  style-branches 
cream-white.  Asia  Minor.  G.  31:17.  Var.  Idteus, 
Hort  Fls  yellow,  more  deeply  colored  at  the  base,  3 
outer  segms  veined  and  mottled 
with  purple 

22  hyemahs,  Boiss.  &  Blanche. 
Corm  globose,  )4m  or  less 
diam ,  the  tunic  membranous: 
Ivs  about  4  to  the  tuft,  as  high 
as  the  fl  ,  with  reflexed  margins 
and  a  white  band  perianth-tube 
little  exserted,  segms  1-1  ^  m. 
long,  white,  with  a  long  central 

Eurple  line  and  three  shorter 
nes,  throat  yellow,  glabrous; 
anthers  orange,  tw  ice  as  long  as 
filaments;  style  -  branches  red. 
Palestuie  Var.  F6xii,  Maw,  has 
nearly  black  anthers.  Gn.  74, 
p.  188. 

AA.  Blooming  in  autumn  (some- 
times in  late  summer  and 
continuing  toward  autumn). 
B  Style-branches  entire  or  very 

nearly  so. 

C.  Fls.  white  or  lilac  •  basal  spathe 
present  (except  in  No.  26}; 
upper  spathe  2-lvd. 

23.  satlvus,  Linn.  SAFFRON  me.  Crocus  Imperati. 
CROCUS.  Fig.  1117.  Corm  1  in  (x)i) 


900 


CROCUS 


CROCUS 


or  more  diam  :  Ivs  6-10,  as  tall  as  the  fl  ,  very  narrow, 
ciliate-edged :  perianth-tube  little  exserted ;  segms.  oblong 
and  obtuse,  bright  lilac  or  even  white;  throat  pubescent; 
anthers  yellow,  longer  than  filaments;  style-branches  1 
in  or  more  long,  bright  red  (the  source  of  saffron). 
Asia  Minor.  R.H.  1895,  p.  573.— The  commonest  fall- 
blooming  species. 

24.  hadriiticus,  Herb.  Much  like  C  sativus:  usually 
smaller-fld.,  pure  white,  the  segms.  pubescent  at  base: 
anthers  bright  orange,  more  than  twice  longer  than  the 
white  or  purple  filaments  Greece,  etc  — Runs  into 
several  forms.  Var.  melitensis,  Hort.  Fls.  feathered 
with  purple  and  brown  Malta.  Var.  Wflhelmii,  Hort. 
Fls.  pale,  with  purple  markings  outside  near  the  throat. 

25  zonatus,  Gay.  Corm  somewhat  flattened  or 
deflexed.  %-%m.  diam.:  Ivs.  appearing  after  the  fls., 
narrow-linear,  perianth-tube  exserted,  2-3  m.;  segms. 
1-2  in.  long,  rose-lilac,  purple-veined  and  orange- 
spotted  within,  throat  yellow,  pubescent;  anthers  white, 
2—3  times  longer  than  the  yellow  filaments;  style- 
branches  short  and  yellow  Cilicia.  G.C.  III.  23:85. 

26.  caspius,  Fisch  &Mey.  Corm 
ovoid,    %irt.  or   less  diam.,  with 
rigid  tunic  that  has  matted  parallel 
fibers  toward  base    Ivs  4-5  in  a 
tuft,  not    reaching   the  fl ,   very 
narrow,  with  a  white  band  and 
reflexed    margins     perianth-tube 
much  exserted;  segms  white,  not 
striped,    1-1 K    m-   long;    throat 
yellow,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubes- 
cent;    anthers     pale     yellow    or 
cream-colored,   twice    the  length 
of  filament,  style-branches  much 
exceeding  anthers,  slender,  yellow. 
Near  Caspian  Sea.  Oct.  G.C.  III. 
34:443. 

cc.  Fls.  yellow:  basal  spathe  pres- 
ent; upper  spathe  1-lvd. 

27.  Scharojanii,    Rupr.     Corm 
globose  and  very  small,  the  tunic 
membranous  Ivs  developed 

in  spring  and  remaining  till 
the  fl.  appears;  perianth- 
tube  much  cxserted;  segms.  m7  c 
bright  yellow.  1-colorcd,  1117  C 
11A-1%  m  long;  throat 
yellowish  white;  anthers  pale  yellow;  style-branches 
nearly  entire,  orange-red,  shorter  than  the  stamens. 
Caucasus,  Armenia,  blooming  end  of  July  and  in  Aug. 
GC  111.32:321. 

BB.  Style-branches  fimbnated  or  forked  at  the  top:  basal 
spathe  present,  upper  spathe  1-lvd. 

28  longifldrus,  Raf.    Corm  Hm-  diam.:  Ivs.  3-4, 
very  short  at  flowering  time,  very  narrow:  pcnanth- 
tubc  much  exserted,  se^ms    oblong  and  bright  lilac, 
1H  m'>  never  striped,  tiiroat  slightly  pubescent,  yellow; 
anthers  orange,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  filaments; 
style-branches  scarlet,  slightly  compound.  S.  Eu.   B.R. 
30:3.— Not  frequent. 

29  serdtinus,  Salisb.  Corm  1  in.  or  less:  Ivs.  4-6,  as 
high  as  the  fl.,  very  narrow,  perianth-tube  little  cxserted; 
segms.  oblong,  1^  in  ,  lilac  or  purple,  indistinctly  or 
not  at  all  striped;  throat  glabrous;  anthers  yellow,  much 
exceeding  the  filaments;  style-branches  orange-yellow, 
fimbnated.   Spain.    B  M   1267.— Not  frequent. 

30.  Salzmannii,  Gay  (C  tingitanus,  Herb).  Corm 
somewhat  depressed,  1  in.  diam.:  Ivs.  about  6,  not 
prominent  at  flowering  time,  very  narrow:  perianth- 
tube  much  exserted;  segms.  IK  in.  long,  plain  lilac; 
throat  pubescent,  yellowish;  anthers  orange,  longer 
than  the  filaments;  style-branches  slender,  orange. 
Morocco.  B.M.  6000. 


BBB.  Style-branches  capillary-divided. 

c.  Fls.  white. 
D.  Basal  spathe  present. 

31.  nfveus,    Bowles.     Very    robust    and    vigorous: 
corm  globose.  %r\  in.  diam.,  the  tunic  of  fine  reticu- 
lated fibers;  Ivs.  6  in  the  tuft,  equaling  the  fls.:  basal 
spathe  2^  in.  long;  spathe  2-lvd..  4  in.  long,  leafy  at 
top:  perianth-tube  5H  ui   long,  the  segms.  white  but 
with  an  orange  glabrous   throat;  anthers  yellow,   3 
times  as  long  as  the  filament.    Probably  Greece  — 
Differs  from  C.  Boryi,  to  which  it  is  closely  related,  by 
the  basal  spathe  being  present,  yellow  anthers,  naked 
filaments,  and  reticulated  tunic. 

DD.  Bat>al  spalhe  absent. 

32.  laevigatus,  Bory  &  Chaub    Corm  ovoid,  %in.  or 
less  diam.  with  rigid  tunic  broken  into  many  small 
imbricated  parts:  Ivs.  3-4  m  a  tuft,  as  high  as  the  fl., 
very  narrow,  with  reflexed  margins  and  a  white  band: 
upper  spathe  2-lvd  ,  very  short'   perianth  much  ex- 
serted; segms    about  1  in   long,  white  and  1-colored 
or  with  3-5  stripes  of  lilac  on  the  back  of  outer  segm-s  ; 
throat  yellow,  glabrous;  anthers  white,  about  as  long 
as  the  papillose  filaments;  style-branches  bright  yellow, 
exceeding    the    anthers      Greece      Var.    Fontenayi. 
Bowles,  is  very  late-blooming,  and  the  fl    has  a  buff 

tint,  outside  finely 
feathered  with  purple,  and 
clear  lilac  inside  Gn.  74, 
p  170. 

33.  Bdryi,  Gay  Corm 
globular,  %m  or  less 
diam  :  Ivs  3-6,  narrow- 
linear,  as  high  as  the  fls  : 
upper  spathe  2-lvd  peri- 
anth-tube short-exserted  ; 
segms.  1-1  H  m-  l°ng> 
white,  sometimes  lilac- 
lincd  at  the  base  outside; 
throat  yellow,  glabrous; 
anthers  white,  somewhat 
longer  than  the  orange 
filaments^  style-branches 
scarlet,  divided  into  many 
capillary  segms  and  ex- 

^Cflmg  vth*    »**]"*"• 

^eec,  ^  *%$£$% 
Hook.  f.  B.M.  5776),  has  lilac  fls.  Var  marathonfseus, 
Baker  (C.  marathoniseus,  Heldr  ),  has  style-branches  loss 


1118.  Crocus  speciosus  var. 
(X» 


divided  than  in  the  type,  shorter  and  not  overtopping 

the  anthers.    G.C.  III.  C  """     ~     ~"        

49:767. 


the  anthers.    G.C.  III.  40:335.    Gn.  70,  p.  273.    G  M. 


cc.  Fls.  Mac  (varying  to  white  in  No.  89} . 
D.  Basal  spathe  present;  upper  spathe  1-lvd. 

34.  mfcdius,    Balb.     Corm    globular,   1    in.  or  less 
diam.:  Ivs.  2-3,  appearing  in  spring,  narrow,  becoming 
a  foot  or  more  high:  perianth-tune  much  exserted; 
segms    1/^-2  in.  long,  bright  lilac;  throat  glabrous, 
whitish;  anthers  pale  orange,  twice  the  length  of  the 
yellow  filaments;  style-branches  scarlet,  with  many 
capillary  divisions.   S.  France,  Italy. 

35.  nudifldrus,  Smith.     Corm  very  small,  stolonif- 
erous:  Ivs   3-4,  appearing  after  the  fls.,  very  narrow: 
perianth-tube  mucn  exserted,  segms.  l%-2  in.,  lilac; 
throat  glabrous;  anthers  large  and  yellow,  twice  aa 
long  as  the  filaments.    Mts.  S.  France  and  Spain. — • 
Long  known  in  cult ,  but  not  common. 

36.  asturicus,  Herb.   Corm  globular,  %in.  or  less  in 
diam. :  Ivs.  about  3,  appearing  in  fall  but  not  maturing 
till  spring:  penanth-tuoe  short-protruded;  segms.  1% 
in  long,  lilac:  throat  pubescent;  anthers  bright  yellow, 
longer  than  the  white  filaments;  style-branches  orange, 
with  many  capillary  divisions.   Spain. 


XXXI.  The  White  Spine  cucumh"-- 


CROCUS 


CROTALARIA 


901 


37.  byzantinus,  Ker  (C.  indifldrus,  Heuff.).    Corm 
Yivc\    diara.:  Ivs    2-4,  developing  after  the  fls.:  peri- 
anth-tube  much  exberted;  segms    2  in.  or  less  long, 
the  outer  ones  dark  lilac  and  acute,  the  inner  ones 
shorter  and  pale  lilac  or  white,  anthers  orange,  longer 
than  the  filaments    S  E  Eu    B  M.  6141.  B  R  33  4.— 
An  old  garden  plant,  but  rarely  seen  in  this  country. 

DD  Basal  spalhe  absent,  upper  spathe  2-lvd. 

38.  pulchellus,  Herb     Corm  small,  somewhat  de- 
pressed:  Ivs    produced   after  flowering,   maturing  in 
spring    perianth-tube  much  exserted,  segms    \-\Yi  in 
long,   bright  lilac,   more  or  less  indistinctly  striped, 
throat  glabrous,  bright  yellow,  anthers  white,  longer 
than  the  pubescent  yellow  filaments,  style-branches 
orange,  with  many  capillary  branches.    Greece  to  Asia 
Minor    B  H  30  3 

39  specidsus,  Bieb  Corm  not  stolomferous,  1  in. 
or  less  Ivs  usually  3,  developing  after  the  fls  ,  thin, 
very  narrow,  becoming  1  ft  long  perianth-tube  much 
exserted;  segms  1^2~2  in,  lilac  and  feathered  with 
darker  color,  anthers  very  large,  bright  orange,  much 
exceeding  the  filaments  S  E  Eu  and  Asia  B  M 
3861  On  62,  p  265,  71,  p  613  BR  25  40 —Hand- 
some and  variable  Var  albus,  Hort  Fls  white 
Var  Altchisonii,  Fobter  (C  Attchisonn,  Hort )  Fig. 
1118  More  graceful  than  the  type  and  larger,  fls  paler 
m  color,  the  begins  more  pointed,  divisions  of  stigma 
more  numerous  and  more  spreading  or  even  drooping 
fls  very  pale  bluish  lilac.  Asia  G.  28 '415  Gn  M 
8  228.  L  H  B 

CROP.  The  product  secured  from  an  area  of  culti- 
vated plants;  as,  a  crop  of  wheat,  a  crop  of  mush- 
rooms, a  crop  of  violets  The  word  is  used  generically 
for  classes  of  products,  as  gram  crop,  root  crop,  forest 
or  timber  crop,  fiber  crop,  flower  crop,  seed  crop,  salad 
crop  It  is  employed  also  as  a  verb, — the  cropping  of 
the  land,  to  crop  to  fruit 

Other  limitations  of  the  word  refer  to  duration  and 
inter-relations  catch-crop,  a  secondary  crop  grown 
between  the  succesbion  of  other  crops,  as  m  the  time 
between  a  crop  of  radishes  and  a  crop  of  cabbages, 
or  between  the  ro\vs  or  stands  of  other  plants,  compan- 
ion-crop, a  catch-crop  grown  between  other  growing 
plants,  as  lettuce  between  rows  or  hills  of  beans; 
bwcesKwn-crop,  a  catch-crop  succeeding  another  crop 
as  late  celery  following  early  potatoes,  cover-crop,  a 
catch-crop  grown  usually  late  in  the  season,  or  m  win- 
ter, to  protect  the  land  and  to  afford  green-manure. 
Rotation-cropping  is  a  form  of  succession-cropping 
Double-cropping  may  be  either  companion-cropping 
or  succession-cropping,  or  both  L  H.  B. 

CROSSANDRA  (Greek,  fringed  anthers).  Acanthacex. 
Warmhouse  evergreen  shrubs  of  minor  importance. 

Upright,  with  entire  or  somewhat  toothed,  often 
verticillate  Ivs ,  glabrous,  or  the  mfl.  hairy  fls.  in 
dense  sessile  spikes,  red  or  yellow,  with  prominent 
bracts,  corolla  cylindrical,  more  or  less  curved,  some- 
what enlarged  at  the  throat,  with  a  flat  or  spreading 
oblique  limb,  stamens  4,  in  pairs — Perhaps  20-25 
species  from  India,  Trop  Afr  ,  and  Madagascar.  The 
one  commonly  in  the  trade  has  handsome  4-sided  spikes 
of  scarlet-orange  fls. ,  perianth  has  5  Begins  ,  the  2 
upper  ones  being  smaller,  stamens  4,  of  2  lengths-  caps, 
oblong,  acute,  4-seedcd.  It  is  cult.  S.  outdoors  to  a 
slight  extent,  and  also  rarely  in  northern  greenhouses. 
Should  be  grown  in  rich  loam,  peat  or  leaf-mold,  and 
sand  Prop,  by  cuttings  in  sand  over  bottom  heat, 
preferably  under  a  bell-jar. 

undulsefdlia,  Sahsb.  (C.  infundibulifdrmis,  Nees). 
Height  1  ft.,  rarely  3  ft.:  Ivs.  opposite,  ovate-acuminate, 
stalked:  fls.  scarlet-orange,  overlapping  one  another 
m  dense  closely  bracted,  aDehmea-hke  spikes,  3-5  in. 
long  India.  B.M.  2186.  RH  1891:156.  B  R.  69. 


C  flAva,  Hook.  Unbranched  shrub,  6-8  in  high'  st  green,  gla- 
brous Ivs.  opposite,  close  together,  large  for  the  size  of  the  plant,  6 
in  long,  obovate-lanceolate,  dark  green  above,  oaler  beneath,  wavy, 
more  obtuse  than  in  tho  above,  lower  IVB  stalked,  upper  ones 
sessile  spike  4-sided,  spiny,  fls  yellow,  tube  much  exserted, 
jointed  Trop  W  Afr  B  M  4710  —C  guinetnsia,  Nees.  Height 
2-6  in  st  light  red,  rusty  pubescent  Ivs  2-4  pairs,  3-5  in  long, 
elliptic,  green  above,  with  golden  netted  nerves,  reddish  beneath: 
spike  solitary,  terminal,  slender,  3-5  in  high,  fls  numerous,  small, 
pale  lilac,  with  2  darker  spots  on  the  2  smallest  segms  and  a  white 
eye  Guinea  B  M  6340  — A  handsome  foliage  plant 

N.  TAYLOR  t 

CROSSOSOMA  (Greek,  referring  to  a  fringe-like 
body  on  the  seeds)  Ranunculacesp,  by  Bentham  & 
Hooker  referred  to  Ddlentaceap,  and  by  Engler  made 
the  type  of  the  family  Crossosomaiacese  Four  much- 
branched  woody  plants  of  Mex ,  Ariz  and  S  Calif  : 
very  glabrous,  with  grayish  bark  and  whitish  wood  •  Ivs. 
oblong  or  narrower,  entire,  alternate,  nearly  or  quite 
sessile,  some  of  them  ramcled  fls  mostly  white,  soli- 
tary and  short-stalked  at  the  ends  of  the  branchlets  C. 
calif ormcum,  Nutt ,  has  been  mentioned  in  gardening 
literature  abroad'  3-15  ft  high  Ivs  1-3  in  long,  not 
much  fascicled  fls  large,  with  nearly  orbicular  white 
petals  more  than  J^m  long,  the  anthers  long-oblong, 
follicles  %m  or  more  long,  many-seeded.  Isl  of  Santa 
Catalma  C  Bigelovii,  Wats  ,  is  lower,  the  Ivs  mostly 
fascicled  and  fls  only  half  as  large,  the  petals  white  or 
purplish.  Ariz  to  S  E.  Calif. 

CROTALARIA  (Greek,  rattk,  Castanet;  from  the  rat- 
tling of  the  seeds  in  the  pod)  Leguminbsx.  RATTLE- 
BOX  Annual  outside  herbs,  and  shrubs  grown  in  green- 
houses or  in  the  open  far  South 

Herbs  or  shrubs  of  various  habit:  Ivs.  simple 
(actually  umfobolate)  or  compound  fls.  in  terminal 
racemes  or  rarely  the  racemes  opposite  the  Ivs. ,  calyx- 
tube  short,  the  teeth  narrow,  as  long  as  or  a  little 
shorter  than  the  pea-like  corolla  — A  cosmopolitan 
genus  of  perhaps  250  species,  in  tropics  and  sub- 
tropics  mostly  For  best  results,  trie  seed  should  be 
started  early  indoors,  after  being  soaked  m  warm  water. 
The  name  is  sometimes  misspelled  Crotolana  Green- 
house kinds  are  subject  to  red  spider  C.  juncea  yields 
the  Sunn  hemp  of  India  Our  common  rattle-box,  C. 
sagittalis,  is  often  a  troublesome  weed. 
A  Lvs  apparently  simple 

retusa,  Lmn.  Annual,  1^  ft.  high  branches  few, 
short.  Ivs  entire,  very  various  in  shape,  but  typically 
obovate  with  a  short  mucro,  clothed  beneath  with  short 
appresbed  hairs  fls  about  12  in  a  raceme,  yellow, 
streaked  or  blotched  with  purple,  standard  roundish, 
notched  Cosmopolitan  June-Aug  — Intro.  1896,  as 
a  novelty  and  called  "dwarf  golden  yellow-flowering 
pea,"  "golden  yellow  sweet  pea,"  etc  The  fls  are 
much  less  fragrant  than  the  true  sweet  pea 

verrucdsa,  Lmn  Annual,  erect  and  nearly  glabrous, 
the  branches  and  fl  -stalks  4-angled .  Ivs.  ovate,  shortly 
petioled,  blunt*  fls  racemose,  numerous,  their  variega- 
ted blue  corollas  making  a  magnificent  show  in  early 
spring  Cosmopolitan  in  the  tropics.  B.M.  3034. 
B.R.  113.7.  P.M  13.223 

AA  Lvs  foholate  (compound). 
B  Fls.  stnpcd  with  brown  or  red. 

longirostrata,  Hook  &  Arn  Greenhouse  plant,  her- 
baceous or  somewhat  shrubby,  much  branched,  3  ft. 
high,  branches  long,  slender,  glabrous,  petioles  1^  m. 
long;  Ifts  3,  oblong,  with  a  minute  mucro,  glabrous 
above,  hoary  beneath,  with  very  short,  appressed, 
silky  hairs  racemes  erect;  calyx  with  2  upper  lobes 
ovate,  the  3  lower  ones  lanceolate;  fls.  as  many  as  25 
in  a  raceme,  yellow  with  reddish  or  reddish  brown 
stripe  along  the  back  of  the  unopened  fls  ;  standard 
wider  than  long,  rcflexed,  notched.  W  Mex ,  Guate- 
mala B  M  7306.  F  R  1 : 809.— Flowering  from  Dec.  to 
March.  Intro,  into  Kew  through  the  U.  S.  Dept. 
Agric.  in  1891. 


902 


CROTALARIA 


CRYPTANTHUS 


BB.  Fls  not  slnped,  pure  yellow. 

incana,  Linn.  A  woody  perennial.  2-4  ft.,  with  stout 
round  branches,  the  whole  plant  silky-hairy  Ifts  \}fa- 
2  in.  long,  obtuse,  cuneate  below,  membranous  fls. 
12-20  in  a  raceme,  yellow,  at  least  ^fan.  long:  pod 
nearly  sessile,  loosely  hairy.  Common  throughout  the 
tropics.  B  R.  377. 

capensis,  Jacq  Stout,  much-branched  shrub,  4-5 
ft  high'  branches  terete,  appressedly  silky,  stipules 
when  present  pctiolulate,  obovate  and  If  -like,  obsolete 
or  wanting  on  many  petioles'  Ifts  broadly  obovate, 
obtuse  or  mucronulate,  glabrous  or  minutely  pubescent 
on  one  or  both  sides  racemes  terminal  or  opposite  the 
*vs  ,  loose,  many-fld.,  the  fls  usually  more  than  1  in  long: 
calyx  and  pod  pubescent;  wings  transversely  wnnklea 
and  pitted.  S.  Afr.— Cult  in  8  Ha 

C.  Trdpese,  Mattel.   An  erect  or  prostrate  annual    racemes  lat- 
eral, often  20-fld.  or  more,  fls.  small,  yellowish    Italian  Somahland. 
WILHELM  MILLER. 
N.  TAYLOR. f 

CR6TON  (Greek  name,  probably  of  the  castor  bean) 
Euphorbi&cece.  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees  of  no  special 
horticultural  value,  some  cultivated  for  economic  prod- 
ucts which  they  yield 

Pubescence  stellate  or  scaly.  Ivs.  usually  alternate, 
fls  mostly  in  terminal  spikes  or  racemes,  usually 
monoecious,  sometimes  dioecious;  sepals  usually  5-10, 
small,  petals  present  at  least  in  the  stammate  fls  ; 
stamens  5  to  many,  incurved  in  the  bud ;  ovary  3-celled, 
1  ovule  in  each  cell. — Five  hundred  or  more  species  in 
the  warmer  parts  of  the  world,  chiefly  in  Amer.  Several 
herbaceous  species  native  in  S.  and  W.  U.  S. 


1119.  Croton  alabamensis. 


For  Croton  tinctonus,  see  Chrozophora;  for  C. 
sebiferus,  see  Samum  See  also  Codiseum  for  the  com- 
monly cultivated  crotons  of  florists. 

Tiglium,  Linn.  CROTON-OIL  PLANT.  PHYSIC-NUT. 
PURGING  CROTON.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  ovate,  acuminate, 
serrate,  petiolate.  varying  from  metallic  green  to  bronze 
and  orange :  pistillate  fls.  apetalous.  S  E.  Asia.  Blanco. 
Fl  Fil.  383. — The  powerful  purgative,  i  croton  oil,  is 
obtained  from  the  seeds.  Offered  in  S.  Calif,  as  an 
ornamental  and  curious  plant. 

Elutfcria,  Benn  CASCARILLA.  SEASIDE  BALSAM. 
SWEETWOOD.  Petals  in  both  staminate  and  pistillate 


fls  '  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate  subeordate. 
Bahamas  B  M.  7515  — Ihis  species  and  C.  Cas- 
canlla,  Benn.,  Bahamas  and  Fla.,  yield  the  cascanlla 
bark 

alabamSnsis,  E.  A.  Smith  Fig  1119.  Shrub,  6-9  ft. 
high  Ivs  evergreen,  nearly  entire,  oblong-lanceolate, 
upper  side  nearly  smooth,  lower  side  densely  silvery 
scaly  both  staminate  and  pistillate  fls  with  petals. 
Local  in  Ala.,  rarely  cult  G  F.  2.594  (see  Fig.  1119). 
J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

CROWFOOT:   Ranunculus. 

CROWN  IMPERIAL:   Fntillana Impermhs.      ' 

CRUCIANfiLLA  (Latin,  a  little  crass,  from  the  ar- 
rangement of  the  leaves)  tiubtace<?  CROSSWORT. 
Hardy  rock  plants  of  minor  importance 

Herbs,  often  woody  at  the  base,  branches  usually 
long,  slender,  4-corncicd  upper  Ivs  opposite,  without 
stipules,  lower  Ivs  or  all  in  whorls  of  3  01  more,  linear 
or  lanceolate,  rarely  ovate  or  obovato  fls  small,  white, 
rosy  or  blue  —About  30  species*,  natives  of  the  Medit 
region  and  W.  Asia  The  genus  is  closely  related  to 
Asperula,  and  is  distinguished  by  the  fls  having  bracts, 
not  an  involucre,  and  the  btjle- brunches  distinctly 
unequal  instead  of  nearly  equal  The  fiist  species 
below  lias  lately  been  referred  to  Asperula  It  is  of 
easy  cult  ,  preferring  light,  moderate  loam  and  partial 
shade  A  delicate  plant  for  the  front  of  borders,  and 
capital  for  the  rockery.  Prop,  chiefly  by  division, 
and  also  by  seeds. 

styl&sa,  Tnn  (Aspeiula  nliala,  Rochel)  Annual, 
prostrate,  6-9  in  high  Ivs  in  whorls  of  8  or  9,  lanceo- 
late, hispid,  fls  small,  eiimson-pmk,  in  round  terminal 
heads  ^m  diam  ,  floral  paits  in  5's,  stylo  club-shaped, 
long  exserted,  veiy  shoitly  twice  cut  at  the  top  Jurie- 
Aug.  Persia  Grown,  and  often  acting  in  England, 
as  a  perennial 

angustifdlia,  Linn  Annual  lower  Ivs  6  to  a  whorl, 
linear,  on  an  erect  or  sometimes  branching,  smooth  st  ' 
fls  white,  in  spike-like  clusters,  small,  the  petals  some- 
times short  mucronate.  Medit  region  July 

C  chloro.it achys,  Fisch  &  Moy  Annual,  rou^h  and  spreading, 
but  the  whole  plant  only  4-6  in  high  fl«  small,  in  spike-like 
clusters — C  glomerdta,  Bieb  (Asperula  glomerate,  Gnscb),has 
yellowish  green  fla  in  many  interrupted  spikc&>  Palestine  to  Persi  i 
Properly  an  Aaperula.  Nj  TAYLQR  | 

CRYPTANTHE  (Greek,  for  hidden  flower)  Bor- 
raginact'se  NIEVITAS  This  genus  includes  many  spe- 
cies referred  by  some  writois  to  Eritnchium  and  Kry- 
mtzkia,  but  probably  none  of  them  is  in  cult  They 
are  mostly  annuals,  with  white  fls,  which  are  usually 
sessile  calyx  5-partod  to  the  base,  as  long  as  the  corolla- 
tube;  segrns  more  or  less  hispid  or  \vith  hooked  bristles, 
in  fr.  closely  embracing  the  nutlets,  eventually  decidu- 
ous: nutlets  4,  sometimes  3,  2  or  1,  smooth,  papillate, 
or  munculate,  never  rugose  — Over  60  species,  in 
Pacific  N.  Amer ,  southward,  into  N  Mex  and  Chile. 
C.  glomerata,  Lehm.  (Krynltzkta  glomerAta,  Gray), 
is  a  coarse  biennial,  1-3  ft  high  Ivs  spatulate  or  hnear- 
spatulate  Plains,  along  eastern  base  of  Rocky  Mts.  C. 
barblgera,  Greene  (K  barbinera,  dray  Eritrichiunibarbi- 
gerwn,  Gray)  Nine  to  12  in  high  'ivs.  linear  S  Calif 

CRYPTANTHUS  (Greek,  for  hidden  flower)  Rrome- 
liacex  Brazilian  epiphytal  bromeliads,  differing  from 
^Echmea  and  Billbergia  (which  see  for  culture)  in  the 
tubular  calyx  and  the  dense  heads  of  flowers  nearly 
sessile  amongst  the  leaves. 

Leaves  crowded  in  a  rosette,  recurved-spreading. 
spmulose-serrate '  fls  in  a  terminal  head,  nearly  buried 
beneath  the  bracts;  petals  oblong,  joined  at  the  base; 
stamens  attached  to  corolla-tube  — Monogr.  by  Mez 
(who  recognizes  8  species)  m  DC.  Monogr.  Phaner.  9 
(1896) ;  by  some,  all  are  considered  to  be  torras  of  one 
species. 


CRYPT  ANTHUS 


CRYPTOMERIA 


903 


A.  Lva.  not  narrowed  or  petwlate  above  the  sheath. 

acaftlis,  Beer  (Tilldndsia  acaiihs,  Lindl  C  undida- 
tus,  Otto  &  Dietr.).  A  few  inches  high,  suckermg 
freely .  Ivs  sea-green,  long-pointed  and  spreading,  weak- 
spiny:  fls.  white,  nestling  deep  in  the  foliage.  B  R. 
1157. — A  very  variable  plant,  of  which  Mez  recognizes 
the  following  leading  types: 

Var.  genuinus,  Mez.  Stemless  or  very  nearly  so:  Ivs. 
sub-elliptic-lancoolate,  strongly  undulate,  gray-scurfy 
beneath,  scurfy  above. 

Var.  discolor,  Mez  (C.  decolor,  Otto  &  Dietr.).  Stem- 
less  or  nearly  so.  Ivs.  elongated,  scarcely  undulate,  sil- 
very-scurfy below,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  above. 

Var.  rftber,  MPZ  (C  riiber,  Beer)  Produces  a  branch- 
ing st.  or  trunk.  Ivs  short,  strongly  undulate,  reddish. 

Var.  bromelioides,  Mez  (C.  bromeltoldes,  Otto  & 
Dietr.)  St  tall*  Ivs  much  elongated,  scarcely  undu- 
late, remotely  spinulose. 

Var.  diversifdhus,  Mez  (C.  diversifohus,  Beer).  St.- 
bearmg  Ivs  elongate-Ungulate,  deep  green  above,  sil- 
very-scurfy beneath 

zonatus,  Beer  Fjg.  1120  Lvs  oblong -lanceolate, 
the  margin  undulate  and  densely  serrate-spmulose, 
marked  with  transverse  bands  of  white:  fls.  white. 

bivittatus,  Rogel  (Ihllbtrgia  birntt&ta,  Hook.  B. 
mttfita,  Hort )  Nearly  or  quite  stemlcss*  Ivs  long-ob- 
long, curving,  long-pointed,  somewhat  undulate,  spiny, 
dull  brown  beneath,  green  above  and  with  2  narrow 
buff  or  reddish  bars  extending  the  length  of  the  If. .  fls. 
white.  BM  5270. 

AA  Lvs   narrowed  or  petwlate  above  the  sheath. 
Beuckeri,  Morr.    Lvs   10-20,  oblong,  pointed,  cana- 
liculate at  base,  very  finely  spiny,  brownish  green  or 
rosy  and  spotted  or  striped  with  light  green    fls   white. 
?cnt  importation  from  Brazil,  described 
th  sessile  dark  olive-green  Ivs  ,  marked 
>r  each  side  of  the  midrib 

L.  H    B 

GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

CRYPTOCORYNE  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to 
the  spadix  being  inclosed  or  hidden  in  the  spathe). 
Syn  Mynobldstu-s  Aracese  Aquatic  or  paludose 
herbs  of  20—30  species  in  Trop  Asia  and  the  Malayan 
Archipelago,  rarely  soon  in  choice  collections  out 
apparently  not  in  the  trtide  They  have  creeping  and 
stolomferous  rhizomes,  strongly  ribbed  oblong  or  linear 
or  ovate  Ivs ,  monoecious  fls  without  perianth,  the 
upper  ones  on  the  spadix  stammate  and  the  lower  pis- 
tillate bpathc  closed,  the  mfl  wholly  included  The 
species  require  the  treatment  given  tender  arums.  C. 
nhdta,  Fisch  ,  1  ft  Ivs  narrow,  stalked,  fls  fragrant 
in  a  long  tubular  peduncled  spathe  which  is  fringed  at 
the  top.  C.  retrospircihs,  Fisch  ,  plant  slender  with 
very  narrow  almost  grass-like  Ivs ,  and  small  spathe 
teimmating  in  a  spiral  or  twist.  C.  Griffithn,  Schott, 
with  Ivs  ovate  or  orbicular-oblong  marked  with  tine 
red  lines;  spathe  purple  B  M.  7719 

CRYPTOGAMS  are  flowerless  plants,  producing 
not  seeds  but  spoic"  The  whole  vegetable  kingdom 
was  formerly  thrown  mto  two  classes,  the  flowering 
plants  or  phanerogams  and  the  flowerless  or  crypto- 
gams. Cryptogam  means  "concealed  nuptials,  and 
phanerogam  "visible  nuptials."  These  names  were 
given  when  it  was  thought  that  the  sexual  parts  of  the 
flowerless  plants  were  very  obscure  or  even  wanting. 
The  word  is  now  falling  into  disfavor  with  botanists. 
Cryptogams  are  of  less  horticultural  interest  than  the 
flowering  plants,  although  they  include  the  ferns,  and 
some  interesting  smaller  groups,  as  selagmellas,  lyco- 
pods  or  club  mosses.  The  word  cryptogam  is  now 
mostly  given  up  by  botanists  as  representing  a  taxo- 
nomic  group,  as  the  name  is  founded  on  imperfect 


C    nttidus,  Bull     A  recent 
as  a  stetnless  species   witl 
with  a  band  of  cream-col 


or  false  analogies  The  plants  covered  by  this  name  are 
now  distributed  in  the  great  divisions  of  thallophytes, 
bryophytes  and  ptendophytes;  and  the  phenogams  or 
phanerogams  are  spoken  of  as  spermatophytes  (see 
the  categories  on  p.  2,  Vol  I.). 

CRYPTOGRAMMA  (Greek,  a  concealed  line,  allud- 
ing to  the  sub-marginal  son).  Polypodiacese.  Hardy 
subalpine  ferns  of  both  hemispheres  of  interest  mainly 
to  the  collector 


1120.  Cryptanthus  zonatus. 

Leaves  of  2  sorts,  the  fertile  Ivs  contracted  and  the 
sori  covered  by  the  infolded  margin  of  the  segms , 
forming  pod-like  bodies  Besides  our  native  species,  a 
third  one.  C.  crispa,  is  found  in  Eu  .  and  a  fourth  in 
the  Himalayas  Name  often  incorrectly  written  Crypto- 
gramme.  Cult,  simple. 

acrostichoides,  R.  Br  ROCK-BRAKE.  Height  about  8 
in. :  Ivs.  numerous,  4-6  in  long,  on  tufted  straw-colored 
stalks,  tri-quadnpmnatifid,  with  toothed  or  incised 
segms  ?  the  sporophylls  with  longer  stalks,  less  divided 
and  with  pod-like  segms.  Canada  to  Colo.,  Calif.,  and 
northward. 

Stelleri,  Prantl  (PeVxa  qrhcilis,  Hook.  P.  Stelleri, 
Baker)  SLENDER  ROCK-BRAKE.  Lvs  4-10  in.  long, 
very  delicate  in  texture,  withering  by  Aug.,  few  to  a 
plant,  about  2  pinnate  — Grown  best  m  loose  well- 
drained  leaf-mold.  A  rather  rare  rock  fern  of  the 
eastern  states,  offered  by  some  dealers  in  hardy  ferns. 
Grows  in  crevices  of  cliffs,  or  in  moss 

R.  C.  BENEDICT  t 


(Greek,  hidden  scale) 
cese  Shrubs,  erect  or  twining,  of  Trop  Asia  and  Afr. 
Lvs  opposite,  fls.  in  a  loosely  forking,  few-fid,  cyme; 
calyx  deeply  5-parted,  with  5  scales  at  base,  corolla 
with  spreading  limb,  the  tube  short-cylindrical  or  cam- 
pan  ulate,  the  lobes  5  and  linear,  spreading  or  deflexed 
and  twibted;  corona  of  5  scales  attached  at  or  near  the 
middle  of  the  tube,  follicles  terete  and  smooth,  spread- 
ing—Species  20.  Cult  only  in  S.  Calif,  and  S  Fla. 
C.  Buchinanii,  Roem  &  Schult.  A  twining  shrub  with 
yellow  fls  ,  resembling  those  of  an  echites:  Ivs  3-6  m. 
long,  leathery,  shining  above*  cymes  very  short-stalked, 
paniculate.  India  C.  longiflora,  Regel.  Dwarf  and 
compact  growing,  with  long  Ivs  tinted  with  red;  tubular 
white  fls  ,  as  m  Bouvardia  ja&mimflora.  Native  coun- 
try unknown. 

CRYPTOMERIA  (Greek,  kryptos,  hidden,  meros, 
part;  rreaning  doubtful)  Pindcex  Ornamental  ever- 
green cultivated  for  its  handsome  habit  and  foliage. 

Large  pyramidal  tree,  with  a  straight  slender  trunk, 
covered  with  reddish  brown  bark  and  with  verticil- 
late  spreading  branches,  ascending  at  the  extremities: 
Ivs  spirally  arranged,  linear-subulate,  acute,  slightly 
curved,  decurrcnt  at  the  base.  fls.  monooolous;  stami- 


994 


CRYPTOMERIA 


CTENANTHE 


nate  oblong  yellow,  forming  short  racemes  at  the 
end  of  the  branches,  pistillate  globular,  solitary,  at 
the  end  of  short  branchlets.  cone  globular,  with  thick, 
wedge-shaped  scales,  furnished  with  a  recurved  ocxxit 
on  the  back  and  with  pointed  lobes  at  the  apex,  each 
scale  with  3-5  narrow-winged,  erect  seeds. — One  species 
in  China  and  Japan,  extensively  planted  for  avenues, 
and  as  timber  trees  in  the  latter  country,  where  the 
Ught  and  easily  worked  but  durable  wood  is  much  used. 

It  is  hardy  as  far  north  as  New  York,  and  thrives  in 
sheltered  positions  even  in  New  England.  It  seems, 
however,  m  cultivation,  not  to  assume  the  beauty  it 
possesses  in  its  native  country.  With  us,  it  looks  best 
as  a  young  plant,  when  it  much  resembles  the  Arau- 
cana  excelsa  It  is  therefore  sometimes  grown  in  pots. 
It  thrives  best  in  a  rich,  loamy  and  moist  soil  and 
sheltered  position  Propagated  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings 
of  growing  wood,  especially  var.  elegans,  which  grows 
very  readily  The  horticultural  varieties  are  also  some- 
times increased  by  grafting. 

japdnica,  Don.  Tree,  attaining  125  ft.:  Ivs.  hnear- 
eubulate,  compressed  and  slightly  4-  or  3-angled,  bluish 
green,  %-\  in.  long:  cone  brownish  red,  %-l  in.  across. 
S  Z.  124  H  I.  7-668.  R  H  1887,  p.  392.  Gng.  4:197. 
F.E.  10-510  G.F.  6:446— Of  the  garden  forms,  the 
most  desirable  is  var.  elegans,  Beissn  (C.  elegans, 
Veitch)  Low,  dense  tree,  with  horizontal  branches 
and  pendulous  branchlets:  Ivs.  linear,  flattened,  soft, 
spreading,  longer  than  in  the  type,  bright  green,  chang- 
ing to  bronzy  red  in  fall  and  winter  Very  handsome 
when  young,  but  short-lived.  Var.  araucaroides, 
Carr.  Of  regular  pyramidal  habit,  with  short,  thick 
falcate  Ivs.,  resembling  Araucana  excelsa.  Var. 
compacta,  Beissn  Of  very  compact  habit,  with  bluish 
green  foliage.  Var.  pyramidahs,  Carr.  Of  narrow 
pyramidal  compact  habit,  dark  bluish  green,  not  chang- 
ing to  reddish  brown  during  winter  Var.  Ldbbii, 
Carr.  Of  compact  habit,  with  shorter  and^more  ap- 
pressed  bright  and  deep  green  Ivs.  Var  nana,  Knight. 
Dwarf  and  procumbent,  densely  branched  form; 
adapted  for  rockeries  Var.  spirahs,  Veitch  Slender 
shrub,  with  strongly  falcate  Ivs.,  twisted  spirally  around 
the  branchlets.  S  Z.  124,  fig.  4.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CRYPTOPHORANTHUS  (Greek,  meaning  to  bear 
hidden  flowers).  Orchiddcex.  A  few  Trop  American 
orchids  closely  allied  to  Masdevallia  and  Pleurothallis, 
remarkable  for  the  almost  closed  fl  within  which  is 
hidden  the  lip:  sepals  united  at  the  base  into  a  short 
tube  and  joined  also  at  the  apex,  the  petals  being 
inside;  there  are  openings  or  "windows"  on  either  side 
where  the  sepals  spread  apart  at  their  middles.  The 
species  require  the  cult,  given  Pleurothallis.  Appa- 
rently none  is  in  the  American  trade.  C.  moculatus, 
Rolfe  (Pleurothdllis  maculdta,  Rolfe),  is  a  little  plant 
with  numerous  yellow  densely  crimson-spotted  fls. 
C.  Dayanus,  Rolfe  (MasdevdUia  Dayanus,  Reichb.  f ). 
and  C.  atropurpiireus,  Rodr.  (Pleurothdlhs  and  Mas- 
devdlha  fenestrata,  Hort.)?  may  be  expected;  the  former 
has  upper  sepal  yellowish  white  and  purple-spotted 
keels,  and  inferior  sepals  (joined)  orange  with  Drown 
spots;  the  latter  has  dark  purple  solitary  fls.  C. 
Mobrei,  Rolfe,  has  small  dull  red-purple  fls.  with 
darker  lines,  the  lateral  openings  about  /^m.  long: 
Ivs.  broadly  elliptic,  purple  beneath,  about  l%w.  long. 

CRYPTOPYRUM:  Tnttcum. 

CRYPTOSTfcGIA  (Greek,  Jcrupto,  conceal,  and  stego, 
cover;  referring  to  the  5-scaled  crown  in  the  corolla- 
tube,  which  is  not  exposed  to  view).  AsclepiadAcese. 
Tropical  climbers.  vj 

Leaves  opposite:  fls.  large  and  showy  in  a  terminal 
trichotomous  cyme;  corolla  funnel-shaped,  the  tube 
short. — Only  2  species,  1  from  Trop  Afr ,  and  1  from 
Madagascar.  The  juice  of  C  grandiflora,  when  exposed 


to  the  sunshine,  produces  caoutchouc.  See  Diet 
Economic  Products  India  2  "625.  The  plant  is  cult  in 
India  for  this  purpose.  It  is  rarely  cult,  in  Old  World 
greenhouses  for  ornament.  It  is  said  to  be  of  easy  cult, 
in  a  warmhouse  and  prop,  by  cuttmgs. 

grandifldra,  R.  Br.  (Nenum  grandtfldrumy  Roxbg.). 
St.  erect,  woody:  branches  twining:  Ivs.  opposite, 
shoi t-stalked,  oblong,  entire,  3  in  long,  \l/z  m.  wide, 
fls.  in  a  short  spreading  cyme,  reddish  purple,  becom- 
ing lilac  or  pale  pink,  about  2  in  across,  twisted  in  the 
bud  fr  a  follicle  Old  World,  probably  Indian  origin, 
but  established  in  the  African  Isls  of  the  Indian  Ocean, 
especially  Reunion  Hooker,  however,  thinks  that  it 
was  originally  a  Trop  African  plant.  B  R.  435  — 
Once  cult  at  Oneco,  Fla  ,  by  Reasorior,  and  not  uncom- 
mon in  botanic  gardens  under  glass  Called  pulay  or 
palay  in  India  where  it  13  \\  idely  cult  as  an  ornamental 
Not  important  as  a  rubber  plant 

madagascariensis,  Hernsl  A  climbing  glabrous 
shrub:  Ivs.  short-petioled,  leathery,  variable  in  out- 
line, 2-4  in  long,  fls  2^-3  in  across,  pink  or  whitish, 
not  lilac  as  in  many  specimens  of  C  grandijlora,  corolla- 
lobes  longer  than  the  tube.  Madagascar  — A  very 
showy  greenhouse  climber  with  cyrhose  mfl 

N  TAYLOR! 

CRYPTOSTj^MMA  (Greek,  hidden  crown)  Com- 
p6sit£e.  Two  or  3  hoary  herbs,  by  some  united  with 
Arctotis,  apparently  not  in  the  trade,  but  sometimes 
mentioned  in  gardening  literature:  diffuse  or  creep- 
ing, with  baeal  or  alternate  Ivs.  that  are  dentate  or 
lyrate-pmnatisect,  villous  above  and  white-tomentose 
or  woolly  beneath,  heads  radiate,  yellow  or  more  or 
less  purplish,  rather  large,  pedunoled,  or  sohtarv  on 
leafless  scapes,  the  rays  sterile:  acheno  densely  viflous, 
5-nbbed,  tne  pappus  paleaceous  and  in  1  series  C. 
calendulaceum,  R  Br  (C  luwtdiiicum,  Hort ),  is  a 
free-blooming  annual  with  pale  yellow  rays  and  a  dark 
brown  disk,  the  heads  on  1-fld  pedunclex  Ivs  pmnati- 
fid,  3-nerved  Cape  and  Austral  B  M  2252  G  C. 
III.  28.390,  desc.  C  Forbesianum,  Harv  ,  and  C  nl- 
veum,  Nichols  (Microsttphium  nivcum,  Less  ),  of  S  Afr  , 
may  be  more  or  less  in  cult.  Both  have  yellow  rays,  in 
the  latter  the  heads  being  solitary  and  the  plant  decum- 
bent or  creeping  and  the  Ivs.  ovate,  cordate  or  orbicu- 
lar; in  the  former  the  Ivs.  are  mostly  pinnatisect,  the 
margins  revolute. 

CRYPT6STYLIS  (hidden  style,  Greek)  Syn.  Zos- 
ter dstylis.  Orchuldcex.  Eight  or  10  terrestrial  orchids  of 
the  E.  Indies,  Malaya  and  Austral ,  allied  to  Pogonia 
Lvs.  solitary  or  few,  narrow  and  membranaceous,  on 
stiff  petioles:  fls  rather  large,  racemose  or  spicate  on 
simple  sheathed  scapes,  the  sepals  and  petals  very 
slender  or  even  awl-like  and  nearly  or  quite  equal; 
hp  large,  sessile,  the  broad  base  inclosing  the  column 
and  then  expanding  into  a  broad  blade  C.  arachnites, 
Blume  Rootstock  fleshy:  Ivs.  erect,  green,  lanceo- 
late: fls.  on  a  scape  18  in.  or  le&s  high,  many  and 
spider-like,  the  sepals  and  petals  green  and  the  fleshy 
hp  purple  and  mottled,  pubescent  and  grooved  India 
(Ceylon,  Khasia).  B.M.5381.  A  curious  indoor  orchid. 

CTENANTHE  (Greek,  comb-flower).  Marantdcese. 
About  a  dozen  Brazilian  plants  closely  allied  to  Cala- 
thea  and  Maranta,  differing  from  the  former  in  belong- 
ing to  the  1-seeded  section  of  the  family  and  from  the 
latter  in  having  a  shorter  corolla-tube  and  different 
shaped  fls.  Sepals  3,  free  and  equal,  somewhat  parch- 
ment-like; corolla-tube  short  but  wide,  the  lobes  3  and 
nearly  equal  and  hooded  at  the  apex;  staminal  tube  very 
short,  2  exterior  stainmodia  petal-like,  short,  obovate 
and  hooded,  with  lateral  deflexed  lobes  The  ctenanthes 
are  perennial  herbs  with  basal  and  cauline  Ivs.  that  are 
more  or  less  petiolate,  and  crowded  fls.  in  terminal 
spikes  or  racemes.  They  are  glasshouse  plants  requir- 


CTENANTHE 


CUCUMBER 


905 


mg  the  treatment  of  calathea;  apparently  little  known 
in  American  collections  The  species  fall  into  two 
groups,  those  with  variegated  and  those  with  green 
Ivs  Of  the  former  group  are  C.  Kummeriana,  Eichl , 
and  C.  Oppenheimiana,  bchum  ,  the  former  being  20  in. 
or  less  tall  and  with  villous  ovary  and  raceme,  the  latter 
robust  and  3  ft.  or  more  tall  and  ovary  glabrous.  Of  the 
plam-lvd  kinds,  C.  Luschnathiana,  Kichl  (C.  comprfosa 
var  Luschnafhiana,  Schum  ),  and  C.  setfisa,  Eichl ,  may 
be  found  in  choice  collections,  both  species  grow  about 
3  ft  high,  the  former  having  ovate-acute  Bracts  and 
the  latter  long-acuminate  brown-villous  bracts. 

CUCKOO  FLOWER:   Cardamme  pratcnsw. 
CUCKOO-PINT:   Arum 

CUCUMBER.  Plate  XXXI  The  common  cucum- 
bers are  derived  from  an  Abian  species,  Cucumis  sativus 
(see  Cucumib),  which  has  long  been  known  in  cultiva- 
tion. The  so-called  West  India  gherkin,  which  is  com- 
monly classed  with  the  cucumbers,  is  Cucumis  Anguna. 
The  snake,  or  serpent  cucumber  IB  more  properly  a 
muskmelon,  and  should  be  designated  botameally  as 
Cucumis  Mdo  var  flexuonus  (cf.  A  G.  14  206)  The 
"musk  cucumber"  is  Cucumis  moschata,  Hort.,  which  is 
probably  identical  with  concombre  musqu6,  referred  to 
Sicarui  odonfera  by  Le  Potager  d'un  Cuneux,  known  in 
this  country  as  cassabanana.  The  MandeVa  cucumber 
is  Cucumis  Sacleuxii,  Paill.  et  Bois.  (Pot.  d'un  Cuneux), 
but  it  is  not  in  cultivation  in  this  country  None  ot 
these  is  of  any  particular  importance  except  the  com- 
mon types  of  Cucumis  salivus  These  are  extensively 
cultivated  in  all  civilized  countries  as  field  and  as  garden 
crops.  They  come  into  commerce  as  pickles  packed  in 
bottles  and  barrels,  and  are  very  extensively  used  in 
this  form.  Of  late,  the  forcing  of  cucumbers  under 
glass  has  come  to  be  an  important  industry  in  the 
eastern  states. 

Field  culture. 

The  common  cucumber  is  an  important  field  and 
garden  crop  and  may  be  classed  as  one  of  the  standard 
crops  of  the  vegetable-garden.  The  fruit  is  used  as  a 
table  salad,  eaten  raw,  with  the  usual  salad  seasonings, 
and  is  pickled  in  large  quantities.  The  cucumber  is 
pickled  in  both  large  and  small  sizes,  both  by  the  house- 
wife and  commercially  on  a  large  scale.  The  small 
fruit,  of  not  more  than  a  day  or  two's  growth  and  meas- 
uring from  1  to  2  inches  in  length,  makes  the  most 
desirable  and  delicate  of  pickles  These  are  packed  in 
bottles  for  the  commercial  trade  and  bring  fancy  prices. 
Larger  sizes  are  pickled  and  sold  by  the  Keg  or  barrel. 

The  cucumber  is  a  native  of  the  tropics  and  tender 
of  frost.  It  should  be  planted  in  a  warm  location, 
after  danger  from  frost  is  past.  For  the  early  crop — and 
earhness  is  of  prime  importance  to  the  commercial 
vegetable-grower — a  bandy  soil  is  preferable,  supplied 
with  an  abundance  of  well-rotted  stable  manure.  The 
seed  may  be  sown  in  hills  3  feet  apart  \vith  rows  6  feet 
apart,  or  may  be  planted  by  machine  (the  common 
seed-drill)  in  drills  6  feet  apart.  In  either  case,  an  abun- 
dance of  seed  should  be  used,  for  severe  injury  by  insect 
pests  often  occurs  in  the  early  stages  of  the  cucumber's 
life.  Plants  may  be  started  under  glass  to  hasten  matu- 
rity. The  seed  is  sometimes  sown  in  pots  or  baskets  or  in 
inverted  sods  and  these  protected  and  so  managed  that 
the  cucumber  plant  receives  those  conditions  most 
suitable  to  its  rapid  and  healthy  growth.  These  condi- 
tions are:  a  temperature  between  60*  and  65°  at  night, 
which  may  be  allowed  to  rise  to  100°  in  bright  sunshine; 
an  ample  supply  of  moisture;  sufficient  ventilation, 
without  draft,  to  prevent  a  soft  brittle  growth.  It  is 
almost  impossible  to  transplant  cucumber  seedlings 
and  secure  satisfactory  results  if  the  roots  are  disturbed. 
A  glass-covered  frame  may  be  used  over  seed  planted 
m  the  field,  and  yields  good  returns  on  labor  and  equip- 


ment. Any  method  whereby  marketable  cucumbers 
may  be  obtained  a  few  days  earlier,  if  not  extravagant 
of  time  and  labor,  will  pay  handsomely. 

The  cucumber,  in  the  field,  should  yield  marketable 
fruits  in  seven  to  eight  weeks  from  seed  and  continue 
in  profitable  bearing  until  frost.  It  IM  customary  among 
commercial  growers  to  allow  two  or  three  plants  to  the 
hill,  and  when  grown  in  drills,  one  plant  is  left  every  18 
to  24  inches. 

During  the  height  of  the  growing  season,  which  is 
usually  in  August  when  the  days  are  hot  and  nights 
moist  and  warm,  the  cucumbers  need  to  be  picked 
every  day.  The  fruit  is  ready  to  harvest  when  it  is  well 
filled  out,  nearly  cylindrical  in  hhape  When  immature 
it  is  somewhat  furrowed.  When  allowed  to  remain 
too  long,  it  becomes  swollen  in  its  middle  portion  and 
cannot  be  sold  as  fiist  quality  Cucumbers  are  mar- 
keted by  the  dozen,  the  fidci  crop  often  bringing  as 
much  as  60  cents  a  dozen  at  the  first  and  selling  as  low 
as  5  cents  a  dozen  at  the  glut  of  the  market. 

The  cucumber  plant  is  affected  by  serious  insect 
pests  and  fungous  diseases.  Of  the  insect  pests,  the 
striped  cucumber  beetle  is  the  most  serious  and  diffi- 
cult to  combat.  It  feeds  on  the  leaves,  usually  on  the 


1121    House  of  English  cucumbers. 


under  sides,  and  appcajs  soon  after  the  cucumber 
seedlings  break  ground.  This  cucumber  beetle  seems 
to  be  little  affected  by  the  common  remedies  for  chew- 
ing insects.  This  is  probably  largely  due  to  its  activity, 
the  beetle  moving  to  unpoisoned  parts  of  the  plant,  and 
also  to  the  fact  that  rarely,  in  commercial  practice,  is 
the  under  side  of  the  leaves  thoroughly  poisoned.  Arsen- 
ate  of  lead  applied  in  more  than  ordinary  strength  is 
the  most  satisfactory  remedy.  Hammond's  Slug  Shot, 
dusted  lightly  over  the  plants,  will  drive  the  bugs 
away,  while  a  teaspoonful  of  paris  green  mixed  with 
two  pounds  of  flour  makes  also  an  excellent  mixture 
with  which  to  fight  the  bugs  Or  cover  the  young  plants 
with  small  wire  or  hoop  frames,  over  which  fine  netting 
is  stretched.  If  the  plants  are  kept  quite  free  from 
attack  till  these  protectors  are  outgrown,  they  will 
usually  suffer  little  damage  Plants  started  in  hotbeds 
or  greenhouses  may  usually  be  kept  free  at  first,  and 
this  is  the  chief  advantage  of  such  practices  The 
cucumber  beetles  are  kept  away  somewhat  at  times  by 
strewing  tobacco  stems  thickly  under  the  plants;  anH 
kerosene  emulsion  will  sometimes  discommode  the 
young  squash  bugs  without  killing  the  vines,  but  usually 
not.  What  is  known  as  the  cucumber  blight  (Pseudope- 
ronospora  cubensis)  has  done  much  to  discourage  the 
growth  of  cucumbers.  This  fungus  may  be  repulsed  by 
thorough  spraying  with  bordeaux  and  the  plants  should 


906 


CUCUMBER 


CUCUMBER 


he  kept  covered  with  bordeaux  throughout  their 
growth  This  will  require  at  least  three  or  four  spray- 
ings. The  growth  of  the  vines,  which  usually  com- 
pletely covers  the  ground,  prevents  late  sprayings, 
which  are  often  necessary  to  maintain  healthy  growth 
and  insure  maximum  returns. 

The  common  field  varieties  most  popular  in  the 
United  States  grown  for  a  slicing  cucumber  are  of  the 
White  Spine  type.  Many  of  the  so-called  White 
Spine  varieties  now  on  the  market  are  not  typical 
of  the  oiiginal  White  Spine  cucumber,  which  is  a  fruit 
averaging  about  6  inches  in  length,  rather  blunt  on 
both  ends,  with  white  prickles  appearing  at  frequent 
intervals  over  the  surface  The  seed  end  is  light-colored, 
in  mature  specimens  almost  white  with  whitish  stripes 
extending  toward  the  stem  end  from  one-third  to  one- 
half  the  length  of  the  cucumber.  What  is  often  cata- 


1122.  Three  prominent  varieties  of  English  or  Forcing  cucumber. 
S.  Sion  House;  E.  Duke  of  Edinburgh,  T.  Telegraph.   (X  j£) 

logued  as  the  Improved  White  Spine  has  become  more 
popular  among  growers  within  recent  years.  This  type 
possesses  some  of  the  characteristics  of  the  popular 
English  type  of  cucumber  known  as  the  Telegraph. 
The  improved  type  has  been  obtained  by  crossing  the 
White  Spine  with  the  Telegraph  or  some  closely  related 
variety.  This  cross  has  resulted  m  an  increased  length 
and  darker  green  color,  with  a  fewer  number  of  spines 
and  seeds  and  a  moie  common  tapering  of  the  ends. 
All  of  thfcpft  changes  have  apparently  been  beneficial 
and  have  Deen  well  fixed  by  careful  selection.  This  is 
well  illustrated  by  the  cucumber  of  the  White  Spine 
typo  gold  as  Woodruff  Hybrid. 

The  English  type  of  cucumbers  is  raised  on  a  small 
9<ule  in  this  country  but  infrequently  for  market 
'purposes.  t 

Forcing  of  cucumbers. 

The  commercial  production  of  cucumbers  under 
glass  has  assumed  large  proportions.  This  crop  ranks 
second  in  commercial  importance  among  greenhouse- 


grown  vegetable  crops,  lettuce  only  exceeding  it  m 
importance  The  cucumber  crop  is  ordinarily  grown  in 
the  spring  of  the  year  after  two  or  three  crops  of  let- 
tuce have  been  removed,  and  it  continues  to  occupy  the 
ground  until  the  vines  cease  bearing,  due  either  to  poor 
management,  pests  or  some  similar  trouble.  The  cucum- 
ber should  come  into  bearing  six  to  eight  weeks  after 
setting  in  the  houses.  It  is  the  customary  plan  to  plant 
the  seed  in  4-  to  (5-moh  clay  pots  about  two  weeks 
before  the  house  to  be  used  is  ready  for  setting.  These 
pots  are  often  placet!  over  manure  heat  and  should 
always  be  in  a  warm  house  separate  from  the  lettuce 
Two  weeks  should  bo  sufficient  to  allow  the  plant  a  good 
start,  two  or  three  pairs  of  leaves  being  all  the  develop- 
ment desired  before  setting  in  the  permanent  location 
Careful  management  is  essential  to  a  healthy  growth,  for 
many  pests  prove  more  serious  in  the  glasshouse  than  in 
the  held.  A  night  temperature  not  below  60°  I .  is  very 
essential,  while  the  day  temperature  may  go  to  90°  1< 
without  danger  in  bright  sunshine  The  appearance  of 
the  plants  will  immediately  indicate,  to  the  experienced 
observer,  the  conditions  under  which  the  crop  has  been 
grown.  A  short  stocky  growth  between  joints  with 
dark  green  foliage  is  desirable.  There  are  localities 
m  which  growers  make  cucumbers  the  all-the-y ear- 
round  crop  in  the  glasshouse,  usually  growing  crops 
from  two  aet»ding*j  during  the  entire  season  It  requires 
more  skill  to  produce  good  cucumbers  during  the  fall 
and  winter  months  than  from  February  on,  and  the 
yield  is  much  lighter  in  the  lute  fall  and  early  \\inter 
than  for  the  spring  crop  All  cucumbers  require  an 
abundance  of  moisture  and  food.  It  has  become  a  com- 
mon practice  in  certain  sections  to  mult  h  the  cucum- 
ber vines  m  the  greenhouse  with  good  quality  strawy 
man'ire  to  the  depth  of  3  or  4  inches  and  apply  the 
water  directly  on  the  manure  This  practice  eliminates 
the  packing  and  puddling  of  the  soil  often  caused  by 
direct  heavy  watering,  increases  the  supply  of  readily 
available  plant-food  and  gives  the  roots  a  good  oppor- 
tunity to  glow  near  the  surface  where  air  is  available 
and  still  be  protected  from  the  drying  out  which  occurs 
when  the  soil  is  directly  exposed  to  the  sun 

The  pruning  and  training  of  the  cucumbers  in  the 
greenhouse  x<«  of  much  importance  A  number  of 
methods  are  in  common  use,  one  of  the  most  common 
and  practical  of  which  is*  Stretch  a  wire  tightly  the 
length  of  the  house  at  the  base  of  the  plants  which  may 
be  set  in  rows  3  feet  apart  and  18  inches  to  2  feet  apart 
in  the  rows,  fasten  at  the  base  of  each  plant  a  soft  but 
strong  twine  known  in  tobacco-growing  sections  JIH 
tobacco  twine,  securing  this  single  twrme  to  an  over- 
head wire  running  parallel  and  directly  over  the  ground 
wire,  but  not  stretching  the  string  tight  As  the  cucum- 
ber plant  grows,  it  is  twined  about  this  string  to  which  it 
clings  by  tendrils  When  the  plant  reaches  the  upper 
wire  it  is  either  allowed  to  grow  at  will  over  wires 
provided  for  an  overhead  support  and  from  which  the 
cucumbers  usually  hang  down  where  they  can  be  easily 
picked,  or  it  is  pruned  and  the  encouragement  of 
muting  along  the  upright  stem  continued  In  the  mean- 
time more  or  less  fruit  has  been  harvested  and  at  each 
joint  a  lateral  branch  has  appeared  It  is  necessary  to 
cut  these  off.  Some  growers  prefer  to  take  t|hem  off 
back  to  the  main  stem,  while  others,  if  a  cucumber 
is  obtainable  on  the  first  joint  of  the  lateral,  nip  the 
lateral  just  beyond  this  point 

"In  the  greenhouse,  cucumbers  are  liable  to  damage 
from  mite,  aphis,  root-gall  and  mildew  For  the  nute, 
syringe  the  plant  and  pick  off  the  infested  Ivs  ;  for 
aphis,  use  tobacco  fumigation  and  pick  infested  Ivs  ; 
for  root-gall,  use  soil  which  has  been  thoroughly  frozen; 
for  mildew,  improve  the  sanitary  conditions,  and  then 
use  sulfur  " — Bailey.  "Forcing-Book  " 

Yields  of  twenty-five  to  one  hundred  and  twenty-five 
cucumbers  have  been  secured  from  single  plants.  The 
expert  growers,  under  normally  good  circumstances, 


CUCUMBER 

may  expect  to  obtain  a  yield  of  six  to  seven  dozen 
marketable  cucumbers  from  a  plant. 

Varieties  of  cucumber. 

There  are  a  groat  many  varieties  of  cucumbers  in 
cultivation  This  means  that  the  group  is  variable,  the 
vaneties  comparatively  unstable,  and  varietal  distinc- 
tions somewhat  uncertain  Nevertheless,  there  are  cer- 
tain dominant  types  which  may  be  separated,  and 
around  which  most  of  the  varieties  may  be  conveniently 
classified  The  principal  types  are  the  following: 

Common  cucumber,  Curumi<;  tHihvu* 

I.  English  forcing  typo  (var  anglicus)  Fig  1122  Large  -Ivd, 
strong-growing,  slow-maturing  plants,  not  suited  to  out  floor 
cult  fr  large,  long,  nmooth,  usually  green,  with  fe>w  or  e«irly- 
de.  idu.ms  black  homes  Telegraph,  Sum  House,  Toilby  Hybrid, 
Kenyon,  Lorno,  Edinburgh,  I31ue  Gown 

II.  Field  vane  tici  (lull  or  ridge  cucumbers) 
a    Blaek  Spine  varieties 

1  Netted     Russian     type      Small,    short-jointed 

benrmg  more  or  less  in  clusters,  Hinall,  ellipsoidal  fr. 
covered  with  many  small,  black,  deciduous  spines 
fr  green,  ripening  to  dark  reddish  yellow,  on  a 
e  rae  King,  e  hartawous  Hkin  Early-maturing  and  pio- 
hfx  Netted  Russian,  Everbearing,  New  Siberian, 
Parisian  Prohhc  Pickle 

2  Early  Cluster  type    Small  or  medium  vines    fr  f-mall, 

usually  hss  than  twieo  as  long  as  thick,  indistinctly 
nbb<d,  grein,  ripening  yellow,  with  scattered,  large, 
bhu  k  -spine  s  Early  <  'luster,  Early  Frame 

3.  Medium   Green    type     Intermediate   in    size   of   MHO 

and  fr  between  the  last  and  next  fr  about  twice 
as  long  a-s  thick,  green,  ripening  yellow,  with  «eattcr- 
mg,  large  black  spirits  Nichols  Medium  Green, 
Chicago  Pickle 

4.  Long  Green  type    One   of  the  b<  st  hxfd  type-,  rep- 

resenting, perhaps,  one  of  the  more  primitive  Magr* 
in  the  *  volution  of  the  group  Vines  large,  long  'ind 
free-growing  fr  large  anej  long,  grc<  n.  ripening 
yell.m,  with  s<  attend,  large,  black  spun  -  long 
(Jr.  <n,  Japanisj.  Climbing 
6.  White  Spine  vnnetns 

5.  \\hitf  ^puif  t>pt      \stronjrandimportanttype    plants 

medium  large,  vigorous  fr  medium  1  trg.  about 
tlirid  as  long  -is  thick,  green,  ripening  white,  with 
M.tt.  ring,  large,  white  spines  There  an  m.  ny 
xe|..<t«l  strains  of  \Vhite  Spine  Cool  end  (  nsp 
I  )  i\  i-  P<  rf<  <  t  uwl  I  ordhook  I  amous  be  long  In  r» 
a  Glint  P.ntjpe  Mostlv  po.>rlv  hxed  van.  ties  h-ivmg 
large  rather  \inthrittv.  VIIKS,  bearing  hrg.  Irs 
tardily  and  sparse  1>,  wlueh  are  white  or  whitish, 
smooth  or  with  s<  ittenng,  deciduous,  usinlh  white 
rhnago  C.nnt.  (]ohath,  Giant  P<  r-i,  \\hite 


CUCUMIS 


907 


pickling,  the  medium  sorts  for  slicing,  and  the  large,  late 
varieties  for  ripe  fruits    The  White  Spine  varieties  are 
great  favorites  for  slicing,  and  only  less  so  for  pickling 
F.  A  WAUGH. 
H  F.  TOMP&ONT. 
CUCUMBER  TREE:  Averrhoa  and  Magnolia. 

CtCUMIS  (old  Latin 
name)  Cucurbitdcex.  Ten- 
dril-bear ing  soft  tender  herbs, 
borne  of  which  are  grown  for 
their  edible  fruits 

Annual  or  perennial- 
rooted  (the  common  cult. 


spin,  s     rhnago  C.nnt.  (]ohath,  Gi 
Wouilcr,  Lf.nK(Jnon(  hinn 

mbf 

•ky, 


ich    bk<     the  r< 

dish  hniw'n  marke  d  with  veil 
b.  r,  of  Hi'igeA  Schmidt,  »•«  i 
an  (Kid  fe'rm  of  Cucumis  <<aln 
<dmm-M7ed  white  fr  ,  d« 


mall 


hair      The  plant  rose 
general  cult. 


Phi 

(The  Egyptian  Imr  <  u'e  urn- 
have  grown  it,  is  ipparently 
and  may  belong  hcie  It  has 
ly  covered  with  soft,  win 


nbles  the    Mkkim  cucumber  )    Not  in 


1124.  Pistillate  flower  of  Cucumis  Melo 


species  annual),  with  large  alternate  entire  or  palmately 
lobed  or  dissected  Ivs  mona»cious  (rarel}'  ditt'Cious), 
htenle  flh  in  clubters,  riot  long-stalked,  the  fertile  ones 
bolit.ii>  and  mostly  shoit-stalked  in  the  axils,  eoiolla 
of  5  deep  acute  lobes,  btamerih  not  united,  stigmas  Ii, 
obt\i^e  tendrils  bimple  fr  a  pepo,  nu)stly  3-celled, 
ubually  mdehibcent,  fleshy  or  thick,  globular,  oblong 
or  cylindrical,  sometimes  echmate,  many-heeded  — 
About  30  species  of  villous  or  spmebcent  climbers  and 
trailer  \\ith  annual  hts  ,  in  warm  parts,  of  the  globe, 
most  abundant  in  Afi  Monogr  by  CUjgniaux,  DC 
Monogr  Phaner  3  See,  also,  Naudm,  Ann  Sci  Nat 
(Hot  )  IV  119,  12  1(W 

A   The  melon  group   fr  smooth  at  muiuntii  or  only 
jtubcv&ni  (not  ^pnu/or  tubticuhitc) 

Melo,  Linn  MELON  MUSKMKLON.  Figs  1123, 
1124  Long-running,  hairy  or  villous  annual  Ivs 
large,  soft-hairy,  round -heart -shaped  or  remform, 
sometimes  rounded-lobed  and  more  or  less  denticulate: 


1123.  Staminate  flower  of  Cucumis  Melo.  (Nat.  size) 


isted, 
with 


\  mes 
•ibbeel- 
ei<  nsc, 


Snake  or  Serpent  cucumber,  C'wrwmn  Mtlo  var  flex 
resembling  those  of  muskmelon  fr  very  long,  tw 
cylindrical,  green,  tardily  yellowing,  covered 
woolly  hairs 

West  India  gherkin,  Cucumia  Anguna  Figs  1127,1128  Vines  small 
and  slender,  somewhat  resembling  a  slender  watermelon  plant : 
fr  very  abundant,  small,  ellipsoid,  eovered  with  warts  and 
spines,  green,  tardily  whitening  Good  for  pickles 

These  varieties  are  mostly  all  good  for  one  puipoM- 
or  another    The  small  sorts  are  naturally  prefeired  fe>r 

58 


1125.  Cucumis  sativus    Staminate  flower  at  s; 
pistillate  at  p.  (Xh) 


male  fls.  clustered,  the  peduncle 
short  fr  very  vanable,  pubescent 
or  becoming  glabrous  S  Asia  and 
Trop  Afr  — -Very  variable,  and  widely  cult. 

1  Subspecies  or  var  agrestis,  Naudm  The  wild  or 
run-wild  or  spontaneous  plant:  slender*  fls.  small, 
shoit-ped uncled,  often  m  2's  or  3's  fr  oblong  or  tur- 
bmate,  size  of  a  plurn,  not  edible  — To  this  subspecies 


908 


CUCUMIS 


CUCUMIS 


1126.  Branch 

of  Cucumis 

sativus. 


Cogniaux  refers  such  names  as  C.  Chate,  Linn  ,  C. 
pubescens,  Willd.,  C.  maculatus,  Willd.,  C.  (campcchianus 
Kunth,  C  Gurmia  and  C.  Chaeta,  Wall.,  C  inaderas- 
patanus,  Roxbg  ,  C.  criocarpus,  Boiss  ,  C  picrocarpus 
and  C.  jucundus,  Muell ,  C.  trigonus,  Bcnth  (not 
Roxbg  ),  C.  Panchenanus. 
Naudin,  and  the  varietal 
names  maculatus,  Cossoma- 
nus,  texanus,  cantomanus, 
saharunporensis,  anatohcus, 
sethwpicus  of  Naudin 

2.  Subspecies    or     var. 
culta,    Kurz.     The    many 
forms  of  the  cult,   melon: 
plant  very  robust :  fls.  longer- 
pedunculate,   3-5   together 
and  large,  fr.  large  to  very  large,  edible: 
widely  variable:  when  forced  under  glass 
the  Ivs  tend  to  be  more  prominently  lobed. 
See  Melon     Forms  of  this  group  may  be 
distinguished  as  follows.  Var  Chito,  Naudin 
(C  Chito,  Morr  )    ORANGE  MELON    MANGO 
MELON.     MELON    APPLE.     VINE    PEACH. 
GARDEN     LEMON      VEGETABLE     ORANGE 
Vine   less   robust  than  that  of  the   musk- 
melon,  and  Ivs   smaller*  fr   size,  shape  and 
color  of  an  orange  or  lemon,  without  mark- 
ings, with  a  white  or  pale  yellow  cucumber-like  flesh, 
with  no  muskmelon  odor     Not  edible  in  its  natural 
state,    but   useful   for   the   making   of   preserves    (or 
"mangoes")    and    pickles.     Name    pronounced    keeto. 
Cf     Bull     15,  Cornell    Exp    Si&  ;  A  G   14  20U  —The 
"Lemon  cucumber"  offered  by  dealers  is  apparently 
a  form  of  C.  sativus,  the  fruit  being  nearly  round  with 
yellow  and   green  markings  and 
smooth   skin,    like   the   lemon. — 
Var  Dudaim,  Naudin  (C  Dudairn, 
Linn    C  odoratissirnus,  Moench) 
DUDAIM  MELON.    POMEGR  \NATL 
MELON.     QUEEN 
ANNE'S     POCKET 
MELON       Vine 
small,   as    in    the 
last*  fr    size  and 
shape     of 
orange,  somewhat 
flattened    at    the 
ends,   very  regu- 
lar and    smooth, 
marbled    with 

longitudinal   markings   of   cinnamon-brown  overlyini 
yellow,  exceeding!; 
like  fr    arid   high 

eaten      A   nearly  odorless  and  scarlet-rinded  form  is 
separated  by  Naudin  as  var  trythrxut  — Var.  acidulus, 
Naudin     CUCUMBER    MELON     Frs    oblong  or  cylin- 
drical, mottled  or  unicoloiecl,  the  flesh  white  and  cucum- 
ber-flavored    No  varieties  in  the  American  trade  are 
of  this  group,  but   they  are  occasionally  seen  in  bo- 
tanical gardens  and  experimental  grounds  that  import 
seeds    of  oriental    plants  — Var.    flexudsus,    Naudm 
(C     flexudsus,     Linn.).     kSNAKE 
MELon    SNAKE  CUCUMBER.   Fr. 
many  times  longer  than  broad, 
i?reenish  at  maturity,  variously 
curved  and  furrowed    A  G.  14: 
203    Fr  often  2-3  ft  long,  and 
1-3  in  diam.   Grown  mostly  as 
an  oddity,  but  it  is  useful  for  the 
making  of  conserves.    The  hard- 
shelled  snake  gourd  is  a  Lagen- 
ana  (which  see). — Var  inoddrus, 
Nauchn    WINTER  MELON.   Lvs. 
lighter  colored,  less  hairy,  nar- 
rower,  frs    possessing   little   or 
ivone    of    the    common    musk- 


melon  odor,  and  keeping  long.  The  winter  muskmelons 
are  little  known  in  this  country,  although  they  are 
worthj  of  popularity.  Much  cult,  in  part?  of  the  Medit. 
region — Var  saccharlnus,  Naudin.  PINEAPPLE  MELON. 
Comprising  varieties  oi  oblong  shape  and  very  sweet 
flesh.  Not  sufficiently  distinct  from  the 
next  — Var.  reticuiatus,  Naudin  NUTMEG 
or  NETTED  MELONS  Frs  softer  rinded, 
more  or  less  netted,  or  sometimes  almost 
plain  or  smooth.  Comprises  the  common 
muskmelons,  aside  from  cantaloupes  — 
Var.  cantalupSnsis,  Naudin  CANTALOUPE. 
ROCK  MELONS  Frs  mostly 
n  hard-rinded,  more  or  less 
"^  waity,  scaly  or  rough,  often 
deeply  furrowed  or  grooved. 
Name  derived  from  Canta- 

luppi,  near  Rome,  a  former  country  seat  of  the  Pope, 
whither  this  type  of  melons  was  brought  from 
Armenia.  In  the  U  S  the  word  cantaloupe  i.s  often 
used  as  a  generic  name  for  muskmelon,  but  it  is 
properly  a  name  of  only  one  group  of  muakmelons — 
the  hard  and  scaly-rinded  (see  Waugh,  G  F.  8  183). 


AA.  The  cucumber  group:  fr.  spiny  01  tuberculate 

(nearly  unarmed  in  C.  Sacleuxii) 
sativus,  Linn.   CUCUMBER    Figs   1125,  112(3    Long- 
running,    prickly     Ivs     usually   3-lobed    (or   strongly 
angled),  the  midd'e  lobe  most  prominent  and  often 
pointed'  fr    prickly  or  murieate,  at  least  when  young, 
but  in  some  varieties  becoming  smooth,  mostly  oblong, 
the  flesh  white     S    Asia     See  CurumJx')      Huns  into 
many  fr  -forms  in  cult  ,  but  not  so  widely  polymor- 
phous as  C.  Melo. — Var  anghcus,  Bailev     Figs   1121, 
1122    ENGLISH  or 
FORCING   CUCUM- 
BER     A    pioduct 
of  cult    and  selec- 
tion, distinguished 
from  the  ( ommon 
or  field  cucumber.* 
as      follows      frs 
(and  ov.it  les)  very 
long  and  slender, 
little    if  any   fur- 
rowed,     spineless 

1127  Spray  of  Cucumis  or  nearly  so  when 

Anguna.  (xh)  grown,  nearlv  or  quite  green  at 'maturity, 

comparatively  few-seeded     fln.   very  large: 
Ivs  very  broad  in  proportion  to  their  length, 

narkmgs   oi    cinnamon-brown  overlying      with  shallower  smu.seH    vines  very  vigorous,  with  long 
mgly  fragrant    A  most  handsome  gourd-      ;l"(i  thick  tendrils  -Var  sikkimensis,  Hook   f ,  cult  in 
highly   and   deliriously   perfumed       Not      tho  Himalayan   Mts,   but  not   known   to  be   in  this 
-         •     -  •          •  •    •  -  count ly,  has  large  7-9-lobed  Ivs  and  cylindrical-club- 

shaped  fr.    B  M  620fi 

Anguna,  Linn.  (C.echmeifui,  Moench    C.  anguririidcs, 
Roem     C  grostnlansrffyrmi^,  llort  ).    BUR  CUCUMBER. 
WEST  INDIAN  GHERKIN     GOOSEBERRY  GOURD.    Figs. 
1127,   1128     yts    slender,  hispid    Ivs    deeply  cut  into 
3-5  narrow  obovate  or  spatulate  divisions,  watei melon- 
like    fls    small,  the  pistillate  long-stalked,  fi    1-3  in. 
long,  cucumber-like  but  more  spiny     Supposed  to  be 
native  to  the  American  tropics      B  M  5817  — Cult. 
both  for  the  oddity  of  its  frs.  and  for  the  making  of 
pickles    The  gherkins  of  mixed  pickles,  however,  are 
young  cucumbers. 

dipsaceus,  Ehr.  (C.  bcrdana  and  C.  ambigua,  Fenzl. 
C  crinaceus,  Hort ).  DIPSACEOUS 
GOURD  OSTRICH-EGG  GOURD 
HEDGEHOG  GOURD.  Plant  and 
foliage  like  that  of  C.  Melo:  fls. 
long-stalked:  fr  1-2  in  long, 
oblong  or  nearly  spherical,  be- 
coming hard  and  dry,  densely 
beset  with  long  scales  or  hairs, 
1128.  Fruit  of  Cucumis  Angurla.  (XH)  and  looking  like  a  bur.  Arabia, 


CUCUMIS 


CUCURBITA 


909 


Afr.     R.II.  1860,   p.  210.— Cult,   aa  an  ornamental 

gourd. 
Sacleuxii,  Paill.  &    Bois.     MANDBRA    CUCUMBER 

Slender,  hairy,  whitish:  Ivs.  rov  dish-remform,  ob- 
scurely lobed  and 
irregularly  dentate, 
scabrous  on  both 
surfaces  and  gray- 
ish green,  fls  soli- 
tary, males  on  long- 
filiform  peduncles, 
the  females  on 
shorter  but  slender 
peduncles  and  with 
hairy  ovary .  fr. 
ovoid,  3-4  in.  long 
and  half  as  thick  at 
the  middle,  some- 
what scabrous,  with 
longitudinal  stripes 
of  lighter  green, 
seeds  brown,  %m 
lone  Zanzibar  — 
Said  to  be  ornamen- 
tal and  the  fruits 
useful  for  pirklc* 
C  acutdnftnlus,  Hort  =Luffa  — C  C\trullui,  Sc-r  =Citrullus 

vulgans —r   Colocynthu,  Lirm  «=CitrulIu«  Colocynthis — C   metu- 

liferus,  Mi'y     Hispid  urinuil,  with  palmatfly  oomewhat  3-lobed 

cordate  pctfolate  l\  i  ,  and    "--••<•- 


1 129  Young  Turban  squash,  on  which 
the  remains  of  the  corolla  still  persist. 
The  central  part  of  the  fruit  IB  the  ovary. 


8    Afr— r    per  fun 
Slender  perennial  • 


ublong-obtUM)  »piny  fr  ,  about  4  in  long 
ies-=ru<urbita — ('  jtrophetanim.  Linn 
why  srabrou*  long-stalked  mostly  3-5- 


(Fig.  1131)  explains  the  struc- 
ture. The  corolla  is  shown  at 
c,  d  The  top  of  the  ovary  is  at 
o  The  stigmas  are  on  the  ovary. 
The  part  encircling  the  ovaiy 
(outside  of  o)  is  the  hollowed 
receptacle  Ordinarily  the  recep- 
tacle is  closed  at  the  top,  com- 
pletely confining  the  ovary,  but 
m  the  Turban  bquashes  the 
receptacle  does  not  extend  over 
the  top  of  the  ovary,  and  the 
ovary  therefore  protrudes.  The 
older  morphologibtb  held  this 
outer  part  of  the  bquai^h  to  be 
adnate  calyx,  rather  than  recep- 
tacle The  cucurbits  are  mono- 
giaphed  by  Cogmaux,  DC 
Alonogr  Pnaner  3  Alwj  by 
Naudm,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat  (Bot.)  IV,  vol.  6.  See  Pumpkin 
and  Squash. 

The  terms  squash  and  pumpkin  are  much  confused. 
In  Europe,  the  large  vaneties  of  Curcubita  maxima  are 
known  as  pumpkins,  but  in  this  country  the  fruits  of 
this  species  are  known  usually  as  squashes.  In  America, 
the  words  pumpkin  and  squash  are  used  almost  indis- 
criminately, borne  varieties  in  all  species  being  known 
by  those  names  The  field  or  common  pie  pumpkins  are 
C  Pepo,  so  are  vegetable  marrows;  also  the  summer 
Hquabhes,  as  the  Scallop,  Pattypan  and  Crookneek 
varieties.  The  Hubbard,  Marblehead,  Sibley  and 


1131.  Section  of  flower 
of  Turban  squash  Show- 
»ry  inside  the 


in    long      Afr— C     \  ilmMnn.   Hort     A  plant  of  un- 
rdod  oriKin,  with  cut  Iva  and  abundance  of  canary-yellow 


Hoft-spmcd  frs 


CUCURBIT.     A  plant  of  tho 
Sometimes  shortened  to  Cucurb 


L  H.  B. 

genus  Cucurbtto. 


CUCURBITA  (classical  name).    Cucur- 
bitacct?     GOURD      PUMPKIN      SQTKPH. 
Vine-like    tender    herbs,   tendril-bearing, 
grown  for  their  edible  and  ornamental 
fruits 

Annual,  or  the  root  perennial-rhizo- 
matous,  rough-hair v  and  scabrous,  with 
large  often  palmatcly  lobed  Ivs.,  the  tendrils  bifid  or 
multifid  fls.  monox'ious,  large,  yellow,  solitary  in  the 
axils,  the  st  am  mate  long-stalked,  the  pistillate  short- 
stalked,  corolla  5-lobed;  utamens  3,  arising  from  the 
bottom  of  the  fl ,  and  united  in  a  column;  stigmas 
3,  but  2-lobed;  ovary  inferior,  inclosed  in  a  hollow  re- 
ceptacle; tendrils  2-3-forked — About  10  species  in 
warm  parts  of  Abia.  Afr ,  Arner.  The  morphology 
of  the  pepo  or  gourd-fruit  may  be  illustrated  by  the 
Turban  squash.  Figs.  1129-31.  In  this  fr  ,  there  is  a 
"squash  inside  a  squash."  The  inner  part  bears  the 
corolla  and  the 
styles  It  is  the 
ovary.  The  co- 
rolla is  attached 
about  the  edge 
of  the  inner 
squash,  as  the 
withered  re- 
mains m  P^ig 
1129  show. 
Sometimes  the 
withered  corolla 
becomes  de- 
tached, but 
hangs  to  the 
withered  re- 
mains of  the 


1130.  Young  Turban  squash,  in  which 

the  withered  corolla  has  become  detached,  f*8     ii'*u      lno 

but  hangs  to  the  remains  of  the  styles  and  longitudinal  sec- 

•tigmas.  tion  of  the  flower 


1132.  Plant  of  Cucurbits  Pepo. 


Turban  kinds  are  C.  maxima.  The  Cushaws,  Canada 
Crookneek,  Japanese  Crookneek,  Dunkard,  and  Sweet 
Potato  pumpkins  (or  squashes)  are  C.  moschata  The 
fruit  btem  (as  shown  in  Figs.  1133,  1136,  1141)  is  a  dis- 
tinguishing characteristic  of  the  ripe  fruits  C  Pepo 
and  r  maxima,  and  C  maxima  and  C.  moschata  appa- 
rently do  not  intercross  C.  Ptpo  and  C.  moschata  have 
been  oroRsed,  but  it  is  doubtful  if  they  intermix  when 
left  to  themselves  In  Europe,  the  word  gourd  (or  its 
equivalent  in  various  languages)  is  used  genencally  for 
cucurbitas;  but  in  this  country  it  is  restricted  mostly 
to  the  small,  hard-shelled  forms  of  C.  Pepo  (var.  ovifera) 
grown  for  ornament,  and  to  Lagenana  vvlgans 

A  Plani  annual. 

B.  Lvs  lobed.  stalks  of  frs.  strongly  ridged. 
P£po,  Linn.  (C.  Mclvpepo, 
Linn.).  PUMPKIN.  Figs.  1132, 
1133.  Annual,  long-running, 
pricklv  on  sts  and  petioles:  Ivs 
3-5-lobcd,  dark  dull  green:  co- 
rolla-tube widening  upwards,  the 
pointed  lobes  erect;  calyx-lobes  <w- 
narrow,  not  If.-hke:  peduncle  very 
hard  and  deeply  furrowed  when 
mature,  not  enlarging  next  the 
fr  •  the  fr.  very  various  in  form, 
color,  season,  size  Probably  native 
to  Trop  Amer ,  but  unknown 
wild  — Cult  by  the  Indians  when  ,  - 

Amer.  was  discovered,  in  fields  of  i»ta  Pepo.— Early  Sugar 
maize.  For  studies  in  the  nativity  pumpkin. 


010 


CUCURBITA 


CUDRANIA 


of  the  pumpkins  and  squashes  see  DC  Candolle,  Origin 
of  Cultivated  Plants ;  Gray  ana  Trumbull,  Amer  Journ 
Sci  25.372,  Sturtevant,  Amer.  Nat  1890.727;  Witt- 
mack,  Her  der  Deutbchen  Dot.  Gesell.  6.378  (1888). 


- 

^1  -jT  /t  i^lll  Var  condensa,  Bailey  BUSH 
\  n  A  '  X^fejl.1  PUMPKINS  SCALLOP  and  SUMMER 
i  /  /V/}  l/'yB  CnooKNECK  SQUASHE&  Plant 

*    *^  *  -JJ    compact,  little  or  not  at  all  run- 

'        nmg    Of  hoi  ticultural  origin 

Var.  ovlfera,  Bailey  (C  otffera,  Linn  )  GOURD  Fig 
1134  Plant  slender,  running  Ivs  smaller  than  in  C. 
Pepo,  usually  very  prominently  lobed.  fr  small,  hard 
and  inedible,  egg-bhaped,  globular,  pear-bhaped,  oblate, 
often  striped  It  H  1894.429  — Sold  in  many  vars  by 
seedsmen,  under  the  names  of  C.  Pcpo  vars.  pynfor- 
mt&,  depress,  annulata,  etc  See  Gourd. 

moschata,  Duchesne  (C  melonx- 
fdrmis,  Carr  )    GUSH  AW.    CHINA, 
CANADA    CROOKNECK  and  WIN- 
TEK    CROOKNECK 
SQUASHES      Figs 
1135-37    Annual- 
long-running,  less 
prickly  and  some- 
times   soft-hairy : 
Ivs  more  rounded 
than  those  of  C. 
Pepo,   but   lobcd, 
often   grayish    fl. 
with    a    widening 

tube,  and  large,  erect  lobes;  calyx-lobes  large,  often 
If  -like,  peduncle  becoming  deeply  ridged  and  much 
enlarged  next  the  fr.  Possibly  of  E.  Asian  origin 

BB  Lvs    not  lobed  (except  sometimes  on  young  shoots): 

stalks  of  frs,  not  prominently  ridged 
maxima,  Duchesne  SQUASH  Figs  1138-41  Annual: 
long-running,  the  sts  nearly  cylindrical,  little  prickly 
and  often  hairy  Ivs.  orbicular  or  kidney-shaped,  com- 
monly not  lobed,  the  basal  sinus  wide  or  narrow, 
the  margin  shallowly  apiculate-smuate  corolla-tube 
nearly  the  same  diam.  at  top  and  bottom  (Figs  1139, 
1140),  the  corolla-lobes  large  and  soft,  and  wide-spread- 
ing or  drooping  peduncle  at  maturity  soft  and  spongy, 
not  ridged  nor  prominently  enlarged  next  the  fr  fr  very 
various,  but  not  light  yellow  nor  warty  nor  crookneck- 
shaped,  usually  late-ripening,  the  flesh  orange  and 
not  stringy.  Nativity  undetermined.  Var.  sylvSstris, 
Naudm  A  form  found  wild  m  the  Himalayan  region, 
with  fr.  as  large  as  a  man's  head. 

A  A.  Plant  with  perennial  root. 
foetidfssima,  Kunth  (C    pertnnis,  Gray     Ciicumis 
perenms,  James).  CALABAZILLA.  Fig  1142    Perennial 
long-running,    scarcely    prickly:   Ivs.    large,    cordate- 


triangular,  grayish  pubescent,  the  margin  shallowly 
apiculato-erenate.  fl  nearly  as  large  as  in  C  P<po  and 
similar  m  shape,  the  pistillate  on  a  peduncle  2  3  in 
long,  fr  size  and  shape  of  an  orange,  smooth,  green  and 
yellow  splashed,  not  edible.  Sandy  and  \\astes,  Neb 
and  Colo  to  Texas  and  Mex.  and  westward  to  Calif 
RH  1855  61;  1857,  p.  54.— In  its  native  haunts,  the 
root  is  tuberous,  4-7  in.  diam  and  penetrating  the 
earth  4- 6  ft  Roots 
at  the  joints  The 
plant  has  a  fetid 
odor  Sold  by 
seedsmen  as  a 
gourd,  but  the  fr 
does  not  often  ripen 
in  the  northern 
states  Useful  on 
arbors  and  small 
trees,  when  coarbe 
vines  are  wanted 

fiClfolia,     Bouch6          U36    stem  of  Cucurbita  moschata 
(C     mclanosperma,  L        Cheese          km 

A    Br )     St    very 

long,  stout,  becoming  somewhat  woody  Ivs  pale 
gieon,  often  marbled,  in  outline  ovato  or  suborbicular, 
cordate  at  base,  roundly  5-lobed  and  tho  sinus  rounded: 
calyx-tube  short  and  campanulate  fi  large  (often  1 
ft  long),  flc.shy,  round-ovoid,  white-striped,  the  flesh 
\vhite,  seeds  ovate,  black  E  Asia,  but  widely  cult 
m  warm  countries  for  its  ornamental  \\atermelon-like 
frs  A  var  mcxicana,  Hort  (("  tnexiuina,  Spreng ), 
ib  mentioned,  \vith  seeds  twice  the  size  of  those  of  the 
tjpe,  and  said  to  grow  \vild  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Mazatlan,  Mex 

C  Andrfdna,  Naudm  Allied  to  C  moschata  sts  long  and  root- 
ing at  the  nodes  Ivs  large,  marbled  with  white,  fin  of  the  form  of 
those  of  C  maxima  but  much  smaller  fr  obovoid.  S  in  long, 
marked  with  white  and  yellow  Uruguay  R  II  1S%,  pp  rA'2  3  — 

C  uihfurrncn,  Torr 
C  a  n  e  m  ce  n  t  Ivs 
thick,  2  in  acrosg, 
5-lobtd  tho  lobes 
triangular  and  mu- 
cronate  tendrils 
parted  to  the  bast 
fls  1  in  or  more 
long  on  pedicels 
H-lm  long  Calif  , 

imperfectly  known  — C.  dwtdta,  Gray  Perennial,  the  root  fleshy 
Hts  sknder  and  long,  usually  rooting  tendrils  short  and  weak, 
3-ri-cleft  Ivs  scabrous,  3-5-palrnatelv  narrow-lobe d  fls  2-i  in 
long  on  slender  pedicels  1-4  m  long  fr  subgloboje,  yellow,  2-4 
in  diam  Cnhf  to  New  Mex  --  f  palmata,  \Vats  Moe  x.  OJUNUE 
Canescent  Ivs  cordate,  thick,  2  or  .1  in  across,  palmaU  ly  5-cleft 
to  middle  with  narrow  toothed  lobrs  fls  5  in  long  on  stout 
peduncles  fr  globose,  1  in  diam  S  Calif  j^  jj  ^ 

CUDRANIA  (derivation  unknown)   Moracese  Woody 

subjects  cultivated  for  their  foliage  and  as  hedge  plants 

Deciduous  trees  or  shrubs,  often  thorny,  with  alter- 


1137   Fruit  of  Cucurbita  moschata— Tonasu,  a  Japanese  variety. 


CUDRANIA 


CULINARY  HERBS 


911 


nate,  petioled  and  stipulate  Ivs. :  fls.  dioecious,  m  axil- 
lary globular  heads;  stammate  with  4  sepals  and  4 
stamens  and  2-4  bracts  at  the  base;  pistillate  with  4 
sepals  inclosing  the  1-ovuled  ovary,  growing  into  a 
fleshy  subglobose  fr.  with  a  crustaceous  rind. — About 
3  species,  in  S.  and  E  Asia  and  Trop.  Austral.,  of  which 
only  one  is  sometimes  cult.  It  re- 
quires protection  m  the  N  and  is 
usually  prop,  by  greenwood  cuttings 
in  summer  under  glass 

tricuspidata,  Bureau  (Madura  tri- 
cuspidata,  Carr.  C  triloba,  Hance). 
Shrub,  or  small  tree,  to  20,  rarely  to 
60  ft ,  with  slender,  thorny  branches: 
Ivs  elliptic-ovate,  acuminate,  entire, 
sometimes  3-lobed  at  the  apex  and 
on  young  plants  even  tncuspidate, 
nearly  glabrous,  1^-3  in  long:  fl- 
heads  axillary,  solitary  or  in  2's,  on  short  peduncles:  fr. 
globose,  about  1  in  across  China.  R  H  1864,  p  390; 
1872,  p  56,  1905,  p  363  (habit)  HI  18 '1792.— 
Recently  recommended  as  an  excellent  hedge-plant  for 
the  S  In  China  the  Ivs  are  used  as  a  substitute  for 
mulberry  Ivs  and  it  is  railed  silkworm  thorn,  the  fr.  is 
edible  Between  this  species  and  Maclura  jw wit/era,  a 
hybrid  has  been  raised,  described  as  Afacludrdma 
hybnda,  Andr6  RH.  1905.362.  ALFRED  RKHDEB. 

CULINARY  HERBS  are  those  herbs  used  for 
flavoring  in  rookery,  but  the  term  has  a  wide  applica- 
tion, including  species  used  for  garnishing  and  some- 
times as  potherbs  The  culinary  herbs  arc  of  very  minor 
importance  in  American  gardens,  and  yet  a  few  of  them, 
as  anise,  caraway  and  coriander,  are  well  and  favorably 
known  The  species  are  mostly  aromatic  They  are 
largely  of  the  ITmbolliferae  and  Labiata>  No  special 


Basil  (Ocymum  basihcum).    Labiate    Annual.    Uset  •  As  flavor  in 

highly  seasoned  dishes,  oil  as  perfumery    Propagated  by  seeds. 

Borage  (Borago  oMcinalw)     Boraginaceae     Annual.    Uses    Herbage 

as  potherb  and  salad,  garnish,  ilavor  in  beverages     Propagated 

by  seeds  m  spring 

Caraway  (Carum  Caret)     Umbilliferx     Biennial  or  annual     Uses 
Herbage  eaten  cooked  or  as  salad,  rooty  as  vegetable,  seeds  for 
flavoring,  oil  in   manufac- 
ture    of     perfumery     and 


soaps    Propagated  by  weds 
in  May  or  early  June 


1139  Stammate  flower  of 
Cucurbita  maxima — Hubbard 
squash.  ( 


1140  Pistillate  flower  of 
Cucurbita  maxima — Hubbard 
squash  (XJi) 


difficulty  attaches  to  their  cultivation,  and  little  more 
may  be  said  here  than  to  present  an  alphabetical  list 
with  statements  as  to  uses,  duration  of  plant,  and  means 
of  propagation.  They  all  thrive  in  mellow  fertile 
garden  land.  Usually  they  are  grown  at  the  side  of 
the  main  garden  plantation,  and  they  may  add  a 
certain  charm  to  the  garden  as  well  as  to  supply  an 
agreeable  aroma  to  the  kitchen  products.  See  the  little 
book  on  "Culinary  Herbs"  by  M.  G  Kains,  1912. 

Angelica  (Archangelica  offinnahs)  Umbettiferx.  Biennial  or  peren- 
nial Uses  Stems  and  leaf-stalks  as  salad,  or  roasted  like  pota- 
toes, garnish,  as  "candied  angelica,"  sterns  blanched  and  used 
as  vegetable,  leaves  as  spinach,  seeds  for  flavoring,  oil  of  angelica 
obtained  from  seeds  for  flavoring  Propagated  by  seeds  in 
late  summer  or  early  autumn. 

Anise  (Pimpinella,  Ant  sum)  Umbelliferse  Annual  Uses  Leaves 
as  garnish,  flavoring,  and  potherb,  seeds  and  oil  for  flavoring 
ana  perfumery  Propagated  by  seeds  m  early  spring 

Balm  (Melissa  offinnahn)  Labiatae  Perennial  Uses  Foliage  for 
flavoring  and  salad,  oil  for  perfumery  and  Savoring  beverages 
Propagated  by  divisions,  layers,  cuttings  and  seeds. 


1138.  Cucurbita  maxima. 

Catnip  or  catmint  (Nepeta  Catann)  Labiatx  Perennial  Uses 
A<)  bee  fornge,  leaves  as  condiment,  formerly  a  medicinal 
remedy  Propagated  by  seeds  in  autumn  or  spring 

Chervil  (AnthnscusCerefohum)  Umbtllifrrj;  Annual  Uses  Leaves 
for  scanning  and  for  mixed  salad?  Propagated  by  seeds 

Chives  (AUium  Srhamopravum)  Liliacex  Perennial  Uses. 
Leaves  for  flavoring  Propagated  by  individual  bulbs  or  division 
of  clumps  in  early  spring 

Clary  (Ualvia  Sclarea)  Ijabiatj?  Porenmal  Uses  Leaves  in  cook- 
ery, wine  mado  from  plant  when  m  flower  Propagated  by  seeds 
in  spring 

Coriander  (Coriaiulrum  sattvum)  Umbdhferx  Annual  Uses 
Seed  m  confectionary  and  aa  ingredient  in  condiments,  flavor 
in  beverages  Propagated  by  seeds  in  spring  or  autumn 

Cumin  (Cuminum  odor-urn)  Umbclliferse.  Annual  Uses  Seeds 
as  ingredient  in  curry  powder,  for  flavoring  pickles,  pastry  and 
soups  Propagated  by  seeds  in  spring. 

Dill  (Anethum  graved? ns)  Vmbelliferx  Annual  U*es  Seed  as 
seasoning,  extensively  for  commercial  pickles,  oil  for  perfuming 
soap,  young  leaves  as  seasoning  and  salads,  dill  vinegar  as  condi- 
ment Propagated  by  seeds  in  spring 

Fennel  (Faemculum  vtdgare)  Umbelhfer,f  Biennial  or  perennial 
Uses  Herbage  as  garnishes  and  flavors,  as  salads,  seeds  for 
flavoring  beverages,  and  for  confectionary,  oil  as  perfumery 
Propagated  by  seeds,  and  grow  n  as  an  annual 

Finocchio  or  Florence  fennel  (F&niculum  dulce).  Umbetti ferae 
Annual.  Uses  As  a  vegetable  Propagated  by  seeds 

Fennel  Flower  (Nigella  tativa)  Ranunculacey  Annual  Uses 
Whole  plant  or  seed  used  in  cookery  Propagated  by  seeds  in 
spring 

Hoarhound,  or  horehound  (Marrubium  vulgare).  Jjabiaty.  Peren- 
nial U?t  s  Formerly  in  cookery  and  medicine;  now  for  candy 
only  Propagated  by  seeds  in  spring 

Hyssop  (Hytwpus  offinnahs)  Labiate  Perennial  Uses'  Herbage 
in  salads;  oil  in  preparation  of  soaps,  etc  Propagated  by  divisions, 
cuttings  and  seeds  in  spring 

Lavender  (I^avandula  angu^tifohn,  L 
Spica)  Labiate  Perennial  Uses 
Flowers  and  oil  in  perfumery,  some- 
times as  condiment  and  in  salads 
Propagated  by  divisions  or  cuttings, 
or  rarely  seeds 

Lovage  (Leiisticum  oMcinale)  Umbelh- 
frry  Perennial  Uses  Young  stems 
in  confectionary  Propagated  by 
division  or  seeds  in  late  summer 

Mangold  (Calendula  officinal™)  Com- 
posite Annual  Uses'  Flower- 
heads  as  seasoning,  fresh  flowers  to 
color  butter  Propagated  by  seeds 
m  spring 

Marjoram  (Origanum  vulgare  and  0. 
Marjoram)  Labial*  Perennial  (0. 
Marjoram  treated  as  annual)  Uses 
Herbage  for  seasoning,  oil  in  per- 
fuming soaps,  etc  Propagated  by 
cuttings,  division  or  layers  and  seeds  in  spring. 

Mint  (Mentha  spicata)  Labiate.  Perennial.  Uses  Herbage  as 
seasoning,  leaves  in  jelly  Propagated  by  cuttings,  offsets  and 
divisions  in  spring 

Parsley  (Petroschnum  hortense)  Umbettiferx  Biennial.  Uses 
Roots  as  vegetable,  top  as  potherb,  leaves  for  seasoning  and 
garnish  Propagated  by  seeds  HI  spring 

Pennyroyal  (Mentha  Pulegmm)  Labiatx  Perennial  Uses  Leaves 
as  seasoning,  pennyroyal  oil  Propagated  by  division,  or  rarely 
cuttings 

Peppermint  (Mentha  pipenta)  Labiatx  Perennial  Uses  Oil 
as  flavoring,  perfume  in  soaps,  etc  Propagated  by  division  or 
running  rootstocks. 


1141.  Stem  of  Cucur- 
squash. 


912 


CULINARY  HERBS 


CUNNINGHAMIA 


Rosemary  (Rosemarvnus  officinalis).  Labiatse.  Perennial.  Use*: 
Herbage  as  seasoning,  oil  for  perfuming  soaps  and  in  perfumery. 
Propagated  by  cuttings,  root  division,  layers  in  early  spring, 
and  seeds. 

Rue  (Ruta  graveolens).  Rutacese  Perennial  Uses  Leaves  as  sea- 
soning and  flavor  in  beverages,  oil  for  aromatic  vinegar  and 
toilet  preparations.  Propagated  by  seeds,  cuttings,  layers  or 
division  of  tufts. 

Sage  (Salma  officinahs).  Labiatse  Perennial  Uses  Leaves  for 
seasoning  dressings,  sausages,  cheese,  etc  ,  oil  in  perfumery. 
Propagated  by  division,  layers  and  cuttings,  also  seeds 

Samphire  (Crithmum  mantimum)  Umbelhfene  Perennial  Uses. 
Leaves  pickled  m  vinegar,  sometimes  with  other  vegetables. 
Propagated  by  seeds  in  autumn. 

Savory,  Summer  (Saturcia  hortensis).  Ijabwtue  Annual.  Uses: 
Seasoning  Propagated  by  seeds  in  spring 

Savory,  Winter  (Satureia  montana)  Labiate  Perennial  Uses' 
Seasoning  Propagated  by  seeds,  cuttings,  layers  and  division. 

Southernwood  (Artemisia  Abrotanum)  Composite  Perennial 
Uses  Young  shoots  for  flavoring  cakes,  etc.  Propagated  by 
seed,  also  cuttings  in  early  summer 

Tansy  (Tanacetum  tulffare)  Composite  Perennial.  Use*:  Season- 
ing Propagated  by  division  of  clumps,  or  seeds 

Tarragon  (Artemisia  Drai  unculus)  Composite  Perennial.  Uses' 
Herbage  in  salads  and  with  meats,  seasoning,  as  a  decoction 
in  vinegar ,  oil  to  perfume  soaps,  etc.  Propagated  by  cuttings, 
layers  and  division 

Thyme  (Thymus  vulgaris)  Labiate  Perennial  Uses  Herbage  as 
seasoning,  oil  as  perfumery,  oil-crystals  as  disinfectant  Propa- 
gated by  seeds  in  spring,  also  cuttings,  layers  and  divisions 

L.  II.  B. 

CUMIN,  or  CUMMIN:  The  seeds  of  Cummum  odorum  (or  less 
properly  C.  Cyminum),  black  cumin,  Nigella  saliva,  sweet  cuimn, 
or  anise,  P\mpmella  4»isum.  See  Culinary  Herbs 


Flowers  small,  white  or  purplish,  2-hpped,  borne 
in  corymbed  cymes  or  clusters.  The  genus  contains 
not  more  than  16  species,  2  N.  American,  2  Mexican, 
and  the  others  S.  American.  They  are  somewhat 
woody,  and  usually  have  small  Ivs.:  the  whorls  of 
fls.  are  sometimes  loosely  corymbose,  sometimes  axil- 
lary, few-fid.,  much  shorter  than  the  Ivs ,  sometimes 
many-fld  ,  in  dense  spikes  or  terminal  heads,  calyx 
10-13-nervcd,  5-toothed;  perfect  stamens  2. 

mariana,  Lmn.  (C.  ongano\des,  Brit ).  MARYLAND 
DITTANY.  STONE -MINT  Height  1  ft  :  Ivs  smooth, 
ovate,  serrate,  rounded  or  heart-shaped  at  the  base, 
nearly  sessile,  dotted,  1  in.  long:  fls.  puiple-pink  in  a 
loose  cymose  cluster  which  is  terminal.  Dry  hills,  S. 
N.  Y.  to  Ohio.,  south  to  Fla.  J.H.  III.  35  321.  Mn. 
7:201.  See  also  Dittany. 

CUNNINGHAMIA  (after  J  Cunningham,  botanical 
collector,  who  discovered  this  conifer  in  China  in 
1702)  Pindcex.  Evergreen  trees  cultivated  for  their 
handsome  foliage. 

Trunk  stout,  branches  verticillate,  spreading,  pendu- 
lous at  the  extremities'  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  rigid, 
densely  spirally  arranged  and  2-rowed  in  direction, 
fls  monoscious;  starnmate  oblong,  pistillate  globose, 
both  sexes  in  small  clusters  at  the  end  of  the  branches 
cones  roundish-ovate,  1-2  in  long,  with  roandish-ovate, 


1142.  Cucurbita  fcetidissima. 


CUMMfNGIA  (for  Lady  Gordon  Gumming)  of 
gardeners  (name  bestowed  by  D.  Don  in  1828),  some- 
times spelled  Cumingia  (Kunth,  1843),  is  now  referred 
to  Conanthlra.  Amaryllidacex.  The  conantheras  are 
of  about  four  species  in  Chile,  one  of  which  is  rarely 
in  cult,  as  a  tender  summer-blooming  bulb.  They  are 
said  to  be  difficult  to  keep  long  in  cult.  They  are 
cormous  plants,  with  basal  linear  or  linear-lanceolate 
Ivs  ,  erect  sts  paniculate-branching  above,  fls.  blue  on 
bractless  pedicels,  perianth  funnelform,  the  tube  short; 
lobes  longer  than  tube,  oblong,  nearly  equal,  spreading 
or  becoming  reflcxed,  stamens  6,  attached  in  the  throat, 
shorter  than  the  perianth-lobes,  all  perfect,  the  fila- 
ments very  short;  ovary  3-celled,  the  style  subulate. 
ConanthSra  campanulata,  Lindl.  (C.  Slmsn,  Sweet.  C. 
bifblia,  Sims,  not  lluiz  &  Pav.  Cummlngia  campanu- 
Idta,  D.  Don)  is  1-1%  ft.  high,  with  linear  Ivs.  shorter 
than  the  st.  or  peduncle  and  blue  paniculate  pretty 
fls.  B.M.2496. 

CTJNtLA  (origin  unknown).  LabiAtx.  A  low-growing 
tufted  hardy  native  perennial  of  this  genus  is  rarely 
cultivated  in  bordeic  for  >ts  profusion  of  bloom. 


serrate  and  pointed,  coriaceous  scales,  each  with  3 
narrow-winged  seeds  at  the  base  — Two  species,  in  S 
W.  China  and  in  Formosa.  The  species  in  cult  is  a 
very  decorative  conifer  for  warmer  temperate  regions, 
much  resembling  the  Araucana  brasihensis.  It  prefers 
a  half-shaded  position  and  sandy  and  loamy  numid 
soil.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  cuttings  of  half-hardy  wood  in 
late  summer  under  glaos;  short  sprouts  from  the  old 
wood  of  the  trunk  or  larger  branches  are  the  best; 
cuttings  from  lateral  branches  grow  into  weak  and  one- 
sided plants. 

lanceolata,  Hook.  (C.  mntnsis,  R.  Br.).  Tree, 
attaining  80  ft.:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  with  broad, 
decurrent  base,  sharply  pointed,  finely  serrulate,  lig^ht 
green  and  shining  above  and  with  2  broad,  whitish 
bands  beneath,  1K-2M*  in.  long:  cones  1-2  in.  high. 
China,  cult  in  Japan.  B.M.  2743.  8  Z  104,  105.  R  H. 
1903,  pp.  549-551.  GW.  13,  p  330;  14,  p.  13.  J.H. 
III.  49:447.  F.  1854,  p.  169— The  second  species,  C. 
Konishu,  Hayata,  from  Formosa,  is  not  in  cult  ;  it  has 
narrower  ana  much  smaller  Ivs  ,  glaucescent  on  both 
sides,  and  smaller  cones;  it  is  very  different  and  forms 
a  transition  to  Taiwama.  ALFRED  REHDER. 


CUNONIA 


CUPHEA 


913 


CUN6NIA  (named  for  John  Christian  Cuno,  who 
catalogued  his  garden  in  Amsterdam  at  the  middle  of 
the  18th  century)  Cunomdce<e,  formerly  included  in 
the  Raxifragacex  A  half  dozen  trees  or  shrubs  of  the 
southern  hemisphere,  one  of  which  is  sometimes  grown 
under  glass 
Lvs  opposite, 
petiolate.  thick 
and  leathery,  3- 
fohohite  or  odd- 
pinnate:  fls 
white,  in  dense 
spike  -  like  ra- 
cemes; calyx- 
tube  short,  the 
limb  5 -parted; 
petals  5;  sta- 
mens 10.fr  a  co- 
riaceous beaked 
caps.  C.  capen- 
SIS,  Linn  ,  in 
moist  woody 
places  in  Cape 
Colony,  is  a  large  glabrous  shrub  or  tree  to  50  ft  *  Ifts 
2-3  pairs,  oblong-lanceolate,  sharply  serrate:  fls  small, 
very  numerous,  in  opposite  racemes,  the  stamens  much 
exserted  Said  to  be  of  easy  cult  in  a  sandy-peaty  soil, 
prop  by  cuttings  of  half -ripened  wood.  L4  jj_  g> 

CUPANIA     Bhghia 

CUPHEA  (Greek,  curved,  referring  to  the  prominent 
protuberance  at  the  bake  of  the  calyx-tube).  Lythracex 
Mostly  small  greenhouse  and  conservatory  plants 

Pl.mts  often  clammy  Ivs  opposite,  rarely  whorled 
or  alternate,  ovate,  lanceolate,  or  linear,  entire1  the 
fls  are  often  borne  in  1 -sided  racemes,  and  some  of  the 
species  have  a  very  odd  look  from  the  bold  angle  made 
by  the  slender  ascending  pedicel  and  the  descending 
calyx-tube,  with  an  odd  projection  at  the  base — An 
exceedingly  interesting  genus  of  200  species  of  tropical 
arid  subtropical  American  herbs  and  shrubby  plants, 
with  remarkable  variations  m  the  petals  In  C  ignea, 
perhaps  the  most  attractive  of  the  group,  the  petals  are 
entirely  absent,  and  the  showy  part  is  the  brilliantly 
colored  calyx-tube  At  the  other  extreme  is  C.  hyssopi- 
foha with  G  petals  (the  normal  number  in  the 
genus),  and  all  of  equal  size  Between  these 
two  extremes  (shown  in  Figs  1113  and  1145) 
are  at  least  two  well-marked  intermediate 
types  One  of  these  (exemplified  m  C.  pro- 
cumbent) has  2  large  and  4  small  petals  the 
other  ((,'  Llavia)  has  2  conspicuous  petals 
and  the  other  I  are  completely  abortive. 
These  tv\o  types  are  unique  among  garden 
plants  The  series  of  intergradient  forms  is 
completed  by  C  cuanca,  in  which  there  are 
only  2  petals,  and  these  minute,  and  C.  micro- 
petala  in  which  there  are  12  barely  visible 
petals,  alternating  with  and  shorter  than  the 
calyx-teeth  In  addition  to  the  species  de- 
sci  ibed  below,  0.  Hookcnana,  Walp  ,  is  cult, 
as  C.  Ropzlii,  Carr  It  has  lanceolate  Ivs., 
with  vermilion  and  orange  calyx  R  H.  1877 : 
470  According  to  many  American  botanists, 
the  correct  name  for  these  plants  is  Pareonsia, 
Cuphea  applying  only  to  another  Widely  separated  genus. 

Nearly  all  cupheaa  are  grown  from  seed  and  treated 
aa  tender  annuals,  but  C.  ignea  is  chiefly  propagated  by 
cuttings  They  are  of  easy  culture,  and  the  whole  series 
is  worth  growing 

INDEX 

alba,  8  ignea,  9  plaiy centra,  9 

compacts,  8.  lanccolata,  2.  procumbens,  3. 

cyanea,  6  Llnvea,  7  purpurea,  3 

enintns,  1  micropetala,  1  stngulosa,  6. 

Gnlleottiana,  6  miniata,  8  Zimpann,  2 

hyssopifolia,  5  pmetomm,  4 


A.  Petals  6,  but  very  minute  and  inconspicuous. 
1.  micropetala,  HBK  (C  eminens,  Planch  &  Lmd.). 
St  shrubby,  more  or  less  branched,  1-2  ft.  high: 
branches  and  calyx  scabrous1  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate, 
acute  at  both  ends,  but  without  a  distinct  petiole,  rigid, 
scabrous'  fls  borne  singly  in  succession  at  a  point 
above  the  axils,  which  distinguishes  this  species  from 
all  others  here  described,  petals  6,  minute,  borne 
between  the  calyx-teeth,  and  shorter  than  them,  calyx 
12-toothed,  scarlet  at  the  base,  yellow  towards  the  top, 
greenish  at  the  mouth,  stamens  and  filaments  red; 
ovary  2-colled,  many-seeded  Mex  HBK.  Nov.  Gen. 
Sp  6,  p  209,  t  551  R  H  1857,  p  151.  F  S.  10  994. 
— The  picture  first  cited  shows  a  1 -sided  raceme,  the 
second  a  panicle  and  the  third  a  common  raceme  In 
this  species  the  calyx-tube  is  the  attractive  portion, 
while  the  petals  arc  inconspicuous.  The  tube  is  not  2- 
hpped,  but  almost  reguku.  See  page  3567 

AA.  Petals  <?,  all  conspicuous,  but  2  of  them  much  larger 
than  the  others 

2  lanceolate,  Hook  (C  Zimpanu.  Roezl).  An  erect 
sticky  annual,  3-4  ft  high,  the  branches  stout,  purplish 
green'  IVB   petiolate,  opposite  and  alternate,  %-3  in 
long,  entire    fls    axillary,  solitary,  purple  or  reddish 
purple,  often  deflexed,  stamens  hardly  longer  than  the 
petals    Sept ,  Oct    B  M.  6412  —A  good,  showy  her- 
baceous border  plant 

3  procumbens,  Cav    Annual,  herbaceous,  1  ft  high, 
procumbent,  sticky-pubescent,  with  characteristic  pur- 
plish hairs  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  with  white  hairs,  1^- 
3  m   long,  gradually  decreasing  m  size  until  they  be- 
come bract-like;  petiole  short    fls  numerous,  peduncles 
longer  than  the  petioles,  2  or  3  times  shorter  than  the 
calyx,  calyx  6-toothed,  purplish  at  the  base,  green  at  the 
tip,  with  12  raised  streaks,  and  a  pubescence  like  that 
of  the  st  ,  petals  6,  the  2  larger  ones  on  the  upper  lip 
of  the  calyx  purple,  filaments  included.    Mex     B  R. 


1144    Cuphea  Llavea. 
(Natural  size) 

182.  C.  purp&rea,  Hort  F.S. 
X  4.412.  RB  22-85,  said  to  be  a 
hybrid  between  C  miniata  and  C. 
viscossima,  la  probably  not  distinct. 
4  pinet&rum,  Bcnth  Perennial  and  somewhat 
woody,  usually  procumbent:  Ivs  lanceolate,  ciliate,  1-2 
in  long,  fls  purple,  the  calyx  Km-  long,  colored;  sta- 
mens 11,  the  filaments  unequal  In  sandy  plains.  Mex. 
— A  useful  plant  S. 

AAA.  Petals  6,  all  of  the  same  size. 
5.  hyssopifdlia,    HBK      Fig.    1143.    St     shrubby: 
branches  numerous,  strigose    Ivs    lanceolate,  rather 
acute,  obtuse  at  the  base,  glabrous  above,  strijjose- 

Eilose  along  the  midrib  and  veins,  as  may  be  seen  with  a 
and-lens.    fls.   with    their  slender  pedicels  scarcely 
longer  than  the  Ivs.;  calyx  glabrous;  petals  6,  somewhat 


914 


CUPHEA 


CUPRES3US 


1145.  Cuphea  ignea. 

(XJi) 


unequal,  dilute  violet;  stamens  11,  included,  filaments 
villous;  ovary  5-6-seeded.  Mex. — This  is  the  least 
attractive  of  the  species  here  described,  and  is  no  longer 
advertised^  but  it  probably  still  lingers  in  conserva- 
tories. It  is  readily  distinguished  from  its  showier  rela- 
tives by  its  much  smaller  Ivs. 
(less  than  J^in  long)  and  much- 
branched  and  woody  appearance. 

AAAA.  Petals  normally  2,  the  otJter 

4  abortive. 

B  Size  of  petals  very  small,  less 
than  half  as  long  as  the  calyx. 
6  cyanea.  Mo?  &  Sesse"  (C. 
striyulosa,  Hort ,  not  HBK  C. 
Galleottiana,  Hort)  St  her- 
baceous, erect  *  branchlets  hispid. 
Ivs.  opposite,  stalked,  ovate,  cor- 
date, acuminate,  villous  on  both 
sides:  peduncles  alternate,  race- 
mose; calyx  slightly  hispid,  scar- 
let at  the  base,  yellow  at  the 
top.  petals  2,  clawed,  spatulate; 
antners  and  petals  violet-blue 
Mex.  B.R.  32:14  (as  C  stngillosa,  Lmdl )  FS.  1.15 
and  P.M.  11.241  as  C  tstngulosa,  but  neither  of  these 
plates  is  the  C  stngulosa,  HBK  ,  which  is  a  different 
species,  with  a  shrubby  st. :  branches  and  calyx  clammy- 
nispid.  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  acute  at  both  ends,  clammy, 
glabrous  above,  stngose-scabrous  below:  petals  nearly 
equal;  ovary  about  8-ovuled. 

BB.  Size  of  petals  larger,  half  as  long  as  the  calyx  or  longer. 
c.  Calyx  6-toothed. 

7  Llavea,  Lmdl    RED-WHITE-AND-BLUE   FLOWER. 
Fig   1144    Sts.  numerous,  herbaceous,  hispid: branches 
ascending'  Ivs   almost  sessile,  especially  near  the  top, 
ovate-lanceolate,    stngose:    racemes    short,    few-fld.; 
calyx  green  on  the  ventral  side,  purple  on  the  back 
and  at  the  obhque-6-toothed  mouth;  petals  2,  large, 
scarlet,  obovate,  the  other  4  abortive,  stamens  11. 
Guatemala     BR    1386     JH    III    31  305— It  is 
doubtful  whether  the  plant  described  by  Lmdley  is 
the  same  as  the  Mexican  plant  originally  described 
by   Lexarza,   which  was  said    to    have  petals  of 
"dilute  scarlet  "  Lmdley  'a  plant  had  a  green  calyx, 
but  the  plant  in  the  trade  is  colored     Used  for 
baskets  and  bedding    Often  misspelled  Llavse. 

cc  Calyx  12-toothed 

8  miniata.  Brongn    St  shrubby,  erect*  branches 
few,  hispid :  Ivs.  opposite,  the  upper  ones  not  quite 
opposite,  with  a  very  short  petiole,  ovate,  acute, 
entire,  with  white,  silky  hairs  which    are  denser 
beneath    fls.  solitary,  subsessile,  axillary,  the  pe- 
duncle adnate  to  the  branch  in  such  a  way  as  to 
appear  between  and  below  the  petioles ,  raceme  few- 
fld  ,  1-sided    FS  2  73.    P  M.  14 '101     R.H  1845. 
225.    R.B    22.85    Var    alba,  Hort     A  white-fld. 
variety.   Var.  compacta.  Hort    S  H   2  43    Gt.  46, 

U137  — This  is  referred  to  C  Llavea  of  Lexarza,  by 
ex  Kewensis.  The  above  description  is  from  the 
original  in  FS.  2:73.  Van  Houtte  describes  sev- 
eral hybrid  varieties  in  F  S.  5,  p.  487,  which  differ 
chiefly  in  size,  color,  and  marking  of  petals.  Calyx 
1  m  long,  hispid,  green  at  the  base,  purple  above, 
12-toothed  at  the  tip;  petals  2,  scarlet,  wavy.  The 
specific  name  miniaia  means  cinnabar-red,  and 
refers  to  the  petals. 

AAAAA.  Petals  0. 

9  ignea,  DC.  (C.  platycentra,  Hort*,  not  Benth.). 
Fig  1145.  Branches  somewhat  angled:  Ivs.  petioled, 
ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base, 
lightly  scabrous:  fl.-stalks  2-4  times  longer  than  the 
lf -stalks,  calyx  glabrous,  shortly  6-toothed,  bright 


red  except  at  the  tip,  which  has  a  dark  ring  and  a  white 
mouth,  petals  0,  stamens  11  or  12.  glabrous  Mex 
F  S  2. 180.  P  M  13-267  —This  is  still  sold  as  C.  platy- 
centra, although  De  Candolle  corrected  the  error  in 
1849  (F  S  5.500  c)  This  is  a  remarkable  instance  of 
the  persistence  of  erroneous  trade  names. 

WlLHELM   MlLLKR. 

N.  TAYLOR,  t 

CUPRlSSSUS  (ancient  Latin  name  from  Greek, 
Kupanssos)  CYPRESS.  Pinacesr.  Kvergrccns,  culti- 
vated for  their  graceful  habit  and  the  dark  green  or 
glaucous  foliage,  some  are  timber  trees. 

Trees,  rarely  shrubs,  with  aromatic  evergreen  foliage: 
branchlets  quadrangular  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  opposite, 
small,  scale-like,  appressed,  minutely  denticulate-cihate, 
on  young  seedling  plants  linear-subulate  and  spreading' 
fls  monoecious,  minute,  solitary  on  short  branchlets; 
stammate  ovate  or  oblong,  yellow;  pistillate  subgloboso* 
cones  globular  or  nearly  so,  consisting  of  3-7  pairs  of 
ligneous,  peltate  scales,  with  a  rnucro  or  boss  on  the 
flattened  apex,  each  bearing  many  or  numerous  seeds, 
but  the  lower  scales  usually  sterile  and  smaller;  they 
upen  the  second  year  — About  12  species  in  Cent 
Amer  ,  north  to  Calif  and  Ariz  ,  and  from  S  Eu  to  S 
E  Asia  Monogr  by  M.  T  Master  \  in  Journ  of  Linn 
Soc  31  312-51  (1895)  By  some  totamsts,  the  allied 
genus  ChaiiivCcypariH  is  included 

The  cypresses  are  highly  ornamental  evergreen  trees, 
greatly  varying  in  habit,  hardy  only  m  California  and 
the  Gulf  states  The  hardiest  seems  to  be  C  Macnab- 
lana  and  C  arizomca,  which  will  .stand  many  degrees  of 
frost  in  a  sheltered  position,  also  C  macrocarpa,  C 
semper  virens,  C.  funebns  and  C  torulosa  are  of  greater 
hardiness  than  the  others  They  stand  pruning  well, 
and  some  species  are  valuable  for  hedges,  C  macrocarpa 
being  especially  extensively  planted  for  this  purpose 
in  California  C.  anzor>ica  yields  excellent  timber 
The  cypresses  seem  not  to  be  very  particular  in  regard 


146    Cupressus  aempervirens.   Verona. 


CUPRESSUS 


CUPRESSUS 


915 


to  soil  and  situation,  but  prefer  a  deep,  sandy-loamy 
soil.  For  propagation,  see  Charn&cypans.  The  young 
plants  should  be  removed  several  times  m  the  nursery 
to  secure  a  firm  root-ball;  otherwise  they  will  not  bear 
transplanting  well. 


INDEX. 


anzonioa,  7  funebris,  10 

Kedftnrduina,  1  glanduloxa,  4 

nenthaiiiii,  6,  7.  glauca,  5,  9 

Govemana,  5 


,     , 
a,  5 


, 

<*ompu<  ta,  5 
Corn.  yuna,  8. 
cormita.  5 
Cnppsu,  2 
eleytins,  0 
erctha,  G 
fastwata,  1,  2. 


lutea,  2. 

Macnabiana,  4. 

maerocarpa,  2,  3. 

rnajostica,  8 

nepalenma,  8 

rtwrg'u,  2  peudula,  0,  10,  11. 

horizontal!*,  1  Roylei,  1 

indica,  1  wmpervirens,  1. 

Kmghtiana,  6  stncta,  1 

Lamborfiana,  2  thun/era,  b 

Jandleyi,  0  torulosa,  X,  11. 

lusitamni,  •>  vindis,  5 

M'/n/fc-iwnn.  1 

A   Branches  and  branchlets  erect  or  spreading,  branch- 
lets  short  and  usually  rattier  stout 
B.  Cones  1-1  Yi  in  across,  imth  6-14  scales. 
c  Lvs  obtuse   bark  scaly 

1  sempervir  ens,  Linn    Fig    1146     Tree,  to  80  ft , 
with   erect   or   horizontal   branches    and    dark   green 
foliage   Ivs  closely  appressed,  ovate,  obtuse,  glandular, 
cones  oblong  or  neirly  globose,  scales  8-14,  with  a  short 
boss  on  the  back,  bract  free  at  the  apex    F  S  7,  p  192. 
(as  C    torulosa}     S    Ku  ,  W.  Asia     Var    stricta,  Ait 
(C  fa^ligiata,  DC     C    Jifdfordulna,    Hort)      ITALIAN 
CYPHESS     With   erect    branches,    forming   a    narrou, 
columnar  head    The  classical  cypress  of  the  Greek  and 
Roman  unters,  much  planted  in  S  Eu     GW  9,  p   127 
Gn    33,  p   3  (as   C   stricla)     Var   cereif6rmis,  Rehd 
(C   favtiqiata   ccrnftirnnv,  Carr)     A   form   with  \eiy 
short  branches,  forming  a  narrow  and  slender  columnar 
head     Var    indica,  Parl   (C    Roylei,  Carr    C   Whitlcy- 
ana,  Hort  )     Similar  to  var  fa^tigiala  in  habit     cones 
globose,  \vith  10  scales,  bract  acutely  mueronate  at  (he 
apex    \ar  horizontahs,  Gord    (C    horizontals,  Mill) 
Branches    horizontally    spreading,    forming    a   broad, 
pyramidal  head     The  famous  avenue  of  C   wnipcrw- 
rens  m  the  Villa  Giusti,  Verona,  Italy,  is  shown  in  Fig 
1 1  H)  (G  F.  2  464) 

2  maerocarpa,      Ilartw       (C      Harlwegii,     Carr ) 
MONTEUKY   C\rui:.ss      Tree,    to   40   ft  ,    occasionally 
to    70    ft  ,     \Mth    horizontal    branches,     forming     a 
bioad,  spreading  hoad     branchlets   btout     l\s    rhom- 
bic-mate, obtus»>,  closely  appiessed,  not  or  obsc \nely 
glandular,    daik     or     bright     gicen      cones    globular 
or   oblong,    wales    8-12,    with    a   short,    obtuse   boss 
on  the  back     Calif,  Bay  of  Monterey     SS  10  525 
G  22  30      G  M   52  952      G  \V  2,  p  497      G  C  HI 
18  63,  22  53     Cn   29,  p  36;  30,  p  189,  38,  p  363,  53, 
p   219;  GS,  p    237     G  V   7   215     Var    Crippsn,  M;ist 
Lvs  .spreading,  light  glaucous     A  juvenile  form     Var 
fastigiata.  Knight     Of  nario\\,  pyramidal,  fast  igi.it e 
habit      Var     Lambertiana,    Ma*>t      ((/     Lambalirina, 
Can  )      Dark  green   form  with   spreading  branches 
R  II    1870,  p    191,   1907,  p   565     Var.   l&tea,  Hort , 
has    yellow     foliage.      Gn   68,  p   237.      J  H.S    1902, 
p  426,  fig  111, 

rr   Lvs  acute   bark  exfoliating,  cherry-like 

3  guadalupe'nsis,  Wats    (C    macrocdrpa  var    gua- 
dalupensis,  Mast  )      Wide-spreading  tree,  40  ft    high 
or  more    bark  grayish  brown,   exfoliating,   brownish 
red  below    branchlets  drooping,  slender*  Ivs    bluish 
green,  went  low,  acute  or  aeutish,  obscurely  glandular 
cones  globose,  1  in   across  or  more,  with  6-8  verv  thick 
stiongly  bossed  scales    Guadalupe  Isl.  GC  HI."l8.62. 

iiu   Cones  }/z-l  in  across,  until  6-8  scales, 
c  Lvs  distinctly  glandular 

4  Macnabiana,  Murray  (C  glandulbsa,  Hook  )   Fig 
1147     Shrub  with  several  sts  ,  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft  , 
forming  a  dense,  pyramidal  head    Ivs    ovate,  obtuse, 


I 


thickened  at  the  apex,  glandular,  dark  green  or  glau- 
cous con^s  oblong,  %-\  in  high;  scales  usually  6, 
with  prominent  conical  and  cuived  bosses  on  the 
back  Calif  S  S.  10  528  R  H  1870,  p.  155.  G.C.  III. 
9:403.  F.  1874,  p  88 

cc  Lvs  inconspicuously  glandular. 
D.  The  branchlets  slender  Ivs.  green  or  sometimes  glaucous. 

5  Goveniana,  Gord    (C.  caltf6rmca,  Carr).    Tree, 
to  .50  ft ,  with  slender,  erect  or  spreading  branches, 
forming  a  broad,  open  or 

pyramidal  head  branch- 
lets  slender.  Ivs  ovate, 
acute,  closely  appressed, 
inconspicuously  glandu- 
lar abundant  stammate 
fls  in  spring  cones  sub- 
globose  or  oblong,  scaU  s 
6-8,  with  short,  blunt 
bosses  Calif  SS  10. 
527  RH  1875,  p  108. 
F  1876,  p  197  Var  com- 
pacta,  Andre  Of  compact, 
pyramidal  habit  R  H. 
1896,  p  9  Var  glafcca, 
Carr  ,  with  glaucous,  and 
var  viridis,  Carr ,  with 
bright  green  foliage  Var. 
cornftta,  Carr  A  form 
\\ith  strongly  developed 
bosses  R  H  1866,  p  251. 

6  Benthamii,  Endl  (C. 
excfha,  Scott    C  Karwin- 
skyana,  Regel     C    tfturif- 
era,  Schlecht  ,  not  HBK.). 
Tree,  to  70  ft  ,  with  hori- 
zontal branches,  forming 
a  pyramidal  head  branch- 
lets    blender.    Ivs     ovate.       1147.  Cupressus  Macnabiana. 
obtuse    or    acute,    keeled  (From  a  cultivated  tree  ) 
and  somewhat  thickened 

at  the  apex,  inconspicuously  glandular,  bright  green. 
cone.s  globular,  H-^in  across,  scales  6-8,  with  short- 
pointed  bosses  Mex  Var  Lindleyi,  Mast  (C.  Lind- 
leiji,  Klotzsch)  Branchlets  regularly  arranged,  of 
nearly  equal  length  cones  small,  with  small-pointed 
bosses  Var  Knightiana,  Mast  (C  elegans,  Ilort ) 
Branchlets  very  regularly  arranged,  fernhke,  drooping, 
glaucous  cones  with  stout,  conical-pointed  bosses. 
(J  C  III  16  669  C  Benthamii  has  been  found  in 
prehistoric  a>phalt  beds  at  Los  Angeles 

DD   The  branchlets  stout'  li>s  glaucous. 

7  ariz6nica,  Greene    (C    Benthamii   var    anzdmca. 
Mast  )     Tree,  to  40,  rarely  to  70  ft ,  with  horizontal 
blanches,  forming  a  narrow,  pyramidal  or  broad,  open 
head'  branchlets  stout*  Ivs  ovate,  obtuse,  thickened  at 
the  apex,  usually  without  glandb,  very  glaucous   cones 
subglobose,    %-l   in     across,  scales  6-8,   with  stout, 
pointed,  often  curved  bosses    Ariz  ,  Calif.   SS  10:526. 
GC  III  18  63    IT  4  145    MD  1904:50 

AA   Bianchlcts    klendcr,    more    or    less    pendulous     Ivs. 
usually    acute    and    keeled,    not    thickened   at    the 
apex    cones  about  %in   or  less  across  (see  No  6). 
B   The  bianchkts  not  or  only  slightly  compressed. 

8  torul&sa,    Don     (C.    nepalensis,    Loud  )      Tall, 

Eyramidal  tree,  to  150  ft  ,  with  short,  horizontal 
ranches,  ascending  at  the  extremities  branchlets 
blender,  drooping  Ivs  rhombic-ovate,  aeutish  or 
obtusish,  apprcs&ed  or  slightly  spreading  at  the  apex, 
bright  or  bluish  green*  cones  globular,  nearly  sessile, 
^2-3im  across;  bcales  8-10  with  a  short,  obtube,  incon- 
spicuous boss  Himalayas  Gn  27,  p  39  Var  Corney- 
ana,  Mast  (C  Corneydna,  Knight)  With  distinctly 
pendulous  branches  cones  oblong,  larger  Var  ma- 


916 


CUPRESSUS 


CURCULIGO 


j6stica,  Qord.  (C.  majtstica,  Knight),  Of  more  vigorous 
growth,  with  drooping  branchlets,  grayish  green. 

9  lusitfinica,  Mill.  (C.  glauca,  Lam  C.  pendula, 
L'Her.  C  sintnsis,  Hort.).  Tree,  to  50  ft ,  with  spread- 
ing branches  and  more  or  less  pendulous  branchlets: 
Ivs.  ovate,  acutish,  glaucous,  cones  pedunclcd,  about 
JHjin  across,  covered  with  glaucous  bloom,  scales  6-8, 
with  an  elongated,  pointed  and  usually  hooked  boss 
Habitat  unknown;  cult  in  Portugal  and  naturalized; 
possibly  intro.  from  India 

BB.  The  branchlets  distinctly  flattened. 

10.  ffcnebris,  Endl   (C   pendula,  Lambert).   Tree,  to 
60  ft ,  with  wide-spreading,  pendulous   branches  and 
branchlets,    branchlets    flattened'    Ivs     deltoid-ovate, 
acute,  light  green,  often  slightly  spreading  at  the  apex, 
cones  short-peduncled,  globose,  M~Hui  across,  scales 
8,  with  a  short-pointed  boss    China    GC  1850-439. 
Gn.  28,  p.  62    F  S  6,  p  91 

11.  cashmeriana,  Royle  (C  torulbsav&r  kashminana, 
Kent.   C  pendula  vox  glauca,  Nichols  )    Tree 'branch- 
lets  very  slender,  pendulous,  flattened    Ivs   rhombic- 
ovate,  spreading  at  the  acute  tips,  glaucous,  cones  Jain, 
across.   Intro,  from  Kashmir 

C  formoifnsis,  Hcnry=Chama*cypans  formosensis. — C  Law- 
sonidna,  Murr  =Chamaecypans  Lawsomana  — C  nootkatlriMS, 
Lambert  =  Chamsecy  pans  nootkatensis  — C  obtiisa,  Koch= 
Chnmsepyparis  obtusa  — C  pistfera,  Koch=Chamfflc  yparia  pisifera 
— C  pygmxa,  Sarg  (C  Goveuianu  var  pygmu-a,  Lemm  )  Tic-e, 
to  30  ft  ,  often  fruiting  when  only  1  or  2  ft,  tall  hrnnrhlets  rather 
stout  Ivs  dark  green,  without  glands  cones  ovoid,  ,li-3tin  long, 
with  6-10  scales,  seeds  black  Calif  ,  Mendocmo  Co  S  S  14  740 
— C  thurlfcra,  HBK  Tree  \vith  spreading  branches  Ivs  oblong- 
lanceolate,  upright-spreading,  not  closely  appressed  cones  glo- 
bose, about  1  in  across,  with  slightly  mucronato  scales  — C  thy- 
tides,  Lmn  -Chanw-cypariB  thyoidea.  ALFRED  REHDER 

CURATfiLLA  (name  refers  to  the  plants  being 
used  or  worked  used  for  polishing  weapons  and  metal) 
DiUeni&cese.  Three  or  4  8  American  and  W^  Indian 
small  trees  or  scandent  shrubs,  of  which  one  is  some- 
times mentioned  in  horticultural  literature  They  are 
warmhouse  evergreens,  with  white  fls  in  dense  pani- 
cles. Sepals  and  petals  4-5,  stamens  many,  carpels  2 
(rarely  1),  more  or  less  cohering,  folhcular.  C  amen- 


1146.  Cur  cull  go  fctifolia. 


cana,  Linn.,  of  W.  Indies  and  S.  Amer.,  grows  to  10 
ft.,  erect,  tortuous.  Ivs.  oval,  rough  on  the  upper  side, 
toothed  fls  malodorous,  in  lateral  compound  racemes: 
bark  wrinkled  and  cracked. 

CURCULIGO  (Latin,  curculio,  weevil;  referring  to 
the  beak  of  the  ovary)  Amarylhdacae  Waimhouse 
and  conservatory  foliage  plants  with  the  habit  of  a 
young  palm  and  an  odd  flower-cluster. 

Stemless  herbs,  with  short  rhizomes,  radical  long 
narrow  usually  plicate  Ivs.,  and  small  fls.  in  spikes  or 
clusters  on  short  scapes  that  may  be  nearly  concealed 
at  the  base  of  the  plant  perianth  0-parted,  the  segms. 
spreading  and  about  equal,  stamens  0,  attached  at  the 
base  of  the  segms  ,  ovary  3-celled  — The  genus  is  closely 
related  to  Hypoxis,  but  differs  in  its  succulent  indehis- 
cent  fr  ,  and  because  in  many  species  the  ovary  has  a 
long  beak  which  looks  like  a  perianth-tube,  but  this 
beaK  is  always  solid,  and  bears  on  its  summit  the  style 
which  is  in  the  center  of  tho  peiianth  — T \\elve  species 
in  eastern  and  westem  tropics  of  which  C  rfciurata  is 
grown  S  and  N  ,  being  used  by  florists  for  vases, 
jardimeies,  and  general  decorative  woik,  and  also  used 
outdoors  m  hummer  It  is  of  easy  cult  ,  but  requires 
perfect  diamage  It  is  a  question  to  be  determined 
whether  the  plants  mostly  in  cult  aic  (\  iccurvata  or 
C  Ifitifohu,  the  recurved  dense  ovoid  head  of  fls. 
quickly  distinguishes  the  foimer  species 

The  curcuhgos  are  very  ornamental  plants  for  large 
greenhouses,  where  a  high  temperature  is  maintained. 
To  have  them  looking  then  best  they  should,  if  possible, 
be  planted  out  in  a  bed,  where  they  \\ill  attain  a  height 
of  5  feet  Their  gracefully  aiching  leaves  are  so  con- 
structed that  they  move  continually  tiom  side  to  side 
with  the  slightest  movement  of  the  air  The  variety 
vunegata  is  one  of  the  best  variegated -leaved  plants 
While  not  so  robust  as  the  gieen  toim,  it  is  more 
adapted  to  pot  culture  The  soil  should  be  two  parts 
loam  and  another  of  rotted  cow-manure  and  sand 
Diamage  must  be  carefully  arranged,  as  the  plants  need 
an  abundance  of  water  The  green-leaved  kind  stands 
the  summers  well  in  the  neighborhood  of  Washington, 
D  C ,  if  protected  from  the  sun  and  afforded  an 
abundant  supply  of  water  As  house-plants  they  are 
likely  to  suffer  for  lark  of  moisture. 

Propagation  is  by  division  The  pieces,  before  pot- 
ting, will  make  new  roots  rapidly  if  placed  in  the  sand- 
bed  of  a  warm  propagatmg-house  for  a  few  days. 

recurvita,  Dry  Height  2V^  ft  or  more,  root  tuber- 
ous Ivs  from  the  root,  1-3  ft  long,  2-6  in  wide, 
with  a  channeled  stalk  one-third  or  one-fourth  the 
length,  the  blade  lanceolate,  recurved,  plaited  scapes 
very  rarely  as  long  as  the  If  -stalks,  covered  with  long, 
soft  brown  haus,  recurved  at  the  end,  beaiing  a  head 
of  drooping  yellow  fls  ,  each  -Km  across;  the  scape  is 
frequently  only  1-3  in  long,  the  fls  appearing  almost 
on  the  ground;  bracts  1  to  each  fl  and  about  as  long. 
Trop  Asia,  Austral.  B.R.  770.  (with  scape  abnor- 
mally long).  Var.  striata,  Hort ,  has  a  cential  band  of 
white  Var  varieg&ta,  Hort ,  has  longitudinal  bars  of 
white. 

latifdlia,  Dry  Fig  1148.  Height  2-3  ft  •  differs  from 
C  recurvata  in  having  a  very  short-stalked  erect  mfl  , 
tho  bright  yellow  fls.  in  a  dense  cluster  near  the  base 
of  the  "plant:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  1-2  ft  long  and  1-5  in. 
wide,  the  petiole  12  in.  or  less'  fr  1  in  long,  club- 
shaped  or  pynform,  hairy,  with  black  seeds'  the  plant 
produces  numerous  suckers  which,  when  removed,  are 
easily  grown,  and  bloom  in  about  a  year;  said  to  be 
a  beautiful  and  hardy  house-plant,  more  satisfactory 
than  palms  for  one  without  a  conservatory.  India, 
Malaysia  B  M.  2034.  BR  754.  L  B  C.  5' 443  (as 
C.  sumatrana). — Variable  in  foilage. 

G   W   OLIVER 
WILHELM  MILLER. 


CURCUMA 

CtJRCUMA  (Arabic  name).  Zmgiberacex-.  Curious 
and  showy  warmhoubc  herbaceous  plants  with  great 
spikes  of  large  concave  or  hooded  bracts,  from  which  the 
flowers  scarcely  protrude. 

Erect  herbs,  the  st.  rising  to  10  ft  from  a  thick  tuber- 
ifcrous  rootatook  Ivs.  usually  large:  fls.  in  a  dense  cone- 


CURRANT 


917 


1140    Curcuma  petiolata  leaves 


like  thvse,  borne  behind  concave  or  hooded  imbnea- 
<  ated  obtuse  often  toloied  biacts,  calyx  and  corolla 
tubul.ir,  the  former  2-.J-toothed,  the  latter  dilated 
above  and  with  5  ovate  or  oblong  lobes,  stammodium 
petal-like,  3-parted,  the  middle  lobe  anther-bearing  fr 
inrlosed  by  the  biacts  The  latent  monograph,  1901 
(by  Schumann  in  Englei's  PHunxenreuh,  hft  20), 
recognizes  42  specie-*,  mostl}  m  Trop  Asia  and  some 
m  Trop  Afr  The  fleshy  bracts  are  perhaps  the  show  lest 
feature  of  the  plant,  the  topmost  ones  being  colored 
with  gorgeous  tiopical  hues  Rlmomes  of  some  of  the 
species  yield  East  India  arro\\root,  while  others  fur- 
nish turmeric  The  rhizome  of  C  zedoana  of  India 
is  very  pungent  and  has  propel  ties  similar  to  ginger 
The  genus  is  allied  to  Alpinia  and  \moinum 

In  spring  the  tubers  should  be  deprived  of  last  year's 
mold  and  repotted  m  a  fr<  sh  mixture  of  light  loam,  leaf- 
mold  and  tuify  peat,  the  pots  being  well  drained,  and 
placed  m  a  warm  pit  or  frame  m  bottom  heat  Water 
.should  be  given  sparingly  until  after  the  plant  has  made 
some  growth  The  }oung  loots  are  soft  and  succulent, 
and  are  likely  to  rot  if  the  .soil  remains  \\et  for  a  long 
time  After  flowering,  the  leaves  soon  show  signs  of 
decay,  and  w ater  should  be  gradually  w  ithdrawn  Dur- 
ing the  resting  period  the  soil  should  not  be  allowed  to 
get  dust-dry,  or  the  tubeis  aie  likely  to  shrivel  The 
plants  are  propagated  by  dividing  the  tubers  in  spring 

cordata,  Wall  Lvs  1  ft  long,  sheathing,  ovate, 
acuminate,  the  same  color  on  both  sides,  obliquely 
pennmervcd.  bracts  in  a  cylindrical  spike,  the  upper 
part  forming  a  sterile  part  called  a  coma,  which  is  a 
rich  v;olet,  with  a  large,  blood-colored  spot  fls  yellow, 
with  a  pink  hood  Burma  B  M  4435  — This  is  now 
referred  to  C  petiolata,  Roxbg  ,  but  it  seems  at  least 
horticultural!?1  distinct,  with  its  rose-pink  bracts. 

petiolata,  Roxbg  QUEEN  LILY.  Figs.  1149, 1150  Lvs 
6-8  in  long,  peculiar  in  this  genus  as  being  more  or  less 
rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base,  the  stalk  4-5  in.  long 
fls.  spicate,  the  spikes  fi-C  in  long,  bracts  20-30,  con- 
nate at  their  bates,  and  wholly  including  the  pale  yel- 
low fla.  India.  B  M.  5821  —The  most  beautiful  and 
showiest  of  the  curcumas 

16oga,  Linn.  Lva.  2-2M  ft,,  the  blade  about  1  ft  and 
narrowed  at  the  base'  fls  spicate,  autumnal,  the  ppikes 


4-6  m.  long;  bracts  pale  green,  not  wholly  inclosing  the 
pale  yellow  fls.  India.  B.R,  886.— The  dried  rhizomes 
of  this  furnish  the  well-known  turmeric  of  India,  used 
as  a  condiment  and  as  a  dye.  Intro,  by  the  Royal 
Palm  Nursenes 

C  albiflbra,  Thwaites,  differs  from  some  others  here  described  in 
having  its  spikes  sunk  below  the  'vs  ,  instead  of  standing  high 
abovi  the  Ivs  ,  and  all  the  bracts  have  fls  ,  while  the  others  have  a 
htenle  portion  of  the  spike  which  is  brightly  colored  In  this  species 
the  spike  is  short  and  green  and  the  tis  are  prominent  and  white 
Ceylon  B  M  3'JUU  — C  autstralasica.  Hook,  f.,  has  its  upper  bracts 
soft,  rosy  pink  and  the  fls  pale  yellow  Austral  B  M  5620  —  C 
KoHcotuna,  Wall  ,  has  a  long  and  splendid  spike,  with  bracts  gradu- 
ally changing  from  grfen  to  the  vividost  scarlet-orange  fls  pale 
yellow  Burma  B  M  4ob7  —  C  rubesctns,  Roxbg  (C  rubricauhc. 
Link)  Lvs  stalked,  oblong,  with  red  sheaths,  said  to  be  brown  m 
the  center  fls  red  K  Indies  —  C  zedoana,  Hoscoe,  has  the  upper 
bracts  white,  tinged  with  carmine,  and  handsomely  variegated  Ivs., 
which,  with  the  green  of  tho  lower  bracts  and  the  yellow  of  the  fls. 
makes  a  striking  picture  of  tjotic  splendor  Himalayas  B  M. 

1540  WILHELM  MILLER. 

CURMfcRIA:   Ilomalomena.  N     TA\LOK.f 

CURRANT.  The  currants  grown  for  their  fruit  in 
Arrienca  are  derived  mainly  from  two  species,  namely, 
the  European  red  currant,  Ribes  vulgare  (R  rubrum) 
(Fig  1151),  and  the  European  black  currant,  R  mgrum 
(Fig  1152)  There  are  two  promising  American  species, 
of  which  tew,  if  any,  improved  varieties  have  been 
introduced,  the  swamp  red  currant  (R.  tnste)  and  the 
wild  black  cui rant  (R  amirwanutn)  Another  American 
species  of  which  at  lea,st  one  named  variety  has  been 
offered  for  sale  is  the  Buffalo  or  Missouri  currant  (R 
annum)  (Fig  llr>4),  aKo  grown  because  of  its  orna- 
mental flowers  The  currant  is  not  known  to  have  been 
under  cultivation  before  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth 
century  It  is  not  mentioned  by  any  of  the  ancient 
writers  who  wrote  about  fruit,  and  was  evidently  not 
known  to  the  Romans 

Currants  are  natives  ot  comparatively  cold  or  very 
cold  climates;  hence  most  varieties  succeeo!  over  a  very 
wide  area  in  America  They  are  among  the  hardiest  of 
fiuits  fiom  the  standpoint  of  resistance  to  cold  or 
changes  of  temperature,  but  m  hot  and  dry  sections 
the}  do  not,  thrive,  and,  on  this  account,  are  unsatis- 
fattorv  m  parts  of  the 
southern  states 

The  currant  is  not  so 
geneiallv  used  in  America 
as  some  other  fruits,  as  few 
pel  sons  care  for  them  when 
eaten  raw,  and  when  cooked 
the\  are  usually  made  into 
jcllv  and  consumed  by  only 
a  comparatively  small  pro- 
portion of  the  people  In 
the  eoldest  parts  \\  here  other 
fiuits  do  not  succeed  well, 
the  currant  is  more  popular, 
and  is  used  much  more  gen- 
( i  all>  It  is  a  w  holesome 
and  refreshing  fruit  and 
deserves  much  more  atten- 
tion than  it  receives  at  the 
piescnt  time. 

The  currant  does  not  vary 
so  much  when  grown  from 
seed  as  most  cultivated 
fruits,  and,  being  so  easily 
propagated  from  cuttings, 
it  has  not  been  improved  so 
much  as  it  otherwise  would 
have  been  Moreover,  size 
in  currants  was  not  of  great 
importance  until  recent 
years,  when  competition  in 
marketing  has  become 

keener  It  is  only  during  1 1 50.  Curcuma  pctiolat.  in 
the  past  fifty  or  sixty  years  flow«r.  (xJa) 


918 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


that  many  new  varieties  have  been  introduced.  At  the 
beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century,  few  named  sorts 
were  recognized,  the  currant  being  generally  known 
simply  under  the  names  black,  red  and  white. 

Propagation  of  currants. 

The  usual  method  of  propagating  currants  is  by 
means  of  cuttings  These  root  very  readily  and  good 
plants  are  secured  after  one  season's  growth.  The 
test  time  to  make  the  cuttings  is  in  the  autumn,  as 
currants  begin  to  grow  very  early  in  the  spring,  and 
once  the  buds  have  swollen  they  cannot  be  rooted  suc- 
cessfully Wood  of  the  current  season's  growth  is  used. 
This  may  be  cut  early  in  the  autumn  as  soon  as  the 
wood  has  ripened,  from  the  end  of  August  to  the  middle 
of  September  being  the  usual  time  It  should  be  cut 
in  as  long  pieces  as  possible  to  save  time  in  the  field, 
and  put  in  a  cool  moist  cellar  or  buried  m  sand  If  the 
cuttings  can  be  made  at  once,  it  is  best  to  do  so.  These 
are  made  by  cutting  the  wood  into  pieces,  each  about  8 
to  10  inches  long,  although  an  inch  or  two  more  or  less 
is  not  of  much  consequence.  The  base  of  the  cutting 
should  be  made  with  a  square  cut  just  below  the  last 
bud.  There  should  be  at  least  1A  inch  of  wood  left 


1151.  Common  currant— Ribes  vulgare,  in  bloom. 


above  the  top  bud  of  each  cutting,  as  there  should  be 
a  strong  growth  from  the  upper  bud,  and  if  the  wood  is 
cut  too  close  it  is  liable  to  be  weakened.  A  sloping  cut 
is  best  for  the  upper  cut.  as  it  will  shed  ram  better,  but 
this  is  not  important.  When  made,  the  cuttings  should 
be  planted  at  once,  which  is  usually  the  best  plan,  or 
heeled  m  If  heeled  in,  they  should  be  tied  in  bundles 
and  buried  upside  down  m  warm  well-drained  soil, 
with  about  3  inches  of  soil  over  them  The  object  ot 
burying  them  upside  down  is  that  by  this  method  the 
bases  of  the  cuttings  will  be  nearer  the  surface  where 
the  soil  is  warmer  and  there  is  more  air,  and  will  callus 
more  quickly  than  if  they  were  further  down^t  The  cut- 
tings should  callus  well  in  a  few  weeks,  and  may  then 
be  planted  outside,  if  thought  advisable.  Cuttings  may 
be  kept  in  good  condition  over  winter  by  heeling-in 


or  burying  in  sand  in  a  cool  cellar,  or  after  callusmg 
under  a  few  inches  of  soil  outside,  they  may  be  left 
there  over  winter  if  covered  with  about  4  to  5  more 
inches  of  soil  to  prevent  their  drying  out  Good  results 
are  secured  with  the  least  trouble  by  planting  the  cut- 
tings in  nursery  rows  as  soon  as  they  are  made  The 
soil  should  be  well  prepared  and  should  be  selected 
where  water  will  not  lie  Furrows  are  opened  3  feet 
apait  and  deep  enough  so  that  the  top  bud,  or  at  most 
two  buds,  will  be  above  ground  The  cuttings  are 
placed  about  6  inches  apart  on  the  straight  side  of  the 
furrows  and  soil  thrown  in  and  tramped  \\ell  about 
them  When  only  a  smaller  number  aie  to  be  planted  a 
trench  may  be  opened  with  a  spade  It  is  important  to 
have  a  large  proportion  of  the  cutting  below  ground, 
as  more  roots  will  be  made  and  the  plants  will  be 
stronger  There  would  also  be  danger  of  the  cuttings 
drying  up  before  rooting  if  too  much  of  the  wood  is 
exposed.  If  the  season  is  favorable  the  cuttings  should 
callus  well  and  even  throw  out  a  few  roots  by  winter 
Where  there  is  little  snow  in  winter,  it  is  a  good  prac- 
tice to  cover  the  tops  of  the  cuttings  with  about  2 
inches  of  soil,  which  will  be  a  good  protection  for  them. 
This  soil  should  be  raked  off  in  spring.  In  the  spring, 
cultivation  should  be  begun  early  and  kept  up  regularly 
during  the  summer  to  conserve  moisture  and  favor 
rooting  and  the  development  of  the  bushes  By  autumn 
they  should  be  large  enough  to  transplant  to  the  field. 

In  Great  Britain  and  Europe,  currants  are  often 
grown  m  tree  form  and  are  prevented  from  throwing 
up  shoots  from  below  ground  by  removing  all  the  buds 
of  the  cuttings  except  the  top  one  before  planting  in  the 
nursery  This  system  is  not  recommended  for  most 
parts  of  America  as  it  has  been  found  by  experience 
that  snow  breaks  down  currants  grown  in  this  way,  and 
when  borers  are  troublesome  it  is  not  wise  to  depend 
on  one  main  stem. 

Most  of  the  cultivated  varieties  of  currants  have 
originated  as  natural  seedlings,  little  artificial  crossing 
having  been  done  with  this  fruit.  Currants  grow  readily 
from  seeds,  and  it  is  easy  to  get  new  varieties  in  this 
way.  The  seeds  are  washed  out  of  the  ripe  fruit,  and 
after  drying,  may  either  be  sown  at  once  or  mixed  with 
sand  and  kept  over  winter  m  a  cool  dry  place  and  sown 
very  early  in  the  spring.  The  best  plan  is  to  sow  them 
in  the  autumn  in  mellow  well-prepared  and  well- 
drained  soil,  since  when  this  is  done  they  will  germinate 
very  early  in  the  spring,  while  if  sown  in  the  spring  the 
&eed  may  be  all  summer  without  sprouting.  The  seed 
should  not  be  sown  deep,  from  %  to  H  an  inch  being 
quite  sufficient.  If  sown  very  deep  they  will  not  germi- 
nate. The  young  plants  may  be  transplanted  from 
the  seed-bed  to  the  open  in  the  autumn  of  the  first 
year  if  large  enough,  but  if  the  plants  are  very  small 
they  may  then  grow  another  season,  when  they  should 
be  planted  out  at  least  4  by  5  feet  apart,  so  as  to  give 
them  room  enough  to  fruit  for  several  seasons,  in  order 
that  their  relative  merits  may  be  learned  If  intended 
to  remain  permanently,  the  plants  should  be  at  least 
6  by  5  feet  apart  The  bushes  should  begin  to  bear  fruit 
the  second  or  third  year  after  planting  out.  Each  bush 
will  be  a  new  variety,  as  cultivated  fruits  do  not  come 
true  from  seed.  If  a  seedling  is  considered  promising 
it  may  be  propagated  or  increased  by  cuttings,  as 
already  described. 

The  soil  and  its  preparation. 

Currants  should  be  planted  in  rich  soil  in  order  to 
get  the  best  results.  The  soil  should  also  be  cool,  as 
the  currant  is  a  moisture-loving  bush  The  currant 
roots  near  the  surface:  hence  if  the  soil  is  hot  and  dry 
the  crop  will  suffer.  A  rich,  well-drained  clay  loam  is 
the  best  for  currants,  although  they  do  well  in  most 
soils  If  the  soil  is  not  good,  it  should  receive  a  good 
dressing  of  manure  before  planting,  which  should  be 
well  worked  into  the  soil,  the  latter  being  thoroughly 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


010 


pulverized  before  planting  is  done.  A  northern  exposure 
is  to  be  preferred,  as  in  such  a  situation  the  currante 
are  not  likely  to  suffer  in  a  dry  time. 

Planting. 

The  best  time  to  plant  currants  is  in  the  autumn.  If 
planted  m  the  spring,  they  will  probably  have  sprouted 
somewhat  before  planting,  and  on  this  account  their 
growth  the  first  season  will  be  checked  When  the 
HOI!  is  m  good  condition,  currants,  especially  the  black 
varieties  make  strong  growth,  and  the  bushes  reach  a 
large  size;  hence  it  is  best  to  give  them  plenty  of  space, 
as  they  will  do  better  and  are  more  easily  picked  than  if 
crowded  Six  by  5  feet  is  a  good  distance  to  plant  If 
planted  closer,  especially  m  good  soil,  the  bushes  become 
very  crowded  before  it  is  time  to  renew  the  plantation. 
Strong  one-year-old  plants 
are  the  best,  but  two-year- 
old  plants  are  better  than 
poorly  rooted  yearlings.  It  is 
better  to  err  on  the  side  of 
planting  a  little  deeper  than 
is  necessary  than  to  plant  . 
too  shallow  A  good  rule  to  &£' 


from  six  to  eight  main  branches  each  season  and  a  few 
others  coming  on  to  take  their  places.  By  judicious 
annual  pruning,  the  bush  can  be  kept  sufficiently  open 
to  admit  light  and  sunshine.  A  good  rule  is  not  to 
have  any  of  the  branches  more  than  three  years  of  age, 
since  when  kept  down  to  this  limit  the  wood  will  be 
healthier,  stronger  growth  will  be  made,  and  the  fruit 
will  be  better 


about  the  young  plant  so 
that  there  will  be  no  danger 
of  its  drying  out.  After  plant- 
ing, the  soil  should  be  leveled 
arid  the  surface  loosened  to 
help  retain  moisture. 

Cultivation. 

As  the  currant,  to  do  well,  must  have  a  good  supply 
of  moisture,  cultivation  should  be  begun  soon  alter 
planting,  and  the  surface  soil  kept  loose  during  the 
summer  While  the  plants  are  young  the  cultivation 
may  be  fairly  deep  between  the  rows,  but  when  the  roots 
begin  to  extend  across  the  rows,  cultivation  should  be 
shallow,  as  many  of  the  roots  are  quite  near  the  surface. 

Fertilizers 

After  the  first  application  of  manure,  no  more  should 
be  necessary  until  the  plants  begin  to  fruit,  unless  other 
props  arc  grown  between,  after  which  an  annual  top- 
dressing  of  well-rotted  barnyard  manure  is  desirable. 
When  only  a  light  application  of  manure  is  given,  the 
addition  of  200  to  300  pounds  to  the  acre  of  muriate 
of  potash  would  be  very  beneficial.  Wood-ashes  also 
would  make  a  good  fertilizer  with  barnyard  manure. 
There  is  little  danger  of  giving  the  currant  plantation 
too  much  fertilizer.  Unfortunately,  it  is  usually  the 
other  way,  this  fruit  being  often  very  much  neglected. 

Pruning. 

The  black  and  red  currants  bear  most  of  their  fruit 
on  wood  of  different  ages,  hence  the  pruning  of  one  is  a 
little  different  from  the  other  The  black  currant  bears 
most  of  its  fruit  on  wood  of  the  previous  season's 
growth,  and  it  is  important  always  to  have  a  plentiful 
supply  of  one-year-old  healthy  wood.  The  red  and  white 
currants  produce  their  fruit  on  spurs  which  develop 
from  the  wood  two  or  more  years  of  age,  and  it  is 
important  in  pruning  red  and  white  currants  to  have  a 
liberal  supply  of  wood  two  years  and  older;  but,  as  the 
fruit  on  the  very  old  wood  is  not  so  good  as  that  on  the 
younger,  it  is  best  to  depend  largely  on  two-  and  three- 
year-old  wood  to  bear  the  fruit.  A  little  pruning  may 
be  necessary  at  the  end  of  the  first  season  after  planting 
in  order  to  get  the  bush  into  shape.  From  six  to  eight 
main  stems,  or  even  less,  with  their  side  branches,  will, 
when  properly  distributed,  bear  a  good  crop  of  fruit. 
Future  pruning  should  be  done  with  the  aim  of  having 


When  to  renew  the  plantation. 

A  currant  plantation  will  bear  a  great  many  good 
crops  if  well  cared  for,  but  if  neglected  the  bushes  lose 
their  vigor  in  a  few  years.  The  grower  will  have  to 
decide  by  the  appearance  of  the  bushes  when  to  renew 
the  plantation;  but  as  a  currant  plantation  can  be 
renewed  at  comparatively  little  labor,  it  is^best  to  have 
new  bushes  coming  on  before  the  old  ones  show  signs  of 
weakness.  At  least  six  good  crops  may  be  removed  with 
fair  treatment,  and  ten  or  more  can  be  obtained  if  the 
bushes  are  in  rich  soil  and  well  cared  for  When  one 
has  only  a  few  bushes  for  home  use,  they  may  be 
remvigorated  by  cutting  them  down  to  the  ground  in 
alternate  years,  and  thus  securing  a  fresh  supply  of 
vigorous  young  wood. 

Yield  of  currants. 

The  red  currant  is  one  of  the  most  regular  in  bearing 
of  all  fruits,  and  as  it  is  naturally  productive,  the  aver- 
age yield  should  be  large.  Bailey,  in  the  "Farm  and 
Garden  Rule-Book,"  puts  the  average  yield  at  100 
bushels  per  acre.  Card,  in  his  book  on  "Bush-Fruits," 
says  that  it  ought  to  be  100  to  150  bushels,  "with  good 
care,"  and  reports  320  bushel'i  At  the  Central  Experi- 
mental Farm,  Ottawa,  Canada,  the  Red  Dutch  aver- 
aged for  four  years  at  the  rate  of  7,335  pounds  to  the 
acre,  or  over  183  bushels.  The  largest  yield  from  red 
currants  obtained  at  the  Central  Experimental  Farm 
was  in  1900,  when  six  bushes  of  the  Red  Dutch  currant 
yielded  73  pounds,  15  ounces  of  fruit.  The  bushes  were 
6  by  5  feet  apart  This  means  a  yield  at  the  rate  of 
17,892  pounds  to  the  acre,  or,  at  40  pounds  per  bushel, 
447  bushels  12  pounds  to  the  acre.  The  same  variety  m 
1905,  in  a  new  plantation,  yielded  55^  pounds  from 
six  bushes,  or  at  the  rate  of  13,431  pounds  to  the  acre, 
or  335  bushels  31  pounds.  These  are  very  large  yields, 
and  while  half  of  this  amount  may  not  be  expected  in 
ordinary  field  culture,  the  fact  that  such  yields  can  be 
produced  on  a  small  area  should  be  an  inspiration  to 
get  more  on  a  larger  one. 


920 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


The  average  yield  of  black  currants  has  been  some- 
what less  than  the  red,  although  individual  yields  have 
been  large.  The  Saunders  currant  yielded  for  four 
years  at  the  rate  of  6,534  pounds  to  the  acre,  or  over 
103  bushels;  the  Kerry  at  the  rate  of  6,382  pounds  to 
the  acre,  or  over  159 
bushels.  The  highest 
yield  of  black  currants 
was  obtained  in  1905, 
when  six  bushes  of  Kerry 
planted  6  by  5  feet  apart, 
yielded  62  pounds  of 
fruit,  or  at  the  rate  of 
15,004  pounds  to  the 
acre,  equal  to  375 
bushels,  estimating  at  40 
pounds  to  the  busnel. 

Red  and  white  currants. 

The  red  currant  makes 
excellent  jelly,  and  its 
popularity  is  largely  due 
to  this  fact  A  large 
quantity  of  red  currant 
jelly  is  made  every  year 
in  Canada  Red  cur- 
rants are  used  to  a  less 
extent  for  pies 
and  as  jam 
and  are  also 
eaten  raw  with 
sugar  As  a 
fruit  for  eating 
out  -  of  -  hand, 
the  red  cur- 
rant is  not  very 
popular,  but 
there  arc  few 
fruits  so  res- 
freshing.  The 
white  currants 
are  better  liked 
for  eating  off 
the  biibh  than  the  red,  as  they  are  not  so  acid  The 
Moore  Ruby  is  a  red  variety,  however,  which  is  milder 
than  most  others,  and  for  this  reason  is  better  adapted 
for  eating  raw  The  red  currant  does  not  vary  so 
much  in  quality  as  the  black. 

Red  currants  will  remain  in  condition  on  the  bushes 
for  some  time  after  ripening,  and  therefore  do  not 
have  to  be  picked  so  promptly  as  the  black 

Vai  iftiet*  Varieties  of  red  currants  vary  considerably 
in  hardiness,  the  Cherry.  Fay,  Comet,  Versaillaise, 
Wilder  and  others,  while  tearing  very  large  fruit,  are 
decidedly  more  tender  than  some  of  the  others,  hence 
they  should  not  be  planted  in  the  coldest  parts  The 
Franco-German  and  Prince  Albert  currants  are  later 
than  most  other  varieties,  and  when  it  is  desired 
to  lengthen  the  season,  these  may  be  planted. 

Varieties  of  red  and  white  currants  recommended: 
Red — for  general  culture — Pomona,  Victoria,  Cumber- 
land Red,  Red  Dutch,  Long  Bunched  Holland,  Red 
Grape.  Where  bushes  are  protected  with  snow  in  win- 
ter, and  for  the  milder  districts — Pomona,  Victoria, 
Cumberland  Red,  Wilder,  Cherry.  Fay.  and  Red  Cross. 
White  —White  Cherry,  Large  White,  White  Grape. 

Black  currants. 

There  are  not  so  many  black  currants  grown  in 
America  as  red,  but  there  is  a  steady  demand  for  them, 
and  it  is  thought  there  will  be  an  increasing  demand  as 
they  become  better  appreciated.  They  make  excellent 
jelly  and  the  merits  of  black  currant  jam  £ave  long 
been  known. 

Black  currants  vary  considerably  in  season,  yield  and 
quality,  and  theieforo  it  is  important  to  know  those 


1153.  Native  black  currant— Ribes  flondum. 
The  fruit  is  immature     ( X  J  2) 


that  are  the  best  As  most  varieties  of  black  currants 
drop  badly  from  the  bushes  as  soon  as  ripe,  it  is  impor- 
tant to  pick  them  in  good  time. 

Varieties  of  black  currants  recommended'  Saunders, 
Collins  Prolific,  Buddenborg,  Victoria,  Boskoop  Giant. 
Of  those  not  yet  on  the  market  which  are  considered 
equal  or  better  than  those  above,  the  following  are  the 
best:  Kerry,  Eclipse,  Magnus,  Clipper,  Climax  and 
Eagle,  and  the  Success,  for  an  early  variety  when  yield 
is  not  so  important  as  size  and  quality. 

Crandatt  currant. 

This  is  a  variety  of  the  Buffalo  or  Missouri  currant 
(Ribes  odor  alum]  A  tall,  strong,  moderately  upright 
grower;  moderately  productive  Fruit  varies  in  size 
From  small  to  large,  m  small,  close  bunches,  bluish 
black,  skin  thick,  sub-acid  with  a  peculiar  flavoi .  Qual- 
ity medium  Ripens  very  unevenly  Season  late  July 
to  September.  As  this  variety  ripens  after  the  others, 
the  birds  concentrate  on  it  and  get  a  large  proportion  of 
the  fruit 

Some  of  the  most  injurious  insects  affecting  the  currant 
Currant  aphis  (Myzus  nbisY  When  the  leaves  of 
cunant  bushes  are  nearly  full  grown,  many  of  them 
bear  blister-like  elevations  of  a  reddish  color,  beneath 
which  will  be  found  yellowish  plant-lire,  some  winged 
and  some  wingless  The  bh.sterb  are  due  to  the  attacks 
of  these  insects,  and  when,  as  is  sometimes  the  case, 
they  are  very  abundant,  considerable  injury  is  done  to 
the  bushes  Spraying  forcibly  with  whale-oil  boap,  or 
kerosene  emulsion  will  de.stroy  large  numbers  of  these 
plant-lice  at  each  application,  but  the  liquid  must  be 
copiously  applied  and  driven  well  up  beneath  the  foliage 
by  means  of  an  angled  nozzle  Two  or  three  applica- 
tions at  short  intervals  may  be  necessary 

Currant  borer  (Scsia  tipuhfonms)  Early  in  June 
a  beautiful  little  bluish  black  fly-like  moth,  with  three 
bright  yellow  bands  around  the  body  may  be  been  dart- 
ing about,  around,  or  at  rest  on  the  leaves  of  currant 
bushes  of  all  kinds  This  is  one  of  the  most  trouble- 
some enemies  of  these  fruits  The  moth  lays  an  egg 
at  a  bud  on  the  young  wood,  and  the  caterpillar,  when 
hatched,  eats  itb  way  into  the  cane  arid  destroys  the 
pith  It  remains  in  the  wood  during  the  winter,  and  the 
moth  emerges  dur- 
ing the  following 
summer  Close 
pruning  is  the  best 
remedy  Burn  the 
wood. 

Currant     maggot 
(Epochra  canaden- 
sis).    Red,  black  and 
white    cur- 
rants are  in 
some    places 
seriously  at- 
tacked by 
the  maggots 
of  a  small  fly. 
These    mag- 
gots come  to 
lull     growth  i 
nist    as   the 

berries  are  about  to  ripen, 
causing  them  to  fall  from 
the  bushes,  when  the  in- 
sects leave  them  and 
burrow  into  the  ground  to  I 
pupate  Attacked  fruit  is 
rendered  useless  by  the 
presence  of  the  maggots 
inside  the  berries;  and 

frequently  it  19  not  until  1154  Buffalo  currant, 

the  fruit   is  cooked  that  R  aureum  ( 


CURRANT 


CURRANT 


921 


the  white  maggots  can  be  detected  Goose- 
berries are  sometimes  injured  but  far  less  fre- 
quently than  black  and  red  currants  The 
only  treatment  which  has  given  any  results  is 
the  laborious  one  of  removing  about  3  inches 
of  the  soil  from  beneath  bushes  which  are 
known  to  have  been  infested,  and  replacing 
this  with  fresh  soil  That  which  was  removed 
must  be  treated  in  some  way,  so  that  the  con- 
tained pupana  may  be  destroyed.  This  may 
be  done  either  by  throwing  it  into  a  pond  or  by 
burying  it  deeply  in  the  earth 

Currant  worm  or  imported  currant  sawfly 
(Pteronus  nbesii)  By  far  the  best  known  of  all 
the  insects  that  injure  currants  and  goose- 
berries, is  the  "currant  worm."  The  black- 
spotted  dark  green  false  caterpillars  of  this 
insect  may  unfortunately  be  found  in  almost 
every  plantation  of  currants  or  gooseberries, 
every  year  in  almost  all  parts  of  America 
where  these  fruits  are  grown.  The  white  eggs 
are  laid  in  rows  along  the  ribs  of  the  leaf  on 
the  lower  side,  toward  the  end  of  May.  From 
these  the  young  larva>  hatch  and  soon  make 
their  presence  known  by  the  small  holes  they 
eat  through  the  leaves  Unless  promptly  de- 
stroyed, they  will  soon  strip  the  bushes  of  their 
leaves,  thus  weakening  them  eonsiderablv  so 
I  as  to  prevent  the  fruit  from  ripening  the  hrst 
year,  and  also  reducing  the  quality  of  the  crop 
of  the  following  season  Theie  are  at  least  two 
broods  in  a  season  in  most  places,  the  nrst 
appears  just  as  the  leaves  are  attaining  full 
growth,  and  the  second  just  as  the  truit  is 
ripening  The  perfect  insect  is  a  four-winged 
fly  which  may  be  seen  flying  about  the  bushes 
early  in  spring  The  male  is  blackish,  with  yel- 
low legs  and  of  about  the  same  size  as  a  house- 
fly, but  with  a  more  slendei  body  The  female 
is  larger  and  has  the  bodv  as  well  as  the  legs 
yellow  For  the  first  brood  a  weak  mixture  of 
Currant  *mris  £rpon>  ono  ounce  to  ten  gallons  of  water, 
cutting  rnav  De  sPrayed  over  the  bushes,  or  a  dry  mix- 
ture, one  ounce  to  six  pounds  of  flour,  may  b*> 
dusted  over  the  foliage  after  a  shower  or  when  the 
leaves  are  damp  with  dew.  For  the  second  brood 
pans  green  must  not  be  used,  but  white  hellebore,  or 
hellebore  may  be  used  for  first  brood,  but  it  is  necessary 
to  kill  quickly  This  is  dusted  on  as  a  dry  powder,  or  a 
decoction,  one  ounce  to  two  gallons  of  water,  may  be 
sprayed  over  the  bushes  It  is,  of  course,  far  better  to 
treat  the  first  brood  thoroughly,  to  reduce  the  number 
of  females  which  lay  eggs  for  the  second  brood. 

Oyster-xhcll  xcalc  (Lepuiosaphes  ulmi).  Several  kinds 
of  scale  insects  attack  currants.  These  plants  seem  to 
be  particularly  susceptible  to  the  attacks  of  the  well- 
known  oyster-shell  scale  of  the  apple,  and  the  San  Josd 
scale  In  neglected  plantations  these  injurious  insects 
increase  rapidly,  ana  a  great  deal  of  injury  results  to 
the  bushes  The  remedies  for  scale  insects  are  direct 
treatment  for  the  destruction  of  the  infesting  insect, 
and  preventive  measures,  such  as  the  invigoration  of 
the  bush  by 
special  culture 
and  pruning, 
to  enable  it  to 
throw  off  or 
outgrow  in- 
jury Infested 
plantations 
should  be  cul- 
tivated  and 
fertilized  early 

in  .tne..8ea80n>  1 1 56  To  illustrate  the  pruning  of  a  currant 

and    all    unne-      bush    The  old  cane,  a,  Is  to  be  cut  away    The 
cessary   wood      straight  new  canes  at  left  are  to  remain. 


should  be  pruned  out  As  direct  remedies,  spraying 
the  bushes  at  the  time  the  young  scale  insects  first 
appear  in  June  with  kerosene  emulsion  or  whale-oil 
soap;  or  spraying  in  autumn  before  the  hard  weather 
of  winter  bete  in  with  a  simple  whitewash  made  with 
one  pound  of  lime  in  each  gallon  of  water,  give  the 
best  results.  Two  coats  of  the  whitewash  should  be 
applied,  the  second  one  immediately  after  the  first  is 
dry.  In  putting  on  two  thin  coats  of  the  wash  mbtead 
of  one  thick  one,  far  better  results  have  been  secured. 
For  the  San  Jos6  scale,  the  hmo-and-sulfur  wash  is 
necessary,  and  must  be  repeated  every  year. 

Diseases  of  the  currant. 

The  currant  is  affected  by  very  few  diseases.    The 
only  ones  that  do  much  injury  are  the  following: 

Ltaf-spoL  rust  (Rtptoria  nfeis)  The  leaf-spot  fungus 
affects  black,  red  and  white  c-irrants,  causing  the  leaves 
to  fall  pre- 
maturely, and 
thus  weaken- 
ing the  bushes. 
This  disease  is 
first  noticed 
about  mid- | 
summer,  when 
small  brownish 
spots  appear 
on  the  leaves 
These  often  become 
so  numerous  that 
they  affect  a  large 
part  of  the  foliage, 
soon  causing  the 
leaves  to  fall  As  the 
disease  often  appears 
before  the  fruit  is 
picked,  it  is  difficult 
to  control  it  if  the 
bushes  are  not 
sprayed  previously 
By  using  the  arn- 
moniacal  copper  car- 
bonate the  bushes 
may  be  sprayed  a 
week  or  two  before 
it  is  expected,  with- 
out discoloring  the 
fruit,  giving  a  second 
application,  if  neces- 
sary As  soon  as  the 
fruit  is  picked,  the 
bushes  should  be 
thoroughly  sprayed 


1157    Tree-form  training  of  currant 


with  bordeaux  mixture    Experiments  have  shown  that 
this  disease  can  be  controlled  by  spraying. 

Currant  anthracnose  (Gl&ospoi  turn  nbit>).  This  dis- 
ease, which  may  be  mistaken  for  the  leaf-spot,  affects 
different  parts  of  the  bush,  including  the  leaves,  leaf- 
stalks, young  branches,  fruit  and  fruit-stalks.  On  the 
leaves  it  is  made  evident  during  the  month  of  June 
by  the  small  brown  spots  which  are  usually  smaller 
than  those  made  by  the  leaf-spot  fungus  The  lower 
leaves  are  affected  first,  and  finally  the  upper  ones. 
They  turn  yellow  and  gradually  fall  to  the  ground,  and 
when  the  disease  is  bad  the  bushes  are  defoliated  before 
their  time  On  the  petioles  or  leaf-stalks,  the  disease 
causes  slightly  sunken  spots  The  fruit  is  affected  with 
roundish  black  spots  which  are  more  easily  seen  when 
the  fruit  is  green  On  the  young  wood  the  diseased 
areas  are  light  in  color  and  are  not  so  noticeable  The 
wood  is  not  nearly  so  much  injured  by  the  disease  as 
the  leaves.  The  spores  which  spread  this  disease  art 
formed  in  pustules,  the  majority  of  which  are  under  the 
upper  epidermis  ot  the  leaf.  Where  the  spores  are  to 
appear,  the  surface  of  the  leaf  »«  raised  and  blackened 


922 


CURRANT 


CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY 


in  spots  looking  like  small  pimples.  When  the  spores 
are  ready  to  come  out  the  skm  breaks  and  they  escape 
and  re-infect  other  parts.  When  the  foliage  drops  early 
on  account  of  this  disease  the  fruit  is  liable  to  be  scalded 
by  the  sun  The  fruit  may  also  wither  before  ripening 
properly,  owing  to  lack  of  food  or  of  moisture,  as,  the 
leaves  having  fallen,  they  are  unable  to  keep  up  the 
necessary  supply.  The  premature  falling  of  tne  leaves 
prevents  the  buds  from  maturing  properly,  hence  they 
are  not  in  so  good  condition  to  bear  fruit  the  next 
year.  Spraying  with  bordeaux  mixture  is  recommended 
as  an  aid  m  controlling  thfe  disease.  It  would  be  wise, 
when  currant  anthracnose  is  troublesome,  to  spray  the 
bushes  thoroughly  before  the  leaves  appear.  A  second 
spraying  should  be  made  when  the  leaves  are  unfold- 
ing, and  successive  sprayings  at  intervals  of  ten  to 
fourteen  days  until  the  fruit  is  nearly  full  grown,  and 
there  is  danger  of  its  being  discolored  by  the  spray  when 
ripe  Paris  green  should  be  added  to  the  mixture  when 
the  first  brood  of  the  currant  worm  appears  A  thorough 
spraying  after  the  fruit  is  harvested  is  desirable. 

W.  T.  MACOUN. 

CUSCUTA  (origin  of  name  obscure).  Convolvuldcese. 
DODDER  Degenerate  parasitic  twiners,  bearing  clus- 
ters of  small  flowers  They  are  leafless  annuals,  with 
very  slender  yellow,  white,  or  red  stems,  which  become 
attached  to  the  host-plant  by  means  of  root-like 
muckers.  The  seeds  fall  to  the  ground  and  germinate  m 


1158.  Dodder,  twinin*  on  Its  host.— 
Cuscuta  Gronovii. 

the  spring.  —  Species  100, 
widely  distributed.  As  soon 
as  the  young  shoot  reaches 
an  acceptable  host,  the  root 
dies  ana  the  plant  becomes 
parasitic.  Failing  to  find  a 
nost,  the  plant  dies.  Dod- 
ders are  common  in  low, 
weedy  places.  Some  species 
are  also  serious  pests,  as  the 
clover  dodder,  alfalfa  dodder, 

and  flax  dodder.    One  of  the  common  species   (C. 

Gronowi,  Willd.),  of  low  grounds,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1158. 

CUSHAW:  Cucurbita  moachala. 
CUSTARD  APPLE:  Annona. 

CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

The  feature  that  most  distinguishes  American  floricul- 
ture from  that  of  Europe  is  the  great  preponderance  of 
the  cut-flower  trade  as  compared  with  the  sales  of 
plants.  Forty  years  ago  the  passion  of  Americans  for 
cut-flowers  was  remarked  bv  travelers;  but  however 


important  the  cut-flower  trade  may  then  have  appeared 
it  has  had  a  marvelous  growth  since  that  time  Prior 
to  the  Civil  War  it  would  have  been  impossible  to 
purchase  any  considerable  quantity  of  cat-flowers  in 
the  winter  season  in  any  of  the  large  cities.  The  green- 
houses were  small  flue-heated  structures  in  which  a 
great  variety  of  plants  was  grown ,  hence  it  would  have 
been  impossible  to  secure  a  quantity  of  any  one  kind. 
There  were  no  middlemen  to  collect  even  the  small 
quantities  produced  in  a  locality,  and  when  large 
numbers  of  blooms  were  required!  advance  notice  was 
expected  and  the  person  wishing  tne  flowers  had  to  do 
the  collecting  from  the  various  establishments  After 
the  period  mentioned,  flon cultural  establishments 
rapidly  increased  in  number  and  size.  This  growth  has 
continued  until  today  Instead  of  being  concentrated 
about  large  cities,  there  is  scarcely  a  city  of  5,000  or 
even  less  that  does  not  have  its  florist  Not  less  than 
$100,000,000  is  now  invested  in  the  cultivation  and 
sale  of  cut-flowers  m  America  Although  statistics  of 
the  cut-flowers  alone  are  not  available,  a  conservative 
estimate  based  on  the  United  States  census  of  1910 
places  their  annual  value  at  $25,000,000. 

From  forty  to  sixty  years  ago  the  camellia  was  the 
most  valued  cut-flower,  either  for  personal  adornment 
or  for  bouquets,  and  sometimes  as  much  as  $1,  $2  and 
even  $3  were  obtained  for  single  flowers  at  the  height 
of  the  holiday  eeason  Then  came  a  period  of  decline 
during  which  they  were  almost  forgotten  except  m  a 
few  private  collections,  but  now  they  are  seen  upon  the 
market  as  pot-plants  The  florist  of  the  present  genera- 
tion wonders  how  they  could  have  been  admired  to  the 
extent  that  they  should  lead  as  cut-flowers  Perhaps 
no  better  idea  of  the  requirements  of  the  former  cut- 
flower  trade  can  be  given  than  to  quote  the  record  of  a 
leading  New  York  florist  establishment  for  1807  which 
shows  a  product  as  follows  Camellias  about  45,000, 
bouvardias  20,000,  carnations  70,000,  double  prim- 
roses 100,000,  and  tuberoses  50,000  Other  flowers  on 
the  market  in  those  days  were  daphne,  abutilon,  callas. 
sweet  alyssum,  pomsettia,  eupatonum,  heliotrope  ana 
a  few  tea  roses.  The  most  profitable  white  cut-flowers, 
in  the  opinion  of  many  florists,  were  Steina  serrata, 
Double  White  camellia,  Callu  xthiopica.  Lihum  can- 
didum,  Deutzia  gracihs,  and  Double  white  Chinese 
primrose 

It  will  be  noted  that  roses  were  not  important  m 
the  cut-flower  trade  of  this  period.  It  is  a  fact  that  very 
few  were  grown  under  glass.  A  few  florists  were  grow- 
ing Bon  Silene,  Lamarque  and  Safrano  roses,  occa- 
sionally devoting  an  entire  house  to  them,  but  more 
often  in  houses  with  other  flowers  The  rapidly-awaken- 
ing demand  for  all  kinds  of  flowers  brought  good  prices 
for  roses  and  stimulated  the  florists  to  give  this  flower 
more  attention.  The  time  was  one  of  changing  ideals 
and  the  old  formal  oamelha?  show  dahlia  and  Chinese 
chrysanthemum  were  passing,  while  new  and  less 
formal  flowers  were  coming  into  favor.  The  flower- 
buying  public,  however,  wanted  something  larger  than 
the  small  tea  varieties  then  grown.  Every  new  variety 
from  Europe  that  had  any  promise  was  tried,  and  from 
that  day  to  this  scarcely  a  new  introduction  has  escaped 
a  searching  test  as  to  its  adaptability  for  culture  under 
glass.  The  Marechal  Niel  was  grown  for  the  discrimina- 
ting trade,  and  it  continued  the  leading  variety  until 
it  was  supplanted  by  the  everbloommg,  more  prolific 
and  more  easily  cultivated  Perle  des  Jardins.  Likewise, 
the  hybrid  perpetuals  were  tried,  and  some  of  them, 
notably  General  Jacqueminot,  were  found  to  force  well 
This  variety,  when  it  could  be  had  for  the  holidays, 
brought  $1  and  $2  a  bud. 

The  roses  of  this  time  were  produced  on  plants  grown 
in  deep  beds  or  m  pots  or  boxes  The  latter  method 
enabled  the  grower  better  to  time  his  crops,  while  the 
former  involved  less  time  and  attention.  The  endeavor 
to  secure  the  advantages  of  both  naturally  resulted  m 


CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY 


CUT-FLOWER   INDUSTRY        923 


the  shallow  raised  bench,  and  this  method  of  growing 
cut-flowers  has  been  adopted  for  practically  all  now 
grown  in  large  quantities,  in  fact,  this  system  of  cul- 
ture is  perhaps  the  greatest  single  feature  which  dis- 
tinguishes American  floncultural  methods  from  those 
of  Europe  Simultaneously  it  became  very  generally 
recognized  that  to  grow  roses  successfully  required 
separate  houses  and  a  different  temperature.  For  a 
long  time  it  was  thought  that  a  .special  form  or  construc- 
tion was  necessary,  viz  ,  the  three-quarter  span,  but 
now  the  even-span  house  is  in  general  use. 

The  present  cul-Jlower  production 

Having  made  these  important  advances  in  cultural 
methods,  it  needed  but  the  introduction  of  the  epoch- 
making  rose,  Catherine  Mermet,  to  place  the  rose  in 
the  first  place  among  cut-flowers  This  variety  came 
at  once  into  great  popularity  with  the  flower-buying 
public  and  was  very  profitable  to  the  growers,  thereby 
attracting  capital  to  the  flower  business  The  competi- 
tion to  produce  and  market  the  best  quality  of  flowers 
elevated  the  standards  in  cut-flowers  to  a  higher  level 
Although  the  introduction  of  Catherine  Mermet  did 
much  for  the  flower  business,  it  is  as  the  parent  of 
Bride  and  Bridesmaid  that  the  variety  is  generally 
rrrnembcred  These  "sports."  have  been  the  leading 
white  and  pink  varieties  for  twenty  yearb,  and  have 
been  displaced  only  during  the  last  five  years  by 
White  Killarney  and  Killarney,  although  many  claim- 
ants arose  to  dispute  their  leadership  These  roses 
.succeeded  because  they  were  profitable  with  every 
florist  who  could  grow  roses,  and  it  is  doubtful  whether 
we  shall  ever  see  varieties  so  generally  successful 
over  so  viide  a  territory  The  market  is  seeking  a 
greater  variety  among  loses  than  it  did  during  the 
years  these  roses  held  sway,  but  all  this  is  advan- 
tageous to  the  rose  specialists  Next  in  importance 
to  Biido  and  Bridesmaid  and  their  successors,  White 
Killarmy  and  Killarripy,  is  the  American  Beauty 
(Madame  Ferdinand  Jamam)  This  variety  can  be 
grown  successfully  and  profitably  only  by  growers  who 
have  spec  lal  conditions  As  the  variety  is  still  with- 
out a  rival,  it  continues  to  be  popular  with  the  wealthy 
llower-buvei  ,s 

The  American  carnation  may  be  regarded  as  the 
greatest  contribution  America  has  yet  made  to  the 
floriculture  of  the  world  The  plant  is  unlike  any  type 
grown  in  Europe  and  its  development  is  due  to  Ameri- 
can plant-breeders,  Dorner,  Fisher,  Ward  and  many 
others  During  the  labt  fifty  years  it  has  been  improved 
in  form,  size,  color  and  productiveness  Hundreds  of 
varieties  have  been  introduced  and  the  progress  has 
been  so  rapid  that  the  best  have  lasted  but  a  few  years. 
Within  the  last  ten  years  the  American  carnation  has 
become  popular  in  England,  and  now  new  varieties 
are  appearing  from  over  the  sea  The  United  States 
census  of  1890  shows  that  roses  were  first,  carnations 
becond,  and  that  the  two  comprised  65  per  cent  of  all 
cut-flowers  This  relative  standing  has  been  main- 
tained to  the  present  time 

The  development  in  chrysanthemums  has  been  no 
less  marked  From  the  old  formal  Chinese  sorts,  the 
popular  fancy  turned  to  the  large  informal  Japanese 
kinds  Now  a  change  to  the  single  and  pompon  types 
is  being  experienced  The  varieties  of  greatest  com- 
mercial importance  have  been  for  the  last  ten  or  fifteen 
years  of  Amerrcan  origin  The  English,  French  and, 
finally,  the  Australian  varieties  have  led  as  exhibition 
flowers,  but  only  an  occasional  variety  has  proved 
meritorious  as  market  cut-flowers  (See  Carnation, 
Chrysanthemum,  Rose,  and  other  special  articles.) 

At  the  present  time  the  important  cut-flowers  are 
roses,  carnations,  violets,  chrysanthemums,  sweet  peas, 
lilies,  narcissi,  orchids,  hlres-of-the-valley,  mignonette, 
snapdragons,  marguerites  and  gardenias.  A  modern 
cut-flower  establishment  in  the  region  of  New  York 
59 


grows  for  its  wholesale  trade  the  following  numbers  of 
plants: 


Roses 

Chrysanthemums 

Carnations 

Lihos 

Lihos-of-the-valloy 

Orchids 


.  100,000 
240,000 
15,000 

(75,000  for  Easter)  150,000 
300,000 
25,000 


These  are  grown  in  a  range  of  houses  comprising 
900,000  square  feet  of  glass  requiring  8,000  tons  of  . 
coal,  300  employees,  25  horses*,  4  automobiles,  and  a 
250-acre  farm  with  a  dairy  of  lb'0  cows  to  suppy  the 
manure  required 

The  past  ten  yeans  have  witnessed  the  development 
of  the  new  wmter-flowermg  types  of  sweet  peas,  and 
now  these  flowers  bid  fair  to  rival  the  violet  and  chry- 
santhemum for  position  after  roses  and  carnations 

Orchids,  particularly  cattlcyas,  now  aie  being  grown 
by  commercial  florists  for  cut-flowers  Although  of 
recent  development,  during  the  last  ten  or  twelve 
years,  all  large  establishments  have  an  orchid  depart- 
ment, while  many  smaller  growers  are  specializing 
in  their  culture 

Lilies,  through  the  means  of  cold  storage,  ma>  now 
be  had  by  forcing  throughout  the  year  The  varieties 
of  Japanese  longiflorums  have  largely  supplanted  the 
old  Lihum  HarriMi  kind.  Lilium  specwsum  varieties 
are  now  largely  grown 

The  antirrhinum  is  now  being  grown  by  bewral 
specialists  and  doubtless  will  yield  varieties  adapted 
to  greenhouse  culture 

The  most  important  outdoor  flowers  for  cutting  are 
peonies,  gladioli  and  asters  The  peony  is  now  a  most 
imixirtant  Memorial  Day  cut-flower,  and  many  acres 
are  devoted  to  its  culture  in  regions  m  which  the 
improved  varieties  mature  their  flowers  early  enough 
By  means  of  cold  storage,  flowers  of  certain  varieties 
may  be  kept  in  good  condition  for  as  much  as  four 
weeks  The  florists  are  enabled  to  have  a  supply  of 
this  flower  for  commencements,  weddings,  and  the 
like,  thioughout  the  latter  part  of  May,  June  and  early 
July 

Gladioli  are  increasing  in  popularity  as  smrrmer  cut- 
flowers  because  of  their  keeping  qualities  under  ordi- 
nary conditions.  Not  only  are  the  white  varieties  use- 
ful, but  the  magnificent  colored  varieties  are  being 
used  in  large  numbers  for  bouquets  on  dimng-tables 
m  hotels  and  restaurants 

TJie  selling. 

The  marketing  of  cut-flowers  is  a  business  of  itself 
Manv  an  excellent  grower  fails  because  he  is  not  expert 
in  selling  his  blooms  The  cutting  of  the  blooms  must 
be  properly  done  and  at  the  right  stage  of  development 
The  proper  stage  in  the  development  when  cutting 
should  be  done  varies  with  the  variety  and  the  season 
Roses  should  be  cut  as  the  petals  begin  to  unfold,  when 
the  tip  of  the  bud  is  bursting  and  the  outer  petals  have 
reached  the  proper  color  Carnations  are  picked  when 
fully  developed  or  when  three-quarters  developed 
The  latter  stage  is  determined  by  the  pistils  having 
reached  an  even  length  with  the  center  petals  Most 
flowers  should  be  cut  early  in  the  morning,  and  as  soon 
as  cut  should  be  placed  in  clean  fresh  water,  after 
which  they  are  carried  to  the  cooling-room.  The  vases 
in  which  the  flowers  are  placed  should  be  deep  enough 
to  allow  plunging  the  stems  two-thirds  their  length  m 
water  The  temperature  of  the  water  should  be  10°  to 
15°  higher  than  that  of  the  cooling-room  which  is  45° 
to  50°  The  temperature  is  thus  gradually  lowered 
to  that  of  the  storage-room  The  flowers  remain  in 
the  cooling-room  until  the  picking  is  done,  when  they 
are  graded 

Along  with  the  advance  in  cultural  methods  and  to 
meet  market  requirements,  flowers  have  been  graded. 
Although  the  kinds  of  flowers  grown  and  the  quality 


924        CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY 

differ  but  little  in  the  various  flower  markets,  the 


grades  are  not  yet  uniform  However,  this  ultimately 
will  be  brought  about  through  the  Florists'  Telegraph 
Dolwery  Association,  an  organization  which  enables  a 
resident  of  San  Francisco,  for  example,  to  have  an 
order  filled  and  delivered  at  an  address  in  Boston, 
Montreal^  Baltimore  or  elsewhere  The  American 
Rose  Society  adopted  the  following  grades  for  tea  and 
hybrid  tea  roses:  9,  12,  15,  18,  24  inches  of  stem.  Of 
course  the  flowers  must  bo  good  to  accord  with  this 
standard.  American  Beauty  is  graded  Specials,  above 
38  inches;  fancy,  32  to  36  inches;  extras,  24  to  32 
inches;  firsts,  13  to  23  inches;  seconds,  8  to  13  inches; 
thirds  all  under  8  inches  On  the  Chicago  mai  ket  this 
variety  is  graded  into  specials,  36-,  30-,  24-,  20-,  18- 
and  12-inch  stems.  Carnations  on  the  New  York  mar- 
ket are  usually  graded  into 
fancies,  extras  and  firsts. 
Fancies  are  all  perfect 
blooms,  from  2%  to  3H 
inches  in  diameter,  with 
straight  stems  16  to  24 
inches  or  more  in  length. 
Extras  are  those  blooms 
which  fall  short  m  one  or 
the  other  of  the  above  re- 
quirements Firsts  com- 
prise all  merchantable  flow- 
ers which  do  not  pass  as 
extras  or  fancies  During 
the  grading,  all  the  leaves 
from  the  lower  6  inches  are 
stripped  off  as  well  as  any 
side  shoots  in  the  axils  of 
the  remaining  leaves. 
Chrysanthemums  are 
classed  as  small,  medium, 
fancy  and  special.  What- 
ever the  grades  used  in 
any  market,  it  is  impor- 
tant that  they  be  definite, 
and  that  the  grower  use 
care  m  grading  his  own 
products 

The  present  methods  of 
the  growers  m  deposing  of 


1159.   Carnations  packed  for  shipment. 


their  flowers  to  the  retail  florists  are  as  follows'  The 
large  wholesale  growers  maintain  wholesale  stores  of 
their  own,  dealing  with  the  retailers  direct  and  conduct- 
ing a  shipping  trade  The  growers  at  a  distance  from 
the  city  market  usually  consign  to  the  wholesale  com- 
mission florist  whose  field  is  as  broad  as  that  of  the 
wholesale  grower  These  two  classes  of  florists  keep  in 
close  touch  with  their  customers,  even  those  at  a  dis- 
tance, by  the  ordinary  means  of  communication  and  in 
some  cases  by  traveling  representatives.  The  smaller 
growers  living  close  to  a  large  city  adopt  any  one  of 
five  methods,  that  is,  (1)  form  a  cooperative  associa- 
tion with  an  expert  salesman  to  sell  the  flowers,  (2) 
organize  a  flower-market  and  operate  a  flower-stand; 
(3)  consign  the  flowers  to  a  commission  florist,  (4) 
supply  certain  retailers  regularly,  (5)  operate  their 
own  retail  stores.  The  particular  method  to  be  adopted 
in  any  individual  case  depends  upon  the  local  condi- 
tions and  the  business  ability  of  the  grower.  The 
grower-specialist  usually  will  find  it  more  remunera- 
tive to  arrange  with  retailers  better  able  to  dispose  of 
his  high-class  product. 

The  development  of  the  methods  of  packing  and 
handling  flowers  has  been  a  great  factor  in  the  busi- 
ness. In  the  old  days  flowers  were  brought  to  market, 
or  as  was  more  often  the  case,  the  retailers  went  to 
the  growers  and  carried  them  into  the  city  in  market- 
baskets.  They  were  delivered  to  the  customers  in  the 
same  way.  When  flowers  were  to  be  shipped,  which 
was  seldom,  any  convenient  box  was  adapted  to  the 


CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY 

purpose.  At  present  the  florists  employ  wooden  and 
folding  paper  boxes  for  different  classes  of  trade.  These 
are  in  various  sizes  adapted  to  the  kind  of  flower  to 
be  packed  and  to  the  quality  shipped.  Furthermore, 
the  package  is  clean,  light,  strong  and  entirely  in  keep- 
ing with  the  goods.  The  perfection  of  the  railway  and 
express  service  has  facilitated  the  delivery  of  flowers, 
to  the  consignee.  Not  only  has  this  enabled  growers  to 
get  their  flowers  to  the  city,  but  has  made  it  possible 
for  florists  over  the  country  to  secure  flowers  when  they 
do  not  have  a  sufficient  supply.  The  great  wholesale 
flower  business  of  Chicago  is  built  in  a  large  measure 
upon  the  demand  of  florists  in  towns  and  cities  over  the 
vast  territory  extending  from  Winnipeg  to  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  and  from  the  Alleghames  to  the  Rockies. 
The  packages  now  used  to  carry  the  flowers  to  the 
wholesale  market  are  either 
return  or  gift  boxes,  tho 
former,  are  strong  wooden 
boxes  with  a  hinged  lid  12 
to  16  inches  wide  and  5  to 
6  feet  long  The.se  pack- 
ages are  returned  to  the 
grower  Some  do  not  find 
it  profitable  or  possible  to 
have  shipping -boxes  or 
-crates  returned  and  must 
use  gift  boxes  which  may 
be  of  wood  or  heavy  paper. 
The  common  box  used  by 
the  wholesalers  m  shipping 
flowers  to  dihtant  cuntomers 
when  the  package  must  be 
handled  many  times,  is  the 
light  wooden  box  This  is 
made  of  thin  wood,  !,>-inch 
ends  and  H-moh  tops,  bot- 
toms and  hides,  with  t\\o 
interior  cleats  to  hold  the 
flowers  down  These  boxes 
are  made  in  sizes  4  to  8 
inches  deep,  12  to  16  inches 
wide,  and  36  to  50  inches 
or  more  long  The  boxes 
are  first  lined  with  paper, 
usually  four  to  eight  thick- 
nesses of  newspapers,  according  to  the  season  Then  a 
layer  of  waxed  paper  is  put  in  Roses,  whether  on 
their  way  into  or  out  of  the  wholesale  market,  are  sel- 
dom bunched.  Carnations,  when  shipped  out  or  when 
sent  in  by  a  wholesale  grower  to  hib  own  htore,  arc 
usually  not  bunched,  but  growers  who  hell  through 
the  commission  florist  should  bunch  the  flowers  as  it 
facilitates  handling  when  the  flowers  amve  on  the 
market  Sweet  peas,  violets  and  similar  flowers  are 
always  bunched.  The  number  of  flowers  in  a  bunch 
will  depend  upon  the  requirements  of  the  market. 
Usually  sweet  pea  bunches  contain  twenty-five,  vio- 
lets, fifty  or  one  hundred;  peonies,  thirteen;  and  car- 
nations, twenty-five  flowers  The  bunches  of  violets 
are  encircled  by  a  rim  of  twenty  to  thirty  leaves  and  tho 
combination  must  be  attractively  done  if  even  tho 
best  flowers  are  to  bring  a  good  price.  Sweet  peas  are 
bunched  without  foliage,  while  most  flowers  bear  their 
natural  foliage 

Long-stem  flowers,  such  as  roses  and  carnations, 
when  not  tied  in  bunches,  are  packed  one  by  one  in 
rows  across  the  width  of  the  box,  beginning  at  one  end. 
The  first  row  rests  upon  a  pillow  made  of  a  roll  of  paper, 
and  each  succeeding  row  is  separated  from  the  preced- 
ing row  by  a  strip  of  wax  paper.  This  continues  until 
five  rows  have  been  put  in  each  end  of  the  box.  Five 
or  six  rows  of  flowers  m  each  end  constitute  a  layer. 
The  flowers  of  each  layer  are  covered  with  a  sheet  of 
wax  paper,  and  the  packing  goes  on  until  the  box  is 
filled;  but  only  four  to  six  layers  should  be  put  in  a  box, 


CUT-FLOWER  INDUSTRY 


CUTTINGS 


925 


Over  the  stems  in  the  center  are  placed  eight  to  ten 
thicknesses  of  well-saturated  newspapers,  after  which 
cleats  are  nailed  in  place  This  will  prevent  the  flowers 
from  becoming  disarranged  in  shipping  When  differ- 
ent grades  of  roses  are  to  be  packed  in  the  same  box, 
the  specials  arc  placed  in  first  unless  shipment  has  a 
long  distance  to  travel,  when  two  or  three  rows  of  the 
cheap,  short  grades  should  go  next  the  end  of  the 
box  because  of  danger  of  injury  to  the  flowers.  Each 
grade  is  separated  from  the  next  by  sheets  of  tissue 
paper  and  the  different  grades  are  filled  m  until  the 
short  lengths  complete  the  box  It  should  be  a  general 
rule  to  pack  white  floweis  in  the  top  of  the  box.  Every 
box  should  contain  a  statement  of  the  contents  for  the 
information  of  the  recipient  No  icing  is  usually  needed 
in  winter,  but  in  warm  weather  the  foliage  of  roses 
may  be  sprinkled  with  water  or  chipped  ice  Carna- 
tions are  cooled  by  lumps  of  ice  wrapped  in  wet  news- 
papers and  placed  between  the  cleats  of  the  boxes. 
Violets  are  preserved  by  wrapping  the  stems  in  soft 
tissue  paper  and  dipping  this  in  cool  water.  Sweet 
pea  stems  are  wrapped  in  wet  cotton  wool,  great  care 
is  being  taken  to  prevent  wetting  the  blooms. 

In  the  early  days  of  the  cut-flower  business,  the 
gro\\er  retailed  his  own  flowers.  He  found  time  to 
propagate  the  plants,  tend  the  furnace,  grow  the  crops, 
cut  the  blooms,  make  floral  designs  and,  if  necessary, 
pack  and  ship  his  product  The  rapid  growth  of  the 
cities,  making  it  impossible  for  the  florist  to  conduct 
his  business  near  the  centers  of  trade,  led  to  the  retail 
florist  This  man,  having  no  glass,  could  open  a  flower- 
stand  or  store  in  the  most  favorable  locations,  giving 
it  his  entire  time  The  present-day  flower  stoies  are 
the  achievements  of  his  skill  and  industry  in  develop- 
ing the  art  side  of  the  floiist  business. 

The  changing  demands. 

The  uses  to  which  cut-flo\sers  are  put  have  changed. 
Forty  years  ago  the  taste  was  for  formal  designs.  The 
flowers  \vere  picked  with  short  stems,  and  in  the  case 
of  carnations  only  the  open  buds  \sere  cut,  \\hile  the 
remaining  buds  on  the  stem  weie  allowed  to  develop 
These  flowers  were  \\ired  to  wooden  sticks  for  basket 
work  or  to  bioom-corn  straws  for  bouquets  The  details 
for  making  the  formal  pieces  of  that  time  will  be  found 
in  Hendei son's  "Piactical  Floriculture."  That  the 
florists  ot  that  day  enjoyed  a  good  tiade  is  seen  in  the 
fact  that  on  New  \  ear's  Day,  1.H07,  one  New  York 
firm  sold  $6,000  worth  of  flowers,  and  it  was  estimated 
that  the  total  sales  in  the  city  amounted  to  $.50,000. 
The  same  authority  estimates  the  annual  sales  of  flowers 
in  New  Yoik  at  $100,000  and  in  Boston  $200,000 
Probably  the  sales  of  the  whole  country  did  not  exceed 
$1,000,000  Often  $200  or  $300  were  spent  for  flowers 
for  a  reception,  and  the  spending  of  $1,500  for  a  similar 
purpose,  as  well  as  a  $6,000  church  decoration,  were 
then  the  highest  achievements  of  the  profession. 

The  public  taste  of  the  present  day  is  for  loose, 
artistic  arrangements  of  long-stemmed  flowers  The 
popular  funeral  emblems  are  forms  of  the  wreath  which 
are  either  made  of  one  kind  of  flowers  or  of  a  great 
variety  of  material  Flat  sprays  and  bunches  of  flowers, 
and  palm  (sago)  leaves  tied  with  ribbon  are  also  com- 
monly used.  House  decorations  consist  of  vases  of 
long-stemmed  flowers  Roses,  carnations,  chrysanthe- 
mums, peonies  and  gladioli  are  suitable  for  this  pur- 
pose. Table  decorations  for  dinner  are  also  made  of 
long-stemmed  flowers  in  vases,  with  some  placed  on 
the  cloth  with  ferns  or  asparagus.  Bridal  bouquets  are 
arranged  often  in  shower  effects  by  means  of  narrow 
ribbon.  A  remarkable  advance  has  been  made  in  the 
use  of  ribbon  Instead  of  the  florist  going  to  the  nearest 
drygoods  store  for  the  ribbon  he  needed,  the  present- 
day  florist  carries  his  own  supply  of  specially  prepared 
ribbon.  As  soon  as  a  new  shade  of  color  appears  in 
roses,  a  new  ribbon  is  manufactured  to  match  the 


color.  The  accessories  now  required  to  conduct  a 
successful  florist  business  are  numerous,  requiring  a 
considerable  outlay  of  money;  and  the  trade  in  this 
class  of  floral  supplies  is  a  very  large  one  Every  large 
city  now  has  its  supply  houses  The  kinds  of  flowers 
used  throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada  vary 
very  little  and  this  is  confined  to  varieties  rather  than 
species.  The  growth  of  the  cut-flower  business  in 
Canada  also  has  been  rapid,  and  artificial  boundaries 
have  not  divided  the  florists  of  the  two  countries  A 
good  book  on  cut-flower  culture  is  "How  to  Grow  Cut- 
Flowers,"  by  M  A.  Hunt  There  are  no  works  on  the 
handling  of  cut-flowers  On  the  use  and  arrangement 
of  flowers,  the  best  literature  is  found  in  the  current 
trade  papers  Among  the  foreign  works  which  may 
prove  helpful  are  "Floral  Decoration,"  by  Felton; 
"The  Book  of  Cut-Flowers,"  by  R  P  Brotherston; 
and  the  German  special  jouliial,  "Die  Bindekunst  " 

A.  C.  BEAL. 

CUTTINGS,  PROPAGATION  BY.  A  cutting  is  the 
gardener's  name  for  a  piece  of  stem,  root,  rootbtock 
or  leaf,  which,  if  cut  off  and  planted  under  suitable  con- 
ditions, will  form  new  roots  and  buds,  reproducing  the 
parent  plant 

The  word  cutting,  when  unrestricted,  is  given  to 
parts  r f  the  stem;  a  part  or  the  whole  of  the  leaf,  when 
so  used,  is  called  a  leaf-cutting;  a  piece  of  root  or  root- 
stock  is  called  a  root-cutting.  The  scales  of  some  bul- 
bous plants',  as  of  the  lily,  can  also  be  used  as  cuttings 
A  cion  used  m  grafting  might  be  called  a  cutting  which 
unites  and  grows  on  another  plant  Plants  secured  by 
division  or  layering  are  provided  with  roots  before  they 
are  detached  from  the  parent  plants,  and,  therefore, 
are  not  properly  cuttings  There  are  intermediate 
states  between  these  different  categories,  however,  so 
that  hard-and-fast  definitions  do  not  hold. 


1160    Section  of  propaga  ting-bed.  Shows  four  pipes 
beneath,  the  door  in  the  side,  and  the  frame  cover. 

The  practice  of  propagating  by  means  of  cuttings, 
together  with  the  discussion  of  the  reasons,  results  and 
bearings,  constitutes  a  department  of  horticultural 
knowledge  that  has  been  denominated  cuttage,  as  the 
practices,  reasons  and  philosophy  of  tilling  have  been 
called  tillage. 

Multiplication  by  cuttings  is  a  form  of  bud-propa- 
gation in  contradistinction  to  sexual  reproduction,  i.e., 


926 


CUTTINGS 


CUTTINGS 


1161    Permanent  propagating-fraraes  in  a  greenhouse. 


propagation  by  seeds.  It  is  a  cheap  and  convenient 
way  of  securing  new  plants  All  plants  cannot  be  profi- 
tably increased  by  these  means.  Why  they  differ  we 
do  not  know;  the  gardener  learns  by  experience  what 
species  yield  a  good  percentage  of  healthy  plants,  and 
acts  accordingly. 

The  following  table  will  show  the  different  ways  m 
which  cuttings  are  made: 


Cuttings 


(Growing 

Soft 
e  g.,  verbena. 

wood. 

Hardened 

o  g  ,  tea  roses 

Stem 

(Ripened 
wood. 

Long,  in  open  air 
o  g  ,  grape 

Short,  xinder  glass 

e  g  ,  Japanese  cedar 

{Short,  under  glass 

Roots  or 

e.  g  ,  Anemone  japonica 

rootstocks 

Long,  in  open  air 

e.  g  ,  blackberry 

1  Entire 

e.  g.,  echevena. 

Leaf    . 

Dmded 
e  g  ,  Begoma  Rex. 

Bulb-scaloa 

e  g  ,  lilies. 

There  is  less  variation  in  cutting-progeny  than  m 
seed-progeny,  and  therefore  cuttings  (or  layers  or  cions) 
are  used  when  it  is  desired  to  keep  a  stock  particu- 
larly true  to  name.  They  are  used  largely  for  the 
multiplication  of  forms  that  are  specially  __ 
variable  from  seed  (which  have  not  become 
fixed  by  seed  selection),  and  of  mutations  as 
between  the  different  branches  or  parts  of  a  plant 
(bud  sports)  Thus,  the  varieties  of  roses,  chry- 
santhemums, carnations,  most  begonias,  and  cur- 
rants and  grapes  can  be  grown  from  cuttings. 
Cuttings  are  also  employed  when  seeds  are  dif- 
ficult to  secure,  as  in  many  greenhouse  plants, 
or  when  propagation  by  seeds  is  difficult  and 
cuttings  are  easy,  as  in  poplars  and  willows. 

The  cutting-bed. 

Under  glass  cuttings  are  commonly  planted  m 
pure  sand,  such  as  a  mason  would  use  for  mak- 
ing mortar.  Sphagnum  moss  is  sometimes  used 
and  various  substances  like  brick-dust,  coal-ashes 
jadoo  fiber  have  been  tried,  but  without  much 
success  Sand  and  well-rotted  leaf-mold  mixed 
half  and  half,  is  occasionally  employed  for  gera- 
niums, for  lily  scales,  root-cuttings  and  some 
succulent  plants. 

Sphagnum  is  useful  in  rooting  Ficus  elastica. 
the  base  of  the  cutting  being  wrapped  in  a  ball 
of  moss  and  plunged  in  a  bed  of  moss.  English 


ivy,  oleander  and  other  plants  can  be  struck 
in  water,  but  this  method  is  cumbersome 
Peter  Henderson's  saucer  method  is  valuable 
in  hot  weather,  the  cuttings  are  planted  in 
sand,  kept  saturated  and  fully  exposed  to  sun. 

In  the  open,  air,  a  well-protected  place,  a  part 
of  the  frame-yard,  for  example,  should  be  chosen 
for  a  cutting-bed.  The  aspect  should  be  south- 
erly and  the  soil  must  be  well  drained.  The  soil 
should  also  be  trenched  to  the  depth  of  2  l/z  to 
3  feet,  all  poor  material  removed  and  additions 
of  humus,  in  the  form  of  peat,  leaf-mold  or 
well-rotted  barnyard  manure  incorporated. 
Provision  for  watering  should  be  easy.  If  the 
soil  is  a  heavy  clay,  aud  sand. 

Structures  in  which  cuttings  are  started. 
Figs.  1160-1165 

Large  establishments  have  one  or  more  houses  set 
apart  fqr  this  and  similar  purposes  called  "propaga- 
ting-houses  "  In  smaller  places  a  propagating-bed  or 
-bench  can  be  made  at  the  warmest  end  of  the  warmest 
house  It  should  be  placed  over  the  pipes  where  they 
leave  the  boiler,  and,  in  order  to  secure  bottom  heat 
when  needed,  the  space  between  the  bench  and  the 
floor  should  be  boaided  up,  having  a  trap-door  to  open 
on  cold  nights  (Fig  1160).  Cutting-frames  inside  a 
greenhouse  are  aiso  shown  in  Fig  1161  Side  partitions 
should  also  be  piovided  to  box  in  all  the  heat  from  the 
pipes  under  that  part  of  the  bench  Good  dimensions 
for  such  a  bed  are,  width  3  feet,  length  6  feet  or  any 
multiple  of  six  thus  making  it  simple  to  use  a  hotbed 
sash  when  confined  air  is  wanted  The  depth  of  the 
frame  should  be  from  6  to  10  inches  in  front  and  about 
the  same  behind  The  bottom  of  the  bed  may  be 
either  wood,  slate  or  metal  and  should  be  well  drained, 
place  a  layer  of  potsherds  first,  then  moss,  and  from  2  to 
3  inches  of  sand  on  top  The  sand  should  be  clean, 
sharp  and  well  compacted*  befoie  planting  it  should  be 
watered  if  at  all  dry  It  is  sometimes  advisable  to  have 
the  bed  filled  with  moss  (sphagnum),  into  winch  pots  or 
boxes  containing  cuttings  are  plunged  the  moss  should 
be  moist,  neither  too  wet  nor  dry,  and  well  packed. 

In  many  cases,  when  large  quantities  of  one  sort  of 
easily  struck  cuttings  are  to  be  planted,  the  ordinary 
greenhouse  bench  covered  with  sand  is  sufficient 
(Fig  1162) 

Hand-lights  and  bell-glasses  are  sometimes  used  under 
glass  for  small  quantities  of  cuttings  instead  of  frames 
They  may  be  01  every  convenient  size  up  to  12  or  15 
inches  in  diameter.  The  important  point  is  that 


1 162.  Cutting-bench  shaded  with  lath 


CUTTINGS 


CUTTINGS 


927 


provision  for  good  ventilation  bo  always  provided:  if 
too  much  water  accumulates  inside  the  glass  it  can  be 
wiped  off  with  a  cloth  They  are  somewhat  obsolete 
devices  for  providing  a  close  atmosphere  and  intensify- 
ing bottom  heat.  The  modern  gardener  fin^  that 
sunlight  and  shading  with  apers  put  directly  over  the 
cuttings  is  quite  sufficient  lor  all  plants  except  a  few 
difficult  subjects.  Figs. 
1103-1165  illustrate 
forms  of  hand  structures. 
Out-of-doors  cold- 
frames  are  employed  for 
striking  cuttings  in 
hummer.  They  are  made 
of  concrete  or  plank, 
and  are  about  5^  fret 
wide,  18  inches  deep 

1163.  Propagattng-bor.  bchmd^d  12  inch.''h  m 

front.    I  hey  are  of  any 

convenient  length,  which  is  a  multiple  of  three  and 
are  covered  with  standard  hotbed  sash  Instead  of 
coldframes,  light  hotbeds  are  sometimes  employed  for 
rooting  cuttings  in  the  open  air  m  summer  They 
entail  more  care  and  the  results  do  not  offset  the  gain. 

Cuttings  of  growing  wood    Figs   1106-1171 

These  cuttings  are  made  either  of  the  soft  growing 

tips,  as  in  colons  (Fig    1166,  also  Fig   1027,  p    827), 

salvui,  verbena  (F'g    1167),  geranium  (Fig   1168)  and 

others,  or,  of  the  same  wood  in  more  mature  condition, 

but  by  no  means  ripe,  as  in  tender  roses  (Fig.  1169), 

and  Azaka  indira     The  cuttings  of 

plants  lik°  Euphorbia  pulchernma, 

erica,  epacns,  are  used  m  the  soft 

growing  state,  if  a  well-built  propa- 

gat  ing-house  is  obtam.ible,  nut  m 

an  ordinary  house,  apait  of  which 

is  used  for  other  purposes,  the  older 

and  better  ripened  wood   will  be 

more  successful 

It  is  generally  true  that  cuttings 

of  hardened  wood  will  always  loot, 

although   they  require   more   time 

and  may  not  make  the  best  plants, 

but  it  is  not  true  that  cuttings  of 


1166.  Cutting  of 
soft  growing  wood. 
(as  of  Coleus.) 


the  soft  wood  will  al  \\.iv-s  root  In  many  cases,  as  in 
the  rose,  thev  succumb  before  they  callus,  much  less 
produce  loots  In  plants  of  rapid  growth  and  good 
vitality,  the  proper  condition  of  the  soft  gi  owing  wood 
for  cuttings  can  be  determined  by  its  readiness  to  snap, 
not  bend,  when  bent  back  the  hardened  wood  is  m  the 
right  state  as  long  as  it  continues  to  gro\v 

The  treatment  of  cuttings  in  both  classes  is  prac- 
tically the  same  They  should  be  planted  in  sand  under 
glass 

The  wood  for  soft  cuttings  should  be  fresh,  and  pre- 
cautions should  be  taken  to  prevent  wilting  during 
making  and  planting  if  the  weather  is  hot,  sprinkle  the 
floor  and  bench  of  the  workroom'  if  they  arc  delicate 
and  exposed  for  an  hour  or  more,  lay  them  between 
folds  of  moistened  paper.  The  average  length  of  these 
cuttings  is  from  1  to  3  inches,  but  they  can  be  made 
longer  or  shorter  .  much 
depends  upon  the  na- 
ture of  the  plant.  The 
best  growers  prefer 
short  cuttings;  the 
advantage  of  a  long 
piece  to  begin  with  is 
more  than  offset  by 
greater  danger  of  wilt- 
ing and  consequent 
retrogression  It  is  not 
necessary  to  cut  to  a 

1165.  Small  propagating-box.  bud,  i.  e.,  at  the  node, 

adapted  w  R  wmoow.  ic    the     more     easily 


handled  plants  except  in  some  herbaceous  tuberous- 
rooted  plants,  like  dahlia  (see  Fig  1170),  and  Kalvia 
patens,  m  which  a  crown  must  be  formed  to  insure 
future  growth  Make  the  cut  where  it  will  give  the 
proper  length  A  part  of  the  leaves 
should  be  removed,  always  enough 
to  secure  a  clean  stem  for  planting, 
and  as  many  more  as  are  needed  to 
prevent  disastrous  wilting1  this  factor 
varies  greatly  In  a  hardwood  cut- 
ting of  lemon  verbena  all  leaves  are 
taken  off,  m  zonale  geraniums  from 
the  open  ground  few  if  any  are  left, 
in  colons  and  verbena  about  one  half 
are  removed,  while  in  Olea  fragrant, 
Daphne  odora,  and  heath,  only  enough 
for  planting  Use  a  sharp  knife;  but 
scissors  are  handy  for  trimming  and 
sometimes  for  making  cuttings  of  those  small-wooded 
plants  which  root  easily. 

The  cuttings  of  plants  with  milky  juice  should  be 
washed  before  planting.  Sometimes  the  lower  ends  are 
allowed  to  dry  for  several  hours,  the  tops  being  pro- 
tected against  wilting  Large  and  succulent  cuttings, 
e  g  ,  of  pineapple,  cotyledon  .and  cactus,  should  be 
dried  before  planting  by  letting  them  he  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  propagating-bed  for  several  days,  or  they 
may  be  planted  in  dry  sand  at  first  Under  these  con- 
ditions a  callus  forms  which  tends  to  prevent  decay; 
but  the  wood  must  not  shrivel 

Peter  Henderson  has  introduced  a  method  which  is 
likely  to  increase  the  percentage  of 
rooted  plants,  and  which  is  desir- 
able in  slow-growing  varieties,  like 
the  tricolor  geraniums  He  advises 
that  the  cutting  should  be  partly 
severed  and  allowed  to  hang  to  the 
parent  plant  for  a  fetf  days,  this 
results  in  a  partial  callus  or  even 
roots,  before  the  cutting  is  entirely 
removed 

In  planting  cuttings,  use  a  dibble 
or  open  a  V-shaped  trench    Never 
thrust  the  cutting  directly  into  the 
goil     Plant  deep  enough  to  hold 
m  F 


1164    Propagating-box  or  hood. 


the  cutting  upright  and  no  deeper  (as  m  l^ig  1171), 
making  due  allowance  for  the  sand  settling;  the  dis- 
tance apart  should  be  just  enough  to  prevent  them 
from  pressing  against  each  other.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  they  stay  in  the  bed  only  until  rooted.  As 
soon  as  growth  begins,  they  are  potted  off.  When  the 
cuttings  are  inserted,  the  sand  should  be  firmly  pressed 
about  them,  and  they  should  be  watered  with  a  syringe 
or  with  a  fine  rose;  the  forcible  application  of  water 
compacts  the  sand,  thus  ex- 
cluding air,  and  prevents 
undue  wilting 

Owe  shade  immediately, 
using  lath  shutters  outside, 
cloth  screens  or  papers  placea 
directly  on  the  cuttings 
within,  and  attend  to  this 
very  carefully  for  the  first 
few  days.  Lift  the  shades 
early  in  the  afternoon,  and 
put  them  on  late  in  the  morn- 
ing, but  keep  them  on  during 
the  middle  of  the  day,  thus 
gradually  accustoming  them  to  full  light. 

Cuttings  should  never  suffer  from  dryness.  The 
sand  should  always  be  kept  moist  to  the  verge  of  wet- 
ness. Ventilation  should  be  given  on  bright  days,  but 
all  exposure  to  draft  avoided.  A  good  temperature  for 
propagating  is  from  60°  to  65°  F }  increasing  these 
figures  for  tropical  plants  and  reducing  them  for  more 
hardy  kinds.  It  is  debatable  whether  bottom  heat  and 


1167.  A  rooted  verbena 
cutting. 


928 


CUTTINGS 


CUTTINGS 


confined  air  are  advisable  for  cuttings  of  growing  wood. 
The  older  gardeners  employed  both,  but  now  neither 
is  commonly  used,  except  for  tropical  plants,  like  croton, 
or  when  a  constant  succession  of  crops  of  cuttings  is 
required.  There  is  no  doubt  that  with  this  aid  cuttings 
will  root  more  quickly,  but  more  skill  and  care  are 
required,  neglect  bringing  on  fungous  disease,  which 
results  in  unhealthy  plants 
or  total  loss.  If  bottom 


1169.  A  rose  cutting. 


1168.  A  geranium  cutting. 


heat  is  used,  the  average  temperature  of  the  bed  should 
be  10°  or  so  above  that  of  the  air,  but  loss  will  suffice 
Indeed,  in  beds  made  as  described  above,  in  good 
weather  the  sand  is  enough  warmer  than  the  green- 
house atmosphere  to  answer  every  purpose  If  a  con- 
fined air  is  wanted,  ventilation  and  shading  must  be 
carefully  looked  after,  and  precautions  taken  against 
the  accumulation  of  condensed  moisture  within  the 
bell-glass  or  franiv 

Although  it  is  tender  plants,  in  the  mam,  that  are 
propagated  by  cuttings  of  growing  wood,  the  above 
methods  can  be  practised  advantageously  with  some 
hardy  plants  The  wood,  which  is  invariably  more 
successful  if  hardened,  is  obtained  either  from  plants 
forced  for  this  purpose,  e.  g  ,  spirea,  Deutzia  qracilis, 
or  it  is  gathered  in  June  ana  July  out-of-doors,  e  g., 
lilac,  hydrangea  They  should  be  potted  off  in  2-  or 
3-inch  pots,  in  a  rather  sqndy  soil,  when  the  roots  are 
from  y±  to  Yt  inch  long  It  is  sometimes  good  economy 
to  box  them,  i  e  ,  plant  them  a  few  inches  apart  in  flats, 
when  not  immediately  required 

Some  hardy  perennials,  like  Phlox subulata,  Campanula 
carpalica,  Gentiana  acaulis  and  the  hardy  candytuft, 
can  also  be  easily  increased  in  this 
way.  Make  the  cuttings  2  to  3 
inches  long  and  plant  in  flats  or  pots 

in  sand  or  a  sandy  soil  in  October,  . 

November  or  December,  before  any 
hard  frost  Keep  in  a  coolhouse  and 
pot  off  when  rooted  They  make  nice 
plants  for  planting  out  the  following 
spring  Plants  of  this  same  nature 
can  also  be  propagated  in  the  open  ait 
in  autumn.  Make  the  cutting  longer, 
6  inches  when  possible,  and  do  the 
work  earlier,  in  September  or  in 
August  m  some  cases. 


Cutting  of  ripened  or  dormant  wood.   Figs    1172-1174. 

Many  plants  grow  readily  from  twigs  of  the  year's 
growth  taken  in  fall  or  winter  or  very  early  spring. 
The  "soft-wooded"  plants  usually  propagate  most 
readily  by  this  means.  These  cuttings  of  mature  wood 
may  be  cither  long  or  short. 

Long  cuttings  of  npened  wood  in  open  air. — This 
method  is  used  to  propagate  many  hardy  trees  and 
shrubs,  c.  g ,  willows,  currants,  grapes,  forsy thia. 
Wood  of  the  current  year's  growth  is  gathered  in 
autumn  or  early  winter,  before  severe  frost,  and  either 
stored  in  a  cool  cellar,  covering  with  moss  or  fresh 
earth  to  prevent  drying,  or  immediately  made  into 
cuttings  These  cuttings  are  usually  6  inches  or  more 
long  and  should  contain  at  least  two  buds.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  cut  to  a  bud  at  the  base,  but  the  upper  cut 
should  be  mst  above  one  Figs  1172,1173  Theyhhould 
be  tied  in  bundles  with  taired  n_pe,  taking  care  to  have 
them  lie  ''heads  and  tails"  to  facilitate  planting,  and 
with  the  butts  on  the  same  level,  to  promote  eallusing. 
They  should  then  be  buried  m  well-drained  soil,  with 
the  butts  down  and  protected  against  frobt  In  early 
spring  they  should  DO  firmly  planted  m  V-shaped 
trenches  in  well  prepared  soil  set  an  inch  or  so  apart, 
with  the  rows  1  or  1  l/i  ft  apart  The  upper  bud  should 
be  just  at  the  surface;  to  prevent  suckers  the  lower  buds 
may  be  removed  In  autumn  they  should  be  dug, 
graded  and  hceieu-m  for  winter  Some  varieties  will 
require  a  second  or  third  year's  growth  in  the  nursery, 
others  are  ready  for 
permanent  plant- 
ing, as  willows  and 
poplars,  winch  often 
grow  6  feet  the  first 
year  This  is  one 
of  the  very  cheapest 


1173.  Cuttings  of  grape,  to  show 
how  planted. 


1170  Hardened-wood 
cutting  of  dahlia 


1171.  A  carnation 
cutting. 


1172.  Hardwood 
cutting  of  currant. 


ways    of    propaga-    -^ ^VjSr-«W^\Vt          £1£&?3&- 

SSSXtSS  ssgfeaOl  &&&** 

cent  root.  This 
method  is  generally 
used  with  decidu- 
ous-leaved plants, 
but  some  conifers, 
e.g  ,  Siberian  arbor- 
vita?,  will  strike  Remove  enough  twigs  to  get  a  clean 
stem  for  planting,  and  allow  2  or  3  inches  of  top  above 
ground. 

The  excrescences,  knots  or  knaurs,  which  are 
found  on  the  trunks  and  the  main  limbs  of 
olive  trees,  are  sometimes  used  as  cuttings  for 
propagation 

Short  cuttings  of  ripened  wooa  (Fig  1174  )  Cuttings  of 
this  class  are  dsed  under  glass  wiih  tender  or  half-hardy 
species,  and  sometimes  with  new  introductions,  in  cases 
in  which  the  grower  is  short  of  stock,  and  when  the  plant 
is  delicate  and  small  The  wood  should  be  gathered 
before  severe  frost  and  the  cuttings  made  and  planted 
directly  in  October  and  November  Make  them  from 
2  to  4  inches  long  (sometimes  a  single  eye  only  is  used) 
and  plant  with  a  dibble,  in  pure  sand  in  pots,  pans  or 
flats  (boxes  about  16  inches  square  and  3  inches  deep). 
If  a  layer  of  potting  soil  is  placed  under  the  sand,  the 
young  plants  have  something  to  feed  on  and  do  not 
need  to  be  potted  so  soon  after  rooting;  if  this  is  done, 
drainage  should  be  given  It  is  important  to  keep  them 
cool  until  a  callus  is  formed  or  roots  produced  If  the 
buds  start  into  growth  before  this,  the  cuttings  become 
exhausted  and  are  likely  to  die  After  rooting, — the 
time  required  varies  from  one  to  six  months — they  may 
either  be  potted  or  the  strong-growing  sorts  be  planted 
out  in  well-prepared  beds  in  May  or  June,  where  they 
are  likely  to  make  a  satisfactory  growth.  The  weaker 
kinds  may  remain  a  year  in  pots  or  flats,  be  wintered 
in  a  pit,  and  planted  out  the  next  spring.  Some  green- 
house plants,  e.g.,  camellia,  laurestmus,  tender  grapes, 


CUTTINGS 


CUTTINGS 


929 


1174.  Short  cuttings 
of  ripened  wood. 


arc  propagated  in  this  way  with  cuttings  of  fully 
ripened  wood,  and  others,  as  cactus  and  dracena, 
'vith  wood  which  is  much  older  They  should  be  given 
the  care  described  under  the  head  of  "Cuttings  of  grow- 
ing wood"  (p.  927),  but  they  must  not  be  forced  too 
hard  at  first  The  temperature  should  be  regulated  by 
the  nature  of  the  plant  The  safest 
rule  to  follow  is  to  give  a  few  degrees 
more  heat  for  propagating  than  the 
plant  received  when  the  cutting 
was  removed. 

Hardy  shrubs  can  also  be  propa- 
gated by  cuttings  of  growing  wood, 
somewhat  hardened,  planted  m 
coldframes  in  June  and  July.  They 
are  called  "cuttings  of  greenwood, 
and  are  made  from  4  to  6  inches 
long  and  sometimes  longer.  They 
are  closely  planted  in  sand ,  or  soil 
one-half  Band  and  one-half  leaf- 
mold,  m  rows  4  to  6  inches  apart. 
They  must  be  carefully  watered,  shaded  and  ventilated 
for  ten  days  or  more  after  planting.  Much  of  the 
success  of  this  method  depends  upon  the  weather;  it 
brings  in  a  gambling  element  a  few  hot  and  dry  days 
are  dangerous  A  light  hotbed  may  be  used  instead 
of  a  eoldframe  but  this  means  more  care.  The  rooted 
plants  are  left  in  the  frame  all  winter,  protected  and 
planted  out  the  following  spring. 

Root-cuttings    Fig  1175. 

The  cuttings  of  this  class  are  made  of  either  root  or 
rootstock  and  are  useful  in  propagating  some  plants, 
either  in  the  greenhouse  or  in  the  open  air  Tender 
plants,  like  bomardia,  and  those  which  are  hardy  but  of 
delicate  growth,  eg,  Aiifinone  japonica,  are  handled 
under  glass,  blackberries,  horse-radish,  and  so  on  out-of- 
doors  The  cuttings  are  made  in  autumn  or  winter, 
the  roots  of  hardy  plants  being  gathered  before  severe 
frobt  arid  either  planted  directly  or  kept  in  moss  until 
spring,  This  process  of  storing  develops  a  callus  and 
has  a  tendency  to  produce  buds*  For  greenhouse  work, 
the  cuttings  are  made  from  1  to  2  inches  long,  the  larger 
roots  being  selected,  although  the  small  ones  will  grow 
They  are  planted  in  pans  or  flats,  in  soil  composed  of 
equal  parts  sand  and  well-rotted  leaf-mold  Ordinarily 
they  are  set  horizontally  If  planted  vertically,  m 
cuttings  from  the  true  root,  the  end  which  was  nearest 
the  crown  should  be  uppermost ,  but  if  made  from  the 
rootstock,  that  end  should  be  uppermost  which  grew 
farthest  from  the  crown  In  either  case  they  should  be 
covered,  as  seeds  are  covered,  and  the  whole  made 
firm  Root-cuttings  of  hardy  plants  should  be  kept 
cool  at  first  and  brought  into  heat  only  when  ready  to 
grow  They  may  be  kept  in  a  pit  or  cool  cellar  Tender 
plants  require  the  same  or  a  little  higher  temperature 
than  that  in  which  they  thrive 

In  swreet  potato,  the  tuber  is  cut  lengthwise  and  laid, 
with  the  cut  side  down,  on  moist  sand  or  moss,  the 
edges  being  slightly  covered.  Buds  develop  on  these 
edges  and  are  removed  when  of  proper  size  and  treated 
as  cuttings  of  growing  wood,  or  allowed  to  remain  until 
rooted .  In  dracena 
.  (see  Fig  1052,  page 
'  842) — and  this  applies 
to  stem-  as  well  as 
root  -cuttings  —  the 
buds  arc  not  taken  off 
until  rooted  the  orig- 
inal cutting  remains 
in  the  sand  and  sometimes  produces  a  second  or  even  a 
third  crop.  The  tuberous  rootstock  of  Arum  macula- 
turn,  and  plants  of  like  nature,  can  be  cut  into  pieces, 
remembering  that  the  bud-proaucing  portion  of  arum  is 
the  top,  and  each  part  will  grow  successfully  Exercise 
care  in  watering  and  maintain  »  good  temperature. 


1175.  Root-cutting  of  blackberry. 
(XH) 


The  rootstocks  of  cannas  are  cleaned  and  cut  into 
pieces  1  Yi  to  2  inches  long  and  planted  in  a  warmhouse 
in  February  (Fig  784,  p.  657).  As  soon  as  buds  push 
and  roots  form  they  are  potted  off  and  grown  until  the 
season  for  bedding  out.  Dahlias  are  not,  properly 
speaking,  propagated  from  rootstock,  but  by  division; 
the  plant  cannot  produce  adventitious  buds.  There 
must  always  be  a  bit  of  the  crow  n  attached  to  the  tuber 
The  propagation  of  dahlias  so  closely  resembles  the 
methods  here  described  that  it  is  perhaps  well  to 
mention  it 

Root-cuttings  for  planting  in  the  open  ground  are 
made  from  4  to  6  inches  long,  and  are  planted  firmly  in 
V-shaped  trenches  or  furrows  in  spring,  being  covered 
2  inches  or  more  deep  Roots  as  large  as  one's  little 
finger  are  chosen,  and  good  results  are  secured  with 
plants  of  vigorous  growth  In  plants  like  hly-of-the- 
valley,  common  lilac,  caly  can  thus,  Scotch  and  moss 
roses,  unless  short  of  stock,  it  is 
better  to  encourage  the  natural 
growth  of  the  suckers  and  prop- 
agate  by  division,  but  they  all  can 
be  multiplied  as  above  described 

Variegation,  curiously  enough, 
IB  not  always  reproduced  by 
means  of  root-cuttings. 

Leaf -cuttings.  Fig  1176. 

Many  leaves  are  capable  of 
producing  roots  Some  have  the 
further  power  of  developing  buds 
after  rooting,  and  of  these  last  a 
few  furnish  an  economical  means 
of  bud-propagation,  particularly 
when  (he  stem  growth  is  in- 
sufficient In  cotyledon  (ec he- 
vena)  the  whole  leaf  is  used, 
the  smaller  ones  from  the  flower- 
stalk  being  often  the  best 
Choose  those  that  are  fully 
matured,  and  dry  them  for  a 
few  dajs  on  sand,  but  do  not 
let  them  shrivel  The  treatment,  otherwise,  is  as  given 
above  for  cuttings  of  growing  wood.  In  gloxinia  and 
other  GesneraeejD,  the  whole  leaf  (Fig  117G),  half  a  leaf, 
or  even  a  lesser  portion,  is  used  When  enough  clear 
petiole  is  obtainable,  no  further  preparation  is  needed 
\\hen  a  part  only  of  the  leaf  is  planted,  some  of  the 
blade  must  be  cut  away  As  a  rule,  no  bud  is  de- 
veloped the  first  season  a  tuber  is  formed,  which  will 
grow  m  due  time 

The  common  Begonia  Rex  is  increased  by 
leaves  in  vai  ious  ways  The  w  hole  leaf  may 
be  planted  as  a  cutting,  keeping  the  petiole 
entire  or  cutting  it  off  where  it  unites  with 
the  blade,  or  the  whole  leaf  may  be  pinned 
or  weighted  to  the  surface  of  moist  sand 
(Figs  501-503,  p  470),  and,  if  the  principal 
veins  are  severed  at  intervals  of  an  inch,  a 
plant  let  will  appear  at  every  cut  The  best 
way  is  to  divide  the  leaf  into  somewhat 
triangular  pieces,  each  part  having  a  strong 
vein  near  the  center  Plant  in  sand,  in 
good  temperature,  and  treat  precisely  as  if 
they  were  cuttings  of  growing  wood  Roots 
and  buds  will  soon  grow,  and  a  good  plant 
will  result  within  a  reasonable  time  Pot  off  when  roots 
are  %  inch  long  Certain  other  begonias  may  be 
similarly  multiplied. 

Other  cuttings 

The  thickened  scales  of  bulbs,  like  lilies,  can  be  used 
for  propagation.  Remove  the  scales  intact  and  plant 
upright,  like  seeds,  in  soil  made  of  equal  parts  of  sand 
and  rotted  leaf-mold  (Fig  1177).  September  and 
October  are  the  usual  months  for  this  work.  If  they 


1176    Leaf-cutting  of 
gloxinia 


930 


CUTTINGS 


CYATHEA 


are  kept  in  a  cool  greenhouse,  the  young  bulblets  will 
appear  in  the  course  of  the  winter,  but  top  growth  will 
come  later,  in  summer. 
This  is  a  slow,  laborious 
process,  and  is  seldom  prac- 
tised except  in  propagating 
new  varieties.  The  granular 
scales  of  achimenes  and 
plants  of  like  nature  can  be 
used  for  propagating,  sow- 
ing them  in  a  sandy  soil  as 
seeds  are  sown;  but  this 
method  is  not  a  good  one  in 
ordinary  cases  The  scales 
of  Zamia  homda  have 

been  made  to  produce  new  plants,  as  have  also  the 
tumcated  scales  of  an  amaryllis. 

For  further  details  of  cuttage,  consult  Lindley's 
"Theory  and  Practice  of  Horticulture,"  2d  ed.: 
Burbidge,  "The  Propagation  and  Improvement  of 
Cultivated  Plants,"  Peter  Henderson's  "Practical 
Floriculture;"  Bailey's  "Nursery-Book." 

B.  M.  WATSON. 

CYANANTHUS  (Greek  for  blue  flower).  Cam- 
panulacese  Ten  or  a  dozen  herbs,  probably  mostly 
perennial,  of  the  high  mts  of  Cent  and  E.  Asia, 
with  showy  blue  fls.  terminating  the  ascending 
mostly  simple  hairy  sts  :  corolla  funnelform,  tubu- 
lar or  bell-shaped,  5-lobed;  stamens  free  from  the 
corolla,  the  oVate  anthers  more  or  less  connate 
around  the  pistil  fr  a  caps  with  persistent  calyx, 
locuhcidally  3-5-valved  Ivs.  alternate,  usually  small, 
entire  or  somewhat  lobed  C.  lobatus,  Wall ,  may 
be  expected  in  collections  of  choice  alpmes.  4-5  in.: 
Ivs.  small,  narrowing  to  base,  tooth-lobed  at  sum- 
mit: fls  bright  blue,  1  in.  diam  ,  resembling  a  shi- 
ning periwinkle  fl  ,  funnelform  with  reflexed  lobes, 
the  corolla  exceeding  the  calyx-tube  and  hairy  m 
the  throat  B  M  6485  Other  species  mentioned  in 
recent  horticultural  literature  are  C.  microph  i/Mus, 
Edgew.  (C.  hmfdhus,  Wall ),  with  slender  wiry 
sts  ,  small  entire  Ivs  ,  and  fls  like  those  of  C.  lobatus 
but  with  very  hairy  throat  and  longer  narrower 
segms  ;  C.  incdnus,  Hook.  f.  &  Thorns  ,  with  nu- 
merous wiry  sts  ,  small  nearly  sessile  Ivs  ,  and  yellow 
campanulate  fls.  with  hairy  calyx;  the  W.  China 
form  of  this  (var.  lewcdlyx)  has  a  less  hairy  calyx: 
C.  Hodken,  Clarke,  is  an  annual  with  small  stalked 
Ivs  and  blue  fls ,  from  China  and  India,  has  rigid 
sts.  with  short  lateral  fl  -branches.  £,.  H.  B. 

CYANl^LLA  (from  the  blue  color).  Amarylhdacex; 
it  has  been  referred  to  Lilidcese  and  also  to  Haemo- 
doracex.    A  half-dozen  or  less  small  bulbs  from  S 
Afr.,  sometimes  grown  in  the  way  of  ixias     Plants 
with  rhizomes  or  tunicate  corms,  radical  or  basal 
lanceolate    or    linear  Ivs ,   and    simple   or   rarely 
branched  sts    fls  violet,  rose,  yellow  or  white,  soli- 
tary or  racemed-pamculate;   perianth-tube   0,  the 
segms.    distinct    or    very    nearly   so;    stamens   6, 
attached  to  base  of  segms  ,  all  perfect,  often  dimor- 
phous* fr.  a  locuhcidal  3-angled  caps.,  on  bractless 
pedicel.    The   cyanellas   are 
summer-  and  fall -flowering 
bulbs  with  us.  The  following 
are  the   kinds  likely   to  be 
found:   C.  capensis,  Linn. 
Lvs.  lanceolate,  undulate:  st. 
pamcled,  leafy,  1  ft.:  fl  pur- 
ple.    BM.  568.    C.  Ifttea, 
Linn  f.  (C.  odoratissima, 
Lmdl )     Less  branched .  Ivs. 
linear-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
not  undulate:  fls.  rose,  chang- 
ing to  yellow.  B.R.  1111. 

L.  H.  B.  1178.  Cyathea  meridensis. 


CYANIDING,  CYANIDIZING:  Disease  and  Insects,  p.  1044, 
discussion  of  fumigating  by  hydrocyanic  acid  gas. 

CYANOPHYLLUM:  Tarn- 
onea. 

CYAN6TIS  (Greek, 
referring    to    the    blue 
petals).     Commelin&cex. 
Probably    40    creeping, 
ascencfing     or     weak 
branching  often  woolly 
or    hairy    herbs,    much 
like  Tradescantia;  they 
are  native  in  warm  countries  about  the 
globe     Lvs  sheathing,  small  or  medium 
in  size,  various'  fls    in  scirpioid  cymes 
or  variously   disposed,  mostly  blue   or 
rose-colored,    sepals   3,    lanceolate-can- 
nate,  nearly  equal,  usually  combined  at 
base  into  a  shoit  tubej  petals  3,  also  nearly  equal, 
often  connate  in  a  tune,  the  limb  spreading  and 
suborbiculnr;  stamens  6,  all  perfect,  nearly  equal, 
ovary  sessile,  3-oelled  and  each  cell  2-ovuled    Easy 
of  cult.;  prop  by  cuttings     There  are  few  species 
in  cult  ;  perennial;  grown  in  greenhouses  or  warm- 
houses.    C.  hirsuta,  Fisch  &  Mey  ,  from  Abyssinia, 
villous  or  glabrous,  has  erect  st ,  globo.se  tubers, 
linear  soft-hairy  Ivs  ,  and  rose-colored  perianth  and 
blue-bearded    filaments     B  M     7785      C.  barbata, 
Don,  of  E  India,  has  elongated  branching  nearly 
glabrous  st  ,   narrow-oblong  or  nearly  linear  Ivs  , 
and  blue  spatulato- oblong  petals  free  to  the  base: 
ovary  hirsute  at  apex  and  the  style  bearded      C. 
kewinsis,    Clarke,   of  E    Indies,   is    procumbent, 
reddish-hairv,    leafy,    the  branches  fleshy     Ivs    a 
half   or    more     longer    than    broad,    sessile     and 
amplexicaul    petals    rose-purple,   ovate,   free,   fila- 
ments   bearded      B  M    61,50    (as   Erythrolis   Bcd- 
domei}     C.  nodifl&ra,  Kunth,  of  S  Afr  ,  is  cobwebby 
or  woolly  but  becoming  glabrous,  the  fibrous  roots 
terminating  in  tubercles .  Ivs  narrowly  lance-linear: 
petals  blue,  lightly  connate.  B  M.  5471     L.  II.  B. 

CYATHEA  (Greek,  a  cup,  alluding  to  the  mdusia). 
Cyatheacear  A  large  genus  of  tree  ferns  in  both 
hemispheres,  with  a  globose  mdusium  which  ulti- 
mately ruptures  at  the  apex  and  becomes  cup- 
shaped  All  the  species  in  cult  have  decompound 
Ivs  Most  of  them  are  large  plants,  species  with 
trunks  20-30  ft.  high  being  common,  but  there  are 
a  few  species  that  have  Ivs.  and  sts.  no  more  than 
2  ft.  long  Strictly  speaking,  the  genus  Alsophila 
is  a  part  of  Cyathea  Many  other  species  from 
Colombia  and  the  W  Indies  besides  those  described 
below  are  well  worthy  of  cult 

The  species  offer  a  great  variety.  Those  of  tem- 
perate regions  are  mostly  stout  and  not  spiny ;  the 
tropical  species  are  more  slender  and  in  many  cases 
densely  armed  with  stout  spines     All  species  are 
evergreen      The  culture  of  cyatheas   is  simple  in 
warmhouses.   They  require  an  abundance  of  water 
at  the  roots  and  the  trunks  should  be  kept  con- 
stantly moist    The  foliage  lasts 
longer  if  it  has  been  inured  to 
the  sun  during  summer    Like  all 
other  tree   ferns,  cyatheas  need 
little    pot -room      They    rarely 
produce    adventitious    growths 
along  the  trunk  or  at  the  base 
and  none  is  proliferous.   The 
plants  are,  therefore,  usually 
propagated    by    spores,    which 
germinate  freely,  making  attrac- 
tive young  plants  in  two  seasons. 
(Adapted    from    Schneider, 
"Book  of  Choice  Ferns  ") 


XXXIII.  Cycas  circinalis.  the  male  plant. 


CYATHEA 


CYCAS 


931 


A.  Rachides  unarmed.  Iva.  white  beneath. 
dealbata,  Swartz.    Rachides  with  pale  rusty  wool 
when  young.  Ivs  firm,  bi-tripmnate,  almost  pure  white 
beneath    New  Zeal  — C.  timlthn,  Hurt.,  is  regarded  by 
some  as  a  horticultural  variety. 

AA.  Rachides  unarmed  Ivs.  green  beneath. 
Burkei,  Hook     Stalks  with  tubercles  near  the  base 
bearing  large,  glossy  rusty  scales    Ivs   bipmnate,  with 
broad  pinnules    S  Afr 

meridensis,  Karst.  Figs. 
1178, 1179  Lvs.  tnuinnatifid, 
with  oblong-lanceolate  pinnae 
and  rather  narrow  lanceolate 
pinnules;  begins  scaly  on  the 
ribs  beneath.  Colombia. 


1179    Fruiting  pinnule  of 
Cyathea  meridensis. 


AAA  Rachides  npiny   Ivs. 

green  beneath 

medullaris,  Swart/  Lvs  bi-tnpmnato,  densely  scaly 
when  young,  with  soft,  deciduous  hair-like  scales, 
segms  coarsely  serrate  or  pinnatifid,  on  spore-bearing 
Ivs  Now  Zeal. 

C  anQoltnutw,  Wolw  A  greenhouse  npecif»s  said  to  have 
fronds  G-S  ft  long  produced  from  a  trunk  which  attains  12-15  ft. 

Trop  w  Afr  L  M   UNDERWOOD. 

C^CAS  (Greek  kiikaa,  the  name  of  a  palm  tree) 
CijcadacccF  Several  beautiful  palm-like  plants,  com- 
mon in  cultivation  undoi  glass.  Plate  XXXIII 

The  Cycadaoea1  are  of  great  interest  because  they 
occupy  a  place  intermediate  between  flowering  plants 
and  the  cryptogams  Like  the  former  they  have  fr 
with  a  largo  starchy  endocarp,  but  like  the  latter  their 
sexual  prop  ib  accomplished  by  means  of  sporma- 
tozoids  and  archogoma,  corresponding  to  the  male 
and  female  elements  in  animals  The  plants  are  dur~ 
cious,  the  male  mfl  is  m  the  form  of  an  erect  cone 
composed  of  modified  starnmal  Ivs  which  bear  on  the 
under  surface  globose  pollen  sacs  corresponding  to 
microsporangia,  the  female  mfl  consists  of  a  tuft  of 
bpreading  carpellary  Ivs.  having  their  margins  coarsely 
notched,  in  the  notches  are  situated  the  ovules,  which 
are  devoid  of  any  protective  covering,  and  correspond 
to  maerosporangia  Pollination  under  natural  condi- 
tions is  effect  CM!  by  the  wind  The  pollen  settles  on  the 
ovules  and  sends  down  a  tube  into  the  tissue  of  the 
nucellus  Archogoma  are  formed,  egg-cells  develop, 
and  in  the  pollen-tube  are  produced  spormatozoids 
provided  \vith  minute  movable  cilia  by  which  they  are 
propelled,  very  much  as  in  the  spermatozoa  of  animals 
These  are  discharged  over  the  archegoma  and  fecun- 
date the  egg  The  discovery  of  nperrnatozoids  in  the 
cycads  was  made  by  a  Japanese  student,  S  Ikeno, 
while  investigating  the  process  of  reproduction  of 
Cijcas  circinalis  Those  of  Zamia,  endemic  in  Fla , 
were  described  and  figured  by  H  J.  Webber,  who 
found  the  mature  spermatozoids  of  the  latter  genus  to 
be  the  largest  known  to  occur  in  any  plant  or  animal 

Most  of  the  species  of  Cycas  are  arborescent,  having 
a  trunk  marked  with  rings  of  growth  and  with  the 
scars  of  fallen  petioles  The  trunk  is  usually  simple  and 
columnar  (though  sometimes  it  is  branched),  and  is 
elongated  by  a  terminal  bud  The  pinnate  leaves  form 
a  beautiful  terminal  crown  like  that  of  a  palm  or  tree- 
fern  Cyeads  are  found  among  the  fossils  of  many 
geological  formations,  especially  in  those  of  the  early 
Mesozoic.  The  latter  formations  are  grouped  together 
on  this  account,  and  the  geological  epoch  which  they 
represent  is  sometimes  designated  as  the  "Age  of  the 
Cycads  " 

Cycads  are  among  the  most  ornamental  plants  of 
tropical  and  subtropical  gardens  In  the  United  States 
they  are  often  designated  "sago  palms,"  although  they 
have  nothing  in  common  with  a  palm  except  the  general 
habit  of  growth.  In  Florida,  according  to  H  Nehrhng 
who  has  a  plantation  at  Gotha,  near  the  center  of  the 


state,  they  thrive  equally  well  on  high  pine  land  and 
in  the  rich  soil  of  the  low  hummocks  C.  circinalis  is 
apparently  the  most  sturdy  of  the  cultivated  species. 
It  is  almost  free  from  diseases;  but  it  is  more  sensitive 
to  cold  than  C  revoluta.  The  latter,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  subject  to  diseases  in  low  flat  wooded  situations. 
A  third  species,  C.  siamensis,  which  is  comparatively 
rare,  seems  to  be  perfectly  hardy  in  Florida  In  cultiva- 
ting cycads,  Nehrhng  has  attained  the  best  results  by 
keeping  the  weeds  away  from  the  base  of  the  trees  and 
loosening  the  soil  from  time  to  time,  taking  care  not 
to  injure  the  small  network  of  tubercle-bearing  roots 
surrounding  the  trunk  The  tubercles,  which  are 
about  the  size  of  a  pea,  are  interesting  to  the  plant 
physiologist,  and  are  apparently  conducive  to  the 
plant's  well-being  Nehrhng  gathers  the  pollen  from 
the  male  plants  and  sprinkles  it  by  hand  over  the 
female  flowers  to  insure  fertilization  of  the  naked  ovules. 

Plants  are  propagated  by  fe.jeds,  which  keep  well  for 
a  month  or  more  after  ripening  According  to  K.  N. 
Reasoner,  they  should  be  sown  in  shallow  boxes  or  the 
greenhouse  bench,  lightly  covered  with  sand,  and  after 
germination,  potted  off  in  small  pots  of  moderately 
rich,  light  soil  The  growing  plants  do  best  in  partial 
shade  The  old  plants  frequently  send  up  suckers  around 
the  base  of  the  trunk  These  may  be  taken  off  when  in 
a  dormant  state  and  rooted,  care  being  taken  to  remove 
the  leaves  to  guard  against  excessive  transpiration 
Growing  cycads  require  sunshine  and  moisture. 

The  beautiful  glossy  leaves  of  cycads  are  used  m 
many  countries  for  ornamenting  temples  and  for  decora- 
ting altars  On  the  island  of  Guam  they  are  used  for 
palm  leaves  on  Palm  Sunday,  and  in  the  early  days 
they  were  carried  by  children  in  religious  processions, 
marching  from  one  village  to  another  under  the  guid- 
ance of  the  Jesuit  missionaries  Cycads  are  popular 
conservatory  plants,  of  easy  culture,  and  tenacious  of 
life,  even  when  neglected  for  a  long  time  Their  stems 


1180.  Cycas  pectinata. 


deprived  of  leaves  are  easily  transported  in  bulk 
and  will  soon  resume  growth  when  planted.  In  tho 
southern  United  States,  cycads  are  injured  by  frost  but 
often  revive  after  having  apparently  been  killed. 

A.  Margins  of  pinnae  flat. 
B.  Modified  fr  -bearing  Ivs.  (carpophytts)  spinous- 

toothed  along  the  margin. 

c.  Scales  of  male  mfl.  tapenng  into  a  long  spine. 
D.  Lvs.  5-8  feet  long,  with  pinnae  10-12  in.  long. 

circinHlis,  Linn.  (C.  Thoudrsii,  R.  Br.).  FERN  PALM. 
A  palm-like  tree  with  cylindrical  trunk  and  a  crown  of 


932 


CYCAS 


CYCAS 


glossy,  fern-like,  stiff  but  gracefully  curved  pinnate 
Ivs.:  trunk  clothed  with  the  compacted  woody  bases 
of  petioles,  usually  columnar  ana  simple,  but  often 
branching  when  the  terminal  bud  has  been  cut  off,  or 
in  clusters  of  several  springing  from  the  base  of  an  old 
trunk  which  has  been  cut  down;  in  addition  to  tho 
true  Ivs ,  modified  Ivs  m  the  form  of  simple  short 
subulate  woolly  prophylla;  true  Ivs  5-8  ft  long,  long- 
petioled,  the  petiole  bearing  short  deflexed  spines  near 
the  base;  pmnte  alternate,  10-12  in.  long  and  quite 
narrow,  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  subfalcate,  the 
midrib  stout  and  prominent  beneath,  bright  green 
above,  paler  beneath:  male  mfl  in  the  form  of  an  erect 
woolly  cone  composed  of  scales  bearing  globose  pollen- 
sacs  on  the  under  surface  and  tapering  at  the  apex 
into  a  long  spine;  female  mfl  in  the  center  of  the  crown 
of  Ivs.,  consisting  of  a  tuft  of  spreading  buff-colored, 
woolly,  pinnately-notched  Ivs.  (carpophylls)  about 
6-12  m.  long,  spinous  toothed  along  the  margin,  and 
bearing  in  the  notches  the  naked  ovules,  ovules  3-5 
pairs,  Borne  above  the  middle:  fr  about  the  size  of  a 
walnut,  with  a  thin  fleshy  covering,  and  a  fleshy 
starchy  endosperm  resembling  that  of  a  horse-chestnut. 
S.  India,  Ceylon,  Sumatra,  Java,  Philippines,  Madagas- 
car, E.  Trop  Afr ,  Guam. — In  Fla  the  Ivs.  of  this 
species  are  often  destroyed  by  sharp  frosts,  but  the 
trunk  is  rarely  injured  and  will  soon  send  forth  new 
ivs  when  the  weather  becomes  warm  again.  Nehrlmg 
recommends  that  fine  specimens  be  protected  by  a  tent 
or  by  a  house  of  lattice-work  covered  with  canvas, 
and  with  the  sides  also  inclosed  if  necessary  In  this 
house  a  large  kerosene  lamp  will  be  sufficient  to  keep 
the  plant  from  freezing.  In  Tampa,  Fla ,  this  spe- 
cies appears  to  flourish,  some  of  the  specimens  having 
trunks  6-8  ft  high  It  grows  best  m  rich  moist  soil 
and  in  partial  shade.  On  the  island  of  Guam,  the  nuts 
of  this  species  form  a  food  staple  for  the  natives  in 
times  of  famine  following  hurricanes.  These  aia.so 
poisonous  that  the  water  in  which  the  kernels  aie 
soaked  is  fatal  to  animals  After  having  been  soaked 
for  some  time  and  the  water  repeatedly  changed,  the 
kernels  become  harmless,  and  are  ground  up  into  meal 
and  dried  for  future  use  They  aie  usually  pi  reared 
in  the  form  of  cakes,  which  are  said  to  be  nutiitioiis 
although  rather  tasteless 

DD.  Lvs.  less  than  5  ft.  long;  pinnae  3-8  in.  long. 
media,  R  Br.  NUT  PALM  of  Australia.  Trunk 
attaining  height  of  8-10  ft.  or  sometimes  twice  this 
height,  rarely 
branched  at  the 
top:  Ivs.  2-4  ft. 
long  or  more,  the 
pinnie  very  nu- 
merous, straight 
or  falcate,  ob- 
tuse or  pungent- 
pointed,  flat  or 
slightly  concave 
above  when 
young,  promi- 
nently keeled 
beneath v  the  mar- 

§ms  often  slightly 
ecurrent  on  the 
rachis,  glabrous  or 
slightly  pubescent 

1181.  Cycas  revoluta.  when  young,  the 

longer  ones  vary- 
ing from  3-8  in.,  the  lower  ones  shorter  arid  more  con- 
tracted at  the  base,  the  lowest  ones  prickle-like,  some- 
times continuing  to  base  of  petiole:  coi^s  variable  m 
size,  but  apparently  smaller  than  in  C.  circinalis, 
which  this  species  otherwise  resembles;  seeds  1-1  ^ 
in  long,  glabrous.  Austral,  along  the  northern  coasts; 
also  Queensland. 


cc.  Scales  of  male  mfl.  shortly  acuminate. 

Rtimphii.  Miq.  Closely  related  to  the  preceding,  but 
growing  taller  in  its  natural  habitat,  sometimes  reach- 
ing a  height  of  20  ft.  or  moie.  Ivs.  shorter  and  with 
fewer  Ifts.  scales  of  male  cone  thickened  and  obliquely 
truncate  at  the  tip,  with  a  short  upcurved  sometimes 
caducous  point;  earpophylls  a  foot  long,  narrower 
than  in  C  circinahs,  with  an  entire  often  elongate 


Malaya,  New  Guinea,  and  N.  Austral  — This  specie: 
when  growing  in  cult,  is  usually  much  lower,  and 
has  a  full  large  crown  of  Ivs ,  with  lanceolate  pinnfj; 
thinner  and  paler  than  those  of  C  circinalis  Much 
grown  in  tropical  gardens  of  E.  Indies,  male  plants 
rare. 

BB  Modified  fr.-beanng  Ivs.  pectinate  along  the  margins 
c.  Trunk  much  swollen  at  the  base  blade  of  carpophyll 

ovate-rhomboid 

siamensis,  Miq.  A  small  palm-like  tree  sts  2-6  ft , 
much  swollen  at  the* base.  Ivs  2-4  ft ,  stiff  spreading, 
pinnae  3-8  in  long,  linear  mucronate-acurnmate,  blade 
of  carpophyll  tawny-woolly  \vhen  young,  at  length 
glabresecnt  above,  ovate-rhomboid,  long-acuminate, 
margin  deeply  pectinate  lacerate  scales  of  male  mil. 
about  %m  long,  with  a  slender  terminal  point  of  the 
same  length:  seeds  1}£  in  long,  obovoid-oblong 
Burma,  Siam,  Cochin  China  — Apparently  hardy  in 
Fla  It  is  rare,  occurring  in  only  a  few  gardens  It  is 
a  beautiful  species,  easily  recognizable  by  its  trunk 
which  is  swollen  very  much  like  that  of  Dasyhnon, 
and  according  to  Nehrlmg  grows  much  faster  than  the 
species  more  commonly  cult  It  is  certainly  deserving 
of  more  general  cult. 

cc.  Trunk  not  swollen  at  the  bat>e'  blade  of  carpophyll 
broadly  orbicular. 

pectinata,  Griff.  Fig  1180  A  glabrous  evergreen 
palm-like  tree,  to  10  ft  high  m  its  native  habitat  but 
usually  much  shorter  m  cult  hs  ascending,  recurved, 
5—7  ft.  long,  pinnae  7-10  in  long,  narrowly  linear  taper- 
ing into  a  minute  apical  spine,  subfalcate,  blade  of 
carpophyll  covered  with  dense  tawny  wool  throughout, 
6  in.  long,  broadly  orbicular,  long-acuminate,  its 
margin  deeply  subulate-pectinate,  stalk  about  equal  in 
length  to  the  blade  with  2  or  3  pairs  of  ovules  above 
the  middle;  spiny  marginal  teeth  %in  long,  terminal 
point  \l/2  m  long,  tapering  from  a  flat  base,  with  1  or 
2  spinous  teeth  seeds  about  1^2  m  long,  ovoid,  male 
cone  18  in  long,  6  in  diam  ,  cylmdnc-ovoid;  anther- 
bearing  scales  \l/i  m.  long,  1  in  diam  ,  deltoid-clavate, 
the  apex  much  thickened,  abruptly  acuminate,  ter- 
minal point  l^A  in  long,  spine-like,  ascending  India, 
Nepaul,  East  Bengal,  2,000  ft  elevation,  Assam, 
Martaban,  m  pine  forests  GF.  4:114  (adapted  in 
Fig.  1180). 

AA.  Margins  of  pinnx  revolute. 
B.  Blade  of  carpophyll  pectinate. 

revolfcta,  Thunb.  SAGO  PALM.  Figs.  1181,  1182 
A  graceful  palm-like  tree  or  shrub,  becoming  6-10  ft 
high,  with  trio  trunk  simple  or  branching  Ivs  long  and 
recurved  (2-7  ft.);  pinnae  numerous,  suboppositer 
curved  downward,  narrow,  stiff,  acute,  terminating* 
in  a  spine-like  tip,  dark  shining  green,  the  margin 
revolute;  carpophylls  with  the  blade  broadly  ovato, 
densely  clothed  with  brownish  felt-like  wool,  pec- 
tinate, ovules  2  or  3  pairs  borne  near  the  base:  fr. 
ovate,  compressed,  red,  about  1H  m  long.  S  Japan. 
— This  is  the  most  common  cycas  in  conservatories 
It  is  of  Javanese  origin  and  is  much  hardier  than  the 
species  mentioned  above.  In  Fla.  it  is  usually  found  in 
all  of  the  better  parks  and  gardens,  where  it  is  suitable 
as  a  center  about  which  to  arrange  other  ornamental 


CYCAS 


CYCLAMEN 


933 


shrubs  According  to  Nehrhng,  this  species  is  of  slow 
growth.  In  the  male  plants  there  are  usually  several 
heads  The  male  mfl  is  usually  18-20  in  long  and 
cylindrical  in  form  The  female  mfl  is  in  the  form  of  a 
semi-globose  head,  yielding  100-200  large  bright  red 
nut-like  seeds,  which  ripen  about  Christmas  time.  The 
new  Ivs.  appear 
all  at  one  time, 
usually  in  May 
They  have  a  beau 
tiful  glaucous 
green  color  and  at 
first  stand  erect 
Young  plants  are 
easily  grown  from 
seeds  Unfortu- 
nately this  beau-  1182.  Leaf  of  Cycas 
tiful  species  is,  in  revoluta. 

Fla ,     subject    to 

blight  for  which  no  remedy  has  yet 
been  found     It  appears  to  thrive  best 
in  open  situations;  and  in  Cent   Fla. 
it  grows  with  little  care,  flowering  and 
fruiting    abundantly.     The   nuts    are 
eaten  by  the   natives,  and  from  the 
pith   of  the  trunk  a  kind  of  sago  is  prepared 
for  which  the  common  name  "sago  palm"  is 
given  it.   The  leaves  are  much  used  in  funeral 
decorations 

HB  Blade  of  carpophylls  dentate-lobale. 
Beddomei,  Dyer  (C  revolida,  Bedd.,  not  Thunb.) 
A  low  shrub  with  sts  only  a  few  in  high    Ivs  about 
3  ft  long,  pinna*  about  J^m   wide,  strongly  revo- 
lute,  carpophylls  6-8  in.  long,  with  the  blade  3  in 
long   ana    1    in     broad,  ovate-lanceolate,   tapering 
into  a  long-acuminate  point,  strongly  dentatc-lobate, 
bearing  2  pairs  of  ovules  above  the  middle    seeds  glo- 
bose, \l/2  in    diarn  ,  male  cone  about  1  ft.  long  and  3 
in.  diarn  ,  very  short-peduncled,  anthenfcrous   scales 
long-acuminate,  acumen  in  upper  half  of  cone  strongly 
deflexed,   near   the  base    of    the   cone  ascending. — E. 
Madras,  abundant  on  the  hills 

dedonica,  Lind     "A  very 

,  ... 1  species  from  the  ryeads 

ito  the  U    M    by  \\    T    Swingle     Much 
nd  pinnae  closer  — 


Other  cultivated  rjcads  arc  C  , 

ornamnntal  palm-like  plant,  of  a  diffen  nt  species  from 
ordinarily  grown,"  intro  into  the  U  «  by  >\  T 
like  C  cimnuha  but  with  fronds  narrower  and  pinnae  el 
C  Xormanbyan'i,  Muell  ,  intro  into  the  U  S  from  Prince  by  \V  T 
Swingle,  a  sprcuHWith  oblong-obovate  Ivs  ,  h.u  ing  numerous  linear 
pinna?  o  in  long  Austral  —  C  Rmmimani,  Regrl  i>t  rather  st 
Ivs  bright  gnen,  erect,  spreading  in  a  \ase-lik 
fine-pointed  Philippine,  I  II  11  405  w 


wn,  tho  pinnae 
£    SAFFOKD 


CYCLAMEN  (classical  name,  probably  from  the  Greek 
word  for  circle,  m  allusion  to  the  spirally  twisted 
peduncles)  PnniuldLCcy  Ileibaceous  and  low  plants, 
with  a  flattish  tuber  or  corm,  gio\\n  sometimes  in  the 
open  and  one  of  them  much  prized  as  a  flon.st's  and 
window-garden  subject 

Flower  single,  on  a  scape,  \\ith  usually  5-parted 
calyx  and  corolla  (the  parts  strongly  reflexed),  o  con- 
nivent  stamens,  with  pointed  sessile  anthers,  1  style 
and  stigma,  and  a  5-sphtting  caps  Ivs  cordate  or 
remfonn,  long-petioled,  entire  or  sinuate-dentate:  fls 
nodding  or  declined,  purple,  rose  or  white.  —  About  20 
species  of  the  Medit  region,  extending  to  Cent  Eu. 
C  peraicum  is  the  source  of  the  standard  florists' 
cyclamens  Most  of  the  other  species  are  essentially 
outdoor  plants.  They  arc  little  known  in  outdoor 

Cting  in  N.  Amer  ,  however.   The  European  cata- 
es  list  several  species  aside  from  C.  pert>icum,  and 
they  are  here  described;  and  others  are  included    in 
the  supplementary  list  that  are  recently  mentioned  in 
horticultural  literature.    Old  English  name  sow-bread, 
from  the  tubers  being  sought  by  swine    Consult  Fr. 
Hildebrand,  Die  Gattung  Cyclamen,  Jena,  1898;  also 
Pax  &  Knuth  in  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft  22,  1905. 
All  cyclamens  are  very  beautiful,  and  would  be  much 


more  popular  were  they  hardy  in  our  eastern  climate. 
On  the  Pacific  slope  many  of  them  probably  would  be 
perfectly  at  home  as  outdoor  plants,  producing  a  great 
number  of  flowers  above  the  bare  soil  in  the  depth  of 
winter  before  the  leaves  are  developed  — It  13,  however, 
with  the  Persian   cyclamen   (C    persicum),   which  is 
tender,   that  florists  have  had  the  greatest  success. 
There  is  no   common   winter-flowering  subject  of  as 
much  value  for  duration  in  bloom,  variety  of  coloring, 
or  wealth  of  color.   It  is  preferable  at  all  times  to  begin 
the  culture  of  Persian  cyclamen  with  seeds,  sown  in 
the  early  winter  months    Grow  on  without  any  check 
for  the  following  year.    They  should  bloom 
freely  about  fifteen  months  from  planting    Old 
tubers,  such  as  are  offered  in  fall  with  other 
florists'  bulbs,  rarely  give  satihfaction  as  com- 
pared with  a  packet  of  seeds    It  is  not  the 
nature  of  the  plant  to  have  all  its  roots  dried 
off,  as  if  it  were  a  hyacinth  or  tulip    Our  sum- 
mers are  rather  too  warm  to  suit  cyclamen 
perfectly,  and  it  will  be  found  that  the  most 
growth  is  made  in  the  early  autumn    It  is  best 
to  give  the  plants  a  little  shade  m   the   hot 
months,   such  as  a  frame  outdoors  near  the 
shade  of  overhanging  trees  at  midday     This 
is  better  than  growing  them  under  painted 
glass,  as  more  light  is  available,  together  with 
plenty  of  fresh  air  on  hot  days     It  will  be 
found  that  cyclamen  seeds  require  a  long  time 
in   which   to  germinate, — often   two  months. 
This  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  seed  produces 
a  bulb  or  corm  before  leaf-growth  is  visible     As 
soon  as  t\vo  leaver  are  well  developed,  place 
the  plants  around  the  edge  of  4-  or  5-mch  pots 
until  every  one  is  large  enough  for  a  3-inch 
pot     The  roots  are  produced  sparingly  in  the 
initial  stages,  and  too  much  pot-room  would 
be  fatal  at  the  start     By  the  middle  of  sum- 
mer another  shift  may  be  given,  and  in  Sep- 
tember all  \\ill  be  ready  for  the  pots  in  which 
they  are  to  fkwer, — 5-  or  6-irich  pots,  accord- 
ing to  the  vigor  of  the  plants.    It  will  always 
be  found,  how  ever,  that  there  will  be  a  certain 
percentage  that  will  not  grow,  no  matter  how 
much    persuasion    is    used      These    may    be 
thrown  away,  to  save  time  and  labor  early  in 
the  season     In  the  house  they  should  have  the  light- 
est bench      It  is  impossible  to  grow  them  in  a  warm, 
shady  house     About  50°  at  night  is  the  ideal  tem- 
perature  when    in    flower      The  best  soil  is  a  fresh, 
tufty  loam,  \\ith  a  fourth  or  fifth  of  well-rotted  horse- 
manure,  to  which  add  some  clean  sand  if  the  soil  18 
heavy.    At  all  tunes,  the  pots  should  be  \\ell  drained  — 
The    Giganteum    strains    of    the    Persian    cyclamen 
produce   the   largest  blooms,  but  at   the  expense   of 
quantity      For    the    average    cultivator    it   is   better 
to  try  a  good  strain  that  is  not  gigantic.    There  is 
a   recent   departure  in   the  form  of   crested  flowers. 
Cyclamens  come  true  to  color  from  seeds,  and  one  can 
now  buy   named  varieties  that  will  reproduce  them- 
selves  almost   to  a  certainty  —Of  recent  years  culti- 
vators have  had  much  trouble  with  a  tiny  pest  or  mite 
that  attacks  the  plants  and  renders  them  useless  for 
bloom.    Its  work  is  done  mostly  after  the  plants  are 
taken  into  the  greenhouse  and  when  about  to  mature 
into  blooming  specimens     If  the  first  flowers  come 
deformed  or  abnormally  streaked  with  colors  that  are 
darker  in  shade,  it  is  a  sure  indication  that  the  pest  is 
present.    Frequent  light  fumigation  with  hydrocyanic 
acid  gas  as  soon  as  the  pest  is  discovered  will  in  time 
eradicate  it,  but   being  very  small,  and  able  to  hide 
under  the  divisions  of  the  calyx,  seldom  coming  out 
except  on  bright  days,  makes  the  pest  a  difficult  one 
to  fight.    The  gas  cannot  be  used  during  sunshine. 
Tobacco  stems  used  freely  between  the  pots  is  a  good 
preventive  measure.    Greenfly  is  likely  to  attack  the 


934 


CYCLAMEN 


CYCLAMEN 


plants  at  all  stages  of  growth.  In  the  frames  the  plants 
may  be  plunged  in  tobacco  stems,  and  in  the  green- 
house they  must  be  fumigated  or  vaporized  with  some 
of  the  nicotine  extracts.  Great  vigilance  must  be  exer- 
cised in  growing  cyclamens.  (E.  0.  Orpet.) 


sestivum,  5 

floribundum,  5. 

pumcum,  1. 

africanum,  7. 

giganteum,  1. 

purpurcum,  1. 

album,  1,  2. 

hedersefolium,  1,  8. 

purpurasrens,  5. 

aleppicum,  1. 
Atkinaii,  3 

ibencum,  3. 
indicum,  1 

pyrolxfohum,  1. 
roseo-superbum,  1. 

atro-rubrum,  1. 

latifohum,  1. 

rubrum,  1. 

autumnale,  8. 

hbanoticum,  4. 

saldeiisf,  7. 

cihcicum   6 

macrophyllum,  1. 

sangumeum,  1. 

Clusn,  5* 

magmhcum,  1. 

splendens,  1 

cordifolium,  5 

subhastatum,  8. 

coum,  2,  3. 

orbiculatum,  5. 

vernale,  3,  8. 

elegana,  3. 

Papiho,  1. 

vernum,  2 

europaeum,  5. 
ficanxfohum,  8. 

persicum,  1. 
punctatum,  1. 

violaceum,  1. 

A.  Plant  blooming  in  spring  (or  in  winter  under  glass). 
B  Corolla-lobes  not  eared. 

1.  pgrsicum,   Mill.    (C    hedersefbhum,  Sibth.  & 
Smith.    C  indicum,  Linn     C.  latifbhum,  Sibth.  & 
Smith.  C.  macrophyllum,  Sicb.    C  punicum,  Pomel. 
C.  pyrolxfbhum,  Sahsb  )     Fig   1183.    The  common 
greenhouse  or  Persian  cyclamen,  in  many  forms: 
tuber  large,  flattened  endwise,  corky  on  the  outside: 
Ivs.  appearing  with  the  fls  ,  ovate, 
crenate-dentate,    base   deeply   cor- 
date, usually  marbled  or  variegated 

with  white  fls.  on  scapes 
6-7  m  high,  large,  scent- 
less, white,  purple-blotched  ,  > 
at  the  mouth,  but  with  *'{ 
rose  -  colored,  purple  and 
spotted  forms,  the  segms. 
oblong-spatulate  in  shape, 
not  eared  or  lobed  at  the 
base:  pedicel  not  coiling  m 
fr.  Greece  to  Syria. 
The  large-fld.  cult 
forms  are  grouped 
as  follows  by  Pax 
&  Knuth:  Var 
album  (C.  aleppi- 
cum, Hort ).  Pure  white. 
Var.giganteum.  White  with 
red  throat;  very  large.  Var. 
magnificum  (var.  puncld- 
tum).  White,  speckled  with 
red,  large.  Var.  rubrum. 
Red  Var.  sanguineum. 
Light  blood-red,  large.  Var. 
rdsea-supSrbum.  Brilliant 
rose-red,  large.  Var.  purpureum  Purple  with  bluish 
markings,  large.  Var.  violaceum.  Violet-red.  Var.  atro- 
rubrum  and  var.  splSndens.  Dark  red,  large  The 
var  giganteum  (C.  giganteum,  Hort )  is  the  common 
large -fld,  improved  form  of  the  florist's  cyclamen. 
There  are  also  double-fld.  forms  (R  H.  1886,  p  250); 
alsofimbriate  or  crested  forms,  C  Papiho  (I  H  43:63. 
GF.  5*235.  GC.  III.  21:71;  23:173).  Other  por- 
traits of  C  persicum  are:  BM  44.  I  H.  35:43  Gn. 
47.378;  48:182.  J  H  III.  34  578  Gt.  44,  p.  203;  45, 
p  164.  F.S.  22:2345  AG  14:390-2;  17:261.  A  F. 
7:521-5;  11:1176-9;  12:499.  The  species  is  frequently 
figured  m  the  trade  catalogues. 

2.  cdum,  Mill.  (C.  vfrnum,  Sweet).    Tuber  smaller 
than  m  the  last,  globose  or  flattened:  Ivs.  with  or  pre- 
ceding the  fls  ,   nearly  orbicular  or  round-reniform, 
entire,  firm,  not  marbled  nor  variegated:  fls.  small, 
scentless,  half  or  less  as  large  as  those  of  the  last,  purple 
and  spotted  in  the  throat.   S.  E.  Eu.  to  Persia.   B.M. 
4.    L.B.C.  2:108.    F.S.  22:2345.— There  is  a  white-fid, 
form  (C.  album,  Hort.). 


\ 


1183.  Cyclamen  persicum. 
Showing  a  flower  of  perfect 
form,  and  the  crested  variety. 
(XH) 


3.  ibe'ricum,  Goldie  (C.  cbum  var.  ibbncum,  Boiss. 
C.  elegans,  Boiss.  &  Buhse.   C  verndle,  Koch)     Dwarf: 
Ivs     appearing    before    the   fls ,    ovate-orbicular    and 
roundea   at  the   apex,  entire  or  obscurely  undulate, 
more  or  less  zoned  with  white  above   fls    purple  with 
a  darker  colored  throat.    Caucasus  — Perhaps  a  geo- 
graphical  form  of  C.  coum.     C.  Atkinsii,    Moore,    is 
(7.  coum  x  C.  ibencum,  Hildeb.    Lvs.  remforrn,  apex 
rounded,   more  or  less  shining,  deep  greon,   spotted 
silver-white,  the  corolla-lobes  pale  rose  or  white  and 
usually  lined  or  spotted  red.   F.S.  23  2425. 

BB.  Corolla-lobes  eared. 

4.  Iiban6ticum,  Hildeb.   Tuber  globose  with  a  cork- 
like   covering:   Ivs.   autumnal,    the   blade   obcordate, 
sinuate,  dentate  or  crenulate  or  rarely  entire,  marked 
with  white  above,  deep  violet  or  purple  beneath    fls 
fragrant;    calyx-lobes   oblong-acuminate,    the    margin 
lightly    undulate,    5-nerved,    corolla-tube    somewhat 
globose-campanulate,  the  lobes  lightly  eared  at  base 
and  broad-ovate,  entire,  pale  or  deep  rose-color  with 

a  deep  red   T-torm  rnaik   at  the 
base,  btyle  exseited.   Lebanon 

A  A  Plant  hi f turning  in  .summer 

and  autumn 

B.  Corolla-lobes  not  eared. 
5    europsfeum,  Linn   (C 
CliiMi,  Lindl    C  fr^tirunt, 
Park     C.  cordifblinm, 
Stokes      C    flonbundum, 
Sahhb  C.orbiculaturn.  and 
("     purpurdf,cens,     Mill  ) 
Tuber  with  cork}  exterior 
Ivs      ovate -orbicular     or 
remform,  entire  or 
nearly    so,   with    a 
deep    and     nan  ow 
b:i.sal  sinus,  more  or 
less   white-marbled 
above,  purple-tinted 
beneath,   fls    on   scapes 
^^^^^^  4-5  in    high,  bright  red 

//JP83MS^i»?      anf%  very  fragi ant ,  not  spotted, 
^/Sfj^^^      tne      corolla -segms       oblong- 
v*Jf?»}bCs>,      spatulate  (^(m    or  less  long), 
calyx  glabious    pedicel  spually 

coiling  in  fr.  Cent,  and  8.  Ku  BR  101-i— Lvs 
appearing  with  the  fls,  more  or  le.ss  evergieen. 
Variable 

6  cilicicum,  Boiss  &Heldr  Much  like  (7.  curopxwtr 
tuber  hairy:  fls  pale  rose,  with  purple  at  the  mouth, 
about  twice  larger;  corolla-lobes  elongated;  calyx 
puberulent.  Sicily.  G  C.  III.  23  '81 

BB   Corolla-lobes  eaied. 

7.  africanum,  Boiss.  &  Rent  (C.  saldense,  Pomel). 
Large:  tuber  large*  Ivs  ovate-cordate  to  reniform, 
coarsely  toothed,  pale  beneath,  dull  and  pale  green 
marbled  above*  calyx  pubescent,  the  lobes  broadly 
ovate-acuminate,  corolla  nearly  white,  faintly  rose- 
or  purple-tinged,  the  segms  1  in  long  and  deep  purple 
at  the  base;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate  Algeria.  B  M 
5758.  FS.  8:841  —Little  known  in  this  country,  but 
sold  by  the  American  agencies  of  the  Dutch  bulb 
houses. 

8  neapolitanum,  Tenore  (C  autumnale,  Boos  (\ 
ficanspfbhum  and  C  subhastatum,  Reichb  C.  hederi- 
fbhum,  Ait  C  vernale,  Mill ).  Tuber  very  large,  black, 
thick-rinded:  Ivs.  variable,  from  hastate  to  round- 
reniform,  more  or  less  wavy-plaited  on  the  edges, 
green  or  somewhat  parti-colored:  calyx  small;  corolla 
pink  or  rarely  white,  the  segms.  short  and  twisted 
and  the  edges  raised  and  white-edged  at  the  base; 
calyx-lobes  triangular  to  oblong.  8.  and  E.  Eu.  B.R 
24:49.  Go.  51,  p.  37 


CYCLAMEN 


CYCNOCHES 


935 


C.  xqintticum,  Hildeb.  Intermediate  between  C.  gwecum  and 
C  pseudo-grsecum,  from  the  former  it  differs  in  its  small  fls.  and 
other  parts  and  from  the  latter  m  having  more  rounded  Ivs  Greece. 
— C  gr&cum,  Link  Autumn-flowering.  Ivs  obcordate.  irregularly 
cartilaginous-dentate-  corolla-lobea  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, eared  at  base,  rose-colored  with  deep  purple  at  base  8  E  Eu 
— C  hiemdle,  Hildeb.  Winter-flowering  Ivs  round-reniform,  bright 
green  and  silver-zoned,  fl.  purple  with  deep  red  in  the  throat, 
corolla-lobes  round-ovate,  not  eared.  Asia  Minor  — C.  Jdvia, 
Hildeb  Differs  from  C  neapohtanum  in  its  more  slender  fls  with 
longer  lobes  of  calyx  and  corolla  Asia  Minor — C.  marUimum, 
Hildeb  Lvs.  variable  in  form,  mostly  ovate,  brown-green  fls. 
in  Sept  ,  inconspicuous,  pale  rose  with  marked  throat,  the  corolla- 
lobes  rounded  Asia  Minor  — C  Afr  harakian,  Hort  «=C  grsecum  — 
C  psewlo-ffrsecum,  Hildeb  Differs  from  C  graecum  m  having 
filaments  and  anthers  longer,  the  latter  3-angled  and  acuminate, 
corolla  pale  rose  or  almost  white  Crete  — C  pstiulo-ibiricum, 
Hildeb.  Spnng-flowenng  Ivs  obcordate,  rounded  at  base  and  top, 
the  margin  cartilagmous-orcnulate,  deep  gretn  and  spotted  sil- 
very white  fl  violet,  spotted  with  darker  color,  wlute  at  base, 
corolla-lobes  oblong-ovate,  not  eared  pedicel  spiral  in  fr  Probably 
Asia  Minor — C.  paeudo-marttimum,  Hildeb  Differs  from  C. 
mantimum  m  Ivs  being  lanceolate-acuminate,  calyx-lobes  rounded 
and  corolla-lobes  long-acuminate  Asia  Minor  — C.  repdndum, 
Sibth  &  Smith  Spring-flowering  tuber  small  Ivs  cordate,  undu- 
lato-lobed,  the  lobes  usually  mucronate  fl  beautiful  purple,  the 
throat  constricted  and  deeper-colored.  Cent,  and  E  Medit  basin. 

L.  H  B 

CYCLANTHfeRA  (Greek,  anthers  in  a  circle).  Cucur- 
bitacese.  Annual-  or  perennial-rooted  herbs,  one  of 
which  is  sometimes  grown  for  its  ornamental  character. 
Climbing  by  tendrils,  glabrous  or  pubescent:  Ivs. 
entire,  lobed  or  5-7-foholate:  fls.  monoecious,  minute, 
yellow,  greenish  or  white,  with  their  parts  in  6'e, 
stamen  1  with  a  1-celled  anther.  The  plant  is  a  climb- 
ing half-hardy  annual  of  easy  cult  1  he  seed  should 
be  started  indoors  early.  The  genus  is  near  Echinc- 
cystis  and  Elatenum,  and  has  more  than  30  species,  all 
from  Trop  Amer 

pedata,  Schrad  Annual'  st.  glabrous  Ivs  pedately 
5-7-foholate,  the  Ifts.  sessile  or  nearly  so  and  lanceolate 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  serrate*  tendrils  3-4-parted:  male 
fls  small,  m  panicles  equaling  or  exceeding  the  Ivs  :  fr. 
nearly  sessile,  somewhat  soft-prickly  or  smooth,  oblong 
and  attenuate  at  base,  green  becoming  yellowish  white, 
2-locular  Mex  south  — A  strong  ornamental  climber. 
C  explbdens,  Naudin,  with  somewhat  3-lobed  Ivs.  and 
short  spiny  explosive  fr.,  may  be  m  cult.  L,  jj.  B. 

CYCLANTHUS  (flowers  m  a  circle).  Cyclanthacex. 
A  Trop  American  genus  of  4  species  giving  name  to  a 
small  order  which  is  allied  to  the  palms.  They  are 
acaulescent  palm-like  herbs  with  a  milky  mice:  Ivs. 
long-stalked,  entire  or  bi-furcate,  the  segms  lanceolate, 
1-nerved:  fls  fragrant.  The  species  are  not  in  the 
American  trade  Cult  of  Carludovica  (which  see).  C. 
bipartUu^,  Poit  ,  of  Guiana,  has  Ivs.  sometimes  divided 
into  2  long  nariow  lobes,  the  petioles  being  3-6  ft. 
long  spadi\  straight  and  cylindrical,  in  a  4-lvd. 
yellow  spathe,  the  scape  2  ft  long.  G  W.  8,  p.  153;  15, 
p.  610.  C.  cnstdtus,  Klot/sch,  of  Colombia,  nas  short- 
stalked  bifid  Ivs  ,  with  the  parts  falcate  and  conmvent: 
spadix  about  8  m.  long.  G  W.  8,  p  202.  C.  discolor, 
Hort ,  has  young  Ivs.  streaked  with  brown-orange:  Ivs. 
bifid,  the  parts  lanceolate,  acuminate,  the  margins 
frilled  Probably  S.  Amer.  C.  Godseffidnus,  Hort, 
exhibited  in  1892,  "has  noble  Ivs.  of  a  rich  green  color, 
oblong,  obovate,  tapering  to  a  sheathing  stalk. 
Sander. 

CYCLOBdTHRA:   Calochortus. 

CYCLOL6MA  (Greek  for  circle  and  border,  from  the 
encircling  wing  of  the  calyx).  Chenopodiacese.  One 
weedy  herb,  C.  atnplicifolium,  Coulter  (C.  platyphyl- 
lum,  Moq.),  of  sandy  soils  from  Minn  ,  west  and  south, 
which  was  once  mtro  as  the  "cyclone  plant,"  since  the 
plant  is  a  tumble-weed  or  rolls  before  the  wind  when 
it  is  matured  and  becomes  detached  from  the  soil.  The 
plant  is  a  much-branched  rank-growing  annual,  1-2  ft. 
nigh,  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  with  narrow  but 
flat  and  sinuate  Ivs.,  and  oractless  fls.  in  an  open 
panicle.  The  fls.  are  very  small,  perfect  or  sometimes 


lacking  the  stamens;  calyx  5-cleft,  the  lobes  strongly 
keeled  and  becoming  winged  and  inclosing  the  seed 
Plant  not  fleshv  or  jointed. 

CYCLtfPHORUS  (Greek,  circle-bearing).  Polypody 
acex.  An  E  Indian  and  Malaysian  genus  of  simple- 
Ivd.  ferns,  related  to  some  species  of  Polvpodium.  The 
genus  is  characterized  by  having  creeping  scaly  root- 
stocks,  simple  Ivs  usually  densely  covered  with  star- 
shaped  scales,  at  least  on  the  back.  The  son  are  round, 
naked,  and  placed  so  closely  together  as  to  appear  often 
completely  to  cover  the  back  of  the  If.  The  venation 
consists  of  a  very  fane  close  network  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish. Often  hsved  in  trade  under  Polypodium 

Lingua,  Desv.  (Niphdbolus  Lingua,  Spreng  )  Lvs.  6- 
12  in  long,  on  short  stalks,  the  If  .-blades  thick,  leathery, 
narrowly  oblong,  4-8  m  long.  1-2  in.  broad,  densely 
covered  beneath  with  rusty  white  scales.  Var.  corym- 
bifera,  Hort.  A  form  with  the  tips  of  the  Ivs.  much 
forked,  making  the  blade  much  broader  than  in  the 
type  Var.  variegata.  Hort.  A  form  with  "light  yellow 
lines  about  J^n.  wide  and  %m.  apart,  running  across 
the  fronds  at  right  angles  to  the  midrib."  See  also 
Polypodium.  R.  C.  BENEDICT. 

CYCN6CHES  (Greek,  swan's  neck,  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  column).  Orchidacex.  Epiphytic  orchids, 
requiring  warmhouse  treatment  when  growing. 

Pseudobulbs  fusn^rm:  Ivs.  plicate1  fls.  of  2  sexes,  the 
perianth  alike,  the  lip  entire,  or  that  of  the  stammate 
very  different,  with  tne  sepals  and  petals  narrower,  the 
lip  clawed  and  with  finger-like  projections  from  the 
side,  the  column  much  elongated  and  arched;  pol- 
linia  2  Both  sexes  may  be  produced  in  the  same  plant. 
A  third  form  of  fl.,  usually  perfect,  occasionally  appears; 
this  is  intermediate  between  the  others  — About  a  dozen 
species  of  Trop.  Amer. 

A.  Perianth  alike  in  both  sexes;  lip  entire. 

chlorochilon,  Klotzsch  Pseudobulbs  5-7  in  tall.  Ivs. 
lanceolate'  raceme  erect,  2-  or  3-fld  ;  fls  4-6  in.  across: 
sepals  and  petals  yellowish  green,  acute,  the  lateral 
sepals  broader  than  the  dorsal,  hp  obovate  or  elliptic, 
acute,  a  dark  green  depression  near  the  triangular  erect 
callus.  Venezuela.  G.C.  Ill  3:145  IH  35:65.  R. 
1:39.  J.H.  111.35:285.  Gn.  49,  p.  403;  51:172. 

ventricdsum,  Batera.  Pseudobulbs  8-10  in.  tall:  Ivs. 
lanceolate*  raceme  drooping,  4-6-fld.;  fls  4-5  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  yellowish  green,  acute,  the  petals 
broader  than  the  sepals,  hp  white,  cordate,  acuminate, 
clawed,  a  black  callus  at  tne  junction  of  the  claw  with 
the  hp.  Guatemala. 

AA.  Perianth  differing  in  the  sexes;  lip  with  finger-like 
lateral  projections. 

aureum,  Lindl.  Male  racemes  pendulous,  8-12-fla  ; 
fls.  2-3  in.  across,  yellow,  red-spotted;  sepals  and  petals 
similar,  the  former  spreading,  the  latter  rcflexed;  hp 
clawed,  the  dilated  middle  giving  rise  to  a  number  of 
projections,  forked  at  the  end.  Cent.  Amer.  J.F.  3:264. 

pentadactylon,  Lindl.  Male  racemes  usually  pendu- 
lous, rnany-fld.;  sepals  and  petals  greenish  yellow 
barred  with  brown;  lip  white,  red-spotted,  with  5 
finger-like  projections;  female  racemes  erect,  few-fld.; 
sepals  and  petals  broader  than  in  the  male  fls..  spotted; 
lip  ovate,  entire.  Brazil.  B.R.  29:22.  J.H.  III.  62: 
305.  OR.  8'312. 

peruviana,  Rolfe.  Male  racemes  pendulous,  many-fid  ; 
sepals  and  petals  light  green,  copiously  brown-spotted; 
lip,  with  its  projections,  white.  Peru.  Lind.  7:301. 

C  densifldrum,  Rolfe  Male  racemes  pendulous,  many-fld.,  the 
fls  greenish  with  purple  blotches,  female  racemes  short,  erect,  2-fld  , 
the  sepals  and  petals  green,  the  hp  ivory-white.  Colombia.  0  R. 
17  204,20-331.  BM  8268  — <7.  maculdium,  Lindl.  Male  racemes 
pendulous,  the  sepals  and  petals  light  yellowish  green,  spotted  with 
red-purple,  the  lip  white  Mex.  0. 1910  104  O.K.  17.273,20:315. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 


936 


CYDISTA 


CYMBIDIUM 


CYDfSTA  (Greek,  kydistos,  most  glorious;  alluding 
to  the  beautiful  flowers).  Bignomdceae.  Ornamental 
vines,  grown  for  their  beautiful  flowers 

Evergreen  shrubs,  climbing  by  If, -tendrils .  Ivs. 
opposite,  with  2  Ifts  ,  the  rachis  elongated  into  a  simple 
slender  tendril,  sometimes  wanting  fls  in  terminal  or 
axillary  panicles,  sometimes  2,  calyx  campanulatc- 
turbinate,  truncate  or  with  5  short  teeth;  corolla  funnel- 
form-carnpanulate,  with  imbricate  lobes,  stamens  4, 
inclosed,  with  spreading  anther-cells,  disk  wanting; 
ovary  linear,  with  numerous  ovules  in  2  rows  caps, 
linear,  septicid,  with  numerous,  nearly  orbicular,  winged 
seeds  —One  or  2  species  in  the  W.  Indies  and  S  Amer. 
Closely  allied  to  Bignoma,  but  easily  distinguished  by 
its  simple  blender  tendrils,  by  the  paniculate  fls  ,  the 
usuallv  truncate  calyx  and  the  wanting  disk.  Suited 
for  cult  m  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  only  and 
as  a  stove  plant  in  the  N.  For  cult,  and  prop.,  see 
Bignoma. 

aquinoctialis,  Miers  (Bignbma  xquinocti&hs,  Linn  ). 
High  climbing  Ifts  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  obtuse- 
acuminate,  undulate,  lustrous,  reticulate,  3-4  in.  long; 
petioles  M~%ln  l°nS-  calyx  campanulate-turbmate, 
truncate;  corolla  white  or  pink,  with  dark  pink  or  pur- 
plish veins,  2)2  in  long  W.  Indies,  Brazil  — The  B 
xqumoctiahs  var.  (B  R.  9 : 741)  with  yellow  fls  in  elonga- 
ted racemes  is  Ancmopsegma  Chamberlaynii,  Bur  & 
Schum  (Bignoma  Chamberlaynii,  Sims  B.  M.  2148.  F  S. 
3:235.  P.M.  14  3)  See  page  502.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

CYD6NIA  (the  fruits  known  to  the  Romans  as  Mala 
Cydonia,  apples  from  Cydon,  now  Canea,  in  Crete). 
Rosacese,  subfamily  Pbmex  QUINCE  Shrub  or  small 
tree,  grown  for  its  fruit,  which  is  much  used  for  preserves 
and  sometimes  baked 

Branches  unarmed:  Ivs.  deciduous,  alternate,  peti- 
oled,  stipulate,  entire  fls  white  or  light  pink,  rather 
large,  terminal  on  bhort  leafy  brancnlets,  petals  5; 
stamens  numerous,  styles  5,  free,  ovary  5-celled,  cells 
with  many  ovules:  fr  a  5-celled,  many-seeded  pome.— 
One  species  from  Persia  to  Turkestan  The  genus 
Chsenomeles,  often  included  under  Cydonia,  is  easily 
distinguished  by  the  serrate  or  crenate  chartaceous 
Ivs.  and  the  connate  styles 


1184  Twig  of  common  quince — 
Cydonia  oblonga  Showing  where  the 
fruit  was  borne  at  a  and  6.  ( X  >i) 

The  quince,  though  not  without  orna- 
mental merit,  particularly  m  spring 
when  studded  with  its  large  pinkish  flow- 
ers and  again  in  autumn  when  loaded 
with  its  golden  fragrant  fruits,  is  rarely  planted  as  an 
ornamental  shrub,  but  chiefly,  though  not  very  exten- 
sively, grown  for  its  fruit  which  is  made  into  preserves. 
It  is  of  slow  growth  and  prefers  heavy  and  rather  moist 
soil.  It  may  be  propagated  by  seeds  stratified  and  sown 
in  spring,  but  is  usually  increased  by  cuttings  of  one- 
to  four-year-old  wood,  taken  in  fall  and  stored  until 
spring  m  sand  or  moss  m  a  cellar  or  frame;  also  by  layers 
and  budding,  or  by  grafting  on  vigorous  growing  varie- 
ties. See  Quince.  *r 

obl6nga.  Mill.  (C.  Cyddnia,  Pers  C  vufyaris,  Pers. 
Pyru*  Cyddnia,  Linn  ).  QUINCE.  Fig  1184.  Shrub  or 
small  tree  to  15,  rarely  to  25  ft ,  with  slender,  spineless 


branches.  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong?  rounded  or  slightly  cor- 
date at  the  base,  acute,  entire,  villons-pubescent  be- 
neath, 2-4  in  long:  fls.  white  or  light  pink.  2  m  across: 
fr.  large,  yellow,  villous,  pynform  or  globular.  May; 
fr  in  Sept.  and  Oct.  Cent  and  E  Asia.  Gn.  33,  p. 
491  FSR  2,  p.  379'  3,  p.  283.  Seeds  have  muci- 
laginous and  demulcent  properties.  Var.  pynf6rmis, 
Rehd.  (C  vulgaru  var  pynjdrmis,  Kirch  n  )  Fr. 
pear-shaped,  the  typical  form  Var  lusitanica.  Schneid. 
(C  luntdnica,  Mill  )  Fr  pear-shaped  and  ribbed  Ivs. 
larger,  of  more  vigorous  growth  Var.  malif6rmis, 
Schneid.  (C  maljfdrmis.  Mill.).  Fr.  apple-shaped. 
Var  pyramidalis,  Schneid.  Of  pyramidal  habit.  Var. 
marmorata,  Schneid.  Lvs  whitish  and  yellow  vari- 
egated For  pomological  varieties,  see  Quince 

For  Cydonia  japtnica,  Pers.,  C.  Maiilei,  Moore,  and  C  mntnsls, 
Thoum,  see  Chnomdet,  ALFR£D  REHDKR< 


CYMBfDIUM  (boat,  from  the  Greek,  referring  to  the 
shape  of  the  lip).  Orchidacey  :  Handsome  epiphytal, 
rarely  terrestrial  orchids,  requiring  warmhoiibe  con- 
ditions 

Stems  pseudobulbous  or  not  so'  Ivs  coriaceous,  long, 
rarely  short,  persistent,  sepals  and  petals  sub-equal, 
labellum  usually  tn-lobed,  adnate  to  the  ba.se  of  the 
column,  column  erect;  pollinia  2  —  Species  30  and 
more,  tropical  or  subtropical,  found  on  mountains  at 
high  elevations  in  Asia,  and  a  few  species  in  Afr. 
and  Austral 

These  are  among  the  most  decorative  of  orchids 
when  in  bloom,  ana  are  attractive  all  the  time  owing 
to  the  graceful  foliage  seen  on  well-grown  specimens 
There  are  now  many  handsome  species  and  vaneties 
and  these  m  their  turn  have  produced,  at  the  hands 
of  the  hybridizer,  many  fine  decorative  plants,  so  that 
a  house  of  cy  rubidiums  produces  flowers  most  of  the 
time,  and  these  last  many  weeks  in  full  beauty  There 
are  few  orchids  whose  flowers  last  so  lorg,  and  the 
spikes  of  bloom,  often  2  to  3  feet  in  length,  are  useful 
for  decorative  purposes  of  all  kinds,  cither  on  the  plants 
or  cut  The  recent  species,  C  msiqne,  is  the  most 
beautiful  of  all  and  has  already  lent  itself  to  hybridiza- 
tion, so  that  to  the  very  many  known  hybrids  C. 
insigne  will  soon  add  its  influence  and  coloring  —  Cul- 
tivated cymbidmms  are  terrestrial,  with  thick  fleshy 
roots  best  contained  in  pots  A  portion  of  tough  fibrous 
loam  should  be  added  to  the  oamundme,  about  half  of 
each  with  plenty  of  broken  charcoal  to  keep  the  tthole 
porous  The  plants  will  do  well  for  years  without  dis- 
turbance at  the  roots,  but  when  this  it>  necessary,  great 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  injure  them  Division  is,  in 
fact,  very  difficult  to  accomplish  when  the  pots  are 
full  of  roots,  and  it  is  best  practice  to  pot  the  plant  in 
a  larger  receptacle  if  the  roots  are  healthy,  washing  out 
loose  earth  and  removing  dead  portions  of  roots  first 
Cymbidiums  may  be  grown  in  a  temperature  of  50° 
as  a  minimum  in  winter,  must  not  be  subjected  to 
strong  sunlight  after  March,  and  never  allowed  to 
become  dry  at  the  roots,  as  these  are  more  or  less  active, 
even  m  winter  Being  terrestrial,  weak  manure-water 
may  be  applied  during  active  growth.  Many  species 
thrive  well  when  planted  out  in  large  palm  ana  fern 
houses  among  rocks  arranged  in  a  natural  manner,  ano! 
when  the  plants  are  placed  so  that  the  flower-spikes 
are  on  a  level  with  the  vision,  they  have  a  charming 
effect  for  many  weeks  when  m  bloom,  and  the  environ- 
ment suits  them  well.  Of  the  few  well-marked  species, 
there  are  many  forms  that  have  been  collected  ana  when 
flowered  in  cultivation,  proved  distinct.  These  in 
some  cases  have  been  called  new  species,  but  are  now 
being  better  understood;  some  prove  to  be  natural  hy- 
brids, others  are  varieties.  (E.  0.  Orpet.) 

A.  Fls.  white. 

•buraeum,  Lindl.  Sts.  tufted:  Ivs.  distichous  at 
base,  1  or  2  ft.  long,  linear  or  lorate,  bifid  at  apices: 


CYMBIDIUM 


CYMBIDIUM 


937 


gol 
Hi 


peduncles  not  so  long  as  the  Ivs  ,  few-fld.;  fls  about  3 
in  acioss.  ivory-white,  sometimes  tinged  with  roae; 
sepals  and  petals  oblong-lanceolate;  lip  3-lobed  with  a 
golden  yellow  ridge  running  down  the  center  Khasia 
ills,  at  an  elevation  of  5,000-6,000  ft.  B.R.  33  '67. 
B  M.  5126.  Gn.  46,  p.  308.  G  G.  III. 
35:99  Var.  Goodsonianum,  Hort.  Fls 
white,  with  broad  rose-purple  band  down 
middle  of  lip.  Var.  Dayanum,  Hort  (C. 
Daydnum,  Reichb.  C  eburneum  Ddyi, 
Jenm  ).  Lvs.  longer  and  narrower:  lip  with 
a  row  of  purple  spots  each  side  of  disk. 


AA.  Fls.  not  white. 

B.  Infl.  arching  or  erect. 

c.  Sepals  and  petals  veined  with  red, 

brown  or  purple. 
D  Ground-cohr  of  sepals  and 

petals  not  white 

E.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  purple-maroon, 
margined  yellow. 

Lowianum,  Reichb  f.  Pseudobulbs  oblong:  Ivs.  2-3 
ft  long,  linear-acute,  recurved  racemes  many-fld  ; 
fls.  about  20  in  number,  3-4  in  across,  sepals  and  petals 
oblong-lanceolate  (lateral  ones  sub-falcate),  greenish 
yellow  marked  with  brown,  lateial  lobes  of  lip  yellow- 
ish, midlobe  reflexed,  purple-maroon,  margined  with 
yellow  Burma  Gn  48,  p.  263.  Gng.  5.73  A  F. 
34  1089  R  B  30  276.  Var.  Mandaianum,  Hort.  (C. 
Mandaidnum,  Hort ),  has  yellow  fls. 

EE  Middle  lobe  of  lip  yellow,  spotted. 

gigant&um,  Wall.  Fig.  1185  Fls.  dull  purple  (brown- 
ish, or  yellowish  green  striped  with  purple) ,  sepals  and 
petals  oblong,  the  petals  narrow  and  shorter,  midlobe 
of  hp  reflexed,  yellow,  spotted  with  red,  lateral  lobes 
yellowish  green.  Nepal  B  M  4844  P  M  12'241 

Traceyanum,  Hort  Pseudobulbs  and  foliage  as  in 
C  giganteum"  racemes  3-4  ft  long,  ascending,  15-20- 
fld  ,  fls  4-5  in.  across,  sepals  and  petals  greenish  yel- 
low, Imed  with  crimson;  middle  lobe  of  lip  oblong, 
reflexed,  crisped,  cream-white,  crimson-spotted  Burma 
CO  4  RB  29*25.— By  some  considered  a  natural 
hybrid  between  C  grandijloiwn  and  C.  giganteum. 

DD  Ground-color  of  sepals  and  petals  white,  flushed  5  ose 
insigne,  Rolfe  (C.  Sdnderi,  Hort  C.  insigne  Sdn- 
den,  Hort )  Lvs  up  to  3  ft  long-  mfl  long,  ascending; 
fls.  rosy  white;  sepals  and  petals  elliptic;  lip  marked 
with  lines  of  purple  dots,  the  middle  lobe  short,  obtuse, 
emargmate;  disk  yellow  C  O  10  BM.8312  0.1911. 
64.  R.B. 33-53.  RH  1907'496.  GC  III  37:115. 

cc.  Sepals  and  petals  not  veined. 
tigrinum,  Parish.    Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate-  peduncles 
riender,  3-6-fld.;  sepals  and  petals  linear-oblong,  acute, 


green,  spotted  at  base,  petals  often  paler  and  with  more 
spots  than  the  sepals,  lip  with  yellow,  red  -brown 
striped  lateral  lobes;  midlobe  white,  transversely 
streaked  with  purple.  Burma.  B.M.5457.  AG  22715 

grandiflftrum,  Griff.  (C  Hookenanum,  Reichb  f  ) 
Lvs  about  2  ft.  long,  acute,  peduncle  arching  above, 
erect  at  base*  fls  from  6-12,  large,  sepals  and  petals 
oblong,  greenish,  hp  yellow,  spotted  with  purple.  Sik- 
kim.  BM.  5574. 

BB.  Infl  pendulous. 

pendulum,  Swartss  The  leathery  Ivs  distichous,  2-3 
ft  long,  broadly  linear*  fls  yellowish;  side  lobes  and 
midlobe  of  hp  rose-color;  the  disk  more  or  less  white 
with  yellow  crests;  sepals  and  petals  narrowly  oblong, 
with  a  purple  median  line.  E  Indies 

Finlaysonianum,  Lmdl  (C  pendulum.  Lindl  )  Lvs. 
ensiform  raceme  many-fld  ;  sepals  ana  petals  linear- 
oblong,  obtuse,  dull  yellow,  gtmetimcs  with  a  reddish 
median  line,  lateral  lobes  of  lip  cumson;  midlobe  white, 
tipped  with  crimson  Malaysia.  Var.  atropurpureum, 
Hort.  Lvs.  nanower,  racemes  longer,  with  larger  fls 
sepals  and  petals  purplish,  front  lobe  of  lip  white,  spot- 
ted with  purple  Borneo 

C  Alexdnden,  Hort  Hybrtil  between  C  eburneo-Lowianum  X 
C  iiiHigno—  C  aloifbhum,  Swartz  Raceme*  many-fld  ,  arched,  fls. 
pale  purple,  black-striped  K  Indies  —  C  BaUi&num,  Hort  Nat- 
ural hybad  between  C  eburneum  xC  Masters—  C  Cdlmame, 
Hort  Hybrid  between  C  oburneo-Ix)wianum  X  C  ebun.eum 
Dayanum  —  C  Cravemnnum.  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Ixiwianum 
XC  Traoeyanum  —  C  Dermndnum,  Paxt  Racemes  many-fld  . 
pendulous,  sepals  and  petals  green  lib  or  reddish  yellow,  spotted 
or  lined  with  purplo,  lip  purple  India  CO  8  —  C  eburneo- 
gigantcum,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  eburneum  XC  giganteum.  — 
C  elurruo-LnwiAnnm,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  eburneum  X 
C  Lowianum—  C  tntifAhnm,  Swartz  Lvs  ensiform,  acute 
racemes  many-fld  ,  (!*»  greenish  yellow,  purple-veined,  sepals  and 
petals  linear-oblong,  acute,  hp  ^potted  India  Japan  BM  175  — 


,  , 

C  eriithrostulum,  Rolfe  Sepals  and  petals  white,  hp  yellowish 
white,  lined  red-purple,  column  crimson  Annam  B  M  8131. 
GC  III  40  2SG—  C  aaltonensf,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C 
Lowianum  XC  Traceyanum  —  r  Gammieanum,  Rolfe  Supposed 
to  be  a  natural  hybrid  between  C  giganteumxC  clegaus  GC  III 
38  427—  C  ylebelanrlifnir,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Schrcrden 
XC  m«igne  —  r  Gottmnum,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  eburneum 
XC  iiiMgne  Sanden  Fls  whitt,  the  «epals  with  a  faint  greenish 
tinge,  the  hp  blotched  with  ruby-purple  GC  III  49  180—  C. 
Hulfordianum,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  grandiflorumxC  ebur- 
neum —  C  IIMmcsn  ,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Mastcnn  X  C  gigan- 
teum  —  r  Huttomi,  Hook  f  =Grammangis  —  0  lanaleyf-nse, 
Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Lowianum  xC  Devomanum  Sepals 
and  petals  greenish  brown,  the  hp  marked  with  reddish  brown 
GC  III  40  146—  C  Lln'Jleui=(1)—C  longtfdhum.  Don  Lvs 
linear,  acuminate  racemes  subercct  ,  fls  alxnit  12,  sepals  and  petals 
green,  striped  brownihh  purple,  the  sepals  oblong,  the  dorsal  one 
blonder  and  incurved,  hp  with  the  lateral  lobes  purple-lined,  the 
middle  lobe  and  iluk  white  Himalayas  GM  54  472  —C 
lowgrinum,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Lowianum  XC  tigrinum  — 
C  L6wi-grandiflorum,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Lowianum  X'C 
grandiflorum  —  C  Ldu.i-Md'itrrsn,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Lowi- 
anumXC  Mastersii  —  C  Mdtferni,  Griff  =Cyperorchis  —  C  Pd- 
nih'i  var  blinder*,  Rolfe  (C  Sandorae.  Hort  )  Sepals  and 
ix>tals  nory-white,  the  front  lobe  of  hp  hea\ily  blotched  with 
erimsou-purple,  tho  crests  orange-yellow  Burma  G  C  III 
35  338—  C  Paitlwelmt,  Hort  =C  m-agnexC  Lowiinum  concolor 

—  C  piirwlum,  Rolfe     Scape  4-6  in    long,  many-fld  ,  sepals  light 
reddish  brown,  hp  white  with  red-brown  spots,  disk  and  keels 
bright  yellow     China  —  C   rhodochilum,  Rolfe     A  striking  plant 
laceme  many-fld  ,  sepals  and  petals  pale  green;  the  latter  with 
darker  green  spots,  hp  with  the  lateral  lobes  pale  green,  margined 
crimson,  the  middle  lobe  obtordate,  crimson,  with  a  yellow  central 
band  which  is  green-spotted      Madagascar     B  M.  7932-3.    O  R. 
14  200    A  F  18  810.    GC  III  37  378     Gn  61,  p  383  —C.  roae- 
ficUtnse,llf>T\     Hybrid  between  C  Traceyanum  xC  grandiflorum. 

—  C     Sdnderaonn***  Ansellm—  C     Schruden,    Rolfe      Petals    and 
sepals   lanceolate,    green,    lined   and  dotted  with  reddish  brown, 
hp  light  yellow  striped  with  brown      Annam  —  C    SimonaiAnum, 
Ruiz  &  Prantl     Sepals  and  petals  grayish  white,  streaked  blood-red 
in  the  center,  hp  white,  streaked  blood-red,  the  middle  lobe  revo- 
lute,  with  a  yellow  blotch     Assam     BM   7863  —C    Steppc&num, 
Pynsert      Hybrid    between    Cyperorchis    Mastersii  x  Cymbidium 
giganteum    Sepals  and  petals  yellowish  green,  the  hp  white  marked 
brown    and   yellow      R  B  36  397  ~C.    Veitchn,    Hort      Hybrid 
between  C   eburneum  xC    Ix>wianum     FN   fragrant,  about  5  in 
across,  sepals  and  petals  white,  tinted  yellow,  hp  white,  tinted  yel- 
low, with  a  largo  V-shaped  purple-crimson  spot  on  tho  middle  lobe. 
G  C  III  47  407     O  R  12  369,  16  325  C  O  1  —  C  mrfacens,  Lmdl. 
Sepals  and  petals  greenish,  the  hp  yellow,  red-blotched    Japan  — 
C  WigarnAnum,  Hort    Hybrid  between  C  eburneum  x  C  Tracey- 
anum. —  C    Wihonii,  Hort     Sepals  and  petals  green,  indistinctly 
marked  at  base  with  hne^  of  reddish  dote,  hp  cream,  the  lateral 
lobes  lined  with  sepia-brown  and  reddish  markings  on  the  front 
lobe     Cmnu     G  C  III  35  157  ~  C     Wmntdimm,   Hort      Hybrid 


938 


CYMBIDIUM 


CYNANCHUM 


between  C.  giganteum  X  C.  eburneum.    Racemes  10-15-fld.;  fla. 


about  4  in.  across,  sepals  and  petals  r 

spotted    with    crimson.     O.R.  1  3bl, __  _. 

C.  Woodhamsi&num,  Hort  Hybrid  between  C  Lowiunui 
C  Veitchu  G  30  107  — C.  woodlandense,  Hort  Hybrid  bet* 
C  TraoeyanumxC  Maatersu  —  C  ZalevkiAnum,  Hort.  Nat 
hybrid  between  C.  giganteum  xC.  grandiflorum. 

GEORGB  V.  NASH.| 

CYMBOP^TALUM  (Latin,  signifying  boat-petal, 
from  the  shape  of  its  petals)  Annondcex.  A  group  of 
plants  remarkable  for  the  fragrance  of  their  aromatic 
flowers. 

Flowers  with  the  3  inner  petals  having  the  margin 
incurved  somewhat  like  the  upper  part  of  the  human 
ear,  the  several-ovuled 
carpels  forming  a  clus- 
ter issuing  from  a 
globose  mass  of  sta- 
mens: fr.  in  the  form 
of  separate  oblong 
berries  borne  on  the 
hardened  torus  or  re- 
ceptacle and  resemb- 
ling that  of  our  papaw 
(Asimina  tnloba). — 
Several  species,  all  of 
them  endemic  in  Trop 
Amer.  Among  the 
species  thus  far  de- 
scribed are  C.  brasil- 
lensrs,  Benth.  (Uvana 
brasiliensts,  Velloso ) . 
C.  penduLiflorum,  Baill. 
(Unona  penduhflora, 
Dunal).  C.  longipes, 
Diels,  and  C  stenophyl- 
lum,  Donnell  Smith. 

pendulifldrum,  Baill. 
XOCHINACAZTLI.  TEO- 
NACAZTLI  SACRED 
EARFLOWER  of  the 
Aztecs.  OREJUELA. 
FLOR  DE  LA  OREJA. 
MEXICAN  EARFLOWER. 
Figs.  1186,  1187.  A 
shrub  or  small  tree 
with  distichous,  mem- 

branaceous,  subsessile  Ivs.  oblanceolate  m  form,  sub- 
cordate  and  usually  unequal  at  the  base,  acute  at  the 
apex,  solitary  fls  borne  on  long  slender  peduncles 
issuing  from  the  mternodes  of  the  smaller  branches; 
sepals  broadly  ovate  or  suborbicular,  cuspidate,  reflexca 
at  length;  outer  petals  similar  to  the  sepals  but  much 
larger;  inner  petals  thick  and  fleshy,  their  margin 
involute,  causing  them  to  resemble  a  human  ear  — 
The  pungently  aromatic  fls.  when  fresh  are  greenish 
yellow,  with  the  inner  surface  of  the  inner  petals  inclin- 
ing to  orange-color,  at  length  turning  brownish  purple 
or  maroon,  breaking  with  a  bright  orange-colored 
fracture.  The  tree  is  planted  for  the  sake  of  its  fra- 
grant fls.,  the  petals  of  which  are  dried  and  are  used 
medicinally  as  well  as  for  imparting  a  spicy  flavor  to 
food.  They  were  used  by  the  ancient  Mexicans  before 
the  intro.  of  cinnamon  and  other  spices  from  the  E. 
Indies  for  flavoring  their  chocolate.  Though  described 
by  Hernandez  more  than  two  centuries  ago,  the  botani- 
cal identity  of  the  xochinacazth  remained  unknown 
until  quite  recently  (see  Smithsonian  Report  for  1910, 
pp.  427-431,  1911).  This  species  is  native  of  the  mts. 
of  S.  Mex  and  Guatemala.  A  closely  related  species, 
C.  stenophyllum,  Donnell  Smith,  was  discovered  by 
Capt  John  Donnell  Smith  m  the  Dept  of  Quetzal- 
tenango,  Guatemala;  and  another  species,  C.  cos- 
tancense,  Safford  (Asimina  coslancensis,  Donnell  Smith) 
was  collected  by  Adolfo  Tonduz  in  the  Dept.  of  Tala- 
manca.  Costa  Rica,  in  April,  1894.  Steps  have  been 
taken  by  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  to  intro.  into 


M.  ixawmea  ivr-io-na.;  n».  the  U.  S.  C.  pendulifloruin,  seeds  of  which  have  been 
l,V°iT.%9te>  GPMV°o7T79lfc-  sent  from  Guatemala  by  the  American  Consul-General, 
'  "  ~  *  George  A.  Bucklm.  The  other  Cent  American  spe- 

cies, as  well  as  C.  brasiliense,  recently  collected  oy 
Henry  Pittier  in  Venezuela,  are  equally  worthy  of 
cult,  in  greenhouses  and  in  the  warmer  regions  of 
Fla.,  Calif,  and  the  Island  possessions. 

W.  E.  SAFFORD. 


CYMBOP6GON  (Greek  kumbo,  a  cup,  and  pogon, 
beard).  Graminex  Oil-producing  grasses. 

The  genus  resembles  Andropogon,  of  which  it  is 
considered  by  some  a  subgenus,  but  differs  in  having 
some  of  the  lower  pairs  of  spikelets  in  each 
spike  stammate     The  spike-like  racemes  are 
borne  in  pairs  at  the  ends  of  the  short  branches 
of  the  mfl  and  are  subtended  by  a  somewhat 
inflated  sheath  — About  40  species,  mostly  of 
the  tropics  of  the  Old  World     Several  species 
furnish  essential  oils  and  some  are  cult    for 
that  purpose     They  are 
known  under  the  general 
name  of  oil  grasses  or 
lemon  grasses.    Some  of 
the  more  important  are. 
C.  Schaendnthus,  Spreng 
CAMEL  HAY.    Fig  1188. 
G.W  14  399  ;C'  Ndrdus, 
Rendle    CITRONELLA 
GRAbS     Gn    12.495,  C. 
citr&tus,     DC.      LEMON 
GRASS      Gn      12  495 
For  a  full    account    of 
these,    see    Kew    Bull. 
Misc.  Inf.  No   8,  1906. 
See  also  Vetivena. 
A.  S  HITCIICOCK. 

CYNANCHUM 

(Greek,  dog  strangle) 
Asclepiadaceef  Herbace- 
ous or  sometimes  half 
woody  at  the  base,  twi- 
ning, sometimes  seen  in 
gardens. 

In  the  restricted  sense 
as  limited  by  Bentham 
A  Hooker,  perhaps  25 
species  differing  from 
Vincetoxicum  in  having 
a  scale  or  ligule  on  the 
inside  of  each  of  the  5 
parts  of  the  crown  Ivs 
opposite,  cordiform  or 
hastate:  fls  small,  in 
umbelhform  or  racemi- 
form  cymes;  calyx  5- 
parted ;  corolla  nearly 
rotate,  deeply  5-cut,  the 
lobes  oblong  or  round- 
ish; corona  membranaceous,  adnate  to  the  stamen- 
tube,  cup-shaped  or  at  base  ringed,  5-lobed  opposite 
the  anthers  and  with  inner  scales  or  small  lobes 
follicles  rather  fleshy,  acuminate  and  smooth  — The 
genus  is  mostly  of  S.  Eu  ,  Afr.,  Asia  and  Austral 
Schumann  in  Engler  &  Prantl  combines  Vmcetoxicum 
and  other  genera  with  it,  making  more  than  100  spe- 
cies in  the  warmer  parts  of  both  hemispheres.  Vmce- 
toxicum is  here  kept  distinct. 

acuminatifdlium,  Hemsl.  (Vincetdxicum  acumindtum, 
Decne.  V  japdmcum,  Hort )  MOSQUITO  PLANT 
CRUEL  PLANT.  Perennial:  erect  or  nearly  so,  or  the  tips 
showing  a  somewhat  twining  habit'  sts  grayish  and 
more  or  less  angular*  Ivs.  opposite,  broadly  ovate  and 
acuminate,  short-petioled,  strongly  pinnate-veined, 
entire,  usually  conspicuously  gray-pubescent  beneath: 


1187   Cymbopetalum 
penduliflorum 


CYNANCHUM 


CYNOGLOSSUM 


939 


fl -clusters  lateral  (1-2  between  the  Ivs),  shorter  than          Flowers  m   slender  digitate  spikes;   spikelets  1-fld.^ 
the  Ivs  ;  fls    white,  small,  in  umbel-like  cymes    fr.  a      compressed,  awnless,  sessile  in  2  rows  along  one  side 
milkweed-like  follicle     Japan — In  the  fls    mosquitos      of  a  slender  laclus — Species  4,  m  warm  regions 
and  other  insects  are  caught,  much  as  they  aie  in  other  dactylon,  Pers     (Capwla  ddrtulon,  Kuntze)      Biou- 

asclepiadaceous  plants  Ihe  native  Ammonia  1  aberrue-  MUDA-GUASH  WiRfc-GitAHs  Fig  1189  Sis  flattened 
motitana  is  sometimes  sold  as  this  plant,  and  it  has  been  8lender,  creeping  and  rooting  at  the  nodes,  producing 
figured  as  such.  I  his  plant  attracted  numerous  slender  or 

attention  some  ycais  ago  as  a  curi- 
ous garden  subject  Other  species 
arc  mentioned  m  foreign  gaidenmg 
literature,  but  they  are  apparently 
not  in  the  American  trade  C  acutum, 
Linn  ,  with  coidate  smooth  Ivs  and 
white  or  lose-eolored  fiagiant  fls  ,  is 
a  climber  m  S  Eu  ,  reaching  10  or  12 
ft  C  formbwtn,  N  E  Br ,  is  gla- 
brous, with  petiolate  ovate,  elliptic  or 
oblong-ovate  acuminate  Ivs  fls  in 
large  lateral  pedunculate  cymes,  co- 


rolla pale  green,  deeply  lobed,  corona 
tubular  -  bell  -  shaped,  15  -  crenulate, 
prominent  Peru  L  n,  B. 

CYNARA  (involucre  spines 
likened  to  a  dog's  tooth). 
Conip6i,itj>.  AKTK  HOKB  arid 
CAKDOOX 

Thistle-like  perennial  herbs, 
mostly  coarse,  and  sometimes 
pnckK  Ivs  commonly  huge, 
vaiiousl>  lobed  or  pinnatiseet: 
head  large,  tei initiating  im- 
portant branches,  the  corollas 
violet,  blue,  or  white,  in- 
volucre broad  or  nearly  glob- 
ular, \\ith  bracts  in  many 
series  and  more  or  less  en- 
larged at  the  base,  receptacle 
fleshy  and  plane,  bristly,  co- 
loll.i  slender-tubed,  5-parted, 
not  hgul.ite  fr  a  thick  gla- 
brous compressed  or  4-angled 
uehene  \\ith  a  tunicate  apex 
— Ten  or  a  dozen  species 
in  the  Medit  region  and 
Canary  Isls  ,  t\\o  of  which 
are  grown  as  garden 
vegetable^ 

Cardunculus,  Linn    CARD 
(which    see)       Robust,   to  0 
tall  and  more    st   grooved 
very    large,    deeply    pinnat 
grayish  green  above  and  whi 
beneath,    prominently    spi 
heads   purple  -fid  ,    with   sh 
pointed  scales     S    Eu  ,  but 
tensively  run  wild  on  the  pan 
of    S     Amcr.     B  M    3211.- 
cult ,  the  thickened   If  -stalk 
ribs  are  blanched  and  used 
pot-herb,  and  the   root  is 
edible 

Scolymus,  Linn     AHTICH 
(which    see)      Not    so     st 
usually  3-5  ft  *lvs  less  pinna 
and  spiny,  scales  of  in- 
volucre broad,  thickened 
at  base,  unarmed*  heads 

larger  than  in  C  Cardunc-       1 1 89.  Cynodon  dactylon.   (Natural 
uius,   the  receptacle   en- 


stout  c  i  e  e  p  i  n  g  root- 
stocks  blades  hairy 
around  the  base,  spikeo 
4-5,  l-l }  2  in  long  Dept 
Ague  ,  Div  Agrost  20 
99— A  native  of  the 
wai  mer  parts  of  the  Old 
World,  now  widely  dis- 
tubuted  in  the  warmer 
larts  of  the  western 
Cult  as  a 

pastille  and  lawn  grass 
in  the  southern  states 
Often  a  troublesome 
weed  m  cult  ground  A 
fine-lvd  foim  with  run- 
ners above  giound,  much 
used  in  the  S  for  lawns, 
is  called  St  Lucie  grass 
In  Eu  the  stolons  are 
said  to  be  used  medici- 
nally like  couch-gnuss, 
principally  as  a  dunetic 

(    C  im,,w /,/<>/ us,  Nee*    Bn  8 

and  .S  \fitVf7nd  iTiTxiw  S 
Wai,  s,  «  h<  re  it  is  Us.  d  n  n 
pastun  m  Ms  It  ,s  „  ported 

bta«es(.lUs»rnmthpro«)u(niK 
hydiocyaiiK  (prussio)  acid 

A    S     HlTCHCO(K 

CYNOGLOSSUM 

(Greek,  hound's  tonque, 
from  the  shape  and  soft 
surface  of  the.lvs  of  the 
c  o  m  in  o  n  e  s  t  species) . 
Bnrragn.Hu.u3P  A  widely 
dispersed  genus  of  little 
horticultural  interest, 
being  mostly  tall,  coarse, 
weedy  herbs  L\s  alter- 
nate fls  always  m  elon- 
gated, often  1- sided 
racemes-  Species 75  C. 
officm&le,  Linn  ,  Fig 
1190  (stick-tight),  has  a 
bur  that  becomes  at- 
tached to  clothing  and  to 
fleece  of  sheep  It  is  a 
biennial  wood,  natural- 
ized from  the  Old  World ; 

grows  about  2  ft  high  m  pastures  and  waste  places  of 
the  Atlantic  states,  and  has  soft-pubescent,  lanceolate 
Ivs  ,  and  dull  red-purple  (sometimes  white)  fls.  in  pani- 
cled  racemes.  Root  and  herbage  possess  medicinal  prop- 

ert  ics  C.  grande,  Douglas  Once  cult,  from  Calif 

as   a  hardy  border  perennial; 

grows  about  2  ft    high,  with 

lower    Ivs     ovate -oblong,    or 

somewhat  heart-shaped  at  the 
^        base,  acute  or  acuminate,  4-8 

in    long,  on  maigmed   petioles 


larged    and    fleshy  — Probably    a    derivative    of    the  of  about  the  same  length    upper  Ivs 

last                                                                            L   H   B  smallei,  ovate  to  lanceolate,  abruptly 

...  contracted  into  shorter  winged  petioles* 

CYNODON  (Greek  kuon,  a  dog,  and  odons,  &  tooth).  fls  violet  or  blue     For  C  apptmunum, 


Gramineoe     Low  creeping  'perennials,  used  'for  lawns 
and  pasture. 

60 


, 

Linn  ,  see  &olcnanthu$     A  new  plant, 
C.furcHtum,  Wall,  has  recently  been     (X1H) 


ligo 

Round's  t 

stick-tight. 


940 


CYNOGLOSSUM 


CYPERUS 


intro.  It  is  a  hairy  herb,  1-3  ft.  high,  with  large  Ivs.  and 
numerous  blue  fls.  in  clusters  as  in  forget-me-not. 
India  Fls.  in  June.  See  page  3567 

C  amdbile,  Stapf  &  Drummond.  Allied  to  C.  furcatum,  but 
has  larger  fls.  Perennial.  S  W.  China.  jj  TAYLOR  t 

CYN6RCHIS  (Greek  for  dog  orchid).  Orchidacex. 
Terrestrial  orchids,  grown  in  the  warmhouse. 

Flower-clusters  loose;  sepals  and 
petals  similar,  or  the  petals  smaller, 
spreading;  lip  spreading,  3-5-lobed, 
spurred;  anther  short,  with  2  points, 
between  which  arises  the  middle  lobe 
of  the  beak. — About  25  species,  of 
the  Mascarene  Islands  ana  tropical 
Africa. 

The  following  have  been  in  cult  C  com- 
pdcta,  Reichb  f  Fls  white,  the  disk  of  hp 
red-spotted  Natal  B  M  8053  O  R  19  265. 
— C  Lowiana,  Roichb  f  Lateral  sepals  light 
green,  the  lip  bright  rose-purple,  the  spur 
eUvate  Madagascar  B  M  7551  (as  C. 
purpurascena)  O  R  10  273  G  C.  Ill  43 
184—  C  Mdrlandn,  Rolfe  Racemes  5-9-fld. ; 
fla  medium-sized,  lilac  Mozambique  — C. 
purpurdscens,  Thomai  Fls  numerous  in  a 
spike-like  raceme  or  head,  rose,  with  the  disk 
of  the  lip  white  Mascarene  IS!H  B  M.  7852. 
O  R  14  305,13  121,  19  272  G  C.  Ill  29: 
87.35  227— C  nU6aa,  Rolfe  Raceme  spike- 
like,  densely  fld  ,  fls  rose-purple,  the  sepals 
glandular-hairy  Madagascar  B  M.  7845 

GEORGE  V  NASH. 

CYNOSURUS  (Greek  kuon,  a  dog, 
and  oura,  a  tail).  Gramlneap,  DOG'S- 
TAIL-GRASS  Cespitose  grasses  with 
flat  blades  and  spike-like  panicles, 
two  species  of  which  are  cultivated  as 
ornamental  grasses  and  in  lawns  and 
pastures 

Spikclcts  of  2  forms  in  small  fas- 
cicles, the  terminal  spikelets  perfect, 
fhe  lower  sterile,  consisting  of  several 
empty  glumes. — Species  about  6,  in  the  north  temper- 
ate regions  of  the  Old  World. 

cristatus,  Linn.  CRESTED  DOG'S-TAIL.  Fig  1191. 
Perennial,  1-2  ft.:  spike  1-3  in  longj;  awns  shorter  than 
the  lemmas.  Eu.  Dept.  Agric.,  Div.  Agrost.  20:146. 
— Sometimes  used  in  mixtures  of  lawn  or  pasture 
grasses. 

elegans,  Desf.  Annual,  6-18  m.:  panicle  loose,  1- 
sided,  about  1  in  long;  awns  silky,  longer  than  the 
lemmas,  sometimes  as  much  as  1  m.  Eu  — Used  for 
dry  bouquets.  A.  S  HITCHCOCK 

CfNTHIA:   Kriaia. 

CYP^LLA  (application  obscure).    Indaceae. 
South  American  bulbs,  resembling  Iris 

Half-hardy,   bulb  tunicate:   Ivs    radical  or 
cauhne:  fls    1-3  from  a  spathe,  yellow,  orange 
or  blue;  segms    free,  narrow  or  broadly  un- 
guiculate,  the  outer  ones  spreading  and  the  inner  erect 
and  somewhat  recurved  at  the  apex.   The  genus  differs 
from  Iris  and  Moraca  m  its  stigmas,  which  are  neither 
petal-like  nor  filiform,  but  erect,  and  m  the  anthers, 
which  are  broad,  erect,  not  curved,  bearing  the  pollen 
on  their  edges,  also  in  the  plaited  Ivs.   Perhaps  a  half- 
dozen  specfes  — The  bulbs  should  be  set  out  in  spring, 
lifted  in  fall  and  stored  over  winter    Prop  by  offsets  or 
by  seed,  which  should  be  sown  as  soon  as  npe.   The 
blue-fld  species  are  presumably  equally  worthy  of  cult. 
For  the  still  showier  C.  cxrulea,  see  Manca. 

A  Style  appendages  spur-like. 
HSrbertii,  Herb.  Lvs.  about  1  ft.  long/ linear,  acumi- 
nate, twice  plaited,  the  angles  of  the  plaits  winged: 
scape  2-3  ft.  higji,  erect,  flexuose,  glaucous,  branched, 
many-fld  ;  fls  3m  across,  chiefly  yellow,  odorless,  soon 
withering;  outer  segms  bearing  a  rather  long  cusp  or 


1191.  Cynosurus 
cristatus.  ( x  }i) 


tail.  S.  Brazil.  Uruguay.  Argentine  B.R.  949  (as 
Morcea)  and  B  M.  2599  (as  Tigridia)  show  very  duitinct 
colors,  but  Baker  says  there  is  a  lilac  variety 

plumbea,  Lmdl.  Three  to  4  ft ,  the  st  glaucous, 
round  and  thickish:  Ivs  not  very  close  together,  sheath- 
ing at  the  base,  plicate  and  glaucous*  ns  fleeting,  at 
their  best  early  in  the  morning,  not  unlike  those  of 
7ns  versicolor,  and  the  same  color;  style  slender,  broad- 
ening at  the  apex  into  a  spur-like  appendage  Trop.  S 
Amer. — Has  been  offered  under  the  name  C.  platensis, 
which  is  otherwise  unknown  m  botanical  and  horti- 
cultural literature. 

AA  Style  appendages  petal-like,  flat. 

peruvi&na,  Baker  Lvs  6-9  in.  long,  linear,  narrowed 
gradually  from  the  middle  both  ways,  glabrous,  plaited . 
fls  2-3  in  a  solitary  stalked  cluster,  soon  withering, 
chiefly  yellow;  segms  with  a  distinct  long  claw  and  a 
proportionately  shorter  and  broader  blade  and  a  shorter 
cusp,  at  the  base  spotted  brown.  Peiu  B  M.  6213 

N    TAYLOH  f 

CYPERORCHIS  (Cyperus  and  Orchis,  from  the 
sedge-like  appearance)  Orchidacex  Epiphytic  orchids, 
thriving  in  the  \\aimhouse. 

Very  closely  allied  to  Cymbuhum,  fiom  which  it 
differs  in  the  narrowei  sepals  and  petals  which  are  con- 
nivent  to  the  middle  or  beyond,  thus  preventing  the 
full  expansion  of  the  fl  ,  and  by  the  straight  narrow 
lip  — There  are  3  species,  natives  of  the  Himalayas 
and  the  Khasia  Hills. 

61egans,  Blume  Fig.  1192  Pseudobulbs  short,  2-3 
in  long.  Ivs  linear,  up  to  20  in  long,  streaked,  pale 
yellow-green  raceme  many-fld  ,  dense,  pendulous,  fls 
yellow,  1H~2  in  across,  sepals  and  petals  linear- 
oblong,  the  rcctii vcd  tips  acute;  lip  cuneate,  3-lobed,  the 
middle  lobe  oblong,  short,  obtuse,  disk  with  2  raised 
orange  lines  Himalayas.  B  M.  7007 

Mastersii,  Benth  (Cymbidium  Mdstersu,  Griff) 
Pseudobulbs  4-10  in  long:  Ivs.  up  to  2K  ft  long, 
acute,  racemes  6-10-fld  ,  fls  about  2  in  across,  almond- 
scented,  ivory-white;  sepals  and  petals  oblong-linear, 
lip  usually  spotted  lose-purple,  the  lateral  lobes  lound- 
ish-oblong,  the  middle  lobe  undulate,  reflexed,  oval, 


1192    Cyperorchis  elegans 

(XH) 

disk   with   2   raised   orange 

lines.     Sikkim    and    Khasia  f 

Hills.     B  R   31:50.    F.M.  f 

1879:346;   1880:391.    Lind.  5:222     J.F  3:289.    O. 

1910:8.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

CYPERUS  f  ancient  Greek  name).  Cyperacese.  f  A 
large  genus  of  the  sedge  family,  inhabiting  both  tropical 
and  temperate  regions.  The  species  in  cult  are  all 
perennials  from  rootatocks  or  tubers  Ivs  grass-like 
st.  birnple  and  mostly  naked  above  fls  peifect,  without 


CYPERUS 

perianth,  bon.e  in  small,  compressed  spikeg,  which  are 
variously  aggregated  in  compound  umbels,  the  latter 
surrounded  by  foliaccous  bracts,  styles  and  stamens  3. — 
A  few  are  cult,  m  jardinieres,  aquatic  gardens  and 
iquaria  Several  others  are  pests  in  cult  fields  P  3567 


CYPERUS 


941 


altermfolius,  3. 
compresflus,  7. 
conglomeratua,  8. 
diffUHUH,  6 
elcgans,  fo 
esculentus,  12. 


INDEX. 

fertihs,  5. 
flabdhformis,  2. 
gracilis,  3 
laxunt  « 
lorigus,  10. 
luudua,  9. 


natalensia,  4. 
Papyrus,  1. 
puiiKens,  8 
rotunduH,  11. 
striROHUH,  13. 
vanegutua,  3. 


A  Jiasal  U>i>   much  reduced  or  wanting. 

B.  U mbt'l-rayt,  nearly  l()0,  much  longer  than  the  3-10 

involucral  Ivs 

1  Papyrus,   Linn     (Papyrus  Antiquorum,   Willd ). 
EGYPTIAN  PAPER  PLANT    PAPYRUS.    Ospitose,  strict, 
tall  and  stout,   4-8  ft.   high,  st    obtusely  3-angled, 
smooth:  mvoluoral  Ivs    only  3-10,  small,  3-6  in    long, 
3-12  lines  wide,  lanceolate,  acute    primary  rays  of  the 
umbel   very  numerous,   slender,   fui  rowed,  equal  and 
drooping,  10-20  m   long,  seeondaiy  biacts  prominent, 
fihfoim,  1-6  in    long,  spikelets  clustered  and  sessile, 
pale   chestnut,  scale*  obtuse,  luehis  strongly  winged. 
Egypt,  Palestine     On    30,  p    34S,  57,  p    105     G  M. 
40  79()    (1  W  2,  p  571  — For  aquaria  and  damp  soil. 
Not  hardy  N. 

BB.  Umbel-rays  2<r>  or  less. 

c.  Involucral   Ivs    very   numerous,  somewhat   .separated, 
much  riu'eding  the  umbd,  rat  his  scarcely  winged 
D  »SVa/fi  broadly  ovak,  lv\   vabrous  throughout 

2  flabellifo'rmis,    Rottb     Rhi/orne   horizontal,  sto- 
lomferous,  stout    st   stout,  spong>  at  base,  2-4  ft   high, 
obtusely  angled-  involucral  Ivs   15-25,2-8  lines  wide, 
6-16  in    long,  strongly  nerved  or  plicate:  umbel  lax, 
about   a   third    as   long   as   involucre,  spikelets   very 
numerous,  elliptic-oblong,  very  flat,  lustrous,  2^-3^ 
lines  long,  scales  firm,  lustrous,  scan  ely  stnate,  can- 
nate,  barely  acute,  closely  imbricated,  pale  bro\\n  with 
dark  brown  area  on  each  side.   Afi  —Rare  in  American 
trade    Tall  and   palm-like;  used   b>    the  natives  for 
wickerwork,  very  ornamental  in  \\ater-gaidens. 

DD  »STcaJrs  lanceolate   Ivs  scabrous  only  at  apex 

3  altermfdlius,  Linn    UMBRELLA  PLANT    UMBRELLA 
PALM     Fig    1193     Cespitose,  striet,  1-4  ft    high    st. 
nearly  terete,  ribbed,  smooth  and  slender    involucral 
Ivs    about  20,  spreading  or  slightly  drooping,  linear, 
4-8  in    long,  2-5  lines  wide,  plain    umbel  open,  rays 
only  1-3  in   long,  spikelets  numerous,  ovate-lanceolate 
acute,  very  flat,  2  lines  long,  pale  brown  suffused  with 
darker  brown,  dull,  scales  thin,  very  acute,  somewhat 
nerved      Madagascar. — Much   used  for  aquaria  and 
jardinieres       (Jn  35,  p  573       A  G.  17:57      V  4    159; 
5  39    Var.  variegatus,  Hort.  St  and  Ivs  striated  with 
white,  sometimes  entirely  white     Var   gracihs,  Hort 
Plant  smaller  and  more  slender1  involucral  Ivs   much 
narrower   and   shorter,    and    not   so   spreading  —The 
above  description  is  from  Boeckeler,  and  from  a  speci- 
men from  Madagascar     The  plant  in  cult    under  the 
name  C    altermfolius  may  not  be  that  species     The 
Ivs   are  too  long,  too  scabrous  and  too  veiny,  and  the 
spikelets  are  elliptic-oval,  or  oval,  2  lines  long,  and  have 
broader  and  more  closely  overlapping  scales  than  in 
the  typical  form.    The  illustrations  cited  are  probably 
of  the  garden  plant. 

cc.  Involucral  Ivs  about  3,  contiguous,  shorter  than 
umbel;  rachis  strongly  ivinged. 

4  natallnsis,  Hochst.  Rhizome  long,  stout  and  hard, 
2  linos  thick,  scaly:  st.  solitary,  2-3  ft  high,  the  size 
of  a  goose-quill,  triangular:  Ivs.  2-6  in  long,  often 
wanting;  involucral  Ivs.  3,  only  1-3  in  long-  umbel 
rather  dense;  spikelets  5-9  (rarely  12)  lines  long,  linear- 


lanceolate,  scarcely  compressed,  rigid;  scales  obtuse, 
not  cannate,  nerved,  shining,  pale  or  brownish.  Natal. 
— Decorative.  Not  hardy. 

AA.  Basal  Ivs  well  developed. 
B.  Sts.  very  short,  3-5  in    high,  umbel-rays  up  to  2  ft. 

long,  weak,  decumbent. 

5.  fSrtilis.  Boeck.  Roots  fibrous:  Ivs.  numerous, 
about  equaling  the  st ,  3-7  lines  broad,  margins  strongly 
scabrous,  involucral  Ivs  6-7,  short:  rays  flaccid,  pendu- 
lous, often  rooting  at  apex,  spikelets  few.  ochraccous  or 
olive,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse,  slightly 
compressed,  8-10-fld  ,  3-4  lines  long;  scales  obtuse, 
nerved  W  Air.  G  W  8,  p  523  —Recently  intro  ,  and 
excellent  for  hanging-baskets.  The  umbel-rays  often 
bear  plantlets  instead  of  spikelets 


1193.  Cyperus  alternif  ohus  or  umbrella  plant. 


BB.  Sts.  longer  than  the  umbel-rays. 
C.  Rachis  of  sptkelet  mngless    scales  broad,  much  over- 
lapping, acute  or  mucronate.   spikelets  lanceolate 
or  lance-oblong. 

D.  Involucral  bracts  2-6  lines  broad,  about  6-12 
in  number. 

6.  diffftsus,    Vahl    (C     ckgans,    Hort      C     Idxus. 
Hort)     Roots  fibrous1  st   solitary,  1-3  ft   high   basal 
Ivs    many,  equaling  the  st  ,  2-7  lines  broad,  margin 
scabrous,  involucral  Ivs  4-15  in  long,  2-6  lines  broad, 
longer  than  the  mfl     umbel  diffuse,  spikelets  greenish 
yellow  or  pale  brown,  linear  oblong  or  ovate-lanceolate, 
3-8  lines  long;  scales  loose,  soft,  dull,  midrib  deeply 
stnate,  cuspidate    Tropics    G  C  II  187499,111  13- 
41.  —  For  table  decoration    As    now  interpreted,   C. 
elegans,  Linn  ,  is  a  more  rigid  plant  with  narrower  Ivs. 

DD  Involucral  bracts  1  14  hnes  broad,  or  less,  3-6  in 

numbci 

E.  Lvs.  flaccid:  mfl  usually  open;  spikelets  very  flat; 
scales  11A.  hnes  long. 

7.  compressus,  Lmn     Roots  fibrous*  st.  cespitose, 
2-16  in.  nigh:  Ivs    2-3,  slightly  shorter  than  the  st  , 
scabrous  only  near  apex"  umbel  of  several  pedunculate, 
sessile  heads,  or  reduced  to  1  sessile  head,  spikelets 
lance-oblong  or  lance-linear,  4-12  lines  long,  scales  soft, 
carmate,  acuminate,  striate  close     Tropics  —  Cult,  in 
Eu 


942 


CYPERUS 


CYPERUS 


EB.  Lvs.  rigid:  infl.  congested,  spikclets  thicker;  scales 
2}/2  lines  long. 

8  ptingens,  Boock  Roots  of  coarse  lanatc  fibers: 
st  6-20  in  high,  stiff,  terete  above  Ivs  several,  with 
conspicuous,  loose,  brownish  sheaths,  equaling  the  st. 


1194    Cyperus  esculentus — Chufa. 


or  shorter,  narrow,  H  to  %  lines  broad,  thick  and  rigid' 
umbel  congest ed,  often  simple,  spikelets  5-9  lines  long, 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  pale  brown;  scales  firm, 
with  thin  maigms,  obscurely  caimate,  inconspicuously 
stnate,  apiculatc,  midrib  obscure,  close  N  Afr  and 
S  W.  Asia  — By  some  authors  united  with  C  conglom- 
eratic, Rottb  ,  under  the  latter  name  There  is  some 
reason  to  suspect  that  the  plant  in  the  trade  under  this 
name  may  not  be  this  species 

cc  Racfnt)  of  spikelet  with  scarious,  uingcd  margin; 
scale?  obtuse  or  obtusi&h,  less  overlapping'  ^pike- 
lets linear 

D  Lvs  thick,  glossy 

9.  lucidus,  R  Br  Rhizomes  short  and  thick'  sts. 
stout,  2-3  ft  or  even  4  ft  high,  sharply  3-angled  Ivs. 
equaling  the  st  or  longer,  3-6  lines  wide,  margins 
scabrous,  mvolucral  Ivs  3-6,  the  lower  very  broad,  often 
1^2-3  ft.  long'  umbel  large,  lax,  compound,  rays  many, 
9  m  long  or  less;  spikelets  spicate,  rich  deep  brown, 
lustrous,  linear,  flattish,  acute,  4-6  (rarely  7-8)  lines 
long,  wings  of  rachis  narrow,  scales  loosely  imbricated, 
few-rierved,  2  lines  long.  Austral. 

.    DD.  Lvs.  thinner,  duller. 
E  Roolstock  long,  stout,  '2-3l/%  lines  thick. 
10   16ngus,  Linn     Sts   2-4  ft   high,  acutely  angled, 
stoutush    Ivs.  several,  with  long  sheaths,  about  equal- 
ing the  culm  2-4  lines  wide;  margins  finely  scabrous; 
involucral  bracts  very  long,  often  8-24  in.:  umbel  lax, 
the  rays  12  in   or  less  long;  spikelets  3-fo  lines  long, 
linear,  dull,  dark  chestnut-brown,  rarely  paler,  slightly 
compressed;  scales  1%-1%  lines  long,  scarcely  cannatc, 
obscurely  stnate,  midrib  green.   Eu  —Cult  in  Eu. 


EE.  Rootstock  long,  slender,  tuber-bearing 

F.  Scales  dark  reddish  brown 

11.  rottinchis.  Linn.  NUT-GRASS  Coro-GuAss. 
Root-stocks  K  "ne  thick:  sts.  4-24  in  high,  bulbous, 
thickened  at  the  base,  rather  slender,  3-angled  Ivs 
several,  usually  shoiter  than  the  st  ,  only  1-2  (rarely 
3)  lines  wide;  margins  finely  scabious;  involucial 
bracts  2-4,  scarcely  longer  than  the  mfl  umbel  lax; 
rays  few,  4  in.  long  or  less;  spikelets  linear,  5-12  lines 
long,  inconspicuously  spicate  on  the  branches,  few  in  a 
cluster,  dull;  scales  l££  lines  long,  scarcely  stnate, 
obscurely  caimate;  midrib  green  achenes  linear, 
acute  Tropics  and  subtropics. — A  weed  southward 

FP  Scales  brownish  chestnut  or  stramineous. 

12  esculentus,  Linn     CHUFA     Fig    1194;  also  Fig 
959.   St  8  in.  to  3  ft.  high,  stoutish    Ivs  seveial,  equal- 
ing thest  or  slightly  shorter,  larely  longer,  2-4  lines 
wide;  mvolucral  Ivs    exceeding  the  mfl     umbel  open, 
rays  /2~4  m  long;  spikelets  veiy  numeious,  spicate-  on 
the  branches,  crowded,  divancate,  brownish  stramin- 
eous, linear,  4-12  lines  long,  scarcely  compressed,  stales 
lax,  several-nerved,  dull,  rarely  carmate,  midiib  some- 
what green    achenes  oblong,  obtu.se     Tiopics  and  sub- 
tropics — A  weed  m  sandy  cult    fields  noithward  and 
southward;  rarely  grown  for  the  edible  tubers 

EKK   Rootstock  globular    s/j/Arfr/s  stramineous 

13  strigdsus,  Linn     Running  rootstocks  absent,  not 
tuber-bearing    sts    rathei   stout,  J-3  ft    high,  sharply 
3-angled ,  base  bulbous  Ivs  numerous,  usually  equaling 
the  st ,  2-4  lines  wide,  more  or  less  scabrous,  involucial 
bracts  6-12  in   long,  usually  exceeding  the  mfl     umbel 
open,  rays  several,  6  in    long  or  less;  spikelets  very 
numerous,  spicate  on  the  branches,  crowded,  divancate, 
linear-subulate,   5—8   lines  long,   .scarcely  compressed; 
scales    \Yi   to   2   lines   long,    appressed,    dull,    stiuite, 
midrib  green      N    Arner — H.udy  perennial,  used  for 
the  border  of  aquatic  gardens       j{    M    \\IEGVND. 


1195.  Cyphonuudra  beUcea.  (X>i) 


CYPHOKENTIA 

CYPHOKENTIA  (allied  to  Kentia,  differing,  among 
other  things,  in  having  a  lateral  protuberance  or  tumor 
on  the  fr ,  whence  the  name)  Palm&cex  Feather- 
Ivd  robust  spineless  palms,  of  very  few  species  m 
New  Caledonia,  suitable  for  the  warmhouse  out  little 
grown.  The  Ivs  are  terminal  and  pinnate-parted,  the 
negnis  long-swordshaped  and  narrowed  at  apex,  the 
margins  at  base  recurved:  spathe-valves  2,  deciduous, 
bearing  stout  glabrous  branching  spadiccs;  fls  diclinous, 
the  stamens  (5  or  12  fr  small,  globose  or  ellipsoidal. 
Kngler  and  Prantl  combine  Cyphosperma  and  Micro- 
kentia  with  this  genus,  comprising,  about  10  species, 
all  of  New  Caledonia  The  original  species  arc.  C. 
robusta,  Brongn  ,  with  the  branches  of  the  spadix  thick 
and  long-cylindrical,  fr  remform-ellipsoidal,  stigma 
not  prominent  above  the  base,  and  seeds  remform; 
C.  macroslathya,  Brongn.,  with  long  flexuose  spadix 
branches,  globose  fr ,  lateral  stigma,  and  usually  sub- 
globose  seeds  The  cyphokentias  probably  require  the 
treatment  given  arecas.  L  H.  B. 

CYPHOMANDRA  (from  the  Greek,  referring  to  the 
hump-shaped  anthers)  Solantice<e  South  American 
spineless  shrubs  or  small  trees,  one  of  which  is  some- 
times grown  for  its  edible  fruit 

The  genus  is  distinguished  from  Solanum  chiefly 
by  the  thickened  connective  of  the  anthers  the  plants 
are  eiect  and  usually  stout  and  the  large  Ivs  are  entire, 
3-lobed,  or  pinnatisect  fls  pedicellate,  in  racemes, 
scorpioid  cyme-branches,  or  arising  below  the  nodes, 
calyx  and  corolla  5-Iobed,  the  corolla  somewhat  rotate, 
the  tube  veiv  -short,  anthers  porose  or  acuminate  at 
apex,  ovarv  2-celled  fr  an  ovoid  or  oblong  fleshy  berry, 
many-seeded  — Some1  30  or  more  species,  of  little  con- 
cern to  the  horticulturist 

betacea,  Sendt  (Kolamim  fragrant,  Hook  )  TUBE 
TOMATO  Fig  119.1  Cult  occasionally  for  the  egg- 
bhaped,  reddish  brown,  faintly  striped  frs  ,  and  under 
such  conditions  it  becomes  a  tree-shaped,  half-woody 
plant  G- 10  ft  high  Ivs  large,  soft-pubescent,  cordate- 
ovate,  more  or  less  acuminate,  entire  fls  small,  pink- 
ish, fragrant,  in  small  axillary  or  super-axillary  clus- 
ters fr  about  2  in  long,  on  slender  stalks,  2-loculcd 
and  seedy,  musky-acid  and  tomato-like  in  flavor,  agree- 
able to  those  who  like  tomatoes  Brazil  B  M  3li84 
J  II  III  31  470  (JC  111  25  105  AG  11  409  — 
Bears  the  second  and  third  year  from  seed,  under  glass 
(v,  hei  e  it  must  be  grown  in  the  northern  states)  Grown 
mostly  as  a  curiosity.  L  II  B. 

CYPHOPHCENIX  (hump  and  Phoenix,  a  palm). 
Palmace<F,  tribe  Arecear  A  rather  unimportant  genus 
of  unaimed,  stout-stemmed  palms,  with  terminal 
pmnatisect  leaves. 

Leaflets  acute  at  the  apex,  sword-fehaped,  the  base 
often  with  a  thickened  and  recurved  margin;  rachis 
stout  and  broad,  a  little  convex  on  the  lower  side, 
spadix  glabrous,  with  many  long  stout  branches  bear- 
ing short  bracts  and  numerous  monoecious  fls  ;  sepals 
thick  and  leathery,  round  and  a  little  concave  fr 
elongate-ovoid  or  rarely  ellipsoid  — There  are  only  2 
species,  both  from  New  Caledonia  They  have  some- 
thing the  aspect  of  Kentia  from  which  they  differ  in 
having  only  6  stamens.  They  are  almost  unknown  in 
the  trade  For  cult ,  see  Kentia,  or  Howea 

elegans,  Benth  &  Hook  (Kentia  tlegans,  Brongn.  & 
Griseb  )  Rachis  convex  below,  keeled  above;  Ifts  alter- 
nate, not  close  together,  scaly  along  the  mid-nerve  below, 
3-nerved  spadix  more  or  less  spreading  or  reflexed  in 
age,  simply  branched'  fr.  oblong-elliptical,  acute. 

fulcita,  Benth  &  Hook  (Kentia  fultita,  Brongn.). 
St  clothed  at  the  base  with  smooth  aerial  roots*  fr. 
ovoid,  attenuate  above  — A  tall  graceful  palm  scarcely 
known  outside  of  botanic  garden  collections 

N.  TAYLOR. f 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


943 


CYPHOSPfiRMA  (Greek,  hump  and  seed}.  Pal- 
macex,  tribe  Areccy.  Unarmed  stout-stemmed  palme 
with  a  crown  of  pinnately  divided,  terminal  leaves. 

Leaflets  leathery,  sword-shaped,  the  apex  narrowly 
oblique,  the  base  with  a  thickened  recurved  margin; 
rachis  broad  and  stout,  slightly  convex  beneath,  chan- 
neled above  spadix  smooth  and  much  branched,  the 
branches  distichous,  fls  spirally  disposed  on  the 
spadix,  brownish,  otherwise  as  m  Cyphophcenix  fr. 

Slobose  or  4-5-angled  — Two  species  of  New  Cale- 
onian  palms,  rare  in  cult  in  U  8  and  only  doubtfully 
in  the  trade  See  Cyphokenha,  for  cult,  see  Areca.  The 
young  plants  have  rather  stiff  petioles,  but  graceful, 
arching  If -segms  G  C  II  24.362. 

Vieillardii,  Berith  &  Hook  (Cyphokentia  Vieilldrdn, 
Brongn  ).  St  medium  height  Ivs  pmnatisect,  the 
Ifts  thick  and  narrowly  sword-shaped  fr  obtuse,  4-5- 
angled,  the  seed  also  acutely  angled. — A  rare  palm, 
known  also  under  the  names  Kentia  robusla  and  K. 
Vieillardn  N  TAYLOR. 

CYPRESS.  Charmecypar\8,  Cupressus  and  Taxodium. 

CYPRESS  VINE:  Ipomoea. 

CYPRIPEDIUM  (Venus' -slipper).   LADY'S  SLIPPER. 
MOCCASIN-FLOWER.     Orchiddcese.     Attractive    hardy 
orchids,    often 
planted  in  moist 
cool    borders, 
bogs,  and  some- 
times   in    rock- 
gardens 

S  t  e  m  s  very 
shoit,withapair 
of  Ivs  close  to  or 
near  the  ground, 
or  long  and 
leafy  Ivs  com- 
monly many- 
nerved  fl.s  ter- 
minal, 1  to  few, 
withering  on  the 
ovary,  lateral 
sepals  free,  or 
united  nearly  or 
to  the  apex,  the 
dorsal  sepal 
er< Hit,  petals  gen- 
erally narrower, 
spreading ;  lip 
saccate,  rarely 
split  down  the 
front,  ovary  1- 
celled,  with  3 
parietal  pla- 
centa? —  Species 
about  30,  in  the 
north  temperate 
zone  For  the 
greenhouse  spe- 
cies formerly 
included  here, 
see  Paphwpedv- 
lum,  and  Phrag- 


1196.  Cypripedium 
pubescens. 
(XH) 


A.  Lvs   2,  oppo- 
site, hp  sphi 
in  front. 
acafcle,  Ait. 

Lvs    flat  on  the  ground,  ovate  to  oblong-oval:  scape 

with  1  ft  ;  upper  sepal  and  petals  brownish,  lanceolate; 

labellum    pink -purple,    darker  veined      May,    June. 

Newfoundland  to  N  C  ,  west  to  Ind  ,  Mich  and  Mmn. 

AG.  13.514,  14-405   Gng  4:263    A  F.  11:1049.  G  C. 

111.46:209 


944 


CYPRIPEDIUM 


CYRILLA 


jap6nicum,  Thunb    Lvs.  above  the  ground  roundish, 
undulately  plicate,  bract  longer  than  the  ovary:  fl.  ter- 
minating the  scape;  sepals  and  petals  lanceolate,  acu- 
minate,  greenish,   dotted   with  red,   labellum  white- 
pink    April,  May    Japan. 
G.C.  III.  33  355. 

AA.  Lvs   several,  alternate: 

hp  not  "split 
B.  Lateral  sepals  free. 
arietinum,  R  Br   Plant 
about  B  in  high,  slender: 
Ivs.  lanceolate*  fls  small, 
resembling   a 
ram's  head,  ter- 
minal,   solitary: 
upper    sepal 
ovate-lanceo- 
late,   brownish 
green;  petals  lin- 
ear, labellum 
tapering  at  the 
apex,    white 
veined  with  red- 
dish    purple, 
clothed  with  white,  woolly 
hairs  near   the   aperture. 
May.     Maine  to  N    Y , 
Mich     and    Minn  ,    and 
northward      B  M    1509. 
LBC.  13:1240.   FS.20: 
2095. 

BB.  Lateral  sepals  united 
nearly  or  to  the  apex. 

c  Fls  yellow 
pubescens,  Willd    Fig 
1196     Lvs    oval,   acute. 
im.Cypnpediumspectabile.       Pcta.la     usually     twisted, 
*X%)  much  narrower  than  the 

ovate  -  lanceolate    sepals; 

labellum  pale  yellow;  stammodium  triangular  Same 
range  as  the  next.  May,  June  B  M  911  (as  C  parin- 
florum}.  A.G.  13:513.  Mn  7,  p  5.  G  C.  Ill  33.379; 
47:369 — The  rhizomes  and  rootlets  are  employed  in 
medicine  for  their  antispasmodic  and  nervine  properties. 
Perhaps  a  form  of  the  next 

parvifldrum,  Sahsb  Lvs  ovate,  acute'  fls  smaller 
than  in  C  pubescens,  labellum  flattened  from  above  and 
below,  not  laterally,  bright  yellow,  stammodium  trian- 
gular May,  June.  Newfoundland  to  Ga ,  west  to 
Minn,  and  E.  Kans.  AG  13  515  G  C.  III.  46.227. 
— Same  medicinal  uses  as  C  pubescent* 

cc.  Fls.  white  or  greenish. 
D.  Number  of  fls  1-3. 

cfindidum,  Muhl.  Lvs  oblong-lanceolate*  fls.  ter- 
minal, solitary;  sepals  broader  than  the  petals,  ovate- 
lanceolate;  petals  spreading  like  the  sepals,  greenish; 
labellum  white,  striped  inside  with  purple,  stammodium 
lanceolate  May,  June.  N  Y.,  Pa ,  Minn  ,  Mo  and  Ky. 

leglnee,  Walt.  Fig.  1197  Plants  stout:  Ivs  oval, 
acute1  sepals  ovate,  rather  roundish,  white;  petals 
oblong,  white;  labellum  white  or  pale  pink-purple; 
stammodium  oval-cordate.  June.  Maine,  W.  New 
England  to  Minn,  and  Mo  ,  Mte.  of  N.  C.  R  H  1868: 
410.  Gn  53,  p.  77;  61,  p.  191;  65,  p.  447  RB  20,  p  198 
A  F.  11:1048.  Gng.  4:262,  327.  G.C  III  29.21,  47' 
370;  50-  315  Known  also  as  C  hirsutum  and  C.  spectabde. 

montanum,  Douglas.  One  to  2  ft.,  leafy,  pubescent: 
Ivs.  ovate  to  broad-lanceolate,  4-6  in  long,  fls  1-3, 
short-pedicelled,  the  wavy-twisted  petals  brownish, 
the  inch-long  hp  dull  white  veined  with  purple:  caps, 
erect  or  nearly  so  Calif,  to  Wash.  B.M  7319.— Fra- 
grant Grows  in  clumps  Handsome. 


DD.  Number  of  fls  6-12. 

califtfraicum,  Gray.  Fig.  1198.  Plants  either  slender 
or  stout,  varying  in  height,  sometimes  exceeding  2  ft.: 
Ivs  ovate-alternate:  floral  bracts  very  large,  becoming 
narrowly  ovate:  fls  small,  from  6-12  open  at  the  same 
time,  an  inch  or  more  apart  on  the  st  ;  labellum  whitish; 
sepals  oval,  yellowish  green;  petals  narrowly  oblong, 
colored  like  the  sepals  Calif  B.M.  7188.  G.F.  1.281 
(adapted  in  Fig.  1198).  G.C  III  41.418;  46:211. 

C  Calcedlus,  Linn  Fls.  single,  sepals  and  petals  deep  brown; 
hp  yellow,  slightly  compressed  Eu  R  H  1892,  p  392  R  B  21, 
210  G  C  III  40  210— C  d&nlf,  Reiohb  f  Lv*  2,  opposite  fls 
small,  the  sepals  and  petals  pale  green  with  a  dark  brown  basal 
blotch,  sometimes  brown-striped,  the  lateral  sepals  united,  hp  white, 
brown-streaked  about  the  month  China  and  Japan  BM  8183  — 
C  tligant,  Reichb  f  Sts  4  in  tall  Ivs  opposite  fl  single,  the 
sepals  and  petals  brown- veined,  the  lateral  sepals  united,  lip 
brownish,  corrugated  Thibet  — C  guttfitum,  Swartz  Lvs  2, 
alternate  fls  single,  white,  b'otched  with  purple  NE  Eu  to  N  W. 
Amer  BM  7746— C  himalbicum,  Rolfe  Sts  up  to  a  foot  tall. 
Ivs  3  sepals  and  petals  brownish,  deeper  veined,  lip  brown-purple, 
many-nerved  Bhotan  -C  vaprAnum,  Llav  &  Lex  Lvs  ovate- 
laneeolate  fls  several,  large,  pale  yellow,  the  large  hp  with  some 
searlet  spots  about  the  mouth  Mex — ('  macrdnthon,  Swartz  Hs. 
purple,  the  hp  contracted  at  the  mouth  Siberia  and  N  Asia  RH 
1877  .110  BM  2938  G  C  III  16  212— C  specidsum,  Rolfe  St. 
leafy  fls  whitish  or  flesh-colored,  veined  with  rose,  lip  subglobose. 
Japan  BM  8386 —C'  Vhunbergn,  Blunie  Fls  pale  purple  G  C 
III  46  228— C  tibfticum.  King  Fls  3-4  in  across,  sepals  and 
petals  white,  light  yellow  at  apex,  veined  with  maroon-purple,  Up 
maroon-purple  K  Thibet  and  W  China  B  M  8070  G  C  III. 
39  347,  46  420,  14  103,  410—  C  tentncfaum.  Hurt  Said  to  be  a 
natural  hybrid  between  C  Caleeolus  and  C  macranthon  G  C. 

111  4fi  229  GEORGE  V.  NASH 

CYRfLLA  (after  Dommico  Cynllo,  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Naples,  1734-1799)  Cynllacex  Woody  or 
nearly  tree-like,  rarely  cultivated  for  its  handsome  bright 
green  foliage  and  white  flo\vers  in  blender  racemes 

Leaves  alternate,  without  stipules,  short-petioled, 
entire,  glabrous,  deciduous  or  nearly  persistent'  fls. 
small,  white,  in  narrow  slender  racemes,  5-merous; 
stamens  5-10,  ovary  superior  with  2  shoit  styles  fr  a 
small  indehiscent  2-celled  caps  with  2  seeds  — Proba- 
bly one  variable  species  Irorn  N  C  to  Fla  weht  to 
Texas,  and  in  W  India  and  S  Amer  Plant  with 
handsome  bright  green  foliage,  and  graceful  racemes  of 
white  fls  ,  hardy  north  to  N.  Y  Thrives  best  in  humid 
sandy  soil  and  shady  position.  Prop,  by  seeds  and 
c  u  t  ti  n  g  8  under 
glass,  \\  ith  slight 
bottom  heat. 

racemiflora,  Linn. 
LEATHERWOOD. 
Shrub,  occasionally 
tree  to  30  ft.:  Ivs. 
cuneate,  oblong  or 
oblanceolate,  usu- 
ally obtuse,  reticu- 
late-vemed,  2-3  in. 
long,  bright  green, 
turning  orange  ana 
scarlet  in  fall,  but 
in  tropical  climates 
evergreen,  racemes 
4-6  in  long,  erect, 
at  length  nodding. 
BM  2456.  SS.  2: 
51.  G.C.  III.  30: 
198  J.H  III.  43: 
197.— The  variety 
from  W.  Indies  has 
been  described  as  C. 
antilldna,  Michx , 
that  of  Brazil  as  C. 
racemifera,  Vandelh, 
and  a  small  -  Ivd. 
form  from  Fla.  and 
La.  as  C.  parw 
folia,  Raf. 

ALFRED  REHDER.      1198   Cypripedium  californicum. 


CYRTANDRA 


CYRTOPODIUM 


1)4.5 


CYRTANDRA  (name  refers  to  the  curved  stamens) 
Gesnenacex  A  large  group  of  tropical  shrubs  and 
trees,  two  or  three  of  which  are  more  or  less  known  in 
cult  for  their  fls.;  akin  to  Trichosporum  (^Eschynan- 
thus)j  warmhouse  (subjects  Lvs  opposite,  or  alternate 
by  failure  of  one  of  the  pair,  membranaceous,  or  fleshy 
or  leathery :  fls  usually  white  or  yellowish,  in  fascicles, 
heads  or  cymes;  corolla-tube  cylindrical,  the  liinb  more 
or  less  2-hpped;  perfect  stamens  2,  and  2  or  3  small 
stammodia  Nearly  200  species  in  the 
islands  of  the  Indian  and  Pacific  oceans 
and  in  China  C.  pendula,  Blurne  Short 
and  stout:  Ivs.  long-petioled,  elliptic  or 
lance-elliptic,  acute,  gray -blotched  above: 
fls  white  with  brown  calyx,  1}-^  in.  long, 
the  corolla  inflated,  and  purple-dotted  on 
lower  side  Java  C.  Prltchardii,  Seem. 
Lvs.  petiolcd,  elliptic,  obtusely  toothed, 
acute'  fls  small,  white,  in  3-fld  cymes.  Fiji  Isls. 

CYRTANTHfiRA:  Jacobtnvi.  L  H' 

CYRTANTHUS  (Greek,  curved  flowers;^  from 
their  pendulous  habit ^  AmarylhdacecE  Tender 
bulbs  from  South  Africa,  known  only  in  a  few 
American  greenhouses. 

Plowers  umbellate,  pendulous  or  erect,  usually  red 

01  white  with  green  stripes;  stamens  inserted  in  the 
tube  of  the  corolla,  ovary  3-celled,  crowded  with  nu- 
merous ovules,  the  seeds  flat  — Species  20    Their  cult, 
is  like  that  of  hemanthus  and  many  other  bulbs  from 
the  same  region     They  are  suitable  for  pot  culture,  or 
for  planting  out  in  summer     The  following  analytical 
key  gives  an  idea  of  the  group,  and  its  3  subgenera. 

A  Fls  many  in  an  umbel,  pendulous 
B.  Lvs  strap-shaped    (Cyrtanthus  proper  ) 
obllauus,  Ait     Bulb  ovoid,  3^  in   thick-  Ivs   10-12, 
strap-shaped,  distichous,  produced  after  the  fls  ,  \\2-2, 
ft  long    scape  1-2  ft  long,  stout,  mottled;  fls  10-12  in 
an  umbel,  entirely  drooping,  odorless,  bright  red,  with 
more  or  less  yellow,  and  greenish  tips  2-3  in  long,  pedi-  ' 
eels  ^-1  in  long,  style  not  exserted.  Cape  Colony.  B. 
M.  1133    LBC  10-947 

BB   Lv <?  linear    (Monella  ) 

Mfickenii,  Hook.  f.  Bulb  ll/2  in  thick.  Ivs  2-6, 
appearing  with  the  fls  ,  linear,  1  ft  long  scape  slender, 
slightly  glaucous,  fls  4-10  in  an  umbel,  pure  white, 

2  in  long,  style  exserted.    Natal    G  C  1869  641    Gn. 
50,  p  63 

AA.  Fls  single,  or  few  in  an  umbel,  erect  or  slightly 
curved  downward    (Gastronema  ) 

san^ufneus,  Hook  Bulb  2  in  thick  Ivs  3-4,  appear- 
ing with  the  fls  ,  lanceolate,  petiolod,  1  ft  long  scape 
slender,  6-9  in  long,  fls  1-3,  bright  red,  3-4^  in  long, 
wider  funnel-shapea  than  m  the  2  preceding  species, 
with  a  throat  1  in  acioss  Caff  ran  a,  Natal  BM  5218 
Var  glaucophyllus.  Hort  A  fonn  with  somewhat 
glaucous  foliage  ana  orange-red  fls 

C.  //rittomi,  Baker,  belongs  to  Cyrtanthus  proper,  but  its  1\ 


appear  with  the  fin  ,  and  it  has  6-S  or  even  12  njle  red  fls  about  1  in 
long  and  a  much  shorter  style  than  in  C  obliquus  Cape  Col  ny 
BM  7488  Gn  5062 — C  in^qudh*,  O'Brx  n  Fls  erect,  coral- 


red,  borne  m  umbels  on  scapes  1  ft  high,  upper  segms  of  pennnth 
overhanging  Cape  Colony  GC  III  37  2(>1  —  C  J&nodii, 
Beauverd  Umbel  6-9-fld  ,  fls  cinnabar,  yellow  at  apex,  pendulous. 
Transvaal.  N  TAYLOR  | 

CYRTOCARPA  (Greek,  curved  fruit).  TAPIRA. 
Anacardiacese  One  or  two  Mexican  trees,  one  of  which 
bears  a  small  fruit,  likened  to  a  cherry  by  the  natives 
of  Lower  Calif. 

Leaves  alternate,  compound,  fls  axillary  or  terminal, 
paniculate,  polygamous,  fr.  an  oblique  drupe,  1 -seeded. 
Intro,  into  S.  Cahf.  by  Franceschi  Sometimes  united 
with  Tapiria  (or  Tapirira),  from  which  it  differs  in  its 
straight  embrvo  and  other  characters 


procera,  HBK  Very  tall  tree,  with  slender,  terete, 
dark  purplish,  resinous  branches.  Ivs  alternate,  odd- 
pinnate;  Ifts  5-7  or  9,  oblong,  entire,  with  a  very  slight 
silkmess,  especially  below,  veiy  shortly  stalked,  1  in. 
or  more  long,  half  as  wide  fls  white,  inconspicuous,  m 
panicles  1-2  in.  long,  calyx  5-parted,  villous,  persist- 
ent, segma  roundish;  petals  5,  elliptic;  stamens  10; 
style  1 .  fr.  the  size  of  an  olive,  edible  Mex.  HBK.  6,  t. 
609 

CYRTOCfiRAS:  Hoya. 

CYRTOCHlLUM:  Oncidium, 
CYRTODfelRA:   Epiaaa 

CYRT6MIUM  (Greek,  a  bow). 
Polypodiacex.  Asiatic  half-hardy 
or  Rreenhouse  ferns  of  rigid 
habit 

Leaves  simply  pinnate,  anas- 
tomof  Jig  veins  and  firm  indusia 
fixed    by  the  depressed 
center      It  differs  from 
Polystichurn    mainly  in 
venation  — Three  or 
four  species  known 
Culture  as    for 
Polystichum,  to 
which  it  is  closely 
allied 

A  Margins  of 
piunsp  entire 
or  slightly  un- 
dulate 

falcatum,    J 
Smith     Fig  1199. 
HOLLY     FERN. 
P  i  n  n  so    glossy, 
^  ovate,  falcate,  the 

lower  rounded  or 
obliquely  truncate  at  the 
base,  4-6  in  long,  1-2  in. 
w  ide  Japan,  India  — The 
large  thick  glossy  foliage 
makes  it  an  excellent  fern 
for  decorations  One  of 
the  species  used  in  fern- 
dishes  and  one  of  the  few 
species  which  can  be  made 
to  thrive  under  ordinary 
house  conditions  Plants 
from  the  temperate  parts 
of  Japan  will  do  well  out- 
of-doors  in  the  northeastern  states  if  given  slight  winter 
protection  For  another  illustration,  see  article  on 
lerns  C.  Butterfieldii,  Hort ,  is  a  form  of  this  species 
differing  in  having  the  pinnae  deeply  serrate.  C.  Roch- 
fordianum,  Hort ,  recently  advertised,  is  a  vanety  of 
r  falcatum  with  fimbriated  Ifts  Superficially  these 
two  forms  resemble  C  caryotideum  somewhat,  but  the 
species  are  entirely  distinct  It  has  begun  to  replace 
the  original  form  in  the  dealers'  stocks 

F6rtunei,  J.  Smith.    Pinnae  dull,  lanceolate,  opaque, 
2-4  in  long,  ^-1  in.  wide    Japan 

AA.  Margins  of  pinnse  toothed  or  sometimes  lobed. 
caryotideum,  J  Smith.    Pinnae  larger,  5-7  in.  long, 
1M-2 1A  m.  wide,  often  auricled  on  both  sides  at  the 
base,  sharply  toothed.  India.          R.  C.  BENEDICT^ 

CYRTOPfeRA. 


CYRTOP6DIUM  (Greek  for  curved  foot,  from  shape 
of  lip)  Orchiddcese.  Epiphytes,  grown  m  warmhouses. 

Stems  fusiform,  bearing  plicate  Ivs.'  scapes  radical, 
bearing  numerous  fls.,  pure  yellow  or  spotted  with 
crimson,  sepals  and  petals  equal,  free,  column  semi- 


946 


CYRTOPODIUM 


CYTISUS 


terete;  polliiiia  2,  caudicle  short;  gland  ovate. — Species 
3  or  4  in  the  tropics.  They  are  large-growing  plants, 
with  large  and  showy  fls.  They  need  a  rich,  fibrous  sou 
with  manure.  Grow  in  a  warm  or  tropical  house. 

Andersonii,  R.  Br  Sts  5  ft.  high.  Ivs.  long,  lanceo- 
late, sheathing  at  the  base'  scape  often  3  ft.  high, 
branching,  bearing  many  yellow  ns  ;  sepals  and  petals 
broad,  bright  yellow,  the  labellum  brighter,  front  lobe 
slightly  concave.  Specimens  with  over  100  fls  have 
been  recorded.  Trop.  Amer.  B  M  1800 

punctatum,  Lindl    Habit  as  above  scape  from  2-3  ft. 
high,  branching  about  midway,  dotted  with  dull  purple, 
the  branches  subtended  by  membranaceous 
sheathing  bracts,  which  are  lanceolate,  un- 
dulating, and  dotted  with  crimson;  sepals 
oblong-lanceolate,  undulate,  greenish  yellow 
blotched  with  crimson,  petals 
similar,  spotted  at  the  base; 
labellum    l/fan.    l°ng»    fleshy, 
bright    yellow,     lateral    lobes 
crimson,  midlobe  spotted  and 
margined  with  crimson,  column 
green.  Extensively  distributed 
through  S  Amer     B  M  3507. 
FS     22.2352.     R.B.   30  158 
Var.    Saintlegerianum,    Hort 
(C  Saintlegenanum}  Reich  f  ). 
Has  brighter  markings  on  the 
bracts   and    fls.    J  H. 
111.60:91. 

Woddfordii,  Sims 
(Cyrtopkra  Wobdfordn, 
Lindl).  Sts  fusiform: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  scape 
radical,  bearing  a 
many-fld.  raceme,  fls. 
greenish,  with  a  purple 
labellum;  sepals  linear- 
lanceolate;  petals  ob- 
long. Trinidad,  Mar- 
tinique B  M.  1814. 

C  pdlmifrons,  Reichb  f 
AJWarni  Sts  about  2  ft. 
tall,  clothed  with  the  lemon- 
yellow,  purple  -  margined 
1200.  Cystopteris  fragilis.  (XM)  sheaths  Ivs  6-8  m  long 
panicle  12  - 15  in  long, 

many-fld  ,  fls  about  1  in.  across,  lemon-colored,  spotted  rose-pink. 
Branl  B  M.  7807.  OAKES  AMES 

GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 

CYRTOSPfiRMA  (Greek,  curved  seed)  Aracese 
A  handsome  warmhouse  tuberous  foliage  plant,  with 
large,  hastate  red-veined  leaves  resembling  an  alocasia, 
but  easily  distinguished  by  its  spiny  stems 

Herbs  with  tubers  or  long  rhizomes.  If.-  and  fl  -stalks 
often  spiny  or  warty.  Ivs  hastate  or  sagittate;  petioles 
long,  sheathing  at  the  base. — Cvrtosperma  has  10-12 
species,  remarkably  scattered  m  the  tropics.  Cult, 
presumably  same  as  alocasia. 

J6hnstonii,  N.  E.  Br.  (Alocasia  Jdhnstomi,  Hort.). 
Tuberous:  petiole  2-2%  ft.  long,  olive-green,  spotted 
rose,  covered  with  fleshy,  spine-like  warts:  Ivs.  sagit- 
tate, depressed  in  the  middle,  1^-2  ft.  long,  olive-green, 
with  prominent  and  beautiful  red  veins  above  I  H. 
27:395  GW  15,  p  340— Intro  from  the  Solomon 
Isla.  as  Alocasia  Johnstonii,  but  when  it  flowered  it 
became  evident  that  the  plant  is  a  Cyrtosperma. 

C.  faox,  Lind  &  N  E.  Br.,  is  a  second  species  of  this  gemw, 
figured  in  I  H  39  153,  but  not  known  to  be  in  the  American  trade. 
It  has  narrow-sagittate  Ivs  on  slender,  very  prickly  petioles  spathe 
rather  large,  reflexod,  greenish  white  Borneo 

GEORGE  V.  NASH.! 

CYRT<5STACHYS  (Greek  for  a  curved  spike). 
Palmacex,  tribe  Arecex.  Three  or  four  palms  of  the 
Malayan  region  of  stately  habit,  but  little  known  in 
this  country. 


Stem  spineless,  slender  and  tall,  crowned  by  a  grace- 
ful cluster  of  pmnately  divided  Ivs.:  Ifts.  narrowly 
lanceolate,  a  little  oblique,  at  the  apex  somewhat  bifid: 
spadix  short-peduncled,  the  branches  more  or  less  com- 
pressed, alternate,  sometimes  pendulous;  fls.  mono> 
cious,  the  two  kinds  in  1  spadix;  stamens  6.  rarely  12  or 
15:  fr.  small,  elongate-ovoid,  tipped  by  the  persistent 
stigma.  For  cult.,  see  Areca.  The  small  and  young 
Ivs.  of  C.  Renda  are  effective  but  old  plants  are  not 
very  attractive  and  scarcely  known.  G  C.  II.  24.362. 

Renda,  Blume  Height  25-30  ft  •  Ifts.  linear  or  ensi- 
form,  obtuse  but  somewhat  obliquely  bifid,  delicate 
gray  beneath,  the  petioles  dark,  brownish  red.  spadix 
3-4  ft  long,  the  branches  nearly  alternate,  about  18  in. 
long.  Sumatra.  Var  Duvivienanum,  Pynaert.  Lf.- 
stalks  brightly  colored  Malay  Archipelago 

Lakka,  Becc.  Petioles  green,  not  over  4  in  long  Ivs. 
broad,  boldly  arched,  3^-43^  ft.  long,,  the  Ifts  nearly 
18  in.  long,  \l/2  in.  wide,  obliquely  bifid  at  the  apex, 
pale  beneath.  Borneo.  Nt  TAYLOR. 

CYSTACANTHTJS  (Greek  for  bladder  Acanthus,  be- 
cause the  flowers  are  inflated).  Acanthacex  Evergreen 
herbs  of  Burma  and  Cochin  China,  with  showy,  sessile 
fls  in  the  axils  of  bracts,  the  entire  mfl  more  or  less 
crowded  into  a  terminal  panicle  or  thyrse  Corolla- 
limb  spreading,  unequally  5-lobed,  the  lobes  hhort- 
rotund;  stamens  2,  style  filiform,  the  stigma  2-toothcd. 
Ivs  entire  caps  long  and  narrow,  almost  4-sided,  many- 
seeded  Doubtfully  distinct  from  Phlogacanthus  — 
One  species  is  cult  This  is  C.  ttirgida,  Nichols  B  M 
6043  (as  Menima  turgida)  It  comes  from  Cochin 
China.  2  ft.  or  less  high,  with  prominently  jointed  sts 
and  opposite,  elliptic-lanceolate  Ivs  fls  white,  yellow 
in  the  throat  and  pmk-reticulated  on  the  lobes  April 
Cult  as  other  warmhouse  acanthads  (See  Aphclandra 
for  example  )  Prop  by  cuttings  of  young  wood  There 
are  4  or  5  species  of  Cystacanthus  in  farther  India 

CYST6PTERIS  (Greek,  bladder-fern).  Polypodid- 
cex.  Native  ferns,  with  delicate  foliage;  deserve  to  be 
planted  in  the  hardy  fern  garden. 

Son  round,  covered  by  a  delicate  indusmm  which  is 
attached  under  one  side  and  opens  at  the  other,  becom- 
ing hood-like  in  appearance  and  finally  disappearing. 
The  5  species  are  native  in  the  north  temperate  zone. 
Of  easy  cult,  in  shady,  rich  borders 

bulbifera,  Bernh  Lvs.  8-24  in  long,  dark  green,  3-5 
in.  wide,  widest  at  the  base,  long  tapering,  tripmnatifid, 
bearing  on  the  under  surface  of  the  rachis  a  series  of 
bulb-like  bodies,  which  germinate  and  prop  new  plants. 
Canada  to  N  C  — Thrives  best  on  lime-bearing  rocks. 
Exceptionally  useful  and  attractive  on  damp  rocky 
banks. 

fr&gilis,  Bernh  Fig.  1200.  Lvs.  clustered,  gray-green, 
4-8  in.  long  besides  the  slender  stalks,  tnpinnatifid, 
widest  above  the  base.  Widely  distributed  over  the 
world  at  all  altitudes.  L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 

CYTISUS  (Greek  name  for  a  kind  of  clover).  Legu- 
mindsae.  BROOM.  Woody  subjects,  chiefly  grown  for 
their  profusely  produced  yellow  or  sometimes  white  or 
purple  flowers. 

Mostly  low  shrubs,  rarely  small  trees:  Ivs  tnfoliolatc, 
sometimes  unifoliolate,  rather  small,  alternate,  decidu- 
ous or  persistent,  sometimes  few  and  minute  and 
branches  almost  leafless:  fls.  papilionaceous,  axillary 
or  in  terminal  heads  or  racemes,  yellow,  white  or  pur- 
ple; stamens  10,  connate;  style  curved'  pod  flat,  dehis- 
cent, with  few  or  many  seeds;  seeds  with  a  callose 
appendage  at  the  base. — About  50  species  in  S  and 
Cent  Eu  ,  Canary  Isls ,  N  Afr  and  W.  Asia.  For  a 
monograph  of  the  genus  see  Briquet,  Etude  sur  les 
Cytises  des  Alpes  Mantimes  (1894) 

The  brooms  are  ornamental  free-flowering  shrubs, 


CYTISUS 


CYTISUS 


947 


blooming  moat  m  early  spring  and  summer.  Nearly 
hardy  North  are  C.  hirsutus,  C  supinus,  C.  scopanus, 
C  nigncam,  C.  leucanthus,  while  the  evergreen  species 
C  cananenais,  C  nionxpessulanus,  C.  Jdipes  are  hardy 
only  South  Most  of  the  species  are  well  adapted  for 
borders  of  shrubberies,  and  thrive  in  almost  any  well- 
drained  soil  and  m  sunny  position;  they  naturahze 
themselves  often  very  quickly  in  dry,  gravelly  soil, 
where  few  other  plants  will  grow,  C  bcapamus  especially 
does  so.  The  cytisus  ought  to  be  transplanted  care- 
fully and  when  young,  as  they  do  not  bear  transplant- 
ing well  as  older  plants  Home  dwarf  species,  like  C 
Ardomn,  C  kewenns,  C  crnenflorus,  C  purpurcut,  and 
C.  leucanthus  aie  very  handsome  for  rockeries  The 
evergreen  C  canancn.nx  and  C  raccnwt>us  are  much 
grown  m  the  North  as  greenhouse  shrubs,  blooming 
profusely  in  early  spring,  also  the  white  C  inultiflorut 
and  C  Jilip(">  make  handsome  pot-plants,  and  may 
be  had  in  bloom  in  Februaiy  with  gentle  forcing. 
For  pot-plants,  a  light  sandy  loam  with  peat  added 
forms  a  suitable  compost  After  flowering  the  plants 
should  be  (ut  back  and  repotted  as  soon  as  they  start 
into  new  giowth  After  repotting,  they  are  kept  close 
and  often  syringed  until  the}  are  established,  then  they 
ought  to  have  plenty  of  air  and  onl>  slight  shade  When 
the  new  giowth  h.is  been  finished  they  may  be  put  in 
the  open  an  until  frost  is  threatening  During  the  win- 
ter the>  should  be  kept  in  a  cool  greenhouse  with  plenty 
of  light  and  carefully  and  moderately  watered  From 
January  they  ma}  be  tiansf erred  gradually  in  a  warmer 
house  for  foicing  Cuttings  started  in  early  spring, 
transplanted  seveial  times  and  then  gradually  hardened 
off,  can  be  grown  into  flo\venng  specimens  for  the  fol- 
lowing spring  Piopagated  by  seeds  sown  in  spring 
and  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  they  are  also 
sometimes  increased  by  layers  or  by  grafting  As  stock 
C  niyruan*  is  much  used,  or  Laburnum  vulqan  for 
small  ntandaid  tiec  s,  for  plants  grown  in  the  greenhouse 
or  South,  C  (.(tnarteniiLt  is  a  good  stock 

Of  cytisus,  the  young  growths  root  icadil}  in  Decem- 
ber and  Januarv  in  the  ordinary  way  They  should  be 
shifted  on  as  they  grow  Good-sued  plantsVan  be  pro- 
duced if  shifting  and  pinching  is  not  neglected  By  the 
following  winter,  the  winter-propagated  plants  should 
be  in  5-mch  pots,  in  which  size  they  arc  most  useful 
Keep  very  cool  during  \vinter,  and  withhold  any  for- 
cing They  flower  in  March,  or,  if  kept  at  a  night  tem- 
perature of  45°,  as  late  as  April  Syringe  at  all  times  to 
prevent  red  spider  To  produce  good-sued  plants  in  one 
year,  it  is  best  to  keep  them  plunged  on  a  bench  under 
the  glass  the  entire  summer,  with  little  shade  Older 
plants  can  be  plunged  out-of-doors  during  July,  August 
and  September.  (William  Scott ) 

INDKX 

albo-carneus,  5  hirsute,  3  pendulus,  5,  12. 

ulbuH,  2,  5,  9,  10,  12.  ncarn  itus,  9.  polytnchuv,  3. 

Andreanus,  12  kewcnsia,  S  pnrcox,  10 

Ardomn,  7  lem-anthus,  2  prohfcrus,  4. 

atropurpurous,  5  LtuAu,  9  purpurcus,  5 

AttleyanuH,  15  lirufohus,  IS  raccmoMis,  16,  17. 

cananionsis,  15  longtspiratus,  13  ramosissimus,  15. 

candicans,  14  lutfus,  10  nithnncus,  3 

oin/oArwm,  12.  madeicnMs,  17  sohipkaensn,  2. 

capitatu*,  1.  nmgmfohosus,  17  grnpnniH,  12 

carneui,  5  monxpesMilanus.il.     spUndtns,  17. 

dcoumbena,  G  inultiflorus,  9  stenojietaluti,  17. 

elongatUR,  3,  5,  13.  mgncans,  13  milphureus,  12 

Eve  rosti  amis,  16.  orhroleuius,  12  supinus,  1. 

fillpes,  11  palhdus,  2,  12. 

graruhjlorus,  12.  pa/men*?  •<,  11. 

A.  Calyx  tubular,  much  longer  than  wide-  Ivs  always 

3-folwlatc   branches  terete.    (Tubot  ytu>ui>  ) 
B.  Fls.  in  terminal  heads  with  bracts  at  the  base,  yellow 

to  white 

1.  supinus,  Linn  (C.  capital  us,  Scop )  Shrub 
to  3  ft ,  with  erect,  or  sometimes  decumbent,  villous 
branches  1ft a  obovate  or  oblong-obovate,  sparingly 
appressed  pubescent  above,  villous  pubescent  beneath, 


%-l  in.  long:  fls  yellow,  brownish  when  fading,  nearly 
1  in.  long;  standard  pubescent  outside  or  nearly  gla- 
brous: pod  villous,  \-\l/2  in  long  July,  Aug  Cent, 
and  S.  Eu  L  B.C.  5.497  J  H  111.  31 : 161  (as  Genista). 

2  leucanthus,   Waldst    &  Kit     (C    dibus,   Hacq  )> 
Upright  shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  villous  branches    Ifts.  3 
oblong-obovate,  obtuse  or  acutish,  appiessed  pubescent, 
sometimes  glabrous  above,  cihate,    l/£-%m.  long    fls. 
3-6,  yellowish  white,  calyx  appressed-villous,  standard 
pubescent  outside    pod  about  1  in    long,    appressed 
pubescent.     June,    July      S    E     Eu      Var    palhdus, 
Schrad    (C   pdlhdus,  Kerner)     Fls    pale  yellow.    Var. 
schipkaensis,    Dipp      Low  shrub,   about  1   ft.  high: 
fls   white     Bulgaria  — The  oldest  name  for  this  species 
is  C  albus,  but  as  the  same  combination  has  been  used 
by  many  writers  for  C  multifloru^,  the  name  C.  leucan- 
thus  is  heie  used  to  avoid  possible  confusion 

BB.  Fl<$  axdlaiy,  di^tnl  uted  along  the  branches. 
c   Color  of  jls   yellow 

3  hirsutus,  Linn  (C  elongatw,  Hort ,  not  Waldst  & 
Kit      C.  poli'jtnchit?,   Bieb      C    ruthtmcus,  Hort..  not 
Fisch  )     Shrub,  to  3  ft ,  with  erect  or  procumbent, 
villous,  terete  branches    Ifts    obovate  or  obovate-ob- 
long,    villous   pubescent   beneath,    ^-^m.    long.   fls. 


1201.  Cytisus  cananensis. 

(xjj 


2-3,  short-petioled;  calyx  villous  pubescent,  standard 
glabrous  on  back,  pod  1  in  long,  villous  May,  June. 
Cent  and  S  Eu  Orient  B  M  6819  (Ifts  erroneously 
shown  as  serrate-)  LBC  6  520  (as  C.  falcatus). 
BH  14. 1191  (as  C  multiflorus). 

cc   Color  of  jh   white  or  purple. 
4.  proliferus,  Linn     Shrub,  to  12  ft ,  with  long  and 
blender  pubescent   blanches     Ifts    oblanceolate,   silky 

?ubescent  beneath,  green  and  sparsely  pubescent  above, 
-1^4  in  long'  fls  white,  3-8,  pedicels  rather  long, 
tomentose;  calyx  tomcnto.se,  standard  pubescent  out- 
bide,  pod  densely  tomentose-villous,  11  £-2  in  long. 
May,  June.  Canary  Isls  BR  2  121  LBC  8.761. 
G.  32  291  — Recommended  as  a  fodder  plant  for  Calif. 

5  purpureus,  Scop     Procumbent  or  eiect  shrub,  to 
2  ft    quite  glabrous   Ivs  i  at  her  long-petioled ,  Ifts  oval 
or  obovate,  dark  green  above,  }£~1  in    l°ng    fls    1-3, 

Surple,  calyx  reddish  pod  black,  1-1  \ 2  in  long  May, 
une  S  Austna,  N  Italy  BM  1176  LBC. 
9  892  GC  III  36  217,  50"  163  On  21,  p  421. 
J  H  III  49  399  Var  albus,  Kirchn  Fls.  white. 
G  6  433  Var  albo-carneus,  Kirchn  (var  cdrneus, 
Hort  )  Fls  light  pink  Var  atropurp&reus,  Dipp. 
Fls  dark  purple  Var  elongatus,  Andre  (var  pendulus, 
Dipp  ),  with  slender,  pendulous  branches  and  purple 
fls  ,  is  sometimes  grafted  high  on  Laburnum.  There 
exists  an  interesting  graft  hybrid  of  this  species  and 
Laburnum  vulgare,  for  which  see  Laburnum  Adamu. 

AA.  Calyx  campanulate,  as  long  or  only  slightly  longer 
than  wide   branches  grooved  or  angled. 

B.  Fls.  axillary  along  the  branches. 

c.  Lvs.  simple-  fls.  yellow  procumbent  shrubs.    (Coro- 

thamnus  ) 

6  decumbens,  Spach.   Prostrate  shrub,  4-8  in.  high: 
branchlcts  5-angled,  glabrescent:  Ivs   oblong-obovate, 


948 


CYTISUS 


CYTISUS 


obtuse  or  acutish,  pilose  on  both  surfaces,  cib'ate, 
%-%m.  long.  fls.  yellow,  1-3;  calyx  sparingly  pilose; 
standard  broadly  obovate,  lA\n.  broad,  pod  H-jNiin.. 
long,  pilose,  with  3-4  seeds.  May,  June  S  Eu.  B.M. 
8230.  L.BC.  8:718. 

cc.  Lvs.  S-foholate  (in  Nos.  9  and  10  partly  simple}. 

D.  Plant  a  prostrate  shrub,  fls  yellow  or  yellowish  white. 
(Trianthocytisus  ) 

7.  Ardoinii,  Fourmer.    Prostrate  shrub,  about  1  ft. 
high:  branchlets  grooved,  pubescent:  Ivs.  long-petioled; 
Itts.   3,  linear-oblong,  acute,  covered   with  spreading 
hairs,  M~Hin-  long  fls  golden  yellow,  1-3,  crowded  at 
the  end  of  short  lateral  branchlets,  nearly  ^m.  long: 
pod  very  villous,  %\n   long     April,  May     S   France. 
Moggrmge,  Flora  of  Mentone  58  — Very  handsome,  but 
tender. 

8.  kewSnsis,  Bean  (C    Ardoinii  x  C.   multiflorus). 
Prostrate  shrub:  Ifts  3,  linear-oblong,  clothed  with  short 
soft  pubescence,   M~72in    long,  fls    yellowish  white, 
1-3,  along  slender  branches,  Hin-  long    May.  Origina- 
ted at  Kew    Gn  60,  p  348;  69,  p.  282,  73,  p.  228;  75, 
p.  273.   G.M  44-579;  51:355    G.W.  16,  p.  610.— Like 
the  preceding  well  adapted  for  rockeries  or  for  forming 
a  close  covering  to  the  ground. 

DD.  Plant  an  upright  shrub:  foliage  scarce. 

E.  Style  slightly  curved,  shorter  than  keel:  fls.  white  or 

yellowish  white.   (Spartothamnus.) 

9  multifldrus,   Sweet    (C.   dlbus.   Link,    C.   Linkii, 
Janka.  Spdrtium  multifldrum,  Ait.).    Shrub,  to  3  ft., 
with  slender,   erect,   grooved  branches  pubescent  at 
first:  Ivs.  whort-petioled,  1-  to  3-foholate,  Ifts.  obovate- 
oblong    to    linear-oblong,     %-}/$&.     long,    sparingly 
appressed-pubescent .  fls.  axillary,  1-3,  white,  %-%\n. 
long :  pod  appressed-pubescent,  usually  2-seeded    May, 
June.   Spam,  N   Afr    Gn  64,  p.  251;  69,  p.  92,  72,  p. 
276.    GM  49.579.    G.W  5,  p.  111.    Var  incamaWs, 
Sweet.    Fls.  white,  slightly  blushed.    L.B.C.  11.1052 
(as  Spartmm). 

10  prsfecox,  Bean  (C  multiflorus  x  C  purgans)  Shrub, 
to  10  ft ,  with  slender  upright  or  arching  branches: 
branchlets  grooved,  pubescent  at  first    Ifts   usually  1, 
sometimes   3,    short-petioled,    oblanceolate   or   linear- 
spatulate,   silky   pubescent,    H-%m.   long:   fls    1-2, 
yellowish   white,    very   numerous   along   the   slender 
branches,  nearly  ^m   long    pod  appressed-pubescent, 
about  1  in    long,  usually  2-sccded     May.    Of  garden 
origin.   G.C.  III.  29  41.    Gn.  56,  p.  37;  65.  p   438,  69,- 
p.    318.     GM.  44-581,    52.183.     M.D  6.  1903.265. 
G.W.  3,  p  221       Var  albus,  Smith       Dwarf er,  more 
pendulous1  fls    white     Gn    75,  p    192     Var    luteus, 
Smith     Dwarf    fls.  yellow  — This  hybrid  is  one  of  the 
most  flonferous  of  all  brooms 

11.  fOipes,    Webb     (Spartocylisus    Wipes,    Webb). 
Shrub,   with  slender,  angulate,  thread-like  branches: 
Ivs  slender-petioled,  3-foholate,  nearly  glabrous;  Ifts. 
linear-lanceolate:  fls  axillary,  1-2,  fragrant,  pure  white; 
wings  much  longer  than  the  keel     Feb  -May     Tene- 
nffa  — As  C  palrnensis,  Hort ,  in  the  American  trade. 

BE.  Style  longer  than  keel,  spirally  incurved,  fls.  bright 
yellow  or  partly  crimson,  rarely  pale,  large.  (Saro- 
thamnus  ) 

12.  scoparius,  Link  (Sarothdmnus  scopdrius,  Wrnim. 
Spdrtium  scopdnum,  Linn  )     SCOTCH  BROOM    Shrub, 
to   10  ft.,   with  erect,   slender  branches-  Ivs    short- 
petioled,   1-3-foholate;  Ifts.  obovate  or  oblanceolate, 
sparingly    appressed-pubescent,    l/i-lA\n..    long-    fls. 
usually  solitary,  %m   long;  calyx  and  pedicels  nearly 
glabrous:  pod  brownish  black,  glabrous,  villous  only  at 
the  margin.  May,  June.  Cent,  and  S.  Eu   vJ.  25  •  169. — 
The  tops  are  used  for  their  sedative  and  diuretic  prop- 
erties   In  Germany  the  fls  also  are  used  medicinally 
Var   Andreanus.  Dipp    (Genista  Andredna,  Puissant) 


Fls.  yellow  with  dark  crimson  wings.  R.H.  1886:373. 
Gt.  40.1342  RB  19.129.  J.H.  III.  32:462.— A  beau- 
tiful and  striking  variety.  Var.  albus,  Loud.  (var. 
pdllidus,  Hort  var.  ochroleucus,  Zabel.,  var.  sul- 
phureus,  Arb  Kew).  With  yellowish  white  or  pale 
yellow  fls.  Gn.  61,  p.  299;  65,  p  375.  G.M.  44:580. 
Var.  pe"ndulus,  Arb.  Kew  (C.  grandifldrus,  Hort ,  not 
DC  C  cantdbncus,  Hort ,  not  Willd.)  With  slender 
pendulous  branches  There  is  also  a  variety  with  double 
fls  — All  the  vars.  are  more  tender  than  the  type. 
The  Scotch  broom,  C.  scopanus,  has  become  established 
in  this  country,  as  a  naturalized  plant,  in  waste  places 
from  Nova  Scotia  to  Va  ;  and  it  is  also  reported  from 
Vancouver  Isl  It  is  also  recommended  by  landscape 
gardeners  for  covering  raw  and  broken  places  Its 
yellow  fls  and  nearly  bare  sts  make  a  unique  combina- 
tion in  the  American  landscape  Even  when  it  kills 
to  the  ground  in  winter,  it  throws  up  its  sts  again  m 
the  spring 

BB.  Fls  in  terminal  racemes,  sometimes  umbel- 
like,  yellow   branches  very  leafy. 

c.  Foliagf  deciduous    branches  terete,  racemes  very  long 
and  slender.   (Pkyllocytisus ) 

13  nigricans,  Linn  (Lembdtropis  niqncans,  Griseb  ). 
Shrub,  2-4  ft ,  with  erect,  appressed-pubescent 
branches*  Ivs  long- pet loled;  Ifts  obovate  or  oblong- 
obovate,  glabrous  above,  appressed-pubescent  beneath, 
J^-l  in  long:  racemes  very  long  and  slender,  3-8  in. 
long  June,  July.  Germany,  N  Italy,  Hungary. 
L.B.C.  6.570.  BR  10.802  B  M  8479  R  B  26  3. 
Var.  elongatus,  Borkh  (var.  lonqet^picdtus,  Hort ). 
Blooming  again  in  fall  at  the  top  of  the  elongated  fruit- 
ing racemes.  R.H.  1891,  p  149  (as  var  Carlieii) 

cc.  Foliage  persistent'  branches  grooved.    (Teline  ) 

D.  Lvs.  distinctly  pelioled,  obovate  or  obovate-oblong. 

E.  Racemes  nearly  capitate,  3-9-ft.d ,  at  the  end  of  short 

lateral  branchlets 

14.  monspessulanus,     Linn      (C     cdndicans,     DC. 
Genista  cdnaicans,  Linn  )     Shrub,  to  10  ft  -  branches 
villous-puboscent    when    young      Ivs     short-petioled, 
usually  glabrous  above,  pubescent  beneath,  Ifts    obo- 
vate or  obovate-oblong.  mucronulate,   H~/4ln    long" 
racemes  3-9-fld  ,  short,  leafy  at  the  base,  fit*  fragrant, 
bright  yellow,  pod  rufous-villous     May,  June     Medit 
region,  Canary  Isls    W  D  B  1  SO  (not  good) 

EE.  Racemes  longer,  6-  to  many-fld  ,  secund,  terminal  and 

lateral 

F.  Petioles  y$in.  long  or  shorter,  Ifts  usually  obovate, 
less  than  ]/^in  long 

15.  canarie'nsis,  Kuntze  (Genista  cananensis,  Linn  ) 
GENISTA  of  florists     Fig  1201.   Much-branched  shrub, 
to  6  ft ,  with  villous-pubescent  branches .  Ifts  cuneate, 
obovate    or    oblong-obovate,   rounded    at    the  apex, 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  K~j/2ln   long-  racemes  usually 
many-fld  .  dense  and  rather  short,  fls  fragrant,  bright 
yellow.     May-July      Canary  Isls      A  F  0  S02      R  B 
26-229.     Var.    ramosfssimus,    Briquet  (('    ramosi^i- 
mus,  Poir.    C.  Attleyanus,  Hort )      Lfts    very  small, 
glabrous  above,  racemes  snort,  but  nurneiouw    L.B  C. 
13:1201    BR  3:217 

16.  racemdsus,  Nichols.,  not  Main   (Genista  formosa, 
Hort).  Fig.  1202.  Shrub,  to  6  ft    branches  pubescent. 
Ivs  rather  long-petioled  •  Ifts  oblong-obovate,  mucronu- 
late,   }^-%in.   long,   silky   pubescent  on   both  sides: 
racemes  elongated,  many-fld  ,  secund  and  rather  loose. 
2-4  in.  long.    Probably  of  garden  origin  and  hybrid 
between  C.  cananensis  and  C  maderensis  var.  magni- 
fohosus     A    F    6.802;   13.1136    F-E   9:431 —Better 
florists'  plant  than  the  last;  much  grown  as  a  pot- 
plant  and  forced  for  early  spring  and  Easter     Var. 
Everestianus,  Rehd    Fls  of  a  deeper  shade  of  yellow , 
very  free-flowering.   RH   1873:390. 


CYTISUS 

BT.  Petioles  ]/fan  long  or  longer;  Ifts.  oblong-obovatc, 
about  Yiin  long  or  longer. 

17  maderSnsis,      Masferrer      (Teline     madertnsis, 
Webb)     Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs.  slender- 
petioled,   crowded,  Ifts    oblong-obovate,   silky  pubes- 
cent on  both  sides,  or  smooth  above,  acute  or  acutish, 
%—  %m   long*  racemes  6— 12-fld  ,  rather  short,  fulvous 
or  silky  pubescent;  fls  bright  yellow,  slightly  fragrant. 
pod  5-7 -seeded    May,  June     Madera    Var    magmfoli- 
osus,    Briquet    (Teline    stenopetala,    Webb      C.    steno- 
petalm,  Christ   C.  racernosus,  Marnock)     Lvs   larger, 
}/2.-\^/2  in    long',  racemes  elongated,  10-20-fld  Madera 
Marnock,  Floncult  Mag   2  19    B  R  26  23  (as  Genista 
bracteolata)     Webb  &  Berthelot,  Phytogr  Canar  45  — 
Sometimes  cult   as  C   tplendens,  but  less  dehirable  as  a 
greenhouse  plant  than  the  two  preceding  bpecieb. 

DD  Lvs  nearly  sessile,  linear  or  linear-lanceolate. 

18  linifdlius,  Lam.    Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  erect,  ap- 
pressed-silky  tomentose  branches'  Ifts   linear  or  linear- 
lanceolate,  acute,  revolutc  at  the  margin,  nearly  gla- 
brous and  shining  above,  silvery  pubescent  beneath, 
Yi~\  in    long    racemes  short  and  compact,  fls  bright 
yellow     pod    torn  lose      April-June      Spain,    N     Afr., 
Canarv  Isis     B  M   442 

C  Adamu,  Poir  —Laburnum  Adairm  — C  alpinug,  Mill  = 
Laburnum  alpmurn  — C  anxtrtacug,  Linn  Allied  to  C  supmus. 
Lfts  narrow,  oblanceolate,  Mlky  pubescent  on  both  sides  fls  yel- 
low, calyx  di  nsely  villous  SK  Ku  ,  Caucasus — C  Rrtinn, 
Nichols  (C  ArdoinuxC  purgans)  Low  shrub  with  golden  y«  How 
Us  ,  and  narrow  montly  mmpli  Ivs  G  30  207  —C  biflfvus,  L'Hcr 
=  C  rutwboneruis — C  cartidbncus,  Willd  Allied  to  C  scoparius 


CYTISUS 


949 


but  prostrate,  with  silky  Ivs  and  large  bright  yellow  fls  pod  \  illous 
May  Spain. — C.  congestus,  Ball  (Teline  congests,  Webb).  Allied 
to  C  Umfolius.  Densely  villous-toinentose,  small-lvd  Ivs  Bhort- 
petioled  racemes  short  Tenenffa  —  C  Dallimdrei,  Rolfe  (C  multi- 
florus  X  C  scqparms  var  Andreanus)  Upright  shrub  with  pale 
purple  fla  GC  III  51  198  On  74.  p  291  GM  55  11  BM 
8482  There  are  forms  with  sulfur-yellow  and  one  with  orange-yellow 
fls  — C  elongdlo-purjmreus,  Hort  — C.  versicolor  — C  tlona&tus, 
Waldst  &  Kit  =-C  ratisbonensis  var  elongatuu. — C  emenflbrus, 
Reichb  (C  glabrescens,  Sartor  not  Schrank)  Allied  to  C  Ardomi 
.Sparingly  approssed-pubewent  branchlets  angled  fls  yellow  pod 
glabrous  N  Italy  GW  1-i,  p  557  —  C  fragrans,  Lam  Allied  to 
C  filipea  Petioles  short  Ifts  densely  pubescent  fls  fracrant, 
white  Spring  Tenenffa  J  H  III  50  44S  —  C  gUibrescent, 
Sartor  ,  not  !Schrank==C  emenflorus  —  C  handsuwthtnms,  Paul 
<fe  Sons  "A  whitc-fld  plant  suitable  for  the  rockery  " — C  Hille- 
braruilii,  Briquet  (Genista  Hillebiandtu,  Christ)  A  suffruticose 
specie*,  with  long,  slend*  r  hairy  ats  and  trifoliate  hairy  Ivs  Canary 
Isls—  C  inmrnatus,  Hort  ==C  vtrsicolor — C  Laburnum,  Linn  «= 
Laburnum  vulgare — C  nubtgetiui,  Lmk=^C  fragrans — C  piiryart.*, 
Willd  Shrub,  to  3  ft  ,  appressed-pubesccnt  blanches  striped  Ivs 
1-4-foholate,  oblong  or  linear-lanceolate  fls  axillary,  yellow,  fra- 
grant pod  glabrous  May- July  Spain,  S  France — r  rnmentdceua, 
bieb  =Petteriaramentncea — C  rahtbonfnsis,  Schaeff  Allied  to  C. 
hirsutus  To  3  ft  branches  •-  ender,  appressed-pubescent  Ifts. 
Klabrous  above,  silky  beneath  fls  1-2,  yellow,  calyx  with  uppressed, 
yellowiah,  bilky  hairs  April-June  M  Eu  ,  W  Asia  Var  elonga- 
tun,  Koch  More  erect  fls  larger,  3-5,  calyx  with  somewhat  spread- 
ing hairs  B  R  4  308  (as  C  bifloru-i)  — C'  sesvhfMius,  Lmn 
Allied  to  C'  nigncans  Quite  glabrous  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  with 
roundish-obovate  Ifts  racemes  short,  4-11-fld  May,  June  8 
Eu  BM  255— C  Spachunus,  Kuntze  (Genista  Spachiana,  Webb) 
Closely  related  to  C  cananensis  Taller  Ifts  obovate,  acuminate 
racemes  somewhat  elongated  Canary  Isls  BM  4195 —C. 
tnfldrut,  L'Her  Similar  to  C  hirsutus  Fls  'ong-pedicelled,  yel- 
low, calyx-tube  short,  not  tubular  April,  May  S  Eu  ,  N  Afr 
Tender  FC  3102 — C  verticals,  Dipp  (C  hirsutusxC  purpu 
reua)  Low  ahrub,  with  sparingly  villous  Ivs  fls  yellowish  white 
and  pale  purple  Sometimes  cult  as  C.  incarnatus  — C  Weldrmi, 
Vis-Pettenaramentacea.  ALFRED  ItEHDKR 


1202.  Cytisus  racemosus. 
(XH) 


D 


DABCECIA  (after  its  Irish  name,  St.  Dabeoc's  Heath). 
More  commonly  spelled  Daboecia,  and  sometimes 
Dabeocia  Syn  ,  Boretta.  Encacese  Shrub  cultivated 
for  its  purple  flowers  appearing  in  summer. 

Low  evergreen  with  alternate  entire  Ivs  and  droop- 
ing pedicelled  fls.  in  long  terminal  racemes,  corolla 
ovoid,  contracted  at  the  mouth  and  shortly  4-lobed, 
with  recurved  lobes;  stamens  8,  included,  caps.  4- 
celled,  dehiscent.  —  One  species  in  W.  Eu 

This  is  a  very  pretty  heath-like  plant,  with  purple 
or  white  flowers  in  elegant  loose  racemes,  well  adapted 
for  rockeries  or  borders  of  evergreen  shrubberies. 
Requires  protection  North  during  the  winter,  and 
thrives  best  in  a  peaty,  sandy  soil.  Propagated  by 


regions  of  75-100  ft.    Some  of   the  species  may  be 
expected  to  thrive  in  the  southern  areas. 

DACTYLIS  (Greek  daklulos,  a  finger)  Grarninex. 
A  perennial  tufted  grass  with  flat  blades,  thin  promi- 
nent ligules  and  sheaths  closed  nearly  to  the  throat, 
grown  for  forage  and  one  form  for  ornament. 

Panicles  glomerate;  spikelets  2-5-fld  ,  nearly  sessile 
in  dense  1-sided  fascicles,  these  arranged  in  a  panicle; 
lemmas  hispid-cihate  on  the  keels,  awn-tipped,  com- 
pressed. —  Species  1,  north  temperate  regions  of  the 
Old  World. 

glomerata,  Linn  ORCHARD-GRASS  Fig  1203  Aeoaise 
grass,  2-3  ft  ,  forming  large  tussocks  panicle  a  few 


UllllvtJO      ILUJOK      *"      <M     y^<.i,vj  ,      ocmv.ij       own.         j.  i  v1>v*fec*.^v  v»      wj-  g,l  iWSS,       tf~  <J      lit,       iUllIllli^      lillJ^U      tU&SUUIVB         JJiVHILlU     it     ll'W 

seeds  treated  like  those  of  P>ica,  and  by  cuttings  of      stiff  branches,  expanding  m  fl  ,  afterwards  appressed. 


half-ripened  wood  under  glass 

cantabrica,  Koch  (D  pohfolia,  Don.  Boretta  can- 
tdbrica,  Kuntze.  Memihwt  pohfolia,  Juss  )  IRISH 
HEATH.  To  2  ft  branchlets  glandular  pubescent:  Ivs 
elliptic,  the  uppermost  narrower,  revolute  at  the  mar- 
gin, whitish  tomentose  beneath,  shining  and  dork  green 
above,  M~/-^ln  long*  racemes  rnany- 
fld  J  corolla  ^&—  }  -jin  long,  purple  in 
the  type  June-Oct  Ireland,  W. 
France,  N  Spam,  Azores  On  52  344,; 
71,  p  442,  76,  p  490  On  M  3  336 
R  B  3  121  Gt  47  1450  S  B  F  G. 
2.276  —  There  are  many  varieties,  as 
filba,  Dipp,  with  white  fls  (Gn  22, 
p  302),  bicolor,  Dipp  (var  striata, 
Hort  ),  with  white-  and  purple-striped 
fls  ;  rdsea,  Hehd  (Boretta  cantdbnca 
rdsca,  Koopmann),  with  pink  fls  ; 
atropurpurea,  Dipp  ,  with  dark  purple 
fls  ;  nana,  Rehd  (Menzict>ia  pohfolia 
ndna,  Lodd  M  polifolia  pygmaa,  Arb. 
Kew).  Dwarf,  with  small  and  narrow 
Ivs.  L.BC  20  1907 

ALFRED  REIIDER. 

DACRfDIUM  (Greek-made  name, 
referring  to  the  tear-like  exudations) 
Taxaceip  About  16  species  of  New 
Zeal  ,  Austral  ,  Malaya  and  Chile, 
being  trees  or  shrubs  with  closely 
imbricated  scale-like  Ivs.  on  old  trees 
and  linear  or  linear-subulate  treading 
Ivs.  on  young  trees  and  lower  branches, 
none  apparently  in  the  trade  in  this 
country  but  more  or  less  grown  in 
European  arboreta,  allied  to  Podocar- 
pus,  from  which  it  differs  in  having 
dimorphic  Ivs  ,  peduncle  of  fr  dry  or 
fleshy  (fleshy  and  enlarged  in  Podocar- 
pus),  and  the  ovule  becoming  erect; 
and  to  Phyllocladus,  which  differs  in 
having  cladophylla  and  the  true  Ivs. 
reduced  to  minute  scales  Dacrydium 
is  dioecious  or  rarely  monoecious,  the 
fls.  not  in  cone-like  structures;  male 
fls  solitary  at  tips  of  branchlets  and 
with  the  uppermost  Ivs  ,  females  nearly 
or  quite  terminal  under  the  If  -like 
scales,  seeds  nut-like,  ovoid,  borne  in 
a  cup-like  fleshy  or  thin  aril  —  These 
more  or  less  spruce-like  trees  some- 
times attain  a  height  in  their  native 


Dept  Agnc  ,  Div  Agrost  20  145  —  Common  1>  cult  as 
a  pasture  and  meadow  grass  and  useful  for  lawns  under 
trees  Var.  variegata,  Hort  ,  is  a  dwarf  form  of  com- 
pact habit  with  foliage  variegated  silver  and  green; 
used  for  borders.  Prop,  by  division,  of  easy  cultiva- 


tion 


1203.  Orchard-grass.— Dactylis 

glomerate,  (plant  XK) 

(950) 


A.  S.  HITCHCOCK 

DACTYLOCTfeNIUM  (Greek,  dal- 
tulos,  finger,  and  ktinwn,  a  little  comb) 
Graminesr  FIMJEH-COMH  GRASS  An- 
nual grasses  \\ith  spieading  or  creeping 
stems,  one  of  which  has  been  ofleied 
as  an  ornamental  subject 

Spikelets soveial-fld  ,  sessile,  crowded 
in  2-6  digitate  1 -sided,  lather  broad, 
flattened  spikes,  axis  of  spike  extend- 
ing bejond  the  spikelets  as  a  naked 
point  Species  2,  warm  regions  of  the 
Old  Woild  One  species,  D.  segyptium, 
Richt  (D  ygypCHuum,  Willd  Kit  u  Jut 
<tgi'/ptica,  Desf  Cynosurui>  jqtjirtut*,, 
Linn  ),  CROW-FOOT,  is  a  common  weed 
in  Trop  Amer  The  3-5  short  spikes 
are  divaricate  at  the  summit  of  the 
culms,  about  2  in  long  — It  has  been 
offered  as  an  ornamental  grass  for  gai- 
den  cult  ,  but  has  little  value  Mojave 
Indians  of  S  Calif  use  the  giam  for 
food  In  Afr  a  decoction  is  prepared 
from  the  seeds  for  inflammation  of  the 
kidneys.  A  S  HITCHCOCK 

D^EDALACANTHUS  (Greek  words, 
signifying  an  acanthad  of  runout  struc- 
ture) Acanthacej'  Tropical  shrubs  or 
sub-shrubs,  with  blue  or  rose-colored 
flowers,  sometimes  grown  under  glass 
and  in  the  open  in  warm  count  lies 

Leaves  entire  or  scarcely  dentate 
fls  in  bractcd  spikes  which  are  some- 
times paniculate,  the  biacts  usually 
much  exceeding  the  calyx,  calyx  deeply 
5-lobed  or  -parted,  corolla- tube  elon- 
gated and  slender,  more  or  less  curved, 
bearing  an  oblique  spreading  5-lobed 
limb,  perfect  stamens  2,  affixed  in  the 
throat,  included,  style  slender  and 
recurved  •  fr  an  ovate  or  oblong  caps  , 
the  seeds  4  or  fewer  — Some  15  to  20 
species  in  E.  India  and  Malay  Archi- 
pelago; by  some  authors  the  name 
Eranthemum  is  applied  to  these  plants 


D^DALACANTHUS 

and  what  are  known  as  Eranthemum  in  this  work 
then  become  Pseuderanthemum. 

This  genus  contains  some  tender  shrubs  of  rather 
difficult  culture  under  glass,  but  great  favorites  in  the 
tropics,  particularly  m  India.  D.  nervosus  is  a  popular 
winter-  and  spring-blooming  shrub  in  southern  Florida. 
It  has  blue  flowers  an  inch  across,  fivc-lobed,  and 
shaded  purple  at  the  mouth  of  the  tube.  For  culture, 
see  Justicia. 

nervdsus,  T.  Anders  (Erdnthemum  nervdsum,  R. 
Br.  E  pulchellum,  Andr.,  and  some  dealers,  while 
that  of  others  is  E  tricolor,  and  that  of  Roxburgh  is  D. 
purpurascens) .  Fig.  1204.  Glabrous  or  very  nearly  so- 
Ivs  ovate  or  elliptical,  acuminate  at  both  ends,  some- 
what crenate  or  entire:  spikes  axillary,  opposite,  over- 
lapping and  interrupted:  bracts  elliptical,  acute,  ner- 
vose  •  limb  of  the  corolla  as  wide  as  the  tube  is  long. 
India  13  M  1358  (as  Jwsticia  nervosa).  Gn  51  352 
GC  II  21-415 — A  very  pretty  shrub  for  the  warm- 
house,  2-6  ft ,  its  fls  being  of  a  color  that  is  not  very 
common  in  winter-blooming  plants  It  is  an  easy  sub- 
ject to  manage,  requiring  a  light,  rich  soil,  full  sunlight 
and  plenty  of  water  Cuttings  of  young  growth  root 
readily  in  a  warmhouse 

macrophyllus,  T  Anders  St  pubescent  toward  top: 
Ivs  elliptic-lanceolate,  ovate-acuminate,  attenuate  at 
base'  spikes  linear,  somewhat  interrupted:  bracts 
elliptic,  rather  obtuse,  nervose:  fls  pale  violet-blue 
India  B  M.  6686  —Differs  from  D.  nervosus  m  laxer 
mfl  ,  hairy  Ivs  which  are  scabnd-pubescent  on  the 
nerves  beneath,  and  more  pubescent  shoots 

Watth,  Bedd  (D  pdrvus,  C  B  Clarke)  Slender, 
2  ft  Ivs  deep  green  with  a  light  metallic  shade,  very 
broad-ovate:  fls  1  in  across,  blue  or  violet-blue,  the 
corolla-lobes  broad -obovate  and  narrowed  abruptly 
to  a  point,  the  white  stigma  protruding  from  the  nar- 
row throat  India  GM  44'645  GC  III  32311. 
A  F  17'382  — A  good  dwarf  species  with  fls  in  dense 
clusters,  blooming  in  pots  when  1  ft  high  and  flower- 
ing m  Sept  Requires  a  warmhouse  treatment,  grows 
well  in  sandy  loam;  prop,  by  cuttings.  L  H.  B  f 

DJEM6NOROPS  (probably  means  God-like,  of 
divine  appearance)  Palmacea?,  tribe  Lepidocdrpex. 
Slender  pinnate  palms  grown  for  their  graceful  foliage, 
but  little  known  in  Amer  outside  of  botanic  gardens 
Differs  from  Calamus  (with  which  it  is  by  some  united) 
only  in  having  the  outer  sheaths  or  spathes  boat-shaped, 
deciduous,  at  first  inclosing  the  inner  sheaths,  its  more 
longly  stalked  fls  also  separate  it  from  Calamus  — 
About  85  species,  all  Trop  Asiatic.  Only  a  very  few 
are  in  cult.  Treatment  and  general  cultural  conditions 
of  Calamus  D.  Draco  produces  some  of  the  "dragon's 
blood"  of  commerce.  See  page  3568. 

A.  Young  Ivs.  green. 

B.  Sts  erect  or  climbing,  sometimes  both  in  one  plant. 

calicarpus,  Mart.  (Calamus  calicdrpus,  Griff.).  St. 
erect  or  climbing,  1  m.  diam..  Ivs.  6-8  ft.  long,  upper 
small  with  long  nagella;  Ifts  numerous,  12-13  m  long, 
J^j-^in.  wide;  petiole  1  ft ,  the  base  not  gibbous  or  puck- 
ered, fr.  about  %in  diam  ,  tawny.  Malacca. 

melanoch&tes,  Blume.  St.  erect  *  Ivs.  pinnate,  10-12 
ft.  long  in  nature,  the  pinnae  long  and  narrow,  dark 
green  and  drooping,  furnished  with  many  cirrhi,  the 
petioles  sharp-spmed  at  the  sheathing  base:  fr.  vellow- 
green.  Malaya. — Very  decorative  A  small  form  is 
var.  microcarpus.  Little  known  in  U.  S. 

BB.  Sts.  always  climbing 

Lewisianus,  Mart.  (Calamus  LewisiAnus,  Griff). 
St  climbing,  1  in.  diam  :  petiole  1  ft.,  base  much 
swollen,  armed  below  with  scattered,  short,  deflexed 
spines,  and  above  with  straight  and  hooked  spines  1  ^ 
in.  long;  lite.  13-15  m.  long,  %-l  in.  wide;  sheath 


DAHLIA 


961 


armed  with  solitary  or  senate  flat-back  spines,  fr.  pale 
yellowish.  Penang. 

intermedius,  Mart.  St.  15-20  ft ,  %m.  diam  :  Ivs. 
long-petioled,  4-6  ft.  long;  Ifts  opposite  or  scattered, 
18-20  in  long,  1-1  l/%  in  wide,  linear-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, margins  and  3-5  costa?  bristly  above  and  below; 


1204.  Dedalacanthus  nervosus.  ( X  H) 


rachis  semi-cylindrical,  sparingly  armed;  petiole  1  ft. 
long,  with  flattened  spines.    Malaya. 

AA.  Young  Ivs.  brownish  or  straw-colored. 

palembanicus.  Blume  St  erect:  Ivs.  pinnate, 
broadly  ovate,  bright  cinnamon-brown  when  young, 
and  Ifts  many,  long,  narrow,  1^  ft  long,  about  %m. 
wide,  petioles  erect,  with  stout  spines  on  the  back, 
which  are  deflexed  and  not  thickened  at  the  base  and 
are  arranged  singly  or  in  series  Sumatra.  F.  1873, 
p  136 

periacfinthus.  Miq  Height  15  ft.:  resembles  D 
palembanicu-s,  but  trie  young  Ivs  are  nearly  straw- 
colored,  and  the  spines  are  placed  in  irregular  rings 
Sumatra  — A  most  graceful  species. 

D  plumdsus,  Hort  Graceful  plume-like  Ivs ,  with  pinnse 
4  ft  or  less  long,  petioles  with  rigid  black  spines  with  white  bases 
India.  F.  1871,  p.  39.— Not  m  cult  m  N  Amer. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 
N.  TAYLOR  t 
DAFFODIL:  Narcissus.  Daffodil,  Sea:  Pancratium. 

DAHLIA  (named  after  Professor  Andreas  Dahl,  a 
Swedish  pupil  of  Linneeus,  and  author  of  "Observa- 
tiones  Botamcae")  Syn.  Georgina  Compdsitx  Stout 
perennial  herbs,  sometimes  somewhat  woody,  much 
grown  out-of-doors  for  the  rich  and  profuse  autumn 
bloom  Plate  XXXIV. 

Tuberous-rooted  (Fig  1205) :  st.  mostly  erect,  branch- 
ing, glabrous  or  scabrous.  Ivs.  opposite.  1-3-pmnate: 
heads  long-peduncled,  large,  with  yellow  disk  and 
rays  in  a  single  series  and  mostly  m  shades  of  red  and 
purple  and  also  m  white  (in  cult ) ;  ray-fls  neutral  or 
pistillate,  disk-fls  perfect  and  fertile;  involucre  double 
the  inner  series  of  thin  scales  that  are  shghtlv  united 
at  base,  the  exterior  series  smaller  and  somewhat  leafy; 


952 


DAHLIA 


UAHLIA 


receptacle  plane,  hearing  chaffy  scales,  rays  spreading, 
en tn  c  or  minutely  3-5-dentate  •  fr.  oblong  or  obovate, 
btrongly  compressed  on  the  back,  rounded  at  the  apex, 
obscurely  2-toothed  or  entirely  bald  — Probably  10  or 
12  species,  in  the  higher  parts  of  Mex ,  some  of  them 
now  much  modified  by  cult.,  and  the  domesticated 
forms  often  difficult  of  systematic  study  The  nomen- 
clature of  the  group  is  confused  because  systematists 
are  not  agreed  on  the  rank  to  be  given  to  forms  that 
have  received  independent  names  Voss  (Blumen- 
gartnerei)  combines  the  three  species  of  Cavamlles, 
D.  pinnata,  D  coccinea,  and  D  rosea,  all  under  the  name 
D>  pinnata  His  arrangement  is  as  follows  D,  pinnata, 
Cav.,  var.  coccinea,  Voss  (D.  coccinea,  Cav.  D.  rot>ea, 
Cav  ,  in  part  D  frustranea,  DC.  D.  crocea,  Poir.  D 
bidentifoha  and  D  mexicana,  Hort);  var.  qiacihs, 
Vot>s  (D  gracihs,  Ort.),  var  Ccrvantesu,  Voss  (D 
Cervanlesii,  Lag  ) ;  var.  vanabihs,  Voss  (D.  variabilis, 
Desf  D  rosca,  Cav  ,  in  part  D  i>ainbucifoha,  Salisb 
D  superfliia,  Ait  D  purpurca,  Poir )  It  seems  to 
be  well,  however,  to  keep  D  roi>ea  and  D  coccinea  dis- 
tinct, and  pei  haps  also  D.  pinnala,  and  this  is  the 
method  adopted  for  the  present  treatment  Of  the  three 
Cavanillesian  names,  D  pinnata  hns  priority. 

A.  Plant  very  tall,  tree-like 
B   Fls  nodding,  bell-shaped. 

impenalis,  Roezl  Height  6-18  ft  sts  usually  many 
from  one  base,  mostly  unbranched,  knotty,  4-6-angled, 
usually  dying  to  the  ground  in  winter  in  S.  Calif  . 
Ivs  2-3-pmnately  parted;  Ifts  ovate,  narrowed  at  the 
base,  acuminate,  toothed,  with  a  few  short  scattered 
soft  hairs  fis  nodding,  4-7  m  across,  white,  more  or 
less  tinged  with  blood-red,  especially  »t  the  base;  rays 
sterile  or  pistillate,  lanceolate,  sharp-pointed,  not 
3-toothed  at  the  apex  Gt  1863  407;  5(3,  p  22.  GC 
1870  4f>9,  II  12  437,  III  34  178  B  M  5813  Gn 
12.352,  33,  p  527,  61, p  40  I?  H  1872  170;  1911,  pp 
62-3.  AG  15-313  Mn  8,  p.  61  —  As  few  conservatories 
can  make  room  for  bo  large  a  plant,  it  is  common  to 
graft  this  species  on  dwarf  varieties  of  D.  rosea  The 
inflated  and  pointed  fl  -buds  (3-4  in  long)  are  very 
characteristic  It  is  not  kno\\n  whether  the  original 
plant  collected  by  Roezl  was  found  in  wild  or  cult 
surroundings  This  species  and  the  next  are  mostly 
cult  under  glass  if  cult,  at  the  N  ,  but  this  species 
thrives  in  the  open  in  Cent  Calif  ;  the  others  are 
grown  outdoors  in  summer,  and  the  roots  stored  in 
winter.  Hybrids  are  reported  between  this  species  and 
D  excelsa 

BB  Fls.  erect,  not  bell-shaped,  but  opening  out  flat. 
excglsa,  Benth.  (D  arborea,  Regel)  Height  to  20 
ft  or  more:  sts.  several  from  same  base,  usually 
unbranched,  glaucous, 
marked  with  horizon- 
tal rings  made  by  the 
stem-clasping  base  of 
the  petioles  as  the 
lower  Ivs  fall  away, 
becoming  woody  for 
several  feet  in  mild 
climates:  Ivs  bipin- 
nate,  as  much  as  2% 
ft  long,  2  ft.  wide;  Ifts. 
as  many  as  25,  ovate, 
those  of  the  upper  Ivs. 
often  contracted  at 
the  base,  acuminate, 
toothed,  pale  green 
beneath,  with  a  few  short  scattered  hairs  or  none:  fls. 
4^  m.  across,  dilute  purple,  cnmson-pii|k.  G  C.  II. 
19:80;  III  27 •  85— This  species  was  described  from  a 
cult  plant  with  8  rays  in  a  single  row,  but  with 
considerably  elongated  disk-fls  It  was  almost  an 
anemone-fld  type,  and  all  the  florets  were  sterile.  D. 


arborea  has  never  been  sufficiently  described  as  a 
botanical  species,  but  plants  have  been  cult  for  many 
years  under  this  name  Var  anemonaefldra,  Hort. 
Disk  of  lilac  or  yellow  tubular  florets;  rays  flat. 

AA.  Plant  medium,  averaging  3  ft.,  commonly  from  2-5 

ft.,  rarely  exceeding  these  extremes. 
B.  Lvs.  once  pinnate:  st.  not  branching  from  the  base: 

habit  erect. 

c.  St.  usually  not  glaucous:  rays  fertile. 
D.  Rays  of  the  single  fls.  not  recurved  at  the  margins, 

of  the  double  fls.  never  flat,  but  cupped 
rdsea,  Cav.  (D.  vandbihs,  Desf.    D.  Barken*  and 
D    Roijlcana,    Kmn\  1    <fe   Wcstc  ?     D    superflua,  Alt. 


1205.  Clustered  roots  of  the 
garden  dahlia 


1206.  Dahlia  rosea  (or  D   vanabihs).  ( X  H) 

D  purpurea,  Poir  D  nana,  Andr  D  crocata,  Lag 
D  roron'iln,  lloit )  Fig  1206.  Lvs  typically  once 
pinnate,  sometimes  bipinnate;  Ifts.  ovate,  toothed, 
broader  and  coarser  than  m  the  other  species  B  11. 
55.  B  M  1885.— The  original  of  practically  all  the 
old-fashioned  dahlias,  particularly  the  Single,  Pompon. 
Show  and  Fancy  types.  It  is  therefore  the  parent  ot 
the  vast  majority  of  the  horticultural  varieties  This 
is  a  wonderfully  variable  species.  Some  plants  are 
densely  hairy,  others  scarcely  at  all.  The  Ivs  are  some- 
times bipinnate  in  parts  of  plants  or  throughout  an 
entire  plant.  In  double  forms  the  rays  usually  have 
abortive  pistils  Many  garden  forms  have  glaucous 
sts.  Some  authors  have  doubted  whether  this  species 
is  distinct  from  D  coccinea,  but  the  two  types  are  very 
different  in  the  garden,  although  there  are  intermediate 
forms  in  nature 

DD.  Rays  of  the  single  fls.  with   recurved  margins;  of 
the  double  fls.  not  cupped,  but  long,  flat  and  pointed, 
and  some  at  least  with  recurved  margins. 
Juar6zii,    Hort.    (D.    Yuarczii,    Hort.).     CACTUS 

DAHLIA.   Fig  1207.   Distinct  in  the  bloom:  heads  bnl- 


DAHLIA 

liant  scarlet;  fls.  irregular  in  length  and  overlapping, 
the  rays  narrow.  The  Cactus  dahlias  all  originated 
from  one  plant,  which  was  flowered  in  Eu.  for  the  first 
time  in  1864,  and  first  pictured  in  G  C  11.12.433 
(1879).  FM  1879:383.  On.  18,  p  589,  19.742,  50, 
p.  236.  G.Z.26.49. 

cc.  St .  glaucous:  rays  not  fertile. 
coccinea,  Cav  (D  bidentifbha,  Salisb  D  Cer- 
vdntesn,  Lag  D.  Crdcea,  Poir )  Fig  1208,  redrawn 
from  B.M  762  (1804).  Always  more  slender  than  D. 
rosea,  with  narrower  Ifts ,  and  in  the  wild,  at  least, 
dwarfer  than  that  species.  The  color  range  is  much 
smaller,  and  does  not  include  white  or  any  shade  of 
purple  or  crimson.  The  colors  vary  from  scarlet, 
through  orange  to  yellow.  There  are  no  double  forms, 
and  it  has  been  said  that  this  species  will  not  hybudize 
with  D.  rosea.  The  named  varieties  pictured  in  I  H. 
31-515  and  533  (1881),  which  are  emphatically 
declared  to  be  varieties  of  D  coccinea,  are  probably 
garden  forms  of  D  rosea.  The  only  characters  that 
certainly  distinguish  D  coccinea  from  D.  rosea  arc  the 
glaucous  sts  and  infertile  rays  of  the  former,  but  these 
characters  break  down  in  garden  forms  B.M.  762. 
Gn  19:154  GC  II  12.525 

u«.  Lvs.  twice  pinnate   sts  branched  from  the  base: 
habit  spreaditig 

Mgrckii,  Lehm  (D  glabrala,  Lmdl )  Fig.  1209, 
redrawn  from  B  M.  3878  (1841).  Height  2-3  ft  :  roots 
much  more  slender  than  those  of  D.  rosea  st  and  Ivs. 
wholly  devoid  of  hairs;  Ivs  bipmnate.  floral  bracts 
linear,  fls.  typically  lilac;  rajs  pistillate;  outer  involu- 
cral  bracts  linear  B  II  26 '29  (1810)  Gn.  19  154 
(1881)  — This  is  a  very  distinct  garden  dahlia,  and  LS 
worth  growing  merely  as  a  foliage  plant  The  fine-cut 
character  of  the  foliage  makes  it  more  attractive  than 
the  coarse  foliage  of  most  of  the  varieties  of  D  rosea. 
The  plants  are  much  dwarfer  and  wider  spreading  than 
most  florists'  dahlias,  and  show  no  st.  while  growing. 
The  branched  flowering  sts  are  remarkably  long,  slen- 
der and  wiry,  often  rising  2-3  ft  above  the  foliage. 
The  rays  are  very  short  and  often  roundish,  with  a 
short  sharp  point  instead  of  3  minute  teeth  There  are 
no  red,  yellow  or  white  forms  in  nature.  The  roots  of 
this  and  D  coccinea,  beirg  slenderer  than  those  of  D. 
ro&fa,  must  be  preserved  with  greater  care  in  winter. 

D  (/rdctlw,  Ort  Lvs  bipmnate  and  ternately  divided,  gla- 
brous, the  Ifts  small,  o\ate  and  roirsely  toothed  fls  brilliant 
orange-scarlet,  outer  bracts  of  involucre  almost  orbicular  4-5  ft , 
making  a  dense  bush  with  very  slender  growths,  bearing  heads 
2J£-3  in  across  -Vpnarently  not  in  general  cult — D  pinnAta, 
Cav  Plant  scarcely  3  ft  high,  glabrous  Ivs  5-foholate,  Ifts  ovate, 
crenate-dentate,  glaucous  beneath,  sessile,  rachis  winged  fls  large, 
(solitary,  female  corolla  large,  blue-red,  exterior  involucre  with  6-7 
bracts,  ovate,  narrowed  toward  the  base,  spreading  and  reflexed- 
incurved,  the  interior  with  coriaceous  lobes  The  plate  of  Cavan- 
illes  shows  semi-double  fls  ,  i  e  with  several  rows  of  rays,  with  the 
ray-)  incurved  at  the  margin  and  becoming  at  the  base  nearly 
tubular. — D  Ztmapdmi,  Roezl,  is  by  some  retained  in  Dahlia  and 
by  others  referred  to  Bidens,  in  this  work  it  is  described  under 
Cosmos  (C.  dwerofokua).  WlLHELM  MlLLER. 

L.  H.  B.f 
Types  and  varieties  of  the  dahlia. 

Practically  all  of  the  named  varieties  of  dahlias  have 
come  from  one  immensely  variable  species,  usually 
known  as  D.  vanabilis*  but  more  properly  as  D.  rosea. 
For  garden  purposes,  nowever,  a  second  form  of  great 
importance,  D.  Juarezii,  the  parent  of  the  Cactus 
forms,  must  be  kept  distinct.  There  are  other  species 
cultivated  to  a  slight  extent.  It  is  curious  that  these 
showy  plants  should  be  closely  related  to  a  common 
weed,  the  beggar's  tick,  of  the  genus  Bidens;  but  other 
species  of  Dahlia  have  leaves  whose  forms  pass  grad- 
ually into  those  of  Bidens.  Other  close  allies  arc 
Cosmos  and  Coreopsis.  Cosmos  flowers  are  some  shade 
of  purple,  rarely  white  m  wild  nature,  and  only  one 
species  has  yellow  flowers;  Coreopsis  has  yellow  flowers 


DAHLIA 


953 l 


only;  Bidens.  yellow  or  white,  and  none  of  these 
genera  has  produced  double -flowered  forms  of  the 
first  importance.  Dahlia  has  all  these  colors  and  more, 
being  far  richer  in  bright  reds,  and  lacking  only  sky- 
blue  and  its  closely  related  hues,  which  are  seen  to 
perfection  m  the  China  asters. 

Although  dahlias  are  popular  plants,  especially  in  old 
gardens,  they  are  destined  to  still  greater  popularity 
from  the  new  "Cactus,"  "Decorative,"  "Peony-flow- 
ered," and  "Collarette"  types.  There  exists  a  prejudice 
against  dahlias  m  many  localities  in  which  these  new 
types  have  never  been  seen.  This  prejudice  is  part  of  a 
reaction  against  formal  and  artificial  flowers  in  general 
The  old-time  dahlias  were  round  hard  and  sriff  like  a 
ball  The  new-time  dahlias  are  flatter,  and  tend 
toward  loose,  free,  fluffy  chrysanthemum-like  forms. 
The  dahlia  has  no\v  become  'mrnenselv  variable 

Of  the  important  and  very  variable  florists'  flowers, 
the  dahlia  was  one  of  the  latest  to  come  into  cultiva- 
tion The  first  break  of  considerable  importance  in  the 
wild  type  occurred  about  1814  Up  to  that  time  there 
were  perhaps  a  do/en  well-marked  colors  in  good 
single-flow ered  varieties.  Dahlias  had  been  cultivated 
in  Europe  since  1789,  and  it  is  a  curious  fact  that 
they  showed  signs  of  doubling  the  very  first  year  of 
their  European  residence,  but  it  was  not  until  twenty- 
five  years  later  that  a  marked  gain  in  doubling  was 
made  The  dahlia  seemed  to  be  undeveloped  until 
181  i,  when  the  era  of  doubling  began  Before  another 
twenty-five  years  had  passed,  the  dahlia  had  sprung 
into  the  front  ranks  of  garden  plants  In  1826  there 
were  already  sixty  varieties  cultivated  by  the  Royal 
Horticultural  Society  In  1841,  one  English  dealer 
had  over  1,200  varieties.  Today  it  is  not  uncommon 
for  the  loading  tradesmen  to  keep  500  to  1,000  dis- 
tinct varieties.  In  the  absence  of  good  records,  it  is 
conjectured  that  over  3,000  different  narrtes  of  vane- 
ties  have  been  published  m  the  catalogues  Most  of 
the  varieties  are  the  Show  and  Fancy  types,  \\hich  are 
as  spherical  and  regular  as  possible,  and  differ  only  in 
color  At  first  the  distinction  between  the  two  types 


1207.  Tke  original  Cactus  dahlia  — D.  Jaurezii. 

Reduced  from  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  where 
it  was  fiist  pictured 


954 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


seems  to  have  been  the  same  as  that  between  "self- 
colored"  and  "variegated"  flowers  in  general  Lately, 
for  purposes  of  exhibition  in  prize  competitions,  the 
following  arbitrary  distinction  has  been  adopted'  A 
Show  dahlia  (Fig.  1210)  is  often  of  one  color,  but  if 
the  edges  of  the  rays  are  darker  than  the  ground-color, 
the  variety  may  be  exhibited  m  the  Show  section  A 
Fancy  dahlia  (Fig.  1211)  always  has  two  or  more 
colors,  arid  if  the  rays  are  striped  or  if  the  edges  are 
lighter  than  the  ground-color,  the  variety  must  be 
exhibited  in  the  Fancy  section  The  two  types  reached 
full  perfection  certainly  by  1840,  and  after  that  date 
the  improvements  were  mostly  in  matters  of  secondary 


importance.  Most  of  the  longest-lrved  varieties  belong 
to  the  Show  and  Fancy  type.  These  types  held  full 
popularity  until  about  1H79,  when  the  first  Cactus 


dahlia  appeared  in  England  with  a  promise  of  new  and 

freer  forms     This  form  is 

the  one  which  is  perhaps 

farthest    removed     from 

nature,  and  it  is  probably 

so  highly  esteemed  largely 

because  the  most,  work  has 

been  spent  on  it. 


A  Dutch  dealer  secured  a  root  from  Mexico  that  pro- 
duced one  plant  which  is  the  parent  of  all  the  Cactus 
forms.  It  is  not  known  whether  the  seed  which  may 
have  produced  the  original  root  came  from  a  wild  or  a 
cultivated  flower  It  has  been  said  that  seedlings  of  I). 
Juarezn  have  produced  m  cultivation  forms  approach- 
ing the  Show  type  of  I)  ro^ia  The  reverse  piocess  is 
also  said  to  have  taken  place,  but  full,  authoritative 
and  convincing  (statements  are  wanting  In  the  garden, 
D.  Juaiezu  is  exceedingly  distinct  from  the  florists' 
forms  of  D.  rosea  It  is  usually  a  slenderer,  taller  and 
longer-jointed  plant,  with  much  handsomer  and  more 
delicate  foliage,  the  leaves  being  narrower  than  in 
the  coarse  and  almost  ugly  foliage  of  the  old  forms 
It  has  another  peculiarity  of  growth,  which  is  still  one 
of  the  most  serious  defects  in  the  true  Cactus  type: 
the  plants  tend  to  hide  some  of  the  flowers  beneath 
their  foliage.  This  conies  about  m  a  curious  way  At 
a  node  between  two  young  leaves  theie  commonly 
appear,  at  about  the  same  time  three  new  growths: 
the  middle  one  develops  into  a  flower  with  a  naked 
stalk  only  2  or  3  inches  long,  while  the  hide  shoots 
quickly  overtop  it  and  repeat  the  same  threefold 
arrangement  The  other  most  serious  objection  to  the 
true  Cactus  type  is  that  it  does  not  stand  shipment 
well  o,nd  does  not  last  so  long  as  a  cut-flower  as  the 
Show  dahlias 

The  Decorative  or  Cactus  Hybrid  types  arc  numer- 
ous, and  their  popularity  is  more  modem  They  have 
been  largely  seedlings  from  show  floweis  Then  rays 
are  rarely,  if  ever,  recuived  at  the  mm  gins  All  the 
other  types  of  dahlias  are  well  defined,  and  a  single 
picture  of  each  one  will  represent  its  type  with  suffi- 
cient exactness  No  one  pictute,  however,  can  give  any 
conception  of  the  great  variety  of  forms  included  m 
this  more  or  less  open  horticultural  section  The  name 
Cactus  Hybrid  means  practically  "miscellaneous,"  and 
is  analogous  to  the  "Japanese"  section  of  chrysanthe- 


mums    It  is  on  this  section  and  the  pure  Cactus  t 
that  the 
are  based 


that  the  greatest  hopes  for  the  future  of  the  d 


type 
ahlia 


1208.  Dahlia  coccinea. 

Redrawn  fium  tho  Botanical 
Magazine  for  1804 


A  reaction  against  formalism  in  all  departments  of 
life  and  thought  set  in  about  the  time  of  the  American 
Civil  War  It  was  in  the  sixties  that  the  Japanese 
chrysanthemums  did  much  to  emancipate  the  floral 
world.  With  dahlias  the  reaction  came  much  later  and 
has  proceeded  more  slowly.  The  first  Cactus  dahlia 
was  so  called  because  of  its  resemblance  in  form,  but 
chiefly  in  color,  to  the  brilliant  crimson-flowered  Coeus 
speciosisMmiis,  a  well-known  garden  plant  (which  is 
known  m  the  present  work  as  Hehocerus  spfciosus). 
The  name  is  now  highly  inappropriate  because  the 
color  range  of  the  pure  Cactus  type  has  been  extended 
to  include  all  of  trie  rmportant  well-defined  colors  of 
which  the  dahlia  seems  capable  The  original  Cactus 
dahlia  was  named  Dahlia  Juarezn,  after  President 
Juarez,  the  "Washington  of  Mexico."  It  was  pic- 
tured for  the  first  time  m  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle  for 
1879,  and  this  interesting  picture  is  here  reproduced 
m  a  reduced  size  in  Fig  1207.  The  type  is  still  culti- 
vated under  the  same  name  and  m  all  essentials  seems 
to  be  unchanged.  Forms  of  the  Cactus  dahlra  are 
shown  in  Figs  1212,  1213  * 

The  origin  of  the  Cactus  type,  as  of  all  the  other 
types  of  dahlias,  is  uncertain,  and  our  efforts  to 
secure  full  and  definite  information  upon  some  of  the 
most  interesting  points  may  perhaps  always  be  baffled. 


Dahlias  considered  to  be  of  true  Decorative  type  are 
those  possessing  broad  flat  and  nearly  straight  petals, 
arranged  somewhat  irregularly,  but  the  flowers  are 
not  spherical  in  shape  like  the  Show  dahlia,  but  are 
inclined  to  be  flat  and  massive,  and  are  always  full  to 
the  center  Dahlias  of  this  character  score  a  greater 
number  of  pornts  at  exhibitions 

The  Colossal  dahlia  is  the  basis  of  much  discussion, 
especially  at  exhibitions,  the  cause  of  debate  being 
that  these  dahlias  are  in  reality  not  classified,  that  is, 
the  same  varrety  is  exhibited  in  one  display  as  a  Show 
dahlia,  and  in  the  next  as  a  Decorative  dahlia,  but  in 
reality  there  should  be  a  Colossal  class  for  this  type  of 
dahlia.  This  type,  if  it  may  be  so  called,  has  large 
cupped  but  not  quilled  rays  or  petals,  the  flowers  are 
5  inches  and  over  m  diameter,  and  spherical  in  shape; 
they  therefore  partake  of  both  types,  but  are  sufficiently 
different  to  spoil  the  harmony,  when  exhibited  in  either 
the  Show  or  Decorative  class  "Lc  Colosse"  is  the  fust 
of  this  type  of  dahlia,  and  hybridization  has  given  a 
large  number  of  seedlings,  which  are  almost  identical 
in  form,  shape,  and  size,  the  most  prominent  being 
at  present  American  Beauty,  Giant  Purple  or  Royal 
Purple,  J.  K  Alexander,  Surpasse  Colosse,  and  Janne 
(Yellow)  Colosse. 

The  Pompon  type  is  a  small  form  of  the  Show  and 
Fancy  types  It  has  the  same  colors  and  the  same  form, 
but  the  flowers  are  smaller  and  more  abundant.  As 
a  rule,  the  smaller  the  flowers  the  prettier  and  more 
individual  they  are.  The  larger  they  arc,  the  more 
they  suffer  by  comparison  with  the  Show  type.  Per- 
haps their  greatest  point  is  their  productiveness  When 
profusion  is  the  mam  idea,  not  great  size  and  quality, 
the  Pompons  are  the  favorite  type  of  dahlia  for  cut- 
flowers. 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


955 


1209.  Dahlia  Merckii. 

Redrawn  from  the  Botanical  Magazine, 

for  1841 


The  Single  dahlias  may  be  freely  produced,  but  they 
are  not  so  lasting  for  cut-flowers.  The  Single  type  has 
had  many  ups  and  downs  In  the  reaction  against 
formalism,  it  came  to  the  front  about  1881,  and  for 
several  years  thereafter  several  hundred  forms  were 
kept  distinct  and  they  were  made  the  chief  feature  of 
the  European 
shows  When 
the  dahlia  first 
came  into  culti- 
vation, its  rays 
were  relatively 
long,  slen- 
der, acuminate, 
notched  at  the 
end,  and  with 
such  wide  spares 
between  the  tips 
of  the  rays  as  to 
give  the  flower  a 
k  stellate  appear- 
ance. In  the 
course  of  the 
evolution  of  the 
single  type,  the 
gardeners  re- 
tained the  most 
regular  and  sym- 
metrical forms. 
Single  dahlias 
with  always  and 
only  eight  rays 
were  preserved. 
The  rays  of 
dahlias  became 
broader  and 
rounder,  as  in 
Fig  1214,  until  finally  in  pedigree  varieties  the  vacant 
spaces  were  closed  up  The  same  mental  ideals  have 
produced  the  rose-petaled  geraniums  and  the  should- 
ered tulips  In  a  high-bred  single  dahlia  there  are  no 
minute  teeth  or  notches  at  the  tips  of  the  rays 

Most  of  the  single  dahlias  of  high  pedigree  have  rays 
of  uniform  coloration  with  no  secondary  color  at  the 
base,  but  a  fe\\  have  a  distinct  ring  of  color  at  the  ba.se, 
often  called  an  "eye  or  cro\vn,"  which  is  sometimes 
yellow  and  rarely  led  or  some  other  color  Usually  the 
rays  of  a  single  dahlia  are  spread  out  horizontally, 
sometimes  they  bend  back,  and  rarely  they  bena 
inwards  and  form  a  cup-shaped  flower  These  three 
forms  can  doubtless  be  separated  and  fixed  during 
those  periods  when  the  interest  in  the  Single  tvpe 
warrants  it.  Semi-double  forms  are  frequent  (Fig. 
1215) 

Single  dahlias  are  likely  to  lose  some  of  their  rays 
after  a  day  or  t\\o  in  a  vase  In  cutting  them  it  is  well 
to  choose  the  younger  flowers  A  vigorous  shake  often 
makes  the  oldei  ones  drop  their  lays.  It  is  an  easy 
matter  to  keep  the  seeds  from  forming,  simply  by 
removing  the  ilo\vers  as  they  mature,  and  by  so  doing 
save  the  strength  of  the  plant  for  the  production  of 
flowers 

There  are  three  other  dahlia  types  of  minor  impor- 
tance,— the  Single  Cactus,  the  Pompon  Cactus  and 
Tom  Thumb  The  Single  Cactus  type  differs  from  the 
common  Single  type  in  having  rays  with  recurved 
margins,  which  give  a  free  and  spirited  appearance  to 
the  flowers.  Instead  of  spreading  out  horizontally, 
the  rays  often  curve  inward,  forming  a  cup-shaped 
flower  This  type  originated  with  E.  J.  Lowe,  Chep- 
stow,  England,  was  developed  by  Dobbie  &  Co.  about 
1891,  and  was  first  disseminated  m  1894.  The  Single 
Cactus^  dahlias  are  very  interesting  and  pretty.  The 
Tom  Thumb  type  is  a  miniature  race  of  round-rayed 
single  dahlias,  which  grow  from  12  to  18  inches  high, 
and  are  used  for  bedding.  The  type  originated  in 

61 


England  with  T.  W.  Girdlestone,  and  was  developed 
and  introduced  by  Cheal  &  Sons. 

The  "green"  dahlia  (l)anlia  wndijlora,  Hort )  is  an 
interesting  abnormal  form  in  which  the  rays  are 
partially  or  wholly  suppressed,  and  the  chief  feature 
of  interest  is  a  confused  mass  of  green,  not  resembling 
petals  at  all,  but  evidently  a  multiplication  of  the  outer 
mvolucral  scales,  which,  in  the  dahlia,  are  green,  leafy 
bracts.  The  "green"  dahlia  is  not  unhealthy;  it  is  as 
strong  and  vigorous  as  any  of  the  other  forms,  but  very 
unstable  and  variable,  producing  flowers  of  solid  green 
color,  others  of  green  with  small  cup-shaped  crimson- 
scarlet  petals  intermingled,  and  others  of  solid  crimson- 
scarlet  color,  and  all  on  the  bame  plant  This  freak 
was  pictured  as  "long  ago  as  1845  in  G  C  ,  p.  626;  and 
again  m  G  C  III  30.  294 

Another  interesting  variation  which  hardly  ranks  in 
present  importance  with  the  eleven  types  contrasted 
below  is  the  laemiated  form,  which  makes  a  very 
pretty  though  rather  foirnal  effect  Examples  are  Ger- 
mania  Nova,  Mrs  A  W.  Tait  and  its  yellow  variety 
among  large  double  forms,  and  White  Aster  among 
the  Pompons  In  these  cases,  the  notches  at  the  tips 
of  the  rays,  instead  of  being  minute  and  inconspicuous, 
are  deepened  so  much  that  they  give  the  laemiated 
effect  At  present  this  form  is  available  in  a  very  nar- 
row range  of  colors  It  is  not  probable  that  it  \vill  be 
an  important  factor  m  producing  chrysanthemum-like 
forms 

Another  form  which  baffles  description,  but  is 
nevertheless  very  distinct,  is  that  of  Grand  Duke 
Alexis  It  is  nearer  the  Show  type  than  any  other,  but 
is  perhaps  best  classed  with  the  Cactus  Hybrid  sec- 
tion, simply  because  it  seems  advisable  to  keep  the 
Show  type  the  most  sharply  defined  of  all  It  is  a  very 
flat  flower,  and  the  rays  are  remarkably  folded,  leav- 
ing a  round  hole  at  the  top  of  each  one.  Up  to  1909 
the  varietv  of  colors  of  the  type  of  Grand  Duke  Alexis 
has  been  increased,  including  the  varieties  Dreer 
White,  Mrs  Roosevelt,  Purple  Duke,  Pythias,  W.  W. 
Ilawbon,  and  Yellow  Duke 

About  midway  between  Grand  Duke  Alexis  and 
the  Show  or  cupped  type  is  an  interesting  form,  the 
"quilled"  dahlia,  a  name  which  is  perhaps  necessary, 
though  unfortunate  In  A.  D  Livom  the  rays  are 
rather  tightly  folded  for  about  two-thirds  of  their 
length,  leaving  a  round  hole  at  the  tip  as  m  Grand 
Duke  Alexis,  but  giving  a  peculiar  whorled  effect, 
which  plainly  shows  the  spiral  arrangement  of  the  suc- 
cessive tiers  of  rays.  Among  Pompons,  Blumenf alter 
is  an  example  of 
this  rosette-hke  or 
quilled  form,  and 
many  colors  are 
procurable  How- 
ever, the  word 
"quilled"  usually 
suggests  a  long 
tube  \vith  a  flared 
opening,  whereas 
m  the  form  de- 
scribed above  the 
margins  of  the 
ray  are  merely 
rolled  tightly  to- 
gether, but  not 
grown  together 
into  a  thin  seam- 
less tube  Perhaps 
the  most  impor- 
tant variation 
that  has  not  yet 
appeared  in  the 
dahlia  is  the  won- 
derful elongation 
of  the  disk  florets  1210.  A  Show  dahlia. 


956 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


into  long,  thin,  variously  colored  tubes  which  have 
produced  such  charming  effects  in  the  China  aster  and 
have  culminated  in  the  marvelous  grace  of  many  chry- 
santhemums The  dahlia  may  not  be  denied  such 
possibilities,  for  in  G  C  III  20  339  (1896)  a  new  dahlia 
was  described  in  which  the  quills  are  really  tubes  for 
two-thirds  of  their  length. 

The  Collarette  dahlia  is  a  very  novel  and  distinct 
type  The  flowers  are  single,  with  an  additional  row 
of  short  petals  around  the  disk,  which  forms  a  frill  or 
collar  usually  of  a  different  color  from  the  remainder 
of  the  flower.  The  same  method  obtained  in  the 
development  of  the  Collarette  dahlia  as  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Single  dahlia  Varieties  having  only  eight 
rays  or  petals,  with  the  additional  collar,  and  present- 
ing a  symmetrical  and  concentrated  impression,  were 
preserved  The  collar  consists  principally  of  three  or 
four  smaller  and  more  gracefully  curved  rays,  pro- 
duced at  the  disk,  at  the  center  of  each  of  the  eight 
larger  rays  or  petals,  and  taking  the  same  direction  as 
the  large  rays,  thus  showing  distinctly  the  golden 
yellow  center,  so  pronounced  in  the  Single  dahlia 
The  first  Collarette  dahlia  was  President  Viger,  and  was 
originated  at  Pare  de  la  Tcte  d'Or,  or  in  the  gardens  of 
the  City  of  Lyons,  France,  then  under  the  supervision 
of  Professor  Gerard,  who  was  succeeded  by  M  Cha- 
bannes  President  Viger  was  first  shown  m  1900  at 
the  Universal  Exposition,  and  offered  for  sale  in  1901 
by  Ilivone  Pere  &  Fils  of  Lyon.  In  1902  appeared  the 
variety  Joseph  Goujon  also  obtained  at  the  Pare  de 
la  Tete  d'Or,  Lyon,  then  in  1903  Kivone  offered 
Etendard  de  Lyon  and  Gallia,  which  figured  with 
honor  for  that  firm.  During  the  next  ten  years,  from 
1903  until  1913,  all  the  known  varieties  of  the  Col- 
larette dahha  were  developed  by  Rivorie  Pere  &  Fils, 
and  appeared  in  the  following  order  1903,  Etendard 
de  Lyon,  and  Gallia;  1904,  Mme  LePage  Viger,  La 
Fusee,  Duchesse  J  Melsi  D'Ehril-Barbo,  Prince  Galit- 
zme,  Comte  Cheremeteff,  and  Maurice  Rivoire;  1905, 
Exposition  de  Lyon  Orphee,  and  Prince  de  Venosa; 


1906,  Merveille  de  Lyon,  Mme  Georges  Bernard, 
Comte  Nodler,  Deuil  de  Brazza,  Princesse  Olga 
Altien,  Corbeille  de  Feu,  and  Signonna  Rosa  Esen- 
gnni,  1907,  Comtesse  Dugon,  Ami  Cachat,  and  Vol- 
can;  1908,  Jupiter,  Pluton,  Pan,  Etoile  de  Moidiere, 
and  Mme.  Chamrion;  1909,  M.  Mery  de  Montigny; 


1211.  A  Fancy  dahlia  of  the  Pompon  type. 


1212.  A  Cactus  dahlia    (  X  h) 

1910,  Abbe  Hugonnard,  Comte  de  Vezet,  Mme.  Pile, 
Souvenir  de  Bel-Accueil,  and   Vicomtesse  des  Mons; 

1911,  General  de  Sonis,  and  Deuil  du  Docteur  Ogier, 

1912,  Cocardc     Espagnole,    Etmcelant,    and    Stella, 

1913,  Geant  de  Lyon,   Maroc,  and  Etoile  de  Mon- 
plaisir     In  1912,  J    K    Alexander,  a  dahlia  specialist 
in    East    Bndgewater,    Massachusetts,    succeeded    m 
developing   the   first   Collarette   dahlia   of   American 
origin,  the  variety  Champion,  this  added  the  red  and 
yellow  coloring  to  the  type     Previous  to  1912,  three 
other  foreign  varieties,  Direoteur  Rene  Gerard,  Mme. 
E.  Poirier,  and  Souv  de  Chabanne,  found  their  way  to 
America,  and  were  offered  the  following  year  in  the 
leading  seedsmen's  catalogues     The  year  1913  gave  a 
collection  of  nearly  fifty  distinct  named  varieties  of  the 
Collarette  dahlia,  including  every  known  color  m  the 
dahlia  world. 

The  Holland  Peony-flowered  dahlia  is  now  the  most 
popular  dahlia,  possessing  an  entirely  original  form, 
resembling  the  semi-double  peonies;  the  flowers  are 
broad,  flat,  somewhat  irregular  m  form,  and  are  pro- 
duced with  remarkable  freedom  on  long  stems.  This 
type  of  dahlia  has  proved  the  most  satisfactory  for 
garden  purposes,  the  plants  being  covered  with  flowers 
the  entire  season  The  origin  of  the  Holland  Peony- 
flowered  dahlia,  like  all  other  types,  is  uncertain, 
and  all  efforts  to  secure  full  and  definite  informa- 
tion are  unfruitful.  Originally  the  Holland  Peony- 
flowered  dahlia  was  grown  for  some  years  in  Germany 
in  a  mixture  known  as  "Half-double  Giant  Dahlias  " 
A  Dutch  grower,  H.  Hornsveld  of  Baarn,  Holland,  was 


DAHLIA 


DAHLI  V 


the  first  to  note  their  possibilities,  and  selected  from 
these  "mixed  dahlias"  the  best  varieties,  from  which 
he  propagated;  then  he  drew  the  attention  of  the  public 
to  nis  new  varieties,  which  he  named  and  offered  for 
sale.  Other  growers  m  Holland  followed  his  example 
with  great  success.  The  Holland  Peony-flowered 
dahlia  was  imported 
to  America  in  1908, 
and  simultaneously 
appeared  in  the  cata- 
logues of  the  leading 
growers  and  seed- 
men.  The  number  in- 
creased rapidly,  and 
in  1910  appeared  new 
varieties  of  American 
origin,  notably  the 
new  varieties  origi- 
nated by  the  W.  W. 
Rawson  Co  ,  of  Bos- 
ton, Massachusetts. 
The  mobt  prominent 
varieties  are  the  fol- 
lowing Andrew  Car- 
negie (1908),  Bertha 
Von  Suttner  (1908), 
Caesar  (191  l),Ceciha 
(1911),  Dr  K  W. 
van  Gorkum  (1906), 
Dr.  Peary  (1911), 
Duke  Henry  (1906), 
Geisha  (1908),  Ger- 


Glory  of  Groenekan  (1907),  II  Hornsveld  (1907),  Hugo 
de  Vnes  (1907),  H  J  Lovmk  (1911),  Kaisoim  Augusta 
Victoria  (1907),  King  Edward  (1909),  King  Leopold 
(1906),  La  Ramtc  (1907),  Mannheim  (1908),  Mer- 
veille  (1907),  Miss  Gladys  Dawton  (1908),  Paul 
Kruger  (1906),  P.  W.  Janscn  (1907),  Queen  Alexandra 
(1909),  Queen  Emma  (1906),  Queen  Wilhelmma  (1906), 
Snow  Queen  (1907),  and  Sherlock  Holmes  (1912) 

The  fragiant  dahlia  is  the  pride  of  the  true  Peony- 
flowered  type,  possessing  a  pleasing  and  agreeable 
odor,  so  long  desired  The  fragrant  dahlia  was  first 
detected  by  J  Herbert  Alexander,  in  the  year  1912, 
on  the  trial-grounds  of  J  K  Alexander  of  Eat>t  Bridge- 
water,  Massachusetts,  hybridization  and  propagation 
was  begun  immediately  with  the  new  variety,  and 
in  1913  a  collection  of  "five  fragrant  dahlias  appeared 
in  Alexander's  catalogue 

The  mam  types  of  dahlias  may  perhaps  be  distin- 
guished more  clcaily  by  the  following  scheme: 

A.  Plants  very  dwarf 
1   THE  TOM  THUMB  TYPES. 

AA.  Plants  not  very  dwarf 

B  Fls  single     ' 
c.  Rays  flat,  not  recurved  at  the  margins 

2.  THE  SINGLE  TYPE    Fig  1214 

cc.  Rays  with  recurved  margins 

3.  THE  SINGLE  CACTUS  TYPE    Fig  1213 

BB   Fls  double 

C.  Size  of  fls  small,  1-2  in,  acroii. 
D.  Rays  cupped 

4.  THE  POMPON  TYPE    Fig.  1211.  Also  called  "Bou- 

quet" and  "Lilliputian  " 

DD.  Rays  flat. 

5.  THE  POMPON  CACTUS  TYPE. 

cc.  Size  of  fls.  large,  3-5  in,  across,  averaging  4  m 

D  Rays  cupped. 
K.  Colors  single,  or  the  edges  darker  than  the  ground-coloi  . 


6.  THE  SHOW  TYPE.  Fig  1210 

BE.  Colors  2  or  more,  striped,  or  with  edges  lighter 
than  the  ground-color. 

7.  THE  FANCY  TYPE. 

DD.  Rays  not  cupped,  but  long  and  flat,  or  with 
recurved  margins. 

8.  THE  CACTUS  TYPE.  Figs  1207,  1212. 

DDD.  Rays  various  in  form. 

9.  THE  DECORATIVE  TYPE 

10.  THE  COLLARETTE  TYPE. 

11.  THE'  PEONY-FLO  WE  RED    TYPE;    including    the 

fragrant  dahlia  Fig.  1215. 

Useful  dahlias  for  various  purposes,  as  they  exist  in 
North  America  in  1913. 

Cactu*  dahlias,  for  cut-flower  purpose*  —  Alexander,  Alight, 
Alfred  Vascy,  Clara  G  Stedwuk,  Countess  of  Lonsdale,  Dainty, 
Effective,  Eureka,  Floradora,  Forbes  Robertson,  I1  lame,  Glory  of 
Wilts,  Golden  Gem,  Gazelle,  Gabnel,  Gen  Buller,  Helene,  Hcnn 
Cayenx  Hereward,  Ivenua,  Jcannette,  J  H  Jackson,  J  Weir 
Fife,  Killarney,  Lightship  Lady  Fair,  Lady  Colin  Campbell,  Lord 
of  the  Manor,  Mary  Service,  Mrs  DeLuca,  Mrs  H  L  Brouson, 
Mrs  Winchester,  Mrs  Mortimer,  Mrs  Geo  Caselton,  Mme  Henn 
Cayeux,  Mrs  MacMullan,  Ilcme  Cayeux,  Rosa  Starr,  Reliable, 
Stella,  SITUS,  Sandy,  Thomas  Wilson,  and  Yonne  Cayeux 

Cactus  dahlias  for  exhibition  purposes  —  Amazon,  Clincher, 
Diavolo,  Master  Carl,  Mercury,  Mrs  S  T  \\nght,  Rev  Dr 
Bakei,  Rev  T  W  Jamieson.  Royal  Scarlet,  Schneewitchen, 
Snowstorm,  T  G  Baker.  Wellington,  Whirlwind,  White  Swan, 
Wm  Marshall,  W  B  Childs 

Dccoralne  dahlias  for  cut-flower  purposes  —  Dehce,  Hirnmliwhe, 
Jack  Rose,  Jeanne  Charmet,  John  R  Baldwin,  Minos,  Maid  of 
Kent,  Mme  A  Lumiere,  Mme  Victor  Vaseier,  Mme  Van  den 
Dael,  Perle  de  la  Tete  D'or,  lleggie,  Souv  de  Gustave  Douzon, 
Wilhclm  Miller 

Dec  oratu  e  dahlias  for  exhibition  purposes  —  American  Beauty, 
A  K  Johnson,  Blue  Oban,  Gigantea,  Grand  Duke  Alexis,  Gettys- 
burg, Le  Grand  Manito,  Le  Mont  Blanc,  Lea  Alhees,  Mme  Helene 
Charvet,  Mme  Augusta  Lumiere,  Mademoiselle  Galy  Miquel, 
Madame  Devmat,  Mme  Mara,  Morocco,  Peerless,  Perle  de 
Oeean,  Papa  Charmet,  Ville  de  Lyon,  Yellow  Colosse 

Peony-flowered  dahlias  for  cut-flower  purposes  —  Admiration, 
Bertha  \on  Suttner,  Goddess  of  Fame,  Geisha.  Mine  Studholme, 
Mrs  A  Platt,  Mrs  Jacques  Futrelle,  Queen  Wilhelmma,  and 
Sunrise 

Peony-flowert  d  dahlias  for  exhibition  purposes  —  Hampton  Court, 
King  L(  opold,  Pnscilla,  Snow  Queen,  Solfatara,  Duke  Henry,  and 
Hollands 

Collarette  dahlias  for  massing  —  Exposition  de  iyou,  Maurico 
Rnoire,  and  President  Viger 

Show  dahlias  for  exhibition  purposes  —  Acquisition,  Alice  Emily. 
Acme  of  Perfection,  Brown  Bess,  Dreer's  White,  Dr  Keynes,  David 
Johnson,  Emperor,  Ivanhoe,  Harrison  Weir,  Mrs  Susan  Wilson, 
Mine  Hune  Furtudo,  Mme  Manka  Anagnostaju,  Mme  Alfred 
M  ireau.  Merlin,  Muriel,  Norma,  Nugget,  Queen  of  Autumn, 
Rosebud,  Mrndclla,  Standard,  W  P  Laird,  and  Win  Dodda 

Among  the  Show  dahlias  that  are  the  bfi>t  for  flowering  are  A  D. 
Livoni,  Arabella,  Ansonia,  Dr  J  P  Kirklaud  or  Cuban  Giant, 
Dorothy  Peacock,  Imperial,  Miss  Fox,  Perfection,  Storm  King, 
and  \\  hite  Queen 

Show  dahlia  for  bedding  purposes  —  White  Bedder. 

Fancy  dahlias  of  merit  —  Chorister,  Chas  Turner,  Darzler, 
Dorothj,  Distinction,  Duchess  of  Albany,  English  Dandy,  Erie 
Fisher,  Gloire  de  Guiscard,  Frank  Smith,  Frederick  Smith,  General 
Grant,  Gold  Medal.  Goldsmith,  Geo  Barnes,  Hercules,  Les 
Amours  de  Madame,  Lucy  Faucett,  Mme  Lily  Large,  Polly  San- 
dall,  Rebecca,  Rev.  J  B 
McCamm,  S  Mortimer, 
Sunset,  and  Wizard 

Pompon  dahlias  for  bor- 
ders or  htdges  —  Achilles, 
Crusoe,  Darkness,  Fasci- 
nation, Mabel,  Pure  Lo\e, 
Rosalie,  Red  Indian,  Snow 
Clad,  \ivid,  and  Wini- 
fred 

Pompon  dahlias  for  ex- 

hibition purpose*  —  Amber 

Queen,  Ideal,  Harry,  Lit- 

tle Mary,  Rosebud,  Shalu, 

.  and  Spy 

Pompon  dahlias  for 
flowering  purposes  —  Klein 
Domitea,  Darkest  of  All, 
Fairy  Queen,  Star  of  the 
East,  and  Spy. 

Societies  and  shows. 
—  The  dahlia  is  one 
of  about  a  dozen 


1214.  A  broad-rayed 
single  dahlia. 

^  x  ^ 


958 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


genera  of  plants  whoso  horticultural  value  has  been 
attested  by  permanently  successful  special  societies. 
There  are  national  dahlia  societies  in  England  and 
America  Dahlia  shows  are  usually  held  the  second  or 
third  week  in  September  On  December  21,  1906,  the 
New  England  Dahlia  Society  was  chartered;  this 
Society  led  to  great  advancement  m  the  dahlia,  hold- 
ing an  annual  exhibition  in  Boston,  and  issuing  monthly 
a  paper  known  as  the  "Dahlia  News  "  Great  interest 
was  fostered,  and  in  1913  its  membership  list  included 
nearly  every  state  in  the  Union,  and  six  foreign  coun- 
tries At  the  present  date  of  writing  the  New  England 
Dahlia  Society  is  considering  the  adoption  of  a  new 
charter,  whereby  it  can  become  the  National  Society. 
Other  societies  devoted  to  the  welfare  of  the  dahlia 
have  been  recently  fonnod,  principally  "The  Dahlia 
Association  of  Seattle,"  "Tacoma  Dahlia  Society," 
"Inter-town  Dahlia  Association"  in  Connecticut 

Literature  — As  m  many  other  cases,  the  magazine 
literature  of  the  dahlia  is  the  most  bulky,  and,  in  some 
respects,  more  important  than  the  books  on  the  subject. 
C  Harnuin  Payne  published  a  bibliography  in  G.C. 
Ill  21  329  (1897)  There  had  been  about  twenty-five 
books  devoted  to  the  dahlia,  many  of  them  pamphlets 
and  cheap  cultural  manuals.  These  books  were  mostly 
published  from  1S28  to  1857,  with  none  in  North 
America  for  nearly  forty  years  after  that  date  until 
1896,  when  Lawrence  K  Peacock's  book,  "The  Dahlia," 
appealed  The  fiist  American  treatise  was  by  E  Sayers, 
published  at  Boston,  1839  Many  interesting  facts 
came  out  in  1889,  the  centennial  year  of  the  dahlia.  A 
repoi  t  of  the  National  Dahlia  Conference  is  reprinted 
from  the  Journal  of  the  Royal  Horticultural  Society 
for  1890,  but  Shirley  Ilibberd's  statements  therein 
regarding  the  botany  of  the  dahlia  agree  very  poorly 
with  Hemsley's  rev  ision  of  the  genus  m  G  C.  II. 
12:437,  524,  557  (1879)  In  1906  W  W.  Wilmore 
published  "The  Dahlia,"  a  handsomely  illustrated 
American  manual,  valuable  to  both  amateur  and  pro- 
fessional The  annual  catalogues  of  the  leading  dahlia 
specialists  fuimsh  much  valuable  matter,  and  cultural 
hints,  and  are  the  most  up-to-date  issues  in  the  dahlia 
lme-  WILHELM  MILLER. 

J.  K.  ALEXANDER. 

Cultivation  of  the  dahlia. 

The  dahlia  has  no  very  special  or  particular  require- 
ments, and  yet  many  groweis  fail  of  the  best  success 
because  the  few  demands  are  not  well  met. 

Propagation. 

There  are  four  methods  by  which  dahlias  are  propa- 
gated by  cuttings  (the  commercial  method),  by  divi- 
sion of  roots  (the  amateur's  method),  by  grafting  to 
perpetuate  rare  kinds,  and  by  seeds,  to  produce  new 
varieties 

Cutting?  — Propagation  by  cuttings  is  employed 
mainly  by  commercial  growers,  and  though  the  ama- 
teur may  propagate  plants  successfully,  the  attention  a 
few  cuttings  would  probably  require  is  so  great  that  it* 
•would  be  cheaper  to  buy  plants  The  roots  are  planted 
closely  in  benches  in  the  greenhouse  early  in  January, 
and  cuttings  are  made  from  the  young  shoots  as  fast 
as  they  form  the  third  or  fourth  set  of  leaves.  These 
cuttings  are  carefully  trimmed  and  placed  m  pure  sand 
in  the  propagatmg-bench,  using  a  dibble  and  putting 
the  cuttings  m  rows  about  3  inches  apart  and  }4-i 
inch  between  the  cuttings. 

The  propagatmg-bench  is  made  by  running  a  flue, 
hot-water  or  steam  pipes  beneath  an  ordinary  bench, 
and  boarding  up  the  side  to  confine  the  hea£.  Althougn 
there  may  be  a  difference  of  opinion  among  propaga- 
tors, yet  a  bottom  of  sand  heat  of  65°,  with  the  tem- 
perature of  the  house  from  5°  to  10°  less,  will  give  the 
best  practical  results.  With  this  temperature,  the  cut- 


tings will  root  in  about  two  weeks,  and  will  be  far 
stronger  than  if  rooted  m  less  time  with  greater  heat 
As  soon  as  cuttings  are  rooted,  they  are  potted  off  into 
small  pots  and  grown  in  a  cool  greenhouse  until  danger 
of  frost  is  over,  when  they  are  planted  out  in  the  open 
ground  Cuttings  made  too  far  below  a  joint,  or  too 
late  in  summer,  will  produce  flowering  plants  but 
no  tubers. 

Division  of  roots. — This  is  the  easiest  and  most  satis- 
factory way  for  amateuis  As  the  eyes  are  not  on  the 
tubers,  but  on  the  crown  to  which  the  tubers  are 
attached,  care  must  be  taken  that  each  division  has  at 
least  one  eye.  otherwise  the  roots  will  never  grow  It 
is,  therefore,  best  to  start  the  eyes  by  placing  tin1  roots 
m  a  warm,  moist  place  a  short  time  before  dividing 
The  roots  are  sometimes  placed  m  a  hotbed,  and  shoots 
grown  to  considerable  size,  then  set  out  as  plants,  but 
this  plan  has  many  drawbacks,  and  is  not  advised 

Grafting  — A  very  interesting,  though  not  profitable 
mode  of  propagation  is  by  means  of  grafting  The  top 
of  the  tuber  is  cut  slantingly  upward,  and  the  cutting 
slantingly  downward,  placed  together  and  tied  with 
raffia  or  any  soft,  handy  material  They  are  then 
planted  m  a  pot  deep  enough  to  cover  the  lower  part 
of  the  graft  with  earth,  and  they  will  soon  ax  I  here  if 
placed  under  a  hand-glass  or  in  a  frame  Grafting  is 
practised  only  for  the  preservation  of  rare  and  weak- 
growing  sorts. 

Seeds  — The  chief  use  of  seeds  is  the  production  of 
new  varieties.  Seeds  are  also  used  by  those  who 
chiefly  desire  a  mass  of  color,  and  are  not  paiticularly 
desirous  of  finely  formed  blooms  If  planted  early 
enough  indoors  and  transplanted  to  the  open  as  soon 
as  safe,  fine  masses  of  color  can  be  seemed  before  frost, 
and  the  roots  of  the  more  desirable  kinds  can  be  saved, 
and  will  give  even  better  results  the  next  season. 

Field  or  garden  requirements. 

Dahlias  are  easily  destroyed  by  high  winds  unless 
they  are  given  a  protected  position,  and  they  need 
plenty  of  air  and  sunlight  for  best  results  In  shaded, 
close,  airless  quarters  the  growth  is  sappy,  and  the 
flowers  are  poorly  colored 

The  soil  is  not  so  impoitant,  except  in  its  ability  to 
hold  moisture  during  severe  droughts  Any  n<  h  soil 
that  will  grow  corn  will  also  grow  dahlias  to  pei  feet  ion, 
if  all  other  conditions  are  favoiablc  They  will  grow 
equally  well  in  clear  sand,  clav  01  gravel,  if  the  ptoper 
kinds  and  quantities  of  plant-food  are  added  ard  well 
and  thoroughly  worked  in  It  is,  however,  umeason- 
able  to  expect  dahlias  or  any  garden  plants  to  succeed 
in  a  hard  clay,  devoid  of  humus,  easily  baked  and 
never  tilled. 

Feeding  — It  is  always  best  to  broadcast  the  manure 
and  plow  or  spade  it  into  the  soil,  thorough  spading  is 
absolutely  necessary  if  the  manure  is  not  \vell  de^om- 
posed  On  heavy  clay  or  gravelly  soils,  loose  coarse 
manure  may  be  used,  but  on  light  or  sandy  soils, 
manure  should  always  be  fine  and  well  lotted.  Com- 
mercial fertilizers  are  also  largely  used,  and  are  most 
valuable  when  used  in  connection  with  manure  Any 
good  fertilizer,  rich  in  ammonia  and  phosphoric  acid, 
with  a  liberal  amount  of  potash,  will  answer  at  the 
time  of  planting,  but  as  a  top-dressing  later,  nothing 
equals  pure  bone-rneal  and  nitrate  of  soda,  four  parts 
bone-meal  to  one  part  soda. 

Kinds  of  stock  — Dahlias  are  offered  m  five  forms ' 
large  clumps,  ordinary  field-roots,  pot-roots,  green 
'  plants  and  seeds  The  clumps  give  the  best  satisfac- 
tion the  first  year,  but  are  entirely  too  large  and  un- 
wieldy for  anything  but  a  local  trade  and  exchange 
among  amateurs.  The  ordinary  field-roots  are  the  most 
valuable,  as  they  can  be  handled  easily  and  safely,  and 
always  give  satisfactory  results  Pot-roots  are  largely 
used  in  the  mailing  trade,  and,  while  they  will  not  give 
as  good  results  the  first  year,  are  valuable  for  shipping 


DAHLIA 


DAHLIA 


959 


long  distances  where  larger  roots  could  not  be  profit- 
ably used,  owing  to  heavy  transportation  charges. 
Green  plants  are  mainly  used  to  make  up  any  defici- 
ency in  the  field-crops,  owing  to  unfavorable  seasons, 
or  an  unusual  demand  for  certain  varieties 

Planting — There  is  diversity  of  opinion  aa  to  the 
proper  tune  to  plant  dahlias,  but  the  writer  has  alwrays 
found  it  best  to  plant  ear  ly,  and  would  advise  planting 
large  strong  roots  about  two  weeks  befoie  danger  of 
frost  is  over  This  would  be,  in  the  vicinity  of  Phila- 
delphia, about  April  15,  and  as  it  requues  from  two  to 
three  weeks  for  the  plants  to  get  up  through  the 
ground,  there  will  be  no  danger,  while  the  plants  will 
bloom  that  much  earlier  It  is  best,  however,  not  to 
plant  small  roots  or  green  plants  until  danger  of  frost 
is  over— in  the  vicinity  of  Philadelphia,  about  May  1 
to  10,  according  to  the  season.  A  good  rule  to  follow 
everywhere  would  be  to  plant  small  roots  and  green 
plants  as  soon  as  danger  of  frost  is 
past,  and  large  roots  about  three 
weeks  earlier 

Till(H](  -  -The  first  requisite  of 
successful  g.irden  cultivation  is 
thoroughly  to  stir  the  soil  to  con- 
siderable depth  and  enrich  it,  if  rt 
is  not  already  n<  h,  by  broad-cast- 
rng  and  plowing  or  spading  in  a 
good  coat  of  well-rotted  manure. 
Too  much  sti(  ss  (annot  be  placed 
upon  I  he  thorough  preparation  of 
the  land,  as  it  not  onlv  allows  the 
roots  to  go  down  deep  after  the 
moisture  more  readilv  dunng  dry 
weather,  but  affords  g<x>d  drainage 
during  excessive  rams  Having 
prepaied  the  land  as  above,  mark 
out  io\\s  4  feet  apart  and  6  to  8 
inches  deep,  and  plant  the  roots 
from  IS  inches  to  3  feet  apart  in 
the  row,  according  as  solid  rows 
or  specimen  plants  are  desiied 

In  its  eaily  stage  of  develop- 
ment, the  dahlia  glows  very 
rapidly,  and  should  be  kept 
thoroughly  tilled  But  while  deep 
tillage  is  beneficial  dunng  its  early  stages  of  develop- 
ment, it  is  almost  fatal  to  the  production  of  flowers 
if  practised  aftei  the  plants  come  into  bloom  There- 
fore, when  the  plants  begin  to  bloom,  cease  deep 
tillage,  and  stu  the  soil  to  the  depth  of  1  to  3  inches 
only,  but  stir  it  often,  and  never  allow  the  surface  to 
become  hard  and  baked  This  will  not  only  prevent 
excessive  evaporation  of  moisture  and  keep  the  under 
soil  cool  and  moist,  but  will  also  pievent  the  destruc- 
tion of  immense  quantities  of  feeding-roots 

As  long  a»  the  roots  supplv  more  nourishment  than  is 
needed  to  support  the  plant,  both  the  plant  and  the 
flowers  increase  in  size  and  beauty,  but  as  the  supplv 
graduallv  becomes  exhausted,  the  plants  cease  growing 
and  the  flowers  become  much  smaller  Tins  condition 
is  what  is  generally  called  ''bloomed  out,"  but  what  is 
really  "starved  out,"  and  can  easily  be  prevented  if 
the  proper  attention  is  given  to  the  plants  As  soon  as 
the  flowers  begin  to  grow  smaller,  broadcast  around 
each  plant  a  small  handful  of  pure  bone-meal,  and 
nrtrate  of  soda,  in  proportion  of  four  parts  bone  to  one 
part  soda,  and  carefully  work  rt  into  the  soil 

Watering  — This  is  a  debatable  subject,  and,  although 
a  judicious  application  of  water  during  a  severe  dry 
spell  is  very  beneficial,  yet  in  nine  cases  out  of  every 
ten  in  which  water  is  applied,  a  thorough  stirring  of 
the  suifacc  soil  would  give  better  results 

Many  persons  think  Dahlias  should  be  watered  every 
evening,  and  as  soon  as  they  are  up  begin  watering 
them  daily  unless  it  rams  This  practice  is  very  in- 
jurious, as  it  causes  a  rapid  but  soft  growth,  and  as 


the  soil  is  seldom  stirred,  the  roots  become  so  enfeebled 
that  they  are  unable  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  plant, 
as  a  consequence,  but  few  buds  are  formed,  and  they 
generally  blast  before  developing  into  flowers  In  other 
cases,  as  the  enthusiasm  wears  off ,  watering  is  stopped, 
probably  right  at  the  beginning  of  a  severe  drought, 
and  the  weak,  pampered  plants  are  fortunate  to  sur- 
vive1, much  less  bloom 

If  large,  strong  roots  are  planted  and  the  soil  is  kept 
thoroughly  stirred,  there  will  be  httlc  need  of  artificial 
watering  until  after  the  plants  come  out  in  full  bloom 
However,  if  rt  should  become  hot  and  dry  after  the 
dahlias  come  into  bloom,  it  would  be  very  beneficial  to 

5ive  them  a  thorough  watering  once  each  week  or  ten 
ays  durrng  the  continuance  of  the  drought     But  care 
should  be  taken  to  stir  the  soil  to  the  depth  of  1  to 
2  inches  the  next  day,  carefully  pulverizing  it  later  in 
order  to  break  the  natural  capillarity  by  which  the 
moisture  is  evaporated 

The  best  rule  to  follow  is  not 
to  allow  the  plants  to  sutler  for 
wrant  of  moisture,  not  to  water 
them  except  when  they  need  it, 
but  to  water  them  thoroughly 
when  necessary,  and  not  to  allow 
excessrve  evaporation  for  want  of 
frequent  stirrrng  of  the  soil. 

Training  — In  planting  the  roots 
or  tubers,  place  them  on  their 
sides  with  the  eye  as  near  the 
bottom  as  possible,  and  cover 
only  2  to  3  inches  deep.  As  soon 
as  the  shoots  appear,  remove  all 
but  the  strongest  one,  and  pinch 
out  the  center  of  that  one  as  soon 
as  twro  or  three  pairs  of  leaves 
have  formed,  thus  forcing  it  to 
branch  below  the  level  of  the 
ground  As  the  plants  develop, 
the  soil  is  filled  m  gradually  by  sub- 
sequent hoeings  By  this  method 
the  entire  strength  of  the  root 
and  the  soil  is  concentrated  on 
the  one  shoot,  causing  it  to  grow 
vigorously,  while  the  pinching 
back  not  only  causes  it  to  branch  below  the  surface  of 
the  soil,  and  thus  brace  it  against  all  storms,  but  also 
removes  all  of  those  imperfect,  short -stemmed  flowers 
that  appear  on  some  varieties  If  the  plants  are 
pinched  back  low,  as  desci  ibed,  there  is  no  danger  of 
the  branches  splitting  down,  as  the  soil  around  them 
will  hold  them  securely  in  place  However,  when  they 
branch  above  ground  and  are  inclined  to  split  down, 
drive  a  short  stout  stake  near  the  stem  and  tie  the 
branches  to  it  These  short  stakes  are  not  to  hold  the 
plants  up,  but  to  prevent  the  branches  splitting  down 
when  the  above  directions  have  not  been  followed 
closely 

By  this  method  it  is  possible  to  grow  dahlia  blooms 
on  stems  from  18  rnches  to  2  feet  long  It  has  always 
been  thought  necessary  to  tre  dahlias  to  stakes  to  pre- 
vent them  from  berng  blown  down  by  heavy  winds. 
The  system  of  staking  is  not  only  unsightly  during  the 
early  stage  of  their  growth,  but  is  attended  with  con- 
siderable labor  and  expense  Staking,  however,  is 
unnecessary,  if  the  directions  already  given  are  fol- 
lowed, as  the  plants  will  branch  out  below  the  surface 
of  the  ground,  and  the  stems  will  become  so  heavy  as 
to  resnt  the  strongest  winds  The  plants  are  one- 
third  dwarfer,  compact  and  regular  in  form,  and  pro- 
duce much  finer  flowers  on  long  stems  well  supplied 
with  buds  and  foliage. 

Storing  the  rook  — As  soon  as  the  plants  are  killed 
by  frost,  Irft  the  roots,  and,  after  removrng  all  the  soil 
possible  from  them,  allow  them  to  dry  in  the  air  for  a 
few  hours,  when  they  should  be  stored  in  the  cellar  or 


1215.  A  semi-double  form  of  dahlia. 


960 


DAHLIA 


DALECHAMPIA 


.some  other  cool  place  secure  from  frost.  If  the  cellar  is 
verv  dry  or  is  not  frostproof,  put  the  roots  in  a  barrel 
or  box  and  cover  completely  with  dry  sand  or  some 
other  suitable  and  convenient  material,  such  as  saw- 
dust or  tanbark,  to  prevent  freezing  or  loss  of  vitality 
by  drying  or  shriveling.  LAWRENCE  K.  PEACOCK. 

DAHOON  HOLLY:  Ilex  Dahoon. 

DAlS  (Greek,  pine  torch;  application  not  obvious) 
Thyrnelzaceap.  Contains  a  woody  plant  that  yields  a 
strong  fiber,  and  is  also  rarely  cultivated  for  ornament, 
especially  in  Florida  and  southern  California,  and  pos- 
sibly in  a  few  northern  conservatories 

Tender  deciduous  shrubs  Ivs  opposite,  often  crowded 
at  the  ends  of  branches  fls  in  terminal  heads,  perianth- 
tube  cylindrical,  often  curved,  stamens  10,  in  a  double 
series,  the  alternate  ones  shorter,  upper  or  all  exserted, 
style  exserted  The  plants  are  prop  with  difficulty 
by  cuttings  ot  half-ripened  wood.  The  single  cult, 
species  has  Ivs  resembling  the  smoke  tiee,  or  Cotinus, 
and  bears  long-stalked  umbel-like  heads  of  starry 
pink  fls  ,  with  floral  parts  in  5's  The  genus  has  2 
species,  1  from  S  Afr  and  1  from  Madagascar 

cotinifdlia,  Linn  Lvs  opposite  and  alternate,  oblong 
or  obovate,  acute  at  both  ends  involucre  a  half  shorter 
than  the  fls  :  head  about  15-fld  ;  fls  3^m  across,  fra- 
grant S  Afr.  B  M  147  G  W  8,  p  313  —Said  to 
bloom  profusely  at  Santa  Barbara  but  not  to  produce 
seed.  L.  H.  B 

DAISY  (i.  e.,  day's  eye,  in  allusion  to  the  sun-like 
form  of  the  flower).  A  name  applied  to  the  flowers 
of  many  Composite,  but  it  properly  belongs  to  the 
Belhs  perenms  of  Europe,  a  low  early-flowei  ing  plant, 
which,  in  its  double  forms  (Fig  535,  Vol  I),  is  widely 
known  as  a  garden  subject  (see  Iidht>)  The  American 
congener  is  B  integnfolia,  Michx  ,  an  annual  or  bien- 
nial, very  like  the  Old  World  species,  ranging  south- 
westward  from  Kentucky;  it  is  not  domesticated  In 
North  America,  the  word  daisy  is  applied  to  many 
field  composites,  particularly  to  tho.se  of  compara- 
tively low  growth  and  large  flower-heads  Unquali- 
fied, the  word  is  commonly  understood  to  mean  Chry- 
santhemum Leucanthemum  (Fig  937),  an  Old  World 
plant  that  has  become  an  abundant  field  weed  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  country 
This  plant  is  also  frequently 
known  as  the  ox-eye  daisy, 
although  in  parts  of  New  Eng- 
land it  is  called  white  weed,  and 
the  term  ox-eye  is  applied  to 
Rubdcckia  lurta,  \vhich  has  a 
yellow-rayed  head.  Km  to  the 
Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemum 
are  the  Pans  daisies,  or  mar- 
guerites, of  the  conservatories 
(see  Chrysanthemum)  The  wild 
asteis  (Fig  1216)  arc  called 
daisies,  especially  Michaelmas 
daisies,  in  many  parts  of  tl>» 
country,  particularly  west  of  New 
York  Spring-flowering  engerons 
also  are  called  daisies  The 
Swan  River  daisy  is  Brachycome 
iberidifolia  (Figs  621,  622,  Vol  I)  The  African  daisy 
of  gardens  is  Dimorphotheca.  L.  II.  B. 

DALB^RGIA  (N.  Dalberg,  a  Swedish  botanist,  1730 
to  1820).  Leguminbsse  Nearly  100  species  of  trees, 
shrubs,  or  climbers,  belonging  to  tropical  regions  all 
over  the  world,  a  few  of  which  have  oeen.  introduced 
to  North  America,  one  for  timber. 

Leaves  alternate,  odd-pinnate  (rarely  1-foliolate) 
without  stipules:  fls  small,  numerous,  purple,  violet 
or  white,  in  forking  cymes  or  irregular  cyme-like 


1216.  Wild  aster,  or 
Michaelmas  daisy.  (XV. 


panicles,  which  are  axillary  or  terminal,  papilionaceous, 
with  ovate  or  orbicular  standard,  fr  an  indehiscent 
narrow  pod,  1-seeded  at  middle  and  with  few  seeds 
toward  the  ends,  the  seeds  compressed  and  remform. 

Sissoo,  Roxbg  A  good-sized  tree,  80  ft.  high  in 
India.  Ivs  pinnate.  Ifts  5,  alternate,  stalked,  obovate, 
abruptly  acuminate,  pubescent  beneath:  fls  white,  in 
short,  axillary  panicles — In  India  considered  one  of 
the  best  timbers,  whenever  elasticity  and  durability 
are  required  Intro  at  Santa  Barbara,  where  it  is 
hardy  but  growth  said  to  be  very  slow.  The  Sissoo  tree 
is  worth  trial  in  nearly  f restless  districts,  especially 
along  sandy  river  banks.  It  improves  sterile  lands. 
Experiments  in  Egypt  have  shown  its  most  remarkable 
property  of  standing  severe  droughts,  as  well  as  sub- 
merMon  for  a  long  period.  The  wood  is  very  elastic, 
seasons  well,  does  not  warp  or  split,  is  easily  worked, 
and  takes  a  fine  polish  It  is  also  a  durable  wood  for 
boats  The  tree  is  raised  easily  from  seeds  or  cuttings, 
and  is  of  quick  growth.  Other  species  of  Dalbergia  are 
of  economic  value  and  have  been  sparingly  planted 

DALEA  (Samuel  Dale,  1659-1739,  English  botanist 
and  author  on  pharmacology).  Syn  Parosiia  Legu- 
mindsx*  More  than  100  herbs  and  small  shrubs  bear- 
ing purple,  blue,  white  or  even  yellow  fls  in  terminal 
or  lateral  spikes  or  heads,  odd-pinnate  Ivs  ,  and  usually 
glandular-clotted,  a  very  few  of  which  have  been  cult  ; 
probably  none  is  now  in  the  American  trade.  Fls 
papilionaceous,  the  btandard  mostly  cordate  or  eared 
and  clawed  and  attached  in  the  bottom  of  the  calyx, 
the  wings  and  keel  attached  or  adnate  to  the  stamen- 
tube  and  usually  exceeding  the  standard,  stamens 
10  or  9,  monadelphous  fr  a  small  usually  1-seeded 
mostly  indehiscent  pod  inclosed  in  the  calyx  The 
species  occur  from  the  N  U  S  to  Chile  and  the  Gala- 
pagos Ibis  They  grow  in  the  U  S  ,  mostly  on  prairies 
and  in  dry  soil;  some  of  these  species  might  make 
acceptable  border  plants  Those  that  have  received 
most  attention  are  tropical  species,  as  I)  mutdbihx, 
Willd  ,  of  Me\  ,  with  fls  white  changing  to  violet, 
(B  M  2486)  arid  D  Mutlsii,  Kunth  (piopeily  Psoralea 
Mut'isn,  HBK  ),  of  the  northern  Ancles,  with  deep  blue 
fls  in  cylindrical  heads,  these  are  to  be  regarded  as 
greenhouse  perennials.  L  H  B 

DALECHAMPIA  (from  J  Dalechamps,  French 
savant  of  sixteenth  century)  E uphorbiacetv  Climbing 
or  rarely  erect  tiopical  shrubs;  one  rarely  cultivated  in 
warmhouses  for  its  ornamental  bracts 

Leaves  alternate,  simple,  stipules  large:  fls  small, 
moncccious,  apctalcms,  in  dense  clusters,  with  2  con- 
spicuous, colored  involucral  bracts;  calyx  valvate, 
styles  united,  ovules  1  in  each  of  the  3-4  cells  — About 
60  species  scattered  through  the  tropics  Plukenetia,  a 
lelaifd  genus,  is  without  the  large  involucre 

Dalcchampia  Roezliana  was  described  by  Hooker  in 
1867  as  one  of  the  noblest  plants  introduced  for  many 
years,  comparable  with  the  oougainvilleas  and  surpass- 
ing them  in  size  of  bract"  and  brilliancy  of  color  It  is 
not  Si>  lino  a,  florists'  plant  as  the  pomsettia,  but  is 
worth  trial  in  the  finer  conservatories  It  requires  well- 
drained  sandy,  peat  soil,  and  is  propagated  by  cuttings 

Roezliana,  Muell  Arg  (var  rot,ca,  Authors)  Erect 
shrub,  3-4  ft  high,  much  branched,  leafy  Ivs  6  in. 
long,  sessile,  obovate-oblanceolate,  acuminate,  entire, 
or  with  coarse,  obtuse  teeth  above  the  middle,  narrowed 
to  a  small  cordate  base,  bracts  2-2^  in  long,  broadly 
cordate,  nearly  sessile,  toothed,  membranaceous,  dis- 
tinctly nerved,  rose-reel,  other  smaller  bracts  among  the 
small  yellow  fls  ;  stamens  united  Mex  B  M  5640. 
II F.  II  11  234,  pi.  8  Gt  16:532  FW  1867,  p. 
318  F  M.  7  373,  374.  F  S.  16' 1701-2  G.C  1867:236, 
desc  Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  bracts 

J.  B.  S  NORTON. 


DALIBAHDA 

DALIBARDA  (after  Thomas  Francois  Dalibard, 
French  botanist).  Rosd,ce<r  A  low-growing  native 
hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  with  foliage  resembling 
violet  and  flowers  like  those  of  a  strawberry,  some- 
times grown  m  bordeis  and  rock-gardens 

This  rnonotypic  genus  has  lately  been  referred  to 
Rubus,  but  it  differs  in  habit,  in  the  caipels  being 
usually  well  denned  instead  of  indefinite  and  the 
achenes  dry  instead  of  drupaceous  fls  1  or  2  on  a 
Bcape-hke  peduncle,  white,  and  also  others  that  arc 


DANDELION 


061 


1217    Dahbarda  r epens 

(Xh) 


cleistogarnous  and  apctalous  on  short  curved  peduncles, 
calyx  5-6-parted,  3  of  the  parts  larger,  petals  5,  sta- 
mens many;  ovaries  5-10 

ripens,  Linn  (ftubws  Dahbdrda,  Linn  )  Fig  1217 
Tufted,  creeping  Ivs  heart-shaped,  wavy-toothed  fls 
white,  1  or  2  on  each  scape,  calyx  5— 6-parted,  3  of  the 
divisions  larger  and  toothed,  petals  5,  stamens  numer- 
ous; pistils  5-10  Common  in  woods  m  Ne\v  Biuns- 
wick,  Ont.  and  south  and  west  to  N  J  ,  Pa  ,  Ohio 
and  Minn — It  blooms  June  -Aug  It  is  a  slow -growing 
plant,  thriving  m  a  deep  fibrous  soil  and  sheltered 
position,  little  grown  In  Fig  1217.  a  shows  the  pei- 
fect  flower;  6,  c,  achenes  of  the  cleistogarnous  fls 

L  II   B 

DAMASK  ROSE:  Rosa  Damascena 

DAMASK  VIOLET:  // fjp.ru  matronali* 

DAME'S  ROCKET   and.  DAME'S  VIOLET:  lichen*  matro- 

DAMMARA:   Agathw 

DAMNACANTHUS  (Greek,  referring  to  the  power- 
ful spines).  Rubincesc  A  tender  evergreen  shrub, 
chiefly  valued  for  its  coral-red  berries,  which  remain 
on  the  bush  until  the  flowers  of  the  next  season  aie 
produced 

Divaricately  branched,  stronglv  spiny  woody  plants 
Ivs  small,  opposite,  leathery,  nearly  sessile,  broadly 
ovate,  acuminate,  fls  small,  axillaiv,  in  1's  or  2's, 
white,  fragrant,  calyx-tube  obovoid,  limb  4-5-cut, 
corolla  funnel-shaped  Prop  by  cuttings,  sometimes 
grown  in  greenhouses  and  perhaps  adaptable  for  plant- 
ing in  the  southern  parts 

Indicus,  Gaertn.  Described  above,  being  the  only 
species  as  understood  by  some  authors,  but  others 
keep  D  major.  Sieb  &  Zucc  (which  is  sometimes 
nearly  spineless),  distinct,  distinguishing  it  by  the  2-3- 
times  larger  Ivs  and  the  larger  fls  ,  others  combine  the 
two  as  species  and  variety,  as  D.  indicus  var  major, 
Makino.  Gt.  17 '570.  The  species  occurs  fiom  E  India 
to  Japan,  the  var  major  being  Japanese.  The  species 
is  a  low  thick  bush,  densely  dichotomously  branched: 
Ivs.  ovate-acute,  shining  green  above,  light  green 
beneath,  in  var  major  \%  m  long  The  shining  Ivs 
and  showv  berries  commend  the  plant  to  cult.  L  H  B. 


DAMPING-OFF.  A  gardeners'  phrase  for  a  disas- 
trous rotting  of  plants,  especially  of  seedlings  and  cut- 
tings, and  commonly  at  the  surface  of  the  ground  It 
is  usually  associated  with  excessive  moisture  m  the  soil 
and  air,  with  high  and  close  temperatures,  and  some- 
times poor  light.  Such  conditions  weaken  the  plants 
and  allow  them  to  fall  a  prey  to  the  minute  parasitic 
fungi  which  live  upon  the  decaying  vegetable  matter  m 
the  soil,  and  can  remain  alive  for  months,  even  if  the 
soil  is  thoroughly  dry  or  frozen  A  whole  bench  of 
cuttings  may  be  ruined  in  a  night  The  skilful  propaga- 
tor takes  every  possible  precaution.  His  benches  have 
perfect  drainage,  he  uses  fresh  sharp  sand,  and  some- 
times sterilizes  it  with  steam  heat  for  several  hours 
Dampmg-off  is  one  of  the  most  trying  experiences  of 
the  beginner,  and  nothing  can  prevent  it  but  a  thorough 
grasp  of  the  principles  of  greenhouse  management  in 
general,  and  watering  m  ].  articular  (Consult  articles 
on  these  subjects  )  As  soon  as  the  disease  is  noticed, 
the  healthy  plants  should  be  removed  to  fresh  soil,  as 
the  disease  spreads  rapidly  It  the  disease  appears  in 
the  entire  bed,  the  organisms  causing  the  trouble 
almost  certainly  are  distributed  generally  in  the  sand, 
and  sterilization  either  with  formaldehyde  solution 
(10  per  cent  strength  diluted  one  part  to  fifty  parts 
water)  or  with  steam  should  be  employed  in  all  future 
woik  If  only  a  spot  here  and  there  shows  the  trouble, 
saturate  the  affected  area  at  once  with  formaldehyde 
solution,  as  above,  or  with  copper-sulfate  solution  (one 
part  by  weight  to  one  hundred  parts  of  water)  One 
of  the  commonest  occasions  of  dampmg-off  is  the  sud- 
den flooding  of  a  bed  or  bench  after  leaving  it  too  dry 
for  a  long  time 

The  terms  damping-off  and  burning  are  also  used  for 
ruined  flowers  Burning  is  often  caused  by  sunlight  or 
by  imperfections  in  glass,  but  a  flower  spoiled  by  drip- 
ping cold  water,  or  by  some  unknown  cause,  is  said  to 
have  a  burned  look  D,  REDDICK  f 

DAMSON    Plum 

DANAE  (name  of  a  daughter  of  King  Acrisms  of 
Argos)  Liliacc<e  ALEXANDRIAN  LAUREL  An  ever- 
green erect  much-branched  shrub  with  thick  unarmed 
alternate  eladophylla  and  terminal  racemes  of  small 
whitish  fls  ,  often  refened  to  Ruscus  It  is  one  of  the 
Asparagus  tribe  of  the  lily  family  fls  nearly  globular, 
the  lobes  short  and  erect,  with  a  crown  at  the  throat, 
stamens  affixed  m  the  tube  beneath  the  crown,  the 
filaments  united,  the  anthers  6  fr  a  pulpy  mdehiscent 
red  berry  D.  racemdsa,  Moench  (/Wscus  racemdsus, 
Linn  D  Laiiriu>,  Medikus),  occurs  from  Greece  to 
Persia,  making  a  bush  4  ft  high,  with  ovate-lanceolate, 
nearly  sessile,  about  5-7-neived  leaf  -like  cladodes 
Recently  intro  in  S  Calif  ,  but  is  httle  known  in  this 
countrv  Ornamental  for  porches,  vases,  and  similar 
u**8  "  L  H.  B. 


(a  personal  name).  Maratli&cex.  A  small 
genus  of  tropical  American  fern-like  plants,  with  syn- 
angia  sessile,  arranged  in  rows,  and  covering  the  entire 
under  surface  of  the  leaf.  They  are  apparently  not  in 
cultivation  m  America 

DANDELION  (i  e  ,  dent  de  lion,  French  for  lion's 
tooth;  referring  to  the  teeth  on  the  Ivs.)  The  vernacu- 
lar of  Tardracum  ojficindle,  Weber,  a  stemless  peren- 
nial or  biennial  plant  of  the  Compdsitx,  a  common  weed, 
much  collected  in  spring  for  "greens"  and  in  improved 
forms  sometimes  grown  for  that  purpose. 

Dandelion  is  native  to  Europe  and  Asia,  but  is 
naturalized  m  all  temperate  countries.  On  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  in  the  high  North  are  forms  that  are 
apparently  indigenous.  A  floret  from  the  head  of  a 
dandelion  is  shown  in  Fig  1218.  The  ovary  is  at  e; 
pappus  (answering  to  calyx)  at  a,  ray  of  corolla  at  c; 
ring  of  anthers  at  b,  styles  at  d.  The  constricted  part 


962 


DANDELION 


DAPHNE 


1218    Floret  of 
Dandelion. 


at  e  elongates  in  fruit,  raising  the  pappus  on  a  long 
stalk,  as  shown  m  Fig.  1219,  and  thus  is  the  balloon  of 
the  dandelion  formed.  A  dandelion  plant,  with  its  scat- 
tering fruits,  is  shown  in  Fig  1220  Another  species  of 
dandelion  is  also  naturalized  in  this  country,  hut  is  not 
so  common ;  it  is  the  red-seeded  dan- 
delion (T.  erythrospcrmum,  Andrz  ), 
with  red  fruits,  not  refiexed  invo- 
lucral  scales,  and  shorter  beak. 

The  dandelion  is  much  prized  for 
"greens."  For  this  purpose  it  is 
cultivated  in  parts  of  Europe,  also 
about  Boston  and  in  some  other 
localities  in  this  countiy  There  are 
beveral  improved  large-leaved  varie- 
ties, mostly  of  French  origin  Some 
of  these  named  forms  have  beauti- 
ful curled  leaves  Seeds  arc  sown 
in  the  spring,  and  the  crop  is 
gathered  the  wune  fall  or  the  follow- 
ing spring, — Ubuall}  in  the  spring 
in  this  country.  Commonly  the 
seeds  are  sown  where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  although 
the  plantlets  may  be  transplanted.  The  plants 
should  stand  about  1  foot  apart  each  way,  and  a 
good  crop  will  cover  the  land  completely  when  a 
year  old.  Sandy  or  light  loamy  soil  is  preferred.  The 
crop  is  harvested  and  marketed  like  spinach  The 
leaves  or  heads  are  often  blanched  by  tying  them  up, 
covering  with  sand  or  a  flower-pot  The  plants  are 
sometimes  grown  more  closely  in  beds,  and  frames  are 
put  over  them  to  force  them  Roots  aie  sometimes 
removed  from  the  field  to  the  hotbed  or  house  for 
forcing.  When  treated  like  chicory  (which  see),  the 
roots  will  produce  a  winter  salad  very  like  barbe  de 
cavuan.  Roots  of  dandelion  dug  in  fall  and  dried  are 
sold  for  medicinal  purposes  in  drug-stores  under  the 
name  of  Taraxacum.  L.  II.  B.^ 

DANGLEBERRY:  Gaylussacia  frondosa. 

DAPHNE  (Greek  name  of  Lmirus  nobihs).  Thy- 
melxacese.  Ornamental  woody  plants,  chiefly  grown 
for  their  handsome  foliage  and  sweet-scented,  white, 
purple,  lilac  or  rarely  greenish  flowers,  which,  with 
some  species,  m  warmer  climates,  often  appear  in  the 
winter 

Low  deciduous  or  evergreen  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate, 
rarely  opposite,  entire,  short-pet  loled  fls  in  clusters, 
short,  racemes  or  umbels,  apetalous, 
mostly  fragrant;  calyx-tube  cyhndnc 
or  carnpanulate,  4-lobed,  corolla-like, 
usually  clothed  with  silky  hairs  out- 
side, stamens  8,  in  two  rows,  included; 
stigma  capitate,  sessile  or  nearly  so: 
fr.  a  fleshy  or  leathery  1 -seeded  diupc. 
— About  50  species  in  Eu.  and  Asia. 
For  a  monogiaph  of  the  section  Daph- 
nanthes  see  Keissler  in  Engler  Bot. 
Jahrb  25.29-124  (1898);  see  also 
Nitschc,  Beitrage  zur  Kcnntnis  dcr 
Gattung  Daphne  (1907). 

Only  D  Mezereum,  with  very  early 
lilac  fragrant  flowers  and  decorative 
scarlet  fruit,  and  some  low  evergreen 
species,  like  D  Cneorum  and  D.  JBlaga- 
yana,  are  hardy  North,  while  most  of  the  evergreen 
species  can  be  recommended  only  for  warmer  climates. 
D.  Genkwa  with  lilac  flowers  appearing  before  the 
leaves,  and  D.  pontica  and  D  Laureola,  with  large  ever- 
green leaves,  are  hardy  as  far  north  as  New  York. 
ZX  odora  is  fairly  hardy  in  Washington,  D?  C 

In  California,  according  to  Francebchi,  the  species 
most  commonly  grown  is  D.  odora,  the  plants  being 
mostly  hnpoi  ted  from  Japan  Many  plants  are  also  sent 
from  Japan  for  eabtern  greenhouse  culture  A  decoction 


1219 

Mature  fruit  of 

dandelion. 


of  the  bark  of  D  Mezereum^  is  sold  in  drug-stores  under 
the  name  of  mezereum.  It  is  stimulant  and  diuretic.  It 
is  also  known  as  olive  spurge 

Daphnes  thrive  best  m  a  well-drained  light  soil  and 
in  a  partly  shaded  position,  but  some,  as  D.  Cneorum 
and  D  Blagayana,  which  are  exceedingly  pretty  plants 
for  rockeries,  do  better  m  sunny  situations  In  the 
North,  D.  odora  and  its  varieties  are  often  giown  in 
pots  for  their  sweet-scented  and  handsome  flowers 
appearing  during  the  winter  A  sandy  compost  of  peat 
and  loam  in  equal  proportions  will  suit  them,  they 
require  a  good  drainage  and  careful  watering  during 
the  winter,  and  pots  not  larger  than  just  necessary 
should  be  given;  they  may  also  be  planted  out  in  a  cool 
greenhouse  and  trained  as  a  wall  plant.  D.  GenkwOj 
with  abundant  lilac 
flowers  before  the 
leaves,  is  sometimes 
forced 

Propagation  is  by 
seeds,  sown  after 
mat  111  ity  or  stratified, 
but  germinating  very 
slowly,  also  by  layers 
put  down  in  spring 
and  taken  off  the 
following  year  The 
evergreen  species 
may  be  increased  by 
cuttings  of  mature 
wood  in  fall  under 
glass,  and  kept  m  a 
cool  greenhouse  dur- 
ing the  winter.  If 
gentle  bottom  heat 
can  be  given  in  early 
spring,  it  will  be  of 
advantage  to  the  de- 
velopment of  the 
roots;  softwood  cut- 
tings taken  from 
forced  plan tsmay  also 
be  used  D  odora  is 
often  veneer-grafted 
on  seedling  stock  of 
D  Laureola  in  win- 
ter, or  on  roots  of  J) 
Mezereum,  also  other 
species  are  grafted 
on  roots  of  D.  Meze- 
reum D.  Cneorum 
and  probably  its 
allies  are  readily  in- 
creased in  spring  by 
removing  the  earth 
around  the  plant, 
pegging  down  the 
branches  and  filling 
with  fine  compost  almost  to  the  tops  of  the  branches. 
Next  spring,  if  the  compost  is  carefully  removed,  a  large 
number  of  little  buds,  each  supplied  with  a  white  root, 
are  found  along  the  branches;  they  are  easily  detached 
and  planted  in  pans  or  boxes. 


alba,  1,  10. 
alha-plena,  1. 
austrahs,  7. 

grandiflora,  1. 
lioutteana,  2. 
hybrida,  9. 

odorata,  10. 
oleifolm,  8. 
oleoidcs,  6. 

aulumnaha,  1. 

mdica,  10. 

Phihppu,  13. 

Blagayana,  5. 
buxifoha,  6 

Japunica,  11. 
Jenkwa,  3 

plena,  1. 
pontica,  14. 

Laureola,  13. 

punctata,  10. 

cnllina,  7 

major,  4 

purpurca,  13. 

Duuphinn,  9 

margiriata,  10. 

retusa,  12 

Delahayana,  7. 

rxibra,  10. 

Delphinii,  9 

Mazeiu,  11 

Boncea,  7,  8. 

Fioniana,  6 

Mezereum,  1,  2 

sinensiR,  10. 

Fortunei,  3 

neapolitarm,  7 

Verlotu.  4. 

Genkwa,  3 

odora,  1U 

DAPHNE 

A.  Foliage  deciduous'  fls   axillary  along  the  branches  of 

the  previous  year,  appearing  before  the  Ivs. 

B   Lvs  alternate,  glabrous.   (Mezereum.) 

1  Mezereum,     Linn       Erect    shrub,    with    stout 
branches,  to  4  ft  :  Ivs.  alternate,  cuneate,  oblong  or 
oblanceolate,  glabrous,  grayish  beneath,  1-3  in.  long: 
fls  usually  3,  sessile,  silky  outside,  fragrant,  lilac-pur- 
ple, appearing  long  before  the  Ivs  •  fr   roundish  ovoid, 
scarlet     Feb  -April.    Eu    to  Altai  and  Caucasus    Gn. 
29  602,  33,  p  514; 69,  p  131    V  2.206  Var  alba,  Ait , 
has  white  fls  and  yellow  fr    Gn  29:602;  69,  p  131,  74, 
p   255     GC.  III.  21-183,  185,  38.153     R  H  1905,  p. 
532     Var    plena,    Schneid     (var    alba-plena,  Hort ), 
has  double   white  fls     Gn    29  602     Var    grandifldra, 
Dipp     (var   autumndhs,  Hort  )     With  larger  brighter 
purple  very  early  fls  ,  sometimes  blooming  in  fall. 

2  Houtteana,  Planch.   (D  Mezereum  var  atropurpu- 
rea,  Dipp  j     Shrub,  to  4  ft  ,  with  erect,  stout  branches: 
IVB     alternate,    cuneate,    oblong-lanceolate,    glabrous, 
coriaceous  and  often  persistent,  purple,  fls    appearing 
befoie  the  Ivs  ,  lilac-violet,  2-4,  in  short-ped uncled  clus- 
ters   April    F  S.  6  592. — Of  garden  origin,  supposed  to 
be  a  hybrid  between  D.  Laureola  and  D.  Mezereum. 

BB   Lvs  opposite,  silky  below.    (Genkwa  ) 

3  Genkwa,     Sieb    &.    Zucc     (D.   Jtonkwa,    Hort). 
Shrub,  to  3  ft ,  with  slender  branches:  Ivs    opposite, 
oblong-elliptic,     appressed-pubescent    on     the     veins 
beneath,  1^4-2  in   long   fls  lilac,  3-7,  in  short-stalked 
clusters,  scentless,  densely  stlky-villous  outside    March, 
April.  Japan    S  Z  75     Gt  15  499     F  S  3  208     G  M. 
35  292      Gn    42  91,   76,   p    105      RB    10  73      Var. 
F6rtunei,  Franch    (D    Fdrlunei,    Lmdl ),   has    larger 
fls  and  larger  less  regularly  opposite  Ivs. 

AA   Foliage  evergreen,  alternate  (see  also  No.  2). 

(Daphnanthes  ) 

B.  Fls.  in  terminal  heads,  rarely  axillary  and  pinkish. 
o  Habit  low,  procumbent  or  trailing 

4  Cnednim,  Linn     Fig    1221     With  long,  trailing, 
pubescent  branches    Ivs    crowded,  cuneate,  oblance- 
olate, mucronulate,  finally  glabrous,  dark  green   and 
glossy  above,  glaucescont  beneath,   ^-1  m    long    fls 
m  sessile,  many-fld   heads,  pink,  fragrant    Apr  ,  May, 
and  often  again  in  summer    Mts  of  Cent  Eu   13  M.  313. 
LBC  18  1800     Gn   33,  p   514,  45,  p  237,  62,  p  83. 
GC  III   47  21    GM  47  117.  M  D  G.  1900  417,418; 
1906  75       GW  14,  p  625      V  2  342,    4.168      Var. 
major,  Dipp      Of  more   vigorous  growth,  \vith  larger 
fls    Gn    51,  p  358,  65,  p    457    Var  Verlotii,  Meibbn. 
(D   Verloln,  Gien  &  Godr  )     Lvs    longer,  mucronate 
fls  2  weekb  later  than  the  type    R  II   1901,  pp  304, 
305,  1902  552     Var.  mdximus  of  European  nurseries 
>=/J   neapohtana. 

5  Blagayana,   Freycr      Branches  often   ascending, 
glabroiib.  Ivs    cuneate,  obovate  or  oblong,  glabrous, 
1-1^2  m    l°nK    heads  many-fld  ;  fls   white  or  yellow- 
ish white,   fragrant,   nearly  glabrous  outside,   almost 
1  m  long    April,  May    Mts  of  S  E  Eu    B  M  7579 
FS  22-2313     Gt  29  1020     Gn  14.200;  35,  p    540; 
42,  p  95,  50,  p  26,  67,  pp  287,  71,  pp  7,  247;  73,  p  241. 
GC  II  13-245,    17  505,    111.11:491;    32  300,    301; 
38  171. 

cc.  Habit  erect,  1-4  ft.  high. 
D.  Lvs.  less  than  2  in   long,  usually  pubescent:  perianth 

densely  pubescent  outside. 

E.  Lobes  of  perianth  lanceolate,  acute;  heads  without 
bracts 

6  oleoides,  Schreb    (D  buxifblm,  Vahl).   Shrub,  to 
3  ft  .  branches  pubescent.  Ivs  obovate-elliptic  to  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  usually  mucronulate  or  acute,  villous- 
pubescent  on  both  sides  or  finally  glabrous  above, 
punctulate  with  whitish  dots,  \-\Yt.  m.  long:  fls.  in 
lew-fid  heads  without  bracts,  white  or  pale  lilac,  with 


DAPHNE 


963 


ovate-lanceolate,  pointed  lobes,  %m  long.  S.  E.  Eu. 
L  B  C.  3  299.  B  M.  1917— Very  variable  in  bhape  and 
pubescence  of  Ivs  Var  Fiomana,  Hort ,  with  obovate- 
lanceolate,  obtuse  Ivs  and  lilac  fls  ,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid 
between  this  species  and  D  colhna 

EE.  Lobes  of  perianth  orate,  oblusish;  heads  with  bracts 

at  the  base. 

7.  collina,  Smith  (D  au^tralis,  Cyrill.  D  sericea, 
Hort ,  not  Vahl)  Shrub,  1-3  ft  :  branchlets  villous.  Ivs. 
scattered,  oblong-ovate  to  oblanceolate,  obtusish,  gla- 
brous and  shining  above,  tomentobe  below,  1-1%  in. 
long  fls  rosy  purple,  fragrant,  %in  long,  m  10-15-fld 
heads,  lobes  broad-ovate,  obtuse,  about  as  long  as 
tube,  bracts  bioadly  oval,  tomentose,  about  half  as 
long  as  the  fls  ,  persistent  for  some  time  April-June. 
Italy,  Crete,  Asia  Minor  BM  428  BR  24:56. 
Var.  neapohtana,  Lmdl  (D  neapohtana,  Lodd.  D. 
Delahayana,  Hort  )  Lvs  glabrous  or  nearly  so.  L  B. 
C.  8-719  BR  822  By  some  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid 
of  D.  collina  and  D.  Cneorum. 

8  sericea.  Vahl  (D  olnfblw,  Lam  )  Shrub,  1-2  ft  . 
branchlets  short,  puberulous  or  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs 
crowded  at  the  end  of  the  branchlets,  lanceolate  or 
oblanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  glabrous  above, 
appressed  pubescent  beneath,  sometimes  nearly  gla- 
brous, \ fc-%  m  long  fls  m3-8-fld  heads,  rose-colored, 
%m  long,  lobes  broadly 
ovate,  obtuse,  a  third 
shorter  than  tube  bracts 
obovate,  silky,  soon  droop- 
ing May,  June  Sicily, 
Crete,  Asia  Minor  Ann 
Mus  Hist  Nat.  Pans  10 
20  — Rare  in  cult  ;  usually 
confused  with  the  preced- 
ing species. 

DD    Lvs.     usually    longer 

than  2  in  ,  glabrous  (or 

lightly      pubescent 

beneath    in    No     9.): 

perianth    glabrous    or 

pubescent 
E.  Apex  of  Ivs  obtuse  or 

acutish. 
F.  Heads  of  lls  all  terminal, 

us  uall 


1221.  Daphne  Cneorum. 


ly    many-fld; 
bracts  persistent 

9  hybnda,    Lmdl     (D    Daiiphinn,   Hort.    D    Del- 
phinn,  Lodd  )     Garden  hybrid  of  D  colhna  x  D  odora 
Similar  to  D  odora,  but  hardier    Erect  shrub,  to  4  ft. 
Ivs    cuneate,  oblong-elliptic,  dark  green    and  shining 
above,  glabrous  or  slightly  hairy  along  the  veins  beneath 
when  young,  2-3  in    long    fls    reddish  puiple,  pubes- 
cent outside,  very  fragrant,  rather  large,  in  few-fid . 
heads    B  R.  1177. 

10  oddra,  Thunbg    (D   sinensis,   Lam    D  indica, 
Loisel ,  not  Linn  )      Shiub,  to  4  ft ,  with  glabrous 
branches.    Ivs     oblong-elliptic,    acute   at   both   ends, 
bluntly  pointed,  glabrous,  2-3  in    long    fls   in  dense, 
terminal  heads,  very  fragrant,  white  to  purple,  ovary 
glabrous;  bracts  6-10,   lanceolate,  persistent     Winter 
and    spring.     China,     Japan      Gn     28.8      JH    III 
50  367.     V  4:318      Gng  2  211      Var    Alba,   Hemsl 
Fls.  white      Gn    28.8,   37,    p    10;   76,    p    240.    G 
8:45;  22  9    Var.  punctata,  Hemsl    Fls  in  dense  heads, 
white,   spotted  outside  with   red      B  M  1587.     Var 
znarginata,  Hort    Lvs  bordered  yellow  fls  red.   P  M 
8.175    and    RH  1866252    (as    D.   japonica)      A.G 
22  843.    Var.  rfibra,  Sweet     Fls.  purple    S  B  F  G  II 
4:320    GC  III  21:173 —By  some  botanists  D  odora 
and  D  sinensis,  Lam   (D.  tnehra,  Loisel ),  are  considered 
distinct  species  D.  odora  has  larger  fls  about  ^m  long, 
glabrous  outside,  the  bracts  shorter  than  the  fls.,  and 


064 


DAPHNE 


usually  oval  Ivs  ,  while  D.  ainensis  has  fls.  about  J^in. 
long,  slightly  silky  outsidej  the  bracts  longer  than  the 
fls  ,  and  usually  oblong-elliptic  Ivs.;  but  it  is  doubtful 
whether  these  characters  are  constant. — D.  odorata, 
Hort ,  is  a  common  misprint  in  catalogues  for  D.  odora. 
D.  odordta,  Lam.  =  D.  Cneorwn. 

FF.  Heads  of  fls.  axillary  and  terminal,  few-fld.;  bracts 
caducous;  perianth  glabrous 

11.  japfinica,   Sieb.   &   Zucc.    (D.   Mazehi,   Carr.). 
Shrub,  to  4  ft.:  branches  glabrous.  Ivs.  oblong-deltoid, 
gradually  narrowed  at  the  base,  nearly  sessile,  2-4  in. 
long,   heads   axillary   and   terminal    short-peduneled, 
3-4-fld.;  fls.  pink,  short-pedicelled,   ^m    long;  lobes 
ovate,  obtuse,  as  long  as  tube,  bracts  ovate-lanceolate, 
ciliate,  slightly  shorter  than  fls  ,  peduncles  and  pedicels 
silky.   Spring.   Japan,  China.   Gn  14.442. 

BE.  Apex  of  Ivs.  usually  eniarginate 

12.  retusa,  Hems!    Shrub,  2-3  ft  •  branchlets  pubes- 
cent at  first,  soon  glabrous:  Ivs  oblong  or  oblanceolate- 
oblong,  obtuse  and  usually  emargmate,  narrowed  at 
the  base  into  a  short  petiole,  glabrous,  1-3  in.  long, 
H~Hm   wide    fls  white,  tinged  outside  rose  or  violet, 
glabrous,  fragrant,    %m    long,  in  many-fld    terminal 
heads;  lobes  slightly  shorter  than  tube;  bracts  3-4, 
oval  or  obovate,  ciliate,  deciduous,  shorter  than  fls.: 
fr.  red.  May.  W.  China.   B.M.  8430.— Recently  intro. 
and  apparently  fairly  hardy;  a  very  desirable  plant. 

BB.  Fls.  axillary,  yellowish  or  greenish  white,  glabrous 
outside. 

13.  Laureola,  Linr>.   Shrub,  to  4  ft. .  Ivs.  cuneate,  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  acute,  shining  and  dark  green  above, 
glabrous,  2-3H  m.  long:  fls.  in  5-10-fld  ,  nearly  sessile 
racemes,  yellowish  green,  scentless   fr  black.  March- 
May.    S.  Eu.,  W.  Asia.    Gn.  29,  p.  602  (poor).    Var. 
Philfppii,  Arb.   Kew    (D.  Phdipjni,   Gren.  &   Godr.). 
Lower    Ivs    obovate:  fls.  often  violet  outside;  bracts 
as  long  or  longer  than  the  fls.   Pyrenees. — Var.  purpurea 
of  the  Kew  Arboretum  •=/).  Houtteana. 

14.  p6ntica,  Linn.    Shrub,  to  5  ft  :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obo- 
vate or  obovate-lanceolate,  acute,  shining,  glabrous,  2—3 
in.  long:  fls.  in  long-peduncled,  1-3-fld.  clusters,  green- 
ish yellow,  fragrant,  with  linear-lanceolate  lobes.  April, 
May      S    E.   Eu ,   W.   Asia      B.M.  1282.     G.C.  II. 
14:209.   G.W.  5,  p  261. 

D  alpina,  Linn  Erect  shrub,  to  2  ft  •  Ivs  deciduouB,  cu- 
neate-lanceolate,  sparingly  silky  fls  white  or  blushed,  terminal, 
fragrant.  May,  June  S  Eu  L  B  C  1  66  Gn  29,  p  603  — 
D.  altAica,  Pall.  Shrub,  to  4  ft  .  Ivs.  deciduous,  cuneate,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  glabrous.  fls.  white,  in  terminal,  1-5-nd  heads,  fragrant. 
May,  June.  Altai,  Songana,  Mongolia  B  M  1875.  L  B.C  4  399 
— D  arbuscula,  Colak  Evergreen  d^varf  shrub  branchlets  red  Ivs. 
crowded  at  end  of  branchlets,  hnear-oblanceolate,  obtuse,  pubescent 
or  glabrous  beneath,  ?^m  long  fls  pink,  in  3-8-fld  heads  June 
Hungary — D.  caucdsica,  Pall  Allied  to  D.  altaica  Lvs  narrower  fls 
in  3-20-fld  heads  Caucasus  B  M.  7388  — D  glomtrdta,  Lam  Allied 
to  D  pontica  Low  fls  light  pink,  fragrant,  the  clusters  crowded 
at  the  ends  of  the  branches  May  W  Asia  —  D  Gnidium,  Linn 
Evergreen  shrub,  to  2  ft  Ivs  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  glabrous  fls 
yellowish  white,  fragrant,  in  terminal  racemes  or  panicles  S  Eu 
L  B  C.  2  150  Gn  29,  p  603  — D  jezofnsis,  Maxim  Upright 
•hrub,  2  ft. .  Ivs  oblong-obovate,  persistent,  obtuse,  1  %-3  in  long 
fls  axillary,  yellow  March,  Apr  Gt  15  49fi  — D  kamtschdtica, 
Maxim  Low  upright  shrub,  sparsely  branched'  Ivs  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acutish  fls  fascicled,  yellowish.  Kamchatka,  Manchuria 
— D  papyrifera,  Sieb  -=Edgeworthia  papynfera  — D  petr&a, 
Leyb  Dwarf  evergreen  shrub  Ivs  linear-lanceolate,  small,  obtuse 
fla  light  pink,  in  terminal,  3-6-fld  heads,  fragrant  June,  July 
S  Tyrol  Gn  69,  p  327  —D  peeudo-meztreum,  Gray  Low, 
almost  decumbent  shrub  Ivs  lanceolate-oblong,  acutish  fls 
fascicled,  axillary,  greenish  yellow,  scentless  March,  Apr  Japan. 
— D,  rup&lna,  Facch  — D  petrsea  — D  sahcifdha,  Lam  ==D. 
caucaaica  — D  \jSAphia,  Kalen  Allied  to  D  caucasica  Ivs  obovate- 
oblong,  glaucous  below  heads  few-fld  S  Russia — D  stndta, 
Tratt.  Dwarf  evergreen  shrub  Ivs  small,  cuneate,  linear-lanceo- 
late, glabrous  fla  in  terminal,  many-fld.  heads,  pink  June,  July. 
Switzerland  and  Carpathian  Mts — D  Vdhhi,  Keissler  Allied  to 
D  colhna.  Branchlets  thick,  puberulous  Ivs  obovate  or  oblong- 
obovate,  appressed-pubescent  below  heads  8-10-fld  bracta 
obovate,  silky,  deciduous.  Crete,  Asia  Minor. — D  yezotnsit,  Hort. 
-D.  jesoensis 

DAPHNlDIUM:  Bentom. 


DARLINGTONIA 

DAPHNIPHtLLUM  (Greek,  laurel  leaf,  from  the 
similarity  of  the  leaves).  Euphorbiacex.  Broad-leaved 
evergreen  hardy  or  semi-tropical  shrubs  or  small  trees, 
sometimes  cultivated  for  their  handsome  large  foliage. 

Leaves  large,  without  stipules,  leathery,  smooth,  more 
or  less  glaucous,  alternate,  entire,  petioled,  pinnately 
veined:  fls.  dicocious,  m  axillary  racemes  or  panicles, 
apetalous;  calyx  3-8-paited,  small,  imbricate,  sta- 
mens 5-18;  pistil  2-celled,  4-ovuled.  fr.  a  small,  olive- 
like  drupe,  usually  1 -seeded  — Twelve  to  20  species, 
mostly  in  Trop  Asia,  etc.  The  one,  or  possibly  two, 
species,  rarely  seen  in  cult,  in  Amer  ,  are  from  Japan. 
The  large  evergreen  Ivs.  distinguish  it  from  other 
hardy  euphorbiacous  shrubs.  They  are  somewhat 
rhododendron-  or  laurel-like,  hardy  as  far  north  as  the 
Middle  Atlantic  States,  and  make  very  handsome 
broad-spreading  shrubs  with  inconspicuous  fls 

Daphmphyllum  can  be  propagated  by  cuttings,  but 
roots  rather  slowly,  and  if  seed  could  be  secured  it 
would  no  doubt  give  better  results  The  plants  need 
protection  from  frost  in  winter  till  well  established 
They  are  strong  growers  in  rich  soil. 

macrdpodum,  Miq.  (/).  glaucescens,  Hort )  A  shrub 
or  small  tree,  broad  and  compact,  5-10  ft  high,  or  more 
in  native  land,  smooth,  twigs  red:  Ivs.  oblong,  2  \  S  in  . 
bluish  glaucous  below;  petiole  1-2  m.  long,  red;  lateral 
veins,  ^5-^111.  apart,  fls.  email,  in  short  racemes,  fr. 
oblong,  not  over  Hin->  black  Japan  and  China 
G  18  478;  31  16  SI  F  1.54 

Two  other  names,  D.  glaurfscens,  Blume,  and  D  jezotnse,  Hort , 
occur  occasionally  m  horticultural  literature  The  first  has  scarcely 
glaucous  Ivs  with  lateral  veins  K~M»i  "Part  and  is  probably  not 
in  cult.,  the  latter  is  a  more  dwarf  form  than  the  others. 

J  B.  S.  NORTON 

DARBYA:   Neslroma 

DARLINGT6NIA  (after  William  Darlington,  of 
West  Chester,  Pa  ,  author  of  "Memorials  ef  John 
Bartram  and  Humphrey  Marshall,"  and  of  "Florula 
Cestnca.")  Sarract niacc*  A  monotypic  genus  of 
American  pitcher-plants  which,  apart  from  their  strik- 
ing aspect  and  beautiful  coloring,  have  acquired 
celebrity  from  their  insectivorous  habits 

The  short  rhizomes  grow  in  fine  muddy  soil,  and  pro- 
duce annually  a  terminal  rosette  of  Ivs  ,  all  of  which  are 
modified  into  upright  pitchers*  each  pitchered  If  is 
3-30  m  long  by  ^-3  in.  wide,  is  somewhat  spirally 
twisted,  hollow  throughout  and  with  a  median  crest 
or  flap  in  front;  the  tube  represents  the  hollowed  If  - 
midrib,  the  flap  is  formed  by  the  tused  halves  of  the  If. 
that  have  united  by  their  upper  faces  in  front  of  the 
midrib;  the  top  part  of  the  tube  curves  over  m  rounded 
fashion  to  form  a  down-directed  pitcher  orifiee,  from 
which  depends  a  bilobed  unusually  crimson  and  green 
appendage  of  attractive  aspect,  the  lounded  top  is  also 
beautifully  mottled  by  white  translucent  areas,  the 
pitcher  exterior  and  the  appendage  bear  many  hone\- 
glands,  the  excretion  from  which  tempts  insects  toward 
the  orifice  The  rounded  hood  is  lighted  within  through 
the  white  areas,  and  bears  many  attractive  honey- 
glands  interspersed  with  down-directed  hairs  Tempted 
by  the  foimer,  and  impelled  by  the  latter,  insects  step 
or  drop  on  to  the  upper  interior  of  the  tube  This  is 
extremely  smooth,  affords  no  foothold,  and  so  they 
soon  tumble  into  the  lower  part  This  is  covered  by 
down-directed  hairs  which  prevent  egress  of  the  caught 
prey  Disintegration  of  the  insects,  amid  a  neutral 
liquid  that  is  excreted  by  the  pitcher-wall,  then  takes 
place  and  the  products  are  gradually  absorbed  through 
thin  areas  of  the  lower  cavity.  Honey-secretion  and 
insect-catching  proceed  most  actively  in  May  and  June; 
by  midsummer,  therefore,  each  pitcher  is  filled  to  a 
depth  of  4-8  in  by  a  decaying  mass  of  insect-remains, 
amid  which  at  times  centipedes  or  a  slug  may  be  found. 
The  genus  is  native  from  N.  Cen.  Calif,  to  S.  Ore. 
It  occurs  there  on  the  Sierras  by  the  edge  of  mountain 
swamps  or  "deer-licks"  at  an  elevation  of  2,000-8,000 


DARLINGTONIA 


DASYL1HION 


965 


ft.  Specimens  were  first  hurriedly  collected  by  W.  D. 
Brackenndge  of  the  Wilkes  Exploring  Expedition,  on 
the  southern  slopes  of  Mt  Shasta,  when  the  explorers 
were  retreating  before  attacking  Indians  The  speci- 
mens were  desci  ibed  and  named  by  Torrey 

Darhngtomas  have  been  grown  outdoors  in  the  East 
the  year  round  in  a  few  special  localities.  Edward 
Gillett  at  Southwiek,  Massachusetts,  grows  them  in  a 
favored  spot  without  artificial  protection.  F  H  Hors- 
ford  can  preserve  them  at  Charlotte,  Vermont,  with 
the  aid  of  a  winter  mulch 

As  greenhouse  plants,  darlmgtonias  require  the  same 
treatment  as  their  allies,  sarracemas,  dioneas  and  dro- 
seras  A  well-grown  collection  of  these  plants  is  not 
only  very  interesting  and  curious,  but  also  very  beau- 
tiful To  succeed,  they  must  occupy  a  shaded  position, 
and  never  be  allowed  to  become  dry. 
Give  a  cool,  moist,  even  tempera- 
ture. If  possible,  a  glass  ease  should 
be  provided  for  them,  with  provi- 
sion made  for  ventilation;  a  con- 
stant moist  atmosphere  can  be  more 
easily  maintained,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  greenhouse  in  which  they 
are  grown  may  be  freely  ven- 


1222    Young  plant  of  Darhngtoma. 


tilated  without  injury  to  these  plants  The  material 
in  which  they  grow  best  is  two-thirds  fern-root  fiber 
with  the  dust  shaken  out,  and  one-third  chopped  sphag- 
num moss  and  silver  sand,  with  a  few  nodules  of  char- 
coal added.  About  the  first  week  in  July  is  perhaps  the 
best  time  for  potting,  though  one  must  be  guided  by  the 
condition  of  the  plants,  choosing  a  time  when  they  are 
the  least  active  When  well  established  they  will 
require  potting  only  once  in  two  years  The  pots  should 
be  placed  in  pot-saucers  as  a  safeguard  against  their 
ever  becoming  dry,  and  all  the  space  between  the  pots 
should  be  filled  with  sphagnum  moss  up  to  the  rirns  of 
the  pots.  A  temperature  of  40°  to  45°  during  winter, 
with  a  gradual  rise  as  the  days  lengthen  in  spring,  will 
suit  them  admirably  During  the  summer  they  should 
be  kept  well  shaded,  or  they  may  be  removed  to  a  well- 
shaded  frame  outside  in  some  secluded  position  free 
from  hot  drying  winds.  Propagation  of  these  plants  is 
effected  by  division  of  the  roots,  or  by  seeds  sown  on 
live  sphagnum  moss  in  pans,  the  moss  being  made  very 
even  and  the  pans  placea  either  under  a  bell-iar  or  glass 
case  in  a  cool  moist  atmosphere  (Edward  J  Canning  ) 


calif Arnica,  Torr     Fig.  1222.    Rootstock  horizontal: 

Ivs  5-8  in  annual  rosettes,  long-tubular,  somewhat 
twisted,  with  median  anterior  flap,  green  below,  green 
mottled  with  white  over  the  arched  Rood,  orifice  down- 
directed  with  bilobed  red  and  green  appendage  in  front  • 
fl  -stalk  10-30  in  ,  bearing  scattered  bracts,  n  solitary, 
inverted;  sepals  5,  pale  green,  petals  5,  yellowish  to 
brown-red  with  red  veins;  stamens  15-12,  inserted 
below  ovary,  ovary  obconic  with  depressed  apex,  style 
5-lobed  with  radial  stigmas  caps,  obovate,  surrounded 
by  the  persistent  sepals  Flowers  from  May  to  July, 
according  to  elevation  BH5'113.  F.S.  14.1440. 
KM  1869457.  BM  5920.  I  H  18.75  GC  III. 
7'84,  17.304,  24  339 —Intro  into  cult  m  1861.  Var. 
rilbra,  Hort.  Differs  from  typo  in  being  a  reddish  hue. 
D.  Co&rtti— Sarracema  Court  u 

J.  M  MACFARLANE. 

DARNEL.  Lohum  perenne. 

DARWfNIA  (Dr.  Erasmus  Darwin,  an  English 
nature-student).  Myrtdcex.  About  40  Australian 
evergreen  shrubs,  a  verv  few  of  which  are  sometimes 
grown  for  the  colored  flower -like  campanulate  invo- 
lucres that  hold  their  condition  3-5  months;  not  in 
the  American  trade  Lvs  few  and  usually  heath-like* 
flh  small,  inclosed  in  petal-like  bracts  at  the  summit  of 
the  branches;  calyx-lobes  5,  petals  5,  stamens  10, 
alteinating  with  stammodia,  ovary  1-celled,  the  fr. 
1-seeded  The  darwimas  prop  from  well-ripened  tips 
of  side  shoots  taken  in  early  autumn  or  in  spring  They 
require  greenhouse  or  intermediate  temperatures 
D.  Hookeriana,  Benth  (Gcnctylhs  fuchtnaidt'S,  Hort  ) 
L\h  linear-oblong,  J/jm  long,  scattered  sts  red  inner 
bia<ts  of  hanging  involucre  1  in  long,  bright  red,  the 
outer  ones  shorter  and  greenish  and  passing  into  the 
st  -Ivs  fls  small,  greenish  white,  usually  about  6  in 
each  involucre  B  M  4860  (as  Gcnetyllis  macrosteqia] 
GC  111  43243  FS.  10,  1009  D.  macrostfegia, 
Benth  Lvs  elliptic-oblong,  %m  or  less  long,  scat- 
tered inner  bracts  1^  in.  long,  creamy  white  with  red 
bplashes  and  stripes,  the  outer  ones  shorter  and  more 
colored,  the  lowest  ones  passing  into  the  foliage  B  M 
4S.38  (as  Genctylhs  tuhjnfcra).  I  H.  2.73  F  S  10  1064. 

.     L  IT   B 

DASHEEN.  Edible  crown-tubers  of  Colocasia,  lately  cult  m 
tht  U  b  to  some  extent  Sec  p.  S.W,  also  Taro 

DASYLIRION  (Greek,  tufted  lily]  LiMccsr  Stiff 
shoit-t  i linked  desert  plants,  with  crowded  lea\es  and 
elevated  panicles  of  small  mostly  white  or  whitish 
flow  ers 

Caudex  or  trunk  erect  and  woody  Ivs  numerous, 
near  the  top  of  the  trunk,  long  and  rigid,  usually 
pnckly-margmed  fta  dioecious,  in  dense  racemes 
which  are  crowded  into  a  narrow  compound  panicle, 
perianth  campanulite,  the  segms  toothed,  distinct 
and  nearly  equal,  obtuse,  stamens  6,  exserted,  style 
short,  btigmas  3:  fr  dry  and  indehiscent,  3-wmged, 
i-celled  and  1-seeded  — About  15  species  Me\  ,  to  Texas 
and  Ariz  Monograph  in  Proc  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  50, 
p  404  (1911). 

Dasyhrions  are  highly  ornamental  plants,  well 
adapted  for  rockeries,  for  isolated  specimens  on  lawns, 
decoration  of  conservatories,  staircases  and  similar 
uses,  and  eminently  suitable  for  terraces  and  vases,  in 
the  formal  style  of  gardening  The  leaves  are  in  large 
number,  inserted  in  a  symmetrical  way,  so  as  to  form 
a  dome  or  globe-shaped,  regular  head,  more  or  less 
serrulated,  and  m  some  species  ending  m  a  brush- 
like  tuft  of  dried  fibers  The  tall  panicles  of  number- 
less whitish  green  minute  flowers  are  also  a  striking 
feature,  standing  far  above  the  crest  or  crown  of 
leaves  They  are  of  the  easiest  possible  culture,  and 
will  stand  some  degrees  of  frost,  particularly  if  kept 
dry  Easily  propagated  from  seeds  and  from  cuttings 
of  the  branches  when  produced,  as  they  do  not  sucker 
as  a  rule  These  plants  are  inferior  to  Y-ucca  filamentosa 


966 


DASYLIRION 


DATE 


in  hardiness,  showiness  and  regularity  of  flowering,  but 
they  have  an  individuality  of  their  own.  They  are 
especially  esteemed  in  California,  where  the  great 
flower-stalks,  8  to  10  feet  high,  give  a  strong  impres- 
sion of  the  desert  The  individual  flowers  are  not 
highly  colored,  but  the  spikes  are  several  feet  long 
These  and  related  plants  have  been  the  subject  of 
recent  revision.  Beaucarnea  is  now  considered  to  be 
distinct,  and  a  new  genus.  Cahbanus,  is  erected  by 
Rose  on  D.  c&spitoswn.  These  new  treatments  are 
explained  under  Nohna. 

A.  Z/r.v  flat,  prickly-margined. 

B.  Lvs.  usually  gran,  splitting  into  fibers  at  tip,  narrow. 
texanum,  Soheele     Lvs   }^m  x  2-3  ft ,  glossy  green: 

E nckles  yellow,   turning  brown     mfl    9-15  ft    high. 
•    elliptical,    A x  A  m  >   shallow-notched.    S.   Cent. 
Texas. 

acrtftriche,  Zucc  (D.  acidtnchum.  Baker  D. 
grdcile,  Planch.  Bonapdrtea  grdcihs,  Otto  Roullnia 
grdcihs,  Brongn  Yucca  grrlcihs,  Otto.  Y  acrdtncha, 
Schiede.  Barbacenia  grdcihs,  Brongn  Littsea  grdcihs, 
Hort).  Lvs  very  nariow,  3gin  x  2-3  ft,  sometimes 
dull  or  pale*  prickles  pale  yellow,  brown  at  tip  mfl 
9-15  ft.  high  fr  round-coidate,  Ax/i111,  shallow- 
notched  E  Cent  Mex  Abhandl  Akad  Muench 
Cl  2,  31  B  M  5030.  F  S.  1448;  7,  p.  10  G  C.  Ill 
19,  p  204. 

graminif61ium,  Zucc  (Yucca  grannnifblia,  Zucc ). 
Lvs  J^in  x3  ft,  glossy  green,  prickles  veiy  short, 
yellowishwhite.fr  elliptical,  }^  x  ?sm  E  Cent.  Mex. 
Abhandl.  Akad.  Muench  ,  Cl  2,  3.1.  Allgem.  Gartenz. 
9:1. 

BB.  Lvs.  glaucous  and  dull. 
c   The  Ivs  not  shredded  at  tip,  narrow. 

glaucophyllum,  Hook  (D  qlaiicum,  Carr.  Bona- 
pdrtea glauca,  Hort  )  Lvs  3^m  x  3-4  ft:  prickles 
yellowish  white  mfl  12-18  ft  high-  fr.  elliptical, 
K  x  2-gin  E  Cent  Mex  15  M  5041  G  C  II.  13, 
p  205,  III  40,  p  247.  Rep  Mo.  Bot.  Card  14,  p.  12. 

CC.  The  Ivs.  splitting  into  fibers  at  tip,  under. 

serratifdlium,  Zucc  (D  laxiflbrum,  Baker.  Yucca 
serratifbha,  Schultes.  Koulinia  t>erratifbha,  Brongn  ). 
Lvs  1-1 j.  2  ln  x  2-3  ft.,  rough  prickles  rathei  long, 
sometimes  /^m  apart.  S.  E.  Mex.  Abhandl  Akad. 
Muench  ,  Cl  2,  3  1 

Wheelen,  Wats  With  distinct  short  trunk:  Ivs. 
nearly  1  in  x  2-3  ft ,  nearly  smooth  prickles  yellow, 
browning  at  tip.  mfl  9-15  ft.  high:  fr  round  obovate, 
%  x  i^m  ,  openly  notched.  S  E  Ariz  and  adjacent 
region  PI  World,  10,  p  254  Puhl  Carnegie  Inst. 
99.58.  Icones  Sel  Hort.  Thenensis,  225. 

A  A.  Lvs.  4-s'idcd,  neither  prickly  nor  usually  brush-tipped 

longissimum,  Lem.  (1).  qutulrangubtium,  Wats. 
D.  junafbhum,  Rehnelt)  Tiunk  3-6  ft.  high:  Ivs 
very  numerous,  J'4m  x  4  6  f t ,  dull  green:  mfl  6-18  ft 
high '  fr.  tV  x  J  8m  ,  scarcely  notched  E.  Mex.  B  M 
7749.  G  F  30,  p  280  Bull  Soc.  Tosc.  Ort  9,  p.  236; 
35:6.  Die  Natur,  34,  p  340.  II  H.  86,  p.  66. 

D  Ilodkeri,  Lorn  — Caltbanua  Hooken,  Trel  (see  Nolma). 
— D  jumeum,  Zucc  ==Nohna  Hartwegmna — D.  longtfdlium, 
Zuoc.-Nol.na  longifolm  WlLLIAM  TllELEASE.f 

DATE.  A  palm,  Phoenix  dactyhfera,  Linn ,  native 
to  North  Africa  or  Arabia  and  extensively  planted  in 
countries  inhabited  by  Arabs,  and  having  arid  or 
desert  conditions  Figs  1223-1226  It  is  also  grown  to 
some  extent  in  southern  Asia  and  southern  Europe  and 
in  other  tropical  and  subtropical  countries.  It  is  of 
very  ancient  cultivation,  having  been  grown  along  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  Rivers  for  four  thousand  years 
or  more.  It  has  long  been  planted  casually  m  parts 
of  Mexico  and  the  southwestern  parts  of  the  United 


States,  and  is  now  becoming  a  fruit  of  commercial 
promise  in  some  of  these  regions. 

The  date  palm  reaches  a  height  of  100  feet,  making 
a  nearly  straight,  shaggy  trunk,  and  it  continues  to 
bear  for  one  or  two  centuries.  It  is  dioecious,  the  males 
usually  equaling  the  females  m  a  batch  of  seedlings, 
this  constituting  one  of  the  great  disadvantages  of  rais- 
ing seedling  dates  The  Arabs  practise  artificial  pollina- 
tion by  tying  male  flowers  on  the  pistillate  clusters. 
The  flowers  are  produced  early  in  the  spring,  from  six 
to  twenty  clusters  appealing  on  a  matin  e  tree  The 
female  or  fertile  clusters  of  good  size  will  produce  as 
much  as  twenty  to  forty  pounds  of  dates  As  with 
apples  and  other  fruits,  there  are  many  varieties  differ- 
ing in  quality,  seedlings  do  not  reproduce  the  variety, 
so  that  propagation  of  named  varieties  must  be  accom- 
plished by  othei  means 

The  date  is  the  fruit,  being  essentially  a  drupe, 
measuring  1  to  3  inches  long  The  date  of  commeice 
is  the  cured  and  dried  natural  fruit.  The  sweet  nutri- 
tious pulp  of  the  fruit  constitutes  one  of  the  moist 
important  foods  of  the  Arabs  The  leaves  and  other 
parts  of  the  plant  afford  matenals  for  dwellings  and 
many  domestic  uses  The  wood  or  trunk  is  used  for 
timber  The  importation  of  dates  into  the  United 
States  amounts  to  about  $500,000  woith  annuall>  No 
doubt  the  consumption  will  be  greatly  increased  when 
a  home-grown  and  clean-packed  product  is  obtainable 

Aside  from  the  direct  uses  of  the  plants  and  the 
fruits,  the  date  palm  is  valuable  as  a  cover  for  othei 
crops  in  the  hot  and  dry  regions  Beneath  the  palms, 
other  fruits,  vegetables  and  many  crops  may  be  grown 
with  more  safety  than  in  the  open  blazing  run  It 
is  probable,  therefore,  that  the  date  palm  will  become 
a  feature  of  the  farming  in  all  the  regions  of  the  South- 
west in  which  it  thrives. 

The  general  situation 

In  Florida,  California,  and  restucted  areas  of  a  few 
other  states,  the  date  has  been  grown  for  decorative 
purposes  for  more  than  a  century  At  the  missions 
founded  by  the  Spamaids  at  St  Augustine,  and  other 
places  in  Florida,  and  that  long  line  of  missions  extend- 
ing from  far  into  Mexico  northward  and  \\est\\ard 
through  southern  New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  California, 
it  is  likely  the  date  was  planted  wherever  the  climatic 
conditions  were  favoiable  to  its  growth  \\ithin  the 
borders  of  the  United  States  the  greater  number  ot 
these  early  plantings  were  in  Florida  or  along  the  coast 
of  southern  California,  regions  wheie  the  sum  total 
of  summer  heat  is  not  sufficient  to  develop  the  date 
fruit  perfectly.  The  date,  as  a  fruit-pioducer,  being 
indigenous  to  a  desert  environment,  does  not  take- 
kindly  to  humid  regions,  even  where  it  is  not  sufficiently 
cold  to  prohibit  the  growth  ot  the  tree  It  is  not  onlv 
a  question  of  maturing  the  tree  or  even  of  producing 
the  fruit  but  also  of  bringing  the  fruit  to  perfect  upe- 
ness  For  this  icason  the  greater  number  of  the  early 
plantings  in  this  country  matured  little  fnnt,  while 
that  produced  was  of  poor  quality,  although  in  many 
instances  the  trees  grew  luxuriantly  and  to  huge  size- 
In  the  more  arid  parts  of  Lower  California  and  Sonora, 
where  there  is  sufficient  water  for  irrigation,  the  early 
plantings  have  been  continued  down  to  the  present 
time,  and  dates  of  fair  quality  have  been  groun  for 
many  years.  Moreover,  each  year  the  area  devoted 
to  dates  is  increasing,  and  with  the  recent  studies  of 
the  life-history  of  the  plant  by  Swingle  and  others  the 
adaptation  of  regions  is  now  better  understood  and 
undoubtedly  the  future  plantings  will  be  made  with 
much  better  assurance  01  success.  Modern  date  cul- 
ture in  this  country  may  be  said  to  have  begun  with 
the  planting  of  imported  Egyptian  and  Algerian  palms 
and  seedlings  principally  m  Salt  River  Valley,  An/ona, 
in  the  years  1890-1900  Tourney's  studies  of  these 
early  plantings  resulted  in  Bulletin  No  29  of  the 


DATE 


DATE 


967 


Arizona  Station  Studies  of  conditions  in  the  Saharan 
region  and  the  importation  of  varieties  by  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture,  were  made  m  1899 
and  1900  These  results  were  set  forth  m  Bulletin  No. 

53  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  by  Swingle    Sta- 
tions for  testing  the  introductions  were  provided  by 
Arizona  in  1899,  by  California  in  1904,  and  by  Texas 
in  1907    Subsequent  large  importations  were  made  by 
Fairehild  and  Kearney,  as  described  in  Bulletins  Nos 

54  and  92  of  the  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry  of  the 
national  Department  of  Agneulture 

Dates  unquestionably  can  be  grown  profitably  in 
many  of  the  hot  dry  irrigated  valleys  in  the  south- 
western parts  of  the  United  States  The  Saltori  Basin 
in  southern  California  promises  particularly  well  for 
date-culture  because  of  the  high  temperature,  and 
here  oven  the  famous  Deglet  Noor  date  of  the  Sahara 
wrill  ripen  fully,  even  in  cool  seasons  Considerable 
attention  is  also  being  given  to  dates  m  the  newly 
developing  Impel  ml  Valley  In  northern  California, 
the  date  can  undoubtedly  be  gio\vn  lor  home  use  in 
many  regions,  even  north  of  San  Francisco,  it  finds 
good  conditions  for  commercial  culture  in  parts  of 
Arizona,  and  there  are  probably  adaptable  regions  in 
Texas  The  date  can  endure  more  alkali  than  any 
other  profitable  fiuit  crop,  and  this  fact  will  extend 
the  range  of  its  usefulness  When  onee  well  established, 
brief  temperatures  as  low  as  10°  F  do  not  do  serious 
harm  to  date  palms 

While  date  trees  have  been  grown  m  the  United 
States  arid  Mexico  for  certainly  more  than  a  century, 
and  while  much  fruit  has  been  produced  incidentally 
here  and  there,  laigely  as  a  by-product,  neveitheless 
date-growing  on  a  eommeieial  *s<ale  is  yet  a  new  and 
experimental  industry  m  this  countiy  Although  it 
promises  well,  the  business  requires  experience  and 
skill,  and  it  must  be  established  only  in  those  regions 
which  are  particulaily  adapted  to  it,  especially  those 
that  have  an  extremely  hot  summer  climate  As  yet, 
the  returns  fiorn  date-culture  are  almost  impossible 
of  determination  As  ne  irl\  aluajs  happens  with  new 
and  promising  industiu  s,  doubt iul  claims  have  been 
made  for  profits  of  date-culture  by  interested  paities. 
It  must  be  borne  m  mind  that  piacheally  all  the  vane- 
ties  now  recommended  for  commercial  cultivation 
in  this  country  are  of  Old  \\  orld  01  igm  Although  many 
seedlings  are  being  raised,  it  is  yet  too  early  to  desig- 
nate any  one  of  them  as  supenoi  for  general  orchard 
planting  It  is  advisable  Hut  in  the  regions  in  Cali- 
fornia and  Anzona,  and  elsewhere,  that  are  adapted  to 
dates,  numbeis  of  seedlings  should  be  raised  from  the 
best  varieties,  care  being  taken  that  they  have  been 
pollinated  from  the  best  males,  m  this  wa>  the  chance 
will  be  increased  of  onginating  varieties  that  are 
especially  adapted  to  the  legion  The  business  must  be 
developed  by  residents  and  those  who  study  the  con- 
ditions closely  from  year  to  year 

According  to  Swingle,  at  present  less  than  a  dozen 
varieties  among  the  200  or  more  on  trial  at  the  govern- 
ment date-gardens  in  the  Southwest  can  be  said  to  be 
well  enough  known  to  warrant  planting  on  a  commer- 
cial scale  The  Deglet  Noir  and  the  Tazizaoot  can  be 
recommended  for  orchard  planting  in  the  Coachell.i 
and  Imperial  Valleys  of  California,  the  Ilalawy,  the 
Khadrawy,  the  Maktoom,  and  the  Hayany  are  prom- 
ising for  cooler  regions,  such  as  the  Salt  River  Valley 
of  Arizona,  and  may  be  planted  in  the  California 
date  regions  on  a  scale  not  too  large  for  the  early 
markets;  the  Khars  is  excellent  for  home  use  as  a 
fresh  date,  but  is  of  little  commercial  value,  theThoory 
is  a  dry  date  of  great  promise,  but  it  is  as  yet  doubtful 
whether  dry  dates  can  be  maiketed  advantageously  on 
a  large  scale  without  an  expensive  publicity  campaign. 
To  plant  other  varieties  that  are  new  or  inadequately 
tested,  involves  a  considerable  element  of  risk  The 
fact  that  they  appear  satisfactory  in  the  Old  World 


deserts  is  no  guarantee  that  they  will  grow,  bear,  and 
ripen  fruit  properly  ir  the  Southwest  or  that  their  fruit 
will  prove  acceptable  to  American  buyers  Any  plant- 
ing of  a  variety  on  a  large  scale  before  it  has  been 
thoroughly  tested  must  be  considered  as  a  speculation. 
It  would  be  much  safer  for  those  who  expect  to  grow 
dates  on  a  commercial  scale  to  limit  themselves  at  first 
to  those  varieties  that  have  been  tested  by  public  and 
private  agencies,  and  to  learn  all  phases  of  the  culture, 
curing,  packing,  and  marketing  of  the  fruit  of  one 
or  more  of  the  standard  varieties  This  is  the  best 
possible  preparation  for  the  efficient  culture  of  new  sorts 
when  they  have  been  sufficiently  tested  in  the  govern- 
ment or  other  adequately  supervised  testing-gardens  to 
render  it  desirable  to  test  them  on  a  commercial  scale 


1223    Young  date  palm,  with  growing  suckers -or  offshoots. 

in  private  culture  The  government,  through  the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  has  taken  special  pains  to 
safeguard  the  young  industry. 

Propagation. 

It  is  always  preferable  to  propagate  dates  from 
suckeis  unless  one  desires  to  originate  new  varieties, 
not  only  on  account  of  the  knowledge  of  the  sex  (it 
being  hardly  necessaiy  to  state  that  the  sex  of  a  sucker 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  plant  fiom  which  it  is  taken), 
but  on  account  of  the  ability  to  make  a  selection  m 
the  variety  and  quality  of  the  fruit 

Dates  are  easily  giown  fiom  seed  if  the  ovules 
have  been  properly  pollinated  Seeds  may  be  planted 
in  anv  month  immediately  after  they  are  taken  from 
the  fruit,  particularly  in  the  mild  climates  of  the 
Salt  on  Basin,  Lower  Coloiado  Valley,  and  Salt  River 
Valley  Unless  the  conditions  are  good,  however,  it 
is  better  to  stratify  them  in  a  box  between  layers  of 
moist  sand  and  allow  them  to  remain  for  three  to  six 
weeks  in  order  that  the  seed-coats  may  be  softened 
It  is  important,  however,  that  in  the  stratify  ing-box 
the  seeds  do  not  sprout,  as  they  are  easily  damaged 
after  sprouting  takes  place  The  seed  may  be  sown  in 
nursery  rows  and  the  young  seedlings  transplanted 
after  one,  two  or  three  years,  or  if  the  field  is  well 
prepared,  and  has  good  irrigation,  the  seed  may  be 
planted  directly  in  the  fields  where  the  palms  are 
permanently  to  remain.  If  they  are  placed  directly 
in  the  held,  it  is  well  to  plant  them  in  rows  25  to 
30  feet  apart  and  to  allow  the  voung  plants  to  stand 


968 


DATE 


DATE 


3  to  5  or  6  feet  apart  in  the  row.  When  the  dates 
come  into  bearing,  the  undersirable  ones  and  the 
males  may  be  removed  and  the  probability  is  that 
a  sufficient  number  of  good  varieties  will  remain  to 
make  the  row  properly  continuous;  and  the  rows  will 
be  far  enough  apart  for  the  regular  or  permanent 
plantation. 

Suckers  or  offshoots  are  taken  from  the  base  of  the 
>oung  palm  (Figs.  1223,  1224)  One  to  several  suckers 
may  be  removed  each  year,  averaging  two  to  four 
for  the  productive  ponod,  and  when  they  are  three  to  six 
years  old  and  have  begun  to  develop  roots  of  their  own. 
All  species  belonging  to  the  genus  Phcemx  are  diffi- 
cult to  transplant  with  uniform  success.  Frequently  as 
high  as  50  per  cent  of  transplanted  dates  die  even 
when  watered  daily  and  given  the  best  of  care.  In 
planting  suckers  with  the  best  of  attention,  a  percent- 
age die;  while  without 
care  not  one  in  a  hun- 
dred will  grow.  It  is 
due  not  so  much  to  the 
lack  of  experience  in 
removing  the  suckers 
as  to  lack  of  proper 
care  after  removal, 
that  so  large  a  per- 
centage fail 

Suckers  may  be  re- 
moved at  any  time 
during  the  spring  or 
early  summer,  or  even 
in  the  winter,  if  proper 
care  be  given  them 
after  removal  If  they 
are  to  be  planted  in 
the  open  ground  it  is 
advisable  to  remove 
them  in  spring  or  early 
summer,  April  prob- 
ably being  the  best 
month  In  winter, 
when  the  plants  are  at 
a  standstill,  the  suckers 
may  be  removed  with 
comparatively  small 
loss,  if  the  "bulbs"  or 
bottoms  be  not  less 
than  4  inches  in  dia- 
meter It  is  necessary, 
when  suckers  are  re- 
moved at  this  season, 
to  set  them  in  rather 
small  pots,  so  that  the 
earth,  which  should  be 
given  a  daily  soaking, 
may  have  a  chance  to 
get  warm  quickly.  The 


1224   Deglet  Noor  date  palm  about  eight  years  old,  with  offshoots 
and  ripe  fruit. 


pots  should  be  kept  in  a  dry  greenhouse,  or,  better 
yet,  imbedded  in  a  hotbed  of  manure,  covered  with 
the  customary  frame  and  glass  In  all  cases  the  leaves 
should  be  cut  back  to  6  to  12  inches  in  length,  and 
sometimes  they  are  removed.  Transplant  only  when 
the  ground  is  warm 

If  proper  attention  can  bo  given  it  is  best  to  plant  large 
suckers  where  they  are  to  remain,  as  a  second  chance 
for  loss  occurs  when  they  are  transplanted  from  a 
nursery  to  the  position  that  they  are  finally  to  occupy. 
An  iron  bar  weighing  thirty  to  forty  pounds,  and 
flattened  to  a  4-6-inch  cutting  end,  may  be  used  to 
cleave  the  offshoots  from  the  tree  The  leaf-stalks 
should  be  cut  away,  exposing  the  bulb  of  the  sucker, 
care  being  taken  not  to  injure  the  bulb  in  removing. 
One  should  cut  in  rather  deeply  at  either  sjde,  not  being 
afraid  of  injuring  the  old  plant,  cutting  out  a  V-shaped 
portion  extending  from  the  base  of  the  bulb  downward 
lor  a  few  inches.  Wounds  may  be  painted  with  coal- 


tar  to  prevent  bleeding  and  evaporation.  It  is 
important,  when  planting  the  suckers  in  the  field, 
to  set  them  so  hign  that  the  crown-bud  will  not  be 
covered  with  water  during  irrigation,  in  order  to  avoid 
decay  and  death 

A  successful  method  of  rooting  the  suckers  is  to 
bank  up  earth  about  the  base  of  the  parent  tree  and 
above  the  base  of  the  suckers,  and  keep  moist  by 
watering  daily  to  induce  formation  of  roots.  Suckers 
may  be  partially  severed  from  the  old  stock  before  the 
banking  is  done,  or  after  the  roots  have  started  When 
the  roots  are  well  grown,  the  suckers  may  be  trans- 
planted with  little  loss 

The  suckers  will  grow  perfectly  well,  however,  if 
no  loots  are  left  attached.  The  offshoots  may  be  cut 
away  from  the  parent  plant,  with  all  the  leaves  removed, 
and  leaving  only  the  mid  in  the  center  or  at  the  apex 
surrounded  by  the  leaf- 
stalks Such  offshoots 
will  stand  very  much 
exposure  and  may  be 
shipped  long  distances 
without  being  packed 
in  moist  material,  care 
being  taken  that  the 
boxes  are  so  filled  with 
packing  that  they  will 
not  be  jammed  or 
bruised  in  transporta- 
tion After  they  are 
planted,  they  should 
be  kept  constantly 
moist  about  the  bot- 
tom and  should  not  be 
allowed  to  suffer  any 
check.  The  Arabs 
apply  water  every  day 
for  thirty  or  forty  days 
and  then  continue  to 
irrigate  each  week  un- 
til the  following  win- 
ter, care  being  taken 
not  to  water  too  much 
If  these  precautions 
are  taken  and  if  the 
offshoots  are  planted 
in  warm  ground,  there 
need  be  very  little  loss 
They  should  never  be 
set  in  the  open  ground 
when  the  soil  is  cold,  as 
in  fall  or  winter  If  the 
offshoots  are  to  be  taken 
off  at  that  time,  they 
must  be  grown  in  pots 
or  in  some  similar  way, 
as  described  above. 


The  growing  of  dates. 

The  date  palm  grows  in  nearly  all  kinds  of  soil,  if 
only  the  climatic  conditions  are  right.  If  it  be  suffi- 
ciently irrigated  and  have  the  requisite  amount  of  heat, 
the  soil  .seems  to  be  a  secondary  consideration  In 
general  it  may  be  said,  however,  that  sandy-loam  soils 
of  the  desert,  with  a  small  percentage  of  clay  and 
slightly  charged  with  salts,  are  preferable  to  rich  and 
heavy  soils,  suitable  for  growing  ordinary  crops.  The 
question  of  water  is  of  great  importance  in  the  culture 
of  dates,  as  it  is  necessary  that  the  roots  of  the  date 
palm  be  in  moist  earth  throughout  the  year  In  general, 
the  amount  of  water  required  for  successful  culture  is 
considerable.  If  sufficient  water  cannot  be  supplied  by 
natural  methods,  one  must  resort  to  irrigation  Water 
should  be  supplied  at  frequent  intervals  throughout  the 
year.  However,  the  most  should  be  supplied  in  the  spring 
before  blooming,  and  in  the  fall  prior  to  the  ripening  of 


DATE 


DATE 


1225.  An  American 
seedling  date. 


the  fruit.  The  amount  of  water  for  each  palm  depends  so 
much  upon  soil  and  local  conditions  that  an  estimate 
would  be  worthless.  Care  should  be  taken  not  to  irrigate 
to  excess  at  the  time  of  blooming  and  immediately  alter, 
as  it  will  militate  against  the  successful  setting  of  the 
fruit  The  date  seems  to  enjoy  not 
only  a  high  atmospheric  tempera- 
ture, but  a  high  temperature  of  the 
water  supplied  in  irrigation  as  well. 
In  irrigating  small  crops  by  flood- 
ing, it  is  necessary  in  midsummer 
to  irrigate  late  in  the  afternoon  or 
at  night  in  order  to  prevent  scald- 
ing. Care  should  be  taken,  in  the 
hotter  part  of  the  year,  that  the 
date  palm  is  not  subjected  to  hot 
water  about  the  roots,  rising  above 
the  soil  for  a  considerable  length  of 
tune,  and  later  left  until  the  soil 
becomes  exceedingly  dry  and  baked 
by  the  sun  Such  extremes  some- 
times seriously  injure  or  destroy 
the  tree. 

The  date  palm  comes  into  bearing 
early,  examples  being  known  in  Cali- 
fornia of  fruits  being  produced  two 
years  after  the  seeds  were  planted. 
It  usually  requires  six  to  eight  years, 
however,  for  seedlings  to  Dear  any 
considerable  quantity  of  dates.  Under  the  best  date- 
culture,  seedlings  are  not  used  but  the  plants  are  propa- 
gated by  means  of  suckers,  as  already  explained;  these 
suckers  soon  become  established  and  will  bear  abun- 
dantly in  five  or  six  years  afterwards.  After  ten  or 
fifteen  years,  the  palm  may  be  considered  to  be  m 
full  bearing  and  should  continue  to  produce  indef- 
initely It  should  yield  100  to  200  pounds  of  fruit 
annually,  although  there  are  cases  of  very  much 
higher  yields  than  this.  To  conserve  the  strength  of 
the  parent  plant,  the  suckers  should  not  be  allowed 
to  grow  around  the  base  in  large  numbers.  Usually 
not  more  than  three  or  four  of  these  suckers  or 
offbhoots  are  allowed  to  remain  at  any  one  time. 
After  the  palm  is  m  full  bearing  and  has  a  trunk  a 
few  feet  high,  the  offshoots  cease  to  be  produced  It 
is  recommended,  however,  that  one  offshoot  be  left 
attached  to  the  mother  plant  in  order  to  replace  the 
tree  in  cabe  of  an  accident  If  the  date  palm  is  allowed 
to  grow  as  it  will,  it  becomes  a  clump  of  many  trunks, 
surrounded  by  a  jungle  of  offshoots 

It  is  advised  that  the  date  palm  be  planted  at 
distances  of  not  less  than  26  to  33  feet  Other  crops 
can  be  grown  between  the  trees  till  they  come  into 
bearing  heavily,  or  even  continuously 

Under  proper  cultivation,  the  date  palm  should 
produce  from  ten  to  fourteen  leaves  each  year.  A 
well-developed  tree  will  have  at  one  time  from  thirty 
to  sixty  leaves,  the  old  ones  dying  away  below  while 
new  ones  are  forming  at  the  top.  The  different  vane- 
ties  show  great  variation  in  rapidity  of  growth,  form 
and  length  of  leaves,  size  of  stem,  and  general  aspect 
of  plant.  The  stem  of  the  date  palm  is  very  rigid. 
When  the  stem  reaches  a  height  of  5  or  more  feet  it  is 
frequently  necessary  to  tie  the  growing  bunches  of 
dates  securely  to  the  lower  leaf-stalks,  that  they  be 
not  broken  and  injured  by  the  wind  before  maturity. 

While  it  is  possible  to  produce  dates  by  depending 
on  wind-pollination  from  male  to  female  trees,  this 
process  is  much  too  uncertain  for  commercial  culture 
and  requires  a  very  large  number  of  male  trees.  In 
commercial  plantations,  one  male  tree  to  100  females 
is  sufficient;  out  this  requires  that  the  pollinating  shall 
be  performed  by  hand.  Small  separate  twigs  or  branch- 
lets  of  the  male  inflorescence,  from  4  to  6  inches  long 
and  bearing  thirty  to  fifty  flowers,  are  tied  on  the 
female  cluster.  Inasmuch  as  the  .flowers  in  the  female 


cluster  mature  at  different  times,  it  is  necessary  to 
repeat  the  operation  of  pollination.  In  old  plantings, 
persons  must  climb  the  trees  in  order  to  perform  thw 
operation,  but  for  the  first  ten  or  fifteen  years  of  beai- 
mg  the  clusters  are  so  near  the  ground  that  little  if 
any  climbing  is  required.  Each  female  flower  pro- 
duces three  ovaries.  After  pollination,  two  of  these 
ovaries  fail  and  one  matures  into  the  date.  In  case 
there  is  no  pollination,  all  three  of  the  ovaries  will 
develop  but  will  be  heedless  and  the  fruit  will  be  inferior. 

As  with  other  fruits,  it  is  often  necessary  to  thin  the 
dates  on  trees,  particularly  on  young  trees  that  tend  to 
overbear  Even  on  old  trees,  best  results  are  to  be 
secured  if  only  eight  or  ten  bunches  are  left. 

Usually  the  dates  in  an  entire  bunch  do  not  ripen  at 
the  same  time    Picking  off  the  dates  as  they  ripen  is  a 
practicable  operation  when  labor  is  cheap    In  general, 
however,  it  probably  will  be  found  the  better  plan  to 
cut  the  entire  bunch  at  on^ e.  This  may  require  some 
special  operation  in  the  handling  and  curing.    Some 
vaneties  require  practically  no  special  handling  or  cur- 
ing and  are  ready  to  ship  as  soon  as  they  have  ripened 
naturally   Usually,  however,  the  bunrh  mubt  be  ripened 
much  as  a  bunch  of  bananas  is  cured,  by  being  cut  off 
and  hung  in  a  moist  and  warm  place    It  has  been 
found  that  in  Arizona  the  best  varieties  of  dates  may 
not  ripen  naturally  on  the  tree     Freeman's  experi- 
ments at  the  Arizona  Experiment  Station  show  that 
conditions   favorable  for    the   rapid    ripening  of  the 
Deglet  Nocr  may  be  produced  artificially  in  an  oven 
The  degree  of  moisture  and  temperature  may  be  carefully 
regulated     In  this  ripening  process,  there  is  not  only  a 
change  in  the  sugar-con- 
tent but  the  tissues  of 
the  date  are    softened, 
the  tanin  is  precipitated 
and   the  astnngency  of 
the    fruit    is    thereby 
relieved.    Vmson  found 
that     dates     may     be 
ripened    artificially    by 
means   of  chemical  re- 
agents    Artificial  ripen- 
ing by  means  of  heat, 
moibture,  and  chemical 
stimulation  makes  pos- 
sible the  production  of 
commercial  erops  at  alti- 
tudes too  high  and  cool 
to  mature  many  medium 
and  late  varieties   Losses 
by    ram,    insects,     and 
birds  are  minimized,  and 
greater    cleanliness    se- 
cured    Last   year   over 
half  the  crop  from  miscel- 
laneous varieties  at  the 
Tempe    Date     Orchard 
(Arizona)    would    have 
been  lost  but  for  artificial 
methods     of     ripening 
These  methods  are  cheap 
and  practicable.  In  con- 
nection   with    ripening 
operations,  the  fruit  can 
be  pasteurized  at  a  tem- 
perature of  65°  to  70° 
C     (149°-158°F.)    and 
then  packed  under 
cheese-cloth    to  secure 
it    from    contamination    by  flies  and    other  insects 
Recent  experiments  by  Drummond  show  that  fumi- 
gation with  carbon  bisulfide  kills  insect   eggs,   and 
is  preferable  to  pasteurization  with  varieties  inclined 
to   be  sticky.    In  1910,  Swingle  discovered  the  pro- 
cess now  in  use  for  ripening  Deglet  Noor  dates  by 


1226.  Fruit  clusters  of  date,  as 
grown  in  Arizona. 


970 


DATE 


DATURA 


keeping  them  in  moist  atmosphere  in  closed  packing- 
boxes  which  are  kept  warm  at  night  and  heated  to  80° 
or  90°  F.  during  the  day  Deglet  Noor  dates  ripen 
perfectly  by  this  process  and  remain  light-colored  while 
those  ripened  by  the  rapid  process  are  darkened. 
Freeman's  rapid  process  will  ripen  greener  dates, 
however. 

For  further  discussion,  see  Phoenix;  also  the  bulle- 
tins of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture, 
and  of  the  experiment  stations  of  Arizona  and  California. 
J.  W.  TOUMEY. 
L.  H.  B  t 

DATfSCA  (old  Greek  name,  applied  to  some  doubt- 
ful plant).  Datiscdcex.  Tall  perennial  herbs,  one  of 
which  is  sometimes  planted  in  gardens 

Glabrous  branching  hemp-like  plants  with  pinnately 
compound  or  ternately  divided  alternate  Ivs.,  the  Ifts. 
or  segms  lanceolate  and  usually  serrate  or  toothed :  fls. 
usually  dioecious,  the  stammate  fascicled  in  the  axils 
and  short-pedicelled  the  pistillate  racarnose  on  axil- 
lary branchletb,  stamens  in  sterile  fl  8-12-25,  mostly 
opposite  the  calyx-lobes,  stamens  sometimes  present 
in  fertile  fls  but  few  and  perhaps  alternate  with  calyx- 
lobes,  ovary  3-angled  at  top,  with  3  styles  which 
are  2-parted:  fr.  a  narrow  nboed  many-seeded  caps., 
opening  between  the  stylos  at  the  top  — Species  2, 
one  in  S  E  Eu  and  W  Asia,  and  the  other  in  Calif 
and  Mex  ;  the  former  is  in  cult  abroad,  requiring  no 
special  treatment,  prop,  by  seeds  and  division 

The  family  Datiscacea*  is  placed  near  Bogomaceae 
and  Cactaceie  It  comprises  two  other  genera  of  tall 
trees,  neither  of  which  is  recorded  as  in  cultivation; 
these  are  Octomeles,  with  two  species  in  the  Malayan 
archipelago,  and  Tetrameles,  with  one  species  m  East 
India  to  Java 

cannabina,  Linn.  Three  to  7  ft.:  Ivs  odd-pinnate; 
the  Ifts.  of  3  pairs,  2  in.  long,  deeply  serrate,  long- 
acuminate:  fls  small,  yellow,  the  females  in  long  and 
i  «oep  r«  pnie  Eu  — Attractive  bushy  plants  with  grace- 
ful foliage;  both  sexes  should  be  grown,  the  female 
being  the  finer  for  ornament 

D  olomer&ta,  Brew  &  Wats  ,  the  American  species,  is  apparently 
not  in  cult  2H-4  ft  ,  stout,  glabrous,  the  sts  clustered  Iva  ter- 
nately divided  or  lobed  stammate  fls  m  clusters  of  3,  pistil- 
late rla  4-7  together  or  scattered  along  short  branchlets  It  is 
the  durango-root  of  the  Coast  ranges  and  Sierra  Nevada 

L.H.B. 


1227.  A  triple  form  of  Datura  fastuosa,  commonly 
known  as  D.  cornucopia. 

DATURA  (Arabic  name)  Syn.  Brugmdnsia.  Sol- 
anctcex.  THORN-APPLE  Several  large  plants  cultivated 
for  their  huge  trumpet-like  flowers,  which  have  an 
odor  that  is  very  pleasant  to  some  persons 

Annual  or  perennial  herbs,  shrubs,  and  trees:  Ivs. 
large,  entire  or  wavy-toothed1  fls  large,  solitary,  erect 
or  pendulous,  mostly  white,  with  more  or* less  violet, 
rarely  red  or  yellow;  calyx  5-toothed,  sometimes 
breaking  apart  near  the  base  or  splitting  lengthwise: 
corolla  trumpet-shaped,  with  spreading  5-JO-toothed 


limb;  stamens  5,  all  perfect,  shghtlv  or  not  at  all 
exserted,  the  filaments  slender;  style  long,  the  stigma 
2-lobed*  fr  a  large  2-celled  caps.,  mostly  prickly  or 
spiny,  usually  dry  and  4-valved  at  top  ^ut  sometimes 
fleshy  and  bursting  irregularly,  with  large  seeds. — 
Some  15  species,  mostly  strong-smelling,  in  the  warmer 
parts  of  the  globe,  some  of  them  weeds. 

A  few  daturas  are  grown  as  flower-garden  subjects, 
or  the  shrubby  kinds  under  glas>s  or  as  tub  specimens 
The  most  popular  kind  in  northern  gardens  is  com- 
monly called  D.  cornucopia  (Fig  1227),  which  is  espe- 
cially interesting  when  its  flowers  develop  two  or  three 
well-defined  trumpets,  one  within  another  Some- 
times, however,  these  double  flowers  are  a  confused 
mass  of  petalage  Double  and  triple  forms  are  likely 
to  occur  in  any  of  the  species  described  below.  The 
horn-of-plenty  has  boon  especially  popular  in  America 
since  about  1895,  when  it  was  found  in  South  America 
by  an  orchid  collector  of  the  United  States  Nursery 
Company,  and  soon  became  widely  distributed  in 
"yellow,  white,  blue  and  deep  carmine,"  all  double 
forms  Daturas  contain  strong  narcotics  Large  doses 
are  poisonous,  small  doses  medicinal  Separate  prepara- 
tions of  Stramonium  seed  and  leaves  are  commonly 
sold  m  the  drugstores.  D.  Stramonium  (Fig  1228)  is 
the  thorn-apple  or  Jamestown  weed,  the  latter  name 
being  corrupted  into  jimson  weed  Its  foul,  rank  herb- 
age and  large  spiny  fruits  are  often  seen  in  rubbish 
heaps  At  the  first  successful  settlement  in  America — 
Jamebtown,  Virginia,  1007 — it  is  said  that  the  men  ate 
these  thorn-apples  with  curious  results  Capt  John 
Smith's  account  of  their  mad  antics  is  very  enter- 
taining It  has  been  conjectured  that  this  same  plant 
was  used  by  the  priosts  at  Delphi  to  produce  oracular 
ravings  The  heeds  of  D  sangumea  are  said  to  have 
been  used  by  Peruvian  priests  that  were  believed  to 
have  prophetic  power 

Daturas  are  of  easy  cultuio  Some  aro  treated  as 
tender  annuals  In  the  North  the  woody  species  can  be 
grown  outdoors  in  summer,  and  stored  in  cellars  dur- 
ing the  winter;  in  the  South  and  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia they  are  almost  everbloommg  They  are  some- 
times kept  in  cool  conservatories  the  year  round,  in 
which  case  they  should  be  planted  in  the  border,  as 
they  rarely  flower  well  in  pots,  their  roots  being  large 
ana  spreading  and  requiring  a  constant  supply  of 
moisture.  This  method  produces  great  quantities  of 
bloom  in  spring.  After  flowering,  the  plants  should  be 
cut  in  to  the  mam  limbs 

A.  Fls.  red. 

sanguinea,  Ruiz  &  Pav  Tree-like  shrub,  4-12  ft. 
high1  branches  fragile,  leafy  at  the  apex  Ivs  clustered, 
5-7  from  the  samo  point,  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
almost  7  in  long,  2^-2^  in  wide,  pubescent  on  both 
sides,  shining  green  above,  paler  beneath,  the  lower  Ivs 
wavy  or  angled,  upper  one  entire;  petioles  2}^  in.  long, 
channeled,  pubescent,  peduncles  terminal,  fls  pendu- 
lous, brilliant  orange-red,  about  8  in  long;  calyx 
ovate,  5-angled,  variegated,  inflated.  Peru  B  R.  1739 
(as  B  tricolor)  F  S.  18:1883— All  the  other  species 
are  said  to  be  easily  raised  from  cuttings,  but  this  is 
very  slow  to  take  root. 

A  A  Fls.  yellow. 

chlorantha,  Hook.  Shrub,  glabrous  throughout:  Ivs. 
broadly  ovate,  almost  triangular;  margin  wavy,  with 
short,  rather  sharp,  very  distinct  teeth'  peduncles  axil- 
lary, very  short;  fls  pendulous,  yellow;  calyx  tubular, 
with  5  nearly  uniform,  short,  triangular  teeth.  Habitat 
unknown.  B  M.  5128  Gn  46 '429,  49,  p.  379.— 
Datura  "Golden  Queen"  is  presumably  a  horticultural 
variety  of  this  species  While  this  species  is  horti- 
culturally  distinct  by  reason  of  its  vellow  fls.,  it  is  a 
doubtful  species  botanically,  being  founded  on  a  very 
double  garden  form  of  unknown  origin  In  Vilmorm's 


DATURA 


DAUCUS 


971 


Blumengartnerci,  by  Voss,  it  is  referred  to  I)  hunnhs, 
Desf .,  but  D.  humilis,  in  turn,  IB  perhaps  a  form  of  1). 
fastuosa. 

AAA.  Fls.  normally  white  (sometimes  touched  with  violet) 
or  purple. 

B.  Plants  tall,  7-15  ft.  high:  blossoms  pendulous. 
c.  Calyx  tubular,  with  5  obscure  teeth. 

suaveolens,  Hurnb  &  Bonpl  (D  Gdrdneri,  Hook  ) 
ANGEL'S  TRUMPET.  Tree-like  shrub,  10-15  ft  high 
Ivh  ovate-oblong,  6-12  in  long,  2)4-4  m  wide,  entire, 
glabrous,  petioled,  often  unequal  at  the  base,  fls 
9- 12  in.  long;  calyx  inflated,  angled,  glabrous,  with  5 
obscure  teeth;  corolla-tube  plaited,  the  limb  with  5 
nhoit  lobes,  anthers  crowded  together.  Mex.  G  C.  Ill 
1 1  393,  23.71  H  II  2  433  —The  double  form  is  much 
commoner  in  the  gardens  than  the  single.  This  is  the 
plant  which  is  usually  cult  as  D  arborea.  It  is  said  to 
be  very  distinct  from  the  true  D.  arborea  of  Linn.,  but 
it  can  be  separated  with  certainty  by  the  calyx. 

cc.  Calyx  spathe-hke,  not  toothed. 

arbdrea,     Linn.     (Brugtndnsia     arbdrea,     Steud.). 

ANOLL'.H  TKUMPET     Small  tree:  Ivs   ovate-lanceolate, 

maigm  entire,   never  wavy  or  angled,  pubescent,  m 

pans,  one  a  third  shorter  than  the  other;  petioles  1  in. 

01  more  long   fls  with  a  musk-hke  odor;  calyx  tubular, 
entire,  bpathe-hkc,  acuminate;  corolla-tube  terete,  the 
lobes  of  the  limb  very  long;  anthers  distinct,  not  con- 
glomerate   Peru  and  Chile    G  C  II  11:141  —Most  of 
the  plants  cult    under  this  name  are  presumably  D 
Miavtoluis     The  extent  to  which  the  true  D.  arborea 
is  cult  is  undetermined. 

HB.  ljlanl*>  /es&  tall,  only  2-5  ft.  high. 
c.  Blossoms  wet,  calyx  not  spurred. 
fastudsa,  Linn  (D  Hummatu,  Bornh.  D  and  B 
cornucopia,  llort )  Fig  1227  Annual,  4-5  ft  high, 
heibaceous  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  acute 
and  unequal  at  the  base,  toothed  or  uavy,  glabrous 
on  both  sides,  solitary,  UPJMT  ones  in  pairs  one  of  \vhich 
is  laigei,  7-8  m  long,  2'<>-312  m  wide,  petioles  \l/z~ 
21 2  m  long  fls  ti'j-T  in  long,  violet  outside,  whitish 
\\ithm,  <alyx  pmple,  angler!,  2  in  long,  5-toothed,  the 
teeth  tuangul.ir  lanceolate,  acuminate,  5  lines  long, 

2  3  lines  v\ide    cap*,    spmv,  subglobose,  \l/±    m    diam 
N;iti\c  of  India      Natui.ih/.ed  in  the  tropics  of  both 
A\oilds     KS   11   1157     Gn    4l>  224     III    12  25 —The 
commonest    garden    datura     Resembles    the   common 
D  Khamonium,  but  fls   laigei     Vur    alba,  Clarke  (D 
alba,  Nees),  has  fls    white  or  neaily  so      (D  alba  vai 
ajncana,    Fedde,   is   distinguished    by  its   laiger  Ivs , 
longer    calyx,    and    corolla   glabrous   outside      Italian 
Somalilariil  )     Var    dftbia,  Claike  (D.  dubia,  Don    D 
Nilhumrnatu,  Dunal),    has  spineless  frs.    Var  Huber- 
iana,    Hoit,  is  a  thick   bushy  cult    form  with  large 
fls   of  several  colors,  limning  into  yellowish,  blue  and 
red;  it  is>  said  to  be  a  hybrid  with  D  chlorantfta 

meteloides,  DC  (D  Wrlqhtn,  Hort ).  Peienmal 
(cult  as  an  annual  N  ),  glaueescent  and  puberulent 
branches  slender,  foikcd.  Ivs  unequally  ovate,  almost 
entire,  acuminate,  acute  at  both  ends,  upper  Ivs  often 
in  pans,  the  larger  2-2 H  in  l°n&  8~9  Unos  wide, 
petioles  thickened  at  the  base,  4-5  lines  \vide  calyx 
tubular,  the  teeth  mostly  5,  corolla  about  1-8  in  long, 
or  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  5-toothed,  the  teeth 
slender-subulate  caps  2  in  diam  ,  succulent,  prickly. 
Texas  to  Calif  Gt  18f>9"260  RH  1857,  p  571. 
FS  r2'12(i(). — Fls  white,  suffused  with  violet,  fra- 
grant. Occurs  also  in  Noithern  Mex. 

cc.  Blossoms  pendulous;  calyx  icith  a  long  spur. 

cornfgera,    Hook     (D.    and    B.    Knlghtn,    llort). 

Height  3-4  ft.:  branches  downy:  Ivs  chiefly  at  the  ends 

of  branches,  ovate,  petioled,  acuminate,  margin  entue, 

wavy  or  angled    fls  pendulous,  \N  lute  or  creamy  white, 

62 


veiy  fragiant  at  night,  striated,  5-lobed,  the  lobe  ter- 
minated by  a  long  awl-shaped  spreading  or  recurved 
point,  stamens  included.  Mex  BM  4252.  Brua- 
mantiia  Knightn  seems  to  be  a  trade  name  for  only 
the  double  form.  Gn.  45,  p.  549. 

Weedy  annual  species  of  Datura,  mtro  from  the  tropics  or 
warm  countries  and  run  free  m  this  country,  are  D.  Mitel,  Lum. 
Pubescent  hs  entire  or  slightly  toothed  calyx  tubular,  corolla- 
limb  10-lobed,  i  in  across  caps  nodding,  prickly  3-5  ft  fls 
white—  A>  titramdmum,  Linn  *ig  1228  The  common  stramo- 
mum  or  jimson-weed  glabrous,  green-stemmed  Ivs  ovate,  sinuat" 
or  angled  or  even  cut-toothed  caps  erect,  with  stout  prickle* 
2-4  ft  fls  white  A  very  similar  species  but 
\vith  a  smooth  and  spineless  caps  is  D 
intrmiH,  Jacq  —  D  Tdtuli,  Linn  Differs  from 
C  Stramonium  m  having  purple  sts  ,  and 


t-purpl 
the  caps    m 


purple   sts  ,  and 
r  lavender  Hs  ,  and  pricklea  of 
arly  equal 


1228.  Pods  of  Datura  Stramonium. 


Other  daturas  more  or  leas  cult  abroad  are*  D  ceratocaula, 
Ort  Annual,  2  ft  branches  horn-shaped  Ivs  broad-lanceolate 
Us  very  large,  inside  white  or  light  violet,  outside  bluish,  opening 
late  in  afternoon  till  middle  of  forenoon  fr  hanging,  smooth 
Trop  A:mr  BM  3352  —  D  corfinea,  llort  =D  De  Notcn  — 
—  D  tnlutsea  auren,  Hort  Garden  hybrid,  parentage  not  reported, 
with  bright  golden  yellow  fls  —  D  De  Ndten,  Hort  P-ohahly 
•mnual  3ft  fls  fragrant,  brilliant  red,  Ire*  ly  produced  S  \fr  — 
D  jtrox.  Linn  St  thick,  glabrous,  red  at  base  hut  otherwise  green- 
ur  \vhite-pimetate  Ivs  rhombic  -ovate,  augled-toothcd  calyx  rt- 
anglcrl  and  about  5-p<irted,  .orolla  light  blue,  the  limb  angulate 
Ir  unequally  spiny,  with  4  largi  spines  at  top  S  Eu  —  D  querci- 
jolui,  IIBK  Annual,  with  gnen  sts  ,  the  young  growth  somewhat 
h  s  deeply  simiate-pmnatifid  fl^  as  in  D  Tatula 


bearing  laige  and  unequal  flattened  prickles  that  are  some- 
s  hm   long     Mex. 


DAUBENT&NIA:  Senbania. 


WlLHKLM   MlLLEK. 

L.  H   B.j 


DAtCUS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Umbelliferse.  Per- 
haps GO  annual  and  biennial  herbs  of  very  wide  distribu- 
tion One  or  2  species  are  native  to  N  Amer  ;  one 
species  of  Daucus  is  the  common  garden  carrot,  and 
the  wild  foim  of  the  same  species  is  an  abundant  old- 
field  weed  in  the  northeastern  states.  Aside  from  the 
eairot,  thero  are  no  horticultural  members  of  the  genus. 
Daucus  com  puses  bristly  or  setose  slender  plants,  with 
pmnately  decompound  and  often  finely  divided  Ivs  , 
very  small  fib  in  compound  involucrate  umbels,  and 
oblong  mostly  dorsally  flattened  frs  The  species  are 
mostly  of  the  temperate  regions  of  Eu.,  Afr.  and 
Asia. 

Carftta,  Linn  Figs.  821,  822.  Bristly  biennial,  with 
twice-  or  thrice-pmnatmd  Ivs.,  the  ultimate  divisions 
cut  and  pointed  fls.  crowded  in  umbellets,  mostly 
white  but  sometimes  blush  or  even  pale  yellow,  some  of 
the  marginal  fls  larger,  rays  of  umbel  numerous, 
involucre  of  many  elongated-subulate  divisions,  fr. 
(or  "seed")  small,  greenish  or  brownish,  somewhat 
convex  on  one  side  and  plane  on  the  opposite  side 


972 


DAUCUS 


DAVALLIA 


grooved,  bristly,  aromatic.  Eu.  Under  cult.,  the  root 
Has  been  greatly  developed  into  many  edible  forms. 
Var.  Boissieri,  Schwemf.,  from  Egypt  and  also  in 
Spam,  has  blood-red  or  violet-colored  roots.  Gt. 
1904:1527.  L.  H  B. 

DAVALLIA  (a personal  name).  Polypodiacex.  Ferns, 
some  of  them  grown  under  glass,  and  the  smaller  species 
making  good  plants  for  hanging-baskets 

Tropical  plants,  usually  with  firm,  somewhat  finely 
divided  foliage  and  coriaceous  seini-cylindnc  indusia, 
which  are  attached  at  both  the  base  and  sides,  opening 
toward  the  margin  of  the  leaf  — Some  twenty  bpecies,  m 
many  parts  of  the  globe,  some  of  them  epiphytes. 

The  diverse  habits  of  growth  of  the  many  different 
species  of  davalhas,  and  their  good  lasting  qualities, 
peculiarly  fit  them  under  ordinary  care  for  decorative 
purposes,  when  delicate  and  graceful  plants  are  desired. 
Among  the  many  species,  the  following  are  most  often 
seen  and  best  adapted  for  commercial  purposes.  D. 
bullata,  D.  parvula,  very  dwarf;  D.  pcntaphylla,  young 
fronds  of  a  dark  bronzy  green,  and  D,  Tyerrnannn 
(Humata),  are  well  adapted  for  hanging-baskets.  D. 
dissecta  and  var.  elegans,  D.  concinna  (Loxohcaphe) ,  D. 
fyiensis  and  vars  plumosa  and  major,  D.  facmculacea 
(Loxoscaphe),  D  solida.  D  palhda  (byn.  Moorcana]  and 
D  pyxidata  are  adapted  for  laige  specimen  plants.  D. 
tenuifolia  (Odontosoria  chinensis)  and  vars.  »tncta  and 
Veitchiana  are  desirable  for  fern-dishes,  because  of  their 
dwarfish  habit  of  growth  and  the  ease  with  which  they 
may  be  raised  from  spoies  — Old  plants  of  davalha 
may  be  cut  into  a  number  of  smaller  ones  with  a  sharp 
knife.  Planted  firmly  into  shallow  pans  and  placed  in 
a  temperature  of  60°  to  65°  F.,  they  soon  develop  into 
symmetrical  plants.  The  rhizomes  should  be  firmly 
fastened  to  soil  by  strong  copper-wire  staples,  where 
t  hey  will  root  in  a  short  time.  To  gam  a  large  number  of 
email  plants,  the  rhizomes  should  be  detached,  cleaned 
from  all  soil  and  roots,  laid  on  band  and  thinly  covered 


1229.  Davalha  bullata,  grown 
as  a  "fern-ball  " 


with  moss  Placed  in  a  shaded  position  in  a  temperature 
of  65°  to  70°  F.,  and  kept  moderately  moist,  a  number 
of  small  plants  will  develop  from  the  dormant  eyes, 
which  may  be  separately  potted  as  soon  as  of  sufficient 
size.  Spores  of  davallia  should  be  sown  on  a  hue  com- 
post of  soil,  leaf-mold  or  peat  and  sand  in  equal  parts, 
and  placed  in  a  shaded  position  in  a  temperature  of 
60°  to  65°  F.  All  the  operations  of  propagation  of 
davalhas  will  be  most  successful  if  conducted  during 
the  spring  months  All  davalhas  delight  in  a  rich  and 
open  compost,  an  abundance  of  light  and  air,  and  mois- 
ture at  their  roots,  a  temperature  of  60°  to  65°  F.  and  a 
thorough  syringing  every  bright  day.  (N.  N.  Bruckner  ) 


bullata,  3. 
canarionsia,  8. 
decurrcns,  6. 
denticulata,  5. 
dissecta,  11 
divaricata,  12 
clegana,  5,  8,  11. 


INDEX. 

fijienals,  10. 
major,  10 
Manesii,  4. 
Mayi,  6 
Mooreana,  13. 
ornata,  7. 
palhda,  13. 


parvula,  2 
pentaphylla,  1. 
plumoaa,  10 
poly  ant  ha,  12. 
pyxidata,  9. 
Bolidu,  7. 
euperba,  7. 


A.  Lvs.  once  pinnate,  with  few  linear  seyms. 

1.  pentaphylla,  Blume.    Lvs.  scattered,  from  a  stout 
fibnllose  rootstock,  1-pmnate,  with  1  terminal  and  4-6 
pairs  of  lateral  pinnic,  4-6  in   long,  Kin-  broad;  son 
in  marginal  rows.   Java  and  Polynesia. 

AA.  Lvs.  tn-  or  quadn-pinnatifid,  deltoid. 
B.  Length  of  Ivs.  less  than  1  ft. 

2.  parvula,  Wall.    A  tiny  fern  with  sealy  creeping 
rootstocks,    the   Ivs.    sessile   or   with   stalks    1-2    in. 
long,  the  blades  1A~%™  long,  ^m   broad,  triangular, 
2-3  pinnatifid,  the  segms.  threadlike,  pointed     Singa- 
pore and  Borneo. 

3.  bullata.  Wall    Figs   1229,  1230    Rootstoek  ereep- 
mg,    clothed    with  whitish   or    light    brown    hair-like 
scales:  Ivs.  scattered,  0-10  in.  long,  4-6  in   wide,  quad- 
rtpmnatifid,  with  deeply  incised  begins  ,  texture  firm. 
India  to  Java  and  Japan.    FE    11  543 — Often  sold 
for  house  cult  in  the  form  of  a  fern-ball 

4.  Mariesii,  Moore.   Rootstock  stout,  with  brownish 
scales,  which  are  lanceolate  from  a  broad  dilated  base: 
Ivs  deltoid,  4-6  in  each  way,  with  the  pinna'  cut  away 
at  the  lower  side  at  base,  segms  short -linear,  1 -nerved; 
sori  mtramargmal    Japan     G  C.  Ill  13 '571. 

IJH.  Length  of  li^   1-2  ft 
c.  Foliage  commonly  tn- pinnatifid 

5.  denticulata,   Mett     (D    Organs,   Swartz)      Root- 
stock  clothed  with  woolly  fibers    Ivs    9-15  in    wide, 
with  the  mam  rachis  slightly  winged  toward  the  apex; 
indusia    several    to    a    segm ,    with    the    sharp    teeth 
projecting  beyond  the  cups     Ceylon  to  Austral,  and 
Polynesia 

6  decurrens,  Hooker  Rootstoek  stout,  creeping, 
fibrillose.  If -blade  1-2  ft  long,  9-15  in  broad,  triangu- 
lar, the  main  rachis  scarcely  winged  at  the  apex,  3- 
pinnate,  the  segrns  linear-oblong,  broadly  toothed; 
son  inside  the  margin  Philippines.  Var.  Mayi,  Ilort. 
Graceful,  much  divided  Ivs. 

7.  s61ida,   Swartz    (D     ornata,   Wall)      Rootstock 
clothed  with  appressed  scales   or  fibers'  Ivs    1—2  ft 
long,  12-15  in   wide,  the  center  of  the  apex  broad  and 
undivided,    begins,  bioad    and   slightly   cut;    mdunia 
marginal     Malaya     Var.  superba,  Hort     Lvs  flat,  in 
young  state  tinted  with  red 

cc  Foliage  commonly  quadri-pinnatifid. 

8.  canari6nsis,    Smith      Rootstock    stout,    densely 
clothed  with  pale  brown  linear  scales'  If -blades  12-18 
in  long,  triangular,  with  ovate-rhombic,  deeply  incised 
segms  ,  son  on  entire  segms  ,  or  with  a  horn  outside. 
Spain,  Canaries,  N.  Afr.  Var.  elegans,  Ilort      Lvs. 
finely  divided. 

9  pyxidata,    Cav.     Rootstock    clothed    with    pale 
brown  linear  scales:     If -blades    tn-quadn-pmnatifid, 
6-9  in   broad,  with  oblong  segms  ;  son  with  a  broad 
space  outside,  which  is  extended  into  a  horn-like  pro- 
jection. Austral 

10  fijiensis.  Hook.    Lvs   6-12  in   broad,  with  the 
lower  pinnse  deltoid  and  the  segms.  cut  into  narrow, 
linear  divisions  Mr-/4m  long;  son  on  the  dilated  apices 
of  the  segms    with  no  horn     Fin  Isls     A  F.  6 '900, 
9  233     GC  III.  23:323— One  of  the  finest  species, 
with  numerous  varieties.   Considered  by  some  botanists 
to  be  a  variety  of  D.  solida    Var.  plumosa,  Bull    Dis- 
tinct from  the  species  by  the  gracefully  drooping  habit 
and  feathery  nature  of  the  pendulous  Ivs.  Var  major, 


DAVALLIA 

Moore.    More  robust:  Ive.  not  so  fine,  lighter  color 
than  the  species. 

1 1  dissecta.  J.  Smith.  Rootatock  stout,  with  dense, 
rusty  scales.  Ivs.  10-12  m.  broad,  on  straw-colored 
stalks,  segms  oblong,  cuneate  at  base,  with  simple  or 
bifid  lobes,  son  minute,  often  with  2  projecting  horns. 
Java.  Var.  elegans,  Hort.  Similar  to  type  but  with 
more  graceful  habit. 

BBB.  Length  of  Ivs.  2-3  ft. 

12.  divaricate,  Blume  (D.  polydntha,  Hook.).  Root- 
stock  with  linear  rusty  scales:  Ivs.  tn-pinnatifid,  some- 
times 2  ft.  broad,  with  deltoid  segms.  cut  into  linear- 
oblong  lobes;  sori  at  some  distance  from  the  edge. 
India  to  Java  and  Hong  Kong. 

13    pallida,   Mett.    (D    MooreAna,   Mast.)      Root- 
stock  stout,  with  lanceolate  dark  brown  scales    Ivs 
with  straw-colored  stalks  12-18  in   long,  quadn-pin- 
natifid,  with  deltoid,  stalked  segms  ,  the  ulti- 
mate obovate-cuneate,  bearing  the  sorus  on 
the  upper  side  at  the  base.    Aneityuin  and 
Borneo     A  F.  6:901;  9:231.  A.  G  13.143 

For  D  concinna  and  D  faemculacea,  see  Tx>xoscaphe 
D  platyphylla,  nee  Microlepia,  D  stncla,  see  Steuo- 
lorna,  D  tenuifolui,  see  Stenoloma,  D  Tycrmanmi,  see 
Humata 

Several  other  ferns  are  in  trade  under  the  name 
Davalha,  w  hich  are  properly  referred  to  other  genera 
Of  these,  disposition  should  bo  made  aa  follows.  D 
alpina^- Humata  repent,  D  anf/wstoto— Hurnata  hetero- 
phylla,  D  6ra»i/i<>rt*j»=*=Sacpoloma  ina?quale,  D  retusn 
=Odontosona  retusa,  D  <f>rm?/o/)«=OdontoHona  chi- 
nensie  D  amoeno,  and  D  decora  are  names  of  uncertain 
Btamling  and  application.  R  Q  BENEDICT.f 

DAVfDIA  (after  Armand  David,  French 
missionary,  botanized  in  China  from  1862 
to  1873)  NyssAcex.  Ornamental  deciduous 
trees,  cultivated  for  their  handsome  foliage 
and  the  large  and  showy  white  flowers. 

Leaves  alternate,  blender-petioled,  dentate, 
without  stipules:  fls.  polygamous,  in  dense 
subglobosc  heads  consisting  of  numerous 
stammate  fls  and  1  bisexual  fl  ,  with  2  large 
bracts  at  the  base;  sepals  and  petals*  wanting, 
stamens  1-7,  with  blender  filaments ;  ovary 
6-10-eelled,  with  rudimentary  perianth  and 
a  circle  of  short  stamens  on  top  of  the  ovary 
at  the  base  of  the  short  and  thick  style,  with  spreading 
stigmas:  fr  a  drupe  with  a  3-5-seeded  stone. — One 
species  in  W  China 

This  is  a  handsome  tree  of  pyramidal  habit,  with 
rather  large  and  attractive  bright  green  foliage,  and  an 
object  of  striking  beauty  when  studded  with  the  very 
large  creamy  white  floral  bracts  The  tree  has  proved 
hardy  in  favorable  positions  as  far  noith  as  Massachu- 
setts, it  seems  to  be  somewhat  tender  only  while  young 
Apparently  it  grows  well  m  any  good  fresh  soil  Propa- 
gation is  by  seeds  sown  in  spring,  which  soon  germi- 
nate, and  by  cuttings  in  summer  of  half-ripened  wood 
under  glass,  also  by  layers. 

involucrata,  Baill  Pyramidal  tree,  to  60  ft ,  with 
upright  or  ascending  branches:  Ivs.  cordate-ovate, 
acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  strongly  veined,  bright 
green  and  finally  gjabrous  above,  densely  silky  pubes- 
cent below,  2}4-5  in  long:  heads  terminal,  peduncled; 
bracts  2,  opposite,  rarely  3,  ovate  to  oblong -obovate, 
entire  or  serrate,  creamy  white,  of  uneoual  size,  the 
larger  to  7  m  long  and  to  4^in.  broad:  drupe  oblong- 
ovoid,  brownish,  punctulate,  about  1  Yi  in  long.  May, 
June:  fr.  in  Oct  W.  China.  Var.  Vilmoriniana, 
Hemsl  (D.  Vilmonnidna,  Dode.  D.  l£ta,  Dode).  Lvs 
glabrous  and  glaucescent  below,  or  only  sparingly 
pubescent  while  young.  B.M  8432  HI.  20*1961 
GC.  III.  33:235;  39:346.  J.HS.  190357,  37:129, 
fig.  113.  R.H.  1906,  pp.  297-9;  1907.  p  321.  R  B. 
34:230.  This  variety  is  better  known  m  cult,  than  the 
type.  It  was  intro.  in  1897  by  Farges  who  sent  seeds 


DEBREGEASIA 


973 


from  which  a  single  plant  was  raised  by  Vilmonn. 
Later  E.  H.  Wilson  sent  seeds  of  the  variety  as  well  as 
the  type,  from  which  a  large  stock  of  plants  was  raised 
by  Veitch  ALFRED  REHDEE. 

DAY  FLOWER:  Commehna 

DAY  LILY:  Funkia  and  Hemtrocalhs. 

DEAD  NETTLE:  Lamium. 

DEBREGEASIA  (derivation  un- 
known, probably  named  after  a  per- 
son) Syn  ,  Morocdrpus.  Urtic&ceae. 
Upright  shrubs,  grown  for  their  hand- 
pome  foliage  and  ornamental  yellow  or 
red  fruits,  which  are  edible. 

Leaves  alternate,  short- 
petioled,  serrulate,  3-nervcd  at 
the  ba^f,  rugose  above,  tomen- 
toae  beneath;  stipules  Difid:  fls. 
mono?nous  or  dioecious  in  uni- 
sexual globose  clusters  arranged 
in  bmafl  axillary  cymes;  stami- 
na te  fls.  with  usually  4-parted 
perianth,  with  4  short  stamens; 
pistillate  with 
urceolate  or  obo- 
vate perianth  much 
contracted  at  the 
mouth,  with  very 
short  usually  4- 
tootbed  limb,  ad- 
nate  to  the  ovary; 
k  stigma  pemcillate, 
on  a  short  style  or 
sessile:  fr  subglo- 
bose  consisting  of 
numerous  small  1- 
seeded  fleshy  drupe- 
lets —  Five  or  6 
species  in  China,  S. 
Asia  and  Abyssinia. 
The  two  species  in 
cultivation,  neither 
of  which  is  yet  m 
trade,  are  spreading 
tender  shrubs  with 
handsome  slender 
foliage,  dark  green 
above,  whitish  be- 
low, and  small  usually  orange-red  fruits  resembling  in 
shape  a  small  mulberry  and  produced  profusely  along 
last  year's  branches.  D  lortgifolia  is  a  stove-plant;  D. 
ednlis  is  hardier,  and  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  sur- 
vives the  winter  outdoors  It  is,  however,  killed  back 
nearly  to  the  ground,  but  sends  up  numerous  shoots, 
and  although  it  does  not  flower  and  fruit,  it  is  an  attrac- 
tive bush  on  account  of  the  striking  contrast  of  the 
dark  green  lustrous  upper  and  the  white  lower  surface 
of  the  leaves.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  green- 
wood cuttings  under  glass. 

edulis,  Wedd.  (Morocdrpus  ediihs,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.). 
Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  branchlets  appressed-pubescent,  soon 
glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  to  elliptic,  acuminate, 
serrulate,  rugose  ana  smooth  above,  whitish  tomentose 
below,  3-5  in.  long:  fr.  orange-red,  globose,  about 
Mm  across,  in  small  dichotomous  cymes  in  June. 
China,  Japan. 

longifdlia.  Wedd.  (D.  vdiitina.  Gaud.  Conoctphalus 
niveus,  Wight).  Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  branchlets  villous:  Ivs. 
lanceolate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrulate, 
rugose  and  rough  above,  white-tomentose  beneath, 
4-7  in  long  fr.  orange-yellow  or  red,  l/$m  across,  in 
small  dichotomous  cymes.  Subtropical  Himalaya  to 
Java.  R  H.  1896,  p.  321.  G.C.  Ill  39:232,  suppl. 

ALFRED  RKHDER. 


974 


DECABELONE 


DELARBREA 


DFCABEL6NE:  Tavaresm. 

DEC  AlSNEA (after  Joseph  Decaisne,  French  botanist, 
who  wrote  much  on  the  botany  of  cultivated  plants; 
180&-1882).  LardizabaUiccy  Woody  subjects  grown  for 
the  large  pinnate  foliage  and  the  conspicuous  fruits 

Upright  sparingly  branched  shrubs:  Ivs.  odd-pin- 
nate, large,  with  opposite  entire  Ifts  fls  polygamous,  m 
axillary  racemes,  slender-pedicel  led;  sepals  6,  petaloid, 
long-acuminate;  petals  wanting;  stamens  G,  the  fila- 
ments in  the  stammate  fl  connate  into  a  column, 
pistils  3,  growing  into  rather  large  oblong  follicles 
with  numerous  seeds  in  two  ranks  imbedded  in  a 
white  pulp  — Two  species  in  E  Himalayas  and  m 
W  China 

These  are  distinct -looking  shrubs,  in  habit  resem- 
bling a  large-leaved  sumac,  with  long  racemes  of  pendu- 
lous greenish  flowers  similar  in  shape  to  those  of  a 
yucca,  but  are  smaller,  and  with  conspicuous  blue  or 
yellow  fruits  which  are  edible,  but  insipid.  The  Chinese 
species  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  in 
sheltered  position,  while  the  Himalayan  is  tender 
They  prefer  a  sheltered  situation  of  warm  southern 
exposure  and  do  not  seern  particular  as  to  the  soil. 
Propagation"  is  by  seeds 

Ffirgesii,  Franeh  Shrub,  to  15  ft  :  Ivs  to  3  ft  long, 
glabrous;  Ifts  13-25,  elliptic,  acuminate,  short-petioled, 
bright  green  above,  glaucescent  below,  2-5  m  long* 
racemes  upright,  many-fld  ;  fls  nodding,  campanulate, 
greenish,  1-1 H  m  l°nK>  sepals  lanceolate,  long-acurru- 
nate,  much  longer  than  the  stamens  fr  pendulous, 
oblong-cyhndric,  deep  blue,  3-4  in  long,  about  1  in 
thick,  with  numerous  black  seeds  about  l^in  long* 
April,  May;  fr  in  Sept.  W  China  BM  7848.  RH. 
1900,  pp  270,  271,  273  M  D  1912.197 

D  tnsignis,  Hook  f  <fc  Thorns    In  habit,  Ivs  and  fte  ,  very  little 
different  from  the  preceding  «necies,  but  fr  yellow,  tli    ' 
E    Himalayas     H  M  0731     F  S   15   1  n't     I  H  .5  01 


b&rbara,  Lmn.  (D.  sarmentosa,  Bosc).  Climbing  to 
30  ft ,  but  usually  less  high  Ivs.  ovate,  obtuse  or  acute, 
remotely  denticulate  or  entire,  glabrous  and  shining 
above,  2-4  in  long  and  1-2  in  broad  corymbs  2-3  in 
broad,  semiglobose  May,  June.  Va.  to  Fla  ,  west  to 
La  B.B.  (ed.  2)  2.233.  Mn.  1:41.  G.C.  III.  46  242, 
suppl. 

D  8in6nsi8,  Ohv  Very  similar  to  the  preceding,  lees  high  Ivs. 
generally  oblong,  obtuse  or  obtusish,  I1  $-3  in  long  ami  'a-l  in. 
broad  pedicels  appressod-pubescont  Cent  China  H  I  18  1711. 


>m  the  preceding  «necies,  but  fr  yellow,  thicker,  dined, 
•us     H  M  0731     F  H   15   1  n't     I  H  .5  01 

ALFRED  REHDER 


DfiCODON  (Greek,  ten-toothed)  Lythraee*  A 
hardy  perennial  herb  sometimes  offered  by  dealers  in 
native  plants  Decodon  is  sometimes  considered  a 
eubgenus  of  Nesapa,  but  is  latterly  kept  distinct  as  a 
monotypic  genus  It  is  distinguished  from  Ly thrum 
by  having  5  (rarely  4)  petals  instead  of  6,  and  10 
stamens  while  Ly  thrum  has  mostly  6  or  12  It  has 
opposite  or  whorled  Ivs  ,  the  upper  with  axillary,  short- 
stalked  clusters  of  fls 

verticiliatus,  Ell  (Nesxa  verttcillata,  HBK  )  SWAMP 
LOOSE-STRIFE  WATER-WILLOW  Smooth  or  downy 
sts.  recurved,  2-8  ft  long,  4-6-sided  Ivs  lanceolate, 
nearly  sessile*  petals  5,  cuneate-lanceolatc,  rose-pur- 
ple, %m  long,  stamens  10,  half  of  them  shorter. 
Swampy  grounds,  N  E  to  Fla  ,  west  to  Minn  and  La 
— Desirable  for  colonizing  about  ponds  and  m  very 
wet  places.  It  runs  into  2  or  3  varieties 

DECUMARIA  (Latin,  (lecumus,  tenth,  referring  to 
the  number  of  the  parts  of  the  flower)  Saxifraqaceje. 
Climbing  shrubs,  cultivated  for  their  handsome  glossy 
foliage  and  clusters  of  attractive  white  flowers 

Climbing  by  aerial  rootlets  Ivs  deciduous,  opposite, 
petioled.  ns  m  terminal  peduncled  corymbs,  small, 
white,  perfect,  sepals  and  petals  7-10:  stamens  20-30: 
fr  a  5-10-cellcd  ribbed  caps  opening  between  the  ribs, 
with  numerous  minute  seeds. — One  species  m  E.  N. 
Amer.  and  one  in  China. 

These  are  ornamental  climbing  shrubs  with  handsome 
glossy  foliage  and  fragrant  white  flowers,  forming  a 
corymb  of  feathery  appearance,  well  adapted  for  cover- 
ing walls,  rocks,  trellis  work  and  trunks  of  trees;  tender, 
but  the  American  species  survives  in  sheltered  posi- 
tions as  far  north  as  Massachusetts,  while  the  Chinese 
is  more  tender.  They  thrive  in  almost  any  humid 
soil  Propagation  is  by  greenwood  cuttings  m  summer 
under  glass,  rarely  by  seeds 


pedi 
DEERBERRY:  Vacctmum  ttam\neum. 


DEERGRASS    Rhex%a. 


ALFRED  REHDBR. 


DEERfNGIA  (Karl  Deering,  died  1749;  born  in 
Saxony,  practicing  physician  in  London  and  author 
of  catalogue  of  plants  of  England)  Awarantate<e. 
About  a  half-dozen  species  of  climbing  herbs  or  sub- 
shruhfl,  from  Madagascar  to  Austral ,  one  of  which  is 
offered  in  Calif  Lvs  alternate  fls  durcious  or  per- 
fect, numcious  and  small,  m  terminal  spiciferous 
panicles,  paits  of  fl  5,  spieading  under  the  succulent 
mdehiscent  f i  ,  stamens  5,  united  into  a  ring  D.  baccata, 
Moq  (D  celosithk*,  R  Br  ),  in  Austral ,  E  Indies  and 
elsewhere,  is  a  smooth  woody  climber,  10-12  ft  Ivs 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  entire,  fls  m 
slender  interrupted  spikes  1  ft  or  less  long,  greenish 
white  berry  red,  nearly  globular,  ^m  or  less  diarn. 
BM  2717  The  plant  offered  as  D  ranraata,  described 
a*-  a  slender-growing  shrub  that  will  climb  if  shoots  are 
trained  up,  long  spikes  of  white  fls  ,  and  Ivs  in.irgmcd 
with  white,  is  probably  a  form  of  this  species,  01  it  may 
br  Bowa  Amherrtiana  (D  A  inherit  tana,  Wall  ),  which 
has  a  form  with  variegated  Ivs  j,  jj  ft 

DEINANTHE  (Greek  extraordinary,  refeirmg  to 
the  floucis  being  large  foi  the  gioup)  tinjufiaqacea- 
Herbs  or  sub-shrubs  of  2  species,  1  m  Japan  and  1 
in  China,  at  least  the  Chinese  species  having  been 
offered  in  England  Of  the  Hydrangea  tube,  allied 
to  Cardiandra,  but  Ivs  opposite  lather  than  alternate 
and  stjle  1 -5-forked  rather  than  3  and  separate. 
D  Cit-rulta,  Stapf,  from  China,  is  a  perennial  herb, 
1-1 1 2  ft  high,  with  hoiizontal  stout  rootstock,  the 
solitary  st  from  the  tip  of  the  rootstock  Ivs  about  \ 
at  the  top  of  the  st ,  ovate  or  broad-elliptic,  shaiply 
toothed  fls  steiilc  and  fertile,  the  foimei  few,  the 
fertile  much  larger  and  nodding,  the  petals  biightblue, 
stamens  blue,  all  constituting  a  terminal  panicle  B  M 
8373  D  bijida,  Maxim  ,  has  creamy  white  or  puic 
white  fls  with  yellow  stamens1,  a  different  mfl  ,  and  Ivs. 
deeply  bifid  at  apex  L.  II  B 

DELABECHEA  RUPfiSTRIS:  Stereidut  rupeotns 

DELARBREA  (after  a  French  naturalist)  Aiahacccr, 
Tall  tender  shrubs  from  New  Caledonia,  grown  in  hot- 
houses 

Leaves  alternate,  decompound,  gracefully  arching,  the 
Ifts  leathery  and  entire  or  slightly  cut.  fls  falling  very 
early,  in  large  umbellate-paniculate  clusters,  not  very 
showy  Distinguished  from  Aralia  by  its  round,  not 
angled  frs  — Two  species.  Cult  same  as  Aralia. 

spectabilis,  Lmd  &  Andr6  (Ardhaconcinna,  Nichols  ). 
St  ashy  gray,  with  brown,  warty  spots.  Ivs  odd-pin- 
nate, Ifts  in  8-10  pairs,  each  1ft  entire  or  3-toothed  or 
twice  cut,  sometimes  so  deeply  cut  as  to  make  3  entirely 
free  scgms.  IH  25.314. — Under  the  name  of  Araha 
speclabihs,  two  different  plants  have  been  sold  One 
is  Aralia  fihcifoha  The  two  plants  can  be  dis- 
tinguished at  a  glance  The  primary  division  of  the 
If  in  A  jihcifolia  is  long  and  narrow,  thrice  as  long 
as  in  D.  spectabilis,  and  tapering  to  a  long  point, 
while  in  D  spectabihs  the  primary  division  of  the 
If.  is  short  and  has  3  wen-marked  segms  In  A. 
Jihcifolia  the  secondary  divisions  are  deeply  and  irregu- 


DELARBREA 


DELPHINIUM 


975 


larly  cut;  in  D.  apectobilis  they  are  merely  serrate. 
The  two  plants  are  also  immediately  distinguished  by 
the  black  spots  on  the  st.  of  D.  spectahihs. 

N.   TAYLOR.f 

DELAVAYA  (after  J.  M.  Delavay,  French  mission- 
ary, who  explored  the  flora  of  S.  W.  China).  &apin- 
ddcex.  A  tree  from  S.  W.  China,  allied  to  Xanthoceras, 
tfut  differing  chiefly  in  its  3-foholate  Ivs  and  in  the 
much  smaller  fls.  with  a  cupular  disk.  The  only  specicb, 
I),  toxocdrpa,  {Fran eh  (D  yunnan&nms,  Franch  ),  is  a 
small  tree,  to  25  ft.  Ifts  lanceolate,  serrate,  glabrous, 
to  7  in  long*  fls.  about  ]/im.  across,  white,  fr  a 
2-3-lobed  woody  caps  with  large  brownish  black  seeds. 
Reported  as  recently  mtro.  but  probably  hardy  in 
warmer  temperate  regions  only.  ALFRED  REHDER 

DELPHINIUM  (Greek,  a  dolphin,  from  the  resem- 
blance of  the  flower).  Ranunculacex.  LARKSPUR  A 
group  of  beautiful  hardy  plants  grown  in  borders  for 
their  handsome  spikes  of  flowers  and  stately  sterns  of 
foliage  They  are  of  great  value  for  cut-flower  pur- 
poses as  the  blooms  keep  well 

Annual  or  perennial,   erect,   branching  herbs:  Ivs. 
palrnately  lobed  or  divided'  fls.  large,  irregular,  in  a 
showy  raceme  or  panicle,  sepals  5,  petal-like,  the  pos- 
terior one  prolonged  into  a  bpur,  petals  2  or  4,  small, 
the  posterior  ones  spurred,  the  lateral  ones  small,  if 
present,  the  few  carpels  always  sessile,  forming  many* 
heeded  follicles     Full  double  forms  are 
veiy   common    in    a    number    of    the 
species  (compare  Figs   1232,  1233)     A 
Gray,  An  attempt  to  distinguish  be- 
tween the  American  Delphiniums,  Bot 
Gaz   12  49-51,  1X87     K   Huth,  Mono- 
graphic dcr  Gattung   Delphinium,  in 
Eng    Bot    Jahib     20  322-499,   1895. 
There  are  about  CO  species,  native  of 
the  north  temperate  zone,  four  of  which  are  of 
much   greater   popularity  than   the  others:   the 
annual,  D.  Ajacis,  and  the  perennials,  D  grandi- 
florum,  D   hybridum  and  D  formosum     The  last 
three  have  been  especially  prolific  in  named  garden 
varieties    See  page  3568 

Some  of  the  garden  varieties  of  delphiniums 
are  as  follows.  King  of  Delphiniums,  semi-double, 
and  Duke  of  Connaught,  distinguished  by  a  deep 
intense  blue  and  conspicuous  white  center  of  the 
large  singular  flowers,  Mine  Violet  Geshn  and 
Julia,  cornflower-blue  varieties  with  white  eye; 
Amos  Perry,  a  combination  of  nch  rosy  mauve, 
flushed  with  sky-blue,  Lizzie  and  Rev  J  J  Stubbs, 
spikes  of  vivid  azure  aiound  deep  brown  centers 
Combinations  of  sky-blue,  pink  and  lavender  are 
striking  characteristics  of  Diadcme,  Excelsior, 
Grille,  Hallgarten,  Libelle,  Minerva,  Niederwakl 
and  Seidenspmner,  distinguished  from  each  other 
by  white,  brown  or  black  centers.  The  petals  of 
Carmen  are  of  deep  gentian-blue  and  pmk,  sur- 
rounding a  brown  center;  those  of  Lamartine  and 
Musea,  lavender-blue;  and  Fehcite,  sky-blue. — Of  the 
perpetual-flowering  Belladonna  class,  the  trade  offers  the 
following  named  hybrids:  Capri,  clear  sky-blue;  Moer- 
heuneii,  pure  white,  Nassau,  Mr  Brunton  and  Persim- 
mon variations  in  sky-blue  and  azure;  while  the  light 
graceful  spikes  of  Semiplenum  and  Grandiflora  show 
a  clear  intense  cornflower-blue. — Perfect  double-flower- 
ing delphiniums,  though  very  handsome,  are  shy  seed- 
ers and  a  small  percentage  come  true  to  color  and 
variety.  They  do  not  seem  to  share  m  the  great  popu- 
larity of  the  singles.  Of  the  latter  the  old  species  D. 
chinense,  D.  Davidn,  and  the  rather  hard  to  handle 
but  otherwise  beautiful  yellow  D.  Zahl,  are  well  worth 
cultivating  (R.  Rothe.) 

Rocket  and  Candelabrum  are  names  used  to  desig- 
nate the  forms  of  inflorescence  in  the  two  annual  spe- 
cies. The  "Rocket"  or  spike-like  form  is  more  com- 


monly found  in  the  Ajacis  type,  and  the  "Candela- 
brum," with  a  number  of  short  spike-hke  heads  of 
different  heights,  is  found  more  often  in  Consohda 

Delphiniums  thrive  in  any  good  garden  soil,  but  are 
improved  by  a  deep,  rich  sandy  loam,  exposed  to  the 
sun  Deep  preparation  of  the  eoil  is  very  important. 
The  annuals  are  propagated  from  seed,  which  are  very 
slow  in  germinating  In  the  warmer  latitudes  they  may 
be  sown  in  eurly  fall  and  will  then  produce  flowers  early 
the  next  season ;  or  they  may  be  started  indoors. 

The  perennials,  may  be  propa- 
gated   (1)  By  root-division  in  the 
fall  or  spring.   The  large  strong- 
growing  species  may  be  divided 
into   a  number   of    plants   after 
growing  in  the  flower-bed  for  sev- 
eral years    (2)  By  cuttings,  about 
which  J  B  Keller  says-  "Take  a 
few  cuttings  from  each  plant  in 
early    spring,     when    growth    is 
about  3  or  4  inches  long,  or  else 
use  the  second  growth,  which  has 
come  after  the  flower-stems  have 
been     removed      Cuttings     root 
readily  in  a  shaded  frame,  no  bot- 
tom heat  being  required,  but  an 
occasional    sprinkling  during  dry 
and  hot  weather  is  neces- 
sary.  When  rooted  they 
are    treated    like   seed- 
lings "     (3)    By    seeds 
started    m    the    green- 
house   or    hotbed    in 
March  or  even  earlier. 
The    young    seedlings 
shoulof  be  given  plenty 
of  room   by  transplant- 
ing as  they  grow,  and 
may  be  set  in  the  open 
garden   by   June.     If 
started  thus  early  they 
flower  the  first  autumn 
The  seed  may  be  planted 
in  late  spring  or  sum- 
mer,  care  being   taken 
to  water  well  during  dry 
weather,     and     flowers 
will  come  the  next  sum- 
,mer.     To   get   the  best 
results,    the    perennials 
should  be  transplanted 
every  2  or  3  years    Two 
good  crops  of  blossoms 
may  be  secured  in  one 
season  by  cutting  away 
the  flower-stems  of  the 
first  crop  as  soon  as  the 
flowers  have   faded;  of 
course  no  seeds  will  be  produced  in  this  way 

In  most  climates  where  they  are  grown  the  roots 
of  the  perennials  are  left  unprotected,  in  the  open 
garden,  during  the  winter  This  plan  can  be  improved 
by  giving  the  bed  or  border  a  good  dressing  of  barn- 
yard manure  about  the  time  the  ground  begins  to 
freeze  in  the  fall  This  will  greatly  enrich  the  soil 
and  also  protect  the  underground  buds  during  winter. 
A  much  better  show  of  flowers  will  be  the  result. 
Because  of  their  ability  to  use  much  fertility,  it  is 
well  to  spade  in  the  manure  instead  of  removing  it 
in  the  spring.  A  top-dressing  of  manure  near  the  plants 
m  midsummer  is  used  to  aid  m  forcing  the  "fall"  or 
second  crop  of  flowers  This  dressing  conserves  the  soil- 
moisture,  prevents  weeds,  and  adds  plant-food  Such 
applications  of  manure  will  make  the  plants  more  vig- 
orous throughout.  They  will  flower  more  profusely  and 
if  desired,  the  roots  can  be  divided  much  more  freely. 


1231.  Delphinium  Ajacis.  (Xh) 


976 


DELPHINIUM 


DELPHINIUM 


INDEX. 

Ajacis,  1. 

columbianum,  22. 

occidental*,  23. 

albidum,  18. 
albo-pleno,  17. 
album,  17,  18. 

Consohda,  2. 
cultorum,  28 
decorum,  9 

pauciOorum,  13. 
Prsewalskianum,  5. 
Przewalskii,  5. 

alpinum,  16 

elatum,  16. 

pyramidale,  16. 

altissimum,  14. 

exaltatum,  15. 

scopulorum,  23. 

azureum,  18. 

flore-pleno,  17. 

simplex,  21. 

Barlowu,  27. 

formosum,  25 

etnenae,  17. 

bicolor,  7. 
Brecku,  17 

grandiflorum,  17 
hybndum,  6,  17,  27, 

subalpmum,  23. 
aulphureum,  6. 

Brunonianum,  8. 

28 

tncorne,  11 

cardinale,  4. 

impenalis,  2. 

trollnfohum,  20. 

carolmianum,  18 

Maackianum,  26. 

vuiuneum,  18. 

caahmonanum,  10. 

Menziesu,  12. 

virescens,  IB. 

cheilanthum,  24. 

meaoleucum,  19. 

Walken,  10. 

chmense,  17. 

nudicaule,  3. 

Zalil,  6. 

ccelestmum,  25. 

Nuttallu,  22. 

A.  Annuals:  petals  only  2,  united:  follicle  1. 

1.  Aj&cis,  Linn.    Fig.  1231.   An  erect  annual,  about 
18  in.  high,  with  a  few  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  of  st. 
sessile,  deeply  cut  into  fine,  linear  segms.;  root-lvs. 
similar,  but  short-petioled  :  ns.  showy,  blue  or  violet, 
varying  to  white,  more  numerous  than  in  D.  Consolida, 
in  a  spicate  raceme:  petals  2,  united;  calyx-spur  about 
equaling  the  rest  of  the  fl.:  follicle  only  1,  pubescent; 
seeds  with  wrinkled,  broken  ridges     May-Aug.    Eu. 
R.H.  1893,  p    228     Same  figure  in  SH  2  '282  —The 
season  of  flowering  is  governed  largely  by  the  time  of 
sowing  the  seeds    If  sown  in  the  fall,  as  may  be  done 
m  warm  climates,  the  plants  will  produce  fls  by  May 
or  June.    But  if  the  seeds  be  sown  in  spring  no  fls. 
should  be  expected  before  July  or  Aug. 

2.  Cons61ida,  Linn.   (Consdhda  arvensis^  Opiz).   An 
erect,  hairy  annual,  1-1  y%  ft    high1  Ivs   similar  to  D. 
Ajacis    fls.  few,  loosely  pamcled,  pedicels  shorter  than 
the  bracts,  blue  or  violet  or  white;  petals  2,  united:  fol- 
licle 1,  glabrous;  seeds  with  broken,  transverse  ridges. 
June-Aug.    Eu.    Baxter   Brit    Bot.  4,  t.  297.    R  H. 
1893,  p.  228  (var  ornatum  Candelabrum).   G  Z.  15:81. 
Var.  impenalis,  Hort.    (D.  impenalis  fl.  pi  ,  Hortv). 
Fls.  double     From  the  English  gardens  —  See  above 
species  for  sowing  of  seeds. 

AA.  Perennials,  pure  species:  petals  4'  follicles  S-6 
(Nos.  3-27}. 
B.  Sepals  red. 

3.  nudicaWe,  Torr  &  Gray    St  1-1^  ft.  high,  gla- 
brous, branched,  few-lvd.  :  Ivs.  rather  succulent,  1-3  m. 
across,  lobed  to  the  middle  or  farther  3-7  times,  the 
secondary  lobes  rounded  and  often  mucronate;  petioles 
3-5  in.  long,  dilated  at  the  base,  fls   pamcled;  sepals 
bright  orange-red,  obtuse,  scarcely  spreading,  shorter 

than  the  stout  spur,  petals  yel- 
low, nearly  as  long  as  sepals: 
follicles  3,  spreading  and  re- 
curved, soon  becoming  glabrous; 
seeds  thin-winged  Apr.-July. 
Along  (mountain  streams,  N. 
Calif.  B.M.5819.  FS.  19:1949. 
R.H.  1893,  p.  259.—  A  good  per- 
ennial in  the  E. 

4.  cardinale,  Hook.  St.  erect, 
2-3  Y^  ft.  high  and  much  higher 
under  favorable  conditions, 


partly  pubescent:  Ivs    smooth, 
fleshy,     deeply     5-parted,     the 


, 

parts  cut  into  long,  linear  lobes: 
raceme  elongated,  many-fld.;  fls. 
bright  red,  with  petal-limbs  yel- 
low: follicles  glabrous,  usually  3; 

seeds  smooth.    July,  Aug.    S.  Calif.    B  M.  4887.     Gt. 
RB. 


1232.  Single  larkspur, 
—  D.  grandiflorum. 


6:328.  F.S.  11:1105. 


.  6:101.   Gn.  19:234. 


BB.  Sepals  clear  yellow  or  tipped  witfy  blue. 
5.  Przewfilskii,  Huth  (D.  Prsewalskidnum,   Hort). 
Nearly  glabrous,  often  branched  at  base,  erect,  varying 
much  m  height:  Ivs   3-5  times  deeply  parted,  parts 


divided  into  narrow,  obtuse  lobes:  fls  clear  yellow,  or 
sometimes  tipped  with  blue;  spur  equaling  the  sepals: 
follicles  3,  densely  hairy.  July,  Aug.  Asia.  —  Intro  1892. 
6  Zalil,  Aitch  &  Hemsl.  (D.  sulphiireum,  Hort  D. 
hybndum  var  sulphureum,  Hort  ).  St.  nearly  simple, 
erect,  1-2  ft  high,  rather  glabrous,  or  becoming  so. 
Ivs.  of  several  narrow,  linear  lobes,  dark  green;  petioles 
not  dilating  at  the  base:  fls.  large,  light  yellow,  in  long 
racemes'  follicles  3,  longitudinally  furrowed  and  ribbed, 
seeds  with  transverse,  fibrous 
plates.  June,  July.  Persia,  i 
Intro.  1892.  B.M.  7049.  Gn.  ' 
50:434;  54,  p  347;  71,  p. 
285  G.C.  III.  20.247  — 
Seedlings  from  tubers  and 
plants  die  down  as  if  dead; 
but  they  make  a  second 
growth  after  a  short  period 
of  rest. 

BBS.  Sepals  blue  or  varying 
to  white. 


1233    Double  larkspur  — 
D  grandiflorum 


c.  Height  1  %  ft.  or  kss. 
D.  Petioles  dilating  at  the  base. 

7  bicolor,  Nutt  Erect,  rather  stout,  yz~\  ft  high, 
from  fascicled  roots:  Ivs  small,  thick,  deeply  parted 
and  divisions  cleft,  except  perhaps  in  the  upper  Ivs  , 
segms  linear  and  obtuse:  raceme  rather  iew-fld  ,  the 
lower  pedicels  ascending  1-2  in  ;  spur  and  sepals  nearly 
equal,  ^m  long  or  more,  blue,  upper  petals  pale 
yellow  or  white,  blue-veined,  lower  petals  blue  follicles 
glabrous  or  becoming  so  May— Aug.  Dry  woods,  Colo  , 
west  and  north  to  Alaska 

8.  Brunonianum,   Royle.     MUSK   LARKSPUR      Sts. 
erect,  %~1  l/i  ft  high  "plant  some  what  pubescent  upper 
Ivs.  3-parted,  lower  ones  remform,   5-parted,  segms 
deeply  cut,  musk-scented    fls    large,  light  blue  with 

Jurple  margins,  center  black,  spur  very  short,  sepals 
in.  long,  membranous  and  often  clinging  until  the 
fr.  is  mature:  follicles  3  or  4,  villose    June,  July.  China. 
BM.  5461.  RB.  1863-34 

9.  decdrum,     Fisch  &  Mey.    St.  slender  and  weak, 
J^-l^  ft   high,  smooth  or  nearly  so    Ivs   few,  bright 
green;  upper  ones  small,  3-5-parted  into  narrow  lobes; 
lower  and  radical   ones  somewhat  roniform  in  out- 
line and  deeply  3-5-parted,  lobes  often  differing  widely: 
fls.  m  a  loose  raceme,  or  somewhat  pamcled,  sepals 
blue,  J^in    long,  equaling  the  spurs,  upper  petals  at 
least  tinged  with  yellow,  follicles  3,  thiokish,  glabrous. 
Spring.  Calif.   Intro.  1881    B  II.  26:64. 

DD.  Petioles  hardly  dilating  at  the  base. 
B.  Upper  petals  never  yellow 

10.  cashmerianum.  Royle.     Plant    pubescent,   not 
very  leafy:  st.  simple,  erect,  slender,  10-18  m.  high: 
root-lvs.  orbicular,  2—3  in.  diam  ,  5-7-lobed,  coarsely, 
acutely  toothed  and  cut;  petiole  5-8  in   long;  sts  -Ivs. 
short-petioled,  3-5-lobcd,  cut  like  the  radical  ones,  all 
rather  thick,  and  bright  green,   mfl.  corymbose,  the 
branches  rather  spreading;  fls.  2  m.  long,  deep  azure- 
blue;  spur  broad,  obtuse,  inflated,  decurved,  little  over 
half  as  long  as  sepals;  upper  petals  almost  black,  2- 
lobed,  lateral  ones  greenish:  follicles  3-5,  hairy.    July- 
Sept.  Himalayas.  RM.  6189  Gt  32-1105    Gn  18.568. 
R.H.  1893,  p  259.— Hardy  in  Mass.,  and  choice. 

Var  W&lkeri,  Hook.  St.  very  short,  leafy,  many- 
fld.:  upper  Ivs.  less  lobed  or  almost  entire,  small,  long- 
petioled:  fls.  very  large,  light  blue  with  yellow  petals. 
Suited  to  rockwork  B.M.  6830. 

EB.  Upper  petals  yellow  or  striped  with  yellow. 

11.  tricfirne,  Michx.   St  succulent,  about  1  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  3-5-nartod,   with  3-5-cleft  linear  lobes,  petioles 
smooth,  hardly  dilating  at  the  base'  fls    large,  blue, 
rarely  whitish;  upper  petals  sometimes  yellow,  with  blue 


DELPHINIUM 


DELPHINIUM 


977 


veina,  lower  ones  white-bearded;  sepals  nearly  equaling 
the  spur:  follicles  3-4,  very  long.  Decoding  glabrous, 
strongly  diverging;  seeds  smooth.  May.  Northern 
states  L.B  C.  4.306  —Very  beautiful  and  much  used. 
Best  for  rockwork  The  foliage  dies  down  in  midsum- 
mer and  the  plant  appears  as  if  dead. 

12  M£nziesii,  DC  Plant  sparingly  pubescent:  st. 
simple,  slender,  1A~11A  ft.  high,  few-lvd.:  Ivs.  small, 
3-5-parted,  the  divisions  mainly  cleft  into  linear  or  lan- 
ceolate lobes;  peti6les  hardly  dilating  at  the  base:  fls.  in 
simple,  conical  racemes;  sepals  blue,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent outside,  nearly  equaling  the  spurs  in  length; 
upper  petals  yellowish,  follicles  3,  pubescent,  or  some- 
times glabrous;  seeds  black,  winged  on  the  outer  angles. 
Apr  -June.  On  hills,  Calif,  and  northward  to  Alaska. 
BE  1192 

13.  paucifldrum,  Nutt.  Roots  oblong  or  fusiform, 
fasciculate-tuberous,  sts.  slender,  nearly  glabrous,  ^-1 
ft  high  Ivs.  small,  parted  into  narrow,  linear  lobes; 
petioles  not  dilating  at  base  fls.  and  fr.  similar  to  those 
of  D.  Menziesii,  but  on  shorter  pedicels.  May,  June. 
Colo,  to  Wash  and  Calif.  Intro.  1892. 

cc.  Height  usually  more  than  1  %  ft. 

D.  Seeds  wrinkled  or  smooth,  not  winged  nor  scaly. 

E  Follicles  always  8. 

14  altfssimum,  Wall     Plant   shaggy-hairy  above: 
st  tall  and  slender,  branched   Ivs.  palmately  5-parted, 
the  divisions  3-lobed  and  toothed:  bracts  long-lanceo- 
late fls  blue  or  purple,  in  long,  branching  racemes;  spur 
straight  or  Hlightly  incurved,  equaling  the  sepals;  petals 
2-lobed    follicles  3,  erect;  seeds  not  winged  or  scaly. 
Aug  ,  Sept    Himalayas. 

15  exaltatum,  Ait    St  stout.  2-4  ft.  high,  smoothish: 
Ivs   flat,  nearly  glabrous,  deeply  cleft  into  3-7  wedge- 
hhaped  lobes,  which  are  often  tnfid;  petioles  usually  not 
dilated  at  the  babe   fls  blue,  with  yellow  on  the  upper 
petals,  medium  in  size,  on  long,  crowded,  erect,  pyrami- 
dal racemes,  sepals  nearly  equaling  the  spur  in  length: 
follicles   3,    pubescent  or  smooth;  seed-coats  irregu- 
larly wrinkled.   June-Aug.    Borders  of  woods,  Ala.  to 
Minn. 

16.  elatum,  Linn.  (D.  alplnum,  Waldst.  &  Kit.    D. 
pyramiddle,   Royle)     BEE   LAKKSPUK    Glabrous,   2-6 
ft    high.  Ivs    somewhat  pubescent,  5-7-parted,   part 
rather    narrow,    cut-lobed;    upper    Ivs.    3-5-parted, 
petioles  not  dilated  at  tho  base,  raceme  much  like  D. 
exaltalum  or  more  spike-like,  fls.  blue,  with  dark  violet 
petals,   sepals   ovate,    glabrous,   nearly  equaling  the 
spurs,   follicles   3,   seeds   transversely   wrinkled,    not 
scaly    June-Aug    B  R.  1963  (as  D.  intermedium).  F  S. 
12  1287    (var  Jl  -pi ).   ll.H.  1859,  p.  ,529;  1893,  p.  258. 
— A    polymorphous    and   complex  species  of  Eu.    It 
is  proDaole   that   all   or   nearly  all   the    plants  sold 
here  under  this  name  should  be  called  D.  exaltatum, 
which  is  a  closely  allied  species. 

17.  grandifl&rum,  Linn.    (D.  sinense,  Fisch.).    Figs. 
1232,  1233    St  rather  slender,  2-3  ft.  high.  Ivs.  rather 
small,  many  times  parted  into  nearly  distinct,  narrow, 
linear  lobes'  fls  large,  blue,  varying  to  white,  the  spur 
and  lower  petals  often  violet,  upper  petals  often  yellow; 
spuis  long  and  taper  pointed:  follicles  3,  pubescent; 
seeds  triangular,  coats  wrinkled,  not  scaly.    Blooms  in 
midsummer    Siberia.  Intro.  1880.  B.M.1686.  Gn.46: 
484.  Var    Album,  Hort.   Fls.  pure  white.  Var.  ftlbo- 
pldno,  Hort.     Fls.    double    and    pure    white.    Var. 
fldre-plfcno,  Hort.  (var.  hybndum  fl.-pL,  Hort ).    Fls. 
double,  blue,  very  pretty.    R  H.  1893,  p.  259;  1895, 
p.  379  (same). — This  group  includes  the  most  com- 
mon and  the  most  beautiful  of  the  perennial  delphin- 
iums.   Grandiflorum  is  also  one  of  the  most  stately. 
Its  striking  foliage  remains  beautiful  throughout  the 
growing  season.   It  is  usually  planted  well  back  in  the 
hardy  border  because  of  its  height,  smaller  plants 


being  in  front.  They  may  be  massed  as  close  as  2  ft.  or 
lees  but  produce  a  fine  effect  when  4  ft.  apart. 

Var.  chinense,  Fisch.  St.  very  slender,  not  much 
branched:  Ivs  and  fls  like  the  type,  but  fls.  more 
numerous  China.  L  B.C.  1:71 — A  favorite  garden 
form.  The  double  blue  form  has  been  known  as  D, 
Breckii,  Hort. 

EE.  Follicles  varying  from  3-6. 

18.  carolinianum,  Walt.   (D    azureum,   Michx.    D. 
virtecens,  Nutt.).   Plant  somewhat  pubescent:  st.  \Yr 
2^  ft.  high,  not  much  branched'  Ivs   3-5-parted,  the 
divisions  3-5-cleft  into  usually  linear  lobes :  racemes  spi- 
cate,  usually  many-fld.;  fls.  azure-blue,  but  varying  to 
whitish  or  white;  sepals  often  with  a  brownish  spot: 
follicles  3-5,  oblong,  erect;  seeds  transversely  wrinkled. 
July.  N  C.  to  111 ,  west  and  south    P  M.  16 '258    Var 
Album,  Hort.  (var  dlbidum,  Hort.).    Sts  2-3  ft  high: 
Ivs.  larger  than  the  type  and  with  border  divisions: 
fls.  creamy  white. — The  double  form  of  this  is  not  much 
used. 

Var.  vimlneum,  Gray.  St.  2-4  ft.  high,  sometimes 
branched,  broader-lvd  ,  looser-fld. :  fls.  violet  or  white, 
Texas.  B.M.  3593.  B.R.  1999  (as  D.  azureum). 

19.  mesoleucum,  Link.    St.  3  ft.  high,  pubescent 
above:  Ivs.  3-5-parted,  the  segms.  wedge-shaped  and 
deeply  serrated;  petioles  somewhat  dilated  at  the  base: 
fls.  blue,  with  pale  yellow  or  whitish  petals:  seeds  not 
seen.  June.   Nativity  not  known. 

DD  Seeds  winged. 
E.  Upper  petals  never  yellow. 

20.  trolliifdlium,  Gray     St   2-5  ft.,  leafy,  often  re- 
clining. Ivs.  thinmsh,   large,  often  reniform  at  base, 
3-7-parted;  lobes  wedge-shaped,  incised,  racemes  in 
larger  plants  1-2  ft.  long  and  very  loose;  fls  blue,  with 
upper  petals  white;  spur  and  sepals  each  %m    long: 
follicles  glabrous;  seeds  with  thin  win^  or  crown  at  the 
end.    April.    Moist  grounds,  Columbia  River.    Intro. 
1881. 

EE.  Upper  petals  often  yellow 

21.  simplex,  Douglas    St  nearly  simple,  2-3  ft  high, 
soft-pubescent    throughout:    Ivs.    many-parted,    into 
linear    divisions    and    lobes:    racemes    dense,    little 
branched,  fls  pale  blue,  with  upper  petals  yellow,  lower 
petals  white-bearded,  sepals  equaling  the  spur    fol- 
licles 3,  pubescent;  seeds  dark,  with  margins  white- 
winged.    June.    Mts.  of  Idaho  and  Ore.    Intro.  1881. 

22.  Nuttallii,  Gray  (D   columbidnum,  Greene).    St. 
erect,  simple,  nearly  glabrous,  leafy,  !H~2Mj  ft-:  IVH- 
thinmsh,  3-5-parted,  parts  divided  into  many  hhear- 
oblong  lobes'  racemes   long,   many-fld  ;  sepals  deep 
blue,  ovate,  sparingly  pubescent,  shorter  than  the  spur; 
petals  blue  or  upper  ones  yellow,  lower  ones  white- 
Dearded  follicles  3,  pubescent,  rather  erect;  seeds  thin, 
dark,  with  yellow  wings    Summer.   Low,  open  woods, 
Columbia  River    Intro.  1892. 

23.  scopuldrum,  Gray.   St  2-5  ft ,  glabrous,  at  least 
below:  Ivs.  5-7-parted,  the  upper  ones  the  more  nar- 
rowly cleft;  petioles    dilating  at   the   base:  racemes 
simple,  densely  many-fld  ;  fls.  blue  or  purple,  rarely 
white,   upper  petals  often  yellow;  spur   ^m.  long, 
equaling  the  sepals:  follicles  3,  pubescent;  seeds  large- 
winged    Aug  ,  Sept.   Moist  ground,  west  of  Rockies. — 
A  polymorphous  species. 

Var.  subalplnum,  Gray  (D.  occidentale.  Wats.) 
A  smaller  plant,  pubescent  above:  broader  divisions  of 
lvs.;  shorter  racemes,  larger  and  deeper-colored  fls  : 
follicles  glabrous.  Wasatch  Mts. 

24.  cheilanthum,    Fisch       St.     erect,     simple     or 
branched,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent, 
5-parted,  the  lobes  pointed,  sub-tnfid,  and  somewhat 
toothed:  fls.  dark  blue,  the  upper  petals  sometimes  ptUe 
yellow,  the  lower  ones  indexed,  ovate,  entire;  s^wi* 


978 


DELPHINIUM 


DENDK0131UM 


rather  long,  straight  or  somewhat  curved:  follicles  3, 
either  glabrous  or  pubescent;  seeds  3-cornered,  3- 
wmged,  not  scaly.  June,  July.  Siberia  B  R.  473. 
J.F.  1,  pi.  49.  Gt.  13:253.  P.M.  16:258  (as  D.  mag- 
nificum). 

DDD.  Seeds  scaly. 

25.  fonndsum.  Boiss.  &  Huet.  Fig.  1234.  St.  strong, 
2-3  ft.,  hairy  below,  rather  glabrous  above'  lower  Ivs. 
5-7-parted,  long-petioled;  upper  ones  3-5-parted,  short- 
petioled  or  sessile,  all  alternate:  racemes  many-fld  ; 
fls  blue,  with  indigo  margins;  spur  long,  violet,  bifid  at 
the  tip-  follicles  3,  pubescent;  seeds  scaly.  June,  July. 
Asia  Minor  perhaps,  but  the  origin  of  it  is  disputed.  F.S. 
12:1185  R.H.  1859,  p.  528. 
GZ  1:144.  HF.  8.99.— The 
most  permanent  form  for  nat- 
uralizing, because  it  is  so 
hardy.  If  given  rich  soil  and 
good  cult ,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  effective  for  use  in  the 
permanent  fl.- border.  Var. 
coelestinum,  Hort.  Fls.  light  ' 
blue. 

26   Maackiranum,  Regel. 
Erect,  3  ft   high,  pubescent  or 
glabrous,  branched  above:  Ivs. 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  base 
often    truncate    or    remform, 
3-5-parted,  the  parts  serrate; 
petioles  dilated  at  the 
base :  peduncles  yellow- 
hairy,  with  the  bracts 
often    inserted    above 
the  base;  fls.  m  loose 
panicles;  sepals  blue, 
naif   as    long    as   the 
spurs;    petals    dark 
violet :    follicles   often 
glabrous,    %m.    long; 
seeds  small,  distinctly 
scaly    July.  Siberia 

27.  hybridum.Steph. 
St  3-4  ft,  pubescent 
above'  root  somewhat 
bulbous:  Ivs.  5-many-  - 
parted;  lobes  linear; 
petioles  dilated  and 
sheathing  at  the  base 
racemes  dense;  fls  blue,  * 
lower  limbs  white- 
bearded;  spur  straight, 
longer  than  the  sepals' 
follicles  3,  hairy;  seeds 
ovate,  with  transverse 
scales.  June-Aug. 
Mts.  of  Asia.  RH. 
1893,  p.  258;  same 
cut  in  S.H.  2:282  — 
There  are  many  double 
and  semi-double  varieties  of  this  type.  This  is  the 
tallest  and  most  robust  of  the  popular  species  of  Del- 
phinium. It  will  respond  well  to  fertilizer  and  cult. 
When  the  clumps  become  large  and  strong  they  are 
usually  set  about  4  ft  apart.  Young  plants  may  be 
set  2  ft  apart  and  thinned  a  year  or  two  later. 

Var.   Birlowii,   Paxt     Very  large,  semi-double  fls.. 
deep  blue,  with  browmsh^  center.   A  supposed  hybrid 


with  D.  grandiflorum.  B.R.  1944.   Intro.  1892. 

AAA.  Perennial,  garden  hybrids. 
28.  cultftrum,  Voss  (D.  hybndum,  Hort ,  not  Steph.). 
The  general  mixed  and  more  or  less  undefiaable  hybrid 
delphiniums,  constituting  some  of  the  choicest  garden 
ana  border  plants  of  many  colors,  single,  semi-double 
and  double. 


1234.  Delphinium  formosum.  (XJi) 


D.  cteruUtcens,  Freyn  A  6ne  Asiatic  species,  with  wngle  and 
double  forms  P  M  16  258  —  D  cdndidum,  Hems!  A  dwarf 
perennial  fls  pure  white  Uganda.  B  M  8170.— D  cardwptta- 
lum,  DC  ,  is  a  pretty  annual,  branching  very  low,  the  outer  branches 
very  short,  giving  a  pyramidal  form  when  covered  with  blue  fls. 
R  H  1893,  p  228  — D  caucdsicum,  C  A  Mey.  (D.  spcciosum  var. 
caucasicum,  Huth  )  Similar  to  D  cashmenanutn  — D  Davidii, 
Franch  Hairy  Ivs  3-parted  almost  to  the  base  fls  light  blue 
China  — D  divancdtum,  Ledeb  Allied  to  D  Consohda,  but  taller, 
more  branched,  with  smaller  more  abundant  fls  Caucasus  and 
Caspian  region  RH  1012,  p  513— D  macrocfntron,  Ohv  Per- 
ennial, hairy  in  nearly  all  parts  fls  blue  and  green  or  yellow  and 
green  E  Trop  Afr  B  M  8151  —  D  Moerheimei,  Hort  A  garden 
hybrid  — D  Pdrdomi,  Craib  Fls  blue  in  somewhat  lax  raceme 
China— D  Pdrryi,  Gray,  is  also  listed  in  the  trade,  and  M 
closely  allied  to  D  Consolida  —  D  WheHcni  is  listed  in  the  trade 
and  is  doubtless  a  variety  of  D  speoiosum,  Bieb  ,  from  E  Asia. 
Many  other  species  may  be  expected  m  the  lists  of  collectors  and 

fanciera  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

DEMAZERIA:  Desmazena. 
DEMERARA  ALMOND:  Terminate. 
DENDRIUM.  Leiophyllum 

DENDR6BITJM  (tree  and  life,  they  are  epiphytic). 
Orchidacex.  Epiphytic  orchids  of  great  horticultural 
merit,  grown  in  hothouses  and  greenhouses 

Pseudobulbs  (sts  ),  tufted  or  arising  at  intervals 
from  a  creeping  st  sometimes  very  short  and  thick, 
more  commonly  elongated  and  often  thickened  at  or 
near  the  base,  naked  or  leafy  at  time  of  flowering,  fls. 
usually  showy,  rarely  small,  m  terminal  or  lateral 
racemes  which  are  long  and  lax  or  short  and  dense, 
sometimes  of  a  few  fls  ,  or  sometimes  reduced  to  I  or 
2,  sepals  about  equal,  the  dorsal  free,  the  lateral  adnate 
obliquely  to  the  foot  of  the  column,  forming  either  a 
short  sac-like  or  long  spur-like  foot  or  mentum,  petals 
usually  resembling  the  dorsal  sepal,  either  broader  or 
narrower;  lip  jointed  or  adnate  to  foot  of  column, 
3-lobed  or  entire;  pollmia  4 — A  large  genus  of  about 
600  species,  ranging  from  India  and  Ceylon  to  Austral  , 
New  Zeal ,  Japan,  and  the  Pacific  Isls  ,  being  especially 
numerous  in  the  Malay  Archipelago.  There  are  nu- 
merous hybrids,  artifioally  produced 

There  arc  two  well-marked  sections  in  this  genus  for 
the  guide  of  the  cultivator,  the  evergreen  and  me  decid- 
uous The  first  named  bhould  not  be  allowed  to  become 
dry  at  the  roots  at  any  period,  or  loss  of  vigor  will 
result  Among  these,  albo,  are  some  that  need  warm- 
house  treatment  all  the  time,  such  as  D  Phalsenop- 
sis,  D  bigibbum,  D  Bensomse,  D  Brymenanum,  D 
Dearei,  and  others  There  are,  m  fact,  but  few  among 
the  evergreen  species  that  need  a  coolhouse,  and  of 
these  D  formosum,  D  infundibulum  and  its  variety 
Jamesianum  are  conspicuous  Apart  from  these,  the 
evergreen  dendrobes  should  be  kept  in  a  warrnhouse 
during  winter  where  60°  F  may  be  maintained  — 
All  the  deciduous  species  (typified  by  D  Nobile,  D 
Wardianum  and  D  Pierardu)  need  a  marked  resting 
period,  easily  determined  by  the  finishing  up  of  the 
growth  in  autumn,  and  the  swelling  of  the  nodes  for 
flowering  in  spring  When  at  rest,  it  does  not  hurt  the 
plants  to  be  subjected  to  a  low  temperature  of  45°, 
and  it  may  be  done  to  retard  plants  for  later  blooming, 
allowing  the  day  heat  to  be  regulated  by  the  sun, 
with  plenty  of  ventilation  on  favorable  days.  After  the 
pseudobulbs  have  flowered,  they  cease  to  be  of  value 
to  the  plants,  and  should  be  cut  out;  if  there  are  por- 
tions that  have  not  produced  flower-buds,  these  may 
be  used  for  propagation,  cutting  the  pieces  into  lengths 
of  several  joints  or  nodes,  and  laying  them  on  moss 
m  a  warm  propagating-house  or  -case,  when  they 
will  soon  produce  growths  The  above  also  applies 
to  the  hybrids,  now  so  numerous,  that  have  been 
raised  from  the  deciduous  Indian  species. — Another 
section  that  requires  warmth  in  winter,  and  now  very 
much  grown  for  cut  bloom,  is  represented  by  D. 
Phalsenopsis  and  D.  bigtbbum.  These  are  Australian, 
quite  distinct  m  growth,  and  usually  short-lived  in 
cultivation  The  flowers  are  produced  freely  for  a 


XXXV.  Dendrobium  superbum  as  grown  in  the  American  tropics. 


DENDROBIUM 

few  years,  are  very  decorative,  and  the  plants  may 
be  increased  by  taking  off  the  young  plants  that  often 
appear  on  the  stems  These  often  can  be  grown 
on  to  strong  flowering  specimens,  and  thus  the  stock 
maintained  When  wintered  in  a  temperature  less 
than  00°,  the  plants  suffer,  and  great  care  is  neces- 
saiy  at  the  time  the  young  growths  appear  in  spring 
to  prevent  damping  off.  Small  pots  or  pans  are  best, 
and  always  keep  the  plantb  suspended  near  the  sun 
and  air  The  evergreen  tropical  species,  as  D  densi- 
flontni,  D.  thyrsiflorum,  D  aggregation,  D  Farmcn,  D 
moxchalum,  D.  fimbnatum  and  D  Dalhoubicanwn,  also 
need  warmth  in  winter  and  must  not  be  dried  severely 
during  the  rest  ing-period  or  loss  of  vigor  will  ensue  at 
the  price  of  blooming  Thus  section  of  the  genus  pro- 
duces flowers  from  the  old  btems  for  many  years  It 
frequently  happens  that  growths  made  in  India  will 
bloom  long  after  the  plants  have  become  established 
in  gardens  it  is  thus  unwise  to  cut  old  growths  unless 
the}'  become  withered  or  dead  Enough  water  may  be 
given  to  keep  the  plants  plump,  and  the  flowers  will 
be  produced  freely  in  their  season  In  some  species, 
growth  begins  before  or  at  the  time  of  bloom  This  is 
usually  a  sign  of  extra  vigor  and  should  not  be  dis- 
coui  aged  The  proper  time  to  repot  with  all  plants  of 
flouermg  age,  is  when  they  begin  to  recuperate  in  early 
summer  after  the  bloom  is  past,  young  roots  will  be 
seen  pushing  out  at  the  base  of  Jie  stems,  and  if  this 
is  anticipated  by  a  week  or  two,  the  new  matenal  is 
soon  taken  to  by  the  roots  and  no  check  is  experienced 
Good  sound  osmundme  is  the  best  material,  always 
using  small  receptacles  rather  than  large,  and  if  larger 
than  a  6-mch  pot  or  pan,  use  perforated  ones  The 
root 'i  do  not  like  exposure,  but  the  material  will  be 
kept  in  a  s\\eet  healthy  condition  Moss  is  best  avoided 
in  most  cases,  it  often  fails  to  grow,  and  is  inimical  to 
the  \\elfare  of  the  plants,  when  it  does  grow,  it  holds 
too  much  moisture  about  the  roots.  (E  O  Orpet ) 


DENDROBIUM 


979 


aggrogatum,  57. 
nlhifloiuiii,  32,  70 

albo-san^antum,  50 
album,  28,  32,  33,  4b, 

74 

AMIPHUO,  32 
arncpnum,  22 
amcps,  2 
anophulmum,  54 
nnomum,  48 
Apluoditp,  U 


o-fl.i 


70 


aurpum,  iS,  \2 
Bcilhanum,  32 
Itarbatulum,  b7 
Barbon.tnuin,  16. 
Bonsonue,  29 

hiKibbuni,  (.2' 

HnJHlllll,    il 

brtu  hy-.lachyiim,  55. 
briiijlnniin,  58 
Bronpkaitn,  b9 
Brympuanmn,  3b 
Bulltniannm,  14 
Hullenanum,  31 
(•ulipolaria^  W 

ciimtnr-idtjtanum,  5i. 
caruhdum,  20,  62 
capillipps,  71 
<  arimterum,  7 
(hlorocpnuum,  51. 
dirvwinthum,  54. 

<hrj.sotoxutn,  72 
tUvatum,  43 
po?rules(  <  ns,  32 
Coli-iani  mum,  32 

uropidituii.,  28' 
crptaccum,  30 
cruttiitum,  3 


INDEX. 

crmucrmtum,  76 
cryMtalhnum,  23 
cutullntum,  2-> 
pumulatum,  12 
nalliousieanum,  37 
Dirtoisianutn,  29, 

04 

Daynnum,  ib. 
DP-IIPI,  1J 
dcn-iflorum,  bb,  74. 
D.vomanum,  15 
ciixnnthum,  39 
(Irncoms,  10 
elt-K-iri^,  32,  71 
injtlnuxanthum,  14. 

la.tlHHTI,   19 

Fariiii  n,  70 
firur,  59 
fimbnatum,  40 
Findlajinum,  18 
Fitzgeialdu,  61 
formosanum,  32 

FowTpn,  33 
Fret  mann,  20 
fuwtum,  44 
l-ytchianum,  67. 
Gibsonn,  44. 
giganteum,  9, 19, 27, 

,48 

gratiosisiimum,  31. 
Gnffithianum,  75. 
(Juibertii,  75 
het<  rocarpum,  42. 
hololcucum,  63 
Hookenaimm,  55. 
Hutlonu,  4S 
infundibulum,  6 

japomcum,  21 
ja^pidium,  32. 
JenkmHH,  56 
Kingianum,  60 

lutitoiiuin,  25 
Ipupolophoturn,  (>8 
Lirmwiantim,  17 


49. 


Lmdpnue,  63 
htmflorum,  20 
LoddigPMi,  47 
loiiRicornu,  5 

luteoium,  51 
luteuin,  37,  53 
MacCaithiJ-,  4 
MntfirLinri,  1 

macropliyllum,  48, 

mfpmpMalmum,  54. 

mtmiltfianu,  17 
mos(  hatum,  38 
murrmmapuui,  32. 
mveuni,  11. 
nobile,  32 
nobiliuq,  32. 
nodatum,  11 
ochreatmn,  53. 
opulatum,  40 
Owpnianum,  32. 
Palppbrae,  b5,  70. 
Pariahn,  26 
Paxtonit,  54 
pendulum,  16 
Phala-nopsi^  63. 
Piprardu,  25 
primulmum,  27. 
vuh helium,  47. 
Rajah,  32 
ramosum,  52 
reguun,  34 
rhodopterygmm,  35. 
rhombuidenm,  42 
Kichardn,  48 
roscum,  28,  67 
liothsohildianum,  63. 
llothwclliamim,  32. 
rul>esc(>ns,  63 

sain  ranee,  14 
Sandpnanum,  32. 

ricbneukuariunj,  32 


INDEX,  CONTINUED 

Kphrooden,  74.  stenoptcrum,  59  Tolhunum,  32. 

Schroodenanum,   32,    euavis-nmum,  72  tortile,  64 

bj  sulcatum,  73  transparens,  24 

Xcortechinu,  48.  sulphureum,  42.  Veitchuinum,  59 

8Pfundum,  11  Hummittnse,  32  virginale,  32 

.SV  idehanum,  47.  suporbieni,  hi  Walkerianum,  66. 

»ujwitum,  29.  superbum,  48  Wardianum,  33 

Hplc  ndenn,  (>3  thuiulcrftlcyenwe,  63.     xantholeucum,  33. 
Htattenanum,  03.          thyrsiflorum,  fab 

GENERAL    KE^i     TO    hECTlONb. 

A.  Lvs.  cquitant. 

SECTION  I.  Species  1  and  2. 

A  A   Lvi  not  equitant 

B.  Lf  -sheaths  black-hairy  . 

SECTION  II.  Species  3-10 

u  B   Lf  -sheaths  not  black-hairy 

c   Pseudobulbs  not  thickened  at  base. 
D.  Mentum  or  chin  of  fls   elongated 

SEC  AON  III    Species  11-14. 

DD   Mentum  or  chin    of  fls    short  (rather 

long  in  D   ramosum) 
E.  Fls    usually  in  pains,  rarely  1  or  8 

or  more 
¥   The  pseudobulbs  leafless  at  floiver- 

ing  time.  SECTION  IV    gpccics  15-44. 

FF.  The  pteudobulbs  leafy  at  flowering 
time 

SECTION  V    Species  45-55. 

EE.  Fki  in  3-  to  many-fld.  racemes  (single 

in  D    JcnkinAii) 
F.  The  pseudobulbs  1-hd  ,  &hort,  fusi- 

f°rm'         SECTION  VI.  Species  56  and  57. 

FF    The  psevdobulbb  sever  al-hd 
a   Racemes  rtry  short,  glomerate 

SECTION  VII    Species  58. 

GO   Racemes  usually  long,  not  glom- 
erate 

H.  Sepals  and  petals  hairy  ex- 
ternally, Id  Ural  lobes  larger 
than  middle  lobe  of  lip. 

SECTION  VIII.  Species  59. 

HH.  Seijals   and   pttals    glabrous 

externally 

I.  Pisiudobulbs  gradually  at- 
tenuated from  a  thick 
bulbous  base. 

SECTION  IX    Species  60. 

II   Pbrwlobulbb  not  bulbous  at 

HWIAC 

j  Fls  ,  at  least  the  hp,  pur- 
ple or  red 

SECTION  X    Species  61-63. 

jj  Fls  white  or  yellow 

SECTION  XI.  Species  64-75. 

CC    Pseudobulbt    futifoim -thickened    above 
base,  atti  minted  beyond 

SECTION  XII    Species  76. 


SECTION  I. 

A    Pseudobulbt>  leafy  at  base,  naked  above    1    Macfarlanei 
A  A    Pscudohulbv  hafy  throughout 2   anceps 

1  Macfarlanei,  Keichb     Pseudobulbs  erect,  nearly 
cylmdnc,  up  to  9  in.  tall,  2-3-lvd.:  Ivs   3-4  in   long: 
racemes  8-I5-fld  ,  fls  4-5  in.  across,  white,  except  the 
purple  mui  kings  on  lateral  and  middle  lobes  of  lip. 
New  Guinea 

2  anceps,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  tufted,  compressed, 
5-8  in.  long  Ivs  up  to  3  in  long,  fleshy,  laterally  com- 

1>ressed  fls  axillary,  solitary  or  in  very  short  racemes, 
emon->  ellow  at  maturity  Trop  Himalayas  BR  1239 
B  M  3008  and  L  B  C.  19  1895  (as  Aporwn  anceps). 


980 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


SECTION  II. 

A.  Raceme  1-S-,  rarely  S-fld 
B.  Mentum  of  fls  very  short,  sepals  and 

petals  green,  yellow-margined  3.  cruentum 

BB.  Mentum   of  fls    long,  extinguisher- 
shaped 

C.  Sepals  and  petals  white,  not  keeled 
D.  Fls    l%-2  in    across,    lateral 

lobes  of  lip  manifest 
E.  Middle  lobe  yellow,  reflexed, 

lateral  lobes  yellowish  green    4   scabnlmgue 
EE    Middle    lobe    white,    yellow- 
marked,  fimbriate  5  longicornu 
DD.  Fls  8  in  across,  lateral  lobes  of 

lip  indistinct .  6  mfundibulum 

cc.  Sepals  yellowish  white,  keeled  .         7  carimf  erum 
AA   Raceme  3-8-fld 

B   Fls  yellow         8  Lowii 

BB   Fls  white 

c  Petals  broad,  oval  or  obovate      .         9  formosum 
cc  Petals  oblong-lanceolate,  narrow.     10.  dracorus 

3  cruentum,  Rcichb.    Pseudobulbs  erect,  10-12  in. 
tall     fls.    1H~2    in-    across,    sepals    triangular-ovate, 
keeled;   petals   linear,   lip   3-lobcd,    the  lateial   lobes 
scarlet,    the   middle    lobe    pale    green,    red-margined. 
Malay  Penms.  G  C.  Ill  18  91 

4  scabrilfngue,  Lmdl     Pseudobulbs  erect,  8-14  in. 
tall   fls  about  1  ^  in  across ,  sepals  and  petals  similar, 
ovate-lanceolate,  white;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  yel- 
low-green, the  middle  lobe  reflexed,  yellow  with  orange- 
yellow  lines.  Burma.   B.M.  5515  (as  D,  hedyosmum). 


1235.  Dendrobium  Dearei. 
(XH) 


5.  longictirnu,  'Lindl.     Pseudobulbs   8-14   in     tall, 
^lender  fls  2-3  in  across,  white  except  a  central  orange 
or  yellow  band  on  lip;  sepals  and  petals  similar,  clhptic- 
oblong,  lip  fimbriate,  spur  slender.  Burma.   B  R.  1315. 

6.  infundibulum,  Lmdl     Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft. 
long,  cylindnc,  slender:  fls.  about  3  in    across,  white 
except  the  yellow  blotch  on  the  lip;  sepals  oblong- 
elliptic,  less  than  half  as  broad  as  the  nearly  rhomboid 
petals;  lip  resembling  a  wide-mouthed  funnel    Burma. 
B.M.  5446.    I H  21:172     COG     Var    Tamesianum, 
Hort.  (D  Jamesi&num,  Reichb  )     Pseudobulbs  stouter 
and  stiffer:  lateral  lobes  of  lip  roughened  on  the  inner 
surface;  disk  cinnabar    Gn.  W  9.485 

7  carinlferum,  Reichb.  Pseudobulbi  6-10  m  tall, 
nearly  cylmdric.  fls  about  l^m.  across;  sepals  yellow- 
ish white,  fading  white,  narrower  than  the  ovate  white 
petals;  lip  3-lobed,  the  triangular  lateral  lobes  red- 


orange,  the  middle  lobe  hairy,  red-orange  at  the  base, 
the  front  part  white  or  pale  orange;  spur  long,  obtuse. 
Burma. 

8.  Ldwii,  Lmdl.  Pseudobulbs  8-15  in  tall,  slender: 
fls  \Yjr2  m.  across,  buff-yellow,  sepals  narrower  than 
the  undulate  petals,  lip  distinctly  3-lobed,  the  lateral 
lobes  tipped  with  red,  the  oblong  middle  lobe  reflexed, 
marked  with  6  lines  of  red  hairs.  Borneo  B  M  5303. 
FS  23.2395  C.O  30 

9  formftsum,  Roxbg  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1J£  ft. 
tall,  cylindnc  fls.  3-4  in  across,  white  except  the  yel- 
low mark  on  lip;  sepals  oblong-elliptic,  about  half  as 
broad  as  the  obovate  petals;  lip  retuse,  erose  Khasia 
Hills  BR  2564  FS  3.226  PM  649.  COS. 
OR  15.  frontispiece  Var.  giganteum,  Hort  Fls.  4-5 
m.  across  GC  III  24.471  Gng.l' 118-9  F.E. 
10.1240.  FS  16  1633-4  G  25  385 

10.  dracdnis,  Reichb.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  11A  ft. 
tall,  fls  about  \Yi  in  across,  white  except  for  some 
orange-red  stripes  at  base  of  lip,  sepals  narrower  than 
the  petals,  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  small,  the 
oblong-oval  middle  lobe  crisped  and  minutely  toothed. 
Burma.  B  M.  5459  (as  D.  eburneum). 

SECTION  III. 
A.  Raceme  secund    11.  secundum 

A  A   Ratctne  not  secund. 

B   Bracts  small   raiemes  not  cajntate 

c  Fls  ro<sy  purple,  about  1  in  across     12.  cumulatum 
cc   Fh  white,  about  2 y\  in  acrost,  13   Dearei 

BB   Bracts  large,  colored  race  tries  capital  14  Bullemanum 

11  secundum,  Wall     Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft    tall, 
cylindnc    fls   narrow,  less  than  1  in.  long,  rosy  purple, 
on  one  side  of  the  raceme;  lip  with  an  apical  orange 
blotch      Sumatra      B  R  1291      B  M  4352      C  O  35. 
Var  mveum,  Hort    Fls  white. 

12  cumulatum,  Lmdl    Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft  long, 
pendulous    fls    rosy  purple,  in  shoit  racemes  with  a 
purple   axis;   sepals   and    petals   similar,    oblong,   lip 
oblong-obovate,  spur  obtuse,  slightly  curved.    Burma. 
B.M   5703 

13  Dearei,  Reichb.    Fig    1235.    Pseudobulbs  up  to 
3  ft    long    fls    white,   2-2  y2  in    across,    in   5-7-fld. 
racemes,  sepals  lanceolate,  acuminate,  about  one-thud 
as  broad  as  the  oval  petals,  lip  oblong,  obscurely  3- 
lobed,  a  pale  yellowish  green  band  across  the  middle; 
spur     funnel-shaped,     elongated       Philippines.     V.O. 
3  37     G  W.  1  225    O  1912  18    C  O  36 

14  Bullenianum,  Reichb    f    (D    xalaccense,  Hort , 
not  Lmdl     D    erylhroxdnthum ,  Reichb    f ).    Pseudo- 
bulbs  10-18  in    tall    racemes  densely  fld  ,  fls    yellow, 
striped  with  purple,  dorsal  sepal  and  petals  oblong; 
lateral  sepals  oblong,  acute,  about  as  long  as  the  obtuse 
spur,  lip  oblong,  from  a  long  linear  base,  acute.   Philip- 
pines 

SECTION  IV. 

A   Sepals  and  petals  not  yellow 

B    Lip  deeply  fimbriate  15.  Devonianum 

BB   Lip  entire  or  minutely  fimbriate. 

c.  Nodes   of  pscudobulb  much   thick- 
ened 
D.  Pseudobulbs  thick. 

E   Internodes  abruptly  depressed- 
globose,  thickened  at  apex      16  pendulum 
EE.  Internodes     gradually     thick- 
ened toward  apex 
F.  Front     lobe     of    lip     ovate, 

reflexed,  purple  17.  Linawianum 

FF   Front  lobe  of  lip  orbicular- 
ovate,  yellow  IK  Findlayanum 
DU   Pseudobulbs  wand-hke,  slender     19  Falconer!, 
cc.  Nodes  not  thickened,  or  but  slightly 

so 

D   Internodes  usually  more  than  5 
hmet  longer  than  broad 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


981 


K.  Lip    curved    like    a    trumpet, 

sepals  and  petals  purple ....  20.  htuiflorum 
EE.  Lip  not  curved. 

F  Fls  white  .    .  21.  momle. 

FF.  Fls    with  st  pa  Is  and  petals 

white,  tips  colored, 
G.  Throat  of  lip  yellow 

H.  Middle    lobe    violet, 

white-margined         .  22.  amoenum 
HH  Middle  lobe  yellow,  tip 

ro6C         .  23  crystalhnum 

oo    Throat  of  hp  purple  24  transparens 

FFF   Fls    with  tfjvls  and  petals 

mauve,  hp  primrose  25.  Pierardii 

DD   Inter  nodes   usually   less   than  6 

tunes  longer  //win  broad 
E    Fls   2]/2  m   aciost,  or  let>3. 

F   Color  nolit-purple  .    26.  Parishii 

FF.  Color  white  or  lilac 

Q   Lip  primrose-yellow, 

sfpal^  and  pttals  lilac    27  pnmulinum 
OQ.  Lip     with     ground    color 
white, a  large  light  or  dark 
yellow  blotch  in  center 
H    Blotch      not       marked, 

base  plaited  .  28  crepi datum 

DH.  Blotch  marked 

I    W  ilk  2  basal  purple 

spot&  29  Bensomae 

II.  With   reddish   orange 

linti> 

j.  Shape  of  lip  ob- 
tuse, blotch  light 
yellow  30.  cretaceum 

jj.  Shape  of  lip  acute, 
blotch  deep  yel- 
low 31.  gratiosissi- 

EE.  Fls  exceeding 2}  2  in  across  [mum 

F  Ground-color  of  sepals  and 

pttals  white 

G    Throat  deep  purple  32  nobile 

GO    Throat  yt  llow,  with  2  pur- 

pl(  vpoh  33.  Wardianum 

FF.  Ground-color  of  sepals  and 

petals  rose 
G.  Front  lobe  of  hp  rose,  the 

throat  yellow  34.  regium 

GU    Front    lobe   of  lip   white- 
margirud,      the     throat 
with  2  dark  spots     .      .  35  rhodoptery- 
AA.  Sepals  and  petals  yellow  [gmm 

B.  Lip  dee  ply  pectinate-fringed    ....     36  Brymen- 
BB.  Lip  not  fringed  [anum 

c  Disk  pilose,  2  large  purple  fnngcd 

spot,-,  at  base  of  hp  37  Dalhousie- 

CC.  Disk    not    pilose,  nor  with  fringed  [anum 

spots 

D.  The  hp  Clipper-shaped  . . .  .38.  moschatum 

DD    The  hp  not  Clipper-shaped. 
E.   Unicolored,  yellow 

F  SJuipe  of  sepals  and  petals 

acute,  lip  minutely  serrate  39  dizanthum 
FF.  Shape  of  sepals  and  petals 

obtuse,  hp  fimbnate  40  fimbnatum 

EE.  Bi-colorcd,  yellow  with  purple 

markingi 
F.  Apex  ofhp  acute;  sepals  and 

petals  pale  yellow 
O.  Front   lobe   nearly   rhom- 
boid, cream-margined     41.  Aphrodite 
GQ.  Front  lobe  ovate,  red-lined, 

the  apex  recurved  42  aureum 

PF.  Apex  of  hp  rounded,  sepals 

and  petals  rich  yellow. 
G.  Fls.     8\£     in      or     more 
across,  hp  with  a  single 
large  spot. 

H.  Lip  serrate  or  shortly 
jimbriatc,  floral  bracts 
large.  .  43.  clavatum 

HH.  Lip  fimbnate,  the  divi- 
sions branched,  floral 
bracts  small  40.  var  oculatum 

OO.  Fls.   about  £   in    across, 

lip  with  2  apot* 44.  Gibsonii 


15.  Devonianum,  Paxt.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  ft 
long,  round,  pendulous:  fla  single  or  m  pairs,  about  2 
in  across,  sepals  and  petals  white  tinted  amethyst 
at  the  apex,  the  sepals  about  half  as  broad  as  petals, 
lanceolate,  the  petals  ovate,  acute,  cihate;  lip  white, 
fnnged,  the  apex  purple,  and  2  orange  blotches  in  the 
throat  N  India  to  S  China  B  M.  4429.  J.II.  Ill 
31107,  52.317.  GC  III.  7. 680.  C  O.  23.  OR 
4  177,  12  152 

16  pendulum,  Roxbg     Pscudobulbs  abruptly  swol- 
len at  the  nodes,  up  to  2  ft  long,  somewhat  pendulous, 
fls   solitary  or  2  or  3  together,  2-2 ]/%  in    long,  sepals 
and    petals    white,    purple-tipped,    acute,    the    petals 
broadei   than  sepals,  lip  white,  cihate,  pubescent  on 
upper  surface,  the   center  yellow,   the  front  margin 
puiple     Moulmem      BM    5766   (as   D.  crcibsinode). 
CO  10    OH  2  177;  S  177     Var  Barberianum,  Hort 
Fls  blighter,  the  apical  spots  larger  and  deeper. 

17  Lmawianum,    Ileichb     (D    momhforme,   Lmdl  , 
not  Swait/)     Pseudobulbs  with  mtcrnodes  gradually 
thickened  toward  apex,  up  to  \l/2  ft.  long,  clavatc: 
fls  in  pairs  or  3's,  about  2  in   across,  sepals  and  petals 
rosy  purple  above,  white  below,  the  sepals  half  as  broad 
as  pet.ils,  Up  obscurely  3-lobed,  small,  the  front  lobe 
purple,  the  lower  part  white  with  2  purple  spots  on 
disk     China  and  Japan     BM4153     P  M   3  77 

18  Fmdlayanum,  Pai    &  Ileichb.    Pseudobulbs  with 
mternode^  giadually  thickened  toward  apex,  up  to  1H 
ft    long    fls    in  pairs,  2-3  in    across;  sepals  and  petals 

IKile  lilac,  the  sepals  much  narrower  than  the  petals; 
ip  yellow,  white-maigmed  Burma  B  M  6438.  Gn 
40  416  (I  M  44  373  (var  roscww).  O  H  8  160 

10  Falconeri,  Hook  Pseudobulbs  slender,  up  to 
1^2  ft  long  fls  solitary,  2-3  m  across,  sepals  and 
petals  white,  purple-tipped,  the  former  tinged  with 
pale  rose,  the  petals  broader  than  sepals,  lip  obscurely 
3-lobed,  the  thioat  deep  purple,  with  an  orange  spot 
on  each  side  and  a  white  band  m  front,  the  acute  apex 
purple  N  India  B  M  4044.  I  II.  23  243  F  M. 
1876  226  G  Z  31  145.  Var  giganteum,  Hort.  Pseudo- 
bulbs  larger  fls  larger  and  lasting  longer. 

20  htuifl&rum,  Lmdl    Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft  long, 
pendulous   fls  in  pairs,  larcly  more,  2-2  H  in    across; 
sepals  and  petals  amethyst,  the  former  paler  at  base,  the 
latter  the  more  richly  colored,  the  sepals  much  narrower 
than  the  petals,  lip'euived  like  a  trumpet,  the  opening 
turned  up,  the  throat  purple,  surrounded  by  a  white 
zone,  the  margin  purple     Burma     B  M  6050     Var 
candidum,  Ileichb     Fls    larger,  the  sepals  and  petals 
white,   the  lip  sulfur-yellow.     Var.  FreSmami,  Hort. 
Sepals  and  petals  deeper  m  color,  the  hp  with  a  sulfur- 
yellow  zone 

21  monile,  Kranzl  (D  japdmcum,  Lmdl )     Pseudo- 
bulbs  up  to  1  ft  long,  slender-clavate:  fls  solitary  or  in 
pairs,  fragrant,  white  except  for  a  few  purple  spots  on 
the  lip,  sepals  narrower  than  petals,  both  acute;  lip 
acuminate,  leflexed  at  apex    S  Japan     B  M  5482 

22  amdfenum,   Lmdl      Pseudobulbs  up   to   11A  ft 
long,  slender    fls   solitary,  or  sometimes  in  2's  or  3's, 
about  2  in   across,  sepals  and  petals  white,  amethyst- 
tipped,  lip  with  the  front  lobe  ovate,  amethyst  mar- 
gined with  white.  Nepal    BM  6199.  G  C  II  16  625 

23.  crystdllmum,  Reichb  f    Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft 
long,  somewhat  pendulous,  fls.  solitary,  or  sometimes 
m  2's  or  3's,  about  2  m  across,  sepals  and  petals  white, 
tipped  with  amethyst,  or  this  sometimes  lacking  in  the 
sepals  which  are  much  narrower  than  the  petals,  hp 
with  a  yellow  middle  lobe  margined  white     Burma 
BM  6319.    Var.  filbens,     Hort     Sepals  and  petals 
pure  white;  lip  rich  yellow  tipped  with  white. 

24.  transparens,  Wall     Pseudobulbs  up  to  20  in. 
long,  slender:  fls   m  pairs  or  3's,  about  l}4  m-  across, 
white,  the  sepals,  petals  and  hp  tipped  pale  mauve, 
sepals  lanceolate;  petals  oblong-elliptic;  lip  recurved 


982 


DENDROBIUM 


at  the  obtuse  apex,  the  disk  with  a  large  purple  spot 
India.   BM.4663.  J.F.  1:68.  C.0. 27. 

25.  Pierardii,    Roxbg.    (D.    cuculldtum,    R.    Br ). 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  ft.  long,  slender,  pendulous:  fls. 
commonly  in  pairs,  up  to  2  in.  across,  sepals  and  petals 
pale  rosy  mauve,  acute,  the  sepals  lanceolate   much 
narrower  than  the  elliptic-oblong  petals;  lip  obscurely 
3-lobed,  pale  primrose-yellow,  pubescent  on  the  upper 
surface,    purple-streaked    at   base      India      B  R  548 
(as  D   cucullatum);  1756.    On  55,  p  405    FS  9*955 
LBC  8-750.  C.O  pi  26.  BM  2242  (as  /).  cucullatum) ; 
2584.   Var.  latifdlium,  Hort.   Lvs.  broader. 

26.  Parishii,   Reichb.  f.   Pseudobulbs  up  to  15  in. 
long,  curved,  rather  stout:  fls  solitary,  or  m  2's  or  3's, 
amethyst-purple  with  2  maroon  spots  on  each  bide  of 
the  throat  of  lip,  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  narrower 
than   the  oval-oblong  petals;   lip   downy,   apiculate. 
Moulmem.   B.M  5488. 

27.  prixnulinum,  Lmdl.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  20  in. 
long,  erect  or  nearly  so,  rather  stout:  fls.  solitary  or  in 
pairs,  2-3  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  pale  mauve- 
lilac,  oblong,  obtuse;  hp  pale  primrose-yellow,  purple- 
streaked  at  base,  the  middle  lobe  very  broad     Nopal 
andSikkim    Gt  1861.326.  J.H  III  50 '377    B.M. 5003 
(as  D  nobtle,  var  )   Var.  gigantdum,  Hort    Pseudobulbs 
pendulous,  more  slender:  fls.  larger,  the  lip  sometimes 
veined  with  pale  rose 

28  crepidatum,  Lmdl.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  1H  ft. 
long,  nearly  erect,  rather  stout,  longitudinally  marked 
witn  white  lines  fls  in  2's  or  3's,  about  1^2  in.  across ; 
sepals  and  petals  white,  tinted  lilac,  obtuse,  the  .sepals 
oblong,  narrower  than  the  petals;  lip  white  tinted  lilae, 
sometimes  downy,  the  front  lobe  obtuse  or  retuse,  the 
middle  orange-yellow    Assam.   B.M  4993.  5011    C.O 
40.    Var.  rdseum,  Hort.    Fls.  darker.    Var.  Album, 
Hort.    Fls   white 

29  Bensonise,  Reichb.  f  (D  Dartoiswnum,  Do  Wild 
D.  signdtum,  Reichb  f.).  Pseudobulbs  up  to  32  in.  long, 
erect,  rather  slender,  fls   solitary,  or  in  2's  or  3's,  2- 
2%  m  across,  white,  the  disk  of  the  lip  yellow  with  2 
maroon  spots;  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  much  narrower 
than  the  petals,   hp   with   the   front  lobe  orbicular, 
denticulate,    downy   on   the   upper   surface.     British 
Burma.   BM  5679,  8352.   O  R  11  241;  16:68.   F  M. 
355.  Var.  majus,  Hort.  Fls.  larger. 

30  cretaceum,  Lindl    Pseudobulbs  up  to  15  in  long, 
rather  stout,  curved,  pendulous,  fls  solitary,  about  \% 
in   across,  cream-white,  with  a  large  light  yellow  spot 
on  lip  streaked  with  orange-red:  sepals  and  petals 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  lip  with  the  front  lobe  orbicular- 
ovate,    obtuse,    downy.     Khasia    Hills.     B.R.  33  62. 
BM  4686.   FS  8-818.  JF  4'344. 

31.  gratiosfssimum,  Reichb.  f.  (D.  B6xallu,  Reichb.  f 
D.  BullenAnum,  Batem  ).    Pseudobulbs  up  to  \Yi  ft 
long,  somewhat  thickened  from  a  slender  base:  fls   in 
2's  and  3's,  2-2}^in.  across,  white,  the  sepals,  petals 
and  lip  tipped  with  rose-purple;  sepals  oblong-lanceo- 
late, narrower  than  the  ovate-lanceolate  petals;  hp 
with  the  front  lobe  broadly  ovate,  acute,  a  large  yellow 
orange-streaked   blotch   in   the   center.     Burma  and 
Moulmem.   B  M.  5652.   F.M.  315.  G.W.  1,  p.  227 

32.  n6bile,  Lmdl.  Fig.  1236.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft. 
long,  erect  or  nearly  so,  tufted,  nearly  round    fls  in  2's 
or  3's,  2^-3  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  white,  the 
upper  portion,  varying  in  extent,  amethyst-purple,  the 
sepals  ligulate,  the  petals  broader,  oblong-oval,  wavy- 
margined;  lip  with  a  broad  nearly  orbicular  blade, 
downy,  a  large  rich  maroon  spot  in  the  center,  inclosed 
by  a  cream-white  zone,  the  apex  amethyst-purple    Him- 
alayas to  China.  PM  7:7.  CO  1.  OR  5-209;  9:73. 
G.M.  47:425.      J.H.  III.  48:511;    56'51t    Var.  albi- 
fldrum,  Hort.  Fls.  white,  with  a  black-purple  spot  on 
thelip.  OR.2:113;9'73.   Var. album, Hort.  Fls  pure 
white.    Var.  Amfcsiae,  Hort.    Similar  to  the  preceding, 


DENDROBIUM 

but  fls  laigcr.  Var.  Armstrongiae,  Hort.  Sepals 
and  petals  pure  white,  of  great  size;  lip  very  dark 
maroon-purple.  Var.  Ashworthianum,  Hort.  Fls.  pure 
white,  except  the  green  mouth  of  the  lip.  Var.  Ballia- 
num,  O'Brien.  Sepals  and  petals  white;  lip  yellow- 
ish white  or  white  with  2  crimson  spots.  C.O.  1  b. 
Var.  coerulescens,  Reichb.  (D.  ccerid&scens,  Lmdl.). 
Shorter  and  more  slender  pseudobulbs:  fls  smaller 
and  of  a  deeper  color,  and  the  lip-blade  more  oval 
Var.  Colmanianum,  Hort  A  large,  pure  white  variety 
with  a  sulfur-yellow  disk  to  the  hp  Var  Cooksonianum, 
Reichb.  f.  Petals  concave,  approaching  the  lip  in 
form,  erect,  with  a  large  basal  maroon  blotch.  C  (). 
la  OR.  2-113;  9:73.  Var.  elegans,  Hort.  Fls. 
larger  and  more  symmetrical;  petals  broader,  the  base 
white;  a  pale  sulfur-yellow  zone  inclosing  the  maroon 
spot  on  hp,  which  has  a  rose-purple  apex.  Var  for- 
mosanum,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  somewhat  longer, 


1236.  Dendrobmm  nobile     (X1A) 

pendulous:  fls  with  longer  pedicels,  the  tips  of  the 
petals  and  lip  only  purple,  the  mouth  and  mentum 
green.  Var.  jaspidium,  Hort.  Fls.  very  showy;  apex 
of  segms  red  variegated  with  purple.  Var.  murrhi- 
niacum,  Hort.  Like  var  Ballianum,  but  finer,  sepals 
and  petals  slightly  tinged  violet;  disk  rich  violet, 
finely  veined  with  rose-violet.  Var.  nobflius,  Reichb.  f. 
Fls.  larger,  the  sepals  and  petals,  except  at  the  base, 
deep  purple;  hp  large,  rose-tipped,  deep  purple  m  the 
mouth.  C.O.  Ic.  GM.  46:193.  O.R.  2:113;  9:73. 
Var.  Owenianum,  Hort.  Var.  Rajah,  Hort.  Like  var. 
albiflorum,  but  sepals  and  petals  broader  and  flushed 
with  delicate  pink.  Var.  Rothwellianum,  Hort.  Var. 
Sanderianum,  Reichb.  f.  Resembles  var  nobiliusbut, 
fls.  smaller,  the  color  more  intense,  the  sepals  and 
petals  broader,  the  lip  with  a  large  black  purple  spot, 
the  surrounding  white  zone  larger  R  58.  O.R.  2:113: 
9:73.  Var.  Schneiderianum,  Reichb.  f.  Lip  suffused 
with  yellow,  and  with  a  deep  purple  spot.  Var.  Schrce- 
derianum,  Hort.  Larger  fls.  with  broader  segms ,  the 
sepals  and  petals  white,  sometimes  tipped  with  ame- 
thyst; hp  with  an  almost  black  spot,  bordered  with 
pale  yellow,  passing  into  white  var.  summitense, 
Hort  Var.  Tollianum,  Reichb.  f.  Pedicels  twisted,  the 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


983 


fls.  therefore  appearing  inverted,  fls  not  fully  opening 
Var  virginale,  Hort  Fls  pure  white,  except  a  pale 
primrose  tinge  on  the  lip.  G  C.  III.  35:357.  G.M.  52: 
394  OR  5  145;  8: 121 

33  Wardianum,  Warner.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  ft. 
long,  round,  pendulous   fls  in  2's  or  3's,  3-4  m.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  white,  oblong,  usually  tipped  with 
amethyst,  about  half  as  wide  as  the  white  oval  petals 
which  are  amethyst-tipped,  lip  white  with  an  ame- 
thyst apical  blotch,  the  throat  yellow,  with  a  maroon 
spot  on  each  side.     B  M  5058      I  H  24  277      F  R 

1  231      Gn.  47,  p  84     RB  23.25.    J.H.  III.  30  454, 
32  237,  42.211     GM  45  744     C  O.  5.    OR  2:177, 
8  177,  9. frontispiece.  R  9.  Var  album,  Williams    Fls. 
white,  except  the  yellow  throat  with  2  purple-crimson 
spots    C  O.  5a.  Var.  aureum,  Hort    Sepals  and  petals 
light  yellow.    Var.  Fdwleri,  Hort.    Lateral  sepals  with 
yellow  markings  and  purple  blotch  as  in  the  lip.   G  C. 
Ill  31  125    Var  xantholeftcum,  Hort    Fls  pure  white, 
with  a  large  orange-yellow  disk  to  the  lip 

34  regium,  Pram.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  1  ft    long, 
cyhndric.  fls  in  2's  or3's,  nearly  3  in  across,  sepals  and 
petals  purple-rose,  darker  veined,  obtuse,  the  sepals 
oblong,  narrower  than  the  ovate  01  oval  petals,  hp  with 
the    limb    nearly    orbicular,    purple-rose,    the    throat 
yellow,    surrounded   by  a  cream-white   zone      India. 
BM   8003     GC  III  42.122 

35  rhodopter^gium,  Reichb    f.    Pseudobulbs  up  to 

2  ft    long,  erect,  cyhndric •  fls    about  2^2  m    across, 
sepals  and   petals  rosy   purple,    mottled   with   white, 
sepals  oblong-lanceolate;  petals  oblong-ovate;  hp  crim- 
son-purple, striated,  white-margined,  denticulate,  with  a 
central  pale  longitudinal  band    Bui  ma  rnd  Moulmem 

36  Brymerianum,  Reichb    f     Pseudobulbs  up  to  2 
ft   long,  rather  stout,  a  little  enlarged  at  the  middle' 
fls   solitary  or  in  few-fld   racemes,  about  3  in    across, 
golden  yellow,   sepals  broadly  lanceolate,   acutish,   a 
little  broader   than   the  linear-oblong  obtuse   petals; 
lip  with  lateral  lobes  erect,  fimbnated  with  short  cihate 
flexuous  divisions,   the  middle  lobe  ovate,   fimbnate 
with  very  long  branched  cihate  divisions,  disk  papil- 
lose      Burma       B.M.  6383       A  F  6  009       G  C  II. 
11  475,  16.689     FM  n   a  459    R.  92.    Lmd.  4  183. 
G  Z  30  121.   O.R. 12.249,  16  24 

37.  Dalhousieanum,  Wall  Pseudobulbs  2-4  ft  long, 
lound,  rather  slender  racemes  pendulous,  6-10-fld; 
fls  4-5  in  across,  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  tinted 
and  veined  with  rose,  the  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  much 
narrower  than  the  ovate  petals;  hp  concave,  hairy  m 
front,  with  2  large  fringed  purple  spots  near  the  base. 
Burma  B II  3210  III  28423  Gn  48222 
GC  III  21  157  PM11  145  F  S  7  698  C  O.  7. 
Var  l&teum,  Hort  Fls  tinted  sulfur-yellow,  with 
crimson  disks  at  base  of  lip. 

38  moschatum,  Wall.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  6  ft  tall, 
cyhndric  *  racemes  5-15-fld  ;  fls  3-4  in  across,  faintly 
fragrant  of  musk;  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  tinted 
pale  rose  at  apex,  veined  and  reticulated,  the  sepals 
much  nai rower  tnan  petals;  lip  slipper-shaped,  pale 
yellow,  with  2  large  maroon  spots  encircled  with  orange, 
the  front  part  hairy  India  B  M  3837  B.R  1779 
(as  D  cupreum).  P  M  2  241  Var.  Calceolaria, 
Veitch  Man  Fls.  smaller,  orange-yellow,  with  deeper 
veins  and  reticulation,  and  deeper  spots  on  lip  C  O.  13. 

39.  dixanthum,  Reichb  f  Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  ft. 
tall,  erect,  somewhat  clavate:  racemes  2-6-fld  ;  fls. 
yellow,  with  an  orange  mark  on  hp;  sepals  and  petals 
acute,  the  former  lanceolate,  narrower  than  the  oblong, 
serrulate  petals;  lip  serrulate,  the  blade  nearly  orbicu- 
lar Moulmrin  and  Tenassenm.  B.M  5564. 

40  fimbriatum,  Hook  Pseudobulbs  3-5  ft.  tall, 
cyhndric:  racemes  6-12-fld.,  pendulous;  fls.  2-3  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  bright  orange-yellow,  the 
former  oblong-elhptic,  narrowei  than  the  oblong-oval, 


ciholate  petals;  hp  bright  yellow,  with  an  orange  spot 
on  the  orbicular  fimbnate  blade,  Nepal.  P  M.  2 '172 
.IF.  3:314  GC  III  25:305.  C.0. 9.  Var  oculatum, 
Hook  Pseudobulbs  shorter,  more  slender,  the  smaller 
fls  with  a  maroon  spot  on  the  hp  B.M.  4160.  I  H 
1:15  C.O.9a  PM.6:169  (as  D.  Poxtoni).  FS 
7:725  (as  D.  Poxtoni) 

41.  Aphrodite,  Reichb  f.  (D.  nodcilum,  Lmdl  ) 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  1  ft  long,  slender,  branched  flu. 
solitary  or  in  pairs,  2-3  in  across;  sepals  and  petals 
cream-colored,  the  former  lanceolate,  narrower  than 
the  ovate  petals,  lip  ci earn-colored,  with  a  large  saffron- 
yellow  spot  in  the  middle,  and  2  maroon  spots  at  base, 
the  front  lobe  nearly  rhomboid,  acute  Moulmem 
and  Tenassenm  BM  5470  FS  15.1582 

42  aftreum,    Wall      (D     heterocdrpum,    Wall.     D 
rhomboideum,  Lmdl  )     Pseudobulbs  up  to  1%  ft.  tall, 
erect,  somewhat  clavate.  »ld.  in  2's  and  3's,  fragrant, 
2- 2 j/2  m  across;  sepals  and  petals  cream-colored,  acute, 
the  former  oblong-lanceolate,  a  little  narrower  than  the 
oblong-ovate  petals,  lip  yellow,  streaked  with  reddish 
purple,  the  front  looe  ovate,  acuminate,  recurved,  the 
disk  velvety     Trop.  Himalayas  to  Philippines     B  M 
4708     FS   8-842     P  M.  14,  p.  68,  desc     JF  4  386 
CO  10     R  63     BR  29  17     JH  III.  52.405,  57 "3 
OR  8  41,  169     Var  sulphfcreum,  Hort     Fls  sulfur- 
yellow,  with  the  usual  orange-colored  markings 

43  clavatum,  Wall     Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  It.  long, 
cyhndric,    pendulous     racemes    4-6-fkl  ,    fls     2-3    in 
across,  sepals  and  petals  orange-yellow,  the  former  oval- 
oblong,   about  half  as  wide"  as  the  nearly  orbicular 
petals,    lip   bright   yellow,  with  a  maroon  blotch  in 
center,  the  front  lobe  orbicular,  denticulate,  the  upper 
surface    pubescent      Trop     Himalayas    to   S     China 
BM  6993 

44  Gibsonii,  Lmdl   (D   fuadUum,  Lmdl )     Pseudo- 
bulbs  up  to  3  ft    tall,  a  little  enlarged  m  the  middle, 
slender     racemes   5-10-fld  ,    pendulous;   fls     about   2 
m   across,  golden  yellow,  with  2  maroon  spots  on  the 
lip;  sepals  and  petals  oval-oblong,  obtuse,  about  the 
same  width,  hp  with  the  hrnb  a  little  broader  than  long 
rounded  at  apex,  fimbnate,  villous  on  \he  upper  sur 
face     Trop.  Himalayas  to  S.  China  and  Java.    P  M 
5  169    B  M.  6226. 

SECTION  V. 

A  Sepals  and  petals  white 
B.  Without  mar  Lings 

C  Middle  lobe  of  hp  quadrate,  emar- 
ginatc,  undulate,  spur  short,  sac- 
cate 45  lasioglossum 
cc  Middle  lobe  of  lip  triangular,  acute, 

cihate,  spur  long,  conic  46  aqueum 

BB    With  pur  pie  or  mauic  at  apex  32  nobile 

AA  Sepals   and   petals   purple,   mauve   or 

hlac 
B  Base  of  hp  including  column,  sepals 

and  petals  wulely  spreading 

c.  Lip  fringed,  disk  yellow  47.  Loddigesii 

cc   Lip  denticulate,  throat  deep  purple  48  superbum 
BB.  Base    of   hp    not    inclosing    column, 

sepals  and  petals  ascending        .       49.  MacCarthiae 
AAA.  Sepals  and  petals  yellow 
B.  Color  pale. 

c.  Fls.  buff-yellow,  hp  clawed,  unth  2 

purple  spots  . .  50.  albo-san- 

cc.  F  Is     primrose-yellow,     hp  at  base  [guineum 

convolute  around  column 
D.  Middle  lobe  of  hp  oblong,  emar- 

ginate,  petah  larger  than  sepals  51.  lutecium 
DD.  Middle  lobe  of  hp  nearly  orbicu- 
lar, reflexed,  much  undulated    52  ramosum 
BB.  Color  bright 

c.  Lip   with   a   single   large   maroon 

blotch  .53  ochreatum 

cc.  Lip  with  2  purple  spots 

D.  Margin  of  hp  denticulate  54  chrysanthum 

DD  Margin    of     lip     fimbnate,    the 

divisions  long  and  bearded        55  Hookerianutn 


084 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


45.  lasioglfissum,  Reichb.  f.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1^ 
ft.  long,  slender,  pendulous,  a  little  enlarged  at  the 
middle,  fls  in  2's  or  3's,  white,  except  the  reddish  lines 
on  the  side  lobes  of  the  lip;  sepals  ovate,  a  little 
narrower  than  the  petals;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
rounded,  denticulate,  the  middle  lobe  nearly  quadrate, 
undulate,  reflexed,  the  disk  with  a  tuft  of  orange- 
yellow  hairs  Burma.  B.M  5825. 

46  aqueum,  Lindl    (D    dlbum,   Wight).    Pseudo- 
bulbs  up  to  2  ft    long,  rather  stout,  decumbent:  fls. 
about  2  in    across,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  cream-white, 
except  a  yellow  spot  on  the  lip;  sepals  and  petals  simi- 
lar, broadly  ovate,  acute;  lip  obscurely  3-lobed,  the 
middle    lobe    triangular,  deflexed,  cihate,   the  upper 
surface   pubescent      Neilgherry   Hills.      B  R   29:54. 
BM.  4640    JF  3-262 

47  L6ddigesii,  Rolfe    (D     vulchtllum,  Lodd ,  not 
Roxbg     D  tieidehanum,  Reicho  f.)     Dwarf  :  pseudo- 
bulbs  3-4  in    long    fls    solitary,  about  1H  ln-  across; 
sepals  and  petals  lilac,  the  sepals  oblong,  much  nar- 
rower than  the  ovate  petals,  lip  orbicular  fringed,  the 
center  orange-yellow,  the  margin  pale  lilac.    China. 
L  B.C  20  1935.  B  M  5037 

48  superbum,  Reichb    f    (D   macrophyllum,  Lindl. 
Plate  XXXV    D.  Scorttchmit,  Hook     D.  macrdnthum, 
Hook  )     Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  or  4  ft   long,  cylmdric, 
pendulous,  fls   in  pairs,  3-5  in    across,  with  the  odor 
of  rhubarb;  sepals  and  petals  purple-lilac,  acute,  the 
former  oblong-lanceolate,  about  half  as  wide  as  the 
oblong-ovate  pet  alb,  lip  with  the  tube  a  deep  red- 
purple,  this  color  appearing  as  2  large  spots  in  the 
throat,  the  front  lobe  acuminate,  reflexed,  denticulate, 
the  upper  surface  pubescent    Philippines    B  M  3970. 
CO  20    PM  8'97    FS  8  757    O  R.  14  78;  20*144. 
Var.    an6smum,    Reichb     f      (D     andsmum,    Lindl. 
D     macrophyllum    Dayanum,     Hort ).      Pseudobulbs 
shorter      ns     usually   solitary, 

nearly   odorless,    smaller,    the 

sepals  and  petals  shorter  and 

broader     Lind.    6:264     PM 

15 '97    Var  giganteum,  Rnchb 

f     Fls    larger     Var   Huttonii, 

Reichb    f      Fls    white,  except 

the  base  of  the  lip  and  2  spots 

on  it   which  are   purple.    Malay  Archipelago.    Var. 

Richardii,  Hort    Medium-sized  very  fleshy  fls   set  on 

long  bristled  pedicels. 

49  MacC&rthiae,  Thwaites.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  2 
ft  long   fls   in  2-3-fld   pendulous  racemes;  sepals  and 
petals  ascending,  the  fl   not  opening  wide,  pale  rosy 
mauve,  acute,  the  former  lanceolate,  narrower  than 
the  oblong-ovate  petals  which  are  sometimes  purple- 
striped,  lip  pale  purple,  striped  with  deep  purple  and 
with  a  maroon  spot  surrounded  by  a  white  zone.   Cey- 
lon   B  M  4886    G  W.  14,  p  408. 

50  aibo-sangufneum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  15 
in.    long,    stout,    cylmdric,    erect:    racemes    2-7-fld  ; 
fls  2-3  in  across,  buff-yellow,  with  2  purple  spots  on 
lip;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  about  half  as  broad 
as  the  oblong-oval  petals  which  sometimes  have  a 
few  rod  btroaks  at  the  base;  lip  broadly  clawed,  the 
blade  broadly  obovate  or  nearly  orbicular,  undulate. 
Moulmem  and  Tenassenm.    B  M  5130     F  8  7  721. 
J.F.2:203 

51.  lutecium,  Batem  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1H  ft  tall, 
furrowed,  cylmdric  •  fls  2-4,  in  lateral  racemes,  2-2^ 
m  across,  primrose-yellow;  sepals  oblong-elliptic, 
narrower  than  the  oval  petals  j  lip  with  a  few  reddish 
streaks,  slightly  3-lobed,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  ernar- 
gmate,  a  tuft  of  yellow  hairs  below  the  tomentose  disk. 
Moulmem  B.M.  5441  F.S  23 '2395  (as  D.  Lvwi). 
JH  III  32-143;  51  519;  54'137.  V.O.  57.  Var. 
chlorocentrum,  Reichb  Fls.  a  little  larger  with  greenish 
hans  on  the  lip.  G  C  II  19:340. 


52.  ramdsum,  Lindl.  (D.  Riicken,  Lindl )     Pseudo- 
bulbs  up  to  1H  ft  tall,  slender,  fls.  solitary  or  in  pairs, 
about  1^2  in    across,  sepals  and  petals  pale  primrose- 
yellow,  the  dorsal  sepal  oblong,  the  lateral  triangular, 
the  petals  narrower  than  dorsal  sepal;  lip  3-lobed,  the 
lateral   lobes   white,    rose-streaked,    the   middle   lobe 
nearly  orbicular,  reflexed,  deeper  yellow  than  petals, 
much  undulated.   Trop.  Himalayas.   B.R.  29:60. 

53.  ochre&tum,   Lindl.  (D.   cambndge&num,  Paxt ). 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  10  m.  long,  stout,  curved,  cylmdric, 
decumbent,  fls  in  pairs,  2-3  in.  across,  rich  golden  yel- 
low, except  the  maroon  blotch  on  lip;  sepals  and  petals 
oblong,   acute,   similar;   lip  with  the   concave  blade 
orbicular,  recurved  on  the  margin,  the  upper  surface 
downy       Trop     Himalayas       B  M  4450.      C  O.  16. 
Var.  luteum,  Hort     Fls.   lemon-yellow,   with  blotch 
on  hp  of  much  lighter  purple  than  in  type. 

54.  chrysftnthum,     Wall      (D.     Pdxtorm,     Lindl ) 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  6  ft.  long,  slender,  furrowed,  pen- 
dulous,  fls    about   2   in    across,    in  racemes   of   4-6, 
golden,  except  the  2  maroon  spots  on  the  lip,  sepals 
oblong-oval;  petals  broadly  obovate;  hp  denticulate, 
the   middle   lobe   orbicular.     Tropical    Himalayas   to 
Burma  and  southern  China.    B  R  1299     Lind  5  194 
C.O.    2      G  C.    III.    15  565;    40  374.     Var.    anoph- 
t&lmum,  Reichb.  f.    Lip   not  spotted    Var.  microph- 
tfilmum,  Reichb.  f.    Petals  serrate,  and  the  spots  on 
the  hp  smaller. 

55  Hookerianum,  Lindl  (D.  chryt>dtis,  Reichb  f ). 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  8  ft  long,  pendulous  fls  3-4  in. 
across,  m  pendulous  racemes  of  10-15,  golden,  except 
the  2  maroon  spots  on  the  hp;  sepals  and  petals  oblong, 
acute,  similar,  lip 
with  the  blade 
broadly  oval,  velvety 
on  upper  surface,  firn- 
briate,  the  divisions 
long  and  bearded 
Trop  Himalayas  and 
Bengal  BM  6013. 
Lind  16  730  1  H. 
20  155  JH  III. 
33  221  Var  brachy- 
stachyum,  K  r  a  n  z  1 . 
Fls  a  little  larger, 
fewer,  in  shorter  ra- 
cemes. Khasia  Hills. 

SECTION  VI. 

A  Fls   usually  single. 

56  Jenkmsii 
AA   Fls    m  racemes. 

57  aggregatum 

56  Tenkinsii,Wall. 
Dwarf     pseudobulbs 
up  to  \y<i  in    long, 
crowded,     oblong, 
compressed,    1-lvd  . 
Ivs  oblong,  oval,  1-2 
m   long-  fls  solitary, 
about  \l/z  in  across, 
orange -yellow,    with 
the  disk  on  the  lip 
darker;   sepals  oval, 
much  narrower  than 
the  rhomboid  petals, 
the  hp  downy  above. 
Assam  and    Burma. 
B  R  25  37. 

57  aggregatum, 
Roxbg.   Pseudobulbs 
ovate-fusiform,  up  to 
2  in    long,  crowded, 

1237.  Dendrobium  superblens.    ( xl)       1-lvd. :    Ivs.    2-3    in. 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


985 


long,  oblong-oval:  racemes  pendulous,  6-12-fld  ;  fls. 
becoming  orange-yellow  with  age,  the  disk  deeper; 
sepals  ovate,  about  half  as  broad  as  the  nearly  orbicular 
petals;  lip  with  a  pubescent  disk.  Burma  and  China. 
B.R.  1695.  B.M.  3643.  G.C.  III.  50.82.  C.O.  33 

SECTION  VII. 

58.  bicameratum,  Lindl  (D  breviflbrum,  Lindl.  D. 
calhbdtrys,  Ridley)  Pseudobulbs  tufted,  fusiform,  up  to 
16  in  long:  racemes  short,  fascicled,  on  the  old  pseudo- 
bulbs,  fls.  yellow,  the  sepals  and  petals  marked  with 
red  spots  in  lines;  hp  cuneate,  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
small  acute,  the  middle  lobe  retuse,  the  callus  fleshy, 
papillate  Trop.  Himalayas. 

SECTION  VIII. 

59  macrophyllum,  A  Rich.  (D  Veilchtanum,  Lindl. 
D    macrophyllum    V eitchwnum,    Hook     f.     D.  ferox , 
Habbk.).    Pseudobulbs  stout,  clavate,  up  to  2  ft.  long, 
farrowed,  narrowed  below.  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long. racemes 
many-fld.,  erect;  fls   about  2  m.  across;  sepals  oblong- 
ovate,   hairy  externally,   pale  yellowish  green,   larger 
than  the  whitish  spathulate  petals;  hp  3-lobed,  the 
lateial  lobes  round,  purple-btreaked,  the  middle  lobe 
broader  than  Ions,  with  radiating  purple  lines     New 
Guinea,  Java,  Trmos,   Philippines    B  M.  5649.   H  F. 
2  132    Var  sten6pterum,  Reichb  f    Fls.  smaller,  the 
rneriturn  much  reduced,  the  sepals  and  petals  ochre, 
copiously  dotted   inside,  marked  outside  with  large 
brown  spots. 

SECTION  IX. 

60  Kingianum,    Lindl      Dwarf     pseudobulbs    2-3 
in    long,  attenuated   upwards   from  a  bulbous   ba^e, 
2-5-1  vd  :  racemes  fe\v-fla  ,  fls  nearly  1  in  across;  sepals 
and  petals  purple,  the  acute  ovate  sepals  broader  than 
the  petals,  hp  white,  marked  with  purple,   3-lobcd,  the 
lateral  lobes  obtuse,  the  middle  lobe  remform,  apicu- 
late;    spur   yellow-tipped      Queensland.     B.R.  31:61. 
B.M.  4527.  J.F.2:143.  C.O.  38. 

SECTION  X. 

A  Sepals  and  petals  undulate;  ovary  same 

color  as  fl  61.  superbiens 

AA  Sepals  and  petals  not  undulate;  ovary 

green 
B.  FU>  about  2  in  across;  middle  lobe  of 

lip  ntube,  disk  papillose     ..       ..   62.  bigibbum 
BB.  Fls    2^-4  in  across,  middle  lobe  of 

hp  acute,  disk  smooth 63.  Phalaenopsis 

61.  supSrbiens.  Reichb.  f.  (D.  Gbldiei,  Reichb  f. 
D  Fitzneraldii,  F.  Mucll.).  Fig  1237.  Pseudobulba 
up  to  2}£  ft.,  cylindnc,  somewhat  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  leafy  above:  peduncle  nearly  terminal,  bearing  a 
nodding  terminal  raceme;  fls  about  2  in.  across, 
crimson-purple,  the  sepals  and  petals  often  whitc- 
bordered;  sepals  oblong,  reflexed,  undulate,  narrower 
than  the  obovatc  petals:  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
round,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  wavy,  reflexed.  Austral. 
FM  1878-294  R  1'39.  G.  34:117.  G.W.  14,  p.  29. 
G  C  III.  49  36.  C.O  15. 

62  bigflbbum,  Lindl     Pseudobulbs  cylindric,  some- 
what fubiform,  slender,  up  to  1^  ft.  long,  leafy:  pedun- 
cle nearly  terminal,  slender,  with  a  terminal  many- 
fld.  raceme;  fls.  l/4~2  in.  across,  purple-magenta,  the 
hp  darker;  sepal  oblong,  acute,  much  narrower  than 
the  nearly  orbicular  petals;  hp  3-lobed,  the  lateral 
lobes  oblong,  incurved,  the  intermediate  one  oblong, 
reflexed,  crest  white,  papillose     Austral.    B  M.  4898. 
FS  11:1143.  Gt.  49: 1473.  Var.  candidum,  Reichb.  f. 
Fls  white. 

63  Phaten6psis.  Fitzgerald.  Fig.  1238.  Pseudobulbs 
slender,  up  to  2  ft.  long,  leafy  above:  peduncle  terminal 
or  nearly  so,  slender,  bearing  a  terminal  raceme  of 
8-15  fls.  which  are  2^-3^  m.  across;  sepals  lanceo- 


x,  the  petals   W 
hp  deep  ~vio-   \ 
GO  III  28'     J 


late,  acute,  white,  flushed  pale  rose,  narrower  than  the 

rhomboid  orbicular  mauve  petals  with  deeper  veins; 

hp  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  round,  curved  over  the 

column,  maroon-purple,  tl  e  middle  lobe  pale  purple, 

deeper  veined     Austral.    G  F.  5.440  (adapted  in  Fig. 

1238).     AF.    16: 

1442.   BM  6817 

C  0. 4    Var  holo- 

leuceum,    Hort. 

Fls    white.    G.C 

III  28  23?.    Var 

Lindeniae,     Hort 

Fls  large,  creamy 

white         Var 

Rothschildianum, 

Kran/1    I'ls  4  in. 

acjoss,  the  sepals 

and  petals  white, 

suffused  rose,  the 

hp  rose,  intensely 

veined        Var 

rubescens,    Hort 

An    exceptionally 

dark  form     Var 

Schrce  derianum, 

II  o  r  t      Sepals 

whit*, 

and  hp 

238  Var"spliSn-  ft 
dens,  Hort.  Fls  i 
bright  magenta- 
rose,  white  at 
ba*>e  of  segms. 
Var  Statteria- 
num,  Sander.  Fls. 
deep  violet.  Var. 
thundersleyense, 
Hort  A  dark- 
colored  form.  1238.  Dendrobmm  Phalaenopsis. 

SECTION  XI. 

A.  Sepals  and  petals  not  yellow  . 

B   Psfudobulhs  clavate,  few-jointed 
C  Fls    single  or  in  racemes  of  2  or  3, 

sepals  and  pitals  contorted  64  tortile 

CC.  Fls    in  6-   to   many-fld    racemes, 

sep<ils  and  petals  not  contorted. 
D.  Lip  white  with  a  yellow  spot; 

racemes  loosely  fld          .  65.  Palpebrae 

DD.  Lip     entirely     yellow,      racemes 

densely  fld  66  thyrsiflorum 

BB.  Pseudobulbs  ryhndrw,  many-jointed. 
C.  Lip  white,  colortd  at  bat>e,  sepals 

and  petoh  white 
D.  Middle  lobe  of  hp  broadly  obcor- 

date,  resembling  the  pttals     .      67.  Fytchianum 
DD.  Middle  lobe,  of  lip  narrowly  ob- 
long, much  different  from  pttals.QS.  leucolopho- 
CC.  Lip  rose  with  a  large  orange  blotch;  [tun\ 

scimls  and  petals  lose     69.  Bronckartil 

XA.  Sepah  and  petals  yellow. 

B.  Color  pale  straw-color,  tinted  with  rose.70.  Farmer! 
BB.  Color  clear  yellow,  not  tinted. 

c  Raceme  of  $-4  fls     .           71.  capillipes 

CC.  Raceme  10-  to  many-fld, 

D.  Lip  deeply  fimbriate,  the  divisions 

ciliate  72.  chrysotoium 

DD.  Lip  minutely  fimbnate. 

E.  Throat    of   hp    marked    with 

purple  radiating  lines       . .   73.  sulcatum 
BE.  Throtit  not  lined 

F.  Petals    about    as    wide    as 

sejxils  74.  densiflorum 

FF.  PetaU  nearly  twice  as  wide 

as  scpah  75.  Gnffithianum 

64.  tfirtile,  Lindl  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1  ft  long, 
clavate,  furrowed,  fls  in  2's  or  3's,  sometimes  solitary; 
sepals  and  petals,  narrowly  oblong,  twisted,  pale  lilac; 


986 


DENDROBIUM 


DENDROBIUM 


Up  convolute  at  base,  nearly  orbicular,  primrose-yel- 
low, with  a  purple  basal  spot.  Malay  Pemns.  B.M. 
4477.  O.K.  8:201.  Var.  Dartoisianum,  O'Brien  (D. 
Dartoisitinum,  De  Wild).  Sepals  and  petals  yellowish. 
French  India. 

65.  Palpebrae,  Lindl.   Pseudobulbs  up  to  10  in.  long, 
clavate,  4-angled:  racemes  loosely  5-10-fld.;  fls.  white, 
except  the  orange-yellow  disk  on  lip;  sepals  oblong, 
narrower  than  the  oval  petals;  hp  oblong,  downy  above, 
fringed  near  the  base.   Burma,  Siam,  China. 

66.  thyrsifldrum,  Reichb    f     (D.  densifldrum  dlbo- 
litteum,  Hook  ).    Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  ft.  long,  terete, 
leafy:  racemes  pendulous,  many-fld  ,  lateral,  fls   1^-2 
in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  white,   nearly  transpa- 
rent, the  sepals  oblong-ovate,  acute,  narrower  than  the 
nearly  orbicular  denticulate  petals;  lip  orange-yellow, 
downy,  the  blade  nearly  orbicular,  fimbnate     Moul- 
mem  and  Burma.    OR  6 '209.    C.O.  18     Gn  60,  p. 
282    Gt.  55,  p.  98.   J  H  111  48'313    I  H  22:207.   G. 
19-204    FM    n   s.  449    Var   Walkenanum,  Warner. 
Pseudobulbs  longer:  fla  larger  in  longer  racemes. 

67.  Fytchianum,   Batem     (D    barbdtulum,    Batem., 
not  Lindl).    Pseudobulbs  up  to  V/z  ft    tall,  slender, 
erect:  racemes  10-15-fld  ,  fls.  1^-2  in.  across,  white, 
except  the  rosy  tint  on  sides  of  hp,  sepals  lanceolate, 
about  one-third  as  wide  as  the  obovate  petals;  hp 
3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  incurved,  the  middle  lobe 
broadly  obcordate,  with  basal  tufts  of  yellowish  hair. 
Burma.  B.M  5444.   Var.  rdseum,  Berkeley    Fls.  rose. 

68.  leucoltiphotum,  Reichb    f.    Pseudobulbs  up  to 
lf^  ft.  tall,  rather  stout    raceme  nodding,  many-fld  , 
1-sided,  on  a  long  peduncle;  fls.  about  1  in    across, 
white,  except  the  pale  green  on  the  side  lobes  and  base 
of  hp:  sepals   oblong-linear,   keeled,   much   narrower 
than  the  obovate  petals;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes 
incurved,    the    midlobe    narrowly    oblong.      Malay 
Archipelago. 

69  Br6nckartii,  De  Wild     Pseudobulbs  up  to  3  ft. 
long,    furrowed,    terete,    leafy:    racemes    pendulous, 
laxly  many-fld.;  fls.   about  2  in.   across,   pale  rose, 
except  an  orange  blotch  on  hp,  sepals  elliptic-oblong; 
petals  elliptic-ovate:  hp  nearly  orbicular,  denticulate, 
the  disk  velvety     Annam.    B  M  8252.    R  B.  33 '369. 

70  FArmeri,  Paxt  (D.  Pdlpebrx,  Hook,  not  Lindl.). 
Pseudobulbs  up  to  1^  ft  tall,  4-angled,  clavate,  leafy: 
racemes  pendulous,  laxly  many-fld  ;  fls    about  2  in. 
across;  sepals  and  petals  pale  straw-color,  tinted  rose, 
the  sepals  oblong,  acute,  narrower  than  the  broadly 
oval  petals;  lip  nearly  orbicular,  deep  yellow,  downy 
above.    Sikkim   to   Nepal   and   Burma     B.M  4659. 
FS  7.741    JF  307    CO.  30.  Var  albifldrum,  Hort. 
Sepals  and  petals  white    Var.  a&reo-flavum,  Hook. 
Sepals  and  petals  golden. 

71.  capfflipes,  Reichb    f.    Dwarf:  pseudobulbs  2-3 
in.  long,  fusiform,  racemes  few-fld.;  fls.  about  1%  in. 
across,  golden  yellow,  with  a  deeper  blotch  on  lip; 
sepals   lanceolate,    acute,    much    narrower   than    the 
broadly  oval  petals;  hp  with  the  blade  about  orbicular, 
emargmate.    Burma.  B.M  7639.  Var  Slogans,  Reichb. 
f     Pseudobulbs  taller,  and  base  of  hp  deeper  yellow. 

72.  chrysot6xum,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  up  to  1^  ft. 
tall,  clavate  or  fusiform,  racemes  drooping,  many-fld.; 
fls.  about  2  in.  across,  golden  yellow,  except  the  red- 
dish streaked  orange-yellow  disk  on  hp;  sepals  oblong- 
elliptic,  about  half  as  broad  as  the  obovate-oblong 
petals;   hp  orbicular,  fimbnate,  pubescent  on  upper 
surface.     Burma.     G.  18:465;    30:275.     B.M.  5053. 
I.H  5:164.    CO  11.   Var.  suavfssimtim,  Hook  f.  (D. 
suavissimum,  Hook  f ).   Differs  in  its  shorter,  thicker 
pseudobulbs,  and  the  large  chestnut  spot  on  the  lip. 
Burma.  Gn   13:166.  CO.  lla. 

73.  sulcatum,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  10  in.  long, 
clavate,  furrowed:  racemes  10-15-fld.,  short,  nodding; 
flfl.  yellow,  the  hp  deeper  and  purple-streaked;  sepals 


oval-oblong,  narrower  than  the  ovate  petals,  lip  broadly 
ovate.  Khasia  Hills  BR  24:65  BM  6962. 

74.  densifldrum,  Wall  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1H  ft. 
tall,  4-angled,  clavate,  leafy,  racemes  pendulous,  many- 
fld  ;  fls  about  2  in  across,  sepals  and  petals  orange- 
yellow,  nearly  transparent,  the  acute  sepals  oblong- 
ovate,  narrower  than  the  denticulate  nearly  orbicular 
petals;  lip  nearly  orbicular,  orange-yellow,  downy 
above.  Nepal  B.R  1828  BM  3418.  F.S  14.1397. 
G.W.  1,  p  223  JH  111  51:123,  64:94  CO  14. 
Var  SchroMeri,  Hort  (D  densiflbrum  Schr&den,  Hort. 
D.  densiflbrum  dlbum,  Hort ).  Fls  larger  in  looser, 
longer  racemes,  the  sepals  and  petals  white,  the  lit) 
deep  orange,  shading  at  margin  to  pale  yellow.  F  M 
502.  A  G  20  5. 

75  Grifflthianum,  Lindl  Pseudobulbs  up  to  1H  ft. 
tall,  furrowed,  attenuated  below:  racemes  pendulous, 
many-fld  ;  fls.  about  2  in  across;  sepals  and  petals 
bright  yellow,  the  sepals  oblong-oval,  narrower  than 
the  nearly  orbicular  petals,  Up  orbicular,  fringed, 
papillose  above  Burma  Var  Guibertii,  Veitch 
(D  Guibtrtii,  Carr )  Fls.  larger  and  more  intensely 
colored'  pseudobulbs  more  abruptly  narrowed  below. 

SECTION  XII 

76.  crumen*<-'m,  SwMtz  Pseudobulbs  fusiform, 
thickened  above  base,  then  attenuated*  fls  appearing 
successively  in  upper  part  of  st  ,  white,  or  suffused  with 
pale  rose,  sepals  acute,  the  petals  oolong-lanceolate, 
acute;  lip  cuneatc,  the  lateral  lobes  rounded,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  nearly  orbicular,  the  disk  with  5  keels  Malay 
Archipelago  BR  25.22  BM  4013. 

D  acuminiitum,  Rolfe—Saicopoihum  acunnnatum — -D  din- 
plum,  Lindl  =Sarcopodium  ainplum  — D  annamense,  Rolfe  Fla 
buff-yellow,  rather  membranous  Annam  — D  arcudtum,  J  J. 
Smith  Fls  white,  with  stout  spurs  curved  forward  at  the  tip 
Java — D  Ashivorthix,  O'Brien  FU  cream-white,  except  a  few 
purple  streaks  at  base  of  hp,  the  sepals  lanceolate  or  triangular 
the  petals  clawed  New  Guinea  BM  8141.  GC  III  29  86' 
CO  39 — D  atronoldceum,  Kolfc  Racemes  many-fld,  the  fls. 
about  3  in  across,  the  sepals  and  petals  primrose-yellow,  claret- 
spotted,  the  lip  3-lobecl,  the  disks  violet,  white-striped,  the 
middle  lobe  recurved,  dark  \iolet  streaked  white  at  base,  the 
upper  part  yellow,  claret-spottod  New  Guinea  B  M  7371 
C  O  12  O  R  3  305,  9  152,  Ib  t>9  G  W  14,  p  407  I  H  III 
50355—  D  bflldtulum,  Rolfe  Dwarf,  tufted  fis  1  or  2, 
„„,.!„_,  _.u.* <u milion  hp  China  B  M  7985  G  C  III 


Remw    Sepals  and  petals  whitish,  chang- 
,  hp  elongated,  white 


axillary,  white  with  „ 

36   114  ~-D  bicaudMui _ __^ 

ing  to  greenish  yellow,  with  faint  purple  1: B 

Java— C  Brdndtn,  Kranzl  Resembles  D  Phala-nopsis  Fls 
more  fleshy,  mauve-purple  with  sihery  ert-sts  to  the  lip,  sepals  and 
petals  twisted  or  curled — D  capiluliflbrum,  Rolfe  Fls  m  dense 
axillary  heads,  greenish  white,  with  column  and  disk  of  hp  bright 
green  New  Guinea  —D  cihAtum,  Parish  Sepals  and  petals  yel- 
lowish green,  the  hp  yellow,  purple-lined  Moulmein  B  M  5430. 
GW  ll.p  340  Var  annamtnse,  Hort  A  white-fld  form  with 
fringed  lip,  purple  at  the  base  Ajinam  — D  Cceldgynt,  Reichb  f  =- 
Sarcopodium  C<rlogyne  C  O  32  —  D  compdctum,  Rolfe  A  small- 
growing  species  sepals  and  petals  pure  white,  linear,  acuminate, 
lip  nearly  as  long  as  sepals,  light  green  China  —D  convolutum, 
Rolfe  Sepah  and  petals  light  green,  with  a  few  small  dark  brown 
markings  at  the  base,  lip  green  and  dark  brown  New  Guinea  — D 
cnnfferum,  Lindl  "Fls  lasting  only  a  single  day,  whitish,  with  a 
3-lobed  lip  which  breaks  up  in  front  into  a  fringe  of  long  spreading 
yellow  filaments  "  Malaya  GC  III  43  194 —D  cucumtnnum, 
M'lxiav  Dwarf  Ivs  oblong,  terete,  with  tubercles  arranged  in 
lines  fls  3-5,  white  or  yellowish,  purple-streaked  New  S  Wales. 
J  F  4  358  B  M  4619  —  D  dehcdtulum,  Kranzl=D  subacaule 
— D  dehcdtum,  Bailey  Sepals  and  petals  milky  white  the  lip  white, 
violet-lined,  the  callus  golden,  minutely  violet-dotted  New  Guinea 
G  34  245. — D  epidendrdpsis,  Kranzl  Resembling  an  epidendrum 
fls  greenish  or  yellow  outside,  yellow  inside,  about  \yt  in  long 
Philippines  -~D  FaulhaberiAnum,  Sohltr  Fls  violet-rose,  lateral 
sepals  forming  a  raentum  scarcely  J^m  long  Hainan  — D  /unfdrme, 
BaiIey=D.  speciosum  fusiforme  — D  ylomerAtum,  Rolfe.  Fls  rose- 
purple,  in  fcw-fld  fascicles,  the  hp  golden  carmine  Molucca.  Gn. 
65,  p.  123  — D  Goldschmidtidnum,  Krftnzl  Over  a  foot  high  •  racemes 
short,  about  12-fld  ,  fls  deep  rose-purple  Formosa — D.  HUdt- 
brandn,  Rolfe.  Racemes  axillary,  3-4-fld  ,  sepals  and  petals 
white,  the  lip  primrose-yellow,  the  tube  pubescent  externally. 
Burma  BM  7453  O  R  3  49,  12  153,  16  26 — D  H6dgk\nsoni\, 
Rolfe  Raceme  5-7-fld  ,  terminal,  fls  ^pale  green,  the  lip  purple- 
nerved  New  Guinea  B  M.  7724  —D  I mthurnii,  Rolfe  Probably 
the  most  robust  of  all  dendrobmms  m  cult,  racemes  axillary,  many- 
fld  ;  fls  of  medium  size,  white,  with  lilac  streaks  on  lateral  lobes  of 
hp.  New  Hebrides  B  M  8452.— D  inaouAle,  Rolfe  Flowering 
pseudobulbs  separate  from  leafy  ones,  clavate,  the  fin  second, 
arising  alternately  from  the  margin  of  the  intemodes,  sepals  and 
petals  white,  the  lip  tubular,  pale  yellow,  purple-streaked  inside. 


DENDROBIUM 


New  Guinea  ft  M  7715—  D  J  erdomfinum,  Wight=-D  nutans — 
D  Lnxl/nxe,  Schlecht  Fls.  Hohtary  in  axil  of  If  at  apex  of  the  at , 
small,  while  A  curious  species  New  Guinea  —  D  Mad6nnx, 
Rolfe=-I)  rhodostictum  — D  monophfiUum,  F  Muell  In  habit 
resembling  a  bulbophyllum  racemes  with  'J  I't  greenish  yellow  fls. 
AuMr.il  —  D  M6rtn,  F  Muell  Us  solitary,  sepals  and  petals 
liKlit  yellow  hp  whitish,  maiked  with  lilac  with  .3  undulate  green 
k<  els  on  disk  New  8  Wales  --D  mimrdtum  munificum.  Fmet  = 
Inobulbon  inunificum  —  D  nulanH,  Lmdl  Fls  short,  in  few-fld 
raof>m"s,  Rolden,  sheaths  hispidulous  Malabar  B  M  7741 
CO  28  (as  I)  Jerdomanum)—  D  puniceum,  Rolfe  Fls  m 
raceracM,  light  rose-pink,  with  huht  yellow  tips  1o  the  sepals  and 
petals  New  Guinea  -D  yummium.  llolfe  "Fl*  light  yellow 
with  -.cveral  light  brown  nerves  in  front  of  lip  "  New  Guinea  — 
J)  rhMioitlctum,  F  Muell  Flw  white,  with  a  few  purple  spots  on 
margins  of  lateral  lobes  of  lip  New  Guinea  B  M  7900  (as  I) 
Madonme)  GC  III  43  K.2  —  D  rosUlum,  Ridley  Fls  rose- 
folf.rod  Borneo— D  rdsen-nfrvMum,  8<  hl<  (  ht  1-N  pale  roso,  borne 
at  the  Humimts  of  the  sts  Sumatra —D  SAnderx,  Rolfe 
Pse  udobulbs  up  to  3  ft  long,  leafy  racemes  lateral,  3-i-fld  ,  fls 
large,  white,  the  hp  with  purple  stripes  on  the  disk  and  lateral 
lobts,  the  middle  lobe  obovate,  truncate,  rrenulate  8  E  Asia 
BM  Mttl  GC  III  45  i74  (i  M  52  Ml  OR  17  209 —D 
bih'uzn,  Rolfe  Ma  pale  green,  very  fugauous  Sumatra— D 
•Sr/imrirtj,  Rolfe  Fls  very  Urge,  white  A  new  species  of  the  D 
1  If  am  group— £)  semlf,  Pav  &  Reir  hh  f  Pnpudobulbs  fusiform, 
nair>  us  ire  the  IVH  Us  in  pairs  or  solitary,  fleshy,  rich  yellow, 
w  itli  a  ft  w  orange-  streaks  on  lip  Burma,  Ti  nasserun  Moulmem 
BM  5520  CJ  \V  '),  p  422—7)  tpathuimm,  Lmdl  A  small 
species  with  slcndi  r  pscudobulbs  fl«  white  Sikkim — D  specidsum 
futijoimr,  BaiUy  Pse  udobulbs  fuMform  fls  pale  sulfur  or  htraw- 
«)lf)i  to  m  n Ij  white,  the  hp  whit. ,  marked  with  violet  Austral 
C  .U  idl  (,'('  111  11  337  —  D  epectdbile,  Miq  Pstudobulbs  up 
to  2  ft  ,  (laviito,  grooved  fix  3  in  across,  white,  streaked  and 
'.potted  with  dark  purple,  the  sepals  and  petals  undulate,  reeurved, 
the  forimr  triangular-lane* elate,  the  petals  much  narrower,  hp 
undulate,  narrowly  pandunform,  the  narrow  lanceolate  tip  re- 
t  urved  \(  w  Guinea  anil  Solomon  Isls  B  M  7747  C  O  22 
A  CJ  21  2W  GM  H  5i  Var  Simmondm,  Hort  Lip  much 
longer  than  in  the  typo,  white,  veined  with  dark  purple — D 
s/j./riu/n,  I  I  Smith  M<  solitary,  nopals  and  petals  white  A 
distinct  and  singular  «.pmrs  Javi.  Borneo—/;  stndtwn,  Hurt 
Sfp-ils  and  petals  narrow  and  neaily  eeiual,  labellum  as  long  as 
netaN  narrow,  with  sidis  folded  line  k,  wri'tn-h  tinged  with  rose" 
Kilippuif  —I)  wlxmul-  Ri-inw  I-ls  fragrant,  white  speekled  with 
purple  on  hi)  lip  Mth  vtrv  short  apuulate  middlelobe  Queensland. 
— />  tnunnum,  Lmdl  I\e udobulbs  e> hndne-  raeemes  many-fld  , 
fix  large  ,  the  sepals  white,  the  petals  and  lip  pile  rose,  intensely 
striatod  Philippines  C,  ('  Ilf  31  «K)  BR  24  28  —  D  tonk- 
inrn-u  H«  Wild  Lip  entire,  furnished  with  erects,  the  meehan 
one  very  prominent  Tonejmn  —  D  TreacheriAnum,  Reichb  f  =» 
SinorHxlium  rroachenanum — D  tnfl<num,  Lindl -^barcopodium 
lyml.idumlis  -1)  undulntum  var  BruAm/t.Mtt,  Fit/g(  raid  Fls 
pale  greenish  vellow  N  Vustral  —  D  I  icttiri  c-reyina',  Loher 
Rate  me  s  f<  w-Hel  sepnls  and  petals  white  at  the  ba&e,  violet-purple 

blaTkVpurplc'^nVos^f'VupiUa^^PhihVpines  G  M  '51'  blO,  54  55C)1 
Gn  75,  p  <7()  CO  21  OR  2017—7)  H  lUiamni,  Day  & 
Reichb  f  I^oudobulbs  up  to  1  ft  tall,  hairy,  as  well  as  the 
ivs  fls  usually  in  pairs.  2  '  2--i  m  across,  ivory-white  or  jellowish, 
the  thro  it  of  lip  bright  orange-red  N  K  India  BM  7074 
(.,  C  III  .3j  HI  —7)  Hf/so/ui,  Rolfe  Raot  mes  2-  or  3-fld  , 
tls  delicate  pink  or  marly  white,  with  small  >ollow  blotch  on 
disk  of  hp  \V  China  -D  \\  olt,  ruinum,  Sc  hltr  Raceme's  many- 
fld  ,  Hs  rose-c  olorc  d  New  Guinea 

The  following  are  some  of  the  hybrid  forms  D  Atnsworthii, 
Moore  (D  annum  «  D  nobile)  Fls  v\ lute,  more  or  less  suffused 
with  lose,  the  hp  with  a  leathered  purple  spot  CO  1  Gn  51,  p. 
HS  GC  II  It,  024  JH  III  02  2M  — />  Apollo  aratultfl Arum 
—  D  nilwn-4  -/)  fr/*»ns=D  aureum  X  D  Amsworthii  OR 
14  72—  D  .lsp()xm  =  l>  aureumxD  Wardianum  OR  1  1J7  — 
J)  butJonltenttt-D  aureumxD  Linawianum  G  29  35  —  7) 
('ns«if>p(-=D  monihlorme^-  D  nobile  CO  2—7)  rhrysodiscu^ 
1)  Amsworthii  ^D  P'indluyanum  —  D  C«rUm=D  aureum X I). 
Cas>iopo  (in  (>!),  p  145  OR  14  73 — D  D<flhou8ii-n6bile  =  D 
nobile  X  I)  pule  he  Hum  GC  III  27  37')  —  D  dominytlnum^l). 
nobile  X  I)  Linawianum  -—7)  dulce—l)  aureum  X  D  Linawianum. 
— D  7?</iM<«—  U  nobile  nobilusxD  aureum — D  enrfe«/iam= 
D  aureum  '  D  momleforme  G  32  2<H  GZ  36,  p  105  — 
D  lunsmutn—D  endochansxD  nobile — D  Lecchianum=*D. 
aureumxD  nobile  RH  1904  280  CO  la — D  milanodiscus 
glondsa^n  Amsworthii xD  1'indlayamim  GC  III  35  219—7). 
melanodlscus  ;jrf««-n«=D  Amsworthii  xD  Fmdlayanum.  JH  III. 
50  25  —  D  RecblinQiAmtm,*=I)  nobile  XD  ramosum  Gn  59,  p. 
19.S,  deso  —D  «c5//c,i'-=D  nobile  xD  pnmulinum  —  D  Ktlfex 
rdsnim^D  nobile  X  D  primuhnum  Gn  W  18541 — D  rubens 
vrandijl!>rum=n  Amsworthii  X  D  nobile.  GM  53206—7). 
&chneulern\num=D  ii'ireumxl)  F  ndlavanum — D  splendidts- 
f,imum  grandifldrum^D  nohi'cAD  aureum  GM  43  179  Gn 
Co,  P  140—7)  ThwaUetie-^D  An.sworthiixD.  Wiganue  GM 
47  273.— 7).  FinwD.  nobile  xD  Faleonen.  G  M  51  459 
C  O  3  —7)  TV"t(/efni.»=^D  nobile  X  D  signatum  —  D  Wiganue 
xa7i//ioc/u/uw=--D  nobile  X  D.  siguatum  Gu  W  20  161—7)  Wig- 
anidnum— D.  Hildeb^ndii  X  D.  nobile  G  M  44  167.— D  xanth- 
oc£ntriw=D  Wardianum  X  I).  Linawianum 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

DENDROCALAMUS:  A  few  large  bamboos  of  the  East  Indies 
and  China,  see  Bamboo. 

DENDROCHlLUM:  Platycumt. 
83 


DENNST^DTIA 


987 


DENDROMfcCON  (Greek  dendron,  tree;  mecan, 
poppy)  Popawrdcea?  An  outdoor  shrub  m  California, 
with  bright  yellow  flowers;  sparingly  grown  elsewhere. 

Smooth  low  branching  plant  with  rigid  alternate 
mostly  entire  Ivs.:  fls  golden  yellow,  1-3  in.  across, 
single  on  short  pedicels,  petals  4,  large;  sepals  2; 
stamens  many,  short,  fr  a  linear  curved  grooved 
capb  2-4  in.  long  — Long  considered  to  comprise 
A  Dingle  species,  but  lately  redefined  by  Fedde  into 
20  species,  but  only  one  species  -  name  appears  to 
be  in  the  trade  The  division  into  species  is  largely 
on  foliage  characters  It  is  not  unlikely  that  some  of 
the  cult  material  represents  one  or  more  of  these 
bogregates. 

rfgida,  Benth  Rigid,  very  leafy,  2-10  ft.  high: 
sts  up  to  2  in.  thick,  bark  whitibh:  branches  stiff, 
erect  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  coriaceous, 
reticulately  veined,  very  s,eute  and  mucronate:  fls. 
on  pedicels,  1-4  in.  long*  seeds  black,  almost  globular. 
Dry  parts  of  Coast  ranges  and  in  the  Sierras  B  M. 
5134  FS.  14:1411  Gn  50  292  JH  1JI  29  92  — 
Spring-flowering  In  England  it  is  somewhat  tender, 
requiring  some  protection  in  winter.  Prop  from  seeds, 
that  take  very  long  to  germinate.  Con- 
siderable variation  m  size  of  fls.  appears 
to  depend  on  the  conditions  in  which 

Elants  arc  growing.    Evergreen,  but  in 
ard  winters  m  Calif.,  loses  most  of  its 
Ivs     by    Feb ,   when,    becoming 
scraggly,  it  may  be  cut  back  to 
ground  for  renewal      L  H  B  f 


1239.  Tip  of  leaf  of  DennstaedtU 
punctilobula     ( x  H) 


1240  Fruiting  lobe 
of  Dennstaedtia  punc- 
tilobula. 


DENDR6PANAX  (Greek,  tree  Panax).  Araltdcex. 
Unarmed  trees  and  shrubs  from  Trop  Amer.  and  Asia, 
also  China  and  Japan.  Fls.  hermaphrodite,  rarely 
polygamous.  Species  about  20.  D  japdnicum,  Seem. 
(Hedera  japdniea,  Jungh  ),  may  be  secured  from  deal- 
ers in  Japanese  plants  The  Ivs  have  been  compared  to 
Fattna  japomca,  but  are  smaller  and  mostly  3-lobed 
but  bimple.  The  floral  parts  are  in  5's:  mfl.  umbellate, 
terminal  nearly  simple  and  not  showy:  berry  globose. 
Cult  in  temperate  house.  N.  TATLOR.f 

DENDROPHYLAX:  Polvrrhtza. 

DENNST^DTIA  (August  Wilhelm  Dennstedt,  early 
German  botanist ) .  Polupodidcese,  Hardy  or  green- 
house ferns  of  wide  distribution,  often  referred  to  Diek- 
homa  but  belonging  to  a  different  family  from  the  tree 
ferns  of  the  latter  genus  from  the  antarctic  or  southern 
hemisphere.  Indusium  inferior  cup -shaped,  open  at 
top  and  adherent  on  outer  side  to  a  reflexed  toothlet: 
Ivs  2-3-pmnatifid  from  erect  or  creeping  rootstocks. 
Species  aboxit  30;  of  simple  cultural  requirements. 

puncti!6bula,  Moore  (Dicksdnia  mlositiscula,  Willd.). 
Figs.  1239,  1240.  Rootstock  slender,  creeping,  under- 
ground- Ivs.  light  green,  1-2^  ft.  long,  5-9  in. 
wide,  usually  tn-pinnatifid,  under  surface  minutely 


DENNST^DTIA 


DESCHAMPSIA 


glandular,  giving  the  dried  Ivs  a  somewhat  pleasant 
fragrance;  son  minute,  on  small,  recurved  teeth. 
Canada  to  Tenn  — Sometimes  called  hay-scented  fern, 
and  boulder  fern  Likes  light  porous  soil  and  semi- 
shaded  places  Variable 

Smithii,  Moore  Lvs  thick,  the  under  surface  almost 
woolly,  glandular,  tripinnate;  lower  pinnae  9-12  m. 
long,  3-4  in  wide;  son  2-8  to  each  segrn.  Philippines 

dissecta,  Moore  From  the  W  Indies,  often  6-7  ft. 
high,  with  broad  (2-4  ft )  Ivs  — Sometimes  seen  in  cult, 
and  is  well  worth  a  place  m  the  trade. 

L  M  UNDERWOOD. 

DENTARIA  (Latin,  dens,  tooth;  referring  to  the 
toothed  rootstocks)  Crudfcrx  TOOTHWORT  Small 
early-flowering  herbs,  sometimes  offered  by  dealers  m 
native  plants 

Hardy  herbaceous  perennials,  usu- 
ally with  pleasant-tasting  rootstocks. 
2  or  3  Ivs  ,  mostly  with  3   parts,  ana 
corymbs  or  racemes  of  large  white  or 
purplish    fls    in    spring     sts    mostly 
unbranched  and  not  leafy  below.  Ivs. 
palmately  3-divided  or  lacimate  petals 
surpassing  the  sepals,  stamens  6,  style 
slender*  fr    a  very  narrow  flat  sihque 
dehiscent  from  the  base  — Probably  20 
species  in  Eu  ,  Asia  and  in  N    Amcr. 
The  European  and  E  American  species 
are  readily  told   from   Cardamme  by 
habit  and  many  obvious  differ- 
ences, but   the   W     American 
representatives  of  the  2  genera 
converge  so  that  some  botan- 
ists have  merged  Dentana  into 
Cardamme    (See  E  L  Greene, 
Pittoma,  3:117-124) 

Several  species  are  culti- 
vated in  Old  World  rockeries 
They  are  of  easy  culture  in 
light  rich  soil,  and  moist  shady 
positions.  Usually  propagated 
bv  division,  as  seeds  are  not 
abundant 

\  Rootstock  continuous,  not 
tuberous 


diphylla,  Michx  PEPPER- 
ROOT.  Fig.  1241.  Eight  to  16 
in  .  rootstock  several  inches 
long,  often  branched,  strongly 
toothed  at  the  many  nodes 
st  -Ivs  2,  similar  to  the  root- 
Ivs  ,  close  together;  segms  3, 
ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
crenate,  the  teeth  abruptly 
acute*  petals  white  inside,  pale  purple  or  pinkish  out- 
side Nova  Scotia  to  S  C  ,  west  to  Minn  and  Ky 
B  M  1465  — Rootstocks  5-10  in.  long,  crisp,  tasting 
like  water-cress.  Pretty  spring  fl 


1241.  Dentana  diphylla.  (XJi) 


AA.  Rootstock  tuberous  or  jointed. 
B  Lvs.  deeply  3-parted,  but  not  into  distinct  Ifts. 

laciniata,  Muhl  Eight  to  16  in  *  the  st  pubescent 
above:  tubers  deep*  st -Ivs  3,  with  lateral  segms 
often  2-lobed,  all  oblong  to  linear,  more  or  less  sharply 
toothed:  petals  purplish  to  white  Que.  to  Minn  ,  south 
to  Fla.  and  La.  Var  Integra,  Fern  ,  has  the  lateral 
segms.  entire  or  nearly  so.  D.  andmala,  Eames,  is  per- 
haps a  hybrid  with  D  diphylla;  Conn 

macrocarpa,  Nutt.  (C.  gemm&ta,  Greene)  St  sim- 
ple, 4-15  m.:  Ivs  1-3,  palmately  or  pinnately  3-5- 
parted,  or  divided;  segms  linear  to  oblong,  entire: 
fls.  purple  or  rose:  tubers  with  joints  about  1  in  long. 
N.  Calif,  to  Brit  Col. 


BB.  Lvs.  of  st.  cut  into  3  distinct  Ifts.  (except  sometimes 

in  D  calif  ornica) . 

tene'lla,  Pursh  Six  to  12  in  :  tubers  small,  irregular: 
basal  Ivs  simple  and  round-cordate,  crenate  or  sinuate; 
st  -Ivs  1  or  2,  nearly  sessile,  sometimes  bulbiferous; 
Ifts.  linear-oblong  or  linear,  obtuse,  entire:  petals  rose. 
Ore ,  Wash 

calif 6rnica,  Nutt  Tubers  mostly  small:  st.  Y^-l  ft. 
high  Ivs  very  variable;  st  -Ivs.  2-4,  mostly  short- 
petiolate,  and  above  the  middle  of  the  st.  with  3-5 
Ifts.,  rarely  simple  or  lobed,  Ifts  mostly  short-potio- 
lulate,  ovate  to  lanceolate  or  linear,  entire  or  toothed  • 
petals  white  or  rose  Mountains  and  streams  of  Calif, 
and  Ore 

maxima,  Nutt  Ten  to  16  in  *  tubers  near  the  sur- 
face, jointed,  strongly  tubercled.  st  -Ivs  2  or  3,  usually 
alternate;  Ifts  ovate  or  oblong -ovate, 
coarsely  toothed  and  somewhat  cleft  01 
lobed,  with  petiolules*  fls  white  or  purple- 
tinged  Maine  to  Mich  and  Pa 

L  II  Bf 
DEODAR    Cedrus  Deodara 

DEPARIA  (Greek,  dcpas,  a  beaker  or 
chalice;  referring  to  the  form  of  the  m\o- 
lucie)  Polypodies'  A  small  genus  of 
Hawuuan  and  South  American  ferns 
related  to  Dennsta>dtia,  rarely  seen  in 
cultivation  in  America  The  son  are  mar- 
ginal and  usually  on  stalked  projections 
from  the  margin  of  the  leaf 

DE~RRIS  (Greek,  a  leather  cmering). 
Syn  Degucha  Leguminb^x  Tropical,  tall 
woody  climbers  (sometimes  trees),  one  of 
which  has  been  offered  in  S. 
Calif ,  but  is  now  apparently 
out  of  cult  there  Lvs  alter- 
nate, Ifts  opposite,  the  odd 
one  distant;  stipules  none  fls 
violet,  purple  or  white,  never 
yellow,  in  racemes  or  panicles 
or  fascicles,  papilionaceous, 
standard  broad  and  rounded; 
wings  oblique  pod  mdehiscent; 
1-  to  several-seeded  — About 
40  ^pocies,  of  little  horticultural 
significance. 

scandens,  Benth  Climbing: 
Ifts  9  -18,  1-2  m  long,  oblong, 
obtuse,  or  acute,  glabrous  or 
minutely  pilose  beneath  fls. 
pale  rose,  m  very  long  racemes: 
pod  long,  lanceolate,  acute  at 
both  ends,  narrowly  winged  at 
the  base,  ovules  6-8  S  Asia 
and  Indian  Archipelago  to  Austral  — It  has  been  offered 
in  this  country,  but  has  not  been  successfully  cult 

D  alboriibra,  Hcmsl  ,  from  China,  has  been  flowered  at  Kew  m 
the  palm  house  "where  it  covered  some  square  yards  of  the  roof  " 
fls.  white,  fragrant,  with  red  calyx,  in  long  panicles  Ifts  coria- 
ceous, glabrous,  ovate-oblong  a  climbing  evergreen  shrub  once 
confused  with  D  Fordn,  Oliver  B  M  8008.  L  H  B 

DESCHAMPSIA  (for  Deslongchamps,  a  French 
botanist,  1774^1849).  Gramincse  Tufted  perennials 
with  shining  spikelets  m  narrow  or  loose  panicles,  some- 
times grown  for  dry  bouquets 

Spikelets  mostly  2-fld  ,  with  a  hairy  prolongation 
of  the  rachilla;  glumes  about  as  long  as  the  florets; 
lemmas  toothed,  bearing  a  dorsal  awn  — Species  about 
20,  in  the  cooler  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere 

caespitdsa,  Beauv.  (Air a  csespitosa,  Linn  )  TUFTED 
HAIR-GRASS.  HASSOCK-GRASP.  Growing  in  tufts  1-3 
ft  :  blades  firm,  narrow,  panicle  open,  the  branches 
slender.  G.M.  54:916  Common  m  N.  U.  S.,  extending 


DESCHAMPSIA 


DESIGN 


south  in  the  mountains. — In  England,  it  is  sometimes 
used  by  the  farmers  to  make  door-mats. 

flexudsa,  Trm  (/Ura  flexudsa,  Linn  ).  WOOD  HAIR- 
GKAHS  Culms  slender,  1-2  ft  :  blades  numerous, 
capillary  panicle  open,  the  flexuous  branches  spikelet- 
beanng  near  the  ends  Dept  Agric  ,  Div.  Agrost  7  173 
Open  woods  N.  E  U.  S  -—Of  some  value  for  woodland 
pastures,  as  it  will  grow  well  in  the  shade  Also  used 
for  ornament  A  form  with  yellow-striped  foliage  is  sold 
under  the  name  Aira  folns  vanegalis 

A    S    HITCHCOCK. 

DESIGN,  FLORAL.  An  important  feature  of  the 
work  of  a  retail  florist  is  the  making  of  floral  designs  or 
"set  pieces  "  Fig  12 12  This  work  is  directly  opposed 
to  the  informal  arrangement  of  flowers  which  is  so 
much  admired  at  the  present  time.  See  Bouquets,  Vol 
I  By  artistic  arrangement,  however,  these  designs 
are  now  made  less  formal  than  in  the  earlier  history 
of  the  retailer's  work  These  designs  lend  themselves 
well  to  the  working  out  of  various  inscriptions  and 
legends  in  flowers;  therefore,  these  arc  most  frequently 
used  as  tokens  of  affection 
sent  to  friends  or  relatives 
at  the  time  of  a  death 
These  designs  are  also 
much  in  demand  by  vari- 
ous fraternal  orders  and 
other  societies,  when  the 
emblems  of  the  order  or 
society  are  worked  out  in 
flowers  and  sent  as  a 
tribute  to  the  house  of  sor- 
row They  then  fore  have 
their  place  in  the  work  of 
every  flowrer-.shop 

As  has  been  stated,  the 


present-day    tendency   in 
the  arrangement  of  flow- 


ers  in  designs  is  to  get  as 
far  away  as  possible  from 
a  stiff,  set  formality  A 
design  must,  of  necessity, 
be  distinct  in  outline,  but 
by  a  careful  and  free  use 
of  ferns  and  other  florists' 
"green,"  the  effect  may 
be  made  somewhat  infor- 
mal and  pleasing  Various 
forms  of  the  "shower" 
wreath  illustrate  thi.s,  as 
well  a.s  a  loose  arrange- 
ment of  flowers,  and  even 

foliage  and  flowering  plants  about  the  base  of  a  standing 
emblem 

The  most  common  forms  of  floral  designs  in  use  at 
the  present  time  are  flat  and  standing  wreaths,  pillows, 
casket-covers,  crosses,  anchors,  and  the  emblems  of 
various  fraternal  orders,  such  as  the  Masonic  square 
and  compass,  and  the  Odd  Fellows'  three  links 
,  The  flowers,  of  which  these  designs  are  made,  vary 
in  different  stores  The  price  which  is  to  be  paid  for  the 
design  usually  governs  the  species  and  varieties  used 
Orchids,  lilies,  lilies-of-the-valley,  roses  and  Farlejensc 
ferns  compose  the  most  expensive  designs,  while  carna- 
tions, stevia,  Roman  white  hyacinths  and  other  more 
common  flowers,  with  asparagus  fern,  comprise  the 
cheaper  designs  Usually  the  florist  determines  the  price 
the  customer  wishes  to  pay  and  selects  the  flowers  in 
accordance  with  this  Within  recent  years  there  has 
come  to  be  a  demand  for  unusual  material  in  designs, 
and  boxwood,  galax,  leucothoe  and  magnolia  leaves, 
ericas  and  other  woody  plants  have  been  much  used 

In   making   these   designs,    the   arrangement   must 
necessarily  be  quite  formal:  therefore,  wire  frames  are 


wire-working  firms  and  are  sold  at  wholesale  at  a 
comparatively  low  figure.  In  order  to  emphasize  the 
particular  formal  outline  and  to  hold  the  flowers 
permanently  in  place,  the  flower-sterns  are  usually 
removed  and  the  flowers  then  wired  with  9-  or  12-inch, 
No  22  or  No  24  wire  The  wire  forms  are  first  filled 
with  sphagnum  moss,  which  is  moistened  so  that  the 
flowers  will  retain  their  freshness,  and  the  wired  stems 
of  the  flowers  are  inserted  in  this  moss  The  wiring  is 
an  art,  and  the  design-worker  becomes  so  proficient  in 
this  that  many  flowers  may  be  wired  in  a  short  period 
of  time  This  is  necessary  when  many  designs  must  be 
made  quickly,  as  is  so  frequently  the  case  in  a  flower- 
shop  at  the  time  of  the  funeral  of  a  distinguished  person 
Design  work  usually  brings  the  retailer  a  substantial 
remuneration  In  many  instances,  flowers  of  a  lower 
quality  may  be  used  in  designs  than  are  demanded 
by  persons  buying  cut-flowers  They  must  always  be 
fresh,  however,  but,  when  roses  are  used,  those  having 
shoit  stems  are  just  as  desirable  as  long-stemmed 
flowers  In  carnations,  many  having  a  split  calyx  may 
be  used  when  they  would  be  salable  in  no  other  way. 
If  Roman  hyacinths  are 
used,  the  main  truss  may 
be  sold  as  cut-flowers,  and 
the  secondary  trusses  used 
in  designs 

The  green  elements  in 
the  design,  which  are  used 
to  emphasize  the  beauty 
of  the  flowers,  vary  much 
in  different  stores  Each 
designer  has  his  own  ideas 
regarding  the  uses  of  this 
material,  but  often  he  is 
compelled  to  use  what  is 
availabl 


ble  at  the  precise 
moment  when  it  is  needed. 
Because  o£  its  excellent 
keeping  qualities,  the 
''dagger,"  or  Christmas 
fern,  is  frequently  used; 
but,  when  this  is  plainly 
visible  in  .  the  finished 
design,  it  has  a  coarse 
appearance  which  cheap- 
ens the  effectiveness  of 
the  piece  It  may,  how- 
ever, be  used  as  a  cover 
for  the  frame  and  moss, 
with  excellent  effects  The 

"fancy  dagger,"  or  spinu- 
1242    A  floral  des.gn.  w    ^    ^^    Jg  ^ 

attractive  than  the  common  dagger  fern  One  of  the 
earlier  greens  used  was  smilax,  but  this  has  inferior 
keeping  qualities  to  other  kinds  and  is  not  so  popular 
at  the  present  time  It  does  not  lend  itself  readily  to  a 
loose,  formal  arrangement  Both  Asparagus  plumosus 
and  A.  Sprenqcn  make  excellent  backgrounds  for  all 
design  work  For  softening  effects  to  be  worked  among 
the  flowers,  nothing  adds  value  to  the  design  so  much  as 
a  few  sprays  of  Adiantum  Ciowtanum  or  A  Farleyense 
Often  the  foliage  of  the  plants  from  which  the  flowers 
come  adds  a  more  pleasing  effect  than  does  the  green 
of  any  other  species  This  is  especially  true  when  roses 
or  hhes-of-the-valley  are  used 

Of  the  many  designs  made  by  the  retailer  of  flowers, 
wreaths   are   probably   the   most   m   demand      They 


exhibit  good  taste,  and  many  have  excellent  keeping 
qualities.  One  of  the  earlier  forms  was  made  of  Eng- 
lish ivy,  and  the  effect  was  pleasing  This  was  espec- 
ially so  when  the  wreath  was  enriched  with  a  large 
bunch  of  violets,  arranged  in  a  loose,  artistic  manner 
Because  of  the  difficulty  of  getting  a  sufficient  quantity 
of  these  leaves,  the  ivy  wreath  has  been  largely  replaced 


used.    These  are  made  in  large  quantities  by  various      by  that  made  of  galax  leaves.    These  have  excellent 


990 


DESIGN 


DESMANTHUS 


keeping  qualities  and  are  obtained  in  large  quantities 
by  wholesale  dealers  from  the  mountains  of  North  and 
South  Carolina.  Both  bronze  and  green  galax  may  be 
secured,  but  the  green  is  most  satisfactory  as  it  makes 
a  more  pleasing  contrast  with  a  larger  number  of 
colors  of  flowers  It  is  customary  to  make  these  in 
rather  large  sizes,  a  16-inch  frame,  or  even  larger, 
being  used  Usually  the  right-hand  side  of  the  wreath 
is  decorated  with  roses,  hlios-of-the-valley,  or  other 
flowers  A  standing  galax  wreath,  with  a  base  of  galax 
leaves,  cocos  palms,  white  roses  and  "valley,"  and  the 
wreath  itself  decorated  with  white  roses,  lihes-of-the- 
valley,  with  shower  sprays  of  "valley"  and  maiden- 
hair ferns  on  dainty  narrow  ribbon,  makes  an  effective 
design  If  a  single  spray  of  cattleyas  is  placed  among 
the  roses  and  "valley,"  the  effect  is  enriched  wonder- 
fully. Magnolia  and  leucothoe  leaves  are  also  used 
extensively  for  wreaths,  but  this  foliage  is  heavier  and 
less  pleasing  than  galax  However,  the  buying  public 
is  tiring  of  the  galax,  and  the  retailer  is  searching  the 
continents  for  something  to  replace  it  Boxwood  also 
makes  a  rich  and  attractive  wreath  Wreaths  made 
principally  of  flowers  are  often  in  demand,  and  when 
varieties  are  carefully  selected,  the  reruns  are  pleading. 
Fig  1242  (redrawn  from  American  Florist). 

In  selecting  the  flowers  for  any  design,  certain  rules 
must  be  observed.  In  the  first  place,  a  designer  must 
realize  that,  as  in  all  other  flower-arrangement,  a 
lavish  use  of  material  is  not  essential  to  good  effects. 
A  flower  has  an  individuality  of  its  own,  and  this 
should  be  just  as  pronounced  in  a  design  as  in  a  loose 
vase  arrangement  \t  no  time  should  the  material 
be  crowded  When  an  inscription  is  to  be  placed  over 
the  flowers,  as,  for  example,  in  a  pillow  when  carna- 
tions are  to  bo  the  background,  even  then  each  carna- 
tion should  show  its  form  and  the  background 
should  not  be  a  mass  of  petals  without  definite  shape. 
As  a  general  thing,  it  is  best  to  place  the  flowers 
in  position  fir^t,  after  having  covered  the  mossed  frame 
with  green,  and  then  to  work  the  foliage  among  the 
flowers  where  it  is  needed  for  the  best  effects.  This 
method  requires  fewer  flowers,  and  the  effect  is  more 
artistic.  In  making  a  design,  it  must  b?  remembered 
that  there  may  be  contrast  of  forms  as  well  as  colors 
As  a  rule,  there  should  not  be  over  three  contrasts  of 
forms  and  two  contrasts  of  colors,  although  there 
may  be  variations  to  this  rule  in  special  cases.  As 
regards  shapes  and  forms,  it  is  quite  essential  that 
larger,  heavier  blooms,  such  as  lilies  and  roses,  should 
be  contracted  with  sprays  of  a  light  and  graceful 
character,  like  lihes-of-the-vallcy  and  Roman  hya- 
cinths. The  larger  flowers  are  to  be  placed  low  in  the 
arrangement,  and  the  finer  sprays  higher.  Often  the 
center  of  a  design  is  made  of  one  particular  species,  as, 
for  example,  pmk  roses  with  their  foliage;  and  the 
borders  of  the  design  are  filled  with  sprays  of  lighter 
flowers,  like  lihes-of-thc-valley  with  their  foliage  or 
that  of  the  maidenhair  fern  If  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  larger  flowers  a  few  buds  of  the  species  used  are 
added,  the  effectiveness  of  form  is  increased. 

In  selecting  colors  for  debigns,  the  lighter  shades 
are  the  most  desired,  although  in  recent  years  there 
has  come  to  be  a  freer  use  of  darker  colors.  For  exam- 
ple, a  large  wreath  of  Richmond  or  other  red  roses 
contrasted  with  hhes-of-the-valley  or  white  Roman 
hyacinths,  is  very  effective  and  is  not  considered  out 
of  place  for  a  funeral  design.  The  amateur  should, 
however,  avoid  striking  contrasts  or  to  endeavor  to 
harmonize  unusual  forms  in  flowers  The  experienced 
designer  may  bring  these  together  with  pleasing  effects, 
but  this  ability  comes  only  after  years  of  study  and 
experience.  Large  designs  are  more  easily  arranged 
than  small  ones,  and  in  them  may  be  usqd  a  wider 
range  of  colors.  The  most  striking  colors  are,  however, 
widely  separated,  and  between  these  the  flowers  should 
be  of  such  tints  that  they  assist  in  blending. 


Flowers  with  a  strong  fragrance  should  not  be  used 
in  designs  if  they  can  be  avoided.  They  are  especially 
objectionable  if  they  are  to  be  used  m  a  dwelling-house 
where  the  rooms  are  often  crowded.  In  a  church  or 
other  large  room,  the  fragrance  is  less  noticeanie. 
Polyanthus  narcissi,  tuberoses  and  freemas  are  espe- 
cially objectionable  The  more  delicate  odors  of  violets, 
hhes-of-the-valley  and  Roman  hyacinths  aie  less  so. 

The  funeral  designs  most  frequently  ordered  by  the 
immediate  family  are  pillows  and  casket-covers  Both 
of  these  demand  careful  treatment  in  making,  the 
pillow  being  especially  difficult  The  smaller  the 
pillow,  the  harder  it  is  to  produce  a  pleasing  result. 
The  flowers  should  be  of  a  rich  character,  and  it  shows 
better  judgment  to  select  n  less  expensive  wreath  as  a 
floral  tribute  than  to  purchase  a  pillow  made  of  cheap 
flowers.  Casket-covers  should  also  be  made  of  expensive 
flowers  These  covers  are  not  lasting,  for  they  must  of 
necessity  be  light  in  character;  and  moss,  which  is  so 
neccssaiy  to  retain  moisture  and  freshnoxs  in  the 
flowers,  cannot  well  be  used.  Light  wire  of  a  fine 
mesh,  such  as  mosquito  netting,  is  cut  of  the  desired 
size  and  the  flowers  which  are  usually  of  one  species, 
like  Easter  lilies  or  rohes,  arc  wired  to  thus  with  suffi- 
cient foliage  or  other  green  to  rover  the  wne  A  flower 
of  some  contrasting  color  mav  be  used  for  a  border, 
or  a  rich  outline  of  smilax  is  effective 

The  construction  of  many  fraternal  emblems  in  a 
pleasing,  artistic  way,  demands  all  the  fine  points  of 
the  professional  designer's  skill  Often  all  rules,  of 
flower-arrangement  have  to  be  distepurded  Special 
emblems  have  to  be  made  of  special  tolois,  and  when 
an  emblem  must  be  made  which  calls  for  definite  parts 
to  be  blue,  others  to  be  yellow,  red,  white  and  green, 
the  problem  to  harmonize  those  is  a  serious  one.  The 
designer  has  no  choice  in  such  a  ease,  and  can  moot 
this  demand  onlv  with  an  attempt  to  reduce  to  the 
minimum  those  clashing  contrasts  in  oolor 

As  has  boon  stated,  formal  design  >>  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  cut-flowers  arc  a  necessity,  and  for  those 
there  will  probably  always  bo  a  demand  Tho  designer 
should  have  in  mind,  howovor,  that  it  is  possible  to 
arrange  flowers  in  a  pleasing  way  and  still  emplmsue 
the  formal  linos  Artists  in  this  "line  of  work  are  just 
as  truly  "born,  not  made,"  a,s  in  any  other  branch  of 
art:  and  unless  one  has  a  genuine-  lovo  for  flowers  and 
the  artist's  skill  in  their  arrange- 
ment, the  making  of  formal  designs 
should  not  be  attempted 

E  A.  WHITE. 

DESMANTHUS  (narno  refers 
to  flowers  being  in  bundles)  Syn. 
Acuan.  Lcgumin<)^e  About  10 
herbs  orsliiubs  in  subtropical  N. 
Amer  ,  and  1  in  the  tiopics  of  the 
Old  World,  a  fow  of  the  American 
species  roach  ing  well  north  in  the 
U.  S.;  piobably  not  icgularly  cult , 
but  now  and  thon  tiansforiod  to 
the  garden  for  the  oiioot  of  their, 
bipmnate  Ivs  and  small  greenish 
white  fls ,  in  uxill.uy  pedunolod 
heads  or  spikes  The  genus  is  one 
of  the  Mimosa  tnbo,  and  the  fls. 
are  not  papilionaceous,  petals  5, 
distinct  or  very  nearly  so,  calyx 
bell-shaped,  5-toothed,  stamens  5 
or  10,  distinct,  usually  exserted: 
pod  flat,  narrow,  straight  or 
curved,  several-seeded  1)  illtno- 
tnsis,  MacM  (Mimtisa  ilhnotnsis, 
Michx  Acuan  ilhnocnsu,  Kuntze), 
occurs  in  prairies  and  river  borders 
1243.  Desmazeria  from  Ind.  west  and  south'  1-5  ft  , 
•icula.  (x>i)  nearly  glabrous,  perennial  erect 


DESMANTHUS 

herb-  Ifts.  20-30  pairs,  obtusish.  D.  lepldlobus,  Ton.  & 
Gray,  occurs  on  prairies  from  Kans  to  Texas:  Ifts. 
mostly  fewer  and  acute,  and  peduncles  much  shorter 
(1  in.  or  less  long). 

DESMAZERIA  (in  honor  of  Desmazieres,  a  French 
botanist).  Graminese.  Plants  resembling  Eragrostis, 
sometimes  grown  as  ornamental  grasses. 

Spikelets  many-fld  ,  strongly  compressed,  the  lemmas 
keeled  and  coriaceous  but  faintly  3-  or  rarely  5-nerved, 
awnless:  mfl.  several  closely  imbricated  spikelets, 
arranged  m  a  linear,  dense,  nearly  sunple  spike-like 
panicle. — Species  4,  1  in  Medit.  region,  and  3  in  S.  Afr. 

sfcula,  Dum.  (Brizopyrum  ticidum,  Link).  SPIKE- 
GKASS.  Fig  1243  Annual,  8-12  in  spikelets  J^m... 
in  a  nearly  simple  spike.  Eu. — Cult,  for  ornament  and 
frequently  used  for  edging  A.  S  HITCHCOCK. 

DESMODIUM  (Greek,  a  band  or  chain,  referring  to 
the  jointed  pods)  By  some  called  Meibbmia.  Legumi- 
nosa;  TICK  TREFOIL  Mostly  herbs,  upwards  of  170 
species,  in  temperate  and  \varm  regions  of  Amer  ,  Asia, 
Afr.  and  Austral  Lvs  pinnate,  with  3-5  (rarely  1) 
Ifts  fls  small  and  papilionaceous,  m  terminal  or 
axillary  racemes  in  summer,  mostly  purple; 
calyx  with  a  short  tube,  more  or  less  2- 
lipped,  standard  broad,  wings  joined  to  the 
keel  pod  flat,  deeply  lobed  or  jointed,  the 
joints  often  breaking  apart  and  adhering 
to  clothing  and  to  animals  by  means  of  small  hooked 
hairs  Fig  1244  A  number  of  species  are  native  to 
N  Amor  ,  and  are  sometimes  grown  in  the  hardy  bor- 
der, where  they  thrive  under  ordinary  conditions  One 
hothouse  species,  D  gyrans,  its  sometimes  cult  for  its 
odd  moving  Ifts  D.  pendidiflorum  and  D.  japonicum 
will  be  found  under  Lospode/a  Several  of  the  native 
species  are  worthy  of  cult  ,  but  are  practically  unknown 
m  the  trade  The  following  have  boon  offered  by  col- 
lectors D  canadense,  DC  (Fig  1244),  D  cuspidalum, 
Hook  ,  D  Dillenn,  Darl  ;  D  manlandicum,  Boott, 
D  nudiflorum,  DC.;  D  pamculatum,  DC  ,  D  pauci- 
florum,  DC  ,  D  sewhfolium,  Torr  &  Gray  The 
Florida  beggarweed  is  l)et>modium  tortuobum,  DC  ,  of 
the  W  Indies  It  is  coming  into  prominence  in  the  S  as 
a  forage  plant  (see  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc  ,  Vol  II,  p  214). 

T\\o  Chinese  shrubby  species  have  recently  been 
mtro  to  Eu  .  D  armthythnum,  Dunn,  growing  3-5  ft  : 
Ivs  3-foholate,  the  Ifts  elliptic,  4-7  in  long  fls  amethy- 
stine, \-2\n  long,  in  a  terminal  panicle  1)  ctnerrii>ct,ni>t 
Franch  ,  not  Gray  broad  bu*h,  3  ft  high,  densely 
leafy.  IVH  large,  the  Ifts  lozenge-shaped  fls  rosy  lilac 
to  violet,  in  many  racemes,  produced  in  June  and 
again  in  Sept 

The  gu-en house  species,  D  gyians,  is  of  tolerably  easy 
culture  It  requires  stove  temperature,  and,  although  a 
perennial,  it  is  best  treated  as  an  annual  The  best 
method  of  propagation  is  by  seeds  These  should  be 
sown  in  February  in  a  light,  sandy  soil,  in  4- inch  pots, 
and  placed  in  a  warm,  close  atmosphere,  where  they 
will  soon  germinate.  The  seedlings  should  be  potted 
singly  into  small  pots  as  soon  as  large  enough  to  handle 
and  grown  on  as  rapidly  as  possible,  using  a  mixture  of 
good,  fibrous  loam  and  leaf  soil  m  about  equal  propor- 
tions By  midsummer  they  will  be  good  bushy  plants, 
and,  though  not  showy,  they  are  very  interesting. 
(Edward  J.  Canning  ) 

gyrans,  DC  TELEGRAPH  PLANT.  Undershrub,  2-4 
ft.  high,  with  3  oblong  or  elliptic  Ifts  ,  the  small  lateral 
ones  (which  are  almost  linear)  moving  m  various 
directions  when  the  temperature  is  congenial,  and 
especially  in  the  sunshine:  fls  purple  or  violet,  in 
racemes  and  terminal  racemose  panicles.  Ceylon  to  the 
Himalayas  and  the  Philippines — Grown  occasionally 
as  a  curiosity,  particularly  m  botanical  collections.  See 
Darwin's  "Power  of  Movement  in  Plants,"  and  various 
botanical  treatises,  for  fuller  accounts  L.  H.  B. 


DESMOS 


991 


DESM6NCUS  (band  and  hook,  referring  to  hook- 
like  points  on  the  Ivs.)    Palmacex    About  25  palms  of 
U   S,  S.  Mex.  to  Bolivia  and  Brazil,  differing  from 
Bactris  in  the  long  slender  climbing  caudex  and  tech- 
nical characters.    They  are  gregarious  plants,   with 
res  or  hooks  by  means  of  which  they  climb  or  are 
ated  on  growing  trees,  the  sts.  usually  thin  and 
flexuose   and  annular:  Ivs.    scattered  along   the  st., 
pinnate  or  pinnatisect,  the  parts  or  segms.  opposite  or 
alternate,  the  rachis  produced  into  a  long  hook-bearing 
climbing  organ:  fls 
greenish,  in  solitary 
spadices  with  2 
spathe-lvs.:  fr 
small,  pea -shaped, 
red.    D.  major, 
Crueg.,  st.  becom- 
ing very  long  and 
clinging  to  sup- 
ports by  the  modi- 
-  ...  «*-    fied  retrorse  oppo- 

w  site  segms    on  the 

prolonged  rachis: 
Ivs.  pinnate,  Ifts  20 
pairs,  linear-acumi- 
nate and  usually 
„.  ,  clustered,  rachis 

.V^v  spiny,  dark-tomen- 

tose*    spat  he    cov- 
ered   with    brown 
prickles.  Trinidad     Little  known 
under  glass,  and  reported  as  cult, 
in  the  open  in  S.  Fla.  and  S  Calif. 
L.H.B 

D£SMOS  (Greek,  chain,  on  ac- 
count of  the  fruit  resembling  nodes 
chained  together)  Annondceae 
(Nearfy  natural  size )  A  genus  established  ^n  1790  by 
Loureiro  and  based  upon  Desmos 
cochin  chinenbis  (Unona  Desmos,  Dunal,  1817;  Unona 
cochitichinensis,  DC ,  1824).  The  flowers  are  com- 
posed of  3  sepals  and  6  petals  in  2  series,  the 
latter  valvate,  nearly  equal,  and  flat,  stamens  numer- 
ous, tetragonal -oblong  or  cuneate,  the  connective 
expanded  above  the  dorsal  oblong  or  linear-oblong 
pollen-sacs  into  a  truncate  hood-like  process,  recep- 
tacle, or  torus,  slightly  raised,  usually  truncate  or 
somewhat  concave  at  the  apex;  carpels  indefinite; 
ovules  several,  usually  forming  a  single  column,  but 
sometimes  eub-biscnate;  style  ovoid  or  oblong,  re- 
curved, ripe  carpels  indefinite,  either  elongate  and 
chain-like  from  constrictions  between  the  seeds,  or 
baccate  and  spheroid.  /).  coe/uri-c/un^rms,  Lour , 
is  a  shrub  with  an  erect  or  climbing  st  and  weak 
rechnate  branches,  lanceolate  Ivs ,  fragrant  yellow- 
ish green  pendulous  fls  ,  and  reddish  green  momli- 
form  frs  D  chinensis,  Lour  (Unona  discolor,  Vahl), 
is  a  small  tiee  ot  the  E  Indies,  \\ith  ovate-oblong  Ivs 
glaucous  beneath  and  extra-axillary  sweet-scented 
aromatic  fls ,  for  the  sake  of  which  it  is  often  cult. 
The  greenish  yellow  corolla  resembles  that  of  Canang- 
lum  odoralum,  but  the  momliform  fr  consists  of  several 
joints,  each  containing  a  pea -like  seed  It  is  used 
when  green  by  the  Chinese  at  Hongkong,  who  make 
from  it  a  fine  purple  dye  D  elegans,  Safford  (Undna 
elegans,  Thwaites),  remarkable  for  its  fr  ,  which  resem- 
bles strings  of  beads,  and  the  very  closely  allied  D. 
zeyldmcus,  Safford  (U.  zeyldmca,  Hook.  f.  &  Thorns  ), 
are  endemic  in  the  moist  forests  of  Ceylon.  Many  species 
of  Desmos  have  been  erroneously  referred  to  the  genus 
Unona,  based  upon  a  S.  American  plant  (Unona  discreta, 
Linn  f  )  not  congeneric  with  the  Asiatic  genus  above 
4escnbed,  but  more  closely  allied,  if  not  to  be  identified 
with  the  genus  Xylopia.  See  Safford,  W.  E  ,  Bull.  Torrey 
Bot.  Club  39:501-8  (1912).  W<  E  SAFFORD. 


992 


DEUTZIA 


DEUTZIA 


DEtlTZIA  (named  by  Thunberg  in  honor  of  his  friend 
and  patron,  Johann  van  der  Deutz).  Saxifragacex. 
Very  ornamental  shrubs  grown  for  their  showy  white 
or  blush  flowers  appearing  in  spring  or  early  summer 

Upright*  Ivs  deciduous,  rarely  persistent,  opposite, 
petioled.  serrate,  usually  with  rough  stellate  pubes- 
cence: fls  in  panicles,  rarely  in  racemes  or  in  corymbs, 
white,  sometimes  purplish,  epigynous;  calyx-teeth  5; 
petals  5,  stamens  10,  rarely  more,  shorter  than  the 
petals,  filaments  usually  winged  and  toothed  at  the 
apex,  styles  3-5,  distinct  caps  3-5-cellod,  with 
numerous  minute  seeds. — About  50  species  in  E.  Asia  and 
Himalayas  and  1  in  Mex  Monograph  by  Schneider  in 
M.D.  1904.172-188,  and  a  hort  monograph  by 
Lemome  m  J.H  F  1902.298-314;  see  also  Rchder  in 
Sargent,  Plant  Wilson  1  14-24  for  Chinese  species 

The  deutzias  belong  to  our  most  beautiful  and  most 
popular  ornamental  shrubs;  they  are  very  floriferous 
and  of  easy  cultivation  D  pannflora  and  D  grandi- 
fiora  are  the  hardiest,  and  also  D  gracihs,  D.  Sicboldi- 
ana  and  D  scabra  are  hardy  as  far  north  as  Massachu- 
setts; the  recently  introduced  D  longifoha,  D  Schneid- 
eriana,  D  discolor,  and  D  Wilsohu  have  proved  fairly 
hardy  with  slight  protection  or  m  sheltered  positions 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  One  of  the  most  tender  is 
D.  purpurascens  Of  the  hybrids,  D.  Lemoinci  is  the 
hardiest,  while  D  rosea  has  proved  about  as  hardy  as 
D.  gracihs,  D  kalmiscflora,  D  mynantha  and  others  are 
tenderer.  Most  of  the  deutzias  have  white  flowers,  but 
D.  rosea,  D.  purpura^cent,,  D  longifoha,  D.  mynantha, 
D  kalrniseflora  and  some  varieties  of  D  wabra,  have 
the  flowers  carmine  outside  or  pinkish  They  flower 
most  profusely  if  pruned  as  little  as  possible,  although 
an  occasional  thinning  out  of  the  old  wood  soon  after 
flowering  will  be  of  advantage. 

The  deutzias  thrive  in  almost  any  well-drained  soil, 
and  are  well  adapted  for  borders  of  shrubberies 
Potted  plants  forced  with  a  temperature  not  exceed- 
ing 50°  develop  into  beautiful  specimens  for  the  decora- 
tion of  greenhouses  and  conservatories,  especially 
D  Lemoinei,  D  gracihs  and  D.  discolor.  The  same 
plants  cannot  be  forced  again  Propagate  readily  by 
greenwood  and  hardwood  cuttings,  also  by  seeds  sown 
in  pans  or  boxes  in  spring 


INDEX. 

albo-marmorata,  1. 

floribunda,  2. 

albo-plena,  3 

formosa,  f> 

albo-punctata,  3 

Fortunoi,  3. 

angustifoha,  3,  17. 
aurea,  1. 
aureo-vancgata,  3. 

Kraeihs,  1,  2 
graruhflora,  2.  15. 
kalmitpflora,  ll. 

campanulatu,  2 
candichstuma,  3. 

latiflora,  5. 
laxiflora,  4. 

carrninoa,  2 

Lomomci,  17. 

comparta,  17 

loiiRifoha,  9. 

corymbiflora,  7. 

maRmfica,  5. 

crenata,  3,  5. 

major,  12 

dentnta,  3 

marmorata,  3. 

Dippohana,  6. 

mttii,  3 

discolor,  '1,  8,  12. 

multiflora,  2. 

cburnea,  5 

Mustei,  16 

orccta,  5,  7. 

mynantha,  10. 

cximia,  2. 

1245   Deutzia  gracllis.  (XH) 


parviflora,  18. 
plena,  3. 
punctata,  3. 
puntcea,  3 
purpurascens,  8. 
rosea,  2 
scabra,  3,  6, 
SchiU'idenana,  4. 
sH<  huenonsis,  7. 
Sicboldiana,  6. 
stiperba,  5 
Veitchu,  9. 
vonusta,  2 
Vilmonnro,  13. 
Watoron,  3. 
Wtlim,  3. 
Wilsonu,  14. 


A.  Petals  valvate  in  the  bud, 
B.  Fls.  in  panicles  or  racemes,  calyx-teeth  short  (except 

in  the  hybrids) 
c.  Lvs  glabrous  below  or  nearly  so. 

1  grficihs,  Sieb  &  Zucc     Fig   1245    Shrub,  to  3  ft., 
with    slender,    often    arching    branches     Ivs     oblong- 
lanceolate,    acuminate,    sharply    seirate,    with    sparse 
stellate  hairs  above,  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  bnght 
green,  1-2  m    long,  fls    pure  white,  m  racemes,  petals 
erect  or  somewhat  spreading,  oblong,  stamens  much 
shorter  than  the  petals,  calyx-teeth  persistent     May, 
June      Japan      S  Z.  8      P  F  G  2,    p     7      FS6G11. 
RH   1891,   p    203.     GM   50.5(>3      Gn    39,   p    200 
G\V.  12,  p  531    Gt   1897  384    II  F  1  48    JF   1.44 
V.  7  217      Var    aurea,    Schelle      Lvs     yellow      Var. 
albo-marmorata,  Lemome    Lvs  sprinkled  with  white. 

2  rdsea,   Rehd    (D    gracihs  x  D    purpwdsctns     D 
grdcihs  rb»ca  and   D    discolor  rosea,   Lemome)      Lvs 
ovate-oblong,   acuminate,  bnght  green,  slightly  paler 
below,     very     spanngly     stellate-pubescent    on     both 
sides    fls    pink,  campanulate,  in  panicles,  calyx-lobes 
longer  than   the  tube,  filaments  slightly  toothed   or 
subulate,  but  strongly  toothed  in  all  varieties  except 
in  var    venusta  and  var    multijlora.    F  E  30  423     G 
27  274     Var    campanulata,  Rehd     With  large  white 
campanulate    fls      G  28  485      Var     venusta,    Rehd. 
With  white  fls      G  27  275      Var    multifldra,   Rehd 

With  white  (Is  Var  eximia, 
Rehd  With  white  fls  tinted 
pink  outside,  in  upright  pani- 
cles Var  carminea,  Rehd 
With  light  pink  fls  tinted 
carmine  outside  Var  flori- 
bunda, Hehd  With  white  fls 
tinted  pink  outside  J  H  F. 
1902  312  Var  grandifl6ra, 
Rehd  With  fls  of  the  same 
color,  but  larger  All  these 
varieties  were  originally 
described  by  Lemome  as 
varieties  of  D.  gracihs  ex- 
cept the  two  last  ones,  which 
he  has  under  D  discolor. 

co  Lvs.  stellate-pubescent 

beneath. 
D   Filaments  all  toothed  at 

the  apex. 
E.  Calyx-lobes  shorter  than  the 

tube,  petals  upright 
3.  s<&bra,  Thunb  Shrub, 
to  6  ft  .  Ivs  all  petioled, 
ovate  to  ovate -Ian  ceo  late, 
rounded  at  the  base,  crenate- 
dentate,  with  rough  pubes- 
cence on  both  sides,  dull 
green,  1-3  in.  long1  panicles 
erect,  2-4  in  long,  fls  white 
or  blushed,  with  erec  t  petals; 


DEUTZIA 

calyx-lobes  deciduous.  June,  July.  Japan,  China.  S  Z. 
6  BM  3838.  BR  1718.  SBFG  II  4'393  Gn. 
37,  p  315  F  E  31.1163.  H  U.  1,  p.  106  Var.  angusti- 
fdha,  Voss  Branches  reddish  brown  Ivs  ovate-lanceo- 
late, rougher  Var  crenata,  Voss  (I)  crinato,  8ieb  &Zucc. 
D  dentata,  Hort  D  m\tts,  Hort ).  Branches  brown: 
Ivs  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  less  rough  This  variety 
is  less  common  in  cult,  than  the  former.  Var.  marmo- 
rata,  Rehd  (var.  aureo-variegdta,  Schneid  )  Lvs. 
spotted  with  yellowish  white  Var.  punctata,  Arb. 
Kew  (var  dlbo-puncidta,  Schneid  ).  Lvs  sprinkled 
with  white  dots  Var.  F6rtunei,  Schneid.  Fls. 
larger  FE.  31-1071  Var.  Watered,  Rehd  (var. 
punicea,  Schneid  D.  crenata  Wdtercri,  Lemoine). 
Fls  white,  tinted  carmine  outside  G  C  III  39  340. 
Var.  pldna,  Rehd  (D  crenata  var.  plena,  Maxim  ). 
Fls  double,  white,  tinged  with  rose  outbide.  RH  1867' 
70  FS  17.1790;  18  1850  G  21:263  F  1863  153. 
G  F  8 '112,  here  belongs  also  Pride  of  Rochester,  with 
very  large  fls  ,  faintly  tinged  with  rose  outfaide  Gn. 
33,  p  514.  Var  candidissima,  Rehd  (D  scabra  var. 
dlbo-plena,  Schneid  D  crenata  candidissima  plena, 
Carr  D  Wellsn,  Hort )  Fls  double,  pure  white. 

4  Schneideriana.  Rehd.  Shrub,  to  6  ft  Ivs  elliptic- 
ovate  to  elliptic-oblong,  short-acuminate,  sharply  ser- 
rulate, stellate-tomento.se  and  whitish  below,  l>^-3  in. 
long  panicles  broadly  pyramidal;  fls.  nearly  J^in. 
long,  white,  stamens  nearly  as  long  as  the  petals; 
calyx-lobes  deciduous  Cent  China  Var  laxifldra, 
Rehd  Lvs  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  remotely 
denticulate,  rough-pubescent  above,  thinly  htellate- 
pubescent  beneath  and  light  green  panicles  broad  and 
rather  loose,  2Vi>-3/'2  m  long,  fls  about  ^in  long 
June  W  China  — Only  the  var  is  in  cult  ,  similar 
to  D.  scabra,  but  the  panicles  looser  and  more  graceful 

EE  Calyx-lobt*.  longer  than  the  tube 
5.  magnffica,  Rehd  (I)  scabra  x  D  Vilmbnnx  D. 
crenata  magnijica,  Lemoine)  Lvs  ovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, appressed-serrulate,  rough  above,  stellate-tomen- 
tose  and  grayish  green  below,  1^-2  ]/%  in  long  fls  in 
erect  panicles,  white,  double,  sepals  ovate  or  ovate- 
oblong,  about  as  long  as  calyx,  acute  June  G  M 
53  108  FE  31.322  Var  latifldra,  Rehd  ,  with  very 
large  single  fls  1 J  2  m  across  Var  superba,  Rehd  , 
with  large  bingle  carnpanulate  fls  Var  eburnea, 
with  \\hite  single  campanulate  fls  in  loose  panicles, 
stamens  slightly  bhorter  than  petals  Var  erecta, 
Rehd  ,  with  white  fls  m  densse  panicles  Var  formdsa, 
Rehd  j  with  double  white  fls  m  large  panicles.  These 
varieties  were  originally  described  as  vars  of  D  crenata 

DD.  Filaments,  at  least  the  longer  ones,  subulate,  without 

teeth 

6  Sieboldiana,  Maxim  (D  scabra,  Sieb  &  Zucc , 
not  Thunb  )  Low  shrub,  to  2  ft  Ivs  short-petioled, 
the  pair  below  the  panicle  nearly  sessile,  ovate  or  ovate- 
elliptic  to  oblong-ovate,  rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base, 
rough  and  rugose  above,  stellate-pubescent  and  light 
green  beneath,  1-2  in  long  panicles  erect,  loose,  2-3 
in.  long  with  appressed  stellate  pubescence  mixed 
with  spreading  simple  hairs,  fls  white,  rather  small, 
with  spreading  petals;  the  shorter  filaments  usually 
abruptly  contracted  or  with  very  short  teeth;  calyx- 
lobes  persistent.  June  Japan  SZ  7.  GC  III  36  244. 
Var  Dippehana,  Schneid  (D  scabra  vera,  Hort )  Lvs. 
broader  and  smaller4  panicle  only  with  appressed 
pubescence,  stamens  all  subulate  — Graceful  low  shrub, 
but  less  showy  than  most  other  species. 

un.  Fls  in  corymbs  or  cymes. 

c  Infl.  many-  or  several-fld. 

D.  Calyx-teeth  shorter  than  tube,  anthers  attached  to  the 

inside  of  the  broad  jilament 

7.  setchuengnsis,  Franch  (D.  corymbiflbra  erecta, 
Hort.).  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  to  lanceo- 


DEUTZIA 


993 


late,  denticulate,  rough-pubescent  above,  grayish  green 
below  and  densely  covered  with  stellate  and  simple 
hairs,  2-4  in  long,  corymbs  few-fld  ,  fls.  less  than  H»n. 
across;  filaments  with  large  broad  teeth  about  as 
long  as  the  nearly  sessile  anther  Cent.  China.  Var 
corymbifldra,  Rehd  (D  corymbiflbra,  Lernome)  Lvs 
elliptic-ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  sometimes 
slightly  cordate  at  the  base,  2-4  in.  long:  corymbs 
rnany-fld  ;  fls.  with  spreading  petals,  ^m.  ecross; 


1246    Deutzia  purpurascens. 

stamens  about  one-third  as  long  as  the  petals,  upright 
and  cormivent,  styles  shorter  than  stamens.  June, 
July  Cent  China  B  M  8255  G  C  III.  24  267. 
RH  1897,  pp  460,  467  (as  D  corymbosa),  1898,  p. 
402  MDG  19139  (lower  picture)  A  F.  14:166. 
Cng  7  2  — The  variety  is  much  handsomer  than  the 
type,  the  fls.  are  comparatively  small,  but  very 
numerous  Tender. 

DD  Calyx-teeth  lanceolate,  as  long  or  longer  than  the  tube. 
E.  Anthers  of  the  inner  stamens  borne  on  the  inner  side 

of  the   pctaloid  filaments;  fls.   pink  or  purplish 

outxide. 

8  purpurascens,    Rehd     (D     discolor  var.    purpu- 
rdscens,  Franch  ).  Fig  1246   Shrub,  to  3  ft ,  with  slender 
arching    branches.     Ivs      ovate    to    ovate-lanceolate, 
crenately  and  unequally  serrate,  usually  rounded  at  the 
base,  green  and  only  sparingly  stellate-pubescent  on 
both  sides,    1^-2^  m    long    corymbs  5-10-fld.;  fls. 
with  spreading  petals,  about  %in    across,  white,  out- 
side purple,  the  inner  filaments  \vith  the  anther  below 
the  apex      May,  June      S    W    China      B  M     7708. 
GC  III  2.15,    26:45.   GF  7:287    (adapted    in   Fig. 
1246)      G.  27.201.     R  II.  1895  64— Very  handsome, 
but  tender 

9  longifdlia,  Franch    Shrub,  to  6  ft ,  with  upright 
branches    Ivs    oblong-lanceolate  to  narrow-lanceolate, 
long-acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  thickish,  rough 
ami  bomewhat  rugose  above,  grayish  white  and  densely 
tomentose  below,  2-4^  in    long-  corymbs  many-fid  , 
loose  or  dense;  fls    with  spreading  petals,  more  than 
£4 in   across;  the  shorter  filaments  lanceolate  with  the 
anther   inside   near   the   middle.     June.     W    China. 
G.C.  Ill  51:409.   Gn.  76,  p.  243.   G.M.  55:353    Var. 


994 


DEUTZIA 


DEUTZIA 


VeJtchii,  Rehd.  (D.  Vdtchii.  Veitch)  with  somewhat 
larger  fls.  in  dense  many-fla.  corymbs.  G.C.  III.  51 : 
suppl.  19.  M  D.G.  1913:17.— One  of  the  handsomest 
deutzias,  but  has  proved  hardy  only  under  protection 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

EB.  Anthers  borne  at  the  end  of  the  filaments. 

F.  Fls.  usually  pinkish  outside  (hybrids  of  D.  purpu- 

rascens). 

10.  myriantha,    Lemoine    (D.    Lemoinei  x  D.    pur- 
purdscens).    Lvs.  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  rounded  or 
broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  serrulate  with  spreading 
teeth,  rough  above,  slightly  stellate-pubescent  beneath, 
1^-3   in.   long    fls.   in  broad  corymbs,   white,   with 
spreading  petals,  partly  imbricate  in  bud;  filaments 
strongly  toothed;  anthers  short-stalked;  styles  shorter 
than  stamens;  sepals  triangular-ovate,  about  as  long 
as  calyx-tube    G  C.  III.  52  "45    F  S.R.  3,  p.  193.  A.F. 
31:100,   101.    MDG.  1907.376,  fig    5;  377,  fig.  8. 
G  W.  13,  p   614.    Var   Boule  Rose  and  var.  Fleur  de 
Pommier  have  the  fls  pink  outside. 

11.  kalmtefldra,  Lemome  (D    parvifibra  x  D.  pur- 
purdscens).   LVS  oblong  to  ovate-oblong,  short-acumi- 
nate, broadly  cuneate  at  the    base,  serrulate, 
rough  above,  slightly  stellate  pubescent  below, 
l-2li2  in-  long.  fls.  in    rather    small  corymbs, 
pinkish,  white  in  the  center,  light  carmine  out- 
side,  cup-shaped,    %in.   across;  petals    mostly 
imbricate  in  bud;  stamens  half  as  long  as  petals; 
filaments  with  large  teeth,  nearly 

as  long  as  the  anthers;  styles  shorter 
than  stamens  M  D.G  1913-25.  G. 
27:199.  Gn.  W.  17:627.— One  of 
the  handsomest  hybrids. 

FF  Fls  white. 

G   Filaments  toothed  below  the 
apex. 

12.  discolor,    Hemsl.    Upright 

shrub,  to  6  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
cuneate  at  the  base,  denticulate,  sparingly  stellate-hairy 
above,  stellate-tomentose  and  whitish  below,  2-4  in. 
long  .  corymbs  dense,  hemispherical,  pedicels  usually 
not  exceeding  J^in.;  fls.  white,  with  spreading  elliptic 
petals,  about  %in  across:  stamens  about  half  as  long 
as  petals;  filaments  with  large  teeth  usually  as  long  as 
the  stalk  of  the  anther,  the  anthers  of  the  inner 
stamens  sometimes  inserted  inside  a  little  below  the 

rx.    June.  Cent.  China.    Var.  major,  Veitch     Fls. 
ut  1  in  across    G.  30:307.  R.B.  32,  p.  174.  M.D.G. 
1913:9  (upper  picture). 

13.  Vilmorfnae,  Lemoine.  Shrub,  to  5  ft. :  Ivs  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,   serru- 
late, thinly  stellate-pubescent  above,  densely  so  below 
and  grayish  white,  2-3  in.  long:  corymbs  loose  and 
large;  pedicels  %-%m.  J°n8>  fls«  more  than  ^m  across; 
larger  stamens  only  slightly  shorter  than  petals;  the 
teeth  of  the  filaments  shorter  than  the  stalks  of  the 
anthers;  styles  as  long  as  stamens.    May,  June.   Cent. 
China.    R.H.  1895,  pp.  266,  267.    F.V.  126.    A  very 
graceful  shrub  with  its  large  and  loose  corymbs  of 
white  fls. 

GO.  Filaments,  at  least  the  longer  ones,  gradually  nar- 
rowed toward  the  apex,  without  teeth. 

14.  Wflsonii,  Duthie.    Shrub,  to  6  ft  :  Ivs.  elliptic- 
lanceolate     to     oblong-lanceolate,     short-acuminate, 
rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  rough-pubescent 
above,  grayish  white  and  tomentose  below;  2-4  in. 
long:  corymbs  compact,  many-fld  ;  fls    white,  more 
than  %in.  across,  stamens  a  third  shorter  than  the 
petals;  the  shorter  filaments  usually  abruptly  contracted 
or   sometimes   with   short   obtuse   teetb;   calyx-lobes 
oblong-ovate,  about  as  long  as  tube.  May,  June.  Cent. 
China    BM  8083.  G.  30:373.  G.M.  51:473.  M.D.G. 
1912:27,  1913:16. 


cc.  Infl.  1-8-fld.;  filaments  with  long  and  slender  recurved 

teeth. 

15  grandifldra,  Bunge.  vShrub,  to  6  ft. :  Ivs.  ovate, 
acuminate,  rounded  at  the  base,  unequally  and  closely 
denticulate,  rough  pubescent  above,  whitish  stellate- 
tomentose  below  and  reticulate,  1-2^2  in.  long  fls. 
white,  nodding,  with  slightly  spreading  petals  about 
%in.  long;  stamens  about  half  as  long  as  petals;  calyx- 
lobes  lanceolate,  twice  as  long  as  tube.  April,  May. 
N.  China — A  very  distinct  species,  the  earnest  of  all 
to  blooin,  the  fls  appearing  with  the  Ivs  ;  has  proved 
perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

AA.  Petals  imbricate  in  the  bud  (or  partly  imbricate  in 

the  hybrid};  fls  white. 

16.  parvifldra,  Bunge  Shrub,  to  6  ft ,  with  erect 
branches:  Ivs  ovate 
or  oblong-ovate,  usu- 
ally narrowed  at  the 
base,  finely  serrate, 
with  stellate  hairs  on 
both  sides,  often 
grayish  green  be- 
neath, 2-3  in  long: 
fls  in  many-fld. 
corymbs,  petals 
roundish  obovate, 
spreading,  imbricate 
m  the  bud,  longer 
filaments  without 
teeth  June.  N. 
China,  Mongolia  G. 
F.I  365  Gt 11-370, 
4,i,  p  65,  46,  p  382. 
R  H  1892,  p  223. 
GC  111  14-153  Gn 
4t,  p  181  FSR  3, 
p  197.  AF  15-1297 
Gng  8.305,307.  Var 
Mus&i,  Lemome  Of 
stronger  growth.  Ivs. 
larger  and  more  acu- 
minate .  fls  creamy 
white  in  denser 
corymbs. 

17.  Lemoinei,  Hort. 
(D  grdcilis  x  D. 
parvifibra  D  an- 
gudifbha,  D  i  p  p  ) . 
Fig  1247.  Spreading  shrub,  to  3  ft  -  Ivs  elliptic-lanceo- 
late, finely  serrate  with  appressed  teeth,  \vith  sparse 
stellate  hairs  above,  near'y  glabrous  beneath,  1H-3 
in  long  fls  in  large  corymbs  or  broad  panicles,  pure 
white;  petals  broadly  ovate,  spreading,  partially 
valvate  and  partially  imbricate  in  the  bud ,  filaments 
with  large  teeth  G  F.  9  285  (adapted  in  Fig  1247). 
A  F.  11-457;  15  1296.  Gt.  44,  p  567;  46,  p  383  Gng. 
4:135;  8  307  J.H  III  34.77  G  C  III.  18  389  Gn. 
48,  p.  317.  G.M  39-251,  51  962,963  G  16:223  F  E. 
24:747;  31-1119.  G  W.  2,  p  173  M  D  G.  1895.438, 
439. — A  very  desirable  shrub,  more  vigorous  and  with 
showier  fls  than  D.  gracihs  Excellent  for  forcing. 

Var  compacta,  Lemoine  Dwarf er  and  of  more  com- 
pact habit  D  Boule  de  Neige.  Lemoine,  with  creamy 
white  fls.  (Gng  8.306)  and  D.  Avalanche,  Lemoine, 
with  pure  white  fls  ,  are  exceedingly  floriferous  forms. 

D.  BrunoniAna,  R  Br  ==D,  staminca  var  Brunomana  — D  can- 
deldbrum,  Rehd  (D  gracihs  X  D  Sieboldiana  D  gracihs  var  can- 
delabrum, Lemoino)  Shrub  with  slender  branches  and  large  white 
fls  in  dense  elongated  panicles  R  B  33,  p  372  R  H  1908,  p 
174  MDG  1907  378  Var  ertcta,  Rehd  (D  gracihs  erecta, 
Lemome)  Fls  smaller  and  panicles  shorter  Var  fantuAsa,  Kehd 
(D  gracihs  fastuosa,  Lemome)  Fls.  in  elongated  rather  dense 
paiiioles. — D  cdndida,  Rehd  (D  LomomeixD  Sieboldiana  D 
discolor  Candida,  Lemoine)  Upright  shrub  with  large  white  fls 
m  panicles  M  D  O.  1907  376,  fig  0  — D  cdrnea,  Rehd  (D 
Sieboldiana  X  D  rosea  grandiflora  D  discolor  carnea,  Lemoine) 
Upnght  shrub  with  pink  rather  small  fls  in  upright  loose  panicles 


1247.  Deutzia 
Lemotnei. 


DEUTZIA 


DEWBERRY 


995 


Var  Idctea,  Behd.,  with  white  flu.,  var  stettdta,  Rehd  ,  with  narrow 
spreading  petals,  pale  pink  or  carmine-pink,  and  var  drnnfldra, 
Rehd  ,  with  white  fls  in  dense  upright  panicles,  petals  narrow,  all 
these  varieties  described  by  Leinome  as  vanctieB  of  D  discolor  — 
D  compdita,  Craib  Allied  to  D  parviflora  Lvs  lanceolate, 
sparingly  pubescent  on  both  sides,  H~2  m  long  fls  white  m  dense 
corymbs,  filaments  strongly  dentate  W  China — D  corymbdsa,  R 
Br  Allied  to  D  parviflora  Lvs  rounded  at  the  base,  crenate-serrate, 
long-acuminate  fls  larger,  all  filaments  toothed  Himalayas  — D 
discolor  vars  —D  Candida,  D  carnea,  D  elegantissima,  D  ex<  el- 
lens  — D  eleoantiHsima,  Rehd  (D  purpurascens  X  D  Sieboldiana 
D  discolor  var  elegantissima,  I./cmoine)  Shrub,  with  slender 
branches,  with  numerous  corymbs  of  large  white,  open  fls  slightly 
tinted  with  rose  inside  and  outside  RB  3b,p  387.  M  D  (I 
1907  377,  fig  9  Var  arcwita,  Rehd  (D.  discolor  var  arcuata, 
Letnoine),  with  white  fls  Var  famculdta,  Rehd  (D  discolor  var 
fasciculata,  Lemouie)  Flat  white  fla  tinted  with  pink — D  exctl- 
leni,  Rehd  (D  Vilmormiana  X  D  rosta  grandiflora  D  discolor 
vnr  excellent*,  Lemome)  Shrub,  with  slender  upright  branches, 
with  large  loose  corymbs  of  pure  white  fls — D  globbsa,  Duthic 
Similar  1o  1)  Wilsonu,  but  smaller  in  every  part'  fls  creamy  white 
in  dense  corymbs,  filaments  abruptly  contracted  below  the  apex 
Cent  China—  D  glower ul ill dra,  Franch  Similar  to  D  discolor 
Shrub,  to  0  ft  Ivs  smaller,  grayish  white  and  soft-pubescent 
below  fls  white,  in  dense  and  small,  but  very  numerous  corymbs 
along  tho  tlcnd*  r  branch*  M,  stamens  like  those  of  D.  longifoha. 
W  China  Handsome  and  f.urly  hardy —D  yrdcths  vars  ==  IX 
candelabrum  —D  mdllm,  Duthie  Allied  to  D  parviflora.  Shrub, 
to  »i  ft  ,  with  upright  brandies  hs  elliptic-ovate  to  elliptic-lanceo- 
late, Moft-|)ub(hC(  nt  below,  2-4  in  long  fls  small,  creamy  white  or 
slightlj  pinkish  in  dense  flat  corymbs,  filaments  subulate  Cent. 
China  -  D  rtjlua,  Duthu  Allied  to  D  discolor  Lvs  oblong- 
lanceolate,  2-1  in  long  flu  smaller  in  loose  corymbs,  petals  with 
rcfkxed  margin,  filaments  with  short  tce;th  or  abruptly  contracted 
Cent  China  -D  stamirua,  R  Br  Shrub,  to  3  ft  Ivs  ovate  or 
o\  ale-lanceolate,  with  w  hitish  stellate  pubescence  beneath  corymbs 
mauy-fld  ,  Ms  white,  fragrant,  filaments  with  largo  teeth  Hima- 
layas B  R  JJ  l.i  Var  Itrunomana,  Hook  f  &  Thorns  Lvs  less 
densely  pubescent  fls  larger.  B  It  2b  5  (as  D.  corymbosa). 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

DEVIL-IN-A-BUSH:  NigtUa. 

DEWBERRY.  A  blackberry-like  fruit  of  trailing 
and  climbing  habit,  now  considerably  grown  in  North 
America 

The  botanist  makes  no  distinction  between  dew- 
berries and  blackberries  But  to  the  fruit-grower, 
trailing  blackberries  are  dewberries,  distinguished 
further,  and  probably  better  separated,  by  the  flower- 
and  fruit-clusters*  In  the  true  dewberries,  the  center 
flowers  open  first  and  flowers  and  fruits  are  few  and 
scattered,  in  true  blackberries — there  are  hybrids 
between  the  two  in  which  the  distinguishing  characters 
are  confused — the  lower  and  outer  flowers  open  first 
and  flower-  and  fruit-clusters  are  comparatively  dense. 
In  the  method  of  propagation  there  is  a  further  dis- 
tinction In  nature  or  under  cultivation,  dewberries 
are  usually  propagated  from  the  tips,  while  black- 
berries are  naturally  propagated  from  suckers  and 
under  cultivation  from  root-cuttings 

The  dewbeny  is  an  Amencan  fruit  but  very  recently 
domesticated — if,  indeed,  it  can  be  said  to  be  domesti- 
cated, for  it  is  the  most  uncertain  and  the  most  unman- 
ageable of  the  small  fruits  Its  history  as  a  garden 
plant,  according  to  Card  (Card's  "Bush-Fruits,"  page 
1.42)  at  the  most  does  not  go  back  further  than  1863. 
and  dewberries  were  not  generally  cultivated  until 
well  toward  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century. 
Undoubtedly,  despite  unmanageable  habits  of  growth, 
uncertainty  m  fruiting,  the  necessity  of  crobs-pollma- 
tion  between  varieties,  capnciousness  as  to  soils  and 
lack  of  hardiness  in  northerly  climates,  the  several 
species  and  the  rapidly  increasing  number  of  varieties 
of  dewberries,  fill  a  place  not  occupied  by  the  better- 
known  and  longer  domesticated  blackberries;  for,  as  a 
rule,  they  ripen  eailier  and,  when  well  grown,  give 
larger,  handsomer  and  better,  or  at  least,  differently 
flavored  fruits  than  the  blackberry.  Moreover,  from 
the  several  species  of  dewberries  are  being  derived 
greatly  improved  varieties  and  hybrids  between  them 
and  species  of  blackberries,  of  which  there  are  now 
several  under  cultivation,  as  Wilson  Early  and  Wilson 
Junior,  which  are  most  promising  These  qualities 
make  certain  the  place  of  the  dewberry  in  home  and 
commercial  plantations  and  presage  for  it  even  greater 
value  in  the  future 


Of  the  thirty  or  more  species  of  Rubus  which  all 
could  agree  in  calling  blackberries  and  dewberries,  the 
fruit-grower  would  probably  distinguish  five  as  dew- 
berries. Between  these  there  are  hybrid  forms  under 
cultivation,  as  probably  there  are  in  the  wild,  and  since 


1248.  Lucretia  dewberry 

there  are  also  hybrids  between  blackberries  and  dew- 
berries, the  group  is  one  of  great  taxonomic  difficulty. 
The  five  species  01  dewberries  are  ( 1 )  Rubus  procumbens. 
Muhl  ,  found  in  dry  open  places  from  Maine  westward 
and  southward.  The  species  is  characterized  by  woody, 
stoutly  armed  stems,  membranaceous  leaves,  villous 
beneath,  flowers  few  to  several  in  leafy  "racemes,  and 
short  cyclmdrical  fruits  with  few  to  many  large  drupe- 
lets. Var.  ronbaccm,  Bailey,  is  a  well-marked  sub- 
species from  West  Virginia  01  more  vigor,  with  larger 
flowers  with  elongated  pedicels,  and  larger  fruits;  much 
cultivated  with  the  Lucretia  as  the  best  representative 
(Figs  1248,  1249).  (2)  Rubus  innsus,  Bailey,  is  similar 
but  stouter,  with  canes  less  procumbent,  leaves  more 
coarsely  toothed,  pedicels  longer,  and  with  the  sepals 
large  and  leaf-like  The  species  grows  wild  from  New 
York  to  Kansas  and  southwest  and  is  the  parent  of 
several  cultivated  dewberries  of  which  Bartel  (Fig 
1250.  adapted  from  G  F  4 '19)  is  the  type  (3)  Rubux 
tnmahs,  Michx  ,  the  southern  dewberry,  is  quite  dis- 
tinct from  1  and  2.  This  species  is  found 
near  the  coast  from  Virginia  to  Florida  and 
westward  to  Texas  It  is  characterized  by 
slender  trailing  stems  armed  with  recurved 
prickles,  evergreen,  smooth,  leathery  leaves, 
corymbs  1-3-flowered,  and  cychndncal  fruits 
with  many  drupelets  Of  the  few  varieties 
of  this  species  cultivated,  Manatee  is  prob- 
ably the  oldest  and  best  known  (4) 
Rubus  rubnsetus,  Rydb ,  found  in 
sandy  soils  in  Missouri  and  Louisi- 
ana, is  similar  to  R.  tnviahs  but  with 
stems,  petioles,  and  pedicels  rough 
with  reddish,  purplish  hairs,  the  flow- 
ers are  smaller  but  the  corymbs  are 
3-9-flowered.  The  species  is  locally 
cultivated  and  gives  some  promise 
for  greater  improvement  (5)  Rubus 
mtifolius,  Cham.  &  Schlecht,  is  the 
Pacific  Coast  dewberry  characterized 
by  trailing,  slender,  pubescent  canes 
with  weak,  straight  or  recurved 
1240  Lucretia  dew-  prickles,  leaves  various,  flowers  stami- 
berry  (Nat  sue)  nate  or  pistillate  on  different  plants, 


996 


DEWBERRY 


DIANELLA 


fruit  of  medium  size,  round-oblong,  sweet  Several 
varieties,  of  which  possibly  Aughmbaugh  and  Skagit 
Chief  are  the  best  known,  are  cultivated  in  the  far 
West  The  loganberry  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid  between 
this  species  and  R  Idxus,  and  several  less  well-known 
hybrids  are  recorded. 

The  dewberry  should  receive  under  cultivation  much 
the  same  treatment  given  the  more  common  black- 
berry. The  culture  of  the  two  differs  chiefly  in  the 
dewberries  requiring  more  care  m  training  and  must 
usually  be  better  protected  for  the  winter  The  plants 
are  trained  on  trellises  of  two  or  three  wires  or  tied 
to  stakes,  the  former  method  giving  better  results,  but 
the  latter  being  more  common.  The  object  in  either 
case  is  threefold, — namely,  to  regulate  the  amount 
of  bearing  wood,  to  keep  the  vine  out  of  the  way  of  the 
cultivator  and  to  keep  the  fruit  off  the  ground  The 
plants  should  be  set  4  by  7  feet  apart,  these  distances 
varying  somewhat  in  accordance  with  the  variety  and 


the  soil.  Pruning  is  a  simple  matter,  consisting  of  short- 
ening back  young  plants  to  4  or  5  feet  the  first  season 
to  keep  them  from  sprawling  too  much,  cutting  out 
old  canes  at  any  time  after  fruiting,  and  headmg-m 
long  shoots  and  laterals  in  early  summer.  From  four 
to  six  fruiting  canes  are  allowed  to  the  plant  In 
northern  climates,  the  vines  must  be  laid  on  the  ground 
and  protected  m  winter  with  straw  or  other  material 
The  plants  thrive  on  a  somewhat  lighter  soil  than  the 
blackberry — in  fact  some  sorts  require  such  a  soil. 
Varieties  should  be  intermixed  to  secure  cross-pollina- 
tion and  thereby  insure  a  good  set  of  fruits  and  avoid 
the  formation  or  nubbins 

Of  about  thirty  named  varieties,  Lucretia,  Bartel, 
Austin  and  Preino  are  the  best.  Of  these  four,  Lucretia 
is  far  most  commonly  grown,  being  adapted  to  the 
greatest  diversity  of  soils  and  is  in  general  best  suited 
to  varying  environments  For  history  and  botany,  see 
Bailey,  "Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits;"  for  culture, 
see  'Card's  "Bush-Fruits,"  and  Cornell  Bulletins  Nos. 
34  and  117.  Consult  Blackberry,  Loganberry  and  Rubus. 
U.  P.  HEDRICK. 

DEYEUXIA:  Calamaffroslis. 

DIACATTLEYA  (compounded  of  Diacnum  and 
Cattleya).  Orchidace<e.  A  genus  established  to  include 
hybrids  between  the  two  genera,  Diacnum  and  Cat- 
tleya. A  hybrid  between  Diacnum  bicornutum  and 
Cattleya  Mendeln  is  known  as  Diacattleya  Sanderss. 
It  was  raised  by  Sander  &  Sons.  The  fls  are  pure  white, 
the  lip  with  a  pale  yellow  disk  and  small  rose  markings. 
G.C.  III.  49:290  D  Cdlmanise,  Hort  (DHacrocdttleya 
Cdlmanise  is  a  hybrid  between  Diacnum  bicornutum  and 
Cattleya  intermedia  var.  nwea.  G.C.  III.  43:114.  J.H. 
56:167.  It  resembles  a  slender  plant  of  Diacnum 


bicornutum    sepals  and  petals  pure  white,  lip  slightly 
tinged  primrose-yellow.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

DlACRIUM  (through  and  point,  the  sts.  are  sur- 
rounded by  sheaths)  Orchidaccse.  Four  Trop.  Amer. 
epiphytes,  closely  allied  to  Epidendrum,  with  which 
they  have  been  included.  It  differs  from  that  genus 
in  the  fact  that  the  column  and  lip  are  not  united.  Fls. 
showy,  in  loose  racemes:  Ivs  few,  sheathing:  pseudo- 
bulbs  slender.  Cult,  of  Epidendrum  and  Cattleya. 

bicorn&tum,  Benth.  (Emdendrum  bicornutum, 
Hook  ).  Pseudobulbs  1-2  ft.  long,  hollow,  bearing  dry 
sheaths.  Ivs  short  and  leathery:  raceme  slender,  3-12- 
fld  ;  fls  white,  with  small  crimson  spots  on  the  3-lobed 
hp,  fragrant.  B.M.  3332  G  C  III  16  337.  J  H. 
Ill  33  29  OR  12-113,  16'81;  20  361 —A  hand- 
some orchid,  requiring  high  temperature. 

D  bultntdtum,  Hems!  (Epidendrum  bidontatum,  Lindl  ), 
of  Mt-x  ,  haa  been  listed  in  trade  catalogues,  but  it  is  practically 
unknown  to  cult ,  and  is  probably  not  now  in  the  American  trade. 

L  H   B 

DIAL-&LIA  (Compounded  of  the  genera  Diacnum 
and  Lselia)  Orchidaceae  D.  Vdtchn,  Hort ,  is  a  hybud 
between  Diacnum  bicornutum  and  Lst'lia  cinnabanna. 
Pseudobulbs  fleshy  fls  9  or  10,  the  scgms  white  suf- 
fused with  lilac,  also  showing  a  bronze  tint  derived  from 
the  La'ha  parent 

DIAMOND  FLOWER-  lonopsidium 

DIANDROL^RA  (two-^tamened  Olurd).  Gramlnese. 
A  single  species  raised  at  Kew  some  8  years  ago  from 
se?d  supplied  by  JSander  but  native  country  unknown1 
differs  from  Olyra  in  its  twin  spikelets  and  other  charac- 
ters, the  upper  one  being  male  and  the  lower  one 
female,  the  male  fls  with  2  stamens.  The  species  is  D 
bicalor,  Stapf,  a  perennial  densely  tufted  grass  with 
erect  culms  bearing  1-3  lanceolate  or  lance-oblong  Ivs. 
that  are  dark  green  above  and  violet-purple  beneath 

DIANELLA  (diminutive  of  Diana,  goddess  of  the 
hunt).  Liluicese.  Tender  perennial  rhizomatous  plants, 
relate*  1  to  Phorrmum. 

Leaves  hard,  linear,  sheathing,  grass-like,  crowded  at 
base  of  st ,  otten  2-3  ft  long*  fls  blue,  in  large  loose 
panicles,  on  delicate  pendent  pedicels;  perianth  wither- 
ing but  not  falling,  with  6  distinct  spreading  segms.; 
stamens  6,  with  thickened  filaments;  ovary  3-celled, 
each  cell  several-ovulcd,  the  style  filiform  and  stigma 
very  small  plant  healing  great  numbers  of  pretty  blue 
berries,  which  remain  attractive  for  several  weeks,  and 
are  the  chief  charm  of  the  plant. — There  are  about  a 
dozen  species  m  Trop.  Asia,  Austral,  and  Polynesia. 
They  perhaps  succeed  best  m  the  open  border  of  a  cool 
greenhouse  Prop  by  division,  or  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring  in  mild  heat  They  are  little  known  in  this 
country.  They  are  spring  and  summer  bloomers. 

A.  Lvs  radical  or  nearly  so. 

tasmanica,  Hook.  f.  Height  4-5  ft  *  Ivs  numerous,  in 
a  rosette,  broadly  ensiform,  2-4  ft  long,  5 4-!  in  wide, 
margined  with  small  reddish  brown  spines  that  cut 
the  hand  if  the  Ivs  are  carelessly  grasped:  panicle 
very  lax,  surpassing  the  Ivs,  1-2  ft ,  with  as  many  as 
60  fls.;  fls.  pale  blue,  nodding,  Mr/^m  across,  segms. 
finally  reflexed;  anthers  1  line  long,  berries  bright 
blue,  on  very  slender  pedicels.  Tasmania  and  Austral. 
B  M  5551  Var  vanegata,  Bull.  Lvs.  handsomely 
striped  with  light  yellow.  R  B.  29:61. 

lafevis,  R  Br  Lvs.  l-VA  ft-  long,  6-9  lines  wide,  lesa 
leathery  and  paler  than  m  D  cserulea  and  at  first  slightly 
glaucous  panicle  deltoid,  the  branches  more  com- 
pound than  in  D  revoluta,  outer  segms.  of  the  perianth 
with  5  distant  veins,  inner  ones  densely  3-vemed  in  the 
middle  third,  anthers  1 1A  lines  long.  Eastern  temperate 
parts  of  Austral.  B.R.  751.  L.B.C.  12:1136  (both  aa 
D.  strumdsa). 


DIANELLA 


DIANTHUS 


997 


revoluta,  R.  Br.  Height  2-3  ft.:  IVB.  in  a  rosette, 
1-1 H  ft.  long,  3-4  lines  wide,  dark  green,  purplish  at 
the  base  and  margin,  not  spiny  at  the  margin:  panicle 
branches  short,  ascending,  fls.  later  than  D.  cavulea; 
veins  of  the  perianth-segms.  crowded  into  a  central 
space.  W.  and  E.  Austral,  in  temperate  parts.  Tas- 
mania. B.R.  734  (as  D.  longifoha) ;  1120. 

AA.  Lvs.  more  or  less  scattered  on  sts.  that  often  branch 
at  base. 

Cffirulea,  Sims.  Sub-shrubby,  with  a  short  st.  in  age, 
branching:  Ivs.  about  6,  clustered  at  the  ends  of 
branches,  0-12  in  long,  (M)  lines  wide,  dark  green, 
rough  on  the  back  and  margin  outer  perianth-segrns. 
with  5  distant  veins,  inner  ones  with  3  closer  veins. 
E  Temp  Austral  B  M.  505. 

nemordsa,  Lam.  (C.  enwfblui,  lied  )  Caulescent  3-6 
ft  high,  the  Ivs.  never  in  a  rosette,  numerous,  hard, 
linear,  1-2  ft.  long,  9-12  lines  wide,  lighter-colored  on 
the  keel  arid  margin,  fls  blue  or  greenish  white  Trop. 
Asia,  China,  Austral.,  Hawaiian  Isls  B  M  1404. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
L.  II   Bf 

DIANTHfeRA  (double  anther  referring  to  the  sepa- 
rated anther-cells)  AcardMunc  WATER- WILLOW. 
Herbs,  mostly  of  greenhouses  and  warmhouses,  and 
sometimes  of  open  planting  in  mild  climates. 

Glabrous  or  pilose  perennial  herbs  or  sometimes 
somewhat  woody,  mostly  of  wet  places,  with  opposite, 
mostly  entire  Ivs  .  fin  mostly  purplish  or  whitish,  irregu- 
lar, usually  in  axillary  spikes,  heads  or  fascicles,  or  the 
clusters  combined  m  a  terminal  thyrse;  corolla  slen- 
der-tubed, 2-hpped,  the  upper  lip  erect  and  more  or  less 
concave  or  anhed  and  entire  or  2-toothed,  the  lower 
lip  3-lobed  or  3-crenate  and  spreading,  and  with  a 
palate-like  structure,  anther-cells  separated  on  a 
broadened  connective,  not  parallel  with  each  other  fr. 
an  oblong  or  ovoid  2-celled  caps  ,  the  seeds  4  or  less: 
floral  bract  lets  small  or  minute — Probably  more  than 
100  species,  mostly  in  warm  and  tropical  countries 
Lindau  in  Kngler  <fe  Prantl  unites  it  with  Juhticia 
as  a  submenus,  and  the  number  of  species  is  estimated 
as  more  (him  70  in  Trop  Amer  The  diantheras  are 
little  known  in  cult  D  Pohhana  is  to  be  found  in 
Jacobin u  The  treatment  given  Jacobima  and  Justicia 
applies  to  these1  plants. 

americana,  Linn  St  angled,  1-3  ft  *  Ivs  narrow- 
lanceolate,  3-4  in  long,  nearly  sessile:  fls  several  in  a 
close  cluster  with  a  peduncle  mostly  exceeding  the  Ivs  , 

?ale  violet  or  whitish,  the  corolla  mostly  less  than 
/2in  long,  the  tube  shorter  than  the  lips.  In  water, 
Quebec  to  Win  ,  Ga  and  Texas. — Sometimes  trans- 
ferred to  garden  bogs  and  streams. 

secunda,  Cnseb  (Justicia  secunda,  Vahl)  Nearly 
glabrous,  constricted  at  the  nodes:  Ivs  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls  crimson,  short-pedicellate, 
in  a  usually  1 -sided  panicle:  lower  lip  3-crenate  W. 
Indies  BM.2060. 

pectoralis,  Gmel  (Jiwtina  pectorahs,  Jacq  ).  GARDEN 
BALSAM  St  slender,  often  woody,  1-3  ft  •  Ivs  lanceo- 
late-acuminate or  nearly  oblong,  to  4  in  long1  fls.  rosy 
or  pale  blue,  with  a  parti-colored  throat,  rather  dis- 
tant in  elongated  branched  mostly  1 -sided  spikes.  W. 
Indies,  Mex  ,  Brazil. 

D  buMta.N  E  Br  St  terete,  purplish  Ivs.  clhptie,  to  4 J$  in. 
long,  short-stalked,  cordate  at  base,  bullate  or  puckered  between 
the  veins,  dark  green  alwve  and  purple-veined  beneath  fls  white- 
ish,  small,  clustered  Borneo  I  H  33  589  — A  handsome  foliage 
subject,  with  the  appearance  of  a  rubiaceous  plant  — D  nhAta, 
Bent h  &  Hook  (Jacooima  ciliata,  Seem  )  St  obscurely  4-angled,  2 
ft  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  2-3  in  long,  short-stalked  fls  violet  with 
white  palate,  sessile,  many  in  a  short-peduncled  fascicle,  calyx 
cihate,  corolla-tube  »-£m  long,  cylindrical,  upper  bp  very  small, 
2-lobed,  concave  and  recurved,  lower  lip  very  large  and  showy 
(l\i  in  across  ),  flat,  with  3  large  lobes.  Costa  Rica  Panama(  ?) 
BM  5888  (M  Beloperone  ciliata,  Hook,  f).  — Described  as  an 
annual  Perhaps  not  of  this  genus.  L  II  B 


DIANTHUS  (Greek  for  Jove's  flower}.  Caryophylld- 
cex.  PINK.  Small  herbs,  many  of  them  prized  for 
their  rich  and  showy  flowers  in  the  open  garden,  and 
one  is  the  carnation.  Some  of  them  are  dehciounly 
fragrant. 

Mostly  perennials  forming  tufts  and  with  grass- 
like  Ivs  ,  and  jointed  sts  with  terminal  fls  and  opposite 
Ivs.  From  kindred  genera  Dianthus  is  distinguished 
by  the  sepal-like  bracts  at  the  base  of  a  cylindrical 
calyx  (Figs.  802,  803),  petals  without  a  crown;  styles 
2:  caps,  opening  by  4  valves  Mostly  temperate- 
region  plants,  of  S  Eu  and  N.  Afr  ,  but  occurring 
elsewhere,  one  of  them  (a  form  of  D  alpinus)  being 
native  m  N.  Amer  ,  about  250  species  are  recognized 
The  fls  are  usually  pink  or  red,  but  in  garden  forms 
white  and  purple  are  frequent  colors  Most  of  the  cult, 
species  are  hardy  in  the  N  and  are  easy  of  cult.  The 
perennial  species  are  excellent  border  plants  The  chief 
care  required  in  their  cult  is  to  see  that  the  grass  does 
not  run  them  out.  Best  results  in  flowering  are  secured 
usually  from  2-year-old  seedling  plants  The  genus 
abounds  in  attractive  species,  and  other  names  than 
those  in  this  article  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the 
catalogues  Numbers  of  species  are  likely  to  be  grown 
by  rock-garden  specialists  Pinks  are  among  the  old- 
lashioned  flowers,  particularly  D  plumanus,  which  was 
formerly  common  m  edgings  and  m  circle-beds  The 
sweet  wilhams  are  always  popular.  All  the  species 
described  m  this  article  are  perennial,  but  there  are  a 
few  annuals  in  the  genus  but  apparently  not  in  cult. 
Two  weedy  annual  species,  D.  prohfer,  Linn  ,  and  D. 
Armcna,  Linn  ,  are  naturalized  in  the  eastern  states, 
and  two  or  three  others  have  run  wild  more  or  less. 
See  E  T  Cook,  "Carnations,  Picotees,  and  the  Wild 
and  Garden  Pinks,"  London,  1905  See  p  3568 

Dianthuses  like  a  warm  soil,  and  one  that  will  not 
become  too  wet  at  any  time,  especially  in  winter,  when 
the  perennial  kinds  are  grown,  as  they  are  often  killed 
not  so  much  from  cold  as  from  too  much  ice  around  them. 
Snow  ih  the  best  possible  protection,  but  ice  is  the 
reverse  — All  dianthuses  are  readily  propagated  from 
se<nls  hovvn  in  rich  soil  (usually  beginning  to  bloom  the 
second  >ear),  but  the  double  kinds  are  reproduced 
from  cuttings  alone  to  be  sure  to  have  them  true,  and  in 
the  fall  months  cuttings  are  easily  rooted  if  taken  with 
a  "heel"  or  a  part  of  the  old  stem  adhering  to  the  base 
of  the  shoot,  so  that  to  make  cuttings  it  is  best  to  strip 
them  off  rather  than  to  make  them  with  a  knife  It 
will  be  found,  also,  that  cuttings  made  from  plants 
growing  m  the  open  ground  do  not  root  readily  but 
seem  to  dry  up  in  the  cutting-bench,  if  the  plants  to  be 
increased  arc  carefully  lifted  and  potted,  placed  in  a 
temperature  of  say  50°  until  young  growth  shows  signs 
of  starting,  every  cutting  taken  off  at  this  stage  will 
root  easily  The  transition  from  outdoors  to  the  propa- 
gatmg-house  should  not  be  too  abrupt  Another  method 
of  pi  opagation  is  by  layering,  and  with  the  garden  pinks, 
or  forms  of  D  plumanus,  it  is  the  easiest  and  surest. 
After  hot  weather  is  past,  stir  the  soil  round  the  parent 
plant,  take  the  branches  that  have  a  portion  of  bare 
stem,  make  an  incision  half  way  through  and  along  the 
stem  for  an  inch,  and  peg  this  down  m  the  soil  without 
breaking  off  the  shoot  (T<ig  809)  Roots  will  be  formed 
and  good  strong  plants  be  the  result  before  winter. 
The  layering  method  is  specially  suitable  to  such 
species  as  D  plumanus,  D  Caryovhyllui*  and  double 
foi  ms  of  others,  such  as  sweet  William  — Among  the 
species  are  various  pretty  little  alpine  tufted  sorts  as 
D  ncgkctus,  D.  glaciahs  and  D.  alpinus,  all  of  which 
are  of  dwarf  close  habit,  not  exceeding  3  inches  high 
and  having  very  large  single  flowers  of  brightest  colors. 
These  are  suited  only  for  rock-gardening,  as  on  level 
ground  they  often  become  smothered  with  weeds  or 
swamped  with  soil  after  a  heavy  rainstorm,  and  to 
these  two  causes  are  attributable  the  failures  to  culti- 
vate them.  (E.  O.  Orpet.) 


998 

DIANTHUS 

INDEX. 

alpmus,  21 

diadematUB,  25. 

onentahs,  14. 

arenanus,  10. 

fimbriatus,  14. 

Pancicii,  2 

anper,  25 
atrococnneua,  5. 

Freynn,  24 
frigvdua,  17. 

petraeus,  13 
plumarms,  9. 

atrorubens,  4 

gtgantcus,  6. 

punctatus,  19. 

attenuatus,  18 
barbatua,  3 

glaciahs,  24. 
ulaucus,  10 

repens,  21 
ruthenicus,  25. 

C8BB1U8,   16. 

oalhzonus,  23. 

grandiflorus,  2 
Hoddewign,  25 

scoticus,  9. 
fregueti,  25 

capitatus,  7 
carthuaianorum,  4. 

hybndus,  25 
\bericus,  25 

semperflorens,  9,  25. 
Sinensis,  25 

Caryophyllus,  19. 
caucas\cua,  25 

impenahs,  25. 
lacimatus,  25 

squarrosus,  12. 
stollans,  25 

chinensis,  25 
cmcmnatus,  25 

latifohus,  26 
Lauchcanus,  3. 

stenopetalus,  2 
superbus,  15. 

cinnabarmus,  1. 

longicauhs,  19. 

sylvestns,  17. 

colhnua,  25 

macrosepalus,  25 

versicolor,  22. 

cruentus,  5 

monspessulanus,  11. 

mrgineus,  17. 

deltoides,  20. 

montanus,  25 

viscidus,  8. 

dentosus,  25. 

neglcctus,  24. 

A.  Fls.  mostly  in  cymes  or  in  heads,  often  densely  aggre- 
gated, the  cluster  often  subtended  by  involucre- 
like  Ivs 

B.  Petals  not  bearing  hairs  or  barbs:  bracts  dry. 
1.  cinnabartnus.  Sprun.  A  foot  high,  woody  at  base, 
many-stemmed,  the  sts  simple  and  4-angled,  bloom- 
ing in  Aug  and  Sept.:  Ivs  linear,  sharp-pointed  and 
rigid,  7-nerved.  fls  few  m  heads,  petals  fiery  red  above, 
paler  beneath,  glandular,  stamens  included.  Greece. — 
Handsome  little  species;  useful  for  hardy  border  or 
rockery 


DIANTHUS 

the  oldest  garden  fls.  It  is  sure  to  be  found  in  the  old- 
fashioned  gardens.  The  cult,  forms  run  into  many 
colors  Sometimes  found  along  roadsides  as  an  escape. 
There  are  double-fld  forms  R  H  1894,  p  277  Some 
of  the  modern  improved  large-fid,  forms  are  very 
showy,  and  produce  their  bloom  over  a  long  season. 
D.  Laucheanus,  Bolle,  is  a  hybrid  of  D.  barbatus  and 
D.  deltoides.  Gt  53  1528. 

4.  carthusiandrum,    Linn.    (D    atrdrubens,    Willd  ). 
Hardy,  glabrous,  scarcely  glaucous,  12-20  in   high,  the 
St.  angled*  Ivs   linear  and  pointed,  without  prominent 
nerves  when  fresh,  fls.  in  a  dense,  G-20-fld  head  (some- 
times the  clusters  very  few-fid  ),  in  shades  of  red,  odor- 
less, the  petals  sharply  but  not  deeply  toothed,  the 
cluster  subtended  by  very  nan  ow  or  even  awl-like  Ivs  ; 
calyx-bracts  4,  coriaceous,  yellowish  or  straw-colored . 
Denmark  to  Portugal  and  Egypt     B  M   1775,  2039    - 
Widely  variable.    Little  planted  in  Amencan  gardens. 

cc  Plant  glabrous  and  glaucous 

5.  crue"ntus,  Gnseb    (D   atrococrfne u*,  Hort  )     Ces- 
pitose,  glaucous,  glabrous    st    1-2  ft  ,  terete,  forking: 
Ivs   linear  or  lance-linear,  sharp  acuminate,  spreading, 
7-nerved,  the  cauline  hnear-.ippressed  and  5-nerved: 
fls.  deep  blood-red,  small,  about  20  in  a  subgloboso 
dense  head,  odorless,  petals  red-hairy  towards  the  base 
July.    Greece  and  N. 

6.  gigantSus,   Urv.     Cespitose,    glabrous,   glaucous, 


^    _ .     .  ..    Tr  ,         /r.       .         ,.  ,  „,  2-3  ft  or  more,  simple*  Ivs  long-linear.  7-neived.  plane, 

2    Pancicii,   Velen.    (D.  stenopetalus  var.  Pdncwii,      Bpreading  and  acuminate,  fls    10-12  m  a  head,  led, 
Williams)     Cespitose,  glabrous,  2-3  ft.,  the  sts.  slen-      tne    petal-blade    obovate-cuneate.      "  " 


der  and  4-angled:  Ivs. 
linear-acuminate,  soft, 
3-nerved,  m  a  dense 
grass-like  basal  tuft: 
fls.  5-15  in  a  paniculate 
cyme  or  head;  calyx 
green;  petals  rose  or 
crimson  Balkan  re- 

§on.  Var  grandifldrus, 
ort.,  has  very  stout 
sts  ,  large  clusters,  and 
large    purple  -  carmine 
fls. 

BB  Petals  with  hairs  or 
barbs  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  blade. 
c.  Plant  glabrous  but 
usually  not  glaucous 
3.  barbatus,  Linn 
SWEET  WILLIAM.  Fig 
1251  Readily  grown 
from  seed  and  flower- 
ing well  the  second 
year:  glabrous,  the  sts. 
4-angled,  10-20  m  high, 
simple  or  branched 
only  above:  Ivs  broad 
and  flat  or  condupli- 
cate,  5 -nerved,  fls 
several  to  many  m  a 
round  -  topped  dense 
cyme,  the  petals 
toothed  and  bearded, 
red,  rose,  purple  or 
white  and  also  vari- 
colored in  garden 
forms,  the  bracts  sub- 
tending the  calyx  4  and 
long  -  pointed  Russia 
to  China  and  south  to 
the  Pyrenees.  G.I*  372. 
Gn.  M.  2:217;  14:55. 
F.  E  23:219  —The 
sw«*  t  wilham  is  one  of 


1251.  Sweet  William— Dianthus  barbttus. 

(XH) 


Balkan     region. 

Gn.  66,  p.  122. 

ccc.  Plant  woolly,  glaucous. 

7.  capitatus,  Balb  Plant  glaucous,  woolly,  12-16 
in  ,  simple,  st  4-angled  Ivs  linear,  acute,  plane,  spread- 
ing, 7-nerved,  those  on  the  st  5-nerved  fls  G-8  in  a 
head,  the  petals  purple-spotted  Siberia  to  Servia 

cccc  Plant  viscul-pubescent. 

8    vfscidus,  Bory  &  Chaub.    Cespitose,  pubescent 
and  sticky,  about  12  in  ,  simple*  Ivs   linear,  acuminate, 
soft,  plane,  1-3-nervcd   fls  3-6  in  a  fascicle,  the  petals 
purple-spotted,    the    blade    obovate-cuneate 
and  few-toothed     Bulgaria,  Greece,  Turkey. 
— Runs  into  several  marked  forms. 

AA.  Fls.  sohtai  y,  or  loosely  in  %'s  or  S's. 

B.  Calyx-bracts  short  and  broad,  mostly 

appre^ed. 

c.  Petals  fimbriate. 

D.  Teeth  of  calyx  rnucronate 

9.  plumarius,   Linn     (D    scdticus,  Hort ). 
COMMON  GRASS  or  GARDEN  PINK     SCOTCH 
PINK     PHEASANT'S-KYE  PINK     Low,  tufty, 
1  ft    sts  simple  or  forked,  plant  blooming  m 
spring  and  early  summer,  very  fragrant  *  Ivs 
elongate-linear,  keeled,  spreading  or  recurved, 
thickish,  1 -nerved,  blue-glaucous :  fls  medium 
size,  rose-colored  (varying  in  cult  to  purple, 
white  and  variegated),  the  blade  of  the  petal 
fringed  a  fourth  or  fifth  of  its  depth;  calyx 
cylindrical,  with  short  broad  -  topped  mucro- 
nate  bracts    Austria  to  Siberia    Gn.  66,  p. 
260.     FE    23:401 — A    universal   favorite. 
Hardy.   Much  used  in  old-fashioned  gardens 
as  edging  for   beds.    There  are  double-fld. 
forms.  A  more  continuous-blooming  form  is 
catalogued  as  var.  semperfl6rens. 

10.  arenarius,  Linn.    Cespitose,  glabrous, 
1  ft.  or  less,  the  sts.  simple  or  forked,  slen- 
der,   1-3-fld.:    Ivs.    elongate-linear,    keeled, 
obtuse,  fascicled,  spreading :  fls.  white,  fra- 
grant; petals  much  cut  beyond  the  middle; 
calyx   purplish,   the   teeth  ovate-lanceolate. 


DIANTHUS 


DIANTHUS 


999 


Dalmatia  to  Finland.  G  26 '433.—  Var  giadcus,  Blocki, 
connects  this  species  with  No  9 

DD.  Teeth  of  calyx  acuminate  or  attenuate 
11.  monspessuldnus,   Linn     Sts.    terete,   glabrous, 
branching,   12-20  in.:  Ivs.   linear,   acuminate,  plane, 
spreading    but    strict,    5- 
I  nerved  fis  solitary  or  2  or 
3  together,  showy,  odorless, 
petals    rose,   rarely   white, 
cut  or  fimbnate,  calyx  at- 
tenuated at  top,  the  teeth 
7-nerved.    Spain    to  Cau- 
casus. 

12  squarr&sus,  Bieb. 
Cespitose.  sts  terete,  slender 
and  squarrosely  few-fld ,  gla- 
brous, more  or  less  branching, 
l]^-2  ft. '  Ivs  linear,  acute,  cana- 
liculate, recurved  •  fls  rose;  petals 
oblong,  pmnately  many-parted 
Russia,  Siberia 

13  petrous,  Waldst  &  Kit. 
Cespitose,  glabrous,  the  sts  slen- 
der and  simple,  1  ft  or  less  Ivs 
linear-lanceolate,  acute,  keeled, 
spreading,  3-nerved  fls  white, 
fragrant;  petal -limb  obovate, 
fimbnate  but  not  bearded.  Bul- 
garia, Austria  B  M  1204 

14.  fimbnatus,  Bieb  Suffruti- 
cose,  glabrous,  the  sts  simple,  1 
ft  Ivs  linear,  acute,  appressed, 
3-nerved,  plane  or  keeled  fls. 
variable,  rose-colored,  much  fim- 
bnate, bearded  Var  orientalis, 
Williams  (D  orientalis,  Donn), 
has  fls  \vithlinear-cuneatepetals, 
s  t  r  o  n  g  ly  imbricate  obovate 
straw-colored  bracts.  B  M  1069 
— A  very  variable  species,  rang- 
ing from  Portugal  to  Thibet. 

15  superbus,  Linn  Fig  1252. 
Glabrous,  light  green1  sts  10-20 
in  ,  diehotomous  and  branched 
at  top,  terete  and  slender  Ivs. 
lance-linear,  acute,  3-5-nerved,  rather  soft,  plane  fls 
very  fragrant,  in  a  lax  forking  panicle;  petals  lilac,  dis- 
sected below  the  middle  Norway  to  Japan  and  Spain. 
Variable  B  M  297  — A  handsome  species,  garden 
forms  are  sometimes  offered. 

cc.  Petals  only  dentate  (except  perhaps  in  some  garden 
forms) 

16.  Cflfesius,    Smith      CHEDDAR    PINK      Cespitose, 
glabrous,  glaucous   sts  12  in  or  less,  simple,  or  forked 
above,    4-angled,    1-2-fld  :    Ivs.    lance-linear,    plane, 
3-nerved,  the  cauline  acute  and  keeled'  fls    showy, 
fragrant,  the  petal-limb  rose-colored,  obovate-cuneate 
and  irregularly  toothed.    Eu     G  C.  III.  44  214.    Gn. 
64,  p.  236. — Runs  into  several  forms 

17.  sylvSstris.  Wulf  (D  virtfneus,  Hort  )    Ccspitose, 
slender,  1  ft  high,  the  st  simple  or  somewhat  branched, 
angular-compressed  and  bearing  1-3  odorless  fls  •  Ivs 
tufted,  linear   and   sharp-pointed,    scabrous    on    the 
margins,  fls    rather  small,  red,  the  petals  obovate- 
cuneate  and   shallow-toothed.  Spam   to  Greece  and 
Austria  — Very  variable    Pretty  perennial  border  plant 
Var   frfgidus,  Williams  (D  frlgidus,  Kit )  is  a  dwarf 
Hungarian  form. 

18  attenuates,  Smith.  Cespitose,  glaucous,  woody 
at  base,  the  sts.  diffuse  and  tortuose,  20  in  .  Ivs.  linear, 
acute,  plane,  3-nerved:  fls.  small,  solitary  or  twin  but 
disposed  in  a  lax  panicle,  odorless,  rose-colored;  petal- 
limb  oblong  Eu 


12S2    Diaothua 
superbus.  (Xh) 


19  Caryophyllus,  Linn.   CAKNATION.    CLOVE  PINK 
PICOTEE     GRENADINE     Figs.  801-818.    Plate  XXII. 
Cespitose,  glabrous,  1-3  ft ,  the  sts    hard  or  almost 
woody  below,  the  nodes  or  joints  conspicuous:  Ivs. 
thick,   long-linear,    very   glaucous,    keeled,    5-nerved, 
etiffish  at  the  ends.  fls.  mostly  solitary,  showy,  very 
fragrant,  rose,  purple  or  white;  calyx-bracts  4,  very 
broad,  abruptly  pointed    B  M  39  (Bizarre  Carnation); 
1622  (var  imbrieatus) ,  2744  (Picotees). — Generally  sup- 
posed to  be  native  to  the  Medit.  region,  but  Williams 
gives  its  geographical  limits  as  "north  and  west  Nor- 
mandy" and  "south  and  east  Punjaub"  (northwestern 
Hmdoostan)     In  Eu  it  is  largely  grown  as  an  outdoor 
pink,  but  in  this  country  it  is  chiefly  known  as  the 
greenhouse    carnation     The   American    forcing    type 
(which  may  be  called  var.  longicaulis)  is  distinguished 
by  very  long  stems  and  a  continuous  blooming  habit; 
it  is  here  the  carnation  of  nommerce    Garden  varieties 
of  D  Caryophyllus  are  numb<  rless,  and  they  often  pass 
under  Latinized  names  (D  punctatuf,  Hort ,  is  one  of 
these   names).     See   Carnation      The   carnation    has 
been  long  in  cult.    The  bloom  is  now  very  variable 
in  size,  form  and  color,  originally  probably  pale  lilac. 
Fragrant. 

BB.  Calyx-bracts  half  the  length  of  the  calyx,  mostly 
narrow-pointed,  more  or  less  spreading  at  the  tips: 
Ls.  short  and  spreading,  the  radical  ones  obtuse 
or  nearly  so 

20  deltoides,  Linn.  MAIDEN  PINK.  Fig  1253.  Densely 
tufted,  6-10  in  ,  blooming  in  spring  and  early  summer, 
creeping'   sts    ascending,    forking,    with   solitary   fls. 
on  the  branchlets   st  -Ivs.  an  men  long,  linear-lanceo- 
late, sharp-pointed:  fls    small  (H~%m    across),  the 
petals  toothed,  deep  red  with  a  crimson  eye,  the  petals 
bearing  an  inverted  V-shaped  pocket  at  their  base 
(whence  the  name  ddtoides),   fragrant     Scotland  to 
Norway  and  Japan    Gn  66,  p  224    G  M  55 '28    G.W. 
14,  p   181.— One  of  the  prettiest  border  pinks,  making 
neat  mats  of  foliage  and  bearing  profusely  of  the  little 
bright  fls    There  is  a  white-fld  variety 

21  alpinus,  Linn.   More  or  less  cespitose,  very  dwarf, 
the  1-fla    slender  sts.  rarely  reaching  more  than  3-4 
in    high,  more  or  less  prostrate    foliage  dark  shining 
green,  trie  Ivs.  linear  or  lance-linear,  those  on  the  st. 
keeled  and  strict'  fl   1  in  or  more  across,  odorless,  deep 
rose  or  purplish  and  crimson  spotted,  a  darker  ring 
around  the  eye.  Russia  to  Greece  and  Swiss  Alps.  B  M 
1205.    Gn.  26:184,  47,  p   292;  45,  p   53     Gt   4.110 
G.W.  8,  p  14  — One  of  the  choicest  of  alpine  and  rock- 
work  plants    Var.  r&pens,  Regel  (D    repens,  Willd  ), 
of  Siberia  and  Alaska,  has  a  single  root  and  procumbent 
sts  branched  from  near  base:  fls  purple;  calyx  some- 
what inflated,  Km.  long    Apparently  not  cult.   This 
is  kept  as  a  distinct  species  by  some 

22  versfcolor,  Fisch.    Glabrous,  the  sts   10-12  in  , 
terete,     pamculately    branched.    Ivs     narrow-linear, 
plane,  those  on  the  st  becoming  scale-like   fls  loosely 
paniculate,  the  petal-limb  obovate-cuneate,  red-spotted 
above  and  greenish 

yellow  beneath; 
calyx- teeth  lanceo- 
late, acute  Altai 
Mts  ,  Siberia 

23  callizdnus, 
Schott  &  Kotschy  < 
Smooth   and  glau- 
cous, the  sts.  terete, 
1-fld,  12-16 in    Ivs 
canaliculate,      3-5- 
nerved.  the  radical 
hnear-lanceolat  e 
and  acute,  the  cau- 
line lance-linear  and 

acuminate       petal-  1253   Dtanthus  deltoides. 


1000 


DIANTHUS 


DIAPENSIA 


limb  obovate-cuneate,  purple-spotted  above,  and  with 
a  zone  at  the  center,  rose-colored  beneath;  calyx  pur- 
ple, the  teeth  lanceolate-acuminate.  S.  E.  Eu.  Gn.  64, 
p.  298;  66,  p.  54;  70,  p  275. 

BBB.  Calyx-bracts  leafy  and  spreading. 

24  glacialis,  Haenke    Three  to  4  in.  high,  the  4- 
angled  sts  tufted  and  1-2-fld  :  Ivs.  green,  linear-lanceo- 
late, pointed,  those  on  the  st.  linear-acute  and  strict 
or  recurved,   3-nerved*  fls.  small  and  odorless,  red- 
purple,   the  petals  toothed,   yellowish  beneath,   con- 
tiguous, bracts  2-4.   Mts  ofS.  Eu.  G.C.  II  21.809.— 
A  pretty  species,  but  diffi- 
cult   to    establish      Grown 

among  alpine  plants  Var. 
Freynii,  Williams  (D. 
Freynn,  Vandas)  Lvs. 
rather  soft,  keeled,  the 
lateral  nerves  obscure  sts. 
usually  1-fld  calyx-teeth 
cihate  Var  neglectus,  Wil- 
liams (/>  neglectus,  Loisel). 
Lvs.  plane,  fls.  rarely  twin; 
bracts  4  petals  separate. 
G  C.  Ill  4<)  415.  Gn .  76, 
p  339  GnW  20:711. 

25  chinensis,  Linn.  (D« 
smensis,    Hort.). 

Fig     1254      Ce&pi- 
tose,  glabrous,  more  <s 

or  less  creeping  at 
base .    st.    forking, 
angled  and  more  or 
less  grooved,  pubes- 
cent'    Ivs.      broad 
and   nearly  flat  or 
slightly      trough- 
shaped,  3-5-nerved: 
fls    large,  solitary  or  more 
or  less   clustered,   pink  or 
lilac;  the  petals  (at  least  in 
the  wild)  barbed  or  hairy 
toward    the    base;    calyx- 
bracts  4,  in  some  cult,  vars, 
short      China  and   Japan; 
but  recent  authorities  con- 
sider a  European  pink  to  be 
but  a  form  of  it,  and  thereby 
extend    its  range  west   to 
Portugal     BM     25.    The 
Amoor   pink   (D    dentfous, 
Fisch.)  is  a  form  known  as 
var.  macrosepalus,  Franch.: 
it  is  a  hardy  border  plant. 
1  ft.  high,  with  bright  red 
fls  and  a  spot  at  base  of  each 
petal    Var  asper,  Koch  (D. 
Seguien,  Auth  )    has  fls.  in 
panicles,    and     the    bracts 
squarrose  -  spreading :     the 
European    form    of    the 
speciea    D.  semperfldrens, 

Hort.,  is  a  hardy  perennial  form,  12-18  in.,  with 
silvery  foliage  and  deep  pink,  red-eyed,  fragrant  fls. 
D.  chinensis  has  given  rise  to  a  beautiful  and  variable 
race  of  garden  pinks,  var.  Heddewigii,  Hegel  (D. 
Heddewign,  Hort.).  These  are  extensively  grown  from 
seeds,  and  are  practically  annuals,  although  plants 
may  survive  the  winter  and  give  a  feeble  bloom  m  the 
spring  in  mild  climates.  The  fls  are  scarcely  odorous. 
They  are  single  and  double,  of  many  vivid  colors;  and 
many  of  the  garden  forms  have  bizarre  markings.  Gt. 
7:328.  G.  2:537.  In  some  forms,  var  lactnlatus. 
Regel  (D.  lacinidtus,  Hort.),  the  petals  are  slashed  and 
cut.  G  2:638.  G.Z.  6:1  D.  imperialis,  Hort.,  is  a 
name  applied  to  a  strain  with  strong  habit  and  rather 


1254.  Dianthtjs  chinensis. 


tall  growth,  mostly  double.  D  diadematus,  Hort., 
is  another  garden  strain.  G.2:538.  D.  cincinnattw, 
Lem.,  is  a  red  form  with  shredded  petals  I. II.  11*388 
D.  hybridus,  Hort ,  is  another  set  This  name  (D. 
hybridus)  is  also  applied  to  a  dentosus-hke  form,  which 
some  regard  as  a  hybrid  of  D.  dentosus  and  some  other 
species.  A  recent  race  of  the  garden  pinks,  with  narrow 
petals  and  a  star-like  effect,  is  var.  stellaris, 
(D  stellaris,  Hort ).  For  portraits  of  garden  pinks,  see 
BM  5536  FS  11  1150,12  1288-9;  13.1380-1  Gn. 
49  82  — The  garden  pinks  are  of  easy  cult.  Seeds  may 
be  sown  in  the  open  where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  but 
better  results  arc  obtained,  at  least  in  the  N.,  if  plants 
are  started  in  the  house.  Plants  bloom  after  the  first 
fall  frosts  They  grow  10-16  in  high,  and  should  be 
planted  6-8  in  apart.  They  are  very  valuable  for 
borders  and  flower-gardens.  Species  -  names  now 
referred  to  D  chincns^  arc  D  cauca&u-us,  Sims,  I). 
ibericus,  Willd  ,  D.  Tuttiemcus,  Roem  ,  D  montanus, 
Bir»b  ,  D.  cottinwi,  Waldst  &  Kit ,  representing  the 
European  extension  of  the  species 

26.  latifdlius,  Hort  Plant  6-12  in  high,  of  doubtful 
origin,  but  in  habit  intermediate  between 
D  chinensix  and  D  barbatut>  Fls  large, 
double,  m  close  clusters  or  even  heads, 
in  good  colors.  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate  — 
A  good  border  plant,  perhaps  a  hybrid. 

D  arbdrrus,  Linn  3-4  ft  ,  glabrous  and  glau- 
cous, with  u  woody  trunk,  linear-acute  canalicu- 
late 3-nerv«l  Ivs,  and  showy  roso-<  olored 
fragrant  fls  in  a  dense  corymb  S  E  Lu  G  C 
III  4.*  52  This  specials  one, of  the  sub-shrubby 
group  of  Dianthus,  comprising  also  D  fiutieosus, 
Linn  (of  the  Grecian  Archipelago),  D  Risig- 
nani,  Tenore  (of  Tunis  and  Naples^,  and  othf  s 
D  suffrutioosus,  Willd  ,  probably  b<  longs  with 
the  last  —  D  call-alptnus,  Hort  Hybrid  of  D 
calh/onus  and  D  alpinus  G  M  47,  p  408  — 
D  rhutinufi,  Kit  Allied  to  D  barbatus  glabrous 
ats.  simph  ,  12-18  in  ,  4-angled  fls  pale  nd,  <>  8 
together  in  a  head,  the  petals  barbed  Hungary, 
Servia  Rockery —D  fnlgraw,  Hicb  Cespitosf, 
glabrous  sts  1O-16  in,  simph ,  or  bramhid 
above  Us  elongated-linear,  acuminate,  i-5- 
nerved  fls  fragrant,  the  limb  white  suffused 
with  rose,  petals  In  ardh  ss  Caucu-sia,  \lgena  — 
D  graeth*,  Sibth  More  or  Ic  ss  woody  at  base, 
glabrous  and  glaucous,  the  sts  14-18  in  and 
simple  and  slender  Ivs  linrar-aoute,  strict,  J- 
nerved  fls  rose,  paler  beneath,  2- 3  in  a  cluster 
Balkans—  D  uranlticut,  Jord  Sfs  simple,  scab- 
rous below  and  glabrous  above,  slender,  4-angled, 
f>  in  Ivs  linear-acute,  J-rurved  fls  solitary  or 
in  pairs,  purpl<  France  Rookery — D  ja pom- 
cut,  Thunb  Glabrous  perennial,  with  simple  sH 
20  in  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  canaliculate, 
twisted  at  base  fls  6-8  in  a  head,  red  Japan, 
Manchuria — D  mirrolepiB,  Roiss  \  ery  dwarf, 
cespitose,  glabrous  Ivs  scale-like  Us  rose-colored 
(varying  to  white)  Balkans  A  marked  little 

*lpme  L.  H.  B. 

DIAPENSIA  (ancient  name  of  obscure 
application)  Diapensiacex  Two  alpine- 
arctic  species,  one  nearly  circumpolar 
and  one  Himalayan,  the  former  at  least 
sometimes  transferred  to  alpine  gardens 
and  rockeries  Diapensias  are  very 
small  compact  tufted  evergreen  more 
or  less  woody  perennials,  with  small  entire 
coriaceous  crowded  Ivs  •  corolla  5-lobed,  bell-shaped; 
calyx  inclosing  the  caps.:  stamens  5,  affixed  in  the 
corolla,  the  filaments  broan;  ovary  3-celled ;  fls  solitary 
on  peduncles  that  project  above  the  dense  If.-rosettcs 
(or  the  peduncle  projected,  at  least  in  fr  1,  white  or  rose- 
purple.  D.  lappdnica,  Linn.,  on  mountain  summits  in 
New  England  and  N.  Y.,  and  distributed  northward  to 
the  arctic,  forms  dense  cushion-like  tufts,  1  or  2  in. 
high,  with  white  fls  on  peduncles  that  become  1  or  2 
in.  long;  a  very  interesting  alpine,  but  seldom  grown. 
B  M.  1108.  D.  himalaict,  Hook.  f.  &  Thorn  Densely 
tufted:  Ivs.  somewhat  acute,  very  short:  fls.  white  or 
rose-red,  subeesaile,  the  corolla-tube  twice  the  length  of 
the  calyx  Sikkim,  10,000-14,000  ft  L  H  B 


DIASCIA 

DlASCIA  (to  adorn,  Greek,  having  regard  to  the 
attractive  flowers).  Scrophularidcex  Low  and  slen- 
der herbs,  mostly  annual,  one  of  which  is  recently 
grown  in  flower-gardens. 

Leaves  usually  opposite:  fls. 
mostly  violet  or  rose-color  m  gen- 
eral effect,  in  racemes  or  fascicles 
at  the  end  of  the  st.  or  branches, 
calyx  5-parted  or  -lobed;  corolla- 
tube  very  short  or  none;  limb  2- 
hpped,  the  upper  lip  2-lobed  and 
lower  3-lobed,  all  the  lobes  being 
broad  and  flat,  2  of  the  fauces  be- 
ing projected  into  spurs;  stamens 
4,  didynamous;  style  filiform:  fr. 
a  globose  or  elongated  dehiscent 
many-seeded  caps  —Probably  25 
or  more  species  in  S  Afr. 

Barberae,  Hook,  f     Fig.  1255. 
Annual  •  st  erect,  1  -U  2  f t ,  square, 
green  and    glabrous    Ivs.   ovate, 
blunt,   obtusely  serrate,   petioled 
or  the  upper  ones  sessile:  fls.  sev- 
eral to  many  in  an  erect  terminal 
raceme,  on  slender  glandular  pedi- 
cels ,  calyx  deeply  5-lobed :  corolla 
%in  across,  rose-pink  with  yellow 
green-dotted  spot  in  throat,  the  2 
upper     lobes 
small  and  nearly 
orbicular,      the 
lateral     twice 
larger,  and    the 
lower  one  much 
larger    and    ob- 
scurely 4-angled, 
the  spurs  cvlin- 
dnc   and   about 
as  long  as  lower 
lobe,     filaments 

glandular  B  M  5933  Gt.  50, 
p  639. — A  very  attractive  little 
plant,  of  simple  cultural  require- 
ments, blooming  freely  m  summer. 
It  also  makes  a  good  pot-plant  for 
indoor  u«*e  Half-hardy  annual. 
Pink  and  orange  shades  are 
advertised.  L  II.  B. 

DIASTEMA    (two    \tamcns).     Gemenacej>      D\\atf 
farmhouse  plants  of  Trop   Amer    (about  20  species), 
allied  to  Dicyrta,  Aehirnenes  and  Isoloma,  and  requir- 
ing similar  treatment;  differs  from  former  t\vo  in  nav- 
ing  5  distinct  glandular  parts  to  the  disk  rather  than 
annular,  and  from  Isoloma  in  the  narrower  parts  of  the 
disk,  plants  weak,  fls   pale,  white  or  pur- 
plish, and  in  the  short  or  nearly  globular 
anther-cells,  and  other  features     summer- 
flowering.  D.  ochroleflcum,  Hook  ,  has  vel- 
lowish  white  fls  ;  corolla  somewhat  swollen 
at  base:  Ivs    ovate,  acute,  hairy,  coarsely 
serrate,  on  hairy  purplish  erect  sts.  1-2  ft. 
high    Colombia    B  M.  4254    D.  pfctum  is 
offered  abroad,  but  its  identity  is  in  doubt; 
see  Isoloma,  L  II  B 

DICfiNTRA  (Greek.  di%  kentron,  two-spurred,  but 
originally  misprinted  Didytra,  and  then  supposed  to  be 
Dielytra)  Fumariaceae,  by  some  this  family  is  combined 
with  Papaveracesc  Charming  hardy  perennial  plants 
with  much-cut  foliage,  and  clustered  attractive  flowers 
of  interesting  structure 

Herbs  of  various  habit,  erect,  diffuse  or  climbing, 
often  stemless,  with  rhizome  horizontal  and  branching 
or  more  or  less  bulbous.  Ivs  ternately  compound  or 
dissected'  fls  rose-red,  yellow  or  white  m  attractive 


DICENTHA 


1001 


1255.  Diascia  Barber «e 

(Plant  X>5) 


racemes,  very  irregular,  with  4  petals  cohering  into  a 
heart-shaped  or  2-spurred  apparently  gamopetalous 
corolla  (the  2  outer  petals  oblong  with  spreading  tips 
and  spui  red  or  saccate  at  babe,  the  inner  2  narrow  and 
clawed  and  crested  or  winged  and  more  or  less  united 
over  the  stigma);  sepals  2,  very  small,  scale-like, 
btamcns  6,  m  sets  of  3;  pistil  1-celled,  with  a  2-4- 
crested  and  sometimes  2-4-horned  stigma,  ripening 
into  an  oblong  or  linear  2-valved  caps  bearing  crested 
seeds;  pedicels  2-bracted  — About  15  species,  in  N 
Amer ,  W.  Asia  and  the  Himalayas  The  names 
Bikukulla  (or  Bicuculla)  and  Capnorchis  are  older  than 
Dicentra,  but  are  rejected  by  the  "nomina  conser- 
vanda"  list  of  the  Vienna  code 

The  squirrel-corn  and  dutrhman's  breeches  are  two 
of  the  daintiest  native  springtime  flowers,  and  the 
bleeding-heart  is  one  of  the  choicest  memories  of  old- 
fabhioned  gardens  it  is  also  tb"  most  widely  cultivated 
of  all  the  plants  of  this  delightful  order  1  hough  long 
known  to  herbaria,  plants  of  bleeding-heart  were  not 
mtioduced  to  western  cultivation  from  Japan  until 
the  late  forties  of  last  century.  Robert  Fortune  saw  it 
on  the  Island  of  Chusan,  where  he  also  got  Ihervilla 
rosea  and  the  "Chusan  daisy,"  the  parent  of  pompon 
chrysanthemums.  The  fust  live  plants  seen  in  England 
flowered  in  May,  1847  It  rapidly  spread  into  every 
garden  ai  the  land,  and  is  now  rich  in  home  associa- 
tions It  is  an  altogether  lovely  plant.  The  species 
of  Dicentra  may  be  classed  as  caulescent  and  acaules- 
rent  The  stemless  kinds  send  up  their  short  scapes 
directly  from  the  ground,  as  D  Cucullana,  D  canaden- 
s?s,  D.  formula,  D  eximia.  The  species  with  leaf -bear- 
ing stems  are  such  as  D  chrysantha  and  D  spectabilu. 
In  the  species  here  described  the  flowers  are  nodding 
except  in  D.  chry^antha 

Dicentras  are  easily  cultivated  in  borders  and  wild 
gardens.  Two  or  three  kinds  can  be  readily  secured 
from  the  woods  in  the  East  Effort  should.be  made 
to  reproduce  the  natural  conditions,  especially  the  de- 
gree of  shade.  They  like  a  rich  light  soil  Propagation 
is  by  dividing  crowns  or  roots  The  forcing  of  bleed- 
ing-hearts, though  pactically  unknown  in  America, 
is  said  to  he  commoner  in  England  than  outdoor  cul- 
ture The  forcing  must  be  very  gentle  and  the  plants 
kept  as  near  the  glass  as  possible  It  is  best  to  have 
fresh  plants  each  year,  and  return  the  forced  ones  to 
the  border  None  of  the  species  is  rnucn  cultivated 
with  the  exception  of  the  bleeding-heart  (D  spectabilis) . 

A   Fk>  rose-purple. 

H  Racemu*  simple. 
spectabilis,  Lem 
(Diclytra  spcctdbihs, 
Don)  BLEEDING- 
HEART  Fig.  1256 
Height  1-2  ft..  Ivs 
and  Ifts  broadest  of 
the  group,  the  ulti- 
mate segms.  obovate 
or  cuneate.  fls  large, 
deep  rosy  red;  corolla 
heart  -  shaped ,  inner 
petals  white,  protrud- 
ing. Japan  F  S  3 
258  Gn  40:198,  60, 
375;  70,  p  192 


1256. 

Dicentra  spectabilis  — 
Bleeding-heart.  (XH) 


(5n.W.23.8Uppl  July 
14  G.  2-375;  26:142, 
27:112.  GM. 49:718, 
51-160  GW.  5,  p 

388.  H.F.2-.96.  BM  4458  RH  1847: 
461.  Var  alba,  Hort.,  the  white-fld.  form, 
has  a  weaker  growth  The  bleeding-heart 
is  one  of  the  best  of  flowering  perennials. 
The  bloom  in  spring  and  also  the  foliage 
ire  attractive  If  given  room  and  moisture, 


1002 


DICENTRA 


DICHORISANDRA 


the  plant  will  continue  to  be  attractive  as  a  foliage 
mass  till  late  summer. 

BB.  Racemes  compound. 

exfmia,  Torr.  Stemlcss,  glabrous  and  somewhat 
glaucous,  1-2  ft.,  from  a  scaly  rootstock:  ultimate  lf.- 
segms  broadly  oblong  or 
ovate,  the  Ivs.  being  ter- 
nately  parted:  scape  about 
equaling  the  Ivs  ;  fls  rose  or 
pmk,  heart-shaped,  taper- 
ing to  a  neck,  inner  petals 
protruded.  Rocks  of  W.N. 
V  and  mountains 
to  Ga.  Var.  multi- 
pinnata,  Hort ,  has 
Ivs.  more  finely  cut, 
making  a  very 
handsome  foliage 
plant. 

formdsa,Walp.  Fig.  1257. 
Stemless,  with  a  fleshy  and 
spreading  rootstock:  Ivs. 
very  long -stalked,  biter- 
nately  compound,  the 
segms.  cleft  or  pmnatifid. : 
scapes  about  2  ft.,  some- 
what exceeding  the  Ivs., 
naked;  fls.  in  a  terminal 
cluster  of  short  and  bracted 
racemes,  rose-purple,  the 
corolla  ovate-cordate,  the 
petals  all  united  to  above 
the  middle,  the  inner  petals 
scarcely  protruding.  Cent. 
Cahf.  to  Brit.  Col  A.F. 
21:459.  Mn.  8 '17  B  M. 
1335  (as  Fumariaformosa). 

AA.  Fls.  chiefly  white. 

canadensis,  Walp  (Dielytra  canadensis,  Pon). 
SQUIRREL-CORN,  from  the  scattered  little  tubers 
resembling  grams  of  maize  Fig.  1258.  Stemless, 
fragile:  Ivs  finely  cut,  glaucous,  the  segms.  linear  and 
abruptly  pointed:  raceme  simple,  few-fld  ;  fls  white, 
tipped  with  rose;  corolla  merely  heart-shaped,  the 
spurs  being  short  and  rounded,  crest  of  the  inner  petals 
conspicuous,  projecting.  Nova  Scotia  to  Mich  ,  to 
N.  C  and  Mo  and  Neb  ,  but  chiefly  northward  in  the 
vegetable  mold  of  rich  woods.  B  M.  3031. 

Cucullaria,  Bernh.  (Dielytra  Cuculldna,  Don). 
DUTCHMAN'S-BRKECIIKS.  Fig.  1259.  Easily 
told  from  D.  canadensis  oy  its  loose, 
granular  cluster  of  tubers,  forming  a 
bulb-like  body:  Ivs  finely  cut,  little  or 
not  at  all  glaucous1  racemes  simple,  few- 
fld.;  fls.  white,  tipped  creamy  yellow; 
corolla  not  heart-shaped,  the  spurs  longer 
and  divergent;  crest  of  the  inner  petals 
minute  Nova  Scotia  to  Ga  and  Mo.,  and 
also  along  the  Columbia  River  (the  west- 
ern form  differing  in  having  shorter  and 
rounded  spurs).  l.H.  6  215.  Mn.  6:41. 
A.G.  13:516.  B.M.  1127  (as  Fumana 
Cucuttana). 

AAA.  Fls.  yellow. 

chrysAntha,  Walp.  GOLDEN  EARDROPS.  Pale  and 
glaucous,  with  leafy  sts.  2-3  ft.  high.  Ivs.  bipin- 
nate,  1  ft  or  more  long,  segms.  narrow:  infl    thyr- 
soid  paniculate;  fls.  numerous,  as  many  as  50  in  a 
thryse,  erect,  golden  yellow;  corolla  Ijnear-oblong; 
outer  petals  hardly  larger  than  the  inner,1  the  tips 
soon  recurving  to  below  the  middle,  all  distinct    Dry 
hills  of  the  inner  Coast  range    Calif.   B.M.  7954.  F.S. 
8:820  (as  Capnorchis  chrysanthd)  — Rare  in  cult. 


1257.  Dicentra  formosa. 

(XM)       -. 


D  tofulitaa,  Hook.  f.  &  Thoma.,  of  the  Himalayaa  region,  ha« 
been  intro  abroad.  It  is  an  annual  climber,  10-10  ft.  Iva.  attrac- 
tively cuf  fls  6-8  together,  yellow:  fr.  red.  L  H  B  t 

DICHORISiNDRA  (compounded  of  Greek  words 
referring  to  the  division  of  the  stamens  into  two 
series).  Commdinacex.  Tropical  perennial  herbs, 
with  handsome  foliage,  often  beautifully  variegated, 
and  rich  blue  flowers  borne  in  thyrse-hke  panicles. 

Stems  simple  or  branched,  erect  or  partially  scandent, 
the  Ivs.  sheathing  at  the  nodes.  Ivs.  entire,  sessile  or 
petiolate,  mostly  long  sepals  3,  distinct,  ovate  or  oblong, 
green  or  colored,  not  equal;  petals  3,  distinct,  wider 
than  the  sepals;  stamens  6  or  5;  ovary 
sessile,  3-celled:  fr   an  ovate-3-angled  3- 
valved    caps,    few -seeded. — About    30 
species  in  tne  American  tropics. 

The  dichonsandras  are  usually  handled 
as  warmhouse  subjects,  although  some  of 
them  may  be  plunged  in  the  open  ground 
south  of  Philadelphia  D.  thyrsnflora  is  a 
satisfactory  plant  of  unusual  and  interesting  appear- 
ance, which  requires  little  attention  when  once  well 
established,  and  may  be  relied  upon  to  flower  regularly 
year  after  year.  It  needs  careful  repotting  every  year 
at  first  until  a  good-sized  pot  (say  8-inch)  is  well  filled 
with  roots.  It  then  throws  up  a  strong  shoot  each 
year  about  5  or  6  feet  high,  unbranchcd,  and  with  per- 
haps 8  or  9  leaves  near  the  top.  The  handsome  thyree 
of  blue  flowers  gives  a  color  that  is  rare  in  the  green- 
house. This  plant  may  be  the  only  representative  of 
its  interesting  order  in  a  private  collection  It  is  will- 
ing to  be  crowded  into  the  background,  where  its  bare 
stem  is  hidden,  and  where  the  light  may  be  poorest. 
The  stem  dies  down  in  the  winter  time,  when  water 
should  be  gradually  withdrawn  Water  should  be 
given  liberally  during  the  growing  season  Of  the 
foliage  plants  of  this  genus,  D.  mo^aica  is  commonest. 
It  is  dwarfer,  and  does  not  flower  bo  regularly.  (Robert 
Shore.) 

A.  Foliage  not  variegated. 

thyrslfldra,  Mikan  Simple  or  nearly  so,  stout, 
3-6  ft. :  distinguished  by  its  large  Ivs  ,  which  are  lanceo- 
late, narrowed  into  a  distinct  petiole,  glabrous,  6-10  in. 
long,  2  in  wide,  green  on  both  sides'  st  about  3  ft. 
high,  scarcely  branched,  robust,  glabrous  racemes 
subpamcled,  pubescent;  petals  dark  or  light  blue; 
sepals  glabrous,  blue  or  somewhat  herbaceous  Brazil. 
BR.  682.  LBC.  12:1190.  P.M.  3.127.  G.  27:569. 
J.H.  III.  43:262. 

AA.  Foliage  variegated. 
mosaica,  Lind  (D  musaica,  Koch  & 
Lind  )     St  erect,  simple,  stout,  spot- 
ted, distinguished  by  its  large,  broadly 
elliptical  Ivs ,  which  are  roundish  at 


1258.  Leaf  of 

Dicentra  canadensis. 

—Squirrel-corn 


DICIIORISANDRA 

the  base,  sessile,  glabrous,  about  6  in.  long,  3-4  in.  wide, 
with  a  short,  sharp,  rather  abrupt  point*  at  unbranched, 
robust,  spotted,  raceme  short,  densely  thyrsoid;  sepals 
white  or  greenish  Gt.  1808  593  F  8.  16.1711  —Its 
chief  beauty  is  the  mosaic  appearance  of  the  foliage, 
due  to  numberless  short  transverse  whitish  lines, 
which  do  not  pass  by  the  longitudinal  veins  of  the  If. 
The  under  side  of  the  Ivs  is  a  rich  purplish  color.  Var. 
gigantea,  Hort.,  a  largo  form,  has  been  offered. 

Var  undata,  Miller  (D  undata,  C  Koch  &  Lmd  ). 
Foliage  without  any  mosaic  appearance,  the  variega- 
tion being  entirely  longitudinal.  Each  parallel  vein 


DICKSONIA 


1003 


1259    Dicentra  Cucullana  — Dutchman's  Breechet. 

lies  in  the  middle  of  a  long,  whitish  band  extending  the 
full  length  of  the  If.    F  S    17  17(U    G  W  3,  p   159 


pileise  on  both  sides    panicle 
the  Us     Hrazil      I  H   41    1't 
less    short    longitudinal    line 
it     hs    lanee-olute,  acuminali,    it  n  nuutc  to 
peduneled,  '2  in    long,  dt  ns<  ,  petals  dirk  bl 
l      (I  V\    4,    p      407  —  D 


Hui 
D 


nal,  xtssi 
somely  \ 
alhn-mar 


St    purple,  h 
roundish  at  t 


ih  ,  much  shorter  than 
anetfated  with  count- 
Uinata,   Kind      St     A  4 
bast  .  glabrous    raceme 
r,  white  at  base    se  pute 
tifdlia,    Kind     A    Rod 
blonK-laneeeilate.,  sessile,  glabrous, 
»>  in    long,  2  in   w  ide  it  t  he  middle  , 
,  ith    short    transverse    white,   hue". 

III  i'J  1.">S  —  D  leucophthdlmat,  Hook  ,  eliffe  rs  in  hu\- 
dical  mil  ,  UsHs  lying  II  it  on  the  ground  IAS  e  lliptic.  ae  unn- 
Kmn  on  both  sales  fls  blue,  with  a  white  «  y<  ,  sfimens  t. 
H  M  47il  Jl  1  42S  D  malifuha,  Pr<  -I  INS  o\al, 
glabrous,  the  uppn  ones  oblong-la 


eei 
bas.  ,  a 


h 
ut<  ,  abo 


sessile,  acuminate,  glabrous,  the  upptl  ones  oblong-lanceolate 
panicle  wide-biine  lung  Nicnritfua  te>  Colombia—/)  orypifula, 
Hoe>k  ,  is  instantly  metgnued  by  its  uutc  petals,  which  are  purple 
IAS  Kree-n  on  bot  h  sides  Br'i7il  HM  2721  —D  i>Ma,  I.euhl  ,  has 
narremer  petals  than  usuid,  with  a  white  spot  at  the  b»-e,  but  is 
told  from  all  othi  M  here  described  by  the  irreKular  blotches  ot 
purple  on  the  upper  side  of  the  l\s  1  he  purple  is  the  same  color 
as  that  on  the  under  surface  Hnuil  T,  BM  4700  L  B  C 
17  H>67  -D  Kegina,  Hort  =-  Trade-tantia  Re^in«>,  Lmd  & 
Hod  ,  mtro  about  20  years  ago  by  a  firm  of  Continent  il  Eu 
— D  Aa'Vnrfmu,  Hook  ,  diffe  rs  from  all  others  here  elese  nbed  in 
the  extreme  elensity  of  its  he>ad-likf>  mrl  L\  s  green  on  both 
sides,  lance-olate  scpala  white,  tingce!  blue  Brazil  B  M  '(>lb5  — 
D  Sicbertu,  Hort  A  little-known  plant  with  white  midrib  and 
rm  of  D  ovalifoha  — D  thusitltu 


margins,  probably  a  form  o 


WILHELM  MILLER 


L.  II  B  f 

DICHROA  (Greek,  dus,  two,  and  ctnos,  color).  Syn 
Ad&mia,  tiaxifrayacea*  Rare  greenhouse  shiub  in 
habit  resembling  a  Hyelrangea,  \\ith  violet-blue  fls  in 
a  pyiamulal  panicle  a  foot  across,  and  handsome  blue 
berries  Lvs  persistent,  opposite,  stalked,  narrow, 
tapering  both  ways,  serrate  panicles  terminal,  many- 
fla.;  fls  blue,  lilac,  or  violet,  petals  5  or  6,  valvate, 
styles  3-5,  club-shaped:  seeds  numerous,  small.  The 

64 


genus  has  only  1  species,  in  the  Himalayas,  Malaya, 
and  China.  It  is  sometimes  considered  to  be  bitypic, 
but  the  other  speeie.s,  L)  iwbescens,  Miq  ,  is  considered 
by  Koorders  (Kxkursiononora  von  Java)  to  be  probably 
a  true  Hydrangea 

febrifuga,  Lour  (Adamia  vertlcolor,  Fortune  Cyard- 
ti3  Mjlvdtica,  Remw ).  Later  writers  also  include 
A  dumm  ryanta,  Wall,  \\hich  Lmdley  distinguished  by 
its  smaller  Ivs  anel  fit, ,  o  petals,  and  10  stamens,  while 
A  vtrt>icolor  hael  7,  or  sometimes  6  petals,  and  20 
stamens  Hants  rnav  still  be-  cult  under  the  name 
of  A  (i/n/t<a,  but  it  cannot  be  stated  here  how  distinct 
they  are  for  hoiticultuial  putpo^es  A  somewhat 
virgate  •shrub  ,r>-9  ft  tall,  \\  ith  lanceolate  or  obovate- 
lanceolate  Ivs  to  8  in  long,  glabrous  except  on  the 
neives,  petals  less  than  '  tiu  long  Clarke  states  that 
the  Chinese  varieties  have  larger  fls.  than  the  Indian 
forms  Occuis  in  the  temper  >k  Himalayas  from  5,000- 
8,000  ft  B  M  3040  P  M.  'iti  322 

WILHELM  MILLER 

DICHROPHiLLUM    Euphorbia  ' 

DICHROSTACHYS  (two-cvlond  spikes}  Lcgu- 
nnnbs<f  Stiff  shrubs,  with  lji])innate  Ivs  and  small 
leathery  1ft •s  anel  v<  ry  small  polygamous  fls  in  bpike«, 
sometimes  mentioned  as  useful  for  cult  in  waimhouses 
The  species  an  feu,  in  Trop  Asia,  Afr  ,  anel  Austral. 
Fl«  in  the  upper  part  of  the  spiKe  perfect,  those  of  the 
lower  part  bearing  10  long  filifoim  stammodia,  corolla 
not  papilionaceous,  comprising  o  strap-shaped  petals 
that  are  more  or  less  united  at  bas.e,  stamens  10  in  the 
perfect  fls  ,  free,  slightly  exserted  pe>d  narrou,  com- 
pressed, mostly  or  nearly  mdehisccnt  D.  platycarpa, 
Welw  ,  is  or  has  been  in  cult  a  slender  spmv  tree. 
10-1 5  ft  high  pmtiu!  10-18  pairs,  the  Ifts  1-2  lines 
long  and  very  narrou  spikes  usually  shorter  than  the 
Ivs  poel  tuisted,  2-4  in  long,  about  1  in  broad 
Gumra  D  nMans,  Benth  (Caillna  Dfttiroxtachys, 
(Jmll  tV  IVtrj,  lias  been  mtro  in  S  Calif  spiny, 
much  contorted  shrub  or  small  tree.  Ivs  glabrous  or 
pubesi  en1,  :K  aua-hke,  pinna4  .~> -10  pairs,  Ifts  10-20  or 
more  p  urs,  ses-.de,  linear  01  Imear-oblojig,  rarelv  as 
long  a-^  12in  iK  in  d(  rise  axillaiy  tuin'or  solitary 
npike-s,  the  uppe-r  ones  sulf ur-\ ellou  anel  the  lo\\er  ones 
rosy  lilac  poel  tuisted,  '  3111  or  less  broad  Cent  Afr. 

L  H   B. 

DICKSONIA  (nameel  for  James  Dickson,  an  English 
botanist,  17.W-1822)  Cyatheticcse  Tree  ferns  of 
giecn  houses 

Plants  uith  a  distmctlv  2-valved  inferior  mdusium, 
the  outer  valve  formed  In  the  apex  of  the  If  -segm 
—  \  small  genus,  mosth  e>f  the  southern  hemisphere 
Foi  1)  /;t/«siMsrw/rt,  />  pxntttl(>l>nl<i  anel  D  »S'///?Maf 
see-  Dinn^ladtin  Fe)i  7J  Mncdt  i  and  D  regnli\,  see 
Cibotium  These  aie>  onh  tuo  (>f  several  contusions  of 
species  uhuh  have  be-e>n  called  Dicksoma,  but  reallv 
belong  m  othei  genera  Modem  ie-rii  stuelents  ate  now 
reaching  the  conclusion  that  Did  soma  is  not  only  veiy 
distinct  tiom  th<"  genvis  C\;ithca  and  its  lelatives,  but 
belongs  in  n  distinct  family 

Dicksomas  are  amongst  the  most  important  tree 
feins,  both  for  their  beaut \  and  because  of  then  lelatwe 
haidmess  In  their  native  count  lies  some  of  them  are 
occasional!}'  ueighted  uith  snou,  anel  I)  antarcttca  has 
to  endure  irostvS  They  can  be  grown  in  coolhouses, 
and  should  be  tried  southward  outdoors  m  sheltered 
places  Their  trunks  arc  more  fibrous  than  those  of 
most  tree  ferns,  and  hence  more  retentive  of  moistuie, 
so  that  they  need  less  caie  A  good  tumk  produces 
thirtv  to  forty  fronds  a  \eai,  anel  retains  them  until 
the  next  set  is  matured,  unless  the  trees  suffer  for  mois- 
ture in  u inter  Although  thev  icst  in  \\mter,  the  fronds 
soon  sluivel  up  if  the  ttunks  aie  allowed  to  get  too  dry. 
Dicksomas  should  have  their  ti  unks  thoroughly  watered 
twice  a  day  during  the  growing  season  These  waterings 


1004 


DICKSONIA 


DICTYOSPERMA 


should  be  gradually  decreased  until  winter,  when  the 
trunks  should  be  kept  merely  moist  all  the  time  Only 
in  the  hottest  summer  days  is  slight  shade  needed.  It  is 
a  pity  to  grow  tree  ferns  in  pots,  but  if  this  must  be 
done  several  principles  should  be  observed  The  lapse 
of  a  single  day's  watering  will  often  cause  serious 
damage  As  a  rule,  the  pots  should  be  of  the  smallest 
size  consistent  with  the  size  of  the  trunk  Three  or 
4  inches  of  soil  all  around  the  trunks  are  enough  The 
above  points  are  taken  from  Schneider's  "Book  of 
Choice  Ferns;"  see  also  the  discussion  of  tree  ferns, 
under  Ferns,  Vol.  III. 

antarctica,  Labill  Lf  -stalks  short,  the  scales  dense, 
dark  purplish  brown;  Ivs  5-6  ft.  long,  the  middle 
pinna1 12-18  in  long,segms  oblong,  the  sterile  incised. 
Austral  and  Tasmania  G  C  III  9  81  — Trunk  some- 
times 30-35  ft  high  A  very  useful  decorative  plant 

squarrdsa,  Swartz  Lf  -stalks  short,  the  scales  hair- 
like,  light  colored  Ivs.  3-4  ft  long,  the  pmme  9-15  in 
long,  begins  lanceolate,  the  sterile  toothed,  the  ribs 
scabrous  New  Zeal  and  Chatham  I&l 

L  M  UNDERWOOD  and  WILHELM  MILLER 

DICLfPTERA  (named  in  allusion  to  the  2-cclled 
winged  caps )  Acanlhace<e.  Pubescent  or  hirsute 
annual  or  perennial  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  red, 
violet  or  blue  bractod  flowers  in  terminal  or  axillary 
clusters,  m  the  tropical  parts  of  the  world,  1  or  2  of 
which  may  sometimes  occur  in  the  trade  Lvs  opposite, 
entire,  the  plant  usually  evergreen  corolla-tube, 
slender,  often  somewhat  expanded  above,  limb  2- 
lipped,  the  lips  narrow,  stamens  2,  on  the  throat  D. 
Niederleiniana,  Lind  ,  has  been  recently  intro  abroad 
from  Argentina  sub-shiub:  Ivs  oval,  to  3  in  long, 
pctioled,  rounded  at  apex,  densely  pubescent  fls 
about  1  *<4  in  long,  several  crowded  in  a  terminal  pani- 
culate cyme  D  Tweediana,  Nees,  of  Uruguay,  is  a 
showy  perennial  w  ith  orange-red  fls.  and  oblong-obtuse 
Ivs  There  are  probably  75  species  of  Dichptera  Very 
likely  the  horticultural  names  arc  confused  its  between 
this  genus  and  others.  L,  ]j  \\ 


DICLfTRA:    An  ancient  typography 
Dicentra 


r  for  Diolytrn     See 


DICTAMNUS  (old  Greek  name,  supposed  to  indicate 
foliage  like  the  ash'  hence  Fravinella,  diminutive  of  the 
Latin  Fraxmus,  an  ash)  Rutacex  GAS-PLANT  BURN- 
ING-BUSH FHAXINELLA  DITTANY.  A  hardy  peren- 
nial herb 

Stout  plants  woody  at  the  base:  Ivs  alternate,  odd- 
pmnatc,  the  Ifts  ovate,  serrulate  and  pellucid-punctate, 
fls  showy,  white  or  rose,  on  bracted  pedicels,  petals  5, 
the  lower  one  declined:  disk  thickish,  annular,  stamens 
10,  declined,  ovary  deeply  5-lobcd,  5-celled,  hispid, 
becoming  a  hard  5-divided  caps ,  each  division  or 
separate  part  being  2-3-seeded  — One  variable  species, 
native  from  S  Eu  to  N.  China 

This  genus  includes  an  old  garden  favorite  which  has 
a  strong  smell  of  lemon,  and  which  will  give  a  Hash  of 
light  on  sultry  still  summer  evenings  when  a  lighted 
match  is  held  under  the  flower-cluster  and  near  the  main 
stem  It  is  one  of  the  most  permanent  and  beautiful 
features  of  the  hardy  herbaceous  border  Instances  are 
known  in  which  it  has  outlived  father,  son  and  grand- 
son in  the  same  spot  It  thrives  in  the  sun 

The  gas  plant  makes  a  sturdy,  bold,  upright  growth, 
and  a  clump  3  feet  high  and  as  much  in  thickness  makes 
a  brave  sight  when  in  flower  A  strong,  rather  heavy 
soil,  moderately  rich,  is  best  for  these  plants  They  are 
not  fastidious  as  to  situation,  succeeding  as  well  in  par- 
tial shade  as  when  fullv  exposed  to  the  sipi,  and  drought 
will  not  affect  them  when  once  fairly  established.  Old 
strong  clumps  are  good  subjects  as  isolated  specimens 
on  a  lawn,  and  a  iarge  patch,  planted  m  the  border,  is 
not  only  effective  while  in  full  flower,  but  the  dark, 


persistent  foliage  is  ornamental  throughout  the  sea 
son.  It  is  not  advisable  to  disturb  the  plants  very  often, 
as  they  improve  with  age,  producing  taller  flower-stems 
and  more  of  them  as  they  grow  older.  They  arc  excel- 
lent for  cutting,  especially  the  white  variety.  Propaga- 
tion is  accomplished  with  difficulty  by  division,  but 
easily  by  seeds,  which  are  sown  in  the  open  ground  in 
fall  as  soon  as  ripe,  and  covered  an  inch  or  so.  Thev 
will  germinate  the  next  spring,  and,  when  two  years 
old,  the  seedlings  may  be  removed  to  their  permanent 
positions,  where  they  will  flower  the  following  year. 
(J.  B  Keller  ) 

tUbus,  Linn  (D.  Fraxinttla,  Pers  Fraxintlla  dlba, 
Gaertn  F  Dicidmnus,  Moench).  A  vigorous,  sym- 
metrical, hardy  herb,  \vith  glossy  leathery  foliage  sur- 
mounted by  long  showy  terminal  racemes  ot  good- 
sized  fragrant  fls  •  Ivs  alternate,  odd-pinnate,  Ifts. 
ovate,  seirulate,  dotted  with  oil-glands  fls.  white. 
G.C  111  34  409.  Gn  35  45S,  68,  p  73,  75,  p  381 
G  13  25  AF  5-328  Gng  5  321  Var  purpftreus, 
Hort  ,  has  large  dark-colored  fls  Var  rilbra,  Hort  , 
has  rosy  purple  fls  ,  the  veins  deeper  colored.  Var. 
giganteus,  Hort  (D  gigantcus,llort.)  Plant  large  Var 
caucasicus  (D  cavcdsicu*,  Hort  ),  is  a  giant  form  \vith 
racemes  twice  the  length  of  those  of  the  common  kind 
and  standing  well  above  the  foliage  It  B.  32,  p  253. 
Perhaps  the  same  as  var.  ffiganteut*. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

L.  H   Bf 

DICTYOGRAMMA-  Cmwgramnu 

DICTYOSP&RMA  (Gieek,  tutted  seed)  I'almActue 
Areca-hke  palms,  comprising  several  species  of  desirable 
pinnate  house  and  table  palms  that  .ire  becoming 
deservedly  well  known 

Slender  spineless  palms,  with  a  ringed  tiunk  Ivs 
equally  pinnatiseet,  segms  linear-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate or  bind,  the  apical  ones  confluent,  margins  thick- 
ened, recuived  at  the  base,  midrib  and  nerves  promi- 
nent, sparsely  clothed  with  persistent  scales  beneath, 
or  naked,  rachis  and  petiole1  slender,  scaly,  3-suled, 
furrowed,  sheath  elongated,  entue  spadix  on  a  short 
glabrous  or  tomentose  peduncle,  the  branches  erect 
or  spreading  and  flexuose,  the  lower  ones  with  rnern- 
branaceous  bracts  at  the  base,  spat  lies  2,  complete, 
dorsally  compiessed,  papery,  the  lower  one  2-crested, 
fl  -bearing  areas  much  depressed,  bracts  and  bract  letH 
scaly,  pistillate  fls  rather  large,  white  or  yellowish  fr 
scaly,  small,  olive-shaped  or  subglobose  —  There  aie 
(i  or  8  species  all  from  Trop  Vsia  but  onlv  the  follow- 
ing seem  to  be  known  in  the  trade  For  cult  ,  see  Arcca 
from  which  Dictvospernm  differs  only  in  having  a 
1-celled  and  1-sccaed  fr 


dlba,  Wendl  &  Drude  (Arbca  alba,  Bory  rtijcko- 
sperma  alba,  Scheff  )  Distinguished  by  the  whitish 
petioles  and  the  whitish  green  veins  of  the  Ivs  caudex 
about  30  ft  high,  8-9  in  diam  ,  dilated  at  the  base  Ivs 
8-12  ft  long,  petiole  6-18  in  long,  grooved  down  the 
face;  segms  2}  £-3  ft  long,  23  in  wide,  7-nerved, 
veins  and  margins  green  or  reddish  blanches  of  the 
spadix  6-18  in  long,  erect  or  slightly  reflexed,  /igzag 
when  young  —  By  far  the  best  of  the  genus  and  rather 
widely  sold  as  Areca  as  is  also  D  rubia 

aurea,  Wendl  &  Drude  (Arbca  aiirea,  Hort  )  Dis- 
tinguished by  the  yellow  or  orange  petioles  and  veins 
of  young  plants  caudex  about  30  ft  high,  .smaller  and 
more  slender  than  the  preceding.  Ivs  4-8  ft  long,  peti- 
ole 8  in  long;  segms  V/fr-2  ft  long,  1  in  wide,  sec- 
ondary veins  scarcely  visible,  branches  of  the  spadix 
rigidly  erect,  9-11  in  long 

furfuracea,  Wendl  &  Drude  (Arkca  furfuracea, 
Hort  ).  Like  D  rubra,  but  the  petiole  and  If  -sheath 
of  the  young  plant  tomentose. 

r&bra,  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Areca  rubra,  Hort  ).  Re- 
sembling Z).  alba,  but  the  Ivs  of  the  young  plants 


DICTYOSPERMA 

darker  green,  the  primary  veins  and  margins  dark 
red,  the  redness  disappearing  very  much  in  adult 
plants  branches  of  the  spadix  longer  and  more  reflexed. 
— Young  plants  of  this  may  be  used  for  table  decora- 
tions as  the  plant  grows  quickly  and  is  attractive  in 
juvenile  condition.  JARED  Q.  SMITH. 

N.   TAYLOR.t 

DICYRTA  (twice  curved,  refernng  to  structure  of 
fls.).  Cesncndccx.  Very  closely  related  to  Achimenes 
with  which  some  authors  unite  it,  differing  in  the 
smaller  fls  ,  and  diverging  anther-cells  Low-growing 
slender  villous  herbs  with  creeping  roots:  Ivs  opposite, 
rnembranaceous  fls  axillaiy,  small,  white  or  pale 
lilac,  sometimes  spotted,  coiolla-tube  decimate,  the 
hrnb  oblique  with  f>  nearly  equal  spreading  lobes; 
stamens  affixed  in  the  base  of  the  corolla-tube,  included, 
the  anther-cells  distinct  Two  species  occur  in  Guate- 
mala D.  Candida,  Hanst  <fe  Klotzsch  (Achlmtneb 
cdndula,  Lindl  Dwsthna  qrdcilc,  Regd)  To  1J4  ft  . 
Ivs  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate, 
short-pet loled  fl  on  a  bracted  pedicel  that  much 
exceeds  the  petiole,  white,  tubular-campanulate,  the 
lowest  lobe  projecting  Summei  The  other  species  is 
D  W'arsminczwMt,  Regel  (A.  mi.srra,  Lindl  ),  appar- 
ently not  m  cult  .  fls  smaller.  jv  jj  \$ 

DIDfSCUS:   TraLhymrne 

DIDYMOCARPUS  (tmn  fruit).  Gcsnerwcue  Attrac- 
tive warmhouse  heibs,  writh  few  showy  flowers 

A  polMiioi plums  genus,  distnbuted  in  E  India, 
Malaga,  China,  and  Trop  Afi  ,  differently  named  and 
defined  hv  diflerent  authors  Roettlera  is  an  older 
name,  and  has  been  used  icceritly,  but  it  is  discarded  by 
the  "nomma  conservanda"  list  of  the  Vienna  code 
The  genus  includes  Chinta  and  Tiaehj  stigma  accord- 
ing to  Kill. sch,  and  it  then  numbeis  moie  than  100 
species  Br'ntham  cV  Hooker  omit  Chinta,  which  differs 
in  its  2-parted  stigma,  alwavs  2  stamens,  and  other 
chaiacters,  in  this  work  it  is  kept  distinct  Didyrno- 
carpus  comprises  plants  that  are  caulescent  or  neaily 
acquiescent,  sometimes  woodv,  of  various  habit  Ivs 
radical  and  cauhne,  those  on  the  st  opposite  01  alter- 
nate, eremite,  moie  or  less  wrinkled  and  hauv  fls 
violet,  blue,  white  or  even  yellow,  on  few -fid  scapes 
or  axillary  peduncles;  corolla  with  an  elongated  tube 
which  is  widened  at  the  throat  or  ventricose,  the  limb 
spreading  and  somewhat  2-lobed,  stamens  2  or  raiely  4, 
tlie  anthers  conmvent  or  coherent  and  cells  divergent; 
style  long  or  short,  the  stigma  little  dilated  and  entire 
or  nearly  so  — The  species  require  the  treatment  given 
the  warmhouse  gesnenaceous  plants,  usually  difficult 
to  grow,  or  are  soon  lost  because  seeds  may  not  be  pro- 
duced Several  species  are  mentioned  in  horticultural 
literature;  but  the  following  are  moie  recently  intro 
and  are  likely  to  be  cult  or  perhaps  in  the  trade  They 
are  low  heibs  with  few  Ivs  ,  resembling  Streptocarpus 
Many  new  species  have  recently  been  added  to  this 
interesting  genus,  and  a  number  of  them  may  be 
expected  to  appear  in  cult 

cyaneus,  Ridley  Stemless  Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  ovate, 
elliptic  or  obovate,  ascending,  somewhat  obtuse,  to  6 
in  long,  erenate-serrate,  soft  pubescent,  petioled*  fls, 
deep  blue,  trumpet-shaped,  about  1^2  m  long,  with 
rounded  spreading  lobes,  4  or  5  on  a  scape.  Malaya. 
B  M  8204. — Blooms  in  autumn;  should  have  warm 
treatment,  such  as  is  given  Streptocarpus. 

Veitchiana,  W.  W.  Smith.  Eight  m  or  less:  Ivs  2-4 
pairs,  ovate,  somewhat  cordate  at  base,  serrate,  4  in. 
or  less  long,  stalked  fls.  lilac  with  longitudinal  lines, 
tubular,  nearly  1%  in.  long,  in  few-fid  axillary  cymes. 
China.  L.  H.  B. 

DIDYMOCHL&NA  (Greek,  twin  cloak;  alluding  to 
the  indusium).  Polypodidceae.  Greenhouse  ferns  of 
rather  coarse  fobage. 


DIDYMOSPERMA 


1005 


Indusium  elliptical,  emargmate  at  the  base,  attached 
along  a  central  vein,  free  all  around  the  margin  —One  or 
2  species.  Large  coarse  ferns  somewhat  resembling  the 
shield  ferns,  Dryopteris,  in  habit  and  gross  appearance 

D  lunulata  is  a  very  distinct  fern  It  looks  like  a  tree 
maidenhair,  but  the  stems  are  thick  and  fleshy  arid  the 
leaves  are  fleshier  than  any  Adiantum.  In  cultivation 
the  trunk  is  only  a  few  inches  high,  but  the  fronds  are 
4  to  6  feet  long  and  densely  covered  with  long,  brown 
chaffy  scales  and  has  a  metallic  luster  This  is  a  warm- 
house  fern,  and  may  be  used  for  subtropical  bedding 
It  has  a  bad  trick  of  dropping  its  pinnules  if  allowed  to 
get  too  dry  at  the  root,  but  soon  rallies  under  liberal 
treatment 

lunulata,  Desv.  (D  truncukita,  Hort ).  Fig.  1260. 
Lvs  clustered  from  an  erect  rigid  st.,  bipinnate,  3-6 
ft.  long,  pinnules  almost 
quadrangular,  %-\.  in. 
broad,  entire  or  slightly 
sinuate,  each  bearing  2-6 
son  Cuba  to  Brazil,  the 
same  or  an  allied  species  in 
Madagascar  and  Malaya. 
— I)  lunulata  is  a  veiy 
attractive  fern  while  in  a 
small  state,  but  its  decidu- 
ous aiticulated  pinnules 
are  a  drawback  as  a  com- 
mercial species,  rendering 
it  of  little  value  for  house 
decoration 

L  M  UNDERWOOD  and 
W  H  TAPLIN. 

DIDYMOPL£XIS 


1260.  Didymochlsena  lunulata. 

(Xh) 


(double  or  twin  plaits) 
Orchidacese  One  sapro- 
ph^tic  orchid  with  leafless 
sts  /;  pdllens,  Griff, 
has  been  cult  abroad  but 
is  piobably  not  in  the 
trade  loot  branch- 
ing and  tuberous, 
bearing  a  st  4-6  in. 
high  \\ith  loose 
sheaths  racemes 
terminal,  \uth  4-8 
small  brownish  or  dull 
yellow -white  fls  ;  perianth 
Hm  diam  ;  lip  stipitate, 
tiansversely  oblong,  with 
3  nerves  and  a  papillose 
disk ,  pedicels  becoming 
greatly  elongated  after  fer- 
tilization E  India — The 
genus  Didymoplexis  comprises  2  or  3  species  (Leucor- 
clus  is  a  more  recent  name),  m  India,  Malaya  and  the 
Pacific  Isls  ,  characterized  by  simple  flexuous  scapes, 
dorsal  sepals  and  petals  connate  into  a  3-partcd  upper 
lip,  the  lateial  connate  into  an  entire  or  2-partecl  lower 
hp,  the  regular  lip  inserted  on  the  foot  of  the  column, 
very  short  and  broad,  entire,  caps  becoming  very  long- 
pedicelled.  Apparently  of  little  horticultural  interest 

DIDYMOSP^RMA  (Greek,  double-seeded)  Pal- 
maceae,  tribe  Arcceae.  Low  or  almost  stemless  pinnate 
oriental  palms. 

Leaves  terminal,  unequally  pinnatisect,  silvery- 
scaly  below;  segms  opposite,  alternate,  sohtaiy,  or 
the  lower  ones  m  groups,  cuneate  at  the  base,  obovate- 
oblong  or  oblanceolate,  smuate-lobed  and  erose.  the 
terminal  one  cuneate;  margins  recurved  at  the  base, 
midnervc  distinct,  nerves  flabellate;  sheath  short, 
fibrous:  spadices  with  a  short,  thick  peduncle  and  thick 
branches;  spathes  numerous,  sheathing  the  spadix; 
fls.  rather  large;  calyx  3-lvd.,  corolla  with  3  stiff  petals; 


1006 


DIDYMOSPERMA 


DIEFFENBACHIA 


ovary  2-3-celled:  fr.  ovoid  or  oblong,  2-3-,  rarely 
1-,  seeded. 

Didymosperma  is  a  genus  of  East  Indian  palms  of 
moderate  growth,  containing  possibly  eight  species, 
most  of  which  are  stemlcss  or  else  forming  but  a  short 
trunk,  the  pinnate  loaves  rising  from  a  mass  of  coaise 
brownish  fibers  that  biirround  the  base  of  the  plant. 
The  leaflets  are  of  irregular  shape,  bearing  some  resem- 
blance to  those  of  Caiyota,  and  the  plants  frequently 
throw  up  suckers  from  the  bate  The  members  of  this 
genus  arc  not  very  common  in  cultivation  The  species 
that  is  most  frequently  seen  is  the  plant  known  to  the 
trade  as  D.  caryotouk*,  an  attractive  warmhouse  palm 
that  has  also  appealed  under  the  synonym  Hanna 
caryotoides,  and  has  lately  been  referred  to  Walhchia, 
which  see  While  young,  at  least,  the  didymospermas 
enjoy  a  warm  house  and  moist  atmosphere  with 
shading  from  full  sunshine,  though  one  species,  /). 
oblongifoha  (or  Walhchia),  is  frequently  found  in 
Sikkim  at  an  elevation  of  3,000  feet  above  the  sea. 
Propagated  usually  by  seeds,  occasionally  by  suckers, 
which  are  kept  rather  close  for  a  time  after  their 
removal  from  the  parent  plant  See  G  C  II.  24.362 
for  description  of  garden  foims 

porphyrocfirpon,  Wendl  <fe  Drude  (Wallicfna  por- 
phyrocdrpa,  Mart  )  Sts  reedy,  3-  6  ft  •  Ivs  5-8  ft. 
long,  Ifts.  9-15,  about  6  in  long,  distant,  narrowly 
oblong,  long-cuneate,  blunt,  or  sirmately  2-3-1  obed, 
tiuncate,  denticulate,  glaucous  beneath.  Java. 

nanum,  Hook  A  dwarf  robust  palm,  2-3  ft ,  covered 
with  rusty  pubescence  Ivs  1-2  ft  long,  glabrous  above, 
glaucous  beneath,  Ifts  1-3  pairs  with  an  odd  terminal 
one,  7-10  in  long,  3-5  m  broad,  wedge-shaped, 
sharply  toothed  •  Assam.  B  M  OS3G  — One  of  the 
smallest  of  all  palms 

D  HookeriAna,  Becc  Resembles  a  Caryota,  about  3  ft  high. 
Malay  Pomns  Plant  scarcely  known  m  cult  in  \rncr  but  per- 
haps  cult  mEu.  j^RED  G  SMITH> 

N    TAILOR f 

DIEFFENBACHIA  (J.  F.  DiefTenbaeh,  a  German 
botanist,  1794-1817)  Araccse  Popular  hothouse  plants, 
gio\\n  for  their  handsome  and  stiikmg  foliage. 

Low,  shrubby  perennials  sts  rather  thick,  inclined 
or  deeping  «it  the  base,  then  erect,  with  a  leafy  top 


u    miuri/tti     tumi     tiif    ivo.      j^MiiuiB    iiuiu 

floral  characters.   Cent,  and  S.  Amer. — 


Perhaps  a  dozen  species.    Engler  (in  Engler  &  Prantl, 
1889)  recognizes  many  species,  with  many  varieties 

For  dieffenbachias,  similar  rooting  material  to  that 
mentioned  for  an  thuliums,  combined  with  a  high  and 
moist  atmosphere,  will  produce  a  very  healthy  and 
luxuriant  growth  of  foliage,  espe<  lally  after  the  plants 
have  made  their  hist  few  leaves  in  ordinary  light  pot- 
ting soil  Unless  it  be  the  very  large-leaved  kinds,  like 
D  tnumphans,  D  nobihs  and  D  Baumannn,  three  or 
four  plants  may  be  placed  together  in  large  pots,  keep- 
ing the  balls  near  the  surface  in  potting  D.  Jenmarni. 
D  Shuttleworthiana,  D  Lcopoldn  and  /)  cburnca  are  all 
well  suited  for  massing  together  m  large  pots  When 
above  a  ceitam  height,  varying  in  different  species,  the 
plants  come  to  have  fewer  leaves,  and  those  that  remain 
are  small;  they  should  then  be  topped,  retaining  a  con- 
siderable piece  of  the  stem,  and  placed  m  the  sand-bed, 
where  they  will  throw  out  thick  roots  in  a  week  or  two 
The  remaining  part  of  the  stems  should  then  be  cut 
up  into  pieces  2  or  3  inches  long,  dried  for  a  day  or 
so,  and  then  put  into  boxes  of  sand,  when,  if  kept 
warm  and  only  slightly  moist,  every  piece  will  send 
out  a  shoot,  and  from  the  base  of  this  shoot  roots  will 
be  produced  These  can  be  potted  up  as  soon  as  roots 
have  formed  (G  W  CLver  ) 

picta,  Sehott  (D  InaMhtnw,  Veitch  D  Shuttle- 
war  thin  na,  Rege1).  Blade  oblong,  or  oblong-elliptical, 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  2jj-4  times  longer  than  \\ide, 
rounded  or  acute  at  the  base,  giadually  narrowing  to 
the  long  acuminate-cuspidate  apex,  green,  with  numer- 
ous irregular  oblong  or  linear  spots  between  the  veins, 
veins  15-20  on  each  side,  ascending  LBC  7*608 
(as,  Caladium  mnculatum)  J  11  111  40:105 

Var.  Bafcsei,  Kngler  (I)  liaiwi,  Regel)  Fig  1201 
Blade  nearly  or  completely  yellowish  green,  with 
obscurely  green-spotted  margins  and  scattered  white 
spots  1  H  20  338 

Var  Shuttleworthiana,  Engler  (D  Sfiuttlnuorthiana, 
Bull).  Blade  pale  green  along  the  midrib 

Seguine,  Schott  Lvs  green,  with  white,  more  or  less 
confluent  stripes  and  spots,  oblong  or  ovate-oblong, 
rounded  or  slightly  cordate  or  subacute  at  the  base, 
narrowed  toward  the  apex,  shoit  cuspidate,  primary 
veins  9-15,  the  lower  spreading,  the  upper  remote  and 
ascending  Lowe  1 1  (as  var  ttmctdnta)  W  Indies  — 
Called  "dumb  plant"  because  those  who  chew  it  some- 
times lose  the  powei  of  speech  for  several  days 

Var  Baraquiniana,  Kngler  (1)  Baraqwnidna,  Verse h 
&  Lem.  D  giqantla,  Veisch.  D  Veischaffdtii,  Hort 
Petioles  and  also  midribs  almost  entirely  white,  blade 
with  scattered  white  spots.  I  II.  11  387,  13  470,  471 
G.  2  238. 

Var.  n6bilis.  Engler  (D  n6bile,  Hort )  Fig  1202 
Blade  elliptical,  acute,  dull  green  with  dirty  green  spots. 
Brazil. 

Var  liturata,  Engler  (D  liturata,  Schott  D  vanegata, 
Hort  D  Lcopoldn,  Bull  D  WdUiMi,  Lmd  )  Blade 
dark  green,  with  a  lather  broad,  yellowish  green, 
ragged-  mm  gmed  stripe  along  the  midub  sp.it  ho 
glaucous-green  Province  Para,  bia/il  1H  1/11. 
S.H  1,  p  455.  G  Z.  25,  p.  250 

Var  irrorata,  Engler  (D.  trrarata.  Schott.  Z>.  Bau- 
mannn, Hoit )  Lvs  large  and  bright  green,  blotched 
and  spimkled  with  white  Brazil 

The  above  are  the  recognized  two  type  species.  The 
following  are  or  have  been  m  the  Ameiican  trade 
Probably  some  or  all  of  them  belong  to  the  foregoing 
species. 

Chglsonii,  Bull.  Lvs.  deep,  satiny  green,  the  middle 
gray-feathered,  and  the  blade  also  blotched  yellow- 
green  Colombia. 

ebdraea,  Hort.  Compact:  Ivs.  light  green,  freely 
spotted  with  white,  the  sts  reddish  and  white-i ibbed. 
Brazil. 


DIEFFENBACHIA 


DIERVILLA 


1007 


Founder!,  Hort.   Vigorous:  Ivs  la 
spots  and  blotches  of  white  on  a  bl« 


;e,  leathery,  with 
kish  green  back- 
ground.  Colombia. 
iMstris,  Hort.  See  D.  latimacidata. 
imperator,  Hort.    Lvs.  16-18  in.  long,  5-6  in.  wide, 
olive-green,     fantastically     blotched,     marbled     and 
spotted  with  pale  yellow  and  white.   Colombia. 


1262    Dieffenbachia  Seguine  var.  nobilis. 


insignis,  Hort  Lvs  dark  green,  with  irregular, 
angular  blotches  of  pale  ycllo\\ish  green,  6  cr  more  in 
wide,  ovate  and  .short-acuminate  in  form  and  with 
pale  green  petiole  Colombia, 

latimaculata,  Lmd  &  Andre"  (D  illustns,  Hort  ) 
Lvs  glaucous-green,  profusely  white-barred  and  white- 
spotted  and  blotched  with  yellow-green,  the  petioles 
also  glaucous  Brazil.  I  H  23  234 

JSnmanii,  Veitch  Lvs  rich,  bright,  glossy  green,  re- 
lieved by  a  milk-white  band  at  every  lateral  nerve,  and 
by  a  few  white  spots  interspersed  between  the  bands. 
Guiana  G  Z  28,  p  218. 

magnffica,  Lmd.  &  Rod  Lvs  ovate-acuminate, 
large,  dark  green,  attractively  blotched  and  spotted 
with  white  along  the  veins,  bts  and  petioles  also  vane- 
gated  Venezuela  I II.  30. 482.  S.H.  2,  p.  383.  G. 
13.643 

manndrea,  Hort.   See  D.  Parlatorn. 

meleagris,  L  Lmd  &  Rod  Lvs  with  the  long 
petioles  green,  marked  with  ivory-white,  the  blades 
dark  green  above,  paler  beneath,  marked  on  both  sides 
with  a  few  white  spots  Ecuador.  I  H.  39.559. 

mem&ria-Cfirsii.  A  hybrid  raised  in  the  garden  of 
the  late  Marquis  Corsi 

Parlatdrei,  Lmd  &  Andre",  var  manndrea,  Andr6 
(D  membna,  D  mormbra  and  D  Cdrsn,  Hort )  Lvs 
long-oblong,  acuminate,  the  midrib  white  and  the 
blades  blotched  white,  the  green  deep  and  lustrous. 
Colombia  I  H  24  •  291  — Engler  refers  this  plant  to  the 
genus  Philodendron 

Reglna,  Bull.  Lvs.  oblong-elliptical,  rounded  at  base, 
short -acuminate  at  apex,  greenish  white,  profusely 
mottled  and  blotched  with  alternate  light  and  green 
tints  S  Amer.  G  Z.  28,  p.  26  —The  vari-colored  and 
margined  Ivs.  are  very  attractive 

R6x,  Hort.  Compact:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  the 
two  sides  not  equal,  deep  green,  but  the  white  angular 
blotches  and  midrib  occupying  more  space  than  the 
green  S.  Amer  G  Z  28,  p.  97 

Sander®,  Hort  Lvs  very  broad-oval,  green,  mot- 
tled with  cream-color. 


8ple"ndens,  Bull.  St  faintly  mottled  with  dark  and 
light  green .  Ivs  have  a  thick,  ivory-white  midrib,  and 
the  ground-color  is  of  a  deep,  rich,  velvety  bottle-green, 
with  a  resplendent,  lubtrous  surface,  freely  marked  with 
whitish  stnate  blotches  Colombia.  G.Z  25,  p  193. 

truhnphans,  Bull.  Lvs  dark  green,  ovate-lanceolate 
and  acuminate,  1  ft  long,  irregularly  marked  with  angu- 
lar yellowish  blotches  Colombia. 


DIELfTRA:  Dicentra 


JARED  G.  SMITH 
GEORGE  V.  NASH  1 


DIERAMA  (a  funnel,  alluding  to  shape  of  fls.). 
Irvlacese  S.  African  cormous  plants,  related  to  Spar- 
axis  and  Ixia.  Fls  large,  white  to  purple  and  rea,  in 
paniclcd  spikes  Ivs  long,  linear,  rigid  perianth  short- 
tubed,  expanded  at  throat,  with  oblong  nearly  equal 
segms  ,  stamens  3,  inserted  on  the  perianth  throat; 
ovary  3-cellcd,  oblong,  with  many  ovules,  the  style  ex- 
sorted*  fr  a  3-valved  caps  There  are  2  or  3  species, 
of  which  D.  pulche'rrima,  Baker,  was  intro  into  S. 
Calif  many  years  ago.  scape  2-6  ft ,  with  remote 
branches  Ivs  narrow-sword-shaped  and  with  a  very 
slender  point  fls.  \Yi  in  long,  pendulous,  blood-red- 
purple,  bell-shaped.  B  M.  5555  (as  Sparaxis  pulcher- 
nrna)  Requires  the  treatment  given  Ixia 

DIERVfLLA  (after  Diereville,  a  French  surgeon,  who 
took  D  Lonicera  to  Europe  early  in  the  eighteenth 
century).  Capnfohace<e  WEIGELA  Ornamental  decid- 
uous shrubs,  grown  for  their  showy  flowers  appearing 
profusely  in  spring  and  early  summer. 

Leaves  opposite,  petiolea  or  nearly  sessile,  serrate 
fls  in  1-  to  several-fid  axillary  cymes,  often  pamcled 
at  the  end  of  the  branches,  yellowish  white,  pink  or 
crimson,  epigynous;  calyx  5-toothcd  or  5-parted ,  corolla 
tubular  or  campanulatc,  5-lobed,  sometimes  slightly 
2-hpped,  stamens  5,  stjle  blender  uith  large  capitate 
htigma,  ovary  inferior,  elongated,  2-celled  fr  a  slender, 
2-valved  caps  with  numerous  minute  seeds «— About  10 
species  in  h  Asia  and  N  Amer 

Diervillas  are  shrubs  of  spreading  habit,  with  more  or 
loss  arching  branches,  rather  largo  loaves,  and,  especially 
the  Asiatic  spccios,  with  very  showy  flowers  from  pure 
\vhite  to  dark  crimson,  appearing  in  tprmg  A  very  large 
number  of  hybrids  between  the  different  Asiatic  species 
have  been  raised  and  have  become  great  favorites  m 

Sard  ens  on  account  of  their  profusely  produced  and 
ohcatoly  tmtod  flowers  The  earliest  to  bloom  are 
D  prpcox  and  its  hjbrids  and  also  D  flonda  var 
venusta,  \vhich  begin  to  flower  in  Massachusetts  about 
the  middle  of  May,  the  latest  is  D  nvulans.  The 
American  species  arc  hardy  North  and  prefer  moiet 
and  partly  shaded  positions  Of  the  Asiatic  species 
D.  Middendorjfiana  is  the  hardiest,  but  rarely  does  well: 
it  seems  to  grow  best  in  humid  sandy  or  peaty  soil  and 
in  positions  sheltered  from  strong  winds,  it  dislikes  hot 
and  dry  air,  D,  flonda  also  is  rather  hardy  and  one  of 
the  handsomest  species  of  the  genus  The  other  Asiatic 
species  require  protection  dunng  the  winter  or  sheltered 
positions  They  thrive  >*cll  in  any  humid  garden  Boil. 
Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  greenwood  cuttings 
or  hardwood  cuttings,  the  American  species  usually  by 
suckers  and  by  seeds  sown  in  spring. 


INDEX. 

alba,  4,  7 
amabihs,  4,  6 

hybrida,  9 
Incarnate,  9 

precox.  5. 
nvularia,  3. 

arborea,  6 

Inttrmedia,  9. 

rosta,  4 

arborescens,  8. 
canadentna,  1. 

japooioa,  7 
jtfostertana  vanegata,  9 

sessihfolia,  2. 
Sieboldn  argenteo- 

Candida,  9 

Lat>att«t.  9 

marginata,  9. 

coraenaia,  6 

Lonioera,  1 

smica,  7 

Dcsboimi,  9. 

Looymansn  aurea,  9. 

Steltinen,  9. 

floribunda,  8. 

Lowei,  9 

Styrtaca,  9 

flonda,  4 

Lu/eo-marpmato,  9 

<rt^(fo,  1 

grandiflora,  6,  8. 
Gro/mima,  9. 

Middendorffiana,  10 
wul<v/loro,  8 

Fon  ^oM«et,  9. 
Venoaa,  9 

Groenewcgenii,  9. 

Wana  vanegata,  9 

venusta,  4 

Hendersomi,  9. 

nt»eo,  7 

VerschaffeUii,  9 

hortensis,  7. 

PQUCI  flora,  4 

versicolor,  8 

1008 


DIERVILLA 


DIERVILLA 


A  Fls   yellow,  slightly  2-hpped,  small,  about  Y&n   long. 

(Diervitta  proper). 
B.  Lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  so. 

1.  Lonicera.  Mill.  (D.  trifida,  Moench.  D  canadensis, 
Willd  )  Shrub,  to  3  ft. :  branchlets  nearly  terete,  gla- 
brous :lvs  distinctly  petioled,  ovate-oblong,  acuminate, 
serrate,  nearly  glabrous,  finely  ciliate,  1H-4  m.  long: 
cymes  usually  3-fld  ;  limb  nearly  equal  to  the  tube: 
caps  about  J-^in  long  June,  July  Newfoundland  to 
Sask  ,  south  to  Ky  and  N.  C.  B  M.  1796. 

2  sessilifdlia,  Buckl.  Shrub,  to  5  ft.:  branchlets 
quadrangular:  Ivs  nearly  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, nearly  glabrous,  of  firmer  texture,  2-6  in.  long1 
cymes  3-7-fld.,  often  crowded  into  dense,  terminal 
panicles;  limb  shoiter  than  the  tube  caps,  about  %m. 


and  Ala. 


1263.  Diervilla  japomca.  ( X  M) 

long     June,  July     N.  C    and  Tenn    to  Ga. 
G  C  III.  22  14,  42  427.— Hardy  in  Canada. 

BB  Ijwt  ,  branchlets  and  infl  pubescent. 
3.  rivularis,  Gattinger  Shrub,  to  6  ft  :  Ivs.  short- 
petioled,  ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  trun- 
cate or  cordate  at  the  base,  doubly  serrate,  pubescent 
on  both  sides,  1  j^-3 '  •£  in  long  cymes  few-  to  many-fld  , 
crowded  into  terminal  panicles;  limb  of  corolla  about 
as  long  as  tube  caps  Hm-  l°nl?  July*  Aug.  N.C.  to 
Tenn  ,  Ga.  and  Ala  G  C.  III.  38:339. 

AA.  Fls  showy,  white,  pink,  or  cnmson,  rarely  yellowish. 
B.  Anthers  not  connected  with  each  other.    (Weigela.) 
c  Calyx-lobes  lanceolate,  connate  to  or  nearly  to  the 

middle;  stigma  2-lobed.  seeds  almost  wingless. 
4  fldrida,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (WeigHa  rosea,  Lindl.  W. 
amdbihs,  Ilort.  D.  pauciftora,  Carr.).  Shrub,  to  6  ft  : 
branchlets  with  2  hairy  stripes:  Ivs.  short-petioled  or 
nearly  sessile,  elliptic  or  ovate-oblong  to  obovate, 
Serrate,  glabrous  above  except  at  the  midrib,  more  or 
less  pubescent  or  tomentose  on  the  veins  beneath, 
2-4  in.  long:  calyx  nearly  glabrous,  with  lanceolate 
teeth;  ovary  slightly  hairy-  fls.  1-3,  pale  or  deep  rose, 
\l/±  in.  long;  corolla  broaclly  funnel-shaped,  abruptly 
narrowed  below  the  middle.  May,  June.  N  China. 
BM  4396.  F.S.  3.211.  BH  1:577.  Gt.  54, p. 86.  R.H. 
1849:381.  H  F.  1854:21.  V.  18:37  — Tlis  is  one  of  the 
most  cult,  species,  very  free-flowering  and  rather 
hardy.  Var.  alba,  Moore.  Fls  white,  changing  to 
light  pink.  RH  1861  331  Var  venusta,  Rehd. 


Lvs  smaller,  usually  obovate,  1M-2H  m  long, 
usually  nearly  glabrous:  fls.  m  dense  clusters  with 
small  Ivs.  at  the  base;  corolla  slender,  about  1^  m. 
long,  rather  gradually  narrowed  toward  the  base,  lobes 
oval  to  oval-oblong,  rosy  pink.  Korea,  N.  China. — 
Recently  intro.;  very  flonferous,  early  and  hardy. 

5.  prebcox,  Lemoine.    Shrub,   to  6  ft.:  branchleta 
glabrous:  Ivs    short-petioled,  elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate, 
acuminate,  serrate,  hairy  above,  soft-pubescent  below, 
2-3  H  m  long,  fls   clustered,  3-5,  nodding'  calyx  with 
subulate  lobes,  ovary  hairy;  corolla  abruptly  narrowed 
below  the  middle,  purplish  pink  or  rose-carmine    Japan. 
May.    Gt  46:1441;  53,  p   522.   R  H.  1905:314  —The 
earliest  of  all  species  to  bloom;  has  given  rise  to  a  race 
of   early-flowering   hybrids   as   Avalanche,    Gracieux, 
Vestale,  Conquerant,  Esperance,  Seduction,  which  see 
under  D.  hybrida. 

cc.  Calyx-lobes  linear,  divided  to  the  base:  seeds  winged: 

stigma  capitate. 
D.  Plant  nearly  glabrous. 

6.  coraeSnsis,  DC   (D  grandijlbra,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.   D. 
amdbihs,  Cair.).    Shrub,  5-10   ft  :  Ivs.   rather  large, 
obovate  or  elliptic,  abruptly  acuminate,  crenately  ser- 
rate, sparingly  hairy  on  the  veins  beneath  and  on  the 
petioles'    flb.    in    1-3-fld.,    pedunclod    cymes,    corolla 
broadly  funn«'form,  abruptly  nai  rowed  below  the  mid- 
dle, changing  from  whitish  or  pale  pink  to  carmine 
May,  June    Japan.  S  Z.  31.   F  S  8  855    II  U  1  19  — 
Vigorously  growing  shrub,  with  large  Ivs.  and  fls  ,  but 
le.sh  free-flowering,  and  the  type  not  common  m  cult 
Var    arbdrea,  Rend.   (W    arbbrca  grandifldra,  Hort  ). 
Fls  yellowish  white,  changing  to  pale  rose,  of  vigorous 
growth. 

DD  Plant  more  or  Zc.ss  pubescent   corolla  finely  pubescent 
out^uie. 

7.  jap6nica,  DC     Fig    1263     Shiub,  to  6  ft     Ivs. 
oblong-obovatc  or  elliptic,  acummate-berrate,  sparingly 
pubescent  above,  tomentose  beneath    fls    usually  in 
3-fld  ,  hhort-peduncled  cymes,  often  crowded  at  the  end 
of  short  branchletbj  corolla  broadly  funnelform,  nar- 
rowed below  the  middle,  whitish  at  first,  changing  to 
carmine,  slightly  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous  outside; 
style  somewhat  ex^erted.    May,  June     Japan,  China. 
G.F.  9:405  (adapted   m    Fig.  1263).    Gn.  21,  p.  184. 
Var    hortensis,  Rehd.   (D.  hortensis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  ). 
Lvs  nearly  glabrous  above,  densely  grayish  tomentose 
beneath'    cymes   usually   rather    long-peduncled ;    fls. 
usually  carmine.   S.Z.  29,  30.  More  tender  and  slower- 
growing  than  the  type.  Var.  sinica,  Rehd.  Lvs.  slen- 
der-petioled,  soft-pubescent  beneath,  fls  campanulate, 
abruptly  contracted  below  the  middle  into  a  narrow 
tube,  pale  pink.   Cent.  China.    Var.  alba;  Makmo  (/>. 
hort6nsis  var.  dlba,   Sieb.  &  Zucc.    D.  japdnica  var. 
nivea,  Rehd  )     Like  var.  hortensis  but  fls.  white.   G  C. 
II.  10:80.   Gn.  22,  p.  185,  34,  p.  352.  G.  28:392. 

8  floribunda,  Sieb  &  Zucc.  (D.  mulliflora,  Lem.). 
Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-ovate  or  elliptic,  acuminate, 
serrate,  sparingly  pubescent  above,  more  densely 
beneath:  fls.  1-3,  usually  sessde,  mostly  crowded  at  the 
end  of  short  branchlets;  corolla  rather  gradually  nar- 
rowed toward  the  base,  pubescent  outhide,  brownish 
crimson  m  the  bud,  changing  to  dark  or  bright  crimson; 
lobes  about  5  times  shorter  than  the  tube;  style  exserted. 
May,  June.  Japan  S  Z.  32.  I.H.  10.383.—  Vigorously 
growing  shrub,  with  rather  small  but  abundant  fls. 
Var.  grandifldra,  Rehd.  (W.  arbor  tsccns,  Hort.).  Fls. 
rather  large,  brownish  crimson  Var.  versfcolor,  Rehd. 
(D.  versicolor,  Sieb  &  Zucc  )  Fls.  greenish  white  at 
first,  changing  to  crimson  S.Z.  33. 

9.  hybrida,  Hort.  (Fig.  1264),  may  be  used  as  a  col- 
lective name  for  the  different  hybrids  between  D. 
florida,  D.  praecox,  D.  floribunda,  D  japomca  and  D. 
corj?ens?.s,  which  are  now  more  commonly  cult,  than  the 


XXXVI.  A  border  of  dianthus  and  digitalis. 


DIERVILLA 

typical  species.  Some  of  the  best  and  most  distinct 
are  the  following,  arranged  according  to  the  color  of  the 
fls  The  numbers  in  parenthesis  after  the  name  refer  to 
the  number  of  the  species  and  indicate  the  origin  or 
probable  origin  ot  those  hybrids . 


DIGITALIS 


1009 


1264    Diervilla  hybnda.  (  X  \i) 

Fl*  white  or  nearly  white  Avalanche,  Lernome  (5x')  FN  pure 
white,  early  Dame  Klmche  (0x7)  Hs  larpe,  white,  sightly 
pinkish  outside,  yellowish  white  and  bluish  in  bud  (Jracitur, 
Lemoine  (.~>x?)  Us  white,  yellow  in  throat,  buds  h^ht  silmon- 
pink,  cirly  I»oltne,  Van  Houtte  (4xv)  Fls  white  ur  slightly 
pink  outside,  yellow  in  thro  it  Madame  Cnuturnr,  Billiard 
(4X0)  1-h  yellowish  white  chanKinii  to  pink  Madam,  I  tmoint, 
Billiard  (1x0)  FN  white  with  delicate  blush,  ehiiiKUiK  to  pink 


Mn'iame  Tcllitr,  Billurd  (4x0) 
blush  VfKtak,  Lemoine  (5x9)  Fl 
blanc,  Lemoine  (4x7)  Fh  pure  \ 
fadmR  to  pinkish  Par,  linn  Blanc.  L 
preceding  Candida  (  1  XO)  Fls  pu 
Fls  pink  or  carmine  AM  (  arr 
purple-carmine  in  bud,  with  jellow 
(4X6)  FN  pink,  carmini  m  bud 
Fh  very  1  ir«e,  rone-ee>lorcd,  carmin 
Conqutte  (4  <7)  HI  vtry  I  we,  dr 
Fls  carmine  Ewfranc,,  Le  moinc  (5  .  ')  FU  %er>  1  i 
•white  tinged  with  salmon-red,  buds  p  \Ie  hdmon,  cnrl>  druti^ima 
(4x7)  FN  light  pmk  G'r<rm?r«0.nii  (t  ,  ')  IN  redoufiele, 
whitish  within,  slightly  striped  with  >ello\M  h  red  <*«•>/«  HP  Afal- 
l(t.  Billiard  (t  <t>)  Fls  light  pink,  boithrcd  white  Utndtrstmn 
(4X8)  FN  light  crimson  Inttrnudia  (t  <7)  1'N  riniine,  buds 
darker.  Othfllo(l*8)  Hs  carmine,  darker  outside  Seduction, 
Lemoine  (3X*)  FN  vintm*  carmine-red,  early,  very  flontirous. 
Uteltznm,  Van  Ilouttc  (1x7)  I'N  dark  red,  abundant  blynaca, 


,  ,  with  deli 

pure  creimy  white  Munl- 
ite,  jcreemsh  white  in  bud, 
ome  (4  <7)  Similar  to  the 
white  11  H  1.S7U  HO 

(4  x7)  H*  rc>M-carmine, 
ot  in  throat  An,hf  Thouin 
onyHfrnnt,  Lemoine  (5x*) 
utside  and  in  thrott  ,  tally 

rrp  pink     Dr 

(5  .  '       FU   % 


rate,  glabrous  at  length  fls  in  2-3-fld  axillary  and 
terminal  clusters,  corolla  carnpanulate-funnelform,  yel- 
lowish white,  spotted  orange  or  purplish  inside  1 1A  in 
long,  calyx-teeth  partially  connate.  May,  June  E 
Siberia,  N  China,  Japan  Gt  6:183  RH  18.54201 
F.S  11  1137  IH  4  115  GC  III  7.581—  Hardv, 
but  rarely  doos  well,  it  demands  a  cool  and  moist  cli- 
mate and  a  position  sheltered  from  strong  winds. 

D  gitlendmv.C&rr  (I)  LonueraxD  Hessihfoha)  Intermediate 
between  the  parents,  me>re  similar  to  L  sesMhfolia,  but  Iv8  short- 
petiolcd  Garden  origin  —D  turn  is,  Komarov  Allied  to  D  japon- 
ic i  Ivs  ovate-laneee>late,  nhate.  otherwise  glabrous,  sparingly 
•>e>rratc,  1-2  in  long  ee)rolln  white,  pink  outside,  style  not 
exserted  Manehuna  Heoently  intro  ,  presumably  quite  hardy  — 
D  Wdgnert,  Kusnexov  (D  japemica  /  D  Middendorffiana)  LVB 
ovue-oblonjf,  glabrous  except  on  the  \tins  below  fls  axillary  on 
shejrt  hnnchl.  ts,  sepals  lance-olate,  distinct  or  partly  connate, 
pmk,  tilled  yellowish  Garden  origin  Gt  48  1461 —Doubtful 
whether  still  in  cult  ALFREJ)  REHD£R< 

DlfcTES:  Morxa. 

DIGITALIS  (Latin,  digitalis,  finger  of  a  glove,  refer- 
ring to  the  shape  of  the  flowers)  Scrophulanaceae,  FOX- 
GLOVE A  fine  genus,  numbeimg  several  species,  and 
some  hybrids,  of  hardv  01  half-hardy  herbaceous  plants, 
\\ell  known  fe»r  tlicir  long  racemes  of  inflated  flowers, 
winch  suggest  .spires  or  towers  of  bells  Plate  XXXVI 

Vpiight  herbs,  sometimes  \\oody  at  the  base  gla- 
brous or  tornentoho  or  woolly,  mostly  bimple  Ivs 
altrrrtate  or  mattered  or  crowded,  entue  or  dentate* 
fls  showy,  in  a  long  teimmal  laceme  or  spike  which  is 
usually  1 -sided,  purple,  ochroleucous  or  white,  corolla 
declined,  more  or  less  (\tmpanulate,  often  constricted 
above  tlie  ovary,  th*  limb  eiect-hpreading  and  some- 
what 2-hpped,  Dotted  anel  bearded  at  the  throat, 
stamens  t,  didynarnous,  usually  included;  style  slen- 
der.  2-lohed  fr  an  ovate  dehiscent  caps>. — About  25 
bpe<  ie^,  Ku  and  W  and  ( Vnt  A^ia 

The  foxgloves  aie  olel-f Cushioned  and  dignified,  clean 
of  growth  and  wholesom-  company  in  the  choicest 
garden  The  Btiong  veitical  lines  of  their  flower- 
stalks,  rising  from  rich  and  luxuiiant  masses  of  caulme 
leaves,  give  nlwavs  an  appearance  of  strength  to  the 
i  ambling  outlines  of  the  usual  herbaceous  border.  For 
a  week  or  two  the  foxgloves  ustialU  dominate  the  whole 
border  The  usual  species  m  cultivation  is  D  purpuna, 
w  Inch  H  one  of  the  commonest  Knghsh  w  ild  flow ers  The 
name  "foxglove"  is  so  inappropriate  that  much  ingen- 
ious speculation  has  been  aiouscd,  but  its  origin  ib  lost 
in  antiquitv  The  word  "fox"  is  often  said  to  be  a  cor- 
ruption of  "folk,"  meaning  the  "little  folk"  or  fairies 
Unfortunateh ,  etymologists  discredit  this  pretty  sug- 
gestion In  the  drugstores,  several  preparations  of  /). 
purpurw  are  sold  They  are  diuretic,  sedative,  narcotic. 
For  medicinal  purposes,  the  leaves  of  the  second  year's 


, 

Klenert    (4xH^      FN     pink, 
floriferoua      MI)    l')121 
FH   14  1447      Vinntu  (1x0) 
crinnou  in  throat 


ery 


ink,    ch  iu«inR   to 

Van    Houttn    (4  "7)       FN     carmm- 
FN   Pirnnne-pink,  farmim-  in  bud, 

range  to  crinnou  in  throat      Vmtkafftltn  (4x0)     FN   carmme- 
pmk   limb  bordered  whitish 

FN  crimson  or  dark  tiimson  Conyo  ((>  *  S)  FN  large, 
purplish  crimson,  abundant  Dexbmsii  (8x7)  I-N  small,  dark 
cnmsoD  E  Andrf  (SXO)  FN  vi-iydark.  broum  li  purple  Em 
Hathkf  (HXO)  FN  deep  oariinne-red,  treet,  \>>rv  fr«  -liowermg 
KB  19120  G  li  1.130  //riM/cr«o«it  (4x8)  FN  lurfit  c  rim-on, 
crimson  in  bud  Incnrnata  (0X8).  Fls  deep  red  Lmnlln  (0  <8) 
FN  bright  cnmaon  II  F  18705  GW  1  ,  p  00  (habit  >  Lou-ti 
(8X4).  Fls  dark  purplish  crimson  HF  1H70  8  P.  Ducharhe 
(4X8).  Fls.  deep  amaranth,  very  dark,  free-flowering 

Lvs.  variously  colored.  Kottcnatia  vaneaafa  Lvs.  bordered 
yellow:  fls  pink,  paler  in  bud,  dwarf  Louyntansn  aurea  Lvs. 
yellow;  of  slow  growth  R  D  2  173  Luteo-maromnta  (Weigela 
amabiliafol  var  VanHoutto)  Lva  bordered  yellow  FS  12  1189 
Nana  vanegata  (Weigela  rosea  nana  fol  var  Van  Houtte).  Lvs. 
variegated  with  white  fls.  nearly  white  dwarf  Sicboldn  araentco- 
marginata  (4X7).  Lvs.  bordered  white  fls.  rose 

BB.  Anders  connected  with  each  other.   (Calyptro- 

stigma.) 

10  Middendorffiina,  Carr.  Shrub,  to  3  ft  •  Ivs 
short-petioled,  ovate-oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  ser- 


1265   The  juvenile  or  foliage  stage  of  Digitalis  purpurea, 
used  as  an  edging.   Year  preceding  the  blorm. 


1010 


DIGITALIS 


DIMORPHANTHUS 


growth  are  used. — Foxgloves  are  of  the  easiest  culture. 
The  common  species  and  hybrids  can  be  grown  as 
biennials  from  seed.  The  perennial  species  are  propaga- 
ted by  seeds  or  by  division  The  common  D  purpurea 
is  best  treated  as  a  biennial,  although  it  may  sometimes 
persist  longer.  Seeds  sown  one  spring  (or  fall)  will  give 
good  blooming  plants  the  following  season.  The  large 
root-leaves  before  the  flower-stems  appear  are  decor- 
ative (Fig  1265). 

A.  Middle  lobe  of  the  lower  hp  longer  than  the  others. 
ferrugfnea,  Linn.   (D    aurea,   Lindl )      Biennial  or 
perennial,  4-6  ft.  high*  sts.  densely  leafy   Ivs  glabrous 
or  eihate    racemes  long,  dense; 
fls.  rusty  red,  reticulate-marked, 
downy    outside,    lower    lip    of 
corolla  ovate,   entire,   bearded, 
July.   S.  Eu.   B.M.  1828 

lanata,   Ehrh.    Perennial,    or 
biennial,  2-3  ft    Ivs   oblong  or 
lanceolate,    eihate  •    fls     rather 
small,  1-1M  m-  long)  grayish  or 
creamy  yellow,  sometimes  whit- 
ish or  purplish,  downy,  in  a  dense, 
many-fld    racome,    with    bracts 
shorter  than  the  fls    July,  Aug. 
Danube  River  and  Greece.  B  M. 
1159  (poor  fig  )  — A  fine  species. 
sibirica,  Lindl    Has  the  habit 
of  D.  ambigua,  with  fls  like  those 
of  D.  lanata  Ivs  downy,  ovate- 
lanceolate,  serrate  or  the  upper 
entire:  fls.  ventricose,  villose,  yel- 
lowish,   calyx- 
segms     linear, 
villose     Siberia 
— This  is  a  rare 
trade  name,  and 
it    is     doubtful 
whether     this 
little    known 
plant  is  really  in 
cult 

Thapsii,  Linn. 
Plant  much  like 
D.  purpurea' 
perennial,  2-4  ft. 
high  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate  or  ob- 
long, rugose,  de- 
current:  fls    purple,  throat 
paler,  marked  with  red  dots 
in    a    lax    raceme,    calyx- 
segms.    ovate    or    oblong. 
June-Sept      Spam      B  M. 
2194  (as  D.tomentosa). 

AA.  Middle  lobe  of  the  lower 
lip   shorter  or   hardly 
longer  than  the  others. 
ambigua,    Murr     (D. 
1266.  Digitalis  purpurea.          grandiflbra,  Lam.   D  ochro- 
(XH)  lebca,  Jacq).    Perennial  or 

biennial,  2-3  ft    high:  Ivs 

r>vate-lanceolate,  toothed,  sessile  or  clasping,  downy 
below:  fls.  large,  2  in.  long,  yellowish,  marked  with 
brown;  lower  bracts  about  as  long  as  the  fls.  Eu.. 
W.  Asia  B  R  64. 

purpurea,  Linn.  (D.  tomentbsa,  Link  &  Hoffmgg.). 
COMMON  FOXGLOVE.  Fig.  1266  The  t  species  most 
commonly  cult.:  mostly  biennial,  but  sometimes  per- 
ennial: height  2-4  ft.:  Ivs.  rugose,  somewhat  downy, 
the  radical  ones  long-stalked  and  ovate  to  ovate-' 
lanceolate,  the  st  -Ivs.  short-stalked  and  becoming 
small  toward  the  too  of  the  St.*  fls  laree  2  in  lone. 


ranging  from  purple  and  more  or  less  spotted,  rather 
obscurely  lobed.  On  dry  hills  and  roadsides,  Great 
Britain.  W,  and  Cent  Eu.,  to  Scandinavia,  running 
into  white  and  modified  forms  in  cult  ;  sometimes 
escaped  in  this  country.  Gn  34.488.  Var  gloxinifie- 
fldra,  Hort.  (D.  gloxinwldes,  Carr  D.  gloximyflbra, 
Hort.).  Of  more  robust  habit,  longer  racemes,  larger 
fls  ,  which  open  wider,  nearly  always  strongly  spotted. 
Var.  alba,  Hort  Fls  white.  Var  monstrdsa,  Hort ,  is 
a  double  pelonc  form  P.G.  4*151  D.  maculata 
superba  is  a  trade  name  for  highly  improved  spotted 
forms  Var.  campanulata,  Hort ,  is  a  monstrous  form 
with  the  upper  fls.  united  into  a  bell-shaped  large 
bloom. 

D  Buxbaitmn  is  offered  as  a  yellow-fld  species  —  D  diibia,  Rodr. 
Perennial,  woolly  fls  slender,  hanging,  purplish,  spotted  inside. 
Balearic  Isla  G  30  309  —  D  lanniAta,  Lindl.  Perennial,  woody, 
2  ft  high  Ivs  lanceolate,  jagged  fls  yellow,  downy,  with  ovate, 
bearded  segms  ,  bracts  much  shorter  than  the  pedicels  Spain 
BR  1201  —  D  heno&ta,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Perennial,  2-3  ft 
high  Ivs  linear  -  lanceolate,  radical  ones  obovate  -  lanceolate 
fls  scattered,  glabrous,  yellow  Danube  and  Greece  — D  lutea, 
Linn  Perennial,  glabrous  Ivs  oblong  or  lanceolate,  denticu- 
late raceme  many-fld  ,  seeund,  corolla  yellow  to  white,  gla- 
brous, calyx-segms  lanceolate,  acute  Eu  B  11  251  — D  mar- 
ulna,  Boiss  Lvs  radical,  very  downy,  ovate-oblong  fls  rose, 
corolla  bearded  Spain  —  D  purpurdscens,  Roth  Bicnnal  fls 
yellow  or  sometimes  purplish,  pale  inside,  spotted  at  the  mouth, 
lower  lobe  of  corolla  snort  Eu  — D  purpurto  - amWgua  is  a 
hybrid  of  D  purpurea  var  gloximroflora  and  D  ambigua 

F.  A.  WAUGH. 

DILIVARIA:  Acanthus.  ' 

DILL  (Anethum  gravcolens,  Linn ),  an  annual  or 
biennial  plant  of  the  Urnbellifcrsp,  the  seeds  of  which 
are  us»ed  as  a  seasoning,  as  are  seeds  of  caraway  and 
coriander  It  is  of  the  easiest  cult  from  seeds  It 
should  have  a  warm  position  The  plant  gnnvs  2-3  ft 
high  the  Ivs  are  cut  into  thread-like  divisions  the 
st  IH  very  smooth  the  fls  are  small  and  yellowish,  the 
little  petals  falling  early  It  is  a  hardy  plant  The 
foliage  is  sometimes  used  in  flavoring,  and  medicinal 
preparations  are  made  from  the  plant  The  seeds  ^ire 
very  flat  and  bitter-flavored  Native  of  S  E  Eu 

DILLftNIA  (named  by  Linnaeus  for  J  J  Dillemus, 
1684-1747,  botanist  and  professor  at  Oxford,  author 
of  important  botanical  works)  Dtllcmacca-  Tall 
tropical  trees  from  Asia,  Indian  Archipelago,  Philip- 
pines, and  Australia 

Leaves  large,  with  pronounced  pinnate  parallel 
venation  fls  showy,  white  or  yellow,  lateral,  solitary 
or  clustered;  sepals  and  petals  5,  spreading,  stamens 
many,  free  or  somewhat  united  at  base,  the  anthers 
linear,  opening  by  2  slits,  the  interior  ones  erect  and 
mtrorsc  and  the  exterior  ones  recuivcd  and  cxtrorse 
carpels  5-20,  many-ovuled,  in  fr  becoming  a  fleshy 
body  inclosed  in  the  enlarging  calyx — Probably  40 
species,  allied  to  the  Magnolia  family  D  indica  is 
said  to  be  the  showiest  of  the  whole  family,  being  attrac- 
tive in  foliage,  fl  and  fr  Dillemas  may  be  grown  in 
light  sandy  loam  Prop  readily  by  seeds,  but  with 
difficulty  from  cuttings. 

fndica,  Linn  (D  specibsa,  Thunb.)  Trunk  stout, 
not  high  branches  numerous,  spreading,  then  ascend- 
ing' Ivs  confined  to  the  ends  of  branches,  on  short, 
broad,  channelled  sheathing  petioles,  the  blade  6-12 
in  long,  oblong,  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  strongly  serrate:  sepals  5,  thick, 
fleshy,  enlarging  and  inclosing  the  fr  ;  petals  obovate, 
white,  large,  making  a  fl.  fully  9  in  across,  stamens  very 
numerous,  forming  a  large  yellow  globe  crowned  by 
the  white,  slender,  spreading  rays  of  the  stigma:  fr. 
edible,  acid,  the  size  of  an  apple,  many-celled  and 
many-ovuled  Trop  Asia  Intro  in  Fla.  and  S.  Calif. 
B  M.  5016  (B  M.  44$-Hibbertia  volubiha)  H.F.  1867 
P-  119-  WILHELM  MILLER. 

mMOHPHANTHUS:  Araha 


DIMORPHOTHECA 

DIMORPHOTHfcCA  (Greek,  two-formed  achenes). 
Composite.  CAPE  MAKIGOLD.  Annual  and  perennial 
herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  some  of  which  are  excellent  flower- 
garden  plants. 

Leaves  alternate  or  radical,  entire,  toothed,  or  incised, 
often  narrow:  heads  solitary,  long-peduncled ;  disk-fls. 
yellow  or  brown  or  purple,  the  rays  yellow,  purple,  or 
white  with  purple  beneath.  The  genus  is  closely  allied 
to  Calendula  but  has  straight  instead  of  incurved 
frs  The  fls  usually  close  up,  like  those  of  Gazania, 
unless  they  have  sunlight,  their  backs  have  as  great  a 
variety  of  coloring  as  their  faces  — About  20  species  in 
S  Afr 

The  flowers  are  often  3  inches  across,  and  their  long, 
slender  rays  (20  or  more)  give  a  distinct  and  charming 
effect  A  dozen  kinds  are  grown  abroad,  representing 
a  wide  range  of  colors  and  foliage  They  are  wintered 
in  coolhouses  and  flowered  in  spring  or  else  transplanted 
to  the  open,  when1  they  flower  freely  during  summer. 
The  shrubby  kind,  I).  Ecklonib,  has  been  grown  as  a 
summer  bedding  plant,  flowering  from  July  to  frost, 
and  as  a  coolhouse  plant,  making  a  much-branched 
subject  3  feet  high,  and  flowering  fieely  all  spring. 

annua,   Less    (Caltnduln  pluvuttia,  Linn  ).    Erect  or 
diffuse,  simple  or  branched  annual,  rough  with  jointed 
and  gland-tipped  hairs  (seen  with  a  small  lens):  Ivs 
nariowly  oblong  or  obovate-oblong,  tapering  to 
the  base,  with  a   few  distant  teeth,  pilose,  the 
uppeinidst  smallei  and  nai rower   peduncles  ter- 
minal, nodding  in  fr  ;  fls   white  above,  purple  or 
discolored    beneath       .1  II     111     57  501.     Var. 
hguldsa,  \  oss  (Cnluidula  1'onqn,  Hort.).  is  a  doi 
form  (the  heads  full  ot  ravs)  with  heads  white  on  uj 
bide  and  yellow  01  violet  beneath 

sinuata,    DC      Annual,    blanched    from   the  base, 
nearly  glabrous    Ivs   oblong,  obtuse,  .sinuate,  narrt 
at    base     nwoliure-^eales   lanceolate-acuminate,   r 
glabrou^,  longer  than  disk    achcnes  of  lay  tngom 
evervwhere  tubercled,  of  disk  flat  with  thickened 
rays  orange —Crows  12-15  in.  high     Fls    shadinj 
blue  in  center 

aurantiaca,  DC.  Perennial,  the  st  natively  more 
or  less  shrubb},  erect,  glabrous,  with  rod-like  branches' 
Ivs  linear-oblong  01  .spatulate,  thiekish,  obtuse,  entire 
fl  -heads  large,  lavs  orange-yellow,  involucre-scales 
linear-acuminate,  exceeding  the  disk,  with  a  central 
line  of  hairs  ar  1  paler  margins  This  brief  botanical 
description  does  not  in  all  wavs  fit  the  plant  now  in 
common  cult  a.s  1)  auranltaca,  which  is  treated  as  a 
half-hardv  annual,  and  which  is  apparently  more  or 
less  modified  bv  cult  ,  it  is  a  very  showy  plant  (Fig 
12b7j,  12  lb'  in  high,  from  a  short-decumbent  base, 
with  notched  acute  Ivs  ,  and  teimmal  heads  2-2)4  in 
across,  and  w  ith  curving  rays  of  a  rich  glossy  apricot- 
orange  and  a  disk  of  brown-black,  it  is  one  of  the 
best  flower-garden  subjects  of  recent  yeans,  the  fls. 
opening  in  the  sun  and  making  a  brilliant  display  in 
summer  and  till  frost,  of  simple  cultuie  from  seeds. 
Although  long  described  in  horticultural  literature,  it 
appears  not  to  have  come  really  into  cult,  until  within 
the  past  few  years,  having  been  offered  in  Ku  in  the 
fall  of  1908  Recent  forms  under  the  name  of  D. 
aurantiaca  hybnda  (hybrids  with  D  arimm),  intro  in 
1912,  range  m  color  from  white  and  bluish-white  to 
red,  yellow,  orange  and  salmon.  B.M  408  (as  Calen- 
dula Tragus).  GC  111  38  127  G  31  20,5.  J  H.  III. 
57.37  FE  3l'30H  Winter-flowering  in  S  Calif. 

Eckldnis,  DC.  Shrubby  at  base,  robust  and  erect, 
branching  at  top,  2  ft  or  more'  Ivs  crowded,  linear- 
lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  entire  or  somewhat  denticu- 
late, acute'  fl.-heads  terminal,  the  lays  I1  2  in  long, 
white  above  and  purplish  beneath,  involucre-scales 
long-acuminate.  B  M.  7535  Gn.  75,  p  444  G  24 
424,  25.505 — Not  hardy  noith  of  Washington.  It  is 
grown  as  a  summer  bedding  plant  in  England 


DION^A 


1011 


£>.  Bdrberiy,  Haw  Perennial  fls  purple  above,  paler  beneath: 
disk  all  purple,  with  corollas  of  2  forms.  BM  53J7.  HF  II. 
5  78  Var  rdaea,  Hort  ,  has  rose-colored  fits. — D  chrysanthemi- 
fdha,  DC  Lvs  cut  like  a  chryHunthemuni  fls  yellow,  reverse 
reddish.  B  M  2218  — D  cuneata,  DC  Lvs  strongly  cut  fls  scarlet- 
orange.  BM  134J — D  nuihtfiulm  var  yrammifdlia,  Harv  & 
Sond  Fls  white,  with  a  purple  rim?  at  the  bawe,  and  orange- 
brown  on  the  back,  the  disk  purple  BM  5252—  D  Trdgus,  DC 
Perennial  IVH  narrower  than  in  D  Kckloms,  linear  fls.  white, 
veined  purple,  the  rays  narrower  at  the  base,  reverne  orange  pur- 
plish, the  disk  purplish.  B  M  1981  (as  Calendula)  ^  H  B  t 

DIOCLEA  (after  Diocles  of  Carystos,  said  to  be 
second  only  to  Hippocrates  among  the  ancients  for 
his  knowledge  of  plants).  Legummbs.e. 
Tender  hhrubby  twiners,  with  delicate 
tnfoliolale  leaves  and  blue,  violet, 
scarlet  or  white  flowers,  sometimes 
nearly  an  inch  long,  and  borne  m 
clusters  w'-uh  have  been  roughly  com- 
pared to  Wistaria 

Flowers   papilionaceous,  calyx  bell- 
shaped,  4-cut,  2  lobes  shorter  and  nar- 
rower,   standard    oibitular    or   ovate, 
reflexed,    auncled    or   appendagod    at 
base,  wings  obovate   or  oblong,  free; 
keel  incurved,  beaked   or 
obtuse,     ovaiy     nearly 
^  sessile      pod     wide,     the 
*"  upper  suture  thickened  or 
2  -  wmgod  —  Perhaps    20 
species  in  tropical  regions, 
chiefly     m     the    western 
hemisphere.    What  is  said 
to  be  the  following  species 
is  cult,  m  S  Calif  ,  where 
it  has  a  moderate  growth, 
shining  foliage,  and  clus- 
ters of  10  or  more   large 
fls    of  a   splendid  scailet 
(to    be    considered    with 
reference   to   Campto- 
sema). 

glycinoides,  Hort.  Fls. 
1  in  long,  bright  scarlet, 
in  racemes,  somewhat  like 
Wistaria  will  stand  some 
cold  Prop  by  seeds,  cut- 
tings, or  suckers,  freely 
produced  on  grown  -  up 
plants  Rio  de  la,  Plata  — 
imperfectly  understood 
botamcally,  said  to  be  the 
fcame  as  Cam  ptosema  rubi- 
cundum,  Hook  &  Arn. 
L.  H.  B.f 
DION:  Dioon 

DIONJEA  (Greek  name 

„  „  ^  for   Venus).     Droserdcw 

,^6!u?L??^hK*^^^:       VENUS    FLY-TRAP      A 

remarJ..a|3Je     mOnOt,ypiC 

genus     of      insectivorous 
plants,   often    grown    for 
curiosity  and  in  botanical  collections. 

Leaves  1-5  in  long,  4-8  in  number,  arc  arranged  m  a 
spreading  rosette  over  the  soil,  each  consisting  of 
a  flat  expanded  petiole,  and  terminal  bilobed  blade; 
midrib  of  the  blade  contractile,  the  margins  prolonged 
into  bristles  that  interlock  when  the  halves  close,  while 
each  half  bears  3  minted  and  highly  irritable  hairs 
arranged  in  triangular  manner  over  its  upper  surface: 
abundant  sessile  glands,  usually  of  a  crimson  color, 
cover  this  surface  and  render  it  attractive  to  insects; 
but  when  grown  in  shade  the  glands  and  therefore  the 
Ivs  are  quite  gieen  a  single  neat  touch  of  a  hair  fails 
to  caut>o  closure,  but  wnen  one  of  the  hairs  is  touched 
twice,  or  when  two  adjacent  hairs  are  touched  once 
within  a  short  interval  apart,  the  halves  close  Owing 


1012 


DION^A 


DIOSCOREA 


1268.  The  Venus'  Fly-trap— 
Dionsea  muscipula. 


to  continued  and  repeated  stimuli  caused  by  a  caught 
insect,  or  to  chemical  stimuli  caused  by  its  tissues,  the 
glands  exude  an  acid  and  peptomzing  digestive  fluid 
after  a  few  hours;  this  starts  digestive  disintegration  of 
the  insect's  tissues,  and  the  dissolved  products  are  then 
absorbed  by  the  If  .-halves:  the  fl. -stalk  lengthens  in 
May  to  8-10  in  and  bears  4-10  white  fls  which  expand 
in  June,  and  which  must  be  cross-pollinated  for  seed- 
production.  By  the  end  of  Junt>  the  caps*  burst,  and 
expose  small  black  shining  seeds. 
Those  germinate  in  abundance 
under  a  bell-jar  on  moist  sandy 
soil  that  is  mixed  with  finely 
chopped  sphagnum  moss.  Each 
seedling,  after  forming  2  lanceo- 
late cotyledons,  produces  there- 
after tiny  fly-trapping  Ivs.  that 
behave  like  the  adult  ones. 
Plants  thrive  woll  when  grown 
in  3-5-in  pots  amid  a  mixture 
of  fine  silver-sand  and  black 
silt  The  pots  should  be  kept 
immersed  for  about  an  inch  in 
water,  should  have  a  slight  top- 
covering  of  sphagnum,  and  mubt 
be  kept  near  the  glass  in  a  green- 
house with  southeastern 
exposure.  Inhabits  the 
edges  of  moist  sandy 
savannah  "bottom 
lands,  is  found  wild  over 
a  narrow  strip  of  ter- 
ritory about  10  miles  in 
width  and  40  miles  north, 
also  to  an  equal  distance 
south  of  Wilmington,  N. 
C  ,  and  grows  well  only 
when  the  tips  of  its  roots  reach  a  moist  substratum,  and 
when  active  transpiration  proceeds.  The  perennial 
underground  part  is  a  bulbous  swelling  that  can 
readily  be  dug  and  distributed  from  Nov.  to  March. 
It  is  seldom  that  this  wonderful  little  plant  is  seen 
in  a  good  state  of  cultivation  any  length  of  time  after 
removal  from  its  native  haunts  Its  cultivation  in  a 
greenhouse  is  usually  attended  with  more  or  less  diffi- 
culty, owing  to  unsuitable  conditions,  such  as  too  much 
dry  air,  shade  or  unfriendly  soil.  It  delights  in  full 
sunshine,  with  a  very  humid  atmosphere  When  the 
plants  can  be  secured  and  transplanted  with  consider- 
able of  the  soil  in  which  they  grow  attached  to  the  bulb- 
like  rootstalks,  they  are  quite  easily  dealt  with,  and 
may  be  kept  in  a  healthy  growing  state  for  years  I 
find  a  round  hanging  earthenware  receptacle  most 
useful  to  grow  them  in ,  the  bottom  is  carefully  drained, 
first  with  large  pieces  of  broken  pots,  then  smaller 
pieces,  and  the  upper  layer  is  quite  hue  Some  chopped 
fibrous  peat  is  placed  above  this,  when  the  plants  are 
built  in  with  live  sphagnum  moss  used  to  fill  the 
spaces  between  the  clumps  Arranged  in  this  way,  it 
is  hardly  possible  to  give  them  too  much  water,  and 
they  revel  in  abundant  supplies.  If  kept  in  the  sun 
the  leaves  take  on  a  reddish  tinge,  but  when  grown  in 
the  shade  they  are  always  green  Flowers  will 
develop  about  the  middle  of  June,  but  they  should  be 
nipped  off  aa  they  make  their  appearance,  for  they  are 
apt  to  weaken  the  plant  — The  diomea  has  been  grown 
successfully  in  a  dwelling-house  by  a  very  different 
method.  The  plants  were  m  a  wide,  shallow  dish,  with- 
out any  drainage,  and  simply  placed,  not  too  firmly, 
in  loose  live  sphagnum  moss,  with  a  glass  covering. 
Water  was  given  every  other  day  by  filing  the  space 
above  the  plants  until  the  dish  was  filled,  and  then  it 
was  poured  off.  In  this  way  the  potting  material 
never  became  sour.  From  the  luxuriant  condition  in 
which  these  plants  remained  for  years,  I  am  inclined 
to  think  this  was  a  close  imitation  of  the  conditions 


under  which  they  thrive  m  a  wild  state.  Some  years 
ago,  owing  to  Asa  Gray's  endeavor  to  have  the  Govern- 
ment purchase  a  strip  of  land  on  which  this  plant 
grows,  there  existed  a  widespread  idea  that  it  was 
gradually  becoming  extinct.  There  seems  to  be  little 
likelihood  of  this  calamity,  however,  as  Diomea  is  found 
abundantly  in  some  places.  (G.  \V .  Oliver,  in  Garden 
and  Forest,  10:237  [1897]). 

muscfpula,  Ellis.  Fig  1268.  St.  short,  subterra- 
nean, coated  by  the  swollen  bases  of  Ivs  :  Jvs  1-5  m. 
long  in  radial  rosette,  divided  into  winged  petiole  and 
bilobed  lamina:  infl.  umbellate;  flu.  %-l  in.;  petals 
white;  stamens  usually  15;  pistil  of  5  united  carpels, 
stigmas  5  pomcillate:  fr.  a  caps.  B.M.  785,  F.S.  3  280. 
Mn.  1,  p.  69.  j.  M.  Ivf  AOFAai  ANK 

DIOON  (Greek,  two  and  egg,  each  scale  covers  two 
ovules  and  the  seeds  are  in  pairs).  Cycaducijp  Hand- 
some foliage  plants  suitable  for  warm  or  temperate 
palm  houses  and  for  planting  in  the  open  far  South 

This  genus  is  baid  to  be  the  closest  to  the  fossil 
forms  of  any  living  representative  of  the  family  It 
has  the  cones  and  twin  seeds  of  Zamia  and  Encephalar- 
tos,  with  the  flat  woolly  bcalcs  of  Cycas,  but  without 
the  marginal  seeds  anu  loose  infl  of  the  latter  — J) 
cdule  has  a  flat  rigid  frond  which  is  moie  easily  kept 
free  from  scale  insects  than  Cycat>  rcroluta,  the  common- 
est species  of  the  family  in  cult  A  specimen  at  Ke\v  had 
a  trunk  3-4  ft  high  and  8-10  in  thick,  the  crown 
spreading  8-10  ft  and  containing  50  fronds  each 
4—5  ft  long  and  0-9  in  \\ide  Specimens  of  D  bjntiu- 
loswn  are  reported  with  trunk  21  ft  high  Both  hexes 
make  cones  frequently,  the  male  cone  being  9-12  in. 
long  and  the  female  7-12  in.  The  seeds,  which  are 
about  the  si/e  of  Spanish  chestnuts  are  eaten  by  the 
Mexicans.  There  are  a  few  species  m  Me\.  Prop  by 
seeds  Cult  same  as  CX  CMS. 

edule,  Lindl  Lvs  pilose  when  young,  finally  gla- 
brous, £-5  ft.  long,  pinnatind,  rigid,  narrowly  lanceo- 
late segms ,  about  100  on  each  side,  linear-lanceolate, 
sharp-pointed,  widest  at  the  base,  raclus  flat  above, 
convex  beneath:  male  cones  cylindrical,  female  cones 
ovoid.  Mex.  B  M  6184.  G  C.  Ill  40  289  Gn  55, 
p.  3(35.  Gt.  48,  p  157  Var.  lanugindsum,  Ilort ,  is  a 
very  woolly  kind.  Gt  48,  pp.  154,  155  Variable 

spinuldsum,  Dyer.  Plants  6-50  ft  high,  crowned  by 
a  noble  rosette  of  spreading  Ivs  :  Ivs  4-  i  ft  long,  often 
with  100  Ifts.  on  each  side,  these  bearing  5-8  spines  on 
each  margin.  This  is  one  of  the  tallest  of  all  the  cyrads, 
and  is  excelled  only  by  the  Australian  T(/ras  media. 
It  is  very  unlike  D.  edule,  which  has  a  stocky  trunk 
and  straight  rigid  Ivs.  Mex.  G.W.  4,  p.  326,  5,  p  331. 
A.F.  7:461. 

D.  Doh&mt,  Hort.  Discovered  in  mts  of  Guatemala  and  named  for 
Edward  L  Doheuey  of  Los  Angeles  Pacific  Garden,  Nov  1912 
13  —  D  pcctinAtum,  Hort  Like  C  spmulosum  foliage  described  as 
"very  handsome,  owing  to  the  very  nuuu  rous  pinna1  and  th<  ir  close 
and  regular  arrangement  The  texture  is  also  him  and  leathery, 
with  a  sharp  spiny  point  to  each  pmiia  "  Gn  W  i!l  *>  — D  lyur- 
pusn,  Rose  Trunk  short,  crowned  \vith  numerous  stilf  and  ascend- 
ing Ivs  J  ft  or  more  long,  pmnse  2-4  in  long,  sharp-pointed,  entire 
on  the  lower  margin  but  usually  with  1,  2,  or  3  spine-like  teeth 
on  the  upper  margin  male  COUPS  tf-H  in  long,  the  bnuts  with 
recurved  ovate  tips,  female  cones  ovate,  about  IHm  long,  the  bracts 
very  woolly  S  Mex.  WlUIELM  MlLLEll. 

L    H    B.f 

DIOSCORfcA  (Dioscondes,  Greek  naturalist  of  the 
first  or  second  century  of  the  Christian  era)  Dios- 
careaceae.  Twining  herbs  from  tuberous  or  thickened 
rootstocks,  grown  as  arbor  vines  or  under  glass  for 
the  foliage,  and  also  for  the  edible  rhizomes  and 
aerial  tubers. 

Type  genus  of  a  small  family  (of  about  9  genera) 
allied  to  Lihacese.  It  contains  more  than  200  widely 
dispersed  and  confused  species,  most  of  them  native 
to  tropical  regions  Sts  herbaceous  and  twining  or 
long-procumbent,  usually  from  a  large  tuberous  root, 


DIOSCOREA 

and  sometimes  bearing  tubers  in  the  axils.  Ivs  broad, 
ribbed  and  netted-vemed,  jjetiolate,  alternate  or  oppo- 
site, sometimes  compound:  fls.  dioDcious,  small;  calyx 
6-parted;  anthers  C,  styles  3;  ovary  3-loeuled  and  calyx 
adherent  to  it.  fr  a  3-wmged  caps  ;  seeds  winged. — 
The  great  subterranean  tubers  of  home  species  are  eaten 
in  the  manner  of  potatoes  Some  of  the  kinds  have  hand- 
some colored  foliage  and  are  good  glasshouse  subjects. 
Numbers  of  species  are  more  or  less  cult  m  different 
warm  countries  (see,  for  example,  Pailheux  &  Bois, 
"Le  Pot.iger  d'un  Cuneux,"  and  for  Japanese  species 
(leorgeson,  AG  13:80);  but  it  is  not  known  that 
many  of  them  have  appeared  in  the  U.  S.  The  tuber- 
bearing  species  need  to  bo  worked  over  thoroughly 
from  living  plants  For  an  inquiry  into  the  prehistoric 
cult  of  dioscoreas  in  Amcr ,  sec  Gray  &  Trumbull, 
Arner  Jouin  Sci  25.250. 

All  the  species  are  of  very  easy  cultivation  from  seeds 
or  tubers  or  cuttings.  The  tubers  keep  a  long  time,  like 
potatoes. 

A.  Sts.  btronghj  winged. 

alata,  Linn  Fig  1209.  St  4-wmged  or  angular:  Ivs. 
opposite4,  cordate-oblong,  or  cordate-ovate,  with  a 
deep,  basal  sinus,  glabious,  devoid  of  pellucid  dots, 
7-nerv<xl  (sometimes  9-nerved),  with  the  outer  pair 
united  stammate  spikes  compound,  special  ones 
whorled,  shoit,  fiexuose;  pistillate  spike*  simple;  fls. 
distant,  anthers  subglobose,  about  as  long  as  the 
filament  caps  leathciy,  elliptical  India  and  the  South 
Sea  Ista  — Widely  cult  in  the  tropics  under  many 
vernacular  names  Tubeis  reach  a  length  of  6-8  ft., 
and  sometimes  weigh  100  Ibs  ,  edible.  The  roots  con- 
tinue to  grow  for  years  Variable 

AA.  Sts.  terete  (cylindrical). 

B.  Lvs.  plain  green. 

Batatas,  Decne  (D.  dwaricala,  Auth.,  not  Blanco). 
YAM.  CHINESE  YAM.  CHINESE  POTATO  CINNAMON- 
VINE.  Tall  climbing  (10-30  ft  ),the  Ivs.  7-9-nbbed,  cor- 
date-ovate and  shining,  short-petioled,  bearing  small 
clusters  of  cinnamon-scented  white  fla  in  the  axils  root- 
tubers  deep  in  the  ground,  2-3  ft  long,  usuallv  larger 
at  the  lo\ver  end.  Philippines. 
F.S  10:971  RH  18,54,  pp. 
247,  451,  452.— This  is  often 
grown  m  the  tropics  for  its 
edible  tubers,  which,  however, 
are  difficult  to  dig.  In  this 
country  the  word  yam  is  com- 
monly applied  to  a  tribe  of 
sweet  potatoes  (sec  Sweet 
Potato)  The 
yam  is  hardy 
The  root  will 
remain  hi  the 
ground  over 
winter  in  New 
York,  and  send 
up  handsome 
tall  twining 
shoots  in  the 
spring  The 
plant  bears  lit- 
tle tubers  in 
,  the  If  -axils, 
and  these  are 
usually  planted 
to  produce  the 
cinnamon  vine; 
but  it  is  not 
until  the  sec- 
ond year  that 
plants  grown 

1269.  Dioscorea  alata,  showing  foliage  from     these 

( X  H)  a»d  a  small  tuber  tubercles    pro- 


DIOSCOREA 


1013 


duce  the    large    or   full-grown   yams.     A  form   with 
short  and  potato-like  tubers  is  D.  Decaisneana,  Carr 


(RH.  1805-110)— A  vine  widely  cult 
under  the  name  air  potato"  or  "giant  yam  vine"  has 
large  potato-shaped  bitter  tubers  Its  'identity  is  in 
doubt  It  is  not  D  divuricata.  under  which  name  it 
was  mtro.  from  Ha  van,  nor  I)  bulhtfera,  which  has 
angular  and  edible  aeiml  tubeis  In  order  to  distin- 


1270   Air  potato. — Aerial  tuber  of  Dioscorea  bulbifera.  (X  J 


guish  it  from  the  latter,  it  has  recently  been  called  the 
''Hawaiian  bitter  yam."  The  yampi  is  apparently  a 
form  of  D.  alata  This  and  other  forms  of  this  species 
are  grown  in  Fla.  and  La ,  for  the  excellent  edible 
tubers,  which  compare  favorably  with  the  potato. 

bulbifera,  Linn.  Am  POTATO  Fig  1270  Tall- 
climbing.  Ivs.  alternate,  cordate-ovate  and  cuspidate, 
7-9-nerved,  the  stalks  longer  than  the  blade  fls  in 
long,  lax,  drooping,  axillary  racemes.  Trop.  Asia 
G.C.  Ill  52:313— Some\v  hat  cult  8.  as  an  oddity 
and  for  the  very  large  angular  axillary  tubers  (which 
vary  greatly  in  size  and  shape)  These  tubers  some- 
times weigh  several  pounds  They  are  palatable  arid 
potato-like  in  flavor  The  root-tuber^  are  usually 
small  or  even  none. 

nn  Lvs.  variously  marked  and  colored,  at  least  beneath 
(greenhouse  ''foliage  plants"). 

discolor,  Hort  Lvs  large,  cordate-ovate,  cuspidate, 
with  several  shades  of  gieen,  \\hite-banded  along  the 
midrib  and  purplish  beneath'  fls  greenish  and  incon- 
spicuous: root  tuberous.  S.  Amer.  Lowe  54.  FW 
1877:353. — Useful  for  the  conservatory.  Suggestive 
of  Cissus  discolor. 

multicolor,  Lind.  &  Andr<5  Probably  only  a  form  of 
the  last.  Ivs.  variously  marked  and  blotched  and  veined 
with  silvery  white,  red,  green  and  salmon.  S  Amer 
I  H.  18 '53. — Verv  decorative  glasshouse  plant  of 
several  well-marked  forms  (some  of  them  under  Latin 
names). 

D  mlldsa.  Linn  ,  a  native  dioscorea,  is  offered.  Barllett  has 
recently  worked  over  the  species  native  to  the  U  S  (Bull  189, 
Bur  PI  Ind  ,  U  S  Dept  of  Agne  ,  1910)  and  has  recognized  5 
species  m  the  material  formerly  passing  as  D  villosa,  and  the 
name  villosa  itself  he  finds  to  bo  untenable  because  of  the  confusion 
attending  it  (a  similar  case  lies  with  D  sativa,  Linn  ,  a  name  applied 
to  oriental  spt-cies)  The  5  «pe<1('s  are  as  follows  D  qwttrniUa, 
Gmel  Rhizomes  stout,  2*111  diam  ,  strught  or  forked,  with  few 
or  no  lateral  branches  *ts  J-S  ft  long,  rigid  and  erect  at  base  but 
requiring  support  above  hs  mostly  o  and  tt  at  a  node,  alternate 
above,  cordate,  repnnd,  green  on  both  sides,  glabrous  stanunate 
fls  panic  led,  the  clusters  solitary  in  the  axils,  pistillate  fls  few 
in  the  cluster  fr  variable,  ^-I'sin  long  Woods  and  banks,  N  C 
to  Fla  ,  La  ,  Mo  and  Ark  —  D  olauca,  Muhl  Rhizomes  ?sm  or 
more  diam  ,  often  forked  and  with  many  short  lateral  branches 
(the  source  of  the  drug  "dioscorea")  st  3-10  ft  long,  rigid  and 
erect  at  base  but  requiring  support  above.  Ivs  m  whorls  of  o-7, 
the  upper  ones  alternate,  larger  than  m  D  quaternata  and  less  or 
not  at  all  repand  glabrous  or  hirtolloua,  glaucous  at  maturity 
stainmate  mfl  solitary  m  all  axils,  paniculate,  pistillate  mH 
few-fld  fr  to  1  \£  in  long  Pa  southward  along  the  mts  to 
8  C  and  west  to  E  Mo — D  pnmculnta^  Michx  Rhizomes  long 
and  slender,  simple  or  rarely  forked,  less  than  $tin  diam  ,  with  a 
few  short  thinner  laterals  st  J-14  ft  ,  flcxuose,  glabrous  Ivs  all 
alternate  or  nearly  so.  pubescent  beneath  stanunate  mfl  solitary 
m  the  upper  axils,  pistillate  mfl  densely  many-fruited  fr  less  than 
1  in  Var  glabrifdlia,  Bartlett,  has  glabrous  Ks  Mass  to  Minn  , 
south  to  Texas  in  the  middle  region  —  D  hirticnidis,  Bartlett 
Rhizome  less  than  %in  diam  ,  simple  or  rarely  forked,  nearly 


1014 


DIOSCOREA 


stnaght,  with  short  thm  laterals  at  3-10  ft  ,  weak  and  flcxuoae, 
pubescent  Ivs  all  alternate  (except  perhaps  at  lowest  node), 
grayish  pubescent  staimnato  mfl  solitary  in  upper  axils,  the  upper 
ones  paniculate,  pistillate  mfl  with  1-4  frs  ,  which  are  nearly  1  in. 
long  Carolmas  and  Ga — D  floridana,  Bartlett  Hhizomes 
undescribed  at  flexuose  and  twining  hs  alternate,  wholly  gla- 
brous, green  above  and  paler  bcn<  ath  btanunatc  mfl  patueulate,  m 
the  upper  axils  and  also  terminal,  pistillate  mfl  solitary,  5-7-fld  fr. 
similar  to  those  of  D  pamculrita,  nearly  1  in  long,  S  C  to  I1  la 

Of  the  many  names  appearing  in  hoiticultural  literature,  the 
following  are  recent  D  argi/r^ea,  Hort  Ivn  with  silver-gray 
angular  patches  along  the  mam  ner%os  Colombia  Probably  one 
of  the  D  discolor-inulticolor  group  —  D  bicohr,  Hort  Greenhouse 
climber,  with  ovate  and  cordate  Ivs  ,  variegated  abov  e  and  deep  pur- 
ple beneath  G.W.  13,  p  254  Perhaps  a  garden  form  of  some  species, 
although  there  ia  a  D  bicolor,  Pi  am  &  Burkill  described  in  a 

Bengal  journal D   Farytsn,  Framh     Twining,  with  spherical 

aerial  tubers  Ivs  of  3-3  parts  or  Ifts  ,  ternate  or  digitate,  tho 
parts  oval  or  oval-lanceolate,  more  or  less  acuminate  female  fls 
in  a  very  long  cluster,  sessile,  •jiibtcnded  by  lanceolate  bracts, 
female  fl  oblong,  with  b  short  seKms  Miibterianean  tuber  globular, 
said  to  be»  ediblo,  plant  produces  aerial  tubers  W  China  H  H 
1900,  p  685 — D  (?M><)srt,  Roxbg  Cult  by  Hindoos  tubers  large, 
round  anel  white  sts  0-wmged,  prickly  toward  the  root  Ivs 
sagittate-cordate,  eusiform,  5-7-nerved,  the  long  petiole  5-wmged 
stammatc  mfl  long-pendulous  and  compound,  and  \orticillate, 
pistillate  mfl  simple  and  erect  m  the  axils,  few-fid  India  This 
name  is  listed  in  Ku  —D  illuutrata,  Hort  ,  appears  in  Kuropeau 
lists  Ivs  satiny  green  with  a  central  band  of  gray,  transverse 
lines  of  white,  and  gray  pitches,  under  surf  ice  purple  Brazil 
Probably  one  e>f  the  D  discolor  group  —I)  japomia,  Thunb  St 
slender,  climbing  10-12  ft  Ivs  ovite  with  tapering  apex  and 
deeply  cordate  base,  with  some  of  the  axils  bearing  small 
oblong  tubers  or  bulhds  pistillate  fls  small,  white,  racemose 
near  the  top  of  the  plant  fr  triangular,  winged  root  3-4  ft 
long,  1-2  m  diam  ,  often  branched  Japan  Cult  forms  have 
thicker  and  more  condensed  roots,  and  arc  eaten  after  the 
manner  of  potatoes  Offered  abroad  — I)  mncroura,  Harms. 
Lvs  simple,  alternate,  glabrous,  stalked,  cordate-orbicular,  1  tt. 


udului 


•al  c 


loi 


uile  fls 


in  a  large  panicle,  the  ricemes  reaching  2  ft  ,  the  fertile  stamens  6 
and  vciy  short  Upper  Guinea  (Trop  A/r  )  — D  retusa,  Mast. 
Sts  slender, much  twining,  finely  pubeseent  Ivs  alternate,  com- 
pound, Ifts  >,  stalked  obo\ate,  rctuse,  to  2  in  long,  green  and 
glabrous  male  fls  few,  in  short-pedune le>d  racemes,  perianth- 
segms  oblong  anel  counivunt,  fertile  stamens  3  and  stammodea  3. 
S.  Afr.  GC  Ib70  1119  GZ  22,  p  242  L  H  B 

DI6SMA  (Greek,  divine  odor}.  Rut&cesr    Small  ten- 
der heath-like  shrubs  from  southwestern  Africa. 

Leaves   al- 
ternate or  op- 
posite, linear- 
acute,    chan- 
neled,   serru- 
late or  some- 
times  eihate, 
glandular- 
dotted'  fls  white  or  red- 
dish, terminal,    subsoli- 
tary    or    corymbose, 
pedicellate;    calyx    5- 
parted;  hypogynous  disk 
5-smuate,    5-plaited; 
petals    5;    style    short; 
stigma  capitate    carpels 
5  —Of  the  more  than  2(X) 
species  described,  barely 
a  dozen  now  remain  m 
this   genus,   the  others 
being  mostly  referred  to  allied 
genera,    especially    Adenandra, 
Agathosma  and  Barosma. 

The  plant  known  to  gardeners 
(and  described  by  Lmna-us)  as 
I),  capitata  is  now  referred  to 
Audouima  capitata,  Brongn , 
which  belongs  m  a  different 
order  (Bruniacese)  and  even  in  a 
different  subclass  of  the  Dicoty- 
ledons (genus  named  for  J.  V. 
Audouin,  born  1707.  famous 
entomologist)  It  is  a  heath-like 
shrub  2-3  ft.  high)  with  erect 
branches,  and  somewhat 
1271.  Native  persim-  whorlf(?'  mostly  clustered 
num.  Diospyros  virgin-  branehlets .  Ivs  spirally  arranged, 
iana.  ( X  H)  stalkless,  overlapping,  linear,  3- 


DIOSPYR08 

angled,  roughish.  with  2  grooves  beneath  •  fls  crimson 
(according  to  Flora  Capensis),  crowded  into  oblong 
spike-like,  terminal  head*.  (Jenene  ch.iracters  are:  calyx 
adhering  to  the  ovary,  5-cleft,  seems  large,  overlapping; 
petals  with  a  long,  2-keeled  claw,  and  a  spreading, 
roundish  limb;  stamens  included;  ovary  half  inferior, 
3-celled,  cells  2-ovulcd,  style  3-angled,  with  3  small, 
papilla-like  stigmas  — One  species. 

In  America,  D.  encoides  is  moie  or  less  well  known, 
and  is  put  to  various  uses  in  floral  decorations,  in  sprays, 
or  branchlets  cut  to  the  required  length,  and  stuck  in 
formal  designs  as  a  setting  for  other  flowers  in  the 
same  manner  and  for  the  same  purpose  as  Stevia  is 
used,  to  give  that  necessary  grace  and  artistic  effect 
to  the  whole.  This  species,  like  most  of  the  genus,  has 
an  agreeable  aromatic  fragrance  in  the  foliage  It 
is  a  stiong  grower,  loose  and  heath-like  in  habit  and 
foliage,  as  the  specific  name  indicates,  flowers  white  and 
small,  one  or  more  on  the  points  of  tiny  branehlets 
While  diosrnas  undoubtedly  do  best  in  soil  suitable 
for  heaths,  that  is,  soil  composed  laigely  of  fibrous 
peat,  they  are  not  nearly  so  exacting  in  their  lequirc- 
ments  in  this  respect,  and  can  be  grown  in  good  fibrous 
loam  and  leaf-mold  m  enual  parts,  with  considerable 
clean  sharp  sand  added  thereto  The  plants  .should  be 
cut  back  rather  severely  after  flowering  to  keep  them 
low  and  bu^hy;  this  lefers  more  particularly  to  the 
above  species,  other  members  of  the  germs  being  of 
more  compact  growth  and  needing  veiy  little  correc- 
tive cutting  to  keep  them  in  shape  D  tcijtitata  (pioperly 
Audouima  cap  data)  is  a  fine  example  of  the  latter  class, 
and  is  much  better  than/)  ei  iconics  for  exhibition  and 
show  purposes;  flo\\ers  pinkish  lilac,  in  eon mhs  The 
propagation  of  diosmas  by  cuttings  is  similar  to  that 
of  heaths,  but  much  easier  The  best  material  for  cut- 
tings is  young  wood  (Kenneth  Fmlu>bon) 

ericoides,  Lmn  Much-branched,  1-2  ft,  leafy: 
branches  and  twigs  quite  glabrous.  Ivs  alternate, 
crowded,  recurved-spreading,  oblong,  obtuse,  keeled, 
pomtlebb,  glabrous  fls  terminal,  2-3  together,  with 
very  short  pedicels,  calyx-lobes  ovate,  obtuse,  petals 
reddish,  elliptic-oblong  or  obovate,  obtuse,  narrowed  to 
a  short  claw,  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx;  di.sk  free  and 
5-lobed.  13. M  2332  under  this  name  is  in  reality  D. 
vulgans  var  longifoha.  (_}  33 '501 

The  plant  cult  in  Calif  as  Diowa  purpiirea  belongs  to  Aga- 
thosma  (Greek,  good  mfar) ,  diffc  ring  Iroin  Diosrna  chiefly  in  the 
presence  of  5  stanunodes  and  in  the  3  or  4  carpi  Is,  it  is  A  in/Msa 
Willd  ,  a  shrub  about  1ft  high  with  upright  brandies,  spirtlly 
arranged  upright  and  imbricate  hs  oblong-lam  <  ol  Ut ,  nluite, 
pubescent  b<  noath,  H-J^m  long  fls  light  purplf ,  in  dr  nse  terminal 
heads,  pedicels  unequal,  at  least  the  outer  orus  not  ixcreding  tho 
Ivs  S  Afr  RB  5  JG9  (as  Diosma  Inrfi),  II  I  1  4  \nother 
species  sometimes  cult  as  D  purpurea  is  \gnthosma  V<ntenat>nnii, 
Bartl  &  Wcndl  differing  from  the  preceding  spi  rif  s  elm  fly  m  tho 
spreading  Ivs  and  in  nearly  equal  pedicels  exceeding  tho  Ivs 
LB  C  12  1122  (M  Diosma  hirta) 

D  frAgrans,  Sims—Adenandra  fragrans — D  vulv&ni,  .Schlecht  , 
has  narrower  Ivs  than  D  encoides,  and  they  arc  aeute  bran<hleta 
mmutdy  pubescent  Ivs  scattered,  rarely  opposite,  linear,  eornex- 
cannate,  subulate-acuminate  fls  corymbose,  the  p<tnN  while,  or 
red  on  tho  outside  plant  1-2  or  more  ft  There  are  well-marked 
botamcal  varieties  WlLHELM  MlLLEB. 

L  H  at 

DIOSP^ROS  (Dios,  Jove's,  pyros,  gram;  alluding 
to  its  edible  fruit).  Ebenace<e.  PERSIMMON.  EBONY. 
Woody  plants  grown  partly  for  tho  handsome  foliage 
and  partly  for  their  edible  fruits;  some  species  are 
valuable  timber  trees. 

Deciduous  or  evergreen  trees  or  shrubs,  with  alter- 
nate, rarely  opposite,  entire  Iva.,  without  stipules:  fls. 
dioecious  or  polygamous  in  few-  or  many-fld  ,  axillary 
cymes,  the  pistillate  often  solitary,  yellowish  or  whitish; 
calyx  and  corolla  3-7-,  usually  4-lobed;  stamens  usually 
8-16,  included,  styles  2-6,  ovary  4-12-celled:  fr.  a 
large,  juicy  berry,  1-10-secded,  bearing  usually  the 
enlarged  calyx  at  the  base;  seed  flat,  rather  large. — • 
About  190  species  m  the  tropics,  few  in  colder  climates. 

The  few  cultivated   species  are  ornamental  trees, 


DIOSPYROS 


DIOSPYROS 


1015 


with  handsome  lustrous  foliage,  rarely  attacked  by 
insects  and  with  decorative  and  edible  fruit.  The  only 
species  which  is  tolerably  hardy  North  is  D  virginiana, 
while  D.  Kaki,  much  cultivated  in  Japan  for  its  large 
edible  fruits,  is  hardy  only  in  the  southern  states.  Most 
species  have  valuable  hard  and  close-grained  wood, 


p 
4 


1272.  Diospyros  Lotus.    (XK) 

and  that  of  some  tropical  species  is  known  as  ebony 
They  thrive  in  almost  any  soil,  but  require,  in  cooler 
climates,  sheltered  and  sunny  positions  Propagated  by 
seeds  to  be  sown  after  maturity  or  htratified  and  sown 
in  spring,  and  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  or  by 
layers,  the  tropical  species  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood 
m  spring,  with  bottom  heat,  the  fruit-bearing  varie- 
ties are  usually  grafted  or  budded  on  seedling  stock  of 
D.  virgimana  Sec  Persimmon. 

A  Lvs  acuminate. 
B   Fr  l/z-l  %  m  across,  not  nbbed:  branches  usually 

glabrous 

virginiana,  Linn     COMMON  PERSIMMON.  Fig    1271 
Tree,  to  50  ft.,  rarely  to  100  ft ,  with  round-topped  head 
and  spreading,  often  pendulous  branches  Ivs  ovate  or 
elliptic,  acuminate,  shining  above,  glabrous  at  length  or 
pubescent  beneath,   3-6   in     long:  fls    short -stalked, 
greenish  yellow,  stammato  in  3's,  J^in    long,  with  lo 
stamens;  pistillate  solitary,  larger,  with  4 
2-lobed    styles,   connate   at    the  base     fr 
globose   or   obovate,    plum-like,    with    the 
enlarged  calyx  at  the  base,  \-\Yi  in  diam., 
pale  orange,  often  with  red   cheek,  edible, 
varying   in  size,    color   and    flavor     June. 
Conn    to  Fla ,  west  to  Kans.  and  Texas. 
SS.  6-252,   253.    GF   8:265.    Mn.  4:21. 
Gn    57,   p    146.     AG    1T651.    V.  420. 
GW  16:230. 

Ldtus,  Linn  Fig  1272  Round-headed 
tree,  to  40  ft  •  Ivs  elliptic  or  oblong,  acumi- 
nate, pubescent,  often  glabrous  above  at 
length,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  reddish  white, 
stammate  in  3's,  with  16  stamens,  pistillate 
solitary  fr  yellow  at  first,  black  when  fully 
ripe,  globular,  H~^m-  diam.,  edible.  June. 
W.  Asia  to  China.  A.G.12:460.  Gn.32,p. 
68.  SI.F.  1-79. 

BB.  Fr.  114-8  in.  across,  usually  nbbed:  branches 

with  oppressed  brownish  pubescence. 
KAki,  Linn,  f .  (D.  chinensis,  Blume.   D.  Schitse, 
Bunge.    D  Rdxburghn,  Carr  )     Fig  1273.   Treo,  to 


40  ft.,  with  round  head:  Ivs.  ovate-elliptic,  oblong-ovate 
or  obovate,  acuminate,  subconaceous,  glabrous  and 
shining  above,  more  or  less  pubescent  beneath,  3-7 
in.  long,  fls  yellowish  white,  stammate  with  16-24 
stamens,  pistillate  to  %in.  long,  styles  divided  to  the 
base,  pubescent:  fr.  large,  1^-3  in.  across,  very 
variable  in  shape  and  size,  mostly  resembling  a  tomato, 
orange  or  reddish.  June.  Japan,  China.  R  H  1870. 

p  412,  413;  1872,  pp  254,  255    B  M  8127    G  C  III. 

1.22  Gn  27,  pp  168,  169  .  49,  p  171  M.DG.1909. 
409.  Var.  costita,  Andre"  Fr  large,  depressed,  glob- 
ular, orange-red,  with  4  furrows  R  II.  1870:410,  and  p. 
133.  I  H.  18.78.  GC.  II.  4-777:  III  9:171;  13:51. 
Gn  49,  p  171  Var.  Maz61ii,  Mouillef  Fr.  orange-yel- 
low, with  8  furrows  R  H  1874  70  Other  varieties  are 
figured  in  RH  1872,  p  254,  1878470;  1887:348; 
1888.60.  AG.  12  331-8,  459-462.—  A  very  desirable 
and  beautiful  fruit-bearing  tree  for  the  southern  states, 
where  a  number  of  different  varieties  mtro  from  Japan 
are  cult  ,  but  the  hardier  varieties  from  the  north  of 
Japan  and  China,  which  are  likely  to  be  hardy  north  to 
New  England,  seem  hitherto  not  to  have  been  mtro. 
Fig  1273  is  from  Georgeson's  articles  in  A.  G  1891. 
—  The  plant  cult  in  Eu.  as  D.  chinensis,  which  is 
apparently  the  same  as  D  Koxburghu,  differs  from  the 
Japanese  forms  of  Kaki,  which  usually  have  ellip- 
tic and  glabrescent  Ivs  ,  in  the  narrower  usually 
oblong  Ivs  densely  pubescent  beneath,  less  so  above, 
and  in  the  greenish  yellow  subglobose  f  r.  ,  it  is  tenderer 
than  the  common  Kaki  It  must  not  be  confused  with 
D  sinensis,  Hemsl  ,  an  entirely  different  species  from 
Cent.  China,  not  in  cult 

AA  Lvs,  obtuse  or  emarginate. 

texana,  Scheele  (D  mexicana,  Scheele  Brayodendron 
texdnum,  Small).  Small  tree,  intricately  branched, 
rarely  to  40  ft  :  Ivs  cuncate,  oblong  or  obovate, 
pubescent  below,  1-2  in  long  fls  with  the  Ivs  ,  pubes- 
cent. on  branches  of  the  previous  year;  calyx  and 
corolla  5-lobed,  stammate  fls  with  16  stamens,  pis- 
tillate with  4  pubescent  styles  connate  at  the  base:  fr. 
black,  %-l  in.  diam.  Spring  Texas,  New  Mex.  S.S. 
6:254 

tessellaria,  Poir  (D.  reticulata,  Willd.).  Tree  or 
shrub  Ivs  coriaceous,  oval  or  oblong,  rounded  at  both 
ends,  lustrous  above,  glabrous  and  reticulate  below,  3-6 
m.  long.  fls.  clustered, 
sessile;  calyx  tubular, 
4-lobed  at  the  apex; 
corolla  4-lobed;  sta- 


1273.  A  cultivated  fruit  of 

Diospyros  Kaki. 
(Nearly  natural  sir*.) 


1016 


DIOSPYROS 


DIPHYLLEIA 


mens  12-13,  glaLrons:  fr.  ovoid,  sericeous  or  glabrate, 
1  1A~\^A,  m.  long,  edible.  Mauritius.  —  Yields  the  ebony 
of  Mauritius.  Cult,  m  S  Calif. 

D  armfta,  Hemsl.  Spiny  tree,  to  20  ft  Ivs  persistent,  oval- 
ohlong,  obtuse,  1-2  in  long  stimmate  fls  in  short  panicles,  creamy 
wlnto,  fragrant  fr  usually  solitary,  14m  across  Cent  China. 
Tender  —l>  Ebenasfer,  Retz  The  "guayabota"  and  "zapoto 
negro,"  from  Mex  and  W  Indies,  has  been  catalogued  m  S  Calif 
It  is  a  tall  tree,  with  very  sxvcct  frs  the  sue  of  an  orange,  green  out- 
side and  almost  black  inside  Ivs  elliptic  or  oblong,  usually  obtuse, 
3-12  in  long  fls  white,  fragrant  —  D  Ebtnuin,  Koemg  Tree, 
to  f>0  ft  Ivs  elliptic-oblong,  bluntly  acuminate,  glabrous,  fls 
white,  stammate,  in  shoit  rai  ernes  h  Indies,  Ceylon  For  cult 
in  hothouses  or  tropical  climates  This  species  is  said  to  yield  the 
best  ebony  —  D  Mornndna,  Huue  Evergreen  shrub  or  small 
tree,  glabrous  Ivs  oval,  obtusely  acuminate,  2-3  li  in  long  fls 
whitish,  drooping,  on  hairy  stalks  fr  yellow,  subglobose,  }2~Vn 
across  Hongkong,  Formosa  The  edible  fr  ripens  in  Dec  —  D 
utihs,  Hemsl  Evergreen  large  tree  branchlets  silky-pubescent 
Ivs  oblong,  short-pet  loled,  glabrous  above,  whitish  and  silky- 
pubescent  beneath,  5-8  in  long  fr  depressed-globose,  pubescent, 
nearly  2  m  across.  Formosa.  The  edible  fr  is  called  Mao-shih 

ALFKED  REHDEK. 


(probably  two  atones  or  seeds).  Ver- 
bendcex.  Once  refeired  to  Baillonia,  but  now  kept 
distinct,  closely  allied  to  Lippia,  but  differing  widely 
m  habit,  in  the  slender  green  branches,  m  the  branchlets 
having  very  long  in  tei  nodes  and  being  cyhndric  and 
hollow.  D.  jiincca,  Miers,  of  tne  Andes  of  Chile  and 
Argentina,  is  a  bush  or  small  tree,  with  the  long 
branches  constricted  \vhen  dry  Ivs  opposite,  1  in  or 
less  long,  sessile,  oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  obtuse. 
crenate,  rather  fleshy,  fls  small,  pale  lilac,  in  pedunclea 
axillary  or  terminal  spikes;  corolla  tubular,  inflated 
above  the  middle,  hairy  inside,  with  5  very  short 
rounded  spreading  lobes:  stamens  4,  didynamous 
BM  7695. 

DI6TIS  (two-eared,  denoting  the  structure)  Com- 
pdsitae  One  cottony  perennial  on  sea  sands  of  Eu  , 
sometimes  planted  in  rock-gardens  and  for  edgings 
D.  candidfssuna,  Deaf  (D  maritime,,  Smith).  COT- 
TON-WEED Usually  less  than  1  ft.  high,  has  hard  sts. 
almost  woody  at  base,  arising  from  a  creeping  root- 
stock.  Ivs  alternate,  oblong,  entire  or  slightly  toothed, 
about  ^m.  long  fl  -heads  nearly  globular,  ^3  in  across, 
in  dense  terminal  clusters,  in  Aug  and  Sept  It  is 
readily  prop  by  seeds  or  cuttings  Diotis  is  closely 
allied  to  Achillea,  being  distinguished  by  the  florets 
being  all  tubular  and  having  2  ears  at  the  base  of  the 
corolla  which  persist  and  inclose  the  achene 

DEPCADI  (meaning  uncertain)  Including  Trlcharis 
and  Uropetalum  Lihacese.  Tender  bulbous  scaposc 
plants  of  minor  importance,  allied  to  Galtoma. 

Leaves  radical,  thickish,  narrowly  linear:  scape 
simple  and  leafless,  bearing  loose  racemes  of  odd- 
colored  fls  ,  perianth  with  a  cylindrical  tube,  the  lobes 
mostly  equaling  or  exceeding  the  tubc?  the  3  exterior 
ones  spreading  or  flaring  and  the  3  interior  usually 
shorter  and  erect;  stamens  6,  on  the  throat  of  the  peri- 
anth, the  anthers  linear  and  attached  by  the  back: 
ovary  sessile,  ovoid  or  oblong,  becoming  a  3-sideu 
dehiscent  caps.  *  bulb  tunicated  —  About  50  species  in 
S.  Eu.,  Trop  and  S  Afr  and  India.  During  the  winter, 
their  resting  time,  the  bulbs  should  be  kept  dry.  A 
compost  of  light,  sandy  loam  and  leaf-mola  has  been 
recommended^  Many  species  have  been  described  m 
recent  years  from  Trop.  and  S.  Afr  ,  and  some  of  them 
may  be  expected  to  appear  m  the  trade,  and  in  lists  of 
novelties. 

A.  All  perianth-segms  equally  long.  (Tncharis.) 
serfitimun,  Medikus  Lvs  5-6,  fleshy-herbaceous,  gla- 
brous, narrowly  linear.  6-12  in  long,  2-3  lines  wide 
near  the  base,  channeled  on  the  face,  a&ape  4-12  m 
long;  raceme  loose,  4-12-fld  ;  bracts  lanceolate,  4-6 
lines  long,  longer  than  the  pedicels,  perianth  greenish 
brown,  5-6  lines  long;  ovary  sessile  or  subsessile.  S. 
Eu  ,  N.  Afr.  B  M  859  (as  Scilla  serotina) 


AA.  Outer  penanth-segms  longer  than  the  inner  and 
tailed.   ( Uropetal um.) 

filamentdsum,  Medikus  (D  idnde,  Moench).  Lvs  5-6, 
fleshy-herbaceous,  narrowly  linear,  glabrous,  1  ft.  long, 
1^-3  lines  wide  near  the  base,  scape  1-2  ft.  high, 
raceme  loose,  6-15-fld.;  bracts  linear-acuminate,  4-6 
lines  long,  perianth  green,  12-15  lines  Jong,  outer 
Begins  4-6  lines  longer  than  the  inner:  caps  sessile  or 
nearly  so.  S.  Afr.  WILHELM  MILLER 

L.  H.  B  f 

DIPELTA  (Greek  dis,  twice,  and  pelte,  shield,  two 
of  the  floral  bracts  are  shield-like).  Capnfolidcese . 
Ornamental  deciduous  shiubs,  giown  for  their  hand- 
some pinkish  or  purple  flowers. 

Leaves  opposite,  short-pet  loled,  entire  or  denticulate, 
without  stipules  fls  solitary  or  in  leafy  few-fld  racemes, 
with  4  unequal  conspicuous  bracts  at  the  base,  calyx- 
lobes  linear  or  lanceolate,  5,  corolla  tubular-campanu- 
late,  2-hpped,  stamens  4,  inclosed,  style  slender, 
shorter  than  corolla,  ovary  inferior,  elongated,  4-celled, 
2  of  the  cells  with  1  fertile  ovule  each  and  2  cells  with 
several  sterile  ovules:  fr.  a  caps  inclosed  by  the  en- 
larged, usually  shield-like1,  bracts  — Four  species  in 
Cent,  and  W.  Asia. 

Dipeltas  resemble  diervillas  in  habit,  with  hand- 
some pinkish  or  puiple  flowers  in  clusters  along  last 
year's  branches,  the  flowers  in  shape  are  like  those  of  a 
large-flowered  abelia  D  jlonbunda  has  proved  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  while  1)  venttico^a  seems  to 
be  somewhat  tenderer  They  ai  e  apparent  ly  not  part  ic- 
ular  as  to  the  soil  Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring  and  probably,  like  Abelia  and  Diervilla,  by 
greenwood  and  hardwood  cuttings 

flonbunda,  Maxim.  Shrub,  to  15  ft  Ivs  ovate  to 
lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate,  rounded  or  narrowed  at 
the  base,  entire,  puberulous  at  first,  soon  glabrous, 
2-4  in  long  fls.  1-6,  on  slender  nodding  pedicels, 
tubular-campanulatc,  pale  rose,  lower  lip  with  orange 
marks,  V/\m  long,  ovary  inclosed  by  the  2  upper  large 
shield-like  bracts  persisting  on  the  fr  and  %-l  in 
across  May  Cent  China  B  M  8310  C  C  III  42  3 
M  DG  1912.27. 

ventricdsa,  Hemsl.  Shrub,  to  18  ft  •  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate  to  lanceolate,  long  -  acuminate,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  remotely  glandular-denticulate, 
sparingly  hairy  above  and  villous  along  the  veins 
beneath,  2-6  in  long*  fls  1-4  on  drooping  slender 
pedicels,  campanulate,  ventncose  and  scarcely  tubular 
at  the  base,  outside  purple,  whitish  inside  and  marked 
with  orange,  !}•£  in  long,  ovary  hidden  by  2  large 
unequal  aunculate  bracts  on  the  fr  about  34in  across 
May,  June.  W.  China  BM  8294  GC  III  44.101. 

D  yunnanfnsii,  French  Allied  to  D  ventncosa  Lvs  entire* 
corolla  distinctly  tubular  at  the  base  W  China  R  H  1891,  p 
240  Not  >  et  intro  — D  clegans,  Batal,  is  another  handsome  species 
not  yet  moult.  ALFRED  IlEHDER 

DIPHYLLfelA  (Greek,  double  leaf).  Berberidace*. 
UMBRELLA-LEAF.  An  interesting  hardy  perennial  herb, 
sometimes  transferred  to  the  wild-garden 

Plant  with  thick  creeping  jointed  knotty  rootstocks, 
sending  up  a  huge  peltate  cut-lobcd  umbrella-like 
radical  If  on  a  stout  stalk,  and  a  flowering  st.  bearing 
2  similar  (but  smaller  and  more  2-cleft)  alternate  Ivs  . 
which  are  peltate  near  one  margin,  and  a  terminal 
cyme  of  white  fls  :  sepals  6,  fugacious;  petals  and 
stamens  6;  ovules  5  or  6.  berries  globose,  few-seeded 
This  is  one  of  the  genera  having  only  2  species,  one  of 
which  is  found  in  N.  E  N  Arner  ,  the  other  in  E.  Asia 
or  Japan,  of  which  there  are  two  others  in  this  family. 

cymdsa,  Michx  Itoot-lvs  1-2  ft  across,  2-cleft,  each 
division  5-7-lobcd;  lobes-  toothed:  st.  1-4  ft  tall: 
berries  blue  May  Wet  or  springy  places  in  mountains 
from  Va  to  Ga.  B  M.  1666. — Grows  readily  in  dry  soil 
under  cult,  but  is  dwarf 


DIPHYSA 

DIPHYSA  (two  bladder*,  because  of  the  structure  of 
the  pod).  Legummbsx.  Shrubs  or  trees,  usually  glandu- 
lar, with  odd-pinnate  Ivs.  and  papilionaceous  fls ,  of 
about  10  or  12  species  in  Mex.,  Cent.  Amer  ,  to  Vene- 
zuela, rarely  seen  in  cult,  abroad  m  warmhouses- 
calyx  with  5  unlike  teeth,  the  2  upper  short;  standard 
of  the  corolla  orbicular,  clawed,  with  2  callosities 
inside;  wings  obovate  or  oblong  or  nearly  lanceolate; 
keel  as  long  as  the  wings  or  somewhat  longer  fr  a 
stipitate  more  or  less  inflated  pod .  fls  yellow,  in  short 
racemes  or  fascicles.  D  carthagenensis,  Jacq ,  is  a, 
shrub  or  small  unarmed  tree,  with  2-3-fld.  axillary 
peduncles,  and  about  5  pairs  of  Ifts  D.  flonbunda, 
Peyr ,  has  been  offered  m  S  Calif  much-branching 
shrub'  Ivs  alternate;  Ifts  7-13,  elliptic  or  broad-oblong, 
the  mid-nerve  ending  in  a  rnucro  fls  yellow,  in  short 
secund  racemes;  standard  strongly  reflexed,  }<£\n. 
broad.  S.  Mex.  L  jj  13 

DfPEDAX  (double  fountain,  from  the  pair  of  nectaries 
at  the  base  of  the  periantn-segins ).  LilicLctx  Two 
species  in  S.  Afr.,  with  tumcatcd  conns,  simple  sts 
and  small  whitish  more  or  less  tinted  fls.  m  spikes,  of 
little  horticultural  importance  perianth  deciduous, 
polyphyllous;  stamens  6,  included;  ovary  sessile,  3- 
celled  and  3-lobcd,  many-ovuled,  styles  3,  awl-shaped 
fr  a  turbmate  3-valved  caps  D  ahata,  Baker  St 
6-12  in  IVH  usually  3,  ciliate,  the  lo\\er  1-6  in  long 
and  lanceolate-acuminate  and  the  upper  much  shorter 
and  amplexiraul  spike  2-6  in  long,  densely  many-fld  ; 
fls  whitish  more  or  less  tinged  red.  there  are  several 
botanical  vans ,  differing  in  Ivs  ,  number  and  color  of 
fls  D  tnquetra,  Baker  St  12-18  in  Ivs  3  "tcihate, 
the  lowest  at  base  of  st  and  the  upper  nea^  the  spike 
(which  is  1-6  in  long)  fls  with  numerous  brown  veins 
and  2  purple  nectar-spots.  B  M  558  (as  Mclanthium 
tnquetrum)  The  species  are  treated  as  greenhouse 
perennials 

DlPLACUS-  Mimulus. 

DIPLADfeNIA  (Greek,  double  gland,  referring  to  the 
two  glands  at  base  of  ovary,  which  distinguish  this 
genus  from  Echites)  Apocymice<e  A  charming  genus 
of  greenhouse  twiners  (sometimes  erect),  mostly  from 
Brazil 

Flowers  large,  showv,  more  or  less  funnel-shaped, 
having  a  remarkable  range  of  color,  rarely  \vhite  or 
dark  red,  but  especially  rich  m  rosy  shades  and  with 
throats  often  biilhantly  colored  with  yellow,  the  buds, 
also,  are  charming;  calyx  3-parted,  the  lobes  lanceo- 
late, with  glands  or  scales  m  the  inside;  corolla  without 
scales  at  tne  throat,  the  5  lobes  spreading,  twisted  in 
the  bud;  stamens  5,  affixed  in  the  top  of  the  tube, 
included,  the  acuminate  anthers  connivent  around  the 
5-lobed  stigma;  disk  of  2  fleshy  scales,  alternating  with 
the  2  distinct  ovaries:  fr.  of  2  terete  more  or  less  spread- 
in  g  follicles. — 
Species  30-40,  m 
Trop  S  Amer., 
woody  (rarely 
herbaceous)  and 
mostly  at  first 
erect  but  becom- 
ing scandent,  the 
Ivs.  mostly  op- 
posite and  entire 
and  usually  with 
bristles  or  glands 
at  base,  fls.  usu- 
ally in  terminal 
or  axillary  ra- 
cemes.  The 
genus  is  fully  as 
interesting  as 
Allamanda, 
1274.  Diplftdenu  atropurpurea.  (XK)  which  belongs  to 


DIPLADENIA 


1017 


another  tribe  of  the  same  family.  Other  allied  genera 
of  garden  interest  are  Echites,  Oaontadenia,  Mandevilla 
and  Urechites.  Some  species  are  naturally  erect  bushes, 
at  least  when  young,  and  many  can  be  trained  to  the 
bush  form.  The  group  is  a  most  tempting  one  to  the 
hybridizer.  Many  names  appear  in  European  cata- 
logues, but  they  are  confused  Very  many  pictures  are 
found  in  the  European  horticultural  periodicals. 

Of  the  twining  glasshouse  flowering  subjects,  dipla- 
denias  are  amongst  the  best  and  ought  to  be  in  all  col- 
lections of  greenhouse  plants.    An  erroneous  idea  is 
held  by  many  that  it  is  necessaiy  to  have  a  very  high 
temperature  to  grow  these  plants  successfully.    This, 
however,  is  not  the  cose     Except  when  started  into 
active  growrth  in  the  early  spring,  they  do  better  in 
an  mtei mediate  temperature     Diplademas  have  been 
knowT  to  live,  and  thnvt  well,  after  having  been  sub- 
jected  to  7°  of   frost     A  good  time  of  the  year   to 
secure  cuttings  of  diplademas  is  about  February  1    At 
that  time  they  show  sigus  of  starting  into  growth  and 
the  weak  wood  should  all  be  pruned  back  to  the  normal 
thickness  of  the  stem    The  thickest  part  of  these  prim- 
ings make  good   cuttings     Take  a  piece  with   two 
leaves  attached,  with  about  an  inch  of  the  stem  under 
the  leaves     Pot  them  singly  in  small  pots,  half  filled 
wit  a  equal  parts  osmundme,  broken    up  rather   fine, 
sand,  and  charcoal    Fill  the  upper  part  of  the  pot  with 
sand     Place  the  pots  in  a  tight  propagating  bed,  in  a 
night-temperature  of  70  °    Allow  the  temperature  to 
run  up  to  80°  or  more  by  day,  but  be  sure  and  admit 
air  several  times  during  the  day  by  opening  up  the 
case  the  plants  are  in  for  a  few  minutes    The  cuttings 
will  have  the  small  pots  filled  with  roots  in  about  a 
month,  when  they  may  be  shifted  into  larger  fx)ts    From 
now  on,  use  for  potting  equal  parts  of  osmundme,  the 
fiber  of  loam  out  of  which  all  the  fine  part  has  been 
shaken,  sphagnum  moss,  sand  and  charcoal.  When  the 
plants  reach  a  6-inch  pot,  a  sixth  part  of  sheep-manure 
may  be  added  and  a  sprinkling  of  chicken-bone    It  is 
a  good  plan,  provided  one  has  a  good  sheltered  border 
with  a  southern  aspect,  to  plant  small  plants  of  dipla- 
denia  outdoors  from  June  until  the  middle  of  Septem- 
ber    Jt  is  astonishing  howr  vigorously  they  start  into 
growth  and  flower  when  potted  after  this  treatment 
Fifty-five  degrees  is  a  good  night  temperature  to  grow 
diplademas  in  when  possible     During  the  summer,  if 
grown  indoors,  admit  nil  the  air  that  can  be  admitted 
day  arid  night    They  w  ill  stand  the  full  sun  under  glass, 
but  they  do  slightly  better  under  a  very  light  shade 
during  the  hotter  pait  of  the  day,  when  the  sun  is 
shining.   When  the  pots  are  filled  with  roots,  and  it  is 
desired  that  they  should  remain  m  that  pot  for  the 
rest  of  the  season,  feed  with  manure-water,  a  handful 
of  cow-manure  to  a  two-and-a-half-gallon  watering- 
pot     The  same  amount  to  an  equal  quantity  of  water 
if  a  feitilizer  such  as  "Clays"  is  used,  is  sufficient. 
Horse  urine  may  also  be  used  for  a  change,  a  3-mch 
potful  to  twro  and  one-half  gallons  of  water     Be  sure 
to  water  three  times  m  between  with  clean  water. 
Diplademas  showr  signs  of  completing  their  growth 
toward  the  end  of  November,  at  which  time  water 
should  be  gradually  withheld,  but  never  so  as  to  allow 
the  wood  to  shrivel.   They  may  be  treated  in  this  man- 
ner until  the  end  of  January,  when,  as  stated  above, 
they  will  show  signs  of  starting  the  season's  growth 
At  this  season  they  should  have  a  general  overhauling 
Large  plants  should  be  turned  out  of  their  pots,  and  the 
loose  uirt  all  washed  out  of  them  with  a  hose  with  a 
gentle  pressure  on  it;  and  if  possible  repot  in  the  same 
size  of  pot.    After  disturbing  the  roots  in  this  manner, 
they  are  better  to  be  placed  for  a  few  weeks  in  a  tem- 
perature of  not  less  than  05  °  When  they  have  gripped 
the  new  soil,  they  do  better  in  55°  night  temperature. 
Give  each  break  a  piece  of  thread  attached  from  the 
plant  to  the  roof  to  climb  on  until  they  set  flower.  A 
few  breaks,  near  the  highest  part  of  the  plant,  will 


1018 


DIPLADENIA 


start  climbing  ahead  of  the  others,  and  after  they 
show  a  flower-stem  pinch  the  shoot  immediately  ahead 
of  the  flower  This  will  encourage  the  belated  breaks 
to  start  and  catch  up  to  these  leaders.  When  they  have 
all  set  flower,  they  may  be  trained  evenly  over  a  globe 
trellis  if  they  are  desired  for  a  specimen  plant.  By  the 
above  treatment  ninety-five  open  flowers,  all  at  one 
time,  have  been  secured  on  a  plant  in  a  12-inch  pot. 
Diplademas  are  subject  to  mealv-bug,  scale,  thnps, 
and  red-spider  Fumigate  with  hydrocyanic  gas 
during  the  cold  months,  and  syringe  regularly  and 
thoroughly  during  the  summer,  and  these  pests  will 
give  no  trouble  (George  I'1.  Stewart.) 

A.  Fls,  white,  throat  yellow  inside. 
boliviensis,  Hook.  Plant  everywhere  glabrous:  sts. 
slender:  Ivs.  petioled,  2-3%  m.  long,  oblong,  acumi- 
nate, acute  at  base, 
bright  green  and 
glossy  above,  palo 
beneath,  stipules 
none:  racemes  axil- 
lary, 3-4-fld  ;  pedun- 
cles much  shorter 
than  the  Ivs  ,  about 
as  long  as  petioles 
and  pedicel^,  biacts 
minute  at,  the  ba&c  of 
the  twisted  pedicels; 
calyx  -  lobeb  ovate, 
acuminate,  3  lines 
long,  corolla  almost 
salver -shaped,  tube 
and  throat  blender 
and  cylindncal,  the 
former  }  ^m  long,  the 
latter  twice  as  long 
and  half  as  broad 
again,  limb  !};>  m- 
across,  lobes  broadly 
ovate,  more  acumi- 
nate than  in  D  atro- 
purpurea  Bolivia  B. 
M  5783  Gn.  44: 
140.  Gng  7  342. 

AA.  F/s  daik  purple. 
atropurpftrea,  DC. 
(D.  Marie  Htnntttv, 
Hort )  Fig  1274. 
Glabrous  Ivs  ovatc- 


1275.  Dipladenia  splendens.  ( X  M) 


acute,  about  2  in.  long,  acute  at  the  very  base  racemes 
axillary,  2-fld  ,  peduncles  a  little  longer  than  the  Ivs  ; 
pedicels  twisted,  bracted,  calyx-lobes  lanceolate-acumi- 
nate, a  little  shorter  than  the  pedicel,  and  a  third  as 
long  as  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  corolla  (of  which  the 
tube  is  about  2  in  long),  corolla  dark  purple  inside 
and  out,  tube  funnel-shaped  above  the  middle,  lobes 
triangular,  wavy,  spreading,  shorter  than  the  dilated 
part  of  the  tube  Brazil  BR  29  27  (as  Echites). 
Gn  44-488.  IH  42.33  Gt  43,  p  548  Var  CISrkei, 
Hort.  Lvs  rather  small  fl  deep  crimson  hhaded  vel- 
vet-black, about  2^2  m  across,  tnc  tube  paler  Gn  W. 
8. 601 — D  atropurpurca  is  a  handsome  species,  but 
considered  to  be  a  shy  bloomer. 
AAA  Fls.  rose;  throat  deep  rose  or  purple  within,  whitish 

outside 

splendens,  DC.  (Echites  splendens,  Hook).  Fig. 
1275  St  glabrous,  the  branches  terete .  Ivs  subsessile, 
4-8  in.  long,  elliptic-acuminate,  cordate  at  the  base, 
wavy,  pubescent,  especially  beneath,  veins  elevated, 
numerous:  racemes  axillary,  longer  than  the  Ivs, 
4-6-fld  ;  calyx-lobes  red-tipped,  awl-shaped,  as  long  as 
the  cylindrical  part  of  the  corolla-tube,  which  is  half 
the  length  of  the  funnel-shaped  portion;  limb  flat, 
4  m  across,  the  lobes  rotund,  subacute,  almost  as  long 


DIPLARRHENA 

as  the  tube:  corolla-tube  \l/i  in  long,  white  outside, 
lobes  rosy,  throat  deeper,  almost  purple.  Brazil.  B  M. 
3976  F\S  1.34  shows  a  yellow-throated  form.  Var 
profusa,  Hod.  (D  piofusa,  Hort ),  has  larger  and 
brighter  rosy  fls  ,  lined  with  yellow  inside,  the  outfeide 
of  the  tube  rosy  except  at  the  ba^c,  which  is  yellow. 
JH  111  57-277.  I  II  30  491  —Intro,  by  B  8.  Wil- 
liams I)  amdbihs,  Hort  ,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  D. 
crasbtnoda  and  D.  splendens  Lvs  short -stalked,  oblong, 
acute-  fls.  rosy  crimson,  4-5  in  across;  corolla-lobes 
very  lound  and  stiff.  Gn  51,  p.  227.  G.  12  89;  14-401. 

1  H  27*396.  shows  a  12-fld  raceme  with  exceptionally 
bright  red  fls 

AAAA  Fls.  salmon-colored;  throat  yellow  inside  and  out. 
urophylla,  Hook  Glabrous  erect  bush,  not  a  vine: 
branches  numerous,  swollen  at  the  joints:  Ivs  ovate- 
oblong,  obtuse  at  the  base,  suddenly  narrowed  at  the 
apex  into  a  narrow  point  ^4111  long:  peduncles  long, 
drooping,  flexuoac;  racemes  axillary,  4-0-fld  ;  calyx- 
segm.s  awl-shaped,  coiolla  dull  yellow  outside,  deeper 
and  bughter  yellow  within,  tube  cylindrical  in  lower 
third,  then  swelling  into  an  almost  bell-shaped  throat; 
lobes  of  the  limb  salmon  inclined  to  purple,  acute. 
Brazil.  B  M  4414  P  M  10  66  F  S  5  425 

D  am&na,  Moore  Fm -flown  ug,  with  good  foliage  Ivs  oblong- 
acuminate  fls  pink  tinted  with  rose,  torolla-lob<  s  rounded  and 
notreflexed  Of  gnrden  origin  (D  sph  ridens  XD  umabilis),  offered 
abroad  F  isos  7.i  G  b  Ml,  11  4  i  — />  Knarhi/ana,  Hort  Lvs. 
oblong,  acute,  dark  green  fls  pink  at  first,  changing  to  n<  h  crun- 
Hon,  very  large  Gn  51,  p  220  F  W  1S75  H.l  G  S  «>J,  12  703. 
Probably  a  form  of  Odontadema  spcnoKa—  D  cariwuna,  Hort. 
Fls  very  large  (about  5  in  diam  ),  delicate  pink  lined  with  bright 
rose  Garde^  origin  G/  27,  p  t'l  —  D  crasumWa,  DC  Glabrous- 
st  much  nrhed,  with  miny  nodes  Ivs  lanceolate,  acute  or 
almost  acuminate,  acute  at  the  base,  shining  and  leathery  on  both 
Bides  raceme*  axillary,  about  0-fld  ,  c  ilyx-lobes  lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, a  little  shorter  than  the  cylindrical  part  of  the  eorolh-tube. 

2  or    1  times  shorter  thin  the    pedicel,   corolla-tube    bell-shaped 
above  the  middle,  lobes  obov  ale-orbicular     Bra/il     The  above  if 
thi  original  description  by  Do  C'andolle,  who  adds  that  the  Ivs  are 

3  J'a  m   long,  V-l  in   wide,  petiole  2-5  lines  long    stipules  mter- 
petiolar,  with  4  short  cuspidate  teeth      The  plant  pictured  in  B  R 
30  04  was  renamed  D     I  mdleyi  by   Lemaire  c  hi*  fly  for  its  pilose 
at    and  st<  Hate-lobe  d    stipules    Later  authorities  refer  B  R  JO  fit 
to   I)    Martian*      FS   22  J 510   may  be    the    same   plant    as  B  R 
30  til,  but  with  variable  Ivs  and  stipules    The  plant  was  prized  for 
its  d*  lie  ate  colors,  being  white  at  first,  then  shot  with  soft  rose  like 
a  flame  tulip,  and  finally  a  deep  lose-    Only  1  fl    in  a  raceme  was 
open  at  a  time,  and  each  lasted  8  or  9  dajs,  throat  orange  inside  — 
D   esimia,  Hi  nisi    \er>  slender,  twining,  nearly  glabrous,  the  st. 
rose-red    IVH    opposite,  ve  ry  abort-stalked,  l-l  '  ^n    long,  orbicular- 
ovate  to  elliptic    fls  0-8  m  a  cyme,  2 ',,-'*  in    across,  ro*e-oolored, 
the  tube   nearly  2   in     long,  corolla-lobe^  orbicular  and  obtusely 
cuspidate      Probably  Bra/.l     H  M  7720  —DflAwt,  Hook     Us   sue 
and  color  of  common  yellow  allnmanda,  climbing    Us    opposite, 
short-stalked,  ovate  to  elliptic    fls   4-b  in  a  lax  cyme,  yellow,  the 
tube  very  hairy  on  the  outside  and  suddenly  enlarged  above    C  Colom- 
bia    B  M  4702     J  F  4  J7.1     &e  I  rcchito*,  to  whieh  this  is  prop- 
erly referred  —  D    Hdmin,  Hook  ^Odontad*  nm  Hpe  ciosa  —D 
hytJnJa     Lvs    large,  stout,  bright  green     fls    flaming  c  nm son-red. 
Garden  form    G  .12  047 — D  illu^lrn,  Df    Glabrous  or  pubescent 
Ivs    oblong  or  rotund,  obtuse   or   nearly  acute,   rounded   or   sub- 
cordate  at   the   base,  many-nerved,  stipules  none,  petiole  short 
racemes  terminal,  4-8-fld  ,  fls   rowy,  throat  yellow  inside,  purple  at 
the   mouth,    corolla-tube  cylindrical  to  the  middle,  then  funnel- 
shaped,  limb   J-3J^m    across,   lobes  rosy,  orbicular-ovate,  obtuse 
Brazil     FS  3250    Var  yltlbm,  Muell    Arg     B  M   71  rj(i    -D   intta- 
niv,  Ilort     Stout-growing   foliage  strong    fls  rosy  purple    Of  garden 
origin     R  H    10O4,  p   411)    G  Z    Ib  1  »•>—/>    /x^Mrum,  Mart  ,  var 
tenuifAlta,  Hook  f    A  very  slender  tuberous-root*  1  glabrous  twin- 
ing herb  with  very  narrow  (>Bm.  or  less  broad)  Ivs   2-.i  in    long, 
and  rose-colored  fla   1  Yz  in   across  and  bearing  a  golden  /i-cleft  ring 
at  the  throat     Brazil     B  M   7725 — D  SdtuUn,  Hems!  ,  has  flesh- 
colored,  fls  with  throat  yellow  inside,  and  outside  at  the  base,  has 
smaller  Ivs  than  D  illustns,  and  no  circle  of  purple  at  the  mouth 


of  then.  Gn.51226. 


WILHELM  MILLER. 


L.  H.  B  f 

DIPLARRHfeNA  (Greek,  two  anthers,  the  third  being 
imperfect).  Inddcex.  Tender  rhizomatous  plants  from 
Australia  and  Tasmania,  with  white  and  variegated 
flowers  Herbs  rhizome  short,  sts.  erect,  simple  or 
somewhat  branched*  Ivs  mostly  radical,  narrow,  rigid, 
acuminate,  equitant:  spathe  terminal,  rigid,  acumi- 
nate; perianth  without  any  tube  above  the  ovary; 
segms  unequal,  inner  ones  shorter,  conmvent;  upper" 
stamen  imperfect;  fls.  usually  more  than  1  to  a  spatne, 
not  lasting 


DIPLARRHENA 


DIPLOTHEMIUM 


1019 


Moraba,  Labill.  Sts.  1^-2  ft.  long,  with  a  single 
terminal  cluster,  and  several  sheathing  bracts  Ivs. 
6-8  in  a  tuft,  \-\Yi  ft  long,  J^-^m  wide,  spathes 
cylindrical,  2-3-fld  ,  2  m.  long;  fls  whitish,  caps.  1  in. 
long  New  8  Wales,  Victoiia,  and  Tasmania.  This 
species  has  been  offered.  The  only  other  species  is  D. 
lalifblui,  Bcnth.  (1)  Morxa  var  lat-ifbha,  Baker),  from 
Tasmania,  with  longer  and  broader  Ivs  (nearly  1  in. 
wide),  longer  spathes  which  are  5-<i-fld.,  and  fls  vane- 
gated  with  hlac  and  yellow.  j^  II.  B. 

DIPLAZIUM  (Greek,  dowW«d).  Polypodiacex.  Rather 
large,  eoaiso  ferns,  of  greenhouhe  culture 

Allied  to  Asplcmum,  but  with  the  mdusia  often 
double,  extending  along  both  hides  of  some  of  the  free 
"cms  The  dividing  line  between  DipUuium  and 
Asplemum  is  technical  In  general  appearance  and  in 
cultural  requirements,  the  two  genera  are  practically 
identical  —Eight}  or  more  .species  are  found,  mostly  in 
the  wanner  portions,  of  the  world 
A.  Lvs.  simple. 

l&nceum,  Presl  Lvs  b-9  in  long,  %-l  in  wide, 
nai rowed  upward  and  downward,  the  margin  mostly 
entne,  son  reaching  nearei  to  the  edge  than  the  inidub 
India,  China  .Japan 

AA  L/'s  pinnnl< ,  mth  th  jtmiu  dicplij  lobcd:  rnotstock 
tint  nwn<i  to  fornt  a  trunk 

arbdreum,  Presl  (Asplcmum  arbbreum,  Linn  )  Lvs. 
12-1 S  in  long,  (>-<S  m  wide,  with  a  distinct  auru  le  or 
lobe  at  the  bax-  The  habit  is  not  aibomms,  as  ori- 
ginally supposed,  and  as  the  name  would  indicate; 
quite  neai  tlu  ne\t,  but  lest,  deeply  cut  \V  Indies  and 
\  ene/uela 

Shepherdn,  Link  (A  \plenium  Sfn'phtrdn,  Spreng  ). 
L\s  12  IS  m  long,  0-9  in  broad,  deeply  lobed,  the 
lobes  at  the  base  sometmieh  reaching  down  to  the  rachis, 
bomewhut  toothed  and  often  J^in  broad;  son  long- 
linear  Cuba  and  Me\  to  Brazil 

AAA  L/'s  btpinnati    trunk  tsomachat  arborescent 
maximum,  C   Chr  (7)  latifbhiiin,  Moore    Asplhwim 
lalifblium,    Don)      8t     erect,    .somewhat    arborescent: 
Ivs    3-4  ft    long,  12-18  in  wide,  with  about  12  pinnae 
on  either  side.    India,  China  and  the  Philippines 

L  M   UNDKHWOOD 

DIPLOGL6TTIS  (double-tongued,  referring  to  the 
divided  scale  inside  the  petaK)  Hapindare<K  Austra- 
lian tree,  one  species'  D  nn^trah^,  liadlk  (D  Cun- 
mnqhamu,  Hook  f  ),  mentioned  m  recent  horticultural 
literature  Lvs  large  (1-2  ft  or  more),  pinnate,  more 
or  le.ss  villous,  Ifts  8-12,  oblong-elliptic  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  .sometimes  more  than  1  ft  long1  fls  greenish, 
many,  in  a  huge  panicle,  calyx  deeply  5-lobed,  small, 
petals  about  twice  as  long  as  calyx  0£m  ),  4,  thin, 
orbicular,  cihate,  about  equaled  by  the  2  inner  scales; 
btamens  8,  e\ sorted  or  included,  ovary  3-celled,  the 
btyle  short  and  incurved,  stigma  entire  or  somewhat 
3-lobed  fr.  a  neaily  globular  3-valved  caps,,  tomentose, 
about  /2in-  diam.  B.M.  4470  (as  Cupama  Cunntng- 
harmi}. 

DIPLOL&NA  (double  cloak,  in  allusion  to  the  double 
involucre)  Itutdctz-  W.  Australian  tomentose  shrubs, 
sometimes  cult ,  but  apparently  not  in  American  trade 
Lvs  simple  and  entire,  stalked,  alternate,  fls.  red  from 
the  appearance  of  the  many  stamens  in  the  terminal 
heads  which  are  flower-like  and  short-peduncled  or 
sessile  and  surrounded  by  an  involucre  of  broad  bracts 
in  3  or  4  series  of  which  the  inner  ones  are  large  and 
petal-like,  calyx  wanting;  petals  5,  small  and  narrow; 
disk  small;  stamens  10,  much  exserted,  the  filaments 
bearded,  ovary  5-lobed,  the  styles  united  into  1:  fr. 
2-valved  cocci,  resulting  from  the  division  of  the  ovary. 
— About  4  species  D.  grandiflbra,  Dcsf  ,  5-6  ft ,  with 
rigid  spreading  branches,  the  ovate  or  broad-oblong 

65 


very  obtuse  Ivs.  tomentose  or  hoary  on  both  sides.  D 
Dampibn,  Desf ,  distinguished  chrefly  by  the  Ivs 
being  green  and  smooth  on  the  upper  surface.  B.M 
4059  B.R  27  64.  H.U.  5:42.  L.  H.  B. 

DIPLOPAPPUS:  Aster. 

DIPLOSTfePHIUM  (double  crown  or  pappus). 
Compdsitae  This  genus  as  now  defined  comprises 
upward  of  a  dozen  species  m  Venezuela,  Colombia 
and  to  Peru,  probably  riot  in  cult  ,  the  D  amygdtfhnum, 
Cass ,  of  gardens  is  Askr  umbellatus,  Mill  ,  under 
Gray's  treatment,  and  D&lhngeria  umbettata,  Nees, 
of  some  other  authors  Da-lhngeria  differs  from  Aster 
proper  in  its  double  pappus,  the  inner  bristles  long  and 
capillary  and  the  outer  short  and  rigid,  involucre- 
bracts  short  and  lacking  herbaceous  tips;  heads  corym- 
bose or  solitary,  ra>s  latter  few,  white  or  rose-tinged. 
KB  veiny,  not  stiff  (Named  for  Th.  Dot'llmger,  botani- 
cal explorer  ) 

At>tfr  umbeUatus  is  a  stout  plant  (2-7  ft.)  of  low 
grounds  from  Newfoundland  to  Ga  and  Ark  ,  variable, 
and  lower  forms  occurring  very  leafy,  with  numerous 
crowded  heads.  Ivs  lameolate  to  oblong-lanceolate 
(to  T>  m  long),  tapering  to  both  ends  involucre  short, 
rays  white  A  good  plant  for  the  wild  garden 

L  II   13 

DIPLOTHEMIUM  (Greek,  double  Scathed).  Pal- 
ina(t,t,  tribe  (_'ocoinc<r  Spineless  pinnate  palms,  low  or 
st.'tnless,  or  often  with  ringed,  stout,  solitary  or  fas- 
cicled ti  unks 

Leaves  terminal,  pinnatiseet,  segrns  crowded, 
lanceolate  or  ensiform,  acuminate,  glaucous  or  silvery 
beneath,  margins  recur  veil  at  the  base,  rmdnerve 
prominent;  rachis  2-faeed,  strongly  laterally  com- 
pressed, petiole  concave  above,  sheath  fibroin,  open 
fcpad ices  erect,  long  or  short-pedunc)ed,  strict,  thickish; 
spathes  2,  the  lower  coriaceous,  the  upper  cymbiform, 
beaked,  vent  rally  dehiscent,  bracts  snort,  coriaceous; 
fls  rather  large,  ciearn-colored  or  yellow,  more  showy 
than  almost  any  other  palm  fr.  ovoid  or  obovoid, 
small  — Species  5  Brazil 

Diplothemium  is  a  group  of  very  handsome  palms 
In  size  the  members  of  this  genus  seem  to  vary  as 
much  as  those  included  in  the  Cocos  group  D  mariti- 
munij  \vhich  is  found  along  the  coast  of  Brazil,  is  but  10 
feet  in  height  when  fully  developed  This  genus  is 
without  snmes,  the  leaves  being  pinnate,  very  dark 
green  on  trie  upper  side  and  usually  covered  with  white 
tomentum  on  the  under  side,  the  pinna?  being  clus- 
tered along  the  midrib  in  most  instances  In  a  very 
young  plant  of  this  genus  the  ultimate  character  is 
not  at  all  apparent  from  the  fact  that  the  seedling 
plants  have  undivided  or  simple  leaves,  this  character- 
istic frequently  obtaining  m  the  cat>e  of  D  caudescens 
until  the  plant  is  strong  enough  to  produce  leaves  4  or 
5  feet  long  or  about  one  and  one-half  years  from 
germination.  Frequently  the  plant  bears  both  sorts 
of  leaves  while  young  A  warm  greenhouse,  rich  soil 
and  a  plentiful  supply  of  water  are  among  the  chief 
requisites  for  the  successful  culture  of  diplothcmiums. 
D  caudescens  is  the  best  known  of  the  genus,  arid  when 
space  may  be  had  for  its  free  development  it  is  one  of 
the  handsomest  palms  rn  cultivatron  See  G  C  II 
24  394  for  horticultural  account  of  the  group 

caud6scens,  Mart  (Ceiorylon  iiinum,  Hort  ).  WAX- 
PALM.  St.  12-20  ft  high,  10-12  in  thick,  remotely 
ringed,  often  swollen  at  the  middle.  Ivs  9-12  ft  ,  short- 
petioled;  segms  70-90  on  each  side,  ensiform,  densely 
waxy  white  below,  the  middle  ones  24-28  m  long,  1% 
in  wide,  the  upper  and  lower  ones  shorter  and  narrower, 
all  obtuse  at  the  apex.  Brazil  11  H  1876,  p  235 

D  littorale,  Mart  A  small  Rraceful  palm  \vjth  finely  dissected 
Ivs  and  very  bright  yellow  fl  -clusters  making  it  attractive  during 
the  spring  months  B  M  4861  —Hardly  in  cult  in  Atner. 

JARBD  G    SMITH 
N.  TAYLOR  t 


1020 


DIPSACUS 


DISA 


Dipsacus  fullonum 

(Xh) 


DIPSACUS  (to  thirst,  from  the  Greek,  because  the 
'  -  «,  of  the  connate  Ivs  m  some  species  hold  water). 
Dipsac&cese.  TEASEL  Stout  tall  biennial  or  perennial 
herbs  of  the  Old  World,  two  or  three  of  which  are  weeds; 
and  one  of  them  is  cultivated  for  fuller's  teasels. 

The  plants  are  prickly  or  rough-hairy:  Ivs  opposite, 
entire,  toothed  or  pmriatifid:  fls.  small  and  in  dense 
heads,  like  those  of  compositous 
plants,  but  the  anthers  are  not 
united  (or  syngenesious)  as  they 
are  in  the  Composite,  blue  or 
lilac,  involucre-bracts  and  scales 
of  receptacle  sharp  or  spine- 
pointed  There  are  a  dozen  or 
more  species  in  Ku  ,  N  Afr  to 
Abyssinia,  and  Asia  D  btjlvc^hi^, 
Huds ,  is  an  mtro  weed  along 
roadsides  in  tho  northcustern 
states  and  Ohio  Valley  It  is  bien- 
nial, the  st  arising  the  second 
year  and  reaching  a  height  of  5  or 
6  ft  It  is  said  to  be  a  good  bee 
plant  Lvs  lance-oblong,  toothed 
and  more  or  less 
prickly  on  the 
margin  The  dead 
stiff  stalks  of  this 
teasel  are  conspicuous  winter  ob- 
jects in  theE  U  8.,  \vhere  it  has 
run  wild  extensively  D  lacimdtus, 
Linn  ,  has  been  found  wild  in  the 

IJ.  S  :  Ivs  pmnatifid  or  bipm-  1270  Fuller's  teasel— 
natifid,  cihate  The  fuller's  teasel, 
D  fulluHwn,  Linn  (Fig  127C),  is 
probabl}  derived  from  the  first, 
and  differs  from  it  chiefly  in  the  very  otrong  and 
hooked  floral  scalps  These  scales  give  the  head  its  value 
for  the  teasing  or  raising  the  nap  on  woollen  cloth,  'for 
which  no  machinery  is  so  efficient  This  plant  is  grown 
commercially  in  a  limited  area  in  Cent  N  Y  ,  see 
Cyclo.  Amer  Agric ,  Vol  II,  p  636  L  II  B. 

DIPTERONIA  (Greek  dis,  twice  and  pttron  wing,  the 
fruit  consists  of  two  winged  carpels)  Aceracesr  Orna- 
mental deciduous  tree  with  handsome  large  pinnate 
foliage. 

Leaves  opposite,  petioled,  odd-pinnate,  with  9-15 
serrate  Ifts  fls  polygamous,  small,  in  large  terminal 
panicles;  sepals  5,  longer  than  the  short  and  broad 
petals;  stammate  fls  \vith  usually  8  stamens  and  a 
rudimentary  ovary  in  the  center,  pistillate  fls  with  a 
2-celled  compressed  ovary,  style  cylmdric  with  2 
slender  recurved  stigmas  fr  consisting  of  2  1 -seeded 
compressed  nutlets  connate  only  at  the  base  and  \\ith 
the  wing  extending  all  around  — Two  species  in  Cent, 
and  S.  W.  China 

The  species  in  cultivation  is  a  small  tree  with  hand- 
some foliage,  insignificant  flowers,  but  conspicuous 
winged  fruits  in  large  panicles  It  is  apparently  not 
hardy  North  It  grows  well  in  any  good  soil  Propaga- 
tion is  by  seeds'. 

sinSnsis,  Oliver  Tree,  to  30  ft  •  Ivs  %-ll/2  ft  long; 
Ifts  9-15,  short-petioled,  the  upper  nearly  sessile,  the 
lowest  pair  sometimes  3-parted,  ovate-lanceolate  to 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  glabrous 
or  sparingly  hairy,  2-4  in.  long  panicles  loose,  6-12  in. 
long;  fls  whitish,  minute,  slender-pedicellcd  each 
carpel  (samaia)  of  the  fr  broadly  obovate  or  nearly 
orbicular,  light  brown,  about  1  in  long,  with  the  seed 
near  the  middle  June ,  fr  in  Sept  Cent  China  J  H 
S  28-60.  HI  19  1898  ALFRED  REHDER. 

DfRCA  (Dirke,  mythological  name;  also  a  spring 
near  Thebes).  Thymelae&cex  LEATHERWOOD.  Two 
North  American  small  early-blooming  shrubs,  some- 
times planted. 


Bushes  with  tough  fibrous  bark,  alternate,  thm  short 
entire  petiolate  deciduous  Ivs  ,  apetalous  perfect  fls. 
in  peduncled  fascicles  of  the  previous  season's  growth, 
the  branches  developing  subsequently  from  the  same 
nodes  calyx  coiolla-like,  yellowish,  campanulate, 
undulately  obscurely  4-toothed,  beaiing  twice  as  many 
exserted  stamens  as  its  lobes  (usually  8) ,  ovary  nearly 
sessile,  free,  1-loculed,  with  a  single  hanging  ovule; 
style  exserted,  filiform .  fr  berry-like,  oval-oblong.  The 
dircas  often  have  the  habit  of  miniature  trees.  The 
bark  is  of  interlaced  strong  fibeis,  and  branches  are 
so  tough  and  flexible  that  they  may  be  bent  into  hoops 
and  thongs  without  breaking,  and  weie  so  used  by  the 
Indians  and  early  settlers  The  leatherwood  is  not  one 
of  the  showiest  of  hardy  shrubs,  but  its  small  yellow- 
ish fls.  are  abundant  enough  to  make  it  attractive,  and 
it  deserves  cult  especially  for  the  earhness  of  its  bloom 
in  spring  It  is  of  slow  growth,  and  when  planted 
singly  makes  a  very  shapely  specimen,  planted  in 
masses  or  under  shade  it  assumes  a  straggling  habit. 
It  thrives  in  any  moist  loam  Prop  by  seeds,  which  are 
abundant  and  germinate  readily,  also  by  layers 

palustris,  Linn  LEATHERWOOD  MOOSE- 
WOOD  \\ICOPY  Hg  1277  Two  to  6  ft 
high,  with  numerous  branches  having  scars 
which  make  them  appear  as  if  jointed,  at  the 
beginning  of  each  annual  growth,  and  with  yellow- 
brown  glabrous  twigs  Ivs  oval  01  obovate,  with  obtuse 
apex,  2-3  in  long,  green  and  smooth  above,  whitish 
and  downy  b"low,  becoming  smooth,  the  base  of  the 
petiole  covenng  buds  of  the  next  season  fls  yellowish, 
abundant  enough  to  be  attractive,  nearlv  sessile,  ^m 
long,  falling  as  the  Ivs  expand  fr  hidden  by  the 
abundant  foliage,  egg- or  top-shaped,  ]jin  long,  red- 
dish, or  pale  green  Woods  and  thickets,  mostly  in  wet 
soil  Canada  to  Fla  and  Mo  B  U  292  —Common. 

D  occitttntilhi,  Gny  A  similar  species  found  on  northerly 
slopes  of  cafions  in  Calif  ,  differs  mumly  in  the  deeper  ealyx-lobes, 
lower  insertion  of  the  stamens,  sessik  fls  ,  and  white  involucre, 
blooms  Nov  -Feb  Not  in  tho  trade,  but  worthy  of  cult 

A.  PHELPS  W \\I\N. 

DISA  (origin  of  name  unknown)  Orchidaceae 
Terrestrial  orchids,  mostly  South  African,  of  which 
several  are  known  to  fanciers,  but  only  one  of  which  is 
in  the  American  trade 

Sepals  free,  spreading,  upper  one  galeate,  produced  in 
a  horn  or  spur  at  the  base,  petals  inconspicuous,  small, 
adnate  to  the  base  of  tho  column  — Sixty  or  more 
species  D  grarulijlora  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  of  known  orchids,  but  as  \et  difficult  to  man- 
age under  artificial  conditions 

grandifldra, 
Linn    FLOWEK  OF 
THE  GODS     Root- 
stock    tuberous, 
sts    1  ft   or  more 
high,  unbranchcd : 
Ivs     dark    green: 
fls.  several,  upper 
sepal  hood-like  or 
galeate,  3  in  long, 
rose  -  color,    with 
branching     crim- 
son veins;  lateral  sepals 
slightly  shorter,  brilliant 
carmine-red;  petals  and 
labellum  orange,  incon- 
spicuous   S  Afr     B  M. 
4073     GC.  II    18-521; 
III  9  365;  33: 37.  G  M. 
54.608    Gt.  59,  p.  374 
J.H    III.  52.339.    OR. 
6. 241;  9  273,20-336 

D      crassicdrms,    L  l  n  d  1 . 
Spike  few-fld  ,  lateral  sepals 

oblong,    the   dorsal    smaller,  1277    Leatherwood— Dirca 
reflexed  petals,  and    Up  Ian-  palustris.  (  X  Vi) 


DISA 

ceolate  S.  Afr.  Gn.  73,  p  187  —D.  filweait,  Hort.  A  garden 
hy  >nd,  probably  between  D  kewenms  and  D  Veitchn  — D  equfa- 
trit,  Keichb  f  Dorsal  sepal  funnel-bhapod,  pale  blue,  petals  white 
Rhodesia  —  D  ervhetcena,  Rendle  Ha  large  and  handsome,  some- 
what resembling  D  grundiflora  in  color  Trop  Afr — D  kewfn-ns, 
Hort  Hybrid  between  D  grandiflora  and  D  tnpetaloiden  Spike 
tew-Hd  ,  tls  IJ-^in  across,  latuul  hcpali  ro*,y  pink,  the  dorsal  pah  r, 
red-spotted,  lip  yellowish,  crimson-spotted  Gt  52  1310  U  11 
<)  24,  ')  27.1,  20  ,*Jt>—  D  lonyicnrnu,  I  inn  f  Plant  l/t-l  ft 
high,  producing  a  single  fl  about  2  in  long  resembling  a.  light 
blue  delphinium  S  Afr  —D  hyena.  Bolus  fcpiko  10-15-fld  ,  fls 
dull  purple,  the  lip  green,  lacerated  S  Afr  BM  8415—  I)  Luna, 
Hort  A  garden  hybrid  between  D  raccmosa  and  D  Veitchn  — 
D  pulchra,  Sond  Spike  6-12  in  long,  fls  rose  S  Afr  G  28 
201  —  I)  racemdm,  I-inn  f  Racemes  4-4-fld  ,  flu  deep  roue-red, 
about  l>j  in  across  H  Afr  BM  7021  JH  III  47213—  D 
MiiittAhi,  Swartz  Kls  in  a  ohort  raceme,  about  1  jin  long,  pale 
hlac.  the  petah  and  lip  red-streaked  S  Afr  B  M  7404  G  C  III 
51  U2  —  D  Veitchn,  Hort  Hybrid  between  D  racernosa  and  D 
grandiflora  Fls  about  2}  *  in  across,  rose-lilac  JH  III  43  145 
C  ()  1  O  R  o  211,  9  273,  20  336  —  D.  venusta,  Bolus  A  slender 
species  with  grass-like  Ivs.  S.  Afr  GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

DISANTHUS  (Greek,  dis,  twice,  and  anthoi,  flower; 
the  fls  being  in  2-fld.  heads),    Hamamehdacex    Orna- 
mental   shnib,    grown 
for  its  handsome  foli- 
age,  assuming  beauti- 
ful autumnal  tints 

Deciduous, glabrous 
Ivs  alternat. ,  long- 
petioled,  entire,  pal- 
inately  veined  fls  per- 
fect, axillary,  in  pairs 
on  erect  pot  mm  les  arid 
connate  back  to  back, 
calyx  5-parted,  petals 
5,  spreading,  stamens 
f>,  shorter  than  sepals, 
ovary  superior,  with  2 
short  styles  fr  a  dehis- 
cent caps  with  several 
black  glossy  seeds  in 
each  cell  — One  species 
in  Japan  Hardy  orna- 
mental shrub  of  ele- 
gant habit,  with  dis- 
tinct, handsome  foli- 
age, turning  to  a  beauti- 
ful claret-red  or  red  and 
orange  m  fall  Prop 
by  seeds,  germinating 
the  second  or  third 
year,  and  by  la\ers, 
possibly  also  by  graft- 
ing on  Ilamamehs. 

cercidifdlius,  Maxim 
Fig  1278  Shrub,  to 
10  ft  ,  with  slender 
branches  Ivs  round- 
ish-ovate, obtuse  or 
acutish,  truncate  or  cordate  at  the  base,  leathery  at 
maturity,  dark  bluish  green  above,  paler  below,  2-4  in 
long  fls.  dark  purple,  about  -J^m  across,  with  hncar- 
>  petals 


1278.  Disanthus  cercidifolms. 


lanceolate  p 


Oct     fr    ripens  the  following  Get 


High  Mountains  of  Cent  Japan  (1  F.  6  215  (adapted 
in  Fig  1278).  II  H  1910.363  Demands  a  light  peaty 
sod-  ALFRED  REHDER 

DISEASES  AND  INSECTS.  Under  one  head  it  is 
thought  best  to  bring  together  the  discussions  of  the 
so-called  enemies  of  plants,  —  the  parasitic  fungi  and 
th«  depredating  insects,  together  with  the  means  of 
control.  This  composite  article  therefore  comprises 

Page 

Diseases  due  to  parasitic  fungi                             .  1021 

Fungicides,  or  remedies  for  these  diseases  1027 

Catalogue  of  diseases,  with  advice                          .  1029 

Insects  and  their  depredations  on  plants           .  1034 

Insecticides  and  fumigation  1042 

Catalogue  of  insect  depredators,  with  advice  1047 

Spraying.         .                                               .  1057 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1021 

The  reader  now  has  before  him  a  comprehensive 
survey  of  the  subject  It  is  impossible,  of  course,  to 
list  all  the  plant  diseases  and  all  the  insect  pests  in  a 
compilation  of  this  kind,  but  it  is  desired  that  the 
(dialogues  shall  comprise  the  most  important  depreda- 
tors of  the  leading  horticultuial  plants  The  reader 
should  k(  .'p  himself  informed  of  the  new  knowledge  and 
new  practice  by  consulting  current  publications  of  the 
government  and  the  experiment  stations 

Diseases  of  plants. 

Disease  in  plants  may  be  defined  as  any  derangement 
or  disorganization  of  the  normal  structure  or  physio- 
logical functions  of  the  plant,  as  for  example  the  for- 
mation of  g^alls,  cankers  or  distortions,  rotting  of  plant 
parts,  or  disturbances  in  the  sap  system  resulting  in 
wilting,  or  in  the  nutritive  processes  resulting  in  such 
symptoms  as  dwaifing,  chlorosis,  and  the  like.  Forms 
of  plant  diseases  are  shown  in  Figs  1279-1292. 

It  is  often  veiy  difficult  to  distinguish  clearly  between 
diseased  conditions  and  abnormalities  of  other  types 
Bud-sports,  doubling  of  blossoms,  f:isciations  and  many 
other  similar  abnormalities, 
while  often  the  result  of  reac- 
tion to  some  pathogen,  are 
not  apparently  always  so  and 
they  are  often  spoken  of  as 
teratological  phenomena. 
While  the  reaction  of  plants 
to  insect  attacks  in  the  forma- 
tion of  galls,  cankers,  and  so 
on,  is  to  be  regarded  as  symp- 
tom of  disease,  the  injuries 
produced  by  the  mere  eating 
away  of  parts  of  leaf,  stem  or 
fruit  are  not  usually  so  to  be 
regarded  Even  here,  how- 
ever, it  is  often  difficult  to 
draw  a  sharp  line  of  demar- 
kation  While  disease  may 

usually  be  said  to  result  in  ultimate  injury,  there  are 
apparently  certain  marked  exceptions,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  root  tubercle*  of  legumes  caused  by  the  attacks  of  cer- 
tain nitrogen-fixing  parasitic  bacteria  Here  increased 
growth  and  crof>-yield  are  generally  held  to  result 

Diseases  of  plants  are  not  something  new  or  of 
recent  development,  as  the  grower  is  often  inclined  to 
think  The  crops  of  the  husbandman,  from  the  earliest 
recorded  history  of  his  art,  have  been  afflicted  with 
diseases  In  the  historical  writings  of  the  Hebrews,  the 
Bible,  and  m  the  writings  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans, 
frequent  mention  is  made  of  such  diseases  as  rusts, 
smuts  and  mildews  of  grain  and  canker  of  trees  To  be 
sure,  the  extensive  and  intensive  crop-cultivation  of 
modern  times,  together  with  the  extraordinary  world- 
wide transportation  and  exchange  of  crop-products, 
have  greatly  favored  the  distribution  of  plant  pathogens 
(insects,  fungi  and  bacteria),  and  afford  them  excep- 
tional opportunities  for  destructive  development  Nor 
aie  cultivated  plants  alone  subject  to  disease  Disease 
epidemics  among  weeds  and  the  wild  flowers  of  the 
woods  may  be  observed  any  season  in  localities  in 
which  weather  conditions  especially  favor  the  causal 
01  gam  sins 

The  study  of  the  nature  and  control  of  plant  diseases, 
however,  is  of  recent  development  Ihe  first  man 
really  to  study  plant  diseases  from  the  true  modern 
economic  point  of  view,  that  is,  with  the  object  of  help- 
ing the  grower  to  understand  and  combat  or  control 
diseases  in  his  crops,  was  Julius  Kuhn  This  German, 
the  son  of  a  Geiman  land-owner  and  for  many  years 
himself  the  manager  of  a  large  agricultural  estate,  was 
the  founder  of  an  early  German  agricultural  college 
He  interested  himself,  among  other  phases  of  agri- 
culture, in  plant  diseases  and  their  control  and  his- 


1022      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


book,  "Die  Krankheit  dcr  Kulturgewaehse."  pub- 
lished in  1858,  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  first  book  of  real 
economic  importance  on  the  subject  of  diseases  in 
plants.  In  this  remarkable  volume  is  given  a  concise 
statement  of  the  thoroughly  digested  and  personally 
tested  knowledge  of  his  time,  on  the  nature  and  control 
of  plant  diseases  He  also  describes  a  number  of  new 
methods,  especially  for  seed  treatment  of  cereals 
against  smuts,  which  have  become  the  foundation  for 
many  of  onr  present-day  practices. 

Since  Kuhn's  day  there  have  been  remarkable 
developments  in  the  control  of  plant  diseases.  The  dis- 
covery of  bordeaux  mixture  by  the  Frenchman  Millar- 
det  in  1882;  the  discovery  of  the  formaldehyde  treat- 
ment of  seed  for  smut  by  the  American  plant  patho- 
logist, Arthur,  in  1896;  and  the  recent  development  of 
the  use  of  lime-sulfur  solutions  and  mixtures  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  bordeaux  in  the  spraying  of  apples  and 
peaches,  are  but  the  mo,st  noteworthy  of  the  many 
discoveries  anil  developments  in  the  remarkable  growth 
of  this  economic  science  within  the  last  half  century 

The  economic  importance  of  plant  diseases  can 
scarcely  be  overestimated,  ns  they  constitute  one  of  the 
chief  losses  m  our  ugneultuial  resources  The  loss 
from  5  to  25  per  cent  of  many  crops  from  diseases 
alone  each  year  is  so  common  as  to  be  the  general  rule 
The  loss  from  potato  diseases  each  season  in  the  United 
States  has  been  carefully  estimated  at  not  less  than 
$30,000,000  Yet,  it  has  been  conclusively  demon- 
strated by  extensive  experiments  among  potato-growers 
during  a  continuous  period  of  ton  vears,  that  an  annual 
average  mciease  of  over  forty  bushels  per  acre  may  be 
expected  from  spraying  Ihe  crop  with  bordeaux  mix- 
ture, irom  throe  to  five  times  in  the  season  at  a  total 
average  cost  of  about  ^5  per  acie  The  loss  from  oat- 
smut  commonly  averages  from  5  to  25  per  cent  of  the 
crop,  yet  it  may  bo  absolutely  prevented  by  seed 
treatment  at  almost  insignificant  co.st  The  loss  from 
scab  m  the  apple  crop  ol  New  York  State  often  totals 
not  less  than  $3,000,000  and  for  the  United  States  a 
corresponding  loss  of  over  $40,000,000.  In  1900,  the 
peach-growers  of  Georgia  lost  $5,000,000  by  brown  rot, 
while  the  average  annual  loss  from  the  same  disease  in 
the  entire  United  States  is  never  less.  Yet  m  each  case 
here  mentioned,  as  well  as  in  most  of  the  other  of  our 
common  and  destructive  diseases,  cheap  and  effective 
means  of  control  aro  within  the  reach  or  every  grower. 

The  value  and 
efficiency  of 
these  means 
have  been  estab- 
lished beyond 
doubt  Their 
profitable  appli- 
cation requires 
only  intelligence 
and  piactice  on 
the  part  of  the 
grower 

Symptoms  of 
disease  in  plants 

are  so  varied  in  character  as  to 
make  an  attempt  at  wholly 
satisfactory  grouping  for  practi- 
cal purposes  of  doiibtful  value. 
Mention  of  some  of  the  more 
common  types,  however,  may  be 
useful.  The  grower  must  learn 
by  study  and  experience  the 
more  striking  symptoms  charac- 
teristic of  those  diseases  peculiar 
to  the  crops  that  he  grows. 

Disease  may  be  exhibited  in 

1279  Effects  of  the  malformations  of  the  leaf,  stem, 
leaf-curl  fungus  on  peach  root  or  fnnt,  as  for  example, 
foliage.  (XH)  knots,  galls,  tubercles,  curling, 


1280    Early  blight  of  potato. 


wrinkling  or  other  distortions.  There  are  such  symp- 
toms in  crown-gall  of  trees,  black-knot  of  plums  and 
cherries  and  leaf-curl  of  the  peach  (Fig  1279).  Another 
type  are  cankers,  dead  sunken  or  roughened  areas 
in  the  bark  of  trees  or  the  outer  rind  of  herbaceous 
stems,  as  for  example 
in  the  New  York  apple- 
tree  canker,  the  brown- 
rot  canker  of  peaches, 
frost  cankers  of  many 
trees,  and  anthracnoso 
of  beans,  melons,  and 
others.  The  blight 
type  of  lesion  is  also 
very  common.  Here 
are  the  more  or  less 
sudden  death  of  leaves, 
stems,  shoots  or  blos- 
soms, usually  turning 
dark  and  drying  up 
Such  symptoms  char- 
acterize fire-blight  of 
fruit  trees,  potato- 
blight  (Fig.  1280,  from 
Vt.  Sta.),  alternaria 
blight  of  ginseng  and 
similar  diseases,  espe- 
cially m  their  last  stages.  The  leaf-  or  fruit-spot  type  is 
also  very  common  Brown  or  black  spots  appear  in 
foliage  or  fruit  They  may  be  brown  dead  01  rotted 
areas,  or  spots  due  to  the  growth  of  the  parasite 
on  or  under  the  surface.  Bordeaux-injury  spots  on 
apple  foliage,  shot-hole  leaf  injury  of  stone  fruits,  leaf- 
spot  of  the  currant  (Fig  12S1),  celery  or  alfalfa,  the 
tar-spot  of  the  maple,  tlie  black-spot  of  the  rose  and 
the  apple-scab  are  of  this  type  Another  not  uncom- 
mon type  is  that  exhibited  in  certain  bacterial  and 
fungous  diseases,  where  the  pathogen  infests  the  sap- 
tube  regions  of  the  stems  or  petioles,  resulting  m  a 
sudden  wilting  of  leaves  and  shoots  The  wilt  diseases 
of  cotton,  cucumber,  ginseng,  watermelon  and  cow  peas 
are  characterized  by  this  symptom  The  yellowing  of 
the  foliage,  either  suffused  or  localized  as  spots,  rings, 
and  blotches  and  often  accompanied  by  dwarfing  and 
wrinkling  of  the  affected  organs  is  a  common  svmptom 
of  certain  so-called  physiological  diseases  like  the  peach 
yellows  (Figs  1282,  1283),  little-peach,  mosaic  disease 
of  tobacco,  infectious  chlorosis  and  nitrogen-poisoning 
of  greenhouse  cucumbers  (Fig  1284)  and  other  plants. 

The  causes  of  cbseo.se  in  plants. 

Etiology,  or  the  cause  of  disease,  has  been  more 
generally  and  carefully  investigated  than  any  other 
phase  of  the  subject,  so  that  we  no\\  know  much  regard- 
ing the  agents  primarily  responsible  for  most  plant 
diseases.  These  agents  may  be  grouped  as  follows. 

Slime  molds,  lowly  organisms  having  characters  of 
both  plants  and  animals  (see  article  Fungi).  The  club- 
root  of  cabbage,  cauliflower  and  other  crucifers,  is 
the  best  known  slime-mold  disease. 

Bacteria,  microscopic  unicellular  plants  which  mul- 
tiply very  rapidly  by  simple  fusion  (sec  article  Fungi). 
While  most  species  are  harmless  scavengers  of  dead 
organic  matter,  and  a  few  are  known  to  cause  dis- 
eases of  men  and  animals,  not  less  than  150  different 
diseases  of  plants  are  now  known  to  be  due  to  the 
attacks  of  parasitic  bacteria  Some  of  the  commonest 
bacterial  diseases  of  plants  are,  fire-blight,  crown-gall, 
olive-knot,  soft-rot  of  vegetables,  potato-scab,  cucum- 
ber-wilt and  black-leg  of  potatoes 

Fungi  (see  Vol.  Ill)  are  perhaps  responsible  for  far 
the  greater  number  of  the  diseases  of  plants.  They  are 
the  causal  agents  in  such  well-known  diseases  as  apple- 
scab,  brown-rot  of  plums  and  peaches  (Fig.  1285), 
black-rot  of  grapes,  (Fig.  1286)  bitter-rot  of  apples, 
brown-rot  of  lemons,  late  blight  of  potatoes,  peach- 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1023 


leaf-carl,  heart-rot  and  canker  of  trees,  mildew  of 
many  plants,  rusts  and  smuts  of  cereals  (Figs.  1287, 
1288,  Kansas  Experiment  Station);  in  fact  the  mere 
enumeration  of  the  more  common  fungous  diseases  of 
plants  would  fill  many  columns  in  this  volume 

Alga1,  low  forms  of  greon  plants,  most  of  them  living 
in  water  or  very  damp  places.   Few  are  known  to  pro- 


1281    Currant  foliage  attacked  by  the  leaf-spot  fungus.  ( X  H) 

duce  disease  m  plants     The  red  rust  of  tea  is  one  of 
the  best  known  algal  diseases 

Parasitic  angiosperms, — flowering  plants,  of  which 
there  is  no  inconsiderable  number,  causing  more  or 
less  mjurv  to  the  plants  upon  \\luch  they  hve  These 
parasites  aie  usually  markedly  degenerate  in  one  or 
more  respects,  as  a  lesult  of  their  parasitism,  being 
often  without  true  roots,  or  without  leaves  and  fre- 
quently without  ehlorophvl  green  Ah  examples  we 
may  mention  the  mistletoes,  dodders  and  broom 
rapes 

Insects  (see  page  1034)  cause  such  diseases  as 
galls  and  similar  malformations 

Nematode  worms, — minute  all  but  microscopic 
in  sue  and  multipKmg  rapidly,  they  constitute 
one  of  the  greatest  crop  pests,  espocialU  m  warm 
or  tropical  counti  les  Tht  y  usually  infest  the  roots, 
causing  galls  or  swellings  Some  species  injure  the 
plants  by  destroying  the  (me  feeding  loots  as  in  the 
case  of  the  nematode  parasites  of  oats  so  destruc- 
tive in  certain  counti  ies  of  northern  Europe.  Over 
400  different  plants  are  known  to  be  subject  to 
the  nematode  root-gall  disease  (See  pp  1041-2  ) 

Physiological  disease  is  a  term  under  which  is 
included  all  those  diseases  the  cause  of  which 
cannot  be  attributed  to  some  parasitic  organism 
Their  origin  is  variously  attributed  to  abnormal 
enzymic  activity,  disturbed  nutrition,  and  the  like 
The  best-known  of  these  are  peach-yellows,  chloro- 
sis of  the  vine,  tip-burn  (Fig.  1201),  mosaic  disease 
of  tobacco  and  leaf-roll  disease  of  potatoes. 

The  various  parasitic  organisms  cause  disease  in 
one  of  two  ways,  either  by  the  hecretion  of  toxmes 
and  enzymes  which  at  once  kill  the  plant  tissues  and 
change  them  into  forms  readily  available  as  food  for 
the  invader;  or  the  toxins  and  enzymes  secreted  merely 
stimulate  or  imtate  the  plant  tissues  in  such  a  way  as 
to  result  in  abnormal  tissue  growth  or  diversion  of  the 
food  substances  of  the  host  to  the  advantage  of  the 
parasite  making  its  home  between  or  in  the  cells  of  the 
host  Both  types  of  disease-production  have  the  same 
ultimate  result,  the  serious  injury  or  destruction  of 
the  infested  plant,  although  the  former  is  usually  the 
more  rapid  and  destructive  Of  the  first  type,  rots, 
blights  and  leaf-spots  are  the  best  examples,  and  are 


characterized  by  the  rapid  death  and  destruction  of 
the  affected  tissues,  of  the  second  type,  galls,  leaf- 
curls,  rusts  and  smuts  are  good  examples  and  are  char- 
acterized by  a  rather  long  period  of  association  of  the 
parasite  with  the  living  tissues  of  its  host  before 
marked  injury  or  death  of  the  plant  results 

The  causal  agent  is  usually  associated  with  the  tissues 
of  the  host,  either  the  dead  or  living,  during  its  entire 
cycle  of  development  The  apple-scab  pathogen, 
Venluna  inxqualis,  will  serve  admirably  to  illustrate. 
It  passes  the  summer  on  the  surface  of  leaf  and  fruit. 
In  the  autumn  when  the  infested  leaves  fall  to  the 
ground,  the  fungus,  which  as  a  parasite  has  invaded  only 
the  cuticle  of  the  leaf  or  fruit,  now  penetrates  the 
dead  tissues  and  develops  there  during  the  autumn  the 
winter  form  of  fruit  bodies,  the  minute  globose  black 
penthecia,  in  which  dining  the  warm  days  of  early 
spring  the  ascosporey  are  rapidly  developed  These 
ascospores  (Fig  1292),  eight  in  a  sac,  iipen  and  are 
discharged  by  the  spring  rams  that  come  during  the 
blossoming  period  The  old  leaves  on  the  ground  are 
filled  with  millions  of  these  minute  penthccia  with 
many  sacs  of  ascospores  in  each  peritheeium.  The 
spores  aie  shot  into  the  air  during  the  ram  and  being 
exceedingly  light  are  carried  to  the  opening  leaves  and 
forming  fruits,  where  they  germinate,  sending  out 
mycehal  threads  into  the  cuticle  of  leaf  or  fruit  form- 
ing the  characteristic  dense  dark  green  or  black  mats 
or  crusts,  the  scab-spots  The  leaves  become  oiumpled 
and  injured,  the  young  fruits  grow  one-sided,  or  if  the 
stem  be  attacked,  soon  drop  from  the  tree,  thus  giving 
no  set  of  fruit  On  the  scab-spots  the  comdia  or  sum- 
mer spoies  cut  off  from  the  tips  of  upright  branches 
m  great  numbers,  are  carried  by  the  wind  to  other 
leaves  and  fruits  where,  with  the  next  rain,  they  germ- 
inate and  give  use  to  new  scab-spots  and  more  comdia 

The  life-cycle  as  given  for  the  apple-scab  fungus  13 
typical  of  many  of  the  fungous  pathogens  of  our  crops. 
It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  each  pathogen 
has  habits  peculiar  to  itself;  hence  the  necessity  for  the 
most  caieful  study  of  each  that  we  may  know  its 
habits  and  peculiarities  and  thus  be  able'feuccessfully  to 


1282.  "Tip  growth"  of  yellows 

Loft-hand  specimen  shows  two  small-leaved  tips  appearing  in 
October,  two  or  three  of  the  normal  leaves  still  remaining  near 
the  top  The  middle  •specimen  «<how8  numerous  tips  appearing  in 
August.  Right-hand  specimen  is  a  healthy  twig,  for  comparison 


1024   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


combat  it.    The  following  illustrations  will  ucrve  to 
explain  and  impress  this  point 

rlownghtia  morbosa,  the  fungus  causing  black-knot 
of  plums  and  cherries,  requires  two  seasons  to  complete 
its  life-cycle.  The  fir.st  season  there  appears  on  the 
knots  only  conidia,  followed  the  second  season  by  a 
crop  of  ascospores,  produced  in  perithecia,  which  form 
a  black  crust  on  the  surface  where  the  conidia  were 
earlier  produced  Other  pathogens  like  EJCOO&CUS 
cerasi,  the  "witches  broom"  pathogen  of  the  cherry, 
lives  from  year  to  year»as  mycelium  in  the  branch  and 
twigs  of  the  broom-like  growths  it  excites,  producing 
each  season  a  crop  of  spores  on  the  under  sides  of  the 
leaves.  The  bhstei-iust  fungus  of  the  white  pine, 
Cronartium  nbicolum,  also  lives  from  season  to  season 


1283.  The  tufted  shoots  of  peach  yellows. 


in  the  tissues  of  the  pine,  producing  each  spring  a  ne\v 
crop  of  spores  This  pathogen  exhibits  another  habit 
peculiar  chiefly  to  certain  of  the  lust  fungi,  namely 
that  it  has  another  .stage  or  spore  form  on  an  entirely 
different  host  plant,  m  this  case,  the  cunant,  especially 
the  European  nlack  currant  The  apple-rust  pathogen, 
Gymnosporangium  macropus,  exhibits  the  same  habit, 
passing  the  winter  in  galls  formed  on  the  twigs  of  the 
red  cedar.  In  the  spring  spores  appear  on  these  galls, 
which  germinating  in  situ  give  rise  to  other  minute 
spore  bodies,  the  sporidia.  These  spondia  are  carried 
by  the  wind  to  the  young  apple  leaves  and  ff uit,  giving 
rise  there  to  the  rust  disease  so  destiuotive  to  certain 
varieties  like  the  Mclntosh  and  York  Imperial.  The 
spores  formed  on  the  rusted  leaves  and  fruit  of  the 
apple  are  carried  to  the  cedar,  originating  a  new  crop  of 
galls  and  thus  completing  the  life-cycle. 

While  some  pathogens  may  develop  m  both  living 
and  dead  tissues  of  their  host,  as  we  have  seen  in  th« 


hulls    They  lie  dormant  along  with  the  ripened 
until  they  are  planted.    Then  as  the  oat  kernels 
minate,  the  smut  spores  do  likewise,  sending  forth 


case  of  the  apple-scab  fungus,  other  pathogens  like  the 
rust  organism  just  described  or  the  potato-blight 
pathogen,  Phytophthora  infestaru,,  require  to  be  con- 
stantly associated  with  the  living  tissues  of  their  host 
The  last-mentioned  fungus  passes  the  winter  as  myce- 
lium in  the  tissues  of  diseased  tubers,  grows  from  thence 
up  through  the  new  shoots,  slowly  killing  them  and 
forming  tnereon  the  first  crop  of  conidia,  which,  carried 
by  the  wind  to  nearby  healthy  plants,  produce  the 
primary  infections  of  the  season.  The  successive  crops 
of  conidia  produced  during  the  season  on  the  blighted 
tops  are  washed  into  the  soil  by  the  rams,  find  their 
way  to  the  newly  formed  tubers,  and,  infecting  them, 
complete  the  seasonal  cycle  of  the  parasite 

Many  fungous  pathogens  are  now  known  to  pass  from 
one  generation  of  the  host  plant  to  the  next  through 
the  seed  The  smut  parasites  of  cereals  afford  remark- 
able examples  of  this  habit  In  the  case  of  the  oat- 
smut  fungus,  Ustilago  avow,  the  spores  ripen  as  dusty 
black  masses  in  the  panicles  of  affected  plants  just  as 
the  healthy  plants  arc  m  blossom  At  this  time  the 
two  hulls  inclosing  the  gram  aie  open  The  wind-scat- 
tered spores  lodge  in  the  open  flowers  against  the  young 
kernel  where  they  are  soon  safely  housed  by  the  closing 
hulls  They  lie  dormant  along  with  the  ripened  seeds 

rnels  ger- 
th their 

germ  tubes  which  penetrate  the  young  oat  sprouts 
before  they  emerge  from  the  hull  The  mycelium  grows 
along  up  through  the  growing  oat  stiaw,  finally  giving 
rise  to  the  black  spore  masses  m  the  unfolding  panicle. 
In  the  case  of  stinking  smut  of  wheat  the  seasonal  life- 
cycle  of  the  pathogen,  Tilktia  tntia,  is  much  the  same, 
except  that  the  spores  are  disseminated  at  threshing 
time.  Some  very  important  differences  m  the  habits 
of  the  loose  smut  pathogens  of  wheat,  Ustdago  tnlici 
and  of  barley,  U^tilaqo  uuda,  have  recently  been  dis- 
covered (1902).  The  spores  of  these  pathogens  are 
also  ripened  and  disseminated  at  blossoming  time,  but 
on  falling  within  the  open  blossom  they  germinate  at 
once,  sending  their  germ-tubes  into  the  tender  young 
kernels  The  affected  kernels  are  apparently  not 
injured  but  continue  to  develop  and  ripen  The  myce- 
lium of  the  pathogen  within  remains  dormant  until 
the  seeds  are  planted  and  begin  to  grow,  at  which  time 
the  mycelium  also  becomes  active  It  grows  out  into 
the  young  shoots  and  up  through  the  lengthening 
culms  eventually  to  give  ns«3  to  the  black  spore  masses 
of  the  smutted  heads  The  bean  anthracnose  fungus, 
Collclotnchnm  htultmuthianum,  is  also  carried  over  in 
the  seed  Here  the  fungus  in  the  black  spots  or  cankers 
on  the  pods  penetrates  into  the  tender  cotyledons  of 
the  seed  within,  goes  into  a  dormant  condition  as  the 
seed  ripens,  to  become  active  again  when  the  germina- 
ting seed  lifts  these  cotyledons  from  the  soil.  A  new 
crop  of  spores  is  produced,  which,  if  the  season  be 
rainy,  are  splattered  on  to  the  stems  and  leaves  of 
nearby  healthy  plants  and  the  pathogen  becomes 
established  for  another  season. 

While  the  wind  is  the  most  common  disseminating 
agent  of  fungus  spores,  often  carrying  them  for  great 
distances,  such  agents  as  ram,  flowing  water,  insects 
and  even  man  himself,  are  frequently  responsible.  It 
is  in  the  dissemination  of  bactetial  pathogens,  however. 
that  insects  most  generally  function.  The  dreaded 
fire-blight  bacteria  are  disseminated  only  by  insects  or 
man  They  pass  the  winter  in  a  semi-active  state  in 
the  half-living  tissues  along  the  margins  of  cankers  on 
limbs  or  twigs,  multiply  rapidly  with  the  rise  of  sap 
and  the  heat  of  spring  They  ooze  from  the  affected 
bark  in  sticky,  milky  drops.  This  ooze  is  visited  by  bees 
and  flies,  which  with  besmeared  legs  and  mouthparts 
fly  away  to  visit  the  opening  apple  or  pear  blossoms 
Here  they  leave  some  of  the  bacteria  m  the  nectar 
where  they  rapidry  multiply,  to  be  more  widely  dis- 
tributed by  each  succeeding  visitor  They  soon  pene- 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES   AND  INSECTS       1025 


trate  into  the  tender  tissues  of  the  blossom,  causing 
the  blossom  blight.  From  these  blighted  blossoms, 
sucking  insects  like  the  aphids  carry  the  bacteria  to 
the  tips  of  the  rapidly  growing  shoots  when  in  sucking 
sap  they  introduce  the  organisms  and  twig  blight  fol- 
lows. The  striped  cucumber  beetle  is  probably  the 
chief  disseminator  of  liacillus  tracheiphilus,  which 
causes  the  cucumber-wilt. 

Ecological  conditions  as  affecting  disease. 

By  ecology  is  meant  the  influence  of  such  environ- 
mental factors  as  climate,  weather,  soil  and  fertilizers, 
on  the  disease,  its  severity,  epidemic  occurrence,  and 
the  like.  These  factors  may  influence  the  seventy  of 
the  disease  by  their  effect  on  either  the  pathogen  or  the 
host,  or  both  For  example,  most  fungous  parasites  re- 

r're  the  presence  of  water  on  the  host  plant  in  which 
ir  spores  may  germinate,  hence  severe  epidemics  of 
such  diseases  as  potato-blight,  apple-scab,  brown-rot  of 
stone  fruits  and  black-rot  of  grapes  usually  appear  in  wet 
seasons.  Moreover,  the  attacking  pathogen  is  especially 
favored  by  wet  weather  at  certain  seasons  or  pe- 
riods in  its  development,  especially  the  infection 
period    Continued  spring  rams  about  blossommi 
time  favor  apple-scab  and  peach  leaf-curl. 
Late  summer  rams  bring  with  them  epidemics 
of  late  blight    of    potatoes,    brown-rot 
peaches  or  late  infections  of  apple- 
scab.    Frequent  or  continuous  rama 
during  June  and  July  in  grape  re- 
gions are  usually  accompanied  by 
severe    attacks   of    the   black -rot 
pathogen    The  relation  of  rainfall 
to  the  pathogen  explains  why,  when 
there  has  been  a  severe  epidemic  the  previous  season, 
the  crop  may  escape  if  the  following  season  be  dry. 
There  is  ever  a  critical  period  in  the  development  of 
the  pathogen,  usually  when  it  is  passing  from  its  rest- 
ing or  winter  stage  to  the  active  vegetative  period  of 
the  growing  season    Moisture  and  temperature  condi- 
tions at  such  periods  largely  determine  whether  the 
disease  will  be  epidemic  or  not     Of  course  the  neces- 
sary abundance  of  spores  to  be  disseminated  is  an 
evident   necessity,     favorable  weather   alone  cannot 
bring  on  disease  as  the  grower  too  often  behoves 

The  absence  of  rams  at  certain  stages  in  their  develop- 
ment is  for  other  pathogens  equally  essential  The  loose 
smuts  of  cereals  afford  good  example*  Their  spoies 
are  powdery  and  wind-borne  and  if  rains  fall  when  they 

are  being  dis- 
seminated, they 
arc  washed  to 
the  ground  and 
perish  instead 
of  finding  theu* 
way  into  the 
f  o  p  e  n  blossoms 
of  their  host. 
Thus,  clear 
sunny  weather 
during  the  blos- 
sommg  period 
sk  of  wheat  and 
*•  oats  one  season 
usually  means  a 
more  or  less  se- 
vere epidemic  of 
smuts  the  next, 
while  rams  at 
this  time,  even 
though  there  be 
an  abundance  of 

1284.  Disease  of  cucumber  leaf.  The 
dying  margin  indicates  that  the  trouble  is 
due  to  some  Interference  with  the  food 

,  (XH) 


On  the  other  hand,  weather  conditions  may  deter- 
mine the  severity  or  absence  of  certain  disease3  by  its 
effect  on  the  host  Long-continued  cold  rainy  weather 
in  the  spring,  especially  following  a  warm  spell,  results 
in  a  slow  succulent  growth  of  the  developing  peach 
leaves,  rendering  them  especially  susceptible  to  the 
attacks  of  the  leaf-curl  pathogen 

The  application  of  cer- 
tain fertilizers  to  the  eoil 
is  known  to  have  a  direct 
effect,  either  favorable  or 
unfavorable,  on  different 
pathogens. 
The  applica- 
tion of  lime 
or  of  manure 
to    the    eoil 
tends  greatly 
to  increai 


1285.  Peaches  of  last  year's  crop  still  hanging  on  the  tree,  attacked  by  momlia. 
The  branch  is  dead  from  the  effects  of  the  fungus .  ( X  h) 

the  scab  of  potatoes  planted  thereon;  while,  on  the 
other  hand,  liming  the  soil  prevents  infection  of  cabbage 
and  cauliflower  by  the  club-root  pathogen  Lime  like- 
wise favors  the  development  of  the  root*rot  of  tobacco 
and  ginseng  caused  by  Thulavw,  basicola,  while  appli- 
cations of  acid  phosphate  tend  to  prevent  infection  by 
this  pathogen  The  ( tfVct  of  fertilizers  on  the  suscep- 
tibility of  the  hos,  has  also  been  shown  to  be  marked 
in  ceitam  eases  Barley,  when  fertilized  with  nitro- 
genous manures,  becomes  very  susceptible  to  attacks 
of  the  mildew  Erywphe  gramims.  Certain  varieties  of 
wheat  have  been  observed  m  Denmark  to  suffer 
seveielv  fiorn  attacks  of  the  rust  Puccinia  glumarum 
only  when  nitrogenous  manures  are  applied.  Exces- 
sive applications  of  barnyard  manure  to  greenhouse 
cucumbers  often  cause  a  physiological  disease,  the 
symptoms  of  which  are  a  curling,  and  dying  of  the 
margins  of  the  leaves,  accompanied  by  marked  chloro- 
sis or  yellowing  Fertilizers  or  late  continued  cultiva- 
tion of  pear  trees,  by  lengthening  the  period  of  active 
twig-growth,  favor  fire-blight,  the  bacteria  of  which 
infect  only  tender  actively  grow  ing  tissues. 

Control  of  trWo-ses 

By  the  term  control  is  meant  the  profitable  reduc- 
tion of  the  losses  ordinarily  sustained  from  a  given 
disease  The  absolute  prevention  of  many  plant  dis- 
eases is  eithei  impossible  or  unprofitable. 

There  are  four  fundamental  principles  upon  which  all 
methods  of  plant-disease  control  are  bafoed,  viz.:  (1) 
exclusion,   (2)  eradication,   (3)  protection   and   (4)  im- 
munization    Upon  the  hist  two  are  based  those  meas- 
ures which  are  duected  primarily  against  the  pathogen, 
upon  the  last  two  those  which  are  directed  merely 
toward   the  piotection  of  the  host  from  pathogens 
commonly  present  in  the  environment     The  order  in 
which  these  principles  arc  here  presented  represent  the 
logical,   though   unfortunately   not  the  historical  or 
usual  order  of  their  development  and  application.   We 
mean    a    clean      will  consider  briefly  under  each  some  of  the  more 
crop  the  follow-      important  methods  now  employed  for  the  control  of 
ing  year  plant  diseases 


1026      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


1286   Grapes  ruined  by  black-rot. 


1.  Exclusion  measures  are  directed  toward  keeping 
disease  organisms,  usually  insects^  fungi  and  bacteria, 
out  of  nroas,  regions  or  countries  m  which  they  do  not 
occur.  This  is  commonly  attempted  by  the  passing  of 
laws  forbidding  the  importation  of  plants  affected  with 
such  parasites  As 
means  of  enfor- 
cing such  regula- 
tions, some  sort  of 
inspection,  either 
at  port  of  entry  or 
at  point  of  destina- 
tion, is  provided. 
Inspection  in  the 
country  from 
\vhich  they  are 
exported  is  also 
often  required. 
Absolute  quaran- 
tine against  all 
importation  of 
certain  plants 
from  those  coun- 
tries in  \\  hich  dan- 
g  e  r  o  u  s  diseases 
are  known  to 
occur  is  al^o  being 
practised  in  some 
countries,  as,  for 
example,  prohibit- 
ing the  importation  of  potatoes  into  the  United  States 
from  those  countries  m  which  the  black-scab  is  now 
known  to  occur  Exclusion  measures,  often  undertaken 
when  it  is  too  late,  are  at  best  under  present  conditions 
of  doubtful  efficiency  Those  interested  in  those  methods 
of  control  should  consult  the  various  peot  and  disease 
acts  of  the  different  countries  of  the  vvoild  See  In- 
spection, m  Vol.  111. 

2  Eradication  — -On  the  principle  of  eradication  ^Ure 
based  those  measures  which  are 
directed  to  the  elimination  of  patho- 
gens alicady  established  While 
absolute  eradication  is  seldom  to 
be  effected,  the  pathogen  may  often 
be  eliminated  to  such  an  extent  as 
to  reduce  losses  therefrom  to  a  prof- 
itable minimum  In  Denmark,  the 
destruction  of  all  barberry  bushes, 
the  alternate  host  of  the  gram-rust 
fungus,  Pucnnia  graminis,  has 
decidedly  reduced  the  seventy  of 
this  disease  in  recent  years  The 
Careful  eradication  of  all  diseased 
plants  is  often  quite  effective  even 
in  a  small  area,  like  a  raspberry  or 
blackberry  plantation  suffering 
from  the  red  rust  Hero  the  myce- 
lium of  the  pathogen  lives  from 
year  to  year  in  the  roots  of  diseased 
plants,  which  each  spring  send  up 
diseased  shoots  On  the  under  side 
of  the  leaves  of  these  shoots,  the 
orange-red  spores  are  produced  m 
great  abundance,  and  serve  to 
spread  the  pathogen  to  healthy 
plants  As  diseased  plants  are 
readily  detected  m  early  spring  by 
the  pale  clustered  shoots,  they  may 
be  removed  before  spores  appear 
and  the  pathogen  thus  eradicated. 
The  black-knot  of  plums  and  cher- 
ries is  most  readily  and  profitably 
controlled  in  a  similar  manner,  the 
knot-affected  limbs  and  twigs  being 
cut  out  and  burned  early  m  the 
spring  before  spores  appear.  The  1287.  Smut  of  oats. 


fire-blight  of  pears  is  to  be  controlled  only  by  system- 
atic eradication,  first  of  all  cankers  m  autumn  or  early 
spring,  then  of  all  blossom  blight  as  fast  as  it  appears 
and  later  of  the  affected  twigs  when  twig-blight  comes 
on.  To  be  effective,  the  tiees  must  be  inspected  two 
or  three  times  each  week  throughout  the  growing 
season  and  all  diseased  pai  ts  removed  at  once  as  soon 
as  discovered 

Another  method  of  eradication  especially  applicable 
to  seeds,  tubers  or  bulbs,  on  which  spores  of  the  patho- 
gen pass  the  dormant  period,  is  disinfection.  This  is 
accomplished  by  the  application  of  chemical  poisons, 
either  in  solution,  as  po\vder  or  as  gas,  at  a  strength 
and  for  a  peuod  of  time  sufficient  to  destroy  the 
pathogen  without  mjmy  to  the  host  When  the  patho- 
gen lives  over  as  mycelium  m  the  seed  or  tuber,  the 
application  of  heat  is  sometimes  effective  Formalde- 
hyde, as  a  gas  or  in  solution  in  \vater,  is  now  generally 
employed  for  the  eradication  of  the  smut  of  oats,  the 
stinking  smut  of  wheat  and  the  potato-scab  (Tor  details 
of  method,  see  Formaldehyde,  p  102X).  The  spraying 
of  peach  trees  with 
copp  er-sulfate 
solution,  lime-sul- 
fur solution  or 
bordeaux,  just  be- 
fore the  buds  stait 
in  the  spin ig,  dis- 
infects the  trees  by 
destroying  the 
spores  of  the  leal- 
curl  fungus  which 
pax*  the  winter  on 
the  buds 

Pathogens  which 
attack  the  under- 
ground parts  of 
plants  may  some- 
times be  eradicated 
by  disinfection  of 
the  soil  before 
planting  Drench- 
ing the  soil  with  a 
formaldehyde  solu- 
tion of  a  strength 
sufficient  todistnb- 
ute  one  gallon  of 
the  strong  10  per 
cent  solution  to 
each  100  square  feet 
of  surface,  wetting 
the  soil  to  a  depth 
of  6  to  8  inches,  has  ,„ 

been    found   to   be  1288'  Loose  smut  of 

very  effective  against  damping-off,  root-rot  and  simi- 
lar diseases  in  forest  tree  seed-beds,  ginseng  seed-beds 
and  in  the  benches  m  greenhouses.  It  is  also  often 
effective  in  the  eradication  of  nematodes  in  green- 
houses. Steaming  of  the  soil  is  also  very  effective, 
destroying  insects  and  weed  seeds  as  well  as  pathogenic 
fungi.  It  is  not  always  conveniently  applied. 

3.  Protection  measures  are  to  be  employed  in  those 
regions  m  which  the  pathogen  is  very  generally  and 
very  thoroughly  established,  or  m  which  for  one  reason 
or  another  eradication  is  impossible  or  unprofitable. 
They  aim  to  protect  the  crop  against  attacks  of  the 
parasite  by  means  of  some  external  barrier  Spraying  is 
the  most  commonly  employed  protective  measure.  In 
spraying,  the  susceptible  surfaces  of  the  plant  are  coated 
with  some  slowly  soluble  poison,  known  as  a  fungicide. 
Fungicides  are  of  vinous  types  They  are  applied  in 
suspension  in  water,  in  solution  or  drv,  i  c  ,  m  the  form 
of  a  fine  impalpable  powder  The  fungicide  most 
generally  applied  m  liquid  spraying  is  bordeaux,  a 
colloidal  compound  formed  by  the  union  of  lime-milk 
and  copper-sulfate  solution  Minute  blue  gelatinous 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS   1027 


membranes  are  formed  which  remain  for  a  time  sus-  by  selection  and  propagation  of  individuals  naturally 
pended  in  the  liquid.  When  sprayed  upon  the  plants  immune,  whose  immunity  has  been  evidenced  by  their 
4U"  * -*—  '" ~"  -  — 4 *  ^---  coming  through  an  epidemic  unscathed  Immune 

varieties  may  be  crossed  with  susceptible  ones  having 

other  especially 

tlesirable    quali- 


. 

the  water  soon  evaporates,  leaving  a  coating  of  these 
dried  membranes.  The  active  furigicidal  principal 
m  these  bordeaux  membranes  is  the  copper.  When 


leaves  or  fruit  are  rewctted  by  rams  enough  of  the 
copper  m  these  membranes  comes  into  bolution  to 
prevent  the  germination  of  the  spores  of  the  parasite 
that  may  have  been  deported  thereon.  (See  under 
Bordeaux,  p.  1028  ) 

Bordeaux,  however,  is  sometimes  injurious  to  such 
plants  as  peaches,  plums  and  apples,  and  has,  within 
the  last  few  years,  been  largely  replaced  as  a  summer 
spray,  especially  for  apples  Lirne-biilfur,  unlike  bor- 
deaux, is  a  solution  It  is  made  by  boiling  together 
in  water,  lime  and  sulfur  A  concentrated  solution  of 
certain  poly-sulhdes  of  calcium,  chiefly  penta-  and  tetra- 
bulfide,  is  thus  obtained  which,  when  properly  diluted 
is  applied  in  the  same  way  as  the  bordeaux.  (For 
method  of  preparation,  see  Lime-sulfur,  p  1028).  When 
this  solution  dues  on  the  leaves  and  fruit,  it  is  rapidly 
conveited  by  the  action  of  the  atmosphere  into  other 
calcium  compounds  and  free  sulfur.  The  sulfur  is  in 
ti  veiy  finely  divided  state  and  is  the  active  principal 
of  lime-sulfur.  It  becomes  oxidized  in  the  presence  of 
moistme  probably  as  sulfune  or  sulfurous  acid,  which 
prevents  the  gennmation  of  the  spores  of  the  pathogen. 
Flowers  of  sulfur  and  sulfur-flour,  when  very  finely 
ground  and  applied  dry  by  dusting  or  sprayed  on  m 
biispetiMon  in  water,  alone  or  with  lime-milk  (the  so- 
called  self-boiled  lime-sulfur)  are  also  quite  effective 
against  certain  diseases  Dusting  with  sulfur  is  em- 
ployed in  combating  powdery  mildews  of  grapes, 
hops,  roses  and  the  rust  of  asparagus 

Lime-sulfur  m:u  not  be  used  on  potatoes  and  grapes, 
as  it  d\\arfs  the  plants  and  reduces  the  yield,  while 
bordeaux  has  just  the  opposite  effect  on  these  crops 
Bordeaux,  as  already  pointed  out,  is,  however,  injurious 
to  leaves  and  fruit  of  the  apple  and  to  the  foliage  of 


ties     and     then 
by    segregation 


crop  may  be 
developed  com- 
bining the  resist- 
ance or  immu- 
nity of  the  one 
parent  with  the 
desirable  quali- 
ties of  the  other. 
Some  striking 
results  have 
been  obtained  m 
this  line  of  dis- 
ease control  as 
witness  the  wilt- 
resistant  cotton, 
c  o  w  p  e  a  s  and 
watermelon,  the 
nernatode-free 
Iron  c  o  w  p  e  a  , 
rust  -resistant 
wheat,  barley, 
and  asparagus, 
and  the  anthrac- 
nose-rcsibtant 
clover  Never- 
theless, this 
method  of  con- 
trol, while  the 
most  ideal,  is 


peaches  arid  certain  varieties  of  plums    It  will  thus  be      beset  with  many 


seen  that  there  is  no  universal 
fungicide  and  also  that  both  the 
effect  on  the  host  and  on  the 
parasite  must  be  considered  It 
is  now  known  for  example  that 
while  lune-sulfui  is  very  effective 
against  the  apple-scab  fungus,  it 
has  little  fungi<  idal  effect  on  the 
spores  of  the  bitter-rot  pathogen 

To  be  effective,  fungicides  must 
be  applied  before  the  disease  ap- 
peal s      As   the    spores    of    most 
parasitic     fungi    germi- 
nate during  the   period 
of  rainy  cloudy  weather, 
the  fungicide,  to  be  effec- 
tive,  must    be    applied 
before  and  not  after  such 
periods    They  must  not 
only  be  thoioughly  applied  to  the 
ceptible  parts  but  also  at  the  proper 
stage  of  growth  or  development  of  the 
plant    To  illustrate:  the  only  effective 
periods   for  spraying  apple  trees  for 
scab  are   just  before  the  blossoms  open 
(not   dormant);  just   after   the  petals 
fall;  ten  days  or  two  weeks  later;  and 
again  in  late  summer  just  before  the 
late   summer    rams,    to    protect    the 
rapidly    developing    fruit    from    late 
infection 

4   Immunization  consists  in   estab- 
lishing  within  the   plant   itself  some 


to  the  grower. 


pl 
nde 


condition  which  renders  it  immune  or 


1290  A  blight  of  grapes  due  to  some 
constitutional  disorder.  Notice  that  the 
leaves  die  first  at  the  edges.  ( X  '3) 


difficulties  and 
uncertainties 
That  pathogens, 

as  well  as  crops,  vary,  giving  strains  capable  of  attack- 
ing host  plants  immune  to  other  strains  of  the  same 
pathogen,  has  generally  been  overlooked  by  breeders, 
and  doubtless  accounts  for  the  frequent  failure  of  sup- 
posedly resistant  varieties  when  transferred  to  new 
localities  The  production  of  artificial  immunity  by  the 
injection  of  some  substance  into  the  plant  or  by  the 
application  of  certain  substances  (fertilizers,  etc  )  to  the 
soil  is  at  most  only  in  the  preliminary  stages  of  experi- 
mentation and  as  yet  offers  but  Little  of  practical  value 


WHETZEL. 


1289.  Strawberry  leaf 


Fungicides. 

A  fungicide  is  any  material 
or  substance  that  kills  fungi  or 
their  spoies.   The  word  ib  used 
paiticulnily  for  those  substan- 
ces employed  in  the  waif  are  against  parasitic 
fungi. 

A  satisfactory  fungicide  must  be  one  that  does 
not  injure  the  plants  and  at  the  same  time  is 
effective  against  the  parasite.  For  spraying, 
additional  requirements  are  imposed,  it  should 
not  dissolve  readily  in  rain-water;  it  should 
adhere  to  foliage  and  fruit,  in  some  cases  it 
should  be  colorless  in  order  not  to  make  orna- 
mentals more  unsightly  than  when  diseased. 
The  fungicide  which  has  been  used  most  for 
general  purposes  is  bordeaux  mixture  Lately 
some  other  preparations,  particularly  lime-sulfur 


resistant  to  tho  attacks  of  the  patho-     rolled  up  from  the  attack      combinations,  have  come  into  use,  and  m  many 


gens    Immune  crops  may  be  developed     of  the  nuld< 


, 
caaoa  are  supplanting  bordeaux     There  are  in 


1028      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


addition  a  large  number  of  other  substances  which 
have  fungicidal  value  and  are  in  more  limited  use 
for  specific  cases.  The  following  directions  are 
taken,  with  modifications,  from  the  author's  part  m 
Bailey's  "Farm  and  Garden  Rule-Book." 

Practices. 

Destroying  affected  parts. 
— It  is  important  that  all 
affected  parts  should  be  re- 
moved and  burned,  if  pos- 
sible In  the  fall  all  leaves 
and  fruit  that  have  been 
attacked  by  fungi  should 
be  raked  up  and  burned 
Diseased  branches  should 
be  sev  ered  at  some  distance 
below  the,  lowest  visible 
point  of  attack  Fungous 
diseases  often  spread 
rapidly,  and  prompt  action 
is  usually  necessary  Prac- 
tise clean  and  tidy  culture. 
Rotation  of  crops  — This 
is  one  of  the  most  effective 
and  practical  means  of  head- 
ing off  fungous  diseases  It 
is  especially  applicable  to 
diseases  of  roots  or  root- 
crops,  but  also  to  many 
other  disea&es  of  annual 
plants 

Sterilizing  by  steam  — 
This  is  an  effective  fungi- 
cidal practice  for  several 
soil  -  inhabiting  organisms 
which  attack  roots  and 
stems  This  includes  nema- 
tode  worms  It  is  especially 
applicable  m  the  green- 
house, where  it  may  be  applied  (a)  through  sub-irrigation  tilo  or 
through  specially  laid  perforated  steam  pipes  in  the  bottom  of  the 
bed  Cover  the  beds  with  blankets,  introduce  steam  under  pressure 
of  forty  to  eighty  pounds  for  two  hours  Insert  thermometers  at 
various  places  to  see  that  the  soil  is  being  uniformly  heated  (b) 
A  largo  galvanized  iron  tight  box  may  be  constructed  with  finely 
perforated  trays  4  to  6  inches  in  depth  Soil  placed  in  these  trays 
and  steamed  for  two  hours  as  above  will  be  freed  from  parasitic 
organisms  In  this  case  the  frames  should  be  sprayed  with  a  solu- 
tion of  formaldehyde,  one  pint  in  twelve  gallons  of  water  Steam 
sterilization  of  soil  may  be  used  on  intensively  cultivated  areas  or 
extensive  seed-beds  A  portable  boiler  is  necessary  The  beds  are 
sterilized  after  they  have  been  prepared  for  seed,  and  just  before 
the  seed  is  sown  A  galvanized  pan  of  convenient  dimensions  and  6 
to  8  inches  deep  is  inverted,  and  the  edges  are  pushed  down  into 
the  soil  1  or  2  inches  The  pan  is  connected  with  the  steam  boiler 
by  means  of  a  steam  hose  and  live  steam  is  run  into  tho  pan  from 
twenty  to  forty  minutes  under  a  pressure  of  eighty  pounds  and  up 
The  higher  the  pressure  the  deeper  the  soil  will  be  sterilized  The 
pan  must  bo  weighted.  Paths  should  be  disinfected  by  spraying 
with  copper  sulfate  one  pound  to  fifty  gallons,  of  water  or  with 
formaldehyde  solution  one  pint  to  twelve  gallons  of  water  The 

squar 

orating  effect  on  many  plants,  and  it  will  be  necessary  to  run  green- 
houses at  a  lower  temperature  (5°  to  10°)  both  night  and  day 
Field-stenhzation  also  kills  weed  seeds,  and  with  the  reduction  of 
the  cost  of  weeding  makes  the  process  practicable. 

Substances 


For  nearly  ripe  fruit  and  ornamentals  an  excess  of  lime  augments 
spotting  In  such  cases  the  least  amount  of  lime  possible  should 
be  usea  Determine  this  by  applying  the  cyanide  test  (2) 

(2)  Secure  from  the  druggist  10  cents'  worth  of  potassium 
ferrocyamde  (yellow  prussiate  of  potash)  and  dissolve  it  in  water 
in  an  eight-ounce  bottle.  Cut  a  V-shaped  slit  in  one  side  of  tho  cork, 


.  , 

so  that  a  few  drops  of  the  liquid  can  be  obtained    Now  proceed  as 
before     Add  lime  with  constant  stirring  until  a  drop  of  the  fer 
cyamde  ceases  to  give  a  reddish-brown  color 


before     Add  lime  with  constant  stirring  until  a  drop  o 
rown  color 
desired  in  largo  quantities,  stock 


1291.  Tip-burn  of  potato  leaf.— 
A  physiological  difficulty  or  disease, 
due  to  some  so-called  "constitu- 
tional" disorder  or  obstruction 
(Vermont  Experiment  Station). 


ormaldehyde  solution  one  pint  to  twelve  gallons  of  water     The        and  for  preparing  sprav  mixtures 
!0st  of  sterilizing  is  approximately  three-fourths  of  a   ?ent  the  Lime-sulfur  —  In  the  many  p- 

>quare  foot     It  should  be  noted  that  soil-sterilization  has  an  invig-        «  coming  to  be  equally 


(3)  When  bordeaux  mixture  i  , 

solutions  should  be  made  Place  one  hundred  pounds  of  copper 
sulfate  in  a  bag  of  coffee-sacking,  and  suspend  in  tho  top  of  a  hfty- 
gallon  barrel,  and  add  water  to  the  fifty-gallon  mark  In  twelve 
to  fifteen  hours  the  vitriol  will  be  dissolved  and  each  gallon  of 
solution  will  contain  two  pounds  of  copper  sulfato  Slake  a  barrel 
of  lime,  and  store  in  a  tight  barrel,  keeping  it  covered  with  water 
Lime  so  treated  will  keep  all  summer  It  is  really  hydrated  lime 
This  is  often  dried,  pulverized,  and  offered  on  the  market  in  paper 
bags  of  forty  pounds  each,  under  such  names  as  ground  lime, 
prepared  lime,  hydrated  lime,  and  the  like  If  tho  paper  is  not 
broken,  the  lime  does  not  air-slake  for  a  long  time  One  and 
one-third  pounds  of  hydrated  lime  equals  in  value  one  pound  of 
quicklime  Air-slaked  lime  cannot  be  used  in  preparing  bordeaux 
mixture 

Arsenical  poisons  can  be  combined  with  bordeaux  mixture 

Ammoniacal  cqpper  carbonate  —  For  use  on  nearly  mature  fruit 
and  on  ornamentals  Does  not  discolor  Weigh  out  three  ounc  es  of 
copper  carbonate,  and  make  a  thick  paste  with  water  in  a  wooden 
puil  Measure  five  pints  of  strong  ammonia  (20°  Baumc)  and 
dilute  with  three  or  four  parts  of  water  Add  ammonia  to  the  paste, 
and  stir  This  inakca  a  deep  blue  solution  Add  water  to  make 
fifty  gallons 

Copper  carbonate.  —  For  use  in  the  above  formula,  it  may  be 
secured  as  a  green  powder,  or  may  be  prepared  as  follows  Dis- 
solve twelve  pounds  of  copper  sulfate  in  twelve  gallons  of  water  in 
a  barrel  Dissolve  fifteen  pounds  of  sal-soda  in  fifteen  gallons  of 
water  (preferably  hot)  Allow  the  .solution  to  cool,  then  odd  the 
sal-soda  solution  to  the  copper-suit  ate  solution,  pouring  slowly  m 
order  to  prevent  the  mixture  from  working  up  and  running  over 
A  fine  precipitate  us  formed  which  will  settle  to  the  bottom  if 
allowed  to  stand  over  night  Siphon  off  the  clear  liquid  Wash 
the  precipitate  by  adding  clear  water,  stirring,  and  allowing  to 
settle  Siphon  off  the  clear  water,  strain  the  precipitate  through 
muslin,  and  allow  it  to  dry  This  is  copper  carbonate  The  above 
amounts  w  ill  make  about  mx  pounds 

Copper  sulfate  —  See  Sulfate  of  copper 

Corrosive  sublimate  (mercuric  chloride)  —  Used  for  disinfecting 
pruned  stubs  and  <  leaned-out  cankc  rs,  at  the  rate  of  one  part  in 
1,000  parts  of  wat<  r  Cm  be  secured  from  the  druggist  in  tablet 
form  in  vials  of  twenty-five  each,  and  posting  25  cents  One  tablet 
makes  a  pint  of  solution  Make  and  store  solution  in  ghss  and  label 
"poison 

Formaldehyde  (10  per  cent  solution  of  formaldehyde  gas  in 
water)  —  A  pungent,  clear  liquid,  vt  ry  irritating  to  cyis  and  nose 
Obtained  at  any  drugstore  at  about  40  cents  a  pint  t  sed  for 
potato-scab,  oat  Hinut,  bunt  in  whoat,  soil  disinfection,  and  so  on 

jAme  —Offered  for  sale  in  the  following  forms  (a)  Ground 
rock  or  ground  limestone,  air-slaked  lime  is  of  the  same  composi- 
tion, i  e  a  carbonate  of  calcium  (h)  Lump,  barrel,  stone,  or  quick- 
lime, this  is  burned  limestone,  and  should  test  at  least  <M)  per  cent 
oxid  of  calcium  0")  Prepared,  ground,  or  hydrated  lime,  this  is 
water-  or  steam-sl-iked  quicklime,  dried  and  pulverized  (Tsed  as 
an  applicant  to  the  soil  to  correct  acidilj,  for  club-root  of  cabbage, 


mixture — A  bluish  green  copper  compound  that 

jetties  out  when  freshly  slaked  lime  and  a  solution  of  copper  sul- 
fate  (blue-stone)  are  mixed  Many  formulas  have  been  recom- 
mended and  used  The  5-5-50  formula  may  be  regarded  as  stand- 
ard In  such  a  formula  the  first  figure  refers  to  the  number  of  pounds 
of  copper  sulfate,  the  second  to  the  stone  or  hydrated  lime,  and 
the  third  to  the  number  of  gallons  of  water  Bordeaux  must 
often  be  used  as  weak  as  2-2-50,  on  account  of  injury  to  some 
plants. 

To  make  fifty  gallons  of  bordeaux  mixture,  proceed  as 
follows 

(1)  Pulverize  five  pounds  of  copper  sulfato  (blue  vitriol),  place 
in  a  glass,  wooden,  or  brass  vessel,  and  add  two  or  three  gallons 
of  hot  water  In  another  vessel  slake  five  pounds  of  quicklime  in  a 
small  amount  of  water  When  the  copper  sulfate  is  all  dissolved, 
pour  into  a  barrel  and  add  water  to  make  forty  or  forty-five  gallons. 
Now  strain  the  lime  into  this,  using  a  sieve  fifty  meshes  to  the  inch 
or  a  piece  of  cheese-cloth  supported  by  ordinary  screening  Stir 
thoroughly,  and  add  water  to  the  fifty-gallon  mark  The  flocculent 
substance  which  settles  is  the  effective  fungicide  Always  stir 
vigorously  before  filling  the  sprayer  Never  add  the  strong  lime 
to  strong  vitriol  Always  add  a  large  amount  of  water  to  one  or 
the  other  first  Blue  vitriol  used  alone  would  not  only  wash  off 
quickly  in  a  rain,  but  cause  a  severe  burning  of  fruit  and  foliage. 
Lime  is  added  to  neutralize  this  burning  effect  of  the  copper  If 
the  lime  were  absolutely  pure,  only  slightly  more  than  one  pound 
would  be  required  to  neutralize  this  burning  effect  For  many 
purposes  an  excess  of  lime  is  not  objectionable  and  may  be  desirable. 


ing  to  be  equally 
important  as  bor- 
deaux  mixture,  in  tho 
control  of  many  plant 
diseases 

(1)  Flowers  of  sul- 
fur   or     very     finely 
powdered     sulfur     is 
often  dusted  on  plants 
for  surface  mildews 

(2)  A    paste    of 
equal   parts  of    lime, 
sulfur,      and     water 
This  is  painted  cm  the 
heating-pipes    in    tho 
greenhouse,     and     is 
valuable   for  keeping 
off  surface  mildews 

(3)  Home-boiled 
dilute    lime-  sulfur 
This  solution  has  been 
widely    used    in    the 
past    as    a    dormant 
spray,  particularly  for 
San    Jos6    scale    and 
peach  leaf  -curl     It  is 
likely     to      be     sup- 
planted by  (4)  or  (5) 
For    preparation    see 
page  1043 

(4)  Home-boiled 
concentrated  lime-sul- 
fur —  When    a    great 
deal  of  spraying  is  to 
be    done,    ?>     luiireu- 
t  r  a  t  e  d    lime  -  sulfur 


possible 


ulfu 


1292.  Penthecium  of  apple  scab, 
showing  spores. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 

.._.ution  may  he  boiled  at  home  and  stored  in  barrels  to  bo  used  as 
needed     For  method ^of  preparation  see  page  1043  t 


evolution  i 


1-10 

1-15 

1-20 

1-25 

1-30 

1-40 

1-50 

1-60 

1-75 

1-100 

25° 

74 

11 

147 

184 

22  1 

205 

368 

412 

55 

73 

26°   77 

11  6 

154 

10  3 

232 

30  0 

38  () 

463 

58 

772 

27° 

8  I 

12  1 

161 

202 

243 

324 

40  r> 

485 

606 

HO  7 

28°|   8  i 

127 

1(1  9 

21  1 

254 

338 

42  i 

50  7 

<H5 

84  5 

21)° 

88 

H  2 

17  0 

22  1 

2(>r> 

3"i  3 

442 

53 

b6  3 

88  2 

30°,   0  2 

134 

184 

2.3 

276 

W) 

16  1 

553 

&j 

92 

31°    9  6 

144 

193 

24 

288 

38  1 

48 

58 

11 

96 

32°  10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

40 

50 

60 

75 

100 

31°  104 

15(3 

208 

26 

312 

41  r> 

52 

624 

78      il()4 

J4°  10  8 

1(52 

21  6 

268 

324 

13  2 

54 

647 

808  1108 

35° 

112 

168 

224 

28 

334 

440 

56 

674 

812    112 

Decimals  are  given  in  all  oases,  but  for  practical  purposes  the 
nearest  even  gallon  or  half  gallon  can  be  used,  unless  appliances 
for  more  accurate  measurement  are  at  hand  It  is  understood  in 
making  all  dilutions  that  water  is  added  to  one  gallon  of  the  con- 
centrate to  make  the  stated  amount  Do  not  measure  out  the 
stated  amount  of  water  and  add  the  concentrated  solution  to  it 

(5)  Commercial    concentrated    lime-sulfur —As    manufactured 
and  placed  on  the  market  is  a  clear  amber  liquid,  and  should  test 
32°  to  i5°  Baume     It  costs   about  20  cents   a  gallon  retail,  and 
comes  rtady  to  pour  into  the  spray  tank     For  apple  and  poar  dis- 
eases    \rsenate  of  lead  can  be  used  with  this  solution,  and  nu  rea<w  a 
its  fungieidal  value 

(6)  Scott's  sflf-boiled  lime-sulfur —This  is  a  mechanical  mix- 
ture of  the  two  substances,  and  is  r<  ally  not  boiled,  the  hi  at  bung 
supp'.ed  by  the  slaking  lime     In  a  small  barrel  or  lug  place  eight 
pounds  of  good  quicklime     Add  water  from  time  to  time  in  just 
sufficient  amounts  to  prevent  burning     As  soon  as  the  lime  begins 
to  slake  well,  add  slowly  (preferably  through  a  suve)  right  pounds 
of  sulfur  flour     Stir  t  oust  intly,  and  add  water  as  m  ( ded     As  soon 
as  all  bubbling  has  a  astd,  check  fuithe  r  at  lion  nj  adding  a  quan- 
tity of  cold  water,  or  pour  into  a  harnl  or  tank  and  make  up  to 
fifty  gallons      Keep  well   agitated      \ei>    efTectnc   agunst  pi  ioh 
scab   and    brown    rot      Several   other   formulas   have   been    usrd 
10-10-50  and  5-5-50       \.ra< nate  of  lead  can  be  used  with   this 
mixture 

By  using  boiling  water  and  allowing  tl  e  hot  mixture  to  stand  for 
half  an  hour,  a  htrongcr  spray  mixture  than  the  above  can  be 
secured  It  ennnot  be  used  safely  on  peaches,  but  hm  been  used 
successfully  on  grapes  for  surfaec  mildew  The  addition  of  sulfnte 
of  iron  or  smfate  of  copper,  one  or  two  pounds  to  fifty  gallons,  has 
been  used  for  apple  rust 

Potaktnum  vulftd  (hver  of  sulfur)  —Simple  solution,  three  ounces 
in  ten  gallons  of  wate  r  For  mildew  in  greenhouses,  on  rose  bushes 
and  oth(  r  ornamental* 

Resin-sal-wla  vtirhr  —  Ream,  two  Bounds  sal-soda  (crystals), 
one  pound,  water,  one  gallon  Boil  until  of  a  cl<  ar  brown  color, 
i  e  from  one  to  one  and  A  half  hours  Cook  in  an  ire>n  kettle  in 
the  open  Add  this  amount  to  fifty  gallons  of  bordeaux  I  scful 
for  onions,  cabbage,  and  other  plants  to  which  spray  does  not 
adhere  well 

Hulfate  of  copper  (blue  vitriol)  — Dissoh  e  one  pound  of  pure 
btiltite  of  copper  in  twenty-five  gillons  of  water  A  specific  for 
peach  leaf -curl  Apply  once  before*  buds  swijl  in  the  spring  Cover 
every  bud  For  use  in  preparing  bordenux  mixture  Costs  from 
5  to  7  cents  a  pound,  in  quantity 

Sulfate  of  iron  (copperas)  — A  greenish  granular  crystalline  sub- 
stance Dissolve  one  hundred  pounds  in  fifty  gallons  of  water 
1-or  mustard  in  oats,  wheat  and  the  like,  apply  at  the  rate  of  fifty 
gallons  an  acre  Also  for  anthracnose  of  grape  s  as  a  dormant  <prav 

Sulfur  (ground  brimstone,  sulfur  floui.  flowers  of  sulfur)  — 
Should  be  00  per  rent  pure  Valuable  for  surface  mildews  Dust 
on  dry  or  in  the  greenhouse  used  in  fumes  Evaporate  it  over  a 
steady  heat,  as  an  oil-stove,  until  the  house  is  filled  with  vapor  Do 
not  heat  to  the  burning  point,  as  burning  sulfur  destroys  inont 
plants  To  prevent  burning,  place  the  sulfur  and  pan  in  a  larger 
pan  of  sand  and  set  the>  whole  upon  the  oil-stove 

DONALD  KEDDICK. 
Catalogue  of  diseases. 

Abies.    WITCHFS'  BROOM  (JEcidinm  elahnum,    Melampsorella  eli- 
tina)  — On  fir  causing  swellings,  cankers,  and  witches'  brooms. 
Control  — Prune  off  all  affected  parts 

Abutilon     RUST  — See  under  Hollyhock 

CONTAGIOUS  CHLOROSIS  — Variegated  leaves 

Control  — Remove  variegated  leaves  and  their  shoots,  keep 
in  dark  and  remove  any  further  variegated  leaves,  then  the 
plant  should  remain  green 

Acacia     RUSTS  (JZcuhum  sp  )  — Distorts  branches  and  twiga 
Control  — Prune  off  diseased  parts 


rapid 
fallp 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1029 

CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued 

Acer.  TAR-SPOT  (Rhyhama  acermum)  — Black  tar-like  spots  on 
upper  side  of  the  leaves 

Control  — Burn  all  old  leaves  in  fall  or  winter 
SUN  SCALD  or  SCORCH  — Maples  suffer  commonly  from  a  drying 
up  of  the  foliage,  due  to  over-transpiration  of  water  at  tunes 
when  hot  winds  occur 

Actmidia      MILDEW    (Unnnula  necator)  — Sec  under  Ampelonsis, 
^Esculus     Lt-AF-Si'or  (Phylloahcta  pamx)  —Irregular  spots  develop 
inidly,  the  larger  part  of  the  leaf  being  involved     Leaves 
ill  prematurely 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  beginning  when  the 
leaves  are  about  half-grown  and  repeating  the  process  every 
three  weeks 

Agave.  LKAF-BLOTCH  (Comothyrium  concentncum)  —Grayish, 
more  or  less  circular  dead  patches,  ranging  from  Yt  to  1  inch 
in  diameter 

Control — Remove  and  burn  diseased  leaves 
Alhum  —Sec  under  Onvm 
Almond     BLIGHT   (Coryneum  beycnnku)  — See  Peach  Blight 

YELLOWS  — See  under  Peach. 
Alnus     ROOT-TUBERCLES  — Clurips  of  small  tubercles  on  the  roots 

\ot  important 

Wnen*8'  BROOMS  and  Bi  ADDERY  DEFORMATIONS  OF  FLOWERS 
(Eroairuv  up  ) — Broom-like  tufts  of  branches  and  irregular 
ck forming  and  contortion  of  fruits 

Control    -See  undr  r  Peach  Leaf-Curl 
Alyssum       MILDFW     (Erysiphe    polygoni) — See    under     Verbena 

Disease-  very  similar 
Amarantus      WHITE    "RUST"    or    MILDEW    (Albugo    bhti)  -See 

similar  disease  under  Radith 
Amelanchier      RUHT   (Gymnovporangium  sp  )  — Orange  rust  spotb 

Control  — Keep  jumpers  at  a  considerable  distance 
WISHES'     BRCK>M    (Dimerosponum    collmsn) — Thick    twisted 
broom-like  giowth  of  branches 

<  ontrul  — Cut  out  the  brooms 
Ampelopsis     BiAfK-Roi  — See  under  Grape 

MILDLW  ((jniumla  nrcator) — Powdery  inilelew  growths  on 
upper  side  t>f  leaf 

Control  -Dust  with  sulfur 

Anemone  Roor-Di  e  \y  (ticlerolinia  tuberosa)  — Rhizemies  decayeei 
and  large  lumps  form  on  the  outside 

Control  —  hiadicate    affected    rhizomes    and    the    cup-like 
fungous  bodies  near  such  plants 
Rf  ST     -Se  v  or  il  rusts  attack  spe  cies  of  Anemone 
Anthunum     Hi  K.IIT  (Glumcrclla  cincta)  — See  umje  r  Orchids 
Apple     Bnc.iir— The  .  .    .  . 

C \NKI-R  —Smooth  cankers  in   ba 

induce  blight  (Bacillus  amyln 

applet-tree    canker    (.Sp/iaropna    malorum),    or    the    nail-head 
(  arik*  r  (  \  umulana  diicrtla) 

Control  — As  soon  as  noticed,  cut  away  dead  bark  and  wood 
to  the   living  tissue  and  paint  over  with  lead  "paint  or  coal-tar. 
SCMJ    (\tntuna  irifquahk) — Olive-green,   brownish  or  blackish 
*<  ab-hke  spe>ts  on  leaves  and  fruit 

Control — Rake  and  burn  or  plow  under  old  leaves  very 
earlv  in  spring  Spray  with  lime-sulfur  32°  Baume.,  1  40, 
or  bordeaux,  *-V>0  (1)  when  blossom  buds  show  pink, 
(2)  when  majority  of  petals  have  fallen  (3)  three  weeks 
aft<  r  2,  depending  upon  the  weather,  (4)  if  a  late  attack  is 
fi  ared,  spray  before  fall  rains  begin 
Apricot  Y*  LLOW  s  — See  under  Peach 

Bi  \c  K-SPOT  or  SCAB  — See  under  Peach 
Aquilegia     MILDMV     (  Erytiphe    polygoni)  — See    under    Verbena 

DIM  ise   vi  ly  similar 
Bi  \<  K-Sror  (ttacillut  drlphim)  —Sunken  black  spots  on  leaves 

Control  — Remove  and  burn  diseased  parts 
Artemisia      RUST    (Puccinia  astens)  — Same   rust   as  on    Asters, 

w Inch  see 

Artichoke     SOFT-ROT  — See  under  Carrot 

Arum  LUF-SPOT  (Protomyc^  art) —Irregular  bleached  p-itehes 
on  leaver  and  le  vf-stalks  of  4  macuhtum 

Control  — Burn  diseased  plants 

Asparagus  Rr»T  (/'uremia  asparupi)  — A  rust  of  the  tops  which 
is  often  so  severe  as  to  kill  them,  thus  interfering  with  root- 
development 

(Control—  Dust  with  flowers  of  sulfur  about  eveiy  three 
we-eks  while  dew  is  still  on  in  the  morning  Use  dusting- 
machines 

Aspidistra  LEAI-BLOTCH  ( -t  v  ochyla  aspidistra?)  — Large,  irregular, 
bleached  spots  with  black  streaks  running  aeross 

Control   -Remove  diseased  leaves 
Aster.    RUST  (Puccinia  aitcm)  — Blown  rust  of  leaves 

Control  — Eradicate  the  affected  leavers 

Aucuba.   FREEZING  — Young  leaves  suffer  from  spring  frosts 
Auricula       LKAF-BLOTCH     ( Ifeterosporium     auncuh) — Three    or 
four  olive-green  spots  on  each  leaf     Spots  become  brown  and 
fall  out 

Control  — Do  not  have  excessive  moisture  Spray  with 
potassium  sulfid  and  ventilate  well 

Avocado,  or  Persea  ANTHR  \e\NO9E  (Collelotnchum  glaeosporioidtf). 
— See  under  Pomelo 


c«  disease  as  Pear  Blight,  which  se 

.ark  of  trunk  or  limbs  usually 
•us),  rough  ones,  New  \  ork 


1030      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued. 

Bamboo.  SMUT  (  Ustilago  shir-tana). — Internodes  and  tips  of  young 
shoots  attacked.  Wild  and  cultivated  bamboo  attacked  in 

Control — Bordeaux  mixture  and  sprinkling  soil  with  luno 
before  the  shoots  appear. 

Banana.  ROT  (Bacillus  muase)  — Leaf-blades  droop,  turn  yellow; 
petioles  decay,  letting  leaves  drop,  and  finally  whole  plant 
rots  to  the  ground 

Control  — Practise  sanitation. 

Bean.  ANTHRACNOSF,  or  Pon-SpoT  (Colletotnchum  hndemuthtanum'). 
— Reddish  brown,  scab-like  spots  on  stems,  pods,  and  veins 
of  leaves,  particularly  on  yellow-podded  snap  beans.  Fungus 
enters  the  beans 

Control — Use  seed  only  from  pods  without  spots.    Spray 
plants,  from  beneath  and  above,  every  ten  days. 
BLIGHT    (Bacterium   phawh)  — Large   papery  spots  on  leaves 
and  watery  spots  on  pods 

Control  — As  for  Anthracnosr 

Beet.  HEVRT-ROT  (I'homa  betx)  —  Lca\es  appear  spotted  late  m 
July,  then  wilt,  and  fin  illy  a  dry  heart-rot  appears 

Control — Destroy  affected  plants     Practise  long  rotations. 
Treat  seed  with  formalin,  one  pint  in  thirty  gallons  of  water. 
SCAB. — The  same  disease  as  Potato  Scab,  which  see 
Begonia.    ROOT-ROT  (Tkidavia  basicola] — Seo  under  Nwotiana. 
Berbens     RUST  (Puccima  gramims) — Orange-colored  rust  spots 

on  under  side  of  leaf 
Betula     LE  \F-Si-oT  (Ghrosponum  betularum)  — Round  spots  with 

blackish  margin 

HEARr-Ror  (Fomts  ignianus). — See  under  Fagus 
Blackberry    CuowN-G  VLL,  or  R<xrr-G  VLI  (Hncltnum  fumefnciem). 
— Swellings,  hard  or  soft,  on  roots  and  stem  below  ground 

Trtatmtnt — Plow   up   and   bum  all   bushes  in  a  diseased 
patch     Plant  clean  roota  in  a  new  place. 
ANTHRA<  INMSK  — See  undf  r  Raspberry 
RMJ  or  ()R\N(.h   RUST— See  under  Raspberry 
L*  AJ-Spor  — Seo  undi  r  Dewberry     Same  disease 
Blueberry      RUST    (Cali/ptotpara  ooeppertuina)  — Stem   attacked, 
swollen,  spongy,  at  first  pink,  changing  to  brown  and  blackish. 
Plants  taller  thin  lit  tlthy  and  leaves  dwarfed 

Control  — Segregate  from  species  of  fir  and  spruce. 
Brassica.    See  under  Cabbage. 

Brussels  Sprouts.   CLUB- ROOT  — See  under  Cabbage 
Buxus        STRM-BIIUHT      (Ntctna     rouittluina) — Twigs     killed, 
reddish  pustules  appe  inng  on  stems  and  leaves 
Control — Remove  all  diseased  parts  and  burn 

Cabbage  CLUB-ROOT,  or  C'l  tin- FOOT  (Plawodiophora  brassiere)  — 
A  contoited  swelling  of  roots  and  sukly  wilted  tops 

Control — Dtstrov  affected  seedlings  Lime  the  soil  at 
least  eighteen  months  befoie  planting  cabbage,  using  at  tho 
rate  of  two  tonsof  <,uu  khmo  to  the  aere 

BLAtK-RoT  (Badllnn  campestrt)  — Sap-tubes  in  leav-s  and  stem 
turn  black  and  the  leaves  drop,  thus  preventing  heading 

Control  — Practise  crop-rotation  Soak  the  seed  for  fifteen 
minutes  in  a  solution  of  mercuric  chloride,  one  tablet  in  a 
pint  of  water 

Cactus    SPOT  (Diploiba  opuntise)  — Sometimes  a  serious  disease 
Calathea    I  t  AI--BI  IQHT  (Cephal<uru3  paramticui)  — The  epidermal 
cells  contain  the  alga,  whieh  spreads  over  the  leaf,  blackening 
and  killing  it 

Control    -Remove  diseased  leaves. 

Calceolaria  LEAK-BLK.ITT  (\scribed  to  a  Microeoccus). — Brownish 
patches  on  lower  leaves,  many  times  bordered  by  tho  small 
veins  of  tho  leaf 

Control—  Hum  affieted  plants 

Campanula  Rt  sr  (Cuhosporium  campanula). — Red  and  brown 
rust  spots  on  lr 'ives 

Control  —Segregate  from  Pin  us  ngida. 
Capsicum.   ANTHUACNOSE  — Same  as  on  Piper,  which  sco. 
Carnation      Rnsr    (livmytei   raiyoplujlhnus] — Brown,   powdery 

Control — Spray    once    in    two    weeks    with    a    solution    of 
copper  sulfate,  one  pound  to  twenty  gallons  of  water.    Pick 
off  diseased  loav  <  s      K«  p  tempi  rature  low 
Carpmus     Bi  M  K-Moro  (Uinnrovporunn  pulchrum')  — On  leaves. 

Control  —  Spray  with  any  good  fungicide 

HEART-ROT  (Fomei  /M/IVIS)  — Red-brown  decay,  crumbles  when 
crushed 

Contiol—  Surgery  methods 

Carrot.  SoFT-Ror  (Bndlhis  carotovorus) — A  soft-rotting  of  the 
root  identical  with  the  soft  rots  of  other  root  crops 

Control  — Good  drainage  of  soil     Steam  sterilization  of  soil. 
LEAF-SPOT    or    EARLY    LEAF-BLIGHT    (Cercospora    apii)  — See 

under  Celery. 

Carya  — See  under  Hickory-Nut. 
Castanea  — See  under  Chestnut 
Catalpa     LrAF-BLiairr — Sudden  blackening  and  dying  of  leaves 

in  eaily  summer  » 

HEART-ROT     (Polystictuv     versicolor)  —Heart -wood      becomes 
straw-colored  and  finally  soft 
Control  —  Surgery 

ROOT-ROT  of  seedlings  (Thielnia  basicola)  —See  under  Nicotian* 
Cauliflower  —Sec  under  Cabbage 


CATALOGUE  OP  DISEASES,  continued 

Celastrus.  MILDEW  (Phyllactinia  corylea). — Powdery  mildew  ol 
leaves. 

Control  — Dust  with  sulfur. 

Celery.  EARLY  LEAF-Bne,HT  (Ceicospora  apii) — A  spotting  and 
eventual  blighting  of  leaves 

Control  — Spray  with  ammomacal  copper  carbonate,  5-3-50, 
beginning  in  seed-bed  and  keeping  new  growth  covered 
throughout  the  season 

LATK  BLIGHT  (Scptona  petroi>ehni  var   <ipu)  — Blight  of  foliage 
appearing  late  in  season  and  in  storage 

Control  —As  above     Grow  under  half  shade 

CeltiS.  MILDEW  (Peronoplaimopara  ciUidts)  — Definite  spots  on 
veins,  water-soaked  dark  gieen  becoming  gray. 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture 

Cercis.  LEAI--SPOT  (Ammhytti  pisi)  — Spots  round,  yellowish  with 
brown  margin  on  leav  es  and  stem 

Control  —Spray  with  dilute  bordeaux  mixture  on  firt,* 
appearance 

Chamsecypans  Twia  DISEASE  (Pettalozzta  funerea)  — Bark  of 
young  branches  killed,  needles  die 

Control  — Prune  off  affected  parts  and  clean  up  litter  and 
burn 

HEART-ROT  (Stecchermum  ballonu)  — Kills  tops  of  trees 
Chard  (Beta)     LEA* -SPOT  (Cercospora  btticola)  —Brown,  purplish 
bordered  spots  on  leaves 

Control   -Pick  off  and  destroy  divased  leaves 

Cherry.  BROWN-Hor  (Sderotuna  fructiatna)  —  The  flowers  decay, 
the  leaves  become  discolored  with  irregular  brown  spots, 
and  tho  fruit  rot  s  on  the  tree 

Control  —Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  4-4-50,  or  luue- 
sulfur,  1-40  (1)  just  before  the  blossom  buds  open,  (2)  just 
after  the  blossoms  fall,  (3)  one  or  two  more  applications  at 
intervals  of  ten  days 

POWDFRY  MILDFVV  (Podoiph^ra  oxycatithx)  — Leaves  and  twigs 
affected,  often  causing  defoliation 

Control  -Spray  with  lnne-faulfur,  1-40,  or  dust  heavily 
with  powdered  sulfur 

BL\CK-KNOT    —Sec  under  Plum     Same  disease 
Chestnut.     CANKER,  or   BARK   DISKASK    (Endothia  paravtica)  — • 
Sunken  or  swollen  cankers  on  limbs  or  trunk     Limbs  die  and 
loaves  and  burs  cling  in  winter 

Control  -Remove    diseased    parts    and    burn       Paint    all 
wounels     Little  chance  of  saving  trees  in  infested  locality 
Chicory      STI-M-SPOT   (Plmtporu   albimnt)  —  Yellowish-gray  spots 
on  lower  portion  of  the  stern     Later  on  smaller  brain  lies  and 
leaves     Plant  destroy td 

Control  —Eradicate  diseised  plants 

Chrysanthemum  LF  \*-Spoi  (Stptoria  Lhrysanthtmi)  — Small  u'ark 
brown  spots,  which  im-reaxc  in  sue  until  led  is  killed 

Control—  Puk  and  burn  affected  leaves  Spray  with  bor- 
deaux mixture,  4  4  .">() 

Rusr   (Pucnnia  (.hn/santh,  mi)  —Reddish   brown   rust   pustules 
on  leaves 

Control  — As  for  Leaf-Spot 

Cineraria  Miunw  (Uremia  lactuc<e) — Plants  stunted  and  of  a 
pale  color,  finally  wilting  Same  disease  on  lettuce. 

Control — Remove  diseased  plontd  Do  not  use  same  soil 
again 

RITHT — See  under  Henecw 

Citrus — See  under  Orange,    Ltmon,  Grapefruit,  etc       The  "wither 
tip"  disease  deaeribed  under  Pomelo  is  common  to  species  of 
citrus 
Clematis.    LEAF-SI«OT  (C yhndrotpoi ium  ch matutn  var  ]<ikmanu) 

— Causing  loss  of  lower  leaves  at  time*     Not  serious 
Cocoanut.    BUD-ROT  (liacillni  mli)  —  Rot  of  soft  tissues  of  coco- 
nut plant  and  is  perhaps  responsible  for  coconut  bud-rot 

Control  — Not  giv  en 

Coffea.  L» AF-DISEASE  (Hemileia  va^tatrix  and  //  woodi.)  — 
Circular  discolortd  areas,  turning  pale  yellow  and  becoming 
studeled  witii  orange-yollow  spots 

Control  —Bum  all  d incased  le.vvca 

Colchicum  RUHT  (Urumyas  colchin) — Black  spots  on  leaves 
Looks  like  a  smut  disease 

Control  — Diseased  leav  es  should  be  burned 

Colocasia  ROOT-ROT  (Ptronospma  trichomata)  — Sap-tubes  turn 
yellow  and  finally  entire  tuber  becomes  black 

Control — Dry  tubers  thoroughly  before  storing  Do  not 
plant  in  soil  in  which  the  disease  has  occurred 

Convolvulus  MIIJJKW  (Albugo  ipomaav-panduranx)  — Distort.ons 
and  white  or  yellow  blisters 

Control  — Remove  diseased  plants  and  spray  with  bordeaux 
mixture  frequently 

Cordyhne.    BLIGHT  — See  under  Orchids. 

Coreopsis  MILDEW  (Sphserotheca  humuh  var  fuhginea). — Pow- 
dery mildew  of  the  leaves 

Control  — Dust  with  sulfur 

Corn  SMUT  (Ustilago  zfx) — Boils  on  stalks,  ears  or  tassels, 
at  first  white,  then  black,  and,  when  burst  open,  containing 
black  poweler,  the  spores 

Control  — Cut  out  developing  smut  boils  and  burn 
WILT    (Pseudomonaa    itewartu)  —Sap -tubes    turn    yello'r/    and 
plant  wilts  and  drys  up 

Control — Burn  affected  plants     Grow  varieties  not  affected 


DISEASES   AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES   AND   INSECTS      1031 


CATALOGUE  OP  DISEASES,  continued 

Cornus.  TWIG-BLIGHT  (Dmporthe  albocarnit)  —Twigs  die,  bark 
turns  yellow  and  is  covered  with  numerous  small  pimples. 

Control  — Prune  off  and  destroy  affected  parts. 
Corylus. — See  under  Filbert 

Cosmos  STEM-BLIGHT  (Phomopaw  stewartii)  — Brown  spots 
rapidly  enlacing  on  steins  of  mature  plants  Parts  above 
wilt  and  die 

Control  — Difficult  and  no  certain  methods  known.  Remove 
diseased  stems  and  burn 

Cotoneaster  RHU»  (Gymnoaporangium  davanx forme). — Orange 
rust  pustules  on  leaves 

Control  — Keep  at  a  distance  from  jumpers 

Cranberry  BIAHT,  or  SCALD  (Guionardia  vaccinu)  — Young  flower 
and  fruits  blasted,  older  fruits  appear  scalded  or  watery 

Control  — Spray  five  or  six  times  with  bordeaux  mixture. 
5-5-50,  in  which  has  been  added  four  pounds  of  resin  hsh-oil 
soap.  Begin  just  before  the  blossoms  open 

Crataegus  RUST  (Gymnosporangium  sp  ). — Orange  rust  pustules 
on  leaves  and  petioles 

Control  — Keep  at  a  distance  from  jumpers. 
Cress.    WHITE,  MOLD  — See  under  Horse-Radish 
Crocus     ROOT- ROT  (Rhizoctonvi  sp  )  — Important  in  France  and 
likely  occurring  hero 

Control  — Sanitation,  new  soil  frequc  ntly  or  soil  sterilization. 
Cucumber     Hiu.rrr,  or  MILDEW   (Pseudopironoipora  cubensis)  — 
A  blighting  and  premature  yellowing  of  the  leaves. 

Control — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  5-5-50,  every  ten 
to  fourteen  daj  s  after  plants  begin  to  run 
WILT— See  under  t'uturfcito 

Cucurbita  WIIT  (BtuiUux  trachnphilus) — Sap-tubes  are  clogged 
and  destroyed,  causing  the  plant  to  wilt 

Control  —  Eradic  ite  the  striped  beetle  Gather  and  destroy 
all  wilted  leaves  and  plants 

Cupressus     HOOT-ROT  —See  under  Pine    Same  disease. 
TVVH,  DIHFAH>  —See  under  Chamucyptvnv 

WITCHRH"  BKOUM  (Uymnotporangium  clhuii) — Fasciation  of 
branches 

Control  — Prune  off  affected  parts 

Currant  WILT,  or  CANE.-BIK.HT  (Botryovpharia  nbia) — Canes  die 
suddenly,  the  leaves  wilting 

Control  ~\o  satisfactory  method  known  Cut  out  and 
burn  affected  plants 

RUST  (Cronartuim  ribnoli}  -Brown  rust  pustules  and  brown 
fe  it-liko  grow  th  on  unek  r  bide  of  le  af  Black  currants  especially 
susceptible 

Control  — Grow  at  least  500  feet  from  white  pine  trees 
Cycas       LK  \F-SPOT    (Wwotphtrclla    tnla*n*i=Clidosporium    her- 
barnm)  -  Gray  spots  and  final  death  of  It  avis 
Control  --Remove  and  burn  affected  pirts 

— Spots  circular,  slightly  water-logged,  with  sharply  defined 
outlines 

Control  — De  stroy  affected  leav  es  by  burning 
BLIGHT  —Similar  to  Lilnirn  Ltaf-Xpot,  which  see 
Dahlia      WIIT   (fidirotima  scltrotwrum)  —White  mold  on  stem, 
later  yellowing  and  wilting  of  plant,  and  finally  stem  collapses 
Control   -Rtinovc  and  burn  affe-ctcd  plants     Green  stable 
manure  favors  the  disease 

(M yro^p 

r?/  Ltaf-Spot,  which 
Date     Sco  under  1'nlmt 

Delphinium  Bi  A(  K-SPOT  (BaciUui  dtlphim)  — Sunken  black  spota 
on  stem  and  leaves 

Control  — lie  move  and  burn  diseased  parts 

Dewberry  LEO -SPOT  (Mptona  rubi)  —Small  pale  spots  of  dead 
leaf-tissue  finally  becoming  dotted  with  black  specks 

Control  — No  successful  method  of  treatment  is  known. 
DianthtlS — See  under  Carnation 

Digitalis  MILDLW  (Pernnotpitra  tordida) — Broadly  effused,  dingy 
lilac  patches  of  mililew  on  under  surface  of  leaves 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture 

Diospyros  MILDMV  (Podosph^cra  oxyacnnthy)  — Powdery  mildew 
of  the  lenvcs 

Control — Dust  with  sulfur 
Dracaena.    Bi  IGHT  — See  under  Orchids 
Eggplant      ANIURAC  JSOHB     (Glaosponum    melongense). — Spots    on 

fruit     Same  as  on  Piper,  which  se* 
STEM  ROT  (Nutrw  ipoma  e)     -Spreading  spots  on  the  stem. 

Control  — Spray  mixtures  may  be  of  avail 

Eleeagnus.   ROOT-TUBERCLES — See  under  AJnus    Not  destructive 
Endive     RUST  (Puccinm  endinx)  — Rust  spots  on  leaves 

STEM-ROT  — See  uneler  Chicory 

Eucalyptus  TUMOR  (  Uxtilaao  vnciwna)  — Woody  tumors  at  collar 
of  tree  Production  of  black  soot-like  mass  of  spores  between 
wood  and  bark 

Control  — Surgery  methods 

Euphorbia  BIIOHT  (Gltcosporinm  euphorbia) — Causes  death  of 
floral  portion  just  before  flowering  time  and  the  parts  below 
are  soon  blighted 

Control  — Burn  affected  plants  Spray  with  bordeaux 
mixture 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued 

Fagus.  HEART-ROT  (Fomes  vtniariua)  — White,  dry,  and  some- 
what solid  decay  of  heart-wood  bordered  by  fine  black  lines 

Control  — See  under  Arboriculture,  Diseases  of  Trees 
Ferns     TIP  BLIGHT   (Phylloshcta   phndii)  — Brown  spots  at  or 
near  tips  of  the  fronds  covered  with  minute  black  dots 

Control  — Remove  and  burn  the  blighted  leaves  and  then 
sprny  with  bordeaux  mixture 
Ficus       LEAF-SPOT    (Leptostromella    elastics) — Causes    spots    on 

leaves     See  also  under  Fig 

Fig  LEAF-SPOT  (Ccrcospora  bolleana)  — Brown  spots  on  leaves 
Loaves  turn  yellow  and  drop  off 

Control — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture  while  leaves  are 
young 

Filbert  BLACK-KNOT  (Cryptospordln  anomala) — Senoua  stem 
disease,  canker  gndlos  the  stems  and  kills  parts  above* 

Control  -Prune  off  affected  parts  and  bum 

Forsythia  LEAF-SPOT  (  liter nana  forsylhue)  — Forms  sub- 
circular  spots 

Control  — Spray  with  bordt  aux  mixture 

Fraxinus  RUST  (Pucnma  fiantuita) — Swellings  of  midribs  of 
leaves  and  petioles  with  «  range  rust  spots  on  them 

Con'rol  -Keep  the  common  grass  Kpartina.  cynosuroidea 
away  from  the  treeh 

Freesia  LE*F-SPOI  and  WILT  (Ueternsporium  gracilp) — Large 
brown  spots  with  darker  margin,  numerous,  soon  the  leaves 
wilt  and  die 

(  onlrol  — Spray  with  arnmoniacal  copper  sulfaic 
Galanthus     DLC\V  (Kcbrolinia  yulnnthi)  —In  pi  ice  of  the  flower 
a  shapeless  miss  is  producoel  covered  with   brown  mildew 
Tubers  dtcay  also 

Control  — Remove  all  affected  parts  and  burn  Use  new  soil 
thereafter 

Gardenia     Rusr  — See  under  Coffea    Same  disease 
Genista     ROOT-TCDI-RCLES  — Beneficial 

Gentiana  RUST  (Pitccmui  aentmnx) — Lower  leaves  first  at- 
tacked, become  yellow  and  die.  Disease  gradually  works 
upward 

Control  — Destroy  affected  plants 

Geranium  MILDEW  f Plawnopara  gerann) — Downy  mildew  of 
leaves 

Control  — Spny  w  ith  bordeaux  mixture 

Gladiolus  SMUT  (  L'rocystts  yladioh)  — Black  smut  pustules  on 
conns 

Control  — Destroy  affected  conns     Use  new  soil 
Gleditsia    LEU-SPOT  ( Ltpt 'o^troma  hypophylln)  —Leaflets  become 
covered  with  small  black  specks,  causing   some  of  them  to 
turn  >dlow  and  fall 

Gooseberry  MIIDJW  (Sph*rrotfnra  mori-uive)  — A  powdery  mildew 
of  the  fruit  -md  ^OllIl^t  growth  of  English  varieties 

gallons  of  water,  at  interv  ils  after  leaves  begin  to  unfold 
Grape     BLACK-ROT  (Guiynardm  tndwdhi) — Brown  circular  spots 
on  leaves,  black,  elongated,  sunken  pitb  on  petioles,  cities, 
etc  ,  and  on  the  berry  a  brown  rot  with  shriveling  and  wrink- 
ling 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  4-4-.">0,  before  rams 
Spray  (1)  when  the  third  or  fourth  leaf  unfolds,  (2)  as  soon 
as  the  blossom*  have  fallen,  ($)  when  beines  are  si/e  of  a  pea, 
(4)  about  two  weeks  later  Two  more  applications  if  wet 
season 

Dow  *Y  MILDEW,  or  L*  \I-BLIOHT  (Platmopara  ndcola)  — White 
frost-like  patches  on  under  side  of  the  leaf 

Control  — Same  as  Black-Hot 

Grapefruit  LE\F-SPCJT  (Pfvtalozzra  gueptni)  — Large  spots  with 
daik  margins  Leaves  fall  prematurely  On  other  species 
of  Citrus  also 

Control  — Destroy  affected  leaves 

Guava.  AN  THR  \CVOSK  (Glorntrtlla  pvU/ti) — Circular  brown, 
decayed  areas  on  frui^  Like  apple  bitter-rot 

Control  — None  giv  en 

Hedera.  I,KAF-Spor  and  LE\F  BLIC.MT  (Vermicularui  tnchtlla). — 
Rapid  blackening  of  the  etiolated  portion  of  the  leaf 

Control — Remove  and  burn  affected  leaves  and  spray  with 
bordeaux  mixture 

Hehanthus.  RUST  (Puccinm  helianthi)  —Red  rust  pustules  on 
leaves  of  most  specie  s  of  Hehanthus 

Control  — No  specific-  control  measures  worked  out. 
HeUeborus      LEAF-BLOTC  H    (Coniothyrium   helltbori)  — Large  cir- 
cular brownish  blotches  of  scorched  appearance,  covered  with 
minute  black  dots. 

Control  — Cut  off  and  burn  affected  leaves. 
Hemerocalhs.   LEAF-SPOT  — See  under  Freesia. 
Hibiscus      LKAF-SPOT    ( Phylloaticta   tdacoto) — Indistinct    brown 
spots  with  whitish  centers 

Control  —Burn  affected  leaves 

MILDEW    (\ticroiphvia  enph  >rbts>) — Powdery  mildew  of  leaves. 
Control  — Dust  with  sulfur 

Hickory-nut.  LFAF-SPOT  (Marwma  juglandis)  —Large  leaf-spot, 
causing  prema'ure  dying  of  1«  aves 

Control  —Spraying    with    bordeaux    mixture    may    be    of 


1032      DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


v^AfALOGUK  OF  DISEASES,  continued. 

Hollyhock  RUST  (Puccinia  muhacearum) — All  parts  of  plant 
dhow  reddish  hrown  pustules 

Control  — Eradicate  mallow     Pick  off  diseased  leaves  and 
burn     Spray  every  week  with  bordeaux  mixture,  4-3-50 
tiorse-Radish      WHITE   Mou>   (Cystopuj  candidus)  — Deforming 
and  swelling  of  leaves  and  stems,  with  white  powdery  surface 
growth 

Control  — Hardly  important  enough  on  the  radish  to  neces- 
sitate control 

Hyacinthus.  BLIGHT  ( Pteutlomonas  hyacin'hi)  — Serious  pest  in 
the  Netherlands  Sap-tubes  filled  with  yellow  slune. 

Control  — Destroy  all  affected  plants 

Hydrangea.  LEAF-BLIGHT  (Phullovtuta  hydrangea). — Leaf-spot 
disease  which  become*  serious  at  times 

CorUrol  — Destroy  diseased  loaves  as  soon  us  noticed. 
Iberis     CLUB-ROOT. — See  under  Cabbage 

Impatiens  MILDKW  (Plasmopara  obducent)  — Downy  mildew  of 
the  leaves 

Control  — Remove  affected  leaves  and  spray  with  bordeaux 
mixture 

Jpomcea.  RUST  (Coleosponum  \pomaese). — Common  rust  spotting 
of  leaves. 

Control  — Destroy  affected  loaves. 
MILDEW  — Soo  under  Convolvulus 

Iris.  LEAF-BLIGHT  (Botrytis  galanthina)  — First  the  leaves  and 
flowers  are  much  distorted  and  covered  with  black  mold 
growth,  later  the  bulb  may  be  destroyed 

Control  — Eradicate  diseased  plants  and  grow  in  new  sod. 
Juglans      LE  \F-SPOT      (Gnomonia    leptostyla) — Brown    leaf -spot, 
causing  defohition 

Control  — Collect    and    burn    fallen    leaves.     Spray    with 
bordeaux  mixture  while  leaves  are  young 

Jumperus.  CEDAR  APPLES  (Gymnosporangium  spp  )  — Large  or 
small  red  and  woody  growth  at  tips  of  branches.  Gelatinous 
in  wet  weather. 

Control  — Prune   off   affected   parts.     Keep   apples,   pears, 
and  hawthorns  at  a  distance 
Kale.    BLACK-ROT  — See  under  Cabbage 
Kohlrabi     Ci  UB-ROOT  — See  under  Cabbage 

Laburnum  LEA.F-SPOT  (Pcronospora  cysttt>i)  — Leaves  become 
brown-spotted  Seedlings  killed 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture. 
CONTAGIOUS  CHLOROSIS  — See  under  Abutilon. 
Lara.     CAVKER    (Dawscypha  willkomii)  — Canker  of  trunk  and 
branches,  usually  around  base  of  trunk 

Control  — Eradicate    diseased    parts,    using    tree    surgery 
methods 

Laurus.  WITCHFB'  BROOM  (Kxobasuhum  laun). — Branched  out 
growths,  antler-like,  2  or  3  feet  in  length,  springing  from 
the  leaves 

Control  — Prune  off  affected  parts 

Lemon  BROWN-ROT  (Pythiacystis  citrouhihora) — White  mold  on 
surface  of  fruit. 

Control  — Not  destructive  in  orchard     Add  copper  sulfate 
to  water  w  hen  washing  lemons  to  prevent  infection  of  healthy 

LEAF-I)i«s,\8E8 — Not  well  understood     Probably  controllable 

by  spraying 

Lespedeza  MILDKW  (Microxuhara  diffut,a)  — Powdery  mildew  of 
leaves 

Control  — Dust  with  sulfur 

Lettuce.  DROP,  or  ROT  (Sclerotmia  hbertiana)  — Base  of  stems  or 
leaves  rots  off,  allowing  leaves  to  drop 

Control  — Sterilize  soil  with  steam  before  planting. 
MILDEW  — See  under  Cintraria 

Ligustrum  ANTHRACNOBE  (Gkeosporium  cingulatum)  — Affected 
areas  light  brown  cither  oblong  on  one  side  of  the  stem  or 
completely  girdling  it 

Control  — Destroy  by  burning  affected  plants. 

Lihum.  LEAF-SPOT  (Botrytis  sp  )  — Orange-brown  or  buff  blotches 
on  leaves,  stem  and  flowers  of  L  candidum  May  be  same  as 
Tuhpa  Mold,  which  see 

Control  — Eradicate  diseased  plants. 
Lily-of-the- Valley.   STEM-ROT  — See  under  Pxonia. 
Ltriodendron.    TWIQ  BLIGHT  (Myroiporium  longiaporium). — Kill- 
ing twigs 

Control  — Prune  off  diseased  twigs 
Lobelia.     CANKK.R    (Phoma   devaitatrix)  — Portions  of   the  stems 

covered  with  minute  black  dots 

Control  — Remove  diseased  plants     They  never  bloom. 
Lomcera    CANKER  ( Nectna  cinnabanna)  — Rough  canker  on  limbs 
covered  with  nVs,h-colored  or  red  bodies. 

Control — Prune  off  or  cut  out  all  affected  parts  and  cover 
wounds  with  tar 
Lupinus. — See  under  Pea 

Lychnis.  SMUT  (  Ustilago  vwlacea)  — Pollen-sacs  filled  with  black 
dust  which  escapes  and  discolors  the  flower  * 

Control  — Destroy  the  affected  plants  and  use  new  soil. 
Lycopersicum  — Sec  under  Tomato. 
Magnolia    LEAF-SPOT  — See  under  Grapefruit 
Malva     ROIT  —See  under  Hollyhock     Sumo  disease. 


ixture    gives    good 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued 

Mangifera.  BLACK  BLIGHT  (Dimerosponum  manoiferum).  —  *n- 
tense  black  velvety  patches  on  both  surfaces  of  the  leaves. 

Control  —  Spray  with  any  good  spray  mixture 
Matthiola.   CLUB-ROOT  —Sec  under  Cabbage 

Mentha.  RUST  (Puccmia  menthx)  —  A  most  destructive  rust 
disease 

Control  —  Nonn  given 

Mignonette  LKAF-SPOT  (Cercospora  reseda?)  -First  reddish 
discoloration  of  leaves  Later  small  depressed  spots  with 
brownish  or  yellowish  margin 

Control  —  Spraying    w  ith    bordeaux    mixti 
results 
Morus     LE  \F-Spor  (Cerconpora  moncola)  —  Not  serious 

LEAF-BLIGHT  (Psiudomonnt  mon)  —  Wilting  and  death  of  leaves, 
Cankers  girdle  the  twigs 

Control  —Prune  off  diseased  parts  and  burn. 

Muscari  SMUT  (  Urocystis  colchici)  —  Long  black  powdery  streaks 
on  leaves 

Control  —  Destroy  affected  plants  by  burning.  Use  new 
soil 

Mushroom  MOLD  (Mycorjone  perninoso.)  —  Mushrooms  develop 
abnormally  as  monstious  soft  growths  These  develop  into 
a  moldy  mass  and  putnfy 

Control  —  Affected  beds  should  bo  thoroughly  cleaned  and 
sprayed  with  copper  sulfate,  one    pound  to  fifty  gallons  of 
w  ater 
Muskmelon    DOWNY  MIIDEW  —  See  under  Cucumber 

WIIT—  See  under  Cucurbita 

Narcissus  LKVI>-SPOT  (Ramularia  narcissi)  —  Spots  on  leaves 
and  stem 

Conhol  —  Burn    diseased   parts   und    spray   with    bordeaux 
mixture 
Nasturtium      WHITE   "RUST"  (Cyslopus   candidus)  —  Soo    under 

Horn-  Radish 

Nectarine     YLLLOWS,  etc  —  See  under  Ptach 

Nenum  BLA<  K  MOID  (Capnodium  fvedum)  —Black  velvety-like 
growth  on  leaves) 

Control  —  Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture 

NlCOtiana  ROOT-ROT  (Thirlavui  bnvicola)  —  Blackening  and 
rotting  of  the  roots  of  seedling  plants  . 

Control    -Steam  sterilization  of  beed-heds 
MOSAIC  or  CALKO   DIHIAHI-  —  Fnxynuc   disease      Mottling  of 

leaf     Spread  by  touch 

Oak.  ANTHR  \f\osk  (Gnomonia  nmta)  —  Brown  spotting  on 
under  side  of  leaves,  along  \eins  Brown  pustules  on  spots 
Death  of  leaves  and  twigs  See  under  Arboriculture,  Diifasea 
of  Tree  <t 

Control  —  Collect  and  burn  all  diseased  twigs  and  leaves 
Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture  frequently  from  time  buds 
swell 

(Enothera  LEA*-GALLS  (Synrhytnum  fulgena)  —  Yellow  swellings 
on  the  leaves 

Control  —  Destroy  affected  leaves 
Okra.  —  See  under  Hibitcut 

Olive  LIMB-GALL,  or  KVOT  (Phcudomona?  olta)  —  Knots  or  galls 
on  the  twigs  and  limbs 

Control  —  Remove  and  burn  affected  limbs 

Onion.  MiLmw  (Ptronoapora  ach'cidftiiajia)  —  Causes  a  wilt  or 
blight  of  the  lea 


Control  —  Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  5-5-50,  to  which 
s  been  added  one  gallon  of  resin  sal-soda  sticker      First 
application  when  third   leaf  has  developed,  repeating  every 


ten  days  until  harvest  tune 

MUT  (  Uroci^tis  cepulv)  —  Hlack  pustules  on  leaves  and  bulbs 
Seedlings  may  be  killed  outright 

Control  —  Grow  seed  in  now  soil      Drill  in  with  the  seed 
one  hundred  pounds  of  sulfur  and  fifty  pounds  of  air-slaked 
hme  to  the  acre 
Opuntia.     SPOT    (Diplodia   opuntise)  —  Sometimes   a   serious   pest 

of  cactus 

Orach.  GALLS  (Urvphlyctw  pulpoxa)  —  Glassy  swellings  on 
leaves,  stems  and  flowers  of  Chenopodium  and  Atnplex 

Control  —  Burn  affected  plants 

Orange.  BLACK-MOLD  (Capnodium  citri)  —  Black  mold-like  growth 
on  leaves  and  fruit 

Control  —  Spray  with  any  good  fungicide 

Orchids  LEAF-BIIOHT  (dlomtrella  cincta)  —  Leaf  dies  back  from 
the  tip,  turning  hrown 

Control  —Burn    affected    loaves      Spray    frequently    then 
with  bordeaux  mixture 

Ormthogalum     WARFH  (Synchylnum  niesit)  —  Dirty  white  warts 
on  leaves,  bounded  by  a  dark  line 
Control  —  Burn  diseased  leaves 

Peeonia  STEM-ROT  and  WILT  (Sderotinut  pxonue)  —  Gradual 
wilting  and  dyinR  of  leaves  caused  by  decay  of  stem  at  or 
near  surface  of  soil 

Control  —  Spray  the  stems  frequently  with  a  strong  fungi- 
cide    Burn  affected  plants 

Palms  LEAF-SPOT  (Glaiosporium  allescheri)  —  May  cause  ultimate 
death  of  leaves 

(Control  —  Frequent   spraying   with   bordeaux   mixture  and 
eradication  of  diseased  leaves  may  prove  beneficial 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS      1033 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued. 

Pandanus  BLACK  CANKPR  ( Nectrta  pandani)  — Kills  branches  and 
entire  plants  Black  pustules  on  bark  oozing  black  tendrils. 

Control  — Cut  out  diseased  portions  as  soon  aa  noticed. 
Pansy     LEAF-SPOT   (Peronospora  molse). — Discolored  spots  with 
pale  violet  growth  on  them 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture. 

Papaver  MiUJtw  (Ptronnspora  arborescent) — Downy  mildew  of 
wild  and  cultivated  poppies  Especially  injurious  to  seedlings 
of  garden  species 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture. 

Parsley.     LEAF-SCORCH    (Srptona    petrosehni). — Small    scattered 
brown  patches,   which  increase  in   size   until   whole  leaf  u 
rered 

.    /— Sprs 

burn  affected  let 
Parsnip     LEAP-HI  ICJIIT  — See  under  Celery,  Early  Leaf-Blight. 
Pea     Miimvv  (Erysiphe  polyyoni) — A  powdery  mildew  on  pods 

Control  — Dust  dry  suifur  over  the  plants 

Peach.  BIK.HT  (Corynftirn  bryfrinkn)  — A  spotting,  gumming  and 
death  of  the  buds  and  twigs,  particularly  in  the  lower  parts 
of  the  tree  The  fruit  drop* 

Control  —  For     California      conditions,      two      applications 
bordeaux  mixture,  o-J-51),  or  lime-sulfur,  1-10,    (1)  in  No- 
vember or  Deer  mbc  r,  and  (2)  m  February  or  March 
LLAJ--CUHL  (Efoi^ui,  dtfornvins)  — Leaven  curl  and  wrinkle 

Control  — Spiay  with  lime-sulfur,  1-11,  beiore  buds  swell 
BROWM-ROT  (Scltrotmia  fructiucna)  — Rot  on  fruit  and  cankers 
on  limbs 

Control—  Spray  with  self-boiled  lime-sulfur,  8-8-50,  adding 
two  pounds  arsdiato  of  lead  Spray  (I)  about  time  shucks 
are  sheading  from  young  fruit,  (2)  two  or  three  weeks  later; 
(3)  one  month  before  fruit  ripens 

SCAB,  or  BLACK-SPOI  (Cladoiporium  carpophilum)  — Black  scab- 
like  spot  s  on  fruit 

Control  — S*  If-boiled  lime-sulfur  applied  aa  under  Brown-Rot. 
YEILOWS— A    fatal   disease      Red    spots   in    fruit.     Tuft-like 
grow  th  of  new  shoots  and  finally  yellow  foliage. 

Control  — Burn  affected  trees 

Pear  BLIGHT  (Bacillus  amt/lovorui)  — Flowers,  young  fruit,  twigs, 
and  leaves  turn  black  arid  die  Limbs  die  bark  and  sunken 
cankers  form  in  bark 

Control  —  hraduate  all  wild  hawthorns,  pears  and  apples 
Inspect  and  remove  nil  blighted  parts  of  tree.  Paint  wound* 
with  toil  tar 

St  AU  — \  t  ry  similar  disease  to  Apple  Scab,  -which  see. 
Pecan      LEAF-BUJTCH   (Mycovpfutrella  convexula) — Dark-colored 
blotclus  covered  with  minute  black  dots  on  leaves  in  mid- 
summer 

Control  — None  given 

Pelargonium  DKOPHY  — Translucent  spotting  of  leaf.  Spota 
finally  die 

C  ontrol  — Withhold  water  until  absolutely  necessary. 
Persimmon       \XTHRA<  NOSE    (dlomerella    rufomaculans)  — Similar 

if  not  identical  to  Piper  Anthracnose,  which  sec 
Petunia     \VILT — Bee  under  Dahlia 

Phlox.  STEM-CVMCKR  (Pvrenochseta  phlorvhs). — Canker  Just 
above  the  ground  on  the  stem  Plant  dies,  first  turning 
yr How  and  then  falls  over 

Control    -Diseased  stems  should  be  removed  and  burned. 
Physahs       WITT    (Banlluv    knhnaeearum)  —  Pith    of    stem    turns 
brown,  sup-tubes  filled  with  viscid  oo?c 

Control  — (Jet  rid  of  insects  such  as  potato  beetle  and  burn 
all  am  e  ted  plants 

Picea  LE  \F-Spor  and  Lh  AF-CAHT  (Phoma  sp  )  — Causes  discolor- 
ation and  dropping  ot  needles  Black  dots  on  affected  needles. 

Control  — Clean  up  all  fallen  needles  and  burn 
DROUGHT  I  NJVKY  — Drying  up  of  needles    \V  at«r  in  dry  weather. 
Pine.    ROOI-ROT  (ArmtfUiria  mtlleti). — Tons  turn  yellow  and  die, 
swelling  of  trunk  at  surface  of  ground      Decay  of  loots  with 
black   threads  abundantly  present      Toadstools  around  base 
of  tree 

Control  — Dig  up  and  burn  and  destroy  all  toadstools  near 
the  affected  trees 

Pineapple.  Hi  ART- ROT — Browning  of  the  axis  of  the  fruit,  due 
to  excessive  moisture  at  time  of  ripening 

Control  — Keep  down  humidity  in  greenhouses. 
Piper.    ANIHKACNORR  (Glacosporium  piperatum)  — Spots  on  leaves 
of  plants     Also  apple  bitter-rot  fungus  (GlomereUa  rufomacur 
lans)  causes  similar  spots  on  the  fruits 

Control  — Frequent  spraying  with  bordeaux  mixture. 
Platanus.   ANTHIJACM>SE  — See  under  Oak.   Same  disease 
Plum    BLACK-KNOT  (Plottnghtia  morbota)  — Black  tumorous  swell- 
ings from  1  to  several  inches  m  length,  on  limbs  and  twigs. 

Control — Burn  all  affected  parts  in  the  fall.    Burn  whole 
tree  if  badly  affected 
BROWN-ROT  — See  under  Peach. 

Polygonum  TAR-SPOT  (Rhytisma  bistortse). — Black  tar-like  spots 
on  leaves 

Control  — Burn  affected  leaves 

Pomegranate.   INTERNAL  ROT  (Sterigmatocystis  castanea)  — Central 
cavity  of  fruit  occupied  by  a  black  sporulating  fungus 
Control  — None  known 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued. 

Pomelo.  WITHEH-TIP  (Colletotrichum  glceosponoules). — Anthrao- 
nose  cankers  of  stem,  spots  on  leaves  and  flowera  and  general 
wilting  of  tips  of  branches 

Control. — Prune  off  affected  parts  and  spray  with  bordeaux 
mixture. 

Populus.  HEART- ROT  (Polyporua  sulphurous). — Bed  rot  of  the 
wood,  whan  finally  brr aks  up  into  cubes 

Control  — Surgt  ry  methods 

Potato.  KARLY  Bi  H.HT  ( Altcrnana  wlnm)  — Circular  spots, usually 
m  July  and  final  blighting  of  whole  leaf, 

Control  — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  every  ten  days, 
beginning  when  plants  ore  (t  to  8  inches  high 
LATE  BMOHT  and  POTATO- ROT  (Phytophthora  infestans) — 
Quick-spreading  watery  appearing  spots  in  leaves.  Mildew 
on  under  side  Plants  appear  as  scalded  by  hot  water.  Tubers 
rot  in  soil  or  soon  after  (figging 

Control  —Spray   with    bordeaux   mixture,  5-5-50,  at    least 
three  applications  and  in  wet  seasons,  six  or  more  may  bo 
necessary     Use  from  forty  to  one  hundred  gallons  per  acre 
SCAB  (Oospora  scabitti)  — A  scabby  and  pitted  roughness  of  the 
tubers 

Control  — Keep  lime  u»<  ashes  off  the  land  Soak  uncut 
seed  tubers  in  a  solution  of  formalin,  one  pint  to  thirty  gallons 
of  water  for  two  hour*  Avoid  land  that  has  grown  scabby 
potatoes 

Potentilla.    LEAF-SPOT  — Sec  under  Strawberry. 
Primula.   ROT  (Botrytis  sp  ) — Similar  to  rot  of  Psconia,  which  see. 
Prune. — See  under  Plum 
Prunus. — See  under  Cherry,  Plum  and  Peach. 
Pseudotsuga.     BLIGHT    (bdcrotinta   fucKelwna). — Gray   mold   of 
seedlings  and  younge  r  bhoots  of  older  *rees  in  moist  situ- 
ations 

Control  — Spray  w  ith  bordeaux  mixture. 
Psidium  — See  under  Guam. 
Pyrus — See  under  Appli  and  Pear, 
Quince.    BLIGHT—  Sei  under  Ptar 

RUBT  (Gymno^poranyium  ulobotum)  — Orange  rust  of  fruit 

Control  — Destroy    red    cedars    in    the    neighborhood,    also 
wild  apples  and  hawthorns     Spray  as  for  Apple  Scab 
Radish    WHITI.  "RusT1  or  MILDEW  (Albugo  candidui)  — A  whitish 
powdery  growth  on  the  leaves  and  petioles,  often  causing 
distortion 

Control  — Stc  am  sterilize  the  soil  before  planting. 
CLUB-ROOT  — See  under  Cabbage 
BLACK-Ror  — See  under  Cabbage 

Ranunculus  MILDEW  (Plamnopara  pygmsea). — Downy  mildew  of 
leaves 

Control — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture 

Raspberry  AMHRACNOSE  (Gliroi>ponum  venetum) — Circular  or 
elliptical,  gray  scab-like  >,pots  on  the  canes 

Control  — Remove  diseased  canes  aa  soon  a^s  fruit  is  picked. 
Avoid  taking  >oung  plants  from  diseased  plantings. 
CROW v-G ALL  —Nee  under  Blackberry 

RED,  or  ORVNGE  Ri  si  (Gymnwoma  interstitialis} — Dense  red 
powdeiy  growth  on  under  side  of  leaves  of  black  varieties 
and  blaeklx  rrus 

Control  —  Dig  up  mddtstroy  iffectod  plants 
LEAF-SPOT — bee  under  Dtwberry    Same  diseise 
Retinospora      GAIL   ((jymno&porangium  sp  ) — Swellings  on  limbs 
and  twigs  with  nd-brown  pubtules  covering  them 

Control  —Prune  off  affected  parts  and  keep  at  a  distance 
from  npe>eies  of  Pomiw 

Rhamnus  Rusr  (Pucunia  coronata)  — Irregular  yellow  blotches, 
with  yellow  pustules  on  under  side  of  leaf  Also  on  fruit  and 
flovuis 

Contiol — Keep  at  a  distance  from  "rusted"  cereals  and 
other  grasses 

Rheum.   SOFT-ROT  — See  under  Carrot. 

Rhododendron.  GALLS  (Exobastdtum  rhododendn) — Galls  of  the 
size  of  a  pea  or  larger,  at  first  pale  green,  then  red  and  iJrowmsh 
covered  with  white  bloom 

Control  — Leaves  bearing  galla  should  be  removed  and 
burned 

Rhubarb.  SOFT-ROT. — Seo  under  Camrf. 
Rhus      CANKER   and   TWIG    BLIGHT    (Endothia    parasitica) — See 

under  Chestnut     Causes  death  of  twigs 
Ribes  — See  under  Currant  and  Gooi,ifctrry 

Richardia  SOFT-ROT  (Bacillus  aroidex)  — Soft  rotting  of  corms 
(bulbs)  and  leaves 

Control  — Change  soil  ev  ery  three  or  four  years  Reject 
corms  which  show  the  disease 

Robinia  HEART-ROT  (Trameffs  robimophtla  and  Fames  rimoaus). 
— Heart-wood  converted  into  punk  Shelf -like  bodies  grow 
from  wounds 

Control  — Surgery  methods. 

Rose.  MILDEW  (Sphtrrotheca  pannosa)  — A  white  powdery  mildew 
on  new  growth 

Control  — In  greenhouses,  keep  steam-pipes  painted  with  a 
paste  of  equal  parts  lime  and  sulfur  mixed  in  water    Out-of- 
doors  roses  should  be  dusted  with  sulfur  flower  or  sprayed 
with  potassium  sulfid,  one  ounce  to  three  gallons  of  water 
STEM-BLIGHT  —Similar  to  Raspberry  Anthracnose,  which  see 


1034   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued. 
Rubus. — See  under  Raspberry. 

Sahx  RUST  — Numerous  species  of  the  rust  fungi  produce  red 
rust  spots  on  the  leaves 

Control  — Keep  at  a  distance  from  species  of  conifers. 
HEART- Ror  (Tramttes  suartoltns)  — Enters  through  wounds. 

Control  — Surgery  methods 

Salsify.  MILDEW  (  Albugo  tragopogonw). —  Distortion  and  white 
blisters  on  host 

Control  — Eradicate  affected  plants  and  grow  on  new  soil 
apart  from  wild  and  cultivated  species  of  the  Composite 
Sambucus     CANKERS  — See  under  Lonicera 
Sarracema.   BLIGHT  — See  under  Orchids 

Saxifraga.  RCST  (Puccima  pazschkei  and  P  saxifrage)  — Dark 
brown  concentric  circles  of  rust  pustules  on  upper  surface  of 
the  leaves 

Control  — Burn  affected  leavec 

Scilla  BULB-ROT  (Sclerutinia  bulborum)  — Yellow  stripes  and 
blotches  on  leaves  in  early  summer,  with  oli\e-brown  mold 
on  them  Rots  the  bulb  later 

Control — Destroy  affected  plants.  Spray  with  potassium 
sulfid  Use  new  soil  thereafter 

Sedum.  LEAF-SPOT  (Septona  sedi)  — Dark  circular  blotches  appear 
on  the  leaves  and  defoliation  occurs 

Control  — Destroy  affected  parts  by  burning 

Sempervivum.  RUHT  (Endophyllum  sempervwi)  — Brown  mat 
pustules  rupturing  epidermic  of  leaf. 

Control — pestroy  affected  plants  as  the  fungus  lives  over 
from  year  to  year  in  the  same  plant. 

Senecio  REST  (Coleosporium  senecionis). — Orange  patches  on 
under  surface  of  leaf 

Control  — Keep  at  a  distance  from  species  of  Pinus     Burn 
affected  plants  to  protect  neighboring  pines 
Sequoia.   BLIGHT  —See  under  Pseudotsuga 
Silene.   SMUT  — See  under  Lychnis 
Solanum. — See  under  Potato,  Eggplant,  etc 
Sorbus.   BLIGHT  — See  under  Pear 

Spinach.  ANTHRACNOSE  (Colletotnchum  spinaceae)  — Spots  on 
leaves,  at  first  minute  and  watery,  gradually  increasing  in  size 
and  becoming  gray  and  dry 

Control  — Gather  and  destroy  all  diseased  leaves 
MILDEW    (Peronoapora  effusa) — Gray,  slightly  violet,   patches 
of  a  velvety  texture  on  under  side  of  leaves 

Control  — As  for  Anthracnose,  which  see 

Spir«a.  RUST  (Tnphragmium  ulmanx) — Reddish  yellow  and 
dark  brown  rust  pustules  on  leaves 

Control  — Burn  affected  parts 
Squash.    WILT  — See  under  Cucurbita. 

Strawberry  LEAF-SPOT,  or  LEAF-BLIGHT  (Mycosph&rella  fra- 
ganse)  — Small  purple  or  red  spots  appearing  on  loaves  Leaf 
appears  blotched 

Control — Spray  with  bordeaux  mixture,  4-4-50,  soon  after 
growth  begins  and  make  three  or  four  additional  sprayings 
during  season 

Sweet  Pea     Miu»\\  — See  under  Pea 

Sweet  Potato  BLACK-ROT  (Ccratocyrtis  fimbnata)  — Black  shank 
and  a  bla<  k  rot  of  tuber 

Control  — Never  u°e  sprouts  from  affected  potatoes  Steam 
sterilize  hotbeds 

ROTS — The  sweet  potato  is  susceptible  to  a  large  number  of 
rots,  soft,  dry,  hard,  white,  etc 

Control — use  soil  which  has  not  grown  diseased  sweet 
potatoes  heretofore 

Syrmga  MILDEW  (Micronphsera  aim)  — White  powdery  mildew  on 
upper  surface  of  leaves 

Control  —Dust  with  sulfur 

TWIG  and  BCD  DISEASE  (Phytophthora  syrmgie)  — Tips  of  twigs 
killed 

Control  — Prune  off  twigs. 

Thahctrum  RED-SPOT  (Synchytnum  anemones)  — Red  eruptions 
on  'stem,  leaf  and  Sower  Causing  at  times  swelling  and 
crumpling  of  the  organ 

Control  —Burn  affected  parts. 
Thuja.       ROOT-ROT     (Polyvorua     schweinitzn)  — Diseased     wood 

yellowish,  cheesy,  brittle  when  dry 

HEART-ROT  (Femes  carneus)  — Causes  pockets  in  the  affected 
wood 

Control  — Remove  all  affected  wood,  using  surgery  methods 
Till*     LEAF-SPOT  (Cercospora   microsora)  — Causes    spotting  and 
defoliation 

Control  — Two  sprayings  in  Massachusetts  resulted  in 
longer  retention  of  the  leaves 

Tomato.  LEAF-SPOT  (Septoria  lycopersica)  — At  first  small  spots 
appear,  which  spread  until  the  whole  leaf  is  consumed,  fruit 
may  be  attacked 

Control  — Spray  with   bordeaux  mixture    4-4-50,   making 
the  first  application  two  weeks  after  the  plants  are  set  out 
and  repeating  every  two  weeks  throughout  the  season. 
DOWNY  MILDEW  — See  under  Potato    Late  Blitfit 
END-HOT  — Due  to  lack  of  sufficient  soil  moisture 

Control. — Water  soil  in  dry  periods 

Toxylon  (Maclura).  RUST  (Physopella  fici)  -^Pale  cinnamon- 
brown  rust  pustules  on  under  side  of  leaf 

Control  — Destroy  by  burning  the  affected  leaves 


CATALOGUE  OF  DISEASES,  continued 
Tropaeolum  — See  under  11 orse-Radiih. 
Tsuga     HEART- ROT  (Trnmetes  pint) —Light  brown  decoy  pitted 

with  small  oblong  cavities,  which  are  white-lined 
SAP-ROT  (Fames  pimcola)  —Soft  decay  of  sap-wood. 

Control  — Surgery  methods 

Tulipa.  MOLD  (Silerotinta  par«*»fica) —Olive-brown,  \elvety 
patches  formed  on  leaves,  stem,  and  flowers,  also,  later, 
small  black  lumps  at  base  of  stems 

Control  —Burn  affected  plants 
Turnip     CLUB-ROOT  — See  under  Cabbage     Same  disease. 

SOFT-ROT  — See  under  Carrot     Same  disease 

Ulmus  TAR-SPOT  (Gnomon MI  ulmta)  —  Black  spots  on  upper 
surface  of  leaves 

Control  — Burn  old  leaves  in  fall  or  winter. 
HEART-ROT  (Pleurotut  ulmanu-i)  — Soft  rotting  of  wood. 

Control  — Surgery  methods 

Vaccimum.  LKAF-BLWTKR  (Exobaaidtun  rnccinu) — Large  blisters 
on  leaves,  petioles  and  sttms,  of  a  led  or  purple  color  White 
bloom  beneath 

Control  — Remove  and  burn  diseased  parts 

Verbena.  MILDEW  (Erysiphe  cuhoracearum  and  others)  —Pow- 
dery mildew  growths  on  leaves 

Control — Sony    with    any    good    fungitid^    or    dust    with 
powdered  sulfur 

Veronica.  LEAF-SPOT  ( Septorw.  veronica  )  -  -Well-defined  spots  on 
leaves 

Control  —Pick  off  and  bum  affected  leaves 

Vinca.  LEAF-SPOT  (.S'p/iaro/mt  nnra) — Leaves  disfigured  by 
spots  which  occur  on  the  stem  at  times  as  well 

Control  — Destroy  diseased  parts  of  plants 

Violet  ROOT- ROT  (Thielama  OOSK ola)  — Plants  make  poor  growth , 
roots  rotted  off 

Control  — Start    in    steam-sterilized    soil,    and    transfer    to 
sterilized  beds 
Vitis  — See  under  Crape 

Walnut  BLIGHT  (Pseudomonas  jughindis)  -Black  spotting  of 
fruit  and  black  cankers  on  the  stems  Twigs  and  fruit-spurs 
killed 

Control  — None    known    except    such    as   mentioned   under 
Pear  Blight     Grow  immune  varieties 
ANTHR  \CNOHK,     or     Lh.A»-BLi(.nr     (Marsoina    juglandis) — See 

under  Hickoiy-Nut     Same  disease 
Watermelon     MILDKW  — Ste  under  Cucumber 

WIIT     (Fuianum    vann/otn)  —Wilting    of    lou-ves    and    plant 
dries  up 

Control  — None    recommeudtd      Resistant  varieties  should 
be  grown 

Yucca     LEAF-BLOTCH  — See  under  Agave 
Zea  — See  under  Corn 
Zinnia.   WILT  — See  under  Dahlia.  „.  _. 

DONALD  REDDICK. 

Insect  enemies  of  plants. 

The  animals  which  constitute  the  insect  world 
play  an  important  part  in  most  horticultural  opera- 
tions The  hu.sy  bee  IH  an  indispensable  aid  m  the 
production  of  many  fruits,  but  the  equally  busy  jaws 
of  canker-woi ins  or  other  insects  oftentimes  seriously 
interfere  with  man's  plans  for  profitable  crops  Horti- 
culturists should  become  more  intimately  acquainted 
with  their  little  friends  and  foes  in  the  insect  world 
Not  only  from  the  economic  standpoint  is  this  knowl- 
edge necessary  in  the  business  of  growing  plants,  but 
the  striking  peculiarities  of  form,  coloring,  structure, 
habits,  and  the  wonderful  transformations  of  insects 
afford  one  of  the  most  interesting  fields  in  nature.  The 
life-stones  of  many  insects,  if  told  in  detail,  would 
rival  in  variety  and  interest  many  a  famous  iairy  tale 
The  science  that  treats  of  insects,  or  entomology,  has 
now  reached  the  sta^e  at  which  its  devotees  are  no 
longer  looked  upon  with  ridicule  in  most  communities 
At  the  present  time  more  than  350  trained  men  are 
officially  employed  m  entomological  work  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada 

What  they  are  — An  insect  is  an  animal  which,  in 
the  adult  stage,  has  its  body  divided  into  three  distinct 
regions  the  head,  the  thorax  and  the  abdomen  (Fig 
1293)  The  head  bears  one  pair  of  antennae,  and  there 
are  always  three  pairs  of  legs  and  usually  either  one 
or  two  pairs  of  wings  attached  to  the  thorax.  By  these 
characteristics  one  can  usually  readily  distinguish  an 
adult  insect  from  any  other  animal  Among  the  near 
relatives  of  insects  in  the  animal  world  are  the  cray- 


DISEASES   AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1035 


1293.  A  beetle,  showing  the 
different  parts. 


fish,  sow-bugs,  and  crabs,  but  these  are  mostly  aquatic 
animals,  breathing  by  true  gills,  they  have  two  pairs 
of  antenna?,  and  at  least  hve  pairs  of  legs  Centipedes, 
or  "hundred-legged  worms,"  and  millipedes,  or  "thou- 
sand-legged worms,"  are 
also  nearly  related  to  in- 
sects, but  they  have  the 
thorax  and  abdomen  form- 
ing a  continuous  region, 
and  with  six  to  200  seg- 
ments, each  bearing  one 
or  two  pairs  of  legs,  they 
have  one  pair  of  antenna' 
The  layman  usually 
classes  such  animals  as 
the  spiders,  mites  and 
daddy  -  long  -  legs  among 
the  insects,  but  they  foim 
a  distinct  class,  as  they 
have  the  head  and  thoiax 
grown  together,  no  an- 
tenna;, and  have  four 
pairs  of  legs. 

How  they  arc  constructed. — Insects  are  constructed 
on  an  entirely  different  plan  from  the  higher  animals 
Their  supporting  skeleton  is  outside,  it  being  simply 
the  skin  hardened  more  or  less  by  a  horny  substance, 
known  as  chitm  This  firm  outer  wall,  01  skeleton, 
supports  and  pi  elects  the  muscles,  blood-vessels, 
nerves,  and  other  organs  within  The  mouth-parts, 
antennso  and  eyes  of  an  insect  are  attached  to  its  head, 
and  all  are  exceedingly  useful  organs,  as  w  ill  be  shown 
later  m  discussing  the  feeling  and  the  other  sensations 
of  an  msc<  t  An  insect's  wings  and  legs  are  alwavs 
borne  bv  the  thorax  The  wings  are  prinianh  organs 
of  flight,  but  are  used  as  musu  al  organs  bv  some  of 
the  grasshoppers  and  cuckets  Female  canker-worm 
moths,  bed-bugs,  and  some  other  insects  have  pruc- 
ticallv  no  wings,  and  the  house-flies,  inosquitos,  m-de 
bark  lice,  and  similar  insects  have  but  one  pair  of 
wings  Insects  use  their  legs  primarily  for  locomo- 
tion, some  have  their  fiont  legs  modified  for  catching 
other  insects  for  food,  otheis  have  hind  legs  fitted  for 
jumping,  while  the  honey-bee  has  little  "pockets"  on 
its  hind  legs  for  earn  ing  pollen  to  feed  its  young 

The  arrangement  ot  the  internal  organs  in  insects  KS 
interesting  and  somewhat  peculiar  The  ahmentaiy 
01  food  canal  in  larva*  is  a  neatly  straight  tube,  ocrupv- 
mg  the  central  poition  of  the  body,  in  adult  insects  it  is 
usually  much  longer  than  the  body  and  is  more  01  less 
folded,  from  the  mouth  the  food  passes  through  a 
pharvnx,  an  esophagus,  some- 
times a  crop  and  a  gizzard,  a 
stomach,  and  a  small  and  laige 
intestine  The  mivous  svstem 
of  an  insect  is  similai  to  that  m 
1  the  higher  animals,  but  it  extends 
along  the  venter  instead  of  the 
back.  There  is  a  little  brain  m 
the  upper  part  of  the  head,  and 
two  nerve  cords  extend  from  this 
around  the  food-canal  to  anothei 
ganglion  or  nerve  center  in  the 
lower  part  of  the  head;  two 
nerve  cords  then  extend  longi- 
tudinally along  the  venter  and 

4  ----  ,  ..  --  -  „,  connect  a  scries  of  nerve  centers 
^trtcel^tho^ound  ™  K'^gha,  typically  one  for 
eye  is  also  shown  each  segment  of  the  body 

From  each  of   these  ganglia  or 

little  brains  nerves  arise,  winch  supply  the  adjacent 
organs  and  ramify  throughout  the  body  Jn  insects,  all 
parts  of  the  body  cavity  that  are  not  occupied  by  the 
internal  organs  are  filled  with  a  rich,  colorless  or 
slightly  greenish  blood  There  is  no  svstem  of. tubes 
like  our  arteries  and  veins,  in  which  the  blood  is  con- 

66 


1294 
Head  of  grasshopper. 

Showing?  the  groat  eye 


fined  and  through  which  it  flows  There  is  a  so-called 
"heart"  above  the  food-canal,  along  the  middle  line 
of  the  back,  it  is  a  tube  consisting  of  several  chambers 
communicating  with  each  other  and  with  the  body 
cavity  by  valvular  openings  The  blood  is  forced 
through  this  heart  into  the  head,  where  it  escapes 
into  the  body  cavity.  It  then  flows  to  nil  parts  of  the 
body,  even  out  into  the  appendages,  in  regular  stream* 
which  have  definite  directions,  but  which  are  not- 
confined  in  tubes  They,  like  the  ocean  currents,  are 
definite  streams  with  liquid  shores  Insects  do  not 
breathe  thiough  the  mouth,  as  many  suppose,  but 
through  a  series  of  holes  along  the  sides  of  the  body 
These  openings,  or  spiracles,  lead  into  a  system  of  air- 
tubes,  called  trachr.e  These  trachea-  branch  and  finally 
lamifv  all  through  the  insect.  Insects  have  no  lungs, 
but  the  trachea?  sometimes  connect  with  air-sacs  or 
bladders  in  the  body,  whu'h  help  to  buoy  up  the  insect 
when  flying  Thus  the  relation  between  the  circulation 
of  the  blood  and  respiration  is  riot  nearly  so  intimate  in 
insects  as  in  man  In  insects  the  air  is  carried  to  all 
the  tissues  of  the  body  in  the  trachea*-  and  the  blood 
simply  bathes  these  Tissues  Just  how  the  blood  is 
punfied  and  how  the  waste  matter  is  disposed  of  in 
insects  are  not  vet  clearly  understood  Aquatic  inner ts 
breathe  by  either  carrying  down  bubbles  of  an  from  the 
surface  entangled  under  their  wings,  or  they  may  be 
provided  with  organs  known  as  trachea!  gills,  these 


1295    Fossil  dragon-fly,  Petalia  longialata 


are  usually  plate-like  expansions  of  the  body  that  are 
abundantly  supplied  with  trachea1,  in  which  the  air  is 
bi ought  piactically  in  contact  with  the  air  in  water, 
and  may  thus  be  purified  More  than  4.000  different 
muscles  have  been  found  in  a  single  caterpillar  Not- 
withstanding their  delicate  appearance,  these  muscles 
aie  really  very  strong  and  their  rapidity  of  action  is 
wonderful,  m  certain  gnats  the  muscles  move  or 
vibrate  the  wings  15,000  times  a  second 

Their  wiMitwnt — Insects  can  sec,  feel,  hear,  taste 
and  smell,  and  they  may  also  possess  other  senses,  as  a 
sense  of  direction  Many  insects  have  two  kinds  of 
eves  On  each  side  of  the  head  the  large  compound 
eje  is  easilj  recognized  (Fig  1294),  each  compound  eye 
is  <  ornposed  of  many  small  eyes,  from  fifty  m  sorn* 
ants  to  many  thousands  in  a  butterfly  or  dragon-fly 
Between  these  compound  eyes,  from  one  to  four  sim 
pie  eves  are  to  be  found  m  many  adult  insects.  Cater- 
pillars and  other  larva)  possess  only  simple  eyes  It  i& 
thought  that  each  facet  of  the  compound  eye  sees  u 
pait  of  an  object,  thus  tho  whole  eye  would  form  a 
mosaic  picture  on  the  insect's  brain  The  simple 
eves  doubtless  sec  as  our  eyes  do,  and  seem  to  be 
best  adapted  for  use  m  dark  places  and  for  near  vision. 
Insects  do  not  see  the  form  of  objects  distinctly,  but 
their  eyes  are  doubtless  superior  to  ours  in  distin- 
guishing the  smallest  movements  of  an  object  It  is 
now  supposed  that  no  insects  can  distinctly  see  objects 
ut  a  greater  distance  than  6  feet.  It  mu&t  be  a  sixtb 


1036   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


sense,  a  sense  of  direction,  which  enables  the  bee  to 
find  its  way  for  a  mile  or  more  back  to  its  home.  Insects 
are  doubtless  able  to  distinguish  the  color  of  objects, 
and  some  insects  seem  to  prefer  certain  colors.  Blue 
is  said  to  be  the  favorite  color  of  the  honey-bee,  and 
violet  that  of  ants;  ants  are  also  apparently  sensitive 
to  the  ultra-violet  rays  of  light,  which  man  cannot  per- 
ceive It  is  generally  supposed  that  the  shape  and  high 
colors  of  flowers 
attract  insects; 
but  recent  ex- 
periments seem 
to  show  that  in- 
sects are  guided 
to  flowers  by 
the  sense  of 
smell  rather 
than  by  sight. 
The  hard  outer 
skin  of  an  insect  has  no  nerves  distributed  m  it, 
hence  it  is  not  sensitive;  but  it  is  pierced  with 
holes,  in  which  grow  hairs  that  are  in  connection 
with  nerves  at  their  base.  It  is  by  means  of  these 
sensoiy  hairs  that  insects  feel,  and  are  sensitive  to 
touch  on  most  parts  of  the  body.  Doubtless  insects 
are  not  deaf,  for  we  know  that  many  of  them  make 
sounds,  and  it  must  naturally  follow  that  they  have 
ears  to  hear,  for  there  is  every  reason  to  suppose  that 
they  make  these  sounds  as  love-bongs  to  attract  the 


1296.  The  four  stages  in  an  insect's  life— «gg,  larva,  pupa,  imago.— The  codhn-moth. 

(Egg  much  enlarged,  others  Xl>i) 


1297.  Nymphs  of  the  four-lined  leaf-bug,  and  adult  of  the 
tarnished  plant-bug 

The  smaller  ono  at  the  lift  n  the  nymph  remit ly  hatched  Thr- 
next  la  t ho  nymph  after  tho  fiist  moult  The  imago  is  -howri  at 
the  right  Hair  lines  at  the  right  of  nymphs,  and  small  figure  near 
imago  indicate  the  natural  size 

sexes,  as  a  means  of  communication,  or  possibly  to 
express  their  emotions  Some  think  that  bees  and 
ants  hear  sounds  too  shrill  for  our  ears.  Insects  have 
no  true  voice,  but  produce  various  noises  mechanically, 
either  by  rapid  movements  of  their  wings,  which  causes 
the  humming  of  bees  and  flies,  or  by  friction  between 
roughened  surfaces  on  the  body  or  its  appendages, 
thus  producing  the  rasping  sounds  or  shrill  cries  of 
some  crickets  and  grasshoppers  The  house-fly  hums 
on  F,  thus  vibrating  its  wings  335  times  m  a  second, 
while  the  wing  tone  of  the  honey-bee  is  A.  Usual Iv 
the  males  are  the  musicians  of  the  insect  world,  but  it 
is  the  female  of  the  familiar  mosquito  which  doe^  the 
singing,  and  the  "biting"  also  The  male  mosquito 
doubtless  hears  the  song  of  his  mate  by  means  or  his 
antennas,  as  the  song  causes  the  antennal  hairs  to 
vibrate  rapidly.  Organs  which  are  structurally  ear- 
hke  have  been  found  in  various 
parts  of  the  body  of  insects  The 
common  brown  grasshoppers  of 
the  fields  have  a  large  ear  on  each 
side  of  the  first  segment  of  the 
abdomen;  one  can  easily  distin- 
guish with  the  naked  eye  the 
membrane  or  tympanum  stretched 
over  a  cavity.  Many  of 
the  long -horned  green 
grasshoppers,  katydids 
•  and  crickets  have  two 
1298.  Larva  of  a  sphinx  moth.  similar  ears  on  the  tibia 


of  each  front  leg.  Some  think  that  mosquitos  have  the 
faculty  of  the  perception  of  the  direction  of  sound  more 
highly  developed  than  in  any  other  class  of  animals 
Insects  undoubtedly  possess  the  sense  of  taste  When 
morphine  or  strychnine  was  mixed  with  honey,  ants 
perceived  the  fraud  the  moment  they  began  to  feed. 
The  substitution  of  alum  for  sugar  was  soon  detected 
by  wasps.  Bees  and  wasps  seem  to  have  a  more  deli- 
cate gustatory 
sense  than  flies. 
Taste  organs 
have  been  found 
in  many  insects, 
and  are  usually 
situated  either 
in  the  mouth 
or  on  the  organs 
immediately 
surrounding  it. 
Many  experiments  have  shown  that  the  antenna;  are 
the  principal  organs  of  smell  m  insects  Blow-flies 
and  cockroaches  which  have  had  their  antenna}  removed 
are  not  attracted  by  their  favorite  food,  and  male 
insects  find  their  mates  with  difficulty  when  deprived 
of  their  antenna;  The  familiar  world  which  suriounds 
us  may  be  a  totally  different  place  to  insects  To  them 
it  may  be  full  of  music  which  we  cannot  hear,  of  color 
which  we  cannot  see,  of  sensations  which  we  cannot 
perceive.  Do  insects  think  or  reason?  Why  not? 
Their  actions  are  said  to  be  the  result  of  inherited 
habit  or  instinct  But  some  of  them  have  boon  seen 
to  do  things  which  requite  the  exercise  of  instinctive 
powers  so  acute  and  so  closelv  akin  to  reason  that  one 
can  hardly  escape  the  conclusion  that  some  insects  are 
endowed  with  reasoning  powers 

'"heir  number,  MZC  and  nqi  — Experts  guess  that 
there  are  from  2,000,()(M)  to  10,000,000  different  kinds 
of  insects  in  the  world  Only  about  400,(KK)  of  these 
have  yet  been  described  and  named  by  man  Between 
iO,(KX)  and  10, 000  are  now  known  in  North  America 
Four-fifths  of  all  the  kinds  of  animals  arc  insects,  some 
single  families  of  insects  are  said  to  contain  more 
Species  than  one  can  see  stais  in  a  clear  sky  at  night; 
and  there  are  as  many  butterflies  as  birds  in  North 
America  The  larger  part  of  the  land  animals  are 
insects,  and  it  is  asserted  that  the  larger  proportion 
of  the  animal  matter  existing 
on  the  lands  of  the  globe  is 
probably  locked  up  in  the 
forms  of  insects  Insects  vary 
in  size  from  little  beetles,  of 
which  it  would  take  100, 
placed  end  to  end,  to  measure 
an  inch,  up  to  tropical  species 
b'  or  8  inches  in  length,  or 
of  equal  bulk  to  a  mouse. 
Insects  have  a  very  long, 
but,  as  yet,  very  imperfect 
pedigree  extending  through 
the  geological  ages  to  Silu- 
rian times.  Fossil  remains  of 
many  different  kinds  of  in- 
sects have  been  found  in 
the  rocks  (Fig  1295);  even 
such  delicate  insects  as  plant- 
lice  left  their  impress  on  the 
rocks  ages  ago.  In  the  car- 
boniferous or  coal  age,  the 
insect  world  was  evidently 
quite  different  from  that  of 
today,  for  fossils  of  veritable 
insect  mammoths  have  been 
found;  dragon-flies  with  a 
wing-expanse  of  2  to  3  feet 
then  existed  Insect  fossils 
found  in  the  tertiary  rocks 


1299 
Tent-caterpillar. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1037 


*1    A       K    T  ^   «* 
a^eetle 


indicate  that  there  were  even  more  kinds  of  insects 
then  than  now. 

Their  growth  and  transformations.  Fig  1296  —  Insects 
negin  life  as  an  egg,  in  some  cases  the  egg  stage  is 
passed  within  the  oody  of  the  mother,  which  then 
gives  birth  to  living  young 
The  eggs  of  insects  exhibit  a 
wonderful  variety  of  forms, 
sizes,  colors  and  characteristic 
markings  A  single  scale  insect 
may  lay  thousands  of  eggs,  while 
some  plant-lice  produce  only 
one  Remarkable  instinct  is 
often  shown  by  the  mother  in- 
sect in  placing  her  eggs  where 
her  young  will  find  proper 
I  food  From  their  birth  the 
I  young  of  some  of  the  lowest  or 
most  generalized  insects  closely 
resemble  their  parents,  and 
they  undergo  no  striking  change 
during  their  life,  hence  are  said 
to  have  no  metamorphosis  In 
the  cab°  of  K™Kshoppers,  stink- 
bugs,  dragon-flies,  and  many 
othe  injects,  the  >oung  at  birth  resemble  their  par- 
ents, but  have  no  wings  As  they  grow,  wings  gradu- 
ally develop  and  often  changes  in  markings  occur,  until 
the  adult  stage  is  reached  The  growth,  however,  is 
gradual,  and  no  striking  or  complete  change  occur-*,  and 
these  insects  are  said  to  undergo  an  incomplete  meta- 
morphosis The  young  insects  in  all  stages  are  called 
nymphs  (Fig  1297),  thus  insecth  with  an  incom- 
plete metamorphosis  pass  through  three  different 
forms  during  their  life  an  tqg,  the  young  or 
nymph  stage,  and  the  adult  From  the  eggs  of 
butterflies,  moths,  flies,  beetles,  bees  and  borne 
other  insects,  there  hatches  a  worm-like  crea- 
ture, much  unlike  the  parent  insect.  It  vs  called 
a  larva  (Fig  12QS);  the  larva1  of 
butterflies  and  moths  are  often 
called  caterpillars  (Fig  1299)  ,  maq- 
gott  are  the  larvsp  of  flies  (Fig 
1300)  ,  and  the  term  grub  is  applied 
to  the  lame  of  beetles 
and  bees  (Fig  1301) 
When  these  larvir  get 
their  full  growth,  some 
of  them  go  into  the 
ground  w  here  they 
form  an  earthen  cell, 
while  others  proceed 
to  spin  around  them- 
selves a  silken  home 
or  cocoon  (Figs  1302- 
1304).  In  these  re- 
treats the  larvae  change 
to  a  quiescent  or  life- 
less-appearing creature 
which  has  little  resem- 
blance to  either  the 
larva  or  the  parent 
insect  It  is  call  a 
pupa  (Fig  1305)  The 
pupae  of  butterflies  are 
often  called  chrysalids  Flies  change  to  pupse  in  the 
hardened  skin  of  the  maggot.  Some  pupte,  like  those 
of  rnosquitos,  are  very  active  Wonderful  changes 
take  place  within  the  skin  of  the  pupa  Nearly  all  the 
larval  tissues  break  down  and  the  insect  is  practically 
made  over,  from  a  crawling  larva  to  a  beautiful, 
flying  adult  insect.  When  the  adult  is  fully  formed, 
it  breaks  its  pupal  shroud  and  emerges  to  spend  a 
comparatively  brief  existence  as  a  winged  creature 
Such  insects  are  said  to  undergo  a  complete  metamor- 
phosis, and  pass  through  four  strikingly  different 


1302.  Cocoon  of  Pro- 

methea  moth 
Made  m  the  roll  of  a 
leaf  The  insect  weaves  a 
web  about  the  lenf-stalk 
and  ties  it  to  the  parent 
Htem,  so  thut  the  leaf 
cannot  fall. 


stages  during  their  life:  the  egg,  the  worm- 
like  larva,  the  quiescent  pupa,  and  the 
adult  insect.    Such   remarkable   changes 
or  transformations  make  the  story  of  an 
insect's  life  one  of  intense  intercut  to  one 
who  reads  it  from  nature's  book     Vari- 
ous kinds  of  adult  insects,  or  imagoes,  are 
shown  in  Figs.  1306-131 1.   No  two  kmda 
of  injects  have  the  same  life-story  to  tell. 
Some  pass   their  whole   life  on  a  single 
host;  some  partake  of  only  a  certain  kind 
of  food,  while  others  thrive  on  many  kinds 
of  plants;  some  are  cannibals  at  times, 
and  others,  like  the  parasites,  are  boarders 
within  their  host,  while  many  prey  openly 
1303          on   their  brethren    in   the  insect  world. 
Lengthwise    Usually  the  life  of  the  adult  insect  is  brief, 
section  of  the    but    ants   h  vve   been    kept    for    thirteen 
Promethea    ycar8    an<J   the  periodical  cicada  has  to 
cocoon.  epena  seventeen  years  as  a  nymph  under- 

at  apcx^the  ground  before  it  is  fitted  to  become  a 
valve -like  denizen  of  the  air  The  winter  months 
op  e  n  i  n  K  may  fog  passed  in  any  of  the  different 
w hicl/1  the  stages  of  the  insect's  life.  Two  very 
moth  escaped,  closely  allied  insects  may  have  very  differ- 
ent life  habits 

How  they  grow  — Many  persons  think  that  the  small 
house-flies  grow  to  be  the  large  ones  While  most 
insects  feed  after  they  become  adults,  they  get  little  or 
none  of  their  growth  during  their  adult  life.  Insects 
grow  mostly  while  they  are 
larva1,  or  nymphs  The  maggots 
from  which  the  little  house-flies 
develop  doubtless  do  not  have 
as  luxuriant  or  favorable  feed- 
ing-grounds as  do  tho^e  of  the 
larger  flies.  In  thirty  days  some 
leaf-feeding  caterpillars  will  in- 
crease in  size  10,000  times;  and 
a  ceitam  flesh-feeding  maggot 
will  m  twenty -four  hours  con- 
Mime  two  hundred  times  its  own 
weight,  which  would  be  paral- 
leled in  the  human  race  if  a  one- 
day-old  baby  ate  1,500  pounds 

the  first  day  of  its  existence!  Inwle  view>  ghowmg 
1  he  skin  of  insects  nf  so  hard  where  the  moth  geta  out. 
and  inelastic  that  it  cannot 

stretch  to  accommodate  such  rapid  growth.  But 
nature  obviates  this  difficulty  by  teaching  these  crea- 
tures how  to  grow  a  new  suit  of  clothes  or  a  new  skin 
underneath  the  old  one,  and  then  to  shed  or  molt  the 
latter  The  old  skin  is  shed  in  its  entirety,  even  from 
all  the  appendages,  and  sometimes  remains  in  such  a 
natural  position  where  the  insect  left  it  as  to  easily 
deceive  one  into  thinking  that  he  is  looking  at  the 
insect  rather  than  at  its  cast-off  clothes  Some  insects 
are  so  neat  and  economical  that  they  devour  their  old 
suits  or  skins  soon  after  molting  them 
Larva?,  or  nymphs,  may  molt  from  two 
or  three  to  ten  or  more  times,  the  larvae 
do  not  often  change  strikingly  in  appear- 


1304.  End  of  cocoon  of 
Cecropia  moth. 


1305   Pupa  of 
tomato  v 


1306.  The  cabbftf  •  butterfly. 


1038      DISEASES   AND   INSECTS 

ance,  hut  the  nymphs  gradually  acquire  the  characters 
and  structures  of  the  adult 

How  they  cat. — To  the  horticulturist,  the  mouth- 
parts  of  an  insect  are  its  most  important  organs  or 
appendages.  The  mouth-parts  are  built  on  two  very 
different  plans. 
|  Grasshoppers, 
beetles,  cater- 
pillars and  grubs 
have  two  pairs  of 
horny  jaws,  work- 
ing irom  side  to 
side,  with  which 
they  bite  or  chew 
off  pieces  of  their 

1307.  Imago  of  a  tent-caterpillar.  fo°fX  that  then 
paas  into  the  food- 
canal  for  digestion  (Fig  1312)  The  scale  insects  (Fig 
1313),  plant-lice,  true  bugs  (Fig  1314),  mosquitos  and 
others  have  these  jaws  drawn  out  into  thread-like  organs, 
which  are  worked  along  a  groove  in  a  stiff  beak  or 
extended  under-hp  Such  insects  can  eat  only  liquid 
food,  which  they  suck  with  their  beak-like  mouth-parts. 
The  insect  places  its  beak  on  the  surface  of  the  plant, 
forces  the  thread-like  jaws  into  the  tissues,  and  then 
begins  a  sucking  operation,  which  draws  the  juices  of 
the  plant  up  along  the  jaws,  and  the  groove  in  the 
beak  into  the  food-canal  of  the  insect.  Thus  a  muck- 
ing insect  could  not  partake  of  particles  of  poison 
sprayed  on  the  surface  of  a  plant  Its  mouth-parts  are 
not  built  for  such  feeding,  and  as  it  is  impracticable  to 
poison  the  juice  of  the  plant, 
one  is  forced  to  fight  such 
insects  with  a  deadly  gas,  or 
each  individual  insect  must  be 
actually  hit  with  some  insecti- 
cide A  knowledge  of  these 
fundamental  facts  about  the 
eating  habits  of  insects  would 
have  saved  much  time  and 
money  that  have  been  wasted 
in  trying  to  check  the  ravages 
of  sucking  insects  with  pans 
green  and  similar  poisons. 
Some  insects,  like  the  fruit  flies,  have  mouth-parts 
fitted  for  lapping  up  liquids. 

Beneficial  insects 

The  horticulturist  has  many  staunch  and  true  friends 
among  the  insects  The  honey-bee,  the  many  wild 
bees,  and  other  insects,  as  they  visit  the  blossoms  to 
get  food  for  themselves,  for  their  young,  and  honey  for 
man,  leave  an  insurance  policy  in  the  shape  of  tiny 
grains  of  pollen,  which  often  insures  a  crop  of  fruit 
that  otherwise  might  be  extremely  uncertain  The 
honey-bee  is  often  accused  of  biting  into  ripe  fruits, 
especially  grapes.  They  nave  not 
yet  been  proved  guilty,  and  careful, 
exhaustive  experiments  have  shown 
that  they  will  not  do  it  under 
1309  One  of  the  e  mos>^  favorable  circumstances, 
weevil  beetles.  With  Wasps  and  other  strong-jawed  m- 
a  long  and  strong  sects  are  responsible  for  most  of  this 
proboscis  injury,  the  bees  only  sipping  the  juice 

from  the  wound  See  Beev,  Vol  I. 
Most  of  the  pretty  little  beetles  known  to  every 
child  as  "lady-bugs"  eat  nothing  but  injurious  insects; 
many  other  beetles  are  also  predaceous  Man  is  also 
often  deeply  indebted  to  many  of  the  two-winged 
insects  or  true  flies  whose  larvae  live  as  parasites  inside 
the  body  of  insect  pests  or  feed  upon  them  predaceously 
Were  it  not  for  the  ravenous  larvae  of  the  "lady-bugs" 
and  of  the  syrphus  flies,  plant-lice  of  all  kinds  would 
soon  get  beyond  control  While  man  must  recognize 
these  little  friends  as  valuable  aids  in  his  warfare 
against  the  hordes  of  insect  pests,  it  will  rarely  be  safe 


T 

1308.  A  beetle.  The  adult 
of  a  borer  larva. 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 

to  wait  for  the  pests  to  be  controlled  by  their  enemies 
Fig  1315  shows  a  tomato  worm  bearing  the  cocoons 
of  a  paraMte  Fig.  1310  shows  one  of  the  predaceous 
beetles  destroy  ing  a  cutworm. 

Injurious  injects. 

There  are  now  several  thousand  different  kinds  of 
insects  that  may  be  classed  as  injurious  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada  Over  (>(X)  kinds  were  exhibited  at 
the  Columbian  Exposition  in  1S()3  All  of  these  may 
not  be  injurious  eveiy  year,  as  most  insect  pests  have 
periods  of  subsidence,  when  certain  factors,  possibly 
their  enemies  or  perhaps  climate  conditions,  hold  them 
m  check  The  out- 
look for  American 
horticulturists,  so 
far  as  injurious  in- 
sects are  concerned,  , 
is  not  encouraging. 
Nowhere  else  m  the 
woild  are  insects 
being  fought  as 
intelligently,  suc- 
cessfully and  scien- 
tifically  as  in 
America,  yet  we 
never  have  evr*»r- 
minated,  and  it  is 
very  doubtful  if  we  ever  will,  a  single  insect  pest. 
This  means  that  American  horticulturists  will  never 
have  any  fewer  kinds  of  insects  to  fight  On  the  con- 
trary, there  are  many  more  insect  pests  now  than  in 
our  giandfather's  early  da\s,  and  new  pests  are  appear- 
ing every  year.  This  alarming  state  of  affairs  it,  largely 
due  to  t\vo  causes,  for  both  of  which  man  is  responsible. 
Man  is  continually  encroaching  upon  and  theieby  dis- 
turbing nature'h  primitive  domain  and  the  equilib- 
rium which  has  there  become  established  between 
animals  and  plants  In  consequence,  insects  like  the 
Colorado  potato  beetle,  the  apple-tree  or  the  peach- 
tree  borers  have  been  attracted  from  their  onginal 
wild  food-plants  to  man's  cultivated  crops,  which 
often  offer  practically  unlimited  feeding-grounds  Most 
of  the  new  insect  pests,  however,  are  now  coming  to 
America  from  foreign  shores  American  horticulturists 
are  continually  importing  plants  from  the  end.s  of  the 
earth,  and  oftentimes  the  plants  are  accompanied  by 
one  or  more  of  their  insect  pests  Some  comparatively 
recent  introductions  of  this  kind  are  the  Miniate  pear- 
borei,  the  pear  nudge,  the  gypsy  moth,  the  brown-tail 
moth,  the  horn-fly  and  the  elm  leaf-beetle,  such  stand- 
ard pests  as  the  Hessian  fly,  the  cabbage  butteifly,  the 
currant-worm,  the  codhn-moth  (Fig  129(5)  came  in 
many  years  ago  Of  the  seventv-three  insects  which 
rank  as  first-class  pests,  each  of  them  almost  annually 
causing  a  loss  of  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars,  over 


1310.  Ground  beetle    One  of  the 
commonest  predaceous  insects 


1311    Moths  of  the  peach-tree  borer.  The  lowest  one  is  male. 


DISEASES   AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1039 


1312    Mouth-parts  of  a 
biting  insect. 


one-half  have  been  introduced  from  foreign  countries, 
mostly  from  Europe.  It  is  a  significant  fact  that  usually 
these  imported  insects  become  much  more  serious  pet>ts 
here  than  in  their  native  home; 
this  is  doubtless  largely  due  to 
the  absence  of  their  native  ene- 
mies, to  more  favorable  climatic 
conditions  here,  and  to  a  lew* 
intense  system  of  agriculture  in 
this  country  Most  of  our  worst 
insect  pests  of  the  fruits,  of  the 
garden  crops,  of  the  granary,  of 
the  household,  of  the  greenhouse, 
and  practically  all  of  our  most  dangerous  scale  insects, 
are  of  foreign  origin.  Man  will  continue  to  encroach  on 
and  disturb  nature's  primitive  domain,  and  commer- 
cial operations  will  never  cease,  nor  is  there  much  hope 
of  ever  effectually  quarantining  our  shores  against 
these  little  foes,  hence  there  seems  to  be  no  practicable 
way  to  stop  this  increase  of  the  insect  enemies  of  the 
horticulturist.  The  one  who  is  the  best  fitted  by  nature, 
and  who  best  fits  himself  with  a  knowledge  of  these 
pests  and  how  to  fight  them,  will  usually  be  the  one 
to  survive  and  reap 
the  reward  of  profit- 
able crops  No  part  of 
a  plant,  from  its  roots 
to  the  fruit  it  produces, 
escapes  the  tiny  jaws 
or  tne  sucking  beaks 
of  mse(N 

Root-ffcding  insects 

t~  TfflP/^^F  -Many  of  the  small 

W^mvim  fruits  and  vegetables 

^Rll»,-U-/«0BJ  ^&f*^  aj.e  often  seriously  in- 
jured bv  insects  'feed- 
ing on  the  roots  The 
grape-vine  fidia  (the 
grub  of  a  small  beetle) 
and  the  grape  phyllox- 
era plant-louse  live  on 
grape  roots  Straw- 
berries often  succumb 
to  the  attacks  of  the 
grubs  of  several  small 
beetles  know  n  as  straw- 
berry-root worms,  and 
to  the  large  white 
grubs  of  the  May 
beetles  The  roots  of 
cabbages,  radishes  and 

other  cruciferous  plants  are  often  devoured  by  hordes 

of  hungry  maggots     These  underground  root-feeding 

insects  are  difficult  pests  to  control,   like  any  other 

unseen  foe    Sometimes  they  can  be  reached  successfully 

by  injecting  a  little  carbon  bisulfide  into  the  soil  around 

the  base  of  the  plant.    The  cabbage  maggots  can  be 

pr  even  ted 

largely  by  the 

use  of  tarred 

paper  pads 

placed  around 

the  plants,  or 

by  pouring  a 

carbolic    acid 

emulsion   at 

the    base    of 

the    infested 


1313.  San  Jos£  Scale. 

Showing  the  mature  winter  scale, 
also  the  insect  itself,  with  its  thread- 
like feeding  organs 


1314.  Hemipterous  insect.  Known  to 
entomologists  as  a  true  bug. 


plants    The  strawberry  root-feeders  are  best  controlled 
by  frequent  cultivation  and  a  short  rotation  of  crops 

Borers. — These  are  the  larvae  of  several  different 
kinds  of  insects,  which  burrow  into  and  feed  upon  the 
inner  bark,  the  solid  wood,  or  the  interior  pith  of  the 
larger  roots,  trunks,  branches,  and  stems  or  stalks  of 
many  horticultural  plants  Nearly  every  kind  of  fruit 
trees  is  attacked  by  its  special  kind  of  borer,  as  are 


also  many  of  the  smaller  vine  and  bush-fruits  and 
garden  crops.  Borers  are  often  the  most  destructive 
of  insect  pests.  The  two  apnle-tree  borers,  the  round- 
headed  (Fig  1316)  and  the  nat-headed  species,  and  the 
peach-tree  borer  (Fig  1311)  doubtlens  cause  the  death 
of  as  many  apple  and  peach  trees  in  America  as  all 
other  enemies  combined  The  fruit-bark  beetles,  or 
"shot-hole"  borers,  usually  attack  only  unthrifty  or 
sickly  fruit  trees,  and  a  tree  once  infested  by  them  IB 
usually  doomed.  Two  borers,  one  the  grub  of  a  beetle 


1315.  Tomato  worm  attacked  by  parasitic  insects. 

and  the  other  the  caterpillar  of  a  moth,  sometimes  tun- 
nel down  the  stems  of  currants  and  gooseberries  Rasp- 
berries and  blackberries  (Fig  1317)  also  suffer  from 
two  or  thee  kinds  of  borers,  one  working  in  the  root, 
one  in  the  stem,  and  a  maggot  bores  down  and  kills  the 
new  shoots  A  caterpillar  closely  allied  to  the  peach- 
tree  borer  lives  in  squash  vines,  often  ruining  the  crop 
The  potato-stalk  weevil  sometimes  does  much  damage 
m  potato  fields  Sometimes  one  can  prevent  borers 
from  getting  into  a  fruit  tree  with  a  paper  bandage 
closely  wrapped  around  the  part  liable  to  be  attacked, 
or  by  the  application  of  some  "wash  "  Most  of  the 
washes  recommended  will  prove  ineffectual  or  dangerous 
to  use  Gas-tar  has  given  good  results,  but  some  re- 
port injury  to  peach  trees  from 
its  use;  hence  one  should  first 
experiment  with  it  on  a  few  trees. 
No  way  has  been  found  to  keep 
borers  out  of  the  small  fruits  or 
garden  crops;  usually  if  infested 
canes,  stems  or  plants  are  cut  out 
and  burned  early  in  the  fall  or 
whenever  noticed,  most  of  the 
borers  will  be  killed.  When  borers 
once  get  into  fruit  trees,  the 
"digging-out"  process  is  usually 
the  only  resort,  although  some 
report  that  they  readily  kill  the 
depredator  by  simply  injecting  a 
little  carbon  bisulfide  into  the 
entrance  of  his  burrow  and  quickly 
closing  it  with  putty. 

Bud-  and  leaf-feeding  insects. — 
The  buds  and  leaves  of  horticul- 
tural   crops    often    swarm    with 
legions  of  biting  and  sucking  in- 
sects.   A  mere  enumeration  of  the 
different  kinds  of  these  pests  would 
weary  the  reader     Some  insects, 
like    the    rose    chafer,    work    on 
several  different  kinds  of  plants, 
while  many   others  attack    only 
one  or  two  kinds      In    apple  or-      1316-  Burrows  of  an 
chards,  the  opening  buds  are  seized        «PpI«-tree  borer, 
upon  bv  the  the  hungry  bud-moth     wh;™  h$*'  ^"JJJr 
and  case-bearing  caterpillars,  bv     beetle  emerged 


1040      DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


the  newly  hatched  canker-worms,  and  by  tent-cater- 
pillars, whose  tents  or  "sign-boards"  are  familiar  objects 
in  many  orchards.  These  pests  continue  their  destruc- 
tive work  on  the  leaves.  The  pear  slug  often  needs  to 
be  checked  m  its  work  of  skeletonizing  the  leaves  of 
the  pear  and  cherry. 
The  pear  psylla,  one 
of  the  jumping  plant- 
lice,  is  a  very  serious 
menace  to  pear-grow- 
ing in  many  locali- 
ties, the  fruit  is  either 
dwarfed  or  drops 
from  badly  infested 
trees,  and  sometimes 
so  many  little  pumps 
sucking  out  its  life 
finally  cause  the 
death  of  the  tree. 
The  little  blue  grape- 
vine flea-beetle  often 
literally  nips  the 
prospective  crop  of 
fruit  m  the  bud,  or 
the  rose-chafer  may 
swarm  over  the  vines 
and  eat  the  foliage 
or  blossoms  Currant 
and  gooseberry  grow- 
ers realize  that  eter- 
nal vigilance  against 
the  familiar  green 
currant  worms  is  the 
price  of  a  crop  of 
fruit  The  asparagus 
beetles  would  soon 
appropriate  every 
asparagus  shoot  that 
appears  in  many 
localities  It  is  a 
continual  struggle 
against  insect  pests  to  get  a  paying  crop  of  almost  any 
vegetable.  The  several  kinds  of  cabbage  caterpillars 
would  soon  riddle  the  leaves  The  hungry  striped 
cucumber  beetles  can  hardly  wait  for  the  melon,  squash, 
or  cucumber  vines  to  come  up  Two  sucking  insects,  the 
harlequin  cabbage  bug  and  the  squash  stink-bug,  are 
equally  as  destructive  as  their  biting  relatives  The 
bud-  and  leaf-feeding  insects  are  usually  readily  con- 
trolled by  spraying  some  poison  on  their  food,  or  by 
hitting  them  with  some  oil  or  soap  spray  As  the 
female  moths  of  canker-worms  are  wingless,  a  wire 
trap  or  sticky  bandage  placed  around  the  trunk  of  the 
tree  in  the  late  fall  and  early  spring,  to  capture  the 
moths  as  they  crawl  up  the  tree  to  lay  their  eggs,  will 
greatly  help  to  check  these  serious  pests  The  collec- 
tion and  burning  of  the  conspicuous  egg-rings  of  the 
tent-caterpillars  at  any 
time  between  August 
and  the  following 
April  will  greatly  re- 
duce the  vast  numbers 
of  tents  or  signboards 
of  shiftlessness  m  apple 
orchards  Hand -pick- 
ing or  collecting  is 
the  most  successful 
method  of  controlling 
1318.  Grasshopper.  (Mounted)  the  rose-chafer,  harle- 
quin cabbage  bug,  and 

the  squash  stink-bug  in  many  cases  Prompt  action, 
guided  by  a  knowledge  of  the  insect's  habits  and  life- 
history,  and  any  intelligent  use  of  materials  and 
apparatus,  are  essential  in  any  successful  effort  to 
control  these  bud-  and  leaf-feeding  pests  of  the  horti- 
culturist. 


1317.  A  beetle  borer  and  its  work. 

The  larva  bores  in  the  young  wood 
of  raspberry  and  blackberry  canea, 
causing  the  swellings  aeen  in  the 
picture. 


1319   A  crane  fly    (Mounted) 


Fruit-eatina  insects. — "Wormy"  apples,  pears,  quinces, 
plums,  peaches,  cherries,  apricots,  grapes,  currants 
and  nuts  are  often  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception. 
The  codlm-moth  or  apple -worm  often  ruins  from 
one-third  to  one^half  of  the  crop  each  yeur  m  many 
localities,  it  also  infests  pears  seriously  The  apple 
maggot  tunnels  its  way  through  and  through  the  flesh 
of  a  large  percentage  of  the  apples  in  the  northern  sec- 
tions of  the  country  Most  of  the  wormy  plums, 
peaches,  cherries  and  apricots  are  the  work  of  the  grub 
of  that  worst  insect  enemy  of  tho  stone  fruits — the 
plum  curculio;  the  plum  gouger,  a  similar  insect,  whose 
grub  works  in  the  pit  of  plums,  is  equally  destructive 
to  this  fruit  in  some  states  "Knotty"  quinces  are 
largely  the  work  of  the  adults  of  the  quince  curculio, 
while  its  grub 
often  rums  the 
fruit  with  its  dis- 
gusting worm- 
hole  There  is 
also  a  grape  cur- 
culio  that,  with 
the  aid  of  the 
caterpillar  of  a  ' 
little  moth, 
works  havoc  in 
grapes  Cur- 
rants and  goose- 
berries are  often 
wormy  from  the 
work  of  two  or 
three  different 
kinds  of  maggots 
and  caterpillars 
Two  kinds  of 
fruit  flies  attack  the  cherrv*  infested  cherries  may  show 
no  external  signs  of  the  presence  of  the  maggot  reveling 
in  the  juices  within  Various  small  beetles  known  as 
weevils,  are  responsible  for  most  wormy  nuts  Most  of 
the  fruit-eating  insects  are  out  of  the  reach  of  tho  ordi- 
nary insecticides  The  codlm-moth  ih  a  noted  exception, 
however,  for  the  peculiar  habit  that  the  little  cater- 
pillar has  of  usually  entering  the  blossom  end  of  the 
fruit  and  feeding  therein  for  a  few  days,  gives  the  man 
with  a  poison  spray  a  very  vulnerable  point  of  attack. 
It  is  only  necessary  to  spray  a  bit  of  poison  into  the 
open  calyx  cup  within  a  few  du\s  after  the  petals  fall, 
and  let  nature  soon  close  the  ealices  and  keep  the 
poison  therein  until  the  newlj -hatched  caterpillar 
includes  it  in  its  first  menu  Often  95  per  eent  of  the 
apples  that  would  otherwise  be  ruined  by  the  worms 
are  saved  by  an  application  of  pans  green  at  this 
critical  time 

Plant-lice — Scarcely  a  plant  escapes  the  little  suc- 
tion pump  or  beak  of  some  kind  of  a  plant-louse  or 
aphis.  More  than  300  different  kinds  of  plant-lice 
have  been  identified  in  the  United  States,  and  nearly 
every  kind  of  fruit,  flower,  farm  or  garden  crop  has 
its  special  plant-louse  enemy,  which  is  often  a  serious 
factor  in  the  production  of  a  crop  These  little  crea- 
tures are  so  small,  so  variable,  so  hard 
to  perceive,  present  so  many  different 
forms  in  the  same  species,  and  have 
such  varied  and  interesting  life-stories 
to  tell,  that  what  is  known  about  them 
is  but  a  mere  beginning  as  compared 
to  what  is  yet  to  be  learned.  It  would 
take  a  large  volume  to  include  the  in- 
teresting stories  which  might  be  told 
of  the  lives  and  of  the  relations  with 
ants  of  some  of  the  commonest  of  these 
plant-lice  No  other  group  of  insects 

presents  so  many  curious,  varied,  inter-  

esting,  and  wonderful  problems  of  lite    132o  A  snapping 
as  do  the  aphids    In  the  aggregate,  the  beetle 

damage  done  by  plant-lice  is  very  great          (Mounted) 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1041 


At  times  hundreds  of  acres  of  peas  have  been  ruined 
by  an  aphid.  Nursery  stock  often  suffers  severely  and 
bearing  fruit  trees  are  often  seriously  injured  by  them 
About  forty  different  kinds  of  aphides  live  in  green- 
houses where  a  perpetual  warfare  has  to  be  waged 
against  them.  In  four 
years  nearly  100  genera- 
tions of  a  common  aphis 
have  been  reared  in 
greenhouses,  and  there 
were  no  indications  of 
any  egg-stage  or  of  male 
forms  during  this  time, 
80  that  they  may  thus 
breed  indefinitely  in 
houses,  their  young  be- 
ing born  alive  ana  no 
,  males  appearing.  The 
standard  remedies  for 
,  plant-lice  are  whale-oil 
soap,  kerosene  emulsion, 
and  tobacco  in  various 
ways  (as  a  decoction,  dry 
as  a  dust,  or  in  the  form 
of  similar  extracts),  and 
these  are  successfully 
used  to  kill  the  aphides 
in  all  situations. 

Scale  insects — Since 
the  advent  of  San  Jos6 
scale  into  the  eastern 
United  States j  scale  in- 
sects of  all  kinds  have 
attracted  wo  rid -wide 
attention  They  are  all 
small  insects,  and  derive 
their  name  from  the  fact 
that  their  tender  bodies 
are  protected  by  hard, 
scale-like  coverings  se- 
creted by  the  insects 
Thub  protected,  they  ore 
difficult  insects  to  kill, 
and  as  they  are  easily 
transported  on  nursery 
stock,  buds  or  cions,  and 
also  multiply  rapidly, 


1321.  A  spreading  board  for 
drying  soft-winged  insects. 


the  scale  insects  are  justly  to  be  considered  as  among 
the  most  dangerous  and  destructive  of  injurious 
insects  A  single  female  San  Jos6  scale  may  rear  a 
brood  of  from  100  to  (>00  young,  and  there  may  be 
four  or  five  generations  a  year;  and  more  than  2,000 
eggs  have  been  laid  by  a  single  Lecamum  scale.  The 
scale  insects,  the  dreaded  San  Jos6  species  included,  can 
be  controlled  successfully  by  judicious,  intelligent  and 
timely  woik  with  sprays  of  lime-sulfur,  crude  petro- 
leum, or  hylrocyamc  acid  gas,  which  should  be  used 
in  the  ca.se  of  nursery  stock  Since  1889  fumigation 
with  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  has  been  extensively  prac- 
tised in  the  citrus  orchards  of  California,  and  now 
Florida  and  South  African  fruit-growers  are  also  using 
it  in  their  orchards.  Large  gas-tight  tents  or  boxes  are 
placed  over  the  trees  and  the  gas  then  generated  within. 
Much  nursery  stock  is  now  treated  with  the  gas  in 
tight  boxes  or  houses:  this  is  required  by  law  m  many 
states,  and  it  should  be  practised  in  other  regions. 
Recently  greenhouses,  railway  coaches,  rooms  m  private 
houses,  and  whole  flouring  mills  have  been  effectively 
fumigated  with  this  gas. 

Insects  are  preserved  in  collections  by  securing  them 
in  tight  cases  by  means  of  a  pm  inserted  through  the 
thorax,  or  through  the  right  wing  if  the  subject  is  a 
beetle  Moths  and  butterflies  are  pinned  in  position  on 
a  spread  ing-board  until  thoroughly  dried  See  Figs. 
1318-1322.  Every  horticulturist  should  make  a  col- 
lection of  injurious  insects 


Insect  literature  for  horticulturists. — Horticulturists 
should  keep  in  close  touch  with  the  experiment  sta- 
tions and  state  entomologists  of  their  own  and  of  other 
states,  and  also  with  the  Department  of  Agriculture  at 
Washington ,  for  it  is  from  these  sources  that  the  best 
and  latest  advice  regarding  injurious  insects  is  now 
being  disseminated  free,  either  by  personal  correspon- 
dence or  by  means  of  bulletins.  Among  the  books,  one 
or  more  of  which  may  well  find  a  place  m  a  horticul- 
turist's library  are  the  following:  Weed's  "Insects  and 
Insecticides,"  Lodeman's  "The  Spraying  of  Plants," 
Saunders'  "Insects  Injurious  to  Fruits,"  Sanderson's 
"Insect  Pests  of  Orchard,  Farm  and  Garden,"  and 
Slingerland  and  Crosby's  "Fruit  Insects  " 

M  V.  SLINGERLAND. 
C.  R.  CROSBY! 
Other  invertebrate  animals. 

Mitea. — Mitee  belong  to  the  class  of  animals  known 
as  Arachmda,  which  are  closely  related  to  insects. 
Spiders  and  scorpions  also  belong  in  this  group  Mites 
are  small  creatures,  usually  possessing  four  pairs  of 
legs  when  mature,  and  the  body  is  not  divided  into 
three  divisions  as  in  the  case  01  insects  The  green- 
house red-spider  (Tetranychus  bimaculalus)  is  one  of  the 
mobt  common  and  injurious  species  It  occurs  on  a 
wide  variety  of  plants  grown  under  glass  and  also  out- 
of-doors  on  the  foliage  of  many  wild  and  cultivated 
plants  It  is  about  Am  long  and  varies  in  color  from 
yellow  through  orange  to  brown  and  dark  green,  often 
with  a  darker  spot  on  each  side  of  the  body  It  spins 
a  very  delicate  silken  web-like  nest  over  its  breeding- 
ground  It  can  be  killed  on  the  foliage  of  plants  grown 
in  the  open  with  soap  bolution,  dusting  with  sulfur, 
and  hydrated  lime,  or  by  using  a  flour-paste  spray 
In  greenhouses,  it  is  best  controlled  by  repeated  fepruy- 
mg  with  water,  using  much  force  and  little  water  to 
avoid  drenching  the  beds 

The  clover  mite  (Bryobia  prateni>u)  is  a  minute, 
spider-like,  oval,  reddish  brown  mite  about  rsoinch 
in  length  with  long  front  legs.  It  attacks  the  foliage 
of  many  fruit  and  forest  tree*  as  well  as  clover  and 
grasses  The  tiny,  round,  reddibh  eggs  often  occur  in 
great  numbers  on  the  bark  of  trees  m  winter  giving  the 
branches  a  reddish  color.  It  may  be  controlled  by  the 
same  treatment  as  for  red-spider.  In  addition,  the  eggs 
may  be  killed  with  a  lime-sulfur  solution  while  the 
trees  are  dormant. 

The  pear-leaf  bhbter-mite  (Enophyes  pyn)  differs 
from  most  other  mites  in  having  only  two  pairs  of 
legs  and  in  its  elongate  body  The  mite  is  only  Trainch 
m  length;  it  burrows  in  the  tissue  of  the  leaf,  causing 
bhster-hke  galls.  The  eggs  are  laid  within  the  gall, 


1322.  A  cross-section  of  spreading  board  in  front  of 
the  cleat  "d,"  in  Fjg.  1321. 

and  some  of  the  mites  when  mature  leave  through  a 
small  opening  and  migrate  to  new  leaves.  The  mature 
mites  hibernate  under  the  bud -scales.  This  pest  is 
controlled  by  applications  of  lime-sulfur  or  miscible 
oils  while  the  trees  are  dormant. 

Nematodes  — A  species  of  nematode  worm  (Hetero- 
dera  radicicola)  lives  parasitically  in  the  roots  of  a 
wide  variety  of  wild  and  cultivated  plants  producing 
enlarged  knots  or  swellings  This  disease  is  known  as 


1042      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


root-knot  and  is  more  prevalent  in  light  soils.  It  is 
especially  troublesome  in  greenhouses.  The  adult 
female  worm  is  flask-shaped,  .5  to  1  mm.  in  length, 
pearly  white  in  color,  and  is  found  within  the  knots  on 
the  roots.  Each  female  lays  several  hundred  eggs. 
The  young  worms  may  continue  within  the  same 
root  or  migrate  through  the  soil  to  others.  Nematode 
root-galls  have  been  found  on  nearly  500  different 
species  of  plants.  It  is  especially  destructive  to  okra, 
hollyhock,  Amarantus  tricolor,  peach,  snapdragon, 
celery,  heart-leaved  basil,  wax  gourd,  beet,  rape,  red 
pepper,  balloon  vine,  melon  papaw,  catalpa,  endive, 
watermelon,  coffee,  muskmelon,  cucumber,  squash, 
pumpkin,  carrot,  deutzia,  California  poppy,  fig,  soy- 
bean, pecan,  morning-glory,  lettuce,  gourd,  sweet  pea, 
flax,  tomato,  tobacco,  peony,  ginseng,  pabsiflora,  petu- 
nia, tuberose,  cherry,  pomegranate,  eggplant,  potato, 
salsify,  clovers,  violet,  Old  World  grape.  See  page  1023. 
This  pest  may  be  controlled  in  greenhouses  by  the 
use  of  live  steam  to  sterilize  the  soil  or  by  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  formaldehyde,  one  part,  36  to  40  per  cent 
formaldehyde ,  to  one  hundred  parts  water,  applied  at 
the  rate  of  one  to  one  and  one-half  gallons  to  every 
square  yard  of  soil  surface  of  shallow  oeds  After  the 
application,  the  soil  should  be  thoroughly  stirred  and 
planting  should  not  be  done  till  at  least  ten  days  later. 
Under  field  conditions,  the  problem  is  more  difficult. 
The  most  feasible  method  is  a  system  of  crop-rotation 
in  which  an  immune  crop  is  grown  for  at  least  two 
years  between  susceptible  crops.  One  of  the  most 
resistant  crops  is  the  Iron  variety  of  cowpea  Clean 
cultivation  should  be  practised  so  as  to  destroy  all 
susceptible  plants. 

Insecticides. 

Insecticides  are  substances  used  to  kill  insects,  as 
poisons,  washes  and  gases  Insects  are  subject  to  many 
natural  checks,  such  as  wind,  rams,  sudden  changes  of 
temperature,  the  attacks  of  parasites  and  predaceous 
enemies,  and  are  often  destroyed  in  great  numbers  by 
bacterial  and  fungous  diseases  In  spite  of  these 
natural  checks  it  is,  however,  usually  necessary  to 
resort  to  a  spray  or  seme  other  artificial  insecticide  for 
the  protection  of  our  crops. 

The  essential  requirements  for  a  satisfactory  insecti- 
cide are  efficient  killing  power,  safety  to  the  foliage, 
cheapnes"  and  ease  of  application  The  choice  of  an 
insecticide  for  any  particular  case  will  depend  upon  a 
number  of  factors  upon  the  structure,  habits,  and 
life-history  of  the  insect  to  be  killed;  and  upon  the 
susceptibility  of  the  host  plant  to  injury,  its  mode  of 
growth  and  the  conditions  under  which  it  is  cultivated 
Some  insects,  as  the  plant-lice,  are  soft-bodied  and  pro- 
vided with  a  thin  and  delicate  integument,  others, 
like  the  beetles  and  wireworms,  have  hard,  horny  shells 
impervious  to  ordinary  spray  liquids;  some  insects  bite 
off  and  swallow  portions  of  the  plant,  while  others 
merely  suck  out  the  sap  by  means  of  a  slender  tube; 
some  are  injurious  in  the  larval  stage,  others  as  adults; 
some  attack  the  roots,  some  the  foliage  and  fruit,  while 
others  burrow  in  the  trunk  and  branches.  Plants 
vary  greatly  m  their  susceptibility  to  injury  from  the 
use  of  insecticides;  the  peach  and  Japan  plum  have 
especially  tender  foliage,  while  the  apple  is  not  so  easily 
injured  All  these  points  and  many  more  must  be  con- 
sidered in  selecting  an  insecticide  which  will  be  adapted 
to  the  control  of  any  injurious  insect  Our  methods  of 
fighting  insects  are  constantly  changing  as  new  facts 
are  discovered,  new  methods  devised  and  new  insecti- 
cides invented  Our  present  methods  are  the  results 
of  a  more  or  less  unconscious  cooperation  extending 
over  many  years  between  the  practical  grower,  the 
etudent  of  insect  life  and  the  progressive'Vnanuf acturers 
of  spraying  materials  and  spray  machinery. 

Insecticides  may  be  classed  into  those  which  are 
eaten  with  the  food  and  kill  by  poisoning;  those  that 


kill  by  contact  with  the  insect's  body;  and  fumes  of 
gases  used  for  fumigation.  The  poisons  are  effective 
against  the  biting  or  chewing  ana  lapping  (fruit  flies) 
insects;  the  contact  insecticides  are  used  as  a  rule 
against  sucking  insects;  and  fumes  and  gases  are 
employed  principally  in  greenhouses  and  for  the  fumi- 
gation of  nursery  stock,  stored  seeds,  and  citrus  trees. 

Poisoning  insecticides. 

The  most  widely  used  substance  for  the  poisoning  of  insects  is 
arsenic  in  its  various  compounds  For  this  purpose  only  compounds 
insoluble  in  water  can  be  used,  as  soluble  arsenic  is  very  injurious 
to  foliage 

White  arwnic  — This  is  the  cheapest  form  in  which  arsenic  can 
be  obtained  It  is  a  white  powder,  soluble  in  water  and  very  inju- 
rious to  foliage  A  cheap  and  efficient  insecticide  may  bo  prepared 
from  it  as  follows 

For  use  with  bordeaux  mixture  only  Sal-soda,  two  pounds, 
water,  one  gallon,  arsenic,  one  pound  Mix  the  white  arsenic  into 
a  paste  and  then  add  the  sal-soda  and  water,  and  boil  until  dis- 
solved. Add  water  to  replace  any  that  has  boiled  away,  so  that 
one  gallon  of  stock  solution  is  the  result  Use  one  quart  of  this 
stock  solution  to  fifty  gallons  of  bordeaux  mixture  for  fruit  trees 
Make  sure  that  there  is  enough  lime  in  the  mixture  to  prevent  the 
caustic  action  of  the  arsenic 

For  use  without  bordeaux  mixture  Sal-soda,  one  pound,  water, 
one  gallon,  white  arsenic,  one  pound,  quicklime,  two  pounds 
Dissolve  the  white  arsenic  with  the  water  and  sal-soda  as  above, 
and  uae  this  solution  while  hot  to  slake  the  two  pounds  of  hine 
Add  enough  water  to  make  two  gallons  Use  two  quarts  of  this 
stock  solution  in  fifty  gallons  of  water 

As  there  is  always  some  danger  of  foliage  injury  from  the  use 
of  these  home-made  arsenic  compounds,  and  as  they  cannot  be 
safely  combined  with  the  dilute  lime-sulfur  when  used  as  a  summer 
spray,  they  are  now  rarely  employed  in  cominemal  orchard 
spraying 

Paris  green  — Pans  green  is  composed  of  copper  oxid,  acetic 
acid  and  arsemous  oxid  chemically  combined  as  copper-aceto- 
arsenite  By  the  National  Insecticide  Law  of  1910,  pans  green 
must  contain  at  least  50  per  cent  arsemous  oxid  and  must  not 
contain  arsenic  in  water-soluble  form  equivalent  to  more  than  31? 
per  cent  arsemous  oxid  For  many  years  pans  green  has  been  the 
standard  insecticide  for  orchard  use,  but  is  now  largely  replared 
by  the  safer  and  more  adhesive  arsenate  of  lead  In  spraying 
apples,  pans  green  is  used  at  the  rate  of  one-half  pound  to  one 
hundred  gallons  of  water  or  bordeaux  mixture  When  used  with 
water,  lime  twice  the  bulk  of  the  pans  green  should  be  added  to 
lessen  the  danger  of  foliage  injury  Paris  green  cannot  safely  be 
used  with  either  the  dilute  lime-sulfur  as  used  for  summer  spray- 
ing or  with  the  self-boiled  lime-sulfur 

London  purple  —London  purple  is  an  arsemte  of  lime  and  is  a 
by-product  in  the  manufacture  of  aniline  dyes  Its  composition 
is  variable,  the  arsenic  content  varying  from  30  to  50  per  cent 
Owing  to  the  presence  of  much  soluble  arsenic  it  is  likely  to  cause 
foliage  injury,  and  it  is  now  little  used  m  commercial  spraying 

Arsenate  of  lead  — Araenato  of  lead  was  first  used  as  an  insecti- 
cide in  IS'H,  m  Massachusetts  It  h.ts  now  almost  entirely  re- 
placed puns  green  for  orchard  work  throughout  the  country  Jt 
adheres  better  to  the  leaves,  may  be  used  at  considerably  greater 
strength  without  injuring  tho  foliage  and  may  be  combined  with 
a  dilute  htne-3iilfur  solution  cr  with  the  self-boiled  lime-sulfur 
Chemicall> ,  ar«enate  of  lead  may  be  either  tnplumbic  arsnnate 
or  plumbic-hydrogen  arsenate  The  commercial  product  usually 
consists  of  a  mixture  of  these  two  forms,  the  proportion  depending 
on  the  method  of  manufacture  employed  It  is  usually  sold  in  the 
form  of  a  thick  paste,  but  for  some  purposes  the  powdered  form  is 
preferred  Under  the  National  Insecticide  Law  of  1910,  arscnato 
of  lead  paste  must  not  contain  more  than  50  per  cent  water  and 
must  «con tain  the  arsenic  equivalent  of  at  least  12}^  per  cent 
arsenious  oxid  The  water-soluble  arsenic  must  not  exceed  an 
equivalent  of  three-fourths  of  1  per  cent  of  arsenic  oxid  In  the 
best  grades  of  arsenate  of  lead  paste  the  chemical  IH  in  a  finely 
divided  condition,  and  thus  when  diluted  for  use  remains  in  sus- 
pension for  a  considerable  time  Arsenate  of  lead  is  used  at  various 
strengths,  depending  upon  the  insect  to  be  killed  and  on  the  sus- 
ceptibility of  the  foliage  to  injury  Four  pounds  in  one  hundred 
gallons  can  be  usod  on  the  pepch  if  combined  with  the  self-boiled 
lime-sulfur,  on  apple,  four  or  five  pounds  in  one  hundred  gallons 
is  usually  sufficient,  on  grapes  for  killing  the  grape  root-worm 
beetles  and  the  rose-chafer,  eight  to  ten  pounds  in  one  hundred 
gallons  have  been  found  necessary  The  poison  is  more  readily 
eaten  by  these  beetles  if  sweetened  by  two  gallons  of  molasses  in 
one  hundred  gallons,  but,  unfortunately,  the  addition  of  molasses 
greatly  decreases  the  adhesiveness  of  the  poison  Some  species  of 
fruit  flies  may  be  controlled  by  the  uae  of  sweetened  arsenate  of 
lead  sprayed  on  the  foliage  of  the  plants  at  the  first  appearance  of 
the  flies  They  lap  up  the  poison  with  their  fleshy  tongue-like 
mouth-parts  and  succumb  before  ovipositing. 

Arsenite  of  zinc. — Arsomte  of  zinc  is  a  light  fluffy  powder  and 
contains  the  equivalent  of  aoout  40  per  cent  arsenious  oxid  It 
has  been  used  extensively  on  the  Pacific  slope  as  a  substitute  for 
arsenate  of  lead  It  kills  somewhat  more  quickly  and  is  fairly 
safe  on  apple  foliage  when  used  with  bordeaux  mixture  or  with 
lime.  When  sweetened  with  molasses,  it  is  injurious  to  foliage 
One  pound  of  zinc  arsenate  is  equivalent  to  about  three  pounds 
of  arsenate  of  lead  In  orchard  experiments,  as  a  rule,  it  has  not 
shown  that  it  is  superior  to  the  latter 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1043 


Hellebore  — Hellebore  is  a  light  brown  powder  made  from  the 
roots  of  the  white  hellebore  plant  (Veratrum  album),  one  of  the  lily 
*armly  It  w  applied  both  dry  and  in  water  In  the  dry  state,  it 
is  usually  applied  without  dilution,  although  the  addition  of  a 
little  flour  will  render  it  more  adhesive  In  water,  four  ounce  s  of 
the  poison  w  niixod  with  two  or  three  callous,  and  an  ounce  of  glue  , 
or  thin  flour  paste,  is  sometimes  added  to  make  it  adhere  A  d<  <  <>c- 
tiori  is  made  by  using  boiling  water  in  the  same  proportions  Helle- 
bore soon  loses  its  strength,  and  a  fresh  article  should  always  be 
demanded  It  is  much  less  poisonous  than  the  arsemealu,  and 
nhould  bo  used  m  place  of  them  upon  ripening  fruit  It  is  used  for 
various  leaf-eating  insects,  particularly  for  the  currant-worm  and 
rose-slug. 

Contact  insecticides. 

The  most  important  contact  insecticides  arc  soaps,  sulfur,  sul- 
fur compound,  and  oily  or  remnoua  emulsions 

Soapn — The  most  commonly  used  soap  solution  is  that  pre- 
pared from  fish-oil  t>oap  The  commercial  brands  of  this  sotp  in 
usually  by-prodiuta  and  contain  many  impurities,  furthe  r,  m  uiy 
of  them  contain  an  excess  of  fn  e  or  uncombined  alkali  and  art  thus 
likely  to  injure  young  and  tender  foliage  A  good  fish-oil  HO  ip  m  iy 
be  prepared  by  the  following  formula.  Caustic  soda,  MIX  pounds, 
water,  one-half  gallon,  fish-oil,  twenty-two  pounds  Dissohe  the 
caustic  soda  in  the  water  and  th<n  add  the  fish-oil  gradually  und<  r 
constant  and  vigorous  stirring  The  combination  occurs  readilv  at 
ordinary  summer  temperatures,  and  boiling  is  unner<  snary  Mir 
briskly  for  about  twenty  minutes  after  the  last  of  the  oil  has  been 
added  There  is  now  on  the  market  a  good  brand  of  insecticide 
soap  prepared  from  cotton-seed  oil  soap  stock  or  from  an  impure 
grade  known  as  pancohne 

Sulfur — Sulfur  may  bo  obtained,  in  two  forms, — flowers  of  wil- 
fur  and  flour  of  sulfm  Jn  the  form  of  a  powder  or  dust,  sulfur  is 
especially  valuable  against  red-spider  In  California,  flowers  of 
sulfur  mixed  with  cquel  parts  of  hvdrated  lime  is  blown  on  the 
tret  s  for  the  control  of  red-spider  ana  mite  It  may  also  be  use  d  for 
the  same  purpose  mixed  with  water  at  the  rate  of  one  pound  ui 
three  gallons  of  water,  to  which  has  been  added  a  little  soap  to 
ke<p  the  milfur  in  suspension  The  mixture  t<hould  be  nutated 
constantly  during  spraying  The  sulfur  remains  longer  in  sus- 
pension if  it  is  farsf  made  into  a  paste  with  water  containing 
one-half  of  1  per  cent  of  glue  Page  1028 

Lime  sulfur  solution — A  solution  of  lime-sulfur  was  first  used 
as  an  mse<  tieide  m  California  m  ISSfi  It  is  now  the  st  m-larrl 
remedy  for  blister  mite,  San  Jose  scale  and  smnlnr  HI  ales,  as  \\tll 
as  an  efficient  fungicide  The  lime-sulfur  solution  may  l><  pur- 
chaw  d  m  the  concentrated  form  e>r  may  be  prepared  is  follows 
Lump  lime  (<)">  per  cent  ealnutn  oxid),  thirty-tight  pounds  lump 
lime  (UO  pe  r  cent  cale  mm  oxid),  forty  pounds,  Milfur,  e  iKht\  pounds, 
water,  fift>  gallons  Make  a  paste)  of  the  sulfur  with  about  ten 
gallons  of  hot  water  Add  the  lime  A-t  the  lime  slakes,  adel  hot 
water  as  necessary  to  pre>vent  caking  When  the  lime  his  slaked, 
add  hot  water  to  make  fifty  gallons  and  boil  one  hour,  stirring  eon- 
Htunily  Water  should  be  addend  from  time  to  time  to  k.  ep  thej 
liquid  up  to  fifty  gallons  Store  m  air-tight  hardwood  barrels 
lest  the  strength  of  the  .solution  with  a  Baume  hydrometer  and 
dilute  for  use  according  to  the  following  table  (see  also  p  1020) 

DILUTIONS  FOR  DORMANT  AND  SUMMER  SPRAYING  WITTI 

LlM*-SULFOU    MlXTUlU-S 


Amount  of  dilution 
Number  of  gallons  of  water  to  one 
galleon  of  hme-sulfur  solution 

Fe>r  Sin 
Josfi  se  ale 

For  blister 
mite 

For  summer 
spraying  of 
apples 

Degrees  Baume?               | 

3f> 

9 

12JS 

45 

34 

8S4 

12 

4.ii4 

33 

8J* 

1U-! 

4lli 

32 

8 

11 

10 

il 

IOJ^ 

37% 

30 

7j| 

10 

.»tl'4 

2'» 

28 

m 

I-'* 

34^ 

32?  4 

27 

6 

*h 

H 

26 

5?4 

8 

201  i 

25 

5k 

1Yi 

'27  ?* 

21 

5 

7 

2() 

2.3 

4!d 

6Ji 

.>4i4' 

22                                                  1         4»i 

6 

J2»4 

21 

3»4 

5}£ 

21  'i 

20 

3J4 

1Q<4 

19 
18 

T, 

k 

18V* 
17 

17 

4 

1<> 

16 
15 

i 

»?*' 
AX 

lr> 
14 

14 

2 

3 

12  \' 

Emulsions — Emulsions  are  oily  or  resinous  sprays  in  wlnth 
these  substances  are  suspended  in  water  in  the  form  of  minute 
globules,  a  condition  brought  about  by  the  addition  of  soap  They 
form  an  important  class  of  contact  insecticides,  useful  particularlj 


n  impoan    cass  o   eoac 
against  scale  insects  and  plant-lice 


Kerosene  emulsion  — Kerosene  emulsion  is  tho  oldest  of  our 
contact  insecticides  It  is  especially  valuable  for  use  against  plant- 
lice  and  other  small,  soft-bodied  insects  It  is  prepared  by  the 
following  formula  Soap,  one-half  pound;  water,  one  gallon, 
kerosene,  two  gallons  Dissolve  the  soap  m  hot  water,  remove 
from  the  fire  and,  while  still  hot,  add  the  kerosene.  Pump  the 
liquid  baek  into  itself  for  five  or  ten  minutes  or  until  it  becomes  a 
e  re  amy  mass  If  properly  made,  the  oil  will  not  separate  on  cooling 
!•  or  use  on  dormant  trees,  dilute  with  five  to  seven  parts  of  water 
tor  killing  plant-lice  on  foliage,  dilute  with  ten  to  fifteen  parts  of 
water —Crude-oil  emulsion  is  made  m  the  same  way  by  substitu- 
ting crude  oil  in  place  of  kerosene  The  stn  n^th  of  oil  emulsions  is 
frequently  indicated  by  the  percentage  of  oil  in  the  diluted  liquid 
tor  t  10  per  cent  emulsion,  add  seventeen  gallons  of  water  to  three 
gallons  of  stock  emulsion,  for  a  15  per  cent  emulsion,  add  ten  and 
one -half  gallons  of  water  to  three  gallons  of  stock  emulsion,  for  a 
JO  per  cent  emulsion,  add  seven  gallons  of  water  to  three  gallons 
of  stork  emulsion,  for  a  25  per  cent  emulsion,  add  five  gallons  of 
water  to  three  gallons  of  stock  emulsion 

Dflillaf'  emuhion  —Distillate  emulsion  is  widely  used 
in  California  Distillate  (2S°  Baume),  twenty  gallons,  whale-oil 
soap,  thirty  pounds,  waUr,  twche  gallons  Dissolve  the  whale- 
oil  soap  in  the  water  whieh  •••lould  be  heated  to  the  boiling  point, 
wld  the  distillate  and  agitate  thoroughly  while  the  solution  is  hot 
I- or  use>,  add  twenty  gallons  of  water  to  each  gallon  of  the  stock 
bolutiori 

Carbolic  acid  emulsion  —  This  spray  is  used  in  California  for 
me  aly-bugs,  plant-lice,  and  the  soft  brown  scale  Whale-oil  soap, 
forty  pounds,  crude  carbolic  acid,  nve  gallons,  water,  forty  gallons 
Dissolve  the  soap  completely  m  hot  water,  add  the  carbolic  acid, 
uvl  hi  at  to  the  boiling  point  for  twenty  minutes  For  use,  add 
t\v(  nty  gallons  of  water  to  each  gallon  of  stock  solution 

Mitfihlf  oil* — There  aie  now  on  the  market  a  number  of  con- 
crntr.itcd  oil  ( mulsions,  known  as  soluble  or  misuble  oils,  intended 
pninarilj  for  use  againbt  the  San  JoscS  scale  For  this  purpose  they 
an  fairly  effective  when  diluted  with  not  more  than  fifteen  parts  of 
water  To  lessen  danger  of  injury  to  the  trees,  applications  should 
not  be  made  when  the  temperature  13  below  freezing,  nor  when  the 
tries  are  wet  with  snow  or  ram  Methods  have  been  devised 
for  preparing  these  concentrated  emulsions  at  home,  but  as  there 
is  consul'  rtble  danger  attending  the  process,  it  IB  better  to  buy 
the  m  re  ady-made 

Tobacco  — Tobacco  is  one  of  our  most  useful  insecticides  The 
poisonous  principle  m  tobacco  i<»  an  alkaloid  nicotine,  which  in 
the  pure  state  is  a  colorless  fluid,  slightly  heavier  than  water,  of 
little  smell  when  cold  and  with  an  exceedingly  acrid  burning 
t-iste  c\  en  when  1  irge  ly  diluted  It  is  soluble  in  water  and  entirely 
volatile  It  is  one  of  the  most  \irulent  poisons  known,  a  single 
drop  is  sufficient  to  kill  a  clog  Commercial  te£>acco  preparations 
have  been  on  the  market  for  many  years  The  most  important  of 
these  are  hi  ick  leaf,  "black  leaf  40,"  and  mcofume 

Kiack  Luif—  Black  'eaf  was  formerly  the  most  widely  used 
tobacco  extract  It  contains  only  2  7  pc  r  cent  nicotine  and  has  now 
ben  replaced  by  the  more  concentrated  extracts  It  is  used  for 
pi  mt-lice  at  the  rate  of  one  gallon  to  sixty-five  gallons  of  water 

"Black  l«tf  40" — "Black  leaf  10"  is  a  concentrated  tobacco 
e\m<  t  containing  40  per  cent  nicotine  sulfate  Its  specific  gravity 
is  about  1  25  In  this  preparation  the  nicotine  is  m  a  non-volatile 
form,  it  having  beon  treated  with  bulfuric  acid  to  form  the  sulfate 
'HI  ick  leaf  40"  is  used  at  strengths  varying  from  one  part  in  800 
puts  of  water  to  one  part  in  1,600  parts  It  >  an  be  satisfactorily 
combined  with  other  sprays,  as  for  example,  lime-sulfur  solution, 
ars(  n  ite  of  lead,  arid  the  \anous  soap  solutions  When  used  with 
w  iter,  about  four  pounds  of  soap  should  be  added  to  make  the 
mixture  spread  and  stick  better 

AVo/u7ne  w  a  tobacco  extract  containing  40  per  cent  of  nicotine 
m  the  volatile  form  It  is  intended  primarily  for  use  in  greenhouses 
Stups  of  paper  soaked  in  this  preparation  are  smudged  in  green- 
houses to  destroy  iphids 

Tobacco  is  al«e>  used  in  the  form  of  dust  for  the  same  purpose 
It  is  especially  v  aluable  against  root-lice  on  asters  and  other  plants 
Tobacco  extracts  can  be  made  at  home  by  steeping  tobacco  stems 
in  w  tter,  but  as  they  \iry  greatly  in  nicotine  content  and  are 
sometimes  likely  to  injure  tender  foliage,  it  is  better  to  buy  the 
st  indardi/ed  extracts 

l'i/itfhriim — A  very  fine,  light  brown  powder,  made  from  the 
flo\\e  r-heads  of  species  of  pyrethrum  It  is  scarcely  injurious  to 
man  Three  brands  arc  on  the  market- 
Persian  insect-powder,  made  from  the  heads  of  Pyrethrum 
ro^um,  a  species  also  cultivated  as  an  ornamental  plant.  Tho 
plant  is  native  to  the  Caucasus  region. 

Ddmation  insect-powder,  made  from  Pyrethrum  cineranx- 
folntni 

Buh  ich,  made  in  California  from  cultivated  plants  of  Pyrethrum 

>\  he  n  fresh  and  pure,  all  these  brands  appear  to  be  equally 
valuable,  but  the  home-grown  product  is  usually  considered  most 
reliable  Pyrethrum  soon  loses  its  value  when  exposed  to  the  air. 
It  is  used  in  various  ways 

(1)  In  solution  in  water,  one  ounce  to  three  gallons.    Should 
be  mixed  up  twenty-four  hours  before  using 

(2)  Dry,  without  dilution.    In  this  form  it  ia  excellent  for  thripa 
and  lue  on  roses  and  other  bushes     Apply  when  tho  bush  is  wet 
I'seful  for  aphis  on  house  plants 

(3)  Dry,  diluted  with  flour  or  any  light  and  fine  powder.    The 
poison  may  be  used  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  to  from  six  to 
thirty  of  the  dilutent 

(t)  In  fumigation  It  may  be  scattered  directly  upon  coals,  01 
made  into  small  balls  by  wetting  and  molding  with  the  hands  and 


1044      DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


then  set  upon  coals.  This  is  a  desirable  way  of  dealing  with  mos- 
quitos  and  flies 

(5)  In  alcohol,  (a)  Put  a  part  of  pyrethnim  (buhach)  and  four 
parts  alcohol,  by  weight,  in  any  tight  vessel.  Shake  occasionally, 
and  after  eight  days  filter.  Apply  with  an  atomizer  Excellent  for 
greenhouse  pests  For  some  plants  it  needs  to  be  diluted  a  little. 
(6)  Dissolve  about  four  ounces  of  powder  in  one  gill  of  alcohol,  and 
add  twelve  gallons  of  water. 

(0)  Decoction.  Whole  flower-heads  are  treated  to  boiling 
water,  and  the  liquid  is  covered  to  prevent  evaporation.  Boiling 
the  liquid  destroys  its  value. 

Good  insect-powder  can  be  made  from  Pyrethrum  roseum,  and 
probably  also  from  P  cineian^  folium,  grown  m  the  home  garden. 


Burning  —  Larvae  which  live  or  feed  in  webs,  like  the  tent- 
caterpillar  and  fall  web-worm  may  be  burned  with  a  torch  The 
lamp  or  torch  used  in  campaign  parades  fands  its  most  efficient 
use  here 


1323    Device  for  discharging  the  cyanide  into  the  acid. 

Bait,  regttable  ban  —  Spray  a  patch  of  clover  or  some  other 
plant  that  the  insects  will  eit  with  pans  green  or  some  other 
arsenical,  mow  it  elose  to  the  ground,  and  while  fresh  place  it  in 
small  piles  round  the  infested  plants  To  avoid  wilting  of  the  bait, 
cover  the  heaps  with  a  shingle  or  piece  of  board 

Bran-arsenic  mash  —  White  arsenic,  one-half  pound,  or  pans 
green,  one  pound,  bran,  fifty 


,  , 

pounds     Mix  thoroughly 
et  mash     Sugar  or  molasse 


md  thei 

.,._  ..  smayb 

added,  but  is  unnecessary     Poisoned  baits  are  used  against  cut- 
worms and  grasshoppers 

Kansat  giasshnpper  bait  — This  bait  is  the  most  efficient  means 
of  controlling  grasshoppers  yet  devised  It  is  prepared  as  follows 
Bran,  twenty  pounds,  pans  green,  one  pound,  syrup,  two  qOerts, 
oranges  or  lemons,  three  fruits,  water,  three  and  one-half  gallons 
Mix  the  bran  and  pans  green  thoroughly  in  a  wash-tub  while  dry 
Squeeze  the  juice  of  the  oranges  or  lemons  into  the  water,  chop  the 
pulp  and  peel  fine  and  add  them  also  Dissolve  the  syrup  in  the 
water  and  wet  the  bran  and  poison  with  the  mixture,  stirnng  at 
the  same  time  so  as  to  dampen  the  mash  thoroughly  Sow  the  bait 
broadcast  in  the  infested  area  early  in  the  morning 

Cnddle  mixture  — Mix  one  pound  of  pans  green  with  one-half 
barrel  of  horse  droppings,  and  add  one  pound  of  salt  if  the  material 
ia  not  fresh  For  use  against  grasshoppers 

Gas  tar  is  used  extensively  for  painting  wounds  to  keep 
out  the  moisture  and  proc  nt  tho  entrance  of  insects  It  is 
also  sometimes  used  on  pea<  h  trees  to  keep  out  the  borers 
In  tnis  case  it  should  be  applied  in  the  spring  only,  as  there 
is  danger  of  injuring  th<  trees  in  the  fall. 

AspfuiU  — Certain  grades  of  asphalt  have  been  used 
successfully  on  peach  in  California  to  keep  out  the  Pacific 
peach  tree-borer  Experiments  in  the  eastern  states  indi- 
cate that  it  may  be  used  to  advantage  against  the  common 
peach  tree-borer. 

Hot-water. —  Submerge  affected  plants  or  branches  in 
water  at  a  temperature  of  about  125°.  For  aphis  It  will 
also  kill  rose-bugs  at  a  temperature  of  125°  to  1.35°. 

Gasolene  torch  —  The  gasolene  torch  has  been  success- 
fully used  for  the  control  ol  scale  mse<  ts  on  date  palms  in 
Arizona  The  trees  are  first  pruned  closely,  drenched  with 
gasolene  and  fired.  They  are  then  scorched  with  a  gasolene 
blast  torch 

Flour  paste  — Mix  a  cheap  grade  of  w  heat  flour  with  cold 
water,  making  a  thin  batter,  without  lumps,  or  wash  the 
flour  through  a  wire  s<  reeii  with  a  stream  of  cold  water 
Dilute  until  there  is  one  pound  of  flour  in  each  gallon  of 
mixture  Cook  until  a  paste  is  formed,  stirnng  constantly 
to  prevent  coking  or  burning  Add  sufficient  water  to 
make  up  for  evaporation  For  use,  add  eight  gallons  of 
this  stock  solution  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water.  Used 
for  red  spider  in  California. 

General  practices. 

Cleanliness  — Much  can  be  done  to  check  the  ravages  of 
insects  by  destroying  thur  breeding-places  and  hiding- 
places  Weeds,  rubbish,  and  refuse  should  be  eliminated 

Hand-picking  is  often  still  the  best  means  of  destroying 
insects  despite  all  the  perfectufh  of  machinery  atod  of  ma- 
terials This  is,  particularly  t  rue  about  the  home  grounds  and 
in  the  garden.  The  cultivator  should  not  scorn  this  method 

Promoting  growth  — Any  course  that  tends  to  promote 
vigor  will  be  helpful  in  enabling  plants  to  withstand  the 
attacks  of  plant-hoe  and  other  insects. 


Bunding  —  To  prevent  the  ascent  of  canker-worm  moths  and 
gypsy-moth  caterpillars,  vanous  forms  of  sticky  bands  are  in 

" 


Bunding 

sy-moth  c, 

For  this  purpose  there  is  no  better  substance  than  "tree  tangle- 
foot "  It  may  be  applied  directly  to  the  tree-trunk,  but  when  so 
used  leaves  an  unsightly  mark  and  requires  more  material  than 
following  method  is  used  First  place  a  strip  of  cotton 


when  the  . 

batting  ,1  inches 

of  tarred  paper  5  inches 

the  lap  only  with  three  o 

upper  two-thirds  of  thf 

keep  the  suiface  stuky 


d  the  trunk,  cover  this  with  a  strip 

wide,  draw  the  paper  tight  and  fasten  at 

four  tacks  Spread  the  tanglefoot  on  the 
mper,  and  comb  it  from  tune  to  time  to 

Jurlap  bandy  aie  made  by  tying  or  tack- 


ing a  strip  of  burlap  around  the  tiunk  and  letting  the  edges  hang 
down  The  1  irva>  will  lade  under  the  loose  edge,  where  they  may  be 
killed  Banding  is  now  little  used  for  eodlin-moth,  since  spraying 
with  poison  haa  been  found  so  much  more  effective. 

Fumigation. 

Poisonous  gases  arc  widely  used  in  killing  insects 
under  certain  conditions  Hydrocyanic  acid  gas  is 
employed  m  the  fumigation  of  greenhouses  and  citrus 
trees  It  is  a  most  deadly  and  effective  material  In 
Europe,  fumigation  with  this  gas  is  known  as  cyamding 
and  cyamzation  Nicotine  preparations  aie  used  ex- 
tensively in  greenhouse  fumigation.  Carbon  bisulfid 
is  employed  almost  exclusively  for  the  treatment  of 
stored  grams  and  seeds. 

Hydtocyanic  ucid  gas  — This  gas  is  generated  by 
adding  potassium  or  sodium  cyanide  to  dilute  sulfunc 
acid  The  gas  is  a  deadly  poison,  and  great  care  should 
be  taken  not  to  inhale  it.  One  breath  is  fatal  1 

Potassium  cyanide  is  a  white  amorphous  salt  that 
readily  absorbs  moisture  when  exposed  to  the  air. 
Pure  potassium  cyanide  contains  40  per  cent  of  cyano- 
gen (CN)  by  weight.  When  potassium  cyanide  (KCN) 
is  placed  in  dilute  sulfunc  acid  the  cyanogen  (CN) 
unites  with  the  hydrogen  (II)  of  the  acid  (HjS()4)  to 
form  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  (HCN)  In  the  preparation 
of  this  gas  for  fumigation  purposes  use  a  potassium 
cyanide  which  is  at  least  98  per  cent  pure  The  chemi- 
cals should  always  be  combined  in  the  following  pro- 
portions Potassium  cyanide,  one  ounce,  sulfunc  acid, 
one  fluid  ounce;  water,  three  fluid  ounces. 

Always  use  an  carmen  disfi,  pour  in  the  water  firt>t, 
and  add  the  su  If  uric  acid  When  all  is  ready,  drop  in 
the  proper  quantity  of  potassium  cyanide  and  retire 


1324.  Shed  for  the  fumigation  of  nursery  stock. 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS      1045 


immediately,  before  the  gas  arises.  Fig.  1323  shows  a 
device  used  abroad  (from  the  "Gardening  World")  for 
dumping  the  cyanide  (at  4)  into  the  acid  by  means  of  a 
cord  that  extends  outside  the  house. 

White-fly  — The  quantity  of  chemicals  used  for  a 
given  space  will  depend  on  the  nature  of  the  insects  to 
be  killed  and  the  susceptibility  of  the  plants  to  injury. 
This  quantity  is  usually  indicated  by  amount  of 
potassium  cyanide  required  for  each  100  cubic  feet  of 
space.  For  treating  white-fly  on  tomatoes  in  green- 
houses, use  one  ounce  k>  3,000  cubic  feet,  letting  the 
fumigation  continue  all  night  The  same  treatment 
applies  for  cucumber  Fumigate  on  dry,  dark  nights 
when  there  is  no  wind  The  house  should  be  as  dry 
as  practicable  and  the  temperature  not  above  60°  F. 

Greenhouses  — No  one  formula  can  be  given  for 
fumigating  with  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  the  different 
kinds  of  plants  grown  in  greenhouses,  as  the  species 
and  varieties  differ  greatly  in  their  ability  to  withstand 
the  effects  of  the  gas  For  the  geneial  run  of  greenhouse 
subjects,  the  practice  is  to  use  one  ounce  of  potassium 
cyanide,  one  ounce  of  sulfuric  acid,  two  ounces  water, 
to  each  2,000  cubic  feet  of  space  The  cyanide  should 
be  98  per  cent  pure  Fumigate  at  night  when  there  is 
no  wind  and  when  the  plants  are  dry  and  the  house 
cool;  leave  the  house  closed  till  morning,  and  open  it 
up  and  let  it  air  out  before  entering  it  This  applies 
to  chrysanthemums,  cinerarias,  azaleas,  bulbs,  carna- 
tions and  other  common  plants. 

Ferns  and  roses  are  very  susceptible  to  injury,  and 
fumigation,  if  attempted  at  all,  should  be  performed 
with  great  care.  In  cases  of  doubt,  or  vvnen  there 
is  reason  to  .suspect  that  the  plants  are  particularly 
susceptible,  and  when 
one  does  not  have 
definite  instructions, 


of  two  thicknesses  of  matched  boards  with  building- 
paper  between,  and  are  provided  with  a  tight-fatting 
loor  and  ventilators  The  stock  should  be  reasonably 
dry  to  avoid  injury,  and  should  be  piled  loosely  in  the 
house  to  permit  a  free  circulation  of  the  gas  Use  one 
ounce  of  potassium  cyanide  for  each  100  cubic  feet  of 
space,  and  let  the  fumigation  continue  forty  minutes 
to  one  hour. 

A  fumigating-house  is  shown  in  Fig.  1324  (from  a 
bulletin  on  "The  San  Jose"  Scale,"  by  A.  E  Stene,  of 
the  Rhode  Island  State  Board  of  Agriculture  and  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture).  It  is  a  house  or  box  as  nearly  air- 
tight as  possible  The  floor  should  have  a  movsble  slat 
grating  on  which  the  plants  may  be  laid,  some  distance 
from  the  ground,  to  allow  of  circulation  of  the  gas. 
The  house  shown  in  the  cut  is  8  feet  high  in  front  and 
0  feet  in  rear,  and  the;]aiger  room  contains  980  cubic 
feet,  requiring  approximately  ten  ounces  of  cyanide. 
The  other  rooms  allow  of  smaller  quantities  to  be 
fumigated  The  doors  opening  from  the  outside  provide 
quick  discharge  of  the  air  when  fumigation  is  completed. 

Fumujatwn  of  atnu>  trees. — In  this  case,  the  tree  to 
be  fumigated  with  the  hydrocyanic  acid  gas  is  covered 
with  an  octagonal  sheet  tent  (Fig  1.525)  made  of  six 
and  one-half  ounce  special  drill  or  eight-ounce  snecial 
arm}  duck,  and  the  gas  is  generated  m  the  ordinary 
way  beneath  it.  The  "tent  is  so  marked  that  when  in 
position  it  is  an  easy  matter  to  determine  the  distance 
over  the  tent  and  the  circumference  at  the  ground. 
When  these  figures  aie  known,  the  proper  dosage  may 
be  obtained  from  the  following  chart,  which  has  been 
prepared  for  a  i-,trength  of  one  ounce  of  cyanide  foi 
ea<  h  100  cubic  feet  of  space. 


0/STAMCZ    A/f  'OVA/0,     //V    F££T 

10 

Ib 

Ib 

£() 

±£ 

^4 

<?6 

dQ 

30 

Sd 

34 

36 

Jti 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

i>2 

b4 

bb 

bti 

60 

62 

64 

66 

68 

IO 

\i 
w 

T6T 
78" 

2 

£ 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 
4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

S 

14 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

4 

4 

S 

S 

S 

s 

S 

16 

20 

20 

3 

22 

4 

24 

4 

26 
s 

36 
5 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

42 

44 

46 

AS 

50 

52 

54 

56 

58 

60 

62 

64 

66 

68 

20 

K  22 

1*4  24 

&26 

5 

5 
S 

5 
S 
5 

s 

S 

S 

5 

e 

a 

e 

3 

e 

9 

// 

22 
24 
26 

>** 

e 
30 

7 

32 

3 
34 

<y 
36 

a 
38 

6 

40 

9 

42 

9 

44 

to 
46 

48 

50 

52 

54 

56 

/s 

58 

60 

62 

64 

66 

68 

2* 

<v^ 

/3 

t4 

M 

/4 

/s 

/6 

/£ 

30 

$  u 

9 

JO 

/o 

// 

// 

18 

ts 

12 

/3 

/3 

/4 

/4 

M 

ts 

/6 

/6 

/7 

32 

*$ 

/o 

// 

// 

/gi 

13 

/3 

14 

/4 

/4 

/4 

ts 

/s 

/£ 

/7 

t7 

i7 

M 

Iff 

M 

/f 

/* 

/3 

14 

t4 

/s 

16 

/6 

/? 

/7 

/7 

/f 

/a 

19 

£0 

& 

* 

40 

42 

44 

46 

48 

50 

52 

54 

56 

58 

60 

62 

64 

66 

68 

ft  40 

/£ 

13 

t4 

/4 

/s 

/s 

tS 

/7 

/7 

/e 

/e 

/9 

so 

£0 

£0 

40 

4~1 

$  *; 

$* 

/s 

/S 

/6 

/7 

/7 

fO 

/a 

/9 

£0 

SO 

£0 

£/ 

£/ 

4^ 

33 

/f 

/7 

/7 

/a 

/9 

/9 

eo 

JK> 

£0 

£0 

ft 

££ 

43 

33 

/7 

/* 

/9 

/9 

eo 

£0 

£0 

£/ 

££ 

£f 

44 

50 

52 

54 

56 

58 

60 

62 

64 

66 

68 

45 

/7 

fff 

/s 

60 

so 

eo 

£/ 

£2 

£3 

S3 

45 

36 

/a 

/9 

20 

so 

£0 

e.i 

as 

ep 

£3 

23 

46 

37 

/« 

/9 

so 

go 

at 

as 

sa 

£3 

£3 

£4 

4/ 

48 

/9 

eo 

£0 

et 

££ 

££ 

S3 

£3 

£4 

£4 

AS 

49 

/9 

so 

£/ 

£/ 

£2 

S3 

S3 

£3 

£4 

as 

49 

it  is  well  to  fumigate 
with  the  weakest 
strength  in  use,  and 
increase  it  in  sub- 
sequent fumigations 
if  the  insects  are  not 
killed  and  if  the  plants 
are  not  injured. 

Violets  are  very 
susceptible  to  injury 
from  tobacco  fumiga- 
tion, and  commercial 
grower^  therefore  reg- 
ularly use  hydrocy- 
anic acid  gas  for  the 
control  of  "green-fly" 
and  "black-fly,"  two 
species  of  plant-lice. 
Ihe  latter  is  much 
more  difficult  to  kill. 
For  over-night  fumi- 
gation from  one- 
fourth  to  one-half 
ounce  potassium 
cyanide  to  each  1,000 
cubic  feet  is  generally 
used.  Sometimes  one 
ounce  potassium 
cyanide  to  each  1,000 
cubic  feet  is  used,  the 
fumigation  continuing 
only  from  twenty-five 
to  thirty-five  minutes 

This  treatment  is  more  likely  to  injure  the  plants. 
Violets  may  be  injured  severely  by  the  gas  without  the 
leaves  being  burned.  This  injury  consists  in  a  weakening 
of  the  plants  which  defers  blooming  for  several  we^eks. 

Dormant  nursery  stock  may  be  fumigated  with  hydro- 
cyanic acid  gas  in  a  tight  box  or  fumigating-house  made 
especially  for  the  purpose  Fumigatmg-houses  are  built 


Dosage  chart  for  fumigating  citrus  trees  with  high-grade  sodium  cyanide  (Bureau  of  Entomology, 
United  States  Department  of  Agriculture) 

The  top  line  of  numbers,  beginning  at  16  and  con- 
tinuing to  68,  represents  the  distance  in  feet  around 
the  bottom  of  the  tent.  The  outer  vertical  columns  of 
larger  numbers  running  from  10  to  49  represent  the 
distance  in  feet  over  the  top  of  the  tent.  The  number 
of  ounces  of  cyanide  to  use  for  a  tree  of  known  dimen- 
sions is  found  in  that  square  where  the  vertical  column 


1046   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


ed  by  th 

horizontal  line  of  figures  corresponding  to  the  distanco 
over  For  certain  insects  it  is  not  advisable  to  use  the 
full  dosage  schedule 

Sodium  cyanide  (NaCN)  is  coming  into  use  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  potassium  cyanide.  When  pure,  this  com- 
pound contains  53  per  cent  of  cyanogen,  that  is,  about 
33  per  cent  more  of  cyanogen  than  is  present  in  potas- 
sium cyanide  It  is  customary  to  indicate  the  strength 
of  sodium  cyanide  in  terms  of  potassium  cyanide;  that 
is.  pure  sodium  cyanide  is  said  to  be  133  per  cent  pure 
This  means  that  100  pounds  of  sodium  cyanide  \vill 
yield  as  much  cyanogen  as  133  pounds  of  potassium 
cyanide.  For  fumigation  purposes,  sodium  cyanide 
should  be  at  least  124  per  cent  pure  and  should  not 
contain  more  than  1  per  cent  of  common  salt 

Because  of  the  greater  content  of  cyanogen  of 
sodium  cyanide,  a  smaller  quantity  is  required  The 
chemicals  should  be  combined  in  the  following  pro- 
portions: Sodium  cyanide,  one  ounce;  bulfunc  acid, 
one  and  one-half  fluid  ounces;  water,  two  ounces 

The  following  dosage  schedule  corresponds  to  the 
one  given  above  for  potassium  cyanide: 


Dosage  chart  for  fumigating  citrus  trees  with  potassium  cyanide  (Bureau  of  Entomology,  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture). 


Nicotine  preparations. — Tobacco  is  used  in  various 
ways  in  fumigating  greenhouses  For  smoking  or 
smudging  greenhouses,  tobacco-stems  are  burned 
slowly.  Best  results  are  secured  when  a  sheet-iron 
vessel  made. for  the  purpose  is  used,  having  holes  in  the 
bottom  to  supply  draft.  A  quart  of  live  coals  is  placed 
in  the  bottom  of  the  vessel,  and  about  a  pailful  of 
tobacco-stems  is  laid  on  them.  The  stems  should  not 
blaze,  but  burn  with  a  slow  smudge.'  If  they  are 
slightly  damp,  better  results  are  obtained.  Some 
plants  are  injured  by  a  very  heavy  smoke,  and  in  order 
to  avoid  this  injury,  and  also  more  effectually  to  destroy 
the  insects,  it  is  better  to  smoke  rather  lightly  and 


1325.  A  fumigating  tent  (Morn  11  system) 

often  It  is  always  well  to  smoke  through  two  consecu- 
tive days,  for  the  insects  which  persist  through  the  first 
treatment,  being  weak,  will  be  killed  by  the  second 
If  the  plants  are  wet, 
the  smoke  is  more 
likely  to  scorch  them 
The  smudge  often 
injures  flowers,  as 
those  of  roses  and 
chrysanthemums  Jn 
order  to  avoid  this 
mjuiy,  the  flowers 
should  be  covered 
with  paper  bags 
Violet  plants  are  very 
liable  to  injury 

Tobacco  fumes  can 
be  more  conveniently 
genciated  by  burning 
strips  of  prepared 
nicotine  paper,  or  by 
vapommg  a  concen- 
trated aqueous  solu- 
tion of  nicotine  over 
a  1  c  o  h  o  1  or  special 
kerosene  lamps. 

Jh  Mil  fid  ofcaibon  is 
a  thin  liquid  that 
volatilizes  at  a  very 
low  temperature,  the 
vapor  being  very  de- 
structive to  animal 
life  It  is  exceed- 
ingly inflammable, 
and  should  never  be 
used  near  a  lamp  or 
fire.  It  is  sometimes 
used  for  the  control  of 
certain  root  insects 
It  is  poured  into  holes 
made  around  the  in- 
fested plants,  and 
these  are  then  imme- 


diately closed  up  causing  the  fumes  to  permeate  the 
soil  in  all  directions. 

Against  weevils  infesting  stored  grain  and  seeds, 
carbon  bisulfid  is  effective  at  the  rate  of  five  to  eight 
pounds  for  each  1,000  cubic  feet,  provided  the  applica- 
tion is  made  while  the  temperature  is  not  below  65°  F. 
Make  the  bins  as  tight  as  possible  If  bins  are  only 
single  sheathed  with  common  flooring  use  twenty  to 
twenty-five  pounds  carbon  bisulfid.  Let  the  fumigation 
continue  for  at  least  twenty-four  hours.  Care  should  be 
taken  not  to  apply  carbon  bisulfied  when  there  is  indica- 
tion of  heating  m  the  grain.  C.  R.  CROSBY. 

ROBERT  MATHESON. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS      1047 


Catalogue  of  insects. 

Abutilon.  ABUTILON  MOTH  (Coamophila  eroea)  — A  pale  pea-green 
caterpillar  striped  with  lemon-yellow  often  defoliates  the 
plants  in  the  southern  states. 

Treatment  — Tho  young  caterpillar  may  be  killed  by  spray- 
ing with  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  one  part  in  660 
parts  water,  adding  soap  to  make  the  liquid  spread  and 
stick  better 

Acacia.  COTTONT  CUSHION  SCALE. — See  Ctinu. 
OLEANDER  SCAMS  — See  Hedera. 
Hko  SCALE. — See  Citrus. 

Acer  BOX-ELDER  BUG  (Leptocoris  trimttatus)  is  about  H  incfi  in 
length,  dark  gray  in  color  marked  with  red.  They  congre- 
gate about  box  elder  in  great  numbers,  on  the  sap  of  which 
they  feed  The  young  nymphs  may  be  killed  by  spraying  with 
ordinary  contact  insecticides 

COTTONY  MAPLE  SCALE  (Pulvinana  mtia)  is  a  brown,  soft-bodied, 
scale  insect,  H  inch  in  length.  The  e ggs  are  laid  beneath  a  con- 
spicuous cottony  mass  which  protrudes  from  under  the  scale 
The  eggs  hatch  during  June  and  July,  and  the  fertilized  females 
hibernate  on  the  smaller  branches  There  is  one  generation 
annually 

Treatment  — A  stiff  stream  of  water  will  dislodge  many  of 
the  mature  sca2es  in  June  or  July  The  young  scales  may  be 
killed  with  tobacco  extract  Tno  most  effective  treatment 
on  maples  is  15  per  cent  kerosene  emulsion  applied  during  the 
dormant  season  to  kill  the  hibernating  females. 
GKK*  V-HTRIPID  MAPLE  WORM  (Amsota  rubicunda)  is  a  large, 
pale  yellowish  green  caterpillar,  striped  with  dark  green,  that 
ou  isionally  defoliates  tho  maple 

Treatment  — The  young  caterpillars  may  be  controlled  by 
spraying  with  arsenatc  of  lead,  four  to  eight  pounds  to  one 
hundred  gallons  of  water 

PiobON  THEMB.X  (Tremex  columba)  is  a  large  four-winged  fly 
having  a  wing  expanse  of  2U  inches  The  abdomen  ends  in  a 
prominent  ovipositor  Tho  larva,  over  2  inches  long  when  full- 
grow  n,  burrows  m  the  wood,  senounly  injuring  the  tree  when 
abundant  Vigorous  tree«  usually  overcome  the  attack. 
Pi  ANT-LICE  — Several  spceios  a'e  occasionally  injurious 

Treatment — "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  three-fourtha 
of  a  pint  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  adding  four  pounda 
of  soap,  is  an  efficient  remedy 

SUGAR-MAPI  t  BORER  (Plat/ionotun  tpenosus)  is  very  destruc- 
tive to  hard  maples  The  parent  beetle  is  about  an  inch  long, 
black,  brilliantly  marked  and  banded  with  yellow  The  larva 
is  a  large  borer  about  2  inches  in  length  when  mature  They 
burrow  mostly  in  the  sapwood,  several  often  girdling  and 
killing  a  tree  It  is  a  difficult  matter  to  prevent  this  injury 

Treatment  — Digging  out  the  borers  is  the  only  remedy 
known 

WOOILY  MAPIK-LKAF  SCALE  (Phenacoccus  acencola)  is  a  soft- 
bodied  woolly-covered  insect  about  Ji  inch  long,  found  on 
the  under  side  of  tho  leaves  There  are  two  or  three  geneia- 
tions  a  year  They  hibernate  as  young  on  tho  bark  of  tho 
trunk  and  branches 

Treatment  — Winter    applications  $of    whale-oil    soap,   one 
pound  in  one  gallon  of  water,  havo  given  tho  best  results. 
/Esculus    TusHocK-MoTH — See  Apple. 
Agave     OLE \VDER  SCALE — See  Iledera. 

RFD  SCALE  —See  Citrus. 

Alder  ALD*R  BLIGHT  Arms  (Pemphigus  tesaettata)  occurs  in  ool- 
omes  on  the  branches  and  appears  as  conspicuous  white, 
woolly  masses 

Treatment  — They  may  be  dislodged  by  a  stiff  stream  of 
water  or  may  be  killed  by  spraying  with  kerosene  emulsion. 
SAW-FLY  LkAK-MiVER  (Kalwsyxphniga  dohrinn)  feeds  between 
the  upper  and  lower  layers  of  the  leaves,  causing  large  blotch 
mines 

No  remedy  known. 

Allamanda.  CITRUS  WHITE  FLY.— See  Citrus. 
Almond    BLACK  SCALE  — See  CVrua. 
CLOVFR  MITL  — See  Peach. 
COTTONY  CUSHION  SCALE  — See  Citrus. 
PEAR  THRIPB  — See  Pear. 
SAN  Jos£  SCALE  — See  Apple. 
Aloe    OLEANDER  SCALE. — See  Hedera. 
Amaryllis.  N  UICISSUB  BULB-FLY. — See  Nanfaw. 
Ampelopsis.  MYRON  SPHINX  (Ampelophaoa  myron). — Large,  green 
or  brown,  smooth  caterpillars  occasionally  defoliate  the  vines. 

Treatment  — Hand-picking. 
Annona.  FLORIDA  WAX  SCALE. — See  Citrus. 
Anthurium.  FLORIDA  WAX  SCALE. — See  Cttrus. 
Apple.    APHIDS  or  PLANT- LICE  — There  are  three  species  which 
commonly  attack  the  opening  buds  and  leaves  of  apple, — 
the  leaf  aphis  (A phi*  pomt),  rosy  aphis  (Aphis  sorbi)  and  bud 
aphis  (Siphocoryne  avenir). 

Treatment. — These  small,  soft-bodied  insects  may  be  con- 
trolled by  thorough  spraying  with  "Black  Leaf  40  tobacco 
extract,  three-fourths  of  a  pint,  in  one-hundred  gallons  of 
water,  adding  four  pounds  of  soap.  Make  the  application 
before  the  leaves  curl 

APPLE-CURCULIO  (Anthonomus  yuadngibbus). — A  soft,  white 
grub,  about  H  inch  long,  living  in  the  fruit 

Trentment  —Clean  cultivation  Rake  the  small  apples  that 
drop  early  out  into  the  sun  where  they  will  dry  up. 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued 

APPLE  FLEA-BEETLE  (Graptodera  folmoea). — Brassy,  green 
beetle,  M  inch  or  less  long,  feeding  upon  leaves 

Treatment  — Arsemcals.  Lime-sulfur  or  bordeaux  mixture 
as  a  repellent. 

APPLE  LEAF-HOPPER  (Empoaaca  mah). — A  slender  pale  yellow- 
ish green  bug,  the  nymphs  are  pale  greenish  and  usually  found 
on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves.  Tho  winter  eggs  are  laid  in 
busters  under  tho  bark  of  the  smaller  branches,  summer  eggs, 
in  the  leaf  veins  and  petioles  Four  generations  annually 
The  insect  feeds  by  extracting  tho  juices  from  the  leaves, 
causing  them  to  turn  pale  and  curl.  It  is  most  injurious  to 
nursery  stock. 

Treatment. — The  young  nymphs  may  be  killed  by  spraying 
With  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  three-fourths  of  a  pint 
in  one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  adding  three  to  four  pounds 
of  soap  Nurserymen  often  catch  the  adults  by  the  use  of 
sticky  shields 

APPLE  LEAF-ROLLER  (Archips  argyrosptla). — A  green  caterpillar 
with  a  black  head,  1  inch  or  less  in  length  when  mature, 
attacks  the  opening  buds  rolling  and  webbing  together  the 
leaves,  flowers  and  young  fruit  into  a  nest  Holes  are  eaten  in 
the  young  apples,  deforming  them.  Eggs  are  laid  in  June  in 
small,  flat  masses  on  the  bark  and  are  covered  with  a  smooth 
varnish  -like  coating  They  do  not  hatch  till  the  following 
spring 

Treatment  — To  kill  eggs  spray  with  miscible  oil,  one  gallon 
in  fifteen  gallons  of  water,  making  the  application  as  late  as 
possible  before  the  buds  open  If  the  eggs  have  been  neglected, 
recourse  must  be  had  to  arsenate  of  lead,  six  pounds  in  one 
hundred  gallons  water  Apply  before  the  blossoms  open 

APPLE  MAGGOT  (Rhagoletw  promnella)  — A  white  maggot  that 
tunnels  apples  through  and  through,  causing  decay  and  falling 
of  the  fruit  The  parent  flies  appear  the  latter  part  of  June 
and  early  July  and  insert  the  eggs  under  the  skin  of  the  fruit 
Hibernation  takes  place  in  small  pupana  just  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  soil  Sweet  and  subacid  varieties  are  most  suscep- 
tible, but  others  are  sometimes  attacked 

Treatment  — Clean  cultivation  Spray  when  flies  appear 
with  arsenate  of  lead,  four  pounds  in  one  hundred  gallons  of 
water  The  addition  of  two  or  three  gallons  of  molasses  is 
supposed  to  render  the  poison  more  attractive  to  the  flies 

BROWN-TAIL  MOTH  (Euprodis  chrysarrhj'a). — This  highly 
destmctive  European  insect  was  introduced  near  Boston  a 
number  of  years  ago,  and  is  now  rapidly  spreading  over  New 
England  The  snow-white  moths,  with  a  large  tuft  of  brown 
haira  at  the  tip  of  the  abdomen,  appear  in  July  and  deposit 
eggs  on  the  leaves  in  elongate  masses  covered  yith  brown  hair* 
from  the  body  of  the  female  The  caterpillars  become  only 
partly  grown  the  first  season,  and  hibernate  in  conspicuous 
nests,  3  or  4  inches  long,  at  the  tips  of  the  branches  The  black- 
bodied  caterpillars,  clothed  with  rather  long,  brownish,  sting- 
ing hairs,  complete  their  growth  the  next  spring,  feeding 
ravenously  on  the  tender  foliage  and  causing  great  damage  in 
orchards,  parka,  and  forests 

Treatment  — Cut  out  and  burn  all  winter  nests  before  the 
buds  start  In  the  spring,  F-pray  with  arsenate  of  lead,  aa 
recommended  for  the  gipsy-moth  Prevent  the  ascent  of  ater- 
pillars  from  other  trees  by  banding  the  trunks  with  tangle- 
foot Keep  the  bands  frosh  by  combing  the  surface  every  few 
days 

BUD-MOTH  (Tmetocera  oceUana)  — The  small  brown  caterpillars 
with  black  heads  burrow  into  the  buds,  feeding  on  the  opening 
leaves  and  flowers  and  web  them  together 

Treat/nent. — Spray  with  arsenate  of  lead,  four  pounds  in 
one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  just  as  the  blossoms  snow  pink, 
and  again  as  the  last  of  tho  petals  are  falling 

CANKER-WORM,  FALL  (\hophilti  pomctarm) — Wingless  female 
moths  usually  emerge  from  the  ground  in  late  autumn,  crawl 
up  the  trees  and  deposit  their  eggs  on  the  smaller  branches 
The  eggs  hatch  in  April  or  May  and  the  blackish  yellow-striped, 
looping  caterpillars  defoliate  the  trees 

Treatment  — Band  tree  trunks  m  the  fall  with  tanglefoot 
or  cotton  batting  to  prevent  ascent  of  moths  The  young 
canker-worms  may  be  killed  by  spraying  with  arsenate  of 
lead,  six  pounds  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water 

CANKER-WORM,  SPRING  (Paleacnta  vernata)  — Habits  similar  to 
the  fall  canker-worm,  but  the  moths  emerge  in  March  and 
April.  Caterpillars  are  distinguished  by  having  only  two 
pairs  of  prolegs 

Treatment  — Same  as  for  fall  canker-worm  except  the  bands 
should  be  applied  in  early  spring 

CASE-BEARERS — The  pistol-case-hearer  (Colfophora  mahvorella) 
and  the  cigar-case-bearer  (C  flftcheretta)  — The  small  cater- 
pillars live  in  pistol  or  cigar-shaped  cases,  about  l/i  inch  long, 
that  they  carry  around  with  them.  They  appear  in  spring 
on  the  opening  buds  at  the  same  time  as  the  bud-moth,  and 
may  be  controlled  by  the  same  means 

CoDHN-MoTH  (Carpocapsa  pomoneUa)  — This  is  the  pinkish 
caterpillar  which  causes  a  large  proportion  of  wormy  apples 
The  eggs  are  laid  by  a  small  moth  on  the  leaves  and  the  skin 
of  the  fruit  Most  of  the  caterpillars  enter  the  apple  at  the 
blossom  end  When  tho  petals  fall,  the  calyx  is  open,  and  this 
is  the  time  to  spray.  The  calyx  soon  closes,  and  keeps  the 
poison  inside  ready  for  the  young  caterpillars'  first  meal 
After  the  calyx  has  closed,  it  is  too  late  to  spray  effectively. 
The  caterpillars  become  full-grown  in  July  and  \ugust,  leave 
the  fruit,  crawl  down  on  the  trunk,  and  there  most  of  them  spin 
cocoons  under  the  loose  bark  In  most  parts  of  the  oruntry 
there  are  two  broods  annua  ly 


1048      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND   INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OP  INSECTS,  continued 
Treatment  — As  the  last  of  the  petals  are  falling,  spray  with 
four  Doumls  arsonato  of  load  in  one  hundred  gallons  of  water, 
using  a  stiff  spray  to  force  it  into  the  blossom  end  of  the  apple. 
Repeat  the  application  three  weeks  later 

F\n  WFB-WORM  (Hyphantna  cunea) — Hairy  larva,  about  an 
inch  long,  varying  from  gray  to  pale  yellow  or  bluish  black, 
feeding  upon  the  leaves  of  many  trees,  in  tents  or  weba. 

Treatment  — Destroy  by  burning  the  webs,  or  removing 
them  and  crushing  the  larvae  Spray  with  arsemcals. 

FLAT-HFADED  BORER  (Chrywbothm  femorata)  — Larva  about 
an  inch  long,  flesh-colored,  the  second  segment  ("head") 
greatly  enlarged,  boring  under  the  bark  and  sometimes  into 
the  wood  They  are  readily  located  in  late  summer  or  fall  by 
the  dead  and  sunken  patches  of  bark 

Preventive  — Soap  and  carbolic  acid  washes  applied  from 
May  to  July  Keep  trees  vigorous 

GREEN  FRUIT-WORMS  (Xyhna  up  )  — Yellowish  or  apple-green 
caterpillars,  striped  with  cream-coloi ,  1  to  1  ^  inches  in  length 
when  mature,  attack  tho  opening  leaves  and  blossoms  and 
eat  holes  in  the  developing  fruit  The  parent  moths  emerge 
from  hibernation  in  early  spring  and  lay  their  eggs  on  the 
smaller  branches  One  brood  annually 

Treatment  — Thorough  and  repeated  spraying  with  arsenate 
of  lead,  six  pounds  in  one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  will  kill 
many  of  the  young  caterpillars  Make  the  application  when 
blossom  clusters  appear 

GYPSY  Morn  (Porthttria  diipar)  — The  full-grown  caterpillar 
is  about  2  inches  long,  dark  gray  in  ground-color  with  eleven 
pairs  of  prominent  tubercles  on  the  back,  the  first  five  pairs 
blue,  the  last  six  dark  red  They  become  full-grown  about 
tho  first  of  July  They  pupate  in  Hhght  cocoons  The  moths 
emerge  in  seven  to  seventeen  days  Tho  male  has  a  light 
brown  body,  wings  yellowish  brown,  and  each  front  wing  is 
crossed  by  four  wavy  dark  brown  lines  In  the  female  the 
body  is  light  buff  and  the  wings  grayish  white  The  dark 
mai kings  on  the  front  wings  are  similar  to  those  of  tho  male. 
The  females  do  not  fly,  but  each  lays  its  eggs  in  a  mass  about 
an  inch  in  length  covered  with  hairs  from  its  body  Hiberna- 
tion takes  place  in  the  egg  stage  The  eggs  hatch  just  as  tho 
buds  are  bursting. 

Treatment  — Kill  the  eggs  by  saturating  the  masses  with 
crude  coal-tar  creosote,  to  which  a  little  lamp-black  has  been 
added  as  a  marker  When  the  young  caterpillars  hatch,  spray 
the  trees  with  ursenate  of  lead,  ten  pounds  in  one-hundred 
gallons  of  water  Whon  the  <  aterpillars  are  half-grown,  use 
thirteen  to  fifteen  pounds  of  lead  arsenate  Full-grown  cater- 
pillars are  vciy  resistant  to  poisons  Band  the  tree  trunks 
with  tanglefoot  to  prevent  the  ascent  of  wandering  caterpillars. 

LEAF-BUST*  R  MITE  —See  Pear 

LBAF-CRUMPLER  (Mineoln  wdigenella)  — Reddish  brown  cater- 
pillars that  live  in  slender,  horn-shaped  cases  and  feed  on  tho 
tender  leaves  They  hibernate  as  partly  grown  larvie  and 
attack  tho  opening  buds  the  following  spring  They  usually 
live  in  a  nest  of  several  leav  es  fastened  together  with  silk 

Treatment — Gather  the  nests  and  burn  them.  Arsemcals 
when  the  buds  open 

LESSER  APPLE-WORM  (Enarmonia  prunivora)  — Similar  to  the 
codhn-moth,  but  larvae  often  feed  just  under  the  skin  of  the 
fruit,  causing  blotched  areas 

Treatment  — As  for  codlin-moth 

OYSTER-SHELL  SCALE  (Lepidosaphes  ulmi)  — Thia  is  an  elongate 
scale  (sometimes  called  bark-louse),  J/g  inch  in  length,  resem- 
bling an  oyster-shell  in  shape  and  often  incrustmg  the  bark 
It  hibernates  as  minute  white  eggs  under  the  old  scales  The 
eggs  hatch  during  the  latter  part  of  May  or  in  June,  the  date 
depending  on  the  season  After  they  hatch,  tho  young  may  be 
Been  as  tiny  whitish  lice  crawling  about  on  the  bark  When 
these  young  appear,  spray  with  kerosene  emulsion,  diluted 
with  six  parts  of  water,  or  whale-oil,  or  any  good  soap,  ono 
pound  in  four  or  five  gallons  of  water  Where  trees  are 
regularly  sprayed  with  lime-sulfur,  as  for  the  San  Jose  scale 
or  blister  mite,  the  oyster-shell  scale  is  usually  controlled 

PALMER  WORM  (Ypaolophus  pometellus) — The  brownish  green, 
white-striped  caterpillars,  %  inch  in  length  when  mature, 
skeletonize  the  tender  foliage  in  June  and  eat  holes  in  the 
young  apples  There  is  only  one  brood  a  year 

Treatment  — Spray  with  arsenate  of  lead,  four  pounds  in 
one  hundred  gallons  of  water  when  the  caterpillars  first  appear. 

PLUM-CURCULIO  (Conotrarhelus  nenuphar)  — A  snout-beetle  that 
deforms  the  fruit  by  its  characteristic  feeding  and  egg-laying 
punctures  The  grubs  develop  in  the  fruit  and  cause  it  to  fall. 
Treatment  — Spraying  with  arsenate  of  lead,  as  for  codhn- 
moth,  whenever  it  can  be  applied  with  a  fungicide  so  as  not  to 
increase  expense,  will  help  to  control  the  trouble  Thorough 
superficial  tillage  of  the  surface  of  soil  during  July  and  August 
will  kill  many  of  the  pupse,  and  is  recommended  For  treat- 
ment on  plum,  see  under  Plum 

RED  BUGS  ( Heterocordylus  mahnua  and  Lygidea  mendax). — Thft 
winter  is  passed  as  eggs  inserted  in  the  smaller  branches.  The 
brilliant  red  nymphs  appear  as  the  buds  open  and  feed  on 
the  foliage  for  a  time  Then  they  puncture  the  newly  set 
apples  causing  one  of  three  things  some  drop,  some  dry  up  and 
remain  on  trees  till  next  spring,  and  othArs  mature  as  knotty, 
misshapen,  worthless  fruit  One  generation  a  year 

Treatment  — The  young  nymphs  may  be  killed  by  thorough 
•Braying  with  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  one  pint  in 
one  hundred  gallons  water,  adding  tour  pounds  of  soap,  (1) 
when  blossoms  show  pink,  (2)  when  the  last  of  the  petals  are 
falling 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued 

RED-HUMPED  APPLE  CATERPILLAR  (Schizeura  concinna)  — These 
red-headed,  black-and-yellow-striped  caterpillars  with  a  rod 
hump  on  the  fourth  segment  often  attract  attention  in  August 
and  September  by  feeding  in  colonies  on  the  ends  of  the 
branches 

Treatment  — Spray  for  the  young  caterpillars  with  arsenate  of 
lead,  four  pounds  in  ono  hundred  gallons  of  water  As  they  aro 
most  troublesome  on  newly  planted  trees  the  older  caterpillars 
may  be  shaken  to  the  ground  and  crushed  under  foot. 

RIBBED  COCOON-MAKER  (Bucculatnx  pomifohella  — A  minute 
yellow  or  green  larva  feeding  upon  me  upper  surface  of  the 
leaves,  causing  the  lower  surface  to  turn  brown  Tho  cocoons 
are  \v  hite  and  slender,  and  are  laid  side  by  side  upon  tho  under 
side  of  twigs,  where  they  aro  conspicuous  in  winter 

Treatment  — Lime-sulfur  while  tree  is  dormant.  Arsemcals 
for  the  larvro  in  summer. 

ROSE-CHAFER  — See  Grape. 

ROUND-HE  VDFD  BOH* R    (Saperda  Candida) — A  yellowish  white 

frub  with  dark  brown  head,  about  1  inch  long  when  mature 
t  is  said  to  remain  in  the  larval  state  three  yeary  The  pare  ut 
beetle  is  silvery  white  on  the  head  and  beneath,  the  thorax 
and  wing-oovers  are  light  brown  two  silveiy  wluto  strip*  s 
extend  from  the  head  to  the  tip  of  the  wing-covers  The  ej^gs 
are  laid  in  slits  in  the  bark,  mostly  in  June 

Preventive  — Keep  the  beetles  from  laying  eggs  by  spraying 
tho  trunks  several  times  during  tho  spring  and  summer  with 
kerosene  emulsion  or  by  coating  them  with  an  alkaline)  wash 
made  from  soap,  caustic  potash,  and  carbolic  acid  Tarred 
paper  tree-protectors  well  tied  at  the  top,  or  wire  mosquito- 
netting  protet  tors  closed  at  the  top  and  encircling  the  trunk 
so  loosely  that  the  beetles  cannot  reach  the  bark,  are  effective 
in  preventing  egg-laying  Practise  clean  cultivation,  and  do 
not  let  ^ator  sprouts  or  other  rank  v<  gt  tation  encircle  tho 
base  of  tho  tree 

Remedial  — Dig  out  the  borers  w  honevor  they  can  be  loc  atod 
by  discolored  bark  or  by  tho  sawdust  thrown  out  ot  tho  burrow 

SAN  JOSE  SCALE  (Aapidiutus  ptrntcn^us)  — This  scale  is  nearly 
circular  in  outline  ami  about  the  suo  of  a  pmh<  ad  Wlu  n 
abundant  it  forms  a  crust  on  tho  blanches,  and  causes  small 
red  spots  on  the  fruit  It  multiplies  with  marvelous  rapidity, 
there  being  throe  or  four  broods  annually,  arid  each  mother 
scale  may  give  birth  to  several  hundnd  joung  Tho  young 
are  born  alive,  and  breeding  continues  until  lite  autumn, 
when  all  stages  are  lulled  by  the-  cold  wei>the  r,  except  the  tiny, 
half-grown,  black  scales,  many  of  which  hibernate  safely 

Treatment — Spray  thoroughly  in  tho  fall  after  tho  leaves 
drop,  or  early  m  the  spring  before,  growth  begins,  with  lime-- 
sulfur wash,  one  gallon  in  eight  gallons  of  water,  or  miscible 
oil,  one  gallon  in  fifteen  gallons  of  wale  r  When  badly  mfe  ste  d, 
make  two  applications,  ono  in  the  fall  and  another  in  the  spring 
In  case  of  large,  old  trees,  25  per  cent  <  rude-oil  emulsion  should 
be  applied  just  as  the  buds  are  swelling 

SCURFY  SCALE  (Chionaspis  fur/urun)  -This  whitish,  pear- 
shaped  scale,  about  Jg  inch  in  length,  often  mcrusts  the  bark, 
giving  it  a  scurfy  appearance  It  hibernates  as  purplish  eggs 
under  the  old  scales 

Treatment  — Spray  as  recommended  for  oyster-shell  scale. 

T*.NT^CATEHPiiL\R8Mfatoco«omoam«Tiranoand  V  dm/na)  — 
Larva  nearly  2  inches  long,  spotted  and  striped  with  yellow, 
white,  and  black,  feeding  upon  the  leaves  They  congregate 
in  tents  or  in  clusters  on  the  Dark  at  night  and  m  eeiol  weather, 
and  forage  out  upon  the  branches  during  the  day 

Treatment  — Arsemcals,  as  for  codhn-moth  Burn  out  nests 
with  torch,  or  cut  them  out  and  nush  the  larva;  Pick  off 
egg  masses  from  twigs  during  winter  ami  spting 

TUSSOCK-MOTH  (Hemerocampa  lvu«t^ti,fjrn<i)  — \  handsome,  red- 
headed, yellow  and  black  tufted  catt  rpillar,  about  an  inch  long, 
which  devours  tho  leaves  and  sometimes  eats  into  the  fruit 

Remedial  — Collet  t  the  frothy  egg-massos  in  fall  and  winter 
and  band  the  trees  to  prevent  a  runff  station  b>  migrating 
caterpillars  Spray  with  arscmcals  as  for  codhn-moth,  taking 
care  to  cover  the  under  side  of  the  leav  es 

TWIG-BORER  (Schistoceros  hamatus)  — Beetle,  ^  inch  long, 
cylindrical  and  dark  brown,  boring  into  twigs  ejf  apple,  pear, 
and  other  trees  The  beetle  enters  just  above  a  buel 

Treatment  — Burn  the  twigs  The  oarly  stage's  are  passed  m 
dying  wood,  such  as  prumngs,  diseased  canes,  and  in  upturned 
roots  Burn  such  rubbish,  ami  thus  destroy  their  breeding- 
places  This  is  also  a  grape  pest 

TwiQ-GiRDLER  (Oncideres  cingulatus)  — Small  branches  are  often 
girdled  by  a  nandsome  ash-sprinkled  reddish  brown  beetle, 
about  \i  inch  in  length  The  girdled  twigs  soon  fall  and  tho 
grubs  develop  in  tho  fallen  branches 

Treatment  — Collect  and  burn  all  fallen  branches 

WOOLLY  APHIS  (Schizoneura  lamgtra)  —Small  reelehsh  brown 
plant-hcc  covered  with  a  conspicuous  mass  of  white,  waxy 
fibers,  found  on  the  branches,  sprouts,  trunks  and  roots 

Treatment  — For  the  form  above  ground  drench  the  mfeste>d 
parts  with  15  per  cent  kerosene  emulsion ,  for  the  underground 
form  remove  the  earth  beneath  tho  tree  to  a  depth  of  3  inches. 
and  apply  10  per  cent  kerosene  emulsion  liberally,  and 
replace  the  earth  In  the  case  of  nursery  stock  tho  emulsion 
may  be  applied  in  a  shallow  furrow  close  to  tho  row  Do  not 
set  infested  trees 

FELLOW-NECKED  Appi  R  CATERPILLARS  (Datana  mmntra)  ~ 
Apple  branches  are  often  defoliated  in  late  summer  by  colo- 
nies of  black-  and  yelle>w-stnped  caterpillars  about  2  inches  in 
length  when  mature 

Treatment  —Same  a«  for  Kcd-humpcd  Caterpillar,  which  see. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1049 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Apricot.   BARK  BEETLE  —  See  Peach, 
BLACK  SCALE—  See  Citrus 
CANKER-WORMS  —  See  Apple. 
CLOVER  MITE  —Sec  Peach 
COTTONY  CUSHION  SCALE  —  See  Citrus. 
EUROPEAN  FRUIT  LECANIUM  —  See  Plum 

FROSTED  SCALB  (Euletanium  pruinosum)  —  A  large  soft-bodied 
scale,  Yi  inch  m  length,  hemispherical  in  shape  with  a  froat- 
hke  covering  of  wax 

Treatment  —  Kerosene  or  distillate  emulsion  while  the  trees 
are  dormant 

PEAC  u  TREE-BORERS  —  See  Peach 
PEAR  THRIPS—  See  Pear 
PLUM-CUBCULIO.  —  bee  Plum. 

Aquilegia.  COLUMBINK  BORER  (Papaipema  purpunfascia)  —  The 
full-grown  caterpillar  measures  l?p  inches  in  length,  salmon- 
pink  in  color  with  three  narrow  stripes  visible  from  above,  the 
two  lateral  ones  broadly  interrupted  in  the  middle  It  bores  in 
the  sti  ms  near  the  base 

Treatment  —  Dig  out  and  destroy  caterpillars 

Artichoke  STEM  MAUOOT  (Strauina  longiprnnn)  —  A  small  yel- 
lowish maggot  boring  in  the  pith  of  the  stems  The  adult  are 
two-winged  yellowish  flies  with  banded  wings 

Treatment  —  Encourage    growth,    vigorous    plants    outlive 
injury 

Asparagus      COMMOV    \spARAoua-Bhi-TiE    (Crwceris  aaparagi)  — 

Bettlc,  less  than   '4  inch  m  length,  yellow,  red,  and  shining 

black,    with    conspicuous   ornamentation,   feeding   upon   tho 

tender  shoots     Larva  feeds  upon  the  leaves  and  tender  bark 

Treatment  —  Fn  shly  slaked  lime  dusted  on  before  the  dew 

has  disappi'arc  d    in    tho   morning      Poultry      Cut   down   all 

plants  in  early  spring  to  forte  the  beetles  to  deposit  their  eggs 

upon  the  new  shoots,  whi<  h  are  then  cut  every  tew  days  before 

the  eggs  hatch,  or  leave-  a  row  or  BO  around  the  field  as  a  lure 

for  the  beetles  where  they  may  be  killed  with  arsenicals 

TWEI  \E-SPOTTFD  ASP  \RU,ns-Bh.F  fi  E  (Crioceris  12-punctata]  — 

Similar  to  the  last,  but  with  twd\e  spots  on  the  wing-co\ers 

Treatment  —Similar  to  that  used  above,  except  that  the 

grubs  cannot  be  destroyed  by  lime,  since  they  Irve  within  the 

berry 

ASPARVQUS  MINI  R  (\yromyza  simplex)  —  A  maggot  mining 
under  the  skin  near  the  base  of  the  plant 

Treatment  —  Leave  a  few  volunteer  plants  as  a  trap  in  which 


the  fly  will  deposit  her  eggs     Pull  and  burn  those  plants  in 
late  Tune  and  early  July     The  flies  may 
positing  with  sweetened  arsenate  of  lead 


ies  may  be  killed  before  ovi- 


Aspidistra   FLORIDA  RED  ScALh.  —  See  Citrus 

Aster  Bi  iartK  BEETLES  —  Large,  black,  grayish  or  striped  beetles 
that  food  on  tho  flowers  The  larvae  in  general  feed  on  grass- 
hopner  eggs 

Treatment  —  Hand-picking 

TARVIHHED  PuM-Buu  (Lyuus  prafensis)  —  An  active  bronzy 
brown  sucking  bug  *•&  inch  long,  mottled  with  various  shades  of 
yellowish,  that  «tunts  the  terminal  buds  by  its  feeding  punc- 
turo  and  also  injures  the  flower-buds  so  that  they  either  do 
not  open  or  produce  imperfect  flowers  Injured  plants  arc 
dwarfed  and  stuute-d 

Treatment  —No  satisfactory  control  measures  are  known 
Plants  grown  m  shado  are  less  liable  to  injury 
ROOT-  Lot  HE    (Aphis  mcuhradicis)  —  Small  bluish  green   plant- 
hco  infesting  the  roots,  causing  the  plants  to  turn  yellow  and 
sickly 

Treatment  —  Mix   tobacco   dust   into   the   soil   around  tho 
plants  when  transplanting 


rns 


-See  Cor 


Aucuba.    THE  V  ELLOW  Sc  ALE  —  See  Citrus 

Avocado  Ijt  \F-Roi  itn  (  4  morbia  emigratella)  —  A  yellowish  green 
caterpillar  stiipod  with  pinkish  brown,  about  1  inch  long  when 
mature,  rolls  tho  loavos  and  fats  small  holes  m  the  fruit,  ren- 
dering it  unfit  for  sale 

Treatment  —  Vrsemito  of  lead  when  the  caterpillars  appear 
ME\LY-BUQ  (Dactylopius  mpa  )  —A  small  unarmored  scale  with 
white  mealy  covering 

Treatment  —Kerosene  emulsion,  one  part  to  ten  parts  water 

Bamboo     COTTONY  BAMBOO  SCALE  (Antonina  cram)  —  Small  pur- 

plish red  scales  Jg  to  V^  inch  in  length,  covered  with  a  dense 

cottony  coating,  often   >j  inch  in  diameter     They  collect  in 

large  numbers  in  the  t  rotchos  and  leaf-axils 

Treatment  —  Repeated  applications  of  kerosene  emulsion 
PLANT  LOUSE    (.Myzocalhs   arundicolcns)  —  Small  yellowish   lice 
which  collect  in  largo  numbers  on  the  under  surface  of  tho 
leaves 

Treatment  —  Contact  sprays 
Banana      BANANA   WEEVIL    (Sphenophorus   sordidus).  —  A   small 

grub  boring  in  the  stems 
FLORIDA  RED  SCVLF  —  See  Citrus 

MEALY-BUG   (Ctroputo  yuccse]  —  Soit  scales  closely  resembling 
the  common  mealy-bug  (Psoudococcus) 

Treatment  —  Kerosene  emulsion 

Bean.  BEAN  LADY-BIRD  (Epilachua  corrupta)  —  A  light  yellowish 
brown  lady-bird  beetle,  with  four  black  spots  on  each  wing- 
cover,  attacks  and  devours  all  parts  of  the  bean  plant  The 
larva,  which  is  yellow  and  covered  with  stout  branched  spines, 
also  feeds  on  the  bean 

Treatment  —  Arsenate  of  lead  or  kerosene  emulsion. 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued 

BEAN  LEAF-BEETLE  (Cerotoma  tnfurcata)  — A  pale  yellow  beetle 
y§  inch  in  length,  with  black  markings  on  the  wing-covers, 
often  eats  round  holes  m  the  leaves  The  larvte  feed  on  the 
roots  and  mam  stems  of  the  plants 

Treatment  — Arsenate  of  lead  as  soon  as  the  beetles  appear 
BEAN-WEEVIL  (Bruehus  obttrtus) — Closely  resembles  the  pea- 
weevil,  which  see  for  description  and  remedies    Holding  over 
the  seed  will  be  of  no  value  with  this  insect. 
CORN-EAR  WORM  —bee  Corn 
CUTWORM  —See  Corn 
PEA  APHIH  — Soe  Pea 

SEED-CORN  MMJC.OT  (Pegomya  fusciceps)  — A  maggot  attacking 
germinating  seeds  and  roots  of  young  plants 

Treatment  — Avoid  stable  manure,  practise  crop-rotation 
In  the  garden,  use  sand  moistened  with  kerosene  around  the 
plants  to  keep  tho  flics  from  laying  the  eggs 

Beet  BEET  APHIS  (Pemphigus  bet<e)  — A  root-infesting  plant- 
louse  locally  abundant  in  certain  western  states 

Treatment  -Rotation  of  crops 

BEET  LEAF-HOPPLR  (Eutettix  tenella) — A  small,  pale  yellowish 
green  leaf-hopper  punctuics  the  leaves,  causing  the  disease, 
curly  top  Present  in  the  v  »su  rn  states 

Treatment  — Vo  featinfaotory  treatment  known 
BLISTER  BELILEB — S<e  Alter 
CUTWORMS— See  Corn 

FALSE  CHINCH  Buo  (Numus  angustatus  var  minutus) — Small 
grayish  brown  bugs,  ,'t  inch  m  length  Destructive  to  sugar 
beets  grown  for  seed 

Control — Contaft  insecticides,  clean  cultivation 
GRASSHOPPERS  — -See  Corn 
LEAF-MINER  — See  Spinach 

LARGER  BEET  LEAF-BEETLE  (Monoxia  puncticoUm) — A  dull 
brown  beetle  with  striped  wing-covers  Both  larva;  and  adults 
feed  on  the  sugar  beet,  of  ton  in  immense  numbers 

Treatment  —  b  line  as  for  Flea-Bettles     bee  Potato 
FIEA-BKETLF  —Sec  Potato 

WEHitHN  BEar  BKULF  (Monoxia  consputa)  —  A  beetle  closely 
allied  to  tho  larger  be  it  hat-beetle,  feeding  on  the  leaves, 
leaving  only  tho  veins 

Treatment  —Same  as  for  Flta-Beetles     See  Potato 
BEET    \RVIY    WORM    (Laphyyrrui    exiqua)  — A    large    caterpillar 
about  1'4  inches  lor-;  when  mature,  olivaceous  to  greenish  in 
color,  broadly  striped  with  lighter  green,  defoliates  the  plants 

Trtatment—Ace  Army  Worm,  Corn 

BEFT  WEB- WORM  (Loxostrye  tttcticahs)  — Pale  yellowish  green 
caterpillars  striped  with  lighter  groon,  about  "4  inch  long, 
frequently  defoliate  the  plants  in  certain  regions 

Treatment  —Destroy   all   weeds      Spray  with   arsenate  of 
lead 

Begonia    GREENHOUSE  THRIPS  — See  Citrus 
GiiKtMim  SE  WHITE-FLY  —See  Tomato 
ME^LV-BIGS    -See  Citrus 
WHITE-FL\  —See  Citrus 

Berbens  BARBERRY  PLANT-LOUSE  (Rhopalosipfnum  berbendn)  — 
Small,  greenish  yellow  lice  attacking  the  leaves  and  young 
growth 

Trtatmcnt  — Tobacco  extract  or  kerosene  emulsion 
Betula     BIRC  H  APHIS  (Calli pterus  bduliecoleu*)  —  \  small,  yellow- 
ish plant-louse  occasionally  abundant  on  the  under  side  of 
birch  foliage  (cut-leaf  varieties) 

Tnatment  —"Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract  three-fourths 
of  a  pint  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water 

BIRCH  LFAF  BUCPUHTRIX  (Buceulatrix  canadensinlla) — Small, 
whitish  larvae  skeletonising  the  leaves 

Treatment  — Arson  ite  of   load,   six  pounds  in  one  hundred 
gallons  w  ater 

BRONZE  BIRCH  BORKR  (  ignlu-!  anxiu*)  —Slender,  flattened  yel 
lowiah  white  grubs,  34  inch  long  wh<  n  full-grown,  burrow  under 
tho  bark  on  all  parts  of  tho  tree  The  top  branch  usually  dies 
first  and  is  the  first  indication  that  the  tree  is  infested 

Treatment  — Cut  down   and    burn  all   infested  trees  imme- 
diately to  prevent  spread  to  other  trets 

FROSTED  SCALE— See    \piirot     Occurs  in  California  on  birch 
OYSTER-SHELL  SCAIF —Sec  \pple 
Bignoma     HEMISPHERIC  u,  Sc  VLB  — See  Citrus 

ME^LY-BUGS—  See  Citrus 
Billbergia    PINEAPPLE  SC^LE  —See  Pineapple 
Blackberry  —See  Bramble  Fruits 

Bramble  Fruits  BLACKBERRY  LFAF-MINER  (Metellus  rubi)  —A 
greenish  white  larva  with  brown  markings,  }.$  inch  in  length 
when  full-grown,  causing  blotch  mines  in  the  leaves 

Treatment  —No  satisfactory  treatment  known 
CANE-BORER  (Obtrea  bnnaculata)  — Beetle,  black,  small,  and 
shni,  making  two  girdles  about  an  inch  apart  near  the  tip 
of  the  cane,  in  June,  and  laying  an  egg  just  above  the  lower 
girdle,  the  larva,  attaining  the  length  of  nearly  an  inch,  bores 
down  tho  cano  Also  in  blackberry 

Remedy — \s  soon  as  the  tip  of  the  cane  wilts,  cut  it  off 
bolow  the  lower  girdle  and  burn  it 

RASPBERRY  BEETLE  (Byturus  umcolor)  — A  light  brown  beetle 
one-seventh  inch  long  feeds  on  the  opening  leaves  and  blos- 
soms The  small  white  grub  feeds  between  the  berry  and 
receptacle  of  rod  raspberries 

RASPBERRY  CANE  MAGGOT  (Phorbia  rubivora)  — Small,  white 
maggot  which  burrows  m  the  new  canos  and  girdles  the  shoot. 
The  eggs  are  laid  by  a  fly  in  April  or  May 


1050   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Treatment  — Pull  up  or  out  off  oanes  several  inches  below  the 
girdle  and  burn  them. 

RASPBERRY  HORNTAIL  ( Hartigia  abdomtnahs)  — A  whitish  larva, 

about  1  inch  in  length  when  mature,  when  young  it  burrows 

under  the  bark,  girdling  the  tip     It  then  tunnels  out  the  pith 

Treatment  — Cut  off  infested  canes  when  wilting  is  observed. 

RASPBERRY  ROOT-BORER   (Bembecia  marginata)  — Larva  about 

1  inch  long,  boring  in  the  roots  and  the  lower  parts  of  the  cane, 

remaining  m  the  root  over  winter 

Remedy  — Dig  out  the  borers     Destroy  wild  berry  bushes 
RASPBERRY    SAW-FLY   (Monophadnus    rubi)  — Larva   about   % 
inch  long,  green,  feeding  upon  the  leaves 

Remedies  — Hellebore ,  arsemcals,  after  fruiting 
RED-NECKED  CANE-BORFR  (  ignlun  ruficolUs) — A  yellowish 
white  flattened  grub,  J4'  inch  in  length  when  mature,  burrows 
in  the  canes  causing  swellings  or  galls  characterized  by  the 
splitting  of  the  bark  The  parent  beetle  is  M  inch  m  length, 
black,  with  thorax  or  "neck"  reddish 

Treatment  — Cut  out  and  burn  all  infested  canes. 
RED-SPIDER  — See  Peach     Do  not  use  lime-sullur  on  raspberry 

foliage 

THEE -CRICKET  (Ecanthus  nigricorn\e)  — Small  and  whitish 
cricket-like  insect,  puncturing  canes  for  2  or  3  inches,  and 
depositing  eggs  m  the  punctures 

Remedy  — Burn  all  infested  canes  in  winter  or  very  early 
spring 

Brassica  — See  Cabbage 
Brussels  Sprouts. — See  Cabbage 
Buzus    OLEANDER  SCALE  — See  Hedera 

Cabbage  CABBAGE  APHIS  (Aphis  brassicse) — These  small,  mealy 
plant-hco  are  especially  troublesome  during  cool,  dry  seasons, 
when  their  natural  enemies  are  less  active 

Treatment — Thorough  spraying  with  "Black  I^af  40" 
tobacco  extract,  three-fourths  of  a  pint  in  one  hundred  gallons 
water,  adding  four  or  five  pounds  of  soap 

CABBAGE-LOOPER  (\ntoffrapha  brassies;) — A  pale  green  looping 
caterpillar,  striped  with  lighter  lines,  over  1  inch  in  length 
when  mature  Especially  destructive  to  late  cauliflower 

Treatment  — Very  difficult  to  poison      Some  growers  dust 
the  plants  with  pure  pans  green,  using  a  blower 
CABBAGE  MAGGOT  (Pegomya  brassicx)  — A  small  white  maggot, 
the  larva  of  a  small  fly,  eating  into  tho  crown  and  roots  of 
young  cabbage,  cauliflower,  radish,  and  turnip  plants 

Treatment  — Carbolic  acid  emulsion  diluted  with  thirty 
parts  of  water,  applied  the  day  following  the  transplanting 
of  the  cabbage  plants,  and  repeated  once  a  week  for  several 
applications  Remove  a  little  earth  from  about  the  plants, 
and  spray  on  the  emulsion  forcibly  Better  results  may  be 
secured  by  using  tightly  fitting  cards  cut  from  tarred  paper 
In  seed-beds,  protect  the  plants  by  surrounding  the  bed  with 
boards  1  foot  wide  placed  on  edge,  across  which  a  tight  cover 
of  cheese  cloth  is  stretched. 

CABBVGE-WORM  or  CABBAGE-BUTTERFLY  (Pontia  rapse), — The 
green  caterpillars  hatch  from  eggs  laid  by  the  common  white 
butterfly  There  are  several  broods  every  season. 

Treatment  — If  plants  are  not  heading,  spray  with  kerosene 
emulsion  or  with  pans  green  to  which  the  sticker  has  been 
added     If  heading,  apply  hellebore. 
Ctrrw  ORMS  — See  Corn 

DIAMOND-BACK  MOTH  (Plutella  macuhpenms) — A  pale  green, 
active  caterpillar,  about  J^  inch  in  length  when  mature,  feeds 
on  the  under  sides  of  the  leaves  Pupates  in  an  open-work 
silken  cocoon  on  the  leaves  Dest  ruotive  to  late  cauliflower. 

Treatment  — Same  as  for  cabbage  looper 
FLEA-BEKTLES  — See  Potato 

HARIKQUIN  CABBAOK-BUG  (\furgantia  histnonica) — Bug  about 
Yi  inch  long,  gaudily  colored  with  orange  dots  and  stripes  over 
a  blue-black  ground,  f coding  upon  cabbage,  two  to  six  broods 
Treatment  — Hand-pu  king  Place  blocks  about  the  patch, 
and  the  bugs  will  collect  under  them  In  the  fall  make  small 
piles  of  tho  rubbish  in  tho  patch,  and  burn  them  at  the  approach 
of  winter  Practise  clean  culture  Destroy  all  cabbage  stalks 
and  other  cruciferous  plants  in  fall  Early  in  the  spring,  plant 
a  trap  crop  of  mustard,  radish,  rape,  or  kale  When  the  over- 
wintering OURS  congregate  on  these  plants,  destroy  them  with 
pure  kerosene  or  by  hand 
Cactus.  MEALY-BOGS. — See  Citrus. 

Cactus  Chehmdea  mttigera — A  yellowish  bug  resembling  tho 
common  squash  stink  bug  (Anaaa  tnstis),  feeding  on  the  joints 
of  opuntia,  causing  small  circular  discolored  areas  and  destruc- 
tion of  the  plants 

Treatment  — Destroy   young  with  gasolene  torch.    la  win- 
ter, burn  trash  m  which  adults  are  hibernating 
COTTONY  COCHINEAL  INSECT  (Dactylojnus  confusus) — A  scale 
insect  covered  with  large  flocculent  masses  of  pure  white  wax. 
Control  -Usually  kept  in  check  by  its  predaceoua  enemies. 
Melitara  }unctohnella  — Large  indigo-blue  (young),  or  conspicu- 
ously banded   (last  stage)  larv»  living  within  the  joints  of 
opuntia,  causing  tumor-like  swellings 

Control  — Burn  injured  joints  with  gasolene  torch 
Mimorista  ftamdiftsimahs  — Yellowish  caterpillars  burrowing  in 
the  young  joints,  thus  destroying  new  growth    Their  presence 
is  indicated  by  exuding  sap 

Treatment  — Powdered  arsenate  of  lead  dusted  on  the  young 
growth  early  m  the  season 

Narn\a  palltdicorina  — Brownish  yellow  bugs  about  Ji  inch  in 
length  injuring  the  fruit. 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Control. — Destroy  the  gregarious  bugs  with  the  gasolene 

Opuntia  longicorns  (Moneilema  sp  )  — Shining,  black,  wingless 
beetles  ?4  to  1  inch  in  length  Tho  larvas  burrow  in  the  main 
stems  and  older  joints  of  the  prickly  poar 

Control  — Hand-picking  the  beetles,  burning  infested  stems 
spraying  with  arsenate  of  lead 

Carnation  CARNATION  MITE  (P ediculopsis  graminum)  — A  minute 
mite  found  in  the  buds  and  instrumental  m  transmitting  the 
bud-rot  disease 

Treatment  — Gather  and  burn  all  infested  buds 
GREEN  PLANT-LOUSE   (Myzus  pertsicx) — Small  greenish  plant- 
lice  infesting  the  terminal  brunches 

Treatment  — Fumigation    with    hydrocyanic    ucid    gas    or 
tobacco 

Carrot.  CARROT  BEETLE  (Ligyrus  gibbosus)  — A  reddish  brown 
beetle  J  2  inch  or  more  long,  which  attacks  the  young  plants 
The  larva  lives  in  the  ground,  where  it  feeds  on  humus 

Preventive  — Crop-rotation  and    other    remedies  for  white 
grub     See  under  Corn 
CARROT  RUST  FLY  — See  Celery. 
PARSNIP  LEAF-MINEK  — See  Parsnip 
PARSNIP  PLANT-LOUSE  — See  Parsnip 
PARSNIP  WEB- WORM  — Sco  Parsnip 
Carya — See  Hickory 
Castanea  —See  Chestnut 

Catalpa.  CATALPA-MIDGE  (Cendonyw  catalpst,}  — Small  yellowish- 
maggots,  scarcely  \$  inch  m  length  when  mature,  attacking 
the  seeds,  terminal  buds,  ends  of  branches  and  leaves,  deform- 
ing them 

Treatment — Plow  in  early  full  or  late  spring  to  destroy 
pupa)  in  nuT«e-ies 

CATA.LPA  SPHINX  (Sphinx  catalpje)  —A  sulfur-yellow  caterpillar 
with  black  head  and  a  broad  black  stripe  down  the  back, 
about  2H  mrhes  in  length  when  mature,  defoliates  the  trees 
Several  broods  a  season 

Treatment  — Arsenate  of  lead  w  hen  tho  caterpillars  are  small 
Hand-picking  later 
Cauliflower. — See  Cabbage 
Ceanothus    CITRUS  MLALY-BUG  — Sco  Citrus 
MEAI  Y-Bua  — See  Banana 
OYSTER-SHELL  SCALE  — See  Apple 

Celery.  CARROT  Rusr-FLY  (Pt,ila  ran?)  — Minute  whitish  yellow 
maggots  infesting  the  roots  and  stunting  the  plants 

Preventive  — Late  sowing  and  rotation  of  crops     Celery  or 
carrots  should  not  follow  each  other 

CELERY  CATERPILLAR  (Papilw  polyients)  — A  large  green  cater- 
pillar, ringed  with  black  and  spotted  with  yellow,  which  feeds 
on  the  leaves 

Treatment  — Hand-picking  as  soon  as  observed 
CELERY  LEAF-TYEH  (Phlyct*nia  ferrugahs)  — A  greenish  cater- 
pillar, feeding  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves 

Treatment  — Spruy  with  arsemcals  while  the  larvse  are  still 
young 

CELERY  LOOPER  (Antographa  falcifjfra)  — A  greenish  looping 
caterpillar  with  white  stripes,  nbout  !}£  inches  long  when 
mature,  foods  on  the  tender  leu\es 

Treatment  — No  satisfactory  treatment  known 
LITTLE  NEGRO  BUG  (Conmdxna  pulcana)  — Glossy  black  bugs, 
%  inch  in  length,  that  collott  in  clusters  in  the  axils  ot  the 
leaflets  and  cause  the  plants  to  wilt 

Treatment  — Kerosene  emulsion  or  tobacco  extract 
PARSNIP  PLANT-LOUSE  — See  Parsnip 
Chard  —See  Beet 

Cherry  APHIS  (Mytus  cerasi)  — Blackish  plant-lice  infesting  the 
leaves  and  tips  of  nr  w  growth 

Treatment  — Spray  as  soon  as  the  first  lice  appear  with 
whale-oil  soap  or  tobacco  extract. 
CANKER  WORM  — Sec  Apple 

CHERRY  FRUIT  FLIES  (Khagoletis  cingulata  and  R  fausta)  — 
Small  maggots  infesting  ripening  fruit  Adults  are  flies  with 
banded  wings  and  insert  their  eggs  under  the  skin  of  the  fruit 
Treatment  — Spray  with  arsenate  of  load,  five  pounds  m 
one  hundred  gallons  sweetened  with  three  gallons  molasses  to 
kill  flies  before  egg-laying  Should  be  done  when  flies  first 
appear, — laat  of  Juno  in  New  York 

CHERRY  SCALE  (Aspidiotua  forbtai) — Resembles  the  San  Jose1 
scale 

Treatment  — Same  as  for  Son  Jos6  Scale.   See  Apple. 
PLUM-CURPULIO  — See  Plum 
ROSE-CHAKKR  — Sec  Grape 

SLUG  (Enocampmdes  hmacina)  — Larva,  14  inch  long,  blackish 
and  shiny,  feeding  upon  the  leaves,  two  broods 

Treatment  — Arscmcals,  hellebore,  tobacco  extract 
CHERRY  TREE  TORTRIX  (Arrhips  cerasivorana)  — Tips  of  branches 
are  frequently  webbed  into  nests  by  colonies  of  lemon-yellow 
caterpillars 

Treatment  — Wipe  out  nests  and  destroy  the  caterpillars 
PEACH  THFE  BORKR  — See  Peach 
FRUIT  TREE  BARK  BEETLE  — Soo  Peach 

Chestnut.  CHESTNUT  WEEVILS  (Balamnus  proboscideus  and  B 
rectus). — Brownish  beetles  with  extremely  long,  slender 
snouts  with  which  they  bore  holes  into  the  nuts  for  deposi- 
tion of  eggs  The  grubs  feed  on  the  kernel,  producing  wormy 
nuts 

Treatment  — No  satisfactory  control  measures  known 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS   1051 


p  )  —  Works   in    the 


npedifor 


is)  —  A  large, 


, 

overeel  with  a  waxy  seen  tion  )•&  inch  in 
scale  w  ulptured  like  a  miniature  barnacle 
ash  or  kt  rosenc  emukion  before  the  waxy 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 

TWO-LINED  CHESTNUT  BORER  (Aanlus  bihneatua)  —  Slender, 
flattened  grubs,  ^4  inch  long  when  mature,  burrowing  under 
the  bark  a,rul  girdling  the  trees 

Tr  eatm<nt  —Cut  and  burn  infested  trees  to  prevent  spread. 
KUKOPEAV  FHUIT  LM-ANIUM  —  See  Plum 
Chrysanthemum      GKEKN    AI-HII 
green  lice  attacking  tho  term 

Treat  merit  —  Fumigation. 

Bi  A(  K  APHIS  (Macrosiphum  sanborni).  —  Small,  black  lice  attack- 
ing the  terminal  shoots 

Triatmtnt  —  Fumigation. 
TARNISHED  PLANT-BUG  —  See  Anter. 
C/HKYHANTHEMUM    LkAF-MiNEK    (Osci 
leaves 

Trcatmi  nt  —  Hand-picking 
Cineraria.    LEAI-TYER  —  See  Celtry 
Citrus      BARVACLK  SCALK    (d-roplmte-i  cir 
dark  brown  srale  c 
length     .Surface  of 
Control  —  Rosin  w 

HIM*.  C'/TRITB  Lornh  (Toxoptem  auruntix)  —Small,  dull  black 

lice,  curling  the  1.  avcs  und  killing  the  new  growth 

Control  —-Contact  sprays  btfore  thr  leaves  curl 

BLACK  SCAI  L  (,S'niss»ria  oZe.t)  —  V  black,  oval  scale  ^  inch  in 
diainf  (i  r  with  an  'H"-shap<  d  mark  on  the  back  of  the  female 
The  young  are  light  yellow  to  brown,  unmarked  The  scales 
secrete  honey  dew  in  which  a  fungus  grows  smutting  the  fruit 
Tnntmtnt  -Fumigation  On  citrus,  use  a  half  to  three- 
fourths  of  ^  gul  tr  dostgc  between  September  and  January 
Uu  deciduous  fiuits  and  oh\e,  water  distillate,  caustic  soda 
mechanic  id  mixtures  or  distillate  emulsion  may  be  used  to 
kill  scal«  s  less  than  one-half  grown 

Ciiuts  RFD-SPIDI-R  (Tttrrirn/thui  mytilatpidis)  —  Bright  red, 
minute  mite,  frequently  abundant  on  fruit  and  foliage 

Tnntimnt  —  Dusting  with  sulphur  or  commercial  liine-sul- 
fur  «0lution  chlut(>d  1-T>  or  ">0  of  water 

CITRLK  fmui's  (Euthripi  citri)  —  Slender,  minute,  orange-ye  llow 
insce  Is,  h  ss  than  one-thirtieth  inch  m  length,  scarring  the  fruit 
and  injuring  the  foliage 

Titatment  —Lime  -sulfur  solution  one  part  in  eighty  parts 
water  (likely  to  cause  Might  injury  to  foliage)  or  "Black  Leaf 
40  '  tob  icco  e  xtntcf  ,  OIK  part  in  1,800  pai  ts  water  Make  four 
applications  (1)  Vs  the  last  of  p<  tals  are  falling,  (2)  ten  to 
fifteen  days  later,  (*)  thro,  to  four  weeks  after  the  second,  (4) 
dunng  the  months  ot  \ugust  or  Septe  mbcr  (for  California)  In 
greenhouses,  fumigate  with  hyriroeyanic  acid  «as 

COTTONY  CLBHIOV  Sc  ME  (Inn/a  punhasi)  —  Red  or  yellownsh 
scale  ms((ts  with  large,  white,  fluted,  eottony  masses  which 
cover  the  eggs  from  h  to  '  ;  inch  in  length 

Control  —  Natur  il  e  ne>mie>s,  principally  by  the  common 
Veelalia 

FLORIHA  HFD  SCAI  i-  ((  hrunotnph«lui  aomdum)  —  Circular  flat, 
brown  stales,  ^  to  'K  me  h  in  eliamete  r 

Trratmtnt  —  Fumigation  with  full  de>sage  schedule. 

FLOHII>\  \VAX  S<AIK  (Ci  nipla^tc-*  flondtnsis)  —  Oval  convex, 
white  or  pinkish,  w  ixy  sc  ties  with  the  upper  surface  evenly 
lobed,  1-12  to  '  „  inch  in  eliame  tor 

Cunt  >  ol  —  Ro^in  wash  or  kerobono  emulsion  applied  to  tho 
young  scale  s  before  the  waxy  cohering  is  formed. 

FULLBR'H  Ue>sh.  BH-TIV  —See  Stniwhirry 

GLOVER'S  S<  AIE  (Lepxlosaphcs  glovtrn)  —  Closely  resembles  the 

Control  —  Kame  -is  for  Purple  S<alf,  which  see. 

GRELNHOI.H*  THRIPH  (  Heliothnps  fin  morrhoulahs)  —  A  slender. 
minute,  yellowish  brown  insect  destroying  the  blossoms  anel 
russet  ing  the  fruit 

Treat  mi  nt  —Si  mo  as  for  Citrus  Thnps,  which  see. 

HEMiwpiiKKieAL  SCAI  fc  (Haissetia  hemispheric^)  —  A  smooth, 
oval,  conve  x  soft  scale  without  markings  Common  in  green- 
houses 

Treatment  —  Same  as  for  Mack  Scale,  which  see. 

MEAiY-Buei    (P«,ud<jco«U8    citii)  —  Small,    soft-bodied    scale 
insects,  '  t  to  ?  8  inch  long,  covered  with  a  white  waxy  secretion 
Control  —  A  thorough  application  of  carbolic  aciei  emulsion, 
spray  under  heavy  pressure 

MELON  APHIS  —  See  Muvkmclon 

MEDITERRANEAN  FRUIT  FLY  (Cerafitis  capitala)  —  Small  white 
maggots  burrowing  in  a  gre>at  variety  of  soft,  juicy  fruits 
The  parent  fly  is  about  the  size  of  the  house  fly,  yellowish 
marked  with  black,  and  with  faintly  banded  wings  Widely 
distributed  in.  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  the  world 
and  a  most  serious  horticultural  pest  wherever  it  occurs 
Rigid  quarantine  regulations  have  prevented  its  introduction 
mto  tho  United  States 

Treatment  —  Sweetened  arsenate  of  lead  to  kill  the  fliea 
before  oviposition 

ORANGE  CHION  \SPIS  (Chionaspia  citn)  —  Elongate,  blackish 
brown  scale  with  a  gray  margin  and  dark  yellow  exuviBP 

Treatment  —  Fumigation,  kerosene  emulsion,  one  part  in 
five  paits  of  water,  three  applications  at  three-week  intervals 

ORANGE  M\.GGOT  (Trypeta  ludtni)  —  Dirty  white  maggots, 
about  y2  mch  m  length  when  mature,  burrowing  m  tho  pulp. 
From  four  to  twenty  maggots  may  occur  in  a  single  orange 
The  adult  two-winged  fly  is  straw-yellow  m  color  with  brown- 
ish markings  and  bands  on  the  wings  A  serious  pest  to  oranges 
in  Mexico 

Control  —  Pick  up  and  destroy  all  infested  fruit. 

67 


CATALOGUK  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 

ORANGE  TORTKIX  (Tortnx  cUrana) — Greenish  white  to  dark, 
irregularly  striped  caterpillars,  ft  inch  long  when  mature, 
that  burrow  into  the  rmef  and  induce  decay. 

Control  — Destroy  ah1  infe  sted  fruit 

PURPLE  SCALE  (Lcpidosaphes  btcku)  — Reddish  brown  to  rich 
purple  oyster-shell-shaped  scales  &  to  }/»  inch  in  length. 

Control  —Fumigate  with  full  dosage  BC  hedule. 
RED  SCALE   (Chryeornphalus  aurnntu)  —Circular,  flat,  reddiah 
scales,  ft  to  Ji  inch  m  diameter 

Control  — Fumigation  w  ith  full  dosage  schedule.  On  decidu- 
ous trees  lime-sulfur  solution,  one  part  in  nine  parts  of  water, 
or  distillate  emulsion 

SILVLK  MITE  (Enophyes  olcivorus)  — A  minute,  elongate  four- 
legged  yellow  mite  causing  russetmg  of  the  orange  and  silver- 

Control  —Same  as  fe,r  C'Urua  Red  Spider,  which  see 
SOFT  BROWN  SCALE  (Cocru*  hespendum)  — Oval. yellowish  brown, 
flat,  soft  scale,  sometimes  with  darker  markings,   %  inch  in 
length 

Control  — Same  as  for  Black  Scale,  which  see 
WHITE-FLY  (Akyrod^s  nttt,  and  A    nubifera) — The  immature 
stages  are  found  on  the  und<  r  Mdo  of  the  leaves  and  art  scale- 
hke  in  form     The  adults  arc  n  mite  white-winged  flies 

Treatment — Fumigation     Funtrous  parasites 
YKLI/>W   Se  ALK    (Chrysomphalut,  citrinui)  — Similar  to  the  red 
scale  but  ye  llowish  m  e  ulor 

Control  — Same  as  for  Red  Scale,  which  see 
Clematis    RFD  SPIDER  —See  Peach 
SOFT  BROWN  Sc  ALE  —See  Citrus 

Coconut  COCONUT  SCAI*.  (Aspidiotua  destructor) — Whitish  to 
creamy  transparent  seales  often  abundant  on  under  side  of 
leaves  and  fruit 

Treatment  — When  occurring  on  young  trees  spray  with 
w  hale-oil  soap,  on  older  trees  it  is  advisable  to  remove  and  burn 
badly  infested  leaves 

Coexj\LT  BEETLE   (Strategus  anachoreta) — Large  black  beetles 
attacking   yemng    trees    near   tho    "collar  "     One    beetle    will 
destroy  a  trt  e  if  not  remov  e  d  in  time 
Treatment  — Dig  out  and  destroy 

COCXDNUT  WHITE-FLY  (Ahyrodes  cocma) — Similar  to  the  citrus 
white  fly 

Control — Contact  insecticides.    Destroy  wild  food  plants 
FLORIDA  Rn>  SC\LE  — See  Citrus 

PALM  WEEVIL  (Ithynchophorua  palmtirum)  —Shining  black 
snout  beetles,  the  larva;  of  which  live  in  young  palm  trees 
reducing  the  interior  tissues  to  a  mass  of  pulp 

Treat nunt — Dress  all  wounds  with  tar  or  similar  prepara- 
tions Avoid  all  unnecessary  pruning  Destroy  all  felled  trees 
anel  stumps  not  used  as  trips  The  beetles  maybe  attracted  by 
the  use  of  injured  palm  cabbages  and  trapped  under  rubbish 
RHINOCEROS  BKETI  K  (Oryctrx  rhinoceros) — A  large  beetle  about 
1  Ji  inches  long,  attacking  anel  burrowing  through  the  crown 
and  stem 

Treatment  — Destroy  all  breeding-places,  such  as  old  coconut 
tree  s,  .tump,  and  cocao  pods 
Cocos  —bee  Cownut. 

Codweum.   GHEENHOUHE  THRIPS — See  Citrus 
MFVLI -BUGS —See  Citrus 
POHPI  F  Se  4LE  — See  Citrus. 
Coffee.   BLAC  K  CITHI  s  Loi  SE  — Sec  Citrus 

COFFEE  LEAF-MINER  ((  emiostomn  coffeella)  — A  small  cater- 
pillar about  ¥%  inch  long,  mines  in  the  leaves  producing  small 
brownish  areas  Badly  infested  leaves  drop 

Treatment  — No  satisfactory  treatment  known.     . 
KKMISI-HERICAL  ScvLr  — See  Citrus 
MEVLY-BUQ — See  Citrus 
Coleus     MEALY-BUG  —bee  Citrus. 

Orthezia  insiyms  — Ocherous  to  dark  green  scale  insect  covered 
with  a  white  waxy  secretion  extending  posteriorly  into  a  broad 
plate 

Treatment  — Contact  insecticides. 
WHITE-FLY — See  Tomato 

Corn.  ARMY-WORM  (Leucania  unipuncta)  — A  cut-worm-like 
caterpillar,  which  normally  feeds  on  grass  When  this  food- 
supply  is  exhausted,  they  migrate  in  numbers  to  other  faelds 
and  attack  corn,  wheat,  and  similar  crops 

Preventive  — To  stop  the  advance  of  tho  "army,"  plow  deep 
furrows  so  the  dirt  is  thrown  toward  the  colony,  m  the  bot- 
tom of  the  furrows  dig  post-holes  into  which  the  caterpillars 
will  fall  and  where  they  may  be  killed  with  kerosene 
CHINCH-BUG  (Bhssus  leucopterus)  — A  red  or  white  and  black 
sucking  bug,  three-twentieths  of  an  inch  long.  Attacks  wheat 
and  corn  in  great  numbers 

Preventive*  — Clean  farming  to  destroy  suitable  hibernating 
shelter.  Stop  the  migration  of  the  bugs  from  the  wheat-fields 
into  corn  by  maintaining  along  the  field  a  dust  strip  10  feet 
wieie  in  which  a  furrow  and  post-hole  barrier  has  been  con- 
structed This  may  be  supplemented  by  a  coal-tar  barrier 
ANGOUMOIS  GRAIN  MOTH  (Sitotroga  cerealella)  — A  small  cater- 
pillar living  in  tie  grains  The  adult  is  a  snnaJI  grayish  brown 
moth  Most  destructive  in  storage 

Treatment — Fumigate  with  carbon  bisulfid,  fvr  pounds  to 
1,000  cubic  feet  Make  bins  perfectly  tight  and  sprinkle  over 
grain,  covering  with  gas-proof  tarpaulin  Fumi^e  at  least 
twenty-four  hours  This  should  be  done  when  te  01.  erature  is 
not  below  65°  F  In  steam-heated  mills,  the  most  practicable 
method  of  destroying  grain-infesting  insects  is  by  holding 
temperature  from  118  to  122°  for  several  hours. 


1052   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued 

CORN  EAR- WORM  (Hehothis  armiger) — A  green  or  brownish 
striped  caterpillar  feeding  on  the  corn  beneath  the  husk. 
Three  to  six  generations  yearly 

Preicntnes  —Plant  as  early  as  possible,  and  still  avoid  a 
"set-back"  to  the  crop 

CORN-ROOT  APHIS  (Aphis  maidiradms)  — A  bluish  green  aphis 
infesting  tho  roots 

Preventives  — A  short  rotation  period  in  corn,  especially  in 
dry  years  Deep  and  thorough  and  repeated  stirring  oi  old 
corn  ground  in  fall  and  spring  aa  a  preparation  for  corn-plant- 
ing Maintenance  and  increase  of  the  fertility  of  the  soil 
CUTWORMS  (Agrotn,  Hadcna,  etc  )  —Soft-bodied  caterpillars 
eating  and  cutting  off  the  young  plants 

Preventive? — Early  fall  plowing  of  grass  lands  intended  for 
corn,  pasturing  by  pigs  of  grass  or  clover  land  intended  for 
corn,  distributing  a  line  of  poisoned  bran  by  means  of  a  seed- 
drill  To  prevent  the  caterpillars  entering  from  a  neighboring 
grass  field,  destroy  them  with  a  line  of  poisoned  vegetable 
bait 

GRASSHOPPERS  (Acridtdv) — Poison  them  with  the  following 
mixture  Bran,  twenty  pounds,  pans  green,  one  pound, 
syrup,  two  quarts,  oranges  or  lemons,  three  fruits,  water, 
three  and  one-half  gallons  Mix  the  bran  and  pans  green  thor- 
oughly m  a  wash-tub  \vlule  dry  Sc4ueeze  the  juice  of  oranges 
or  lemons  into  the  water  and  add  pulp  and  peel  cut  into  small 
pieces  Dissolve  the  syiup  in  the  watci  and  moisten  the  bian 
mixture  with  it,  mixing  thoroughly  Sow  broadcast  in  mfcbtcd 
areas  early  m  the  morning 

NORTHERN  CORN  ROOT- WORM  (Diabrotica  lonaicormi,)  — A 
whitish  grub  1$  inch  long,  which  burrows  in  the  roots 

Preventive — Crop-rotation,  corn  should  not  follow  corn 
SOD  WFB- WORMS  (Crambus  sp  )  — Gray  or  brownish  caterpillars 
about   '/%  'nch  long,  living  in  silk-lined  burrows  in  the  soil  at 
base  of  plant     They  thrive  m  grass  land 

Preventive — Kaily  fall  plowing  of  grass  land  intended  for 
corn,  or  else  plow  as  late  as  possible  the  next  spring 
WHITF    GRUBS    (Lachn,ot>tcrna    sp  )  — The    large    white    curved 
larvso  of  the  common  June  beetle 

Prerentnes — Rotation  of  crops,  do  not  let  corn  follow  sod, 
but  let  a  crop  of  clover  or  clo\er  and  oats  intervene  To  help 
clear  sod  land  of  grubs,  pssture  to  hogs  any  time  between 
April  and  October  To  prevent  laying  of  eggs  m  corn-field, 
keep  the  ground  free  from  weeds  during  May  and  June 
Thorough  cultivation  and  heavy  fertilization 
WIRE-WORMS  (Elatend*)  —  Hard,  vellowish,  or  reddish,  cylin- 
drical larv«E  feeding  on  the  roots 

Preventives — Crop-rotation,   let   clover   intervene  Ajetween 
sod  and  corn,  planting  the  corn  late  the  second  or  third  year. 
Early  fall  plow  ing 
Cornus    OVHTKH-SHKI  L  SCALE  — See  Apple 

SAN  JOSE  SCALE  — See  Apple 

Corylus  HAZKLNUT  WEI-VIL  (Balarunus  obtusui) — Small  whitish 
grubs  living  in  the  kernels  The  adult  is  a  yellowish  brown 
beetle  with  a  long,  slender  snout 

Control — No  efficient  treatment  known 

Cosmos  ROOT  APHIS  (Aphis  middletoni)  — Small  bluiah  bee  on 
the  roots 

Tnatment  — Tobacco  dust  mixed  m  the  soil 
Cotoneaster.   PEAK  LEAF-BIISTFR  MITE — See  Pear 
Cranberry      CRANBERRY    FULOORID    (Phylloscehs    atra)  — Small, 
broad-bodied,  black  jumping  insect  pun<  lures  the  vines,  caus- 
ing the  leaves  to  turn  brown  and  the  fruit  to  shrivel 

Trfntmmt — "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  one  pint  to 
one  hundred  gallons  of  waUr,  adding  four  to  five  pounds  soap 
to  kill  young  nymphs 

CR^NBEUKY-GIRDII  R  (Crambus  hortiullus) — Small  caterpillars, 
feeding  on  the  stems  just  beneath  the  nirface  of  the  sand 

Preventue  —  Reflow  just   after  picking,   for  a  week  or  ten 
days,  or  reflow  for  a  day  or  two  about  June  10 
FALSE   ARMY- WORM    (Calocampa   nupera)  — Green   to   blackish 
caterpillars  devouring  the  leaves  and  buds 

Treatment  — Reflow  for  from  twenty-four  to  thirty-six 
hours  soon  after  tho  middle  of  May  It  may  be  necessary 
to  reflow  a  second  time  Destroy  all  c  aterpillars  washed  ashore 
while  the  water  is  on  In  dry  bogs,  spray  early  in  May  with 
arsenate  of  lead 

FIRE-WORM,  CRANBERRY  WORM,  or  BLACK-HEADED  CRANBFRRY 
WORM  (Eud,mi-i  vaiunwna) —timu.ll  larva,  green,  black- 
headed,  feeding  upon  the  shoots  arid  young  leaves,  drawing 
them  together  by  silken  threads,  two  broods 

Treatment  — *  looding  for  two  or  three  days  when  the  worms 
come  down  to  pupate  Arsemcals 

FRUIT- WORM  (Mineola  vaccmn)  — Small  caterpillar  working  in 
the  fruits,  eating  out  the  msides 

Preventives  — For  bogs  with  abundant  water,  reflow  for  ten 
days  immediately  after  picking  Let  the  foliage  ripen,  and  then 
turn  on  water  for  winter  Draw  off  water  early  in  April,  and 
every  third  or  fourth  year  hold  it  on  until  the  middle  of  May 
For  dry  bogs  spray  three  tunes  with  arsenato  of  lead  during 
July  Bury  all  screenings  ;" 

YELLOW-HEADED  CRANBERRY- WORM  (Aden*  minuta)  — Stout, 
yellowish  green,  small  caterpillar,  with  a  yellow  head,  webbing 
up  the  leaves  as  it  works 

Treatment  — Hold  the  water  late  on  the  bog  in  spring  to 
prevent  egg-laying  Arsemcals  from  the  middle  of  May  till 
July  1 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued 
Cratsegus     PLANT- LICE  — See  Apple 
OYSTER-SHELL  SCALE — See  Apple 
RED-HUMPED  CATERPILLAR  — See  Apple 
S\N  JosiL  St  ALE  — See  Apple. 
Se  UKFY  SCALE  — See  Apple 
WOOLLY  APHIS — See  Apple. 
Cucumber    FLEA-BEETLFS  — See  Potato. 
MELON- WORM  —See  M uskmelon 

PICKLK-WORM  (Dmphanui  nitidaln)  — Larva,  about  an  inch  long, 
yellowish  white,  tinged  with  green,  boring  into  cucumbers, 
two  broods 

Prtvtntivei — Clean  farming,  fall  plowing,  and  rotation  of 
crops 

Remedies — Kill  tho  caterpillars  before  they  enter  the  fruit 
by  spraying  with  arsenate  of  lead  about  tho  time  the  buda 
begin  to  form,  and  repeat  in  two  weeks 
RED-SPIDER  —  Sec  Peach 

Sporri'D  CUCUMBER  BEETLE  (Diabrolica  13-punctata} — Beetle, 
yellowish  and  black  spotted,  about  $>£  inch  long,  feeding  upon 
the  leaves  and  fruit  Sometimes  attacks  fruit  trees,  and  the 
larvi  may  injure-  roots  of  corn 

Treatment  —Same  as  for  Striped  Cucumber  Btetlt,  which  aee. 
STFM-BORI-R    -See  Squash 

STRIPED    CUCUMBER    BEETLE    (Diabrotua    vittaki)  — Beetle,    }i 

inch  long,  yellow  with  black  stripes,  feeding  on  leaves     Larva 

^s  inch  long  and  size  of  a  pm,  feeding  on  root*,  two  broods 

Prtvtntn-e  — Cheap  boxes  covered  with  thin  muslin  or  screens 

of  mosciuito  netting,  placed  over  young  plants 

Remedies — Arse  meals  in  flour,  arsenate  of  lead,  ashes, 
lime,  plaster,  or  line  road  dust  sprinkled  on  the  plants  every 
two  or  three  days  when  they  are  wet,  air-slaked  linie,  plaster 
and  kerosene,  tobacco  powder,  applied  liberally  Apply  remedies 
when  dew  19  on,  and  aee  that  it  strikes  the  under  side  of  tho 
leaves 

WHITE-FLY  — See  Tomato. 
Cucurbita  — See  Squash 

Currant  BORI  R  (Sena  tipuhformm) — A  whitish  larva,  boring  in 
the  canes  of  currants,  and  sometimes  of  gooseberries  The 
larva  remains  in  the-  e  tnc>  over  winter 

Treatment.  —In  fall  and  early  spring  (  ut  and  burn  all  affected 
canes  These  canes  may  be  distinguished  by  a  lack  of  vigor 
and  by  limbcrnoss 

CiniRAvr  \PHIS  (Afyzus  ribis)  —Small  yellowish  green  lice 
attacking  the  under  side  of  the  leaves,  distorting  tho  leaves 
and  causing  thorn  to  turn  icd 

Treatment — Contact  mwoticidos  whon  leuv«s  first  appear 
CURR\NT  MEASUBINC,-  or  SPAN-WORM  (Cymatophura  ribtana)  — 
Larva  somewhat  over  an  inch  long,  with  stripes  and  dotted 
with  yellow  or  black,  feeding  upon  the  leaves 

Trtatnunt  -Hellebore,  applied  stronger  than  for  currant- 
worm  Arsemcals,  hand-picking 

CURRENT- WORM,  or  CURRANT  and  GOOHHU  RRY  SAW-FLY 
(Pteronus  nhtsu) — Larva,  about  3{  inch  long,  yellowish 
green,  feeding  on  leaves  of  red  and  white  varieties,  two  to 
four  broods 

Treatment — Hellebore,  applied  early,  arsemcals  for  the 
early  brood  Treatment  should  begin  while  the  larvae  are  on 
the  lowermost  leaves  of  the  hushes  Before  the  ltav«  H  are  fully 
grow  n,  the  holes  made  by  t  ho  w  orrns  may  hi  sr  <  n  Tho  sc(  ond 
brood  is  best  destroyed  by  killing  the  first  brood 
Foim-srniPi-D  PLANT-BUG  (Pcenlwtipsus  hneatuv)  —  A  bright 
yellow,  black-striped  bug  about  }i  inch  long,  puncturing  the 
young  leaves  and  shoots  of  many  plants 

Treatment  —Jarring  into  a  dish  of  kerosene     Kerosene  emul- 
sion when  the  nymphs  arc  young    Cut  off  the  tips  of  tho  shoots 
in  early  spring  to  destroy  the  eggs 
OYSTER-SHI  i  L  Sc  AI  *  — Sco   Appl, 
SAN  Josri  Sc  *.LE  — See  Apple 
Cycas     HEMISPHERICAL  Sc  ALI  — See  Citrus 
MEALY-BUG  — Sc  e  Citrus 
OLEANDER  Scut  — Sec  Hedtra 
RED  Sc  ALE  — See  Citrut 
SOFT  BROWN  SCAI>  — See  Citrus 
WHITE  PEACH  SCAI  E  — Sec  Peach 
Dahlia    GKEENHOUHE  THRIPS — See  Citrus 

TARNIHHED  Pi  ANT-Bua —See  Aster 

Date     DATE  PALM  SCALE  (Parlitona  blanchardu)  — Small  elongate 
gray  or  black  scales  with  white  edges     Male  scales  are  white 
Treatment  —Crop  close,  burn  over  trunks,  after  saturating 
with  gasolene  and  use  blast  torch 

MARLATT  SCALE  (Phaemcococcus  marlatti)  — A  soft-bodied,  oval, 
wine-reel  insect,  one  twenty-fifth  inch  in  length,  partially 
covered  with  white  wax,  found  in  large  colonies  at  base  of 
leaves 

Treatment  — Carbolic  acid  emulsion  poured  in  largo  quan- 
tities at  base  of  leaves 
OLEANDER  SCALE  — See  fledera. 
RED  SCALE  — See  Citrus 
RHINOCEROS  BEETLE  — See  Coconut. 
Dewberry  —See  Bramble  Fruits 
Diospyros.   WHITE  FLY  — See  Citrus. 
WHITE  PEACH  SCALE  — See  Peach 

Dracasna  LONG-TAILED  MEALY-BUG  (Pseudocorcus  longispinus) . 
— Similar  to  the  common  mealy-bug,  but  has  two  long  whita 
anal  appendages 

Treatment  —Same  as  for  mealy-bug 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1053 


CATALOOUK  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Echinocactus. — See  Cactus. 
Echmocereus.— See  Cactus 
Echmopsis. — See  Cactus 
Eggplant. — See  article  on  Eggplant. 
Elm— See  Ultaiu. 

Eucalyptus     BLACK  SCALE  — Sec  Citrus 
OLEANDKR  SCAIE — See  HedeTd 
RED  SPA  i  K  —See  Citrus 
Eupatonum     BARNACLE  SCALE  — See  Citrus 

Evonymous  EVONYMOUS  SCALE  (Cfnonaspis  evonymi)  — Dark 
brown,  convex  scu.lt  H,  about  one-twelfth  inch  in  diameter  with 
yellow  exuviiE  Male  stales  pure  white  parallel  sides  and 
strongly  tncannated 

Treatment  — Spray  with  kerosene  emulsion  every  two  weeks 
during  the  hatching  periods  until  the  scale  has  disappeared. 
RED  SCALE  —See  Citrus 
Ferns     FLORIDA  WAX  SCALE  — See  Citrus 
GRI-FNHOUSE  THRIPB  —See  Citrus 
HKMIHPIIPRKAL  SCALE  — See  Citrus. 
MKALY-BUGS  ~  See  Citrus 
OLFANDER  SCALE  — Seo  Hedtra 

SounihRN  FERN-CUTWOHM  (Callopistna  florvlensis) — Velvety 
black  or  apple-green  caterpillars,  1?5  inches  m  length  when 
mature,  feeding  on  the  fronds 

Trcatmt  nt  —  Try  poisoned  baits 

Ficus  COTTONY  CUSHION  SCALE,  GREENHOUSE  THRIPS,  MEALT- 
Buo,  PURPLE  SCALE,  RED  SCALE,  SOFT  BROWN  SCALE — See 
Citrus 

Fuchsia     GREFMIOI-HE  THRIPH  —See  Citrus 
MH.ALY-BUQK— See  Citrus 
Rko-SpinhR  — See  1'iach 
WHI  i  E  Fi  Y  — Sec  Tomato 
Gardenia     CITRUS  WHITE  FLY  — See  films 

JAPANESE  W\x  S<  ALE  (Ceroplanten  cinftrus)  — White  to  creamy 
waxy  masses,  '4  to  %  me  h  in  (haunter 

Control  —  Youn  t,  scales  may  be  killed  with  kerosene  emulsion 
before  the  waxy  COM  ting  is  formed 

ORTHK7H  — Scf    Cokuv 

Genista  GENISTA  CATERPILLAR  (Mecyna  reiertahs)  — Pale  yellow- 
ish brown  caterpillars  marked  with  numerous  black  spots  and 
V  ta>,  feeding  oil  the  foliage 

Treatment  — Arsenic  uls 
Geranium     MF\LY-BUUS — SteCtfrus 
RED-SPIDER  — See  Piach 
WHITE-FLY — See  Tomato 

Gooseberry  CURRA.NT-BORER,  CURRANT  MEASURING-  or  SPAN- 
WORM,  FOUR-STRIPED  Pi  ANT-BUG,  GOOBFBERRY-  or  CURRVNT- 
WOHM  — See  Currant 

GOO*»H»KIU  Fuuir-WonM  (Dakruma  convolutella)  —Larva  about 
*4  inch  long,  greenish  or  yellowish,  feeding  in  the  berry,  caus- 
ing it  to  ripen  prematurely 

Treatmtnt— -Destroy  affected  berries.  Clean  cultivation. 
Poultry 

Grape  GUAPL-CURCULJO  (Crapomus  inxyualis} — Larva  small, 
white,  with  a  brownish  head  Infests  the  grape  in  June  and 
July,  causing  a  little  black  hole  in  the  skin  and  a  discoloration 
of  the  berry  immediately  around  it  The  adult  is  a  grayish 
brown  snout -be  e  tie,  about  one-tenth  inch  long 

Treatment  —Spraj  with  arsenate  of  Irad  while  the  beetles 
are  feeding  on  the  leaves  '1  he  beetles  may  be  jarred  down  on 
sheets,  as  with  the  plum-eurcuho  Rng  the  clusters 
GRAPE  ROOT- Wo  MM  (Fidia  mticida) — The  small  white  gruba 
feed  upon  tho  roots,  often  killing  the  vines  in  a  few  years. 
The  adults  are  small  grayish  brown  beetles  that  eat  peculiar 
chain-like  holes  in  the  lea\es  during  July  and  August 

Treatment  — Cultivate  thoroughly  m  June,  especially  close 
around  the  vines  to  kill  the  pupce  in  the  soil  At  the  first 
appearance  of  the  beetles,  spray  the  plants  with  arsenate  of 
lead  at  the  rate  of  eight  or  ten  pounds  m  one  hundred  gallons 
of  water,  to  which  should  be  added  one  gallon  of  molasses 
GRAPF-SLUO  or  SAW-FLY  (Selandna  iitis)  —Larva,  about  H 
inch  long,  yellowish  green  with  black  points,  feeding  upon  the 
leaves,  two  broods 

Remedies  — Arsemcals,  hellebore 

GRAPEBERRY-WORM  (Polychrons  mtcana) — Larva,  about  % 
inch  long,  feeding  on  the  berry,  often  securing  three  or  four 
together  by  a  web,  two  broods 

Remedy  — Spray  with  arsenate  of  lead  before  blossoms  open 
Repeat   after   blooming   and   again   in   early  July      Destroy 
wormy  berries  in  August. 
GRAHHHOPPFRS  —See  Corn 

GRAPE-VINE  FLEA-BEETLE  (Graptodera  chalybea)  — Beetle,  of  a 
blue  metallic  color,  about  \{  inch  long,  feeding  upon  the  buda 
and  tender  shoots  in  early  spring 

Treatment  — Arsemcals  to  kill  the  grubs  on  leaves  during 
May  and  June  The  beetle  can  be  caught  by  jarring  on  bright 
days 

GRAPE-VINE  Roor-Boiun  (Mtmythrus  pohstiformis) — Larva 
\Yi  inches  or  less  long,  working  in  the  roots 

Preventive  — Thorough  cultivation  during  June  and  July. 
Treatment  —Dig  out  the  borers 

GRAPE-VINE  SPHINX  (Ampelophaga  myron)  — A  large  larva,  2 
inches  long  when  mature,  green  with  yellow  spots  and  stripes, 
bearing  a  norn  at  the  posterior  extremity,  feeding  upon  the 
leaves,  and  nipping  off  the  young  clusters  of  grapes,  two  broods 


CATALOOUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Treatment — Hand-picking.    Arsentcals  early  m  the  season. 
There  are  other  large  sphinx  caterpillars  which  feed  upon  the 
foliage  of  the  vine  and  which  are  readily  kept  m  check  by  hand- 
picking  and  spraying 

LEAF-HOPPER  (Typhlocyba  corns) — These  small  yellowish  leaf- 
hoppers,  erroneously  called  "thnps,"  suck  the  sap  from  the 
under  side  of  the  leaves,  causing  them  to  turn  brown  and  dry 
up 

'1  rcatment  — Spray  the  under  side  of  the  leaves  very  thor- 
oughly with  one  gallon  "Black  Leaf  40"  m  1,000  gallons  of 
water  about  July  1,  to  kill  the  young  leaf-hoppers  When 
using  tobacco  extract,  add  abemt  two  pounds  soap  to  each 
fifty  gallons  to  make  it  spread  and  stick  better  Repeat  tho 
applu  ation  in  a  wee  k  or  ten  days  In  houses,  tobacco  smoke, 
pyrethrurn  pound  upon  coals  held  under  the  vines,  syringing 
with  tobae  c  o-wator  or  soapsuds 

PHY  i  LOXEHA  (Phylluxtra  vastatrix)  — A  minuto  insect  preying 
upon  the  roots,  and  in  one  form  causing  galls  upon  the  leaves. 
Preventive  —As  a  rule,  thin  insect  is  not  destructive  to 
American  species  of  vines  Grafting  upon  resistant  stocks  18 
the  most  reliable-  method  of  de  ahng  with  the  insect  yet  known 
This  precaution  is  take-n  to  a  U>rge  extent  in  European  coun- 
tries and  in  California,  as  the  European  vine  is  particularly 
subject  to  attack 

Rrnudies  — There  is  no  reliable  and  widely  practicable 
remedy  known 

ROSE-CHAJER  ( M  arroda*  lulus  subsjnnosus) — The  ungainly, 
long-legged  grayish  beetles  occur  in  sandy  regions,  and  often 
swarm  into  vine  yards  and  destroy  the  blossoms  and  foliage 

Treatment  —At  the  first  appearance  of  the  beetles,  spray 
with  arsenate  of  lead  at  the  rate  of  eight  or  ten  pounds  in  one 
hundred  gallons  of  water,  to  which  should  be  added  one 
gallon  of  molasses 

TR*  R  CRICKET  — See  Bramble  Fruits 
Grapefruit  —See  Citrus 
Guava    BIACK  SCVLE — See  Citrus 

GUAVA  MFALI-BUG  (Pieudocorcus  nipse)  — Closely  resembles  the 
ordinary  mealy-bug 

Treatment  — Carbolic  acid  emul&ion 
HEMISPHERICAL  Se  ALE  — he  e  C  itrui 
MEDITERRANEAN  FRLIT  FLY  — See  Citrus 
Hedera     Bi  M  K   SCALK,    FLORIDA    RED   SCVLE,    HEMISPHERICAL 

SCM  E,  MEM  Y-Bt  c,s  —See  Cilrui 

OIK\M)KH  APHIS  (\ph^  ntru)—  Deep  yellowish  plant-lice, 
marked  with  black,  cluster  on  the  young  shoots  and  buds 

Treatment    -Contact  insecticides 
OirAVDfn    SCAJF     (Aspidiotus    hederx) — Flat,    circular,    gray 

^Tnatniftit  —Same  as  for  San  Jost  Scale  (apple),  which  see. 
SOFT  BROWN  Sc  AIJ  — See  Citrus 
Hehanthus    STEM  MAGGOT — See  Artichoke 
Heliotropmm    RED-SPIDER — Sec  Peach 
Hibiscus     MELON  APHIS — See  Mu^K  melon 

Hickory-  «AIL  APHIS  (Phylloxera  sp  )  —Yellowish  green  plant- 
lice  causing  hollow  galls  on  the  leaves,  petioles  and  small 
twigs 

Treatment  — Spray  with  contact  insecticides  just  as  the  buds 
are  opening 

Hie  KOKY  BARK  BFETI  i,  (Eccoptoyaster  quadrivpmosa)  — Small 
brown  beetle  burrowing  into  twigs,  buds  and  green  nuts  in 
June  and  July  Early  in  August  the  females  penetrate  the 
bark  of  living  trees  forming  longitudinal  burrows  along  the 
sides  of  which  eggs  are  deposited  The  grubs  burrow  trans- 
versely m  the  sap-wood,  soon  killing  the  trees 

Treatment  — Cut  and  burn  all  infested  trees  before  May  of 
each  year 

NUT  WEFVIL  — See  Pecan 
TWIG-GIRD LER  — See  Apple 

Hollyhock  HOLLYHOCK  BLG  (Orlholylus  del\catus)  — A  small  green 
bug  attacking  the  hollyhock  with  much  damage. 

Treatment  — Kerosene  emulsion,  tobacco  extracts. 
MELON  APHIS  — See  Mimkmelon 
Horse-Radish     CABBAC.E-A\OHM  — See  Cabbage. 
FLEV  BEETLES  — See  Potato 
HARLEQUIN  CABBAGE-BUG  — See  Cabbage. 
Ipomoea.   SOFT  BROWN  SCALE  — See  Citrus. 
Iris    Win  TK-FLY  — See  Citrus 
Jasminum    CITRUS  WHITE-FI  Y  — See  Citrus. 

SOFT  BROWN  SC*.LE  — See  Citrus. 
Juglans  — See  Hickory. 

Juniper  B \CJWORM  (Thuridopteryv  ephemeraeformis) — Small  cater- 
pillars in  curious  bag-hkc  shelters  defoliating  the  trees  in  early 
summer 

Tnatmtnt — Arsenate  of  lead,  two  pounds  to  one  hundred 
gallons  of  water 

JUNIPFR  SCUF  (Dwipis  mruth) — Snow-white,  circular  scales 
with  yellow  central  exu\ia> 

TrtutmeHt  —Nothing  known 

JUNIPFR  WIB-VVORM  (Phalonia  rutilana) — Small  Beeh-colored 
caterpillar  that  webs  the  leaves  together 

Treatment  — Arsemcals 
Kale  —See  Cabbage 
Kohlrabi  —See  Cabbage 
Kumquat  — See  Citrut 


1054      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Lantana    GRFENHOUSE  WHITE-FLY. — See  Tomato. 
MEALY-BUGS  — See  Citrus 
OHTHEZIA  — See  Coleus 

Lanz  CASE-BEARER  (Coleophora  lancella)  — A  small  reddish 
brow  n  caterpillar  mining  the  leaves  when  young  In  Septem- 
ber it  constructs  a  case  and  feeds  on  the  surrounding  leaves 
for  a  time,  migrates  to  the  branches  and  there  hibernates 

Treatment  — Spray  with  lime-sulfur  before  the  buds  open  to 
destroy  the  hibernating  caterpillars 

LARCH  SAW-FLY  (Lygiont  matus  enchvomi) — Grayish  green 
larvas  with  black  heads  feeding  on  the  foliage 

Treatment  — Spray  w  ith  arsemcals 
Laurus.   BLACK  SCALE — Sec  Citrus 
FROSTED  SCALF — See  Apricot 
SOFT  BROWN  SCAL*  ,  and  THRIPH  — See  Citrus 
WHITE  PEACH  SCALE  — See  Peach. 
Lemon  — See  Citrut 

Lespedeza  SMOKY  CRANE-FLY  (Tipula  infutcata)  — Dirty  yellow- 
ish maggots,  $i  mch  long,  feeding  on  the  roots,  e>ften  in  great 
abundance 

Treatment  — Short  crop-rotation. 

Lettuce  APHIS,  or  GRKKN-FLY  (Macrostphum  lactucje)  — A  plant- 
louse  on  forced  lettuce 

Preventive — Tobacco-dust  applied  on  the  soil  and  plants 
as  soon  as  the  aphis  ijiakes  its  appearance,  or  even  before 
Renew  every  two  or  three  weeks  if  necessary  Fumigating 
with  tolmcco  is  the  surest  reme>dy 

CABBAGE-LOOPLR  (Autographa  6rassi,» ) — larva  somewhat  over 
an  inch  long,  pale  green,  with  stripe  s  of  a  lighter  color,  feeding 
on  leaves  of  many  plants,  as  eablmge,  celery,  and  endive 

Remedies — Pyrethrum   diluted  with  not   more   than  three 
times  its  bulk  with  flour,  kerosene  emulsion,  hot  water. 
GREENHOUSE  WHITE-FLI  —See  Tomato 

Roor-LousE  (Ithizobiu-i  Inctun  )  — Small  dull-whitish  lice,  about 
one-tenth  inch  in  length,  feeding  on  the  roots 

Treatment  — Crop-rotation  and  tobacco  dust  placed  in  the 
soil  about  the  plants 

Linodendron  TUIIP  TRI  h  SC\IF  (Tuumeyellu,  hnodendn)  — 
Large,  nearly  hemispherical  scales  clustered  in  masses  on  the 
under  side  of  branches 

Treatment  —  Sc  rape  badly  mfc&ted  branches  Spray  with 
kerosene  emulsion  or  soap  solution 

Lupine  LUPINE  APHID  (Afa<rusiphum  albifroni) — Large,  green 
lice  covered  with  fine  white  powder,  infesting  the  plants 

Lycopersicum  —See  Tomato 

Magnolia.    Bi  ACK  SCALK,  CITRUS  WHITE  FLY,  GLOVERS'  SCALE 

— See  Citrus 

MAONOI  IA  Sc  U.E   (Neolccanium  cornuparvum) — Large,  convex 
scales,  pinkish  in  color,  and  covered  with  fine  powdered  wax 
Treatment  —Kerosene  emulsion  or  tobacco  extract  to  kill 
the  young  scales 

Madura     Treated  under  Toxylon 
Mangifera    CITRUS  MtALY-Btm  — See  Citrut 

FRUIT  FLY  (Anastiepha  andusa)  — Small  yellowish  maggots 
infesting  the  ripening  fruit 

Treatment  — Try  sweetened  arsenate  of  lead  to  kill  the  flies 
GREKNHOUSK  WHITK-FI  Y  — See  Citrus 

MANGO  WI-FVIL  (Cryptarhynchus  manyiferj;)  — Brown  weevils 
about  14  mch  long,  the  grubs  living  within  the  seeds 

Treatment  — Gather  and  destroy  all  fallen  fruit 
Mimulus.   Ceroputo  yuccse  — Closely  resembles  the  common  mealy- 
bug 

Treatment  — As  for  mealy-bugs 

Monstera  SCALE  ( Hemicfnonaspis  aspidistra)  — Brownish,  oyster- 
shell-shaped  scales,  attacking  the  foliage 

Treatment — Wash  the  leaves  with  soapsuds  and  tobacco 
extract 

Mushroom  MAGGOTS  (Sciara  sp  )  — Small  whitish  or  yellowish 
white  maggots  with  black  heiadu 

Treatment  —Exclude  flies  from  house  or  cellar  with  fine 
screens  Sterilize  manure  by  heating  to  150°  F.  Fumigate 
with  tobacco 

MUSHROOM  MITR  (Tyroglyphui  hntntn) — A  minute  mite  pre- 
venting growth  of  spawn  by  eating  the  mycelium 

Control  — In  infested  houses  remove  all  compost  and  disin- 
fect by  drenching  cellar  with  boiling  water  Use  sterilized 

SPRINOTAIIJ*  (Achoreutes  sp  )  — Small  black  or  brown  jumping 
insects  which  sometimes  swarm  in  on  the  beds 

Treatment  — Fumigate  with  potassium  cyanide,  three  to  six 
ounces  to  each  1,000  cubic  foot  of  air-space  Sterilize  all  ma- 
nure with  heat  before  using 

SOWBUGS  (Armadillidium  sp  and  Porcelho  sp  )  — Oval,  grayish 
or  slate-colored  creatures  bearing  seven  pairs  of  legs,  frequently 
injure  mushrooms  These  are  commonly  known  as  sowbuga 
and  pillbugs. 

Treatment  — Mi*  one  quart  of  corumcal  with  sufficient 
brown  sugar  to  sweeten,  then  add  two  tablespoonfuls  of  pans 
trreen.  Moisten  with  water  and  scatter  in  places  frequented 
by  these  sowbugs 

Muskmelon  MEWON  APHIS  (Aphis  gow/pii)  — Small,  dark  green, 
sluggish  hce  found  abundantly  on  melon  vines,  causing  curl- 
ing of  the  leaves  and  death  of  the  plant 


CATALOGUE  OP  INSECTS,  continued 
Treatment — Fumigate  with  tobacco  preparations  under 
cloth-covered  frames  placed  over  the  plants  Cloth  should  be 
treated  with  linseed  oil  before  using,  to  make  gas-proof  In 
large  fields,  spray  with  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract, 
three-fourths  pint  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  adding 
four  pounds  of  soap 

MELON  CATERPILLAR  (Diaphama  hyahnata)  — Pale,  greenish 
yellow  caterpillar  about  %  inch  in  length  when  mature,  feed- 
ing on  the  foliage  early  in  the  season ,  later  boring  in  the  fruita. 

Tre<itmt,nt  — Use  arsemcals  early  in  the  season 
PICKLF-WORM  — Sec  Cucumber 
STLM-BOHKR  — See  Squash. 
Narcissus      GREEN  APHIS  — Tobacco  extract,   soap  solution  or 

fumigation 

NARCISSUS  BULB  FLY  (Merodon  eyuestris)  — Grayish  maggots, 
J-2  to  ?£  inch  in  length  when  mature,  feeding  in  the  bulb.  The 
adult  is  a  largo  hairy  fly 

Control —'Examine  bulbs  and  discard  infested  ones,  burning 
them      If    bulbs    are    placed    in  water   for   from  two  to  eight 
days  the  maggots  will  usually  leave  them 
Nasturtium    APHIS     A  dark-colored  plant-louse. 

Trtatmcnt — Spray  the  plants  with  tobacco  extract  or  soap 

Nectarine  — See  Peach 

Nelumbo     PLANT-LICL  — Uso  tobacco  preparations  for  controlling 

these  posts. 

Nepenthes     MEALY-BUGS  — See  Citrus 
Nenum    Oi  KAND&R  SCAI  r  — See  Hcdera. 
Oak    BROWN-TAIL  MOTH  — See  Apple 
GiPt»Y  MOIH — hoc  AppU 

PIT-M  \KINU  OAK-SCAIK  (Avttrolpranium  vanolosum) — Circular 
greenish  yellow  staled  with  a  glassy  appearance  Especially 
destructiv  e  to  golden  oak 

Treatment  — Kerosene  emulsion  or  soap  solution. 
TENT    CATKHPILLVKS,    TUSSOCK     Mora;    Twiu-PRUNMt — Sco 

Apple 

Okra    MELON  APHIS  — See  Muskmdon. 
Olive     BLAt  K  SCALI  — See  Citru* 
BLACK  CITRUS  LOLSE  — See  Citrut, 

Ctirysomphalus  row  — Cm  ul.ir  or  oblong,  reddish  to  dark 
brown  scale  with  a  central  black  spot 

Treatment  —Same  as  for  Rtd  ScaU  — See  Citrus 
OLEANDER  SCALE  —See  If«l<ra 
PINEAPPLE  SC^LE,  — See  Pineapple 
PURPLE  SCALE,  RED  Sr  \L*  ,  THRIPS  — See  Citrus 
Onion      BLACK    OMON    FLY    (Tntnxa  Jltta)  — Whitish    maggots 
attacking  the  bulbs  of  onions 

Treatment  —Same  as  foi  cabbage  maggot 

ONION  MAGGOT  (Phurbm  itpttorum)  — Small  maggot  feeding  on 
the  bulb  and  roots,  several  generations 

Treatmi  nt  —  I' so  lime,  tobacco  dust  or  hellebore  as  repel- 
lents to  prevent  oviposition      Some  of  the.  maggots  may   be 
kdled  by  applying  carbolic  acid  emulsion  or  hellebore  decoc- 
tion to  the  soil  about  the  plants 
CUTWOHMS  — S«  e  Coi  n 

ONION  THUIPS  (Thripi  taban)  —Minute,  elongate,  pale  yellow 
insects  attack  the  leaves,  causing  thtm  to  wilt 

Treatment  —Tobacco  npr  tyH      Spiay  with  pans  gtce  n  ono 
pound  in  one  hundred  gallons  water  sweetened  with  twenty 
pounds  brown  sugar  wheu  thnps  first  appear. 
Orange  — See  Citrut 
Orchids    HEMISPHERICAL  SCALE  — See  Citrus 

ORCHIDS  ISOSOMA  (Isoioma  orchultarum) — Small,  white'  larvto 
infesting  the  buds  causing  them  to  become  unduly  enlarged. 

Treatment  —Cut  off  and  de-stray  infested  buds 
SCALE  INSECTS  — Several  species 

Treatment — Wash  plants  with  nicotine  solutions  and 
soapsuds 

Papaver.  PLANT-LOUS*.  (Aphi'i  turning — Shining  black  plant- 
louse  that  clusters  on  leaves  and  stems 

Treatment  — Contact  inse  c  tuiclc  a 

Parsnip.  PARSLEY-WORM  (PapiUu  m^rtus)  —Larva,  1J;  mchen 
long,  light  yellow  or  greenish  yrllow  with  lines  and  spots,  fc  t  <Is 
upon  leaves  of  parsley,  cole  ry,  carrot,  and  related  plants 
When  the  worm  is  disturbed  it  ejects  from  the  anterior  end 
two  yellow  horns,  with  an  offensive  odor 

Remedies — Hand-pie  king      Poultry   are  said   to  eat  them 
sometimes     Upon  parsnips,  arsemcals 
PARSNIP-LOUSE     (Ilyadaphm    pailinaca-) — Greenish    plant-lice. 

Tieatment — Contact  insecticides 

PARSNIP  Wiuj-WoRM  (Depiessann  heradiana) — Larva,  about 
Yi  inch  long,  feeding  in  the  flower-cluster  and  causing  it  to 
become  contorted 

Treatment  — Arsemcals,  applied  as  soon  as  the  young  worms 
appear,  pnd  before  the  cluster  becomes  distorted  Burn  tho 
distorted  umbels  Destroy  all  wild  carrots 

PARSNIP  LEAF-MINER  (Acidiafralna) — Small,  whitish  maggots 
mining  the  leaves 

Treatment  — Hand-pick  infested  leaves. 
Passiflora    MEALY-BUGS  — See  Citrus. 
Pea.  CUT- WORMS  — See  Corn 

PEA-WEEVIL,  or  Pev-Buo  (Bruchus  pisi)  —A  small  brown-black 
beetle,  living  in  peas  over  winter  The  beetle  escapes  in  tail 
and  spring,  and  lays  its  eggs  in  young  pea-pods,  and  the  grubs 
kve  in  the  growing  peas. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS   1055 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Treatment  — Hold  over  infested  seed  one  year  before  plant- 
ing    Late  planting  in  soino  localities    Fumigation  with  carbon 
bisulfid 

PEA  APHIH  (Macrosinhum  pin). — A  rather  large  green  plant- 
louse,  often  attaching  peas  in  great  numbers  and  causing 
enormous  losses 

Treatment  — Rotation  of  crops,  early  planting.  When  peas 
are  grown  in  rows,  the  brush-and-cultivator  method  may  be 
used  The  plant-lice  are  brushed  from  the  plants  with  pine 
boughs,  arid  a  cultivator  follows  Stirling  the  soil.  This  opera- 
tion should  be  performed  while  the  sun  is  hot  and  the  ground 
dry  Most  of  the  lice  will  be  killed  before  they  can  crawl  back 
to  the  plants.  Repeat  every  three  to  seven  days 
Peach  BLACK  APHIS  (Aphii  ptr^icse-mycr)  — A  small  black  or 
brown  plant-louse,  which  attacks  the  tops  and  roots  of  peach 
trees  When  upon  the  roots  it  is  a  very  serious  enemy,  stunting 
tho  tree  and  perhaps  killing  it  1  hnves  in  sandy  lands 

Treatment  Kerosene  emulsion,  tobacco  decoction  and 
extracts 

CLOVIR  MITE  (Bryobia  pralenna)  —Small  reddish  mites 
attacking  the  leaves,  causing  them  to  turn  yellow 

Treatment  —Lime-sulfur  while  trees  are  dormant     In  sum- 
mer, use  se'lf-boiled  lime-sulfur,  as  a  dust,  or  sulfur  paste. 
FLAT-HEAULD  BORLR  — See  Apple 

FRUIT  THEE  Bi  AC  K  B*  TTLH.  (Scolytus  rugulosua)  — A  small 
beetle  similar  to  the  pear h  tree;  bark-beetle 

*  Treatment  —Same  as  lor  Peach  Tree  Bark-Beetle,  which  see. 
KAIYDID — This  insect  13  often  troublesome  to  the  peach  in  the 
southern   states  in  the  early  spring,  eating  the  leaves  and 
girdling  young  stems 

Kerne  ly  — Poisoned  baits  placed  about  the  tree 
Clnt-fc-N    PKArir-LoLHE    or     \riim    (Myzu*    pcrsicx) — A    small 
mst  ct  fe  cdmg  upon  the  young  leaves,  causing  them  to  curl  and 
die 

Treatm<nt — Lime-sulfur,    kerosene    emulsion,    or    tobacco 
extract     Afte  r  the  buds  open,  cither  of  the  last  two 
PJUCH   TREE   BARK-HKFTLK  (Phlceotnbug   hminans) — A  dark 
brown  beetle  one-tenth  inch  in  length  burrowing  under  the 
bark 

Trtatmcnt  — Burn  all  brush  and  worthless  trees  as  soon  as 
the  infestation  is  observed  Keep  the  trees  in  healthy  con- 
dition by  thorough  cultivation  and  the  use  of  fe  rtihzers  Apply 
a  thick  wlutew  ish  to  the  trunk  and  branches  three  times  a 
season  (1)  the  Ust  w.ek  of  March,  (2)  second  week  m  July, 
(3)  first  week  in  October 

PEACH  TREE-BORFR  (Sanninmtlea  exiliow)  —A  whitish  larva, 
about  "4  inch  long  when  mature,  boring  into  the  crown  anei 
upper  roots  of  the  peach,  cubing  gum  to  exude 

Remrdie s  — Dig  out  the  bore  rs  in  June  and  mound  up  the 
tre  es  At  the  same  tune  apply  gas-tar  or  coal-tar  to  the  trunk 
from  the  roots  up  to  a  foot  or  more  above  the  surface  of  the 
ground 

PEACH  Twio-Mtmr  (  \narma  hmatellu)  — The  larva  of  a  moth, 
Y\  inch  long,  boring  in  the  ends  of  the  shoots,  and  later  in  tho 
season  attacking  the-  fruit  Se \eral  broods 

Retrudy  —Spray  with  lime -sulfur  just  after  the  buds  swell 
Spray  tiunks  and  larger  branches  in  late  spring  to  kill  first 
brood  pupa-  in  the  e  urls  of  bark 

PLUM-C  i  R<  m  10  ((  onuhnchht*  ntnupiiar)  — This  insect  may  be 
successfully  controlled  e>n  pi  ic h  by  spraying  with  arsentU  of 
lead,  four  pounds  tonne  hundnd  gallons  of  self-boiled  lime- 
sulfur  Sprav,,  first,  when  the  "husks"  drop  from  the  fruit, 
second,  ten  diys  or  two  weeks  later  It  is  unsafe  to  spray 
peaches  more  th  in  twice  with  ursenatc  of  lead 
lUr-Spinm,  or  Mirr  (Tttranychus  bimanthtu*) — A  small  mite 
infesting  many  plaits,  both  in  tho  greenhouse  and  out-of- 
doors  It  nVunshe  s  in  elry  atmospheres,  occurring  on  the  uude-r 
Hides  of  the  leave*  In  some  forms  it  is  reddish,  but  usually 
light-eoloied  and  two-spotted  Common 

Remedirv — Persistent  syringing  with  water  will  generally 
destroy  them,  if  the  spray  is  applied  to  the  under  surface. 
Use  lots  of  force  and  little  water  to  avoid  drenching  the  beds 
Sulfur  und  water     Dry  sulfur     On  orchard  trees,  flour  paste. 
ROUND-!!* AD* D  APPLE  THLE  BORER — See  Apple 
Win  it  PEACH  SCAIE  (Dwspis  pentagona)  — Circular  gray  scales 
with  the  oxuvino,  at  one  side  of  the  c<  nter 

Remedy  — Same  as  for  San  Jo<*e  Scale.  See  Apple. 
Pear      APPLE    TRKK-BORKR,    BUD-MOTH,   CODLIN-MOTH;   FLAT- 
HE  \D*D  BORFR  — See  Apple 

MIDQE  (Z>tp/y«6  pyriwra) — A  minute  mosquito-hke  fly,  lays 
eggs  in  flower-buds  when  they  begin  to  show  white  These 
hatch  into  minute  grubs  which  distort  and  discolor  the  fruit. 
New  York  and  eastward.  Prefers  tho  Lawrence.  Introduced 
in  1S77  from  Franco 

Remedies — Destroy  the  infested  pears.    Cultivate  and  plow 

m  late  summer  and  fall  to  destroy  the  pupte  then  in  tho  ground. 

PEAR-LEAF  BLISTFR-MITE   (Enophyes  pj/rt)  — A  minute  mite 

which  causes  black  blisters  to  appear  upon  the  leaves.    Tho 

mites  collect  under  the  bud-scales  in  winter 

Remedy. — Lime-sulfur  or  miscible  oil  as  a  dormant  spray 
PEAR  PSYLLA  (PtuUa  pyncola) — These  minute,  yellowish,  flat- 
bodied,  sucking  insects  are  often  found  working  in  the  axiU  of 
the  leaves  and  fruit  early  in  the  season  They  develop  into 
minute,  cicada-like  jumping-hce.  The  young  psyllas  secrete 
a  large  quantity  of  honey-dew,  in  which  a  peculiar  black  fungus 
grows,  giving  the  bark  a  characteristic  sooty  appearance. 
There  may  be  four  broods  annually,  and  the  trees  are  often 
seriously  injured 


CATALOGUE  OP  INSECTS,  continued 
Treatment  — Clean  culture,  remove  rough  bark  from  trunks 
and  larger  branches  to  discourage  adults  from  hibernating, 
spray  with  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  one  pint  in  one 
hundred  gallons  of  water,  adding  four  pounds  soap,  on  warm 
days  in  November  or  April  to  kill  hibernating  adults  Spray 
with  lime-sulfur,  winter  strength,  when  the  blossom  clusters 
appear,  to  destroy  eggs 

Summer  treatment  —Spray  with  "Black  Leaf  40"  tobacco 
extract  j^ust  as  the  last  of  the  petals  are  falling  to  kill  young 
Repeat  if  necessary 

PEAR  THHIPS  (Euthrtps  pyri).  —  Minute  insects  one-twentieth 
inch  in  length,  dark  brown  when  adult,  white  with  red  eyw» 
when  young,  that  attack  the  opening  buds  and  young  fruits  in 
early  spring  They  suck  the  sap  from  the  tender  growth,  and 
the  females  lay  eggs  m  tho  fruit-stems,  causing  a  loss  of  the 
crop  Tho  nymphs  hibernate  in  the  ground  a  few  inches 
from  the  surface  A  serious  pest  in  California  and  recently 
introduced  into  New  York 

Treatment  — Thorough  cultivation  during  October,  Novem- 
ber, and  December  (in  California)  Make  two  applications 
of  "Black  Leaf"  tobacco  extract,  one  gallon  m  sixty  gallons 
of  2  per  cent  distillate  oil  emulsion,  the  first  just  as  the  fruit- 
buds  begin  to  open,  the  sec«  id  just  after  the  petals  fall  In 
the  East  it  may  be  controlled  by  timely  applications  of  tobacco 
extract  and  whale-oil  soap 

PEAR-TWIG  BEETLE  (Xyleborua  pyri)  — Brownish  or  black  beetle, 
one-tenth  inch  long,  boring  m  twigs,  producing  effect  much 
like  prar  blight,  and  hence  often  known  as  "pear-blight 
beetle  "  It  escapes  from  a  minute  perforation  at  base  of  bud, 
probably  two  broods 

Treatment  — Burn  twigs  before  the  beetle  escapes 
Pecan     BUD-MOTH   (Proteopttryx  deludana)  — A  brownish  cater- 
pillar about   14  inch  in  length,  feeding  on  the  opening  buds 
in  early  spring  and  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves  in  summer 
Treatment — Arsenate  of  lead  in  summer  to  kill  larvro  of 
second  brood     Lime-sulfur  and  arsenate  of  lead  in  dormant 
season  just  before  buds  open,  to  destroy  hibernating  larvae 
CASE-BEARER  (Acrobaats  nebulella)  — A  small  caterpillar  living 
inside  a  case  which  it  carries  with  it     It  attacks  the  opening 
buds 

Treatment  — Arsenate  of  lead  as  soon  as  the  buds  begin  to 
open  Repeat  if  necessary 

BORER  (Sena  sntula)  — A  wood-boring  caterpillar  working  in 
the  sap-wood 

Treatment  — Digging  out 

PECVN  WEEVIL  (Batamnus  caryse) — A  dull,  dark  brown  beetle 
with  a  long  and  slender  snout  with  which  it  punctures  the 
husk  ind  shell  of  the  maturing  nuts  for  oviposition  The  grubs 
Live  within  the  nut  feeding  on  the  kernel  » 

Treatment  — Destroy  all  infested  nuts     This  should  be  as 
soon  as  they  fall 
Ro8b-CH\*ut  — See  Grape 
Km.ND-HkADKD  BORER  — -See  Apple. 
SLUG  — See  Cherry 

Twiej-GiRDLER  (Oncideres  cingulatus). — A  brownish  gray  beetle, 
about  y^  inch  long,  which  girdles  twigs  in  August  and  Sep- 
tember The  female  lays  egga  above  the  girdle  The  twigs 
soon  fall 

Remedy  — Burn  the  twigs,  either  cutting  them  off  or  gather- 
ing them  when  they  fall 
TWIO-PRUNEH  — See  Apple 
Persimmon    TWIG-GIRDI>RS — See  Pecan 
WHITE  PFACH-SCALE  (Dwspis  pentagona] 

Remedy — Lime-sulfur  when  the  trees  are  thoroughly 
dormant 

Picea  SPRUCE  BUD- WORM  (Tortnx  fumiferana)  —Small  caterpillar 
feeding  on  the  young  foliage,  causing  the  tips  of  the  twigs  to 
turn  reddish,  due  to  tho  dying  of  the  foliage  Frequently 
serious  in  forests 

SPRUCE  GALL  APHID  (Chermes  abietis)  — Plant-lice  causing  cone- 
shaped,  many-celled  galls  at  the  bases  of  young  shoots 

Treatment — Spray  with  whali'-oil  soap,  one  pound  in  two 
gallons  of  water,  in  early  spring  Cut  off  all  galls  and  burn 
Before  the  hce  leave  them 

Pine  PINE  LEAF-SCALE  (Chionaspis  pint/oil*). — Small  white 
scales  frequently  abundant  on  the  foliage 

Treatment  — Kerosene  emulsion  or  tobacco  extracts  when 
the  young  arc  hatching 

PINE  WEEVIL  (Piswdei  strobi)  — Small  grub  working  in  the 
terminal  branch,  which  is  killed,  causing  distorted  trees 

Treattnent  — Cut  out  and  burn  infested  branches 
Pineapple    K  VTYDID  (Acanthacara  simihs)  — A  large  katydid  which 
attacks,  among  other  plants,  the  loaves  of  the  pineapple 

Remedy  — Arsemcals,  before  the  plants  are  mature 
MEALY-BUGS    (several    species) — These    mealy    white    insects 
attack  the  plant  at  the  base  of  the  leaves,  usually  underground. 
Treatment, — Set  only  clean   plants,  or  dip   them  m  resin 
wash  or  kerosene  emulsion     In  the    field  apply  tobacco  dust 
freely  in  the  bud  before  the  bloom  begins  to  appear,  or  spray 
with  kerosene  emulsion 

PINEAPPLE  SCALE  (Diaspts  bromchx). — Circular,  thin,  pure  white 
scales  with  yellow  oxuvise  infesting  leaves  ana  fruit. 

Treatment. — Kerosene  emulsion  and  resin  wash. 
RKD-SPIDER  ( Stigmaeus  flondanus) — Minute  mites  occurring  in 
great  number  at  the  base  of  the  leaf,  where  they  induce  rot. 
Treatment  — Tobacco  dust  applied  to  bud. 


1056   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
Plum.  CANKER- WOK v. — See  Appli. 

CURCULIO  (Conotrachelua  nenuphar)  — Larva,  a  whitish  grub, 
feeding  ID  the  fruit 

Remedies  — Arsenate  of  lead,  six  pounds  to  one  hundred 
gallons  of  water;  apply  as  soon  as  the  calyx  falls,  and  repeat 
two  or  three  times  at  intervals  of  about  ten  days    Jarring  the 
beetles  on  sheets  very  oarly  in  the  morning,  beginning  when 
trees  are  m  flower,  and  continuing  from  tour  to  six  weeks, 
is  probably  the  most  certain  procedure     There  are  various 
styles  of  sheets  or  receptacles  for  catching  the  insects  as  they 
fall  from  the  tree.   Clean  culture. 
FLAT-HEADED  BORER  — See  Apple 
PEAR-TWIG  BEETLE  — See  Pear. 

PLUM-GOUQER  (Coccotorus  pruninda). — A  small  larva,  feeding 
upon  the  kernel  of  the  plum.  The  beetle  bores  a  round  hole  in 
the  plum  instead  of  making  a  orescent  mark  like  the  ourculio. 

Remedy  —Catch  the  beetles  in  a  curcuho-catcher. 
SAN  JOSE  SCALE  —See  Apple 

EUROPEAN  FRUIT  SCALE  (Lecamum  corni)  — A  large  circular 
scale  occurring  on  plum ,  occasionally  very  destructive 

Remedy  — Thorough  spraying  with  kerosene  emulsion,  one 
part  to  five  of  water,  in  the  winter  More  dilute  emulsion  or 
tobacco  extracts  in  midsummer,  when  the  young  insects  are 
on   the  leaves  and  young  shoots.    Miscible  oils  when  trees 
are  dormant 
SLUG  — See  Cherry 
TENT  CATERPILLARS  — See  Apple. 
TWIQ-PRUNEB  — See  Apple. 
Poinsettia.   M^ALr-Buas  — See  Citrus. 
Pomegranate.    BLACK   SCALE,   CITRUS   THRIPM,    FLORIDA   WAX 

SCALE  —See  Citrus 
OLEANDER  SCALE  — See  Hedera. 
WHITE-FLY  — See  Citrus. 
Pomelo  — See  Citrus. 
Populus    BLACK  SCALE  — See  Citrus. 

COTTONWOOD  LEAF-BEETLE  (Lina  scnpta). — A  striped  beetle 
feeding  on  the  leaves  and  shoots  of  poplars  and  willows. 

Remedy. — Arsemcals 
OYSTER-SHELL  SCALE  —See  Apple 

POPLAR  BORLH  (Cryptorhynchua  lapatfn). — A  whitish  grub 
burrowing  in  the  wood 

Treatment  — In  nurseries,  spray  thoroughly  about  the  middle 
of  July  with  arseuate  of  lead  to  kill  the  parent  beetles 
Potato.    COLORADO  POTATO-BEETLE  (Leptinotarsa  decemlineata)  — 
Beetle  and  larva  feed  upon  the  leaves 

Remedies  — Arsemcals,  either  dry  or  in  spray,  about  a  third 
stronger  than  for  fruits.    Hand-picking  the  bsetle 
FLEA-BEETLE  (Halticini)  — Small,  dark-colored  jumping  beetles 
that  riddle  the  leaves  with  holes. 

Preventive  — Bordeaux  mixture  as  applied  for  potato  blight 
acts  as  a  repellent 

POTATO  TUB*  R- WORM  (Phthorimtea  operculeUa) — A  small 
caterpillar  burrowing  in  the  stems  and  tubers  both  in  the 
field  and  in  storage 

Preventives — Clean  cultivation,  sheep  and  hogs  to  destroy 
the  small  potatoes  left  in  the  field  after  digging.  Crop-rota- 
tion over  a  considerable  area  On  digging,  remove  the  potatoes 
at  once  to  an  unmfested  storeroom  Do  not  leave  them  on 
the  field  over  night 

STALK -WKEVIL  ( Tnchobans  tnnotata) — A  grub  boring  in  the 
stalk  of  the  potato  near  or  just  below  the  ground.  Serious  in 
the  West  and  in  some  places  eastward 

Remedy  — Pull  all  infested  vines  as  soon  as  they  wilt,  and 
spread  them  in  the  sun  where  the  insects  will  be  killed.    Burn 
the  vines  as   soon  as  the  crop  is  harvested.    Destroy   all 
solanaceous  weeds 
WIRE- WORMS  — See  Corn. 
Primula.   WHITE-FLY. — See  Citrus. 

Privet  or  Prim.  PRIVET  WEB- WORM  (Diaphania  quadnstigmahs). 
— Small  larva  feeding  in  webs  on  the  young  shoots  of  the  privet, 
appearing  early  in  the  season,  two  to  four  broods 

Remedies  — Trim  the  hedge  as  soon  as  the  worms  appear, 
and  burn  the  trimmings.  Probably  the  arsemcals  will  prove 
useful 

Prune. — See  Plum. 
Prunus. — See  Plum, 

Pseudotsuga.  SEED  CHALCIS  (Megastigmus  spermotrophus)  — 
Small  whitish  grub  devours  the  kernel  of  the  seed,  often 
destroying  the  whole  crop 

No  known  remedy 
Pyrus. — See  Apple. 
Quince.  GREEN  APHIS. — See  Apple 

QUINCE  CXJRCUJUO  (Contrachelus  cratseai}. — This  curculio  is 
somewhat  larger  than  that  infesting  the  plum,  and  differs  m 
its  life-history  The  grubs  leave  the  fruits  in  the  fall,  and  enter 
the  ground,  where  they  hibernate  and  transform  to  adults  the 
next  May,  June  or  July,  depending  on  the  season 

Treatment. — When  the  adults  appear,  jar  them  from  the 
tree  onto  sheets  or  curculio  -  catchers  and  destroy  them     To 
determine  when  they  appear,  jar  a  few  trees  daily,  beginning 
the  latter  part  of  May    Arsemcals.  Pick  «nd  burn  all  infested 
fruits  a  month  before  harvest. 
ROUND-HEADED  BORERS. — See  Apple. 
SLUG  — See  Cherry. 

Radish.  MAGGOT  (Pegomya  bratsicx). — Treated  the  same  as  the 
Cabbage  Maggot,  which  see. 


CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 
RaspDerry. — See  Bramble  Fruits. 

Rhododendron.  BORER  (Sesia  rhododendn). — Wuitiah  caterpillars 
burrowing  in  the  trunk  and  larger  branches  which  are  often 
killed 

Treatment. — Dig  out  borers  or  cut  out  infested  branches  and 

LACE  Bua  (Leptobyrsa  explanata)  — Small,  lace-winged  bugs  on 
the  under  side  of  the  leaves,  causing  them  to  turn  brown  and 
die 

Treatment. — Spray  with  soap  solution. 

Rhubarb.  RHUBARB-CURCULIO  (Lixus  concavus). — A  grub  %  inch 
long,  boring  into  the  crown  and  roots.  It  also  attacks  wild 
docks 

Remedy — Burn   all  infested  plants  and  keep  down   the 
docks.   Hand-picking. 
Rhus.  AP.  LE  TREE-BORER. — See  Apple. 

JUMPING  SUMAC-BXBTLB  (Blephanda  rhois). — Larva,  Ji  inch 
long,  dull  greenish  yellow,  feeding  on  leaves,  two  broods. 

Remedy  — Arsemcals. 
Ribes. — See  Currant. 

Robima.  LEAF-MINER  (Odontota  doraalis). — A  black  and  yellow- 
ish white  grub  about  l/i  inch  in  length,  mining  the  leaves, 
causing  blister-like  spots. 

Treatment — Arsenate  of  lead  the  last  of  July  to  first  of 

LOCUST-BORER  (Cyllene  robimx)  — Large,  brownish  yellow  grub 
burrowing  in  the  trunk,  causing  large  ugly  scars  The  beetle 
is  black  prettily  marked  with  yellow  stripes  and  bands. 

Remedy  — None  know  n 

Rose.    MEALY-BUG — Tobacco  extracts,  syringe  the  plants  in  the 
morning,  and  two  hours  later  syringe  again  with  clean  water. 
ROSE  APHIS  (Macrosiphum  roste  and  Myzuy  rotarum)  — Greenish 
plant-lice,  attacking  loaves  and  buds 

Treatment  — Tobacco  extrat  ts  and  soap  solutions 
ROSK-CHAFER,  ROSE-BEETLE,  or  "Rost-Uuo  " — See  Grape. 
ROSE  LEAF-HOPPFR  (Typhlocyba  roix) — A  vory  small  noppor, 
white,  olten  mistaken  tor  thnps,  living  on  the  leaves  of  roses. 
Remedies — Whale-oil   soap,   kerosene,   kerosene   emulsion; 
dry  pyrethrum  blown  on  bushes  when  leaves  are  wet,  tobacco 
extracts 

ROSE  MIDGK  (Neocerata  rhabdopfaga) — Small  maggots,  dis- 
torting leaf  and  flower-buds 

Treatment  — No  satisfactory  treatment  known 
ROSE  SCALE  (Aulacaspis  rottx)  — Small,  whitish  circular  scales. 
Treatment  — Soap  solutions  or  tobacco  extracts  when  young 
are  hatching 

WHITE-FLY  — See  Tomato. 
Rubus  — See  Bramble  Fruits. 
Salix    COTTONWOOD  LEAF-BEBTLE. — See  Populua. 
OYSTER-SHELL  SCALE — See  Apple. 
POPLAR-BORER  — See  Populus 

WILLOW- WORM  (Euvanessa  antiopa)  — Larva  nearly  2  inches 
long,  black,  feeding  upon  leaves  of  willow,  elm,  and  poplar- 
two  broods 

Remedy  — Arsemcals. 
Salvia.   ORTHEZIA  — See  Coleus. 

WHITE  FLY  — See  Tomato 
Scilla    NARCISSUS  BULB  FLY  — See  Narcissus. 
Smilax.   CITRUS  WHITE  FLY  — See  Citrus 
Solanum — See  Potato 

Sorbus    SAN  Jos^  SCALE;  SCURFY  SCALE  — See  Apple 
Spinach.   FLEA-BEETLE  — See  Potato 

LEAF-MINER  (Pegomya  vicma)  — Small  maggot  mining  the  leaves. 

Treatment  — Clean  cultivation  to  destroy  Us  wild  food  plant 

(lamb's  quarters)      Destroy  all  infested  leaves     By  raising 

spinach  as  an  early  or  late  crop,  much  of  the  damage  can  be 

avoided 

SPINACH  APHIS  (Mytus  persicss)  — Same  as  green  peach  aphis 
Treatment  — -Spray  at  first  appearance  of  lice  with  "Black 
Leaf  40"  tobacco  extract,  three-fourths  pint  to  one  hundred 
gallons  of  water,  adding  four  pounds  of  soap. 
Squash    CUCUMBER  BEETLES. — See  Cucumber. 
MELON  APHIS. — Sec  Muekmelon. 

SQUASH  APHIH  (Nactarophora  cucurbitx). —  Large,  light  green 
plant-louse  attacking  the  leaves. 

Treatment  — Same  as  for  melon  aphis. 
SQUASH  LADY-BIKD  — See  Cucumber 

SQUASH  STINK-BUG  (Anasa  tnstis). — Large,  dark  brown  bug 
hibernates  as  adult  under  rubbish  Female  lays  large  brown 
eggs  in  patches  on  the  leaves.  The  young  are  greenish,  feed  m 
colonies  on  under  side  of  leaves,  causing  them  to  wilt  and  die. 
Treatment  — Trap  adults  in  spring  under  boards  laid  on  the 
ground  Destroy  eggs  by  hands.  Young  can  be  killed  with 
"Black  Leaf  40 '  tobacco  extract,  one  pint  in  one  hundred 
gallons  of  water,  adding  four  to  five  pounds  of  soap 
STEM-BORER  (MeMtia  satyriniformis)  — Soft,  white,  grub-hke 
larva  which  bores  inside  the  stem  and  causes  rot  to  develop, 
killing  the  vine. 

Preventives. — Plant  early  squashes  as  traps  As  soon  as  the 
early  crop  >s  gathered,  burn  the  vines  to  destroy  eggs  and 
larvae  of  the  borer.  Fall  harrowing  of  infested  fields  will  help 
to  expose  the  pup»  to  the  elements  Cut  out  borers  whenever 
found  After  the  vines  have  grown  to  some  length,  cover  some 
of  the  joints  vith  earth,  so  that  a  new  root-system  will  develop 
to  sustain  the  plant  in  case  the  main  root  is  injured. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 

CATALOGUE  OF  INSECTS,  continued. 

Strawberry.  CROWN-BORER  (Tyloderma  /report*). — Whit*  grub, 
H  inch  long,  boring  into  the  crown  of  the  plant  in  midsummer. 
The  mature  insect  is  a  curcuho  or  weevil 

Preventives  — Rotation  of  crops  Isolation  of  new  beds  from 
infested  beds.  Plant  uninfested  plants. 

FULLER'S  ROSE-BEETLE  (Aramigus  futteri). — White  grub,  H 
inch  long,  feeding  m  the  crown  The  adult  is  a  grayish  brown 
snout-beetle  with  a  whitish  bar  on  each  wing-cover. 

Treatment  — Short  rotation     Plant  on  uninfested  land 
LHAF-ROLLKH   (Ancyha  comptana)  — Larva  less  than   ^  inch 
lone,  feeding  on  the  leaves,  and  rolling  them  up  in  threads 
of  silk,  two  broods 

Treatment  — Turn  under  in  the  fall  all  old  beds  that  have 
become  worthless  Spray  with  arsenate  of  lead,  four  pounds 
in  one  hundred  gallons  of  water,  after  the  eggs  are  laid  but 
before  the  leaves  are  folded — the  first  half  of  May  in  the 
latitude  of  New  Jersey 

ROOT-BORER  (Anorsto  sp )  — Larva  about  H  inch  long,  whit- 
ish, boring  into  the  crown  of  the  plant  late  in  the  season,  and 
remaining  in  it  over  winter. 
Remedy. — Burn  the  plant 

ROOT-BORER  (Typophorus  canettus). — A  whitish  grub  ^  inch 
in  length  feeding  on  the  roots  The  parent  beetle  is  brownish, 
and  appears  in  great  numbers  in  May 

Treatment  — Arscmcals  to  kill  the  beetles.  Plant  new  beds  at 
a  distance  from  old  ones. 

ROOT- LOUSE  (Aphia  forbemi)  — From  July  to  the  close  of  the 
season  the  lice  appear  in  great  numbers  on  the  crowns  and  on 
the  roots  of  the  plants 

Remedies  — Rotation  in  planting     Disinfect  plants  coming 
from  infested  patches  by  dipping  the  crowns  and  roots  in 
kerosene  emulsion,  or  tobacco  extract.    Fumigation 
SAW-FLY  (Emphytua  moculotua)  — Larva  nearly  %  inch  long, 
greenish,  feeding  upon  the  leaves,  two  broods. 

Remedies  — Hellebore ,  arscmcals  for  second  brood 
WFEVIL  (Anthonomus  signatus)  — Beetle  H  inch  long,  reddish 
black,  feeding  on  flower-buds,  particularly  those  of  the  pollen- 
iferous  varieties 

Prevcntnea  — Plant   principally   profusely   flowering   vane- 
ties     Clean  culture     Destroy  all  wild  blackberry  and  rasp- 
berry vines  in  the  vicuutv. 
WHITE  GRUBS  — See  Coi 
Sweet  Pea    TARNISHED  PL.     .  BUG. — See  Aster.    (They  puncture 

and  kill  the  flower-stem..) 
Sweet   Potato     CUTWORMS  -    poisoned  bait;  late  planting,  keep 

the  land  free  from  weeds  »he  orevious  fall 

FLEA-BEETLE  (Chsetoenema  ivnfinis)  — Small,  dark-colored 
beetles,  which  attack  the  pl\n  s  soon  after  they  are  reset 

Treatment  — Dip  the  plant  IT  a  strong  solution  of  arsenate  of 
lead  before  resetting,  spray  o^oe  or  twice  later  with  the  same. 
Rotation  of  crops  Destroy  bl  bindweed  and  wild  morning- 
glory  plants 

RooT-Boiu  R  (Cylaa  formicanus)  —•  A  whitish  grub  Ji  inch  in 
length,  burrowing  through  the  tubers 

Preventive  — Burn  infested  tubers  and  the  vines 
SAW-FLT  (Schizocerus  ebnus  and  S  privatus)  — Small  larva  about 
\i  inch  long,  working  upon  the  leaves.    The  fly  is  about  the 
size  of  a  house-fly 

Remedies  — Hellebore  and  arsemoals. 

TORTOISE,  BEKTLES  (Cassidim)  — Beetles  of  brilliant  colors  and 
their  slug-like  larvae  which  eat  holes  in  the  leaves  of  newly 
reset  plants 

Treatment  — Same  as  for  next. 

Tamanx.  CANE-BORER  (Schistocerua  hamatus). — Whitish  grub, 
%  inch  in  length,  burrowing  in  the  twigs 

Treatment  —Cut  and  burn  all  infested  branches. 
Theobroma.      CACAO    BEETLE    (Steirastoma    depressum). —  Large 
grubs,  1  Mi  inches  long,  burrow  ing  under  the  bark. 

Control  — Dig  out  or  kill  with  a  wire. 

CACAO  FRUIT  FLY  (Ceratitis  punctata). — A  small  maggot  attack- 
ing the  pods 

Treatment  — Spray  when  flies  appear  with  sweetened  arsen- 
ate of  lead,  four  pounds  to  one  hundred  gallons  of  water 
CACAO  THRIPS  (Ifehothnps  rubrocincta).— -Small  active  insects 
attacking  leaves  and  pods.    In  the  young  the  abdomen  is 
banded  with  red 

Treatment  — Careful  cultivation  to  produce  vigorous  growth. 
Thuya    BAQWORM  — See  Jumper. 

Tomato.    FLEA-BEETLES  — Dip  the  young  plants  in  a  strong  solu- 
tion of  arsenate  of  lead     Bordeaux  mixture  acts  as  a  repellent. 
FRUIT- WORM  ( Hehothis  obsoltta)  —  Larva  1  inch  in  length,  pale 
green  or  dark  brown,  faintly  striped,  feeding  upon  the  fruit. 
Also  on  corn  and  cotton 

Treatment. — Hand-picking  Avoid  planting  close  to  corn 
or  cotton,  or  after  either  of  these  crops  or  after  peas  or  beans. 
Practise  fall  or  winter  plowing 

TOMATO- WORM  (Phlegethontius  sexta  and  P  qumquemaculata)  — 
A  very  large  green  worm  feeding  upon  the  stems  and  leaves 
of  the  tomato  and  husk  tomato  Seldom  abundant  enough  to 
be  very  serious,  kept  in  check  by  parasites 

Remedies. — Hand-picking,  rotation  of  crops,  clean  culture; 
turkeys. 

WHITE-FLY  f  Aleyrodea  mporariorum)  — Tomatoes  grown  under 
glass  are  often  badly  infested  with  white  flies,  the  young  of 
which  are  scale-like  and  occur  on  the  under  aide  of  the  leaves. 

Treatment  — Fumigation. 
Toxylon.   BAQWORM  — See  Jumper. 
SAN  Jos*  SCALE. — See  Apple. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS      1057 

CATALOGUE  OF  IKSEOTB,  continued. 
Tropeolum, — See  Nasturtium. 
Tsuga.  BAQWORM. — See  Juniper. 
Turnip. — See  Cabbage 
Ulmus.  CANKER-WORM — See  Apple. 

ELM  LBAF-BEKTLE  (Galerucella  luteola)—A>  small  beetle,  im- 
ported from  Europe,  which  causes  great  devastation  in  som«« 
of  the  eastern  states  by  eating  the  green  matter  from  elm  leaves, 
causing  the  tree  to  appear  as  if  scorched 

Remedy  — Arsenate  of  lead,  six  pounds  to  one  hundred 
gallons,  just  as  the  eggs  are  hatching. 

ELM  SAW-FLY  LEAF-MINER  (Kaliosysphinga  ulmi). — A  green- 
ish white  larva  feeding  between  the  two  layers  of  the  leaf, 
causing  large  blotches,  when  abundant,  the  leaf  dies  and  falls 
They  sometimes  kill  the  trees  in  two  or  three  years. 

Treatment — While  the  blotches  are  small,  spray  with 
"Black  Loaf  40,"  tobacco  extract,  one  gallon  in  800  gallons 
of  water,  adding  four  pounds  of  whale-oil  soap  to  each  hun- 
dred gallons 

LEOPARD  MOTH  (Zeuzera  pyrina). — White  to  pinkish  caterpillars 
boring  at  first  in  the  smaller  twigs  and  branches  Later  the 
nearly  mature  caterpillars  attack  the  larger  branches  and  trunk, 
doing  very  serious  injury.  The  white  moths,  beautifully 
marked  with  black  and  blue,  have  a  wing  expanse  of  about 
2Mmche8 

Treatment  — Cut  off  and  destroy  all  infested  branches  The 
spread  of  the  pest  is  very  slow  if  the  branches  of  the  trees  do 
not  interlace 

WILLOW- WORM  — See  Sahx. 
Violet    APHIS. — Fumigation  when  grown  under  glass. 

GALL-FLY  (Contarinia  mohcola)  — The  adult  is  a  minute  mos- 
quito-Uke  fly  The  whitish  or  yellowish  maggot  feeds  in  folds 
of  the  opening  leaves,  which  become  deformed,  turn  brown, 
and  die 

Treatment  — Fumigation  is  practically  of  no  value     Thor- 
ough hand-picking  as  soon  as  any  sign  of  injury  is  noticed. 
Do  not  let  the  pest  become  established  in  the  house 
RKD-RPIDKR    (Tetranyrhus  bimaculatun)  — Minute  mites  which 
cause  the  leaves  to  turn  paler  and  become  yellowish 

Treatnunt  —On  greenhouse  violets  there  is  nothing  better 
than  a  stiff  spray  ot  clear  water  so  applied  as  not  to  drench 
the  beds    Repeat  the  spraying  once  or  twice  a  week. 
Vitas. — Ste  Grape 
Walnut — See  Hickory 

Watermelon    MELON  APHIS  — See  Munkmelon. 
Yucca    (Lonchsea  chalybea)  — Small  maggot  destroying  the  buds 
Very  serious  pest  . 

Treatment  — Collect  and  burn  all  infested  shoots 
LONG-HORNED   BEETLE    (Lagochirus   obsoletus)  — A   white   grub 
IK  mrhes  in  length  when  mature,  boring  m  the  trunk  and 
doing  great  damage    The  adult  is  a  large  reddish  brown  beetle 
and  feeds  on  the  foliage 

Treatment  — Whon  beetles  are  most  abundant  prune  plants 
to  the  ground  and  burn.  Spray  with  arsemCals  to  destroy 
beetles 

SPHINX  CATERPILLARS  (Dilophonota  ello)  — Large  caterpillar 
feeding  on  the  foliage  The  parent  moth  is  a  large  hawk- 
moth  rather  showily  colored 

Treatment  — Arsenate  of  lead,  six  pounds  £o  one  hundred 
gallons  of  water. 
Zea.— See  Corn  C.  R.  CROSBY. 

ROBERT  MATHESON. 
Spraying. 

Spraying  is  the  art  of  protecting  cultivated  plants 
from  insect  enemies  and  vegetable  parasites  by  covering 
them  with  a  material  which  shall  nave  a  toxic  or  phys- 
ically injurious  effect  upon  the  animal  or  vegetable 
organism. 

Historical  sketch. 

The  history  of  spraying  is  interesting  The  story  of 
its  progress  in  America  differs  in  details  from  the  history 
of  its  development  in  Europe,  but  the  mam  features  m 
each  country  are  very  similar  In  both  places,  insect 
enemies  made  the  first  draft  on  the  ingenuity  of  man 
in  devising  methods  by  which  to  hold  them  in  check. 
Vegetable  parasites  were  studied  afterward.  It  is  a 
curious  fact  that,  in  the  case  of  both  insects  and  fungi, 
in  America,  some  of  the  most  injurious  forms  came  from 
Europe  and  were  the  means  of  directing  attention  to 
wholesale  methods  of  destroying  them  Some  of  these 
enemies,  comparatively  harmless  in  their  native  home, 
like  the  currant-worm  and  codlin-moth,  have  done 
more  to  forward  spraying  methods  m  the  United  States 
than  anything  else. 

The  first  insecticides  used  in  America,  as  well  as  in 
Europe,  were  not  of  a  poisonous  nature  They  wer* 


1058   DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


1326.  Apple  cluster  ready  for  the  spray. 
The  blossoms  have  cot  yet  opened. 


substances  that  had  an  injurious  effect  on  the  body 
of  the  insect.  These  were  of  two  kinds,  mainly:  in- 
fusions which  were  astringent,  and  caustic  substances 
which  burned  the  tissues  Tobacco  water  and  alkaline 
washes  have  been  used  for  many  years.  One  of  the 

first  poisons  to 
be  used  was 
white  hello- 
bore  The  em- 
ployment of 
arsenical  poi- 
sons may  be 
said  to  belong 
to  America, 
and  even  at  the 
present  time 
has  small  place 
in  the  economy 
of  fruit-grow- 
ing in  Europe. 
The  wide- 
spread use  of 
arsenical  poi- 
sons is  largely 
due  to  the  influence  of  the  incursion  of  the  potato-bug 
There  are  no  reliable  records  which  give  us  the  exact 
date  of  the  first  use  of  paris  green.  It  probably 
occurred  about  1865  or  1866.  However,  towards  1870 
paris  green  was  used  very  generally  throughout  the 
western  region  in  which  the  potato-bug  first  appeared. 
At  this  time  it  was  applied  almost  exclusively  in  the 
dry  form  diluted  with  gypsum  or  flour.  From  potato 
to  cotton,  tobacco  and  finally  to  fruit  trees,  is  the  de- 
velopment of  this  poison  for  destroying  leaf-eating 
insects.  So  far  as  records  are  available,  it  appears  that 
fruit  trees  were  first  sprayed  with  pans  green  between 
1873  and  1875.  Among  pioneer  sprayers,  should  be 
mentioned  the  names  of  C  V.  Riley,  United  States 
Entomologist;  LeBarron,  State  Entomologist  of  Illi- 
nois; William  Saunders,  London,  Ontario,  Can  ;  J  S. 
Woodward,  Lockport,  N  Y.;  T.  G  Yeomans  &  Sons, 
Walworth,  N.  Y.;  A.  J.  Cook,  Agricultural  College, 
Mich. 

Following  paris  green  came  london  purple,  then 
white  arsenic,  and  later  arsenate  of  lead.  Since  that 
tune  many  different  forms  of  arsenical  poisons  have 
been  compounded,  offered  to  the  public  and  frequently 
used.  A  few  years  ago  pans  green  was  used  extensively, 
but  its  popularity  now  is  decreasing,  prob- 
ably because  it  contains  a  large  percentage 
of  soluble  arseniCj  which  increases  the 
danger  of  foliage  injury.  London  purple 
has  been  largely  dropped  by  fruit-growers, 
owing  to  its  variable  quality  White 
arsenic,  in  combination  with  soda  and 
with  lime,  forms  a  reliable  insecticide  and 
is  used  by  some  growers,  especially  those 
who  make  a  practice  of  preparing  the 
home-made  solutions.  Arsenate  of  lead  is 
the  insecticide  used  most  widely  by  the 
growers  at  the  present  time.  It  possesses 
several  advantages,  the  more  important 
of  which  are  a  small  percentage  of  soluble 
arsenic  and  better  sticking  qualities. 

The  sucking  insects  presented  a  more 
difficult  problem  of  control  than  the  biting 
insects,  and  a  longer  time  elapsed  before 
effective  methods  had  been  devised  for 
treatment  One  of  the  first  efficient  sprays 
for  these  insects  was  kerosene  in  the 
form  of  a  soap-and-waterjemulsion.  which 
was  recommended  by  Kiley  and  Hub- 
broomfor aiv  t5*1^'  Among  the  earlier  sprays  for  these 
plying  spray!  insects  was  also  tobacco  and  whale-oil 
An  early  de^  soaps,  both  of  which  are  used  rather 
rice.  widely  at  the  present  time.  Later  the 


I* 


miscible  oils  were  introduced.  These  proved  to  be  very 
effective  and  are  still  used.  The  most  important  step 
m  the  control  of  the  sucking  insects  is  marked  by  the 
introduction  of  the  lime-sulfur  wash  This  mixture, 
which  was  originally  developed  as  a  dip  for  the  control 
of  scab  on  sheep,  was 
first  used  as  an  insecti- 
cide on  fruit  trees  in 
1886  by  F  Dusey,  of 
Fresno,  California.  The 
wash  proved  very  effi- 
cient and  with  modifica- 
tions came  quickly  into 
favor  Now  lime-sulfur 
is  the  leading  insecticide 
for  the  control  of  certain 
scale  insects  and  also,  in 
a  more  dilute  form,  the 
leading  fungicide  for 
the  more  troublesome 
diseases  of  the  apple. 

The  treatment  of  fun- 
gous diseases  of  plants 
by  liquid  applications 
began  with  the  dis- 
covery of  bordeaux 
mixture  Early  in  the  ISHO's,  diseases  of  gi  ape-vinos 
threatened  the  extinction  of  French  vmcyaras.  The 
situation  engaged  the  attention  of  French  investiga- 
tors Notable  among  them  were  A  Millardet  and  his 
co-workers  of  the  Academy  ot  Science,  Bordeaux, 
France  He,  with  others,  discovered  partly  by  accident 
and  partly  by  experiment  tua<  solutions  of  copper 
prevented  the  development  ot  downy  mildew.  Alter 
much  experimentation,  "bov.llie  Bordellaise"  was 
found  to  be  effective  in  preventing  the  growth  of 
downy  mildew  and  other  pleat  parasites  infesting  the 
grape  in  that  region.  The  announcement  vsas  definitely 
made  in  1885  The  following  year  the  European 
formula  for  bordeaux  mixtjre  was  published  in  several 
places  in  the  United  States,  and  immediately  there 
began  an  unparalleled  period  of  activity  in  economic 
vegetable  pathology  This  mixture,  though  somewhat 
modified  and  developed,  continues  to  be  a  leading 
fungicide.  The  value  of  lime-bulfur  as  a  fungicide 
applied  to  the  peach  during  the  dormant  season  to 
control  the  leaf-curl  has  been  recognized  About  1907, 


1328.  A  bucket  pump 


1329.  Knapsack  pump. 

Cordley  discovered  that  lime-sulfur  in  more  dilute 
form  may  be  applied  to  the  apple  and  some  other 
tree  fruits  in  foliage  without  danger  of  foliage  injury, 
and  that  in  addition  to  being  as  effective  as  bordeaux 
it  produces  no  spray  injury  on  the  fruit.  Since  then 
lime-sulfur  as  a  fungicide  has  practically  replaced 
bordeaux  hi  the  case  of  those  fruits  for  which  it  can 
be  used  on  the  foliage  with  safety.  The  self -boiled 
lime-sulfur  was  developed  about  1907  as  a  fungicide 
for  the  control  of  the  brown  rot  of  the  peach. 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISEASES  AND  INSECTS   1059 


The  rapidity  of  the  spread  of  spraying  knowledge 
among  fruit-growers  is  remarkable.  Only  a  few  years 
ago  it  was  an  unknown  art  by  the  rank  and  file.  Today 
agricultural  clubs  and  granges  purchase  their  spraying 
materials  by  the  carload  direct  from  the  manufacturer. 
The  American  farmer  leads  his  fellow-workers  in  all 
parts  of  the  world  in  the 
practice  of  spraying. 

The  principles  of  spraying. 

A   spray  may   be  effective 
(1)  by  hitting  the  enemy,  (2) 
by  placing  poison 
before  the  depre- 
dator, and  (3)  by 
protecting  the  plant  with 
a  covering  unfavorable 
to  the  growth  of  the  pest. 
The  cautious  farmer  in- 
sures his  crop    against 
inmry  by  insect  or  vege- 
table parasites  by  spray- 
ing.    The    fruit-grower 
asks,    "Do    I    need    to 
spray    this   year?     My 
''Certainly,"  we  answer, 


1330.  A  garden  barrel  pump. 


trees  are  not  blossoming  " 

"spray  to  protect  the  foliage  from  possible  injury  by 
insect  or  fungous  disease  "  Healthy  foliage  is  essential 
to  the  protection  of  health  and  vigor  and  fruit-buds 
Spray  this  year  for  next  year's  crop. 

Insecticides  kill  by  contact  or  by  means  of  a  poisonous 
pnnoiple,  their  efficiency  depends  largelv  on  the  time 
and  thoroughness  of  the  application.  If  applied  too 
soon  they  may  be  dissipated  before  the  insects  appear; 
if  applied  late  the  injury  is  onlv  partly  prevented, 
because  insects  food  loss  voraciously  and  are  hardef  to 
kill  as  they  approach  maturity  in  the  larval  stage. 
With  the  vegetable  parasite,  the  case  is  not  essentially 
different  The  troo  is  covered  \vith  a  thin  coating  which 
dostroys  spores  of  fungi  rosting  there  and  prevents 
other  bporos  from  germinating.  Fig  1326  shows  the 
stage  of  devolopmcnt  of  fruit-bud  calling  for  bordeaux 
mixture  and  pans  green  The  koynote  to  success  is 
thoroughness  Hasty  sprinklings  are  worse  than  use- 
loss,  they  discourage  and  disappoint  the  beginner.  Full 
protection  is  not  afforded  unless  each  loaf,  twig  and 
branch  has  been  covered  Timo  is  the  next  most 
important  factor  bearing  on  success  The  early  spray 
is  most  effective  This  applies  particularly  to  the 
treatment  of  fungous  diseases.  Spray  before  the  buds 
open  Get  ahead  of  the  enemy 

Spraying  machinery. 

Bordeaux  mixture  was  first  applied  with  a  broom 
(Fig  1327).  Poison  distributors  were  first  made  m 
Vrn  erica  for  the  protection  of  cotton,  potato  and  to- 
bacco There  arc  five  general  types  of  pumps'  (1)  The 
hand  portable  pump,  often 
attached  to  a  pail  or  other 
small  reservoir,  suitable 
for  limited  garden  areas. 
(2)  The  knapsack  pump 
carried  on  a  man's  back 
and  operated  by  the 
carrier  The  tank  is  made 
of  copper,  holds  five  gal- 
lons and  is  fitted  with  a 
neat  pump  which  may  be 
I  operated  with  one  hand 
wnile  the  nozzle  is  directed 
with  the  other.  This  pump 
has  been  modified  recently 
so  that  all  the  pumping 
is  done  when  the  sprayer 
is  filled  and  before  it  is 
1331.  An  orchard  barrel  pump,  placed  on  the  shoulders. 


Excellent  for  spraying  small  vineyards  and  vegetable- 
gardens.  (3)  A  barrel  pump;  a  strong  force-pump  fitted 
to  a  kerosene  barrel  or  larger  tank  suitable  for  spraying 
young  trees;  may  be  mounted  on  a  cart,  wagon,  or 
stone-boat,  depending  on  the  character  of  the  ground 
and  size  of  trees.  (4)  A 
gear -sprayer;  being  a 
tank  provided  with  a 
pump  and  mounted  on 
wheels.  The  pump  is 
operated  by  power  bor- 
rowed from  the  wheels  as 
they  revolve,  and  trans- 
ferred by  means  of  chain 
and  sprockets.  Suitable 
for  vineyards  and  field 
crops,  which  may  be 
satisfactorily  covered  by 
the  spray  as  the  ma- 
chine moves  along.  For 
this  reason  it  is  not 
adapted  to  orchard  work. 
(5)  The  power  sprayer: 
power  being  furnished 
generally  by  gasolene, 
sometimes  by  com- 
pressed air.  When  the 
trees  arc  large  and  the  or- 
chard over  5  acres  in  ex- 


1332    Square  tower,  giving  more 
working  space  for  the  nozzle-men 
than  the  conical  form, 
tent,  a  power  sprayer  will 

usually  pay  Some  of  these  various  types  of  machinery 
are  shown  in  Figs  1328-1335.  In  recent  years  the  spray- 
ing of  field  crops  and  shade  trees  has  developed  rapidly. 
The  spray  pumps  have  been  adapted  to  this  work  by 
the  use  of  special  attachments  For  the  field  crops, 
nozzles  are  distributed  along  a  horizontal  arm,  which 
makes  it  possible  to  cover  a  wide  strip.  The  sprayers  for 
shade  trees  are  equipped  with  a  more  powerful  pump, 
which  is  usually  multiple-cylinder  Trie  pump  must 
be  capable  of  delivering  a  large  quantity  of  material 
each  minute  under  a  pressure  of  200  to  300  pounds. 
The  nozzles  for  this  work  are  of  the  solid  stream  type 
and  are  usually  fitted  with  interchangeable  tips  varying 
from  }  s-  to  y^-mch  aperture  In  order  that  the  tops  of 
high  trees  may  be  reached  by  the  spray  mixture,  it  ia 
necessary  to  use  a  long  extension  rod,  as  well  as  very 
high  pressure. 


1333.  A  power  sprayer  for  orchard  use. 


1060      DISEASES  AND  INSECTS 


DISPORUM 


1334.  A  traction  power  sprayer,  for  street  and  park  trees 

The  essentials  of  a  good  pump  are  (1)  durability: 
secured  by  having  working  parts  made  of  material  least 
susceptible  to  the  action  of  the  various  spray  solutions, 
friction  considered.  (2)  strength'  obtained  by  a  good- 
sized  cylinder,  substantial  valves,  wall  and  piston; 
(3)  easily  operated :  found  in  a  pump  with  a  long  handle, 
large  air-chamber  and  smoothly  finished  working 
parts  A  pump  should  be  strong  enough  to  feed  two 
leads  of  hose  and  throw  a  good  spray  from  four  nozzles. 
Nearly  all  spray  mixtures  require  constant  stirrings  to 
prevent  settling  and  insure  uniformity,  and  an  agitator 
IB  a  necessary  part  of  the  equipment 

Nozzles — Much  of  the  efficiency  of  a  spraying 
machine  depends  upon  the  nozzle  It  should  be  chosen 
for  the  particular  work  to  be  done,  rather  than  7or  any 
special  design  The  development  of  nozzle  construction 
has  been  rapid,  new  features  being  embodied  as  neces- 
sity demanded,  until  today  there  are  four  main  types, 
each  of  which  is  intended  for  specific  work:  (1)  The 
Bordeaux  nozzle  is  the  oldest  of  the  modern  types  It 
came  into  general  use  about  1890  and  was  at  first 
universally  adopted  for  all  spray  work  It  throws  a 
stream  which  may  be  regulated  from  a  solid  jet  to  a 
coarse  fan-shaped  spray,  Doth  of  which  are  too  coarse 
for  general  use.  The  Bordeaux  has,  however,  one 
place  in  the  list  of  modern  spray  nozzles  and  that  is  for 
the  codhn-moth  spray.  For  this  application  it  is  desir- 
able to  force  the  material  into  the  calyx  cups  of  the 
developing  fruit  and  no  nozzle  does  this  quite  so  efhc- 
ciently  as  the  Bordeaux.  (2)  The  Vermorel  was  the  next 
step  in  development  after  the  Bordeaux.  It  was 
very  much  superior  to  the  latter,  breaking  the 
material  up  into  finer  particles,  and  was  generally 
used  until  about  1906.  This  nozzle,  however;  does 
not  possess  any  desirable  features  not  found  in  the 
disc  types  and  therefore  has  no  special  uses  in 
modern  spraying.  (3)  The  disc  nozzles  are  stand- 
ard for  general  spraying  work.  They  are  repre- 
sented by  a  large  number  of  sorts,  each  made 
by  different  manufacturers,  but  all  working  on 
the  same  principle  The  material  is  whirled 
inside  of  the  nozzle  before  it  reaches  the  final 
outlet,  thus  breaking  it  up  into  finely  divided 
parts  and  producing  the  desired  mist.  The 
material  is  lastly  passed  through  a  disc,  which 
may  have  either  a  large  or  small  opening. 
For  orchard  and  small  crop  spraying,  the 
small  opening  is  used,  in  which  case  tJie  nozzle 
should  be  3  to  7  feet  from  the  objlct  to  be 
sprayed.  For  taller  orchard  trees  and  for 
small  ornamental  trees,  the  large  opening  is 
used.  This  produces  a  solid  jet  which  breaks 
{nto  finer  particles  at  a.  distance  from  the 


nozzles,  depending  upon  the  pressure  used. 
(4)  Shade  tree  nozzles,  to  be  used  only  for 
spraying  very  tall  ornamental  trees,  and  in 
connection  with  at  least  300  pounds  pressure. 
They  throw  a  solid  stream  30  or  more  feet  m 
the  air,  at  which  point  the  material  is  broken 
into  a  coarse  mist.  This  type  came  into  use  at 
the  time  of  the  introduction  of  the  brown-tail 
and  gypsy  moths  m  the  New  England  states,  and 
has  since  been  widely  used  for  parks,  estates  and 
forest  spraying.  c.  S.  WILSON. 

DISfiMMA:  Passiflora. 

DISOCACTUS  (two-shaped  Cactus).  Cactacex. 
Bushy  cactus,  2-3  ft.  high,  sometimes  seen  as  a 
pot-plant  in  collections. 

Stems  terete,  usually  erect:  branches  flattened 
as  in  Epiphyllum:  fls.  regular,  with  very  short 
tube;  petals  few,  elongated,  spreading;  ovary 
nearly  naked,  small. 

biformis,  Lindl.  (Phyllocdctus  bif6rmi9,  Lab.). 
Soon  pendulous,  the  branches  cylindrical:  short 
branches  If.-hke,  the  lower  egg-shaped,  the  upper  more 
lengthened:  fls.  small,  purple-red,  less  than  2  in  expan- 
sion; ovary  without  angles  and  with  minute  scales 
Honduras.  B.M.  6156.  V.  2:159.  j  N  ROSE. 

DfSPORUM  (Greek,  double  one-seeded}.  Syn.  Pro- 
sdrtes.  Lthacese  FAIRY  BELLS.  Small  perennial  rhizo- 
matous  herbs,  sometimes  planted  in  the  wild  garden. 

Allied  to  Smilacina  and  Streptopus,  bem^  leafy- 
stemmed,  but  fls.  m  umbels  (or  solitary):  perianth  6- 
parted,  with  narrow  deciduous  segms  ;  stamens  6,  the 
filaments  filiform  or  slightly  flattened  and  longer  than 
the*  extrorse  anthers;  ovary  3-celled.  the  ovules  2  or 
more  in  each  cell,  tne  stigma  3-clett  or  entire*  fr  a 
red  or  reddish  few-seeded  berry. — About  20  species,  in 
N.  Amer.  and  in  the  Himalayan  region,  Java  to  China 
and  Japan.  Little  known  to  horticulturists;  probably 
require  no  particular  skill  in  cult. 

A.  Lvs.  rarely  cordate  at  base. 

B.  Style  8-deft. 

Menziesii,  Nichols.  (Prosdrtes  Menziem,  Don). 
More  or  less  soft-pubescent:  st.  2-3  ft.  long,  forking, 
arching  above1  Ivs  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  narrowly 
acuminate  or  the  lowest  acute,  sessile,  2-3  in.  long, 
often  resin-dotted:  fls.  1-3,  greenish{  cup-shaped,  from 
the  topmost  axils,  nodding,  9-12  lines  long;  pedicels 
puberulous;  penanth-segms.  nearly  erect,  acute,  6-11 
lines  long;  stamens  a  third  shorter;  anthers  included, 
ll/2-2  times  shorter  than  the  filaments:  fr.  oblong- 


1335.  Spraying  park  trees  with  the  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1334. 


DISPORUM 


DIURIS 


1061 


obovate,  narrowed  to  a  abort  beak,  salmon-colored. 
Calif,  to  Brit.  Col. 

lanugindsum,  Nichols.  W°°Uy-pubescent:  Ivs.  oblong- 
lanceolate,  narrowly  acuminate:  perianth-Begins,  green- 
ish, linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  spreading,  6-9  lines 
long,  stamens  a  third  shorter;  style  and  narrow  ovary 
glabrous:  caps,  oblong-ovate,  obtusish  or  with  a  very 
short,  stout  beak,  glabrous;  cells  1-2-seeded.  Ont.  to 
Ga.  and  Tenn.  B.M.  1490.  (as  Streptopus). 

,     BB.  Style  entire. 

trachycarpum,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Prosdrtes  trachycdrpa, 
Wats.).  More  or  less  pubescent:  st.  1-2  ft.  high,  fork- 
ing, with  foliage  on  the  upper  half:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acute  or  rarely  acuminate,  2-4  in.  long: 
pedicels  pilose;  penanth-segms.  whitish,  slightly  spread- 
ing, more  narrowly  oblanceolate  than  in  D.  Menziesu, 
acute,  6-7  lines  long,  about  as  long  as  the  stamens:  fr. 
obtuse,  rather  deeply  lobed,  papillose.  Neb.  to  Mani- 
toba and  Ore.  and  Wash. 

AA.  Lva.  mostly  cordate-clasping. 
oreganum,  Benth  &Hook.  (Prosdrtes  oregana,  Wats.). 
More  or  less  woolly-pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate:  perianth-Begins,  spreading, 
acute,  narrowed  below,  very  distinctly  net-veined,  5-7 
lines  long,  as  long  as  or  shorter  than  the  stamens:  fr. 
ovate,  acutish,  somewhat  pubescent.  Ore.  and  Idaho 
to  Brit.  Col. 

D  Hobktn,  Nichols  (P  lanuginosa  var  Hookeri,  Baker). 
More  or  less  rough-pubescent,  with  short,  uuually  spreading  hairs: 
Ivs  ovate  or  sometimes  oblong  perianth  rather  broad  at  the  base, 
fr  obovate,  obtuse,  red.  Calif — D  Leschenaultumum,  D.  Don,  differs 
from  the  others  here  described  by  having  white  fls  India,  Ceylon 
B  M  6935  — D  piillum,  Sahsb  Readily  told  from  \mencan  forms 
by  its  brown  or  purplish  green  fls.  India,  Java,  China  B  M  916. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
L.  H.  B.f 

DISSOTIS  (of  two  kinds,  referring  to  the  unlike 
anthers).  Mflastomdcex.  Some  60  or  more  species  of 
bristly-hairy  or  villous  shrubs,  sub-shrubs  or  herbs  of 
Trop  and  S  Afr  ,  some  of  which  may  occur  sparingly 
in  choice  collections  of  coolhouse  and  warmhouse  plants: 
Ivs  opposite,  short-stalked,  linear,  ovate  or  orbicular, 
usually  entire.  3-5-nerved,  more  or  less  stngose  above: 
fls  bracted,  about  1  in.  or  more  across,  purple  or  violet, 
solitary,  or  capitate  or  paniculate  at  the  ends  of  the 
branches;  calyx  4-5-lobed;  petals  4  or  5,  obovate; 
stamens  8  or  10,  very  unequal,  the  anthers  hnear- 
subulate;  usually  beaked,  with  1  pore,  the  larger  set 
being  joined  to  the  filament  by  a  long  connective  and 
the  other  set  with  much  shorter  or  nearly  obsolete  con- 
nective' fr.  an  included  coriaceous  caps  4-  or  5-valved 
at  the  apex  Apparently  none  is  in  the  American  trade. 
D.  Irvingidna,  Hook  f  Annual  from  upper  Guinea, 
1-3  ft.:  Ivs  linear-oblong  to  lance-oblong,  acute, 
3-nerved:  fls  reddish  purple,  to  1^  in.  across;  petals 
obovate.  B.M.  5149.  D.  incdna,  Tnana,  of  Trop  and 
S  Afr ,  shrub,  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  linear  to  linear-oblong, 
obtuse:  fls.  rose-purple,  to  1J^  in.  across.  B  M.  3790. 
D  plumdsa,  Hook.  f.  Shrubby,  with  long  and  slender 
shoots  which  are  densely  covered  with  small  deep 
green  Ivs.:  fls.  bright  magenta-rose.  1%  in.  across. 
Trop.  Afr.  D.  Mahbnii,  Hook.  f.  Prostrate,  the  sts. 
6-8  in.  long:  Ivs.  short-stalked,  nearly  or  quite  orbicu- 
lar: fls.  rose-purple,  2  in.  across,  solitary.  Uganda. 
B  M.  7896.  D.  modtsta,  Stapf.  Slender:  Ivs.  oblong, 
minutely  serrulate:  fls.  few,  crowded  at  ends  or 
branches;  petals  obovate-elliptic;  stamens  blue-purple, 
reddish  and  yellow;  style  purple.  Uganda.  L.  H.  B. 

DISTtCHLIS  (Greek,  twwanked).  Oraminex.  SALTV 
GRASS.  MARSH  SPIKE-GRASS.  Rigid  erect  perennials, 
with  extensively  creeping  wiry  rootstocks:  spikelets 
several-fld  ,  compressed,  dioecious;  lemmas  coriaceous, 
rigid,  faintly  many-nerved. — Species  about  6,  in  salt 
marshes  on  the  coastal  regions  of  Amer.  and  in  alkaline 


soil  of  the  interior.  One  species,  D.  spicdta,  Greene, 
with  stiff,  distichous  involute  blades  and  small  narrow 
panicles  is  found  in  alkaline  soil  throughout  the  U.  8. 
(Dept.  Agnc.,  Div.  Agrost.  20: 143).  It  is  a  good  grass 
for  binding  soils  subject  to  wash.  Probably  not  hi  cult. 
A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

DfSTICTIS  (Greek  du,  twice  and  shktos,  dotted; 
meaning  obscure).  Bignoniaceae.  Five  or  6  species  in 
Cent,  and  S  Amer.,  very  similar  in  fl.  to  Pithecocten- 
ium,  but  caps  smooth,  oblong,  curved,  and  branchlets 
not  angular:  Ivs  2-  or  3-foholate,  with  simple  or  3-fid. 
tendril:  fls.  large  in  ample  terminal  panicles;  calyx 
tubular-campanulate,  truncate,  often  splitting;  corolla 
funnelform-carnpanulate,  leathery,  curved;  stamens 
inclosed;  ovary  with  the  seeds  m  many  rows.  Adapted 
for  cult,  in  subtropical  regions  only;  treatment  and 
prop,  like  Bignonia,  which  see.  The  following  species 
is  cult,  in  S.  Calif.  D.  cinerW.  Greenm  (Pithecocte- 
nium  cinereum,  DC  ).  Tall  climber,  grayish  tomentose 
throughout:  tendrils  3-fid  :  Ifts.  2-3,  ovate  or  oval, 
obtuse  and  mucronulate  or  acutish,  entire,  1-2  in.  long: 
corolla  purple,  tomentulose  outside,  2-3 Yi  in.  long  and 
1>^-2>|  in.  across  at  the  mouth  Mex  — The  plant 
cult,  under  this  name  in  Calif,  is  said  to  have  white 
fls.  and  may  not  be  the  plant  described  above 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

DISTYLIUM  (Greek,  dis,  twice,  stylos,  style;  hi 
reference  to  the  two  slender  styles).  Hamameliddcex. 
Ornamental  woody  plants  grown  for  their  handsome 
evergreen  foliage. 

Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate,  short- 
petioled,  entire,  or  dentate,  penmnerved;  stipules 
deciduous:  fls  polygamous  or  dioecious,  apetalous,  in 
axillary  racemes,  subtended  by  small  bracts;  sepals 
1-5,  or  wanting:  stamens  2-8  with  short  filaments; 
pistillate  fls.  with  a  superior  stellate-tomentose  ovary, 
with  2  slender  styles,  with  several  stamens  »r  without 
stamens:  fr.  a  woody  dehiscent  capfe  ,  2-celled,  with  1 
seed  in  each  cell  — Six  species  in  Japan,  China,  Him- 
alayas and  Java.  Hardy  only  in  warmer  temperate 
regions  Prop,  is  by  seeds  and  layers. 

racem&sum,  Siob  &  Zucc  Tall  tree,  m  cult  usually 
shrubby:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  elliptic-oblong,  sometimes 
obovate,  acute  or  obtusish,  narrowed  at  the  base,  dark 
green  and  lustrous  above,  paler  beneath,  glabrous, 
" ' '  "in.  long:  racemes  stellate-pubescent,  anthers  red: 


, 

caps  ovoid,  2-pomted,  tomentose,  ^m  long.  March, 
April.  Japan.  S.Z.  1:94  S.I.F.2.25  IT.  3:113.— 
The  stammate  fls.  are  conspicuous  by  the  red  color  of 
their  anthers.  Var.  variegatum,  Carr.  Lvs  bordered 
with  yellowish  white. — D.  chinense,  Hemsl  (D.  race" 
mbsum  var.  chinense,  Franch  ),  a  shrub  with  oblong- 
obovate  Ivs.  M-l/3  in  long  and  usually  sparingly 
toothed  above  the  middle  from  Cent  China  is  now  pos- 
&ibly  also  in  cult.  H.I.  29:2835.  ALFRED  REHDER. 

DITTANY  is  an  old  English  word  which  in  England 
often  means  Dictammis  albus,  a  plant  of  the  rue  family. 
The  name  is  supposed  to  be  derived  from  Mt.  Dicte, 
in  Cretej  where  the  ancient  dittany  grew.  The  Cretan 
dittany  is  supposed  to  be  Origanum  Dictamnus,  a  plant 
of  the  mint  family,  and  of  the  same  genus  with  the  wild 
marjoram.  The  plant  commonly  called  dittany  in  the 
eastern  United  States  is  Cunila  origanoidfs,  Brit  (C. 
Manana,  Linn.),  another  mint,  native  m  dry  lands. 
See  Cunila.  It  has  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  tea, 
and  is  a  gentle  aromatic  stimulant.  All  these  plants 
yield  an  oU  used  as  a  mild  tome. 

DIURIS  (Greek,  double-tailed,  alluding  to  the  sepals). 
Orchiddcese.  Twenty  or  more  glabrous  terrestrial 
orchids  of  Austral.,  rarely  seen  in  collections  in  cool  or 
warm  glasshouses.  The  Ivs.  are  at  or  near  the  base  of 
the  bracted  st.  (which  is  usually  1-2  ft.  high),  few, 
narrow,  fls.  1  to  several  in  a  terminal  raceme,  conspicu- 


1062 


DIURIS 


DOCK 


ous  from  the  elongated  tail-hke  lateral  green  sepals; 
remainder  of  perianth  yellow,  purple  or  white,  some- 
times purple-blotched  or  -spotted;  dorsal  sepal  remain- 
ing close  to  and  over  the  column;  lip  3-parted.  The 
species  are  attractive  or  even  handsome  D.  longi- 
fbha,  R.  Br ,  has  fls  several,  yellow 
and  purple,  moderately  large;  dorsal 
sepal  broadly  ovate,  the  lateral  long 
and  narrow;  lip  as  long  as  dorsal 
sepal,  lobed  from  the  base  •  Ivs.  linear, 
one  of  them  often  very  long  D.  ma- 
i  ciddta,  Smith,  is  rather  slender,  usu- 
ally under  1  ft.  tall,  with  long-pcdi- 
celled  yellow  much-spotted  fls  ,  dorsal 
f  sepal  erect  and  rigid,  embracing  the 
column  at  the  base  but  open  at  the 
top,  lip  shorter  than  dorsal  sepal, 
lobed  from  base.  Ivs.  narrow.  B  M. 
3156.  D  vunddta,  Smith  St.  1-2  ft. 
or  more:  Ivs  usually  2,  and  3-6  in. 
long1  fls  2  or  3,  blue  or  purplish, 
often  dotted  but  not  blotcheu,  dorsal 
sepal  typically  broadly  ovate-oblong; 
lip  about  as  long  as  dorsal  sepal, 
divided  to  base.  L.  £j.  g 

DIZYGOTHfcCA  (Greek,  in  allu- 
sion to  the  anthers  having  double  the 
usual  number  of  cells)  Aralidce& 
Graceful  hothouse  plants,  grown 
practically  exclusively  for  foliage;  usu- 
ally known  as  Araha. 

Usually  shrubs,  sometimes  small 
trees,  entirely  unarmed,  and  differ- 
ing in  this  from  some  hardy  arahas  •  Ivs  always  digi- 
tate, of  5-9  Ifts  ,  varying  much  in  adult  and  juvenile 
characters,  sometimes  slender  and  threadlike^  again 
broad  and  leathery,  usually  long-stalked,  calyx  and 
corolla  5-parted;  stamens  5,  with  thick  anthers; 
ovary  10-celIcd ,  styles  10  AH  these  fl  -characters  are 
drawn  from  wild  plants,  as  the  cult,  specimens  are 
not  known  to  flower  — Only  3  or  4  species  are  known 
in  the  wild  state,  all  from  the  tropical  isls.  of  the  Pacific. 
The  many  names  in  horticultural  literature  are  prob- 
ably referable,  ultimately,  to  some  of  these  species,  but 
their  true  position  will  be  settled  only  when  they 
flower.  Here  must  be  sought  all  the  digitate-lvd.  tender 
arulias  of  the  first  edition  of  this  cyclopedia,  the  pm- 
nate-lvd  species  going  to  Polyscias.  II  H  1912,  p.  491. 

Dizygothecas  require  light  rich  soil,  made  up  of 
equal  parts  of  sandy  loam  and  peat  or  leaf -mo  Id.  They 
require  plenty  of  water  and  a  moist  warm  atmosphere 
Scale  posts  are  numerous  and  must  be  kept  down  by 
frequent  sponging  with  weak  solutions  of  whale-oil 
soap,  fir-tree  oil  or  other  insecticide 

The  names  here  used  are  retained  in  the  absence  of 
specific  information  as  to  what  wild  species  of  Dizy- 
gotheca they  are  to  be  associated  with  Only  complete 
flowering  material  can  settle  this  much-vexed  question. 
All  of  the  following  are  distinct  horticulturally. 

Kerchoveana,  Hort.  Lvs  the  shape  of  a  Ilicmus,  the 
7-11  Ifts.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  with 
undulate  ana  serrate  margins  and  a  pale  midrib.  S. 
Sea  Isls  Cert  i heated  in  England  m  1881  (Gn  19,  p. 
457).  R  H  1891,  p  225.—Slender-stemmed,  of  beauti- 
ful habit.  According  to  Harms,  perhaps  better  put  in 
Pseudopanax. 

yeltchii,  Hort.  Lfts.  9-11,  very  narrow  or  almost 
filiform,  undulate,  shining  green  above  and  red  beneath. 
New  Caledonia  —One  of  the  best  and  handsomest  spe- 
cies. Var.  gracniima,  Hort.  (Aralifi  graczllna,  Lind.). 
Lfts.  still  narrower,  with  a  white  rib  R.H.  1891.  p. 
226.  Gn  39,  p  565.  I.H.  22:225.— Very  desirable. 
Originally  described  as  Aralia  gracihna  (thin4ined), 
which  name  has  been  mistaken  for  gracittima  (very 
graceful). 


elegantfssima,  Veitch.  Petioles  mottled  with  white; 
Ifts.  7-11,  filiform  and  pendulous  New  Hebrides. 
G.Z.  21,  p.  28  —Excellent.  Thought  by  Guillemm  to 
be  the  juvenile  form  of  some  Dizygotheca  Many  of 
the  greenhouse  aralias  have  a  permanent  juvenile  con- 
dition. 

leptophylla,  Hort.  Slender  plant*  Ifts  filiform  and 
drooping,  broadened  at  the  extremities,  deep  green. 
Australasia. 

Reginae,  Hemsl.  (Araha  regina,  Hort )  Graceful  • 
petioles  olive,  pink  and  brown;  Ifts.  drooping,  very  nar- 
row, not  undulate  New  Hebrides.  I  H  26  337. 

The  following  greenhouse  arahas,  with  showy  Ivs  ,  probably 
belong  to  Dizygotheca,  unless  otherwise  noted 

A.  Chabrten,  Hort  See  Polyscias — D  crawfAlia,  Soland. 
See  Pseudopanax  — D  lonyipes,  Hort  Lvs  digitate,  the  Ifts 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  wavy  N  Austral  —D  ntikilis, 
Hort  "A  theophrasta-hke  plant,  with  close  ly  put  Red,  bold  foliage, 
the  Ivs  oblong  obovate-aeuminate,  undulate  at  the  margins  " 
Not  certainly  referable  to  Dizygotheca  —D  OvjAnu,  Hort  Like 
A  leptophylla,  but  Ifts  deeply  bihd,  and  nerves  md  veins  brown 
S  Sea  Isls — D  quercifdha,  Hort  Lfts  3,  sinuate  Ivs  opposite. 
New  Britain  Perhaps  not  of  the  Araliacete  The  plant  has  opposite 
Ivs  — D  rotunda,  Hort  Lf  of  a  single  orbi<  ular-cordate  Ift  or 
sometimes  3-foliolate,  white-toothed  Polynesia  Not  certainly 
referable  to  Dizygotheca  —D  s/wrM6i/is,  llort  ='— D  spUndidtt- 
sima,  Hort.  Lvs  pinnate,  the  Itts  shiny  green  New  Caledonia-^ 
Polyscias — D  ternMa,  Hort  Lvs  opposite,  ternate,  or  3-lcbed, 
the  Ifts  oblong-lanceolate  and  sinuate  Not  ei  rtamly  referable  to 
Dizygotheca  -- •  It.  Victoria ,  Hort  =Polystuw.  >j  XAYLOU 

DOCK.  A  name  applied  to  various  species  of  Rumex 
(Polygondcvse)  The  commonest  species — growing  m 
fields  and  yards — are  the  curled  or  nanow-leaved 
dock  (R  cru>pui>,  Linn  )  and  the  bitter  or  broad-leaved 
dock  (R  obtHsifohiis,  Linn  ).  These  arc  introduced 
from  the  Old  World  Several  species  are  native  See 
Rumex 

Various  species  of  docks  and  sorrels  have  long  been 
cultivated  as  pot-herbs  Some  of  them  are  verv  desir- 
able additions  to  the  garden  because  they  \ield  a  pleas- 
ant food  veiy  eaily  in  spring,  and,  once  planted,  they 
remain  for  years  The  Spin  age  (lock  and  the  Large 
Belleville  are  amongst  the  best  kinds  The  former 
(Fig  1336)  is  the  better  of  the  two,  perhaps,  and  it  has 
the  advantage  of  being  a  week  or  ten  days  earlier  The 
crisp  leaves  (blade  1  foot  long)  appear  early  in  April, 
when  there  is  nothing  green  to  be  hud  in  the  open, 
and  they  can  be  cut  continuously  for  a  month  or  more. 
This  dock  is  the  heib  patience  (Rumex  I'atientia,  Linn  ) 
It  has  long  been  an  inhabitant  of  gardens,  and  it  has 
sparingly  run  wild  in  some  parts  of  this  country  It  is 
a  native  of  Europe 

The  Belleville  (Fig  1337)  is  also  a 
European  and  northern  North  Ameri- 
can plant  It  has  also  become  spon- 
taneous m  some  of  the  eastern  portions 
of  the  country  It  is  really  a  sorrel 
(Rumex  Acetosa,  Linn  ).  It  has  thin- 
ner, lighter  grten  and  longer-stalked 
leaves  than  the  Spinage  dock,  with 
spear-like  lobes  at  the  base  The  leaves 
are  very  sour,  and  will  probably  not 
prove  to  be  so  generally  agreeable  as 
those  of  the  Spinage  dock;  but  they 
are  later,  and  afford  a  succession.  In 
some  countries  this  sorrel  yields  oxalic 
acid  sufficient  for  commercial  purposes 
The  round-leaved  or  true  French  sorrel 
(Rumex  scutatus,  Linn )  would  prob- 
ably be  preferable  to  most  persons. 

All  these  docks  are  hardy  perennials, 
and  are  very  acceptable  plants  to  those 
who  are  fond  of  early  "greens."  Some, 
at  least,  of  the  cultivated  docks  can  be 
procured  of  American  seedsmen.  They 
are  readily  grown  from  seeds,  and  give 
a  good  produce  the  second  year  and 
subsequently  and  often  yield  good  Belleville 

leaves  the  first  season.          L.  H.  B.  dock. 


DOCYNIA 

DOC^NIA  (derivation  unknown).  Roadcese,  sub- 
family Pbmese.  Ornamental  woody  plants  grown  for 
their  handsome  foliage  and  white  flowers  appearing  in 
spring. 

Evergreen  or  half-evergreen  trees:  Ivs.  alternate, 
entire,  or  serrate,  sometimes  slightly  lobed:  fls.  short- 
stalked,  m  umbels  before  or  with  the  Ivs. ;  calyx  densely 
tomentose,  with  lanceolate  lobes;  petals  5;  stamens 
30-60;  styles  5,  connate  at  the  base  and  woolly;  stigma 
2-lobed;  ovary  5-celled  with  3-5  ovules  m  each 
cell.  fr.  a  subglobose,  ovoid  or  pyriform  pome  with 
persistent  calyx. — Four  species  in 
China,  Himalayas  and  Annam. 
Closely  related  to  Malus,  chiefly 
distinguished  by  the  3-5-ovuled 
cells  and  the  2-lobed  stigma. 

The  species  are  very  little 
known  m  cultivation  and  none 
of  them  seems  to  be  in  the  trade. 
D  Delavayi  has  been  introduced 
only  very  recently;  D  Doumeri 
has  been  recommended  as  a  stock 
for  apples  in  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical countries  and  tried  m 
Annam  (R  H  1904,  p  246);  D. 
indica,  though  known  for  about 
100  years,  does  not  seem  to  be 
at  present  in  cultivation  either 
in  Europe  or  in  this  country. 
They  are  adapted  only  for 
warmer  temperate  or  subtropical 
regions  The  fruits  are  more  or 
less  acid  and  are  used  for  cook- 
ing, possibly  they  could  be  im- 
proved by  selection  and  hybrid- 
ization and  might  be  developed 
into  valuable  fruit  trees  for 
warmer  climates  Propagation  is 
by  seeds  and  possibly  by  graft- 
ing on  apple  stock 

D  DtlavAyi,  Schneid  (Pyrus  Dela- 
vayi.  Franch  )  Spiny  tree,  to  30  ft  Ivs. 
evergreen,  ovate-lanceolate,  rounded  or 
broadly  cunoatc  at  the  base,  entire, 
glofwy  above,  white-tomentoso  below, 
2-4  in  fr  ovoid,  about  1  in  long  S. 
W.  China  Franchet,  Plant  Delavay. 
47  —  D  Doitmrri,  Schneid  (Pyriis  Dou- 
meri, BOIH)  Unarmed  tree  Iva  ovato 
to  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  sparingly 
serrulate,  \vhite-tomentosr  btlow,  1-2  £& 
in  long  fr  fubKlotx.se,  about  2  m. 
across  Annam  Jour  Soc  Bot  France, 
51  114,  115— D  Indica,  Dccne  (Pyrus 
indica,  Wall  D  Gnffithiana,  Derne  ). 
Small  free  Ivs  ovate  to  oblong-lanceo- 
lato,  entire  or  serrulate,  lobed  in  young 
plants,  woolly  while  young,  finally 
glabreacent,  2-4  in  long  fr  subglo- 
bose, 1-1  H  in  across  E  Himalayas  Wallich,  PI  As  Rar 
2  173  — The  closely  related  D  HookeriAna  has  larger  Ivs.  and  elon- 
gated fr.  Nouv  Arch  Mus  Hist.  Nat  Pans  10  15 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

DODARTIA  (Denis  Dodart,  physician  and  botanist, 
born  in  Paris  in  1634).  Scrophulartdcex.  One  ereet 
perennial  herb  related  to  Mimulus.  D.  orientalis,  Linn., 
grows  in  S.  Russia  and  W.  Asia,  and  may  be  found  m 
choice  collections  of  outdoor  herbs:  fls  purplish,  in  ter- 
minal racpmes:  plant  with  rush-like  few-lvd.  branches: 
Iva  opposite  below,  alternate  above,  linear  and  entire 
or  broader  and  somewhat  dentate:  corolla  with  a  cylin- 
drical or  flaring  tube,  2-hpped;  stamens  4,  didyna- 
mous,  included,  the  anther-cells  distinct:  caps  subglo- 
bose, dehiscent,  the  many  seeds  somewhat  immersed 
in  the  more  or  less  fleshy  placenta.  July,  Aug.  B.M. 
2199. — Apparently  of  minor  horticultural  value. 

DODDER:  Cutcuta. 

DODECATHEON  (Greek,  twelve  gods,  old  name  of 
no  application  here).  Pnmuldcex.  SHOOTING-STAB. 
AMERICAN  COWSLIP.  Small  perennial  herbs  with  cycla- 


DODECATHEON 


1063 


1338.  Dodecatheon  Meadia,  the  common 
shooting-star    ( X  H) 


men-shaped  flowers  on  scapes,  sometimes  grown  in  wild 
or  hardy  gardens. 

Glabrous,  with  a  tuft  of  ovate  or  oblong  entire  or 
dentate  Ivs.  at  the  base,  and  a  slender  single  naked 
scape:  fls.  few  or  many  m  an  umbel,  nodding,  white, 
rose  01  purple;  corolla-lobes  (5)  and  calyx  reflexed; 
stamens  5,  attached  in  the  throat  of  the  short  corolla- 
tube,  the  short  filaments  more  or  less  conjoined  at  base 
and  the  long  slender  anthers  conmvent  into  a  cone:  fr. 
an  oblong  or  somewhat  cylindrical  5-  or  6-valved  caps. 
— Dodecatheon  is  a  puzzling  genus  to  systematic 
botanists.  It  is  found  from 
Maine  to  Texas  and  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific;  and 
along  the  Pacific  slope,  from  the 
islands  of  Lower  Calif,  to  those 
of  Bering  Strait  In  this  vast 
region  it  varies  immensely.  It 
is  also  found  in  Asia,  especially 
northeastward.  This  wonderful 
distribution  and  variability  is  all 
the  more  remarkable  if,  as  Gray 
once  thought,  it  is  all  one  species, 
because  monotypic  genera  are 
considered,  as  a  rule,  to  be  com- 
paratively inflexible  or  invaria- 
ble. Pax  &  Knuth,  on  the  other 
hand  (Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hf  t. 
22,  1905),  recognize  30  species. 
There  is  singular  lack  of  agree- 
ment in  the  characterization  of 
accepted  species.  Dodecatheon 
belongs  to  the  same  family  with 
Primula  and  Cyclamen,  but  m  a 
different  tribe  from  the  former, 
while  its  reflexed  corolla-lobes 
distinguish  it  from  most  genera 
of  its  family.  Many«epecies  and 
varieties  may  be  expected  to 
appear  in  the  lists  of  dealers  in 
native  plants 

Shooting-star  is  an  appropriate 
name.  The  flowers -nave  been 
compared  to  a  diminutive  cycla- 
men, for  they  are  pendulous  and 
seem  to  be  full  of  motion  (see 
Fig.  1338)  The  stamens  m  D. 
Meadia  and  all  eastern  species 
come  to  a  sharp  point  and  seem 
to  be  shooting  ahead,  while  the 
petals  fall  behind  like  the  tail  of 
a  comet  The  flowers  represent 
every  shade  from  pure  white, 
through  lilac  and  rose,  to  purple, 
and  they  all  have  a  yellow  circle 
m  the  middle,  i.e  ,  at  the  mouth  of  the  corolla  After 
the  flowers  are  gone  the  pedicels  become  erect.  Some 
forms  have  all  their  parts  in  fours.  There  are  a  num- 
ber of  good  horticultural  forms  offered  abroad. 

They  require  an  open  well-drained  soil,  not  too  dry, 
and  moderately  rich,  and  a  shady  or  partially  shady 
position.  They  are  propagated  by  division  or  by  seeds, 
the  latter  method  being  rather  slow. 

Meadia,  Linn.  (D  ettlpticum,  Nutt.  Meadia  Dodecd- 
thea,  Crantz.  M.  Dodecatheon,  Mill.  M,  carolmiana, 
Kuntze).  Fig.  1338.  Erect  and  strong,  to  2  ft.: 
Ivs.  ovate-oblong  or  oblong-linear,  nearly  or  quite 
obtuse,  dentate -crenate  or  nearly  entire,  1-2  in  wide, 
tapering  into  a  more  or  less  margined  petiole:  scape 
smooth,  usually  purple-spotted;  fls  10-20;  caly* 
deeply  parted,  the  parts  lanceolate;  corolla-lobea 
linear-oblong,  somewhat  obtuse,  rose-colored  and 
whitish  at  base;  anthers  reddish  yellow,  the  connective 
body  purple  and  broadly  ovate:  caps,  scarcely  longer 
than  calyx,  with  persistent  style.  May,  June.  Wood* 
and  prairies,  Pa.,  W.  and  S.  B  M.  12.— This  species  runs 


1064 


DODECATHEON 


DOLICHANDRA 


into  many  forms,  some  of  which  may  be  specifically 
distinct.  Var.  splendidum,  Hort  ,  is  an  improved 
form,  crimson  with  a  yellow  circle.  Var  gigant&um, 
Hort  ,  is  larger  in  all  its  parts:  Ivs.  paler:  fla.  somewhat 
earlier,  m  some  forms  white.  Var.  elegans,  Hort.  Lvs. 
wider  and  shorter  than  the  type:  scape  shorter;  fls. 
more  numerous,  dark-colored.  (The  old  generic  name 
Meadia  commemorates  Dr.  Richard  Mead,  1673- 
1754) 

J^ffreyi,  Van  Houtte  (Mbadia  J6ffreyi,  Kuntze) 
Plant  somewhat  glandular-  viscid  :  rhizome  vertical 
and  short,  strong*  Ivs  oblanceolate,  erect,  entire,  some- 
what acute,  mucronulate.  scape  12-24  in.  or  more, 
bearing  a  many-fld  umbel;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate; 
corolla  deep  red-purple,  connective-body  of  anthers 
very  narrow  or  subulate  at  apex,  colored  same  as  sta- 
mens. Mts,  Calif  and  Ore.  F.S  16:1662. 

tetrandrum,  Suksdorf,  has  the  general  aspect  of  D. 
Jeffreyi,  but  the  Ivs  are  ampler  and  relatively  broader: 
roots,  as  m  D  Jeffreyi,  are  abundant,  fleshy,  fibrous. 
persistent*  roots,  Ivs  and  scapes  form  a  short,  vertical 
crown,  whole  plant  glabrous*  corolla  purplish,  with  a 
yellow  ring  near  the  base,  segms  and  stamens  usually 
only  4*  caps  circumscissile  very  near  the  apex.  Mts., 
Wash  and  Ore 

frigidum,  Cham  &  Schlecht  Plant  1  ft  or  less:  Ivs. 
obovate  to  ovate  or  oblong,  acutish,  entire  or  somewhat 
dentate:  scape  much  exceeding  the  Ivs  ,  2-3-fld  ; 
calyx-lobes  longer  than  the  tube,  corolla-lobes  oblong- 
linear,  violet*  caps  oblong,  twice  longer  than  calyx 
Bering  Strait  to  Rockies  and  Sierras  B  M  5871. 

latilobum,  Elmer  (D.  dentdtum,  Hook  D.  Mbadia 
var  latilobum,  Gray).  Larger  than  the  last:  Ivs  with 
blade  1-4  in  long,  oval  or  ovate  to  oblong,  repand  or 
sparingly  dentate,  abruptly  contracted  into  long- 
winged  petioles,  obtuse,  fls  2-4,  calyx-lobes  deltoid; 
corolla-lobes  oblong,  yellowish  white*  caps  but  little 
longer  than  calyx,  opening  from  the  apex  by  valves 
Wash.,  Ore  ,  Idaho. 

Hendersonii,  Gray.  About  a  foot  high,  glabrous, 
deep  green.  Ivs  small,  obovate  or  elliptic,  1  in  or  more 
long,  narrowed  to  a  short  petiole,  fls  rather  few,  calyx- 
lobes  triangular,  acuminate,  twice  exceeding  the  tube; 
corolla-lobes  dark  purple  with  a  yellow  base,  the  stami- 
nal  tube  dark  purple;  anthers  oblong,  obtuse,  short- 
apiculate;  connective-body  deep  purple*  caps  ovoid, 
much  exceeding  the  calyx,  dehiscent  by  a  circumscissile 
apex  and  splitting  into  10  valves  Calif,  to  Wash. 
G.  33  *391. 

CISvelandii,  Greene.  One  to  11A  ft.  tall,  glabrous: 
Ivs.  pale  green,  thickish,  spatulate-ovate,  petioled: 
fls  2-10,  calyx-lobes  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  glandular; 
corolla-lobes  purple  with  yellow  base  and  a  few  purple 
spots  in  throat;  anthers  purple,  the  connective  -  body 
yellow:  caps,  oblong,  circumscissile  at  apex.  Feb.- 
May.  S.  Calif.  —  Fls.  said  to  vary  to  pure  white. 
Fragrant 

radicatum,  Greene.  Glabrous:  root  short  and  corm- 
hke  with  fibrous  rootlets:  Ivs.  3-5,  thin,  light  green, 
oblong-spatulate,  crenate  or  nearly  entire,  blade 
attenuate  into  petiole  of  about  equal  length:  fls.  3-5 
or  more  on  a  stout  scape  8-16  in  tall;  calyx-lobes 
lanceolate,  about  as  long  as  the  tube;  corolla  pinkish 
or  bluish  violet,  the  lobes  oblong-linear  and  erect- 
spreading;  stammal  tube  short;  anthers  purple,  acute: 
caps,  narrow-ovate,  only  slightly  surpassing  calyx- 
lobes.  April.  Wyo.  to  New  Mex.  — 
alpine  and  rock-gardens. 


Recommended  for 
L.  jj.  B.f 


terminal  or  axillary,  solitary  or  in  racemes  or  panicles; 
sepals  5  or  fewer;  petals  wanting;  stamens  mostly  8 
(5-10)  with  very  short  filaments;  ovary  3-6-celled, 
each  cell  2-ovuled  caps,  winged  on  the  back  of  each 
valve. — About  50  species,  mostly  in  Austral.,  a  few 
in  Afr.  and  in  Hawaii  and  N  Amer.  Lvs  sometimes 
glandular  and  exuding  resm-hke  or  varmsh-hke  sub- 
stance. 

viscdsa,  Linn.  Shrub,  to  15  ft.;  viscid'  Ivs  mostly 
oblong,  cuneate  at  base,  entire,  with  resinous  dots  on 
both  surfaces :  fls.  greenish,  in  short  terminal  or  axillary 
racemes;  sepals  ovate*  caps  about  %in  long  and  some- 
what broader,  broadly  3-wmged,  notched  at  apex, 
more  or  less  cordate  at  base  B  R.  13  1051  (as  XX 
oblongifoha)  — A  poorly  defined  plant,  widely  distributed 
in  warm  countries,  occurring  in  Austral ,  S.  Afr.,  in 
Mex..  and  forms  of  it  in  Fla  and  Anz.  Lvs  varying 
from  broadly  spatulate  to  oblong  to  nearly  or  quite  linear. 

Thunbergiana,  Eckl.  &  Zeyh.  Shrubs,  6-10  ft, 
glabrous,  much  branched:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  linear- 
lanceolate,  narrowed  at  base,  somewhat  denticulate 


DODOK&A  (Rembert  Dodoena  or  Dodonseus, 
about  1518-1585,  royal  physician  ana  author).  Samn~ 
ddcex.  Trees  and  shrubs,  somewhat  planted  in  S.  Fla. 
and  8.  Calif  for  ornament. 

Leaves  alternate,  without  stipules,  simple  or  pin- 
nate: fls.  small,  polygamous,  unisexual,  often  dioecious, 


1339.  Leaves  of  Dolichoa.  A,  D.  Lablab;  B,  D.  lignosus. 

and  somewhat  viscid,  fls.  green,  polygamous,  racemose.' 
caps  ^m  long,  resinous  and  shining,  2-3-wmged,  as 
long  as  the  stalk  or  longer.  S.  Afr. 

triquetra,  Andr.  Erect  shrub,  the  young  branches 
flattened  or  very  angular:  Ivs.  oval-elliptic  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  to  4  in  long,  entire  or  very 
nearly  so.  fls.  in  short  oblong  compact  panicles  or 
racemes;  sepals  minute:  caps,  of  D.  viscosa,  middle- 
sized.  Austral. 

cuneata,  Rudge.  Much-branched  bush,  usually 
viscid:  Ivs.  small  (usually  under  1  in.  long)  obovate  or 
cuneate,  at  the  end  rounded  or  truncate  or  toothed, 
on  the  sides  entire  or  rarely  obscurely  toothed,  short- 
petioled :  fls .  in  short  terminal  scarcely  branched 
racemes,  or  sometimes  few  in  axillary  clusters;  sepals 
ovate-oblong:  caps,  of  D.  viscosa,  the  wings  usually  not 
very  broad.  Austral.  L.  j£.  B. 

DOGBANE:  Apocynum. 
DOG'S-TAIL  GRASS:  Eleusine  indica. 
DOGTOOTH  VIOLET:  Erythronium. 
DOGWOOD:  Cornut 
DOLICHANDRA:  Macfadyena. 


DOLICHODEIRA 

DOLICHODEtRA:  Stnmn0to. 

DdLICHOS  (old  Greek  name).  Leguminasae.  Tropi- 
oal  twiners  (a  bush  variety  of  D.  Lablab  is  now  being 
offered  by  seedsmen),  of  which  a  few  forms  are  in  culti- 
vation, some  for  ornament  and  some  for  forage. 

Keel  of  the  corolla  narrow  and 
?bent  inward  at  right  angles,  but 
not  distinctly  coiled;  style  bearded 
under  the  stigma,  which  is  termi- 
nal; stipules  small.    For  botanical 
distinctions    between    Dolichos, 
Phaseolus    and  Vigna    see    Vigna 
The  styles  are  points  of  difference 
(Fig.  1340).   D.  japomcus,  a  most 
worthy  ornamental  vine,   will    be 
found  under  Puerana.   For  D.  ses- 
quipedaliSj  see  Vigna  —  Perhaps  50- 
60    species,   widely    distributed. 
1340.   Types   of    Three  species  of  Dohchos  are  now 
styles.  /,  D.  Lablab;    grown  m  Amer. 

v'.sesqui  pedals"'  **    A-  Styl*  bearded  only  on  a  ring  sur- 

rounding and  just  below  the  stigma. 
bifldrus,  Linn.  This  species  is  now  being  intro. 
from  India,  where  it  is  frequently  used  as  a  forage 
plant  It  differs  from  D  Lablab  in  having  the  upper  lip 
of  the  calyx  2-toothed  and  from  D.  Lablab  and  D. 
hgnosus  m  having  only  a  ring  or  brush  of  hairs  just 
beneath  the  stigma,  whereas  the  styles  of  the  other 
species  are  bearded  on  a  line  extending  down  the  inner 
face  The  seeds  are  small  (average  weight  035  gjram) 
and  rather  strongly  flattened.  Their  approximate 
dimensions  are  length  %-%*&.,  width  \-\rn.,  thickness 


DOMBEYA 


1065 


AA.  Style  bearded  along  the  inner  side. 
B.  Seeds  small,  %-Hin.  long  by  Yy-Y^in.  broad,  average 

weight  .02  grams. 

ligndsus,  Linn.  AUSTRALIAN  PE\.  Fig.  1339.  Ever- 
green: fls  white  or  rosy  purple:  Ivs  much  smaller  than 
m  D.  Lablab.  A  perennial  rapidly  growing  vine,  suitable 
for  covering  fences  and  outbuildings  in  warm  countries; 
highly  recommended  m  S.  Calif,  and  Ariz.  B.M.  380  — 
A  form  with  white  fla.  is  offered  by  seedsmen  as  D.  alba. 

BB.  Seeds  large,  }$-\fon.  long  by  Y\~Y&n.  broad,  average 

weight  .10-.  80  grams. 

Lablab,  Linn  (D  cultrdtus,  Thumb.  D.  purpureux, 
Lindl.  Lablab  cultratus,  DC.).  HYACINTH  BEAN.  Figs 
1339,  1340,  1341  Tall-  twining 
'ofton  10-20  ft):  Ifts  broad-ovate, 
rounded  below  and  cuspidate- 
P0111*^  a^  the  apex,  often  crinkly 
fls.  purple  or  white,  rather  large,  2- 
,  4  at  the  nodes,  in  a  long  erect  ra- 
ceme: pods  small  (2-3  m.  long)  and 
flat,  usually  smooth,  conspicuously 
tipped  with  the  persistent  style; 
seed  black,  mahogany  or  gray,  in 
the  white-fid,  varieties,  white,  small 
(average  weight  about  %  gram). 
Tropics.  B.M.  896.  B.R.  830 
A.G.  14:84—  Cult,  in  this  country 
as  an  ornamental  climbing  bean,  but 
in  the  tropics  the  pods  and  seeds  arc  oaten  Annual.  It 
is  easily  grown  in  any  good  garden  soil  Like  common 
beans  it  will  not  pndure  frost.  It  is  very  variable. 
White-fld.  and  dwarf  bush  forms  are  now  offered  by  seeds- 
men. A  form  with  white  fls.  and  very  large  growth  is 
known  among  horticulturists  as  D.giganteus  (Fig.  1342). 

D.  pteudopachvrrhizus.  Harms,  recently  intro.  into  some  of  the 
European  gardens  from  Trop.  Afr  ,  is  a  perennial  form  with  a  largo 
tuberous  rootstock*  sts.  long,  round  or  angular:  Ivs  long-stalked, 
3-foholate;  Ifts.  very  variable  in  shape,  the  lateral  often  ovate  or 
elliptic  and  the  terminal  broadly  rhomboid,  3J<~8  m  long,  2^-7 
in.  broad:  fls.  small,  chiefly  violet-blue,  in  racemes  }£-l*4  ft  long 
GEO.  F  FREEMAN. 


1341.  Calyx  cups 
and  styles  of  Doli- 
ihos.  1,  D.  lignosus; 
2,  D.  LabUb. 


DOMB&YA  (after  Joseph  Dombey  (1742-1795) 
French  botanist  and  companion  of  Ruiz  and  Pavon 
in  Peru  and  Chile),  dyn.  Assdnia,  Astraptea.  Sterculia- 
cex.  Shrubs  or  small  trees  of  continental  Afr.,  Madagas- 
car and  Seychelles,  sometimes  plan^xl  in  Fla  and  Cahf  : 
Ivs.  often  cordate,  palmately  nerved,  frequently  lobed. 
fls.  rosy  or  white,  numerous,  in  loose  axillary  or  terminal 
cymes,  in  umbels,  or  crowded  into  dense  heads,  often 
very  showy,  calyx  5-parted,  persistent;  petals  5, 
stamens  15-20,  5  sterile,  the  remainder  shorter,  united 
into  a  tube  or  cup;  ovary  2-5-celled,  stigmas  5:  fr.  a 
locuhcidal  caps. — Probably  100  species,  many  new 
kinds  having  been  made  known  recently  with  the 
opening  of  Trop  Afr  The  dombeyas  are  yet  little 
known  in  this  country,  although  some  of  them  promise 
well  for  lawn  and  park  planting  far  south. 

nata!6nsis,  Sond.  Distinguished  by  its  cordate, 
acute  Ivs.  and  the  narrowly  awl-shaped  lits  of  the  invo- 
lucre: Ivs.  long,  petioled,  somewhat  angular,  toothed, 
with  minute  stellate  pubescence, 
5-7-nbbed:  umbels  4-8-fld  Natal. 
— Cult,  m  S.  Fla.  and  North  under 
glass  Very  rapid-growing,  foliage 
poplar-like*  fls.  pure  white,  large, 
sweet-scented;  a  very  good  winter- 
blooming  plant  in  S.  Cahf. 

spectAbilis,  Bojer.  Small  tree:  Ivs. 
cordate,  orbicular  or  oblong,  acute, 
undulate,  5-9-nerved,  rough  above 
and  rusty  or  whitish  pubescent 
beneath,  the  petioles  downy:  fls. 
%in  across,  white,  in  many-fla. 
much-branched  axillary  and  termi- 
nal cymes;  sepals  lanceolate,  shorter 
than  corolla;  petals  roundish;  sta- 
mens united  only  at  base.  E  Trop 
Afr. — A  plant  under  tkis  name  is 
catalogued  m  this  country  as  "a 
tall  shrub  with  straw-colored  and 
pink  fls." 

acut&ngula,  Cav.  (Astrapfra  tilix- 
fblia,  Sweet).  Low  tre^  or  shrub, 
\vith  Ivs.  crowded  at  ends  of 
branches.  Ivs  thin,  round- 
cordate,  nearly  glabrous, 
palmately  3-^6-lobed:  fls 
m  2-parted  cymes;  brac- 
teoles  large,  ovate,  falling, 
sepals  H'm.  or  less  long, 
reflexmg,  petals  white  or 
reddish,  Min  long,  ob- 
hque-obovate,  stamens  18, 
being  exceeded  in  length 
by  the  stammodia;  ovary 
densely  tomentose,  and 
styles  free  at  top  only 
Mauritius  and  Bourbon. 
B.M.  2905  (form  with  en- 
tire Ivs.). 

punct&ta,  Cav.  Tree,  the 
young  parts  hairy:  Ivs 
smooth  and  firm,  orbicular 
and  deeply  cordate,  acute,  3-4  in.  long,  obscurely  cre- 
nate:  fls.  10-20  in  a  simple  umbel  that  has  a  peduncle 
2-3  times  the  length  of  the  petiole;  sepals  hnear-lanceo- 
late,  reflexed;  petals  rather  longer  than  sepals,  obdel- 
toid ;  ovary  tomentose.  Mauritius  and  Bourbon.  Intro 
in  S.  Cahf. 

nairob6nsis,  Engler.  Shrub  or  tree  with  terete 
branches  that  become  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  ovate- 
cordate,  acuminate,  somewhat  3-lobed,  irregularly 
crenate,  7-nerved,  hairy,  and  tomentose  beneath:  fls. 
on  long  hispid  pedicels  m  an  umbel;  bracteoles  ovate- 
lanceolate;  sepals  lanceolate,  becoming  reflexed, 
tomentose  outside;  petals  oblique  and  obtuse,  scarcely 


1342.  Dolichos  Lablab  (form 
gigmnteus).  (XH) 


1066 


DOMBEYA 


DORONICUM 


exceeding    petals;    stammodia    narrowly    spatulate; 
ovary  tomentoee.  Nairobi. 

W&llichii,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Astrapba  Wdllichii, 
Lindl.).  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs  large,  velvety,  cordate, 
angularly  lobed,  with  leafy  stipules,  fls.  scarlet  (pink?), 
in  drooping  umbels,  the  peduncles  long  and  hairy. 
Madagascar. — A  very  showy  plant  when  in  bloom. 

D,  BdrffMwe,  Gerrard.  Lvs  pubescent,  cordate,  but  with  2 
deep,  wide  cuts,  and  2  shallow  oaea  besides  the  basal  ono.  fls. 
numerous,  large,  white,  rosy  at  center  and  along  veins,  petals 
rounded  S  Afr  B.M  5487  —  D  caldntha,  Schum  Shrub,  10-12 
ft.:  Ivs  large  (1  ft  across),  3-5-lobed,  coarsely  toothed,  cor- 
date at  base,  pubescent  above  and  tomenfcose  beneath,  with  long 
petioles  fls  rose-colored,  1M  in  across.  British  Cent.  Afr  B.M. 
8424.— D.  Cayeiuni,  Hort ,  is  a  hybnd  of  D  Mastersii  and  D.  Wal- 
hohti  fls.  beautiful  pink  in  pendulous,  many-fid  umbels.  Ivs  cor- 
date, acute,  dentate,  with  long  petioles.— D  Citna,  Batll  Tall 
tree.  Ivs  cordate  or  somewhat  3-lobed,  6  in.  long  and  nearly  as 
broad,  toothed  or  crenulate,  pubescent  beneath  fls  lilac-rose,  2Ji 
in.  across.  Madagascar.  R.H  1911  84 —D  DAvaei,  Hort,  is  a 
hybrid  of  D.  speetabihs  and  D.  natalensos  fls.  rose-colored,  also  a 
white-fld,  form  (var  alba)  R  H  1912,  p.  178-9  —  D  Mdstersiv, 
Hook  Shrub,  4-5  ft.  high.  Ivs.  velvety,  heart-shaped,  serrate,  fls. 
fragrant,  white,  with  thinner  veins  of  rose  than  m  I)  Burgessue; 
petals  acute.  Trop.  Afr.  B  M  5639  — D  nburnifldra,  Bojer,  has 
very  numerous  white  fls  with  narrower  petals  than  any  here  des- 
cribed Ivs  cordate,  3-lobed,  the  cuts  not  so  wide  as  in  D.  Bur- 
gesaueu  Comoro.  B.M  4568.  ^  jj  g  ^ 

D0NDIA:  Hacqu^a. 

DOODIA  (after  Samuel  Doody,  London  apothecary). 
Polypodrtcex.  Greenhouse  ferns. 

Son  curved,  placed  in  one  or  more  rows  between 
the  midribs  and  the  margins  of  the  pinnae:  Ivs.  rigid. 
A  genus  of  diminutive  ferns  related  to  Woodwardia. — 
Species  4  or  5.  Ceylon  to  New  Zeal. 

AJ1  doodias,  except  D.  blechnoides,  are  of  dwarf 
habit,  and  are  useful  for  fern-cases  and  for  edgings  of 
window  boxes.  Cool  and  intermediate  temperatures 
are  best.  They  are  excellent  for  forming  an  under- 
growth in  coolhouses,  as  they  seldom  are  mfeste/1  with 
insects,  and  endure  fumigation.  Schneider  recom- 
mends three  parts  of  peat  and  one  of  silver  sand.  Loam 
does  not  help,  but  a  little  chopped  sphagnum  does. 
They  are  very  sensitive  to  stagnant  wuter,  and  do  not 
like  full  exposure  to  sunlight.  Always  propagate  by 
spores,  but  division  is  possible. 

A.  Lvs.  pinnatifid. 

flspera,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  6-18  in.  long,  2-4  in.  wide, 
pinnatifid,  narrowed  gradually  below,  sori  in  1  or  2 
rows.  Temp.  Austral. — Crested  varieties  occur  in  cult. 

AA.  LVB.  pinnate  ^n  the  lower  half. 

media,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  with  pinnae  1-2  in. 
long,  the  lower  one  gradually  smaller  Austral,  and 
New  Zeal  — D.  Kunthiana,  Gaud  ,  from  the  Hawaiian 
Isls  has  close  median  pinnse.  D.  superba,  Hort.,  is  a 
larger  garden  form. 

caud&ta,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  with  pinnae  about 
an  inch  long?  the  spore-bearing  ones  shorter,  apex  often 
terminating  in  a  long  point.  Austral  and  New  Zeal. 

blechnoides.  Cunn.  Lvs.  18  in.  long;  If -blades  15 
in.  long,  6  in  broad,  broadest  at  the  middle,  the  lowest 
pinnae  considerably  narrowed;  margins  serrate:  sori  in 
an  irregular  row  near  midrib.  New  S.  Wales. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 
R  C.  BENEDICT.! 

DORfcMA  (dorema,  a  gift,  an  allusion  to  the  gift  of 
gum  ammoniac).  UmbeUiferx.  About  4  odd  large 
perennial  herbs  of  S.  W.  Asia,  yielding  gum-resins, 
likely  to  be  met  with  in  collections  of  economic  plants. 
Usually  glaucous,  with  pinnately  decompound  Ivs , 
and  small  white  or  yellow  fls  in  close  woolly  umbels: 
calyx-teeth  wanting  or  nearly  so;*  petals  ovate:  fr. 
ovate,  piano-compressed.  D.  Ammonkacum,  D.  Don, 
an  erect  fleshy-stemmed  herb  to  7  ft.,  with  a  few  Ivs. 
near  the  base  and  bracts  above;  yields  gum-ammoniac, 
a  medicinal  product.  This  resin  exudes  on  the  sting 
of  insects,  occurring  m  yellowish  brown  "tears"  or  drops; 


it  has  a  balsamic  odor  and  bitter  unpleasant  taste. 
The  plant  is  native  in  Persia  and  Afghanistan.  Other 
species  yield  similar  exudation. 

DOR6NICUM  (Latinized  Arabic  name).  Compdsibe. 
LEOPARD'S  BANE.  Hardv  herbaceous  plants,  1-2  feet 
high,  with  yellow  many-flowered  heads 

Stems  little  branched  or  not  at  all:  Ivs.  alternate, 
radical  ones  long-stalked,  st.-lvs.  distant,  often  clasp- 
ing the  st  :  heads  mostly  one  on  a  st.  and  2-3  in. 
across,  borne  high  above  the  basal  crown  of  foliage,  from 
April  to  June  — From  20-30  species,  natives  of  Eu.  and 
Temp.  Asia.  The  genus  is  allied  to  Arnica  and  dis- 
tinguished by  the  alternate  Ivs.  and  by  the  style. 

The  plants  are  of  easy  culture  in  rich  loam  except  D. 
eordifohum,  which  is  an  alpine  species.  The  flowers  are 
numerous  and  good  for  cutting.  Doromcums  have 
been  strongly  recommended  for  forcing. 

A.  Root-lvs.  not  notched  at  the  base,  ovate. 

plantagineum,  Linn.  Glabrous,  but  woolly  at  the 
neck,  with  long,  silky  hairs:  root-lvs.  ovate  or  oval, 
wavy-toothed ,  st  -Ivs  nearly  entire,  the  lower  ones 
narrowed  into  a  petiole  and  not  eared,  the  upper  ones 
sessile,  oblong,  acuminate:  rhizome  tuberous,  roundish, 
or  creeping  obliquely:  stalk  of  the  root-lvs  about  3  in. 
long:  typically  about  2  ft  high  Sandy  woods  of  Eu. 
GC  III  17-229  JH  III  55:109  Gn.  60:151  Var. 
excelsum,  Hort  (D  excelsum,  Hort  Z>.  "Harpur 
Crew,"  Hort ),  is  more  robust,  grows  about  5  ft.  high 
and  is  probably  more  cult  than  any  other  kind  of 
doromcum  Fls  sometimes  4  in  across.  Gn.  47,  p. 
269;  28:512;  38:437  G.C.  II.  20:297.  G.  19:441; 
27:225  Gn  W  24:221. 

Clusii,  Tnusch  (Arnica  Clitsu,  All)  Lvs  ovate  or 
oblong;  st  -Ivs  half  clasping,  with  distant  teeth  or 
many  small  ones  Ono  subvanety  has  long,  silky  hairs 
on  its  Ivs  ,  while  another  has  none  Swiss  and  Austrian 
Alps. — "Soft,  downy  foliage,"  J.  W.  Manning.  "Grows 
2  ft.  high,"  Woolson.  "Larger  and  later  fls.  than  D. 
caucasicum,"  Ellwanger  and  Barry. 

AA.  Root-lvs.  notched  at  the  base,  heart-shaped. 
B  Root  tuberous. 

Pardalianches.  Lmn  Hairy  Ivs.  toothed;  lower  st.- 
lvs.  eared  at  the  base  of  the  stalk,  subovate,  upper  ones 
spatulate-coidatc,  highest  ones  cordate-clasping,  acute. 
Woods  of  lower  mountains  of  Eu  G.  22:499  —While 
all  species  are  typically  1-fld.,  any  of  them  may  have 
now  and  then  more  than  1  fl.  on  a  st.,  and  this  species 
particularly  may  have  1-5  fls 

BB.  Root  not  tuberous. 

cattc&sicum,  Bieb  Glabrous  except  as  noted  above: 
Ivs.  crenate-dentate,  lower  st  -Ivs.  eared  at  the  base 
of  the  stalk,  the  blade  subcordate,  highest  ones  cordate 
to  half -clasping;  Ivs  near  the  mfl  linear-lanceolate. 
Shady  woods  of  Caucasus,  Sicily,  etc.  B  M.  3143  Gn. 
28  p.  512.,  which  shows  sts.  with  1  fl.  and  1  If.— Fls.  2 
in.  across 

cordifdlium,  Sternb.  (D.  Columnx,  Tenore).  Gla- 
brous, the  st.  very  fibrous  toward  tne  base,  scarcely 
5  in  tall:  radical  Ivs  cordate-kidney-shaped,  the  upper 
Ivs.  st  -clasping:  heads  solitary  on  the  sts.,  the  small 
Ivs  near  it  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate.  An  alpine 
species  from  S.  E  Eu.  and  aajacent  Asia. 

austrtacum,  Jacq.  A  trifle  hairy:  Ivs.  minutely 
toothed,  lower  st.-lvs.  spatulate-ovate,  abruptly  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  half-clasping,  highest  ones  cordate- 
clasping,  lanceolate.  Subalpine  woods,  Eu. 

D.  drayton&nae,  Hort ,  is  a  list  name,  not  referable  to  any  known 
species.  It  seems  not  to  occur  in  horticultural  or  botanical  liter- 
ature— D.  maoniflcwn,  Hort.,  described  as  a  "very  attractive 
perennial  with  large  yellow  fls.  somewhat  like  a  single  sunflower,"  is 
also  doubtful.  It  may  be  D.  plantagineum  var.  excelsum. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 


DORSTENIA 


DOUGLASIA 


1067 


DORSTtNIA  (Theodor  Dorsten,  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Marburg,  died  1539).  Mordcex  About  50  tropi- 
cal herbs  or  small  shrubs,  remarkable  for  the  dilated 
receptacle  in  which  the  unisexual  fls  are  borne,  being 
imbedded  in  the  surface.  Both  staminate  and  pistillate 
fls.  are  without  perianth;  stamens  1-4;  ovary  1-loculed; 
stigma  2-lobed  Dorsten  las  are  easily  grown  in  warm 
shady  glasshouses.  The  plants  are  not  in  the  American 
trade,  but  they  are  often  grown  in  botanical  establish- 
ments to  illustrate  morphology  The  fig  is  a  hollow 
receptacle  formed  of  the  axis  of  the  fl  -cluster,  the  dor- 
stema  bears  a  flattened  or  cup-like  receptacle,  and  is 
an  intermediate  stage  between  the  fig  and  other  plants. 
One  of  the  common  species  is  D.  Contrajerva,  Linn. 
(Fig  1343),  which  is  native  to  Trop  Amer..  fls  on  a 
scape.  Ivs  round-cordate,  palmately  lobed  or  parted, 
the  segms  ovate  or  oblong  and  more  or  less  toothed: 
receptacle  irregularly  rectangular,  peltate: 
rhizome  cylmdric,  nodose.  Mex ,  W.  Indies, 
Venezuela,  Colombia.  L.  H.  B. 

DORYALIS:  Aberia. 

DORYANTHES  (Greek,  spear-flower;  the 
flowering  stern  8  to  25  feet  high,  crowned  by  a 
spike  of  flowers  3  feet  high)  Amarylhdacex* 
Great  debert  plants  from  Australia,  with  100 
or  more  leaves  6  feet  long  when  full  grown, 
being  imprehsive  for  large  conservatories,  or 
for  open  ground  in  the  South,  where  they  will 
stand  slight  frost 

The  representative  in  Austral,  of  the  Ameri- 
can Furcriea  and  Agave  Ivs. 
in  a  dense  basal  rosette,  those 
on  the  st  much  reduced'  fls. 
large,  bright  red  (often  replaced 
by  bulblets),  in  a  large  tnyrse- 
hke  or  pamcled  mfl  ;  perianth 
with  little  or  no  tube,  the  ~- 
segms  long  and  falcate,  sta- 
mens 6,  attached  at  base  of 
perianth,  the  filaments  filiform: 
fr  a  turbmate  caps  ,  3-valved. 
— Three  or  4  species  Little 
known  under  glass,  as  they  re- 
quire too  much  room  A  plant 
of  D  Pal  men  remained  at 
Kew  16  years  before  flowering. 
Plants  of  doryanthes  are  prop, 
by  suckers,  which  are  pro- 
duced only  after  flowering. 
The  process  is  very  slow  The 
young  plants  must  be  repotted 
for  several  years  until  they 
have  attained  a  large  size. 
They  are  said  to  do  best  in  a 
compost  of  loarn  and  leaf-mold 
in  equal  parts 

excSlsa,  Correa.  SPEAR-LILY.  Lvs.  sword-shaped, 
not  ribbed,  smooth,  entire,  with  a  very  narrow  carti- 
laginous margin,  lowrer  ones  recurved,  others  erect: 
scape  clothed  with  lanceolate  Ivs,  which  sheath  the 
st  at  their  base;  fls  m  a  globular  head,  deep  crimson  or 
maroon  inside  and  out  (there  is  a  white-fld  form). 
B.M.  1685.  R  H.  1865,  pp  466,  471;  1891,  p.  548. 
GC.  II.  11-339  Gn.W.  16:681.  G.W.  9,  p.  521. 
H.F.  11.7:136. 

Palmeri,  W.  Hill.  Even  more  gigantic  than  D. 
excelsa:  Ivs.  longer  and  broader,  slightly  ribbed  and  a 
longer  brown  point-  fls  in  a  thyrsoid  panicle,  bright 
scarlet  outside,  whitish  within.  B.M.  6665.  F  S. 
20.2097.  R.H  1891:548.  GC  II  17:409.  G  W.  12, 
p.  222.  New  shoots  are  said  to  be  produced  at  the  base, 
which  bloom  in  one  or  more  years. 

D  Guilfdylei,  P  M.  Bailey,  QUEENSLAND-LILY,  is  a  large  and 
fine  species  from  N  Queensland,  perhaps  a  form  of  D.  Palmen. 


Iva.  0  ft.  long,  over  8  m.  wide*  fls  rich  crimson,  4  in.  long    It  yields 
a  good  fiber.   Gn.  44,  p.  69.   G  C.  III.  45  383 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
L.  H.  B.f 

DORYOPTERIS  (Greek,  lance-fern).  Polypoduicex. 
Small  pot  ferns  with  oddly  pretty  leaves. 

Leaves  with  continuous  marginal  son  and  copiously 
anastomosing  veins  — About  20  species,  in  warm  coun- 
tries Sometimes  joined  to  Ptens,  which  see  for  cul- 
ture. Not  to  be  confused  with  Dryoptens. 

palmata,  J  Smith  Lvs  4-9  in  each  way,  with  5  or 
more  triangular  lobes  or  the  fertile  still  more  divided: 
ribs  black  W  Indies  to  Brazil  — Sometimes  considered 
to  be  a  variety  of  D  pedata,  F6e. 

nfibilis,  J  Smith  Larger:  Ivs  sometimes  1  ft.  long, 
pedately  bipmnatifid,  ribs  chestnut  S  Brazil. 

D  deripuns,  with  Ivs  r*-  rohling  a  geranium  If  ,  3-0  m. 
each  way,  is  Munotimeb  iult  ,  as  is  D  dfcora,  with  more 
divided  Ivs.  Both  are  nati\  es  of  the  Hawaiian  Isls. 

L  M  UNDERWOOD. 

DOSSINIA  (K  P  Dossin,  Belgian  botanist. 
1777-1852)  Orchidacex  One  species  of  terrestrial 
orchids,  allied  to  Ana'ctochilus,  but  lacking  the 
bearded  fringe  on  the  lower  part  of  the  labcllum. 
This  species  may  possibly  be  cult  by  a  few 
amateurs  who  are  skilled  m  the  cult,  of  dwarf 
warmhouse  foliage  plants 

D  marmnrMa,  C  Morr  (Ano3ctochilm  Lowei,  Hort ). 
Lvs  golden-veined  or  marhlod,  4-5  in  long,  elliptic  scapo 
pubescent,  10  in  high,  spike  5  in  long,  with  many  ^hite, 
pubescent  fls  Java  F  S  4  .170  — There  is  u  stronger-grow- 
ing var  ,  with  foliage  better  colored. 

DOUGLASIA  (after  David 
Douglas,  the  Scotch  botanist, 
who  explored  California,  Ore- 
gon and  British  Columbia  in 
1823  and  1S29)  Incl  Arciia. 
Pnnnilacey  Low  tufted  per- 
ennial herbs,  one  of  which  is 
used  in  alpine  gardening 

The  genus  is  rlosely  allied  to 
Amlrosace  and  Primula,  but  in 
those  t \\ogen era  the  Ivs  come 
from  the  root,  while  Douglasia 
has  branches,  though  very 
short  ones,  which  arc  densely 
clothed  with  Ivs  Douglasia 
has  a  corolla-tube  equaling  or 
exceeding  the  calyx,  somewhat 
inflated  toward  the  top,  with  5 
scales  or  crests  beneath  the 
sinuses,  calyx  5-lobed,  persist- 
ent ,  stamens  5,  included ;  ovary 
5-ovuled .  fr  a  turbmate  1-  or 
2-seeded  caps  — Seven  or  8 
species  in  mountains  of  Eu., 
and  W  N  Amer  ,  considered  to 
be  G  by  Pax  <fe  Knuth  in  Engler'a 


1343.  Dorstema  Contrajerva.  ( X  J£) 


Pfianzenreich,  hft  22  (1905)  The  fls  are  yellow  in  />. 
Vilahana,  which  is  the  cult  species,  but  otherwise 
rose-purple  The  plants  require  the  treatment  accorded 
to  other  alpmes;  see  Alpine  Plants,  Vol  I. 

Vitaliana,  Hook  f  (Primula  Vitali&na,  Linn. 
Aruirdsace  VUaliana,  Reichb.  Arttia  Vitaliana,  Lodd. 
Grcgbna  Vitahana,  Duby).  Height  2  in  •  sts  numer- 
ous, prostrate,  somewhat  woody:  branches  denuded  of 
Ivs  at  the  base,  but  at  the  tips  clothed  with  overlapping 
linear  entire  pilose  Ivs  •  fls  nearly  stalkless,  solitary  or 
2  or  3,  yellow,  rather  large,  corolla-tube  2  or  3  times 
longer  than  the  calyx,  the  lobes  ovate-lanceolate, 
obtuse  Alps,  Pyrenees.  L  B  C.  2 : 166. 

Some  of  the  American  douglasias,  all  with  rose  or  purple  fls 
arc  sometimes  hstod  by  foreign  specialists  m  alpinea  — D  drcttca, 
Hook  Glabrous  Ivs  cihato  xv  ith  short  and  simple  hairs,  apex 
obtuse  H  1  on  a  scape,  corolla- tube  about  equaling  calyx  plant 
loosely  ccspitose  High  arctic  Amer  — D  dentdta,  Wats.  Like  D. 
nivahs  and  by  some  considered  to  be  a  form  of  it,  but  coarser  and 


1068 


DOUGLASIA 


DRABA 


with  broader  often  apatulate  Ivs  which  are  entire  and  sparingly 
denticulate.  Cascade  Mts.,  Wash  — D  laevigdta,  Gray  Mature  Ivs. 
coriaceous,  the  margin  smooth  or  rarely  minutely  cibate,  blade 
oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate  and  obtuse  fls  2-5,  corolla-tube 
almost  twice  as  long  as  calyx.  Ore  ,  Waah. — D  montd.no.,  Gray 
Mature  Ivs  prominently  cihate  on  the  margins,  destitute  of  forked 
hairs,  the  blade  very  small  and  linear  or  lanceolate  fla  single,  the 
corolla-tube  less  than  the  calyx  or  just  equaling  it  Mts  ,  Wyo  , 
Mont.  Runs  into  several  forms,  2  of  which  have  been  described  an 
species  (D  biflora,  Nelson  and  D.  or  Androsace  umflora)  — D  mwi/w, 
Ijndl  Mature  Ivs  covered  with  minute  2-3-forJced  pairs,  margins 
not  ctliate,  blade  linear  and  usually  entire  fls  3-7,  the  corolla-tube 
hardly  exceeding  the  calyx.  Columbia  River.  L  H  B  t 

DOUGLAS  SPRUCE .  Pseudotsuga  Douylam. 

DOWNlNGIA  (after  Andrew  Jackson  Downing, 
famous  American  pomologist  and  landscape  gardener). 
Campanulacex,  or  Lobeli&cex  when  this  family  is  kept 
distinct.  Low  herbs,  much  branched,  sometimes  grown 
as  garden  annuals;  flowers  blue  with  white  or  yellow 
markings  or  blotches. 

Leaves  alternate,  entire,  passing  above  into  bracts: 
fls.  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.  or  upper  sessile  bracts; 
corolla  2-lipped,  the  upper  lobes  much  narrower  than 
the  3  lower* ones;  tube  of  stamens  free  from  the  corolla* 
seeds  numerous,  small,  oblong  to  spindle-shaped,  in  a 
very  long  linear  caps,  that  bears  at  its  apex  the  leafy 
linear  calyx-lobes  and  is  dehiscent  lengthwise  by  1-3 
valves  or  fissures  — Six  to  8  species,  mostly  in  Calif 
(1  in  Chile),  usually  in  moist  places  and  margins  of 
spring  pools,  sometimes  in  salty  marshes  or  in  moun- 
tains. Rafinesque's  name  Bolelia  (anagram  of  Lobelia) 
is  older,  but  is  discarded  by  the  list  of  "nomma  conser- 
vanda"  of  the  the  Vienna  code  The  plants  are  little 
known  in  American  gardens  They  are  easily  grown 
annuals,  and  are  said  to  make  interesting  pot-plants 
The  species  are  often  not  well  distinguished,  and  some  of 
them  mav  be  color  forms  The  plants  grow  about  6  in. 
high,  and  have  been  recommended  for  edgings. 

pulchella,  Torr  (Chntdma  pulchella,  Lmdl  ).*•  Erect 
or  ascending,  2-10  in  ,  usually  simple.  Ivs  oblong- 
ovate  to  linear,  J/£m  long,  obtuse:  fls  deep  blue,  the 
center  of  lower  lip  yellow  with  a  white  border,  and 
marked  with  violet  and  yellow  in  throat;  lower  lip 
with  3  roundish  apiculate  lobes;  upper  lip  deeply 
2-cleft  with  spreading  oblong-lanceolate  segms  May, 
June,  in  Calif  B  R.  1909.  11  H  1861"  171.  G  W  15, 
p.  213.  R  H.  1895,  p.  19,  shows  its  straggling  habit 
as  a  pot-plant.  Many  of  the  branches  fall  below  the 
top  of  the  pot. 

Slogans,  Torr  (C  elegans,  Douglas) .  St  usually  simple, 
4-7  in  :  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  the  broad  lip  moder- 
ately 3-lobed;  the  2  divisions  of  the  smaller  lip  lanceo- 
late, parallel;  lower  lip  sky-blue  with  darker  vemlets  and 
the  mam  part  white  with  2  green  or  yellowish  spots; 
the  throat  often  purple-spotted  and  yellow-lined  May. 
Calif.  B.R.  1241.  L  H  B.f 

DOXANTHA  CAPREOLATA,  Miers:  Biynonm  capreolata 

DRABA  (Greek  name  for  a  cress).  Crudferae.  WHIT- 
LOW-GRASS. One  of  the  important  groups  of  spring- 
flowering  plants  for  the  alpine  garden 

A  large  and  widely  scattered  genus  of  tufted  hardy 
annual  or  perennial  herbs,  with  stellate  hairs.  Ivs.  often 
in  a  rosette,  mostly  uncut*  scapes  or  sts  leafy  or  not, 
racemes  short  or  long,  fls  without  bracts,  small,  white, 
yellow,  rosy  or  purple,  stamens  6:  fr.  an  oval,  orbicular 
or  linear  flat  pod  with  several  to  many  margmless 
seeds  in  2  rows  in  each  cell;  cotyledons  accumbent. — 
Some  150  species  m  temperate  and  arctic  regions  of  the 
world,  many  of  them  in  mountains.  Many  species 
occur  in  the  lists  of  alpine  gardeners.  They  are  more  or 
less  alyssum-like.  js 

Draoas  are  very  pretty  dwarf  compact  alpine  plants, 
with  small  but  numerous  flowers  admirably  adapted 
for  the  rockery  or  front  part  of  a  sunny  border.  They 
require  a  sunny  posifion  and  an  open  soil.  It  is  impor- 
tant that  they  be  well  matured  by  the  autumn  sun.  The 


plant  forms  a  dense  little  rosette  of  Ivs.,  and  has  a  neat 
appearance  at  all  times.  In  spring,  drabas  are  thickly 
covered  with  their  little  flowers  and  when  planted  in 
masses  are  decidedly  effective.  Propagation  is  chiefly 
by  division;  also  by  seed,  which  may  be  sown  in  the 
fall  if  desired.  (J.  B.  Keller.) 


INDEX. 


cuspidata,  10. 
Dedeana,  9. 
fladmzensia,  6. 
gigas,  5 
hispida,  14 
imbncata,  13. 
Uippomca,  6. 


Mawn,  4. 
olympioa,  11. 
pyrenaica,  1. 
ngida,  12. 
tndentata,  14. 
\nolacea,  2. 
Wahlenberffii,  Q. 


aizoides,  7. 
Aizoon, 8 
alpma,  15 
androsacea.  6. 
aurea,  16 
brumaefolta,  11. 
bryoides,  12. 
cmerea,  3. 

A.  Fls.  rose  or  purple. 

1.  pyrenaica,  Lmn.  ROCK  BEAUTY.  Height  2-3  in.: 
Ivs.  wedge-shaped,  3-lobed  at  apex:  fls  white  at  first, 
changing  to  rosy  pink  May.  Mts.,  S  Eu.  B.M.  713. 
— Said  to  be  easily  prop  by  cuttings.  This  is  Pelrocallis 
pyrenaica,  R  Br.,  unaer  which  name  it  will  be  found 
again 

2  violacea,  DC.  St.  woody  at  base,  branched: 
6-12  in.1  Ivs.  obovate-oblong,  obtuse,  equally  woolly 


1344.  Draba  Dedeana. 

on  both  sides  scapes  leafy,  petals  obovate,  dark  purple. 
Andes  of  Ecuador  at  elevations  of  13,000-15,000  ft. 
B  M.  5650 

AA.  Fls.  white  (sometimes  yellowish  m  No.  6). 
B  Plants  biennial  or  annual. 

3  cin&rea,  Adams     St    nearly  simple:  Ivs   oblong- 
linear,   stellate   pubescent    petals   twice   longer   than 
calyx  •  pods  oblong,  pubescent,  shorter  than  the  pedicel. 
Early  spring.   Siberia. 

BB.  Plants  perennial. 
c.  Lvs.  ngid. 

4  Mawii,  Hook.  Forming  low,  densely  tufted,  bright 
green  patches:  st  much  branched^  densely  clothed  with 
spreading,    rosulate    Ivs  '    Ivs     linear-oblong,    obtuse, 
bristly,  with  a  prominent  midrib  below:  scape  very 
short,   woolly,   2-4-fld.,   very  short-pedicelled;  petals 
thrice  as  large  as  the  sepals,  obcordate,  white:  pods 
ellipsoid,  compressed.   Spam    B.M.  6186. 

5.  gigas,  Stur  (properly  Arabia  Carduchbrum,  Boiss.). 
Lvs    rosulate  and  rigid,   linear  and  obtusish,  cihate: 
scape  1  in   or  less,  the  fruiting  raceme  short  and  con- 
tracted; fls.  white*  fr  glabrous,  elliptic-linear,  the  style 
very  short,  the  valves  1-nerved  and  keeled.   Armenia. 

cc.  Lvs.  not  rigid. 

6.  fladnizensis,   Wulf.    (D.    androsdcea,  Willd.    D. 
Wdhlenbergii,  Hartm.    D.  lappdnica,   Willd.).    Plant 
2-3  in.,  much  branched  at  oase.  Ivs.  rather  loosely 
rosulate,  oblong-linear  to  lanceolate,  cihate.  usually 
somewhat  villous  or  stellate-pubescent,  less  than  %m. 
long1  scape  usually  glabrous  or  only  slightly  viilous; 
fls.  sometimes  yellowish:  pods  elliptic-oblong  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  not  hairy.   Arctic  regions  and  Cent.  Eu. 


XXXVII.  Dracaena  Goldieana,  a  "foliage  plant"  from  tropical  Africa. 


DRABA 


DRAOENA 


1069 


AAA.  Fla.  yellow. 
B.  IMS.  rigid,  keeled,  ciliate. 

7.  aizoldes,  Linn.   Cespitose,  2-3  in.:  Ivs.  linear  and 
acutish:  scape  glabrous,  the  raceme  elongating  in  fr.; 
petals  yellow,  twice  exceeding  the  calyx;  anthers  about 
equaling  the  petals,  fr.   oblong-elliptic,   glabrous  or 
setulose;  style  as  long  as  the  pod  is  wide.  March.  Cent, 
and  S.  Eu.— B.M   170.   Variable. 

8.  Aizdon,   VVahl.     About  3   in.   high'   Ivs.   broad- 
lanceolate,  strongly  cihate.  scape  hairy,  with  sulfur- 
yellow  fls  ,  the  filaments  being  paler  or  greenish.   April. 
Eu. — Diverse  in  habit. 

9.  Dedeana,  Boiss    &  Reut.    Fig.   1344     Densely 
cespitose:  scape  and  pedicels  pubescent    Ivs    oblong- 
linear,  attenuate  at  base:  petals  broadly  obcordate- 
cuneate;  stamens  scarcely  longer  than  calyx,  fr.  elip- 
soidal  or  ovoid.    Spain  — In  habit  like  D.  aizoides;  fls. 
paler  yellow. 

10.  cuspidata,   Bieb     Cespitose:   Ivs    linear-acute: 
scape  villous  or  woolly,   the   fruiting  raceme  short; 
petals  yellow,  twice  exceeding  the  calyx,  anthers  equal- 
ing the  petals:  fr    lanceolate  and  somewhat  turgid, 
setulose      Asia    Minor  — Aspect   of   D    aizoides,   but 
scape  shorter  and  pod  somewhat  inflated 

11.  olympica,  Sibth.  (D.  brunuefdha,  Stev.).  Densely 
and  broadly  cespitose,  about  4  in   high:  Ivs.  narrowly 
linear,  somewhat  keeled,  petals  deep  golden,  twice  as 
long  as  the  calyx  and  stamens'  fr.  small,  turgid-com- 
prcssed,  style  very  short.    June     Greece,  Orient. — 
Huns  into  many  forms. 

12.  rigida,   Willd     (D.   bryticks,   DC.).     Powdered: 
Ivs  minute,  and  very  short,  oblong-linear  and  keeled, 
obtUbish,  the  margin  more  or  less  cihate'  scape  glabrous, 
bearing   a   rather   long   raceme;   petals   deep   golden 
yellow,   much  exceeding  calyx*  fr.  elliptic  or  nearly 
linear    Caucasus,  Armenia. 

13.  imbricata,  Meyer.   Very  dwarf,  much  powdered: 
Ivs.  very  small,  oblong,  obtuse,  3-sided,  cihate,  densely 
imbricate:   raceme  nearly   sesbile,   glabrous,   3-5-fld.; 
petals  deep  golden,  twice  exceeding  the  calyx;  filaments 
exceeding  calyx:  ir.  ovate-orbicular,  glabrous,  nearly 
plane,  btyle  very  short.   Caucasus. — An  excellent  little 
rock  alpine. 

BB.  Lvs  not  rigid  or  keeled 

14.  hlspida,  Willd.  (D.  tndentata,  DC.).   About  3  in. 
high.    Ivs    obovate,    narrowed    into    a   long    petiole, 
obscurely  1-3-toothed  at  the  apex,  somewhat  bristly 
scape  not  hairy,  petals  yellow,  cuneate,  retuse,  twice 
longer  than  calyx:  fr   oblong-linear,  not  hairy.    Rus- 
sia, Caucasus 

15  alpina,  Linn  Densely  cespitose,  with  a  much- 
branched  caudex'  Ivs  lanceolate  or  oblong,  obtuse  or 
acute,  pubescent:  flat:  scape  more  or  less  hairy:  pods 
oblong  to  ovate,  style  very  short.  April.  Greenland, 
N.  Eu  ,  Asia. 

16.  aurea,  Vahl.  Doubtfully  perennial  or  biennial, 
pubescent  throughout  with  stellate  hairs,  the  caudex 
simple  or  little  branched:  Ivs.  oblanceolate  to  lanceo- 
late, to  2  in.,  entire  or  remotely  serrate-  petals  bright 
yellow  to  almost  white:  pods  lanceolate  to  linear, 
acute,  often  twisted.  New  Mex.,  and  Ariz  in  mountains 
and  north.  B.M.  2934. 

D.  boredhs,  DC  Fls.  white1  stellate-pubescent,  more  or  less 
cespitose,  st  2-12  m  ,  simple  or  sparingly  branched  Ivs  ovate  to 
oblong-ovate,  flat,  H«n-  or  less,  style  short  and  stout  Brit.  Col. 
to  the  high  N  ,  Japan  — D  eWta,  Hook,  f  Fls  yellow  tall  biennial, 
the  Bt  about  1  ft.  high  from  the  previous  year's  rosette  of  spatulate 
Iva.  Himalayas. — D  frloida,  Saut.  Fls  white  scape  about  2- 
Ivd  ,  loosely  pubescent  Ivs  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  stellate-tomentose: 
fr  oblong,  glabrous,  the  style  very  short  or  almost  none  Alps  — D. 
OfU\esn,  Hook  &  Arn  Fls  white,  *im  or  less  across  tufted 
perennial,  1-10  m ,  variable'  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  coarsely  toothed' 
fls  few  to  many  in  an  erect  raceme.  Chile  B  M.  7913.  Gn  63,  p 
243  — D  qrandvfldra,  Hook  &  Arn.  Fls  white,  in  racemes*  plant 
small  and  tufted,  with  tomentose  Ivs.  oblong-spatulate.  High 
Andes.  Gn.  63,  p.  242.  Showy,  hardy  in  England.— D.  Sofomdrm, 


offered  abroad,  is  described  as  "very  close,  compact  tufts,  w  hita 
fls  " — D  vtrna,  Linn.  WHITLOW-GRASS  A  winter  annual,  widely 
naturalised  from  Eu  ,  with  white  fls  ,  bifid  petals,  oblong-obovate 
to  oblanceolate  rosulato  Ivs.,  slender  scapes  2-6  in.,  and  glabrous 
round-oval  to  oblong  pods  L  H  B  t 

DRAC&NA  (female  dragon;  the  dried  juice  supposed 
to  resemble  dragon's  blood).  Lilidcex.  DRACENA. 
Ornamental  hothouse  or  stove  plants,  frequently  with 
variegated  leaves. 

Often  arborescent,  with  sword-shaped  or  broad  Ivs. 
mostly  crowded  at  the  summit  of  the  st. :  fls.  clustered 
in  panicles  or  heads,  greenish -white  or  yellowish; 
perianth  salver-form  or  campanulate;  lobes  6,  spread- 
ing, stamens  6.  fr  a  3-celled  berry.  Differs  from  Cordy- 
line  m  having  larger  fls  ,  and  solitary  instead  of  many 
ovules  m  each  cell  of  the  ovary. — About  40  tropical 
woody  plants,  a  few  being  in  cult  See  Baker,  Journ. 
Linn  Soc  ,  vol  14,  for  a  monograph  of  the  genus.  • 

Dracaena  Draco,  of  the  Cfeuanes,  is  the  dragon  tree. 
It  reaches  a  height  of  30  to  60  feet,  branching  when  of 
great  age.  The  dragon  tree  of  Tenenffe,  famous  for 
centuries,  was  70  feet  high,  and  one  of  the  oldest  of 
known  trees.  See  Cordyhne  for  other  names  not  found 
in  this  article;  albo  for  culture. 

The  following  key  to  the  cultivated  species  of  both 
Dracaena  and  Cordyhne  is  based  upon  the  Ivs. 


BoerhavUj  1 
deremensis,  5. 
Draco,  1. 
fragrans,  4. 
Godseffiana,  8 
Goldieana,  6. 


INDEX. 

Hookeriana,  3. 
Knerku,  4 
latifoha,  3 
Lmdemi,  4 
Massangean 
Rothiana,  4 


4. 


Rumphii,  3. 
Sanderiana,  7. 
thalmdcs,  7 
uinbraculifera,  2 
variegata,  3. 
Victoria,  4. 


KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 
A.  Lvs.  long  and  sword-shaped,  sessile. 
B.  The  Ivs    glaucous  beneath,  2-6  in. 

wide.  C.  indivisa 

BB.  The  Ivs  with  both  faces  similar,  nar- 
rower. * 
c.  Of  mature  plants  narrow   (6-16 

lines  broad)  C.  strict* 

cc  Of  mature  plants  broader  (1 -Sin). 
D  Margins  green, 
E  Color  of  Ivs   glaucous-green, 
costate,  l%-2ft  by  16-21 
lines  D.  Draco 

EE.  Color  of  Ivs  green,  costate, 
undulate  below,  2-3%  ft 
by  1  ^2~#  *rc  D«  umbracuhf  era 

EEE.  Color  of  Ivs  green,  cot>ta  ob- 
scure, 3-4  ft.  by  13-18  lines  C.  australis 
DD  Margins  -white-pellucid  D.  Hookeriana 

AA  Lvs  oblanceolate,  broadly  petioled  or 

sessile. 
B.  Size   of  Ivs    3-4   in.  by  l%-8  in  , 

opposite  or  whorled  D.  Godseffiana 

BB.  Size  of  Ivs.  12-16  in.  by  18-21  lines, 

alternate.     .  .  .   C.  rubra 

BBB.  Size   of  Ivs.    iy?r3  ft.  by  2-4  in., 

alternate. 

c.  Pedicels    1  -1 }  $   lines    long,    per- 
ianth 6  -7  lines  long  D.  fragrans 
cc  Pedicels   1  %  -  2  lines  long,    per- 
ianth 7-8  lines  long  .  D.  deremensis 
AAA.  Lvs.   ovate,    lanceolate,    or  elliptical; 

petioles  narrow 

B    The  Ivs  4-8  in.  by  8-2%  in  ,  oblong- 
falcate,  green  C.  Haageana 
BB    The  Ivs   7-8  in.  by  4-6  in  ,  oblong, 

white-spotted  D.  Goldieana 

BBB.  The   Ivs.  7-10  in    by    H~^H  ™, 

lanceolate,  white-margined       .  .. .  D.  Sandenana 
BBBB.  The  Ivs.   10-18  in.   by  1-S^i   in., 

elliptical  . . .  C.  terminalis 

1.  Draco.  Linn.  DRAGON-TREE.  Arborescent  (60 
ft  high),  branched:  Ivs.  very  numerous,  crowded, 
sword-shaped,  erect  or  the  outer  recurved  (1H~2  ft.  x 
lJ4~lMm-)»  scarcely  narrowed  below,  long-attenuate 
at  the  apex,  glaucous-green'  pedicels  3-6  lines  long: 
bracts  minute,  lanceolate:  perianth  4  lines  long,  green- 


1070 


DRACAENA 


DRACOCEPHALUM 


ish;  filaments  flat:  berries  orange.  Canary  Isls.  B.M. 
4571.  RH  1869,  p.  416, 1880,  p  196.  GC  11.14:749. 
G.W.  12:233  J  F.  2,  pi.  124  —Fine  for  conservatory. 
D.  Bcerhavii,  Tenore,  is  a  garden  form,  with  elongated 
Ivs ,  all  recurved. 

2.  umbraculifera,  Jacq.  Arborescent  (3-10  ft.  high), 
simple:  Ivs.  very  numerous,  crowded,  sword-shaped 
(2-3 y%  ft.  x  l%-2  in  ),  outer  recurved,  all  green  and 
shining,  attenuate  at  the  apex,  scarcely  narrowed 
toward  the  conspicuously  undulate  base,  costa  distinct 
on  both  faces,  pedicels  4-6  lines  long  bracts  minute, 
deltoid,  perianth  large,  2  in.  long,  white,  tinged  with 
red;  filaments  filiform.  Mauritius  L  B  C.  3 '289. 

3  Hookeriana,  Koch  (C.  Rumphn,  Hook  D. 
Rtimphn,  Regel).  Trunk  3-6  ft  high,  sometimes 
branched.  Ivs  numerous,  densely  clustered,  sword- 
shaped  (2-2^  ft  x  ll/2-2  in.),  outer  reflexed,  all  long- 
attenuate  at  the  apex,  scarcely  narrowed  below, 
margin  white-pellucid,  lower  face  concave,  indistinctly 
costate  beneath  bracts  1  ^-3  in  long,  white .  pedicels 
3-4  lines  long;  perianth  greenish,  12-15  lines  long; 
filaments  filiform  •  berries  orange  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
D.  latif&lia,  Regel,  is  a  horticultural  variety,  with  Ivs. 
3-3K  m.  wide  G  C  III.  20  305  (var  latifoha).  B  M. 
4279  (as  Cordyhne  Rwnphu )  Var  variegata,  Hort. 
Variegated  foliage. 

4.  fragrans,  Kcr-Gawl  (Aktns  fragrans,  Linn. 
Sansewtna  fragrans,  Jacq  ).  Arborescent  (20  ft  high 
or  more),  sometimes  branched'  Ivs.  (1M~3  ft.  x2H~4 
in  )  sessile,  oblanceolate,  lax  and  spreading  or  recurved, 
flaccid,  green  and  shining,  acute,  indistinctly  costate: 


5.  dereme'nsis,    Engler.      Plant    9-15    ft.     high, 
branched.  Ivs.  1%  ft.  long,  2  in.  wide,  narrowed  into  a 
broad  petiole-like  base*  inn.  large;  fls  on  pedicels  1^£- 
2  lines  long,  perianth  7-8  lines  long,  with  tube  4  lines 
long,    dark    red    without,  white    within,   unpleasant 
scented.    Afr.    GC    III.  50:23.   G.M.  54:523.   G.W. 
11:505  (all  as  var.  Warneckn). 

6.  Goldieana,  Hort.  Plate  XXXVII.  Trunk  simple, 
slender-  Ivs  distant,  spreading,  thick-oblong  (7-8  in  x 
4-5  in  ),  cuspidately  pointed,  base  broadly  rounded  or 
cordate,  glossy  green,  conspicuously  white-spotted  and 
banded,  young  Ivs  often  tinged  with  red ;  petioles  erect 
(2-3  in  long),  deeply  grooved,  fls  unknown    W.  Trop. 
Afr  B.M.  6630.   R  H.  1878,  p  15.    I  H.  25  300;  42,  p 
257.    GC   II    17.49.   GZ    22:1    G.  2 '271;  14.239. 
G.W.  12  235.— A  fine  foliage  plant. 

7.  Sanderiana,   Hort.    (D.   thalobdet  var.   vanegala, 
Hort  ?).    Slender.   Ivs    distant,   alternate,  spreading 
or  recurved  (7-10  x  3/2-1 /-£  in),  narrowly  lanceolate, 
acuminate,  on  rather  broad  petioles   (1-3  in    long), 
glossy-green,  broadly  margined  with  white      Congo. 
AF.  8  1281;  1T235.    Ill  40'175.    GC.  Ill  13'445. 
G  W  14:322    Gn  W.  14:617.  G.  23:533.  G.L.  16:235. 
—Intro   m  1893. 

8  Godseffiana,  Hort.  Woody,  but  very  slender, 
rather  diffuse*  Ivs  at  many  nodes  small,  erect,  scale- 
like  and  lanceolate,  the  others  opposite  or  in  whorls 
of  3,  oblong  or  obovate,  spreading,  cuspidate,  sessile 
(3-4x1^-2  m  ),  firm,  green,  with  copious  white  spots, 
raceme  short  -  peduncled .  bracts  small,  fr  globular, 
greenish  yellow  or  red,  nearly  1  in  diam  Congo. 
GC  III  21  347  Gn  50,  p  276,  51  298,  and  p  299. 
A.F  13  1310  FE  10,  supp  2  12  Gng.  6 '294.  G. 
19:388  — Fine  for  decorative  purposes. 

The  following  are  apparently  not  in  the  American  trade  D 
americ&na,  Donnell  Smith  Twenty  to  40ft  high  Ivu  hncar-sword- 
shape,  8-1.5  in  long, grten  fls  white,  *mall,  indent  panicle*  Allied 
to  D  Draco  Cent  Amer  S  T  >S  1  207  New  —  D  arbdnn,  Lmk 
Lvs  giccn,  swoid-ahaped,  dense,  hessilc  Gt  40  1H8,  and  p  226 
GW  8  260,  12  232 — D  Brodtn/ttldn,  Hort  Lvs  spreadn 


1345.  Dracaena  fragrans  var.  Lindemi. 


bracts  minute,  scanous,  deltoid:  pedicels  1-1 M  lines 
long;  fls  glomerate;  perianth  6-8  lines  long,  yellow: 
berry  orange-red.  Guinea.  B  M.  1081  A  G.  18.389. 
F.R.  4:189.  Gn.  M.  8  270.  G.W.  12  232.  G.  2  286. 
— Much  used  for  greenhouse  and  table  decoration.  D. 
Knerkii,  Hort  Form  with  glossy  light  green,  less  pen- 
dulous Ivs.  D.  Rothiana,  Hort.  A  garden  form.  I.H. 
43,  p  97.  R.H  1877,  p.  68.  D.  Victdria,  Hort  Acar- 
den  form.  Gn.  63,  p.  77.  Var  Lindenii,  Hort.  (D  LAn- 
denn,  Hort ).  Fig  1345  Lvs  recurved,  traversed  from 
base  to  apex  by  creamy  white  bands.  Very  decorative. 
I.H.  27:384.  FR.  4:191.  GW.  14:321.  A.F.  35:1241. 
G.C.  III.  30-176.  Var.  Massangeana,  Hort.  (D.  Mas- 
sangeana,  Hort.).  A  broad  yellow  stripe  along  the 
center  of  the  If.  throughout  its  entire  length.  F.R. 
4:193. 


ng  or 


recurved,  strap-shaped,  undulate,  sessile,  ck  en  green  bordered  with 
broad  white  margins  JH  III  34  541  GC  III  20  t,o7,  23  249, 
33  240  (var)  G  27  597  G  W  13  4  —  Botami  al  status  obscure 
— D  concinna,  Kunth  Lvs  oblanceolate,  green,  purple  on  the 
margin,  green-petioled  —  D  cylindrica,  Hook  Lvs  linear-lan- 
ceolate, or  obovate-hmeolate,  bright  green,  spreading  B  M  .">81(> 
— D  EecUiantu,  Hort  F  R  1  40  Gn  W  10  t/<7  —  D  dUptica, 
Thunb  Lvs  Hpreading,  pe  tooled,  thiekish,  elliptic  -laiHcolatc, 
glossy,  acute,  longitudinally  striatt  B  M  4787  G  C  II  17  201 
(var  macuhta)  — D  rnxiffiLa,  Hort  Amer  —Dianella  ensifolia 
— D  keu'fnns,  Hort  Lvs  dark  green,  broadly  oblong-lanccolate- 
arute.  petiole  red,  half  as  long  as  the  blade  New  Caledonia  New 
May  bo  a  form  of  C  terminals  GC  III  33  2b5  FE  15  619  — 
D  marymata,  Lam  Lvs  sword-shaped,  dcn«.p,  spreading,  green, 
margined  and  veined  with  red  G  W  12  235  —  D  marmorata, 
Hort  B  M  7078  — D  phrymoidet.  Hook  Lvs  petioled,  mostly 
oval,  acuminate,  coriaceous,  spotted  with  yellowish  white,  pale 
beneath  B  M  5352  ~D  rrjUxa,  Lam  Lvs  lam  rotate  or  sword- 
shaped,  acule,  contracted  into  a  petiole  --D  Saposrhnikdwi,  Regel. 
Lvs  sword-shaped,  crowded,  green  Gt  705 — D  Smlthn,  Baker. 
Lvs  large,  narrowly  sword-shapod,  crowded,  bright  green  B  M. 
6169 

Some  trade  names,  the  botanical  status  of  which  is  in  doubt,  are 
the  following  alba-mar ginatn,  alban trims,  Alexandria,  anguntifoha, 
angu8fata,argenteo-8lnata,  Detimehana,  edmontonu  nsis,  elefantiwima, 
Ehzabethise ,  Fredenca,  Hendersonn,  imperator,  Jamesn,  JansHesii, 
Lacourtii,  Mayi,  Mand^ana,  Offtn,  perelyarti,  rrcurva,  Salmonea, 
Sheperdii ,  spectabths  D  nova-caledomca  is  probably  Cordylme  neo- 
caledomca,  Lmdl.,  with  bronze  IVB  R  M  WlEOAND. 

DRACOC^PHALUM  (Greek,  dragon's  head,  from 
the  shape  of  the  corolla)  Labtalse.  Hardy  herbaceous 
annual  and  perennial  plants  of  easy  culture  and  of 
minor  importance. 

Allied  to  Ncpeta,  differing  in  having  the  calyx 
mostly  straight  rather  than  curved  and  unequally 
toothed:  mostly  erect  herbs,  with  opposite  entire, 
toothed  or  deeply  cut  Ivs.,  the  upper  one*  passing  into 
bracts:  fls.  in  many-fld.  verticils  which  arc  axillary  or 
terminal,  blue  or  purple  or  rarely  white;  calyx  tubular, 
about  15-nerved;  corolla,  upper  lip  somewhat  notched 
and  arched,  the  lower  one  3-cleft  and  the  middle  part 
notched  or  2-cleft;  stamens  4,  didynamous,  the  2 


DRACOCEPHALUM 

anther-cells  divaricate. — Forty  species  in  Eu.  and  Asia 
and  very  sparingly  in  N.  Amer. 

Sandy  loam,  moderately  rich,  and  a  rather  moist, 
partially  shaded  situation  will  suit  these  plants  best. 
In  a  sunny  dry  border  they  are  never  very  showy; 
the  flowers  are  of  short  duration,  and  are  seldom  at 
their  best  except  in  very  moist  seasons  Propagation 
is  by  division  or  seeds.  The  species  described  oelow 
are  erect-growing. 

A.  Lva.  entire,  not  cut  in  any  way. 
Ruyschiana,  Linn.  (Ruyschidna  spicata,  Mill.). 
Perennial,  2  ft.:  sts.  slightly  pubescent:  Ivs.  linear- 
lanceolate,  glabrous:  bracts  ovate-lanceolate,  entire: 
whorls  m  somewhat  interrupted  spikes;  fls  1  in.  long, 
purplish  blue  or  purple;  anthers  vitlous.  Siberia  Var. 
jap6nicum,  Hort ,  has  white  fls  shaded  with  blue,  and 
is  a  distinct  improvement.  G.C.  II.  12 . 167. — According 
to  Vilmorin,  this  species  has  been  sold  as  D.  altaiense 
(see  D.  grandiflorurri) . 

AA.  Lvs.  deeply  S-6-defL 

austriacum,  Linn  ,  has  the  habit  of  the  above,  and 
belongs  to  the  same  subgenus  Ruyachiana,  but  the 
Ivs.  are  divided  and  more  distinctly  rcvolute  at  the 
margin  About  1-1%  ft  high  fls  blue,  \Yi  in.  long 
and  more  perennial.  July,  Aug  Eu  ,  Caucasus. 

AAA   Lvs.  cut  only  at  the  margin,  mostly  crenate. 
D.  Whorls  crowded  together  into  spikes  or  heads. 

grandifldrum,  Linn  (D  altaiense •,  Laxm ).  Peren- 
nial, about  1  ft  high:  root-lvs  long-stalked,  oblong, 
notches  at  base;  st -Ivs  few,  short-stalked,  ovate,  not 
notched  at  base,  the  uppermost  still  more  rounded: 
whorls  in  spikes  2-3  in  long,  the  lowest  whorl  usually 
at  some  distance:  fls  2  in  long,  blue.  June,  July. 
Siberia  B  M  1009  P  M  13  51 

specidsum,  Benth  Allied  to  D.  grandiflorum,  but 
st.  pubescent  instead  of  pilose  above*  root-lvs  more 
broadly  heart-shaped,  and  all  Ivs.  pubescent  beneath 
instead  of  nearly  glabrous,  and  wrinkled  fls  purplish  to 
deep  purple.  June,  July  Himalayas  B  M.  6281. 

BB.  Whorls  distant,  in  long  racemes 

Moldavica,  Linn  (Molddvica  punctata,  Moench) 
Lvs  lanceolate,  mciso  -  crenate,  the  floral  ones  nar- 
rower and  pectinate1  fls  in  fcw-fld  loose  clusters; 
corolla  2  or  3  times  as  long  as  calyx,  blue  or  white. 
European  annual,  1-2  ft.,  sparingly  run  wild  in  N. 
Amer.  Eu.,  N.  Asia. 

Ruprechtii,  Regel.  Perennial:  dwarf  or  compact,  1- 
13^  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  incised  and  toothed:  fls. 
rosy  purple  or  lilac,  about  1  in.  long,  in  axillary  clusters. 
Turkestan.  Gt.  1018. 

nutans,  Linn.  Perennial,  1  ft  :  Ivs.  ovate-crenate, 
the  floral  ones  oblong-lanceolate  and  more  nearly 
entire'  fls.  blue  May-July  N  Asia.  Mn.  4:137. 
B.R.  841.  Var.  alplna,  Hort.,  is  advertised. 

D  canart£n«e=Cedronella  triphylla  — D  mnfscens,  Linn  «•• 
Lallemantia. — D.  mrginiAnum,  Lmn.=*PhysOBtegia. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
L.  H.  B.f 

DRAC<5NTIUM  (derived  from  the  Greek  word  for 
dragon).  Aracex.  Greenhouse  or  hothouse  plants,  grown 
more  for  curiosity  than  for  beauty. 

Herbs  with  long-petioled  Ivs.:  petioles  verrucose; 
blades  deeply  3-parted,  these  again  parted:  spathe 
oblong,  convolute  below;  spadix  short-stalked,  short, 
cyhndric,  free,  densely  many-fld.;  fls  perfect,  with  a 
perianth:  fr.  a  2-3-celled  berry,  each  cell  1-seeded. — 
About  a  half-dozen  species  m  Trop.  Amer.  Cult,  as 
for  Amorphophallus. 

asperum,  Koch  (AmorphophdUus  nivdsus,  Lem.). 
Petioles  up  to  9  ft.  long  and  over  1  in.  thick,  roughened 
toward  base  with  small  warts  conjoined  in  series, 
marked  with  large  livid  green  and  brown  spots;  blades 


DRAGON  PLANTS 


1071 


up  to  3  ft.  broad,  3-parted,  the  divisions  bipinnate, 
the  ultimate  segms.  oblong  to  lanceolate:  peduncles 
4  in  or  more  long;  spathe  up  to  10  in.  long;  spadix 
1M-2  in.  long.  Brazil.  I.H.  13,  p.  14;  12:424. 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

DRACfiNCULUS  (Latin,  a  little  dragon).  Ardce*. 
Odd  tuberous  plants  sometimes  grown  under  glass. 

This  plant  has  interesting  dragon-fingered  Ivs.  and  a 
terrifying  odor  when  m  flower.  Its  tubers  are  sold  by 
bulb  dealers  under  the  name  of  Arum  Dracunculus. 
The  monographer  of  this  order  (Engler,  in  DC.  Mon. 


1346.  Dracunculus  vulgaris. 

Phan.,  vol  2,  1879)  puts  this  plant  into  the  genus  Dra- 
cunculus because  the  ovules  are  attached  to  the  base  of 
the  ovary,  while  in  Arum  they  are  attached  to  the  side. 
The  Ivs  of  the  true  arums  are  always  arrow-shaped, 
while  in  Dracunculus  they  are  sometimes  cut  into  finger- 
like  lobes.  There  are  only  2  species.  The  common  one 
is  an  entertaining,  not  to  say  exciting,  plant.  It  is 
well  worth  growing  for  the  experience,  though  its 
stench  is  not  quite  so  bad  as  that  of  a  hehcodiceros, 
sold  as  Arum  crimtum,  which  makes  any  house  unbear- 
able in  which  it  flowers  Nearly  all  arums  are  ill- 
smelling.  For  cult.,  see  Arum. 

vulgaris,  Schott.  Fig  1346.  Sheath  of  Ivs.  livid, 
spotted;  stalks  green,  blades  with  10  fingers  projecting 
from  a  Dow-shaped  base:  tube  of  spathe  streaked  with 
purple  except  at  the  bottom;  spathe  purple  all  over  and 
much  darker  along  the  wavy  border.  Medit.  regions. 
G.C.  III.  47 : 198.  WILHELM  MILLER. 

DRAGON  PLANTS.  The  dragon  arum,  dragon  root 
or  green  dragon,  is  the  native  Arissema  Dracontium. 
The  dragon  plant  of  Europe  is  Dracunculus  vulgaris. 
The  dragon's  head  is  not  an  aroid,  but  a  Dracocepha- 
lum,  a  genus  of  mints  False  dragon's  head  is  Physo- 
stegia.  The  dragon's  blood  of  commerce  is  a  dark  red, 
astringent,  resinous  secretion  of  the  fruits  of  a  palm, 


J072 


DRAGON  PLANTS 


DRAINAGE 


Dxmonorops  Draco.  Other  kinds  of  dragon's  blood 
are  produced  by  Dracaena  Draco  and  Ecastophyllum 
monetana  (now  referred  to  Dalborgia).  "Sticks," 
"reeds,"  "tears"  and  "lumps"  of  dragon's  blood  are 
known  to  commerce.  The  resin  is  used  in  coloring 
varnishes,  dyeing  horn  in  imitation  of  tortoise  shell, 
and  in  the  composition  of  tooth-powders  and  various 
tinctures.  The  dragon  tree  is  Drac&na  Draco 

DRAINAGE.  Underground  or  sub-drains  serve  to 
relieve  the  land  of  free  water,  which  is  harmful  to  most 
plants  if  left  to  stagnate  in  the  surface  soil  or  subsoil. 
They  serve  not  only  to  dry  the  land  in  early  spring,  but 
indirectly  to  warm  it,  for  if  the  water  is  removed  the 
sun's  heat  warms  the  soil  instead  of  cooling  it  by 
evaporating  the  surplus  water  Tenacious  lands 
devoted  to  gardening  and  small-fruits  are  made  more 
productive,  warmer  and  earlier  by  sub-drainage  Drains 
promote  nitrification,  assist  in  liberating  mineral  plant- 
food  and  cheapen  tillage.  They  serve  not  only  to 
remove  deleterious  stagnant  water,  but  they  promote 
aeration  as  well,  and  this  hastens,  beneficial  chemical 
changes  in  the  soil.  Drainage  promotes  the  vigor, 
healtnfulness  and  fruitfulness  of  plants  Tenacious 
soils  are  made  more  friable  by  drains,  thereby  giving 


1348.  Old-fashioned  drain-tile. 


1347.  Diagrams  to  explain  the  effect  of  lowering  the  water-table  by 
means  of  under-draining  On  the  undrained  soil,  the  roots  do  not  pene- 
trate deep;  and  when  droughts  come,  the  plants  suffer. 

easier  access  to  plant  roots,  while  the  percolation 
through  the  soil  of  rainwater,  which  carries  some  plant- 
food,  is  hastened  Rain-water  in  the  spring  is  warmer 
than  the  soil,  in  midsummer  it  is  cooler  than  the  soil: 
therefore,  percolation  of  rain-water  warms  the  soil 
in  the  spring  and  cools  it  in  extremely  hot  weather. 
Drams  serve  not  only  to  relieve  land  of  free  water,  but 
they  impart  to  it  power  to  hold  additional  available 
moisture,  which  materially  benefits  plants  during 
droughts 

Drainage  is  of  two  kinds,  surface  and  sub-drainage. 
On  land  on  which  large  outlays  of  money  are  toT)e 
expended,  as  in  horticultural  plantations,  it  is  of  the 
utmost  importance  that  the  soil  be  freed  to  consider- 
able depths  from  stagnant  water.  Trees,  many  shrubs, 
and  even  some  garden  crops  send  their  roots  deeper 
into  the  subsoil  than  most  of  the  cereals,  hence  they 
require  a  greater  depth  of  drained  feeding-ground.  In 
horticulture  the  planting  may  often  precede  the  har- 
vest by  five  to  ten  years,  while  with  many  farm  crops 
the  harvest  follows  the  planting  in  a  few  months.  If 
the  grain-raiser  loses  one  crop,  an  annual,  by  planting 
on  wet  land,  the  loss  is  not  great,  but  af  the  orchardist 
loses  fifteen  to  twenty  years  of  labor  by  planting  on 
undramed  lands,  before  the  mistake  w  discovered,  the 
losses  are  serious.  Some  lands  require  little  more  than 
to  be  relieved  from  surplus  surface  water  in  early  spring, 
This  may  be  accomplished  by  forming  ridges  and  open 


furrows  as  far  asunder  as  the  rows  of  trees  are  to  be 
placed  But  it  is  only  rarely  that  surface  drainage 
fully  prevents  serious  damage  from  surplus  moisture. 
Surface  drainage  may  be  considered  a  cheap  way  of 
temporarily  alleviating  undesirable  conditions.  It 
does  not  always  eradicate  them.  Fig.  1347  illustrates 
how  sub-drainage  lowers  the  water-table  (or  the  area 
of  standing  water),  and  thereby  ameliorates  the  soil 

Sub- drainage 
consists  in  placing 
conduits  of  tile  or 
other  material  in 
the  ground  at 
depths  varying 
from  2H  to  4  feet, 
and  at  such  dis- 
tances apart  as 
will  serve  to  relieve  the  subsoil  of  deleterious  stagnant 
water  When  suitable  stones  are  at  hand,  they  are 
sometimes  used  instead  of  tile  for  forming  drainage 
conduits  If  such  use  is  made  of  them,  the  drains  should 
be  isomewhat  deeper  than  tile  drains,  since  the  stones 
which  form  the  dram  occupy  nearly  a  foot  of  the  depth 
of  the  ditch  and  are  more  likely  to  become  obstructed, 
especially  if  placed  near  the  surface,  than  are  tile 
drains  The  throats  or  openings  of  stone  drams 
are  iriugular  in  size,  while  those  of  tile  drains  are 
smooth  and  uniform  in  size,  and  are,  therefore, 
most  desirable  Yeais  ago,  various  flat-bottomed 
tiles  (Fig  1348)  were  employed,  but  the  style  m 
general  use  at  present  is  the  cylindrical  unglazed 
tile  shown  in  Fig  1349  They  should  be  hard- 
burned.  Because  of  the  low  cost  of  cement, 
tiles  made  of  isand  and  hydraulic  cement  have 
recently  come  into  use;  they  require  no  burning, 
are  stronger  than  tiles  made  of  clav  and  are  just 
as  efficient,  except  m  alkali  and  where  frost 
penetrates  very  deep 

In  semi-arid  districts  m  which 
irrigation  is  practised,  if  there  is 
a  hardpan,  nearly  or  quite  im- 
pervious to  water,  located  within 
3%  to  4^  feet  ot  the  surface, 
the  land   will  in  tune  become 
sour  or  charged  with  injurious 
alkaline  salts,  and  in  many  cases 
ruinously  unproductive     Lands 
of  this  description  are,  for  the 
most  part,  situated  west  of  the  100th 
meridian.     A  striking   illustration    of 
raiding  the  water-table  by  too  liberal 
irrigation  may  be  found  in  a  tract  of 
several    thousand     acres    m    Tulare 
County,    California,    which    formerly 
produced  grapes  and  peaches  abund- 
antly but  now  yields  nothing  except  a 
little  hardy  forage    The  water  table  in 
this  region  was  once  30  to  40  feet  below 
the  surface,  but  as  a  result  of  constant 
irrigation  has  risen  to  within  2  or  3  feet 
and,  in  low  places,  even  to  the  surface, 
forming  a  sort  of  tule  swamp.    Since 
the  water-table  could  not  be  lowered 
enough     to 
restore    the 
land  by  un- 
der drain- 
age, for  lack 
of  an  outlet 
within  rea- 
sonable dis-  ' 
tance,  it  is 
probable 
that    the 

only  way  to      1349.  Common  cylindrical  drain-tile;  and  a  scoop 
r  e  c  I  a  i  m  it  for  preparing  the  bed  for  the  tile. 


DRAINAGE 


DRAINAGE 


1073 


would  be  to  sink  a  well  and  pump  the  surplus  water 
into  a  surface  ditch.  Irrigation  with  pure  water  would 
then  sweeten  the  soil  and  render  it  again  productive; 
and  the  whole  process  of  restoration  need  not  be  exces- 
sively expensive. 

If  the  hardpan  is  less  than  2  feet  m  thickness,  the 
land  may  be  improved  greatly  for  orchard  and  vine- 
yard purposes  by  the  use  of  dynamite.  Blasting 
should  be  deep  enough  to  allow  the  surplus  water  to 
escape  into  the  porous  earth  or  gravelly  soil  beneath 
the  hardpan.  On  the  Pacific  coast  this  method  of 
draining  orchard  and  vineyard  land  has  been  quite 
successful.  In  any  case,  unless  the  soil  has  good  natural 
sub-drainage,  it  is  both  wise  and  economical  to  blast  out 
holes  for  trees  and  vines;  for  the  cost  of  digging  holes, 
if  they  are  as  large  and  deep  as  they  should  be. 
is  lessened  by  an  amount  almost  equal  to  the  cost  of 
blasting. 

Recently,  powerful  tractors  have  solved,  to  some 
extent,  the  problem  of  drainage  in  many  cases  by  mak- 
ing deep  plowing  possible  before  planting  and  during 
the  first  few  years  of  subsequent  tillage  of  the  orchard 
or  vineyard.  This  machine  with  the  tillage  implement 
turns  easily  at  the  ends  of  the  field  within  the  space 
allowed  for  turning  a  span  of  horses  and  a  plow;  it  can 
pass  under  limbs  where  a  14-hand  horse  (56-inch)  can 


only  to  conduct  the  water  of  the  drains  proper  Tiles 
of  3  to  4  and  5  inches  diameter  should  be  used  when  the 
drains  are  infrequent  and  the  flow  of  water  considerable. 
Smaller  ones,  2  to  3  inches  in  diameter,  will  suffice 
when  the  intervals  between  the  drains  are  narrow. 


1350   Improper  method  of  draining  a  field 


pass,  and  as  close  to  the  plants  as  a  span  of  horses  can. 
It  furnishes  also  power  and  locomoton  for  spraying 
and  for  opening  trenches  to  a  considerable  depth  (18  to 
44  inches)  for  the  reception  of  dram-tile. 

In  some  regions,  drams  are  placed  200  to  300  feet 
apart,  and  serve  their  purpose  well  In  others  they 
should  not  be  placed  farther  apart  than  20  to  30  feet. 
Wherever  the  subsoil  is  composed  of  tenacious  fine 
clay,  through  which  the  water  moves  upward  or  down- 
ward with  difficulty,  the  narrower  intervals  are  neces- 
sary. In  some  instances  the  surplus  water  in  the  sub- 
sou  is  under  pressure  by  reason  of  water  which  finds  its 
way  into  it  from  higher  levels,  and  if  this  is  not  removed, 
the  water  has  a  constant  tendency  to  rise  to  the  sur- 
face. In  many  such  cases  drains  placed  at  wide  inter- 
vals may  serve  to  relieve  the  pressure  and  dram  the 
land.  Since  sub-drains  are  designed  to  be  permanent, 
are  expensive  to  construct  and  difficult  to  repair,  the 
principles  of  drainage  should  be  well  understood,  and 
the  work  should  be  undertaken  only  after  a  most  careful 
inspection  of  the  land  and  after  the  fundamental 
principles  of  the  subject  have  been  mastered 

Mams  and  sub-mains  should  be  avoided  so  far  as 
possible,  since  they  greatly  increase  cost,  tend  to 
become  obstructed,  and  are  often  unnecessary.  The 
three  long  mains  in  Fig  1350  are  not  drains,  strictly 
speaking,  since  the  land  may  be  as  fully  drained  with- 
out them,  as  shown  in  Fig  1351,  therefore,  they  serve 


4  J.. ..  I 

1351.  Best  method  of  draining  a  field. 

Drains  should  have  as  uniform  a  fall  as  possible,  and  no 
abrupt  lateral  curves  or  sharp  angles  should  occur  as 
arc  seen  in  many  places  in  Fig  1350  If  the  dram  has  a 
rapid  fal1  in  its  upper  reaches,  as  is  often  the  case,  and 
but  slight  fall  in  the  lower,  a  silt  basin  should  be  con- 
structed at  the  point  at  which  the  rapid  changes  into 
the  slight  fall,  if  obstructing  silt  is  present  AH  drains 
which  may  be  necessary  should  be  placed  before  the 
planting  occurs  Orchard  lands  may  be  drained  m  the 
spring,  falkwed  in  the  summer,  and  planted  in  the  fall 
or  the  following  spring  Drams  placed  at  frequent 
intervals  because  of  the  tenacity  of  the  soil  should  be 
comparatively  shallow,  for  if  placed  deep  or  at  wide 
intervals,  the  water  will  be  too  long  reaching  them. 
If  drains  are  placed  at  wide  intervals  they  should  be 
at  least  3^2  feet  deep  to  be  most  efficient  if  the  parallel 
system  is  adopted  (Fig  1351),  there  may  be  more  out- 
lets to  construct  and  maintain  than  is  desirable;  if  so, 
the  system  might  be  modified  by  constructing  a  sub- 
main,  one  side  of  which  will  uerve  also  as  a  drain,  and 
but  one  outlet  will  be  required  (Fig  1352)  Drains 
through  which  water  runs  for  the  greater  part  of  the 
year  are  likely  to  become  obstructed  by  roots,  if  water- 
loving  trees,  such  as  the  willow,  soft  maple,  and  elm,  are 


1352.  Showing  how  the  drains  may  be  gathered  Into  one  when 
there  is  only  one  place  at  which  an  outlet  can  be  secured. 

allowed  to  grow  near  them  If  floating  silt  is  present, 
the  joints  of  the  tiles  should  be  protected  for  two- 
thirds  of  their  upper  circumferences  by  a  narrow  strip 
of  tarred  building  paper  (Fig  1353),  or  collars  should 
be  used  Stone  drains  should  receive  a  lib?ral  covering 
of  straw  or  some  similar  material  before  thev  are  filled 

1  P.  ROBERTS. 


1074 


DRAINAGE 


DRAINAGE 


Drainage  for  landscape  work. 

The  value  of  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  possi- 
bilities of  drainage  in  landscape  work  has  been  over- 
looked until  recent  years  as  a  definite  field  entirely 
apart  from  general  drainage  for  agricultural  purposes. 

Drainage  under  the  headings  of  this  article  is  in- 
stalled with  the  following  objects  in  view. 

1.  Maintaining   well-drained   areas   for   firm   lawn 
surfaces. 

2.  Maintaining  well-drained  and  firm  surface  con- 
ditions for  recreation  areas. 


1353.  Covering  a  joint. 


3.  Draining  of  surface  water  and  ground  water  from 
roads. 

4.  Draining  foundations  for  walks. 

5.  Preserving  the  normal  soil  conditions  for  newly 
planted  trees. 

6.  Draining  swamp  and  marsh  areas  to  prevent 
breeding  of  mosquitos. 

1.  Drainage  for  UPWIS. 

The  secret  of  &  c&rtect  lawn  is  attributed  to  drain- 
age conditions  whicn  provide  a  well-drained  subsoil  and 
a  firm  surface  that  may  H;  readily  freed  from  any  excess 
water  during  heavy  lams.  The  installation  of  drain- 
age for  this  purpose  is  required  only  in  the  more  com- 
pact soils  that  do  not  drain  naturally.  Sandy  soils 
seldom  require  artificial  drainage  unless  immediately 
underlaid  with  a  stratum  of  impervious  clay.  On  any 
lawn  the  topography  of  which  does  not  permit  the 
ready  surface  run-off  and  the  subsoil  of  which  is  com- 
pact clay,  the  necessity  of  installing  sub-surface  dram- 
age  is  strongest. 

A  drainage  system  for  providing  ideal  soil  conditions 
for  perfect  lawns  must  be  installed  carefully.  Four- 
inch  tile,  is  often  used  m  the  lateral  systems  while 
either  6-mch  vitrified  pipe,  or  the  No  2  quality  of  6- 
inch  round  tile,  is  used  for  the  mam  lines  All  drains 
should  be  laid  on  an  even  grade  of  not  less  than  ^  of 
an  inch  fall  to  each  linear  foot  of  dram,  and  preferably 
not  less  than  Y±  of  an  inch  fall  for  each  foot  of  dram. 
If  perfect  drainage  is  desired,  the  distance  apart  of 
these  drains  should  not  exceed  20  feet  In  accordance 
with  the  general  laws  of  drainage,  tile  should  be  laid 
at  a  more  shallow  depth  m  the  heavy  soils  than  in  the 
lighter  soils,  and  should  be  spaced  at  closer  intervals 
than  20  feet,  this  space  varying  largely  with  the  desire 
to  free  the  lawn  immediately  of  any  excess  surface 
water. 

In  all  tile  drainage  whether  for  lawns  or  other  pur- 
poses, a  space  of  approximately  Y%  inch  should  be 
allowed  between  the  ends  of  the  pipes.  The  covering 
of  tar  paper  and  cinders  should  be  placed  over  each 
joint  as  shown  in  Fig.  1353.  The  tile  should  be  placed 
on  a  firm  bottom  of  clay  or  other  natural  soil,  and  sur- 
rounded on  all  sides,  and  covered  to  a  depth  of  not  less 
than  6  inches  with  cinders,  crushed  stone,  or  washed 


gravel  (Fig,  1354).  In  very  heavy  clay,  the  trench 
excavated  for  the  tile  should  be  filled  with  cinders, 
crushed  stone  or  gravel  to  a  line  separating  the  looser 
top  soil  from  the  clav  subsoil  (Fig.  1355).  In  heavy 
soil  and  for  perfect  lawn  drainage,  the  lines  of  tile 
ought  not  to  be  laid  deeper  than  2^  feet  and  the  cin- 
der fill  should  not  be  less  than  15  inches  in  depth.  In 
the  lighter  sandy  loam  soils,  the  tile  may  be  laid  to  a 
depth  of  3  to  3 M  feet. 

It  is  often  found  necessary  when  lawns  are  con- 
structed on  sandy  soil  to  prevent  excessive  drainage, 
rather  than  to  encourage  drainage  conditions.  In  these 
extreme  sandy  soils,  the  surface  water  seeps  away  so 
readily  that  the  lawns  become  exceedingly  dry  during 
the  warm  and  dry  months.  To  prevent  this  condition 
a  layer  of  clay  4  inches  deep  should  be  distributed  over 
the  sandy  sub-grade  prepared  for  the  lawn,  at  a  depth 
varying  between  10  and  18  inches  below  tne  proposed 
finished  surface  of  the  lawn.  This  clay  is  thoroughly 
compacted  and  serves  as  a  partial  barrier  against 
abnormal  seepage  which  would  otherwise  occur,  and 
thereby  retains  the  moisture  necessary  for  the  capil- 
lary attraction  to  feed  the  roots  of  the  lawn  grasses. 

2.  Recreation  areas. 

Areas  naturally  falling  under  this  heading  are 
tennis-courts  (clay  and  turf),  bowling-greens,  clock- 
golf  areas,  and  croquet -lawns.  All  of  these  require 
a  more  careful  study  of  drainage  conditions  than  is 


/v<r] 


SURFACE  GRA&E 


'TOP  %SO/£ 


,         .    • 

.'.  CINDER^ 

:'.*v  OR  -\n  . 


Q'&LL  FROM  BACK  NEf  TO  CENT£R~ 


-  PIP?  ^—ptpc 

1354.  The  filling  of  a  drain.        1355   Applying  good  top  soil. 

given  to  the  average  lawn.  It  is  essential  that  such 
areas  be  so  completely  drained  that  the  surface  con- 
dition is  always  nrm,  even  after  the  average  continuous 
heavy  rains 

Tennis-courts  — These  areas  require  the  most  care- 
ful study  of  drainage  conditions  The  average  tennis- 
court  requires  two  types  of  drainage, — surface  and 
sub-surface  Surface  drainage  is  cared  for  in  two  ways, 
(1)  either  by  giving  the  court  a  gradual  slope  to  one 
end,  or  (2)  as  shown  in  Fig.  1356,  where  the  surface  of 
the  court  is  sloped  from  either  end  toward  the  middle 
line.  This  method,  shown  in  Fig.  1357,  gives  probably 
the  most  satisfactory  results,  because,  in  this  way,  if 
surface  conditions  at  the  middle  of  the  court  are  cor- 
rect, the  surface  water  is  cared  for  most  readily  and 
with  the  shortest  possible  runoff.  This  drain  across 
the  middle  of  the  court  may  be  either  an  open  concrete 
drain  with  a  plank  laid  over  the  top  and  flush  with  the 
surface  of  the  court,  or  a  blind  drain  filled  with  o 


BINDING  GRAVEL  OR  STONE  SCREENINGS 


2323 


CiNDERS  OR  CRUSHED  STONE--' 
1*56.  Draining  a  tennis-court. 


DRAINAGE 


DRAINAGE 


1075 


coarser  crushed  stone  and  fine  crushed  stone,  over 
which  is  spread  a  thin  layer  of  washed  sand.  The 
bottom  of  the  drain  ought  to  be  approximately  6  inches 
lower,  at  the  point  where  the  outlet  to  the  sub-dram  is 
located,  than  the  elevation  at  the  extreme  high  points  of 
the  dram.  The  method  of  establishing  these  grades  varies 
largely  with  the  requirements  of 
this  particular  problem  The  ~<Tv 
water,  as  it  reaches  the  low 
point  in  the  dram,  is  conducted 
at  once  into  the  main  6-inch 
drain,  which  also  takes  ground- 
water  from  the  underground  sys- 
tem of  drains.  When  the  court 
is  so  constructed  that  one  end  is 
lower  than  the  other,  in  order 
to  assist  surface-drainage  condi- 
tions the  courts  should  be  level 
from  side  to  side  Fig.  1357 
shows  the  general  distribution  of 
the  system  of  tile  to  care  for 
the  bub-surface  water  in  tennis- 
court  construction  This  would 
apply  equally  well  to  the  con- 
struction of  other  recreation 
areas,  including  clock- golf  - 
greens,  bowling-greens  and  cro- 
quet-lawiis.  In  the  construction  of  all  tennis-courts, 
tne  trenches  excavated  for  the  tile  bhould  be  filled  with 
cinders  or  an  equally  porous  material  to  a  height  not 
less  than  6  inches  below  the  proposed  finished  grade 
of  the  court 

Clock-golf-greens,  bowling-greens,  and  croquet-lawns. — 
A  thorough  distribution  of  tile  drains  installed  as  out- 
lined below,  should  meet  all  the  requirements  commonly 
imposed  from  the  drainage  standpoint  upon  the  con- 
struction of  these  recreation  areas  Lines  of  4-inch  tile 
should  be  placed,  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  10  feet. 
For  the  most  thorough  and  ideal  drainage  of  these 
areas,  provided  the  cost  is  not  prohibitive,  the  con- 
struction would  be  as  follows  A  neat  sub-grade  bhould 
be  made  at  a  depth  not  exceeding  15  to  18  inches  below 
the  proposed  finished  surface  of  the  recreation  area 
The  necessary  lines  of  tile  should  be  laid  in  trenches  at 
adepth  varying  between  2  and  2  Yi  feet  below  the  finished 
grade,  these  trenches  to  be  filled  \\ith  cinders,  crushed 
stone  or  gravel  (Fig  1355)  On  this  sub-grade,  thus 
completed,  the  entire  recreation  area  should  be  filled  to 
a  point  approximately  0  inches  below  the  proposed 
finished  grade,  with  cinders,  or  some  equally  porous 
material.  On  this  finished  surface,  the  remaining  6 


middle  of  the  road  is  used  in  soils  in  which  the  ground- 
water  level  is  abnormally  high.  Such  drains  should 
range  in  depth  from  2  to  3^  feet  below  the  finished  sur- 
face of  the  road;  and  the  trenches  should  be  filled  with 
a  porous  material  and  not  with  the  natural  soil.  The 
method  of  installing  drainage  under  the  sides  of  the 


• 

AM/A/  DRAIN 

---.-           i           ^'-r 

0             ~~~~-^'"  LATER  ALL 

^^-       !        --"' 

RA/N-^'-^S" 

\ 

~~--.ju---'' 
"^"-•-^         '"d            „-"*' 

^-^--'    - 

i 

_  ..  .                                i 

7*---l*«.l/E 

1357    Draining  a  tennis-court. 

road,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1358  is  used  in  heavy  clay  soils, 
and  serves  to  keep  the  foundation  of  the  road  on  well- 
drained  soil  These  drams  are  installed  at  a  depth 
varying  from  2  to  3  feet  in  trenehes  filled  with  cinders  or 
equally  porous  material 

Tmf  pleasure  roads,  so  frequently  constructed  on 
private  estates,  should  be  thoroughly  drained  with  a 
line  of  tile  placed  under  the  middle  of  the  road,  unless 
the  road  is  constructed  on  a  heavy  foundation  of  field- 
stone  or  gravel  which  forms  a  natural  drain  path  for 
surf  ace- water  and  soil-water 

In  providing  drainage  along  the  sides  of  roads  con- 
structed on  clay  soils  through  virgin  woods,  it  is  some- 
times necessary  to  carry  thet>e  drainage  lines  a  con- 
siderable distance  through  the  woods  to  suitable  out- 
let points  The  joints  of  all  such  lines  of  drainage 
should  be  cemented,  otherwise  the  artificial  condi- 
tions produced  by  the  increased  drainage  will  work 
serious  injury  to  many  large  trees  growing  on  either 
side  In  general  it  is  very  unsafe  to  install  drainage 
lines  through  virgin  woods,  without  this  precaution 
Roads  constructed  through  such  woods  would  better 
be  drained  by  laying  a  line  of  tile  under  the  middle  of 
the  road  as  shown  in  Fig.  1359. 


inches  should  be  filled  with  a  layer  of  loam  free  from 
clay,  but  composed  of  a  small  percentage  of  sand. 
In  this  way,  a  firm  surface  will  be  obtained  which  will 
readily  care  for  any  surface  and  subsoil  water. 

5.  Roads. 

The  secret  of  a  perfect  road  surface  lies  (1)  in  the 
proper  crown  of  the  road,  and  (2)  in  the  adequate 
drainage  of  the  subsoil  or  foundation.  The  first  pro- 
vision cares  for  the  surface  water,  and  the  second 
provision  eliminates  any  surplus  ground-water. 

On  all  private  estates  on  which  roads  are  constructed 
on  heavy  clay  soils  and  not  on  grades  greater  than  4 
per  cent,  the  secret  of  success  depends  upon  drainage 
installed  in  either  of  the  two  ways  shown  in  Fig. 
1358  or  Fig.  1359.  Installing  a  line  of  drains  under  the 


BRICK- 
C0/VC«£ 


4.  Walks 

A  most  frequent 
method  of  provid- 
ing drainage  for 

walks  is  that  shown  in  Fig.  1359.  A  line  of  4-inch  tile 
is  laid  at  a  depth  varying  between  18  inches  and  30 
inches  below  the  finished  grade  of  the  walk  and  fol- 
lowing the  middle  line  of  the  walk  The  trench  for  the 
tile  is  filled  with  a  porous  material  to  a  height  even 
with  the  bottom  of  the  cinders  used  for  the  founda- 
tion of  the  walk,  or  laid  as  shown  in  Fig  1359 

5.  Newly  planted  trees. 

All  trees  planted  in  clay  soil  require  drainage     If 
the  pockets  in  which  such  trees  are  planted  arc  not 


1076 


DRAINAGE 


DRAINAGE 


thoroughly  drained,  the  area  excavated  and  re-filled 
with  soil  when  the  trees  are  planted  becomas  a  pocket 
for  ground-water.  This  pocket  or  reservoir  collects 
the  water,  which,  if  not  carried  off  by  means  of  drains, 
will  very  likely  cause  the  death  of  the  trees.  All  large 
trees,  especially  those  which  do  not  grow  best  with 
their  roots  in  the 
water,  must  be  pro- 
vided with  drainage. 
The  common  method 
of  drainage  is  to  in- 
stall a  line  of  4-inch  /-'~\C? 
tile  leading  from  the  {.. 
bottom  of  the  ex- 
cavated hole  to  a 
main  line  of  tile  which 
may  have  been  in- 
stalled for  other 
drainage  purposes,  or 
to  the  nearest  outlet 
if  no  such  line  exists. 

6.  Drainage  to  prevent  mosquito-breeding. 

It  is  a  frequent  practice,  especially  on 
large  estates,  to  install  open  ditches  from  50  to  100 
feet  apart  m  swamps  and  m  salt  marshes,  m  order 
to  provide  a  means  for  draining  such  areas,  and 
thus  preventing  the  presence  of  stagnant  water,  which 
is  conducive  to  the  breeding  of  mosquitos  These 
trenches  are  excavated  at  depths  varying  from  2  to 
3^  feet.  The  more  frequent  the  trenches,  the  shal- 
lower they  may  be  made  and  still  provide  adequate 
drainage. 

The  foregoing  article  pertains  only  to  the  particular 
phases  of  drainage  especially  to  be  considered  in  con- 
nection with  landscape  work  For  additional  informa- 
tion on  the  general  details  concerned  with  drainage, 
refer  to  the  mam  article  upon  drainage,  p.  1072. 

A.  D.  TAYLOR. 


1360.   Detail  of  drain  connections     (See  Fig  1356.) 

Drainage  and  watering  for  newly  transplanted  trees. 

Drainage  is  an  essential  in  all  retentive  soils  and  is  a 
safeguard  even  on  sandy  gravelly  subsoils  against 
over  water  ing.  Drainage  is  likely  to  be  vetoed  on  the 
score  of  expense  or  on  the  excuse  that  the  subsoil  is 
gravelly;  wnereas,  there  are  only  gravel  stones  in  hard- 
pan  which  holds  water.  A  drain  made  by  filling  a  pit 
with  stones  is  frequently  inadequate  as  it  fills  with 
water,  which  backs  up  into  the  hole,  saturates  the  soil 
around  the  roots  and  rots  them.  Rotting  of  only  a 
part  of  the  roots  may  injure  the  tree  more  than  the 
cutting  off  of  that  amount  of  roots 

The  soil  in  which  to  plant  should  be  open,  porous 
and  aerated  Soil  which  has  been  piled  up  as  in  grading 
operations  is  likely  to  be  sour  from  the  decay  of  the  sod 
and  from  the  packing  by  teams  and  scraper.  Muck 
from  ponds  which  has  been  piled  and  mixed  with  lime 
for  a  year  may  still  be  sour  Clay  soil  packed  by  the 
water  and  packing-sticks  may  remain  too  compact 
and  not  aerated  enough,  may  be  too  much  saturated 
with  water  and,  therefore,  rot  the  roots.  Manure 
should  not  be  mixed  in  the  soil  around  the  roots  on 
account  of  the  danger  of  souring  and  rotting  the  roots. 
This  rotting  is  determined  by  digging  down  to  the 


roots  and  finding  them  of  blue-black  color  with  a  sour 
smell.  Sometimes  this  decay  has  not  reached  through 
the  bark  of  the  roots  and  other  times  it  has  penetrated 
the  bark  and  turned  the  cambium  blue-black.  Sour 
soil  is  likely  to  be  of  bluish  or  greenish  color  rather  than 
chocolate-Drown,  and  have  a  sour  smell  like  that  under- 
neath a  manure  heap. 
The  smell  is  most 
readily  detected  by 
breaking  open  a  lump 
of  soil  In  digging 
into  sour  soil  and 
soil  that  is  over-satu- 
rated, the  spade 
makes  a  peculiar 
sucking  noise  as  in 
digging  in  a  bog.  If 
at  the  time  of  exami- 
nation the  soil  is 
already  become  sour, 
it  is  best  to  take  out  this  sour  soil  and 
put  in  fresh  soil  covering  the  roots  only 
4  inches  The  ball  of  earth  in  the  cen- 
TILE  p/flE  tof  wlji  not  ^0  af)  imbie  t,0  get  8our 

because  it  has  not  been  disturbed  As  brought  out  by 
Stringfellow  m  the  "New  Horticulture,"  soil  that  is 
dug  over  will  take  in  water  and  become  saturated; 
whereas,  soil  that  has  not  been  disturbed  will  retain 
air  in  the  soil-spaces  even  if  submerged.  The  ball  of 
earth  is  also  prevented  from  becoming;  saturated  by  the 
undisturbed  feeding-roots  which  absorb  the  moisture. 

Watering  cannot  be  by  rule,  but  must  depend  on 
examination  of  both  ball  of  earth  m  the  center  and  the 
outer  roots  The  difficulty  will  be  to  keep  the  ball  of 
earth  sufficiently  damp  on  account  of  the  rapid  with- 
drawing of  moisture  bv  the  roots  The  danger  will  be 
that  the  soil  outside  the  ball  of  earth  uill  take  up  the 
water  too  rapidly,  remain  saturated  several  days  and 
rot  the  roots  Examination  is  best  done  by  shovel  and 
fork,  digging  down  1 1A  feet  both  m  the  ball  and  outside. 
An  easier  way  is  to  bore  into  the  soil  with  an  auger. 
It  will  usually  be  found  that  the  central  ball  of  earth 
is  dry  and  dusty  in  the  summer  even  if  the  surface 
and  outer  soil  is  damp  The  growth  of  weeds  and  grassS 
will  indicate  the  same.  A  good  way  to  water  is  to  make 
a  basin  around  the  width  of  the  ball  of  earth,  fill  it 
with  water  6 
inches  deep,  make 
crov\  bar  holes  into 
the  ball  for  it  to 
soak  in  Many 
mistakes  are  made 
in  overwatermg — 
letting  the  hose 
run  all  night  or 
watering  every 
day,  thereby  rot- 
ting the  roots 

Mulching  is 
frequently  ne- 
glected, the  tree 
starving  for  lack 
of  humus  A  close- 
cut  lawn  around  a  newly  planted  tree  may  be  the 
ideal  of  neatness,  but  it  means  starvation  and  thirst 
for  the  tree  and  is  the  principal  cause  of  slow  growth 
over  several  years,  'making  new,  bare  and  ugly  land- 
scapes The  mulch  should  extend  as  wide  as  the  roots 
and  be  from  3  to  6  inches  deep,  of  strawy  manure, 
leaves,  grass,  salt  hay  or  similar  organic  matter.  Too 
much  manure  may  sour  the  soil  and  rot  the  roots,  if 
it  lies  heavy  and  compact  and  keeps  out  the  air. 
Light  strawy  manure  is  better.  If  the  mulch  blows 
about  and  is  untidy,  it  may  be  kept  in  position  by 
wire  netting,  earth,  or  the  planting  of  small  shrubs 
HENRY  HICKS. 


1361.  Setting  a  newly  transplanted 
large  tree. 


DRIMIA 

DRlMIA  (name  refers  to  the  acridity  of  the  roots). 
Liltacex  Bulbous  S.  African  and  Trop.  African  plants 
of  the  Scilla  tribe,  with  gamophyllous  perianth  and 
a  campanulate  tube,  the  segnis  linear -oblong  and 
reflexing:  stamens  6,  shorter  than  the  segms.,  and 
inserted  at  the  throat  of  the  perianth-tube;  ovary  ses- 
sile, ovoid,  3-celled,  becoming  a  loculicidally  3-valved 
membranous  caps. :  Ivs.  either  broad  and  rather  fleshy 
or  narrow  and  rigid,  often  appearing  at  a  different 
season  from  the  bloom:  fls  on  a  naked  peduncle  or 
scape,  in  a  simple  raceme  — About  30  species,  none  of 
which  appears  to  be  regularly  in  cult.  D.  oligo8p&rnui> 
C  H  Wright  Probably  from  S.  Afr  ,  and  very  recently 
described .  fl  -clusters  over  6  ft  high,  much  branched, 
the  beautiful  white  fls  with  3  green  nerves  on  the 
oblanceolate  spreading  petals  opening  late  in  the 
afternoon,  bulb  elliptic,  6  in  long:  Ivs  12-14,  rosulate, 
\l/i  ft.  long,  Imear-acummatc,  glabrous.  Likely  to 
come  into  commercial  cult. 

DRiMYS  (from  a  Greek  word,  used  in  allusion  to  the 
sharp  or  acrid  taste  of  the  bark).  Magnoltdcex  About 
10  evergreen  trees  or  shrubs,  alhed  to  Ilhcmm,  dis- 
tributed from  Mex.  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan,  and  in 
Austral.,  New  Zeal ,  and  islands  Glabrous  and  aromatic 
plants  with  pellucid-punctate  Ivs ,  and  polygamous 
diclinous  or  perfect  fls.  on  1-  to  many-fld.  peduncles, 
white,  yellowish  or  row-colored  and  showy;  sepals 
2-4;  petals  6-<»,  m  2  or  more  sones,  stamens  <*>,  on 
thickened  filaments,  ovaries  usually  2-co,  with  sessile 
stigma  and  many  seeds  D  Winten,  Forst.  (Wtntkra 
aromalica,  Murr  ),  is  a  S  American  small  tree  (to  50 
ft  ),  with  milk-white  fls  1  in  or  more  across,  jasmine- 
scentod;  petals  8-12,  pale  cream-}  ellow  Ivs.  ultimate, 
evergreen,  elliptical  or  lanceolate,  coriaceous,  somewrhat 
acuminate,  entire,  glabrous,  very  aromatic:  branches 
with  reddish  bark,  umbels  (3-9-fld  )  often  nearly 
equaling  the  Ivs  :  scarcely  known  either  as  a  glasshouse 
subject  or  for  outdoor  cult  in  warm  countries.  B.M. 
4800.  L.  H  B. 

DR(5SERA  (Greek  dro*,eros,  dewy,  from  the 
dew-like  excretions  on  the  tips  of  the  leaf- 
hairs)  Droscracex  A  group  of  carnivorous 
plants  popularly  known  as  the  SUNDEWS  or 
DEW-PLANTH 

The  sts  usually  short,  slender  or  com- 
pressed, rarely  elongate  and  upright  m 
such  types  as  D.  peltata:  Ivs  varying  from 
linear  through  lanceolate  to  circular,  often 
arranged  in  a  rosette,  and  beset  over  their 
upper  surfaces*  with  hne  often  uritable  hairs,  that 
excrete  a  clear  neutral  viscid  fluid  which  entangles 
and  catches  insect  prey;  the  hairs  then  bend  inward 
toward  the  If -center,  the  fluid  becomes  acid  and  also 
excretes  a  protemaceous  ferment  by  which  the  animal 
tissues  are  digested,  the  dissolved  products  being  then 
absorbed  for  the  plant's  nutrition .  fl  -scapes  slender, 
ending  in  curved  scorpioid  cymes  of  blooms,  K~1M  *n 
across,  and  varying  from  white  through  pink  to  scarlet 
or  crimson;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens  5  each,  while  the 
carpels  vary  from  5-3,  are  syncarpous  with  parietal 
placentation,  and  bear  as  many  style-arms  or  lobes: 
fr  a  caps. — About  90  species  scattered  over  the  world, 
though  most  abundantly  in  Austral.  Monograph  by 
Diels  hi  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft  26.  The  species 
usually  grow  in  moist  muddy  soil,  at  times  almost 
floating  in  water,  as  in  the  common  N.  J.  species,  D. 
intermedia.  Some  Australian  kinds  form  tubers,  and  can 
then  survive  through  dry  periods.  The  Ivs.  in  our 
native  species  wither  in  autumn,  and  a  small  winter 
bud-rosette  is  formed,  which  unfolds  its  Ivs.  in  the 
succeeding  spring. 

The  native  and  exotic  species  all  grow  well  if  treated 
as  greenhouse  plants,  ana  grown  in  fine  muddy  loam 
topped  by  a  little  sphagnum.  They  should  also  be 


DROSOPHYLLUM 


1077 


kept  constantly  moist  in  their  root  extremities,  and 
exposed  to  onght  light.  The  following  native  and 
exotic  species  are  now  often  grown  in  collections 
They  can  be  propagated  by  seeds,  by  division  of  the 
shoots,  or  by  cutting  the  slender  rhizomes  into  short 
lengths  of  yfr-l  in.  The  latt,  when  placed  in  moist 
soil,  root  and  form  buds  m  two  to  three  weeks. 


Labill.  (D.  dichdtoma,  B.  &  S  )  Sts.  short:' 
Ivs  long-stalked,  6-16  in  high,  once-  to  twice-forked 
into  long-linear  reddish  green  segms.  that  are  covered 
with  viscid  hairs  scape  branched  above,  fls  white, 
>£-%in  acrobs;  fls  June,  July.  Austral  and  N  Zeal. 
B.M  3082  —Intro  in  1823  Easily  grown  and  prop 
by  division  of  the  crowns 

capensis,  Linn.  St  slightly  elongate:  Ivs  in  a  ter- 
minal rosette,  linear  to  spat.ilate,  tapered  into  petiole. 
obtuse  at  apex,  scapes  6-l6  in  long  with  5-20  secund 
purple  fls.;  fls  June,  July.  Afr,  southwestern  part  of 
Cape  Colony  B  M  0,583  —Intro,  in  1875. 

filiformis,  Raf.  St.  short,  hair- 
covered:  Ivs  linear,  erect,  6-8  in 
long,  greenish  with  abundant  purple 
hairs  scape  eaual  to  or  longer  than 
above,  6-15-fla.  ,  fls.  rather  crowded, 
unilateral;  petals  pink-purple,  i^in. 
across,  fls.  June,  July.  Del.  to 
Mass  ,  along  sandy  coastal  places. 
B  M  3540  Torrey,  Fl  N.  York, 
82  t  10 

intermedia,  Hayne.    Rhizome 
slender,  1-4  in    long:  Ivs    \Yi-lYi 
in.    long,    long-petioled,  spatulate, 
red  with  glandular  hairs,  scape  6- 
12-fld  ;  petals  white;  fls  April  (Fla  ) 
to  August   (New   Bruns  )      E.   N 
Amer  ,  Cuba,  and  Eu  —Forms  wild 
hybrids  at  times  with  other  species. 
peltata,  Smith.  St  6-10  m.,  bulb- 
ous below,  slender  elongate  above 
ground,  with  scattered  pel- 
tate  glandular   Ivs.,   and 
terminating    in     delicate 
6-10-fld     stalks'    petals 
white  to  pink    From  India 
through  China,  Japan  and 
the  Philippines  to  Austral. 
G.C  11.19:436  —A  pretty, 
delicate  and  striking  spe- 
cies now  not  uncommon  m 
cult 

rotundifaiia,  Linn  Fig  1362.  St  short,  slender:  Ivs. 
%-2  m  ,  with  elongate  non-glandular  petiole  and 
circular  red-glandular  blade'  scape  slender,  5-12-fld.; 
petals  white,  expanding  m  bright  sunshine;  fls.  May 
(Carohnas)  to  Sept  (Newfoundland).  —  A  classic 
plant,  owing  to  Darwin's  studies  in  "Insectivorous 
Plants:  " 

Tracyi,  Macfarlane  Habit  of  D.  fihformic.  Lvs. 
12-16  hi  ,  pale  green  with  hg^ht  green  glandular  hairs: 
scape  15-24  in.;  fls  purple.  %m.  across.  Abundant  over 
the  coasial  area  of  the  Gulf  states  from  mid-Fla  to 
La.  Fl.  April,  May.  —  One  of  the  largest  species  of  the 
8enus  J.  M.  MACFARLANE 

DROSOPH^LLUM  (dew-leaved).  One  of  the  6  genera 
of  the  Droser  dcea?,  comprising  a  single  species  m  S  Spain, 
Portugal  and  Morocco,  sometimes  seen  in  collections 
of  insectivorous  plants,  and  for  the  interesting  mor- 
phology, the  Ivs.  being  revolute  rather  than  involute 
as  in  the  droseras  and  other  plants.  D.  lusitdmcum, 
Link;  is  a  sub-shrubby  little  plant,  the  simple  at.  2-45 
in.  high  bearing  at  the  top  long-linear  glandular  insect- 
holding  Ivs.:  fls.  \Yt  in  across,  on  an  elevated  stalk 
(1  ft.  high),  bright  yellow,  with  10-20  stamens,  alter- 
nating m  length,  bearing  short  yellow  anthers;  petals 


1362.  Drosera  rotundifolia.    ( X  \i) 


1078 


DROSOPHYLLUM 


5,  obovate,  thin,  twisted  after  anthesis;  styles  5,  fili- 
form: fr.  a  narrow  caps ,  %  ni.  long,  5-valved  B*M. 
5796. — The  glands  of  this  interesting  plant  are 
purple,  some  stalked  and  some  sessile,  viscid,  not 
motile  See  Diels,  in  Engler's  Pflanzenreieh,  hit.  26 
(1906)  for  monographic  treatment,  where  the  Drosera- 
ceae  is  reduced  to  4  genera,  Bybhs  and  Rondula  being 
'removed  from  the  family;  and  Darwin  studied  it 
and  described  it  in  Chap.  XV  of  "Insectivorous 
Plants."  L.  H  B. 

DRYAS  (Greek,  wood-nymph).  Rosacex  Dwarf  fcardy 
tufted  evergreen  somewhat  shrubby  plants,  sometimes 
transferred  to  gardens. 

Leaves  alternate,  petioled,  simple,  entire  or  crenate, 
tomentose:  fls  large,  white  or  yellow,  borne  singly  on 
slender  scapes;  sepals  8-10,  perbistcnt;  petals  8-10, 
obovate  or  oval;  stamens  many,  with  subulate  filaments; 
pistils  many,  sessile,  with  a  terminal  style  that  persists 
and  elongates  on  the  achene.  High  northern  or  moun- 
tain plantsy  of  N  Amer  ,  Eu  and  Asia,  of  which  4  spe- 
cies are  recognized  by  Rydberg  (N.  Amer  Flora,  xxu, 
part  5,  1913),  allied  to  Geum 

The  best  known  cult,  species,  D.  octopetala,  requires 
a  well-drained  porous  sou,  a  sunny  but  not  dry  posi- 
tion It  is  well  to  shade  the  foliage  from  bright  sun 
during  the  winter  months  with  evergreen  branches  to 
prevent  the  foliage  from  having  a  scorched  appear- 
ance. A  capital  plant  for  the  rockery.  Propagated 
by  cuttings,  division,  or  by  seed  (J.  B  Keller.) 

octopetala,  Linn  Densely  cespitose  with  a  woody 
caudex  or  st.'  Ivs  rugose,  elliptic,  oval  or  oblong, 
deeply  and  regularly  crenate,  white-tomentose  beneath : 
scapes  2-8  in  long;  fls  white,  the  petals  elliptic  or 
obovate-elhptic,  and  the  sepals  linear  or  linear-lanceo- 
late, seeds  with  a  feathered  awn  1  in  long  >.  North 
temperate  and  arctic  regions 

Drfimmondii,  Rich  Cespitose  perennial  with  decum- 
bent caudex  Ivs  elliptic  or  obovate,  white-tomentose 
beneath  but  nearly  or  quite  glabrous  above,  somewhat 
rugose,  coarsely  crenate  fls  yellow,  the  petals  elhptic- 
spatulate  or  obovate  and  almost  erect,  the  sepals  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate  Que  to  Ore  and  N  B.M  2972 
— A  good  rockery  plant;  4  in.,  more  or  less 

D.  inteffriftiha,  Vahl  Fls  white,  sepals  linear  or  linear-lanceo- 
late Ivs  lanceolate  or  lance-elliptic,  the  margins  mostly  rcvolute 
High  northern  N  Amer  — D  tomentfaa,  Farr  Fls  yellow ,  sepals 
ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate  Us  obovate  or  elliptic,  coarsely  crenate, 
tomentose  on  both  surfaces  Canadian  Rockies  L  H  B 

DRYMOGL6SSUM  (Greek,  wood  and  tongue,  of  no 
direct  significance)  Polypodiace<e.  Small  ferns,  5  to  10 
species,  occurring  wild  in  both  tropics,  with  wide  creeping 
rootstalks,  and  small,  entire  Ivs. :  son  resembling  those 
of  Polypodmm  None  is  advertised  in  Amer.  Three 
or  4  kinds  are  mentioned  in  horticultural  literature 
abroad,  but  are  not  cult,  here  L  M  UNDERWOOD 

DRYMONIA  (from  Greek  for  an  oak  wood  •  growing 
on  trees).  Gemenacese.  Prostrate  or  climbing  woody 
plants,  sometimes  grown  under  glass,  but  apparently 
not  offered  in  this  country  Fls.  white  or  yellowish, 
mostly  large,  on  short  axillary  usually  solitary  pedicels, 
calyx  large,  oblique,  5-parted;  corolla-tube  prominently 
ventricose,  decimate,  gibbous  or  saccate  at  base,  the 
5  lobes  broad  and  spreading  and  only  slightly  unlike; 
stamens  affixed  in  the  base  of  the  corolla,  4  perfect; 
disk-glands  large  at  rear,  small  or  wanting  in  front; 
style  elongated  fr  fleshy,  ovate,  becoming  2-valved: 
Ivs.  opposite,  thickish  — Some  15  species  in  Cent  and 
S.  Amer.,  closely  allied  to  Episcia.  farmhouse  plants, 
requiring  the  treatment  of  other  gesneriads.  One  spe- 
cies is  offered  abroad:  D.  Turnalvx,  Hanst ,  from  Costa 
Rica:  tall  shrub-  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  blistered,  metallic- 
colored,  fls.  large,  white,  pendulous,  the  lower  lobe 
toothed,  calyx  red.  D.  punctate,  "  "  ~ 
punctata. 


DRYOPTERIS 

DRYMOPHLQLUS  (Greek  words  meaning  oak  and 
smooth  inner  bark)  Palmacex,  tribe  Arecc\e  Spine- 
less pinnate  palms,  with  slender  medium  caudices. 

Leaves  terminal,  equally  pmnatusect,  the  segms. 
cuneate-oblong  or  linear,  broadly  oblique,  submem- 
branaceous,  3-  to  many-nerved,  the  margins  recurved 
at  the  base;  rachis  scaly,  3-sided,  sheath  long  spadix 
with  a  short  peduncle  and  slender  branches,  spatnes  2 
or  many,  the  lower  one  2-crested.  This  genus  contains 
a  tropical  palm,  with  very  distinct  wedge-shaped  Ifts 
and  ornamental  scarlet  frs.,  borne  every  year.  It 
.flowers  when  only  a  few  feet  high,  and  is  suitable  for 
pot  culture. — Species  12.  Australasia  and  the  Pacific 
isls. 

The  chances  are  that  most  of  the  plants  now  known  to 
the  American  trade  as  D.  ohvs'formis  are  really  D. 
appendiculata  The  true  D  ohvapformis  is  said  to  have 
been  offered  by  a  few  dealers  as  Ptychosperma  Rumphii. 
D.  appendiculata  was  described  and  figured  by  William 
Watson,  in  Garden  and  Forest,  mistakenly  as  D.  olw<e- 
formis,  as  explained  in  B.M.  7202  He  adds,  "Like  all 
the  palms  of  this  section  of  the  border,  Drymophlceus 
requires  a  tropical  moist  house  with  abundance  of 
water  at  all  times."  GC  II.  24 '394  The  plant 
figured  was  about  fourteen  years  old,  3  feet  high,  with 
leaves  about  3  feet  long.  The  plant  takes  about  six 
months  to  mature  its  fruits. 

appendiculatus,  Scheff.  (Areca  grdcihs,  Giseke,  not 
Roxbg  orThouars).  St  6-10  ft  •  Ivs  terminal,  5-6  ft. 
long,  arching:  Ifts  14-20,  wedge-ahapcd,  raggedly  cut, 
serrate'  spadix  from  between  the  Ivs  ,  short-stalked, 
about  a  foot  long;  the  yellow  buds  and  white  fls 
make  an  attractive  contrast  at  the  flowering  season 
(June)  Moluccas,  New  Guinea  B  M.  7202  G  F 
4  331  — The  D.  ohvxformis  of  most  dealers  not  of 
Marti  us. 

D  Moaretinus,  Hort  "An  erect-growing  palm  with  grayish 
green  Ivs  " — D  ohesfdrmis,  Mart  ,  not  the  trade  plant  of  that 
name,  has  narrower  Ifts  than  the  above,  and  the  fr.  half  immersed 
in  the  greatly  enlarged  perianth  JARED  G  SMITH. 

N    TAYLOttt 

DRYNARIA  (Greek,  oak-like)  Polypodiacey  Some 
10  or  more  K  Indian  ferns,  with  round  naked  son, 
as  in  Polypodmm,  but  with  a  fine  network  of  netted 
veins  which  are  arranged  in  distinctly  rectangular 
meshes  The  most  distinctive  feature  is  in  the  shape 
of  the  Ivs  which  arc  either  of  2  sorts,  as  in  Platycenum, 
the  cup  If  having  the  shape  of  an  oak  If  ,  or  the  base 
of  each  If  is  separately  lobed  and  oak-like.  D.  quer- 
cifdlia,  with  2  sorts  of  Ivs  ,  the  spore-bearing  2-3  ft 
long,  is  the  commonest  species  D.  rigfdula,  Swartz  (D 
diversifbha,  R  Br  ),  a  similar  but  larger  species  from 
the  same  region  also  appeared  at  one  time  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade,  but  the  species  are  seldom  seen  in  cult  in 
this  country  D  musyfbha  is  occasionally  seen  in  fine 
collections,  where  it  is  grown  for  its  striking  simple 
foliage,  which  reminds  one  of  the  bird's  nest  fern 
(Asplemum  Nidus).  It  is  really  a  Polypodmm,  which 
see  for  description.  R  c.  BENEDICT  f 

DRYtfPTERIS  (Greek,  oak-fern).  Polypadiacex. 
WOOD-FERN.  A  widely  distributed  genus  of  handsome 
ferns  with  dissected  foliage,  the  native  species  some- 
times grown  in  the  hardy  border  and  the  tropical  kinds 
under  glass. 

Plants  bearing  round  son  either  naked  or  covered 
with  heart-shaped  or  remform  mdusia,  which  are  fixed 
at  the  center  or  along  the  sinus*  veins  either  wholly  free 
or  the  lowest  united. — Several  hundred  species  have 
been  referred  to  this  genus.  A  considerable  number  of 
our  common  woods  ferns  belong  to  this  genus.  The 
species  have  been  variously  known  under  the  names 
Lastrea,  Aspidium,  and  Nephrodium.  Other  species 
sometimes  referred  to  under  this  genus  may  be 
found  under  Polystichum  and  under  Lastrea.  For  D. 
acrostichoidea,  see  Polystichum;  for  D.  decurrens,  see 


DRYOPTERIS 


DRYOPTERIS 


1079 


Tecfaria.   In  N.  Amer.,  known  to  many  as  Aspidium. 
For  cult,  see  Ferns.  Not  the  same  as  Doryopteris. 


basilaris,  18. 
Boottu,  13 
Chntomana,  7. 
crenata,  19. 
eristata,  7 
dilatata,  12. 
diaseota,  15. 
effusa,  14. 


INDEX.  . 

Filix-mM,  9. 
Fiscberi,  3 
Goldieana,  8 
hirtipee,  1 
intermedia,  12 
margmahs,  10 
noveboracensu,  2 
Otana,  16. 


parasitica,  17. 
patens,  6 
phihvpinensia,  18. 
Bimulata,  6. 
spinuloaa,  12 
Thclypteris,  4. 
vmdeacens,  11. 


A.  Veins  entirely  free. 
B.  Pinnae  lobed  less  than  one-third  to  midrib. 

1.  hlrtipeSj  Kuntze  (Nephrodium  hirtipes,  Hook.). 
Lva.  rather  rigid,  2-3  ft.  long,  8-16  in.  broad;  on  stalks 
clothed  with  dense  black  scales;  pinnae  with  broadj 
blunt  lobes,  the  lower  ones  not  reduced  in  size:  son 
medial  on  the  lobes.   India. 

BB.  Pinnx  cleft  nearly  to  midnb,  or  Ivs.  bipinnate  or 

tnpinnatifid. 
c.  Texture  thin,  membranous;  veins  simple  or  once 

forked. 
D.  Lower  pinnx  gradually  reduced  to  mere  lobes. 

2.  noveboracSnsis,    Gray  (Aspidium  noveboracense, 
Swartz)     NEW  YORK  FERN.   Lvs  somewhat  clustered 
from  creeping  rootstocks,  pale  green,  1-2  ft.  long,  taper- 
ing both  ways  from  the  middle.  Canada  to  N.  C.  and 
Ark 

3.  Ffscheri,  Kuntze  (Lastrea  opaca,  Mett )    Lvs  6-8 
in.  long,  2-3  in.   wide,  bipmnatifid,   cut  into  close, 
entire  lobes,  the  lowest  milch  reduced;  surfaces  smooth. 
Brazil. 

DD  Lower  pinnae  scarcely  smaller  than  those  above. 
E.  Veins  forked. 

4.  Thelypteris,  Gray  (Aspidium  Thelyptens,  Swartz). 
MARSH  FEKN.  Rootstock  creeping:  Ivs  scattered,  clear 
green,  1-2  ft  long;  margins  of  the  spore-bearing  pinna; 
often  strongly  convolute:  son   10-12  to  each  segm. 
Canada  to  Fla   and  Texas  — A  form  with  pinnae  va- 
riously forked  at  tip  is  known  as  Pufferse. 

BE.  Veins  simple. 

5  simul&ta,  Davenp  Rootstock  creeping: Ivs  yellow- 
ish green,  scattered,  8-20  in.  long,  2-7  m  wide,  with 
12-20  pairs  of  lanceolate  pinnae:  sori  rather  large,  some- 


cc.  Texture  firm  or  subcoriaceous;  veins  8-4 

times  forked. 

D.  Lvs.  bipinnatifid  or  nearly  bipinnate:  indusia  large, 
mostly  fiat. 

7.  cristate,  Gray  (Aspidium  cristatum,  Swartz).  Lvs. 
1-2  ft.  long,  with  short,  triangular  pinnae  2-3  in.,  long, 
are  much  wider  at  base.  Var.  CUntoniana,  Underw 
(probably  a  distinct  species),  is  larger,  with  pinnae  4-6 
in.  long,  and  with  the  sori  rather  near  the  midvein. 
Canada  to  Ark. ;  also  m  N.  Eu. 
— Hybrids  are  described  with  D. 
marginalia  and  other  species. 
G.F.9.-445. 

8  Goldieana,  Gray  (Aspidium 
Goldiednum,  Swartz).  Lvs. grow- 
ing in  large  crowns,  2-4  ft  long, 
12-18  in .  wide,  the  pinnae  broad- 
est at  the  middle*  indusia  very 
large.  Canada  to  Ky. — One  of 
our  largest  and  most 
stately  native  species. 

DD.  Lvs.  mostly  bipin- 
nate: indusia  con- 
vex, rather  firm. 
9.  Filix-mAs,  Schott 

(Aspidium    F\lix-mds, 

Swartz)    MALE  FERN. 

Lvs  growing  in  crowns, 

1-3  ft  long*  son  near 

the  midvein.    Used  as 

a  vermifuge,  as  is  also 

the  next  species.    Eu., 

Canada  and  Colo. 
10  marginalis,  Gray 

(Aspidium    margindle, 

Swartz)      Fig     1363. 

Lvs  6  in  to  2  ft. 


1363.  Dryoptirls  marginalia.  (Detail  X  1) 


what  distant,  4-10  to  each  segm.  Native  in  N.  Y.  and 
New  England,  where  it  may  be  confused  with  D.  Thely- 
ptena.  G.F.  9:485. 

6.  patens,  Kuntze.  Lvs.  clustered  at  the  end  of  a 
thick  rootstock,  2-3  ft.  long,  4-10  in.  wide,  soft-hairy 
beneath;  pinnae  cut  three-fourths  to  the  midrib,  the 
basal  segms.  usually  longer.  Fla.  to  Texas  and  Calif. 
and  Trop.  Amer.  A.G.  20:25. 


13*4.  DryopterU 
parasitic*, 

(XH) 


long, 

growing  in  crowns,  ' 
mostly  in  rocky  places: 
son  close  to  the  margin  Canada  and  southward  — 
One  of  our  commonest  ferns,  and  gathered  with  D. 
spinulosa  intermedia  for  use  with  cut-fls. 

DDD.  Lvs.  mostly  tripinnatifid;  segms.  spinulose-toothed: 
inausia  shriveling  at  maturity. 
E  Lf  -stalks  naked,  polished. 

11.  viride'scens,  Kuntze.    Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  on 
stalks  two-thirds  as  long;  lower  pinnae  largest:  sori 
near  the  midribs.   Japan. 

EE  Lf  -stalks  scaly. 

12.  spinuldsa,      Kuntze      (Aspidium     spinuldsum, 
Swartz).  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  with  a  few  pale,  decidu- 
ous scales  at  the  base .  indusia  smooth,  without  marginal 
glands.   Var.  intermedia,  Underwood.   Lvs.  evergreen, 
the  scales  more  persistent,  with  brown  centers,  and  the 
margins  of  the  indusia  with  stalked  glands.    One  of 
our  commonest  wood  ferns  in  the  northern  states. 
Extensively  gathered  for  use  with  cut-fls.    Probably 
a   distinct   species     Var.   dilatata,    Underwood,    has 
similar  scales  to  the  last  and  tripmnate  Ivs.   In  woods 
at  altitudes  of  1,500  ft.  upward,  from  Canada  to  Ore.; 
also  in  Eu.   Probably  a  distinct  species. 

13.  Bodttu,  Underwood  (Aspidium  Boottii,  Tuckm.). 
Lvs.  elongate-lanceolate,  with  broadly  oblong  pinnules: 
indusia  minutely  glandular.    Intermediate  between  D. 
cnstata  and  D  intermedia.  Probably  a  hybrid.  Canada, 
N.  Y.  and  New  England. 

DDDD.  Lvs.  ampk,  4-6-pmnatifid. 

14.  effusa,  Urban.    Lvs.  3-4  ft.  long,  2  ft  or  more 
wide,  with  polished  stalks  and  from  short,  creeping 
rootstocks:  son  abundant,  scattered,   often  without 
indusia.  Cuba  to  Brazil. 


1080 


DRYOPTERIS 


DUGUETIA 


15.  dissecta,  Kuntze  (Lastrea  membramfblia,  Hort.). 
Lvs  1-5  ft.  long,  1-3  ft.  wide,  membranous,  decom- 
pound; segms.  broad  and  blunt;  surfaces  nearly  naked: 
sori  near  the  margin,  abundant.  India  and  Madagascar 
to  Austral. 

AA.  Veins  not  entirely  free,  the  lower  veinkts  of  adjoin- 
ing segms.  united, 

16  Otaria,  Kuntze  (Lastrea  anstdta,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
1  ft.  long,  with  a  long  terminal  pinna  an  inch  or  more 
wide,  with  lanceolate  lobes,  and  6-12  similar  lateral 
pinnae;  texture  thin,  surfaces  naked;  veins  united  half- 
way from  the  midrib  to  the  edge.  Ceylon  to  the  Philip- 
pines.— Good  for  table  ferneries,  but  slow  of  growth. 

17.  parasftica,  Kuntze  (Nephr odium  mdlle,  R.  Br. 
D.  mduis,  Underwood,  in  preceding  edition).  Fig.  1364 
Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long.  8-12  in.  wide,  bipinnatifid,  the  pinnae 
cut  into  blunt  lobes,  lower  pinnae  distant  from  the 
others  and  somewhat  shorter;  surfaces  finely  villose. 
Tropical  regions  of  both  hemispheres. — Often  grows  as  a 
weed  in  greenhouses. 

18  basilaris,  C.  Chr.  (Nephrodium  phihnpinense, 
Baker.  D.  phihppinensis,  Underwood,  in  Cyclo.  Amer 
Hort.).  Lvs  2-3  ft  long,  12-18  m  wide,  bipinnatifid, 
smooth,  with  a  naked  rachis;  lower  pinnse  scarcely 
smaller,  son  midway  from  midrib  to  margin,  with  firm, 
smooth  indusia  Philippines 

19.  crenata,  Presl  Lvs  1-2  ft.  long,  on  stalks  nearly 
as  long,  with  a  terminal  pinnie  6-8  in.  long,  often  2  m. 
wide,  and  4-8  similar  lateral  pinnae;  margins  bluntly 
lobed:  son  near  the  mam  veins.  Cuba  and  Mex.  to 
Brazil.  L.  M  UNDERWOOD. 

R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 

DRYPETES  (probably  from  Greek  for  drupe,  from 
the  character  of  the  fruit).  GUIANA  PLUM.  WHITE- 
WOOD.  Euphorbidceas  Tropical  evergreen  greenhouse 
shrubs.  Glabrous*  Ivs.  leathery,  alternate,  simple, 
mostly  entire*  fls.  dioecious,  in  axillary  clusters  or  pis- 
tillate single,  apetalous,  stammate  fls.  with  calyx  im- 
bricate and  a  rudimentary  pistil;  stigma  broad,  nearly 
sessile;  pistil  1-celled,  2-ovuled. — About  10  species  in 
Trop.  Amer.,  2  native  in  S.  Fla.  They  do  well  in  light 
loam.  Prop,  from  cuttings  in  sand  with  heat  D. 
laterifldra,  Urban  (D  crdcea,  Poit.  Schxffena  latenflora, 
Swartz),  of  W.  India  region,  6  ft.  high,  Ivs  elliptical, 
pointed,  has  been  in  cult.  j.  B  S  NORTON. 

DUCH12SNEA  (A.  N.  Duchesne,  monographer  of 
Fragana  in  1766)  Rosdcex.  Fragana-hke  perennial 
trailing  herbs,  differing  in  the  calyx  being  5-partcd  and 
the  lobes  alternating  with  larger  leafy  3-5-toothed 
bracts,  the  petals  yellow,  and  the  receptacle  dry  and 
spongy  rather  than  becoming  fleshy  or  pulpy  as  in  the 
strawberry:  Ivs.  ternate,  with  short-stalked  Ifts.:  fls. 
solitary,  on  the  runners;  stamens  20-25,  short. — Two 
species  in  S.  Asia,  one  of  which  has  run  wild  in  this 
country,  and  is  useful  as  a  basket-plant  and  as  a  low 
ground-cover. 

indica,  Focke  (Fragana  indica,  Andr.).  YELLOW 
STRAWBERRY.  A  neat  plant  trailing  close  on  the  ground, 
with  leafy  runners,  pubescent:  Ifts.  rhombic-ovate, 
more  or  less  petioled,  coarsely  crenate,  obtuse:  fls. 
about  %m.  across,  on  peduncles  equaling  or  exceed- 
ing the  Ivs.:  fr.  usually  less  than  ^in.  diam.,  red, 
insipid.  In  waste  grounds,  N.  Y.,  west  and  south. 

L.  H.  B. 

DUCKWEED:  Lemna. 

DUCKWHEAT:  Fagopyrum.  j, 

DUD  AIM  MELON:  Cucumis. 

DUDLEYA  (named  for  the  late  Wm.  R.  Dudley, 
professor  of  botany  in  Stanford  University).  Crassu- 
idcex.  Shortly  caulescent  or  acaulescent  perennials, 
with  flat,  linear  to  ovate,  acute  basal  Ivs. :  fls.  in  short 


or  elongated  panicles,  orange-yellow  or  red,  rarely 
white:  Ivs.  on  flowering  branches  much  shorter  and 
relatively  broader  than  the  basal  ones,  sessile  or  clasp- 
ing: corolla  nearly  cylindrical  or  slightly  angled,  the 
segms.  united  below  the  middle;  stamens  twice  as 
many  as  the  calyx-lobes:  carpels  erect,  many-sided. — 
Some  60  species  nave  been  described,  all  from  the  west 
coast  of  N.  Amer.  None  of  them  has  proved  very 
satisfactory  as  a  bedding  plant,  and  as  a  rule  the  spe- 
cies do  not  compare  with  the  echevcrias  in  horticul- 
tural value.  The  following  species  are  described  in 
this  work  under  Cotyledon  (p.  868) : 

D  Cotyledon,  Brit.  &  Rose,  as  C.  californica. 

D  pulvcrulenta,  Brit.  &  Rose,  as  C.  pulverulenta. 

D  Purpusii,  Brit.  &  Rose,  as  C.  Purpusu. 

D.  lanceolata,  Brit.  &  Rose,  as  C.  lanceolata. 

J.  N.  ROSH. 

DUGUETIA  (named  in  honor  of  J.  J.  Duguet,  who 
in  1731  wrote  a  work  on  plants).  Aberemoa,  R.  E. 
Fries,  not  Aubl.  Annondcex.  A  genus  of  Trop.  Ameri- 
can shrubs  and  trees,  about  two  dozen  species,  differing 


1365.  Duguetia  quitarensis.  (Branch  X  H) 

from  Annona  in  technical  characters,  particularly  in 
imbricating  petals  and  distinct  angular  rigid  carpels 
becoming  detached  from  the  alveolate  receptacle  when 
mature,  and  usually  with  stellate-pubescent  or  scurfy 
indument.  D.  lanceolata,  St.  Hil ,  the  type  of  the 
genus,  is  a  Brazilian  tree.  D.  quitarensis,  Benth., 
Fig.  1365,  with  very  similar  fr  which  turns  red  when 
ripe,  has  recently  been  collected  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama  by  Henri  Pittier;  and  D.  furfurdcea,  Benth. 
&  Hook,  f.,  a  low  plant  with  edible  orange-colored  fr. 
as  large  as  an  apple,  in  the  province  of  Minas,  Brazil, 
by  Shamel,  Popenoe,  and  Dorsett,  of  the  Bureau  of 
Plant  Industry.  From  this  genus  must  be  separated 
Fus&a  longifohat  Safford  (Annona  longtfoha,  Aubl.), 
the  fr.  of  which  is  a  solid  globose  syncarpium,  and  the 
outer  circles  of  stamens  sterile  and  petal-like,  while 
the  indument  is  composed  of  simple  silky  hairs.  See 
Fussea.  \y.  E.  SAFFORD. 


DULICHIUM 

DULfCHIUM  (old  Latin  name).  Cyperacex.  One 
perennial  species,  D.  arundin&ceum.  Brit.  (D.  spathti- 
ceum,  Pers),  in  E.  N.  Amer^  which  has  been  offered 
by  collectors  as  a  bog-plant.  It  is  grass-like,  with  terete 
leafy  culms  which  are  hollow  and  unbranched,  2-3  ft. 
tall;  it  has  linear  flattened  spikelets  sessile  m  2  ranks  on 
peduncles  that  arise  from  the  If -sheaths.  It  is  dis- 
tributed in  swamps  about  ponds  from  Newfoundland 
across  the  continent  and  to  Fla.  and  Texas;  of  no 
special  value. 

DURANTA  (after  Castor  Durantes,  physician  in 
Rome  and  botanist,  died  about  1590).  Verbenacex. 
Tropical  American  woody  plants,  some  of  which  are 
cultivated  outdoors  in  Florida  and  California,  and  in  a 
few  northern  greenhouses. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  glabrous  or  woolly,  often  armed 
with  axillary  spines:  Ivs.  opposite  or  in  whorls,  entire 
or  toothed:  racemes  long  and  terminal  or  short  and 
axillary;  fls.  small,  short-pedicelled  in  the  axis  of  a 
small  bract;  corolla-limb  of  5  spreading  oblique  or 
equal  lobes,  the  tube  usually  curved,  stamens  4, 
didynamous;  calyx  enlarging  and  inclosing  the  fr  ; 
stigma  4-lobed.  fr  an  8-seeded  juicy  drupe. — Eight 
or  10  species,  Mex ,  W.  Indies,  S.  Amer.,  one  reaching 
Key  West 

Plumieri,  Jacq.  (D.  sjnndsa,  Linn.  D.  mfrmis,  Linn. 
D.  rkpens,  Linn  D  EUisia,  Jacq.  Ettisia  acuta,  Linn.). 
GOLDEN  DEWDROP.  A  variable  shrub  or  small  tree, 
minutely  pubescent  or  becoming  glabrous:  branches 
4-angled :  Ivs  obovate,  oblong,  ovate  or  elliptic,  mostly 
entire,  contracted  into  short  petiole,  fls.  m  panicled 
loose  racemes;  calyx-teeth  subulate;  corolla  lilac,  the 
limb  less  than  J^in  across,  the  lobes  ciholate;  calyx 
yellowish,  clobed  into  a  beak  and  covering  the  yellow 
drupe  (which  may  reach  about  ^m  diam ).  Key 
West,  W.  Indies,  Mex.,  to  Brazil.  B  M.  1759.  B  R. 
244  — Branches  either  armed  or  unarmed.  Attractive 
forms  with  white  fls.  and  with  variegated  Ivs.  are 
reported  in  cult 

Lorentzii,  Gnseb.  Spineless,  the  branchlets  4-angled: 
Ivs  small,  coriaceous,  ovate  or  elliptic,  obtusish,  strongly 
serrate  toward  apex,  petioled:  fls.  in  terminal  inter- 
rupted racemes  (white?) ;  calyx  tubular,  5-ribbed,  short- 
toothed;  corolla-tube  exserted,  cylindrical;  corolla- 
limb  unequally  5-parted,  the  looes  oval-orbicular; 
stamens  included,  didynamous:  fr.  a  2-pyrenous  berry. 
Argentina,  offered  in  S.  Calif. 

stenostachya,  Tod.  Closely  allied  to  D.  Plumwri 
Spineless,  to  15  ft.  high,  branchlets  4-angled:  Ivs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  serrate  or  entire,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  £-8  in.  long-  fls  lilac,  less 
than  Km  across,  pendulous  in  slender  racemes,  3-4  at 
the  end  of  the  branches,  in  fr.  6-12  in.  long:  fr.  yellow, 
about  %m.  across.  Brazil.  Offered  in  S.  Cahf. 

L.  H.  B. 

DURAZNILLO:  Jatropha. 

DtTRIO  (from  a  Malayan  vernacular).  Bonibac&cex. 
Trees  of  the  Indian  archipelago  and  Malaysia,  one  of 
which  yields  the  durian  (D,  zibtthinus,  Linn.),  a 
much-prized  fruit  of  the  East.  Fig.  1366.  There  are 
probably  a  dozen  other  species  of  Durio,  mostly  Bor- 
nean  and  recently  described. 

The  dunan  is  a  tall  tree  (to  80  ft.),  with  oblong 
acuminate  entire  lvsv  colored  and  scaly  beneath, 
pmnately  veined,  coriaceous:  fls.  large,  whitish,  in 
lateral  cymes  or  fascicles;  calyx  bell-shaped,  5-lobed, 
subtended  by  an  involucre;  petals  3;  stamina!  column 
divided  above  into  many  filaments  in  4-6  groups,  the 
anthers  twisted;  ovary  5-celled,  each  ceU  many-ovuled. 
bearing  a  long  style  with  a  capitate  stigma:  fr.  ovoid 
or  globular,  often  10  in.  long,  very  spiny,  somewhat 
woody,  mostly  indehiscent,  the  large  seeds  and  carpels 
surrounded  by  a  firm  cream-colored  edible  pulp.  The 
fr.  has  a  strong  offensive  odor. 


DUVALIA 


1081 


The  durian  is  discussed  as  follows  by  O.  W.  Barrett 
in  the  Philippine  Agricultural  Review: 

"The  durian  has  an  odor  that  can  be  compared  only 
to  a  mixture  of  old  cheese  and  onions,  flavored  with 
turpentine;  but  those  who  eat  it  love  it  so  dearly  that 
the  smell  does  not  bother  them.  .  .  .  The  fruit 
weighs  about  five  pounds,  nearly  one-third  of  which  is 
edible  pulp  and  about  one-sixth  of  which  is  edible 
seeds;  the  sugar -con  tent  is 
over  12  per  cent,  and  it  con- 
tains the  same  amount  of 
starch  besides.  The  tree  is 


1366.  The  durum— Duno  zibethinus.  (X,'i) 
(From  an  parly  representation  of  the  fruit,) 

magnificent  and  stately,  and  grows  u&ually  in  open 
country,  in  the  edges  of  forests,  around  native  villages, 
and  in  clearings. — It  can  hardly  be  called  a  cultivated 
tree;  at  least,  it  is  hardly  ever  grown  in  orchards, 
although  on  the  other  hand  it  could  hardly  hold  its 
own  m  the  real  wild.  Throughout  Malaysia  it  is  con- 
sidered the  moht  delicious  fruit.  Europeans,  of  course, 
generally  revolt  at  the  unpleasant  odor;  a*  fair  propor- 
tion, however,  of  the  foreign  residents  soon  grow  to 
relish  the  durian.  Although  it  would  not  be  wise,  per- 
haps, for  one  unaccustomed  to  the  fruit  to  eat  a  large 
quantity  of  the  pulp  at  one  sitting,  there  is  apparently 
no  substance  in  it  that  would  cause  indigestion  or  any 
other  rebult  than  a  rather  unpleasant  breath  for  a  few 
hours  after  eating.  The  chemical  body  which  is  respon- 
sible for  the  very  pronounced  odor  is  probably  one  of 
the  sulfur  compounds  with  some  base  perhaps  similar 
to  that  of  butyric  acid  — Harvesting  the  durian  is  not 
unattended  with  danger,  for  soon  after  it  becomes 
mature  the  heavy  fruit  falls,  and  occasionally  kills  or 
severely  injures  the  unlucky  individual  underneath." 

The  seeds  are  eaten  roasted,  and  the  unripe  fruit 
boiled  as  a  vegetable.  The  tree  has  been  successfully 
introduced  into  Jamaica,  but  is  not  in  general  cultiva- 
tion in  that  island. 

The  specific  name,  zibethinus ',  is  said  to  be  derived 
from  the  practice  of  using  the  decomposed  fruit  as  a 
bait  for  the  civet-cat  or  zibet  Fig  1366  is  reduced  from 
Vol  7  of  the  Trans  of  the  Linn  Soc  ,  1804,  illustrating 
Konig's  historic  account  of  the  fruit.  L.  H.  B. 

DUSTY  MILLER:  Lychnis  Caronana;  also  species  of  Centaurea 
and  Sentcw. 

DUTCHMAN'S  BREECHES:  Dtcentra  Cucullana. 
DUTCHMAN'S  PIPE:  Aruitolochw. 

DUVALIA  (for  Duval,  an  early  botanist).  Asdepiar 
ddcea?.  About  20  succulent  very  dwarf  leafless  herbs, 
mostly  of  S  Afr  ,  rarely  seen  m  cult. :  sts.  decumbent 
or  erect,  sometimes  subterranean  and  with  the  tips 
appearing  above  the  surface,  4-6-angled  and  with 
spreading  teeth,  each  of  which  bears  a  minute  rudi- 
mentary If.:  fls.  solitary  or  in  small  clusters  or  cymes, 
usually  borne  near  the  middle  of  the  young  sts. ;  corolla 
rotate,  deeply  5-lobed,  with  a  cushion-like  ring  around 
the  outer  corona  and  supporting  it;  corolla-lobes  Linear* 


1082 


DUVALIA 


DWARFING 


lanceolate  to  ovate,  folded  longitudinally  backward; 
corona  double,  from  near  the  top  of  the  stamina!  col- 
umn, the  outer  one  flat  and  entire  and  angled,  the  inner 
one  with  turgid  more  or  less  pointed  lobes;  stamens 
affixed  in  the  base  of  the  corolla,  united  into  a  tube 
around  the  ovary:  fr.  erect  smooth  follicles.  Cult,  of 
Stapelia  and  similar  succulents.  The  species  are 
essentially  fancier's  plants  and  apparently  not  in  the 
trade. 

DUVERN6IA  (J.  G.  Duvernoy,  pupil  of  Tourne- 
fort,  or  G.  L.  Duvernoy,  of  Strassburg,  writer  on 
natural  history).  Acanth&cese.  By  some  authors  united 
with  Adhatoda,  which  genus  is  by  some  included  in 
Justicia.  The  genus  comprises  15  or  more  herbs  or 
shrubs:  fls.  single  or  in  snort  spikes;  calyx  short,  4- 
toothedj  the  back  lobe  toothed  or  parted;  corolla-tube 
snort ;  limb  labiate,  the  upper  lip  helmet-shaped  and 
2-toothed,  the  lower  hp  flat  The  species  seem  not  to  be 
in  the  trade,  although  D.  Dewevrei.  DeWild,  has  been 
cult,  m  Belgium:  it  is  a  tufted  herb,  about  2  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  oblong,  petiolate:  fls.  paniculate;  upper  lip  of  corolla 
white  with  red  stripes  and  the  lower  greenish  white; 
corolla  about  Hin-  long.  Congo. 

DWARFING.  Dwarf  plants  are  those  that  never 
attain  the  height  or  size  of  the  usual  or  representative 
individuals  of  the  species  Some  dwarfs  are  "natural," 
being  represented  oy  varieties  of  prevailingly  small 
size;  and  these  varieties  usually  reproduce  more  or  less 
true  from  seed  or  cuttings  Thus  there  are  dwarf 
petunias,  lobelias,  asters,  cannas,  peas,  beans.  Such 
dwarfing  comes  within  the  field  of  breeding 

The  "artificial"  dwarfs  are  produced  by  more  or  less 
arbitrary  mampulation;  as  by  grafting  on  stocks  of 
small  growth,  headmg-in  the  top  or  the  root  or  both, 
by  confining  the  roots,  by  withholding  food,  and 
water,  and  by  various  forms  of  contortion  and  con- 
striction. 

Plants  are  dwarfed  to  keep  them  within  bounds  in 
small  areas,  to  increase  flower-bearing  and  fruit-bear- 
ing in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the  subject,  to  brine 
all  parts  within  reach  and  control,  to  express  the  skill 
and  satisfy  the  conceit  of  the  gardener,  and  to  extend 
the  range  of  interesting  plant  forms;  and  plants  may  be 
adapted  to  adverse  soils  or  conditions  by  grafting  on 
hardy  or  more  reliable  roots  that  may  chance  to  have 
a  dwarfing  tendency.  Dwarf  plants  are  very  useful 
m  flower-gardens  and  in  landscape  work.  The  pic- 
turesque dwarfs  of  the  Japanese  type  are  amongst  the 
most  curious  of  plant  forms. 

The  Japanese  practice  of  dwarfing.  Figs.  1367, 1368. 

The  art  of  dwarfing  trees  has  been  long  practised 
among  the  Japanese  gardeners.  Some  trees  are  more 
adapted  for  this  purpose  than  others  The  following 
have  been  considered  to  be  most  suitable: 


Chamaecypans  obtusa 
Pinus  pentaphylla. 
Pmus  parviflora 
Piftua  Thunbergu. 
Pmus  densiflora 
Lam  leptolepis 
Jumperus  rigula. 


Acer  trifidum. 
Styrax  japotuca. 
LaKerstrcerma  mdica. 
Pumca  Granatum. 
Traohycarpus  cxcelaa. 
Rhapia  flabcllifornua. 
Rhapia  humiha 


Jumperus   chinensis   var.  pro-       Zelkowa  acummata. 

cumbens  Millettia  japonica. 

Podocarpua  chinensia.  Wistaria  floribunda. 

Podocarpus  Nageia.  Wistaria  brachybotrys. 

Tauga  Sieboldu  Prunus  Mume 

Tsuga  diversifoha.  Evonymua  alata. 

Cryptomeria  japonioa  Cycaa  revoluta. 
Acer  pal  ma  turn 

Various  species  of  Japanese  flowering  chewfces,  ivies,  bamboos, 
fruit  trees,  etc. 

Before  entering  into  a  discussion  of  dwarfed  trees, 
one  should  have  a  clear  understanding  between  the 
"bonsai"  or  artistic  plant  and  the  "hachmye"  or  ordin- 
ary potted  plant. 


1367    Japanese  dwarf  tree. 


There  are  two  styles  in  which  the  "bonsai"  is  pre- 
sented, one  is  the  planting  of  one  or  more  tiny  trees  of 
picturesque  form  in  an  artistic  shallow  pot;  and  the 
other  is  the  representing  of  a  part  of  a  miniature  garden 
or  forest  embracing  trees,  shrubs,  grasses,  mosses,  rocks, 
and  ponds.  The  former  is  simply  an  improved  or 
modified  potted  plant, 
whereas  the  latter  exhibits 
an  imaginary  scene,  so 
that  one  might  feel  by 
glancing  upon  the  pot  m 
a  little  Japanese  chamber 
as  if  he  were  at  that  mo- 
ment strolling  in  such  a 
garden  or  wandering  with- 
in forest.  A  little  piece  of 
stone  gives  an  idea  of  Mt. 
Fuji,  and  a  drop  of  water 
the  surface  of  the  Japan 
Sea  We  often  suspect 
the  tree,  covered  with 
mossed  bark,  of  not  more  than  }/%  foot  in  height, 
would  reach  the  cloud,  or  it  might  suggest  a  wintry 
landscape  brought  in  amidst  scorching  summer  days 
to  release  a  man  from  heat. 

The  success  in  raising  a  valuable  "bonsai"  depends 
entirely  on  the  skill  of  dwarfing  the  trees,  and  it  requires 
a  long  experience  Remember  always  what  the  home 
of  the  plant  was,  and  treat  it  according  to  its  habitat 
In  other  words,  climate,  soil,  environment,  nourish- 
ment, and  all  other  circumstances  of  its  original  state 
should  accompany  the  tree;  and  the  degree  of  humidity, 
both  m  the  air  and  ground,  is  of  prime  importance 
in  the  dwarfing  process.  Some  have  the  erroneous 
notion  that  the  dwarfing  is  accomplished  merely  by 
bending  the  tree  unnaturally  The  roots  are  confined 
to  check  growth,  without  making  other  alteration. 
The  shape  and  size  of  the  branches  or  leaves  are  affected 
by  the  firmness  of  the  earth,  the  way  of  watering,  the 
kinds  of  fertilizer,  and  the  degree  of  sunshine  Between 
the  leaves  there  should  be  ample  air  and  frequent 
sunshine.  Some  plants  need  only  slight  moisture,  and 
others  much.  Too  wet  is  worse  than  too  dry  Many 
are  thoughtless  m  giving  water,  not  considering  the 
condition  of  the  soil.  Judicious  watering  is  one  of  the 
first  requisites  to  success.  For  example,  after  being 
placed  on  balconies  or  terraces  m  the  daytime,  the 
potted  plants  should  be  exposed  outdoors  during  the 
night,  if  not  stormy.  Japanese  gardeners  use  many 
different  fertilizers  in  accordance  with  the  time  of 
growth,  kind  of  plant,  and  purposes  (i.e.,  whether  for 
branches  or  leaves,  for  flowers  or  fruits),  some  of  them 
being:  oil-cake,  bone-meal,  tankage,  clam-shells,  barn- 
manures,  night-soil,  wine 
lees,  tea  dregs,  cow's 
milk,  rice-bran,  fish 
refuse,  iron-rust,  and 
others.  ~. 

Plants  both  of  "bon- 
sai"  and   "hachiuye" 
dwarfs  should  be  re- 
potted every  two  or  three  years,  in 
order  to  destroy  the  old  fibrous  roots, 
and  to  give    a  chance  for  new  ones. 
Otherwise,  trees  are  deprived  from 
taking   any  nourishment,  and   will 
soon  die.  This  practice  is  to  be  done 
in  February  or  March,  when  the  aim 
of  dwarfing  is  completed ;  whereas  the    1368.  Training  a 
pruning  is  to  be  between  April  and  branch. 

June,  to  secure  more  or  even  larger  flowers 

Pine. — This  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  plants  to  be 
treated  as  a  dwarfed  tree,  although  it  will  hardly 
result  in  failure,  if  taken  direct  from  the  mountain  or 
seashore  while  new  young  needles  are  steadily  growing. 
Pines  that  have  suffered  through  various  difficult 


DWARFING 


DWARFING 


1083 


weather  arc  preferred.  About  half  a  year  previous 
to  removal,  a  ditch  should  be  made  around  the  plant. 
In  removing,  the  main  root  should  be  carefully  cut 
off  by  scissors,  leaving  its  end  downward  to  avoid 
the  resin  from  accumulating,  which  otherwise  might 
destroy  the  tree.  For  different  shapes,  the  branches 
arc  to  be  twisted  to  and  fro,  as  shown  in  the  cut  (Fig. 
136S) ;  bind  the  part  with  hemp-palm  rone,  and  pull  it 
moderately  toward  the  trunk  with  a  cora.  The  special 
nature  of  this  tree  is  to  dislike  the  humid  earth.  Hav- 
ing no  pleasing  flower  or  fruit,  the  pine  must  exhibit 
merit  in  the  arrangement  of  needles  or  the  color  of  the 
bark  The  best  time  to  transplant  is  m  autumn.  For 
fertilizers,  one  may  use  oil-cake  or  a  bone-meal. 

Mume  (Prunus  Mume}  — This  is  different  from  the 
Japanese  flowering  cherry;  the  beauty  of  the  flower 
should  accompany  the  picturesque  form  of  the  tree 
itself.  The  age  of  the  tree  is  highly  regarded.  Slender 
branches  as  well  as  grotesque  trunks  with  mossy  bark 
are  usually  chosen  Hence,  all  dwarfed  Mume  plants 
are  laised  by  grafting  The  potting  of  Mume  may  take 
place  as  soon  as  the  flowers  have  fallen.  The  pot  is  to 
be  kept  in  shade  at  least  one  month,  the  earth  having 
been  thoioughly  pressed.  To  have  more  flowers,  the 
old  roots  are  destroyed,  and  the  branches  cut,  leaving 
a  few  branchlets  Potted  Mume  is  fertilized  with  thin 
liquid  manure,  oil-cakes  or  occasionally  cow's  milk, 
between  December  and  February 

Pomegranate  — In  this  plant,  the  portion  of  the  roots 
which  is  close  to  the  main  trunk  may  be  exposed  to  the 
air.  As  a  dwarfed  tree,  pomegranate  is  enjoyed  both  for 
fruits  and  flowers  All  new  sprouts  are  to  be  pinched  off, 
other  than  those  that  will  produce  flowers  Until  the 
fruits  have  grown  larger,  one  should  wait  for  manuring. 
For  floweis,  oil-cake^  tankage,  or  bone-meal  are  used; 
for  fruits  a  light  fertiliser  is  used. 

Bamboos  — Choose  one  of  the  most  proper  kinds  and 
keep  it  in  a  pot  for  twro  or  three  years  Then  wait 
upon  several  shoots  coming  up  One  year  after  this, 
these  new  bamboos  are  transferred  into  other  pots. 
The  practice  needs  much  patience  and  great  skill,  and  it 
would  hardly  pay,  knowing  that  the  prime  age  of  bam- 
boo is  only  for  four  or  five  years.  ISSA  TANIMURA. 

Dwarf  fruit  trees. 

Generally  speaking,  dwarf  trees  are  those  which  by 
various  means  are  made  to  remain  smaller  than  normal 
trees  of  the  same  species  or  variety  Three  means 
arc  in  common  use  in  dwarfing  trees'  by  growing  on 
dwurfing  stocks,  restricting  the  root  run,  and  by 

frunmg  to  check  or  suppress  the  growth  of  the  top 
lorticulturally  speaking,  and  particularly  as  the  term 
is  applied  to  fruit  trees,  dwarf  trees  are  those  which 
are  grown  on  dwarfing  stocks  A  discussion  of  dwarf 
fruit  trees  is,  then,  most  largely  concerned  with  dwarf- 
ing stocks 

Dwarfing  stocks  are  not  modern  innovations.  For 
at  least  three  centuries,  various  stocks  have  been  used 
to  dwarf  apples,  pears,  plums,  cherries  and  quinces. 
In  fact,  dwarf  fruit  trees  were  quite  as  common,  or 
even  more  so,  in  Europe  a  century  ago  than  they  are  at 
present  They  have  been  grown  in  America,  at  least 
dwarf  apples  and  pears,  for  nearly  a  century,  during 
which  tune  in  recurring  periods  they  have  received  much 
attention  from  fruit-growers.  There  is  in  horticultural 
literature  much  data,  which,  while  fragmentary,  is  still 
substantial,  to  guide  us  in  the  use  of  dwarfing  stocks 
and  to  indicate  the  value  of  dwarf  fruit  trees 

The  action  of  dwarfing  stocks  is  roadily  explained 
after  a  statement  of  what  stocks  are.  A  dwarfing  stock 
is  always  a  smaller,  a  weaker,  or  a  slower-growing 
variety  or  species  than  the  tree  to  be  propagated  on  it. 
The  top  conforms  to  the  roots  chiefly  because  of  the 
inability  ot  the  latter  to  fumish  sufficient  nutrition. 
The  tree  is  dwarfed  through  starvation.  Other  than 


in  size  the  trees  are  little  or  not  at  all  affected, 
although  minor  changes  in  the  fruit  and  in  the  bearing 
habit  are  supposed  to  be  brought  about  by  dwarfing. 

Dwarf  fruit  trees  are  propagated  by  the  same  methods 
employed  in  growing  standard  trees  with  preference 
given  to  budding  dwarfing  stocks,  whereas  standard 
trees  are  still  largely  propagated  by  grafting  Propaga- 
tors hold  that  a  better  union  can  be  obtained  by  bud- 
ding than  by  grafting,  and  since  it  is  alwavs  difficult  to 
secure  a  good  union  between  plants  as  widely  divergent 
as  stock  and  cion  in  a  dwarf  tree  must  of  necessity  be, 
budding  should  have  the  preference  of  the  two  metnods. 
In  fact  the  chief  problem  in  growing  dwarf  fruit  trees 
is  to  find  a  stock  with  which  the  larger  growing  cion 
can  easily  be  worked  and  with  expectations  of  a  close 
and  permanent  union.  This  brings  us  to  the  matter 
of  stocks  for  the  several  fruits 

Dwarf  apples  are  commonly  grown  on  two  stocks — 
the  Paradise  and  the  Doucin  Both  of  these,  it  must 
be  understood,  are  class  names,  there  being  m  the 
literature  a  dozen  or  more  varieties  of  Paradise  and 
about  as  many  of  the  Doucin.  Carefully  compared, 
the  many  kinds  in  use  can  be  reduced  to  the  French 
Paraoise  (Pommier  du  Paradis),  English  Paradise, 
and  the  Dutch  Paradise  for  the  first  class,  while  the 
Doucin  stocks  may  be  grouped  under  the  Doucin, 
the  English  Broad-leaved  and  the  English  Nonsouch. 
There  is  much  confusion  in  the  names  of  dwarf  apple 
stock  in  nurseries  and  the  grower  will  be  fortunate  if 
he  gets  what  he  calls  for.  Of  these  two  classes,  the 
Paradise  stocks  make  the  dwarfer  plants  and  should  be 
used  for  trees  to  be  kept  as  true  dwarfs  and  for  all 
that  are  to  be  trained  in  fancy  forms.  The  Douchin 
stocks  are  the  bttter  for  free-growing  trees. 

Pears  are  dwarfed  by  growing  on  quince  roots.  Any 
quince  may  be  used,  but  the  Angers,  upon  whicn 
quinces  are  commonly  propagated,  is  the  Jaest  dwarfing 
stock  for  the  pear.  Comparatively  few  pears  can  be 
successfully  worked  on  quince  roots  because  stock  and 
cion  do  not  make  a  good  union.  This  antipathy  is 
obviated  by  budding  the  quince  with  a  pear  which 
unites  readily;  the  next  year  the  untraqtable  variety 
is  budded  on  the  more  amenable  variety,  the  result- 
ing tree  being  thus  pear  on  quince,  followed  by  pear  on 
pear — the  "double-working"  of  nurserymen. 

There  is  no  question  but  that  the  Mahaleb  is  a 
dwarfing  stock  for  the  cherry,  and  in  Europe,  where 
it  has  long  been  used,  it  is  always  regarded  as  such. 
In  America,  where  the  Mahaleb  in  the  last  quarter 
century  has  all  but  superseded  the  Mazzard,  a  free- 
grow  ing  stock,  it  is  not  so  commonly  known  that  there 
is  a  difference  in  the  size  of  trees  on  the  two  stocks. 
It  must  not  be  understood  that  the  Mahaleb  stock 
gives  a  true  dwarf  cherry,  but  it  has  a  very  decided 
dwarfing  effect  on  either  sweet  or  sour  cherries. 

Stocks  for  plums  have  not  been  well  tested — a 
statement  that  holds  for  all  stone  fruits  It  is  very 
certain,  however,  that  varieties  of  Primus  insititta, 
as  the  Damsons  or  the  St.  Juhen,  the  latter  one  of  the 
best  of  all  plums  for  a  stock,  have  a  dwarfing  effect 
on  the  varieties  of  the  larger-growing  trees  of  P. 
domcstica,  as  do  also  several  of  our  free-growing  native 
species,  among  which  P  amencana  may  be  recommended 
for  cold  climates.  For  true  dwarf  trees,  however,  the 
only  stocks  that  give  promise  are  the  dwarf  natives,  of 
which  P.  pumtla  and  P.  Besseyi  have  been  found  to 
unite  readily  with  several  varieties  each  of  either  the 
Domestica  or  Triflora  plums,  and  to  make  very  good 
dwarfing  stocks  for  them 

Peaches,  apricots  and  nectarines  are  dwarfed  by 
budding  on  P.  ceramfera,  P  insititia  and  P  amencana. 
It  is  probable  that  all  of  these  fruits,  and  the  cherry 
as  well,  can  be  grown  on  P.  punvda  and  P.  Besseyi  as 
true  dwarfs,  several  experiments  having  demonstrated 
that  good  unions  form  between  the  peach,  at  least,  and 
these  dwarf  sand  cherries.  As  to  whether  the  union 


1084 


DWARFING 


would  be  sufficiently  permanent  to  make  the  trees 
so  obtained  worth  while,  remains  to  be  seen. 

The  great  advantage  of  a  dwarf  tree  is  its  small  size, 
which  permits  the  planting  of  more  varieties  of  a  fruit 
in  a  small  space.  Dwarf  fruits,  then,  deserve,  in  par- 
ticular, the  consideration  of  amateur  fruit-growers  and 
of  those  who  want  small-growing  fillers  for  permanent 
orchards.  Trees  of  small  size  are  easier  to  prune, 
spray,  and  to  care  for  in  every  way.  Because  of  the 
low  stature  and  compact  head  of  the  dwarfs,  wind 
causes  less  injury  to  trees  and  crops. 


1369.  Dyckia  rariflora. 

Another  very  material  advantage  of  the  dwarfs  is 
that  they  come  into  bearing  earlier  than  the  standards. 
The  desirability  of  early  bearing  from  several  stand- 
points is  obvious.  Advocates  of  dwarf  fruits  very 
generally  assert  that  the  fruit  from  the  dwarf  trees  is 
of  higher  quality,  higher  color  and  better  flavor.  As  a 
generalization,  this  is  not  true,  though  it  probably  is 
true  for  a  few  varieties  of  each  of  the  several  fruits 
under  consideration.  Tests  of  many  varieties  of  apples 
on  dwarf  and  standard  stocks  on  the  grounds  of  the 
New  York  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  show  that 
more  often  the  fruit  from  standard  trees  is  the  better. 
Pear-growers  have  found  that  comparatively  few 
varieties  of  this  fruit  are  improved  in  the  qualities 
named  by  growing  as  dwarfs.  Size,  color  and  quality 
of  fruit  are  as  likely  to  be  affected  deletenously  as 
beneficially  by  dwarfing 

Dwarf  stocks  are  much  used  to  adapt  varieties  to 
soils.  This  is  the  chief  value  of  most  of  the  propaga- 
ting plants  named  for  the  stone-fruits.  The  true 
purpose  of  such  stocks  must  be  clearly  kept  in  mind 
— the  dwarfing  in  this  case  is  a  disadvantage  attendant 
upon  the  use  of  the  stock  for  another  purpose. 

The  disadvantages  of  dwarfing  stocks,  in  America 
at  least,  are  rather  more  pronounced  than  their  advan- 
tages. They  may  be  summed  up  as  follows:  Nearly 
all  dwarf  trees  are  shorter-lived  than  standards — the 
exceptions  are  very  few.  All  dwarf  trees,  whether 
trained  in  fancy  forms  or  free-growing,  need  more  care 
than  standard  trees.  The  chief  items  needing  extra 
care  are  pruning,  tilling  and  fertilizing.  It  is  more 
difficult  to  propagate  dwarf  trees  and  the  cost  of  the 
plants  is  therefore  greater,  making  the  cost  an  acre, 
with  the  increased  number  of  trees,  much  greater. 
Lastly,  it  is  most  difficult  to  secure  trees,  especially  of 
apples,  on  dwarfing  stocks  that  are  known  to  be  true 
to  name. 

In  conclusion,  it  may  be  said  that  we  have  just 
passed  through  one  of  the  recurring  periods  of  interest 
in  dwarf  trees  in  America  and  that  commercial  fruit- 
growers are  more  than  ever  convinced?  that  for  the 
present,  at  least,  dwarf  trees  are  of  little  value  to  them. 
The  place  of  these  trees  is  in  gardens  of  amateurs  and 
on  the  estates  of  those  who  can  afford  to  grow  and 


DYSCHORISTE 

train  them  for  their  beauty  as  well  as  for  their  fruit. 
There  is,  however,  a  possible  future  for  dwarf  fruits 
in  commerical  plantations,  when  the  refinements  of 
horticulture  have  been  carried  far  enough  to  show  the 
special  adaptations  of  varieties  of  the  several  fruits 
to  different  stocks  and  when  the  care  of  dwarf  trees 
is  better  understood.  u.  P.  HEDRICK. 

DYCKIA  (after  Prince  Salm-Dyck,  German  botanist, 
and  author  of  a  great  work  on  succulent  plants). 
Bromehacese.  Succiuents,  grown  under  glass  and  in  the 
open  far  South. 

Dyckias  somewhat  resemble  century  plants,  but  with 
smaller  spines,  as  a  rule,  and  flowering  regularly.  They 
are  usually  stemless,  and  the  Ivs.  form  dense  rosettes. 
— About  60  species  in  S  Amer.  For  cult ,  see  Agave. 
They  are  rarely  cult,  in  Fla.  and  Calif.,  and  m  a  few 
northern  collections.  Following  have  showy  yellow  fls. 

A.  Infl.  amply  branched  or  panided. 
altfssima,  Lindl.  (D.  princeps,  Lcm.).   Lvs  spiny  at 
the  margin:  floral  bracts  small,  all  manifestly  shorter 
than  the  fls.  Brazil. 

AA.  Infl.  not  branched,  a  raceme  or  spike. 
B.  Filaments  forming  a  tube.  fls.  with  scarcely  any 

pedicel. 

rarifldra,  Schult.  Fig.  1369.  Lvs.  with  small  spines 
on  the  margin,  shorter  than  in  D.  altismma  sepals  not 
emargmate  at  the  apex,  upper  sheaths  of  the  scape 
shorter  than  mternodes.  Brazil.  BM.3449  B.R  1782 

BB.  Filaments  not  forming  a  tube  all  the  way  fls  with  a 

short  but  conspicuous  pedicel. 

sulphurea,  C.  Koch,  not  Baker  Lvs  with  small 
spines  at  the  margin:  sheaths  of  the  scape  longer  than 
the  internodes,  the  higher  ones  entire  bracts  lanceolate, 
the  lowest  conspicuously  longer  than  the  pedicelled  fls  . 
blades  of  petals  wide  and  longer  than  stamens.  Brazil. 
WILHELM  MILLER. 

DYPSIS  (obscure  name).  Palmacese,  tribe  Arecese. 
Madagascar  palms  that  have  been  poorly  described, 
are  little  known  and  of  scarcely  any  horticultural  sig- 
nificance. They  are  all  small,  unarmed  palms,  with  reed- 
like  sts. :  Ivs.  terminal,  entire,  bifid  at  the  apex  or  pin- 
natisect;  segms.  split  at  the  apex  or  irregularly  tootn  *, 
the  apical  one  confluent;  sheath  short,  spadices  Ion, 
loosely  fld.:  fr.  small,  oblong  or  ovoid,  straight  o* 
curved,  oblique  at  base. — Perhaps  half  a  dozen  species. 

No  species  of  Dypsis  are  common  in  cultivation,  as 
they  possess  but  little  beauty.  They  are  among  the 
easiest  and  quickest  to  germinate.  All  of  them  require 
a  stove  temperature.  D.  madagascanensis,  Nichols, 
is  also  known  as  Areca  madagascanensis,  Mart.,  and 
is  so  treated  here.  D.  pinnatifrdm,  Mart.  {A.  gracilis, 
Thouars),  is  one  of  several  plants  that  have  been  known 
as  Areca  gracilis  It  is  a  pretty  palm,  now  grown  in 
large  quantities  by  some  dealers.  G.C.  II.  24:394. 
The  genus  is  closely  related  to  Chamaedorea. 

N.  TAYLOR-f 

DYSCHORf STE  (name  refers  to  the  scarcely  divided 
or  lobed  stigma).  Incl.  Caldphanes.  Acanthdcex. 
Fifty  or  more  annuals  or  perennials  of  the  tropics  of 
Amer..  Afr.,  and  Asia,  allied  to  Ruellia  and  Stro- 
bilanthes.  None  of  them  is  apparently  in  regular  cult. 
They  are  plants  with  opposite  mostly  entire  small 
Ivs  and  blue  or  pale  fls  in  short-stalked  cymes.  D. 
nobilior,  C.  B.  Clarke  (D.  Hildebrandtii,  Lmd ),  is  a 
free-flowering  shrub,  with  a  penetrating  odor,  and 
hairy  branches:  Ivs  elliptic,  nearly  2  in.  long,  slightly 
crenulate:  fls.  purple-blue  in  many  distant  and  dense 
axillary  cymes;  corolla  less  than  ^in.  long.  Brit.  Cent, 
Afr.;  recently  cult,  at  Kew. 


E 


EARTH-NUT.  EARTH-PEA.  Little-used  names  for 
the  peanut,  goober  or  pmder,  Arachia  hypogsea.  The 
words  earth-nut  and  ground-nut  are  used  for  many 
subterranean  tubers,  without  much  discrimination,  and 
therefore  they  have  small  value  as  vernaculars.  They 
may  be  applied  to  the  underground  tubers  of  Apws 
tuberosa,  Panox  tnfohum,  Ertgenw  bulbosa,  Cy  penis 
esculentus,  and  others  Earth-apple,  earth-gall  and 
similar  variants  are  in  use  for  various  plants. 

EAT 6NI A:  Sphenopholis 

fiBENUS  (Greek  name  for  the  ebony).  Legumindsx. 
About  15  species  of  silky-hairy  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  of 
the  eastern  Medit  region  and  eastward  to  Beluchistan, 
allied  to  Onobrychis,  sometimes  planted  in  borders 
but  apparently  not  offered  in  this  country  Fls  red- 
dish or  purplish,  papilionaceous,  in  dense  axillary  long- 
peduncled  spikes;  standard  obovate  or  obcordate, 
narrowed  to  base;  wings  short  or  minute;  keel  about 
equaling  the  standard,  the  apex  obtuse  and  oblique; 
calyx-lobes  subulate  and  plumose,  pod  obovate  or 
oblong,  compressed,  included  in  the  calyx-tube,  mde- 
hiscent,  1-  or  2-seeded  Ivs  o/ld-pmnate  or  some  of 
them  somewhat  digitately  3-foholate  or  even  simple 
E  erotica,  Linn  ,  is  shrubby  with  Ivs.  usually  of  5 
(sometimes  3)  Ifts  ,  and  reddish  purple  fls.  in  ovate- 
cylindrical  spikes  Crete  B  M  1092  (as  AnthyUis 
crctica)  E  Kibthorpn,  DC  ,  is  herbaceous,  with  more 
Ifts  ,  and  purplish  fls  in  spherical  spikes 

This  genus  has  no  relation  to  the  ebony,  which  is  of 
the  genus  Diospyros  (particularly  D  Ebenum) 

EBONY:  Dwapyros  Ebenum 

ECBALLIUM  (Greek,  to  throw  out).  Cucurbitoceae. 
SQUIRTING  CUCUMBER.  A  perennial  trailing  vine, 
easily  grown  as  an  annual  in  any  garden,  cultivated  for 
its  explosive  fruits 

When  ripe,  the  oblong  prickly  fr  squirts  ita  seeds  at 
the  slightest  touch,  or  sometimes  at  the  mere  vibration 
of  the  ground  made  by  a  person  talking 
by     Some  of  the  old  herbalists  called  this 

Elant  Cucumu*  o*ininut>  Another  curious 
ict  about  the  plant  is  that  a  powerful 
cathartic  is  made  from  the  juice  of  the  fr., 
which  has  been  known  for  many  centuries. 
A  preparation  of  it  is  still  sold  in  the 
drugstores  as  Tnturalio  E  Interim  The  drug^  "elaterium" 
is  derived  from  the  juice  of  the  fr  Ecballium  has  only 
1  species,  and  is  closely  related  to  the  important  genera 
Cucumis  and  Citrullus.  With  them  it  differs  from 
Momordica  in  lacking  the  2  or  3  scales  which  close  the 
bottom  of  the  calyx  Other  generic  characters  are: 
prostrate  herb,  fleshy,  rough  hairy:  Ivs.  heart-shaped, 
more  or  less  3-lobed.  tendrils  wanting-  fls.  yellow,  the 
staminate  in  racemes,  pistillate  usually  from  the  same 
axils  with  the  staminate  fls  ,  calyx  5-cut.  It  is  a  native 
of  the  middle  and  eastern  Mcdit.  regions,  especially  in 
rich  moist  forests 

Elaterium,  A.  Rich  (Elatenum  cordtfbhum,  Moench. 
Momdrdica  Elaterium,  Linn  ).  SQUIRTING  CUCUMBER. 
Fig.  1370.  Described  above;  grown  in  this  country  as  a 
curiosity.  B.M.  1914.  WILHELM  MILLER 

ECCREMOCARPUS   (Greek,  pendent  fruit).    Big- 
noniacese.    An  attractive  half-hardy  tendril-climber. 
Shrubs,  but  grown  **  annuals  in  the  N  ,  tall  climbing: 


Ivs.  opposite,  2-parted  or  -pinnate:  fls  yellow,  scarlet 
or  orange,  mostly  racemose;  calyx  campanulate,  5- 
parted;  corolla-tube  elongated;  limb  more  or  less  2- 
lipped  or  in  E.  scaber  small  and  nearly  entire;  stamens 
4,  dulynamous,  included,  disk  annular,  fr.  an  ovate  or 
elliptic  locuhcidal  1-celled  caps. — Three  or  4  species 
of  tall  somewhat  woody  plants  from  Peru  and  Chile, 
climbing  by  branched  tendrils  at  the  end  of  the  twice- 
pinnate  Ivs.,  and  having  very  distinct  fls  of  somewhat 
tubular  shape,  which  are  colored  yellow,  orange  or 
scarlet. 

Eccremocarpus  has  two  sections,  in  one  of  which  the 
corollas  are  cylindrical,  but  in  the  section  Calampelis, 
to  which  E.  scaber  belongs,  the  corolla  has  a  joint  at  a 
short  distance  beyond  the  calyx,  then  swells  out  on  the 
under  side,  and  suddenly  constricts  into  a  neck  before 
it  reaches  the  small  circular  mouth,  surrounded  by 
five  very  short  rounded  lobes. 

scaber,  Ruiz  &  Pav  (Caldmpelis  scaber,  D.  Don). 
About  10  ft.  high.  Ivs  bipmnate;  Ifts.  obliquely  cordate, 
entire  or  serrate:  fls.  1  in.  long,  orange,  in  racemes. 
July,  Aug  Chile.  B  R  939.  B.M.  6408.  Var  coc- 
cfneus,  Hort ,  has  scarlet  fls.  Var.  aureus,  Hort ,  has 
fls  bright  golden  yellow  Var.  carmineus,  Hort ,  has 
fls.  carmine-red. — E.  scaber  is  hardy  in  tne  southern 
parts  of  the  U.  S.,  and  makes  a  most  attractive  peren- 
nial woody  subject.  It  is  also  satisfactory  in  the  open 
in  the  N  if  given  a  warm  exposure,  blooming  readily 
from  seed  the  first  year.  „  L.  H.  B.f 

ECHEVfeRIA  (named  tor  Ata- 
naMO  Echcverna,  an  excellent 
Mexican  botanical  draughts- 
man) Crassidacesc  Stemless  or 
somewhat  caulesceirt  succulents. 
Leaves  fleshy,  but  usually 
broad  and  flat,  commonly  mak- 
ing dense  rosettes:  fls  borne  in 
loose  spikes  or  racemes  or  some- 
times paniculate,  but  never  in 
a  flat  cyme,  calyx  deeply  5- 
parted,  sepals  usually  elongated 
and  narrow,  unequal,  commonly 
spreading  but  sometimes  erect; 
corolla  5-angled,  usually  strongly 
so.  very  broad  at  base;  stigma- 
lobes  united  below,  very  thick 
and  nerveless,  erect 
but  often  spreading 
at  tip;  stamens  H), 
5  attached  near  the 
middle  of  the  petals, 
the  other  5  either 
free  or  attached 
lower  down  on  the 
corolla:  carpels  5, 
erect;  ovules  and 
seeds  many. — More  than  60  species  of  this  genus  have 
been  described.  Most  of  them  have  been  in  cult,  in 
Washington  and  at  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden, 
although  but  few  are  in  the  trade.  It  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  Mex.,  one  species  extending  into  the 
mountains  of  W.  Texas,  and  one  or  two  species  extend- 
ing into  Cent.  Amer.  Many  of  the  species  are  valuable 
for  flat  bedding  on  account  of  their  compact  rosettes  and 
highly  colored  foliage.  For  cultural  notes,  see  Cotyledon 
(with  which  it  has  Been  united  by  many  authors). 


1370.  Bcbaffium  Elaterium    (XH) 


Q085) 


1086 


ECHEVERIA 


ECHEVERIA 


amoena,  1. 
atropurpurea,  9. 
campanulata,  25. 
carnicolor,  12 
coccinca,  4 
elegans,  17 
fulgens,  24 
gibbiflora,  26. 
;lauca,  19 
Bfolia,  6. 


INDEX. 

lurida,  10 
maculata,  13. 
metalhcu,  26 
nucrocalyx,  2. 
mucronata,  3 
Peacocku,  15 
Pringlci,  8. 
puboscens,  5. 
pulvmata,  7. 
Pur pusii,  2 


racemosa,  11. 
rubromargmata,  21. 
aanguinea,  9. 
Scheeru,  23. 
aecunda,  20. 
setosa,  14 
simulans,  18. 
subrigida,  22. 
subsessihs,  16. 


A.  Sepals  orbicular,  very  small,  obtuse. 

B.  Corolla  twee  as  long  as  thick;  sepals  oppressed. 

1.  amdfena,  De  Smet    Nearly  stemless,  with  numerous 

offshoots.  Ivs    m  small  but  dense  rosettes:  flowering 

branches  slender,   4-8  in    long:   fls.  1-8,    in   slender 

racemes;  corolla  red,  4-5  lines  long    Native  of  Mex. 

— This  species  was  intro  into  cult,  nearly  40  years  ago. 

BB  Corolla  little  longer  than  thick;  sepals  not  oppressed. 

2  microcalyx,    lint    &   Rose  (E    Purpusii,  Brit ). 
Shortly  caulescent,  sometimes  1  ft  high:  corolla  yellow- 
pink,  4  lines  -long    Native  of  Mex. 

AA  Sepals  linear  to  ovate. 
B.  Fls.  axillary,  arranged  in  loose  spikes  or  racemes. 

c.  The  fls  in  spikes 
D  Plant  not  caulescent,  glabrous  throughout. 

3  mucronata,     Schlecht.       Caulescent,      glabrous 
throughout,  basal  Ivs   m  a  dense  rosette  4-8  in   long: 
fls.  sessile;  corolla  1  m    or  more  long,  reddish  tinged 
with  yellow    E   Mex. 

DD.  Plant  caulescent,  pubescent  throughout. 

4  cocclnea,    DC     (Cotyledon   cocdnea,    Cav.).     St. 
1-2  ft  high,  finely  grayish  pubescent  Ivs  oblanceolate, 
largest  8-9  in  long   mfl  a  spike  of  15-25  fls.  Common 
in  Cent   Mex     Page  870. 

5  pubescens,  Schlecht  (Cotyledon  pubescens,  Baker). 
A  simiui  -.pi  i  ieo  is  sometimes  cult.,with  obovate-spatu- 
late  Ivs 

cc.  The  fls.  in  racemes. 

D.  Species  caulescent. 

E.  Infl  compound  below,  corolla  pale. 

6.  linguaefdlia,  Lem     Sts.  1  ft.  or  more  high,  very 
leafy:  Ivs    thick,  fleshy,  green,  nearly  terete  at  base: 
flowering  branches  long  and  drooping,  each  consisting 
of  a  simple  raceme,  fls.  cream-colored     Mex. — This 
species  has  long  been  in  cult.,  and  has  not  been  collected 
wild  m  recent  years.    It  is  so  very  different  from  the 
other  echeverias  of  Mex.  that  we  are  led  to  suspect 
that  it  may  be  of  hybrid  origin. 

BE  Infl.  simple  throughout;  corolla  bright-colored. 
F.  Plant  pubescent  throughout. 

7.  pulvinata,    Rose    (Cotyledon    pulvinata,    Hook.). 
Sts.  4-6  m.  high,  somewhat  branching,  becoming  naked 
below,  young  branches,  Ivs  and  sepals  covered:  with  a 
velvety  pubescence:  Ivs.  clustered  hi  rosettes  at  the  top 
branches,  about  1  in.  long,  very  thick .  fls.  in  a  leafy  ra- 
ceme; corolla  scarlet,  sharply  5-angled.  Mex. — This  is 
a  very  distinct  echevena,  with  a  remarkable  pubescence. 

8.  Pringlei,  Rose  (Cotyledon  Pringlei.  Wats.).   This 
is  perhaps  nearest  E.  pulmnata,  although  not  so  pubes- 
cent nor  so  attractive  a  plant 

FF.  Plant  glabrous  throughout. 

9.  atrotmrpiirea,    Baker     (Cotyledon    atrop^irpurea, 
Baker.     E     sanguinea,    Morr.).     Sts.  4-8    in.    high, 
glabrous  throughout :  Ivs  aggregated  at  the  top  of  the 
st.  in  a  dense  rosette,  usually  dark  purple  above,  some- 
what glaucous:  flowering  branches  elongated;  sepals 
somewhat  unequal;  corolla  bright  red,  strongly  angled. 
Probably  native  of  Mex.,  but  known  only  from  cult, 
specimens.   Page  870. 


DD.  Species  not  caulescent. 

10.  Iftrida.  Haw.  (Cotyledon  liirida,  Baker).    Plants 
stemless,    glabrous    and    glaucous    throughout:    Ivs. 
forming  a  flat,  rather  open  rosette,  narrowly  oblong, 
2-4  in  long,  acute,  tinged  with  purple,  especially  when 
old:  flowering  branches  12-32-fld.;  sepals  thick,  spread- 
ing or  even  reflexed;  corolla  bright  red.    Known  only 
from  garden  material,  but  undoubtedly  from  Mex. 
B.R.27:!. 

11.  racemdsa,  Schlecht.  &  Cham.   This  is  similar  to 
E.  lunda,  and  was  considered  by  Baker  to  be  a  syn- 
onym; but  they  are  here  kept  distinct.    The  material 
of  E.  racemosa  now  in  cult,  was  secured  at  the  type 
locality  of  the  species,  Jalapa,  Mex. 

12.  carnicolor,  Morr.  (Cotyledon  carnicolor,  Baker). 
Another  somewhat  similar  species,  but  with  only  0-8 
fls.  It  is  known  only  from  garden  specimens. 

13.  maculata,  Rose.    This  belongs  also  to  this  alli- 
ance, but  grows  at  higher  localities  in  Mex.,  and  has 
brighter  green  Ivs.    It  ought  to  live  throughout  the 
year  in  our  southern  gardens. 

BB  Fls.  terminal,  arranged  in  secund  spikes  or  racemes, 

either  simple  or  compound. 

o.  Infl,.  a  simple  raceme. 

D.  Plant  hairy  throughout. 

14.  setdsa,  Rose  &  Purpus    Plants  stemless,  giving 
put  offsets  from  the  base:  Ivs  often  100  or  more,  form- 
ing  a   dense,   almost  globular,   rosette,   thickish   but 
flattened,  about  2  in.  long,  covered  on  both  bides  with 
setiform  hairs  mfl  usually  a  simple  secund  raceme  with 
8-10  fls. ;  petals  red  at  base,  yellow  at  tip,  setose  without 
Contr   Nat   Herb  13    pi  10  — A  very  peculiar  species, 
recently  collected  by  C  A.  Purpus  in  Puebla,  Mex. 

DD.  Plant  glabrous  throughout. 
E.  Thefl-s  sessile. 

15.  Pdacockii,Croucher  (Cotyledon  Peacockii,  Baker). 
Stemless'  Ivs    about  50  in  a  close  rosette,  obovate, 
spatulate,  white-glaucous,  slightly  red  toward  the  tip, 
faintly  keeled  on  the  back,  flowering  branches  form- 
ing a  scorpioid  spike;  corolla  bright  red.  6  lines  long. 
It   is    doubtless   of    Mexican   origin,    although   often 
reported  as  from  New  Mex.  or  Calif.  Page  870. 

EE.  The  fls  pedicclled. 
F  Lower  pedicels  short. 

16.  subsessilis,  Rose.    This  is  very  similar  to  E. 
Peacockii,  but  has  shortly  pedicelled  fls.    It  is  a  very 
beautiful  species,  well  suited  for  flat  bedding.    Native 
of  Cent.  Mex. 

FF.  Lower  pedicels  elongated. 
G.  Lvs.  very  turgid. 

17.  elegans,  Rose.    Stemless:  Ivs.  numerous,  some- 
tunes  80-100  in  cult,  specimens,  forming  very  compact 
rosettes,  very  glaucous,  pale  bluish  green,  very  turgid, 
with  translucent  margins,   these  sometimes  reddish: 
flowering  branches  pinkish,  with  8-12  Ivs  ;  fls    in  a 
succulent  raceme;  corolla  5  lines  long,  its  segms.  dis- 
tinct nearly  to  the  base,  pinkish  with  yellow  spreading 
tips. — Known    only    from    material    collected    near 
Pachuca.  Mex.,  by  J.  N.  Rose    This  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  species  of  the  genus,  and  is  well  suited  for 
rockeries  or  for  use  in  flat  bedding.   This  is  not  to  be 
confused  with  Cotyledon  ekgans,  N.  E.  Br.,  which  is 
Oliveranthus  elegans. 

18.  simulans,  Rose.  A  similar  epecien  with  somewhat 
different  habit  and  Ivs.,  and  with  slightly  different 
corolla;  sepals  appressed  rather  than  spreading. 

GO.  Lvs.  not  turgid. 
H.  The  Ivs,  glaucous  green. 

19.  glaftca,  Baker  (Cotyledon  glauca,  Baker).   Stem- 
less:  Ivs.  in  small  but  dense  rosettes,  nearly  orbicular, 


ECHEVERIA 


ECHINACEA 


1087 


broadened  just  above  the  apex,  almost  truncate,  but 
with  a  decidedly  purple  mucro,  very  pale,  slightly 
glaucous:  fls.  15-20  in  a  small  secund  raceme.  Cent. 
Mrcx. — Often  confused  with  E.  secunda,  but  apparently 
specifically  distinct.  Page  870. 

HH.  The  Iva.  with  reddish  margins. 

20.  secunda,    Booth    (Cotyledon    secunda,    Baker). 
Fig   1083.   Stemless,  glabrous:  Ivs  numerous,  inclined 
to  be  erect,  forming  a  dense  rosette,   bluish  green, 
ovate-cuneate,  broad  at  margin  and  more  or  less  red- 
dish: fls.  12—15  in  a  secund  raceme.   Mex.  Page  870. 

cc.  Infl.  a  compound  raceme. 

D.  Plants  acaulescent. 

E.  Sepals  widely  spreading. 

21.  rubromarzinata,  Rose     Stemless  or  sometimes 
with  a  short  st. :  Ivs  comparatively  few,  stiff,  ascending, 
glabrous,  glaucous,   with  a  somewhat  orenulate,  red 
margin*  flowering  sts.  sometimes  a  foot  high,  more  or 
less  paniculate.   Mex. 

BE.  Sepals  erect  and  closely  appressed  to  the  corolla 

22.  subrigida,    Rose    (Cotyledon   subrlgida,    Rob.  & 
Seaton).     Stemless,    glaucous   throughout     Ivs.    in   a 
dense  rosette,  flat,  acute,  very  glaucous,  bluish  green, 
tinged  with  purple,  the  margins  of  young  ones  bright 
scarlet     Mex. — This  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of 
all  the  echevenas.   It  is  especially  suitable  for  growing 
in  clusters. 

DD  Plants  caulescent. 

E.  Shape  of  Ivs  acute. 

F.  Lvs.  tapering  into  a  long  narrow  stalk. 

23.  Scheerii,    Lindl     (Cotyledon    Scheeni,    Baker). 
Sts.  sometimes  2  ft.  tall,  or  more  often  branched,  gla- 
brous, and  somewhat  glaucous'  mfl    a  few-branched 
panicle,  petals  red  or  tinged  with  yellow,  thick,  erect  or 
spreading  at  tip.    Undoubtedly  Mex  ,  but  known  only 
from  cult  material.    BR  31.27.  Page  870. 

FF.  Lvs.  somewhat  narroivtd  downward,  but  with 
a  broad  base. 

24.  ffflgens,  Lorn.   (Cotyledon  fulgens,  Baker).    Sts. 
usually  4-8  in   high,  glabrous  throughout'  Ivs   few  in 
each  rosette,  mfl  paniculate;  corolla  strongly  5-angled, 
coral-red  without,  yellowish  within.   Mex.  Page  870. 

EE  Shape  of  Ivs.  obtuse 

F.  Lvs.  rounded  on  the  face. 

25  campanulata.  Kunze  Short,  caulescent,  the 
branches  crowned  by  rosettes  of  large  Ivs  :  Ivs.  spatu- 
late,  tapering  into  thick  petioles,  very  glaucous,  obtuse  4 
at  apex,  petals  thick,  reddish  without,  yellowish  within, 
somewhat  spreading  at  tip.  Mex.  B  R  1247  (as  E. 
gibbiflora). — It  is  said  to  be  near  E.  gibbiflora,  but  it 
certainly  has  very  different  foliage. 

FF.  Lvs.  concave  or  flat  on  the  face. 
26.  gibbifldra.  DC  Sts.  often  tall,  2  ft.  or  more  high, 
glabrous  throughout:  Ivs.  12-20  in  a  close  rosette,  obo- 
vate-spatulate,  often  highly  colored:  infl.  a  lax  panicle. 
Mex.  Var.  metallica.  A  very  common  and  popular 
greenhouse  plant  It  is  very  similar  to  the  type,  but 
has  more  highly  colored  Ivs.  Page  870. 

B.  nrgtrUea,  L«?m  ,  I  H  10  Misc  78,  1863=Dudleya  pulveru- 
lenta  — E.  Bernhardy&na,  Foerst  ,  is  a  garden  species  or  form 
from  an  unknown  source  — E  bracitbsa,  Lindl  &  Paxt  —Pachy- 
phytum  sp  — E  nnbrea  is  listed  in  Johnson's  Gardener's  Diet  , 
p  264,  18&4,  as  a  hybrid  —  E.  danfdlta,  Deleuil,  is  a  hybrid  of 
Pachyrjhytum  bracteolosum  and  Courantia  rosea  — B.  Clkve- 
(andii  is  a  hybrid  in  cult,  at  tho  White  House,  \V  ashington  —  E 
cydnca,  Johnson  Qard.  Diet  ,  is  a  garden  hybrid  — E  dtalbtlta, 
Johnson  Gard.  Diet,  garden  hybrid  — E.  DesmetnAna,  L  De  Srnet  =- 
E.  Peacockn  — E.  ertcta,  Deleuil,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  E  coccmea 
and  E  atropurpurea. — ~E  ffrrea,  Deleuil,  SB  id  to  bo  a  hybrid 
of  E.  Seheeni  and  E  Calqphana  — £  globtma,  Hurt  ex  E  Morr. 
m  B  H  24  161.  (1874)  Caulescent  or  nearly  so*  ha  numerous, 
forming  a  dense  rosette,  spatulate,  pale  and  somewhat  glaucous, 
about  3  m.  long,  broadest  near  tne  top  and  there  #-1  in.  broad, 


mucronate  at  tip,  rather  flat,  flowering  branches  weak  and  spread- 
ing, bearing  a  few  linear  bracts,  branched  at  top  into  2  secund 
racemes,  sepals  linear,  very  unequal,  somewhat  ascending,  corolla 
both  before  and  after  flowering  strongly  ft-angled,  reddish  below, 
yellowish  above  and  within,  petals  free  nearly,  if  not  quite,  to  the 
base,  stamens  opposite  the  petals  borne  on  the  lower  third  of  the 
corresponding  petals,  the  5  alternate  stamens  free  nearly  to  the 
base  carpels  free,  erect  This  d<  scnption  is  drawn  from  a  plant  in 
the  Washington  botanical  Garden  of  unknown  origin  It  resem- 
bles somewhat  E  secuuda  —  E  yrandijldra,  E  Morr,  la  evidently 
a  typographical  error  for  E  grandifolia,  Haw  —  E  grdndis,  E 
Morr  — E  gibbiflora(') — E  grandiskpala,  Deleuil,  is  said  to  be 
hybrid  of  L  metallica  and  a  Courantia  — E  kerbacea,  Johnson 
Gard  Diet  ,  is  a  garden  hybrid  —  E.  imbru,ata,  Deleuil,  Cat  1874, 
Deleuil  in  E  Morr  B  H  21  329  (1874)  Deleuil  in  A  DeSmet  R  B. 
3  147  (1677  )  This  is  cult  in  the  Washington  Botanical  Garden, 
and  in  the  White  House  grounds  This  species  beems  to  be  a  favor> 
ite  as  a  border  plant  in  Washington  City  parka  It  is  said  to  be  a 
cross  between  E  glauca  and  E  metallica  The  mfl  ,  while  secund 
as  in  E  glauca,  in  generally,  although  not  always,  2-branched, 
while  the  Iva  are  larger  than  m  the  true  E  glauca  — E  metdllica 
decdra,  Rodgors,  I  H  .30  505,  is  a  variegated  form  of  C  metallica. 
— E  mirdbilw,  Dr>leuil,  IH  a  hybrid  — E  mutdbihs,  Deleuil,  is  said 
to  be  a  hybrid  of  E  Scheeru  and  1$  lingutafoha  — E  ovata,  Deleuil, 
10  said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  E  Scheeru  and  E  metallica  — E  pachy- 
phytioMfs,  L  De-  Sniet,  is  a  cross  of  Parhyphytum  bracteosum 
and  E  metallica  — E  prutnbva,  Delouil,  is  said  to  bo  a  hybrid 
between  E  hnguLrfoha  and  E  coccmea  — E  pulwruUnta,  Nutt 
=Dudleya  — E  Purpusn,  Schum  =  Dudleya  — E  rosacea,  Lmd 
&  Andr£  I  H  20  121.  said  to  be  close  to  E  secunda,  locality 
notgnen — E  rdnea,  Lindl  —Courantia — E  scaphylla,  Deleuil,  is 
a  hybrid  of  I  rbinia  aga\oides  and  E  lingulrefoha — E  securifera, 
Deleuil,  is  a  hybrid —£  spathulAta,  Deleuil,  is  a  hybrid  —  E 
sptralii,  Deleuii,  hybrid  — E.  ateUAta,  Deleuil,  hybrid 

J  N.  ROSE. 

ECHIDNOPSIS  (viper-like,  alluding  io  the  sorpent- 
hke  sts ).  Asckpiadacese.  A  few  species  of  leafless 
succulents  of  Trop.  Afr.  and  Arabia,  not  sufficiently 
distinguished  from  Caralluma;  allied  to  Stapeha, 
which  bee  for  cult  None  of  the  species  seemb  to  be  in 
the  trade  The  bts  are  many-angled  and  tessellate, 
bearing  brnall  mobtly  fascicled  fls.  in  the  grooves,  corolla 
rotate  or  approaching  campanulate,  5-lobed,  fleshy, 
yellow  or  purple-bro\\  n ;  stammal  column  very  short 
and  arising  from  the  ba&c  of  the  corolla,  and  bearing 
the  corona  The  following  species  have  recently  been 
mentioned  in  garden  literature:  E  cereifdrnns,  Hook  f. 
is  6  in  high,  with  elongated  cylindrical  serpentine  or 
pendulous  bts.  and  bright  yellow  fls  in  fascicles  B  M. 
5930  E  Dammannidna,  Spreng.  not  Schweinf ,  is 
similar  but  has  dark  brown -purple  fls.  -Nile  Land. 
E  Benin,  N  E  Br ,  has  7-8-nbbed  sts.  %m.  or  less 
diam  and  vinous-purple  fls  in  pairs  toward  the  tips 
of  the  brancheb  8  Arabia.  B  M  7760  E  somalcnsis, 
N  E  Br  ,  has  columnar  cereus-like  shrubby  cylindri- 
cal 6-8-furrowcd  branches,  and  nearly  sessile  dark 
purple  yellow-is  pot  ted  fls.  solitary  or  m  2's  or  3's. 
Somahland.  B.M.  7929. 

ECHINACEA  (Greek,  echinos,  hedgehog;  alluding  to 
the  sharp-pointed  bracts  of  the  receptacle).  Compdsitx. 
PURPLE  CONE-FLOWER.  Perennial  stout  herbs,  more 
or  less  grown  in  the  border  or  wild  garden. 

Closely  related  to  Rudbcckia,  but  rays  ranging  from 
flesh-color,  through  rose,  to  purple  and  crimson  (one 
species,  not  in  the  trade,  has  fls.  yellow  to  red),  while 
those  of  Rudbeckia  are  yellow  or  partly  (rarely  wholly) 
brown-purple:  the  high  disk  and  the  downward  angle 
at  which  the  rays  are  pointed  are  features  of  echinaceas; 
the  disk  is  only  convex  at  first,  but  becomes  egg-shaped, 
and  the  receptacle  conical,  while  Rudbeckia  has  a 
greater  range,  the  disk  from  globose  to  columnar,  and 
the  receptacle  from  conical  to  cylindrical;  heads  many- 
fld ,  mostly  large;  disk-fls.  fertile,  rays  pistillate  but 
sterile;  pappus  a  small-toothed  border  or  crown:  sts. 
long  and  strong,  nearly  leafless  above,  terminated  by  a 
single  head. — tivc  species  in  N.  Amer.,2  of  them  from 
Mex.,  the  others  native  to  the  U.  S.  By  some  treated 
as  a  section  of  Rudbeckia;  by  others  now  called  Brau- 
nena,  which  is  an  older  name. 

Echinaceas  and  rudbecktas  are  stout,  and  perhaps 
a  little  coarse  in  appearance,  but  their  flower-heaos, 
sometimes  6  inches  across,  are  very  attractive,  and  borne 
m  succession  for  two  months  or  more  of  Uvte  summer. 


1088 


ECHINACEA 


ECHINOCACTUS 


With  the  growing  appreciation  of  hardy  borders  and 
of  native  plants,  it  should  be  possible  to  procure  four 
or  five  distinct  colors  in  the  flower,  associated  with 
low,  medium  and  tall-growing  habits.  They  do  well 
in  ordinary  soils,  and  may  be  used  to  help  cover  unusu- 
ally dry  and  exposed  spots. 

They  respond  well  to  rich  soil,  especially  sandy  loam, 
and  prefer  warm  and  sunny  sites.  They  are  perennials 
of  easy  culture.  Propagated  by  division,  though  not 
too  frequently;  sometimes  by  seeds.  The  roots  of  E. 
angustifoha  are  black,  pungent-tasted,  and  are  included 
in  the  United  States  pharmacopeia  as  the  source  of  an 
oleo-resin. 

purpurea,  Moench.  (Braunena  purpurea,  Brit ). 
Commonly  not  hairy,  typically  taller  than  E.  angusti- 
foha,  2  ft.  or  more  high:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  or  the 
lower  ones  broadly  ovate,  often  5-nerved,  commonly 
denticulate  or  sharply  serrate,  most  of  them  abruptly 
contracted  into  a  margined  petiole;  upper  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late and  3-nerved:  rays  at  first  an  inch  long  and  broad- 
ish,  later  often  2  in.  long  or  more,  \v  ith  the  same  color- 
range  as  E.  .angustifoha,  but  rarely  almost  white.  Rich 
or  deep  soil.  Va  and  Ohio  to  111.  and  La.  G.L. 
19:28  GM.  22:  suppl.  Nov.  11;  31:374  Gng.  5:41, 
Var  ser6tina,  Bailey  (Rudbeckia  purpurea  var  serdtina, 
Nutt.  R.  serdtina,  Sweet)  The  varietal  name  means 
late-flowering,  but  the  chief  point  is  the  hairy  or  bristly 
character  of  the  plant.  L.B  C  16 '1539.  P.M.  15:79 
(as  E.  intermedia). — Perhaps  the  best  form  for  garden 

Eurpoees,  the  rays  said  to  be  much  brighter  colored, 
roader  and  not  rolling  at  the  edges 
angustifftlia,  DC.  (B.  anguitifdha,  Brit  ).  Bristly, 
either  sparsely  or  densely:  Ivs.  narrower  than  in  E. 
purpurea,  from  broadly  lanceolate  to  nearly  linear, 
entire,  3-nerved,  all  narrowed  gradually  to  the  base, 
the  lower  into  slender  petioles,  fl  -heads  nearly  as  large 
as  in  E  purpurea,  but  sometimes  much  smaller. 
Prairies  and  barrens,  Sask  and  Neb.  to  Texas,  east  to 
111.,  Tenn.  and  Ala  B  M  5281.  G  W  4  164  —This 
species  has  several  forms,  which  approach  and  run  into 
E.  purpurea. 

A  dealer  advertises  (1912)  a  "red  sunflower"  obtained  by  cross- 
ing a  species  of  Echinacea  with  Hehanthus  multiflorus  It  is 
described  as  5-6  ft.  high,  with  fls.  4-7  in  diam ,  red  See 
JManrtw.  N<  TAYLOR.| 

ECHINOCACTUS  (Greek,  spine  and  cactus).  Cac- 
idcex.  A  very  large  group  of  globular,  strongly  ribbed, 
and  strongly  spiny  cacti,  growing  from  the  United 
States  to  South  America,  particularly  abundant  in 
Mexico. 

Sometimes  these  cacti  become  very  short -cylindrical; 
occasionally  the  ribs  are  broken  up  into  tubercles  which  , 
resemble  those  of  Matnmillaria;  and  rarely  spines  are 
entirely  wanting:  the  fls.  usually  appear  just  above 
the  young  spine-bearing  areas,  but  sometimes  they  are 
farther  removed,  and  occasionally  they  are  in  the  axil 
of  a  tubercle;  the  ovary  bears  scales  which  are  naked  or 
woolly  in  the  axils,  and  the  fr  is  either  succulent  or  dry. 
— The  genus  is  well  developed  within  the  U.  S  ,  about  40 
species  haying  been  recognized,  but  its  extreme  north- 
ern limit  is  the  southern  borders  of  Colo ,  Utah,  and 
Nov.,  apparently  having  spread  from  the  great  arid 
plateau  regions  of  Mex.  proper  and  Low  Cuhf. 
The  genus  extends  throughout  Mex.  but  is  not  found  in 
Cent.  Amer.  It  is  well  represented,  however,  in  the 
drier  regions  of  S  Amer.  Echmocactus  and  Mammillana 
are  distinguished  chiefly  by  the  way  in  which  the  fls.  are 
borne, — terminal  on  the  tubercles  in  the  former,  and 
axillary  to  tubercles  in  the  latter.  In  external  appear- 
ance they  are  very  similar  The  genus  Astrophy  turn  is 
here  included,  althcuph  it  seems  tdvbe  very  different 
from  the  typical  forms  of  Echmocactus  and  should 
doubtless  be  kept  distinct  It  is  impossible  to  identify 
with  certainty  all  of  the  specific  names  found  in 
trade  catalogues,  but  the  following  synopsis  con- 


tains the  greater  part  of  them.  In  all  cases  the  original 
descriptions  have  been  consulted,  and  in  some  cases 
it  is  certain  that  a  name  originally  applied  to  one 
form  has  been  shifted  to  another.  The  following 
synop&is  may  be  useful,  therefore,  in  checking  up  the 
proper  application  of  names,  but  it  may  thus  leave 
some  of  the  common  species  of  the  trade  unaccounted 
for.  No  attempt  is  made  to  group  the  species  accord- 
ing to  relationships,  but  a  more  easily  handled  artificial 
arrangement,  chiefly  based  upon  spine  characters,  is 
used.  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  species  are 
exceedingly  variable,  especially  under  cult.,  and  large 
allowance  must  be  made  for  the  characters  given  m  the 
key  and  m  the  specific  descriptions. 

Unlike  most  globular  forms  of  cacti,  echinocacti  do 
not  readily  produce  offsets;  consequently  they  must 
be  propagated  by  seeds  if  one  wishes  to  increase  these 
plants  in  quantity.  Seeds  of  echmocactus,  and,  in  fact, 
most  cacti,  will  germinate  as  freely  as  seeds  ot  other 
plants,  provided  they  have  been  allowed  to  ripen 
properly  before  gathering  and  carefully  dried  after- 
ward. The  months  of  May  and  June  have  been  found 
to  be  by  far  the  most  favorable  for  germination  Seeds 
of  echmocactus  will  then  germinate  in  five  or  six  days, 
while  during  the  winter  months  it  takes  almost  as  many 
weeks  Opuntias  will  germinate  in  even  less  than  six 
days;  they  germinate  most  readily  of  all  the  Cactaceie, 
and  grow  the  fastest  afterward,  while  mammillarias  are 
the  slowest  to  germinate  and  grow  the  slowest  after- 
ward — The  seeds  should  be  sown  in  well-drained  4- 
mch  pots  m  a  finely  sifted  mixture  of  one  part  leaf- 
mold,  one  part  loam  and  one  part  charcoal  dust  and 
silver  sand  The  surface  should  be  made  very  smooth, 
and  the  seeds  pressed  lightly  into  the  soil  with  the 
bottom  of  a  flower-pot  and  then  covered  with  about 
Y%  inch  of  fine  silver  sand  This  allows  the  seedlings  to 
push  through  readily  and  prevents  the  soil  from  crust- 
ing on  the  surface  of  the  pots,  as  they  usually  have  to 
stay  in  their  seedling  pots  at  least  one  year  The  pots 
should  be  placed  in  a  greenhouse  where  they  will 
receive  plenty  of  light  but  not  the  direct  sunlight,  for, 
although  cacti  are  natives  of  desert  regions,  the  seed- 
lings will  roast  if  exposed  to  full  sunlight  under  glass 
For  the  first  winter,  at  least,  the  seedlings  should  be 
kept  in  a  temperature  of  not  le&s  than  60°  and  care- 
fully looked  over  every  day  to  ascertain  the  condition 
of  the  soil,  for,  although  they  should  be  kept  on  the 
dry  side,  they  must  never  be  allowed  to  become  quite 
dry  during  the  seedling  stage.  When  about  a  year  old 
they  may  be  transplanted  to  shallow  puns  not  more  than 
6  inches  in  diameter,  and  prepared  with  the  same  mix- 
ture as  for  seedling  pots.  These  pans  will  be  found 
better  than  small  pots,  because  the  soil  may  be  kept 
more  evenly  moist  and  the  seedlings  do  better  in  conse- 
quence When  grown  from  2  to  3  inches  in  diameter, 
seedling  echmocacti  may  be  transferred  to  pots,  using 
only  sizes  just  large  enough  to  accommodate  them,  as 
they  make  but  few  roots  rot  them  in  a  mixture  of  two 
parts  fibrous  loam,  one  part  leaf-mold  and  one  part 
pounded  brick  and  silver  sand  During  the  spring  and 
summer  months,  established  plants  may  be  given  a 
liberal  supply  of  water,  but  miibt  be  studiously  watered 
during  the  fall  and  winter  months  — During  the  winter 
they  should  be  given  a  light  position  in  a  dry  green- 
house, with  a  night  temperature  of  45°  to  50°,  and  a 
rise  of  10°  by  day  For  the  summer,  they  may  be  cither 
kept  in  an  airy  greenhouse  or  placed  in  some  conve- 
nient position  outside,  plunging  the  pots  in  the  soil  or 
in  some  light  non-conducting  material.  Some  of  the 
species  will  begin  to  blossom  in  May  and  others  at 
intervals  during  the  summer.  The  flowers  vary  con- 
siderably in  size,  and  embrace  a  good  range  of  color, 
from  white  to  deep  yellow,  apd  from  faintest  purple  to 
deep  rose.  They  do  not  readily  produce  seecf  (in  New 
England,  at  least)  unless  artificially  pollinated. — Like 
most  of  the  cactus  family,  the  more  cylindrical  species 


ECHINOCACTUS 


ECHINOCACTQS 


1089 


tage  to  graft  upon  some  stronger-growing  species. 
Cleiatocactus  Baumannn  (or  C,  cohtbrinus)  makes  an 
excellent  stock  to  graft  upon,  choosing  stock  plan+s  of 
reasonable  size  and  height.  The  system  known  as 
"wedge-grafting"  is  perhaps  best  for  the  purpose,  and 
the  early  spring  months,  or  just  as  the  growing  season 
is  about  to  begin,  is  the  best  time  for  grafting — If 
plants  of  echmocactus  can  be  kept  in  a  healthy  condi- 
tion, they  are  not  much  troubled  with  insect  pests: 
mealy-bug  is  their  worst  enemy  and  should  be  removed 
at  once  with  a  clean  mucilage  brush. — The  following 
varieties  have  been  found  to  be  among  the  most  easily 
grown:  E.  capncornis,  E  coptonogonus,  E.  cornigerus, 
E.  Grusonn,  E.  honzonthalonius,  E.  longihamatus,  E. 
rnynostigma.  E.  sctispinus,  E.  texensis,  and  E.  Wishzenri. 
(E  J  Canning.) 


arrtgens,  31 

leucacanthus,  18. 

rectiapmus,  25. 

bicolor,  36 

hmitu8,  42 

recurvua,  27. 

orevihamatus,  5. 

longihamatua,  3. 

nncorensis,  16. 

capncornis,  15 

lopothele,  33. 

robustus,  34. 

coptonogonus,  13. 
cormgeruB,  9 
crispatus,  31 
cylmdraceus,  2 
Echidne,  23 

major,  13. 
Mtr&eHti.  19. 
MonviUu.  11. 
multicostatus,  14. 
inynoatigma,  60. 

saUillensis,  46. 
Scopa,  47. 
setispmua,  28. 
Sileri,  44 
sinuatUH,  6 

electracanthus,  22 

obvallatus,  30. 

texensis,  24. 

Emoryi,  20 

Orcuttn,  39. 

Trrculianu8t  6. 

flavomrens,  37 

ornatua,  19. 

turbiniformis,  49. 

Gruaomi,  45 
helophorus,  29 

ortharanthus,  37. 
Ottonis,  35. 

uncinatus,  1,  7. 
Vanderxyi,  23 

hexffidrophorus,  32 

Palmen,  46. 

vmdescens,  42. 

honzonthalomus,  21. 

Pfeiffen,  12. 

Vitnaga,  20. 

iDgens,  20 
intertextus,  38. 

phyllacanthus,  17. 
pilosus,  48. 

Whipplei,  8 
Wialuerui,  4. 

Johnsonii,  40. 
Lecontei,  43. 

polyancistrua,  10. 
polycephalua,  41. 

Wnghtu,  1. 

A.  Spines,  or  some  of  them,  hooked  (Nos.  1-10). 
B.  Central  spine  solitary. 

1.  Wrtghtii,   Coulter  (E.    uncinalus 
var  Wrlghtu,  Engelm.).  Oval,  3-6  in 
high,  2-3%  in  diam.:  radial  spines 
arranged  as  in  E  uncinatus; 
central  spine  solitary,  angled, 
flexuous   and   hooked,  elon- 
gated (2-6  in.),  erect,  straw- 
color,  with  dork  tip:  fls  1-1  l/i 

in.  long,  dark  purple.    Texas 
and  N.  Mex. 

BB.  Central  spines  4- 

c.  Some  or  att  of  the  spines 

annulate. 

2.  cylindraceus,     Engelm 
Globose  to  ovate  or  ovate- 
cylindrical,  simple  or  branch- 
ing   at   base,    becoming    as 
much  as  3  ft.  high  and  1  ft. 
diam.:    ribs   13   in   younger 
specimens,    20-27    in    older 

ones,  obtuse  and  tuberculate:  spines 
stout,  compressed,  more  or  less  curved, 
reddish;  radials  about  12,  with  3-5 
additional  slender  ones  at  upper  edge  of 
areole,  1-2  in.  long,  the  lowest  stouter 
and  shorter  and  much  hooked;  centrals 

4,  very  stout  and  4-angled,  about  2  in. 
long  and  fa-Urn,   broad,  the  upper- 
most broadest  and  almost  straight  and 
erect,  the  lowest  decurved :  fls.  yellow. 

5.  W.  U.  S.  and  Low.  Calif. 

3.  longihamatus,  Gal.  Subgloboseor 
at  length  ovate,  becoming  1-2  ft.  high: 
ribs  13-17,  often  oblique,  broad,  obtuse, 
tuberculate-interrupted :  spines  robust, 
purplish  or  variegated  when  young,  at 


Echlnoctctu!  Wbipplei. 


ashy;  radials  8-11,  spreading,  straight  or  curved 

the  upper  and  lower  ones  1-3  in.  long,  the 

I  in.;  centrals  4,  angled,  the  upper  ones 
turned  upward,  straight  or  curved  or  twisted,  the  lower 
one  stouter,  elongated  (3-8  in.),  flexuous  and  more  or 
less  hooked:  fls.  yellow,  tinged  with  red,  2^-3H  in. 
long.  Texas  and  Mex. 

4.  WislizSnii,  Engelm.  At  first  globose,  then  ovate  to 
cylindrical,  1^-4  ft  high:  ribs  21-25  (13  in  small  speci- 
mens), acute  and  oblique,  more  or  less  tuberculate: 
radial  spines  %-2  in.  long,  the  3  upper  and  3-5  lower 
ones  stiff,  straight  or  curved,   annulate,  red   (in  old 
specimens  the  3  stout  upper  radials  move  toward  the 
center  and  become  surrounded  by  the  upper  bristly 
ones),  the  12-20  laterals  (sometimes  additional  shorter 
ones  above)  bristly,  elongated,  flexuous,  horizontally 
spreading,  yellowish  white;  centrals  4,  stout,  angled, 
and  red,  l;hH*K  in.  long,  tae  3  upper  straight,  the 
lower  one  longest  (sometimes  as  mucn  as  4-5  in  ),  very 
robust  (flat  and  channeled  above),  hooked  downward 
fls.  yellow  or  sometimes  red.  2-2%  in.  long.    From  S 
Utah  to  N.  Mex.  and  Low.  Calif. 

cc.  None  of  the  spines  annulate. 

5.  brevihamatus.  Engelm.   Globobe-ovate,  very  dark 
green:    ribs    13,   deeply  tuberculate-interrupted,    the 
tubercles  with  a  woolly  groove  extending  to  the  base: 
radial  fepines  mostly  12,  terete,  straight,  white  or  yel- 
lowish, with  dusky  tips,  ^-1  in  long,  the  upper  longer; 
central  spines  1  (uirely  1  or  2  additional  ones),  flattened, 
white  with  black  tips,  the  2  lateral  ones  divergent 
upward,  straight  or  a  little  recurved,  1-2  in.  long,  the 
uppermost  one  weaker,  the  lower  stoutest  and  darkest, 
porrect  or  deflexed,  hooked  downward,  %-l  in  long: 
fls  funnelform,  rose-color,  1-1  %  in.  long.   S.  W.  Texas 

and  New  Mex. 

6.  sinu&tus,  Dietr.  (E.  TreculiAnus, 
Labour.).  Globose,  4-8  in.  diam  ,  bright 
green    ribs  13,  oblique,  acute,  tuber- 
culate-interrupted, the  tubercles  phort- 
prooved:  radial  spines  8-12,  setiform 
and  flexible,  the  3  upper  and  3  lower 
purplish  brown  and  straight- 
ish  (the  lower  ones  sometime? 
more  or  less  hooked),  ^-1  in 
long,  the  2-6  laterals  more 
slender,   longer    (1-1%   in.), 
often    flattened,    puberulent 
and  whitish,  sometimes  flexu- 
ous or  hooked;  central  spines 
4,  puberulent,  yellowish  (or 
purplish   variegated),    the   3 
upper  ones  slender,  flattened 
or  subangled,  erect  and  gener- 
ally straight  (rarely  hooked). 
1^5-2  in  long,  the  lowest  one 
much    stouter,   flattened    or 
even  channeled,  straw-color, 
flexuous,  more  or  less  hookea 
(sometimes  straight),  2-4  in. 
long:  fls.   yellow,   2-3  in.  long.    Texas, 
Ariz,  and  N.  Mex. 

7.  uncinatus,  Gal.  Glaucescent,  globose 
to  oblong:  ribs  13,  obtuse,  tuberculate- 
intermpted:  radial  spines  7  or  8,  1-2  in. 
long,  the  upper  4  or  5  straw-color,  straight, 
flattened,  the  lower  3  purplish,  terete  and 
hooked ;  centrals  4,  the  upper  3  rather  stout 
and  straight,  about  1  in.  lone,  the  lowest 
one  very  long,  flattened,  hooKed  at  apex: 
fls.  brownish  purple.   N.  Mex. 

8.  Whipplei,  Engelm     Fig.  1371.   Glo- 
bose-ovate, 3-5  in.  high,  2—4  in.  diam.: 
ribs   13-15   (often    oblique),   compressed 
and     tuberculately    interrupted:     radiaJ 


1090 


ECHINOCACTUS 


ECHINOCACTUS 


spines  usually  7,  compressed,  straight  or  slightly 
recurved,  H~K  in-  l°ng>  lower  ones  shorter  than  the 
others,  all  white  excepting  the  two  darker  lowest 
laterals;  central  spines  4,  widely  divergent,  the  upper- 
most one  flattened,  straight  and  white,  1-1  %  m.  long, 
turned  upward  in  the  plane  of  the  radials  (completing 
the  circle  of  radials),  the  others  a  little  shorter,  quad- 
rangular-compressed, dark  brown  or  black,  becoming 
reddish  and  finally  ashy,  the  2  laterals  straight,  the 
lowest  one  stouter  and  sharply  hooked  downward: 
fl.  greenish  red.  N.  Ariz.  Fig.  1371  is  adapted  from  the 
Pacific  Railroad  Report. 

BBB.  Central  spines  5  to  8. 

9.  cornigerus,  DC.  Globose  or  depressed-globose, 
10-16  in.  diam.:  ribs  about  21,  very  acute  and  wavy 
(not  tuberculately  interrupted):  radial  spmea  6-10, 
white  and  comparatively  slender,  or  wanting,  centrals 
red  and  very  robust,  angular-compressed,  with  long, 
sharp,  horny  tips,  the  upper  3  erect-spreading,  1-1%  m. 
long,  the  lower  2  weaker  and  declined,  the  central  one 
longer,  more  rigid  and  keeled,  very  broad  (K-M"1 ) 
and  hooked  downward:  fls.  purple,  l-llA  m  long  Mex. 

10  polyancfstrus,  Kngelm.  &  Bigel.  Ovate  or  at 
length  subcylmdnc,  becoming  4-10  in  high  and  3-4  in. 
diam  :  ribs  13-17,  obtuse,  tuberculately  interrupted: 
radial  spines  20  or  more,  compressed  and  white,  the 
uppermost  wanting,  the  4  upper  onos  broader  and  longer 
(1-2  in  )  and  dusky-tipped,  the  laterals  shorter  (Y*>-\ 
in.),  the  Jowest  very  short  (^m  )  and  subsetaceous; 
central  spines  of  several  forms,  the  uppermost  one 
(rarely  a  second  similar  but  smaller  one  above  or  beside 
it)  compressed-quadrangular,  elongated  (3-5  in.),  white 
with  dusky  tip  curved  upward,  the  other  5-10  teretish 
or  subangled,  bright  purple-brown;  upper  ones  long 
(2-4  in  )  and  mostly  straight,  the  others  gradually 
shortening  (to  about  1  in  )  downward  and  -sharply 
hooked,  fls.  red  or  yellow,  2-2%  m.  long  and  wide. 
Nev.  and  S.  E.  Calif. 

AA  Spines  not  hooked  (Nos.  11-48}. 
B.  Central  spines  none  or  indistinct. 

11.  Monvillii,  Lorn  Stout,  globose  and  bright  green: 
rib0  la-17,  tuberculate,  broadest  toward  the  base,  undu- 
late; tubercles  somewhat  hexagonal,  strongly  dilated 
below,  radial  spines  9-12,  the  lower  ones  somewhat 
longer,  very  stout,  spreading,  yellowish  translucent, 
reddish  at  base;  central  wanting*  fls  varying  from 
white  to  yellow  and  red.  Paraguay 

12  Pfeifferi,  Zucc  Oblong-globose,  becoming  1-2  ft. 
high  and  1  ft  diam.:  ribs  11-13,  compressed  and  some- 
what acute:  spines  6,  about  equal,  rigid,  straight, 
divergent  or  erect,  pale  transparent  yellow  with  a 
brownish  base;  very  rarely  a  solitary  central  spine. 
Mex. 

13.  coptonogonus,    Lem ,  var     major,    Salm-Dyck. 
Depressed,  from  a  largo  indurated  naked  napiform  base, 
2-4  in  across  the  top   ribs  10-15,  acute  from  a  broad 
base,  more  or  less  transversely  interrupted  and  sinuous: 
spines  3,  annulate,  very  stout  and  erect  from  deeply 
sunken  areoles,  reddish  when  young,  becoming  ashy 
gray;   upper   spine   stoutest,    erect   and   straight,    or 
slightly  curved  upward,  flattened  and  keeled,  and  occa- 
sionally twisted,  1^-2^4  in.  long;  the  2  laterals  erect- 
divergent,  straight   or   slightly  curved,  terete   above 
and  somewhat  Quadrangular  below.  1-1  ^  in.  long;  all 
from  an  abruptly  enlarged  base:  fls  said  to  be  small 
and  white,  with  purplish  median  lines.   Mex. 

14.  multicostatus,    Hildmann.      Depressed-globose: 
ribs  very  numerous,  90-120,  compressed  into  thin  plates 
which  run  vertically  or  are  twisted  in  every  direction: 
spines  exceedingly  variable,   in  some  cases  wanting 
entirely,  in  others  3  or  4,  short,  rigid,  and  translucent 
yellow;  in  others  more  numerous,  larger,  and  often 
flattish;  in  still  other  cases  very  long  ana  flat,  inter- 


lacing all  over  the  plant;  no  centrals:  fls.  white,  with 
a  broad  purple  stripe.  Mex. 

15.  capricdrnis,  A.  Dietr.    Globose:  ribs  about  11, 
broad,  spotted  all  over  with  white  dots:  clusters  of 
spines  distant,  usually  seen  only  near  the  apex;  spines 
5-10,   long   and  flexuous;   centrals  not  distinct:  fls. 
large,  yellow.   Mex. 

16.  rincone'nsis,  Poselg.    Cylindrical,  covered  with 
ivory-white  spines   which  are  tipped   with   crimson: 

ries  3,  with  no  centrals:  fls.  large,  purple-crimson, 
ker  at  base.   N.  Mex. 

17.  phyllacanthus,  Mart.    From  globose  to  cylindri- 
cal, with  depressed  vertex,  simple  or  proliferous,  23^- 
3^5  m    broad:  ribs  40-55  (sometimes  as  few  as  30), 
very  much  crowded  and  compressed,  thin,  acute,  very 
wavy,  continuous    or    somewhat    interrupted:    radial 
spines  5  (sometimes  6  or  7),  straight  and  spreading,  the 
2  lowest  ones  white,  rigid,  i^-^m.  long,  half  as  long  as 
the  2  darker,  angled,  laigci   laterals,   the  uppermost 
spine  thin  and  broad,  channeled  above,  faintly  annulate, 
flexible,   grayish  pink,    %-l   in    long;   central  spines 
none.  ns.  small,  dirty  white.   Mex. 

BB.  Central  spine  solitary  (sometimes  2-4  in  E.  cns- 
patus,  E  helophorus,  and  E.  sctispinus,  or  want- 
ing in  E.  lophothele). 

c  Sts.  with  less  than  13  nbs. 

18  leucac&nthus,  Zucc.   Somewhat  clavate-cylmdri- 
cal,  pale,  ribs 8-10,  thick,  obtuse,  strongly  tuberculate, 
the  areoles  with  strong  wool  radial  spines  7  or  8,  similar, 
straight,  finely  pubescent,  at  first  yellowish,  at  length 
white;  central  spine  solitary,  more  or  less  erect,  rarely 
wanting,  fls  light  yellow    Mex 

19  ornatus,  DC    (E  Mirbclhi,  Lorn  )     Subglobose: 
ribs  8,  broadj  compressed,  vertical,  thickly  covered  with 
close-set  white  woolly  spots,  making  the  whole  plant 
almost  white:  radial  spines  7,  straight,  stout,  yellowish 
or  becoming  gray;  central  spine  solitary    Mex. 

20  mgens,  Zucc.  (E   Visndga.  Hook  )     Very  large 
(sometimes  as  much  as  10  ft  high  and  as  much  in  cir- 
cumference), globose  or  oblong,  purplish  toward  the  top: 
nbs  8,  obtuse,  tuberculate.  areoles  large,  distant,  with 
very  copious  yellowish  wool,  radial  spines  8  or  more: 
central  spine  t>olitary;  all  the  spines  shaded  yellow  ana 
red  or  brownish,  straight,  rigid,  and  interwoven:  fls. 
bright  yellow,  about  3  in  broad     Mex 

21.  horizonthaldnius,  Lem  Glaucous,  depressed- 
globose  or  at  length  ovate  or  even  cylmdric  with  age, 
2-8  m.  high,  23^-4  in  diam  *  ribs  8-10  (fewer  in  very 
young  specimens),  often  spirally  arranged,  the  tuber- 
cles scarcely  distinct  by  inconspicuous  transverse 
grooves:  spines  6-9,  stout,  compressed,  reddish  (at 
length  ashy),  recurved  or  sometimes  almost  straight, 
nearly  equal,  ^-1M  in.  long  (sometimes  long  and 
slender  and  almost  terete,  sometimes  short,  stout  and 
broad) ;  radials  5-8,  upper  ones  weaker,  lowest  wanting; 
a  single  stouter  decur\  ed  central  (sometimes  wanting) : 
fls.  pale  rose-purple,  2^  in  long  or  mofe.  New  Mex. 
and  N  Mex. 

cc.  Sts.  with  13-27  nbs. 

22  electracanthus,  Lem.  Globose  or  thick  cylindri- 
cal, becoming  2  ft  high  and  1  ft  diam  :  ribs  about  15: 
raoial  spines  about  8,  equal,  rigid,  spreading,  yellow- 
ish, about  1  m.  long;  the  central  one  solitary,  red  at 
base:  fls.  clear  yellow.  Mex. 

23.  EcWdne,  DC.  (E.  Vander^  Lem.).  Depressed- 
globose,  5-7  in    diam  ,  3-4  in.  high:  ribs  13,  acute, 
radial  spines  7,  broad,  rigid,  spreading,  yellowish.  1  m. 
or  more  long;  central  spine  solitary  and  scarcely  longer 
than  the  others:  fls.  bright  yellow,  1  in.  or  more  long 
Mex. 

24.  texe'nsis,  Hopf.    Mostly  depressed  (sometimes 
globose),  8-12  in.  diam.,  4-6  in.  high,  simple:  nba 


ECHINOCACTUS 


ECHINOCACTUS 


1091 


mostly  21  (sometimes  27,  and  in  smaller  specimens  13 
or  14)  and  undulate*  spines  stout  and  fasciculate,  red- 
dish, compressed;  the  exterior  6  or  7  radiant,  straight- 
ish  or  curved,  unequal,  l/f-%m  long  in  some  cases, 
l%-2  in  in  others,  much  shorter  than  the  solitary  and 
stout  recurved  central,  which  is  sometimes  J^-^m. 
broad,  fls.  about  Mm.  long,  parti-colored  (scarlet  and 
orange  below  to  white  above).  Texas  and  N.  E.  Mex. 
25.  rectispinus,  Brit.  &  Rose  Fig.  1372.  Globose, 
at  length  cylindrical  ribs  13-21,  obtuse  and  strongly 
tuberculate:  radial  spines  7-9,  very  unequal,  the  3 
upper  ones  4-5  in.  long,  the  lower  1^-3  in.  long  and 
paler,  the  central  very  long  (12-13  in.)z  straight  or 
slightly  decurved:  fls.  about  iMm  long,  pinkish;  ovary 
bearing  a  few  ovate,  scarious,  naked  scales.  Low.  Calif. 

26  fimoryi,   Engelm.   Becoming   large,  globular  to 
cylindrical  plants,   1-4  ft.  high,  ribs   13-21,  obtuse; 
radial  spines  7- 

9,  nearly  equal, 
strut,  1-2  in 
long,  central 
spine  single,  por- 
rect,  hooked 
fls  red,  tipped 
with  yellow  fr 
1-2  in.  long, 
covered  with 
thin  bracts  S 
Ariz  and  N 
Sonora 

27  rectirvus, 
Link  &  Otto 
Subglobose  and 
very      stout 
ribs    about    15, 
covered    with 
broad,  dark  red 
spines,    the    ra- 
dials  spreading, 
the  central   ono 
recurved   and 
very  stout.  Mex 

28  setispinus, 
Engelm    Sub- 
globose,    2-3Jr, 
in     diam       ribs 
13,  more  or 


1372    Echmocactus  rectispinus.    No.  25 


oblique,  often  undulate  or  somewhat  interrupted: 
radial  spines  14-16,  setiform  and  flexible,  %~Min  I°n8> 
the  uppermost  (the  longest)  and  lowest  ones  yellowi&h 
brown,  the  laterals  white;  central  spines  1-3,  setiform 
and  flexuous,  dark,  1-1  M  in.  long:  fls  funnelform, 
l/i~3  in  long,  yellow,  scarlet  within.  Texas  and  N. 
Mex. 

29.  hel6phorus,  Lorn.  Depressed  globose,  light  green 
with    purple-red    veins'   ribs   about   20,    compressed, 
obtuse-  radial  spines  9-12,  very  stout  and  porrect; 
central  spines  1-4,  stronger  and  annulate;  all  the  spines 
pearl-gray.   Mex. 

ccc  Sts.  with  80  or  more  nbs. 

30.  obvallfttus,    DC.     Obovat^globose,    depressed: 
ribs  very  numerous,  vertical:  spines  most  aoundant 
towards  the  apex,  unequal,  spreacUng,  stout,  whitish; 
the  3  upper  radials  and  solitary  central  strong,  the 
others  (especially  the  lowest)  small:  fls.  purple,  with 
whitish  margin.    Mex — The  name  was  suggested  by 
the  appearance  of  the  terminal  cluster  of  fls.  surrounded 
by  a  fortification  of  strong  spines. 

31.  crispatus,  DC  (E.  dmgens,  Link)    Globose,  5m. 
or  more  high:  ribs  30-60,  compressed  and  sharp,  more 
or  less  undulate-crisped :  spines  7-11,  widely  spreading, 
more  or  less  flattened,  the  upper  larger  and  brown  at 
tip,  the  lower  shorter  and  white,  or  aU  of  them  brown: 
fls.  purple,  or  white  with  purple  stripes.   Mex. 


cccc.  Sts.  tuberculate,  as  in  Mammtllana 
32  hexsedrtiphorus,  Lem.  More  or  less  globular,  dark 
gray  ribs  deeply  tuberculate,  giving  the  appearance  of 
a  mammillaria,  with  hexagonal  tubercles:  radial  opines 
6  or  7,  radiating  like  a  star,  central  spine  solitary,  erect, 
longer;  all  the  spines  annulate,  reddish  brown:  fls. 
white,  tinted  with  rose  Mox 

33.  lopothele.  Salm-Dyck.    Globose,  strongly  tuber- 
culate,  after  the  manner  of  Mammillaria:  tubercles 
quadrangular,  bearing  clusters  of  5-10,  more  or  less 
porrect,  long,  rig^id,  and  equal  spines,  central  solitary  or 
wanting:  fls.  white  or  yellowish.    Mex. 

BBS.  Central  spines  4  (2  or  3  in  E.  Sileri  and  sometimes 

3  in  E.  Scopa). 
c.  Ribs  less  than  18. 

34.  robustus,  Otto    Clav^tf  and  stout:  ribs  about  8, 
compressed,  vertical  radial  spines  about  14,  the  upper 
ones  slender,  the"  lowest  3  stronger;  central  spines  4, 
4-angled  at  base,  transversely  striate,  the  lowest  one 
largest;  all  the  spines  purple-red,  l>£-3  in.  long:  fls. 
golden  yellow    Mex. 

35.  Ottdnis,    Link   &   Otto      Depressed-globose   or 
ovate,  3-4  in.  high*  ribs  10-12,  obtuse:  radial  spines 
10-18,  slender,  yellowish,  more  or  less  straight  and 
spreading,  about  ^2in.  long;  central  spines  4,  dusky 
red,  stronger,  the  uppermost  very  short,  the  2  laterals 
horizontal,   the  lowest  longest   (1   in  )   and  deflexed: 
fls.  lemon-yellow,  becoming  2-3  in.  diam.   Mex. 

36  bicolor,  Gal  Globose-ovate,  stout,  1^-4  in. 
diam  ,  sometimes  becoming  8  in  high:  ribs  8,  oblique 
and  obtuse,  compressed,  tuberculate-mterrupted.  lower 
radials  and  centrals  variegated  red  and  white;  radials 
9-17,  spreading  and  recurved,  slender  and  rather  rigid, 
the  lowest  one  ^-1  in  long,  the  laterals  1-2  in.  long 
and  about  equaling  the  2-4  flat  flexuous  ashy  upper 
ones;  centrals  4,  flat  and  flexuous,  1/^-3  in.  long,  the 
uppermost  thirl  and  not  longer  than  the  erect  and  rigid 
laterals,  the  lowest  very  stout,  porrect  and  very  long: 
fls  funnelform,  bright  purple,  2-3  in.  long.  N  Mex. 

cc  Ribs  13-27. 

37.  orthacinthus,  Link  &  Otto  (E.  flavotirens, 
Scheidw  )  Globose,  yellowish  green:  ribs  12  or  13, 
vertical,  acute:  radial  spines  14,  unequal,  straight  and 
spreading;  central  spines  4,  stronger,  the  lowest  the 
largest;  all  the  spines  rigid,  annulate,  and  grayish 
white  Mex 

38  intertixtus,  Engelm.  Ovate-globose,  1-4  in.  high: 
ribs  13,  acute,  somewhat  oblique,  tuberculate-mter- 
ruptcd,  the  tubercles  with  a  woolly  groove:  spmos 
short  and  rigid,  reddish  from  a  whitish  base  and  with 
dusky  tips,  radial  16-25,  closely  appressed  and  inter- 
woven, the  upper  5-9  setaceous  and  white,  straight 
M~/l2in  long,  the  laterals  more  rigid  and  a  little  longer, 
the  lowest  stout  and  short,  a  little  recurved;  centrals  4, 
the  3  upper  ones  turned  upward  and  exceeding  the 
radials  and  interwoven  with  them,  the  lower  one  very 
short,  stout  and  porrect:  fls.  about  1  in.  long  and  wide, 
purplish.  Texas  and  N.  Mex. 

39.  6rcuttii,  Engelm    Cylindrical,  2-3^  ft.  high,  1 
ft.  diam  ,  single  or  in  clusters  up  to  18  or  more,  not 
rarely  decumbent:  ribs  18-22,  often  obhque:  spines 
extremely   variable,    angled   to   flat,    ^-3   in.    wide; 
radials   11-13,   unequal,   lowest   and   several  laterals 
thinnest;  centrals  4:  fls.  about  2  m.  long,  deep  crim- 
son  in   center,    bordered   by  light   greenish  yellow. 
Low.  Calif. 

40.  Jfihnsonii,    Parry.     Oval,    4-6    in.   high:   ribs 
17-21,  low,  rounded,  tuberculately  interrupted,  close 
set.  often  oblique,  densely  covered  with  stoutish  red- 
dish gray  spines:  radial  spines  10-14,  %-!%  in.  long, 
the  upper  longest;  centrals  4,  stouter,  recurved,  about 
1^2  in.  long:  fls.  2-2%  in.  long  and  wide,  from  deep  red 
to  pink.  Utah,  Nev.,  Calif. 


1092 


ECHINOCACTUS 


ECHINOCEREUS 


41.  polycgphalus,  Engelm.  &  Bigel.  Globose  (6-10 
in.  diam  )  to  ovate  (10-16  in.  high,  5-10  in.  diam.)  and 
cylindrical  (reaching  24-28  in.  nigh  and  about  10  in. 
diam.),  profusely  branched  at  base:  ribs  13-21  (occa- 
sionally 10):  spines  8-15,  very  stout  and  compressed, 
more  or  less  recurved  and  reddish;  radials  4-11,  com- 
paratively slender  (the  uppermost  the  most  slender), 
1-2  in.  long;  the  4  centrals  much  stouter  and  longer 

ally 


-  in.),  very  unequal,  the  uppermost  one  usually 
broadest  and  curved  upward,  the  lowest  one  usually 
the  longest  and  decurved  :  fls.  yellow.  Utah  to  Calif  . 

42.  viridescens.  Nutt    Globose  or  depressed,  simple 
or  branching  at  base,  4-12  in.  high,  6-10  in.  diam.: 
ribs  13-21  (fewer  when  young),  compressed  and  scarcely 
tuberculate:  spines  more  or  less  curved  and  sometimes 
twisted,  reddish  below,  shading  into  greenish  or  yellow- 
ish above;  radials  9-20,  %->£m  long,  the  lowest  short- 
est, robust,  and  decurved;  centrals  4,  cruciate,  much 
stouter,  compressed  and  4-anglcd,  K~l%  «»  long,  the 
lowest  broadest,  longest  and  btraightest    fls  yellowish 
green,  about  IKm.  long.  S.  Calif  —  E  limitus,  Engelm., 
is  closely  related  to  this  species  and  is  thought  by 
some  to  be  identical  with  it. 

43.  Lecfatei,  Engelm.  Resembles  E  Wishzenu,  but 
often  somewhat  taller  (sometimes  becoming  8  ft  high 
and  2  ft.  diam  ),  usually  more  slender,  and  at  last  cla- 
vate  from  a  slender  base:  ribs  somewhat  more  inter- 
rupted and  more  obtuse:  lower  central  spine  more  flat- 
tened and  broader,  curved  (rather  than  hooked)  or 
twisted,  usually  not  at  all  hooked,  sometimes  as  much 
as  6  in.  long:  fls    rather  smaller.    From  the  Great 
Basin  to  Mex.  and  Low.  Calif. 

44.  Sileri,  Engelm.    Globose:  ribs   13,   prominent, 
densely  crowded,  with  short  rhombic-angled  tubercles: 
radial  spines  11-13,  white;  centrals  3,  black,  with  pale 
base,   %m.  long,  the   upper   one  slightly  longer:  fls. 
scarcely  1  in.  long,  straw-colored.   Utah. 

45.  Grusonii,  Hildmann.    Globose,  completely  cov- 
ered by  a  mass  of  almost  transparent  golden  spines, 
which  give  the  plant  the  appearance  of  a  ball  of  gold: 
centrals  4,  curved:  fls.  red  and  yellow.    Mountains  of 
Mex.  —  From  illustrations  it  is  evident  that  the  radial 
spines  are  somewhat  numerous  and  widely  spreading, 
and  that  the  centrals  are  prominent  and  more  or  less 
deflexed. 


46.  Pilmeri,  Rose     (E.  ealtiUensis,  Poselg.).    Fie. 
1373.  Very  stout,  globose:  ribs  15-19,   compressed, 
dark  green:  spines  very  prominent,  6-7  in  a  cluster, 
stout  and  porrect,  sometimes  becoming  5  in.  long:  cen- 
trals   4.     Mex.— Schu- 
mann makes  this  a  va- 
riety of  E.  ingens. 

ccc.  Ribs  30  or  more. 

47.  Sc6pa,    Link   & 
Otto    More  or  loss  cylin- 
drical,   1    ft.    or    more 
high,  2-4  in.  diam  ,  at 
length  branching  above: 
ribs  30-36,  nearly  vciti- 
cal,  tuberculate:    radial 
spines  30-40,  setaceous, 
white;  central  spines  3 
or  4,  purple,  erect;  some- 
times all  the  spines  are 
white .  fls.  yellcw.  Brazil. 
— The  species  is  exceed- 
ingly  plastic    in    form, 
branching  variously   or 
passing  into  the  cristate 
condition. 


1374.  Echmocactus  mynostigma 

No  50. 


1173.  Bchinocactus  Palmeri.    No  46. 


BBBB.  Central  spines  .5-10 

48.  pildsus.  Gal.   Globose,  6-18  in  high,  ribs  13-1  s, 
compressed,  little  if  at  all  interrupted,  radial  spine.*, 
represented  by  3  slender  ones  at  the  lowest  part  of  the 
pulvillus  or  wanting;  centrals  6,  very  stout,  at  first  pur- 
plish, becoming  pale  yellow,  the  3  upper  ones  erect,  the 
3  lower  recurved-spreading:  fls.  unknown    N.  Mex 

AAA.  Spines  entirely  wanting. 

49.  tutbinif6rmis,  Pfeiff     Depressed-globose,  gray- 
ish green,  with  12-14  spirally  ascending  ribs,  cut  into 
regular  rhomboidal  tubercles;  tubercles  flat,  with  a 
depressed  pulvillus,   entirely  naked  excepting  a  few 
small  setaceous  spines  upon  the  younger  ones:  fls. 
white,   with  a  purplish  base     Mex — The  depressed 
and  spineless  body,  with  its  surface  regularly  cut  in 
spiral  series  of  low,  flat  tubercles,  gives  the  plant  a  very 
characteristic  appearance. 

50.  myriostigma,   Salm-Dyck   (Astrophyturn  myno- 
stigma, Lena.).    Fig    1374      Depressed-globose,  5  in 

diam  ribs  5  or  6,  very 
broad,  covered  with  numer- 
ous somewhat  pilose  white 
spots,  and  with  deep  obtuse 
sinunes  spines  none1  fls 
large,  pale  yellow  Mex 

E   chrysdnthus  (E   ehrysacan- 
thu3)=(?).—  E    Dr(ege(lnus=*C>) 
— E     Leu>{7m=IvOphophora  — K 
micromfaru  =  Mammmaria  —  K 
Posefoendnus,   A    Dietz  =»Mam- 
millanaScheeni  — K  Sfwip««mt= 
Pediocactus — E  tnfuicAtus=*(1). 
— E.  FF(Z/tam«ii=Lophophora. 
JOHN  M  COULTER. 
J.  N.  ROSE  f 

ECHINOCfcREUS  (smny 
Cereus) .  Cactacese.  Con- 
densed globular,  cylindrical 
or  prostrate  cacti  of  the 
United  States  and  Mexico. 

Stems  single  or  cespitose, 
sometimes  forming  large 
clusters  of  200-300  sts.,  dis- 
tinctly ribbed,  usually  low 
in  stature,  or,  if  elongated, 
sprawling  or  creeping,  gen- 
erally very  spiny  fls.  yel- 
low, purplish  or  scarlet, 
with  rather  a  short  funnel- 


ECHINOCEREUS 


ECHINOCEREUS 


1093 


shaped  tube;  fl.-tube  and  ovary  covered  with  clusters 
of  spines;  etigma-lpbes  always  green.  This  genus  has 
commonly  been  merged  into  Cereus,  although  it  seems 
to  be  quite  distinct. 

Most  of  the  species  of  Echinocereus  are  unsuited 
for  greenhouse  purposes,  for  when  brought  under  glass 
they  survive  only  for  a  few  years  The  very  large 
flowers  of  some  species  make  them  very  attractive 
while  in  bloom. 

INDEX. 


acifer,  9. 

Do  Laetii,  1. 

phcemceus,  10. 

adust  us,  18. 
Berlandien,  4. 

duto  us,  23 
Kngelmannu,  22 

jxjlyaeanthua,  8. 
prooumbens,  3 

Blanku,  5 

onnoacanthufl,  24. 

riguhssimus,  19. 

cmspitosus,  17. 

Fendlon,  21 

IlcBtten,  16. 

ohloranthus,  12 

Konacanthua,  6. 

rufispmus,  18. 

chrysocentrua,  22. 

iungisetus,  11. 

Schocn,  2. 

coccmeus,  10. 

Merkrn,  25. 

strammcus,  27. 

con^lomeratus,  26. 

mojavcnsis,  20 

triglochidiatus,  7. 

conoideus,  10 

paucispmus,  0 

variegatua,  22 

ctenoidos,  15. 

pcctinatus,  18 

viruhflorus,  13. 

dasyacanthue,  14. 

A  *Ste  covered  with  long  weak  bristle*  or  hairs,  and 
resembling  a  small  plant  of  Cephalocereux  senihs. 

1  De  Lefctii,  Giirke    Low  and  cospitoso,  6-10  in  high' 
ribs  17-20   radial  spines  numerous;  central  spines  4  or 
5,    intermixed    with    long,    hair-like   bristles    entirely 
hiding  the  plant,  fls  small,  rose-colored     Mex — This 
species  has  been  secured  in  great  quantities  by  Euro- 
pean dealers     It  closely  simulates  a  small  Cepha  ocereus 
semlu,  but  has  very  different  fla.  and  fr. 

A  A.  Sts.  variously  covered  with  spines,  but  not  like  the 

above  (Nos  2-27} 

B.  The  sts.  weak  and  trailing,  at  lea*t  becoming  prostrate, 
c  Ribs  nearly  continuous 

2  Schefcri,     Lem      (Cereus    Hchtbn,     Salm-Dyck). 
Branching  freely  from  the  base  of  the  st  and  forming 
dense  clusters    branches  upright  or  ascending,  about 
8  in   long  by  1  m   diam.,  slightly  tapering  toward  the 
apex,   dark    green     ribs   8-9,    straight   or  sometimes 
inclined  to  spiral,  separated  above  by  sharp  grooves 
which  become  flattened  toward  the  base,  low  arched: 
arooles  little  more  than  14111    apart,  round,  yellowish 
white    radial  spines  7-9,  spreading,   needle-like,   the 
under  pair  the  longest,  about  \4-  ?gin  long,  white  with 
yellowish  bases;  centrals  3,  the  lower  the  longest,  about 
^8in  ,  red  with  brown  bases;  later  all  the  spines  become 
gray    fls   rod,  from  the  upper  part  of  the  st  ,  about  5 
in    long,  ovary  and  tube  bracteate  and  furnished  with 
abundance  of  wool  and  spines.   Mex. 

cc.  Ribs  divided  into  tubercles. 

D.  Central  spines,  when  present,  short:  flowering  areoles 
bearing  cobwebby  wool 

3  proctimbens,  Lem   (Cereus  procumbens,  Engelm  ). 
Branching  from  the  lower  part  of  the  st  and  so  form- 
ing   clusters:    branches    procumbent    or    ascending, 
angled,  at  the  base  tapering  into  cylindrical,  1^>~5  in 
long  by  M~/4  in-  diam  :  ribs  mostly  5.  rarely  4,  straight 
or  spiral,  on  the  upper  portion  of  the  biancn  almost 
divided  into  tubercles:  arooles  J-i-^m    apart,  round, 
sparingly  white  curly-woolly,  soon  naked :  radial  spines 
4-6,  subulate,  stiff,  straight,  sharp,  in  young  growth 
brownish,  then  white,  at  the  base  often  yellowish  and 
the  tip  brownish,   horizontally  spreading,  the  upper 
the  longest,  reaching  ^m.  length;  central  solitary  or 
absent  on  the  lower  areoles,  somewhat  stronger,  %-% 
in  long,  darker-  fls  lateral,  from  just  below  the  crown, 
3-4  in   long,  carmine-red  to  violet,  with  white  or  yel- 
lowish throat:  fr.  ellipsoidal,  green,  /^in.  long.   Mex. 

DD.  Central  spines  slender:  flowering  areoles  with  short 

wool. 

E.  Length  of  central  spine  %in. 
4.  Berlandidri,  Lem.  (Cereus  Berlandieri,  Engelm.). 
Sts    prostrate,  richly  branching,  forming  dense  clus- 


ters, the  branches  upright  or  ascending,  2-3  in.  long  or 
longer,  by  %-%  in  diam.,  light  or  dark  green,  and  in 
young  growth  often  purplish:  ribs  5-6,  broken  up  into 
as  many  straight  or  spiral  rows  of  tubercles;  tubercles 
conical,  pointed:  areoles  %-%  m.  apart,  round,  white- 
woolly,  soon  naked,  radial  spines  6-8,  stiff  bristle-form, 
thin,  horizontally  spreading,  white,  about  %in.  long, 
the  upper  one  sometimes  light  brown  and  somewhat 
stronger,  central  solitary,  yellowish  brown,  sometimes 
reaching  %in.  length:  fls.  from  the  upper  lateral 
areoles,  2-3  in.  long,  red  to  light  pink:  fr.  ovoid,  green, 
bristly.  S.  Texas  and  N  Mex. 

EE.  Length  of  central  spine  1  in.  or  more. 

5.  BUnkii,  Palmer  (Cereus  Bldnkn,  Poselg.).  Branch- 
ing freely  from  the  base  and  thus  forming  clusters: 
sts.  columnar,  tapering  above,  about  6  in.  long  by 
1  in    diam  ,  dark  green:  r|bs  5-6  (rarely  7),  straight, 
almost  divided  into  tubercles:  areoles  about  ^m.  apart, 
round,  white  curly-woolly,  later  naked:  radial  spines 
mostly  8,  horizontally  spreading,  the  under  pair  the 
longest,  reaching  about  iH$m.  length,  all  stiff,  straight, 
thin,  white  or  the  upper  ones  carmine-red  when  young, 
later  reddish   brown,   central  solitary,  porrect,   later 
deflexed,  1-1 K  m  l°n£»  white  or  brownish,  black  when 
young:  fls  from  near  the  crown,  2^-3  in.  long,  purple- 
red  to  violet.   Mex    RH  1865.90. 

BB.  The  sts.  usually  short  and  stout,  usually  erect. 
c.  Fls  rather  small,  scarlet. 

D  Ribs  5-7. 
E  tipines  terete. 

6.  paucispinus,       Rum  pi       (Cereus      paudspinus, 
Engelm  )     Clustered  in  irregular  bunches'  sts.  cylin- 
drical to  ovoid,  4-7  in    high  by  1^-3  in    diam  :  ribs 
5-7,  undulate,  aieolea   %-%m    apart,  round,  white- 
woolly,  later  naked   radial  spines  3-6,  spreading,  subu- 
late, straight  or  curved,  round,  bulbose  at  the  base,  the 
lowest  ouo  longest,  reaching   %m  ,  light-colored,  the 
upper  ones  reaching  to  about  Hm  ,  reddish  or  brown- 
isn;  central  solitary  or  none,  reaching  about  1^  m. 
length,  somewhat  angled,  brown-black,  porrect  or  up- 
right; later  all  the  spines  blackish:  fls.  2'm.  or  more 
long,  dark  scarlet  to  yellowish    Texas  and  Colo. 

Var.  gonac&nthus,  K  Sch  (E.  gonacdnthus,  Lem. 
Cereiui  gonacdnthus,  Engelm.  &  Bigel )  Radial  spinos 
8,  very  large,  angled  and  sometimes  twisted,  the  upper 
strongest,  reaching  nearly  3  m  length,  lignt  or  dark 
yellow  with  brown  tips'  central  always  present,  deeply 
grooved,  often  flattened,  3  in.  or  more  long.  Colo. 

EE  Spines  angled 

7  triglochidiatus,  K.  Sch.  (E.  tnglochidiatus, 
Engelm  Cerent  tnglochidiatus,  Engelm  ).  Radial  spines 
usually  3,  sometimes  as  many  as  6,  strong,  angled,  base 
bulbose,  straight  or  curved,  about  1  in.  long,  soon  ash- 
gray.  Texas  and  New  Mex. 

DD.  Ribs  9-11. 
E.  Axds  of  fl.-bracts  Jdled  with  long  cobwebby  hairs. 

8.  polvac&nthus,     Engelm.      (Cereus    polyacdnthus, 
Engelm  ).    Sts  clustered,  forming  thick  masses,  cylin- 
drical to  ellipsoidal,  ribs  9-13:  radial   spines  8-12, 
robust,  subulate,  stiff  and  sharp,  under  one  the  longest, 
nearly  1  in ,  upper  ones  scarcely  ^rn  ,  white  to  red- 
dish gray  with  dark  tips;  centrals  3-^4.  bulbose  base, 
stronger,  about  the  length  of  the  radials  or  the  lowest 
sometimes  reaching  2  in.,  horn-colored;  later  all  the 
spines  become  gray:  fls.  lateral,  about  1^-2^  in.  long, 
dark  scarlet  to  blood-red'  fr.  spherical,  about  1  in.  long, 
greenish  red,  spiny.  Texas  to  N.  Mex. 

EE.  Axils  of  fl  -bracts  bearing  short  wool. 
F.  Central  spines  always  solitary:  sts.  6-8  in.  high.  Mex. 

9.  Acifer,  Lem.  (Cereus  acifer,  Otto).    Sts.  thickly 
clustered,  6-8  m    high  by  l^r-2  in.  diam.,  becoming 


1094 


ECHINOCEREUS 


ECHINOCEREUS 


gray  and  corky  with  age:  ribs  9-11,  usually  10:  radial 
spines  usually  9,  spreading,  under  pair  longest,  about 
>£in.,  in  young  growth  white,  later  horn-colored  to 
gray,  the  upper  ones  brownish;  central  solitary,  straight, 
correct,  at  first  ruby-red,  later  brown,  1  in.  long:  fls. 
lateral,  2  in.  and  more  long,  clear  scarlet-red,  with  a 
yellow  throat  and  sometimes  a  carmine  border.  N. 
Mex. 

FF.  Central  spines  1-4:  sis.  2-4  in  high    New  Mex. 
and  Colo. 

10.  coccineus,  Engelrn.  (E  ph&niceus,  Lem.    Cereus 
-phoeniceus,  Engelm  ).    Sts    irregularly  clustered,  ellip- 
soidal to  short-cylindrical,  2-4   in.  high  by   lj^-2^ 
jn    diam.:  ribs    8-11,    straight:    spines    bristle-form, 
straight,  round;  radials  8-12,  white,  M"/^  m-  long, 
upper  ones  shortest,  centrals  1-4,  stouter,  white  to 
yellow  or  brown,  with  bulbose  base:  fls    from  upper 
lateral    areoles    scarlet-red,    with    the    corolla-throat 
yellow.   Colo,  to  Ariz 

Var.  conofdeus,  Engelm.  (E  conotdeus,  Rumpl- 
Cereus  conoidcus,  Engelm  ).  Central  spine  long  and 
robust:  fls.  large,  red  S.  Calif  and  N.  W.  Mex. 

cc.  Fls.  never  scarlet,  usually  crimson  or  purplish, 

sometimes  yellow. 

D.  Spines  more  or  less  pectinate,  nbs  12  or  more. 

E.  Areoles  short,  nearly  orbicular. 

F  Color  of  spines  white. 

11.  longisetus,   Lcm    (Cereus  longuelus,  Engelm.). 
tSts.   clustered,   cylmdiioal,   covered   with  long,   dirty 
white  spines,  about  8  m    high  by  2  m    diam  ,  light 
jjreen:  ribs   11-14,   straight,   undulate,  radial  spines 
18-20,  straight,  compressed,  base  thickened,  subulate, 
flexuose,  usually  horizontally  spreading,  interlocking 
V7ith  adjacent  clusters,  the  lower  laterals  the  longest, 

reaching  ^m. %  long, 
the  upper  more  bristle- 
like  and  the  shortest, 
all  white;  centrals  5-7, 
longer,  reaching  2% 
in  ,  stronger,  the  upper 
ones  scarcely  longer 
than  the  longest  ra- 
dials;  all  are  bulbose 
at  the  base :  the  3  lower 
ones  the  longest  and 
deflexed,  spreading  and 
sometimes  curved'  fls. 
red.  Mex. 

FF  Color  of  spines  white 

and  brown. 
12.  chloranthus, 
Riimpl.  (Cereus  chlor- 
dnlhus,  Engelm.)  Fig. 
1375.  Sts.  in  small 
clusters,  cylindrical, 
slightly  tapering  above, 
4-9  in  high  by  2-2^ 
in.  diam  :  ribs  13-18, 
straight  or  rarely 
spiral:  radial  spines 
12-20,  horizontally 
spreading  and  ap- 
pressed,  sharp,  the 
!in.  long  and  white,  the  lower 


1375.  Echraocereus  chloranthus. 


shortest  one  about 

laterals  a  little  longer  and  have  purple  tips;  centrals 
3-5,  or  in  young  plants  absent,  bulbose  at  the  base, 
the  upper  ones  shortest,  about  the  length  of  the  radials, 
and  darker  colored,  with  purplish  tij#,  the  lower  ones 
stouter,  about  1  in.  long,  deflexed,  white;  frequently  all 
the  spines  are  white '  fls  lateral,  little  more  than  1  in. 
longj  ovary  and  tube  white  bristly;  petals  green :  fr. 
ellipsoidal,  about  J^in.  long,  spiny.  Texas  and  New 
Mex 


EB.  Areoles  more  or  less  elongated 
F.  Color  of  fls.  greenish  or  yellow. 

Q.  Fls.  greenish. 

13  viridifldms,  Engelm.  (Cereus  inndifldrus, 
Engelm.).  Sts.  solitary  or  only  m  age  forming  small, 
loose  clusters,  cylindrical  or  elongated,  ellipsoidal,  3-7 
in.  high  by  1-2  in.  diam:  ribs  13  radial  spines  12-18, 
horizontally  radiate,  pectinate,  straight  or  somewhat 
curved,  subulate,  the  lower  laterals  the  longest,  about 
Km->  translucent  ruby-red,  the  others  white;  centrals 
usually  absent,  rarely  1,  strong,  about  %m.  long, 
curved  upward,  red  with  brown  point  fls  lateral, 
from  just  below  the  crown,  broad  funnelform,  little 
more  than  1  in  long;  ovary  and  tube  spiny,  corolla 
green,  with  a  broad  darker  olive-green  to  pink  stripe 
down  the  middle  of  each  petal  fr  ellipsoidal,  about 
HUI.  long,  greenish.  Wyo.  and  Kans  to  Texas  and 
New  Mex. 

ao  Fls  yellow 
H.  Ribs  15-21 '  central  spines  unequal. 

14.  dasyacanthus,    Engelm     (Cereus    dasyacdnthus, 
Engelm )     Sts.  solitary  or   sometimes  forming   open 
clusters,    ellipsoidal   to    short-cylindrical    ribs    15-21, 
straight  or  sometimes  slightly  spiral,  ohtuso    radial 
spines  20-30,  straight  or  sometimes  .slightly  curved, 
subulate,    stiff,   sharp,    pectinate,  white  \vith  red   or 
brown  tips,  later  gray,  the  laterals  longeht,  \>%-\  in  ,  the 
upper  ones  shortest,  about  %in  ,  those  of  one  cluster 
interlocking  with  those  of  the  adjacent  clusters,  cen- 
trals 3-8,  the  lower  one  longest,  white  with  colored  tips, 
mostly  with  bulbose  babes   fls  from  near  tho  crown  of 
the  st    large,  2%-3  in.  long,  ovary  and  short  tube 
covered    with    white,    reddish    tipped    stiff    bristles, 
corolla  yellow    fr    1-1 J^  m    long,  ellipsoidal,  spiny, 
green  to  reddish    Texas 

HH  Rib?  15  or  If)    central  spims  very  short,  equal 

15.  ctenoides,    Lorn     (Certiu>    ctenmde*,    Engelin ) 
Sts    solitary  or  rarely  branching,  cylmdiical  to  elon- 
gated ovoid,  leaching  a  height  of  b'  in    and  a  di.un    of 
2%  in     nbs  15-10,  usually  straight    radial  spines  13- 
22,    horizontally    radiate,    pectinate,    subulate,    bases 
bulbose   and   laterally   compressed,   Htiff,    stiaight   or 
often  slightly  curved,  the  laterals  longest  and  about 
%m  ,  the  upper  ones  very  short,  white  or  sometimes 
with  brownish  tips;  cent  mis  2-3  or  rarely  4,  superposed, 
coarser,  bulbose  at  the  base,  short  and  conical  to  >4m 
long,  reddish,  later  all  the  spines  are  gray   fls   lateral, 
from  near  the  crown,  2^-3  m   long,  ovary  and  short 
tube    white    bristly,    corolla    yellow,    with    greenish 
throat.   Texas  ancf  N   Mex. -This  species  is  very  rare 
in  cult. 

FF.  Color  of  fls  purple 

G  The  spines  irregularly  pectinate 

16.  Rcfetteri,    Rumpl     (Cereus    Ratten,    Engelm ). 
Loosely  open  clustered:  sts   upright,  4-6  in    high,  2- 
3  in   cliam.,  cylindrical  or  ovoid    ribs  10-13,  straight: 
radial  spines  8-15,  subulate,  thickened  at  the  base, 
stiff,  sharp,   straight   or  slightly  curved,  the  laterals 
longest,  about  ^in ,  the  upper  ones  shortest,  reddish 
with  darker  tips;  centrals  2-5,  stouter,  bulbose  at  base, 
\i-Y%m.  long,  the  lower  ones  the  longest,  later  all  the 
spines  are  gray:  fls  lateral,  from  near  the  crown,  2^-3 
in.  long,  purple-red  to  violet:  fr.  short  ellipsoidal,  spiny, 
green,  %in.  long.  Texas  to  Ariz,  and  N.  Mex. 

GO.  The  spines  regularly  pectinate. 

H.  Tube  offl.  and  spines  of  ovary  slender  and  weak,  the 

surrounding  hairs  long  and  cobwebby. 

17.  Cttspitosus,  K.  Sch.  (Cereus cxspitosus,  Engelm.). 
Radials  20-30,  curved,  clear  white  or  with   rose-red 
tips;  centrals  absent,  or  1-2  very  short  ones.  Okla , 
Texas  and  Mex. 


ECHINOCEREUS 


ECHINOCEREUS 


1095 


HH.  Tube  of  Jl.  and  spines  of  ovary  short  and  stout,  the 
surrounding  hairs  short, 
i.  Central  spines  several. 

18.  pectinatus,  Engelm.  (Cereus  pectinatus,  Engelm.). 
Clustered  sts.  cylindrical  or  ovoia,  reaching  a  height 
of  10  in.  by  3  in.  diam.:  ribs  13-23,  straight:  radial 
spines  16-30,  pectinate,  horizontally  spreading  and 
appressed,   straight  or  curved,   the  laterals  longest, 
round,  hardly  %m.  long;  central  usually  absent,  or  as 
many  as  5,  which  are  short,  conical  and  superposed, 
white,  with  tips  and  bases  variously  colored  with  pmk, 
yellow  or  brown;  later  all  become  gray:  fls.  lateral,  from 
near  the  crown.  2%-4  in.  long;  ovary  tuberculate  and 
spiny,  light  to  dark  rose-red  or  rarely  white,  fr.  globose, 
spiny,  green  to  reddish  green.   Mex. 

Var  adustus,  K.  Sch  (Cereus  adustus,  Engelm.). 
Like  the  type,  but  with  black-brown  to  chestnut-brown 
spines.  Mex. 

Var.  rufispinus,  K.  Sch.  Of  more  robust  growth: 
radial  spines  curved,  red.  Mex. 

n.  Central  spines  none. 

19.  rigidissimus,  Engelm    (Cereus  cdndicans,  Hort. 
C.  ngidissimus,  Hort )     RAINBOW  CACTUS.    Fig   1376. 
Sts    comparatively  shorter  and  thicker:  radial  spines 
16-20,  coarser  and  stiff er,  straight  or  very  little  curved; 
base  thickened,  white,  yellow  or  red  to  brown,  these 
colors  commonly  arranged  in  alternating  bands  around 
the  plant,  the  spines  of  adjacent  clusters  interlock- 
ing; centrals  absent.   Ariz,  and  N  Mex. 

DD.  Spines  not  pectinate. 
E.  Ribs  10  or  fewer. 

F  Fls.  crimson. 

20  mojavlnsis.  Rumpl  (Cereus  mojav6nsisl  Engelm. 
&  Bigel ).  Sts.  clustered,  ovoid,  reaching  3  in.  height 
by  2  in.  diam  :  ribs  8-12,  conspicuously  undulate: 
radial  spines  5-8,  the  lowest  pair  the  longest,  reaching 
about  2^  in.  long;  all  are  white  with  brown  tips, 
subulate,  straight  or  curved,  strongly  bulbose  at  the 
base;  central  solitary,  or  sometimes  absent,  stronger 
and  somewhat  longer  and  darker  colored;  later  all  the 
spines  become  gray:  fls.  2-3  in.  long,  deep  carmine: 
fr.  ellipsoidal,  about  1  in.  long.  Deserts  of  Ariz.,  Nev. 
and  Calif. 

FP.  Fls.  purpk-vwlet. 

G.  The  spines  dark,  often  of  several  colors. 

H.  Central  spine  1. 

21.  Fendleri,  Rumpl.    (Cereus  Fendleri,  Engelm.). 
Irregularly  clustered:  st.  cylindrical  or  rarely  ovoid 
or  even  globose,  sparingly  branching,  3-7  in.  nigh  by 
l%-2  YZ  in  diam  :  ribs  9-12,  straight  or  slightly  spiral, 
undulate:  radial    spines  7-10,   subulate,   straight  or 
curved,  the  lowest  or  the  2  lower  laterals  the  longest, 
about  1  in  ,  stronger,  quadrangular,  white;  the  2  next 
higher  brownish;  the  upper  ones  round,  white  and  much 
shorter;  all  are  bulbose  at  the  base;  central   solitary 
(or  in  old  plants  3-4),  very  strongly  thickened  at  the 
base,  round,  black,  sometimes  with  a  lighter  colored 
tip,  curved  upward,  reaching  a  length  of  1%  in.: 
fls.  lateral,  from  near  the  crown,  2-3  %  in.  long,  dark 
carmine-red  to  purple  and  violet:  fr.  ellipsoidal,  spiny, 
green  to  purple-red,  about  1  in.  long.  Colo.,  Utah  ana 
south  to  N.  Mex.   B  M.  6533. 

HH.  Central  spines  several. 

22.  £ngelmannii,  Lem.  (Cereus  £ngelmannii,  Parry). 
Sts.  clustered,  cylindrical  to  ovoid,  4-10  in.  high,  1%- 
2^3  in.  diam.,  light  green:  ribs  11-13,  undulate:  radial 
spines  11-13,  somewhat  angled,  stiff,  sharp,  straight  or 
somewhat  curved,  horizontally  spreading,  the  lowest  or 
lower  laterals  the  longest,  about  tym.,  the  upper  ones 
the  shortest,  whitish  with  brown  tips;  centrals  4,  stiff, 
straight,  angled,  stout,  the  lowest  one  deflexed,  white 


1376.  Echmocereus  ngidissimus 


to  dark-colored,  reaching  a  length  of  2l/2  in  ,  the  upper 
ones  about  half  as  long,  spreading,  brown :  fls  lateral, 
from  just  below  the  crown,  l%-2 ^m.  long,  puiple- 
red :  fr.  ovoid,  green  to  purple-red,  spiny,  later  naked, 
about  1  in.  diam.;  pulp  purple-red.  Calif,  to  Utah  and 
south  into  Mex. 

Var  chrysocentrus,  Engelm  &  Bigel.  The  3  upper 
centrals  golden  yellow,  the  lowest  white.  Mojave  Des- 
ert, Calif . 

Var.  variegatus,  Engelm.  & 
Bigel.  The  3  upper  centrals 
curved,  horn-colored  and  mottled 
with  black.  Utah,  Nev  and  Calif. 

GQ.  The  spines  usually  white  or 

straw-colored. 
H.  Central  spines  somewhat  curved. 

23.  dftbius,  Rumpl. 
(Cercus  dubius,  Ln- 
gelm  ).  Tolerably 
thickly  clustered*  sts. 
branching  at  the 
base,  cylindrical  or 
elongated  ellipsoidal, 
4H~7  m-  high  by 
lH-21/^  m  diam.: 
ribs  7-9,  undulate: 
areoles  *Hr%  HI. 
apart,  round,  covered 
with  short  curly 
white  wool,  later 
naked  •  radials  5-8, 
subulate,  horizon- 
tally spreading,  stiff, 
round  or  faintly  angled,  the  lower  ones  usually  the 
it,  about  1  in.  long,  the  upper  ones  about  half 


as  long,  or  sometimes  absent,  transparent  white;  cen- 
trals 1-4,  btronger  and  longer,  bulbose  at  the  base, 
straight  or  curved,  reaches  2H  in.  length,  the  lowest 
one  longest,  straight,  porrect  or  deflexed,  the  upper 
ones  spreading:  fls  lateral,  2  in.  long,  rose-red  to  violet: 
fr.  spherical,  greenish  to  purple-red,  covered  with 
bundles  of  deciduous  spines.  Texas  and  N.  Mex. 

HH.  Central  spines  straight. 
i.  Sts  erect,  with  the  spines  pale  at  base. 

24.  enneacanthus,   Engelm.    (Cereus   enneacdnthus. 
Engelm  ).   Freely  branching  at  the  base  of  the  st.  and 
thus  forming  thick,  irregular  clusters:  branches  ascend- 
ing, usually  3-5  in.  long  by  1^-2  in.  diam  ,  green  or 
sometimes  reddish:  ribs  8-10,  straight,  often  divided 
by  transverse  grooves  into  more  or  less  conspicuous 
tubercles'  areoles  ^g-^m    apart,  round,  white  curly- 
woolly,   soon  naked:  radial  spines  7-12   (mostly  8), 
horizontally    spreading,    needle-form,    straight,    stiff, 
translucent  white,  base  bulbose,  the  under  one  longest, 
reaching  about  >^m  ,  the  upper  one  very  short;  cen- 
tral solitary,  or  seldom  with  2  additional  upper  ones, 
straight,  porrect  or  deflexed,  round  or  angled,  whitish 
to  straw-yellow  or  darker,  ;MrlK  m>  l°ng)  ^ater  a^ tne 
spines  are  gray:  fls.  lateral,  from  near  the  crown  or 
lower,  1%-2H  in.  long,  red  to  purplish:  fr.  spherical, 
green  to  red,  spiny,  %-l  in.  long.  Texas  and  N.  Mex. 

n.  Sts.  spreading  and  flabby,  with  the  spines  red  at  base. 

25.  Merkeri,  Hildmann.  Sts.  at  first  upright,  columnar, 
later  reclining  and  by  branching  at  the  base  forming 
clusters,  in  new  growth  bright  green,  later  gray  to 
gray-brown  and  corky,  ribs  5-9,  undulate  to  more  or 
less  tuberculate:  areoles  %m.  and  more  apart,  round, 
white  velvety,   later  naked:   radial   spines  6-9,   the 
upper  ones  the  longest,  reaching  1J^  in.  length,  some- 
what confluent  with  the  centrals,  subulate,  spreading, 
straight;  centrals  1-2,  stronger,  reaching  a  length  of  2 
in. ;  all  the  spines  are  white,  nearly  transparent,  with 
red-tinted  bulbose  base.   N.  Mex. 


1096 


ECHINOCEREUS 


ECHINOPS 


BE.  Ribs  11  or  IS. 

p.  Plants  in  small  clusters:  central  spines  sometimes 
solitary. 

26.  conglomerates,   Forst.    Sts.   clustered,   colum- 
nar, somewhat  tapering  above,  reaching  a  height  of  1  ft. 
and  2  in.  diam.,  light  green:  ribs  12-13,  strongly  undu- 
late,   tubercled    above:    radial    spines    9-10,    glossy, 
spreading,  the  lower  pair  the  longest,  base  yellow; 
centrals  1-4,  the  lowest  straight,  porrect,  reaching  a 
length  of  1J^  in.  and  more,  somewhat  stronger  than  the 
rest..  N.  Mex. 

FP.  Plants  often  SSOO  in  a  single  mound:  centrals  never 
single. 

27.  stramineus,  Rumpl.  (Cereus  stramineus,  Engelm). 
Clustered  in  thick,   irregular  bunches:  sts.  ovoid  to 
cylindrical,   4-8  in.   long,    1*4-2%    m.    diam.:    ribs 
11-13:  radial  spines  7-10  (usually  8),  horizontally  radi- 
ate, straight  or  slightly  curved,  subulate,  sharp,  round 
or  the  long  lower  ones   angled,   transparent  white, 
tolerably  equal  m  length,  about  %-%m   or  the  lower 
ones  sometimes  longer  and  reaching  a  length  of  1^ 
m  ;  centrals  3-4,  much  longer,  stronger,  twisted,  angled, 

traw-yellow  to  brownish,  when  young  reddish  trans- 
parent, the  upper  ones  shortest  and  spreading  upward, 
the  lower  ones  porrect  or  depressed  fls.  lateral,  2 >£-3 1A 
in.  long,  bright  purple-red  or  deep  dark  red,  to  scarlet: 
fr  ellipsoidal,  about  1  ^  in.  long,  covered  with  numerous 
spines,  purple-red.  Texas  to  Ariz,  and  N  Mex. 

Horticultural  names  are.  E.  pauctspina,  no  doubt  a  mutilation 
of  paucispinus — E.  polyctphalus. — E.  sangulneus. — E  Schltnn— 
E.  Scheen  (?)  — E.  tuber dsw*.  Rumpl  =Wilco»a  — E.  Vlhn  — 

-E.  u*ptndk».  c  H  THOMPSON. 

J.  N.  RosE.f 

ECHIN6CHLOA  (Greek,  echinos,  a  hedgehog, 
chloa,  grass).  Graminex.  Annual  grasses  with  narrow 
inflorescence  of  several  thick  spikes  Sometimes* grown 
for  grain  and  forage,  but  scarcely  horticultural  subjects. 

Spikelete  as  in  Panicum;  glumes  hispid-spiny, 
mucronate,  the  sterile  lemma  more  or  less  awned  — 
Species  about  12,  m  the  warm  regions  of  both  hemis- 
pheres. Reearded  by  many  botanists  as  a  section  of 
Panicum.  E  Crusgalh,  Beauv.,  barnyard  grass,  is  a 
common  weed  m  cult,  soil  The  spikelets  are  usually 
long-awned,  the  panicle  4-10  m  long,  green  or  purple. 
Dept  Agric.,  Div.  Agrost  7:82. 

frumentacea,  Link  (Panicum  frumentaceum,  Roxbg  ). 
JAPANESE  BARNYARD  MILLET.  Closely  allied  to  E. 
Crbsgalh,  but  differing  m  the  compact,  somewhat 
incurved,  appressed  spikes,  of  nearly  awnless  spikelets: 
culms  1-4  ft ,  erect. — Cult,  in  S.  E.  Asia  for  the  seed 
which  is  used  for  food.  Occasionally  cult,  m  U.  S.  for 
forage.  Sometimes  known  as  "billion-dollar  grass." 
A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

ECHINOCtfSTIS  (Greek,  hedgehog  and  bladder;  from 
the  prickly  fruit).  Syn.  Micrdmpehs  Curcurbit&ceae. 
WILD  CUCUMBER.  WILD  BALSAM-APPLE.  A  profuse 
native  annual  vine  which  is  a  favorite  for  home  arbors; 
the  other  species  not  generally  cultivated,  except  per- 
haps the  perennial-rooted  megarrhizas. 

Most  of  the  species  are  annual  herbs,  with  branched 
tendrils  and  paljnately  lobed  or  angled  Ivs.:  fls.  small, 
white  or  greenish,  dio?cious,  the  campanulate  calyx 
5-6-lobed  and  the  corolla  deeply  6;-6-parted;  stamens 
in  stammate  fls.  3;  ovary  2-celled,  with  2  ovules  in  each: 
fr.  fleshy  or  dry,  more  or  less  inflated  and  papery, 
opening  at  the  summit;  seeds  flattened,  more  or  less 
rough. — The  species  are  about  25,  in  the  warmer  parts 
of  the  western  hemisphere,  about  10  of  them  in  the  W. 
U.  S.,  and  1  in  the  eastern  states.  IJie  eastern  species 
(E.  lobata)  is  one  of  the  quickest-growing  of  all  vines, 
and  is  therefore  useful  in  hiding  unsightly  objects 
while  the  slower-growing  shrubbery  is  getting  a  start. 
Cogniaux,  m  DC.  Mon.  Phan.  vol.  3,  1881.  makes 
three  sections  of  this  genus,  and  this  plant  the  sole 


representative  of  the  second  section,  or  true  Echino- 
cystis,  because  its  juicy  fr.  bursts  irregularly  at  the  top, 
and  contains  2  cells,  each  with  2  flattish  seeds.  Tne 
Megarrhiza  group  (kept  distinct  by  some)  is  distin- 
guished by  its  thick  perennial  root,  large  turgid  seeds 
and  hypogeal  germination. 

lob&ta,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Lvs.  wider  than  long,  deeply 
5-lobed,  slightly  emargmate  at  the  base:  tendrils  3-4- 
branched:  stammate  fls.  small,  in  many-fld.  panicles 
longer  than  the  Ivs.;  calyx  glabrous:  fr.  egg-shaped, 
sparsely  covered  with  prickles  New  Bruns.  and  Ont. 
to  Mont,  and  Texas,  growing  m  rich  soil  along  rivers 
and  in  low  places.  A  G.  14:161.  R.H.  1895,  p.  9.  G.C. 
III.  22:271.  G.W.  10,  p.  499.— Sometimes  becomes 
a  weed. 

fab&cea,  Naudin  (Megarrhiza  calif  drnica,  Torr.),  is 
sometimes  grown  in  fine  collections  and  botanic  gar- 
dens. It  is  a  tendril-climber,  reaching  20-30  ft.  in  its 
native  haunts:  Ivs.  deeply  5-7-lobed.  fls.  monoecious, 
greenish  white,  the  corolla  rotate1  fr.  densely  spinose, 
globose  or  ovoid,  2  in.  long;  seed  obovoid,  nearly  or 
about  1  in  long  and  half  or  more  as  broad,  margined  by 
a  narrow  groove  or  dark  line.  S.  Calif  — Odd  in  germina- 
tion (see  Gray,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.  1877,  and  Structural 
Botany,  p.  21).  L.  H.  B.f 

ECHIN<5PANAX  (Greek,  hedgehog  and  panax,  re- 
ferring to  the  prickly  nature  of  the  plant).  Araliacex. 
Ornamental  shrub,  but  rarely  grown;  very  handsome 
on  account  of  the  large  foliage  and  scarlet  fruits. 

Deciduous,  prickly  throughout'  Ivs.  alternate,  long- 
petioled,  palmately  5-7-lobed,  with  serrate  lobes,  with- 
out stipules:  fls  greenish  white,  in  umbels  forming 
terminal  panicles;  calyx-teeth  indistinct;  petals  5, 
valvate,  stamens  5,  with  filiform  filaments,  styles  2, 
connate  at  the  base:  fr.  a  compressed  drupe. — One 
species,  Pacific  N  Amer  ,  Alaska  to  Calif  ,  and  Japan. 

This  is  a  strikingly  handsome  shrub  with  its  large 
bright  green  palmately  lobed  leaves  and  scarlet  fruits 
late  m  summer.  Little  known  in  cultivation;  it  will 
succeed  best  in  moist  and  cool  places  and  in  partial 
shade  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  suckers  and 
probably  also  by  root-cuttings. 

h6rridum,  Decne  &  Planch.  (Fritxiahorndum,  Benth 
&  Hook.  Panojr  horndum,  Smith)  Shrub,  to  12  ft 
sts  densely  prickly:  Ivs.  roundish-cordate,  prickly  on 
both  sides,  pubescent  below,  5-7-lobed,  lobes  incisely 
lobulate  and  sharply  serrate,  6-12  in.  long.  mfl.  tomen- 
tose:  fr.  scarlet,  Mm.  long.  July,  Aug  ;  fr  Aug.,  Sept. 
ALFRED  REHDER. 

ECHlNOPS  (Greek,  like  a  hedgehog;  alluding  to  the 
spiny  involucral  scales).  Compdsite.  GLOBE  THISTLK 
Coarse  thistle-like  plants,  with  blue  or  whitish  flowers 
in  globose  masses,  sometimes  used  in  the  wild  garden. 

More  or  less  white-woolly  herbs:  Ivs.  alternate, 
sometimes  entire,  usually  pinnate-dentate  or  twice 
or  thrice  pinnatisect,  the  lobes  and  teeth  prickly:  fls. 
in  globes;  the  structure  of  one  of  the  globes  is  very  odd: 
each  fl.  in  the  globe  has  a  little  involucre  of  its  own,  and 
the  whole  glooe  has  one  all-embracing  involucre;  fls. 
perfect  and  fertile  (or  sterile  by  abortion),  corolla  regu- 
lar and  no  ray-fls  ;  pappus  of  many  short  scales  form- 
ing a  crown:  achene  elongate,  4-angled  or  nearly  terete, 
usually  villous. — About  60  species,  from  Spam  and 
Portugal  to  India  and  Abyssinia. 

Globe  thistles  are  coarse-growing  plants  of  the  easi- 
est culture,  and  are  suitable  for  naturalizing  m  wild 
gardens  and  shrubberies.  An  English  gardener  with 
an  eve  for  the  picturesque  (W.  Goldring)  recommends 
massing  them  against  a  background  or  Bocconia  cor- 
data,  or  with  such  boldly  contrasting  yellow-  or  white- 
flowered  plants  as  Helianthus  ngidum  or  Helianthus 
multiflorus.  The  best  species  is  E.  ruthenicus  (form  of 
E  Ritro).  A  few  scattered  individuals  of  each  species 
are  not  so  effective  as  a  condensed  group  of  one  kind. 


ECHINOPSIS 


1097 


E.  rujhenwu*  flower 8  W  midsummer  an<J  for  .several 
weeks  thereafter  The  silvery  white  stems  and  hand- 
somely cut  prickly  foliage  of  globe  thistles  are  interest- 
ing features  They  make  excellent  companions  for  the 
blue-stemmed  eryngpums  All  these  plants  are  attrac- 
tive to  bees,  especially  E  exaltatus,  which  has  con- 
siderable fame  as  a  bee-plant.  Globe  thistles  are  some- 
times used  abroad  for  perpetual  or  dry  bouquets. 

A.  Lvs  not  pubescent  nor  setulose  above  but  sometimes 
roughish  above. 

jmro,  Linn  (E  Vtyro,  Hort )  Tall  thistle^ike 
plant,  with  pinnate-lobed  Ivs  ,  which  (yke  the  afaB  )  are 
tomentose  beneath,  the  lobes  lanceolate  or  linear  and 
cut,  but  not  spiny  involucre  scales  setiform,  the  wvner 
ones  much  shorter  fls  blue,  very  variable  G  M' 
4669  RH  1890,  p  524  G  3J-611.  Var.  tep*u- 
fohus,  DC  (E  ruthenicus,  Hort.),  has  the  lower  Ivs. 
more  narrowly  cut,  more  or  less  spine-tipped  Go 
45  174  — Perennials  of  S  Eu  ,  growing  2-3  fit  high. 
They  bloom  all  summer  Lvs  sometimes  loosely  webby 
above 

Tournefdrtii,  Ledeb  (E  Tournefourtidna,  Hort.) 
Three  to  4  ft ,  the  sts  branched  and  velvety  Ivs 
rough  above,  white-hairy  below,  much  divided  into 
5  linear  begms  ,  spiny  heads  "silver-gray"  (bluish), 
the  mvolucral  bracts  free,  bristly.  E.  Medit  region 
Sept  BM.  8217.  RH  1906,  p.  523.— Suitable  for 
dry  places 

AA  Lvs  pubescent  or  setulose  above. 
B  Plant  perennial 

sphaerocephalus,  Linn  Tall  (5-7 
ft  )  Jvs  pmnatihd,  viscose-pubes- 
cent above,  tomentose  below,  the 
teeth  of  the  broad  lobes  yellow- 
spined  fls  white  or  bluish,  the  m- 
volucral  bracts  subulate-acuminate, 
free  S  Ku  B  R  356  (as  E  panic- 
ulaim) 

hfcmilis,  Bieb  Three  to  4  ft  Ivs 
very  hairy  on  both  surfaces,  webby 
above,  those  of  the  st  essentially 
entire,  the  radical  IVP  smuate-lyrate, 
almost  unarmed,  st  -Ivs  \\ith  spiny 


proparated  than  most  of  the  United  States  species  of 
cacti.  The  genus  is  well  adapted  for  use  as  window  plants. 

A.  Ribs  of  st.  divided  into  more  or  less  evident 
tubercles 


1377  Echmopsu  gei 
heads  large,  blue,  the  mvolucral  bracts  all  d 


tiiift  and  free    Sept    Asia 

bann&ticus,  Rochel  Lvs  hairy-pubescent  above, 
tomentose  beneath  (as  also  the  sts  ),  the  lower  ones 
deeply  pinnately  parted,  the  upper  pmnatifid,  spiny 
fls  blue  Hungary.  R  H  1858,  p  519 

BB   Plant  bienJiial 

€xaltatus,  Schrad  Tall,  the  st  nearly  simple  and 
glandulose-pilose,  the  Ivs  pinnatifid,  scarcely  spiny: 
fls  blue  Russia  B  M  2457  (as  E  stnctus,Yisch)  — 
Distinguished  by  its  simple,  erect  st  The  garden  E 
zornmutatus  may  be  the  same  as  this 

E.  nitdhs,  Hort ,  la  a  trade  name  that  is  unknown  in  botanical 

uterature  N.  TAYLOR  t 

ECHIN6PSIS  (Greek,  hedgehog-like) .  Cactace*. 
SEA-URCHIN  CA<  TIIS.  South  American  small  condensed 
<jacti 

Stems  spherical  to  ellipsoidal  or  rarely  columnar* 
ribs  prominent  and  usually  sharp-aogle,d.  fls.  usually 
long  trumpet-shaped;  ovary  and  tube  covered  with 
linear-lanceolate,  cuspidate  bracts  which  become 
longer  toward  me  outer  end  of  the  tube,  where  they 
pass  gradually  into  the  outer  petals,  in  their  axils  bear- 
ing long,  silKy,  wavy  hairs  and  usually  a  few  rather 
rigid  bristles. — This  ,is  a  well-marked  genus  of  about  18 
species,  although  by  some  authors  combined  with  Cereus. 
Cult  as  for  Echinocactus;  see  also  Succulents. 

Only  a  few  species  of  Echmopsis  are  grown  m  this 
country,  although  they  are  more  easily  grown  and 


Salm-Dyck  (Echinocdctus  Pentlandu, 
Hoojc.).  St.  simple,  later  branching,  spherical  or  ellip- 
soidal, reaching  6  in  diam  .  ribs  12-15,  divided  between 
the  areoles  into  oblique  compressed  tubercles  radial 
spines  9-12,  spreading,  straight  or  slightly  curved,  yel- 
lowish brown,  the  upper  the  longest  and  strongest, 
reaching  l/£-\V\  in  ,  central  solitary,  or  seldom  in 
pairs,  porrect,  curved,  \~\Yi  in  ,  rarely  3  in  long.  fis. 
Jatefal,  2-2  }/£  in  long,  yellow,  orange,  pink  to  scarlet- 
red  fr.  spherical,  green,  %m  diam.  Peru,  Bolivia. 
B  M.  4124—  Probably  not  of  this  genus 

AA.  Ribs  of  sts.  not  divided. 

B  Fls.  red  or  pink. 
multiplex,  Zucc    Sts  at 
first  rather  clavate,  later 
globose    to    ellipsoidal, 
abundantly  branching,  6- 
12  m  diam  and  the  same 
in  height,  or  rarely  taller, 
light   green  to  yellowish 
ribs    12-14,    straight, 
scarcely  undulate:  radial 
gpines  about  10,  subulate,  straight, 
yellow  to  yellowish  brou  n,  with  darker 
tips,  reaching  ^m  length,  very  un- 
equal,  horizontally   spreading,  cen- 
trals mostly  4,  ,of  these  the  lowest 
is  the  longest,  reaching  1  Vi  in  ,  some- 
what porrect  at  first,  later  curved  and  deflexed, 
darker  colored  than  the  others  fls  rare,  lateral, 
11-15  in  ,  rose-red    S  Brazil     B  M  3789    Var. 
cris&ta,  Hort  Sts  flat  and  spreao!uig  in  grow  th, 
like  an  open  fan  or  the  fl.-stalk  of  the  common 
garden  cockscomb   spines  reduced  to  fine,  stiff 
bristles      This  is  merely  a  monstrosity  of  the 
species 

oxygOna,  Zucc.  Sts  at  first  sample,  nearly 
spherical'  or  rarely  ciavate,  becoming  short 
columnar,  reaching  1H  ft  height  and  1  ft. 
diam  ,  gray-green,  darker  above  ribs  13-15, 
straight  or  wavy  at  the  base,  radial  spines  5-15,  hori- 
zontally spreading,  very  unequal,  reaching  %in  .  subu- 
late, obliquely  upright,  centrals  2-5,  somewhat  longer, 
straight,  porrect  or  deflexed,  dark  horn-colored,  with 
black  tips  fls  commonly  many  together,  lateral, 
reaching  13  m  length,  pink  to  carmine-red,  the  inner 
petals  lighter  than  the  outer  ones  S  Brazil. 

triumphans,  Jacobi  This  is  a  hybrid  between  E, 
Eynesn  and  E.  oxygona,  with  puik  Double  fls. 

BB.  Flu.  white. 

Eyrifcsii,  Zucc  St.  simple,  commonly  .branching 
later,  at  first  somewhat  depressed.  la,ler  short  to 
rather  tall  columnar,  reaching  a  height  of  2  ft.  and  a 
diam  of  4-6  in  ,  dark  grwn.  ribs  11-18,  straijght,  undu- 
late, with  sharp-angled  margins:  radial  spines  about 
10,  scarcely  more  than  ^m  long,  rrnid,  straight, 
slender  conical,  pointed,  dark  brown  to  black;  centrala 
4-8,  but  very  little  different  from  the  xa<Hals.  fls. 
lateral,  10-15  in.  long,  white:  fr.  small,  ellipsoidal, 
about  1  in.  long.  S.  Brazil,  Uruguay  and  Argentina. 
BM  3411.  BR  1707  (as  Echinocactus) 

gemm4ta,  K.  Sch  (E.  turbinata,  Zucc  )  Fig.  1377. 
St.  simple  or  sometimes  branching,  at  first  low  spherical 
or  short  columnar,  later  more  top-shaped,  reaching  1 
ft.  height  by  4-6  in.  diam.,  dark  green:  nbs  13-14, 
rarely  more,  straight  or  sometimes  slightly  spiral  with 
sharp  or  obtuse  margins^  which  are  but  little  or  not  at 
all  undulate;  central  spines  appear  first,  about  3-6  in 
number,  very  short,  stiff,  black;  later  the  radiate  appear, 


1098 


ECHINOPSIS 


ECHIUM 


about  10-14,  longer,  horizontally  spreading,  at  first 
yellowish  brown,  later  horn-colored:  ns.  lateral  or  from 
the  upper  areoles,  9-10  in.  long,  clear  white,  with  a 
pale  greenish  midlme  in  the  petals.  S.  Brazil. 

tubiflora,  Zucc.  (E.  Duvaln,  Hort.  E,  Zuccarlnn, 
Pfeiff.).  Sts.  echpncal  to  ellipsoidal,  at  first  simple 
but  later  more  or  less  branching,  reaching  10  in. 
height  by  8  in.  diam.,  dark  green:  ribs  11-12,  straight, 
with  margins  inconspicuously  undulate:  radial  spines 
numerous,  sometimes  as  many  as  20,  unequal,  hori- 
zontally or  obliquely  spreading,  yellowish  white  with 
brown  tips,  sometimes  darker;  centrals  3-4,  the 
lowest  the  longest,  reaching  %in  ,  later  deflexed:  fls. 
lateral,  about  14  in.  long,  white  with  pale  green  midline 
in  the  petals.  S.  Brazil  and  Uruguay.  B  M.  3627. 
C  H.  THOMPSON. 

ECHINOSPftRMUM:  Lappula.  J.  N    ROSE  f 

ECHIN6STACHYS  (Greek,  spiny  head}.  Brorne- 
luicex.  About  a  half-dozen  species  allied  to  ^Eehmea 
(with  which  some  writers  unite  it),  from  S  Amer. 
Outer  fl.  parts  bristly;  petals  broadly  clawed,  with 
2  fringed  scales  or  glands;  ovary  thick  and  fleshy, 
3-seeded;  spike  cylindrical,  thin,  club-shaped'  Ivs 
small,  becoming  darker  after  flowering  The  species 
require  hothouse  conditions,  as  for  JSchmea  and 
related  things.  Three  names  have  appeared  in  the 
American  trade:  E.  Hystnx,  Wittm  ,  for  which  see 
Mchmeo.  Hystnx  E.  Pineliana,  Wittm  (IE  Pinehdna, 
Baker).  Two  to  3  ft  :  peduncle  and  bracts  brilliant  red. 
Ivs.  12-18  in  long  in  a  rosette,  strap-shaped,  deltoid  at 
summit,  spine-edged,  spike  dense,  2-3  in.  long,  bpiny; 
petals  golden  yellow  and  becoming  black-brown,  the 
tips  fringed  and  incurved.  Brazil  B  M.  5321.  E.  Van 
Houtteana,  Van  Houtte  (M  Van  Houtteana,  Mez 
Quesnblia  Van  Houtteana,  Morr  )  Lvs  many,  strong- 
spmed,  sometimes  white-banded  beneath1  fls  wjiite, 
blue-tipped,  in  a  crowded  spike,  the  bracts  reddish  at  the 
summit  and  white-downy  at  the  base:  1-2  ft.  Brazil. 

L  II  B. 

ECHlTES  (Greek,  viper;  possibly  from  its  poisonous 
milky  juice  or  from  its  twining  habit).  Apocynacex. 
Tropical  American  twining  shrubs  related  to  Dipla- 
dema,  and  of  similar  culture 

The  genus  differs  technically  from  Dipladema  in 
the  5-lobed  disk  and  the  glandular  or  5-sculed  calyx 
Lvs.  simple,  opposite,  penmnerved '  fls  usually  showy, 
purple,  red,  yellow  or  white,  in  sub-cymose  clusters; 
calyx  small,  5-lobed,  with  many  glands  at  the  base 
inside  or  else  5  scales  opposite  the  lobes;  corolla  salver- 
shaped,  the  throat  usually  contracted,  the  limb  5-lobed; 
htamens  included,  the  filaments  very  short;  stigma 
with  an  appendage  in  the  form  of  a  reversed  cup  or  of 
5  lobes.— Some  40  species,  S.  Fla.  to  Chile 

Andrews!!,  Chapm  (E.  suberfcta  Andr.)  Lvs.  1^-2 
in  long,  close  together,  oval  or  oblong,  mucronate,  acute 
or  rounded  at  the  base,  margins  re  volute  peduncles 
axillary,  3-5-fld.,  shorter  than  the  Ivs  ;  fls.  yellow,  2  in 
long ;  corolla-tube  much  dilated  above  the  insertion  of  the 
stamens,  bell-shaped,  scarcely  longer  than  the  lobes; 
anthers  tapering  into  a  long  bristle-like  awn.  Sandy 
shores,  S.  Fla.,  W. Indies.  B.M.  1064  P.M.  7.101. 

paluddsa,  Vahl.  Lvs.  oblong,  oval-oblong,  or  lanceo- 
late-oblong, rounded  toward  the  mucronate  top  •  calyx- 
segms.  glandular,  devoid  of  an  interior  scale,  oblong, 
mucronate-blunt,  spreading;  corolla-tube  funnel-shaped 
above  a  cylindrical  base;  anthers  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  rounded-cordate  at  the  base,  hirsute  on  the 
back  above.  Mangrove  swamps,  S.  Fla. 

umbellata,  Jacq.  Lvs.  ovate  or  ovate-roundish, 
mucronate:  fls  greenish  white;  calyx-s«gms.  glandular, 
devoid  of  an  interior  scale;  corolla-tube  cylindrical, 
enlarged  below  the  middle,  tapering  again  above; 
anthers  rigid,  tapering  from  a  hastate  base,  glabrous. 
S  Fla ,  w:  Indies.  WILHELM  MILLER. 


fiCHIUM  (from  the  Greek  for  a  viper).  Boraginacex. 
VIPER'S  BUGLOSS.  Coarse,  mostly  rough  herbs  and 
shrubs,  with  spikes  of  blue,  violet,  red  or  white  flowers, 
some  of  them  grown  in  the  open  and  others  under  glass. 

Plant  usually  scabrous,  hispid  or  canescent:  Iva. 
alternate,  fls.  in  unilateral,  scirpioid,  forked  or  simple 
spikes,  with  either  small  or  foliaceous  bracts;  calyx 
with  5  narrow  lobes;  corolla  tubular-trumpet-shaped, 
the  throat  oblique  and  dilated  and  without  appendages; 
corolla-lobes  5,  roundish  and  unequal,  somewhat 
spreading  or  erect;  stamens  5,  inserted  below  middle 
of  tube,  unequal  and  exserted;  ovary  deeply  4-lobed; 
style  filiform,  2-parted  at  top*  fr.  4  nutlets. — Some 
30-40  species,  from  the  Canaries  and  Madeira  (where 
they  are  specially  important)  to  W.  Asia.  One  species, 
E.  vulgare,  Linn  ,  is  a  showy  mtro  biennial  weed  in 
fields  and  along  roadsides,  with  blue  or  rose-tinted  fls.; 
it  is  known  as  olue-weed  and  blue-devil  The  shrubby 
species  of  Madeira  and  the  Canaries  are  much  confused, 
some  of  the  names  having  been  established  on  cult, 
material.  This  is  particularly  true  of  the  forms  passing 
as  E  candicans  and  E  fastuosum,  which  are  very 
unsatisfactorily  determined  (See  Hooker,  B  M  6868) 
In  those  islands,  the  plants  produce  much  forage  and 
they  persist  from  the  goats  in  inaccessible  places.  (The 
portraits  quoted  below  are  cited  under  the  names  they 
bear.) 

In  rich  soil  echiums  grow  coarse  and  scarcely  flower, 
and  the  flowers  are  never  as  richly  colored  as  when 
the  plants  are  more  or  less  htarved  Biennials  seed 
freely,  and  the  seed  is  sown  as  soon  as  gathered  E. 
fastuosum  is  said  to  be  the  handsomest  of  the  shrubby 
kinds,  grows  2  to  4  feet  high,  has  long,  pale  green 
leaves  covered  with  soft  white  hairs,  and  flowers  of  a 
peculiarly  brilliant  deep  blue.  Kchiums  are  eminently 
suited  for  dry  places,  and  need  good  drainage. 

candicans,  Linn  f  (E  fastuosum,  Jacq  f .,  not  Ait  E 
truncatum,  Hort.)  Forms  a  bush  several  feet  high,  but 
flowers  at  3  ft ,  the  Ivs.  and  sts.  white-hairy:  branches 
thick,  leafy  toward  the  tips:  Ivs  lanceolate,  the  upper 
ones  smaller,  crowded  and  narrower  panicles  much 
looser  than  the  spikes  of  E  fastuosum,  fls.  bcssile,  pale 
blue,  the  buds  reddish  purple,  the  pink  stamens  pro- 
truding. Madeira,  Canaries,  on  mountains  B  M 
6868.  BR  44.  G  C.  III.  51.368.  GM  55:376— The 
fls.  are  said  sometimes  to  be  streaked  with  white  or  all 
white. 

fastudsum,  Ait  ,  not  Jacq  This  has  darker  blue  fl« 
in  a  dense  spike  and  perhaps  less  hoary  foliage  than  E 
candicans,  the  protruding  filaments  nearly  white  (said 
by  some  to  be  white  in  E.  candicans).  Coast,  Canaries 
RH.  1876  10  On  10:546  G  C.  Ill  33.328  G  W 
15,  p  356. — E  fastuosum  has  dark  blue,  5-lobed  fls. 
about  J^m  across,  in  spikes  6  in  long  and  2  in.  wide, 
perhaps  as  many  as  200  fls  in  a  spike.  Great  masses  of 
stamens  are  thrust  out  and  add  to  the  interest,  and  the 
young  fl.-buds  look  like  pink  5-pointed  stars 

simplex,  DC  Woody  but  biennial  and  not  branched, 
8-10  ft  :  Ivs  ample,  oval-lanceolate:  panicle  very  long, 
cylindrical,  spike-like,  the  spikelets  2-fld.,  pedicelled; 
stigmas  simple.  R  H.  1912,  p.  351.  Gt.  51,  p  375. 
G.C.  III.  53.20 

E  AuberiAmim,  Hort  ,  not  Webb  &  Berth  =E  Bourgeanum. — 
E  Bourgednum,  Webb  Stout  and  ntrict,  8-11  ft  ,  the  at.  covered 
with  long-linear  drooping  Ivs  fls  rose-colored,  m  a  dense  pyrami- 
dal spike.  Mountains,  Canaries  R  H  1912,  p  440  G  C  III. 
53  25  A  striking  plant  — E.  calhlhtfraum,  Webb.  Woody  or  tree- 
like, robust,  hispid-hairy.  Ivs.  strongly  nerved,  calyx-segms  very 
unequal,  fls  pale  red  floral  Ivs  exceeding  the  different  cymes  ot 
the  thyrse  Canaries  — E  formdsum,  Pers  =Lobostemon  — E 
Pimndna,  Webb.  &  Berth  Very  large  species,  reaching  16  ft , 
with  an  abundance  of  stout  spreading  long-oblong  Ivs  G  C  III 
63  20  — E  WildprUn,  Pears.  A  tall  soft-hairy  biennial  with  sim- 
ple erect  st  2-3  ft  Ivs  sessile,  narrowly  linear-lanceolate,  hairy 
flfl.  pale  red  with  long-exserted  filaments,  m  a  large  terminal  thyrse. 
floral  Ivs  much  exceeding  the  different  cymes  Canaries  B.M. 
7847  G.C.  Ill  38  5,  52-317.  G.M.  53.111.  Gn.  76,  p  303.  G 

27  26L  WlLHELM  MlLLBR. 

L.  H.  B.f 


EDELWEISS 


EDUCATION 


1099 


m; 
Ivs 


EDELWEISS:  Leontopodium. 

EDGEW6RTHIA  (after  M.  P.  Edgeworth,  English 
botanist  in  East  Indies,  and  his  sister  Maria).  Thymel- 
aedceae.  Ornamental  woody  subjects  grown  chiefly  for 
their  early  yellow  and  fragrant  flowers  and  for  the 
handsome  foliage 

Deciduous  sparingly  branched  shrubs,  with  stout 
branches'  Ivs.  alternate,  entire,  short-petioled,  crowded 
at  the  end  of  the  branches,  fls.  in  dense,  peduncled 
heads,  axillary,  on  branches  of  the  previous  year,  with 
or  before  the  Ivs  ,  apetalous;  calyx-tube  cylmdnc,  with 
4  spreading  lobes,  densely  villous  outside;  stamens  8, 
in  2  rows,  style  elongated,  stigma  cylindnc:  fr  a  dry 
drupe  — Two  species  in  Japan,  China  and  Himalayas. 

These  plants  are  hardy  only  in  warmer  temperate 
regions,  but  do  not  stand  hot  and  dry  summers;  they 
thrive  in  any  good  well-drained  garden  soil;  if  grown 
in  pots,  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  loam;  with  sufficient 
drainage  given,  will  suit  them.  Propagation  is  by  green- 
wood cuttings  m  spring  under  glass,  also  by  seeds 

papyrffera,   Zucc    (E.    chrysdntha,    Lmdl     Ddphne 

ipyrlfera,  Sieb.).  Small  shrub  with  thick  branchlets: 
ivs  deciduous,  membranous,  elliptic-oblong  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acute  at  the  ends,  at  first  clothed  with 
silky  hairs  on  both  sides,  later  glabrous  above,  3-5  in 
long  heads  of  fls  dense,  up  to  2  in  across,  on  short 
axillary  stalks;  fls  %in.  long,  densely  silky-hairy  out- 
side, fragrant,  yellow,  drying  whitish;  ovary  pubescent 
only  at  the  apex  April.  Japan.  China  B  R  33  4S 
F  S  3 . 289. — Cannot  withstand  the  long  dry  summers. 

Gardneri,  Meisn  Large  shrub,  with  slenderer 
branchlets  Ivs  persistent,  of  firmer  texture  fla  with 
a  more  shaggy  pubescence,  drying  black;  ovary  hairy 
throughout,  otherwise  very  similar  to  the  preceding 
species  which  is,  by  Home  botanists,  considered  not 
specifically  distinct.  April.  Himalayas  B  M.  7180. 
ALFRED  REHDER 

EDRAlANTHUS  WahUnbrrgw  By  some  kept  distinct,  to 
include  about  a  do/fii  spo<  103  Spoiled  also  Uidr*anthu.t 

EDUCATION,  HORTICULTURAL.  In  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  instruction  m  horticulture  is  part 
of  the  publicly  maintained  colleges  of  agriculture.  In 
Canada,  thoso  colleges  are  provincial  rather  than 
national  or  established  by  the  Dominion  The  Canadian 
colleges  of  agriculture  are*  Nova  Scotia  and  New 
Brunswick,  Truro,  N  S  ;  Quebec,  Sainte  Anne  do 
Belle vue  (only  m  part  provincial);  Ontario,  Guelph; 
Manitoba,  Winnipeg,  Saskatchewan,  Saskatoon;  Brit- 
ish Columbia,  in  plan  at  the  university  being  estab- 
lished at  Victoria 

In  the  United  States,  general  horticultural  educa- 
tion is  mostly  a  part  of  a  national  system  of  profes- 
sional and  applied  education  of  collegiate  grade  or 
name.  There  is  a  college  of  agriculture  in  every  state 
m  the  Union,  being  part  of  a  national  system  with 
cooperation  and  aid  from  the  State.  (For  list,  see 
Experiment  Stations,  p  1 195  ) 

There  is  little  development,  as  yet,  in  North  America 
of  the  training-school  idea  on  either  a  private  or  a 
public  basis,  and  relatively  few  institutions  or  estab- 
lishments in  which  persons  are  trained  for  "gardening," 
as  they  are  trained  in  the  Old  World.  There  is  no 
recognized  apprentice  system  for  gardeners  The  whole 
subject,  therefore,  needs  to  be  considered  quite  by 
itself  and  not  m  comparison  with  systems  or  methods 
of  education  m  horticulture  in  other  and  older  coun- 
tries; and  it  is  necessary  to  understand  something  of 
the  system  of  publicly  endowed  industrial  education, 
of  which  instruction  m  horticulture  is  a  part.  The 
general  nature  of  these  institutions  in  both  Canada 
and  the  United  States  may  be  understood  from  a 
brief  discuSvSion  of  the  land-grant  institutions  m  the 
latter  country. 

The  public  industrial  education  of  the  United  States, 
70 


of  college  grade,  is  founded  on  the  Land-Grant  Act 
of  1862.  By  the  terms  of  this  great  instrument,  every 
state  received  from  the  federal  government  30,000 
acres  of  land  for  every  representative  that  it  had  m 
Congress,  the  proceeds  of  which  are  to  be  used  for 
"the  endowment,  support,  and  maintenance  of  at 
least  one  college  where  the  leading  object  shall  be, 
without  excluding  other  scientific  and  classical  studies, 
and  including  military  taetics?  to  teach  such  branches  of 
learning  as  are  related  to  agriculture  and  the  mechanic 
arts,  in  such  manner  as  the  legislature  of  the  states 
may  respectively  prescribe,  in  order  to  promote  the 
liberal  and  practical  education  of  the  industrial 
classes  in  the  several  pursuits  and  professions  in  life  " 
This  endowment  has  been  supplemented  by  subse- 
quent direct  federal  appropriations,  to  further  the 
objects  for  which  the  origin  il  grant  was  made.  On 
this  foundation,  all  the  forty-eight  states  comprising 
the  Union  have  established  colleges  of  agriculture  and 
the  mechanic  arts,  about  half  of  them  separate  insti- 
tutions and  about  half  of  thorn  connected  with  or  part 
of  state  universities  or  other  general  institutions  The 
states  themselves  have  supplemented  and  extended 
the  proceeds  of  the  land-grant.  These  and  the  Cana- 
dian colleges  represent  many  types  of  organization  and 
method.  Their  purpose  is  increasingly  to  train  young 
men  and  women  broadly  by  means  ot  agricultural  and 
count ry-lifo  subjects  They  are  now  exerting  great 
influence  in  re-directing  rural  civilization  They  are 
rapidly  putting  agricultural  and  rural  subjects  into 
educational  form,  and  are  demonstrating  that  such 
subjects  may  have  training  and  even  cultural  value 
equal  to  that  of  historical  subjects. 

The  agricultural  colleges  contain  many  departments, 
and  horticulture  is  usually  one  of  these  departments, 
coordinate  with  the  others.  Some  of  these  depart- 
ments, aside  from  the  work  in  the  fundamental  arts 
and  sciences,  are  as  follows:  agricultural  chemistry, 
agronomy,  entomology,  plant  physiology,  plant  pathol- 
ogy, bacteriology,  plant-breeding,  soils,  farm  crops, 
farm  management  (the  principles  of  business  as  applied 
to  farming),  horticulture,  pomology,  floriculture,  fores- 
try, animal  husbandry,  poultry  husbandry,  veterinary, 
dairy  industry  or  dairy  husbandry,  home  economics, 
farm  mechanics  and  engineering,  rural  economy  or 
agricultural  economics,  landscape  gardening  or  land- 
scape art,  drawing,  rural  education,  meteorology,  and 
extension  teaching.  It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that 
horticulture  is  only  one  contributing  part  m  an  educa- 
tional establishment  for  the  teaching  of  agriculture  in 
a  bioad  way. 

Abide  from  these  publicly  endowed  or  maintained 
institutions,  there  are  a  few  other  regular  colleges  that 
teach  horticulture  with  other  work,  but  they  have  not 
made  great  headway,  although  the  subject  may  assert 
itself  strongly  in  some  of  them  in  the  future.  There 
are  two  or  three  training-schools,  one  for  women. 
More  training-schools  will  be  needed. 

The  students  in  agriculture  in  the  colleges  of  agri- 
culture number  many  thousands,  in  some  cases  1,000 
and  more  in  one  institution  They  come  from  all 
walks  and  conditions  of  life,  and  from  city  and  country 
alike.  Some  of  them,  of  course,  have  strong  inclina- 
tions for  horticulture,  and  soon  specialize  in  that  sub- 
ject The  full  course  of  instruction  is  four  years,  fol- 
lowing college  entrance  requirements,  and  the  student 
at  graduation  receives  a  diploma  carrying  Bachelor  of 
Science  or  a  similar  degree.  In  many  of  these  institu- 
tions, post-graduate  work  in  a  variety  of  subjects  is 
provided,  leading  to  a  master's  degree  or  even  to  a 
doctor's  degree. 

The  first  institutions  to  develop  horticulture  as  a 
separate  subject  appear  to  have  been  those  in  Michigan, 
under  W.  W.  Tracy,  Chas.  W  Garfield  and  successors, 
Mr.  Tracy  having  been  instructor  in  horticulture  as 
early  as  1867;  New  York  (1874)  and  in  Ohio  under 


iioo 


EDUCATION 


EDUCATION 


W.  R.  Lazenby  ;  and  in  Iowa  (1876)  under  J.  L.  Biadd. 
The  instruction  by  means  of  horticulture  has  now 
grown  to  great  importance  m  many  of  the  colleges, 
the  staffs  comprising,  in  some  cases,  as  many  as  fifteen 
to  thirty  persons. 

The  horticultural  work  in  the  college*. 

We  may  now  consider  the  horticultural  teaching 
work  of  these  colleges  m  more  detail. 

In  the  early  days  of  such  instruction,  the  horticul- 
ture was  set  over  against  the  agr*eu'lture,  and  these 
two  comprised  the  mam  applied  groups  The  break- 
mg-out  of  the  group  of  horticulture  was  really  the 
beginning  of  the  broadening  of  these  institutions  and 
of  their  more  perfect  articulation  with  the  conditions 
before  them. 

Horticulture,  as  understood  in  these  colleges,  com- 
prises fruit-growing,  flower-growing,  vegetable-garden- 
ing, together  with  the  nursery  and  glasshouse  sub- 
jects naturally  associated  with  them.  With  the  further 
differentiation  of  the  curriculum,  horticulture  tends 
to  be  split  or  separated  into  its  three  mam  parts,  with 
separate  units  or  teaeherahips  for  «ach,  but  this 
division  has  not  yet  proceeded  far  in  most  of  the  insti- 
tutions. If  this  division  is  ever  earned  to  its  conclu- 
sion, the  name  "horticulture"  as  an  educational  unit 
may  pass  out. 

In  the  colleges,  horticulture  is  regarded  as  a  phase 
of  the  general  agricultural  field.  For  the  most  part, 
the  student  approaches  the  subject  from  the  point  of 
view  of  farming  by  means  of  fruits  or  vegetables  or 
even  of  flowers  The  strictly  amateur  phase  is  inciden- 
tally emphasized  as  a  rule,  and  this  undoubtedly  is 
one  of  the  weaknesses  of  the  American  horticultural 
instruction.  The  amateur  attitude,  however,  will 
appear  more  markedly  as  the  country  develops  and 
matures  The  present  attitude  very  well  represents 
the  development  that  America  is  now  making,  as 
expressed  particularly  in  the  great  orchard  interests. 
The  gardeners,  as  a  '^roup,  have  had  relatively  little 
touch  with  these  institutions  in  the  way  of  dictating 
or  even  influencing  their  development  So  far  as  insti- 
tutions are  concerned,  the  gardening  phase  of  horti- 
culture is  well  expressed  where  the  -great  collections 
are,  as  at  the  Shaw  or  Missouri  Botanical  Gardens. 
Arnold  Arboretum,  New  York  Botanic  Gardens,  and 
others;  and  these  institutions  will  also  produce  highly 
trained  specialists  m  small  numbers  in  related  scien- 
tific lines. 

The  content  of  the  work  in  the  land-grant  colleges 
varies  greatly,  depending,  of  course,  on  the  constit- 
uency of  the  particular  college  as  weH  as  on  the  staff. 
Naturally,  in  the  states  in  which  horticultural  interests 
are  large,  the  work  will  express  itself  strongly  in  the 
e.  Some  of  the  courses  in  horticulture  now  offered 


m  different  colleges  of  agriculture  may  be  displayed, 
showing  how  the  subject  is  divided  and  what  is  con- 
sidered to  be  the  content  of  the  instruction.  These 
examples  are  chosen  only  to  show  the  kind  and  the 
range  of  representative  courses,  and  the  writer  makes 
no  comment  on  them.  Other  courses  might  be  chosen 
from  the  catalogues,  but  these  are  sufficient  for  illus- 
tration. In  some  cases,  practically  the  same  subject  is 
entered  twice:  this  represents  the  way  in  which  the 
subject  is  phrased  in  different  institutions.  Some  of 
the  courses  in  landscape  work  that  are  given  by  depart- 
ments of  horticulture  are  also  included. 

Element*  of  horticulture  —  Fruit-growing,  vegetable-gardening 
and  ornamental  planting,  with  special  reference  to  the  farm  home 

Gardening.  —  A  personal  and  informal  course  for  lovers  of  plants 
and  gardens.  The  course  consists  of  actual  work  with  identifica- 
tion and  growing  plants,  supplemented  by  conferences  and  informal 
discussions.  Attention  is  given  to  garden  literature  and  history,  , 
planning  of  grounds. 

Cultivated  plants  —  The  .relationship  and  classification  of  cer- 
tain economic  and  ornamental  plants  of  the  temperate  zone; 
identification  df  species  examination  of  living  plants  and  her- 
barium specimen*. 


Evolution  of  horticultural  plant*.  —  History,  botanical  classifi- 
cation, and  geographical  distribution  of  cultivated  plants;  modi- 
fication under  culture,  theoretical  causes  and  observed  factors  that 
influence  variation,  particularly  food-supply,  climate  and  cross- 
ferttliBation. 

Amateur  ^oncufturc.-^Window-gardemng,  growing  of  flowers 
on  the  home  grpunda;  containers,  pottiqg  soiLs,  fertilisers,  prep- 
aration and  planting  of  flower-beds,  propagation  and  culture  of 
plants  suitable  for  window  and  garden. 

Commercial  floriculture.  —  -Studies  m  tho  propagation  and  cul- 
ture of  the  leading  florist  crops.  As  facilities  permit,  students  are 
assigned  space  in  'the  greenhouses  for  practical  experience  in 
the  growing  of  roses,  carnations,  chrysanthemums,  violets,  sweet 
peas,  and  other  plants.  Discussions  on  diseases,  insects,  botany. 
and  the  packing,  handling*  and  marketing  of  cut-flowers  and 
plants  for  retail  and  wholesale  markets.  Classes  participate  in  a 
required  excursion. 

Garden  flower*  —  (Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  garden 
plants  and  to  give  practical  knowledge  of  the  propagation  and  cul- 
ture of  the  annuals,  herbaceous  perennials,  bulbs,  and  shrubs  used 
for  cut-flowers  or  in  ornamented  planting 

Greenhouse  construction  —  The  development  of  the  modern 
of  houses,  materials,  and  methods  of  construc- 


greenhouse, 


uihouse,  types  of  houses,  materials,  and  methods  of  construc 
i,  installation  of  heating  ayutemtt,  etc     Laboratory  practice  i 
erecting  section  of  cypress  and  iron  frame  houses,  and  in  planning 
and  estimating  the  «ost  of  commercial  ranges  for  flower-  and 
vegetable-production.  The  class  participates  in  a  required  excur- 

Greenhouse  management.  —  Studies  of  the  principles  and  prac- 
tice of  propagation,  soils,  potting,  shifting,  watering,  ventilation, 
and  fumigation  of  plants  cultivated  by  florista 

Conservatory  plant*  —  A  study  of  the  culture  and  uses  of  tropicai 
and  subtropical  plants  grown  m  conservatojies,  including  palms, 
ferns,  begonias,  orchids,  etc. 

Floral  design.  —  A  study  of  the  principles  of  floral  art  Practice 
in  tho  arrangement  of  flowers  in  designs  and  bouquets,  baskets, 
table  decorations,  interior  decoration,  etc 

Greenhouse  and  garden  practice.—'  Designed  to  give  the  student 
practical  knowledge  of  greenhouse  work  Lectures  and  exercises 
in  greenhouse  management,  propagation,  composting  soils,  potting, 
watering,  etc 

Investigation  in  floriculture  —  The  investigation  qf  problems  m 
the  growing  of  cut-flowers,  exotics,  and  garden  flowers,  hybridiz- 
ing, study  of  varieties.  Designed  primarily  for  upper  classmen  and 
graduate  students 

Elements  of  landscape  gardening  —  Reconnaissance  surveys  and 
mapping,  with  special  reference  to  the  methods  used  in  landscape 
gardening,  detailed  study  of  selected  designs  of  leading  landscape 
gardeners,  grade  design,  road  design  and  field  work 

General  design.  —  Field  notes,  examination  of  completed  works 
and  those  under  construction,  design  of  architet  tural  details,  plant- 
ing pbns,  gardens,  parks  and  private  grounds,  written  reports  of 
individual  problems 

Cu'ic  art  —  The  principles  and  applications  of  modern  civic  art, 
including  city  design,  city  improvement,  village  improvement,  and 
rural  improvement 

Trees  and  shrubs  —"Plant  material  important  to  landscape  gar- 
dening, landscape  value  of  eaqh  plant  with  respect  to  adaptability 
to  the  soil  and  situation  and  the  use  of  the  plant  in  design. 

Advanced  landscape  design.  —  Real  estate  subdivisions  and  a 
complete  set  of  plans,  including  a  sketch  plan,  general  plan,  report, 
detailed  study  of  architectural  features,  grading  plans,  planting 
plans,  set  of  specifications,  and  estimate  of  cost 

Landscape  practice  —  Interpretation  of  topographic  maps  and 
their  relation  to  landscape  donign,  calculation  of  cut  and  fill,  quan- 
tities of  material,  preparationof  grading  plans  and  working  drawings 

Exotics  —  Temporary  decorative  plants  used  in  landscape 
gardening 

Plant  materials.  —  This  course  aims  to  make  the  student  familiar 
with  the  character  of  the  trees,  shrubs  and  herbaceous  perennials 
used  in  ornamental  work,  and  with  the  methods  of  propagating  them 

Decorative  and  bedding  plants  —  Tropical  and  subtropical  plants 
used  in  decorative  work  in  the  conservatory,  tender  plants  used 
in  outdoor  bedding 

Home  vegetable-gardening  —  A  study  of  vegetables  and  their 
production  for  home  use  The  planning  and  management  of  the 
garden,  special  crop  requirements,  factors  influencing  quality,  and 
control  of  pests,  will  bo  considered  The  laboratory  work  consists 
of  actual  practice  in  the  garden.  The  starting  of  early  plants  in 
hotbeds  and  frames,  intercropping  and  succession-cropping  to 
secure  largest  yields  from  small  area*,  are  studied  Each  student 
assumes  charge  of  his  own  plants  and  carries  them  through  to 
the  end  of  the  term. 

Commercial  vegetable-gardening.  —  The  principles  of  vegetable- 
growing  as  applied  in  commercial  production;  the  scope  of  the 
industry  and  its  opportunities,  choice  of  location,  equipment, 
management.  The  vegetable  crops  are  considered  singly,  as  to 
their  adaptation,  culture,  special  requirements,  varieties,  enemies, 
marketing,  and  profits.  The  laboratory  work  includes  exercises 
in  growing  plants  under  glass  and  m  the  planting  and  oare  of  early 
outdoor  vegetables.  Each  student  assumes  full  charge  of  his  own 
plantings. 

For  students  specializing  or  desiring  a  fuller  knowledge  of 
vegetable  -gardening,  another  course  is  given,  throughout  the 
year.  Advantage  is  taken  of  the  opportunity  for  practice  in  har- 
vesting, packing,  and  marketing  fall  crops  A  two-days'  excursion 
to  two  or  three  important  vegetable-growing  centers  some  time 
during  May  constitutes  a  part  of  the  course  Each  student 
gives  a  part  of  his  time  to  a  special  problem,  to  be  agreed  on. 
Report  on  this  problem  is  presented  in  typewritten  form 

y«p«tofrj«-/prwn0  —  Vegetable-growing  under  glass.    Important 


ETOCAT10N 


EGGPLANT 


1101 


forcing  crop*  Laboratory  oonaitti  of  practice*  work  in  emp- 
pvoduotioa  Each  student  is  assigned  *  plot  ua  the  greeabouM  on 
which  he  grows  vegetables  to  maturity,  assuming  full  charge  except 
in  heating  and  ventilation.  This  is  supplemented  by  descriptive 
studies. 

Systematic  vegetable  crops — Lectures  and  descriptive  studies 
dealing  with  vegetable  crops,  their  origin  and  botany  Special 
attention  is  given  to  varieties,  and  their  adaptation  to  different 
cultural  and  market  conditions.  The  important  commercial  types 
of  the  different  vegetables  are  grown  in  the  garden  each  year,  and 
there  is  an  abundance  of  first-hand  materiel  for  the  course. 

Advanced  vegetable-gardening — The  student's  time  is  divided 
between  advanced  studies  of  vegetable  crops  and  their  culture  and 
the  study  of  a  special  problem  to  be  agreed  upon.  An  excursion 
to  two  or  three  important  vegetable-growing  centers  constitutes 
a  part  of  this  course 

Elementary  pomology  — >A  study  of  the  methods  of  propagation 
and  early  care  of  commercial  fruits,  including  the  growing  of  seed- 
lings, cuttings,  and  layers,  the  principles  of  budding,  grafting, 
pruning,  ana  planting,  the  soils,  varieties,  and  planting  plans  for 
the  orchard. 

Practical  pomology. — A  study  of  th«  soils  and  varieties  for  the 
orchard,  cultivation,  cover-crops,  fertilization,  spraying,  pruning, 
and  thinning  as  practised  in  orchard  management,  the  picking, 
grading,  packing,  storing,  and  marketing  of  fruit  This  course 
considers  the  apple,  pear,  quince,  cherry,  plum,  apricot,  and 
peach. 

Systematic  pomology  — A  study  of  the  varieties  of  the  different 
fruits  and  of  nomenclature,  with  critical  descriptions,  special 
reference  being  given  to  relationships  and  classification 

Bush-fruits  — A  lecture  course  which  considers  the  grape,  rasp- 
berry, blackberry,  dewberry,  currant,  gooseberry,  and  strawberry 
The  topics  discussed  are  varieties,  planting,  culture,  picking, 
grading,  packing,  and  marketing. 

Small-fruits  and  grapes  — The  strawberry,  raspberry,  black- 
berry, dewberry,  currant,  gooseberry,  grape  History,  extent  of 
cultivation,  soil,  location;  fertilizers,  propagation,  planting,  till- 
age, pruning,  insect  enemies,  diseases,  varieties,  harvesting, 
marketing. 

Spraying  of  fruit  trees  — A  study  of  the  preparation  and  applica- 
tion of  the  spray  mixtures  used  in  orchard  practice. 

NucicviUwe  — Lectures  on  the  practical  and  systematic  phases 
of  nut-culture,  with  special  reference  to  the  cultivation  and  improve- 
ment of  the  forms  native  to  the  United  States 

Subtropical  pomology  — A  study  of  citrous  and  other  tropical 
fruits,  with  special  reference  to  American  conditions.  Laboratory 
work  in  describing  and  judging  the  various  fruits 

Plant-propagation  — Grafts,  buds,  layers,  cuttings,  seeds 

Systematic  pomology  — A  course  designed  primarily  for  gradu- 
ates and  students  who  are  preparing  to  do  experimental  work  A 
study  of  the  characters  and  botanical  relationships  of  the  fruits  of 
the  United  .States  Each  student  is  required  to  collect  and  mount 
a  number  of  varieties  and  speciea. 

Research,  tn  pomology  — Original  investigation  of  problems  in 
pomology.  A  typewritten  thesis  is  required. 

The  equipment  for  the  horticultural  work  usually 
consists  of  classrooms,  laboratories  with  tables  and 
sometimes  equipped  for  microscopic  work,  and  her- 
baria; workrooms  in  which  practice  may  be  had  in 
the  mixing  of  soils,  the  compounding  of  spraying 
materials,  the  testing  of  machines,  the  study  of  vege- 
tables and  fruits,  and  the  like;  range  of  glasshouses; 
and  a  number  of  acres  of  land  for  gardens  and  orchards 
Sometimes  the  orchard  area  amounts  to  fifty  and 
more  acres  In  some  colleges  the  plant-breeding  is 
included  with  the  horticulture*  and  in  some  of  those 
that  are  least  differentiated  the  plant  pathology  and 
economic  entomology  are  also  included,  as  also  forestry. 
In  the  courses  detailed  above,  all  these  subjects  are 
excluded  as  horticulture,  since  they  are  likely  to  be 
handled  in  regular  departments  by  themselves  in  num- 
bers of  different  Courses. 

The  subject  of  landscape  architecture,  or  landscape 
gardening,  has  developed  in  the  institutions  in  the 
United  States  from  two  sides  When  it  is  an  offshoot 
of  colleges  or  departments  of  architecture,  or  when 
strongly  dominated  by  architectural  ideas,  it  is  likely 
to  be  known  as  landscape  architecture  In  the  agri- 
cultural colleges,  however,  the  subject  has  developed 
mostly  from  the  horticultural  or  gardening  side,  and  has 
usually  been  called  landscape  gardening.  As  a  part  of 
the  curriculum,  landscape  gardening  is  given  more  or 
less  attention  in  nearly  all  the  land-grant  institutions. 
In  three  or  four  of  them,  however,  the  subject  is  now 
being  given  special  and  professional  attention,  as  also 
at  Harvard.  Two  institutions  in  this  country  give  a 
post-graduate  degree,  Master  of  Landscape  Architec- 
ture or  Master  of  Landscape  Design. 


Other  form*  of  hartitutiwal  teaching. 

The  colleges  of  agriculture  are  engaged  rather  largely 
in  extension  work,  the  extension  meaning  all  educa- 
tional efforts  prosecuted  at  the  homes  and  on  the? 
farms  of  the  people.  The  extension  work  is  welfare 
work,  and  it  is  properly  a  necessary  part  of  an  insti- 
tution that  is  maintained  by  the  people  for  the  ser- 
vice of  the  people  Some  of  this  extension  work  is 
horticultural.  It  comprises  tests  and  experiments  in 
orchards,  gardens,  and  greenhouses;  cooperation  with 
growers'  associations;  surveys  of  conditions  and  indus- 
tries; the  issuing  of  popular  bulletins  and  other  litera- 
ture, lecture-courses,  reading-courses,  and  much  corres- 
pondence See  Extension  Teaching  in  Horticulture, 
page  1199. 

The  experiment  and  research  work  of  the  institutions 
is  also  of  course  educational,  |mt  this  effort  is  reserved  for 
separate  discussion  See  Experiment  Stations,  page  1 195 

In  the  public  schools,  there  is  now  a  strong  senti- 
ment for  the  introduction  of  agriculture.  This  pertains 
in  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and  Canada  This 
agricultural  instruction  will  be  organized  eventually 
on  the  same  basis  as  other  instruction  in  the  common 
schools.  Agriculture  will  include  a  great  variety  of 
subjects,  the  horticultural  affairs  being  given  their 
due  consideration  This  will  result  in  a  gradual  re- 
direction of  the  youthful  mind  toward  horticultural 
and  other  rural  pursuits. 

The  nature-study  movement  is  widespread  and 
established,  and  the  material  of  the  teaching  is  largely 
of  plants.  School-gardening  is  growing  in  popularity 
ana  importance.  All  these  subjects  are  finding  their 
way  into  normal  schools  and  colleges,  in  some  of  which 
there  is  definite  horticultural  work  for  the  training  of 
teachers  Correspondence  courses,  the  rural  press, 
state  departments  of  agriculture,  and  other  agencies 
and  enterprises  are  also  forwarding'  horticultural  educa- 
tion as  a  part  of  the  general  rurafbettennent 

In  the  United  States  and  Canada,  horticulture  is 
largely  a  training  for  citizenship,  on  the  basis  of  gen- 
eral collegiate  education  The  Americans  have  had  a 
continental  area  to  discover  and  to  conquer;  they  are 
endeavoring  to  conquer  it  by  many  means,  and  the 
most  fundamental  means  is  by  organizing  aH  industry 
educationally.  The  horticultural  subjects  are  impor- 
tant not  only  in  themselves  but  in  their  personal  appeal, 
and  the  organizing  of  horticultural  knowledge  into 
large  plans  and  methods  of  human  training  is  one  of 
the  best  privileges  of  any  people.  L.  H.  B. 

EEL-GRASS:  Vattisneria  spiral*. 

EGGPLANT  (SoMnum  Melongbna,  Linn.).    Solan- 
&cex.    GUINEA  SQUASH.    AUBERGINE  of  the  French. 
Strong  perennial  herb  or  sub-shrub,  grown  as  a  vege- 
table-garden annual  for  its  large  fruits,  which  are  eaten 
cooked;  requires  a  long  warm 
season 

The  eggplant  is  native  of  the 
tropics,  probably  from  the  East 
Indies,  but  its  native  land  is  not 
known.  It  is  cultivated  to  * 
greater  or  less  extent  throughout 
the  entire  tropical  regions.  The 
first  reports  of  its  use  as  a  vege- 
tabk  come  from  India,  hence 
the  above  assumption.  In  the 
United  States  it  is  cultivated 
as  a  vegetable  as  far  north  as 
New  York,  but  it  usually  grow*  to  greater  perfection 
m  the  southern  states.  It  is  much  grown  in  Florida. 
The  demands  for  it  in  the  early  months  of  the  year 
have  not  been  fully  supplied.  Its  cultivation  demands 
a  specialist  as  much  as  either  celery  or  tobacco,  while 
the  specialization  must  be  in  a  different  direction 
from  that  of  either  or*  of  these.  Nearly  ail  of  the  fruit 


1378.  Route  corolla 
of  eggplant;  stamens 
connivent 


1102 


EGGPLANT 


EGGPLANT 


that  grows  to  proper  size  is  edible,  and  there  is  no 
special  demand  for  particular  flavors.  Eggplants  are 
forced  under  glass  to  a  limited  extent  for  home  use. 
They  require  the  temperature  of  a  tomato  house,  and 
great  care  must  be  taken  to  keep  off  red-spider  and 
mites.  In  order  to  insure 
large  fruits,  practise  arti- 
ficial pollination.  Non- 
pollinated  fruits  will  grow 
for  a  time,  but  always 
remain  small  (Fig.  1379). 
Soil. — Eggplant  will 
grow  on  almost  any  land 
in  the  South,  but  it  de- 
velops to  greater  perfec- 
tion on  a  rich,  deep,  loamy 
soil  free  from  debris.  In 
the  clay  districts  this  is 
not  easily  secured,  but 
there  are  often  small  fields 
that  are  sufficiently  dry 
and  yet  contain  enough 
sand  to  make  eggplant- 
growing  profitable.  No 
matter  whether  clay  land, 
loam  or  sandy  land  be 
employed  for  raising  this 

1379.  Non-pollinated  fruit  crop,  it  will  be  necesssary 
to  plow  deeply  and  thor- 
oughly. The  land  should  be  drier  than  that  required 
by  cabbage  or  beets.  In  fact  it  will  stand  a  greater 
drought  than  the  ordinary  vegetables.  On  the  other 
hand,  one  should  not  attempt  to  grow  a  crop  on  land 
that  is  composed  of  large  particles,  such  lands  as  are 
ordinarily  called  "thirsty  in  the  vegetable-growing 
sections  of  Florida 

Fertilizer — On  the  coastal  plains  of  the  South 
Atlantic  and  Gulf  States,  barn  manure  is  of  doubtful 
value  for  fertilizing  eggplant.  When  it  is  advisable  to 
use  this  material,  it  is  preferable  to  compost  it  and  use 
it  in  the  form  of  well-rotted  btable  manure  A  cheaper 
and  at  the  same  time  preferable  way  of  securing  the 
humus  necessary  in  the  loamy  sands  is  to  grow  legumi- 
nous plants  that  are  not  subject  to  root-knot  Such 
plants  will  give  much  more  humus  and  at  a  cheaper 
price  than  can  be  obtained  by  the  use  of  stable  manure. 
On  the  loamy  sands,  the  fertilizer  should  not  be  applied 
until  after  the  plants  have  been  set  out  and  have 
started.  A  small  quantity  is  then  applied  by  hand  or 
by  drill.  On  very  poor  land,  as  much  as  200  to  500 
pounds  of  a  good  home-mixed  fertilizer  should  be  used. 
In  the  course  of  two  to  four  weeks,  the  eggplants  will 
have  shown  the  effect  of  the  fertilizer  and  by  this  time 
will  be  making  a  considerable  growth.  A  second  appli- 
cation may  then  be  made  of  as  much  more,  or  twice  us 
much  as  was  used  the  first  time.  Later  in  the  season, 
when  the  plants  are  beginning  to  make  bloom  buds  or 
setting  the  fruit  well?  an  after-dressing  of  nitrate  of 
soda  could  be  applied  if  the  plants  show  need  of  further 
fertilizing,  using  it  at  the  rate  of  100  to  300  pounds  to 
the  acre.  This  can  be  applied  very  readily  by  hand  or 
by  the  use  of  a  fertilizer  drill.  The  hand  method  is 
more  economical  of  fertilizer  but  more  costly  in  apply- 
ing. On  the  heavy  clay  lands  less  potash  will  be  needed 
and  in  those  places  in  which  a  stiff  clay  is  employed 
for  gardening  purposes,  the  potash  may  be  reduced  to  4 
or  5  per  cent,  or  even  eliminated.  Ammonia  and  phos- 
phoric acid  are  needed  on  nearly  all  the  soils. 

Propagating  the  seedlings. — The  time  required  to 
bring  plants  into  bearing  from  seeds  varies  with  the 
condition  of  the  soil  and  the  temperature.  During  cool 
weather  the  plants  grow  very  slowly /but  during  hot 
weather  they  grow  rapidly  and  mature  fruit  in  much 
less  time.  Those  who  wish  to  have  early  fruit  and  are 
able  to  use  hotbeds  or  propagatmg-houses  should  sow 
the  seed  120  to  150  day*  before  the  fruit  is  wanted.  Pre- 


pare the  hotbeds  as  for  other  seedlings,  and  sow  in  rows 
a  few  inches  apart.  When  these  are  beginning  to  show 
their  leaves  or  when  the  seedlings  are  beginning  to  look 
spindly,  they  should  be  pricked  out  and  transferred  to 
another  bed.  In  this  each  plant  should  be  given  about 
a  2-inch  square ;  then  they  may  be  forced  until  the  plants 
crowd  one  another  in  the  bed.  when  they  should  be 
transferred  again.  When  the  plants  have  attained  the 
size  of  6  inches,  and  the  atmosphere  will  permit,  they 
may  be  set  out  in  the  field.  A  somewhat  more  laborious, 
but  at  the  same  time  more  successful  plan,  is  to  plant 
the  seedlings  in  2-inch  flower-pots  and  then  shift  to 
larger  ones  as  often  as  the  plants  become  pot-bound  or 
crowd  one  another  in  the  bed.  Fig  1380  represent! 
a  plant  three- tenths  natural  size,  just  taken  from  a  flower- 
pot and  ready  to  be  shifted  to  a  larger  one.  By  shifting 
until  6-inch  pots  are  reached,  the  eggplant  may  be 
forced  along  without  injury  to  blooming  size  or  even 
to  a  size  when  fruit  is  beginning  to  set,  and  then  set  out 
in  the  field  without  injury  to  the  plants  or  crop  Egg- 
plant-growers should  bear  m  mind  constantly  that  from 
the  time  of  sprouting  the  seeds  to  the  harvesting  of  the 
crop,  the  plants  cannot  stand  a  severe  shock  m  their 
growth  without  detriment  to  the  crop  When  the  plant 
is  once  started,  it  should  then  be  forced  right  along  and 
never  allowed  to  become  stunted  during  its  growth 
The  amount  of  damage  done  by  neglecting  plants 
before  they  are  set  in  the  field  varies  \\ith  the  seventy 
of  the  shock  and  the  length  of  time  dunng  which  the 

Elant  undergoes  the  disadvantageous  conditions  If  it 
ecomes  necessary  to  harden  the  plants  off  before 
setting  them  m  the  field,  this  should  be  done  gradually. 
Culture  m  the  field  — After  the  field  has  been  thor- 
oughly prepared  in  the  way  of  plowing  and  fertih/mg, 
which  should  have  been  done  at  least  tin  o  weeks  before 
the  plants  were  set  out,  the  roxvs  should  be  laid  off  3  to  4 
feet  apart  The  plants  may  be  set  2  to  4  feet  apart  in 
the  row,  varying  with  the  varieties  to  be  used  and  the 
soil  Tillage  should  be  continued  and  varied  according 
to  the  conditions  of  the  weather.  In  a  wet  season  it  is 
well  to  cultivate  the  land  as  deeply  as  possible,  while  in 
dry  weather  cultivation  should  be  shallow,  simply 
sufficient  to  keep  the  weeds  from  growing,  to  keep  the 
soil  well  aired,  and  to  keep  mulching  of  dry  soil  on  the 
land.  Under  ordinary  circumstances  it  does  not  pay 
to  prune  or  pinch  out  the  buds,  but  when  the  season  is 
short  this  may  be 
resorted  to  with  f 
some  advantage,  (j 
If  it  is  desirable 
to  have  the  fruit 
attain  a  certain 
size  before  frost, 
one  may  begin  to 
pinch  out  the 
blossoms  and  new 
growth  about 
three  weeks  before 
its  usual  occur- 
rence. This  same 
process  will  be  of 
advantage  when 
the  fruit  is  to  be 
brought  into  mar- 
ket at  a  certain 
time.  A  great 
many  attempts 
have  been  made 
to  hold  eggplants 
over  the  summer,  that  is  to  have  a  spring  cropping  and 
then  allow  the  plants  to  remain  in  the  field,  cultivate 
them  up  and  make  a  fall  crop  from  the  old  stalks. 
Sometimes  this  process  is  successful  but  generally 
speaking  it  is  a  wasteful  and  expensive  method.  The  old 
plants  that  have  borne  a  crop  should  be  discarded  and 
a  fresh  seed-bed  started  to  bring  the  plants  m  at  the 


1380.  Pot-grown  plant  ready  for  setting 
in  the  field. 


EGGPLANT 


EGGPLANT 


1103 


time  desired.  If  about  150  days  are  allowed  from  the 
time  of  sowing  the  seed,  the  grower  will  have  a  good 
field  of  fresh  plants  to  start  in  with,  which  will  produce 
a  higher  quality  and  larger  quantity  of  fruit. 

Marketing, — It  is  better  to  cut  the  fruit  from  the 
plant  than  to  attempt  to  break  it,  especially  if  the  work 
is  being  done  by  careless  laborers.  After  cutting  the 
fruit,  it  may  be  placed  in  large  baskets  and  hauled  to 
the  packing-house  for  crating  Each  <ruit  should  be 
wrapped  separately  in  heavy  paper,  either  manila  or 
brown,  and  care  must  be  exercised  not  to  wrap  it 
while  moist.  Formerly  the  large  crate  was  generally 
employed,  but  in  the  last  ten  years  there  has  been  a 
decided  tendency  toward  reducing  the  size  of  the  crate. 
The  eggplant  crate  is  now  about  double  the  size  of  the 
bean  crate,  and  usually  ships  at  the  80-pound  rate. 
The  eggplant  is  regarded  as  a  staple  vegetable,  con- 
sequently fancy  wrapping-paper  or  fancy  methods  of 
packing  do  not  pay  for  the  trouble.  It  stands  shipment 
well  to  distant  markets,  so  that  freight  shipments  are 
usually  employed  At  times  in  the  winter  and  spring, 
the  price  of  eggplant  becomes  very  high  and  then  the 
shipments  go  forward  by  express. 

Varieties  — There  are  only  a  few  varieties  offered  in 
the  market.  The  New  York  Improved  Spineless 
matures  a  little  earlier  than  the  Black  Pekin.  The  New 
York  Purple  (Fig.  1381),  Black  Pekin  and  the  New 
York  Spineless  are  excellent  for  shipping  purposes,  i 
The  above  varieties  aic  the  black-fruit<xl,  and  the  most 
popular  in  the  United  States,  while  the  white-fruited 
sorts  are  said  to  be  the  most  popular  m  Europe.  For 
home  use,  the  \\hite-fruitod  varieties  are  preferable,  but 
as  these  make  poor  sellers  in  the  United  States,  one 
must  raise  the  purple  sorts  for  market.  For  home 
gardens,  the  early  and  small  Early  Dwarf  Purple  (Fig. 
1382)  is  useful  It  is  particularly  recommended  for 
northern  climates  There  are  three  main  types  of  egg- 
plants, as  follows  The  commoner  garden  varieties, 
Solanum  Melongenav&T.  e&culentum,  Bailey  (Figs  1381, 
1383);  the  long-fruited  or  "serpent"  varieties,  S  Melon- 
gena  var.  serpentmum,  Bailey,  the  Early  Dwarf  Purple 
type  var.  depreszum,  Bailey  (Fig  1382)  See  Solanum. 
The  so-called  Chinese  eggplant  is  a  different  species,  for 
which  consult  Solanum 

Seed-growing. — This  is  by  no  means  a  difficult  opera- 
tion and  may  be  done  profitably  in  certain  sections  of 
the  South  For  this  purpose  all  defective  or  dwarfed 
plants  in  the  field  should  be  cut  out  By  a  little  atten- 
tion one  will  be  able  to  know  \\hen  the  seeds  have 
matured  sufficiently  for  gathering.  At  this  time  the 
eggs  usually  turn  a  lighter  color  or  even  somewhat 
yellow.  The  fruit  should  be  gathered  and  carried  to  the 


packing-house,  where  it  may  be  It  ft  in  a  pile  for  two  or 
three  days,  as  there  is  very  little  danger  from  rotting. 
When  a  sufficient  number  have  been  collected,  the 
laborers  may  be  set  to  paring  off  the  extra  amount  of 
meat  on  the  outside  of  the  seed  The  remaining  core 
may  then  be  cut  longitudinally  into  quarters  or  eighths, 


1381   Field-grown  plant  of  New  York  Improved  eggplant 


1382.  Sprays  of  Early  Dwarf  Purple  eggplant. 

using  a  dull  knife  to  avoid  cutting  the  seed.  After  a 
quantity  of  these  have  been  pared,  they  may  be  plpced 
in  a  barrel  and  covered  with  water  The  barrel  should 
not  be  made  more  than  two-thirds  full.  In  a  day  or 
two  fermentation  will  set  in  and  the  meaty  portion 
will  macerate  from  the  seed.  The  seed  may  then  be 
separated  from  «,he  meat  by  means  of  sieves,  using 
first  wide-meshed  ones  to  remove  the  meat  and  then 
finer-meshed  ones  to  screen  out  the  seed  from  the  finer 
pulp.  The  seed  should  not  be  allowed  to  stand  more 
than  two  or  three  days  in  the  macerating  barrel,  as 
the  heat  evolved  by  fermentation  and  the  heat  of  the 
summer  is  liable  to  cause  them  to  germinate  After 
separating  the  seed  from  the  pulp,  it  should  be  dried 
in  the  shade  and  wrapped  in  secure  packages  By 
covering  with  tin-foil  or  oil-paper,  the  atmospheric 
moisture  will  be  kept  out  and  molding  prevented 

Diseases — The  most  destructive  of  diseases  in  the 
lower  South  is  a  blight  fungus  which  attacks  the  plant 
just  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground,  causing  the 
softer  tissues  at  this  point  to  rot  off  and  the  plant 
to  die.  The  fungus  is  not  able  to  penetrate  the 
harder  portion  of  the  stem,  consequently  the  plant 
lingers  along  for  weeks  after  being  attacked  A 
number  of  attempts  have  been  made  to  cause  this 
blight  fungus  to  produce  fruiting  organs  so  it  could 
be  classified,  but  up  to  the  present  this  has  proved 
futile  In  such  cases  as  this  there  is  no  remedy. 
After  the  plant  is  attacked,  it  is  usually  doomed. 
Much,  however,  can  be  done  in  the  way  of  prevent- 
ing the  spread  of  this  fungus  If  all  plants  are 
destroyed  as  soon  as  found  to  be  affected,  the  fungus 
cannot  perfect  its  sclerotia,  or  rusting  state,  and 
thus  its  propagating  is  prevented.  The  normal  nome 
of  this  fungus  is  in  decaying  vegetable  matter  If, 
therefore,  a  field  is  kept  free  from  this  sort  ot 
material  one  will  do  much  to  prevent  this  fungus 
from  being  present  Some  soluble  form  of  fungi- 
cide, as  Eau  Celeste  or  potassium  sulfide,  may  oe 
sprayed  about  the  roots  of  the  plants  to  good  ad- 
vantage. Practise  rotation  of  crops.  A  second 
form  of  blight  is  caused  by  Bacillus  solanacearum. 
This  disease  has  its  origin  of  infection  in  the 
leaves,  and  is  introduced  by  means  of  insects 


1104 


EGGPLANT 


E1CHHO&NIA 


which  have  fed  upon  diseased  plants  and  carried  the 
infection  to  the  well  ones.  The  disease  works  rapidly 
down  the  tissues  and  causes  the  death  of  the  leaf  and 
finally  of  the  whole  plant.  The  only  remedy  for  this  is 
to  destroy  all  plants  that  are  affected  with  the  disease 
as  soon  as  detected,  and  kill  off  all  insects.  When  this 
disease  is  known  to  be  present  in  a  section,  it  is  best  to 
set  the  plants  as  far  apart  as  practicable.  In  this  way 
the  danger  of  infection  from  insects  is  somewhat 
reduced.  When  the  disease  is  known  to  be  present  in  a 
field  it  should  not  be  planted  to  this  crop.  Anthracnose 
(Glasosponum  melongense)  does  not  cause  great  damage 
to  this  crop,  but  is  one  of  the  agents  that  reduce  the 
profits.  "It  may  be  recognized  by  its  producing  decided 
pits  in  the  fruit,  upon  which  soon  appear  minute 


1383.  Long  White  eggplant. 

blotches  bordered  with  pmk  "  Bordeaux  mixture  may 
be  used  to  good  advantage  for  preventing  this  disease. 
Phoma  solani  frequently  causes  damping-off  in  the 
hotbed.  It  often  renders  a  whole  bed  worthless.  Plants 
affected  with  this  fungus  usually  fall  over  as  if  eaten 
off  by  some  insect.  Some  plants,  however,  continue  a 
miserable  existence  and  finally  die.  Careful  examina- 
tion will  reveal  the  point  of  injury,  which  is  at  the 
ground-level.  The  best  preventive  is  to  use  well- 
drained  beds  and  then  avoid  excessive  watering.  When 
damping-off  is  detected  in  a  seedling  bed,  the  atmos- 
phere and  surface  soil  should  be  dried  as  rapidly  as 
possible,  followed  by  one  application  of  fungicide. 

Insect  enemies. — Among  the  most  annoying  of  the 
insect  enemies  is  the  cutworm  (larvae  of  Noctudite). 
These  insects  are  almost  omnipresent,  and  when  nearly 
full  grown  are  liable  to  cut  off  plants  that  are  4  Of  5 
inches  high.  It  is  not  common  for  one  insect  to  cut  off 
more  than  a  single  plant,  but  in  ordinarily  fertile  soil 
there  are  enough  cutworms  present  to  destroy  the 
entire  field.  So  that,  on  the  whole,  it  becomes  very 
annoying.  When  these  insects  are  quite  destructive,  it 
is  possible  to  kill  them  with  poisoned  bran  or  poisoned 


cottonseed  m'eal,  sweetened-  with  syrup*  or  sugar. 
Another  insect  that  does  more  or  less  damage  is  the 
cotton  bollworm  (Heliothis  armiger).  This  insect  does 
its  damage  by  boring  a  hole  into  the  stems  or  the  fruit. 
ID  the  latter  case  it  causes  it  to  rot  before  it  is  picked, 
or  possibly  in  transit.  As  the  fruit  becomes  larger  there 
is  less  danger  of  attack  from  this  insect,  so  that  the 
mam  trouble  occurs  in  the  saarlier  stages  of  its  growth. 
The  eggplant  aphis  (Siphonophora  cucurbitse)  is  one  of 
the  most  annoying  pests  to  this  crop.  It  usually  makes 
its  appearance  about  the  time  the  crop  is  fit  to  ship. 
and  appears  in  such  numbers  that  the  plants  are  ruined 
m  the  course  of  a  week  o*  two.  The  insect  attacks  the 
lower  surface  of  the  leaves,  making  it  difficult  to  reach 
the  pests  with  insecticides,  but  persistent  efforts  and  a 
good  tobacco  decoction,  applied  with  a  fine  nozzle, 
will  give  considerable  relict.  Sulfur  spray  or  other 
mild  contact  insecticide  will  be  found  more  uniformly 
effective  than  tobacco  decoction  Whale-oil  soap  is  an 
excellent  insecticide  to  use.  Kerosene  emulsion  and 
insecticides  made  frcm  the  miscible  oils,  largely  em- 
ployed in  proprietary  insecticides,  should  be  avoided. 
While  they  may  be  used  effectively,  there  is  consider- 
able danger  from  scalding  in  handling  by  indifferent 

p  H  RoLF8 


EGLANTINE  :  Roaa  rulnginosa,   also  applied   to  Knbut 
tena,  Rosa  Eglanlana,  and  perhaps  Lonicera  Periclymt-itum 

EGYPTIAN  LOTUS:  Nympfuea  Lotus;  also  Nclumbium. 

EHR£TIA  (G.  D.  Ehret,  botanical  painter,  born  in 
Germany,  1708  or  1710,  died  in  England  1770).  Bar- 
aginacex  Tender  trees  and  shrubs,  found  in  the 
warmer  regions  of  the  world. 

Plants  with  or  without  rough,  short  hairs:  Ivs  alter- 
nate, entire  or  dentate  fls  small,  often  white,  in  cymes, 
corymbs,  terminal  panicles,  or  rarely  all  borne  m  the 
upper  axils;  calyx  5-parted  or  -cleft;  corolla  short-fun- 
nelform  to  rotate,  with  5  obtuse  spreading  lobes; 
stamens  5,  affixed  in  the  tube,  exserted  or  rarely 
included,  the  filaments  very  slender;  style  2-lobed  or 
-parted*  fr  a  small  drupe,  usually  containing  two 
2-celIed  2-seeded  nutlets  —Species  40-50,  the  larger 
number  in  the  Old  World  tropics,  but  widely  dispersed 
about  the  globe.  A  few  species  are  planted  m  S.  Calif. 
and  perhaps  elswhere  along  the  southern  parts. 

A.  Lvs.  toothed. 
B.  Foliage  hairy. 

inacroflhylla,  Wall.  Tree:  Ivs.  6-8  m.  long,  broadly 
elliptic,  acuminate,  bristly  above  and  soft-hairy  beneath, 
serrate:  panicle  terminal,  pubescent;  calyx  cihate:  fr. 
globose,  obscurely  4-grooved.  Himalayas,  China. 

BB.  Foliage  not  hairy. 

acufirfnata,  R.  Br.  (E.  serrata,  Roxbg.).  HELIO- 
TBorto  TREE.  Tree,  to  40  ft.:  Ivs.  ^4  in.  long,  elliptic 
to  oblong,  acuminate,  serrate:  panicles  terminal  and 
axillary;  fls.  clustered,  sessile;  corolla-tube  very  short. 
Trop.  Asia,  Japan  and  Aoetral.  B.R.  13:1097.  Hardy 
at  Arnold  Arboretten. 

AA.  j£to.  usually  not  toothed. 

ellfptica,  DC.  Tree,  15-60  ft.  high:  Ivs.  oval  or 
oblong,  sometimes  serrate,  nearly  smooth,  or  with 
minute  hairs  and  very  rough  above:  fls.  small,  white, 
fragrant,  in  cymed  or  panicles;  calyx-lobes  broad-lanceo- 
late and  acute,  as  long  as  the  corolla-tube:  fr.  a  yellow 
globose  drupe,  the  size  of  a  small  pea,  with  edible  thin 
pulp.  Texas,  Mex.  WILHELM  MILLER. 

L.  H.  B.f 

EICHH6RNIA  (after  J.  A.  F.  Eichhorn,  a  Prussian 
Minister,  born  1779).  PontedenacesB.  Tropical  aquatic 
herbs,  grown  for  showy  flowers  and  interesting  habit. 

Perennial,  floating,  rooting  at  the  nodes:  immersed 
Ivs.  on  yoimg  sts.  linear;  emerged  Ivs.  obovate  or 


EICHHORNIA 

rounded  (or  rarely  lanceolate),  the  petioles  m  some 
species  much  inflated  and  acting  as  buoys:  fls.  in  a 
spike  or  panicle,  the  scape  1-1  vd.;  perianth  funnel- 
shape  with  a  long  or  short  tube;  stamens  6,  attached 
uneaually  in  the  tube,  part  of  them  exserted;  ovary 
sessile,  3-celled;  style  filiform:  fr.  a  caps,  contained  in 
the  withering  perianth,  ovoid  to  linear. — About  a  half- 
dozen  species  in  S.  Amer  ,  one  reaching  Afr. 

This  genus  includes  the  water  hyacinth  (see  Fig. 
1384),  the  famous  "million-dollar  weed"  that  obstructs 
navigation  m  the  St.  John's  River,  Florida,  and  is  a 
source  of  wonder  and  delight  in  every  collection  of 
tender  aquatics  in  the  North.  The  curious  bladders 
made  by  the  inflation  of  the  petioles  help  the  plant 
to  float  freely.  About  flowering  time  the  plant  sends 
down  anchoring  roots  which,  if  the  water  be  only  3  or 
4  inches  deep,  penetrate  the  soil.  The  true  hyacinths 
belong  in  an  allied  family  (Liliaceee) ;  the  pickerel 
weed,  in  the  allied  genus  Pontederia,  the  ovary  of  which 
by  abortion  is  one-celled,  and  each  cell  one-ovuled, 
while  Eichhorma  IB  three-celled  and  many-ovuleq*. 
The  plants  of  this  family  have  been  greatly  confused 
botamcally,  partly  because  the  fugacious,  membra- 
nous flowers  are  not  well  preserved  in  dried  specimens, 
and  partly  because  of  variation  in  form  of  leaves, 
depending  upon  whether  the  plants  grow  in  deep  or 
shallow  water,  or  in  mud  The  common  water  nya- 
cinth  sends  out  two  kinds  of  roots,  the  horizontal  ones 
often  thick  and  fleshy,  and  apparently  for  reproductive 
purposes,  the  vertical  ones  long,  slender,  and  clothed 
with  innumerable  small,  horizontal  fibers. 

The  flowers  are  most  beautiful,  and  the  plant  is 
worthy  of  special  cultivation  It  is  often  called  a  water- 
orchid,  being  of  such  delicate  coloring  and  texture. 
The  plants  must  be  more  or  less  stationary  although  it 
is  a  floating  plant,  for  they  will  not  flower  when  drifted 
about  by  any  hgnt  breeze  or  where  the  water  is  2  or 
more  feet  deep  as  is  often  the  case  where  nymphseas  are 
grown  A  depth  of  9  to  12  inches  of  water  is  sufficient 
with  a  guard  to  keep  the  plants  m  bounds.  Good  soil 
underneath  is  necessary  so  that  the  plants  will  derive 
some  nourishment  They  will  grow  rapidly  and  flower 
profusely  all  through  the  season,  and  it  may  be 
necessary  to  thin  out  the  plants,  for  when  too  crowded 
the  petioles  will  become  elongated  and  the  plants 
unsightly  They  can  also  be  grown  in  a  tub  or  tank 
observing  the  same  method  of  culture.  Propagated  by 
division  (Win  Tricker.) 

A  Lf  -stalks  inflated:  inner  perianth-segms.  not 

serrated. 

crfissipes,  Solms  (E.  specidsa,  Kunth.  Pontedena 
crdssipes,  Mart )  Fig  1384  Lvs.  in  tufts,  all  con- 
stricted at  the  middle,  bladder-like  below,  sheathed, 
many-nerved*  scape  1  ft.  long,  with  wavy-margined 
sheaths  at  and  above  the  middle;  fls  about  8  in  a  loose 
spike,  pale  violet,  6-lobed,  the  upper  lobe  larger  and  hav- 
ing a  large  patch  of  blue,  with  an  oblong  or  pear-shaped 
spot  of  bright  yellow  in  the  middle;  stamens  3  long  and 
3  short,  all  curved  upward  toward  the  tip  Brazil. 
B.M.2932  (as  Pontedena  azured).  I.H.34:14.  A.F. 
5:511.  Var.  major,  Hort ,  has  rosy  lilac  fls.  Var. 
afaea,  Hort.,  has  yellowish  fls. 

AA.  Lf. -stalks  not  inflated:  inner  penanth-segmd. 

beautifully  serrate. 

azurea,  Kunth.  Lvs.  on  long  or  short  not-inflated 
petioles,  very  variable  in  size  and  shape:  scape  often  as 
stout  as  the  If.-stalk,  gradually  dilated  into  a  hooded 
spathe;  fls.  scattered  or  crowdea  in  pairs  along  a  stout, 
hairy,  sessile  rachis;  perianth  bright  pale  blue,  hairy 
outside,  inner  segms  beautifully  toothed,  the  upper  a 
trifle  larger,  with  a  heart-shaped  spot  of  yellow,  which 
is  margined  with  white.  Brazil.  B.M.  6487.  G.C.  II. 
26:17.  I.H.  34:20.  R.H.  1890:540.— One  plant  will 
become  5  or  6  ft.  across  in  a  season. 


EL^AGNUS 


1106 


E.  pamculAta,  Spreng.  FU.  in  a  compound  spike  or  panicle,  2- 
lipMd,  purple  and  blue  and  with  large  white  spots:  Ivs.  loqg- 
petioled,  cordate-acuminate,  without  petiole  bladders,  st.  12-18  m.. 
often  several.  B  M.  6020  (as  E  tricolor) 

WlLHELM   MlLLEB. 

EUBAGNUS  (ancient  Greek  name,  meaning  a  kind 
of  willow;  from  elaws,  olive).  Elxagnacex.  Shrubs  and 
small  trees,  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome  foliage 
and  for  their  ornamental  fruits,  edible  in  a  few  species. 

Deciduous  or  evergreen,  sometimes  spiny:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, short-petioled,  entire,  clothed  more  or  less  with 
silvery  or  brownish  scales:  fls  axillary,  solitary  or  in 
clusters,  apetajous,  perfect;  perianth  campanulate  or 
tubular,  4-lobed;  stamens  4,  included,  on  very  short 
filaments:  fr.  a  1-seeded  drupe. — About  40  species  in 
S.  Eu.,  Asia  and  N  Amer  Monograph  by  Servettaz 
in  Bot  Centralblatt,  Beihefte  25,  pt.  2:1-128  (1908). 


1384.  Eichhonua  crassipes. 


These  are  highly  ornamental  shrubs  with  handsome 
foliage  and  mostly  decorative  fruits;  the  flowers  are 
inconspicuous,  but  mostly  fragrant  Some  of  the 
deciduous  species,  as  E.  argentea,  E  multiflora  and  B. 
umbellate,  are  hardy  North,  while  the  evergreen  ones 
are  hardy  only  South.  A  distinct  feature  of  some 
species,  as  E  argentea,  E.  angushfolia  and  E.  pannfolia, 
is  the  conspicuous  silvery  hue  of  their  foliage,  while 
E.  multiflora  and  E  umbeuata  are  the  most  ornamental 
in  fruit. 

They  grow  in  almost  any  well-drained  soil,  including 
limestone,  and  prefer  sunny  position.  Propagation  is 
by  seeds  which  do  not  germinate  until  the  second  year 
and  ought  to  be  stratified  and  sown  the  second  spring, 
and  by  cuttings  of  mature  and  half-ripened  wood;  also 
sometimes  increased  by  layers  and  by  root-cuttings; 
varieties  and  rarer  kinds  can  be  grafted  on  seedlings 
of  vigorous-growing  species. 

INDEX. 

angustifolia,  1.  hortensis,  1  pungeas,  7. 

argentea,  5.  japoniea,  2  reflexa,  7. 

aurea,  7.  longtpes,  4  rotundifoha,  4. 

aurio-maculata,  7.  macrophylla,  6  Simom,  7. 

aweo-vanegata,  7.  maculata,  7  spmosa,  1. 

cnspa,  4.  multiflora,  4.  tricolor,  7. 

fidu/w,  4.  orientals,  1.  umbellate,  2, 3. 

Fredenci  variegata,  ovata,  4  vanegata,  7* 

7.  parvifoha,  2. 

A.  Lvs.  deciduous. 

B.  Winter-buds  and  Ivs.  beneath  and  usually  the  branch- 
lets  silvery  white,  without  any  brown  scales. 
1.  angustifdlia,  Linn.  (E  hortensis,  Bieb.).   OLEAS- 
TER.  Shrub  or  sro»H  tree  t^  20  ft.,  sometimes  spiny: 


1106 


EL^EAGNUS 


Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  quite  entire,  light 
green  above,  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  short-pedicelled,  1-3, 
axillary,  on  the  lower  parts  of  the  branches;  perianth 
campanulate,  tube  about  as  long  as  hmb,  yellow  within, 
fragrant;  style  at  the  base  included  by  a  tubular  disk: 
fr.  oval,  yellow,  coated  with  silvery  scales.  June.  S. 
Eu.  W.  Asia  to  W.  Himalayas.  Var.  orientalis,  Drop. 
(E.  orientaliSy  Linn.  f.  E.  hortensis  var.  onentalia, 
Schlecht.).  Often  spineless:  Ivs.  often  oblong  or  oval, 
usually  rounded  at  the  base,  clothed  more  with  stellate 
hairs  beneath  than  with  scales,  usually  glabrous  above 
at  length:  fr.  rather  large  to  1  in.  long.  A  G.  21:405, 
519,  613,  645.  Var.  spindsa,  Schneid.  (E.  spinbsa, 
Linn.).  Spiny:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate  or  lanceolate, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  scaly  above  and  densely  scaly 
beneath:  fr.  smaller.  L.B.C.  14:1339.  B.R.  1156. 

2.  parvifdlia,  Royle  (E  japdnica,  Hort  E.  umbel- 
lata  var.  parvifolia,  Servettaz).  Shrub  or  small  tree 
to  20  ft.,  with  erect  sts.  and  spiny,  spreading  branches: 
Ivs.  elliptic-ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  crisped  at  the 
margin,  usually  with  stellate  hairs  above,  glabrous  at 
length,  silvery  beneath,  1/^-3  in.  long:  fls.  axillary, 
usually  crowded  on  short  lateral  branchlets,  ehort- 
pedicelled;  perianth  narrow,  tube  longer  than  hmb, 
whitish  within,  fragrant:  fr.  globose  or  nearly  so, 
densely  silvery  when  young,  pink  when  ripe,  $4w. 


1385.  Elseagnus  raultiflora.  ( X  H) 


long.  June;  fr  in  Aug.  Himalayas,  China,  Japan. 
BR.,29:51.  Mn  5:145.— Not  quite  hardy  N.  Some- 
times cult  under  the  name  of  E.  reflexa,  which  species, 
however,  is  evergreen.  Var.  japomca  macrophytta  is 
advertised  but  probably  does  not  belong  to  this  species. 

BB.  Winter-buds  and  branchlets  with  reddish  or  yellowish 
brown  scales  and  sometimes  silvery  besides:  Ivs. 
silvery  white  beneath,  often  with  few  brown  scales, 
c  Fr.  juicy,  scarletoed  or  brownish  red. 

3.  umbellate,  Thunbg.    Spreading  shrub,  to  12  ft., 
often  spiny,  with  yellowish  brown  branchlets,  often 
partially  silvery:  Ivs.  elliptic  or  oval  to  ovate-oblong, 
above  usually  with  silvery  scales  while  young,  some- 
times glabrous,  often  crisped  at  the  margin,  1^-3  in. 
long:  fls.  yellowish  white,  fragrant,  1-7  in  the  axils, 
usually  crowded  on  short  lateral  branchlets,  tube  much 
longer  than  the  limb,  slender:  fr.  globose  or  oval, 
scarlet,  ^-Mm-  l°n&  erect,  on  stalks  M-H"*-  long, 
clothed  with  silvery  scales,  mixed  with  brown  scales 
while  young.    May,  June;  fr.  in  Sept.,  Oct.    M.D.G. 
1899:569.  A.G.  12:206   R.H.  1901,  p.  85.  S.I.F.  2:54. 

4.  multiftora,    Thunbg.    (E.    Idngipes,    Gray.     E. 
edulu,  Sieb.).   GUMI.   Fig.  1385.   Shrub,  to  6  ft.,  with 
reddish  brown  branchlets:  Ivs.  elliptic,  ovate  or  obo- 
vate-oblong,  with  stellate  hairs  above,  usually  glabrous 
at  length,  mostly  with  scattered  browQ  scales  beneath, 
1-2^  in.  long:  fls.  usually  solitary  in  the  axils,  some- 
times 2  on  the  lower  part  of  the  branches  or  on  short 
branchlets,  yellowish  white,  fragrant;  tube  as  long  as 
the  limb:  fr.  pendulous,  oblong,  %m.  long,  scarlet,  on 


slender  pedicels,  much  longer  than  the  fr.;  fr.  with 
brown  scales  when  young,  ripening  in  June  or  July,  of 
agreeable,  slightly  acid  flavor.  April,  May.  Japan, 
China  BM  7341.  L.L  4  GF.  1:499.  6. C.  1873: 
1014.  GM  31.715.  B.H.  33:217.  FE  13:830.  A  G. 
1890:565  M.D  G.  1901.573.  Gng.  1.275,  277.  Var. 
rotundifdlia.  Servettaz  (E.  rolundifdha,  Gagnaire) 
Lvs.  broadly  oval,  half-evergreen,  glabrous  above. 
Var.  ovata.  Servettaz.  Lvs  usually  with  stellate  hairs 
above  while  young,  soon  glabrous-  fls.  1-3:  fr.  oval, 
J^-^in.  long,  nodding,  with  brown  scales  when  young, 
ripening  July  or  Aug  ;  pedicels  ^m.  long  or  longer. 
Japan  M.D  G.  1899. 569  (as  E  multiflora).  Var  crlspa, 
Servettaz.  Similar  to  the  preceding  var.,  usually  spiny: 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  pedicelb  as  long  as  fr. 

cc  Fr.  rather  dry,  silvery  white. 

5.  argfintea,  Pursh.  SILVEKBERRY    Erect  shrub,  to  12 
ft.,  spineless,  stolomferous,  with  reddish  brown  branch- 
lets:  Ivs  ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  silvery  on  both  sides, 
often  with  scattered  brown  scales  beneatn,  1-3  in.  long: 
fls.  1-3,  axillary,  yellow  withm?  fragrant,  fr   oval  or 
roundish  oval,  densely  clothed  with  silvery  scales,  short- 
pedicelled,  ^j-^in.  long.   May,  June    Canada,  south 
to  Que  ,  Minn.,  Utah.   B.B.  (ed  2)  2:576    B  M.  8369 

AA.  Lvs.  evergreen:  usually  flowering  in  fall. 

6.  macroph^Ha,  Thunbg    Spineless  shrub,  to  6  ft , 
with   silvery   white   branchlets:    Ivs    broad-ovate   or 
broad-elliptic,  on  stout  and  rather  long  petioles,  scaly 
above,  Ubually  glabrous  at  length,  silvery  white  beneath : 
fls   axillary,  with  silvery  and  brownish  scales  outside; 
tube  campanulate,  abruptly  narrowed  at  the  base,  as 
long  as  hmb.   Japan     B.M  7638    GC  III  25: 90. 

7.  pungens,  Thunbg  Spreading  shrub,  to  6  ft ,  mostly 
spiny,  with  brown  branchlets'  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong,  undu- 
late and  often  crenulate  at  the  margin,  at  length  gla- 
brous above,  silvery  beneath,  more  or  less  interspersed 
with  brown  scales,  2-i  in  long  fls  in  axillary  clusters, 
tube  cylindrical,  slightly  narrowed  at  the  base,  longer 
than  the  limb'  fr    short-stalked,   about    %in    long, 
with  silvery  and  brown  scales    Japan    Var.  Frederici 
variegata,  Servettaz     Lvs.  with  yellow  center  and  green 
margin     Var.  maculata,   Hort    (var   aureo-maculata, 
Hort ).    With  a  largo  yellow  blotch  in  the  middle     A 
G.  13:122.    AF.  23'1015.    Var.  Simom,    Rehd.  (B 
Slmoni,  Carr.).   Lvs  rather  large,  oblong-elliptic,  with 
few  brown  scales  beneath  or  nearly  without     Var. 
Slmoni  tricolor,    Hort      Lvs    like    the    former,    but 
variegated   with   yellowish   and   pinkish  white      Var 
reflexa,  Rohd  (E.  reflexa,  Morr  &  Decne  ).   Branches 
elongated  and  flexile:  Iva    ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or 
acuminate,  lustrous  above,  only  scaly  while  young, 
ferrugmeous  below    H  U  4 . 328    Var  variegata,  Rehd 
(var  a  area,  Servettaz..  var  aureo-varu'gdta,  Hort ).  Lvs 
margined  yellowish  white.   G  M  54:327 

E.  ferruglnen,  A.  Rich.  Spineless  evergreen  shrub,  with  spread- 
ing brown  Branches  Ivs  with  yellowish  and  brown  scales  beneath 
perianth  with  quadrangular,  abruptly  contracted  tube  fr  lone- 
stalked  Japan  — E  gldbra,  Thunbg  Spineless  evergreen  shrub, 
with  brown  branches  Ivs  shining  above,  with  yellow  and  brown 
scales  beneath  perianth  with  slender,  tubular  tube,  gradually 
narrowed  toward  the  base,  twice  as  long  as  the  limb,  fr  short- 
stalked^  Japan.  S  IF  2  54.  ALFR£D  REHDER> 

ELJEIS  (Greek,  olive).  Palmdcess,  tribe  Cocoinese. 
Tropical  spineless  palms  with  pinnate  foliage,  of  which 
the  best  known  is  the  oil  palm  of  western  Africa,  whose 
red  fruits,  borne  in  large  clusters,  yield  the  palm  oil  of 
commerce,  which  is  used  in  making  candles  and  soap 

Leaves  terminal,  numerous,  large  and  pmnately 
divided,  the  segms.  sword-shaped,  the  margins  in  some 
species  spiny:  spadix  short  and  thick.  Young  plants 
are  grown  for  ornament  m  S.  Calif.,  and  in  the  N.,  but 
it  is  not  hardy  outdoors  in  U.  S..  according  to  Fran- 
ceschi.  The  other  6  species  are  from  Trop.  S.  Amer. 
The  genus  is  separated  from  Cocos  by  the  1-3-seeded 
frs.,  with  3  pores  above  the  middle. 


EIuEIS 

gulnelnsis.  Jacq.  OIL  PALM.  Sts.  stout,  20-30  ft., 
coarsely  and  deeply  ringed:  Ivs.  10-15  ft.;  petiole 
spiny-eerrate;  Ifts.  50-60.  linear-lanceolate,  acute,  the 
same  color  above  and  below.  F.S.  14:1492. — From  an 
early  stage  in  growth,  this  is  one  of  the  most  ornamental 
palms.  Until  it  reaches  several  feet  in  height,  it  is  a 
slow  grower,  consequently  one  does  not  see  much  of  it, 
except  in  collections.  It  does  best  in  a  warm  tempera- 
ture, although  it  will  thrive  in  an  intermediate  house. 
Seeds  are  always  obtainable  from  several  of  the  large 
European  houses.  It  is  but  little  grown  as  a  commercial 
palm,  as  young  plants  do  not  show  their  full  character. 
Given  same  treatment  as  Areca  lutescens,  will  grow 
well.  This  treatment  includes  night  temperature  of 
65°  and  plenty  of  water.  JARED  G.  SMITH. 

N.  TAYLOR.t 

EUBOCARPUS  (Greek,  olive-fruit]  Elseocarpacese; 
formerly  included  in  Tiltdcex.  Tropical  trees,  with 
showy  flowers,  in  their  juvenile  stages  also  sometimes 
cultivated  under  glass. 

Leaves  simple,  usually  alternate;  to  50  and  60  ft 
high  or  some  of  them  practically  shrubs  in  cult  :  fls. 
perfect  or  polygamous,  in  axillary  racemes;  sepals  dis- 
tinct, 4  or  5;  petals  4  or  5,  cut  or  fringed  (rarely  entire), 
attached  about  a  thickened  torus;  stamens  many 
(rarely  8-12),  with  long-awned  anthers  opening  by  a 
slit  at  the  apex;  ovary  2-5-celled:  fr  a  drupe,  with  a 
large  and  bony  stone,  sometimes  1-celled  by  abortion. 
—Perhaps  100  species,  in  the  Old  World  tropics.  They 
are  little  known  in  cult,  but  are  sometimes  mentioned 
in  greenhouse  lists.  The  pulp  of  the  fr.  in  some  species 
is  said  to  be  edible;  and  the  interesting  sculptured 
stones  of  some  kinds  (as  of  the  bead -tree  of  India,  E 
Gamtrus,  Roxbg  )  are  used  for  beads,  heads  of  orna- 
mented pins,  and  other  decorations  They  propagate 
by  ripened  shoots  with  the  Ivs.  left  on,  and  also  by 
seeds  when  obtainable 

grandifldrus,  J.  Smith.  A  much-branched  shrub, 
about  7  ft  high  under  glass*  Ivs.  considerably  clusterea 
at  the  ends  of  branches,  3-6  in.  long,  broadly  lanceolate; 
petiole  W-l  in.  long,  with  a  few  distant  saw-teeth,  or 
more  or  less  round-toothed  or  wavy-margined:  sepals 
5,  red  outside,  white  inside;  petals  5,  white  or  pale 
yellow,  silky  outside,  fringed  Java.  B.M.  4680  (aa 
Monocera  grandiflora).  F  68:817.  J.F.  4:339.—Lvs. 
rather  leathery,  dark  green  above,  paler  beneath. 
Warmhouso.  Prop,  by  cuttings  of  nearly  ripened 
wood. 

cvaneus,  Suns  (E  rettculdtus,  Smith).  Under  glass 
a  snrub,  but  in  the  wild  a  small  tree  and  sometimes 
reaching  60  ft ,  glabrous'  Ivs  elliptic-oblong,  or  lance- 
oblong,  acuminate,  prominently  reticulate:  fls.  cream- 
white,  fringed,  in  loose  racemes  that  are  shorter  than 
the  Ivs  ;  stamens  many:  drupe  globular  or  nearly  so, 
blue  (whence  the  specific  name).  Austral.  B.M.  1737. 
B.R  657  G.C.  Ill  36:272;  51:393.  G.M.  55:423. 
G.  34:389.  Gn.  77,  p.  301.  L.  H.  B.f 

EUEOC6CCA:  AUuntes  eordata. 

EUBODfiNDRON  (Greek  for  olive  tree,  from  the 
resemblance  of  the  fruit).  Celasfracex.  Tropical 
shrubs  or  small  trees,  some  lands  of  which  are  grown 
in  the  juvenile  state  under  glass  for  the  interesting 
foliage. 

Leaves  simple,  entire  or  crenate,  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, thickish.  frequently  evergreen:  fls.  inconspicuous, 
greenish  or  white,  in  axillary  or  lateral  clusters;  calyx 
usually  4-5-parted;  petals  4-5,  and  exceeding  the 
calyx;  stamens  4-5,  inserted  under  the  edge  of  the 
thick  disk;  ovary  single,  mostly  3-celled;  style  very 
short:  fr.  a  small  fleshy  or  nearly  dry  drupe.—Species 
probably  upward  of  40,  in  Afr.,  India  to  Austral.,  and 
somewhat  m  S.  Amer,  Very  closely  allied  to  Cassme,  a 
South  African  genus. 


ELAPHOGLOSSUM 


1107 


orien tile,  Jacq.  A  graceful  and  handsome  plant:  the 
mature  Ivs.  are  very  different  from  the  juvenile  Ivs.. 
being  obovate,  obtuse,  crenate,  cuneate  at  base,  and 
2-3  in.  long,  and  the  slender  graceful  young  Ivs.  pass 
into  them  by  gradual  transition  :  fls.  less  than  %m. 
across  in  close  axillary  cymes  which  are  shorter  than 
the  Ivs.;  pedicels  equaling  or  surpassing  the  corolla; 
calyx  deeply  lobed;  petals  yellow-green:  drupe  size  of 
olive,  oblong.  Madagascar,  Mauritius. — The  plant 
holds  its  lower  foliage  well,  or  throws  out  new  foliage 
to  take  the  place  of  that  which  drops.  It  thrives  in 
either  an  intermediate  or  a  warmhouse.  Prop,  by  sin- 
gle eye  cuttings  in  small  pots,  kept  rather  warm.  It 
has  been  said  that  Aralia  Chabnen  of  gardens  belongs 
to  this  species  (although  of  a  different  family) ;  but 
this  is  apparently  an  error.  See  Polyscias  for  a  discus- 
sion of  this  plant.  f 

australe,  Vent.  Intro,  into  S.  Calif,  from  Austral., 
and  prized  for  its  holly-like  fohage.  In  its  native  habitat 
it  is  a  tree  30-40  ft.  high,  producing  useful  close- 
grained  wood:  Ivs.  mostly  opposite,  ovate  to  oblong- 
lanceolate,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  entire  or  open- 
cronate,  coriaceous,  very  reticulate  beneath:  fls.  with 
parts  in  4's:  drupe  about  J^in.  long,  red,  ovoid  or 
globular  L.  H.  B. 

ELAPHOGL<5SSUM  (Greek,  servent  tongue).  Poly- 
podiacex.  A  large  group  of  tropical  ferns,  with  creep- 
ing rootstocks  and  simple  leaves. 

The  sporangia  cover  the  entire  under  surface  of  the 
fertile  leaves  which  are  usually  much  smaller  than  the 
sterile  ones.  Nearly  all  the  species  are  free-veined  but 
a  few  have  netted  venation. — There  are 
80-100  species  in  the  tropics  of  both 
hemispheres  They  were  formerly  included 
under  Acrostichum.  All  require  warm- 
house  treatment,  an  abundance  of  water 
at  the  roots,  and  an  open  porous  compost. 


conforms,  7. 
cnnitum,  9. 
flaccidum,  8. 
gorgooeum.  11. 


INDEX. 

hirtum,  2. 
muscosum,  3. 
petiolatum,  4. 
pilosum,  5. 


retioulatum,  10. 
•implex,  6. 
villosum,  1. 


A.  Veins  all  free. 
B.  Surface  of  Ivs.  densely  scaly 

throughout. 
c.  Texture  thin,  flaccid. 

1.  vUldsum,  J.  Smith.    Fig.  1386. 
Sterile  blades  6-9  in.  long;    fertile 
Ivs  scarcely  more  than  half  as  large, 
both  with  abundant   slender,  dark 
brown  scales.    Mex.  and  W.  Indies. 
— Dwarf,  variable. 

cc.  Texture  thick,  leathery. 

2.  hirtum,    C.  Chr.    (Acr6stichum 
squamdsum,  Swartz).    Sterile  blades 
6-12  in.  long,  the  fertile  narrower. 
on  longer  sts.,  both  surfaces  mattea 

with  bright  reddish  brown  linear 
or  lanceolate  scales.  Tropics  of 
both  hemispheres. 

3.  muscosum,   Moore.    Sterile 
1386.  Elaphoglossum     blades  6-12  in.  long,  fertile  much 
villosum.  (XH)        shorter;   upper    surface    slightly 
scaly,  the  lower  densely  matted 
with  ovate,  rusty  scales.  Tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 
S.  1 :211  (as  Acrostichum). — Very  distinct  in  habit,  and 
an  interesting  greenhouse  species. 

BB.  Surface  of  Ivs.  slightly  scaly. 
4.  petiolatum,  Urban  (Acr6stichum  viscbsum, Swartz). 
Sterile  blades  6-12  in.  long,   narrowed   gradually  at 
the  base:  the  fertile  shorter,  on  longer  stalks;  texture 


1108 


ELAPHOGLOSSUM 


ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE 


leathery,  the  surfaces  somewhat  viscid.  Tropics  of  both 
hemispheres. 

5.  pilosum,  Moore.    Blades  flexuous,  6-8  in.  long, 
%m.  wide,  with  tufts  of  star-like  scales  beneath;  tex- 
ture   herbaceous.     Mex.    to   Colombia. — Chiefly   of 
botanical  interest. 

BBB.  Surface  of  Ivs.  not  scaly;  texture  leathery. 
c.  Margins  of  Ivs.  thick,  cartilaginous. 

6.  simplex,  Schott.    Sterile  blades  4-12  in.  long, 
with  a  very  acute  point,  the  lower  portion  gradually 
narrowed  into  a  short,  somewhat  margined  stalk.   W. 
Indies  to  Brazil. 

7.  confdnne,  Schott.  Sterile  blades  2-9  in.  long,  with 
a  bluntieh  point  and  wedge-shaped  or  spatulate  base; 
fertile  Ivs.  narrower.  Tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 

cc.  Margins  of  Ivs.  not  thickened. 

8.  fiacddum,  Moore.    Sterile  blades  6-12  in.  long, 
with  very  acute  point,  the  lower  portion  gradually 
narrowed  to  the  snort  stalk;  fertile  Ivs.  on  stalks  3-4 
in.  long.   8.  Amer. — Of  botanical  interest  only. 

AA.  Veins  uniting  to  form  a  network. 

B.  Surface  of  Ivs.  densely  clothed  with  narrow  scales. 

(Hymenodium.} 

9.  crinltum,  Christ.  ELEPHANT-BAR  FERN.  Fig.  1387. 
Blades  10-18  in.  long,  4-8  in.  wide,  on  densely  scaly 
stalks;  fertile  Ivs.  smaller,  on  shorter  stalks.  W.  Indies. 
F  8.  9:936  (as  H.  cnnitum).—Omit  sand  in  potting, 
and  avoid  over-watering. 


1387,  EUphofloBtum  crinltum. 

BB.  Surface  of  Ivs  mostly  smooth,  6-15  in.  long. 

10.  reticulatum,  Gaud.    Blades  on  distinct  stalks, 
with  wedge-shaped  bases,  1^  in.  wide;  veins  forming 
copious  meshes.     (Chrysodium.)    Hawaiian  Isls. — Of 
botanical  interest  only. 

11.  gorgdneum,  Brack.    Blades  tapering  gradually 
downward  to  the  short  stalks,  2-8  in.  wide :  veins  form- 
ing meshes  only  near  the  margin.     (Aconwptens.) 
Hawaiian  Isls.— Of  little  decorative  value. 

L.  M.  UNDERWOOD. 
R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 

ELATlNE  (Greek  name  of  doubtful  application). 
Elatinacex.  Small  mostly  glabrous  creeping  herbs, 
probably  annuals,  of  temperate  and /warm  regions 
(perhaps  10  species),  sometimes  used  in  oog-  and  water- 
gardening.  They  root  at  the  nodes,  spreading  along  the 
margins  of  streams  and  ponds.  Lvs.  opposite  or  verti- 
cillate,  mostly  broad,  entire:  fls.  minute  and  incon- 
spicuous, mottry  solitary  in  the  axils;  sepals  and  petals 


2-4,  and  stamens  as  many  or  sometimes  twice  ae  many; 
styles  or  stigmas  2^4:  pod  2-4-valved.  The  plants  are 
grown  for  tneir  foliage  cover.  Four  species  are  native 
in  the  U.  S.  and  Canada,  but  they  appear  not  to  be  in 
the  trade.  Abroad,  E.  macrdpoda,  GUBS.,  of  the  Medit. 
region,  is  offered.  Lvs.  oblong,  short-petioled :  fls. 
axillary  and  terminal,  4-meroua,  stalked:  caps,  half 
shorter  than  the  sepals. 

The  family  Elatmacero  is  allied  to  the  Hypericacese. 
It  comprises  perhaps  25  species  in  many  parts  of  the 
world.  The  only  other  genus  is  Bergia,  which  differs 
from  Elatine  in  being  terrestrial  and  in  having  5-merous 
fls.  B.  texana,  Seub.,  occurs  in  swamps  and  on  wet 
banks  from  8.  111.  to  Texas  and  Calif.  The  bergias  are 
apparently  not  in  cult.  L.  u.  B. 

ELDER  AND  ELDERBERRY:  Sambucus. 
ELECAMPANE:  Invla  HeUnwm. 

ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE  is  a  term  used  b/ 
Siemens  to  designate  the  application  of  the  electrw 
light  to  the  growing  of  plants.  The  term  is  an  unfor- 
tunate one,  since  the  use  of  electric  light  is  not  an 
application  of  electricity  to  plant-growing,  but  is  a 
way  of  securing  illumination.  Any  strong  artificial 
light  hastens  assimilation  and  thereby  causes  plants 
to  grow  more  rapidly  The  practical  questions  to  be 
considered  are,  therefore,  the  expense  of  using  the 
light,  and  whether  there  are  injurious  elements  in  the 
spectrum  of  the  given  light. 

The  spectrum  of  the  electric  arc  light  is  the  spectrum 
of  carbon  plus  that  of  certain  gases  incident  upon  com- 
bustion The  spectrum  of  the  arc  light  is  rich  in  rays 
which  light  beyond  the  luminous  part,  and  these  rays 
are  very  injurious  to  most  plants.  These  rays  of  the 
ultra-violet  part  of  the  spectrum  are  eliminated  by  a 

Elain  glass,  so  that  when  the  electric  light  is  surrounded 
y  a  globe,  or  when  the  light  is  hung  above  the  roof  of 
the  greenhouse,  the  injuries  are  reduced  to  a  minimum. 
Experiments  at  Cornell  University  showed  that  each 
kind  of  plant  behaves  in  ita  own  way  m  the  presence 
of  electric  light.  It  IB  not  possible  to  prophesy  what 
the  results  may  be  in  a  given  species,  without  experir 
ment.  A  few  planta,  as  tomatoes,  cucumbers,  melons 
and  carrots,  seem,  to  be  very  little  affected  either 
injuriously  or  beneficially.  Nearly  all  flowers  are 
hastened  into  bloom  by  the  influence  of  the  light,  and 
their  colors  are  often  brighter  than  under  normal  con- 
ditions; but  in  very  many  cases  they  do  not  last  so 
long.  The  best  results  are  secured  if  the  light  is  applied 
to  the  plants  when  they  have  reached  nearly  or  quite 
their  full  stature.  If  applied  very  early  in  its  growth, 
the  plant  tends  to  make  flowers  before  it  has  attained 
sufficient  size.  In  floriculture,  therefore,  the  practical 
value  of  the  electric  arc  light  seems  to  be  its  influence  in 
hastening  the  flowering  of  certain  plants  in  dark  cli- 
mates, or  when  plants  must  be  had  for  a  definite  sea- 
son. For  example,  if  the  light  is  applied  to  Easter  liliee 
for  a  month  before  their  normal  blooming  time,  the 
period  of  bloom  may  be  hastened  four  to  ten  days. 

Lettuce  has  shown  greater  beneficial  results  from  the 
application  of  the  electric  light  than  any  other  plant 
with  which  careful  experiment*  have  been  made.  Let- 
tuce which  receives  light  from  the  arc  lamp  for  half  of 
each  night  may  be  expected  to  reach  marketable  size 
from  one  to  two  weeks  before  that  which  is  grown  in 
normal  conditions. 

As  a  rule,  better  results  are  secured  when  the  light 
runs  only  half  the  night.  A  common  two-thousand 
candle-power  light  has  a  marked  effect  on  the  growth  of 
many  plants  at  a  distance  of  sixty  to  even  one  hundred 
feet.  The  incandescent  light  has  a  similar  influence, 
but  not  so  marked.  It  has  no  injurious  effect,  however. 

As  now  understood,  the  application  of  the  electric 
light  to  the  growing  of  planto  is  a  special  acceleration 
to  be  used  when  the  climate  is  abnormally  cloudy  or 


ELECTRO-HORTICULTURE 


ELEU8INE 


1109 


when  it  is  deeired  to  hasten  the  maturity  of  crops  for  a 
particular  date.  Only  in  the  case  of  lettuce  is  it  yet 
thought  to  be  of  any  general  commercial  importance; 
and  even  with  lettuce,  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  will 
pay  for  ita  cost  in  climates  that  are  abundantly  sunny 
For  the  literature  of  the  subject,  consult  the  publica- 
tions of  the  experiment  stations  of  Cornell  University 
and  of  West  Virginia.  See  the  article  Light,  Vol.  IV. 

Eledroculture  is  a  term  employed  to  designate  any 
culture  of  plants  under  the  influence  or  stimulus 
of  electric  currents  The  electric  stimulation  may 
arise  from  the  electrification  of  the  atmosphere  in  the 
immediate  vicinity  of  the  plants,  or  from  the  applica- 
tion of  electric  currents  to  the  plants  themselves.  In 
either  case,  electricity  exerts  an  appreciable  and  often 
a  very  marked  influence,  resulting  in  accelerated  ger- 
mination and  growth  (see  the  discussion,  pp.  30-35, 
Vol.  II,  Cyclo.  Amcr  Agric  ) 

In  recent  years  much  more  attention  has  been  given 
to  the  stimulation  of  plants  by  electricity  directly 
through  the  atmosphere  than  through  the  sou.  Accord- 
ing to  experiments  made  at  the  Massachusetts  Experi- 
ment Station,  this  method  appears  to  be  successful 
and  offers  a  most  promising  field  for  future  research. 
Of  the  various  methods  used  to  stimulate  plants  by 
electricity,  direct  currents  applied  through  the  soil 
prove  less  valuable  than  alternating  currents  or  static 
charges  In  a  series  of  experiments  made  with  radish 
plants  in  closed  glass  cases,  an  average  increase  of 
50  per  cent  waa  secured,  and  in  another  case  45  per 
cent  increase*  when  the  case  was  charged  from  a  static 
machine  with  an  average  potential  or  150  volts  for  a 
few  minutes  each  day  There  are  some  obstacles  in  the 
way  of  electrically  treating  plants  by  the  use  of  high 
tension  wires  or  static  machines  owing  to  the  pos- 
sibility of  grounding  through  steam-pipes  and  iron 
posts,  and  nothing  very  definite  has  been  obtained  as 
yet  from  this  method.  High  tension  wires  (100,000 
volts,  moro  or  loss)  have  boon  used  in  the  field  with 
fairly  good  results,  but  winds  affect  a  charged  atmo- 
sphere to  a  certain  extent  The  use  of  high  poles  pro- 
vided with  points  to  collect  atmospheric  electricity 
has  proved  successful  in  laboratory  experiments  for 
the  stimulation  of  plants  and  the  fixation  of  nitrogen, 
and  in  the  future  probably  some  such  method  will 
become  of  practical  use  At  present  the  various  methods 
cannot  be  considered  as  of  great  economic  importance. 
(G.  E.  Stone.) 

ELE6CHARIS  (Greek-made  word,  meaning  delight- 
ing in  marshes)  Sometimes  written  Hetedcharis. 
Cyper&cese.  Rush-like  native  plants,  mostly  of  low, 
wiry  growth,  and  commonest  in  marshes  and  on  muddy 
shores,  mostly  perennial.  The  culms  are  simple,  terete 
or  angular,  bearing  a  spherical  or  oblong  head  or  incon- 
spicuous fls  :  Ivs.  usually  reduced  to  mere  sheaths 
They  are  interesting  for  the  borders  of  ponds,  and  are 
very  easy  to  naturalize.  Numbers  of  species  are  likely 
to  be  offered  by  dealers  in  native  plants;  three  have 
been  listed:  E.  interstfncta  II.  &.  S.  (E.  equisetddes, 
Torr.).  A  shore  plant,  with  terete  knotted  culms  2-3 
ft.  high,  and  cylindrical  heads  about  the  thickness  of 
the  culm;  resembles  horse-tail  (Equisetum).  E.  acicul- 
aris,  R.  *  S  Hair-like,  3-6  in.  high,  making  grass-hke 
mate.  E.  ovftta,  R  &  S.  Culms  nearly  terete,  12-15  in. 
high:  head  globose  or  ovate.  Eleocharis  has  about 
100  soecies,  widely  distributed,  of  which  nearly  half 
occur  in  Canada  and  the  U.  S.  L.  H.  B. 

BtEPHANTS  EAR  is  a  name  t  for  begonias.  The 
elephant-ear  Caladium  is  a  Colocasia. 

ELEPHANT'S  FOOT:  TtttwHwna. 

ELBTTARIA  (East  Indian  name).  Zingiber&cex. 
CARDAMON.  Hothouse  perennial  herbs,  sometimes 
teen  in  collections  of  economic  plants. 


Differs  from  Amomum  in  technical  character*,  as  in 
the  slender  tube  of  the  perianth,  the  pretence  of  internal 
lobes  in  the  perianth,  and  the  filaments  not  prolonged 
beyond  the  anther.  Probably  only  1  specie*,  although 
more  have  been  described.  E.  Cardamftmum,  Maton 
(Cardambmum  ojficin&le,  Sabsb.  Amdmutn  Carda- 
mdmum,  Linn.),  affords  the  small  or  true  cardamons 
of  commerce,  which  are  the  dried  capsules  and  which 
are  used  in  medicine  Species  of  Amomum  yield  other 
kinds  of  cardamon  The  elettaria  is  native  to  India, 
but  is  cult  in  Jamaica,  and  it  will  no  doubt  thrive  in 
parts  of  S  Fla  ,  where  plants  have  been  offered  The 
cardamon  plant  grows  £-10  ft.  high,  bearing  a  curving 
jointed,  closely  sheathed  st  and  oblong-lanceolate 
acuminate  entire  nearly  sessile  Ivs.  often  2  ft.  long 
rootstook  horizontal:  ns.  purple-striped:  caps  oblong 
or  nearly  globular,  with  many  thin  vertical  ribs, 
mdehisront;  seeds  small,  angled.  Gt.  62,  p.  93  It  is 
said  to  prefer  shade  and  a  moist  soil.  In  three  or  four 
years  plants  give  full  crops,  but  they  become  more  01 
lesb  exhausted  after  bearing  three  or  four  crops.  Prop 
by  dividing  the  roots  and  by  seeds.  Under  glass, 
handled  the  same  as  Alpinia.  L.  H.  B. 

ELEUSlNE  (Greek,  Eleusm,  the  town  where  Ceres, 
the  goddess  of  harvests,  was  worshipped).  Graminese 
CUAB-GHASS  YARD -GRASS  Coarse  tufted  annual 
grasses,  more  or  less  grown  as  ornamentals,  also  for  the 
grain  in  Africa. 

The  stout  unilateral  spikes  digitate  at  the  ftpex  of 
the  culm,  spikelets  several-fid.,  awnless,  arranged  in  2 
rov\s  along  one  side  of  a  continuous  rachis;  rachilla 
articulate  above  the  empty  glumes;  fls  perfect  or  the 
upper  one  st  animate*  grain  loosely  inclosed  by  the 
lemma  and  palea  —Species  about  6  in  tropical  regions 
of  the  Old  World.  Some  are  valued  as  cereals  m  Afr  , 
India,  and  some  other  east- 
ern countries.  For  E.  &gyp- 
tiaca,  see  Dactyloctenium. 


1388.  Eleusine  indie*. 


1389.  Eleusine  coracan*. 


fadica,  Gaertn.  WIRE-GRASS.  GOOSE-GRASS.  Fig 
1388.  Erect,  or  in  open  ground  prostrate,  2-4  ft.  high: 
culms  flattened:  spikes  5-7.  about  2-4  in  long,  digi- 
tate, often  with  one  or  two  lower  down,  spikelets  3-6- 
fld.  Blooms  from  June  to  Oct.— A  very  common  grass 
in  cult,  fields  and  dooryards  in  the  S.,  often  trouble- 
some as  a  weed  on  lawns  throughout  the  8.  and  m  Calif. 


1110 


ELEUSINE 


coracana,  Gaertn.  AFRICAN  MILLET.  Fig.  1389. 
Erect,  2-4  ft.  high,  closely  related  to  and  much  resem- 
bling E.  indica.  Can  be  distinguished  from  it  by  its 
stouter  habit,  shorter,  broader  and  larger  spikes. — Cult, 
in  S.  E.  Asia  for  the  gram.  Beer  is  brewed  from  the 
gram  in  Abyssinia.  In  cult,  in  Amer.  as  an  ornamental 
grass.  Coracana  means  "pertaining  to  crows." 


tristachya,  Kunth  (E.  barcinoninsia,  Costa).  Culms 
tufted,  6  in.  to  1  ft.  high:  If  .-blades  short,  about  j^in. 
wide,  obtuse  at  the  apex:  spikes  broad,  mostly  3, 
digitate,  1-1 1A  in.  long,  J^in.  thick;  spikelets  closely 
imbricate,  5-fld.  India. — Intro,  into  Amer.  on  ballast, 
and  in  cult,  as  an  ornamental  plant. 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK,  f 

ELETJTHERlNE  (Greek  free,  referring  to  the  sta- 
mens). Inddcese.  Two  or  three  species  in  the  W.  Indies 
and  S.  Amer.,  perhaps  forms  of  one;  bulbous  plants 
of  warmhouse  cult.,  allied  to  Cipura  and  Ixia.  fls 
'white,  several  on  a  naked  scape,  the  perianth-tube 
none  and  the  segms  obovate  and  spreading;  stamens 
attached  to  base  of  penanth-segms ,  the  filaments 
short  and  free;  ovary  oblong,  3-celled:  style  very  short, 
3-branched'  Ivs.  long,  radical.  E.  phcata.  Herb. 
(Galatea  phcdta,  Salisb.),  has  a  large  ovoid  bulb:  root- 
Ivs.  1-2,  linear  to  linear-lanceolate,  plicate,  18  in.  or 
less  long:  scape  6-12  in.  high,  perianth  white,  1  in.  or 
less  diam.,  not  lasting:  something  the  general  habit  of 
Babiana.  B.M.  655  (as  Manca  plicata). 

ELEUTHEROCOCCUS:  Acanthopanax. 

ELlSMA  (suggested  from  Alisma).  Alismacese.  One 
species  in  W.  Eu.,  sometimes  grown  in  water-gardens. 
It  is  known  also  as  Alisma  (p.  246,  Vol.  I)  but  has  been 
separated  from  that  genus  because  ojf  its  floating 
rather  than  erect  habit,  sub-solitary  fls.,  and  character 
of  the  ovules.  E.  natans,  Buch  ,  is  a  slender  perennial, 
with  the  sts.  and  developed  ovate  or  oblong  Ivs.  float- 
ing: radical  Ivs.  of  the  original  tuft  represented  by  a 
If  .-stalk  which  is  only  slightly  or  not  at  all  widened  at 


ELODEA 

the  top.  every  succeeding  node  producing  the  floating 
Ivs.  and  roots:  fls.  1-3  or  5,  large,  white,  with  3  broad 
obtuse  petals:  carpels  forming  a  globular  head,  each 
with  many  slender  ribs:  summer.  Of  easy  cult. 

L.H.  B. 

ELLI6TTIA  (after  Stephen  Elliott,  South  Caro- 
lina's early  and  excellent  botanist.  For  a  fine  portrait 
and  sketch  of  him,  see  G  F.  7:204-6).  Encacex.  Decid- 
uous shrub  cultivated  for  its  handsome  racemes  of 
delicate  white  flowers. 

Leaves  alternate,  entire,  without  stipules:  fls.  in 
terminal  racemes;  calyx  small,  4-parted;  petals  4, 
oblong;  stamens  8,  with  short  filaments;  ovary  4-cellcd; 
cells  1-ovuled,  style  slender,  exserted:  fr.  unknown  — 
One  species  in  S  C.  and  Ga.,  very  rare  and  local.  The 
Japanese  species  formerly  referred  to  this  genus  are 
well  distinguished  by  the  3-merous  fls.  and  by  the 
many-ovuled  cells  of  the  ovary;  they  form  the  genus 
Tnpetaleia.  Like  Cladothamnus,  Ledum  and  Leio- 
phyllum,  the  genus  differs  from  most  other  Ericaceae 
in  having  distinct  petals,  but  is  easily  distinguished 
from  the  genera  mentioned  by  its  racemose  mfl.  and 
other  characters 

Elhottia  is  very  raro  in  cultivation  owing  to  its 
difficult  propagation;  it  is  not  hardy  North  and  seems 
to  grow  best  m  a  humid  sandy  or  peaty  soiL  Propa- 
gation by  suckers,  which  appear  only  occasionally 

racemdsa,  Muhl.  Fig.  1390.  Shrub,  4-10  ft  high: 
branches  slender  Ivs  alternate,  oblong,  acute  at  both 
endsj  glandular-mucronato,  entire,  thm,  membranous, 
3-4  m  long,  1-1 M  in  wide;  petioles  slender,  grooved, 
hairy,  about  1  in  long,  racemes  6-10  in  long,  often 
branched  at  the  base;  calyx-lobes  short,  rounded; 
petals  spatulate-oblong,  Hm  long.  Wet,  sandy  woods 
of  S  C  and  Ga  G.F.  7:205  (adapted  m  Fig.  1390). 
BM.8413.  GC.  III.  51:11.  Gn.  75,  p.  471. 

ALFRED  REHDEB. 

ELM:  Ulmws 

ELODEA  (Greek,  marshy).  Hydrochantdcese.  Aqua- 
tic herbs,  one  of  which  is  grown  m  aquaria 

The  genus  is  known  in  horticulture  as  including  the 
ditch-moss,  an  interesting  hardy  perennial  plant  found 
in  slow  streams  and  ponds  nearly  throughout  N.  Amer., 
except  the  extreme  north  and  particularly  desirable 
for  home  and  school  aquaria  It  is  a  slender,  wholly 
submerged  plant,  with  branching  sts.  4  in  to  3  ft. 
long,  according  to  the  depth  of  the  water.  The  pis- 
tillate fls.  are  raised  to  the  surface  by  their  long  calyx- 
tubes,  and  float  there.  The  minute  stammate  fls., 
which  are  rarely  seen,  commonly  break  off  below,  rise 
to  the  surface,  float  about,  open,  and  shed  their  pollen. 
The  fr  ripens  below  the  surface,  and  the  seeds  rise. 
It  reached  England  m  1841  and  choked  up  many  canals 
and  waterways,  notably  the  Cam.  It  was  very  abun- 
dant in  1852  and  1853,  but  declined  in  the  next  few 
years.  Ducks,  geese  and  swans  are 
fond  of  it,  and  render  great  service 
in  getting  rid  of  it.  It  can  be  used 
for  manure  where  it  grows  in  sum-  ( 
cient  quantities.  Like  many  other 
water  plants,  it  makes  heavy  buds  <! 
in  the  fall  (Fig.  1391),  which  drop 
to  the  bottom  and  grow  in  the 
spring.  This  genus  contains  perhaps 
10  species. 

canade*  nsis,  Mich.  (A  ndcharis 
canadensis.  Planch .  A .  A  Isindstrum, 
Bab.  Phildtna  canadenns,  Brit.). 
WATER-WEED.  DITCH-MOSS.  WA- 
TER-THYME. Lvs.  in  whorls  of  3  or  4, 
or  the  lower  ones  opposite,  linear, 
minutely  toothed  or  not,  2-7  lines 
long,  H-2  lines  wide:  fls.  white; 
calyx-tube  of  the  pistillate  fls.  2-  1301.  Winter-Mid  of 
12  m.  long;  spathes  5-7  lines  long.  Biodea.  <N*t.  «i*e) 


ELODEA 


EMBOTHRIUM 


1111 


Var.  gigantda,  Hort.  GIANT  WATER-WEED.  A  much 
stronger  grower  than  the  species  and  a  desirable 
plant  for  the  aquarium,  and  a  good  oxygenator.  Now 
generally  used  in  preference  to  the  type. 

WM.  THICKER  and  WILHELM  MILLER. 


or  awned,  often  placed  at  the  front  of  the  spikelet  — 
Species  about  25,  in  the  temperate  regions  of  botb 
hemispheres.  For  E.  Hystnx,  see  Hystnx.  Sec-  p.  350° 

arenarius,  Linn     SEA  LYME- GRASS.    Stout,  coarse 


1392.  Elsholtzia  cnstaU. 
EL  ODES:  HVper%cum. 

ELSH6LTZIA  (John  Sigismund  Elsholtz,  author  of 
unpublished  Flora  Marchica,  the  MS  of  which  is  in  the 
Royal  Library,  Berlin)  I^abiaise  Herbs  or  undershrubs 
grown  chiefly  for  their  blue  or  hlac  flowers  appearing 
in  dense  spikes  late  in  summer. 

Usually  aromatic1  Ivs   opposite,  short-potioled,  ser- 
rate: fls.  m  usually   1-sided,  terminal  spikes;  calyx 
tubular  or  carnpanulate,  5-toothed,  corolla  2-hpped  or 
slightly  so;  lo\ver  lip  3-lobeti,  the  upper  undivided, 
emargmate,  concave,  stamens  4,  exserted;  anther-cells 
diverging:  fr.  consisting  of  4  ovoid  or  ovoid-oblong 
nutlets  — Twenty  species  in  E   and  Cent.  Asia, 
south  to  Java,  1  in  Eu.  and  1  in  Abyssinia.    Of 
the  cult  species  E    cnstata  and  E.  Staunton^^ 
are  hardy  N  ,  while  E.  polysiachya  is  tender. 
They  are  chiefly  valued  for  their  late-appearing 
fls  ,  profusely  produced  in  dense  upright  spikes; 
they  do  not  seem  particular  as  to  the  soil,  but 
demand  a  sunny  position  to  bloom  well    Prop, 
is  by  seeds,  sown  in  spring;  also  with  the  suffruti- 
cose  species  by  greemvood  cuttings  in  summer. 

cristate.  Willd.    Fig.  1392     Twelve  to  18  m. 
high,   with    opposite,    petioled,    ovate -oblong 
tootned  Ivs.  and  small,  light  blue  fls  in  crowded, 
more  or  less  1-sided  spikes*  calyx  enlarging  in  fr. 
Asia     B  M.  2560  — Hardy  annual?  with  very  aromatic 
foliage  and  attractive,  upright  habit.  Said  to  be  a  good 
bee  plant. 

Statoitonii,  Benth.  Undcrshrub,  to  5  ft.:  branchlets 
terete,  pubescent:  Ivs  ovate-oblong  to  oblong-lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  serrate,  bright  green  and  glabrous 
above,  lighter  green  and  densely  glandular  below,  3-5 
in.  long.  fls.  lilac-purple,  in  dense  1-sided  spikes  4-8 
in.  long,  usually  panicled  at  the  end  of  the  branches; 
stamens  and  style  long  exserted.  Sept.,  Oct.  N.  China. 
BM  8460.  GC  111.51:21.  Gn.  75,  p.  533.  M.D.G. 
1910:541-2;  1913'52. 

E.  poli/st&chya,  Benth.  Undershrub,  to  6  ft.*  Iva  elliptic-oblong 
to  lanceolate,  serrate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  ana  glandular, 
3-5  in  long  fls.  white,  in  very  slender  spikes  2-0  in.  long.  Hima- 
lavas,  W.  China.  ALFRED  REHDBR. 


(Greek  name  for  a  kind  of  millet)  7Gra- 
mlnese.  LYME- GRASS.  WILD- RYE.  Erect  perennial 
grasses  with  terminal  usually  bristly  spikes  somewhat 
resembling  rye,  sometimes  grown  as  ornamentals  and 
having  other  uses. 

Leaves  flat  or  convolute:  apikelets  2-6-fld.,  often 
long-awned.  the  uppermost  imperfect,  sessile,  in  pairs 
(rarely  in  3s  or  4's),  at  each  joint  of  the  continuous  or 
articulate  rachis,  forming  terminal  spikes;  glumes  acute 


G  15:701.  Dept  Agnc  ,  Div  Agrost ,  7:  319.— Some- 
times used  for  binding  the  drifting  sands  of  our  Atlan- 
tic and  Pacific  coasts,  especially  when  combined  with 
beach  grass,  Ammopnila  arenaria.  The  seed  is  also 
used  by  the  Digger  Indians  for  food. 

canadSnsis,  Linn.  CANADA  LYME-GRASS.  TERREL 
GRASS.  Fig  1393  Rather  stout,  smooth  perennial, 
2-5  ft  high,  with  broad,  flat  Ivs.  6-12  in  long-  spikes 
4-9  in  long,  exseited,  nodding;  spikelets  very  rigid, 
3-5-fld  ;  lemmas  long-awned  Common  in  low  thickets 
and  along  streams  in  rich,  open  woods  throughout  the 
country. — Cult,  as  an  ornamental  plant  Var.  glauci- 
fdlius,  Gray  (E.  glaucifdhus,  Hort ),  is  pale  and  glau- 
cous throughout,  with  usually  more  slender  awns. 
Cult  as  an  ornamental  grass. 

condensltus,  Presl.  GIANT  RYE-GRASS.  The  largest 
of  the  native  rye-grasses,  growing  to  the  height  of  5-10 
ft.:  culms  m  dense  tufts,  stout*  spikes  6-12  in.  long, 
very  variable,  compact  or  interrupted,  bearing  branch- 
ing clusters  of  spikelets  at  each  joint;  glumes  subulate: 
lemmas  awnless  or  mucronate.  Rocky  Mt.  regions  ana 
the  Pacific  slope  — Cult,  as  an  ornamental.  A  Pacific 
Coast  form  has  large  branched  heads. 

E  glaiicus,  R«gel 
A  glaucous-leaved, 
dense,  cespitose. 
hardy  perennial 
grass  3-4  ft.  high, 
with  »very  short, 
smooth  Iva.  and 
erect,  elongated 
spikes  apikelets  in 
2s,  erect,  usually  5- 
fld  ,  densely  villous- 
pubescent,  short- 
awned*  Turkestan. 
— Rarely  in  cult, 
an  an  ornamental 
grans 

P.  B.  KENNEDY. 
A.  S.  HITCHCOCK  t 

EMB6THRIUM 

(name    refers   to   the 
structure  of  the    an- 
thers).   Prote&cese.    A 
few  trees  and   shrubs 
of   S    Amer,    one    of 
which  is  offered  abroad 
as  a  greenhouse  sub- 
ject, grown  from  seeds, 
and  apparently  prized 
for  the  fls.    Foliage  sparse, 
coriaceous,    entire:    fls.    in 
dense  racemes,  showy,  per- 
fect; perianth  with  a  cylind- 
rical split  tube,  the  limb  ovoid 
or  globose  in  bud  but  becom- 
ing    oblique    or     recurved, 
stamens  4,  the  anthers   at- 
tached in  lobes  of  the  peri- 
anth:   follicles    oblong,    1- 
celled,    many-seeded.     E.  coccfneum, 
Forst.,  is  a  shrub  bearing  bright  scar- 
let fls.  about  2  in.  long  in  many-fld 
terminal    sessile     racemes:    perianth 
tubular,  upwardly  curved,  the  4  reflex- 
ing  twisting  lobes  representing  a  third 
of  its  length;  anthers  imbedded  in  the 
•*    \ia\l  concave  apices  of  the  perianth-lobes: 

1393.  Elymuscana-  P^til   with    an   elongated    cylindrical 
densis.  (XJ^)       ovary  and  long-exsertcd  red  style:  Ivs. 


1112 


BMBOTHRIUM 


oblong  to  elliptic,  short-stalked,  alternate,  obtuse  and 
mucronate,  pale  beneath.  Chile.  B.M.  4856.— Should 
be  hardy  m  warm-temperate  parts. 

EMILIA  (perhaps  a  personal  name).  Compdsitae. 
Flower-garden  herbs,  perennial  or  annual,  with  orange 
or  scarlet  bloom. 

Related  to  Senecio  (to  which  some  authors  refer  it), 
but  always  without  rays:  heads  rather  small,  the  invo- 
lucre very  simple  and  cup-shaped,  with  no  small  outer 
scales,  style-branches  long  or  short:  achenes  with  5 
acute  ciliate  angles:  florets  all  perfect. — A  dozen  or 
more  species  have  been  described  from  warm  parts  of 
Afr  ,  Asia  to  China,  Polynesia  and  Ainer.  One  species 
m  common  cult. 

flimmea,  Cass  (E  sagittata,  DC  E.  sonchifdlia, 
Hort ,  not  DC  E  sonchifblia,  Linn.,  var  sagitt&ta, 
Clarke.  Cacaha  coccinea,  Sims.  B  M  564  C.  sonchi- 
fbha,  Hort ,  not  Linn  C  sagittata,  Vahl  Senecio  sagit- 
tatus,  Hoffm ).  TASSEL- FLOWER  FLORA'S  PAINT- 
BRUSH. A  neat  annual,  erect,  1-2  ft ,  glabrous  or 
sparsely  hairy,  the  long  sts  terminated  by  clusters  of 
small  scarlet  (golden  yellow  in  the  form  called  Cacaha 
lutea,  Hort )  heads'  IVB.  lance-oblong  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, clasping  the  st ,  remotely  crenate-dentate:  in- 
volucre-scales much  shorter  than  the  florets  Probably 
tropics  of  New  World.  H.F.  7:50.— This  much- 
named  annual  is  one  of  the  commonest  garden  fls. 
It  is  of  the  easiest  cult  m  any  good  soil.  Blooms 
froir  July  until  frost,  if  sown  as  soon  as  weather  is 
settled.  Two  species  are  sometimes  recognized  in  this 
variable  group, — E.  sagiltata,  DC ,  with  involucre 
shorter  than  the  fls.,  and  E.  sonchifolia,  DC.,  involucre 
as  long  as  the  fls 

ff  pwrptWa,  Cans  (E  sono hifoha,  DC  ,  not  Hort  Cacaha  son- 
chifoha,  Linn  Senecio  sonohifolius,  Moench).  Radical  Ivs.  often 
more  or  less  lyrate,  at  -Ivs  broader  and  clasping,  the  heads  fewer 
in  the  cluster  and  the  involucre-scales  nearly  aa  long  as  the  florets. 
Apparently  not  in  cult,  in  this  country.  I  H  B 

EMMEN  ANTHE  (Greek,  enduring  fawer;  the  per- 
sistent corollas  retain  their  shape  when  dry).  Hydro- 
phylldcex  A  half-dozen  low  annual  herbs  from  western 
North  America,  of  which  the  most  interesting  species 
was  introduced  to  cultivation  in  1892,  under  the  name 
of  California  yellow-  or  golden-bells. 

Diffuse,  depressed  or  erect:  Ivs.  mostly  alternate: 
fls.  yellow  or  cream-color,  the  corolla  campanulate 
and  persistent;  corolla-lobes  5;  stamens  5;  style  2-cut. 
The  species  named  below  belongs  to  a  section  of  the 
genus,  with  calyx-lobes  broader  downward,  and  coarsely 
pitted  seeds.  All  the  others  have  the  calyx-lobes 
broader  upward  and  the  seeds  more  or  less  wrinkled 
transversely. 

pendulifldra,  Benth.  CALIFORNIA  YELLOW-  or 
GOLDEN-BELLS.  Somewhat  sticky,  with  long  or  short 
soft  hairs.  Ivs  pinnatifid,  lobes  numerous,  short,  some- 
what toothed  or  sharply  cut1  ovules  about  16;  seeds 
1  line  long.  Calif.  G.C  III  11:339— It  grows  9-12 
in.  high,  forming  bushy  plants,  each  branch  loaded 
with  broadly  bell-shaped,  pendulous,  unwithering  fls., 
about  %in.  long,  of  creamy  yellow  The  general  effect 
of  a  branch  suggests  the  hly-of-the-vafley,  but  the 
foliage  is  pinnatifid.  WILHELM  MILLER. 

EMMEN<3PTERYS  (Greek,  persisten^  and  wing; 
referring  to  the  wing-like  calyx-lobe,  persistent  on  the 
fruit).  Rubidcese.  Ornamental  tree  grown  for  its  large 
leaves  and  the  handsome  flowers. 

Deciduous:  Ivs  opposite,  petioled,  with  caducous 
stipules,  entire:  fls  m  many-fld.  terminal  panicles; 
calyx  small,  5-parted,  deciduous,  in  some  fls.  1  lobe 
leafy  and  changed  into  a  petioled,  oblong,  obtuse 
whitish  If.  persistent  on  the  fr.;  corolla  campanulate- 
funnelform,  tomentulose  outside,  with  a  narrow  tube 
and  5  ovate  lobes  pubescent  inside;  stamens  5,  included; 
ovary  inferior,  2-celled;  style  filiform,  not  exceeding 


ENCELIA 

the  stamens:  fr.  a  spindle-shaped  2-celled  caps.,  with 
numerous  irregularly  winged  seeds. — One  species  in 
Cent.  China.  A  tall  tree,  with  large  elliptic  Ivs.  and 
showy  yellow  fls.  in  many-fld.  dense  terminal  panicles. 
It  will  succeed  in  warmer  temperate  regions  only  and  is 
yet  little  known  in  cult.,  as  it  has  been  only  recently 
mtro.  Prop,  is  by  seeds  and  possibly  by  softwood 
cuttings  under  glass. 

Hforyi,  Oliver.  Tree,  to  40  ft.,  quite  glabrous:  Ivs. 
chartaceous,  elliptic,  acute,  cuneate  at  the  base,  entire, 
4-6  in.  long;  petiole  1-2  in.  long-  fls.  in  many-fld. 
panicles,  yellow,  about  1  in.  long:  caps,  spindle-shaped, 
about  l^i  in.  long,  often  at  the  apex  with  a  persistent 
enlarged  wing-like  calyx-lobe  1 H-2  in  long  on  a  petiole 
of  equal  length.  Cent.  China.  H.I.  19:1823. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

^MPETRUM  (Greek,  en,  in,  petros,  rock;  growing 
often  on  rocks).  Empetraceae.  CROWBERRY.  Ornamental 
low  shrubs  sometimes  grown  for  the  evergreen  foliage 
and  attractive  fruits. 

Leaves  linear-oblong,  obtuse,  thick:  fls  dicccious  or 
monoecious,  axillary,  1-3,  nearly  sessile;  sepals  and 
petals  3;  stamens  3,  exserted;  ovary  superior,  6-9- 
celled  with  as  many  stigmas  on  a  short  and  thick  stylo: 
fr  a  6-9-seeded  drupe — Five  species  through  the 
northern  hemisphere  in  mountainous  and  arctic  regions, 
also  in  Chile,  antarctic  Amer.  and  Tristan  da  Cunha. 

The  crowbernes  are  hardy,  evergreen,  densely 
branched,  prostrate  or  creeping,  heath-like  shrubs,  with 
small,  crowded  leaves,  inconspicuous  purplish  flowers, 
and  globose,  red  or  black,  edible  berries.  They  grow 
best  in  moist,  sandy  or  peaty  soil,  and  are  especially 
handsome  for  rockeries  Propagated  usually  by  cuttings 
of  nearly  ripened  wood  in  late  summer  under  glass. 

A.  Branchlets  and  margin  of  expanding  Ivs  glandular,  the 
latter  not  tomentose 

nigrum,  Linn.  Lvs  linear  to  linear-oblong,  divergent, 
soon  reflexed,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  entire,  K~Mm. 
long.  fls.  purplish:  fr.  black,  about  *^in  diam.  April, 
May,  fr.  m  Aug.,  Sept.  N  Eu.,  N.  Asia  ,  in  N.  Arner. 
south  to  N.  H.  N.  Y.,  Mich,  and  N.  Cahf.  B.B.  (ed. 
2)2:479.  S.E  F.  8  1251. 

AA.  Branchlets  and  margins  of  expanding  Ivs.  white- 
tomentose. 

atropurpureum,  Fern.  &  Wiegand  (E.  nigrum  var. 
andlnum,  Fern  ,  not  E.  andlnum,  Philinpi  E  nigrum 
var.  purpureum,  Auth.,  not  DC  ).  Trailing:  Ivs.  linear- 
oblong,  soon  loosely  divergent,  rarely  becoming  re- 
flexed,  those  of  the  leading  shoots  K~Mm  long*  fr. 
red  to  purplish  black,  opaque,  J£-Min.  across.  Gulf 
St.  Lawrence  to  Maine  and  N.  H. 

Eamesii,  Fern.  &  Wiegand  (E.  nigrum  var.  purpu- 
reum, Auth  ,  not  DC.  E.  rubrum,  La  Pylaie,  not  Vahl). 
Lys.  linear -oblong,  crowded,  ascending,  becoming 
slightly  divergent,  those  of  the  leading  shoots  Kin«  °r 
less  long:  fr.  pink  or  light  red,  becoming  translucent, 
J$n.  or  less  across.  S.  Labrador,  Newfoundland,  E. 
Que. — Very  handsome  in  fruit. 

E.  ruimtm,  Vahl  (fi  nigrum  Var.  rubrum,  DC  )  Closely  related 
to  E  Eamesii.  Lvs  leas  crowded,  spreading,  somewhat  larger. 
Antarctic  Amer.,  Tristan  da  Cunha.  B  II.  1788. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ENCELIA  (Christopher  Encel  in  1577  wrote  a  book 
on  oak  galls).  Compdsitee.  Herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  one  or 
two  of  which  have  been  sparingly  introduced  for 
planting  in  the  southern  parts  of  the  United  States. 

Rather  showy  plants  with  mostly  yellow-rayed 
naked-stalked  heads  (rays  now  and  then  absent),  and 
yellow  or  brownish  disk!  Ivs.  alternate  or  opposite, 
entire,  toothed  or  lobed,  often  white-tomentose:  rays 
neutral,  disk-fls.  perfect;  pappus  none  or  an  awn  or 
scale  for  eaoh  margin  or  angle  of  the  achene. — About 
30  species,  Utah  and  Calif,  to  Chile. 


ENCELIA 


ENCEPHALARTOS 


1113 


*alif6rnle«,  Nutt.  Woody  at  base,  2-4  ft.  high, 
(Strong-scented,  rather  hoary,  or  becoming  green:  Ivs. 
1-2  in,  long,  ovate  to  broadly  lanceolate,  usually  entire, 
indistinctly  3-nbbed  from  the  base,  abruptly  stalked: 
heads  2^  in.  across,  the  golden  yellow  rays  numerous, 
2-4-toothed:  seeds  obovate,  with  long,  silky  hairs  on 
the  callous  margins  and  a  shallow  notch  at  the  tip. 
Calif.,  Ariz. 

aden6phora,  Greenm.  Stout  almost  woody  herb,  3-6 
ft ,  sometimes  10  ft.,  glandular-hairy  throughout:  lower 
Ivs.  opposite,  stalked,  ovate  or  deltoid,  2J^-4  in  long, 
3-nerved;  upper  Ivs.  gradually  smaller'  fls  cymose,  the 
rays  pale  yellow,  sometimes  tinged  with  orange 
Autumn.  N.  Mex. — Not  hardy  north  of  Washington, 
B.C.  N.  TAYLOR.! 

ENCEPHALARTOS  (Greek  combination,  alluding 
to  the  bread-like  interior  of  the  trunk)  Cycadacey. 
Excellent  cycads  from  tropical  and  southern  Africa, 
grown  chieffy  for  their  evergreen  foliage. 

The  species  are  probably  20  or  more,  allied  to  Dioon 
and  Macrozamia,  with  Stangeria,  they  constitute  the 
peculiarly  African  representatives  of  the  family.  They 
are  trees  with  stout  cylindrical  often  fleshy  trunks,  and  a 
terminal  crown  of  stiff  mostly  spiny  pinnate  long  Ivs.  or 
fronds,  fls.  dureious,  in  cones;  stammate  cone 
oblong,  ovoid  or  cylindrical,  the  scales  in  many 
series,  imbricate,  thick  and  often  rough,  broadly 
or  elongatc-cuneate,  with  anthers  on  the  under 
surface,  pistillate  cone  ellipsoid  or  oblong, 
thick,  the  scales  numerous  in  many  series  and 
imbricated,  peltate,  with  the  ovule  beneath. 
For  differences  between  this  and  related  gen- 
era, see  Vol.  I,  p.  120  From  Dioon  it  is 
distinguished  by  its  pinnate  rather  than  pin- 
natifid  Ivs  ,  and  from  Cycas  by  straight  rather 
than  circmnate  segms.  in  vernation,  as  well  as 
by  technical  features  of  cones  Tnese  plants 
are  specially  suited  for  large  conservatories,  the 
fronds  being  not  easily  injured  They  should 
succeed  outdoors  S.  1  he  trunks  of  some  kinds 
grow  only  a  few  inches  in  many  years.  Most  kinds  prefer 
a  sunny,  tropical  house,  but  B  brachyphyllus  ana  per- 
haps others  may  be  grown  in  a  cool  greenhouse  if  kept 
a  little  dry  in  winter.  The  cones  are  always  interesting 
and  often  very  decorative.  Those  of  E.  villosus  arc 
twice  as  large  as  a  pineapple,  orange-yellow,  half 
revealing  the  scarlet  frs.  They  are  prop  by  seeds;  also 
by  offsets  or  suckers.  Some  other  cycads  frequently 
produce  seed  in  conservatories,  but  Kncephalartos 
seldom  does,  and  plants  are,  therefore,  usually  imported. 
Dry  trunks,  weighing  frequently  50-75  Ibs.  have  been 
received  from  S.  Afr  They  often  remain  dormant  for 
a  year  or  more,  and  do  not  make  ornamental  speci- 
mens for  two  or  more  years.  They  are  slow-growing, 
except  in  very  warm  houses  They  like  a  strong,  loamy 
soil.  While  making  new  growth  they  need  plenty  of 
water.  See  Cycas. 

The  woolliness  of  the  stem  and  leaf -segments  varies 
with  the  age  of  the  plants  and  of  the  leaves.  The  pith 
and  central  portion  of  the  cones  of  some  species  form 
an  article  of  food  among  the  Kafirs,  hence  the  com- 
mon name  of  Kafir  bread.  The  most  widely  known 
species  in  cultivation  are  E.  tnUosus,  E.  Altensteinii  and 
J$.  pungens.  Though  very  handsome  cyads,  they  are 
by  no  means  popular.  They  require  much  room  for 
best  results. 

In  the  following  descriptions  "rachis"  refers  to  the 
midrib  of  the  leaf  on  which  the  leaflets  or  segments  are 
borne,  and  "petiole"  means  the  part  of  the  leaf  below 
where  the  leaflets  begin. 

A.  Lft6.  toothed  (sometimes  entire  in  the  first). 

B.  Petiole  4-angled:  foliage  glaucous. 
horridus,  Lehm.  Trunk  short  and  stout,  woolly  or  not: 
Ivs  to  6  ft.,  reflexed  at  top;  Ifts.  opposite  or  alternate, 


lanceolate,  mostly  entire,  sometimes  toothed,  with  a 
sharp  spine  at  the  apex.  Var.  glauca,  is  presumably 
more  glaucous  than  the  type.  B.M.  5371.  There  is  a 
var.  tnspinosus. 

BB.  Petiole  sub-cylindrical:  foliage  not  glaucous. 

Altensteinii,  Lehm.  Trunk  stout,  not  woolly:  Ivs. 
2-6  ft.;  Ifts  about  6  in.  long  and  1  in.  broad,  oblong- 
acuminate,  paler  beneath,  edges  and  apex  spiny; 
petioles  swollen  at  base,  Ifts  mostly  opposite,  lanceo- 
late BM  7162-3  GO  II.  6 '392,  393,  397;  III. 
2  281;  12:489-493;  40-206  (showing  a  specimen  m 
Capo  Colony  over  100  years  old,  with  a  high  trunk  and 
an  offshoot  over  half  way  up).  G.  7:516. 

vill&sus,  Lehm.  Trunk  short  and  thick,  woolly  and 
scaly,  6  ft.:  Ivs.  to  6  ft  ;  lft»,  very  numerous,  opposite 
or  alternate,  linear-lanceolate,  spiny-toothed  and 
pointed.  BM  6ti54  RH  1897*36  GC  II  1'513; 
3:400;  7:21;  13:181 


1394    Encephalartoa  cycadifolms 


AA.  Lfls.  not  toothed  (except  in  young  Ivs  of  the  last  one). 

B.  Foliage  glaucous. 

Le'hmannii,  L/ehm.  (Cycas  Lfhmannn,  Hort.).  Trunk 
not  woolly:  rachis  and  petiole  obtusely  4-angled; 
Ifts  nearly  opposite,  narrowly  or  broadly  lanceolate, 
to  7  in  long,  rarely  1-toothed,  with  brown  spine  at 
apex.  Gt.  1865.477. 

BB.  Foliage  not  glaucous, 
c.  Apex  of  Ifts.  mostly  obtuse,  pointless. 
longifdlius,  Lehm.  Trunk  not  woolly,  at  length 
tall:  rachis  and  petiole  4-cornered  but  flattish  above; 
lowest  Ifts.  often  1-3-toothed,  margin  somewhat  revo- 
lute:  wool  soon  vanishing  from  the  rachis  and  Ifts.  S. 
Afr.  G  W  5,  p.  404.  Var  revol&tus,  Miq.,  has  the 
margins  more  distinctly  revolute  Var.  angustifdlius 
has  narrower,  flat  Ifts.  Var  Hodkeri,  DC  ,  has  narrowly 
lanceolate  Ift's.,  not  glaucous  but  intense  green,  and 
rachis  not  woolly.  B  M.  4903,  erroneously  named  E. 
caffer,  is  referred  to  this  place,  though  the  Ifts.  are 
distinctly  pointed  in  the  picture. 

cc.  Apex  of  Ifts.  always  strong-pointed. 
D.  Form  of  Ifts.  linear. 

cycadifdlius,  Lehm.  (E  Fnderici-Gudielmi,  Lehm. 
E.  cycadifdlius  var.  Fnderici-Gwhelmi,  Rod  ).  Fig. 
1394  Trunk  nearly  globular,  several  inches  in  diam., 
woolly  at  first:  rachis  and  petiole  ashy-pubescent, 


1114 


ENCEPHALARTOS 


ENDIVE 


Ifts  opposite  and  alternate,  linear,  margin  revolute. 
t.H.  29:459.  G.F.  4:209  (adapted  m  Fig.  1394).  G.W. 
10,  p.  377  (a*  E.  cycadifolius  var.  Fnderici-Gmlielmi) . 
pungens,  Lehm.  (Zdrma  ptingens,  Ait.).  Rachis 
and  petiole  glabrous;  Ifts.  long-linear,  dark  green, 
rigid,  flat,  striated  beneath,  margin  not  revolute.  Var. 
glauca  is  also  sold. 

DD.  Form  of  Ifts.  lanceolate. 

caffer,  Miq.  (E.  cdffra,  Hort ).   Trunk  to  18  ft.  and 

1  ft.  or  more  diam.:  ivs.  to  4  ft.,  very  stiff,  recurved; 
petiole  3-angled;  rachis  glabrous;  Ifts.  alternate,  nar- 
rower at  the  base,  twisted,  the  younger  ones  witn  1  or 

2  teeth,  to  6  in   long.    R  H.  1869.  p.  233.    Not  B.M. 
4903,  which  is  E.  longifohus  var.  Hooken. 

Var  brachyphyllus,  DC  (E  brachyphyllus,  Lehm.). 
Rachis  and  blades  of  the  lower  Ifts.  spidery  pubescent: 
male  cones  sessile  instead  of  peduncled.  The  pinnae  are 
erect,  and  longer  and  narrower  than  in  E.  coffer. 

E  Bdrten,  Carr  St  short,  about  1  ft  high  and  to  9  in  diam  • 
Ivs  to  5  or  6  ft  long,  and  10  in  broad,  erect  or  suberect,  petiole 
and  rachis  with,  a  gray  t  omen  turn  that  falls  off,  Ifts.  about  80  paira, 
linear-lanceolate,  sharp  at  the  apex,  few -toothed  male  cone  to  9 
in  long,  pale ,  female  cone  about  8  m  long,  oblong-elhpsoid,  dark 
ohve  W  Trop  Afr  B  M  8232  —  E  Ghelllnckn,  Cera  Spmeleaa 
trunk  stout,  woolly-scaly  Ivs  3-4  ft  ,  erect-spreading,  pinna?  very 
narrow-linear,  densely  tomentose.  S  Afr  I  H.  15.567 — E.  Hil- 
debrandtii,  A  Br.  <fe  Bouch6  Trunk  cylindrical  Ivs.  pinnate,  with 
numerous  lanceolate  toothed  pinnse  which  become  3-parted  scales 
toward  the  end  of  the  If ,  woolly  at  least  at  first  Trop.  Afr.  G  C. 
Ill  27-120.  R.B  29  196  G  W  10,  p  210  An  attractive  spe- 
cies — B  LaurentiAnuSy  Wildem.  Large,  the  st  reaching  30  ft  or 
more  and  2^  ft  diam  •  Ivs.  often  over  20  ft  long,  Tower  If-s. 
small,  3-toothed,  middle  Ifts  lanceolate,  12-16  in.  long  and  2  in. 
broad,  spiny  on  both  edges  and  at  the  apex  Congo  G  C.  III.  35. 
370.  Named  for  Professor  Laurent.— E  Lemannehdnus,  Wildem. 
<fe  Dur.  St  3-7  ft.:  Ivs.  to  3  ft  or  more,  petiole  shaggy,  Ifta.  I8- 
60 on  each  aide,  rigid,  coriaceous,  glaucous,  lanceolate,  the  edge 
slightly  recurved,  more  or  less  spiny  male  cone  greenish,  subcy- 
lindrical,  female  cone  thick,  green  turning  to  salmon-color,  short- 
peduncled,  the  scalos  triangular.  Congo  Named  for  Capt  Lema- 
rmel.  G.C.  III.  3H.371  R.H  1904,  p  59.— E  Wo6d»,  Hort. 
Allied  to  E.  Altentiteinn  st  18  in  high  and  8  in  thick,  bearing 
about  25  Ivs.  which  are  gracefully  curved  and  reach  5  ft  Ifts  8  in. 
long  and  2  in.  broad,  spiny-toothed,  the  broadest  ones  piunatifid. 
Zululand.  G.C.  III.  43:282.  R  B  34,  p.  193  L  H  Bt 

ENCHOLlRION:   Vnetia 

ENCHYL&NA  (name  alludes  to  the  soft  or  juicy 
character  of  the  berry-like  fructification).  Cheno- 
podiacex  One  procumbent  or  wide-branched  very 
small-leaved  shrub  from  Austral,  recently  mtro.  by 
U.  S  Dcpt  Agric  ,  and  thriving  well  at  the  University 
of  California  E  tomentosa,  R.  Br  ,  grows  3  ft  or  more 
high  and  makes  a  mass  many  feet  across:  branches 
mostly  woolly  or  silvery:  Ivs.  alternate,  linear,  usually 
under  ^m  long.  fls.  solitary  in  the  axila,  bracted,  very 
small,  perfect;  perianth  urn-shaped  to  globular,  with 


1395.  Green  curled  endive  tied  up  for  blanching. 


5  short  teeth  that  close  over  the  fr.;  stamens  5,  some- 
what exserted:  fr.  inclosed  in  the  perianth,  which 
becomes  red  or  yellow,  fleshy  and  berry-like  and  the 
size  of  a  small  pea.  The  Australian  aborigines  are  said 
to  eat  the  berries  in  great  quantities.  The  plant  endures 
drought,  and  it  is  eaten  by  sheep  when  other  herbage 
becomes  scarce.  The  procumbent  habit  and  the  endur- 
ing color  suggest  its  use  m  landscape  work  in  dry 
mfld  climates 

ENCK£A:  PI/XT. 

ENDIVE  (Cichbnum  Endivia).  Compdsite.  A  leaf- 
salad  plant  See  Cichonum. 

Until  recently  endive  has  been  almost  unknown  in 
American  home  gardens,  but  it  is  gradually  receiving 
favor  with  salad-lovers.  Although  more  frequently  a 
product  of  the  amateur,  during  August  and  Septem- 
ber, and  possibly  later,  it  is  now  freely  offered  in  the 
larger  markets  It  is  especially  the  people  of  foreign  de- 
scent who  grow,  buy  and  use  endive  In  the  hot  weather 
of  summer  and  fall,  when  lettuce  plants  are  more  likely 
to  produce  seed-stalks  than  good  solid  heads,  endive, 
although  of  somewhat  bitter  flavor  when  unbleached, 
makes  a  good  and  acceptable  substitute  for  lettuce  as 
a  salad  plant.  In  the  unbleached  state  it  may  even  be 
used  for  "greens  " 

The  requirements  as  to  culture  are  simple,  as  the 
plant  succeeds  well  on  any  ordinary  well-enriched  gar- 
den soil.  Seed  may  be  sown  in  the  open  ground  as 
early  as  June,  and  as  late  as  August,  the  rows  to  be  a 
foot  apart  and  the  plants  to  be  thinned  early  to  a  foot 
apart  in  the  row;  or  seed  may  be  started  in  flats  and 
the  young  seedlings  transplanted  to  open  ground.  The 
latter  is  the  better  way  when  the  ground  is  very  dry 
In  extreme  cases,  it  may  be  advisable  for  the  home 
gardener  to  grow  his  seedlings  in  flats  and  pot  them  off 
in  thumb-pots  to  become  well  rooted  This  gives  a 
chance  to  grow  good  plants,  while  waiting  for  a  rain  to 
moisten  the  open  ground  To  be  tender,  the  plants 
should  be  forced  into  strong  and  succulent  growth  by 
high  feeding  and  the  free  use  of  the  hoe  It  is  a  waste 
of  effort  to  plant  endive  on  poor  land  that  la  deficient 
in  humus,  or  naturally  dry  and  exposed. 

The  originally  bitter  flavor  becomes  pleasant  and 
acceptable  when  the  leaves  or  hearts  are  well  blanched. 
The  blanching  is  accomplished  by  tying  the  outer  leaves 
over  the  heart  with  bast  (Fig  1395),  or  by  placing  a 
big  flower-pot  over  each  plant,  or  by  setting  boards, 
say  10  inches  wide,  on  edge  along  eacn  side  of  the  row, 
in  inverted  V  shape,  and  m  somewhat  the  same  fashion 
as  for  blanching  celery,  except  that  no  opening  is  left  on 
top.  The  light  should  be  excluded  from  the  hearts  as 
much  as  possible.  In  any  of  these  ways  endive  may  be 
well  blanched  in  about  three  weeks,  and  will  come  out 
with  inner  leaves  showing  a  delicate  whitish  or  creamy 
color,  and  being  crisp,  tender  and  of  pleasant  flavor. 

If  to  be  kept  for  winter  use,  sow  the  seed  of  Green 
Curled  endive  in  August,  or  set  the  plants  early  in 
September:  then  take  up  the  full-grown  but  as  yet 
unblanched  plants  with  a  ball  of  earth  adhering  to  the 
roots,  and  store  them  in  a  root-cellar  as  is  done  with 
celery.  If  kept  in  the  dark,  they  will  soon  bleach  and 
be  ready  for  use. 

Green  Curled  has  long  been  the  favorite  variety  in 
our  markets  and  gardens.  Its  narrow  curled  leaves 
make  the  well-blanched  plant  far  more  attractive  to 
the  eye  than  the  wider  and  plain  leaves  of  Broad-Leaf. 
The  latter,  however,  is  gaining  on  the  other  hi  both 
growers'  and  consumers'  favor.  This  is  the  only  prac- 
tical difference  between  the  two  varieties.  The  cata- 
logues of  European  seedsmen  list  and  describe  several 
additional  varieties,  such  as  the  Moss  Curled  and  Rouen, 
none  of  which  is  often  met  with  in  American  gardens. 
A  few  fungi  and  the  spinach  insects  sometimes  attack 
the  plant.  T.  GREINEH 


ENGELMANNIA 

ENGELMANNIA  (Dr.  Geo  Engelmann,  eminent 
botanist  of  St.  Louis,  died  1884).  Compdsitx  One 
yellow-fld.  herb,  E  mnnattfida,  Torr.  &  Gray,  allied  to 
Parthemum  and  Silpnium,  Kans  to  La  .  Ariz,  and  Mex., 
that  is  likely  to  be  planted  in  wild  gardens.  It  grows  a 
foot  or  two  high,  in  dry  places,  from  a  stout  perennial 
root,  branching  above,  hirsute,  with  alternate  and 
radical  deeply  pmnatifid  Ivs ,  and  corymbose  heads  of 
golden  -yellow  fls.  on  slender  and  naked  peduncles: 
involucre  hemispherical,  somewhat  double;  receptacle 
flat  and  chaffy;  ray-fls.  8-10,  pistillate  and  fertile,  the 
rays  H»n.  or  more  long;  disk-fls.  perfect  and  sterile: 
achene  obovate,  wingless,  ribbed,  with  a  persistent 
pappus-crown. 

ENKlANTHUS  (Greek  pregnant  and  /lower,  referring 
to  the  colored  involucre  which  subtencls  the  flowers  of 
E.  yuinqueflorust  giving  the  appearance  of  small  flowers 
springing  from  a  larger  flower).  Also  written  Enkyan- 
thus.  Ericaceae  Ornamental  woody  plants,  chiefly 
grown  for  their  handsome  flowers  and  the  brilliant 
autumnal  tints  of  the  foliage. 

Deciduous,  rarely  evergreen  shrubs  with  whorled 
branches  Ivs  alternate,  usually  serrulate,  crowded 
toward  the  end  of  the  branchlcts:  fls  in  terminal 
umbels  or  racemes;  sepals  5,  small;  corolla  campanulate 
or  urceolate,  usually  5-lobed,  stamens  10.  anthers 
2-awned  at  the  apex,  opening  with  short  slits,  fr  a 
dehiscent  caps  ,  cells  1-  to  few-seeded,  seeds  3-5- 
winged  or  -angled  — About  10  species  in  China  and 
Japan,  Cochm-Chma  and  Himalayas  Closely  related 
to  Pieris  and  Zenobia,  chiefly  distinguished  by  the 
few-  or  1-seeded  cells  of  the  caps  and  the  winged  or 
angled  seeds. 

These  are  charming  ornamental  shrubs,  with  bright 
green,  medium-sized  leaves  turning  brilliant  colors  in 
autumn  and  \vith  handsome  white,  red  or  yellow-and- 
red,  drooping  flowers  appearing  in  spring;  the  flowers 
are  not  of  the  showy  kind,  but  very  graceful  and  of 
distinct  appearance.  Most  of  the  cultivated  species, 
as  E.  campanulatus,  E  cernuus,  E.  perulatus  and  E. 
subseshilis,  have  proved  hardy  in  Massachusetts^  they 
seem  to  grow  well  in  any  well-drained  humid  soil,  but 
probably  are  impatient  of  lime,  as  are  most  Ericaceae 
and  in  limestone  regions  should  be  grown  in  specially 
prepared  beds  of  peaty  soil  Propagation  is  by  seeds 
sown  in  spring,  by  cuttings  of  ripe  wood  under  glass  in 
spring,  or  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  summer;  also  by 
layers 

A.  Fls.  urceolate,  gibbous  at  the  base,  white. 

perulatus,  Schneid  (E.  jap6mcus,  Hook  f .  Androm- 
eda perulala,  MKJ  ).  Shrub,  to  6  ft  •  Ivs.  petioled, 
obovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  acute,  sharply  appressed- 
serrulate,  glabrous  and  bright  green  above,  pubescent 
on  the  veins  below,  1-2  in  long:  fls  m  drooping  umbels, 
slender-pedicel  led ;  corolla  urceolate,  with  5  revolute 
lobes  and  with  5  sacs  at  the  base,  J^in  long:  caps, 
oblong-ovoid,  about  ^m.  long,  on  straight  pedicels. 
May.  Japan.  DM  5822.  GC  111.21-357.  R  H. 
1877,  p.  467.  SI.F.  2-62— The  foliage  turns  yellow 
and  partly  scarlet  in  autumn. 

AA.  Fls.  campanulate,  not  gibbous  at  the  base,  usually 

red  or  yettow-and-red. 

campanul&tus,  Nichols  (Andrdmeda  campanulata, 
Miq.).  Fig.  1396.  Shrub,  to  15  or  occasionally  to  30 
ft.:  Ivs.  petioled,  elliptic  or  rhombic-elliptic,  acute  or 
acuminate,  sharply  appressed  serrulate,  glabrous 
except  few  scattered  bristly  hairs,  particularly  on  the 
veins  below,  l>£-3  in.  long-  fls.  slender-pedicelled,  m 
drooping,  8-15-fld.  puberulous  racemes;  corolla  with 
short  obtuse  upright  lobes,  yellowish  or  pale  orange, 
veined  darker  red,  nearly  %m  long4  caps,  oblong-ovate 
on  pendulous  stalks  turned  upward  at  the  apex.  May. 
Japan.  B.M.  7059.  Gn.  75,  p.  287.  G.  29:361.  Gt. 
22:747.  M.D.G.  1900:550.  S.I.F.2:62.— This  is  one 

71 


ENTADA 


1115 


of  the  handsomest  species  and  the  strongest  grower; 
the  peculiar  coloring  of  the  gracefully  drooping  fU  is 
very  attractive;  the  foliage  turns  brilliant  red  in 
autumn. 

cernuus,  Makino  (E.  Meistbna,  Maxim.  Andrdm- 
eda  cernua.  Miq.).  Shrub,  to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  short- 
petioled,  obovate 
or  rhombic-ob- 
ovate,  acute  or  ob- 
tusish,  crenately 
serrate, bright 
green  above, 
lighter  below  and 
pubescent  on  the 
veins,  1-2  in  long: 
fls.  in  pendulous 
racemes,  slender- 
pedieellcd;  corolla 
with  irregularly 
1  a  c  i  m  a  t  e  limb, 
about  ^jin.  long, 
white  in  the  type: 
caps  on  pendulous 
stalks  turned  up- 
ward at  the  apex  May.  Japan. 
Var  rubens,  Makino.  Fls  red 
— Only  the  red-fld.  variety  seems 
to  be  in  cult,  and  is  a  very  distinct- 
looking  handsome  shrub. 

E  chinfrusia,  Franch  (E  bimalaicua 
var  ohinensis,  Diels)  Allied  to  E  cam- 
pamilatus  Lvs  quite  glabrous,  more 
cronately  serrate  racemes  glabrous,  cor- 
olla yellow  and  red,  with  darker  rod 
lobe-  Cent  andW  China  JHF  1900: 
212  -E  deflffus, Schneid  (E  himalaicus, 
Hook  f  A  Thorns  )  Closely  related  to 
E  <ampanulatus  Lvs  elliptic-ovate  to 
elliptic-lanceolate,  acute,  slightly  serrate,  « 

margin  and  petioles  red  while  young  racemes  many-fld  ,  cor- 
olla yellow,  striped  dark  rod,  with  darker  lobes  Himalayas. 
\V  China  B  M  6400  —  E.  tnmalaiciu.  Hook,  f  &  Thorns  ==E. 
doflexus  and  K  chmensis  — E  nikotnsis,  Makino  =E  subsessihs  — 
E  qinnquefldru*,  Lour  (E  reticulatus,  Lmdl  )  Lvs  elliptic, 
lonR-pctioled,  entire,  persistent  flu  about  5,  in  umbels,  subtended 
by  colored  bracta,  drooping,  corolla  campanulate,  scarlet  S  China, 
Coohin-Chma  BM  1640.  BR  S84.  885  L  B  C.  12  1101. 
P  M  5  127  R  H  1840  221  H  F  1859  101  Tender  Var  ser- 
rulatus,  Wilson  (E  <»errulatuH,  Schneid  )  Lvs  deciduous,  mem- 
branous, finely  serrulate  fls  smaller  Cent  and  S  W  China  — E. 
retful(Uu«,  Lmdl  =*=K  qutncjueflorua  —  K  serrulAtu*,  Schneid  = 
E  «4Uin<iueHoni8  var  serrulatus — E  subafstiilie,  Makino  (E. 
mkoensis,  Makino)  Allied  to  E  perulatus  Lvs  short-petioled, 
elliptic  or  obovate.  fls  m  pendulous  racemes,  small,  white,  km. 
long  June  Japan  8  T  S  1  25  S  1  F  2  62  — Thia  is  the  least 
attractive  in  bloom,  but  the  autumnal  tints  of  the  foliage  are  aa 
beautiful  as  in  the  other  specks  ALFRED  REHDER. 

ENNEALOPHUS  (name  refers  to  the  9  crests  on 
the  style)  Indncex.  A  very  recently  described  genus 
of  one  species,  E.  amazdnicub,  N  E.  Br ,  differing  from 
Tigridia  in  the  3  style-branches  being  3-crested  rather 
than  bifid  or  subulate.  The  penanth-segms.  are  free, 
unequal  and  clawed,  the  exterior  ones  much  the  larger, 
the  blades  of  all  of  them  more  or  less  reflexed;  stamens 
3;  the  filaments  connate  into  a  tube.  The  bulb  of  the 
single  known  species  is  abut  1  m.  long,  ovoid:  Ivs. 
linear-lanceolate,  about  4,  the  upper  one  about  2  in. 
long  and  the  others  6-12  in.:  fls.  about  \Yi  in.  across, 
blue-violet  with  pale  brown  claws  and  a  white  spot  at 
the  base  of  the  blade  of  the  inner  segms.  Brazil; 
apparently  not  in  the  trade. 

ENTADA  (a  Malabar  name).  Syn.  Pussetha.  Legu- 
mindsse.  Tropical  woody  spineless  cumbers. 

Leaves  bipmnate,  often  cirrhiferous:  fls.  not  papilion- 
aceous, white  or  yellow,  in  slender  spike-like  racemes 
which  are  solitary  or  pamcled;  calyx  campanulate, 
shortly  5-toothed;  petals  5,  free  or  somewhat  coherent; 
stamens  10,  free,  short-exserted :  pod  straight  or  arc- 
uate, flat-compressed,  jointed,  the  joints  separating 
and  leaving  a  continuous  border. — Perhaps  20  species 
«f  high  climbers  in  Afr.  and  Amer.  The  genus  ia  remark- 


1116 


ENTADA 


EPACRIS 


able  for  the  jointed  pods,  which  sometimes  reach 
several  feet  in  length.  Two  of  the  American  species 
are  mentioned  as  planted  in  S.  Fla.  Some  of  the 
vspecies  yield  "sea  beans"  (G.  F.  7:503) 

polystachya.  DC.  At  length  tendril-bearing:  pinna) 
in  4-6  pairs;  Ifts.  in  6-8  pairs,  oblong,  rounded  at  apex, 
beneath  glabrous  or  puberulent:  racemes  in  terminal 
panicles:  pod  oblong,  straightish,  reaching  1  ft.  in 
length  W  Indies  to  Venezuela  and  Guiana. — Makes 
a  rapid  growth. 

scandens,  Benth.  Climbing  to  a  great  height,  tendril- 
bearing,  the  sts.  terete:  pinnae  1  or  2  pairs;  Ifts. 2-5  pairs, 
coriaceous,  oblong  or  elliptic,  usually  uncqual-sidea,  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so  beneath .  racemes  solitary  or  twin .  pod 
twisted,  sometimes 8  ft.  long.  W  Indies,  Afr.,'Asia,  Pacific 
Isls.  G.C.  II  15  430  —Seeds  2  m.  across,  dark  brown 
or  purple,  handsome,  used  in  the  making  of  trinkets 
and  small  receptacles.  Lvs.  long-stalked,  the  rachis 
commonly  ending  m  a  tendril.  L.  H.  B. 

ENTELEA  (Greek,  complete;  the  stamens  all  fertile. 
&  distinguishing  feature).  Tiliacese.  A  shrub  or  small 
tree  from  New  Zeal.,  mtro  in  S.  Calif.  Lvs.  large, 
alternate,  5-7-nerved,  cordate  at  base,  toothed  or 
crcnate,  stellate-pubescent:  fls  white,  1  m.  across, 
in  terminal  cymes,  sepals  4-5;  petals  4-5;  stamens 
numerous,  free,  ovary  4-6-celled;  cells  many-ovuled; 
style  simple:  fr  a  glooose  bristly  locuhcidal  caps. 

arborescens,  R.  Br.  Attaining  20  ft  :  the  heart- 
shaped  outline  of  the  If.  broken  on  each  side,  about 
two-thirds  of  the  way  toward  the  tip,  by  a  projection 
or  lobe  }4m.  long  or  nearly  as  long  as  the  tip  of  the  If.; 
blade  6-9  in  long,  4  in.  wide,  doubly  serrate.  New  Zeal. 
B  M  2480.— Eaten  by  horses  and  cattle  in  New  Zeal. 
Allied  to  Sparmannia,  Aristoteha  and  EUeocarpus. 

L.  H,.  B. 

ENTEROL6BIUM  (name  refers  to  the  intestine- 
form  pods)  Legumindsse.  Tropical  trees. 

Unarmed:  Ivs.  bipmnate,  the  pinna?  and  Ifts.  many: 
fls.  not  papilionaceous,  greenish,  m  large  heads  or 
clusters;  calyx  campanulate,  shortly  5-toothed;  corolla 
5-toothed,  somewhat  trumpet-shaped,  the  petals  con- 
nate part  way,  stamens  many,  connate  at  base  into  a 
tube,  exserted,  purple  or  white:  legume  broad,  circmate, 
attached  at  or  near  the  middle,  restricted  between 
the  large  seeds,  leathery,  pulpy. — About  a  half-dozen 
species  in  the  American  tropics,  2  of  which  have  been 
intro  in  S.  Calif 

A.  Pod  bent  back  in  a  complete  circle. 

cycloc&rpum,  Griseb.  Tall  tree,  glabrous:  pinnse  m 
4-9  pairs,  Ifts.  m  20-30  pairs,  unequal-sided,  oblong, 
pointed;  the  petiole  with  glands  between  bottom  and 
top  pinnae:  stamens  white.  Cuba,  Jamaica,  Venezuela. 

AA.  Pod  forming  fialf  or  two-thirds  of  a  circle. 

Timboftva,  Mart  Said  to  be  a  fine  tree:  pubescent  or 
glabrous,  glaucous:  pinnse  2-5-paire;  Ifts.  10-20  pairs, 
falcate-oblong,  mostly  acute:  pod  coriaceous  and  inde- 
hiscent.  reniform,  fleshy  within;  seed  elliptic. 

L.  H.  B. 

EOMECON  (Greek,  eastern  poppy).  Papaveracese. 
Herbaceous  perennial,  with  white  flowers  on  a  slender- 
branching  scape. 

Rhizomatous.  with  radical  Ivs.,  glabrous:  "mono- 
typic,  intermediate  between  Stylophorum  and  San- 
guinaria,  differing  from  both  in  the  scapose  habit, 
racemose  fls.  and  sepals  confluent  in  a  membranous, 
boat-shaped  spathe,  and  further  from  Stylophorum  in 
the  form  of  the  Ivs.  and  color  of  the  fls.,  and  from  San* 
gumaria  in  the  4  petals  and  elongate  style"  (Hooker). 

chion&ntha,  Hance.  Rootstock  creeping,  ascending, 
full  of  yellow  sap:  Ivs.  all  from  the  root;  stalks  twice 
as  long  as  the  blades;  blades  3-6  in.  long,  heart-shaped, 
concave,  broadly  sinuate,  rounded  at  the  apex,  bright 


pale  green  above,  almost  glaucous  beneath:  scape  1  ft. 
or  more  high,  reddish;  fls.  2  in.  across,  white;  petals  4. 
Spring;  hardy  near  New  York  City.  E.  China.  B  M. 
6871-  WILHELM  MILLER. 

EOPfcPON:  Tnhcoaanthes. 

fiPACRIS  (Greek-made  name,  upon  the  summit; 
referring  to  their  habitat).  Epacndacex.  Heath-like 
shrubs  of  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  of  which  half 
a  dozen  or  less  are  grown  as  cool  greenhouse  pot-plants. 

Leaves  small  and  entire,  usually  sharp-pointed, 
sessile  or  short-stalked,  scattered  or  sub-opposite,  fls. 
small  and  axillary,  short-stalked,  the  flowering  sts. 
being  elongated  leafy  spikes,  regular  and  perfect; 
calyx  t>ractcate;  corolla  tubular,  c  toothed,  white  or 
shades  of  purple  and  red;  stamens  5;  ovary  5-loculod, 
ripening  into  either  a  fleshy  or  capsular  fr.  Distin- 
guished from  Erica  by  the  bracteato  or  scaly  calyx, 
and  the  anthers  opening  by  slits  rather  than  pores  — 
About  40  species  In  the  Old  World,  epacrises  are 
prized  by  those  who  grow  heaths,  and  many  good  varie- 
ties are  known.  They  bloom  in  early  spring  or  late 
winter.  The  varieties  of  E  impressa  may  be  flowered 
for  Christmas;  perhaps  others  may  be  so  treated.  A 
carnation  house,  60-55,°  suits  them  well.  There  are 
double-fld.  forms. 

A  Corolla-tube  decidedly  longer  than  the  calyx. 

impressa,  Labill.  Three  ft.,  erect,  twiggy,  downy: 
Ivs  horizontal  or  deflexod,  narrow-lanceolate  and  sharp1 
fls.  rather  large  (often  kjjin  long),  tubular,  pendent,  on 
very  short  stalks,  red  or  white.  B  M  3407  There  are 
many  forms:  var  parvifldra,  Lmdl ,  BR.  25.19;  E. 
campanula^,  Lodd  ,  with  broader  fls  ,  L.B  C  20*  1925; 
E.  cercf/tora,  Graham.  B  M  3243,  E.  mwHts,  Lodd  , 
snow-white,  LBC  19:1821  B.R  1531,  E  varidlnl™, 
Lodd.,  blush,  LBC.  19:1816,  var  longifldra,  Cav., 
(E.  nnnidta,  Lmdl.  E  grandiflora,  Willd  ).  Sts 
woolly,  straggling:  Ivs.  ovate-pointed  or  cordate- 
pointed,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  many-nerved .  fls  long 
(nearly  1  in  ),  red  at  base  and  white  at  the  limb,  cylin- 
drical. BM.982  BR.  31:5— Handsome.  Var  spi6n- 
dens,  Hort ,  has  brighter  colors. 

AA.  Corolla-tube  shorter  than  the  calyx  or  only  as  long  as  it. 
B.  Lvs.  acute  or  acuminate. 

acumin&ta,  Benth  Lvs.  ovate,  acuminate,  clasping, 
ascending,  fls  small,  red  nearly  sessile  in  the  upper 
axils;  corolla-tube  not  exceeding  the  calyx;  sepals 
broad,  cihate. — Little  known  in  U.  S  outside  of  botanic 
gardens,  but  of  considerable  worth. 

brevifidra,  Stapf  (E.  hdironema,  Hook).  A  grace- 
ful shrub,  1  ft ,  with  many  wavy  branches,  naked  below, 
with  many  Ivs.  above*  Ivs.  divaricate  on  upper  part  of 
st.j  reflexed  below,  elliptic  -ovate,  3-6  lines  long,  sharp- 
pointed:  fls.  spicate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  white; 
bracts  and  sepals  whitish.  New  Zeal.  Flowers  in  May 
in  England.  B.M.  3257. 

purpurascens,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  ovate-acummato,  trough- 
shaped,  tipped  with  a  long  curved  point  or  spine,  fls. 
short,  the  calyx  nearly  equaling  the  corolla,  whiue  or 
pinkish.  There  is  a  double-fld.  form.  LBC.  3:237. 
G.C.  II.  5:340.— Probably  identical  with  E  pulcheUa, 
Cav. 

BB.  Lvs.  very  obtuse. 

obtusifdlia,  Smith.  An  erect,  much-branched  shrub 
1-3  ft.  tall,  the  branches  usually  hairy:  Ivs.  small, 
elliptic  or  linear,  thick  and  obtuse:  fls.  small,  white, 
in  axillary  racemes  which  are  more  or  less  one-sided. 
L.B.C.  3:292. 

Other  trade  names  are:  E.  drdentistnma.  Fls.  crimson. — B. 
hyacinthifidra  var.  candidisnma,  white,  early,  and  var.  fulgent. 
pink — E.  htfbnda  «up6rba  is  merely  a  catalogue  name  for  mixed 
kinds  of  Epacris.— E.  rubtlla,  Fls.  bright  rod.— E.  »almt>nea(1) 

N.  TAYLOB.f 


EPHEDRA 

EPHliDRA  (ancient  Greek  name,  used  by  Pliny  for 
the  horse-tail).  Gnet&cex  Woody  subjects,  rarely 
cultivated,  usually  found  only  m  botanical  collections, 
although  the  scarlet  fruits  of  some  species  are  very 
attractive. 

Usually  low  much -branched  shrubs,  often  pro- 
cumbent and  sometimes  climbing,  the  green  branches 
resembling  much  those  of  Equisetum,  bearing  minute, 
scale-like,  sheathing  Ivs  in  distant  pairs  or  whorls, 
fls  dio?cious,  in  small  amen  is,  forming  usually  pedun- 
cled  axillary  clusters,  starmnate  fl  with  a  2-4-lobed 
perianth  and  with  the  2-8  stamens  united  into  a  column; 
pistillate  fl  with  an  ureeolate  perianth,  including  a 
naked  ovule,  developing  into  a  nutlet;  in  some  species 
the  bracts  of  the  ament  become  fleshy,  and  form  a 
berry-like  syncarp  — About  30  species  from  S  Eu.,  N 
Afr  ,  Asia  and  m  Trop  Arner  Latest  monograph  by 
0.  Stapf,  in  Denkschr.  Akad  Wissensch  Wien , 
vol  56  (1889),  (in  German  and  Latin)  Curious-look- 
ing, usually  low  shrubs,  with  pale  green  apparently 
leafless  branohlets,  much  resembling  those  of  the 
horse-tail  and  with  inconspicuous  fls  ,  but  fr  in  some 
species  decorative,  berry -like  and  scarlet.  They  are 
but  rarely  grown,  and  most  of  them  are  tender,  half- 
hardy  N  are  E  distachya,  E  foliala,  E  nevadensis,  E, 
tnfurca  They  can  be  used  for  covering  dry,  sandy 
banks  or  rocky  slopes  Prop  is  by  seeds  or  by  suckers 
and  layers 

E  nlt^stma,  Dosf  Climbmp  shrub,  to  20  ft ,  green  Jvs  to  1  in 
long  amentH  pamrulate  or  solitary,  fls  with  2-3  stamens,  pistillate 
rl«  1  2  fr  t.«  rry-hke.  ovoid,  h"i  long,  scarlet  N  Afr  BM  7070 
G  C  III  7  7M2  —E  distdchua.  Linn  (E  vulgans.  Linn  )  Low, often 

(recumbent,    1-J  ft  ,  pale  or   bluish  green    IVH    one-twelveth  in 
iinents  usually  clustered,  stammate  oblong,  fla  with  alK>ut  8 


EPIDENDRUM 


1117 


E 

Htanieus,  pistillate  5-fld  fr  bcrry-hkr  S  Eu  ,  W  Ama  RKG 
11  80<)  \ar  numostdchya,  Stapf  Aments  usually  Hohtnry  —  E 
fohtita,  Boias  (E  kokamca,  1{<  gel)  Procumbent  or  erect,  to  15  ft  , 
bright  or  bluish  green  IVH  to  1  in  long  umonts  usually  clustered, 
ovate,  Kttrumat.'  tts  with  i-4  «  unite  (stamens,  pistillate  2-fld  fr 
berry-like  W  Asia  —  E  kokAnvn,  Regel--E  foliate  —E  nebro- 
dfinsis,  Tinto  Erect,  with  rigid,  pnle  green  branches  Ivs  'an 
long  iments  eolitnry  or  few,  btarnmate  globular,  pistillate  2-fld 
fr  beny-hke  Medit  region  to  Himalaya* — E  nevadfnsis,  \Vats 
Erect,  2-3  ft  ,  with  pale  or  bluish  green  branches  Iva  l/*m  amenta 
usually  solitary,  eltumnate  ovate.  G-8-fld  ,  pi btillate  2-fld  fr  dry, 
with  ovate  bracts  Calif,  New  Mex — K  tnfurca,  Torr  Erect, 
with  rigid,  yellowish  or  pule  green  branches?  Ivs  in  3's,  connate, 
about  J4in  long,  amenta  solitary,  pistillate  1-fld  fr  dry,  the  round- 
ish bracts  with  transparent  margins  Anz  to  Colo — E  tulyana, 
Lmn=E  distachya  ALFRED  RKHDER 

EPICATTLEYA  (compounded  of  Ei/idendrum  and 
Cattleya)  Orchiddceap.  A  genus  established  to  contain 
hybrids  between  Kpidendrum  and  Cattleya 

The  following  are  some  of  these  E  balaructmis  (C. 
labiata  x  E  eburneum)  • — E,  Candida  (C  Sktnnen  X  E. 
nocturnuin)  —E  dectptens  {C  giga«  x  E  ciliare)  — E. 
IMiansr  (C  Gaskelbana  x  E  cobtari cense). — E  madc- 
burgenMs — E  Ntbo  (C  Claesiana  x  E  O'Briemanum). 
— E  nernorale-gigas  (C  Warhcewiezn  x  E  nemorale)  — 
K.  O'Briennisp  (C.  Bowringiana  x  E  O'Bnenianum) 
— E  fapetii  (C.ametbystoglossaxE.O'Briemamim)  — 
E,  salmonicolor  (C.  Mendeln  X  E  aurantiacum)  — E. 
Sedcnn  (C  Bownngiana  x  K  radiatum)  — E.  Walter' 
idna  (C.  Schraxierse  x  E  aurantiacum). 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

EPIDENDRUM  (upon  tree*,  alluding  to  their  epi- 
phytal habit).  Orchui&ceae.  Epiphytic  orchids,  some 
reoumng  hothouse  and  some  coolhouse  conditions, 
although  a  large  genus,  of  minor  importance  horti- 
cultural ly 

Inflorescence  simple  or  branched,  nearly  always 
terminal;  claw  of  the  labellum  more  or  less  adnate  to 
footless  column,  the  blade  spreading  and  usually  deeply 
lobed,  pollima  4,  2  in  each  anther-cell,  separated  — 
Nearly  500  species  discovered  and  described  from  the 
New  World  tropics,  chiefly  from  Cent.  Amer. 

Cultivation  of  epidendrums. 

Epidejadruuie  are  noted  as  the  rankest  weeds  amongst 
the  orchid  tribes  The  remarkable  success  m  the  rais- 


ing of  hybrids,  be  it  in  the  genus  iteelf  or  with  the 
related  Cattleya  and  Licha,  has  opened  a  wide  field  for 
the  breeder  Epidendrum  seedlings  grow  freely;  the 
time  required  to  bring  them  to  the  flowering  stage  is 
little  compared  with  other  orchids,  and  it  is  but  a  ques- 
tion of  a  short  time  till  the  blood  of  the  epidendrums 
will  be  infused  into  the  weaker  but  more  gorgeous 
flowers  of  genera  more  difficult  to  grow  It  is  also  the 
long  stem  and  the  gra»'e  of  the  racemes  of  the  epidendra, 
as  well  as  the  odor  of  some  of  their  species,  which  the 
hybridist  will  try  to  blend  with  the  largeness  of  short- 
stemmed  flowers,  of  cattleyas  for  example  Therefore 
a  list  of  the  species  but  rarely  found  under  cultivation  is 
given  below,  the  value  of  which,  however,  will  call  for 
and  justify  large  importations  of  their  kind  before  long. 
It  is  scarcely  possible  to  apply  any  one  rule  for  the 
cultivation  of  this  widely  divergent  and  large  genus, 
which  includes  many  hundreds  of  variable  individuals 
geographically  distributed  all  over  tropical  America. 
For  convenience  they  are  treated  under  their  several 
separate  sections 

Section  /.  BAHKERIA  embraces  several  deciduous 
email-growing  species  which  generally  deteriorate 
sooner  or  later  under  cultivation  They  succeed  best  in 
small  baskets,  suspended  from  the 
roof,  in  rough  loose  material,  such 
as  coarse  peat  fiber,  with  a  small 
quantity  of  live  chopped  sphagnum 
moss  added  to  retain  moisture,  this 
compost  freely  interspersed  with 
pieces  of  charcoal  or  broken  crocks 
or  potsherds  They  are  all  subjects 
for  the  coolhouse,  require  a  free 
moist  atmosphere,  shade  from  the 
sun  while  growing,  and  must  be 
syringed  frequently  c — head  in 


1397.  Epidendrum  radicans. 

(XJ-6) 


bright  weather.  After  the  plants  have  matured  growth, 
they  should  be  removed  to  a  rather  sunny  location  ana 
be  syringed  overhead  often  enough  to  keep  them  in 
sound  condition  until  they  start  new  action.  While 
resting  during  winter  the  temperature  may  range  from 
50°  to  55°  F  at  night,  and  a  tew  degrees  higher  during 
the  day  They  are  increased  by  division.  This  should 
take  place  as  the  plants  start  growth  action  in  early 
spring,  allowing  at  least  three  pseudobulbs  to  each  piece. 
Section  II.  ENCYCLIUM,  of  which  E  atropurpureum, 
E  nemorale  and  E  pnsmatocarpum  are  good  examples, 
may  be  grown  either  m  pots  or  baskets  m  equal  parts 
clean  peat  fiber  and  live  chopped  sphagnum,  with  a 
liberal  amount  of  drainage,  and  excepting  E  tntelhnvm, 
which  must  be  grown  cool,  they  require  a  moist  sunny 
location  with  a  winter  temperature  of  58°  to  65°  F. 
by  night  and  several  degrees  advance  during  the  day. 
la  February  and  March,  many  species  will  start  root  or 
growth  action ,  such  as  need  it  should  then  be  repotted 
or  top-dressed,  as  occasion  requires.  The  temperature 
should  be  increased  several  degrees,  and  a  greater 
amount  of  water  be  allowed  with  frequent  overhead 
synoging  on  bright  days  Ventilation  snould  be  given 
whenever  the  weather  will  permit,  to  keep  the  young 
growths  from  dampmg-off  and  the  atmosphere  active; 
at  this  time  the  plants  will  need  light  shading  to  pre- 


1118 


EPIDENDRUM 


EPIDENDRUM 


vent  sun-burning.  The  stock  is  increased  by  cutting 
nearly  through  the  rhizome  three  or  four  bulbs  behind 
the  lead,  when  starting  action;  this  will  generally  cause 
the  latent  eyes  to  grow,  but  the  pieces  should  not  be 
removed  until  the  new  growth  is  well  advanced 

Section  III.  ATJLIZEUM  includes  such  species  as  E. 
aliare,  E.  cochleatum.  and  the  like,  the  several  require- 
ments being  identical  with  the  preceding. 

Section  IV.  EUEPIDENDRUM  These  are  mostly  tall- 
growing  species,  some  reed-like  as  in  E  evectum,  and 
others  rambling  in  an  irregular  way,  producing  aerial 
roots  along  the  stems  as  they  grow,  a  good  example  of 
this  is  seen  in  E  radicans.  All  are  best  grown  in  pots 
and  placed  near  a  partition  or  end  of  a  greenhouse 
where  support  may  be  given  as  the  growth  advances. 
There  is,  in  fact,  no  better  example  of  an  epiphyte  than 
E  radicans,  the  roots  often  attaining  several  feet  in 
length,  and  appearing  from  nearly  every  node.  A 
structure  in  which  50°  F  is  maintained  in  winter  will  be 
ample,  and  full  exposure  to  sun  should  be  permitted  at 
all  times  This  prevents  immature  growth,  and  flowers 
are  produced  very  freely  After  flowering  time,  young 
shoots  appear,  often  from  the  old  stems,  and  when  a 
few  roots  are  formed  and  before  they  become  too  long 
to  go  into  a  small  pot  without  injury,  remove  them  and 
pot  with  care,  place  the  young  plants  in  a  shady  place 
tor  a  few  weelcs;  m  this  way  propagation  is  easily 
accomplished.  This  section  of  epidendrums  produce 
seeds  the  largest  known  among  orchids.  They  are 
green  in  color,  and  under  favorable  conditions  germi- 
nate very  readily.  It  is,  in  fact,  much  easier  to  get  the 
seeds  to  grow  than  to  get  the  species  to  produce  good 
seeds,  for  when  flowering  plants  are  produced  from  seed, 
there  is  an  infinite  variation  that  has  not  yet  been 
understood. 

Section  V    PSIL  ANTHEM  UM  contains  but  one  species, 
E.  Stamfordianum,  which  requires  the  same  general 
treatment  as  those  m  Section  II.    ROBERT  M.  GifEY. 
E.  O  ORPET. 


atropurpureum,  20 

evectum,  8 

radicans,  4 

aurantiacum,  23 

falcatum,  24 

Randianum,  20 

bicornutum  and  bi- 

fragrans,  26 

rhiiophorum,  4 

dentatum  are  Di- 

Godseffianum,  18 

roseum,  20 

acnums 

imperntar,  2,  9 

Hangumeum  is  a 

Brassavolffi  21 

leucochilum,  9 

BrouKhtoma 

Capartianum,  18 
CaUllus.  2. 

Lindleyanum,  13. 
macuhttum,  19 

Skinner-  ,  12 
speetabile,  14 

cihare,  22 

macrochilum,  20 

Stamfordianum,  1 

cmnabimnurn,  3 

majus,  15 

tampense,  25 

cochleatum,  27 

ne  morale,  16 

tibicinus  is  a 

crassifohum,  0 

odoratum  is  an 

Schomburgkia 

dichromum,  17 

Aendes 

venosum,  25 

eburneum,  10 

osmanthum,  18 

violaccum  is  Cattleya 

clegans,  11 

paniculatum,  7 

Loddigem 

elhpticum,  6. 

Parkmsomanum,  24 

vitellmum,  15 

Endresn,  5. 

prismatocnrpum,  19 

A  Injl  radical    (Psilanthemum.) 

1.  Stamfordianum,   Batem.    Sts.    fusiform,    12   in. 
long:  Ivs.  7-9  in     large  panicles  of  yellow  and  green 
fls,   crimson -spotted,   fragrant.     Mex    to  Colombia. 
B.M.  4759    GC.  Ill  17.655    JF  3"251. 

AA  Infl  terminal 

B.  Sts.  without  bulbs:  Ivs   distichous,  alternate'  only  top 

of  column  free  from  lip    (Euepidendrum.) 

c.  Fls.  red,  orange  or  vermilion 

2.  Catfllus,  Reichb  f.  (E  im iterator,  Hort.).  Fls.  cin- 
nabar-red.  Colombia    I  H.  21 : 162 

3.  cinnabarinum,  Salzmann.  Sts.  3-4  ft  •  fls.  orange- 
red,  2  in.  diam..  lobes  of  lip  deeply  fringed.    Brazil. 
B.R.  28:25.™ A  beautiful  species 

4.  radlcans,  Pav.  (E.  rhizdphorum,  Batem.).    Fig. 
1397.   Sts.  semi-scandent,  up  to  5  ft.  idng,  long  white 
roots  from  opposite  the  Ivs  •  fls.  up  to  2  in.  diam., 
numerous;  most  brilliant  of  the  red-flowering  species. 
Guatemala,  amongst  heavy  grass     Gn   24 '390.   OR. 
5.273. 


cc.  Fls.  white. 

5.  £ndresii.  Reichb.  f.  Sts.  6-9  in.:  racemes  9-12- 
fld.;  fls  1  in.  aiam.,  pure  white,  lip  and  column  spotted 
purple.  Costa  Rica.  G.C.  II.  23:504.  B.M.  7855. 
O  R. 12  145 

ccc.  Fls ,  at  least  sepals  and  petals,  rose  or  purple. 

6  ellipticum,  Graham  (E  crassifbhum,  Hook.).  Fls. 
on  long  scapes,  clustered,  rose  or  purple,  \4m.  diam. 
Brazil.  BM.3543 

7.  paniculatum.  Ruiz  &  Pav  Sts.  3-4  ft. :  fls.  %m. 
across,  lilac-purple,  lip  whitish  yellow.  Venezuela  to 
Peru,  high  altitudes  B  M.  5731  I  H.  22  211  —Most 
free-flowering  and  best  of  paniculate  species 

8  evectum,  Hook.  Sts  3-5  ft  peduncles  nodding, 
2  ft.;  fls.  rich  purple,  lip  deeply  fringed.  Colombia. 
B.M.  5902  — Easily  cult,  and  on  account  of  its  free- 
flowering  habit  deserves  a  place  in  the  warm  greenhouse. 

cccc  Fls  ,  at  least  sepals  and  petals,  yellowish  green. 

9.  leucochilum,  Klotzsch  (E.  imperator,  Hort ).  Sts 
2  ft  :  fls  5-9,  on  long  pedicels,  greenish  yellow,  lip  pure 
white  Colombia,  6,000-9,000  ft 

10  ebtirneum,  Reichb  f .  Sts  terete,  2-3  ft. :  fls  3-4 
in  diam  ,  yellowish  green;  lip  ivory-white,  with  yel- 
low calli;  rareine  terminal,  4-6-fld.  Panama,  in  swamps 
BM  5643. 


1398.  Bpidendrum 
cilure     (XT) 


BB  Sts  thickened  into 

pseudobulbs. 

c   Pseudobulbs   2-^-lvd 
labellum     adnate     less 
than  half,  colum  n  broad- 
winged    (Barkena). 
D  Lip  obovate,  obtuse 
11    elegans,  Reichb  f  (Bark- 
t>na   tlegans,   Knowl.   &  West) 
Sts    terete,  12  in     pedicels  24 
in  ;  fls    5-7,  nodding,    1^   in. 
diam.,  lilac-purple;  lip  whitish, 
with  purple  blotch    Pacific  coast 
of  Mox.    B  M.  4784. 


DD.  Lip  acute. 
E.  Fls  about  1  in  across. 

12.  Skinneri,  Batem.  (Burkina  Sklnneri,  Paxt ) 
Lvs.  ovate-oblong,  sheathing  the  slender  st  *  peduncle 
terminal,  bearing  rose-lilac  fls  about  1  in  across; 
petals  and  sepals  nearly  equal,  petals  so  twisted  at  the 
base  as  to  present  dorsal  surface  to  the  observer;  label- 
lum ovate,  with  3  raised  lines  Guatemala.  B  R 
1881  PM  15-1  (var  major). 

EE   Fls  2-4  in  across. 

13  Lindleyanum,  Reichb.  f  (Barkeria  Lindley&na, 
Batem )  Sts  slender,  fls  numerous?  about  2  in 
across,  rose-purple;  labellum  with  a  white  disk;  petals 
broader  than  the  sepals  Cent.  Amer  1839.  J  H.  Ill 
44:53 

14.  speetabile,  Reichb  f.  (Barkeria  spectdbilm, 
Batem.)  FLOR  DE  ISABAL.  Sts.  tufted,  cylindrical, 
4-5  in.  high:  Ivs.  2.  raceme  about  6-fld.;  fls.  3-4  in 
across,  bright  lilac;  sepals  linear-lanceolate;  petals 
ovate-lanceolate;  labellum  white  at  base,  red-spotted. 
Guatemala. 


EPIDENDRUM 


EPIDENDRUM 


1119 


cc.  Pseudobulbs  1-2-,  rarely  8-lvd..  labellum  adnate  at 
base,  or  not  up  to  the  middle,  column  not  winged. 
(Encychum.) 

D.  Fls.  cinnabar, 

15.  vitellinuxn,  Lindl    Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  2  m.  long: 
Iva.  6-9  in.:  peduncles  15-18  in.,  10-15-fld  ;  fls.  cinna- 
bar-red ,  lip  and  column  orange.    Mex.,  6,000-9,000  ft 
BM.4107.  G.C  111.10:141 

Var  mi  jus,  Veitch.  Pseudobulbs  shorter'  racemes 
denser;  fls  larger  and  more  brilliant  G.C.  Ill  12:159. 
— Very  superior  to  the  species,  type  no  longer  imported. 

DD.  Fls  rose 

16.  nemorale,  Lindl.    Pseudobulbs  subglobose,  3-4 
in.  high:  Ivs  9-12  in  .  peduncles  2  ft  long,  covered  with 
warts;  fls.  3-4  in  diarn  ,  rose-colored;  lip  rosy  mauve, 
streaked  with  purple     Mex     B  M.  4000  (as  E.  verru- 
cosum).   GO  11.24:332.   A.F  6:633. 

DDD  Fls.  other  than  above. 
E  Sepals  and  petals  white, 

17  dichromum,  Lindl.    Fls  white,  lip  rose-colored, 
yellow  and  downy  at  base    Brazil. 

EE   tiepals  and  petals  green 

18  osm&nthum,  Rodr    (E   Godsejjklnum,  Rolfe.    E. 
Capartianum,   Lindl )      Fls.   1J/2  in    across,  in  large 
panicles,  light  green,  suffused  with  brown,  hp  white, 
lined  with  rose-purple,  fragrant    Brazil.   B  M  7792  — 
One  of  the  handsomeht  species 

19  prismatocarpum,    Reichb.    f.      (E     maculdtum, 
Hort  )    Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  tapering,  4-5  in    Ivs  12-15 
in     fls   \Yi  in   across,  pale  jellow-green,  with  purplish 
black  spots;  lip  pale  purple,  with  yellow  tip  and  white 
border     Cent    Ainer  ,  5,000  ft     B  M  5336     G  W  5, 
p   126    OR   12.57 

EEE  Stpalu  and  petals  purple  or  broivn 

20  atropurpureum,  Willd    (E  macrochllum,  Hook  ) . 
Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  3-4  in  high    Ivs  lanceolate,  12-15 
in    long,  dull  purple-colored,  peduncle  6-10-fld  ,  fib 
2V£  m    duun.,  purplish  brown  upon  greenish  ground, 
hp  yellowish  white,  with  crimson  stripes      Mex    to 
Venezuela    B  M  3534    A  F  6 '609.  J  H  II 


401. 


Ill  51  243, 


Var  Randianum,  Lmd  &  Rod  Sepals  and  petals 
margined  with  light  yellowish  green,  the  white  middle 
lobe  of  lip  with  a  red-purple-rayed  blotch 

Var  rdseum,  Reichb  f  Sepals  and  petals  purplish, 
hp  bright  rosy  Guatemala  PM  IT 243 

21.  Brassavolse,  Reichb  f.  Pseudobulbs  pear- 
hhaped  Ivs  6-9  in.  racemes  18-24  in  ,  6-9-fld  ,  fls. 
4  m.  across,  sepals  and  petals  narrow,  yellowish  bro**rn, 
lip  trowel-shaped,  purple,  white  and  green.  Mex.  to 
Guatemala, 8,000 ft  BM  5664. 

ccc.  Pseudobulbs  /-#-,  rarely  3-lvd.:  hp  adnate  up 
to  apex  of  column.   (Auhzeum  ) 

D.  Lip  fringed. 

22  ciliare,  Linn.  Fig  1398  Pseudobulbs  clavate, 
4-6  in.'  Ivs  4-6  in  ,  springing  from  sheathing  bract: 
peduncles  5-7-fld. ;  fls  yellowish  green ;  lip  white  Trop. 
Arner  ,  between  5th  and  20th  parallel  of  north  latitude. 
B.R,  784.— Plant  resembles  a  cattleya.  Intro,  to  cult, 
in  1790. 

DD.  Lip  not  fringed. 

E.  Fls.  vermilion. 

23.  aurantiacum,  Batem.  Once  classed  m  the  sepa- 
rate group  of  Epicladium,  now  often  accepted  as  a  spe- 
cies of  Cattleya,  where  it  was  first  referred  by  Don. 
The  plant  grows  with,  and  much  resembles  Cattleya 
tfhnnen.  Fls  \l/%  m  across,  orange-red,  appearing  m 
Feb.  and  March  and  lasting  several  weeks  Guatemala. 
Gt  5:130. 


BE.  Fls.  not  vermilion. 

p.  The  lip  deeply  S-lobed,  the  middle  lobe  long  and 
lanceolate. 

24  falcatum,  Lindl    (E.  Parkinnonianum,  Hook.). 
Pseudobulbs    thin,    rising    from    running    rhizomes, 
monophyllous.  Ivs   6-12  in  ,  fleshy,  channeled  on  one 
side,  peduncles  2-5,  sheathed,  1-fld  ;  fls.  5  in.  across, 
greenish  yellow;  hp  white,  greenish  at  apex     Mex.  to 
Guatemala       B  M.  3778.      G  C.  III.  44.378.— Plants 
grow  inverted. 

FF.  Ttie  lip  not  as  in  F. 

25  venosum.  Lindl     BUTTERFLY  ORCHID.    Scape  1 
ft ,  with  white  sheaths.  Ivs  3,  4-6  in.  long,  linear-lanceo- 
late, scape  tumid  at  base,  5-7-fld.;  fls   pink,  chocolate 
and  green,  about  1  m   long,  lasting  a  long  time.   On 
oaks,  etc  ,  Mex  — Of  easy  cult     The  Fla.  representa- 
tive of  this  bpecies  is  E.  tamptnse,  Lindl.  See  9th  Kept. 
Mo.  Bot.  Card   137,  pis.  38,  39. 

26  fragrans,  Swartz.    Pseudobulbs  fusiform,    mon- 
ophyllous, 3-4  in  •  Ivs   8-12  in.*  fls     inverted,    2  in. 
diam  ,  very  fragrant,  pale  greenish  or  whitish;  hp  crim- 
son-streaked    Guatemala,  through  the  W.  Indies  to 
N  Brazil    B.M  1669 

27  cochleatum,  Linn    Pseudobulbs  3-4  in. :  Ivs.  6  in  . 
racemes  4-7-fkl  ,  fls.  3-4  in.  across,  greenish  white;  hp 
deep  purple  beneath,  light  green  above,  with  maroon 
blotch  on  each  side,  column  white.   Trop.  Amer.  from 
Fla  to  Colombia    BM  572. — Intro.  1787;  first  epiphy- 
tical orchid  to  flower  in  England. 

Garden  hybrids  E  Btrkeleyi  (E  Stamfordianum  X  E  O'Bnen- 
lanum)  —  E  Burtonn  (E  O'BriemanumxE  ibaguense) — E. 
Clarrlssa  guptrbum  (E  elegantulum  X E  Wallisu)  —E  deUfnse 
(E  xanthmurn  X  E  radicans) — E  elegdntulum  (E  WalhsiixE 
Endresio-Walhsii)  G  C  III  19  361  —  E  Endr&io-W  dllisu  —  E 
ktwentte  (K  e\ectumxE  xanthmum) — E  O' BrieniAnum  (E  evec- 
tumxE  radicans)  G  C  III  3  771 —E  Ph&but  (E  O'Briemanum 
xE  vitelhnum)  —  E,  radicdnti-Stamfordianum  — E.  rddico-ntel- 
linum—E  Wdlhsio-cihdre — E  xdntho-radicans  * 

Euepidendrum  E  arachnogldssum,  Andre  Sts  4-5  ft  fls. 
rich  purple-lilac  lip  fringed,  with  orange  calh  Colombia  R.H 
Ifc82  55-1  —  E  Cltfsidnum,  Cogn  Sts  up  to  2  ft  tall  racemes 
numerous,  pendulous,  fls  pure  white  Colombia  GC  III  29  70  — 
E  cnemidophorum,  Lindl  Sts  4-6  ft  racemes  ample,  drooping 
....  „  nala,  7,000ft  B  M. 

Id    Ivs  1-3,  thick. 

„    ...,        „_  .     ....  ,.          .  .        :ate  and  revolute, 

the  petals  narrower  and  obtuse  S  Fla  and  S  Once  offered  by 
Rcasoner — E  Cooperidnum,  Batem  Sts  2-3  ft  fls  yellow-green; 
hp  bright  purple  Brazil  B  M  5654  — E  costatum.  Rich  &  Gal 
Raceme  nodding,  fls  about  1  in  across,  the  sepals  and  petals 
reddish  brown,  the  hp  whitish,  purple-marked  Mex  GC  III. 
44  125 — E  declptens,  Lindl  Fls  orange  or  vermilion  Colombia. 
—  E  Ellmn,  Rolfe  Fls  carmine-rose,  very  handsome  Colombia 
E  fulgens,  Brongn  Fls  orange-scarlet,  in  crowded  racemes 
Guiana  to  Brazil — E  yrdahn,  Lindl  ,  was  once  offered  by  John 
Haul—  E  ibaautnse,  HBK  Sts  2- 3  ft  fls  orange  -  scarlet,  hp 
yellow  Colombia  to  Peru,  4,500  ft  — E  Lambeautlnum,  De  Wild. 
hcpals  and  petals  whitish,  the  lip  claret  G  C  III  44  228  —  E 
myrvdnthum,  Lindl  Sis  3-5  ft  enormous  panicles  of  nch  purple 
fls  ,  hp  with  2  yellow  calh  Guatemala  B  M  5556. — E  noc- 
turnwn,  Linn  Sts  2-3  ft  peduncles  8-10-fld  ,  fls  white  and  yel- 
lowish, 5  in  across,  very  fragrant  S  Fla  and  Mex  to  Peru  and 
\V  Indies.  B  M  3298  Once  offered  by  Reasoner  —  E  palptgerum, 
Reichb  f  Fls  beautiful  lilac  Mex  —  E  Pfdvn,  Rolfe  Sts  4-6  ft 
high  fls  light  purple,  hp  with  white  disk,  in  numerous  racemes. 
Costa  Rica  —E  Pseudepidtndrum,  Reichb  f  Sts  2-3  ft  fls  3  in. 
diam,  green,  lip  orange-red  and  yellow  Cent  Amer  ,  4,000  ft. 
B  M  5929  —  E  rantferum,  Lindl  Sts  2-3  ft  fls  vellow-green, 
thickly  spotted  with  purple  Mex  to  Guiana  B  R  28  42  — E 
rigidum,  Jacq  ,  was  once  catalogued  by  Reasoner — E  <Sc/idm- 
burokn,  Lindl  Sts  2-3  ft  fls  vermilion.  Guiana,  Brazil,  Quito 
B  R  24  53  —  E  ttenopttalum,  Hook  Sts  up  to  2  ft  fls  1^ 
in  across,  rosy  mauve,  the  lip  with  a  white  blotch  Jamaica  B  M. 
3410—  E  synnffothtirsis,  Reichb  f.  Sts  4-5  ft  fls  deep  purple, 
lip  and  column  with  orange  and  yellow,  crowded  in  long  racemes. 
Bolivia,  8,000-9,000  ft  B  M  6145  — ^.  WdUiaii,  Reichb  f  Sts. 
4-6  ft  •  fls.  yellow,  some  purple  spots,  hp  orange  and  purple,  upon 
white  ground  Colombia  4,000-7,000  ft  Has  lateral  as  well  as 
terminal  racemes 

.  yellov 
ufl  —  E 

purple,  fragrant"  "Cent  Amer"  B.M  '3898. — E~'bifidum~~Aubl 
Fls  pale  green,  dotted  with  purple,  lip  rose,  orange  and  white  W. 
Indies,  Guiana  BR  1879.  —  E  Fnderlcv-Guvhflmi,  Warsc  A 


K  cnemuiopnorum,  Lindl     ots   4-0  it     racemes  am 
fls  purple,  brown  and  yellow,  fragrant    Guatemala, 
5656 — E  contipseum,  R  Br    Scape  few- to  many-fid 
fls  green,  tinged  with  purple,  the  sepals  spatulate 


,  .         .  , 

hp  yellowish  white,  purple-streaked  Brazil  —  E  aldtum.  Batem 
FU  2  in  across,  purple  and  green,  hp  yellowish,  streaked  with 
rant  Cent  Amer  B.M  3898.  —  E  bifidum,  Aubl 
en,  dotted  with  purple,  lip  rose,  orange  and  white  W. 


,  .  , 

Reichb  f  Bulbs  4-5  ft  fls.  dark  purple,  base  of  hp  white  and  yel- 
low Peru,  6,000-8.000  ft.  I.H  18  48  —E.  gaUonovinum,  Reichb  f. 
Fls.  brown  m  large  racemes,  lip  yellow  Brawl.—  E.  oneidtoidea, 
Lindl  Panicles  up  to  6  ft  long,  fls  yellow  and  brown,  sweet- 


U20 


EPIDENDRUM 


•oented.  Stately  species.  Guiana.  B  R  1623  —E.  phaentceum, 
Lindl  Panicles  2-3  ft.,  fls  deep  purple,  mottled  green,  lip  rich 
viotet,  stained  crimson  Handsome  Cuba—  F  mrg&twn,  Undl. 
Scape  up  to  7  ft.  high,  fls.  small,  up  to  20,  greenish,  stained  brown. 

Auhzeum:  E.  vaneg&tum,  Hook  Racemes  many-fld  ,  fls. 
fragrant,  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  the  Up  rose  or  wlute-and- 
rose-spotted.  S  Amer  BM  3151. 

Other  species  mentioned  in  horticultural  literature  are  E.  campy- 
lostulifx,  lleichb  f  A  curious  species  with  glaucous  green  pseudo- 
bulbs  and  l\s  fls  yellowish  tinged  with  chocolate  color  Cent. 
Amer. — E,  Ldmbda,  Lmd  Closely  allied  to  E  fragrans  Sepals  and 
petals  light  salmon-color,  Up  cream-yellow  with  violet  lines,  creat 
velvety  Colombia — E  lateriile,  Hort  Infl.  produced  on  a 
rudimentary  pseudobulb  as  in  E  Stamfordianum.  Cent.  Amer  — 
E.  pterocdrpum,  Lindl  Of  diminutive  growth,  chiefly  of  botanical 
interest  Mex  — E.  punctfferum,  Reichb  f  Fls.  in  erect  spikes, 
greeu,  the  lip  spotted  with  purple  Brazil  — E  purpuruchylum, 
Rodr  "Sepals  and  petals  dull  olive-green,  tinged  with  brown, 
corrugated  front  lobe  of  lip  deop  purple,  with  whitish  yellow  mar- 
gin, fls.  fragrant,  not  unlike  violets  " — E,  sacchardtum.  Kranzl. 
Raceme  15-20-fld  ,  fls  green,  marked  with  dark  brown,  lip  white, 
road-purple  at  apex  Guiana  —E  Stallforthianum,  Kranzl  Sepals 
and  petals  dull  brown,  column  ivory-white,  fla  have  a  peculiar 
and  disagreeable  odor  Mex.  G.C.  Ill  51  114  —E  tnpunctAtum, 
Lindl.  Intro,  in  1881  and  now  reappearing  in  cult 

GEORGE  HANSEN 
GEORGE  V.  NASH.f 

EPEDlACRlUM  (compounded  of  Epidendrurn  and 
Diacrium)  OrchidAce<*i.  A  genus  established  to  con- 
tain hybridp  between  Epidendrum  and  Diacnum. 

The  following  is  sometimes  found  in  collections.  E  CMmann 
(E,  cihare  x  D  bicornutum) 

EPIG.&A  (Greek,  epi,  upon,  gaia,  earth;  in  reference 
to  the  trailing  growth)  Encdce<je.  Evergreen  spring- 
bloommg  plants,  herbaceous  m  appearance  but  with 
woody  creeping  stems,  sometimes  planted 

Leaves  alternate,  petiolate,  entire,  leathery,  fls. 
usually  dioecious,  sometimes  perfect,  m  short  terminal 
or  pseudo-axillary  spikes,  each  m  the  axil  of  a  green 
bract  and  with  2  green  brastlets;  sepals  5,  green;  corolla 
pink  or  white,  salver-shaped,  with  5  lobes,  stamens  10, 
attached  to  the  base  of  the  corolla-tube,  the.2-celled 
anthers  dehiscing  by  slits  not,  as  is  usual  in  the  Enca- 
cese,  by  pores;  style  columnar;  stigma  5-lobed,  ovary 
densely  hairy,  5-celled,  with  many  ovules  fr  depressed- 
globose,  fleshy,  dehiscent  along  the  partitions,  the 
many  minute  seeds  set  on  the  surface  of  the  white  suc- 
culent placentae. — Two  species,  N.  E  Amer.  and  Japan. 

repens,  Linn.  TRAILING  ARBUTUS  MAYFLOWER. 
Fig.  1399  Spreading  on  the  ground  in  patches  some- 
times 2  ft.  chain,  the  hirsute  sts  rooting*  If -blades 
ovate-oblong  to  orbicular,  cordate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  obtuse  or  broadly  acute  at  the  apex,  sparingly 
hirsute  on  the  margins  and  both  surfaces,  1-3  in. 
long*  fls  fragrant,  the  corolla-lobes  spreading,  those  of 
the  male  fls.  much  larger  than  the  female,  btamens 
in  the  female  fls.  often  reduced  to  mere  rudiments  of 
filaments  j  stigmas  spreading  in  the  female  fls ,  folded 
together  in  the  male  fr  berry -like  after  dehiscence, 
the  axis,  dissepiments,  and  placentae  fleshy.  Newfound- 
land to  Sask  ,  south  to  Fla.,  Ky  . 
and  Wis. — It  grows  only  m  acid 
soils. 

Trailing  arbutus,  probably  the 
best  beloved  of  all  the  early  wild 
flowers  of  the  eastern  United  States, 
is  rarely  seen  in  cultivation  Yet 
it  thrives  in  the  same  acid  peaty 
sandy  well  aerated  soils  as  the 
blueberry,  and  like  the  blueberry  it 
has  in  and  on  its  roots  a  myco- 
rhizal  fungus  upon  which  it  prob- 
ably depends  for  nutrition.  One  of 
the  most  satisfactory  potting  mix- 
tures is  nine  parts  finely  sifted 
kalmia  peat,  one  part  clean  sand^ 
and  three  parts  clean  broken 
crocks.  In  watering  the  plants  one 
should  use  rain-water,--  bog-water, 
or  some  other  water  free  from  Urn*1 


Wild  plants  may  be  transplanted,  preferably  m  autumn 
or  very  early  spring,  care  being  taken  to  lift  a  large 
portion  of  the  root-mat  without  disturbing  the  roots. 
Such  plants  should  be  kept  in  a  cold  frame  or  coolhouse 
and  until  abundant  new  roots  are  formed  should 
receive  little  or  no  direct  sunlight  They  may  be 
propagated  by  division  or  by  layers,  but  the  resulting 
plants  are  seldom  symmeti  ic-il 

The  best  method  of  propagating  trailing  arbutus  is 
by  the  seed  The  fruit,  whieh  is  often  borne  in  abun- 
dance on  vigorous  female  plants,  ripens  at  the  same 
season  as  the  wild  strawberry  At  maturity  and  while 
still  herbaceous  the  wall  of  the  fruit  splits  from  the 
center  into  five  valves  which  turn  backward  in  a  green 
rosette  exposing  the  white  fleshy  edible  berry-like 
interior,  %  to  %  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  dotted  with 
seeds  The  fruits  disappear  quickly  after  dehiscence, 
commonly  within  a  few  hours,  being  eagerly  sought  by 
ants,  snails,  and  birds.  A  fruit  bears  usually  300  to 
500  seeds  The  seeds,  which  are  easily  separated  from 
the  pulp  by  rubbing  between  the  fingers,  should  be 
sown  at  once  in  a  well-drained  shallow  box,  in  a  mixture 
of  two  parts  finely  sifted  kalmia  peat  and  one  part  of 
clean  sand,  covered  about  &  of  an  inch  with  the  same 
material,  and  watered  slowly  but  thoroughly  with  a 
very  fine  rose.  If  covered  with  a  glass  and  kept  away 
from  direct  sunlight  a  second  wateiing  may  not  be 
required  before  germination  The  seeds  come  up  in 
three  to  four  weeks,  and  m  their  earliest  stages  after 
germination  often  require  protection  from  ants.  This 
is  best  accomplished  by  setting  the  seed-boxes  on  pots 
inverted  m  saucers  of  water  In  the  heat  of  summer 
young  seedlings,  and  older  plants  as  \vell,  can  riot  stand 
lull  sunlight  A  lath  shade  with  spaces  of  the  same 
width  as  the  lath  usually  furnibhcs  sufficient  protection 
In  the  third  or  fourth  month  from  germination,  when 
the  plants  are  about  ?g  of  an  inch  in  diameter,  they 
should  be  potted  in  2-inch  pots  m  the  mixture  of  peat, 
sand,  and  crocks  already  described,  and  the  pots 
plunged  m  sand  in  shallow  boxes. 

If  carried  through  the  first  winter  in  a  greenhouse, 
with  a  night  temperature  of  55°  to  60°  and  a  day 
temperature  of  about  65°  to  70°,  the  plants  continue 
their  growth  all  winter,  and  in  the  following  summer 
some  of  them  even  without  transfer  to  larger  pots  will 
lay  down  a  few  clusters  of  flower-buds,  in  preparation 
for  the  next  spring's  blooming,  when  they  are  a  year 
and  a  half  old  Many  of  the  plants,  however,  do  riot 
flower  until  they  are  two  and  a  half  years  old,  their 


Trailing  arbutus  or  Mayflower -Epigsea  repeat. 


XXXVIII.  The  California  poppy.  — Eschscholtzia  calif ornica. 


EPIG^JA 


EPIMEDIUM 


rosettes  having  reached  a  diameter  of  about  7  to  10 
inches. 

The  flower-buds  are  formed  from  midsummer  to 
autunrn.  If  the  plants  are  kept  in  a  warm  greenhouse 
during  the  winter  the  flower-buds  seldom  open.  To 
make  them  open  normally  the  plants  must  be  subjected 
to  a  prolonged  period  of  chilling  Actual  freezing  is 
not  necessary.  The  best  chilling  temperature  for  the 
greenhouse  is  a  little  above  freezing,  about  35°  Alter- 
nate freezing  and  thawing,  with  strong  sunlight,  is 
likely  to  injure  the  foliage.  Strong  sunlight  without 
freezing  heightens  the  color  of  the  flowers.  After  two 
to  three  months  of  chilling  the  plants  may  be  forced, 
if  early  flowers  are  desired,  by  alternating  the  same  low 
night  temperature  with  a  day  temperature  of  45°  to 
60°.  Plants  kept  in  a  cool  humid  atmosphere  often 
remain  in  flower  three  to  four  weeks,  redolent  with 
their  well-known  delightful  fragrance  The  male 
flowers,  with  their  yellow  centers,  are  much  larger  and 
prevailingly  much  pinker  than  the  green-centered 
female  flowers  In  cultivated  plants  the  corollas  some- 
times have  a  spread  of  %  of  an  inch.  The  most  robust 
plants  have  been  secured  by  plunging  the  pot  in  moist 
sphagnum  in  a  pot  of  2  inches  greater  diameter.  The 
roots  then  grow  through  the  hole  in  the  bottom  of  the 
inner  pot  and  develop  profusely  in  the  moist,  well 
aerated  sphagnum  of  the  outer  pot.  Old  plants  which 
have  become  ragged  at  the  center  may  be  revivified 
by  cutting  the  stems  back  almost  to  the  mam  root 
immediately  after  flowering  They  then  throw  out  a 
new  circle  of  branches  with  new  and  bright  foliage  and 
flower  profusely  the  following  spring. 

FREDERICK  V.  COVILLE. 

EPIL&LIA  (compounded  of  Epidendrum  and 
Lif/wi)  Orchul&ceae.  A  genus  established  to  include 
hybrids  of  these  genera 

E     belairensis    (E      cihare  x  L     autumnahs).  —  E. 


minutely  toothed,  2-6  in.  long,  4-12  lines  wide,  pale 
beneath,  acute,  narrowed  at  bases-  fls.  spreading,  hi 
long,  terminal  spike-like  racemes,  petals  rounded  at 
tip;  stigma  4-lobed  •  caps  2-3  in  long.  Eu.,  Asia,  N. 
Arncr  BB.  2.481  Var  alba,  Hort.,  has  pure  white 
fls.  suitable  for  cutting;  also  occurs  wild  This  variety 
was  perfected  in  England  It  forms  a  compact  bush 

hirsutum,  Linn.  Stout,  2-4  ft.  high,  with  short  but 
conspicuous  soft  straight  hairs:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
usually  opposite,  sessile  and  often  clasping,  with  many 
small,  sharp  teeth,  1-3  m.  long,  pubescent  on  both 
sides:  fls.  erect,  axillary,  about  1  in.  across;  petals 
notched  :  weed  from  Eu  ,  showy,  and  sometimes  found 
in  old  gardens 

Dodonsfei,  Vill  (E  rosmannifdlium,  Haenke).  Per- 
ennial, 1-3  ft  ,  blooming  in  midsummer,  mostly  erect: 
Ivs.  linear,  tapering  somewhat  toward  either  end, 
entire,  smooth  or  somewhat  soft-hairy:  fls.  red,  the  mfl 
terminal  on  the  branches  Eu. 

obcordatum,  Gray  Glabrous  perennial:  decumbent, 
sts  3-5  in.  long,  1-5-fld  '  Ivs  numerous,  opposite, 
ovate,  sessile,  %in  or  less  long.  fls.  bright  rose-color, 
the  petals  y^n  long  and  obcordate;  stamens  yellow, 
shorter  than  declining  style.  caps  short  and  thick 
Calif  m  the  high  Sierras,  and  in  Nev.  —  Offered  as  an 
alpine  A  handsome  species. 

luteum,  Pursh  Nearly  simple,  1-2  ft.,  nearly  gla- 
brous. Ivs  ovate  or  elliptical  to  broad-lanceolate, 
toothed,  slightly  fleshy,  1-3  in  long,  sessile  or  with  a 
short  -winged  petiole  fls  bright  yellow,  the  petals  %m 
long,  style  often  exserted'  caps  long-stalked,  some- 
what puberulent  Ore  to  Alaska 

E  uby  ^sinicwn  album  is  offered  abroad,  as  "pure  white,  pretty" 
the  name  does  not  appear  to  have  botanical  standing  —  E  tott- 


.       . 

Charleswdrthn     (E     radicans  X  L.    cmnabarma).  —  E. 
FletcheriAna  (E  atropurpureum  x  L  harpophylla)  —  -E. 
Hardy&na    (E     cihare  x  L     anceps).     C     0    1  —  E 
' 


. 

heatentnsis  (E  O'Bnemanum  x  L  cmnabarma)  —  E. 
Lawrence*  (E  vitellmum  x  L  tenebrosa)  —  E  Lumttii 
(F,  atropurpureum  x  L  purpurata)  —  E  Mdrgantae 
(K!  Parkmsomanum  x  L  grandis).  —  E.  Sylvia  (L, 
cmnabarma  x  E  Coopenanum  )  —  E  Veilchn  (E. 
radicans  x  L  purpurata)  —  E  viiellbrbsa  (E  vitel- 
lmum x  L  tenebrosa)  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

EPEL6BIUM  (Greek,  upon  the  pod,  referring  to  the 
structure  of  the  flower).  Including  Chanisenerion. 
Onagrdcex  Border  plants,  with  willow-like  foliage,  and 
large  showy  spikes  of  deep  pink,  rosy  crimson  or  white 
or  even  yellow  flowers  borne  from  June  to  August 

Herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  sometimes  annual,  erect, 
sprawling  or  creeping:  Ivs  alternate  or  opposite, 
toothed  or  entire:  fls  axillary  or  terminal,  solitary  or 
in  spikes  or  racemes,  rosy  purple  or  flesh-colored,  very 
rarely  yellow,  calyx-tube  little,  if  at  all,  produced 
beyond  the  ovary;  petals  4,  obovate  or  obcordate, 
erect  or  spreading;  stamens  8;  ovary  4-celled;  seeds 
comose;  stigma  often  4-lobed:  caps,  long  and  narrow, 
4-sided  and  4-valved  —  Species  aoout  200  or  more,  in 
many  parts  of  the  world,  mostly  in  temperate  regions. 

the  taller  species,  like  E.  angustifoliurn  and  E.  hir- 
sntium,  make  very  rank  growth  in  moist  places,  and  are 
therefore  especially  adapted  for  the  wild  garden  or  for 
naturalizing  along  the  water's  edge  and  in  low  meadows 
The  underground  runners  reach  far,  and  the  plants 
spread  fast  when  not  kept  in  bounds.  Propagation  is 
by  division  or  seeds. 

angustifdlium,  Linn  (E.  spic&tum,  Lam.  Chamse- 
nenon  angustifbhum,  Scop.).  GREAT  WILLOW-HERB. 
FIRE-WEED.  In  cult,  mostly  branched  and  3-5  ft. 
high;  m  the  wild  simple  or  branched,  2-8  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
alternate,  very  short-petioled,  lanceolate,  entire  or 


fdhum,  I  inn  (Chamaenerion  latifohum.  Sweet)  Erect,  canescent, 
about  1  '2  ft  Ivs  lanceolate  or  ovate  -lanceolate,  tapering  at  both 
ends,  thick  fls 

L    II    B 


, 

,  thick   fls  purple,  showy,  sometimes  2  in   across    Newfound- 
laud  to  Ore   ana  north. 


EPIMEDIUM  (Greek,  like  Median,  a  plant  said  to 
grow  m  Media;  a  name  from  Dioscondes,  retained  by 
Linnirus)  Kerberidacex.  Herbs  suitable  for  rock-gar- 
dens and  shady  places. 

This  genus  contains  some  of  the  daintiest*  and  most 
interest  ing  plants  that  can  be  grown  in  the  hardy 
border,  and  E.  maeranthum,  particularly,  is  as  distinct, 
complicated  and  fascinating  as  many  of  the  rare,  ten- 
der and  costly  orchids.  The  whole  family  to  which  it 
belongs  is  exceptionally  interesting,  and  is  one  of  the 
most  striking  of  those  rare  cases  in  which  the  cultural, 
botanical  and  artistic  points  of  view  have  much  m 
common  Of  the  8  or  9  genera  of  this  family  only  Ber- 
bens  and  Nandma  are  shrubs,  all  the  others  being  herbs, 
with  creeping,  underground  sts  ,  and  all  small,  choice, 
curious,  and  cult  to  a  slight  extent,  except  Bongardia 
and  Leontice.  Podophyllum  contains  our  mandrake; 
Caulophyllum  the  quaint  blue  cohosh;  and  the  others 
are  Aceranthus,  Achlys,  Diphylleia,  JefTersoma  and 
Vancouveria.  A  collection  of  all  these  plants  should 
make  a  charming  study  What  appear  to  be  petals  in 
E.  macranthrim  are  really  the  inner  row  of  sepals,  col- 
ored like  petals,  and  performing  their  functions,  while 
the  long  spurs  or  nectaries  are  supposed  to  be  highly 
specialized  petals.  Epimedium  has  8  sepals  and  4 
petals,  which  are  mostly  small  and  in  the  form  of  nec- 
taries* stamens  4'  caps,  opening  by  a  valve  on  the 
back:  Ivs  pumately  twice  or  thrice  dissected.  They 
grow  a  foot  or  two  high.  For  E.  diphyllum,  see  Acer- 
anthus, which  is  distinguished  by  its  flat,  not  nectary- 
like  petals,  and  its  Ivs.  with  a  pair  of  Ifts.  on  each  of 
the  2  forks  of  the  petiole  —  There  are  11  species,  all 
natives  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  but  some  are 
found  as  far  south  as  N.  Afr.  There  is  none  native  in 
Amer.  The  Garden,  48,  p.  486,  shows  what  a  charming 
picture  can  be  made  of  the  foliage  alone  when  cut  ana 
placed  in  a  bowl.  The  plants  retain  Jheir  foliage  all 
winter,  especially  m  sheltered  spots  under  trees. 


1122 


EPIMEDIUM 


EPIFHRONITIS 


Epimediums  thrive  best  in  partial  shade,  and  are 
particularly  well  suited  for  rockeries  and  the  margins 
of  shrubberies.  Almost  any  soil  will  answer  for  them. 
The  peculiar  bronzy  tints  of  the  young  foliage  con- 


1400.  Epimedium  mtcranthum.  a,  E. 
alpinum  var.  rubrum;  b,  E.  pinna  turn; 
showing  three  types  of  spur  or  nectary. 

trast  well  with  the  variously  colored  flowers.  Propaga- 
tion by  division.   (J  B.  Keller.) 

A.  Spurs  conspicuous,  often  1  in.  long,  sometimes  twice 

as  long  as  the  showy  inner  sepals. 
macranthum,  Morr  &  Decne  Fig.  1400.  Lvs. 
thrice  ternate;  Ifts.  cordate-ovate,  unequal  at  the  base, 
sharply  toothed;  petioles  with  short,  spreading,  con- 
spicuous hairs  outer  sepals  sometimes  colored  bright 
red,  remaining  after  the  larger  and  showier  parts  of  the 
fl.  have  fallen;  inner  sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  violet; 
spurs  white  Japan  B.R.  1906.  P.M.  5:151.  Not 
On.  46:356,  which  is  E  pinnatum  Var  nlveum, 
Voss  (E  niveum,  Hort ),  has  pure  white  fls  G  W  3,  p. 
591  Var  rdseum,  Voss  (E.  roseum,  Hort.  E  niveum 
var.  rbseum,  Hort ),  has  fls.  white,  tinged  with  pink  or 
pale  rosy  red.  Var.  violiceum,  Voss  (E.  violdceum, 
Morr.  &  Decne ),  has  violet  spurs,  shorter  than  in  E. 
macranthum,  but  much  larger  than  in  the  other  species. 
B.M.  3751.  B  R  26:43.  H  F  4:168  —A  very  interest- 
ing species.  The  E  hlace,a  advertised  in  some  Ameri- 
can catalogues  seems  to  belong  here.  E.  lilacea  is  a 
name  unknown  in  botanical  literature. 

A  A.  Spurs  medium-sized,  nearly  as  long  as  the  inner 

sepals. 
B.  Inner  sepals  bright  red. 

alpinum,  Linn.,  var.  rubrum,  Hook.  (E.  rubrum, 
Morr.).  Fig.  1400.  Lvs.  biternate  (but Hooker's  picture 
shows  tendency  to  thrice  ternate  condition),  minutely 
toothed:  spurs  white,  marked  with  red,  as  in  Fig  1400, 
which  shows  the  very  distinct  appearance  of  the  fls. 
Japan.  B.M.  5671.  R  B  3,  p.  33.— Hooker  says  this 
diners  in  no  way  from  E  alpinum,  except  in  the  larger 
and  red  fls.,  while  the  type  which  grows  wild  in  England 
(though  probably  not  native)  has  dull  reddish  yellow 
fls.,  and,  though  advertised,  is  probably  not  in  cult. 

BB.  Inner  sepals  whitish  or  pdje  yellow. 
Musschianum,  Morr.  &  Decne    Lvs.  only  once  ter- 
nate, sharply  toothed,  as  in  E.  macranthum:  all  floral 
parts  whitish  or  pale  vellow.    Japan.    B  M.  3745. — 
The  least  showy  kind,  but  worth  growing  in  a  collec- 


tion, its  spurs  having  an  individuality  difficult  to 
describe.  Var.  rubrum,  Hort ,  is  presumably  an  error, 
as  a  red-fld.  form  would  be  very  unexpected. 

AAA.  Spurs  much  shorter  than  the  inner  sepals,  being, 

in  fact,  merely  small  nectar-glands. 

B.  Lvs.  once  or  twice  ternate. 

pinnatum,  Fisch  Fig  1400.  Lvs  usually  biternate, 
with  5  Ifts  ,  3  above  and  1  on  each  side,  Ifts.  with  a 
deeper  and  narrower  basal  cut  than  in  E  macranthum, 
the  whole  plant  densely  hairy  scape  about  as  long  an 
the  fully  developed  Ivs.;  fls  typically  bright  yellow; 
nectaries  red,  a  third  or  a  fourth  as  long  as  the  inner 
sepals  Shady  mountain  woods  of  Persia  and  Caucasus. 
BM  4456  Gn.  46.356,  (erroneously  as  E  macran- 
thum) ,  48,  p.  486  G  18:706.— Best  suited  to  the  alpine 
garden 

Var.  elegans,  Hoit ,  presumably  has  larger, 
brighter  and  more  numerous  fls  E  sulphureum  of 
European  catalogues  is  regarded  by  J  W  Manning 
and  J.  B  Keller  as  a  pale  yellow-fld  form  of  E  pinna- 
turn,  but  by  Voss  as  a  variety  of  E.  macranthum  A 
yellow  form  of  the  violet-fid.  E.  macranthum  would  be 
very  surprising 

Var  c61chicum,  Hort  (F  c6lchicum,  Hort ),  has 
brilliant  golden  yellow  fls  and  nectaries  1-1 H  hnos 
long. 

BB.  Lvs  always  once  tcrnale. 

Perralderianum,  Coss  This  is  the  African  repre- 
sentative of  E  pinnatum,  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
key  characters  and  also  in  the  much  more  strongly 
cihate-toothed  Ifts  ,  when  young  the  Ifts  have  rich 
bronze  markings,  making  a  handsome  showing.  Its 
fls  are  a  "paler  yellow  than  the  typical  E  pinna- 
turn  It  is  far  from  improbable  that  specimens  con- 
necting them  will  be  found  in  8  Eu  ,  if  not  in  Afr." 
Algeria.  B  M  6509  — Lvs  remain  all  winter.  Less 
desirable  than  E  pinnatum 

E  diphyllum,  Lodd  Sco  Aceranthus  diphyllus — E  niveum 
is  catalogued  by  Van  Tubcrgcn  as  a  synonym  of  E  Musschianum, 
but  the  chances  arc  that  all  tho  plants  advertised  aa  K  niveum 
are  E  mucranthum  var.  niveum  The  spurs  are  so  ob\iously 
longer  in  E  macranthum  that  there  is  no  reason  for  confusion, 

WILHELM  MILLER. 
N  TAYLOR t 

EPEPACTIS  (Greek,  epiprgnuo,  it  coagulates  milk). 
Orchidacex.  Hardy  terre&tnal  orchids  of  minor  value. 

Leafy  orchids  with  creeping  rootstorks  and  un- 
branched  sts.:  Ivs  ovate  or  lanceolate,  with  plaited 
veins  fls.  purplish  brown,  nearly  white  or  tinged  red; 
lower  bracts  often  longer  than  the  fls  ,  .sepals  free, 
spreading,  nearly  as  large  as  the  petals?,  lip  free,  deeply 
concave  at  base,  without  callosities,  narrowly  con- 
stricted and  somewhat  jointed  in  the  middle,  the  upper 
portion  dilated,  petaloid. — Ten  or  a  dozen  species  in 
the  north  temperate  zone.  The  first  mentioned  may  be 
secured  through  dealers  in  native  western  and  Japanese 
plants;  the  second  is  listed  m  the  American  edition  of  a 
Dutch  catalogue.  For  other  definitions  of  the  name 
Epipactis,  see  Goodyera. 

Royle&na,  Lindl.  (E.  gigantea,  Douglas)  Stout, 
1-4  ft  high:  Ivs.  from  ovate  below  to  narrowly  lanceo- 
late above,  3-8  in.  long,  fls  3-10,  greenish,  strongly 
veined  with  purple.  June,  July.  Wash  to  Santa 
Barbara,  east  to  S.  Utah  and  W  Texas,  on  banks  of 
streams.  Also  Himalayas.  Intro  1883  Mn  8:145. 

atrfrubens,  Schult.  (E.  rubigindsa,  Crantz).  Lvs. 
often  reddish:  fls.  and  ovary  dark  purple;  lip  oval, 
acute,  or  slightly  notched;  bracts  equaling  the  fls.  or 
rarely  longer.  July-Sept.  Eu.,  W.  Asia.  L.  H.  B. 

EPIPHRONlTIS  is  a  bigeneric  orchid  hybrid  of  Ep\- 
dendrum  and  Sophronitis,  for  a  picture  of  which  see 
R.II  1896:476.  It  has  about  10  fls.,  chiefly  a  brilliant 
scarlet,  set  off  with  bright  yellow  Gt.  46,  p.  555. 


EPIPHRONITIS 

Veltchii,  Hort.  (Epid6ndrum  radlcans  x  SophrorAtis 
grandiflbra) .  Fls.  like  those  of  Epidendrum  radicans, 
which  it  much  resembles  in  habit,  but  the  parts  all 
broader.  C.O.  1.  GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

EPIPHYLL.  A  plant  that  grows  on  a  leaf.  It  is  a  kind 
of  epiphyte.  The  epiphylls  are  algse,  lichens,  liverworts, 
and  mosses.  The  name  is  applied  to  those  species  or 
kinds  that  find  their  physical  support  on  foliage  leaves 
rather  than  to  those  that  are  parasitic  on  them  as  are 
the  fungi.  Epiphyllous  plants  are  likely  to  be  most 
abundant  in  the  tropics. 

EPIPHYLLANTHUS  (flower  upon  the  leaf).  Coo 
tdcese.  Epiphytic,  sts.  much  branched,  jointed,  ribbed, 
areolea  bearing  setae  instead  of  spines'  fls  resembling 
those  of  Zygocactus ;  ovary  angled  — One  species  known. 
Native  of  Brazil.  lor  cult ,  see  Succulents. 

obtusingulus,  Berger  (Cereus  obtusdngulus,  Schu- 
mann). Joints  somewhat  flattened,  about  10-ribbed: 
stamens  of  two  kinds  — Although  usually  considered  a 
Cereus,  it  is  more  closely  related  to  Zygocactus,  but 
from  both  it  seems  generically  distinct  Indeed  Berger 
says  it  resembles  certain  Opuntias  and  seems  to  have  a 
relationship  with  RhipHahs.  It  is  not  grown  in  this 
country,  and  is  still  rare  m  Eu.  j  N.  ROSE 

EPIPHfLLUM  (on  a  leaf,  refers  to  the  leaf-like 
branches  on  which  the  flower  grows)  Cactacese  Spine- 
less upright  branched  flat-stemmed  cacti  with  very 
large  and  showy  flow  ers,  some  of  them  popular  as  house- 
plants. 

Branches  flat,  2-edged,  crenate  or  serrate  on  the 
margins,  spineless,  fls  usually  large,  mostly  nocturnal, 
petals  white,  red,  or  yellow;  stamens  elongated,  numer- 
ous: fr.  oblong  m  outline,  bearing  a  few  bracts,  red, 
juicy;  seeds  numerous,  black.  In  the  Cyclopedia  of 
American  Horticulture,  the  name  Phyllocactus  was 
used  for  this  genus,  but  this  is  a  much  later  name  and 
hence  it  is  given  up  The  epiphyllums  of  the  first 
Cyclopedia  will  be  found  under  Zygocactus.  For  cult , 
see  Succulents. 

Several  hundred  hybrids  are  in  the  trade,  the  most 
common  ones  being  with  E  crenatum,  E  Ackermannn 
and  E.  phyllanthoides.  Fig.  1401.  Crosses  are  often 
made  with  the  various  Cereus  allies,  such  as  Hehocereus 
speciosus,  and  with  some  species  of  lOchmopsis 

A.  Tube  of  fl.  always  elongated,  usually  much  longer  than 
the  limb,  petals  white  or  yellowish:  mostly  night- 
bloomers. 

B.  Slyk  white. 
c.  Branches  thint  usually  spreading  in  some  plane:  petals 

pure  white. 

oxypetalum,  Haw.  (Phyllocdctus  grdndis,  Lem.). 
Very  large,  sometimes  20  ft  long,  with  numerous  short 
side  branches,  and  these  in  the  same  plane  with  the 
mam  st ,  thin  and  If  -like,  fl  large  (nearly  a  foot  long), 
white,  night-blooming  (sometimes  described  as  day- 
blooming).  Originally  from  Mex.,  but  said  to  be  found 
in  Honduras  and  Guatemala;  also  reported  from  Cuba, 
but  surely  not  native  there.  G.W.  10.560  (as  Phyllo- 
cactus latifrons). — One  of  the  commonest  and  best 
species  in  cult. 

cc.  Branches  thick,  not  spreading  in  the  same  plane: 

petals  cream-colored  or  yellow. 
D.  Fls.  large:  sts.  with  shallow  crenations. 

crenatum,  Don  (Phyllocdctus  crenatus,  Lem.).  Sts. 
about  3  ft.  long,  erect,  thick,  strongly  crenate,  some- 
what glaucous:  midrib  very  thick:  fl.  large,  6-10  in. 
long,  said  to  be  a  day-bloomer;  petals  white  or  cream- 
colored  in  life,  drying  yellow;  tube  4r-5  in.  long;  style 
said  to  be  white;  very  fragrant.  Guatemala  and  S.  Mex  , 
and  said  to  come  from  Honduras 


EPIPHYLLUM 


1123 


DD.  Fls.  small  for  the  genus:  sts.  with  deeply  cut 

margins. 

angftliger,  Don  (Phyllocdctus  anguhger,  Lem.). 
About  3  ft.  high,  much  branched  below:  branches 
narrow,  thick,  with  deeply  cut  margins:  fls.  5-8  in 
long,  with  a  slender  tube;  petals  yellow. 

BB.  Style  red. 
c  Sts  stiff,  erect. 

^  strfctum,  Brit.  &  Rose  (Phyllocdctus  strictus,  Lem  ). 
Erect,  branching,  reaching  a  height  of  10  ft.,  with  long 
cylindrical  branches  and  shorter,  If -like  secondary 
branches'  crenatures  or  teeth  rather  deep,  unequal  on 
the  oppohite  sides  bristles  wanting,  tube  of  the  fl.  very 
long  and  slender,  outer  sepals  brownish,  inner  pure 
white ;  the  fl  opens  late  in  the  evening  and  closes  before 
dawn;  m  full  bloom  the  sepals  are  very  strongly 
recurved.  Said  to  come  froir  Cuba —Often  found  m 
collections  under  the  name  of  P.  latifrons. 
cc.  Sts  rather  weak,  spreading 
D.  Petals  very  narrwv  areolea  bearing  black  bristles. 
Wtifrons,  Zucc.  (Phyllocdctus  Idtifrons,  Link.  P 
stenopf  talus,  Salm-Dyck?).  Branches  very  long  and 
large,  crenate  or  somewhat  serrate,  acute  or  acuminate 
midrib  and  usually  side  ribs  evident,  areolcs  with  rather 
large  scales  and  dark  bristles  fl  8-10  in  long,  spread- 
ing and  m  full  bloom  bent  backward;  petals  narrow 
Supposed  to  be  from  Mex  ,  but  not  known  from  wild 
material  — Much  advertised  as  the  queen  cactus 

DD  Petals  broader  areoles  without  bristles. 
Hodkeri,  Haw  (Phyllocdctus  Hookeri,  Salm-Dyck). 
Sts  6-10  ft  high  branches  rather  thin,  light  green, 
strongly  crenate1  fls  night-blooming,  8-9  in  long;  fl  - 
tube  narrow,  tinged  with  yellow,  sepals  narrow,  lemon- 
yellow;  petals  pure  white,  narrow,  2  in  long;  stamens 
m  a  single  series;  style  red  Brazil  and  Guiana  B  M 


1401.  One  of  the  many  hybrid  Epiphyllums. 


2692  (as  Cactus  phyttanthus)  — Although  long  in  cult., 
the  species  is  not  now  well  known,  there  being  2  or 
more  closely  related  species  in  cult,  under  this  name. 

A  A.  Tube  of  fls.  short,  always  shorter  than  the  limb:  day- 
bloomers. 

B.  Style  reddish:  fls.  4%  in.  broad. 
Ackermannii,  Haw.  (Phyllocdctus  Ackermannii^  Salm- 
Dyck).  Fig.  1402.  Sts.  numerous,  sometimes  reach- 
ing 3  ft.,  somewhat  recurved:  branches  usually  less 
than  a  foot  long,  with  evident  middle  and  side  ribs 
areoles  on  the  lower  and  younger  shoots  bearing  short 
bristles:  fls  scarlet-red  outside,  carmine-red  within, 


1124 


EPIFHYLLUM 


EPI1WVTES 


the  throat  greenish  yellow,  tube  very  short,  the  limb 
wide-spreading,  4-6  m.  diam.  B.R.  1331. — Not  known 
m  the  wild  state. 

BB.  Style  white:  fl$.  smaller  than  the  last. 
phyllanthoides,  Sweet  (Phyttocdctus  phyllawtholdes, 
Link).  Branches  at  length  hanging,  cylindrical  at  base, 
lanceolate  above;  serratures  obtuse;  middle  and  side 
ribs  evident;  bristles  few  fl  -tube  2  in  long  or  less,  with 
spreading  scales,  the  limb  somewhat  longer,  often 
stnate.  b.  Mex.  j.  N.  ROSE. 

EPIPHYTES.  Literally  "air  plants."  those  plants 
that  do  not  grow  in  earth  or  water,  but  are  supported 
in  air  on  trees  or  other  objects  and  usually  drawing  no 
organic  nourishment  from  such  object  or  support 

True  epiphytes  are  widely  distributed  in  all  climates, 
but  it  is  in  the  moist  tropics  that  they  become  so  numer- 
ous and  conspicuous  as  to  arouse  the  special  interest 
and  enthusiasm  of  the  serious  student  as  well  as  of  the 
traveler  or  casual  observer.  One  thinks  of  epiphytes 
as  growing  upon  trees,  and  trees  are  usually  the  sup- 
porting plants.  The  term  merely  signifies  that  ecologi- 
cal type  that  has  the  habit  of  growing  upon  other 
plants,  although  in  this  account  it  is  not  the  purpose  to 
discuss  such  seaweeds  or  other  algae  as  grow  upon  larger 
plants  in  the  water  The  word  epiphyte  also  involves 
a  contrast  with  parasite,  the  latter  denoting  that 
nourishment  and  water  are  derived  from  the  living 
tissues  of  the  supporting  plant  or  host  The  epiphytic 
habit  implies  no  particular 
method  of  nutrition,  and  the 
epiphytes  are  entirely  indepen- 
dent of  the  nutrition  of  the 


1402    Epiphyllum  Ackermannii 


supporting  plant.  This  habit  fe  not  restricted  to  a 
single  class,  or  to  a  few  families  of  plants,  although  in 
some  families  many  representatives  of  the  type  have 
been  developed,  while  m  related  families  there  may  be 
none.  The  seed  plants  are  represented  by  many  species 
of  tropical  orchids,  arums,  bromehads,  and  numerous 
others,  lycopods,  ferns,  mosses  and  liverworts  all  con- 
tribute many  examples;  and  in  the  lower  groups  of 
plants  the  lichens  are  in  some  regions  dommantly 
epiphytic. 

The  luxuriant  tropical  ram-forest  is  regarded  as  the 
climax  in  development  of  vegetation.  In  describing 
this  type,  Humboldt  declared  that  "forest  is  piled  upon 
forest  "  Under  such  conditions  the  trunks  and  branches 
are  clothed  with  larger  epiphytes,  and  the  leaves  of 
some  species  accommodate  algce  and  lichens  It  is  in 
the  South  American  tropical  forests  that  the  better 
known  of  our  greenhouse  epiphytes  are  native  Orchids, 
bromehads,  and  arums  are  among  the  most  abundant 
In  the  Javanese  forests,  the  wealth  of  species  is  great, 
but  mosses,  ferns  and  lycopods  are  particularly  numer- 
ous, and  these  are  accompanied  by  some  interesting 
species  of  Ficus,  epiphytic  for  a  time,  and  by  the 
striking  Rhododendron  javanicurn,  among  others  In  the 
mountain  forests  of  tropical  regions  there  are,  as 
epiphytes,  representatives  of  several  families  of  ferns, 
likewise  many  mosses  and  lichens  The  dicotylous  and 
certain  coniferous  forests  of  Europe  and  America  harbor 
a  few  mosses  and  liverworts  arid  numerous  specios  of 
hchens  A  conspicuous  epiphyte  of  the  southern  states, 
as  well  as  of  tropical  America  is  the  long  or  Florida 
moss,  Tillarulsia  ut>neoides,  the  extremest  epiphyte 
among  the  Bromeliacete.  Accompanying  this,  the 
common  polypody  fern  is  also  found  on  trees  Going 
northward,  the  total  number  of  epiphytic  lichens  may 
decrease,  but  several  of  the  larger  forms  seem  to  become 
more  abundant  and  some  of  the  moss-like  usneas 
extend  to  the  northernmost  latitude  of 
tree  growth 

The  habit  of  growing  upon  trees  ren- 
ders epiphytes  subject  to  an  inconstant 
water-supply.  On  this  account  the  larger 
and  more  delicate  epiphytes  arp  restricted 
to  regions  constantly  moist  Even  m  the 
moist  forest,  the  species  less  resistant  to 
drying  out  are  found  on  the  lower  branches, 
and  those  more  resistant  maintain  them- 
selves higher  up,  t»o  that  there  is  a  dis- 
tribution in  strata,  analogous  to  the  lateral 
distribution  of  species  about  the  edge  of 
a  pond  In  general,  however,  there  is  ex- 
posure to  drying  out,  and,  as  might  be 
anticipated,  these  plants  exhibit  the  struc- 
tural characteristics  of  xorophytes  (dry- 
land plants)  Many  of  them  are  modified 
so  that  transpiration  is  reduced,  and  they 
are  able  to  withstand  considerable  desic- 
cation. Among  greenhouse  forms  this  is 
notably  true  of  many  orchids  and  lichens. 
Moreover,  many  species  of  orchids  possess 
special  tissues  to  winch  water  is  trans- 
ported and  there  accumulated  as  a  "re- 
serve" supply.  Leaf-tissues  may  function 
m  this  way,  but  usually  more  important 
are  the  bulb-like  enlargements  of  the 
stems. 

Of  special  interest  are  the  organs  of 
absorption  of  certain  epiphytes  Aerial 
roots  are  characteristic  of  tropical  arums 
and  orchids.  The  typical  air-root  is  pro- 
vided with  an  outer  cylinder  of  tissue,  the 
velamen,  derived  from  the  epidermis,  con- 
sisting at  maturity  of  dead  cells  capable  of 
taking  up  liquid  water  and  substances  m 
solution  like  a  sponge".  From  these  roots 
as  capillary  reservoirs,  the  supply  is  graett*- 


EPIPHYTES 


EQUJSETUM 


1125 


ally  absorbed  by  the  Iwng  tissues.  Earn,  dew,  or 
moist  substrata  may  furnish  the  water,  but  the  view 
that  these  roots  absorb  water  vapor  is  erroneous.  The 
Bromehaceaj  are  peculiar  in  the  possession  of  certain 
absorbing  leaf-scales  or  hairs.  The  Florida  moss  pos- 
sesses such  hairs  over  the  entire  surfaces  of  the 
throad-hke  stems  and 
leaves,  and  the  plant 
is  rootless.  There  are 
all  gradations  between  > 
this  and  the  soil-rooted 
pineapple  -  like  forms. 
The  arrangement  of 
the  leaves  in  many  of 
the  bromeliads  possess- 
ing larger  leaves  is 
such  as  to  establish 
after  a  rain  a  tempo- 
rary reservoir  about  the 
leaf -bases.  The  ab- 
sorbing scales  of  the 
bromeliads  exhibit 
features  worthy  of  note 
in  three  particulars  (1)  When 
dry  certain  dead  cells  absorb 
water  greedily;  (2)  with  ab- 
sorption they  assume  a  posi- 
tion making  possible  the  entry 
of  water  to  a  considerable  sur- 
face of  living  cells,  and  (3) 
with  collapse,  due  to  loss  of 
water,  the  spaces  admitting 
water  are  closed  and  loss  is 
minimised 

Aside  from  such  saprophytic  fungi  as  might 
be  considered  epiphytic,  the  epiphytes  are 
amply  provided  with  chlorophyll- bearing 
tissue;  therefore,  organic  food  is  manufac- 
tured as  in  other  plants  Some  of  the  epiphytes 
growing  upon  such  humus-developing  sub- 
trata  as  the  decaying  bark  of  trees,  or  such  as 
passively  accumulate  humus  and  other  materials  in  the 
vicinity  of  their  absorbing  surfaces,  might  absorb  some 
organic  compounds  as  N\ell  as  salts  m  this  way;  but 
this  supply  of  organic  matter  is  certainly  inconsequen- 
tial in  most  cases  Water  and  salts  are  secured  either 
through  the  air-roots,  as  described,  or  partially  through 
normal  roots,  when  such  occur.  Many  species,  epi- 
phytic at  first,  ultimately  send  roots  into  the  soil,  and 
then  secure  water  and  salts  largely  through  the  terres- 
trial habit 

In  the  forest,  certain  of  the  seed-bearing  epiphytes  are 
specialized  with  respect  to  supporting  plants,  often 
due  to  the  special  nature  of  the  protection  offered,  or 
to  the  physical  advantages  of  the  substratum  in  regard 
to  fixation  of  the  plant.  Most  species  arc  markedly 
unspeciahzed  and  may  be  grown  m  the  greenhouse 
most  successfully.  B  M  DUGGAK 

EPIPREMNUM  (upon  the  trunk  of  trees)  Aracesp. 
Resembling  the  genus  Rhaphidophora  but  has  fewer 
ovules,  2  or  more  1-seeded  berries  not  confluent,  and 
albuminous  kidney-shaped  instead  of  almost  terete 
seeds  About  8  species  from  Malay  and  Polynesia. 
E.  gigant&um,  Schott  A  robust  climber  over  100  ft. 
high,  the  sts  omitting  long  rope-like  roots  from  every 
growth:  Ivs  cordate-oblong,  6-8  ft  long,  including  the 
petiole  which  is  as  long  as  the  blade  and  winged  through- 
out its  length:  spathe  about  1  ft.  long,  ending  m  a 
curved  beak-spadix  as  long  as  spathe.  Malay  Penms. 
B.M.  7952. 

EPfSCIA  (Greek,  shady;  they  grow  wild  in  shady 
places)  Gennenacex.  Choice  and  interesting  warm- 
house  plants,  E.  cupreata  being  much  prized  for 
baskets 


Herbs,  with  long,  abort  or  no  hairs'  st  from  a  creep- 
ing root,  branched  or  not  Ivs.  opposite,  equal  or  not 
in  size*  fls  pedicellcd,  axillary,  solitary  or  clustered; 
corollas  mostly  scarlet,  rarely  whitish  or  purplish; 
tube  straight  or  curved,  more  or  less  spurred  at  the 
base;  limb  oblique  or  nearly  equal,  lobes  5,  spreading, 
rounded  — Perhaps  30  species,  all  Trop.  American. 

Episcia  cupreata  is  one  of  the  standard  basket  plants, 
especially  for  the  warmest  greenhouses  It  can  also  be 
used  in  pyramids  and  mounds,  as  told  under  Fittoma 
As  it  does  not  require  so  close  an  atmosphere  as  the 
fittomas,  it  can  be  grown  in  some  living-rooms  and  per- 
haps outdoors  in  summer  in  a  shady  place  Its  chief 
charms  are  the  slender,  trailing  habit,  the  soft  hairiness 
of  the  leaves,  the  coppery  hue,  which  is  often  laid  on 
like  paint  in  two  broad  bands  skirting  the  midrib,  and 
the  rarer  and  perhaps  finer  metallic*  bluish  luster  of 
which  one  occasionally  gets  a  glimpse  in  a  finely  grown 
specimen  Give  very  rich,  fibrous  loam,  mixed  with 
peat,  leaf-mold  and  sand,  in  summer  partial  shade. 
(Robert  Shore  ) 

A  Fls.  pale  lavender  to  white. 

chontalensis,  Hook  (Cyrtoddra  chontalensis,  Seem  ). 
St.  stout,  more  or  less  ascending,  dark  reddish  purple, 
6-10  in  long  Ivs  opposite  and  irregularly  wnorled, 
3-4  in.  long,  oblong-ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  crenate, 
obtuse,  rounded  at  the  base,  decidedly  convex  on  both 
sides  of  the  midrib  and  between  the  much-sunk  veins, 
margins  recurved,  green,  marked  with  regular 
purple  patches,  which  advance  from  the  mar- 
gins between  the  veins  toward  the  midrib  and 
are  more  or  less  oblong  fls  solitary  or  in  small 
clusters,  corolla-tube  with  a  sac  at  the  base, 
the  limb  oblique,  1 J-4-2  m  across,  with  small 
and  regular  but  conspicuous  and  beautiful 
teeth  Chontales  region  of  Nicaragua.  B  M. 
5925.  RB  22.241F8  18:1924. 

AA  Fls  scarlet. 
B  Lvs  usually  not  green,  or  only  partially  so 

cupreata,    Hanst      (Achimenes     cupreato, 
Sts    slender?  creeping, 


Hook)     Fig    1403  ;          t     .,. 

branched,  rooting  at  the  joints,  with  a  main 


bianch  rising  erect  a  few  inches,  \vhich  bears 
the  fls  and  the  largest  Ivs  Ivs  copper- 
colored  above,  fls  solitary,  9  lines  \\ide,  scar- 
let, with  a  small  sac  and  denticulate  limb. 
Nicaragua  BM  4312  Var  viridifdha,  Hook  , 
has  green  foliage  and  larger  fls  ,  1  m  across, 
B  M.  5195. 

coccinea,  Benth  &  Hook  (Cyrtoddra  cocd- 
nea,  Hort ,  B  S  Williams)  Lvs  dark  metal- 
lic green,  3-4  in  long,  2~xj-3  in  wide — Free- 
floweiing  Some  of  the  plants  sold  as  E 
imtallica.  a  name  otherwise  unknown  in 
botanical  literature,  probably  belong  here. 

BB  Lvs  a  rich  dark  green 
fulgida,  Hook.  A  beautiful,  creeping,  much- 
branched  hothouse  plant,  covered  throughout 
with  soft  villous  pubescence  Ivs  ovate  to 
elliptic,  wavy  and  serrate  margined,  ciliato* 
fls  axillary,  solitary,  the  calyx  prominently 
1-sided,  the  sepals  with  recurved  tips;  corolla 
bright  red,  the  limb  deeper  colored  than  the 
tube  which  is  about  1%  in  long;  corolla-lobes 
rounded  and  hairy  toward  the  throat.  N.  S. 
Amer.  B.M.  6136.  G.W.  3,  p.  161. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR.!  £  1u4i°s*'tum 

EQUISETUM  (from  the  Latin  equus,  horse,  hiemate"— 

and  seta,  bristle)     Equisetaceae,   Contains  the  Common 

weeds  known  as  horse-tails,  or  scourmg-rushes    scowwng- 

which  are  suitable  for  naturalising  m  waste      rush- 


1126 


EQUISETUM 


and  wettish  places  and  help  to  hold  sandy  banks.  The 
following  have  been  advertised  by  dealers  in  native 
plants.  E  arvense,  E.  hiemale  (Fig.  1404),  E.  Isemgdtum, 
E.  hmbsum,  E  prat6nse,  E.  robustum,  E.  scirpoides,  E. 
sylvdticum,  E  vanegdtum  For  descriptions,  consult  the 
manuals  of  native  plants.  They  grow  usually  in  moist 
or  swale-like  places.  They  are  flowerless  plants,  allied 
to  ferns  and  club-mosses. 

Of  the  species  named  above,  E.  arvense  haa  been 
found  to  have  a  poisonous  effect  on  grazing  stock  when 
it  occurs  in  any  quantity  in  hay  or  pasturage. 

R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 

£RAGR(3STIS  (Greek,  er,  spring,  and  agroslis,  a 
grass).  Gramineae.  LOVE-GRASS.  Annual  or  perennial 
grasses  with  more  or  less  diffuse  panicles  of  small 
several-flowered  compressed  spikelets.  Some  species 
grown  in  the  open  for  ornament. 


1405.  Eragrostis  suaveolens. 


From  6  in.  to  several  feet  tall:  culms  simple  or  often 
branched;  lemmas  keeled,  3-nerved,  the  palea  ciliate 
on  the  keels.  —  Species  about  100  in  warm  and  tem- 
perate regions  of  Doth  hemispheres. 

Some  annual  species  are  common  weeds,  such  as  E. 
megostdchya,  Link  (E.  md,jor{  Host),  STINK-  or  SNAKE- 
GRASS,  with  rather  large,  ill-smelling  spikelets  in  a 
compact  panicle.  Dept.  Agric.,  Div  Agrost.  17:215. 
E.  pectinacea,  Nees,  a  native  of  U.  S  ,  is  a  handsome 
perennial,  with  large  open  panicles  of  purple  spikelets. 
Well  adapted  to  cult,  in  sandy  soils  Ibid  17:261.  E. 
obthsa,  Munro  (Briza  genwulata,  Thurb.),  an  annual 
with  showy  spikelets,  is  cult,  in  Eu.,  but  little  known 
in  U.  S.  V.  3:247. 

abyssinica,  Link  (Pba  abyssinica,  Jacq.).  TEFP.  A 
branching  and  spreading  leafy  annual,  1-3  ft  :  panicle 
large  and  open,  1  ft.  long,  the  branches  capillary; 
spikelets  numerous,  loosely  5-9-fld.,  3-4  lines  long; 
lemmas  acuminate,  scaberulous  on  the  tip  and  nerves. 
Afr.  —  This  and  the  following  are  cult,  f*  ornament,  the 
spreading  panicles  being  used  for  bouquets.  The 
abundant  seed  used  for  making  bread  in  N.  E.  Afr. 

suavfcolens,  Becker  (E  colllna,  Trin.).  Fig.  1405. 
A  spreading  leafy  annual,  1-2  ft.,  differing  from  the 


ERANTHEMUM 

preceding  in  the  less  diffuse  panicles,  the  more  com- 
pact spikelets  and  the  less  acuminate  lemmas.  W.  Asia. 

interrupta,  Doell  (E.  tlegans,  Nees).  An  erect 
annual,  1-2  ft.:  panicle  feathery,  1  ft.  long,  rather 
narrow,  the  branches  ascending,  closely  nd.  with 
numerous  small  spikelets.  Brazil. 

amabilis,  Wight  &  Am.  (Poa  amdbilis,  Linn.). 
Erect  or  spreading  annual,  1-2  ft. :  panicles  small,  4-6 
in.,  rather  compact;  spikelets  purple,  many-fld.,  3  lines 
long,  1  line  wide.  India. 

maxima,  Baker.  An  erect,  robust  annual,  2-3  ft.: 
blades  lanceolate,  cordate  at  base*  panicle  erect,  lax, 
6-9  in.  long  and  broad,  the  pedicels  capillary;  spikelets 
oblong,  K~Hin-  long.  Madagascar. 

A  S  HITCHCOCK 

ERANTHEMUM  (Greek,  lovely  flower).  Acaniha- 
CCSP.  Tropical  shrubs  and  sub-shrubs,  some  of  which  are 
cultivated  chiefly  for  their  foliage  and  others  for  their 
flowers. 

Leaves  entire  or  rarely  coarsely  toothed  fls.  white, 
lilac,  rosy  or  red,  borne  in  various  ways;  bracts  and 
bractlets  narrow,  small;  corolla-tube  long,  slender, 
cylindrical  throughout  or  rarely  with  a  short  throat, 
limb  5-parted;  stamens  2;  ovules  2  in  each  cell;  seeds 
4  or  fewer  — Perhaps  30  species  The  genus  Dicdala- 
canthus,  although  in  a  different  tribe,  is  separated  only 
by  a  combination  of  technical  characters,  but  the 
garden  forms  of  both  genera  described  in  this  work 
are  all  distinguishable  at  a  glance  For  cult ,  see  Jus- 
ticia.  Consult  Dxdalacanthus  for  related  species. 

A.  Fls.  purple 

laxifldrum,  Gray  Height  2-4  ft  :  Ivs.  on  the  same 
plant  varying  greatly  in  size  and  shape,  those  near  the 
fls  2-3  H  m  l°nJ?)  8-15  lines  wide;  petioles  2-6  lines 
long,  widest  below,  at  or  above  the  middle,  more  or 
lehs  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  narrowed  at  the  base:  fls. 
in  cymes;  stamens  2,  perfect,  sharp-pointed.  Fiji. 
B.M.  6336. 

AA.  Fls.  pure  white. 

tuberculatum,  Hook.  Easily  told  while  growing  by 
the  many  small  roundish  and  rough  elevations  on  the 
branches:  Ivs.  small,  %-%m.  wide,  rarely  if  ever  1  in. 
long,  broadly  elliptical,  obtuse  or  notched,  almost  ses- 
sile fls  numerous,  borne  singly  in  the  axils,  in  summer; 
corolla-tube  very  long  and  blender,  1^  in.  long;  limb 
1  in.  across;  stamens  scarcely  exserted.  Habitat  un- 
known. B.M.  5405 

AAA.  Fls.  white,  speckled  with  red-purple. 

B.  Foliage  netted  with  yellow. 

reticulatum,  Hort  (E  tichdnihurgkn,  Lind.).  Height 
4  ft.:  upper  Ivs  2-7  in  long,  ovate-lanceolate,  charac- 
teristically netted  with  yellow;  lower  Ivs.  6-10  in.  long, 
not  netted,  but  the  veins  prominent  and  yellow:  fls. 
racemose;  corolla  speckled  with  blood-red  at  the 
mouth;  anthers  reddish  brown,  exserted.  Possibly 
Austral.  B.M.  7480.  1.11.26:349. 

BB.  Foliage  not  netted  with  yellow. 
Andersonii,  Mast.    Lvs.  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  nar- 
rowed into  a  short  stalk:  fls.  in  a  spike  6  in.  long;  lower 
middle  lobe  of  the  corolla  larger  and  speckled  with 
purple.  Trinidad.  Gn.45:ll.  G.Z.25:49. 

The  following  trade  names  belong  to  plants  grown  chiefly  for 
their  foliage  Probably  many  of  them  belong  in  other  genera. 
— E.  dlbo-marginAtum  Lvs.  broadly  margined  with  white  and 
irregularly  suffused  gray — E.  atroaanguineum,  Hort  Intro  by 
W.  Bull,  1875  Lvs  large,  dark,  wmp-purple,  or  blackish  crim- 
son, ovate  entire,  opposite,  stalked  Said  to  endure  the  hottest 
sunshine  — E  cuUr&tum  "Lvs  shining,  thick,  deep-veined  " 
— E.  Dutremblayhn'u.m,  Hort ,  is  supposeoT  to  be  a  garden  hybrid. 
Intro  from  France  in  1907. — E.  Eldorddo.  Lvs.  greenish  yel- 
low, veins  deeper  yellow. — E.  iffneum.  G  W.  3,  p  159.  See  Cham- 
seranthemum. — E.  Ma.gned.num,  Hort ,  la  recorded  as  a  garden 
hybrid.  Intro  from  France  1907.  Scarcely  known  in  U  S  —  E. 
nerium  riibrum  presumably  a  misprint  for  nervum-rubrum,  has  Ivs. 
"irregularly  shaped,  shaded  with  light  and  dark  green,  and  blotched 


ERANTHEMUM 


KREMOSTACHYS 


1127 


with  yellow,  which  darkens  to  reddish  purple."  Possibly*- Fittonia 
Verscnaffeltii. — B.  nenx>«um="»=DsBdalacanthusnervo8U8,  T.  Anders. 
— E  nigrescent!  Presumably  with  blackish  Ivs — E.  jndch&lum, 
Hort  and  Andr.=D«dalacanthus  norvosus,  T  Anders,  — E  pur- 
piireum  "Lvs  and  sts.  dark,  lurid  purple  "  Siebretht  &  Wadley. 
— E,  WdUu,  Stapf,  is  probably  the  correct  name  for  the  plant 
treated  as  Dsedalacanthus  Wattu,  Bedd.  See  B  M  8239.  G.C. 

UL45t89'  WILHBLM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR.! 

ER&NTHIS  (Greek,  er.  spring,  and  antfios,  a  flower; 
from  the  early  opening  of  tne  flowers)  Ranunculdcex. 
WINTER  ACONITE.  Low  perennial  herbs,  grown  in  open 
flower-beds  because  of  the  very  early  show  of  bright 
flowers;  very  desirable. 

Rootstock  tuberous:  basal  Ivs.  palmately  dissected, 
1  st-lf.  sessile  or  amplexicaul  just  beneath  the  large 
yellow  fl.:  sepals  5-8,  petal-like;  petals  small,  2-lipped 
nectaries;  stamens  numerous:  carpels  few,  stalked, 
many-ovuled,  becoming  follicles. — About  7  species, 
natives  of  Eu.  and  Asia.  The  earliest  generic  name  is 
Cammarum  which  was  given  in  Hill's  British  Herbal, 
p.  47,  pi  7  (17.56),  but  it  is  not  accepted  by  the  "nomina 
conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code. 

Winter  aconites  are  very  hardy?  and  at  home  in 
half-shady  places,  among  shrubs  or  m  the  border. 

Propagated  by  division 
of  roots.  The  place  in 
which  the  tubers  are 
planted  should  be  marked 
during  the  Bummer,  when 
the  foliage  is  dead. 

hyemalis,  Salisb.  (Hdlb- 
borus  hyem&lis,  Linn.). 
Fig  1406.  Erect,  5-8  in  : 
basal  Ivs.  long-petioled : 
involucre  12 -15 -parted, 
the  bright  yellow  fls. 
always  sessile;  anthers  ob- 
long. Jan  .-March,  or  as 
goon  as  frost  is  out  of  the 
ground.  Naturalized  from 
Eu  B.M.3.  Mn.8,p.43. 
G.C.  II.  11:245.  G.  1: 
628;  34.277. 

Var.  cilfcica,  Huth.  (E. 
cillaca,  Schott  &  Kots- 
chy).  Much  like  the 
above:  involucre  of  deeper 
and  inoie  numerous  lobes;  anthers  ovate  instead  of 
oblong;  sepals  broader,  being  about  J^m  across:  folli- 
cles always  straight.  Season  a  few  weeks  later.  G  C. 
III.  13:266.  G.M.49:180.— The  sts,  when  grown  in 
gardens,  said  to  be  red-brown.  Roots  of  this  were  first 
sent  to  England  from  its  native  home  near  Smyrna  in 
1892.  Rare  m  Amer. 

sibfrica,  DC.  Much  dwarf er,  seldom  over  3-4  in. 
high :  fls.  bright  yellow,  a  little  smaller  than  those  of  E. 
hyemalis,  5-sepaled.  Siberia.  K.  C.  DAVIS. 

ERCfLLA  (Peruvian  name).  PhytolaccAcex.  One 
twining  shrub  from  Peru  and  Chile,  apparently  not 
in  the  trade  but  sometimes  cult,  in  this  country  for  its 
dense  spikes  of  pale  purple  fls.  and  dark  purple  berries. 
By  some  it  is  united  with  Phytolacca,  from  which  it 
differs  in  habit,  the  coriaceous  evergreen  Ivs ,  larger 
bracteoles  and  technical  characters  of  the  fl.  E.  vora- 
bilis,  Juss.  (E.  spic&ta,  Moq.  Bndghia  spic&ta,  Hook. 
&  Am.  Phylol&cca  volubuis,  Heiml.),  has  alternate, 
petioled,  ovate-cordate  or  oblong  or  orbicular  Ivs.  1-2 
in.  long:  fls.  perfect,  in  spikes  \-\Y\  in.  long,  the  perianth 
5-parted,  segms.  oblong  and  obtuse;  stamens  8-10,  with 
filiform  fleshy  filaments,  the  alternate  ones  being 
shorter:  carpels  4-8,  somewhat  impressed  in  the  torus, 
becoming  as  many  ovoid  berries.  G.C,  II.  9:653.  Said 
to  be  excellent  for  covering  walls,  and  climbs  by  aerial 
rootlets.  It  is  easily  prop,  oy  seeds  and  cuttings. 

L.  H.  B. 


1400.  Eranthis  hyemalis. 


1407.  Spiny  twig  of 
young  seedling  of  Ere- 
mocitrus  glmuca.  (X)i) 


EREMOCfTRUS  (Greok, desert  and  Citrus).  Rut&cese, 
tribe  Citrex. AUSTRALIAN  DESERT  KUMQUAT.  Spiny  shrub 
or  small  tree  Ivs.  small,  simple  or  emargmate,  thick  and 
leathery,  alike  on  both  sides;  spines  single,  long,  slen- 
der, axillary:  fls.  small,  4-  (rarely  3-  or  5-)  merous,  white, 
fragrant,  borne  singly,  or  2  or  3 
together  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs. ; 
stamens  free,  4  times  as  numerous 
as  the  petals: frs.  small,  subglo- 
bose,  oblate  or  pyriform,  yellow, 
with  a  thin  fleshy  peel  like  that 
of  a  lime,  4-  (rarely  3-5-)  celled 
with  1  or  2  seeds  in  each  cell; 
cells  containing  stalked  subglo- 
bose  pulp-vesicles  filled  with  a 
pleasant  acid  juice  — Only  1 
species  of  this  subtropical  Aus- 
tralian genus  is  known. 

glauca,  Swingle  (Tnphfoia 
glauca,  Lindl.  Ataldntia  glaiica, 
Benth  ).  A  shrub  or  small  tree 
bearing  edible  frs  and  occurring 
in  Queensland  and  New  S.  Wales, 
Austral.,  in  subtropical  regions 
subject  to  severe  cold  and  ex- 
treme drought.  The  Ivs.  of  this 
plant  are  small  (1-1H  X  H~J4 
in.),  emargmate,  and  show 
marked  drought-resistant  adap- 
tations; both  faces  of  the  Ivs 
show  palisade  cells,  and  stomates 
at  the  bottom  of  deep  pits;  the 
long  and  slender  spines  are  borne 
singly  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs. 
(see  Fig.  1407):  frs  subglobose, 
flattened  or  slightly  pyriform 
(see  Fig.  1408),  usually  4-celled 
and  containing  globose  stalked  pulp-vesicles  (see 
Fig  1408);  seeds  small,  with  a  longitudinally  fur- 
rowed and  rugose  testa.  Yearbook  Dept.  Agric  ,  1911, 
pi  45,  fig.  1.  Jour.  Agric.  Research,  U  S  Dept  Agric. 
vol  2,  pp.  85-100,  figs.  1-7,  pi  8.— The  frs  of  this 
species  are  used  by  the  settlers  in  Austral,  for"  jam  and 
pickles  and  ade  is  made  from  the  juice  The  Australian 
desert  kumquat  is  the  hardiest  evergreen  citrous  fr. 
known  besides  being  the  only  one  showing  pronounced 
drought-resistant  adaptations,  it  bears  in  the  wild  state 
edible  frs.  with  a  pleasant  acid  juice  and  a  mild-flavored 
peel.  These  characteristics  make  this  plant  very  promis- 
ing for  use  m  breeding  new  types  of  hardy  drought- 
resistant  citrous  frs  It  has  been  mtro.  into  the  U.  S. 
by  the  Dept.  of  Agric  ,  and  is  now  growing  in  the 
greenhouse  of  the  Dept.  of  Agric.  and  in  the  southern 
and  western  states.  It  can  be  grafted  on  the  common 
citrous  fruit  trees,  and  can  in  turn  be  used  as  stocks  for 
tnem-  WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

EREM(5SPATHA  (solitary  spathe).  Palmacex.  Above 
a  half-dozen  Trop.  African  climbing  palms,  with  long 
slender  ringed  sts  and  pinnate  Ivs.  Apparently  none 
is  in  the  trade.  The  fls.  are  perfect;  calyx  3-toothed, 
campanulate;  corolla  urn-shaped,  with  3  short  lobes; 
stamens  6,  with  broad  connate 
filaments;  ovary  3-celled,  and 
stigmas  3:  fr.  berry-like:  Ifts. 
alternate  and  opposite:  rachis 
spiny ,with  a  long  tendril  at  end. 

BREM6STACHYS  (deserted 
or  solitary  spikes).  Labiate. 
Outdoor  perennial,  apparently 
only  1  species  of  the  50  or  so  in 
the  genus  being  in  commercial 
cult.  The  genus  is  allied  to 
Leonotis  and  Phlomis,  and  the 
species  are  from  Cent,  and  W. 


1408.  Fruit  of  Eremo- 
citrus  glauca,  entire  and 
in  cross-section,  show- 
ing stalked  globose  pulp- 
vesicles  and  furrowed 
seeds.  (Natural  size) 


1128 


EREMOSTACHYS 


ERIA 


Asia  Erect  herbs,  with  the  Ivs.  mostly  radical,  large, 
toothed  or  cutnpmnatifid;  st.-lvs  small,  passing  into 
floral  bracts:  fls.  often  ochroleucous,  in  inany-ild. 
whorls  in  terminal  and  axillary  spikes;  corolla-tube 
included  withm  the  calyx;  upper  lip  of  corolla  erect 
and  hooded,  bearded  inside;  lower  hp  3-lobed  and  the 
middle  lobe  largest;  stamens  4,  with  conmvent  anthers. 
E.  laciniata,  Bunge,  is  catalogued  abroad.  Nearly 
simple,  12-20  in. .  Ivs  pinnatisect,  the  lobes  again  pin- 
natifid:  fls.  yellow  or  ochroleucous,  in  midsummer. 
Asia  Minor —Said  to  be  an  attractive  perennial.  E. 
suptrba,  Royle,  reported  from  Eu  ,  has  a  strict  st , 
unbranched,  2  ft ,  root-lvs  pinnatisect,  with  sogms. 
lobed,  forming  a  rosetto'  fls.  deep  primrose-yellow  in 
woolly  heads  to  6  in.  long  and  4  in.  broad,  showy.  W. 
Himalaya.  L.  H.  B. 

EREMtJRUS  (Greek  namo,  probably 
referring  to  their  tall  and  striking  aspect 
in  solitary  and  desert  places)  Lih&cex'. 
These  hardy  desert  plants,  when  in  flower 
with  their  great  flower-stalks  taller  than 
a  man  and  crowned  with  a  spike  of 
flowers  from  1  to  4  feet  long,  are  amongst 
the  most  striking  objects  ui  the  choicer 
gardens  of  the  North  and  East. 

Root  clysters  of  fleshy  fibers.  Ivs.  all 
from  the  root,  in  dense  rosettes,  long 
and  linear-  fls.  white,  yellow  or  rosy; 
perianth  bell-shaped  or  more  widely 
spreading,  withering  and  persisting  or 
finally  dropping  away;  segms  6,  distinct 
or  very  slightly  united  at  the  base,,  sta- 
mens 6;  ovary  3-celled,  seeds  1-4  in 
each  cell,  3-anglod  — About  20  specias, 
from  the  mountains  of  W.  and  Cent. 
Asia 

Probably  E  robuslus&nd  E  himcdaicus 
are  the  hardiest  of  all  the  tall  desert^ 
inhabiting  plants  of  the  lily  family — a 
family  including  the  poker  plant,  the 
aloes,  the  yuccas,  and  many  others  that 
are  not  so  tall  and  striking  in  appear- 
ance or  else  too  tender  to  grow  outdoors 
in  the  North.  Large  specimens  of  E. 
robustus  will  annually  produce  a  flower- 
stalk  8  feet  or  more  high,  with  racemes 
4  feet  long,  remaining  m  bloom  for  a 
month  After  flowering  the  leaves  dis- 
appear entirely,  but  early  in  spring  they 
reappea*,  and  should  then  be  covered 
with  a  box  or  barrel,  to  protect  the  form- 
ing flower-stalk  from  late  frosts.  A 
mound  of  ashes  over  the  crown  in  win- 
ter is  advisable,  or  a  box  with  water- 


BB.  Lvs.  ^vote-lanceolate. 

Elwesii,  Mich  (E.  Elwesidnus,  Hort  )  Lvs.  light 
green,  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse,  flat,  not  at  all  rough  at 
the  margin,  shorter  than  in  E.  robustus,  nearly  trian- 
gular, even  more  glaucous,  and  beginning  to  decay  at 
the  time  of  flowering:  penanth-segms.  with  a  band  of 
deeper  color  down  the  middle."  Habitat(?).  11  H. 
1897;280  Gn.  54.  p.  99.  GC.  III.  24:  137;  33:  381. 
G  M  44:321.—  Intro,  by  Leichtlin  as  D.  robustus 
var.  Elwesu. 

AA.  Fls.  white. 

himalaicus,  Baker.  Fig  1409.  Root-fibers  thick  and 
fleshy:  Ivs.  9-12,  hgulate,  firrn,  persistent,  1-11A  ft. 
long,  6-15  lines  wide  above  the  middle:  raceme  3-3  H 
m.  wide;  stamens  about  as  long  as  the  perianth.  Himal- 

ayas.  P.M.  707$.   Gn.  49,  p  131.   G,C. 

if:  16:49.    G.M.  44:  321;  52:  631  (as  E. 


1409.  Eremurus  himalaicus. 


<5lg*e,  Regel  Lvs.  narrow,  glabrous, 
but  with  rough  margins,  about  8-12  in. 
long  and  7-8  Jones  broad  fls.  m  a  dense 
raceme,  spreading;  the  white  petals 
with  a  single  brownish  nerve  down  the 
center.  Turkestan  Var.  albus,  Hort  ,  a 
white-fld.  form  is  known. 

AAA.  Fls.  some  shade  of  yellow. 

B.  Color  light  yellow. 
spectebflis,  Bieb.  Root-fibers  thick 
and  fleshy:  Ivs  6-15,  lorate,  slightly 
glaucous,  12-18  in.  long,  6-12  lines  wide 
above  the  middle,  noticeably  narrowed 
at  the  bj*se:  raceme  1-1  M  ft  long,  2 
in.  wide;  stamens  orange,  finally  twice 
as  long  as  the  perianth.  Asia  Minor, 
Persia.  BM  4870. 

BB.  Color  pwe  yellow  or  orange. 

Bungei,  Baker.  Lvs.  contemporary 
with  the  tls  ,  linear,  1  ft  long,  let>s  .than 
3  lines  wide  raceme  4-5  in  long,  2  in 
wide;  stamons  finally  twice  as  long  as 
the  perianth  Persia  G  19  31.  G  L. 
20:155  Gn  60,  D.  53,  66,  p  150.  Var. 
magnificus,  Hort  .  A  larger  form  than  the 
type  and  with  brighter  yellow  fls  .  Var. 
preecox,  Hort  Ajn  early  flowering  more 
slender  form  than  the  type,  the  fls. 
smaller  and  loosely  scattered  on  the 
spike.  Var  citiinus,  Hort  "More  robust 
than  the  type  and  with  larger  citron- 
yellow  fls." 

BBB.  Color  orange. 

aurantlacus,  Baker.   Closely  albed  to 


tight  top  filled  with  dry  leaves.    Both  species  like  a      E.  Bungei,  but  live  plants  have  less  acutely  keeled 
rich  soil,  moist  but  well  drained,  and  plenty  of  water  m      Ivs.:  root-fibers  tapering  upward,  and  orange  fls.  and 
the  flowering  period,  but  none  afterwards.  Propagation      stamens     Bokhara,  Turkestan.   B.M   113. 
is  by  division,  or  slowly  by  seeds     Large  plants  are 
expensive,  but  they  can  sometimes  be  secured  large 
enough  to  flower  within  a  year  or  so  of  purchase.   It 
tries  one's  patience  to  wait  for  seedlings  to  reach  flower- 
ing size.    The  flowers  look  like  small  stars.    (W.  C. 
Egan.) 

A.  Fls.  rosy. 
B.  Lvs.  Iwear-hgulate. 

robustus,  Regel.  Root-fibers  thick  and  fleshy:  Ivs. 
glaucous,  glabrous,  Unear-ligulate,  2  ft.  long,  1^-2  in. 
wide,  roughish  on  the  margin,  with  minute  recurved 
teeth:  raceme  4-4^  in.  wide;  stamens  about  as  long  as 


During  recent  years  many  beautiful  hybrid  plants  have  boon 
intro  into  cult  ,  often  under  some  specific  name  which  gives  no 
indication  of  the  parentage  Of  these  the  following  arc  knowji  and 
the  parents  are  indicated  when  pOHsible  — E  iaabellinu«,  Vilm  A 
hybrid, between  E  Bungqi  and  E  Olgjfi  Fls.lwge,  apricot-rose  — K 
Michdi&nus,  Hort ,  is  supposed  to  be  a  hybrid  between  E  Warn 
and  E  Bungri  G  C  III  40  83,  desc  — E.  Tybcrplmi,  Hort  A 
hybrid,  crossed  in  Holland  between  E  himalaioua  and  E  Bungei 
— •£  vedranfyiau,  Hort^»E.  robustus  X  E.  spectabilis?  R  H  190f , 
p.  ,229  — E  W&rei,  Hort ,  is  supposed  to  be  a  natural  Eastern 
Asiatic  hybrid  between  E.  Bungei  and  E  Olgse.  It  is  described 
as  arowing  in  ordinary  seasons  about  8  ft  high.  The  fls.  are 
lews  pnght  than  in  E.  Bungei,  and  m  rootstock  it  resembles  the 
iater-flpwer,ing  E.  Olgse.  Qn.  W.  22:  suppl  May  27. 

WlLHJELM   '. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 

£RIA  (from  Greek  for  wool,  as  the  leaves  of  some 


theperwth.   Turkestan.   B.M.  6726.   Gng  6:52,  324.  ERIA  (from  Greek  for  wool,  as  the  leaves  of  some 

Gn  46,  p.  335.  Mn  8,  p.  123.  J  H.  III.  29:267.  Gt.61,  species  are  downy  or  woolly).  Qrchidacess.   About  100 

p.  366.    G.€.  III.  28:  228,  30:  426,   Var.  albus,  Hort.  species  of  tropical  Asian  orchids  allied  to  Dendrobauin 

Sponger  and  pure  white. —  May  be  grouped  in  the  but  with  eight  cather  than  two  cor  (our  pollinia,  of  moat 

hardy  perennial  border  with  bold  effect.  diverse  habit,  and  very  little  m  cultivation  outside  the 


ERIA 


ERICA 


1129 


collections  of  botanic  gardens  and  fanciers,  being  mostly 
curious  and  botanical  rather  than  beautiful.  They 
require  warmhouse  treatment,  after  the  manner  of 
stanhopeas. 

ERlANTHUS  (Greek,  erion,  wool,  and  anthos,  a 
flower).  Grarnlnex.  PLUME-GRASS.  Tall  reed-like 
ornamental  perennials  with  large  woolly  plume-like 
inflorescence. 

Spikelets  in  pairs,  one  sessile,  the  other  pedicellate, 
as  in  Andropogon,  arranged  in  spikes,  and  these  in  a 
large  terminal  panicle,  clothed  with  long  hairs,  especi- 
ally around  the  base,  the  fertile  lemma  awned. — -Spe- 
cies about  18,  warmer  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 

Rav£nnae,  Beauv.  PLUME-GRASS.  RAVENNA-GRASS. 
HARDY  PAMPAS-GRASS     Fig.  1410.    Three  to  12  ft.: 
blades  Hm    wide,  narrowed  into  a  firm  rough  point: 
panicle  or  plume  as  much  as  2  ft.  long.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  54,  p. 
496.  II  H.  1890,  p.  546  V.  3 : 247 —This 
is  one  of  the  best  of  the  stout  and  tail 
perennial  grasses.    It  thrives  in  light 
and  open  places  in  well-drained  soils, 
and   makes  great   clumps,  when  well 
established    sometimes    producing   as 
many  as  40  or  50  heads.     Hardy  in 
latitude  of  New  York  City. 

A.  S.  HITCHCOCK. 

E  R I C  A  (practically  meaningless ; 
probably  not  from  ereiko,  to  break,  as 
commonly  stated).  Ericaceae.  HEATH. 
This  is  the  genus  that  the  gardener 
usually  means  by  "heath."  The  heath 
or  heather  of  English  literature  and 
history  belongs  to  the  closely  allied 
genus  Calluna  The  next  most  impor- 
tant group  of  cultivated  "heaths*  is 
Epacris,  which,  however,  belongs  to  a 
different  family 

Eneas  are  perennial  woody  plants 
from  6  in  to  12  ft  or  more,  usually 
much  branched :  Ivs.  m  whorls  of  3-6. 
very  rarely  flat,  usually  3-sided  ana 
with  revolute  margins  tnat  are  some- 
times connate  \vith  the  under  side:  inn. 
usually  terminal  or  sometimes  axillary, 
very  seldom  actually,  though  often 
apparently,  racemose;  calyx  free,  4- 
parted;  corolla  hypogynous,  white,  rosy 
or  sometimes  yellow,  usually  early 
deciduous,  variously  shaped,  the  com- 
monest forms  (m  cult.;  being  bell- 
shaped,  tubular  and  ventricose,  usually 
4-loDea;  stamens  8;  ovary  sessile  or 
rarely  stalked,  4-celled,  rarely  8-celled, 
with  2-oo  ovules  in  each  cell:  fr.  a 
4-valved  caps.,  with  minute  seeds. — 
About  500  species,  mostly  from  S.  Afr.  1410. 

and  the  Medit.  region,  nine-tenths  from 
the  former  There  are  many  hybrids  and  horticultural 
forms.  So  far  as  the  S.  African  species  are  concerned, 
the  latest  monograph  is  thafc  of  Guthrie  and  Bolus, 
which  has  served  as  the  basis  for  the  treatment 
below. 

Only  a  few  of  the  European  heaths  are  hardy  in 
America,  and  there  are  no  native  heaths  at  all  in  this 
hemisphere.  Of  about  fourteen  kinds  of  Erica  grown 
outdoors  in  Europe  to  produce  large  showy  masses, 
only  three  are  hardy  here,  and  it  is  safest  to  cover 
these  with  evergreen  boughs  in  winter.  Two  others  (E. 
mediterranea  and  E.  lusitanicd)  are  grown  under  glass 
somewhat  but  they  are  probably  hardy,  with  protection, 
from  New  York  southward.  The  tree  heath  of  southern 
Europe  (E.  arbored)  will  probably  never  be  a  feature 
of  our  southern  landscapes.  The  heath  that  is  natu- 
ralized in  places  from  Rhode  Island  to  Newfoundland 


is  Calluw  vulgans  (which  see) ;  and  this  is  sometimes 
advertised  as  Erica  vulgans. 

The  halcyon  days  of  the  heaths  were  from  about  1806 
(when  the  English  took  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope)  until 
the  middle  of  the  century.  Andrews'  colored  engrav- 
ings of  heaths  (1809)  marks  the  first  flush  of  their 
popularity.  Practically,  if  not  absolutely,  all  the 
heaths  that  are  grown  on  a  large  scale  have  been 
developed  from  the  South  African  species.  The  old 
English  gardeners  still  lament  the  glorious  days  when 
the  hard-wooded  plants  of  Australia  and  the  Cape 
formed  the  chief  feature  of  European  indoor  horti- 
culture. They  complain  that  the  pres- 
ent generation  is  not  willing  to  give 
them  the  care  they  deserve.  This  is 
especially  true  of  America  In  America, 
heaths  are  of  minor  importance,  even 
at  Easter,  and  the  kind  grown  most 
extensivelvfior  Christmas  seems  to  be 
E  mclanthera 

The  great  trouble  with  heaths  ia  the 
immense  amount  of  care  they  need. 
Few,  if  any,  classes  of  plants  require 
more  attention.  Hence  the  growing  of 
heaths  for  the  market  is  extremely 
specialized,  and  there  the  American 
retail  catalogues  only  rarely  offer  more 
than  one  species.  Nevertheless,  all  the 
kinds  described  below  are  grown  com- 
mercially, and  are  of  the  first  impor- 
tance in  the  genus  The  stock  is  largely 
imported  from  England.  Germany  has 
a  very  different  set  of  varieties,  and 
France  still  another,  and  there  are  few 
cases  among  cultivated  plants  showing 
bo  great  a  difference  in  trie  three  coun- 
tries The  risks  of  importation  are 
considerable,  and  the  tendencies  toward 
American  independence  in  this  line 
seem  to  be  gaining.  Another  difficulty 


in  heath-culture  is  the  poor  quality  of 
peat  obtainable  in  America     In  Eng- 


[cr- 

land  the  peat  is  more  fibrous,  and  has 
been  formed  in  past  ages  largely  by 
the  decay  of  the  native  heather 

The  soft-wooded  kinds  are  the  ones 
most  grown.  The  hard-wooded  sorts 
require  a  longer  period  of  growth  and 
more  thorough  ripening  of  the  wood. 
Apparently  only  one  yellow-flowered 
heath  is  cultivated  in  America,  E. 
Cavendishvana  which  is  a  hybrid  species 
about  which  little  is  known.  See  sup- 
plementary list  (p.  1132). 

In  general,  the  ericas  do  not  grow 
well  in  this  climate  on  account  of  the 
extreme  heat  of  the  summer  months, 
.  but   some  varieties   grow   and    flower 

even  better  here  than  in  Europe.  The 
choice  of  the  soil  is  very  important.  A  light  peat, 
mixed  with  sharp  coarse  sand  is  about  the  best  we 
can  get  here.  After  flowering,  the  plants  should 
always  be  cut  down  to  keep  them  bushy  at  the  base 
and  well  shaped.  They  will  then  receive  a  good 
repotting,  always  using  very  clean  pots  and  plenty 
of  drainage.  Cuttings  are  made  from  December  to 
April,  preferably  from  young  plants,  the  tender  shoots 
about  1  inch  in  length  being  oest.  These  are  planted 
firmly  in  a  pan  filled  with  clean  fine  sand,  and  covered 
with  a  bell-glass,  or  in  a  box  covered  tightly  with  a 
pane  of  glass.  Bottom  heat  is  not  necessary  ^  When 
rooted,  the  cuttings  should  be  potted  in  small  pots, 
and  when  well  started  should  be  given  as  much  air  as 
possible.  It  is  well  to  bring  the  ericas  out  of  the  green- 
house as  early  in  the  spring  as  possible.  The  pots  should 
be  plunged  in  a  good  location,  where  plenty  of  air  and 


1130 


ERICA 


ERICA 


sunlight  can  be  had.  They  should  be  wintered  in  a 
greenhouse  extremely  well  ventilated,  and  a  tempera- 
ture not  higher  than  40°  to  45°  F.  When  in  bud  the 
plants  should  not  be  allowed  to  dry  out  too  much.  One 
drying  might  be  enough  to  cause  the  loss  of  all  the  buds 
Very  often  the  heaths  are  attacked  by  a  disease  similar 
to  mildewj  brought  on  by  an  excess  of  humidity  in  the 
air.  As  this  disease  is  very  contagious,  it  is  well,  as  soon 
as  noticed,  to  use  sulfur  in  powder  or  sulfate  of  copper 
in  solution  until  the  plants  are  rid  of  it  (Louis  Dupuy). 


alba,  3,  5,  6,  10,  11. 

atsurgena,  18. 
autumnahs,  17. 

gracilis,  17. 
grandiflora,  11. 
arandmoaa,  19. 

perspicua,  10. 
prsestana,  12. 
propendeos,  14. 

Bothwettiana,  11. 

herbacea,  4. 

pygrmea,  13. 

breviflora,  11. 
oo/ro,  18. 

hiemalia,  10. 
hirsuta,  11. 

regerminan*,  18. 
sicffifolia,  13. 

capitata,  5. 

hispidula,  18. 

Btricta,  7. 

carnea,  3,  4,  11. 
cihans,  1,  15. 

hyemahs,  10. 
l*ms,  18. 

Buboarnea,  18. 
superba,  11. 

cinerea,  0. 

Linn&ana,  10. 

Tetralix,  2. 

cintra,  11. 

lusitanica,  8. 

tricolor,  11. 

ooccmea,  6. 

magnified,  11. 

turngera,  16. 

codonodes,  8. 

mediterranea,  3,  4. 

vagans,  5. 

cupresnna,  1& 
flacca,  15. 

melanthera.  20. 
Parmentieni,  12. 

ventricosa,  11. 
vernahs,  17. 

formosa,  19. 

persoluta,  18. 

verticillata,  9. 

fragrana,  21. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 

L.  Heaths   hardy,  European,  or  hardy 
with    protection   from    New    York 
southward. 
B.  Lvs.  and  calyx  -segms.  cdiate:  sta- 

mens included, 

c.  Fls  in  spike-like  clusters     ...   1   ciliaris 
cc.  Fls  in  umbel-like  clusters        ...   2.  Tetralix 
BB.  Lvs.  and  calyx-segms  glabrous. 
c.  Anthers    usually    exserted    well 

beyond  the  corolla-tube. 
D.  Fls.  usually  solitary  and  lat- 

eral, rose-colored.       .   .       .3  mediterranea 

DD  Fls     clustered,    pink,    usually 

all  lateral  .    .  4.  carnea 

DDD.  Fls.  all  clustered  at  the  ends  of 

the  branches     .......  5  vagans 

co.  Anthers  included  in  the  corolla- 
tube. 


. 
D.  Fls  rose-violet  or  purplish. 

s.  verticillate  in  3's... 


6.  cinerea 

7.  stricta 


8  lusitanica 


E.  The  Ivs. 

EE    The  Ivs.  verticillate  in 
DD.  Fls      pale     rose, 

panicles 
.  Heaths   tender,    S.    African,   always 

grown  under  glass  in  Amer. 
B.  Fls.      mostly      showy,      petal-like, 

scarcely  greenish  or  sepal-like. 
c.  Corolla    tubular,    the    limb    not 

spreading. 

D.  Length    of  fla    usually    more 
than  6  lines,  in  evil,  speci- 
mens umbellate  .       9.  verticillata 

DD.  Length  of  fla.  usually  10-12 

lines,  in  2'  s  or  8'  s  ......     10.  hyemalis 

CO.  Corolla  various,  not  tubular,  the 

limb  often  spreading 
D.  The  corolla-segms    spreading 

the  tube  mostly  elongate. 
B.  Length  of  corolla  6-8  lines, 

segms.  ovate,  acute  .11.  ventricosa 

BE.  Length  of  corolla  3-4  lines; 
segms.  ovate  or  sub-orbic- 
ular .....  12.  praestans 

DD.  The  coroUa-segms.  usually  not 
spreading,    the    tube   rarely 
over  4  lines  long. 
B.  Lvs.  channeled. 

F.  The  ha.  in  3'  s  ..........  13.  sicarfolia 

FF.  The  Ivs.  in  4'  s  ........   14.  pro-pendent 

BB.  Lv8.  not  channeled,  more  or 
less  open-backed  and 
spreading.  t 

F.  Infl  variable,  often  ter- 
minal and  axillary  on 
the  tame  plant  15.  flacca 

FF.  Infl.  always  terminal 


o.  Sepals  about  as  long  as 

the  corolla-tube. 
H.  Lvs    rough  or  tuber- 

culate  16.  turrigert 

HH   Lvs.  not  rough. 

i   The  Ivs.  glabrous.. .  17.  gracilis 
ii.  The     Ivs.     usually 

pubescent 18.  persoluta 

QO.  Sepals  about  half  as 
long    as  the    coroUa- 

tube    19.  formosa 

BB  Fls.  not  so  showy,  calyx-like,  the 
calyx  often  colored  also. 

c  Lvs  in  3's  sepals  colored 20.  melanthera 

cc.  Lvs.  opposite,  sepals  green 21.  fragrans 

1.  ciliaris,   Lmn.    A  much-branched  nearly  hardy 
shrub,  10-20  in.  tall,  the  branches  usually  glandular: 
Ivs.  small,  but  not  as  in  typical  heaths,  ovate,  mucro- 
nate:  fls.  about  4  lines  long,  or  more,  purplish,  in  spike- 
like,  lateral  clusters.  Eu.   June-Sept.   B.M.  8443. 

2.  Tetralix,  Linn.    BELL  HEATHER.    CROSS-LEAVED 
HEATH.     Lvs.  in  4's,  margin  folded  back*  fls    rosy: 
sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  cihate;  anthers  awl-shaped  or 

awned,  included,  ovary  with 
short,  soft  hairs.  W.  Eu.— Foli- 
age grayish.  Height  in  England 
6-12  in.  With  Manning,  at 
Beading,  Mass.,  about  8  in. 

3.  mediterranea,  Lmn.  (E. 
cdrnea  var.  occidental™,  Benth.). 
Fig  1411.  This  is  considered  by 
Bentham  a  western  form  of  E. 
carnea  (No  4),  with  a  little 
smaller  fls.,  corolla  a  trifle  wider 
at  the  apex,  and  anthers  shortly 
exserted  instead  of  included.  E. 
mediterranea  of  the  trade  is 
hardy  m  England,  and  perhaps 
second  only  to  E  carnea  in 
popularity  there.  In  Amer.  it 
seems  to  be  cult,  only  under 
glass  but  should  be  hardy  from 
N.  Y.  southward  with  protec- 
tion. B.M.  471.  Gn  54:263, 
55,  p.  403;  61,  p.  431.  G.M. 
45:261;  55:315.  Var  alba,  a 

1411.  Erica  mediterranea.  ^hite"°f  form  is  known'    Gn' 
59,  p.  94. 

4.  carnea,  Linn.  (E.  herbacea,  Lmn  ).    Height  6  lu  : 
Ivs.  in  4's:  infl    lateral;  corolla  broadly  bell-shaped; 
anthers  exserted;  ovary  glabrous.   March-May.   Alps. 
L.B  C.  15: 1452.     B  M.  11.     Gn.  54:  6    (a   charming 
picture). — The  bright  rosy-fid,  form  is  the  best  ana 
most  striking.   There  are  pale  red  and  pure  white  varie- 
ties. The  most  popular  of  all  hardy  ericas.   Very  easily 
prop,  by  division.   E.  mediterranea  var.  hybrida,  Hort.. 
is  said  to  be  a  cross  with  E.  carneal  and  in  England 
thriving  almost  as  well  in  loam  as  in  peat.    See  Gn. 
54:262;  55,  p.  127;  61,  p.  399;  72,  p.  176.   G.M. 50: 
39.   J.H.  111.51:293. 

5.  vagans,  Linn.  COHNISH  HEATH    Fig.  1412.  Lvs. 
in  4's  or  5's:  sepals  small,  ovate,  obtuse;  corolla  ovate- 
bell-shaped;  anthers  ovate-oblong,  2-parted,  exserted; 
ovary  not  hairy.    W.  Eu.  and  Medit  — Fls.  pale  pur- 
plish red.   Grows  3-4  ft  in  England;  1  ft.  with  J.  W. 
Manning,  Reading,  Mass.    Var    alba  has   white   fls. 
Var.  capitata,  grows  1-2  ft.  high  with  Meehan  at  Ger- 
mantown,  'Pa.,  and  has   "small  whitish  fls.   with  a 
purplish  tip."   F.E.  22:685. 

6.  cindrea,   Linn.     A  twisted   and  much-branched 
shrub,  8-15  in.  high:  Ivs.  verticillate,  in  3's,  narrow, 
glabrous,  and  usually  not  over  3  lines  long:  fls.  showy, 
rose-violet,  in  usually  verticillate  clusters;  corolla  much 
contracted  at  apex,  the  lobes  reflexed.  June-Sept.  Eu. 
Var.  alba,  Hort.,  a  white-fid,  form,  and  var.  coccfnea, 
Hort.,  a  scarlet  form,  are  both  in  tne  trade.  Gn.  61,  p. 


ERICA 


ERICA 


1131 


433.— Hardy  in  U.  S.,  with  a  little  protection,  from 
N.  Y.  southward. 

7.  strfcta,  Don.  CORBICAN  HEATH.  Lvs  in  4's,  a  little 
more  erect  than  in  No.  2.  sepals  lanceolate,  obtuse;  cor- 
olla ovoid-oblong,  narrowed  at  the 
throat;  anthers  awl-shaped  or 
awned,  included;  fls  rosy  purple, 
ovary  densely  covered  with  long, 
rough  hairs  Corsica  — Summer 
Attains  4  ft  in  Eng  ,  but  grows  1-2 
ft  high  with  Meehan,  at  German- 
town,  Pa  Branches  strict,  rigid. 

8  lusitAnica.  Rudolph  (E  co- 
donddes,  Lmdl )  SPANISH  HEATH. 
Branches  tomentose  -  pubescent: 
Ivs  glabrous  and  ovary  glabrous: 
fls  pale  rose,  in  broad  panicles. 
W.Eu  BR.1698.  GC  II  7'463; 
III  19  487;  35  91  I  H  43,  p. 
321  Gn  54  263;  55,  p  125,  67, 
p  328  BM  8018  G  21.384; 
30:130— Hardy  in  England,  but 
in  U  S  only  south  of  N.  Y  ,  and 
then  must  be  protected. 

9.  verticillata,  Berg     An  erect 
shrub,  4-6  ft ,  with  Ivs  4-6  in  a 
whorl  Ivs  densely  imbricate,  erect 
or  spreading1  fls  mostly  in  4's  in 
wild  specimens,  but,  according  to 
Andrews,  umbellately  3-10-fld.  in 
cult  ;  corolla  tubular,  hairy,   usu- 
ally straight,  bright  rosy-scarlet, 
and  very  showy:  caps  unique  in 
splitting    into    8   valves.     Andr. 
Heathery,  58. 

10.  h^emaiis,  Hort.    Fig.   1413 


lines  long:  fls  in  3's,  the  corolla  dark  purple,  its  segms. 

ciliolate.  L.B.C.  5:468.   B  M.  2263. 

1 1    prop£ndens,  Andr    An  erect  sub-shrub,  10-18  in. 

high,  the  branches  nearly  straight,  the  younger  pube*- 
ccut:  Ivs  in  4's?  linear  and 
usually  3-sided,  cihatc,  or  some- 
times glabrous:  fls.  1-4  in  a  clus- 
ter, the  corolla  red,  broadly  bell- 
shaped  and  hairy,  about  YyVi  m. 
long;  ovary  4-8-celled,  rough  but 
not  hairy.  L.B  C.  1.63.  B.M. 
2140.  Andr.  Heathery,  141.  G. 
25:137.  G.C.  III.  32'278,  279. 
Gn  W.  21 :759.  J  H.  III.  47 .543. 
15.  flacca,  E.  Mey.  (E  cilwns, 
Thunb.,  not  of  Hort.).  An  erect 
shrub,  usually  branched,  but  not 


mahs     Watson  thinks  it  may  be  a  winter-flowering 
form  of  E   perspicua,  figured  in  L  B  C.  2  102  and  18 
1778  as  E    Limucana     Fls    rosy  pink,  tipped  \vhite 
Var  Alba  has  white  fls    With  L  Dupuy,  Whitestonc, 
L.  I  ,  it  flowers  in  Sept    G  F  5:137.    Gn.  41:420.    G 
25:567    H.  D  Darlington  says  it  is 
very  distinct  from  E  perspicua. 

11.  ventricdsa,   Thunb     Lvs   in 
4's,    incurved   to    spreading,    with 
pilose  margins   mfl  terminal;  sepals 
keeled,  anthers  with  2  very  short 
ears,  or    awned,    included,    ovary 
glabrous    BM  350    L  B  C  5.431. 
G  9  565,  26  239    Var.  grandifldra, 
with  tubes  over  J^m  long    L  B.C. 
10.945(as  E    prxgnans)     The  fol- 
owing  varieties  are  reported.  Both- 
tvellutna,   bremfldra,    cdrnea    rdsea, 
cinlra.     hirsute,     dlba,     magnified, 
suptrba,  tricolor.   See  R  H.  1858,  p. 
450;  1880:50     Gn   45,  p.  87.    A  F. 
10.1111    F.E.  9:333 

12.  pr&stans,  Andr   (E  Parmeri^ 
tikni,   Lodd.).    Lvs.  in  4's,   some- 
what incurved,  bracts  crowded:  fls 
nearly  sessile,  white,  faintly  flushed 
pink   at   base,  in   terminal  groups 
of  4  or  more;  sepals  ovate,  rougn- 
rnargmed;  anthers   scarcely  acute. 
Sept.   Varieties  are  pictured  under 
various   names    in    L  B.C.,    plates 
154,  197,  1695,  and  1804. 

13.  sicsefolia,  Salisb.  (E  pygmxa, 
Andr.  and  Hort.).   Dwarf  cushiony 
heath,  perhaps  best  treated  in  the 
alpine  garden,  4-8  in  high :  branches 
ascending,  nearly  glabrous"  Ivs.  in 
whorls  of  3,  linear-acuminate,  2>£-5 

72 


ing,  usually  "linear,  as  if  sub- 
terete,"  the  margins  revolute, 
1M-2H  hncs  long-  fls  in  3's,  the 
corolla  bell-shaped  to  tubular,  the 
segms.  about  a  third  as  long  as 
the  tube;  ovary  sometimes  hairy 
on  the  top. 

16.  turrigera,  Salisb.  (E  cupres- 
nna,  Forbes).  Lvs.  glabrous,  sub- 
cihate  or  naked:  infl  terminal; 
fls  pedicelled,  hi  1's  to  4's,  bracts 
remote;  sepals  finally  reflexcd; 
sinuses  of  the  corolla  acute,  nar- 

1412  EncaTaeans  (xk)  row>     Pr°bably   a   hybrid,    cult. 

i4iz.jsncaTagans.ixw  since  1802.   FE.9'333.    A.F  15: 

Written  also  hie-      I175-   Gng.  9:_35  (the  last  two  as  E.  cupressina). 


1413.  Erica  hyemalis.  Great  numbers 
of  this  heath  are  sold  in  London  eveiv 
Christmas. 


1 7  gracihs,  Sah.sb  Lvs.  in  4's,  somewhat  erect ;  bracta 
remote  sepals  smaller,  lanceolated ;  anthers  with  a  short, 
sharp  point  L  B  C  3  244  (pale  violet)  G  25  •  602  Gn. 
76,  p  11  "Fls  purplish  red."  Var.  autumnalis,  Hort. 
F1.S  Sept  Var.  vernalis,  Hort.  Fls.  in  Oct  and  Nov 

18  persol&ta,  Linn.  -Fig  1414. 
Essentially  a  white-fld  and  very 
variable  species,  particularly  as 
regards  hairiness:  Ivs.  erect  or 
spreading,  hirsute  or  glabrous: 
corolla  small,  originally  1  J^»  lines 
long,  lobes  ovate,  2-3  tunes  shorter 
than  the  tube,  the  sinuses  acute, 
narrow  S  Afr  The  numerous 
varieties  Bentham  found  impos- 
sible to  separate  either  in  the 
wild  or  in  cult.  Var.  hispidula, 
Benth.  Slightly  hirsute:  Ivs.  2^-3 
lines  long,  rough:  anthers  sub- 
ovate.  Var  Isfevis,  Benth.  Lvs. 
shorter,  blunter,  often  appressed, 
glabrous  anthers  subglobose  Var. 
subcarnea,  Benth  ,  has  the  corolla- 
lobes  more  evident.  To  this  last 
variety  Bentham  seems  to  refer 
most  of  the  horticultural  varieties 
cult  under  the  name  of  E  persoluta 
E  asstirgvnn,  Link,  he  refers  to  the 
first  variety;  E.  cdffra  of  Linna-us 
to  the  first,  but  of  L  B  C  2 '196 
(and  the  trade?)  to  the  second  E. 
regerminans  of  Linnaeus  is  a  distinct 
species  (figured  in  L  B.C  17:1614 
as  E.  Smithiana)}  of  the  trade  =*E. 
persoluta  var.  hispidula,  of  L  B  C. 
18-1728=^.  persoluta  var.  sub- 
carnea. Flowers  in  Feb  and  March, 
while  other  related  speeiea  mostly 
flower  in  March  and  April. 


1132 


ERICA 


ERIGERON 


1414.  A  form  of  Erica 
persoluta. 


19.  formdsa,  Thunb.  (E.  arandinbsa,  Hort ).  Erect 
shrub,  1-2  ft ,  the  branches  hairy,  covered  with  Ivs.  in 
whorls  of  3 .  Ivs.  glossy,  channeled,  the  younger  cihate, 
about  V/i  lines  long:  fls.  in  3's,  the  corolla  white,  with 
8  longitudinal  channels, 
sticky.  Andr.  Heathery  265. 
20  melanth&ra,  Linn. 
Fig.  1415.  Lvs.  thick,  ob- 
tuse, grooved  on  the  back, 
younger  ones  often  rough, 
with  glands,  bracts  mostly 
crowded:  fls.  rosy;  sepals 
obovate.  keeled,  colored; 
anthers  black ;  o vai  y  villous. 
Not  LBC.  9-867,  which 
may  be  a  form  of  E.  nigrita 
Flowers  in  Dec.  and  Jan. 
AF.  11:1133;  12:579; 
29:1079  F.E.  9:333.  C. 
LA  9.169;  15:170.  G  M. 
49.56. 

21.  fragrans,  Andr ,  not 
Salisb .  Lvs .  opposite ,  crcct- 
appressed,  acute,  always 
glabrous  j  bracts  loose,  sepal- 
.  uke:  fls  in  2's;  sepals  ovate, 
keeled,  green  ;  ovary  gla- 
rous  or  slightly  bristly  at  the  tip.  B.M.  2181.  L.B.C. 
3:288. 

The  following  are  mostly  kinds  that  have  been  grown  suc- 
cessfully in  small  quantities  in  this  country  but  appear  not  to 
be  advertised  m  American  trade  catalogues  H=*hard-w  ooded , 
the  rest  are  soft-wooded  $  Afr  ,  unless  stated  Aside  from  these, 
E  scopfina,  Linn  ,  of  S  Eu  ,  is  sometimes  listed  2-3  ft  ,  glabrous 
Ivs  in  3's  fls  greenish,  in  1-sided  racemes,  calyx-lobes  about  half 
the  length  of  the  subglobose  corolla  E  capensis  also  appears,  but 
it  is  apparently  only  a  catalogue  name 

E  ampullAcea,  Curt  Lvs  cihate,  rnucronate  bracts  colored, 
fls  mostly  in  4's;  corolla  vcntncose,  very  sticky,  typically  white, 
lined  with  red,  limb  spreading,  white  Var  rubra  is  the  only-form 
cult  B  M  303  L  B  C  6  50H  H  —  E  arbdrea  var  alp»m,  W  I. 
Beau  An  alpine  variety,  grown  only  at  Kew.  It  is  a  ^tiff  erect 
bush  with  tiny  white  fls  in  plume-like  clusters  Gn  75,  p  3S4  —  E 
anstMa,  Andr  Readily  distinguished  by  the  long  bristle  which 
ends  the  Iva  Ivs.  recurved  fls  in  4's,  sepals  keeled  with  red,  corolla 
sticky,  1  in  long,  ventncose,  but  with  not  so  long  and  narrow  a 
neck  as  m  E  ampullacea  B  M  1249  L  B  C  1  73  H  —  E 
barbdia,  Andr  Bristly  and  glandular- pubescent  Ivs  in  4's 
corolla  urn-shaped,  villous,  o\ary  villous  LBC  2  121 — E 
Bowie&na,  I/odd  Lvg  m  4'a  to  6's  mfl  axillary,  corolla  tubular, 
slightly  inflated,  limb  erect  or  scarcely  open  LBC  9  842  — 
E  Burnettn,  Hort  Hybnd  F  S  8  84o  — E  CaremhshiAnn,  Hort 
(E  Cavendishu,  Hort  )  Hybrid  of  E  depressa  v  E  Patersomi 
Lvs  in  4's,  margins  revolute  fls  m  2's  to  4's,  corolla  tubular,  sta- 
mens included,  anthers  awned.  PM  13  3  GC  1845,  p  435, 
II  18  213,  20  597  FS  2  H2  A  F.  12  1143  Gng  5  331 
C.L.A.  7.180  G  6  489,  10  24.1 — E  conspicua,  Soland  ,  is  a 
species  with  club-shaped,  villous  fls  and  villous  Ivs  in  t's  Var 
tpltndens,  Klotzsch,  with  the  Ivs  and  sepals  shining  green  and 
pubescent  coroll&s,  includes  E  elata,  Andr  L  B  C  18  1788  — E 
cyltndrica,  Andr  and  Hort  Important  hybrid  of  unknown  parent' 
age,  cult  since  1800  Lvs  in  4's  fls.  nearly  sessile,  corolla  1  in. 
long,  brilliant  rosy  red,  with  a  faint  circle  of  dull  blue  about  two- 
thirds  of  the  way  from  the  base,  anthers  awned,  included,  ovary 
glabrous.  L  B  C  18  1734  RH  1859,  p  42 —Fls  very  showy  and 
unusually  long  The  oldest  E  cyhndrica  That  of  Wendland  is  a 
yellow-fid  species  unknown  to  cult  — E  Devomdna,  Hort  Hybrid 
Fls  rich  purple  H  — E  eltita,  Andr  =  E  conspicua  var  splen- 
dens  —  E  Irbudna,  Andr  Allied  to  E  ampullacea,  but  with 
corolla  narrower  at  the  base  and  tapering  with  perfect  regularity 
to  just  below  the  limb,  where  it  has  a  prominent  red  bulge  It 
is  also  distinctly  lined  with  red,  and  the  sepals  are  green,  although 
the  bracts  are  colored,  as  in  E  ampullacea.  L  B  C  9  816  H 
— E  nigriseens  is  presumably  E.  melanthera  (H  D  Darlington). 
— E  pdllvda.  A  confused  name  The  oldest  plant  of  this  name 
is  Salisbury's,  wnich  has  an  urn-shaped  corolla,  fls  often  in 
3's,  pubescent  and  hirsute  branches  and  Ivs  in  3's  L  B  C  1  72 
(as  E  pura).  E.  pdllida  of  the  trade  is  probably  the  tubular-fld. 
hybrid  of  Loddiges  in  LBC.  14  1355,  which  has  axillary  and 
terminal  fls,  and  Ivs  m  4's  to  6's — E.  perspicua,  Wendl ,  has  a 


says  "it  is  the  finest  erica  grown ,  a  poor  propagator  but  good  grower. 
Takes  3  months  to  root  >r—  E  tricolor  IB  perhaps  the  most  confused 
name  in  the  genus,  and  apparently  one  of  the  important  kinds 
abroad,  where  it  has  many  varieties  and  synonyms  In  the  trade 
it  seems  to  stand  for  a  handsome  heath,  with  Ivs  in  4's,  distinctly 
cihate  and  terminated  by  a  bristle  fls  in  umbels  of  8-10,  1  in  long, 
a  little  too  inflated  at  the  base  for  the  typical  tubular  form,  rosy 
at  the  base,  then  white,  then  green,  and  then  suddenly  constricted 
into  a  short  neck,  pedicels  red  and  exceptionally  long.  This  descrip- 
tion is  from  LBC  12  1105  (as  E  eximia),  one  of  the  earliest 
pictures  of  these  charming  hybrids  which  Bentham  refers  to  the 
hybrid  E  aristella,  Forbes  —E  Wilnwrei,  Knowlcs  &  Westo  (E. 
Wilmoreana  and  Vilinoreana,  Hort  )  Hybrid,  corolla  tubular, 
bulged  below  the  lobes,  slightly  velvety-hairy  fls  m  ''s  to  3's, 
rosy,  tipped  white  R  H  1892,  p  202  A  F  4  251  G  C  III. 
19  201  A  G  21  869  Var  glabca,  Carr ,  has  nearly  glaucous 
foliage  Var  calyculdta,  Carr  ,  has  a  large  additional  calyx  R.H. 

1892'Pm  WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR. f 

ERIGENlA  (Greek,  spnng-born).  Umbelliferx  HAR- 
BINGER-OF-SPRING  A  monotypic  genus  of  K  N  Amer. 
E.  bulbdsa,  Nutt ,  is  low  (4-10  m.),  nearly  stemless, 
hardy,  from  a  deep-lying  tuber,  with  ternately  decom- 
pound Ivs.  and  small  umbels  of  minute  white  fls.  A 
few  plants  may  have  been  sold  by  collectors  and 
dealers  in  native  plants,  but  it  is  not  a  cult  plant.  It 
grows  m  rich  deciduous  woods  and  clearings. 

ERfGERON  (Greek,  old  man  in  spring,  some  of  the 
early  kinds  are  somewhat  hoary)  Compdsitx  FLEA- 
BANE  Hardy  border  plants,  suggesting  native  asters, 
but  blooming  much  earlier,  growing  in  tufts  like  the  Eng- 
lish daisy,  though  usually  from  9  inches  to  2  feet  high. 

Stem-lvs.  entire  or  toothed .  fls  solitary,  or  in  corymbs 
or  panicles;  rays  in  2  or  more  series,  mostly  rose,  violet 
or  purple,  rarely  cream-colored  or  white,  and  one  kind 
has  splendid  orange  fls  ,  involucre  bell-shaped  or  hemi- 
spheric, the  bracts  narrow,  nearly  equal,  in  1  or  2  series, 
differing  from  Aster  in  which  the  bracts  are  in  many 
series  — About  150  species  scattered  over  the  world, 
particularly  in  temperate  and  mountainous  regions 

The  garden  fleabanes  are  practically 
all    perennials.     A  few  annuals    are 
harmless   and    pretty   weeds.    Some 
species  have  roots  that  are  biennial, 
but  they  increase  by  offsets,  and  make 
larger  clumps  from  year 
to  year.    They  are  of 
easy  culture.   They  do 
best    when    somewhat 
shaded  from  the  mid- 
day   sun.     They    are 
easily    propagated  by 
seeds  or  division,  and 
doubtless  by  cuttings,  if 
there  were  sufficient  de- 
mand.  Small,  divided 
plants  set  out  in  early 
spring   produce  good- 
sized   flowering  plants 
the  first  year.    A  good  sh( 
bloom  may  be  had  from 
sown  outdoors  as  early  as  possible 
in  spring     Some  fine  masses  of 
these  plants  in  the  hardy  border 
or  wild  garden  are  much  more 
desirable  than  an  isolated   speci- 
men or  two  of  each  kind.   The 
most  popular  species  is  E.  specwsus    At  present  it  is 
the  best  kind  that  has  the  rich  soft  colors,  from  rose  to 
violet  and  purple.  E.  aurantiacus  has  dazzling  orange 
flowers,  and  is  unique  in  the  genus. 


1415    Erica  melanthera. 


rough-hairy,  and  fls.  in  1's  to  3's,  but  the  plant  m  the   trade  is 
probably  E    perapicuoidea,   Forbes,   a  hybrid,   with    longer  and 

INDEX. 

woollier  hairs,  fls.  somewhat  in  umbels,  nearly  1  in  long    Only  var. 
erlcta  13  grown  here.  —  E,  Syndn&na  is  grown  by  Louis  Dupuy  —  • 

alpmus,  8 
amomcus,  10. 

grandiflorus,  6. 
Howellu,  3. 

pulchellus,  14. 
roaeus,  6 

E  trantlucens,  Andr.    Perhaps  the  first  of  all  tne  garden  hybrids 
between  E.  tubiflora  and  E  ventricosa    Lvs  rigid,  with  or  without 

aapcr,  10 
aurantiacus,  1. 

hybridus  roseua,  11. 
macranthus,  9. 

Roylet,  8. 
salsugmosus,  13. 

long,  soft,  red  hairs,  fls.  in  umbel-like  heads,  bracts  remote,  corolla 

bellidifohus,  14. 

major,  6. 

scmperflorens,  7. 

rosy,  8-9  lines  long,  tube  narrowly  ventricose,  pubescent  limb 

Coulten,  5 

mucronatus,  4 

spcciosus,  6. 

short,    spreading;    ovary  sessile     Andr    Heaths,  295     Bentham 

glabcllus,  10. 

ochroleucus,  2 

superbus,  6 

considers  thii  a  synonym  of  £.  spuna,  Andr.  Heaths,  60.  Schultheis 

gluucus,  7. 

Philadelphia,  12. 

Villanm,  11. 

ERIGERON 


ERINACEA 


1133 


A.  Fls.  orange. 

1.  aurantiacus,  Pegel.  More  or  less  velvety:  height  9 
in.:  Ivs.  oval-oblong,  clasping  at  the  base,  more  or  less 
twisted:  heads   1  on  a  st.;  involucral    scales  loose, 
reflexed.    July,  Aug     Turkestan.    RH.  1882.78.    Gn. 
52,  p.  485.    G.5:239.    J.H.  III.  52:303.— Perhaps  the 
showiest  of  the  genus.   Sold  as  ' 'double-orange  daisy." 

AA.  Fls.  creamy  or  white. 

B.  Lvs.  linear. 

2.  ochroleucus,  Nutt.    Height  9-18  in.:  sts.  mostly 
not  branched:  Ivs.  rather  rigid:  rays  40-60,  white  or 
purplish,  never  yellow.    Gravelly  hills  and  plains  N. 
Wyo.  and  Mont,  to  Utah. — This  and  the  next  are  rare 
kinds  m  cult.,  sometimes  sold  by  collectors  and  dealers 
in  native  plants. 

BB.  Lvs.  broader,  lanceolate  to  ovate,  or  obovate. 

3.  H6wellii.   Gray.    Height  about   1   ft  :  root-lvs. 
obovate;  st.-lvs.  ovate,   half-clasping,  all  thin:  rays 
30-35, 1-2  lines  wide,  white.   Mountain  meadows,  Cas- 
cade Mts.,  Ore.  and  Mont. 

4.  mucronatus,  DC.  (Vitladinia  triloba,   Hort.,  not 
DC  )  Lvs.  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  base,  ciliate,  mostly 
entire,  often  with  a  long,  callous  mucro.    Mex.    This 
plant,  grown  in  Calif ,  is  a  much-branched  perennial 
with  variable  sometimes  lobed  Ivs.,  and  the  white  rays 
purple  on  the  back.   G.C.  III.  48:203. 

5  Coulteri.  Porter  A  slender  equally  leafy  perennial 
about  15  in.  high:  Ivs.  thin,  obovate  or  oblong,  almost 
mucronate,  and  usually  soft-hairy:  fls.  solitary  on  each 
stalk,  sometimes  2  or  3  together,  the  white  rays  about 
1  in  long.  July.  Rocky  Mts.  G.C.  III.  30:99.  Gn.W. 
3,  p.  587, 16:440. 

AAA.  Fls.  rosy  vwlel  or  purple. 

B.  Rays  100  or  more,  mostly  narrow:  Ivs.  entire. 

c.  Fl  -heads  large. 

D.  Involucre  hairy 

E.  Height  about  2  ft  .  sts,  several-fld. 

6.  specidsus.     DC.     (Stendctis     spcciosa,     Lindl.). 
Height  1^-2  ft.,  the  st  more  or  less  woody,  hairs  few, 
loose,  st.  very  leafy  at  top:  root-lvs  more  or  less  spatu- 
late,  st  -Ivs    lanceolate,   acute,   half -clasping     Brit. 
Col.  to  Ore.  near  the  coast     B  M    3606     B  11    1577. 
Gn  52-484      G  21.15.    Var     superbus,   Hort,   sold 
abroad,  has  lighter  colored  and  more  numerous  fls. 
Gn.  75,  p  118      G  31.81      Var     major,    Hort.,    has 
broader  rays  and  brighter  colors     Var.  rdseus,  Hort. 
Ray-florets  lilac;  disk-florets  yellow    Var.  grandiflorus, 
Hort.     Fls.  larger  and  deeper  in  color  than  in  var. 
superbus. 

EE.  Height  9-15  in.  or  less'  sts.  usually  1-fld. 

7.  glaucus,  Ker-Gawl    BEACH  ASTER.   Lvs.  slightly 
glaucous  or  often  green  in  cult  ;  root-lvs.  rarely  2-3- 
toothed'  rays  not  narrow,  light  lavender-blue.   Pacific 
coast,  where  it  flowers  most  of  the  year.    B  R.  10. 
Gn    52,  p.  484.   Var.  semperfldrens,  Hort.    A  dwarf 
flonferous  form. 

8.  alpinus,  Lam.  (E  Rbylei,  Hort  ?).  A  dwarf  species 
suitable   for   rockwork:  sts.   hairy,   bearing  a  single 
head  of  purplish  fls  •  Ivs   acute,  lanceolate,  sometimes 
ciliate  but  otherwise  entire.   Northern  regions.   L.B.C. 
6:590.  — Suitable  chiefly  for  alpine  gardens. 

DD.  Involucre  not  hairy. 

9.  macranthus,  Nutt    Height  10-20  in. :  hairs  numer- 
ous and  long  or  short,  sometimes  nearly  absent:  Ivs. 
lanceolate  to  ovate:  rays  very  numerous,  at  least  %m. 
long.  Rocky  Mts.,  Wyo.  to  New  Mex.  and  S.  W.  Utah. 
Gn.   52,   p.  484.    G.C.  III.  46:53.— A  good  species. 
Blooms  later  than  the  eastern  species.   Violet.   Hardy. 
Can  be  used  with  good  effect  in  mass  plantings  of 
autumn-flowering  asters  and  goldenrods. 


cc.  Fl.-heads  (or  disk)  small 

10.  glabellus,  Nutt   (E  dsper,  Nutt.).    Height  6-20 
in.,  the  st.  simple  or  a  little  branched  above'  root-lvs. 
spatulate;  st  -Ivs.  lanceolate,  gradually  narrowing  into 
bracts,  involucre  bristly,  or  at  least  pubescent;  rays 
violet-purple  or  white,  very  narrow.   Minn  to  Rockies. 
Gn.  52,  p   485.      B  M.  2923.      BB.  3:385.      L  B.C. 
17:1631.  — Much  cult   abroad.  Var.  ariztfaicus,  Hort. 
A  variety  from  Ariz. 

BB.  Rays  70  or  less,  wider:  Ivs.  entire  or  toothed. 

c.  Lvs.  almost  or  quite  entire. 
D.  Sts  with  several  fls.  in  a  corymb. 

11.  VilUrsii,  Bell.   Root  biennial:  height  1  ft.:  Ivs. 
with  3  or  5  nerves,  roughish:  fls    corymbose.    Eu. 
B.R.  583     LB.C  14*1390 —Not  cult,   but  in  I  H. 
43,  p.  301,  said  to  be  a  parent  with  E.  aurantiacus  of  E. 
hybridus  rdseus,  Hort ,  Haage  &  Schmidt.   This  is  said 
to  resemble  E   Villarsu  in  habit,  and  E.  aurantiacus  in 
form  of  fls  but  not  in  color    Said  to  bloom  freely  from 
May  to  autumn. 

12.  philadelphicus,   Linn      Perennial  by  offsets:  a 
roughish,  much-branched  herb  with  bpatulate  or  obo- 
vate Ivs  often  st  -clasping  along  the  upper  part  of  the 
St.:  heads  several,  corymbose,  the  numerous  purplish 
white  rays  being  attractive  in  June.  N.  Amer. — Almost 
a  weed  and  easily  grown  in  any  ordinary  garden. 

DD.  Sts.  mostty  1-fld. 

13.  salsugindsus,  Gray    Height  12-20  in.:  upper  st.- 
lvs.  with  a  characteristic  mucro:  rays  broad,  giving  an 
aster-like  effect,  purple  or  violet;  the  slightly  viscid 
character  of  the  involucre  is  particularly  designative. 
Wet  ground,  on  higher  mountains,  Alaska  to  Calif,  and 
New  Mex.  C.L.A.  21.  No.  11:40. 

cc.  Lvs,  coarsely  toothed  above  the  middle. 

14.  bellidifdlius,    Muhl.    (E     pulchellus,    Michx). 
POOR  ROBIN'S   PLANTAIN.    Makes    new  rosettes  by 
offsets  from  underground  sts  :  height  2  ft  :  root-lvs. 
wider  above  the  middle  than  m  most  species;  st  -Ivs 
fewer    fls  spring,  clear  blue,  on  long  sts.    Damp  bor- 
ders of  woods     Canada  to  111.  and  La.    B.M.  2402. 
B.B.  3:388—  Weedy. 

E.  c&rlileua,  Hort  ==(?) — E.  divfrgens,  Ton  &  Gray.  Diffusely 
branched  with  pulx?scent  IVB.  and  white  or  purple  fl  -heads  W  U 
S  — K  JbiQttttir'ts,  Gray.  A  spreading  plant  bearing  a  profusion 
of  white  or  palo  lilac  fl  -heads  W  U  8  —  E  graiuiifdhut  elatior, 
Hort  "LarRc  solitary  fls  with  purple  disk  June  arid  July  "»('). 
— E  leiombntx,  (iray  1-vn  small,  linear  solitary  fl- heads  with 
violet  rays  and  a  yellow  disk  Colo  B  M  7743  — E  multiradiatus, 
Benth  &  Hook  f  Fl  -heads  terminal,  solitary,  ray-florets  purplish; 
disk  yellow  ,  height  6  in  to  2  ft.  Himalayas  B  M  6330. — E.  neo- 
mejcicdmts,  Gray  Fl -heads  loobely  pamcled,  ray- florets  linear, 
white,  disk- florets  tubular,  yt»llow  New  Mex  — E  pwrpureum, 
Hort  ,  according  to  H  A  Dreer,  "rarely  exceeds  10  in  height,  and 
has  medium-sized  tts  of  soft,  rosy  purple,  borne  in  graceful,  spread- 
ing panicles  "  Form  of  E  matranthus  (?)  — E  Mfidus,  Schlecht. 
Fl  -heads  white  or  pale  lilac,  daisy-like  Rocky  Mts  E.  iintfloriit, 
Lmn  Involucre  hirsute,  lanate,  occasionally  becoming  naked,  rays 
purple  or  sometimes  white.  Arctic  regions 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR-t 

ERINACEA  (Latin,  ennaceus,  hedgehog,  allud- 
ing to  the  spiny  nature  of  the  plant).  Leguminbsx. 
A  low  almost  leafless  shrub  forming  dense  spiny  tufts 
covered  in  spring  with  numerous  blue  flowers. 

Deciduous,  very  spiny  Ivs.  simple  or  ternate,  pubes- 
cent, only  prebent  at  the  end  of  young  branchlets: 
fls.  1-3,  axillary  toward  the  end  of  the  branchleta; 
calyx  tubular,  with  5  short  teeth,  inflated  after  flower- 
ing; petals  narrow,  long-clawed,  claws  of  the  wings  and 
keel  adnate  to  the  staminal  tube;  standard  ovate. 
slightly  aunculate  at  the  base:  stamens  connate:  pod 
oblong,  glandular-hairy,  2-valved,  4r-6-seeded.— K)ne 
species  in  S.  W.  Eu.  Not  hardy  N.;  likes  limestone  soil 
and  a  sunny  position,  best  adapted  to  be  planted  in 
rockeries.  Prop,  by  seeds. 

ptingens,  Boiss  (Anthyllis  Ennacea,  Linn  ).  Shrub, 
to  1  ft.*  Ifts  1-3,  oblong-obovate  or  spatulate,  M-M»B« 


1134 


ERINACEA 


long,  pubescent:  fls.  1-3,  nearly  1  in.  long,  violet-blue, 
the  petals  exceeding  the  large  inflated  calyx  only  about 
one-third;  the  short  pedicels,  bractlets  and  calyx 
pubescent:  pod  about  ^in.  long.  May,  June.  Mountains 
of  S.  France,  Spain  and  Corsica.  L.B.C.  4.318  B  M. 
676.  G.C.  III.  41:310.  Gn.  62,  p.  127;  64,  p.  399. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ERlNUS  (a  name  used  by  Dioscorides).  Scroph- 
ulan&ceae.  A  hardy  tufted  plant  3  or  4  inches  high, 
suited  for  steep  sides  of  alpine  gardens,  where  it  pro- 
duces in  spring  its  racemes  of  small  purple,  rosy  or 
white  flowers. 

One  species,  in  the  mountains  of  W.  and  Cent.  Eu.: 
root-lvs.  crowded,  opposite;  st.-lvs.  alternate,  oblong- 
spatulate,  with  a  few  coarse,  rounded  teeth:  corolla- 
lobes  5,  obovate,  the  2  upper  ones  slightly  smaller; 
stamens  4,  in  2  groups,  included;  style  very  short, 
2-lobed  at  apex:  caps,  ovate,  obtuse,  dehiscent. — 
Several  species  described  in  this  genus  belong  in  Zalu- 
zianskya.  Not  to  be  confounded  with  Lobelia  Ennvs. 


1416.  Loquat. 


Erinus  should  be  planted  in  steep  parts  of  the  rockery 
where  water  cannot  lodge  on  rainv  days  or  in  the  win- 
ter and  spring  months  It  needs  slight  shade  from  mid- 
day sun.  Divided  plants  are  chiefly  sold  in  America, 
but  the  amateur  can  soon  produce  a  good  carpet  by  the 
use  of  seeds.  When  well  established,  the  seeds  are  self- 
sown  and  the  offspring  gam  in  hardiness.  It  may  be 
safest  to  keep  a  pot  or  two  in  a  coldframe  over  winter, 
until  £he  plant  can  take  care  of  itself.  In  England, 
seeds  may  be  sown  in  earthy  holes  of  brick  walls,  and 
grown  as  informal  masses  on  old  stone  steps.  (J.  B. 
Keller.) 

alpinus,  Linn.  Racemes  2^  in  long;  fls.  %in.  across, 
purple.  April-June.  B.M.  310.  Vars.  Albus  and 
carmlneus,  Hort.,  have  white  and  crimson  fls.  respec- 
tively. Var.  hirsutus,  Gren.  (E.  hirsutus,  Hort.).  More 
vigorous:  Ivs.  villous  or  hairy:  violet-red. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

ERIOB6TRYA  (Greek,  woolly  cluster).  Rosfaese, 
subfamily  Pbmese.  Small  tree,  grown  for  its  handsome 
large  foliage  and  also  for  its  edible  acid  fruits. 

Evergreen  trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate,  short- 
petioled  or  nearly  sessile,  dentate,  with  strong  veins 
running  straight  to  the  teeth:  fls.  in  terminal,  broad 
panicles;  calyx-lobes  5,  acute;  petals  5,  oval  or  sub- 
orbicular,  clawed;  stamens  20;  styles  2-5,  connate 
below;  ovary  inferior,  2-5-celled;  cells  2-ovuled:  fr.  a 
pome  with  persistent  incurved  calyx-teeth,  thin  endo- 
carp  and  1  or  few  large,  ovoid  or  angular  seeds. — About 
10  species  in  the  warmer  regions  of  China,  Japan, 
Himalaya  and  S.  Asia.  Closely  related  to  Photinia,  from 
which  it  differs  chiefly  in  the  larger  fr.  with  thin  endo- 


ERIOCEREUS 

carp  and  few  large  seeds  and  in  the  Ivs.  having  straight 
veins  ending  m  the  teeth.  The  only  species  known  m 
cult,  is  E.  Vapontca,  an  evergreen  tree  with  large  orna- 
mental foliage,  comparatively  inconspicuous  white 
fragrant  fls.  in  terminal  rusty-wooily  clusters,  followed 
by  large  pear-shaped  yellow  frs.  It  can  bo  cult,  only 
in  wanner  temperate  regions,  and  if  protected  during 
the  winter,  may  be  grown  as  far  north  as  Philadelphia; 
does  not  seem  to  be  exacting  as  to  the  soil.  Prop,  by 
seeds. 

japonica,  Lindl.  (Photinia  japomca,  Gray).  LOQUAT. 
Fig.  1416.  Small  tree,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  thick,  evergreen, 
nearly  sessile,  oval-oblong  or  obovate,  remotely  toothed, 
bright  green  and  lustrous  above,  rusty-tomentose 
below,  6-10  in.  long:  panicles  4-7  in.  long;  fls  white, 
Km.  across,  nearly  hidden  in  the  rusty-woolly  pubes- 
cence: fr.  pear-shaped,  yellow,  about  1J^  in.  long,  with 
few  large  seeds,  01  agreeable  acid  flavor.  Sept.,  Oct  ; 
fr.  April- June.  Japan,  China  B.R  365  G  C  III. 
26:660  (suppl );  52:318.  H  U  3,  p.  97.  A  G.  1891,  pp 
19,  370.  G  W  3,  p.  439;  8,  p  314  —The  loquat  is 
native  to  China  and  Japan,  but  is  much  planted  m  the 
Gulf  states  and  westward  It  blooms  from  Aug.  until 
the  approach  of  winter,  and  ripens  its  clustered  fr.  m 
very  early  spring.  The  fr.  is  often  seen  in  northern 
markets.  It  is  a  profuse  bearer  in  congenial  climates 
See  Loquat.  Loquat  is  an  excellent  decorative  plant, 
either  as  an  evergreen  lawn  tree  south  of  Charleston, 
or  ab  a  pot-plant  in  the  N.  It  is  a  most  satisfactory 
conservatory  subject,  resisting  uncongenial  conditions. 
Var  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  variegated  with  irregular 
markings  of  pale  green,  dark  green  and  white. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

ERIOCE'PHALUS  (from  enon  wool,  and  kephale, 
head,  m  allusion  to  the  woolhness  of  mature  heads) 
Compdsike  A  scarce  little-known  group  of  greenhouse 
shrubs,  grown  for  their  violet-white  flowers  and  pleas- 
antly scented  leaves. 

Leaves  usually  entire,  sometimes  3-lobed,  often  in 
bunches,  fls.  in  umbellate  clusters  in  the  only  cult, 
species,  in  some  others  racemose;  heads  with  white  ray- 
fis  and  purplish  disk-fls  ;  involucre  in  2  series,  the  outer 
series  of  4-5  bracts  — Twenty  species,  all  S.  African, 
but  only  one  seems  to  be  grown  and  this  is  confined  to 
fanciers'  collections  in  Amer 

It  is  best  grown  in  the  temperate  house  in  a  mixture 
of  sand  ancf  peat.  Propagated  by  cuttings,  in  sand, 
under  a  bell-jar. 

africanus,  Linn  Lvs.  opposite  or  tufted,  silky- 
pubescent,  about  i^m.  long,  tmckish,  channeled  heads 
umbellate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  the  white-rayed, 
purple-centered  heads  making  attractive  clusters.  S. 
Afr.  B.M  833. 


E  pectimfdhua,  Linn.  An  attractive  yellow-fld  sort  with  smooth 
*  "  '  ns    B.M.  1855.   I 

N.  TAYLOR. 


pecn  Ivs  is  perhaps  referable  to  Hi ppia  frutescens    B.M.  1855.  It 
la  known  only  in  botanic  gardens  in  Amer. 


ERIOCEREUS  (woolly  and  Cereus;  referring  to  the 
wool  in  the  axils  of  the  bracts  on  the  ovary).  Cactdcex. 
Usually  slender  plants,  at  first  erect,  but  usually 
afterward  clambering  and  creeping,  often  forming 
great  clumps  and  thickets:  fls.  usually  large;  ovary 
covered  with  more  or  less  enlarged  bracts  bearing  hairs 
and  spines  in.  their  axils:  fr.  red,  spiny,  flesh  white; 
seeds  numerous,  black.  For  cult ,  see  Succulents. 

Jusbe'rtii,  Riccob.  Ribs  6,  usually  low,  with  broad 
intervals;  spines  very  short:  fls.  funnelform;  petals 
white;  stigma-lobes  linear,  green;  bracts  on  ovary  and 
fl.-tube  filled  with  long  hairs.  It  is  now  believed  that 
this  species  is  a  hybrid  between  an  Echinopsis  and 
some  Cereus. 

See  Cereus  for  descriptions  of  the  following  species1  Bonpldndii, 
Riccob.  Catendlshii,  Riccob.  This  is  described  under  Cereus,  but 
probably  does  not  belong  to  either  genus,  Martinn,  Riccob; 
platygdnua,  Riccob,  ttphracdjtfhus,  Riccoo,  tortudsus,  Riccob. 

J.  N.  ROBE. 


ERIOCHILUS 


ERIOSTEMON 


1135 


ERIOCHiLUS  (woolly  kp).  Orchidacex.  A  half- 
dozen  species  of  terrestrial  orchids  from  Austral.,  with 
small  subterranean  tubers  and  a  solitary  If.  at  the  base 
of  the  st.  or  higher  up:  fls.  pink  or  white,  1  or  more  and 
sessile  on  a  scape  or  peduncle;  labellum  much  shorter 
than  lateral  sepals,  the  margins  often  with  small  and 
erect  lateral  lobes.  Some  of  the  species  have  been 
mentioned  as  greenhouse  subjects,  but  they  are  horti- 
culturally  little  known. 

ERIOCNEMA:  Bertolonta. 
ERIODfiNDRON:  Ceiba. 

ERIODfCTYON  (woolly  net,  referring  to  the  under 
surface  of  the  Ivs.).  Hydrophyll&cex  Four  species  and 
many  varieties  (see  Brand  in  Engler's  Pflanzcnreich, 
hft  59,  1913)  of  shrubs  of  Calif  and  the  Great  Basin, 
with  alternate  coriaceous  entire  Ivs  ,  and  white,  purple 
or  blue  fls.  in  scirpioid  cymes.  Apparently  not  cult. 
E  Parryi,  Greene =Nama. 

ERI6GONUM  (Greek,  wootty  joints).  Polygonacey. 
About  140  species,  W.  N  American  (with  extension 
into  Mex  ),  herbs  tufted  sub-shrubs  or  slender  annuals, 
mostly  densely  woolly.  Ivs  crowded  at  the  base  of  the 
st ,  alternate  or  whorlcd,  entire,  fls  small,  perfect,  in 
an  mvolucrate  head,  fascicle  or  umbel,  mostly  recurved 
or  reflexed  with  age,  mostly  white,  rose  or  yellow; 
perianth  6-parted,  stamens  9;  styles  3:  fr.  an  achene, 
mostly  3-angled  Now  anil  then  some  of  the  species  are 
listed  by  dealers  in  native  plants,  but  they  can  hardly 
be  regarded  as  cult  subjects.  E.  compdsitum,  Douglas, 
perhaps  the  best  known,  has  very  many  minute  neutral- 
colored  fls ,  dull  white  to  rosy,  borne  in  compound 
umbels  5-fl  in  deep  and  broad  B  R  1774  The  fol- 
lowing have  been  advertised,  but  are  practically 
unknown  in  our  gardens  E  campanul&tum,  E.  com- 
p6siturn,  E  Jldvum,  E  heradeoldcs,  E  ircc«HMW,  E 
microthecum  var  eflu*>um,  E  niveuni,  E  nitdum,  E. 
ovahfohum,  E  racembswn,  E  spfuerocephalum,  E. 
thyrrundes,  E.  umbdlalum  E  gigantkum  makes  a  mound 
or  mat  many  feet  across  GC  III  28*337  Descrip- 
tions of  eriogonums  may  be  readily  found  m  the  floras 
of  the  western  part  of  the  U.S. 

ERIOGfNIA:  Lwtkea. 
ERI6LOBUS:  Pyrus 

ERI<5PHORUM  (wool-bearing,  from  the  Greek, 
alluding  to  the  heads  of  fr.)  Cyperacese  Perennial 
rush-like  plants,  growing  m  swales  fls  in  dense  head*, 
the  perianth-bristles  very  numerous  and  often  becom- 
ing greatly  elongated  m  ir.  and  giving  the  head  a  wool- 
like  appearance  None  of  them  is  known  in  cult.,  but 
the  following  names  have  been  offered  by  collectors  for 
bog  gardens'  E  alpinus,  Linn  ,  E.  cypcrinum,  Linn  ; 
E  linedtum,  Benth  &  Hook  ;  E.  polyst&chion,  Linn  ; 
E  vaginatum,  Linn  ;  E  virginicum,  Linn  All  these  are 
wild  in  the  northern  states,  and  descriptions  may  bo 
found  in  the  regular  manuals  Eriophorum  comprises 
upward  of  a  dozen  species  in  the  northern  hemisphere. 

ERIOPHtLLUM  (Greek,  woolly-leaved).  Composite. 
Herbs,  mostly  woody,  and  commonly  with  yellow- 
rayed  heads;  one  kind  cult  in  a  few  hardy  borders  is  a 
low,  tufted,  herbaceous  perennial,  with  much-divided 
Ivs.,  covered  with  wool  beneath  (each  st.  bearing  about 
5),  and  8-rayed  yellow  heads  2  in  across,  borne  in  a 
loosely  forking  fashion  on  peduncles  3-7  in.  long  The 
genus  was  included  in  Bama  by  Bentham  &  Hooker, 
but  is  now  kept  distinct  largely  because  of  the  per- 
manently erect  involucral  bracts:  seeds  mostly  4- 
angled,  and  pappus  of  nerveless  and  mostly  pointless, 
colorless  portions.  Actinolepis  is  included  m  this  genua 
by  some  authors.  There  are  about  a  dozen  species,  in 
N.  W  Amer.  E.  caespitdsum,  Douglas  (AcUn&la 
lanata,  Pursh,  not  Nutt.  Bahia  lanata,  DC.),  described 


above,   has   been  advertised.    Either    moist    or  dry 
ground,  Mont,  to  Brit.  Col.  and  S.  Calif.;  very  variable. 

ERldPSIS  (Greek,  like  Eria,  an  orchid  of  the  Epi- 
dendrum  tribe,  which  it  resembles  when  not  in  flower) 
Orchidacex  Five  or  six  South  American  orchids  of  the 
Vanda  tribe  allied  to  Acacallis  and  Warrea,  requiring 
coolhouse  treatment  as  given  to  Cattleya;  epiphytes. 

Leaves  2  or  3,  long,  plicate:  racemes  2  or  3,  basal; 
fls.  open,  small,  but  showy,  maxillana-like;  lip  3-lobed, 
the  lateral  lobes  bro;id  and  erect  and  inclosing  the 
column,  the  middle  lobo  small  and  spreading  and  some- 
times 2-lobed. — About  half  a  dozen  species  in  S.  Amor. 

bfloba,  Lmdl  Pseiidobulhs  3  in  long.  Ivs  lancoo- 
lat«*  fls.  1  in  across,  sepals  and  petals  yellow,  with 
orange-red  margins,  labollum  yellow  spotted  with 
brown  Colombia.  B  11.  33  18. 

rutidobulbon,  Hook  Stouter  in  habit  than  the  above: 
pseudobulbs  wrinkled,  dark-colored:  racemes  drooping, 
sepals  and  petals  orange-yellow,  with  deeper  colored 
margins;  labellum  white,  with  purple  spots.  Antioquia, 
m  exposed  positions  on  the  sts.  01  palms.  Peru.  B  M. 
4437. 

Helenas,  Kranzl  Said  to  be  the  finest  in  the  genus. 
It  differs  greatly  in  habit  from  the  other  members;  the 
pseudobulbs  (standing  16  in  high)  somewhat  resemble 
those  of  Epidcndr  urn  Bra-^avol^,  but  are  much  stronger, 
and  bear  3  long,  coriaceous  dark  glossy  green  linear- 
lanceolate  Ivs  The  fls.  are  twice  as  large  as  those  of 
E.  biloba,  and  are  borne  on  tall,  arching  scapes  The 
sepals  and  petals  are  orange-colored,  margined  with 
purple,  the  lip  similar,  but  with  a  yellow  blotch, 
spotted  with  purple  at  the  base.  Peru 

E  Fuenttnhfruit.Kran/l  Racemes  up  to  12  in  long,  flu  about 
1 14  in  across,  sepals  and  petals  brown  outside,  orange  with  brown 
border  inside,  lip  whitish,  densely  dotted  with  purple 

OAKES  AMES. 

ERIOSTEMON  (Greek,  wooUy  stamens).  Ruttcez. 
Coolhou.se  evergreen  shrubs  from  Australia,  writh  starry, 
five-petaled  flowers  an  inch  wide,  of  white  or  blush- 
pink  Very  little  known  in  America,  but  abroad  con- 
sidered amongst  the  finest  of  hard-wooded  'winter  or 
spring-blooming  Australian  plants 

Leaves  alternate,  entire,  glandular-dotted,  mfl. 
axillary  or  terminal,  solitary  or  in  clusters;  calyx  and 
corolla  5-parted,  rarely  4-parted;  stamens  8-10,  free, 
shorter  than  the  petals;  anthers  pointed,  fr.  2-valvcd. 
1 -seeded  Much  care  is  needed  to  produce  well-trained 
specimens 

Eriostemons  are  among  the  most  beautiful  of  Aus- 
tralian hard -wooded  plants.  They  are  propagated 
from  cuttings  made  of  the  points  of  half-ripened  wood. 
Choose  pieces  about  3  inches  long,  and  insert  in  a  pot 
filled  with  one  part  finely  sifted  peat,  and  two  parts 
sharp  sand.  Water  them  and  set  in  a  case  in  a  tempera- 
ture of  55°  to  60°,  shading  them  from  the  sun  After  they 
have  rooted,  pinch  out  the  heart  of  the  shoots,  and  when 
they  show  signs  of  breaking,  transfer  them  singly 
into  small  pots  in  equal  parts  of  peat  and  sand.  When 
well  rooted  m  these  pots,  give  them  a  shift  about  two 
sizes  larger,  using  good  fibrous  peat,  m  rather  a  lumpy 
state,  and  about  a  fifth  part  of  good  sharp  sand,  adding 
a  little  of  finely  broken  charcoal.  This  compost  may 
be  used  for  all  future  pott  ings.  If  large  plants  are 
wanted  quickly,  it  is  better  to  grow  them  indoors  all 
the  year  round,  but  they  will  not  set  flowers  so  well. 
Eriostemons  flower  in  the  smallest  sized  pot  in  spring, 
if  they  are  grown  outdoors  all  summer.  The  outdoor 
treatment  ripens  the  wood  thoroughly  and  the  result 
will  be  seen  when  flowering  time  arrives  These  plants 
are  liable  to  run  into  strong  shoots  to  the  detriment  of 
the  weaker  ones.  When  this  is  observed,  cut  them  well 
back,  and  this  will  preserve  the  symmetry  of  the  plant. 
During  their  growing  period  they  should  be  syringed 
freely.  This  helps  to  soften  the  wood  and  secure 


1136 


ERIOSTEMON 


ERODIUM 


plenty  of  breaks,  and  also  keep  red-spider  in  check. 
A  favorite  method  of  propagation  in  the  British  Isles 
is  by  grafting  on  small  plants  of  Correa  alba.  This 
insures  a  quicker  means  of  raising  the  plants  and  is 
practised  largely  by  nurserymen.  A  winter  tempera- 
ture of  40°  by  night  should  be  maintained.  However, 
if  plants  are  wanted  to  flower  eaihci,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected to  50°  or  55°  Enostemons  are  sometimes 
attacked  by  brown  and  white  scale.  Fumigation  with 
hydrocyanic  gas  is  the  be&t  remedy.  (George  F. 
Stewart.) 

A.  Foliage  linear  or  narrowly  lanceolate. 

B.  Lvs.  linear 

scaber,  Paxt.  A  shrub  with  minutely  pubescent  or 
glabrous  branches:  Ivs  covered  with  minute  rough- 
nesses, sessile,  acute  and  mucronulate:  petals  white, 
tipped  pink.  P.M.  13.127. 

BB  Lvs.  narrowly  lanceolate. 

linifdlius,  Seghers.  Lvs  broadest  at  middle,  tapering 
both  wa>s.  R.B  20:97. — Probably  an  old  garden  form 
of  some  well-known  species. 

affinis,  Sprague  Shrub,  1-2  ft ,  the  branches  gla- 
brous and  shining:  Ivs.  sessile,  linear-lanceolate,  1-2 
in.  long,  glabrous,  fls.  in  axillary  slender  clusters, 
quite  like  the  next,  but  smaller. 

AA  Foliage  conspicuously  wider. 
B.  Lvs.  10-12  times  as  long  as  broad. 

c.  Apex  abruptly  pointed. 

myoporoides,  DC.  Lvs.  widest  at  the  middle,  taper- 
ing evenly  both  ways,  1-3,  rarely  4  in.  long,  fls  umbel- 
late; petals  white  or  sometimes  pink,  glandular  on  the 
back.  B.M.  3180. 

cc.  Apex  blunt. 

salicifdlius,  Smith  Thin  willow-leaved  specie*  has 
perhaps  the  handsomest  foliage  Lvs.  widest  above  the 
middle,  tapering  more  gradually  to  the  base  than  to  the 
apex:  petals  bright,  soft  pink.  B  M.  2854. 

BB.  Lvs.  3-4  times  as  long  as  broad. 

intermedius,  Hook.  Lvs  9-18  lines  long,  elliptical, 
abruptly  pointed:  petals  lanceolate,  white,  but  tipped 
with  pink  outside  m  the  bud  like  the  rest;  ovary  placed 
on  a  flat  disk  and  not  ringed  at  the  base.  Probably  of 
garden  origin  Intermediate  between  E  myoporoides 
and  E  buuifohw*  B  M  4439. 

buxifdlius,  Smith.  Lvs.  as  in  E.  intermedius,  though 
perhaps  smaller-  petals  obovate,  white,  tipped  pink; 
ovary  sunk  into  a  double  disk  of  2  rings  B  M.  4101. 
G.  26:19—  E  densifldruit,  Seghers,  RB  20:97,  looks 
like  a  prolific  horticultural  variety  of  this  species. 

WILHELM  MILLER. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 

ERITRfCHIUM:  For  E.  barbtgerum,  see  Krynitzkta.  For 
JJ  nothofulvum,  see  Plagwbothrya. 

ERLANGEA  (bears  the  name  of  the  University  of 
Erlan^en).  Compdsitse.  One  species  of  this  genus, 
blooming  m  midwinter  and  spring,  is  offered  m  England. 

The  genus  was  long  considered  to  be  monotypir 
but  Moore  has  recently  (Jour.  Bot.  46  1908)  incor- 
porated Bothnochne  with  it,  and  the  new  species  have 
expanded  the  genus  to  32  species,  all  Trop.  African 
excepting  1  m  New  Guinea;  it  differs  from  Vernonia 
"only  in  the  curious  reduced  achenes  and  the  pappus 
of  few,  short,  very  caducous  setaj."  E.  tomentdsa, 
Moore  (Bothnochne  Schimpen  var.  tomentdsa,  Ohv.  & 
Hiern).  Shrub,  to  5  ft.:  st.  and  under  sides  of  Ivs. 
tomentose:  erect  herb:  Ivs  opposite  •  or  at  top  of  st. 
rarely  alternate,  oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  2-5  in. 
long,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,  rounded  at  base,  serrate, 
villous*  fls.  all  tubular,  about  40  in  the  head,  the  heads 
about  %m.  diam  ,  short-peduncled  and  collected  m 


corymbose  panicles;  involucre-scales  ovate,  acute, 
scanous-margined.  Trop.  Afr.  B.M.  8269.  Foliage 
scented:  fls  mauve  or  lilac,  lasting  2  or  3  months  in 
winter;  habit  of  a  eupatorium,  ana  requires  the  treat- 
ment given  the  greenhouse  members  of  that  genus. 

L.  H   B. 

ERODIUM  (Greek,  a  heron;  alluding  to  the  beaked 
fruit)  Geraniacese.  HEUON'S-BILL  or  STOKK'S-BILL 
Annual  and  perennial,  some  of  the  perennials  grown 
m  flower-garaens  and  with  alpines  for  their  finely  cut 
fohage  and  mostly  purplish  or  white  flowers. 

The  plants  suggest  the  wild  and  hardy  geraniums, 
from  which  they  differ  in  having  only  5  instead  of  10 
anther-bearing  stamens,  the  other  5  being  reduced  to 
scales;  also  the  tails  of  the  carpels  hairy  inside  and 
twisting  spirally.  Herbs,  rarely  somewhat  woody  or 
tufted:  Ivs.  opposite  or  alternate,  one  often  smaller 
than  its  mate,  stipuled,  toothed,  lobcd,  or  dissected' 
fls.  regular  or  nearly  so,  mostly  in  umbels,  of  various 
shades,  from  crimson-pink  to  purple,  with  darker 
blotches  on  the  2  upper  petals  and  the  venation  out- 
lined in  darker  shades;  sepals  5,  imbricate,  ovarv 
5-lobed,  when  ripe  splitting  into  separate  caps  -lobes, 
each  lobe  1 -seeded'  plants  usually  heavy-scented  — 
The  latest  monograph  (Knuth,  m  En  Dior's  Pflan^on- 
reich,  hft  53,  1912)  describes  60  species,  widely  dis- 
persed in  temperate  and  warm  regions  The  self- 
planting  of  the  seeds  or  carpels  of  some  species  is  very 
interesting 

These  plants  are  chiefly  for  the  front  row  of  the 
hardy  borders  and  the  rock-garden,  where  they  thrive 
in  a  gritty  loam  They  like  dry,  sunny  spots,  and  may 
be  trusted  with  a  conspicuous  position,  being  chiefly 
valued  for  their  steady  succession  of  bloom  from  June 
to  August  Divided  plants  are  chiefly  sold  here,  but 
the  .species  are  easily  propagated  by  smls  Some 
erodiums  can  be  grown  in  clunks  of  walls  Some  of  the 
annual  kinds  are  widely  spread  in  California  and  other 
parts  of  the  West,  and  E.  cicutanum  and  two  or  three 
others  are  grown  for  forage  The  garden  species  have 
not  attained  much  prominence  in  this  country. 


absinthirwle-*,  14 
Botrys,  3 
chamtrdryoidcfs  8 
chrysanthum,  4 
cicutanum,  1. 
corsicum,  9 
daucoides,  11. 


INDEX. 

glanrtiilotum,  10 
gnneolens,  10 
Guicciardn.  13 
gut  tit  u  in,  5 
nmcradcnum,  10 
Maiiesoavi,  12 
moschatuin,  2 


olympicum,  14 
pelargomflorum,  6. 
vetr^um,  14 
Keirhardu,  8 
Sibthorpuinum,  14. 
Hupracaimm,  7 


A  Plant  annual  (or  biennial). 

1.  cicutanum,    L'Her.     ALFILARIA      ALFILKKILL\. 
PIN-CLOVKK    Tufted,  low  and  spreading,  more  or  less 
glandular,  often  with  coarse,   soft,   short  hairs     Ivs 
oblong,    1-2-pinnatc;    Ifts.  small,   nearly    sessile,   the 
uppermost  confluent,  lower  ones  sharply  and  deeply 
cut  and  with  narrower  lobes    stipules  small,  acute* 
sepals  with   1   or  2  terminal  bristles,  filaments  not 
toothed;  fls.  rose-purple.    Abundantly  run  wild  from 
the  Rocky  Mts  to  the  Pacific,  on  dry  or  barren  lands, 
and  also  grown  for  hay  and  utilized  as  wild  pasture 
Feb.~Apr    Old  World;  immensely  variable 

2.  moschatum,    L'Her.     FILARBE      MUSK-CLOVER. 
Also  ALFILERILLA     Glandular  and  musk-bcented,  at 
first  stemless  and  with  a  rosette  on  the  ground  but 
later  sending  up  stout  fleshy  sts.  to  1  ft  *  Ifts.  large, 
short-stalked,  ovate  to  elliptical,  serrate,  broad-lobed* 
stipules  large,  rather  obtuse:  sepals  not  terminated  by 
bristles;  filaments  2-toothed;  fls.  rose-purple.    Medit , 
Orient.   Run  wild  in  Calif,  in  the  rich  valley  lands. 

3.  Bdtrys,   Bertol.    Branching  from  the  base  and 
usually  prostrate,  white-pubescent:  If -blades  1-2  in. 
long  on  petioles  of  similar  or  twice  the  length,  oblong- 
ovate,  pmnatifid,  the  lobes  acute  and  serrate*  sepals 
with  I  or  2  short  bristles;  fls.  deep  violet;  nlarnento 


ERODIUM 


ERYNGIUM 


1137 


widened  upward   and   toothed.    Medit.  region,  now 
widely  spread  in  Calif,  and  also  grown  for  forage. 

AA.  Plant  perennial. 

B.  Fls.  yellow. 

4.  chrysanthum,  L'Her.  Woody,  1-5  in.  tall,  sil- 
very, the  rhizome  vertical:  Ivs.  densely  crowded  at 
base,  petiole  and  blade  of  equal  length,  broadly  ovate, 
obtuse  or  nearly  so,  pinnate,  the  pinnae  cut;  st.-lvs. 
few  or  none,  subscssile:  peduncles  sometimes  basal; 
fls.  yellow,  the  petals  exceeding  sepals,  broadly  cuneate 
and  rctuse  Greece.  Gt  1,  p  260. 

BM  Fls.  ivhite,  sometimes  veined  or  spotted. 

5  guttatum,  Willd     Woody,  3-fl  in.,  the  caudex 
vertical.  Ivs  many  at  base  of  st  ,  long-petioled,  ovate- 
cordate  or  long-cordate,  obscurely  Jooed,  crenulate: 
peduncle  2-5  in.  high,  fls.  clear  white  with  a  dark  spot 
at  base  of  upper  petals,  sepals  lance-spatulate  or  obo- 
vate-spatulate,  petals  broadly  obovate,  rounded.  S.  W. 
Medit  region;  a  good  little  rock  plant,   (it.  3,  p.  244. 

6  pelargonifldrum,  Boiss  &  Ileldr    Woody,  to  1  ft. 
or  more,  the  caudex  vertical  basal  Ivh.  rather  numerous, 
long-petioled,   hairy   above,   ovate-cordate,   somewhat 
lobed,    obtusely    erenate-dentate     peduncles    1-5    in. 
high,  fls    white,  the  2  upper  petals  spotted  with  pink 
at  base,  sepals  ovate,  petals  broadly  obovate,  rounded 
or  retuse     Asia  Minor.    B  M.  5206     Gt  1:194.    Gn. 
50,  p  448,  63,  p   107 

7  supracanum,   L'Her     Stemless,  1-4  in    tall,  the 
rhizome  vertical    Ivs    numerous,  to  about  2  in    long, 
densely  silky-canewent  above,  green  beneath,  ovate  or 
oblong,  bipmnatisect,  the  pinnules  entire  or  dentate 
or  incised    fls    white,  spotless,  red-veim<i,  the  petals 
obovate  and  rounded,  and  sepals  broadly  ovate  and 
5-nerved     Pyrenees 

8.  chamaedryoldes,  L'Her.  (E.  Rdcharflu,  DC.). 
Stemless,  2-3  in  tall  Ivs  numerous,  long-stalked, 
sparsely  hairv,  round-ovate,  slightly  cordate,  crenate, 
apex  rounded  peduncles  about  1-fld  ,  about  2  in.  tall; 
fls  white,  rose-veined,  sepals  ovate-spat ulate  or  lance- 
spatulate,  minutely  mucronate,  petals  obovate,  retuse. 
Balearic  Isls  ,  Corsica  — An  attractive  alpme 

BBB  Fls.  rose,  red  or  purple  (sotnetimes  white  in  No.  14)* 
c.  LVK.  undivided  or  obscurely  lobed. 

9  c6rsicum,  Lcm    St.  2-6  in.  high,  the  root  vertical 
or   oblique     basal   Ivs    many,    long-petioled,    grayish 
tomentose  or  becoming  glabrous,   ovate  or  broader, 
more  or  less  obsoletely  lobed,  coarsely  erenatc-deiitate. 
peduncle  1-2  in   high,  about  2-fld  ,  fls    34in   across,  in 
shades  of  rosy  pink  veined  deeper  color,  sepals  oblong- 
spatulate  or   ovate,    not   mucronate;   petals  broadly 
obovate  or  cuneate.    Corsica  and  Sardinia.    G  C.  111. 
48:210. 

cc.  Lvs.  all  pinnatiseci. 
D.  St.  wanting 

10  macradenum,  L'Her.  (E  graveolcns,  Lapeyr.   E. 
glanduldsum,  Willd.).   Remarkable  for  the  great  length 
of  the  roots  when  twisting  among  rocks,  and  strong 
odor  of  the  foliage1  2-6  in    Ivs  hairy,  glandular,  1^-2 
in.  long,  oblong,  pinnate;  segms  pmnatifid,  rachis  with 
a  toothed  wing:  fls.  light  purple,  the  2  upper  petals  a 
shade  darker,  and  the  spots  nearly  black     Pyrenees. 
B.M.5665. 

11.  daucoides,  Boisa.  Plant  2-4  m  ,  the  rhizome  ver- 
tical: Ivs.  many,  tomentose,  petiole  exceeding  blade, 
lanceolate  or  triangular  in  outline,  the  pinnae  pmnati- 
sect  and  the  lobes  linear-lanceolate:  peduncles  stand- 
ing above  the  foliage,   about  4-fld.;  fls.  rose-color; 
sepals  more  or  less  ovate,  5-nerved;  petals  obovate, 
somewhat  rounded.   Spam. 

12.  Manescavi,  Coss.  Height  10-18  in.,  the  rhizome 
vertical  or  oblique:  Ivs.  attaining  6  and  more  m.  long, 


2^  in.  wide,  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate;  segnis. 
alternate  ovate,  short-stalked,  dentate,  with  sometimes 
a  deeper  cut.  fls  at  best  2  in.  across,  strong  rosy  purple, 
the  spots  of  the  upper  petals  only  a  shade  or  two  darker. 
Pyrenees.  Gn  55  292. — Colors  stronger  and  more 
uniform  than  No.  10. 

DD.  St.  evident. 

13.  Guicciardii,  Heldr    Woody,  to  8  in.  tall,  from  a 
more  or  less  vertical  rhizome,  basal  Ivs.  many,  densely 
clustered,  petiole  equaling  the  blade  (upper  st.-lvs  ses- 
sile), silvery,  broadly  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  pinnate; 
pmrue  cut  into  linear  or  oblong-linear  lobes:  peduncle 
1-3  in.  tall,  4-7-fld  ;  fls    rose-colored ;  sepals  ovate, 
obtuse  and  mucronate;  petals  obovate,  rounded.    N. 
Greece. 

14.  absinthioides,  Willd.  (#.  pfoeww,  Sibth  &  Smith. 
E.  olympicum,   Clern      E.  fc  lOthorpianum,   Kotschy). 
Two  to  8  in.  tall:  rhizome  veitical*  Ivs  many,  crowded 
at  base  of  st ,  the  petioles  very  short  (st.-lvs  few  and 
sessile),  soft-hairy,  oblong  or  triangular-ovate,  obtuse 
or  acutish,  bipmnatisect ,  lobes  linear-lanceolate,  entire 
or  dentate*  peduncle  1-4  in  ,  2-8-fld.;  fls.  violet  or  rose 
(rarely  white),  the  sepals  ovate,  obtuse  and  mucronate, 
the  petals  cuneate-obovatc    Asia  Minor. 

E  arulrtum,  I/ Her  Annual  or  biennial,  1  %  ft.  high,  the  sts 
1  or  few,  white-hairy  hs  cordate-ovate,  undivided  or  obscurely 
lobed,  dentate  fls  \iolot-blue,  large,  the  petals  broadly  obovale 
and  clawed,  rounded  at  apex  Sicily  to  Persia,  N  Afr — E  Stephuni- 
dnum,  \\illd  Annual  or  biennial,  villoua,  branched:  IVH  nearly 


__, jfid,  the  lobes  linear    peduncles  2-3  in    high, 

2-5-fld  ,  fls    dark  purple,  petals  scarcely  surpassing  sepals,  very 
broad-ovate     Temp   Asia  L.  II.  B  t 

ERPfeTION:  r«rfa. 

ERUCA  (origin  of  name  in  doubt;  probably  from  the 
Latin  to  burn,  m  allusion  to  the  hot  seeds)  Cruciferae 
Perhaps  ten  or  a  dozen  herbs  of  Eu.  and  W.  Asia, 
annual  or  biennial  Allied  to  Brassica:  differs  in  thf 
shorter,  more  turgid  hilique,  with  keeled  valves;  style 
elongated,  seeds  in  2  rows  in  each  cell.  The  lv«?  are 
pmnately  lobed  or  dentate,  and  the  fls.  rather  large, 
yellow  to  purphhh  E.  sativa,  Mill ,  ROQVETTE,  TIRA  or 
ROCKET-SAUD,  is  the  only  species  cult,  in  this  country. 
It  is  a  weedv  annual,  resembling  a  mustard,  1-2  ft 
high,  with  lyrate-pmnatifid  hs  and  creamy  yellow  or 
whitish  fls  m  a  raceme  (which  elongates  in  fr  ).  It 
is  sparingly  run  wild  in  Canada,  U.  S.,  and  Mex.  See 
Roqwttc  L.  u.  B. 

ERtNGIUM  (a  Greek  name  for  some  sort  of  thistle). 
VmbdUfvrdp  ER\MJO  SEA-HOLLY  Annual  and  peren- 
nial herbs,  chiefly  valued  for  the  steel-blue  or  pur- 
plish cast  of  their  rigid  stems,  prickly  foliage  and  teasel- 
like  heads. 

Rarely  shrubby:  Ivs  stiff  or  coriaceous,  undivided, 
lobed  or  pmnatisect,  the  margin  neaily  always  spiny: 
fls.  small,  white,  greenish  or  blue,  seshile  or  subsessile, 
bracteolute,  in  mvolucrate  heads  or  spikes,  calyx- 
teeth  prominent,  mostly  rigid,  hometimes  ending  in  a 
spme-pomt,  petals  erect,  disk  expanded;  styles  slender 
fr  ovoid  or  obovoid  or  more  or  less  globose,  scaly  or 
tuberculate,  without  ribs,  the  carpels  nearly  terete  and 
with  usually  5  oil-tub<»  — Wolff  estimates  (in  Engler's 
Pflanzenreich,  hft.  61,  1913)  220  species,  widely  dis- 
persed in  warm  and  temperate  regions  with  the  greatest 
extension  in  the  Medit  region. 

There  are  two  very  distinct  groups  of  eryngoes,  one 
with  much-cut  foliage,  as  shown  m  Fig.  1417,  the  other 
the  "pandanus  group"  (of  the  New  World),  with  long 
undivided  leaves.  The  species  are  little  grown  in  this 
country,  but  they  are  more  used  abroad  They  pro- 
duce striking  semi-formal  and  often  somewhat  bizarre 
effects.  They  are  used  in  subtropical  bedding,  particu- 
larly the  large  pandanus-leaved  kinds.  They  are  excel- 
lent for  borders  and  rock-gardens,  being  prized  particu- 
larly for  their  colored  stems  and  often  brilliant  m- 


1138 


ERYNGIUM 


ERYNGIUM 


volucre.  The  stiff  leaves  of  the  pandanus  group  are 
little  damaged  by  weather.  The  dried  stems  retain  their 
color,  and  are  sometimes  hung  in  living-rooms.  The 

Slants  mostly  grow  from  2  to  3  feet  high  and  head  out  in 
uly  to  September.   A  light  rich  soil  and  sunny  situa- 
tion are  advised.    Poor  drainage  is  to  be  avoided.   E. 
amethystinum  is  probably  the  most  popular  species  m 
this  country.   E.  planum  is  said  to  be  much  visited  by 
bees.  They  are  slow  to  recover  from  the  shock  of  divi- 
sion. This  makes  it  diffi- 
cult to  work  up  a  stock 
at   home    sufficient    to 
make  an  effective  group. 
The   only  safe  way  to 
increase  them  is  by  seed 
The  seed  may  be  sown 
as    soon    as    gathered 
They  will  germinate  in 
the   spring,  and  should 
be  ready  to  plant  out 
the  following  year  Some 
of  the  species  self-sow.  The  species 
described  Below  are  perennial. 


INDEX. 

agavifohum,  1. 
alpinum,  9,  10 

mantimum, 
rnultifuium, 

amethystinum,  21. 

Ohvenanuir 

aquaticum,  4. 
aspenfoliurn,  12. 
Bourgatu,  19 

pallescente,  * 
panel  jvmfolu 
•plamfohum. 

bracteosvm,  7. 

planum,  13 

bromelnefolmin,  2. 

coeruleum,  15 

ro™wm,°13lri 

dichotomurn,  14. 

scrbiciini,  11 

eburneum,  7 

Spmalba,  la 

giganteum,  12 

Tourncfuriu, 

glaucum,  12. 
intermedium,  13. 

tncuspidntw 
tripartitum, 

Lassauxu,  5 

yuccjf  folium, 

lad  folium,  13 

Zabelu,  20 

Leaven  worthu,  16. 

A.  The  pandanus-leaved  group 
B.  Bracts  of  involucre  long  and  pr< 

1.  agavifdlium,  Griseb.    Becoming  6  ft. 
high  in  its  native  country:  at.  simple  below 
and  somewhat  branched  above,  3-forked  at 
top:  basal  Ivs.  rosulate,  ensiform,  to  5  ft 
long,  coarsely  spinose- serrate:  head  cylin- 
drical, about  2  in.  long  and  half  as  thick; 
the  involucral  bracts  10-16,  ovate  at  base 
and  gradually  narrowed,  entire  or  sparsely 
spinulose;    sepals   round-ovate    or    nearly- 
orbicular;  petals  obovate  or  elliptic-oblong 
Argentina,  blooming  Jan.-Mareh  G  W.  15,  p.  477. 

2.  bromeliaefdlium,   Delar.     Becoming  9  or   10  ft. 
tall,  the  st.  about  4-forked  at  top:  basal  Ivs.  numerous, 
1M  ft    and  more  long,  narrow  and  very  acute,  the 
margins  subulate-dentate,  spine-pointed  •  head  ovoid 
or  o void-cylindrical,  about  1  in.  long;  involucral  bracts 
many,  rigid,  unequal,  linear-subulate^  pungent-pointed; 
sepals  ovate-lanceolate,  short-acuminate  and  mucro- 
nate.  Highlands,  Mex  ,  Dec 

3  proteefldrum,  Delar  Plant  very  stout,  3  ft.  and 
more,  the  st.  fistulose  and  silicate:  st.-lvs.  very  stiff, 
the  upper  ones  8  m.  or  more  long,  linear-lanceolate, 


2-6  ft.:  st.  stnate,  unbranched  or  branched  above: 
Ivs.  undivided,  long  and  linear,  rigid,  mostly  clasping, 
finely  parallel-veined,  lower  sometimes  3  ft  long,  1^ 
in.  wide,  all  bristly  margined:  heads  globose-ovoid. 
Wet  soil,  E.  U.  S. 

cc.  Nerves  of  If.  parallel,  prominent. 
5.  Lassauxii,  Decne.  Height  3-6  ft ,  the  st  fistulose, 
3-forked  at  top:  basal  Ivs.  often  slightly  twisted,  cana- 
liculate, to  2  in.  wide,  long-acuminate,  the  margin 
spiny:  heads  in  a  broad  corymb,  each  one  small, 
through,  whitish  green;  involucre-bracts 
ovate-  lanceolate,  spinulosc  -  cilmte ; 
sepals  nearly  orbicular  or  4-angled- 
orbicular,  truncate  and  erose;  petals 
rectangular-ovate    S   Brazil,  Para- 
guay, Uruguay.  G  W  3,  p  549. 

6  pandanifdlium,  Cham.  & 
Schlecht.  St.  to  8  ft  high,  leafy, 
3-4-forked  above,  basal  Ivs  4-5  ft 
long,  spine  margined  above,  st  -Ivs 
many,  to  1 1A  ft.  long,  spiny  heads 
colored,  globose-ovoid,  less  than 
^  in.  long,  in  large  panicles;  invo- 
lucral bracts  broad-ovate,  very 
acute,  rough  on  the  back;  sepals 
nearly  orbicular  or  oval,  short- 
mucronate;  petals  dark  purple, 
ovate  or  orbicular-oblong.  S.  Brazil, 
Argentina.  On  61.  p.  37.  G.W  4, 
p.  197. 

7.  ebtirneum,  Decne.  (E  bracteb- 
sum,  Griseb  )  Height  8  ft ,  from  a 
thick  rhizome,  the  st  ivory-white' 
basal  Ivs  crowded,  canaliculate,  3 
ft.  and  more  long,  acuminate,  very 
spiny,  the  spines  being  slender 
heads  not  colored,  ovoid  or  globose- 
ovoid,  ?4in.  long,  involucral  bracts 
triangular  or  lanceolate  or  linear, 
sepals  ovate  or  oval,  obtuse  or 
short-acuminate,  petals  somewhat 
rectangular- oblong,  fimbriate  at 
apex.  S  Brazil,  Uruguay,  Argentina. 
The  cut-lvd.  group  (or  Ivst.,  at  least  on  st , 

broader,  more  or  less  toothed,  and  not  pan- 

danus-hke). 

1417   Eryngium  B.  Lvs.  fleshy 

amethystinum  (xlA)  8.  marltimum,  Linn  Glaucous-blue,  stiff, 
much-branched,  about  1  ft  high  Ivs.  very  stiff, 
broad,  sinuate,  more  or  Iess3-lobed,  handsomely  veined, 
with  coarse  prickly  teeth,  those  on  the  st  clasping, 
the  radical  ones  petioled:  heads  nearly  globular,  pale 
blue;  involucral  bracts  5-8,  much  smaller  and  narrower 
than  the  st.-lvs.;  sepals  ovate-lanceolate;  petals  oblong 
Seacoasts  of  Eu.  Gn.  W.  15:489. 


BB.  Lva.  not  fleshy. 
c.  Basal  Ivs.  usually  not  lobed  (or  not  prominently  so). 

9.  alpinum,  Linn    Height  12  ft.,  bluish  above,  from 
a  thick  root:  radical   Ivs    deeply  cordate-triangular, 

vx»^  UJ./J/V7X  v/nco  o  AH.  u*  iiiuiu  tuiig,  jimuir-ittuuwittte,  acuminate,  coarsely  double-crenate;  st  -Ivs  round- 
long-acummate  and  pungent-pointed,  the  margin  cordate,  often  3-lobed  at  the  apex  or  palmatifid  •  head 
eubulate-spmose:  head  o  void-cylindrical,  2^  in.  long:  globose-cylindrical,  about  1  in  long;  involucral  bracts 
bracts  of  involucre  very  many  and  very  rigid,  in  several  12-18,  lance-oblong,  rigid,  multifid;  fls.  many;  sepals 
series,  lanceolate  and  sharp-pointed,  fls.  very  many;  ovate-lanceolate;  petals  somewhat  rectangular.  Eu 
—--'-'--•- ••  B.M.922.  G.C.  Ill  53-139.  G.M  46:136.  Gn  W. 

21  278.    GW.  3:576;  15,  p.  478.    RH  1876,  p.  113. 

Gn.  46:523.— There  is  a  white  variety.   Prized  for  the 

attractive  blue  color  of  the  heads  and  upper  part  of 

the  plant. 

10.  Oliverianum,   Delar.    (E.  alpinum  var.  Ohver- 


sepals  broad-ovate,  obtuse,  short-mucronate;  petals 
white,  obovate-spatulate.  Mex.  Sept.  G  C.  III. 
41:248,  249.  Gn.  75,  p.  380. 

BB.  Bracts  of  involucre  scarcely  prominent,  not  very  stiff. 
c.  Nerves  of  If.  diverging. 


J.V.    vi»Tc»i»»*u*ii.    .L^im.     \xv.    uvi/wum    var.    \jvwci- 

4.  aquitocum,  Linn.  (E  yuccxfdhum,  Michx.).   Bur-      idnum,  Spreng.).    Hybrid,  perhaps  of  E.  planum  and 
»N   SNAKBROOT.     RATTUBSNAKB    MAOTBR      Height      E.  giganteum,  or  perhaps  with  E  alpinum  -  plant  strong, 


ERYNGIUM 


ERYSIMUM 


1130 


'i  ft.,  lower  Ivs.  long-petioled,  broadly  cordate-ovate, 
indistinctly  3-lobed  at  the  apex,  unequally  spinulose- 
serrate;  younger  and  the  lower  caulinc  Ivs.  3-lobed  or 
-parted  and  the  lobes  again  more  or  less  lobed  or  angled 
and  the  margins  spmose-serrate:  head  blue,  cyhndrical- 
ovoid,  or  ovate,  many-fld.;  involucral  bracts  10-15, 
subulate  or  linear,  somewhat  spmulose  Gn.  45,  p. 
223;  60,  p.  425.  Gn.  W.  20:791.  G  W.  15,  p.  497. 

11.  tripartitum,  Desf.    Probably  a  hybrid:  radical 
Ivs.  unequally  spmulose-serrate  with  a  large  obtuse 
middle  looe;  st.-lvs.  deeply  3-parted,  the  lobes  lanceo- 
late and  rigid,  spiny-toothed:  head  globular,  small; 
involucral  bracts  6-9,  narrow-lanceolate,  spiny  mar- 
gined. 

12.  gigant&um,  Bieb.  (E.  asperifbhum,  Delar.    E. 
glaiicum,  Hoffm  ).   Stout,  6  ft ,  the  root  thick  and  tur- 
nip-shaped, the  st.  simple  below  and  4-5-forked  above: 
Ivs.  coriaceous,  the  basal  ones  broadly  cordate  or  cor- 
date-triangular, toothed;  st-lvs.  more  or  less  3-lobed, 
spmulose- dentate:   heads  cylindrical  or  ovoid-cylin- 
drical, 3-4  in  long,  in  an  ample  infl  ,  blue  or  pale  green; 
involucral  bracts  lanceolate  to  obovate,  very  rigid, 
much  cut;   fls.   very  many;  sepals  ovate  or  ovate- 
lanceolate;  petals  obovate-lanceolate.    Caucasus,  Asia 
Minor.    Gn.  46,  p.  523;  70,  p    111.    G.  34:95.    R.H. 
1906,  p.  379.  G.W.  15,  p  479 

13.  planum,  Linn.   (E.  plamfdhum,  Pall.    E.  lati- 
fbhum,  Gilib.    E.  intermMium,  Wemm  )     Root  thick 
turnip-shaped,  very  long,  st  3  ft ,  mostly  single,  3-5- 
forked  at  top:  basal  Ivs    cordate,  oblong  or  oval  or 
broadly  obovate,  obtuse,  spinulose,  usually  palmately 
7-9-nerved;  lower  st  -Ivs    short-petioled,  shaped  like 
the  basal  Ivs   or  3-lobed,  the  lobes  deeply  serrate  or 
cut,  the  upper  ones  sessile  and  3-5-parted:  heads  blue, 
ovoid  or  nearly  globular,  about  Km   long;  involucral 
bracts   mostly  linear,  rigid,  somewhat   spinulose-ser- 
rate;  sepals  lanceolate;  petals  ovate-oblong.  Eu.,  Asia. 
G.L.  18  136.— A  var.  rbseum  is  offered. 

14.  dichdtomum,  Desf.  (E   tncuspid&tum,  Tenore). 
Two  ft  or  less,  glaucous-blue,  the  st  strong,  few-lvd., 
branchy,  3-5-forked  at  top.  lower  Ivs    long-petioled, 
cordate-oblong   or   obovate,    very   obtuse,    serrate   or 
crenate,  reticulated,  upper  Ivs.  rigid,  5-parted:  head 
'nearly   globose   or   ovoid-globose,    about    Mm-    l°nK> 
involucral  bracts  6-7,  rigid,  narrow-linear  or  subulate, 
somewhat  spinulose,  pungent-pointed,  sepals  ovate  or 
ovate-lanceolate,    spine-tipped;    petals    ovate-oblong. 
Medit.  region. 

15.  cceruleum,  Bieb.    About  3  ft ,   blue,  the  root 
thick  and  long  turnip-shaped,  the  st.  usually  solitary, 
4-5^-forked  above,  the  branches  long:  basal  Ivs.  all  long- 
petioled,    cordate,    cordate-ovate    or    cordate-oblong, 
crenate-serrate,  outer  ones  undivided,  inner  ones  3- 
lobed:  heads  small;  involucral  bracts  4-6,  rigid  and 
wide-spreading,     linear-lanceolate,     spinulose;    sepals 
narrow-lanceolate;  petals  oblong.   Caucasus  and  E. 

16.  Le&venworthii,   Torr.    &    Gray.     Purple-violet 
above,  3  ft ,  the  st.  strict  and  full-lvd.,  at  the  top 
3-forked:  basal  Ivs.  oblanceolate  and  mostly  obtuse, 
spinose-dentate,    the    others   deeply    palmate-parted, 
the  divisions  cut-pmnatifid  and  the  segms.  spreading 
and  pungent-pointed :  heads  ovoid-cylindrical,  2  in.  or 
1 —    long;    involucral    bracts    7-9,    linear-lanceolate, 

atifid;  sepals  pmnatifid.  Dry  soil,  Kans.  to 


cc.  Basal  Ivs.  on  the  flowering  plant  all  lobed 
or  divided. 

17.  sSrbicum,  Pane.  Height  1-1 H  ft.,  blue  above: 
root  elongated,  thick,  somewhat  woody:  st.  slender, 
sparsely  Ivd.,  short-branching  and  3-4-forked  above: 
basal  Ivs.  long-petioled,  fresh  green,  divided  into  5-7 
«rrass-like  scums.;  st.-lvs.  more  or  less  clasping  or  short- 
petioiea,  tae  segma  very  narrow  and  remotely  spinu- 


lose-cut:  heads  small,  globose-ovoid;  involucral  bracts 
5-7,  rigid,  narrow-linear,  sharp-pointed;  sepals  broad- 
ovate,  obtuse;  petals  broadly  oblong-ovate.  Servia, 

18.  Spinalba,  Vill.   Plant  rigid,  whitish  green,  more 
or  less  blue  above:  st.  stout,  at  the  top  3-4-forked: 
Ivs.  coriaceous,  rigid,  broadly  cordate-ovate,  palmately 
4-5-parted,  the  margins  undulate  and  spiny-toothed: 
head  blue,  ovoid-cylindrical;  involucral  bracts  about 
10  and  very  rigid,  deeply  pmnatifid,  spine-pointed; 
sepals  lanceolate  or  more  or  less  ovate;  petals  oblong- 
hnear.  Eu  ,  in  the  Alps. 

19.  Bourgatii,  Gouan  (E.  Tournefbrtii,  Bub.).   Low, 
usually  about  1M  ft  :  root  thick,  somewhat  turnip- 
form:   st.   mostly   solitary,   simple   below,   sparingly 
branched  above,  apex  3 -forked:  Ivs.  somewhat  coria- 
ceous, pale  green,  rigid,  nearly  orbicular  or  somewhat 
remform,  palmately  3-5-parted  and  again  lobed,  spiny- 
toothed;  st.-lvs    palmate,  somewhat  clasping:  heads 
blue  or  rarely  green,  nearly  globose  or  ovoid-globose; 
involucral  bracts  9-15,  spiny  or  not;  sepals  lanceolate, 
acute;  petals  spatulate    Medit.  region. 

20.  Zabelii,   Hort.    (E.  alpinum  x  E.  Bourgatii). 
Plant  rather  robust,  1^  ft  :  basal  ivs.  suborbicular, 
3-parted;  the  segrns.  cuneate  at  base  and  deeplv  3- 
lobed  and  again  3-lobed.  margins  strongly  spinulose- 
serrate:  head  globose-cylindrical,  1  in.  or  more  long; 
involucral  bracts,  12-14,  rigid,  lanceolate,  spinulose- 
dentate,  blue  or  amethystine.  G  W.  15,  p.  496. 

21.  amethfstinum,    Linn     (E.    palksctnte,    Mill). 
Fig.  1417.  Stout,  \l/2  ft.  and  more,  blue  or  amethystine 
above  or  sometimes  whitish:  root  thick,  long-cylindri- 
cal: st.  remotely  leafy,  branched,  4-5-forked  at  top: 
Ivs.    rigid,    obovate    or    oblong-ovate,    bipinnatifid, 
spmose-dentate;    upper    st  -Ivs     clasping,    pmnately 
parted,  spin  ulose-dent  ate:  heads  ovoid-globose,   Hm. 
or  more  long,  the  peduncle  thick  and  sulcate;  involucral 
bracts    6-9,    unequal,    linear-subulate    or    lanceolate, 
sharp-pointed,  sepals  ovate-lanceolate;  petals  ovate- 
oblong  or  nearly  rectangular.   Eu    Gn  46,  p.  522;  55, 
p.  454.   G.L  23".  199.  Variable.  Var.  multffidum,  Wolff 
(E.  midtifidum,  Smith)  has  much-cut  Ivs. 

Any  number  of  eryngiums  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the 
list,  aa  they  arc  likely  to  strike  the  attention  of  collectors  They 
appear  to  hybridize  rather  freely  E  hybndum.  is  a  trade  name  for 
garden  forms,  but  it  has  no  botanical  standing. — E.  R6thenberffi% 
is  a  garden  hybrid  of  E  alpinum  and  E  giganteum  — E.  ar&reum 
and  IB  caclevhrmm  are  garden  names  without  botanical  standing; 
the  latter  w  said  to  be  E  amethystmum. — E.  Ebentumi=*E.  ebur- 
neum (?)  — E.  Wrightn  is  said  to  be  a  free  form  of  E.  planum,  bloom* 
ing  f  or  a  long  period.  L  H  B 

ER^SIMUM  (probably  means  blister -drawing). 
Cruciferse.  Of  this  genus  two  brilliant  yellow  and 
orange,  spring-  and  summer  -blooming  hardy  "an- 
nuals," are  cultivated,  scarcely,  if  at  all,  inferior  to  the 
true  wallflowers  (Cheiranthus)  for  general  purposes, 
and  a  few  rock-garden  and  wild-garden  plants. 

Biennial,  annual  and  perennial  herbs,  with  long 
soft  appressed  2-partcd  hairs:  Ivs.  narrow,  linear  or 
oblong,  entire  or  variously  toothed:  fls.  orange  or  yel- 
low, rarely  purple,  often  fragrant;  petals  4,  usually 
large,  clawed;  stamens  6,  free  and  without  appendages: 
style  persistent:  pod  broad-linear,  strongly  compressed 
or  sometimes  4-angled;  seeds  many,  various. — Species 
80-90  in  the  north  temperate  zone,  being  most  numer- 
ous in  Eu.  and  Gent.  Asia.  Some  of  the  species  are 
said  to  hybridize  with  Cheiranthus.  Numbers  of 
species  are  likely  to  be  mentioned  as  good  subjects  for 
alpine-gardenin  g. 

Although  some  of  the  popular  kinds  are  biennials, 
the  gardeners  think  of  them  as  annuals.  Their  seeds 
can  be  sown  in  the  fall  and  produce  bloom  earlier  than 
if  sown  in  spring.  The  rock-garden  kinds  do  well  also 
m  the  front  row  of  the  border  and  on  dry  banks.  They 
like  full  exposure  to  sunlight,  and  in  the  spring  months 
are  completely  covered  with  bright  flowers.  Divded 
plants,  as  well  as  seeds,  are  offered  by  American  dealers. 


1140 


ERY3IMUM 


ERYTHEA 


1418.  Erysimum  asperum. 


In  general,  no  special  difficulty  is  exjwrienced  with 
erysimums  In  On  24,  p  462,  it  is  said  that  E  och- 
roteucum  on  level  ground  is  likely  to  lose  its  lover  Ivs. 
and  to  perish  on  heavy  soils  in  hard  winters  It  thrives 
best  when  frequently  divided,  and  may  be  propagated 
by  cuttings  E 

,''  JJarbaiea,     Linn, 

\\ith    foims   hav- 
ing double  fls  and 
vanegated  Ivs  ,  is 
Jiarbarea  vulgans. 
asperum,    DC 
Fig.  1418     Bien- 
nial  or  perennial, 
height  1-3  ft.  in 
the  wild,  12  -18  in. 
in  gardens,  the  sts. 
erect    Ivs*  laneeo- 
late    to    linear, 
eithei      canescent 
.,         or  thin  and  i/ieen, 
jr,   H    dentate  or  entire, 
'  i,  ;!|    upper  ones  mostly 
'         entue,  the  lowest 
sometimes     pin- 
natifid.    fls    ^m. 
or    more    acioss, 
orange  or  yellow, 
seldom  purple  . 
pods  rough,  \l/2~o 
in.  long,   4-suled, 
nearly  erect    Que 
to  Texas  and  Calif. 
Var  arkansanum, 
Gray  (E  aikanxa- 
nwn,  Nutt ).    Lvs  thin,  repand-dentate,  lanceolate. 

capita  turn,  Greene  (E  grandijlbrum,  Nutt  Chei- 
rdntkus  capit<ltui>,  Douglas)  COAST  WALLFLOWER. 
Biennial  or  perennial,  piobably  usually  perennial,  erect 
and  leafy  and  finely  pubescent,  1  ft  or  less  to  2*  ft. 
high,  nearly  simple  or  said  often  to  make  a  much- 
branched  woody  plant,  with  Ivs  oblong,  oblanceolatc  or 
linear  and  either  entire  or  repand-dentate*  fls  light  yel- 
low or  cream-colored,  the  petals  about  1  in  long  with  a 
rounded  blade  caps  to  4  in  Seaeoost,  Calif,  to  Ore. 
Perofskianum,  Fi&ch  &  Mey.  Fig  1419  Excellent 
hardy  annual,  1-2  ft ,  erect:  Ivs  oblong,  acute  or 
nearly  so,  strongly  toothed  fls  large,  bright  orange  or 
reddish  orange  pods  standing  out  neai ly  at  right  angles, 
constricted  below  the  nuriower  btyle  Caucasus, 
Afghanistan  B  M  3757.  P  M.  6  215.— There  are 
compact  and  dwarf  strains  suitable  for  edgings.  (E. 
Perofskianum  nanum  E  nanum  cornpadum  OUT  cum, 
Gt.  40,  p,  194.  E  compadurn  aurcwn,  Hort  ).  Seeds 
may  be  sown  at  different  times  for  succession 

pulchellum,  Boiss  (E  lacimatum,  Boiss  ).  Perennial, 
green,  often  cespitose,  the  st.  ascending  2-6  in  or 
more  (even  to  2  ft )  lower  Ivs  oblong-spatulate,  den- 
tate or  lyrate;  upper  Ivs.  sessile,  oblong  or  lanceolate, 
dentate,  Ivs  on  the  suckers  lanceolate  and  often  entire: 
fls  medium,  deep  orange,  caps  erect-spreading,  slen- 
der Greece,  Asia  Minor  — Used  as  rock-garden  plant. 
There  are  dwarf  forms  in  the  wild. 

ochroleftcum,  DC.  (E  rh&hcum,  DC.  E.  helveticum, 
DC  )  Perennial,  4-12  m  •  sts.  yellowish,  creeping. 
Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate  dentate,  usually  more  or  less 
hairy:  fls  fragrant,  pale  yellow,  the  petals  obovate.  Eu. 
Gt  2,  p.  162. — Variable  Forms  a  turf  on  rocks  and 
mountains 

E  MarschalMnum,  Anclrz  Biennial  perennial,  b-8  in  high- 
IVH  lance-linear  fls  large,  bright  orange-yellow  used  as  an 
alpine  Siberia  —  E  murule,  Dest  Spring-flowering  biennial  or 
perennial,  fi-R  in  ,  forming  a  tuft  Ivs  deep  Krqrn,  narrow  flu. 
eol.lfnyi.Ho*  En  WlLHELM  MlLLEH 

L  H  Bf 


ERYTHEA  (one  of  the  Hespendes,  Daughter  of 
Evening).  Falmacese,  tribe  Coryphese.  Palms  with  soli- 
tary, often  robust,  spineless  caudices,  ringed  at  the 
base,  clothed  above  with  dead  leaf-sheaths. 

Leaves  terminal,  the  younger  ones  tomentose  in 
some  species,  glabrous  in  others,  orbicular,  flabcllately 
many-parted,  the  lobes  lacerated  at  the  apex,  inter- 
mingled with  fibers,  infolded;  rachis  short,  hgule  long; 
petiole  stout,  slender  and  arching  in  some  species, 
smooth  or  spiny  along  the  margins  spadices  usually 
paniculate,  long,  white  tomentose,  branches  stout; 
spathes  many,  sheathing  the  peduncle,  thick-coriaceous, 
densely  tomentose,  bracts  and  biactlets  distinct;  fls 
pale'  fr.  globose  or  ovoid  —Species  5,  Mex 

This  small  group  of  American  palms  includes  E. 
armata,  which  is  known  locally  as  the  "blue  palm," 
and  E  cduhs,  the  laiter  commonly  known  as  the 
"Guadaloupe  palm,"  from  the  fact  that  it  has  been 
found  in  a  wild  state  only  on  the  island  of  Guadaloupe, 
off  the  coast  of  Lower  California  Erytheas  bear  much 
resemblance  to  Brahea,  the  segments  of  the  leaves 
bearing  whitish  filaments  In  the  gardens  of  Santa  Bar- 
bara, the  erytheas  m  a  few  years  form  very  handsome 
trees,  but  in  less-favored  latitudes  they  may  be  culti- 
vated m  the  same  manner  as  kentias  or  latarnas,  flour- 
ishing in  a  night  temperature  of  50°  to  55°  when  grown 
in  a  rich  and  open  soil  and  abundantly  supplied  with 
water. 

A.  Fr  more  or  less  globose. 
B  Lvs  distinctly  glaucous. 

armata,  Wats  (Brahea  armata,  Wu($  B  glauca,Hort. 
B.  Roezln,  Lmdl ).  BLUE  PALM  Tall  and  slender,  40 
ft  high.  Ivs  very  glaucous,  petiole  narrow,  deeply 
channeled,  margined  with  numerous  stout,  more  or  less 
hooked,  slightly  spreading  spines,  segms  30-40,  sub- 
lacerate  at  the  apex,  slightly  fihferous  spadix  18  ft. 
long  or  somewhat  less,  sparingly  branched,  frs  red- 
dish brown  at  maturity  Low  Calif  GC  III  20  425 

BB   Lvs  green,  not  glaucous. 

edulis,  S  Wats  (hialica  edidis,  Wendl ).  St  40-50 
ft  high,  15  m  thick,  \uth  thick,  corky  bark  sheaths 
fibrous,  petioles  stout,  1  in 
wide,  plano-convex,  unanned  on 
the  acute  margins,  fibrous-pubes- 
cent or  glabrate  above,  hgule 
2-3  m  long,  densely  silky-tomen- 
tose,  blade  3  ft  ,  'segms  70-80, 
at  first  tomentose,  lacciate  at  the 
apex  and  fibrous  on  the  edges 
spadices  numerous,  5—6  ft  long, 
branched  fr  shining  black 
Calif  RII.  1893,  p  297,  1897, 
p  77  GC  111  13. 507;  22 -157 

Brandegeei,  Purpus  In  nature 
125  ft  high  and  having  slender 
trunk:  petioles  slender,  armed 
with  recurved  spines;  Ivs  bright 
shining  green,  composed  of  10-12 
fronded,  flabellate  Ifts.  spadix 
slightly  branched  frs  as  in  E 
armata,  but  somewhat  streaked 
Low  Calif  Gt.  52,  p  12  —Intro 
by  Franceschi  in  1912,  who  says, 
"Appears  to  grow  much  faster 
than  other  kinds  and  is  not  less 
hardy." 

AA.  Fr.  shaped  like  inverted 

pear. 

Slogans,     Franccschi. 
Dwarf er  and  slower-grow- 
ing than  any  other  kind.  ^ 
trunk  very  short:  petioles  uiQ  "** 

Blender,  glaucescent,  edged    Ervsimmn Perofskianum  (Xh) 


ERYTHEA 


ERYTHR1NA 


1141 


with  small  spines:  Ivs.  somewhat  glaucescent  on  both 
sides:  fl.-spadix  3-4  ft.f  branched:  frs.  about  %m. 
diam.;  yellowish,  at  first  waxy. — According  to  Fran- 
ceschi  it  was  first  intro.  and  distributed  by  the  late 
John  Hock  of  San  Jose",  about  1880,  and  never  found 
again  in  the  wild  state,  while  only  one  of  the  plants 
raised  is  known  to  have  ripened.  ^.  TAYLOH  t 

ERYTHR&A  (Greek,  red;  alluding  to  the  fls.  of  some 
species)  Gentianact'tp  Two  outdoor  bpecics  are  in 
cultivation,  with  bright  deep  rose  flowers,  one  of  which 
is  a  rockery  plant  from  the  Azores,  the  other  a  Cali- 
fornian  annual  Centauruim  is  name  now  used. 

Small  or  low  herbs,  annuals,  biennials  and  peren- 
nials with  simple  and  entire  sessile  opposite  Ivs ,  and 
small  or  medium-sized  5-  or  4-merous,  mostly  red  or 
pink  fls  :  calyx-lobes  narrow  and  keeled ,  corolla  salver- 
shaped,  filaments  4  or  5,  slender,  the  anthers  becoming 
twisted,  style  filiform,  caps,  oblong  or  elongated  — 
About  30  species  in  the  Old  arid  New  Worlds;  interest- 
ing, but  little  known  in  cult  Three  or  4  t>mall  species 
have  been  naturalized  from  Eu 

A  light  sandy  loam,  in  a  protected  nook  of  the 
rockery,  with  partial  shade,  is  required  for  E.  Mas- 
sonn  (or  E  diffusa),  which  is  a  charming  little  alpine 
plant  It  must  be  planted  in  a  well-sheltered  po&ition 
and  requires  protection  from  sun  and  severe  frost  in 
winter,  but  the  little  plant  is  ^cll  worth  all  the  extra 
care  one  may  have  to  expend  on  it  in  winter  Propaga- 
ted by  cuttings,  seeds  or  division.  (J.  B  Keller.) 

M&ssonii,  Sweet  (E  diffi'sa,  Woods)  Height  4  in  . 
sts  ascending,  tufted,  not  branched  above,  1-3-fld  * 
Ivs  fleshy,  usually  concave,  shining  fls  lateral  Azores. 
— Annuals  in  Azores,  biennial  in  W  Ku  The  plant 
cult,  under  this  name  is  consideied  perennial  by  our 
nurserymen. 

venftsta,  Gray.  Height  6-10  in  •  sts  erect,  4-angled, 
cyrnosely  branched  •  Ivs  Yr~\  in  long,  oblong  or  ovate- 
oblong,  very  blunt'  corolla-lobes  oval  or  obovate  or 
oblong,  Jim  or  less  long,  deep  pink;  corolla-tube  yel- 
lowish, about  the  length  of  the  calyx.  Dry  hills  Calif. 
B  M  6396.  L.  H  B  f 

ERYTHRiNA  (from  Greek  for  red).  Legunnnosar. 
CORAL-TREE  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  with  large  and 
showy  papilionaceous  flowers,  for  planting  out  and  for 
greenhouse  bloom ;  and  open-ground  subjects  in  Florida 
and  California 

Erect,  or  the  herbs  more  or  less  reclining,  usually 
spiny  Ivs  .alternate,  pinnately  3-foholate,  with  small 
glanduhforin  stipules,  fls.  mostly  red  and  in  dense 
racemes,  calyx  2-hpped  or  oblique,  standard  free  or 
very  nearly  so,  erect  or  spreading,  tenth  stamen  free,  or 
united  only  half  its  length  fr  a  slender,  more  or  le*ss 
twisted  pod;  seeds  mostly  ovoid. — Known  species 
about  50,  in  tropical  and  warm  temperate  regions 
around  the  world 

Erythrmas  are  much  prized  garden  plants.  Some  of 
them,  particularly  the  herbaceous  kinds,  are  frequently 
planted  out  in  the  summer  In  the  house  they  demand 
an  intermediate  temperature.  Give  rich  sou  and  fre- 
quent waterings  In  the  woody  species,  aim  to  have 
well-ripened  wood  for  flowering,  for  the  bloom  is  pro- 
duced on  wood  of  the  preceding  year  The  herbaceous 
species  are  propagated  by  division  of  the  rootstock;  also 
by  cuttings  from  shoots  springing  from  the  old  roots. 
Woody  species  are  propagated  by  cuttings  of  growing 
wood.  All  species  are  propagated  by  seeds,  whenever 
these  are  obtainable.  Many  species  have  been  more  or 
less  grown  or  tried  within  tne  limits  of  the  United 
States;  some  of  «them  fail  to  bloom  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia, probably  because  of  insufficient  summer  heat. 
The  forms  more  or  less  in  cultivation  are  likely  to  be 
imperfectly  or  doubtfuly  determined  botamcally.  Some 
of  the  erythrinas  arc  used  as  shade  for  coffee  and  cacao 
plantations. 


A.  Herbaceous  species  (or  treated  as  such).    These  die 

down  at  the  end  of  the  season,  and  the  roots  may 

be  stored  after  the  manner  of  dahlias.    It  is  best 

to  start  the  roots  before   planting  them  out, 

•particularly  m  tho  N     In  their  native  countries, 

these  species  are  more  or  less  woody. 

Crista-gilli,  Linn    (A1,  launfoha,  Jaccj  )     COMMON 

CORAL-TULE     Bushy  and  woody,  sometimes  develop- 

ing a  very  short  trunk,  but  the  flowering  branches 

dying  back  after  blooming,  the  stronger  branches  com- 

ing annually  or  periodically  from  near  the  root.  st.  and 

petioles  somewhat  spiny  Ifts.  ovate-oblong  or  lance- 

oblong,  acuminate,  entire-  flg.   large,  brilliant  crimson, 

the  keel  nearly  as  long  as  the  down-folding  standard, 

the    wings   rudimentary      Brazil.     B  M  2161.     B  R 

313      LBC  3  296     G  4  451.     G.W.  3,   p.   437;  6, 

f>  281  F.E  16.637  (var  comvacta).  —  Runs  into  many 
ornib,  varying  in  the  shade  <i  red,  some  of  them  with 
variegated  Ivs  South  of  Washington,  it  stands  out- 
of-doors  if  protected.  In  the  N.  the  fleshy  roots  are 
taken  up  and  stored  .  Valuable  for  summer  bloom  Fls. 
in  large,  terminal  racemes  Madame  Belanger  is  a 
popular  garden  form  E.  compficta,  Bull,  of  very  com- 
p.ict  habit  arid  fis  rich  crimson  is  probably  a  form  of 
this  Mpeeiert 

specidsa,  \ndr  Bush-like,  reaching  8-12  ft  ,  but 
usually  cut  back  as  E  Cn^ta-galh  is  sts  and  Ivs. 
prickly  Ifts  broad  and  more  or  less  3-lobed,  pointed, 
veiny:  fls  in  pubescent  racemes,  rich  crimson.  W. 
Indies  B  II  7iA),  —  St  green,  verj  prickly. 

herbacea,  Linn  Perennial  sts.  several  and  herba- 
ceous from  a  very  thick  root,  2-4  ft  high,  the  flower- 
ing ones  nearly  leaflet  Ifts  3,  ovate  to  hastate,  pot  loles 
long,  more  or  less  prickly  fls  2  in  long  and  very  slender, 
deep  scarlet,  in  loose  rac<  mes  1-2  ft  long  seeds  scarlet 
N  C  to  Tevis  arid  W  Indies  Common  on  Gulf 
coatet  of  Ala  and  Miss  B  M  877  E.  BidwiUu,  Lmdi  , 

a  beautiful  hybrid  of  this  species  and  E 


(the  latter  the  pollen  parent),  \\ith  herbaceous  shoots 
ami  an  ascending  vexillum     BR  33.9.    H  F  2:48. 

AA.  Woody  or  tree-like  species     Greenhouse  plants,  or 
planted  in  the  open  in  S.  Calif  and  S  Fla 

Humeana,  Spieng  (E  cdffra,  Ker-Gawl,  notThunb  ) 
Often  treelike  and  30  ft  or  more,  the  st  and  petioles 
very  spin}  petioles  long,  Ifts  rhomboid-ovate,  acumi- 
nate' peduncles  axillary  and  strictly  erect,  longer  than 
the  Ivs  ,  white-warty;  fls  veiticillate-i?  piked  on  the 
ends  of  the  peduncles,  long  and  slender,  deflexed, 
brilliant  scarlet  fading  to  purple.  S.  Afr  B  M.  2431 
B  R  736 

Corallodendron,  Linn  CORAL-TREE  Tree,  prickly. 
petioles  not  armed,  Ifts.  ovate-rhomboid  calyx  cain- 
panulate,  the  teeth  obsolete,  standard  erect,  linear- 
oblong,  scarlet  *  seeds  scarlet,  usually  with  a  black  spot 
W.  Indies  L  D  3  170.  —  The  handsome  deep  scarlet 
large  fls  are  borne  in  long  racemes  after  the  Ivs.  fall 

velutina,  Willd.  Prickly  tree  Ifts  scurf  y-tomentobe 
beneath,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  the  terminal  deltoid- 
ovate  calyx  split  nearly  to  base,  the  5  teeth  minute, 
standard  orbicular,  reflexed  (1-1  ^2  m  long),  the  wings 
nearly  as  long  as  calyx,  the  keel-petals  dist  met  and  small  . 
pod  velvety,  few-seeded  Jamaica  to  Brazil.  B.M.3227. 

tndica,  Lam  (E  cdrnea,  Blanco)  Tall  tree  with  very 
small  usually  black  prickles  and  thin  gray  back:  Ifts 
rhomb-ovate,  membranous  and  glabrous,  fls  showy 
scarlet,  in  dense  short  racemes;  calyx  split  nearly  to 
base;  standard  ovate-oblong  and  blunt  or  nearly  so, 
slightly  recurved,  2-2}  2  m  long,  and  about  half  ai» 
broad,  much  exceeding  the  wings  and  keel;  wings  and 
keel  nearly  equal,  not  more  than  half  so  long  as  the 
calyx  pod  6-12  in.  long,  torulose  India,  Polynesia, 
W.  Indies  Variable  Var.  pfcta,  Hort  (E.  pfcta, 
Linn.),  has  variegated  Ivs.  Var  Parcellii,  Hort  (E 
Parcclhi,  Bull),  has  Ifts.  with  variable  yellow  vane- 


1142 


ERYTHRINA 


ERYTHRONIUM 


gallon:  fls.  bright  cinnamon-red.  G.C.  II.  1874  (2): 
393.  GZ.  18:64;  21,  p.  2.  By  some,  E.  picta  is 
accorded  specific  r^nk  and  E.  Parcettn  is  united  with 
it.  Var.  marmorata,  Hort.  (E.  marmordta,  Veitch), 
has  large  Ivs.  attractively  spotted  with  white.  •  G.2. 
24,  p.  73. 

ffisca,  Lour.  Tree-like,  8  ft.,  the  bark  fuscous 
(brownish),  bearing  short  prickles,  the  branching 
diffuse:  Ivs.  unarmed;  Ifts.  lanceolate,  entire,  glabrous: 
fls.  brown-red,  in  terminal  racemes;  calyx  somewhat 
bilabiate,  the  lips  entire  and  erect;  standard  very  long, 
obtuse,  convolute  in  a  tube;  stamens  long,  connate  at 
base:  pod  long,  terete,  articulate,  pilose;  seeds  oblong. 
Cochin-China. 

Poeppigi&na,  Cook  (Micrdpteryx  Poeppigidna, 
Walp.  E.  Micrdpteryx,  Poepp )  BUCARE.  Used  for 
shading  coffee  and  cacao  in  the  W.  Indies:  tree  40-60 
ft.,  the  prickles  short.  Ivs.  large,  apparently  not  prickly; 
Ifts.  broad,  entire,  with  nectaries  at  base  of  the  2  lower 
petiolules:  fls.  cinnabar-red;  calyx  truncate;  standard 
plane,  elliptic  or  narrow-oval,  to  1J^  in.  long;  wings 
small,  about  twice  exceeding  the  calyx,  obovate  or 
oral-elliptic;  keel  scarcely  shorter  than  standard, 
arctuate.  Probably  Peruvian  —Offered  in  S  Fla.  The 
E  umbrosa  of  the  W.  Indies  is  probably  this  species. 


(XH) 


pod  long,  torulose,  seeds  few.  large  and  red.  Austral  Q.Z  ,  30,  p  1. 
— E.  ndrum.  Tod.  Tree,  prickly.  Ifts.  rhombic-ovate,  tomentose 
when  young,  terminal  one  long-stalked,  fls.  scarlet,  m  many-fld. 
short  racemes,  the  standard  obovate.  Origin  unknown 


short  racem 

ERYTHROCHjfeTE, 

japomca. 


L.  H.  B. 

ERYTHROCHATON:     Ligulana 


flabellif  6rmis,  Kearney. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  10 
ft.:  sts  velvety  white 
when  young,  bearing  stout 
curved  prickles  below  the 
If. -axils:  Ivs.  canescent 
when  young,  usually 
prickly;  Ifts.  firm,  fan- 
shaped  or  deltoid-ovate, 
usually  broader  than  long, 
rounded  at  apex:  f£. 
bright  scarlet,  crowded  in 
short  terminal  racemes, 
numerous,  pedicels  vel- 
vety-canescent;  calyx  campanulate,  truncate,  usually 
somewhat  oblique,  white-tpmentose;  standard  exceed- 
ing the  calyx,  about  1%  in.  long,  h'near-oblong.  nar- 
rowed at  both  ends;  wings  and  keel  short:  pod  linear, 
torose:  seeds  oval,  bright  scarlet  with  whitish  hilum. 
S.  E.  Ariz.— Offered  in  S.  Calif. 

Jf.  arbdrea,  Small  (E  herbacea  var  arborea,  Chapm.).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  to  20  ft ,  armed*  Ivs.  with  wire-like  petiole  and  rachis; 
Ifts  deltoid  or  hastately  3-lobed.  fls.  scarlet  in  racemes  4-8  in.  long: 
pod  3-6  in  long,  constricted  between  the  seeds.  Fla.  Likely  to  be 
planted. — E  bogottnnt  appears  in  a  European  trade  list  of  green- 
bouse  plants — E  conetantvdna,  Mich.  Tree,  soft,  the  trunk  thick 
and  spiny.  fls  large,  scarlet,  in  racemes.  Eu  — E.  intAgnit,  Tod. 
Tree,  sparingly  prickly:  Ifts.  ovate,  tomentope  when  young:  fls. 
scarlet,  m  short  and  dense  racemes.  Origin  vftknown  Gt.  28.988. 
— E.  vetpertttio,  Benth.  Shrub,  for  a  warm  greenhouse,  glabrous, 
branches  prickly:  Ivs.  not  prickly;  Ifts  broad-cuneate  at  base,  3  or  4 
in.  broad,  usually  3-lobed,  and  the  middle  lobe  of  various  shape  and 
sometimes  absent:  fls.  showy  (red?)  and  many  in  racemes;  standard 
ovate,  recurved  at  top,  nearly  1H  in.  long,  wings  small,  oblong: 


ERYTHRdNIUM  (from  the  Greek  word  for  red, 
applied  to  the  purple-rose  European  species).  Lahaceae. 
DOG'S-TOOTH  VIOLET  (although  in  no  sense  a  violet) 
ADDER'S-TONGUE.  Small  spring-flowering  hardy  scapose 
bulbous  plants. 

Erythroniums  have  bulbs  standing  erect  and  from 
oblong  to  linear  in  form,  2  radical  Ivs.,  which  in  most 
species  are  handsomely  mottled,  scape  slender  and 
leafless,  producing  from  1  to  many  nodding  v«ry  attrac- 
tive fls.;  perianth  of  6  similar  divisions,  usually 
recurved;  stamens  6  and  a  single  3-lobed  style:  fr  an 
oblong  or  obovoid  more  or  less  3-anglcd  locuhcidal 
caps. — Handsome  plants  of  the  north  temperate  zone. 
One  belongs  to  the  Old  World,  4  to  E  N  Amer ,  2 
are  found  in  the  Rocky  Mts  ,  while  in  the  cool  woods 
and  high  mountains  from  N  Calif,  to  the  British 
possessions  the  genus  is  represented  by  about  9  species 
and  a  number  of  well-marked  varieties  The  species 
are  confused  or  variable  The  first  and  perhaps 
second  yea*  ifom  seed,  the  plants  bear  a  single  if. 
and  do  not  bloom  Some  of  the  species  spread  in  large 
patches,  by  means  of  underground  stolons  The  bulb 
is  scaly  outside  but  with  a  solid  interior,  being  really 
a  corm 

The  erythroniums  are  most  interesting  spring  flowers 
They  succeed  in  any  light  soil,  particularly  in  partial 
shade.  In  common  with  all  herbaceous  perennials, 
especially  those  that  produce  bulbs  or  corms,  they 
profit  by  a  winter  mulch  of  leaves  or  litter  — The  west- 
ern erythroniums  are  all  plants  of  the  cool  woodlands, 
except  a  few  that  grow  at  such  altitudes  as  to  reach 
like  conditions  They  thrive  best  in  shade,  a  thoroughly 
drained  soil,  moist  and  rich  in  mold,  a  surface  cover- 
ing of  half  rotten  leaves  tending  to  equalize  conditions. 
Any  good  fibrous  material,  as  fibrous  peat,  coconut 
*iber  or  spent  tanbark,  or  even  well-rotted  sod,  will 
answer  the  purpose  to  lighten  the  soil  and  give  that 
abundance  of  mold  they  delight  in.  Pockets  in  shaded 
rockwork  give  ideal  situations.  They  will  thrive 
naturalized  on  cool  wooded  slopes;  and  where  the  drain- 
age is  good  they  will  thrive  in  grass  The  leaves  ripen 
before  the  grass  is  cut  and  the  effect  is  very  good  Sim- 
ply planted  in  boxes  in  a  loose  soil,  rich  in  mold,  and 
left  year  after  year  in  a  shaded  spot,  they  sometimes 
give  splendid  bloom.  E.  Hartwegii  flowers  very  early, 
and  stands  more  heat  and  dryness  than  any  other 
variety.  E,  purpurascens  and  E  montanum,  from  high 
altitudes,  tend  to  throw  up  their  growth  very  late,  and 
are  on  that  account  rather  difficult  to  cult  All  of  the 
western  species  are  very  satisfactory  garden  plants. 
— The  propagation  of  E  Dens-Cams  and  varieties,  the 
eastern  American  species  and  E.  Hartwegii,  is  by 
offsets  All  of  the  other  western  species  can  be  increased 
only  by  seeds.  The  eastern  species  should  be  planted 
at  least  5  niches  deep.  When  planting  erythromum 
bulbs,  cover  with  2  inches  of  earth;  as  the  bulbs  them- 
selves may  be  2  niches  long,  this  means  that  the  holes 
should  be  4  inches  deep. 

INDEX. 


albidum,  3. 
albiflorum,  10. 
album,  6. 
americanum,  2. 
anguslatum,  2. 
Botandeni,  10. 
bracteatum,  2 
cahfornicum,  8. 
citrmutn,  12. 
Dens-Cams,  1 
giganteum,  6,  10. 

grandiflorum,  6,  10. 
Hartwegii,  9. 
Hendersonu,  13. 
Howellu,  15 
Johnsomi,  10. 
lanceolatum,  2. 
longifohum,  1. 
majus.  1. 
mesachoreum,  4 
minor,  6. 
minus,  6. 

montanum,  6,  11. 
Nuttallianum,  6. 
parviflorum,  7. 
prfficox,  10. 
propullans,  5. 
purpurascens,  14. 
revolutum,  10. 
robustum,  6. 
sibincurn,  1 
Wattonn,  10. 

ERYTHRONIUM 


ERYTHRONIUM 


1143 


A.  OLD-WORLD  ERYTHRONIUMS.  Fie.  always  solitary, 
and  without  a  crest  near  base  of  inner  petals:  Ivs. 
handsomely  mottled:  offsets  few. 
1.  D6ns-C&nis,  Linn.  St.  4-6  in.  high:  Ivs.  oval- 
acummate;  rounded  at  the  base,  blotched  or  patched 
with  reddish  brown:  fls.  drooping,  rose-colored,  rose- 
purple  or  lilac;  segms.  strongly  reflexed.  narrow,  long- 
pointed.  Cent  Eu.,  Japan,  in  several  forms.  Gn.  76, 
p.  649 — Variations  are  white,  rose-colored  or  flesh- 
colored.  Var.  longifdlium,  Hort.,  varies  in  its  narrower 
Iva.  and  larger  fls;  var.  ma  jus,  Hort ,  is  apparently  a 
form  of  this.  Var.  sibiricum,  Hort.,  from  the  Altai 
Mts ,  is  taller.  The  species  thrives  in  a  moist  open 
garden  soil,  and  exposed  to  the  sun  Often  used  in 
rock-gardens.  Little  known  in  American  gardens. 

AA.  EAST- AMERICAN  EUYTHRONIUMS  .  —  Fl.  solitary, 
without  a  crest  on  inner  petals:  mostly  producing 
offsets. 

2  americanum,  Ker.    COMMON  ADDER'S -TONGUE. 
Fig  1420.  Scape  6-10  in  .  from  an  ovoid  bulb  that  pro- 
duces   offshoots'    Ivs.    elliptic-   or   oblong-lanceolate, 
mottled  with  purple-brown  and  whitish:  fls.  yellow,  the 
Begins,  recurved,  the  3  inner  ones  auncled  at  base; 
stigmas  united    E  Canada,  to  Fla  and  Ark  ,  m  rich  low 
grounds,  particularly  in  or  near  woods.  Runs  into  many 
forms    The  following  names  belong  with  it:  E.  lanceo- 
Idtum,    Pursh;   E.   angustdtum,   Raf  ;   E.   bractedtum, 
Boott. 

3  Albidum,  Nutt     WHITE  ADDER'S-TONGUE.    Pro- 
ducing offshoots'  Ivs  not  mottled,  narrow,  fls  pinkish 
white,  yellow  at  base;  segms    recurved,  not  auncled: 
stigmas  spreading.    Ont    and  N.   Y.  to   Minn,  ana 
Texas. 

4.  mesachdreum,  Knerr.  Without  basal  offshoots: 
Ivs  not  mottled,  narrowly  oblong  to  linear-lanceolate: 
fls  lavender,  the  segms  not  recurved,  stigmas  spread- 
ing, earlier  than  the  last.  Iowa  to  Kans  and  Mo. 

5  propullans,  Gray.    Bulb  ovoid*  offshoots  arising 
from  near  middle  of  the  st.:  Ivs  small,  green  or  slightly 
mottled,    fls     rose-colored,    with    yellow    base;    style 
slender  and  stigmas  united    S.  Ont  and  Minn. 

AAA.  WEST-AMERICAN  ERYTHRONIUMS. — Fls  2-4,  some- 
times more  (rarely  only  l-fld  )  — The  Ivs  are  richly 
mottled,  except  in  E  grandijlorum  The  corms  do 
not  produce  offsets,  except  in  E.  Hartwcgii  Inner 
petals  with  auricles,  except  in  E.  Howelln.  All 
except  E.  purpurascem  have  large  and  showy  fis. 

B.  Slyk  3-cleft 

6  grandifldrum,    Pursh     (E     giganteum,     Lindl.). 
Scape  1-2  ft  high .  Ivs  broadly  lanceolate,  to  6  in  long, 
acute  and  short-cuspidate,  unmottled    scape  slender, 
3-5-fld  ;  fls  very  bright  yellow  ,  petals  recurved ;  anthers 
yellow     E   Ore   to  Brit   Col     Var.  Album,  Hort.  (E. 
montanwn.  Hort ).    Like  the  type,  except  the  fls    are 
white,  yellowish  at  center,  and  with  a  slight  greenish 
cast     Var  minus,  Morr ,  is  smaller  — E  grandijlorum 
grows  from  very  high  mountains  to  (at  one  point)  little 
above  the  sea-level     In  cult   the  high  mountain  form 
starts  very  late  and  13  difficult  to  grow,  while  the  sea- 
level  form  (var.  robustum,  Purdy)  is  an  easy  subject. 
In  some  localities  the  anthers  are  red,  as  in  var.  Nut- 
UUiinum,  Purdy  (E.  Nuttalhdnum,  Schult.),  in  others 
both  red  and  yellow,  but  as  a  rule  yellow.  The  so-called 
var.  minor  is  small  merely  from  less  favorable  situ- 
ation.  By  some,  the  E.  giganteum,  Lindl.,  is  kept  dis- 
tinct. GC  111.43.212.  JH.I1I  58.397.  GM. 63.359. 

7.  parvifldrum,  Goodd.  The  Cent.  Rocky  Mt.  form 
of  E.  grandijlorum.  scape  4-12.  Ivs.  oblong,  tapering 
both  ways:  fls.  usually  solitary,  bright  yellow,  greenish 
m  the  bottom;  segms.  lanceolate-acuminate,  about  1  in. 
long,  strongly  recurved;  anthers  pale  yellow. — A  sub- 
alpine  species. 


8.  calif6rnicum,  Purdy.    Lvs.  richly  mottled:  fls. 
few  to  as  many  as  16;  petals  revolute  and  broader, 
creamy  to  light  yellow,  deeper  at  the  center  and  often 
marked  maroon  at  base.   In  the  Coast  Ranges  of  Calif ., 
San  Francisco  Bay  to  Humboldt  Co.— In  cult,  the 
most  satisfactory  East     The  description  of  E.  revoliir 
tum  var.  Wataonii  m  Cycle.  Amer.  Hort.,  also  covers 
E.  calif ornicum.   G.  32:424 

9.  H&rtwegii,  Wats.    Bulb-bearing  offsets  freely  on 
filiform  stolons  from  the  base'  lys.  mottled'  fls.  1-6, 
mostly  in  a  sessile  umbel,  large,  light  yellow-orange  at 
center  and  white  or  cream-color  above.    Foothills  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada  Mts.  in  Calif     G.C.  Ill  20.361, 
43  '21 5. — The  plant  appears  to  have  several  scapes 
because  the  uinoel  is  sessile  but  each  fl  is  on  a  pedicel. 

10  revolfttum,  Smith  Lvs  1-4,  mottled  in  white  and 
light  brown'  fls.  nearly  always  1  or  2,  petals  narrow  and 
curved,  style  large  and  stout,  filaments  from  subulate 
(awl-shaped)  to  deltoid,  opening  from  white  flushed 
with  pink  to  pinkish  purple,  becoming  purple.  J  H. 

Ill  35  523;  43: 
268.  Var.  Bo- 
landeni  is  not 
separable  from 
the  type.  Pink 
Beauty  is  a  soft 
pink  form  found 
in  Humboldt 
County,  Calif 
Var  albifldrum, 
Hort  (var  W dt- 
sonu,  Purdy  E. 
giganthim  var 
albiflbrum,  Hort. 
E  grandiflbrum 
var  albiflorum, 
Hook.)  Fls  pure 
white'  with  a 
greenish  cast, 
often  banded 
maroon  at  base: 

petals  slender;  a  very  beautiful 
plant.  BM.  5714  FS  20.2117. 
G  C  III  3  556;  15  621  Var. 
J6hnsonii,  Purdy  (E  Jdhnsonu, 
Bolander).  Very  similar  to  the 
type,  but  Ivs  mottled  in  dark 
brown  and  looking  as  if  coated  in 
varnish,  and  fls  dark  rose  with 
orange  center.  Gn  51 '  136  G  C. 
Ill  19-549; 25'253  Var  prafecox, 
Purdy  Lvs.  mottled  in  ma- 
hogany, the  most  beautifully  of 
any  ery thromum .  the  fls  ,  usually 

1421   Erythtoomm     2-4'  are  °reamy  wlute  Wlth  °ran«e 
Hendersomi.  (Xh)     centcr' 

11.  montanum,    Wats.     Scape 

slender,  to  18  in  ,  1-3-fld  .  Ivs  not  mottled,  broad- 
lanceolate  to  nearly  ovate,  contracted  into  a  winged 
petiole;  perianth  pure  white,  orange  at  base.  On  high 
mountains  of  Ore  and  Wash. — Very  difficult  to  cult, 
as  the  bulbs  start  very  late;  one  of  trie  most  beautiful. 

BB.  Style  not  divided. 

12.  citrlnum,  Wats.  Rather  stout,  to  10  in.,  1-9- 
fld.,  the  fls.  close  together  and  opening  at  about  the 
same  time:  Ivs.  mottled,  very  broad-lanceolate,  obtuse 
and  short-apiculate,  attenuate  to  a  very  short  petiole: 
petals  broad,  strongly  recurved,  light  yellow,  orange  at 
centcr,  the  tips  becoming  pink  S.  Ore.  Gn  &L  6:65. 

13  Hendersonii,  Wats.  Fig.  1421.  Slender,  to  12 
in.,  1-3-fld.:  Ivs  mottled  in  dark  brown,  lanceolate  to 
oblong,  obtuse  and  short-apiculate,  narrowed  to  a  short 
petiole,  petals  strongly  recurved,  pale  purple,  with  a 
very  dark  purple,  almost  black,  center.  S.  Ore  G.F 


1144 


ERYTHRONIUM 


1:317  (adapted  in  Fig  1421)    G  C  III.  3*653;  15:623; 
43:213.  Gn.  M.  6.65.  Gn.W.22.375.   BM.7017. 

14  purpur&scens,  Wats.  Lvs.  undulate,  not  mottled 
but  shaded  in  dark  metallic  tints,  fls.  small,  spreading, 
crowded  in  a  raceme,  light  yellow  (almost  white),  cen- 
ter orange,  becoming  purplish    Sierras  — A  very  small- 
fld  erythronmm,  with  1-8  fls.  crowded  together.  This 
species  grows  at  5,000-7,000  ft  altitude  in  the  Sierras. 
While  under  some  conditions  it  ib  lo\\ -growing,  under 
other  conditions  it  equals  in  size  and  height  the  most 
robust  species     At  the  lower  altitudes  of  its  habitat 
snow  covers  the  ground  until  early  May  and  this  plant 
flowers    shortly   afterward;   it    remains  very  dry   m 
summer  and  fall. 

15  H6weUii,  Wats     Rather  slender,  to  18  in.,  1-3- 
fld  .    Ivs     mottled,    lanceolate    to    oblong-lanceolate, 
usually  acute  and  short-apiculate:  fls  pale  yellow  with 
orange  base,  becoming  pinkish    S  Ore  — Of  the  Pacific 
coast  erythronmms,  this  alone  is  destitute  of  the  ear- 
shaped  appendages  at  inner  base  of  petal. 

CARL  PUHDI  and  L   H   B 

ERYTHR6XYLON  (Greek,  red  wood;  true  of  some 
species).  Written  also  Erythroxylum  Erythroxyldcex. 
COCA  A  genus  famous  for  the  coca  plant,  the  leaves  of 
which  are  of  vast  importance  in  medicine,  yielding 
cocaine,  grown  slightly  in  the  extreme  south  of  Florida 
and  California,  and  rarely  cultivated  under  glass  in 
the  North  for  its  economic  interest 

Erythroxylon  comprises  about  90  species  of  shrubs 
or  small  trees  widely  distributed  in  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical countries  but  most  abundant  in  Trop  Amer  : 
Ivs.  alternate,  entire,  often  coriaceous,  ffs  small, 
whitish,  on  bractcolate  pedicels,  solitary  or  fascicled; 
sepals  5  (or  6),  petals  of  same  number,  deciduous, 
appendaged  on  the  inner  face;  stamens  twice  the  num- 
ber of  petals,  connate  at  base*  fr.  a  1-seeded  drupe. 

Cdca,  Lam  Shrub,  5-6  ft  high,  with  rusty  ^>rown, 
slender  branches,  on  the  extreme  tips  of  which  the  Ivs. 
are  borne:  below  the  Ivs  ,  on  the  wood  of  the  preceding 
year,  which  is  reddish,  clusters  of  3-5  yellow  5-lobed 
fls  Mm  across  spring  from  the  protection  of  the  small 
scales  that  line  the  branchlcts,  and  which  are  colored 
like  the  bark*  Ivs  oval,  obovate  or  elliptical,  differing 
in  different  cult  strains  or  varieties,  about  1^-2  J/£  in. 
long  and  marked  on  the  undei  side  with  2  lines  extend- 
ing on  either  side  of  the  midrib  from  base  to  apex 
Native  country  uncertain;  the  earliest  described  form, 
which  happens  to  be  Peruvian,  was  named  by  Lam- 
arck Erylhroxylum  Coca,  and  figured  in  B  M.  7334 
The  Ivs  of  this  form  are  about  2^  in.  long,  oblong- 
obovate,  tapering  to  a  short  stalk,  rounded  at  the  apex, 
the  midrib  extending  beyond  into  a  short,  sharp  point. 
Coca  is  grown  commercially  on  a  large  scale  through- 
out S  Amer  ,  and  also  m  Java  and  Ceylon.  There  are  2 
leading  commercial  varieties,  according  to  Kraemer, — 
the  Bolivian  or  Huanco,  and  the  Peruvian  or  Truxillo. 
The  Ivs.  are  picked  when  fully  grown,  and  quickly 
dried  in  the  sun.  The  shrub  is  said  to  require  for  its 
best  development  a  very  humid  atmosphere  and  com- 
paratively high  elevation.  Coca  should  not  be  con- 
fused with  cocoa  and  cacao,  which  are  discussed  under 
Theobroma.  jjt  jj.  B.J 

ESCALLONIA  (named  for  Escallon,  a  Spanish 
traveler  in  South  America).  Saxifraadcex  Mainly 
evergreen  shrubs  or  small  trees,  widely  dispersed  m 
South  America,  especially  in  the  mountains. 

Leaves  alternate,  glandular-serrate  (rarely  entire): 
fls  strongly  odorous,  white  or  of  a  pink  or  red  color, 
in  terminal  racemes  or  panicles,  or  axillary;  calyx- 
lobes  5;  petals  5;  stamens  5;  style  simple,  the  stigma 
obscurely  4-5-lobed  and  peltate,  or  2-lobed  and  reni- 
forni  or  peltate  Noteworthy  in  the  genus  are  the 
glands,  stalked  or  not,  which  may  occur  almost  any- 
where on  the  plant  Lvs  often  with  resinous  dots  on 


ESCALLONIA 

one  or  both  surfaces. — About  45  or  50  species,  a  num- 
ber of  which  have  been  intro.  in  the  S ,  and  m  Calif. 
They  are  of  easy  culture;  rapid  growers;  and  often 
artificially  trained  as  vines.  Several  will  probably  prove 
half-hardy  as  far 
north  as  N.  Y. 

A.  Lvs.     large, 
hairy,  especi- 
ally below,  or 
in  one  variety 
glabrous    b  u  t 
very  shiny. 
p'ulverulenta, 
Pers.    Shrub*  Ivs 
very  thick,  oval  or 
elliptic,   obtuse, 
serrate,    rough- 
hairy  below,  with 
scattered     hairs 
above:  fls    white, 
m     long    densely 
fid.    terminal    ra- 
cemes; btigma  dis- 
tinctly    2  - lobed, 
remform      fr       a 
glandular  -warty 

1422.  Escalloma  langleyensw  «  a  P  s  '    branches 

hairy.  Var  glabra, 

Engler.  Differs  from  the  species  in  being  almost  or 
quite  glabrous.  Handsomer  than  the  type  Not  in  cult 
m  this  country. 

AA.  Lvt>.  glabrous  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Fls.  red  or  pink. 

rubra,  Pers  var.  glabriuscula,  Hook.  &  Arn.  (E  riibra 
of  many  authors)  Dainty  fld  shrub,  with  numerous 
stalked  glands  Ivs  ovate,  often  deltoid-ovate,  acute, 
finely  and  irregularly  doubl} -serrate,  glabrous,  vuth 
brown  resinous  dots  below,  rather  small  fis.  red,  tu- 
bular, borne  m  2's  or  3's  (or  rarely  faingly)  on  lateral 
pedicols,  grouped  near  the  ends  of  the  branches;  culyx 
densely  glandular,  petals  long-cla\\ ed ,  stigma  obscurely 
5-lobed  fr  a  top-shaped  caps  B  M  2890. 

macrantha, Hook  &Arn.  Shrub: Ivs  thickish, broadly 
ovate,  acutish  or  obtuse,  bluntly  serrate,  essentially 
glabrous:  fls  red,  long-tubular,  in  a  stocky,  often 
branching,  terminal  raceme,  calyx-lobes  with  marginal 
glands,  stigma  peltate,  obscurely  5-lobed:  fr.  a  gla- 
brescent  caps  F  S  6  632. — Excellent  Var.  sangufnea 
is  a  horticultural  variety  with  fls  more  crimson. 

organensis.  Gardn  Half-hardy  S  ,  2-5  ft  ,  glabrous 
throughput*  Ivs  thick,  oblong,  acutish,  serrulate,  \\ith 
tiny  resinous  dots:  fls  pink,  in  close-,  terminal  clusters. 
B.M.  4274.— Excellent  Organ  Mtb  ,  Brazil. 

BB.  Fls.  white,  or,  in  E.  langkyen(>is,  rose-tinted. 
c.  Width  of  Ivs.  more  than  Y^in. 

chlorophylla,  Cham.  &.  Schlecht.  (E.  cdndida,  Lem.). 
Shrub,  to  3  ft.:  Ivs  oblong-ovate  or  obovate,  obtuse, 
apiculate,  or  more  rarely  acute,  with  a  few  blunt  teeth 
on  upper  part,  or  wholly  entire*  fls  white,  m  a  termi- 
nal, many-fld  panicle.  J.F.  403 

montevidSnsis,  DC.  (E  Jloribiinila,  Reichb.  E  flori- 
bunda,  IIBK.  var.  montevidtnsis,  Cham.  &  Schlecht  ). 
Shrub,  to  9  ft  *  Ivs  thick,  elliptic,  obtuse,  finely  serrate, 
glabrous,  shiny  above:  fls  white,  in  a  terminal,  many- 
fid,  panicle;  petals  clawed;  stigma  obscurely  4-5-lobea: 
fr  a  top-shaped  caps.,  crowned  by  the  obviously 
longer  style  G  25:576;  27:465 

floribtinda,  HBK  Shrub*  Ivs  oblong-ovate,  obtuse, 
very  minutely  crenulate-scrrate  or  entire,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so:  fls.  white,  in  many-fld  ,  compound,  axillary 
or  terminal  panicles;  petals  clawed;  stigma  peltate, 
2-lobed:  fr  a  caps.,  crowned  by  the  equal  or  barely 
longer  style  G  C  III.  47 . 53. 


ESCALLONIA 


ESOHSOHOLTZIA 


11 15 


cc.  Width  of  Ivg  not  over  %m 

leucantha,  Remy.  Densely  Ivd  bhrub:  Ivs.  obovate, 
obtuse  or  nearly  so.  finely  serrate,  at  least  on  upper 
part,  glabrous,  small:  fls.  white,  in  very  dense  racemes; 
petals  spatulatc,  clawed,  fr  an  obovate  caps. 

virgata,  Pers  (E.  /Vufopmdna,  Mast  E.  virgata 
var.  Phihppiana,  Engler.  E.  strida,  Gay).  Densely 
Ivd.  shrub,  half-hardy  south  of  Washington  Ivs.  stiff, 
lanceolate  or  obovate,  obtuse  to  acute,  tapering  at  babe, 
with  minute  rather  distant  teeth  on  upper  part,  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so,  small:  fls  white,  axillary,  scattered, 
or  sometimes  massed  near  the  tips  of  the  branchlets, 
petals  spreading,  scarcely  if  at  all  clawed,  fr  a  globose 
caps.  G  27,  p.  464  Gn  66,  p  64. 

langleySnsis,  Vilm.  &  Bois.  Fig.  1422  A  graceful 
shrub  (artificial  hybrid  of  E.  macrantha  and  E  virgata) : 
Ivs.  linear-ovate,  obtuse  or  acuti&h,  minutely  serrulate, 
small,  in  short  racemes  at  the  ends  of  the  branchlets. 

E  Alba,  a  name  found  in  some  of  the  catalogues,  is  not  deter- 
minable  — E  pfndvla,  Pers  Shrub  with  red  fls  ,  in  narrow  racemen 
to  more  than  1  ft  long,  and  Ivs  resembling  those  of  tobacco 
Desirable  — E  rAaea  An  unidentified  catalogue  name  w  hich  in 
at  lenst  one  instance,  certainly  docs  not  reier  to  E  rosea,  Gnseb  , 
a  very  httle  kno*n  spec.es.  ALBBRT  HANFORD  MoORE. 

ESCHSCHOLTZIA  (J  F  Eschscholtz,  of  Kotzebue's 
scientific  expedition)  Papaveracex  Brilliant  and 
popular  garden  flowers 

Jxnv,  pale  or  glaucous  herbs,  annual  or  perennial, 
with  ternately  dissected  alternate  Ivs ,  and  large, 
showy  yellow  or  whitish  long-peduneled  flb  *  sepals  2, 
pet  alb  4,  stamens  numerous,  stigmas  4-6  caps  long 
and  slender  like  a  sihque,  l-loculed,  elabtically  dehis- 
cent at  the  instant  it  separates  from  the  receptacle 
The  calyx  forms  a  hood  which  is  pushed  off  over  the 
bud  as  the  petals  expand  (see  detail  at  the  left  in  Fig 
1423)  The  torus  or  receptacle  (from  which  the  caps 
arises)  is  prominently  hollowed  and  surrounds  the  base 
of  the  pistil  — Few  genera  have  been  more  diversely 
interpreted  as  to  the  limits  of  species  Gray  accepted 
about  a  dozen  species,  and  something  like  this  view  of 
the  genus  is  commonly  held  Greene,  however,  in  Pit- 
toma,  V  (190.5)  recogm/ed  112  species  and  separated 
one  of  the  described  species  under  the  new  genus  Pet- 
romecon  Fedde  in  Engler 's  Pflanzenreich,  hft  40  ( 1909), 
separates  123  species  These  many  species  are  segre- 
gated largely  from  the  multifarious  group  to  which  the 
name  E  californica  has  been  applu  d  On  this  treat- 
ment Jepson  writes  "This  species  is  highly  variable, 
especially  so  in  trivial  details  of  leaf-segmentation  and 
of  bhape  of  calyptra  and  m  habit  It  is  also  variable 
in  the  size  and  color  of  petals  and  so  runs  into  an 
extensive  concourse  of  forms,  many  of  which  seem 
obviously  seasonal  or  due  to  boil  or  moist uie  conditions 
Some  of  these  highly  marked  plants  in  the  Sacramento 
Valley  have  two  seasonally  dimorphic  forms,  an  erect 
vernal  flowering  form  with  very  large  golden  corolla 
and  huge  torus  run,  and  an  autumnal  flowering  form 
with  small  stiaw-yellow  corolla  and  reduced  or  no  toru* 
rim  It  has  been  found  impossible  thus  far,  after  several 
trials,  to  reproduce  this  sequence  in  cultivation  on  the 
coast  The  flower  is  not  like  either  the  vernal  or 
autumnal  form  but  approximates  the  coast  form.  A 
large  number  of  the  wild  forms  have  been  collected  but 
probably  only  a  email  proportion  of  those  in  existence. 
Vet  the  number  of  specimens  distributed  to  herbaria 
has  been  sufficient  to  form  the  basis  for  nearly  100  new 
species.  It  does  not  seem  hopeful  that  the  solving 
of  the  problem  of  Eschscholtzia  californica  in  just  this 
way  will  lead  either  to  permanent  results  or  afford  a 
satisfactory  basis  for  the  kind  of  work  most  needed, 
namely  the  prosecution  of  combined  field  and  cultural 
studies."  Studies  of  growing  plants  under  conditions 
of  observation  and  control,  both  of  wild  and  horticul- 
tural material,  are  awaited.  Where  the  abundant 
garden  material  falls,  in  the  segregations,  is  yet 
unknown.  The  cult  forms  are  derived  from  the  old 


E  californica,  and  E  tenuifoha  appears  also  to  be  in 
the  trade.  Eschscholtzia  is  a  genus  of  W.  N.  Amor., 
ranging  both  on  the  coabt  and  in  the  interior  valleys, 
and  m  the  Sierras  It  occurs  from  Low.  Calif,  to  the 
valley  of  the  Columbia  River,  in  New  Mex  ,  Ariz  , 
Nev  ,  Utah.  It  has  run  wild  in  parts  of  Cent.  Eu. 

calif 6rnica,  Cham.  CALIFORNIA  POPPY  Fig.  1423. 
Perennial,  but  cult  at.  an  annual,  10-24  in  high,  form- 
ing mats.  Ivs.  long-petioled  and  divided  into  linear 
parts,  those  on  the  ats  smaller  and  shorter-pet  loled . 
ft.  baueer-bhaped,  opening  in  sunshine,  2-3  in  across, 
yellow  or  orange  or  cream-colored  pod  3-4  in  long, 
strong-ribbed  torus  large  ,md  funnel-shaped  Calif 
and  Ore,  mostly  along  the  coast — One  of  the  most 
popular  garden  fls  It  is  treated  as  a  hardy  annual,  the 
seeds  being  sown  where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  and 
they  should  be  sown  very  eajr'y.  It  stands  considerable 
cold,  and  blooms  after  the  first  fronts  If  well  pro- 
tected, plants  of  one  beason'b  growth  will  pass  the  win- 
ter and  give  some  bloom  the  following  spring.  It  some- 
times seTf-sowj>  Very  attractive  as  an  edging,  because 
of  its  interesting  bluish  foliage  There  are  double-fld 
forms.  Very  variable,  and  cult  under  a  vanety  of 
names,  as  C  marffima,  Hort.  (net  Greene),  C  vana, 
Hort.  (trade  name  for  mixed  vaueties),  C.  aurantwca, 
Hort.,  C  Alba,  Hort  ,  C  Thdrburmi,  Hort  In  color 
forms  are  offered  yellow,  golden  yellow,  white,  rose- 
white,  carmine,  rose  Var  crdcea,  Hort  (E  crdwa, 
Benth  )  Fls  deep  orange  torus  very  widely  expanded 
calyx-bud  long-attenuate  B  It  1077  B  M  3495  Var. 


1423.  Eschscholtzia  californica.  ( X  H) 

Douglasii,  Gray  (E.  Dobglasii,  Benth.).  Rather  more 
slender,  and  blooma  earlier  fls.  pure  yellow:  torus  rim 
narrow. 

tenuifdlia,  Hook  Lower,  with  narrow  Ivs.  in  a  radi- 
cal tuft,  the  long  divisions  being  almost  capillary:  fls. 
small  (1  in.  across),  light  yellow,  overtopping  the  Ivs  : 
torus  less  prominent,  seeds  muncate.  Foothills  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada*.  B.M.  4812.  L.  H.  B. 


1146 


ESCONTRIA 


ETHERIZATION 


ESCONTRIA  (named  for  Sefior  Don  Bias  Escontria, 
of  Mexico).  Cactdcex.  Large,  much-branched  cacti. 
Ribs  few:  areoles  narrow,  bearing  pectinate  clusters 
of  spines:  fls.  small,  yellow,  diurnal:  fr.  and  ovary 
covered  with  chartaceous,  translucent,  persistent 
scales,  without  hairs  or  spines;  fr.  fleshy,  edible;  seeds 
black.  For  cult.,  see  Succulents. 

chiotaiaf  Rose  (Cereus  chiotilla,  Web  ).  Sixteen  ft 
or  more  high:  ribs  mostly  7'  radial  spines  10-15;  cen- 
tral 1-2,  the  upper  one  2  in  long,  curved  downward: 
fr.  1  in.  diam.  Mex. — Rare  m  cult.  j  N  ROSE. 

ESPALIER,  a  trellis  or  open  support  on  which  a 
tree  or  woody  plant  is  trained  in  formal  shape  and  to  a 
given  number  of  branches,  usually  in  a  vertical  plane; 
and  also  the  plant  so  trained  Apple  trees  and  others 
are  often  trained  as  espaliers  in  P^urope,  the  tree  may 
be  transplanted  and  subsequently  attached  against  a 
wall  or  building,  or  it  may  be  kept  permanently  on  the 
trellis  or  open  support.  Sometimes  espalier-training  is 
employed  only  when  the  tree  or  bush  is  young,  for  the 
purpose  of 'bringing  it  into  shape  and  to  prepare  it  for 
a  wall  or  other  support.  Trees  are  trained  on  espaliers 
also  to  give  them  full  exposure  to  the  sun  on  all  sides, 
to  regulate  the  fruit-bearing  and  to  provide  easy  means 
of  controlling  insects  and  diseases.  Espalier-training  is 
most  frequent  in  cool  and  cloudy  regions,  in  those  m 
which  space  must  be  utilized  to  the  utmost,  and  where 
hand-skill  is  obtainable  or  is  relatively  cheap. 

There  are  many  forms  of  training.  The  plant  may 
be  trained  to  a  single  shoot,  or  to  two  shoots  lying  in 
opposite  directions,  mostly  horizontal,  m  which  case 
it  is  called  a  cordon;  or  the  top  may  be  spread  fan- 
shaped  on  the  trellis,  or  in  other  formsj  and  it  may 
then  be  called  an  espalier.  The  training  is  begun 
when  the  plant  is  very  young — perhaps  only  a  year 
or  two  from  the  graft  or  bud — and  before  it  has  pro- 
duced a  stiff  trunk  and  unmanageable  head.  Usually 
the  branching  is  started  within  a  foot  or  so  of  the 
ground  by  heading  back  the  main  stem;  and  as  many 
shoots  as  may  be  desired  on  the  trellis  are  allowed  to 
grow.  These  shoots  are  tied  to  the  trellis  or  posts  as 
they  grow,  and  the  side  shoots  are*  pinched  out  except 
such  as  are  desired  for  further  arms  in  the  framework 
or  for  friut-spurs.  The  trellises  themselves  may  be  of 
wire  strung  on  posts,  or  the  tree  may  be  tied  from 
post  to  post  or  stake  to  stake  set  close  together.  Espa- 
liers are  little  used  in  this  country,  and  then  only  in 
small  gardens,  and  mostly  when  a  trained  gardener  is 
employed.  L.  H.  B. 

fiSULA:  Euphorbia.  The  E  cnotata  of  the  trade  is  probably 
the  cnstate  form  of  Eupfiorbia  lactea  or  similar  species. 

ETHERIZATION  OF  PLANTS.  Etherization,  as 
applied  to  plants,  means  strictly  the  forcing  of  a  aor- 
mant  plant  into  growth  by  subjecting  the  plant  to  ether 
vapors  at  certain  concentrations  in  a  closed  chamber 
for  a  definite  period  of  time,  usually  twenty-four  to 
seventy-two  hours.  The  plant  after  such  treatment  is 
placed  under  environmental  conditions  favorable  for 
growth.  Since  m  practice  the  use  of  chloroform  is 
similar  m  its  application  and  effects,  it  will  be  discussed 
here.  The  general  nature  of  etherization  was  first 
noted  by  Johannscn  in  1890,  and  following  his  investi- 
gation a  wide  stimulus  was  given  to  the  commercial 
Forcing  of  flowering  shrubs.  For  other  methods  of 
forcing  a  dormant  plant,  see  Reat-penod. 

Before  discussing  the  method  of  etherization,  its 
effects  and  application,  it  is  necessary  first  to  have  some 
idea  of  what  is  meant  by  the  term  rest-period  or  the 
condition  of  dormancy.  ^ 

Rest-period. 

Perennial  plants,  especially  those  in  the  temperate 
regions,  in  general  have  a  season  of  growth  and  active 
metabcliara  followed  by  a  period  of  quiescence  as 


regards  any  outward  manifestations  of  metabolism. 
During  this  period,  not  all  of  the  vital  processes  are  at 
a  standstill  and  changes  in  the  reserve  food  may  be  in 
progress,  but  the  plant  appears  to  be  at  rest  and  is 
dormant.  The  rest-period  begins  with  the  advent  of 
the  unfavorable  growth  conditions  of  the  autumn,  and 
normally  continues  until  the  favorable  conditions  of 
the  spring. 

One  might  reasonably  assume  that  growing  perennial 
plants  removed  from  out-of-doors  at  the  approach  of 
autumn  conditions  to  a  greenhouse,  would  continue 
growth  and  not  pass  into  the  rest  condition.  One  might 
assume,  also,  that  if  a  plant  in  a  dormant  condition  be 
brought  into  favorable  conditions  it  would  resume 
growth  immediately.  But  experience  and  investiga- 
tions show  that  many  plants  will  not  immediately  con- 
tinue growth,  and,  provided  they  do  continue  growth, 
it  is  at  a  slower  rate.  Dormant  plants,  that  is  those  in 
the  rest-period,  may  require  considerable  time  before 
resuming  growth.  There  are  some  plants  that  during 
dormancy  respond  quickly  when  brought  into  the 
greenhouse;  there  are  others  that  remain  dormant 
despite  the  most  favorable  environmental  conditions. 
The  rest-period  m  various  species  of  Acer  (maple),  of 
Quercus  (oak),  of  Fraxinus  (ash),  and  of  Fagus  f>ylvat- 
ica,  as  well  as  other  plants,  is  so  well  fixed  as  to  make 
it  almost  impossible  to  force  the  dormant  plants  into 
growth  by  warmth  and  moisture  alone.  Special  treat- 
ment is  necessary,  such  as  etherization.  There  are 
other  plants  m  which  the  rest-period  is  not  well  estab- 
lished. These  quickly  respond  to  favorable  growth  con- 
ditions normally  prevailing  in  a  greenhouse.  In  many 
plants  this  rest-period  has  attained  an  almost  habit- 
Iike  character.  The  following  table  with  data  taken 
from  results  secured  by  Howard  with  branches 
brought  into  the  greenhouse  at  Halle,  Germany,  is 
instructive: 

GROWTH  RESPONSE  OP  BRANCHES  WHEN  BBOUOHT 
INTO  GREENHOUSE. 


Collected 

Collected 

Oct   20-Nov.  4, 

Jan  8-10. 

Species 

loos 

No  of  days 
for  beginning 

1906 
No  of  days 
for  beginning 

of  grow  th 

of  growth 

Acer  negundo  var   versi- 

color 

63 

20 

Acer  pseudoplatanus.  . 

0* 

0 

Azalea  mollis    . 

26 

0 

^Esculus  Hippocaatanum 

0 

20 

Betula  mgra 

62 

12 

Berbens  vulgans 

10 

3 

Celastrua  scandens.    . 

0 

17 

Cercia  canadensis        .   . 

0 

10 

Cydoma  japonica   .    . 
Deutzia  gracihs.  .  .    . 

6 
10 

7 
3 

Fagus  syTvatica  

0 

38 

Lomcera  tatarica  ...     . 

7 

3 

Magnolia  acwnmata.  .   . 

29 

25 

Populus  canadensia  .  . 
Quercus  macrocarpa.  .   .  . 
Spiraea  sorbifoha.  . 

61 
69 

20 
0 

*0=No  growth 

In  the  investigation  made  by  Howard.  234  species 
were  collected  from  October  20  to  November  4,  and  of 
these  only  125  grew;  and  of  the  125,  only  18  per  cent 
began  growth  within  a  period  of  nine  days.  Between 
January  8  to  10,  another  collection  was  made  includ- 
ing practically  all  the  species  of  the  first  lot  and  others 
in  addition,  so  that  the  number  totaled  283  species. 
Of  this  number  244  grew,  of  which  50  per  cent  began 
growth  within  the  first  nine  days.  The  species  that 
did  not  grow  when  brought  into  the  greenhouse  Janu- 
ary 8  to  10  made  growth  when  brought  into  the  green- 
house on  February  26.  From  these  and  the  results  of 
other  experiments  the  conclusion  is  drawn  that  plants 
m  general  tend  to  pass  out  of  the  rest  condition  as  the 


ETHERIZATION 


ETHERIZATION 


1147 


season  advances  toward  the  spring.  Dormancy  is 
less  stable  in  January  than  in  November.  This  con- 
dition holds  true  not  only  for  woody  plants  but  also 
for  bulbs  and  other  herbaceous  plants. 

Method  of  breaking  the  rest-period. 

The  one  method  which  has  been  largely  employed 
for  forcing  dormant  plants  into  growth  is  the  etheriza- 
tion method.  An  air-tight  chamber  is  provided,  the 
size  depending  on  the  quantity  or  size  of  the  material 
to  be  treated.  The  plants  being  placed  in  the  chamber, 
it  is  tightly  sealed  except  for  a  small  opening  through 
which  ether  may  be  introduced.  Usually  just  below 
this  opening  is  placed  a  sponge  on  which  the  ether  is 
poured  and  then  the  ooening  is  again  sealed.  If  one 
desires  to  etherize  a  few  bulbs,  a  wide-mouth  bottle  of 
two  Quarts  capacity  may  be  employed  and  the  ether 
added  in  a  small  vial  and  the  bottle  then  tightly  stop- 
pered. Special  etherizing  chambers  are  described  for 
commercial  work.  The  main  desideratum  is  to  have  a 
chamber  that  will  not  permit  of  leakage  of  the  ether 
vapor.  The  stopper  must  be  securely  fastened  or 
weighted  down. 

Quantity  of  ether. — The  quantity  of  ether  best 
employed  in  forcing  plants  may  vary  with  the  nature 
of  the  plant,  the  season  of  the  year,  and  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  etherization  chamber.  In  general,  the  quan- 
tity to  be  added  varies  from  5  to  15  cubic  centimeters 
per  cubic  foot  of  space  (10  cubic  centimeters  equal 
about  one-third  fluid  ounce) .  Early  in  the  rest-period  at 
60°  F  ,  one  should  use  about  15  cubic  centimeters  per 
cubic  foot  of  space  In  the  middle  of  the  Test-period,  one 
should  employ  less  and  the  amount  should  be  further 
decreased  toward  the  end  of  the  rest-period.  If  the 
relative  humidity  of  the  chamber  is  high,  a  slight 
increase  in  the  quantity  of  ether  may  be  made.  If 
chloroform  is  usea,  the  quantity  should  be  one-fourth 
to  one-third  of  the  quantity  of  ether  recommended. 
The  following  figures  are  from  Stuart: 

TREATMENT  RECOMMENDED  FOR  PLANTS  AT  DIFFERENT 
SEASONS 

Cubic  centimeters  per  cubic  foot 


Ether 

Chloroform 

Cc 

Exposure 

Cc 

Exposure 

used 

hours. 

used 

hours. 

Lilac-- 

October ...   . 

15 

48-24-24 

4 

48-24-24 

November  

12 

48-24-24 

3^ 

48-24-24 

December      .  . 

10 

48-24-24 

3 

48-24-24 

January 

Astilbe— 

October    .  . 

15 

48-24-48 

4 

48-24-48 

November  . 

15 

48-24-24 

48-24-24 

December 

12 

48-24-24 

48-24-24 

January 

10 

48 

3 

48 

of  woody  plants  collected  December  17  to  24  and  ether- 
ized for  forty-eight  hours,  opened  their  buds  fully  ia 
an  average  of  203  days,  while  the  untreated  plants 
required  an  average  of  28  1  days  for  the  same  develop- 
ment. Many  experiments  have  been  made  with  lilacs. 
Jannvek  states  that  lilacs  etherized  August  24  were  in 
bloom  September  18. 

The  following  table  compiled  from  results  secured  by 
Stuart  show  conclusively  the  value  of  etherization 
with  lilacs: 

INFLUENCE  OF  ETHER  AND  CHLOROFORM  ON  LILACS 


Time  of  exposure. — The  time  of  exposure  is  also 
variable,  being  of  greater  duration  in  the  early  part  and 
shorter  m  the  latter  part  of  the  rest-period.  In  the 
early  rest-period,  a  long  exposure  is  given,  varying 
from  forty-eight  to  seventy-two  hours  to  even  as  much 
as  ninety-six  hours.  In  case  of  long  exposure,  the  prac- 
tice is  usually  followed  of  making  a  forty-eight-hour 
exposure,  after  which  the  plant  is  removed  from  the 
etherization  chamber  for  a  day  and  then  re-etherized 
for  another  twenty-four-hour  period.  Toward  the 
middle  and  late  rest-period,  the  time  of  exposure 
may  be  shortened  as  well  as  the  quantity  of  ether. 

The  results. 

The  effect  of  etherization  is  to  shorten  the  rest- 
period  of  the  plant.  Etherized  plants  come  into  bloom 
earlier  and  may  be  forced  at  lower  temperature  than 
unetherized  plants.  Howard  found  that  seventy  species 

73 


Date  of  treat- 

Substance 

Dosage 
cc  per 

Expos 

Full  bloom  in 
days 

ment 

employed 

cubic 

hours 

Charles 

Marie 

X 

Legraye 

Nov.  18-22 

None 

^ 

51 

305 

Nov   18-22     . 

Ether 

12 

48 

31 

295 

Nov.  18-22 

Chloroform 

36 

48 

31 

285 

Dec.  17-21       . 
Doc.  17-21 

None 
Ether 

15 

48 

31 
31 

295 
295 

In  the  foregoing  table  it  is  noted  that  treatment  in 
the  middle  of  December  resulted  in  no  beneficial  effect. 
The  plants  at  the  time  were  in  the  middle  rest-period, 
when  growth-response  requires  no  strong  stimulation 
outside  of  normal  growth  conditions. 

In  general  it  may  be  stated  that  lilacs  if  etherized 
before  December  1  will  respond  markedly  to  the 
influence  of  etherization.  General  results  show  that 
etherized  lilacs  blossom  in  seventeen  to  twenty-five 
days.  The  saving  in  time  may  be  eight  to  twenty 
days 

Favorable  results  have  been  secured  with  flowering 
shrubs.  Positive  results  have  been  reported  frequently 
for  Azalea  moUis,  for  Viburnum  and  Astilbe.  Negative 
or  slight  results  have  been  reported  for  Deutzia  graciHs, 
Prunu*  tnloba,  roses,  and  Spiraea  prunifolia.  Similar 
results  have  been  reported  for  hly-of-the-valley. 

The  method  of  action  of  the  ether  is  not  understood 
and  any  discussion  of  the  subject  is  yet  hypothetical. 

Etherization  of  bulbs. 

On  the  forcing  of  bulbs  the  evidence  is  unsatisfactory. 
At  the  Cornell  Station;  positive  results  were  reported 
(see  Bailey,  "Cyclopedia  of  Agriculture^"  Vol.  II:  29), 
but  more  recently  Stuart  has  remvestigated  the  for- 
cing of  bulbs  and  finds  conflicting  results.  He  states 
that  the  etherization  of  bulbs  is  not  commercially 
practicable  Some  unpublished  data  on  the  etheriza- 
tion of  bulbs  at  the  Cornell  Station  sustain  this  con- 
clusion. Theoretically,  those  results  are  to  be  expected 
because  the  bulbs  in  practice  are  gathered  in  the  late 
spring  or  early  summer  and  then  stored  for  months. 
After  planting,  the  bulb  is  allowed  to  remain  in  a  cold- 
frame  for  several  months  so  that  when  brought  into 
forcing  conditions  it  is  well  over  the  rest-period  and, 
indeed,  has  probably  passed  through  its  period  by  the 
time  it  IB  first  planted. 

Effect  on  rhubarb. — Some  positive  results  have  been 
secured  at  the  Vermont  Agricultural  Experiment  Sta- 
tion with  etherization  of  rhubarb.  Different  lots  of 
rhubarb  were  etherized  on  December  9,  January  9 
and  February  24.  The  first  gave  an  increase  over  the 
control  of  34.4  per  cent,  the  second  89.7  per  cent  and 
the  third  5  7  per  cent. 

General  conclusions. — Certain  general  rules  may  be 
applied  to  the  practice  of  etherization: 

1.  Etherization  shortens  the  rest-period. 

2.  The  more  resistant  a  dormant  plant  is  in  growth- 
response  to  favorable  environmental  conditions,  the 
greater  will  be  the  advantage  of  etherization. 

3.  Etherization  becomes  of  less  value  as  the  end  of 
the  rest-period  is  approached. 


1148 


ETHERIZATION 


EUCALYPTUS 


4.  It  is  wasted  effort  to  etherize  a  plant  that  readily 
responds  in  growth  to  the  normally  favorable  growth 
condition. 

Bibliography.— Howard,  W.  L  ,  "Winter  Rest-Period 
in  Plants "  Missouri  Experiment  Station,  Research 
Bulletin  No.  1  (1910)  Johannsen.  W.,  "Das  Aether- 
verfahren  beim  PYuhtreibcn  rmt  besonderer  Bemck- 
sichtigung  der  Fhedertreiberci."  Jena,  1900  Zweite 
wesenthch  erweiterte  Auflage.  Jena,  1906.  Stuart,  W., 
"The  Role  of  Anesthetics  and  Other  Agents  in  Plant- 
Forcing,"  Vermont  Experiment  Station,  Bulletin  No. 
150(1910).  Lmvia  KNUDSON. 

ETROG.  This  name  is  applied  by  the  Jews  to  a 
citron  (Citrus  Medzca,  Linn ),  which  is  imported  and 
used  by  them  for  religious  ceremonies  connected  with 
the  Feast  of  the  Tabernacles.  The  etrog  and  the 
lulab  (palm  leaf  with  myrtle  and  willow  branches)  are 
Darned  and  waved  during  the  services,  especially  those 
of  thanksgiving  Since  the  time  of  the  anti  Jewish 
demonstrations  in  Corfu  in  1891,  the  etrog  is  imported 
more  largely  from  Palestine  than  from  that  island  In 
addition  to  the  use  of  the  etrog  by  orthodox  Jews  for 
religious  ceremonials,  the  natives  of  Palestine  make 
salads  of  the  fruit  See  Citron 

WALTER  T.  SWINGLE. 

EUCALYPTUS  (Greek,  CM,  well,  kalypto,  to  cover  as 
with  a  lid:  the  petals  and  usually  also  the  calyx-limb 
fused  and  covering  the  flower  before  anthesis,  then 
falling  off  in  the  form  of  a  lid,  or  cover).  Myrtdcese. 
GUM-TREE.  Plate  XXXIX.  Mostly  trees,  frequently 
of  immense  size,  a  few  of  the  alpine  and  sub-alpine 
species  shrubby,  much  grown  in  California  and  the 
Southwest  for  their  ornamental  value,  as  windbreaks 
and  avenue  trees,  for  fuel,  and  especially  for  their 
timber. 

Leaves  simple,  entire;  in  the  seedlings  and  on,  young 
shoots  of  many  species  horizontal,  opposite,  sessile, 
and  cordate,  in  the  adult  mostly  vertical,  alternate, 
petiolate  (rarely  opposite  and  sessile),  and  varying 
from  roundish  to  lanceolate-acuminate  and  falcate, 
always  rigid,  pennivemed,  glabrous  except  rarely  on 
the  young  shoots,  sometimes  covered  with  a  glaucous 
wax:  fls.  white,  rarely  yellowish  or  some  shade  of  red, 
in  umbels  of  3  to  many,  rarely  solitary,  the  umbels 
solitary  and  axillary  or  paniculate  or  corymbose; 
calyx-tube  obcomcal,  campanulate,  ovoid,  or  oblong, 
adnate  to  the  ovary  at  the  base;  petals  and  calyx-lobes 
connate,  forming  a  lid,  or  cap,  which  separates  from 
the  calyx-tube  by  a  circumscissile  dehiscence;  lid  some- 
times plainly  double,  the  outer  cap  then  derived  from 
the  calyx-limb,  the  inner  cap  from  the  petals;  stamens 
numerous;  anthers  small;  style  undivided,  fr  a  caps, 
partially  or  wholly  inclosed  in  the  adherent  calyx-tube, 
opening  at  the  top  by  3-6  valves;  seeds  numerous,  small, 
mostly  angular. — About  300  species,  all  native  of 
Austral  and  the  Malayan  region.  Related  to  Ango- 
phora  and  to  Syncarpia,  but  distinguished  by  the 
absence  of  distinct  petals. 

The  genus  Eucalyptus  was  monographed  m  part  by 
Baron  von  Mueller  in  his  Eucalyptographia  (cited 
here  as  F.  v.  M.  Eucal.),  in  which  100  species  are 
illustrated  (1879-84).  The  genus  is  now  receiving 
exhaustive  treatment  by  J.  II.  Maiden  in  his  "Critical 
Revision  of  the  Genus  Eucalyptus,"  appearing  in  parts, 
with  numerous  plates.  This  author  also  furnishes  the 
best  information  regarding  the  uses  and  timber  of  the 
various  species,  m  nis  "Native  Useful  Plants  of  Aus- 
tralia "  ttentham  described  135  species  in  his  "Flora 
Austrahensis,"  vol.  3  (1866).  The  Australasian  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Sconce  published  a 
very  usetul  key  by  J  G.  Luehmann  m  1898.  The  most 
exhaustive  American  work  on  the  genus  is  United 
States  Forestry  Bulletin  No.  35,  "Eucalypts  Culti- 
vated in  the  United  States,"  by  A.  J.  McClatchie. 
University  of  California  Agricultural  Experiment 


Station  Bulletin  No.  196,  by  Norman  D.  Ingham,  * 
a  practical  guide  for  planters,  with  descriptions  of  the 
more  important  species.  The  United  States  Forest 
Service,  the  California  Station,  and  the  California 
State  Board  of  Forestry  have  all  issued  smaller 
bulletins  on  this  subject.  Inflated  claims  have  been 
made  for  eucalyptus  culture,  and  authentic  publications 
should  be  secured  if  one  contemplates  planting  them 
extensively. 

Eucalyptus  is  a  group  adapted  to  semi-tropical  and 
wairn  temperate  regions  But  few  species  are  really 
hardy  E.  globidus  has  been  very  widely  distributed 
over  the  globe  through  the  persevering  efforts  of  the  late 
Baron  von  Mueller;  it  is  frequently  planted  in  the 
malarial  regions  of  warm  climates,  as  at  the  Campagna 
at  Rome,  with  very  beneficial  effect.  (Sanitarians  will 
be  interested  m  "Eucalyptus  in  Algeria  and  Tunisia, 
from  an  Hygienic  and  Climatological  Point  of  View," 
by  Edward  Pepper,  Proc.  Arner.  Phil  Soc.  35 '39-56.) 
In  England,  the  same  species  is  grown  extensively  for 
subtropical  gardening,  on  account  of  its  distinctive 
glaucous  hue  and  symmetrical  growth,  out  in  that 
climate  it  needs  the  protection  of  glass  in  winter. 

This  is  by  far  the  most  important  genus  of  timber 
trees  introduced  into  California.  The  ordinary  blue- 
gum,  E.  globulus,  has  been  grown  in  large  numbers 
and  is  still  the  favorite  for  general  planting.  Its 
hard  and  durable  wood  is  replacing  oak  and  hickory 
to  some  extent  for  nibulator  pins,  wheel-wnghts' 
work,  flooring,  tool-handles,  and  furniture  Although 
pale  in  color,  it  takes  a  good  polish,  possesses  a  beauti- 
ful gram,  and  is  readily  stained  Furniture  made 
from  blue-gum  wood  and  properly  stained  has  every 
appearance  of  mahogany  The  chief  drawback  to 
the  use  of  eucalyptus  for  lumber  is  the  tendency  of 
its  logs  to  end-check  whilf  curing,  thus  involving  con- 
siderable waste  As  a  windbreak  and  fuel  tree  it  is 
unsurpassed,  since  it  is  of  rapid,  erect  growth  and  the 
timber  is  easily  split  Its  foliage  has  been  distilled 
in  large  quantities  for  the  oil  it  contains,  practically 
all  of  the  eucalyptus  oil  now  sold  m  the  United  States 
corning  from  home-grown  trees. 

In  addition  to  the  blue-gum.  E.  rostrata  and  espe- 
cially E  krdicornis  are  grown  for  railroad  ties,  piling, 
interior  finish  and  furniture.  E.  resimfera  is  a  hardy 
euoalypt  yielding  a  good  timber  not  so  liable  to  check 
as  that  of  some  others;  it  has  been  but  little  grown  in 
America  thus  far  E.  corynocalyx  is  a  good  drought- 
resistant  species  for  districts  with  mild  winters,  and 
its  wood  is  of  the  best  E  zrebra  will  grow  under  a 
greater  range  of  conditions  than  perhaps  any  other  and 
is  especially  suited  to  the  hot  and  dry  interior  valleys. 
Other  drought-resistant  eucalypts  are  E  microtheca 
and  E  polyanthemos,  while  the  most  resistant  to  frost 
are  E.  crebra,  E  rostrata,  E.  tereticornu,,  E  globulus,  E. 
viminahs,  E  rudis,  E.  robusta,  and  E.  resimfera.  The 
species  most  cultivated  as  ornamentals  are  E.  ficifoha, 
E.  leucoxylon,  E.  suieroxylon  var.  roseal  E.  Risdomi,  E. 
erythronema  and  E  polyanthemos.  Persistently  repeated 
accounts  of  heights  ranging  from  325  to  500  feet  for 
certain  eucalypts  are  erroneous,  as  indicated  under  E. 
amygdahna  var.  regnans 

Although  the  eucalypti  are  not  exclusively,  and  some 
species  not  even  prominently  horticultural,  yet  because 
of  the  great  general  interest  attached  to  them  and 
because  of  their  varied  uses,  it  is  thought  best  to 
'discuss  them  rather  fully  in  this  Cyclopedia. 

Culture  of  eucalyptus  in  California. 

The  following  directions  for  the  propagation  of 
Eucalyptus  are  adapted  very  largely  from  Bulletin  No. 
196  of  the  California  Experiment  Station,  entitled 
"Eucalyptus  in  California,  by  Norman  D.  Ingham 

The  necessary  conveniences  for  the  propagation  of 


XXXIX.  Eucalyptus  viminalis  in  California. 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


1349 


the  seedlings  are:  seed-boxes  or  flats,  a  good  soil,  seed 
true  to  name,  plenty  of  convenient  water,  and  in  most 
localities  shade  for  the  young  plants.  The  seeds  of 
most  species  may  be  gathered  at  all  times  of  the  year, 
although  the  greater  amount  mature  during  the  feum- 
mer  and  fall,  f  he  seed-cases  should  be  gathered  from 
the  trees  when  the  valves  begin  to  open  and  placed  on 
sheets  of  canvas  in  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun,  which  will 
open  the  valves,  allowing  the  seed  and  chaff  to  fall  out. 
The  number  of  fertile  seed  to  the  pound  is  very  high, 
the  average  number  of  transplanted  plants  raised  to 
the  pound  is  12,000  Eucalyptus  seed  will  germinate  and 
grow  in  nearly  any  soil  but  the  best  results  are  secured 
when  the  seeds  are  sown  in  a  light  loam,  while  a  medium 
loam  mixed  with  about  one-quarter  well-rotted  horse- 
manure  bhould  be  used  in  the  transplanting  flats 

The  time  to  sow  the  seed  varies  somewhat  with  the 
locality,  but  as  «,  general  rule  the  seed  should  be  sown 
in  May  or  June  and  the  seedlings  from  these  sowings 
will  be  large  enough  to  be  bet  out  in  the  field  the  follow- 
ing spring,  if  they  receive  proper  care  while  young. 
The  seed  is  usually  so\\n  broadcast  in  the  seed-flats 


1424.  Eucalpytus  ficifoha  ( X  }i)     No  2 

and  the  young  plants  transplanted  once  before  being 
eet  in  the  field.  Some  persons  take  the  trouble  to  sow 
one  seed  in  a  place  ami  space  them  in  the  flats,  by  this 
method  transplanting  is  unnecessary.  Others  sow  the 
seeds  in  hills  and  practise  thinning,  instead  of  trans- 
planting before  setting  out  in  the  field  This  labt 
method  is  used  in  the  warmer  districts  with  good  suc- 
cess, because  of  the  great  trouble  experienced  in  trans- 
planting during  the  hot  summer  months.  Whichever 
method  is  used,  fill  the  flats  to  a  depth  of  3  or  4  inches 
with  the  prepared  soil,  pressing  it  down  firmly  in  the 
boxes,  then  sow  the  seeds  and  cover  them  to  a  depth  of 
about  Y*  inch  with  the  same  soil,  sand,  or  sawdust, 
pressing  this  covering  firmly  over  them.  The  seed- 
flats  should  be  kept  damp  through  the  heat  of  the  day, 
until  the  young  plants  break  the  ground,  then  care  must 
be  taken  not  to  use  too  much  water  and  that  there  is 
a  good  circulation  of  air  over  the  flats,  or  damping- 
off  is  liable  to  occur.  This  disease  can  be  prevented 
by  using  practically  no  water  on  cloudy  days  and  only 
in  the  mornings  on  clear  days.  If  the  seeds  are  sown 
broadcast  in  the  flats,  when  the  young  plants  have 
reached  a  height  of  2  to  3  inches,  they  can  be  trans- 
planted to  other  flats  of  prepared  soil  and  spaced  from 
1  \i  to  2  inches  apart.  The  best  results  in  transplanting 
are  secured  if  the  plants  are  hardened -off  for  a  few 
days  beforehand  by  checking  the  water  supply,  allow- 
ing them  to  become  quite  dry.  The  soil  into  which  the 
young  plants  are  tranplanted  should  be  kept  damp, 
and  the  plants  should  be  protected  from  the  direct 
rays  of  the  sun  for  a  few  days.  The  lath-house  or  the 
icreens  are  necessary  to  supply  shade  for  the  young 


plants  and  will  also  protect  the  seeds  in  flats  from  the 
ravages  of  birds  and  the  young  plants  from  the  frosts 
during  winter  months,  before  the  time  for  setting  in 
the  field. 

The  time  to  set  the  plants  m  the  field  varies  with  the 
climatic  conditions  or  localities  and  whether  the  plants 
are  to  receive  irrigation  or  not.  In  localities  m  which 
frosts  are  common  through  the  winter  months,  it  is 
advisable  to  set  the  trees  out  as  early  in  the  spring  as 
possible  without  endangering  them  to  a  late  frost  and 
still  have  them  receive  the  benefit  of  the  late  rams, 
so  that  they  will  have  a  full  season's  growth  to  with- 
stand the  frosts  of  the  following  winter  If  the  trees  are 
to  be  irrigated,  they  may  be  set  out  later  in  the  season 
without  danger  of  loss  from  want  of  moisture.  To 
insure  a  good  stand,  the  plants  should  not  be  under  6  or 
over  20  inches  in  height  when  set  in  the  field;  to  a  cer- 
tain extent,  the  smaller  thk  plants  when  set  out,  the 
better  the  results  afterward,  although  the  size  varies 
somewhat  with  the  species  and  the  locality.  In  many 
species  the  roots  are  as  long  if  not  longer  than  the 
plant's  own  height  above  ground.  This  is  a  family  of 
plants  that  will  not  stand  a  large  amount  of  mutila- 
tion to  the  root-system;  consequently  better  results 
are  secured  from  setting  out  small  plants. 

If  the  soil  is  heavy  rich  loam,  the  trees  may  be 
planted  as  close  as  6  by  6  feet  apart  unless  irrigation  is 
to  be  practised.  In  the  latter  case,  4  by  8  feet  would 
be  the  right  distance,  thus  leaving  an  8-foot  space  for 
plowing  out  the  irngating-ditches  each  year.  If  it  is 
a  lighter  soil  on  which  the  planting  is  to  be  made,  8  by  8 
feet  is  the  proper  distance,  or  6  by  10  feet,  if  irrigation 
is  to  be  practised  The  close  planting  has  a  tendency 
to  sacrifice  the  diameter  growth  in  favor  of  the  height, 
also  making  more  erect  trees  and  forming  a  perfect 
canopy  with  their  crowns  that  will  shade  the  soil, 
nearly  preventing  evaporation,  as  well  as  any  vege- 
table grow  th  on  the  forest  floor  Close  planting  matures 
a  greater  number  of  perfect  trees,  and  is  especially 
recommended  when  straight  poles  are  desirea  The 

Klants  should  be  blocked  out  in  the  flats  before  being 
rought  into  the  field,  by  drawing  a  sharp  knife  between 
the  rows  If  care  is  taken  to  set  out  the  ybung  plants 
with  this  small  amount  of  soil  around  the  rootlets,  the 
shock  caused  in  transplanting  is  reduced  to  a  minimum. 
Each  planter  should  carry  a  trowel,  to  make  the  holes 
that  are  to  receive  the  young  plants  at  the  intersec- 
tion of  the  marked  lines  These  holes  should  be  of  such 
a  depth  that  the  plants  can  be  set  from  H  to  1  inch 
lower  in  the  soil  than  they  originally  were  m  the  flats. 
Each  plant  should  have  the  soil  pressed  firmly  about  it 
and  receive  a  small  amount  of  water,  unless  the  soil 
is  moibt  from  recent  rains 

In  order  to  provide  a  mulch,  thus  checking  evapora- 
tion and  also  to  kill  the  weeds,  cultivation  should  be 
conducted  in  the  new  plantation  as  long  as  possible 
without  danger  of  injuring  the  young  trees  by  driving 
a  horse  between  them  The  plantings  generally  may  be 
cultivated  for  the  first  season  and  part  of  the  second 
before  the  limbs  of  the  trees  spread  out  and  mterlap 
so  that  it  is  impossible  to  drive  between  the  rows.  It  is 
an  acknowledged  fact  that  the  only  way  to  secure  a 
good  stand,  and  give  the  trees  a  start,  is  to  cultivate  and 
take  care  of  the  plantings  from  the  time  of  setting  out. 
However,  a  number  of  groves  have  been  set  out  on 
land  that  is  too  hilly  or  rocky  to  cultivate  and  the 
trees  have  made  fair  growths. 

Thinning  of  the  young  trees  is  an  important  practice, 
as  it  is  not  good  management  to  set  out  just  tne  num- 
ber of  trees  that  one  expects  to  mature.  A  planting 
upon  any  good  soil  may  with  advantage  be x set  out 
6  by  6  feet  apart  (1,210  trees  to  the  acre),  and  at  the 
enrt  of  the  first  year  a  rigid  thinning  should  be  started, 
removing  with  a  grub-hoe  all  weak,  inferior,  or  injured 
trees.  This  thinning  should  be  conducted  until  only 
the  strong  and  healthy  trees,  or  a  certain  number 


1150 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


remain  to  the  acre.  By  this  method  some  trees  will 
stand  at  the  original  distance  that  they  were  planted, 
while  others  will  stand  at  multiples  of  that  distance. 
The  extra  cost  of  close  planting  will  never  be  noticed 
when  the  largest  possible  stand  of  healthy  trees  is 
guaranteed,  which  is  practically  the  case  under  this 
method.  If  thinning  is  carried  out  by  a  set  plan, 
removing  every  other  one  or  two  trees,  many  strong 
and  healthy  trees  will  be  sacrificed.  All  limbs  that  have 
a  tendency  to  deform  the  trees  should  be  removed  each 
year.  After  the  third  or  fourth  year,  the  trees  will  have 
grown  to  such  a  height  that  to  remove  the  limbs  may 
prove  impractical  in  most  cases.  At  this  period  (the 
fourth  or  fifth  year)  there  enters  a  new  problem:  the 
removal  of  the  poorer  trees  for  wood  and  stakes  to 
allow  the  remainder  a  larger  area  of  soil  to  draw  upon 
and  a  greater  space  above  ground  to  %  extend  their 
branches.  At  this  time  tho  trees  on  an  acre  can  be 
reduced  to  a  certain  number,  leaving  these  to  grow  for 
telephone  poles,  ties,  and  lumber,  or  the  entire  grove 
may  be  cut  for  stakes  and  wood 

Second-growth  eucalyptus. — In  three  to  six  weeks 
after  the  trees  have  been  felled,  the  sprouts  will  start 
out  from  the  stumps.  These  sprouts  are  produced  in 
abundance  and  if  properly  thinned  will  soon  replace  the 
cut  forest,  thus  providing  a  second  growth  of  fuel  or 
timber  in  much  less  time  than  was  required  with  the 
original  grove.  These  remarks  apply  probably  to  all 
species  of  eucalyptus,  certainly  to  all  sorts  experi- 
mented with  in  California  up  to  the  present  time. 

Taxonomy  of  the  cultivated  eucalypti. 

All  of  the  keys  used  for  the  identification  of  species 
are  more  or  less  artificial  No  satisfactory  natural 
classification  has  yet  been  devised  While  the  follow- 
ing key  is  designed  to  aid  in  the  making  of  detennma- 
tions  rather  than  to  express  relationships,  species  known 
to  be  closely  related  are  placed  near  each  other  in  the 
text  so  far  as  this  can  be  conveniently  done.  For  the 
ready  determination  of  species  in  this  critical  genus, 
it  is  necessary  to  have  adult  leaves,  buds,  flowers,  and 
mature  fruit;  immature  fruits  are  often  very  mislead- 
ing Allowance  should  always  be  made  for  extreme 
forms,  since  only  normal  specimens  are  here  described. 
This  applies  particularly  to  size  of  leaves.  Unless 
otherwise  stated,  the  leaf  description  is  drawn  from 
foliage  on  mature  stems.  The  juvenile  foliage,  i.e  ,  on 
young  seedlings  and  on  suckers,  is  usually  very  differ- 
ent, the  leaves  often  broader,  blunt,  sessile,  and  of  a 
different  color. 


aoervula,  67. 
acmenioides,  39. 
albens,  16 
alpina,  19 
amphfolia,  66 
amygdalma,  55. 
Andreana,  55. 
angulosa,  46 
anoustifoha,  55. 
Baileyana,  72. 
bicolor,  15 
botryoidea,  34. 
buprestium,  61. 
cajuputea,  69. 
calophyUa,  1 
Cambagei,  33. 
citriodora,  5. 
coccifera,  28. 
collosea,  62 
oompacta,  18. 
conoidea,  73. 
cordata,  22 
conacea,  59. 
corauta,  24,  25. 

oorynocalyx,  60. 
oosmophylla,  21. 
or*bra,  13. 
deotptena,  51. 
divermcolor,  62. 
doratoxylon,  70, 


saligna,  42. 
galmonophloia,  63. 
siderophloia,  9. 
sideroxylon,  75. 
Sieberiana,  31. 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 

Btellulata,  58.  tetraptera,  20. 

trtantha.  39 
undulata,  67. 
virmnahs,  52. 


stncta,  -„. 
Stuartmna,  53 
symphiocarpa,  25. 
tereticorrua,  65. 


virgata,  29. 


INDEX. 

drepanophylla,  14. 
erythronema,  73. 

microcorys,  40. 
microtheca,  12. 

eugemoides,  45. 

montana,  67. 

eximia,  4. 

Muellenana,  38. 

fioifoha,  2 

numerosa,  55. 

fisatlu,  57 

obcordata,  26 

floribiinda,  71 

obliqua,  57 

globulus,  18. 

obtusiflora,  29. 

gomphocephala,  49 

occidentals,  27. 

gomocalyx,  32 
gracihpes,  74 

odorata,  69 
pallens,  75 

grandiflora,  43. 
Uunmi,  67. 

paniculata,  10. 
T>auc\  flora,  59 

haemastoma,  30 

pilulam,  37,  39. 

hemiphloia,  16. 
incrassata,  46 

pipcnta,  44. 
Planchomana,  47. 

largiflorens,  15. 
Lehmannii,  25. 

platypus,  26. 
polyanthemos,  6. 

leptophleba,  14. 
leucoxylon,  74,  75. 

popuhfoha,  7. 
pulverulenta,  23. 

hneams,  55. 

punctata,  41 

longifoha,  76. 
Macarthuri,  54. 

purpurea,  74 
Raveretiana,  11. 

macrocarpa,  17. 

rediinca,  36 

macrocera,  25. 

maororhyncha,  66. 

resmifera,  43. 

maculata,  5. 

Risdonii,  56. 

marginata,  71. 

robusta,  35. 

megaoarpa.  48. 

rose*,  75. 

melanophloia,  8. 
melliodora,  68 

rostrata,  64. 
rudis,  50. 

KEY  TO  THE   SPECIES. 

A.  Fls  mostly  in  panicles  or  corymbs,  not 
simple  umbels  (occasionally  the  infl. 
appears  to  be  paniculate  in  section 
AAA  also,  owing  to  dropping  of  hs.t 
so  that  it  is  well  to  look  for  lf.- 
scars  in  doubtful  cases). 
B.  Fr.  l%-!8  in.  long,  valves  inclosed: 

fls  large. 
c.  Seeds  black,  not  winged   fls.  white 

or  pink  1  calophylla 

cc.  Seeds  brown  or  red,  winged  fls  red 

(pink  to  crimson  or  scarlet)          •  2  ficifolia 
BB.  Fr.   M-l   ™    long   (Y^-Y^in    in   E 
maculata),      valves     inclosed      fls 
medium 
c.  Lvs   paler  beneath,  fls.  in  terminal 

corymbs  3  corymbosa 

cc.  Lvs    of  nearly  equal  color  on  both 
sides   fls   in  lateral  and  terminal 
panicles 
D.  Caps    slightly  ribbed   fls   nearly 

or  quite  sessile  in  the  clusters         4.   eximia 
DD.  Caps      smooth      fls      distinctly 

stalked  5.  maculata 

BBB   Fr    l/iin   or  less  long  (nearly  %in  in 
var  of  No    16),  valves  various-  fls 
small 
c.  Shape    of   hs     orbicular    to    ovate, 

often  nearly  as  broad  as  long 
D.  Petioles  tslender,  Ivs  alternate. 
E   Fls.  stalked    Ivs    dull  grayish 

green  6  polyanthemos 

EE   Fls     nearly   sessile     Ivs.    lus- 
trous and  dark  green  7  popuhfoha 
DD.  Petioles  none,  Ivs.  opposite  8.  melanophloia 
cc.  Shape  of  hs    lanceolate  or  oblong, 

elongated 
D   Lvs  distinctly  paler  beneath  than 

above 
E   Fr  -valves     included     in     the 

calyx-tube  ...   10  paniculata 

EE.  Fr  -valves  exserted  11.  Raveretiana 

DD    Lvs  of  equal  color  on  both  sides 
E    Lid  y±in    or  more  long,  beak- 
like  ,    ...  9.  siderophloia 
EE    Lid  shorter,  not  beak-like. 

F.  Fr  -valves     much     exserted, 

spreading                 .  12.  microtheca 
FF.  Fr. -valves  about  reaching  the 
nm.  If  -veins  very  diverg- 
ing                 13  crebra 

14  leptophleba 

FFF.  FT  -valves  wholly  included  in 
calyx-tube'  If. -veins  very 
oblique 

o  Lid  hemispheric      .   ...   15.  bicolor 
GO  Lid  conic    .  .       16  hemiphloia 

AA.  Fls.    solitary   in    the    if -axils,    or   in 

strictly  sessile  umbels,  large. 

B.  Lvs  all  opposite,  cordate  at  base,  shrub.  17.  macrocarpa 
BB.  Lvs  mostly  alternate,  not  cordate 

c.  Peduncles  ascending,  or  fls  entirely 
sessile,  lid  warty 

D.  Plant  a  tree:  Ivs.  acute 18.  globulus 

DD.  Plant  a  shrub'  Ivs.  obtuse,  very 

oblique  at  base     .    .  19.  alpina 

cc.  Peduncles  recurved,  flat;  lid  smooth: 

shrub          .  20.  tetraptera 

AAA.  Fls.  in  stalked  umbels. 

B.  Fl.-stalks  (either  pedicels  or  peduncles) 

flattened. 
c.  Fr, -waives  with  teeth  projecting  well 

beyond  calyx-rim. 
D.  Teeth  connivent  into  a  cone-  lid 

1-1%  in.  long. 

E.  Fr  not  embedded  in  receptacle.  24.  corauta 
BE.  Fr.  partly  embedded  in  recep- 
tacle .      .  25.  Lehmannii 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


1151 


DD.  Teeth  distinct,  lid  %in.  or  less 

long. 
B.  Fr.   y^-V^in.   long    lid  about 

}4in.  long. 
F.  The  fls  sessile  in  the  umbels: 

Ivs.  obtuse  26.  platypus 

FF.  The    fls.     pedicellate:    Ivs. 

acute  27.  occidental 

EB.  Fr.  smaller-  lid  shorter. 

F.  The  fls.  more  than  3  in  each 

umbel. 
G.  Lid    much    longer    than 

calyx-tube  43.  reainifera 

GG.  Lid    about    as    long    as 

calyx-tube          .    .         41.  punctata 

42.  saligna 
GGO.  Lid    much    shorter    than 

calyx-tube  fls  sessile..    33.  Cambagei 
FF.  The  fls    usually  3  in  each 

umbel  .          .  52.  yiminalis 

CC.  Fr.-valves  included  or  scarcely  ex- 
serted  beyond  the  calyx-rim  (ex- 
serted  but  closely  incurved  in  E. 
megacarpa  and  E  gompho- 
cephala). 

D.  Breadth  of  fr  less  than  %in. 
E.  Lid  less  than  half  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,    depressed-hemis- 
pheric, blunt 
F.  Lvs  mostly  S-4  in  long'  lid 

very  short 
G.  Fr.  3-6  lines  diam.'  lid 

granular       28  coccifera 

29  vlrgata 

GG  Fr  about  2  lines  diam     .40.  microcorys 
FT.  Lvs  mostly  J+-8  in   long 
G.  Veins   very    oblique,    Ivs 
mostly  under  1  in  wide 
H.  Calyx     not     angular; 

outer  stamens  sterile  30.  hamastoma 

31.  Sieberiana 
HH.  Calyx  very  angular  in 
bud,  stamens  all  per- 
fect 32.  goniocalyz 
GG.  Veins  at  nearly  a  right- 
angle    to    midrib,     Ivs 
thick,   more  than   1    in 
wide  34  botryoides 
EB.  Lid  at  least  half  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  mostly  conic  and 
acute 

F.  Lvs  ovate-lanceolate,  1^-3 
in  wide,  lateral  veins 
widely  spreading  35.  robusta 

FF.  Lvs     lanceolate,     $4-1  %in. 
wide,  lateral  veins  oblique. 
Q.  The  fls  short-stalked 
H.  Arrangement     of     Ivs. 
opposite    umbels  bent 
downward    .    .  70.  doratozylon 

HH.  Arrangement     of     Ivs. 

alternate. 

I.  The  lid  narrowly  conic, 
twice  as  long  as 
calyx  36.  redunca 

n.  The  lid  broader,  not  so 

long 37.  pilularis 

38.  Muelleriana 
39  acmentoides 
41.  punctata 
GO.  The    fls.   sessile   in   the 

umbel  Ivs  pa ler  beneath.42.  saligna 
DD.  Breadth  offr  over  %in 

B.  Lid   not   or   scarcely   broader 
than  calyx-tube. 

F.  Lvs  roundish,  obtuse 26.  platypus 

FF.  Lvs   lanceolate,  acute 

o.  Calyx-tube   and   lid  very 

warty  18.  globulus 

OG.  Calyx-tube  and  lid  ridged 

or  nearly  smooth. 
H.  Caps,  sunk  in  the  calyx- 
tube  46.  incrassata 

47.  Planchoniana 
21.  coamophylla 
HH.  Caps,  protruding  from 

calyx-tubs.     .     .      .48.  megacarpa 


EB.  Lid  much  broader  than  calyx- 
lube        49.  gompho- 

BB.  Fl.-stalks  cylindnc  or  angular  but  not  [cephala 

flattened 
c.  Caps,  sessile  or  nearly  so  in  the 

umbels 

D.  Fr.-valves  witii  conspicuous  'pro- 
jecting tteth. 

E.  Lid  1-1  Mm  long,  cyhndnc....24t.  cormita 
EE.  Lid  mostly  }/£~%in  ,  conic 

F.  Thefr  -valves  merely  acute     50.  rudis 
FF.  The    fr -valves     ending     in 

needle-like  points  .  .51.  decipiens 

EBB.  Lid  short,  rarely  \fan.  long. 
F.  Buds  ovoid,  smooth 

Q.  Fr     mostly    4-celled:   fls. 

usually  3  .     52.  viminalia 

GO.  Fr     mostly   3-celled~   fls. 

usually  more  than  3   ..   53.  Stuartiana 
54.  Macarthuri 
FF.  Buds   club-shaped,    slender, 

often  rough 55.  amygdalina 

DD,  Fr.-valves  included,  or  barely  ex- 
ceeding the  rim. 
B.  The  fls.  4  or  more. 

F.  Lvs    of  equal  color  on  both 

sides 
O.  Venation  of  Ivs  feathered. 

H.  Fr  %-lin.  wide  shrub  61.  buprestlum 
HH.  Fr.  H-Xiin.  wide  trees 
I.  Buds  club-shaped 
(i  e     widest     above 
the     middle),     ob- 
tuse      55  amygdalina 

56  Risdonii 

57  obhqua 
n.  Buds  ovoid,  acute,  fr. 

contracted  at  onflce  44  pipenta 

45  eugemoides 
GG.  Venation    of    Ivs.    longi- 
tudinal and  almost  par- 

aUei      58  stellulata 

59.  cpnacea 
PF.  Lvs.  paler  beneath. 

G.  Lid  broader  than  calyx: 

fr.  streaked  lengthwise.    60.  corynocalyx 
GG.  Ltd     not     broader     than 

calyx  fr  not  streaked      62.  diversicolor 
EB    The  fls.  1-3  in  each  umbel. 
F.  Lvs    opposite,   heart-shaped 

at  base 
G.  Calyx  obtuse  at  base    Ivs. 

crenate  .  22.  COfdatft 

GG.  Calyx    tapenng   at   base' 

Ivs  entire  . . .  23.  pulverulent* 

FF.  Lvs    scattered,   narrowed  at 

base. 
G.  Fr    scarcely  contracted  at 

onflce         .  .  .21.  cosmophylla 

GG.  Fr      much    contracted    at 

orifice  .61.  buprestium 

cc.  Caps  plainly  ktalked  in  the  umbels. 
D.   Umbels  with  more  than  3  fls. 
E.  Fr  -valves  plainly  exserted. 
F.  Fr    flat-topped,   valves  awl- 
shaped  . .  .63.  salmono- 
FF.  Fr     rounded   to   the   valves;  [phloia 

valves  triangular,  acute. 
G.  Diam  offr  %-3  lines ...  64  rostrata 

65.  tereticornis 
GO.  Diam.  offr.  4-3  lines. 

H.  Anthers  reniform 66.  macrorhyn- 

HH   Anthers  oblong 50.  rudis        [cha 

BE.  Fr.-valves  included 

F.  Fr.  scarcely  or  not  at  all  con- 
tracted at  orifice. 
Q.  Lvs    thick,    odorless:  fr. 

\^in  across 67.  Qunnii 

GG.  Lvs.     thin:    fr.     slightly 

smaller 68  mel|iodora 

69.  odorata 
FF.  Fr.  contracted  at  orifice. 

G.  Lvs.  opposite      70.  doratozylon 

GG  Lvs  mostly  alternate. 
H   Breadth    of  fr     about 


1152 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


z.  Lid  as  long  as  calyx- 
tube.    If  -veins    di- 
verging.         .       .71.  marginata 
n.  Lad  shorter  than  tube  • 

veins  oblique  .         72  Baileyana 
HH.  Breadth    of  fr.    about 

%in 44  pipenta 

45.  eugenioides 
DD.  Umbels  only  2-  or  3-fld ,  rarely 

4-  or  6-fld    (Ironbarks.) 
B.  Peduncles  becoming  deflexcd. 

fr.  pendent  . .  73  cry  throne  ma 

HE.  Peduncles  not  deflexcd 

F.  Bark  smooth,  light-colored     74  leucoxylon 
FF.  Bark  rough,  persistent 

Q  Lf  -veins     very     oblique' 

bark  red  75  sideroxylon 

oo.  Lf -veins   widely   spread- 
ing bark  grayish  .    ...  76  longif olia 

1.  calophflla,    R.    Br      Medium-sized   umbrageous 
tree,  with  dense  foliage"  bark  dark,  corky,  deeply  fur- 
rowed:  Ivs    ovate-lanceolate,    firm   and   thick,   veins 
nearly  parallel  and  very  spreading,  fls  large,  white  or 
cream-color,  rarely  pink,  m  large  clusters,   lid  thin, 
nearly  flat.  fr.  1-1%  m   wide,  ovate-urnshaped,  very 
thick  and  woody;  seeds  large,  black,  the  edges  acute 
but  scarcely  winged      July-Oct      BM  4036    (as  E. 
splachmcarpa)       F.    v     M     Eucal     10"2      GC  III. 
20.661  — Ornamental  tree  of  rather  slow  growth,  not 
enduring  frost  or  dry  atmosphere     Good  shade  tree 
for  avenues  in  the  coast  districts.    The  fall  bloom  is 
valuable  for  bees     Bark  rich  m  kino     The  wood  is 
tough,  useful  for  wheelwrights'  work  and  for  building, 
but  not  durable  underground.   The  frs  of  this  and  the 
next  have  been  polished  and  used  for  pipe-bowls. 

2.  flcifolia,  F.  v.  M.  CRIMSON-FLOWERED  EUCALYPT. 
Fig.  1424.   Handsome  small  tree,  rarely  to  50  ft    bark 

dark,  furrowed  Ivs 
ovate-  lanceolate, 
firm    and    thick, 
r  veins  almost  trans- 
verse1 fls  red,  large 
and  m    large  clus- 
ters ;  lid  thin,  nearly 
flat:  fr     1-1 H    m 
wide,  broadly  urn- 
shaped,    the    walls 
very    woody;    border    com- 
pressed; seeds  pale  brown  or 
almost  red,  winged  on  one  end 
or  also  along  one  side     Aug, 
Sept     F.v.M    Eucal.  7.3     B. 
M.  7697      G  C    III    42  376, 
377.     Gn     71.   p    441.     R  H. 
1904.568  —Very  ornamental, 
especially   in    bloom.    Tender 
and  adapted  only  to  the  lemon 
belt;   a  heat-resisting  avenue 
tree,     withstanding     drought. 
The  fls  vary  from  pink  to  crim- 
son and  scarlet  and  the  forms 
do    not    come    true    to    seed; 
grafted  plants  are  now  offered 
in  the  trade,  the  bright  scarlet 
shade    being    generally    pre- 
ferred. 

3.  corymbdsa,  Smith.  BLOOD- 
WOOD.  Small  tree:  outer  bark 
persistent,  gray  and  turning 
somewhat  black;  inner  yellow- 
ish or  reddish  brown;  of  upper 
branches  smooth  and  often 
reddish:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  some- 
what  leathery;  lateral  veins 
verv  numerous,  fine,  parallel 

(  X  X)  and  two  leave*  of       and  nearly  transverse :  fls.  yel- 
jucker  foliage.  No.  18.        lowish  white,  fragrant,  in  large 


corymbs,  the  peduncles  and  pedicels  long;  lid  de- 
pressed-hemispherical, short-pointed;  stamens  becom- 
ing 5  or  6  lines  long.  fr.  somewhat  urn-shaped,  about 
Km.  wide.  Aug.-Dec.  F  v  M,  Eucal  5  2.— Tree  suit- 
able only  for  the  coast  districts.  Wood  brown  or  red, 
durable,  and  serviceable  underground  or  m  water,  but 
rendered  inferior  by  the  many  gum  veins.  (Ingharn.) 

4.  exfmia,  Schau.  MOUNTAIN  BLOODWOOD.  Large 
tree:  bark  scaly,  brownish  or  yellowish,  smooth  only 
on  the  younger  branches:  lys  falcate-lanceolate,  thick; 
lateral  veins  parallel  and  widely  spreading  but  scarcely 
visible,  fls.  sesfeile,  in  small  heads  of  a  panicle,  the 
peduncles  angular  or  flattened ;  lid  nearly  hemispherical, 
pointed;  stamens  3-4  lines  long,  fr  urn-shaped,  with 
thin  rim,  about  J^in  wide  through  the  middle  Oct  - 
June  F  v  M  Eucal.  9  2. — A  stately  species  with 
abundant  showy  bloom.  Wood  soft;  useful  only  for  fuel. 

5  maculata,  Hook    SPOTTED  GUM  Handsome  tree, 
to  150  ft ,  the  foliage  mostly  near  the  summit:  bark 
smooth,  whitish  or  reddish  gray,  deciduous  in  patches, 
thus  exposing  lighter  areas  and  giving  the  trunk  a 
spotted    appearance*   Ivs    lanceolate;   veins    parallel, 
rather  oblique  to  the  midrib    lid  hemispheric,  double, 
fls   short-stalked,  stamens  4-5  lines  long*  fr   globular- 
urnshaped,  thin-rimmed,  scarcely  Hin-  thick     May- 
July     FvM.  Eucal  3'4.    Hook    Icon    619     Maiden, 
For.   Fl    NSW.    7.27.— Timber   valuable   for   ship- 
builders and  used  especially  in   coach   factories  and 
for  handles;  wood   hard,  light-colored,  close-grained: 
growth  fairly  rapid 

Var  citrioddra.  Bailey  (E.  citnoddra,  Hook ). 
LEMON-SCENTED  GUM  Like  the  species  but  foliage 
strongly  lemon-scented. — A  favorite  ornamental  tree 
in  the  warmer  parts  of  Calif  *  subject  to  frost  young 
plants  useful  for  window  or  cool  greenhouse  cult  The 
oil  is  clear  white  and  of  a  pleasing,  penetrating  odor, 
used  especially  as  a  perfume  for  soap 

6  polyanthemos,  Schau     RED   Box.     AUSTRALIAN 
BEECH    Well-branched  often  irregular  and  picturesque 
tree,  40-150  ft    bark  brown  or  gray,  persistent,  rough 
on  old   trees    Ivs   orbicular  to  ovate,  mostly  2-4  in. 
long  by   1^-3  in.   wide,   rarely   oval-lanceolate  and 
scarcely  1  in.  wide,  dull  and  grayish  green  on  both 
sides,  fls   small,  white,  stalked,  in  close?  panicles;  sta- 
mens 1  or  2  lines  long,  the  outer  ones  sterile  fr.  goblet- 
shaped,  not  contracted  at  orifice.  2-3  lines  across,  the 
valves  not  exserted      Jan -April      FvM  Eucal  3.9. 
Maiden,  Grit   Rev    Eucal    58,  59  (figs    1-3)  —Useful 
for  ornamental  planting,  because  of  its  spreading  habit, 
characteristic  silvery  foliage,  and  profuse  bloom,  also 
for  windbreaks,  for  fuel,  and  for  bees,  timber  exceed- 
ingly hard  and  durable,  but  sts.  become  hollow  in  age 
m   Austral      A   drought-  and  heat-resistant   species: 
endures    minimum   temperatures   of  15-20°:  of  only 
fairly  rapid  growth 

7  populifdlia,     Hook.      POPLAR     Box       Compact 
straight-growing  tree,  bark  rough  to  the  branchlets: 
Ivs   ovate  or  roundish,  rarely  lanceolate,  4  m.  or  less 
long,  very  lustrous  and  intensely  green  on  both  sides: 
fls.  small,   white,   on  very  short  stalks,   the  umbels 
paniculate;  stamens  1-2  lines  long,  all  fertile:  fr.  very 
small,  semi-ovate,  the  valves  inclosed     Hook.  Icon. 
879     Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eucal    58  (figs.  11-18).— 
Probably  as  useful  and  adapted  to  as  wide  a  variety  of 
conditions  as  the  closely  related  E  polyanthemos. 

8  melanophldia,   F.  v.   M.    SILVER-LEAVED  IRON- 
BARK.  Small  tree:  bark  persistent,  dark,  furrowed  Ivs. 
sessile,    orbicular    to    ovate-lanceolate,    glaucous    or 
white-mealy:  fls  small,  in  terminal  or  axillary  corymbs: 
fr  truncate-globular,  2-3  lines  across;  rim  thin;  valves 
included  or  slightly  exserted. 

9.  siderophldia,  Benth.  BROAD-LEAVED  IRONBARK. 
Tall  tree:  bark  wholly  peisiLtent  on  old  trunks,  rough 
and  deeply  furrowed;  furrows  yellowish  or  dark  brown; 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


1153 


ridges  broader  than  in  other  ironbarks:  I  vs.  4-7  in. 
long*  lid  beak-like,  very  acute,  l/i~lAvn.  long;  stamens 
about  3  lines  long;  anthers  minute,  globular,  opening 
by  oblong  slits:  fr.  obovoid,  truncate,  about  J^m  across, 
the  valves  slightly  protruding.  Oct ,  Nov.  F.v  M. 
Eucal  4  8  Maiden,  Cnt.  Rev.  Eueal.  47  (hgs.  19-33). 
— Wood  heavy,  strong,  and  durable,  useful  for  wagon 
work,  tool-handles,  building,  posts,  poles,  and  the  like. 
Fls.  provide  honey  for  bees  Tree  of  rapid  growth  and 
resistant  to  extremes  of  temperature:  grown  in  the  San 
Joaqum  Valley. 

10.  paniculata,  Smith.  WHITE  IRONBAHK  RED 
IRONS  ARK.  Tall  or  medium-sized  tree:  bark  hard, 
persistent,  deeply  furrowed,  of  a  grayish  brown  color: 
Ivs  lanceolate,  acuminate,  3-5  in  long,  fls  in  panicles  or 
sometimes  in  axillary  umbels,  lid  variable,  stamens 
2-4  lines  long,  the  outer  ones  sterile;  stigma  dilated: 
fr  truncate-ovate,  pedicel  led,  2-4  lines  wide,  with  thin 
rim.  Summer  F  v  M  Euoal  5  S  Maiden,  Cnt  Rev. 
Eucal  57  (ngs  8-21)  — Wood  usually  very  pale,  but 
\rariaoie,  the  hardest  of  ironbarks,  "cuts  almost  like 
horn."  valuable  for  railroad-ties,  fencing,  and  build- 
ing purposes  Does  not  endure  heat  and  drought: 
much  prized  in  Austral ,  but  trees  in  Calif,  are  not 
promising 

11  Raveretiana,  F  v  M    Tall  tree  with  thin  angular 
branehlets-    bark    deciduous,    leaving    the    branches 
smooth  and  gray,  but  often  persistent  on  the  trunk: 
Ivs    lanceolate,  opaque,  3-5  in    long,  fls    exceedingly 
small,  \vhite,  short -stalked,  hd  slenderly  conic,  under 
2  lines  long,  stamens  not  2  lines  long;  anthers  remfonn, 
opening  by  longitudinal  slits   fr  little  over  1  line  wide, 
low-cup-shaped,    the    protiudmg    valves    forming    a 
hemispheric    summit       F  v  M  Eucal  1 :8.     Maiden, 
Cnt  Rev  Kucal  53  (figs  1-3) 

12  raicrotheca,    F  v  M      Tree,    becoming    80    ft. 
high    bark  rough,  gray,  persistent,  or  the  outer  layers 
deciduous,   leaving  the   tnmk   smooth     Ivs    narrowly 
lanceolate,  4-6  in   long,  lid  broad-conic,  stamens  very 
short,  anthers  minute,   roundish,   opening  by   longi- 
tudinal slits    fr   scarcely  ^m    wide,  valves  fully  half- 
protruding     F  v  M   Kucal  10  6     Maiden,  Cnt    Rev 
Eucal  52  (figs  16-22) —Not  jet  fully  tested  in  Amcr.: 
endures  frost  and  heat   recommended  as  a  forest  cover 
for  the  hot  dry  region  of  the  S    W.    the  roots  vield 
water  to  natives  and  travelers  on  the  Australian  deserts 
Wood  beautifully  colored  but  peihaps  too  hard  for 
cabinet  \vork 

13  crebra,   F  v  M      NARROW -LEAVED   IRONBARK. 
Small  to  large  tiee,  \\ith  slender  drooping  branchlets* 
bark   persistent    throughout,   hard,   dark,   ridged   and 
deeply  fui rowed    Ivs    pale,  narrow,  linear-lanceolate; 
latcial    veins   hue,    nearly   parallel,    widely    diverging 
from  the  inidiib    lid  conical  or  nearly  hemispheric,  not 
over  2  lines  long,  stamens  1  or  2  lines  long,  inflexed  in 
bud;  anthers  globulai,  opening  by  longitudinal  slits 
fr.  obovoid-trunoate,  not  over  2  lines  wide,  the  tips  of 
fch»    valve*    »"_•*   or  scarcely   expert  ed      F  v  M  Eucal 
5.3.     Maiden,    Cnt    Rev    Eucal    53    (figs  4-9)  —A 
rapidly    growing    frost-resistant    tree    of    picturesque 
habit    endures  minimum  tempeiatures  of  18-20°  and 
maximum    temperatures    of    110-118°    (McClatchie), 
not  very  msistant  to  alkali  (Loughndge)     Crown  in 
Calif   for  its  hard  durable  \\ood,  of  a  reddish  color. 
Bark  sometimes  described  as  grayish  and  deciduous. 

14.  leptophldba,  F.  v.  M.  Characters  as  in  E.  crebra, 
but  fls  somewhat  larger  and  fr  3  or  4  lines  wide:  Ivs. 
of  a  silky  sheen  — This  has  been  classed  as  a  var.  of  E. 
drepanophylla,  F  v.M  ,  but  the  two  arc  now  known  to  be 
identical  and  E.  leptophleba  is  the  older  name. 

15.  tricolor,   A.   Cunn     (E    largiflbrens,    F.  v  M ). 
BLACK   Box      Shrub   or   small   tree,    with   drooping 
branches:  bark  persistent,  rough  and  hard*  Ivs  lanceo- 
late, 5  in.  or  less  long;  lateral  veins  at  an  acute  angle 


to  midrib*  hd  double,  the  inner  one  hemispheric;  sta- 
mens 1  or  2  lines  long,  anthers  opening  by  lateral  pores: 
fr.  truncate-ovate,  about  2  lines  wide,  the  valves  in- 
closed but  not  distant  from  the  thin  rim.  F.v.M.  Eucal. 
5:7.  Maiden,  Crit  Rev  Eucal  49  (figs.  5-13),  51 
(figs.  9-19). — Timber  hard,  tough,  and  durable,  rather 


1426.  Eucalyptus  globulus.  Shoots  on  a  youn«  plant  (XH)  No.  18. 

easily  worked    suitable  for  ties,   piles,  shafts,  poles, 
cogM,  and  the  like. 

16  hemiphldia,  F  v  M     AUSTRALIAN  GRAY  Box. 
Tree,  90  ft  or  less  high   bark  of  trunk  persistent,  solid, 
grayish  and  somewhat  wrinkled,  of  branches  deciduous 
in  flakes  or  long  strips  Ivs  lanceolate-falcate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  3-5  in    Jong,  thick  and  rigid,  pften  ashy 
gray,  lateral  veins  distant,  diverging  at  a  very  acute 
angle    lid  conical,  stamens  pale,  about  2  lines  lone; 
antheis  globular,  opening  by  lateral  pores    fr   ovoia- 
oblnng,   truncate   and  slightly  contracted   at  orifice, 
about  3  lines  wide    F  v  M  Euca)  5  5.    Maiden,  Cnt. 
RLV    Eueal    .50  (figs    1-6)  —Useful  as  a  shade  tree 
because  of  its  dense  foliage;  also  for  fuel  and  as  pastur- 
age for  bees    Wood  hard,  tough,  and  durable. 

Vai  albens,  F  v  M  (E  dlbcns,  Miq.).  WHITE 
Box  Bark  dull  green,  persistent  Ivs  glaucous  or 
white-mealy  buds  chalk-white  fr  larger. 

17  macrocirpa,  Hook    Stout  shrub,  6-15  ft ,  usually 
white-rnealy    Ivs    all  opposite,  sessile,  cordate-ovate: 
fls    orange-colored  to  crimson,   very   large,   solitary; 
calyx-tube  smooth   or  obscurely   ridged;   lid   conical, 
longer    than    the    tube;    stamens    about  1    in    long: 
fr    depi  essed-hemispheneal,    1K~3    in     across,    with 
rawed  run  and  broad  protruding  valves     Hook.  Icon. 
40,5-407      BM    4333      FvM    Eucal   8" 4     Maiden, 
Cnt   Rev  Eucal    77  (figs    1-3)  — Desirable  ornamen- 
tal because  of  its  glaucous  foliage  and  brilliant  bloom: 
grown  sparingly  in  S  Calif 

18  g!6bulus,  Labill    BLUE  GUM    Figs.  1425-1427. 
Tree,  300  ft.  or  less  high'  bark  deciduous  in  long  thin 
strips  or  sheets,  leaving  the  trunk  smooth  and  grayish 
or  bluish  white  except  at  base'  Ivs    lanceolate,  thick, 
often  Yi~\  ft    long,  those  on  young  shoots  and  seed- 
lings opposite,  sessile,   broad,   and"  white-mealy    fls 
solitary  or  2  or  3  together,  closely  sessile  or  on  a 
short  peduncle:  calyx-tube   and    lid   warty,    covered 
with  bluish  white  wax;  stamens  above   >£m.  long: 
fr.  angular,  %-l  in  across,  the  flat  valvea  not,  pro- 


1154 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


trudmg.  Dec -May.  F.v.M.  Eucal.  6:2.  G.C.  II. 
15:601;  111.2:777,784;  10:737.  Gn.  71,  p.  18;  75,  p. 
606.  Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  79  (figs.  1-12)  —The 
best  species  for  general  planting:  extensively  used  in 
Calif.  Its  combination  of  rapidity  of  growth,  straight- 
ness  of  trunk,  great  strength  of  wood,  and  its  known 
ability  to  flourish  under  a  wide  range  of  conditions  m 
Calif.,  give  it  a  great  advantage  over  any  other  species 
(Ingham).  Wood  stronger  than  that  of  E.  rostrata  and 
E.  tereticornisl  yellowish  white,  easily  stained,  not  dur- 
able in  the  soil  in  Calif  •  used  there  for  insulator  pins, 
spokes,  felloes,  whiffle-trees,  handles,  flooring  and  inte- 
rior finish j  a  good  species  for  fuel:  logs  check  badly  in 
curing,  this  much  less  in  the  so-called  "San  Jose"  blue- 
gum  or  "re-enforced  gum"  which,  however,  is  thought 
by  some  to  be  only  a  selection  of  the  best  trees  of  ordi- 
nary blue-gum  Lvs  distilled  for  oil:  fls.  yield  much 
honey  to  bees,  but  because  of  its  pro- 
nounced flavor  there  is  little  or  no  ^f\ 
demand  for  it  in  retail  trade  (Richter).  t  ^•^> 
Endures  minimum  temperatures  of  25° 
and  high  temperatures  of  the  San  Joa- 
qum  and  Sacramento  Valleys  but  not 
of  the  desert  districts:  resists  consider- 
able drought  when  once  established 
but  best  development  is  attained  only 
on  good  and  fairly  deep  soil.  Fig  427 
shows  the  stamens  and  the  structure 
of  the  bud  Nos  1-4  are  half  natural 
size;  5  is  on  a  larger  scale  No.  4  is  a 
section  of  a  bud. 

Var  compacta,  Hort.  DWARF  BLPB 
GUM  Densely  branched  from  the 
ground,  forming  a  symmetrical  rounded 
compact  tree:  lower  foliage  as  m  young 
growth  of  E.  globulus  but  smaller  with 
the  longer  narrower  Ivs.  only  near  the 
top  — Sa.d  to  have  originated  near 
Niles,  Calif.,  from  seed  of  the  ordinary 
blue-gum  (Calif.  Nursery  Co  ). 

The  specific  name  globulus  is  some- 
times written  with  a  capital  G,  because  4 
it  is  a  noun  rather  than  an  adjective; 
but  the  initial  letter  is  here  written  in 
lower  case  in  accordance  with  a  recom- 
mendation of  the  International  Botan- 
ical Congress. 

19  alplna,Lmdl.  Shrub,  12  ft.  high:    #***"*•  N°' 18' 
Ivs    mequilaterally  semi-ovate,  blunt,  acute  on  young 
shoots,  2-4  in.  long,  thick  and  leathery:  fls.  sessile  in 
the  If  .-axils,  solitary  or  few:  fr.  hemispherical,  %-l  in. 
wide,   not    angular;   rim    broad;    valves   protruding. 
Sept  -Nov.    F.v.M.  Eucal  2:1. 

20  tetr&ptera,  Turcz    Shrub  or  small  tree'  branches 
often  sharply  angled:  Ivs.  very  thick,  oblong-lanceo- 
late,  fls.   solitary,    on   flat   recurved   peduncles;   lid 
4-angled,  much  shorter  than  calyx;  stamens  not  over 
Hm.  long.  fr.  prominently  4-angled,  2-3  in.  long,  %-l 
in.  wide,  the  valves  well  inclosed.   F.v  M.  Eucal.  2:10. 
— Highly  ornamental;  once  grown  at  Santa  Monica, 
according  to  Kinney  who  says  that  the  calyx-tube  and 
stalk  just  before  the  lid  falls  become  a  brilliant  crim- 
son and  are  by  far  the  most  striking  part  of  the  fl. 

21.  cosmophylla,  F  v.M.   Tall  shrub  or  small  tree: 
bark  smooth,  ash-colored:  Ivs.  broad-lanceolate,  3-5 
in.  long,  very  thick  and  rigid:  peduncles  almost  0; 
lid   hard,    low-hemispheric,    blunt   or   short-pointed; 
stamens  4-6  lines  long;  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  olis- 
tinct  parallel  slits'  fr.  globose-truncate,  not  contracted 
at  orifice,  smooth,  7-8  lines  across;  rim  thick.   F.v.M. 
Eucal.  7:2. 

22.  cordate,  Labill.    Small  tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  oppo- 
site, sessile,  orbicular  to  ovate,  somewhat  crenate, 
rarely  over  3  in.  long,  usually  white-mealy,  as  also 
the  mfl. :  calyx  broadly  campanulate,  obtuse  at  base, 


1427.  Eucalyptus 


smooth;  lid  low-hemispherical,  obtuse  or  with  sharp 
tip,  shorter  than  tube;  stamens  3-4  lines  long;  anthers 
opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr.  globular-truncate,  hard, 
4-6  hues  thick ;  valves  rarely  protruding.  F.v.M.  Eucal. 
8:1.  B.M.  7835.  G.C.  III.  3.803;  30:456;  47: 168.— 
Useful  mainly  as  an  ornamental. 

23.  pulverule'nta,  Sims.    Lvs.  always  entire:  calyx- 
tube  turbmate,  tapering  to  the  base;  lid  variable, 
mostly  conical :  otherwise  about  as  in  E.  cordata,  F.  v  M . 
Eucal.  8:7.    B.M.  2087.    Gn.  75,  p.  140.— The  very 
blue  foliage  supplies  a  pleasing  contrast  for  ornamental 
planting. 

24.  corauta,  Labill.    YATE  TREE.    Moderate-sized 
or  large  tree,   usually  low-branched   and  spreading: 
bark  either  deciduous  m  irregular  sheets  or  persistent 
and  rough :  Ivs  oblong  or  broad-lanceolate,  often  obtuse, 
2-5  m.  long:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  numerous,  m  dense 
heads;  lid  cylmdric,  horn-like,  1-1  %  in.  long;  stamens 
1J£~2  in.   long:  fr    short-cylmdnc,   4-5  lines  wide, 
valves  much  exserted  and  connivent  into  a  beak-like 
projection.    June-Get.    F.v  M  Eucal.  9.1     BM  6140 
(lid  too  highly  colored)  — Used  successfully  as  a  road- 
side tree  in  S.  Calif.:  especially  good  as  a  shade  tree' 
adapted  to  the  lemon  belt,  and  tolerating  alkaline  and 
saline  soils  (Franceschi).    Timber  hard,  heavy,  tough> 
and  elastic. 

25.  Lelunannli,   Preiss    (E    corniita   var    symphio- 
cdrpa,  Auct.    E.  macrockra,  Turcz  )     Perhaps  only  a 
form  of  E.  cornuta'  Ivs   more  often  short  and  obtuse, 
fr.  half  immersed  in  the  receptacle,  forming  a  solid 
woody  mass.  June-Oct. 

26  platypus,  Hook.  (E.  obcorddtat  Turcz).  Tall 
shrub  or  small  tree,  bark  smooth,  grayish  Ivs  petioled, 
oval  to  obcordate,  very  obtuse,  1-2^  in.  long,  leathery 
and  shining:  peduncles  winged,  recurved;  fls  dull  red 
or  yellowish  white,  not  conspicuous;  lid  conic-cylmdric, 
much  narrower  than  the  prominently  angled  calyx- 
tube;  stamens  /^-^ui  long:  fr.  truncate-ovate,  very 
angular,  4-7  lines  thick.  F.v.M  Eucal  7  6.  Hook. 
Icon.  849. 

27.  occidentalis,  Endl    FLAT^TOPPED  YATE    Spread- 
ing   shrub    or    medium-sized   tree     bark    deciduous, 
smooth,    or    somewhat    persistent    and    rough'    lys. 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  lJ^-5   m.  long*   lid  cylindric- 
conic,  M~Km'    l°ng>    stamens   yellowish   or   orange, 
M~Kin    long*  fr    bell-shaped,  with   spreading  rim,  5 
lines  wide;  valves  'exserted,  sharp    Oct  -May     F  v.M. 
Eucal.  6.5. — Suited  to  the  coast  districts;  subject  to 
frost. 

28.  coccifera,    Hook.     Small    glaucous    tree    with 
smooth  white  bark*  Ivs   lanceolate,  thick  and  shining, 
often  tipped  by  a  slender  curved  mucro    fls    nearly 
sessile,  in  close  terminal  clusters;  calyx  prominently 
angled;  lid  very  short  and  flat,  rugose;  stamens  about 
3  lines  long,  all  perfect;  anthers  remform,  opening  by 
divergent  slits:  fr.  obovoid-truncate,  4-6  lines  across 
BM.4637.    GC.  II.  12-113;  13  395;  III  2'787,  789; 
3:799,  801;  9. 169    Gn  71  p.  591.    Maiden,  Cnt  Rev 
Eucal.  28    (figs.   3-5)  — A  high-mountain   form   com- 
pared by  some  to  E   amygdahna  but  recognized  by 
the  depressed  lid  and  longer  calyx    Of  value  as  an 
ornamental:  a  very  hardy  species  suitable  for  the  foot- 
hill districts. 

29  virgata,  Sieb.  Shrub  or  small  tree  with  stringy 
bark:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  thick  and  shining:  calvx  not 
angled;  lid  conical,  granular-roughened,  as  also  the 
tube;  stamens  scarcely  2  lines  long;  anthers  remform, 
opening  by  pores  which  extend  into  oblong  slits:  fr. 
globose-truncate,  smooth,  3-6  lines  across.  Maiden, 
Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  43  (figs  1,  2). 

Var.  strfcta,  Maiden  (E.  strlcta,  Sieb.).  Lvs.  linear  or 
linear-lanceolate:  lid  often  shortly  pointed.  Maiden, 
Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  43  (figs.  12-17).  F.v.M.  Eucal.  10 '9 
B.M.  7074. 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


1155 


Var.  obtusifldra,  Maiden  (E.  obtusiflbra,  DC.)-  Lvs. 
1  ather  broad :  lid  depressed-hemispheric,  very  obtuse. 
Maiden,  Cnt.  Rev.  Eucal.  43  (figs.  3-11). 

30.  haemistoma,  Smith.    Large  tree-  bark  smooth, 
mottled,  with  a  few  nbbony  flakes  near  the  butt:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,   usually  oblique    at    base,    falcate,   coria- 
ceous: fls.  pedicelled,  clavate  in  bud;  lid  very  short; 
stamens  2-3  lines  long;  anthers  of  the  perfect  ones  rem- 
form,  opening  by  short  divergent  slits,  fr.  ovate-trun- 
cate, with  reddish  rim,  3-4  lines  across,  valves  some- 
times slightly  protruding,  but  soon  deciduous.   F  v.M. 
Eucal.  2:3.  Maiden,  Cnt.  Rev.  Eucal.  46  (figs.  10-17), 
47  (figs.  1-18). — Said  to  thrive  on  poor,  sandy  soil: 
perhaps  not  suited  to  dry  interior  valleys.    Timber  of 
inferior  quality. 

31.  Sieberiana,    F.  v  M.     Scarcely   distinguishable 
from  E.  haemasloma  save  by  the  bark,  which  on  the 
trunk  is  furrowed,  becoming  dark,  rugged,  and  stringy: 
foliage    emits    a    slight    peppermint-like    odor    when 
crushed  in  the  warm  hand.  F.v  M.  Eucal.  2:9.  Maiden, 
Cnt  Rev.  Eucal.  45  (figs.  10-15).— Bark  yields  a  very 
soluble  kino. 

32.  gonioc&lyx.  F.  v.  M.  MOUNTAIN  GUM.  BASTARD 
Box  TREE.    Tall  tree:  bark  rough,  tardily  deciduous: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  usually  falcate,  of  pale  color1  pedicels 
very  short  and  angular,  or  fls  usually  sessile;  lid  conical 
or  hemispherical,  stamens  about  3  lines  long,  inflexed 
in  bud;  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr 
ovoid-truncate,  3-4  lines  across;  valves  about  on  a 
level  with  the  rim     July,   Aug     F.v  M.  Eucal.  1  3. 
Maiden,    For.    Fl     NSW.    19— Timber    especially 
esteemed  for  wheelwrights'  work,  also  used  for  house- 
building, fence-rails,  railroad-ties,  and  so  on.  excellent 
for  fuel.    Grows  well  in  the  coast  districts  of  S.  Calif. 
A  promising  species  for  the  mountains  of  the  S.  \V.,  at 
moderate  altitudes 

33  Cambagei,  Deane  &  Maiden.   BUNDY.   Small  or 
medium-sized  tree  bark  fibrous  and  matted  throughout. 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  elongated:  fls   sessile;  calyx-tube  with 
2-4  prominent  angles;  hd  shortly  pointed  or  hemis- 
pherical, stamens  about  3  lines  long  fr  ovoid-truncate 
— A  recently  intro.  species  related  to  E  gomocalyx  but 
with  plainly  exserted  valves  and  thicker,  flatter  pedun- 
cles    Aside   from   shape   of   buds   and  peduncles   it 
resembles  E  Stuartiana. 

34  botryoides,  Smith      Tall  handsome  tree'  bark 
rough,  furrowed,  persistent  on  trunks.  Ivs   lanceolate, 
acuminate  with   very  diverging  parallel  veins,   paler 
beneath    fls   sessile  or  nearly  so,  lid  variable,  stamens 
about  3  lines  long,  inflected  in  the  bud;  anthers  ovoid- 
oblong,  with  parallel  cells:  fr.  obovoid-oblong,  slightly 
contracted  at  ofihce,  4-5  lines  long,  3-4  lines  wide, 
valves   wholly   inclosed.     Sept ,    Oct.     F.v.M.  Eucal 
4 : 2  — This  tree  has  beautiful  dark  green  horizontal 
foliage     Useful  for  windbreaks  and  as  a  shade  tree. 
Suited  to  the  coast  districts  only.  Timber  hard,  tough, 
and  durable,  used  in  Austral,  especially  for  felloes. 

35.  robtista,  Smith.  SWAMP  MAHOGANY.  Hand- 
some symmetrically  branched  tree  of  moderate  height: 
bark  of  trunk  persistent,  rough,  dark  brown;  of  the 
branches  reddish'  Ivs.  oval-lanceolate,  long-pointed, 
3-7  in.  long,  1^-3  in.  wide,  dark  green,  coriaceous: 
veins  spreading  almost  at  right  angles  to  midrib:  hd 
acute,  about  as  long  as  calyx-tube;  stamens  4-6  lines 
long;  anthers  with  parallel  cells:  fr.  goblet-shaped, 
becoming  nearly  J£in.  across,  the  rim  thin  and  caps, 
much  sunk.  Oct.-March  F.v.M.  Eucal  7:8 — Formerly 
much  planted  in  Calif,  as  a  street  tree,  but  the  tops 
break  down  in  strong  winds,  due  to  the  heavy  foliage 
and  brittle  wood;  now  almost  discarded  for  this 
purpose:  a  profuse  bloomer,  especially  valuable  for 
bees:  wood  brittle  but  durable.  Best  adapted  to  moist 
coast  districts  but  also  flourishes  m  the  interior  valleys 
when  given  sufficient  water:  suggested  for  the  coast 


of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  in  districts  free  from  heavy 
frosts. 

36.  redunca,  Schau.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  120  ft.: 
bark   smooth,    white:   Ivs.    oblong-lanceolate,    rather 
obtuse,  3  in.  or  less  long,  not  paler  beneath:  lid!  conical, 
acuminate,  about  twice  as  long  as  calyx-tube;  stamens 
3-4  lines  long;  anthers  opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr. 
obovoid,  about  3  lines  thick.    F.v  M  Eucal  10:7  — 
Grows  on  cold  flats  of  comparatively  poor  soil  m  Aus- 
tral.   Timber  tough,  heavy,  and  durable;  prized  for 
wheelwrights'  work. 

37.  pUularis,  Smith.  BLACKBUTT.  Slender  tree,  aver- 
aging 100-150  ft    bark  of  trunk  persistent,  or  flaking 
off  above,  blackish  gray  outside,  somewhat  fibrous  and 
brownish  inside,  of  branches  smooth,  gray  or  whitish: 
Ivs.  mostly  lanceolate,  falcate,  acuminate,  3-6  in  long, 
rather  less  shining  below  than  above,  hd  broadly  coni- 
cal at  base,  attenuate;  stamens  2-3  lines  long;  anthers 
remform,  opening  by  divergent  slits:  fr.  subglobose, 
truncate,  4-5  lines  thick;  valves  completely  inclosed 
to    slightly    exserted      F.v  M  Eucal.  3:7      Maiden. 
Crit.  Rev.  Eucal  1,  3,  4  —Timber  strong  and  durable 
useful  for  general  building  and  especially  for  telegraph 
poles,  posts,  and  the  like,  reported  as  a  good  honey- 
producer.    Does  not  thrive  in  the  hot  dry  interior 
valleys,  subject  to  extremes  of  temperature. 

38  Muelleriana,    Howitt.    YELLOW  STRINGYBARK 
Perhaps  only  a  var  of  E   ptlidans   bark  more  fibrous 
or  stringy,  the  inner  bark  yellow  and  imparting  a  yellow 
stain  to  the  wood    juvenile  Ivs    often  with  tufts  of 
hairs;  adult  Ivs.  glossy  above'  lid  blunt  or  slightly 
pointed:  fr  typically  6  lines  thick    Maiden,  Crit  Rev. 
Eucal  2,  38  (in  part)  — Forms  with  scarcely  flattened 
peduncles  approach  E.  eugemoides. 

39  acmenioides,    Schau.    (E.    tndntha,    Linn.     E. 
pilul&iis  var    acmemoides,   Benth  )     WHITE  MAHOG- 
ANY GUM     Tall  tree,  bark  persistent  and  fibrous  on 
trunk    and    branches'    Ivs     paler    beneafh,    sinuate* 
peduncles    not    much    compressed,    slender;    pedicels 
sometimes  2  or  3  lines  long*  fr  not  exceeding  3  or  4  lines 
m  diam.;  nm  thin1  otherwise  as  in  E  pilulans    F  v  M. 
Eucal.  10  1     Maiden,  Cnt  Rev  Eucal  42.— Grows  m 
poor,   well-drained   soil   in   Austral      Timber   heavy, 
strong,  and  durable;  good  for  palings,  rails  and  floor- 
boards. 

40  microcdrys,  F.  v  M    TALLOW-WOOD  GUM.   Tall 
tree    bark  persistent,  wrinkled .  Ivs,  broadly  lanceolate, 
acuminate,    thin,    copiously    dotted    with    oil-glands, 
much  paler  and  opaque  beneath'  fls   distinctly  pedi- 
celled, the  buds  club-shaped;  lid  depressed-hemispneri- 
cal;  stamens  about  3  lines  long,  outer  ones  sterile; 
anthers  minute,  almost  heart-shaped,  opening  by  di- 
vergent slits*  fr  scarcely  2  lines  across    F.v  M.  Eucal. 
2:6    Maiden,  Cnt  Rev.  Eucal  41  (figs.   6-9).— Tim- 
ber yellowish;  one  of  the  most  valuable  after  ironbark: 
strong  and  durable,  under  or  above  ground;  used  by 
wheelwrights  and  for  flooring,  especially  for  ballrooms; 
suitable  tor  this  latter  purpose  because  of  its  greasy 
nature. 

41.  punctata,    DC.      LEATHER-JACKET.      HICKORY 
GUM.    Beautiful  spreading  tree,  100  ft.  or  more  high: 
bark  smooth  and  dark,  thick,  the  outer  deciduous  m 
flakes:  Ivs.  thin,  narrowly  lanceolate,  acuminate,  lus- 
trous above,  slightly  paler  and  marked  with  oil-dots 
beneath;  lateral  veins  moderately  spreading:  peduncles 
broad,  much  compressed;  pedicels  evident,  angular, 
thick;  hd  ovate-conical;  stamens  about  3  lines  long; 
anthers  opening  by  parallel  slits,  fr.  3  or  4  lines  wide, 
not  contracted  at  orifice;  valves  barely  exserted.  Aug.- 
Oct.    F.v.M.  Eucal.  6  7.— Timber  remarkable  for  ita 
extreme  hardness  and  durability.   Grown  in  S.  Calif.; 
too  tender  for  the  San  Joaquin  Valley. 

42.  saligna,  Smith.  Tall  tree:  bark  gray  and  smooth:. 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  with  close  parallel  transverse  veins 


1 156 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYiTUS 


oiuch  paler  beneath:  pedicels  very  short  or  fls.  usually 
sessile;  lid  hemispherical,  short,  pointed;  stamens  2-3 
lines  long,  all  fertile;  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  parallel 
slits  fr.  subglobose-truncate,  not  contracted  at  orifice: 
rim  narrow;  valves  more  or  less  protruding,  separated 
from  the  rim  by  a  narrow  groove.  F  v.M  Eucal.  2:8. 
Maiden,  For.  Fl.  N.S.W  13.— Timber  of  the  best, 
usually  pale  red,  straight-grained,  comparatively  easy 
to  work.  Prefers  rich  alluvial  soil:  probably  wall  not 
endure  severe  conditions. 

43.  resinifera,  Smith.  KINO  EUCALYPT.  RED 
MAHOGANY.  Erect  symmetrical  tree:  bark  of  trunk 
persistent,  rough,  and  fibrous;  of  branches  deciduous: 
Ivs  lanceolate,  thick,  and  almost  leathery;  oil -dots 
quite  obscure;  veins  widely  spreading  from  midrib: 
lid  conical;  stamens  4-0  lines  long,  anthers  ovate,  open- 
ing by  parallel  blits.  fr.  about  .4  lines  wide,  not  con- 
tracted at  orifice;  valves  acute,  well  exserted.  F.v.M. 
Eucal.  1 : 9. — Apparently  endures  both  cold  and  drought 
better  than  E.  globulus;  requires  a  rather  moist  climate. 
Wood  strong  and  durable,  red,  but  bears  no  real  resem- 
blance to  true  mahogany;  not  bable  to  shrink;  lasts 
well  underground. 

Var.  grandifidra,  Benth  Fls.  larger,  the  ovoid  buds 
about  4  lines  diam.:  fr.  4-6  lines  wide,  with  a  raised  run. 


1428.  Eucalyptus  corynocalyx.    ( XH)  No.  60. 

44.  piperita,    Smith.      PEPPERMINT    STRINGYBARK. 
Tall  tree:  bark  of  the  trunk  persistent,  gray,  rough  and 
fibrous;  of  the  branches  smooth:  Ivs.  oblique,  2-6  in. 
long,  thin;  veins  very  oblique   but  obscure;  oil-dots 
copious,  transparent:  lid  broad-conical,  acute,  about  as 
long  as  calyx-tube;  stamens  about  2  lines  long;  anthers 
kidney-shaped,  opening  by  divergent  slits'  fr  globular, 
ovoid,  or  urceolate,  contracted  at  orifice,  *4in.  across; 
rim    thin,    depressed.     F.v.M.  Eucal.  3:8.     Maiden, 
Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  45  (figs.  1-9).— The  voung  foliage 
emits  a  strong  odor  of  peppermint  when  bruised. 

45.  eugenioides,  Sieb.  Closely  related  to  E.  piperita 
but  seedlings  rough-pubescent:  Ivs.  thicker,  with  more 
divergent   veins    and   not   peppermint-scented:   bark 
strongly  fibrous  even  on  the  small  branches:  rim  of 
fr.    flat    or   raised.     July,    Aug.    F.v.M  Eucal.  3 '8. 
Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  39  (figs.  1,  2),  40  (figs.  2-22). 

46.  incrassata,  Labill.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft.: 
Iva     lanceolate   or   ovate-lanceolat^    rather    obtuse, 
mostly  2-4  in.  long;  veins  inconspicuous :  calyx-tube 
ribbed  in  the  common  forms,  lid  thick,  hemispheric  or 
shcrt-^omc,   often   abruptly  beaked;  stamens  all  in- 


flected in  the  bud;  anthers  ovate-oblong,  opening  by 
parallel  slits:  fr.  ovoid-cylindric,  about  %m.  across; 
valves  often  slightly  exserted.  F.v.M.  Eucal.  5:6. 
Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  13,  15. — Australian  deserts: 
one  of  the  "mallee." 

Var.  anguldsa,  Benth.  (E.  anguldsa,  Schau.).  Calyx- 
tube  and  lid  prominently  angled  or  ribbed,  but  vary- 
ing much  in  this  respect  as  well  as  in  size  of  fls.  and  frs. 
Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eucal.  14. 

47  Planchoniana,  F.  v.  M.  Tree,  to  100  ft ,  with 
angular  branchlets:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  elon- 
gated, lid  conical,  about  as  long  as  the  tube,  both  longi- 
tudinally streaked;  outer  stamens  flexuous  m  bud  but 
only  the  inner  ones  incurved;  anthers  broadly  ovate, 
opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr.  ovoid-cylindric,  truncate, 
about  24m.  across,  the  caps,  sunk  and  valves  well 
inclosed.  F.v  M.  Eucal.  4:6. — A  profuse  bloomer. 
Timber  heavy,  hard,  and  durable;  well  adapted  for 
sawing  but  not  easily  split. 

48.  megacarpa,  F.  v.  M.  Tree,  100  ft  or  less  high: 
bark  deciduous,  smooth,  grayish  white:  Ivs  lanceolate, 
falcate,  mostly  4-6  m.  long:  fls.  only  1-3  and  sessile 
in  the  umbels;  lid  shortly  conical;  stamens  about  J^in. 
long;  anthers  ovate-oblong,  opening  by  parallel  slits: 
fr  depressed-globular,  thick  and  hard,  %-l  in  across: 
rim  convex,  continuous  with  the  thick  obtuse  incurved 
valves  FvM  Eucal  6:3.  Maiden  Crit  Rev.  Eucal. 
78  (figs.  4-8). 

49  gomphoce'phala,  DC  TOOART  TREE.  Tree5  120 
ft  or  less  high,  bark  persistent,  rough  but  not  stringy, 
becoming  dark'  Ivs  thick,  narrowly  acuminate,  pale 
green  fls  usually  3-5,  sessile,  lid  globose,  very  hard  and 
thick;  stamens  3-4  lines  long,  anthers  opening  by  par- 
allel slits,  fr.  turbmate,  rim  broad  and  convex,  rounded 
to  the  incurved  valves  F.v  M  Eucal.  7.4 — Easily 
distinguishable  by  the  broad  lid  Wood  of  a  pale  yel- 
lowish color:  remarkable  for  hardness  and  strength, 
heavy,  the  gram  close  and  twisted,  shrinks  but  little 
and  does  not  check  while  seasoning:  suitable  for  lanre 
scantlings  and  for  use  where  exposed  to  great  heat,  as 
in  engine-rooms'  one  of  the  strongest  woods  known. 
Grows  both  along  the  coast  and  in  the  dry  ulterior 
valleys:  one  of  the  most  alkali-resistant  species. 

50.  rfcdis,  Endl.   DESERT  GUM    Tree,  100  ft  or  less: 
bark  grc.^ ,  persistent,  rough,  but  not  deeply  furrowed : 
Ivs.  broadly  to  narrowly  lanceolate,  mostly  /i-2^  in. 
wide,  peduncles  lA-\  in  long,  pedicels  short;  lid  coni- 
cal, not  beaked,  about  as  long  as  calyx-tube;  stamens 
3-4  lines  long;  anthers  opening  by  parallel  slits*  fr. 
broadly  turbmate,  4-5  lines  across;  rim  only  slightly 
ascending.  F.v.M    Eucal.  10 '8. — Stands  drought  and 
extremes    of    temperature    better    than    most   other 
species:   endures   minimum   temperatures   of   15-18°: 
suitable  for  most  situations  in  the  S   W. :  successfully 
used  as  an  avenue  tree  and  for  windbreaks  at  Fresno, 
Calif .  Timber  probably  of  value  only  for  posts  and  for 
fuel. 

51.  declpiens,  Endl.    Straggly  shrub,  or  tree  to  70 
ft.:  bark  rough,  persistent,  fragile.  Ivs.  ovate  to  lanceo- 
late, 2^-4^  in.  long,  seldom  over  %m  wide:  peduncles 
l^-^m.  long;  pedicels  0;  lid  conical,  often  twice  as 
long  as  calyx-tube;  anthers  very  small,  globular,  open- 
ing by  pores  which  become  longitudinal  slits  *  fr  broadly 
turbmate  or  globose,   3-4  lines  across;  valves  awl- 
shaped.     F.v.M.  Eucal.  10:3.     Maiden,    Crit.    Rev. 
Eucal.  63  (figs.  1-12). 

52.  viminalis,  Labill.  MANNA  GUM.  Plate  XXXIX. 
Graceful  tree,  to  300  ft.,  the  branchlets  pendulous: 
bark    either    persistent,    roughish,    and    dark-colored 
(never  fibrous),  or  deciduous,  very  smooth,  and  gray- 
ish white*  seedling  Ivs  lanceolate;  mature  Ivs  lanceo- 
late,   acuminate,    somewhat    falcate:    fls     usually    3, 
rarely  6-8,  sessile  or  on  very  short  pedicels;  lid  semi- 
ovate,  mostly  short-pointed;  stamens  about  3  lines 


EUCALYPTUS 

long:  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr. 
subglobose-truncate,  3-6  lines  across;  rim  flat  or 
rounded;  valves  triangular,  acute.  May-Aug.  F.v.M. 
Eucal.  10:10.  G.C.  III.  4:597.— A  hardy  species, 
grown  as  far  north  as  Chico,  Calif.:  ranks  next  to 
2?.  globulus  in  rapidity  of  growth.  Timber  not  so  strong 
as  that  of  many  other  sorts  but  of  average  value  for 
fuel,  and  can  be  grown  under  conditions  in  which 
more  valuable  species  would  not  survive  or  would  make 
only  an  inferior  growth.  A  good  bee  tree. 

53.  Stuart&na,  F.  v.  M    APPLE-BCENTED  GUM.  Tall 
branching  tree,  with  dense  drooping  foliage:  closely 
related  to  E.  viminahs,  and  distinguishable  from  the 
latter,  when  this  has  more  than  3  fls  in  an  umbel,  by  the 
fibrous  bark,  roundish    seedling    Ivs.  and  somewhat 
smaller  fls.:  pedicels  almost  0;  buds  angular;  lid  almost 
hemispherical,  or  shortly  and  bluntly  conical.    Feb.- 
May.  F.v.M.  Eucal  4:9. 

54.  Mac&rthuri,    Deane   &   Maiden.     Bark   rough, 
"very  woolly:"  seedling  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  slightly 
cordate,  strictly  opposite;  mature  Ivs.  narrow,  lanceo- 
late, fls.  4-8,  distinctly  pedicellcd;  buds  ovoid,  smooth, 
very  small'  fr.  semi-ovate,  scarcely  3  lines  across. — 
Related  to  E.  vinnnalis  and  to  E.  Sluartiana:  dis- 
tinguished from  the  latter  by  the  smooth  slender- 
pod  icelled  buds  and  from  both   by  the  smaller  fls. 
and  frs. 

55.  amygdalina,  Labill.    PEPPERMINT  GUM.    Tree, 
the  tallest  of  the  genus  (var  regnans) :  bark  persistent 
on  trunk  and  lower  branches,  fibrous:  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
not  noticeably  oblique  at  base,  2-4  in.  long;  veins 
oblique;  oil-dots  large,  not  very  numerous:  fls.  many 
and  crowded  in  the  umbels;  buds  clavate,  often  rough; 
lid  hemispherical,  very  obtuse,  shorter  than  the  calyx- 
tube;   stamens   under  2  lines  long,   anthers   kidney- 
shaped,  opening  by  divergent  slits:  fr.  hemispheric  or 
shortly  ovate,  truncate,  about  %m    across;  rim  flat 
or  slightly  concave;  valves  flat  or  slightly  protruding. 
F.v.M.  Eucal.  5:1.   B  M.  3260.    B.R.  947  (as  E  long^ 
foha).  G.C.  Ill   6.16.   R  II.  1902,  p.  83.— Timber  of 
inferior  durability  and  strength     Foliage  with  odor  of 
peppermint;  far  richer  in  oil  than  any  other  eucalypt. 

Var  numerdsa,  Maiden  (E.  Andredna,  Naudm).  Fls. 
very  numerous,  often  over  20  in  the  umbel. 

Var.  rggnans,  F.  v.  M.  (E.  rtgnans,  F.  v.  M  ). 
GIANT  GUM.  Very  tall  tree  (325  ft.  or  less  high): 
bark  usually  smooth,  whitish,  fibrous  only  near  the 
base:  Ivs.  large,  broad-lanceolate,  especially  those  on 
seedlings  broader  than  in  typical  E.  amygdalina,  oil- 
dots  very  fine,  numerous:  fr  usually  conoid.  Maiden, 
Cnt  Rev.  Eucal.  33.— Earlier  reports  of  400-500  ft. 
for  this  tree  were  erroneous  (see  Melbourne  Argus  for 
March  23, 1904,  Maiden,  Cnt.  Rev.  Eucal.  p.  183,  and 
G.C.  III.  47,  p.  69). 

Var.  angustifdlia,  F.v.M.  (E.  hne&rw,  Dehnh). 
Graceful,  spreading  tree*  branchiets  drooping*  Ivs.  very 
narrow  fls  numerous  in  the  umbel.  Jan.-Apr ,  and 
more  or  less  throughout  the  year.  Maiden,  Crit.  Rev. 
Eucal.  30  (fig.  5). 

56.  Rfsdonii,  Hook  f.  A  beautiful  glaucous-foliaged 
tree  20-50  ft.  high,  the  branches  somewhat  pendulous: 
bark  flaking  off,  smooth,  not  fibrous-  early  Ivs.  cordate, 
connate  in  pairs;  later  Ivs.  either  opposite  and  ovate 
or  alternate  and  broadly  lanceolate,  not  very  oblique 
at  base;  veins  oblique:  buds,  fls.,  and  fr.  as  in  E. 
amygdalina  but  slightly  larger.    Maiden,  Cnt.  Rev. 
Eucal.  32  (fig.  1). — A   valuable   ornamental:   all   the 
Ivs.  commonly  opposite  and  connate. 

57.'  oblkiua,  L'Her.  (B  Jismlis,  F.  v.  M.).  Tall  tree: 
bark  persistent  even  on  the  branches,  grayish,  very 
stringy  but  rather  soft  and  fragile:  Ivs.  thick,  very 
oblique  at  base.  4-6  in.  long,  veins  very  oblique:  lid 
hemispherical,  depressed  or  somewhat  pointed,  shorter 
than  the  tube;  stamens  fully  3  lines  long,  opening  by 


EUCALYPTUS 


1157 


Eucalyptus  diverslcolor   (Xh) 
No  62. 


diverging  slits:  fr.  somewhat  pear-shaped,  truncate, 
slightly  contracted  at  orifice,  J£-J^in.  across;  rim 
broad  and  concave:  caps,  well  sunk  March- Aug. 
Fv.M.  Eucal.  3:5.  Maiden,  Crit.  Rev.  Eu~il.  5-8.— 
Will  grow  on  poor  soil  but  does  not  endure  severe 
drought.  Much  valued  in  Austral,  for  bees:  wood  used 
only  for  cheap,  rough  work. 

58.  stellulata,  Sieb.  Small  tree:  bark  becoming  black 
and  furrowed,  deciduous  m  layers,  smooth  above:  Ivs. 
elliptic  or  lanceolate,  2-4  in.  long,  principal  veins  almost 
parallel  to  the  midrib  fls  very  small,  numerous ;  buds 
ovoid,    in   star-like   nearly 

sessile    umbels;    lid    conic, 
acute,   about  equaling  the 
tube;  stamens  under  2  lines 
long;    anthers  reniform, 
opening  by  divergent  slits: 
fr.    nearly    glo- 
bose,    about    2 
lines   thick.    F. 
v  M.  Eucal  6:9. 
Maiden,  Crit. 
Rev.  Eucal   25. 
— Timber  of  but 
little    value; 
scarcely    used  except  for 
fuel. 

59.  coriacea,  A.  Cunn. 
(E  pa-ucifiora,  Sieb.).  Tree, 
often  tall,  with  spreading 
branches    and     slender  t 
somewhat  pendulous  twigs : 
outer    bark   deciduous; 
inner  bark    smooth,   pale 
gray .  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate 
or  lanceolate.  4-8  in  long, 

thick,  smootn;  lateral  veins  almost  parallel  to  the  mid- 
rib' fls  5-10;  buds  club-shaped;  umbels  distinctly 
peduncled,  lid  hemispheric,  obtuse  or  with  a  short 
point,  twice  or  thrice  shorter  than  the  tube;  stamens 
2-3  lines  long;  anthers  reniform,  opening  by  divergent 
slits  fr  pear-shaped,  truncate,  3-4  lines  thick  Nov.- 
Feb  FvM.  Eucal.  3 '6  (as  E  pauciflofa)  Maiden, 
Crit.  Rev.  Eucal  26,  27,  28  (figs.  1,  2)  —A  high-moun- 
tain tree  and  one  of  the  hardiest  species  Cattle  browse 
on  the  foliage  m  seasons  of  drought:  timber  used  for 
fuel  and  fences;  warps  badly.  Trees  sometimes  badly 
affected  with  scale. 

60.  corynocalyx,  FvM     SUGAR  GUM     Fig   1428. 
Tree,  to  120  ft  :  bark  smooth   Ivs  elongate-lanceolate; 
veins    oblique'    lid    almost    hemispheric,    projecting 
beyond  the  calyx-tube,  stamens  2-3  lines  long,  anthers 
short-oblong,   opening   by   distinct  parallel   slits    fr. 
almost  egg-shaped,  nearly  J^m  long  by  3-4  lines  thick; 
rim  thin ;  caps  deeply  sunk    June-Nov    FvM  Eucal 
2'2.     G  C.  II.  12  593  —A   valuable  drought-resistant 
species  but  does  not  endure  temperatures  below  20-25°. 
Timber  close-grained  and  hard,  of  a  yellowish  white 
color:  very  durable  underground,  grown  in  Calif,  for 
railway  ties     An  ornamental  tree  used  for  roadside 
planting  in  S.  Calif  •  affords  much  bee  pasturage. 

61.  bupr€stium,  FvM     Shrub,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs.  nar- 
row, acute,  2-3  in    long'  lid  hemispherical,  obtuse, 
shorter  than  calyx-tube;  stamens  2-3  lines  long;  anthers 
opening  by  short  divergent  slits:  fr.  nearly  globular, 
the   orifice   much   contracted,    %-\   in.   across:   rim 
depressed.     July-Oct.     F.v.M.  Eucal.  6:1.— Valuable 
for  bees. 

62.  diversfcolor,  F.  v.  M.  (E.  cottdsea,  F.  v.  M.    E. 
diverslcolor  var    cottdsea,  Hort.).    KARRI.    Fig.  1429. 
Very  tall  symmetric  tree:  bark  smooth,  white:  Ivs. 
dark  green  and  shining  above;  veins  very  diverging:  lid 
obtusely  conical,  not  wider  than  calyx-tube;  stamens 
4  lines  long;  anthers  ovate,  opening  by  parallel  slits: 
fr  ovoid-truncate,  about  Hin.  long  by  4-5  lines  thick; 


1158 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


rim  rather  thick;  caps,  deeply  sunk.  Feb.-May, 
and  again  in  Nov.  F.v.M.  Eucal.  5:4. — Thrives  near 
the  coast  but  does  not  endure  well  the  dry  heat  of 
the  inter'or:  too  tender  for  the  San  Joaqum  Valley. 
A  rapid  grower,  profuse  bloomer,  and  considered  a 
good  tree  for  bees.  Timber  very  hard,  durable,  of  a 
light  red  color,  and  takes  a  fine  polish:  suitable  for 
furniture,  wagon  work,  ties,  and  general  construction. 

63.  salmonophldia,  F.  v.  M.    Finally  tall:  Ivs.  nar- 
rowly   lanceolate,    2-5    in.     long,    shining;    oil-dots 
copious:  hd  broadly  conical,  slightly  longer  than  the 
tube;  anthers  roundish,  opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr. 
semi-ovate,  narrowed   at  base,   2  lines  thick;  valves 
much  exserted,  long-pointed.   F  v.M.  Eucal  9:6. 

64.  rostrata,  Schlecht.   RED  GUM,    Fig.  1430.   Tree, 
to  200  ft.:  bark  of  mature  trunks  dark  gray,  either 
smooth  and  deciduous  or  somewhat  persistent  near  the 
base  and  then  checking  into  thick  scales  or  even  fur- 
rowed; bark  of  seedlings  and  twigs  reddish:  Ivs   nar- 
rowly lanceolate,  acuminate,  4-6  in    or  more  long: 
calyx-tube  hemispheric;  lid  usually  hemispheric  and 
provided  with  a  narrowed  point  or  beak,  sometimes 
merely  conical  and  not  beaked,  rarely  over  3  lines  long; 
stamens  2-4  lines  long;  anthers  oblong,  opening  by 
parallel  slits:  fr.  nearly  globular,  rarely  above  3  lines 
thick;   rim   broad,    prominent;    valves   entirely   pro- 
truding, even  before  they  open     April-July.    F.v.M. 
Eucal.  4:7. — One  of  the  most  valuable  species;  next 
to  the  sugar  gum  and  forest  gray-gum  perhaps  the  most 
drought-resistant;  withstands  frosts  better  than  blue- 
gum;  endures  the  intense  heat  of  Imperial  Valley,  on 
the  Colorado  Desert;  grows  where  the  ground  is  inun- 
dated for  a  considerable  time;  makes  a  good  growth  in 
alkali  soils,  yet  best  results  are  secured  only  on  good 
soil,  especially  if  moist  and  with  a  clayey  subsoil     A 
slow-growing  species  in  regard  to  height,  but  one  of  the 
first   in    regard   to  diam.-growth   (Ingham).  Timber 


1430   Eucalyptus  rostrata  (XH)     No.  64. 

very  durable,  both  above  and  below  ground:  heavy, 
takes  a  good  polish:  light  red  to  deep  red  in  color:  not 
so  strong  as  sugar  and  blue -gums  and  trees  more 
irregular  in  growth:  suitable  for  railroad-ties,  piles, 
fence-posts,  and  the  like:  difficult  to  WQrk  when  dry, 
therefore  scarcely  suitable  for  furniture.  Blossoms 
supply  honey  to  bees. 

65.  teretictirnis.  Smith.  FOREST  GRAY  GUM. 
FLOODED  GUM.  Bark  and  the  general  characters  as  in 
E.  rostrata:  Ivs.  rather  broadly  lanceolate:  calyx-tube 


turbinate;  hd  slenderly  conical,  acuminate,  rarely 
abruptly  beaked,  3-6  lines  long,  always  much  longer 
than  the  tube;  stamens  3-6  lines  long:  fr.  obovoid  or 
nearly  globular,  3-4  lines  thick;  rim  very  broad  and 
prominent;  valves  protruding.  April-July  F.v.M. 
Eucal  9:8.— Closely  related  to  E.  rostrata;  usually 
coarser,  the  Ivs.  broader,  peduncles  and  pedicels 
stouter,  and  fr.  larger,  yet  variable  in  all  these  charac- 
ters. According  to  Ingham,  this  species  has  an  erect 
habit  of  growth,  while  E.  rostrata  grows  very  crookedly. 
Withstands  fully  as  wide  a  range  in  temperature, 
moisture,  and  soil  conditions  as  does  E.  rostrata:  timber 
similar  but  usually  paler  in  color ;  more  valuable  because 
of  its  more  regular  growth.  E,  amplifdlia,  Naudm, 
known  in  Calif,  as  the  "Cooper"  or  "round-leaf  tereti- 
cornis,"  is  a  form  with  large  roundish  Ivs.  when  young. 

66.  macrorhyncha,  F  v.M/ Tall    tree:  bark   dark 
gray,  furrowed  and  fibrous:  Ivs  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
3-5  in.  long;  lower  ones  broader,  thick,  and  coriaceous; 
veins  very  oblique,  prominent:  calyx-tube  turbinate, 
the  edge  forming  a  prominent  ring  with  the  conical 
lid;  anthers  rennorm,  opening  by  divergent  slits:  fr. 
depressed-globose,  4-6  lines  thick;  rim  broad,  convex. 
F.v.M.  Euoal.  1:5.     Maiden,    Grit.    Rev     Eucal.    39 
(figs.  3-21). 

67.  Gunnii,   Hook.    f.     CIDER  GUM      Small,  often 
scrubby  tree*  Ivs   thick,  shining,  less  than  3  in   long: 
lid  shining,  hemispherical,  short-pointed;  stamens  2-3 
lines  long;  anthers  nearly  oval,  opening  by  parallel 
slits:  fr.  pear-shaped,  truncate,  3-4  lines  across,  rim 
thin;  valves  sometimes  slightly   protruding.     April- 
July.   BM.7808.   G.C.  II   19  437,111.2  781;  11.787. 
— A  very  hardy  species,  cattle  readily  browse  on  the 
foliage,  as  it  lacks  the  peculiarly  pungent  eucalyptus 
odor     Fls   only  3  in  the  typical  form,  but  this  appa- 
rently not  cult  in  Amer. 

Var.  ace'rvula,  Deane  &  Maiden.  Buds  and  foliage 
often  of  a  yellowish  cast:  fls.  usually  4-8  in  the 
umbel:  fr.  M~Hm  across.  F.v  M  Eucal.  4.5  (mam 
fig  )  — The  form  commonly  grown  in  Calif  Sapwood 
yellowish. 

Var  undulata,  Auct  (E  undulAta,  Luehm  ,  not  of 
F.  v  M  )  SWAMP  GUM.  Tall  tree1  Ivs  longer  (over  3 
in  ),  often  2  in.  broad,  somewhat  undulate  or  plane*  fr. 
top-shaped. — Yields  much  nectar*  flowers  earlier  than 
E  mminalw.  Timber  strong  and  useful. 

Var.  montana,  Auct  A  mountain  form  of  E  Gun- 
mi,  the  only  species  which  withstands  the  climate  of 
the  east  of  England 

68  mellioddra,  Cunn  HONEY-SCENTED  GUM  YEL- 
LOW Box.  Spreading  tree  with  somewhat  drooping 
habit,  to  150  ft  high  bark  somewhat  persistent  below, 
rou^hish,  brownish  gray  without,  yellowish  within, 
flaking  off  above,  leaving  the  branches  smooth:  Iva. 
narrow,  acuminate,  3-5  in.  long,  fls  small,  the  calyx 
about  2  lines  across;  lid  conic-hemispherical ;  stamens 
2-3  lines  long,  outer  ones  stenlo;  anthers  minute, 
truncate,  opening  by  terminal  pores  or  short  slits*  fr. 
distinctly  stalked,  truncate-globular,  under  3  lines  thick. 
Feb.-Aug.  F.v.M.  Eucal.  2.5.  Maiden,  Cnt  Rev. 
Eucal.  61  (figs.  1-14).— Will  grow  on  poor  hillside  soil 
but  best  growth  is  made  in  the  valleys  Timber  used 
in  Austral,  by  wheelwrights  and  shipbuilders:  makes 
excellent  fuel:  fls  particularly  rich  in  nectar  and  much 
sought  by  bees. 

69.  odorata,    Behr.    (E.   cajupiitea,   Miq.).     Differs 
from  E  melliodora  chiefly  in  the  more  erect  habit  and  fr. 
which  is  often  nearly  sessile,  obconic,  not  or  scarcely 
contracted    at   orifice.     F.v.M.  Eucal.  2:7.     Maiden, 
Cnt.  Rev.  Eucal.  51  (figs.  9-19).— Grown  at  Fresno, 
Calif. :  may  be  of  value  for  its  oil. 

70.  doratdxylon,  F.  v.  M.    SPEAR-WOOD.    Beautiful 
shrub  or  small  tree:  bark  smooth,  greenish  white:  Ivs. 
all  opposite  or  nearly  so,  narrowly  lanceolate,  acurai- 


EUCALYPTUS 


EUCALYPTUS 


1159 


nate,  mostly  under  3  in.  long:  fls.  4-7  on  each  recurved 
nearly  terete  peduncle;  lid  terminating  in  a  rather  long 
beak;  stamens  2-3  lines  long;  anthers  ovate-oblong, 
opening  by  parallel  slits:  fr  ovoid,  about  3  lines  long, 
scarcely  as  wide  F.v  M  Eucal.  4:4  Maiden,  Cnt. 
Rev.  Eucal.  70  (figs.  3-5). — Of  ornamental  value 
because  of  its  slender,  graceful  habit. 

71.  marglnata,  Smith  (E.  fionbdndal  Hueg.). 
JARRAH  Tall  tree  under  favorable  conditions,  often 
low:  bark  persistent  and  somewhat  fibrous  or  flaking 
off  in  strips.  Ivs.  lanceolate,  3-6  m.  long;  veins  widely 
spreading:  peduncles  sometimes  a  little  flattened;  lid 
oblong-conical,  longer  than  calyx-tube;  stamens  3-4 
lines  long,  all  fertile,  the  outer  not  inflexed  in  bud; 
anthers  cordate-reniform,  opening  by  divergent  slits: 
fr  subglobose,  narrowed  to  the  stalk,  Hin  or  more 
thick,  hard,  and  smooth  April,  May.  F  v  M  Eucal. 
7  5  — Valuable  hardwood  tree  requiring  a  warm  cli- 
mate: not  yet  a  success  in  Amer.  Timber  easily  worked, 
takes  a  fine  polish,  not  attacked  by  teredo,  almost 
incombustible*  usea  in  England  for  street-paving  and 
in  Austral  for  piles,  underground  work,  telegraph- 
poles,  ties,  flooring,  shingles,  and  general  construction. 

72  Baileyana,  F.  v  M.    Tall  tree:  bark  persistent 
throughout,    fibrous:    foliage    dense    and    shady:    lid 
hemispheric;  anthers  cordate,  opening  by  divergent 
slits,  fr    globular-urnshapod,  scarcely  J^m.  thick,  3- 
celled       F.v.M  Eucal  3  1— A    "strmgybark:"     will 
grow  well  on  sandy  soil.   Timber  very  tough:  suitable 
for  tool-handles  little  known 

73  erythronfcma,    Turcz.    (E.    conoidea,    Benth.). 
Small  tree    bark  rough,  reddish:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  1-3 
in  long,  thick  and  shining;  veins  very  oblique,  obscure: 
fls  2-3,  red,  distinctly  stalked  in  the  usually  recurved 
umbels,  lid  hemispheric,  acute;  stamens  about  %m. 
long,  raised  above  the  border  of  the  calyx  by  the  thick 
disk,   anthers  oblong,   opening  by  longitudinal  slits, 
fr    top-shaped,  truncate,  4-6  lines  across,  run  raised 
above  the  calyx-border,  showing  externally  as  a  smooth 
ring      Spring      F.v  M  Eucal  8.2. — A    highly    orna- 
mental species  of  recent  mtro 

74  leucorylon,    F  v  M     (E    gracihpes,    Naudm) 
WHITE  IRONBARK.  Fig  1431    Tall  tree,  usually  branch- 
ing below,  bark  mostly  deciduous  in  irregular  strips, 
smooth,  pale  juvenile ivs  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile; adult 
Ivs   narrow-lanceolate,  grayish  or  dull  green:  fls   2-5, 
mostly  3,  long-stalked,  white  or  rarely  pink;  lid  semi- 
ovate,  pointed,  about  as  long  as  calyx-tube;  stamens 
very  unequal,  outer  ones  often  l/^\n  long  and  usually 
sterile,  anthers  truncate,    opening   by   apical   pores; 
stigma  much  dilated    fr    obovoid,  truncate,  scarcely 
contracted  at  orifice,  4-5  lines  across;  nm  thick.   Nov  - 
April     F.v  M.  Eueal    1  4.    Maiden,  Cnt   Rev.  Eucal. 
56  (figs    1-12)     RH  1901,  p   500— Grows  best  near 
the  coast  and  where  there  is  plenty  of  rain  but  will 
endure  considerable  drought  and  poor  soil :  withstands 
minimum  temperatures  of  15-20°.    Valuable  bee  tree, 
yielding  an  excellent  honey     Timber  superior  to  that 
of  almost  any  other  eucalypt  for  certain  purposes: 
hard  and  durable,  pale  brown  or  white:  used  in  car- 
pentry and  wheelwrights'  work;  also  for  ax-handles, 
railroad-ties,  and  underground  work.  The  form  with 
nmk  fls    is  highly  ornamental.   Var   purpurea,  Hort , 
has  bright  purple  fls 

75  slderfxvlon,  Cunn.  (E  leucdxylon  var.  suJer&cy- 
lon,  Auct ).    RED  IRONBARK.   Characters  mostly  as  in 
E.  leucoxylon-  usually  not  branched  below  bark  per- 
sistent, rough,  dark  red  or  black:  juvenile  Ivs.  linear- 
lanceolate;  adult  Ivs.  green,  fls.  white  or  yellowish 
except  in  the  vars.   Maiden,  Grit.  Rev.  Eucal.  55  (figs. 
5-13). — Wood    dark    brown    or    reddish,    otherwise 
similar  to  that  of  E.  leucoxylon  and  climatic  require- 
ments the  same. 

Var.  rdsea,  Hort.  (E.  kuetxyhn  var.  rtoea,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  green:  fls.  rose-colored.  Dee.-June.— A  handsome 


form  and  profuse  bloomer,  distinguished  from  the  pink 
form  of  E.  leucoxylon  by  the  rough  dark-colored  bark. 

Var.  pallens,    Auct     (E     leucdxylon   var.   pdUens, 
Benth.     E.     leucdxylon    var. 
pdllida,   Hort.).    Lvs.   silvery 
gray,  not  very  coriaceous:  fls. 
red. — A  profuse  bloomer 

76  longif&lia,  Link  &  Otto. 
WOLLYBUTT  Medium-sized  or 
tall  tree:  bark  of 
old  trunks  per- 
sistent,  gray, 
rough  orwrm- 
kled,  somewhat 
fibrous'  Ivs.  elon- 
gated-lanceolate: 
ns  long-stalked ; 
lid  broadly  coni- 
cal, acute,  pale; 
stamens  fully 
^m.  long,  in- 
flected m  the  bud, 
all  perfect,  an- 
thers ovate -ob- 
long, opening  by 
parallel  slits; 
stigma  not  di- 
lated, fi.  bell- 
shaped  or  turbi-  1431.  Eucalyptui  leucoxylon  ( X  H).  No.  74. 
nate,  truncate, 

angular,  about  Mm.  thick;  nm  prominent,  ascending. 
F.v.M  Eucal.  2:4 — Flowering  almost  continuously: 
valuable  for  bees. 

E  annvldta,  Benth  Shrub  or  small  tree  with  characters  of  E 
cornuta,  except  as  follows  Ivs  narrow  -lanceolate,  acuminate 
hd  6-8  lines  long.  Usually  incurved  fr  depressed-Rlobose,  4  5  lines 
thick,  the  convex  nm  protruding  as  a  thick  rim  — E  BosiKloana, 
F  v  M  Next  to  E  pilulans  in  the  key  but  perhaps  "-elated  to  E 
melhodora  Lvs  narrow -lanceolate  copiously  dotted,  of  equal 
color  on  both  *ide»,  \eins  very  dnergent  fls  frw  and  peduelled  in 
the  umbels,  peduncles  somewhat  compressed,  hd  fully  as  long  as 
tubo,  narrow-hemispheric  fr  email,  with  narrow  nm,  valves 
inclosed  Maiden,  Cm  Rev  Eucal  49  (hgs  1-4)  —  E  cnliformca, 
used  by  Abbot  Kinney  in  his  book  entitled  "Eucalyptus,"  has  not 
been  reoogmeed  by  botanists  also  listed  as  E  occuloutahs  var. 
cahformca,  Kinney — E  <nnfrra,F  v  M  Related  to  E  viminaha 
Bark  persistent,  fibrous  lv<*  oppsite,  sessile,  cordate,  more  or  less 
white-mealy  fls  3-7,  pedicellate  fr  3  lines  thick,  with  protruding 
valves  — E  dealb&ta,  A  Cunn  Small  tree,  near  E  viminaha  Ivs 
glaucous,  often  broad  and  obtuse  fls  3-6,  small  fr -nm  flat, 
valves  protruding  e\on  before  they  open  Cult,  m  Cuba — E 
DeAnei,  Maiden  Very  close  to  E  sahgna,  distinguished  chiefly  by 
its  broad  sucker  Ivs  —  E  Faeld  Bay  (?),  Naudm,  is  a  horticultural 
form  either  of  E  rostrata  or  of  E  tereticorms  branchlets  pen- 
dulous — E  jvgdhs,  Naudm,  ia  a  cult  form  not  yet  identified 
— E  Maidenn,  F  v  M  Appearance  and  bark  of  E  gomocalyx 
but  peculiar  warty  buds  and  caps  of  E.  globulus  branchlets 
quadrangular  — E  McCldtchie,  Kinney,  is  a  horticultural  name 
for  the  large-fld  form  of  E  Gunnu  var  acervula  — E  minidta, 
A  Cunn  Placed  after  E  ficifoha  in  the  key  fls.  sessile  m 
simple  umbels,  bnlhant  orange-color-  fr  truncato-ovate,  nearly 
2  in  long  F  v  M  Eucul  6  4  —  E  MartoniAna,  Kinney,  is  a 
horticultural  species  probably  referable  to  E  Maidem  Maiden, 
Cnt  Rev  Eucal  79  (figs  13-14).  80  (figs  1-12).— E  paten*. 
Benth  Next  to  E  pilulans  in  the  key  peduncles  only  slightly 
flattened,  bearing  3-7  fls  ,  hd  hemisphenca!,  short-pointed,  about 
half  as  long  as  tube  fr  truncate-ovate,  5  lines  wide,  rim  narrow; 
caps  sunk.  F.v  M  Eucal  9  5  —  E  phaceafdlia,  listed  by  Rich- 
ter  in  Calif.  Exp.  Sta  Bull  No  217,  p  1011,  is  probably  a  mis- 
pnnt  for  E  ficifoha  —  E  pinnaia,  a  garden  name  J  H  Maiden 
suggests  that  Califorman  specimens  under  this  name  may  be  E. 
coccifera  (Cnt  Rev  Eucul  ,  p  143)  —  E  rbbida,  Deane  &  Maiden. 
Characters  of  E  vimmahs,  but  bark  always  smooth  and  white, 
often  with  reddish  patches,  and  the  sucker  Ivs  broad  — E  uncin- 
ata,  Turcs  Near  E  decipiens  in  the  key  and,  like  it,  a  shrub  bark 
deciduous,  smooth'  Ivs  very  light  green,  narcow,  copiously  dark- 
dotted,  veins  fine,  widely  divergent  •  filaments  kinked ,  anthers  open- 
ing by  terminal  pores  fr  2-3  lines  across ,  valves  little  if  at  all 
exserted  F.v.M.  Eueal  4  10  Maiden,  Cnt  Rev  Eucal  62. 
— E.  urnigera.  Hook  f  Shapely  tree  with  drooping  branchlets 
and  glaucous  bluish  foliage  bark  smooth,  pale  brown  Ivs.  22-4 
in.  long,  obtuse  fls  mostly  3  in  each  umbel ,  peduncles  often  re- 
curved fr.  nearly  globose  but  somewhat  urn-shaped,  4-5  lines 
wide,  caps,  much  sunk  and  valves  inclosed.  Maiden  Cnt  Rev. 
Euoal.  80  (Figs.  13-15). 

Other  names  offered  in  foreign  catalogues  are.  E  capvttllota, 
E.  contideneana,  ^E   deleqatensia,  E    divas,  E.  gonipho-cornuta,  E 

HARVEY  MONROE  HALL. 


1160 


EUCHARIDIUM 


EUCHARIS 


EUCHARlDIUM  (from  the  Greek  for  charming). 
Onagrdcese.  Pretty  small  annuals,  one  of  which  (E.  con- 
annum)  is  well  known  in  gardens. 

Three  Calif ornian  herbs  allied  to  Clarkia  (and  often 
referred  to  it),  but  differing  in  the  calyx-tube  being 
much  prolonged  beyond  the  ovary,  and  the  stamens  4 
and  opposite  the  sepals  and  not  appendaged  at  the  base; 
petals  lobed.  Cult,  simple,  as  for  Clarkia. 

concfnnum,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  (Cldrkia  condnna,  Greene), 
is  a  graceful  garden  annual,  growing  1-2  ft  high,  sim- 
ple or  very  nearly  so,  pubescent  or  glabrous.  Ivs. 
small,  oblong^  petioled,  entire  fls  regular,  rose-colored, 
nearly  or  quite  an  inch  across,  calyx-tube  filiform,  an 
inch  or  more  long;  filaments  filiform;  petals  3-looed, 
the  middle  lobe  not  much  exceeding  the  others.  B  H. 
1962.  B.M  3589.— Of  easy  cult,  in  any  garden  soil;  a 
useful  annual. 

grandifldrum,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  (Cldrkia  grandijldra. 
Greene).  Differs  from  above  in  being  diffusely  branched 
from  the  base,  corolla  larger,  irregular,  3  upper  petals 
approximate  and  the  other  separate  and  clechned,  all 
the  middle  lobes  long-clawed.  There  is  a  var.  alba 
advertised. 

BrSweri,  Gray  (Cldrkia  Brtweri,  Greene.  C.  Sax- 
eana,  Greene).  1-2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  1  in  or  more  long, 
lanceolate,  entire,  short-petioled:  corolla  irregular; 
petals  broadly  obcordate  with  the  middle  lobe  narrow- 
spatulate  and  much  exceeding  the  other  lobes;  filaments 
club-ehaped :  has  a  honeysuckle  fragrance.  L.  H.  B. 

EUCHARIS  (very  graceful,  from  the  Greek).  Ama- 
ryttidacex.  AMAZON  LILY.  Hothouse  bulbous  plants 
of  great  beauty  and  delightful  fragrance,  blooming  in 

late  winter  and 
spring  and  at 
other  times  if  the 
,  requisite  "  treat- 
ment is  given. 

Bulb  tuni- 
cated,  1-2  in. 
diam.:  Ivs. 
broad-ovate, 
narrowed  into 
distinct  petioles, 
prominently 
parallel  -  ribbed, 
radical:  fls. 
white,  in  um- 
bels, very  showy, 
standing  on  long 
stout  scapes; 
perianth  -tube 
straight  or 
curved,  the 
throat  dilated: 
segms.  broad 
and  spreading; 
perianth-cup 
either  entire  or 
toothed  between 
the  filaments: 
ovules  2  to  many 
in  each  of  the  3 
locules. — Six  or 
8  handsome  spe- 
cies from  Colom- 

1432.  Eucharis.  Leaf  of  E.  grandiflora,  bia-  The  specie* 
and  fls.  of  a,  E.  subedentata;  b,  E.  Sanderi;  are  confused. 
c,  E.  grandiflora;  d,  E.  Candida.  E.  grandiflora 

,  (known  to  gar- 
deners as  E.  amazonica),  E.  Candida  tmd  E.  subedentata 
are  the  well-marked  types.  The  fls.  in  Fig.  1432, 
adapted  from  authentic  plates,  wifl  distinguish  the 
types.  Hybridizes  with  Urceohna  (see  Urceochans] 
The  Amazon  lilies,  as  euchans  are  popularly  called, 


are  among  the  most  desirable  of  warmhousc  bulbous 
plants,  being  not  only  very  beautiful  but  also  very  free 
in  the  production  of  flowers.  When  grown  in  pots,  they 
require  a  coarse  fibrous  soil,  composed  chiefly  of  rotted 
3oa,  and  enriched  with  about  one-fourth  of  dry  cow- 
manure  and  a  sprinkling  of  bone-dust.  The  pots  should 
be  well  drained,  for  much  water  is  needed  during  the 
growing  season,  but  frequent  potting  should  be  avoided 
as  the  roots  are  impatient  of  disturbance  Shading 
from  full  sunshine  is  required,  except  during  the  winter 
months,  and  a  night  temperature  of  65°  to  70°  is  best 
for  these  plants  By  drying  off  the  oucharis  to  some 
extent  for  a  few  weeks,  a  crop  of  flowers  may  be  had 
at  almost  any  season,  providing  the  bulbs  are  strong 
and  healthy,  out  they  should  never  be  dried  to  buch  a 
degree  that  all  the  foliage  is  lost,  else  the  bulbs  will  be 
much  weakened.  Good  results  are  also  had  from  plant- 
ing out  the  euchans  on  a  bench  in  a  warmhouse,  the 
soil  and  treatment  being  much  the  bame  as  for  pot- 
grown  specimens.  The  only  insects  liable  to  give  much 
trouble  m  connection  with  these  plants  are  mealy-bugs 
and  thrips,  and  these  may  be  controlled  b>  thorough 
syringing.  (W.  II.  Taplin  ) 

grandifldra,  Planch  (E.  atnazdnica,  Linil )  AMAZON 
LILY.  STAR  OF  BETHELHEM  (a  name  also  applied  to 
Ormthogalum).  Fig  1432.  Bulb  globular,  2  in  chain  • 
Ivs.  2-4  to  each  stem,  the  petiole  about  12  in  long; 
If.-blade  1  ft.  or  more  long  and  5-6  in  broad,  oblong- 
scape  l-2]4  ft.,  bearing  an  umbel  of  3-0  large  (4  in. 
across),  very  fragrant  star-like  fls  on  pedicels  nearly 
or  quite  1  in.  long,  seems,  bpreadmg,  oblong  and  obtuse1; 
tube  of  perianth  cylindrical  and  curved,  2  in  long, 
cup  forming  a  distinct  projecting  tube.  B  M.  4971. 
FS  9.9/57;  12- 1216-17.  Gn.  48,  p  217,  59,  p.  25;  61, 
p.  125;  03,  pp.  71,  131;  66,  p  412;  76,  p  67,  77,  p  418 
GO.  Ill  7-193;  16:665;  28  115;  35  117;  41:71;  51' 
141.  RH.  1912,-p  115  G.  3-407; 9.301  (#  amazonica 
var.  ffrandiflvra)',  10:5.  G.L  21'476  GM.46'83 
G.W.  2,  p.  87.  GZ  2:1.  A  F.  5  '363;  8:445.  F  E. 
8:1000  F.R  1:11;  2:364  Var.  Modrei,  Baker,  has 
smaller,  rounder  and  thicker  Ivs  ,  and  smaller  fls  with 
the  cup  lined  with  yellow  — Of  all  warm  greenhouse 
bulbous  flowering  plants,  K  gratidiflora  (E  amazonica 
of  the  gardener)  stands  \\ithout  a  rival  in  the  purity 
and  beauty  of  its  bloom. — Prop  by  offsets,  but  one 
must  always  bear  in  mind  that  these  plants  do  not 
like  to  be  disturbed  much  at  the  roots,  and  )t  will  be 
some  time  before  they  recover  from  the  operation  of 
being  divided  The  spring  is  the  best  time  to  scpaiate 
the  bulbs.  Turn  the  plant  out  of  ite  pot,  and  take  a 
hose  with  a  gentic  pressure  on  it  and  wash  all  the  loam 
carefully  away  from  the  roots,  care  being  taken  to 
break  as  few  as  possible. — It  thrives  well  in  a  good  turfv 
loam.  Add  about  a  third  of  dried  cow-manure,  with 
as  much  sand  and  charcoal  to  keep  the  whole  porous. 
The  pots  should  be  well  drained  with  crocks,  as  these 
plants  will  never  do  well  if  the  soil  gets  into  a  "sour" 
condition.  Three  bulbs  to  a  6-meh  pot  are  enough,  but 
if  large  specimens  are  desired  for  exhibitions,  increase 
the  number  and  the  size  of  pot,  having  in  view  what  is 
desired.  Do  not  give  much  water  after  plants  are 
divided,  until  growth  has  begun.  When  they  are  grow- 
ing vigorously,  a  copious  supply  of  water  is  required. 
A  temperature  'f  65°  by  night  should  be  maintained, 
and  during  the  uay  it  may  run  to  80°  or  85°.  The  air 
should  never  be  allowed  to  become  "stagnant."  This 
applies,  of  covse,  to  all  kinds  of  plants  grown  in  glass 
structures.  It  must  be  remembered  that  m  their  native 
place  the  plants  grow  outdoors,  and  in  heating  green- 
nouses  allowance  should  be  made  for  the  free  admis- 
sion of  fresh  air  at  all  times.  Euchans  like  a  light  shade 
over  them  during  the  brightest  part  of  the  day,  but 
from  about  the  end  of  Sept.  ontil  March  they  will 
stand  all  the  sun  possible  E.  grandijlora  can  be  flowered 
2  or  3  times  during  the  year  -When  the  Ivs.  are  fully 
matured,  cease  watering  until  siyns  of  flagging  of  the 


EUCHARIS 

foliage  is  noticed,  then  water  again  to  freshen  them  up. 
Keep  this  treatment  up  for  a  month,  that  is  alternately 
drying  and  watering.  The  temperature  may  be  low- 
ered 5°  during  this  resting-period.  Start  the  plants  by 
giving  them  a  thorough  soaking  of  water,  and  raise  the 
temperature  again  to  not  less  than  05°  by  night.  The 
fl  -sts  will  soon  appear,  and  they  may  be  watered  with 
manure  water,  as  advised  for  Dipladema,  until  they 
begin  to  open,  when  it  should  be  withheld  until  they 
have  finished  flowering.  When  the  fl  -sts  have  all 
been  removed,  a  new  set  of  Ivs  will  be  meanwhile 
pushing  up,  and  they  may  be  again  fed  as  advised  above, 
until  they  are  fully  developed;  and  again  treat  them 
in  every  way  aw  before  All  the  insect  pests  are  liable 
to  thrive  on  Euchans,  and  the  plants  may  be 
fumigated  au  advised  for  other  greenhouse  plants 
Red-spider  may  be  kept  down  by  the  syringe.  (George 
F.  Stewart.) 

Mastersii,  Baker  Bulb  globose,  often  smaller: 
If  -blade  8-9  in  long  and  4-5  in  broad,  oblong,  rounded 
at  the  base,  exceeding  the  petiole,  scape  1  ft.  high, 
bearing  2  nearly  sessile  fls  (2*2-3  in  acrofas)  in  the 
umbel,  the  perwnth-segms  ovate  and  spreading  and 
shorter  than  in  E  yrandiflnra,  tube  slightly  curved,  2 
in  long,  cup  forming  a  shallow  frilled  or  notched  collar 
BM.6831  GC  II  24  721  GZ  31,  p  217 —Pos- 
sibly a  hybrid  of  E  grandiflora  and  K.  Kanden 

Candida,  Planch.  Fig  1 132  d  Bulb  globose,  bearing 
stolons  2  in  diam  If  -blade  9-1,5  in  long,  4-5  in 
broad  at  the  middle,  oblong,  gradually  narrowed  both 
ways,  about  as  long  as  petiole  scape  somewhat  flat- 
tened, glaucous,  1-1 '2  it  high,  bearing  6-10  short- 
pedicelled  fls  in  an  umbel,  begins  oblong,  acute,  more 
or  less  reflexed,  tube  1 ]  j-2  in  long,  curved;  \\mged 
yellow  filaments  projecting,  united  at  the  base  onlv 
FS.  8788  G  6  5,  15.289  J  H.  III.  61.443.  G  Z. 
21,  p  194  — Smaller-fld  than  E.  grandiflora 

SAnderi,  Baker  Fig  14326  Bulb  ovoid,  1-2  m 
diam  If  -blade  10-12  in  long  and  5-4}  in  broad, 
oblong,  cordate  at  base,  twice  longer  than  petiole 
scape  terete,  1  ft  ,  bearing  2-3  nearly  sessile  fls  ,  Begins 
ovate,  1  in  or  more  long,  tube  curved,  2  in.  long, 
vellowish  cup,  very  narrow,  like  a  collar  or  rim,  and 
bearing  the  short,  curved  filaments  on  its  edge  B  M 
6076.  GC1  II  19  319  G  <>  277  JH  III  52  9 
G  Z.  28,  p  115— By  some  thought  to  be  a  hybrid  of 
E  grandiflora  and  A  Candida  Var  niultifldra,  Baker 
Fls.  smaller,  4-6,  striped  green  B  M  6831 

subedentata,  Benth  (Calhpltruria  subcdentata, 
Baker)  Fig  1432  a  Bulb  ovoid,  V/2  m  diam  .  If - 
blade  (5-8  m.  long,  3-4  in.  broad,  oblong,  triangular  at 
base,  about  as  long  as  the  channeled  petiole:  scape 
slender,  1  ft  ;  fls  6-8  on  pedicels  1  in  or  IP**  long, 
,ube  1  in.  long,  funnel-shaped  above,  segms  oblong, 
Ascending,  1  in  long,  cup  wanting  or  represented  only 
by  obscure  teeth  on  the  filaments  B  M.  6289  III. 
28:415.— A  srnaU-fld  species. 

E  Bakeri&na,  N  E  Br  Has  the  perianth  of  E  grandiflora 
and  stanu-ns  of  E  Candida*  fls  4-6  m  the  umbel,  2  Jain  across, 
pure  white,  tube  not  enlarging  emphatically  at  the  top,  cup  pro- 
jecting from  the  bases  of  the  negnis  .  uot  toothed  K  a  4  or  5,  elliptic, 
10-18  in  long,  \*-»y  dark  Kiwn  and  t  lowly  stnate  scu^-  12-18  in 
BM  7114  GC  /I I  7  417,  12  20l»  —  E  burjorden**,  Hort  Sun- 
posed  hybrid  between  E  MasUThii  and  L  St<  \eusn  rl«  bell- 
ahaped,  over  3  in  across,  about  2  in  long  —  E  Elmeldna,  Sander 
Hybrid  of  E  Sander*  and  E  grandiflora  Easier  to  grow  than  E 
Sanden.  G  C.  Ill  26  345—  K  Lfhmannu,  Hegel.  Vis.  about  4 


EUCOMIS 


1161 


EUCHL&NA  (Greek  eu,  well,  chlaina,  covering). 
Graminesp.  Annual  or  perennial  grasses,  with  stout 
stems,  broad  blades  and  monoecious  inflorescence, 
occasionally  grown  in  the  South  for  forage  and  some- 
times for  ornament. 

Stammate  mfl.  in  a  tassel  at  the  top,  the  pistillate 
m  small  ears  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.;  spikelets  1-fld.; 
pistillate  spike  slender,  the  several  joints  producing 
1-seeded  frs^  trapezoidal  in  shape,  the  surface  smooth 
and  hard  The  aspect  is  that  of  Indian  corn  (Zea) 
from  which  it  differs  m  having  free  slender-jointed  pis- 
tillate spikes  that  are  not  united  into  a  cob  —Only 
one  species  is  generally  recognized,  but  there  are 
probably  others,  all  Mexican  or  Cent  American 

mexicana,  Sehrad  (E  luxunans,  Dur.  &  Aschers. 
Heo.no.  luxunans,  Dur  )  TEO&INTE.  Annual*  sts 
strongly  cespitose,  decumbent  and  spreading  at  base, 
erect  above,  5-10  ft  or  >even  more,  leafy.  Dept 
Agnc,  Div  Agrost  20  11  —  Occasionally  cult,  for 
torage  m  the  Gulf  states  The  seed  rarely  matures 
north  of  S  Fla  See  Cyclo  Amer  Agnc  ,  Vol.  II,  pp. 
638~9-  A  S  HITCHCOCK. 

EUCNlDE  (Greek-made  word,  referring  to  the  sharp 
nettle-like  hairs)  Loasacfie  Several  N.  American 
annual  or  biennial  herbs,  by  some  authors  referred  to 
Mentzeha  Plants  nith  stinging  hairs  Ivs.  alternate 
or  the  lower  ones  opposite,  cordate  or  ovate,  more  or 
less  lobed  fls  yellow  or  white,  calyx-tube  oblong,  the 
limb  persistent,  5-lobc'd,  petals  5,  united  at  the  base  and 
inserted  on  the  throat  of  the  calyx,  stamens  numerous, 
the  filaments  filiform,  ovary  1-loculed,  bearing  a  5- 
cleft  style  E.  bartonioides,  Zucc  (Mentzelia  bar- 
tonuAdes,  Benth  and  Hook  ),  is  sometimes  cult  It  is  a 
pretty  summer-flowering  annual,  thriving  in  warm  gar- 
den soil  Sts  about  1  ft  ,  somewhat  succulent,  more  or 
less  decumbent,  hispid-hairy  Ivs.  alternate,  petioled, 
broad-ovate  and  toothed-lobed.  fls  large,  on  long 
pedicels  opening  in  sunshine,  the  petals  ovate-pointed, 
the  numerous  yellow  hair-like  stamens  projecting  and 
brush-hke  Me\  ,  New  Mex  ,  and  Texas.  B  M.  4491 
(ata  Af  zeros/*  nna  barlonwides)  .  Gt.  5:320  L  H  B 

EUCODONIA  is  referred  to  Achimenes.  E.  fihcren- 
bcrgit,  Hanst  =A  lawta,  Hanst  (Sec  p.  208,  Vol.  I) 
It  is  offered  abroad.  E  nxgdundfs,  Hort  —Eucodondp- 
sift  tt/jpehou/ts,  Van  Houtte,  being  a  hybrid  between 
Eucodonia  Ehrcnbergn  and  Naegelia  zebnna  splendens. 
Fls  single  on  the  summits  of  the  peduncles,  declined, 
rose-purple  FS  16  1608.  Var.  hlacin&la,  Van 
Houtte,  has  large  fls.  white  at  the  throat  and  striped 
and  pointed  with  purple,  and  hlac-raarbled  on  the 
limb.  FS.  18:1858-9. 


in  an  umbel,  Uj  in  across,  the  »pre«dmg  corona  with  12  long, 
narrow  teeth,  tho  perianth-scums  spreading  or  reflexed  Ivs  2, 
elliptic-oblong  Gt  38  1300  — K  Ldimi,  Baker  Robust  fls  4  in 


across,  the  spreading  outer  segms  1  in  wide  and  the  3  inner  ones 
incurved.  Ivs.  larger  than  thow  of  E  Candida,  long-stalked  Per- 
haps a  natural  hybrid  of  E  grandiflora  and  E  Snnderi  G  C  III 
13.539.  J.H  III  28-111-  43276  Gn  W.  10  7  —  E  Atonm, 
N.  E.  Br.  Free-flowering  fls.  3-3  h  in  across  "bout  7  m  the  umbel, 
puro  white  with  yellow  on  the  outside  of  the  cup  v,i  corona.  Ivs. 


12-14  in.  long,  very  like  E   Sanderi,  and  a  garden  hybrid  of  that 
JpeciesaodE  Candida    J  H.  Ill  30  253    Gn.  40  128     r 
17.305. 


•  and  IT  canSida "  J  H.  Ill  30  253    Gn.  40  128     G  C  III 

L.  H.  B. 


EtfCOMIS  (Greek,  beautiful  fiair  or  topknot).  i- 
ccse.  Cape  bulbs,  half-hardy,  producing  radical  rosettet 
of  long  leaves  anil  a  strong  peduncle  or  scape  bearing 
a  raceme  of  greenish  or  whitish  flowers  more  or  less 
tinged  with  color,  the  cluster  crowned  or  topped  with 
a  coma  of  leafy  bracts  (it  is  from  this  coma  or  crest 
that  the  generic  name  is  taken) 

i3ulb  tumcated:  peduncle  simple:  Ivs.  lorate  or 
oblong,  often  tingexl  or  spotted  with  purple:  fls  reg- 
ular, 6-parted,  rotate;  stamens  6,  ovary  broad  and 
short;  style  cylindrical  and  stigma  capitate:  caps.  3- 
valved  —  Species  about  12,  African,  nearly  all  from  S. 
Afr.  Prop  by  offsets  The  bulbs  may  remain  in  the 
open  if  in  a  warm  place  and  well  protected;  some  of 
them  stand  considerable  frost,  and  bloom  in  spring. 
Of  easy  cult  Let  the  bulbs  remain  where  planted.  In 
the  N  treated  as  glasshouse  plants. 

A.  Scape  dub-shaped, 

regia,  Ait.  Bulb  globose,  2-3  in.  diam.:  Ivs.  6-8, 
obtuse,  not  undulate  toward  the  edge,  to  l^  ft.  long 
and  3-4  m  broad*  scape  3-6  in  long  bearing  a  dense 


1162 


EUCOMIS 


EUGENIA 


oblong  raceme  3-6  in.  long;  fls.  green,  l/im.  long,  the 
Begms.  oblong,  and  stamens  half  as  long  as  perianth: 
crown  of  12-20  oblong,  acute,  crisped  Ivs.  S.  Afr. 

nana,  Ait  Bulb  2  in.  diam.:  Ivs.  about  8,  obtuse, 
firm,  purplish  on  back  toward  the  base,  to  2  ft.  long, 
3-4  in.  broad  above  the  middle:  scape  short,  1  in. 
thick  at  top,  spotted  purple;  raceme  with  more  or  less 
purple,  3-4  in.  long,  dense,  the  fls.  nearly  sessile: 
perianth  green,  Hin-  l°n8»  the  segms.  oblong;  crown  of 
12-20  oblong  acute  Ivs.  S.  Afr. 

Jficquinii,  C.  TL.  Wright.  Differs  from  the  above, 
with  which  it  has  been  confused,  in  broader  and 
shorter  Ivs.  less  tapering  at  base,  and  no  purple  in  the 
infl.  S.  Afr. 

AA.  Scape  cylindrical. 
B.  Pedicels  short. 

undulata,  Ait.  Bulb  globose,  2-3  in.  diam.:  Ivs. 
6-9,  strap-shaped,  to  1%  ft.  long,  2-3  in.  broad,  thin, 
not  spotted  on  back,  spreading  or  recurving,  undulate: 
scape  1  ft.  or  less,  bearing  a  dense  raceme  3-€  in  long; 
perianth  gfeen,  ^>in.  long,  the  segms.  oblong  or 
oblanceolate:  crown  of  12-30  crisped  Ivs.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.  1083.  G.W.  15,  p.  305. 

BB.  Pedicels  long,  erect-spreading. 

punct&ta,  L'Her.  PINEAPPLE  FLOWER.  Bulb  glo- 
bose, 2-3  in.  diam  :  Ivs.  6-9,  erect-spreading,  lone  and 
narrow,  to  2  ft.  long  and  2-3  in.  broad,  channelea,  not 
undulate,  brown-spotted  beneath:  scape  1  ft ,  spotted; 
raceme  lax,  cylindrical,  to  1  ft.  long;  fls.  green,  l/i\n. 
long,  the  ovary  brown:  crown  of  12-20  oblong  acute 
Ivs.  S.  Afr.  BM.913.  F.S.  22  2307.  GW.5,  p.  121; 
9,  p.  5.  JH  III.  52-141.  Gn  70,  p.  295.  G.  19:291; 
22:520;  27:409;  32:675.  F.E.  31:1080 —A  form  with 
Ivs.  striped  beneath  with  brown  is  var.  stri&ta,  Sims. 
B  M.  1539. 

bfcolor,  Baker.  Bulb  large  and  globose:  Ivs.  5-6, 
strap-shaped,  thin,  not  spotted,  undulate,  to  2  ft.  long 
by  3-4  in.  broad:  scape  1-1 H  ft.  long;  raceme  to  1  ft. 
long,  dense  at  top;  stamens  and  margins  of  perianth- 
segms.  bright  purple,  otherwise  close  to  E  punctata: 
crown  of  12-20  oblong  acute  Ivs.  usually  margined 
with  red-purple.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  6816.  G.W.  14,  p.  468. 

L.  H.  B. 

EUC<5MMIA  (Greek,  eu,  well,  and  kommi,  sum; 
alluding  to  the  fact  that  the  plant  contains  ruboer). 
Eucommidcex.  Deciduous  tree  grown  for  its  handsome 
foliage  and  also  for  its  possibility  as  a  hardy  rubber- 
producing  tree. 

Branches  with  laminate  pith:  winter-bads  conspicu- 
ous, with  imbricate  scales:  Ivs  alternate,  petioled,  ser- 
rate, without  stipules:  fls  dioecious,  without  perianth, 
solitary  in  the  axils  of  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  young 
shoots  and  precocious;  ataminate  fls.  pedicelled;  sta- 
mens 6-10  with  very  short  filaments  and  elongated 
linear  anthers;  pistillate  fls  short-pedicclled  with  a 
1-celled,  2-ovulea  stipitate  ovary,  bifid  at  the  apex,  the 
lobes  stigmatic  on  the  inside:  fr.  a  compressed  winged 
nutlet.— -One  species  in  Cent.  China,  not  closely  related 
to  any  other  genus;  it  was  first  placed  with  the 
Trochodendraceee  or  Magnohaceae  ana  afterward  with 
the  Hamamehdacese,  but  is  now  generally  considered  as 
representing  a  distinct  family  allied  to  the  last  named. 

Eucommia  is  an  upright-growing  vigorous  tree  with 
rather  large  elliptic  dark  green  foliage,  inconspicuous 
precocious  flowers  and  winged  fruits;  in  habit  and 
Toliage  it  resembles  somewhat  an  elm  tree.  In  China 
the  bark  is  a  most  valued  medicine.  The  tree  contains 
rubber  in  all  its  parts,  particularly  in  the  young  growth 
and  in  the  bark.  Though  the  rubber  Has  provecf  to  be 
of  good  quality,  it  is  apparently  difficult  of  extraction 
and  not  present  in  sufficient  quantity  to  make  the 
commercial  exploitation  of  the  tree  pay;  therefore  the 
hopes  which  have  been  set  in  this  ''hardy  rubber  tree" 


will  probably  never  realize.  The  tree  has  proved  per- 
fectly hardy  as  far  north  as  Massachusetts  and  grows 
well  in  a  loamy  humid  soil.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and 
by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 

ulmoides,  Oliver.  Tree,  to  60ft. :  Ivs  elliptic  to  elliptic- 
ovate,  acuminate,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  serrate, 
glabrous,  glossy  and  dark  green  above,  pubescent  below 
when  young.  3-7  in.  long:  samara  oblong,  bifid  at  the 
apex,  1J^-1H  in.  long.  April;  fr.  in  Oct.  Cent.  China. 
HI.  20:1950.  R.H.  1909,  p.  226.  M.D  G  1912:11, 
813-  ALFRED  REHDER. 

EUCRtPHIA  (Greek  for  well  covered).  Eucryphia- 
cex;  formerly  referred  to  Rosacex.  A  very  few  southern 
hemisphere  resinous  trees  or  shrubs,  with  opposite 
evergreen  simple  or  pinnate  Ivs  and  showy  white  fls.: 
sepals  4,  free;  petals  4,  broad;  stamens  very  many; 
ovary  free,  5-18-celled:  fr  a  hard  dehiscent  caps.  E. 
pinnatifdlia,  Gay,  is  a  shrub  or  small  tree,  hardy  in 
parts  of  England,  with  large  white  hypencuin-like 
4-petaled  tis.  and  rose-like  foliage,  from  Chile  B  M 
7067.  GC.  II  14-337;  III.  9.613;  10217;  15.109, 
23 . 15  (fr  ) ;  30 . 351 .  Gn  63.  p.  281 ;  77,  p  423  G  29 '  96 ; 
33.25.  F.SR.  1,  p.  41.  Gn.W.  0.821.  G  M  53.203 
E.  cordifolia,  Cav.,  has  simple  serrate  Ivs  B  M.  8209 
G.  33.607.  G.C.  111.22:247;  42259,  44129  Gn 
70,  p  190;  73,  p.  471. — Neither  of  these  is  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade  Worthy  of  trial  in  the  S.  There  are  2  species 
(E  Billardieri,  Spach,  and  E.  Moorei,  Muell  )  in  Tas- 
mania and  New  S  Wales. 

Plants  of  E.  pinnatifolia  give  much  satisfaction  in 
the  open  in  England  although  not  much  known,  the 
pure  white  fls.  3  in  diam.,  and  borne  more  or  less  in 
pairs,  being  produced  in  great  profusion  in  late  summer; 
it  grows  8-10  ft.  high. 

EUGENIA  (named  in  honor  of  Prince  Eugene  of 
Savoy)  Myrtacese  A  large  group  of  trees  and  shrubs, 
grown  chiefly  for  their  ornamental  foliage  and  berries 
Many  tropical  species  yield  edible  fruits  which  are 
both  eaten  out  of  hand  and  made  into  jellies  or  con- 
fections A  number  of  these  have  boon  recently  intro- 
duced into  the  warmer  parts  of  the  United  States, 
where  they  give  promise  of  attaining  mueh  impor- 
tance The  clove  of  commerce  belongs  to  this  genus. 

Evergreen  trees  and  shrubs.  Ivs.  opposite,  mostly 
entire  and  finely  penni veined:  fls  white  or  creamy  or 
the  numerous  stamens  yellowish:  fr  a  drupe-like  berry, 
usually  globular  or  pear-shaped,  1-5-seeded.  Habit 
and  infl  of  Myrtus,  which  see  for  cult,  and  prop. 


aromauca,  8. 
asperrfolia,  4. 
auitraln.  A. 
brasiliensi.s,  1. 
caryophullata,  S. 
Caryopkyllut,  8. 


INDEX. 

Dombeyi,  1. 
Jambolana,  9. 
Jambos,  6. 
macrophyUa,  7. 
inalaccenms,  7. 
AftcMu,  2. 


mierophylla,  4. 
myrtifoha,  6. 
Pitanga,  3. 
umflora,  2. 
vulffans,  6. 


A.  Fls.  solitary  on  axillary  peduncles;  petals  not  united. 
(Eugenia  proper.) 

1.  brasili^nsis,  Lam.  (E.  Dombeyi,  Skeels).  GRUMIX- 
AMEIRA  of  Brazil.   Tree,  to  50  ft.,  glabrous  or  the  infl 
obscurely   puberulent:   Ivs.   oval  or  obovate-oblong, 
tapering  at  base,  obtuse,  2^-5  in.  long,   1-2)^  in. 
broad:  peduncles  1-2  in.   long,  much  exceeding  the 
scales  which  subtend  them :  fr.  edible,  scarlet,  black  at 
maturity,  the  size  of  a  cherry.    Brazil.    B.M.  4526. 
R.H.  1845:425.— Cult,  in  8.  Calif.  The  frs.  are  candied 
and  eaten  in  the  tropics. 

2.  unifldra,  Linn.,  not  Berg.  (E.  Michelii,  Lam.). 
PITANQA.    SURINAM  CHERRY.    Shrub,  5-20  ft.,  glab- 
rous: Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse  at  base,  glossy,  1-2 
in.  long,  exceeding  the  peduncles:  berry  J^-l  in.  diam., 
ribbed,  resembling  a  miniature  tomato,  edible,  with  a 
spicy  acid  flavor.  Trop.  Bra«l.    R  H    1889,  p.  532  — 
Hardy  m  S.  Fla.  and  in  S.  Calif.    Much  esteemed  for 


EUGENIA 


EULOPHIA 


1163 


jellies.  Useful  also  as  a  pot-plant,  producing  an  abun- 
dance of  showy  red  frs. 

3  Pitanga,  Kiaersk.  PITANOA.  Low  shrub,  young 
foliage  and  branchlets  reddish  pubescent:  Ivs.  elliptic- 
oblong,  acute  at  base,  1^-3  in.  long:  berry  red,  sub- 
globose,  obscurely  8-nerved,  about  l/$m.  diam.  S. 
Brazil  and  adjacent  Argentine. — Intro,  into  8.  Calif,  by 
Franceschi. 

4.  microphylla.  A    Rich.,  not  Bedd.  nor  Rich    ex 
Berger  (E  asperifdlia,  Berg).  Branchlcts  and mfl.  pilose: 
Ivs.   small,   oval,   acute,    glabrous,    longer   than   the 
peduncles:  fr.  unknown.    Cuba. — Species  other  than 
the  true  E.  mtcrophylla  apparently  have  been  intro. 
under  this  name. 

AA.  F Is.  in  cymes  or  panicles;  petals  spreading,  not 
united.   (Jambosa.  Caryophyllus.) 

5.  myrtifdlia,  Sims  (E.  austrdlis,  Wendl.    Jambosa 
myrhfblia,  Ndz.).  AUSTRALIAN  BRUSH  CHERRY.  Tree, 
attaining  80  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong-lanceo- 


1433.  Flower  of  rose-apple,  Eugenia  Juntos.  (Natural  Bice  ) 

late?  mostly  acute,  1M~3  in  long:  fls.  white:  fr  red, 
ovoid,  nearly  1  in  long,  with  an  acid  taste  Austral. 
B.M  2230.  Univ  Cafif  Pub.  Bot  4:8.— Hardy  in 
the  S  Much  used  in  Calif,  as  an  ornamental  tree  and 
for  cupped  hedges.  The  foliage  is  dense  and  glossy, 
green  when  mature,  tinged  with  wine-red  on  the  grace- 
fully spreading  young  snoots.  Frs.  sometimes  used  in 
jelly-making. 

6.  Jambos,  Linn.  (Jambbsa  vulgans,  DC.  Jambosa 
Jdmbos,  Millsp.).  ROSE-APPLE.  JAMROSADE.  JAMBOS. 
Fig.  1433.  Tree,  20^30  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  lanceolate. 
Very  acuminate,  5-8  in.  long,  1-2  in.  broad,  thick  and 
shining-  fls  greenish  white'  fr.  pyriform,  1H~2  in. 
thick,  white  or  yellowish,  tinged  with  rose-color,  edible 
but  rather  insipid,  fragrant.  E.  Indies.  B  M.  1696. 
Gn.  75,  p.  616.— Hardy  in  Calif,  as  far  north  as  San 
Francisco.  Grown  for  its  rich  foliage  and  showy  fls. 
Frs.  much  used  in  the  tropics  for  jelly-making  and 
in  confectionery. 

74 


7.  AaUccfosis,  Linn.   (E.  macrophylla,  Lam.,  not 
Berg.    Jambosa  malaccensis,   DC.).     LARGE-FRUITED 
ROSE  APPLE.   JAMBOS.    Glabrous  tree:  Ivs.  oblong  to 
•lliptic,  acute,  5-10  in.  long,  2-4  in.  wide:  fls.  purple: 
fr  fragrant,  red,  obovoid,  about  2  in.  diam.,  with  apple- 
like  flavor    Polynesia.— More  tender  than  E.  Jambos, 
but  the  foliage  more  luxuriant  and  the  frs.  larger. 

8.  aromAtica,  Baill .  not  Berg  (Caryophyttus  aromdtir 
cus,  Linn    E.  caryophyUata.  Thunb    Jambdsa  Caryo- 
phyUus,    Ndz.).     CLOVE   TREE      Lvs.   ovate-oblong, 
acute,  strongly  tapering  to  the  conspicuous  petiole, 
2-5  in.  long,  coriaceous,  dotted;  lateral  veins  numerous, 
parallel,   tne  cross- veinlets  obscure:  fls.  in  terminal 
tnchotomous  cymes,  pale  purple,  only  Mm.  across. 
Moluccas. — Widely  cult,  in  the  tropics.    Apparently 
not  suited  to  even  the  wanner  parts  of  U.  S.   The  fls. 
are  the  cloves  of  commerce.    See  Cloves 

AAA.  Fls.  in  cymes  or  panicles;  petals  united  into  a 
calyptra.   (Syzygium  ) 

9.  jambolana,    Lam.    (Syzygium  jam6oJdna,    DC.). 
JAMBOLAN,  or  JAMBOLAN  PLUM.  Tall  shrub  or  tree:  Ivs. 
broadly  oblong,  very  broad  at  summit  but  often  shortly 
apiculate,  2^-5  m.  long,  l%-4  in.  wide,  thick  and 
shining-  berry  edible,  varying  from  the  size  of  a  cherry 
to  that  of  a  pigeon's  egg    E  Indies. — Grown  at  Santa 
Barbara,  Calif ,  where,  according  to  Franceschi,  the 
trees  become  large  and  flower  profusely  but  never 
ripen  fr. 

E   dlba,  Roxbg ,  Malaya,  may  be  know  n  by  its  sessile  ovate- 
oblong  Ivs.   and  branched  peduncles     Intro    into  S    Calif,   by 
Franceschi  — E.   aptcuidfa.   DC  ,   Chile,   has  oval   apiculate   Ivs. 
shorter  than  the  mostly  1-fld    peduncles,  and  a  pubescent  mfl 
Gt  890    Perhaps  not  now  grown  m  N  Amer — E  cauliflfira,  DC  . 
bears  fls  and  frs.  in  sessile  clusters  along  the  woody  branches  and 
the  mam  trunk  down  nearly  to  the  ground   fr  about  %m  diam  , 
•purple    Brazil     Intro    by  Franceschi,  and  by  U    S    Dept. 
Agnc  (as  Myrciana  cauhnora,  Berg)  — B  costancfmis,  Berg  , 
Lvs.  oblong.  2-3  in    long     fls    in   sessile   axillary  umbels; 
pedicels    V^in    long     fr.   obovoid,   glabrous,   small     Cent. 
Amer— £    edulis,  Veil.     Branchlets,  petioles,   and   young 
foliage    ferrugineous-pubescent     Ivs     willow-like,   slenderly 
acuminate  fr  orange-color  or  yellow,  downy,  the  sice  of  an 
'      Brazil     Intro   by  Franceschi.  and  by  the  the  U  S. 
nc   (as  Myrciaria  edulis.   Skcels)     Stands  drought 

_   littorahs,  Panch    Lvs  spatulate,  obtuse,  subcordate 

at  base    fls  sessile,  fasciculate-congested,  infl'  pubescent,  fr. 
puberulent,  subglobow,  about  H»n  diam  ,  fragrant,  sweet  to 
the  taste    New  Caledonia     Intro  into  Calif  by  Franceschi. 
— E    Lima,   Berg=E    apiculata.— E    M&to,  Gnseb.     Lvs, 
ovate,  obtuse,  about  1 1A  in   long   fls.  solitary  on  peduncles  much 
snorter  than  Ivs.    Argentine.    Intro  by  Franeeschi,  who  describes 
the  fr  as  orange-colored,  ribbed,  and  about  1  in  diam  ,  and  by  the 
U   S   Dept   Agnc  — E   myrtophylla,  Casar     Growing  parts  pubes- 
cent   Iva.  mostly  ternate,  very  narrowly  linear,  9^-1  H  in    long, 
much    exceeding    the    solitary    peduncles      Brazil  — E     v&ngent, 
~  srger.   Young  parts  pilose    Ivs  elliptic-oblong,  spine-tipped,  2-3 
long,  \\-\  m  broad,  much  exceeding  the  simple  peduncles  in 


their  axils  fr.  depressed-globose,  puberulent,  smalf  .  , 

by  Franceschi,  and  by  the  U.  8  Dept  Agnc. — E  pyn/Armu,  Camb. 
Lvs.  myrtle-like  but  white  tomentose  beneath,  about  equaled  by 
the  branched  peduncles  fr  pear-shaped,  yellow,  puberulent, 
edible  Brazil  Intro,  m  Calif  by  Franceschi. — E  Ugm,  Hook  6 
Arn  — Myrtus  Ugm  —  E.  Utdlha,  Camb  ,  not  Miq  Growing 
parts  and  infl  pubescent  Ivs  oblong,  narrowed  at  base,  obtuse, 
1-2  in.  long,  much  exceeding  the  simple  peduncles  fr  yellow,  site 
and  shape  of  a  small  pear,  edible  Brazil  Intro  by  Franceschi. 

HARVEY  MONROE  HALL. 

EULALIA:  Mumnthut. 

EUL6PHIA  (Greek,  handsome  crest).  Orchtdacex. 
Terrestrial  orchids,  requiring  warmhouse  conditions. 

Rather  small  plants  with  membranaceous  Ivs.  and 
conspicuous  pseudobulbs:  scape  basal,  several-fld.; 
sepals  and  petals  spreading,  similar,  ascending;  label- 
him  3-lobed;  pollima  2 — About  50-60  species,  in  the 
tropics  of  both  hemispheres  The  cult,  of  Calanthe 
will  apply  to  this  genus 

maculata,  Reichb.  f .  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  compressed : 
Ivs  ovate,  spotted  or  blotched1  fls.  small:  upper  sepal 
hood-shaped,  lateral  ones  acuminate,  reddish  brown; 
petals  broader,  white  or  pale  rose;  labellum  cordate, 
with  2  crimson  spots,  triangular  in  outline,  near  the  base, 
otherwise  white.  Brazil  B.R  618  (as  Angracum). 


acuminae 
apple     Brazi 
Dept  Agnc 
weft  — E  litt 


1164 


EULOPHIA 


EUPATORIUM 


scrfpta,  Lindl.  Lvs.  linear,  subdistichous:  fls.  purple 
and  yellow;  sepals  and  petals  linear-oblong;  labellum 
3-Jobed,  lateral  lobes  rotund  at  the  apices  Madagascar. 

E.  Cbleae,  Rolfe.  A  slender-growing  species  with  aloe-like  Ivs. — 
E  Lubberat&na,  Laurent  <fe  Th  Dur  Allied  to  E  maculata-  Ivs. 
'  irk  green,  marbled  with  white  Afr  — E.  nitda,  Lindl  Scape  about 


2  ft  tall,  many-fld  ,  fls  ranging  from  roso-purple  to  pink,  or  yellow- 
ish green,  lip  nearly  entire,  recurved.    India  and  China     B  M 
8057  — E   pamculdta,  Rolfe     Pseudobulbs  tufted,  bearing  2  strap- 
shaped  Ivs     fls   numerous,  petals  and  lip  yellowish  green  dotted 
with  purple     Madagascar  — E  undul&ta,  Rolfe    Scape  about  1  ft 
high,  of  slender  growth,  petals  and  lip  pale  green,  the  latter  with 

3  prominent  keels  on  the  disk     Rhodesia  — -E    Wood/ordni  Rolfe 


shaped  Ivs     fls^  numerous,  petals  and  hp^yellowish  green  dotted 

ith 
With"  tail  many-fld  mfl  ,  fls  green  with  dull  claret-purplo  iip    Old 

Calabar  GEORGE  V.  NASH  f 

EULOPHI&LLA  (a  diminutive  of  Eulophia).  Orchi- 
dacese  Orchids  in  habit  resembling  a  small  cyrtopodium. 

Flowers  in  many-fld.  racemes,  sepals  and  petals 
similar,  concave;  hp  3-lobed,  spur  less;  column  with  a 
curved  foot;  polhnia  2  — Species  2.  They  require  the 
conditions  and  treatment  given  Cyrtopodium 

Elisabeth®,  Hook.  Lvs.  nearly  2  ft.  long,  plicate: 
scape  stout;  raceme  many-fld.;  fls  about  1%  in  across; 
sepals  and  pe.tals  white,  the  former  marked  with  rose 
on  the  outside,  lip  white  with  a  golden  disk.  Mada- 
gascar. BM.  7387.  GC.  III.  45-407  C  0. 1.  O  R.  6: 
177;  20  137. 

Peetersiana,  Kranzl  Bulbs  1  ft  long-  raceme  dense, 
fls  nearly  3  in.  across,  rose-purple;  hp  with  a  golden 
blotch.  Madagascar.  G.M.  51:267.  C.0. 2.  OR. 
6.  frontispiece;  20:138 

E.  Hdmehmi,  Rolfe  Resembling  E  Peetersiana  in  habit  but 
Iva  narrower  and  fls  smaller  Madagascar 

GEORGE  V.  NASH. 

EUONYMUS:   Evonymus 

EUPAT6RIUM  (named  for  an  ancient  king  of 
Pontus  said  by  Pliny  to  have  employed  one  of  this 
group  of  plants  in  medicine).  Compdsitee  JOE-PYE 
WEED  THOROUGHWORT  BONESET.  HEMP  AGRIMONY. 
MIST-FLOWER  Chiefly  perennial  herbs,  a  few  species 
annual,  many  of  the  tropical  ones  shrubby  or  even  arbo- 
rescent; some  of  them  hardy  border  plants,  others 
grown  in  coolhouses  as  florists'  plants,  and  others  m 
^armhouses  for  the  attractive  foliage 

Heads  rayless,  mostly  m  dense  flat-topped  or  rounded 
Clusters,  less  frequently  in  open  panicles,  the  florets 
(rarely  1-4)  mostly  5  or  more  in  each  head,  perfect, 
the  2  style-branches  long,  threadlike  or  club-shaped, 
protruding  far  out  of  the  tube  of  the  floret;  involucre 
cylindrical  to  hemispherical,  its  scales  m  2  to  many 
overlapping  ranks,  achenes  5-angled,  crowned  with  a 
well-developed  pappus  of  hair-like  mostly  white  bris- 
tles: Ivs.  mostly  opposite:  fls  purple,  rose-colored  or 
white,  more  rarely  lilac  or  bluish  violet,  never  yellow. 
— At  least  600  species,  chiefly  of  Mex ,  the  W.  Indies, 
and  Trop  S  Amer  Certain  species,  now  botamcally 
placed  in  Eupatonum,  still  appear  in  trade  catalogues 
and  seed-lists  under  the  names  Hebechnjum  and  Cono- 
clinium  Others  have  been  confused  with  Ageratum. 

Of  this  large  and  varied  genus  relatively  few  species 
have  been  brought  into  cultivation.  Of  these,  there  are 
two  classes,  namely  certain  warm-country  species 
adapted  only  to  glasshouse  culture,  and  on  the  other 
hand  a  few  native  North  American  species  (as  well  as 
the  hemp  agrimony  of  Europe),  more  or  less  tractable 
in  cultivation,  especially  as  components  m  making  up 
mixed  hardy  borders.  The  glasshouse  species  are  seen 
only  in  the  larger  or  amateur  collections,  as  a  rule, 
although  a  few  have  been  long  m  European  cultiva- 
tion. Of  the  hardy  species,  some,  reputed  medicinal, 
ai'e  found  in  old  gardens.  The  glasshouse  species 
demand  the  general  treatment  of  Piqueria  (Stevia  of 
florists) — a  cool  or  intermediate  temperature  and  pot 
culture.  They  are  easy  to  grow,  and  propagate  reaaily 
by  cuttings.  They  are  useful  for  winter  oloom,  the 
neads,  though  individually  small,  being  aggregated  m 
showy  masses 


INDEX. 

adenanthum,  11. 

glabratum,  16. 

omphahiffoliuxt,  8. 

adenophorvm,  11. 

glandulosuin,  11 

pazcuarenae,  15. 

ageratoides,  25 

glechonophyllum,  14. 

perfohatum,  21. 

album,  23 

grandiflurum,  1 

petiolare,  3 

altissimum,  22. 
americanum,  11. 
amopnum,  IS 

grandifohum,  10. 
Haageanum,  14. 
hccatanthum,  7. 

probum,  12. 
purpureum,  18,  21. 
Purpusii,  3 

aralimfohum,  8 

lanthmum,  4. 

nparium,  17. 

aromaticum,  26 

Kinlorn,  19. 

serrulatum,  6. 

atrorubens,  1 

Lassoauxu,  5. 

sessilifohum,  24. 

cannabmum,  19. 

latifohum,  16. 

irapezoideum,  11. 

ccelestmum,  20. 

hgustnnum,  9. 

tneste,  13. 

conspicuum,  10. 
cordifohnm,  26. 
eltgan»,  16. 

maculatum,  18. 
inegalophyllum,  2. 
xnelinoules,  26 

tnate,  13. 
truncatum,  21 
urticupfohum,  25. 

fohis  vanegatis,  11. 
foliosimi,  IS 

micranthum,  9. 
monticolum,  3. 

vernale,  13 
Weinmannvinum,  9 

Frasen,  26. 

Montti,  9. 

KEY    TO    THE    SPECIES. 

A.  Glasshouse  or  warm-country  species. 
B.  Florets  jnnh,  purple,  lilac,  or  violet 
c    Involucral    scales    not    ending    in 

hairy  tails 

D.  Shape  of  Irs  ovate,  If  -stalks  long. 
E   Lvs  heart-shaped 

F.  Sts    covered  with  dtnse  red- 
dish wool  .   .  1  atrorubens 
*F.  Sts   green 

Q   Panicle  dense,    terminal 

Ivs  mucrontjte-toothed      2  megalophyl- 
oa.  Injl    lax,  paitly  axillary  [lum 

IVA   en  nat< -toothed  3  Purpusii 

EE.  Lvs  pointed  or  blunt  at  bate        4  ianthmum 
DD    Shape  of  /w>   lanceolate  or  oblong, 

If  -stalks  short 

E.  Lvs  alternate  heads  many-fld     5  Lasseauzii 
kE    Lvs  opposite  heads  5-1 2-fld  .     6  serrulatum 
cc    Involucral  scales  ending  in  hairy, 

colored  tails  7  hecatanthum 

BB.  Florets  white  or  neatly  so  (the  pappus 

sometimes  colored) 

C.  Lvs      leatheiy,     lance-oblong,     gla- 
brous, entiie  8.  arahaefohum 
cc    Lvs   not  leathery,  usually  somewhat 

toothed  and  hairy 

D.  Lf  -blade  elliptic-lanceolate,  de- 
current  and  crisped  on  short 
stalk  i  9  micranthum 

DD   Lf -blade     tounil-ovate,     toothed 

even  to  the  decurrtnt  base  10  conspicuum 

DDD    Lf  -blade  not  dccurrent  on  petiole 
E    Plant  glandular-sticky 

F    Heads  about  %in  diam         11   glandulosum 
FK    Heads  about  J'jtn.  diam        12  probum 
BE.  Plant  not  glandular-sticky 
F.  Lvs     vdiety    beneath      infl 

broad  rounded  corymb         13.  vernale 
FF.  Lvs  sjyanngly  hairy  or  soon 

glabrate 

Q  Shape  of  Ivs    round-   or 
triangulai  -ovate ; 
margins  toothed 
H.  Lf  -blade     small,     Y^- 

1%  in.  long         .       14.  glechonophyl- 
HH  Lf -blade     larger,     2~4  [lum 

in.  long  15.  pazcuarense 

ao.  Shape  of  Ivs.  elliptic- 
ovate;  margins  nfarly  or 
quite  entire  .  16.  glabratum 

oao.  Shape    of    Ivs     narrowly 

lanceolate. .  17.  riparium 

AA.  Hardy  or  bordir  plants 

B   Florets  flesh-colored,  reddish  or  bluuih- 

purplf. 
c.  Lvs.   lance-oblong,   merely  toothed, 

mostly  whoiled      18  purpureum 

cc.  Lvs.  deeply  3-parted,  opposite          10  cannabinum 
ccc.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  opposite,  merely 

toothed  20  coelestinum 

BB  Florets  white  or  nearly  so. 

c.  Lvs.  per  foliate  (united  around  the 

st.)  21.  perfoliatum 

cc.  Lvs.  not  perfoliate. 

D.  Lf  -blade  lanceolate,  the  base  nor- 
ruwed  and  scarcely  stalked. 


EUPATORIUM 


EUPATORIUM 


1165 


B.  Scales     of     involucre     blunt, 

gray-velvety  ,     .  ...  22.  altissimum 

BE.  Scales  sharp,  smoothish,  with 

thin  white  edge     .  23.  album 

DD.  Lf  -blade  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile 

by  a  rounded  base      .  24.  sessilifolium 

DDD.  Lf. -blade  broadly  ovate,  usually 

well  stalked. 
E.  The  Ivs  taper-pointed,  sharply 

toothed  ...  25.  urticaefolium 

EE.  The    Ivs     mostly    blunt    and 

bluntly  toothed  26.  aromaticum 

1.  atr6rubens,  Nichols.  (Hebedlmum  atr6rubens. 
Lem  )  Lvs  largo,  ovate,  short-stalked,  heart-shaped 
at  base,  opposite,  toothed,  covered  on  the  edge  and 
veins  with  long  reddish  or  claret-colored  hair:  heads  red 
or  purple,  in  a  very  large  red-rayed  truss.  8  Mex. 
I  II.  9  310 — A  stately  species  with  fine  foliage  and 
richly  colored  fls  ,  but  said  to  be  difficult  to  grow  Rare 
in  cult  Closely  related,  if  not  identical,  is  E  grandi- 
Jhrum,  Andr6,  though  figured  with  smaller  heads  of 
redder  color  R  II  1882. 384. 

2  megalophyllum,    Klatt    (Ilebecllmum  macrophyl- 
litm,  Lem  ,  not  DC    //.  megalophyllum,  Lem  )     Half- 
shrub,  robust   Ivs  opposite,  round,  more  or  less  heart- 
shaped,  very  large,  the  lower  sometimes  more  than  a 
foot  in  diam.,  veiny    heads  in  large  clusters  (1-1 H  ft. 
broad) ,  florets  rose,  the  long  hairlike  styles  conspicuous, 
bluish.   S  Mex    R  II  1800,  p.  351    Gt  10  548  —Fine 
showy  species  with  rich  foliage,  but  apparently  rare 
and  not  recently  in  trade     Needs  richly  manured  soil, 
much  light,  and  frequent  replanting 

3  Purpftsii,  Brandegoe  (E  jM'tiolare,  Hort  ,  not  Moc 
&  Sessc")     Smoothish  or  (var  monticolum,  Brandegee) 
sticky-hairy,  loosely  branched    Ivs   round-ovate,  com- 
monly heart-shaped,  shortly  taper-pointed,  bluntly  and 
rather  coarsely  toothed    heads   slender-stalked,   ^m 
diam  ;  florets  at  first  white,  changing  rapidly  to  pink- 
ish lilac     Low    Calif.    GC    III    35  163— Attractive, 
rapid-growing,  herbaceous,  tender.    Weak  and  needing 
support 

4.  ianthinum,  Hemsl  (Corwcllmum  idnthinum,  Morr. 
Hebeclinium  idnthinum,  Hook  )  Somewhat  shrubby, 
the  thickish  round  sts  at  first  covered  with  a  rusty 
purplish  pubescence  Ivs.  large,  ovate,  long-stalked, 
opposite,  pointed  or  blunt  (but  not  heart-shaped)  at 
base,  somewhat  hairy  on  both  surfaces,  serrate,  fls. 
light  violet,  in  a  large  compound  terminal  corymb. 
S  Mex  B  M.  4o74 — A  luxuriant  species  with  heavy 
foliage,  of  easy  pot  cult  in  a  warmhouse 

5  Lasseauxii,  Carr.  (Agfralum  Lasseduxii,  Carr. 
Conoclimum  Lasseauxii,  Dur )  Habit  of  Ageratum, 
densely  covered  with  short  glandular  hairs:  Ivs. 
alternate,  oblong -lanceolate,  narrowed  at  each  end, 
bluntly  toothed,  heads  in  small  compact  unequally 
stalked  clusters;  florets  very  numerous,  at  first  white, 
at  maturity  a  vivid  rose-color  Ternp.  S.  Ainer. 
RII  1870.90— Intro  to  European  hort  in  1870. 
Attractive  bedding  plant,  but  apparently  rare  Proba- 
bly not  fully  hardy  though  less  tender  than  most  of  the 
glasshouse  species.  Prop  easily  and  flowers  continu- 
ously; 1-2  ft  high. 

6.  serrulatum,    Hort      Shrub    with    lance-shaped, 
pointed,  sharply  and  unevenly  toothed,  short-stalked 
IVB  ,  very  unequal  mvolucral  scales,  and  showy  reddish 
lilac  heads  in  large  dense  flat-topped  clusters;  florets 
5  in  each  head.    In  European  hort.,  and  said  to  come 
from  S.  Brazil.  R  H.  1894  '304    Gt.  44,  p.  570.  G  C.  III. 
18-265.— Three  to  6  ft   tall    Choice,  but  certainly  not 
the  true  E  serrulatum,  DC  ,  which  has  much  narrower 
finely  and  evenly  serrulate  Ivs  and  11-12-fld.  heads. 

7.  hecatanthum.  Baker  (Hebedlmum  Ur6lepis,  DC.). 
Robust  annual,  like  a  large  ageratunv  Ivs.  opposite, 
stalked,  round-heartshaped .  heads  showy,  bluish  pur- 
ple; florets  numerous   (about  75);  mvolucral  scales 


ending  in  similarly  colored  hairy  appendages.  Temp. 
S.  Amer  — Promising  species,  worthy  of  trial  as  a  bea- 
ding plant. 

8  araliaefdlium,  Less  (E.  omphaharfdhum,  Kunth  & 
Bouche)  Soft-wooded  shrub  with  thick  and  shining 
oblong-lanceolate  Ivs  3-8  in.  long,  heads  loosely  pani- 
cled ;  mvolucral  scales  conspicuously  unequal,  the  outer 
short  and  calyx-like,  the  inner  3-4  times  as  long;  florets 
white  S  Mex  and  Guatemala.  Gt  2,  p.  4,  t  39  — 
From  low  and  moist  tropical  habitat  and  presumably 
very  tender  Rare  in  cult  and  not  noticed  recently  in 
trade.  Needs  rich  leaf-mold,  moist  air;  and  high  tem-  ' 
perature  Prop  by  cuttings  Flowers  in  March. 


1434.  Leaves  of  glasshouse  Eupatoriums.  a,  B  nparium  ,  b,  E. 
vernale;  c,  E  glandulosum;  d,  E.  glabratum.  ( 


9    micranthum,    Less.     (E     hgustrlnum,    DC.     E 
Mdrisu,  Hoit     E    Weinmannidnum,  Regel  &  Koern 
Many  other  hort    names,  for  which  see  Gt    22,  p  36) 
Lvs     opposite,    elliptic-lanceolate,    pinnately    veined, 
the  blade  somewhat  toothed  and  slightly  decurrent  in 
narrow  crisped  wings  upon  the  short  If  -stalk:  heads 
small  and  fe\v-fld   but  very  numerous  in  large  round- 
topped  terminal  corymb,  florets  white,  but  pappus 
pink-tinged  to  deep  rose    Mex    Gt   16,  p.  260,  t  555, 
figs   1-3     Gn  47,  p  444    G  C  II    5,  p.  53  —Upright 
shrub  rather  widely  cult    since  about  1830  under  a 
great  variety  of  names,  but  chiefly  as  E.  Wemmanni- 
anum 

10.  conspfcuum,  Kunth  &  Bouch6  (E.  grandifblium, 
Regel)    Shrubby.  Ivs  opposite,  large,  thin,  triangular 
ovate,  finely  and  sharply  toothed  to  the  very  base, 
which  is  somewhat  decurrent  upon  the  long  If  -stalk 
fls  white,  in  ample  lax  panicles,  almond-scented.  Gua- 
temala    Gt   1,  p.  102,  t   12  —  Planted  out  in  surnmei 
forms  a  luxuriant  shrub,  attractive  on  account  of  itf 
excellent  foliage     Best  prop    by  cuttings  placed  ih 
warm  bed  about  the  end  of  August.   Winter-bloomer 
in  glasshouse 

11.  glanduldsum,  HBK.  (E   adendphorum,  Spreng 
E.  adendnthum,  Hort  ,  not  DC.  E.  trapezotdeum,  Kunth. 


1166 


EUPATORIUM 


EUPATORIUM 


E.  amenc&num,  Hort.).  Fig.  1434.  Diffuse  and  often 
decumbent  herb,  the  slender  round  branches,  petioles, 
and  pedicels  finely  glandular-puberulent:  Ivs.  triangu- 
lar-ovate or  rhombic-ovate,  thinmsh,  slender-stalked, 
taper-pointed,  coarsely  and  sometimes  unevenly  cre- 
nate-dentate,  sparingly  puberulent  beneath:  heads 
pure  white,  ageratum-like,  m  close  clusters.  Mex. 
B  R.  1723. — Easy  in  pot  cult,  and  not  very  tender, 
flowering  in  late  autumn  or  early  winter  Cuttings 
strike  root  readily.  Var.  fdliis  variegatis,  Hort.  Lvs. 
variegated. 

12.  prdbum,  N.  E.  Br.  Very  viscid  like  the  preceding, 
probably  more  tender:  Ivs.  similar:  heads  decidedly 
larger,  >6in.  diam.   Peru.   GC.  III.  7:321.— Recom- 
mended as  promising  and  cult  in  a  few  English  con. 
servatones.   Apparently  not  yet  in  the  trade. 

13.  vernale,  Vatke  &  Kurtz.  (E.  triste,  Hort.,  not  DC. 
E    tntste,   Hort.).    Fig.   1434.    Strong  herb   (slightly 
woody  in  the  wild),  with  hairy  sts. :  Ivs.  oblong-ovate, 
iong-stalked,  taper-pointed,  serrate,  finely  hairy  above, 


1435.    Bupatorium  pert oiiahun. 


palor  and  grayish  velvety  beneath,  veiny,  3-6  in.  long: 
fls.  bright  white,  the  heads  in  an  ample  terminal 
corymb,  involucral  scales  long,  narrow,  green.  Mex. 
Gt.  22:750. — Easy  in  pot  cult,  becoming  popular  for 
cut-fls. 

14.  glechonophyllum,  Less.    (Ag&ratum  consplcuum, 
Hort ).    Low,  branching  half-shrub,  very  leafy:  Ivs. 
small,  YT-\  (rarely  2)  in.  long,  triangular-ovate,  sharp- 
pointed,  bluntly  few-toothed,  thin  and  nearly  glabrous, 
on  slender  stalks:  heads  borne  on  threadlike  pedicels  m 
small  or  medium-sized  flattish  clusters.  Chile. — Tender 
greenhouse  perennial,  but  flowering  in  the  open  the 
first  year  if  seeds  are  sown  early.  Closely  related,  if  not 
actually  identical  was  the  E.  Haageanum,  Regel  & 
Koern.  intro.  into  European  hort.  in  the  middle  of  the 
19th  century  (see  Gt.  16,  p.  260,  t.  555,  figs.  4-6). 

15.  pazcuarlnse,  HBK.  Puberulent  but  not  glandular : 
rvs.  opposite,  stalked,  round-ovate,  light  green,  2-4  in. 


long,  taper-pointed,  sharply  or  bluntly  toothed:  heads 
very  numerous  in  a  wide  (3-10  in.)  flattish  corymb. 
Uplands  of  Mex. — Essentially  herbaceous,  1-3  ft. 
high.  Recently  intro.  m  cult,  in  S.  Calif.  Promising 
for  cut  -fls.  ana  as  a  window  plant. 

16.  glabratum,  HBK.   (E.   Oeaans,  Hort.    E.  lati- 
fbhum,  Hort.).    rig.  1434.    Shrubby,  erect,  with  slen- 
der hard  glabrous  brown  sts.:  Ivs    of  firm  texture 
though  scarcely  leathery,  binall,  lance-oblong  or  ovate- 
oblong,   tapering  into  a  strong  rather  short  petiole, 
blunt  or  pointed,  wavy-rnargined  or  small-toothed,  fls. 
(sometimes    blush)    in    ascending    cyinpse    clusters, 
together  forming  a  long  terminal  leafy  panicle.  Uplands 

17.  riparium,  Regel.    Fig    1434     Diffuse,  becoming 
woody  at  base,  2  ft.,  the  sts.  slender,  puberulent  and 
usually  reddish:  Ivs.  opposite,  long-lance-shaped,  taper- 
oointed  and  at  base  narrowed  to  a  long  petiole,  prom- 
inently 3-nbbed,  toothed:  heads  m  rather  compact 
long-stalked  clusters.    Mex.    Gt.  15:52.5.    Gn  40,  p. 
134  — Good  winter  bloomer.   Best  for  florists    Readily 
cult,  in  coldhouse. 

18  purpureum,  Linn.  JOE-PYE  WEED.  Lvs. 
whorled,  commonly  in  5's  and  6's,  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late, taper-pointed,  coarsely  serrate:  heads  in  large 
compound  Husters,  pale  purple  or  flesh-colored,  rarely 
almost  white  N  Amer.— Common  and  variable. 
Tall,  rank  plant  of  low  grounds  (reaching  8-9  ft ), 
good  for  bold  effects  in  border  or  agam.st  bhrubbery. 
Var.  maculatum,  Darl.  Of  lower  growth  Ivs  com- 
monly in  4's,  ovate-oblong,  roughish-pubescent:  heads 
in  smaller  clusters,  more  deeply  colored  Var  folidsum, 
Fern.  Similar  but  with  the  infl.  surpassed  by  the 
long  upper  Ivs  Var.  am&num,  Gray  Still  lower 
(2  ft.  high),  smoothish:  Ivs  sometimes  merely  opposite. 

19.  cannabinum,  Linn     HEMP  AGRIMONY     Resem- 
bling Joe-Pye  weed  in  general  habit  and  with  similar 
pale  purple  heads  m  terminal  clusters.  Ivs    opposite, 
but  deeply  3-parted  m  a  manner  to  suggest  verticillate 
Ivs.    Eu.— -Common.    May  be  used  like  the  preceding 
species  but  less  desirable    Thrives  best  in  limy  alluvial 
soil.  Eng.  Bot  6.428— The  Asiatic  E  Kirilom,  Turcz  , 
is  a  very  nearly  related  plant  of  lower  growth  (1-3  ft  ), 
with    narrower    (linear-oblong)    coarsely   toothed    If  - 
segms ,  the  lateral  often  much  reduced.    Strict  herb 
with  dense  terminal  corymb  of  dull  greenish  purple 
heads    Gt.  24:850. 

20.  coelestinum,  Linn.  (Cojuxlimum  aelftstlnum,  DC  ) 
MIST -FLOWER.    Somewhat  pubescent.  Ivs    opposite, 
stalked,    triangular-ovate,    somewhat    cordate,    thm, 
coarsely  toothed:  heads  as  m  Ageratum  in  compact 
clusters,  many-fld.,  light  blue  to  violet.   N  J  to  Midi , 
Kans.,  and  southward  — Perennial  herb,  late-blooming, 
heliotrope-fld.  Appropriate  to  low  borders. 

21.  perfoliatum,  Linn.   BONESET.    THOROUGH WOKT 
Fig  1435.  Hairy:  Ivs.  lance-oblong,  the  pairs  united  at 
base  about  the  st.,  wrinkled,  remotely  toothed  or  entire, 
taper-pointed:    heads    in    dense    terminal    compound 
cymes.    N.  Amer ,  common  m  low  rich  soil  — Stout, 
slightly  rank-smelling  plant,  2-3  ft  high,  long  used  in 
domestic  medicine  and  found  in  old  gardens.   Excellent 
for  striking  effects,  especially  in  low  grounds     Fls 
grayish  white  or  in  a  comparatively  rare  variety  (forma 
purpureum,  Brit.)  bluish  purple     In  var.  truncatum, 
Gray,  the  Ivs.  (at  least  the  upper  ones)  are  rounded  or 
truncate  at  the  sessile  base,  not  united  about  the  st 
A  peculiar  form  apt  to  be  encountered  occasionally  in 
large  cultures. 

22.  altlssinium,  Linn.   Grayish  green,  downy,  much 
branched:  Ivs.  opposite,  narrowly  lance-shaped,  taper- 
ing to  both  ends,  short-stalked,  remotely  toothed  or 
entire:  heads  only  5-fld.  Pa.  to  Minn.,  Neb.,  and  south- 
ward.— Tall,  vigorous  herb,  4^8  ft.  high,  in  open  places 
und  dry  soil.   Not  very  ornamental     Sec  page  :3o68 


EUPATORIUM 


EUPHORBIA 


1167 


23.  Album,  Linn.  Rough-hairy:  Ivs.  opposite,  lance- 
oblong,    coarsely   serrate,    essentially   sessile,    veiny: 
involucral    scales    ecarious-margmed:    florets    white. 
L.  I.,  southward  near  the  coast. — Somewhat  attrac- 
tive for  border  planting  and  specially  suited  to  poor 
sandy  soil. 

24.  sessilifdlium,   Linn.    UPLAND   BONESET.    Lvs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  gradually  tapering  almost  from  the 

rounded  sessile  or  nearly 
sessile  base  to  the  apex; 
heads  5-fld.,  white.  Vt.  to 
Mo.  and  southward. — A  trim, 
smooth  highly  attractive 
hardy  species.  Thrives  best 
in  limy  alluvial  soil. 

25.  urticaefdlium.Reichard 
(E.  agerakMes,  Linn.  f.). 
WHITE  SNAKEROOT.  Fig. 
1436.  Lvs.  opposite,  thin, 
long-stalked,  ovate  with 
broad  base,  acuminate, 
coarsely  and  sharply  serrate, 
green  on  both  sides:  heads 
small  in  loose  but  ample 
clusters,  florets  bright  white. 
E.  N.  Amer.  Mixed  woods, 
common. — Neat,  smoothish, 
branching  herb,  2-4  ft  high. 
*One  of  tne  best  of  the  per- 
fectly hardy  summer-bloom- 
ing species. 

26  aromaticum,  Linn 
Much  like  the  preceding  but 
usually  hairy.  IVB  thickish  and  blunt  or  scarcely 
pointed,  blunt-toothed,  later-flowering,  not  aromatic 
Mass,  and  southward  near  the  coast  —-Suited  to  very 
sandy  soil  Var  melissoides,  Gray  (E.  Frdsen  and  E. 
cordtfbhum,  Hort.).  Slender,  rougmsh,  strict:  heads  5- 
12-fld  :  Ivs  subcordate,  ovate  or  oblong,  obtuse,  the 
petioles  often  very  short.  6.  E  U.  S. — Also  suited  to 
poor  and  sandy  soil,  but  more  tender  than  the  typical 
Form 

The  following  species  are  aaid  to  have  been  recently  intro  into 
European  horticulture  and  to  promise  well     E   deltoideum,  Jacq 


1436.  Eupatorium  urticao- 
folium    (XH> 


A  soft-wooded  half-shrub  with  opposite  triangular-hastate  crenately 
toothed  Ivs,  3-5  in  long  and  somewhat  pale  and  slightly  velvety 
beneath,  the  banal  lobes  widely  spreading  acute  If  -stalks  1^3  in 


long  heads  of  rosy  purple  fls  in  thy  moid  panicles,  involucral 
scales  linear,  very  sharp,  scarcely  imbricated  8  Mex  A  glasshouse 
species  with  striking  foliage  — E  herbdceum,  Greene  (E  anzoni- 


cura,  Hort  ).  An  erect  smooth  or  merely  pulverulent  perennial 
1-3  ft  high,  with  opposite  triangular-ovate  pale  green  Ivs  1-3  in. 
long  with  rounded  basal  lobes,  toothed  sides,  and  rather  short  but 
slender  stalks  fls  white,  heads  in  broad  rounded  terminal  clusters. 
8  W  U  S  Half-hardy  and  suited  to  dry  places,  E,  iap6mcum, 
Thunb  Erect  perennial  resembling  £.  cannabinum,  with  dull  pur- 
plish to  greenish  white  fls  m  flat  clusters,  lower  Ivs.  deeply  3-parted, 
the  upper  simple  not  very  attractive.  g  L  ROBINBON. 

EUPHORBIA  (classical  name;  said  by  Pliny  to  be 
in  honor  of  King  Juba's  physician;  possibly  from  the 
Greek  for  fat).  Euphorbidceje.  MILKWEED  (improperly) 
WOLFS-MILK  SPURGE.  The  last  name,  most  often 
applied  to  the  genus  as  a  whole,  belongs  more  properly 
to  the  common  herbaceous  species  and  especially  to  E. 
Lathyns.  Of  very  diverse  habit,  from  succulent  cactus- 
like  trees  to  Jow  or  prostrate  herbaceous  weeds;  planted 
mostly  m  the  open,  but  some  kinds  grown  under  glass 
as  oddities  and  some  as  florist's  plants 

The  genus  is  characterized  by  the  single  pedicellate, 
pistilate  fl.  without  floral  envelopes,  or  with  only  a 
rudimentary  calyx,  surrounded  by  numerous  staminate 
fls ,  each  consisting  of  a  single  stamen  separated  from 
its  pedicel  only  by  a  joint;  the  whole  inn.  surrounded 
by  a  more  or  less  cup-shaped  involucre  with  5  lobes 
and  1-5  glands  is  called  a  cyathium.  The  involucre 
is  regular  or  nearly  so;  the  glands  free  from  one 
another:  the  fr.  an  explosive  caps ,  with  3  carunculate 
seeds;  the  staminate  fls.  are  usually  subtended  by 


minute  bracts. — One  of  the  largest  plant  genera,  of  not 
less  than  700  and  probably  over  1.000  species,  occurring 
in  most  temperate  and  tropical  regions.  Many  are 
desert  plants  and  the  greater  number  grow  in  dry  and 
sterile  places.  Euphorbia  is  distinguished  from  the 
nearest  related  genera,  Pedilanthus  and  Synadenium, 
by  its  regular  or  nearly  regular  involucre,  which  in 
Pedilanthus  is  protuberant  on  one  side  of  the  base  and 
contains  the  glands,  and  by  the  free  involucral  glands 
which  in  Synadenium  are  united  into  a  ring.  Some  of 
the  fleshy  species  are  very  similar  to  succulent  cacti 
and  Asclepiadacese.  One  long  grown  under  the  name  of 
E.  pendula,  Boiss.,  is  a  Sarcostemma  according  to  N. 
E.  Brown.  For  E.  tithymaloides,  see  Pedilanthus^  for 
E  Grantn,  Hort.,  and  E  arbor  ea,  Hort ,  see  Synadenium. 

Monographed  by  Boissier  in  DeCandolle's  Prodromus, 
15,  pt.  2  (1862)  See  local  floras  and  Norton,  Rept. 
Mo.  Bot.  Card.  11,  for  native  species.  See  also  Fooe. 
in  Monatsschnft  fur  Kakteenkunde,  8:42  (1898)  and 
Berger,  Sukkulente  Euphorbien,  a  manual  of  the 
cactus-like  species  m  cultivation.  The  recent  work 
of  N.  E.  Brown  of  Kew  in  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa 
and  Flora  Capensis  describes  and  gives  keys  to  practi- 
cally all  the  African  species,  which  include  nearly  all 
the  succulent  ones,  both  wild  and  cultivated.  Although 
the  vegetative  form  varies  remarkably,  so  that  the 
various  sections  of  the  genus  are  considered  of  generic 
rank  by  many  authors,  the  floral  characters  are  very 
similar  and  so  inconspicuous  as  to  be  of  little  impor- 
tance generally  in  a  horticultural  work. 

Most  of  the  species  have  abundant  milky  juice,  and 
the  cactiform  kinds  have  been  thus  distinguished  from 
cacti,  but  many  cacti  also  have  milky  juice.  The  juice 
of  many  species  is  acrid-poisonous,  especially  if  it  comes 
in  contact  with  mucous  membranes  or  open  sores  The 
juice  from  some  of  the  species  is  used  in  medicine  as  a 
purgative. 

Many  of  the  fleshy  species  are  cultivated  by  lovers  of 
succulents  for  then*  curious  shapes;  and  a  few  are  valu- 
able for  their  ornamental  foliage.  The  flowers  are  usu- 
ally too  minute  to  be  noticeable  Some,  like  E.  corollata 
(Fig  1437),  E  maculatal  E  Cypanssias  and  E  niargi- 
nata,  are  weeds  in  America,  but  not  troublesome  The 
great  majority  of  the  species  are  insignificant  herbs. 
The  species  are  remarkably  free  from  injurious  insects, 
and  are  rarely  attacked  by  a  few  fungi. 

The  fleshy  species  are  grown  much  the  same  as  cacti, 
but  the  culture  is  less  difficult,  and  they  do  well  with 
warmer  treatment  In  winter  they  are  kept  m  a  dry 
and  cool  house,  50°  to  55°  F  ,  with  good  light  and  little 
water  Drips  must  be  carefully  avoided  In  summer 
the  pots  should  be  plunged  outdoors  in  hot  dry  situa- 
tions, with  a  moderate  supply  of  water  and  espe- 
cially good  drainage.  It  is  better  to  protect  them  from 
continued  ram,  but  most 

ries  do  well  without 
The  more  fleshy 
species,  like  E.  Caput- 
Medusae,  E  mammillana, 
and  E  melofornns,  require 
more  heat  and  better  care 
than  the  others.  They 
have  to  be  watered  with 
great  care  in  winter  The 
air  of  most  greenhouses  is 
too  damp  for  them  if  the 
requisite  low  temperature 
is  maintained.  The  winter 
conditions  of  air  and  tem- 
perature in  ordinary  liv- 
ing -  rooms  make  them 
ideal  for  the  succulent 
euphorbias.  Species  like 
E.  nenifolia  need  water 
in  the  growing  season  and 
dry  conditions  after  the 


1437.  Cyathium  of  Euphorbia 
corolUta  fx2).  The  pistillate 
•flower  is  at  8,  surrounded  by 
several  staminate  Sowers  arising 
above  the  involucral  glands 
with  their  five  oblong  «pread.ng 
petaloid  appendages.  No  3. 


1168 


EUPHORBIA 


leaves  fall.  The  shrubby  species,  like  E.  atropurpurea 
and  E.  dendroides,  do  well  with  the  treatment  of  the 
more  fleshy  kinds.  See  D.  A.  W.  and  F.  S.  Curtis,  in 
Sharon  Cactus  Guide,  March  and  May,  1897. 

The  few  hardy  species  of  ornamental  value  make 
good  border  plants  or  are  suitable  for  the  rockery.  E. 
epithymoides  usually  known  in  gardens  as  E.  polychroma, 
is  one  of  the  best  herbaceous  perennials,  forming  a 
hemispherical  clump  with  beautiful  yellow  foliage  of 
different  shades  when  in  bloom.  E.  palustns  and 
related  species  are  similar  but  erect  and  not  compact. 

The  succulent  species  can  nearly  all  be  propagated  by 
cuttings.  These  are  taken  best  in  early  summer,  allowed 
to  dry  somewhat  and  then  planted  m  sand,  charcoal 
or  a  mixture  of  these.  Coal-ashes  are  used  effectively 
by  some.  When  seeds  can  be  procured,  they  may  be 
used  in  propagation.  Grafting,  as  is  sometimes  prac- 
tised with  cacti,  is  possible.  Potting  soil  need  not  be 
rich.  A  coarse  sandy  loam,  or,  some  say,  any  kind  of 
soil  will  do. 

E.  pukherrima  and  E.  fulgens  are  good  winter-flower- 
ing greenhouse  plants,  and  require  special  treatment. 
E.  fulgens  succeeds  well  in  the  warmest  parts  of  the 
house,  in  pots,  or  best  planted  out  like  roses  and  trained 
upon  the  wall  or  strings.  It  is  propagated  from  cut- 
tings taken  in  June,  when  the  old  plants  have  started  to 
grow,  kept  in  a  warm  frame  until  rooted,  and  then  kept 
growing  with  heat,  any  transfers  being  made  with  as 
little  root  disturbance  as  possible.  If  stocky  show  plants 
are  wanted,  several  cuttings  may  be  planted  in  one  pot 
and  checked  two  or  three  times  during  summer  by 
repotting,  and  kept  pinched  back  freely  to  secure 
branches  They  are  best  kept  cooler  when  in  flower, 
but  are  very  sensitive  to  cold  or  sudden  changes  in 
temperature.  After  flowering  they  are  kept  dry  for  a 
few  months  For  the  cut  sprays  they  are  best  grown 
from  cuttings  each  year.  They  last  very  well  when  cut. 


1438.  Euphorbia  nurginata  ( X  M) 

The  culture  of  the  poinsettia  is  very  similar. 
secure  plants  with  large  heads,  the  general  plan  is  to 
grow  from  cuttings  annually,  out  the  old  plants  may 
be  continued.  Old  plants  that  have  been  resting  may 
be  introduced  to  heat  and  moisture  in  late  spring,  and 
will  soon  give  a  liberal  supply  of  cuttings,  which  are 


EUPHORBIA 

usually  taken  from  the  young  wood.  Successive  sets 
of  cuttings  may  be  made  at  later  periods  if  different* 
sized  plants  are  wanted.  When  well  started,  the  potted 
plants  are  plunged  outdoors  till  September,  with  plenty 
of  water,  light  and  sunshine  and  good  drainage.  They 
do  well  in  rich  heavy  loam  m  5-7-inch  pots.  They  are 
liable  to  drop 
their  leaves  if 
exposed  to  cold 
or  other  un- 
favorable condi- 
tions.  In  au- 
tumn they  are 
transferred  to 
the  greenhouse, 
with  moderate 
temperature. 
When  the  bracts 
begin  to  appear,  give  more 
heat  and  some  manure 
water  to  expand  them. 
When  in  flower,  reduce  the 
temperature  to  preserve 
them  longer.  After  flower-  • 
ing  the  pots  may  be  stowed 
away  in  a  dry  warm  place 
till  spring, — under  the 
benches  will  do.  When  the 
buds  are  cut  the  great  ob- 
jection is  that  they  wilt 
easily.  This  may  be  ob- 
viated by  keeping  them  m 
water  for  a  few  days  before 
using.  See  Grieve,  G.C. 
III.  9:106,  and  Hatfield  m  Garden  and  Forest  9:496. 
See  article  Poinsettia  for  further  treatment 

Euphorbia  splendens  is  another  winter  bloomer,  and 
may  be  treated  as  the  succulents,  with  more  heat  and 
water.  It  will  do  well  in  living-rooms,  and  bears  some 
flowers  all  the  year  It  bears  rough  treatment  well,  and 
is  propagated  by  cuttings  from  the  young  growth, 
which  root  with  the  greatest  ease. 

In  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  many  of  the  tree- 
like or  succulent  euphorbias  make  fine  outdoor  orna- 
mentals The  poinsettia  is  a  magnificent  landscape 
ornament  in  California,  West  Indies  and  so  on.  In 
Southern  California  the  pomsettia  is  propagated  by 
sticking  canes  3  feet  long  in  the  ground  from  April  on, 
these  growing  and  blooming,  often  profusely,  tne  first 
season.  In  the  West  Indies  and  Florida,  some  of  the 
thorny  tree-like  forms,  especially  E.  laciea.  are  grown 
as  hedges,  their  thick,  erect  thorny  branches  making 
an  almost  impenetrable  barrier.  This  and  other  species 
are  grown  also  as  specimen  plants.  See  Succulents. 


1439.  Euphorbia 
fulgens  (X>i;.  No  5. 


obyMtnteo,  32. 

dendroides,  55. 

alba,  8. 

discluaa,  34. 

alcicornis,  19. 

drupifera,  17. 

anacantha,  47 

Echinua,  27. 

antiquoram,  20 

elastiea,  56 

antisyphihtica,  7. 

enneagona,  40. 

atropurpurea,  53. 

epithymoides,  57. 

Beaumierana,  35. 

Fourmen,  13. 

biglandulosa,  62 
bupleurifoha,  51. 
canariensis,  31. 

fruticoHa,  37. 
fulgens,  6. 
fulva,  66. 

candelabrum,  24,  34. 

gemculata,  4. 

Caput-Meduuffl,  48. 

globosa,  45 

cereiformis,  40,  43. 
dandestina,  51. 

glomerata,  45 
grandioomis,  22. 

clam,  50. 

grandidena,  21. 

coorulcscens,  26. 

orandifolia,  17. 

coUetiovles,  14. 

hxmatodes,  2. 

Commehnii,  48. 

hamnensis,  9,  23. 

Coopen,  29. 

heptagons,  39. 

corollata,  3. 

Hermentiana,  24. 

coronata.  50. 
cotimfotia,  2. 

heterophylla,  9. 
Hv«tnx,  50. 

cristata,  23. 
cyathophora,  9. 

\mbncaia,  43. 
mermis,  49. 

Cypanssiaa,  60. 

Ipecacuanha,  4, 

lactea,  23. 
lathyna,  52. 
loncata,  60. 
major,  68. 
mammillaria,  42. 
mammillosa.  18. 
margmata,  1. 

meloformis,  44. 
mexicana,  43. 
misera,  6. 
monstrosa,  23. 
myrmnitea,  65. 
natalensis,  33. 
neglects,  32. 
nernfoha,  16. 
officmarum,  36. 
ormthopus,  46. 
Palmer!,  64 
palustns,  59. 
pandurata,  9. 
parnmamma,  48. 
Pfersdorfii,  38 
pilosa,  58 
pinea,  63 


EUPHORBIA 


EUPHORBIA 


1169 


INDCX,  CONTINUBD 


jrfwdorw,  54. 
ptemiabnt,  8. 
Pomiettiana,  8. 

raatnrfera.  30. 
rfatptaloidw,  11. 
robusta,  64. 

submamrrnllaris.  43. 
teutUata,  2ft 
TiruoalUi,  10. 

poly  chroma,  57. 
poJygona,  41 
Pteudocaotus,  26. 

sangumea,  2. 
San  Salvador.  20. 
terpentarta,  40. 

tnangulanjs,  28. 
vaneyata,  1. 
ptjwnno,  49. 

pteroneura,  14. 

si  mi!  is,  33. 

t>tro>*a,  26 

pulchernma,  8. 

Bpinonior,  42. 

Wulfenii,  81. 

Regis-Jubffi,  54 

spleodeus,  15. 

xylophylioidea,  12. 

A.  Glands  of  the  involucre  with  petals-like  appendages 
(almost  none  in  4) '  slender-branched  herbs  or  rarely 
shrubs  not  spiny:  Ive.  entire.  Section  ADENO 
PBTALUM.  The  Section  ANISOPHYLLUM,  genus 
Chamxsyce  of  some,  differs  in  having  small  oppo- 
site Ivs.,  unequal  at  base,  stipules  present,  fls. 
email,  glands  4.  It  contains  most  of  the  low  herba- 
ceous wild  euphorbias  of  U.  S.,  iuch  as  E.  ntac- 
ulata,  Linn.,  E.  Predii,  Guss.,  E.  serpent,  and  E. 
eapttata;  names  from  this  group  occur  in  American 
catalogues,  but  the  spp"100  to  which  they  properly 
belong  are  inconspicuous  w^edi.  E,  lonfolia. 
Hillebr  ,  of  Hawaii,  has  recently  been  investigated 
as  a  possible  source  of  rubber.  (Descriptions  of 
these  species  will  be  found  in  the  floras.) 
B  Stipules  present. 

1  marginata,  Pursh   (E    vanegata.  Sims).    SNOW- 
ON-THE-MOUNTAIN.  GHOST- WEED.  Fig.  1438.  Annual, 
about  2  ft    high,  pubescent,   dichotomously  many- 
branched  :  Ivs.  numerous,  light  green,  ovate-subcordate 
to  oblong-lanccolato,   1-3  m    long,  the  upper  white- 
margined,  often  entirely  white:  mvolucral  glands  with 
large  white  appendages    July-Oct.    Plains  from  Dak. 
to  Texas  and  extending  eastward.    BM  1747     Gt. 
30:218.  V  2,  p.  281 ,  5,  p.  64    G  W.  13,  p  305  —Hardy 
annual,  used  for  its  white  foliage  in  bedding  and  mixea 
borders  in  sunny  situations. 

2  sangumea,  Hort.  (E  hxmatbdes,  Boiss?).  A  tall 
shrub.  Ivs,  ovate,  obtusely  pointed,  in  whorls  of  3, 
red  when  young  to  deep  bronee  or  purplish  red  later. — 
This  handsome  plant  of  unknown  nativity  is  cult,  in 
S.  U.  8    While  it  is  not  possible  to  classify  it  exactly 
without  fls.  and  fr.,  the  foliage  characters  indicate  its 
relationship  to  E.  cotinifolia,  Linn 


1440.  Buphorbi*  pvlehminu  (XH).  No.  8. 


BB  Stipules  absent  or  microscopic, 
c  Plant  a  perennial  herb. 

3.  corollata.  Linn.  (TithymoUpsi*  corollaia,  Klotzsch 
&  Garcke)  FLOWERING  SPURGE  Fig.  1437.  Plant 
l^i-3  ft  nigh,  usually  glabrous,  slender  and  diffusely 
branched  above:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong  to  lanceolate,  1-2 
in.  long,  those  of  the  mfl  much  smaller  and  opposite: 
mvolucral  glands  5.  with  conspicuous  white  appendages. 
July-Oct.  On  rather  dry  soil  E.  U  S.  B.M.  2992. 
L.B  C.  4:300.  F.R.  1 :969.— A  hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nial used  like  gypsophiJa  for  cutting,  and  as  a  bedder  in 


1441.  Bupfcorbit  faeterephylte  ( X  H) 
No.  9. 


light  soil.   There  are  many  variations  in  size,  shape, 
color  and  pubescence  of  plant,  Ivs.  and  mfl. 

4.  Ipecacuanha,  Linn.  (Tithymaldpsis  Ipecacuanhas, 
Small)  IPECAC  SPURGE.  Only  the  forking  mfl.  (3-6  in  ) 
above  ground,  with  its  red  or  green  glabrous,  opposite 
IVB.  varying  from  ^ 

oval  to  linear  on 
different  plants, 
the  alternate  Ivs. 
of  the  short  st 
usually  subterran- 
ean and  scale-like: 
cyathia  long  pe-  , 
duaded;  appen- 
dages of  glands 
rudimentary. 
April.  Sandy  soil 
KU.S.LB.C.12: 
1145.  B.M.  1494. 
— E.  geniciddta, 
Ort ,  is  sometimes 
cult,  under  this 
name.  It  is  a  plant 
of  Trop  AJner , 
rekted  to  E.  heter- 
ophytta,  but  with 
broader  Ivs.  the 
upper  whitish  at 
base. 

oc.  Plant  a  shrub. 
5.  fulgens,  Karw. 
( E.  jacquinixflbra, 
Hook.).  SCARLET 
PLUME  Fig.  1439. 
Small  shrub  with 
slender  drooping  branches:  Ivs.  long-petioled,  lanceolate, 
bright  green .  cyathia  in  small  axillary  cymes,  with  the 
conspicuous  appendages  to  the  5  mvolucral  glands  bright 
scarlet.  Mex  B  M  3673  R  B.  39:41  FC.  2:55 
R.H  1905-440  Gn.  33:486;  39,  p.  239;  67 p  73.  V 
2,  p.  74.  AF  16.1561.  G.M.  53:89.  G  4' 593.  PM. 
4:31.  Gng  10:76. — A  handsome  winter  -  blooming 
plant,  used  for  cut-fls.  or  for  specimen  plants. 

6  misera,  Benth.  Lvs.  small,  obovate,  pubescent, 
clustered  at  the  end  of  crooked  branches:  fls.  incon- 
spicuous S.  Calif,  and  Mex. — Recently  catalogued 
in  the  Calif,  trade. 

7.  anlisyphilitica,   Zucc     (Tricheros&giw   antiayph- 
ilitica,   Klotzsch  &  Garcke).    CANDEWLLO.    Slender, 
erect,  rod-like  branches  1-3  ft.  high,  almost  leafless. 
Mex.— The  plants  yield  a  useful  wax  and  are  some- 
times grown  in  collections  of  succulents. 

AA.  Glands  of  wvoUicre  without  petalrfake  appendages. 

(No*.  S-&) 

B.  St.  herbaceous  or  shrubby,  not  Jleshy:  Ivs.  well  devel- 
oped, the  upper  colored:  stipules  minute:  infl. 
cymose.  Beetioo  POINSETTIA. 

8.  pukh/ferima,    Wityd.    (B.    Poinsettiana,    Buist. 
PoMW&tia  pulcMmmay  Graham)   POINSETHA,  EASTER 
FLOWBR,    CHRJBTMAH  FLOWER     LOBSTER  FLOWER. 
MEXICAN  FLAMB-LEAF.    Fig    1440.   Shrub  2-10  ft 
high,    branched:    Iva.    ovate-elHptfotl   to   iaaeeolate. 
entire,  sinuate  toothed  or  lobed,  or  pandorifono,  3-6 
in.  long,  somewhat  pubescent,  the  upper  euwrower, 
more  entire  to  even  linear-lanceolate  and  of  tie  bright- 
est vermilion-red:  involucres  2-3  linos  wide,  greenish, 
with  one  large  yellow  gland.    Nov.-Mfwek.    Moist, 
shaded  parts  of  Trop.  Mex.  and  Cent.  Amer.    B.M. 
3493.  G.C.  111.21:125, 193.  F.C.  1:83.  Mn.7,  p.  67. 
Gn,  M.  2:209.— Sometimes  cut,  usmJJy  used  for  speci- 
men plants  and  in  masses',  often  owd  in  decorations. 
A  gorgeous  f 

or  most  i 
a  fuller 


jits  ana  in  masses,  oiten  own  m  decorations. 

ous  plant.  Var.  jpienfssima,  Hort ,  has  the  fls., 

;  of  them,  transformed  iato  red  br*0tc.  giving 

center     GC.  II.  5:17     Gt    28:182     PM. 


1170 


EUPHORBIA 


EUPHORBIA 


1876:200.  Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  the  upper  Ivs.  white. 
K.H.  1913: 228.— It  is  not  so  vigorous,  blooms  later 
and  requires  more  heat. 

9.  heterophflla,   Linn.  (E.  pandurata,   Hort.?    E. 
havanensiS)  Willd.   E.  cyathophora,  Murr.).   MEXICAN 
FIBB  PLANT.    HYPOCBITE  PLANT.    PAINTED  LEAF. 

FlBE-ON-THE-MoUNTAIN.     ANNUAL  POINSETTIA.     Fig. 

1441.  Annual,  nearly  glabrous,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ivg.  ovate 
and  sinuate-toothed,  or  panduriform,  or  some  of  them 
lanceolate  or  linear  and  entire,  dark  green,  the  upper 
bright  red  at  least  at  the  base:  involucres  small  with 
lor  2  glands.  July-Sept.  E.  and  Cent.  U.  S.  to  Peru. 
Mn.  2,  p.  53.  Gt.  39,  p.  105.— Easily  grown  from  seeds 
in  sunny  gardens  and  also  in  pots  indoors.  White  and 
yellow  variegated  forms  are  in  cult. 

BB.  Sts.  more  or  less  fleshy,  often  cactus-like  and  spiny: 
Ivs.  small,  none  or  soon  deciduous:  infl.  few- 
branched  or  cyathia  single:  stipules  minute  or  none 
(except  in  E.  Fournieri).  Section  EUPHORBIUM. 
Nos.  10-51. 

C.  Branches  cylindrical  or  angled,  not  thorny:  If. -bases 
not  thickened  and  elevated  as  podaria:  Ivs.  alternate 
or  crowded  on  the  angles. 

D.  Joints  or  branches  cylindrical  or  flat.  Subsection 
TIBUCALLI. 

10.  Tirucallii,    Linn.    MILK-BUSH.    INDIAN  TEBB 
SPURGE.   A  small  tree,  with  a  dense  crown  of  slender, 
cylindrical  whorled  branches,  curving  outward  then 
erect:, joints  about  4  in.  long,  twigs  ^-^in.  thick: 
Ivs.  narrow,  about  1  in.  long,  soon  falling.   S.  Asia. — 
A  striking  plant  for  the  succulent  collection.   Easy  of 
cult.,  often  grown  outdoors  in  warm  regions. 

11.  rhipsaloldes,  Lem.,  is  a  closely  related  African 
species  probably  not  now  in  cult.,  but  the  name  is  in 
use  in  the  trade. 

12.  xylophylloides,  Brongn.    Shrub  or  tree:,$runk 
cylindrical,  much  branched;  branches  flat  or  2-angled, 
^in.  wide,  slightly  toothed  along  the  edges:  Ivs. 
minute,  soon  deciduous.  Madagascar. 

DD.  Joints  or  branches  Jf-5-anglea  from  the  decurrent 
l/.-bases  or  comb-like  rows  of  stipules.  Subsection 
GONIOSTEMA  (No.  13)  ana  Subsection  PTERON- 

EUBJB  (NO.  14). 

13.  Foumidri,  Andre1.    St.  4-5-angled,  the  crowded 
persistent  stipules  forming  comb-like  rows  on  the 
angles:  Ivs.  large  at  the  apex  of  the  short  thick  sts.; 
petioles  and  stipules  red.    Madagascar  region.   R.H. 
1896,  p.  226.  L.B.C.  15:1477  (asE.  lopfwgona). 

14.  pteroneura.  Berger.  A  low  shrub 
with  erect,  jointed  branches,  Hin.  thick, 
the  5-6  angles  formed  by  sharp  low 
\  ridges  decurrent  from  the  If  .-oases: 
Ivs.  reduced,  soon  deciduous.  Mex.  (?)— 
Erroneously  grown  under  the  name  of 
E.  cottemdes,  Benth. 

cc.  Branches  succulent  with  thickened 
elevated  If. -bases  (podaria). 

D.  Spines  1-8  on  each  side 

the  If. -base.  Subsection 

DlACANTHITJM.       N  0  8  . 
15-38. 

E.  Podaria    Qf.-bases)    not 

united    into    ribs; 
branches  nearly  cylin- 
drical: Ivs.  wett  developed. 
r.  Bracts  bright  red.  Class 

SPLENDENTES. 
15.  spl6*dens,  Boier, 
CROWN  OF  ^THOBNB.  Fig. 
1442.  Sta.3r4ft.long,  J^-l 
in.  thick,  somewhat  climb- 
ing, covered  with  stout 


spines  about  an  inch  long:  Ivs.  few,  on  the  young 
growth,  obovate  to  oblongnspatulate,  thin,  bright 
green,  1-2  in.  long:  cyathia  in  long-peduncled  dicho- 
tomous  cymes,  near  the  ends  of  the  branches,  each 
closely  subtended  by  2  broadly  ovate  bright  red 
bracts.  Madagascar.  Flowering  all  the  year  but 
mostly  in  winter.  B.M.2902.  L.B.C.  18:1713.  V. 


1443.  Eupfeorbia  neriifoli*. 

2.  p.  74;  14,  p.  16.  G.fc.  II.  19:816  (as  E.  jacquinix- 
fora). — Coolhouse  plant.  The  red  bracts  in  the  green 
Ivs.  on  the  sinuous  spiny  sts.  are  very  striking.  It  can 
be  trained  into  ornamental  forms.  The  seedlings  have 
larger  sts.  and  Ivs.  and  double  spines,  a  smaller  one 
below  each  of  the  ordinary  ones. 

FF.  Bracts  not  conspicuously  colored. 
Class  GRANDIFOLLSS. 

16.  neriif&lia,    Linn.     Fig.    1443.     Arborescent   or 
shrubby:  st.  obtusely  5-angled;  the  small  mammiform 
podaria  in  rows,  with  short,  dark-colored,  divergent 
spines:  branches  somewhat  whorled,  bearing  obovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  thick  Ivs.,  3-5  in.  long,  at  the  summit: 
small  sessile  cymes  of  greenish  cyathia  in  the  upper 
axils.  June,  July.  E.Indies.  Gn.M.  6:196.— The  large 
Ivs.  persistent  from  autumn  to  spring.  Cristate  forms 
are  in  cult.  Fig.  1443  shows  a  hedge  in  W.  Indies. 

17.  druptfera,  Schum.  &  Thonn.   (E.  grandifblia, 
Haw.).    Arborescent:  st.  terete:  branches  obsoletcly 
4-5-angled:    spines    small:    Ivs.    terminal,    obovate- 
cuneate,  obtuse  or  retuse,  6-10  in.  long:  small  cymes 
axillary,  peduncled:  caps,  drupaceous.  Guinea. 

18.  marnmillosa,  Lem.  Low,  cespitose:  branches  less 
than  an  inch  diam.:  podaria  elongated,  conical,  m  5 
spiral  rows:  Ivs.  and  spines  small,  soon  deciduous. 
Nativity  unknown. — Rare  in  cult,  and  not  well  known. 
Probably  the  plants  grown  under  this  name  are  some- 
thing else. 

EE.  Podaria  united  into  ribs:  branches  &-18-<ingled: 

Ivs.  usually  very  small  or  rudimentary. 

F.  Angles  of  the  branches,  8  (rarely  S),  the  branches 

flattened.   Class  COMFRESSJEJ. 

19.  alcicornis,  Baker.    St.  obtusely  Singled,  9  ft. 
high  or  less:  branches  flat,  except  the  triangular  base, 
HUI-    broad:    spines    short,    slender,    dark-colored. 
Madagascar. 

FF.  Angles  of  the  branches  3  (sometimes  4),  but  the  main 

st.  often  5-angled.  Class  TBIGONA. 

a.  Sides  of  branches  solid  green-colored,. 

H.  Spine-shields  separated  by  green  tissue  of  ribs. 

20.  antiquorum,  Linn.  Shrub,  8-10  ft.  high:  branches 
erect,  jointed,  1-2  in.  thick,  the  angles  repand-dentate; 
spine  pairs  about  1  in.  apart;  spines  1-3  fines  long:  Ivs. 
very  small,  roundish.  India.  See  E.  lactea,  No.  23. 

21.  grandldens,  Haw.    Tree,  to  30  ft.  high,  with 
trunk  as  much  as  2  ft.  diam.:  branches  slender,  M~H 


1444.  Euphorbia  grandicorni*. 


EUPHORBIA 

in.  wide,  numerous,  whorled,  erect-spreading,  making 
a  dense  rounded  head  in  older  plants;  sides  of  branches 
almost  plane;  angles  deeply  sinuate  dentate;  spine  jairs 
"  "-'-  apart,  spines  <W>  lines  long,  slender,  light 
brown  to  gray:  Ivs.  very 
small,  triangular.  S. 
Afr. 

HH.  Spine-shields  united, 
forming  a  continu- 
ous horny  edge  to 
the  ribs. 

22.  grandic6rnis, 
GoebeL  Fig.  1444.  Shrub 
or  small  tree:  branches 
3-5  in.  wide,  deeply 
jointed,  the  angles 
broadly  winged,  lobed 
and  sinuate,  the  edge 
zigzag  or  wavy;  spines 
large,  1-2  hi.  long,  light 
colored:  Ivs.  very  small, 
triangular  ovate.  S. 
Afr.(?).~A  fine  plant, 
with  the  longest  spines 
and  widest  wings  of  all. 
A  rapid  grower,  the 
bright  pale  green  con- 
trasting beautifully  with 
the  rich  light  brown  of 
the  spines  and  horny 
margins  on  young 
plants. 

GO.  Sides  of  branches  marbled  with  white  or  yellow. 

23.  lactea,  Haw.  (E.  havanensis,  Hort.,  at  least  in 
part).  Fig.  1445.  Similar  to  E.  antiquorum,  but  with 
a  white-marbled  area  running  through  the  middle 
of  each  face  of  the  branches.   12.  Indies. — One  of  the 
most  common  succulent  euphorbias  in  cult.,of  fine  can- 
delabra form,  and  making  rapid  growth.   The  euphor- 
bias grow^  for  hedges  in  Fla.,  W.  Indies,  etc.,  are  chiefly 
this  species,  though  some  may  be  E.  antiquorum.  It  is 
often  confused  with  E.  Hermentiana.    Cristate  forms 
arc  in  the  trade  as  E.  lactea  monstrosa  and  E.  havanensis 
cnstata,  though  these  should  perhaps  be  referred  to 
E.  antiquorum. 

24.  Hermentiana,  Lem.   Shrub,  with  closely  erect, 
scarcely  jointed  branches,  about  2  m.  thick;  sides 
strongly   concave,   stripea   or   marbled   with   white, 
especially  when  young,  angles  closely  dentate; 
slender,  brown,  2-3  lines  long:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  \  m 

in.  long.  W.  Afr.  G.Z.  19:101.— One  of  the  best, 
true  E.  candelabrum,  Trem.,  but  probably  not  the  one 
common  in  cult,  under  that  name,  is  distinguished  from 
E.  Hermentiana  by  its  rudimentary  scale-like  Ivs. 

FFF.  Angles  of  the  branches  4-8  (rarely  S  on  some 

branches).  Class  POLYGONS. 
o.  Spine-shields  united,  formino  a  continuous  horny 

edge  to  the  nbs. 

H.  Sides  of  mature  branches  plane  or  slightly  convex, 
angles  not  winged,  branches  about  2  in.  aiam. 

25.  Pseudocftctus,  Berger.  St.  4-5-angled:  branches 
3-5-angled,  joints  tapering  upward  from  a  broad  base, 
4-6  in.  long,  2  in.  or  less  thick,  the  surface  with  yellow 
U-shaped  marks  from  center  to  angles:  spines  stout, 
Hin.  long,  brown  to  gray.  Nativity  (?).  J.H.  III.  60:99 
(as  E.  lactea). — Frequent  in  cult.,  often  under  the 
name  of  E.  lactea;  also  as  E.  marmorata  and  E.  tessettata. 

26.  coerule'scens,  Haw.    (E.  virosa,  and  var.  coeru- 
lescens  of  Berger).    Low,  shrubby:  st.  4-5-angled: 
branches  3-angled  at  base,  4-5-angled  above,  2  in. 
thick;  joints  2  in.  or  less  long,  the  sides  bluish  glaucous; 
spines  stout,  Hin,  long:  Ivs.  triangular,  scale-like.   S. 


Afr.    G.Z.  19:102.— A  handsomely  colored  compactly 


EUPHORBIA 


1171 


branched  succulent.  A(Xjrding  to  N.  E.  Brown,  E. 
virdsa,  Willd.,  is  quite  a  different  plant.  It  is  probably 
not  in  cult,  in  Amer. 

27.  Echinus,  Hook.  &  Coss.  Branching  shrub,  with 
6-angled  st.,  branches  ascending,  about  2  in.  thick, 
5-  or  more-angled:  spine  pairs  less  than  Hin.  apart; 
spines  Hin.  long,  red  to  gray.  Morocco.  G.Z.  1904:122. 

HH.  Sides  of  mature  branches  concave,  angles  more  or 
less  winged,  branches  often  8-4  in.  thick. 

28.  triangularis,  Desf .  Tree-like  :st.  at  first  6-angled, 
later  cylindrical:  branches  whorled,  divergent,  then 
ascending,  3-5;angled,  2-4  in.  thick;  joints  2-12  in. 
long;  spine  pairs  3-9  lines  apart;  spines  less  than  5 
lines  long;  spine-shields  united  only  on  stronger  shoots: 
Ivs.  smaU,  roundish.  S.  Afr.(?). 

29.  Cooperi,  N.  E.  Br.  Tree-like:  whorled  ascending 
branches,  3-5  in.  thick,  the  joints  broad  at  base  ana 
tapering  upward,  6-angledj  spines  5  lines  long,  black  to 
gray.  Natal. — A  fine  species. 

QQ.  Spine-shields  separate.  See  also  No.  28. 

H.  Sides  of  mature  branches  plane  or  slightly  convex, 

angles  not  winged,  branches  less  than  2  in.  thick. 

30.  resinifera,  Berg  (E.  San  Salvador,  Hort.).     A 
much-branched    shrub:    branches    4-angled,    spine- 
shields  triangular-rounded,  small,  3-5  lines  apart.  S.W. 
Morocco.  G.Z.  19 : 102.— This  species  yields  the  euphor- 
bium  gum  of  the  ancients. 

31.  canarie*nsis,  Linn.   Shrub  or  tree,  12-20  ft.  high, 
with  many  4-6-angled,  suberect,  not  conspicuously 
jointed  branches,  as  much  as  3  in.  thick;  angles  sub- 
entire;  spines  2  lines  long,  black:  Ivs.  almost  none. 
Canary  Isls.  Gn.  53,  p.  46.-~This  is  one  of  the  most  com- 
m«n  succulent  euphorbias.    It  is  easy  to  gjjow  and  prop, 
readily  from  cuttings,  as  well  as  from  seeds  which  are 
frequently  produced  in  cult.    Several  other  species  arc 
in  cult,  under  this  name. 


1445.  Euphorbia  Uctwu  No.  23. 


1172 


EUPHORBIA 


EUPHORBIA 


.  Euphorbia  meloformis 
.  No.  44. 


HH.  Sides  of  branches  concave  to  deeply  grooved  between 
the  not,  which  or*  more  or  less  winged;  branches 
2-6  in.  thick.  (The  species  of  this  group  and 
several  others,  a  g.  E.  tenebrosa,  N.  E.  Br.,  E. 
acrurensis,  N.  E.  Br.,  E.  grandis,  Lem.  (E.  neutra, 
Bejrger),  E.  controverts,  N.  E.  Br.,  E.  Erythraa 
N.  E.  Br.,  are  in  cult.,  probably  some  in  Amer., 
as  E.  abyssinica  or  some  as  E  candelabrum. 
The  true  E.  abyssinica,  Gmel.,  is  not  in  cult.) 
32.  neglScta.  N.  E.  Br.  (E.  abyssinica,  Berger,  not 
Gmel.).  Tree:  branches  5-8-angled,  joints  4-12  in.  long, 
4-5  in  thick,  the  con- 
spicuous wings  marked  by 
swollen  veins;  spine  pairs 
1  in.  apart,  sunken;  spines 
stout,  brown,  1-2  lines 
long:  Ivs.  narrow,  1  m.  or 
more  long:  flowering  eye 
above  the  spine-shield. 
N.  Afr.  GC  III.  20. 497. 
Gn.  52,  p.  106. 

33.  sfcnilis,  Berger  (E 
natalensis,  Hort,  not 
Bernh.).  Differs  from  E 
neglecta  m  branches  5- 
angled :  spine  pairs  on  apex 
of  a  recurved  tooth.  Ivs. 
shorter;  spines  darker:  veins  m  wings  not  prominent. 
Natal(?). 

34.  disclftst,  N.  E.  Br.  (E.  candeldbntm,  Berger,  not 
Trem  ,   see  No.  24).    Tree,  with  4-5-angled  st    and 
branches,  slightly  jointed:  spine  pairs  8-10  lines  apart; 
spines  3-^5  lines  long,  stout,  dark  brown  to  gray  flower- 
ing eye  included  m  the  spine-shield.   Abyssinia. 

FFFF.  Angles  of  branches  9-13. 

G.  Spine-shields  almost  always  united  into  a  horny 
margin;  grooves  between  nbs  rather  shallow: 
branches  about  2  in.  thick 

35.  Beaumierana,  Hook   &  Coss     A  shrub  to  9  ft. 
high:  branches  erect,  9-10-angled;  spines  short,  spread- 
ing, red  when  young.   Morocco.  J  H.  Ill  59:627. 

36.  officinarum,  Linn.  Shrub:  branches  9-1 3-angled; 
spines  but  little  spreading,  yellowish  to  gray,  3-6  lines 
long:  Ivs.  minute.   N.  Afr.  R.H.  1875,  pp.  336-7. 

GO.  Spine-shields  often  isolated;  grooves  between  nbs 
very  deep. 

37.  fruticdsa.  Forsk.    Low  shrub:  branches  erect, 
scarcely  jointed,  6-9  lines  thick,  10-13-nbbed;  spines 
6-9  lines  long,  spreading,  brown  when  young    Arabia. 

38.  Pfersdorfii,  Hort.    Trunk  round.    l>f-2K  m. 
thick,  9-angled,  much  branched  when  old:  spines  large, 
4-9  lines  long. — A  species  not  very  well  known. 

DD.  Spines,  if  any,  not  in  stipular  position. 

Subsection  TBBISIA. 
E.  Podana  m  longitudinal  rows  or  ribs. 

F.  Body  cylindrical:  stenle  infl.  transformed  into  thorns. 

Class  ANTHACANTHA. 

G.  Ribs  without  prominent  cross  furrows  between  podana. 

39.  heptagfou,  Linn.    St.  3-4  ft.  high,  over  1  m. 
thick,     candelabraform-branched,    5-8 -ribbed*     ribs 
broader  than  high;  thorns  not  numerous,  strong,  yel- 
low, %m.  long.  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  acute.    Cape  of 
Good  Hope. — According  to  N.  E.  Brown  the  plants  of 
this  section  and  their  names  are  much  confused  in  cult, 
and  without  careful  study  it  would  b&  difficult  to  say 
just  what  is  being  grown  under  the  names  of  E.  hep- 
tagona,  E.  mammulant,  E.  enopla,  etc. 

40.  cereiffrmis,  Linn.   (E.  enneagona,   Haw.).    St. 
erect,  2-3  ft.  high :  branches  with  9-13  straight  ribs,  the 
podaria  forming  declined  teeth:  Ivs  small,  triangular; 


thorns  numerous,  4-7  lines  long.  Cape  region. — Cut- 
tings from  the  branches  have  a  different  form  from 
seedlings. 

41.  polygona.  Haw.    St.  up  to  5  ft.  high,  5  in.  thick, 
10-13-nbbed,  the  ribs  high  and  narrow,  often  somewhat 
spiral:  thorns  4-5  lines  long;  Ivs.  mmute.  Cape  region. 

GG.  Ribs  with  the  podaria  separated  by  cross  furrows 

42.  mammJQlaria,  Linn.   Low:  branches  7-12-nbbed, 
about  1  in.  thick;  ribs  flat:  podaria  not  prominent; 
zones  of  spines  up  to  1  in.  long,  alternate  with  areas 
free  from  them.    Cape  region.    Var.  spindsior,  Berger, 
is  more  vigorous  and  spiny,   with  more  prominent 
podana. 

43  submammillaris,  Berger.  St.  irregularly 
branched,  1  in.  thick:  branches  with  about  5-8  straight 
ribs,  2  lines  high;  podaria  forming  pointed  tubercles: 
Ivs.  linear;  thorns  numerous  on  strong  branches,  few  on 
others  Cape  region(T). — Grown  as  E.  mexicana,  E. 
imbncata,  and  E.  cereiformis. 

FT.  Body  spherical,  not  thorny. 

44.  melofonnw,  Ait.    MELON  SPURGE.    Fig.  1446. 
Globose  or  pyriform,  3-5  in.  thick,  deeply  8-10-nbbed; 
ribs  obscurely  tuberculate  on  the  almost  acute  angles; 
sides   transversely  darjc   and   light   green-striped,    or 
wrinkled  when  oM:  Ivs    few  and  small:  fls    at  the 
depressed  apex;  the  old  forked  branches  of  the  mfl. 
sub-persistent  but  not  spinose.    A  few  small  branches 
similar  to  the  main  st  present.   S  Afr.   L  B  C.  5  436. 
A  G  11 : 463  — A  curious  and  rare  plant,  often  mistaken 
for  a  cactus  and  showing  extreme  reduction  in  xero- 
phytic  euphorbias  as  Mammillaria  does  for  the  cacti. 

EE.  Podana  in  spirals  checkering  the  axis. 
F.  Joints  or  branches  globose  to  short-cylindrical'  glands 
of  the   involucre   with    lobed   or   comb-like   edges. 
See  also  No  51.   Class  DACTYLANTHES. 

45.  globdsa,  Sims  (E   glomerdta,  Hort ).    Low,  the 
spherical  or  short  cylindrical  to  club-shaped  joints 
crowded,  forming  a  clump  near  the  ground:  joints 


1447.   Euphorbia  Lathyrii,  young  plant  seen  endwise.    No.  52 


Yr-'l  in.  long;  podana  very  flat,  pentagonal:  Ivs.  very 
small,  triangular*  peduncle  2-4  in.  long;  glands  of 
involucre  with  3-4  lobes  which  are  green  with  white 
pits;  flowering  all  summer.  Cape  region.  B.M.  2624. 
46.  ornitkopiUL  Jacq.  Much-branched  half -shrub: 
joints  1  in.  or  less  thick,  short-cylindrical;  podaria 


EUPHORBIA 

elongated  into  conical  projections:  Ivs.  email  ovate: 
peduncles  short;  fls.  much  as  m  E.  globosa,  involucral 
glands  erect,  the  3-4  teeth  pitted  and  white-marked. 
Cape  region.  B.M.2520.  L.B.C.3:220(as.E.anacanJ/ia). 
47.  anac&ntha,  Ait.  Cespitose  sub-shrub,  with  some 
joints  4-8  in.  long,  %m.  truck:  podaria  oblong,  some- 
what projecting:  Ivs.  small,  ovate-oblong;  cyathia 
almost  sessile  at  apex  of  branches;  glands  divergent, 
the  3-lobes  white  with  greenish  pits.  Cape  region. 

FF  Joints  of  the  branches  obscure  or  none;  branches 

cyhndncalf  many  times  as  long  as  thick. 
3.  Sinuous  or  snake-hke  branches  many,  from  a  thick 
basal  st.;  thorns  none:  Ivs.  small;  glands  comb-like. 
Class  MEDUSEA. 

48  Caput-Meddsae,  Linn.   (E.   Commelinii,   DC.). 
MEDUSA'S  HEAD.    Branches  1-2  in.  thick,  numerous, 
declined  about  the  short,  obcomcal  st  ,  with  ends  erect, 
6-12  in.  long:  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate,  about  1  in.  long: 
cyathia  single,  from  short,  thick  peduncles;  glands  erect, 
white    Cape  region  —  A  curious  and  interesting  plant; 
often  seen  as  single-stemmed  plants  grown  from  branch 
cuttings    E  partnmdmma,  Boiss.,  is  also  in  cult,  under 
this  name.  See  Suppl.  list. 

49  ine'rmis,  Mill    (E   viperina,  Berger,  fide  N.  E. 
Br.    E  serpentdna,  Hort  ?).    Smaller:  branches  about 
^im.  thick,  12m  long;  podaria  narrow,  in  6-8  somewhat 
spiral  rows:  Ivs  very  small,  ovate;  cyathia  J^in.  wide, 
whitish,  glands  divergent.  Cape  region.  BM  7971. 

GO.  Sinuous  or  snake-like  branches  none;  glands  simple, 
flat,  without  divided  appendages.  Ivs  usually  large; 
cyathia  usually  long  peduncled,  subtended  by  sevefhl 
broad  bracts.  Class  TREISIA. 

50.  loricata,  Lam  (E  Hfatnz,  Jacq  ,  fide  N.  E.  Br.) 
A  shrubj  2-3  ft.  high  :  branches  divergent  from  the  base, 
Mm.  thick:  Ivs.  linear,  2-3  in.  long:  peduncles  persist- 
ent as  numerous  brownish  red  thorns.  Cape  region  — 
Some  species  of  the  subsection  Anthacantha  are  in  cult. 
under  the  name  of  E  Hysinx  The  names  E  dava, 
Jacq  ,  and  E.  coronata,  Thunb  ,  are  used  in  the  trade  and 
belong  to  closely  related  if  not  identical  species  of  S. 
Afr  ,  probably  not  in  cult.  The  sts.  are  smaller  and  the 
mfl  less  spmose  than  in  E.  loncata. 

51  bupleurifdlia.  Jacq  St  ovate-spherical,  elon- 
gated in  age,  3  in.  thick.  4-5  in.  high:  podaria  scale-like, 
imbricated,  quadrangular-  Ivs.  at  st.  apex,  4-8  in.  long, 

lanceolate:  fls. 
long-stalked; 
peduncle  not 
persistent  Cape 
region.  B  M. 
3476.  —  Seldom 
cult  ,  and,  as  it 
does  not  branch, 
cannot  be  prop. 
by  cuttings  E. 
clandestina, 
Jacq  .  differing 
in  the  club- 
shaped  st,  1H- 
2  in  thick,  with 
oblong  podaria 
divergent  above. 
small  Ivs.  ana 


EUPHORBIA 


1173 


1448.  Euphorbia  epithymoides.   No.  57. 


nearly  sessile  cyathia  is  listed,  probably  erroneously, 
in  the  trade. 

BBB.  Sts.  herbaceous  or  woody,  rarely  somewhat  fleshy, 
not  spiny:  infl.  umbellate:  stipules  none.    Section 

TlTHYMALUS 

c.  Lvs.  below  the  umbel  decussate:  tatt  annual  herb. 

52.  Lathyris,  Linn.  CAPER  SPURGE.  MOLE  PLANT. 
Fig.  1447  Annual,  2-3  ft.  tall:  Ivs.  long,  lance- 
linear,  those  of  the  infl.  ovate-acuminate:  glands  short- 


horned:  caps,  somewhat  fleshy,  K~Hi&>  dum.  Bu , 
and  naturalized  in  E.  U.  8.  Kept.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard 
11,  pi.  11. — Cult,  m  old  gardens.  Caps,  sometimes 
pickled,  seeds  used  as  a  purgative.  Said  to  drive  away 
moles  from  its  neighborhood  (see  Cor- 
nell Bull.  61 : 331) ;  for  a  similar  reason 
known  as  "gopher  plant"  in  S.  Calif. 

cc.  Lvs.  usually  clustered  at  end*  of 
branches:  shrubs.  (Ewphorbw- 
dendron,  Millsp.). 

53  atropurpuiea,  Brouss.  Branch- 
ing shrub,  3-6  ft.  high:  Ivs.   pale, 
glaucous  green,  spreading  or  droop- 
ing, 2-3  in    long,  umbel  5-10-rayea, 
cyathia  surrounded  by  large,  dark 
purple,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  con- 
nate bracts;  glands  ovate-.    March. 
Teneriffe     B  M.  3321.— Some  other 
red-leaved  species  used  for  bedding 
in  Amer  have  been  cult,  under  this 
name,  i  e  ,  a  purplish  variety  of  E. 
pulchemma,  and  possibly  E.  hsema- 
todes,  Boiss. 

54  Rfcgis-Jftbas,  Webb.   Like  the 
last   but   Ivs    narrowly  linear   and 
bracts     almost    yellow:     involucral 
glands  with  2  short  horns.  Teneriffe. 
— Some  plants  under  this  name  are 
E.  piscatdna,  Ait.  See  Suppl.  list. 

55  dendroides,    Linn.     A    large 
branching  shrub,  more  foliaceous  than 
the  two  preceding  Ivs.  linear-lanceo- 
late, obtuse  or  acute'  bracts  yellow- 
ish, rhomboid-orbicular   mucronate; 
glands     truncate     or     semi-lunate. 
Medit  region.   Gn.  36,  p.  203.   R  H. 
1887:160 

56  fulva,  Stapf  (E.  eldstica,  Altam. 
&  Rose)     PALO  AMARILLO.     Small 
tree:  Ivs.   lanceolate,   acute,   pubes- 
cent cyathia  few,  bracts  small,  glands 


1449.  Euphorbia 


ovate:  caps,  conical,  1  in.  long.  Mex.    Cyparissias  (xJi). 
—Used  for  rubber.  No  60 

ccc.  Lvs.  below  the  umbel  alternate:  leafy  perennial  herbs 

D.  Glands  of  the  involucre  oval,  entire. 
57  epithymoJdes,  Jacq  (E.  polychrdma.  Kern.) 
Fig  1448  Many  sts.  1  ft.  or  more  long,  forming  a 
hemispherical  clump,  rays  of  umbel  5:  Ivs.  oblong, 
dark  green,  those  of  the  infl.  various  shades  of  yellow  at 
flowering  time.  May  Eu.  B.M.  2258.  Gn.  69,  p.  295. 
— A  beautiful  plant  for  the  formal  or  informal  border. 

58.  pildsa,  Linn.  Sts  about  18  in.  high  from  a  thick 
rootstock,  pilose:  Ivs.  oblong,  nearly  entire:  umbel  5- 
6-rayed,  with  similar  branches  below,  caps.  2  lines 
broad,  nearly  smooth  or  hairy,  with  or  without  minute 
warts    Eu  and  N.  Asia    Var  major  is  a  better  form 
for  gardens  with  beautiful  golden  yellow  foliage. 

59.  palustris,  Linn.   Differs  from  E.  pilosa  chiefly  in 
being  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  more  rays  in  the  umbel, 
and  caps,  with  small  but  distinct  warts  on  the  back. 
Eu.  Gn.  76,  p.  499.— The  floral  Ivs.  are  a  bright  yellow. 

DD.  Glands  of  involucre  truncate,  retuse,  S-horned  or 
crescent-shaped. 
E.  Seeds  smooth. 

60.  Cyparissias,  Linn    CYPRESS  SPURGE  and  many 
local   names.     Fig.    1449.     Many   short   plume-like 
branches  from  the  crowns  and  adventitious  root-buds, 
covered  with  spreading,  narrowly  linear,  dark  green  Ivs. 
1  in.  long,  Eu.  L.B.C.  2:118.  G.C.  II.  22 : 469.  Rept. 
Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  11,  pi   50.— Cult,  in  old  gardens  and 
cemeteries  for  its  moss-like  growth.   Naturalized  and 
a  weed  in  E.  U,  S.,  but  rarely  producing  seed  here. 


1174 


EUPHORBIA 


EUPHORIA 


61.  Wfilfenii,  Hoppe.   Sts.  3-4  ft.  high,  forming  a 
clump,  densely  covered  with  lanceolate,  linear,  acute, 
bluish  green  pubescent  Ivs.,  those  of  the  mfl.  yellow,  or 
the  base  of  the  st.  bare  later,  except  for  the  conspicuous 
leaf -scars:  umbel  many-rayed:  glands  2-horned.    Eu. 
B.  R.  24:6  (aaE.  Veneta).  G.  31:103.  G.C.  III.  39:331. 
Gn.  57,  pp.  440-1;  74,  p.  40.  G.W.  13,  p.  305. 

62.  biglanduldsa,  Desf.    Differs  from  E.  myrsimtes, 
chiefly  in  the  erect  sts.,  lanceolate,  acute  Ivs.  and  smooth 
seeds.  Sicily  to  Syria.   B.R.  274  (as  E.  ngida). 

BE.  Seeds  rugose  or  pitted. 

63.  pinea,  Linn.   St.  glabrous:  st.-lvs.  linear;  those 
of  the  mfl.  reniform-cordate:  rays  of  umbel  5-7.  Eu. 

64.  robtista,  Small,  and  Palmeri,  Engelm.,  are  many- 
stemmed  desert  plants  from  W.  U.  S.,  about  1  ft.  high 
with  small  ovate  Ivs.,  irregularly  crescent-shaped  glands 
and  roughened  seeds.   Kept.  Mo.  Bot.  Garden.  11:  pis. 
40.  49. — They  have  been  offered  for  sale,  but  have  little 
cultural  value. 

65.  myrsinites,  Linn.  The  many  declined  sts.  covered 
with  large,  fleshy,  glaucous,  obovate-oblong,  concave, 
pointed  TVS.  in  close  spirals:  umbel  7-12-rayed;  glands 
and  fls.  yellow:  seeds  rugose.    Eu. — A  plant  of  old 
gardens;  good  for  walls  and  rockeries. 

The  following  have  been  reported  in  cult,  in  Eu  but  are  not  in 
the  American  trade. 

B.  aggregdta,  Berger.  A  succulent  grown  like  E.  cereifornus  — 
E  alSpptca,  Linn.  Annual  of  Tithymalus  section. — E.  amygda- 
l&tdes,  Linn.  Perennial  and  almost  woody.  Common  in  England. — 
E.  anguldna,  Klotzsch  (E  fimbriata.  Hort  ).  A  3-5-angled  succulent. 
— E  aphylla,  Brousa  Semi-succulent  shrub,  near  E.  Tirucalh  Gt. 
37.277 — E.  arbuscida,  Balf.  Semi-succulent  shrub  near  E  xylo- 
phylloides — E  balsamlfera,  Ait  Tropical  shrub.  Ivs.  at  end  of 
branches.  Allied  to  E.  dendroides.— E.  BerthelAtu,  C  Bolle  Sub- 
tropical shrub  allied  to  E  Regis-Jubae,  name  used  incorrectly  in 
*he  trade  — E  Bdjen,  Hook  (E.  Breomi)  Semi-succulent,  slender, 
spiny  shrub  near  E  splendens,  Hook.  B  M.  3527  — E  bubalina, 
Boiss  (Section  Treisia).  Low,  slender,  spineless  succulent,  leafy 
at  apex  R  B.  209  (as  E.  oxystejna)  — E  Cdclut,  Erenh.  Succulent, 
spiny  3-angled  shrub,  near  E.  Hermentiana. — E  cattimdndoo, 
Ell.  Small,  succulent,  spiny,  5-angled  tree  — E  cervicdrms, 
Boiss.=E  hrmata. — E.  cnamxsyce,  Linn.  Low,  oppoaite-lvd. 
herb  with  corolla-like  cyathia  in  clusters. — E.  charAciag,  Linn. 
Umbellate  perennial  herb  near  E.  Wulfenu.  Gn.  59,  p.  447  G  C 
II.  13  657. — E.  coUetioides,  Benth.  Low  Mexican  shrub  Ivs 
opposite  Plants  grown  under  this  name  may  be  E  pteroneura 
— E  Dinlen,  Berger.  Spiny,  6-8-angled  succulent  shrub  often 
i  under  names  of  E  virosa  and  E  tetragona  — E  Dregedna, 
Spineless,  almost  leafless  shrub,  near  E  Tirucalli—  E 
la,  Boiss.  Spiny  succulent  near  E  heptagona.  and  confused 
with  it. — S.  erdsa,  Willd.  Spiny  succulent,  near  E  mammillans. 
— B.  falcdta,  Linn  Annual  herb,  near  E  Aleppica  — E  fimbridta, 
Hort  «=E.  angularia  — E.  hamcUa,  Sweet  (E  cervicorma,  Boiss  ) 
Low  succulent  shrub,  leafy  at  apex,  near  E  clandestina. — E 
hehc6thde,  Lem.  Spiny,  succulent  tree,  leafy  at  apex,  near  E 
nemfoha,  I.H.  4,  p.  100,  desc  — E.  hdtoscdpia,  Linn  Umbel- 
late annual  (Section  Tithymalus)  Kept.  Mo.  Bot  Gard.  11 
pi.  26 — E.  Intisy,  Drake.  Semi -succulent  tropical  shrub,  near 
E.  Tirucalli  — E.  Lagdacx,  Spreng  Annual,  near  E  pilosa  — E. 
L6.ro,  Drake  Semi-succulent  shrub  near  E  Tirucalh  —E  laun- 
fdlui,  Juss.  Tropical  shrub,  leafy  at  ends  of  branches,  near  E. 
atropurpurea. — E  Ledi&mi,  Berger.  Spiny  succulent,  near  E 
virosa,  grown  under  the  names  of  E.  pentagona,  E  ccerulea,  and 
E.  coerulescens.  B.M.  8275. — E.  Lemairedna,  Boiss.  Spiny  suc- 
culent. Near  E  grandicorma — E  lophogdna.  Lam.  Succulent 
with  f nnged  angles,  near  E  Fourmen.  B  M  8076  — E.  macro- 

rpha,  Lem.  Spiny,  3-angled  succulent — E  Mdrlothn,  Pax— 
Montien  — E.  mauritdnica.  Linn.  Semi-succulent  shrub.  Near 
Tirucalh  — E.  mettifera,  Ait  Tree,  leafy  at  branch  ends.  Near 
E.  dendroides.  B  M.  1305.— #  MontiM,  Hook  (E.  Marlothu, 
Pax ).  Succulent  shrub,  leafy  at  the  apex ,  of  Section  Pseud- 
euphorbium.  B.M.  5534  — E.  Morinii,  Berger.  Spiny  succulent, 
near  E  cereiformis. — E.  mvltvceps,  Berger.  Succulent.  Near  E. 
Caput-MedustB — E.  niviilia,  Ham  Spiny,  succulent  shrub,  leafy 
at  apex.  Near  E  nerufoha  — E.  Nyifue,  Pax.  Succulent  tree  with 
2-angled  joints. — E  oblaa,  Hook.  Succulent.  Near  E.  meloformis 
B.M  7888  — E.  obtunfdlm,  Poir.  Semi-succulent  shrub.  Near  E 
Tirucalh — E  offictndrum,  Linn.  Succulent,  spiny,  9-13-angled 
shrub.  Near  E.  Beaumienana  — E,  Paralias,  Linn.  Perennial  herb 
of  Section  Tithymalus — E.  parmmdmma,  Boiss  Low  succulent, 
without  spines.  Near  E.  Caput-Medusse. — E.  PhiUiptna,  N.  E.  Br. 
Succulent,  spiny,  9-angled  shrub  Near  E.  Beaumierana. — E. 
p\lulifera,  Linn.  Low  annual  with  opposite  Ivs.  and  inconspic- 
uous cyathia  in  clusters:  glands  appendaged. — E.  ptacatdna.  Ait. 
Tropical  shrub:  narrow  Ivs.  at  end  of  branches.  Near  E.  Regis- 
Jubte  — E.  plumerioldes,  Teysmann.  Tropical  shrub  similar  to  the 
previous  one — E.  proaimbens,  Mill.  (E.  pug&iformis,  Boiss.) 
Succulent,  not  spiny.  Near  E.  Caput-Medusie.  B.M.  8082. 
R.B.  161. — E.  puni&M,  Swart*.  Tropical  shrub.  Near  E.  atro- 
purpurea. B.R.  190.  BM.  1961.  LBC  20-1901.  G.C.  II.  15-529. 
— E.  pynfdlw,  Lam.  Semi-succulent  shrub,  leafy  at  the  apex. 


Near  E.  lophogona.  —  E.  Sapinu,  Do  Wild.  Slender,  spiny  suc- 
culent. Near  E.  cereiformis.  G.C.  III.  45:66.— E.  ScMmperi, 
Presl.  Semi-succulent  shrub.  Near  E.  Tirucalli. — E.  Schimpendna, 
Hochst.  An  African  annual  of  Section  Tithymalus.  This  name 
perhaps  used  erroneously  for  E.  Schimperi.  —  E  Scolop&ndria, 
Don— E.  stellata. —  E  acopifdrmia,  Boiss.  «E.  serpiformis.  —  E. 
serpif6rm\8,  Boiss  Section  Arthrothamnus.  Slender-branched 
semi-succulent  shrub  with  opposite,  rudimentary  Ivs. — IS?.  Sib- 
thorpii,  Boiss.  Perennial  herb.  Near  E  Wulfemi.— E.  Sipolinn, 
N  E.  Br  Slender  succulent  shrub  with  decurrent  lf.-base«. 
Near  E.  pteroneura. — E.  spin  dan,  Linn.  Umbellate  sub-shrub 
or  herb  of  S  Eu  Section  Tithymalus. — E.  atapehfdrmu,  Hort. 
— E.  stapehoidea,  Boiss  (?).  A  plant  near  E  buplounfoha  — 
E.  Stapfit,  Berger  Spiny,  succulent,  4-angled  shrub. — E  atel- 
Iseapina,  Haw.  Spiny  10-13-nbbed  succulent.  Near  E  ooreiformia 
— E.  stelldta,  Wind  (E  uncmata,  DC  ,  referred  here  according  to 
N.  E  Br.).  Spiny  succulent  with  branches  V-shaped  in  crosb- 
soction,  and  clustered  on  a  short  thick  «t  — K.  tetragdna,  Haw. 
Spiny,  succulent  4-angled  tree.  R  B  39. — E,  tngdna,  Haw. 
Spiny,  succulent,  3-angled  shrub,  near  E  antiquorum  — E.  <u6cr- 
culdta,  Jacq.  Low  succulent,  near  E.  Caput-Medusse. — E.  uncwdta 
-=E.  stellata. 

Other  names  used  but  not  classified:  E.  AmMw,  Hort.— B. 
artwuldta,  Hort  — E.  aur&wt,  Hort.  (E.  Amelia?). — E.  CApul  Cvm- 
mHinn,  Hort.  (E.  Caput-Medusse? ) — E.  Caput-odorMa,  Hort. — E. 
Cdput'Simiac,  Hort  — E.  copMsts,  Hort.  (succulent). — E.  colubrina, 

SoTt—E  cyHndnca,  Hort.— E.  dentdta,  Hort.—  E.  de  Smetidna, 
ort  — E  ericta,  Hort. — B.  fundlis,  Hort. — E.  aardemsefdlui,  Hort. 
— E.  grdcilw,  Hort  — E.  HouUetidna,  Hort  — E  HoullMn,  Hort  — E. 
tonmfdlia,  Hort  — E.  mdngador,  Hort.  (E.  mogador,  Hort.?)  — E. 
Mitten  — E.  obtfoa,  Hort. — E.  pavotnsis,  Hort. — E.  pulchra,  Hort. 
— E.  PuUehdno,  Hort  — E.  Rtb&tn,  Hort.— -E.  sahantouns,  Hort.— 
B.  waUonitn**,  Hort.  j  g  g  NoRTON< 

EUPH6RIA  (name  refers  to  the  fact  that  the  plant 
carries  well  its  edible  frs.).  Sapinddcese.  A  half-dozen 
trees  in  Trop.  and  Subtrop.  Asia,  allied  to  Litchi  but 
differing  in  having  petals  and  a  deeply  5-parted  imbri- 
cate calyx;  both  genera  are  sometimes  combined  in 
Nephelmm.  Lvs.  pinnate:  fls.  regular;  petals  spatulate 
or  lanceolate,  hairy  inside,  stamens  usually  8:  fr.  glob- 
ular or  ellipsoid,  more  or  less  tuberculate  or  warty, 
the  size  of  a  cherry  or  plum.  The  following  species  IB 
widely  cult  in  the  eastern  tropics.  E.  LongAna,  Lam. 
(Nephehwn  Longana,  Cambess.).  Tree,  30-40  ft ,  with 
gray  bark:  Ivs.  scattered:  Ifts.  opposite  or  alternate, 
elliptic  to  ovate  to  lanceolate,  2-5  pairs,  rather  obtuse 
at  both  ends,  to  12  in  long,  entire:  fls.  small  (^in.  or 


1450.  Leaves  of  Buptelea  polyandra. 


EUPHORIA 


EURYOPS 


1175 


less  across),  yellowish  white,  in  puberulent  terminal 
and  axillary  panicles;  calyx  deeply  5-6-lobed;  petals 
about  equaling  calyx,  spatulate1  fr  globose,  reddish  or 
purple,  %m.  or  less  diam.,  tuberculate  or  becoming 
warty  or  nearly  smooth,  with  an  edible  aril.  India. 
B.M.  4096.  B.R.  1729.-— A  much-prized  fr.  m  China, 
under  the  name  of  longyen,  or  linkeng,  resembling 
Utchi  but  smaller  and  smoother  and  yellow-brown 

L.  H  B. 

EUPHRASIA  (Greek  for  hilarity  or  delight)  Scroph- 
ulanacex.  EYEBRIGHT,  More  than  100  low  herbs, 
of  no  special  horticultural  value  although  some  of  them 
are  mentioned  in  connection  with  alpme-gardenmg. 
They  are  more  or  less  parasitic  on  roots  of  other  plants: 
Ivs.  opposite,  dentate  or  incised:  fls  small,  largely 
whitish  or  purplish,  in  terminal  leafy  spikes;  calyx 
mostly  4-cleft;  corolla  2-lipped ;  stamens  4,  didynamous, 
ascending  under  the  upper  lip:  caps,  oblong,  many 
seeded,  dehiscent  The  species  range  in  temperate 
and  cold  parts  of  the  globe,  several  of  them  being  N. 
American. 

EUPTfcLEA  (Greek  eu,  well,  handsome,  and  ptelea, 
elm)  Trochodindrdccar.  Ornamental  woody  suojects 
grown  for  their  handsome  foliage;  also  the  red  anthers 
of  the  precocious  flowers  are  conspicuous  in  early  spring. 

Deciduous  shrubs  or  small  trees,  \vmter-buds  con- 
spicuous, with  imbricate  dark  brown  scales  Ivs  alter- 
nate, sU'ndcr-petioled,  dentate  fls  before  the  Ivs ,  m 
axillary  clusters  along  labt  year's  branches,  perfect, 
without  perianth;  stamens  many,  with  large  oblong- 
linear,  red  anthers  carpels  many,  stipitate,  oblique, 
with  a  decurrent  btigma,  developing  after  the  stamens 
have  dropped,  growing  into  a  .small,  slender-stalked 
obliquely  winged  1-4-seeded  nutlet  — Three  species  m 
Japan,  Cent  and  W  China,  and  E  Himalayas 

They  are  graceful  bubhy  trees  resembling  the  linden 
in  habit  and  foliage;  the  bright  green  leaves  are  very 
slender-stalked,  and  the  tree  is  conspicuous  m  early 
spring  from  the  bright  red  anthers  of  its  flowers  E. 
polyandra  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
and  possibly  E.  Franchctn  is  of  the  same  hardiness. 
They  seem  to  grow  well  in  a  loamy  well-drained  soil 
and  prefer  somewhat  moist  situations.  Propagation  is 
by  seeds  or  by  grafting  on  their  own  roots 

polyAndra,  Sieb.  &  Zucc  Figs  1450,  1451.  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs  long-petioled,  usually  round- 
ish ovate,  cuspidate,  coarsely  and  irregularly  dentate, 
below  pale  green  and  slightly  pubescent  on  the  veins, 
2-4  in.  long:  carpels  usually  1 -seeded,  ^m  long.  April. 
Japan.  S  Z  72  SI  F  T41  Gng.  16:162. 

Franchetii,  Van  Ticghem  (E  Davulitina,  Hemsl , 
not  Baill ).  Tree,  to  40  ft  :  Ivs  long-petioled,  usually 
roundish-ovate,  cuspidate,  fairly  regularly  sinuate- 
dentate,  light  green  below,  2-4  in,  long:  carpels  usually 
2-3-seedecL  April  Cent  and  W.  China.  H.I.  28:2787. 
V.F.9. 

E.  pleiosptrma,  Hook.  f.  &  Thorns  (E  Davidiana,  Baill  ). 
Closely  related  to  E.  Franchetu  Lvs.  glaucous  below  carpels 
somewhat  larger.  W.  China,  E.  Himalayas. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

EtJRYA  (Greek  for  large,  but  of  no  application). 
Ternstrcemidccse  (or  The&cex).  Shrubs  of  S.  Asia  and 
Malaya  (30  or  more  species),  with  small  dioecious  fls , 
berry-like  frs ,  and  simple,  glabrous  evergreen  Ivs. :  fls. 
in  axillary  clusters,  or  rarely  solitary;  petals  and  sepals 
5:  stamens  15  or  less  (rarely  only  5),  joined  to  the  base 
of  the  corolla:  ovary  usually  3-loculcd.  Cleyera  is  by 
some  included  in  this  genus.  The  euryas  are  allied  to 
camellias,  and  require  much  the  same  treatment. 
They  are  grown  for  foliage  rather  than  for  fls.  They 
require  an  intermediate  temperature  and  a  peaty  soil. 
Prop,  by  cuttings  taken  from  the  tips  of  growing  shoots. 
E  japfinica,  Thunb.  (E.  Siebdldn,  Hort.),  is  the  com- 
mon species,  and  is  very  variable.  The  variegated  form 


of  it  (known  in  the  trade  as  E.  latifdlia  vanegdta)  is  one 
of  the  best  glasshouse  decorative  pot  shrubs'  Ivs. 
variable  in  shape,  usually  ovate-acuminate  and  irregu- 
larly toothed  or  notched,  short-petioled,  variously 
blotched  with  white,  fls.  greenish  white,  in  small, 
axillary  clusters.  Japan.  V.  23:5.  L  H.  B 

BURY  ALE  (mythological  name)  Nymph&aceae  One 
species,  the  Indo-Chinese  representative  of  Victoria 
regia,  from  which  it  differs  m 
having  all  the  stamens  fertile 
(in  Victoria  the  inner  ones  are 
stenle)  and  in  the  very  small  fl 
and  m  other  technical  characters 
E.  fdrox,  Salisb ,  is  the  species. 
The  Ivs.  are  1-4  ft.  across,  circu- 
larj  purple  and  spiny-ribbed 
beneath,  dark  green  and  uneven 
above:  fls  about  2  in.  broad, 
open  by  day,  prickly  outside; 
calyx  reddish  inside  and  the  20- 
30  purple  petals  shorter  than 
the  calyx-lobes;  stamens  numer- 
ous fr  a  small  many-seeded, 
globular  berry,  bearing  the  re- 
mains of  the  calyx  on  its  top; 
seeds  edible  B.M  1447.— Long 
cult  in  China  Treated  as  an 
annual.  Has  attracted  little  at- 
tention since  the  intro  of  Victo- 
ria. Prop,  by  seeds  only,  which 
are  best  stored  in  fresh  cold 
water.  Plant  in  rich  earth  as 
for  nympheas,  at  70-75°  F.  As 
far  north  as  Philadelphia  and 
St.  Louis  it  is  hardy,  sowing 
itself  every  season."  It  is  feroci- 
ously spiny. 

E  amaz6mca,  Poepp  ,  still  advertised 
in  catalogues,  IB  Victoria  regia. 

H.  S.  CONARD. 

Ww.  THICKER. 

EURYANGITJM:  Ferula. 

EURYCLES  (Greek-made 
name,  of  no  particular  applica- 
tion). Amaryllidacex  Two  south 
hemisphere  tumcated- bulbous 
plants,  allied  to  Hymenocalhs  and 
Pancratium.  Fls  white  or  whit- 
ish, umbellate  on  peduncles  12-18 
in.  long;  perianth  -  tube  cylin- 
drical, the  segms.  oblong-lanceolate,  ascending  and  nearly 
equal,  stamens  inserted  in  the  throat  of  the  tube-  Ivs 
broad  and  stalked,  with  prominent  curving  veins  and 
interlocking  veinlets.  E.  sylvestris,  Salisb.  (E.  amboin- 
tnsis,  Loud.).  BRISBANE  LILY.  Scapes  1-2  ft ,  bearing 
an  umbel  of  10-40  handsome,  creamy  white  fls  (2  in. 
across):  Ivs.  round-cordate,  with  a  very  short,  blunt 
point;  blooms  in  May  and  June  in  Eu.,  the  Ivs  appear- 
ing later.  B.M.  1419  (as  Pancratium  amboinense). 
B.R.  715  (as  Pancratium  australasicum) .  R  H.  1879, 
p  456  and  p.  457  (as  E.  australasica);  1913,  p.  Ill 
G.W.  11,  p.  583.  G.Z.  24,  p.  25.  Malaya,  Philippines, 
N.  Austral.— Cult,  apparently  as  for  pancratiums. 

L.  H.  B. 

EtTRYOPS  (large  eyes,  because  of  the  prominent 
fls.).  Campfate,  Small  shrubs  of  25-30  species  of  Afr. 
(mostly  S.  Afr.),  Arabia  and  Socotra,  very  little  known 
in  horticulture.  The  fls.  are  yellow,  the  heads  with 
female  rays  and  tubular  5-toothed  perfect  disk-fls.; 
receptacle  convex  or  conical;  involucre  of  1  series  of 
scales  achene  wingless  and  beakless,  the  pappus  of 
several  rows  of  caducous  bristles.  These  little  bushes 
or  underfrhrubs  grow  from  H~3  ft.,  or  sometimes  5  ft., 


1451.  Flowers  of 

Euptelea  polyandra. 

(Natural  size  ) 


1176 


EURYOPS 


high.  They  are  bloomed  in  the  greenhouse  or  grown  in 
the  open  in  mild  climate*.  None  seems  to  be  regularly 
in  the  trade. 

EfrSCAPHIS  (Greek,  eu,  handsome,  and  scaphis, 
vessel;  alluding  to  the  shape  and  the  handsome  color 
of  the  dehiscent  capsule).  Staphyledcese.  Ornamental 
woody  plant  grown  for  its  handsome  foliage  and  the 
attractive  fruits. 

Deciduous  upright  shrub  or  small  tree,  glabrous:  Ivs. 
opposite,  odd-pinnate,  stipulate:  fls.  in  terminal  upright 
pamclee,  perfect;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens  6,  all  of 
nearly  equal  length;  ovary  2-3-celled,  surrounded  at 
the  base  by  an  annular  disk;  styles  2-3,  often  connate: 
fr.  consisting  of  1-3  spreading,  leathery  dehiscent  pods, 
each  with  1-3  black  seeds.— -One  species  in  Japan  and 
Cent.  China.  A  handsome  plant  with  large  pinnate 
Ivs.,  small  whitish  fls.  in  upright  panicles  followed  by 
attractive  brownish  red  frs.  disclosing  shining  black 
seeds  when  opening.  It  grows  in  any  good  garden  soil, 
but  is  only  half-hardy  N.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  green- 
wood cuttings  under  glass. 

jftft6nica,  Dipp.  (E.  staphykoWes,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
Samliicus  japdnica,  Thunb.).  Shrub,  to  10  ft  :  Ifts. 
7-11,  ovate-lanceolate,  glabrous,  serrate,  1J4-3  m  long, 
each  with  2  small  stipules:  fls.  in  broad  many-fld. 
panicles  to  6  in.  long:  fr.  consisting  of  1-3  pods,  Hin. 
long,  apiculate,  each  with  1-3  steel-blue  seeds.  May, 
June;  fr.  Aug.,  Sept.  Japan.  S.Z.  67.  S.I.P.  1:70. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

EtSTOMA  (good  mouth,  alluding  to  the  corolla). 
Genhanacese.  Two  or  3  N  American  large-fld.  glaucous 
opposite-lvd.  small  herbs,  fls.  more  or  less  paniculate, 
single  on  the  peduncles.  5-merous  or  rarely  6-merous; 
calyx  with  narrow  keelea  lobes;  corolla  nearly  campanu- 
late,  white,  blue  or  purple,  the  lobes  oblong  or  obovate, 
usually  erose;  stamens  attached  on  the  corolla-throat; 
ovary  1-celled;  stigmas  2:  caps,  oval  or  oblong,  many- 
seeded.  £.  selenifollum,  Salisb.  (E.  exaMtum,  Griseb.). 
Annual,  but  in  S  Calif,  said  to  be  perennial,  9-15  in. 
erect:  Ivs.  oblong,  glaucous-green:  fls.  light  blue  or  pur- 
ple, the  corolla-lobes  about  or  nearly  1  in.  long,  twice 
exceeding  the  tube.  Fla.  to  Calif.  Offered  in  Calif. 

EfrSTREPHUS  (Greek,  referring  to  the  climbing 
habit).  Liliacex.  One  or  two  Australian  plants, 
botamcally  related  to  Lapageria.  but  much  loss  showy; 
in  habit  suggestive  of  smilax  (Asparagus  medeoloides). 
Plants  more  or  less  woody  at  base,  slender,  branching, 
tall-cbmbmg:  Ivs.  alternate,  sessile  or  short-petiolea: 
fls.  2  to  many,  in  axillary  fascicles;  periantn-segms. 
distinct  and  spreading;  stamens  6.  E.  latifdlius,  R. 
Br.,  is  a  tall  and  much-branched  half-twining  herb, 
more  or  less  woody  at  the  base,  bearing  alternate, 
stiff,  linear-lanceolate,  short-stalked  Ivs  and  small, 
axillary,  drooping  light  blue  fls.  with  spreading,  ciKate 
perianth-segms. :  fr.  a  dry  berry:  Ivs.  2-4  in  long,  sharp- 
pointed:  fls  less  than  1  in.  across.  B  M.  1245.  Of  easy 
cult.,  either  in  the  glasshouse  border  or  m  pots.  Very 
useful  for  table  decoration  and  for  design  work. 

L.  H.  B. 

BtrrACTA:  Araucana. 

EUTAXIA  (from  Greek  words  referring  to  the  attrac- 
tive appearance).  Leguminbase.  Shrubs  of  Austral,, 
with  golden  or  yellow  papilionaceous  fls.,  one  of  which 
is  offered  for  greenhouse  cult.:  Ivs.  small,  opposite, 
simple  and  entire:  fls.  solitary  or  ft  few  together,  or 
sometimes  crowded  at  ends  of  branches;  standard 
orbicular,  entire  or  nearly  so,  exceeding  the  other  petal*; 
stamens  free:  pod  ovate,  2-valved.  Said  to  require 
general  treatment  of  Chorizema.  E.  myrtifdlia,  R.  Br. 
Glabrous.  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  obovate-oblong  to  linear,  mostly 
J£in.  or  less  long:  fls.  yellow  with  dark  orange  keel, 
solitary  or  2-4  together.  B.M.  1274  (as  Dillwynia). 
R.B.  26 : 13.  Var.  floribtnda  is  listed . 


EUTERPE 

EUTERPE  (mythological  name).  Palmacex,  tribe 
Arbcex.  Slender  erect  spineless  palms,  with  solitary 
or  fasciculate  ringed  oaudiceo,  and  grown  chiefly  for 
their  graceful  habit  and  feathery  pinnate  foliage. 

Leaves  terminal,  equally  pmnatisect;  segms.  nar- 
rowly linear-lanceolate,  long,  and  gradually  acuminate 
or  ensiform,  membranaceous,  plicate,  the  thickened 
margins  recurved  at  the  base;  rachis  and  petiole  3- 
sidea  toward  the  base,  convex  on  the  back,  concave 
above;  petiole  elongated;  sheath  very  longj- cylindrical, 
entire:  spadix  paniculately  branched:  rachis  elongated: 
branches  slender,  gradually  shortening  above,  usually 
scaly,  thick  at  the  base,  erect-spreading  in  fl.  •  spathes  2, 
coriaceous  or  membranaceous,  lanceolate,  the  lower  one 
shorter,  split  at  the  apex,  doreally  2-keeled,  the  upper 
one  symmetrical,  split  down  the  ventral  side*  bracts 
bordering  the  furrows;  bractlets  ovate-acute:  fls. 
small,  white,  sessile  in  the  furrows  of  the  spadix:  fr. 
like  a  pea,  purple. — Species  about  8.  Trop.  Amer.  and 
W.Indies.  G.C.  II.  24 : 586. 

Three  species  of  Euterpe  are  commonly  found  in 
cultivation,  namely:  E.  edulis,  E.  montana  and  E. 
oleracea.  These  are  found  under  varying  conditions  in 
Centnal  and  South  America  and  the  West  Indies,  and 
all  three  species  are  valuable  as  food-producers  to  the 
natives  of  those  countries.  E.  edidis  grows  in  great 
quantities  in  the  lowlands  of  Brazil,  where  it  is  known 
as  the  assai  palm,  owing  to  the  fact  that  its  seeda  are 
macerated  in  water,  and  by  this  means  is  produced  a 
beverage  known  as  assai  E.  oleracea  is  the  well-known 
cabbage  palm  of  the  West  Indies,  growing  in  the  low- 
lands near  the  coast,  while  E.  montana  is  the  mountain 
cabbage  palm,  and  is  frequently  found  at  considerable 
altitudes  in  the  same  islands,  and  consequently  does  not 
attain  the  great  dimensions  of  E.  oleracea  — The  euter- 
pes  do  not  present  any  special  cultural  difficulties, 
being  free-rooting  and  rapid-growing  palms;  a  night 
temperature  of  65°  F ,  and  abundant  moisture  are 
among  their  chief  requirements.  A  good  turfy  loam, 
with  the  addition  of  about  one-fifth  of  stable  manure 
while  in  the  compost  heap,  provides  a  suitable  soil. 
From  their  habit  of  forming  a  tall  slender  stem  with- 
out suckenng  from  the  base,  the  euterpes  are  liable  to 
become  rather  leggy  specimens  When  under  culti- 
vation, and  for  trade  purposes,  it  is  advisable  to  group 
three  or  four  of  the  young  plants  together,  thus  pro- 
ducing a  more  bushy  specimen.  White  scale  is  one  of 
the  worst  pests  to  which  these  palms  are  subject,  and 
soon  ruins  the  foliage  unless  care  is  taken  Seeds  germi- 
nate in  a  few  weeks  if  sown  in  a  warm  greenhouse,  and 
the  young  plants  make  better  progress  when  moderately 
shaded.  (W.  H.  Taplin.) 

cdWis,Mart.  PARA  PALM.  ASSAI  PALM  St  60-90  ft. 
high,  8  in.  thick,  flexuous:  Ivs  10-15,  spreading,  the  Ifts. 
often  pendulous;  sheaths  3-4  M  ft  ;  petiole  \1A  ft.; 
blade  6-9  ft.;  segms.  linear.  spreadmg;  deflexed,  60-80 
on  each  side,  densely  crowded,  28-36  m.  long,  %~1  in. 
wide:  spadix  about  2-3  ft  long,  bearing  numerous  rather 
inconspicuous  fls.  Brazil. 

oleracea.  Mart.  CA*BAOK  PALM.  St.  60-100  ft., 
scarcely  1  ft.  diarou  at  base,  attenuate  above,  flexuous: 
Ivs.  arcuate-spreading,  4-6  ft,  long,  the  apex  more  or 
less  deflexed;  segms.  pendent,  linear -lanceolate,  the 
upper  2  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide,  many-nerved.  Brazil.  See 
Orcodoxa. 

montfta*,  R.  Graham.  St.  10  ft.  high,  swollen  at  the 
base,  ringed:  Ivs.  9  ft.  long,  elliptical-obovato:  segms. 
lanceolate,  entire,  glabrous,  alternate;  petiole  2  ft. 
long,  scaly  beneath,  unarmed;  rachia  plano-convex 
below,  subtriangular  toward  the  apex:  spaaices  several 
on  the  trunk  at  one  time,  axillary,  much  branched;  fls. 
numerous,  white.  Grenada.  B.M.  3874. — Intro,  into 
Botanic  Garden  at  Edinburgh  in  1815. 

JARED  G.  SMITH. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 


EUTOCA 


BtTOCAt  Phactlia. 


EVAPORATING  FRUIT.  The  domestic  operation  of 
drying  fruit  has  been  practised  ever  since  men  looked 
beyond  their  immediate  wants  and  stored  food  for 
time  of  greater  need.  Dried  fruit  has  long  been  an 
article  of  commerce,  yet  until  a  few  years  ago  only  the 
most  primitive  methods  were  used  in  drying,  ana  the 
industry)  commercially,  was  confined  to  a  few  favored 
regions  in  Europe.  The  modern  industry  is  not  yet  a 
half-century  ola.  Its  almost  inconceivable  gjrowth  in 
America  in  this  brief  time  is  one  of  the  industrial 
phenomena  of  the  timeg.  Spurred  into  activity  by  the 
encroachment  of  American  products  in  their  markets, 
the  European  producers,  by  the  adoption  of  better 
methods,  and  by  governmental  encouragement,  have 
increased  greatly  their  output  of  dried  fruit.  Thus, 
from  an  adjunct  to  fruit-growing  for  home  use.  drying 
fruit  has  become,  within  recent  years,  one  of  tne  mam 
branches  of  horticulture. 

An  idea  of  the  dried-fruit  industry  in  the  United 
States  and  of  its  great  growth  in  recent  years  may  be 
obtained  from  the  following  figures  from  the  census 
of  1910  for  the  crop  of  1909: 

Raima 111,774,767  pounds,  worth  $4,897,033 

Prunes    138,498,400  pounds,  worth    5,130,412 

Peaches 46,843,391  pounds,  worth    2,423,083 

Apple* 44,668,244  pound*,  worth    3,008,005 

Apricota         ,    .    .     29,205,569  pounds,  worth    2,277,177 
All  other  fruits  ....  29,438,306  pounds,  worth    2,073,695 

Adding  the  valuations  given,  results  in  a  grand  total 
of  $19,840,395  for  dried  fruits  in  the  year  1909.  Com- 
paring this  sum  with  the  census  of  1900,  one  finds  that 
the  crop  in  1899  was  valued  at  $4, 757,006  and  that  the 
industry,  judged  by  the  figures,  has  increased  more 
than  fourfold  m  ten  years. 

Fruit  may  be  cured  in  the  sun,  or  it  may  be  cured  in 
drying-machines,  called  evaporators  That  cured  in  the 
sun  is  called  by  the  producer  "dried  fruit:"  that  in 
evaporators,  "evaporated  fruit."  By  far  the  larger  part 
of  the  world's  product  is  cured  in  the  sun.  Thus,  at 
least  three-fourths  of  the  fruit  dried  in  America  is 
sun-dried  in  California. 

Sun-drying  fruit  — In  countries  having  a  sufficiently 
warm  and  dry  climate,  as  Greece  and  Turkey,  and 
parts  of  France,  Spam  and  western  America,  fruit  IB 
dried  almost  wholly  in  the  sun.  The  fact  that  m  these 
favored  localities  the  drying  capacity  is  limited  only 
by  the  acreage  of  sunshine,  makes  it  certain  that  the 
proportion  01  sun-dried  fruit  will  always  be  vastly 
greater  than  that  of  evaporated  fruit.  Drying  fruit  in 
the  sun  is  a  simple  process,  but  one  hedged  in  by  many 
little  arts  and  methods  that  facilitate  the  work  and 
improve  the  product.  In  general,  the  process  is  as 
follows*  The  fruit  is  graded,  bleached  by  sulfur,  if  a 
light-colored  product  is  desired,  in  the  case  of  prunes 
dipped  or  pricked,  and  is  then  spread  on  trays  to  be  ex- 
posed to  the  sun  When  the  drying  process  is  completed, 
the  fruit  is  again  graded,  in  most  cases  put  through  a 
sweat,  and  then  "finished"  in  various  ways,  as  by  dip- 
ping or  glossing. 

Evaporating  fruit. — There  are  many  styles  of  evapora- 
tors, but  all  possess  in  common  a  chamber  for  the 
reception  of  the  fruit,  through  which  a  current  of  warm 
air  is  forced,  or  the  fruit  is  forced  through  the  air, 
or  both,  the  object  being  to  remove  the  aqueous 
matter  from  the  fruit  as  quickly  as  possible,  and  the 
principle  being  that  warm  air  will  absorb  more  moist- 
ure than  cool  air.  The  saturated  air  must  not  remain 
in  contact  with  the  fruit.  Since  different  fruits  exact 
different  conditions,  it  is  necessary  to  change  the 
temperature  and  velocity  of  the  air-current  in  the  dry- 
ing-chamber at  will.  To  make  the  product  homogene- 
ous, current  and  temperature  must  be  equal  m  all 
parts  of  the  evaporator.  It  is  obvious  that  simplicity 
in  the  machine  and  economy  in  heat  and  in  room  are 
cardinal  virtues  in  a  good  evaporator.  It  is  the  rule  to 


EVAPORATING  FRUIT         1177 

start  the  evaporation  of  large  fruits  at  a  low  tempera- 
ture and  finish  at  a  high  one,  but  with  berries  the 
reverse  is  true. 

Recently  two  or  three  patented  processes  for  curing 
fruit  by  "dehydration"  have  been  introduced  with 
much  promise  of  betterment  in  the  industry.  While 
the  machinery,  the  methods  and  the  products  are  quite 
different  in  evaporating  and  dehydrating,  the  principle 
in  the  two  operations  is  practically  the  same.  In  both 
processes  the  water  is  removed  from  the  fruit  by  moving 
currents  of  warm  air.  In  evaporation  the  air  is  warmed 
only.  In  dehydration  the  air  is  dried  by  cooling  until 
the  moisture  la  condensed  out  and  is  then  wanned  and 
passed  over  the  fruit  or  vegetable  to  be  cured.  By  the 
new  process  much  time  is  saved  and  a  greater  variety 
of  fruits  and  vegetables  can  be  used. 

The  following  are  definitions  of  the  somewhat  techni- 
cal terms  used  in  the  industry:  Bleaching  is  the  process 
of  changing  the  dark  color  of  fruit  to  a  lighter  hue,  or 
of  preventing  the  discoloration;  it  is  generally  accom- 
plished by  sulfuring.  Bloaters  are  prunes  which  in  dry- 
ing swell  up  to  an  abnormal  eize;  they  are  usually  pro- 
duced by  fermentation  in  over-ripe  fruit.  Chops  are 
dried  apples  cured  without  paring  or  coring  to  be  used 
in  making  cider  or  vinegar.  Dipping  is  the  process  of 
cutting  the  skin  of  fresh  prunes  to  facilitate  curing. 
The  operation  is  performed  by  submerging  the  fruit 
in  boiling  lye.  Cured  fruit  is  sometimes  dipped  in  one 
of  various  solutions  as  a  "finishing"  process.  Drip 
is  the  syrupy  liquid  which  oozes  from  prunes  in  the 
process  of  evaporation;  it  generally  characterizes  a 
poor  prune  or  a  poor  evaporator.  Frog*  are  cured 
prunes  having  an  abnormal  shape,  a  condition  caused 
by  curing  unripe  fruit.  Pricking  is  the  process  of 
puncturing  the  cuticle  of  fresh  prunes.  It  is  done  by 
means  of  a  machine,  the  essential  part  of  which  is  a 
board  covered  with  projecting  needles,  over  which  the 
prunes  must  pass.  It  accomplishes  the"  same  end  as 
lye-dipping.  Sites  is  a  term  used  to  indicate  the  num- 
ber of  cured  prunes  it  takes  to  make  a  pound.  The 
"four  sizes"  known  in  the  markets  are  60fs-70's,  70's- 
80's,  80'8-90's,  90'8-100's.  Sugaring  is.  the  formation 
of  globules  of  sugar  on  the  cuticle  of  cured  prunes  or 
raisins  Sulfunng  is  a  process  to  which  fruit  is  subjected 
to  give  it  a  lighter  color.  The  fruit  is  exposed  to 
fumes  of  burning  sulfur  before  being  exposed  to  the 
sun  or  put  in  evaporators.  Sweating  is  a  process  to 
which  cured  fruit  is  subjected  before  packing;  it  is 
put  in  a  room  at  a  high  temperature  and  allowed  to 
become  moist.  Watte  is  a  dried  product  made  from 
skins  and  cores  of  apples  and  pears  and  used  for  vinegar. 

Apples  and  pears  are  peeled,  cored,  cut  into  rings 
and  bleached  by  being  exposed  to  the  fumes  of  sulfur 
for  about  a  half  hour  in  preparation  for  drying  or 
evaporating.  Fruits  so  prepared  are  placed  upon 
trays  for  sun-drying  and  must  be  cured  in  the  sun  for 
three  to  five  days.  In  evaporating  in  the  western  states, 
the  prepared  fruits  are  placed  on  trays  and  passed  in 
from  six  to  twelve  hours  through  the  evaporator 
chamber,  but  in  the  East,  where  the  product  is  chiefly 
made,  the  prepared  fruit  is  piled  from  4  to  6  inches 
deep  on  the  floor  of  a  kiln.  Here  it  is  left  for  fourteen 
to  sixteen  hours,  being  turned  every  two  or  three  hours, 
until  the  fruit  is  no  longer  sticky,  an  indication  that 
it  bus  reached  the  proper  stage  of  drvness.  In  New 
York,  the  law  requires  that  evaporated  apples  contain 
not  more  than  27  per  cent  of  moisture.  One  hundred 
pounds  of  apples  will  yield  from  twelve  to  fifteen 
pounds  of  evaporated  apples. 

Apricot*t  peaches  and  nectarines  must  be  fully  ripe 
before  drying  and  without  bruises.  They  are  pitted, 
and  may  or  may  not  be  peeled.  If  peeled,  the  opera- 
tion is  done  with  a  machine  or  with  lye,  though  the  use 
of  the  latter  is  considered  bad  practice.  The  fruit  is 
placed  on  the  trays  cup  side  up.  About  three  days  are 
required  for  drying  m  the  sun  and  about  eight  hours 


1178       EVAPORATING  FRUIT 


EVERGREENS 


for  evaporating.   The  cured  product  should  be  of  a 
translucent  amber  color. 

Berries  are  seldom  sun-dried  for  the  markets,  For 
evaporating  they  are  placed  on  trays  hi  quantities  of 
sixteen  to  thirty  quarts,  given  a  temperature  of  about 
175°  at  the  start,  and  are 
finished  in  four  to  five  hours, 
at  a  temperature  of  about  100°. 
After  being  taken  from  the 
evaporator,  they  are  piled  for 
sweating  in  a  warm,  ventilated 
room. 

Figs  for  drying  must  be 
gathered  when  fully  ripe.  Some 
growers  prefer  drying  in  shade 
.  rather  than  in  sun.  Evapora- 
tors are  seldom  used.  The  fruit 
•  is  not  allowed  to  dry  hard,  and 
before  packing  must  be  well 
sweated.  Usually,  for  "finish- 
ing," they  are  dipped  hi  salt 
water  or  syrup.  The  drying  process  requires  from  five 
to  eight  days. 

Prunes  are  "allowed  to  ripen  until  they  fall  to  the 
ground.  Before  being  spread  on  the  trays  they  are 
dipped  or  pricked  in  order  to  thin  or  crack  the  skin, 
that  the  moisture  may  easily  escape,  and  dripping  be 
prevented.  Sun-drying  requires  from  one  to  three 
weeks,  while  from  twelve  to  thirty  hours  are  required 
for  evaporation.  A  thorough  sweat  prevents  the 
sugaring  so  common  to  this  fruit.  Before  packing  they 
traded  f 


1455.  The  method  of  binding 
up  the  roots. 


1452.  Where  to  dig  in 
removing  an  evergreen. 


Dipping  as  a  "finish- 
ing"  process  is  practised  by  many  pro- 


gra 
" 


ducers.  A  good  prune  is  soft,  smooth  and 
meaty,  with  loose  pit,  and  of  an  amber, 
dark  red  or  golden  hue,  depending  upon 
the  variety. 

Grapes  for  raisins  are  sun-dried.    They 
must   be    picked    when   fully   ripe,  the 
bunches,  and  the  berries  on  the  bunches, 
being  sorted  as  the  picking  progresses. 
The  operation  of  drying  must  be  watched 
with  care.  The  process  requires  from  eight 
to  fourteen  days,  during  which  time  the 
bunches  must  be  turned  at  least  once.    A  sweat  is  given 
before  packing.    Raisins  are  graded  into  half  a  dozen 
or  more  brands  for  the  market.          u.  P.  HEDBICK. 


and  protection  for  its  growth.  There  are  many  very 
low  evergreen  plants  that  may  contribute  much  to  the 
winter  interest  of  a  yard  or  garden,  in  the  way  of 
edgings,  masses,  rosettes,  and  ground  cover.  The  follow- 
ing hsts  indicate  the  materials  that  are  now  at  the  com- 
mand of  the  planter. 

Beyond  tne  latitude  of 
Lake  Erie,  the  dependable 
evergreens  are  mostly  coni- 
fers. At  the  Central  Experi- 
mental Farm  at  Ottawa, 
those  deciduous  plants  that 
hold  their  foliage  fairly  late 
in  the  autumn  are  mostly  too 
tender  for  use.  A  few  good 
plants,  however,  are,  Oregon 
grape  (Mahonia),  bearberry 
(Arctostaphylos  Uva-ursi), 
Pachysandra  terminahs,  shrub 
yellow-root  (Xanthorrhiza  apiifolia),  and  Qwercws  imbri- 
cana.  The  Oregon  grape  is  perhaps  the  most  useful 
evergreen  there  for  ground-covering.  The  hardier 
species  of  Ligustrum  arc  also  fairly  satisfactory,  but 
most  of  the  species  of  this  genus  leave  so  much  dead 
wood  after  winter  that  in  very  large  masses  they  are 
liable  to  be  unsightly.  Many  attractive  conifers  are 
reliable  at  Ottawa,  in  the  genera  Abies,  Chameecyparis, 
Ginkgo,  Jumperus,  Picea,  Pinus,  Pseudotsuga,  Taxus, 
Thuja,  Tsuga. 

The  uses  of  evergreens  are  discussed  in  other  places 
in   the  Cyclopedia,   as  under  Arboriculture,   Herbary, 
Landscape-Gardening,  Lawn-Planting,  Per- 
ennials, Rock-Gardening,  Screens, Shrubbery, 
Topiary  Work,  Wild-Garden,  Windbreaks, 
Winter-Gardening.  For  lists  of  evergreens 
for  California,  see  pp.  379-381  (Vol.  I). 
L.  H.  B. 

Moving  large  evergreens. 
Figs.  1452-1457. 


EVERGREENS.  In  horticulture,  evergreens  are 
plants  that  retain  g^-een  foliage  the  year  around;  they 
do  not  shed  all  their  foliage  at  any  one  time;  in  some 
cases,  the  individual  leaves  may  remain  attached  and 
green  for  some  years,  as  in  many  of  the  Conifer®,  but 
in  all  evergreens  the  old  leaves  shed  after  a  time  when 
they  become  so  overshadowed  or  crowded  as  to  be  no 
longer  functional.  The  leaves  of  pines  and  spruces 
may  persist  three  to  fifteen  years. 

In  the  popular  mind,  "evergreen"  and  "conifer"  are 

synonymous;  but  some    conifers — as  the    taxodiums 

and  larches — are  deciduous.   Moreover,  in  the  tropics 

very  many  trees  aside  from  conifers  are  evergreen,  as 

notably  the  palms. 

Evergreens  may  be  classi- 
fied as  coniferous  and  broad- 
leaved,  the  latter  including 
such  plants  as  rhododendron, 
kalmia,  mahonia,  box  and 
many  others.  The  number 
of  plants  that  are  evergreen 
in  the  latitude  of  New  York 
City  is  very  large.  Few  per- 
sons recognize  the  wealth  of 
good  winter  greenery  that 
may  be  securea  by  exercising 

1454.  The  roots  bound  up,     careful  choice  of  material  and 
and  tree  being  loaded.       providing  proper  conditions 


Large    evergreens   arc   moved   with    a 

1453  Digging  up  an  evergreen,    ball  of  earth  Decause  they  have  no  dor- 
mant period,  but  carry  their  foliage  and 
need  moisture  at  all  times  of  the  year.  It  is  essential 
that  the  ball  of   earth  contains  a  sufficient  amount 
of  small  fibrous  feeding   roots   to  support  the  tree 
and  that  the  tree  be  kept  well  watered  for  two  or 
more  seasons  until  the  tree  has  spread  its  roots  over 
sufficient  area  to  gather  enough  rainfall  to  sustain  the 
normal  growth.    The  exlent  of  fibers  in  the  ball  is 
>y  transplanting  and  root-pruning.    Root- 


pruning  is  less  essential  witn  trees  having  an  abundance 
of  fibrous  roots  than  with  trees  having  only  a  few  large 
coarse  roots  in  the  central  portion.  Some  trees,  as 
white  pine,  will  survive  with  a  comparatively  small 
number  of  roots,  their  drought-resistant  qualities 
enabling  them  to  persist  with  a  small  Hiipnly  of  mois- 
ture. Other  evergreens,  as  Nordmann'b  fir,  nave  a  long 
carrot-like  taproot,  and  tho  tree  is  likely  to  die  if  this 
is  cut  and  the  tree  given  an 
inadequate  quantity  of  water. 
Frequent  nursery  transplant- 
ing is.  therefore,  necessary 
with  this  species. 

Trees  are  dug  by  starting 
a  trench  at  a  radius  from  the 
tree  about  3  feet  wider  than 
the  ball  of  earth  to  be  taken 
The  roots  are  cut  off  on  the 
outside  of  the  trench  and  the 
soil  dissected  out  from  be- 
tween the  roots  back  to  the 

size  of  the  ball  These  14W>  Di  ^  the  hole  ,n 
roots  are  bent  around  against  frozen  ^'4  to  receive  the 
the  ball  of  earth  if  they  are  tree. 


EVERGREENS 


EVERGREENS 


1179 


flexible  enough  to  bend.  If  not  sufficiently  flexible  and 
tractable,  they  are  cut  off. 

A  canvas  is  made  15  to  24  inches  deep,  and  is  made 
emaller  at  the  bottom  by  folding  over  a  V  and  sewing 
it.  This  makes  it  fit  a  conical  ball  and,  when  it  is 
pulled  up  3  inches  by  the  cross-lashing  at  the  top,  makes 
it  tighter.  The  canvas  has  cross-ropes  sewed  on  it  with 
rings  at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  on  the  deeper  balls 
two  rows  of  rings  m  the  middle .  The  bottom  rope  is 
tightened  by  a  wooden  lever  20  inches  long  with  four 
holes,  the  rope  being  looped  through  the  holes  and  the 
lever  thrown  over  to  pull  the  rope  tight.  The  top  rope 
is  then  tied  and  tightened  by  cross-lashing. 

To  get  the  ball  free  from  the  subsoil,  dig  under  all 
around  and  tip  the  tree  slightly.  Level  off  the  bottom 
with  a  fork.  If  there  are  tap-roots,  tunnel  under  and 
cut  them  with  a  saw.  Put  a  platform  as  far  under  as 
possible  and  tip  the  tree  back.  To  get  the  ball  in  the 
center  of  the  platform,  put  a  hammock  around  the  ball 
and  pull.  Hold  the  platform  in  position  by  crowbars 
driven  in  front  of  it.  Lash  the  ball  to  the  platform, 
make  an  incline,  drag  the  platform  out  of  the  hole  onto 
a  truck  or  sled.  Skids  ^^ 

with  small  wheels  set  in 
thorn  about  1  foot  apart 
enable  a  team  to  load  a 
ball  quickly.  With  balls 
10  to  15  feet  feet  in  diam- 
eter and  20  inches  deep, 
jacks  and  pipe  rollers  an1 
needed. 


14S7.  Transporting  a  large  evergreen  tree. 


Trees  over  10  feet  need  to  be  tipped  over  to  go  under 
wires.  If  the  canvas  is  put  on  tight  and  at  the  proper 
taper,  and  if  the  ball  is  cut  flat  to  fit  close  to  the  plat- 
form and  lashed  tight  to  the  platform,  the  tipping 
can  be  done  without  the  ball  shaking  loose.  Sometimes 
a  canvas  or  burlap  bottom  can  be  put  between  the 
platform  and  the  ball.  In  unloading,  the  tree  is  stood 
up,  team  hooked  to  the  platform  and  the  tree  dragged 
off  to  the  ground  The  tree  may  drop  2  feet  without 
injury.  The  platforms  are  dragged  to  the  hole  and 
balls  less  than  4  feet  rolled  into  the  hole.  Larger 
balls  have  the  platform  dragged  into  the  hole  and  the 
platform  pulled  out  holding  the  tree  in  position  by  a 
hammock.  To  straighten  the  tree,  tramp  the  earth 
solid  under  it  until  it  stands  erect.  Take  off  the  canvas, 
spread  out  the  side  roots,  pack  the  earth  and  anchor  as 
with  deciduous  trees.  Keep  the  ball  moist;  examine 
it  once  a  month  or  more  often  by  digging  or  boring 
into  the  ball  during  the  first  two  years.  Evergreens 
moved  with  a  too  small  ball  or  with  not  enough  fibers 
in  the  ball  or  with  the  watering  neglected,  may  grow  3 
inches  a  year  for  the  first  two  or  three  years.  If  prop- 
erly moved,  they  will  grow  6  inches  or  more  a  year — 
half  their  normal  growth. 

Deciduous  trees  may  be  moved  with  balls  of  earth 
by  the  above  method,  and  it  has  proved  an  aid  with 
difficult  species,  as  beech,  oak,  liquidambar,  tulip 
Especially  when  previously  transplanted  or  root- 
pruned,  the  above  trees  3H  inches  in  diameter  moved 
with  a  ball  of  earth  4  feet  in  diameter  are  verv  suecess- 

75 


1458.  Picea  excelsa,  the  Norway 
spruce.  One  of  the 'most  popu- 
lar coniferous  evergreens. 


ful,  while  without  a  ball  many  are  lost  or  the  growth  is 
much  slower.  Investigation  should  be  made  to  see 
whether  this  is  because  of  less  disturbance  of  the 
roots  or  because  there  is  carried  with  the  roots  and  soil 
a  mycelium  of  a  fungus  which  aids  the  roots  to  take 
up  plant-food  and  mois- 
ture. 

The  time  of  year  for 
moving  trees  is  of  minor 
importance.  It  is  over- 
emphasized by  purchaser, 
landscape  architects  and 
nurserymen,  and  results 
in  heavy  financial  loss  to 
nurserymen  in  congesting 
Rales  and  their  own  plant-  j 
mg  in  the  short  spring* • 
season.  It  greatly  lessens 
the  total  amount  of  plant- 
ing needed  for  1 
shelter  -  belt,  landscape,  i 
fruit,  and  other  economic  ' 
purposes.  A  nurseryman 
may  plant  all  the  year. 
Evergreens  can  be  taken 
up  with  a  ball  of  earth  even  in  May  and  June.  The 
new  growth  may  curve  down.  After  June  20,  the 
hpruces,  and  after  July  10,  the  pines,  are  firm  enough 
not  to  wilt.  August-September  sales  with  a  ball  of 
earth  are  just  as  successful  as  April.  The  ground  is 
uarm  and  the  roots  grow  rapidly;  the  ground  can  be 
made  moist.  Weather  in  September  is  less  dry  than 
in  May  and  June. 
Small  evergreens  up  to  2  feet  high  may  be  planted 

in  August  ana  September  from  one  part  of  the  nursery 

to  another  without  balls  of  earth,  if  the  roots  are  very 
carefully  dissected  out  without  breaking'.  There  will 
be  more  failures  if  the  week  following  planting  is  hot 

and  dry. 

Planting  with  balls  of  earth 

may    continue     all    winter, 

especially  if   the  ground   is 

mulched  to  keep  out  the  frost 

and  permit  economical  dig- 
ging of  the  tree  and  the  hole. 

The  frozen  ball  of  earth  is 

an   old   method,   frequently  ^ 

referred  to,  but  is  not  an  aid. 

If  the  ball  is  frozen  solid  and 

remains  so  for  one  or  two 

months  with  dry  winds,  the 

top  may  dry  out  and  die  as 

has  occurred  with  red  cedar. 

If  the  ball  is  not  frozen,  sap 

can    come    up   to  take  the 

place  of  that  lost  by  trans- 
piration. 
A  ball  of  earth  3 

feet    in    diameter    ia 

needed   for  an  ever- 
green   8    to   10  feet 

high ;  4  H  feet  in  diam- 
eter for  an  evergreen 

15  feet  high,  except 

rod  cedar  which  can 

have  a  ball  3  feet;  a 

ball  of  earth  12  feet 

in  diameter  is  needed 

for  a  pine  35  feet  high. 

Root -pruning  pines, 

spruce  and  hemlock, 

permits   moving  the 

following  year  with  a 

smaller    ball  than 

otherwise.     In   root- 
pruning,   the   trench 


1459.  Picturesque  field  pine, 
remnant  of  a  forest 


1180 


EVERGREENS 


EVERGREENS 


can  go  three-quarters  of  the  way  around  or  three  or 
four  of  the  larger  roots  can  be  left  across  the  trench 
to  keep  the  tree  from  blowing  over.  Root-pruning  of 
red  cedars  is  of  less  advantage  and  is  rarely  practised. 
In  New  England  and  northern  New  York,  the  pme, 
spruce  and  hemlock,  have  only  a  few  coarse  roots  just 
under  the  surface  and  no  roots  extending  2  feet  deep. 
When  moved  to  better-drained  soils  on  the  coastal 
plain,  they  develop  deeper  roots  and  have  ten  times  as 
many  fibers  m  a  ball  4  feet  m  diameter.  The  above 
evergreens  with  their  shallow  root-systems  can  be 
taken  up  with  a  disc  of  roots,  peat  ana  grass  8  inches 
deep  and  3  to  4  feet  wide.  This  can  be  set  on  a  wagon 
and  trees  10  to  15  feet  high  easily  moved.  Less  roots 


1460.  The  beauty  of  young  evergreens  lies  in  their  symmetry 
and  the  preservation  of  the  lower  limbs. 

will  be  broken  or  bare  if  the  ball  is  tied  in  burlap.  The 
usual  cause  of  failure  in  this  operation  is  neglect  of 
watering.  Hemlocks  and  probably  other  trees  will  be 
aided  by  shading  for  the  first  two  months. 

HENRY  HICKS. 

Woody  evergreens  for  New  England  and  New  York. 

Ba»Broad-leaved  evergreens. 

s—Semi-evergreen 

p™Protected  at  Arnold  Arboretum,  Boston. 

T-=  Tender  above  New  York  City. 

BBT  Abeha  chinensis. 
SBP  Abelia  grandiflora 
BT  Abeha  umflora. 
T  Abies  amabtlu. 
Abiea  appollima. 
Abies  balsaraea. 
Abies  cephaloraca, 
Abies  cihcica, 
Abies  concolor 
Abies  Fraseri 
T  Abies  grandis. 

Abies  homolepis—A.  brachyphylla. 
Abies  magnifica 
Abies  nobihs. 
Abies  Nordmanniana. 
Abies  pectmata— = A.  Pioe*. 
Abies  Pioea 
T  Abies  Pinsapo 
T  Abies  shastensb 
Abies  sibirica. 
Abies  Veitchii 
BT  Actena  microphylla 
BT  Actena  ovabfoua. 
BS  Akebia  lobata 
B8  Akebia  quinata. 
B  Alyssum  oaxatile. 

B  Andromeda  floribunda=Pieri«  Soribunda. 
B  Andromeda  glaueophylla. 
BP  Andromeda  faponica^Pieria  Japonica. 
BT  Andromeda  nitidft«»Lyonia  nitida. 
B  Andromeda  poll  fob  a. 
BS  Andromeda  speriosa=»Zenobia  speoiosa. 
BT  Arbutus  Mensierf. 


BBP 
SBP 
BBP 
BBP 


Arbutus  Unedo. 

Arctostaphylos  Uva-ursi 

Arundinaria  chrysantba 

Arundinaria  Fortunei  var   vanegata. 

Arundinaria  Hindaii. 

Arundinaria  japoniea. 

Aubrietia  deltoidea. 

Aucuba  japonioa 

Azalea  amoena^Rhododendron  amoanum. 

Azara  microphylla. 

Bacchans  hahmifoha. 

Baochans  patagomca. 

Bacchana  salicma. 

Bambusa  nana 

Borbcns  anstata    See  Mahonw.  for  evergreen  barberries  with 

compound  leaves. 
Berbens  buxifoha. 
Berberis  Gugnepainu. 
Berberia  ilicifoha,  Hort  =»Neubertn. 
Berberia    Ne»ubertii«"=B     vulgaria  x  M     aquifolmm.      Foliage 

intermediate  drying  and  turning  brown  in  winter  and  both 

single  and  trifoliate  loaves  on  same  plant. 
Berberis  Sargent  mna  (one  of  the  beat). 
Berberia  stenophylla. 
Berbcns  verruculosa. 

Borbens  Walhchiana,  Hort  =*B.  Sargentiana. 
Berbens  Wilsonte  (leaves  brown). 
Bignonia  capreolata 
Biota  orientaJiK=»Thuja  orientalis. 
Bruckenthaha  spicuhflora  (light  leaf-mulch). 
Bryanthus  euipctnforuus. 
Bryanthus  croctus 

Bryanthus  taxifohus==Phyllodoce  cjerulea. 
Buddleia  japoniea. 

Buddleia  Davidii  (vanabius)  var  magmfica. 
Buddleia  Davidii  var.  supcrba 
Buddleia  Davidii  var.  WiUonu. 
Bumelia  lanugmosa. 
Buxus  japoniea 
Buxus  sempervirens. 
Calluna  vulgana,  vars.  alba,  elata,  rubra,  tomentosa  (light 

leaf-mulch  ) 
Carriena  calyclna. 
Caryotaxua==Torreya. 
Cassiope  hypnoides. 
Cassiope  tetragona. 
Castanopsis  chrysophylla. 
Ceanothua  Fend  ten. 
Cedrus  atlantica 
Cedrus  Deodara 
Cedrus  Libani 
Cephalotaxus  drupacea 
Cephalotaxua  Fortunei 
Cercocarpus  parvifolius 
Chama?batiara  miliefohum. 
Chamaecistus=  Loiseleuru*. 
Chamwcyparia  Lawsomana 
Chamjccypans  nutkaenaw  (C  nootkatensu). 
Chanisecyparis  obtuaa,  especially  var  nana. 
Chamfficyparis  pi«tifera 
Charntecypans  Hpharoidea 
Chamcedaphne  calyculata  (leaves  brown). 
Chimaphila  maculata. 
Chimaphila  umbcllata. 
Chiogenes  hispidula. 
Ciatus  laurifonus 
Clematis  paniculata. 
Clematis  Armandn 
Cocculua  Thunbergu 
Corema  Conradu 
Cotonoaster  adpressa        \ 
Cotoneaater  buxifolia        I 
Cotoneaster  Dam  men 
Cotoneaster  homoatalia   , 
Cotoneaster  microphylla  1 
Cotoneaster  salicifoha      / 
Cryptomena  japoniea. 
Cupressus  Macnabiana. 
Cytisua  capitatus. 
Cytisus  mgrican*. 
Cytiaus  purgans. 

Daboecia  pohfolia  (light  leaf-mulch). 
Daphne  Blagayana. 
Daphne  Cneorum. 
Daphne  Houtteana. 
Daphne  Laureola. 
Daphne  pontica. 
Diapensia  lapponica. 
Distyhum  racemosum. 
Dryae  octopetala  (better  with  winter  shade). 
Elaagnus  umbellata. 
Empetrum  mgrum. 
Ephedra  distachya. 
Ephedra  gerardiana. 
Epigrea  repeuj. 
Erica  carnca 


(light  leaf-mulch). 


p  Ertea  v 

ST  Evonymus  amencana. 
BS  Evonymus  Bungeana  var.  semipersistena 


EVERGREENS 


EVERGREENS 


1181 


v*  Bronymus  Japonica. 

B  Evonyraus  nana  (leaves  bronze). 

Evonymus  nana  var.  Koopmannii  (leavea  bronze). 
BT  Evonymua  patens 

a  Evonymua  radicana,  in  variety,   especially  vegeta  and  Car- 

BT  Garrya  elhptica 
BT  Garrya  Freinontii. 
BT  Garrya  Veitchu  var.  flavescens. 
B  Gaultberia  procumbens. 
B  Gaylussacia  brachycera. 
B8  Genista  elata. 
BS  Genista  gernmnica. 
BPB  Genista  pilosa. 
BPS  Genwta  procumbens. 
BB  Genista  tinctoria. 
B  Hcdora  helix   (tender  in  exposed  places,  safer  with  winter 

shade) 

BS  Helianthemum  vulgare. 
as  Hippophafi  rhamnoidea. 
a  Hyutiopua  officmalia. 
B8  Hypcricum 
B  Iberia  aeruporvirena. 
B  Iberia  tenoreana 
PB  Ilex  cretmta 
B  Ilex  crenata  microphylla, 
B  Ilex  glabra 
B  Ilex  opaca 
B  Ilex  rugosa 
BT  Ilex  vonutoria. 
BT  Jasmumm  hutmlc=J  revolututn,  Hort 

Jumporus  (.hincnsw  in  variety,  especially  procumbens. 
Jumpcrua  cuinmunia  in  variety,  especially  fastigiata,  hiber- 

nica  and  nana 
Jumporus  nahma  in  variety,  especially  humiha,  proatrata  and 

tamansdfolia 
Jumperus  virginiana  in  variety,  especially  globosa,  procum- 

bc-ns  and  tnpartita. 
B  Kalrma  imRUStifolia 
B  Kalmm  glauca 
B  Kalmm  latifoha 
B  Ledum  grfienlandicum. 
B  Ledum  palustro 
B  Leiophyllum  buxifohum. 
B  Ixrucothoe  axilUna 
B  Ix-utothofi  CateabttL 
BS  Ix?ucothofl  ruct  mosa 
T  Libocedrua  dcoumn*. 
BS  Ligustrum  Ibota  vir   myrtifoliunu 
B8  LigtiBtrum  nl  rangy!  ophyllum. 
BHT  I  igustrum  o\alifohum 
B  Ligustnim  Pruttn 
BS  Ligustrum  %  uljzaro 
B  I.inna-a  borcahs 

Ix>iseleuna  procumbena, 
us  Ix)iuccra  fragrantuituma. 
BH  Lonicora  Henryl 

BS  Lonirora  japonica(=»  L  Hnllcana)  in  vanety 
B8  Ixinicera  Himilis  var   Delavayi 
BS  Lomcera  Standmhii 
BB  Lomcera  Standishu  var  lancifolia. 
B8  IvOnicera  xylosteum 
Ba  Lynurn  chmenae 
BB  Lycmm  halinnfolmm»L  vulgare 
I  ycopo«iium  annotmum. 
Lycopodium  cla\atuin 
I.ycopodium  complanatum. 
Lycopodium  lucidulum 
Lycopodium  obscurum 
BT  Lyonm  mtida»*Andromeda  nitido. 
aa  MaRnolia  elauca 
B  Mahonia  Aqui folium 
B  Mahonia  Fortune! 

BP  Mahonia  japonic*  V     Formerly  included  in 

a  Mahonia  nepalensu  [  Berbens. 

B  Mahonia  nervoaa 
B  Mahonia  repena  (moat  hardy)  . 
B  Mitchclla  repcna 
BT  Osmanthua  Aquifolium. 
B  Pachysandra  terminahs. 
B  Pftchystima  Canbyi 
BP  Pachyatima  Myraimtes. 
BT  Pernettya  angustifoha. 
BT  Pernettya  mueronata. 
BT  Phillyr*a  decora 

Phyllodoce  carulea=Bryanthua  taxifohua. 
B  Phylloetachya  floxuosa. 
B  Phylloatachyt  Marliacea. 
B  Phylloatarhya  violascena. 
Picea  Abiea==P  excelaa. 
Plcea  ajanenaia. 
Picea  Alcockiatia. 
Picea  alba—P  canadenflia. 
Picea  Engclmanmi. 
Picea  excelsa— P.  Abies 
Pioea  excelsa  var.  Barryi. 
Picea  excclsa  var.  clanbrasiliana, 
Picea  exoelaa  var.  Ellwangeriana. 
Picea  exoelaa  var.  Gregonaoa. 
Picea  excelaa  var.  MaxwellU. 
Picea  exoelaa  var.  pendula. 


\     Formerly  mi 
/  Berbei 

)  ) 


Picea  excelsa  var  puraila. 
Picea  excelsn  var  pygmsea. 
Picea  excelaa  var  pyramidalu. 
Picea  Manana=P   nigra. 
Picea  MenBie«u~=P.  pungena. 
Picea  nigra  and  var  DoumeUU. 
Picea  omorika 
Picea  onentahs 
Picea  pohta==P.  Torano. 
Picea  pungens. 
Picea  rubra 
T  Picea  sitchensia. 
Pie  ris= A  nd  roracda 
Pinus  austnaca. 

Pinus  Bank»iana==P.  divancata. 
Pin  us  cenibra 

Pinus  denwnora  and  var  pumila. 
Pmus  divancata 
Pinus  ochmata 
Pinus  edulia. 
T  Pinus  cxce Isa. 

Pinu-j  floxiha  « 

T  Pinus  JefTreyi 
Pinus  rnontana 
Pinu1}  monticola 
Pitnis  palustris 
Pinus  parviflora 
Pmua  ponderosa. 
Pinus  resinosa. 
Pinus  ngida 
Pinus  iStrobus 
Pinua  Hylvestria. 
Pmua  Ta>da. 
P»nus  Thunbergu, 
Pinus  virginiana 
B  Polygala  chamftbuxua 

B  Potentilla  tridentata  (leaves  brown-purple). 
BP  Prunua  Laurocera^us  var  aohipkaensia 

Psruflotsiiga  taxifoha==P   mueronata  or  P.  Douglanl 
BT  Pyracantha  coctmea  var  Lalandu 
BT  Pyracantha  coccmea  var  pauciflora 

Pyxulanthera  barbulata. 
3A  Querous  unbricana 
BT  Quercus  macedonica. 
BTS  Quercus  Libam 
BS  Quercus  Turnen. 

Retmoapora  decussata—Thuja  onentalia  var.  decussata. 

Ketmospora  dubia'^R  ericoides,  Hort 

Ketmospora  Ellwangcnana 

lietmospora     encoidea,     Zucc  =Cham£ecyparis     aptueroidea 

var  encoidea 

Retinospors  encoidea,  Hort  ==Thuj»  occidentalua  ericoide*. 
Rctmospora  fihooides 
Retinospora  nhfera 
Rctmospora  lumperoidet 
Retmoapora  leptoclada, 

\ar   andelyensu 
Retinospora  lycopodioides. 
Retmcwpora  meldenwa. 
Retinospora  obtusa. 
Retmoupora  pisifera. 
Retinospora  ngida—R  decussata. 
Retinospora  Sioboldu—R.  decussata. 
Retinospora  Sfjuarrosa,    Sieb    &   Zucc  — Chamaecyparia  pi«f- 

era  \ar  squarrosa 

Retinospora  stjuarroaa,  Hort.— R  decussata. 
BT  Rhamnus  Alaternus 
BTS  Rhamnus  hybrida 
B  Rhodociendron  arbutifolmm. 
B  Rhotlodendron  brachycarpum. 
B  Rhododendron  cahformcum. 

B  Rhododendron  caro!inianum=»R  punctatum,  in  part 
B  Rhododendron  catawbicnae. 
B  Rhododendron  caucasicum. 
B  Rhododendron  frrrugmeum. 
B  RhodotJendron  hirsutum 
B  Rhododendron  maximum. 
B  Rhododendron  Metterniohi. 
B  Rhododendron  mmus=«R.  punctatum,  in  part 
B  Rhododendron  myrtifohum. 
BT  Rhododendron  ponticum. 
B  Rhododendron  iraecox    var.    "Early    Gem"    (flowers    often 

caught  by  earw  frost). 

B  Rhododendron  Wilsomi,  Hort.=-R  arbutifolmm  (true  Rhodo- 
dendron Wilaomi  is  tender  and  not  cultivated  in  the  United 
States! 

B  Rhodothamnua  chanuccistus=« Rhododendron  chamecistus. 
B8  Rosa  wichuraiana 
BB  Rubus  lacmiatus  (leavea  bronze). 
BS  Rubus  epectabiha  var.  plena«=R  frutioocua. 
B8  Ruta  graveolens. 
B  Salvia  officmaha. 

Sciadopitya  verticillata. 
T  Sequoia  sempervtrena. 
T  Sequoia  Washingtomana, 
BT  Smilax  laurifolla 
SB  Spiraea  cantoniensis. 

Taxus  baccata  in  variety,  especially  repandena,  which  ia  the 

moat  hardy  English  yew. 
Taxua  canadensia. 
Taxus  cuapidata  (best  and  hardiest  of  all  yews). 


,  =R  decussata. 
Hort  »»Cham»cypari8     sphseroidea 


1182 


EVERGREENS 


EVERGREENS 


Taxus  cuspidata  var.  brevifoha  or  nana. 

Teuormm  cbamiedrya. 
T  Thuja  pgantea—  T.  plioata 

Thuja  japomca 

Thiua  occidentabs  in  variety,  especially  plioata. 

Thuja  orientals  m  vanety,  especially  deoussata. 
T  Thujopaia  dolobrata. 
BS  Thymus  Serphyllum. 
BS  Thymus  vulgaria. 

Torreya  nucifera. 
T  Torreya  taxifolia. 

Tsuga  canadensis. 

Tsuga  carohmana. 

Tauga  diversifoha. 

Tsuga  heterophylla. 
.'  Tsuga  mertensiana. 

Tumion—  Torreya 

Ulex  europeus 

Vaccmium  macrocarpon. 

Vaccmium  oxycoccus. 

Vaccmium  Vitis-Idsea. 

Viburnum  rhytidophyllum. 

Vinca  minor. 

Yucca  filamentosa. 
B  Yucca  flaccida 
B  Yucca  glauca=»Y.  angustifoha. 
BS  Zenobia  speciosa  mtida 


BB  Zenobia  speciosa  var  pulverulenta. 


. 

RALPH  W.  CURTIS. 


Broad-leaved  evergreens  for  Washington  and 
the  South. 

Broad-leaved  evergreens  hardy  at  Washington,  D.C. 
The  evergreens  and  half  evergreens  of  foregoing  list 
are  also  good. 
\beha  flonbunda. 
Vucuba  himalaica. 
\ucuba  japomca. 
Aucuba  japomca  var.  ooncolor 
Huxus  baleanca 
Buxus    sempervirens    var. 

arborescens 
Buxus  sempervirens  var 

Handsworthu 
Buxus  sempervirens  var    suf- 

fruticosa 
Cotoneaster    Simonsu    (nearly 

deciduous  at  Washington) 
Cotoneaster  thymifoha  (nearly 

deciduous  at  Washington) 


Liguatrum  lucidum  var.  aureo- 
margmatum 

Ligustrum  Quihom  (half  ever- 
green) 

Ligustrum  sinenae  (half  ever- 

Magnoha  grandiflora 


Daphne  Laureola. 
Elseagnus  pungens  var.  reflexa. 
Eriobotrya  japomca. 
Evonymus  japomca  var. 

macrophylla. 
Garrya  elhptica. 
.quifohum. 


Ilex  aqui 
Vigustrum  1 


Ligustrum  iapomcum 


___„ „ [green) 

Nandina  domestica 
Osmanthus  Aquifolium 
Phillyrea  anguatifoha 
Photima  serrulata. 
Prunus  Laurocerasus  var 

Bertim 
Prunus  Laurocerasus  var 

colchica 
Prunus   Laurocerasus   var. 

schipkaensis 
Prunus  Laurocerasus  var 

rotundifoha. 
Pyracantha  coccmea 
Rhododendron  amcenum 
Rhododendron  arbutifohum 
Rhotlodcndron  carolmianum 
Rhododendron  Hinodegm 
Rhododendron  minus 


1461.  Picea  pungens.  The  two  small  tufts  at  the  right 
are  P.  ezcelsa  var.  Mazwelh 

Broad-leaved  evergreens  hardy  at  Norfolk  and  South 


Berbens  congestiflora 
Berbens  Darwinu 

Elaeagnua  pungens  var. 

Simonn 

Gardenia  Jasminoides. 
Gardenia  Jasminoides  var  Fortune! 
Hex  cornuta 
Laurus  nobihs 
Laurua  regalis 
LeucothoC  acuminata. 
Magnolia  fuscata. 


Magnolia  Thompsoniana. 
Manoma  Fortunei 
Mahonia  nepalensis. 
Mahoma  tnfohata 
Photima  serrulate. 
Prunus  catohmana 
Prunus  huntamca. 

s  acuta 

i  Darlmgtonii. 
,___jus  sempervirens 
fucca,  aloifofia. 
Yucca  Treouleana 


The  following  list  of  broad-leaved  evergreens  hardy 
at  Arnold  Arboretum  may  also  be  expected  to  thrive 
at  Washington. 
Abeha  grandinora. 
Arctostaphylos  Uva-ursi. 
Azara  microphylla. 
Buddleia  japomca. 
Bumelia  lanugmosa. 
Bumeha  lycioides. 
Buxus  japomca 
Buxus  sempervirens. 
Cistus  laurifohus 
Cotoneaster  buxifoha 
Cotoneaster  microphylla 
Daphne  Blagayana. 
Daphne  Cneorum 
Daphne  pontica. 
Ilex  crenata. 
Ilex  glabra. 
Ilex  opaca. 
Ilex  vcmitona. 
Kalmia  angustifoha. 
Kalmia  laUfoha. 
LeucothoS  axillaris. 


LeucothoS  Catesbsai. 
Mahoma  japonioa. 
Pachistima  Canbyi 
Pachistima  Myrsmites. 
Pernettya  angustifoha. 
Pernettya  mucronata. 
Phillyrea  decora. 
Piens  flonbunda, 
Fiona  japomca 
Prunus  Laurocerasus. 
Pyracantha     coccmea     var. 

Lalandii 
Pyracantha  coccmea  var.  pauoi- 

flora 

Rhododendron  amcenum 
Rhododendron  indicum 
Yucca  filamentosa  and  varieties. 
Yucca  floccida  and  varieties 
Yucca  glauca. 
Zenobia  speciosa  and  varieties. 


1462    Young  trees  of  Pinus  ponderosa,  useful  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  region. 

A  list  of  broad-leaved  evergreens  in  addition  to  those 
recommended  for  Norfolk,  Virginia,  for  the  South 
Atlantic  and  Gulf  Coast  regions  and  as  far  inland  as 
Augusta  and  Montgomery.  Those  marked  "S"  thrive 
only  m  the  warmest  sections. 

Prunus  verBaillensis. 

LiRuatrum  nepalense 

Metrosideros  flonbunda  (8). 

Myrtus  commums. 

Nerium  odorum. 

Nenum  Oleander. 

Nenum  splendens. 

Olea  fragrans 

Othera  japomca^Ilex  integra. 

Pittosporum  Tobira. 

Quercus  suber 

Ruscus  aculeatua. 

Thea  Bohea 

Trachycarpus  Fortunei  (S). 

Viburnum  odoratiasimum. 


Arbutus  Unedo 
Ardisia  crenulata 
Berbens  fascicularis. 
Bumeha  angustifoha 
Bumeha  tenax. 
Camellia  japomca  (8) 
Cinnamomum  Camphora  (8). 
Cleyera  japomca 
Cytiaus  cananensis 
Cytisus  fihpes 
CytisUH  monspessulanus 
Gardenia  flonda 
Gardenia  Fortunei 
Gardenia  radicans 
Hchanthcmura  ocymoides. 
Ilhcium  amsatum  (S). 
Leuoothofi  acuminata. 
Prunus  lusitanica. 


Viburnum  suspensum. 
Viburnum  Tmus 
Viburnum  sandankwa. 

F.  L.  MULFORD. 


Plants  that  are  evergreen  on  the  middle 
Great  Plains. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  on  the  Great  Plains 
the  conditions  vary  enormously,  and  that  few  plants 
naturally  range  over  the  whole  area,  or  are  capable 
of  being  successfully  grown  in  artificial  plantations 
throughout  the  whole  area  Two  special  localities  are 
frequently  mentioned  in  the  list.  Arbor  Lodge  is  the 
arboretum  established  by  the  late  J.  Sterling  Morton 
at  Nebraska  City,  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Missouri 


EVERGREENS 


EVERLASTINGS 


River  The  University  Arboretum  is  at  Lincoln, 
Nebraska,  on  the  high  prairies  60  miles  west  of  the 
Missouri  River. 

Trees. 

Abiea  balaamea  (not  common ). 

Abies  cepbalomca  (Arbor  Lodge,  University  Arboretum). 

Abies  cihcica  (Arbor  Lodge). 

Abies  concolor  ( common ). 

Abies  nobihs  (Arbor  Lodge). 

Abies  Nordmanmana  (Arbor  Lodge). 

Abies  Picea  (Arbor  Lodge)=— A.  pectmata 

Abies  Pinsapo  (Arbor  Lodge). 

Abies  Veitchn  (Arbor  Lodge;  University  Arboretum). 

Chamset  yparis  pisifera  (Arbor  Lodge) 

JumponiH  scopulorum  (native  in  western  portion). 

Jumperus  virgmiana  (native  in  eastern  portion  ) 

Juniperua  virgimana  var  aurea  vanegata  (University  Arboretum). 

Jumperus  virginmna  var  elegantissima  (University  Arboretum/. 

Jumperus  virgimana  var.  glauoa  (University  Arboretum) 

Picea  Aleockiana  (Arbor  Lodge,  University  Arboretum). 

Pioea  canadensis  fcommonj  =»P.  alba. 

Picea  Engclmanni  (rare) 

Picea  excelsa  (common )=*P  Abies 

Picea  excelsa  var  mverta  (University  Arboretum). 

Pieea  exoelsa  var.  puinila  (University  Arboretum) 

Picea  txcelaa  var  pumila  compacta  (University  Arboretum). 

Pioea  manana  (Arbor  Lodge) —P.  mgra. 

Picca  onentahs  (Arbor  Ixxlgc) 

Picea  mgra  (University  Arboretum)=P.  manana 

Picea  mgra  var  Dournetti  (University  Arboretum). 

Picea  Parryana  (cornnion)=P.  pungcns 

Picea  pohta  (Arbor  Lodge,  University  Arboretum)«P   Torano 

Pinus  austnaca  (very  common,  University  Arboretum) 

Pmus    austnaca    var.    cebennensis    (monspeliensis)     (University 

A  rboretum) . 

Pmus  cenibra  (Arbor  Lodge) 
Pinus  divuncata  (common)  =P.  Bankaiana 
Pmua  laricio  (Arbor  Lodge). 
Ptnus  masHomana  (Arbor  I/odge) 

Pmus  montana  (Arbor  Lodge,  University  Arboretum). 
Pmus  resmosa  (not  common). 
Pmus  ngida  (Arbor  Ixxlge). 
Pinus  scopulorum  (native  in  western  portion) 
Pirius  .Mrobus  (common) 
Pinus  sylvcatria  (very  common) 
Psr  udotsuga  tawfoha  (<ommon)=P  Douglasu 
Taxodiurn  distichum  (not  common) 
Taxus  canadensis  (Arbor  Lodge) 
Thuya  occidentahs  (common). 

Thuya  oriontalis  (Arbor  Ixxlge,  University  Arboretum) 
T«uga  canadensis  (Arbor  Lodge) 

Shrubs 

Arctostaphylos  Uva-ursi  (native  in  western  portion). 

Berbens  ihcifoha  (University  Arboretum) 

Buxus  fnot  common,  tender  at  Unrversity  Arboretum). 

Evonyrnus  japonira  (Uni\ermty  Arboretum) 

Evonymus  nana?  (University  Arboretum) 

Kxonymus  radicans  (University  Arboretum) 

Hedera  hchx  (rarely  hardy,  tender) 

Ilex  opaca  (rarely  planted,  tender) 

Jumperus  chine  nsis  (Urmer«uty  Arboretum). 

Jumperus  commums  var   aurea  (University  Arboretum,  tender) 

Jumperus  commums  (natne  in  western  portion,  University 
Arboretum) 

Jumperus  commums  var  hibermca  (University  Arboretum,  tender). 

Jumporus  sabma  var  prostrata  (University  Arboretum). 

Jumperus  stricta  (University  Arboretum) 

Ligustrvim  Ibota  (half  evergreen,  University  Arboretum) 

Ligustrum  ovahfolium  (evergreen,  half  hardy;  University  Arbore- 
tum) 

Ligustrum  ovahfolium  var  aurea  (half  evergreen,  hardy,  University 
Arboretum) 

Ligustium  vulgare  (half  evergreen,  University  Arboretum) 

Ligustrum  vulgare  var  buxifohum  (evergreen,  hardy,  University 
Arboretum) 

Ligustrura  vulgare  var.  fructealba  (half  evergreen;  University 
Arboretum). 

Lomcera  japomca  var  Halhana 

Mahoma  Aquifohum  (native  in  western  portion) 

Rhododendron  maximum  (rarely  planted;  tender). 

Smilax  hispid  a  (half  evergreen,  native). 

Yucca  filamentosa  (common) 

Yucca  glauca  (native  in  western  portion). 

Herbs. 

Equisetum  hiomale  (native  throughout). 

Equisetum  Isevigatum  (native  throughout). 

Equisetum  scirpoidcs  (native  throughout). 

Eqvusetum  variegatum  (native  throughout). 

Iris  germamca 

Ins  pumila 

Mamillana  missouriensis  (native  in  western  portion). 

Mamillaria  viviparus  (native  in  western  portion). 

Opuntia  arborcscens  (native  in  southwestern  portion). 

Opuntia  camanchiana  (native  in  southwestern  portion). 

Opuntia  fragihs  (native  throughout). 


Opuntia  humifusa  (native  throughout). 
Opuntia  polyacantha  (native  throughout). 
Opuntia  tortispma  (native  in  southern  portion). 
Pellsea  atropurpurea  (native  throughout). 
Salvia  officmahs  (common). 
Selagmella  rupestrw  (native  throughout). 
Vinca  minor  (common). 

Rosettes. 

Many  herbaceous  plants  have  rosettes  of  green  leaves 
throughout  the  winter,  the  following  being  the  more 
conspicuous  on  the  Great  Plains. 

Capsella  Bursa-pastons  (throughout  the  region,  common  cruciferous 
weed,  introduced  long  ago  and  known  as  "shepherd's  purse") 

Dianthus  ) 

Plantago  >  (several  species). 

Rumex     ) 

Fragana  virgimana  (throughout  the  region). 

Geum  cancdense  (throughout  the  region). 

Hieracium  longipilum  (in  eaetert  portion). 

(Enothera  bionms  (throughout  the  region). 

Pcntstemon  grandifiorus  (throughout  the  region). 

Pyrola  chlorantha  (m  the  western  portion). 

Pyrola  elhptica  (in  the  western  portion). 

Pyrola  secunda  (in  the  western  portion). 

Taraxacum  officmale  (throughout  the  region);  not  green  in 
University  Arboretum,  Lincoln,  except  where  covered  by  snow 

Taraxacum  erythrospermum.  CHARLES  E.  BESSEY. 

EVERLASTINGS.  A  term  applied  to  flowers  or  plants 
that  retain  their  shape  and  other  characteristics  after 
being  dried;  equivalent  to  the  French  word  "immor- 
telle." With  everlastings  are  also  included  various 
artificial  or  manufactured  articles  that  imitate  flowers 
or  plants. 

The  most  important  commercially  of  the  flowers* 
that  retain  their  form  and  color  in  a  dried  state  have 
been  the  French  immor- 
telles, Helwhryaum  arenas 
num.  These  flowers  are 
used  very  extensively  m 
France  m  their  natural  yel- 
low color,  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  memorial  wreaths 
and  crosses,  which,  being 
conr  tructed  very  compactly, 
are  exceedingly  durable, 
even  in  the  severest  weather,  ft 
and  are  exported  m  large v> 
numbers  to  all  parts  of  the 
world  The  flowers  bleached 
white,  or  bleached  and  then 
dyed  m  various  colors,  are 
also  shipped  in  enormous 
quantities,  either  direct  to 
this  country  or  by  some  of 
the  large  exporting  houses 
of  Germany  In  the  United 
States,  however,  the  use  of 
these  immortelles  has  fallen 
off  on  account  of  the  high 
duty. 

Approaching  the  French  immortelles  in  aggregate 
value  have  been  the  so-called  "cape  flowers,'*  Heh- 
chrysum  grandiflorum,  which  formerly  reached  an 
enormous  sale  m  this  country,  and  they  largely  sup- 
planted the  immortelles  on  account  of  their  silvery 
texture  and  greater  beauty  every  way.  They  are  natu- 
rally white,  but  require  bleaching  in  the  sun  to  give 
them  the  desired  luster.  They  came  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  and  reached  this  country  mainly  from 
Hamburg.  Of  recent  years,  these  products  have  been 
less  important  m  the  American  trade  because  of  the 
uncertainty  of  the  crop?  poor  quality,  and  the  competi- 
tion of  artificial  materials  There  is  now  being  made 
in  Germany  an  artificial  "cape  flower;"  this  flower  is 
made  from  paper  and  waxed,  and  is  an  excellent  imita- 
tion African  cape.  Large  quantities  of  these  goods  are 
being  imported  into  this  country,  and  they  have 
given  great  satisfaction  to  all  florists  that  have  used 
them.  Probably  in  time  the  German  product  will 


1463.  A  mature  field  tree 
of  Pinus  ponderosa. 


1184 


EVERLASTINGS 


EVERLASTINGS 


entirely  supersede  the  natural  African  cape,  more 
particularly  as  each  flower  has  a  wire  stem  which  the 
florists  attach  to  the  toothpicks  or  sticks,  and  this 
saws  considerable  labor. 

The  common  everlasting  of  American  and  English 
country  gardens,  Hehchrysum  bracteatum,  is  the  only 
one  of  these  flowers  grown  to  any  extent  in  North 
America,  and  more  or  less  extensive  cultivation  of  it, 
commercially,  has  been  practised  in  this  country  but 
a  large  percentage  is  still  imported.  These  plants  come 
in  white,  straw  and  brown  colors  naturally,  and  take 
readily  to  a  variety  of  artificial  tints;  together  with 
Amrnobium  alatum  and  the  well-known  globe  amaranth, 
Gomphrena  globosa,  they  are  grown  ana  used  to  a  con- 
siderable extent  by  the  country  folk  in  the  construc- 
tion of  the  many  forms  of  wreaths,  stars,  and  other 
Christmas  forms,  which  they  sell  in  the  city  markets 
in  large  quantities,  but  their  sale  by  wholesalers  and 
jobbers  for  general  consumption  is  very  limited.  Statice 
incana,  cultivated  or  wild  from  the  swamps  of  southern 
Europe,  and  Gypsophila  in  several  species  are  used  to 
a  considerable  extent;  and  the  sale  of  statice  especially, 
which  is  popular  in  combination  with  cape  flowers  in 
memorial  designs,  is  quite  an  item  with  tne  dealers  in 
florists'  supplies. 

Of  the  dried  grasses,  the  pampas  plumes  of  California, 
Cortadena  argentea,  native  of  South  America,  are  the 
only  American  production  attaining  any  great  commer- 
cial importance.  Their  beautiful  silky  plumes,  unap- 
proached  by  any  other  horticultural  product,  are  used 
in  enormous  quantities  for  decorative  purposes,  and  are 
an  important  item  of  American  export.  They  are  used 
mainly  in  a  sun-bleached  state,  but  more  or  less  dyeing, 
often  parti-colored,  is  also  done.  Bromus  brizseformia  is 
the  most  extensively  used  of  the  smaller  grasses  It  is 
mostly  imported  from  Europe.  It  can  be  imported, 
however,  including  duty,  for  about  25  per  cent  less^han 
it  is  possible  to  grow  it  m  this  country.  It  is  handled  in 
the  natural  state.  Bnza  maxima,  another  popular 
grass,  is  grown  in  Italy.  Bnza  media,  a  medium-sized 
grass,  and  Bnza  minima,  the  flowers  of  which  are  as 
fine  as  sawdust,  are  also  handled  in  the  same  way  as 
Bnza  maxima,  very  little  of  the  B.  minima  being  used 
dyed,  however.  Phleum  pratense,  Stipa  pennata,  and 
various  kinds  of  oats  have  more  or  less  commercial 
value,  being  used  considerably  in  the  manufacture  of 
imitation  flowers  and  straw  goods,  but  from  a  florist's 
standpoint  they  are  not  important  The  most  impor- 
tant commercially  of  the  imported  grasses  is  the 
Italian  wheat,  the  quantities  used  in  this  country  for 
the  manufacture  of  sheaves  for  funeral  purposes  being 
enormous,  and  increasing  yearly.  It  comes  in  many 
grades  of  fineness  and  length  of  stem.  In  this  country 
all  attempts  to  cultivate  it  in  competition  with  the 
European  product  have  failed.  Of  late  years,  a  decora- 
tive natural  grass  called  "Minerva"  and  treated  arti- 
ficially is  being  imported  in  large  quantities,  and  is 
used  by  florists  in  combinations,  making  a  very  effec- 
tive setting-on*  to  flowers  in  basket  decoration. 

Much  use  is  now  made  in  this  country  of  the  dried 
twigs  and  foliage  of  ruscus  This  is  grown  m  Italy, 
and  is  shipped  to  Germany  where  it  is  prepared  ana 
dyed  in  many  attractive  colors.  It  holds  its  form  well. 
It  is  made  up  into  wreaths  and  other  articles,  and 
provides  a  good  foliage  effect. 

Enormous  use  is  now  made  of  magnolia  leaves  pre- 
pared and  colored  in  brown,  red  and  green.  In  former 
years  these  goods  were  secured  from  Germany  and 
Italy,  but  they  are  no  longer  imported  for  the  reason 
that  they  are  prepared  in  this  country  as  good,  if  not 
better  than  they  are  on  the  other  side,  and  much 
cheaper.  They  are  gathered  and  prepared  in  Florida, 
and  shipped  to  all  parts  of  the  United  States,  put  in 
cartons  containing  about  1,000  leaves  They  are  used 
very  extensively  by  all  classes  of  florists  on  account  of 
their  lasting  qualities  and  fine  appearance  They  have 


almost  entirely  superseded  the  galax  leaf,  which  has 
been  in  use  for  so  many  years  in  the  making  up  of 
mortuary  emblems. 

A  number  of  our  native  composites — of  the  genera 
Gnaphalmrrt,  Antennana  and  Anaphahs — are  called 
everlastings,  and  are  often  used  m  home  decorations, 
particularly  in  the  country;  but  they  have  no  com- 
mercial rating. 

There  is  an  increasing  demand  for  artificial  decora- 
tive articles,  to  be  used  alone  and  in  conjunction  with 
fresh  cut-flowers;  they  are  now  being  used  by  the  best 
florists  and  plantsmen.  The  demand  for  decorative 
artificial  flowers,  plants  and  like  materials,  has  grown 
to  such  an  extent  that  there  are  now  a  large  number  of 
businesses  devoted  exclusively  to  the  manufacture  of 
them.  This  is  well  illustrated  in  the  product  called 
"Japanese  wood  frieze,"  in  appearance  resembling 
very  much  the  well-known  worsted  and  silk  chenille. 
It  is  made  from  wood-fiber  colored  in  shades  to  repre- 
sent the  colors  of  immortelles.  This  frieze  or  wood 
chenille,  when  worked  up  in  various  designs,  so  closely 
resembles  immortelles  that  the  difference  between 
them  can  hardly  be  detected 

One  of  the  interesting  artificial  greens  is  the  "sea 
moss  "  It  )S  an  alga-hkc  hydroid  (one  of  the  animal 
kingdom),  known  as  Sertularia  argentea,  which  is  com- 
monly distributed  along  our  Atlantic  coast  northward 
from  New  Jersey  to  the  Arctic  The  long  moss-like 
strands  are  dyed  bright  green,  and  the  "plant"  is  used 
in  making  table  decorations  and  jardiniere  pieces. 
It  is  sometimes  called  "air  plant  "  The  apparent  lateral 
minute  buds  clothing  all  the  branches  are,  of  course, 
the  shelter  for  the  zooids  of  the  colony  during  life. 
There  is  another  one  (Aglaophmia  striUhionides)  found 
on  the  Pacific  coast,  which  is  even  more  beautiful,  and 
which  is  put  to  the  same  decorative  uses,  and  is  known 
there  as  the  ostrich  plume,  the  branches  having  a 
beautiful  pinnate  arrangement  along  the  two  bides  of 
a  single  axis.  Theee  sea-mosses  are  dried,  the  dirt 
picked  out,  and  then  dyed  and  fixed  in  a  preparation  to 
make  them  permanent.  They  are  likely  to  have  an 
unpleasant  odor.  H.  BAYERSDORFER. 

WM.  N.  REED.J 

Everlastings  for  home  use. 

After  much  experience  with  the  growing  of  everlast- 
ings for  home  winter  decorations,  the  three  following 
species  have  been  found  the  best  for  plantings  Heh- 
chrysum monstrosum,  the  double  form  of  H.  bracteatum, 
known  as  "golden  ball,"  Acrochntum  (Hehpterum) 
roaeum  flore-pleno,  and  the  Chinese  lantern  plant,  Phy- 
salis  Franchetn.  These  arc  easily  grown,  arc  free 
bloomerB  and  give  better  and  brighter  color  m  their 
dried  state  than  other  forms.  They  have  a  certain 
warmth  in  color  that  is  appreciated  in  zero  weather 

The  helichrysum  and  acroclimum  arc  started  in  the 
greenhouse  or  hotbed  during  the  latter  part  of  March, 
planting  them  out  in  full  sun  as  soon  as  all  danger  of 
frost  is  past.  Any  good  garden  soil  suits  them. 

It  is  most  important  that  the  flowers  of  the  acro- 
climum be  picked  just  as  soon  as  the  buds  show  color, 
even  if  they  look  almost  too  small,  because  if  too  far 
advanced  the  ray  petals  open  up  flat,  exposing  the 
center,  which  will  soon  turn  brown  when  dried  and 
spoil  the  effect.  Those  cut  early  will  open  up  part  way, 
presenting  only  their  full  color.  In  full  blooming  season 
they  should  be  picked  daily.  With  the  helichrysum 
one  can  wait  until  the  bud  is  of  fairly  good  size  but  all 
the  smaller  ones  will  open  up  also  when  dried  Those 
fully  open  or  showing  the  center  at  all  will  turn  brown. 
With  both  plants  pluck  off  all  foliage,  place  in  bundles 
and  hang  them,  heads  down,  in  some  dry  closet.  They 
should  be  examined  at  times,  as  in  the  drying  the  stems 
shrink  and  the  flower  may  fall  down.  They  should 
remain  in  this  dry  shelter  until  the  house  is  heated  in  the 


EVERLASTINGS 

fall,  reducing  the  moisture  in  the  air,  otherwise  the 
dry  flower-stems  would  absorb  the  moisture  and  become 
limp. 

A  certain  number  of  "droopers"  is  wanted  when 
arranging  a  bouquet,  in  order  to  avoid  stiffness.  These 
are  easily  secured,  lake  a  long  sheet  of  a  pliable  card- 
board about  8  inches  wide,  tack  one  edge  lengthwise 
on  the  top  of  a  shelf,  at  the  front  bringing  it  out  and 
downward  so  as  to  form  a  half  circle,  and  fasten  it 
there.  Then  lay  the  freshly  picked  flower-etems  on  the 
shelf,  heads  hanging  down.  It  is  sometimes  necessary 
to  place  a  book  or  some  weight  on  the  stems  to  keep 
them  in  place.  They  will  dry  in  this  curved  form. 
Brown  split  bamboo  baskets  make  good  vases,  as  they 
harmonize  well  with  the  deep  orange  of  the  golden 
ball  and  the  pink  of  the  acrochmum.  A  wire  mesh  in 
these  baskets  enables  the  flowers  to  be  arranged  more 
easily.  As  there  is  no  green  foliage  used,  it  is  well  to  use 
some  short-stemmed  flower  in  the  center,  midway 
between  the  basket  and  the  tallest  flowers.  These 
"flecks"  of  color  relieve  the  bareness  of  the  stems. 

The  Chinese  lantern  plant  (Physalu  Franchelii)  is 
an  easily  grown  perennial,  spreading  at  the  roots. 
The  seed-pods  are  very  ornamental,  retaining  then* 
brilliancy  of  color  when  dried,  the  colors  ranging  from 
a  pale  green  to  orange  and  red  They  hang  like  inverted 
balloons,  on  slender  peduncles  and  lose  their  graceful 
appearance  unless  the  mam  stem  that  carries  them  can 
be  curved  outward  \\heri  dry.  They  have  to  be  treated 
differently  from  the  others  Boards  on  a  partition  in 
a  wood-shed  may  be  used,  driving  tacks,  one  each  side, 
close  up  to  the  side  of  the  bottom  of  the  mam  stem, 
the  heads  of  the  tacks  overlapping  the  stick  Run  the 
stem  up  straight  for  about  6  inches,  then  curve  to  right 
or  left  and  fasten  in  saine  manner  Then,  when  dried, 
the  lanterns  will  hang  clear  of  the  stem  The  aeed- 
pods  of  the  balloon  vine,  Cardw&permurn  Halicacabum, 
work  in  well  among  the  lanterns.  Cut  away  part  of 
the  side  of  the  lantern,  and  see  the  brilliant  wick  inside. 

W.  C.  EQAN. 

EV6DIA  (Greek,  pleasant  odor).  Rutdcese  Orna- 
mental woody  plants  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
foliage 

Deciduous  or  evergreen  trees  or  shrubs:  trunk  with 
smooth  bark  winter-buds  naked  Ivs.  opposite,  petioled, 
simple  or  pinnate  with  entire  punctate  Ifts  :  fls  in 
terminal  or  axillary  panicles  or  corymbs,  unisexual, 
usually  4-merous,  less  often  5-merous;  sepals  imbricate; 
petals  valvate  or  slightly  imbricate;  stamens  4-5,  at 
the  base  of  a  cupular  disk:  carpels  4-5,  each  with  2 
ovules,  nearly  free  or  connate,  with  a  cylmdric  style, 
at  maturity  dehiscent,  2-valved,  1-2-seeded  — About 
60  species  in  E  Asia,  from  Korea  and  N.  China  to 
S,  Asia ,  Austral  and  Polynesia  Allied  to  Zanthoxy- 
lum  which  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  alternate  Ivs.; 
very  similar  in  habit  and  foliage  to  Phellodendron 
which  besides  in  the  berry-like  frs.  differs  in  the  winter 
buds  being  inclosed  in  the  base  of  the  petiole,  while 
in  Evodia  they  are  borne  free  in  the  axils. 

The  cultivated  hardy  species  are  strong-growing 
deciduous  trees  with  rather  large  pinnate  leaves  of 
aromatic  odor  when  bruised,  and  with  whitish  flowers 
in  terminal  broad  panicles  followed  by  small  capsules 
exposing  glossy  black  seeds  when  opening  Evodia 
Danielhi  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 
E.  glauca  and  E.  Henryi.  are  somewhat  tenderer. 
There  are  also  a  few  tropical  species  from  New  Guinea, 
rarely  cultivated  as  warmhouse  evergreens;  they  are 
little  known  and  their  correct  names  have  not  yet  been 
determined.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  of  the  warm- 
house  species  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood;  proba- 
bly also  by  root-cuttings. 

A  Frs.  obtuse  or  only  mucronulate  at  the  apex. 
glauca,  Miq.  (E.  Fdrgem,  Dode).    Tree,  to  60  ft.: 
Jfte.  6-11,  usually  7,  on  slender  slightly  hairy  stalks, 


EVONYMUS 


1185 


K-^in.  long,  elliptic-ovate  to  oblong-lanceolate,  long- 
acuminate,  broadly  cuneate  or  rounded  at  the  base, 
minutely  crenulate,  glaucous  below  and  glabrous 
except  hairs  along  the  midrib  near  the  base,  2J4-4 
in.  long:  infl.  corymbose,  6-8  in.  broad,  nearly  glabrous; 
pistil  of  the  stammate  fls.  glabrous:  fr  about  ^m. 
Jong,  finely  pubescent.  June;  fr.  Sept.  Cent.  China. 

AA.  Frs.  strongly  beaked. 

Henryi,  Dode  Tree,  to  35  ft  :  Ifts.  5-9,  short- 
stalked,  ovate-oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  long-acumi- 
nate, rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  finely  crenu- 
late, glaucescent  or  pale  green  below  and  glabrous, 
2^-4  in  long.  mfl.  paniculate,  2-2 Y^  in.  across  fr 
reddish  brown,  sparingly  hairy,  J^m  long,  with  slen- 
der beaks  about  half  as  long.  June;  fr.  Sept.  Cent. 
China  See  page  3568. 

Danie*llii,  Hemsl.  (Zanthdxylum  Danielhi,  Bennett). 
Small  tree.  Ifts.  7-11,  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  acuminate 
with  an  obtusish  point,  rounded  at  the  ba*>e,  sometimes 
subcordatc  or  broadly  cuneate,  pale  green  below  and 
glabrous  except  hairs  along  the  midrib  and  sometimes 
on  the  veins,  2-3^  in  long*  mfl.  corymbose,  4-6  in 
•icroas*  fr.  nearly  ^m  long,  slightly  hairy  or  nearly 
glabrous,  with  a  rather  short,  usually  hooked  beak. 
June,  fr  Sept.  N.  China,  Korea 

E  tlegans,  Hort  Evergreen  Ivs  3-foholate,  Ifts  linear-lanceo- 
late, undulate  and  eremite,  resembling  Aralia  elegantwima  Xew 
Guinea  F  E  1899  291  Gng  12  404  G  21  273  —  E  formdna, 
Hort  A  similar  species,  intro  in  1900  by  Sander  &  Co  This  and 
the  preceding  are  warmhousc  evergreens  and  belong  probably  to 
Boeeies  already  described — E  t>ffi.anAl\8,  Dode  Allied  to  E. 
gldiica  Small  tree.  Ift?  5-11,  ovate  to  elliptic-oblong,  acuminate, 
pubescent  and  light  green  beneath  mfl  pubescent  fr  glabrous, 
Cent  China—  E  nttcdrpa,  Hook  f  &  Thorns  AlhedtoF  glauca 
Small  deciduous  tree  1ft  short-pet loled,  broader,  pubescent  on 
both  auks  mfl  smaller  and  denser,  with  xtout  pedicels,  pubescent, 
Jnnan  Himalayas  S  Z  1  21  (as  Boymia  rut»>tarpa  —  K  'flutina, 
Rehd  A- Wilson  Allied  to  E  Henryi,  but  hs  and  young  bra nchlets 
densely  short-pubescent  fruiting  corymb  4-8  in  acnm  Cent  China. 

ALFRED  REHDER. 

EV6LVULUS  (to  unroll,  because  not  turning  as 
in  Convolvulus)  Convolvulacese  Prostrate  or  erect 
annual  or  perennial  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  rarely  planted 
or  grown  in  greenhouses.  The  genus  differs  from  Con- 
volvulus in  having  2  styles  2-cleft,  stigmas  always 
narrow,  corolla  often  open  or  rotate,  and  not  twining: 
Ivs  entire,  small*  fls  small,  in  summer  and  autumn; 
sepals  5.  the  calyx  not  bracted  at  base,  coroila  blue,  rose 
or  white,  5-angled  or  shortly  5-lobed  The  species  are 
about  80,  in  warm  regions,  several  in  the  U.  S  E. 
purpuro-cceritleiui,  Hook  ,  of  Jamaica,  appears  to  be 
the  only  species  prominently  mentioned  horticulturally, 
and  this  is  seldom  planted  1-2  ft ,  woody  at  base  Ivs. 
small,  lanceolate-acute*  fls.  purphbh,  terminal,  the 
corolla  rotate,  white-centered  and  purple-rayed.  JJ.M. 
4202. 

EV6NYMUS  (ancient  Greek  name)  Often  spelled 
Ewnymus  Celastraceje  SPINDLE-TREE  Woody  plants, 
erect  or  climbing,  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
foliage  and  the  attractive  fruits. 

Deciduous  or  evergreen  shrubs  or  small  trees  with 
usually  more  or  less  4-angled  branches,  mostly  erect, 
rarely  creeping  or  climbing  by  rootlets,  winter-buds 
usually  conspicuous  with  imbricate  scales.  Ivs,  opposite, 
petioled,  usually  serrate,  and  mostly  glabrous:  fls. 
small,  in  axillary  cymes,  4-5-merous,  generally  per- 
fect; style  and  stamens  short,  the  latter  inserted  on  a 
disk:  fr.  a  3-6-lobed,  somewhat  fleshy  caps  ,  each  dehis- 
cent valve  containing  1  or  2  seeds  inclosed  in  a  generally 
orange-colored  aril,  the  seed  itself  is  white,  red  or 
black. — About  120  species  in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
most  of  them  in  Cent  and  E.  Asia,  extending  to  S. 
Asia  and  Austral. 

The  spindle-trees  are  of  upright  or  sometimes  pro- 
cumbent or  creeping  habit,  with  rather  inconspicuous 
greenish,  whitish  or  purplish  flowers  in  axillary  cvmes; 
very  attractive  in  fall,  with  their  handsome  scarlet, 


1186 


EVONYMUS 


EVONYMUS 


pink  or  whitish,  capsular  fruits,  showing  the  bright 
orange  seeds  when  opening,  and  with  the  splendid  Tall 
coloring  that  most  of  the  species  assume,  especially 
E.  alata,  E.  Maackii,  E.  sanguined,  E.  verrucosa,  E. 
europxa  and  E.  atropurpurea.  The  wood  is  tough, 
close-grained  and  light-colored,  often  almost  white,  and 
used,  especially  in  Europe,  for  the  manufacture  of  small 
articles.  The  bark  of  E.  atropurpurea  has  medical 


1464.  Evonymus  obovaU.  (X%) 

properties. — Most  of  the  cultivated  deciduous  species, 
except  those  from  Himalayas,  are  hardy  North,  while 
of  the  evergreen  ones  only  E  radicans  is  fairly  hardy, 
and,  on  account  of  its  greater  hardiness,  is  often  used 
North  as  a  substitute  of  the  ivy  for  covering  walls, 
rocks  and  trunks  of  trees,  climbing  if  planted  in  good 
soil,  to  a  height  of  15  and  sometimes  20  feet.  E. 
europxa,  and  South,  the  evergreen  E  japomca  are  some- 
times used  for  hedges 

The  spindle-trees  are  not  particular  as  to  the  soil 
and  are  well  adapted  for  shrubberies.  Propagation 
is  by  seeds  which  are  usually  stratified  and  sown  in 
spring,  or  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood  in  fall.  The 
evergreen  species  grow  readily  from  cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  under  glass  in  fall  or  during  the  winter  in 
the  greenhouse.  Varieties  are  sometimes  grafted  or 
budded  on  stock  of  their  typical  species. 


acuta,  16. 
alata,  3 

albo-marginata,  15, 
americana,  1,  2,  9. 
anguatifoha,  1 
aperta,  3 
argenteo-marginata, 

argenteo-vanegata, 

atropurpurea,  6,  9. 
atrorubena,  6. 
aurea,  15 

aureo-marginata,  15. 
aureo-vanegata,  15 
brevipedunculata,  8. 
Bungeana,  13. 


INDEX. 

calocarpa,  12. 
Carrierei,  16 
carnptoneura,  8. 
columnaris,  15. 
europsea,  6,  11. 
flavescent,  15. 
ffracihs,  16 
Harrnkamana.  10,  13. 

and  auppl.  list, 
hians,  11 
japomca,  15,  16, 
keweruts,  16. 
Inautschovica,  14. 
Koehneana,  12. 
Koopmannu,  5. 
latifoha,  7 
leuoocarpa,  6. 


Maackii,  10. 
macrophyila,  15. 
medio-picta,  15. 
microphylla,  15. 
minima,  16. 
nana,  5,  6. 
obovata,  2. 
pallens,  15. 
patens,  14. 
Ptcto,  16. 
pul&etta,  15. 
pyramidahs,  15. 
radicans,  16. 
repent,  16. 
reticulata,  16. 
robutta,  15 
roaeo-marginata,  16. 


sanguinea,  8  

semipersistens,  13.  Thunbergiana,  3. 

SuboUtana,12,  13,  variegata,  2. 

14,  and  auppl.  list,  vegcta,  16. 
atriata,  3. 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 

Bubtnflora,  3.  verrucosa,  4 

"'      '  "  vmdi-vancgata,  15. 

vulqana,  0 
yecloensiB,  12. 


yedo 


A.  Foliage  deciduous.  Nos.  1-13. 

B.  Caps,  tuberculate,  depressed-globose:  fls.  5-merous. 

1.  americana,  Lmn.  STRAWBERRY  BUSH.  Upright 
shrub,  to  8  ft.:  Ivs  ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceo- 
late, usuallv  acute  at  the  base,  acuminate,  crenately 
serrate,  1H-3  in  long:  peduncle  slender,  few-fld  ;  fls. 
yellowish  or  reddish  green:  fr.  pink.  June;  fr  Sept.- 
Oct  From  S  N.  Y.  south,  west  to  Texas  L  B  C.  14: 
1322  B  B.  (ed.  2)  2:491.  Var  angustifdlia,  Wood  (E. 
angustifbha,  Pursh).  Lvs.  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceo- 
late, half-evergreen  S. 

2  obovata,  Nutt.  (E.  amenchna  vnr.  obovata,  Torr. 
&  Gray).  Fig  1464.  Procumbent  shrub,  with  rooting 
st.  and  erect  branches,  to  1  ft  :  Ivs  obovate  or  elliptic- 
obovate,  crenately  serrate,  light  green,  1-2  m  long: 
fls.  purplish'  caps  usually  3-oelled  Mav;  fr  Aug., 
Sept.  From  Canada  to  Ind  and  Ky  G  F  9  385 
(adapted  in  Fig.  1464). — It  may  be  used  for  covering 
the  ground  under  largo  trees,  or  for  borders  of  shrub- 
beries. Var.  variegata,  liort ,  has  the  Ivs  marked  pale 
yellow. 

BB.  Caps  smooth'  flu.  generally  4-mt'rout 
C.  Fr.  divided  to  the  ba*>e  into  4  or  /e.ss  nearly  si  parate  pods. 

3.  alata,    Maxim.     (E.    Thwiberyiana,    Blume      E. 
stnata,   Loes )    Spreading  bhrub,   to  8  ft      branches' 
stiff,  with  2-4  broad,  corky  \\ir#>'  Ivs  elliptic  or  obo- 
vate,  acute  at  both  ends,  sharnly  serrate,  1-2  in   long, 
fls     1-3,    short-pedunrled,    yellowish     caps     purplish, 
small,  seeds  brcmn  with  orange  aril     May,  June;  fr. 
Sept,  Oct     China,  Japan     SIF  1  63     FE  32 '54. 
Var  subtrifldra,  Franch  &  Sav     Branches  not  winged  • 
fls.  1-5    Var  ap£rta,  Txx>8    Aril  open  at  the  apex,  dis- 
closing the  black  seed     Cent.  China  — This  species  is 
one  of  the  handsomest,  the  Ivs  turn  bright  crimson  in 
autumn,  the  small,   but   numerous   frs    are  brightly 
colored  and  in  winter  the  shrub  is  conspicuous  by  its 
broadly  winged  branches. 

oc  Fr.  wore  or  less  8-5-lobed. 
D.  /{ranches  densely  warty 

4.  vemicosa,  Scop    Erect  shrub,  to  6  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  crenately  serrulate,  acuminate,   l-2>£  in. 
long:    fls.    slender-peduncled,    1-3,    brownish:   caps. 


1468.  Evonymus  europcea.  ( X  H) 


deeply  4-lobed,  yellowish  red;  seed  black,  not  wholly 
covered  by  the  orange  aril.  May.  June;  fr.  Aug.  S.  E. 
Eu.,  W.  Asia.  H.W.  3,  p.  55. 

DD.  Branches  smooth. 

E.  Anthers  yellow. 
p.  The  caps,  with  obtuse  lobes. 
5   nana,  Bieb.    Low  shrub,  to  2  ft.,  with  slender, 
often  arching  or  sometimes  procumbent  and  rooting 


EVONYMUS 


EVONYMUS 


1187 


branches:  Ivs.   linear  or  linear-oblong,   mucronulate,  EE.  Anthers  purple. 

entire  or  remotely  denticulate  and  revolute  at  the  F  pfe  purple 

x&nte^ztt^K 

W    Asia  to  W    China Handsome  shrub' for  acuminate,  obtusely  serrate,  pubescent  beneath,  1^-5 

•ma'anH  r^olrv  alAr^H- fArmm»  »  trr-^nfiil   ™>r^,i  "*•  I°n8-  &*•  purple,  in  slender-peduncled,  many-fld. 

lous;  sUn^T«yif8&l°h?^gona  Kr^Tl£  SW:«V*  «U.ly  *******  ff»**-J'?*i*-  <*• 
npens  in  Aug.,  earliest  of  all  species.  Var.  Kodpmannii. 
Beissn.   (E.  Kobpmannu,   Lauche).    Lvs.  larger  ami 
broader. 


E"  N' 


6.  europflba,  Linn.  (E.  vtdgtoui,  Mill.).  Fig.  1465. 
Erect  shrub  or  sometimes  small  tree,  to  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenately  ser- 
rate, \%-2l/2  in.  long  fls.  yellowish,  in  few-fld.  cymes: 
caps.  4-lobed,  usually  pink  May.  Eu.  to  E.  Asia. 
BB.(ed.  2)2.492.  H.W. 
3,  p.  53.— Varying  with 
narrower  and  broader 
Ivs.  There  are  also  sev- 
eral varieties  with  varie- 
gated ivs  and  some  with 
Irs.  of  different  colors, 
as  var.  atrdrubens, 
Rehd.  (E.  vulgans  var. 
atr6rubens,  Schneid.  E. 
europteafr  atropurpiireo, 
Hort ),  with  deep  purple 
frs  ,  var.  leucocarpa, 
DC  (E  rurop&afr  lilho, 
Hort ),  with  whitish  frs  , 
and  var  atropurpurea, 
Arb  Kew,  with  rather 
narrow  purplish  Ivs. 
Var.  nana,  Lodd  ,  is  a 
dwarf,  dense,  and  strictly 
upright  form  with  elliptic 
to  elliptic-lanceolate  Ivs. 
\-\Yi  in  ,  or  on  vigorous 
shoots,  to  2^  in  long, 
it  hardly  ever  flowers 
and  is  tenderer  than  the 
type. 


FF.  The  caps,  with  winged 

lobes:  Ivs.  broad. 
7.  latifdlia,  Scop. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to 
20  ft  :  winter-buds  elon- 
gated, acute,  about  ^im. 
long:  Ivs.  obovate-ob- 
long,  acuminate,  cre- 
nately serrate,  2-4  in. 
long*  fls.  yellowish,  often 
5  -  merous,  in  slender- 
poduncled,  rather  many- 
fld.  cymes:  caps,  pink, 
large,  with  winged  lobes. 
May,  June;  fr.  Sept. 


'.,  west  to  Mont.  B  B.  (ed.  2)  2:491. 
FF.  Fls.  yellowish  or  whitish. 

o.  Petioles  one-fifth  to  one-sixth  as  long  as  the  If.;  toa. 
acute  or  gradually  acuminate:  jr.  pink. 

H.  Lvs.  oblong  to  ovate-oblong,  broadest  about  or  below 
the  middle. 

10.  Maackii,  Rupr  (E  HamiUomana,  Dipp.,  not 
'  Wall ).  Large  shrub  or 
small  tree,  glabrous.  Ivs 
elliptic -oblong  to  ob- 
long-lanceolate, acumi- 
nate, gradually  nar- 
rowed toward  the  base, 
serrulate,  2-3  in  long 
and  %~1M  m.  broad* 
cymes  small,  about  %in 
across  fr  pink,  4-lobed, 
about  Mm  across;  aril 
orange-red,  usually 
closed,  rarely  slightly 
opened  at  the  apex. 
June:  fr  Sept.  N.  E. 
Asia. 

11  hlans,    Koehne. 
Large  shrub    Ivs  ovate- 
oblong,  short-acuminate, 
rounded  or  broadly  cune- 
ate at  the  base,  serrulate, 
2H-4J/2    in.    long    and 
1-1  %  in.  broad:  cymes 
rather     long  -  stalked, 
(small;    stamens    with 
very  short  filaments,  fr. 
pink,   turbmate,  deeply 
4-lobed,  Hin  across,  aril 
blood-red,  open  at   the 
apex  and  disclosing  the 
blood-red    seed.     June; 
fr.  Sept     Japan    S.I  F. 
2:39  (aaE.  europaea). 

HH.  Lvs.  generally  obovate 
or  obovate-oblong,  to 
2}^  in.  broad. 

12  yedo6nsis,  Koehne 
(E   Sielioldidna,  Rehd  , 
not    Blume).     Large 


1.  Eu  ,  W    Asia.    B.M   2384.   Gn.  39, 


1466    Evonymus  radicans. 


•hrub.  Ivs.  usually  ob- 
ovate, sometimes  ellip- 
tic, broadly  cuneate  at 

Gn.  39,  p    213.    Gt       the  base,  abruptly  acuminate,  serrulate,  2-5  m.  long 

53,  p  30.  0.4:235.   H.W.  3;  p.  54.   F.S.R.  3,  p.  29.—      and   1K-2K  m-   broad:  cymes   lone-stalked,  rather 
A  very  decorative  specios,  with  handsome  foliage  and      dense  and   many-fld.:   fr.  pink,  deeply  4-lobed,  HHI. 

, j..,..._  *„  across:  aril  orange,  usually    closed.    June;  fr.  Sept 

Japan.    Gt,  53.  p.  31.  S.T  S  1:62.   F.E.  31:125.  Var. 
calocfirpa,  Koehne.    Fr.  bright  carmine.   Var.  Koehne- 


large  pendulous  frs. 

8.  sangulnea,  Loes.    Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  20  ft.: 
winter-buds  elongated,  acute:  branchlets  nearly  terete: 


Ivs.  broadly  oval  or  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,   acute,      ana,  Loes    Lvs.  hairy  on  the  veins  below.  Cent.  China. 


broadly  cuneate  or  rounded  at  the  oase,  densely  fim- 
bnate-serrulate,  dull  green  above,  paler  below  and 
slightly  reticulate.  1^-4  in.  long:  cymes  lax,  long-pe- 
duncled;  fls.  usually  4-merous:  fr.  purple,  slightly  lobed, 
4-winged,  the  wings  M-M"*-  long!  aril  orange,  entirely 
covering  the  black  seed  June;  fr.  Sept.  Cent,  and  W. 
China,  var.  breyipedunculata,  Loes  Peduncles  about 


QQ.  Petioles  usually  a  third  to  a  fourth  as  long  as  the  If., 
Ivs.  abruptly  long-acuminate:  fr.  pale  yellowish  o» 
pinkish  white. 

13.  Bungeana.  Maxim  Shrub,  to  15  ft.,  with  slende/ 
branches:  Ivs.  slender-petioled,  ovate-elliptic  or  ellip- 
tic-lanceolate, long-acuminate,  finely  serrate,  2-4  m. 


1  in.  long.  W  China.  Var.  camptoneura,  Loes.  Lvs.  oval  long:  fls.  in  rather  few-fld.  but  numerous  cymes:  fr. 
or  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  veins  curved  (broader  in  the  deeply  4-lobed  and  4-angled;  seeds  white  or  pinkish, 
type  and  veins  nearly  straight).  Cent,  and  W.  China  with  orange  aril  June;  fr.  Sept.,  Oct.  China,  Man- 


1188 


EVONYMUS 


EXACUM 


ohuria,  M.D.G.  1899:569— Very  attractive  with  its 
rather  large,  profusely  produced  frs.,  remaining  a  long 
time  on  the  branches.  Var.  sexnipersistens,  Schneid. 
(E.  Hamiltomana  var.  semipersistens,  Rehd.  E  Siebol- 
didna,  Hort ,  not  Blume)  Lvs  elliptic,  long-acuminate, 
half-evergreen,  keeping  its  bright  green  foliage  S.  until 
mid- winter:  fr.  bright  pink,  usually  sparingly  produced 
and  ripening  very  late. 

AA.  Foliage  evergreen  or  half-evergreen  (see  also  the 


B.  Lvs.  rather  thin,  half-evergreen. 
14.  patens,  Rehd.  (E.  kiautschdvica  var.  patens, 
Loes.  E.  Sieboldidna,  Ilort ,  not  Blume).  Spreading 
shrub,  to  10  ft.,  the  lower 
branches  sometimes  procum- 
bent and  rooting:  branchlets 
obscurely  4-angled,  minutely 
warty:  Ivs.  elliptic  to  elliptic- 
oblong,  rarely  obovate-oblong, 
acute,  cuneate  at  the  base, 
crenately  serrulate,  bright 
green  above:  cymes  2-3  in. 
across,  loose,  slender-pe- 
duncled:  fr  subglobose,  pmk; 
seed  pinkish  brown,  covered 
entirely  by  the  orange  aril. 
Aug.,  Sept.;  fr.  Oct ,  Nov. 
Cent.  China.  S.TS  1:64  — 
Hardy  as  far  north  as  N  Y , 
in  sheltered  positions  to  Mass 
One  of  the  best  shrubs  for 
winter-effect  on  account  of  its 
abundant  late-ripening  frs  and 
the  handsome  foliage  remain- 
ing on  the  branches  until  spring 
except  when  destroyed  by 
severe  frost. 

BB.  Lvs.  Ihickish,  evergreen. 
15.  jap6nica,  Linn    Upright 
shrub,  to  8  f t ,  with  smooth 
and  slightly  quadrangular  or 
1467.  Evonynxus  radicans.     striped  branches:  Ivs.  obovate 
to  narrow-elliptic,  cuneate  at 

the  base,  acute  or  obtuse,  obtusely  serrate,  shining  above, 
1H-2M  m  long:  fls.  greenish  white,  4-merous,  in  slen- 
der-peduncled,  5-  to  many-fid  cymes,  caps,  depressed, 
globose,  smooth,  pmk.  June,  July  ;  fr  Oct  S  Japan. 
S  IF.  2: 39  BR  30:6— A  very  variable  species.  Var. 
macrophflla,  Sieb.  (var.  robfata,  Ilort.).  Lva  oval, 
large,  2>f-3  in.  long.  Var.  microphylla,  Sieb.  (E. 
piuchtlla,  Hort.  Eurya  microphylla,  Hort.).  Lvs  small, 
narrow-oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate.  Var.  columnaris, 
Carr.  (var.  pyramidalis,  Hort ).  Of  upright,  columnar 
habit:  Ivs.  broadly  oval  There  are  many  varieties 
with  variegated  Ivs. ;  some  of  the  best  are  the  follow- 
ing: Var.  arg£nteo-variegata,  Regel  Lvs  edged  and 
marked  white.  Var.  aureo-variegita,  Regel.  Lvs. 
blotched  yellow.  Lowe,  49.  Var  albo-marginata,  Hort. 
LV8.  with  white,  rather  narrow  margins  Var.  medio- 
pfcta,  Hort.  Lvs.  with  a  yellow  blotch  in  the  middle. 
Var.  pallens,  Carr.  (var.  favescens,  Hort )  Lvs.  pale 
yellow  when  young;  similar  is  var.  aurea,  Hort .  but 
the  yellow  is  brighter  and  changes  more  quickly  to 
green.  Var.  viridi-variegata,  Hort.  (var.  Due  d'Aniou, 
Hort.).  Lvs  large,  bright  green,  variegated  with  yellow 
and  green  m  the  middle.  Var.  aureo-marginata,  Hort. 
Lvs.  edged  yellow.  F.E.  16:436;  29:815. 

16.  radicans,  Sieb.  (E.  japdmca  var.  radicans,  Regel. 
E.  repent^  Hort.).  Figs.  1466,  1467.  Low,  procumbent 
shrub,  with  often  trailing  and  rooting  or  climbing 
branches,  climbing  sometimes  to  20  ft.  high:  branches 
terete,  densely  and  minutely  warty:  Ivs.  roundish  to 
elliptic-oval,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  ere* 
nfttely  serrate,  usually  dull  green  above,  with  whitish 


veins,  ^-2  in.  long:  fla.  and  fr.  similar  to  the  former, 
but  fr.  generally  of  paler  color.  June,  July;  fr.  Oct.  N. 
and  Cent.  Japan  R.H.  1885,  p  295.  G  C.  II.  20:793. 
M.D.  1906,  p  219.— Closely  allied  to  the  former,  and 
considered  by  most  botanists  as  a  vaiiety,  also  very 
variable.  Var  Carrifcrei,  Nichols.  (E.  Cametei,  Vauv.). 
Low  shrub,  with  ascending  and  spreading  branches  Ivs. 
oblong-elliptic,  about  1>6  in.  long,  somewhat  shining. 
G.W.  8,  p.  16.  Var.  argenteo-marginata,  Rehd.  Lvs. 
bordered  white.  Var.  rdseo-marginata,  Rehd.  Lvs. 
bordered  pinkish.  Var  reticulata,  Rehd.  (var  picta, 
Hort ,  var.  argenteo-vanegata,  Hort.  E.  grdcilis,  Sieb.) 
Lvs  marked  white  along  the  veins.  R  H.  1876,  p  354; 
1878,  p  135.  G  W.  1,  p.  475  A  G.  19:37.  Var  minima, 
Simon-Louis  (E.  kewensis,  Hort ).  Lvs.  marked  like 
those  of  the  preceding  variety  but  smaller,  M-^m. 
long. 

Var.  vlgeta.  Rehd.  Low  spreading  shrub,  to  5 
ft.,  usually  with  a  few  prostrate  rooting  branches  at  the 
base,  and  climbing  hign,  if  planted  against  a  wall.  Ivs. 
broadly  oval  or  almost  suborbicular,  acutish  or  obtuaish, 
crenately  serrulate,  1-1/4  in  l°ng>  those  of  the  rooting 
branchlets  smaller  and  thinner  and  generally  ovate. 
Japan.  S.TS.  1:65.  M  D.G.  1908:13— Handsome  and 
hardy  shrub;  the  frs.  appear  in  great  profusion  and 
remain  on  the  branches  a  long  tune.  Var.  acuta,  Rehd. 
(E  jap6nica  var.  acuta,  Rehd  ).  Rooting  and  climbing: 
Ivs.  elliptic  or  ovate-elliptic,  acute  or  short-acuminate, 
serrulate,  with  the  veins  below  slightly  elevated.  Cent. 
China. 

E  Ayuifdhum,  Loes  &  Rehd  Evergreen  shrub,  to  10  ft  Ivs. 
coriaceous,  nearly  sessile,  ovato  to  ovate-oblong,  spiny  sinuate- 
dentate  fr  4-lobed,  usually  solitary  W  China  One  of  the  most 
striking  species  on  account  of  its  holly-hke  Ivs  —  E  tchindta, .Wall. 
Usually  creeping  or  climbing,  with  rooting  branches  Ivs  ovate- 
lanceolate  fr.  spiny  Himalayas  H  M  2707  —E  fimbr,<ltn,  Hort  , 
not  Wall  <=E.  pcndula  —  E  grandijlf>ra,  W  all  Shrub,  to  12  ft  Ivs 
obovate  or  obovate-oblong,  finely  and  acutely  serrate  fls  white 
f£  in.  across  fr  globose,  yellow ,  aril  scarlet  Himalayas,  W 
China  —  E  HnmiUoniann,  Wall  Allied  to  E  Manckn  Small 
tree  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate,  finely  and  irregularly  ser- 
rulate, 2^-4  in  long  anthers  yellow  fr  pink,  turbinato,  4-lobed. 
Himalayas  Probably  not  in  cult  ,  the  plant  cult  under  this  name 
is  E  Maacku  ~-E  famret/dha,  Loes  Allied  to  E  hmns  Shrub  or 
tree,  to  30  ft  Ivs  firm  at  maturity,  lanceolate  to  elliptic-oblong, 
crenately  serrulate,  3-6  in  long  anthers  purple  fr  4-lobed,  pale, 
aril  orange,  open  at  the  apex,  seed  crimson  Cent  and  W  China  — 
E,  macr6pterat  Rupr  Allied  to  E  latifoha  Lvs  obovate  or 
obovate-oblong,  cuneate  at  the  base  cymes  many-fld  fr  with  4 
narrow  wmga  H-Jim  long  Japan  N  E  Asm  I  T  6  121. 
Hardy — E  occidentdlut,  Nutt  Shrub,  to  15  ft  winter-buds  rather 
large  Ivs  ovate  or  elliptic-lanceolate,  irregularly  serrulate  fla. 
6-merous,  purple,  fr  slightly  lobid  Ore  ,  Calif — K  oxyph^Ua, 
Miq  Shrub  or  small  tree  Ivs  ovato  or  obovate,  acuminate,  rather 
large,  serrulate  fls  5-merous,  purple  or  whitish  fr  globose  Japan 
— E.  pfndula,  Wall  (?]  fitnbnata,  Hort)  Evergreen,  small  tree, 
with  pendulous  branchlets  Ivs  oblong-lanceolate,  sharply  serrate, 
shining,  3-6  in  long  fr  with  4  tapering  wings  P  \t  G  2  55. 
FS  7,  p  71—  E  pldnipe*,  Kochne  Allud  to  E  latifoha  Lvs 
cuneate  at  the  base,  petioles  flat,  not  grooved'  fr  acutely  5-angled, 
scarcely  winged  Japan  M  D  190(5,  p  62  Gt  53,  p  2<J  —  it. 
sacchahn&nsis,  Maxim.  Allied  to  E  latifoha.  Lva.  ovate-oblong, 
crenate-serrulate  cymes  very  long-peduncled.  fls.  purple  fr  dis- 
tinctly winged,  convex  at  the  apex  N  E  Asia  ~K  XargcntiAna, 
Loes  A  Rend  Evergreen  oh  run  Ivs  obovate  to  oblong-obovate, 
abruptly  acuminate,  remotely  crcnate-serrate,  2-3^  in  long,  fr 
oblong-obovoid,  4-angled  W  China. — E.  Semenbvu,  Ilegel  & 
Herd  Allied  to  E  europea  Small  shrub  Ivs  lanceolate,  sernriate. 
cymes  usually  3-fld  .  fr.  4-lobed  with  obtuse  lobes  Turkestan  — 
E  semtexefrta,  Koohne  Allied  to  E  Maacku  Lvs  oblong  or 
oblong-lanceolate,  crenate-scrrate,  2-5  in  long  fr  light  pink, 
aril  orange,  open,  with  the  blood-red  seed  almost  half  exposed. 
Japan  —  E  SieboMidna,  Blume  Allied  to  E.  Maa<  Jui.  Lve  slon- 
der-petioled,  elliptic  to  oblong,  acuminate,  serrulate  fr  not  lobed, 
strongly  4-nbbed  Japan  M  D  1906,  p  62  Not  in  cult. ;  the 
planti  cult,  under  this  name  belong  to  E  yodoenais,  E.  patens 
or  E.  Bungeana  var.  semipersistens.  ALFRBD  REHDER. 

EXACUM  (classical  name,  of  no  significance  to  these 
plants).  Genliaridcese.  Herbs  treated  either  as  annuals 
or  biennials  or  perennials,  with  flowers  of  white,  lilac, 
blue  or  dark  purplish  blue,  cultivated  in  a  very  few 
greenhouses. 

Very  rarely  suffruticose*  dwarf  or  tall  and  paniculatc- 
branching:  Ivs.  sessile,  clasping  or  short-stalked,  ovate 
or  lanceolate,  mostly  3-5-nerved :  fls.  small  or  attaining 
2  m.  across,  rotate,  pedicolled  or  not,  m  forking  cymes; 


EXACUM 


EXHIBITIONS 


1189 


calyx  4-5-parted,  the  segms.  keeled,  winged  or  flat 
and  3-nerved;  corolia'-lobes  4  or  5,  ovate  or  oblong, 
twisted;  stamens  4  or  5,  attached  to  the  throat,  with 
very  short  filaments,  the  anthers  opening  by  apical 
pores  that  finally  enlarge  nearly  to  the  base:  IT,  a  glo- 
bose 2-valved  caps.— -Species  about  30,  in  Trop.  and 
Subtrop.  Asia.  Malaybia,  Trop.  Afr ,  Socotra. 

Plants  of  E.  aflwe  flower  in  summer.  If  specimens 
in  5-inch  pots  are  desired,  sow  in  March  of  the  same 
year;  for  larger  specimens,  sow  in  August  of  the  pre- 
ceding year.  The  plants  must  be  kept  in  a  cool  but 
not  draughty  greenhouse  or  frame  in  summer,  and 
shaded  from  fierce  sunlight.  They  usually  are  given 
warmhouse  conditions. 

A.  Lvs.  with  stalks  often  ]^in.  long. 
afflne,  Balf.  St.  cylindrical,  1-2  ft.  high,  much 
branched  from  the  base  IVR  l~llA  in.  long,  elliptic- 
ovate,  faintly  3-5-nerved  sepals  with  a  broaa  wing  on 
the  back;  corolla  6-9  linos  wide,  lobes  almost  rounded. 
Socotra  B.M.  6824  AF  13:1104  Gng.  6:229. 
R  H.  1883,  p.  512.  Gt.  32. 1108.  G  C.  II.  21 :605. 

AA.  Lvs.  nearly  or  quite  btalkless. 
B.  CoroUa^lobes  rounded. 

zeylanicum,  Roxbg.  Annual,  st.  4-sided,  branched 
only  above:  Ivs  becoming  3  in  long,  strongly  3-nerved, 
elliptic-oblong,  acuminate,  narrower  than  in  E  affine, 
ana  tapering  flu  blue,  \Yi  in  across,  in  terminal,  leafy 
corymbs,  sepals  broadly  winged,  corolla-lobes  obovate, 
obtuse  Ceylon  B  M  4423  (sky-blue,  with  a  dabh  of 
purple)  R  H  1859,  p  238  J  F.  1  43.  H  F.  II.  2.60. 

BB.  Corolla-lobes  usually  tapenng  to  a  point. 
macranthum,  Arn  (E  zeyldnicum  var.  macrdnlhum). 
Fig.  1468  St  cylindrical,  slightly  branched  Ivb  as  in 
E.  zeylanicum,  though  perhaps  more  variable  from 
base  to  summit  fls  purplish  blue,  2  in  across  In  both 
species  there  is  a  narrow  ring  of  yellow  at  the  mouth, 
to  which  the  conspicuous  clusters  of  btamens  are 
attached  Ceylon  B  M  4771  (deep  purplish  blue). 
GC  111  15  331.  RH  1911,  p  31.  J  H  111  42.182; 
51.259 — The  best  of  the  genus.  The  rich,  dark  blue 
is  worth  striving  for. 

F6rbesii,  Balf  Buahy  and  shrubby:  IVB  triangular 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  1  y±  in  across  at  base  fls  upwards 
of  Yi\v^  across,  purple  or  violet-purple,  m  terminal 
racemes,  the  anthers  yellow  and  prominent  Socotra. 
GC  III  31.93.  G  23-679  G  W  6,  p  290  G  M. 
45:81. — A  good  plant  for  intermediate  temperature, 
blooming  well  m  a  6-m.  pot.  WILHELM  MILLER. 
L.  H.  B  t 

EXCCECARIA  (from  Latin  ezoecore*.  referring  to  its 
effect  on  the  eyes)  Euptwrlndcex.  Tropical  trees  or 
shrubs  with  poisonous  milky  juice  rarely  cultivated  for 
ornament 

Glabrous-  Ivs.  alternate,  or  oppobite,  usually  entire 
(or  crenate  to  serrate):  infl.  usually  in  axillary  spikes; 
fls.  duBcious  or  monoecious,  calyx  imbricate;  sepals  2-3, 
free  or  connate  at  base;  petals  none;  stamens  °-3, 
erect  m  bud;  filaments  free;  ovary  3-celled,  3-ovuied: 
seed  not  canaliculate  — About  25  species  in  the  Old 
World  tropics.  Related  to  Stillmgia  and  Sapium. 

bfcolor,  Hassk.  (Crbton  btcolor,  Hort.),  with  the  oppo- 
site Ivs  red  beneath  is  sometimes  cult  for  ornament  m 
European  greenhouses  or  outdoors  in  the  tropics.  E. 
Agaudcha,  Linn.,  AOALIXJCHA,  BLINDING  TREE,  RIVER 
POISON,  etc..  with  alternate  Ivs  ,  is  a  well-known  poison- 
ous tree  of  the  coasts  of  S.  Asia.  J.  B.  S.  NORTON. 

EXHIBITIONS  of  horticultural  products  have  been 
both  a  concomitant  and  a  stimulant  of  progress  in 
American  horticulture.  The  great  international  exposi- 
tions ushered  hi  by  the  Centennial  Celebration  of  1876 
a*  Philadelphia,  through  the  opportunities  afforded 


for  the  comparison  of  products,  have  been  the  means 
of  unusual  education  m  the  indentification  of  varieties. 
No  amount  of  descriptive  literature  can  compare 
with  this  method  of  acquiring  accuracy  m  naming  and 
describing  fruits,  flowers,  and  vegetables. 

The  interest  in  these  great  exhibitions  by  the  growers 
of  soil  products  indicates  a  peculiarity  of  this  class  of 
producers  They  are  the  ones  to  reap  the  smallest 
direct  result,  and  yet  they  have  always  been  willing 
to  give  freely  of  their  productions  to  swell  the  volume 
of  these  great  fairs  and  emphasize  the  pos&ibilties  of 
the  localities  in  which  they  lived.  They  would  even 
pay  their  own  expenses  to  attend  these  fairs  and 
explain  to  the  world  how  they  succeeded  in  growing 
such  attractive  things.  No  producers  of  the  useful 
things  of  life  will  compare  with  the  horticulturist  in 
wilhngneab  to  impart  to  hif  fellow  the  secrets  of  his 


1468.  Exacum  macranthum  (  X  H)« 


success  National,  state,  district  and  township  exhibi- 
tions have  thus  become  great  methods  of  disseminating 
information  of  value  to  the  horticulturist—educators 
of  the  people. 

For  many  years  the  most  prominent  feature  of  fruit 
shows  was  the  nomenclature  of  the  exhibit.  In  vege- 
tables it  was  the  size  of  the  specimen,  in  flowers  the 
number  of  sorts  and  their  tasteful  arrangement. 
People  flocked  together  to  identify  varieties,  to  see 
the  big  things  and  to  satisfy  esthetic  longing.  Later 
the  art  in  exhibiting  products  was  given  more  atten- 
tion, and  wonderful  creations  have  resulted  from  com- 
binations and  artistic  arrangement. 

Exhibitions  have  been  the  favorite  opportunities 
of  bringing  out  new  and  valuable  sorts  and  often  the 
usefulness  of  a  variety  dates  from  some  particular 
fair  at  which  it  was  prominently  displayed  Notable 
instances  of  this  were  the  grapefruit,  which  was  shown 
in  quantity  for  the  first  time  at  the  great  New  Orleans 
exhibition;  the  Kieffer  pear,  which  iraa  a  distinguishing 


1190 


EXHIBITIONS 


EXHIBITIONS 


feature  of  a  meeting  of  the  American  Pomologies! 
Society  in  Philadelphia;  the  Niagara  grape,  which  was 
featured  at  a  winter  meeting  of  New  York  fruit-growers. 
Striking  examples  of  this  are  found  in  the  annals  of 
floral  exhibits.  The  dissemination  of  the  most  delight- 
ful strains  of  carnations  and  chrysanthemums  dates 
from  some  particular  fair  or  "show." 

In  recent  years,  the  experiment  stations  of  the  coun- 
try have  added  greatly  to  their  usefulness  in  preparing 
technical  exhibits  for  winter  exhibitions  of  horticultural 
societies,  helping  their  progressive  work,  through 
graphic  illustrations  of  the  results  which  they  have 
obtained  in  growing  products  under  varying  condi- 
tions, and  having  in  mind  the  demonstration  of  prob- 
lems of  value  to  growers. 

One  of  the  most  recent  developments  has  been  the 
opportunity  given  students  of  agricultural  colleges  of 
putting  into  practice  the  knowledge  of  varieties  which 
they  have  acquired  in  the  nammg  of  various  collections 
as  a  competitive  drill 

The  products  of  glats  farming  have  been  brought 
into  prominence  through  national,  state,  and  local 
horticultural  societies  in  their  annual  exhibitions,  and 
the  great  seedhouses  of  the  country  have  used  these 
exhibitions  as  avenues  for  the  dissemination  of  new 
and  valuable  varieties.  Nurserymen  have  success- 
fully utilized  exhibitions  in  publishing  to  the  world 
not  only  their  new  creations  but  their  methods  of 
propagation. 

During  recent  years  the  initiative  of  the  American 
Pomological  Society  has  been  followed  by  many  other 
organizations  in  perfecting  a  scale  of  points  for  judg- 
ing exhibits  of  horticultural  products.  By  this  means, 
more  accurate  methods  have  come  into  use  at  our 
great  fairs,  and,  in  the  hands  of  experts,  the  judgments 
rendered  have  been  far  more  satisfactory  and  useful. 

A  most  important  result  of  exhibitions  has  been  the 
acquirement  of  the  knowledge  that  varieties  v&y  a 
great  deal  as  the  result  of  climatic  conditions  and  dif- 
ferences in  soil,  and  it  is  found  as  an  outcome  of  these 
comparisons  that  certain  localities  are  especially 
adapted  to  certain  varieties  in  which  they  reach  their 
highest  perfection.  This  is  illustrated  in  the  Kooky 
Ford  cantaloupe,  the  Albemarle  Pippin,  certain  strains 
of  carnations,  and  head  lettuce  The  facts  brought 
out  through  these  comparative  exhibits  are  leading  to 
scientific  investigations  concerning  the  conditions  which 
produce  these  variations  which  will  be  of  great  use  to 
the  producers,  as  well  as  deep  interest  to  the  scientist. 

Commercial  problems  are  finding  their  solution 
through  exhibitions  which  illustrate  styles  of  packing 
and  kinds  of  packages  and  general  attractiveness  in 
presenting  the  products  to  the  consumer.  Already 
these  exhibitions  have  brought  to  the  attention  of 
law-makers  the  importance  of  uniform  legal  requisi- 
tions concerning  methods  of  marketing  throughout 
the  land. 

The  most  recent  development  of  values  resulting 
from  horticultural  exhibits  of  great  utility  has  been 
the  carrying  of  the  methods  of  comparison  instituted 
there  to  the  growing  of  products  on  the  farm  and  in 
the  garden,  orchard  and  vineyard,  thus  awakening 
a  deeper  interest  in  the  factors  which  affect  the  pro- 
duction of  horticultural  creations  and  a  recognition 
of  the  uses  of  these  creations  in  landscape  art.  Thus 
an  abiding  interest  has  been  awakened  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  science  as  well  as  the  art  of  horticulture 
through  the  adoption  of  new  and  improved  methods  of 
production  and  widening  the  usefulness  of  the  products. 
CHARLES  W.  GARFIELD. 

Exhibitions  of  plants  and  flowers. 

Floral  exhibitions  undoubtedly  had  their  origin,  in 
part,  in  the  desire  to  display  publicly  the  products  of 
one's  skill  and  to  attain  renown  and  a  position  of  pre- 


eminence among  one's  fellows  by  successful  rivalry  and 
the  demonstration  of  superior  cultural  abilities  But, 
in  addition  to  this  factor  of  self-interest  and  excusable 
pride,  the  laudable  spirit  that  seeks  to  promote  a  taste 
for  ornamental  gardening  and  floriculture  in  general, 
and  to  acquire  knowledge  and  diffuse  information  con- 
cerning it,  has  irom  the  first  been  a  powerful  incentive; 
and  it  cannot  be  Questioned  that  public  floral  exhibi- 
tions have  contributed  most  substantially  to  the 
advancement  of  refinement  and  good  taste  and  exer- 
cised a  potent  and  salutary  influence  on  the  domestic 
life,  health,  morals  and  happiness  of  the  respective 
communities  in  which  they  have  been  held 

Exhibitions  of  plants  and  flowers,  as  usually  con- 
ducted, may  be  broadly  divided  into  two  classes* 

(1)  Those  whose  particular  purixjse  is  to  demonstrate 
advancement  in  cultural  methods  and  exploit  new  and 
unproved  varieties  and  which  are  calculated  to  interest 
primarily  the  trade  and  professional  gardeners     The 
unavoidably  monotonous  system  of  staging  exhibits 
m  such  an  affair  is  well  known    To  the  general  public, 
its  salient  points  are  scarcely  apparent,  and  the  ele- 
ments which  often  appeal  most  strongly  to  the  profes- 
sional are  all  but  lost  op  the  average  visitor.    It  has 
been  demonstrated  over  and  over  again,  that  as  an 
attraction  for  the  people  who  look  for  entertainment 
in  a  show  and  are  willing  to  pay  for  the  privilege  of 
seeing  it,  this  sort  of  an  array  is  fundamentally  deficient 

(2)  If  public  support  is  sought,  the  first  requisite  is  that 
the  public  fancy  be  considered  and  catered  to  .and  the 
character  and  scope  ot  the  exhibition  be  such  as  the 
people  care  to  take  an  interest  in    A  practical  demon- 
stration of  the  uses  of  flowers  and  plants  and  their 
appropriate  arrangement  for  the   various  events  of 
social  or  home  life  will  invariably  excite  curiosity  and 
interest  when  prim  ro\\s  of  dozens  and  fifties  of  com- 
petitive blooms  will  often  fail  to  awaken  appreciative 
response.    It   is   to   be   regretted    that   the   so-called 
retail  florist  trade  has  so  long  been  neglectful  of  its 
duty  and  its  opportunity  as  a  suppoiter  of  and  par- 
ticipator  in   the  flower   shows.    Without    the   assist- 
ance  and    cooperation   of   the   experienced    decorator 
and    artistic    worker   in    flowers,    these    affairs    must 
invariably  fall  short  of  their  mission  and  their  educa- 
tional possibilities    How  to  overcome  the  indifference 
of  this  branch  of  commercial  floriculture  toward  these 
enterprises  which  should  bring  immeasurable  benefit 
to  their  industry  is  one  of  the  serious  problems  for 
which  those  who  believe  in  flower  shows  must  find  a 
solution  before  the  ideal  of  what  a  horticultural  exhibi- 
tion should  be  can  be  realized 

The  direct  cost  of  installing  a  public  flower  show 
is  no  small  matter  and  many  a  commendable  enter- 
prise has  failed  through  lack  of  sufficient  income 
properly  to  finance  it.  Rent  of  hall,  music,  advertising, 
premiums,  tables,  vases,  management,  labor  and  a 
nost  of  incidentals  must  be  taken  carefully  into  con- 
sideration, and  to  launch  any  such  project,  under  con- 
ditions now  existing,  without  some  form  of  endowment, 
subscription,  guaranty  or  other  definite  and  reliable 
resource,  apart  from  the  uncertain  sale  of  admission 
tickets,  is  merely  tempting  fate  and  taking  chances  on 
misfortune. 

The  grouping  of  pot-plants  for  effect  calls  for  talents 
of  a  high  order.  Arrangements  of  this  kind,  which  are 
so  indispensable  in  giving  character  to  a  flower  show 
that  will  appeal  to  the  artistic  eye  as  effective  studies 
m  form  and  color,  are  indeed  rarely  seen.  Two  almost 
universal  faults  are  excessive  formality  in  contour  of 
the  group  and  overcrowding  of  material,  and  it  not 
infrequently  happens  that  when  a  studied  effort  has 
been  made  for  irregularity  of  outline,  the  result  is 
still  unnatural  and  often  almost  grotesque.  The  pro- 
miscuous mixing  together  of  incongruous  subjects,  as, 
for  example,  hardy  conifers,  tropical  palms,  geraniums 
and  orchids  m  one  group,  is  all  too  common  A  taste- 


EXHIBITIONS 


EXHIBITIONS 


1191 


ful  grouping  of  plants  of  congenial  character  will 
always  inspire  enthusiastic  admiration  among  cultured 
and  discriminating  visitors,  and  if  the  flower  pots  are 
hidden  from  sight  by  moss  or  other  natural  material, 
the  pleasing  effect  will  Ubually  be  further  enhanced, 
particularly  in  the  case  of  plants  which  might  natu- 
rally grow  together. 

It  is  well  known  among  flower-growers  that  the 
time  of  day,  the  condition  of  development,  and  other 
factors  have  a  considerable  influence  on  the  keeping 
qualities  of  their  product  A  sojourn  in  a  cool,  dark 
room  over  night  with  stems  deeply  immersed  in  fresh 
water  is  really  an  essential  with  many  flowers  if  they 
are  to  remain  for  any  time  in  good  condition  in  the 
atmosphere  of  an  exhibition  hall.  Nothing  is  more  dis- 
figuring in  a  flower  show  than  a  lot  of  wilted  blooms. 
Much  depends  upon  the  style  of  vases  used  Vases 
spreading  at  the  top  and  narrowing  to  a  point  at  the 
bottom,  while  perhaps  the  most  graceful  in  form,  are 
very  dcstiuctive  to  flowers,  the  small  quantity  of 
water  available  at  the  base  of  the  steins  soon  becoming 
heated  and  impure  Constant  changing  of  water,  and 
keeping  down  the  temperature  of  the  hall  will  help  to 
preserve  the  cxmbits  Table  baskets  and  dinner-table 
exhibits  generally,  as  often  unanged,  scarcely  last 
until  the  first  visitors  are  admitted  Only  those  in 
which  the  flower-receptacles  are  such  as  contain  water 
can  give  any  satisfaction  in  a  flower  show. 

The  background  against  which  flowers  are  shown,  as 
the  color  and  material  of  the  walls,  covering  of  tables, 
and  so  on,  has  much  to  do  with  the  general  impression, 
favorable  or  otherwise,  on  the  visitor  Green — the 
natural  foliage  gioen — is  unquestionably  the  "middle 
of  the  road"  background  hue  for  flowers  Back  of  and 
beyond  gieen,  the  neutral  giays  -md  browm,  and  some- 
times pure  white,  are  pleading  and  satisfactory.  It  is 
worth  noting  that,  while  terra-eotta  or  flower-pot  tones 
are  usually  beyond  reproach  as  a  background  for  liv- 
ing green,  yet  a  brick  wall  is  a  disheartening  condition 
for  thir,  purpose,  showing  that  it  is  not  alone  color 
which  decides  the  appropi  lateness  of  exhibition  hall 
walls  or  drapery 

The  number  of  specimens  usualh  shown  in  cut-flower 
classes  depends  ujxm  the  kind  of  flowers,  the  ingenuity 
of  the  schedule-makers,  and  the  demands  of  the  occa- 
sion The  more  extensive  and  pretentious  the  exhibi- 
tion, the  larger  should  be  the  clashes  Roses  arid  carna- 
tions in  half -dozens,  for  example,  have  little  value 
in  a  large  exhibition  Fifties  and  hundreds  alone  will 
impress  the  \  isitors  When  individual  blooms,  or  groups 
composed  of  individual  \aneties  are  disphued,  much 
depends  upon  the  taste  shown  in  color-arrangement. 
This  is  especially  important  with  such  subjects  as 
chrysanthemums,  dahlias,  gladioli  and  sweet  peas, 
all  of  which  afford  wide  scope  for  demonstration  of 
taste  m  exquisite  blending,  contrasting  and  gradation 
of  color-tones,  qualities  which  should  count  for  much 
in  the  final  decisions  of  the  judges.  The  question  of 
the  height  of  tables  or  platforms  on  which  flowers  are 
shown  is  one  which  should  be  carefully  considered  m 
planning  an  exhibition  Then1  are  flowers  which  should 
be  looked  down  upon  if  their  full  beauty  is  to  be  seen. 
Others  must  arch  overhead  to  display  their  graces,  and 
there  are  many  intermediate  steps.  As  a  rule,  exhibition 
tables  are  set  too  high 

One  main  reason  for  the  flower  show  being  its  educa- 
tional value,  the  proper  and  legible  labeling  of  species 
and  varieties  is  essential  In  no  other  respect  are  our 
exhibitions  so  deficient  A  neat  label,  attached  so  it 
can  be  read  without  handling,  and  legible  at  a  fair 
distance,  is  something  rarely  seen  at  a  flower  show, 
while  obtrusive  advertising  cards  or  award  cards 
frequently  spoil  the  beauty  of  an  otherwise  creditable 
staging 

Competitive  exhibitions  properly  conducted  and 
entered  into  with  the  right  spirit  are,  as  before  said, 


calculated  to  accomplish  much  good  for  the  art  of 
horticulture  Emulation  in  a  friendly  contest  for  honors 
is  a  strong  factor  in  the  success  of  a  show,  but  the  kind 
of  rivalry  which  stimulates  jealousies,  envenoms  dis- 
appointment and  incites  to  angry  protests  over  judges' 
decisions,  is  one  of  the  most  mischievous  elements  that 
can  intrude  upon  the  scene.  In  order  to  discourage  the 
protesting  habit  and  minimize  the  demoralizing  influ- 
ence of  questionable  decisions,  great  care  should  be 
exercised  always  in  the  selection  of  competent,  disin- 
terested and  impartial  judges  Their  names  should  be 
announced  a  sufficient  time  in  advance  so  that  every 
intending  exhibitor  may  know  who  is  to  pass  upon  his 
exhibits 

It  is  now  a  generally  established  custom  to  inclose 
the  name  of  an  exhibitor  in  an  envelope  bearing  only 
the  class  number,  the  ulentitv  of  the  exhibitor  not  to 
be  disclosed  until  after  the  judging  has  been  completed. 
Some  very  excellent  systems  of  cards,  record  oooks. 
envelopes,  and  so  on  for  this  purpose  have  been  devised 
and  are  in  general  use.  WM.  J.  STEWART. 

Exhibition  of  fruits.  Fig.  1469. 

The  educational  value  of  carefully  planned  exhi- 
bitions of  fruits  can  scarcely  be  overestimated.  That 
this  fact  is  appreciated  m  increasing  measure  each 
year  is  demonstrated  by  the  growing  number  of  such 
exhibitions  that  are  being  held  throughout  the  coun- 
try Commercial  fruit  regions  do  much  of  their  adver- 
tising by  means  of  these  annual  affairs,  and  there  are 
few  towns  or  hamlets,  however  unpretentious,  without 
their  yearly  fruit  show  promoted  by  the  grange,  the 
school,  the  church,  or  some  other  organization  whose 
aim  is  progress  m  country  affairs 

Foresight,  with  careful  attention  to  details,  is  essen- 
tial if  the  possibilities  of  an  exhibition  are  to  be  devel- 
oped to  the  utmost.  The  larger  number  of  such  events 
are  held  in  the  fall,  since  fall  is  Nature's  harvest  sea- 
son for  fruits  This  means  that  preparation  must 
begin  in  midsummer  to  insure  the  greatest  measure  of 
success  There  are  many  things  that  the  grower  can 
do  at  this  time  to  secure  high-class  fruit  for  exhibition 
purposes,  and  no  other  should  be  considered. 

The  best  fruit  is  often  found  near  the  top  of  the  tree, 
if  thorough  spraying  has  been  done.  It  is  the  best 
because  conditions  there  are  most  nearly  ideal  for  its 
development  As  the  fruit  increases  in  size  and  the 
weight  upon  the  branches  becomes  greater,  the  side 
branches  settle  more  closely  together,  while  the  top- 
most branches  and  those  most  nearly  upright  m  habit 
of  growth,  always  advantageously  situated,  have  an 
increased  opportunity  to  receive  the  abundance  of  air 
and  sunlight  so  essential  to  normal  and  perfect  fruit. 
Fruit  on  such  branches  invariably  possesses  the  highest 
color  of  any  on  the  tree,  and  color  is  of  vital  importance 
for  the  matter  in  hand.  The  color  may  be  heightened 
and  the  size  increased  if  the  fruit  is  thinned  until  the 
specimens  hang  0  inches  or  more  apart.  A  branch  may 
be  headed  back,  and  occasionally  one  may  be  removed 
entirely  to  the  benefit  of  those  remaining^  if  good 
judgment  is  used.  This  matter  of  thinning  is  of  con- 
siderable importance  in  the  securing  of  high-class 
exhibition  fruit,  whether  the  fruit  be  apple,  orange, 
or  grape. 

The  production  of  exhibition  specimens  by  abnormal 
processes — as  by  ringing  or  girdling — is  not  allowable, 
unless  for  the  express  purpose  of  showing  what  can  be 
accomplished  by  such  practices:  fruits  produced  by 
such  means  should  not  be  shown  in  comparison  or 
competition  with  specimens  produced  under  recognized 
and  standard  methods. 

The  specimens  should  be  allowed  to  remain  attached 
to  the  parent  plant  as  long  as  possible.  The  longer 
they  remain  thus,  the  more  intense  will  be  their  color 
md  the  greater  will  be  their  size.  Pears  especially 


1192 


EXHIBITIONS 


EXHIBITIONS 


Increase  very  rapidly  in  size  just  before  maturity. 
The  picking  should  DC  done  by  hand  and  with  the 
greatest  care.  Many  an  excellent  specimen  has  been 
ruined  by  careless  handling.  The  steins  should  remain 
intact.  The  picker  should  remove,  not  a  sufficient 
number  of  specimens  to  meet  the  requirements  under 
which  the  exhibit  is  held,  but  many  times  that  num- 
ber. A  bushel,  or  even  a  barrel,  of  seemingly  high' 
class  fruit  will  often  yield  after  the  most  rigid  inspec- 
tion but  a  single  plate  of  perfect  specimens. 

The  actual  selection  of  the  specimens  to  be  exhibited 
is  the  most  difficult  and  perplexing  problem  connected 
with  this  work.  Fundamental  to  a  successful  solution 
of  this  problem  is  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  variety, 
an  intimate  acquaintance  with  the  characters  of  a 
normal  specimen,  and  a  fine  discrimination  in  the 
balancing  of  these  characters  and  in  the  attaching  of 
the  proper  values  to  each. 

The  external  factors  that  must  be  considered  are 
Bize,  form,  color,  uniformity,  and  freedom  from  blem- 
ishes. The  criteria  to  be  used  in  the  inspection  of  the 


it  ie  possible  for  the  human  eve  and  hand  to  make  it. 
It  ie  a  literal  application  of  the  expression  "as  nearly 
alike  as  two  peas."  A  single  specimen  of  highest  order 
should  not  be  retained  tor  a  moment  if  its  companions 
are  on  a  more  nearly  equal  though  somewhat  lower 
plane  of  excellence. 

Freedom  from  blemishes  implies  that  the  specimen 
is  perfectly  sound.  A  blemish  may  be  anything  from  a 
bruise,  a  broken  stem,  or  a  stem  puncture  to  a  scale- 
mark  or  scab-spot.  In  an  age  when  knowledge  of  pre- 
ventive measures  is  so  widespread  and  so  accessible, 
evidence  of  injury  from  insect  or  disease  should  com- 
pletely exclude  a  specimen  from  consideration.  Need- 
less to  say.  the  condition  of  the  specimen  should  be  as 
sound  as  the  season  permits,  showing  neither  flabbmess 
nor  physiological  disintegration  of  the  tissues. 

The  factor  of  quality  is  also  worthy  of  consideration, 
though  it  is  of  more  importance  in  ca&e  of  collections 
in  which  one  variety  is  exhibited  against  another  than  in 
case  of  different  specimens  of  the  same  variety  Granted 
that  size,  form,  and  color  are  normal,  the  factor  of 
quality  will  usually  take  care  of  itself. 

There  is  need  of  a  standardization  of  requirement* 
under  which  fruit  exhibits  are  held.  These  require- 
ments should  be  based  on  trueness  to  type  and  all  that 
the  term  implies,  and  the  values  attached  to  the  dif- 
ferent chara"tcre  concerned  should  be  fixed  m  pro- 
portion to  then*  relative  importance  for  the  purpose 
in  hand.  Such  a  statement  appears  in  the  following 
score-card  for  apples,  which  is  m  somewhat  common 
use  m  the  eastern  United  States . 


Size     .. 
Col™ 

Uniformity 

Quality 

freedom  from  blemishes 

Total. 


10 
10 
20 
15 
20 
25 


1469.  Good  exhibition  plates  of  apples. 

first  three  factors  are  the  attributes  of  a  typical  normal 
specimen  of  the  variety  when  grown  under  conditions 
favorable  to  its  development.  The  largest  apple  is  not 
necessarily  the  best;  m  fact,  great  size  is  usually 
obtained  at  the  expense  of  some  equally  desirable 
factor.  The  extra-large  specimen  is  always  an  abnormal 
specimen  and,  as  such,  is  not  to  be  sought.  It  is  in 
regard  to  this  factor,  however,  that  many  exhibitors 
make  their  first  mistake.  A  safe  rule  to  follow  is  to 
choose  the  specimen  combining  large  size  with  the 
highest  color.  This  rule  will  almost  invariably  elim- 
inate the  abnormally  large  specimen. 

The  form  of  the  specimen  should  be  true  to  the  pre- 
vailing type  of  the  section  m  which  it  grows.  Occasion- 
ally different  sections  produce  different  types,  as,  for 
example,  the  New  York  and  the  Oregon-grown  Esopus. 
One  is  as  true  to  type  as  the  other,  but  the  two  types 
should  never  be  mixed  on  the  same  plate  or  m  the 
same  package 

Of  all  external  factors,  none  exceeds  in  importance 
the  quality  of  color.  High  color  always  sets  up  in  the 
mind  the  presumption  of  excellence;  the  higher  the 
color,  the  more  pronounced  seems  to  be  the  presump- 
tion, though  it  la  not  always  justified.  Color  is  alao  an 
indication  of  fitness,  of  approaching  maturity,  but  a 
specimen  maturing  far  in  advance  of  lie  companions 
should  be  regarded  with  suspicion  lest  it  harbor  a  worm 
that  may  emerge  at  a  most  inopportune  moment  if 
it  escapes  detection.  Polishing  a  specimen  to  enhance 
its  color  should  not  be  practised.  ,The  operation 
removes  the  bloom,  which  is  more  beautiful  than  the 
high  polish  because  it  is  natural. 

The  factor  of  uniformity  implies  that  one  specimen 
should  resemble  every  other  specimen  as  nearly  as 


This  score-card  may  be  no  more  nearly  correct  than 
many  others,  but  it  represents  a  concerted  effort  to 
fix  a  satisfactory  standard  There  should  be  more  of 
this  work  for  every  fruit. 

Score-cards  for  other  fruits  have  been  adopted  by 
particular  exhibitions  and  institutions  as  the  follow- 
ing for  grapes' 


Form  of  bunch  . 
Size  of  bunch  . . . 

Sue  of  berry 

Color    

Bloom 

Freedom  from  blemish 

Flavor        

Firmness    

Total 


10 
15 
10 
10 

5 

20 
25 

5 


There  is  need  also  of  a  general  agreement  as  to  the? 
number  of  specimens  to  be  exhibited  on  a  single  plate. 
The  rules  now  governing  all  large  exhibitions  m  the 
East  require  that  plates  of  applets,  peaches,  pears,  and 
quinces  shall  contain  five  specimens;  of  the  smaller 
fruits  a  sufficient  number  to  fill  a  6-inch  plate;  and  of 
grapes  three  clusters. 

Fruit  to  be  sent  away  for  exhibition  should  be  care- 
fully packed.  A  bushel  box  is  a  satisfactory  package 
for  this  purpose,  being  better  than  a  larger  package  in 
which  the  pressure  on  the  fruit  is  greater.  Each  speci- 
men should  be  wrapped,  and  the  box  should  be  well 
lined  with  excelsior  or  other  material.  Extra  speci- 
mens should  be  included  to  replace  those  that  are 
injured  in  any  way. 

In  selecting  the  room  m  which  the  exhibition  is  to 
be  held  and-  in  setting  up  the  fruit,  one  prime  factor 
should  always  be  kept  in  mind — there  should  be  noth- 
ing in  the  room  to  detract  in  any  way  attention  from 
the  fruit.  To  this  end,  the  walls  should  be  plain  or 


EXHIBITIONS 


EXHIBITIONS 


1193 


even  bare.  The  decorations  should  be  few,  simple, 
and  in  harmony  with  the  colors  of  the  fruit,  that  is, 
substantial  and  perfectly  plain.  Red  and  white  make 
a  very  effective  combination  for  ceiling  decorations, 
if  decorations  seem  desirable.  Plain  white  is  best  fof 
draping  the  tables.  If  electric  lights  are  present,  the 
shades  may  be  covered  with  red  crepe  paper.  This 
will  give  a  quiet  and  subdued  effect  to  the  room  when 
the  fights  are  on  and  will  be  in  keeping  with  the  other 
decorations.  The  tables  should  be  covered  with  a 
material  that  will  throw  the  fruit  into  sharp  relief 
without  attracting  attention  to  the  covering  itself. 
Oatmeal  paper,  gray-green  in  color,  answers  these 
specifications  very  well.  Six-  or  eight-inch  papyrus 
plates  are  better  than  smooth-pressed  paper  plates  or 
the  wooden  plates  and  need  no  covering. 

The  fruit  should  bo  set  up  in  such  a  way  that  a 
mass  effect  is  produced,  which  impresses  the  observer 
with  the  fruit  and  with  nothing  else  This  moans  that 
all  the  fruit  must  be  on  the  same  level.  Shelves  or  tiers 
one  above  the  other  are  not  desirable.  In  other  words, 
every  detail  should  be  subordinated  to  bringing  out  as 
sharply  as  possible  the  fruit  that  is  on  exhibition  It 
is  therefore  highly  undersirable  to  place  labels  on  the 
top  of  a  specimen,  as  is  so  often  done.  The  observer 
notes  first  of  all  a  vast  and  meaningless  sea  of  tags  and 
after  that  perhaps  the  fruit  The  label  may  be  pinned 
into  the  plate  in  such  a  way  that  it  is  unnoticeable 
except  on  close  inspection,  when  it  can  be  plainly  seen. 
A  satisfactory  label  is  a  plain  ^hite  carcf  with  three 
lines  on  it,  the  firbt  for  the  variety  name,  the  second  for 
the  name  of  the  exhibitor  when  permissible,  and  the 
third  for  the  section  from  which  the  fruit  comes.  If 
the  exhibit  is  to  attain  its  highest  educational  value, 
the  varieties  must  be  correctly  named  and  the  names 
correctly  spelled 

In  general,  it  will  be  better  to  group  varieties  together 
in  order  that  comparisons  may  be  made  between  the 
different  plates  By  so  doing  an  opportunity  is  afforded 
for  a  study  of  variations  of  fruits  grown  under  differ- 
ent methods  of  management  and  in  different  sections 
in  which  climatic  conditions  are  unlike.  Occasionally 
grouping  by  sections  may  be  desirable,  especially  if 
there  are  general  and  marked  contrasts  between  the 
same  varieties  as  grown  in  different  sections. 

The  plates  should  not  be  crowded  on  the  tables  lest 
the  eye  become  confused  and  the  fruit  appear  to  be  a 
nimble  of  specimens  lacking  orderly  arrangement. 
The  background  of  paper  covering  the  table  should  be 
visible  between  every  plate,  not  in  order  that  it  may 
be  seen,  but  because  it  win  serve  to  set  off  each  plate 
as  a  separate  unit  meriting  for  the  moment  undivided 
attention. 

Finally,  the  specimens  should  be  arranged  in  the 
same  order  on  every  plate  and  the  plates  should  be 
in  perfect  alignment  in  every  direction  Not  only  this, 
but  when  the  angles  formed  by  the  specimens  on  a 
plate  are  right  angles,  as  in  case  of  apples  with  four 
specimens  on  the  bottom  and  one  on  top  at  the  cen- 
ter, the  angles  should  assume  the  same  direction  as 
those  of  the  table  top 

The  same  rules  hold  for  the  selection  of  fruit  for 
barrels,  boxes,  or  other  packages  as  for  single  plates. 
The  arrangement  should  be  such  as  to  bring  out  the 
fruit  and  subordinate  the  package,  exemplified  in  the 
bank  of  boxed  fruit.  c.  S.  WILSON. 

Exhibition  of  vegetables. 

The  exhibition  of  vegetables  is  usually  an  impor- 
tant feature  at  county  district  and  state  fairs,  and 
often  at  farmers'  institutes,  horticultural  society 
meetings  and  conventions  of  vegetable-growers.  Vege- 
tables are  also  likely  to  occupy  a  prominent  place  in 
county  or  state  exhibits  at  state,  national  or  inter- 
national shows  or  expositions.  The  exhibits  may  be 


competitive  or  non-competitive.  In  the  former  case 
they  are  usually  made  by  the  individual  producers;  in 
the  latter  case,  they  are  more  often  made  by  a  com- 
pany, development  bureau,  or  an  institution,  primarily 
for  advertising  or  educational  purposes.  In  either  case, 
they  have  some  educational  value,  even  the  individual 
exhibitor  learning  by  comparison  of  his  exhibit  with 
others. 

Competitive  exhibits  are  of  two  kinds:  (1)  those  in 
which  the  exhibit  consists  of  a  specified  quantity  of  a 
given  kind  of  vegetable,  e  g.,  one  dozen  table  carrots, 
and  (2)  those  which  consist  of  a  collection  or  display 
of  vegetables  alone,  or  cpmoined  with  other  products 
of  the  soil  Vegetables  in  exhibits  that  are  designed 
primarily  for  advertining  or  educational  purposes 
usually  form  only  a  part  of  some  general  exhibit. 

In  making  exhibits  in  comf/etition  with  the  products 
of  other  exhibitors,  the  successful  competitors  are 
usually  those  who  give  most  careful  attention  to  the 
selection,  preparation  and  installation  of  their  exhibits. 

In  making  single  exhibits,  care  should  be  taken  to 
show  the  exact  quantity  or  number  of  specimens  men- 
tioned in  the  entry  list.  At  county  fairs,  especially, 
exhibitors  are  prone  to  make  their  "pecks"  or  "half- 
pecks"  exceedingly  small  if  exhibition  material  is  scarce 
or  time  limited  The  present  tendency  is  to  specify 
in  premium  lists  the  number  of  specimens,  whenever 
this  is  feasible,  rather  than  a  given  bulk,  and  to  dis- 
qualify exhibits  which  do  not  conform  to  the  require- 
ment in  this  respect. 

In  selecting  specimens  which  are  to  form  a  single 
exhibit,  very  few  mexpenenced  persons  appreciate 
the  importance  of  uniformity  in  size  and  type  Some- 
times an  exhibit  will  be  very  creditable  with  the  excep- 
tion of  one  or  two  specimens  These  odd  specimens 
may  be  very  good  as  individuals,  but  differ  much  in 
size  or  type  from  the  other  specimens  arid  detract 
seriously  from  the  value  of  the  exhibit 

Vegetables  on  exhibition  should  be  clean  Root  crops 
should  usually  be  washed.  Onions  are  best  prepared 
by  careful  brushing.  Cauliflower  and  cabbage  should 
be  carefully  trimmed;  tomatoes,  eggplant  and  melons 
wiped  with  a  moist  cloth  Celery,  lettuce  and  endive 
should  be  gathered  with  the  roots  on,  carefully  washed, 
and  displayed  with  the  roots  immersed  in  water  so 
that  the  plants  will  not  wilt 

The  arrangement  of  the  specimens  in  a  single  exhibit 
is  also  important  When  the  judging  is  by  comparison, 
only  those  exhibits  which  attract  the  immediate 
attention  of  the  judge  will  be  likely  to  receive  careful 
consideration  if  the  number  of  entries  is  at  all  large. 
Under  such  conditions  it  often  happens  that  the 
arrangement  of  the  specimens  is  fully  as  effective  in 
securing  careful  examination  of  the  exhibit  as  is  the 
perfection  of  the  specimens  themselves  In  the  case  of 
many  kinds  of  vegetables,  if  the  number  of  specimens 
is  not  over  one  dozen,  the  exhibit  can  often  be  dis- 
played very  advantageously  on  plates  or  trays  If  one 
peck  or  one-half  bushel  is  prescribed,  splint  baskets  are 
desirable  receptacles.  In  any  case,  the  appearance  of  the 
exhibition  room  will  be  greatly  enhanced  if  the  recep- 
tacles used  for  all  the  single  exhibits  are  as  uniform  as 
the  nature  of  the  products  will  permit.  With  this  end 
m  view,  it  is  desirable  that  the  management  furnish 
the  receptacles. 

In  the  exhibitions  held  by  thoroughly  established 
organizations  which  give  special  attention  to  vegetables, 
there  is  likely  to  be  a  recognized  appropriate  method 
of  disposing  the  specimens  of  each  Kind  of  vegetable 
m  or  upon  a  given  type  of  receptacle.  At  county  fairs, 
each  exhibitor  usually  exercises  his  own  ingenuity  both 
as  to  type  of  receptacle  and  method  of  arrangement; 
and  the  .result  is  at  least  lacking  in  monotony  To 
show  at  its  best,  every  exhibit  should  be  charao- 
temed  by  neatness  and  simplicity  in  arrangement. 

The  principles  involved  in  making  a  general  display 


1194 


EXHIBITIONS 


EXOCHORDA 


including  a  number  of  different  kinds  of  vegetables  are 
much  the  same  as  for  making  individual  exhibits:  the 
specimens  must  be  selected  with  care,  thoroughly 
cleaned,  and  attractively  arranged.  In  addition,  the 
character  and  arrangement  of  the  exhibit  as  a  whole 
must  be  given  careful  attention.  Very  often,  general 
displays  fail  in  effectiveness  because  the  number  of 
specimens  of  each  kind  is  too  limited  or  the  different 
specimens  of  the  same  kind  are  too  much  scattered 
through  the  exhibit,  instead  of  being  massed  so  that 
they  would  make  an  impression  upon  the  spectator. 
Exhibitors  are  likewise  inclined  to  weaken  the  char- 
acter of  an  exhibit  by  introducing  a  few  specimens 
each  of  numerous  species  or  varieties  that  are  little 
known  or  of  small  commercial  importance.  These 
are  often  scattered  promiscuously  through  the  exhibit 
and  detract  the  attention  from  the  main  features.  The 
general  effect  of  the  exhibit  as  a  whole  is  of  prime 
importance. 

Non-competitive  exhibits  of  vegetables  for  adver- 
tising or  educational  purposes  are  usually  confined  to 
a  comparatively  few  species  or  varieties  in  a  given 
exhibit  In.exhibits  made  for  advertising  some  particu- 
lar section  or  locality,  the  vegetables  are  likely  to  be 
merely  a  minor  part  of  a  general  exhibit,  and  to  con- 
sist of  specimens  likely  to  attract  attention  by  reason 
of  their  unusual  size  rather  than  any  other  noteworthy 
feature 

Certain  kinds  of  vegetables  lend  themselves  readily 
to  the  making  of  purely  educational  exhibits  to  illus- 
trate the  influence  of  differences  in  soil  treatment 
or  cultural  methods  or  the  results  of  treatment  for 
plant  diseases  In  such  exhibits,  it  is  unwise  to  attempt 
to  illustrate  the  results  of  many  different  treatments 
in  one  exhibit  It  is  much  better  to  concentrate  the 
attention  of  the  spectator  upon  one  or  two  striking 
results  than  to  try  to  demonstrate  a  number  of  minor 
variations.  If  the  latter  method  is  attempted,  the 
effectiveness  of  the  display  will  be  destroyed,  for  the 
passing  observer  recognizes  only  striking  contrasts. 
For  example,  if  a  number  of  different  fertilizer  treat- 
ments have  been  employed,  and  all  give  marked  results 
as  compared  with  the  check  (the  unfertilized  plat), 
it  would  be  unwise  m  an  educational  exhibit  to  attempt 
to  illustrate  the  proportionate  yields  from  all  the  treat- 
ments. Only  the  yields  of  the  check  plat  and  one  or 
two  others  should  be  given  The  casual  observer  can 
see  three  things  at  a  glance,  but  not  a  dozen 

In  making  an  educational  exhibit  to  represent  dif- 
ferences in  yields,  the  quantities  shown  should  repre- 
sent yields  from  definite  areas  of  ground,  such  as  one- 
hundredth  or  one-thousandth  of  an  acre;  and  the 
specimens  should  be  arranged  m  such  a  way  that  the 
differences  will  be  most  apparent. 

In  arranging  an  exhibit  to  illustrate  the  results  of 
treatment  for  plant  diseases,  e  g ,  treatment  of  seed 
potatoes  for  the  control  of  scab,  it  is  better  to  sort  the 
specimens  from  each  plat  into  "diseased"  and  "sound," 
and  to  display  them  in  two  contiguous  piles,  than  to 
mix  the  diseased  and  sound  promiscuously  in  the  same 
pile. 

The  educational  value  of  all  exhibits,  whether  compet- 
itive or  non-competitive,  is  greatly  enhanced  if  careful 
attention  is  given  to  the  proper  labeling  of  the  various 
parts  or  features  of  each  exhibit.  Conspicuous  legends 
of  a  concise  nature  are  of  some  benefit  to  even  the  casual 
observer^  and  arc  greatly  appreciated  by  the  few  who 
are  specially  interested  m  the  particular  exhibit  or  the 
matter  it  is  designed  to  illustrate.  JOHN  W.  LLOYD 

EX<5CHORDA  (from  exo,  external,  and  chorde,  a  cord, 
referring  to  the  chord  belonging  to  thft  external  part 
of  the  placenta  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  carpels). 
Rosdcex.  PEARL-  BUSH.  Ornamental  shrubs  grown 
chiefly  for  the  showy  racemes  of  pure  white  flowers. 

Deciduous:  winter-buds  conspicuous,  with  imbricate 


scales:  Ivs.  alternate,  petioled,  entire  or  serrate:  fls. 
m  terminal  racemes,  polygamo-diacious;  calyx-tube 
broadly  turbinatc,  calyx-lobes  and  petals  5;  stamens 
15-25,  at  the  maigin  of  a  large  disk,  short;  carpels  5. 
connate,  styles  distinct  fr.  a  5-anglod.  deeply  furrowed 
caps  ,  separating  into  5  bony,  1-2-seeded  carpels;  seeds 
winged  — Three  bpecies  in  China  and  Turkestan. 

The  pearl-bushes  are  slender-branched  shrubs  with 
rather  thin  bright  green  foliage  and  very  showy  white 
flowers  E  Korolkoimi  is  hardy  North  E  raccmosa 
and  E  Giraldu  are  at  leas>t  hardy  as  fur  north  as  Mass- 
achusetts. They  grow  best  in  a  well-drained  loamy  soil 
and  m  a  sunny  position  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  01 
by  softwood  cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants,  taken 
in  sanimer  from  the  open  they  root  slowly  and  with 
difficulty;  also  by  layering. 

racemdsa,  Rehd  (E  grandijlbra,  Lmdl  Ameldnchier 
racembsa,  Lindl  )  Fig  1170  Slender  spreading  shrub,  to 
10,  rarely  to  15  ft ,  glabrous1  Ivs  elliptic  to  elliptic- 
oblong  or  oblong-obovate, 
entire  or  on  vigorous  shoots 
serrate  above  the  middle, 
J^r-2,1-  2  m.  long, 
whitish  below,  pet- 
ioles about  /fan. 
long,  racemes  6- 
10-fld  ;  fls  2  m 
across,  pure  white, 
short -stalked, 
petals  roundish, 
clawed,  stamens  15 
fr  turbmute,  about 
J^tn  long  April, 
Alay  China  B  M  4795 
S  9  954.  LI  11-12  Gt 
1155  RIl  1889,  p  128,1896, 
pp  324,325  JH  III  31  483, 
53  285  OC  II  10  73,  III 
7-613.  Gn  58,  p  315;  00,  p 
232;  62,  p  101,  66,  p  141 
A  F  6  643  GnK  5  97  F  E 
30  117; 31  971  G  M  44  531 
MDG  1901  321,  lUOj.  251; 
1906  561  (}  W  10,  p  430. 
II  F.  1867  250.  Vor  prostrata, 
Hort  A  form  with  prostrate 
branches  — The  species  is 
among  the  showiest  shrubs 
blooming  in  May 

Giraldii,  Hesse  (E  racemdsa 
var.  Girdldn,  Rehd  )  Similar 
to  the  preceding.  Ivs  oval  or 
elliptic,  entire,  very  rarely  cre- 
nate-serrate,  petiole  about  1 
in  long,  usually  red  fls  very 
short-stalked  or  nearly  sessile; 
petals  obovatc,  gradually  nar-  1470>  E^ochorda  tl 
rowed  into  the  claw,  some-  (XH) 

times  toothed,  stamens  25  30 

N  W  China  MDG  1909 '295  GW  16,  p  450  Var 
Wflsonii,  Rehd  (E.  racembsa  var  Wilsonu,  Rehd  ). 
Lvs.  elliptic  to  oblong,  occasionally  serrate;  petioles  %- 
Yt  in.  long,  usually  green1  stamens  20-25.  Cent  China. 

Korolk6wii,  Lav  (E.  Albertw,  Regel  E  grandifldra 
var  Allwrtn,  Aschers  &  Graebn  )  Upright,  slender- 
branched  shrub,  to  12  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs  oblong,  to 
oblong-oblanceolate,  obtuse  or  acute,  gradually  nar- 
rowed toward  the  base,  entire,  but  the  Ivs.  of  the 
stronger  shoots  often  serrate  above  the  middle  and  at 
the  base  with  1  or  few  small  narrow  lobes,  1^-2^  in. 
long,  racemes  5-8-fld  ;  fls  1%  in  across;  petals  nar- 
rowly obovate:  stamens  25'  caps.  %m.  long,  ovoid, 
pointed.  April,  May.  Turkestan.  G  W.  16,  p.  451. 
G.  31:505. — This  is  one  of  the  earliest  shrubs  to  burst 
into  leaf  in  spring;  it  is  of  more  upright  habit  and  with 


EXOCHORDA 


EXPERIMENT   STATIONS       1195 


darker  and  denser  foliage  than  the  preceding,  but  not 
BO  floriferous. 

macrantha,  Lemome  (E  racemosa  x  E.  Korolkdwii). 
Similar  to  E.  racemosa,  but  of  more  upright  habit 
and  more  vigorous:  Ivs.  generally  obovate  or  oblong- 
obovate,  bright  green,  entire  on  vigorous  shoots  cre- 
nate,  2-3  in  long.  racemes  8-10-fTd  ;  fls.  1^-2  m. 
broad;  petals  obovate,  narrowed  into  the  claw;  sta- 
mens about  20  April,  May  Of  garden  origin.  11  H 
1903,  pp.  18,  64  M  D  G.  1902:484.  G.W.  16.449. 
ALFRED  REHDEK. 

EXOG6NIUM:  Ipomaa. 

EXORRHlZA  (exo,  out,  outside,  rhiza,  root;  alluding 
to  the  large  aerial  roota  above  the  ground),  ralmaceae, 
tribe  Cocaines  High-growing  pinnate-leaved  palm. 

Stem  or  trunk  straight,  smooth,  supported  at  the 
base  by  large  aerial,  spiny  roots:  Ivs.  large,  pinnate. 
Allied  to  Kentia,  but  distinguished  by  the  imbricate 
Bepals  of  the  stammato  fls  ,  the  elongated  subulate 
filaments  of  the  stamens,  by  the  round i.sh  ovate  sepals 
of  the  pistillate  fls  and  by  the  parietal  ovule  In 
Kentia  the  ovule  is  bawd  and  erect  Cult  as  in  Kentia. 
The  following  species  flowered  at  Kew  in  1901. 

Wendlandiana,  Here.  (K6ntia  Exorrhlza,  Wendl ). 
Often  more  than  60  ft  high  but  in  cult  reaching  only 
24  ft..  Ivs  10-12  ft  long,  pinnic  alternately  arranged, 
1-2  in  from  each  other,  becoming  4  ft  long  and  2  in. 
broad,  8-10-nerved  spadix  appearing  below  the  Ivs., 
enveloped  m  thick,  coriaceous  boat-shaped  spathos; 
spadices  2,  much  longer  than  the  spathes  Fiji  Isls. 
B.M.7797.  N  TAYLOR  t 

EXOSTfiMMA  (name  alludes  to  the  exserted  sta- 
mens) Rubiaccx  Evergreen  treet  and  shrubs  of  W 
Indies  and  other  parts  of  Trop  Arnor  ,  by  some  united 
with  Rustia  There  are  upwards  of  20  species  They 
are  little  known  as  warmhous-e  subjects,  and  the  name 
does  not  appear  in  the  trade  It  is  probable  that  the 
general  treat mont  given  Cinchona  and  similar  things 
will  apply  to  them  Lvs  opposite  fls  white,  various 
in  size  and  arrangement,  corolla  salvor-form,  the  lobes 
5  and  spreading  and  narrow,  stamens  5,  inserted  in 
the  bottom  of  the  corolla-tube,  long-ex  sorted;  disk 
annular:  fr.  an  oblong,  cylindrical  or  club-shaped 
2-valved  caps  The  fls.  are  commonly  axillary  or  in 
terminal  corymbs. 

EXPERIMENT  STATIONS.  Every  state  of  the 
Union,  every  island  dependency  of  (he  United  States, 
and  every  province  of  tnc  Dominion  of  Canada  has  one 
experiment  station  for  agriculture  supported  by  public 
funds.  A  very  few  of  the  states  have  two  stations,  one 
being  the  regular  federal  agency  in  the  state  and  the 
other  being  usually  an  institution  established  and 
maintained  directly  by  the  state  and  representing  the 
movement  that  began  before  the  passage  of  the  federal 
experiment  station  act. 

By  the  middle  of  the  last  century,  the  discussion  for 
institutions  or  agencies  to  make  experiments  in  agri- 
culture was  well  under  way.  It  was  not  till  1875,  how- 
ever, that  any  legislative  body  made  an  appropriation 
for  the  establishing  of  such  an  institution  Tnis  was 
in  Connecticut  Other  stations  followed  in  several 
states,  some  of  them  under  direct  legislative  enact- 
ment and  others  being  organizations  within  colleges 
or  college  departments  of  agriculture  These  move- 
ments were  marked  in  North  Carolina,  New  York, 
New  Jersey,  Ohio,  Massachusetts,  and  other  states. 
The  movement  in  the  United  States  for  a  national 
system  of  experiment  stations  took  form  in  a  bill  for 
the  purpose  introduced  into  Congress  in  1882  by  Hon. 
C.  C.  Carpenter  of  Iowa  The  bill  finally  to  become  a 
law  was  introduced  in  the  House  of  Representatives 
by  Hon  William  H.  Hatch  of  Missouri;  this  became 
law  March  2,  1887,  by  the  signature  of  President 

76 


Cleveland  It  appropriates  $15,000  to  each  state  for 
the  purpose  of  establishing  an  agricultural  experi- 
ment station,  to  be  located  at  the  land-grant  college 
unless  the  state  shall  determine  otherwise 

A  second  act,  supplementing  the  Hatch  Act,  was 
approved  March  16,  1906,  by  President  Roosevelt,  it 
having  been  introduced  and  carried  to  passage  by  Hon 
Henry  C  Adams,  of  Wisconsin  This  appropriates 
$15,000  to  each  state  "for  the  more  complete  endow- 
ment and  maintenance"  of  the  stations,  with  the  under- 
standing and  requirement  that  it  shall  support  funda- 
mental reseaichos  About  $1,500,000  is  therefore 
expended  annually  by  the  federal  government  for  the 
maintenance  of  experiment  stations  in  the  forty-eight 
states,  aside  from  similar  grants  for  stations  in  Porto 
Rico  and  Hawaii,  expenditures  m  the  Philippines 
through  the  War  Department,  arid  in  Alaska  and  Guam 
directly  through  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  and  there  is  also  a  largo  and  important 
expenditure  in  the  Department  of  Agriculture  itself, 
both  for  supervision  and  for  investigation  The  states 
also  contribute  heavily  to  the  experiment  station  work 
The  total  revenue  in  the  United  States  for  the  year 
ended  June  30,  1912  was  $4,068,240  09 

By  law,  reports  are  to  be  issued  at  least  quarterly 
by  the  different  experiment  stations  These  institu- 
tions are  now  issuing  numerous  bulletins,  circulars  and 
reports  on  an  astonishing  range  of  subjects  and  of  the 
greatest  importance  to  the  people  The  publications 
of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture  are 
very  extensive  and  of  the  highest  technical  and  gen- 
eral value 

In  Canada,  the  experiment  station  movement  was 
practically  parallel  \Mth  that  in  the  United  States  The 
Act  for  a  dominion  system  was  parsed  in  1886  One 
central  station,  or  "central  experimental  farm,"  was 
established  at  Ottawa,  and  the  stations  in-  the  prov- 
inces are  branches  of  it  arid  under  the  administration 
of  its  director  The  grant  of  Parliament  for  the  year 
1913-1914  foi  the  maintenance  of  the  system  of 
experimental  farms  was  $900,000 

In  both  the  United  States  and  Canada,  horticulture 
is  one  of  the  important  subjects  of  experiment  and 
research  Usually  this  work  is  m  charge  of  a  separate 
officer,  commonly  known  as  a  "horticulturist,"  and  the 
number  of  associates  and  helpers  may  be, several  or 
many  The  extent  of  horticultural  research  is  now 
large  and  it  is  rapidly  increasing  Persons  desiring  to 
be  in  touch  with  this  work  should  apply  to  the  experi- 
ment station  in  the  state  or  province  or  to  the  national 
department,  and  a  list  of  these  institutions  is  given 
below  For  further  history  and  discussion  of  Experi- 
ment Stations  in  the  two  countries,  see  pp  422-430, 
Vol  IV,  Cyclo  Amer  Agric 

In  the  l;nited  States  the  address  of  the  experiment 
station  and  of  the  college  of  agriculture  is  usually  the 
same  post-office  In  New  York,  there  is  a  state  station 
at  Geneva  as  well  as  the  federal  station  and  college  at 
Ithaca,  in  Ohio,  the  experiment  station  is  at  Woohter. 
and  the  college  is  pait  of  the  State  University  at 
Columbus;  in  Georgia,  the  station  is  at  Experiment 
and  the  college  at  Athens,  in  the  University,  in  Con- 
necticut, the  federal  station  is  at  New  Haven,  and  the 
college  at  Storrs,  in  other  states  the  post-offices  of  the 
two  are  the  same 

Canada. 

The  Dominion  or  headquarters  institution  is  the 
Central  Experimental  Farm,  Ottawa,  Ontario 
Alberta. 

Experimental  Station,  Lacombe 

Experimental  Station,  Lethbndge 
British  Columbia. 

Experimental  Farm,  Agassiz 

Experiment  Stations,  at  Invermere,  and  at  Sidney 
on  Vancouver  Island. 


1198      EXPERIMENT  STATIONS 


EXPERIMENT  STATIONS 


The  writer  does  not  overlook  the  body  of  good  work 
being  turned  out  by  the  American  experimenters  in  hor- 
ticultural lines,  but  this  is  not  the  subject  of  the  present 
discussion. 

The  training  of  research  workers. 

The  diverse  character  of  experimentation  in  horti- 
culture as  set  forth  indicates  somewhat  the  training 
that  investigators  in  this  field  should  have  It  follows 
from  the  importance  attached  to  science  in  horticul- 
ture, that  thoroug^i  training  in  the  sciences  is  impera- 
tive, but  the  distinctions  here  made  indicate  just  as 
clearly  that  a  person  trained  in  the  sciences  and  not  in 
the  art  and  business  of  horticulture  is  sadly  handi- 
capped. We  may  put  down  as  the  first  essential  m  the 
mental  equipment  of  the  research  worker,  a  broad  and 
severe  scientific  training  The  second  essential  is,  per- 
fect familiarity  with  garden,  orchard  and  greenhouse 
plants  and  methods  of  handling  their  products  It  is 
not  sufficient  that  the  horticultural  experimenter 
know  but  the  industry  in  which  he  may  specialize. 
Knowledge. of  what  is  done  in  the  greenhouse,  for 
example,  is  indispensable  to  the  experimenter  with 
fruits,  offering  him  suggestions  at  every  turn  Whatever 
knowledge  a  man  may  possess  of  the  needs  and  care 
of  plants  in  any  field  of  agriculture  will  be  helpful  m  a 
specialized  field.  Perhaps  the  ability  to  correlate 
science  and  art  should  be  put  down  as  a  third  essential. 

But  at  present  chief  emphasis  must  be  laid  on  the 
scientific  training.  The  art  of  horticulture  is  sufficiently 
well  taught  in  agricultural  colleges,  and  the  money- 
earning  value  of  an  education  is  m  most  institutions 
over-emphasized.  The  atmosphere  of  practicums  and 
money-making  which  prevails  in  most  of  our  colleges 
is  not  one  in  which  investigators  are  born  and  bred 
Instead,  for  the  proper  training  of  a  horticulturist 
there  should  be  an  atmosphere  of  investigation  for 
investigation's  sake,  of  sound  learning,  of  appreciation 
of  science  not  only  in  its  applications  but  as  pure 
science  and  for  its  disciplinary  value.  It  is  desirable, 
almost  imperative,  that  one  training  to  become  a  hor- 
ticulturist should  take  a  post-graduate  course  m  which 
special  attention  may  be  devoted  to  the  sciences  and 
the  problems  of  horticulture. 

Equipment  for  research. 

Less  need  be  said  about  the  material  equipment  for 
horticultural  research  than  the  mental  make-up  of  the 
worker.  The  nation  and  the  states  have  been  free  in 
the  expenditure  of  money  for  experimental  work  Not 
a  few  horticultural  departments  in  the  experiment 
stations  of  the  country  are  over-equipped  with  land, 
buildings  and  laboratories — the  things  that  money 
can  buy.  Certain  it  is  that  the  output  from  the  insti- 
tutions conducting  research  is  not  in  proportion  to  the 
money  spent  or  to  the  number  of  men  on  the  staff. 
The  fact  that  equipment  and  materials  do  not  create, 
needs  emphasis  everywhere  in  horticultural  experi- 
mentation. The  custom  of  obtaining  money  to  build 
up  a  department  without  specific  work  to  be  done  is  a 
vicious  one  from  which  there  must  m  time  be  a  reac- 
tion. Opportunity,  equipment  and  problem  should  go 
together,  and  all  these  are  valueless  without  a  man 
with  initiative,  ideas,  and  training  to  use  them. 
There  are  probably  more  over-equipped  departments 
m  horticulture  than  under-equipped  ones.  Large 
experimenting  is  sometimes  small  experimenting  and 
small  experimenting  large  experimenting. 

In  one  particular,  however,  the  horticultural  depart- 
ments of  the  country  arc  sadly  under-equipped.  There 
are  no  comprehensive  plantations  of  ^economic  plants 
in  the  experiment  stations  of  the  United  States.  The 
amelioration  of  plants  is  the  chief  work  in  horticulture 
and  it  would  seem  that  the  establishment  of  economic 
gardens  is  imperative,  since  material  to  be  used  advan- 
tageously must  be  near  at  hand.  At  least  one  station 


in  every  distinct  agricultural  region  m  the  country 
should  have  an  economic  garden  where  may  be  found 
the  food  plants  of  the  world  suitable  for  the  region. 
This  should  be  an  agricultural  garden,  not  a  plant 
museum  to  show  the  curious  and  the  ornamental;  in 
it  agriculture  must  be  dominant,  not  recessive. 

Organization  for  research. 

Horticulture  is  composed  of  so  many  industries  and 
involves  so  many  sciences  that  its  problems  are  too 
diverse  and  too  complex  to  permit  of  many  definite 
statements  in  regara  to  organization  for  research. 
But  several  generalities  may  be  set  down  as  essentials 
to  a  good  organization:  (1)  There  must  be  a  man  m 
command — a  broadly  trained  man.  (2)  The  position 
of  the  experimenter  should  be  permanent,  subject  only 
to  efficiency.  (3)  The  tune  and  thought  of  the  investi- 
gator must  not  be  taken  up  with  other  activities,  as 
administration,  teaching,  extension  work  and  the  like. 
(4)  The  organization  must  be  permanent,  to  give  con- 
tinuity, coherence  and  exhaustiveness  to  the  work. 
(.5)  The  organization  should  usually  correspond  with 
the  subdivisions  of  horticulture  rather  than  the  sciences 
upon  which  it  is  founded.  That  is,  there  should  be 
pomologists,  gardeners  and  florists,  rather  than  botan- 
ists, chemist"  and  entomologists  (6)  Money  and  effort 
should  be  concentrated  upon  a  few  comprehensive 
problems  that  can  be  exhaustively  carried  to  sound 
conclusions.  Too  many  experiments  are  but  frag- 
ments of  a  larger  problem,  discovered  to  be  such,  they 
are  often  discarded  after  waste  of  tune  and  money 

The  third  of  the  essentials  jut,t  given  needs  amplifica- 
tion The  greatest  deterrent  to  good  work  m  experi- 
mentation is  tho  association  of  research  with  teaching 
either  in  the  classroom  or  from  the  institute  platform. 
So  much  of  the  time  and  energy  of  men  having  these 
dual-purpose  positions  is  taken  by  the  more  present, 
and  therefore  more  pressing,  work  of  teaching  that 
they  are  often  investigators  only  in  name.  In  every 
institution  where  teaching  and  investigating  are  com- 
bined, the  demand  is  naturally  strongest  from  students, 
and  investigation  suffers  There  are,  it  is  true,  advan- 
tages in  the  combined  position  of  teacher  and  investi- 
gator, but  few  indeed  are  the  cases  in  which  the  dis- 
advantages do  not  outweigh  them  and  always  the 
research  work  suffers 

There  should  be  cooperation  between  the  horticul- 
tural experimenters  m  the  several  states  and  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  A  most  pathetic 
spectacle  m  our  agricultural  institutions  is  that  of  iso- 
lated men  attacking  one  and  the  same  problem,  dupli- 
cating results,  often  duplicating  errors  and  in  either  case 
wasting  public  funds  So  far  as  possible  there  should 
not  be  overlapping  of  experimental  work,  unless  dupli- 
cation is  desirable  to  make  more  certain  the  results 
In  the  latter  case  the  work  should  be  jointly  planned 
and  from  time  to  time  compared  and  adjusted  to  secure 
efficiency  and  economy.  The  Society  for  Horticultural 
Science  is  an  excellent  clearing-house  in  which  the 
official  horticultural  experimenters  m  North  America 
may  interchange  ideas  and  adjust  their  work. 

Theories  in  horticulture  are  so  general,  facts  so 
numerous,  evidence  of  one  kind  or  another  so  easily 
adduced,  that  the  temptation  is  strong  to  state  a  theory, 
supply  facts  from  the  many  already  Known,  adorn  the 
work  with  a  dash  of  personally  collected  evidence  and 
call  the  result  an  experiment.  Such  work  lacks  coher- 
ence and  is  incomplete.  Few,  indeed,  are  the  horticul- 
tural investigators  who  make  their  work  invincible  by 
exhaustiveness.  Again,  the  urgent  call  for  results  has 
led  to  the  study  of  problems  admitting  of  hurried  con- 
clusions rather  than  those  that  are  fundamental,  and 
for  this  reason  much  work  is  unfinished  and  incon- 
clusive. The  superb  exhaustiveness  of  Darwin's  work, 
much  of  it  horticultural  experimentation,  should 
furnish  inspiration  and  method  to  investigators  in  this 


EXPERIMENT  STATIONS 


EXTENSION  TEACHING       1199 


field  of  agriculture  in  particular.  All  call  to  mind  that 
the  "Origin  of  Species  '  is  but  a  short  statement  of  the 
theory  of  evolution  which  is  then  shown  to  be  an 
impregnable  fact  by  a  vast  amount  of  evidence  over 
which  Darwin  labored  for  twenty  years,  biding  time 
until  his  views  reached  full  maturity.  There  is  every 
temptation  to  publish  prematurely,  but  permanent 
work  is  that  which  is  completely  worked  out.  Besides, 
given  time,  investigation  is  easier,  material  coming  of 
itself  which,  under  speed,  would  have  required  travail 
of  mind  to  bring  forth. 

The  immediate  field. 

In  conclusion  it  may  be  well  to  state,  as  a  record  of 
the  times,  and  for  possible  suggestive  value,  some  of 
the  present  problems  of  horticulture 

Experimentation  is  needed  in  the  oldest  of  horti- 
cultural operations — pruning.  It  must  be  approached 
through  physiological  botany.  We  know  next  to 
nothing  about  the  feeding  of  plants  and  the  influences 
of  the  food  elements  on  plant-products — current 
methods  of  fertilizing  are  largely  arbitrary.  Many 
questions  having  to  do  with  sex  are  before  us.  There 
is  need  of  more  precise  knowledge  about  bud-forma- 
tion and  the  setting  and  dropping  of  fruits.  There  is 
yet  much  to  be  done  in  the  classification  and  descrip- 
tion of  horticultural  plants.  More  than  elsewhere  in 
agriculture,  horticultural  plants  are  inter-planted  as 
in  catch-crops,  cover-crops  and  m  crop-rotation;  the 
interrelationships  of  plants  and  the  effects  of  crop 
residues,  therefore,  must  be  studied.  Greater  knowledge 
of  the  associations  of  plants  would  throw  new  light  on 
the  relations  of  climates  and  soils  to  plant-growing — 
plant  ecology  We  have  not  yet  reached  the  limit  of 
improvement  in  any  cultivated  species  and  plant- 
breeding  must  be  given  attention.  The  relationships 
of  parasites  and  hosts  involving  the  whole  matter  of 
predisposition,  resistance  and  immunity  offer  a  series 
of  problems  The  good  and  bad  effects  of  sprays, 
quite  aside  from  their  msectici  lal  or  fungicidal  func- 
tions, are  worthy  of  study.  Much  has  been  written 
but  very  little  is  really  knoun  about  the  reciprocal 
influences  of  htock  and  graft  The  whole  matter  of 
stocks  needs  experimental  attention,  fruit-growers  in 
particular  having  little  to  guide  them  in  the  choice  of 
stocks  for  the  several  fruits  We  know  that  cultivated 
plants  vary  greatly,  are  any  of  the  variations  heritable 
or  do  they  appear  and  disappear  with  the  individual? 
A  study  of  the  last  problem  would  bring  one  to  a  much- 
needed  investigation  of  mutations.  Acclimatization 
deserves  consideration.  There  yet  remain  many  native 
plants  worthy  of  domestication.  Forcing  of  plants 
brings  up  many  problems;  as,  the  influence  of  heated 
soils  and  atmospheres,  soil  sterilization,  artificial  lights 
m  place  of  sunlight,  the  use  of  electricity  in  forcing 
growth  and  the  physiological  disturbances  of  the  plant 
brought  about  by  the  changed  environment.  Lastly, 
those  who  ship  and  store  horticultural  products  are  call- 
ing for  experimental  aid  to  solve  their  many  problems. 

EXTENSION  TEACHING  IN  HORTICULTURE. 

Extension  work  is  the  effort  made  by  an  institution  of 
higher  learning  to  carry  outside  its  own  walls  and 
directly  to  the  people,  any  form  of  helpful  educational 
influence.  A  state  university,  or  institution  that 
derives  financial  support  from  the  state,  may  legiti- 
mately be  called  upon  to  give  instruction  to  the  people 
who  cannot  attend  its  courses,  if  means  are  provided 
for  the  performance  of  this  office.  Such  an  institution 
no  longer  fulfils  its  complete  function  when  it  confines 
itself  to  teaching  students  who  come  to  it  and  to  the 
investigation  of  problems  within  its  laboratories.  A 
strong  college  of  arts  and  science,  necessarily  the  center 
of  .the  great  university  of  today,  may  extend  its  educa- 
tional ideals  and  its  higher  educational  functions  to 
the  people  of  the  state  as  well  as  to  the  students  who 


reside  within  it.  The  professional  schools  of  law,  medi- 
cine, education,  engineering,  journalism,  agriculture 
and  others  (articulated  with  the  college  of  arts  and 
science,  to  make  up  the  university)  are  each  investiga- 
ting the  problems  of  their  respective  fields  and  gather- 
ing information  that  may  be  carried  to  the  people  of 
the  state,  through  organized  extension  work  More 
and  more  the  people  are  coming  to  depend  upon  this 
information  as  a  basis  for  better  enactment,  better 
municipal  functions,  better  sanitation,  better  regula- 
t'ons  as  to  health,  better  civic  improvement  of  all 
phases,  and  last,  but  not  least,  better  agriculture, 
better  roads,  and  a  higher  plane  of  country  life. 

Extension  work  in  horticulture  is  that  phase  of 
organized  extension  activity  that  has  to  do  with  better 
production,  better  handling  and  better  marketing  of 
horticultural  products  and  the  higher  efforts  of  living 
to  which  this  work  contributes. 

Horticultural  extension  is  conducted  by  means  of 
private  letters,  lectures,  publications,  correspondence 
courses,  demonstration  schools,  demonstration  experi- 
ments, and  the  like. 

Pnvatv  correspondence  — Every  fruit-grower,  gar- 
dener, florist  or  other  horticultural  worker  may 
encounter  special  problems  upon  which  he  needs 
individual  advice.  The  horticultural  department  in 
any  of  our  leading  colleges  of  agriculture  is  called 
upon  to  answer  thousands  of  letters  of  inquiry  every 
year.  Each  of  these  inquiries  is  referred  to  the  mem- 
ber of  the  horticultural  staff  best  qualified  to  handle  it. 
Many  of  these  inquiries  entail  special  letters.  Some  of 
them  may  be  more  fully  answered  by  sending  circulars 
or  bulletins. 

Publications. — Departments  of  horticulture  dissemi- 
nate much  information  through  bulletins,  circulars 
of  information  and  press  notices  These  bulletins  are 
the  published  results  of  the  investigation  of  special 
problems  by  the  members  of  the  horticultural  staff. 
Circulars  of  information  are  more  popular  treatises 
of  horticultural  subjects  of  interest  in  the  state,  and 
pertaining  to  which  the  department  has  gathered 
information  of  interest .  Press  notices  are  usually  timoly 
topics  or  seasonal  advice  furnished  the  press  of  the 
state  to  publish  at  the  opportune  time  for  their  readers 
If  an  insect  or  disease  appears  suddenly  and  promises  to 
become  widespread,  due  to  unusual  conditions,  it  often 
may  be  checked  by  prompt  action.  Unusual  weather 
conditions  may  sometimes  call  for  unusual  methods  of 
management  of  plants  or  of  crops 

The  publication  may  take  the  form  of  an  organized 
reading-course  effort  without  assuming  to  construct 
and  conduct  correspondence  courses 

Extension  lectures. — Hundreds  of  lectures  on  horti- 
cultural topics  are  given  by  members  of  the  horti- 
cultural staff,  at  schools,  teachers'  meetings,  civic 
improvement  societies,  commercial  club  meetings, 
nurserymen's  conventions,  canners'  associations,  fruit- 
growers' organizations,  florists'  clubs,  and  other  gather- 
ings. In  this  way  something  of  the  work  of  the  Depart- 
ment may  be  carried  to  every  organized  body  in  the 
state  which  is  interested  in  a  phase  of  horticulture. 

Surveys. — That  the  department  of  horticulture  may 
be  of  special  service  to  a  horticultural  center,  or  special 
horticultural  industry,  a  careful  survey  of  the  horti- 
cultural conditions  as  they  exist  may  be  desirable. 
Such  a  survey  may  determine  what  varieties  are  prov- 
ing most  profitable,  which  of  the  prevailing  methods  of 
management  are  yielding  the  most  satisfactory  results, 
what  are  the  difficult  problems  that  need  investiga- 
tion and  what  are  the  reasons  for  successes  or  failures. 
The  average  result  may  throw  much  light  upon  what 
is  already  proving  best  in  the  neighborhood.  A 
question  that  is  vexing  the  average  grower  may  have 
been  answered  by  the  work  of  the  best  growers,  whose 
results  show  the  answer  to  the  question.  As  an  exam- 
ple of  the  plan  and  possibilities  of  such  surveys  may 


1200        EXTENSION  TEACHING 


EXTENSION  TEACHING 


be  mentioned  the  orchard  survey  of  some  of  the 
leading  apple-growing  counties  of  New  York.  A  meas- 
ure of  the  commercial  value  of  spraying  is  secured  by 
statistical  results  from  sprayed  and  unsprayed  orchards. 
The  commercial  value  of  orchard  tillage  as  compared 
with  orchards  growing  in  sod  is  shown  by  the  returns 
from  each  class  of  orchard.  The  best  methods  of  green- 
house construction  and  management  for  parti  cuter  crops 
may  be  determined  and  explained  in  the  same  way. 

Extension  schools. — In  many  states,  extension  schools 
of  horticulture  are  held  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
special  horticultural  instruction  to  a  neighborhood. 
Such  schools  often  consist  of  lectures  and  demonstra- 
tions in  a  subject  of  immediate  interest  For  example, 
just  previous  to  harvesting  a  fruit  crop  a  school  in 
fruit-packing  may  be  held.  The  methods  and  advan- 
tages of  proper  packing  are  presented  by  means  of 
lectures.  This  is  followed  by  practical  laboratory 
periods  m  which  those  in  attendance  learn  to  do  the 
work  of  proper  packing.  In  a  similar  way,  pruning, 
spraying  and  other  phases  of  fruit-production  are 
being  taught  in  brief  periods  of  one  or  two  days  or  a 
week,  the  time  varying  with  the  needs  of  the  commu- 
nity and  the  character  of  the  subject  taught;  or  situa- 
tions with  vegetable-growers  and  florists  may  be  met. 

Correspondence  courses  — Some  schools  teach  courses 
in  horticulture  by  correspondence.  Certain  subjects 
are  capable  of  being  taught  in  this  way.  Outlines  for 
the  lessons  are  mailed  to  the  student.  Prescribed  read- 
ing is  required  and  directions  for  observations  and 
original  work  and  study  of  plants  are  formulated. 
Examinations  usually  consist  of  written  reports  made 
by  the  student,  embodying  a  statement  of  the  results 
secured  by  him.  These  reports  usually  show  whether 
or  not  the  student  has  grasped  the  subject  and  wherein 
he  may  need  further  suggestions  and  study. 

Boys'  and  girls'  dubs. — A  movement  that  is  destined 
to  have  a  very  profound  influence  is  the  organization 
of  boyc'  and  girls'  clubs  for  the  study  of  subjects  rela- 
ting to  horticulture.  Often  this  club  work  takes  the 
rorm  of  contests  in  gardening  or  in  the  production  of 
some  special  garden  crop,  such  as  tomatoes.  Organiza- 
tion is  best  effected  through  cooperation  with  the 
schools  or  somebody  that  can  direct  the  work  of  each 
local  club.  Printed  sheets  are  mailed  the  club  members, 
from  tune  to  time,  giving  instruction  in  the  details  of 
the  work  and  the  conditions  governing  the  contest. 
Prizes  are  usually  awarded  at  the  local  congests  and 
sometimes  the  prize-winners»compete  in  a  state  contest. 

Cooperative  demonstrations  and  experiments. — A  very 
efficient  means  of  promoting  the  productive  growth  of 
any  horticultural  interest  is  by  means  of  cooperative 
demonstrations  conducted  on  the  grounds  of  some 
energetic  grower,  whose  conditions  fairly  represent  the 
neighborhood.  The  ground  may  be  leased  by  the 
institution  or  offered  by  the  local  grower.  Experiments 
are  carefully  outlined  to  test  some  problem  of  interest, 
such  as  spraying,  comparison  of  methods  of  pruning 
or  of  cultivation  or  planting,  the  use  of  fertilizers, 
determination  of  the  merits  of  particular  flowers  or 
vegetables,  or  other  question  which  the  community 
needs  to  have  worked  out.  A  representative  of  the 
horticultural  staff  visits  the  grounds  as  often  as  is 
necessary  to  oversee  proper  conduct  of  the  work  and 
to  record  the  results  of  the  experiment.  Whenever 
results  are  secured  that  are  of  benefit  to  the  growers. 
a  meeting  is  held  for  the  purpose  of  explaining  and 
observing  these  results  and  demonstrating  the  methods 
for  the  benefit  of  those  who  may  profit  by  adopting 
them.  This  form  of  extension  affords  the  means  not 
only  of  presenting  to  the  grower  facts  and  methods 
already  known,  but  it  also  works  |iew  problems  out 
for  the  neighborhood  by  securing  results  that  are 
adapted  to  their  special  local  requirement.  It  makes 
the  work  convincing;  the  growers  themselves  have  » 
hand  in  it  and  feel  that  it  is  their  own;  they  grow  into 


an  understanding  of  it  as  the  work  grows:  it  gives  a 
new  pride  and  a  new  power  in  working  for  superior 
methods.  While  this  is  perhaps  the  most  productive 
form  of  extension  work,  its  scope  is,  of  course,  neces- 
sarily limited  by  the  fact  that  working  force  and  funds 
are  not  available  for  handling  more  than  a  limited 
number  of  the  pressing  problems  in  a  state  at  one  time. 

General  considerations. — Incidentally  there  are  other 
ways  by  which  extension  work  may  be  accomplished. 
Enough  already  has  been  accomplished  to  show  that 
organized  extension  work  has  a  large  and  increasing 
influence  upon  the  horticulture  of  a  state. 

Like  any  other  great  movement  in  behalf  of  human 
progress,  the  measure  of  success  of  extension  work  in 
horticulture  depends  largely  on  its  proper  organization. 
It  offers  a  multitude  of  opportunities  for  work  that  the 
world  needs  to  have  done  As  indicated  above,  the 
work  i»  approached  in  numerous  ways  Unless  properly 
organized  there  ia  danger  of  scattered  effort,  duplica- 
tion, and  failure  to  follow  up  results  so  as  to  give  sta- 
bility and  permanence.  It  should  be  a  factor  m  the 
organized  extension  work  of  the  entire  institution  of 
which  it  is  a  part.  The  question  then  arises  as  to 
whether  the  work  should  be  undertaken  by  a  separate 
corps  of  workers,  especially  trained  for  the  purpose,  and 
acting  under  the  direction  of  an  extension  department 
head,  or  whether,  since  it  relates  to  a  special  profes- 
sional field,  it  should  be  carried  by  the  officers  of  the 
department  of  horticulture  in  the  college  and  experi- 
ment station.  To  the  writer,  the  latter  seems  to  be  the 
more  rational  arrangement.  It  is  no  doubt  true  that 
if  a  corp*  °f  rnen  do  extension  work  exclusively,  with 
no  definitely  organized  relation  to  college  teaching  and 
experiment  station  investigation,  there  will  be  a  ten- 
dency to  lose  touch  with  higher  educational  ideals 
and  failure  to  take  to  the  people  the  stimulus  of  pro- 
ductive investigation  and  the  last  word  in  scientific 
advancement.  Undoubtedly  there  is  a  tendency, 
especially  on  the  part  of  younger  men  who  have  the 
faculty  of  appealing  to  the  popular  audience,  to  become 
satisfied  with  the  plaudits  of  the  multitude,  and  to 
strive  only  to  enthuse  and  amuse,  unless  they  are 
closely  connected  with  college  and  station  work. 
While  one  function  of  extension  work  may  be  to  inspire 
and  exhort,  the  day  has  passed  when  that  alone  is 
sufficient.  The  commercial  horticulturist  has  reached 
a  plane  of  development  when  he  needs  definite  helpful 
instruction.  Attractive  letters  and  lectures  are  no 
longer  sufficient.  He  needs,  in  addition,  so  far  as  it  is 
possible  to  supply  it,  definite  demonstrations  of  how 
to  do  his  work  according  to  the  most  approved  methods. 
The  men  most  closely  m  touch  with  strong  college 
teaching  and  station  investigation  should  be  the  best 
fitted  to  supply  this  need. 

Furthermore,  the  college  teacher  or  investigator 
equally  needs  intimate  contact  with  the  commercial 
grower  and  his  problems.  His  problems  are  the  prob- 
lems of  the  teaeher  and  the  investigator.  The  above 
conclusions  do  not  dispute  the  fact  that  an  individual 
may  have  especial  talent  and  taste  for  extension  work 
and  lack  the  plodding  patience  to  make  a  strong 
investigator.  He  may  largely  devote  his  time  to 
extension  if  only  the  organization  keeps  him  closely 
linked  with  college  and  station  men.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  productive  investigator  may  not  best  succeed 
as  a  popular  lecturer  and  may  give  most  of  his  time  to 
investigation.  Hie  help  may  be  indispensable  in  solv- 
ing some  of  t&e  difficult  problems  Itnat  arise  in  the 
field  of  extension.  The  organization  of  the  individuals 
doing  college  and  station  work,  ought  to  afford  that 
union  of  relationship  that  will  enable  the  director  of 
extension  to  caH  the  department  of  horticulture  to  his 
add.  The  organization  within  the  department  should 
be  best  able  to  supply  this  need  by  calling  upon  the 
individual  b«at  fitted  to  meet  the  specific  demand. 
J.  C  WHTPTBN.